Skip to main content

Full text of "Official gazette of the United States Patent Office. Patents"

See other formats 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  of  the  UNITED  STATES  PATENT  OFFICE 

June  6,  1972  *  Volume  899  Number  1 


•      CONTENTS 

Page 

Issue  of  June  6,  1972 l 

Patents  and  Trademark  Notices 

U.S.  EHstrict  Court  Order— Civil  Action  No.  791—72 2 

Title  37 — Evidence  of  Patentability  or  Priority 2 

Patent  Suits : 2 

Patent  Notices  \^ 

Dedication 4 

Certificates  of  COTrection  for  the  Week  of  June  6,  1972 4 

Disclaimers 4 

Patents  Withdrawn  From  Register '. 4 

Patents  Available  for  Licensing  or  Sale 5 

Condition  of  Patent  Applications .  6 

Patents  Granted 

General  and  Mechanical    .    .    .    .\.    .    . 7 

Chemical "217 

Electrical 289 

Design  Patents' Granted 398 

Index  of  Patentees PI     i 

Index  of  Designs PI  47 

Classification  of 

Patents PI  49 

Designs » PI  52 

Geographical  Index  of  Residence  of  Inventors 

Patents PI  53 

Designs PI  55 


Z) 


The  foUttwtav  are  Mailed  under  direction  of  the  Superintendent  of  DocoMenta,  GoTcrnment 
Printinr  Oflce.  Washington,  D.C.,  2*402.  to  whom  all  anbacriptiona  ahonid  be  made  parable  and 
all  coBBunicationi  addressed: 

THE  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  (PATENTS  SECTION),  issued  weeklr.  subscription  $89.00 
per  snnum.  foreim  muilinr  $22.25  additional;  sincle  copies  $2.00  each. 

THE  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  (TRADEMARK  SECTION),  issued  weeklr,  subscription  $17.00 
per  annum,  foreign  mailins  $4.25  additional;  sinsla  copies  40  cents  each. 

CIRCULARS  OF  GENERAL  INFORMATION  concerning  PATENTS  or  TRADEMARKS, 
price  15  cents  each. 

PRINTED  COPIES  OF  PATENTS  are  fnrniahcd  hj  the  Patent  Oace  at  50  cenU  each; 
PLANT  PATENTS  in  color.  $1.00  each;  copies  of  TRADEMARKS  and  DESIGN  PATENTS 
at  20  cents  each.  Address  orders  to  the  Commissioner  of  Patento.  Washington.  D.C..  202S1. 


Printing  authorised  by  Section  11  (a)  8  of  Titla  $6,  U.S.  Code  P.O. 


PATENT  OFFICE  NOTICES 


laratloa  states  therein  that  no  evidence  is  known  to  him  which 
Is  incoMlstent  with  that  relied  on  in  the  affidavit  or  declara- 
tion, or  which  would  tend  to  give  an  impression  different  from 
that  conveyed  by  the  affidavit  or  declaration. 

(b)  If,  during  the  prosecution,  the  applicant,  to  establish 
patentability,  relies  on  representations  as  to  facts,  data,  or 
test  results  set  forth  In  the  speciflcation,  such  repreientatlons 
win  be  considered  for  that  purpose  only  If  applicant  flies  an 
affidavit  or  declaration  attesting  as  to  the  truth  of  the  repre- 
sentations and  asserting  that  no  facts,  data,  or  test  results  are 
_.  known  to  him  which  are  inconsistent  with  |hose  set  forth  in 
The  object  of   this  suit  under  the  Patent   Laws  of  The    ^^^  Bp«clflcation,  or  which  would  tend  to  give  an  impression 

United  States  is  to  secure  (1)  an  adjudication  of  Invalidity 

of  United  States  Letters  Patent  3,513,668  granted  May  26, 

1970,  (2)  preliminary  and  permanent  injunction  against  De- 


United  States  District  Court  for  the 
District  of  Colmnbia 

Ripple  Twist  Mills,  Inc.,  Plaintiff 

V. 

Industrial  Knitting  Cobpokation,  Defendant 

Civil  Action  No.  791— T»  , 

OaoBS  or  PcBLiCATioN  ON  Absent  Defendant  in  the  United 
States  Disteict  Court  roR  the  District  or  Columbia 


fendant,  Its  agents,  servants,  employees  and  attorneys  enjoin- 
Intr  them  and  each  of  them  from  asserting  or  threatening  to 
assert  the  aforesaid  Letters  Patent  against  customers  or 
potential  caBtomers  of  Plaintiff  and  restraining  them  and  each 
of  them  from  filing  or  prosecuting  any  civil  action  or  action 
against  Plaintiff  and/or  its  customers  for  Infringement  of 
said  Letters  Patent,  (3)  costs  and  attorneys  fees,  and  (4) 
such  other  and  further  relief  as  may  to  this  Court  appear 
to  be  Just  and  equitable. 

On  motion  of  the  Plaintiff,  It  Is  this  27th  day  of  April 
1972,  ordered  that  the  Defendant,  INDUSTRIAL  KNITTING 
CORPORATION,  a  Canadian  corporation  having  a  principal 
place  of  business  at  500  Sauve  Street  W,  Montreal,  Quebec, 
Canada,  cause  its  appearance  to  be  entered  herein  on  or  be- 
fore the  fortieth  day  exclusive  of  Sundays  and  legal  holidays, 
occurring  after  the  day  of  the  first  publication  of  this  order ; 
otherwise  the  cause  will  be  proceeded  with  as  in  case  of 
default. 

WILLIAM  B.  BRYANT, 

Judge. 


differeat  from  that  conveyed  by  the  specification. 
Dated  :    April  28,  1972. 

(ROBERT  OOTTSCHALK, 
Committioner  of  Patent$. 
Approted  :  May  1,  1972. 
Jakes  H.  Wakelin,  Jr., 
A$$iatant  Secretary  for 
Science  and  Technoloov- 

[PR  Doc.  72-6925  Filed  6-6-72;  8:49  a.n}.] 

Publithed  in  57  F.R.  9tt5,  May  $,  1972 


DEPARTMENT  OF  COMMERCE 
PatntOficc 

[37  CPR  Part  1] 

Evidence  or  Patentability  or  Priority 

Propoted  Special  Statement  in  Affidavit  or  Declaration  When 
Relying  Upon  Facts,  Data,  Tett  Re$ult»  or  Other  Evidence 


Patent  Salts 

Notices  under  36  U.S.C.  290  ;  Patent  Act  of  1952 

8.«e9,064,  L.  H.  Conover,  TETRACYCLINE,  fll«d  July  7, 
1966,  D.C.,  E.D.N. Y.  (Brooklyn),  Doc.  66C640,  Chat.  P$a«r 
<£  Co.,  Inc.  V.  Oeneric  Formulae  Inc.  et  ano.  Traasf<rr«d  to 
U.S.D.C,  S.D.N.Y.,  Mar.  11, 1969.  i 

2.78f,22«.  B.  A.  Hunter,  TRIARYL  PHOSPHITE  STABI- 
LIZERS FOR  SYNTHETIC  RUBBERS,  Sled  Dec.  21,  1967, 
D.C.,  N.D.  Ohio  (Cleveland),  Doc.  C-67-933,  Vniroyal  Incor- 
porated V.  Firettone  Tire  and  Rubber  Co.  Stipulation  and 
order,  action  dismissed  without  prejudice,  Jan.  12,  1972. 

8,7S7,4M.  J.  C.  Wilborn.  MEANS  FOR  BALANCING 
WHEELS;  8,814,726,  Rehnborg  and  Wilborn,  WHEEL  BAL- 
ANCE CORRECTION  DEVICE,  filed  Feb.  4,  1972,  D.C.,  W.D. 
Okla.  (Oklahoma  City),  Doc.  72-78-C.  John  C.  Witbom  et  al. 
V.  Virgil  H.  Salathiel,  Motion  Product;  Inc.  j 

8,7U,878,  T.  A.  Te  GrotenhulB,  FILLERS  HAVING  VINYL 
Notice  Is  hereby  given  that,  pursuant  to  the  authority  con-    glLOXANE  GROUPS  BONDED  TO  THE  SURFACE  THERE- 
talned  in  section  6  of  the  Act  of  July  19,  1952  (66  Stat.  793 ;    qf  AND  COPOLYMERS  THEREOF  WITH  ETHYLENICAL- 
36  U.S.C.  6)   the  Patent  Office  proposes  to  amend  Title  37,    ly  UNSATURATED  POLYMERIZABLE  MONOMERS  ;  2341,- 
Code  of  Federal  Regulations,  by  adding  a  new  i  1.69.  5^  same,  HIGH  POLYMERS  WITH  CHEMICALLY  BONDED 

All  persons  are  invited  to  present  their  views,  objections,  REINFORCING  AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING  SAME,  filed 
recommendations,  or  suggestions  In  connection  with  the  pro-  jy^g  jq,  1963,  U.S.  Ct.  of  App.,  6th  Clr.,  Ohio  (Cincinnati), 
posed  new  section,  to  the  Commissioner  of  Patents,  Washing-  ^pp  ^q  20845,  Westwood  Chemical,  Inc.  v.  OtotnaComing 
ton,  D.C.  20221,  on  or  before  June  27,  1972,  on  which  date  a  piberglaa  Corporation.  The  Judgment  of  the  District  Court  is 
hearing  will  be  held  at  9  a.m.  in  Room  8C06,  Building  2,  Crys-  modified  by  restricting  the  determination  of  invalidity  to  the 
tal  Plaza,  2011  Jefferson  Davis  Highway,  Arlington,  Va.  claims  In  issue.  I.e.,  claims  1,  2,  4,  6,  7,  8,  11,  14,  16-10,  21, 
22202.  All  persons  wishing  to  be  heard  orally  at  the  hearing  23-29  and  28  of  Patent  '378  and  claim  8  of  Pateat  '666  and 
are  requested  to  notify  the  Commissioner  of  Patents  of  their  g^g  gg  modified  the  Judgment  is  affirmed,  decided  and  filed  Aug^ 
Intended  appearance.  Any  written  comments  or  suggestions    24,  1971. 

may  be  Inspected  by  any  person  upon  written  request  a  rea-  g,,,,^,^^,  m.  E.  Bourns,  VARIABLE  RESISTOR,  filed  Aug. 
sonable  time  after  the  closing  date  for  submitting  comments.  ^^  ^^^^  ^^^  .^^  j,j  (Chicago),  Doc.  70cl992,  Boumt,  Inc. 
New  i  1.69  seeks  to  guard  against  the  omission  from  facts.  ^^'^  Harlan  E.  Boumt  v.  Allen-Bradley  Co.  et  al.  On  motion 
data,  test  results,  or  other  evidence  presented  in  connection  ^^  ^^^  defendants  for  summary  Judgment,  It  is  ordered  that 
with  patentablUty  or  priority  of  Invention,  of  known  evidence  ^^^j^^^^^^^,  motion  for  summary  Judgment  Is  granted  and 
which  Is  inconsistent  with  that  presented  or  which  would    j^^  ^  ^g  entered  on  the  complaint  in  favor  of  the  de- 

convey  a  different  impression.  The  purpose  is  to  insure  presen-    ^^^^.^^3  ^eb  7  1972 
tatlon  to  the  Patent  Office  of  the  evidence  needed  to  mi^e  an  ,        •    >  • 


informed  decision  on  patentability  or  priority  of  invention. 
The  section  thus  requires  a  verified  statement  that  no  such 
inconsistent  evidence  is  known  to  the  person  making  the  state- 
ment, if  such  is  the  fact. 

The  text  of  the  proposed  new  i  1.69  is  as  follows  : 

I  1.69     SpeeiiMl  atatement  in  affidavit  or  declaration   when 
relying  upon  facta,  data,  teat  reaulta,  or  other  evidence. 


Z341.8M.     (See  2,742,378.) 

2348,518.  R.  Stricklen,  MIXTURE  AND  METHdD  FOR  IM- 
PARTING A  CORROSION-RESISTANT  SURFACE  TO  ALU- 
MINUM, ALUMINUM  ALLOYS,  AND  SILVER;  2381,886, 
H.  J.  Hartman,  METHOD  FOR  COATING  ZINC  AND  ZINC 
ALLOY  SHEETS,  filed  Mar.  16,  1970,  D.C.  N.p.  111.  (Chi- 
cago).  Doc.  70c621,  Allied  Reaearch  Producta,  IHc.  v.  J.  M. 


,».y.™y  «,.««.  y-v..,  —.»,  .^ '  ^    "      ,                ■  Eltzroth  d  AaaociaU  9.  Inc.  On  stipulation  of  the  parties  pur- 

(a)  An  affidavit  or  declaration  filed  during  tM  prosecution  ^^^^  ^^  PR.CP.  Ri  le  41(a)  the  above  action  Ip  dismissed, 

of  an  application  presenting  evidence  urged  as  bearing  on  j^^  ^  ^g^g 

patentability  or  priority  of  invention  will  be  considered  only  '    ' 

~if  the  applicant  or  other  person  making  the  affidavit  or  dec-  23fl3M. 


(See  2,843,513.) 


June  6,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


8 


8,007,702.  R.  R.  Eby,  PHONOGRAPH  RECORD  STORAGE 
MEANS,  filed  Dec.  2,  1969,  D.C,  S.D.N.Y.,  Doc.  69-5315, 
Richard  R.  Eby  v.  F.  W.  Woolworth  Company.  Stipulation  and 
order,  complaint  dismissed  with  prejudice  and  without  costs, 
Jan.  26,  1972. 

8,021371,  F.  J.  Rodgers,  HOSE  FOR  PORTABLE  PNEU- 
MATIC EQUIPMENT,  filed  Feb.  2,  1972,  D.C,  N.D.  Ohio 
(Cleveland),  Doc.  C72-116,  Samuel  Moore  d  Company  v. 
Parker  Hannifin  Corporation. 

8.178321,  P.  C.  Kesllng,  ORTHODONTIC  APPLIANCE,  filed 
Feb.  4.  1972,  D.C.  S.D.N.Y.,  Doc.  72-C-532,  TP  Laboratories, 
Inc.  et  al.  v.  Betta  Orthodontic  Suppliea,  Inc. 

8,190312.  R.  E.  Robinson,  PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING 
ESTERS,  filed  Nov.  7,  1969,  D.C,  S.D.  Tex  (Houston),  Doc. 
69-H-1096,  National  Diatillera  d  Chemical  Corporation  v. 
Cekmeae  Corporation.  Stipulation  and  order  of  dismissal,  Feb.^ 
4,  1972,  Same,  filed  Mar.  23,  1970,  D.C,  S.D.  Tex.  (Houston)," 
Doc.  70-H-261,  National  Diatillera  and  Chemical  Corporation 
V.  Celaneae  Corporation.  Stipulation  and  order  of  dismissal, 
Feb.  4,  1972.  (Dismissed  with  prejudice.) 

8.M8308,  T.  E.  Ford,  FOOD  WRAPPER,  filed  Feb.  4,  1972. 
D.C.  Mass.  (Boston),  Doc.  CA-72.  Trana  World  Services,  Inc. 
V.  S.  S.  Kreage  Company. 

8,220387.  Hollls  and  Borders,  PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING 
DEHYDRATED  POTATOES,  filed  Nov.  28,  1969,  DC.  Del. 
(Wilmington),  Doc.  3813,  American  Potato  Company  v.  Gen- 
eral Fooda  Corporation.  Stipulation  of  dismissal  with  preju- 
dice as  to  all  claims  and  counterclaims,  Oct.  20,  1971. 

8.278316.  G.  V.  Cleary,  INSERT  FOR  NEWSPAPERS,  filed 
Jan.  18,  1971,  D.C,  N.D.  111.  (Chicago),  Doc.  71cl34,  Free 
Standing  Stuffer,  Inc.  v.  Parmt'a  Magazine  EnterpHaes.  By 
stipulation,  motion  for  dismissal  of  the  complaint  under  Rule 
41(a)  (1)  (11),  is  granted,  Feb.  3,  1972. 

8314.726.     (See  2,737.420.) 

8.822.288.  A.  Mayer,  CLOTHING  DISPLAY  RACK  ASSEM- 
BLY, filed  Nov.  9,  1971,  D.C,  CD.  Calif.  (Los  Angeles),  Doc. 


71-2675-FW.  Capitol  Hardware  Manufacturing  Company,  Inc. 
V.  Reeve  Company. 

3328,7M.  R.  L.  Farris,  MATTRESS  ALARM,  filed  Feb  3 
1972,  D.C,  N.D.  Tex.  (Fort  Worth),  Doc.  CA-4-1899,  Robert 
L.  FarrU  and  Edwin  O.  Cohen  v.  Electronic  Monitora  Inc.  and 
Harris  Hospital. 

8,867300.  R.  S.  Soloff,  SONICS,  filed  Oct.  13,  1970  DC 
Conn.  (New  Haven),  Doc.  14081,  Branson  Instruments,  Incor- 
porated V.  Sonics  and  Materials,  Inc.,  Robert  8.  Soloff.  Consent 
Judgment,  defendants  enjoined,  Nov.  26,  1971. 

8.800,480,  L.  S.  Turner,  ARROW-HELICOPTER  TOY  • 
D.  212,600.  same,  AERIAL  TOY  ;  Rer.  No.  841,178  (ARROW- 
COPTER),  Basic  Products  Development  Company,  filed  Feb 
5,  1969,  D.C.N.J.  (Newark),  Doc.  132-69,  Basic  Producta  De- 
velopment Co.,  Inc.  v.  Plawner  Toy  Mfg.  Co.,  Inc.,  Felim 
Plawner  and  Karl  Plawner.  Order  dismissing  complaint  Oct 
20.1971. 

8,400,816,  BilUg  and  Schleewelss,  OVAL  SWIMMING  POOL 
filed  June  3,  1971,  D.C,  E.D.N. Y.  (Brooklyn),  Doc.  71-C-677! 
Bilnor  Corp.  v.  Atreo  Mfg.  Co.,  Inc.  Case  dismissed,  Jan.  Si' 
1972. 

8.452,006.  L.  Smolskl.  LIQUID  TREATMENT  APPARATUS 
AND  METHOD,  filed  Feb.  3,  1972,  D.C.  Mass.  (Boston),  Doc. 
72-433-J,  Polcon  Corporation  v.  Kenica  Corporation. 

S,481,0«S.  M.  L.  Whaley,  PURSE  RING  STRIPPER  AND 
METHOD  OF  USING  SAME,  filed  June  14,  1971,  D.C,  S.D. 
Calif.  (San  Diego),  Doc.  No.  71-191-N,  Morria  L.  Whaley  v. 
Campbell  Machine,  Inc. 

8,488.770,  W.  T.  Atkinson.  MEAT-LIKE  PROTEIN  FOOD 
PRODUCT,  filed  Aug.  18,  1971,  D.C,  S.D.  111.  (Peoria),  Doc. 
P-3278,  Archer  Daniela  Midland  Company  v.  Ralaton  PuHna 
Company  and  Swift  and  Company. 

8345,014,  E.  Davis,  SANITIZERS,  filed  Feb.  2,  1972,  D.C, 
CD.  Calif.  (Los  Angeles),  Doc.  72-241- AAH,  Elbert  Davia 
V.  Daya-Eaae  Home  Producta  Corp. 

D.  2U,000.     (See/»,390,480.) 

Ber.  No.  841,178.     ( See  3,390,480. ) 


\ 


r 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


DedlcatkMi 


Re.  2e,759.— Frederick  J.  Melget,  BatUe  Creek,  Mich.  GYNE- 
COLOGY OR  LITHOTOMY  DRAPE.  Patent  dated  Jao.  6, 
1970.  Dedication  filed  Apr.  14,  1972,  by  the  Inventor. 
Hereby  dedicates  to  and  for  the  free  use  of  the  Public  all 

of  the  claims  of  said  patent. 

^ ' 


CcrtificatM  of  Coirecdon  for  tte  Week  of  Jane  6, 1972 


Re.  27,085 

3,383,448 

3.456,286 

3.462,794 

3,488.701 

3,489,502 

3.522,674 

3.634,063 

3,545.892 

3,546,123' 

3.546,270 

3,551.427 

3,586,310 

3,658,933 

3,663.880 

3.670.018 

3,574.827 

3,575,991 

3,577,287 

3.578.652 

3.578.843 

3,580,919 

3,583,075 

3,583,352 

3,584,740 

3.584,941 

3,586,152 

3,588,779 

3,500,035 

3,690,559 

3.690.902 

3.591.110 

3,692,373 

3.592,626 

3.594,762 

3,595,256 

3,595,908 

3,596,675 

3,597,437 

3,598,344 

3,698,868 

3,599.022 

3,599,063 

3,699,265 

3.600,466 

3,600,953 

3,601.686 

3.601,963 

3.602,282 

3.602.470 

3,602,689 

3,603,235 

3,603,265 

3,603,463 

3,603,585 

3,603,738 

3,603.981 

3,604.320 

3,605,654 

3.607.334 

3.607.692 

3,607,707 

3,607,876 

3,608,567 

3,608.672 

3,608.646 

3.600,075 

3,609,282 

3,609.415 

3,609,511 

3,609,668 


3.609.678 

3.609,730 

3.610,361 

3,610,825 

3.612.068 

3.612,056 

3,612,311 

3,612,396 

3,612.723 

3,612,902 

3.613,105 

3,613,273 

3,614,060 

3,614,818 

3,615,223 

3,615,320 

3,615,429 

3,615,435 

3,615,639 

3,615,762 

3.615.788 

3,616,360 

3,616,444 

3,616,784 

3,617.070 

3,617,368 

3,617,478 

3,617,479 

3,617,489 

3,617,490 

3.617,672 

3.617,747 

3,617.761 

3.618.003 

3.618,073 

3,618,331 

3,618,746 

3,619,173 

3,619,183 

3,619,195 

3,619,210 

3,610,480 

3,619,605 

3,619,938 

3,620,266 

3,620,302 

3,620,374 

3,620,620 

3,620,665 

3,620,677 

3,620,693 

3,620,714 

3,620,746 

3,620,867 

3,620,961 

3,621,019 

3,621,082 

3,621,091 

3,621,146 

3,621,164 

3,621,402 

3.621.485 

3,621,842 

3,622,084 

3,622,166 

3,622,461 

3,622,517 

3,622,522 

3,622,977 

3,623,016 

3,623,286 


3,628,434 

3,623,660 

3,623,753 

3,623,832 

3.623.940 

3,623,056 

3,623,088 

3,624,076 

3,624,079 

3,624,166 

3,624,250 

3,624,260 

3,624,370 

3,624,395 

3,624,538 

3,624,668 

3,624,970 

3,625,352 

3,625,492 

3,625,501 

3,625,584 

3,626.877 

3,625,978 

3,625,993 

3,626,048 

3,626,140 

3,626,253 

3,626,261 

3,626,266 

3,626,382 

3,626,733 

3.627,016 

3,627,1(3 

3,627,260 

3,627,318 

3,627,376 

3,627,386 

3,627,429 

3,627,536 

3,627,552 

3,627,554 

3,627,566 

3,627,677 

3,627,689 

3,627,776 

3,628,037 

3,628,072 

3,628,120 

3,628,313 

3,628,533 

3,628.658 

3.628.714 

3,628,910 

3,628,914 

3,628.942 

3.628.953 

3.628.957 

3.628,963 

3,628,973 

3,628,994 

3,629,013 

3,629,064 

3,629,209 

3,620,227 

3,629,233 

3,629,443 

3,629,444 

3.629,525 

3.629.683 

3.629.896 

3.680,639 


8.687.773 
3,687,905 
3,638,302 
3,638,309 
3,638,638 
3,639,835 
3,689,352 


3,630,706 

3,630,717 

3,630,727 

3,630,796 

3,630,863 

3,631,042 

3.631,067 

3,631,071 

3,631,090 

3,631,173 

3,631,176, 

3,631,182 

3,631,318 

3,631,321 

3,631,367 

3,631,481 

3,631,503 

3,631,563 

3,631,571 

3,631,858 

3,631,059 

3,632,046 

3,632,058 

3,632,060 

3,632,154 

3,632,157 

3,632,261 

3,632,871 

3,632,401 

3,632,427 

3,632,461 

3,632,475 

3,632,699 

3,632,631 

3,632,865 

3,632,902 

3,632,991 

3,633.112 

3,633.163 

3,633,210 

3,633,327 

3,633,400 

3,633,431 

3,633,628 

3,633,823 

3,633,950 

3,633,981 

3,634,134 

3,634.325 

3,634.452 

3.634.550 

3.634,659 

3,634,741 

3,636,147 

3,636,269 

3,635,371 

3,635,467 

3.635.669 

3.635,731 

3,636,776 

3,636,932 

3,635,955 

3,636,022 

3,636,023 

3,636,170 

3,636,246 

3,636,335 

3,636,421 

3,636,521 

3,636,645 

3,637,688 


3.689,612 
3,639,738 
3,640,158 
3,640,889 
3,641,132 
3,641,342 
3.642.067 


8.642.238 
3.642.434 
3,642,439 
3,643,738 
3,648,739 
3.644,018 
3.644,194 


JUNB  6,  1972 

^  18.648,042 
3.646.468 
3,646,663 
3,647.241 


Disclaimers 


3,310,659. — Bterlinif  BeckvHth,  LibertyrlUe  Township,  111. 
MULTIPLE  JET  CONDITIONING  CABINET.  Patent 
dated  Apr.  28,  1964.  DlBClaimer  filed  Apr.  10.  1972,  by 
the  assignee,  Ky$or  Induitrlal  Corporation. 

Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims   1,   2,  8  and  6  of 
said  patent. 


I- 


3,602,287.— iTartin  Everadyk.  Bedford  Heights,  Ohio.  AP- 
PARATUS FOR  FORMING  A  MBMBBR  PROM  A 
SLURRY  OF  MATERIAL.  Patent  dated  Aug.  31,  1071. 
Disclaimer  filed  Mar.  23,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  Offlebay 
Norton  Company. 

Hereby  enters   this  disclaimer  to  claims  1  thi|oiish  5  of 
said  patent. 


Patents  Withdrawn  Fhmi  Rcfliter 

RCA  Corporation  withdraws  the  following  patents  from 
the  Register  of  Patents  Ayailable  for  Licensing  or  Sale.  The 
patents  were  listed  as  being  ayailable,  in  the  OrriciAL  Gasctte 

as  Indicated  below : 

3,273,476.     PHOTOCOMPOSINO  SYSTEM.  Feb.  1«,  1967. 

3,281,738.     SUPERCONDUCTING  SOLENOID,  Mat.  28. 1967. 

3,302,168.      TRAFFIC  CONTROL  SYSTEM.  July  IB.  1967. 

3,302.901.  FLUID  DRIVE  SYSTEM  FOR  FILM  TAKE-UP 
AND  REWIND  MECHANISM.  July  18,  1967. 

3,344,627.  SUBSTANTIALLY  LINEAR  OUTPUT  GAG  DE- 
VICE, Jan.  2,  1968. 

3,351,938.  VEHICLE  IDENTIFICATION  APPARATUS.  Jan. 
30,  1968. 

3,355,618.  ELECTRON  GUN  FOR  USE  IN  A  CATHODE  RAY 
TUBE  EXHIBITING  ENHANCED  ELECTRON 
EMISSION,  Jan.  30,  1968. 

3,363,961.  CATHODE  ARRANGEMENT  OF  AN  ELECTRON 
MICROSCOPE  FOR  REDUCING  THE  OCCUR- 
ENCE OF  VIRTUAL  CATHODES.  Mar.  14. 
1968. 

3,393£47.  FILM  THREADING  ARRANGEMENT.  Sept.  24. 
1968.  1 

3,399,405.     VEHICLE  IDENTIFIER  SYSTEM,  Oct.  22,  1968. 

3.405,264.  SPECIMEN  INJECTOR  FOR  ELECTRON  MI- 
CROSCOPES WITH  ROTATABLE  SPECIMEN 
HOLDER,  Jan.  14,  1969. 

3,452;241.  ELECTRON  GUN  SUITABLE  FOR  ELECTRON 
MICROSCOPE,  Sept.  9.  1969. 

3,479^34.  PHOTOCOMPOSINO  APPARATUS  SUPPORT 
STRUCTURE,  Jan.  27.  1970. 

3,487,909.  ARTICLE  HANDLING  APPARATUS,  July  21, 
1970. 

3.500.310.  TRUE  PRESENCE  VEHICLE  DETBCTOR  IN- 
CLUDING MEANS  TO  DISTINGUISH  BE- 
TWEEN SLOW  AMBIENT  CHANGES  AND 
CHANGES  TO  THE  PRESENCE  OF  A  VEHI- 
CLE, July  21,  1970. 

3,509.803.  PHOTOCOMPOSINO  APPARATUS,  i  Aug.  26, 
1970.  I 

3,517  119.  DEVICE  FOR  PRODUCING  LINE  HALFTONE 
IMAGES  SIMILAR  TO  THE  IMAiQES  PRO- 
DUCED BY  THE  WOODCUT  TYPE  METHOD 
OF  PRINTING.  Aug.  3,  1971. 

3,528.018.  BILEVEL  VIDEO  SIGNAL  RECONSTRUCTION 
CIRCUIT,  Aug«3,  1971. 

3,546,681.  PROGRAMMED  METHOD  FOR  MANIPULAT- 
ING ELECTRONIC  FONTS  IN  ELECTRONIC 
PHOTOCOMPOSINO  SYSTEMS,  Aug.  3.  1971. 

3.553,676.  ELECTRO-OPTICAL  COMPOSITION  SYSTEM, 
Aug.  3,  1971. 

3.568.178.  ELECTRONIC  PHOTOCOMPOSITION  SYSTEM, 
Dec.  7.  1971. 

3.573.786.     COMPENSATION  CIRCUIT  FOR  ELECTRONIC 
■  PHOTOCOMPOSITION  SYSTEM,  Djec.  7,  1971. 


June  6,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


3,614,767.  ELECTRONIC  PHOTOCOMPOSINO  SYSTEM 
THAT  FORMS  CHARACTERS  OF  DIFFER- 
ENT POINT  SIZES,  Dec.  21,  1971. 

3,643,019.  VARIABLE  LENGTH  CODING  METHOD  AND 
APPARATUS,  May  2,  1972. 


Patents  Available  for  LicensiBg  or  Sale 

t^oH;  ^Pi9^^  LIGHTENING  INSULATOR  PAD  FOR  CAMP- 
LRS.  John  B.  Cato,  206  Combs  St..  MUton,  Fla.,  82570. 

.»?V^^®Mi.®-  SYSTEM  OF  TELEVISION  TRANSMISSION 
v?i^^f?^2^^"^/»^^  REPRODUCTION  OF  THE  TELE 
VISLD  IMAGE  Samuel  Freeman,  13  Blrchwood  Court,  K, 
syosset,  N.Y.,  11791. 

3,225.76L     FATIGUE    SUPPORT.     Robert    Swenson.    1:J0 
Polnciana  Drive,  Martlnes,  Ga.,  30007. 

^i^i^i<S^h  HAND  GUIDED  WALK-BEHIND  SELF-PRO- 
PELLBb  MATERIAL  CONVEYING  CART.  John  Fuhrmann. 
Correspondence  to :  Robert  C.  Weber,  1022  Elllcott  Square, 
cniiaio,  M.I.,  14203. 

3.528.670.  ASTRONOMICAL  TELEOBJECTIVE  Law- 
rence Monart.  1458  83rd  St.,  Brooklyn.  N.Y.,  11228. 
^.rh'^^^'liS^ii^  PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  RICH 
\^^h,^rdSKh^^^  NATURAL  GAS  BY  MEANS  OF  CATA- 
LYTIC  HYDROGASIFICATION  UNDER  PRESSURE  OF 
FLUID  HYDROCARBONS.  Carlo  Padovani.  Correspondence 
ISLi  Murphy  &  Dobyns,  2001  Jefferson  Davis  Highway,  Suite 
307,  Arlington.  Va.,  22202. 

3.646.530.  RANDOMLY  BALL  AND  GAME  APPARATUS. 
n*^n**'"o/i:^oo  *'"°*°****'  **  **■•  ^^^^  Blevado  St.,  Los  Angeles, 

3,651.623.  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  MOWING 
^  STEEP  EMBANKMENTS.  Rutherford  B.  Harley.  4300  Bishop 
Lake  Rd..  Marietta.  Ga..  30060. 

3.652^508.  VISCOSITY  STABLE  ALIPHATIC  POLYURE- 
THANE  COMPOSITIONS  AND  METHOD  OF  PREPARA- 
TION. Donald  L.  Segur.  et  al.  Correspondence  to :  Henry  B. 
Townsend.  General  Latex  and  Chemical  Corp..  Research  Cen- 
ter. High  St..  North  BUIerlca.  Mass..  01862. 

The  following  2  patents  are  offered  by  Louis  Schacher.  et 
al..   4910  15th   Ave..   Brooklyn,   N.Y..    11219. 
D.  191.069.     BOTTLE. 
D.  191.770.     BOTTLE. 

General  Electric  Company  Ig  prepared  to  grant  non-exclu- 
sive licenses  under  the  following  2  patents  upon  reasonable 
terms  to  domestic  manufacturers. 

Applications  for  licenses  may  be  addressed  to :  Division 
Patent  Counsel,  Space  Division,  General  Electric  Company. 
P.O.  Box  8555,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  19101. 

3,629,596.  FREE  PISTON  GENERATOR. 

3,647,925.  VARIABLE  IMPEDANCE  GENERATOR. 

General  Motors  Corporation  is  prepared  to  grant  non-exclu- 
sive licenses  under  the  following  3  patents  upon  reasonable 
terms. 

Applications  for  license  may  be  addressed  to :  The  Director, 
Patent  Section,  General  Motors,  Building,  3044  West  Grand 
Blvd.,  Detroit,  Mich.,  48202. 


3,666,187.     LABORATORY  HOMOGENIZER 
3,665.762.     CALORIMETER. 

.  The  RCA  Corporation  offers  to  grant  non-exclusive  licenses 
on   reasonable  terms  and  conditions  under  the  foIIowtog« 

InQulrles  respecting  licenses  under  these  patents  should  be 
ni''„*«fn^  Vi?Q^^*  Corporation.  Staff  Vice  Presidftnl.  Domestic 
Licensing.  1133  Avenue  of  Americas,  New  YorSfN  Y    10036 
3,653,411.      CABLE    HARNESS    ASSEMBLY    BOARD    AND 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  THE  SAME 
3.653.498.      STATIC    CHARGE    PROTECTIVE    PACKAGES 

FOR  ELECTRON  DEVICES  v^^^vx^o 

3,653,608.     WEB  CARTRIDGE. 

3.653,745.  CIRCUITS  FOR  DRIVING  LOADS  SUCH  AS 
LIQUID  CRYSTAL  DISPLAYS 

3.653.883.  METHOD  OF  FABRICATING  A  POROUS  TUNG- 
STEN BODY  FOR  A  DISPENSER  CATHODE 

3,653.901.  COLOR  KINESCOPE  PRODUCTION  WITH  A 
TEMPORARY  MASK. 

3.653,941.     SLURRY  PROCESS  FOR  COATING  PARTICU- 
LATE MATERIAL  UPON  A  SURFACE 
3.653,089.      ZN  DIFFUSION  INTO  GAP. 
3.654,387.      VIDEO     TAPE     RECORDER     SYNCHRONIZING 

3,654,398.  DEVICE  TO  KEEP  A  CAPSTAN  IN  PHASE 
WHEN  SWITCHING  MODES.  *-"*»!!• 

3,654.400.      WEB  HANDLING  APPARATUS. 

3.654.440.  COUNTER. 

3.654.441.  FOUR-PHASE  HIGH  SPEED  COUNTER 
3.654.556.     MICROWAVE    HYBRID     COMPRISING 

TROUGH     WAVEGUIDE     AND     BALANOED 
MIXER  UTILIZING  SAME.  ^^*^-^v-r.i/ 

3.654.572.     WAVEGUIDE  STRUCTURE. 

3.654,606.  ALTERNATING  VOLTAGE  EXCITATION  OF 
LIQUID  CRYSTAL  DISPLAY  MATRIX.     *-- 

3.655.126.     MOTION  TRANSFER  MECHANISM 

3,655.269.  LIQUID  CRYSTAL  DISPLAY  ASSEMBLY  HAV- 
ING INDEPENDENT  CONTRAST  AND 
SPEED  OF  RESPONSE  CONTROLS. 

3.656.912.  CORONA  GENERATING  CIRCUITS  FOR  ELBC- 
TR^HOTOGRAPHIC  PRINTERS  COOPERA- 
rKvERS.^^'^'''®    ^"^    TELEVISION 

3,656,011.     CHARGE  COUPLED  DEVICE. 

3,656.030.  SEMICONDUCTOR  DEVICE  WITH  PLURALITY 
OF  SMALL  AREA  CONTACTS.        ^^«^^^^* 

3,656,062.      LIGHTNING    PROTECTION    SYSTEM. 

3,656,071.     WIDE  BAND  BALUN. 

3,656,121.  ELECTRICALLY  AND  OPTICALLY  ACCES- 
SIBLE MEMORY. 

3,657,138.  VISIBLE-EMITTING  C  E  R  I  U  M-ACTIVATED 
CALCIUM  ALUMINUM  OXIDE  PHOSPHOR 

3.667,674.  COIL  SUSPENSION  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  A 
CATHODE  RAY  TUBE.  v»    ^ 


3.471.127.     TURBOMACHINE  ROTOR. 

3,477.647.     FUEL  SPRAY. 

3,478.816.     REGENERATOR  MATRIX. 

The  Department  of  Health.  Education,  and  Welfare  is  offer- 
ing the  tsllowing  13  patents  for  licensing  aa  provided  by 
Title  45  C.F.R.  Section  6.3. 

Applications  for  license  should  be  addressed  to :  Mr.  Nor- 
man J.  Latker.  Chief,  Patent  Branch,  %  National  Institutes 
of  Health,  Room  5A03,  Westwood  Building.  Bethesoa.  Md.,    3.658.403. 
20014. 


3,658.401. 


3.642.953. 

3,644,647. 

3.646,694. 
3,651.864. 
3,652.680. 

3.654,257. 
3,661.212. 

3,649.613. 
3.655.815. 


3.656.123. 
3.663.659. 


SELECTIVELY  SULFONATED  BLOCK  CO- 
POLYMERS AND  PROCESS  FOR  THEIR 
PREPARATION. 

TREATMENT  OF  GLAUCOMA  EMPLOYING  5- 
(8  -  METHYLAMINOPROPYL)  5H  DIBENZO 
(a.d)  CYCLOHEPTENE. 

PROCESS  FOR  REMOVAL  OF  ACIDIC  MATE-     3,658.672. 
RIALS  FROM  FLUIDS. 

COMPACT  ROOM  SIZE  ENVIRONMENTAL 
CONTROL  UNIT. 

ANTIHEMOPHILIC  FACTOR  PREPARED 
FROM  BLOOD  PLASMA  USING  POLYETH- 
YLENE GLYCOL. 


IMIDAZOLE    CAR- 


DIAZO    DERIVATIVES   OF 
BOXYLIC  ACID  ESTERS. 

ATTENUATED  LIVE  RUBELLA  VIRUS  VAC- 
CINE AND  METHOD  OF  PRODUCTION. 

TRIAZENO  COMPOUNDS. 

THROMBORESISTANT  ARTICLES  CONTAIN- 
ING BPOXY  RESINS  AND  POLYETHYLENE- 
OXIDE  POLYPROPYLENE  OXIDE  BLOCK 
COPOLYMERS. 

CONTINUOUS  FLOW  BLOOD  SEPARATOR. 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  HY- 
DROXYLATED  BLOCK  POLYMERS. 


3,657,735.     ELECTRON  BEAM  EXCITED  LASER. 

3.658,125.  INTERNAL  CONFIGURATION  FOR  A  RADIAL 
HEAT  PIPE. 

3,668.400.  METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  MULTIALKALI  PHO- 
TOCATHODE  WITH  IMPROVED  SENSI- 
TIVITY TO  INFRARED  LIGHT  AND  A  PHO- 
TOCATHODE  MADE  THEREBY. 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURE  OF  CATHODE 
RAY  TUBES  HAVING  FRIT-SEALED -ENVE- 
LOPE ASSEMBLIES. 

HIGH  FIDELITY  READOUT  OP  A  HOLOGRAM 
PERFORMING  THE  FUNCTION  OF  A  COM- 
PLEX WAVE  MODIFYING  STRUCTURE. 

3.668,404.  COMPLEX  WAVE  MODIFYING  STRUCTURE 
HOLOGRAPHIC  SYSTEM. 

3,668,586.  EPITAXIAL  SILICON  ON  HYDROGEN  MAG- 
NESIUM ALUMINATE  SPINEL  SINGLE 
CRYSTALS. 

METHOD  OP  DETECTING  THE  COMPLETION 
OF  PLASMA  ANODIZATION  OF  A  METAL 
ON  A  SEMICONDUCTOR  BODY. 

3,659,035.      SEMICONDUCTOR  DEVICE  PACKAGE. 

3,659.044.  TEST  SYSTEM  FOR  ELECTRICAL  APPARA- 
TUS. < 

3.659,118.  DECODER  CIRCUIT  EMPLOYING  SWITCHES 
gfUCH  AS  FIELD  EFFECT  DEVICES. 

3.659.164.  INTERNAL  CONSTRUCTION  FOR  PLASTIC 
SEMICONDUCTOR  PACKAGES. 

3.669.222.  HIGH   EFFICIENCY    MODE   AVALANCHE   DI- 

ODE OSCILLATOR. 

3.659.223.  MICROWAVE    OSCILLATOR    WITH    TWO    OR. 

MORE      PARALLELED     SEMICONDUCTIVB 
DEVICES. 

3.669.228.  STRIP-TYPE  DIRECTIONAL  COUPLER  HAV- 
ING ELONGATED  APERTURE  IN  GROUND 
PLANE  OPPOSITE  COUPLING  REGION. 

3,659,232.     TRANSMISSION  LINE  FILTER. 


PATENT  EXAMINING  CORPS 

R.  A.  WAHL.  Assistant  Commissioner 
F.  H.  BRONAUGH,  Deputy  Assistant  Commissioner 

CONDITION  OF  PATENT  APPLICATIONS  AS  OF  MAY  16,  1972 


PATENT  EXAMINING  QBOCPS 

I 


Actual 
Flllnc  DaU 
of  OldMt 

NawCue 

Awaiting 

Action 


CHEBCICAL  EXAMINING  GROUPS 

GENERAL  CHEMISTRY  AND  PETROLEUM  CHEMISTRY,  GROUP  UO-M.  8TERMAN.  DU^Wt.. ........ ...... 

Inonanle  ComDOunds;  InorEanle  Compoaitloiu;  Organo-Metal  and  Oigano-MetaUold  Cbamlitry;  MetaUuivT;  Metal  Stook; 
Etocto)  Cbemlitry:  Battarlw;  Hydrocarbons;  Mineral  OH  Teetanology;  Lubrieattaf  Compoaltiona;  OaMOoa  CompoMtlona; 
Fuel  and  Igniting  Devloet. 

GENERAL  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY,  GROUP  120-L  MARCUS,  Direct^ v^-i:-r-^""-:r-^i"^- 

HeterocycUc;  Amides;  Alkaloids;  Aio;  SoUur;  Misc.  Esters;  Carbohydrates;  Herbicides;  Poisons;  Medldnes;  Cosmetics;  Steroids; 
Ozo  and  Ozy;  Qulnones;  Adds;  Carboxyllc  Add  Esters;  Add  Anhydrides;  Acid  Halldes. 
HIGH  POLYMER  CHEMISTRY.  PLASTICS  AND  MOLDING.  GROUP  14&-L.  J.  BERCOVITZ.  Director  -..--- ----.- - 

Synthetic  Resins;  Rubber;  Proteins;  Macromolecular  Carbohydrates;  Mixed  Synthetic  Resin  CompoeiUcns;  Synthetic  Resins 
With  Natural  Polymers  and  Resins;  Natural  Resins:  Reclaiming;  Pore-Forming;  Compodttons  (Part)  e.g.:  Coating;  Molding; 
Ink;  Adhedve  and  Abrading  Compodtlons;  Molding,  Shaping,  and  Treating  Processes. 
CCHLTINO  and  LAMINATING,  BLEACHING,  DYEING  AND  PHOTOGRAPHY,  GROUP  IflO-A.  P- KENT.  Director  .. 
Coating-  ProcesMS  and  Misc.  Producto;  Laminating  Methods  and  Apparatus;  Stock  Materials;  Adhesive  Bonding;  Special  Chem- 
ical M^anofkctures;  Special  Utility  Compodtlons;  Bleaching;  Dyeing  and  Photography. 
SPECIALIZED  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRIES  AND  CHEMICAL  ENQINEERING.  GROUP  ITO-W.B.  KNIGHT.  Director. . 
Fertllliers;  Foods;  Fermentation;  Analytical  ChemUtry;  Reactors;  Sugar  and  Starch;  Paper  Making;  Olau  Mmulacture;  Gas; 
Heating  and  Illuminating;  Cleaning  Processes;  Liquid  Purification;  DlstUlaUon;  Preserving;  Liquid  and  SoUd  Separation;  Gas 
and  Liquid  Contact  Aroaratas;  Refrigeration;  ConcentratUe  Eyaporators;  Mineral  Oils  Apparatus;  Misc.  Physical  Proeessee. 

ELECTRICAL  EXAMINING  GROUPS 

INDUSTRIAL  ELECTRONICS  AND  RELATED  ELEMENTS,  GROUP  210-N.  ANSHER,  Director-   ...... .^-----.- 

Generatlon  and  Utllliatlon;  General  Applications;  Conversion  and  Distribution;  Heating  and  Related  Art  Conductors;  Switebes; 
Miscellaneous. 

SECURITY,  GROUP  220— R.  L.  CAMPBELL,  Director -.;  --'v----.-:.----,;-v.-- 

Ordnance,  Firearms  and  Ammunition;  Radar,  Underwater  Signalling,  Directional  Radio,  Torpedoes,  Seismic  Exploring.  Radlo- 
AcUve  Batteries;  Nuclear  Reactors,  Powder  Metallurgy,  Rocket  Fuels;  Radio-Actlve  Material. 

INFORMATION  TRANSMISSION,  STORAGE  AND  RETRIEVAL.  GROUP  280-J.  F.  COUCH.  Director...— 

Commnnicatians;  MnlUplexing  Techniques;  Facsimile;  DaU  Processing.  Cemputatlon  and  Conveidon;  Storage  Devices  and 
Related  Arts. 

ELECTRONIC  COMPONENT  SYSTEMS  AND  DEVICES.  GROUP  2W-W.  L.  CARLSON.  Director.. 

Semi-Conductor  and  Space  Discharge  Systams  and  Devices;  Electronic  Component  Circuits;  Wave  Transmlsrton  Lines  and 
Networks;  Optics;  Radiant  Energy;  Measuring.  ^ 

PHYSICS.  GROUP  280— R.  L.  EVANS.  Director .....-- 

Photography;  Sound  and  Lighting;  Indicators  and  Optics;  Measuring  and  Telting;  Geometrical  Instruments. 

DESIGNS.  GROUP  290— R.  L.  CAMPBELL.  Director , 

Industrial  Arts;  Honiehold,  Pencoal  and  Fine  Arts.  ^  I 

MECHANICAL  EXAMINING  GROUPS 

HANDLING  AND  TRANSPORTING  MEDIA,  GROUP  310-A.  BERLIN,  Director  ...    ...-..--.---....-..---..-------.. 

Conveyors;  Hoists;  Elevators;  Artide  Handling  Implementt;  Store  Service;  Sheet  and  Web  Feeding;  Dimendng;  Fluid  Sprinkling; 

Fire  Extinguishers;  Coin  Handling;  Check  CwtroUed  Apparatus;  Classifying  and  Assorting  Solids;  Boats;  Ships;  Aeronautics: 

Motor  and  Land  Vehldes  and  Appurtenances;  Railways  and  Railway  Eqolpmwit;  Brakes;  Rigid  Flexible  and  Special  Reoep- 

tades  and  Packages. 
MATERIAL  SHAPING,  ARTICLE  MANUFACTURING,  TOOLS.  GROUP  82(V-D.  J.  STOCKING.  Director    ... 

Manufacturing  Processes,  Assembling,  Combined  Machines,  Special  Article  Making;  Metal  Deforming;  Sheet  Metal  snd  Wire 

WoAlng;  Metal  Fndon— Bcmding,  Metal  Founding;  Metallurgical  Apparatus;  Plastics  Working  A ppwatus;  Plastic  Block 

and  Earthenware  Apparatus;  Machine  Tools  for  Shaping  or  Dividing;  Work  and  Tool  Holders  Woodworking;  Tools;  CnUery; 

Jacks. 
AMUSEMENT,  HUSBANDRY,  PERSONAL  TREATMENT,  IKFORMATION,  GROUP jMO-A.RUEGG,  Director        - 
Amusement  and  Exercising  Devices;  Projectors;  Animal  and  Plant  Husbandry;  Butchering;  Earth  Working  and  Excavating; 

Fishing,  etc.:  Tobacco;  Artificial  Body  Members;  Dentistry;  Jewdry;  Surgery;  ToUetn ;  Printing;  Typewriters;  SUtlonery; 

Information  Dissemination. 
HEAT,  POWER  AND  FLUID  ENGINEERING,  GROUP  840-M.  M.  NEWMAN,  Director 


3-18-71 

1-04-71 
3-03-71 

3-01-71 
11-09-70 


Power  Plants;  Combustion  Engines;  Fluid  Motors;  Pumps;  Turbines:  Heat  Generation  and  ^diange;  Refrigeration;  VmtUatkm; 
Drying;  Vaporldng;  Temperature  and  Humidity  Regulation;  Machine  Elements;  Power  Transmission;  Fluid  HandUng;  Lu- 
brication; Joint  Packing. 
CONSTRUCTIONS,  SUPPOItTS,  TEXTILES,  CLEANING,  GROUP  3M-T.  J.  mC^EY,  Dlrecte....j-.^.-...;^^.-.-^ 

Joints;  Fasteners;  hod.  Pipe  and  Electrical  Connectors;  Miscellaneous  Hardware;  Loeta;  BnUdlng  Stoudnm;  Cloanre  Opjwstors; 
Bri<iges:  Closures;  Earth  Engineering;  Drilling;  Mining;  Furniture:  Reoeptades;  Supports;  Crtlnet  Strnatmee,-  Cmte«ngia 
Separations:  Cleaning;  Coattag;  Pressing;  A^ltstlng;  foods:  Textiles;  Apparel  and  Shoes;  Sewing  Machines;  Winding  and 
Reeling. 


3-23-71 


3-01-71 


2-12-71 


a-21-71 


3-18-71 


Expiration 


have 


1  of  patenU:  The  patents  within  the  range  of  nurnbm  indicated  below  expire  during  June  i^2«2fi»  V^^x^^lS^v^T-  t.-- 
expired  earUer  due  to  shortened  tenns  under  the  provisions  of  Public  Law  aoo,  7»th  Congress,  approved  August  8,  VfU  (60  Stot.  MO)  »^^,^^^JfZ 
mS!mA  Connees.  approved  August  33.  1864  (to  Stot.  704).  or  which  may  have  had  thdr  teems  eortaOad  by  dMalmar  imder  the  pwv«f2«  ©^ 
3MJ^.2«.  Other  patents,  issued  attn  the  dates  of  the  range  of  numbers  indtasted  below,  may  bave  ezplrwl  before  the  fall  term  ol  17  years  for 
the  same  reasons,  or  have  lapsed  under  the  provisions  of  35  U.8.C.  ISIi 

p,t--t«  ,  Nnmbers  2,709,808  to  3,712 130.  indodve 

pK?  Pat«to.V.V..V.V.V;."" V.V.VJ1V-^^^^^^^^^  - Nnmbm  LSW  to  1,403.  IndndTe 

6  .  ^ 


PATENTS 

GRANTED  JUNE  6,  1972 

GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


3,667,069 
JET  PUMP  CARDIAC  REPLACEMENT  AND  ASSIST 
DEVICE  AND  METHOD  OF  AT  LEAST  PARTIALLY 
REPLACING  A  DISABLED  RIGHT  HEART 
Perry  L.  Blackshcv,  Mahtomcdl;  Richard  J.  Fontnmi;  Franit 
D.  Dorman,  botli  of  St.  Paul,  and  Demctrc  M.  NicoMf, 
Minneapolis,  aU  of  Mian.,  aarignon  to  The  ^e«cnts  of  the 
University  of  MhincsoCa,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Filed  Mar.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,388 

Int.  CI.  A61f  1/24;  F04f  5/00. 5/36,  5/44 

VS.  CI.  3—  1  12  CiaioM 


be  removed  by  a  child  of  tender  years.  If  one  of  the  liquid 
containers  inadvertently  ruptures,  the  others  will  not  be  af- 
fected and  the  pool  cover  will  be  maintained  in  place. 


•  ■•MT 
}UtClAVUN 


3,667,071 
SWIMMING  POOL  LINER  HANGER  ASSEMBLY 
Monroe  P.  Hoch,  WapwaOopen,  Pa.,  and  Joseph  BMTvra, 
Long  Bcw^  N.Y.,  airignon  to  WUkcs  Pjool  Corporatloii, 
Berwick,  Pa. 

Original  appHcadon  Dec.  12, 1967,  Ser.  No.  689^86,  now 

Patent  No.  3,546,720.  DMded  and  thb  application  Aug.  5, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  61,408 

Int.  CI.  E04h  3/16, 3/18 

MS.  a.  4—172.21  3  Clahm 


^INTACT 


TaCUSnO  »M.»I  INTACT 


An  implantable  jet  pump  cardiac  replacement  device  and 
method  for  replacing  or  assisting  the  right  heart.  The  jet 
pump  device  is  an  elongated  tubular  structure  inclbding  an 
upstream  driving  nozzle  from  which  a  driving  flow  of  arterial 
blood  under  pressure  is  ejected  into  a  suction  nozzle  creating 
a  zone  of  reduced  pressure  to  cause  venous  blood  to  be 
sucked  into  and  admixed  with  the  driving  flow  for  distribu- 
tion to  the  pulmonary  circulation  system.  The  pump  may  be 
powered  by  blood  pumped  by  the  left  heart  or  an  artificial 
replacement  for  the  left  heart. 


3,667,070 
POOL  COVER 

Joseph  J.  Pitti,  Wantagh,  and  George  A.  Tassone,  Brooklyn, 
both  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Atreo  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc., 
Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  57,279 

Int.  Ci.  E04h  3/16,  3/18 

U.S.  CI.  4-172.12  ,  7  Claims 


y77777777777777777. 


a  pool  cover  for  keeping  soot  and  other  particles  out  of  a 
pool  and  for  preventing  unwanted  usage  of  the  pool.  The 
pool  cover  is  made  of  a  flexible,  durable  material  and  has  a 
central  cover  portion  adapted  to  rest  on  the  surface  of  the 
pool.  A  border  region  is  secured  to  the  outer  edge  of  the  cen- 
tral cover  portion  including  a  plurality  of  separate  and  inde- 
peiltlent  liquid  containers  capable  of  being  fllled  with  a  suita- 
ble liquid,  such  as  water.  The  border  region  of  the  pool  cover 
rests  on  the  peripheral  edge  of  the  pool  and  is  too  heavy  to 


A  hanger  assembly  for  securing  a  pool  liner  to  the  deck  of 
a  swimming  pool  including  a  rigid  hook  secured  to  the  pool 
deck,  a  second  hook  adapted  to  be  secured  to  the  pool  liner 
engaging  the  rigid  hook,  and  a  coping  means  substantially 
covering  both  hooks  and  aiding  in  retaining  the  hook  engage- 
ment is  disclosed.  The  assembly,  when  the  coping  means  is  in 
place,  presents  a  relatively  smooth  rounded  exterior  transi- 
tion surface  between  the  pcxrf  deck  and  pool  liner. 


3,667,072 

DIVAN-BED 

Enzo  BcUIni,  Via  ddia  Uberta  37,  Quarrata,  Italy 

FBed  Nov.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  86,137 

Claims  priority,  appUcatkin  Italy,  Nov.  5,  1969,  4847  A/69 

Int.  CL  A47c  ;  7/22,  1 7/36 

US,  CL  5—24  4  f-i^hi, 

A  divan  bed,  including  a  fixed  supporting  structure,  a 

frame  tiltable  in  two  positions  displaying  for  use  in  one  of  tiie 


8 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


'positions  seat  cushions  and  in  the  other  a  mattress.  It  further  ,  I  3,667,074 

comprises  a  back  that 'in  the  bed  arrangement  is  admitted  \\       STUFFED  CONTOURED  PILLOWS 

Wffllaai  M.  Emery,  New  ProvMcnce,  N  J^  aMttnor  to  WaHun 


June  6,  1972 


W.  Emery,  TowMhlp  of  Bcriuley  HdgMs,  Uitfon  Couirty, 
NJ. 

I      f%td  Aag.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  853,104 

I  IiitCLA47c2i/06 

UACL  5—337  4  Claims 


^A  hoad  imIIow  having  a  pre-shaped  head  cradli  padded 

permanently  with  a  sheet  of  foam,  a  neck  roll  adjusubiy 

padded  with  a  roll  of  sheet  foam  and  side  wings  adjustably 

under  the  frame  to  sustain  the  cushions  and  is  articulated  to   padded  with  shreaded  foam  or  fiber  and  zippered  means  to 

said  frame.  provide  access  to  vary  the  heighth  of  said  adjustable  padding 

,  '  according  to  the  user's  individual  requirements. 


3,667,073 

PATIENT  TRANSPORTER 

Hiram  H.  Rcnfroc,  505  BarM,  Wot  Memphis,  Ark. 

Filed  Dec.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,400 

Int.  CL  A61g  7/10 

VS.  CL  5—81 


llClaintt 


3,667,075 

MATTRESS  SPRING  BELLOWS  ASSEMBLY  AS  FOR 
HOSPITALS,  AND  THE  LIKE 
Wesley  D.  BaBm^  c/o  S.  M.  Tucker,  1011  North  15Ui  Street, 
ami  John  H.  Staley,  4512  Timbcrcrmt  Lane,  iMth  of  Waco, 
Tex. 

I   »^   FUcd  Feb.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,601 
I  Int.  CL  A47c  27/05 


VS.  CI  5-348 


^ 


^^^a 


7ClainM 


An  apparatus  which  provides  for  effortless  moving  of  a 
non-ambulatory  patient  from  his  bed  or  operating  table  to  a 
cart,  e.g.,  recovery  room  stretcher  or  the  like  and  from  the 
cart  to  other  non-porous  surfaces,  e.g.,  X-ray  tables,  etc.  The 
major  component,  comprises  an  inflatable  mattress  having  a 
constant  flow  of  air  pressure  communicating  therewith  and  a 
plurality  of  nozzles  over  one  side  thereof  to  direct  air  jets 
outwardly  therefi-om.  The  mattress  normally  is  positioned 
with  the  air  jets  directed  downwardly  to  provide  an  air 
cushion  or  caster  for  effortless  sliding  from  one  horizontal 
surface  to  another.  However,  the  mattress  may  be  positioned 
with  the  air  jets  directed  upwardly  for  floaUbly  supporting  a 
patient,  having  sores,  e.g.,  decubitus  ulcers,  on  a  cushion  of 
pressurized  gas  a  distance  above  the  mattress. 


The  invention  discloses  a  mattress,  as  for  a  hospital  bed,  an 
assembly  of  inflatable  bellows  spring  segments  being  inter- 
posed between  the  under  side  of  the  mattress  and  a  support 
box  therefor  which  may  be  said  to  correspond  to  the  conven- 
tional bed  spring  supporting  slats  under  the  springs  of  con- 
ventional mattresses.  All  of  the  adjustments  offered  by  con- 
ventional hospital  bed  frames,  and  more,  may  be  made  for 
the  matuess  of  this  invention  by  virtue  of  the  shapes  into 
which  the  combinations  offspring  bellows  segments  may  be 
inflated.  The  invention,  in  effect,  employs  a  careful  selection 
of  bellows  spring  segment  shapes,  not  only  to  provkle  a  wide 
range  of  positional  adjustments  of  the  mattress,  but  these  seg- 
ments may  serve,  cooperatively,  to  provide  the  springs  of  the 
mattress,  also  with  the  degree  of  spring  or  cushioning  effect 
being  infinitely  adjusuble  by  virtue  of  the  selective  inflation 
of  bellows  segments,  and  the  selectivity  provided  as  to  degree 
of  inflation  of  the  respective  bellows. 


V 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


9 


3,667,076  3,667,078 

BINMNG  MACHINE  GOLF  CLUB  HOLDER 

Jacques  Agiaghanian,  12  Residence  Ics  Quinoonccs,  19  Gil-    Joseph  R.  Distasie,  710  Skon  RomI,  Spring  Lriw  HdaiMi, 
sur-Yvcttc,  and  Jcwi  Drevct,  30  Avenue  du  Bois  dc  ia       NJ. 

Marchc,  92  Vaucrcmon,  both  of  Firancc  Filed  Feb.  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 16,974 

Filed  Nov.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  91^17  Int.  CL  A63b  57/00 

CWms  priority,  application  France,  Nov.  20,  1969, 6939991      VS.  CL  15— 104.92 
Int.  a.  B42c  5/72  « 


20ClalnH 


U.S.a.  11— lA 


6Claims 


Semi-automatic  machine  for  attaching  to  perforated  bun- 
dles of  leaves  a  continuous  metallic  binding  comprising  a  suc- 
cession of  originally  open  rings.  The  machine  comprises  a 
reel  for  delivering  the  binding,  and  a  chain  along  which  the 
binding  is  advanced  from  a  cutting  station  to  a  pressing  sta- 
tion at  which  the  rings  are  closed  through  tlye  perforations  in 
the  bunidle. 


to  USM  Cor- 


3,667,077 
SHOE  LASTING  MACHINES 
Richard  A.  Stcane,  Leicester,  Ei^nd,  assigno 
poratioa,  Boston,  Mam. 

Filed  Jan.  18,  1971,  Ser.  No.  107,179 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jan.  17,  1970, 

2,380/70 

Int.CLA43d2//00 

U.S.CL  12—83  7  Claims 


A  shoe  lasting  machine  having  a  block  yieldably  pressing 
the  margin  of  a  shoe  upper  against  a  drive  roll  for  tensioning 
the  upper  heightwise  of  a  last  and  for  feeding  the  upper  mar- 
gin lengthwise,  the  block  being  yieldingly  pivotable  to  in- 
crease the  entering  space  between  the  block  and  the 
periphery  of  the  roll  to  accommodate  increased  thickness  of 
the  upper  margin  fed  into  the  bite  between  the  roll  and 
block. 


A  golf  club  holder  is  adapted  to  be  secured  to  or  made  a 
part  of  a  golf  bag  and  to  carry  a  plurality  of  side-opening 
receptacles  which  face  the  interior  of  the  bag  and  into  which 
the  heads  of  selected  golf  clubs  can  be  inserted  by  means  of  a 
substantially  lateral  movement  in  the  opposite  direction.  The 
receptacles  are  maintained  in  appropriate  operative  position 
by  means  of  rods  which  extend  up  from  a  support  and  which 
are  preferably  adjustably  vertically  positionable,  thereby  to 
adapt  individual  receptacles  to  receive  the  heads  of  different 
specific  golf  clubs. 


3,667,079 

DEVICE  FOR  SCRAPING  OFF  AND  COLLECTION  OF 

MEDICAL  REFUSE  AND  FOR  PREVENTION  OF  ITS 

SPREAD 

John  Martin  Hagghmd,  Valhallaviwen  45A,  Ormkokbvik, 

Sweden 

Filed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  69,832 
Claims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Sept.  9, 1969, 12408/69 

Int  CL  A61g  i5/00;  B65f  7/00 
U.S.a.  15— 105  14  < 


A  scraping  off  and  collecting  device  for  medical  refuse 
consisting  of  a  collar  with  scraping  means  for  scraping  the 
refuse  off  medical  instruments,  and  a  throw-away  beaker  for 
collection  of  the  refuse,  the  collar  being  made  with  stiffening 
projections  at  an  angle  to  the  plane  of  the  collar.  The  bottom 
of  the  collar  is  punched  out  so  that  scraping  teeth  are 
formed. 


10 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,667,080 
FLUTE  CLEANER  FOR  TWIST  DRILLS 
Henry  Peraoa,  224  Gknwood  Avenue,  BloomHeld,  N  J. 
Filed  Mar.  29,  1971,  Scr.  No.  128,740    ' 
Int.  CL  B23b  51100 


r 


U.S.  a.  15—236 


3,667,082 

LIGHT  FOR  AUTOMOTIVE  VEHICLES  AND  WIPER 
I  THEREFOR 

Alfred  Roylcr,  Stuttgart,  Germany,  aMlgnor  to  Robert  Boach 
GmbH,  Stuttgart,  Germany 


77 


t~^ 


Wk 


6  ClaiuM      Original  appUcatioa  Aug.  13,  1968,  Ser.  No.  752,204,  now 
•buidoncd.  Divided  and  tliii  appUcatioa  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr. 

No.  115,785 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept.  2,  l%7,p  94281; 

IOct.  19,  1967,8  95035 
InU  CI.  B60s  1106, 1/14. 1/20 
U.S.  CI.,  15-250.02  IP  Claims 


r 


A  hand-held  flute  cleaner  for  twist  drills  includes  an  arm 
member  upon  which  is  mounted  a  pair  of  cleaning  discs 
which  are  finely  rotatable  around  axles  carried  in  the  arm. 
The  cleaning  discs  are  preferably  made  of  soft  metal  such  as 
aluminum  or  may  be  of  plastic.  In  the  periphery  of  these 
discs  are  spaced  cutouts  disposed  to  enter  and  engage  a  sharp 
edge  of  the  flute  of  the  twist  drill  to  scrape  the  accumulated 
material  from  the  drill. 


Robert 


3,667,081 
WINDOW-CLEANING  ARRANGEMENT 
Kari-Hdnz   Burger,   Buelil,   Germany,    aarignor   to 
Boach  GmbH,  Stuttgart,  Germany 

FVed  Oct.  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,146 
Clainu  priority,  appHcatloB  Germany,  Nov.  3, 1969,  P  19  55 

127.0 

Int.  a.  B60i  1/20 

VS.  CL  15—250.24  10  Clainv 


An  arrangement  for  cleaning  light-emitting  and  light-ad- 
mitting windows,  particularly  of  motor  vehicles.  The  window 
to  be  cleaned  has  a  general  plane,  two  transversely  spaced 
flrst  marginal  portions  and  a  second  marginal  portion  which 
connects  the  flrst  marginal  portions.  A  carriage  is  mounted 
for  movement  along  the  second  marginal  portion  between 
the  flrst  marginal  portion  and  carries  a  wiper  arm  assembly 
which  moves  with  it  and  which  is  pivoubly  mounted  on  it  for 
turning  movement  about  an  axis  paralleling  the  general  plane 
of  the  window.  A  wiper  blade  is  mounted  on  the  assembly 
and  extends  in  at  least  substantial  parallelism  with  the  flrst 
marginal  portions  but  is  offset  laterally  with  respect  to  the 
axis.  Biasing  means  biases  the  assembly  pivotably  about  the 
axis  to  maintain  the  wiper  blade  in  contact  with  the  window. 


The  headlights  of  an  autonxstive  vehicle  are  provided  with 
wipers  having  elongated  flexible  wiping  elements  which  are 
reciprocable  along  the  outer  sides  of  the  respective  lenses 
toward  and  away  from  a  paricing  position  in  which  they  are 
concealed  behind  the  moulding  rings  of  the  headlights.  Sprin- 
klers are  provided  to  spray  water  onto  the  lenses,  at  least 
during  a  portion  of  reciprocatory  movement  of  the  wiping 
elements.  The  operation  of  the  drives  for  the  wiping  elements 
and  of  pumps  for  the  sprinklers  is  regulated  by  electric  pro- 
gramming circuits.      " 


3,667,083 
WINDSHIELD  WIPER  ASSEMBLY 
Roy  E.  Linlccr,  Nunery  Road,  TItusville,  N  J. 

Filed  Aug.  28,  1970,  Ser.  No.  67,916 

Int.  a.  B60i  1/38 

VS.  a.  15—250.42  li  ClainH 


A  windshield  wiper  assembly  is  provided  with  a  wipej 
blade  and  a  backing  strip  together  with  a  blade  retaining  clip 
engaging  the  backing  strip  and  connected  to  the  blade  to 
prevent  movement  of  the  blade  with  respect  to  the  backing 
strip.  For  this  purpose  the  clip  preferably  has  a  portion 
thereof  located  between  the  backing  strip  and  blade  and  has 
prongs  thereon  which  project  into  the  material  of  which  the 
blade  is  formed.  The  backing  strip  and/or  the  blade  or  both 
may  b  formed  of  extruded  plastic  material  and  in  an  alterna- 
tive embodiment  of  the  invention,  the  wiper  blade  has  an 
electrical  heating  element  carried  thereby,  whereas  blade 
supporting  members  which  are  detachably  connected  to  the 
backing  strip  form  part  of  an  electrical  circuit  including  the 
heating  element  and  blade  retaining  clip. 


\ 


\. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


11 


3,667,084 
LIGHTWEIGHT  VACUUM  CLEANER 
Bruno  M.  Valbona,  Avon;  Robert  J.  Emmons,  Manchester, 
and  Maurice  P.  Samueilan,  West  Hartford,  all  of  Conn.,  a»> 
signers  to  Dynamics  Corporation  of  America,  New  Yorit, 
N.Y. 

Hied  Oct  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83^0 

Int.  a.  A47I  9/00 

VS.  a.  15—323  13  Claims 


through  which  water  passes.  Internal  and  external  outlet 
ports  are  provided  along  the  blade  elements  of  tlie  scaling 


A  portable  lightweight  vacuum  cleaner  having  an  extenda- 
ble nozzle  intake  conduit  rigidly  supported  by  an  easily  ad- 
justable resilient  seal  losing  the  lower  end  of  a  Alter  bag  com- 
partment into  which  the  intake  conduit  projects  to  vary  the 
distance  between  a  flxed  operating  handle  and  the  nozzle 
without  changing  the  manageability  and  nozzle-floor  orienta- 
tion with  users  of  different  statures. 


3,667,085 
CASTER  PAD 
Charles  Cumella,  Bronx,  and  Joaeph  Cutrone,  North  Merick, 
both  of  N.Y.,  aHignors  to  Federal  Casters  Corporation, 
Coplague,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39,361 

Int  CL  B60b  Ji/00 

U.S.  CI.  16—30  8  Claims 


A  caster  pad  for  mounting  a  caster  or  roller  assembly  to  a 
container  or  receptacle  or  the  like  wherein  the  caster  pad  is 
provided  at  opposite  ends  thereof  with  means  for  removably 
supporting  the  caster  assembly  relative  to  the  pad  without  the 
need  for  separate  fasteners  and  the  like. 


y 


3,667,086 
HAND  TYPE  HSH  SCALING  DEVICE 
Paul  A.  Sexton,  235  Exeter  Place,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
Filed  Jan.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  107,238 
Int.  CI.  A22c  25/02 
VS.  CI.  17—66  8  Claims 

'  A  hand  type  fish  scaling  device  is  comprised  of  an  elongate 
handle  having  a  mounting  member  projecting  from  the  for- 
ward end  of  the  handle.  The  handle  is  hollow  and  is  con- 
nected to  one  end  of  a  flexible  conduit,  and  the  conduit  is 
adapted  to  be  connected  to  a  faucet.  A  channel-shaped  scal- 
ing blade  and  a  channel-shaped  hood  are  mounted  on  the 
mounting  member  so  that  a  pair  of  passages  are  provided. 


blade  so  that  the  scaling  blade  is  cons^ntly  washed  during 
the  scaling  operation. 


3,667,087 
FEEDING  OF  FIBROUS  MATERIALS  TO  TEXTILE 
CARDS 
John  Daldn,  Rotndrit,  and  Join  George  CampiwII, 
den,  Accrli^toB,  both  of  Fjigland,  aarignon  to  T.  M.  M. 
(Rcacaivh)  Limited,  OMham,  Lancaririre,  England 
Filed  Oct.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  871359 
InL  CL  DOlg  15/40 
VS.  CL  19—105  8  < 


In  a  method  of  feeding  flbrous  material  to  a  plurality  of 
textile  cards,  the  rate  of  feed  of  the  flbrous  material  from  a 
common  feed  means  is  automatically  changed  in  response  to 
a  change  in  the  production  rate  of  one  or  more  of  the  cards 
by  an  amount  equal  to  or  substantially  equal  to  the  change  in 
production  rate  of  the  one  or  more  'cards.  The  automatic 
changing  of  the  rate  of  feed  of  the  fibrous  material  is  con- 
trolled by  control  means  responsive  to  the  stopping  or  reduc- 
tion in  speed  of  a  card  and  to  the  bringing  of  the  card  from 
the  stopped  or  slow  speed  condition  to  iwrmal  operating 
speed. 


3,667,088 

SLIDE  HOLDER  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 

Frank  David  Kurtz,  398  Five  Points  Road,  Honeoyc  Falh, 

N.Y. 

Filed  Oct  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,000 
Int  a.  A44b  21/00;  G02b  21/34 
VS.  CL  24—81  PC  1 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  holding  together  a  slide  as- 
sembly composed  of  a  slide,  a  slide  preparation  on  a  top  sur- 
face thereof,  and  a  cover  slip  overiying  the  slide  preparation. 
The  preferred  slide  holder  of  the  present  invention  employs  a 
base,  a  slide  support  mounted  thereon,  and  a  plurality  of 
spring  arms  mounted  on  the  base  and  biased  toward  the  sbde 
support  In  operation,  a  spring  arm  is  manually  lifted  up,  a 


12 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


1. 


June  6,  1972 


slide  assembly  is  placed  between  the  raised  spring  arm  and   paratus  wherein  the  crimped  yam  is  passed  between  a  plate 
the  sling  support,  and  then  the  spring  arm  is  allowed  to  come    and  a  rotataUe  roil  which  are  mounted  so  as  to  exeft  a  sub- 


down  on  top  of  the  cover  slip,  firmly  holding  the  slide  as- 
sembly together. 


3,667,089 
SLIDE  FASTENER 

luuM  PoFcpp,  AiB  llcfeocrg,  nranfsii/BoociiMC,  GcniMUiy 

OrifiBal  appHcatton  Oct.  27, 1966,  Scr.  No.  590,080,  now 
Patent  No.  3,461,486,  dated  Ang.  19, 1969.  Divided  and  this 

application  Feb.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  813,360 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Germany,  Nov.  4,  1965,  P  12  80 

609.6 

Int.  CI.  A44b  19/12 

VS.  CL  24— 20S.13  C  2  CUnw 


'(  * 


w    5     ;<  <    M    O    7 


^ 


3,667,090 

APPARATUS  FOR  DEPHASING  TEXTURED  YARN 

Charles  P.  Maaioac,  Dover,  N  J.,  aHignor  to  J.  P.  Stevens  & 

Co.,  Inc.,  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 

CoirtiBaatioa-in.pai1  of  appHcatioa  Ser.  No.  57,737,  July  23, 

1970,  Original  appHcadoa  Mar.  27, 1968,  Scr.  No.  716,533, 

■ow  Patent  No.  3,546,744,  dated  Dec  15, 1970.  Divided  and 

this  application  Sept.  9,  1970,  Scr.^o.  70,776 

Iat.CLD01bJ/M 

U.S.CL28— ICF  7ClainM 

This  inventicn  relates  to  dephasing  multifilament  single 

end  crimped  yam.  The  dephasing  is  carried/>ut  in  an  ap- 


t 


stantially  constant  pressure  on  4aid  yam  regardless  of  varia- 
tions in  yam  thickness. 


3,667,091 
TEXTILE  WARPING  DEVICES 
Robert    Later,    Toorcoing,    France,    aaripinr    to    Sodde 
Anonyme  DIte  FtahliBirnifnH  Comard  &  Cie,  Tourooiag, 
France 

I       FUed  Apr.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,935 
I  InL  a.  D02h  5100 

U.S.  CL  28— 32 


>ClainH 


■L 


Each  half  of  a  slide  fastener  having  two  halves  adapted  to 
be  sewn  onto  a  carrier  ribbon  has  a  plastic  thread  formed 
into  a  series  of  helical  loops  defining  convolution  portions. 
Each  convolution  portion  is  flattened  only  in  a  limited  region 
of  each  loop  that  overlaps  a  loop  in  the  other  half  of  the  slide 
fastener  and  to  a  width  substantially  twice  the  diameter  of 
the  thread.  These  flattened  regions  form  coupling  surfaces 
which  serve  to  inter-engage  with  the  coupling  surfaces 
formed  in  the  other  half  of  the  slide  fastener.  The  flattened 
regions  are  sharply  kinked  and  the  convolution  portions  ad- 
jacent- the  flattened  regions  only  are  disposed  in  superposed 
relation  Contacting  each  other  and  merged  opposite  to  the 
flattened  surfaces  into  oppositely  directed,  exposed,  smooth 
return  bend  portions. 


1^ 


36     41 


:-l 


r  ^ 


The  invention  relates  to  textile  warping  devices  for  winding 
yams  on  to  warp  beams,  suitable  for  use  on  weaving  looms  or 
on  dyeing  equipment  in  which  the  warp  beam  is  driven  by 
means  of  flexible  drive  means  such  as  V-bclts  of  robber  or 
the  like,  and  in  which  the  necessary  movements  are  imparted 
to  the  mechanism  exclusively  by  means  of  pneumatic  devices 
which  may  be  used  for  causing  engagement  of  slide  head 
members  with  the  warp  beam,  the  control  of  a  presser  roller, 
the  control  of  a  braking  means  and  the  operation  of  a  comb. 
A  warp  beam  may  be  fitted  into  the  warping  device  by  caus- 
ing it  to  run  up  a  ramp  to  bring  spindles  on  the  warp  beam 
nearly  into  alignment  with  apertures  in  the  slide  head  mem- 
bers which  are  then  moved  towards  one  another  giving  a 
slight  further  lift  to  the  warp  beam  and  bringing  it  clear  of 
the  ramps. 


MllUken 


13,667,092 
YARN  PACKAGE  WINDER 
Walter  Engds,  Tryon,  N.C.,  aaig^ior  to  Deering 
Rcaearch  Corporatiom  Spartanburg,  S.C. 

I        FUed  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48,039 
'  Int.  CL  B65ii  54100,  54176 

U.S.  CL  28—21  1^1  Clafana 

Yam  winding  apparatus  including  a  yam  supply,  h>tauble 
yam  delivery  means,  means  for  conveying  yam  from  the 


i 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


18 


supply  to  the  delivery  means.  roUUble  yam  collecting  means 
including  a  supporting  base  and  a  central  core,  the  yam 


delivery  means  including  a  reference  surface  against  which 
the  core  bears  at  the  beginning  of  the  winding  cycle. 


3,667,093 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CLEANING  A 

TEXTILE  CREEL  AND  WINMNG  APPARATUS 

Clifford  Calpcppcr,  Jr.,  1401  FcmcHff  Road,  CharloCte,  N.C. 

FBed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  161 

Int  a.  DO^Ij  7/00,  B65h  49100 

U.S.  CL  28—553  16  Claintt 


An  apparatus  and  method  for  removing  waste  material, 
such  as  lint  and  the  like,  from  textile  apparatus  such  as  a  yam 
package  supporting  creel  and  a  beam  winding  means  spaced 
from  the  creel,  which  waste  material  is  generated  by  the  un- 
winding of  a  plurality  of  ends  of  yam  from  packages  in  the 
creel,  advancing  of  the  yam  to  the  winding  apparatus  and  re- 
winding of  the  yam  into  a  composite  package  and  is  normally 
moved  toward  the  winding  apparatus  by  the  advancement  of 
yam,  and  wherein  air  is  induced  to  flow  about  the  textile  ap- 
paratus and  through  a  waste  material  collecting  means  with 
the  air  being  directed  to  pass  through  the  creel  toward  the 
winding  means  to  impart  additional  impetus  to  the  waste 
material  being  moved  by  advancement  of  the  yam  and 
thereby  ensure  continued  conveyance  of  waste  material  to 
the  collecting  means. 


3.667,094 

METHOD  FOR  HEAT-SETTING  OF  CRIMPS  OF 

ARTinCIAL  nLAMENT  TOWS 

MasaUde    Yaaawa,    Toyko,    Japan,    aarignor    to 

Proccasiag  Research  lastitiite  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  J^mhi 

Filed  May  27,  1970,  Ser.  No.  40,795 

Int.  CL  D02g  1112 

VS.  CL  28-72.14  5  Clain« 


The  present  invention  provides  a  method  of  producing  ex- 
cellent crimped  fibers,  in  which  artificial  fibers  are  subjected 
to  mechanical  crimping,  enveloped  in  a  crimped  sute  in  a 
wrapping  under  tension,  and  are  passed  through  a  high  tem- 
perature pressurized  saturated  steam  chamber  at  the  anneal- 
ing temperatiu«  of  the  fibers.  The  crimps  are  permanently 
fixed  by  the  effect  of  moisture  and  heat  under  a  lateral  pres- 
sure. The  resulting  fibers,  when  made  into  an  end  product, 
have  a  high  degree  of  crimp  recovery  upon  reheating  in  the 
finishing  process,  even  if  the  crimps  have  been  straightened 
by  processing  in  air  before  finishing  operaticm. 


3,667,095 
APPARATUS  FOR  COATING  SURFACES  AND  CURING 
THE  SAME  AT  HIGH  SPEEDS 
Arthur  E.  Ostrowsld,  AMp,  and  Raffaele  Basfle,  CMc^o, 
both  of  m.,  assignors  to  Allied  Tube  &  Conduit  Corpora- 
tion, Harvey,  lU. 

Filed  Dec.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885^24 

Int  a.  B23p  35100;  1123k  31102 

VS.  CL  29-33  D  5  ciafans 


Fkom 

OMV AMI  tins 
4mo  Obmmw 

'? 

^ 

/ 

ty    ' 

SIXIUO 

PAmj«» 

^'-r «"-« 

-», 

/*■ 

.1Z 

CUT  OFF 

cor...... 

.   .  1 



/> 

\ 


A  machine  for  galvanizing'  and  coating  of  steel  tubing 
operating  continuously  to  achieve  high  rates  of  production  is 
provided  with  means  for  applying  a  protective  film  to  a  tube 
formed  from  strip  steel  and  coated  with  zinc  and  includes 
means  for  removing  the  solvent  from  the  film  material  and 
curing  the  material  after  the  coating  has  been  applied.  The 
means  includes  a  multistage  heating  apparatus  to  sequentially 
remove  the  solvent  and  cure  the  material. 


toSandvikcH 


3,667,096 
ROLL  DEVICE 

Kwt  G.  Edsmar,  Hnddfaige,  Sweden, 

Jemvcrks  Akticbolag,  Sandviken,  Sweden 
Continuation  of  appllcalhw  Scr.  No.  760,459,  Sept  18, 1968, 
now  abandoned.  This  appikation  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  Na. 

87,008 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Sweden,  Sept  18,  1967,  12795/67 

IntCLB21biy/0« 
U.S.  CL  29—125  5  n^t-T 

A  roll,  for  rolling  metals  or  for  grinding,  comprises  ( 1 )  a 
roll  ring  formed  of  a  metal  carbide,  on  (2)  a  metallic  holder 


14 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


or  support  means,  which  latter  means  consists  essentially  in  a 
flanged  sleeve,  on  which  the  roll  ring  is  disposed,  with  one 
side  face  of  the  same  abutting  against  a  peripheral  part  of  the 
flange  of  the  sleeve,  and  a  co-operating  flanged  muff 
threaded   onto   the  sleeve  and  having  a  peripheral   part 


change  of  this  diameter  is  accomplished  by  changmg  of  the 
dies  for  the  production  of  an  outer  blank  diameter  and  for 
drawing  the  flange  to  a  determined  outer  diameter.  These 
bearing  have  inner  and  outer  members  which  are  of  sheet 
metal  and  after  assembly  the  bearings  may  b<»  case  hardened. 


«    M 


HE 


's: 


-a 


'^^•^■^'^^■^ 


3^7,098  , 

MKTHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  ORNAMENTAL 
ELEMENT 
EUeier  Levy,  Bay  Shore.  N.Y..  mmigaor  to  FlUgree  Aria  Inc.. 

New  York,  N.Y.  ^ 

1       Filed  July  24, 1969.  Ser.  No.  844.518 
I  Int  a.  B21f  43/00;  B23p  13/00 

U.S.  CI.  29-160.6  V  li6  Claim. 


abutting  against  the  other  side  face  of  the  roll  ring.  Said 
flanges  are  so  profiled  as  to  leave  annular  slits  on  either  side 
of  the  roll  ring,  in  which  slits  there  is  provided  a  suitable  ad- 
hesive substance  "glueing"  the  roll  ring  to  the  flanges  of  the 
support  means.  ^ 


3.667.097 
METHOD  FOR  MAKING  A  BALL  BEARING 
Albert  G.  Gcrmana.  North  Caldwell.  N  J.,  asrignor  to  G  &  H 
Mechanical  Laboratory.  Inc..  Township  of  Wayne.  Pasu^c 
County,  N  J. 

Origiiial  appHcadon  Nov.  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  86,772.  now 

Patent  No.  3,633.982.  dated  Jan.  1 1,  1972.  Divided  and  this 

appHcatloa  Nov.  9.  1971,  Ser.  No.  197.085 

Int  CI.  B23p  / 1/00;  F16c  19/02 

UA  CI.  29-148.4  A  9cialms 


An  ornamental  element  for  use  as  a  decorative  addition  to 
jewelry  comprises  a  strip  of  material  having  a  plurality  of 
parts  integrally  formed  from  the  material,  each  of  the  parts 
having  a  surface  exposed  at  the  periphery  of  the  strip.  The 
surface  of  each  part  is  characterized  by  a  first  portion  of  a 
given  configuration  and  a  second  portion  of  different  con- 
figuration. The  second  portions  of  the  parts  are  randomly 
positioned  about  the  axis  of  the  integral  strip  to  effect  an  ir- 
regular but  attractive  profile.  The  method  of  manufacturing 
the  element  comprises  providing  a  strip  of  material  having  a 
plurality  of  parts  proximately  and  adjacently  arranged  along 
the  axis  of  the  strip,  compressing  the  parts  to  alter  the  con- 
figuration thereof  and  twisting  the  strip  to  rotatably  position 
the  altered  portions  randomly  at  different  locations  about  the 
axis  of  the  strip.  In  the  most  preferred  embodiment,  a  plurali- 
ty of  strands  of  metallic  material  such  as  gold  are  combined 
so  as  to  provide  a  spirally  wound  strand  extending  axially  on 
a  core  strand.  The  strip  is  then  flattened,  as  by  passing  it 
between  a  pair  of  rollers.  The  flattened  strip  is  then  twisted 
until  the  flattened  portions  are  randomly  positioned  about 
the  axis  of  the  strip.  ' 


«      44 


There  is  disclosed  a  method  for  manufacturing  a  ball  bear- 
ing in  which  the  inner  race  members  are  made  of  sheet  metal 
so  as  to  provide  a  precision  bearing  of  very  low  cost.  The 
sheet  meul  ball  bearing  of  this  invention  is  contemplated  to 
be  made  with  three  different  styles  of  internal  inner  race 
members  disposed  to  be  atUched  to  or  used  with  office  furni- 
ture, home  appliances,  conveyors,  automotive  devices  and 
the  like  by  three  different  means.  Attachment  of  the  bearings 
may  be  by  spot  welding,  staking,  spinning,  bolting,  riveting, 
in  press  fit  seats  and  other  conventional  means.  These  ball 
bearings  are   commonly  designated  as  unground  cageless 
bearings  wherein  the  balls  are  arranged  in  the  raceway  with 
the  balls  in  substantially  tangential  circumferential  engage- 
ment with  each  other  so  as  to  provide  a  bearing  having  a 
determined  amount  of  play  after  the  bearing  is  assembled. 
The  manufacture  of  the  ball  bearings  is  with  an  "in  line"  as- 
sembly system  or  by  a  rotary  table  system.  In  either  system 
the  bearing  components  are  carrier  through  several  stations 
for  assembly  to  a  determined  configuration.  These  bearings 
are  contemplated  as  having  an  outer  flange  drawn  to  a  deter- 
mined diameter  which  is  merely  a  matter  of  selection.  Size 


!  3.667.099 

MEnOD  OF  SECURING  DENSE.  METAL-BONDED 

REFHaCTORY  NITRIDE  BODIES  TO  STEEL  AND 

PRODUCT 

Aton  B.  Palmer,  WUmington.  Del.,  assignor  to  E.  I.  du  Pont  de 

Nemours  and  Compuiy,  Wilmington,  Dd.  | 

Original  application  Mar.  5,  1968,  Ser.  No.  710,620.  Divided 
and  this  appU^ation  July  31,  1970,  Ser.  No.  64,937 
/<lnt.  a.  B23p  3/20, 3/26 
U.S.  a.  29-191  \  13lCl.lm» 


Dense,  metal-bonded  refractory  nitride  elements  such  as 
cutting  edges  are  secured  to  metal  supports  such  as  steel  tool 
shanks  by  metallurgically  bonding  between  the  two  materials 
a  dense,  cobalt-bonded  tungsten  carbide  connecting  element 
having  an  expansion  coefficient  approximating  that  of  the 
nitride  element. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


is 


3,667,100 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  COMPOSITE  WIRE 

PRODUCTS  HAVING  A  TUNGSTEN  CORE  AND  A 

MAGNETIC  COVERING 

Michel  Marchal,  Palaiseau,  and  Jean  Bouygues,  Fontenay-Aux- 
Roscs,  both  of  France,  assignors  to  Compagnie  Francaise 
Thomapn  Houston-Hotchkiss  Brandt,  Paris,  France 

Filed  Mar.  25, 1969,  Ser.  No.  811.281 
IbL  CL  Glib  5/66;  B44d  1/16, 1/06;  C23c  11/08,  11/02 

VS.  CL  29—195  10  CMam 


3^7,102 
APPARATUS  FOR  APPLYING  INSULATING  HOUSINGS 

TO  ELECTRICAL  CONNECTORS 
Gilbert  AuguMe  GwlBrmrtte,  and  MIcild  Jean  IMonne.  bodi 
of  Val  D'OIm.  France,  aaiitnnii  to  AMP  Incsrporatod, 
Harrhburg,  Pa. 

FDmI  July  7,  1970,  Ser.  No.  52.907 
Clalma  priority,  appMcalkwi  F^wioe.  July  11, 1969, 6923903 

Int.  CL  H05k  13/00 
U.S.CL29— 203  6< 


.      N»_      ,   ^ Hl+CMsSicIs  re(Co)S»ni(Co)4tHe 


SILICON 
CARBIDE 
«M-1500»C    'MtLTOFAL 


APPIY  COttWICTIVt  APPLY  NICKEL* 
COATINC   FROM       IRON  K. 


170-250*0 


ff     /S     /£■ 
-^ a/  /■?& 


\.     I 


/7 


/^ 


2£>a.  """"" 


/^ 


A  tungsten  wire  core  is  covered  with  a  sheath  of  silicon 
carbide,  over  which  a  conductive  metal  coating  is  applied 
such  as  aluminum,  nickel  or  the  like  which  wets,  but  does  not 
chemically  react  with  the  silicon  carbide;  a  magnetic  nickel- 
iron  compound  is  then  applied  over  the  metal  coating,  the 
metal  coating  providing  a  good  conductive  surface  beneath 
the  magnetic  cover.  The  resultant  composite  wire  core  has  an 
average  tensile  strength  of  220  kg/mm*  and  a  modulus  of 
elasticity  of  40.000  kg/mm*. 


3,667,101 
IMPROVED  CONNECTORS  AND  GUIDE  MEANS  FOR 
ELECTRICAL  HARNESS  MAKING 
James  Albert  Kloth,  St.  Petersburg,  Fla.,  amlgnor  to  AMP  In- 
corporated, Harrisburg,  Pa. 

Filed  Apr.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  27^85 

Int.  CI.  HOlr 

U.S.  CI.  29-203  HC  8  Claims 


An  apparatus  for  applying  insulating  housings  to  electrical 
connectors  comprises  first  means  for  releasably  retaining  an 
insulating  housing;  second  means  for  releasably  retaining  an 
electrical  connector  for  insertion  and  retention  in  the  hous- 
ing; and  third  means  for  effecting  relative  reciprocal  move- 
ment between  the  first  means  and  the  second  means  towards 
and  away  from  each  other,  the  connector  being  inserted  into 
the  housing  as  the  first  means  and  the  second  means  move 
towards  each  other,  and  being  retained  in  the  housing  and 
released  from  the  second  means  as  the  first  means  and  the 
second  means  move  away  fix>m  each  other. 


3,667,103 

APPARATUS  FOR  INSERTING  TERMINALS  IN  AN 

APERTURED  PLATE 

Edwyn  H.  Petree,  Burlington.  NX^..  aiwignnr  to  The  United 

States  of  America  as  reprcaented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Army 

Filed  July  21. 1970.  Ser.  No.  56.867 
InL  CL  H05k  13/04 
U.S.  CL  29—203  V  2  ' 


Electrical  harness  is  manufactured  by  positioning  connec- 
tor housings  in  back-to-back  relationship,  inserting  wires 
through  the  aligned  cavities  in  the  housings  until  the  housings 
are  on  an  intermediate  portion  of  the  wires,  applying  electri- 
cal terminals  to  the  ends  of  the  wires,  and  moving  the  hous- 
ings axially  along  the  wires  until  the  terminals  are  contained 
in  the  cavities.  In  accordance  with  alternative  embodiment, 
the  wires  are  inserted  through  cavities  in  a  separate  guide 
member  prior  to  application  of  terminals  and  insertion  of  ter- 
minals into  housing  cavities.  Guide  is  removed  from  wires 
after  insertion  of  wires  into  housing  cavities. 


An  apparatus  for  inserting  terming  into  a  logic  plate  hav- 
ing a  grid  of  apertures  to  enclose  the  terminals  including  a 
screen  adjacent  the  lower  side  of  the  plate  to  prevent  the  ter- 
minals from  falling  through  the  plate.  The  plate  and  screen 
are  supported  on  a  frame  that  is  connected  to  a  means  for 
vibrating  the  frame.  A  means  is  connected  beneath  the 
screen  for  causinjg  a  greater  atmospheric  pressure  above  the 
plate  than  below  it.  As  the  frame  is  rapidly  vibrated  with  suf- 
ficient amfriitude  to  cause  the  terminals  to  stand  on  their 
ends,  a  vacuum  means  is  applied  beneath  the  plate  to  assist  in 
drawing  the  terminals  into  the  apertures. 


16 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,667,104 

POSITION  LOCATING  APPARATUS  EMPLOYING 

MULTIFLE  PROJECTING  LAMPS 

GMTfle  W.  ChanHMTd,  EaM  BridfewaMr,  and  David  M.  Win. 

■or,  North  Attdboro,  both  of  MaH^  aMltnoii  to  Teradyne, 

fa^^  BoftoB,  Mav. 

FHed  July  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51342 

lat.  a.  H05k  13104;  B23q  1 7/00 

VS,  CL  29—203  B  6  Oaiim 


progressively  inserting  a  strip  of  material  into  a  slot.  The 
groove  is  defined  by  lateraUy  spaced  gripping  surfiK^es  on  the 
jaw  memben,  which  surfaces  are  tapered  rearwanOy  of  the 
apparatus  in  a  converging  relation  and  a  pair  of  downwardly 
inclined  surfaces  extending  inwardly  of  the  respective 
gripping  surfaces.  Anti-friction  rollers  can  be  provided  on  the 
jaw  members  to  facilitate  relative  movement  between  the  jaw 
members  and  the  strip.  At  least  one  insert  wheel  is  joumaled 
on  the  rearward  portion  of  the  apparatus  to  insert  the  strip  to 
the  desired  depth.  An  actuator  connected  to  the  jaw  mem- 
bers moves  the  jaw  members  alternately  in  an  axial  direction 
along  the  strip.  A  vibrator  is  mounted  on  the  jaw  members 
below  the  actuator  for  facilitating  insertion  of  the  strip. 
Passages  formed  in  the  jaw  members  direct  a  lubricant-adhe- 
sive to  the  sides  of  the  strip  prior  to  insertion  thereof. 


Position-locating  apparatus  projects  light  from  an  array  of 
lamp  devices  onto  one  or  more  selected  locations  on  a  sup- 
port member  to  indicate  automatically  that  a  cor- 
respondingly-selected device  is  to  be  positioned  at  each  illu- 
minated location,  typically  for  assembly  onto  the  support 
member.  The  designation  of  the  selected  device  lights  a 
selected  lamp  element  of  the  array  for  illuminating  each  posi- 
tion through  an  optical  mask.  Each  lamp  projects  light  over 
an  area  on  the  support  member  that  partially  overiaps  the 
area  which  one  or  more  other  lamp  elements  can  illuminate, 
but  only  a  single  lamp  illuminates  windows  in  a  single  unique 
portion  of  the  mask. 


4^  3,667,105 

STRIP  INSERTING  APPARATUS  '  ^ 

JaoMS  F.  Sharpc,  Buffalo,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Acme  Highway 
Products  CorporatloB,  Buffalo,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,570 

InL  CL  B23p  19/02;  EOlc  23/02 

VS.  CL  29—235  16  Clahm 


»«        a»->_   as 


t 


■"»^^  »« 


'66     So     '^    se  « 


<«« 


2»- 


A  strip  inserting  apparatus  comprising  a  pair  of  elongated 
jaw  members  extending  in  a  side-by-side  relation  and  con- 
nected together  for  relative  axial  movement  by  a  pair  of  links 
pivotably  mounted  adjacent  opposite  ends  of  the  jaw  mem- 
bers to  form  a  parallelogram  linkage.  A  longitudinally  and 


!  to  the  I 


3,667,106 
COLLAR  SALVAGING  DEVICE 
George  L.  HHl,  717  Carby,  Houston,  Tex. 

Filed  July  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  856,229 
Int.  CL  B23p  19/04 
U.S.  a.  39—240 


dClafam 


j»-—' 


A  toolfor  salvagjng  collars  fix}m  pipe  having  means  for 
gripping  the  collar  and  rotating  the  pipe  within  the  collar  to 
break  the  connection  and  effect  removal  of  the  collar 
therefrom,  including  the  novel  process  of  cooling  the  collar 
while  blocks  are  welded  within  the  pipe  and  adapting  the 
device  employed  for  rotating  the  pipe  to  the  various  sizes  of 
pipe. 


3,667,107 

FILLER  FOR  ROLL- WELD  Si  RUCTURES 

Raymond  H.  Anderson,  Jr.,  Santa  Ana;  Richard  A.  Rawc,  and 

Bennett  V.  WhHcMM,  both  of  Granada  HUls,  aU  of  Cdlf., 

asslgwys  to  McDonncO  Douglas  Corporation 

FUcd  Oct  1, 1968,  Scr.  No.  764,064 
.    Int.a.B23p/7/00 
U.S.  a.  39-423  2  lOafam 


A  roll-welding  process  for  fabricating  beryllium  roll- 
welded  panels  where  the  filler  material  is  an  austenitic  man- 
ganese or  Hadfield  steel  which  can  be  chemicslly  or 
mechanically  removed  from  the  structure  that  has  been  diffu- 


downwardly  tapered  groove  is  provided  in  the  apparatus  for  sion  bonded  by  the  process. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


17 


3,667,106 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  BERYLLIUM  TITANIUM 

COMPOSITE 

Richard  Schmidt,  McLean,  Va.,  Mrfgnor  to  The  United  States 

of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

FUcd  Apr.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,597 

Int.  CL  B23k  31/02 

U.S.  CL  29-480  5  Oakum 


nascent  surface  which  facilitates  bonding.  Yields  are  im- 
proved by  initially  providing  a  very  thin  plated  coating  dl 
silver,  copper  or  nickel,  or  combinations  thereof,  on  one 
workpiece. 


3,667,111 
PROCESS  FOR  FLUXING  AND  BRAZING  PARTS  MADE 

OF  ALUMINIUM  OR  ALUMINIUM  ALLOY 
Andre  Chartct,  Meudon,  France,  assigiiiii  to  Sodctc  Anonyme 
Des  Usina  ChauMon,  Asnkrcs,  France 

FBed  Mar.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,601  ^ 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Mar.  5,  1969,  6906106; 
Sept  12,1969,6931230 

Int.  CL  B23k  31/02, 35/36 
U.S.  CL  29—495  6 


A  method  of  making  a  beryllium  reinforced  titanium  tur- 
bine blade.  The  method  utilizes  a  preform  composed  of 
beryllium  rods  within  a  titanium  structure.  The  preform  is 
formed  into  intricate  blading  shapes  by  isothermal  forging 
techniques. 


3,667,109 
VERTICAL  BRAZING  SYSTEM 
James  E.  Akcnius,  Jackson,  Mkh.,  assignor  to  Acroquip  Cor- 
poration, Jackson,  Mich. 

Filed  Apr.  20,  1970,  Ser.  No.  29,909 
lnt.CLB23ki;/02 

7Clatms 


U.S.  CL  29—490 


A  system  for  brazing  together  a  fitting  and  tube  while  in  a 
vertical  position.  A  portion  of  the  interior  of  the  brazing  alloy 
reservoir  in  the  fitting  is  contaminated  with  a  film  of  material 
such  as  aluminum  before  the  brazing  alloy  ring  is  inserted  in 
the  reservoir.  At  the  site,  the  tube  is  inserted  in  the  fitting  to 
which  heat  is  then  applied.  Since  the  contaminant  prevents 
the  melted  brazing  alloy  from  adhering  to  a  portion  of  the 
reservoir  interior,  the  alloy  is  forced  upwardly  and 
downwardly  into  the  annular  gaps  between  the  tube  and 
fitting,  into  which  it  continues  to  be  drawn  by  capillary  ac- 
tion. 


3,667,110 
BONMNG  METALS  WITHOUT  BRAZING  ALLOYS 
Childress  B.  Gwyn,  Jr.,  Wcthcrsficld,  Coon.,  Msignor  to  Con- 
tacts Incorporated,  WcthcrsUdd,  Conn. 

Filed  Nov.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  873,721 
Int.  CL  B23k  31/02, 35/38 
VS.  CL  29-494  18  Claiim 

Excellent  bonds  between  usually-brazed  metals  are  ob- 
tained, without  brazing  or  soldering  alloys,  by  initially  oxidiz- 
ing the  surfaces  to  be  bonded  and  then  bonding  in  a  reducing 
atmosphere  at  a  temperature  below  the  melting  point  of 
either  metal.  If  the  metals  form  a  eutectic,  bonding  will  be 
carried  out  above  the  eutectic  temperature.  It  is  believed  that 
the  oxidation-reduction  cycle  produces  a  perfectly  clean  or 


The  process  is  characterized  in  that  one  proceeds  to 
prepare  a  fluxing  compound,  in  that  a  thin  coat  of  this  com- 
pound is  deposited  on  at  least  those  of  portions  of  parts 
requiring  to  be  assemMed,  then  that  after  partly  melting  the 
compound  the  parts  are  heated  up  to  brazing  temperature. 


3,667,112 
PROCESS  FOR  MAiONG  COUnJNGS  OF  REDUCED 

SIZE  AND  CAPABLE  Of  TRANSMTITING  iOGH 
MECHANICAL  STRESSES  BETWEEN  AN  ARMORED 
FLEXIBLE  MEMBER  AND  A  RIGID  ELEMENT 
Andre  Chevalier,  Pantin;  Pierre  Grokt,  Vfaroflay,  and  Rem! 
Reynard,  Montcswm,  all  of  France,  assignors  to  Instltut 
Francab  IXi  Pctrolc  Des  Carburants  Et  Lubrlllants,  Rucfl 
Matanaison  (Hants  dc  Sdne),  France 

FUcd  Apr.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,118 
Clafans  priority,  application  FVwkc,  Apr.  3, 1969, 6910365 
Int.  a.  B21d  39/00;  B23p  1 1/02 
U.S.  CL  29—508  5 


A  process  for  making  a  connecting  element,  made  of  a 
hard  material  and  provided  with  a  jagged  external  wall,  in- 
tegral with  one  end  of  a  flexible  member  having  at  least  one 
armoring  consisting  of  metallic  wires,  comprising  the  steps  of 
covering  said  connecting  element  with  an  anchoring  sleeve 
made  of  a  material  of  lower  hardness  than  that  of  the  materi- 
al constituting  the  armoring  and  said  element,  laying  the  ar- 
moring onto  said  anchoring  ring,  covering  the  armoring  with 
a  compression  sleeve  of  lower  hardness  than  that  of  the  ar- 
moring and  drawing  the  assembly  of  the  connecting  element, 
the  armoring  and  said  compression  ring  through  a  die, 
thereby  producing  through  a  great  reduction  in  the  diameter 
of  said  compression  ring,  a  penetration  of  said  armoring  into 
said  anchoring  ring  and  into  said  compression  ring  and  at  the 
same  time  an  inlaying  of  the  material  forming  said  anchoring 
ring  between  the  jags  of  said  jagged  external  wall  of  the  con- 
necting element. 


18 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3^7,113 
KNITTING  MACHINE  NEEDLE  BED 
Morrii  Philip,  2519  Grand  Avcnuk  Bronx,  N.Y. 
Filed  Apr.  17, 1970,  ftr.  No.  29,47? 
bit  CI.  B23p  25/00 


VS.  CL  29—527.6 


13Cliiim 


A  knitting  machine  needle  bed  is  provided  with  a  hard 
wear  surface  by  removing  metal  in  the  areas  subjected  to 
heavy  wear,  introducing  hard  material  in  such  areas,  and 
grinding  the  hardened  material  down  to  the  proper  level.  The 
hard  material  is  deposited  in  particulate,  liquid  or  vapor  form 
and  becomes  substantially  integral  with  the  base.  If  combin- 
ing teeth  are  to  be  inserted,  the  hard  material  is  ground  away 
in  the  appropriate  areas,  which  are  then  slotted  for  the  inser- 
tion of  the  combining  teeth. 


3,667,114 
TUOL  CHANGING  AND  TRANSFER  MECHANISM 
Edwio  R.  Smith,  Seneca  Falls,  and  Conatantinc  F.  Cafolla, 
Waterloo,  both  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to  SFM  Corporation, 
Union,  N  J. 

Filed  Oct.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  863,234 

Int  CL  B23q  3/155 

VS.  CL  29—568  10  Claims 


A  tool  changing  and  transfer  mechanism  for  use  with  a 
machine  having  a  tool  holding  member.  A  tool  storage 
magazine  is  arranged  in  spaced  relation  to  the  tool  holding 
member  and  adapted  to  store  a  plurality  of  tools  in  a  plurality 
of  storage  positions.  The  mechanism  includes  a  tool  changer 
comprising  a  carrier  having  plural  tool  engaging  devices  for 
simultaneously  carrying  a  used  tool  being  returned  and  a  new 
tool  to  be  used.  The  changer  is  moved  between  the  storage 
magazine  and  machine  tool  holder  by  controlled  drive 
means,  and  the  carrier  is  moved  through  a  path  adjacent  the 
magazine  storage  positions  by  drive  means  controlled  by 
sensing  means  movaUe  with  the  carrier  and  engageable  with 
locating  stops  associated  with  the  storage  positions  and  selec- 
tively actuated  by  a  control  circuit  including  a  stepping  relay 
and  selector  switches.  The  carrier  is  extended  and  retracted 
along  a  first  axis  for  insertion  and  removal  of  a  tool,  rotated 
about  a  second  axis  intersecting  the  first  axis  for  alternative 
Dositioning  of  the  tool  engaging  devices,  and  rotated  about  a 
Uiird  to  orient  it  one  way  for  renxiving  and  replacing  tools 
relative  to  the  magazine  and  another  way  for  removing  and 
inserting  tools  relative  to  the  machine  tool  holding  member. 


t 

S  With 
iehman. 


3,667,115 
FABRICATION  OF  SEMICONDUCTOR  DEVICES  WITH 

CUP-SHAPED  REGIONS 
Fred  Baraon,  Wappinsen  Fails,  and  Herbert  S. 
Poughkaeprie,  both  of  N.Y.,  airignors  to  Intematloul  Bual- 
ncas  MacMncs  Corporation,  Armonii,  N.Y. 
Origiaal  appMcaHon  Jan.  30,  1965,  Scr.  No.  468,235.  now 
Patent  No.  3,461^360.  DivMed  and  this  application  May  12, 
1969,  Scr.  No.  823,876 
Int  CL  BOIJ  17/00;  HOIg  7i/00 
U.S.  CI.  29—571  i  Claims 


tNfl 


A  method  for  forming  a  semiconductor  device  having  a 
substantially  cup-shaped  region  of  one  conductivity  type 
between  two  regions  of  opposite  conducti^y  type  to 
preferably  form  a  field  effect  transistor  device.  The  region 
may  be  formed  through  one  opening  in  an  insulating  layer 
located  upon  the  surface  of  the  device.  Two  successive  diffu- 
sion operations  of  opposite  conductivity  types  made  through 
this  same  opening  in  the  insulating  layer  forms  the  cup- 
shaped  region  to  the  desired  thickness. 


'  3,667,116 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  ZENER  DIODES 

HAVING  IMPROVED  CHARACTERISTICS 
Avlo  Di  Felice,  43  Mount  Hood  Terrace,  Mdroac,  Maes. 
Continuation-fai-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  539,753,  Apr.  4, 
1966,  now  abandoned.  This  application  May  15, 1969,  Scr. 

,  No.  825,025 

I  Int.  a.  BOIJ  77/00,  HOll  7/00 

VS.  a.  29— 574  $  Claims 

A  method  of  manufacturing  zener  diodes  comprising  the 
steps  of  sequentially  forming  and  packaging  a  plurality  of 
diodes,  thereafter  measuring  the  knee  impedances  of  the 
diodes  and  irradiating  those  which  have  knee  impedances  ex- 
ceeding a  specified  value  with  a  high  energy  electrpn  beam 
approximating  the  energy  levels  of  beta  radiation. 


I, 


ELECTR( 


3,667,117 
tOLUMINESCENT  DIODE  CONHGURATION 
AND  METHOD  OF  FORMING  THE  SAME 
Hans  J.  Kunz,  RaMgh,  N.C.,  aarignor  to  Coming  Glaas 
Works,  Coming,  N.Y. 

FUed  Feb.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  803,216 

Int.  CI.  BOIJ  ;  7/00;  HOll  7/00 

U.S.CL29— 576  ^^    »  (7  Claims 


An  electroluminescent  diode  which  includes  an  elec- 
tromagnetic radiation  emitting  PN  junction  formed  by  diffus- 
ing, into  both  surfaces  of  a  semiconductor  slice  of  a  first  con- 
ductivity, a  dopant  material  of  opposite  type  conductivity. 
Contact  metallizations  are  mounted  within  windows  in  an  in- 
sulating barrier  which  covers  said  diode  so  as  to  form  electri- 
cal contacts  engaging  both  the  N  and  P  type  areas  of  the 
diode.  An  annul^  reflector  metallization  pad  is  mounted  on 
the  surface  of  the  device  over  the  PN  junction  and  spaced 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


19 


from  one  surface  of  the  semiconductor  material  by  the  insu- 
lating coating  so  as  to  reflect  light  out  through  the  surface 
opposite  to  that  on  which  an  anti-reflection  coating  has  been 
placed. 


3,667,118 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  FINISHING  ELECTRIC 

COILS 
Ghiacppc  Camarddla,  Via  E,  Biondi  1,  20154  Milan,  Italy 

Filed  Apr.  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  29,798 
CUfans  priority,  application  Italy,  Apr.  26, 1969, 16088  A/69 

Int.  CI.  HOlf  7/06 
U.S.  CL  29-605  9  Claims 


/— 


y 


cut  end  face  of  the  stranded  conductor  or  between  the  cut 
end  face  of  the  stranded  conductor  and  the  end  of  the  ter- 
minal or  of  the  other  conductor.  During  bonding,  liquid  im- 
pregnant  is  removed  from  the  interstices  between  the  wires 
of  the  stranded  conductor  in  the  region  of  a  cut  end  thereof 
by  applying  vacuum  to  the  stranded  conductor.  The  bonding 
process  is  preferably  a  welding  process,  suitably  MIG  weld- 
ing, comprising  a  first  stage  in  which  the  end  of  the  stranded 
conductor  is  sealed  by  a  layer  of  weld  metal  and  a  second 
stage  in  which  the  connection  is  completed. 


3,667,120 
APPARATUS  FOR  REMOVING  THE  TOPS  OF  « 
CONTAINERS 
William  F.  Krist,  N106  W20997  Parii  HOI  Lane.  German- 
town,  Wis. 

Filed  Feb.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,259 

Int  a.  B67b  7/32,  7/38 

U.S.  CL  30-15.5  7  Claims 


In  a  method  and  apparatus  for  winding  and  finishing  elec- 
tric coils  in  which  the  coils  are  intermittently  advanced  by  a 
turret  through  a  plurality  of  working  stations  including  at 
least  one  winding  station  and  in  which  the  coils  remain  inter- 
connected by  a  length  of  wire  extending  from  the  winding 
station  to  the  next  station  or  to  all  the  other  working  stations, 
the  improvement  wherein  the  wire  is  wrapped  around  the  ter- 
minal lug  of  the  spool  in  the  winding  station,  and  preferably 
simuluneously  also  in  the  subsequent  station,  by  engaging 
the  mentioned  length  of  wire  and  rotating  same  to  cause  it  to 
describe  a  conical  surface  which  embraces  the  lug  and  has  its 
apex  at  the  base  of  the  lug. 


3,667,119 
METHOD  OF  JOINTING  AND  TERMINATING 
ELECTRIC  CABLES 
John  Stephen  Cleaver,  Favcrsham;  Peter  GuHford,  Erith; 
Frederick  James  Kimiiloii,  Bcxleyheath,  Kent;  ThomM 
John  Paget  Bccfccnham,  Kent,  and  Norman  Richard  Stein- 
berg.  Dolphin  Square,  South  Wales,  all  of  England,  as- 
signors to  British  Insulated  Callcnder's  Cables  Limited, 
London,  England 

Filed  Apr.  4,  1969,  Scr.  No.  813,621 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Apr.  11, 1968, 

17,484/68;  June  10,   1968,  27,499/68;   27,500/68;  Nov.   11, 
1968, 53371/68;  53,372/68 
Int.  CI.  HOlr  43/00 
VS.  CI.  29-628  R  20  Chdm 


An  apparatus  for  opening  metal  containers  including  a  cas- 
ing to  be  supported  on  the  container.  A  drive  shaft,  driven 
either  through  a  manual  crank  or  an  electric  motor,  is  jour- 
nalled  within  the  casing  and  carries  a  drive  roller  that  rides 
against  the  inner  edge  of  the  chime  on  the  container.  A  slide 
is  mounted  for  lateral  movement  with  resi>ect  to  the  casing 
and  a  second  shaft  is  joumalled  within  the  slide  and  carries  a 
cutter  adapted  to  engage  the  outer  edge  of  the  chime.  The 
second  shaft  is  driven  from  the  first  shaft  through  a  gear 
drive.  The  slide  is  moved  toward  the  casing  to  bring  the 
cutter  into  engagement  with  the  chime  by  a  lever  arm  which 
is  pivoted  to  the  casing  and  acts  against  the  outer  end  of  the 
slide.  ^ 


Electric  cables  having  at  least  one  conductor  in  the  form  of 
a  strand  through  the  interstices  of  which  liquid  impregnant 
for  the  cable  dielectric  can  pass  are  jointed  or  terminated  by 
forming  a  heat  sink  surrounding  the  end  of  the  stranded  con- 
ductor and  bonding  the  stranded  conductor  to  a  terminal  or 
to  another  conductor  by  the  application  in  the  molten  state 
of  an  adherent  body  of  metal  to  substantially  the  whole  of  the 


3,667,121 

SAFETY  RAZOR 

Fkvnds  W.  Dorion,  Jr.,  Hingham;  Warren  L  Nisaen,  Top- 

sfleld,  and  Roger  L.  Perry,  LynncfleM  Center,  aD  of  Mmb^ 

avignors  to  The  Gillette  Company,  Boston,  Mmb. 

Filed  July  10,  1970,  Scr.  No.  53^80 

Int.CLB26b2//J2 

U.S.  CL  30—60  4  r^^n, 

A  safety  razor  including  a  head  portion  having  a  cap 
member  mounted  thereon  and  adapted  to  pivot  upon  one 
end  of  the  razor  head,  the  cap  being  held  and  released  by  a 


20 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6, 


hook  latch  means  disposed  in  the  razor  head.  The  razor 
further  includes  a  handle  portion  in  which  are  mounted 


means  for  adjusting  the  exposure  of  the  cutting  edge  of  a 
razor  blade  retained  by  the  head  portion. 


I 


3,667,123 
I^NTURE  AND  METH(N> 


1972 


to 


Elbert  P.  Huey,  ScottMWe,  Aiis., 
CoqjMradqo 

FUed  July  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59.922 
Int.  a.  A61c  13100 
UA  a.  32—2 


2Claiim 


A  prosthetic  denture  and  method  of  manufacture  and  self- 
fitting  comprising  a  rigid  U-shaped  frame  bonded  into 
notches  in  bases  of  a  set  of  artificial  teeth;  a  deformable 
metal  mesh  forming  a  plate  structure  for  said  set  of  teeth;  a 
soft  elastomeric  material  encapsulating  said  mesh  and  bond- 
ing it  to  said  set  of  teeth  to  form  a  deformable  plate  struc- 
ture, whereby  a  self-fitting  method  for  installing  said  set  of 
teeth  comprises  the  coating  of  said  plate  structure  with  un- 
cured  elastomeric  material,  then  placing  said  prosthetic 
denture  ia  a  persons  oral  cavity  and  deflecting  said  deforma- 
ble plate  structure  into  a  set  accurately  conforming  condition 
with  an  edentulus  ridge  in  said  cavity  and  allowing  said  last- 
mentioned  elastomeric  nuterial  to  cure  in  said  acc^ately 
conforming  condition.  ^ 


3,667,122 

SAFETY  RAZOR  BLADE  HOLDER 

Leonard  J.  Black,  Arcadin,  Califs  aaignor  to  Padflc  Handy 

Cutter,  Incorporated,  El  Monte,  CaUf. 
Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  815,300,  Apr.  1 1,  1969, 
now  abandoned.  This  appHcnCion  May  12, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

142,792 

Int.  a.  B26b  29102 

\}S.  Ci.  30—286  9  Claims 


I 


3,667,124 
DENTAL  TRAY  AND  SUPPORT 
Walter  P.  La  Force,  Pmfldd,  and  Gkn  A.  Wo 

Rocholcr,  both  ol  N.Y.,  aarignors  to  Sybron  Corportttlon, 
Rochoicr,  N.Y. 

j     FUed  Oct.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84,975 


Int.CLA61c7//00 


U.S.  CL  32—22 


2ClainH 


Discloaed  is  a  dental  tray  support  nKNinted  on  a  single  linlc 
member  which  can  be  rotated  or  translated  in  a  horizontal 
plane,  the  tray  support,  when  not  in  use,  fitting  flush  with  the 
top  of  aa  existing  dental  cabinet  so  that  the  tray  support  ap- 
pears to  be  the  top  of  the  cabinet. 


I 


to  Micro-Mega 


A  safety  razor  blade  holder  comprising  a  longitudinally  ex- 
tending handle,  a  threaded  stud  carried  by  the  handle,  a 
guard  member  slidably  mounted  on  the  stud,  a  lock  nut  for 
clamping  the  guard  member  and  handle  togetlier.  a  safety 
razor  blade,  and  means  for  permitting  the  guard  member  to 
be  positioned  relative  to  the  safety  razor  blade  when  such 
blade  is  in  an  operative  position  so  as  to  expose  or  temporari- 
ly shield  the  edge  of  such  blade  and  preventing  movement  of 
the  guard  member,  even  when  the  lock  nut  is  slightly 
loosened,  from  allowing  the  edge  of  the  blade  to  be  exposed 
when  such  blade  is  in  a  second  position. 


3,667,125 
DENTAL  HANDPIECE 
Michel  Scignenrin,  Bcsancon,  France, 
S.A.,  Bcsancon,  France 

FUed  Aug.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  854,140 
Clainu  priority,  application  France,  Sept.  19, 1968, 166708 

Int.  a.  A61c  1108  , 

MS.  CL  32—26  t  Cialins 

An  improved  micromotor-driven  dental  handpiece  consists 
of  a  cylindrical  body  which  includes  an  inner  sleeve  and  an 
outer  sleeve  slidingly  fitting  over  the  inner  sleeve,  the  two 
sleeves  being  maintained  axially  relative  to  each  other. 

A  detent  slidingly  mounted  on  the  outer  sleeve  releasably 
interconnects  it  with  a  gripper-locking  sleeve  and  concur- 
rently actuates  a  mechanism  by  means  of  which  the  shaft  of 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


21 


the  handpiece  may  be  intercoupled  with  the  inner  sleeve, 
whereupon  the  locking  or  releasing  of  the  cutting  tool  is  ef- 


fected by  turning  the  outer  and  inner  sleeve  relatively  to  each 
other. 


A  single  operating  lever^ntrbl  for  locking  and  unlocking 
a  rotatable  head  on  a  dri^ng  machine  wherein  a  lock  pawl  is 
released  from  engagemrat  with  the  teeth  of  a  ratchet  disc.  A 
thumb  operated  lever/extends  along  the  side  of  the  conven- 
tional hand  knob  and  may  be  operated  in  one  of  two  ways. 
Upon  direct  inward  movement,  the  pawl  is  released  only  so 
long  as  the  thumb  lever  is  held.  In  the  other  mode  of  opera- 
tion, the  thumb  lever  is  locked  so  that  the  lock  pawl  is 
retained  out  of  ratchet  disc  engagement. 


into  the  interior  mechanism  of  the  caliper  and  to  enable  the 
digital  counter  incorporated  to  be  readily  zero-adjusted  as 
required.  The  component  parts  of  the  caliper,  particulariy  of 
the  counter  mechanism,  can  be  assembled  without  particular 
skill  and  the  caliper  service  life  is  substantially  extended  with 
reduced  maintenance. 


3,667,128 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CONNECTING 
PIPEUNES 
M^BUam  A.  Morgan,  Hourton,  Tex.,  aaifnar  to 
Root,  lac,  Houston,  Tex. 

i         FBed  June  23,  1969,  Scr.  No.  835,647 
InLCLG01bi/J« 
MS.  CL  33-180  R  17  CWim 


>  BrowiKA 


3,667,126 
DEVICE  FOR  LOCKING  A  ROTATABLE  DRAWING 

HEAD 
Otto    Wackerfuas,    Wilhcfanshavcn,    Germany,    assignor    to 
Franx  Kuhlmann  KG,  Prazisionsmechanik  und  Maachincn- 
bau,  Wilhcfanshavcn,  Germany 

FUed  Nov.  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  880,686 
Clainis  priority,  application  Germany,  Nov.  29, 1968,  P  18  11 

805J 
"^  Int.  Ci.  B43I 13108 

U.S.  CL  33-  79  R  8  Clainis 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  determining  the  spatial  rela- 
tionship between  a  pair  of  adjacent  but  separated  conduit 
ends,  re-establishing  the  spatial  relationship  thus  determined 
at  a  remote  environment,  fashioning  a  conduit  connecting 
segment  at  the  renwte  environment  and  connecting  the  con- 
duit thus  fabricated  to  the  spaced  conduit  ends. 


3,667,129 

ORTHODONTIST  WIRE  MARKING  DEVICE 

E.  Aspd,  P.O.  Box  251,  BonsaD,  CaHf. 

FUed  Jan.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6y453 

Int.  CL  A61c  7100,  19/04 

U.S.CL  33-189  3Clalini 


\ 


X    '  3,667,127 

DIGITAL  MICROMETER  CALIPER 
Taisukc  Tragami,  1-415  SMmoocMai,  Shfa^fuku-ku,  Tokyo, 
Japan 

FHcd  June  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,478 

Int.CLG01bJ/;« 

U.S.  a.  33— 164  R  4Clalna 

This  invention  is  a  device  for  use  by  orthodontists  to  mark 
arch  wires  used  in  orthodontic  work  wherein  the  device  em- 
ploy a  means  for  transcribing  the  measurements  made  by 
orthodontists  onto  a  wire  in  a  permanent  fashion  so  that  the 
orthodontist  may  then  correctly  shape  and  use  the  marks  as 
guides  for  placement  of  specific  bend,  such  as  loops,  or  for 
placement  of  attachments  such  as  hooks  on  the  arch  wire 
used  in  orthodontic  work.  The  device  includes  a  means  for 
clamping  the  unformed  wire  in  position  and  means  for  alig- 
ning measurements  and  impressing  permanent  markings 
upon  the  wire  in  such  manner  that  they  may  be  readily 
Improvements  in  structure  of  micrometer  calipers  of  the  identified.  A  cam-like  marking  device  and  indicating  needle 
digital  type,  designed  to  prevent  ingress  of  any  foreign  matter  are  worked  cooperatively  for  this  purpose. 


\ 


\ 


22 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,667,130 
LIQUID  REMOVING  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD 
Robert  R.  Candor,  5940  Munacr  RomI,  Miami  Towmiiip, 
Oido,  aad  Janes  T.  Caiidor>,5440  Cyntliia  Lane,  Waeiiln«- 
toB  TowHhip,  Ohio 
Coadnvatioii-iB-part  of  applicatioB  Scr.  No.  696,639,  Jan.  9, 
1968,  wiiicli  ii  a  contfnuadoa-in-pirt  of  appttcatkm  Scr.  No. 
639,354,  May  18, 1967,  now  Patent  No.  3,405,452,  wliicli  ii  a 
continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  532,266,  Mar.  7, 
1966,  now  Patent  No.  3,330,136,  wliidi  is  a  continuation-in- 
part  of  application  Ser.  No.  219,587,  Aug.  27, 1962,  now 
Patent  No.  3,238,750,  and  a  continuatloB-in-part  of  748,298, 
July  29, 1968,  and  769,155,  Oct.  21,  1968,  and  807,539, 

Mar.  17, 1969.  This  application  July  7,  1969,  Scr.  No. 
842,807.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  subsequent 
to  Oct  15, 1985,  has  been  disclaimed. 

Int.  CI.  BOlk  5100 
U.S.CI.34-1  22Clahns 


chamber  where  atomization  and  flash-drying  takes  place 
whereby  vapors  from  the  downstack  are  used  to  break  any 


\ 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  laundry  apparatus,  paper  mak- 
ing apparatus  or  the  like  wherein  the  moisture  or  liquid  in  the 
wet  laundry,  food  materials,  paper  slurry  or  the  like,  disposed 
therein  is  renwved  by  an  electrostatic  means  that  provides  a 
dififerential  in  the  potential  of  the  moisture  in  the  laundry, 
food  materials,  paper  slurry  or  the  like  and  an  electrode 
means  for  the  moisture  to  tend  to  cause  the  moisture  to  leave 
the  laundry,  food  materials,  paper  slurry  or  the  like  and  move 
toward  the  electrode  means.  Such  electrode  means  can  com- 
prise a  suction  nozzle  which  tends  to  draw  a  large  volume  of 
air  through  the  laundry,  food  materials,  paper  sliury  or  the 
like  adjacent  thereto  to  also  tend  to  direct  the  moisture  from 
the  laundry,  food  materials,  paper  slurry  or  the  like  toward 
the  electrode  means. 


'^O 


vacuum  in  the  inlet  chamber  and  may  also  be  used  as  a  tem- 
pering means  to  avoid  case  hardening  of  the  particles. 


WEB 


IN 


I  3,667,132 

WEB  DIUER  AND  METHOD  OF  TREATING  A 
COmiNUOUS  SHEET  PRINTING  MACHINES 
William  C.  Herbert,  Jr.,  NOD  Neck,N.Y.,  ■ssigimr  to  Herbert 
Products,  Inc.,  Wcatbury,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  54,451 
)  Int.  CL  F26b  7100;  F27b  9128 

U.S.a.  34— 18  ---.  15Clainis 


3,667,131 
FLUID  ENERGY  DRYING  MILL 
NicholM  N.  Stephanoff,  Havcrford,  Pa.,  asrignor  to  Ruid 
Energy  Proccaiing  &  EquipnMnt  Conp^y,  Hatfield,  Pa. 
Filed  June  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  44,152 
Int.CLF26bi/0« 
UA  CL  34—10  I  4  ClabnB 

*A  fluid  energy  drying  mill  wherein  the  material  to  be  dried 
is  a  liquid  slurry  of  solid  particles  or  of  solids  in  solution.  The 
slurry,  upon  being  fed  into  the  mill  is  immediately  atomized 
and  flash-dried,  the  atomization  being  accomplished  by  high 
pressure,  high  velocity  gaseous  fluid  jets,  while  the  flash-dry- 
ing is  effected  by  very  hot,  low  pressure,  gaseous  fluid  jets. 
The  hot  gaseous  fluid  jets  comprise  a  plurality  of  gaseous 
fluid  streams  which  enter  from  at  least  four  different  sides 
surrounding  the  feed  inlet  and  converge  at  a  focal  point 
downstream  of  the  inlet  whereby  the  hot  gaseous  fluid  both 
encompasses  the  fed  material  and  concentrates  its  heat  ener- 
gy in  the  path  of  the  fed  material.  The  fladi-dried  particles 
are  then  centrifugally  passed  through  the  curved  portion  of 
the  mill  and  centrifugally  exhausted  from  the  mill  during 
their  passage.  Optionally,  by-pass  ducts  may  be  provided 
between  the  downstack  portion  of  the  mill  and  the  inlet 


A  web  drier  positionable  between  either  the  upper  or 
lower  runs  of  the  relatively  spaced  web  treating  units  of  con- 
tinuous sheet  printing  machines  with  the  web  drier  having 
web  heaters  to  dry  the  web  and  air  appliers  to  break  solvent 
laden  fumes  free  of  the  web  while  air  withdrawal  means 
withdraw  the  applied  air,  and  a  method  of  treating  the  web  to 
dry  the  same. 


:ement 


I      "  3,667,133 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  COOLING  CI 

CLINKER 
Roland  L.  Lincoln,  Macungic,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Fuiltr  Com- 
pany 

I       Filed  Apr.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,9 
I  Int.  CI.  F26b  5100 

U.S.CI.34— 20  li  Claims 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  cooling  cement  clinker  which 
includes  a  conventional  clinker  cooler  wherein  clinker  to  be 
cooled  is  supported  on  a  grate  and  moved  from  a  kiln 
through  the  cooler  and  cooling  air  is  blown  through  and 
around  the  clinker.  The  air  is  heated  and  entrains  solids  from 


■1 

11  < 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


28 


the  hot  clinker.  Some  of  the  hot  air  is  returned  to  the  kiln 
and  the  rest  of  it  is  directed  to  a  dust  collector  and  then  to  an 
air  cooler.  From  the  air  cooler,  the  air  is  recirculated  to  be 
blown  through  a  new  supply  of  hot  clinker.  The  cooler  is  a 
tank  having  a  plurality  of  gas  tubes  therethrough  with  water 


J;  r^-j 


5^ 


filling  the  tank  and  surrounding  the  tubes.  The  disclosure 
also  sets  forth  that  hot  air  may  leave  the  clinker  cooler,  go 
directly  to  the  air  cooler  and  then  to  a  conventional  bag  filter 
where  clean  air  is  exhausted  to  atmosphere.  In  this  instance, 
ambient  air  is  blown  through  the  hot  clinker. 


3,667,134 

STERILIZING  HAND  DRYER 

Thomas  Rockson,  1920  RdbroMl  Avenue,  Holbrook,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  71,985 

Int.  CL  F26b  19100 

U.S.  CL  34—60  9  daloM 


An  electrical  hand  dryer  apparatus  for  sterilizing  the  user's 
hands,  having  a  closed  compartment  and  including  a  blower 
for  recirculating  a  volume  of  air  past  a  chamber  in  which  the 
user  inserts  his  hands.  The  drying  apparatus  includes  ger- 
micidal lamps  for  sterilizing  the  air  and  a  means  for  heating 
the  air  while  it  is  being  recirculated.  The  apparatus  also  in- 
cludes moisture  absorbing  rods  for  drying  the  air. 


3,667,135 
VIBRATORY  CONVEYOR  SYSTEM 
Lome  A.  RowcU,  l.nfhinr,  Quebec,  Cannda,  aaignor  to  John 
T.  Horton,  HinsdA,  Dl. 

Continuation-in-part  of  applcation  Ser.  No.  9,102,  Feb.  9, 

1970,  which  Is  a  continuatioa  of  application  Ser.  No.  772,944, 

Nov.  24, 1968,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Dec  24, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  101^43 

Int.  CL  F26b  13110 

U.S.C1.  34— 92  7Clainu 


A  vibratory  conveyor  system  for  use  in  the  treatment  of 
material  as  it  is  being  conveyed  (e.g.,  freeze  dried),  such 
system  being  in  the  form  of  a  fiame  composed  of  condiiit 
means  for  heat  exchange  medium  and  superposed  vibratory 
conveying  decks  having  conduit  means  for  the  heat  exchange 
fluid  below  the  surface  thereof.  In  a  specific  system,  four  su- 
perposed conveying  decks  are  mount^  on  springs  and  driven 
from  a  common  drive  shaft  via  eccentrics  and  rockers  so  that 
the  vertical  and  horizontal  forces  cancel  each  other,  the 
decks  having  coils  to  conduct  cooling  (or  heating)  fluid  and 
the  longitudinal  members  of  the  supporting  frame  being  tu- 
bular to  receive  the  same  fluid  so  that  they  will  change 
lengths  as  the  decks  change  length  in  response  to  tempera- 
ture changes. 


3,667,136 
SOUND  REPRODUCING  EDUCATIONAL  TOY  BANK 
Karen    B.    Goodkind,    Los    Angeks;    Brett    B.    Hamilton, 
Calabasas;  Ake  L.  Larsson,  Rcdondo  Beach,  and  Jimmie  L. 
Whittington,  Manhattan  Beach,  aD  of  CaUf.,  assignors  to 
Mattel,  Inc.,  Hawthorne,  CaHf. 
Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  783,952,  Dec.  16, 
1968.  This  application  Mar.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  122,069 
Int.  CL  G09b  19100 
MS.  CL  35—8  A  10  Clafam 


^ 


'SKjt 


^/ 


A  toy  bank  capable  of  responding  to  the  insertion  of  a  coin 
of  any  one  of  four  denominations,  including  I9,  5^,  lOy  arS 
25f  in  any  one  of  four  coin  slots  to  reproduce  any  one 


^ 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


\ 


June  6,  ,1972 


'  '  of  1 6  unique  sayings  which  is  a  function  of  the  slot  in  which 
the  coin  is  inserted  and  the  coin's  denomination.  A  17th  say- 
ing is  reproducible  whenever  a  coin  it  not  inserted  in  any  of 
the  slots. 


3,667,137 

APPARATUS  FOR  TEACHING  ELECTRICAL  CONCEPTS    U  A  O.  3S— 38 
FkwU(  J.  Mnyfdd,  300  Nortk  Street,  Grccawkh,  Conn. 
Filed  Apr.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25.734 
fait.CLG09b2J//5 
U.S.  CL  35- 19  A  5  Clafam 


3,667,139 

METHOD  OF  WRITING  FOR  C<»fMUNICATING  WFTH 
THI  VISUALLY  HANDICAPPED  AND  PAPER 
THEREFOR 
Ruth  L.  Bvr,  53  WcbMcr  Acres,  Wclistcr  Groves,  Mo. 
I  Filed  Sciit.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71^30 


Int.  a.  G09b  21100 


16  Claims 


A  method  of  teaching  electrical  concepts  such  as  voltage, 
current  and  resistance  by  the  use  of  an  analogous  mechanical 
model  is  disclosed  in  which  potential  is  simulated*  by  releas- 
ing a  ball  from  an  elevated  position,  and  electron  conduction 
is  simulated  by  the  arrangement  of  a  plurality  of  abutting 
balls  on  a  track  that  are  contacted  by  the  released  ball. 


Marking  a  polyethylene  paper  overlaying  a  hard  surface 
with  an  ordinary  eMra  size  ball  point  pen  or  dull  pencil  em- 
bosses characters  on  the  upper  side  of  the  paper.  These 
raised  characters  may  be  read  factually  by  the  visually  han- 
dicapped, including  the  blind.  The  characters  can  also  be 
read  visually.  The  embossing  effect  is  enhanced  by  rubbing  a 
finger  over  the  area  marked.  A  paper  embossed  with  equally 
spaced  parallel  lines  facilitates  the  method.  ......,,^^ 


3^7,138 
SPEECH  TRAINING  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  OF 
TEACHING  THEREWITH 
Ronald  S.  CoIwb,  MiwMiliae,  Wis.,  sisJinnr  to 
Controli,  Inc.,  NOhmiilice,  Wit. 

FBcd  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,747 
Ial.CLG09b5/M 
UA  CL  35—35  C  14 


3,667,140 

PROTECTIVE  FOOTGEAR  FOR  KARATE 

PARTICIPANTS 

Roy  E.  Honderford,  120  CJu-ktiaiif  n,  Houston,  Tex. 

Filed  Sept.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,559 

Int  a.  A43b  7//0;  A61f  5100 


MS.  CL  36—4 


6Clidim 


A  housing  has  an  upper  dome  illuminated  by  a  lamp.  A 
pair  of  permanent  magnet  cone  speakers  are  mounted  in  the 
opposite  sidewalls  of  the  housing  and  connected  in  series 
across  the  input  to  a  preamplifier.  An  amplifier  connects  the 
sound  related  output  signal  to  the  input  of  a  power  transistor 
connected  in  series  with  the  lamp  to  a  regulated  DC  supply. 
The  speakers,  housing  and  amplifier  establish  a  response 
range  from  250  to  4,000  HerU  to  reject  voiceless  sounds.  A 
potentiometer  connects  the  supply  directly  to  the  input  of  the 
power  transistor  for  preheating  of  the  lamp  and  controlling 
the  response.  A  delay  switch  connects  and  disconnects  a  re- 
sistor in  the  base  circuit  of  the  transistor  to  vary  the  timing 
and  cutoff  of  the  lamp. 


As  a  representative  embodiment  of  the  invention  ditclosed 
here,  a  boot  or  shoe  is  provided  with  protective  pads  around 
and  under  the  heel,  under  the  toe,  and  on  the  outward  side  of 
the  shoe.  Another  pad  is  placed  over  the  instep  and  adapted 
to  exten^  upwardly  therefrom  to  protect  the  shin  of  the 
wearer. 


\ 


3,667,141 
SHOE  CLEAT 
Samnd  H.  White,  20137  Sherwood  Avenue,  Detroit,  Mich. 
FUed  Oct.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,278         I 
Int.  CL  A43c  15100  ! 

\i&.  CL  36—67  B  9  Clafans 

An  inexpensive  sheet  metal  cleat  for  golf  shoes  or  the  like 
is  formed  by  stamping  from  a  strip  of  metal,  such  as  alu- 


\ 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


85 


minum,  and  has  a  body  section  with  a  roughened  or  toothed 
surface  that  it  attached  to  the  bottom  of  a  shoe  and  cleats  in- 


tegral with  the  body  section  extending  in  a  direction  opposite 
to  the  roughened  surface. 


3,667,142 
COMPRESSION  PAD  OF  KNITTED  ELASTIC 
Alfred  M.  Goodloc,  dcccMcd,  iMe  of  WcttUdd,  NJ.,  and  by 
Edith  JamiMMi  Goodloc.  executrix,  105  Duncan  Hia  Road, 
Wcitficid,  N  J. 

FBed  Feb.  27, 1970.  Scr.  No.  15,030 

Int.  CL  D06f  71136 

U.S.a.38— 66  26Clalnw 


3,667,144 
SCHEDULE  DISPLAY  DEVICE 


Edward  E.  Draltc  Tlriim  Olda., 
Tulsa,  OUa. 

filed  Dec  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,915 
InLCLG09f  7//29 
U.S.  CL  40—82 


to  LVO  Cable,  Inc., 


This  invention  relates  to  a  schedule  display  device.  More 
particularly,  the  invention  relates  to  a  device  for  displaying  a 
schedule,  such  as  a  television  program  schedule,  printed  on  a 
strip  of  rolled  paper,  the  device  including  a  bousing  having  a 
window,  means  within  the  housing  for  rotatably  supporting 
the  roll  of  paper,  a  iKMizontal  drive  roller  supported  in  the 
housing  adjacent  the  window,  means  of  rotating  the  drive 
roller,  and  means  of  contacting  the  paper  with  the  drive 


A  resilient  body  for  use  under  compressive  conditions 
comprising  knitted  material  knit  fiwn  rubber  (or  other  roUer  for  advancing  the  paper  past  the  window. 

elastic  material)  thread-like  strands,  the  said  body  being  of  .^^_.^__ 

sufficient  thickness  to  permit  considerable  travel  of  com- 
pressing objects  into  the  resilient  body.  The  said  resilient 
body  is  used  as  a  laundry  pad  on  commercial  presses  in 
laundry  and  cleaning  establishments;  as  a  shock  mount, 
vibration  damper,  vibration  isolator,  or  a  cushion  or  packag- 
ing pad,  and  as  a  component  dt  automobile  or  other  tires. 


3,667.145 
COLOR  AND  MOTION  ANIMATIONS  FCHl 

TRANSPARENCIES 
Wright,  6115  North  Lake  Drive  Court,  MOwMikce, 


3,667,143 

FEEDING  OF  MACHINES 
Roger  Smith  Hal,  Thirtk,  England,  aaslgnor  to  Baker  PferkiM 
Jaxons  Limited,  Glasgow,  Scotland 

FUed  May  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,602 

Int.  CLD06f  67/04 

U.S.  CL  38—143  7  dainv 


John  S 
Wb. 

FUed  Sept.  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  860,356 
Int.  CL  G09f  13134 
^^M&.  CL  40—106.53 


13 


6ME 


7 


The  invention  comprises  a  method  of,  and  apparatus  for, 
feeding  sheets  to  a  machine.  A  sheet  has  one  edge  secured 
temporarily  to  a  cylinder  after  such  edge  has  been  placed 
under  tension  and  such  edge  is  carried  down  by  the  cylinder 
and  released  onto  an  endless  conveyor  which  feeds  the  sheet 
to  the  machine.  The  sheet  edge  is  preferably  secured  by  suc- 
tion through  openings  in  the  cylinder  wall  and  tensioned  by 
at  least  one  gripping  means  adapted  to  have  linear  movement 
parallel  with  the  cylinder  axis. 


For  use  on  an  overhead  projector  to  give  an  illusion  of  mo- 
tion, a  transparency  sheet  bearing  art  work  in  the  form  of  a 
grid  is  superposed  on  a  relatively  movable  transparency  sheet 
or  web  bearing  a  second  or  control  grid.  The  lines  or  groups 
of  lines  of  the  art  work  grid  and  the  second  grid  are  parallel 
and  both  are  at  an  angle  to  the  directicm  of  relative  motion. 
On  either  sheet  the  lines  may  be  of  any  appropriate  color  and 
may  be  made  up  of  rows  of  dots.  Dots  of  dUfering  color  in 
rows  at  different  angles  may  be  used.  On  either  sheet,  but  not 
both,  the  lines  are  desirably  arcuate  and  drawn  on  like  radii 
about  centers  successively  ofhet  on  a  line  parallel  to  the 
direction  of  relative  movement,  such  arcuate  lines  being  tan- 


/ 


26 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


gent  to  a  construction  line  at  the  desired  45°  angle  to  the 
direction  of  motion.  On  both  sheets,  the  width  or  apparent 
width  of  respective  lines  is  substantially  identical  with  the 
width  or  apparent  width  of  intervening  spaces  between  the 
lines. 


3,667,146 
DEVICE  FOR  RAPIDLY  LOADING  A  REMOVABLE 
CYLINDER 
Jean  Dvpoay,  258,  Rue  de  StaUagrad  93,  Drancy,  France 

FDcd  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,055 
Clainu  priority,  applicatkM  France,  May  21, 1969, 6916476 

lot.  Ci.  F42b  39104 
MS.  CI.  42-89  5  Claims 


^^^     3,667,147 
RISING  BLOCK  RIFLE  AND  FEED  MECHANISM 
THEREFOR 
Morris  Goldin,  Oranfe,  and  Leonard  W.  Price,  Marina  Dd 
Rcy,  both  of  Calif.,  aasignors  to  The  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica as  represented  by  tiie  Secretary  of  tlie  Army 
FOcd  Jan.  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  5,002 
Int.  CL  F41c  13100, 11104;  F41d  9100 
U.S.CL42— 15  llClainK 


A  rifle  for  use  in  either  full  automatic  or  semiautomatic 
mode  in  which  a  cam  system  is  reciprocated  in  a  direction 
parallel  to  the  rifle  axis  either  manually  or  by  a  gas  driven 
system.  The  cam  system  cocks  the  firing  hammer  and  verti- 
cally reciprocates  a  rifle  breech  block  containing  the  firing 
chamber.  In  the  uppermost  position,  the  firing  chamber  is 


r. 


aligned  with  a  firing  pin,  which  detonates  the  primer  charge 
in  a  cartridge,  actuated  by  the  hammer  when  a  sear  is 
released  by  the  rifle  trigger.  When  the  breech  block  is  in  a 
lowered  position  the  firing  chamber  is  aligned  with  apertures 
in  a  magazine  through  which  a  rammer  is  driven  by  the  cam 
system  for  movement  of  cartridges  into  the  chamber.  A 
spring-biased  gate  closes  the  rear  end  of  the  firing  chamber 
when  the  block  is  in  the  lowered  position,  but  opens  to  allow 
ejection  of  a  round  which  has  not  been  fired  when  the  next 
cartridge  is  driven  into  or  an  ejector  tube  is  driven  through, 
the  chamber. 


3,667,148 

FISHING  LINE  SUBMERGING  DEVICE 

Donald  J.  Dawson,  Roirtc  4,  P.O.  Box  124-A,  Salem,  Orcg. 

Filed  Sept  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,788 

Int.  CL  AOlk  85100 

U.S.  a.  #3—43.13 


'  Clainw 


A  device  for  rapidly  loading  part  of  a  revolver  cylinder,  the 
loading  speed  being  the  result  of  a  natural  combination  of  a 
thrusting  motion  whereby  rounds  of  ammunition  carried  by 
said  device  are  inserted  into  the  cartridge  chambers  of  the 
cylinder,  and  a  sideway  motion  whereby  the  device  is  disen- 
gaged. The  loading  device  comprises  a  substantially  flat  sup- 
port having  a  concave  edge  and  shaped  as  a  circular  sector 
matching  a  portion  of  the  revolver  cylinder,  and  cartridge 
case  securing  elements  located  on  the  support  in  positions  re- 
gistering with  the  cylinder  cartridge  chambers,  said  elements 
opening  out  on  the  same  side  as  the  concave  edge  of  the  sup- 
port. 


A  device  for  connection  to  a  fishing  troll  line  to  force  the 
tail  line  and  its  connected  flashers  and  natural  bait  or  artifi- 
cial lures  to  a  desired  depth  in  water  being  fished,  and  includ- 
ing means  automatically  operated  by  a  fish  when  striking  the 
bait  or  lure  for  setting  the  fish  hook. 


3,667,149 
ALL-PURPOSE  FISHING  FLOAT 
Juics  O.  Daifle,  P.O.  Box  515,  WcWi,  La. 

FOed  Oct.  24, 1969,  Ser.  No.  869,110 
Int.  CI.  AOlk  93100       ^ 
U.S.  CI.  43—43.15 


Clainw 


\ 


A  rigid  plastic  tube  is  inserted  through  the  central  opening 
of  a  conventional  float  and  retained  therein  by  friction  or  any 
other  suitable  means  and  the  portion  of  the  tube  above  the 
float  is  provided  with  a  plurality  of  radial  openings, 
preferably  vertically  aligned.  A  fishing  line  is  inserted 
through  tl)e  top  of  the  tube,  then  outwardly  through  the  up- 
permost of  the  openings,  thence  inwardly  through  another 
opening,  thence  downwardly  through  the  tube  and  provided 
therebeneath  with  a  leader,  sinker  and  hook  or  lure.  A 
sleeve,  slidably  mounted  on  the  tube  above  the  float,  may  oc- 
cupy a  neutral  position  below  the  radial  openings  for  the 
relatively  free  sliding  of  the  fishing  line  upwardly  or 
downwardly,  and,  the  sleeve  may  be  put  in  an  operative  posi- 
tion over  the  portion  of  the  line  lying  outwardly  of  the  tube 
to  gently  impede  the  free  movement  of  the  line  axially  to  the 
tube. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


V. 


27 


3,667,150 

HOOKS  FOR  USE  IN  FISHING 

laa  Keith  Hearne,  Wayside  Langtoft,  near  Driffleid,  England 

FDcd  June  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  44^12 

Clainu  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Mar.  3, 1970, 

10,035/70 
^--^  Int.  CL  AOlk  83106 

U.S.  CI.  43—44.6  3  Claims 


distillate,  kerosene  or  gasoline  boiling  ranges  containing  Tall 
Oil  Fatty  Acid  in  an  amount  effective  to  provide  a  fuel  hav- 
ing a  high  level  of  anti-wear,  water  separation  and  thermal 
stability  properties  and  a  method  for  operating  a  turbine  or 
diesel  engine. 


A  fishing  hook  having  a  shank  and  a  hook  end,  and  a 
gripping  member  positioned  alongside  the  shank  with  the  ad- 
jacent ends  of  the  hook  and  gripping  member  attached  to  a 
ring.  The  free  end  of  the  gripping  member  is  movable  to  and 
from  a  position  adjacent  the  shank  and  at  rest  projects  away 
from  the  shank.  A  separate  member  is  slidable  over  the 
gripping  member  and  shank  to  force  them  toward  each  other 
so  that  bait  can  be  clamped  therebetween. 


3,667,151 
ANTIFOUUNG  FISHING  SINKER 
Lamb,  1617  Maryland  Avenue  South,  Minneapolis, 


John  H 
^     Minn 

Filed  Mar.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,053 
Int  a.  AOlk  95100 
\}S.  CI.  43—44.97  , 


1  Claim 


\ 


3,667,153 
INTERLOCKING  ARRANGEMENTS 
Godtfrcd  Kirk  ChriitiaBMn,  BOhind,  Denmark,  aHigDor  to 
Intcricgo  A.G.,  Zug,  Swltxcrland 

Filed  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50384 
Clainu  priority,  appttcation  Denmark,  July  3,  1969,  3611/69 

Int.CLA63IJJ/06 
U.S.  CI.  46-30  2  ClaiBH 


The  coupling  of  two  plate-shaped  elements  be  means  of  an 
interlocking  arrangement  formed  along  the  edges  of  the  ele- 
ments. The  locking  members  of  one  element  are  in  resilient 
engagement  with  identical  locking  members  on  the  other  ele- 
ment, the  thickness  of  the  individual  locking  members  being 
half  the  thickness  of  the  element  and  the  members  being 
staggered  alternately  to  one  side  and  the  other  of  a  plane 
through  the  center  of  the  edge  parallel  to  the  side  faces  of 
the  element. 


3,667,154 
TOY  SCHOOL  BUS  AND  STATION  DEVICE  THEREPC« 
Masaru  Aoki,  Tokyo,  Japan,  aarignor  to  Tomy  Kogyo  Co., 
Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filcd  Oct  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,998 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct  24, 1969, 44/101079 

Int  CI.  A63h  33130,  19/15 
VS.  CI.  46—40  7  Claims 


A  shroud  adapted  to  surround  a  fishing  line  sinker  to 
reduce  the  tendency  of  said  sinker  from  becoming  fouled  on 
the  lake  or  stream  bottom,  the  shroud  being  formed  from  a 
deformable  plastic  material.  The  shroud  is  preferably  in  the 
shape  of  a  cylinder  having  one  end  thereof  formed  into  a 
hemispherical  dome.  An  aperture  is  formed  in  the  dome  to 
permit  a  swivel  or  other  connector  to  be  forcibly  passed 
therethrough  for  connection  to  a  fish  line. 


3,667,152 
FUEL  COMPOSITION 
George  W.  Eckert,  Wappingers  Falls,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Tex- 
aco Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  827,142,  May  23, 

1969,  now  abandoned.  This  appttcation  Sept  26, 1969,  Scr. 
^^  No.  861,469 

Int  a.  CIOI 1/10 
VS.  a.  44—58  10  Clainu 

Turbine    and    diesel    fuel    composition    comprising    a 
hydrocarbon  or  a  mixture  of  hydrocarbons  in  the  middle 


A  toy  which  comprises,  in  combination,  a  vehicle,  pas- 
senger-simulated models  to  be  loaded  on  and  unloaded  from 
the  vehicle  and  a  station  device  having  a  track  part  and  a 
platform  part.  The  vehicle  has  therein  conveyor  means  for 
the  models.  When  the  models  are  fed  onto  the  conveyor 
means  through  an  inlet,  they  are  automatically  conveyed  to 
an  exit  and  unloaded  from  the  vehicle  onto  the  platform  part 
of  the  station  device. 


ir 


28 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3^7.1SS 


3.667,15T^ 


r 


.9,00 /,199  J,007,197U|^ 

JACK-IN-THE  BOX  INCLUDING  BOX  WITH  INTEGRAL       APPARATUS  FOR  THE  HYDRdmNIC  CULTIVATION 


INNER  CYLINDRICAL  WALL 
Inwl  Robert  Fredwidcr,  344  fftuUcHa  Stnct,  W 


FUed  Nov.  S,  1970,  Scr.  No.  87,307 
Int.  CL  A63h  13/16 
VS.  CL  46—146 


OF  VEGETABLES 

Fernando  Longhinl,  Gcnzano,  Italy,  assignor  to  Aeroponica 
'         S.P.A.,  Rome  Italy 

FUed  Apr.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,293 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Apr.  26, 1969, 36721  A/69; 
1  Claim  I  May  24, 1 969, 37384  A/69 

I  Int.  CLAOlt  3//02 

U.S.  a.  47—1.2  I  Claims 


■u 


A  one-shot  molded  plastic  open-top  container  comprising 
a  box-like  member  having  an  integrally  molded  central  com- 
partment with  an  open  top,  and  an  integrally  molded  cover 
for  covering  both  the  compartment  and  the  box  itself,  said 
cover  being  hinged  at  one  edge  of  the  box  and  having  a  latch 
to  hold  it  in  closed  condition  of  both  box  and  compartment. 


3,667,156 
MOTOR-DRIVEN  ROLLING  TOY 
EiHtn  Tomtyama,  Tokyo,  Japan,  and  John  H.  Hcim,  Barring- 
ton,  RJ.,  assignnn  to  Tomy  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan, 
by  said  Tomiyania 

FUed  Dec.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,314 

Inta.A63hii/26 

U.S.  CL  46—243  M  6  Clafam 


A  rolling  toy  which  comprises  a  substantially  wheel-shaped 
housing  and  a  motivating  unit  housed  therein.  The  motivating 
unit  is  carried  by  a  shaft  extending  axially  along  the  central 
axis  of  the  housing  and  is  arranged  to  be  rotated  about  the 
central  axis.  Also,  the  unit  includes  power  means  and  other 
elements  which  are  disposed  in  eccentric  relation  to  the 
shaft,  whereby  when  the  unit  is  rotated  by  the  power  means, 
rolling  movement  is  imparted  to  the  housing  to  cause  the 
same  to  roll  along  a  surface.  The  toy  can  return  to  its  rolling 
position  automatically  when  overturned. 


Apparatus  for  the  hydroponic  cultivation  of  vegetables  in- 
cluding substantially  horizontal  tubular  structures  for  holding 
therein  transplanted  plants.  The  tubular  structure  is  made  of 
a  trough-like  member  and  lid  members  of  elastically  flexible 
material,  yieldably  closing  the  troughlike  member  and  clamp- 
ing the  plant  between  contacting  edges  of  the  lids.  The  tubu- 
lar structure  is  removable  suspended  on  vertically  movable 
vertical  ropes  guided  by  a  system  of  pulleys. 


irll 


3,667,1S8  ^- 

CULTIVATION  RECEPTACLE 
PMcr  Arthur  Prfvctt,  22  Bredon  Road,  Croydon,  England 
Filed  Oct.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,470 
Claims  priority,  appHcattoa  Great  Britain,  Oct  31, 1969, 
I  53,518/69 

Int.  CL  AOlg  9/14 


U.S.CL  47—17 


;  Clalnw 


] 


A  combined  humidifier  and  plant  apparatus  for  humidify- 
ing the  atmosphere  and  for  growing  and/or  displaying  of 
plants.  For  the  growing  of  plants,  a  tray  provided  in  the 
cabinet  supports  a  layer  of  soil.  The  soil  is  moisturized  by  a 
water  absorbent  material  that  is  partly  immersed  in  a  water 
trough.  The  humidifying  means  includes  a  fan  mounted  in  the 
cabinet  that  drives  air  and  water  vapor  out  through  an  outlet 
to  humidify  the  atmosphere. 


3,667,159 
SEEDLING  FLAT 
2019^74tii  Street  Orde, 


SlMw^  Point, 


George  K.  Todd, 
Bradnioa,  Ha. 

FUed  Sept  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,01 1 
Int  CL  AOlg  9/02 
VS.  CL  47—34.13 

A  seedling  flat  is  provided  in  a  first  embodiment  in  the 
form  of  a  unitary  plastic  member  having  downwardly  extend- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


29 


.ing  square  tapered  soil  receiving  recesses  in  which  individual 
seedlings  are  started  with  one  embodiment  employing  a  uni- 


tary polystyrene  foamed  plastic;  a  second  embodiment  is  em- 
bodied in  a  construction  formed  of  rigid  plastic  plate  mem- 
bers connected  together  in  a  unitary  manner. 


^-^  3,667,160 

PARKING  DEVICE 

Charles  R.  Sdoum,  120  EUb  Street  San  Frandsco,  CaHf. 

Condnuatfon-ln-part  of  appifc»tfc>n  Scr.  No.  720,952,  Apr. 

12, 1968,  now  Patent  No.  3,613,909,  and  24,699,  Apr.  11, 

1970.  TMs  appikntfcwi  Aug.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,429 

Int  a.  EOlf  13/00 

VS.  CL  49—35  6  Claims 


supported  on  opposite  edge  margins  of  the  shutter  panel.  The 
second  shaft  means  extends  through  the  building  wall  and  is 
fitted  with  a  hand  crank  member  arranged  in  the  building  in- 


terior. Tumably  manipulating  the  hand  crank  operates 
through  the  gear  reduction  means  for  lifting  and  lowering  the 
pair  of  arms  and  respectively  causing  closing  and  opening 
movement  of  the  shutter  panel. 


3,667462 
ROCKING^WINGING  WINDOW  LEAF 
ChristiaB    Lalagnc,    Paris,    France,    aHignor    to 
SoucImb  NeuveaeL  Paris,  France 

Filed  Oct.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,509 
Claims  priority,  appHcation  France,  Nov.  19, 1971, 6939722 

Int  CL  E05d  15/52 
U.S.CL  49-192  11 


1%^ 


A  device  for  use  in  a  parking  stall  to  retain  a  parked  car 
therein  until  released  by  payment  of  a  meter  parking  fee. 
Simple  rotary  or  pivot  mounted  stops  are  mechanically  actu- 
ated by  an  automobile  engaging  same  upon  entering  a  park- 
ing stall  to  lock  the  steps  in  position  to  block  fiirther  wheel 
passage  until  released  as  by  a  coin  operated  timer. 


^  3,667,161 

SHUTTER  OPERATING  MECHANISM 
John  H.  Sasano,  Holywood,  Fla^  Mrigiior  to  Weather  Con- 
trol Shatters,  Inc.,  Holywood,  Fla. 

FUed  Oct  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,467 
Int  CL  E06b  9/02 
VS.  CL  49—56  7  OaimB 

Operating  mechanism  adapted  to  be  incorporated  in  a  win- 
dow closure  installation  including  a  shutter  panel  hingedly 
supported  on  a  horizontal  hinge  axb  and  swingable  toward 
and  away  from  the  plane  of  closure  of  a  window  opening. 
The  shutter  operating  mechanism  includes  a  speed  reduction 
assembly  including  a  worm  and  worm  gear  fixedly  secured 
respectively  on  first  and  second  shaft  means  perpendiculariy 
arranged.  A  pair  of  arms  is  fixed  in  coplanar  arrangement  on 
the  first  shaft  means  and  include  distal  end  portions 
runningly  engageable  in  track  channel  members  coplanar 


A  window  having  a  rocking-swinging  leaf  which  can  be  dis- 
placed horizontally  in  its  plane  within  the  fixed  window-cas- 
ing by  means  of  a  control  system  and  can  be  brought  by 
translational  motion  from  a  so-called  "rocking"  position  in 
which  the  leaf  is  opened  in  a  bellows-type  movement  to  a  so- 
called  "swinging"  position  in  which  tlie  leaf  b  opened  as  a 
casement  window.  The  control  system  comprises  a  rotatable 
operating  handle  which  is  mounted  on  the  leaf  and  adapted 
to  displace  a  sliding  boh  which  can  be  detadiably  secured  to 
the  fbced  window-casing.  The  control  system  and  ancillary 
devices  for  attaching  the  leaf  to  the  casing  are  so  arranged  as 
to  permit  translational  motion  of  the  leaf  in  the  plane  of  the 
casing  between  any  one  of  three  positions,  namely  the  dosed 
position,  the  "rocking"  position  and  the  "swinging"  positioiL 
The  centralized  control  of  the  leaf  from  a  handle  which  is 
carried  by  this  latter  permits  considerate  simplification  of 
the  guiding  nteans  while  the  motion-transmission  means  are 
constituted  in  addition  to  the  sliding  boh  and  ancillaries  by 
the  leaf  itself. 


30 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


Ir 


June  6,  1972 


3,667,163 

AUTOMOBILE  DOOR  GUARD 

Erick  H.  moram  640  UmmI  View  Drive,  Serf  BcMh,  CaUf.; 

John  G.  Gibson,  18985  SaOtm  ManMna,  Fountain  VaUcy, 

Calif.,  and  Morgan  C.  Lindbcrg,  Nortli  Hollywood,  CaHf. 

FDcd  Oct.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,201 

Int.  CL  B60J  5/04 

VS,  a.  49—462  5  Oaims 


I  3,667,165 

CONDITIONING  GRINDER  ^ 

Pliilip  R.  McDowell,  and  Chariet  W.  VdiovioiM,  both  of 
Dowasvicw,  Ontario,  Canada,  aMignon  to  G  &  B  Auto- 
mated Equipment  Limited,  Downeview,  Oirtario,  Canada 
Filed  Feb.  16, 1971,  Ser.  No.  115,364 
I  Int.  CL  B24b  7/02 

U.S.CI.  51— 35  8Clainv 


M 

\\\\ 

\ — 

f_ 

^' 

•       1 

An  automobile  door  guard  including  a  mounting  plate 
formed  on  one  side  with  mounting  surface  for  securement  to 
the  exterior  of  an  automobile  door.  A  protruding  resilient 
bumper  is  mounted  on  the  side  of  the  ^mounting  plate  op- 
posite the  one  side.  Adhesive  means  is  disposed  on  the 
mounting  surface  and  is  covered  with  a  removable  covering 
strip  whereby  such  strip  may  be  removed  and  the  guard  posi- 
tioned on  an  automobile  door  with  the  adhesive  means  ex- 
posed for  adhering  such  guard  to  the  door. 


3,667,164 

DOOR  SILL 

Cray  J.  Coppins,  13700  Fairiiill  Road,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

Filed  June  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  834,674 

Int.  CL  E06b  1/70 

U.S.  a.  49—469  7  OaimB 


Door  sill  includes  a  substrate  or  base  member  of  wood  or 
other  insulating  material  having  a  metal  sill  cover  secured  to 
the  exterior  projecting  portion  of  the  substrate  and  terminat- 
ing adjacent  the  exterior  tide  of  the  door  when  in  the  closed 
position,  and  having  a  rigid  vinyl  thermal  barrier  member 
connected  to  the  substrate  directly  beneath  the  door  when  in 
the  closed  position  as  by  means  of  downwardly  projecting 
ribs  which  extend  into  grooves  in  the  substrate.  A  sealing 
strip  on  the  bottom  of  the  door  provides  sealing  contact  with 
the  rigid  vinyl  member  when  the  door  is  in  the  closed  posi- 
tion. 


A  travelling  carriage  carrying  a  motor  driven  grinding 
wheel  at  the  end  of  a  pivoted  arm  reciprocates  back  and 
forth  along  a  steel  slab  workpiece.  A  hydraulic  cylinder 
forces  the  wheel  down  against  the  workpiece,  this  downward 
movement  being  controlled  in  accordance  with  the  power 
being  supplied  to  the  motor  and  the  speed  of  reciprocating 
travel  of  the  carriage.  Control  of  the  contact  pressure  of  the 
wheel  is  thus  based  on  the  power  being  absorbed  by  the  mo- 
tor, which  ensures  a  substantially  constant  rate  of  work  out- 
put by  the  wheel.  These  conditions  prevail  during  carriage 
travel  at  normal  speed.  When  the  carriage  slows  down  to 
change  direction  at  the  ends  of  its  reciprocal  travel,  a 
mechanism  sensing  the  carriage  speed  reduces  the  rate  of 
work  output  of  the  grinding  wheel  to  obtain  a  more  constant 
value  for  the  work  output  per  unit  distance  of  travel,  the 
result  being  more  uniformity  in  the  depth  of  cut.  Provision  is 
made  for  indexing  the  arm  transversely  of  the  workpiece  at 
each  end  of  carriage  travel.  The  maximum  magnitude  of  the 
acceleration  and  deceleration  of  the  carriage  at  the  travel 
ends  is  limited  in  order  to  increase  the  comfort  of  an  opera- 
tor seated  on  the  carriage.  The  grinding  wheel  peripheral 
speed  is  kept  constant  by  a  radioactive  source  and  detector 
system  that  measures  wheel  diameter  and  speeds  up  the 
motor  as  the  wheel  wears.  To  faciliute  this  speed  control  a 
D.C.  motor  is  used.  As  an  alternative  to  a  moving  carriage, 
the  structure  carrying  the  grinding  wheel  can  be  stationary, 
the  workpiece  holder  then  reciprocating,  the  same  controls 
over  the  grinding  wheel  pressure  being  exercised. 


3,667,166 

APPARATUS  FOR  GRINDING  GLASS  SLIDES  OR  THE 

LIKE 
JaoMs  C.  White  Rutherford,  N J.,  amignnr  to  Propper  Manu- 
facturing Con  Inct  Long  Uand  City,  N.Y. 

1     Filed  Dec.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,770 
I  Int.  CL  B24b  7/00 

U.S.  CL  51—92  4  Oafans 

A  grinding  apparatus  designed  to  grind  articles  such  as 
glass  slides.  A  work  carriage  is  situated  over  a  pair  of  guide 
bars  and  supported  for  free  movement  therealong  by  way  of 
a  bearing  means  operatively  connected  with  the  work  car- 
riage and  having  rolling  contact  with  the  guide  bars.  A  rotary 


,  ■» 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


31 


grinding  unit  is  supported  in  a  floating  manner  with  respect 
to  a  frame  of  the  apparatus  so  that  the  rotary  grinding  unit 


3,667,168 
MANUFACTURE  OF  BEARING  BALLS 


Jaroslav  Braay,  Praha,  Caschoelovakia,  amlgnnr  to  Vyakum- 
ay  natav  strojlrcaslw  technolofie  a  ekonomflcy,  Praha, 
Caecboslovalda 

Filed  Felk.  26,  1970,  Ser.  No.  14^20 
Claims  priority,  appHcatfam  Caechoalovakia,  Feb.  28, 1969, 

1503/69 
Int.  CL  B24b  l/OO 
U.S.CL  51—289  9( 


can,  if  necessaiyTyield  when  encountering  extreme  grinding 
stresses. 


3,667,167 

WORK  DRIVING  DEVICE  FOR  AUTOMATIC 

CAMSHAFT  GRINDING  MACHINE 

William  Emory  Happel,  Waynesboro,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Landis 

Tool  Company 

Filed  Jan.  26,  1971,  Ser.  No.  109,770 

Int.  a.  B24b  47/02 

U.S.  a.  51—215  H  5  Claims 


The  method  and  apparatus  for  machining  bearing  balls 
comprising  the  steps  of  locating  the  balls  between  two  op- 
posed working  surfaces  rotating  one  of  the  bodies  about  an 
axis,  and  driving  the  other  body  in  plane  angular  thereto  and 
tangentially  of  the  ball  to  create  a  rolling  of  the  ball  resulting 
from  two  independent  component  axes  of  force  created  by 
the  interaction  of  the  two  bodies. 


3,667,169 
ABRASIVE  FINISHING  ARTICLE 
Joseph  H.  MacKay,  Jr.,  Woodland  Hills,  Calif.,  assignor  to 
Norton  Company 

Filed  Apr.  27,  1970,  Ser.  No.  32,295 

Int.  CL  B24d  13/14,  13/20 

U.S.  CL  5 1  -379  10  Ciainis 


,*^'- 


W  K  .$$i$5 

^,- 

r*  "A 

^ 

^ 

F 

1 

r 

«• 

^ 

A  work  driving  apparatus  for  a  machine  tool,  such  as  a 
cam  contour  grinding  machine,  for  applying  a  driving  torque 
against  two  spaced  angular  points  through  end  portion  (57) 
and  a  carbide  block  (64),  to  route  the  workpiece  with 
minimal  radial  displacement.  A  driving  block  (41)  is  hinged 
to  a  face  plate  (28)  to  enable  the  driving  block  (41)  to  com- 
pensate for  size  variations  of  the  workpiece  and  to  insure 
concentricity  with  the  periphery  of  the  workpiece  (W),  such 
as  an  automotive  camshaft.  Rotation  of  the  work  driving 
device  (26)  automatically  angulariy  orients  the  workpiece 
relative,  for  example,  to  a  master  cam  (19),  as  work  rest 
pressure  restrains  rotation  of  the  workpiece.  This  allows  an 
automatic  work  loader  to  be  used  without  any  devices  to 
regulate  the  angular  position  of  the  workpiece. 


An  abrasive  finishing  article  in  which  an  axially  projecting 
drive  member  secures  the  article  to  a  support  pad.  The  drive 
member  is  formed  with  a  hollow  threaded  boss,  disposed 
through  a  centrally  defined  opening  in  the  article,  and  an 
outwardly  extending  member  at  the  base  of  the  boss  disposed 
on  the  opposite  side  of  the  article  to  press  the  article  against 
the  support  pad.  The  outwardly  extending  member  can  .be 
formed  with  a  plurality  of  Ubs  which  are  pressed  into  en- 
gagement with  baclcing  material  of  the  article  wherel>y  to 
secure  the  drive  member  in  intimate  integral  connection  with 
the  article.  The  support  pad  includes  a  core-socket  member 
and  an  axial  stud  whereby  the  drive  member  boss  may  be 
threadably  retained  in  female-male  engagement  with  the  stud 
and  core  member,  respectively,  the  core  member  being 
formed  with  internal  and  external  abutment  surfaces  ttx 
close  fitting  engagement  with  the  top  surface  <rf  the  drive 
member  and  surfaces  of  the  finishing  article  laterally  thereof, 
respectively. 


32 


3^7,170 

FINISHING  ARTICLE  AND  SUPPORT  MEMBER 
THEREFOR 
JoMph  H.  MKK«y,  Jr^  WootlaMi  Hh,  CaW. 

nM  Mmr.  11, 1969,  Scr.  No.  806;250 
Int  a.  B24d  77/00 
UA  CL  51—389  9 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  6,  1972 

snowmobile  to  enter  and  exit  while  traveling  in  a  fc>rward 


m^im^sm^^^^^^^^' 


^f» 


J 


A  finishing  article  having  a  drive  member  permanently  af- 
fixed on  one  side  thereof.  The  drive  member  comprises  a  hol- 
low boss  open  at  its  outer  end  and  has  an  annular  lip  defining 
an  internal  screw  thread.  A  support  member  is  provided  con- 
nectable  with  the  drive  member  and  can  include  an  axial  stud 
having  an  external  screw  thread,  formed  for  insertion  within 
the  driving  member  boss,  and  a  central  socket  disposed  radi- 
ally about  the  stud  and  dose  fit  therewith  for  abutment 
.  against  the  driving  member  boas. 


direction.  The  doors  are  each  provided  with  a  pair  of  guides 
for  reinforcement  and  for  directing  the  snowmobile. 


3,667,171 
ROW  FOLDING  SEATING  STRUCTURE 
Robert  G.  McCldlaiid,  and  David  W.  Raymond,  both  of 
Champalcn,  IlL,  awigiinrn  to  American  Seating  Company, 
Grand  RapidB,  Mich. 

Fled  Jan.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,917 

Int  CL  A47c  1112;  E04h  3/12 

VS.  CL  52—9  15  Claims 


I  3,667,173 

HANGING  ROOF  STRUCTURE 
Kari    Lcnnart    Bilgrcn,    grev    Magnlgatan    4, 
Sweden 

{    Flkd  May  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,829 
Int.  a.  E04b  1/342. 1/347 
VS.  CL  52—83 


^/^'  /" 


Stockhofan, 


YClaima 


l'i;<;SSII9IRI3BasaEi^Sj 


J> 


'  A  han^ng  roof  structure  in  which  the  roof  covering!  is  sup- 
ported by  a  plurality  of  lines  and  tensile  forces  acting  in  the 
lines  are  taken  up  by  an  annular  beam  of  lattice  construction, 
thereby  relieving  supporting  pillars  from  bending  moments. 


■  3,667,174 

EXPANSIBLE  REVEAL  WITH  FRONTAL  TEAR  STRIP 
FOR  PLASTER  WALLS 
Robert  W.  Amctt,  1030  Stoocridte,  Paaailrna.  CaW. 
Flkd  Feb.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  11,206 
lot  CL  E04b  1/41 
VS.  CL  52—100 


In  a  row  seating  structure  a  series  of  telescoping  rows  are 
provided,  each  row  having  spaced  vertical  carriage-mounted 
columns,  each  having  a  cantilever  arm  adapted  to  rest  upon 
the  next  adjacent  colunrn  when  the  telescoping  structure  is 
extended  and  a  transverse  rear  riser  beam  connecting  the 
columns  in  the  row  and  equipped  with  forwardly  extending 
supporting  arms  anchored  at  their  rear  upon  the  riser,  and  a 
spectator  tread  or  platform  supported  by  the  arms,  the  arms 
also  providing  a  seat  above  the  forward  end  of  the  tread 
panel  or  platform. 


3,667,172 

VEHICLE  HUT 

Alfvcr  M.  Erickaoa,  P.  O.  Box  363,  EK  River,  Minn. 

FDed  Jane  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,223 

Int.  CL  E04h  1/12 

VS.  CL  52—64  9  CWras 

A  hut  for  housing  a  snowmobile  or  similarly  sized  vehicle 

having  a  pair  of  bottomly  hinged  doors  for  permitting  the 


An  extruded  generally  T-shaped  separator  or  screed  is 
tacked  along  the  wall  base  vtrith  the  center  leg  projecting  out- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


38 


wardly.  Platter  is  appUed  to  the  wall  base  to  interlock  op- 
posite sides  of  the  screed  leg.  The  screed  leg  is  itself  hollow, 
the  frontal  exposed  side  being  a  tear  strip  finally  removed  to 
form  a  reveal,  and  the  rearward  side  being  bowed  or  sinuous 
to  form  an  expansion  mechanism.  As  the  plaster  expands  and 
contracts  transversely  to  the  screed  leg,  the  reveal  opens  and 
closes  correspondingly  without  any  separation  of  the  leg  sides 
from  the  respective  sections  of  the  cast  wall. 


3,667,177 

MOLDING  JOINTS  AND  UNIVERSAL  MOLDING 

MEMBERS  THEREFOR 

Etancr  G.  Blda,  2332  Roiling  Hil,  S.E.,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

Filed  May  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,676 

Int.  CL  E04d  1/36;  E04c  1/39 

U.S.CL  52-278  11 


3,667,175 
SOUND  ABSORPTION  STRUCTURES 
Johan  A.  BJoriuten,  Madison,  Wis.,  amignnr  to  Griffolyn 
Company,  Inc.,  Houston,  Tex. 

Filed  Feb.  16,  1970,  Scr.  No.  11,395 

InL  CL  E04b  1/82 

VS.  CL  52— 144  7  Claims 


Ir^L 

0 

n  ii 

^t"^ 

aIjI 

Sound  absorption  assemblies  each  comprising  a  plurality  of 
units,  each  comprising  a  laterally  extending  series  of  verti- 
cally extending  readily  loaded  flexible  pockets,  each  holding 
a  weighty  particulate  mass  while  permitting  some  relative 
motion  therein,  pockets  of  one  unit  complementing  the 
pockets  of  the  adjacent  unit. 


3,667,176 

SPIRAL  STAIRCASES 

Donald  R.  H.  MacKay,  BHtannla  Works.  East  RomI,  Cam- 


Filed  Feb.  18,  1970,  Scr.  No.  12,377 
Claims  priority,  appHcation  Great  Britain,  Feb.  18, 1969, 

8,696/69 

Int  CL  £04177/00 
U.S.CL52— 187  15 


A  molding  joint  for  thin  wall  paneling  and  molding  mem- 
bers therefor.  A  retainer  is  positioned  with  a  base  flange  be- 
hind a  paneling  member  as  it  is  being  installed.  The  retainer 
has  a  receiving  area  formed  from  upstanding  arms  to  receive 
and  engage  the  tongue  of  a  T-shaped  molding  cap  which  is 
applied  after  the  work  is  completed.  The  two-piece  molding 
combination  can  be  used  for  all  types  of  panel  joints  includ- 
ing inside  and  outside  comers,  butt  joints,  joints  between 
walb  and  ceilings  and  walls  and  floors,  and  joints  between 
the  edge  of  paneling  members  and  the  wall  surfaces  to  which 
they  are  attached.  Tile-tub  joints  and  tile-wall  surface  joints 
are  also  formed  with  the  invention. 


3,667,178 

METHOD  AND  MEANS  FOR  BINDING  OF  GROUND 
SURFACES  ON  BEDDING  WHICH  IS  UNEVEN  OR  HAS  A 

TENDENCY  TO  GIVE  WAY 
Knut  Borve  Aigers,  EhmMtrahlsvasm  40,  Bioauna,  Sweden 

Filed  Moy  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,770 
OainM  priority,  appbcatkm  Sweden,  May  28, 1969, 7494/69 

InL  a  E02d  27/00 
VS.  CL  52—292         ,  6  ( 


/-: 


J^ 


I — i--'--J--u.-,i.  ■  .' 


A  spiral  staircase  is  built  up  from  modular  fabricated  step 
units  superimposed  upon  one  another  without  necessitating 
the  use  of  an  independent  continuous  central  newel  column. 
Each  step  unit  essentially  comprises  a  tubular  newel  boss 
having  a  vertical  axis,  attached  to  a  tread  which  extends 
laterally  and  radially  in  a  horizontal  plane.  The  step  units  are 
secured  to  each  other  so  that  their  bosses  together  constitute 
the  central  newel  post  of  the  staircase.  The  staircase  can  be 
erected  from  a  base  level,  after  the  lowermost  step  unit  has 
been  firmly  secured,  and  while  it  is  being  erected,  the  buil- 
ders can  use  those  units  which  have  already  been  assembled 
for  the  purpose  of  carrying  up  further  step  units. 


The  present  invention  relates  to  a  method  and  means  for 
binding  ground  surfaces  on  bedding  that  is  uneven  or  has  a 
tendency  to  give  way.  A  building  and/or  bedding  are  |hv>- 
vided  with  a  system  of  mutually  connected  vertical  walls 
forming  a  grid,  said  walls  forming  or  being  provided  with 
openings  into  which  loose  material  is  introduced  to  suppmt 
the  walls  laterally  and  vertically  after  height  adjustment  or 
levelling  of  said  wall  system.  The  height  adjustment  or 
levelling  is  accomplished  by  means  of  jacks  provided  in  or 
under  the  grid-work,  and  can  be  effected  in  one  or  more 
stages.  The  arrangement  can  be  used  to  reinforce  bedding  ir- 
respective of  whether  or  not  there  is  a  building  standing  on  it; 
modifications  can  be  made  to  suit  the  purpose  of  the  arrange- 
ment. 


899  O.G.— 2 


34 


3^7,179 

WOODEN  WINDOW  UNITS  HAVING  PROTECTIVE 
COVERINGS 
Monte  M.  EfacnlMrs.  Ste.  GoMvlevc,  Mo.,  Mrigiior  to  BiMbcit 
Corponrtioa,  Stc  Genevieve,  Mo. 

Condnuatioii-iii-pMrt  of  appHcatloo  Scr.  No.  856,630,  Sept. 

10, 1969,  now  Patent  No.  3,553,913,  dated  Jan.  12, 1^1, 

wMch  b  a  contlnuatioii^part  of  application  Scr.  No. 

687,748,  Dec  4, 1967,  now  abwMloned.  This  application  May< 

1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,809 

Int.  a.  E04c  2134;  E06b  3166 

U  A  a  52-302  6  Claims 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZEtTE 

I 


June  6,  1972 
4.HEAR 


,TH 


3,667,181 
FURNACE  WALL  PARTICULARLY  FOR  OPEN- 

FURNACES 
Gunter  Simon,  WietbMlen,  Germany,  aHignor  to  Didler- 
Wcriic  A.G.,  WicslMdcn,  Germany  I 

Filed  Aug.  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  60,688  | 

Claims  friorlty,  application  Germany,  Sept.  16, 1969^  P  19 
I  46  800.9 

'  int.  CI.  E04b  2t56 

3 


U.S.  CI.  52—496 


Cnaims 


A  two-part  laminated  wocxien  sash  having  a  groove  along 
its  inner  face  for  receiving  peripheral  portions  of  a  window 
pane  and  sealant  material  in  the  groove  is  provided.  The  ex- 
ternal wooden  sash  part  is  provided  with  a  dual  plastic  extru- 
sion having  a  first  portion  forming  a  generally  U-shaped 
sheath  of  semi-rigid  material  for  receiving  the  first  part  prior 
to  final  assembly  of  the  wooden  unit.  The  second  portion  of 
the  extnision  includes  a  flexible  lip  along  the  edge  of  the 
sheath  for  sealing  against  the  window  pane.  In  another  form 
hereof,  dual  and  triple  panes  of  glass  are  employed  to  pro- 
vide insulating  panels  with  spacers  between  the  panes,  or  a 
single  pane  of  glass. 


\ 


A  furnace  wall  particulariy  for  the  rear  wall  and  the  like  of 
an  industrial  furnace  having  a  fiimace  framing  with  wall 
posts.  Horizontal  carrier  rails  elevationally  slidably  mounted 
on  the  wall  posts  locate  the  wall-forming  refractory  bricks  of 
each  two  consecutive  courses  of  bricks.  The  brides  have 
complementary  cooperating  recesses  to  embrace  the  carrier 
rails.  Fwtening  members  are  provided  for  the  carrier  rails 
and  locking  elements  bearing  against  the  wall  posts 
releasably  engage  the  fastening  members.  The  (Sastening 
members  are  angle  brackets  projecting  externally  beyond  the 
thicknes  of  the  wall  posts  with  upwardly  pointing  free  angle 
ends.  The  locking  elements  may  be  ladder-like  locking  ele- 
ments having  at  least  one  stringer  and  a  friurality  of  trans- 
verse rungs  mounted  on  the  sides  of  the  wall  posts  facing 
away  from  the  furnace  interior  so  that  the  rungs  interpose 
themselves  between  the  wall  posts  and  the  free  angl^  ends  in 
a  vertical  row. 


3,667,180 

FASTENING  MEANS  FOR  DOUBLE^KIN  .  0AM  CORE 

BUILDING  CONSTRUCTION  PANEL 

Waiter  Tiscliiik,  Ricfamond,  Ind.,  — ignor  to  H.  H.  Robertson 

Company,  PIttslNirgh,  Pa. 

FIM  Nov.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,427 

Int.  a.  E04c  7//0, 2/20 

UA  CI.  52-309  7  Clalnis 


<.»* 


\ 


3,667,182 
BUILDING  STRUCTURES 
Jay  R.  Stemler,  Export,  Pa.,  aaslgnor  to  Ahunlnum  Company 
of  America,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

i        Filed  Apr.  20,  1970,  Ser.  No.  30,106 
Int.  CL  E04b  1140 
MS.  a.  52-497  U  Claims 


uk- 


A  double-skin  building  construction  panel  having,  a  foam 
core  and  having  its  outer  skin  laterally  offset  from  and 
spaced-apart  from  its  inner  skin  —  each  panel  presenting  an 
overlapping  edge  portion  along  one  side  and  an  overiapped 
edge  portion  along  its  opposite  side.  The  panels  are  adapted  - 
to  be  assembled  in  lapped  relation  without  externally  visible 
fasteners.  Mating  elements  in  the  outer  skin  provide  positive 

mechanical  engagement  of  adjacent  outer  facing  sheets  when  j,  -.      • 

the  panels  are  erected  to  the  structural  framework  of  a  buUd-  Sheet  panels  are  connected  to  building  structursil  framing 
ing.  A  clip  and  fastener  arrangement  is  provided  for  securing  by  attaching  them  to  a  spline  which  has  a  sliding  fit  with  a 
the  overlapped  edge  portion  of  each  panel  to  the  subgirts  of  a  clamp  fastened  to  the  framing,  thus  permitting  movement  of 
structural  framework.  the  panels  relative  to  the  framing. 


June  6,  1972-,.^ 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


35 


3,667,183 

WALL  PANEUNG  SYSTEM 

William  C.  Helrich,  2912  WauMUi  Drive,  Musliogee,  Olda. 

Filed  Nov.  19,  1969,  Ser.  No.  878,098 

Int.  a.  E04c  2132;  E04b  1140 

U.S.  a.  52—497  1  Claim 


Aluminum  wall  paneling  system  featuring  panels  capable 
of  being  arranged  in  a  variety  of  patterns  and  including  deep 
contoured  face  panels  which  when  used  by  themselves  form  a 
solar  wall,  back  panels  which  when  used  with  the  face  panels 
form  a  balTled  flange  arrangement  permitting  entrance  of  air 
and  diffused  light  between  the  panels  while  presenting  a  solid 
front  appearance,  furring  channels  accepting  the  face  and 
back  panels  and  also  roll  form  paneling  of  different  design 
and  lock  channels  for  snapping  within  the  furring  channels 
securing  various  combinations  of  the  aforementioned  panels 
in  place  while  permitting  their  removal,  when  desired. 


3,667,184 

INTERLOCKING  METAL  SHINGLE  CONSTRUCTION 

CHfTord  C.  McrrOl,  Fcmdale,  and  Cari  E.  Strombeck,  Lolcta, 

bothof  CaUf. 
Contiauatio»4a-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  804,424,  Mar.  5, 
1969,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Feb.  24, 1970,  Ser. 

No.  13,592 

Int.  CI.  E04d  1100 

MS.  CL  52-530  9  OalnM 


respect  to  the  weather  without  requirement  of  mastic  or 
equivalent  sealing  means.  The  shingles  are  arranged  such  that 
prior  to  attachment  of  the  shingles  of  each  course  the  shin- 
gles therein  may  be  shifted  laterally  and  angled,  or  "skewed", 
relative  to  each  other  to  adjust  the  length  of  the  course  to  the 
dimensions  of  the  roof  and  thereby  prevent  the  course  from 
overlapping  the  edge  of  the  roof. 

Special  forms  of  shingles  are  provided  for  forming  valleys, 
and  another  special  form  is  provided  for  constructing  hip 
roofs  —  both  of  which  are  necessary  when  two  flat  roof  sur- 
faces intersect  to  form  a  valley  or  a  hip.  Generally  speaking, 
the  construction  of  these  special  shingjes  is  substantially  the 
same  as  that  outlined  above  for  regular  shingles,  but  differs  in 
the  one  respect  that  one  side  of  the  shingle  is  formed  at  an 
angle  to  the  other  side.  The  shingles  designed  for  use  in  val- 
leys are  narrow  at  the  lower  and  thicker  end  and  wider  at  the 
top  and  thin  end,  while  the  shingles  designed  for  hips  are 
wider  at  the  lower  end  and  narrow  at  the  upper.  These  spe- 
cial shingles  for  both  hips  and  valleys  are  necessarily  con- 
structed, sold  and  used  in  pairs  as  they  must  form  a  special 
joint  where  they  abut  at  the  hip  or  valley.  Another  difference 
between  these  special  shingles  for  valleys  and  those  for  tlie 
regular  flat  roof  structure  lies  in  the  fact  that  there  is  no 
flange  or  gutter  where  the  two  valley  shinies  of  each  pair 
abut  each  other. 


3,667,185 

PANEL  AND  LAP  JCHNT  MADE  THEREFROM 

Joseph  M.  Maurcr,  Concord,  CaK,  nsrignni  to  Kidwr  Ahi- 

miniun  &  Chemical  Corporalloii,  Oakland,  CaHf. 

Filed  Mar.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,743 

Int.  CL  E04d  3130 

MS.  CL  52—537  10  ( 


An  improved  weatherproof  joint  formed  fit)m  overlapping 
one  panel  of  improved  design  with  another  panel  wherein  the 
opposing  marginal  side  edges  of  the  panels  are  provided  in 
the  joint  area  with  improved  interfitting  and  opposing  corru- 
gations which  form  a  unique  deep  tr\iss-like  lap  joint  struc- 
ture having  improved  load-bearing  characteristics. 


3,667,186 
CONCRETE  BLOCKS 
Shoji  Kato,  1  Kitahata,  Kobata,  UJi,  Japan 

FBed  Ai«  17, 1970,  Scr.  Na  64,263 
Claims  priority,  appHcalion  Japan,  Aug.  16, 1969, 44/64910 

lot  CL  E04b  2118, 2/26 
MS.  CL  52—594  10  < 


A  metal  shingle  construction  containing  simulated  shingles 
formed  of  sheet  metal  which  present  the  appearance  of 
wooden  Hollywood  shakes.  The  shingles  of  adjacent  courses 
are  in  interlocking  engagement  as  are  adjacent  shingles  in 
each  course  so  as  to  prevent  a  hard  and  driven  rain  from 
penetrating  the  joints  between  adjacent  shingles,  as  well  as  to 
prevent  flapping  of  the  shingles  in  the  wind.  Nailing  of  the 
shingles  to  a  roof  substructure  is  only  required  at  one  end  of 
each  shingle,  securance  of  the  opposite  end  being  provided 
by  interlocking  engagement  with  the  shingles  of  an  adjacent 
course.  The  nails,  or  other  fastening  means,  are  disposed  in 
the  shingle  construction  in  completely  sheltered  position  with 


An  outwardly  bent  engaging  projection  and  an  engaging 
depression  are  formed  at  each  end  of  a  substantially  flat- 


36 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


shaped  concrete  block.  The  engaging  depression  receives  an 
engaging  projecticHi  of  another  concrete  block,  while  the  en- 
gaging projection  of  the  first  concrete  block  is  received  by  an 
engaging  depression  of  still  another  concrete  block.  Thus  en- 
gaged with  one  another  so  as  to  be  horizontally  inseparable,  a 
plurality  of  such  concrete  blocks  form  a  honeycomblike 
framework  which,  supplemented  virith  appropriately  shaped 
other  concrete  blocks  of  the"^  invention,  is  rendered  into  a 
desired  substructure. 


3,667,187 

SELF-LOCKING  PREFABRICATED  PANELS 

John  Jcril,  Oak  Lawn,  DL,  — Ignnr  to  BnuMi  ImulatkNH,  lac, 

Coatlaaatloa  of  appHcalioB  Scr.  No.  766,450,  Oct  10, 1968. 

This  appMcalloB  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,767 

lat.  CL  E04b  1/74, 2/08;  E04c  2/32 

VS.  CL  S2— 582  7  daiim 


longitudinally  spaced  pouches  separated  by  transversely 
sealed  areas  having  opposed  sidewalk  opened  along  an  upper 
edge  portion  and  closed  along  a  bottom  edge  is  characterized 
as  further  comprising  the  steps  of  moving  adjacent  ones  of 
the  seals  together  while  injecting  air  into  the  pouch  and  lift- 
ing the  closed  bottom  edge  to  optimally  open  the  pouches 
prior  to  filling  the  same.  The  open  pouches  are  filled  by  in- 
troducing a  nozzle  into  the  pouch  and  communicating  the 
noole  with  pressurized  source  of  fluid,  such  as  condiments, 
to  be  packaged  for  a  set  time  interval  to  inject  a  measured 
quantity  of  the  liquid  into  the  pouch.  Pouches  severed  from 
the  web  are  counted  and  directed  to  a  shipping  container 
until  a  predetermined  number  of  pouches  necessary  to  fill  the 
container  are  counted,  at  which  time  subsequently  severed 
pouches  are  momentarily  retained  to  permit  replacement  of 
the  filled  container  with  an  empty  one.  Also  a  packaging  ap- 
paratus has  appropriate  nteans  for  automatically  performing 
the  above  described  packaging  method. 


Self-locking  panels  having  male  clips  and  female  slots  in 
each  panel  for  locking  adjacent  panels  onto  a  storage  tank  or 
the  like,  and  a  series  of  spacer  brackets  to  space  the  panete 
away  from  the  area  being  covered  to  retain  a  layer  of  insula- 
tion, and  interlocks  between  the  panels  lying  in  a  vertical 
plane  in  end  to  end  relationship. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  52—213  see: 
Patent  No.  3,667,192 


3,667,188 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  FORMING  AND 

FILLING  INDIVIDUAL  POUCHES 

Harold  Thomas  Bcaacr,  Jr.,  and  Charles  E.  Chwd,  both  of 

WOncttc,  III.,  aaigBors,  to  Cload  Machine  Corporation, 

Skoliie,IlL 

Filed  Feb.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,873 

Int.  CI.  B65b  43/04,  57/10 

U.S.  CI.  53—29  39  Claims 


■ti  *s 


'  3,667,189 

ENVELOPE  WINDOW  H<XJ>ER  ¥OSL  AN  INSERTER  AND 

METHOD  f 

Frank  M.  Blomom,  GIca  Elyn,  OL,  aarignor  to  The  R^ubca  R 
DoMMlley  CorporatioB,  New  York.  N.Y. 

I       FUed  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,006 
^  latLCLB6Sb  43/30 

MJ&.  CL  53—29 


An  envelope  open  window  holder  to  facilitate  the  insertion 
of  mailing  pieces  to  be  contained  in  an  envelope  having  an 
open  window  for  purposes  of  displaying  the  address,  having 
an  envelope  table  to  support  an  envelope  front  side  down 
and  held  in  an  open  position  by  opener  means  to  accept  in- 
serts, the  table  having  a  raised  portion  supporting  the  upper 
portion  of  the  lip  defining  the  window,  and  the  table  defining 
apertures  providing  substantially  airtight  communication 
from  a  vacuum  means  to  the  lower  portion  of  the  lip  defining 
the  envelope  window  such  that  the  lower  lip  portion  adheres 
to  the  envelope  table  at  a  level  below  the  upper  lip  portion. 
A  method  for  holding  the  lower  lip  portion  «t  a  level  below 
the  upper  lip  portion  during  the  inserting  operation  by  plac- 
ing the  envelope  front  side  down  on  an  envelope  table,  the 
envelope  table  having  a  raised  portion  supporting  the  upper 
lip  portion,  the  envelope  table  also  defining  apertures  under 
the  lower  lip  portion  which  provides  airtight  communication 
with  a  vacuum  means,  opening  the  envelope  by  opener 
means  to  a  position  to  accept  inserts,  and  pulling  the  lower 
lip  portion  to  the  envelope  table  by'  providing  suction 
through  the  apertures  fitnn  a  vacuum  means. 


A  method  of  packaging  including  the  steps  of  forming  and 
sealing  a  continuous  web  of  film  material  into  a  plurality  of 


3,667,190 
ORCHARD  MACHINE 
Walter  E.  Tboraloii-Trump,  1544  Itoarmwood  Drive,  Port 
Credit,  Ontario,  CoMda  ■ 

Filed  June  1 1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45,295 
lBtCLB65b  57/00;  B65g  47/^  ' 

U.S.  CL  53—59  10  Oatn 

A  three  wheeled  orchard  machine  having  a  boom  which 
raises  and  lowers  a  picker's  platform.  The  platform  is  levelled 
by  a  conveyor  housing  which  acts  both  as  a  levelling  rod  and 
to  convey  picked  fruit  to  a  lower  conveyor.  The  lower  con- 
veyor delivers  the  fruit  to  a  bin  filler  mechanism,  which  is 
also  levelled  by  a  levelling  rod.  The  bin  filler  mechanism  has 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


37 


a  fixed  bottom,  and  a  rotating  sidewall  having  apertures 
therein.  As  the  sidewall  routes,  the  fruit  is  distributed  evenly 
a    bin    located    below    the    bin    filler    mechanism.    A 


m 


microswitch  in  the  bottom  of  the  rotating  sidewall  causes  the 
bin  filler  mechanism  to  lift  as  the  level  of  fhiit  in  the  bin  in- 
creases. The  bin  filler  mechanism  and  the  upper  and  lower 
conveyors  are  all  driven  from  one  hydraulic  motor. 


3,667,191 

REMOVAL  OF  PARTICULATE  MATTER  FROM 

GASEOUS  WASTES  BY  WET  COLLECTORS 

Martia  Prince,  Wayne,  NJ.;  Hllard  Blanck,  Floral  Park, 

N.Y.,  and  Grcgorlo  Tarancon,  EHzabcth,  NJ.,  ansignnrii  to 

SalecB  Development  Corp.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Nov.  24,  1970,  Scr.  No.  92,410 

InL  CL  BOld  47/10 

MS.  CL  55—87  23  ClainH 


In  the  removal  of  particulate  matter  from  gaseous  wastes 
by  wet  collectors,  such  as  venturi  scrubbers,  the  liquid  em- 
ployed to  achieve  such  removal  is  water  with  an  additive  dis- 
solved therein  to  substantially  improve  the  collection  of  the 
particulate  matter  thereby.  The  additive  dissolved  in  the 
water  has,  as  its  essential  constituent,  a  preferably  reactive 
mixture  of  an  alkyl  or  dialkyl-phenyl  polyethoxy  alcohol,  an 
N-substituted  acid  amide  and  an  ethoxylated  fatty  alcohol. 
The  alky!  or  dialkyl-phenyl  polyethoxy  alcohol  and  the  N- 
substituted  acid  amide  are  preferably  present  in  the  additive 
mixture  in  approximately  equal  molar  amounts  and 
preferably  each  comprise  at  least  3S  wt.  %  of  the  mixture, 
and  the  ethoxylated  fatty  alcohol  may  comprise  from  Vi  to  40 
wt.  %  of  the  mixture  and  preferably  from  I  to  3P  wt.  % 
thereof. 
X 


3,667,192 
DOOR  THRESHOLD  AND  FASTENER  ASSEMBLY 
Cartis  O.  SewcB,  Higkway  43,  Swalaad,  Ala. 

FBed  Feb.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,005 
lBt.CLE06bi/00 
U.S.  CL  52—213  6 


A  base  member  is  positioned  against  a  floor  and  between 
bordering  door  jambs.  The  base  member  includes  a  groove 
therein  for  slidably  retaining  fasteners  which  are  driven  along 
the  groove  and  into  engagement  with  the  jambs  thereby 
clamping  the  threshold  assembly  against  the  floor  of  the 
door.  The  fasteners  include  slots  therein  which  permit  inser- 
tion of  a  tool  so  that  upon  application  of  withdrawing  forces 
on  the  fasteners,  they  are  easily  disengaged  fix>m  the  jambs 
thus  permitting  removal  of  the  threshold  assembly. 


3,667,193 
SMOKE  POLLUTION  ELIMINATOR 
WiDiam  A.  McKcnde,  Route  5, 6950  ClHtkm 
Ohk> 

FUed  Apr.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  818,952 
Int.  CL  BOld  47/10 
VS.  CL  55—227  6 


~  ^ 


««f* 


The  pollution  eliminator  is  adapted  for  connection  to  the 
outlet  of  a  chimney  and  includes  a  pump  having  a  water 
supply  connected  thereto  and  an  outlet  pipe  receiving  a  sub- 
stantially fiiU  line  pressure  flow  of  water  fiom  the  pump. 
Smoke  means  connect  to  the  outlet  pipe  for  introduction  d 
smoke  into  the  water  filled  line,  a  settling  tank  is  connected 
to  the  outlet  pipe  to  receive  a  smoke-water  mixture 
therefrom,  and  an  aerator  receives  water  from  the  upper  por- 
tion of  the  settling  tank  for  ultimate  return  of  water  to  the 
pump  for  closed  system  water  circulation  purposes. 


3,667,194 

INSTALLATION  FOR  EXTRACTING  GAS  FROM 

GRANULES 

Hcndrfk  Waafag,  Hdecn;  Hubcrtus  A.  Manmns,  Hocmbrack, 

and  AmoMus  A.  W.  SrhaapvrM,  Sicin,  iril  of  f^cthcrtendk, 

aasignon  to  Stamkarbon  N.V.,  Huricn,  Ncthulmids 

FBed  Oct.  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  867,769 
Claims  priority,  applicalfcm  Ncthcriandi,  Oct.  19, 1968, 

6815007 

Int.  CL  BOld  45/02 

VS.  CL  55—247  5  Cl^ns 

In  order  to  dislodge  our  bubbles  frcmi  particles  e.g.  cut 

cylindrical  fibers,  as  they  enter  a  confined  liquid  body 


38 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


through  a  surface,  a  small  portion  of  the  liquid  body  near  the 
surface  is  vibrated  and  the  particles  are  fUnneled  into  the 
liquid  body  through  the  surface  by  means  calculated  to  sub- 
ject each  partick  to  about  the  same  amount  of  vibration.  By 
preference  thU  includes  funneling  the  particles  onto  the  cen- 


JUNE 
therein  from  the  separation  chamber  to  the  gaseous 


6,  1972 
fluid  out- 


tral  region  of  a  submerged,  perforated  plate.  The  particles 
vibrate  to  the  periphery  of  the  plate  and  fall  into  the  gap 
between  the  pUte  and  the  confining  walls  of  the  liquid  body. 
In  a  counter  current  liquid  extraction  system,  liquid  may  pass 
up  through  the  plate  perforations. 


let.  Also,  means  is  provided  for  adjusting  the  location  of  the 
valve  means  relative  to  the  separation  chamber. 


3^7,195 
ROTARY  AIR  FILTER  CLEANING  APPARATUS 
Fndrkk  EnMSt  Aiqiiliy,  Jr.,  Cnuirtoa:  George  Lindol  Miner, 
Warwick,  and  Uond  Antlioay  James  Sousa,  Coventry,  aO 

of  R.I.,  an^i to  GriBMU  Corpor^ioa,  Providence,  R.I. 

Filed  Mar.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  19,731 

Int.  CI.  BOld  41104 

UA  CL  55-272  *  Claims 


3  667  197 
COMBINATION  SEALING,  VENTING,  AND  FILTERING 

MEANS  I 

CaH  E.  Frahm,  1428  Oali  MeiMlon  RoMi,  and  Shirley  E. 
Frahm,  both  of  142»Oak  Meadow  RomI,  Arcadia,  CaBf. 
Filed  Mm-.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,763 

Int.  a.  BOld  46/70  ' 


U.S.  CL  55—502 


2  Claims 


This  specification  discloses  vacuum  cleaning  apparatus  for 
a  rotary  drum  filter  in  which  a  drive  screw  for  moving  the 
suction  nozzle  axially  of  tiie  rotary  drum  is  supported  by  two 
movable  bearings  in  addition  to  end  bearings.  The  movable 
bearings  are  positioned  on  guide  members  which  extend 
parallel  to  the  drive  screw  to  support  U»e  drive  screw  against 
sagging  at  locations  between  the  suction  nozzle  and  the  end 
bearings.  The  movable  bearing  are  spaced  by  rigid  connect- 
ing rods.  As  one  movable  bearing  is  pushed  along  the  guide 
member  by  the  advancing  suction  nozzle,  the  rods  pull  the 
oUier  movable  bearing  along  to  support  the  drive  screw. 


A  combination  sealing,  venting,  and  filter  element  for  posi- 
tioning between  a  replaceable  water  bottie  and  a  dispensing 
stand  includes  an  annular  base  member  from  which  a 
resilient  tapered  flange  extends  upwardly  to  sealingly  engage 
the  bottle  and  from  which  a  second  L-shaped  flange  extends 
radially  outwardly  tiierefrom  to  sealingly  contact  said  stand. 
A  vent  aperture  extends  through  such  element  and  through  a 
chamber  into  which  a  replaceable  filter  element  is  posi- 
tioned. 


OCIainw 


3,667,196 
ADJUSTABLE  CYCLONE  SEPARATOR 
WilUara  J.  Koencckc,  Glen  Rock,  N  J.,  amignor  to  Metal  Im- 
provement Company,  Inc. 

Filed  Sept.  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,697 

Int.  CI.  B04c  5104 

\}S,  CL  55—312  ^  Claims 

In  a  cyclone  separator,  a  valve  means  adjusuble  to  cause 

partial  by-pass  of  gaseous  fluid  and  solid  particles  entrained 


3,667,198 

MOUNTING  ADAPTOR  FOR  A  REEL  STRUCTURE 
Charles  M.  Gibson,  Stockton,  CaBf.,  assignor  to  Universal 
Harvester  Co.,  Inc.,  Stockton,  CaM. 

,        Filed  Sept.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,533 
I  int.  a.  AOld  57/02 

U.S.  Ct  56—227 

A  mounting  adaptor  for  attaching  a  harvesting  reel  to  a 
swather.  combine,  or  like  harvesting  machine.  A  typifying 
harvesting  reel  is  a  pick-up  reel  having  a  plurality  of  axially 
extending  angularly  spaced  bats  or  members  each  equipped 
with  a  group  of  pick-up  fingers  maintained  in  a  predeter- 
mined orientotion  as  the  reel  structure  is  rotated  so  as  to 
enter  and  engage  a  crop  being  harvested  at  a  particular 
disposition  with  respect  thereto.  The  pick-up  reel  mcludes  a 
control  hub  rotoUble  with  the  reel  about  an  axis  offiset  from 
the  axB  of  roUtion  thereof  and  connected  ^/rith  tiie  bats  and 
groups  of  fingers  carried  tiiereby  to  enforce  tiw  desired 
orienution  Uiereon.'  The.  control  hub  is  supported  for  rota- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


89 


tion  by  a  control  plate  assembly  having  bearing  structure    nuts  on  the  ground  and  disposing  the  same  into  a  windrow 
routably  supporting  the  axle  of  the  reel  structure  and  in  turn    for  subsequent  pick-up.  The  conveyor  is  mounted  for  shifting 
being  supported  in  the  clamp  collar  of  a  mounting  adaptor   movement  laterally  of  the  path  of  travel  of  the  windrower  in 
releasably  and  adjusubly  secured  to  the  harvesting  machine. 
The    mounting    adaptor    accommodates    dimensional    dif- 


ferences in  the  reel  support  provided  by  any  particular  har- 
vesting machine,  and  it  enables  the  control  plate  assembly  to 
be  adjusted  with  facility  to  vary  the  disposition  of  the  bats 
and  pick-up  fingers  and  thereby  effect  the  most  efficient 
coaction  thereof  with  a  crop  to  be  harvested. 


3,667,199 
POWER-OPERATED  LAWNMOWER  WITH  IMPROVED 

DISCHARGE  MEANS 

Leonard  Bloom,  Baltimore,  Md.,  assignor  to  The  Black  and 

Decker  Manufacturing  Company,  Towson,  Md. 

Filed  June  26,  1970,  Ser.  No.  50,024 

Int.  CI.  AOld  3SI26 

U.S.  CL  56—320.2  3  Claims 


A  power-operated  lawnmower  has  ground-engaging  wheels 
supporting  a  deck  housing.  The  deck  housing  encloses  a  plu- 
rality of  roUry  blades,  preferably  two  in  number.  Each  blade 
has  a  respective  discharge  channel  formed  within  the  deck 
housing.  Each  channel  is  preferably  of  the  volute  type  and 
terminates  in  a  respective  lateral  discharge  opening.  The 
discharge  openings  are  formed  along  one  side  only  of  the 
deck  housing,  thereby  providing  improved  safety  and  op- 
timum removal  of  the  grass  cuttings. 


3,667^00 
FRUIT  AND  NUT  WINDROWER 
Stuart  D.  Pool,  Wheaton,  and  Harold  G.  MeitI,  Clarendon 
HiUs,  both  of  IH.,  assignors  to  International  HarvcMcr  Com- 
pany, Chicafo,  Dl. 

FUcd  Aug.  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  61,963 

Int.  CL  AOlg  I9I00 

U.S.  CL  56—328  R  i  Claim 

A  fruit  and  nut  windrower  adapted  for  coupling  behind  a 

tractor  and  including  an  auger  conveyor  for  gathering  fruit  or 


response  to  encountering  ground  obstructions.  Means  are 
provided  for  raising  the  conveyor  from  the  ground  to  a  trans- 
port position. 


3,667,201 
APPARATUS  FOR  HARVESTING  FRUIT  WITH  AN 
ELUPTICALLY  MOVING  STRIKER  MEMBER 
Gerald  L.  Cbuton,  and  Darrell  C.  Horn,  Lafayette,  Calif.,  as- 
signors to  Up-Right,  Inc.,  Berkeley,  Cdif. 
Continuation-in-part  of  appHcation  Ser.  No.  73,450,  SepL  18, 

1970,  now  abandoned  ,  which  is  a  continuation-in-part  of 

application  Ser.  No.  855^65,  Sept.  8,  1969,  now  abuidoned. 

This  application  Dec  28,  1970,  Ser.  No.  101,910 

Int  CL  AOlg  19100 

U.S.  CL  56—330  22  Claimi 


7 


A  harvesting  machine  for  use  in  harvesting  fruit,  such  as 
grapes  which  grow  on  a  k>ngitudina]  row  of  vines,  in  which 
the  vines  are  struck  with  striker  members  to  dislodge  the  fruit 
therefrom.  The  striker  members  are  each  translated  through 
a  generally  elliptical,  horizontal  path  as  the  machine  moves 
along  the  row  so  that  the  speed  of  the  striker  member,  into 
an  out  of  the  vines,  transverse  to  the  row.  is  maximized,  and 
at  the  same  time  the  longitudinal  movement  of  the  striker 
members  relative  to  the  vines  during  engagement  therewith  is 
minimized  to  prevent  vine  or  fruit  damage. 


40 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JUN^  6,  1972 


3^7402 

BEATER  MECHANISM  FOR  AGRICULTURAL  ROW 

CROP  HARVESTER 

Jolui  P.  Watts,  Roate  2,  P.O.  Bm  249,  HObboro,  Orcg. 

Nad  Feb.  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  112,241 

hd.  CL  AOlf  79/00 

U.S.  CL  56-330  13  daiim 


»• 


—r 


3U 


i.\.-.v.. 


9^^"  "1e 


r"  "tu 


tieo  'mf g»M 


Beater  mechanisin  for  an  agricultural  row  crop  harvester. 
The  mechanism  includes  a  plurality  of  elongated  beater 
members,  each  of  which  is  pivoted  for  swinging,  under 
power,  into  the  path  of  plants  (in  a  row),  which  plants  move 
relative  to  the  harvester  as  the  latter  traveb  over  a  field.  The 
beater  members  have  somewhat  broom-like  constructions, 
with  each  at  its  free  end  including  a  plurality  of  elongated 
side-by-side  adjacent  plant-engaging  elements  which  strike 
stems  in  plants  to  dislodge  produce. 


3,667,203 
WINDING  MACHINE  FOR  COVERING  A  HOSE  OF  HIGH 

POLYMER  WITH  REINFORCING  THREADS 
Bnino  KoKhatzky;  Attilio  E.  AoflMctti,  and  Nino  MadoninI, 
aU  of  Milan,  Italy,  asrignors  to  Industrie  PirdU  S.p.A., 
Milano,  Italy 

FHed  May  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,171 
Clainu  priority,  application  Italy,  July  4, 1969,  19171  A/69 

Int.  CL  B65h  81100 
M&.  CL  57— 15  13  Claims 


A  thread  winding  machine  having  a  rotation  speed  in  ex- 
cess of  600  r.p.m.  consisting  of  a  pair  of  axially  aligned  wind- 
ing units  oppositely  rouuble  by  a  single  motor.  Each  unit 
has  a  rouuble  hollow  shaft  through  which  a  hose  to  be 
covered  with  the  thread  is  passed  and  a  group  of  containers 
for  housing  a  fixed  cone  of  thread  which  is  disposed  coaxially 
of  the  container  and  has  a  base  spaced  from  the  container 
wall,  the  containers  being  mounted  and  arranged  around  th6 
hollow  shaft,  with  their  respective  axes  inclined  relative  to 
the  shaft  axis  at  an  angle  of  from  10**  to  20°  and  their  bases 


dispoaed  in  close  proximity  to  or  in  contact  with  one  another. 
A  conveying  ring  is  mounted  on  the  shaft  at  one  eiKl  for  guid- 
ing the  threads  which  are  paid  out  through  openings  in  the 
containerB  to  the  hose.  A  guiding  head  is  mounted  on  the 
shaft  upstream  of  the  conveying  ring  to  operate  the  laying  of 
the  threads  on  the  hose.  Bralung  means  is  provided  for  each 
thread  during  its  travel  from  a  container  opening  to  the  con- 
veying ring. 


3,667,204 

APPARATUS  FOR  CONJOINTLY  DOVnNG  AND 

DONNING  A  PLURALmr  OF  BOBBINS  OR  TUBES 

PLACED  ON  SPINDLES  OF  RING  SPINNING  AND  RD4G 

TWISTING  MACHINES 
mrkk  Buigiiimlrtu.  Wlaicrtlrar,  and  CmIo  Gi^gfail,  EIb, 
iMIh  of  SwMicrlaBd,  asripinri  to  Rktcr  MmMbc  Works, 
Lt4^,  Wlnl^rthur,  SwItacriHid 

I  Fled  Dec  4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  95,180 

Clidnw  priority,  appBctloo  SwKacriand,  Dec.  It,  1969, 

18902 
InL  CL  DOlh  9m 
UACL  57—52  .  16 


An  apparatus  for  jointly  doffing  and  donning  a  plurality  of 
bobbins  or  tubes  respectively,  placed  upon  spindles  of  a  ring 
spinning  or  ring  twisting  machine,  which  comprises  a  support 
member  extending  over  a  plurality  of  spindles,  said  support 
member  being  provided  with  stops  arranged  at  a  mutual 
distance  from  one  another  substantially  corresponding  to  the 
spindle  gauge.  The  stops  protrude  in  the  direction  of  the 
spindles.  A  hose  member  is  supported  on  the  side  of  the  sup- 
port member  directed  away  from  the  stops,  this  hose  member 
being  deformable  under  the  influence  of  a  pressurized  medi- 
um and  serving  to  grip  the  bobbins  or  tubes  brought  between 
the  hose  member  and  the  stops. 


3,667,205 
NffiCHANISM  FOR  WITHDRAWING  AND  WINDING 
YARN  IN  SPINNING  UNITS 
•V    Brasda,    dcccassd,    late    of    Ccrvcny    Koctdcc, 
Caechosiovakia  (by  DralMMka  Braadova  and  Di^iniar  Bras- 
dova,  hdrs);  Miloriav  Prodiaika,  Nadiod,  CndMMlovakia; 
Vtedimlr  Kuhn,  Vdkc  Svatonovkc,  Cacchodovakia,  and 

Joacf  Oidian,  Ccrvcny  Koatdec,  Cacchoctovakia,  — igi 

to  EHtex,  Zavdy  textHniho  Strojircnstvi  fcncralni  retttlcl- 
stid,  LIbcrec,  Caedioatovakia 

FBed  Mar.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,737  ^^ 

CWms  priority,  appUcadon  Cacchodovakia,  Mar.  7, 1969, 
PV  1695-69  I 

Int.  CL  DOlh  1112,  7100;  B65h  63100 
U.S.  CL  57—58.89  1 1  CiainH 

An  open  end  spinning  machine  including  a  yam  winding 
apparatus  having  a  driven  rouuble  drum,  a  bobbin  mounting 
frame  movable  toward  and  away  from  the  drum  so  that  the 
bobbin  may  be  selectively  driven  and  undriven.  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  invention  there  is  provided  means,  shown 
as  hand  operated,  for  raising  the  bobbin  from  the  drum,  and 
means  for  adjusubly  retaining  the  frame  and  bobbin  in 
elevated  position,  preferably  with  the  surface  of  the  bobbin 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


41 


spaced  only  a  smdl  distance  above  the  peripheral  surface  of 
the  drum.  Means,  here  shown  as  foot  operated,  is  provided 


3,667,206 
PROCESS  FOR  OBTAINING  A  SPONGE.TEXTURED 
THREAD  FROM  NATURAL  SILK  THREAD 
Marod  MhIus  Adrian  HWrc,  Aibn-Anlcdie, 
dgnor  to  SodcSc  Foredcnw  de  rifniiMnagir  ct 
Loire,  France 

FHed  Sept  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  861,188 
daims  priority,  appMcadon  FVanoc,  Sept  25, 1968, 6850428 

Int.  CL  D02t  3104;  D03d  15100 
U.S.  CL  57—156  8  <^1t,v 

Sponge-textured  thread  is  made  from  natural  silk  thread  by 
subjecting  the  silk  thread  to  ccxiventional  degumming  opera- 
tions, then  to  known  operations  of  the  conventional  method 
of  obtaining  a  sponge-textured  thread;  i.e.,  twisting,  fixing  by 
thermal  or  steam  treatment  and  untwisting,  and  then  placing 
the  silk  thread  in  a  humid  medium,  which  is  preferaUy  hot.  If 
the  humid  treatment  is  effected  after  weaving  or  knitting, 
these  must  be  very  loose.  After  the  degumming  step  the  silk 
thread  can  be  coupled  to  another  thread  of  silk  or  other 
fiber. 


for  releasing  the  frame,  when  desired,  whereby  it  is  lowered 
so  that  the  bobbin  again  rest  upon  and  is  driven  by  the  drum. 


3,667,206 

INTERLOCKED  MULTl-WIRE  MEMBER 

WlUiaa  J.  GUnMire.  Manitoii  Bc«i^  Midk,  aidtnor  to  Anwr- 

kaa  Chain  A  Cable  Compuiy,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1 1,765 

Int  CL  D07b  1106;  D02g  3136;  D07b  U08 

UA  CI.  57-139  8  Claims 


A  multi-wire  member  in  which  the  outer  layer  comprises 
alternate  base  and  oversize  wires  wherein  the  oversize  wires 
have  been  deformed  into  interlocking  engagement  with  each 
other  and  with  respect  to  the  wires  comprising  the  next  un- 
deriying  layer  of  the  member  to  produce  a  smooth  and  sub- 
stantially continuous  outer  surface. 


3,667,209 
METHOD  OF  FALSE-TWISTING  MULTIFILAMENT 

YARN 
Bobby  Ray  Fain,  BurttngloB,  N.C,  asdfnor  to  AlanuuKc  Id* 
dudrkt.  Inc.,  Bur1ii«too,  N.C. 

FHed  Oct.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,205 
Int.  CL  D02g  1102 
lis.  CL  57—157  TS  6 


3,667,207 
CRIMPABLE  COMPOSITE  POLYAMIDE  YARN 
Vfctor  Ralph  Ben,  Wilmington,  Dd.,  and  Peter  Steven  Kay, 
MartinsvOc,  Va.,  avignors  to  E.  I.  du  Pont  dc  Nemoun 
and  Company,  Witaniagton,  Dd. 

FHed  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,955 
Int.CLD02gi/02 
U A  CL  57— 140  BY  5  ciain« 

A  crimpable  bicomponent  filament  in  which  one  com- 
ponent is  a  polyamide  and  the  other  a  random  copolyamide 
containing  specified  percentages  of  three  polymeric  units. 
The  different  unitt  and  their  concentrations  are  70-82  per- 
cent hexamethylene  adipamide.  13-25  percent  caproamide 
and  5-17  percent  hexamethylene  dodecanedioamide.  Yams 
of  one  or  more  such  filaments  are  particularly  useful  in  the 
manufacture  of  hosiery  because  of  their  high  crimpability, 
high  strength  and  low  shrinkage  in  the  fabric. 


The  multifilament  yam  produced  by  this  method  has  a 
highly  crimped  or  curied  ccmfiguration  and  very  littie  torque. 
The  yam  is  threaded  about  the  exit  pin  of  a  false-twist  spin- 
dle by  a  slip-knot  type  of  loop  which  prevents  passage  of  the 
twist  from  one  side  to  the  other  of  the  exit  pin  and  permits  a 
relatively  high  number  of  turns  of  £slse-twist  to  be  inserted  in 
the  yam,  on  the  order  of  from  about  150  to  185  turns  per 
inch.  Fabric  knit  of  this  yam,  such  as  ladies'  sheer  hosiery, 
panty  hose,  and  the  like,  has  a  creped  appearance  when 
relaxed  with  a  high  degree  of  stretchability  and  recoveralnli- 


to 


3,667,210 
HOROLOGICAL  INSTRUMENT 
Hdaz  Mdtingcr,  PfonlMim,  Gcnuany,  aaipM 
CorporatioB,  Wal«rb«iry,  Conn. 

FBad  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47^42 
Int.  CL  G04c  3104;  H02k  33110 
U.S.  CL  58—28  B  12 . 

A  horological  instrument  includes  an  osdllator  such  as  a 
balance  wheel.  The  oscillator  carries  a  coU,  which  may  con- 
sist of  a  single  conductive  ring.  Current  is  induced  in  the 


I 


42 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  61,  1972 

moving  coil  by  mutual  induction  from  a  fixed  coil.  One  or    hand  portion  resetting  arrangement  is  |Ht}vided  for  shifting  a 
more  fixed  magnetic  fields  are  positioned  to  drive  the  ener-    second  hand  connection  lever  and  a  minute  and  hour  hand 


gized  coil.  A  circuit  is  provided  to  energize  the  coil  with  cur- 
rent at  the  proper  moment  during  its  oscillation. 


3,667^11 
DRIVE  MECHANISM  FOR  AN  INDICATOR  OF  THE  DAY 

OF  THE  MONTH  IN  A  TIMEPIECE 
Jean-Claude  SchncMcr,  La  Chaax-de-Fonds,  Switzerland,  as- 
signor to  Faiiriquc  d'Hoilogcric  Chs.  Tlssot  et  fib  S.A.,  Le 
Lode  Canton  of  Ncuchatd,  Switzerland 

Filed  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,992 

Claims  priority,  appilcatioa  Switzerland,  Nov.  3, 1969, 

16355/69 

Int.  CL  G04b  19f24 

VS.  CI.  58-58  17  Claims 


3,667^12 

RESETTING-TO-ZERO  MECHANISMS  FOR  SECONDS, 

MINUTE,  AND  HOUR  HANDS 

Katnhiko  Komiyama,  and  Yoshio  liniuna,  both  of  Tokyo, 

Japan,   ■■Ignors  to  CiliMn   Watch  Company   Limited, 

Tokyo,  Japan 

FBed  Apr.  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  134,944 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Apr.  20, 1970, 45/32975; 

June  4, 1970, 45/55024;  June  5, 1970, 45/55602 

Int.  CL  G04f  7/04 

VS.  CL  58—74  5  CWnM 

In  a  timepiece  wherein  the  second,  minute  and  hour  hands 

are  rotated  about  a  common  axis,  an  externally  operated 


correction  lever  into  engagement  with  respective  cams  to  ac- 
complish the  resetting  of  the  hands  to  a  zero  position.  > 


•uiii 


RATE 


3,667,213 

IE,  RESPIRATION  AND  INTRAVENOUS  I 

COUNTER 

John  D.  Enrign,  BrIgham  City,  Utah,  awignor  to  M< 

mcnt  Sdcncc  Corporation,  Brigiiam  Chy,  Utah 

Filed  Dec  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,077 

Int.  a.  G04b  19/00 

VS.  a.  58-126  R  I  Claim 


5.  a.  58—1 


In  a  timepiece  having  a  date  indicator,  the  driving 
mechanism  therefor  is  connected  to  the  24-hour  wheel, 
which  \is  driven  by  the  movement,  through  a  spiral  spring 
which  {gradually  stores  energy  from  the  rotation  of  the  24- 
hour  wheel  and  imparts  the  stored  energy  to  the  driving 
mechanism  to  advance  the  date  indicator  when  the  blocking 
mechanism  restraining  improper  movement  of  the  date  in- 
dicator is  released.  '^ 


\  rate  counter  consisting  of  scales  scribed  on  a  circular 
chart  forms  the  dial  face  of  a  sweep  second  hand  stop  watch, 
a  specified  number  of  counts  of  a  patients  pulse  beats  or 
respiratory  motions  or  a  specified  number  of  drops  from  an 
intravenous  apparatus  are  observed,  and  the  stop  watch  is 
operated  to  stop  the  second  had.  The  stopped  second  hand  is 
positioned  directly  opposite  a  scale  providing  a  direct  read 
out  of  the  patients  pulse  or  respiration  rate  per  minute  or  the 
number  of  cubic  centimeters  per  hour  passing  from  an  in- 
travenous apparatus. 


krenousi 


3,667,214 

ENGINE  TURBOSUPERCHARGER  WITH  VIBRATION 
REDUCING  DRIVE 
Albert  N.  Addie,  La  Grange  Park,  DL,  asrignor  to  General 
Motors  Corporatton,  Detroit,  Mich. 

1      Filed  Mar.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,523 

I  Int.  CL  F02b  41/10;  F16d  3/12 

VS.  CL  60—13  ^  Claima 

A  turbosupercharger  for  an  internal  combustion  engine  has 

a  speed-increasing  drive  train  to  drive  the  compressor  at  a 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


48 


predetermined  minimum  multiple  of  engine  speed  and  an 
overrunning  clutch  to  permit  the  compressor  to  be  driven  at 
higher  speeds  by  the  engine  exhaust  gases.  The  turbosu- 
percharger housing  provides  for  the  alternative  use  of  two 
torsional  vibration  and  shock-reducing  means  in  the  drive 


train,  one  such  means  comprising  an  internally  mounted  en- 
gine oil  lubricated  quill  shaft  drive  and  the  other  such  means 
comprising  the  combination  of  an  internally  mounted  engine 
oil  lubricated  quill  shaft  drive  arranged  in  parallel  with  an  ex- 
ternally mounted  viscous  damper  utilizing  a  silicone  damping 
fluid  or  the  like. 


3,667,215 
HEAT  ENGINES 
Venltataranianayya  K.   Rao,  Bangalore,  India,  asrignor  to 
Atomk  Energy  of  Canada  Limited  Commcrical  Products, 
Ottawa,  Ontario,  Canada 

Filed  Nov.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  878,817 
Clainu  priority,  application  Canada,  Feb.  14, 1969, 042,928 

Int.  CL  F03g  7/06 
VS.  CL  60—24  7  CUhm 


There  is  provided  a  gas  cycle  which  is  of  particular  useful- 
ness in  the  utilization  of  heat  which  is  not  of  relatively  hi^ 
temperature.  An  engine  operating  with  tlie  subject  gas  cycle 
may  use  thermal  energy  derived  from  Radioisotope  decay. 


3,667,216 
PRESSURIZATION  SYSTEM 


,  Mav.,  and  Vh»- 
to 


r 

Vktor  A.  De  Mattia,  Jr.,  EMt 
cent  J.  Sanacvcro,  Jr.,  Eart  Hartford,  Conn., 
United  Aircraft  Corporatkm,  Eart  Hartford,  Conn. 
Filed  ScpC  27, 1968,  Scr.  No.  763,221 
Int.  CL  CQ6d  5/04 
VS.  CL  60—37  3 

A  pressurization  system  for  supplying  a  constant  pressure 
source    including   a   liquid   propellant   source,   a   reaction 


chamber  for  disposing  the  Uquid  propellant  into  a  gasified 
product,  a  storage  tank  for  storing  the  gasified  products  and 


/iS'^ 


x^^ 


/2V- 


a  feedback  system  for  maintaining  the  output  pressure  from 
the  storase  tank. 


the  storage  tank. 


3,667,217 

STEAM  GAS  TURBINE  INCLUDING  A  GAS  TURBINE 

AND  A  STEAM  TURBINE  WITH  A  STEAM  GENERATOR 

AT  THE  DOWNSTREAM  END 
Jean    VMal,    VOlc    D'Avray;    Jem    Pariwit,    and    Jacques 
Lemoine,  both  of  Paris,  aD  of  France,  avignors  to  Stdn  In- 
dustrie, Paris,  France 

FOed  May  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36^16 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  May  14, 1969, 6914168 

InL  CL  FOlk  23/06;  F22d  1/12 
VS.  CL  60—39.02  4  ClidnH 


A  steam  gas  plant  including  a  gas  turbine  the  exhaust ; 
of  the  gas  turbine  feed  the  burners  of  the  steam  generator 
which  in  turn  feeds  the  steam  turbine,  a  steam  generate,  and 
a  steam  turbine,  in  which  the  operation  of  the  gas  turbine 
continues  under  full  load  even  for  reduced  loads  on  the 
steam  turbine.  The  invention  maintains  under  varying  steam 
turbine  loads  the  temperature  at  the  input  of  a  deaerator 
constant,  the  deaerator  being  fed  in  parallel  by  an 
economizer  subjected  to  the  heat  of  the  flue  gases  of  the 
steam  generator  and  by  water  heaters  fed  with  steam  ex- 
tracted from  the  turbine.  To  ensure  constant  temperature, 
one  of  the  streams  feeding  the  deaerator  is  controlled  by  a 
gate  the  extent  (rf  opening  of  which  is  defined  by  the  ratio  of 
the  throughput  of  flue  gases  acting  on  the  economizer  and 
the  flow  of  water  in  the  economizer  and  poasibly  also  by  the 
modifications  in  the  temperature  at  the  output  of  the 
economizer. 


44 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  ,6,  1972 


3.667^18  1                             3^7^220 

GAS  TURBINE  TEMPERATURE  ADAPTIVE  CONTROL  GAS  TURBINE  WTTH  ROTARY  HEAT  EXCHANGERS 

Rkkard  K.  Davii,  Rouokc,  V«^  atrignor  to  General  Electric  Ludea  DekcyMr,  ChcOm,  fVancc,  airignor  to  Bcanci  Mmt«I, 

^""P^'y  Sdat-Etkanc  (Loire),  Fraooe 

Filed  Mar.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23372  Filed  Mv.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,253 

lat.  CL  P02c  9/04  CMum  priority,  applcatioii  FVanoe,  May  22, 1969, 6915549 

U.S.CL  60-39.28  T                                                     5  Claiim  Int.  CL  P02c  7// 0.  F28d  79/0* 


•"osnyf. 


FCHBfeCK 


43 


^ 


-s>- 


T 

— y 


57 


NECiWIVE 

"2 


r 


^ — •- 


i 


®S8&« 


A  temperature  adaptive  control  system  for  controlling  the 
rate  of  fuel  flow  to  a  gas  turbine  having  sensors  in  the  path  ol 
the  exhaust  gases  which  produce  an  electrical  feedback 
signal  proportional  to  temperature.  Another  signal,  propor- 
tional to  maximum  allowable  temperature,  normally  opposes 
the  feedback  signal  at  a  summing  junction.  A  third  coacting 
signal  forms  an  envelope  and  varies  indirectly  with  the  tem- 
perature of  the  turbine  over  a  predetermined  period  of  time 
at  the  end  of  which  it  b  reduced  to  zero,  causing  the  fiiel 
flow  to  increase  the  maximum  controlled  rate  without  ex- 
ceeding the  temperature  limits  defined  by  the  third  signal. 


3,667,219 
GAS  GENERATOR  WITH  LIQUID  INITUTOR 
James  A.  Marfree,  Jr.,  Hnntsvflfe;  Theodore  N.  Hubbuch, 
Florence;  Henry  A.  Nappier,  Lacey's  Spring;  William  A. 
Duncan,  HantarOe,  and  BOy  J.  SandHn,  AthcM,  aU  of  Ala., 
aaignors  to  The  United  States  of  America  as  represented  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Army 

FUcd  July  5,  1967,  Scr.  No.  651,327 

Int.  CI.  F02c  3/20;  F02g  1/00 

VS.  CL  60—39.46  10  Clains 


Porous  support  materials  such  as  porous  firebrick  and  un- 
glazed  clay  (date  having  suspended  therein  a  liquid  initiator 
(oxidizing  agent)  for  gas  generators  employing  exothermally 
decompoiing  monopropellants. 


U.S.  a.  60—39.51  H 


7Claim 


A  gat  turbine  of  the  type  having  a  pair  of  rotary  heat 
exchanger  discs  mounted  for  rotation  about  a  common  axis 
transverse  to  the  main  axis  of  the  turbine  on  opposite  sides 
thereof  is  provided  with  a  drive  arrangement  which  will  pro- 
vide for  expansion  between  the  disc  and  an  annular  drive  ring 
surrounding  the  disc.  The  annular  drive  ring  is  provided  with 
a  plurality  of  external  teeth  disposed  in  meshing  engagement 
with  a  pinion  drivingly  comiected  to  the  main  gear  box  of  the 
turbine.  A  plurality  of  cylindrical  rods  are  mounted  in  a  plu- 
rality of  equally  spaced  apart  grooves  in  the  circumference  of 
each  of  the  discs.  Each  cylindrical  rod  is  formed  with  an  ar- 
cuate groove  in  the  external  surface  thereof  for  the  reception 
of  a  key  member  having  a  convex  surface  which  rests  in  the 
arcuate  groove  and  two  plain  surfaces  which  define  a 
dihedron,  the  edge  of  which  is  disposed  adjacent  the  interoal 
surface  of  the  annular  ring.  A  pair  of  wedge  members  are 
disposed  in  engagement  with  each  of  the  surfaces  of  the  key. 
The  wedges  are  biased  into  engagement  with  the  key  by 
means  of  a  spring  extending  between  the  wedge  and  a  rib 
formed  on  the  internal  surface  of  the  annular  ring. 


I  3,667,221  ^- 

FUEL  DELIVERY  APPARATUS 
Jack  R.  Taylor,  Clndnnati,  OMo,  aarignor  to  General 
Company 

I      FUcd  Apr.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  816,985 


Electric 


U.S.  CL  60— 39.74  R 


Int  CL  FX>2c  7/22 


Apparatus  is  disclosed  for  premixing  air  and  fUel  cjr  carbu- 
reting air  prior  to  introduction  thereof  into  the  primary  zone 
of  a  combustor,  said  apparatus  including  a  housing  defining  a 
spin  chamber  therein;  the  spin  chamber  is  adapted  to  receive 
air  and  fUel  and  vaporize  and/or  atomize  said  fiiel  and  deliver 
said  air  and  fuel  into  said  combustor  as  a  vortical  flow. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


45 


3,667,222  ^  until  the  main  valve  associated  with  the  leaking  branch  is 

POWER  DEVICE  closed,  at  which  time  loss  (^  reservoir  fluid  terminates  and 

Olvcr  E.  Saari,  NUcs,  DL,  amignor  to  DUnois  Tool  Works  Inc.,  further  movement  of  the  piston  is  merely  a  function  of  nor- 

Chkago,  n.  mal  system  operating  conditions  and  not  leakage.  Once 

Filed  July  22,  1970,  Scr.  No.  57,245 


Int.  CLF15b  J/00 


U.S.  CL  60—51 


5CUnH 


'^J. 


A  power  device  having  a  power  reservoir  in  which  a  com- 
pressible fluid  is  maintained  under  pressure,  an  accumulator 
piston  and  a  drive  piston  which  are  simultaneously  movable 
to  retracted  or  cocked  positions  by  the  introduction  of  a  non- 
compressible  power  fluid  into  a  cylinder  in  which  the  pistons 
are  reciprocably  movable,  the  power  fluid  acting  on  exposed 
areas  of  the  drive  piston  to  move  it  with  the  accumulator 
piston  until  it  reaches  its  fully  cocked  position  whereupon 
further  movement  of  the  accumulator  piston  exposes  addi- 
tional areas  of  the  drive  piston  to  the  pressure  of  the  power 
fluid  whereby  the  compressible  fluid,  acting  through  the 
power  fluid,  imparts  drive  movement  to  the  drive  piston  and 
multiple  seal  means  on  said  accumulator  piston,  reservoir 
means  in  said  accumulator  piston  to  trap  any  power  fluid 
which  has  by-passed  one  of  said  seals  to  thereby  avoid  inter- 
mixing of  said  compressible  and  non-compressible  fluids. 


f^ 


J 


operated  by  the  cam  the  pilot  valve  for  the  leaking  branch 
circuit  is  pressure  loaded  or  mechanically  held  in  a  position 
to  isolate  the  branch  from  the  remainder  of  the  system  in 
which  case  the  pilot  valve  is  independent  of  cam  position. 


3,667,224 
POWER  TRANSMISSION  SYSTEMS 
Kdth    Foster,    Biiiwinghaiii,    En^and,    aarignor   to   A.    F. 
Hydraulics  Limited,  c/o  NatkNial  Raearch  Devdopnwnt 
Corporation,  London,  En^and 

FVcd  Nov.  10,  1969,  Scr.  No.  875,098 
Claims  priority,  appHcatkm  Great  BrHain,  Nov.  11, 1968. 

53^416/68 
Int.  a.  F03c  1/00;  FlSb  1/02 
VS.  CL  60—51  8  < 


3,667,223 
HYMtAUUC  SYSTEM  HAVING  MEANS  FOR 
ISOLATING  LEAKING  BRANCH  CIRCUITS       > 
Charles  T.  Thurston,  St  Charles,  Mo.,  asilgnnr  to  McDonncO 

Douglas  Corporation,  SL  Louis,  Mo. 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1971,  Ser.  No.  115,256 

Int.  CL  F15b  7/00 

U.S.CL60— 51  11  Claims 

A  hydraulic  system  has  a  reservoir  which  contains  a 
hydraulic  fluid  and  includes  a  piston  which  bears  against  that 
fluid.  The  system  also  has  a  pump  which  derives  fluid  from 
the  reservoir  and  supplies  high  pressure  fluid  to  a  plurality  of 
branch  circuits,  each  having  a  hydraulic  motor  or  some  other 
hydraulically  powered  device  or  load.  The  branch  circuits  are 
connected  to  the  reservoir  so  that  fluid  after  passing  through 
the  hydraulic  motors  is  returned  to  the  reservoir  at  low  pres- 
sure. An  isolating  apparatus  is  interposed  between  the  pump 
and  branch  circuits  and  includes  a  main  valve  for  isolating 
each  branch  circuit.  Each  main  valve  is  normally  open,  and  is 
controlled  by  a  pilot  valve  which  is  in  turn  operated  by  a  cam 
follower  disposed  in  the  path  of  a  cam  which  is  carried  by 
and  responsive  to  the  position  and  movement  of  the  reservoir 
piston.  Should  one  of  the  branch  circuits  develop  a  leak,  the 
volume  of  the  fluid  in  the  reservoir  will  decrease,  causing  the 
piston  to  move  through  the  reservoir  and  carry  its  cam  with 
it.  The  cam,  by  operating  the  pilot  valves  associated  with  the 
main  valves,  shuts  off  and  opens  the  main  valves  sequentially 


^m^ 


A  so-called  A.F.  or  "alternating  flow"  hydraulic  system 
comprises  a  power  line  interconnecting  a  generator  and  a 
pressure  chamber  of  a  receiver,  a  return  line,  control  valve 
means  at  the  receiver  end  of  the  system  and  operative  to  in- 
terconnect said  power  and  return  lines  whereby  to  produce  a 
return  hydraulic  flow  through  the  return  line,  and  control 
means  at  the  generator  end  of  the  system.  The  control  means 
sense  the  change  of  flow  conditions  consequent  upon  opera- 
tion of  the  valve  means  and  substantially  preventing  pressure 
pulses  from  the  generator  reaching  at  least  a  major  length  of 
the  power  line  connected  to  the  receiver. 


46 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


KT' 


June  4,  1972 


3,667^25 

HYDROSTATIC  DRIVE  AND  CONTROL  SYSTEM 

THEREFOR 

Lawrence  P.  Kamuui,  WayMsviUe,  Ohio,  a«igiior  to  Scott 

Equipment  Company,  Dayton,  Oliio 

nied  Aug.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,218 

Int.  CL  F15b  15/J8 

VS.  CI.  60-52  VS  1  Claim 


mrtMHCt 

iimir 


-A"A=r> 


k-.-  . 


^«o 


ooMomoncii 

— 1 


^ 


TIMMHWCta 
\ 


eo«T««.  \ 

IT      "L 


Kino 

V«LVI 


ihmh 


TZx 


rukTi 

WtlTION 

TMMtOUCm 


<Xl^> 


irniraM. 

LMW 


transmission  to  further  prevent  damage;  means  are  provided 
whereby  fluid  flow  in  a  hydrostatic  loop  can  be  bypassed 
from  its  normal  drive  path  in  the  transmission,  through  the 
valve  means  provided. 


An  electro-hydraulic  system  controls  the  position  or  move- 
ment of  a  fixed  displacement  hydraulic  motor,  such  as  a 
piston  motor,  in  accordance  with  predetermined  desired 
rates  of  movement  or  positions  thereof,  and  employs  a  varia- 
ble displacement  drive  pump  having  a  movable  swash  plate. 
The  position  of  the  swash  plate  is  controlled  by  an  electrical 
control  circuit  including  a  series  of  inputs  which  represent 
either  a  desired  position  of  the  motor  or  a  desired  pump  out- 
put. Means  are  provided  for  selecting  between  primary  feed- 
back indicative  of  the  position  of  the  swash  plate  or  seconda- 
ry feedback  indicative  of  the  position  of  the  motor  or  device 
being  controlled. 


3,667,226 
CONTROL  FOR  A  HYDROSTATIC  TRANSMISSION 
Rodger  W.  Airnui,  Downcn  Grove,  and  William  R.  Borgiiolf, 
Napcrvfllc,  both  of  Dl.,  — ignori  to  Intematioiial  Harvotcr 
Company,  Chicago,  DL 

Continuation  of  Ser.  No.  13,856,  Feb.  24, 1970,  abandoned, 

which  is  a  continuation  of  application  Ser.  No.  731 ,590,  May  23, 

1968,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Nov.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No. 

86375 

Int.  CL  F16d  31/06 

VS,  a.  60—53  R  8  ClaluM 


For  a  hydlxMtatic  transmission  having  valving  means  which 
can  be  selectively  positioned  corresponding  to  forward, 
neutral,  and  reverse  drive  of  the  transmission  and  including 
means  for  dumping  excess  fluid  pressure  from  the  fluid  pres- 
sure circuit  in  order  to  prevent  damage  to  the  transmission, 
and  under  certain  conditions  to  prevent  overspeeding  of  the 


I  3,667,227 

HYDRAUUC  LOAD  LIMITING  SYSTEM 

Jerome  Bcntkowsky,  Loa  Altoa,  and  W.  Tait  Bcran,  Palo  Aho, 

both  of  CaUf.,  aasignors  to  The  United  States  of  America  as 

represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

I      Filed  Mar.  5, 1971,  Ser.  No.  121330 
I  Int.  CL  F16d  31/06 

VS.  CI.  60—53  WW  1  Claims 


wr-OUT         I  I         MtUL-m 


Apparatus  for  limiting  the  load  on  a  hydraulic  drive 
system,  such  as  a  winch.  A  feature  of  the  disclosed  arrange- 
ment is  that  limiting  is  maintained  at  a  relatively  constant 
value  regardless  of  whether  the  load  is  being  controlled  by 
the  hydraulic  drive  or  is  overpowering  the  drive. 


LUBRIO 


POWER 


3,667,228 

ATING  CIRCUrr  OF  AN  AUTOMOTIVE  1 

TRANSMISSION 

Koichi  Ohie,  Tol(yo,  and  Koji  Enomoto,  Yokohama,  both 
of  Japan,  assignors  to  Nissan  Motor  Company,  Limited, 
Yokoliama,  Japan 

Filed  Noy.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  87,072 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Nov.  12, 1969, 441^90672 

Int  CL  F16d  31/06;  F16h  41/02 
VS.  CL  60—54  3  Claims 


»,44/1 


An  automotive  power  transmission  lubricating  circuit 
which  is  supplied  with  a  lubricating  fluid  firom  an  oil  pump 
delivering  a  pressurized  fluid  for  operating  the  transmission, 
the  lubricating  fluid  being  drawn  to  the  lubricating  circuit 
from  a  passage  upstream  of  a  torque  converter,  whereby  the 
lubricating  circuit  can  be  supplied  with  a  lubricating  fluid  at 
any  desired  flow  rate  which  is  not  influenced  by  the  opera- 
tion of  the  torque  converter  throughout  different  operations 
of  the  transmission. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


47 


3,667,229 
DEVICE  FOR  SUPPLYING  FLUID  UNDER  PRESSURE 
Artvro  Crcsto,  Turin,  Italy,  — ignor  to  Femicdo  Manzfad, 
Turin,  Italy 

Filed  Dec.  15,  1969,  Ser.  No.  884,890 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Dec.  18,  1968,  54336  A/68 

Int.  a.  F15b  7/00,  7/08 
VS.  CL  60—54.6  A  12  Clafam 


*^-V^  ^ 


A  device  for  supplying  fluid  under  pressure  has  a  two-part 
cylinder,  one  part  being  of  narrower  diameter  than  the  other, 
and  a  two-part  piston  slidable  in  the  cylinder.  Two  pressure 
chambers  are  defined  by  the  cylinders  and  the  piston.  Ad- 
vance of  the  piston  reduces  the  volume  of  both.  One,  the 
high  pressure  chamber  feeds  an  external  pressure  system,  and 
is  itself  fed  by  the  other  chamber  through  a  valve  system  dur- 
ing an  initial  phase  of  the  piston  stroke.  In  a  later  phase  the 
feed  from  the  second  in  the  first  chamber  ceases  and  instead 
the  secottd  chamber  feeds  the  fluid  reservoir  through  a  con- 
trol valve.  Pressure- transmitting  means  such  as  a  rod  is  ar- 
ranged between  the  high  pressure  chamber  and  the  control 
valve  to  open  the  control  valve  when  the  pressure  in  the  high 
pressure  chamber  exceeds  a  predetennined  value. 


3,667,230 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  RATIONAL  EXCHANGE  OF  HEAT 

IN  COUNTER-CURRENT  HEAT  EXCHANGES  WHERE 

THE  EXCHANGES  ARE  UNBALANCED 

Jacqiwa  StcrHni,  Paris,  Frimoe,  — ilgnnr  to  Compi«nle-Elec- 

tro-Mccanique,  Paria,  France 

Filed  Jan.  26,  1971,  Ser.  No.  109^94 

Int.  CL  FOld  13/02 

U.S.CL60— 65     '  7Clahm 


1- 


»-- 


H-- 


M 


On 


stream  leaves  the  heat  exchanger.  The  excess  heat  which  is 
available  in  the  hot  fluid  and  cannot  be  stored  for  reheating 
the  other  fluid  is  thus  converted  into  work  energy. 


3,667,231 
HYDRAZINE  DECOMPOSITION  PROCESS  USING 
METAL  PROMOTERS 
Theodore  N.  Hubboch,  Florcnoe;  James  A.  Mm4«c,  Jr.;  WB- 
Uam  A.  Duncan,  both  of  Huntarlle;  Bily  J.  SandHn, 
Athens,  and  Hcniy  A.  Napnier,  Laccy's  Spring,  all  of  Ala., 
aarignors  to  The  United  Sbrtte  of  America  aa  rapimutol  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Army 

FDed  July  5, 1967,  Ser.  No.  651,323 
Int.  CL  C06d  5/04,  5/10 
VS.  CL  60—218  5  Clafam 

The  use  of  metal  powders  as  synergistic  promoters  for  solid 
oxidizing  agents  (initiators)  for  gas  generators. 


3,667,232 

DUAL  ORinCE  IMPINGEMENT  INJECTOR 

James  P.  ^atchcil,  Itorth  Pabn  Beach,  and  Allan  R.  Cohen, 

Patan  Beach  Gvdens,  both  of  Fla.,  aMlgiors  to  Unhcd  Air- 

cralt  Corporation,  Eaat  Hartford,  Conn. 

Continuation  of  application  Ser.  No.  426,711,  Jan.  15, 1965. 

This  application  May  5, 1967,  Ser.  No.  636,551 

InL  CL  F02k  9/02 

VS.  CL  60—258  8  CWiM 


An  injector  head  having  nozzle  assemblies  with  each  as- 
sembly being  formed  with  dual  coaxial  orifices.  Streams 
formed  by  dual  orifices  of  different  propellants  being 
directed  to  impinge  at  a  point  within  a  propellant  mixing 
zone.  Each  noole  assembly  of  dual  orifices  maintaining  by  a 
momentum  exchange  between  the  coaxial  streams  a  single 
stream  of  its  respective  propellant.  A  plurality  of  dual  orifices 
can  be  located  about  the  face  of  an  injector  head  and  ar- 
ranged to  impinge,  for  example,  in  a  triplicate  pattern. 


3,667,233 
DUAL  MODE  SUPERSONIC  COMBUSTION  RAMJET 

ENGINE 
Edward  T.  Curraa,  and  Frank  D.  StuU,  both  of  Dayton,  Ohio, 
assignors  to  The  United  States  of  America  as  rcprcaented  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Air  Force 

Filed  Nov.  14, 1969,  Ser.  No.  870,545 

InL  CL  F02k  7/08 

U.S.CL  60-270  4CUaK 


The  coupling  of  quantities  of  heat  by  exchange  between 
two  fluids  is  obtained  by  dividing  the  hot  fluid  into  two 
streams  at  the  entrance  of  a  heat  exchanger;  the  first  stream 
is  introduced  into  the  high  temperature  portion  of  the 
exchanger  and  is  then  passed  to  a  turbine  for  reduction  in 
pressure  while  producing  work  energy;  the  second  stream 
being  introduced  into  a  turbine  for  reduction  in  pressure 

while  producing  work  energy  and  is  then  passed  to  the  heat       A  supersonic  ramjet  engine  having  a  fixed-geometry  com- 
exchanger  at  substantially  the  temperature  at  which  the  first   bustion  chamber.  The  ramjet  engine  is  operated  in  the  sub- 


48 


sonic  mode  by  injecting  fuel  in  fuel  injectors  located  in  a 
uniform  cross-section  portion  of  the  combustion  chamber 
and  in  the  supersonic  mode  by  injecting  fUel  in  fiiel  injectors 
located  upstream  of  the  subsonic  injectors  in  an  adjacent  ex- 
panding portion  of  the  combustion  chamber. 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6L  1972 


] 


3^7,234 

REDUCING  AND  RETARDING  VOLUME  AND 

VELOCITY  OF  A  LIQUID  FREE-FLOWING  IN  ONE 

DIRECTION 

Gabriel  V.  De  Urawlii,  Boca  Ralam  Fhu,  anigiior  to  Tcc- 

■ko,  be.,  Warirfi4^oa«  D.C. 

FBad  Feb.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10^5    . 
Iat.CLE02bJ/00 
U.S.CL61— IR  41 


3,667,235 

CONVERTIBLE  BARRIER  FOR  SUBSTANCES 

FLOATING  ON  WATER 

Paul  Pkim,  P.O.  Box  1002,  Tons  River,  N4.,  and  John  J. 

GaBi«hcr,  252  Buricy  RomI,  Abm^mHs,  Md. 

Fifed  Apr.  27, 1971,  Scr.  No.  137,799 

Iiit.CLB63bi5/00 

U.S.  CL  61—1  6  Claim 


1.4- 


■ir 


A  barrier  for  substances  floating  on  water  having  a  flota- 
tion member  and  a  liquid  pervious  and  a  liquid  imf>ervious 
skirt  depending  therefrom.  The  liquid  impervious  skirt  is 
deflected  at  currents  greater  than  about  one  knot  and  the 
oily  substances  are  treated  with  a  particulate  oleophilic- 
hydrophobic  substance  less  dense  than  water  for  retention  by 
said  liquid  pervious  skirt. 


3,667436 

METHOD  FOR  TREATNG  SUBSURFACE  SOILS 
RolMrl  a  Roacnc,  Tuin,  Oida.,  Mrii^nr  to  The  Dow  Chonl- 
cal  Coaipony,  MMhmd,  Mich. 

Fifed  June  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,035 
Int.  CL  E02d  19(16, 27/16 

ii—ii 


u.s.a.1 


Ctafam 


A  method  is  provided  for  increasing  the  stability  of  subsur- 
face soils.  A  cavity  in  the  subsoil  is  filled  with  a  permeably 
consolidated  aggregate  and  optionally  clayey  soils  adjacent  to 
the  cavity  are  also  treated  with  a  clayey  subilizing  chemical. 


3,667,237 
NOVEL  CONSTRUCTIONS  AND  METHODS 
P.  DoofM,  CoroM  Dd  Mar,  CaML,  — ignnr  to  The 
UpiJoha  CompMqr,  Kafenunoo,  Mfch. 

Fifed  Aof.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,356 
I  Int.CLE02dJ/(70 

U.S.CL  61-36  li< 


The  volume  and  velocity  of  a  free  flowing  body  of  water, 
such  as  a  river  or  the  like,  moving  in  one  direction  past  a 
control  point  are  there  reduced  and  retarded  by  diverting 
part  of  the  volume  of  water,  amplifying  its  velocity,  lineariz- 
ing its  flow  characteristics,  and  directing  this  modified  flow 
back  into  the  main  body  of  liquid  at  such  an  angle  as  to 
create  in  the  body  of  the  stream,  at  the  control  point  area,  a 
zone  of  compound  flows  which  through  turbulence,  drag,  and 
other  fluid  phenomena  materially  obstruct  and  retard  the 
flow  through  the  control  area. 


An  improved  construction  is  disclosed  which  utilizes  a 
frozen  surface  as  a  support  means.  The  improvement  com- 
prises a  thermal  barrier  interposed  between  the  base  portion 
of  the  construction  and  the  ftt>zen  surface.  The  thermal  bar- 
rier functions  to  stabilize  the  frozen  surface  by  prevention  of 
its  thawing,  thus  maintaining  support  capacity.  The  thermal 
barrier  can  be  of  rigid  plastic  foam  materials,  such  as  polyu- 
rethane  foam  or  a  composite  of  said  rigid  plastic  foams  with 
other  thermal  insulating  materials.  The  advantages  of  the  im- 
proved construction  include  ease  of  construction,  lower  cost. 


and  production  of  a  stable  construction  upon  normal 
ble  surfaces. 


y  unsta- 


3,667,238 

STABILIZED  CONSTRUCTION  WALL  IN  UNSTABLE 

FOOTING 
Ben   C.   Gcrwick,  Jr.,  Oakland,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  J.   H. 
Pomcroy  &  Co.,  Inc.,  San  Frandsco,  CaUf. 
Original  application  Mar.  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  81 1,331,  now 
Patent  No.  3,563,044.  Divided  and  this  application  May  15, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  37,747 
i  Int.  ChEOld  3/12,5/18.27104 

VS.  CI.  *1— 39  1  Clafai 

An  arrangement  for  providing  stabilization  for  a  construc- 
tion wall  during  construction  in  an  unstable  footing  which  in- 
cludes the  formation  of  a  basin  above  the  pre-existing  surface 
level  of  a  proposed  construction  zone  or  site.  The  basin  is 
used  to  receive  fluid  therein  to  provide  increased  hydrostatic 
'  pressure,  acting  on  the  wall  from  inside  the  construction  site 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


40 


to  provide  pressure  within  the  site  to  a  degree  approximating 
the  counter-vailing  pressures  acting  on  the  construction  wall 
from  ouuide  the  site.  Then,  while  maintaining  the  hydrostatic 
pressure,  the  soil  materials  within  the  site  are  removed  by  ex- 
cavating down  to  a  predetermined  level  and  replaced  (while 
still  maintaining  the  hydrosUtic  pressure)  with  a  stabilizing 
fill  material  of  greater  strength  than  the  unstable  materia 
removed  from  the  site.  Thereafter,  the  hydrostatic  pressure 


3,667,239 
ANCIKNI  FOR  BUOYANT  MARINE  STRUCTURES 
Geor«e  E.  Mott,  McUdrie,  La.,  asslgnar  to  Texaco  Inc.,  New 
Yorii,  N.Y. 

Fifed  Apr.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33495 

Int.  CL  B63b  35/44,  21/50 

U.S.  CL  61—46.5  10  OalnM 


The  invention  relates  to  a  buoyant  marine  platform  for 
positioning  in  a  deep  water  offishore  location.  The  platform 
includes  buoyancy  control  means  whereby  to  regulate  the  at- 
titude of  the  unit  at  the  water's  surface  as  well  as  when  sub- 
merged. The  platform  lower  end  is  provided  with  an  anchor- 
ing member  adapted  to  seat,  and  be  partially  imbedded  into  a 
sloping  or  contoured  ocean  floor.  Said  anchor  member  com- 
prises separate,  yet  cooperating  components  which  permit 
adjustment  of  the  anchor's  disposition  while  at  the  ocean 
floor,  to  operably  engage  and  fixedly  position  the  buoyant 
^    platform. 


3,667,240 
INSTALLATIONS  FOR  SUBMARINE  WORK 
Robert  H.  VUain,  Maisons-Alfort,  France,  assignor  to  Com- 
pagnfe  Francalse  D'Entrcpriscs  MetaUqiMS,  Paris,  France, 
apart  interest 

Fifed  Nov.  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  878,458 

Chlms  priority,  application  France,  Nov.  21, 1968, 174812 

Int.  a.  E02b  17/00;  E21b  15/02 

VS.  CL  61—46.5  9  CWnw 

An  off-shore  drilling  platform  for  hydrocarbons  has  an 

oscillating  column  pivoted  at  its  base  and  kept  stable  by  up- 


ward hydrosUtic  pressure,  with  hydrocarbon  storage  in  the 
column.  The  difference  in  the  densities  of  water  and 
hydrocarbons  in  the  column  is  compensated  whereby  the 
forces  acting  on  the  base  of  the  ccdumn  and  on  the  pivot 
remain  substantially  constant.  The  cdunui  has  two  compart- 
ments, a  lower  one  filled  with  water,  and  an  upper  one  form- 
ing a  float.  Compensating  means  are  pumps  and  valves  ar- 


2?0 


can  be  relieved  and  preparation  of  the  site  continued.  The 
wall  structure  formed  will  ultimately  be  characterized  by  an 
unsuble  footing  material  on  one  side  of  the  wall  at  the  lower 
end  thereof,  a  mat  of  subie  footing  material  on  the  other  side 
of  the  wall,  and  a  mat  of  concrete  superimposed  upon  the 
mat  of  stabilized  footing  material  so  that  the  concrete  mat 
can  counteract  laterally  acting  forces  pressing  against  the 
outside  of  the  wall. 


ranged  so  that  when  the  hydrocarbon  is  introduced  into  the 
lower  compartment  it  drives  out  water  and  corresponding 
mass  of  liquid  is  pumped  into  the  upper  compartment.  The 
pumps  and  valves  are  servo-controlled  to  the  levels  of  the 
two  liquids.  A  gas  pocket  over  the  hydrocarbon  is  kept  at 
constant  pressure  by  a  pumping  system  linked  to  the  servo- 
control.  \ 


3,667041 
CONSTRUCTION  OF  A  CHAMBER  FOR  COOLING  HOT 

GASES 
German  Mnnding,  Bad  FriedrichshiJL  and  Willi  Zch,  Neuen. 
stadt,  Kocher,  both  of  Germany,  assignors  to  Messerschmitt- 
Bolkow>Blohni  Gcsdbchaft  mit  bcsdiranidcr  Haftui^  Ot* 
tobrunn  near  Munich,  Germany 

FSed  M«r.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,006 

Clahns  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  5, 1969,  P  19  11 

078.2;  June  19, 1969,  P 19  30  990.1 

Int  CL  F25b  9/02 

VS.  CL  62—5  14  < 


A  construction  of  a  chamber  for  cooling  hot  gases  such  as 
fiiel  gases  or  combustion  gases  includes  means  for  introduc- 
ing the  hot  gases  into  the  chamber  in  a  whirling  flow  and  into 
conuct  with  a  coolant  which  is  preferably  in  solid  form  and 
is  located  within  the  chamber.  The  gases  contact  the  coolant 
and  cause  the  coolant  to  slowly  dissolve  while  the  gases  are 
cooled  down.  The  coolant  is  advantageously  made  <^  a  L- 
shaped  cross-sectional  configuration  and  it  inchides  a  wall 
which  surrounds  the  outlet  to  the  chamber,  and  which  forms, 
with  the  chamber  wall,  an  over  flow  weir  for  the  outflow  <rf 
the  gases  after  they  have  been  cooled  within  the  chamber. 
The  coolant  itself  advantageously  includes  means  such  as 
longitudinally  extending  grooves  for  forming  rotatable  eddies 


50 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


on  the  whirling  gas  flow  which  intensify  the  heat  exchange 
between  the  relatively  cooled  boundary  layer  and  the  hottei 
routing  layers  of  the  whirling  gas  flow  located  further  inside 
radially.  In  another  embodiment  the  coolant  chamber  ad- 
vantageously includes  a  front  wall  or  closed  wall  located  op- 
posite the  outlet  which  carries  the  coolant  lining  in  a  solid 
form. 


6,  1972 


3,667^2 

APPARATUS  FOR  INTERMITTENTLY  PRODUCING 

CARBON  DIOXIDE  SNOW  BY  MEANS  OF  UQUID 

CARBON  DIOXIDE 

Robert  wnHam  KOburn,  Lidw  Waha,  Fla.,  awlg to  RWK 

Devdopmcnt  Co.,  Liricc  W^ca,  FIil 

Filed  Sept  15, 1969,  So-.  No.  857,743 

Int.  a.  F25J  1/00. 5/00 

VS.  CL  62—10  ^  12  Clafam 


Apparatxis  particularly  embodying  an  improved  snow  horn 
for  producing  carbon  dioxide  snow  in  a  controlled  intermit- 
tent manner  upon  demand.  Liquid  CO,  is  directed  under 
predetermined  conditions  of  pressure  and  temperature  into 
an  upper  portion  of  a  hollow  double  side  walled  cylindrical 
horn  member  provided  with  an  open  bottom  and  preferably  a 
closed  top,  the  latter  having  a  solenoid  actuated  dispensing 
valve  disposed  adjacent  thereto  with  an  expansion  nozzle 
connected  thereto  and  projecting  down  into  the  horn.  An  an- 
nular area  above  the  liquid  CO,  inlet  in  the  horn  is  utilized 
within  the  hollow  well  or  chamber  to  collect  bubbles  of  CO, 
gas  which  may  be  introduced  therewith.  The  liquid  CO,  is 
removed  from  the  bottom  of  the  annular  chamber  to  assure 
exit  therefrom  only  of  the  liquid  CO,  as  by  insulated  pipe  and 
introduced  into  the  nozzle  via  the  solenoid  valve.  The  nozzle 
via  minute  holes  therein  preferably  imparts  a  swirling  tangen- 
tial movement  to  the  CO,  snow  formed  by  the  sudden  expan- 
sion of  the  liquid  CO,.  The  liquid  CO,  entering  in  the  annular 
chamber  is  subcooled  by  the  tangential  swirl  or  vortex-like 
action  of  the  mixture  of  snow  and  gas,  to  an  extent  to  cause 
any  bubbles  in  the  liquid  CO,  to  condense  back  into  liquid 
form.  The  overall  arrangement  thereby  assures  that  only 
liquid  CO,  enters  the  expansion  nozzle  to  assure  positive  con- 
trolled formation  of  COi  snow  at  all  times,  even  though  the 
action  of  the  solenoid  dispensing  valve  is  intermittant  and/or 
off  for  considerable  periods  of  time. 


3,667,243 
INDIRECT-FREEZING  PROCESS  WITH  HEAT  REUSE  BY 

AN  AUXILIARY  WORKING  MEMUM 
Chen- Yen   Cheng,   2443  South   Kninerla  Street,   Denver, 
Colo^  and  Staig-Wang  Cheng,  83,  Sectfcm  1,  Chaog-an  EmI 
«omI.  Talpd,  CMiui  /T^wmi 

ConllBualkMi-in.part  of  application  Scr.  No.  683,800,  Nov. 

17, 1967,  which  b  a  contimmtfcMi-fa»-pwt  of  applfcrallon  Scr. 

No.  346,1 12,  Feb.  20,  1964,  now  Patent  No.  3,354,083,  dated 

Nov.  21,  1967.  This  application  July  10,  1968,  Scr.  No. 

1  743,707 

I  InL  a.  BOld  9/04 

U.S.  a.  62— 58       ^  5Clalnv 


i/V% 


t&/L),-  (S/L),  c 


The  present  invention  is  related  to  a  separation  process  by 
which  a  substonce  can  be  separated  in  a  more  or  less  purified 
state  from  a  solution  containing  it.  In  the  process,  the  solu- 
tion  is  partially  solidified  by  an  indirect  contact  cooling 
operation  and  the  deposited  solid  is  then  melted  in  situ  to 
yield  the  purified  substance.  High  qualit/ deposit  is  obtained 
by  maintaining  an  appropriate  flow  of  the  solution  over  the 
surface  of  the  deposited  solid  during  the  solidification  opera- 
tion and  by  growing  the  deposit  at  a  low  growth  rate.  Heat 
reuse  in  these  operations  is  accomplished  by  the  help  of  an 
auxiliary  working  medium  which  undergoes  a  cyclic  change. 
The  medium  undergoes  an  endothermic  transformation,  such 
as  melting,  vaporization,  etc.,  to  absorb  the  heat  liberated 
during  the  partial  solidification  operation  and  undergoes  the 
corresponding  reverse  operation,  which  is  exothermic,  to 
supply  the  heat  required  in  melting  the  deposited  solid.  Since 
the  transformation  temperatures  of  both  the  main  system  and 
the  auxiliary  system  during  the  operations  described  above 
are  functions  of  the  respective  applied  pressures,  the  tem- 
perature differentials  required  in  these  heat  exchange  opera- 
tions between  the  main  and  the  auxiliary  systems  can  be  ob- 
tained by  selecting  a  suiuble  working  medium  and  by  main- 
taining the   pressure  applied  to  these  systems  during  the 
operations  or  appropriate  values.  Work  is  supplied  to  the 
process  through  the  necessary  pressurization  operations. 

The  working  medium  used  may  undergo  a  set  of  solid 
liquid  transformations,  a  set  of  liquid  vapor  transforma- 
tions, or  any  other  reversible  transformations.  When  a  rigid 
wall  is  used  to  separate  the  medium  from  the  main  system, 
the  pressures  applied  to  them  may  be  different  at  a  given 
time.  However,  when  a  deformable  vessel  is  used  to  separate 
the  two  systems,  both  systems  are  maintained  substantially  at 
the  same  pressure  at  any  given  time.  The  processes  of  the 
present  invention  are  classified  according  to  the  nature  of 
transformations  of  the  working  medium  and  the  nature  of  the 
wall  separating  the  two  systems.  The  equipments  which  can 
be  used  in  these  processes  are  also  described. 


If 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


51 


3,667,244 

CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  FREEZERS 

Wahcr  L.  Hock,  Skokic,  HI.,  and  William  E.  Meyers,  Monroe, 

N.C.,  assignors  to  Kraftco  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
^  Filed  Dec.  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  102,284 

Int  CI.  F25c  7/14 
U.S.CL  62-136  7Ctalms 


3.667,246 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  PRECISE 
TEMPERATURE  CONTROL 
Steven  J.  St.  Lorant,  Su  Mateo,  CaHf.,  and  Phillip  L.  Dow, 
Geneva,  Swhierland,  — Ignors  to  The  United  States  of 
America  as  represented  by  the  Unttcd  State*  Atonric  Eacray 
Conunission  . 

Filed  Dec.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  95,237 
Int.  CL  F25b  41/00 
UA  a.  62-208  7cialnii 


LltUlO 
COOlMT 


The  present  invention  is  directed  to  a  freezing  system  of 
the  hot  gas  type  and  a  control  system  therefor.  The  freezing 
system  is  particularly  directed  to  the  type  wherein  a  single 
motor  is  used  to  drive  a  dasher  for  a  mix  pump  or  pumps. 
The  control  system  of  the  invention  includes  timing  devices 
for  controlling  the  start-up  and  shut-down  of  the  freezing 
system  in  accordance  with  a  predetermined  sequence. 


iriiiriiii-ri-i^  iV'itnTif 


3,667,245 

FAN  AND  CLUTCH  CONTROL  CIRCUIT  FOR  AN  AIR 

CONDITMN^ER 

James  Peter  Till,  341  BfaKldatch  Lane,  Camp  HiU,  Pa.,  and 

WIIHam  Jeffrey  Hudson,  Jr.,  R.D.  #1,  P.O.  Box  115,  Hum- 

rndstovvn.  Pa. 

Filed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,493 

Int.CLF25dy7/00 

U.S.CL  62-180  9  Claims 


A  temperature  control  system  for  maintaining  a  cryogenic 
load  at  a  predetermined  temperature  by  circulating  a  wet 
mixture  of  a  coolant  through  tuUng  that  is  in  heat-transfer 
relationship  with  the  load  while  maintaining  the  coolant  in  a 
saturated  condition  throughout  the  tubing  at  a  constant  tem- 
perature that  is  slightly  cooler  than  the  predetermined  load 
temperature.  The  system  includes  a  preconditioning  chamber 
from  which  liquid  coolant  is  suppUed  to  the  tubing.  The 
chamber  is  partially  filled  with  liquid  coolant,  with  the 
remainder  of  the  chamber  filled  with  vaporous  coolant.  Inlet 
and  outlet  metering  valves  for  the  tubing  are  mounted  in  the 
chamber  and  controls  are  provided  for  maintaining  the  entire 
interior  environment  of  the  chamber  including  the  valves,  in- 
terconnecting tubing  and  both  the  liquid  and  vaporous  coo- 
lant in  a  sute  of  thermodynamic  equilibrium  at  a  tempera- 
ture that  is  a  few  tenths  of  a  degree  lower  than  the  predeter- 
mined temperature  of  the  load.  Sensors  are  provided  at  the 
load  and  in  the  tubing  for  actuating  controllers  that  manipu- 
late the  valves  to  regulate  the  coolant  flow  to  be  at  a  rate  that 
maintains  the  coolant  in  its  saturated  wet-mixture  condition 
in  all  sections  of  the  tubing  during  heat  transfer  frx>m  the  load 
to  the  coolant. 


A  fan  and  clutch  control  circuit  controls  the  operation  and 
speed  of  a  fan  of  an  air  conditioner  over  a  preselected  tem- 
perature range  and  controls  the  operation  of  a  magnetically 
operated  clutch  to  drive  a  compressor  of  the  air  conditioner 
at  selected  temperatures. 


3,667,247 

REFRIGERATION  SYSTEM  WITH  EVAPCHL^TOR 

OUTLET  CONTROL  VALVE 

Robert   H.   Proctor,  Richmond,  Ind.,  assignor  to  Controb 

Company  of  America,  Melrose  Parl^  DL 

Filed  July  10,  1970,  Ser.  No.  53,861 
Int.  CL  F25b  41/04 
U.S.CL  62-217  SCIafans 

Refrigerant  flows  from  the  compressor  and  condenser  to 
the  evaporator  by  a  thermostatic  expansion  valve  having  its 
pressure  and  temperature  sensing  points  in  the  suction  line 
downstream  of  the  evaporator  outlet  control  valve  which 
regulates  the  evaporator  pressure  relatively  independently  ot 
the  suction  line  conditions.  When  the  compressor  capacity 
significantly  exceeds  evaporator  capacity  this  system  pro- 
vides additional  compressor  cooling  at  low  suction  pressures. 


52 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


The  expansion  valve  may  be  the  bulbless  type  or  the  exter-    compaitment  and  in  smaUer  quantities  to  maintain  the  low 
nally  equalized  type.  The  ouUet  control  valve  may  respond  to    humidity  compartment  at  above  freezing  temperatures.  The 


refrigerant  temperature  at  the  coil  outlet,  or  to  fin  tempera- 
ture, or  may  be  an  evaporator  pressure  regulator  valve. 


high  humidity  compartment  is  cooled  through  its  walls  to 
keep  its  temperative  slightly  above  freezing. 


3^7,248 

PROBE  TYPE  DIE  COOLING  ARRANGEMENT 

Artlnir  H.  CarlMMB,  Route  1,  P.O.  Box  369,  Smwytr,  Mich. 

Filed  Sept.  8,  1970,  Scr.  No.  70,093 

Int  CL  B22d  27/04;  F25b  41/04 


US.  CL  62-225 


■  3,667450 

TORQUE  RELEASE  ADAPTER  FOR  POWER-OPERATED 

TOOLS  ^ 

Uwreacc  S.  SchMpd,  250  Goodman  HOI  Rood,  Sudbury, 


3Claiim      MaM. 

I       filed  ScpC  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71305 
*  fart.  CL  F16d  7/06 

VS,  CL,64— 29 


TO  COMPMCSSOR 

ANc^  cotocNscn 

80 


^     M  TMCHMOSTAI 


A  cooling  arrangement  for  cooling,  with  liquid  carbon 
dioxide  or  the  like,  a  die  formed  with  a  coolant  receiving 
passage  in  wluch  a  probe  structure  is  mounted  in  the  passage 
in  sealed  relation  thereto  adjacent  the  outer  end  of  the 
passage,  with  the  probe  comprising  an  elongate  tubular 
member  formed  at  one  end  to  receive  the  coolant  fluid  and 
at  the  other  end  to  discharge  the  fluid  into  the  die  passage, 
and  an  annular  heated  coolant  receiving  chamber  formed 
about  the  tubular  member  adjacent  its  outer  end  and  formed 
with  a  heated  coolant  discharge  port  adjacent  the  outer  end 
of  the  passage  and  a  heated  coolant  receiving  port  adjacent 
the  other  end  thereof  and  short  of  the  inner  end  of  the  tubu- 
lar member.  The  coolant  receiving  end  of  the  tubular 
member  and  the  coolant  discharge  end  of  the  chamber  are 
connected  into  a  closed  circuit  refrigeration  system  for  sup- 
plying liquified  gas  to  the  probe  and  reliquifying  the  heated 
gas  after  it  leaves  the  probe  for  resupply  to  the  probe. 


3,667,249 

REFRIGERATOR  WITH  ICE  MAKER  AND  HIGH 

HUMIDITY  COMPARTMENT 

Richard  C.  Brown,  and  Ormm  V.  SMiadcrs,  boOi  of  Dayton, 

Ohio,  atdgaon  to  Gcnerai  Motors  Corporation,  Detroit, 

FUcd  Sept.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,750 

Int.  CL  F25c  5/18 

VS.  CL  62—312  5  Ciynw 

A  refrigerator  has  a  high  humidity  compartment  the  bot- 
tom oi  which  is  formed  by  a  pan  carrying  a  film  of  ice  water 
supplied  by  the  melting  of  ice  cubes  in  the  storage  bin  of  an 
ice  maker.  The  storage  bin  has  a  perforated  bottom  which 
drains  cmto  the  pan.  Refngerated  air  in  large  quantities  is 
used  to  maintain  a  below  freezing  temperature  in  the  freezing 


A  torque  release  adapter  comprising  coaxiall]^  aligned 
shafts,  opposed  discs  at  the  adjacent  ends  of  the  shalts  having 
spaced  parallel  surfaces  containing  circumferentially  spaced 
holes  for  receiving  balls,  an  internally  threaded  receptacle  in- 
tegral with  one  shaft,  said  receptacle  being  concentric  with 
the  one  shaft  and  an  externally  threaded  cup  nut  non- 
rouubly  mounted  on  the  other  shaft  so  as  to  be  movable  axi- 
ally  on  said  other  shaft,  said  cap  nut  being  threaded  into  the 
receptacle  and,  in  conjunction  therewith,  providing  a  closed 
chamber  of  variable  axial  length  and  a  plurality  of  opposed 
dished  spring  washers  mounted  on  said  other  shaft  in  the 
chamber  between  the  cap  nut  and  the  disc  on  said  other 
shaft,  said  cap  nut  and  receptacle  being  adapted  by  rotation 
of  the  shafts  relative  to  each  other  to  change  the  compression 
of  the  washers  and  hence  the  torque  release  limit. 


I, 


3,667,251 
ABSORPTION  REFRIGERATION  SYSTEl^ 
Gabor  Miskolczy,  Carlisic,  and  Robert  Kaiser,  CMnbridge, 
both  of  Mass.,  assignors  to  Avco  Corporation,  Cincinnati, 
Ohio 

A        Filed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,986 
Int.  CL  F25b  15/00 
VS.  CL  62—476  9  Claims 

The  invention  is  directed  to  an  absorption-type  refrigera- 
tion system  in  which  a  magneto-caloric  pump  system  is  used 


JUNE  6,  1972  ^  GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 

in    combination    with    a    compatible-ferrofluid    refrigerant 


58 


COM* 


.     fin    |,.,TK  "  k-atA     "^*^fM.»oo 

'"Nr"'^ — ^-^ — T^A-i  0"««--- 


•CWMTOO 


I    M 


-  -(iv^Tn^   j.noo   I l"'!!-~ 

-  ^ ;:; ^ . 


'<*\ 
< 


T.IOO 


|i-sn 


ft'iMI 


JCOS(OCN»Clt 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  64 — ^29  see: 
Patent  No.  3,667,250 

3,667,253 

NEEDLE  SELECTOR  FOR  CIRCULAR  KNTTITNG 

MACHINES 

Norbcrt  Paul  Bourgeois,  7,  piaoe  des  ChMtieux,  Troyo. 

France 

FBcd  Mar.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,656 
Clabns  priority,  appticatioa  France,  Mar.  10, 1969, 6906719 

InL  CL  D04b  15/74 
VS.  CI.  66—50  B  9 


P*P«ia 
ft  •  tiall* 

A-ia/w 


system  to  replace  the  percolator-type  pump  or  other  conven- 
tional pumps. 


3,667,252 

COUPLING  FCMt  NULL  STRING 

Arthur  John  Ndaon,  3304  Simsta  Drive,  San  MMeo,  Calif 

FDcd  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  Na  85,904 

Int  CL  F16d  3/06 

VS.  CL  64—23.5 


^jf 


The  invention  relates  to  a  selector  device  for  needles  or 
needle  accessories  of  a  circular  knitting  machine  adapted  to 
select  the  needles  or  accessories  by  means  of  a  removable  ro- 
3  Claims  tary  pattern  drum  whose  periphery  may  be  equipped  with 
removable  projecting  elements  arranged  according  to  a 
predetermined  knitting  pattern  and  adapted  to  operate  on 
the  needles  or  accesMries  through  an  assembly  of  linking  ele- 
ments arranged  in  a  stepped  pattern. 


3,667,254 

HORIZONTAL  SELECTOR  JACKS  AND  THEIR 

ACTUATION 

Horst  Paepkc,  Rottenburg  am  Nedur,  Gcraany.  — | to 

The  Warner  &  Swaaey  ConqMny.  Clev«l«Ml,  OMo 
Filed  Apr.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No.  25,961 
Int  CL  D04b  15/78 
U.S.a66-50R  iQ, 


This  dual  engaging  couf^ng  connects  equal  segmental 
lengths  of  tubing  in  repeating  sequence  to  form  an  integrated 
drill  string  that  is  suspended  by  a  thrust  bearing  means  from 
an  imntersed  buoyant  pontoon  controlled  to  regulate  the 
bearing  pressure  of  the  lower  terminally  connected  bit  upon 
the  bottom  of  a  hole  being  drilled  in  subaqueous  strata.  The 
primary  engagement  transmits  torque,  tension  and  fluid  flow 
between  adjacent  ends  of  the  two  rigid  members.  The  secon- 
dary engagement  provides  uninterrupted  translation  of  the 
string  through  the  torque  imparting  means  and  power  trans- 
mission by  said  repeating  sequence  whereby  a  subsequent 
coupling  becomes  engaged  prior  to  disengagement  of  a 
descending  coupling  departing  from  the  torquing  means.  The 
coupling  is  adapted  to  rapid  assembly  and  non-selective  of 
mating  ends  to  preserve  axial  alignment  of  the  secondary  en- 
gagement. 


A  circular  knitting  machine  comprises  a  rotatable  knitting 
needle  cylinder  which  carries  a  plurality  of  knitting  needles 


54 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June    5,  1972 


through  knitting  stations.  A  needle*moving  jack  is  pivotally 
connected  with  each  of  the  knitting  needles  and  is  movable 
in  a  needle-raising  stroke  and  a  needle-lowering  stroke  to  ef- 
fect needle  raising  and  lowering,  respectively,  Each  of  the 
needle-moving  jacks  has  a  butt  thereon  which  is  received  in  a 
cam  track  which  operates  to  effect  the  raising  and  lowering 
of  the  needle-moving  jacks.  A  mechanism  is  provided  for 
controlling  the  operation  of  each  knitting  needle  as  it 
progresses  through  the  stations.  The  mechanism  specifically 
effects  pivoting  of  the  needle-moving  jack  so  that  the  butt 
thereon  is  removed  from  the  cam  track  to  thereby  prevent 
raising  and  lowering  of  the  needle.  The  means  which  effects 
the  pivoting  movement  of  each  needle-moving  jack  com- 
prises a  selector  jack  which  is  linearly  movable  in  a  direction 
substantially  transverse  to  the  axis  of  rotation  of  the  needle 
cylinder  and  interconnecting  means  which  operatively  con- 
nect the  selector  jack  and  the  needle  moving  jack  so  that 
movement  of  the  selector  jack  effects  the  pivoting  movement 
of  the  needle-moving  jack.  Electromagnetic  means  are  pro- 
vided to  control  the  movement  of  each  selector  jack  so  that  a 
selector  jack  is  moved  to  effect  the  pivoting  movement  of  the 
needle-moving  jack  so  as  to  prevent  raising  and  lowering  of 
the  needle  or  not  moved  to  allow  the  needle-moving  jack 
with  which  it  is  associated  to  remain  with  its  butt  in  the  cam 
track  and  effect  movement  of  the  needle. 


a  slot  just  wide  enough  to  receive  a  yam  and  peimit  two 
yams  to  pass  during  a  yam  change.  Thereby  the  risk  of  the 


3,667,255 

NEEDLE  SELECTION  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  A 

CIRCXJLAR  KNITTING  MACHINE 

Rudolph  G.  niiilit,  Lancartcr.  Pa^  — ignnr  to  Travis  NOUs 

\    Corp.,  a  part  Interest 

FDed  Dec.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,697 

Int.  a.  D04b  15168, 15/74, 15/78 

VJS,  CL  66—50  R  2  Clirim 


A  flexible  band  carries  jack  actuation  control  means  for 
determining  when  the  machine  jacks  are  moved  so  that  their 
butts  engage  the  lower  cam  race  and  cause  lifting  of  the  nee- 
dles. The  control  means  may  be  projections  carried  by  the 
band,  or  holes  in  the  band  through  which  actuators  can  pro- 
ject, or  light-transmitting  regions  in  the  band  for  controlling 
light-responsive  jack  actuators.  The  band  may  be  endless, 
and  trained  about  a  drum.  The  jacks  are  moved  vertically 
when  actuated,  and  a  magnet  or  spring  is  provided  to  hold 
the  jacks  down  when  not  actuated. 


^SHi 


latches  6f  latch  needles  becoming  damaged  by  swinj  jng  into 
latch  guard  slots  during  operation  of  the  machine  is  avoided. 


f  3,667,257 

SLITTING  MECHANISM  FOR  USE  WITH  CIRCULAR 
KNITTING  MACHINES 
Vaugha  H.  Batter,  Hanrfman,  Tcnn.,  —rig:nor  to  Bwlliigton 
Industries,  Inc.,  Greensboro,  N.C. 

1  Filed  Jan.  8,  1970,  Scr.  No.  1^31 


Int.CI.D04bJ5/i4 


U.S.CL^— 147 


MCliriim 


3,667,256 

MEANS  FOR  GUARDING  NEEDLE  LATCHES  OF 

CIRCULAR  KNITTING  MACHINES 

Kctth  Gerald  Townacnd,  and  David  Arthur  Harlow,  both  of 

Lcfccatcr,  England,  awlgnors  to  Tiie  Bcntky  Engineering 

Company  limltwi,  Ldocatcr,  England 

Filed  Apr.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  30,177 
ClainH  priority,  appHcHkm  Great  Britain,  Apr.  23, 1969, 

20,684/69 

Int.  CL  D04b  15/08 

U.S.a.66— 111  «^  6ClainK 

In  a  circular  knitting  machine  there  is  provided  a  latch 

guard  devoid  of  feeder  receiving  slots  but  formed  instead  at  a 

Jcnitting  station  or  each  of  a  plurality  of  knitting  stations  with 


A  slitting  mechanism  for  a  circular  knitting  machine  is 
made  up  of  a  tubular  assembly  which  can  be  fitted  within  the 
cylinder  assembly  of  such  a  machine.  The  slit  mechanism  in- 
cludes a  heating  element  for  contacting  a  fabric  at  a  desired 
point  for  slitting  the  fabric,  and  mechanisms  are  provided  for 
actuating  the  heating  element  in  accordance  with  a  con- 
trolled sequence  of  operation  which  is  related  to  the  knitting 
cycle  of  the  knitting  machine.  The  tubular  assembly  may  op- 
tionally include  a  draw-off  system  at  its  lower  end. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


56 


3,667,258 

APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING  STRIPED 

COLORATIONS  ON  DYEABLE  SUBSTRATES  IN 

CONTINUOUS  FORM 

CUfford  Newton,  Manchester,  England,  aarignor  to  Imperial 

Chemical  Industries  Limited,  London,  England 

FUed  Nov.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,433 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Nov.  13,  1969, 

55,608/69 

lat  a.  B05c  5/02 

VS.  CI.  68-205  R  2  ClainK 


3,667,260 
EXHAUST  PIPE  PROTECTOR  LOCK 

Danid  J.  Foote,  MBwaukee,  Wk.,  ij^ to 

Company,  Milwaukee,  Wk. 

Filed  Jan.  25, 1971,  Ser.  No.  109,201 
Int  a.  E05b  65/12;  B60r  25/04 
UA  CL  70—159  10 


Striped  colorations  are  produced  on  dyeable  substrates  in- 
continuo  us  or  sheet  form  by  applying  a  plurality  of  dyestuff 
streams  to  the  substrate  at  selected  points  across  its  width 
while  the  substrate  is  moved  longitudinally  relatively  to  the 
pointt  of  application,  and  then  passing  the  substrate  between 
nip  rollers,  the  rate  of  application  of  the  dyestuff  streams 
being  so  controlled  that  on  passage  through  the  nip  the 
dyestuffs  are  squeezed  into  the  substrate  to  form  non-over- 
lapping longitudinal  stripes  of  the  desired  widths. 


For  the  protection  of  the  outer  end  portion  of  an  internal 
combustion  engine  exhaust  pipe,  a  protector  is  available 
which  includes  a  collar  secured  to  the  outer  end  portion  of 
the  exhaust  pipe  hingedly  carrying  a  protective  cover  fcMtned 
with  a  weighted,  radially  outwardly  projecting  fin.  The  cover 
normally  overlies  and  closes  the  open  outer  end  of  the  ex- 
haust pipe  to  which  it  is  applied  but  win  hingedly  move  to 
open  position  through  exhaust  gas  pressure.  This  invention 
provides  a  lock  for  securing  the  cover  in  ito  closed  position  to 
prevent  the  undesired  introduction  of  foreign  material  into 
the  discharge  end  of  the  exhaust  pipe  when  the  engine  is  not 
bemg  operated  and  the  equipment  or  vehicle  embodying  the 
engine  is  idle  and  unattended. 


3,667,259 
SAFETY  LOCK 
Albert  K.  Reque,  Warsaw,  Ind.,  and  JuUus  T.  FMcrwn, 
Chicago,  ni.,  amignon  to  Engineering  Development  Co., 
Inc.,  Warsaw,  Ind. 

FUed  Aug.  5,  1970,  Scr.  No.  61,246 

Int.  CL  E05b  73/00;  G05g  5/00 

VS.  a.  70—14  3  ClainK 


t*     3o 


3,667461 
PUSH  BUTTON  DOOR  LOCK 
Thomas    K.    McGourty,    ApCoa,    CaHf.,    m^ 
Rccearch  Development  Corporation 

Filed  Jan.  8,  I97I,  Scr.  No.  104,871 
Int.  CL  E05b  37/16 
VS.  CL  70—301 


;nor   to   Tbne 


5CWnM 


An  improved  safety  lock  which  includes  two  pivotally  con- 
^>-^  nected  members  each  having  a  shank  portion  with  an  aper- 
\  ture  therein  and  a  hook  portion.  The  shank  portions  of  the 
\  pivoted  members  are  adapted  to  overiap  with  the  apertures 
^therein  being  placed  in  registry  so  as  to  receive  the  hasp  of  a 
'padlock.   With  the  shank  portions  of  the  members  over- 
lapping and  the  holes  therein  placed  in  registry,  the  free  end 
parts  of  the  hook  portions  overiap  to  define,  in  association 
with  the  remainder  of  the  hook  portions,  a  continuous  lock 
ring  which  is  adapted  to  extend  through  an  anchoring  aper- 
ture and  around  a  lever  or  handle  of  a  switch  or  valve  in 
order  to  prevent  the  actuation  of  the  switch  or  valve.  The 
overiapping  end  parts  of  the  lock's  hook  portions  include 
components  which  cause  the  end  parts  to  interlock  so  as  to 
prevent  the  hook  portions  from  being  separated  and  disen- 
gaged from  the  switch  or  valve  without  the  release  of  the 
padlock  which  extends  through  the  shank  portions  of  the 
safety  lock  and  which  normally  prevents  separating  move- 
ment of  the  hook  portions. 


A  compact  push  button  lock  is  provided  which  can  be  used 
as  a  door  lock,  automobile  lock  or  for  various  other  pur- 
poses. The  lock  has  a  large  number  of  permutations  and  per- 
mits the  owner  to  set  the  lock  to  a  new  combination  without 
disassembling  the  lock  or  the  use  of  tools. 


3,667,262 

'    KEY  OPERATED  LOCK 

Lewis  J.  HiU,  4121  N.W.  61at  Terrace,  Oklahoma  City,  OUa. 

Filed  Jan.  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,359 

Int.  CL  E05b  2  7/02, 35/10 

VS.  CL  70—384  14  #^t..i.— 

A    lock    including    a    body    having    a    cylindrical    bore 

therethrough  in  which  a  plug  is  rotatably  mounted.  Apertures 

in  the  body  slidably  receive  drivers.  The  driven  are  aligned, 

in  one  position  of  the  lock,  with  tumbler  assemblies  movably 

mounted  in  the  plug.  The  tumbler  assemblies  extend  into  a 


56 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  a,  1972 


t 


key  slot  in  the  plug,  and  inseiticMi  of  a  key  in  this  slot  biases  which  has  a  surface  having  a  co-operative  relation  with  a 
the  several  tumbler  assemblies  to  a  lock-opening  positicM)  in  upered  surface  on  the  housing  so  that  when  the  boh  is  in  the 
which  the  tumbler  assemblies  contact  the  drivers  along  a 
shear  line  lying  in  the  interface  between  the  plug  and  the 
body.  The  tumbler  assemblies  are  adjustable  in  their  dimen- 
sions by  the  use  of  a  change  key  so  that  they  may  be  altered 
to  permit  a  new  key  to  be  made  operative  for  opening  the 
lock. 

One  part  of  each  tumbler  assembly  carries  a  projecting 
flange  which  projects  throu^  a  radial  slot  in  the  plug  into 
one  of  a  plurality  of  L-shaped  slots  formed  in  a  master  key 
insert  assembly.  The  master  key  insert  assemUy  is  positioned 
in  a  slot  in  the  plug  which  extends  substantially  paridlel  to  the 
key  slot.  The  master  key  insert  assembly  includes  an  insert 
plate  having  a  plurality  of  the  described  L-shaped  slots 
formed  therein  which  slidably  acconunodate  L-shaqped  pins. 
One  leg  of  each  L-shaped  pin  projects  into  the  key  slot  in  a 
position  for  cooperation  with  the  milled  surface  of  a  master 
key,  so  that  when  a  master  key  correlated  to  the  particular 
master  key  insert  assembly  in  use  is  placed  in  the  key  slot. 


LJk^ 


locked  position  the  latch  hokls  the  boh  receiving  mepns  and 
housing  securely  together. 


3,667,264 
LOCK  CORE 

Walter  E.  Surko,  Jr.,  Southfa^toa,  and  Janes  W.  Ellkitt,  West 
Haitfard,  both  of  Cona^  aMlgnon  to  Emhart  Corporalioa, 
BkMHnflcid,  Com. 

FHcd  Feb.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10.190 
lirt.CLE05b  27/00 
70-2 


U.S.CL 


-369 


l4 


the  L-shaped  pins  are  biased  by  the  milled  surface  of  the 
master  key  to  a  lock-opening  position.  The  second  end  of 
each  of  the  L-shaped  pins  bears  against  the  flange  carried  by 
one  portion  (rf  each  tumbler  assembly  so  that  displacement  of 
the  L-shaped  pins  by  the  master  key  moves  the  tumbler  as- 
semblies to  a  lock-opening  position. 

The  master  key  insert  assemUy  is  slidably  disposed  in  a 
slot  formed  in  the  plug,  and  is  retained  in  the  slot  by 
cooperating  retainer  pins  slidably  positioned  in  the  plug  and 
in  the  master  key  insert  plate.  A  removal  tool  passageway  is 
provided  in  the  insert  plate  in  alignment  with  one  end  of  the 
retainer  pin  slidably  mounted  in  the  insert  plate,  so  that  a 
removal  tool  may  be  used  to  bias  this  pin  to  a  position  in 
which  the  retainer  pin  in  the  insert  plate  meets  the  retainer 
pin  slidably  mounted  in  the  plug  along  a  shear  line  such  that 
the  master  key  insert  assembly  may  be  slidably  removed  from 
the  plug.  After  removal  of  the  master  key  insert  assembly  in 
the  manner  described,  a  new  master  key  insert  may  be 
slidably  inserted  in  the  plug  so  that  a  new  master  key  must  be 
utilized  to  open  the  lock. 


A  removable  or  interchangeable  figure-8  pin  tumbler  lock 
core  adapted  to  be  received  and  locked  in  a  housing  and  for 
operating  an  associated  lock  mechanism.  The  core  has  a 
body  supporting  a  key  plug  and  a  locking  element  arranged 
for  limited  angular  movement  relative  to  the  body  and  the 
key  plug  to  lock  the  core  in  or  release  it  from  the  housing 
when  a  control  key  is  inserted  in  the  plug.  The  lock 
mechanism  is  operated  by  inserting  an  operating  key  to 
route  the  plug  relative  to  the  body  without  effecting  move- 
ment of  the  locking  element.  A  line  of  shear  between  the 
locking  element  and  the  body  is  formed  by  a  planar  surface 
of  the  body  and  an  arcuate  surface  of  the  locking  element 
generally  tangent  thereto.  Lugs  on  the  locking  element 
cooperate  with  grooves  in  the  body  to  prevent  escape  of  pin 
tumblers  from  the  locking  element  or  the  body  when  the 
locking  element  is  rotated  between  its  locking  and  releasing 
positions. 


3,667,263 
COMBINATION  LOCK  WINDOW  LATCH 
Edward  Parry  Rogers,  The  Briars,  81  Shdone  RomI,  Briton 
Ferry,  Neath,  Wales 

filed  June  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,891 
Claims  priority,  appHcatfon  Greal  Britain,  June  26, 1969, 

32,400/69 
Int.  CL  E05b  57/02,  59/00,  65/06 
VS.  CL  70—89  2  daims 

The  invention  relates  to  a  window  latch  with  a  lockable 
boh  axially  slideably  mounted  in  a  housing.  The  locking 
means  for  the  bolt  is  a  keyless  combination  lock  incorporat- 
ing routable  slotted  aimidar  lucking  collars  located  in  the 
bolt  housing  and  disposed  coaxially  around  the  boh.  The  bolt 
in  the  locked  position  is  received  in  bolt  receiving  means, 
there  being  a  invotable  latch  on  the  boh  receiving  means 


3,667,265  

METHOD  FOR  THE  FABRICATION  OF  STIFFENING 

CORRUGATIONS  IN  THIN- WALLED,  HARD  SHEETS, 

ESPECIALLY  OF  CIRCUMFERENTIAL  CREASE 

Gemot  Zippe,  JaHch,  Gcrmaay,  asrignor  to  GcscOadiaft  fur 

KcrBVcrfehrcMtcdiBlk  mbH,  JuMch,  Germany 

FBcd  Mar.  3, 1970.  Ser.  No.  16.229 

Claims  priority,  appUcatioa  Austria,  Mar.  3, 1969,  A  2073/69 

Int.  a.  B21d/ 7/04 
U.S.  a,  72-84  3  data" 

Method  of  production  of  beads  in  thin-walled  hard  sheet, 
especially  of  circiunferential  creases  in  rotors  of  centrifuges, 
by  means  of  a  roller  and  a  counter  roller  as  the  pressing  tools 
which  accomodate  between  them  the  matesial  to  bt  worked; 
the  method  includes  pressing  a  roof-shaped  groovy  into  the 


i 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


June  6,  1972 

87 

hard  material  within  ite  limits  of  plastic  deformation  and  th«n   t«  - i. 

.up.h™^  ™,  u.  ^  „  j^  m  ssr  i^csiTii  ss'r.^rs.'^^'^sLiri,^ 

rod,  sealmg  it  mto  and  out  of  a  treating  environment  so  that 


gla  to  the  groove  for  broadening  the  groove  at  right  angles 
to  its  direction  of  extension. 


3,667,266 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  INFLATING  FLUID 

PASSAGEWAYS  IN  METAL  STRIP 

Nerval  A.  Keith,  East  AMoo,  DL,  aasipior  to  OHn  Corporatloa 

Pfcd  May  13,  1970,  Ser.  No.  36,783 

lot  a.  B2  Id  53/02 

U.S.a.72— 55  8Claiim   "n<*««rable   rod  pinch-off.  bulging,   or  tension   foilure   is 

avoided.  The  temperature,  and  hence  viscosity,  of  the  flow- 
mg  fluids  may  be  adjusted  to  control  viscous  drag  forces. 


3,667,268 

METHOD  OF  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CORRUGATING 

PLIABLE  MATERIAL 

Jakob  Rech,  Detroit,  MWu,  asrignor  to  Burroughs  Corpora- 

tloB,  Detroit,  Mich.  ^^^        *^ 

FBed  Oct  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  867,134 
bt.  CL  B21d  13/00 
UACL  72-133  25 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  inflating  lengths  of  metal  strip 
having    at    leayt    one    inflatable    fluid    passageway     and 
preferably,  long  lengths  of  such  strip.  The  process  employs  a 
coil  of  the  metal  strip.  The  metal  strip  preferably  is  of  a  com- 
posite metal,  wherein  the  inflatable  fluid  passageways  cor- 
respond to  patterns  of  weld  inhibiting  material.  The  strip  is 
paid  off  from  the  coil  and  pinched  to  prevent  subsequent  in- 
flation from  reaching  the  coil  itself.  The  other  end  of  the 
strip  IS  clamped  in  a  suitable  inflation  device  throu^  which 
pressure    is    applied    to    inflate    the    fluid    passageway    or 
pawageways.  The  inflation  proceeds  up  to  the  pinched  oCF 
portion  of  the  strip.  Thereafter,  the  strip  is  severed  just  ahead 
of  the  pinching  means,  yielding  a  long  length  of  strip  having 
at  least  one  inflated  passageway  while  leaving  an  open  tube 
m  the  end  of  the  coU  ahead  of  the  pinching  means  for  inser- 
tion m  the  inflation  fixture  for  inflation  of  a  subsequent 
length  of  strip.  The  apparatus  comprises  means  for  holding  a 
cod  of  the  strip,  pinching  means  receiving  the  strip  from  the 
coil,  inflation  means  receiving  the  strip  from  the  pinching 
means  and  severing  means  spaced  between  the  pinching 
means  and  the  inflation  means  for  severing  the  strip  from  the 
coil  after  it  has  been  inflated. 


3,667,267 
APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  CONTINUOUS 

MATERIAL  FEEDING  AND  DEFORMATION 
FranAj.  Fudis,  Jr.,  Prinoetoa  Junctioii,  NJ.,  aMigiior  to 
^Weslcm  Electric  Company,  Inoorporalcd.  New  York,  N.Y. 

<>«nnu<ioi»4ii.part  of  appHcadon  Scr.  Now  794,488,  Jan.  28, 
1969.  This  appBcatkm  Nov.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,940 

Int.  CLB21cii/00,  7/20 

VS.  CL  72—60  75  r-tmt.^ 

Disclosed  herein  is  a  process  in  which  flowing  fluids  are 

utUized  to  apply  viscous  drag  forces  to.a  rod  of  indefinite 

length  and  advance  h  continuously  through  an  extrusion  die 


Forming  corrugations  in  pliable  material,  such  as  metallic 
sheet  stock,  including  the  steps  of  imparting  an  initial  rela- 
tively widely  spaced  apart  corrugations  in  a  workpiece  com- 
posed of  this  material,  following  which  the  workpiece  is  in- 
troduced between  two  sets  of  flexible  rods  or  wires  which  are 
arranged  to  seat  in  the  loops  of  the  corrugations  on  opposite 
sides  of  the  workpiece.  Thereafter,  each  such  woricpiece  is 
transported  by  sliding  motion  along  the  wires  and  at  one  or 
more  sutions  therealong  the  workpiece  is  subjected  to  end- 
wise compression  causing  contouring  <rf  the  kwps  <rf  the  cor- 
rugations around  the  wires  as  mandrels  to  form  a  relatively 
densely  corrugated  article.  The  wires  are  capable  of  lateral 
displacement  with  respect  to  one  another  with  the  result  that 
during  endwise  compression  of  the  workjMece  they  will  move 
closer  together  to  accommodate  the  contraction  of  the  work- 
piece  and  the  reduced  spacing  of  the  convolutions. 


58 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,667;i69 

APPARATUS  TOR  THE  COLD-BENDING  OF  PIPES 

Shghkd  BcrtBcr,  Miuddi,  Germany.  Miignar  to  Pwrw*  AG, 

Ckw,  Swilierlaiid  ^  ^, 

fUcd  Aug.  27, 1969,  Ser.  No.  853,243 

Int.  a.  B21d  7/06.  i//06 

U.S.CL  72-166  8CWn. 


J 

tictila 


which  it  is  beneath  the  first  part.  The  cover  is  particiilarly 
suiuble  for  covering  a  pit  adjacent  a  roUing  miU.  The  mova- 
ble part  of  the  cover  may  be  connected  to  a  sledge  in  the  null 
and  carrying  the  rolls  so  that  on  withdrawing  the  rol^s  the 
cover  is  automatically  opened. 


3,667,272 
ROLLING  MILLS 
Jack  Maltby,  Todwick,  Sheffield,  England,  asBignor  to 


Davy 


and    United    Engineering    Company    Limited,    Sheffield, 
Yorkshire,  EngUnd 

Filed  Jan.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1 ,496 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jan.  13, 

1327/69 
Int.CI.  82  lb  i//i2 


^i>^t:^ 


U.S.  CI.  72—245 


1969, 


11  Claims 


A  pipe  bending  apparatus  including  an  anvil  of  a  desired 
radius  and  a  hammer  ram  having  spaced  hammer  elements 
kpaced  from  one  another  to  have  a  bending  radius  larger  than 
the  radius  of  the  anvil.  The  pipe  is  adapted  to  be  incremen- 
tally fed  through  the  apparatus  between  hammering  actions. 


3,667,270 

METHOD  FOR  SMOOTHING  ROLLS  FOR  COLD 

ROLLING  OR  FINISHING  COLD  ROLLING  OF  BRIGHT 

METAL  SHEET  OR  THE  LIKE 
WIDem  Hendrik  Deurloo,  Wmuldtn.  Nethertands,  airignor  to 

KaoinkUkc  NedcriandKiie  Hoogovcns  en  Stall  Fabciekcn 
N.V.,  »muiden,  Nctheriands 

FVcd  Apr.  24, 1969,  Ser.  No.  819,528 
Claims  priority,  appHcadoB  Netherlands,  May  1, 1968, 

6806154 
Int.  CLB21b  27/00 

UACL  72-236  ^     ^,P*^ 

A  considerable  reduction  of  the  polishing  of  rolls  of  » 
roUing  mill  for  cold-rolling  metals  is  obtained  by  periodically 
passing  a  blue  annealed  steel  sheet  through  the  rolls  of  the 
roUing  mill  while  these  exert  a  pressure  on  the  sheet.  The 
blue  annealed  sheet  so  used  exerts  a  polishing  action  on  the 
roUs,  avoiding  need  for  taking  the  rolls  out  of  the  stands  to  be 
polished.  One  blue  annealed  sheet  can  be  used  several  times 
for  tliis  purpose. 


3,667,271 
ROLLING  MILLS 
Stanley  Fercday,  Nottingham,  and  WWam  Harry  Smeh, 
Yorkshire,  both  of  Engtand,  aadgnors  to  Davy  and  Unhed 
Engineering  Company  Limited,  Sheffield,  Yorkshire,  En- 
gland 

FUcd  June  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  44,489 

Int.CLB21bi//0« 

US.  CL  72—238  *  ^  Claims 


A  rolling  mill  stand  is  constituted  by  two  paire  of  housing 
posts,  the  rolls  extending  between  the  pairs  of  posts,  and  the 
posts  of  each  pair  defining  between  them  a  window  for  the 
roll  chocks.  For  each  pair  of  posts,  there  is  a  strap  bridging 
the  postt  and  interposed  between  the  chocks  and  roll  gap  ad- 
justing means.  A  beam  is  carried  by  the  two  straps  and  ex- 
tends parallel  to  the  roll  axes  to  bridge  the  pairs  of  posts. 
This  beam  extends,  at  each  end,  beyond  the  housing  posts 
and  carries  means  for  bending  one  of  the  rolls  of  the  mill. 


I 


&^ 


A 


:^' 


x;^ 


J5 


A  cover  for  a  pit  comprises  two  parts  which  when  arranged 
in  side-by-side  relation  are  together  of  sufficient  size  and 
shape  to  cover  the  mouth  of  the  pit.  One  part  of  the  cover  is 
secureaUe  in  the  mouth  of  the  pit  and  the  second  part  is  sup- 
ported on  inclined  surfaces  so  that  the  second  part  can  be 
displaced  fiom  the  position  where  it  is  side-by-«ide  with  the 
firet  part  with  their  upper  surfaces  coplanar  to  a  position  in 


,  3,667,273 

RUN-OUT  TROUGHS  FOR  EXTRUSION  PRESSES 
Oswald  Kennedy,  and  John  Ian  Harrison,  both  of  Newcastle 
upon  Tyne,  England,  assignors  to  Vlckers  Limited,  London, 

England 

Filed  Dec.  23,  1969,  Ser.  No.  887,641      ' 
Clains  prtority,  appUcation  Great  Briuin,  Dec.  23.  1968, 
I  61,162/68 

'  Int.  CI.  B21ci5/00.B21d  45/00         I 

U.S.  CI.  72 257  *  Claims 

A  nm-out  trough  for  an  extrustion  press,  the  troi«h  having 
an  extendable  portion  that  can  be  moved  from  a  retracted 
position  to  an  extended  position  in  which  it  effectively 
lengthens  the  extruded  material  supporting  surface  of  the 
trough,  the  run-out  trough  being  adapted  for  co-opcraUon 
with  an  extrusion  press  such  that  upon  movement  of  the  run- 
out  trough,   with   the   extendable   portion   initially   m   its 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


59 


minimize 


retracted  position,  to  carry  an  extrusion  away  from  the  press,    direct  the  forces  of  each  through  a  common  axis  to _. 

the    extendable    portion    moves    to    its    extended    position    internal  moments  and  ensure  stable  operation  in  a  plurality 

,       of  geometrical  arrangements  within  the  operational  range  of 


the  device. 


3,667,276 
SPIRAL  ELEMENT  AND  METHOD  FOR  MAiONG  SAME 
Roderick  K.  Moodey,  Charferol,  Pa.,  Mrignor  to  Lee-Norw 
Company,  Charleroi,  Pa. 

Ftted  July  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  54,747 
Int.a.  B21d7  7/06.  7 //74 
VS.  CL  72—371 


thereby  to  support  that  end  portion  of  the  extrusion  that  is 
the  last  part  of  the  extrusion  to  be  extruded. 


22 

220 -t^4 


26a  •n/     -*— 


24 


^^ 


^26      »«  '32  ^,    280   '20 


3,667,274 

APPARATUS  FOR  BENDING  PLATE 

Rkhard  Allan  Gordon  Cape,  Lachine,  Quebec,  Canada,  as-  ^  "P""**  element  formed  by  a  method  which  may  comprise 

signor  to  Dominion  Bridge  Company  Umhed,  Montreal,  **  '^'P"  °^  providing  a  generally  arcuate  Wank  of  arcuate 

Quebec,  Canada  length  not  greater  than  about  180°.  applying  force  to  the 

Filed  Apr.  3,  1969,'Ser.  No.  813,092  *"***  °^  V**  **'*"''  *°  laterally  twist  such  ends  simultaneously 

Claims  priority,  appUcation  Canada,  Mar.  4,  1969, 044,626  '"  oppo«te  directions,  and  during  said  twisting  restraining  the 

Int.  CI.  B21d  J 1/20  arcuate  center  of  the  blank  from  lateral  twisting  and  main- 

U.S.  CI.  72—298                                                          5  Clains  **»"''»8  *«  arcuate  lengths  of  the  blank  between  its  arcuate 

--  center  and  its  ends  unsupported  whereby  the  twisting  forms 

the  blank  to  spiral  configuration. 


The  method  of  forming  trough  members  for  use  in  the    u^.  ci  73 15  R 

fabrication  of  orthotropic  deck  bridges  which  involves  apply- 
ing opposing  forces  to  the  edges  of  a  flat  plate  to  move  the 
edges  towards  each  other. 


3,667,277 

APPARATUS  FOR  MEASUREMENT  OF  TEXTILE 

FLAMMABIUTY  PROPERTIES 

Bernard  Miller,  PriMeton;  Harold  Lambert,  PcnnfaigtOB,  both 

of  N  J.,  and  Charles  H.  Mdser,  Jr.,  Yardky,  Pa.,  wrignors 

to  Textile  Research  Institute,  PrinccCon,  N  J. 

Filed  Jan.  13,  1971,  Ser.  No.  106,115 
Int.  CL  GOln  25/00 

ISdafans 


3,667,275 

SELF-STABILIZING  FORCE  DISTRIBUTING 

APPARATUS 

Wayne  E.  Hunnkutt,  Big  Bend,  Wb.,  assignor  to  Applied 

Power  Industries,  Inc.,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Filed  Feb.  25,  1970,  Ser.  No.  13,928 

Int.a.B21d7/72 

U.S.  CL  72—302  10  Claims 


RECORDER  f"^ 


A  method  and  equipment  for  use  in  determining  the  rate  of 
flame  propagation  and  other  burning  characteristics  of  sheet 
materials  wherein  a  test  strip  of  material  is  supported  ad- 
jacent its  opposite  edges  and  after  being  ignited  is  advanced 
toward  the  burning  zone  at  a  rate  sufficient  to  maintain  said 
zone  in  a  predetermined  location.  The  speed  at  which  the 
strip  of  material  is  moved  toward  the  burning  zone  is  ob- 
straighten  structures.  The  device  is  operative  to  receive  a  served  and  recorded  whereby  the  rate  of  flame  propagation 
force  producing  power  strut  and  reactive  force  members  to    in  the  material  under  the  test  conditions  can  be  determined. 


A  freely  positionable  force  transfer  device  for  applying 
forces  at  selected  directions  and  magnitudes  to  reform  and 


60 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  i,  1972 


The  equipment  may  be  housed  within  an  enclosure  and  the 
composition,  pressure,  humidity  and  other  conditions  of  the 
atmosphere  in  which  the  burning  of  the  material  takes  place 
can  be  varied  and  controlled  so  as  to  obtain  consistent  and 
accurate  determinations  as  to  the  flammability  and  burning 
characteristics  of  the  material  under  any  predetermined  con- 
ditions. 


3^7^78 

MFFERENTIAL  THERMAL  ANALYSIS  CELL 

ASSEMBLY 

Hont    G.    Langcr,    W«yluid,    Matis.;    FranUiB   J.    Karte, 

Midaiid,  and  Earl  D.  Ajicn,  AiibHni«  both  of  Mich.,  a»- 

signars  to  TIk  Dow  Chemkal  Conpany,  NOdbuid,  NOdi. 

FBed  Oct.  8,  1969.  Scr.  No.  864.657 

Int.  CL  GOln  25/00 

VS.  CL  73—15  B  10  daimi 


trometer  or  similar  instrument  which  allows  the  heating  of 
samples  within  the  confinement  of  the  mass  spectrometer 
vacuum  or  adjacent  to  the  ion  source.  The  cell  comprises  a 
silver  block  to  guarantee  uniform  heat  throughout  the  cell.  It 
is  insulated  againit  the  push-through  shaft  by  a  section  of 
boron  nitride,  which  is  an  excellent  thermal  insulator,  and  by 
sapphire  or  alumina,  for  example.  The  silver  cell  is  equipped 
with  two  equal  temperature  sensing  wells  containing  sample 
and  reference  temperature  tensing  means.  A  third  and 
usually  smaller  well,  designed  to  contain  the  block  tempera- 
ture sensing  means,  is  usually  provided.  The  sample  itself  is 
loaded  into  a  metal  cup  which  is  secured  to  its  well,  and 
which  contacu  the  temperature  sensing  means.  A  similar 
cup,  usually  containing  non-reactive  material,  is  inserted  in 
the  reference  well  and  contacts  its  temperature  sensing 
means,  asually  a  thermocouple.  The  cell  assembly  has  a 
detachable  temperature  sensing  head  part. 


'  3,667.280 

METHOD  FOR  DETERMINING  THE  FREEZING  POINT 
OF  A  HYDROCARBON 
SaniacI  W.  Strnftom,  Floriwant.  Mo.,  asrignor  to  ShcU  OU 
Coapaay,  New  York,  N.Y. 

I      FBed  jHly  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,976 


brt.  CL  GOla  25/02 


se 


UA  CL  73—17  R 


This  invention  relates  to  a  thermal  analysis  cell  which  is 
capable  of  supplying  meaningful  data  in  a  hi^  vacuum  and 
which  is  particularly  useful  for  operations  within  a  mass  spec>^ 
trometer  or  similar  instrument  which  allows  the  heating  of 
samples  within  the  confinement  of  the  mass  spectrometer 
vacuum  or  adjacent  to  the  ion  source.  The  cell  comprises  a 
silver  block  to  guarantee  uniform  heat  throughout  the  cell.  It 
is  insulated  against  the  push-through  shaft  by  a  section  of 
boron  nitride,  which  is  an  excellent  thermal  insulator,  and  by 
sapphire  or  alumina,  for  example.  The  silver  cell  is  equipped 
with  two  equal  temperature  sensing  wells  containing  sample 
and  reference  temperature  sensing  means.  The  sample  itself 
is  loaded  into  a  metal  cup  which  is  usually  secured  to  its  well, 
and  which  contacts  the  temperature  sensing  means.  A  similar 
cup,  usually  containing  non-reactive  material,  is  inserted  in 
the  reference  well  and  contacts  its  temperature  sensing 
means,  usually  thermocouple.  The  cell  assembly  has  a 
detachable  temperature  sensing  head  part.  External  means 
are  provided  for  utilizing  the  output  of  the  reference  tem- 
perature sensing  element  for  use  in  controlling  the  heating  of 
the  cell. 


TIMfCW*TUWt^ 


SI«NAL 


^ 


THCmilSTOM 
■MIMC 


Lkwwx' 


^dL 


AMFLIFICM  ■ 


^ 


MrrtNCMTM-n 


40- 


^ 


NCCOnOCH 


>— AMPLIFICR 


^ 


37  1 


JtMKnKTWt. 

Rcconon 


Method  for  detecting  the  freezing  point  of  a  hydnocarbon 
by  placing  a  measured  sample  of  the  hydrocarbon  in  a  con- 
tainer aad  placing  a  thermistor  in  the  container  into  contact 
with  the  sample.  The  container  is  cooled  until  its  temperature 
curve  shows  a  noticeable  plateau  which  is  detected  by  the 
slope  of  the  temperature  curve  which  is  being  tracked  by  a 
first  derivative  circuit.  The  container  is  then  insulated  thus 
warming  the  sample  and,  as  the  last  crystals  in  the  sample 
melt,  the  slope  of  the  curve  momentarily  accelerates  causing 
the  circuit  to  produce  a  voltage  peak  which  is  the  freezing 
point  offhc  sample. 


3,667,279 

DIFFERENTIAL  THERMAL  ANALYSIS  CELL 

ASSEMBLY 

Hont  G.  LMigcr,  Wayland,  Mass.,  assignor  to  The  Dow 

Chemical  Company,  Midland,  Nfich. 
ContinuatioB-in-part  of  appBcatioa  Scr.  No.  848,231,  Aug.  7, 
1969,  now  abandoned.  This  application  OcL  8, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

870,000 

Int.  CL  GOln  25/00 

U.S.CL73— 15B  llClainis 


"  i 

VACUUM 


.EXIBLE 


3,667,281 
TESTER  FOR  PACKAGES  WITH  FLI 
COVERS 
Charles  F.  Pfdfer,  39  Parade  HiU  Lane,  New  Canaan^  Coon. 

IFUcd  Nov.  4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  86,706        | 
Int.  CL  GOlm  3/12, 3/26  I 

U.S.  CL  73-37  7  ClainM 


This  invention  relates  to  a  thermal  analysis  cell  which  is  A  vacuum  tester  for  the  non-destructive  testing  of  vacuum 
capaUe  of  supplying  meaningful  data  in  a  high  vacuum  and  packages,  particularly  those  provided  in  the  packaging  of 
which  is  particulariy  useful  for  operations  within  a  mass  spec-    meat   and   heat-and-serve   products   wherein   one   of  the 


\ 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


61 


packaging  members  is  a  flexible  member  such  as  film.  This 
tester  includes  a  viewing  chamber  having  a  selective  control 
means  disposed  to  bring  the  chamber  to  a  reduced  pressure 
such  as  28  or  30  inches  of  mercury.  The  ckxed  chamber  is 
brought  under  vacuum  which  is  gradually  increased  until  the 
flexible  member  enclosing  the  product  just  starts  to  relax  at 
which  point  the  selective  control  means  is  manipulated  to 
maintain  this  vacuum  level  and  at  this  subilized  pressure  a 
gauge  is  read  to  determine  the  degree  of  vacuum  within  the 
chamber  which  is  also  the  vacuum  within  the  package. 


3,667,282 

fLiniMC  GAGING  SENSOR  HEAD 

Bcft  J.  CzwaUeL  and  Donald  F.  MiUer.  both  of  Schenectady, 

both  o(,  Schenectady,  N.Y.,  awlgi to  General  Electric 

Company 

FBed  Fdk  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12,289 

InL  CL  GOlb  13108 

VS.  CL  73—37.7  5  Claims 


"      *  "■  •'^"■■-•^^ — •<> 


The  sensor  head  component  of  an  apparatus  for  monitor- 
ing a  selected  parameter  of  a  continuous  material  such  as 
yam,  metal  rod,  tubing  and  the  like,  includes  a  fluidic  long, 
narrow  channel  for  passage  of  the  material  therethrough. 
Pressurized  fluid  is  supplied  to  the  center  of  the  channel 
formed  by  a  cover  plate  member  and  slotted  plate  member. 
Passage  of  the  monitored  material  through  the  channel  varies 
the  restriction  thereof  in  proportion  to  the  magnitude  of  the 
monitored  parameter  and  develops  a  variable  back  pressure 
lineaHy  proportional  thereto.  A  toggle  clamp  provides  al- 
ternate engagement  with  and  separation  of  the  plate  mem- 
bers. A  spring  device  connected  to  the  cover  plate  member 
provides  a  means  fer  loading  and  threading  a  yam  material  in 
the  sensor  head  without  stopping  the  longitudinal  motion  of 
the  yam. 


3,667,283 

MEANS  FOR  MEASURING  THICKNESS  OF  SHEET 

MATERIAL 

Harao   Takcnaka,   Tokyo;   Hiroslii   Okuyama,   Kanagawa; 

Noburo  Hibino,  Kanagawa,  and  Hichi  OMa,  Kan^awa,  all 

of  Japan,  assignnii  to  FlOi  Photo  FBm  Co.,  Ltd.,  Kanagawa, 


6ClainM 


FBed  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33306 
Int.  CL  GOlb  13/06 
VS.  CL  73—37.7 


~*   CUUM  I 


l_l 


direction  of  a  running  web  or  sheet  material.  The  movable 
thickness  gauge  is  moved  in  a  direction  transverse  to  the 
running  direction  of  the  web  or  sheet 


D 


A  stationary  thickness  gauge  is  combined  with  a  movaUe 
thickness  gauge  to  measure  the  true  thickness  in  the  lateral 


3,667^84 
TAPERED  BORE  PROBE 
Ronald  D.  Amland,  Los  Anrlti,  and  Robert  L.  CMtle,  B 
Scnado,  both  of  CaHf.,  asslgMirs  to  Gar  Honing  Sorvkc, 
Inc.,  El  Scgwsdo,  Cam . 

FDcd  Apr.  27,  1970,  Scr.  No.  32.300 
Int.  CL  GOlb  13/18 
VS.  CL  73-37.9  u  i 


<'«' 

/  ^^  ^^ 

1                  1     i^.U^.^ 

(■^ 

^'  u    V 

An  instrument  for  verifying  the  Uper  angle  of  a  tapered 
bore  comprising  a  handle  portion  to  which  a  Upered  probe  is 
fixed.  The  tapered  probe  is  formed  so  as  to  have  a  proper 
diametral  relationship  throughout  its  length  with  the  tapered 
bore  to  be  verified  and  has  a  plurality  of  radial  jets  therein, 
each  corresponding  to  a  different  bore  position.  Coaxial 
passages  are  formed  in  the  handle  portion  and  the  piobe  and 
a  connecting  rod  is  movable  by  an  operator  in  an  axial 
direction  therein.  Air  is  passed  through  an  axial  bore  in  the 
connecting  rod  for  delivery  to  a  piston  at  the  opposite  end 
thereof  through  which  it  is  radially  expelled  through  one  of 
the  probe  radial  jets.  The  connecting  rod  may  be  moved  to 
predetermined  positions,  each  corresponding  to  one  radial 
jet.  so  that  the  piston  may  be  property  aligned  therewith.  As 
the  air  passes  through  the  probe  radial  jets,  it  is  directed 
against  the  surface  of  the  bore,  creating  a  back  pressure  in 
the  air  system.  Proper  diametral  sizing  of  the  respective  jets 
will  cause  equal  back  pressure  readings  to  be  generated  when 
air  is  selectively  passed  through  each  of  the  radial  jets,  if  the 
bore  is  properly  upered.  If  the  bore  is  not  property  tapered, 
the  back  pressure  readings  will  vary  between  different  radial 
passages. 


\ 


3,667085 
LEAK  DETECTION  SYSTEM 
Edward  L.  Wright,  Plalnfleld,  and  Ei^cnc  T.  Mcscck, 
Park,   both    of   NJ.,   assignors   to   Costomline   Coirtnd 
Prodacts,  Inc.,  Undcn,  N  J. 

FUed  Ang.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,736 
Int.  CL  GOln  3/26, 3/16 
VS.  CL  73—40.5  12 


wmm 


A  system  is  disclosed  for  detecting  relativdy  small  leaks  in 
partially  inaccessible  pipelines  having  high  throughputs.  To 
detect  the  leaks  information  fix>m  a  flow  meter  and  pressura 
and  temperature  transducers  at  each  end  of  the  pipeline  are 
fed  over  telephone  lines  to  a  central  computation  fodlity.  At 
the  computaticMi  center  the  temperature  and  pressure  infor- 
mation is  employed  along  with  information  stored  in  the 
computer  to  generate  set  points  for  a  pair  fA  counters.  The 
computer  then  gates  the  outputs  from  the  fkm  meters  into 
the  counters  over  an  interval  until  both  of  the  counters  reach 


e2 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


their  set  points.  The  computer  than  examines  the  numbers  in 
the  two  counters  to  perfcmn  logical  operations  to  determine 
if  in  foct.  the  pipeline  is  leaking.  If  a  confirmed  leak  is  de- 
tected a  shut  down  procedure  may  be  instituted. 


3^7086 
VISCOMETER 
^^^Ham  M.  Kauftran,  Chevy  Chaae,  and  Harry  P.  KMng, 
Gknami,  both  of  Md.,  assigiiors  to  HittiMui  Aandatcs, 
Inc.,  CohunUa,  Md. 

FUed  Apr.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No,  30,566 

Int.  CLGOln/ 7/70 

U.S.  CL  73—59  12  Claiins 


^-^      J \  « 


v^/^//^/^y/////^/)Y^//,y///////-v... ,., .. V -  ■:. '.  ■  '*-T 


A  viscometer,  particularly  suited  for  blood  viscometry.  The 
inventive  viscometer  is  circularly  symmetrical  and  comprises 
a  cylindrical  channel  for  housing  an  unknown  fluid  and  a 
ring-shaped  channel,  concentric  with  the  cylindrical  channel, 
for  housing  a  known  Newtonian  fluid.  A  floatable  cover  ele- 
ment is  provided  with  a  cylindrical  projection  adapted  to  as- 
sociate with  the  cylindrical  channel  and  the  fluid  housed 
therein,  and  is  further  provided  with  a  ring-shaped  projection 
adapted  to  associate  with  the  ring-shaped  channel  and  the 
Newtonian  fluid  housed  therein.  The  cover  element  floats  in 
the  known  Newtonian  fluid  with  a  fluid  bearing  action,  the 
ring-shaped  projection  being  coated  with  a  material  which  is 
non-wettable,  and  the  channel  being  coated  with  a  material 
wetteble  by  the  known  fluid.  The  block  in  which  is  defined 
the  cylindrical  channel  and  the  block  in  which  is  defined  the 
ring-shaped  channel  are  rotated  in  opposite  directions,  and 
the  relative  velocity  of  rotation  therebetween  is  adjusted  until 
the  floating  cover  element  is  stationary.  The  relative  rotation 
between  the  cylindrical  channel  block  and  the  ring-shaped 
channel  block  is  proportional  to  the  viscosity  of  the  unknown 
sample. 


to  Air 


3,667,287 
ULTRASONIC  TESTING  SYSTEM 
Leon  D.  Fiutm,  Woodland  HUk,  CaHf., 

Prodocts  and  Chfmkals,  Inc.,  Alcntown,  Pa. 
CoBtinaalkMi  of  appHcatfloa  Scr.  No.  843,060,  July  18, 1969, 
■ow  abandoned  ,  which  k  a  contfaraation  of  appHcathm  Scr. 
No.  564,697,  July  12, 1966,  now  abondoncd.  Thta  application 
Nov.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,530 
bt  CL  GOlB  29104 
UACL  73-67.9  1  Chlm 

Electronic  circuitry  is  described  which  provides  two  con- 
tinuously available  signals  which  include  means  for  switching 
a  desired  one  of  the  two  displays  on  the  cathode  ray  tube.  A 
first  sweep  generator  provides  a  fiill  display  of  the  signal.  A 
second  sweep  generator  provides  an  expanded  display  for 
showing  only  a  desired  test  area.  A  switching  circuit  is  pro- 


vided to  switch  between  the  two  sweep  generators  to  display 
either  the  entire  sweep  signal  or  the  test  area.  The  unblank- 
ing  signal  provided  to  the  cathode  ray  tube  fi-om  the  second 


sweep  ^nerator  is  superimposed  onto  the  unblanking  signal 
of  the  first  sweep  generator  to  brighten  the  area  oi 
during  full  sweep. 


mterest 


3,667,288 
TENSILE  TESTING  MACHINE 
John  E.  Hargrcavcs,  188  Woodbine  TcrrMx,  Spartanburg, 
S.C. 

Filed  Mar.  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  15^67        i 
InL  CI.  GOln  3114, 3110  \ 

U.S.CI.^3-98  .^  13  Claims 


5.  CI.  7: 


A  machine  for  testing  the  strength  of  a  filameiit,  yam, 
fabric,  etc  specimen  by  securing  said  specimen  between  two 
clamps  and  applying  a  controlled  amount  of  force  to  one  of 
said  clamps  while  resisting  said  force  with  a  pivotably 
mounted  lever  arm  having  a  predetermined  amount  of  weight 
positioned  thereon.  The  machine  of  the  present  invention  has 
a  rotatably  mounted  shaft  from  which  is  suspended  a 
weighted  lever  arm,  said  shaft  being  connected  to  a  first 
specimen  hokling  means  by  means  of  a  chain  that  is  secured 
to  a  drum  mounted  on  the  shaft.  The  shaft  further  has  an 
anti-backlash  gear  mounted  thereon,  said  gear  being  opera- 
tively  associated  with  a  second  gear  mounted  on  a  second 
shaft.  Said  second  shaft  being  joumaled  for  rotation  in  one 
direction  only,  having  a  one  way  clutch  associated  therewith. 
Said  second  shaft  has  mounted  to  an  outer  end  thereof  a 
rotauble  dial  which  is  calibrated  to  indicate  the  amount  of 
force  applied  to  the  specimen.  The  dial  itself  rotates  while  a 
pointer  remains  stationary.  The  controlled  amount  offeree  is 
applied  to  a  second  specimen  holding  means  and  is  generated 
by  a  hydraulic  cylinder  or  a  combination  hydraulic  cylinder 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


68 


and  air  cylinder.  The  weight  lever  arm  has  positioned  proxi- 
mate thereto  an  electromagnet  which,  before  application  of 
the  controlled  amount  of  force  to  the  specimen,  remains 
energized  to  prevent  movement  of  the  lever  arm  during 
securing  of  the  specimen  to  the  specimen  holding  means.  - 
\ 


Ak- 


3,667,289 
APPARATUS  FOR  TESTING  AUTOMOBILES 
Anders  Yngvc  Back,  Johanneshov,  Sweden,  assignor  to 
tiebolaget  Scania- Vabis,  SodntaUe,  Sweden 

Filed  Jan.  5,  1970,  Scr.  No.  1,070 

Int.  CI.  GOlm  15100 

UA  CI.  73-1 17.3  13  Clahns 


r^=#=P=^n 


A  measuring  and  recording  apparatus  for  testing  of  motor 
cars  in  accordance  with  a  predetermined  test  program  in- 
'  eluding  a  program  unit  having  a  plurality  of  measuring  data 
inputs  connected  to  difTerent  measuring  points  of  a  motor 
car,  particularly  points  of  the  motor  and  electrical  system 
thereof.  Said  inputs  are  successively  switched  through  to  the 
measuring  system  of  a  recording  instrument,  the  successive 
switching  actions  being  timed  in  synchronism  with  the  rota- 
tion of  the  motor  when  disabled  and  rotated  by  the  starter. 
During  one  revolution  of  the  motor,  the  relative  compres- 
sions of  the  cylinders  are  recorded  by  recording  the  starter 
current,  during  another  revolution,  the  primary  current  of 
the  ignition  system  is  recorded,  and  further  sin^e  or  double 
measurements  may  be  carried  out  during  any  subsequent 
revolution.  Then,  the  successive  switching  actions  are  timed 
in  dependence  on  time  so  that  during  a  fixed  period,  for  ex- 
ample, the  motor  is  blocked  and  the  starter  is  energized,  the 
starter  current  being  recorded  during  this  measuring  period. 
In  this  way,  a  test  operation  results  in  a  series  of  successive 
records  of  magnitudes,  essential  for  the  performance  of  the 
motor  car,  are  obtained. 


3,667,290 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  ESTIMATING  THE 

FORCE  GENERATED  BY  A  MOTOR  AS  A  FUNCTION  OF 

AN  EXTERNAL  LOAD  IMPOSED  THEREON 
Rkhard  E.  Hohn,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Cindnnnti 
MilacroB  Inc.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 

Filed  Aug.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No.  61,702 

Int.  CL  GOll  3100 

U.S.  CI.  73-133  9  Claims 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  estimating  the  force  produced 
by  a  motor  as  a  result  of  an  external  load  imposed  thereon. 
An  apparatus  is  provided  for  measuring  the  total  force 
produced  by  the  motor  and  producing  a  first  input  signal  as  a 
function  thereof.  A  transfer  function  circuit  responsive  to  the 
input  signal  operates  to  subtract  from  said  total  force  the 
dynamic  and  frictional  forces  in  said  motor.  This  result  is  in- 
tegrated to  produce  an  estimated  motor  velocity.  A  second 


input  signal  to  the  transfer  function  circuit  is  provided  by  an 
apparatus  for  measuring  the  actual  velocity  of  the  motor.  The 
actual  velocity  is  compared  with  the  estimated  velocity  to 
produce  a  signal  which  is  input  to  a  feedback  loop.  The  feed- 


•"tWUUC      M01DX                                            ion      1 — 

_J   1 



•? 

« 

,-. 

»1 

10, 

-     ^i: 

1 

:^ 

DRIVCT 

'J, 

-^ 

■"1      ; 

1 

-Urv^ 

V  r 

T 

1 

-IT 

V*\ 

iT^r^^ 

v»% 

""" 

Jtl 

^16 

back  loop  provides  a  feedback  signal  which  simultaneously  is 
algebraically  summed  with  the  first  input  signal  and  produced 
by  the  transfer  function  circuit  as  a  representation  or  estima- 
tion of  an  external  load  imposed  on  the  motor. 


3,667,291 
TRACTOR  PULL  LOAD  MEASURING  DEVICE 
Leonard  R.  Peak,  Lacona,  Iowa 

Filed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,628 

InL  CL  GOll  5lli 

U.S.  CI.  73—141  R  9  Claims 


A  device  having  an  elongated  frame  supported  at  its  rear 
end  by  ground  engaging  wheels  and  having  a  slid  below  the 
frame  pivotally  connected  thereto  forwardly  of  the  wheels. 
The  skid  is  adapted  to  engage  the  ground  along  its  length 
during  use  or  be  raised  above  the  ground  for  transport  by  a 
tongue  being  connected  to  the  skid  and  the  frame  being 
pivoted  upwardly  about  an  axis  through  the  wheels  thereby 
lifting  the  rear  of  the  skid.  A  ballast  trolley  is  moveable  from 
over  the  wheels  on  the  fi-ame  to  the  front  end  as  the  wheels 
turn  thereby  increasing  the  drag  due  to  the  load  being  trans- 
ferred to  the  skid  engaging  the  ground.  Measuring  iixUcia 
along  the  frame  is  provided  to  indicate  the  pulling  ability  of 
the  vehicle  being  tested  in  terms  of  how  far  the  ballast  trolley 
is  moved  forwardly. 


3,667,292 

DEVICE  FCHl  CHECKING  WHETHER  EACH  OF 

RUNNING  YARNS  IS  TWISTED  AT  THE  STANDARD 

TURNS  PER  MINUTE 

YukiMro  Hada,  FiOiyoahida,  Japn,  artgnnr  to  Unltika  Ltd., 

Amaraaakl-shi,  Hyogo-kcn  and  Fi^lkdld  KnbushlU  Kabha, 

FiOiyodikhMhl,  Yamanadii^Mn,  Japu 

FOcd  June  1,  1970,  Scr.  No.  41,959 

Clafans  priority,  application  Japu^  June  3, 1969, 44/43387 

Int.  CL  GOll  5100;  DOlh  77/00 

U.S.  CL  73—160  6  Claini 

The  device  of  the  present  invention  is  used  for  checking 
whether  each  of  ruiming  yams  is  twisted  at  the  standard  turns 
l>er  minute.  This  device  comprises  a  driving  shaft,  a  motor 
provided  with  a  variable  speed  means  and  a  yam  contact 
means.  The  driving  shaft  is  rotated  at  a  rotating  speed  cor- 
responding to  the  standard  turns  per  minute,  at  which  each 
of  running  yams  should  be  twisted.  The  yam  contact  means 
is  imparted  a  torque  from  the  shaft  and  nmning  yam,  which 


64 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


is  brou^t  in  contact  with  it.  The  shaft  and  the  yam  contact 
means  carry  niarks  which  can  be  viewed  with  a  stroboscope 


1 


between  the  thermocouples  as  established  by  the  bias  volt- 
age. The  temperature  of  the  sample  is  then  recorded  versis 


to  determine  whether  the  shaft  and  contact  means  are  rotat- 
ing at  the  same  speed. 


BIMORPH  SENSOR  FOR  ELECTRICAfLY  MEASURING 

PRESSURE  CHANGES 
Alvfai  G.  Moore,  Cimbcrlaad,  Md.,  aorignor  to  Hcrcuks  In- 
cofpoivtod,  WBiuiHi^on,  DcL 

nkd  Apr.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,208 

Iiit.CLG01c2f/J0 

VS.  CL  73—179  2  Claims 


the  time  required  for  the  temperature  of  the  sample  to  reach 
the  upper  limit  of  the  temperature  range  of  the  test  run. 


3,667,295 
OIL  GAUGE 

StaaitlaM  Skutctta,  Rothwcc  6  A,  7911  Pfa«wiho»iHRoth, 
Genaaay  i 

Filed  ScpC  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,932 
Claiau  priority,  appHcatkM  Gcrmaay,  Sept.  6, 1969,  P  19  45 

241.6 

bit.  CI.  GO  If  2  J/00 

U.S.  CL  73—290  R  1|  CWmi 


A  bimorph  sensor  for  measuring  pressure  changes  having  a 
circular  bimorph  and  a  thin  flexure  comprising  iron-nickel 
alloy  supporting  the  circular  bimorph  at  its  circiunference 
and  said  flexure  having  its  outer  ^extremity  adapted  to  support 
said  bimorph  in  a  pressure  cell  comprising  iron-nickel  alloy, 
whereby  a  high  electrical  output  is  obtained  from  the  said 
bimorph  in  response  to  pressure  being  applied  thereto. 


3,667,294 
APPARATUS  FOR  THERMAL  ANALYSIS 
Robert  A.  Schocnlaub,  Coinmbiis,  Ohio,  airigiior  to  The  Ed- 
ward Orton,  Jr.  Ceramic  FoundMioii,  Cohunbus,  Ohio  v 
Filed  July  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  844,031 
Int.  CLGOlk  77/00 
VS.  CL  73—190  R  6  Claims 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  high  measurement  of  heat 
content  which  includes  an  electric  furnace  in  which  a  sample 
holding  container  of  predetermined  dimensions  is  placed.  A 
pair  of  differentially  connected  thermocouples  are  disposed 
such  that  one  measures  the  temperature  of  the  container 
walls  as  a  reference  and  the  other  the  temperature  of  the 
sample.  A  source  of  bias  voltage  is  used  to  cause  the  hot 
junction  of  the  reference  thermocouple  to  be  maintained  at  a 
given  temperature  differential  above  the  other  thermocouple. 
A  control  system  is  operatively  connected  to  the  thermocou- 
ples and  to  the  power  source  of  the  furnace  to  vary  the 
amount  of  heat  delivered  to  the  container  responsive  to 
maintaining    the    predetermined    temperature    differential 


A  method  of  and  apparatus  for  checking  the  liqukl  level  in 
a  container  according  to  which  a  tubular  member  is  im- 
mersed into  said  liquid  and  below  its  minimum  level,  whereu- 
pon Uquid  and  air  is  trapped  in  said  tubular  member  by  a 
piston  and  a  seal  about  the  rod  of  a  piston  and  the  air  is  com- 
pressed by  the  entrapped  liquid,  the  compression  stroke  on 
the  entrapped  liquid  and  air  furnishing  an  indication  for  the 
liquid  level  in  the  respective  container. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


65 


3,667,296 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  DETERMINING  THE 

SURFACE  LEVEL  OF  MOLTEN  MATERIAL  IN  A  MOLD 

Peter  Schiefer,   Muehlheim   (Ruhr),  and  Bemd  Findeisen, 

Duisburg-Buchhoiz,  both  of  Germany,  aarignors  to  Man- 

nesmann  AktiengcasBschaft,  Diifldorf,  Gcnnany 

Filed  July  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,044 

Claims  priority,  appiicatkm  Germany,  July  28,  1969,  P  19  38 

840.0 

Int.  CL  B22d  11/10;  GOlf  23/24 

VS.  CL  73—304  R  4  Claims 


to  Sodete 
Mecaniqucs 


3,667,298 
MERCURY  MANOMETER 
Pierre  Chadcnaon,  La  Tronche,  Fraocc, 
Gcacrale    De   ConstmcCioBS    Electriques    Et 
(Alsthoa),  GrcBobk,  Fraacc 

Filed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87^55 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Nov.  13, 1969, 6939387; 

July  16, 1970, 7027329 

Int.CI.G01l7/y« 

U.S.  CL  73—405  8  Claim 


The  rising  level  of  molten  metal  in  a  mold,  pertaining,  for 
example,  to  a  continuous  casting  apparatus,  is  supervised  by 
electrical  resistance  wire  probes  dipping  into  the  mold  and 
short  circuited  by  the  molten  metal  therein.  The  resistance 
change  in  the  circuit  is  ascertained  and  used  as  level  indica- 
tion. N 


3,667,297 

FLUERIC  TENffERATURE  SENSOR 

Cwtcr  Vonddl,  Vicnaa,  Va.,  a«ignor  to  The  United  States  of 

America  ai  rcpreacntcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Army 

Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  629^67,  Apr.  5, 1967, 

now  abandoned.  This  appiicatkm  May  21, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

831,813 

Int.  CL  B21d  28/00 

VS.  CL  73—339  A  12  Clainv 


*<■ 


14 


,-tl 


-n 


UMPUHHl  "* 


o 


UUbLY^te 


40 


zr 


DWITkL 

w«.. 


^^TT^TTT 


The  high  precision  mercury  manometer  disclosed  herein 
comprises  a  container  exposed  to  atmospheric  pressure  and 
seated  on  one  of  the  trays  of  a  balance.  Inserted  into  the  con- 
tainer is  a  vertical  portion  of  a  rigid  pipe  which  is  coupled  at 
its  other  end  by  a  flexible  connector,  to  the  bottom  of  a 
second  container  exposed  eithe^ito  atmospheric  pressure,  or 
to  a  second  pressure  to  be  measured.  The  second  container  is 
displaceable  vertically  over  the  length  of  a  scale  graduated 
both  above  and  below  the  level  of  the  flrst  container.  The 
connection  between  the  two  containers  constituted  of  the 
rigid  and  flexible  conduits  has  a  practically  constant  volume, 
irrespective  of  the  change  in  location  of  the  second  con- 
tainer. The  first  container  and  the  balance  may  be  sealed  in  a 
closed  chamber  which  may  be  exposed  either  to  atmospheric 
pressure,  or  to  a  third  pressure  between  which  and  the 
second  pressure  a  differential  pressure  reading  is  desired.  A 
connection  is  provkled  between  the  closed  chamber  and  the 
second  container  so  that  the  merctuy  level  in  the  latter  may 
also  be  subjected  to  the  third  pressure. 


3,667,299 

WHEEL  MOUNTING  ADAPTOR  FOR  USE  IN  WHEEL 

BALANCING 

Warren  A.  Roberts,  514  Cttnton  Street,  Redwood  City,  CaHL 

FDed  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,218 

Int.  CL  GOlm  I/O?   if60c  25/06 

VS.  CL  73—487  9 


A  pressure  insensitive,  temperature  dependent  fluid  oscil- 
lator has  a  fluid  supplied  thereto.  The  frequency  of  the  oscil- 
lator is  measured  indicating  the  temperature  of  the  fluid.  The 
frequency  of  the  oscillator  is  made  independent  of  pressure 
fluctuations  by  having  a  choked  flow  condition  exist  with  re- 
gard to  the  discharge  nozzle  of  the  oscillator. 


An  evenly  balanced  annular  plate  for  being  nnounted  on 
the  balancing  bead  of  a  bubble  wheel  balancer  is  provided  on 
at  least  one  side  with  a  plurality  of  roUtabiy  captivated  and 
symmetrically  spaced  balls  for  engaging  a  like  plurality  of  lug 
holes  of  a  wheel  to  support  the  wheel  on  the  balancing  head 
of  the  bubble  wheel  balancer. 


899  O.G.— 3 


66 


3,667,300 

ACCELEROMETiai  MONITORING  DEVICE 

DouglM  F.  NewcO,  Bowk,  M«L,  Mrignor  to  The  United  Stotet 

of  America  m  rcpRMOted  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

FBed  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,218 

Int.  CL  GOlp  15/OS 

UACL  73-517  4aalni« 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


>    June  6,  1972 


] 


3,667,302 

MEMORY  MECHANISM  FOR  PUSHBUTTON  TUNERS 
Emery  E.  Olah,  Dee  Plalaee,  IlL,  aerignor  to  Molorole,  Inc., 
Franklin  Park,  Dl. 

Filed  Oct.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80^95 

Int.  CL  F16h  35/18 

US.  CL  74-10.37  dlCIalma 


^-, 


V/ 


PI 


I 


.^ 


i^ 


34 


^ 


^.- 


An  acceleration  monitoring  device  for  an  ordnance  vehicle 
having  a  pieroelectric  transducer  for  sensing  acceleration 
and  for  providing  a  signal  responsive  thereto.  The  accelera- 
tion responsive  signal  frequency  modulates  an  oscillator  con- 
nected, via  a  field-«ffect  transistor,  to  the  piezoelectric  trans- 
ducer to  provide  an  output  signal  which  is  transmitted  by  an 
antenna  to  a  location  remote  from  the  ordnance  vehicle.  The 
field-effect  transistor  directly  couples  the  piezoelectric  trans- 
ducer to  the  frequency  modulated  oscillator  and,  therefore, 
provides  both  a  transient  and  a  quiescent  acceleration 
response.  A  Oass  C  buffer  amplifier  is  coupled  to  the 
frequency  modulated  oscillator  and  the  antenna  to  isolate  the 
oscillator  from  the  adverse  effect  of  detuning  which  occurs  as 
the  ordnance  vehicle  approaches  a  target  or  the  like. 


For  a  pushbutton  radio  tuner,  a  mechanical  memory 
mechanism  having  a  plurality  of  memory  cams  positioned  at 
axially  spaced  apart  locations  on  a  common  shaft.  The  shaft 
is  routed  by  actuation  of  a  pushbutton  which  has  a  portion 
thereof  engaging  one  of  the  memory  elements  to  tune  the 
radio  to  a  desired  preselected  radio  station.  A  common  lock 
mechanism  is  used  to  unlock  all  of  the  cams  on  the  shaft,  and 
friction  holding  means  is  provided  for  each  cam  to  hold  the 
cams  that  are  not  being  set  in  a  fixed  position  on  the  shaft, 
while  other  cams  are  being  set  on  the  shaft.  The  cam  being 
set  is  moved  only  under  the  influence  of  a  setting  «ction  by 
its  associated  pushbutton. 


3,667,301 
CONTROL  OF  GYROSCOPE  SPIN-UP  DEVICES 
Alan  Hugh  Kent,  WoUngham,  and  John  Clviatopher  Ham- 
mond Dnvh,  Wargravc,  both  of  Engbmd,  amlgnors  to  Ples- 
•ey  Tckcommunlcatioaa  Rcacardi  Limited,  Tapkm,  En- 


3,66733 

CONTROL  TRANSMISSION 

Detlef  Hofmann.  Eutingcr  Stmme  7S31,  KIcMlbrdnn,  Gcr^ 

many 

'    I        Filed  Dec  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,454 

Clatam  priority,  appBcnHon  Germany,  Dec.  29, 1969,  P  19  65 

279.0  I 

Int.  a.  F16h  15/04, 55/34, 15/16 


U.S.CL7. 


FBed  Oct  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,593 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Oct.  3, 1969, 

48,745/69 

Int.  a.  GOlc  19/26, 19/52 

VJS.  CL  74—5.1  9  Claims 


15aainM 


A  gyroscope  and  spin-up  system  in  which  the  gyroscope 
rotor  is  rotated  by  fluid  from  a  spin-up  device.  Fluid  pulses 
are  generated  as  a  result  of  fluid  from  the  spin-up  device 
striking  pulse-generating  fluid-receiving  areas  provided  on 
the  rotor.  The  number  of  pulses  produced  depends  upon  the 
speed  of  the  rotor.  The  pulses  act  on  a  resonant  means  which 
operates  at  a  predetermined  rotor  speed  to  cut  off  the  supply 
of  fluid  to  the  spin-up  system. 


An  infinitely  variable  transmission,  which  includes  an  input 
shaft  with  a  first  friction  member  and  an  output  shaft  with  a 
second  friction  member  while  one  of  said  friction  members  is 
formed  by  a  sleeve  with  a  conical  bore  and  the  other  friction 
member  is  formed  by  an  egg-shaped  body  of  revolution  ex- 
tending into  said  conical  bore  and  in  firm  contact  with  the 
wall  defining  said  bore  for  fiictional  engagement  and  rotation 
with  said  sleeve,  said  body  of  revolution  being  tikable  with 
regard  to  the  axis  of  said  sleeve  for  varying  the  transmission 
ratio  between  said  input  and  output  shafts. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


67 


3,667,304 
RIDING  LAWN  MOWER  FRICTION  DRIVE 
Edward  W.   Puller,  Galciburg,  and  Howard   K.  Duncan, 
RoseviOe,  both  of  DL,  amignorB  to  Outbowd  Marine  Cor- 
poration, Waukcgan,  Dl. 

Filed  Sept.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  69,255 

Int.  a.  F16h  15/08 

UA  a.  74-197.  .     ^  II  Claims 


Disclosed  herein  is  a  riding  lawn  mower  including  a  fric- 
tion drive  comprising  a  rotatably  driven  disc  mounted  on  a 
frame,  together  with  a  bracket  which  supports  a  roller  and 
which  is  movable  relative  to  a  position  locating  the  roller  in 
driving  engagement  with  the  disc  and  means  on  the  frame  for 
biasing  the  bracket  so  as  to  initially  engage  the  roller  with  the 
disc  with  a  first  normal  force  and  for  subsequently  increasing 
the  normal  force  between  the  roller  and  the  disc. 


3,667,305 
MACHINE  TOOL  HAVING  A  ROTARY  WORKTABLE 
Michelangelo  Ranira,  Ivrea,  Italy,  airignor  to  Ing.  C.  OUvctti 
A  C,  S.p.A.,  Ivrea  (Torino),  Italy 

FDed  June  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47319 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  June  21,  1969, 52334-A/69 

Int.  CL  B23b  29/32  "^ 

VS.  CL  74-818  9  ciainw 


3,667306 
DEVICE  FOR  PROVIDING  CONTROLLED  MOVEMENT 
George  L.  Bush,  Stamford,  Conn.,  assignor  to  The  Bunker- 
Ramo  Corporatioa,  Oak  Brook,  lU. 

Filed  Feb.  16,  1970,  Ser.  No.  11,746 

IntCLF16d  27/70 

U.S.  CL  74- 1 25.5  4  Oiihm 


A  machine  tool  having  a  rotary  work-table  driven  in  rota- 
tion by  a  circular  gear  carried  by  the  work-uble  cooperating 
with  a  worm  gear  and  drive  mechanism  mounted  on  the 
work-table  support.  The  underside  of  the  work-table  bears 
upon  a  slideway.  The  work-uble  is  locked  to  the  slideway  by 
means  of  three  equidistant  posts  biased  into  clamping  rela- 
tionship with  a  slot  in  the  slideway.  An  annular  piston 
operates  a  linkage  that  engages  the  posts,  and  upon  actuation 
of  the  piston  the  posts  are  moved  to  a  position  spaced  fit)m 
the  slot  to  unlock  the  work-table  for  rotation.  The  annular 
piston  also  moves  a  plurality  of  bearings  into  engagement 
with  the  underside  of  the  work-uble  to  remove  the  full  load 
thereof  from  the  slideway  to  fociliute  rotation. 


'»        M      'M 


ctnrmtL  imt 
tiDcmrs  fx 


J*m 


Ml     M» 


A  device  for  moving  a  member  by  a  controlled  amount  or 
to  a  controUed  position.  An  element  undergoing  a  rotary 
vibrational  movement  is  coupled  to  rotate  a  rotataUe 
member  when  the  element  vibrates  in  one  direction  but  not 
when  the  element  vibrates  in  the  opposite  direction,  causing 
a  slight  incremental  advance  of  the  roUtaMe  member  in  the 
one  direction  for  each  cycle  of  the  vibrating  element. 


3,667307 

STEPPING  CLUTCH  DEVICE 

Hdnz  Kekh,  VIDingen,  Germany,  Mdgnor  to  Kicnzle  Ap- 

parate  GmbH,  Vilfengen,  Black  Forest,  Germany 

Original  appHcadon  July  15, 1969,  Scr.  Na  841,773,  now 

Patent  No.  3389,486.  Divided  and  tl*  application  Dec  1, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  94,128 

Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  July  9, 1968, 

10833/68 

Int.  CL  FI6I1 27/02;  F16d  67/02 

U.S.CL74— 126  lOCIafam 


A  stepping  clutch  device  has  two  annular  outer  memben 
with  inner  ratchet  teeth,  and  an  inner  member  having  first 
and  second  sets  of  resiUent  arms  having  pawl  portions  engag- 
ing said  ratchet  teeth  and  recesses  of  said  two  outer  mem- 
bers, respectively.  The  arms  can  be  bent  by  the  ratchet  teeth 
in  radial  direction  during  relative  turning  of  the  outer  and 
inner  members  in  one  direction,  but  couple  the  inner  and 
outer  members  slippage-free  during  relative  turning  in  the 
opposite  direction.  The  first  outer  member  is  fixed,  and  the 
second  outer  member  is  biassed  by  a  spring  toward  a  first  end 
position  in  one  direction  of  roution.  Electromagnetic  means 
stepwise  turn  the  Second  outer  member  in  the  opposite 
direction  to  a  second  end  position  so  that  the  inner  member 
is  turned  in  successive  steps  in  one  direction  by  the  spring 
which  is  wound  up  by  the  electromagnetic  means  after  each 
step. 


68 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JUNEi  6,  1972 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


3,667,308 
V-BELT 
Schwab,  Vlemia,  and  Ana  Mapltach,  Maria  Eaacr- 
sdorf,  both  of  Awtria,  aalgnofs  to  Sonpcrit  AG,  Vlama, 
Aintria 

Filed  Nov.  23, 1970,  Str.  No.  91,984 

dalim  priority,  appHcathm  Austria,  Dec.  3, 1969, 11267 

Int.  a.  F16e  5/16,  1122 

U  A  CL  74—233  19  Oabm 


brakes.  The  control  system  then  energizes  fluid  operated 
means  for  making  the  appropriate  gear  interconnections  and 
then  sequentially  releases  the  input  brake  and  the  output 
brake.  The  input  clutch  is  then  engaged  and  finally  the  out- 
put clutch  is  engaged  to  reestablish  a  driving  connection 
between  the  engine  and  driven  elementt.  The  delay  between 
release  of  the  input  and  output  brakes  assures  that  abutted 
teeth  in  the  gearing  section  engage  easily  at  low  relative 
speeds  and  under  only  light  loading. 


A  raw-edged  V-belt  which  is  of  the  type  embodying  at  least 
a  top  cover  layer,  reinforcement  insert  means,  and  a  substan- 
tially trapezoidal-shaped  core  formed  of  an  elastomer.  Ac- 
cording to  important  aspects  of  the  invention,  the  top  cover 
layer  is  formed  of  a  fiber  fleece  or  a  wide-meshed  fabric 
completely  impregnated  with  an  elastomer.  If  desired,  the 
raw-edged  V-belt  construction  of  the  invention  may  further 
be  equipped  with  a  bottom  cover  layer.  The  invention  further 
contemplates  that  one  or  both  cover  layers  of  the  V-belt  con- 
sist of  an  elastomer  of  low  modulus  of  elasticity,  but  higher 
breaking  elongation,  than  the  elastomer  of  the  core. 


iHirr    CONTHOL 


I9-Z-) mtUMATIC    ClUCUIT g 


/" 


•TM 


3,667,310 
SELF-TIGHTENING  TRANSMISSION  GEAR  MOUNTING 
Rdnkard  Hahacr,  Stuttgart,  Germany,  awlgnor  t«  Robert 
Boach  Gnri»H,  Stuttgart,  G«rmany 

Filed  Jan.  29, 1971,  Ser.  No.  111,031 
Clalnu  priority,  appUcatfon  Germany,  Feb.  20, 1970^  P  20  07 

849J 
Int.  a.  F16h  1114;  F16d  21104 
MS.  CL  74—417 


I  priority, 


T 

70^1 


3,667309 
MULTI  SPEED  DRIVE  TRANSMISSION 
Manrfcc  F.  Franx,  Eait  Peoria;  Charict  H.  Hcrr, 
Harry  B.  Newman,  Wnrirfngton,  and  PMBp  S.  Wcftbcr, 
Morton,  al  of  U.,  aarignnw  to  CalcrpBar  Tractor  Co., 
Peoria,  DL 

FHed  Oct.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,716 

Int.  CL  B60k  29100, 21/00 

VS.  CL  74—340  12  Claims 


lOCWnH 


"*^^M&^ 


A  drive  gear  is  freely  mounted  on  a  drive  shaft  and  meshes 
with  V)  output  gear  on  an  output  shaft.  The  meshing  teeth 
are  slanted  so  that  a  load  on  the  output  shaft  and  output 
gear,  produces  an  axial  force  component  on  the  driven  gear, 
urging  the  same  into  frictional  engagement  with  a  threaded 
nut  so  that  the  same  is  held  against  roution,  and  moves  axi- 
ally  to  press  the  drive  gear  into  tight  engagement  with  an 
abutment  on  the  drive  shaft  while  the  rotating  drive  shaft 
screws  a  threaded  portion  thereof  into  the  nut. 


Pwd 


1, 


3,667,311 
RECIRCULATING  BALL  SCREW 
Wyaoi«,  Northrldge,  CaHf.,  — ignnr  to  Schrfllo  Com- 

7.  Scpuivcda,  CaHf . 
Filed  Dec.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  96^40 
Int.  CL  F16h  1/18, 55/22, 57/04 
U.S.  CL  74— 424.8  R  I   7  dalma 


A  drive  transnriission  for  powered  vehicles  and  the  like  has 
change  speed  gears  which  maybe  shifted  to  provide  a 
selected  one  of  a  plurality  of  drive  ratios  and  has  clutches  at 
both  the  input  and  output  ends  whereby  the  gears  may  be 
decoupled  from  both  the  driving  engine  and  driven  shaft  and 
may  then  be  braked  to  a  stop  to  facilitate  shifting.  Brakes  are 
provided  at  both  the  input  and  output  ends  of  the  gearing 
section  and  a  pneumatic  control  system  respoitds  to  move- 
ment of  the  operator's  shift  lever  by  operating  the  clutches 
and  brakes  in  a  programmed  sequence  which  assures  smooth 
shifting  and  avoids  damage.  Upon  movement  of  the  opera- 
tor's shift  lever  to  a  selected  setting,  the  control  system 
simultaneously  disengages  both  clutches  and  applies  both 


A  recirculating  ball  screw  suitable  for  high  speed  operation 
and  having  an  improved  lubrication  system  is  disclosed. 
Recirculation  of  the  balls  is  accomplished  in  a  smooth  and 
continuous  manner  by  a  new  ball  recirculating  member 
which  cooperates  with  the  lead  screw  to  urge  the  balls  out  of 
their  normal  ball  track  to  transfer  the  ball  over  the  lead 
screw  in  an  axial  direction  and  then  deposit  the  ball  smoothly 
back  into  the  ball  track  without  the  use  of  ball  pick-up  fin- 
gers protruding  into  the  ball  track.  The  improved  lubrication 
system  is  comprised  of  an  outer  sleeve  which  seals  the  lubri- 
cant in  place  by  the  use  of  sealing  rings  so  as  to  prevent  lubri- 
cant contamination  and  unwanted  lubricant  migration. 


3,667,312 
DRIVE  REDUCTION  MECHANISM 

Howard  C.  Dnhl,  6420  Nynna  Parti  Drive,  Tncoma,  Wash. 
Filed  Jan.  U,  1971,  Scr.  No.  105,540 
Int  a.  F16h  1/18;  B66d  1/00 
VS.  a.  74-425  .Claim. 


system.  A  force  sensitive  locking  mechanism  allows  the  fiiit 
pivot  point  to  break  away  when  the  reaction  foroe  acting 
thereon  exceeds  that  associated  with  booster  assisted  break 


] 

actuation  and  establishes  a  second  pivot  point  of  relatively 
higher  mechanical  advantage  enabling  the  vehicle  operator 
to  actuate  the  break  system  independent  of  the  booster  assist 


An  electric  motor  is  secured  to  a  side  wall  of  a  housing 
formed  in  part  from  a  short  length  of  stock  metal  tubing.  The 
drive  shaft  of  the  motor  is  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  tubing.  A 
belt  and  pulley  drive  interconnectt  the  motor  shaft  with  one 
end  of  a  worm  shaft  which  extends  axially  through  the  tubu- 
lar housing  and  meshes  with  a  worm  gear  supported  in  the 
housing.  The  worm  gjear  is  secured  to  an  output  shaft  which 
projecu  through  a  wall  of  the  housing  and  extends  perpen- 
dicular to  the  worm  shaft.  The  worm  shaft  and  the  output 
shaft  are  supported  by  bearings  contained  within  bearing  ^ 
housings  which  are  welded  to  wall  or  closure  portions  <rf  the 
tubular  housing. 


3,667315 
VEHICLE  HANDLE  BAR  HEATER 

Jack  J.  PoOy,  St.,  2524  SHvcr  Creek  Drive,  Franklin  Park,  OL 

FDed  Feb.  10, 1971,  Ser.  No.  114,134 

InLCLB62k2///2 

U.S.  a.  74—551.8  9  ciain» 


3,667313 

FLEXIBLE  REMOTE  CONTROL  WITH  SPACED  BALL 
BEARINGS 
Don  L.  Young,  Jr.,  Haaelwood,  Mo.,  assignor  to  Controlcx 
Corporation  of  America,  Crotoa  Falk,  N.V. 

Filed  Mar.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,191 

Int.  CI.  F16c  1/10 

U.S.CL74-501P  /  2  Claims 


/ 


/ 


The  tubular  cross  member  defining  the  handle  bar  of  a 
vehicle,  such  as  a  snowmobile,  has  cartridge  heater  elements 
in  the  tubular  interior  thereof.  The  wiring  from  the  cartridge 
heater  extends  through  the  handle  bar  to  the  vehicle  battery 
or  other  source  of  electricity  and  includes  a  heat  control  and 
electrical  switches. 


Flexible  remote  controls  of  the  type  in  which  at  least  one 
push-pull  blade  extends  through  a  tubular  sheath  and  is  sup- 
ported on  its  opposite  sides  by  spaced  balls  are  improved  by 
replacing  the  usual  metal  ball-cage  strips  with  lightweight, 
flexible  plastic  strips  provided  with  perforations  to  hold  the 
balls  with  the  desired  spacing. 


3,667314 
VARIABLE  RATIO  LEVER  MECHANISM 
Thomas  E.  Ritter,  Utica,  Mich.,  assignor  to  General  Moton 
Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  Nov,  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  92,484 
Int.  CL  G05g  1/04 
VS.  CL  74-518  3  Claims 

A  variable  ratio  lever  mechanism  for  a  power  booster 
assisted  motor  vehicle  braking  system  includes  a  variably 
ratio  fulcrum  mechanism  which  normally  establishes  a  first 
pivot  point  providing  the  relatively  low  mechanical  ad- 
vantage needed  for  booster  assisted  actuation  of  the  brake 


3,667316 
FOOT  PEDAL  POSITIONING  DEVICE 
Rose  Valletti,  and  Angela  Arone,  both  of  241  North  Long 
Beach,  Freeport,  L.  I.,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  11, 1971,  Ser.  No.  123376 
InL  a.  G05g  1/14 
VS.  CL  74-560  ^ 


A  positioning  device  particularly  adapted  for  foot  pedal 
controls  and  the  like  consisting  of  a  foot  shaped  platform  for 


V 


70 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


receiving  a  foot  pedal  controUmd  including  one  or  more  heel 
stops  which  automaticaUy  podtiQnthe  user's  heel  in  front  of 
the  foot  pedal  control.  The  platform  also  includes  an  anti- 
friction bottom  surface  such  as  foam  rubber  or  suction  cups 
which  prevent  the  platform  from  becoming  accidentally 
dislodged  from  its  normal  operating  position. 


3,667319 
ROLLER  TRACTION  DRIVE  MECHANISM 
Mihoa   H.   Schcttcr,  BloonlMd   Hilk,   Mich., 
General  Motors  Corporatioii,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Flkd  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56315 
Int.  CI.  F16o  37106,  13108 
MS.  CL  94-665  K 


ISM 

udfiior  to 

A  Clainv 


3,667317 

BALANCER 

Franz  HilBngrathner,  Junkersdorf  near  Cologne,  Germany,  as- 

slgBor  to  International  Harvoter  Compuiy,  Chicago.  Dl. 

Filed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66,949 

Int.  CL  F02b  75/06 

U.S.  CI.  74—604  3  CMm 


A  balancer  for  an  engine  having  a  crankshaft  including  a 
gear  connected  to  and  driven  by  the  crankshaft,  and  a  pair  of 
meshing  pinions  connected  to  and  driving  a  pair  of  counter- 
routing  weights,  one  of  the  pinions  meshing  with  the  gear. 
The  gear  has  a  ring  and  a  hub  with  projections  on  each  and 
an  elastic  material  interposed  to  isolate  the  crankshaft  from 
vibrations  caused  by  the  roUtion  of  the  weights. 


3,667318 
LIGHTWEIGHT  GEAR  HOUSING 
Harry  R.  Lock,  Sherman  Oaks,  Calif.,  aaaignor  to  Power 
Farts  Company 

Filed  Sept.  18,  1970,  Ser.  No.  73,440 

Int.  CI.  F16p  1100 

U.S.  CI.  74-609  5  Claims 


A  contrarotating.  equal  speed-change  ratio,  dual  output 
compound  roller  traction  driver  mechanism  from  a  single  in- 
put, wherein  the  single  input  drives  one  member  of  split  input 
sun  members.  The  driven  sun  members  rotates  a  first  set  of 
split  planet  pinions,  the  latter,  in  turn,  driving  both  a  carrier 
member  and  a  first  ring  member  connected  to  a  fiiBt  output 
shaft.  The  driven  carrier  member  routes  the  second  set  of 
split  planet  pinions  on  the  other  or  fixed  member  o^  the  split 
input  sun  members  in  the  opposite  direction  to  that  of  the 
first  set  of  planet  pinions.  The  second  set  of  planet  pinions,  in 
turn,  drives  a  second  ring  member  connected  to  a  second 
output  shaft  for  driving  the  latter  at  the  same  speed  and 
torque  as  the  first  output  shaft  and  in  the  opposite  direction 
thereto. 


t. 


3,667320 
WAVE  GENERAT(»  CONFIGURATIONS 
Hiigh  A.  Robinson,  Wcnham,  Maw.,  aarignor  to  USM  Cor- 
poration, Boston,  Mass. 

I         Filed  Jan.  18,  1971,  Scr.  No.  107,038 
'  Int.a.F16hi7/(M 

ViS.  CL  74—640 


1  Claim 


A  lightweight,  split  housing  is  provided  for  drive  gears  for 
locomotives  wheels  by  a  pair  of  lightweight  shells  with  the 
open  edge  on  one  shell  having  rigidifying  means  secured 
thereto  and  projecting  therefrom  for  complementary  rigidify- 
ing cooperation  with  the  open  edge  of  the  other  shell. 


In  mechanical  harmonic  drive  actuators,  an  elliptoidal 
wave  shape  is  employed  to  generate  a  circumferential  wave 
of  radial  deflection.  The  present  invention  provides  an  im- 
proved shape  for  a  wave  generator  cam,  specifically  a  wave 
generator  plug  defined  by  a  pair  of  arc  centered  on  the  major 
axis,  a  pair  of  arc  centered  on  the  minor  axis,  and  these  arcs 
sharii^  common  points  of  tangency.  Bending  stress  is 
reduced  in  the  deflecting  member  and  better  load  distribu- 
tion atuined  in  the  wave  generator  bearing. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


71 


3,667321 

CONTINUOUS  TRANSMISSION,  ESPECULLY  TOR 

AUTOMOBILE  VEHICLES 

Jean  Maurice,  Paris.  Rw»,  aarignor  to  Societe  Anonyme 

Francaiae  du  Ferodo,  Park,  France 

Filed  Aug.  7,  1969,  Ser.  No.  848310 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Aug.  29, 1968,  164477 

Int.  CI.  F16h  47104 

UA  CI.  74-682  7cUdm. 


C£2222:S=EZZa2ZZN 


1   I    WsT^'  ■    '    ■•"'•ItTT?' 


A  continuous  power  transmission  device  provided  between 
a  movement  take-off  and  a  receiving  shaft,  especially  for  au- 
tomobile vehicles.  comprUing  a  reversible  continuous  speed- 
varying  device  and  a  planetary  train  with  four  elements,  in 
which  two  elements  of  said  train  are  continuously  active,  one 
of  said  elements  being  coupled  to  the  movement  take-off 
through  the  intermediary  of  said  reversible  continuous  speed- 
varying  device  and  the  other  element  being  coupled  to  said 
shaft,  each  of  the  two  remaining  elements,  known  as  change- 
over elements  being  adapted  to  be  rendered  active  or  pas- 
sive, and  further  comprising  means  for  rendering  one  of  said 
change-over  elements  active  while  the  other  element  is  pas- 
sive, and  vice  versa. 


3,667322 
OIL  PRESSURE  CONTROLLING  DEVICE  FOR 
AUTOMATIC  TRANSMISSION  WITH  HYDRAULIC 
TORQUE  CONVERTER 
MasaakI   Noguchi,   Nagoya;   MasahjPru   Sumiyoshi,   ToyoU; 
Shigeni  Sakakibara,  Aichi-Ken;  Osamu  Ito,  Toyota,  and 
Takaaki  Kato,  Toyohashi,  aU  of  Japan,  aadgnon  to  Toyota 
Jklodia  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha,  by  said  Noguchi,  Su- 
miyoshi,  and   Saltakibara   and   Nippon   Denso-KabushikI 
Kaisha,  by  said  Ito  and  Kato 

Filed  July  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  53364 
Clainu  priority,  appUcatioB  Japan,  July  19, 1969, 44/57145 

Int.  CI.  F16h  47106,  5/42;  B60k  23/00 
UACL  74-731  9  Claim. 


engaging  means,  and  an  oil  pressure  operating  circuit  for 
controlling  the  engagement  and  disengagement  of  the 
aforesaid  frictionally  engaging  means,  said  circuit  incorporat- 
ing a  constant  pressure  valve  for  maintaining  the  operation 
oil  pressure  in  such  circuit  at  a  predetermined  value,  an  elec- 
tronically controlled  actuator,  and  an  actuating  valve  for 
changing  the  predetermined  value  of  the  constant  pressure 
valve  by  energizing  or  de-energizing  the  actuator.  A  com- 
puter circuit  is  provided  for  controlling  the  activation  of  said 
actuator  through  the  medium  of  deUvery  thereto  of,  respec- 
tively, a  signal  in  accordance  with  the  number  of  revolutions 
of  the  output  shaft  of  the  gear  transmission  and  a  signal  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  number  of  revolutions  of  the  hydraulic 
torque  converter  turbine  shaft. 

» 

3,667323 

HYDRAUUC  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  AUlt>MATIC 

TRANSMISSION 

Namk)  Irie,  Yokohama,  Japan,  aarignoi   to  Ntaaan  Motor 

Company,  Limited,  Kanagawa-ku,  Yokohama  CHy,  Japui 

Filed  Apr.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32327 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Apr.  30,  1969, 44/32720 

Int.  a.  F16h  5/42;  B60k  27/00 
U.S.CL  74-752  C  3  Claims 

/  ' 


A  hydrauUc  control  system  for  an  automotive  automatic 
transmission  using  a  planetary  gear  set,  the  control  system 
havmg  a  reverse  reaction  brake  which  is  applied  by  the  mo- 
tion of  a  manual  selector  valve  when  the  selector  valve  is  set 
to  the  neutral  position  with  the  engine  operating  and  which  is 
prevented  from  being  applied  when  the  vehicle  is  being 
dnven  in  a  forward  direction  and  the  selector  valve  is  shifted 
from  the  drive  to  the  neutral  position.  The  manual  selector 
valve  IS  controUed  by  a  governor  pressure  which  may  be  coo- 
nected  direct  to  the  source  of  hydraulic  pressure. 


) 


An  oil  pressure  control  system  is  provided  in  relation  to  an 
automatic  transmission  for  vehicles  composed  of  a  hydraulic 
torque  converter  pump,  a  hydraulic  torque  converter  turbine, 
a  gear  transmission  unit  incorporating  gears  and  frictionally 


3,667324 

PLANETARY  CARRIER  ASSEMBLY  AND  METHOD  OF 

MANUFACTURE  THEREOF 

James  Morrison  Laing,  Letchworth,  England,  msIihih    to 

Borg- Warner  Limhed,  Letchworth,  Eogbnid 

Filed  May  15,  1970,  Scr.  No.  37,795 
Clainu  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  June  17, 1969, 

30,711/69 
Int.  CL  F16h  1/28, 3/44 
VS.  CL  74—801  ^  didn* 

A  planeury  carrier  assembly  for  a  transmission  in  which 
the  support  for  the  planet  pinions  is  provided  by  a  preassem- 
bled  sheet  metal  part  formed  of  a  support  member,  a  spacer 
and  a  plate  member  secured  together  by  welding.  Aligned 
holes  are  bored  in  the  three  parts  after  welding  to  accom- 


72 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


i 


June 


6,  1972 


modate  shafts  for  the  pinions,  thrust  bearing  washers  being     equilibrate  the   body  to  its  desired  correct  balance.  The 
located  between  the  planet  gears  and  the  support  and  plate     device  includes  measuring  means,  correction  tools,  dnllmg 


»^ 


members.  The  pinions  are  secured  by  an  upsetting  operation 
on  the  plate  member  and  the  support  member  at  adjacent  the 
ends  of  the  pinion  shafts. 


3,667^25 

AUTOMATIC  SHIFT  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  AN 

AUTOMATIC  TRANSMISSION  FOR  VEHICLES 

Shin  Ito;  Scitoliu  Kubo,  and  Takalumi  Mori,  aU  of  Toyota, 

Japan,    assignors    to    Toyota    Jldosha    Kogyo    Kabushiid 

Kaisha,  Toyot»>shi,  Japan 

Filed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62,557 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct.  18, 1969, 44/83413 

InCCI.  B60li2//00 
U.S.  CI.  74—866  1 »  Claims 


L^ 


.^L. 


TMwrni  , 

OKUT 


■MO      I 


means,  brake  structure  and  means  to  transport  the  bodies 
through  the  various  corrective  and  measuring  stages. 


.    I  3,667,327 

MANUALLY  OPERATED  MARKING  TORQUE  WRENCH 

Christopher  James  Lance,  Royal  Oal^  Mich.,  assignor  to  Ivan 

F.  IMkiiap,  Detroit,  Mich.,  a  part  Intcrert  j 

Filed  July  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  54,465 

Int.  CI.  B25b 


U.S, 


3ClaiaM 


An  automatic  shift  control  system  for  an  automatic  trans- 
mission for  vehicles  having  an  engine  torque  responsive 
signal  generator,  a  vehicle  speed  responsive  signal  generator 
and  a  plurality  of  discriminating  circuits  generating  a  shift 
signal  when  the  relation  between  these  signals  satisfies  a 
predetermined  condition.  One  of  the  discriminating  circuits 
is  connected  to  a  second  speed  starting  circuit  which  is  con- 
nected in  turn  to  a  throttle  switching  which  is  turned  on  and 
off  depending  on  the  positicn  of  the  throttle  valve  so  that  the 
vehicle  can  be  started  in  the  second  gear  under  a  low  load 
and  in  the  first  gear  under  a  high  load  to  the  engine. 


A  marking  wrench  has  a  conventional  torque-limiting, 
overcenter  connection  between  its  operating  handle  and  a  tu- 
bular socket-type  wrench.  The  handle  fixedly  mounts  an 
elongated,  laterally  offiiet  and  forwardly  extending  operator 
arm.  which  extends  just  beyond  the  axis  of  the  wrench 
socket,  at  one  side  of  that  axis.  The  socket  end  slidably 
guides  a  plunger  or  Uppet  coaxial  with  the  socket;  and  a 
conical  cam  element  at  the  top  of  the  tappet  it  enga^ 
cammingly  by  the  operator  arm  when  the  over-center  con- 
nection is  broken.  This  causes  the  Uppet  to  operate  a  felt- 
tipped  marker  to  mark  a  fastener  engaged  by  the  socket  jaw. 
the  marker  being  coaxially  slidable  in  the  socket. 


3,667,326 
DEVICE  FOR  TESTING  THE  IMBALANCE  OF  BALANCE 

WHEELS 

Paul  Jahn,  Sdrambcrg,  and  Alfred  Kapp*  Schrambcrg-Sul- 

gen,  both  o(  Germany,  aHtgnors  to  Gcbnider  Junghana 

GmbH.,  Schramberg,  Wurttemberg,  Germany 

FOed  Nov.  16, 1967,  Ser.  No.  683,724 

Claims  priority,  appBcaHon  Germany,  Nov.  16, 1966,  J 

32260 

Int.  CL  B23b  41100, 49/00 

US,  CL  408—16  1  Claim 

A  device  for  testing,  finding  and  eliminating  any  imbalance 

of  a  rotary  body^uch  as  a  balance  wheel  of  watches  and 

clocks  having  various  elements  to  measure  imbalance  and 


FROM 


I  3,667328 

APPARATUS  FOR  REMOVING  INSULATION 
ELECTRICAL  CONDUCTORS 
John  D.  Stolsheii,  La  Habra,  CaW.,  aarignor  to  Republic  Cor^ 
poration,  Beverly  Hila,  Calif. 

I  Filed  Aug.  31,  1970,  Ser.  No.  68,066 

lat.  CL  H02g  1/12 
VS.  CL  81—9.5 


13  Claims 


A  wire  stripper  of  the  type  wherein  an  electrically  heated 
blade  routes  about  the  wire  to  melt  a  circle  of  insulation  so 
that  an  end  piece  of  insulation  can  be  pulled  off.  A  circuit  for 
energeing  the  device  operates  for  a  preset  time  at  a  predeter- 
mined current,  to  assure  melting  of  insulation  to  the  required 
depth  without  damaging  the  central  conductor  and  to 
minimize  the  time  of  the  operation.  A  blade  support  extends 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


78 


along  a  side  of  the  blade  opposite  the  side  that  contacts  the 
wire,  to  support  the  blade  against  deflection,  and  to  help  con- 
fine heat  to  the  blade.  The  blade  is  an  easily  replacable  ele- 


tical  slicing  movements  with  respect  to  a  stationary  knife  and 
with  each  vertical  slicing  movement  accompanied  by  incre- 
mental horizontal  feed  movement  of  the  block  towards  the 
knife  for  successive  slicing  thereof;  the  improvement  for  said 
microtome  which  includes  a  block  holder  on  the  forward  end 
of  the  head  preformed  to  snugly  receive  the  tissue  block  to 
be  sliced  and  with  a  magnet  for  holding  the  tissue  block 
within  the  block  holder,  a  power  operated  reciprocal  block 
support  carrier  and  cassette  for  the  storage  of  blocks  to  be 
sliced  and  for  delivering  said  blocks  one  at  a  time  to  the 
block  support  for  increment  positioning  vnth  respect  to  the 


ment  whose  opposite  end  extends  through  apertures  in  a  pair 
of  spaced  pins,  and  current  is  carried  to  the  pins  by  a  pair  of 
slip  nngs  and  a  pair  of  flexible  wires  that  extend  in  helixes 
about  the  shaft  from  the  slip  rings  to  the  pins. 


3,667,329 
APPARATUS  FOR  REWORKING  WHEELS  ON  A  RAIL 

VEHICLE 
Thcodor  Donbrowsld,  Erkdens,  Germany,  amigiior  to  Wii- 
hdm  Hegenacheidt  KommanditgCKliKhaft,  Erlcefenz,  Ger- 
maoy 

Filed  Dec.  16,  1969,  Ser.  No.  885,398 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Germany,  Dec.  19,  1968,  P  18  15 

689J 

InL  CI.  B23h  5/28 
VS.  CL  82—8  9 


"wrj 


'JT^^JWrW 


^  ^^w^TTT;^''XTT^T^<;rT' 


block  holder  and  with  power  means  for  effecting  automatic 
feed  movements  of  the  block  support,  an  improved  knife  as- 
sembly with  flexible  blade  whose  ends  are  mounted  upon 
feed  and  take-up  reels  for  intermittent  advancement,  a  motor 
for  advancing  the  take-up  reel,  the  power  operated  conveyor 
belt  for  transporting  aM^ray  specimen  slices  in  a  continuous 
manner  together  with  a  chute  for  delivery  of  pardy  sliced 
blocks  to  a  stora^  chamber  portioned  below  the  block 
holder  when  retracted  adapted  to  receive  blocks  when 
released  from  the  block  holder  and  including  an  electrical 
circuit  connected  with  a  series  of  motors  and  limit  switches 
to  provide  for  an  automatic  cycling  operation  in  a  continuous 
manner. 


d' 


A  rail  vehicle  is  supported  so  that  its  wheels  nave  ft«edom 
to  route,  and  thereupon  the  wheels  are  engaged  and  sup- 
ported. The  wheel  flanges  of  the  wheels  are  turned  until  they 
are  centrical  and  cylindrical.  The  diameter  of  the  thus  turned 
wheel  flanges  is  measured  and  the  desired  new  circum- 
ferential configuration  of  the  wheel  rims  is  determined  as  a 
function  of  measurement  taken  with  reference  to  the  axis  of 
roution  of  the  wheels  and  with  reference  to  the  diameter  of 
the  wheel  flanges.  Thereupon  the  wheel  flanges  are  turned  to 
the  thus  determined  new  circumferential  configuration. 


3,667,331 

APPARATUS  FOR  CUTTING,  TRANSFERRING  AND 

DEPOSITING  SELF-SUPPORTING  STRIP  MATERUL 

John  Jacob  Rcfec,  Emporium,  Pa.,  and  Henry   WiUam 

Roeber,  Waterloo,  N.Y.,  amitnoii  to  Syivania  Electric 

Prodocta,  lac. 

Original  appHcatloa  Feb.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  801.1 14,  mm 

Patent  No.  3,598,009.  Divided  awl  thk  appUcation  Jan.  25, 

1971,  Ser.  No.  109,187 

Int.  CL  B26d  7/06 

VS.  CL  83—98  1  c%mt^ 


to  Devco, 


3,667330 
MICROTOME  ASSEMBLY 
Sidney  D.  Kobemick,  Bfaiirii«ham,  Mich., 
Inc.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

FUed  Dec.  16,  1970,  Ser.  No.  98,606 
Int.  a.  GOln  1/06;  B26d  7/02,  7/08 

VS.  CL  83—98  18 

In  a  microtome  which  has  a  housing  on  a  support  a  car- 
riage adapted  for  forward  feed  and  retraction  movements  in 
a  horizontal  plane  and  mounting  a  vertically  adjusuble  head 
which  supports  a  forwardly  extending  block  holder  adapted 
to  mount  a  tissue  specimen  containing  block  adapted  for  ver- 


Apparatus  for  performing  the  title  functions  with  thick  film 
resistor  or  capacitor  miaterial.  The  material  is  fed  in  discrete 


74 


increments  to  a  cutting  head  which  severs  selected  portions 
and  transports  the  same  to  a  remote  location  where  it  is 
deposited  across  conductors  formed  on  an  insulating  sub- 
strate. 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

or 


June  6,  1972 


3,667^32 
APPARATUS  FOR  STACKING  FABRIC  FOR  PATTERN 

CUTTING 

Robert  M.  Klrche,  411  West  Arbor  VHae,  Inglcwood,  Calif. 

Filed  Apr.  19,  1971,  S«r.  No.  135,058 

Int.  CI.  B65h  17100,  45/101 

U.S.  CI.  83-424  >3  Claims 


respect  to  bne  edge.  The  system  employs  spaced  condictive 
pins  bn  the  plate  supporting  bed  of  the  machine  for  guiding 
the  plate  into  position  and  for  indicating  that  the  plate  is  in 
position  and  ready  for  punching.  The  plate  position  sensing 
and  punch  conuol  is  performed  by  an  electrical  circuit  which 
is  completed  through  the  locating  pins  and  the  conductive 


Apparatus  for  simultaneously  providing  a  multiplicity  of 
similarly  sized  pieces  of  sheet  material  in  a  stacked  relation- 
ship in  preparation  for  a  multiple  piece  cutting  operation  em- 
ployed in  the  garment  and  piece  good  industry.  A  movable 
carriage  and  clamping  arrangement  withdraws  in  one  pass,  a 
plurality  of  overlying  lengths  of  sheet  material  from  a  single 
supply  roll  or  boh  of  material.  Further  provision  is  made  to 
individually  sever  the  overlying  lengths  after  the  withdrawal 

talces  place. 


plate.  Time  delay  devices  are  employed  in  the  control  circuit 
to  preclude  premature  operation  of  the  punch  due  to  ac- 
cidental completion  of  the  sensing  circuit  during  the  initial 
placement  of  the  plate  into  the  punch.  The  sensing  circuit 
must  be  closed  for  an  interval  of  time  before  the  conUol  cir- 
cuit autontatically  initiates  punching  action. 


3,667,333 
SINGLE  PASS  STRUCTURAL  SHAPE  PUNCH 
BciUainin  Harriaoii  Flynn,  Jr.,  P.O.  Box  5755,  1629  FuHon 
Drive,  Alexandria,  La. 

Filed  Sept.  30.  1970,  Scr.  No.  76,918 

Int.  a.  B26d  9/20 

UACL  83-255  6CtaliM 


3,667,335 

EDGE  TRIMMING  SHEARS  FOR  ROLLED  METAL 
SHEETS  WITH  CROSS-KNIVES  FOR  SEVERING  THE 
EDGE  STRIPS 
Paul  Frledrich  Hamacher,  St.  Ingbert  (Saar).  (;ermany.  as- 
signor to  Moeller  &  Neumann  G.m.b.H.,  St.  Ingbert  (Saar), 
Gcrmaiy 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1 1^72  | 

Claims  priority,  appttcatlon  Germany,  Feb.  15,  1969,  P  19  07 

1777.9 
Int.  a.  B26d  9/00;  B23d  /  7/04  I 

U.S.  CI.  83-513  ICtalim 


Individually  movable,  integral  punch  and  die  assemblies  at 
a  common  punching  station  cooperate  to  complete  punching 
of  a  structural  member  with  a  single  pass  of  the  member 
through  the  station. 


3,667,334 
THIN  CONDUCTIVE  HJ^TE  LOCATING  SYSTEM  FOR  A 

PUNCH  PRESS 
Peter  Frank  Brunctt,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Burroughs 
Corporation,  Detroit,  Nfich. 

Filed  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,508 

Int.  a.  B26f  1/02 

UJS.  CL  83—362  3  Claims 

The  invention  relates  to  a  system  for  accurately  aligning  a 

thin  conductive  plate  relative  to  a  plurality  <^  punch  dies  for 

making  holes  in  the  plate  which  are  accurately  aligned  with 


I*A 


A  straJght-knIfe  edge  trimming  shears  more  particularly 
suiuble  for  opposite  mounting  in  shearing  lines  for  cutting 
thick  sheets  whose  cross-knife  for  severing  the  edgp  strips 
still  conaected  to  the  sheet  after  the  cutting  by  the  edge 
trimming  knife  has  an  independent  drive  and  storts  its  cutting 
action  after  the  edge  trimming  Itnife  mounted  ahead  of  the 
cross-knife. 


3,667,336 

MECHANICAL  TUNER  FOR  STRING  INSTRUMENTS 

Sidney  Ililer,  and  Robert  G.  Towie,  both  of  New  City,  N.Y., 

assignors  to  Sidney  Itzler,  New  City,  N.Y.  | 

Filed  July  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  161,518 

Int.  CI.  GlOd  3/00;  GlOg  7/02 

U.S.  CL  84—454  4  Claims 

The  invention  relates  to  a  mechanical  tuner  for  stringed  in- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


76 


«trumente  which  permiu  student  players  to  rapidly  tune  and 
retune  their  instruments  and  is  characterized  by  the  tuner 


13        23     n 


portion  in  spaced  relationship  to  provide  access  for  a  tool  to 
selectively  rotate  the  screwhead  and  the  nut  for  adjustment 
of  the  spacing  between  the  elements  and  to  lock  the 
screwhead  and  the  nut  against  relative  movement. 


3K   24    "29 


forming  a  part  of  the  instrument  during  playing  and  being 
mounted  in  series  with  the  string. 


3,667339 

FRICTION  CONTROLLED  TORQUE  FASTENING  * 

Richard  E.  Dame,  12625  Billbigton  RomI,  SOvcr  Spring,  Md. 

Filed  Mar.  30,  1971,  Ser.  No.  129,545 

Int.  CLF16b  37/02 

U.S.  CI.  85 — 61  2  ClainK 


3,667,337 

GRIP  PLATE  FOR  WOODEN  TRUSS  MEMBERS 

James  Stanley  Burke.  2675  S.W.  69th  Court,  Miami,  Fla. 

Filed  June  1 1 ,  1 970,  Scr.  No.  45,330 

Int.  CI.  F16b  15/00;  A43b  23/20 

U.S.  CI.  85-13  ictai„ 


Gnp  plates  or  connectors  for  wooden  structural  members, 
preferably  metal,  provided  with  a  plurality  of  integral 
punched  projections  in  circular  arrays  or  clusters  about  a 
center  opening,  the  projections  being  adapted  for  impressing 
into  and  engaging  in  the  body  of  the  wood  members.  The 
projections  are  in  the  form  of  pointed  teeth  or  prongs  of  al- 
ternating short  and  long  lengths  with  different  end  configimi- 
tions.  with  the  tooth  edges  bevelled  at  their  inside  surfaces  to 
impart  outward  deflection  to  the  teeth  upon  impression  into 
the  material  for  enhanced  retention  therein. 


A  friction  controlled  torque  threaded  fastening  which  de- 
pends upon  the  static  coefficient  of  friction  between  contact- 
ing surfaces  of  two  parts  of  the  fastening  and  the  normal 
forces  which  retain  said  surfaces  in  engagement  with  one 
another.  The  two  parts  comprise  an  inner  section  or  core 
having  a  threaded  portion  and  an  outer  section  or  shell.  The 
shell  has  a  cylindrical  bore  of  a  diameter  less  than  the  diame- 
ter of  a  peripheral  surface  of  circular  cross  section  of  the 
core  which  is  appUed  to  the  bore  by  a  shrink  fit  connection. 
The  shell  and  core  are  formed  of  the  same  material  so  that 
the  connection  can  be  accomplished  by  heating  the  shell  and 
cooling  the  core. 


3,667,338 

DEVICE  FOR  ADJUSTABLE  FIXING  OF  AN  ELEMENT 

TO  A  FIXED  ELEMENT 

Rolf  Ame  Rdnhold  Johansson,  Lundegrens  gata  H  b.  Rung- 

sbacka,  Sweden 

FHed  Oct.  10,  1969,  Scr.  No.  865,245 

Claims  priority,  appUcaCion  Sweden,  Dec  16,  1968,  17184 

Iitt.  CL  F16b  25/00 

UAa85-41  ictobB 


3^7340 

FASTENING  DEVICE  AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING  SAME 

Daniel  A.  Black,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.;  Albert  A.  IngeraoU,  Santa 

Ana;  Ira  BiV  Lcc  York,  Cocta  Mesa,  and  David  O. 

Tttstin,  aU  of  CaHf.,  assignors  to  Textron  Inc. 

Filed  Apr.  29, 1970,  Scr.  Na  32,970 

lot  CL  FI6b  13/04 
VS.  CL  85—71  1 


s      /o 


Screw  device  for  adjusuble  interconnecting  two  elements, 
such  as  a  wall  and  a  door  frame,  comprising  a  screw  member 
to  be  screwed  into  one  of  the  elements  having  a  head  portion 
adapted  to  be  engaged  by  a  wrench  or  similar  tool  and  an  ex- 
ternally screw  threaded  tubular  nut  member  to  be  screwed 
into  the  other  element,  and  which  rouubly  surrounds  the 
head  portion  while  being  maintained  against  axial  displace- 
ment, the  nut  member  having  a  socket  for  receiving  the  head 


The  fastening  device  is  in  the  nature  of  a  rivet  wherein  a 
tubular  sleeve  has  a  head  on  one  end  bearing  against  one  side 
of  the  work,  and  an  internally  threaded  tail.  A  screw  ex- 
tended through  the  head  and  sleeve  is  threaded  into  said  tail, 
and  is  so  positioned  that  the  screw  head  is  initially  spaced 
from  the  head  of  the  sleeve;  the  shank  of  the  sleeve  is  slotted 
and  the  resulting  strips  are  notched  internally  at  about  the 
middle  so  that  by  turning  the  screw  the  tail  traveb  toward  the 
head  and  the  strips  are  folded  flat  against  the  other  face  of 
the  work.  In  the  method  of  making  this  fastener,  after  the 
hollow  rivet  with  the  head  is  formed,  it  is  positioned  in  a  die, 
and  cutting  blades  are  forced  through  the  wall  of  the  sleeve 
to  cut  parallel  longitudinal  slots  dividing  the  middle  portion 
of  the  sleeve  into  strips  of  arcuate  cross  section;  then  the 
sleeve  is  held  in  a  die  while  a  tool  is  inserted  and  rotated  to 
cut  a  groove  into  the  strips  for  facilitating  the  collapsing  of 
the  sleeve;  then  the  screw  is  inserted  into  the  sleeve  and  the 
tail  of  the  sleeve  is  pressed  or  swaged  into  the  screw  to  form 


76 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6, 


1972 


the  internal  thread  in  the  Uil  and  hold  the  screw.  The  shank 
between  the  sleeve  head  and  the  adjacent  ends  of  the  slots  is 
approximately  equal  to  the  minimum  thickness  in  which  the 
fastener  is  used.  The  sleeve  head  has  a  recess  in  both  faces  to 
accommodate  suitable  washers. 


3,667341 

ANCHOR  BOLT 

Stanley  Kaplaa,  10  Grovcr  Avcaae  Wot,  MaMipcqua,  N.Y. 

FBcd  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  S2,453 

Int.  CI.  F16b  13106 

\}S.  CI.  85—77  1  Claim 


rality  of  magnetic  cores  of  diverse  diameters  located  in  ex- 
citation and  load  units,  respectively.  Airgaps,  which  may  be 
of  diverse  thicknesses,  separate  corresponding  cores  on  the 
excitation  and  load  units.  Individual  AC  and  RF  shields  are 
included  to  insure  that  only  concurrent  excitation  of  the 
transducer  and  weapon  release  will  transfer  the  power  and 
information  signals  from  the  delivery  vehicle  to  the  ordnance 
device. 


This  invention  relates  to  an  improvement  in  anchor  bolts 
having  a  plurality  of  slots  forming  sleeve  legs  having  bridge 
portions  of  narrow  width,  said  legs  being  moved  outwardly  in 
a  drilled  masonry  well  or  hole  to  rigidly  engage  the  well  wall 
upon  suitable  operation  of  the  bolt.  The  improvement  con- 
sists of  the  provision  of  suitable  stampings  in  said  bridge  por- 
tions to  form  projections  adapted  to  engage  the  well  wall  in 
non-rotative  engagement  upon  insertion  in  a  well.  Moreover, 
the  stamped  out  projection  re-enforces  the  narrow  bridge 
portion  of  the  sleeve  thereby  preventing  premature  collapse 
or  rollback  upon  insertion  in  close-fitting  holes. 


3,667342 
MAGNETIC  WEAPON  LINK  TRANSDUCER 
Frederick  E.  Wamock,  BHhwda,  and  John  H.  MaUoy,  Sflvcr 
Spring,  both  of  Md.,  aarignon  to  The  United  States  o( 
America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 
FOed  Apr.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,479 
Int.  CL  B64d  1104 
liJS,  CL  89—1.5  D  7 


ii 


\\\\\\\\\\^ 


^ 


I  I        49 


K, 


41- 


m 


J;     RACK 


43 


^ 


\%^ 


.\\\\\\\\\\\v 


43 


\    BOMB 


A  magnetic  weapon  link  transducer  transfers  both  power 
and  option  information  signals  from  an  ordnance  delivery 
vehicle  to  an  ordnance  device.  The  transducer  includes  a  plu- 


3,667343 

MEANS  FOR  ATTACHING  BARREL  TO  CROSSOVER 

SLIDE  FOR  QUICK  REPLACEMENT 

Chester  P.  JurkowaU,  Budd  Ldcc,  and  MHsic  W.  Knnd, 

Flanden,  both  of  N  J.,  aalgiMn  to  The  United  States  of 

America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Army 

Filed  Dec  30,  1969,  Scr.  No.  889,1 15 

Int.  CLF4  If  77/00 

US.  CL  89-161  SCIaioM 


In  an  automatic  gun  comprising  a  drum  joumaled  for  rota- 
tion around  the  exterior  of  the  receiver  and  a  barrel  disposed 
for  reciprocation  therein,  a  crossover  slide  is  sUdingly 
mounted  in  a  longitudinal  slot  through  the  receiver  and  is 
slidingly  engaged  with  cam  tracks  in  the  drum  to  convert 
rotation  thereof  to  translational  movement  and  transmit  the 
translational  movement  through  the  receiver.  Flanges  on  the 
crossover  slide  are  engageable  by  cooperating  flanges  on  the 
barrel  responsive  to  rotation  thereof  to  connect  the  crossover 
slide  to  the  barrel  for  translation  therewith.  A  sleeve  is 
slidingly  mounted  on  the  barrel  and  is  provided  with  a  lug 
receivable  by  a  recess  in  the  receiver  and  longitudinal 
grooves  slidingly  engaged  with  cooperating  ribs  on  the  barrel 
to  prevent  relative  rotation  of  the  barrel  and  receiver  when 
the  lug  is  located  in  the  recess.  The  sleeve  is  blocked  against 
displacement  to  maintain  the  lug  in  the  recess  by  locking  col- 
lar rotatingly  mounted  to  the  receiver  by  bayonet  lug  means. 


3,667344 
POSITION  CONTROL  SERVO  SYSTEMS 
Roy  Westbury,  Bridgnorth,  and  John  Richard  Sfanmons,  Wol- 
verhampton, iMith  of  England,  awignon  to  H.  M.  Hobson 
Limited,  London,  England  , 

Filed  Nov.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92343 
Clafans  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Nov.  25, 1969, 

7,677/69 

Int.  CL  F15b  13102;  FOlb  25126 

U.S.CL9I-1  6Clainv 

A  position  control  servo  system  comprising  a  hydraulic  ac- 
tuator controlled  by  a  fluid  control  valve  which  is  responsive 
to  output  signals  applied  to  it  from  a  pair  of  transducers. 
eacK  of  which  is  responsive  to  an  input  signal  applied  thereto 
to  produce  an  actuator  output  which  a  function  of  the  input 
signals,  which  are  in  normal  operation  substantially  equal, 
and  control  means  responsive  to  a  difference  between  the 
transducer  output  signals  up  to  a  predetermined  and  allowa- 
ble difference  to  adjust  on  or  the  other  or  both  of  the  trans- 


\J 


> 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


77 


ducen  and/or  input  signals  thereto,  thereby  to  maintain  the 
tranducer  output  signals  within  the  predetermined  and  al- 


steenng  gear  comprising  a  pressure  operated  piston  con- 
nected mechanically  to  a  steering  member  for  the  dirigible 
wheels  of  an  automotive  vehicle,  pressure  passages  extending 
to  opposed  sides  of  said  piston,  a  steering  shaft,  a  ball  valve 
assembly  situated  in  each  passage  including  a  ball  valve  ele- 
ment and  a  surrounding  valve  seat  in  fluid  communication 


lowable  difference  and  to  produce  an  indication  when  the 
difference  is  exceeded. 


3,667345 

AIR  SHUT^FF  TORQUE  RESPONSIVE  CONTROL 

VALVE  UNIT  FOR  PNEUMATICALLY  POWERED 

TOOLS 

Raymond  J.  Schacdlcr,  and  Lester  A.  Antsbcrg,  both  of 

Uticn,  N.Y.,  aasigiHwi  to  Cfakago  Pneumatic  Tool  Company. 

New  York.  N.Y.  ^^ 

FUed  Aug.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,059 
Int.  CL  B23b  4Sr04 
\i&.  CL  91—59  9 


with  said  passage,  an  outlet  flow  controlling  valve  seat 
formed  in  said  piston,  means  carried  by  the  steering  shaft  for 
shifting  said  ball  valve  elements  into  and  out  of  registry  with 
the  respective  valve  seats  during  application  of  steering  effort 
to  said  steering  shaft  thereby  controlling  pressure  distribution 
to  said  opposed  sides  of  said  piston. 


3,667347 

STROKE  CONTROL  DEVICE  FOR  HYDRAUUC 

CYLINDERS 

Donald  A.  Patrick,  Sergeant  Bhiff,  Iowa,  assignor  to  Prince 

Manufacturing  Corporation,  Sioox  Chy,  Iowa 

Filed  May  22, 1970,  Scr.  Na  39,656 

Int.  CL  FlSb  13104 

U.S.  a.  91-404  1 


A  completely  assembled  air  shut-off  control  valve  unit  il- 
lustrated as  fitted  in  a  bore  of  a  pneumatically  powered  nut 
runner  in  the  path  of  air  flow  between  the  throttle  valve  and 
the  motor.  The  unit  is  of  capsule  form  defined  by  means  of  a 
shell  in  which  the  various  components  are  confined.  A  cap 
closes  over  an  open  end  of  the  shell  through  which  end  the 
various  components  may  be  withdrawn.  The  valve  is  of  a 
piston  and  rod  form  having  a  spring  load  in  association  with 
an  adjusting  screw  and  travel  nut  means  for  adjusting  the 
load  of  the  spring  upon  the  valve.  Structural  design  of  the 
valve,  together  with  a  valve  guide  serve  to  effect  pneumatic 
balancing  of  the  valve  and  consequent  reduced  friction  in  its 
movement. 


"V* 


3,667346 
FLUID  CONTROL  VALVE  FOR  A  HYDROSTATIC 
POWER  BOOSTING  MECHANISM  FOR  AN 
.^  AUTOMOTIVE  STEERING  GEAR 

James  J.  Duffy,  Livonia,  Mich.,  assignor  to  Ford  Motor  Com- 
pany, Dearborn,  Mich. 

FUed  Oct.  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,013 

Int.  CL  F15b  9110 

U.S.  CL  91—375  A  7  Chdnv 

A  power  boosting  mechanism  for  an  automotive  vehicle 


A  hydraulic  cylinder  including  a  piston  rod  extending  from 
one  end  and  having  adjusuble  actuating  member  thereon  for 
engaging  the  piston  rod  of  a  control  cylinder  in  communica- 
tion with  the  hydraulic  cylinder  such  that  oil  is  circulated 
from  the  hydraulic  cylinder  through  the  control  cylinder  and 
IS  shut  off  upon  the  actuating  element  moving  the  control 
cylinder  piston   rod  to  a  closed  position  thereby  limiting 
further   movement   of  hydraulic   oil   within   the   hydraulic 
cylinder.  A  double  or  single  acting  hydraulic  cylinder  may  be 
employed  and  upon  fluid  flowing  in  a  reverse  direction  the 
control  cylinder  piston  wUl  be  extended  opening  the  conduit 
from  the  hydraulic  cylinder  through  the  control  cyUnder  unit 
for  oil  circulation.  The  piston  in  the  control  cylinder  is  en- 
tirely metallic  and  engages  an  elastomeric  seat  seal  only  after 
the  oil  pressure  has  substantially  dropped  due  to  the  iniet 
opening  into  the  cylinder  having  been  closed  off  by  the  con- 
trol cylinder  piston  moving  across  the  inlet  opening.  The  con- 
trol cylinder  may  be  externally  mounted  on  the  hydraulic 
cylinder. 


78 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6, 


1972 


3,667.348  3.667,350 

SEALS  BETWEEN  COAXIAL  ELEMENTS  PNEUMATIC  TORQUE  MOTOR  UNIT 

Grcgoriiis  Thcodonis  Maria  Ncdcn,  Emmaringel.  Eindhoven,    Thomas  H.  Engk,  Cape  Vincent,  N.Y.,  aarignor  to  qcneral 
NcCbcrlaBdi,  aMifnor  to  U^.  Philips  Corporatioa,  New       Signal  Corporation 
Yori^  N.Y.  J      FUcd  Oct.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  79,424 

filed  Apr.  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,506  1  Int.  CI.  FOlb  3100 

Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  Apr.  17,  1969,         U.S.  CI.  92— 1 13  3  Claims 

6905901 

Int.  CI.  FlSb  27/04 

U.S.  CL  92—83  1 1  CUims 


An  apparatus  such  as  a  hot  gas  engine  and  a  compressor 
has  a  rolling  diaphragm  seal  between  adjacent  walls  of  a 
piston  and  cylinder  and  supported  by  a  liquid,  and  has  an  ad- 
ditional piston  ring  seal  between  the  diaphragm  seal  and  gas 
space  above,  this  ring  seal  having  an  operative  diameter 
equal  to  the  efTective  diameter  of  the  diaphragm  seal  for 
maintaining  constant  the  volume  above  said  diaphragm  seal. 


3,667.349 
SEAL  FOR  PISTON-CYLINDER  ASSEMBLY 
Hans  Joachim  Siebcrt,  Gcrathofcn,  Germany,  and  Grcgoriiis 
Theodonis  Maria  Neden,  Emnutringel,  Eindhoven,  Nether- 
lands, Msignors  to  U.S.  PhiUps  Corporation,  New  York, 
N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66354 

Int.  CL  FOlb  19.02;  F16J  3100 

U.S.  a.  92—83  6  Claims 


^^^\ 


A  seal  for  use  with  a  piston  rod  and  a  cylinder  assembly  or 
subassembly,  where  an  annular  space  between  the  piston  rod 
and  cylinder  is  separated  by  a  sleeve  into  two  annular  spaces. 
The  sleeve  is  axially  fixed  but  radially  movable  relative  to  the 
cylinder,  and  radially  fixed  but  axially  movable  relative  to  the 
rod,  with  a  rolling  diaphragm  seal  secured  between  the  sleeve 
and  rod. 


(UX».„-,.^V '**> 


The  disclosure  concerns  pneumatic  torque  motor  ap- 
paratus for  resisting  rotation  of  a  shaft  in  opposite  directions 
from  a  null  position.  The  resisting  torque  is  developed  by  a 
pair  of  series-connected  calibration  springs  which  are  loaded 
by  the  piston  of  a  pneumatic  motor,  and  which  act  upon  a 
drive  rod  which  engages  the  shaft  through  flat  bearing  sur- 
faces on  an  attached  yoke  and  cooperating  knife  edges  car- 
ried by  a  rocker  member  fixed  to  the  shaft.  One  end  of  the 
drive  rod  is  guided  for  reciprocation  within  the  piston  by  a 
low  friction  head,  and  its  tilting  movement  is  limited  by 
cooperating  guiding  surfaces  on  the  yoke  and  rocker 
member.  The  head  and  a  low  friction  annular  member  inter- 
posed between  the  two  springs  serve  as  seats  for  the  calibra- 
tion springs. 


■  3,667,351 

DEVICE  FOR  PRODUCING  BAGS  BY  MEANS  OF  A 
MANDREL  WHEEL 
Alwin  Egl,  Bcringcn,  Switzerland,  aasignor  to  Schweiaerischc 
Industrie-GeacUachaft,  Ncuhausen  am  Rhcinfalt,  Switzer- 
land I 

Filed  Feb.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  13,132 
Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Feb.  25, 
I      ^  2819/69 


Int.  CI.  B3Ib  1132,  1164;  B31c  1102 
U.S.CL93— 12R 


5,  1|69, 


Claim 


A  device  for  producing  tubular  wrappings  for  paper  bags 
with  a  mandrel  wheel  rotating  stepwise  in  a  horizontal  plane 
and  having  horizontally  outwardly  extending  pairs  of  spaced 
parallel  folding  mandrels.  The  blanks  of  bag  material  are  fed 
horizontally  toward  a  position  below  the  folding  mandrels 
and  are  brought  into  contact  pressure  with  a  bottom  face  of 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


79 


the  foldmg  mandrels  by  upwardly  moving  folding  boxes,  cutting  and  creasing  dies  These  dies  are  in  th-  ft>r«,  «r  - 
whereupon  a  folding  fork  associated  with  each  folding  box  sheet  metol  blanket  ^^\k!^ STJ^  t.  J  ,  J 
moves  upwardly  to  place  and  wrap  the  blanks  againS  the    creased  have  b^n  ch^i^cliv  mil^  ^-  ^  *^  *^"^  ""^ 

cotr'^rr '''  ^^'^'"^  --'-''  -'^  ^^  -^^-  °^  -  *-r  ^^^^^'-^TrJ^  Z^r^r^ 

*^'  match  one  another  in  a  registered  position. 
A  feeder  is  provided  for  the  die  cylinders  which  has  the 


3.667352 

LOOP  STABILIZE  WEB  FED  VARIABLE  REPEAT 

CUTTER-CREASER  SYSTEM 

Richard  W.  Hdmig.  BaMmore,  and  Floyd  Stdnmetz,  Tlmoni- 

um,  both  of  Md.,  aasignors  to  The  Rotographk  Machinery 

Company,  Bahimore,  Md. 

Filed  Apr.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,103 

InL  a.  B31b  1120;  B65b  57102;  B31b  7/70 

VS.  a.  93-58.2  R  24  ClalnM 


,<r:>2J, 


3,667353 

WEB  FED  ROTARY  VARIABLE  REPEAT  CUTTER. 

CREASER  SYSTEM 

Henry  D.  Ward,  Jr.,  Pbocnb,  and  Floyd  Steinmetz,  Timoni- 

um,  both  of  Md.,  assignors  to  The  Rotographic  Machinery 

Company,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Filed  July  10,  1968,  Ser.  No.  743,748 

Int  CL  B31b  7/76 

lis.  CL  93—58.2  R  19  cialn» 

A  web  fed  rotary  variable  cutter-creaser  system  is  provided 
for  the  packaging  industry  which  is  to  be  fed  from  a  web 
stock  of  material  either  printed  or  unprinted  or  both.  This 
system  consists  basically  of  a  pair  of  large  diameter,  very 
heavy  walled  drums  on  which  can  be  mounted  a  pair  of 


qualiues  of  feeding  a  selected  length  of  material,  yet  is  con- 
tinuously supplied  from  a  roU  web  stock  of  material.  A  crank 
working  direcUy  from  the  die  cylinders  forms  storage  loops  in 
the  web  and  advances  it  periodically.  Swing  rolU  are  oscU- 
lated  by  the  crank  arm  and  these  are  geared  to  a  mechanism 
for  advancing  or  retarding  the  fed  portion  of  the  web  of 
material  in  accord  with  registration  marks  on  the  web  stock. 


A  web  fed  rotary  variable  repeat  cutter-creaser  system  is 
provided  for  the  packaging  industry  which  is  fed  from  a  web 
stock  of  material  either  printed  or  unprinted  or  both.  This 
system  consists  basically  of  a  pair  of  large  diameter,  very 
heavy  walled  drums  on  which  is  mounted  a  pair  of  cutting 
and  creasing  dies.  These  dies  are  in  the  form  of  a  sheet  metal 
blanket  into  which  the  shape  to  be  cut  and  creased  has  been 
chemically  milled.  The  dies  are  mounted  on  these  two  drums 
so  that  as  they  rotate  together,  with  the  dies  being  matched 
one  to  another  in  a  registered  position. 

A  feeder  is  provided  for  the  die  cylinders  which  has  the 
qualities  of  feeding  a  selected  length  of  material,  yet  is  con- 
tinuously supplied  from  roll  web  stock  of  material.  A  crank 
working  directly  from  the  die  cylinders  forms  storage  loops  in 
the  web  and  advances  it  periodically.  Swing  rolls  are  oscil- 
lated by  the  crank  arm  and  these  are  geared  to  a  mechanism 
for  advancing  or  retarding  the  fed  portion  of  the  web  of 
material  in  accord  with  registration  marks  on  the  web  stock. 
Apparatus  is  provided  for  stabilizing  the  storage  loops  at  high 
speeds  to  prevent  the  loops  from  distorting  and  doubling 
back  on  itself.  Also,  an  arrangement  is  provided  to  create  a 
definite  bend  in  the  web  so  that  the  break  or  start  of  the 
storage  loop  occurs  at  a  predetermined  point  in  the  system 
during  operation  thereof 


3,667354 
WEB  FED  ROTARY  VARUBLE  REPEAT  CUTTER- 
CREASER  SYSTEM 
Floyd   Steinmetz,   Thnonium,   Md.,  aaignor  to  The  Roto- 
graphic Machinery  Company,  Baltimore,  Md. 
Filed  Jan.  30,  1969,  Ser.  No.  795326 
InL  CL  B31b  7/76,  77/74,  B65b  57100 
MS.  CL  93-58.2  R  ,«  Qains 


A  web  fed  rotary  variable  repeat  cutter-creaser  system  is 
provided  for  the  packaging  industry  which  is  to  be  fed  fh>m  a 
web  stock  of  material  either  printed  or  unprinted  or  both 
This  system  consiste  basically  of  a  pair  of  large  diameter  very 
heavy  walled  drums  on  which  can  be  mounted  a  pair  of 
cutting  and  creasing  dies.  These  dies  are  in  the  form  of  a 
sheet  metal  blanket  into  which  the  shape  to  be  cut  and 
creased  have  been  chemically  milled.  The  dies  are  mounted 
on  these  two  drums  so  that  as  they  rotate  together,  the  dies 
will  match  one  another  in  a  registered  position.  A  feeder  is 


80 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


provided  for  the  die  cylinders  which  has  the  qualities  of  feed- 
ing a  selected  length  of  material,  yet  is  continuously  supplied 
from  roll  web  stock  of  material.  A  crank  working  directly 
from  the  die  cylinders  wraps  a  storage  integral  of  the  web 
about  a  drum,  then  unwraps  and  advances  it  periodically. 
Swing  rolls  are  oscillated  by  the  crank  arm  and  these  are 
geared  to  a  mechanism  for  advancing  or  retarding  the  fed 
portion  of  the  web  of  material  in  accord  with  registration 
marks  on  the  web  stock. 


shaped  and  disposed,  to  cooperate  with  an  indexing  slide, 
having  a  photomatrix  affixed  thereto,  to  positively  control 
the  movement  of  the  photosensitive  material  within  the 
character  spacing  gap,  thereby  assuring  a  consistent, 
predetermined  character  spacing  of  the  characters  on  the 
photosensitive  material. 


3^7^55 

OPTICAL  SYSTEM  FOR  FCMMING  A  \VINDOWED  WEB 

IN  A  COLOR  CATHODE  RAY  TUBESCREEN 

STRUCTURE 

David  M.  Ng,  and  Charics  H.  Rchkope,  both  of  Seneca  Falls, 

N.Y.,  Mrignort  to  Sylvairia  Efedric  Products,  Inc. 

Fled  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,123 

InL  CL  G03b  4 1 100, 33100;  HOIJ  9100 

MS.  CL  95—1  12  Claims 


"1 


An  improvement  is  provided  in  the  optical  system  utilized 
for  photo-forming  the  multiple  window  pattern  defined  by 
the  opaque  interstitial  web  portion  of  a  CRT  composite 
screen  structure.  Exposure  illumination  from  an  elongated 
primary  light  source  is  selectively  modified  by  a  composite 
light  attenuation  coating  of  nonsymmetrical  density  discrete- 
ly disposed  relative  to  the  lens  in  the  pattern  exposure 
system.  The  vapor  disposed  coating  is  heavier  in  the  generic 
form  of  a  modified  lemniscate  which  selectively  modifies  the 
photo  exposure  to  effect  a  variable  gradient  of  window  sizes 
from  center  to  edge  of  the  screen  and  additionally  provides 
windows  of  a  substantially  equal  size  in  annular  orientation 
progressively  about  the  central  axis  of  the  screen. 


3,667,356 

PHOTOTYPESETTING  APPARATUS 

Arlcas  B.  NoMe,  428  Chatauqua,  Norman,  Okla. 

Contfaiuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  547,400,  May  3, 

1966,  now  Patent  No.  3,552^84.  This  application  Feb.  5, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  8,816 

Int.  CL  B41b  13110 

MS.  CL  95—4.5  16  ClainK 


3,667357 

AUTOMATIC  CONTROL  DEVICES  FOR  A  CAMERA 
Motomiba  Matwda,  SaJr^  rtil,  Japan,  aaaienor  to  Minoha 
Camera  Kabnsyiil  if alsha,  Ow*a,  Japan  , 

FlkdDecl2,1969,Scr.No.8844M       | 
Claims  priority,  appMcadon  Japan,  Dec  24, 1968, 43/94807; 
Dec.  31, 1968.44/728;  Feb.  24, 1969,44/16349  i 
Int.  CL  G03b  7108 
MS.  CL  95— 10  CT  "^  61  Claims 


An  automatfc  exposure  control  device  for  a  camera  is  ac- 
tuated by  outputs  from  two  separate  delay  circuits.  The  first 
delay  circuit  includes  means  for  storing  an  electrical  signal  in 
accordance  with  the  brightness  of  an  object  to  provide  a  first 
output,  and  the  second  delay  circuit  includes  means  for  stor- 
ing an  electrical  signal  representative  of  a  desired  flash  time 
delay  to  provide  a  second  output.  A  switching  circuit  is 
responsive  to  the  first  and  second  outputs  whereby  a  flash 
circuit  is  actuated  only  when  the  second  output  exceeds  the 
first  output.  A  modified  embodiment  incorporates  a  third 
delay  circuit  and  the  flash  is  actuated  only  when  the  first  out- 
put is  leas  than  the  third  output  or  when  the  first  output  ex- 
ceeds the  third  output  which  in  turn  exceeds  the  second  out- 
put. The  first  and  second  delay '  circuits  are  respectively 
responsive  to  the  brightness  of  the  entire  picture  and  a  cen- 
tral portion  of  the  picture,  whereas  the  third  delay  circuit 
provides  the  desired  flash  time  delay. 

I  3,667,358 

COLD  EMULSION  CAMERA 
WilHani  D.  WllUanu,  Jr.,  2  Heather  Lane,  Manwah,  N  J.,  and 
Scott  UslMr,  98  Copley  Avcnnc,  Teaneck,  N  J. 
I      Filed  Jan.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  103,98 1 
Int.  CL  G03b  19100    . 
UJS.CL95— IIR  6  Claims 


A  phototypesetting  apparatus  for  imprinting  typographical 
characters  on  a  photosensitive  material,  including  a  character 
spacing  assembly  having  a  stop  edge  and  a  leading  edge 
formed  therein,  the  distance  therebetween  defining  a 
character  spacing  gap,   the   character  spacing   gap   being 


A  cold  emulsion  camera  in  which  the  film  is  gripped 
between  an  optical  plug  and   a  metallic  plate,  which  is 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


reduced  to  a  very  low  temperature  by  dry  ice,  for  example. 
The  optical  plug,  which  may  be  of  optical  glass,  U  sufficiently 
thick  to  serve  as  an  insulator  for  preventing  frosting  of  the 
outer  face  of  the  plug.  The  clamping  action  of  a  metal  plate 
against  the  inner  end  of  the  plug  with  the  interposed  film 
prevents  frosting  in  this  region. 


3,667,359 
WIOTO  INSPECTION  POD  ASSEMBLY  FOR  PIPELINES 
Raymond  K.  Watts,  and  Walter  Harry  Chapman,  both  of  □ 
Paso,  Tex.,  assignors  to  D  Paso  Natural  G«  Company,  El 
Paao,  Tex. 

Hied  Nov.  25,  1969,  Ser.  No.  879,872 

Int.  CLG03b  J  7/00 

UAa.95-IlHC  8  Claims 


3,667361 
FILM  DEVELOPING  CAMERA 
Daniel  H.  Mcggs,  Redondo  Beach,  and  John  W 

Angdcs,    both    of    CaHL,     awig to 

Hawthorne,  CaUf . 

Filed  Jan.  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  789^04 

IatCLG03b  77/50 
U.S.CL95— 13 


81 


Ryan,  Los 


12 


A  self-contained  inspection  pod  assembly  for  pipelines, 
propelled  by  gas  pressure  within  the  pipeline.  The  pod  as- 
sembly has  resilient  cups  thereon  equipped  with  spring- 
loaded  calibrated  valves  that  stabilize  travel  speed,  and  con- 
tains rearwardly  directed  photographic  camera  means  for 
periodically  taking  pictures  of  the  pipeline's  interior. 


A  simple  camera  and  film  cartridge  which  enables  the  film 
to  be  developed  within  the  camera,  comprising  a  length  of 
film  within  the  cartridge  with  iu  ends  joined  to  form  a  loop. 
The  film  loop  can  be  advanced  in  one  direction  to  take  suc- 
cessive pictures  and  then  can  be  moved  in  the  reverse 
direction  for  developing.  At  the  beginning  of  reverse  move- 
ment, the  film  removes  a  cover  that  separates  it  from  a 
sponge  that  is  saturated  with  a  monobath  developer/fixer 
solution,  so  that  continuous  turning  of  the  loop  develops  the 
film  which  can  then  be  removed  from  the  cartridge. 


3,667,360 
OPTICAL  SCANNING  SYSTEM 
Frederick    Vidk,   Tuckahoc,   N.Y.,   assignor   to 
Broadcasting  System,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Apr.  23,  1969,  Ser.  No.  818,769 
Int.CLG03bJ7/02 
MS.C\.9S—\2.S 


3,667362 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS  WITH  MEANS  FOR 

ADJUSTING  THE  EXPOSURE  CONTROL  IN 

DEPENDENCY  ON  THE  SENSITIVITY  OF  FILM 

Kari  Ncadcckcr,  and  Anton  Thccr,  both  of  Munich,  Germany, 

Cohimbb      assignors  to  Agfa-<;cvacrt  Aktiengcselbchaft,  Uvcrlcuscn, 

Gennany 

Filed  Sept.  25,  1970,  Ser.  No.  75,501 
Claims  priority,  application  Gennany,  Oct.  1, 1969,  G  69  38 
6Claintt  210.1 

lBtCLG03b77/;« 
U.S.  CL  95— 31  FS  lo 


A  real  image  of  a  point  source  of  radiation  is  formed  in 
space  by  a  light  beam  modulated  to  convey  information  and 
reflected  from  a  rotating  prism.  The  rotation  of  the  prism 
causes  the  image  to  move  along  a  limacon  curve.  The  moving 
image  is  reflected  by  a  Mangin  mirror  and  a  second  real 
image  is  formed  on  a  photographic  film  strip.  The  second 
image  remains  in  focus  as  it  traverses  a  straight  line  on  the 
film  strip  with  a  speed  directiy  proportional  to  the  tangent  of 
the  angle  formed  by  the  scanning  beam  by  which  the  second 
image  is  formed  with  a  line  normal  to  the  straight  line 
traversed  by  the  second  image. 


A  photographic  camera  wherein  the  exposure  control  is 
automatically  adjusted  as  a  function  of  the  speed  <rf  fUm  in 
the  inserted  magazine.  The  camera  has  a  door  which  opera 
automatically  in  response  to  unlocking  and  thereby  disen- 
gages one  or  more  scaiming  members  from  coding  elements 
on  the  inserted  magazine.  The  scanning  member  or  memben 
form  part  of  (Mie  or  more  slides  w^iich  are  coupled  to  one  or 
more  adjustable  parts  of  the  exposure  control  and  are  biased 
in  directions  to  move  the  scanning  members  into  engagement 
with  the  corresponding  coding  elements.  The  door  opening 
mechanism  includes  a  strong  spring  which  biases  a  lever 
against  the  door  so  that  the  lever  tends  to  move  the  door 
toward  its  open  position.  The  lever  engages  and  retractt  the 
slide  or  slides  while  it  pivots  in  a  direction  to  open  the  door. 


82 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


3,667,363 

FILM  SENSmVITY  COMPENSATED  UGHT 

MEASURING  NETWORK  AND  FILM  MAGAZINE 

Hanuni  Tanaka,  Kobe,  Japan,  awlgnor  to  ^fllloHa  Camera 

Kabushlki  Kaidia,  Onka,  Japan 

FDed  Oct  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  80,703 

Int.CLG03b77/26 

U.S.  CL  95—31  CA  5  Claims 


A  camera  includes  a  light  responsive  network  having  a  pair 
of  first  and  second  terminals  the  resistance  between  which 
varies  the  network  sensitivity  and  which  are  connected  to 
first  and  second  contact  elements  exposed  in  the  camera  film 
magazine  chamber.  A  film  magazine  carries  a  resistor  tape 
whose  value  corresponds  to  the  film  sensitivity  and  which  is 
releasably  engaged  by  the  contact  elements  to  cor- 
respondingly vary  the  network  sensitivity.  Alternatively,  a 
plurality  of  spaced  second  contact  elements  are  provided 
which  are  connected  to  the  second  network  terminal  through 
respective  resistors  and  the  film  magazine  carries  a  conduc- 
tor tape  of  a  shape  and  position  in  accordance  with  the  film 
sensitivity  and  which  engages  predetermined  second  contact 
elements  to  provide  a  resistance  between  the  network  ter- 
minals to  adjust  its  sensitivity  in  accordance  with  the  film 
sensitivity.  The  resistor  or  conductor  tape  is  the  pressure  sen- 
sitive tape  securing  the  magazine  cover. 


3,667,364 

CAMERA  INCLUDING  SEQUENTIAL  EXPOSURE 

APPARATUS  FOR  A  FILM  PLATE 

Arthur  S.  Mann,  1790  S.  W.  23rd  Avenue,  ^flaml,  Fla. 

Filed  Dec.  12, 1969,  Ser.  No.  884,682 

Int.a.G03b;7/i2 

U.S.  CL  95—37  13  Clainw 


6,  1972 


1  3f6oTy365 

DEVICE  FOR  COMPENSATING  POSITIONAI, 
DEVUTIONS  USEFUL  WITH  INTERCHANGEAiLE 
LENSES  HAVING  SCREW  THREADS 
Salue  Fvjimoto,  and  Tadayuid  Imal,  botli  of  Tokyo,  Japan, 
aasignon  to  KabttshiU  Kairiia  RIooh,  Tokyo,  Japan   I 
Filed  Mar.  2 1 ,  1969,  Ser.  No.  809,286         I 
Claims  priority,  appUcatioa  Japan,  Mar.  25, 1968, 43^19337 

Int.CLG03bi/00 
U.S.  CL  95—44  R  _      6  ClainH 


A  camera  including  a  fixed  lens  and  aperture  and  means 
for  sequentially  moving  a  film  plate  past  the  lens  sight  line  to 
present  predetermined  areas  of  the  film  plate  for  exposure 
each  time  the  lens  shutter  is  actuated.  A  secondary,  simul- 
taneous exposure  system  photographs  and  transmits  identify- 
ing data,  such  as  a  number,  to  the  predetermined  film  plate 
area.  A  rack  and  pinion  assembly  moves  the  film  plate  to 
selected  positions  for  exposure  of  an  area  of  the  film  plate 
and  includes  a  numbered  and  lettered  reference  guide 
system.  A  pencil  light  beam  apparatus  allows  proper  align- 
ment of  the  camera  lens  with  the  subject.  Micrometer  adjust- 
ment means  are  provided  for  the  rack  and  pinion  assembly. 
A  master  control  switch  is  located  in  the  secondary  exposure 
system  which  prevents  activation  of  the  entire  camera  unless 
the  identifying  data  is  properly  positioned. 


A  device  for  compensating  positional  deviations  in  screw- 
ing interchangeable  lenses  into  a  single-lens  reflex  camera  by 
means  of  an  aperture  setting  ring  including  a  pin  mounted  in 
a  slot  to  determine  its  angular  movement.  A  barrel  lens  has  a 
hook  element  engagable  with  a  notched  area  on  the  aperture 
setting  ring.  The  hook  element  is  mounted  to  have  less  angu- 
lar movement  than  the  aperture  setting  ring  so  that  positive 
engagement  is  always  provided  within  the  range  of  movement 
of  the  barrel  lens. 


barre 
PHO 


3^067^366 

lOTOGRAPHIC  CAMERA  WITH  BUILT-IN 
RANGEFINDER 
Dieter  Enfebmann,  Unterhaddng;  Dieter  Maas,  Munich;  Rolf 
Sclirodcr,  Munkh,^nd  Gcrda  Unke,  Munkh,  all  of  Ger- 
many, assignors  to  Agfa-Gcvaert  AktienfcwUachaft,  Lcvcr- 
kttsen,  Germany 

Filed  May  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  39306 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  23,  1969,  G  69 

20  873.7 

Int.  CI.  G03b  3108 

U.S.  CL  95-44  C  9  Claims 


2i  2Sf^t9  23 


A  photographic  camera  wherein  a  plastic  camera  body 
supports  the  metallic  casing  of  a  built-in  rangefinder  and  a 
lens  mount  including  a  focussing  ring  whose  rotation  causes 
displacements  of  a  nK>vable  optical  element  in  the  ran- 
gefinder casing  by  way  of  a  gear  traiir.  A  shaft  of  the  gear 
train  drives  a  rotary  cam  which  displaces  the  movable  optical 
element  by  way  of  one  or  more  levers.  Alternatively,  the 
shaft  of  the  gear  train  drives  a  threaded  shaft  which  effects 
axial  movements  of  a  nut  so  that  the  latter  pivots  a  lever 
which  supports  the  movable  optical  element.  The  connection 
between  the  shaft  of  the  gear  train  and  the  cam  or  nut  is  such 
that  the  shaft  can  move  radially  to  compensate  for  eventual 
displacements  of  the  lens  mount  with  reference  to  the  casing 
of  the  raiigefinder. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


88 


3,667367 

SHUTTER  RELEASE  TIME  PRELIMINARY  INDICATION 

DEVICE  FOR  A  PHOTOGRAPHIC  CAMERA  HAVING  A 

BUILT-IN  SELF-TIMER 

Fumihiro  Miyagawa,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assignor  to  Ricoh  Co., 

Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  July  27, 1970,  Ser.  Na  58,414 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Aug.  21, 1969, 44/79663 

Int.a.G03by7/J^ 
U.S.  CL  95-53.3  4Ctatas 


invention  is  where  the  gel  composition  is  heat  reversible  and 
therefore,  can  be  heated  after  use  to  convert  to  a  liquid  or 
viscous  sute  and  can  then  be  reused  in  the  system  which 
requires  a  liquid  or  viscous  gel  composition  for  the  starting 
material.  A  gel  comprising  a  solution  of  metal  ions  or  physi- 
cal developer  is  an  especially  preferred  system. 


3,667369 

AIR  DEFLECTION  PLATE  FOR  A  VEHICLE 

DonaM  D.  Smith,  31 17  Homeway  Drive.  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa 

Filed  Feb.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  12394 

Int.  CL  B60h  1/24 

U.S.CL  98-2.12  4cua™ 


A  photographic  camera  having  a  self-timer  which  can  be 
set  to  release  the  shutter  alter  a  predetermined  time  delay, 
wherein  the  improvement  is  in  a  device  operative  after  the 
setting  of  the  self-timer  to  indicate  when  the  shutter  is  about 
to  be  released.  A  level  connected  to  the  self-timer  shaft  trips 
a  switch  a  few  seconds  before  the  shutter  is  released  and 
turns  on  a  lamp  visible  from  the  front  of  the  camera.  The 
lamp  indicates  that  the  shutter  is  about  to  be  released  and 
serves  to  alert  the  persons  who  are  about  to  be  photoa- 
raphed.  * 


~zt 


3,667368 

GEL  ROLLER  FOR  USE  IN  PHOTOGRAPHIC 

PROCESSING 

Alvin  Cronig,  Uxington,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Itek  Corporation, 

Lexington,  Mass. 

Original  application  Sept.  3,  1968,  Ser.  No.  756,797,  now 

Patent  No.  3374,618.  Divklcd  and  this  application  Dec.  10, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  96,710 

Int  CL  G03d  3/00 

UA  a.  95-89  A  ^  2  Claims 


f40 


134 


Improved  photographic  gel  processes,  apparatus,  and  com- 
positions wherein  the  photographic  materials  are  carried  in  a 
gel  composition.  The  gel  composition  preferably  comprises 
the  reaction  product  of  a  solution  of  image  forming  materials 
and  a  gel  former.  Preferably  the  gel  composition  structure  is 
heat-reversible  and  flexible.  In  a  preferred  method  of  this  in- 
vention, a  photosensitive  copy  medium  is  exposed  and  con- 
Ucted  with  a  gel  composition  comprising  a  reaction  product 
of  a  solution  of  image  forming  materials  and  a  gel  former. 
The  gel  composition  is  allowed  to  remain  in  contact  with 
photosensitive  material  for  a  sufficient  time  to  process  the 
exposed   photosensitive   material.   The   gel   composition   is 
cooled  during  the  processing  in  order  to  form  a  layer  which  is 
strippable  from  the  photosensitive  material.  In  one  embodi- 
ment of  this  invention,  the  gel  composition  is  in  the  liquid  or 
viscous  state  when  it  is  contocted  with  the  photo  sensitive 
layer.  The  gel  composition  also  may  be  in  the  form  of  a  tape, 
gel  roller,  or  the  like  when  it  is  brought  into  contact  with  the' 
photosensitive  layer.  Another  preferred  embodiment  of  this 


An  air  deflection  plate  for  use  with  a  vehicle  having  a  door 
with  a  vent  window  and  a  door  window  positioned  therebe- 
hind.  Upper  and  lower  support  members  are  secured  to  the 
vehicle  door  adjacent  the  upper  and  lower  ends  of  the  vent 
window.  A  U-shaped  support  extends  outwardly  from  the 
support  members  and  has  a  rear  view  mirror  operatively 
secured  thereto.  The  deflection  plate  is  fnctionally  pivotally 
secured  at  its  upper  end  to  the  upper  support  member  and  is 
ftictionally  pivotally  secured  at  its  lower  end  to  the  lower 
support  member.  The  air  deflection  plate  is  comprised  of 
clear  safety  plate  glass  and  has  an  inner  side  edge  which  is 
complementary  in  shape  to  the  exterior  surface  of  the  vent 
window.  The  air  deflection  plate  is  movable  from  a  first  posi- 
tion wherein  the  inner  side  edge  of  the  plate  is  positioned 
closely  adjacent  the  vent  window  to  prevent  air  currents  from 
passing  between  the  air  deflection  plate  and  the  vent  window 
so  that  the  air  currents  are  deflected  outwardly  and  rear- 
wardly  therefrom.  A  resilient  molding  strip  is  secured  to  the 
inner  edge  of  the  air  deflection  plate  to  effectively  seal  the 
inner  side  edge  of  the  air  deflection  plate  against  the  vent 
window.  The  air  deflection  plate  is  also  pivotally  movable  to 
a  second  position  wherein  the  inner  side  edge  thereof  is  posi- 
tioned forwardly  and  outwardly  of  the  trailing  edge  thereof 
so  that  air  currents  may  be  deflected  into  the  vehicle  cab 
through  the  door  window  when  the  door  window  is  lowered 
or  opened. 


3,667370 

NUCLEAR  CONTAINMENT  EMERGENCY 

VENTILATING  SYSTEM 

John  H.  Noble,  WcUealey  Mils,  Mm.,  ■islgiiiii  to  Stone  & 

Webster  Engineering  Corporatktn,  Bortoo,  Mms. 

FBed  Jan.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  2331 

IntCLF24fy//02 

UA  CL  98—33  R  i^  cWn» 

An  emergency  air  mixing  and  venting  system  within  the 
containment  structure  of  a  nuclear  power  reactor  contain- 


84 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6, 


1972 


ment  system  mixes  gases  and   vapors  contaminated  with    the  conveyor  operates  to  move  each  loaded  food  mold  into 
radioactivity  with  air  contained  in  the  containment  structure    engagement  with  guides  which  define  a  path  through  the 

cooking  vessel.  The  guides  operate  to  fold  the  loaded  food 
molds  into  a  closed  position,  thereby  to  form  a  U-shaped  tor- 

I 


r" 

M- 
25 

X 

[ 

c 

"m 

T 

1 

VM 

ifi 

"~>33 

J 

r» 

-12 

Z' 

•ft 

-« » 

)o      * 

-so      Jl 

^40 

J4 

ZT 


prior  to  passing  air  in  the  containment  through  conventional 
gas  treatment  equipment  and  subsequently  discharging  it  to 
the  outside  atmosphere. 


3,667^71 
STOVE  VENTILATING  APPARATUS 
Kenneth  S.  RusmU,  3928  Marine  Driyc,  West  Vancouver, 
British  Cohunbia,  Canada 

fUed  Mar.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,538 

Int.  CL  BOId  45/00 

U.S.CL98— 115K  1  Claim 


ils^l 

IB    of 


tilla.  Means  are  als^isclosed  on  each  mold  to  prevent  the 
accidenul  opening  ot  the  mold  while  it  is  in  the  guides. 
Pusher  means  are  further  included  in  each  food  mold  for  au- 
tomatically discharging  cooked  tortillas  onto  a  tray. 


3,667^73 

AUTOMATIC  MACHINE  FOR  VENDING  FRIED  FOODS 
Frederic   A.   Sidwr,   Glen   EUyn,   and   JoMph   Gayaowsid, 
Westchester,  both  of  111.,  aas^nors  to  said  SIchcr,  by  said 
'    Gaysow$ld 

Filed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,232 

Int.  CLA47J  37/72 

U.S,  CI.  99—407  19  Claims 


Ventilating  apparatus  for  cooking  stoves  ana  outer  ap- 
pliances using  hot  oils  and  fats  and  including  a  duct  having 
an  entrance  through  which  grease-laden  air  enters  the  duct. 
A  cartridge  positioned  within  the  duct  is  reversiUe  between 
two  operative  positions.  This  cartridge  has  a  passage 
therethrough  in  which  baffle  means  is  located  for  causing 
grease  to  be  deposited  in  the  cartridge,  the  baffle  means 
being  such  that  it  works  effectively  regardless  of  which  of  the 
two  operative  positions  the  cartridge  is  in.  A  spray  is  located 
above  the  cartridge  to  wash  the  grease  off  the  baffle  means 
and  into  a  trough  located  beneath  the  cartridge. 


3^7^72 
FOOD  COOiONG  APPARATUS 
Afthnr  L.  HOvitz;  Phflip  E.  Hllvitz;  Harvey  M.  Hllvitz,  and 
Rldurd  Campbell,  all  of  Pueblo,  Colo.,  awignors  to  La  Tol- 
tcca  Foods,  lac  PucMo,  Colo. 

mad  Nov.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,429 

Int.  CLA47J  37/72 

VS.  CL  99—404  19  Claims 

There  is  disclosed  a  food  cooking  apparatus  having  a  con- 
veyor positioned  over  a  cooking  vessel.  The  cooking  vessel  is 
filled  with  frying  fat  and  means  are  provided  for  heating  the 
fat  to  a  predetermined  temperature.  A  plurality  of  normally 
open  food  molds  are  mounted  on  the  conveyor.  Uncooked 
tortilla  cakes  are  loaded  into  the  normally  open  molds  and 


A  fried  potato  vending  machine  characterized  by  an 
upright  cabinet  having  mounted  therein  a  support  for  a 
removable  multiple  bin  supfdy  tray  adapted  to  have  each  bin 
filled  with  a  predetermined  quantity  of  raw  or  partially 
cooked  potatoes  and  a  mechanism  for  feeding  the  batches  of 
potatoes  from  successive  bins  to  a  hopper  which  empties  into 
a  cooking  bowl  pivotally  mounted  above  a  storage  vessel  in 
which  a  supply  of  cooking  oil  is  maintained  at  predetermined 
temperature  by  an  inimersion  heater  and  means  for  transfer- 
ring a  quantity  of  the  hot  cooking  oil  to  the  cooking  bowl  in 
which  successive  batches  of  potatoes  are  cooked  and  when 
cooking  is  completed,  the  cooked  poutoes  are  dumped  into 
a  serving  tray  fed  from  a  supply  stack,  the  cooking  bowl 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


85 


being  pivoted,  when  cooking  of  each  batch  is  completed,  to 
dump  the  oil  through  a  removable  and  replaceable  filter 
member  into  the  storage  vessel.  Electrical  operating  and  con- 
trol circuitry,  which  is  actuated  by  deposit  of  a  coin,  includes 
drive  motors  and  timed  switches  for  operating  the  feeding 
and  handling  mechanisms  and  provides  for  heating  the  oil, 
the  electrical  requirements  being  such  that  the  machine  can 
be  operated  when  supplied  with  current  from  a  conventional 
1 10-1 15  Volt  current  supply  line. 


3,667,374 
DEEP  FAT  FRYER  APPARATUS 
Brandon  M.  Holmes,  NashvOc  Tcnn.,  aaslgnor  to  Progressive 
Products  Corporation,  NadiviBe,  Tcnn. 

FUcd  Oct.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,736 

Int.  a.A47J  37/72 

U.S.  CL  99-408  6  Claims 


/«\ 


A  deep  fat  fryer  having  a  pump  for  circulating  cooking 
fluid  or  oil  in  a  cooking  receptacle  and  a  filter  for  removing 
foreign  substances  from  the  cooking  oil.  Cooking  fluid  circu- 
lated through  the  receptacle  flow  over  the  heating  elements 
and  sweeps  along  foreign  particles  in  the  fluid  which  are 
removed  by  a  filter  interposed  in  the  flow  path  of  the  cooking 
fluid. 


3,667,375 
MEANS  FOR  MELTING  CONGEALED  LIQUID  AND  FOR 

PREVENTING  CCmGELATION 
Eofcnc  A.  Poltinger,  LoirisvOc  tmd  WlaHon  L.  Shdton,  Jcf- 
feraontown,  both  of  Ky.,  amitnon  to  ConmcrcW  Ap. 
pHanccs,  Inc. 

FBcd  Feb.  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  118,283 

Int.  CL  A47J  37/72 

U.S.  CL  99-408  2  CMam 


by  iu  presence  serves  to  )nelt  congealed  Uquid  in  said  unit 
and  without  interference  with  the  normal  functioning  of  the 
cooking  operation. 


m 


A  heat-conductive  member  having  an  upper  portion 
conUct  with   a  bath  of  hot  cooking  liquid   is  detachably 
mounted  in  a  collector  unit  of  a  pressure  cooking  vessel  and 


3,667,376 
BARBECUE 
Oria  D.  Thompaon,  40  Owen  Boulevard,  WBtowd^,  Ontario, 
Canada 

Filed  July  1 1,  1969,  Scr.  No.  841,020 

Int.  CL  A47J  37/07 

VS.  CL  99-443  R  6  Claims 


This  invention  relates  to  a  barbecue  that  has  a  rotatably 
mounted  grill  for  holding  the  foods  in  which  a  device  is  pro- 
vided for  preventing  the  travel  of  liquid  fat  beyond  the  outer 
peripheral  edge  of  the  barbecue  as  the  grill  is  rotated. 


3,667,377 
TYING  MECHANISM  FOR  BALES 
Bcttgt  Akc  Persson,  Traktorgatan,  Sweden, 
Mwcr  AB,  Ystad,  Sweden 

Fled  Mar.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,407 
Int.  a.  B65b  J3/28 
U.S.CL100— 19  3 


to  Per- 


A  bale  tying  mechanism  in  a  bale  press  comprises  a 
reciprocable  forked  needle  which  forms  against  three  spaced 
intercepting  members  two  standing  vrire  loops  in  the  spaces 
between  the  intercepting  members.  The  intermediate  inter- 
cepting member  has  co-operating  cutting  members  for  sever- 
ing the  wire  forming  the  loops  where  such  wire  engages  the 
intermediate  intercepting  member. 


toN. 


3,667,378 
WIRE  CMl  BAND  STRAPPING  MACHINE 
PIctcr  AmoMus  Van  de  Bit,  Zdat,  Ncthcrianda, 
V.  Mctavcrpa 

FUcd  Dec  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,687 
Claims  priority,  appMrarfcin  Netherlands,  Dec  10, 1969, 

6918527 
Int.  CL  B65b  73/70 
VS.  CL  100—26  2 1 

A  wire  or  band  strapping  machine  comprises  a  driven  r<^ 
pair  for  feeding  a  wire  or  band  toward  a  guide  loop  about  an 
object  to  be  strapped,  a  driven  roll  pair  for  reversing  the 


86 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


{ 


June  6,  1972 


direction  of  movement  of  the  wire  or  band  to  draw  the  same  support  beam  that%  pivotally  connected  to  said  ruler,  said 
out  of  the  guide  and  about  the  object,  and  tension  means  for  pressure  members  forming  fluid  operable  plungers  which  are 
tightening  the  wire  or  band  in  that  reversed  direction.  The 
tension  means  is  disposed  between  the  two  roll  pairs,  with  the 
feeding  pair  disposed  closer  to  the  loop  than  the  reversing 


pair  with  respect  to  the  direction  of  travel  of  the  wire  or 
band.  The  wire  or  band  approaches  the  loop  along  a  horizon- 
tal U-shaped  path  with  the  feeding  and  reversing  roll  pairs 
operating  on  the  upper  and  lower  horizontal  legs  of  that  path, 
respectively,  and  the  tensioning  means  acting  downwardly  on 
the  wire  or  band  in  the  bend  of  its  U-shaped  path. 


3,667^79 
APPARATUS  FOR  PREFABRICATING  WOOD 
STRUCTURES 
GaD  H.  Tcmpttn,  Vero  Beach,  fla^  asrignor  to  TetnpUn  As- 
sociates, Inc.,  Vcro  Beach,  Fla. 

FUcd  Jan.  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,253 

Int.  CL  B30b  7J00 

VS.  CL  100—139  15  Clabm 


Apparatus  for  fabricating  wood  trusses  providing  a  moving 
jig  upon  which  the  metal  truss  plates  are  placed  in  proper 
position  on  the  tops  and  bottoms  of  the  joints  of  the  wood 
truss,  and  are  conveyed  by  the  jig  through  a  first  pressure 
means  which  partially  drive  the  truss  plates  into  the  wood 
truss  at  the  joints  thereof,  only  forcing  penetration  sufficient 
to  hold  the  plates  in  proper  position.  A  set  of  pressure  rollers 
through  which  the  truss,  with  the  truss  plates  partially  in- 
serted in  the  truss,  passes  for  forcing  the  truss  plates  into  the 
wood  truss  into  their  final  joint  holding  positions.  The  jib  is 
provided  with  means  for  properiy  positioning  the  properly 
maintaining  the  truss  thereon,  certain  of  which  are  automati- 
cally disengaged  when  the  means  is  reached. 


3,667380 

SMOOTHING  RULER  FOR  PAPER  GLAZING 

CALENDERS 

Jargen  Schhiakc,  and  Dieter  Junk,  both  off  KrcfeM,  Germany, 

assignors  to  Joii.   Klcincwcfcrs  Solinc  Maschincnfabrik, 

Krcfcid,  Germany 

Filed  Sept.  3,  1970,  Scr.  No.  69^405 
Inta.B30bi/04 
U.S.CL100— 161  7  Claims 

For  use  in  connection  with  a  paper  glazing  calender,  a 
smoothing  ruler  the  position  of  which  is  adjustable  by  a  plu- 
rality of  pressure  members  which  are  vertically  movable  on  a 


0^ 


10 

5^ 


sounct 


remote  dontrolled  and  operable  at  variable  pressure  to  press 
against  surface  areas  of  the  ruler  while  a  web  of  material  is 
passed  thereover,  to  smooth  out  creases  in  said  web. 


3,667,381 

REFUSE  COMPACTOR  AND  BAG  THEREFOR 
Michael  J.  Sottas,  St.  Joseph,  and  Charles  R.  Difley 
both  of  Mich.,  assignors  to  Whirlpool  Corporation 
.      Filed  Nov.  5, 1 969,  Scr.  No.  874,25 1 
I  Int.  CL  B30b  15100 

\}S.  CL  100—229  A 


8 


Nilcs, 


Claims 


A  refuse  receiver  in  a  refuse  compactor  comprising  a 
receptacle  having  an  open  top  bounded  by  peripheral  edge 
portions,  a  refuse  holding  bag  in  the  receptacle  having  a  dou- 
ble cuff  formed  by  a  pair  of  successive  outward  folds  of  the 
edge  of  the  bag  with  opposite  edge  portions  of  the  bag  each 
having  a  single  slit  that  facilitates  folding  of  the  bag  sides  in 
the  pair  of  successive  outward  folds  to  form  the  double  cuff 
and  with  the  single  slits  facilitating  the  folding  without  exces- 
sive danger  of  refuse  spillage  through  the  bag  sides  at  the  slits 
during  removal  of  a  filled  bag  from  the  compactor.  A  refuse 
holding  disposable  bag  having  this  construction  for  position- 
ing in  a  refiise  receptacle  having  an  open  top  in  whic^  refuse 
is  compacted. 

I  

3,667382 

PRINTING  PUNCHING  AND  ENCODING  APPARATUS 

FOR  FILE  FOLINE31S  AND  THE  UKE 

Robert  P.  Kaplan,  Tonawanda,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Sperry  Rand 

Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6^17 

Int  CL  B41j  11158, 1100;  B41I 19104 

U.S.  CL  101—19  9  Claims 

This  disclosure  describes  an  apparatus  for  encoding  file 

folders  and  the  like,  said  file  folders  having  corresponding 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


87 


P'^^ert^^r^^oSr.^X^u;^  ^-j!^^::-^.^!^--!^ 


—    ".-....    ui«^   iiic   luiucrs  arc   lo   0< 

stored.  The  file  folders  are  coded  along  one  edge  with  per- 
forated digital  information,  alpha  numeric  information  and 
color  code  information  by  the  apparatus  of  the  invention 
More    specifically,    the    apparatus    includes   a    means   for 


Mt  MO  Hi  M3       171        141 


punching  digital  perforations,  a  means  for  printing  numbers 
and  a  means  for  printing  a  color  code  along  the  edge  of  a  file 
folder  and  the  like.  The  punching  and  printing  are  all  done  in 
accordance  with  input  dau  derived  fi-om  the  container  in 
which  the  encoded  folder  is  to  be  ultimately  stored. 


3,667,383 

PRINT  AND  TRANSPORT  BELT  SYNCHRONIZER 

RonaM  H.  Mack,  Plymouth;  Nicholas  Kondur,  Jr.,  Plymouth 

Township,  both  of  Mich.,  and  James  A.  MItcbeU,  Parfc, 

France,  assignors  to  Burroughs  Corporatkm,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  Dec.  23,  1969,  Scr.  No.  887,605 

Int.  CL  B41J  5100 

MS.  CL  101-93  C  9  Claims 


. f  ""  *"""  ♦'»-""»"j'  iwvaicu  itpcxcs,  uie  arms 

of  the  stnps  acting  to  resiliently  support  the  type  members 


and  to  mainuin  their  alignment  with  a  print  line  during  a 
printing  operation. 


3,667385 

PAPER  FEED  TABLE  LIFTING  DEVICE  FOR  A 

PRINTING  PRESS 

Minora  Suzuki,  Kanagawa-kcn,  Japan,  assignor  to  Kabushiki- 

Kaisha  Ricoh,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Oct.  8,  1969,  Scr.  No.  864,830 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct  1 1, 1968, 43/74443 

Int  CL  B65h  1114 
U.S.CL  101-232  5ci.|„ 


i— 


A  high-speed  serial  printer  including  a  ccmtinuously  rotat- 
ing print  drum  having  characters  on  its  periphery,  a  hammer 
and  carrier,  and  a  belt  for  transporUng  the  hammer  and  carri- 
er parallel  to  the  axis  of  drum  along  a  line  of  print.  A  control 
system,  including  two  timing  discs,  operates  in  synchronism 
with  the  drum.  The  first  disc  is  indicative  of  the  angular  posi- 
tion of  the  drum  and  the  second  disc  is  to  signal  the  hammer 
\  carrier  to  engage  the  transport  belt  at  the  start  of  each  line  of 
pnnt.  A  double-ended  transducer  responds  to  the  two  Uming 
discs  to  provide  the  appropriate  signals  for  the  printer. 


3,667384 

SLOTTED  PRINT  TYPE  BELT  WITH  ANGULARLY 

DISPOSED  TYPE  MOUNTING  STRIPS 

Albert  SaMcrman,  SouthUdd,  Mkh.,  assignor  to  BurrouglK 

Corporatkm,  Detroit,  Mkh. 

Filed  Oct.  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  77,183 

lat  CL  B41J  1120 

UACL 101-111  5CtalTO 

A  print  type  belt  provides  a  flexible  band  that  is  slotted  to 

form  a  plurality  of  angular  mounting  strips  extending  across 

the  band,  and  a  like  number  of  type  members  removably  at- 


A  lifting  device  for  a  paper  feed  toble  for  a  printing  press 
which  operates  to  lift  a  table,  by  rotation  of  a  pinion  meshing 
with  a  rack  connected  to  the  table  and  disposed  substantially 
vertically,  when  the  height  of  a  stack  of  printing  sheets  on  the 
feed  table  is  decreased  during  printing.  A  ratchet  wheel  is 
rotatable  with  the  pinion  and  a  pawl  means  b  movable  into 
and  out  of  engagement  with  the  ratchet  wheel,  for  intermit- 
tently rotating  the  latter.  The  pawl  means  normally  is 
retained  out  of  engagement  with  the  ratchet  wheel,  and  is 
brought  into  engagement  therewith  only  responsive  to  a 
predetermined  reduction  in  the  height  of  the  stack  of  sheets 
on  the  printing  table.  Thereupon,  the  feed  table  is  lifted 
through  a  distance  corresponding  to  the  reduction  in  the 
height  of  the  stack  of  sheets  thereon. 


3,667386 
CAN  CRUSHER 
GrandcU  H.  Workman,  1845  Federal  A^,  Los  Antdes. 
CaBf. 

Filed  May  7,  1971,  Ser.  No.  141332 

Int  CL  B30b  7100 

US.  CL  100-233  8  Claims 


\ 


An  apparatus  for  two-stage  crushing  of  a  can,  the  center  of 
the  can  being  first  collapsed  by  a  lever  finger  whUe  the  ends 


88 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


of  the  can  are  supported  on  shoulders  at  the  sides  of  a  swing- 
ing jaw  on  which  the  lever  is  fulcrumed,  the  ends  of  the  can 
being  tilted  inwardly  by  such  central  collapse,  and  the  tilted 
ends  then  being  pushed  against  a  fixed  anvil  to  which  ttie 
swinging  jaw  is  hinged,  resulting  in  the  can  being  crushed  flat 
between  the  jaw  and  the  anvil. 


I 


explosive  to  prevent  inadvertent  initiation  of  the  devices. 
Subsequent  evaporation  of  the  liquid  from  the  explosive, 
over  a  predetermined  interval  of  time,  arms  the  device. 


3^7^87 
SELF-DESTRUCT  LAND  MINE 
Jcu  P.  Pfcard,  Morristown;  Thomas  E.  Duoigan,  Oak  Ridtc, 
and  Lawrance  W.  PeO,  Wot  Oranfe.  >B  of  N  J.,  asslfiion 
to  The  Unkcd  States  of  America  as  rcprcacntcd  by  the 
Secretary  of  the  Army 

HlMl  Jan.  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,766 

liit.CLF42b2i/00 

VS.  a.  102—8  7  Claims 


3,667,389 
SKEET  SHOOTING  ARRANGEMENT 
Claiidc  H.  Tritcnnc,  5,  rue  dcs  Mcaaaflca  (Haotc-Savoi*),  Gail- 
lard,  nraacc 

Filed  Mar.  16,  1970,  Scr.  No.  19,791 
Claims  priority,  applicatloa  Fraacc,  Mar.  21, 1969, 6908230 

int.  CL  F42b  15/00:  F41c  27/06 
VS.  CI.  102—34.1  4  Claims 


A  land  mine  capable  of  self-destructions  after  a  selected 
period  of  time  which  includes  a  central  portion  of  a  friction 
sensitive  material  capable  of  supporting  self  combustion.  A 
layer  of  white  phosphorus  disposed  so  as  to  surround  and 
directly  contact  said  friction  material  and  having  embedded 
therein  a  plurality  of  explosive  pellets.  One  or  more  thin  wall, 
frangible,  glass  vials  containing  a  vaporizable  solvent, 
abutting  at  least  a  portion  of  said  white  phosphorus  and  fac- 
ing outwardly  thereof.  The  entire  structure  being  coated  with 
an  elastic  material  which  is  soluble  under  the  action  of  said 
solvent.  There  is  specifically  disclosed  the  use  of  acetone  in 
conjunction  with  a  nitrocellulose  coating  and  a  generally 
spherical  configuration.  The  mine  being  capable  of  initial  ac- 
tivation by  pressure  applied  thereto,  which,  ignites  the  frac- 
tional material  and  in  turn  the  phosphorus.  The  ignited 
phosphorus  detonates  the  explosive  pellets.  The  self-destruct 
operation  commences  when  the  mine  is  dropped,  as  for  ex- 
ample, from  an  airplane,  and  the  glass  vial  is  broken  thus 
releasing  the  solvent  which  starts  the  dissolution  of  the 
nitrocellulose  outer  film.  When  dissolved  the  phosphorus  is 
exposed  to  the  atmosphere  and  self  destruction  is  initiated 
thus  providing  in  addition,  a  visual  indication  of  activation 
and  self-destruction. 


A  skaet  shooting  assembly  wherein  the  skeet  has  a  hoOow 
central  channel  with  a  cartridge  therein.  The  ignition  bf  the 
cartridge  charge  is  accomplished  by  means  of  a  fuse  fired  by 
an  elongated  fiise  firing  element,  preferably  of  pistol-type^ 
which  ^netrates  the  central  channel  and  engages  the  car- 
tridge. 


r 


rARi 


3,667390 
EXPLOSIVE  WEAPONS  AND  FRAGMENTS 
ELEMENTS  THEREFOR 
Gunnar  F.  A.  Media,  and  Erik  G.  Olmoii,  both  of  Fjkilituna, 
Sweden,  awigiinn  to  FonvareU  Fabriksverfc,  EfkUrtuna, 
Sweden 

Continuation-in-pMt  of  appBcatioB  Scr.  No.  686,189,  Nov. 

28, 1967,  now  ahandonrd  TMs  application  Oct.  2%  1969, 

Scr.  No.  872,153 

InL  CL  F42b  13/48 

VS.  d  102—67  7  Claim 


3,667,388 

EXPLOSIVE  INITIATING  DEVICES 

Robert  W.  Heiaemann,  147  Elm  St.,  Dover,  N  J. 

Filed  July  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  838,120 

lot  CI.  F42b  3/12, 3/18 

VS.  CL  102—28  R 


2  Claims 


An  explosive  weapon  and  a  fragmentary  element  therefor 
are  disclosed.  The  explosive  weapon  comprises  an  explosive 
charge  and  a  means  to  combine  a  plurality  of  fragmentary 
elements  with  the  explosive  charge  to  form  an  explosive  as- 
sembly. Each  of  the  fragmentary  elements  comprises  a 
member  having  the  general  shape  of  a  sphere.  Each  of  the 
members  has  six  flat  surfaces  located  along  the  greatest 
diameter  of  the  sphere.  This  greatest  diameter  occurs  along 
the  great  circle  or  equatorial  zone  of  the  spherically  shaped 
Explosive  initiating  devices  constructed  to  permit  a  volatile  member.  Each  of  the  flat  surfaces  intersects  the  next  ad- 
liquid  to  peneuate  into  the  housing,  therel^  saturating  the   jacent  flat  surface  at  the  greatest  diameter  of  thp  sphere. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


89 


Therefore,  a  cross  section  through  the  element  in  a  plane  in- 
cluding the  greatest  diameter  and  the  center  of  the  sphere 
has  a  regular  hexagonal  shape.  The  flat  surfaces  are  adjacent 
elements  adapted  to  be  facially  disposed  to  prevent  rotation 
of  the  elements  with  respect  to  each  other.  These  flat  sur- 
faces are  further  adapted  to  join  other  flat  surfaces  located  in 
the  structure  of  the  explosive  weapon.  The  fragmentary  ele- 
ment has  an  air  resistance  that  is  only  slightly  greater  than 
the  air  resistance  of  a  totally  spherical  member  of  cor- 
responding size.  In  more  specific  embodiments  of  the 
weapon,  the  fragmentary  elements  are  in  flat  surface  to  flat 
surface  contact  to  form  rows  adjacent  each  other.  The  ele- 
ments of  adjacent  rows  interiock  each  other  to  prevent  shift- 
ing of  the  rows  with  respect  to  each  other. 


3,667391 
DETONATOR  AND  IGNITER  FOR  EXPLOSIVES 
Rene'  Amiable,  Scvran;  Jean-Nod  Lhuillicr,  Vcrt-le-Pfetlt,  and 
Paul  Bcnkhdri,  Sevran,  ail  of  France,  aarignors  to  Etat 
Francais  rcpresentc  pw  U  Miniatrc  dcs  Armccs,  Delegation 
Miaisteridle  pour  LArmcmcnt  (DIractioa  Dcs  Poudrcs), 
Paris,  France 

FUcd  May  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  820,902 
Claims  priority,  applicatloa  France,  May  17, 1968, 68152245 

Int.  CL  F42c  19/08 
VS.  CL  102-70  2  Oainv 


options  of  the  bomb.  The  coded  signal  is  transferred  to  the 
bomb  at  aircraft-bomb  separation  via  the  transducer  and 
decoded  in  the  decoder,  which  includes  a  plurality  of  SCR's 
and  switch  actuators,  to  initiate  the  arming  and  fiizing  circuit 
which  includes  a  plurality  of  fuze  sensors,  energy  storage 
devices,  switches,  and  an  arming  motor.  The  encoder  in- 
cludes a  mechanically  initiated  ripple  option. 


3,667393 
ELECTRIC  FUZE  FOR  SHAPEIMTHARGE  MISSILES 
Lars  BertM  AroasMo;  Andcn  Bcrtil  Amdl,  both  of 
aa,  aad  Ulf  W.  MoHtor,  TorrimBa,  al  of  Sweden, 
to  Forsvarets  Fabriksveriie,  Eskibtuna,  Sweden 
ConlimiatioB-lB-part  of  applicatloa  Scr.  No.  686,068,  Nvv. 
28, 1967.  This  appHcatioa  July  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  844^54 
Int.  CL  F42c  13/00 
VS.  CL  102—70.2  1  cWm 


4b 


A  detonating  fuse  suitable  for  an  igniter  of  propelling 
charges,  which  comprises  a  narrow  metal  sheath  of  lead  or 
tin  containing  a  mixture  of  a  secondary  explosive  with  a  non- 
explosive  ignition-booster.  The  invention  also  includes  an  ig- 
niter containing  the  detonating  fiise. 


3,667392 
ORDNANCE  FUZE  ENCODING  AND  DECODING 
SYSTEM 
Rodney   E.  Grantham,  BcthcMla;  John   H.   Mirihiy,  Silver 
Spring,  and  Frederick  E.  Wamock,  BcthcMla,  aO  of  Md., 
amigaors  to  The  United  States  of  America  as  rcpicscuted  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

Filed  Apr.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No.  25,942 

InL  CL  F42c  13/00, 15/24, 11/02 

VS.  CL  102-70.2  R  ij  Chdms 


An  electric  fuze  for  a  shaped-charge  missile,  said  missile 
having  an  outer  and  an  inner  front  closure  plate,  said  plates 
being  spaced  apart  by  an  air  gap,  a  tubular  stand-off  member 
projecting  forwardly  fix>m  said  front  ckxure  plates  and  com- 
prising an  outer  and  an  inner  tube  spaced  by  an  air  gap,  said 
tubes  being  mechanically  and  electrically  connected  to  dif- 
ferent ones  of  said  outer  and  inner  fix>nt  closure  plates,  a 
piezoelectric  crystal  element  being  located  behind  said  front 
closure  plates  and  connected  in  a  circuit  comfMising  an  elec- 
tric fuze,  said  front  closure  plates,  said  tubes  and  said  air 
gaps,  so  that  initiation  of  the  fiize  occurs  when  the  fix>nt  por- 
tion erf  the  missile  is  deformed  and  one  or  both  of  said  air 
gaps  is  short-circuited  and  said  piezoelectric  crystal  generates 
an  electric  pulse. 


3,667394 
ROLAMTTE  SAFETY  AND  ARMING  MECHANISM 
David  W.  Lewis,  Charlottesville,  Va.,  assignor  to  The  United 
States  of  America  as  reprcacuted  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Army 

Filed  Jan.  2T,  1971,  Scr.  No.  106340 

Int  CL  F42c  15/24 

VS.  CL  102—78  11  cUbm 


C  N  CO  D  0 

— « 

« 

OCLMCmr 
MOM 

•Mil 

LCana 

rva 
nacnai 

// 

m                 17 

•CMII 

-^ 

,     awwTc 

OBXCM 

— 

MO 



—U 

.-BO 


An  ordnance  fuze  system  includes  a  source  of  D.C.  volt- 
ages and  an  encoder  located  on  an  ordnance  delivery  vehicle, 
such  as  an  aircraft,  and  a  magnetic  transducer,  decoder,  and 
arming  and  fuzing  circuit  located  on  an  ordnance  device, 
such  as  a  bomb.  A  ternary  voltage  code  is  encoded  on  the 
aircraft  to  select  the  delivery  mode,  arming  time,  and  fuze 


An  inertia!  operated  fuzing  and  arming  mechanism  havii^ 
two  telescoping  encasing  members  and  a  pair  of  rollers  held 
within  said  encasing  members  and  a  pair  of  roUeis  heM 


90 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  i,  1972 


within  said  encasing  members  by  a  plurality  of  S-shaped  flexi- 
ble bands,  each  band  engaging  different  diameter  portions  of 
the  rollers  and  the  ends  of  the  bands  being  attached  to  the  in- 
side df  said  encasing  members.  A  detonator  and  expiodve  are 
associated  with  one  of  said  encasing  members  and  one  of  the 
rollers  and  the  other  encasing  member  has  an  aperture 
therein  so  that  when  said  two  encasing  members  and  said 
roller  are  aligned,  the  fiize  is  activated  to  detonate  the  explo- 


sive. 


3^7395 

DUMMY  SHELL 

Rudolf  Romcr.  and  Hdoz  Hap,  both  of  DuHddorf,  Germany, 

aMigBors  to  RhrinmHaM  GmbH,  Duaaddorf ,  Gcmuwy 

Filed  May  26,  1969,  Scr.  No.  827,727 

dains  priority,  appttcathm  Gcnnany,  June  1, 1968,  P  17  03 

518.6 

Int.  CI.  F42b  5/22 

VS.  Ci.  102—92.7  3  Claims 


A  dummy  shell  with  a  screwed-in  impact-ignition-and- 
decomposition  device  which  comprises  means  for  weakening 
the  cross-section  of  the  head  of  the  shell  at  a  set  breaking 
point  within  the  range  of  the  connecting  plane  between  the 
impact-ignition  device  and  the  decomposition  device.  By  this 
arrangement  it  is  brought  about  that  upon  inclined  or  flat  im- 
pact of  the  shell,  the  impact-ignition-device  separates  itself 
from  the  decomposition  device,  and  the  latter  remains  in  the 
jacket  of  the  shell. 


3,667,396 
SOLID  PROPELLANT  GRAIN  IGNITER 
Donald  H.  Barrett,  Waco,  Tex.,  assignor  to  North  American 
Rockwell  Corporatioa 

Filed  Apr.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  812,935 

Int.  CI.  F42b  1/00 

VS.  CI.  102- 101  8  Claims 


sheet,  and  an  igniter  cord  attached  to  the  sheet  in  which  said 
cord  contains  a  detonating-igniting  composition  which  when 
initiated  by  a  squib  produces  hot  particles  to  penetrate  the 
sheet  interstices  and  ignite  the  coating. 

I         

3,667,397 

LINEAR  INDUCTION  MOTOR  SECONDARY  MEMBER 
Richard  Humphrey  Hayncs,  Hemlngfbrd  Grey,  England,  as- 
signor to  Tirackcd  Hovercraft  Limited,  London,  England 
tpyed  June  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  156,624 
Int.  CL  H02k  4J/04 
04— 148LM  UCIalnM 


Btra 


J^ 


The  secondary  member  in  or  for  a  linear  induction  motor 
of  the  single-sided  and  short  sutor  variety  is  mounted 
generally  horizontally  for  co-operation  with  a  linear  induc- 
tion motor  primary  member  carried  above  it.  The  secondary 
member  comprises  a  rolled  aluminum  reaction  plate  with 
downwardly-inclined  side  edges,  and  magnetic  material 
which  is  interposed  between  the  track  and  the  plane  central 
part  of  the  reaction  plate.  The  reaction  plate  extends  beyond 
the  magnetic  material  along  either  side,  and  supports  are  pro- 
vided for  supporting  the  overhanging  portions  from  the  track 
inwardly  of  the  downwardly-inclined  parts.  The  reaction 
plate  is  secured  in  position  by  members  which  are  attached 
to  the  track  along  either  side  of  the  secondary  memher  and 
which  abut  the  upper  surfaces  of  the  downwardly-inclined 
parts  of  the  reaction  plate. 


3,667,398  ^~^ 

LINEAR  INDUCTION  MOTOR  SECONDARY  MEMBER 

Christopher  Durrant  English,  Burwcll,  Engfamd,  assignor  to 

Tracked  Hovercraft  Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  June  25,  1971,  Ser.  No.  156,625 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  June  26, 1970, 

31,143/70  I 

Int  CL  H02k  4//04  I 

U.S.  CI.  )04— 148  LM  14  Oabm 


An  igniter  for  a  solid  propellant  grain  having  a  perforated  The  secondary  member  in  or  for  a  linear  induction  motor 

sheet  substrate,  which  serves  as  a  support  structure  for  a  flex-  of  the   single-sided  and  short  stator  variety   is  mounted 

ible  pyrotechnic  coating  apf>lied  to  either  one  side  or  both  generally  horizontally  for  co-operation  with  a  linear  induc- 

sides  of  the  sheet  and  extending  into  the  interstices  of  the  tion  motor  primary  member  carried  above  it.  The  secondary 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


91 


member  comprises  an  aluminum  reaction  plate  disposed 
above  magnetic  material  which  supports  it  from  the  track. 
The  reaction  plate  is  vkrider  than  the  m&gnetic  material  and 
extends  beyond  it  along  either  side  of  the  secondary  member 
at  side  portions  which  in  operation  provide  the  longitudinally 
extending  parts  of  the  current  paths  in  the  reaction  plate. 
The  reaction  plate  is  clamped  down  on  to  the  track  by 
clamping  devices  which  produce  clamping  forces  on  the  un- 
dersides of  the  side  portions  immediately  adjacent  the  mag- 
netic material. 

\ 


the  outer  door  in  its  closed  position  and  also  in  several 
lowered  and  open  positions.  The  inner  ballast  flow  conxrdl 
door  may  be  opened  to  a  variety  of  positions  ranging  from 
fuUy  dosed  to  fiilly  opened  and  may  be  locked  in  these  posi- 
tions by  means  of  a  sliding  locking  bar  whose  ends  ride  in 
guides  located  on  opposite  sides  of  the  ballast  discharge 
opening.  A  tool  is  provided  for  opening  and  dosing  the  inner 
ballast  flow  control  door. 


3,667399 
POWER  AND  FREE  CONVEYOR  SYSTEM 
Adolph  Cxamcckl,  Birmingham,  Mich.,  assignor  to  Standard 
AlUancc  Industries,  Inc.,  Chicago,  Dl. 

Filed  Sept.  3,  1969,  Scr.  No.  854,817  ' 
Int  CLB65g  7  7/42 
U.S.  CI.  104-172  S  7  Claims 


^/' 


3,667,401 
CONTAINER  RETAINING  LATCH  MECHANISM 
PhiOip   D.    Schwiebcrt,    Glencoe,   and   Edward   S.    Steck, 
Chfcago,  both  of  DL,  assignors  to  MacLemi-Fogg  Lock  Nut 
Co.,  MundcMn,  m. 

Hied  Feb.  14,  1969,  Scr.  No.  799,400 
Int.  a.  B65J  J/22;  B60p  7/OS 
U.S.  a.  105— 366  D  11 


A  power-and-free  conveyor  system  of  the  type  having  work  ' 
carriers  each  consisting  of  coupled  front  and  rear  trolleys 
adapted  to  be  propelled  along  a  track  by  lugs  on  an  overhead 
chain  drive  and  each  adapted  further  to  be  disconnected 
from  the  drive  in  a  localized  close  pack  section  of  the  con- 
veyor by  a  cam  plate  on  the  rear  trolley  of  the  preceding  car- 
rier, and  wherein  the  drive  and  the  cam  plate  of  each  carrier 
have  novel  means  which  are  uniquely  cooperative  to  prevent 
the  carrier  from  back-sliding  on  inclined  portions  of  the  track 
in  the  event  the  front  trolley  thereof  inadvertently  becomes 
uncoupled  from  the  drive  and  also  to  more  effectively  and  ef- 
flciently  transfer  the  carrier  through  a  switch  point  from  one 
conveyor  to  another  or  from  a  conveyor  onto  a  spur  track  for 
forage  or  the  like. 


3,667,400 

RAILWAY  BALLAST  DISTRIBUTING  CAR  DOOR 

ASSEMBLY 

Sergio  Rene  Damy,  Apartado  Postal  "A"  2041,  Guadalaisra, 

Jalisco,  Mexico 

Filed  Nov.  3,  1970,  Scr.  No.  86,486 

Int.  CL  B61d  7/18,  7/26;  F07f  5/27 

VS.  CL  105-239  4  Claims 


A  latch  mechanism  including  a  pivotable  clasp  biased  for 
engagement  with  a  catch  opening  in  a  container  part.  The 
clasp  has  a  head  portion  with  a  cam  surface  of  steep  incline 
and  a  detent  suriface  of  slight  incline,  with  respect  to  the 
plane  of  a  catch  support  having  an  opening  through  which 
the  clasp  extends,  whereby  bias  is  easily  overcome  through 
engagement  of  the  detent  surface  for  latching  engagement, 
and  retention  force  is  large,  as  a  result  of  the  steep  angle  of 
the  cam  surface.  Space  for  lateral  play  of  the  clasp  element 
in  its  receiving  opening  of  the  container,  together  with  wedge 
sides  of  the  clasp  and  rounded  surfaces  of  the  catch  opening 
compensate  for  off-center  variations  therebetween  upon  ini- 
tial container  seating.  Bias  springs  acting  upon  the  clasp  form 
the  arms  of  a  lateral  "Y"  configuration,  respectively,  to 
balance,  center  and  stabilize  the  clasp  upon  final  container 
seating. 


3,667,402 
SHELF  FOR  BOOKS 

Kent  M.  Graves,  71  West  Ave.,  Apt  #12,  Brockport,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  139,586 

iaLCXAATb  85/00 

VS.  a.  108—12  2  CWnw 


A  terracing  door  assembly  for  a  railway  hopper  car  having 
an  outer  door  which  also  frmctions  as  a  chute  and  an  inner 
ballast  flow  control  door.  A  mechanism  b  provided  to  lock 


The  invention  relates  to  a  shelf  for  books  or  the  like  having 
an  insert  which  allows  the  shelf  to  be  easily  converted  for  use 
with  either  normal  or  conventional  sized  books  in  one  in- 
stance or  smaller  books  such  as  paperbacks  in  another  in- 
stance. 


92 


3,667,403 
PALLET 

JokB  A.  Aatdbcck,  Jr.,  ChcateffMd,  Mo.,  sHigiior  to  Pack- 
Rite  Packagteg  A  Crallag  Co.,  Im. 

FIM  Joac  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,51 1 

■at.  CL  B65d  I9n8 

U.S.  CL  108—58  10  Ciyim 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6.  1972 


A  pallet  used  for  the  storage  and  transporting  of  load  bear- 
ing structures.  The  pallet  is  formed  by  securing  two  mating 
unitary  plastic  members  by  means  of  bolts  or  other  fasteners. 
The  two  plastic  members  are  formed  in  a  rotational  molding 
operation  and  each  includes  a  pair  of  spaced  outer  skins 
which  are  internally  connected  by  a  plurality  of  properly 
spaced  webs  for  internal  strength.  The  skins  also  have  a  plu- 
rality of  strategically  located  apertures  which  extend  through 
each  of  the  skins. 


3  667  404 

REVOLVING  DOOR  LOCk'mECHANISM  AND  TRAP 

FLOOR  ASSEMBLY 

Eraest  Foatcr,  4793  Coacord  Avcnoc,  Detroit,  Mkh. 

Filed  Jaa.  18,  1971,  Scr.  No.  107,096 

Iata.E05gi/00 

U.S.  CI.  109-8  8  Claims 


The  revolving  door  lock  mechanism  and  trap  floor  as- 
sembly includes  means  for  automatically  locking  a  revolving 
door  with  a  person  trapped  therein  fix)m  a  point  remote  from 
the  door.  A  trap  floor  is  provided  beneath  the  door  assembly. 
A  room  is  provided  beneath  tlie  trap  door  for  incarcerating  a 
person.  The  trap  floor  includes  means  for  automatically 
opening  thereof  when  a  person  is  standing  thereon  and,  sub- 
sequently, tot  automatically  closing  the  floor  after  the  person 
has  fallen  into  the  room  beneath  the  trap  floor. 


3,667,405 
^VANDAL  RESISTIVE  POST 
Albert  F.  RokJi,  Jr.,  8325  OMo  Rivtr  Boulevard,  PMtsbiirgli, 
Pa. 

I      Filed  Oct.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,1 13 
Int.  CL  E05g  1104;  E04h  12118 
09—51  10  ( 


u- 


.  il'll 


A  compound  post  for  supporting  publicly  used  parking  me- 
ters, flne  boxes,  vending  machines,  money  changers,  and 
other  related  publicly  used  facilities,  the  post  being  so 
designed  as  to  prevent  the  vandalism  and/or  theft  of  the  sup- 
ported facility,  and  wherein  the  compound  post  includes  an 
upright  pipe  having  its  lower  end  ground  secured,  the  facility 
mounted  for  roution  about  the  axis  of  the  pipe  at  its  upper 
end,  and  at  least  one  otlier  pipe  telescoped  over  the  upright 
pipe  for  free  rotation  thereon  to  resist  the  action  of  a  cutting 
tool  applied  thereto,  the  other  pipe  extending  substantially 
the  entire  distance  between  said  facility  and  the  ground. 


3,667,406 
PORTABLE  SECURITY  VAULT 
Frank  Jcaeph  Shea,  258  East  Shore  Trail,  Spwta,  N  J. 

1      Filed  Sept.  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  68,813 
Int.  a.  EOSg  1100 
09-57  34Clalim 


A  portable  security  vauh  for  temporarily  storii^  coin 
boxes  in  transit  as  collected  6x>m  vending  devices,  telephone 
pay  stations  and  the  like  includes  an  elongated  tube  open  at 
opposite  ends,  a  member  coextensive  lengthwise  with  the 
tube  and  slidable  interiorly  thereof,  and  a  plurality  of  paddles 
spaced  vertically  along  a  lengthwise  axis  of  the  member  to 
provide  tandem  spaces  between  adjacent  paddles  to  store  the 
respective  coin  boxes  therein.  The  paddles  are  restricted  to 
rotation  ia  a  given  direction  from  normal  perpendicular  posi- 
tions to  permit  the  insertion  of  coin  boxes  into  the  spaces  at  a 
tube  predetermined  end  and  the  ejection  of  the  stored  coin 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


98 


boxes  at  the  tube  opposite  end,  the  latter  being  responsive  to  »  «<tT  .-ao 

repeutive  insertion  and  withdrawal  movements  of  the  slidable  <^ AiSr-Drr 

member  thereat.  An  arrangement  for  locking  the  paddle  ewh  i  m„#,  ni^if^  °^^yV._V_  ^   . 

member    to    the    vault    structure    precludes    unautlS  ^SlL^^^T^Jll^^S.f'^  'S?  ^"^ 

retrieval  of  the  stored  coin  boxes  at  the  tube  predeterm^  JJSSm.                     ^"^^       ^  State.  Sted  Cor^ 

end.  The  tube  ends  may  be  lock-endosed  as  desired.  ^""^    ^  j^  3^^  ,„^  ^  ^  ,,  ^ 

^ Int  CL  F23in  7/00 

UACL  110—173  A  5, 


3,667.407 

INCINERATOR 
Coarwi  H.  MWcr.  Rogers,  Ark., 
thm,  Rogers,  Ark. 

Flhd  Oct.  13. 1970,  Scr.  No.  80351 
lat.  CL  F23g  9/00 
U.S.CLI10— 18C 


to  Hoyt  Corpora- 


5CUms 


An  upright  incinerator  has  a  burner  at  the  bottom  and  a 
removable  one-piece  combined  grate  and  flue.  This  remova- 
ble unit  comprises  a  bundle  of  upright  bars  that  deflne  the 
flue.  A  grate  of  bar  stock  mounted  adjacent  the  lower  end  of 
the  upright  bundle  comprises  a  plurality  of  circular  bars  in- 
terconnected to  the  flue  by  outwardly  extending  bars.  The 
unit  rests  removably  on  the  grate. 


ii<:IJS3 


A  soaking  pit  has  a  sand  seal  for  the  cover  of  its  opening 
which  extends  around  the  top  of  the  walls  of  the  pit.  The  bot- 
tom of  the  sand  seal  trough  is  lower  at  the  cover  approach 
end  than  at  the  opposite  end  and  the  trough  slopes  upwardly 
along  each  side  from  the  approach  end.  A  peripheral  flange 
on  the  cover  extends  into  the  sand  in  the  trough  with  the  bot- 
tom of  the  flange  being  spaced  the  same  distance  from  the 
bottom  of  the.  trough  around  its  periphery.  Improved  means 
for  moving  the  cover  between  operative  and  inoperative  posi- 
tions includes  a  drum  mounted  on  a  fixed  frame.  The  drum 
routes  about  a  generally  horizontal  axis  transvene  to  the 
direction  of  movement  of  the  cover.  A  first  sheave  is 
mounted  on  the  stationary  frame  substantially  parallel  to  the 
drum  on  the  side  thereof  toward  the  pit  opening,  a  wire  rope 
passes  around  the  first  sheave  with  one  end  secured  to  the 
drum  and  the  other  end  secured  to  the  cover.  A  second 
sheave  is  mounted  on  the  frame  substantiaUy  parallel  to  the 
drum  on  the  side  thereof  away  from  the  pit  opening.  A 
second  rope  passes  around  the  second  sheave  with  one  end 
attached  to  the  drum  and  the  other  end  attached  to  the 
cover.  The  drum  is  routed  by  a  reversible  motor  to  move  the 
cover. 


3,667.408 

FLARE  STACK 

Victor  Jadasky,  and  AnbroK  T.  UpfoM,  both  of  Samla,  On- 

tario,  Caaada,  aarignors  to  Polymer  Corporatloa  Limited 

FDcd  Aug.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60^31 

lot.  CL  F23J  15/00 

U.S.CL  110-119  7  Claims 


"■fca 


3,667,410 
DRIVE  AND  CONTROL  SYSTEM  IN  SEWING  MACHINES 

PRODUCING  GROUPS  OF  SH'ICHES 
Ncreo  BtencM,  Pavia,  Italy,  artgnor  to  NcccM  S.pJi.,  Pavia, 
Italy 

Filed  Apr.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,252 
Claims  priority,  appHcatkm  Italy,  Apr.  23. 1969, 32410  A/69 

Int.  CL  D05b  69/20 
U.S.CL  112—67  I 


Flare  stack  smoke  is  reduced  or  eliminated  by  controlling 
the  temperature  oi  the  flare.  Said  temperature  is  sensed  by  a 
sensing  element  e.g.  one  or  more  thermocouples  connected 
in  parallel  and  located  in  the  vicinity  of  the  flare;  the  sensing 
element  produces  a  signal  which  directly  or  indirectly  ac- 
tivates steam  control  valve  to  adjust  the  flow  of  steam  to  the 

tip  of  the  flare  stack  so  as  to  raise  or  lower  the  flare  tempera-  The  present  invention  is  a  pneumatically  actuated  control 
*""v**«i  **'"P*'"*»^  °^  optimum  combustion  of  flare  system  for  sewing  machines  to  begin  and  end  the  sewing 
stack  effluent.  cycle  and  simultaneously  to  place  and  retain  the  work  clamp 


94 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June    »,  1972 


or  prester  foot  into  proper  relationship  with  the  material  dur- 
ing the  sewing  cycle  and  comprises  a  first  pneumatic  circuit 
of  a  control  valve,  adjustable  inlet  valve  and  exhaust  valve 
which  circuit  is  mechanically  linked  to  the  sewing  cycle  con- 
trol element  in  the  sewing  machine  and  a  second  pneumatic 
circuit  of  a  first  control  valve,  a  second  control  valve  actu- 
ated by  the  mechanical  linkage  of  the  first  circuit,  a  third 
control  valve  actuated  by  the  work  clamp  control  element  in 
the  sewing  machine,  an  adjustable  inlet  valve,  and  an  exhaust 
valve  which  second  circuit  is  mechanically  linked  to  the  work 
clamp  and  means  to  selectively  actuate  the  control  valve  of 
the  first  circuit  and  the  first  control  valve  of  the  second  cir- 
cuit. 


3,667,411 
APPARATUS  FOR  AUTOMATICALLY  SEWING  PATCH 

POCKETS  ONTO  GARMENTS 
SUvano  Perlioo,  Pavia,  Italy,  a«igiior  to  Nccchi  S.pJi.,  Pavia, 
Italy 

Filed  July  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  54,723 
Claims  priority,  applicatioa  Italy,  July  21, 1969,  32414  A/69 

IntCLDOSb  27/00 
U^CI.  112— 121.12  4Claiim 


3,667,412 

NEEDLE  POSITIONING  MECHANISM  FOR  SEWING 

MACHINES 

Martia  R.  Pcria,  75  Lounsbury  RomI,  Firfrfieid,  Conn. 

FUcd  J«ly  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,833 

iBt.  CI.  D05b  69/22 

VS.  CL  1 12— 219  A  12  Claim! 


i; 


M-. 


I^wp 


A  needle  positioning  mechanism  for  a  sewing  machine  in 
which  the  needle  driving  shaft  of  the  sewing  head  mounts  a 
pair  of  pulley  wheels  and  a  lock  wheel.  The  pulley  wheels  are 
mounted  with  overriding  clutches  for  independently  driving 
the  shaft;  one  pulley  wheel  connected  to  the  main  motor  of 
the  machine  and  the  other  to  an  auxiliary  motor  having  jux- 
taposed switches  in  its  circuit;  one  normally  open  and  the 
other  normally  closed.  A  lock  arm  having  a  detent  projection 
at  one  end  is  movable  by  a  solanoid  energized  by  an  operator 


into  contact  with  the  lock  wheel  which  is  provided  with  at 
least  one  detent  recess.  In  its  movement  against  the  lock 
wheel,  the  lock  arm  closes  the  normally  open  switch  as  it 
contacts  the  surface  of  the  lock  wheel,  to  activate  the  auxilia- 
ry motor,  and  then  closes  the  normally  open  switch  to  deac- 
tivate the  auxiliary  motor  as  its  projection  engages  within  the 
detent  recess  of  the  lock  wheel. 


A  sewing  machine  for  sewing  patch  pockets  onto  garments 
and  comprising  a  pocket  clamping  and  folding  device  corre- 
lated with  a  guide  system  for  moving  the  clamping  device 
relative  to  the  machine  needle.  The  clamping  device  includes 
a  plurality  of  pocket  forming  blades  all  actuated  by  a  single 
drive  means. 


3,667,413 
COOLING  SYSTEMS  FOR  SEWING  MACHINE  DRIVING 

UNITS  1 

Johann  O.  Kldinchmidt;  Hdme  E.  Walter,  both  of  Rlankcn- 
loch,  and  Hdmar  H.  Hoi,  Karimihc,  aU  of  Gcm^y,  aa- 
dgnors  to  The  Singer  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 
1      FUcdJuncU,  1971,  Scr.  No.  152,139 
I  Int.  a.  D05b  69/00 

VS.  a.  1 1 2— 220  t  Claims 


An  electrically  operated  driving  unit  for  a  sewing  machine 
is  supported  on  the  sewing  machine  in  axial  alignment  with 
the  main  shaft  of  the  sewing  machine  with  which  the  driving 
unit  is  operatively  connected.  The  flow  of  heat  from  the  driv- 
ing unit  to  a  handwheel  on  the  main  shaft  adjacent  thereto  is 
controlled  by  an  insulated  interposer  between  the  driving 
unit  and  main  drive  shaft  and  by  a  fan  associated  with  the 
handwheel  for  inducing  a  flow  of  air  to  cool  the  handwheel 
and  the  driving  unit.  Fan  means  included  within  a  sealed 
electric  motor  forming  a  part  of  the  driving  unit  also  induces 
transfer  of  heat  generated  inside  the  motor  to  peripheral  por- 
tions of  the  motor  which  are  located  within  the  influence  of 
the  air  flow  induced  by  the  handwheel  fan. 


3,667^14 

THREAD  TENSIONING  DEVICE  FOR  SEWING 
MACHINES 
Stephen  J.  Dies,  Svmmit,  NJ.,  and  Sahratarc  A.  D'Orlo, 
Statcn  Island,  N.Y.,  amitnors  to  The  Singer  ConqM^,  New 
York,  N.Y. 

1      FUcd  Sept.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,430 

I  Int.  CL  D05b  47/00 

VS.  CL  1 12—254  $  Oabm 

A    needle    thread    tensioning   mechanism    for   a   sewing 

machine  which  is  arranged  in  the  removable  top  cover  of  a 

sewing  machine  bracket  arm.  A  diminutive  thread  engaging 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


95 


head   and   operator  influenced   tension   adjusting  member  3,667,416 

protrude  exteriorly  of  the  top  cover,  while  the  mechanisms      DEVICES  FOR  CUTTING  A  CHANNEL  IN  A  LAYER  OF 

ICE,  AND  AN  ICE-BREAKER  SHIP  EQUIPPED  WITH 
SAID  DEVICES 
Jean  Floravanti,  3  Alice  du  Ccdre,  Chatcnay-Malabry,  Hmitci 
dc  Seine;  Robert  Ludca  Carrlerc,  28  Avenue  fhmirih 
CanuMva,  Saint-Gratien,  Val  d*Otoe;  Paul  Tbibmik,  30 
Avenue  de  Cdnture,  EncMen-ka-BafaH,  Val  d'OlM,  and 
Alain  J.  F.  R.  Horavanti,  3  AUee  du  Ccdre,  Chalcnay. 
Malabry,  Hauts  de  Seine,  ail  of  France 

Filed  July  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,246 
Claims  priority,  application  F^anee,  Dec  24, 1969, 6944891 

Int.  CL  B63b  3  5 /OS 
UAa.  114— 42  n, 


«?'     41 


for  influencing  the  tension  imposed  upon  the  thread  and  a 
tension  releasing  means  are  carried  inside  the  top  cover. 


3,667,415 

BUOYANCY  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  DEEP  DIVING 

SUBMERSIBLES 

Roland  W.  Robbins,  Jr.,  Arnold,  Md.,  assignor  to  The  United 

States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Navy 

Filed  Oct.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  84,010 

Int.  CI.  B63g  8/00 

U.S.CL  114-16  E  6  Claims 


A  buoyancy  control  system  for  a  submersible  having  a  hard 
ballast  tank,  a  pump,  an  automatic  spool  positioning  valve 
and  a  metering  valve  for  transferring  water  ballast  between 
the  tank  and  ambient  regardless  of  the  direction  in  which  the 
pressure  gradient  is  working.  The  pump  is  only  required  to 
move  water  in  one  direction,  which  is  against  the  pressure 
gradient,  with  the  automatic  spool  positioning  valve  setting 
itself  to  control  flow  in  th^  proper  direction.  Flow  with  the 
pressure  gradient  is  contrc^ed  by  a  muring  valve. 


The  invention  relates  to  a  method  of  and  devices  for 
cutting  a  channel  in  a  layer  of  ice  covering  the  surface  of  an 
expanse  of  water,  said  method  utilizing  a  rotary  cutting 
device  actuated  from  an  independent  source  of  power,  the 
cutting  force  being  directed  in  a  substantially  horizontal 
plane  and  being  apiidied  over  a  limited  ice-cutting  front.  The 
broken  pieces  of  ice  are  given  a  lateral  vertical  direction,  up- 
wards or  downwards,  and  are  ejected  outside  the  edges  of  the 
cut  channel.  The  rotary  cutting  device  comprises  two  sets  of 
spiral-blade  cutters  with  inserted  knives,  one  set  on  each  side 
of  the  longitudinal  axis,  the  cutters  of  each  set  rotating  in  op- 
posite direction.  An  ice-breaker  ship  incorporating  the  inven- 
tion has  conveyor  means  for  transferring  the  cut  ice  away 
from  the  channel,  auxiliary  screws  on  each  side  of  the  front 
portion  and  auxiliary  devices  at  the  sides  of  the  stem  tor 
varying  the  direction  of  the  cut  channel. 


3,667,417 
MESSENGER  BUOY  RECOVERY  DEVICE 
James  D.  CUnkenbeard,  San  Gabrld,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  The 
United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Navy 

Filed  Apr.  24,  1970,  Ser.  No.  31,715 
InL  CL  B63c  7/02,  7/26 
U.S.CL  114—51  lOCWuK 

A  messenger  buoy  recovery  device  which  can  be  attached 
by  a  diver  to  a  submerged  object  including  a  spool  for  exteri- 
orly winding  recovery  cable,  the  spool  having  an  interior 
receptacle;  an  inflaUble  float  which  is  adapted  to  be  received 
within  said  recepUcle;  means  for  retaining  the  float  in  the 
receptacle  in  a  deflated  condition;  and  the  flat  having  means 
for  manually  pulling  the  float  from  the  receptacle.  The  float 
may  be  retained  within  the  receptacle  by  friction  between  the 
float  and  the  wall  of  the  receptacle,  and  means  may  be  pro- 
vided for  automatically  inflating  the  buoy  when  the  buoy  is 
pulled  from  the  recepude.  The  recovery  device  may  further 


96 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


include  a  winding  assembly  which  has  a  winding  spindle  portion  in  conuct  with  the  heat  coUector,  thereby  providing 
which  is  adapted  to  be  received  by  the  spool  receptacle,  and   rapid  and  uniform  heat  transfer  to  the  inter-molecular  bond 

between  the  pellet  and  the  cup,  the  rapid  heat  transfer  at  the 


ID  — 

\ 


means  may  be  provided  for  retaining  the  spool  to  the  winding 
spindle. 


eutectic  temperature  permitting  a  smaller  disc  orifice 
through  which  sufTicient  Freon  pressure  is  applied  to  expel 
the  peQet  from  the  cup  at  precisely  the  eutectic  teniperature. 


3,667,420 
FHANGIBLE  TARGET  APPARATUS 
EU  H.  ^Icchliiig,  2881  McOain  RomI,  Lima,  Ohio 
Filed  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,956 

Int.  a.  B05c  7/02.  7 7/74 
U.S.  C$.118— 6  "^ 


3,667/118 
MARINE  TOWING  DEVICE 
Hans-Georg  JaBswn,  BrcoMrhavcn,  Gcnnany,  aastgnor  to  Ak- 
tien-GescUschafl  "Wcser",  Bremen,  Germany 

Filed  Mar.  13,  1970,  Ser.  No.  24,416 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  15, 1969,  G  69 

10  623 

Int.  CI.  B63b  27/00 

U.S.  CI.  1 14—235  A  10  Claims 


1^' 


10  Claims 


A  marine  towing  device  has  support  means  which  is  to  be 
mounted  on  a  marine  vessel.  A  hook  is  pivotably  mounted  in 
a  frame  and  interposed  between  and  connected  with  both  the 
support  means,  and  the  hook  is  an  elastically  yieldable  unit 
which  yields  elastically  to  a  predetermined  maximum  extent 
if  tensile  forces  develop  between  the  support  means  and  the 
hook,  as  when  the  latter  is  engaged  with  an  element  to  be 
towed. 


3,667,419 
PRECISION  TEMPERATURE  DETECTION  AND  ALARM 

SYSTEM 
Joacpli  T.  SulUvan,  Huntiatdoa  VaHcy,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Stan- 
dard-Farrington  Alarm  &  Signal  Corp.,  Trevose,  Pa. 
Filed  Sept.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,017 
^  iBt  CI.  G08b  7  7/00 

U.S.CL  116—106  4  Claims 

A  temperature  sensing  and  alarm  system  for  quickly  and 
accurately  sensing  a  sharply  defined  temperature  threshold, 
comprising  a  Freon  powered  horn,  the  Freon  stored  in  a 
cylinder  and  normally  blocked  from  passage  to  the  horn  by  a 
eutectic  pellet  bonded  in  a  brass  cup  and  blocking  a  Freon 
release  orifice.  A  heat  collector  is  held  in  tight  contact  with 
an  activator  disc  which  contains  the  aforementioned  cup,  the 
cup  having  angled  side  walls  of  a  thickness  less  than  the  disc 


Apparatus  for  handling  and  painting  clay  pigeons  or  targets 
is  provided.  The  clay  targets  are  fed  in  a  line  along  a  con- 
veyor and  arc  then  formed  into  two  lines,  and  subsequently 
four  lines,  after  which  the  targets  are  sequentially  removed 
from  each  of  the  four  lines  of  the  conveyor.  The  day  targets 
are  then  fed  to  four  painting  positions.  In  each  position,  the 
target  is  moved  upwardly  by  a  plunger  into  contact  with  a 
circular  brui^h.  The  brush  is  located  at  an  angle  to  the  vertical 
with  a  lower  portion  submerged  in  a  receptacle  cf  paint  and 
the  target  is  positioned  to  one  side  of  the  recepude  so  that  if 
the  target  should  be  broken,  it  will  not  tend  to  fidl  into  the 
receptacle.  The  target  is  rotated  by  its  support  while  in  con- 
tact with  the  brush  and  the  brush  is  periodically,  incremen- 
tally rotated  to  supply  additional  coating  material  from  the 
receptacle.  , 


3,667,421 
MECHANISM  FOR  CONTROLLING  THE  THICKNESS  OF 

A  COATING  IN  A  VAPOR  DEPOSITION  APPARATUS 
MttckeU  J.  Bala,  Enfldd,  smI  Sol  S.  Btochcrman,  Ncwinglon, 
both  of  CoDBn  — Ignnn  to  United  Aircraft  Corporation, 
Eaat  Hartford,  Conn. 

Contlniiatlon-ln-part  of  appUcation  Scr.  No.  806,872,  Mar. 

13, 1969,  now  atendoaed.  This  application  ScpC  17, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  72,966 

Int.  CL  B05c  77/00;  C23c  13/08 

U.S.CL  118-7  2CI«inis 

Apparatus  for  accurately  determining  and  continuously 

measuring  the  thickness  of  a  coaUng  deposited  on  a  substrate 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


m  a  vacuum  deposition  chamber  and  for  terminating  the 
coating  operation  after  the  desired  thickness  is  obtained,  the 
apparatus  utilizing  a  mechanical  counter  for  determining  the 
length  of  ingot  fed  to  the  crucible  in  combination  with  a 


precision  laser  device  for  maintaining  a  constant  pool  level  in 
the  crucible  since  the  length  of  ingot  fed  is  a  direct  indication 
of  the  thickness  of  the  coating  deposited. 


3,667,422 

APPARATUS  FOR  TRANSFERRING  A  PARTICULATE 

MATERIAL  TO  A  WEB 

Bcnno  Saladia,  Slmach,  Switaerland,  assignor  to  Saladin  A. 

G.,  Simach/TG,  SwItMriand 

Filed  Nov.  14,  1968,  Ser.  No.  775^19 

Claims  priority,  application  Austria,  Nov.  20,  1967,  A 

10399/67 

Int.  CI.  B05c  1/08,  1/16 

UACL  118-34  8  Claims 


97 

temperature  to  facilitate  the  transfer  of  the  thermoplastic 
material  fix)m  the  grooves  of  the  drum  to  the  sur&ce  of  the 
web.  The  particulate  coating  material  is  delivered  to  tlie 
backing  material  web  at  a  coating  station  while  the  material 
is  maintained  at  a  temperature  lower  than  that  at  which  it  is 
applied  to  the  backing  material.  Conversely,  the  backing 
material  is  maintained  at  or  heated  to  a  temperature  at  which 
the  particulate  material  wUI  become  tacky  and  move  into  ad- 
hering engagement  with  the  backing  material  as  it  is  trans- 
ported into  association  therewith  at  the  coating  station. 

3,667,423 
METAL  VAPOR  COATING  APPARATUS 
Adrian    Monroe   GanunO,   Asliton,   Md.;   FmnliHn   Kdth 
Guinn,  JohnMM  City,  Tcnn.;  Urbnn  S.  Bird,  Utricoi,  Tcnn^ 
and  WlUam  R.  Housholdcr,  Erwin,  Tcnn.,  asrignors  to 
Nodcar  Fud  Services,  tac,  Whcnton,  Md. 

FDcd  Dec  6, 1968,  Scr.  No.  781,928 

lpLCLC23c  77/00 

UACL  118-48  3Clalnis 


\ 
An  apparatus  for  coating  nuclear  fiiel  particles  with  a 
metal  by  the  decomposition  of  the  metal  salts  and  the  deposi- 
tion of  the  free  metal  on  the  fuel  particles. 


3,667,424 
MULTI-STATION  VACUUM  APPARATUS 
William  L.  ComcMoa,  Mountain  View,  and  John  G.  Martacr, 
Athcrton,  both  of  CaHf.,  wrignors  to  Stanford  Rcaeuxfa  In-' 
stitatc,  Mcnlo  Park,  CaHf. 

Filed  Apr.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  815^14 
Int.  CL  C23c  13/12 
U.S.CI.  118— 49.5  7 


A  device  for  adding  a  thermoplastic  or  thermosetting 
materia]  to  a  receiving  web  includes  means  for  distributing  a 
particulate  material  throughout  recesses  or  grooves  defined 
on  the  surface  of  an  endless  member  such  as  a  continuously 
rotating  drum.  The  grooves  which  have  been  filled  with  the 
material  are  then  moved  into  association  with  a  web  of  a 
material  such  as  a  textile  material  which  is  moved  into  con- 
tact with  the  drum  and  at  the  same  speed  as  the  drum  while  it 
is  maintained  at  a  temperature  great  enough  to  cause  the 
tackiness  and  adherence  of  the  particulate  material  to  the 
web  in  the  pattern  defined  by  the  grooves  of  the  drum.  The 
granules  are  advantageously  directed  to  the  top  face  of  the 
drum  as  it  rotates  and  the  web  is  advantageously  delivered  to 
a  location  at  which  it  feeds  around  a  major  portion  c^  the 
lower  part  of  the  drum  surface.  A  pressure  roller  is  located  at 
the  infeed  of  the  web  and  at  the  outfeed  of  the  web  and  is  ad- 
vantageously maintained  in  a  heated  condition  to  provide  a 

899  O.O.— 4 


A  high-current  vacuum  system  suitable  for 
deposition  of  multiple  layers  onto  a  subctrate. 


<m- vacuum 
A  vacuum 


98 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


chamber  encloses  a  sutionary  substrate  holder  disposed 
above  a  plurality  of  vapor  sources  utilizing  diverse  heating 
elements.  The  vapor  sources  are  arranged  on  a  rotatable  sup- 
port for  sequential  movement  to  a  deposition  station  for  the 
vaporization  and  deposit  of  low  and  high  temperature  metals 
and  dielectrics.  Manipulators  for  making  and  breaking  elec- 
trical conuct  to  the  station  and  for  roution  of  the  support 
are  positioned  without  the  chamber  and  are  externally 
operated  to  change  sources  without  breaking  vacuum.  A 
liquid  nitrogen  cooled  cold  cam  is  situated  between  the  sta- 
tion and  the  substrate  support  to  funnel  the  vapor  stream 
toward  the  stationary  substrate  target.  . 


device  comprising  a  roller  contacting  the  belt  along  a 
genatrix  on  one  side  and  dipping  into  a  glue  trough  on  the 
opposite  side,  further  comprising  a  flexible  doctor  lying 
mainly  parallel  to  said  roller  and  having  means  to  curve  an 
adjustable  length  of  both  end  parts  towards  said  roller. 


3,667^25 

APPARATUS  FOR  CONTROLLING  COATING 

THICKNESS 

Wright  D.  Bozcman,  Cahimct,  lU.,  and  Clifford  D.  Blackwdl, 

Crown  Point,  Ind.,  assignors  to  Inland  Stcd  Company, 

Chicago,  lU. 

Filed  Mar.  1,  1971,  Ser.  No.  1 19,479 

Int.  CI.  B05c  77/06 

U.S.  CI.  118-63  SCWms 


A  blowing  nozzle  for  controlling  coating  thickness  in  con- 
tinuous hot  dip  metal  coating  has  an  elongated  orifice  ar- 
ranged in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  vertically 
moving  strip.  A  deflectoris  mounted  on  the  upper  side  of  the 
nozzle  for  diverting  the  effluent  gas  stream  downwardly  at  an 
7angle  against  the  strip.  A  guard  is  mounted  on  the  lower  side 
of  the  nozzle  to  prevent  deposition  of  coating  metal  on  the 
nozzle  in  the  vicinity  of  the  orifice  and  on  the  deflector  plate. 


3,667,426 

DEVICE  FOR  APPLYING  GLUE  TO  THE  SUPPORTING 

BELT  OF  A  SCREEN  PRINTING  SCREEN 

Jacobus  G.  Vertcgaal,  Boxmecr,  Nctheriandi,  awignor  to 

Stork  Amrtcrdam  N.V.,  Amtdvcen,  Netherlands 

Rkd  Apr.  15. 1970,  Scr.  No.  28,622 

dainw  prlorhy,  appttartkm  Nctheriands,  May  2, 1969, 

6906722 

Int.  CLBOSc  77/04 

U.S.CL118— 123  4CtalniB 


7 

3,667,427 
IMPROVED  CASCADE  APPARATUS 
Robert  E.  Hewitt,  Ontario,  N.Y.,  aaignor  to  Xerox 
tion,  Stamford,  Conn. 

Filed  Jan.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 10,488 
j  Int.  a.  G03g  7  J/00     ^ 

ci  118—1 


U.S, 


-637 


Device  for  applying  a  film  of  glue  to  a  travelling  belt  of  a 
screen  printing  machine,  especially  for  textile  fabric,  said 


Corpora* 


3  Claims 


Improved  cascade  apparatiis  for  developing  electrostatic 
images  wherein  a  latent  electrosutic  image  supported  on  a 
moving  member  is  developed  by  cascading  a  flow  of 
developer  material  including  a  magnetic  component  and  an 
electroscopic  component  through  a  development  zone.  A 
chute  receives  a  sufficient  quantity  of  the  developer  material 
from  a  conveyor  which  moves  the  developer  material  in 
buckets  from  a  sump  and  unloads  a  developer  material  at  the 
inlet  side  of  the  chute.  A  magnetic  member  is  positioned  at 
the  inlet  side  of  the  chute  in  close  proximity  to  the  path  of 
the  conveyor  to  affect  the  buildup  of  the  magnetic  developer 
material  in  the  path  of  the  conveyor  buckets  such  that  a  suffi- 
cient quantity  of  the  developer  material  is  directed  along  the 
chute  into  the  development  zone  instead  of  a  certain  portion 
being  retumeed  into  the  sump  as  the  buckets  are  inverted  by 
their  movement  to  dump  the  conveyed  developer  ^t  the  inlet 
of  the  chute  leading  into  the  development  zone. 


3,667,428 
DEVELOPING  SYSTEMS 
Richard  E.  Smith,  Webster,  N.Y.,  assigiior  to  Xeroii 
tion,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Fiiedjuly  1,  1969,  Scr.  No.  838,141 
Int.  a.  G03g  7i/00 

a.  118- 


U.S 


-637 


Corpora- 


SCIaims 


A  aevelopment  system  is  provided  wherein  a  movable 
developer  loaded  applicator  surface  is  first  doctored  on  the 
edges  and  comers  of  the  surface  to  remove  excess  developer 
and  prevent  the  accumulation  of  developer  on  the  comers 
and  is  finally  doctored  with  another  doctoring  sufface  along 


June  6,  1972 


GEN^ERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


99 


the  entire  applicator  surface  to  provide  a  uniform  distribu- 
tion of  developer  on  the  surface  which  doctored  applicator 
surface  is  brought  into  developing  engagement  with  an  image 
to  be  developed.  Dry  and  liquid  development  techniques  can 
be  employed  and  the  doctoring  surfaces  may  be  provided  by 
doctor  blades  or  rollers.  ^ 


3,667,429 
HRED  HEATER 
Alan  Cross,  Little  Neck,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  The  Lummus  Com- 
pany, Bloomficid,  NJ. 

Filed  Jan.  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,368 

Int.CLF22b27/J0 

U.S.  CI.  122-240  B         ^  17  Claims 


cross  section  of  the  combined  moisture  separator  and  re- 
heater,  the  overall  capacity  may  be  readily  increased  by 


M 

=^H= 

> 

"^ 

j^  31 

)     iV 

i-ii 

e^. 

^40* 

^Sf~ 

IB 

Bv 

fV 

r 

/     \. 


k-^ 


A  fired  heater  having  two  parallel  vertical  radiant  sections 
essentially  completely  separated  from  each  other  and  a  con- 
vection section  above  and  offset  fix>m  both  radiant  sections 
with  each  radiant  section  having  a  single  row  of  process  tubes 
which  are  fired  from  both  sides,  with  tubes  of  each  section 
being  interconnected  with  each  other  by  horizontal  crossover 
tubes  to  provide  for  flow  of  process  fluid  from  inlet  to  outlet 
through  both  sections.  The  inlet  radiant  section  may  be  fired 
at  higher  heat  rates  to  heat  a  fluid  to  be  processed  from  an 
inlet  temperat\ire  to  an  intermediate  temperature  in  a  short 
residence  time.  The  heater  may  be  employed  for:  heating  a 
mixture  of  carbon  monoxide  and  hydrogen;  pyrolysis  of 
hydrocarbons;  or  sneam  reforming  of  hydrocarbons. 


3,667,430 
MODULAR  COMBINED  MOISTURE  SEPARATOR  AND 
'   REHEATER 
William  Schcnck  Hubble;  Kenneth  K.  Wood^  both  of  Cape 
EUzabcth,  Mabie,  and  Sahratore  S.  Tramuta,  Schenectady, 
N.Y.,  assignors  to  General  Electric  Company 
FUcd  June  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,359 
Int.a.F22g5/76 
U.S.  a.  122—483  7  Clafam 

A  combined  moisture  separator  and  reheater  suitable  for  a 
nuclear  steam  turbine-generator  powerplant  has  modular  re- 
heater  stages  in  which  the  tubes  extend  in  a  transverse 
direction  to  the  shell  centerline  and  a  pair  of  moisture 
separator  elements  which  are  positioned  in  parallel  along 
either  side  of  the  shell.  The  steam  to  be  reheated  enters  the 
shell  through  a  plurality  of  openings  towards  the  bottom  of 
the  shell  and  flovra  generally  in  a  vertical  direction  up 
through  the  moisture  separator  elements  and  over  the  rows 
of  reheater  tubes  and  then  out  of  the  shell  through  a  plurality 
of  openings  toward  the  top  thereof.  A  uniform  flow  is  main- 
tained by  the  appropriate  arrangement  of  the  reheater  stages 
and  the  moisture  separator  elements.  By  standardizing  the 


simply  adding  any  desired  number  of  additional  axial  sections 
of  moisture  separator  elements  and  reheater  stages. 


3,667,431 
ENGINE  TEMPERATURE  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
Don    F.    Kueny,    Waukegan,    and    Howard    M. 
LibcrtyviUe,  both  of  DL,  assignors  to  Outboard  Marine  Cor- 
poration, Waukegan,  DL 

FUcd  Jan.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  635 

Int.  CL  FOlp  7/74,  7/76;  F02f  7/70 

U.S.  CL  123-41.08  20  Oafam 


9l,^«'      I 


Disclosed  herein  is  an  internal  combustion  engine  includ- 
ing a  cooling  system  having  a  first  coolant  jacket  portion  for 
cooling  the  engine  in  the  vicinity  of  the  cylindrical  portion  of 
the  cylinders  and  a  second  coolant  jacket  portion  for  cooling 
the  engine  in  the  vicinity  of  the  cylinder  heads.  Flow  of  coo- 
lant from  the  first  coolant  jacket  portion  is  selectively  ccm- 
troUed  by  a  restricted  by-pass  which  leads  to  an  overflow 
discharge,  and  by  each  of  a  thermostatic  valve  and  a  pressure 
responsive  valve  which  are  operable  to  afford  coolant  flow 
from  the  first  coolant  jacket  portion  to  the  second  coolant 
jacket  portion  when  the  temperature  or  pressure  in  the  first 
coolant  jacket  portion  is  above  a  predetermined  value. 


100 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


3,667,432 

ENGINE  AIR  MANIFOLD 

Jack  F.  Grcathouac,  Hagcrstown,  Md.,  aHigiior  to  Mack 

Trucks,  lac.,  AUcatown,  Pa. 
Coadanatioa  of  appUcatioa  Ser.  No.  704,636,  Feb.  12,  1968, 
now  alMMioiicd.  Thk  appUcatioa  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

31372 

fat.  CI.  F02b  75118 

U.S.  CL  123—52  M  5  Claim 


A  manifold  for  a  multi-cylinder  internal  combustion  engine 
including  a  hollow  manifold  casing  having  an  air  inlet  con- 
nection and  a  barrier  plate  on  one  side  thereof  provided  with 
ports  aligned  with  the  intake  passages  of  the  engine,  the 
manifold  being  mounted  on  the  engine  block  or  cylinder 
head  with  the  barrier  plate  spaced  from  the  head  or  block  to 
enable  an  insulating  barrier  of  air  to  be  maintained  between 
the  barrier  plate  of  the  manifold  and  engine  for  reducing  the 
transfer  of  heat  from  the  engine  to  the  air  admitted  into  the 
engine  cylinders,  and  openings  through  the  baffle  plate  allow- 
ing air  to  flow  from  the  passageway  to  the  ports. 


3,667,433 
VARIABLE  COMPRESSION  RATIO  PISTON  INCLUDING 

OIL  FILTER  MEANS 
Walter  F.  Ucy,  Gro«e  Pointe,  Mkh.,  aaiignnr  to  Tdedyne  In- 
dustries, Inc^  Los  Aaidss,  Calif. 

Filed  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,918 

Int.  CL  F02b  75104 

MS.  CL  123—78  B  13  Claims 


are  each  formed  with  a  conically  shaped  exterior  surface  that 
mates  with  a  similarly  shaped  hole  within  the  inner  piston 
member  for  retaining  the  valves  therein.  A  narrow  annulus  it 
formed  between  the  inner  member  and  the  discharge  valve 
for  filtering  oil  before  it  enters  the  discharge  valve  so  that  im- 
purities which  might  retain  the  valve  in  an  opened  position 
are  filtered  out  of  the  oil.  A  second  narrow  annulus  is  pro- 
vided between  the  discharge  orifice  and  the  lower  chamber 
so  that  impurities  that  might  plug  up  the  orifice  ar^  filtered 
out  of  the  oil. 


A  two-part  variable  compression  ratio  piston  provided  with 
an  upper  and  lower  chamber,  supply  valve  means  connected 
with  the  lubrication  system  of  the  engine  for  supplying  oil  to 
the  chambers  in  a  manner  which  permits  the  parts  by  inertia 
forces  and  the  forces  generated  by  combustion  chamber 
pressures  to  move  relative  to  each  other  at  a  controlled  rate 
to  increase  the  compression  ratio  of  the  engine  until  a 
predetermined  constant  maximum  combustion  chamber  pres- 
sure has  been  achieved,  a  discharge  valve  assembly  for 
discharging  some  of  the  oil  from  the  upper  chamber  to  the 
engine  crankcase  when  the  pressure  in  the  upper  chamber 
exceeds  a  predetermined  maximum  value  and  a  restricted 
discharge  orifice  formed  in  the  inner  member  and  connected 
to  the  lower  chamber  for  discharging  a  controlled  quantity  of 
oil  therefrom.  The  supply  valve  and  discharge  valve  assembly 


3,667,434 

ROCKER  ARM  ASSEMBLY  INCLUIHNG  FULCRUM 
I     MOUNTED  LUBRICANT  DEFLECTOR 
Bernard  J.  Sandusky,  Dearborn  Hciglrts,  Nflch.,  sasignor  to 
Ford  Motor  Company,  Dearborn,  Midi.  , 

Filed  Dec.  31,  1970,  Scr.  No.  103418        ^ 
Int.  a.  FOlm  9110;  FOll  1118  ' 

MS.  a  123-90J5  8  Oaiam 


Nx 


A  rocker  arm  assembly  for  the  operation  of  a  vglve  in  an 
internal  combustion  engine  in  which  the  rocker  arm  is 
pivotally  mounted  on  a  fulcrum  supported  by  the  cylinder 
head  of  the  engine.  A  lubricant  deflecting  means  mounted  on 
the  fiiicnim  is  employed  to  deflect  lubricant  that  flows 
through  a  push  rod  having  a  lubricant  passage  positioned 
therein  and  through  an  aperture  in  one  end  of  the  rocker  arm 
onto  the  bearing  means  that  pivotally  supports  the  rocket 
arm  on  the  fitlcnun. 


to 


said 


3,667,43S 

VEmCULAR  ENGINE  BRAKE  ASSEMBLY 

Richard   M.   Bygdncs,   Athofton,  CaHf.,  assigi 

Richard  M.  Bygdncs,  by  said  Perry  A.  Bygdncs 

Continaatton  in  part  of  application  Scr.  No.  797,841,  Feb.  10, 

1969,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Apr.  13,  1970,  Scr. 

No.  27,666 
Int  CL  FOll  13108  I 

U.S.  CL  123—97  B  '  9  CUnv 

An  engine  brake  for  a  two-cycle  engine  equipped  vehicle  is 
operative  through  selective  venting  of  the  engine's  com- 
bustion chamber  and  includes  a  plug  with  an  actuaUe  poppet 
valve  arranged  in  a  passageway  communicating  with  the 
combustion  chamber.  In  one  form,  a  collector  receives  gases 
passing  from  the  passageway,  the  collector  being  in  commu- 
nication with  a  conduit  extending  to  a  controlled  air  source 
so  that  gases  passing  to  and  frt>m  the  combustion  chamber  to 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


101 


the  atmosphere  pass  through  the  controlled  air  source.  In  3  667  437 

another  form,  a  one-way  check  valve  permits  gas  discharge  MULTIPLE  PLUNGQt  FUEL  INJECTION  PUMP 

Alexander  Drdsfai,  Oiympia  FlddB,  DL,  mrtgnor  to  AIHa-Chal- 


mers  Manufacturing  Compnny,  MUwankce,  Wia. 
Filed  Aug.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,202 
Int.  CL  F02m  59100 
U.S.CL  123— 139R  10 


V 


QB  ®  o    o    o 


-i4 


.J 


but  impedes  entry  of  airborne  particles  into  the  combustion 
chamber. 


3,667,436 
FUEL  GASmCATION  FOR  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION 

ENGINES 
Robert  Rcichhdra,  155  LcPorc  Drive,  LancMtcr,  Pa. 
Filed  Jan.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2380 
•  Int  CL  F02m  25106, 1 7/18, 31/08 
U.S.CL  123-119  A 


Multiple  plunger  fuel  injection  pump  having  built  in  fuel 
injection  timing  and  quantity  control. 


3,667,438 

FUEL  INJECTING  DEVICE  FOR  AN  INTERNAL 

COMBUSTION  ENGINE 

Jean  MouUn,  Chaton,  and  Mvcd  Regneaolt,  Paris,  both  of 

9Claims        France,  aalgnors  to  Automobiles  Peugeot,  Park,  France 

Filed  Sept.  29,  1970,  Scr.  No.  76,444 
Claims  priority,  appHcation  Rnnoe,  Dec  19, 1969, 6944138 

Int  CL  F02m  39/00, 59/34 
VS.  a.  123—139  AS  4  Oaina 


A  system  and  method  is  provided  adapted  to  utilize  low- 
grade  liquid  fuel  in  an  internal  combustion  engine  providing 
a  gasification  chamber  and  a  method  for  introducing  the  low- 
grade  liquid  fuel  into  the  gasification  chamber  while  at  the 
same  time  directing  a  portion  of  the  engine  exhaust  products 
to  the  gasification  chamber  for  direct  mixture  with  the  liquid 
fuel  to  gasify  the  liquid  fuel  and  thereafter  conducting  the 
fuel  to  the  engine  system.  There  is  also  prpvided  a  system  for 
additional  indirect  heating  of  the  liquid  fiiel  by  circulating  a 
portion  of  the  engine  exhaust  products  to  the  gasification 
chamber  vrithout  direct  mixture  with  the  fuel,  and  auxiliary 
heat  to  provide  gasification  of  the  liquid  fuel  on  start-up.  Air 
may  also  be  introduced  into  the  gasification  chamber  and, 
preheated. 


\ 


Fuel  injecting  device  for  an  internal  combustion  engine 
comprising  at  least  one  injection  pump  connected  to  at  least 
one  injector  and  a  regulating  system  of  the  liquid  abutment 
type  formed  by  a  fuel  relief  or  discharge  passageway  for  the 
injection  pump  in  which  is  interposed  a  movable  ckjsing 
member  whose  movement  is  controlled  by  a  fluid  pressure 
regulated  by  an  acceleration  control  of  the  engine  so  that  the 
amount  of  fuel  delivered  for  each  stroke  of  the  pump  is 
determined  by  the  movement  of  the  closing  member.  The 
characteristic  of  the  injecting  device  is  that  a  fuel  deducting 
chamber  having  an  inlet  constituted  by  a  throttling  orifice  is 
connected  in  parallel  with  the  discharge  passageway  up- 
stream of  the  closing  member. 


102 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


3,667,439 
TORQUE  AND  SPEED  CONTROL  GOVERNOR 
Eurl  B.  Mulr,  Pahtc  Vcrdcs  Peninsula,  CaUf.,  aadgnor  to 
White  Motor  Corporadoa,  Clevduid,  Oliio 

fVcd  Aug.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,980 

Int.  CL  F02d  1104 

U.S.CI.  123— 140MC  21  Claims 


An  axially  movable  governor  shaft  is  acted  upon  by 
flyweights  in  opposition  to  a  force  transfer  spring  and  a  plu- 
rality of  torque  con^'ol  springs.  The  force  exerted  by  the 
springs  is  increased  or  decreased  by  a  fuel  pressure  dif- 
ferential measured  at  a  variable  orifice  at  the  fuel  inlet.  The 
position  of  a  servo  valve  is  controlled  both  by  the  pressure 
differential  and  by  the  position  of  the  governor  shaft  to  con- 
trol a  flow  metering  oriflce  through  which  fiiel  to  be  injected 
into  the  engine  must  pass. 


3,667,440 

FUEL  INJECTION  APPARATUS  FOR  AN  INTERNAL 

COMBUSTION  ENGINE 

HiroyuU  Yosliino,  Asalta,  Japan,  assignor  to  Honda  GUwn 

Kogyo  KaltMsldld  Katalia,  Toltyo,  Japan 

Filed  Oct.  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  80,63 1 
Clainu  priority,  application  Japan,  May  21, 1970, 45/49063 

Int  Ci.  F02d  1104 
MS.  CI.  123— 140  MP  7  Claims 


V 


6,  1972 


3,667,441 

CAPACITOR  DISCHARGE  IGNITION  SYSTEM  WITH 

AUTOMATIC  SPARK  ADVANCE 

David  T.  Cavil,  Menomonee  F^ls,  Wis.,  assignor  to  Outboard 

Marine  Corporation,  Waukcgan,  Dl. 
Continuation  of  appHostion  Scr.  No.  647,426,  June  30, 1967, 
now  abandoned.  This  application  May  16, 1969,  Sfr.  No. 
j  825,194 

f  InLQ.  F02pi/06 

U.S.CL123— 148E 


7Claina 


Disclosed  herein  is  a  capacitor  discharge  ignition  system 
which  utilizes  a  magneto-type  flywheel  assembly  with  a  per- 
manent magnet  located  in  the  flywheel  to  induce  a  voltage 
pulse  in  a  charge  coil  located  on  one  leg  of  a  U-shaped  coil 
core  to  charge  a  capacitor  and  to  induce  a  trigger  pulse  in  a 
trigger  coil  to  trigger  a  silicon  controlled  rectifier  which  thus 
becomes  conducting  and  closes  a  circuit  between  the  capaci- 
tor and  the  primary  coil  of  a  transformer  for  discharge  of  the 
capacitor.  In  the  disclosed  construction,  the  charging  and 
triggering  coils  constitute  portions  of  a  single  coil  to  advance 
the  time  at  which  the  capacitor  discharges  and  accordingly  to 
fire  the  associated  spark  plug  prior  in  time  to  the  normal  fir- 
ing time  in  relation  to  engine  crankshaft  position,  the  coil 
core  is  provided  with  an  extension  or  foot  which  extends  cir- 
cumferentially  of  the  flywheel  in  the  direction  opposite 
flywheel  rotation. 


3,667,442 

PNEUMATIC  STARTING  SYSTEM  FOR  DIESEL 

ENGINES 

Harvey  F.  Bredlow,  Salem,  Va.,  aHlgnor  to  Grahfm<WhHc 

Sales  Corporation,  Salem,  Va. 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1 1.754 

Int.  CL  F02n  7108;  F16k  i 7/72 

U.S.CL  123-179  F  .      SCIaiim 


An  apparatus  is  provided  for  stopping  fiiel  injection  in  a 
fuel  injection  type  internal  combustion  engine  wherein  a  fuel 
supply  passage  for  a  ftiel  injection  pump  incorporates  a 
pusher  facing  an  inlet  valve  of  the  pump.  The  pusher  is  ar- 
ranged such  that  during  ordinary  engine  operation,  the 
pusher  is  retracted  to  an  inoperative  position  by  the  supply 
pressure  of  the  fuel  within  the  fuel  supply  passage  whereas  a 
valve  is  displaced  upon  rapid  reduction  of  engine  speed  to 
connect  the  fuel  supply  passage  with  the  outside  atmosphere. 


-ranii  "■•  -r>  Jgi L-l 


A  pair  of  normally  open,  air-actuated  valves  supplied  from 
a  common  pressure  source  and  acting  respectively  as  a  line 
valve  and  a  pilot  valve,  the  latter  for  controlling  with  as- 
sociated time  delays  closing  and  reopening  of  the  tine  valve, 
for  automatically  purging  a  diesel  engine  of  any  liquid  con- 
densate by  applying  operating  air  to  the  engine's  air  starter 
motor  in  two  separate  stages,  one  brief  and  the  other  ex- 
tended 


\ 


.June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


103 


3,667,443 
INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINE  WITH  VENTED 
PISTON  CLEARANCE  SPACES  AND  METHOD 
James   H.   Curric,   Rochester,   and   Stanley   H.   Midi,   Mt. 
Clemens,  both  of  Mkh.,  assignors  to  General  Motors  Cor- 
poration, Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  Mar.  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  15,494 

Int.  CI.  FOlb  31100;  F02f  3100;  F16J  7/00 

U.S.  CI.  123-193  P  6aalnis 


"-'  ^  -^ 


3,667,445 

SIDE-DRESSING  APPARATUS  FOR  A  GRIT4DING 

MACHINE 

Hlroshl    Ota,    Kariya,    Japan,    assignor    to    Toyoda    KoU 

Kabushild  Kaisha,  Kariya-shi,  Japan 

Filed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,931 
Clafams  priority,  application  Japan,  Aug.  25, 1969, 44/81082 

Int.  CL  B24b  53112 
MS.  a.  125— 1 1  DF  1 1  Clain» 


\ 


\  \ 


An  internal  combustion  engine  is  provided  with  pistons 
having  vent  openings  connecting  the  space  between  the  first 
and  second  piston  rings  with  the  engine  crankcase  so  as  to 
vent  to  the  crankcase  hydrocarbon-rich  gases  which  escape 
from  the  combustion  chamber  past  the  first  piston  ring.  This 
method  of  venting  the  clearance  space  has  been  shown  to 
reduce  hydrocarbon  emissions  in  some  instances. 


3,667,444 

ARCHERY  BOW  WITH  SIGHTING  MECHANISM 

Alfred  J.  Depatic,  12229  McShane  Drive,  FrankUn,  Wis.,  and 

Elwyn  P.  Hart,  426  South  92nd  Street,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Filed  Mar.  10,  1970,  Ser.  No.  18,078 

Int.  CI.  F41b  5100 

U.S.  CI.  124-24  9  Claims 


An  archery  bow  with  a  telescopic  sight  windage  is  attached 
to  a  bow  by  a  frame  which  locates  the  eye  sighting  portion  of 
the  sight  immediately  adjacent  to  the  shooter's  eye  with  the 
arrow  and  string  drawn  back  preparatory  to  actual  shooting. 
The  mounting  frame  is  light  weight  and  adjustably  connected 
to  the  bow  for  adjusting  the  position  of  telescopic  sight  rela- 
tive to  the  archer.  The  frame  includes  a  locating  element  ad- 
jacent the  archer's  head  for  positioning  of  the  sight  with 
respect  to  the  archer.  A  string  guide  is  provided  with  an  ac- 
curate reference  point  to  which  the  bow  string  and  arrow  is 
drawn  each  time. 


A  side-dressing  apparatus  for  a  grinding  machine  having  a 
chuck  means  for  joumaling  workpieces  transversely  of  a  plu- 
rality of  parallel  grinding  wheels,  comprising  a  plurality  of 
dressing  members  mounted  at  a  precise  angle  to  said  grinding 
wheels  on  a  holding  member  joumaled  on  said  chuck  means, 
and  transverse  to  the  grinding  wheels,  said  dressing  members 
being  provided  with  feeding  means  including  adjusting  knobs 
to  modulate  the  rightward  and  leftward  movements  of 
diamond  dressers  set  in  slidable  members  engaged  in  the  top 
ends  of  said  dressing  members,  and  means  to  measure  the 
dressing  amount  to  be  applied  to  the  sides  of  the  grinding 
wheels,  said  measuring  means  having  measuring  arms,  opera- 
tion rods  for  said  measuring  arms,  movable  members  moved 
by  said  rods,  resilient  members  to  hold  said  movable  mem- 
bers normally  in  a  neutral  position,  feelers  operated  by  said 
movable  members,  and  measuring  gauges,  whereby  easy,  eflR- 
cient,  and  safe  side  dressing  of  said  grinding  wheels  may  be 
accomplished  with  accurate  results  and  consequent  increase 
in  production  efficiency  of  grinding. 


3,667,446 
CHARCOAL  GRILL 
Paul  S.  Morton,  82  Mandalay  Drive,  OBhtcmo,  Mich. 
Filed  Aug.  12,  1970,  Ser.  No.  63,166 
Int.  CI.  A47J  37100;  F24b  3100;  F24c  7/76 
U.S.  CI.  126-9  R  14CWm» 

A  portable  and  collapsible  charcoal  burning  grill  having  an 
open  top  base  and  a  removable  cover  therefor.  The  grill  con- 
struction also  comprises  an  upsUnding  collapsible  support 
member  adapted  to  be  mounted  on  the  open  top  base  when 
in  a  position  of  use  around  the  perimeter  of  the  open  top,  the 
support  member  being  also  adapted  to  collapse  and  be 
received  in  the  open  top  base  for  storage  therein.  A  charcoal 
holding  grate  is  provided  and  is  adapted  to  be  removably 
mounted  on  the  support  member  when  in  a  position  of  use 
and  further  adapted  to  be  receivable  in  the  open  top  base 
along  with  the  collapsed  support  member  for  storage  therein. 
A  food  holding  grill  is  also  provided  and  adapted  to  be 
removably  mounted  on  the  support  member  when  in  a  posi- 
tion of  use  and  spaced  upwardly  from  the  charcoal  holding 
grate.  The  food  hokiing  grill  is  also  adapted  to  be  receivable 
in  the  open  top  base  along  with  the  collapsed  support 
member  and  the  charcoal  holding  grate  for  storage  therein. 
The  base  has  a  sufficient  depth  to  permit  the  cover  to  cover 
the  open  top  to  thereby  permit  a  storage  of  the  collapsed 


104 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


support  member,  the  charcoal  holding  grate  means  and  the 
food  holding  grill  means  within  the  base.  If  desired,  a  char- 
coal collecting  member  may  be  provided  and  adapted  to  be 


removably  mounted  in  the  open  top  b^te  below  the  charcoal 
holding  grate  when  in  the  position  of  use. 


3,667,447 
GAS-FIRED  DOMESTIC  OVENS 
Bda  M.  Toth,  and  Ian  Thow,  both  of  SoUhuU,  Enslaiid,  a»- 
sigiiors  to  ParUasoB  Cowan  Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  June  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,798 
Clainu  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  June  21, 1969, 

31,451/69 
•-  Int.  CI.  F24c  15132 

MS.  CL  126—21  A  '  3  Claims 


In  a  domestic  gas-fired  oven  of  the  pyrolytic  self-cleaning 
type  with  a  forced-draught  fan  re-circulating  a  portion  of  the 
combustion  products  back  through  the  oven  during  self- 
cleaning  the  re-circulation  ratio,  that  is  to  say,  the  ratio  of 
the  total  mass  circulating  to  the  net  mass  entering  and  leav- 
ing the  system,  is  between  three  to  one  and  five  to  one,  being 
preferably  four  to  one. 


3,667,448 

PORTABLE  BRA2aER  WITH  CLEANING  MEANS 

Jack  Dorian,  1196  Vermont  Way,  San  Bruno,  Calif. 

Coatinnarton-ln-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  59,423,  July  30, 

1970.  This  application  Jan.  28, 1971,  Ser.  No.  110,718 

Int.  CL  A47j  37100;  F24b  3100 

MS.  CL  126—25  R  15  Clafam 

A  portable  brazier  for  cooking  and  barbequing  foods.  One 

embodiment  of  the  invention  provides  a  leg-supported  bowl 


provided  with  a  rotatable  apertured  tray  dividing  the  bowl 
into  upper  and  lower  compartments  and  adapted  to  retain 
the  burning  coals  below  a  top  grill  holding  the  food  to  be 
cooked.  A  scraper  blade  depends  from  the  tray  and  is 
adapted  to  rotate  with  the  tray  for  scraping  ashes  and  other 


\ 


residue  from  the  bowl  bottom  wall  into  an  opening  leading  to 
a  removable  trap.  Another  embodiment  provides  a  fixed 
blade  with  a  bowl  adapted  to  turn  relative  to  the  blade.  A 
trap  in  the  bowl  receives  the  ashes  and  other  residup  scraped 
from  the  bowl. 


3,667,449 
GAS-OPERATED  BARBECUE  GRILL 
Laveme  O.  Perslngcr,  Burbank,  and  Merle  L. 
Glendale,  both  of  CaHf.,  aarifnors  to  Big  Boy  Manufactur- 
ing Co.,  Inc.,  Burbank,  CaHf. 

I         Filed  Sept  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,263      I 
'  InL  a.  A47J  3  7100;  F24c  3100  ' 


MS.  CL  126—41  R 


3ClainH 


A  barbecue  grill  having  a  gas  burner  mounted  within  a 
firebowl  which  is  supported  above  a  base  by  a  tubular 
column.  The  burner  directs  flames  horizontally  into  the 
firebowl  and  is  shielded  against  fouling  by  grease  drippings 
from  the  cookinf  surface.  Pumiceous  rock  is  carried  in  the 
firebowl  and  is  heated  by  the  burner  flames  to  re-radiate  heat 
to  the  cooking  surface.  A  ceramic-coated  metal  deflector  can 
be  provided  over  the  burner  to  protect  the  burner  and  deflect 
the  burner  flames  downwardly  towards  the  firebowl  bottom 
for  heating  the  pumiceous  rock  so  that  the  cooking  surface  is 
uniformly  heated  by  both  direct  and  radiant  heat. 


3,667,450 

OVEN  HEATER  COMBINATION 

Stanley  F.  Skafle,  Arcadia,  Calif.,  airignor  to  WMttams  Fui> 

nacc  Co.,  Bucna  Park,  CaHf. 
ContiBuation<4n-part  of  appHcatkM  Scr.  No.  16,282,  Mar.  4, 
1970,  tow  abandoned.  This  ^>pttcation  Oct.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

177,449 
Int.  CL  F24c  3100 
MJ&.  CL  126—85  B 

A   closed   combustion   oven   heater  combination   to   be 
mounted   in   a   room  of  an  enclosed  structure,  such  as  a 


9  Claims 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


105 


camper,  motor  home  and  the  like  and  having  an  oven  enclo- 
sure, a  closed  combustion  chamber  disposed  under  the  oven 
enclosure,  ducting  for  bringing  intake  air  into  the  combustion 
chamber  from  outside  the  room,  heat  exchanging  flue  spaces 
in  communication  with  the  combustion  chamber  for  heating 
the  oven,  exhaust  ducting  communication  with   the   heat 


^-\ 


iff — *»/ 


exchanging  flue  spaces,  and  a  vent  to  allow  heated  air  to 
escape  from  the  oven  enclosure.  The  oven  enclosure  is  thus 
completely  closed  from  the  combustion  chamber  and  the  air 
source  so  that  oven  enclosure  air  which  may  be  circulated 
into  a  room  of  the  enclosed  structure  is  independent  of  the 
air  circulation  of  the  combustion  chamber. 


^-  3,667,451 

GAS-nRED  HEATER  MEANS 
Jamct  D.  Boucher,  Tykr,  Tex.,  anignor  to  General  Electric 
Company 

Filed  Aug.  25,  1970,  Scr.  No.  66,800 

Int.  CL  F24h  3106 

U.S.CL  126-1 10  R  2Clabns 


The  present  invention  provides  improved  gas-fired  heater 
means  for  supplying  heat  to  a  space,  such  as  a  room,  house, 
building  or  the  like.  The  improved  heater  means  includes 
heat  exchanger  means  for  transferring  heat  generated  by  the 
combustion  of  a  fuel  gas-air  mixture  to  an  air  stream  circu- 
lated between  the  heat  exchanger  means  and  the  space,  and 
pressurized  combustor  means  for  mixing  fuel  gas  with  pres- 
surized air  and  burning  that  mixture  to  provide  a  source  of 
heat  to  the  heat  exchanger  means.  In  accordance  with  the 
present  invention,  the  pressurized  combustor  means  has  its 
discharge  fluid-connected  to  the  upper  portion  of  the  heat 
exchanger  means,  and  its  vent  for  exhausting  the  waste 
products  of  combustion  to  the  atmosphere  is  fluid-connected 
to  the  heat  exchanger  means  lower  portion.  With  this  ar- 
rangement, the  combustion  products  will  be  forced 
dowmward  through  the  heat  exchanger  means  and  out 
through  the  vent  by  the  pressurized  air  during  operation  of 
the  combustor  means,  but  condensate  which  may  deposit 
within  the  heat  exchanger  means  during  dormancy  of  the 
combustor  means  will  be  directed  away  imvn  the  combustor 
means  by  gravity. 


3,667,452 

CONTAINER  FOR  THE  PRESERVATION  AND 

CONSUMPTION  OF  DIFFERENT  COOKED  FOODS 

Robert  BrebMt,  8  bis  place  Charles  Digeon,  94  Saint-Mande, 

and  Maurice  P.  Tamboise,  78  Crespieres,  both  of  France 

Filed  Mar.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,762 

Claims  priority,  application  FtwKC,  Mar.  31,  1969, 6909706 

Int.  CLF47J  27/00 
U.S.  CL  126—390  5 


*)  ^^      S.       M-  „  /,  *?* 


t 


\ 


A  sheet  metal  container  for  the  packaging  and  service  of 
various  food  products  to  be  heated  to  different  temperatures 
in  which  the  sheet  metal  container  is  formed  with  separated 
compartments  having  bottom  walls  at  different  levels,  de- 
pending upon  the  amount  of  heat  required  to  be  generated  in 
the  compartment,  and  having  outer  walls  with  surfaces  hav- 
ing different  reflective  characteristics,  depending  upon  the 
amount  of  heat  desired  to  be  generated  within  the  compart- 
ments, and  in  which  the  compartments  are  separated  one 
from  another  with  slotted  portions  in  between  to  minimize 
heat  transfer  by  conduction  and  which  includes  a  lid  having 
corresponding  differences  in  heat  reflection  of  the  surfaces 
and  with  slotted  portions  therein  corresponding  to  the  slotted 
arrangement  in  the  container. 


3,667,453 
EXERCISE  CHAIR 
WilUam  G.  Schenck,  and  Eari  T.  Stark,  both  of  201  North 
Riverside  Drive,  Pompano  Beach,  Fla. 

Filed  Mar.  15,  1971,  Scr.  No.  124,201 

Int.  CL  A61h  1^00 

VS.  CL  1 28-24  R  10  Clalns 


An  exerciser  is  provided  in  the  form  of  an  armchair  having 
a  body-carrying  seat  member  mounted  on  the  chair  for  rotary 
reciprocating  motion  about  a  vertical  axis  relative  to  the 
chair  including  its  legs,  back  and  arms.  Power  driving 
mechanism  is  provided  for  effecting  the  rotary  reciprocating 
motion  of  the  seat  member  so  that  a  person  sitting  on  the 
seat  will  have  imparted  to  his  buttocks  a  movement  which 
will  exercise  his  leg  muscles  when  his  feet  are  on  the  floor, 
his  arm  muscles  when  his  arms  or  hands  are  engaging  the 
arms  of  the  chair  and  his  back  muscles  through  his  arms  or 
directly  if  his  back  is  against  the  back  of  the  armchair. 


3,667,454 

TOOTHBRUSH  WITH  ULTRAVIOLET  EMITTER 

Larry  W.  Prince,  1320  South  Depew  Street,  Denver,  Colo. 

Filed  June  12,  1970,  Scr.  No.  45,634 

InL  a.  A61h  29/00;  A46b  13/02 

VS.  CL  128-24.2  12 

A  powered,  vibrating  toothbrush  from  which  ultra-violet 
radiation  is  emitted  at  the  bristle  end.  The  bristles  are  carried 


106 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


on  the  end  of  a  tubular  shank  projecting  from  a  handle.  A  by  matching  male  and  female  reamers  so  that  one  fits  into 
radiation  emitUng  lamp  tube  is  enclosed  within  the  shank,  the  the  other  to  create  an  interlocking  action.  Suitable  male  and 
lamp  tube  being  coated  with  a  radiation  blocking  material  ex- 


M         M 


cept  at  its  end  portion  aligned  with  the  bristles.  The  source  of 
electrical  energy  in  the  handle  energizes  the  vibrator  and  the 
lamp  tube. 


3,667,45S 
ROTARY  DOUCHE  FOR  TREATING  BREASTS 
Jacques  Courtln,  7  Rue  Gucnegaud,  75  Paris  6%  France 

FUed  Apr.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,607 
Claiiiu  priority,  appttcatfoa  France,  July  29, 1969, 6925877 

lot  CL  A61h  9m 
U.S.  CL  128—66  3  Clabm 


A  rotary  douche  for  treating  breasts  which  is  used  with  a 
water  supply  and  which  comprises  three  major  component 
parts  :  a  bell-shaped  body,  a  staler  and  a  rotor  which  are 
easily  assembled  and  disassembled  in  order  to  facilitate  the 
removal  of  deposits  from  the  water  supply  such  as  calcium. 
The  stator  includes  an  extending  lip  for  sealingly  engaging 
the  chest  of  the  user.  The  stator  is  adapted  to  support  the 
rotor  for  rotation  thereon  and  includes  a  tubular  portion  ex- 
tending through  a  portion  tA  the  bell-shaped  body  remote 
from  the  open  end  and  adapted  to  be  connected  to  a  water 
supply.  Ports  are  provided  in  the  tubular  member  for  con- 
ducting the  water  to  the  rotor.  The  rotor  includes  fingers 
having  orifices  at  their  tips  so  that  the  rotor  is  driven  by  reac- 
tion. 


3,667,456 
mP-JOINT  OPERATIONS 
John  Chamicy,  Hale,  England,  SHignor  to  Ciias.  F.  Thackray 
Limited,  Leeds,  Yorksiiire,  England 

Filed  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,914 
Clainis  priority,  appHcalion  Great  Britain,  Nov.  25, 1969, 

57,539/69 

Int.  CLA61by  7/76. /7/i2 

MS,  CL  128—92  R  5  Claims 

A  method  for  re-attaching  the  great  trochanter  to  the 

femur  in  which  the  faces  to  be  joined  are  shaped  respectively 


female  reamers,  preferably  of  conical  or  frusto-conical  form 
are  described,  together  with  holders  for  the  reamers. 


•  3,667,457 

ORTHOPAEDIC  APPARATUS  FOR  TRACTION  OF  THE 

SnNAL  COLUMN 

Giovanni    ZumagHni,    Turin,    Italy,    Msignm    to   Offldna 

Mcdico-Ortopcdica  Dott.  Giovanni  Zumi«Mni,  Turin,  Italy 

Filed  Jan.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  4,383 

Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Jan.  23, 1969, 50266  Ay69 

Int.  a.  A61h  1102 
U.S.CL128— 75  6ClalnH 


A  truss  for  placing  the  spine  under  traction  has  a  pelvic 
girdle  and  an  upwardly  extending  tractor  structure  at  the  top 
of  which  is  connected  a  head-supporting  structure.  The  lower 
part  of  the  tractor  structure  has  two  diverging  curved  arms 
which  extend  from  the  patient's  back  around  to  the  tides  of 
the  girdle,  where  they  are  pivoted  to  the  girdle.  This  allows 
the  patient  to  bend  forward.  Pneumatic  cushions  on  the  sup- 
port for  the  head  are  inflated  to  adjust  the  traction  force  fine- 
ly. Spring  means  in  the  tractor  structure  act  as  shock  absor- 
bers. Other  articulated  joints  allow  the  patient  to  nod  and 
turn  his  head.  -^ 


3,667,458 
SURGICAL  DRAPE  SHEET 
Kay  E.  Krebs,  Nccnah,  Wis.,  assignor  to  Kimberly-Clarii  Cor- 
poratioB,  Nccnah,  Wis. 

,      Filed  Mar.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,471    , 
I  Int.  CL  A61I 15100 

U.S.CL128— 132  4 

A  disposable  surgical  drape  sheet,  of  the  type  having  a 
porous  nonwoven  fabric  sheet  for  placing  over  a  surgical  pa- 
tient and  having  a  fenestration  near  its  center  to  expose  an 
operative  area,  is  provided  with  a  continuous  film  of  pres- 
sure-sensitive adhesive  surrounding  the  fenestration  near  its 
center  to  expose  an  operative  area.  It  has  a  continuous  film 


Claims 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


107 


of  pressure-sensitive  adhesive  surrounding  the  fenestration    mospheric  pressures  in  which  the  life  support  gas  enters  at 
and  extending  a  substantial  distance  from  the  periphery.  A    the  helmet  and  through  ducts  at  the  extremities  of  the  arms 
removable  abherent  peel  strip  covering  the  adhesive  area  is 
removed  before  using  the  sheet,  thereby  exposing  the  adhe- 


sive and  permitting  the  sheet  to  be  secured  around  the  opera- 
tive area.  Additionally,  the  adhesive  fluid-proofs  one  side  of 
the  drape. 


3,667,459 
VENTILATION  SYSTEM  FOR  INFLATABLE  PRESSURE 

GARMENTS 
George  P.  Dumcy,  Dover,  Del.,  assignor  to  ILC  Industries, 
Inc.,  Dover,  Dd. 

FUed  May  8, 1967,  Scr.  No.  636355 

Int.  CL  A62b  7114, 18104 

VS.  CL  128—142.5  10  Cbdms 


3,667,460 
VENTILATION  SYSTEM  FOR  INFLATABLE  PRESSURE 

GARMENTS 
Leonard  F.  Shcpard,  Dover,  Dd.,  assignor  to  ILC  Industries, 
Inc.,  Dover,  Dd. 

FUed  May  8,  1967,  Scr.  No.  641,735 
Int.  CL  A62b  7114, 18/04 
VS.  a.  128—142.5  7  Clainv 

An  improved  ventilation  system  for  a  space  suit  or  other 
inflatable  pressure  garment  assembly,  such  as  used  by  as- 
tronauts and  by  pilots  of  high  altitude  vehicles  operating  in 
an  environment  having  low  oxygen  content  and  low  at- 


and  exits  from  the  garment  only  through  ducts  located  at  the 
legs  after  passing  over  the  entire  body  of  the  wearer. 


3,667,461 

DISPOSABLE  SYRINGE 

Paul  A.  Zamarra,  Lake  Road,  Far  HiUs,  N  J. 

Original  application  Nov.  5, 1968,  Scr.  No.  773,455,  now 

Patent  No.  3^89,362.  Divided  and  this  application  Dec  7, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  95,762 

Int  CL  A61m  1/00 

VS.  CL  128—232  5  CMam 


An  improved  ventilation  system  for  a  space  suit  or  other 
inflatable  pressure  garment  assembly,  such  as  used  by  as- 
tronauts and  by  pilots  of  high  altitude  vehicles  operating  in 
an  environment  having  low  oxygen  content  and  low  at- 
mospheric pressures  in  which  the  life  support  gas  enters  at 
the  helmet  and  exits  through  conduits  leading  from  the  ex- 
tremities of  both  the  arms  and  legs  after  passing  in  contact 
with  the  entire  body  of  the  wearer. 


A  spray  nozzle  has  spray  openings  at  one  end  and  a  flange 
at  its  other  end,  and  a  bag  has  folded  or  pleated  portions  of 
its  thin  plastic  wall  at  the  mouth  of  the  b«^  or  around  a  bole 
in  said  wall  which  has  a  thickness  of  the  order  of  from 
0.00125  to  O.OOS  of  an  inch.  Said  pleated  portions  are 
secured  to  said  flange  with  a  liquid-tight  connection  by  a 
clamping  ring  which  is  outside  the  bag,  grips  said  pleated 
portions  between  itself  and  said  flange  and  by  said  snap  ring 
or  screw  action  is  quickly  attachable  to  and  detachable  from 
said  flange  which  is  inside  the  bag,  so  that  the  syringe  can  be 
compactly  packaged,  easily  assembled  for  use  and  discarded 
after  one  use. 


108 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,667,462 

ORTHOPEDIC,  SURGICAL,  ATHLETIC  AND  ANIMAL 

BANDAGING 

Jacob  R.  Moon,  St.  Mary's  Road,  Box  642,  Hillsborough, 

N.C. 

Filed  June  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  43,446.  The  portion  of  the  term  of 

the  patent  subsequent  to  Apr.  7, 1987,  has  been  dtadaimcd. 

Int.  CI.  A61f  13102 

MS.  CI.  1 28- 169  10  Claims 


A  bandage  for  animal,  orthopedic,  surgical  and  athletic  ap- 
plications comprises  a  seamless,  stretchable.  tube  knit  of 
synthetic  yam  with  a  fuzzy  surface  engageable  by  the  hooks 
of  a  set  of  Velcro  straps  and  which  provides  a  bandage  the 
base  laps  of  which  can  be  bonded  together  so  as  to  minimize 
slippage  during  use. and  the  securing  strap  ends  of  which  are 
adapted  to  be  hidden. 


3,667,463 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  TREATMENT  OF 

RESPIRATCNIY  MSEASE 

David  L.  Banici«  SprlngBcId,  OMo,  lignnr  to  Paul  A.  Groa- 

ri,  CvroOloii,  OMo«  ■  pwt  IntCTCit 

fVed  Nofv.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,660 

Int.  CL  A61in  15100 

U.S.  CL  128—194  2  Claiim 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  treating  respiratory  disease  is 
disclosed.  An  aerosol  generator  provides  an  initial  aerosol 
having  an  initial  oxygen  concentration  and  humidity.  Adap- 
tor means  are  provided  to  introduce  additional  oxygen  to  the 
aerosol  to  increase  the  oxygen  concentration  so  as  to  provide 
the  specific  oxygen  concentration  required  by  the  patient. 


3,667,464 
FLUID  DISPENSING  DEVICE 
Lawrence   M.   AIHgood,  Jr.,   2469  Huii(li«   Vnfey   Drive, 
Decatur,  Ga. 

Filed  Sept  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69^31 
Int.  CL  A61m  05116 
U.S.  CL  128—214  C  9  CWnw 

A  fluid  flow  regulating  device  for  insuring  a  constant  rate 
of  flow  therethrough,  suitatrfe  for  use  in  intravenous  therapy, 
including  a  constant  fluid  level  chamber  with  an  adjustable 
piston  having  a  drip  orifice  in  the  head  thereof  seated  within 
and  forming  the  bottom  of  the  chamber.  The  top  portion  of 
the  chamber  has  a  fluid  receiving  tube  seated  therein.  A 
buoyant  body  having  an  upwardly  projecting  member  is 
located  within  the  chamber  and  is  received  within  said  fluid 


1: 


receiving  tube,  with  at  least  a  portion  of  the  projecting 
member  conforming  in  shape  and  size  to  the  orifice  of  the 
fluid  receiving  tube  so  as  to  occlude  the  orifice  when  in  con- 
tact. The  hydrostatic  head  pressure  is  kept  constant  within 


the  constant  level  chamber,  thereby  providing  a  constant 
flow  rate  which  can  be  adjuAed  over  wide  ranges  by  moving 
the  piston  up  or  down  to  vary  the  height  of  the  liquid  jcolumn 
in  said  chamber. 


THE 


^  3,667,465 

APPLICATOR  TUBES  FOR  SUPPOSITORIES  AND 

UKE  I 

Joseph  A.  VoM,  Denver,  Cole,  a«lgnor  to  Kimberly-CUuic 
Corporation,  Necnah,  Wis.  , 

FUed  Dec.  8,  1969,  Scr.  No.  882341 

Int.  CL  A61f  13120  \ 

U.S.  CL  1 28—27 1  1*^  Clainv 


r 


V 


H     ml 


An  applicator  tube  and  suppository  combination  is  dis- 
closed having  a  shape  and  structure  such  as  to  permit  easy 
and  accurate  insertion  in  a  body  cavity,  such  as  the  rectum, 
with  the  applicator  com<^rising  a  two  piece  telescoping  tubu- 
lar member  for  easy  ejection  of  the  suppository  from  the  ap- 
plicator after  initial  insertion  is  accomplished.  The  telescop- 
ing tubular  members  are  provided  with  mating  ring  configu- 
rations which  serve  to  lock  the  tubular  elements  in  a  particu- 
lar juxtaposition  to  be  maintained  prior  to  use,  with  the  rings 
being  releasable  from  each  other  under  slight  pressure  and 
thereafter  serving  as  guides  ans  tha  tubular  members  are 
telescoped,  one  into  the  other.  A  novel  suppository  configu- 
ration and  means  for  latching  the  suppository  in  place  in  the 
applicator  prior  to  use,  are  also  disclosed. 


I  3,667,466 

SELF-DISINTEGRATING  DLU>ER  LINER  AND 
RETAINER 
Harold  J.  Ralph,  2002  E.  SanU  Clara,  Santa  Ana,  CaUf. 
Filed  Sept.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  74.013 

Int.  CL  A61ff  I3II6  ' 

U.S.  CL  128—287  3$  Claims 

A   diaper  having  a  disposable   liner  comprises  a  vinyl 
retainer  having  a  main  body  panel  and  side  and  end  flaps 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


109 


overlying  respective  side  and  end  edges.  Groups  of  snap 
fasteners  are  mounted  at  extremities  of  the  end  flaps  to  per- 
mit the  retainer  to  be  adjustably  secured  about  the  waist  and 
thighs  of  a  baby.  Freely  inaeruble  and  removable  into  and 
from  the  vinyl  retainer  is  a  diaper  liner  that  has  adequate 
strength  to  enable  packaging,  normal  use  and  handling. 
Nevertheless,  the  liner  is  self-segmenting  and  self-disintegrat- 
ing when  ftilly  immersed  in  a  body  of  water.  The  liner  has  a 
central  panel  substantially  coextensive  with  the  main  body 
panel  of  the  retainer.  It  also  has  pleated  sides  forming  a  barri- 
er panel  and  a  protective  panel  extending  the  length  of  the 
liner  along  each  edge.  The  liner  is  inserted  into  and  posi- 
tioned within  the  retainer  with  its  central  panel  and  its  barri- 
er panels  underlying  side  and  end  flaps  of  the  retainer,  but 


with  the  outermost  protective   panels  fully  overlying  the 
retainer  side  flaps. 

The  liner  is  formed  of  a  number  of  layers  of  absorbent 
wadding  sandwiched  between  layers  of  wet-strength  paper. 
All  liner  layers  are  perforated  along  lines  at  which  the  sides 
of  the  central  panel  adjoin  the  barrier  panels,  and  all  layers 
of  the  central  panel  except  the  upper  layer  are  provided  with 
patterns  of  perforations.  Accordingly,  the  wet-strength  layers 
upon  total  immersion,  as  in  a  toilet  bowl,  are  self-segmenting 
along  lines  bounded  by  the  perforations.  The  lower  layer  of 
wet-strength  material  is  additionally  self-segmenting  along  its 
additional  patterns  of  perforations,  whereby  the  interposed 
wadding  is  released  and  self-disintegrating. 


3,667,467 

DOUCHE  BAG  SUPPORT  MEANS 

Ebworth  D.  Dory,  4407  iOmnount  Road,  Lanham,  Md. 

nied  Nov.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,589 

Int.  CL  A61m  3100 

U.S.  CI.  128—227  6  ClainH 


An  improved  support  means  for  a  douche  bag  and  its 
portable  cover  assembly  in  which  a  hinged  cover  assembly  is 


supported  by  a  notched  string  and  hook  arrangement  for 
bathroom  fixtures,  and  the  like,  means  for  supporting  the 
douche  bag  within  the  hollowed,  contoured  cover  assembly, 
openings  at  the  upper  and  lower  portions  of  the  cover  as- 
sembly, the  first  for  passing  the  notched  string  therethrough, 
the  second  for  passing  a  hose  therethrough,  and  a  receptacle 
for  liquid  cup  portion  in  the  lower  extremity  of  the  cover  as- 
sembly for  containing  a  solution  for  providing  a  wash  or 
sterilization  feature  to  the  douche  tip. 


3,667,468 

SANITARY  NAPKIN  AND  METHOD  AND  MEANS  OF 

PRODUCING 

Emit  Danid  Nyatraad,  and  Brian  H.  Mclntoch,  both  ofGraca 

Bay,  Wis.,  asdgnors  to  Paper  Converting  Machine  Com- 

pany.  Inc.,  Green  Bay,  Wis. 

Filed  Apr.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,560 
lot  CL  A61f  13116 
VS.  CL  128-290  4  ( 


A  sanitary  napkin  which  has  a  fluff  layer  sandwiched 
between  carrier  layers,  the  sandwich  being  C-folded  to  pro- 
vide a  lined  channel  on  one  side  of  the  sandwich  which  en- 
courages more  even,  rapid,  and  complete  dispersion  of  body 
fluids. 


3,667,469 

POST-SURGICAL  DRAINAGE  POUCH 

Arthur  E.  Marsan,  1265  BcUairc  Avenue,  Denver,  Colo. 

Filed  Dec.  15,  1969,  Scr.  No.  884342 

Int.CLA61f5/44 

U.S.  CL  128—283  20  Clainv 


I 


■^ 


y 


4V 


/y 


-M-^      Sa?" 


This  invention  is  characterized  by  a  drainage  pouch  having 
a  bag  of  plastic  film  and  a  gelatinous  sealing  member  for 
providing  a  seal  between  the  pouch  and  the  stoma  of  a  pa- 
tient when  the  pouch  is  in  use  on  the  patient,  and  novel  con- 
struction whereby  a  single  pouch  and  its  sealing  member  (as 
an  article  of  manufacture)  serves  a  wide  range  of  stoma  sizes, 
and  also  whereby  the  film  bag  entirely  encloses  the  sealing 
member  before  use  and  serves  as  the  wrapper  for  the  pouch. 
The  invention  is  further  characterized  by  a  method  of  making 
the  pouch  wherein  the  sealing  member  is  molded  to  shape 
and  is  in  operative  position  within  the  bag  and  in  which  a 
wall  of  the  film  serves  as  a  lining  for  the  mold. 


110 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


3^7^70 

BONE  SHAVER  AND  GROOVER 

Frmak  F.  RuUa,  795  Souttam  Artary,  Quincy,  Mmm. 

Conttnttatfoii  of  iniMcaHoii  Scr.  No.  660,621,  Aug.  15, 1967, 

Miw  abHMloiwd.  Thb  appliiMdon  Apr.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

28,200 
Illta.A61b/7/22 
U.S.  CL  128—304  3  < 


A  hand-tool  for  shaving  bone^or  cartilage  has  a  flat  shank 
slightly  bent  near  its  end  and  Uien  reversely  curled  with  a 
sharp  edge  at  its  extremity.  In  one  form  of  the  tool  a  narrow 
extension  projects  from  the  middle  of  the  sharp  edge,  the  ex- 
tension having  sharp  edges  on  its  three  sides. 


3,667,471 
SURGICAL  CLAMP 
DMuOd  B.  Doty,  Silver  Sprli«,  and  Hdnz  W.  Kuglcr,  College 
Park,  both  of  Md.,  mitsaon  to  The  United  Sutcs  of  Amer- 
ica as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Army 
Filed  Aug.  15,  1969,  Ser.  No.  850,504 
Int.  CL  A61b  1 7112,  1 7108;  B65d  63100    ' 
U.S.  CL  128—325  4  Clafan 


A  surgical  clamp  for  application  directly  to  the  liver 
parenchyma  which  includes  a  rigid  elongated  base  member 
for  supporting  two  flexible  foam  rubber  covered  blades  and  a 
means  for  the  independent  adjustment  of  each  blade.  A  han- 
dle is  attached  to  one  end  of  the  clamp  base  for  the  con- 
venience of  the  operator  in  positioning  the  clamp  and 
manipulating  the  liver  for  better  exposure.  When  properly 
positioned  one  blade  is  bent  through  tension  to  conform  to 
the  shape  of  the  superior  surface  of  the  liver,  and  the  other 
blade  is  arched  through  compression  against  the  inferior  sur- 
face of  the  liver  to  achieve  tight  compression  through  blade 
cooperation. 


1972 


I  3.667,473 

ADJUSTABLE  ARCH  SUPPORT  FOR  A  SHOE 

WWam  M.  MatlMoa,  2210  North  Street,  Nacogdochsa,  Tex. 

CootlnaatkM-hiiport  of  application  Scr.  No.  877,753^  Nov. 

18,  \H9.  This  appHcatloa  Apr.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32^27 

Int.  CL  A41f  5114 


U.S.  CL  128-598 


A  shoe  is  provided  with  an  adjustable  arch  support  which 
is  constracted  to  permit  ready  adjustment  of  the  height  and 
curvature  of  an  arch  formed  on  L  c  insole  of  the  shoe.  An  ad- 
justment screw  means  is  positioned  to  be  rotated  for  lifting 
and  lowering  at  least  one  arch-forming  spring  means  located 
under  the  insole  of  the  shoe.  Downward  pressure  through  the 
adjustment  screw  means  is  distributed  by  a  pressure  distribu- 
tion plate  positioned  above  the  outsoie  of  the  shoe  and 
secured  at  its  rear  end  to  the  heel  portion  of  the  shoe.  The 
adjustment  screw  means  may  be  accessible  from  the  bottom, 
back,  or  inside  of  the  shoe.  A  preferred  arrangement  pro- 
vides for  two  arch-forming  spring  means  in  a  generally  side- 
by-side  relationship  with  separate  adjustment  screw  means 
for  each  spring  means. 


DfL> 


3,667,474 
.ATOR  FOR  PERFORMING  MITRAL  AN|> 
TRICUSFIDAL  COMMISSUROTOMY  PER  ATRtUM 

CORDIS 
KonsUntfn  VasWcvich  Lapldn,  Srednc-Pervomaiskaya  uUtsa, 
29,  kv.  34,  Moacow;  Gcorgy  Fcdorovich  Romanov,  uUtsa 
Gorkogo,  3,  kv.  1,  Kirovo-Chepetak;  VladlnUr  Dkh 
Gdavknin,  uUtsa  Azina,  3,  kv.  29,  Klrovo-Chepetsk,  and 
Lev  Mifchailovkh  Popov,  Tsentralny  proezd,  1,  ^v.  13, 
Kirova^hepetsk,  aU  of  U.S.S.R. 

I  Filed  Jan.  5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  728 

I  Int.  a.  A61m  29/00 

U.S.  CL  128-  345  7  Claims 


3,667,472 
ADHESIVE  VOtL  LIVING  TISSUE 
BoUamln  D.  Halpem,  Jcnkintown,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Borden, 
Inc. 

Hied  OcL  19, 1961,  Ser.  No.  155,741 
Int.  CLA61b  7  7/04 
U.S.  CL  128—334  R  5  Oaimi 

This  invention  relates  to  the  surgical  use  of  monomeric 
Cr-C4  alkyl  alpha-cyanoacrylate  adhesives  for  the  purpose  of 
rapidly  bonding  together  moist  living  tissue.  The  said  adhe- 
sives are  applied  to  the  tissue  wherein  polymerization  takes 
place  in  situ  and  the  tissue  is  firmly  bonded  together. 


A  dilator  for  performing  mitral  and  tricuspidal  commisu- 
rotomy  per  atrium  cordis,  comprising  a  working  head  with 
jaws  and  a  jaw  actuating  mechanism,  the  working  head  being 
associated  with  a  hand-operated  drive  through  a  flexible 
base.  The  working  head  of  the  dilator  has  a  relatively  rigid 
portion  which  enables  the  surgeon  to  easily  pass  the  working 
head  with  flnger  guidance  through  tracts  of  any  curvature, 
i.e.,  to  utilize  the  dilator  in  all  current  methods  of  instrumen- 
tal commissurotomy  performed  per  atrium  cordis.  The  work- 
ing head  of  the  dilator  is  distinguished  by  its  high  rigidity  and 
strength. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


111 


3,667,475 

ENDO-TRACHEAL  TUBE  ADAPTORS  FOR  USE  IN 

ADMINISTERING  GASES 

Fred  W.  VcnturdH,  and  Foy  L.  BrignMn,  both  of  Radne, 

Wis.,   aHlgnors   to   Natkmal    Equlpnwnt    Rest  arch    Inc., 

Radne,  Wis. 

Conttauatkm-in-part  of  appHcatlon  Scr.  No.  499,272,  Oct  21, 

1965,  now  abandoned.  TMs  appHcation  May  10, 1971,  Scr. 

No.  141,940 

Int.  a.  A61m  16100;  F16I  271 10 

U.S.  CL  1 28—35 1  10  ClainM 


An  endo-tracheal  tube  adaptor  including  an  inexpensive, 
light  weight,  transparent  open-bottom  housing,  there  being  a 
flexible  elastic  diaphragm  removably  stretched  over  said 
housing  bottom  having  an  expandable  opening  through  which 
the  ends  of  endo-tracheal  tubes  of  various  diameters  can  be 
projected  to  couple  the  same  to  a  gas  supply  line  connected 
to  said  adaptor,  the  transparency  of  said  housing  enabling  an 
attendant  to  detect  an  accumulation  of  phlegm  or  other 
foreign  matter  therein,  and  the  detachable  nature  of  said 
diaphragm  permitting  said  foreign  matter  to  be  readily 
removed  from  the  housing. 


3,667,476 
APPARATUS  FOR  MONITORING  BODY  TEMPERATURE 
AND  CONTROLUNG  A  HEATING  DEVICE  TO 
MAINTAIN  A  SELECTED  TEMPERATURE 
Henry  Muilcr,  Hatboro,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Bio/Data  Corpora- 
tion, Norristown,  Pa. 

Filed  Apr.  27,  1970,  Scr.  No.  31,920 
Int.a.A61b6//0 
U.S.  CL  128—399  7  Claims 

A  servocircuit  measures  and  controls  temperature.  A 
thermistor  detects  temperature  and  a  controller  controls  a 
heating  device  to  maintain  a  selected  temperature  in  a  living 
organism.  The  danger  of  electric  shock  is  removed  by  using 
field  effect  transistors  to  isolate  the  thermistor  from 
hazardous  voltage  currents.  Alarm  and  control  circuitry 
eliminates  danger  of  overheating. 


3,667,477 
IMPLANTABLE  VESICAL  STIMULATOR 
Jacques  G.  Sussct,  Montreal,  Quebec,  and  Robert  Nagler, 
Chomedey,  Quebec,  both  of  Canada,  assignors  to  Canadian 
Patents    and    Development    Limited,    Ottawa,    Ontario, 
Canada 

Filed  Nov.  17, 1967,  Scr.  No.  683,944 
Oafans  priority,  appUcation  Canada,  Nov.  25, 1966, 976,490 

Int.  CL  A61n  1136 
U.S.  CL  128—419  E  3  Clafam 

A  device  and  method  for  artificially  electrically  stimulating 
the  body  wall  of  a  bladder  by  an  electromagnetic  wave  which 
propagates  through  the  bladder  wall  and  is  converted  by  a 
receiving  mechanism  into  electrical  stimulating  pulses  which 
are  conducted  to  the  bladder  wall.  But  the  receiving 
mechanism  receives  all  its  power  from  the  outside  source  of 


electromagnetic  energy  and  since  it  uses  no  internal  power 
source  for  generating  the  electrical  pulses  to  stimulate  the 


bladder  wall,  a  substantially  permanent  receiving  mechanism 
is  achieved  which  requires  no  free  charging  of  an  internal 
power  supply. 


3,667,478 

HLTER  CIGARETTE  INCORPORATING  VITAMIN  A 
Nelson  J.  Watcrbury,  Pafan  Beach,  Fla.,  assignor  to  F.  Barry 

Haskctt,    Ocean    Ctty,    NJ.    and    Joan    Hfaum    Martin, 

Washington,  D.C.,  part  interest  to  each 

Continuatkm-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  666,810,  Sept. 

1 1, 1967,  now  Patent  No.  3,525,582,  wMch  Is  a  fothinalhm- 

in-part  of  applkatkm  Scr.  No.  617,219,  Feb.  20, 1967,  bow 

abandoned  ,  which  Is  a  contlnnation-in-port  of  appMcathwi  Scr. 

No.  590,392,  Oct.  28,  1966,  now  Patent  No.  3339,558.  This 

application  July  17,  I%9,  Ser.  No.  842,475.  The  nortion  of  the 

term  of  the  patent  subsequent  to  Sept  5,  19&4,  has  been 

disclaimed. 

Int  CL  A24d  07/06,  A24b  75/02 
U.S.  CL  131—9  2  Ckabm 


A  cigarette  is  disclosed  for  introducing  Vitamin  A  into  the 
mouth  and  the  respiratory  tract  of  a  smoker  which  consists  of 
incorporating  in  the  filter  of  a  filter  cigarette  a  stabilized 
form  of  Vitamin  A.  The  Vitamin  A  is  in  the  form  of  a  stabil- 
ized aqueous  emulsion  of  an  active  Vitamin  A  or  the  active 
esters  thereof.  The  subilized  form  of  the  Vitamin  A  used  is 
such  as  to  provide  stability  over  long  period  of  storage  before 
use  in  smoking. 


3,667,479 
CIGARETTE  WITH  MODIFIED  PAPER  WRAPPER 
Robert  A.  Sanford,  Prospect;  Robert  Reiner  Johnson,  and 
Thomas  Wade  Summers,  both  of  LoulsviBe,  dl  of  Ky.,  as- 
signors to   Brown   &    WOliamsoQ  Tobacco  Corporatkm, 
Louisvilic,  Ky. 

Filed  Jan.  19,  1970,  Ser.  No.  3^62 

Int  CL  A24d  7/02 

U.S.CL131— 15  8CUbm 


JL 


JL 


a 


^^^^^^^B 


■ ■ ■■ '"T*" 


a> 


An  improved  cigarette   is  prepared  through   use  of  a 
modified   cigarette   paper  as  a   wrapper.   The   wrapper  is 


112 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  Q,  1972 


treated  in  preselected  areas  with  a  bum  control  additive, 
preferably  a  strong  combustion  supporting,  oxidizing  agent 
When  the  burning  coal  reaches  the  area  of  treatment,  the 
treated  area  is  burned  away,  allowing  for  the  passage  of  air 
through  the  opening  created,  during  smoking  of  the  cigarette. 
This  air  entering  through  the  opening  dilutes  the  smoke 
stream  and  results  in  a  substantiaJ  reduction  in  snwke  sub- 
stituents  delivered  on  smoking  of  the  cigarette,  with  a  cor- 
responding improvement  in  the  organoleptic  properties  of 
the  smoke.  The  preselected  areas  on  the  wrapper  are  so  ar- 
ranged that  larger  areas  are  burned  away  as  the  burning  coal 
proceeds  from  the  tip  of  the  cigarette  toward  the  mouthpiece 
of  the  cigarette,  so  that  increasing  amounts  of  air  are  drawn 
into  the  tobacco  column  as  smoking  proceeds,  and  sub- 
stituent  delivery  is  correspondingly  reduced  in  greater 
amounts  as  smoking  proceeds,  so  as  to  provide  for  a  more 
uniform  constituent  delivery.  The  strong,  combustion  sup- 
porting, oxidizing  agent  may  be  sodium  chlorate,  sodium  bro- 
mate,  potassium  chlorate,  an  alkali  or  alkaline  earth  metal 
perchlorate,  sodium  nitrite,  potassium  nitrite,  ammonium 
perchlorate  or  nitric  acid.  The  bum  accelerating  agent  is  ap- 
plied so  as  to  cover  2  to  50  percent  of  the  wrapper  and  in 
concentration  constitutes  V4  to  8  milligrams  per  square  cen- 
timeter of  the  treated  portion. 


3,667,480- 

aCARETTE  HOLDER  AND  FILTERING  UNIT  WITH 

MOUTHPIECE 

Stephen  Hreno,  29  Dawson  Avenue,  CHfton,  N J. 

Filed  Aug.  1 1,  1970,  Scr.  No.  62,905 

inLCLA24i01/l6 

VJS.  a.  131—207  1  Claim 


A  tobacco  smoke  filter  employing  two  barriers  in  the 
smoke  path,  each  having  an  opening  to  form  a  flow  path  past 
the  barriers.  The  first  barrier  defines  a  small  area  flowpath  in 
which  smoke  and  entrained  liquids  and  solids  are  accelerated 
and  high  kinetic  energy  is  imparted  to  them.  The  second  bar- 
rier diverts  the  smoke  but.  because  of  its  closeness  to  the  first 


barrier,  the  moisture  and  solids  impinge  on  the  latter.  A 
third,  downstream  barrier  marks  off  a  smoke  storage  space 
from  which  smoke  is  drawn  during  initial  phases  of  sub- 
sequent inhalation  to  overcome  feeling  that  excessive  suction 
is  required  to  overcome  filter  impedence.  The  filter  and 
storage  unit  is  divided  into  two  passageways  and  is  made  of 
plastic  and  surrounded  by  paper  so  that  the  latter  is  em- 
ployed as  a  repository  for  moisture  and  solids  and  to  retain 
the  filter  in  situ. 


I  3,667,482 

HAIRSETTING  DEVICE 
Justin  W.  Morgan,  1 1 17  Daytona  Avenue,  Holly  Hill,  F^- 
Filed  Nov.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89^94 
Int.  CI.  A4M  I/OO 
VS.  CI.  132—9  8 


Claims 


A  holder  for  a  cigarette,  cigar,  or  pipe  bowl  has  a  socket  to 
receive  the  article  to  be  smoked  and  the  smoke  is  caused  to 
circulate  through  a  long  filtering  passage  containing  a  filter- 
ing medium  and  then  through  a  reversely  directed  long  cool- 
ing passage  leading  through  the  mouthpiece.  The  filtering 
and  cooling  passages  may  be  reversed.  The  filtering  and  cool- 
ing passages  may  extend  generally  longitudinally  of  the 
mouthpiece  axis  or  generally  normal  thereto. 


3,667,481 

TOBACCO  SMOKE  FILTER 

Leonard  L.  ThonuK,  14092  Aah  Street,  Westminster,  Calif. 

FBed  Dec  5, 1969,  Ser.  No.  882,675 

Int  a.  A24d  01/04;  A24f  07/04. 13/06 

U.S.a.  131— 261B  13  Claims 


A  roller  lift  for  effecting  straightening  of  the  hair  while 
simultaneously  supporting  a  roller  for  curling  a  portion 
thereof  including  a  clamping  arrangement  for  positively 
retaining  the  hair  roller  in  position  without  movement  on  the 
roller  lift  without  the  need  for  auxiliary  clips  or  pins  which 
might  come  into  contact  with  the  hair  or  render  m(^re  dif- 
ficult the  use  of  the  roller  lift. 


'      3,667,483 
DENTAL  FLOSS  RECIPROCATOR 
James  B.  McCabc,  1900  Deo  Darn  Drive,  Birmingham^  Ala. 
I     FtM  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,979 
tet  CL  A61c  15/00 
U.S.CI   132—92  9|Clainis 


Dental  floss  reciprocator  embodying  pair  of  arms  project- 
ing from  support  frame  and  spaced  fix}m  each  other  to 
receive  teeth  therebetween.  Guides  at  outer  ends  of  arms 
receive  and  permit  relative  movement  of  floss  passing  from 
supply  reel  to  take-up  reel.  Forward  and  rearward  angular 
movement  imparted  alternately  to  reels  with  forward  move- 
ment greater  than  rearward  movement  to  reciprocfite  and 
move  floss  progressively  to  take-up  reel. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


113 


3,667,484 
PORTABLE  MONEY  COUNTING  MACHINE 
Katharina     Maria     Rcte,     Bachcnaucr     Str.     19,     7520 
Bruchsal,  Baden,  Germany 

Filed  Mar.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,054 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  15, 1969,  G  69 

10  464 

Int  CL  G07d  9/00 

VS.  CL  133—8  R  3  Claims 


3,667,486 
AUTOMATIC  WHEEL  CLEANING  APPARATUS 
Joseph  J.  Cole,  and  Charles  A.  Bookwakcr,  IL  both  of  c/o 
Nora  Plaza  Car  Wash,  1300  E.  86th  Street,  IndianapaHB. 
Ind. 

Filed  Feb.  19,  1971,  Scr.  No.  116^09 

Int  a.  B60s  3/04;  B08b  3/04 

VS.  CL  134-45  7  ciahm 


Money  counting  apparatus  comprises  a  housing  having 
means  for  counting  and  sorting  coins  located  therein,  a  ro- 
tary disk  is  mounted  on  top  of  the  housing  and  is  adapted  to 
centrifugally  separate  and  feed  coins.  A  cover  member  is 
mounted  above  the  disk.  The  housing  and  cover  member  are 
provided  with  cooperating  interlocking  means  for  selectively 
securing  the  cover  on  the  housing  in  a  first  position  enclosing 
the  disk,  and  a  second  position  inverted  thereto  to  form  a 
feed  tray  for  the  disk. 


3,667,485 

FARE  BOX  WITH  BELT  CONVEYOR  AND  COIN  SIZE 

DETTEtfCTT'OR 

WilUam  J.  Scsko,  12942  Highway  3,  Brancrton,  Wwh. 

Filed  Oct  21,  1969,  Scr.  No.  868,114 

Int.  CI.  G074  3/00 

VS.  a.  133—8  36  Claims 


Wheel  cleaning  apparatus  for  automatic  vehicle  washing 
installations  in  which  steam  is  applied  to  a  wheel  while  the 
wheel  is  in  conuct  with  a  projecting  wand.  Contact  between 
the  wand  and  a  passing  wheel  closes  an  electrical  circuit  and 
actuates  a  solenoid  which  opens  a  valve  to  permit  steam  to 
pass  from  a  source  to  and  through  the  steam  outlet.  When 
the  wheel  passes  beyond  the  wand  the  electrical  circuit  is 
broken  and  the  steam  control  valve  closes. 


Fare  box  in  which  belt  conveyors  transport  coins  and  dol- 
lar bills  past  an  inspection  window  to  a  vault.  The  coins  are 
sized,  indicated  audibly,  and  registered.  Both  sides  of  dollar 
bills  may  be  inspected  by  transillumination  or  by  automatic 
reversal  of  the  bills  in  transit.  The  coin  size  detector  com- 
prises a  multiple-contact  switch  employing  an  actuator  arm 
driven  in  a  first  direction  by  the  coins  and  in  the  opposite 
direction  by  a  spring,  the  length  of  the  stroke  of  the  actuator 
arm  in  the  first  direction  determining  which  contacts  are 
transferred  when  the  arm  moves  in  the  reverse  direction. 


3,667,487 
INTEGRATED  CHEMICAL  CLEANING  APPARATUS 
Ddbert  L.  Scboenbcck,  Clarendon  HiU,  and  Recce  Kincaid, 
Crete,  both  of  III.,  assignors  to  Richardson  Chemical  Clean- 
ing Service,  Inc.,  Scbererviile,  Ind. 

Filed  Dec.  1 1,  1970,  Ser.  No.  97,160 

Int  CL  B08b  9/00,  13/00 

VS.  CL  134-108  4  Claims 


-->  TJ 


An  integral  chemical  cleaning  apparatus  for  supplying  and 
recirculating  compositions  used  in  the  process  of  removing 
scale,  rust,  grease  and  dirt  coatings  from  internal  metallic 
surfaces  of  closed  industrial  equipment  where  the  stages  of 
pickling,  passivating  and  flushing  are  performed  consecutive- 
ly without  change-over  to  separate  devices  for  each  of  such 
stages  of  the  process.  The  apparatus  comprises  a  circulating 
pump  forcing  fluids  from  a  supply  source  to  valve  means 
capable  of  directing  flow  in  either  of  two  directions  for 
reverse  cleaning  and  flushing  and  circulation  back  to  said 
valve  and  on  through  a  second  valve  means  for  discharge  into 
one  (rf  a  plurality  of  filters  for  removal  of  insoluble  particles 
wherein  said  filtrate  is  c<^ected  in  said  supply  source  for 
recirculation  into  the  system. 


114 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  €,  1972 


3,667,488 

DEVICE  FOR  REMOVING  DIRT  AND  CORROSION 

FROM  HEAT  EXCHANGER  CORES 

H«rold  W.  Pl^fcm  P.O.  Box  381,  HopMm,  ^Och. 

FUcd  Feb.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12,114 

lULCLBOSb  3/08,  9/02 


3,667,490 
ELECTRO-PNEUMATIC  DIGITAL  INTERFACE 
CHfTord  W.  Alfea,  L«dacton,  Ky..  anitiior  to  Wcadiighouw 
Air  Brake  Company,  WUmcrdlag,  Pa. 

.     Filed  Apr.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,697 
I  Int.  CL  F15c  3/08;  F16k  31/02 


U.S.a.  134— 169A 


3  Claim    VS.  CI.  137-81.5 


The  compact  portable  device  for  flushing  out  and  remov- 
ing dirt  and  corrosion  from  the  cores  of  heat  exchangers  em- 
ploys an  upstanding  open  top  container  for  the  liquid  having 
a  bonom  of  substantial  area  to  constitute  a  base.  A  mul- 
tifunctional mounting  and  top  is  employed  with  a  portion 
thereof  to  close  the  container  and  with  a  portion  thereof  con- 
stituting passages  and  support  and  securing  means  for  first  a 
depending  immersion-type  motor-driven  pump  and  secondly 
a  valving  mechanism  preferably  constructed  of  dielectric 
material  which  is  affixed  to  the  multi-functional  top  between 
the  same  and  the  bottom  of  the  pump  motor.  The  valving 

mechanism  has  passages  for  alternately  connecting  the 
discharge  of  the  pump  with  either  of  two  passages  to  provide 
for  reversing  flow  of  the  liquid  under  pressure  through  the 
heat  exchanger  core  with  attendant  recirculation  through  the 
container. 


H-^^-;^ 


An  electro-pneumatic  digital  interface  device  uti  izing  a 
low  level  electrical  input  signal  to  control  an  interruptier  vane 
in  a  control  port  to  a  fluidic  device. 


Claiim 


3,667,489 
PURE  FLUID  DEVICE 
Paul  M.  Blaiklock,  Newton  Centre,  and  Ham-Dktcr  Kinncr, 
DuxlNiry,  both  of  Mass.,  asdgnors  to  FhikUc  Industries, 
Inc.,  Htngham,  Maw. 

FUcd  Jan.  12,  1970,  Scr.  No.  2,297 

Int.  CL  F15c  1/18 

U.S.  CL  137— 81.5  8  Claims 


A  pure  fluid  device  for  providing  efficient  digital  opera- 
tion. A  laminar  input  stream  is  caused  to  interact  with  one  or 
more  control  streams  within  a  confined  interaction  chamber 
to  provide  a  binary  output  pressure  whose  level  depends 
upon  the  laminar  or  turbulent  condition  of  flow  within  the 
chamber.  Jhe  invention  provides  extremely  rapid  switching 
in  a  precisely  controllable  manner.  The  invention  is  also 
operable  to  provide  controllable  proportional  amplification 
by  producing  an  output  pressure  of  a  magnitude  variable  in 
response  to  control  pressure  variation. 


i 


3.667,491 
FUNCTION  GENERATOR  USING  FLUID  AMPLIFIERS 
Thad  M.  Hasbrouck,  WHhcrtfleid,  Conn.,  assignor  t<f  United 
Aircraft  Corporation,  East  Hartford,  Conn. 
j       Filed  May  4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  34,287 
■  Int.  CL  FlSc  1/14,  4/00 

U.S.  CL  137—81.5  4  Claims 


^M«J 


The  function  generator  generates  a  nonlinear  open  loop 
schedule  summing  by  a  fluid  amplifler  the  outputs  of  two  or 
more  fluid  amplifiers  that  are  both  responsive  to  two  pr  more 
independent  variables. 


to 


I  3,667,492 

PURE  FLUID  AM>ITION  AND  SUBTRACTION 
Carmine  V.   Di   CamOio,  SUver  Spring,  Md., 
Bowica  Fluidics  Corporadon 

I     Filed  Feb.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  800,163       I 
Int.  a.  FlSc  7/74  '      ! 

U.S.  CI.  137—81.5  7  Clalnv 


Accurate  analog  addition  and  subtraction  are  performed  in 
a  proportional  fluidic  amplifier  of  the  stream  interaction  type 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


115 


in  which  a  pair  of  control  nozzles  are  superposed,  one  atop 
the  other,  so  as  to  issue  their  respective  control  streams 
against  the  same  point  in  the  power  stream  flow  path. 


3,667,493 
FLOAT  VALVE  FOR  AIR  LINE  LUBRICATORS 
Barry    E.    Undatrom,    Englewood,    and    Donald    A.    Robb, 
Denver,  Colo.,  assignors  to  WOkcrson  Corporation,  En- 
glewood, Colo. 

Filed  Dec.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,966 

Int.  CL  F16k  33/00 

U.S.  CL  137—87  10  Ciainv 


This  invention  relates  to  a  float-actuated  shut-off  valve  for 
use  in  the  pressurized  reservoir  of  an  air  line  lubricator  to 
cooperate  with  the  latter  upon  a  drop  in  the  oil  level  below  a 
predetermined  point  so  as  to  automatically  open  an  air  line 
to  the  air  pressure  within  said  reservoir  and  use  the  resulting 
pressurized  line  to  either  actuate  a  warning  device  or  shut 
down  the  pneumatic  equipment  dependent  upon  the  system 
for  lubrication. 


3,667,494 
MASS  AIR  FLOW  MEASURING  MEANS 
Elmer  A.  Hmm,  22905  Edim  RomI,  South  Bend,  Ind. 

Original  application  Oct.  9, 1967,  Scr.  No.  673,815,  now 

Patent  No.  3,549^15,  dated  Dec  22,  1970.  Divided  and  thb 

application  Aug.  11,  1970,  Scr.  No.  62^08 

Int.  a.  GO  If  7/00 

U.S.  a.  137-100  5  Claims 


"i      4S.     >?*    'i» 


I4»   ,10* 


3,667,495 
PROPORTIONING  DEVICE,  ESPECIALLY  FOR  WATER 

TREATMENT  SYSTEMS 
Hansjorg  Schuler,  WaMrems,  and  Hartmut  Dopriaff,  Wlnncn- 
dcn,  both  of  Germany,  assignors  to  Julias  Dopaiafr  KG, 
Wianendcn,  Germany 

Filed  Mar.  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  21,460 
Claims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Feb.  16,  1970, 1914/70 

Int.  CL  G05d  77/OJ5, 11/13 
U.S.  CL  137-101.21  38  Claims 


A  proportioning  device  for  the  admixture  of  an  additive 
fluid  into  a  fluid  medium  flowing  in  a  pipe  or  conduit.  The 
flow  rate  of  the  fluid  medium  is  measured  and  the  pump 
which  introduces  the  additive  fluid  is  controlled  in  response 

to  the  measured  flow  rate.  The  measuring  system  includes  a 
body  disposed  to  be  moved  linearly  against  the  force  of  a 
spring  by  the  fluid  medium  passing  thereby,  in  one  embodi- 
ment, this  body  has  a  surface  which  varies  along  its  length 
and  the  additive  fluid  pump  has  a  plunger  in  contact  with  this 
surface.  As  the  body  is  moved  by  the  varying  flow  rates  of 
the  fluid  medium,  the  effective  plunging  stroke  of  the  pump 
is  controlled.  In  another  embodiment,  a  magnetic  fieki  is 
used  to  detect  changes  in  the  position  of  the  body. 


3,667,496 
PRESSURE-MODULATED  HYDRAULIC  CONTROL 

VALVE 
John    Wayne   Schletzbaum,    HudMO,    and    Reno 
Rodeghiero,  Cedar  Faib,  both  of  Iowa,  aasignon  to  Deere  & 
Company,  MoHnc,  DL 

FUcd  Oct.  22,  1969,  Scr.  No.  868,498 
InL  CL  B60t  75/04 
U.S.CL  137—1163  3 1 


A  mass  air  flow  sensitive  fuel  control  for  controlling  fuel  to 
a  multiple  cylinder  internal  combustion  engine  wherein  the 
fuel  control  apparatus  includes  mass  air  flow  sensing  means 
such  as  a  high  gain  venturi  disposed  in  the  air  induction 
passage  for  measuring  the  mass  air  flow  to  a  single  engine 
cylinder  and  a  fuel  control  valve  actuated  as  a  function  of  the 
venturi  air  pressure  output  for  controlling  fuel  flow  to  all  of 
the  engine  cylinders  as  a  function  of  the  mass  air  flow  to  the 
one  engine  cylinder. 


A  pressure-modulated  hydraulic  control  valve  is  provided 
for  controlling  fluid  flow  to  engage  and  disengage  a  dif- 


116 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  Q,  1972 


ferential  lock.  A  manual  actuator  acts  through  a  modulating 
spring  to  shift  a  spool  valve  to  selectively  establish  conditions 
in  the  control  valve  for  engaging  and  disengaging  the  dif- 
ferential lock  and  the  manual  actuator  includes  a  length  ad- 
justable link  which  may  be  adjusted  without  disassembly  to 
change  the  modulating  force  to  desired  values.  A  check  valve 
in  the  pressure  port  normally  prevents  flow  to  the  spool  valve 
when  the  lock  is  disengaged  and  a  pin  extends  from  the 
check  valve  into  the  valve  bore  and  is  engaged  and  moved  by 
a  ramp  on  the  spool  valve  to  unseat  the  check  valve  when  the 
spool  valve  is  shifted  to  establish  the  condition  for  engaging 
the  lock. 


which  is  biased  to  close  the  branch  conduit  and  open  the 
main  conduit.  The  gate  is  pressed  by  the  fluid  pressure  to 
close  flow  to  the  main  conduit  and  allow  flow  to  the  branch. 
When  the  supply  of  fluid  is  cut  off,  the  gate  swings  to  close 
the  branch  and  open  the  main  conduit. 


3,667,497 

HYDRAUUC  SYSTEMS 

George  K.  Farmery,  Scolhcm,  Engfauid,  asrignor  to  Clayton 

Dewandre  Company  Limited,  Lincoln,  EngbuMl  - 

FUed  May  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,002 

Int.  CL  G05d  77/00.  B60q  ;/00 

VS.  a.  137—118  5  Claima 


A  hydrodynamic  type  hydraulic  system  for  actuating  the 
brakes  and  other  auxiliary  devices  on  a  motor  vehicle  in- 
cludes a  solenoid-operated  valve  for  controlling  the  flow  of 
pressure  fluid  to  the  auxiliary  devices,  said  valve  being  con- 
trolled by  means  responsive  to  the  pressure  at  the  output  side 
of  the  pump  and  additionally  by  means  responsive  to  fluid 
level  in  the  system  reservoir. 


P^- 


3,667,498 
WATER  SPRINKLING  SYSTEM 
Shiuo  Mizuno,  Toliyo,  Japan,  awignor  to  Snnko  Engineering 
Company,  Limited,  Toliyo,  Japan 

Filed  Dec  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,319 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Dec  26, 1968, 43/96273 

Int.  CI.  AOlg  25/00;  B05b  9/00 
U.S.CL  137—119  19Clainn 


I  3,667,499 

I         LIQUID  DISPENSING  SYSTEM 

Donald  L.  Brantoa,  and  James  R.  Mowcry,  both  of  Ddavan, 
Wis.,  aasignors  to  Sta-RMc  IndiHtrica,  Inc.,  Dclavan,  Wit.    s 
I       FUed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,372         I 
'         int.  CL  B23b  41/08;  F16c  41/04  ' 

U.S.CL    37—318  19ClainM 


The  disclosed  liquid  dispensing  system  contemplates  a 
liquid  source  comprising  a  plurality  of  containers  arranged  in 
a  vertical  column.  Each  of  the  containers  is  provided  with  an 
outlet  means  adjacent  to  the  bottom  thereof  and  which  may 
be  coupled  to  a  vertically  extending  manifold  tube.  The 
liquid  in  the  containers  flows  by  gravity  from  the  containen 
to  a  pump  connected  to  the  manifold  tube.  The  pump  is 
operated  as  required  to  force  the  liquid  into  a  pressure  accu- 
mulator tank  from  which  the  liquid  is  drawn  at  the  point  of 
use. 


3,667,500 
UQUID  LEVEL  CONTROLLER 
LcsHe  f;  Stone,  WeHchcatcr,  Dl.,  aarignor  to  Tlie  Riehardnn 
Company,  Metanoae  Parii,  DL 

FUed  Dec  11, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,301 

Int.  CL  F16k  21/18 

US.  CL  137—386  $  Claims 


A  water  sprinkling  system  comprising  a  main  supply  con- 
duit and  a  plurality  of  branch  conduits.  Each  branch  conduit 
is  connected  to  the  main  supply  conduit  by  a  valve  which  is 
constructed  to  switch  the  flow  of  fluid  from  the  branch  con- 
duit to  the  main  conduit  by  cutting  off  the  fluid  pressure  for  a 
selected  time  interval.  Each  valve  comprises  a  pivoted  gate 


~^ 


Sl, 


•«» 


T:r 


>' 


jt 


J^ 


-II.— 


\.' 


'-4^^ 


An  apparatus  for  controlling  liquid  levels  for  viscous 
liquids  such  as  printing  ink  utilizing  pneumatic  probes  and 
responsive  liquid  regulating  means. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


117 


3,667,501 
SELECTOR  VALVE  ASSEMBLY  WTTH  MECHANICAL 

LATCH 

Joaeph  B.  Snoy,  ami  Bradford  K.  ShuU,  both  of  Rockford,  Dl., 

amignors  to  Twin  Disc,  Incorporated,  Racine,  Wis. 

FUed  Dec.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,780 

Int.  CLF16k  77/20 

U.S.  CL  137— 612.1  llClainv 


A  selector  valve  assembly  for  use  with  power  shift  trans- 
missions to  select  various  operating  speed  ranges,  and  of  the 
type  having  a  plurality  of  shiftable  hydraulic  spools.  The  as- 
sembly includes  a  mechanical  latch  plate  for  holding  the 
selected  spools  in  an  extended,  operative  position.  A  neutral 
piston  is  provided  for  engagement  with  the  latch  plate  to  urge 
the  latter  to  the  piston  releasing  position  to  thereby  disen- 
gage the  spools. 


^  3,667,502 

SELF.RECYCLING  ACTUATOR  AND  VALVE 
INCORPORATING  IT 
Nod  A.  Otto,  Whippany,  N  J.,  aasignor  to  AutcAnatic  Switch 
Co. 

Filed  Mar.  19,  1970,  Scr.  No.  24,916 

Int  CL  F16k  31/383, 31/385 

U.S.CL  137—624.14  9ClainH 


pilot  valve  adapted  to  vent  the  high  pressure  side  of  the  main 
valve  member.  The  self-recycling  actuator  controls  the  pilot 
valve  and  is  operated  by  the  high  pressure  fluid  from  the  inlet 
of  the  main  valve.  High  pressure  fluid  brought  to  the  inlet  of 
the  self-recycling  actuator  displaces  a  plunger  member 
thereby  opening  the  pilot  valve  and  hence  the  main  valve.  At 
the  same  time,  high  pressure  fluid  enters  a  recycling 
chamber.  As  pressure  builds  up  in  the  recycling  chamber,  the 
plunger  is  returned  to  its  initial  position.  Vent  means  reduces 
the  pressure  in  the  recycling  chamber  thereby  initiating  a 
new  cycle. 


3,667,503 
SINGLE-HANDLE  MIXING  AND  PROPORTIONING 

VALVE 
Gerald  J.  FarreU,  Elmhurat,  and  Frank  J.  Bartos,  CMcago, 
both  of  IlL,  assignors  to  Elkay  Manufacturing  Company, 
Broadview,  Dl. 

Filed  June  5,  1970,  Scr.  No.  43^)1 1 

Int  CLF16k  77/00 

U.S.  CL  137-625.4  21  CWnv 


!*°i*i 


There  are  disclosed  two  embodiments  of  a  water  faucet 
mixing  and  proportioning  valve  including  a  housing  defining 
a  valve  seat  having  hot  and  cold  water  inlet  ports  and  an  out- 
let port,  a  valve  plate  having  a  mixing  cavity  cooperating  with 
the  inlet  and  outlet  ports  to  control  the  flow  therethrough,  a 
bearing  mounted  on  the  housing  for  pivotal  movement  about 
an  axis,  and  a  lever  pivotally  mounted  on  the  bearing  and 
having  a  handle  at  one  end  and  coupled  at  the  other  end  to 
the  valve  plate  for  movement  thereof,  the  lever  being  limited 
to  pivotal  movement  with  the  bearing  about  the  axis  for  ac- 
commodating curvilinear  hand  movement  and  rectilinear 
valve  plate  movement  between  full-off  and  fiill-on  positions 
and  being  limited  to  pivotal  movement  with  respect  to  the 
bearing  in  a  direction  parallel  to  the  axis  for  accomnKxlating 
rectilinear  movement  of  the  valve  plate  between  full-hot  and 
full-cold  positions;  seals  and  hydraulic  seal  loading  means  are 
also  provided. 


A  self-recycling  actuator  operated  by  a  source  of  fluid 
pressure  is  used  to  control  the  operation  of  a  valve.  The  valve 
has  a  main  valve  member  whose  position  is  controlled  by  a 


3,667,504 
ZERO-LEAKAGE  SPOOL  VALVE 
Richard  Arthur  Wktren;  Raymond  Richard  Mcysenburg. 
both  of  Cedar  FaHs,  and  Robert  Hugh  Tweedy,  BrookfWd. 
aU  of  Wis.,  assignors  to  Deere  &  Compuiy,  Moline,  lU. 
Filed  Dec  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,917 
Int  CLF16k  77/07 
U.S.  a.  137—625.69  13  Clafana 

A  plurality  of  O-ring  packings  are  mounted  between  ports 
in  a  spool  valve  bore.  A  valve  spool  is  selectively  shiftable  in 


118 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


the  bore  for  routing  fluid  among  the  ports  and  includes  a  plu- 
rality of  lands,  each  (^  which,  when  located  between  a  pair  of 
ports,  is  seatingly  engaged  by  one  of  the  packings  for 
preventing  leakage  between  the  pair  of  ports.  Under  normal 
operating  conditions,  the  fluid  pressures  respectively  existing 
at  the  pair  c^  ports  are  different  and  this  pressure  differential 
exists  across  the  packing.  In  order  to  prevent  the  packing 


from  being  dislodged  from  its  mounting  groove  by  fluid  pres- 
sure, when  the  land  portion  is  moved  past  the  packing,  a 
passage  means  located  in  the  valve  spool  connects  the  fluid 
pressure  at  the  port,  away  from  which  the  land  portion  is 
moving,  to  the  side  of  the  >  packing  remote  from  the  port,  to 
balance  the  pressure  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the  packing, 
when  the  land  portion  is  just  about  to  move  past  the  packing. 


June  &  1972 

direction  and  a  hydraulic  cylinder  assembly  acts  to  move  it  in 
the  other  direction.  Pressure  in  the  hydraulic  cylinder  is  ob- 
tained frofn  a  control  line  extending  to  the  surface. 


3,667,506 

CORRUGATED  METAL  TUBE  FOR  AN  EXTERNAL 

CONDUCTOR  OR  SHEATH  OF  AN  ELECTRIC  CABLE 

Robert  Joctcur,  Lyoa,  France,  aMignor  to  Cable  De  L^  Al- 

sacienac,  Lyoa,  France  i 

FUed  Dec.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,205         | 

Claims  priortty,  appllcatloa  France,  Dec.  18, 1969,  6943940 

Int.  CI.  F16I  9/06 
U.S.CL  1^8—156  4palnH 


3,667,505 
ROTARY  BALL  VALVE  FOR  WELLS 
Gary  A.  Radig,  Lakewood,  CaHf.,  aadgnor  to  Cook  Testing 
Co.,  Loot  Beach,  CaHf. 

FUed  Jan.  27, 1971,  Scr.  No.  110,078 

Int.  CLF16k  77/76 

U.S.  CI.  137—630.14  9  Oainn 


A  corrugated  metal  strip  is  curved  and  transversely  over- 
lapped to  form  a  tube,  the  corrugation  being  inclined  relative 
to  the  transverse  axis  such  that  the  edges  have  their  corruga- 
tions axially  offset  by  half  a  corrugation  and  the  external 
zone  in  turn  is  axially  offset  by  one  half  a  corrugation  to 
define  an  edge  abutment  determining  the  exact  diaitieter  of 
the  completed  tube.  ~^^^  --^^ 


3,667,507 
DOUBLE-LIFT  DOBBV 
Joseph  Palau,  Dulngt,  Haule-Savoic,  and  Jacques  dc  Gcr- 
mond,  Mcnthon-^  Bernard,  both  of  France,  aasifnors  to 
Staubl  Ltd.,  Horgen-Zurkh,  Swttaeriand 

Filed  June  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49308 
ClalnH  priority,  appUciition  Swttaeriand,  June  25,  1969, 

9705/69 
Int  CL  D03c  1/06  \ 

UACI.  139— 71  ^\     M  Claims 


A  subsurface  safety  valve  for  a  well  employs  a  rotary  ball 
valve  assembly  which  includes  a  ball  member  interposed 
between  annular  seats  positioned  within  the  housing.  The 
upper  seat  is  mounted  on  a  carrier  having  flange  portions  en- 
gaging under  a  shoulder  within  the  housing.  A  lower  seat  is 
spring-loaded  against  the  spherical  surface  of  the  ball 
member.  Integral  offset  aligned  pins  on  the  ball  member  are 
engaged  by  arms  on  an  actuator  mounted  for  axial  movement 
within  the  housing,  the  arms  straddling  the  ball  member  and 
having  laterally  opening  slots  which  engage  the  pins.  The  ball 
member  and  the  flange  portion  of  the  carrier  have  laterally 
spaced  parallel  vertical  surfaces  which  are  received  between 
similar  surfaces  on  the  actuator  arms.  A  bypass  valve  is  pro- 
vided between  the  actuator  and  the  housing  so  that  fluid  may 
pass  through  housing  ports  and  actuator  ports  to  equalize 
pressure  across  the  ball  member  during  the  first  part  of 
movement  of  the  actuator,  the  subsequent  part  of  the  move- 
ment serving  to  move  the  ball  member  between  open  and 
closed  positions.  A  spring  moves  the  actuator  axially  in  one 


A  double  lift  dobby  with  a  balance  for  each  heald  and  with 
a  draw  hook  for  each  end  of  the  balance.  The  dobby  also  in- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


119 


eludes  a  draw  knife  slidably  arranged  in  the  same  guideway 
with  the  draw  hook  so  that,  whenever  the  draw  hook  is 
hooked  in  or  engages  the  draw  knife,  both  the  draw  hook  and 
draw  knife  are  guided  within  the  single  guideway  so  that  no 
relative  motion  takes  place  between  the  draw  knife  and  the 
draw  hook  during  the  whole  of  their  commonly  executed 
movement. 


3,667,50b 
GUIDE  ELEMENT  FOR  THE  WEFT  PICKING  MEANS  IN 

A  LOOM 

Anton  Xavcr  IngHn,  Zuchwfl  SO,  SwUaerland,  assignor  to 

Sulacr  Brothers,  Ltd.,  WInterthur,  Switacrland 

FUed  Dec  6,  1968,  Ser.  No.  781,799 

Clafans  priority,  appUcatkin  Switaerland,  Dec.  8, 1967, 

17279/67 

hULCLDOSd  49/60, 47/00 

U.S.  CL  139—188  8  ClalnK 


«  w    f  *» 


3,667,510 
APPARATUS  FOR  WINDING  COILS  FOR  ELECTRICAL 

MACHINES 
Klaus-Dieter  Sattler,  24  Lubeck,  Luisewtrasse  3C,  Germany 

FUed  Feb.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  13^36 
Clains  priority,  applkatkw  Germany,  Mar.  7, 1969,  P  19  11 

551.6-32 

Int.a.B21fi/04 

U.S.  CL  140—92.2  9  CWnM 


The  weft  picking  means  is  guided  through  the  shed  through 
a  plurality  of  spaced  guide  elements.  Each  guide  element  is 
constructed  with  a  foot  which  secures  the  guide  element  to 
the  loom  frame  and  a  pair  of  jaws  which  define  a  guide  path 
for  the  picking  means.  Either  the  jaws  are  formed  with  a 
reduced  cross-section  between  the  picking  means  guide  sur- 
faces and  foot  or  the  foot  is  formed  with  a  reduced  cross-sec- 
tion adjacent  the  jaws  so  as  to  permit  resilient  deflection  of 
the  jaws  under  canting  forces  of  the  picking  means. 


In  an  apparatus  for  winding  concentrically  disposed  coils, 
or  groups  of  coils  respectively,  for  electrical  machines, 
wherein  the  coil  wire  is  wound  around  the  outer  surfaces  of 
coil  carriers  with  differentiy  dimensioned  outer  circum- 
ferences defining  the  widths  of  the  coils,  the  invention  resides 
in  that  the  cchI  carrier  for  the  coil  of  smallest  width  remains 
stationary  during  the  winding  operation,  as  is  known  per  se, 
while  its  surface  on  which  the  wire  is  to  be  wound  is  arranged 
in  parallel  relation  to  the  axis  of  winding,  or  the  axis  of  the 
coil  respectively,  wherein  the  remaining  coil  carriers  for  sup- 
porting the  coils  of  greater  widths  are  arranged  in  pairs  op- 
posite to  each  other  with  respect  to  the  winding  axis,  and  are 
formed  as  hinged  arms  which  are  pivoted  for  each  width  of 
coil  successively  in  pairs  out  of  a  position  of  rest,  in  which 
they  do  not  interfere  with  the  winding  of  the  preceding  coil 
carrier,  into  a  working  or  winding  position,  in  which  the 
winding  circumferences  of  all  of  the  coil  carriers  are  disposed 
parallel  to  each  other  and  eccentrically  or  concentrically 
with  respect  to  the  winding  axis. 


3,667309  3,667311 

WIRE  FABRIC  AND  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  DEVICE  FOR  CRACKING  THE  SHELLS  OF  NUTS 

MAKING  SAME  Anton  F.  Van  Dcr  Wey,  350  Bourbcau  Street,  Asbestos, 

Herbert  E.  Rohrbncher,  Whittler,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  Bcrgandl       Quebec,  CanMla 
Maaufacturiag  Company,  Inc.,  El  Monte,  CaUf.  FUed  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,952 

Original  appUcatkMi  Aug.  4, 1967,  Scr.  No.  658330,  now         Claims  priority,  appHcadon  Canada,  Apr.  25, 1969, 060391 
Patent  No.  33 1 2,760,  dated  May  1 9,  1 970.  Divided  and  thk  Int.  CL  A23n  S/02 

appUcatlon  Feb.  12,  1970,  Ser.  No.  10,885  ^^'  CL  146—14 

Int,  CI  Bill  23/00,  27/04 
VS.  CL  140—3  C  8  Claims 


«^  or 


M/ 


z* 


This  disclosure  describes  a  wire  fiabric  of  open  construc- 
tion including  a  plurality  of  wires  each  of  which  is  formed 
into  a  coil.  The  several  coils  are  interlinked  and  secured 
together  to  form  a  wire  fabric  of  open  construction.  The  wire 
is  of  non-circular  cross  section  and  provides  a  wire  fabric  of 
increasejl  strength. 


A  device  for  cracking  the  shells  of  edible  nuts  comprising  a 
body  member  having  a  cavity  for  receiving  a  nut.  An  impac- 
tor  is  resilientiy  connected  to  the  body  member.  The  impac- 
tor  is  manually  pulled  away  from  the  body  member  against 
the  force  exerted  by  its  resilient  connection,  and  then 
released,  to  be  projected  by  the  resilient  connection  against  a 
nut  in  the  cavity. 


120 


3,667,512 
POWDER  SAMPLER 
Meryl  R.  Jackson,  Schaiunburg,  DI.,  assignor  to  Freeman 
Laboratories,  Inc.,  Roacmont,  DL 

Flkd  Oct  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  82,686 

Int.a.B65b4i/50 

VS.  a.  141—130  7  Claims 


X^^J^ 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  6,  1972 

the  spacing  between  the  surfaces  being  adjustable  either  by 


A  sampling  device  for  obtaining  representative  samples  of 
material  from  a  bulk  quantity  thereof  includes  a  plurality  of 
rotating  sample  containers  which  are  sequentially  and  repeti- 
tively fed  by  a  flow  stream  of  the  material.  The  flow  stream 
eminates  from  a  hopper.  The  mechanism  controls  the  flow 
rate  of  the  flow  stream  to  insure  representativeness  and 
statistical  validity  of  the  samples. 


3,667,513 
GENERATION  OF  ALKAU  METAL  VAPORS 
Paolo  Delia  PorU;  Mario  ZucchindU,  and  Cario  Emill,  all  of 
Milan,  Italy,  aaignors  to  S.AX.S.  Getters  S.p.A.,  Milan, 
Italy 

Filed  May  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,119 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  May  24, 1969, 17303  A/69 

Int.  CI.  B6Sb  1/04,  3104 
\}J&.  CI.  141—31 1  13  ClainH 


An  alkali  metal  generator  comprising:  an  evacuated  con- 
tainer; at  least  one  heat-responsive  source  of  an  alkali  metal 
vapor  in  the  container;  a  closed  conduit  for  connecting  the 
evacuated  container  to  a  vessel  to  be  charged  with  the  alkali 
metal  vapor;  and  means  for  opening  said  closed  conduit.  The 
container  can  also  have  a  getter  device. 


3,667,514 
GUIDING  CIRCULAR  SAWS 
OUver  E.  Krog,  Richmond,  British  Columbia,  Canada,  as- 
signor to  Canadian  Forest  Products  Ltd.,  British  Columbia, 
Canada 

Filed  Jan.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4^17 
Claims  priority,  application  Canada,  Jai^  5, 1970, 071^40 
Int.  CL  B27b  5134 
MJ&.  CI.  143—37  R  8  Claims 

A  guide  for  a  circular  saw  comprising  a  pair  of  guide  ele- 
ments each  with  a  guide  surface  for  guiding  the  saw  or  saws. 


cams  or  wedges  movable  between  the  two  elements 


3,667,515 
PILE  CUTTING  DEVICE 
Robert    J.    Corey,    LowcO,    MaM., 
Steeplejacks,  Inc.,  Lowci,  Ma«. 

1        Filed  Jan.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,511 
\  Int.  CI.  B27b  23/00 

U.S.a.  143— 34 


Corey's 


1  Claim 


A  pile  cutting  device  comprising  a  base  having  a  guide 
adapted  for  reception  of  a  pile,  the  base  being  adapted  for 
reciprocal  movement  with  respect  to  the  pile,  connectors  af- 
flxed  to  the  base  for  suspending  the  base  in  a  substantially 
horizontal  plane,  a  blade  having  a  pair  of  opposite  extremi- 
ties, one  of  the  extremities  being  pivotably  mounted  to  the 
base,  an  actuator  having  a  fixed  member  and  a  movable 
member,  the  fixed  member  being  pivoted  to  the  base  and  the 
movable  member  being  pivotably  mounted  to  the  other  ex- 
tremity of  the  blade,  the  blade  being  swept  across  the  guide- 
when  the  actuator  is  engaged  and  being  retracted  away  from 
the  guide  when  the  actuator  is  disengaged.  When  the  pile 
cutter  is  lowered  to  the  base  of  a  pile,  the  guide  being  posi- 
tioned about  the  pile  for  restricting  the  lateral  movement  of 
the  base  with  respect  to  the  pile,  the  actuator  is.  engaged 
causing  the  blade  to  shear  the  pile  at  its  base. 


Ohki 


*  3,667,516 

APPARATUS  FOR  SHARPENING  LEADS  FOR  PENCILS 

ORTHEUKE 

Robert  M.  Gro^Jcan,  4625  Merry  Lane,  Toledo,  < 

Filed  Mar.  27,  1970,  Ser.  No.  23,312 

Int.  CL  B43I 23100 

U.S.  CL  144— 28.1 1  19  Claims 

A  disposable,  expendable  sharpener  for  leads  and  a  drive 

for  manipulating  and  rotating  the  sharpener  are  provided. 

The  sharpener  includes  a  bottom  wall,  side  wall,  and  central 

truncated  cone  or  hub  which  are  integrally  formed  of  foamed 

plastic  material.  A  top  is  provided  for  the  sharpener  with  an 

opening  for  access  to  a  truncated  conical  abrasive  surface  in 

the  sharpener.  A  flexible  lip  extends  from  an  edge  of  the  top 

toward  the  abrasive  surface  to  urge  a  lead  inserted  in  the 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


121 


opening  against  the  surface.  The  lip  tends  to  enclose  the  3,667,518 

sharpener  to  restrict  spreading  of  graphite  powder  therefrom  SCREWDRIVER  WITH  BIT  STORING  HANDLE 

and  also  wipes  graphite  powder  from  the  lead  when  being  George  B.  Stflhri^on,  Jr.,  Dayton,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Gardner- 
sharpened  and  wh^n  removed.  The  drive  for  the  sharpener      Denver  Company,  Dayton,  Ohk> 
includes  a  gear  arrangement  which  causes  the  sharpener  to  Filed  Apr.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33^55 

move  in  a  circular  path  and,  at  the  same  time,  to  rotate  about  Int.  CI.  B25g  1108 

VS.  CL  145—62  3  Clabm 


its  own  axis,  with  a  vertical  line  through  the  conical  abrasive 
surface  of  the  sharpener  being  stationary.  This  line  represents 
the  position  at  which  the  lead  is  inserted  for  sharpening, 
which  is  accomplished  without  need  for  rotating  or  otherwise 
manipulating  the  lead. 


3,667,517 
LOG  BARKER    ^ 
Allaa  M.  Bcntley,  and  Etancr  Christcnaen,  both  of  Everett, 
Wash.,    assignors    to    The    Black    Clawaon    Company, 
MMdktown,  Ohio 

'  Filed  Sept.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,038 

Int.  CL  B27I  1/00 
VS.  CL  144—208  E  13  ClaiuK 


A  hand  tod,  in  the  form  c^  a  screwdriver  in  which  a  series 
of  tool  bits  are  stored  in  longitudinal  recesses  formed  in  the 
outer  circumferential  surface  of  the  handle.  The  tool  bits  are 
retained  in  the  recesses  by  an  elastic  O-ring,  and  may  be  easi- 
ly removed  by  rolling  back  the  O-ring  for  snap  fitting  into  the 
shank  portion  of  the  tool. 


3,667,519 

FOOD  CHOPPER 

Lmirinc  R.  Shadduck,  6220  Byron  Street,  Roscmont,  DI. 

FUcd  Apr.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,952 

Int.  a.  A47J  43100;  B26b  3104 

VS.  a.  146—160  3  OalnM 


An  annular  barking  rotor  has  a  hub  portion  rotatably  sup- 
ported by  a  concentric  anti-friction  bearing  and  supports  a 
plurality  of  radially  pivotable  barking  arms  each  biased  by  an 
air  motor  mounted  on  the  rotor  and  connected  to  an  annular 
air  chamber  within  the  rotor.  Air  is  supplied  to  the  chamber 
and  motors  through  a  set  of  sliding  air  shoes,  and  the  pres- 
sure of  the  air  is  controlled  by  a  series  of  pilot  operated 
valves,  relay  exhaust  valves  and  regulating  valves  actuated  by 
controls  located  at  a  remote  console.  Pilot  operated 
diaphragm  exhaust  valves  are  carried  by  the  rotor  for  con- 
necting the  air  chamber  directly  to  atmosphere  and  are  actu- 
ated by  a  pulse  of  pilot  air  supplied  through  another  air  shoe 
connected  to  the  main  air  supply  through  a  pilot  operated 
valve  controlled  by  a  valve  also  located  at  the  console. 


A  hand-operated  food  chopper  has  concentric  cylindrical 
cutting  blades  which  have  large  openings  in  their  vertical 
walls  to  permit  flow  of  chopped  nuuerials  therethrough  and 
prevent  clogging.  Spring-actuated  motion  of  one  or  more  of 
the  blades  is  also  provided  to  further  insure  against  clogging. 


3,667,520 
WEIGHT  CONTROLLED  SUCING  SYSTEM  INCLUDING 

GROSS  ERROR  DETECTING  MEANS 
Kcitb  E.  HckA,  Garrett,  Ind.,  assignor  to  Peter  Eduich  & 
Sons,  Inc. 

FDcd  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,590 
Int.  CL  B26d  4156 
VS.  CL  146-94  R  10  Claims 

A  slicer  control  system  of  the  type  for  use  in  slicing  opera- 
tions wherein  a  predetermined  number  of  slices  are  cut  from 
a  length  oi  material  and  are  intended  to  have  a  predeter- 
mined weight.  The  exemplary  embodiment  employs  a  slice 
receiver  which  receives  slices  as  they  are  cut  and  a  take-away 
conveyor  for  removing  slices  from  the  slice  receiver  after  a 
predetermined  number  of  slices  are  cut.  The  invention 
further  includes  a  weight  monitoring  system  for  comparing 
the  weight  of  the  slices  cut  against  a  predetermined  standard 
to  prematurely  actuate  the  take-away  conveyor  when  a 


122 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


predetermined  error  exists  even  though  the  predetermined 
number  of  slices  have  not  yet  been  cut  to  minimize  the 


eoMTWat 


number  of  groups  of  slices  having  gross  errors  and  ultimately 
require  rejection  for  weight  deviation  from  a  standard. 


3,667^21 

HOLD  DOWN  ATTACHMENT  FOR  A  SKINNING 

MACHINE 

Donald  L.  Bcasley,  Dcs  Moines,  Iowa,  assignor  to  Townaend 

Engineering  Company,  Dcs  Moines,  Iowa 

Filed  Aug.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  850,960 

Int.  CLA22C  77/72 

VS.  CU  146—130  12  Claims 


A  hold  down  attachment  for  a  skinning  machine  compris- 
ing a  hold  down  roller  means  rotatably  mounted  above  the 
feed  roller  and  skinning  blade  of  the  skinning  machine.  The 
hold  down  roller  means  is  comprised  of  a  plurality  of  spaced 
apart  resilient  rollers  mounted  on  a  driven  shaft  and  adapted 
to  engage  the  slab  being  skinned.  The  configuration  of  the 
resilient  rollers  is  such  that  the  slab  is  simultaneously 
stretched  in  two  lateral  directions  as  the  slab  is  being  skinned 
which  maintains  the  bottom  of  the  slab  in  a  straight  or 
horizontal  condition  as  it  engages  the  skinning  blade.  A 
modified  form  of  the  hold  down  roller  means  it.  also  disclosed 
and  comprises  a  plurality  of  spaced  apart  rollers,  each  of 
which  are  comprised  of  four  spring  loaded  shoes  extending 
outwardly  from  a  central  hub  portion.  The  spring  loaded 
shoes  engage  the  slab  being  skinned  and  simultaneously 
stretch  the  slab  in  two  lateral  directions  as  the  slab  is  being 
skinned  to  maintain  the  bottom  of  the  slab  in  a  straight  or 
horizontal  condition  to  achieve  the  same  results  as  the  first 
described  embodiment. 


3,667^22 

SUCING  APPARATUS 

David  W.  Bingiuun,  Brigiitoa,  Victoria,  Australia,  assignor  to 

Fitters  Proprietary  Limited,  Mooral>Mn,  Victoria,  Australia 

Filed  Jan.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,525 

Clainu  priority,  appiiotlon  Australia,  Feb.  12,  1969, 

50353/69 

Int.  CL  B26d  4/22, 5114 

\}S.  CL  146— 131  11  Claii"s 

Cutting  or  slicing  apparatus  having  a  cutter  blade  movably 

mounted  on  a  frame  so  as  to  be  oscillatable  along  an  arcuate 


path  of  travel,  and  gauge  means  adapted  to  correctly  locate 
material  to  be  cut  by  the  cutter  blade  and  which  is  also 
movably  mounted  on  the  aforementioned  frame.  Tht  gauge 
means  is  positioned  in  advance  of  the  cutting  edge  of  the 
blade  to  allow  passage  of  cut  material  to  a  conveyor  Jocated 


i±3 


therebeneath,  and  it  is  coupled  with  the  cutter  blade  so  as  to 
reciprocate  in  response  to  oscillatory  movement  of  that 
blade.  The  coupling  is  such  that  a  constant  spacing  is  main- 
tained between  the  cutting  edge  of  the  blade  and  the  ad- 
jacent side  of  the  gauge  means. 


I  3,667,523 

APPARATUS  AND  PROCESS  FOR  THE  REMOVAL  OF 
THE  GERM  AND  BRAN  COAT  FROM  CEREAL  GRAINS 
Lawrence  Lynn;  Jolui  W.  Hunnell,  both  of  Houston,  Tex.,  and 
Cari  B.  Legcr,  Kaplan,  La.,  assignors  to  Food  Engfaiccring 
International,  Inc.,  AMwvile,  La. 

Filed  Dec.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No."888,219 

Int  a.  B02b  3108 

U.S.  a.  146— 221.8  12lClaintt 


-12 


^ 


^:--^T»».-(  :- 


2        SUPPLY 


m 


i 

An  improvement  in  apparatus  and  method  for  the  removal 
of  the  seed  coat,  or  bran  layers,  and  the  germ  from  cereal 
grains  in  the  presence  of  a  liquid.  Said  improvement  in  ap- 
paratus and  method  includes  the  provision,  and  use,  of  a  ves- 
sel containing  kernels  of  grain  (preferably  whole  kernels)  im- 
mersed in  a  liquid  medium,  and  means  for  moving  a  member 
such  as  a  blade  or  bar  rapidly  through  the  liquid  medium  and 
preferably  at  a  velocity  relative  to  said  medium  in  excess  of 
1 0  feet  per  second  to  cause  an  impacting  face  of  said  mova- 
ble member  to  strike  against  the  kernels  of  cereal  grain  in 
said  liquid  to  detach  the  seed  coat  and  germ  from  said  ker- 
nels. 


3,667,524 

HIGH-tNERGY  PROPELLANT  CONTAINING  COATED 
HYDRAZINIUM  AZIDE 
John  E.  Paustian,  WUppany,  and  Marvin  M.  Fein,  Wcatflcid, 
both  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  Thiokol  Chemical  Corporation, 
Bristol*  Pa. 

Original  application  May  12, 1966,  Scr.  Na  551,8381,  now 
Patent  No.  3,459.607,  dated  Aug.  5,  1969.  Divided  and  thb 
application  Mar.  28,  1969,  Ser.  No.  828,052  i 
Int.  CLC06b  79/02  | 

U.S.  CL  149—8  3  Clainv 

A  high  energy  propellant  of  hydrazinium  azide  coated  with 
a  non-hygroscopic  coating. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


123 


^^  3,667,525 

THREADED  RING 
Rudolf  Spieth,  Kennenburger  Str.  40,  D  73  EssHngen  am 
Nediar  Kenncnburg,  Germany 

Filed  July  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58^67 
Clainu  priority,  application  Germany,  July  29, 1969,  P  19  38 

448.6 

Int.  CL  F16b  39100 

U.S.CL  151-21 C  ,  3Clain» 


A  threaded  ring  of  one  piece  construction  for  securing  cut- 
ters and  the  like  to  a  shaft  is  disclosed.  The  ring  has  a  single 
threaded  portion  for  engaging  threads  upon  the  shaft.  An 
outer  portion  has  screws  which  pass  through  an  intermediate 
portion  and  engage  other  threacte  in  the  threaded  portion.  By 
tightening  the  screws,  the  intermediate  portion  flexes  radially 
to  lock  onto  the  shaft,  preventing  the  threaded  ring  frx>m 
loosening  upon  the  threads  of  the  shaft. 


3,667,526 

FASTENERS  HAVING  LOCKING  KEYS 

Robert  Neuschotz,  1 162  Angelo  Drive,  Bcveriy  Hills,  CaUf. 

Original  application  Feb.  12,  1969,  Ser.  No.  798,659,  now 

Patent  No.  3,537,1 18.  Divided  and  this  application  Mar.  17, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  20,294.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent 

subsequent  to  Mar.  21, 1989,  has  been  disclaimed. 

Int.  CL  F16b  39106 

U.S.  CL151— 23  14  Claims 


■•Kl    2l 


A  fastener  having  a  thread  with  a  groove  Extending 
through  and  interrupting  the  thread,  and  a  locking  key 
retained  in  the  groove  and  adapted  to  be  driven  axially  to 
lock  the  fastener  in  a  carrier  part,  with  the  groove  being 
deformed  by  the  key,  upon  initial  installation  thereof  in  the 
groove,  to  a  slightly  undercut  cross-section  confining  and 
retaining  the  key  in  the  groove. 


^  3,667,527 

TREAD  RING  FOR  REMOVABLE  TREAD  TIRES 
Carlo  Magistrini,  Moua,  and  Luigi  MidoGcM,  MlM^  both  of 
Italy,  assignors  to  Industrie  Plrdll  S.pjL,  MBan,  Italy 

FDed  June  30, 1970,  Scr.  Na  51,100 

Claims  priority,  appUcation  Italy,  July  29, 1%9, 20215  A/69; 

Mar.  13, 1970, 21873  A/70 

Int.  CLB60C  77/02 

U.S.  CL  152—176  8  CMnm 

A  separable  tread  ring  for  pneumatic  tires  which  embodies 

an  armor  longitudinally  resistant  to  tension,  the  armor  being 

formed  by  a  helically  wound  metal  cord,  the  coils  of  which 


are  disposed  generally  parallel  to  the  mid-circumferential 
plane  of  the  tire.  Two  additional  layers  of  metal  cords  paral- 
lel to  each  other  in  each  layer  are  provided,  the  cords  being 
disposed  in  two  directions  crossed  relative  to  the  mid-circum- 
ferential plane  at  angles  ranging  from  10°  to  65°.  The  latter 


layers  are  disposed  radially  inwardly  relative  to  the  armor.  A 
third  layer  of  extensible  metal  cords  is  positioned  radially 
outwardly  of  the  armor,  the  cords  of  such  layer  being 
inclined  with  respect  to  the  mid-circumferential  plane  at  an 
angle  ranging  between  10°  and  65°. 


3,667,528 

SPIKE  FOR  MOTOR  VEHICLE  TIRES 

Gcorg  Gottauf,  Munidi,  Germany,  amignni  to  Staldgmlwr 

Otto  Grubcr  &  Company,  Municli,  Germany 

Continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  736,616,  June 

13, 1968,  now  Patent  No.  3,545,515.  This  application  July 

10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  53,838 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  July  26, 1%9,  P 1938 

091.7 
Int.a.  B60c77/76 

U.S.  CL  152—210  9  Claims 


Spike  for  motor  vehicle  tires  comprises  casing  of  synthetic 
material  with  reinforcing  jacket  embedded  in  casing.  Hard 
metal  pin  is  centrally  disposed  in  reinforcing  jacket  Jacket 
surrounds  hard  metal  pin  and  includes  pair  of  opposed  side 
edge  portions  that  overlap  one  another  to  form  a  seam.  Al- 
ternatively, opposed  side  edge  portions  of  reinforcing  jacket 
may  meet  along  line  of  contact  which  is  curved  and  sloping 
relative  to  longitudinal  axis  of  metal  pin. 


N 


3,667,529 
HIGH  SPEED  RADIAL  PLY  TIRES 
Henri  Mirtain,  Compicgne,  France,  awignoi  to  Uniroyal  En- 
gicbcrt  France,  NcuiUy  sur  Sdnc,  France 

Filed  May  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,1 15 
Clafans  priority,  application  France,  May  30,  1969,  6917845 

Int.  CL  B60c  9118 
VS.  CL  152-361  27  CUnv 

Radial  ply  pneumatic  tires  capable  of  being  rtui  at  very 
high  speeds  are  disclosed.  Such  tires  are  characterized  by  a 
tread-reinforcing  breaker  having  a  plural-layer  non-metallic 
textile  cord  ply  structure  wider  than  the  tread,  with  the  cords 
oriented  at  a  0°  angle  to  the  median  equatorial  plane,  and  a 
single-layer  ply  structure,  narrower  than  the  tread,  of  metal- 
lic wires  or  strips  oriented  at  a  substantial  bias  angle, 
preferably  between  about  20°  and  45°,  to  the  said  plane.  The 
plural-layer  ply  structure  is  constituted  by  a  single  length  of 


124 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  «,  1972 


breaker  cord  fabric  wound  in  a  continuous  spiral  circum- 
ferentially  of  the  carcass  for  at  least  a  plurality  of  full  turns,  if 
the  metal  ply  structure  in  such  a  tire  is  superposed  onto  the 


textile  ply  structure,  the  tire  is  additionally  provided  with 
means  indicating  the  manner  in  which  it  should  be  mounted 
on  a  vehicle  so  as  to  have  a  specified  direction  of  rotation 
during  normal  high  speed  forward  movement  of  the  vehicle. 


3,667^30 
PORTABLE  TUtE  BREAKER 
John  V.  Gray,  P.O.  Box  217,  Sevcry,  Kam. 

Filed  Oct.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  83,261 
bit.  CI.B60C  25/06 
U.S.CL  157- 1.26 


7Claiim 


This  tool  can  be  easily  made  from  mostly  standard  parts, 
such  as  standard  pipe  for  the  cylindrical  arm  having  an 
arched  member  to  straddle  a  tire  of  any  size  fixed  to  one  end 
of  the  pipe  and  a  piston  in  said  pipe  having  a  rod  extending 
from  the  inner  end  of  said  pipe  with  a  wedge  head  on  its 
outer  end  for  pressing  against  the  bead  edge  of  a  tire,  while 
the  outer  end  of  the  arched  member  is  pfirchased  against  the 
opposite  edge  of  the  wheel  rim.  and  a  hand  pump  unit  having 
a  threaded  port  connected  to  the  outer  end  of  the  cylindrical 
arm  for  pumping  fluid  under  pressure  against  said  piston  to 
press  said  wedge  head  between  the  bead  edge  of  the  tire  and 
the  rim  edge  of  the  wheel  for  breaking  the  tire  off  the  side  of 
the  rim  without  necessarily  eemoving  the  wheel  firom  its  axle. 
The  tool  can  be  readily  handled  by  the  cylindrical  arm  with 
one  hand  while  the  other  hand  is  used  for  operating  the  hand 
pump.  A  tire  iron  may  be  used  for  the  pump  handle. 


to  Revcmfold 


3,667,531 
miAPE  SUDE  CARRIER 
Edmond  J.  Wilkim,  Levfttown,  Ptu,  sHigiM 
IncM  Levtttown,  Pa. 

FDed  Feb.  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  111,852 

Int.  CL  A47b  5/032 

VS.  CL  160-345  7  Oaiin 

A  drape  slide  carrier  for  a  draw  drape  for  homes  and  the 

like,  said  drape  carrier  preventing  bunching  or  gathering  of 


drape  pleat  headings  as  the  drape  is  being  opened,  compris- 
ing a  housing  adapted  to  receive  a  pull  cord,  a  cord  lock  and 
release  member  pivotally  mounted  in  the  housing  with  a 
locking  leg  for  grasping  the  cord  when  the  drape  is  being 
opened  to  move  the  drape  and  prevent  bunching  or  gathering 


of  the  drape  pleat  headings  until  the  drape  reaches  thi  end  of 
its  travel,  and  with  a  release  leg  for  releasing  the  locking  leg 
from  the  cord,  a  hook  plate  for  receiving  a  hook  that  sup- 
ports the  drape,  and  a  track  slide  member  connecting  the 
hook  plate  to  the  housing  and  adapted  to  ride  in  a  track  of  a 
drape  traverse  rod. 


3,667,532 
PIECE  OF  FURNITURE 
Rudolf  Kurz,  Bisrinteii,  Germany,  avignor  to  Kurz  GmbH, 
s,  Bietiglieim,  Germany  I 

filed  June  23, 1 970,  Ser.  No.  49,034         ' 
Claims  priority,  applicatioa  Germany,  June  27, 1969,  f  19  32 
I  649.9 

US.  CL  160—371 

! 


Claims 


3U-^ 

^% 

20 

■38 


A  frame  has  transversely  spaced  frame  portions  which  are 
suitably  connected  with  one  another.  Elongated  flexible  sup- 
port webs  are  carried  by  the  frame  extending  in  parallelism 
with  one  another  and  with  the  frame  portions.  Flexible  tubu- 
lar sections  of  synthetic  plastic  material  extend  transversely 
of  the  frame  portions  from  one  to  the  other,  being  located  in 
parallelism  with  each  other  and  arrayed  lengthwise  of  the 
frame  portions.  Sheet-material  strips  are  each  connected  with 
the  end  portions  of  the  tubular  members  located  adjacent  the 
respective  frame  portions;  these  sheet  material  strips  extend 
lengthwise  of  the  respective  frame  portions  and  are  pecured 
to  the  sane.  ^ 


'  3,667,533 

MAKING  DIRECnONALLY  SOUDIFIED  CASTINGS 
Raymond  R.  BoodMr,  Tcqucrta,  Ila.,  and  Ciiarln  M.  Phippa, 
Jr.,  Wapping,  Conn.,  — ignors  to  United  Aircraft  Corpora* 
tion,  Eaat  Hartford,  Conn. 

I      Filed  Apr.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,593 
^  Int.  CL  B22d  25106 

MS.  CI.  164—60  aiClafam 

K  mold  having  a  crucible  portion  connecting  with  the  arti- 
cle forming  portion  is  positioned  within  a  tapering  susceptor 


\ 


ala 


w 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


125 


heated  by  a  surrounding  induction  coil  and  the  susceptor 
serves  to  control  the  temperature  gradient  during  the  solidifi- 
cation of  the  alloy  in  the  mold.  The  crucible  is  located  at  the 


bottom  of  the  assembly  until  the  alloy  is  melted  and  the  en- 
tire assemblage  is  then  inverted  to  cause  the  molten  alloy  to 
flow  into  the  article  portion  of  the  mold,  the  latter  being 
preferably  positioned  on  a  chill  plate. 


3,667,534 
STEEL  INGOT  MAKING  METHOD 
Tatsuro  Kanokogi,  Osaka,  and  Kunio  Yasumoto,  Hyogo,  botfi 
of  Japan,  awlgnon  to  SumHomo  Metal  Industries  Ltd.  (Su- 
mMonM   Klnxoku    Kogyo   Kabushiki    KaWia),   Osaka-shl, 
Japaa 

CondnuatkM  of  application  Scr.  No.  703385,  Feb.  6,  1968, 
now  abandoned.  This  application  Mar.  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

123,394 

Int.  CL  B22d  1 1 112, 27110 

MS.  CL  164-83  5  OaimB 


A  method  for  semi-continuously  casting  long-length,  large 
steel  ingot  by  pouring  molten  steel  into  a  thin  walled,  water 
cooled,  long-length  mold  made  of  iron,  steel  or  cast  iron 
which  does  not  thermally  deform,  in  c<»itact  with  the  molten 
steel  during  pouring  and  withdrawing  the  solidifying  ingot 
down  through  the  mold  at  suitable  speed  without  directly 
water  cooling  the  solidifying,  ingot  until  a  predetermined 
length  of  ingot  is  obtained,  and  then  holding  the  ingot  in  the 
mold  for  a  while  till  the  ingot  solidify  enough  to  draw  out 
from  the  mold  on  to  a  truck  which  carry  away  the  said  ingot 
to  further  processing  and  apparatus  thereof. 


predetermined  controlled  uncontaminated  gaseous  environ- 
ment.  The   apparatus   permits   rapid  solidification   of  the 


3,667,535 

CONTROLLED  ATMOSPHERE  GRAVITY  CASTING 

SYSTEM 

MarduO  K.  Thomai,  Jr.,  and  Jnmi  N.  ThompUas,  both  of 

Philadelphia,  Pa.,  aarignors  to  Tlw  United  States  of  America 

ns  rcpiMmted  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

FOed  Oct.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83,059 

Int.  CL  B22d  27116 

MS.  CL  164—258  8  Onfam 

AJ)  improved  system  for  evaluation  of  unique  materials 
formed  by  quenching  the  same  in  their  liquid  state  under 


\ 


\ 


material  in  the  desired  gaseous  atmosphere  such  that  the  pos- 
sibility of  undesirable  oxidation  or  contamination  is 
minimized. 


3,667,536 

APPARATUS  FOR  RECIPROCATING  CONTINUOUS 

CASTING  MOULDS  BY  MEANS  Of  FLEXIBLE 

DRAWING  MEMBERS 

Picro  Colombo,  27,  Via  Leopard!,  Udfaie,  Itidy 

FOed  Sept.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,643 
Clainis  priority,  application  Italy,  Sept.  27, 1969, 7339  A/69 

Int.  a.  B22d  1 1100, 27108 
MS.  CL  164—260  9  dafam 


An  apparatus  for  vertically  reciprocating  open-ended 
moulds  for  the  continuous  casting  of  metals.  The  apparatus 
comprises  a  supporting  platform  for  each  mould,  and  means 
for  slidably  guiding  said  platform  in  its  reciprocating  move- 
ment. Hydraulic  or  mechanical  driving  means  are  provided 
for  effecting  said  reciprocating  movement  and  flexible  draw- 
ing members,  such  as  ropes,  cords,  cables,  chains  or  straps, 
connect  said  driving  means  to  said  platform. 


3,667,537 
COOLING  DEVICE  FOR  A  CONTINUOUS>CASTING 

WHEEL 
Robert  Petit,  Roany-Sous-Boia,  France,  aarignor  to  Sodete 
NouvcBc  SpMcm,  Paris,  France 

FDed  Dec  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,023 

Clafans  priority,  application  France,  Dec.  30, 1968, 182114 

Int.CLB22d7//06 

U.S.  CL  164—278  8  Clafam 

A  cooling  device  in  which  spaces  are  left  between  two  ad- 


I 


126  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

joining  boxes  surrounding  the  wheel  so  as  to  permit  cleaning 


June  6,  il972 


3,667^9 

ON-OFF  TIME  PROPORTIONING  SUMMER-WINTER 

THERMOSTAT  AND  CONTROL  SYSTEM  EMPLOYING 

SAME 
RuMcn  P.  Swcgcr,  Rockford,  01.,  aalsnor  to  Barbcr^oknan 
Compaqy,  Rockford,  111.  , 

1  Filed  May  24, 1971,  Ser.  No.  146,117       ^ 
Int  a.  F25b  29/00  ! 

VS.  CL  US— 26  12  Cl«»n» 


^^^Sf.^ 


while  the  wheel  is  moving. 


3,667,538 

COOLING  SYSTEM  FOR  CONTINUOUS  CASTING 

INSTALLATIONS 

Otmar  Kktahagaucr;  Peter  Ccrwcnka,  and  EwaM  NeulMucr, 

al  of  Kapfenberg,  AMtria,  asrignon  to  Gebr.  Bohler  &  Co. 

AkticiitcaeilKhaft,  VIcmia,  AoMria 

CoatiauatkM  of  appHcatioa  Ser.  No.  773,622,  Nov.  5, 1968, 
■ow  abaadoMd.  Thb  appMcatioB  May  12, 1971,  Ser.  No. 

142,771 

iBt  CI.  B22d/ 7/00. 27/02 

VS.  CL  164-283  '  Claims 


'^r^'- 


\ 


A  heating-cooling  thermostat  employs  alternative  circuits 
during  heating  and  cooling  seasons  to  move  an  actuator  in 
one  direction.  Heaters  controlled  by  thermostatic  conUcts  in 
each  of  the  alternative  circuits  heat  bimetals  to  open  the  con- 
tacts periodically  to  provide  pulsed  on-ofF  current  through 
the  actuator.  The  on-off  time  ratio  is  modified  by  the  devia- 
tion of  the  controlled  temperature  from  a  setpoint  to  provide 
on-off  time  proportioned  current  to  the  actuator. 


^  3,667,540 

HEAT  REMOVAL  SYSTEM  FOR  NUCLEAR  FUEL 
ASSEMBLIES 
Robert  W.  Kupp,  227  Beechwood  RomI,  Rtdgewood,  f^J. 
I      Filed  ScpC  3, 1968,  Ser.  No.  756^82 
I  Int.  a.  F28f  7/00;  G21h  5/00 

U.S.  CI.  165-47  ^  6  Claims 


A  continuous  casting  installation  with  a  structure  for  cool- 
ing the  mold.  The  continuous  casting  mold  is  provided  with  a 
cooling  means  formed  in  part  by  a  pair  of  opposed  upper 
arms  which  extend  from  the  mold.  A  carriage  means  is  pro- 
vided for  moving  the  mold,  and  this  carriage  "means  has  a  pair 
of  arms  extending  beneath  and  engaging  the  upper  arms  of 
the  mold  so  that  the  arms  of  the  carriage  means  form  a  pair 
of  lower  arms  coacting  with  the  upper  arms  to  support  the 
mold  on  the  carriage  means.  The  upper  arms  form  part  of  a 
cooling  means  for  the  mold,  while  the  lower  arms  of  the  car- 
riage means  are  formed  with  passages  through  which  cooling 
fluid  is  directed  to  and  from  the  cooling  means  of  the  mold, 
in  this  way  it  becomes  possible  to  simply  separate  a  mold 
from  the  carriage  means  with  an  automatic  separation  of  the 
cooling  coimections,  aiKi  a  new  mold,  of  a  different  size,  for 
example,  can  replace  the  old  mold,  with  the  coruiections  for 
the  flow  of  cooling  fluid  being  automatically  made  simply  by 
mounting  of  a  new  mold  on  the  carriage  means. 


\ 


A  system  to  remove  heat  from  nuclear  fuel  assemblies  is 
disclosed.  Such  heat  removal  system  includes  one  or  more 
units  having  a  base  and  one  or  more  plates  extending  out- 
wardly therefrom,  the  units  being  adapted  to  fit  in  a  nuclear 
fuel  assembly  when  it  is  placed  in  a  shipping  cask.  Tile  plates 
of  the  heat  removal  device,  which  are  formed  of  a  heat  con- 
ductive material,  fit  between  the  pins  of  the  nuclear  fuel  as- 
sembly and  convey  heat  from  the  assembly  to  the  shipping 
cask,  from  whence  it  is  removed  to  the  atmosphere  by  con- 
duction through  the  cask. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


127 


/■ 


3,667,541  3,667,543 


Raad  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  17,672 
Int.  CI.  F28d  1/06 
VS.  CI.  165—74 


6  Claims 


Inc.,  Comnwrcc,  CaUf. 

Original  appUcatlon  Mar.  2, 1970,  Ser.  Na  15,403,  now 

Patent  No.  3,580,332,  dated  May  25, 1971,  DIvkled  and  this 

appttcatkm  May  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39,637 

Int.a.  E2Ibii/;2 

U.S.  CI.  166-125  33Clalni8 


N 


A  cooler  for  gas  of  a  radiator  type  having  a  unitized  and 
readily  replaceable  core.  The  core  comprises  a  plurality  of 
tube  nests  which  are  sucked  in  surmounting  relationship. 
The  nests  are  held  in  this  relationship  in  that  the  tubes  ter- 
minate in,  and  are  held  by,  at  either  ends  thereof,  tube  plates. 
Inside  and  outside  waterheads  enclose  the  ends  of  the  tubes 
and  are  fixed  to  the  tube  plates.  These  components  comprise 
the  replaceable  and  unitized  tube  core.  The  core  is  carried 
within  a  shell  or  housing  and  bolted  thereto  at  one  end 
thereof  for  its  replaceable  mounting  therein.  The  housing  has 
transverse  ribs  having  arcuate  cross  sections.  These  ribs  are 
arrayed  across  the  inside  of  the  housing,  and  face  the  exter- 
nal surfaces  of  the  core  to  redirect  gas  from  the  housing  back 
into  the  tube  nests.  The  housing  includes  inlet  and  outlet  gas 
plenums,  at  the  upper  and  lower  portions  thereof,  for  con- 
ducting gas  through  the  cooler  and  through  the  core.  The 
waterheads  have  porting  to  accommodate  circulation  of  cool- 
ing water. 


3,667,542 
HEAT  TRANSFER  ROLL 


■\\ 


Ralph    C.    Parkcs,    Hancock   Street    and    Lehigh    Avenue, 
PhilMMpMa,  Pa. 

Filed  Jan.  5,  1971,  Ser.  No.  104,005 
InLCLF28f  5/02 
VS.  CL  165—89 


A  retrievable  well  packer  to  be  lowered  in  a  well  casing 
and  having  a  main  body  with  expanders  and  initially 
3  Clafam  f^cuacted  slips  thereon  for  anchoring  the  body  to  the  well 
casing,  and  also  an  initially  retracted  packing  thereon  ex- 
pandable against  the  casing,  the  slips  and  packing  being  ex- 
panded by  moving  the  body  upwardly  and  a  device 
downwardly  along  the  body,  the  upward  force  and  movement 
of  the  body  being  transmitted  to  the  slips  and  packing  by  a 
structure  releasably  locked  to  the  body,  such  structure  being 
released  from  the  body  when  the  well  packer  is  to  be 
retrieved  to  enable  the  body  to  be  moved  upwardly  of  the 
slips,  expanders  and  packing  to  effect  retraction  from  the 
casing  of  such  slips  and  packing. 


An  inner  cylindrical  shell;  an  outer  cylindrical  shell  enclos- 
ing, and  spaced  from,  the  inner  shell  to  provide  a  jacket 
adapted  to  hold  a  high  boiling  point  liquid;  a  source  of  heat 
in  said  inner  shell  for  heating  the  liquid,  and  agitating  means 
operable  when  the  roll  is  rotated  to  bring  said  liquid  into 
uniform  contact  with  the  inner  surface  of  said  outer  shell. 


3,667,544 
DUMBELL  SCRAPER 
WUIard  F.  AlUnion,  Hacienda  Heights,  CaHf.,  aari^ior  to  ShcU 
0«  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  70,743 
Int.  CLE2 lb  i 7/02 
U.S.CL  166— 170  6ClainH 

A  dumbell-shaped  paraffin  scraper  of  a  type  that  may  be 


128  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

pumped  through  a  parafTin  coated  portion  of  a  well  flow  line 


June  «,  1972 


ireo 


porated  in  the  string  below  a  casing  hanger  secured  to  the 
latter,  enabling  the  joint  to  be  disconnected,  in  the  event  the 
casing  string  sticks  in  the  well  bore  during  its  reciprocation 
while  being  cemented,  and  the  casing  string  above  the  joint 
and  the  casing  hanger  removed.  An  extension  tool  secured  to 
the  lower  end  of  a  length  of  casing  string  is  attached  to  the 


in  order  to  remove  the  paraffin. 


3,667,545 

FLOODING  EFnCIENCY  WITH  ZONE  BOUNDARY 

PLUGGING 

Bruce  L.  Kniglit,  LMfcton,  Cohk,  aasigiior  to  Marathoa  GO 

Company,  Fladlay,  Ohio 

Filed  Sept.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,859 
hit  CL  E21b  33/138, 43122 
MS.  CL  166—269  6  Claiins 

« 


•";. 


X7Z7P7. 


///////// 


'////y//A 


Z^^m^^^. 


M«u  >ii—iai  ma 


Injection  of  an  aqueous  solution  containing  a  mobility 
reducing  agent  into  a  portion  of  a  highly  permeable  zone  ad- 
jacent to  a  lesser  permeaUe  zone  is  effective  to  influence 
zone  boundary  plugging  in  a  highly  stratified  reservoir  and 
thereby  increase  the  efficiency  of  a  subsequent  micellar 
flooding  process  in  the  highly  and/or  lesser  permeable 
zone(s).  Such  reduces  or  eliminates  micellar  slug  loss  to  the 
tighter  zones.  Thus,  a  more  economical  flood  can  be  ef- 
fected. 


3,667,546 
WATERFLOODING  METHOD 
Harry  W.  Parker,  Lubbock,  Tex.,  aiwignor  to  Phinips  Petrole- 
um Company 

FDcd  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,543 

Int.CLE21b4J/22 

U.S.  CL  166—274  9  Claims 

A  method  of  waterflooding  a  formation  with  a  flood  water 

and  surfactant  mixture  whereby  gel  particles  are  added  to  the 

injection  mixture  to  improve  the  efficiency  of  the  flood. 


•it. 


casing  hlmger  and  spaced  therefrom  a  distance  correspond- 
ing to  the  distance  between  the  wellhead  and  upper  end  (rf 
the  casing  string  cemented  in  the  well  bore,  and  is  lowered  to 
place  th«  tool  over  such  upper  end.  with  the  hanger  landed  in 
the  wellhead,  after  which  the  casing  string  cemented  in 
placed  is  pulled  upwardly  into  and  secured  to  the  eitensicMi 
tool  by  slips  of  the  tool.  ..^.^ 


Marathoa 


3,667,548 
METHOD  OF  WELL  STIMULATION 
Harry  W.  Milton,  Jr.,  Flndlay,  Ohio,  awlgnnr  to 

Oil  Company,  Flndlay,  Ohio 

Filed  Dec.  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  95,965 

lBt.CLE21b4J/25 

U.S.  CL  166—305  R  15  Claims 

Crude  oil  production  from  a  producing  means  in  fluid 
communication  with  an  oil-bearing  subterranean  reservoir  is 
improved  by  injecting  into  the  formation  about  0.1  -  10  bar- 
rels of  a  micellar  dispersion  per  vertical  foot  of  oil-bearing 
sand  and  then  injecting  a  sufficient  volume  of  hydrocarbon 
solution  containing  an  oil-wetting  agent,  e.g.  high  molecular 
amines,  substituted-ammonium  compounds,  etc.,  into  the  for- 
mation to  displace  the  micellar  dispersion  radially  out  into 
the  reservoir  and  to  wet  the  reservoir  rock  with  the  hydrocar- 
bon solution  to  a  distance  of  about  3-20  feet,  and  thereafter 
returning  the  well  to  production.  Such  a  process,  inter  alia, 
improves  the  relative  permeability  to  the  flow  of  crude  oil 
and  establishes  an  oleophilic  character  in  the  reservoir  im- 
mediately adjacent  to  the  wellbore,  the  overall  effect  being  to 
improve  the  productivity  index.   --.^^ 


3,667,547 

METHOD  OF  CEMENTING  A  CASING  STRING  IN  A 

WELL  BORE  AND  HANGING  ITIN  A  SUBSEA 

WELLHEAD 

Arthur   G.   Ahbtone,   Ventura,   CaUf.,   assignor   to   Vctco 

OffriMire  Industries,  Inc.,  Ventura,  Calif. 

Filed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,005 

Int  a.  E21b  33113, 29100 

MS.  CL  166—286  5  ClaioK 

Method  of  cementing  a  casing  string  in  a  well  bore  and 
hanging  it  in  a  subsea  wellhead,  a  safety  joint  being  incor- 


3,667,549 
FIRE  EXTINGUISHER 
Frederic  Sachs,  Neuilly-sur-Seinc,  and  Guy  Vanotti,  Oyonnax, 
both  of  France,  assignors  to  Compagnie  Centrale  Sidi,  Le 
Biance-Mcsnil,  France 

Filed  May  24, 1971,  Ser.  No.  146,161 
Clainu  priority,  application  France,  June  15, 1970,  7021858 

Int.  CL  A62c  13100       ^ 
MS.  CL  169-31  R  ^  Claims 

A  poruble  extinguisher  having  a  reservoir  for  an  extin- 
guishing medium,  a  functional  plate  secured  thereto  by  a  cut 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


129 


segment  member  having  a  **C"-shaped  cross-section  which    by  rotary  shaft,  the  connections  between  the  implements  and 
serves  to  position  a  hood  member  so  as  to  align  an  opening  in    the  shafts  include  quick  releases  so  that  various  implements. 


the  skirt  of  the  hood  member  with  an  outlet  nozzle  in  the 
functional  plate  member. 


3,667,550 

LISTER-CHISEL  COMBINATION 

Charles  L.  Lehman,  Route  3,  P.O.  Box  53,  Corpus  Christ!, 

Tex. 
Contlnuaftioo-ln-part  of  appMcarton  Ser.  No.  703,977,  Feb.  8, 

1968,  now  Patent  No.  3,554,296.  This  appttcatkm  Oct  22, 

1969,  Scr.  No.  868.556.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent 
subsequent  to  Jan.  12, 1988,  has  been  disclaimed. 

Int.  CL  AOlb  13108,  39120 
VS.  CL  172—700  3  Clainw 


a     jf       j»i 


,  I     O     I  I  \  —  /  ■*— I    ^ 


r 


A  plurality  of  chisels  are  supported  in  spaced-apart  loca- 
tions along  a  laterally  extending  tool  bar  which  is  adapted  to 
be  moved  forwardly  over  the  ground  level.  Each  chisel  has  a 
forwardly  extending  point  at  its  lower  end  for  penetrating  the 
soil  to  form  a  narrow  trench  therein  as  the  tool  bar  moves 
forwardly.  A  lister  is  mounted  on  each  chisel  to  dispose  its 
lower  cutting  edges  in  position  to  sever  the  soil  above  the 
lower  end  of  the  chisel  point  and  turn  it  onto  beds  on  op- 
posite sides  of  the  trench. 


3,667,551 

CULTIVATING  IMPLEMENTS 

ComcUs  van  der  Ldy,  7  Bnisclienrain,  Zug,  Switzerland,  and 

Ary  van  der  Ldy,  10  Wevcrskade,  Maasland,  Netherlands 

Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  727,109,  May  6, 1968, 

now  abandoned.  This  application  July  8, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

56,164 

Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  May  12, 1%7, 

67/06637 

Int.CLAOIbJJ/00 

U.S.  CL  172—59  5  Claims 

An  agricultural  machine  with  implements  that  are  powered 


including  spreaders,  tined  members  and  other  working  imple- 
ments, can  be  interchanged. 


^ 


3,667,552 
CABLE  FEED  DEVICE 
John  Edward  Gordon,  337  Mafai  Street  East,  Gah,  Ontario, 
Canada 

FDed  June  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,138 
Int.  a.  E21c  5106 
MS.  CL  173—147  14  < 


A  cable  feed  device  for  a  drilling  apparatus  and  more  par- 
ticularly improved  means  for  maintaining  tension  in  a  feed 
cable  during  the  feeding  of  a  drill  rod. 


3,667,553 

TELESCOPING  SEA  FLOOR  SOIL  SAMPLER 

Henry  L.  GUI,  OJai,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  The  United  States  of 

America  as  represented  Iqr  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

Original  application  Apr.  1,  1969,  Scr.  No.  813,403,  now 

Patent  No.  3,576,220.  Divided  and  this  application  Dec  14, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  97^27 

Int.  CL  E21h  7/72,  49102 

MS.  CL  175—6  5  Chrims 

A  deep  penetrating  ocean  bottom  soil  sampler  employing  a 

plurality  of  telescofwig  tubes  that  may  be  sequentially  driven 


899  O.O.— 5 


130 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


downwardly  to  penetrate  the  ocean  floor  a  distance  equal  to    compressed  air  down  through  the  tubing  annulus  of  a  dual 
approximately  V4  of  the  cumulative  length  of  the  tubes.  As   pupe  string  to  a  novel  sub.  where  the  flow  divides  to  enable 

^  i  part  of  the  air  to  power  the  air  hammer  while  the  remaining 

air  flow,  is  directs!  into  the  hole  annulus.  The  spent  air  ex- 


e49 


N 


hausts  n-om  the  bit  face  and  carries  cuttings  back  into  the  sub 

the  sampler  with  extended  tubeS  is  withdrawn,  it  extracts  an    *"<»  *"»<>  »he  inner  tubing  string.  An  enlargement  formed  on 

elongate  core  comprising  a  representative  ocean  bottom  soil    »he  sub  extenor  prevents  commglmg  of  the  sam|,les  with 

I  r       o        r  material  from  the  borehole  annulus. 


3,667^54 

METHOD  FOR  HANDLING  COLUMN  OF  DRILL  PIPE 

DURING  DRILLING  OPERATIONS 

Eugene  A.  Snrithcnnan,  1921  Bank  of  South  West  Building. 

Houston,  Tex. 

Continuation  of  appHcaiion  Scr.  No.  859,634,  Sept.  22,  1969, 

now  abandoned  ,  Continuation-in-iiatt  of  application  Scr.  No. 

685,686,  Nov.  24, 1967,  now  abandoned.  This  application 

Nov.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93340 

Int.  CL  E21b  7/00. 19/00 

VS.  CL  175—57  10  CUdms 


139667^56 
DIRECTIONAL  DRILLING  APPARATUS 
John  Keller  Hcndcrwm,  4012  East  41st  Place,  Tulsa,  Okla. 
I  FBcd  Jan.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  979 

I  Int.  CL  E21b  7/04 

U.S.CL175— 73 


Jh 

X 

* 

y^ 

17 

1 

S. 

'/^ 

\ 

J 

« 

1 

4  ^ 

,/ 

f  / 

1 

n 

3CUmB 


A  method  for  removing  or  installing  a  column  of  drill  pipe 
or  tubing  relative  to  a  well  bore  during  drilling  or  workover 
operations  wherein  the  drill  string  is  moved  from  the  well 
bore  preferably  in  one  continuous  piece  without  breaking  it 
into  Sorter  sections,  and  is  moved  in  an  upwardly  and  radi- 
ally outwardly  curved  path  from  the  well  bore  to  a  substan- 
tially horizontal  attitude  for  storage  preferably  in  a  generally 
circular  configuration  on  the  ground  or  support  means  for 
later  return  to  the  well  bore  moving  approximately  along  the 
same  path,  and  as  one  piece. 


This  invention  relates  to  a  directional  drilling  apparatus. 
More  particularly,  the  invention  is  a  drilling  tool  including 
provisions  for  changing  the  (Tirection  of  drilling  of  a 
borehole,  the  tool  including  a  tubular  body  having  means  at 
the  upper  end  for  attachment  of  a  drill  string,  a  drill  bit  af- 
fixed to  the  lower  end  of  the  body  by  means  of  a  slip  clutch 
drill  bit  so  that  the  drill  bit  is  rotated  when  the  tubular  body 
is  rotated  while  permitting  the  drill  bit  to  be  rotated  indepen- 
dently of  the  body,  means  within  the  tubular  body  for  rotat- 
ing the  drill  bit,  and  means  controllable  from  the  surface  of 
the  earth  of  varying  the  angle  of  the  drilling  axis  of  the  drill 
bit  relative  to  the  tubular  body. 


3,667,555 
AIR  DRILLING  METHOD  USING  CONTROLLED  SPLIT 

STREAM 

Wayland  D.  Elcnburg,  P.  O.  Box  1588,  Monahans,  Tex. 

nkd  May  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,352 

Int.CLE21b'#9/02 

U.S.  CL  175—60  10  Claims 

Method  and  apparatus  for  drilling  and  for  obtaining  uncon- 

taminated  formation  samples  with  an  air  hammer  by  flowing 


EVENTER 


I  3,667,557 

MUD  DIVERTER  AND  INSIDE  BLOWOUT  PRE^ 

DRILLING  TOOL 
WilUam  L.  Todd,  Los  Angdcs,  CaHf.,  and  James  D.  Mott, 
Hoiaton,  Tex.,  anrignors  to  Hydril  Company         I 

I  Filed  Jan.  20,  1971,  Scr.  No.  107,951  ^ 

I      Int.  CL  E21b  27/00, 41/00, 1 7/04, 2I/0C^ 

VS.  a.  175-242  22  ClaimB 

A  tubular  nwmber  positioned  in  the  driU  string  above  a 

drill  bit  includes  a  rotatable  ball  valve  to  divert  drilling  fluid 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


131 


and  the  like  in  the  well  bore  if  the  drill  bit  nozzles  become 
clogged  thus  permitting  continued  circulation  of  the  drilling 
fluid.  The  member  also  includes  a  movable  sleeve  to  auto- 
matically prevent  flow  of  the  drilling  fluid  or  the  like  up  the 


drill  string  from  the  drill  bit.  The  rotatable  ball  valve  tends  to 
prevent  clogging  of  the  drill  bit  noales  by  maintaining 
smaller  channeled  openings  in  the  rotatable  ball  valve  un- 
clogged  by  wiping  the  ball  valve  surface  and  flushing  the 
wiped  clogging  particles  into  the  well  bore. 


3,667,558 
CABLE.TYPE  CORING  APPARATUS  FOR  RETRIEVING 

UNDERGROUND  SPECIMENS 
Honore  Jowph  Lambot,  Rue  Kindcnnans  14, 1050  BnixcUcs, 
Belgium 

FBcd  Apr.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,972 

Claims  priority,  application  Belghm^  Apr.  24,  1969^  73209 

Int  a.  E21b  9/20, 25/00 

VS.  CL  175—246  2  Clainw 


3,667,559 
PILOT  BIT  WITH  MULTIPLE  CUTTING  EDGES 
John  G.  Bennctti,  Cupertino,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Pcngo  Cor- 
poration,  Sunnyvale,  CaUf. 

Filed  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,058 

Int.  CL  E21c  13/04 

VS.  CL  175—392  5  ClainH 


Earth  auger  pilot  bit  is  an  improvement  upon  U.S.  Pat.  No. 
2,773,673.  The  body  of  the  bit  is  cone-shaped  with  a  "fish 
tail"  lower  extremity.  The  improvement  consists  of  having 
two  (or  more)  spiral  cutting  blades  protruding  from  the 
cone-shaped  body  and  extending  into  the  fish-tail,  the  second 
blade  on  each  side  joining  the  leading  blade  of  the  other  at 
the  bottom  of  the  bit  to  reinforce  same.  The  plural  blades  re- 
sist fracture  upon  severe  impact  and  divide  the  wear,  thereby 
prolonging  the  life  of  the  bit. 


to  W. 


3906/9300 

WEIGHING  APPARATUS 
Geoffrey  Cyril  Cooke,  Stourbridge,  Fjigland, 
&  T.  Avery  Limited,  Birmingham,  England 

FBcd  Feb.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,942 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Mar.  7, 1969, 

12,090/69 

Int.CLGOlgi/74 

U.S.  CL  177—211  16  Oains 


Load  measuring  apparatus,  e.g.  self-indicating  weigher, 
having  a  parallelogramic  link  system  which  includes  three 
flexure  strips,  forming  top  and  bottom  linkages  connecting  a 
frtune  member  and  a  moveable  load  receiving  member.  Two 
of  the  strips  are  spaced  apart  horizontally  to  form  one  link- 
age, which  may  be  the  top  one;  and  the  other  strip,  which 
mounts  a  plurality  of  strain  gauges  responsive  to  flexure 
thereof  to  provide  a  measure  of  the  applied  load,  forms  the 
other  linkage,  e.g.  the  bottom  one. 


A  cable-type  coring  apparatus  comprises  a  string  of  tubing 
with  an  annular  coring  bit  at  its  lower  end,  a  coring  head  with 
a  core  extractor  slidable  within  the  tulmig,  and  means  for 
retrieving  the  head  with  a  cut  core  therein.  Water  under 
pressure  forces  the  coring  head  and  retrieval  means 
downwardly  until  the  head  locks  in  coring  position  in  the  tub- 
ing with  a  latch  action.  An  upward  pull  on  the  cable  un- 
latches the  head  and  also  vents  the  water  under  pressure  so 
that  it  no  longer  forces  the  assembly  downward,  whereupon 
continued  pulling  on  the  cable  retrieves  the  coring  head  and 
cut  core. 


3,667,561 
WEIGHING  AND  HEIGHT  MEASURING  DEVICE 
WHUam  Y.  HntcMiHOB,  Cliici«o,  and  Walter  P.  Kushmvk, 
NOet,  both  of  Dl.,  assignors  to  Continental  Scale  Corpora- 
tion, Chicafo,  DL 

FBcd  Oct.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  83,924 

Int.  a.  GOlg  23/37, 19/50 

VS.  CL  177—245  6  CUuh 

A  device  for  measuring  weight  and/or  height  especially 

adapted  for  use  with  a  renrate  digital  read-out  system  com- 


132 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


prising  a  mechanical  leverage  weighing  structure  having  a    to  the  platfonn  level  and  providing  supporting  structure  for  a 
high  degree  of  sensitivity  and  low  friction  and  hysteresis  cou-   fuel  tank  and  battery  compartment  The  fuel  tank  and  bat- 


tery conjpartments  are  supported  at  a  level  below  the  opera- 
tor platform  of  the  vehicle. 


3(667(964 
TRANSPORTING  APPARATUS 
pled  with  a  compatible  electronic  measuring  system  and/or  a  Gerhard  SchncUf  Stuttgart,  Gcmmy,  avlgnor  to  Robert 
height  measuring  means  compatible  with  said  system.  Boach  GnbH,  Stuttgart,  Germany 

FUmI  Nov.  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  86,686 

aaims  priority,  appicatkui  Germany,  Nov.  6, 1969,  P  19  55 
3,667,562  ,  837J  i 

MOTORCYCLE  SNOWMOBILE  CCMWVERSION  UNIT  |  Iirt.  CL  B62d  5/04  | 


WOiMii  F.  ConptOB,  675  W.  Hanilloiv  A^  D,  S«i  FMro,  u.S.  CL  I80-79.I 
CaHf. 

FBcd  Oct.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,421 

Int.  CL  B62m  27102;  ^iS2A  55/04 

US.  CL  180—5  R  5  daims 


14  Claim 


«)iMVMiMH» 


A  conversion  unit  on  which  the  chassis  of  a  motorcycle 
may  be  removably  mounted  after  the  front  and  rear  wheek  of 
the  motorcycle  have  been  separated  therefrom,  and  the  mo- 
torcycle when  so  positioned  on  the  unit  cooperating 
therewith  to  provide  a  power  driven  snowmobile.  The  unit  is 
particularly  adapted  for  use  in  portions  of  the  country  that 
are  subject  to  extensive  snowfall,  with  the  motorcycle  capa- 
ble of  being  used  for  its  normal  purposes  during  the  spring, 
summer  and  fall  of  the  year,  and  during  the  winter  being 
removably  mountabie  on  the  unit  to  provide  a  vehicle  that 
can  negotiate  a  snow-covered  terrain. 


A  vehicle  from  one  of  whose  longitudinally  spaced  ends  a 
lifting  fork  projects  which  is  movable  between  a  raised  and  a 
lowered  position.  A  ground-engaging  steering  wheel  is  pro- 
vided in  the  region  of  the  other  end  of  the  vehicle  and  pivou- 
ble  about  an  upright  axis,  and  supporting  wheels  tumably 
mounted  in  the  region  of  the  fork  and  displaceable  to  and 
from  a  ground-engaging  position.  Auxiliary  steering  wheels 
are  also  provided  in  the  region  of  the  fork  and  displaceable 
to  and  from  a  ground-engaging  position  as  well  as  pivotable 
about  auxiliary  upright  axes.  Means  is  provided  for  effecting 
displacement  of  the  support  wheels  to,  and  at  the  same  time 
of  the  auxiliary  steering  wheels  from  the  respective  ground- 
engaging  position  when  the  fork  moves  to  raised  position, 
and  vice  versa. 


3,667,563 
SUPPORTING  STRUCTURE  FOR  PLATFORM  DEFINING 

FUEL  AND  BATTERY  CC^fPARTMENT 
E««eiie  V.  Kerb,  Wert  AHs,  and  Robert  C.  Haupt,  Mflwan- 
kee,  both  of  Wb.,  Mslgnnri  to  Alls  rhahwri  Manufactur- 
ing Company,  Mlwaukce,  Wis. 

Fled  Nov.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  878,748 
btL  CL  B62d  25/00 
U.S.  CL  180— 68.5  11  OainM 

Platfonn  support  structure  on  a  tractor  having  access  steps 


I  3,667,565 

DRIVER  CAB  OF  COMMERCIAL-TYPE  MOTOR 
VEHICLES 
AdoH   Sleiacr,   Gcriingen,   and   Hans   Rinnergschwcntncr, 
Roteaieh,  both  of  Germany,  assignon  to  Daimler-Bens  All- 


FHed  May  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,764 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  24, 1969,  P  19  26 
1  779.9 

I  Int.CLB62d27/M 

U.S.  CL  180—89 

A  driver  cab  for  commercial-types  of  vehicles  which  is 
spring-supported  with  respect  to  the  vehicle  frame  by  spring 


J 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


188 


or  guide  elements  arranged  between  the  vehicle  frame  and   which  has  a  self  contained  propellant  supply  which  powers  a 
the  driver  cab  on  opposite  sides  of  the  vehicle;  the  spring  or    rocket  engine  to  provide  gas  pressure  within  a  plenum.  This 


3,667,566 

RELEASABLE  CONNECTOR,  PARTICULARLY  FOR 

TILT  CAB  VEHICLES 

WiOiam  C.  N.  Hopkins,  P.  a  Box  4551,  Walnut  Cnck,  CtMl. 

FHed  May  28,  1970,  Scr.  No.  41,182 

Int  CL  B62d  27/06 

VS.  CL  180—89  20 


A  releasable  connector  comprises  a  first  pan  in  the  form  of 
a  collar  or  cup  having  an  internal  annular  groove  and  a 
second  part  comprising  a  cylinder  and  piston  jointly  defining 
a  latch  arrangement  insertaUe  into  the  collar  and  including 
an  annular  expansible-contractable  latch  member  for  selec- 
tively nesting  in  said  groove  and  to  secure  said  parts  together. 
The  latch  arrangement  includes  an  annular  latch  part  having 
a  conical  latch  face  and  fixed  to  the  cylinder,  and  an  annular 
latch  part  carried  by  the  piston  and  having  a  conical  latch 
face  jointly  defining  an  annular  channel  within  which  the 
latch  member  is  seated.  The  width  of  the  channel  is  varied 
selectively  by  movement  of  the  piston  to  expand  the  latch 
member  into  the  groove  to  secure  the  parts  together  or  to 
permit  retraction  of  the  latch  member  so  that  the  two  parts 
can  be  separated.  The  connector  is  particularly  adapted  for 
use  with  tilt  cab  vehicles,  the  first  part  preferably  being 
secured  to  the  cab  and  the  second  part  being  mounted  on  the 
vehicle  chassis. 


3,667,567 
ROCKET  POWERED  GROUND  EFFECT  MACHINE 


Eugene  V.  Rutkowski,  Los  Angdcs,  Oriif., 
Inc.,  RedoDdo  Bcwdi,  CriH . 

FHed  Feb.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  14,592 
Int.  CL  B60v  ;//4 
U.S.CL  180-117 


to  TRW 


40 


T 


type  of  device  has  particular  applicability  in  ikmi  atmospheric 
conditions. 


guide  elements  are  thereby  connected  with  each  other  by  a 
subilizer,  preferably  in  the  form  of  a  torsion  rod. 


3,6674^68 
PRESSURE  COMPENSATOR  FOR  SPEAKER  CABINETS 
Arthur  Ucbwrhcr,  c/o  Electronics,  Inc.,  Indintrliri  Pwii,  WB- 
low  Grove,  Pa. 

Filed  Sept.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  72,463 

Int.  CL  GlOh  13/00;  H04r  1/28 

VS.  CL  181—31  B  8  CbduM 


A  pressure  compensator  for  speaker  cabinets  is  provided 
which  includes  a  flexible  rubber  diaphragm  attached  to  the 
rear  of  a  speaker  cabinet  covering  a  plurality  of  vent  holes 
and  which  includes  an  adjustable  rod  engaged  in  a  plastic 
dome  within  a  sponge  rubber  ball  at  the  center  of  the 
diaphragm  which  extends  the  diaphragm  so  as  to  form  a 
logarithmic  profile  to  substantially  reduce  the  back  wave.  A 
second  diaphragm  may  also  be  employed  spaced  from  the 
first  mentioned  diaphragm  for  greater  suppression. 


3,667,569 
SOUND  TUBE  HEADSET 
Richard  C.  Mackcy,  Woodland  HiHs,  and  W.  James  Neil, 
Santa  Mooka,  both  of  CaHf.,  assignors  to  Acoustiionc  Cor- 
poratkm,  Chatiworth,  CaUf. 

FDcd  Jan.  II,  1971,  Ser.  No.  105,343 

Int  CL  A61b  7/02;  GlOk  13/00;  G02k  13/00 

VS.  CL  181-31  R  7  cUdnv 


7  Clalnis        A  sound  tube  headset  formed  of  flexible  tubing  having  ar- 
A  rocket  powered  ground  ettect  machine  is  provided    cuate  end  portions  adapted  to  rest  on  the  ears,  extend 


184 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


p. 


downwardly  behind  the  ears  and  forwardly  in  front  of  the 
wearer  and  with  an  adjustable  slider  for  holding  the  lower 
portions  of  the  tubes  together  and  for  slightly  tensioning  the 
same  in  the  region  of  the  clavicle  to  effectively  secure  the  ear 
engaging  portions  in  position  and  substantially  obviate  inad- 
vertent dislodgment 


paratus,  the  second  enclosure  surrounding  at  least  partially 
the  first  enclosure  and  so  on,  the  means  for  securing  the  ap- 
paratus to  the  first  enclosure  and  the  means  for  securing  the 
enclosures  to  one  another  being  constituted  by  vibration- 
damping  members. 


3,667^70 
SILENCERS  FOR  FIREARMS,  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION 

ENGINES,  C«  THE  LIKE 

NfitchcU  L.  WerBeU,  ID,  Powder  Springs,  Ga.,  assignor  to 

Michad  H.  Adair  and  Roaer  S.  Reeves,  lU,  New  Yorli, 

N.Y.,  attomcys-in-tect 

Condnuation-lii-purt  of  appMcadoo  Scr.  No.  700,239,  Jan.  24, 

1968,  now  Patent  No.  3,300,955,  dated  Mar.  17,  1970.  This 

application  Mar.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,829 

Int.  CL  F41f  17112;  F41c  21118;  FOln  1108 


U.S.  CL  181—36  R 


27aainv 


Silencers  for  use  in  conjunction  with  firearms  and  as  muf- 
flers for  internal  combustion  engines  and  the  like  are  pro- 
vided with  entry,  suppression  and  resonant  chambers  ar- 
ranged coaxially  within  a  tubular  housing.  A  plurality  of  heli- 
cal suppressor  elements  are  axially  disposed  in  the  suppres- 
sion chamber  and  arranged  in  opposition  to  each  other.  The 
entry  and  resonate  chambers  may  be  provided  with  baffles. 
The  entry  chamber  may  be  provided  with  an  excess  pressure 
relief  valve.  Oriflced  resilient  plugs  may  be  provided  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  discharge  end  of  the  silencer  particularly  for 
use  in  conjunction  with  firearms.  At  the  entry  end  of  the 
silencer  there  may  be  provided  a  tube  with  an  L-shaped  slot 
permitting  ready  mounting  of  the  silencer  on  the  barrel  of  a 
firearm. 


3,667,571 
SOUND-INSULATING  DEVICE  FOR  NOISY  APPARATUS 
Rolicrt  Fattday,  21  B  rue  Nicolas  Bnuuid,  25  Bcsancon, 
Frmnet 

Filed  May  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  143,900 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Nov.  6, 1970, 7040095 

Int.  a.  FOln  1108 

UJS.  CL  181—36  A  11  Clainv 


3,667,572 
TREAD  SUPPORTING  ASSEMBLY 
Charles  E.  Anderson,  dtccawd,  P.O.  Box  264,  late  of 
dinia,  Ohio  (Ann  Thadiston,  Executrix),  Hilisboro,  Ol^o 
Filed  Mar.  5,  1971,  Scr.  No.  121,470 
Int.  CL  E06c  7150;  E04f  1 1/16 
VS.  CL  182-220 


Sar- 


(Claims 


A  tread  support  assembly  for  mounting  a  stair  tread  on  a 
beam  having  a  sloping  upper  face.  The  tread  support  includes 
an  angle  shaped  support  member  and  a  main  member  of  sub- 
stantially channel  shape.  One  flange  of  the  main  member  and 
one  flange  of  the  support  member  are  attached  to  the  sloping 
face  of  the  beam  with  the  web  of  the  main  member  resting  on 
a  free  end  of  an  outwardly  extending  flange  of  the  support 
member  adjacent  the  other  flange  of  the  main  mennber.  A 
slide  member  embraces  and  holds  the  other  flange  of  the 
main  member  and  the  outwardly  extending  flange  of  the  sup- 
port member  in  flatwise  relation.  The  tread  is  attached  to  the 
web  of  the  main  member.  "^ 


3,667,573 
DRAIN  SPOUT  ATTACHMENT 
James  D.  Edwards,  828  East  PlynMMith,  Glendora,  Calif. 
I  Filed  Sept.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

I  Int.  CL  F16n  33/00 

U.S.CL  184-1.5      - 


1  Claim 


A  drain  spout  attachment  for  an  automobile  craakcase  oil 

drainage  receptacle  of  the  type  having  an  upright  collection 

tank  with  an  upwardly  opening  funnel  at  its  upper  end  and 

adapted  for  collecting  drainage  oil  from  the  crankcase  of  an 

automobile   elevated   on   a   hoist.   The   spout  attachment 

mounts  on  and  projects  horizontally  from  the  funnel  rim  in  a 

manner  such  that  the  receptacle  may  be  placed  below  the  au- 

Sound-insulating  device  for  apparatus  generating  intensive   tomoWle  with  the  spout  projecting  over  the  hoist  frame 

noise  comprising  a  series  of  n  impervious  enclosures  of  in-   member  which  normally  underiies  the  automobile  crankcase 

creasing  dimensions,  the  first  enclosure  having  the  smallest   drain  opening  to  permit  location  of  the  spout  dire<^y  below 

dimensions  enclosing  completely  tmd  directly  the  said  ap-    the  drain  opening. 


I 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


135 


3,667,574 
CHASSIS  LUBRICATION  SYSTEMS 
Max  Edward  Grantham,  Plympton,  Plymouth,  England,  m- 
iignor   to   Tccalonh    (Engineering)    Unrited,    Plymouth. 
Devon,  Ei^lland 

FDcd  Dec  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,423 

^  ClaimB  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Dec.  3, 1968, 

57369/68 

Im.  CL  F16n  7/14, 13/22 

UACL184-7R  3Ctal„ 


A  motion  transfer  device  is  provided  for  use  in  lubricating 
apparatus  and  systems.  This  device  is  for  axial  mounting  on  a 
pump  having  a  rotating  shaft.  A  diaphragm  17  is  moved  by 
reduced  air  pressure  in  space  16  and  moves  an  inner  housing 
23  axially.  Housing  23  cooperates  with  member  19  via  balk 
21  running  in  helical  grooves  in  the  housing  and  member. 
This  member  causes  shaft  1  to  rotate  by  use  of  a  pawl  and 
ratchet  ( 14,15).  Housing  23  is  constrained  to  move  axially  by 
balls  24  rolling  in  axial  grooves  in  the  housing  23  and  on  oart 
29(nG.  1). 


3,667,575 
DOUBLE  ACTING  FREE  WHEEL 
Marcd  Pierre  Alexis  Bouhot,  35  Avenue  du  General  SarraiL 
Paris,  France 

Original  application  Apr.  9, 1968,  Scr.  No.  719,922,  now 

Patent  No.  3,499,511,  dated  Mar.  10, 1970.  Divided  and  this 

application  Sept.  12,  1969,  Scr.  No.  870,726 

Claims  priority,  appUcation  France,  Apr.  19, 1967, 103325; 

Nov.  21, 1967, 129035 

Int  CL  B60i  7/12 

MS.  CL  188-134  .      i  claim 


means  to  displace  said  wedging  cam  means  thereby  to  release 
said  input  drive  means  and  said  output  driven  shaft,  means 
sensitive  to  the  torque  resisting  rotation  of  said  output  driven 
shaft,  said  torque  sensitive  means  being  associated  with  said 
displacing  means  whereby  when  the  resistance  to  torque 
reaches  a  predetermined  value  said  displacing  means  is  actu- 
ated to  displace  said  wedging  cam  means. 


The  invention  relates  to  stopping  device  for  disconnecting 
two  shafts,  which  comprises  input  drive  means,  an  output 
driven  shaft,  displaceable  wedging  cam  means  releasably 
coupling  said  input  drive  means  to  said  output  driven  shaft. 


3,667,576 
HYDRAULIC  PRESSURE  ACTUATED  PRESSING  DEVICE 

FOR  DISC  BRAKE 
Tadasu  Iric,  Toyonaka,  and  Kaname  Dot,  Ibaragi,  both  of 
Japan,  asdgnors   to   Sumitomo   Electric  Industries   Ltd., 
Osaka,  Japan  ^^ 

Filed  Jan.  27,  1971,  Scr.  No.  110,237 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Jan.  29, 1970, 45/8180 

Int  CLB60I  77/20 

U.S.  CL  188-345  2  Claims 


A  hydraulic  pressure  actuated  pressing  device  for  disc 
brake  to  compensate  the  wear  of  friction  pads  and  to  keep 
the  braking  clearance  constant.  A  piston  of  the  pressing 
device  has  a  liquid  chamber  inside  thereof  ccmtaining  a  quan- 
tity of  liquid  so  that  a  proper  braking  cleance  is  maintained 
in  accordance  with  the  increase  of  the  wear  of  friction  pads 
while  preventing  the  piston  from  being  retracted  even  when 
the  hydraulic  braking  pressure  is  lost. 


3,667,577 

VEHICLE  SPEED  RESPONSIVE  CONTROLS  FOR 

TRANSMISSION,  CLUTCH  AND  ENGINE 

Charies    Tctrca    Wcymann,    Parte,    France,    amig to 

SJ.D.A.R.O    Sodete    InduitrlcBe    de    "«T|Mntllh    Auto* 
matiqucs  Robomatic  Oiw,  FVanoc 

Filed  Apr.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26^05 
OaimB  priority,  application  FVancc,  Apr.  28, 1969, 6913392 

Int.  CL  B60k  21/00, 29/00 
U.S.  CL  192— .08  9  m.a-~ 

The  present  invention  relates  to  an  automatic  gearbox  con- 
trol device  for  automobiles  wliich  is  applicable  to  any  con- 
ventional mechanical  gearbox  and  can  be  coupled  to  an  ex- 
isting vehicle  without  any  major  modification.  The  control 
device  comprises  :  a  source  of  pressure  fluid,  a  double-action 
ratio-changing  jack  actuated  by  said  pressure  fluid  through 
two  electrovalves  selectively,  and  an  electrical  regulating 
contactor  propelled  at  a  speed  proportional  to  that  <rf  the 
vehicle  and  comprising  two  terminals  selectively  supplied 
with  current  by  said  regulator  from  the  vehicle  battery  for 
supplying  two  connections  to  said  electrovalves  respectively, 
each  of  said  connections  comprising  two  contactors  in  paral- 
lel, namely  a  self-maintaining  contactor  activated  t^  the 
ratio-changing  member  operatively  connected  to  said  jack 
and  a  maneuver  contactor  activated  by  the  vehicle  clutch  i.e. 


\ 


136 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


which  closes  in  the  de-clutched  position.  The  control  device  frictional  engagement  wiA  the  friction  disc.  The  pinion  is 
also  includes  means  for  automatically  idling  an  associated  en-  adapted  to  be  connected  to  a  load  to  be  positioned  by  rota- 
tion of  the  power  shaft.  A  power  application  to  tht  shaft 
causes  the  pinion  to  be  driven  by  the  cooperating  drive  col- 
lar, balls,  clutch  disc  and  balls,  while  lifting  the  dutch  disc 
out  of  frictional  engagement  with  the  friction  disc.  B«clc  load 
similarly  causes  the  clutch  disc  to  be  strongly  urged  into 
locking  action,  when  power  application  ceases. 


I  3,667^79 

BRAKE  OPERATED  TRANSMISSION  SHIFTER 
Joseph  Vina,  414  Broad  Avenue,  BcBe  Vcnon,  Pa. 
Filed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,646 
int.  CL  B60k  21/00 
VS.  CI.  192-4  A 


'iCIainiB 


-^l^'  ^  .' 


gine  or  cutting  off  the  fuel  supply  thereto  during  ratio  shift- 
ing. 


3,667,578 
BMHRECnONAL  DRIVE  RELEASED  BRAKE 
Robert  M.  JoIumni,  Levittown,  Pa.,  — rig»nr  to  Harold  Beck 
&  Sons,  lac,  Newtown,  Pa. 

Filed  May  14, 1971,  Ser.  No.  143,535 

IMLCLFIM  67/00. 55/48 

VS,  CL  192—8  R  4  Cialnis 


An  eagine  compression  brake  system  in  which  km  auto- 
matic transmission  is  down  shifted  to  second  gear  and  to  low 
gear  on  moderate  to  heavy  braking  pressure  appliod  to  the 
brake  pedal.  The  down  shifting  may  be  electrically  actuated 
by  pressure  actuated  twitches  which  are  exposed  to  the 
hydraulic  pressure  in  the  conventional  brake  system,  by  flexi- 
Ue  cables  which  are  moved  by  a  piston  system  actusuted  by 
the  hydraulic  pressure  in  the  conventional  brake  system  and 
by  mechanical  linkage  controlled  by  a  separate  foot  pedal. 


r^ 


■^--fi 


3,667,580 
MACHINE  TOOL  INDEXING  SYSTEM 
wnu  Schachcr,  FiisdrkhslMien,  and  Hdm  Mvschntr,  KrcH- 
brana,   both   of   Genmniy,   — ignnrs   to  Zahnradiabrik 
Fi  ledi  kiwhrfen.  AG,  Frtodh  khrinien,  Gcnnany 

FDcd  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,545       I 
Oalms  priority,  appBcalkwi  Gcnnany,  May  3, 1969^  P  19  22 
644.9;  June  14, 1969,  P 19  30  295.5 
Int.  CL  F16d  67/02,  57/00 
VS.  CL  192—12  A 


A  bi-directional  stop  clutch  or  brake  for  power  trans- 
mitting rotating  shafts  is  disclosed  in  which  a  friction  disc  is 
fixed  to  a  fixed  housing  fixnn  which  a  power  transmitting 
shaft  extends.  A  clutch  disc  adapted  to  engage  said  friction 
disc  is  routably  and  slidably  disposed  on  the  shaft  without 
the  housing  for  braking  the  shaft  A  drive  collar  is  pinned  to 
the  shaft  concentrically  of  the  friction  disc  and  between  the 
clutch  disc  and  the  housing.  The  drive  collar  has  formed 
therein  a  concentric  series  of  conical  depressions,  and  the 
clutch  disc  has  also  formed  therein  a  corresponding  series  of 
conical  depressions,  the  two  series  of  depressions  being  in 
lutual  alignment  and  holding  therebetween  a  plurality  of 

lis.  one  ball  per  each  opposed  pair  of  conical  depressions. 
Distally  of  the  clutch  disc  and  spaced  apart  therefrom  is  a 
flanged  pinion  which  is  rotatably  sleeved  upon  the  shaft  and 
positioned  thereon  by  means  of  an  annular  thrust  bearing  and 
fixed  collar  positioned  distally  thereof.  Facing  portions  of  the 
flanged  pinion  and  clutch  disc  likewise  have  corresponding 
concentric  arrangements  of  conical  depressions  formed 
therein  so  as  to  house  a  plurality  of  balls  therein.  A  helical 
spring  engages  the  flanged  pinion  and  clutch  disc  while  being 
in  compression,  thereby  normally  urging  the  clutch  disc  into 


7  .^ 


In  a  machine  tool  a  spindle  is  brought  to  a  slow  speed,  e.g.. 
for  indexing  to  selective  angular  positions,  by  means  of  a 
clutch  and  a  hydraulic  pump,  in  a  hydraulic  control  system, 
wherein  the  spindle  is  slowed  down,  or  stopped,  or  reversed. 
The  construction,  and  a  number  of  modifications,  envisages 
carrying  a  conventional  indexing  mechanism  preferably  on 
the  spindle  itself,  together  with  the  clutch,  as  well  as  the 
hydraulic  pump  in  a  compact  assembly.  The  hydraulic  system 
includes  a  pressure  source  and  a  throttle  which  controls  dif- 
ferential pressures  acting  on  the  hydraulic  pump  to  drive  it  as 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


187 


a  motor  by  which  the  slow  speed  of  the  spindle  is  produced 
by  rotation  thereof  through  the  clutch.  Differential  pressure 
in  the  system  can  be  utilized  in  conjunction  with  a  control 
device  to  which  an  indexing  mechanism  actuation  is  respon- 
sive. However,  the  invention  has  use  in  any  installation  where 
a  compact  mechanism  for  slow  drive  of  a  shaft  is  desired,  or 
where  it  is  desired  to  stop  and  momentarily  reverse  such 
shaft,  the  main  power  to  the  shaft  being  rendered  ineffective 
in  any  suitable  manner  when  the  mechanism  of  the  invention 
is  operating. 


3.667,581 

COMBINATION  CLUTCH-BRAKE 

James  V.  Hanks,  Minneapolis,  Minn.,  assignor  to 

Manufacturing  Company,  Inc.,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Filed  Mar.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19383 

Int.  CL  F16d  67/02 


Horton 


VS.  CL  192W-18.1 


7ClainM 


A  combination  dutch-brake  which  includes  a  clutch  unit 
including  a  clutch  housing,  a  first  hub.  an  annular  clutch 
piston  slidably  mounted  on  said  hub.  an  annular  clutch 
cylinder  carried  by  said  clutch  housing,  a  friction  disc  having 
fins  thereon  slidably  mounted  on  and  rotatable  with  the  first 
hub.  a  brake  unit  including  a  disc  journal  having  air 
passageways  extending  radially  therein  and  mounted  on  a 
second  hub.  means  rotatably  mounting  said  second  hub  axi- 
ally  on  said  first  hub,  spring  means  normally  urging  said  fric- 
tion disc  out  of  engagement  with  said  disc  journal,  a  brake 
housing  mounted  on  said  second  hub,  means  connecting  said 
clutch  housing  with  said  brake  housing  said  brake  housing 
having  an  annular  cylinder  formed  therein,  an  annular  piston 
base  having  an  annular  brake  piston  thereon  and  slidable 
within  the  annular  cylinder,  the  brake  piston  having  a  friction 
facing  thereon  in  axial  alignment  with  the  disc  journal,  means 
for  normally  urging  the  annular  brake  piston  vrith  said  fric- 
tion facing  thereon  out  of  engagement  with  said  disc  journal, 
means  for  causing  fluid  pressure  to  urge  said  clutch  piston 
against  said  friction  disc  to  cause  said  second  hub  to  rotate, 
means  for  causing  fluid  pressure  to  urge  said  brake  piston 
against  said  disc  journal  to  brake  the  second  hub,  the  friction 
disc  formed  with  air  passageways  extending  therethrough,  the 
disc  journal  formed  with  air  passageways  extending 
therethrough  and  communicating  with  said  air  passageways 
of  said  friction  disc,  the  brake  piston  base  formed  with  air 
passageways  extending  therethrough  and  communicating 
with  said  air  passageways  of  said  disc  journal,  and  the  means 
connecting  said  clutch  housing  with  said  brake  housing  being 
separable. 


3,667,582 
RADIAL  SPRING  CLUTCH 
Howard  O.  Borck,  Detroit,  and  Leo  W.  Cook,  Roy^  Oak, 
both   of   Mkh.,   assignors  to   Boii-Wamcr   Corporation, 
Chicago,  IB. 

Fikd  Joly  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,309 
Int  CL  F16d  23/00 
VS.  CL  192—99  A  15  < 


A  friction  clutch  assembly  including  a  driving  member,  a 
driven  member,  a  reaction  member,  a  pressure  plate,  release 
levers  pivotally  connected  to  the  reaction  member  at  a  point 
between  a  front  surface  of  the  reaction  member  and  the  driV'* 
ing  member  and  pressure  springs  disposed  between  the  reac- 
tion member  and  the  release  levers  such  that  upon  wear  of 
the  friction  frK;ing  an  increase  in  medianical  advantage  is 
used  to  maintain  a  substantially  constant  pressure  plate  load 
while  the  clutch  is  engaged  regardless  of  clutch  teiang  wear 
and  upon  clutch  release  a  decrease  in  mechanical  advantage 
is  used  to  reduce  operator's  efforts. 


3,667383 

SELF-MODULATED  INPUT  CLUTCH  FOR  VEHICLE 

DRIVE  TRANSMISSIONS 

rimrr  1   Flrhariii,  Ifslamasnn.  mrh  .  sssigiini  tn  raliniasi 
Tractor  Co.,  PMria,  IB. 

fUed  Apr.  22, 1970,  Scr.  Na  30^80 

InLCLF16d2i/;0 

U.S.  CL  192—105  A  6  CWn« 


SICNM. 


A  clutch  for  a  vehicle  having  a  change  speed  gear  box 
transmission  automatically  performs  control  functions  which 
have  heretofore  required  skilled  manipulation  of  a  dutch 


138 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


pedal  or  the  like  by  the  operator.  Springs  exerting  an  engage- 
ment force  on  the  clutch  plates  react  against  a  movable 
piston  which  responds  to  a  centrifitgally  generated  fluid  pres- 
sure to  increase  the  spring  force  as  a  function  of  engine 
speed  at  the  lower  range  of  engine  speeds.  To  facilitate  start- 
ups and  to  avoid  stalling,  additional  springs  automatically  dis- 
engage the  clutch  at  the  idling  range  of  engine  speed.  The 
springs  and  variable  fluid  pressure  provide  modulated  en- 
gagement or  disengagement  within  an  intermediate  range  of 
speeds  and  further  means  engage  the  clutch  with  a  fixed 
clutch  capacity  at  normal  operating  speeds.  Fluid  signal 
means  force  disengagement  during  shift  transients  at  higher 
engine  speeds.  Clutch  action  differs  under  different  operating 
conditions  in  a  manner  conforming  with  skilled  manual  con- 
trol of  a  clutch  under  similar  conditions. 


3,667,584 
TRANSPORT  ROLLER 
Bcngt  Sigvard  Karl— on,  Enriwde,  Sweden,  aadgnor  to  Sand- 
vikciis  Jcrnvcrks  Aktkbolat,  Sandvikcn,  Sweden 

Filed  June  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  49355 

dafam  priority,  appHclloB  Sweden,  July  8, 1969. 9631/69 

Int  CL  B65g  13100 

MS.  CL  193—37  2  ClainH 


For  a  transport  roller  useful  in  handling  timber  and  similar 
bulky  objects,  the  surface  of  a  cylindrical  roller  of  metal  is 
provided  with  spaced  rows  of  studs  tipped  with  wear-resistant 
material.  The  studs  are  fixed  to  steel  strips,  which  strips  are 
welded  or  otherwise  anchored  to  the  surface  of  the  roller, 
being  disposed  in  a  predetermined  pattern  thereover. 


3,667,585 
COIN  TESTING  APPARATUS 
Werner  Lindner,  Bmrtriwide,  Germany,  aaignor  to  Natiomd 
Rejectors,  Inc.  GmbH,  Buxtdmde,  Germany 

Filed  June  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,643 
Oatans  priority,  appMniHow  Germany,  July  10, 1969,  P  19  34 

911.2 

Int.a.G07fi/02 

U.S.  CL  194— 101  2ClalnM 


The  coin  testing  apparatus  comprises  a  magnet,  a  deflect- 
ing sheet  and  an  anvil  arranged  one  after  the  other  in  the 
dropping  path  of  the  coins.  The  apparatus  permits  separation 
of  coins  of  low,  medium  and  high  electric  conductivity  in  a 
way  that  the  coins  of  low  and  high  conductivity  are  directed 
to  a  channel  for  acceptable  coins  whereas  the  coins  of  medi- 
um conductivity  are  directed  to  the  coin  return  channel. 


I  3,667,586 

*        ENDLESS  BELT  CONVEYORS 
Edmund  William  Matthews,  Halow,  England,  aarignor  to 
Dowty  Mcco  Limited,  Worcester,  England  I 

Filed  Nov.  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  85,980  j 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Nov.  15,  ^968, 
I  56,023/68;  56,024/68 


Int.  a.  B65g  ,  15100 


Claims 


An  endless  belt  conveyor  having  means  for  mounting  a  reel 
for  belting,  whereby  belting  may  be  readily  added  to  or 
removed  from  the  endless  belt  when  the  overall  length  of  the 
conveyor  has  to  be  increased  or  decreased. 


3,667,587 
CCmTINUOUS  ROD  MAIONG  MACHINES 
Edward  G.  Pl'tston,  London,  England,  amignor  to  Molens, 
Lfanltad,  London,  Eoftaad 

Filed  Apr.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  28^00 
Clainw  priority,  appBcatlon  Great  Britain,  Apr.  18, 1969, 

120,000/69;  Jan.  9, 1970, 1,192/70 
IntCLB65g<<7/26 
U.S.  CL  198—25 


lOOainv 


••         ••  ••  ••  ••l«*l««  ••  ^>^^^H_ 


••    ••     ••    •• 

••    ••    ••    •• 


This  invention  is  concerned  with  a  fluted  deflector  drum 
which  receives  axially  moving  cigarettes  or  tlie  like  and 
decelerates  them  by  means  of  suction  in  the  drum  applied 
through  ports  in  the  flutes.  In  order  to  adjust  the  decelera- 
tion, part  of  the  drum  is  surrounded  by  a  cowl  formed  with 
apertures  which  can  be  selectively  closed  to  provide  a  varia- 
ble restriction  against  air  flow  produced  by  the  suctiop  in  the 
drum. 


to  FMC  Cor> 


5  Claims 


3,667,588 
CONVEY<Hl  SYSTEM 
Robert  J.  Traube,  San  Mateo,  CaUf., 

poration,  San  Jose,  C^if. 

I     Filed  Aug.  21, 1968,  Ser.  No.  754,443 
I  Int.  CL  B65g  43108, 47110 

UA  CL  198—38 

A  storage  and  retrieval  system  for  goods  has  two  power 
operated  conveyors  movable  in  separate  endless  loops  past 
two  (or  more)  spaced  apart  picking  stations,  each  picking 
station  common  to  both  conveyors.  Each  conveyor  has  bins 
with  compartments  in  which  goods  are  stored.  Although  the 
bios  on  each  conveyor  remain  in  the  same  sequence,  the  bins 
are  movable  relative  to  each  other  on  the  conveyor  to  define 
"buffer"  zones  wliich  permit  simultaneous  picking  by  two 
spaced  apart  pickers.  The  control  system  for  the  conveyors 
includes  a  reader  which  receives  digital  data  concerning  a 
group  of  orders  to  be  picked  from  a  stack  of  cards,  each  card 
giving  the  identity,  quantity,  and  distribution  of  one  of  the  ar- 
ticles to  be  picked.  The  two  conveyors  are  automatically 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


189 


stopped  alternately  with  the  bins  containing  ordered  goods  at 
the  picking  stations,  and  the  operator  at  each  picking  station 
picks  goods  from  the  bins  in  accordance  with  a  read-out  unit 
which  displays  the  card  data.  A  plurality  of  packing  lanes 


materia]  having  parallel  bristles  inclined  in  the  direction  of 
feed.  The  tips  of  the  bristles  engage  and  resiliently  support 


originate  at  each  picking  station  and  terminate  at  a  plurality 
of  packing  stations.  Each  picker  distributes  goods  to  the 
separate  packing  lanes  in  accordance  with  the  read-out  unit 
at  the  picking  station. 


A  conveying  system  including  a  series  of  conveyor  sections 
with  each  conveying  section  including  a  series  of  rolls  to  sup- 
port the  articles  being  conveyed.  At  least  one  roll  of  the  se- 
ries is  a  drive  roll.  A  drive  shaft  extends  longitudinally  of  the 
conveyor  sections  and  the  drive  shaft  is  individually  con- 
nected to  each  drive  roll  through  a  clutch  which  is  arranged 
to  disengage  the  driving  connection  to  each  drive  roll  under 
predetermined  overload  conditions.  Means  is  also  provided 
for  returning  the  clutch  to  an  engaged  position  after  a 
predetermined  period  of  disengagement,  whereby  the  clutch 
will  reengage  if  the  overload  condition  has  been  cured  and 
will  again  disengage  if  the  overload  condition  continues  to 
exist. 


3,667,590 
'   VIBRATORY  PILE  FEEDER 
Dennis  E.  Mead,  Caaenovia,  N.Y. 

FOcd  Jan.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  273 
Int.  CL  B65g  27100 
MS,  CL  198—220  BA  3 

A  feeder  for  objects  uses  a  vibratory  element  bearing  a  pile 


t^UQ^QtJIO-  9'L,45 


objects    to    be    fed,    and    the    inclination   cX   the    bristle 
establishes  the  direction  of  feed  as  the  element  is  vibrated. 


3,667,591 
NEWSPAPER  BUNIHX  FEEMNG  AND  STORING  ^ 
SYSTEM 
Thomaa  R.  Sykcs,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada,  Mslgnni  to  Gcr> 
rard  Company  Ltd.,  Hamton,  Ontario,  Canada 
Filed  Nov.  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878,063 
Int  CLB65g  27/00 
U.S.  CL  198—220  R  3  ( 


3,667,589 
CONVEYING  SYSTEM  HAVING  AN  AUTOMATICALLY 

DEACTIVATED  DRIVE 
Charles  F.  Constable,  South  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  aasignar  to  Jos. 
Schlitx  Brewing  Company,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Filed  Apr.  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,611 

Int.  CL  B65g  13102 

U.S.CL198— 127  5  Claims 


A  feeding  and  storage  system  for  handling  bundled 
newspapers  and  the  like  is  provided  by  a  spiral  chute 
mounted  for  oscillatory  ntovement,  the  chute  having  a  helical 
ramp  encircling  a  central  vertical  column  the  ramp  having  a 
helix  angle  such  that  the  bundle  will  be  held  by  friction  from 
moving  down  the  ramp  under  gravitation  with  the  chute  sta- 
tionary. Oscillatory  movement  in  the  requisite  mode  to  move 
the  bundle  from  the  input  end  of  the  ramp  to  the  output  end 
is  provided  by  a  suitable  drive  and  a  control  is  provided  ad- 
jacent each  end  of  the  ramp  so  that  the  ramp  can  be  filled  as 
a  storage  unit  from  the  input  end  with  the  output  end 
blocked  and  wlien  the  ramp  is  fiill  or  partially  fiill  and  it  is 
desired  to  draw  off  stored  bundles,  the  chute  can  be  con- 
trolled from  the  delivery  end  to  effect  bundle  delivery. 


3,667,592 

BAND-SAW  CARRIER  AND  DISPENSER 

George  S.  Ayoub,  124  W^icr  Street,  I  wmdMlw 

FUcd  Ai«.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  65,632 

InL  CL  B65d  85167 

U.S.  CL  206— 16  R  10< 

A  band-saw  carrier  and  dispenser  has  a  bottom  plate  and  a 
cover  plate  which  has  posts  that  extend  through  holes  in  the 


140 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


bottom  plate.  Retaining  means  retain  the  posts  in  said  holes,    vibratory  energy  to  the  package  in  the  vicinity  of  the 
which  is  accomplished  by  distorting  portions  of  the  posts,  as    gathered  region  of  film.  The  invention  in  its  nxxlifled  ent- 

bodiments  farther  envisions  elimination  of  present  bands. 


closure  cHps  or  other  closure  devices  by  using  instead  a  tem- 

by  heat,  to  extend  them  to  the  bottom  plate  and  thereby    ^^"^  ^'"^  gathering  and  holding  means,  and  then  applying 
retain  both  plates  together.  ultrasonic  energy  to  the  gathered  region  of  film  to  form  a 

permanent  closure  not  requiring  a  band  or  clip. 


3^7^93 

FLOWABLE  DUNNAGE  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  OF 

PACKAGING  WITH  FLOWABLE  AND  COMnJABLE 

INFLATED  DUNNAGE  MATERIAL 

John  M.  PMdkton,  SMO  Mapkwood,  Gntndait,  Wb. 

CMtiBairtkHHiaipait  of  appHadoB  Scr.  No.  777,940,  Oct.  1, 

1968,  BOW  abandoBtd ,  whkh  is  a  condauatloo^i-part  of 

appttcatkM  Scr.  No.  617,977,  Feb.  23, 1967,  now  ahondonwi. 

Thk  appHcatioa  Mar.  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  23,650 

Int.  a.  B65d  77/26, 81/02, 85/30 

M&.  CL  206—46  FR  5  CWm 


Flowahle  dunnage  apparatus  characterized  by  discrete  in- 
flated capsules  formed  of  elastic  impervious  webs  in  facing 
relationship  and  sealed  along  their  edges  with  a  quantity  of 
air  under  pressure  captured  therein,  the  discrete  capsules 
being  of  minuscule  dimension  as  compared  to  the  dimensions 
of  an  outer  container,  and  the  dimensions  of  smaller  articles 
or  containers  disposed  within  the  outer  container.  The  dis- 
crete capsules  are  adapted  to  flow  into  a  partly  filled  con- 
tainer and  to  partly  fill  the  interstices  thereof,  and  to  fill  the 
outer  container  to  a  surcharged  condition  before  the  closing 
thereof.  The  closing  of  the  outer  container,  either  by  placing 
flaps  into  position,  or  by  placing  a  separable  closure 
thereover,  exerts  pressure  on  the  compliant  capsules,  causing 
them  to  All  the  interstices  of  the  outer  container  substantially 
completely,  and  to  prevent  migration  or  shifting  of  smaller 
containers  or  articles  within  the  outer  container. 

The  invention  herein  also  comprehends  a  method  of 
packaging  with  flowable  and  compliant  dunnage  material. 


3,667,594 

CLOSURE  FOR  FILM  PACKAGES  AND  METHOD  OF 

MAKING  SAME 

Artlmr  D.  Hcrrcl,  Bay  City,  Mich.,  aarignnr  to  Tlw  Dow 

ClMaiical  Compaoy,  Midland,  Mich. 

FOcd  Nov.  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  878,462 
Int.  CL  B65d  75/48,  79/00 
MS.  CL  206—46  R  1  Claim 

A  method  of  forming  improved  film  packages  of  a  type 
wherein  one  or  more  of  the  package  ends  or  regions  is 
gathered  and  tied  closed  by  encircling  metal  bands,  closure 
clips  or  other  closure  devices.  The  resultant  closure  of  com- 
pressed film  is  made  leak-proof  by  application  of  ultrasonic 


3,667,595 

DEVICE  FOR  PACKAGING  REELS  OF  MAGNETIC  TAPE 

OR  THE  LIKE  AND  FCNl  STOWING  THEM  BY 

SUSPENSION 

Pierre  A.  Pmm,  20  me  GaiMkm,  Paris  13",  I^ancc 

Filed  June  23, 1970,  Scr.  Na  49,112 

daims  priority,  appMcatiou  fVancc,  June  25, 1969, 69^1301 

Int.  CL  B65d  85/04,  85/66 
VS.  CL  206—53  4  CMnm 


This  invention  relates  to  a  device  for  packaging  reels  of 
magnetic  tape,  cinematographic  film  or  the  like  and  for  stow- 
ing them  in  a  suspension-type  fliing  cabinet,  comprising  on 
the  one  hand  a  relatively  supple,  open  annular  band,  which  is 
U-sectioned  and  centered  on  the  geometric  axis  of  a  reel,  on 
the  other  hand  a  locking  member  connecting  the  ends  of  the 
band  and  finally,  at  least  one  resilient  means  tending  to  apply 
said  band,  for  the  purpose  of  sealing,  against  the  edge  of  the 
sides  of  the  reel  to  be  protected,  wherein  a  resilient-return 
slide  is  guided  in  concentric  translation  on  the  outer  face  of 
the  first  end  of  the  band,  the  free  terminal  part  of  this  slide 
being  separated,  by  a  slit  perpendicular  to  the  above-men- 
tioned axis,  into  two  arms  having  two  locking  teeth  project- 
ing into  a  direction  parallel  to  this  axis,  said  teeth  bei^g  capa- 
ble of  cooperating  with  a  guard  member  unitary  with  the 
second  end  of  this  band  and  provided  for  the  passage  of  said 
slide. 


-    3,667,596 

SHEET  MSPENSING  UNIT 
Malcolm  B.  Lucas,  SpringBcM  Township,  Hamilton  County; 
Jaime  P.  VlBanueva,  Ondnnati,  and  Stewart  Rowc,  Wyom- 
ing, al  of  Ohio,  awignnrs  to  The  Proctor  &  Gamble  Com- 
pany, Ondnnati,  Ohio 

FDcd  May  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,981         I 
Int.  a.  B65d  71/00, 85/00  ' 

U.S.  CL  206— 57  R  SOainw 

A  sheet  dispensing  unit  in  which  a  stack  of  sheet  materials 
is  adhesively  fastened  along  one  end  to  a  rectangular  header 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


141 


piece  having  a  depending  skirt  along  its  periphery.  The    covered  by  a  sleeve  of  thermoplastic  material  and  the  top  of 
header  piece  is  m  turn  suspended  by  a  pair  of  oppositely    the  load  may  be  covered  by  a  separate  sheet  to  which  the 


?«. 


/»■«■ 


i 


^ 


y»f 


^^F^. 


disposed,  spaced  hanger  blades  adapted  to  enter  slots  inter- 
mediate the  sides  of  the  stack  and  the  side  portions  of  the 
skirt. 


3,667,597 

CONTAINER  FOR  DISPENSING  PAPER 

LcsHc  Homstcr.  1 1204  Wester  Rood.  Cbo.  Mkh. 

FHcd  Apr.  27,  1970,  Scr.  No.  32,288 

Int.  CL  B65d  85/67;  B65h  75/38 

VS.  CL  206-58 


2ClalnK 


A  conuiner  for  dispensing  paper  of  the  type  which  is  nor- 
mally rolled  about  a  tubular  core,  including  means  carried  by 
the  container  for  releasably  attaching  the  container  to  a 
readily  accessible  place  in  a  motor  vehicle  or  the  like.  In  a 
preferred  embodiment,  the  container  comprises  a  substan- 
tially enclosed  hollow  housing  having  two  opposed  end  walls 
connected  by  longitudinally  disposed  side  walls;  the  opposing 
end  walls  having  means  for  rotatably  mounting  the  tubular 
core  of  the  paper  roll,  while  one  of  the  side  walls  is  provided 
with  an  elongated  opening  having  a  length  at  least  equal  to 
the  longitudinal  length  of  the  paper  roll  to  permit  the 
withdrawal  of  selected  lengths  of  the  paper  therethrough  as 
the  paper  roll  is  rotated.  In  the  second  embodiment,  means 
are  provided  on  one  of  the  end  walls  to  cause  rotation  of  the 
paper  roll. 


3,667,598 
WRAPPED  PALLET  LOAD 
Seynour  Zelnick,  Orange,  N  J.,  and  Martin  Michari  WUd- 
BMOcr,  Statcn  bland,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Wddotron  Cor- 
poratioa,  Newark,  N  J. 
Original  application  Oct.  7,  1968,  Scr.  No.  765,302.  Divided 
and  this  application  Feb.  18,  1971,  Scr.  No.  116,454 
Int.  CL  B65d  65/16,  71/00, 85/62 
VS.  CL  206—65  S  7  Clainv 

A  pallet  load  of  product  is  secured  onto  a  pallet  by  enclos- 
ing the  load  including  the  top  thereof  in  thermoplastic  film 
which  is  heat  shrunk  to  the  load,  to  a  sheet  of  thermoplastic 
film  on  the  pallet  under  the  load,  and  to  the  edge  of  the  pal- 
let therearound.  The  load  enclosing  film  may  be  an  inverted 
bag  which  covers  the  top  and  side  of  the  load  and  the  lower 
end  of  the  bag  is  fiised  to  said  sheet  which  is  on  the  pallet 
under  the  load.  Alternatively,  the  side  of  the  load  may  be 


sleeve  is  fused.  Also,  layers  of  thermoplastic  sheet  material 
may  be  disposed  between  layers  of  the  pallet  load  and  heat 
sealed  to  the  sleeve  which  surrounds  the  pallet  load. 


3,667,599 
CONTINUOUS  CORRUGATED  BELT  WITH  WIRE 
SCREEN 
OHvcr  K.  Hobs,  P.  a  Box  1306,  Suffolk,  Va. 

Fikd  Dec  8, 1969,  Ser.  No.  882,846 
Int.  CL  B03b  7/00;  B07b  13/04 
U.S.CL209— 12  11 


\ 


\\ 


An  apparatus  adapted  to  separate  peanuts  from  grass, 
vines,  dirt  and  other  waste  material  combines  a  sloping  rotat- 
ing continuous  belt  having  recesses  therein  adapted  to  trap 
the  waste  material  and  carry  it  away  as  the  peanuts  roll  down 
its  sloping  surface  with  baffles  or  curtains,  a  barrier  or  reser- 
voir across  the  lower  end  of  the  belt  and  screening  means  to 
remove  substantially  all  of  the  material  which  remains  with 
peanuts  after  harvesting. 


3,667,600 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CENTRIFUGAL 

CLASSmCATION 

Kazuo  Oi,  Tokyo,  and  Katuo  NcgisU,  Nogani-Machi,  both  of 

Japan,  assignors  to  Kazuo  Oi,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FUed  Nov.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876^22 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Nov.  27, 1968, 43/86786 

IntCLB04ci/00 
U.S.  CL  209—144  4  Cfadna 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  classifying  powdery  material 
comprising  a  tangential  inlet  for  the  material  suspended  in  a 
gas,  means  above  and  below  the  tangential  inlet  for  introduc- 
ing additional  gas  tangentiaDy  in  the  same  direction  as  said 
tangential  inlet.  Helical  guides  are  provided  for  guiding  the 


142 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


l 


June  «,  1972 


material  inflow  and  lower  gas  inflow  upwardly.  A  peripheral 
inlet  for  inducing  air  from  the  outside  of  the  apparatus  is  pro- 


firom  the  influent  and  are  cam  retracted  to  leave  them  on  the 
periphery  of  the  screen.  A  hinged  presser  plate  holds  soft,  or- 
ganic material  against  the  screen  to  be  comminuted  and  car- 
ried away  with  the  effluent  and  into  the  disposal  system.  A 


vided  between  the  upper  gas  inflow  and  the  material  inflow 
to  aid  in  dispersing  the  powdery  material. 


3,667,601 
APPARATUS  FOR  THE  DRY  SEPARATION  OF 
GRANULAR  MATERIALS 
Norrls  Johnflton,  and  Mark  Latkcr,  both  of  OJai,  CaHf.,  aa- 
■igiion  to  Albert  M.  Clark;  John  C.  Manning,  Bakcnfidd 
and  John  G.  Troster,  Atherton,  all  of  Calif.,  part  interest  to 
each 

Filed  Oct.  6,  1969,  Scr.  No.  863,989 

Int.  CL  B07b  3100 

MS.  CL  209-466  6  Claims 


-yM 


tM 


Granular  material  dry  separator  apparatus  embodying  a 
resiliently  mounted  porous  deck  vibrated  longitudinally,  the 
deck  having  parallel  transverse  upper  grooves  at  right  angles 
to  its  longitudinal  direction  of  vibration.  Granular  material  is 
dropped  onto  the  deck  at  one  end,  low  pressure  air  being 
forced  upwardly  through  the  deck  while  it  is  being  vibrated 
to  cause  granules  or  particles  of  greater  specific  gravity  to 
drop  to  the  bottom  of  the  grooves  while  the  lighter  particles 
are  caused  to  float  upwardly  and  flow  progressively  from 
groove  to  groove  toward  the  opposite  end  of  the  porous  bed 
or  deck.  At  predetermined  intervals,  a  mechanism  tilts  the 
porous  deck  to  discharge  the  granular  contents  in  the 
grooves  into  collection  troughs. 


skew-mounted  scavenger  roller  made  up  of  flexible  discs 
routes  against  the  screen  for  cleaning  off  pieces  of  paper, 
etc..  that  remain  on  the  surface  of  the  screen,  for  disposal  as 
trash. 


I 


\ 


3,667,603 

HYDRAUUC  MANIFOLD  SYSTEM 

Richard    B.    Couraon,    Warren,    Mich.,    aasignor    tb    Almo 

Manifbid  and  Tool  Company,  Center  Line,  Mich. 
Contini«tion-in-pui  of  appHortion  Scr.  No.  758,338,  Sept.  9, 
1968,  now  abandoned.  This  application  June  8, 1970,  Scr. 
I  No.  44,231 

I  Int.  a.  BOld  35114,  35102 


U.S.  a.'210— 130 


1»  Claims 


\ 


-C.I — !   *l      \ 

MM 


7^. 


L: 


3,667,602 
SELECTIVE  COMMINUTION  AND  SCAVENGING 
METHOD 
Richard  Crandall,  17792  Lewis  Lane,  Huntington  Beach, 
CaHf.,  and  Carl  H.  NordcU,  Crystal  Bay,  Ncv. 
Orifiiial  applicalion  Sept.  6, 1968,  Scr.  No.  757,877,  now 
Patent  No.  3,570,671.  Divided  and  this  application  May  18, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  48,746 
Int.  CL  BOld  35128 
MS,  CL  210-67  5  Claims 

A  drum  screen  is  inserted  into  a  raw  sewage  line.  Rake  fin- 
gers help  elevate  solid  materials  picked  up  by  the  screen 


A  hydraulic  manifold  system  is  disclosed  comprising,  in 
combination,  a  hydraulic  manifold  having  a  liquid-directing 
hydraulic  circuit  therein,  liquid  filter  means  associated  with 
said  hydraulic  manifold  for  filtering  hydraulic  liquid  entering 
a  part  of  said  hydraulic  circuit,  and  by-pass  means  including 
a  uni-directional  check  valve  associated  with  said  filter 
means  operative  upon  clogging  of  the  filtering  action  thereof, 
each  said  hydraulic  numifold,  filter  means  and  by-pass  means 
itself  consisting  of  no  pipes,  said  filter  means  comprising  a 
filter  cavity  having  inlet  and  outlet  liquid  passage  means 
therefor  and  constructed  to  receive  within  itself  and  to  seal 
against  a  replaceable  liquid  filter  cartridge  disposed  in  said 
filter  cavity,  said  hydraulic  manifold  having  means  for 
mounting  thereon  at  least  one  hydraulic  liquid  fiow-control 
valve,  said  hydraulic  circuit  comprising  inlet  and  outlet  ports 
in  said  hydraulic  manifold  for  hydraulic  liquid,  respectively. 


1 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


148 


entering  and  leaving  the  latter,  a  pair  of  control  ports  in  said 
hydraulic  manifold  for  said  flow-control  valve  for  hydraulic 
liquid,  respectively,  entering  and  leaving  said  flow-contrx>l 
valve,  and  liquid  passage  means  for  directing  hydraulic  liquid 
from  said  filter  cavity  outlet  liquid  passage  means  to  one  of 
said  control  ports  and  from  the  other  of  said  control  ports  to 
said  hydraulic  manifold  outlet  port,  said  filter  cavity  inlet  and 
outlet  liquid  passage  means  in  communication,  respectively, 
with  said  hydraulic  manifold  inlet  port  and  said  one  control 
port,  said  check  valve  having  inlet  and  outlet  liquid  passage 
means  therefor  in  communication,  respectively,  with  said 
filter  cavity  and  said  one  control  port  and  constructed  to 
open  in  the  event  of  clogging  of  the  filtering  action  to  by-pass 
hydraulic  liquid  around  said  filter  cartridge  fit>m  said  hydrau- 
lic manifold  inlet  port  through  said  check  valve  to  said  one 
control  port. 


3,667,604 
MOVING  BED  APPARATUS  FOR  THE  TREATMENT  OF 

FLUID 
Pierre  Lagouttc,  Chariy,  France,  sHignor  to  Filtrcs  Vemay, 
Villeurbannc  (Rhone),  France 

Filed  June  4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  43,467 
Clainu  priority,  application  France,  Sept.  9, 1969, 6931267 

Int.  CL  BOld  33116 
U.S.CL210— 136  2ClainM 


\ 


A  fluid  is  filtered  by  passing  a  stream  of  fluid  through  a 
porous  wall  of  an  inlet  chamber  through  a  treatment  zone 
filled  with  treatment  material  and  then  through  another 
porous  wall  into  a  collecting  chamber.  The  flow  from  the 
inlet  chamber  to  the  collecting  chamber  is  substantially 
horizontal  and  a  vertically  upwardly  directed  liquid  stream 
passes  through  the  treatment  material  at  the  bottom  of  the 
container  to  entrain  particles  of  the  treatment  material  and 
lift  them  to  the  top  of  the  container  to  provide  for  recircula- 
tion of  the  treatment  material.  The  treatment  material  is 
regenerated  during  the  circulation  with  the  impurities  being 
removed  from  the  container  near  the  top  portion  thereof 
above  the  treatment  material. 


\ 


3,667,605 

SUBMERGED  OIL  LEAK  CONTROL 

Robert  O.  ZieUnski,  Route  #2,  Box  20,  Delton,  Mich. 

Filed  May  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  34,087 

Int.  CI.  E02b  15104 

U.S.CL  210—170 


casing  means  and  communicating  with  the  interior  thereof 
through  an  opening  in  the  top  wall  theretrf'.  The  tubular 


mearts  is  braced  by  a  plurality  of  cables  connected  thereto 
and  to  anchor  means  located  on  the  ocean  floor. 


3,667,606 

CONSTRUCTION  OF  FILTERS 

Carmen  Muda  Negro,  O'DonncU  13,  MadMd,  Spain 

Filed  Dec.  17, 1970,  Scr.  Na  99,041 

Claims  priority,  application  Spain,  Dec  30, 1969, 375038 

Int.  CL  BOld  27104 

MJ&.  CL  210—193  7 


A  filtering  canister  which  contains  a  filtering  medium  of 
diatomaceous  earth  which  is  retained  within  the  canister  by  a 
foraminous  support  consisting  of  a  series  of  concentric  trun- 
cated cones  of  foraminous  sheet  material  and  a  fabric 
disposed  between  the  filtering  medium  and  the  sheet  materi- 
al. The  innermost  cone  is  secured  at  its  inner  edge  around  a 
central  vertical  pipe  exteitding  through  the  cover  which  per- 
mits the  recharging  of  the  filtering  medium.  Hoops  are  pro- 
vided to  loosely  retain  the  fabric  in  place  in  the  vertices  of 
the  cones  when  flow  is  arrested. 


T. 


lOaim 


3,667,607 
CHROMATOGRAPHIC  MATERIAL 
Marcus  K.  Brandt,  Easton,  1*a.,  aarignor  to  J. 
Chemical  Company,  PhUilpaburg,  Fa. 

Filcd  Nov.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,299 
Int.  CL  BOld  15108 
VJ&.  CL  210—198  10 1 

A  thin  layer  chromatographic  strip  in  the  form  of  an  ekm- 


Cup-shaped  casing  means  inverted  upon  or  adjacent  to  the  gated  tape  carrying  indicia  related  to  chromatographic  test 
ocean  floor  and  tubular  means  extending  upwardly  from  said  areas,  the  areas  being  in  contact  with  a  reservoir  Ux  solvent. 


\ 


/ 


144 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  J5,  1972 


the  combination  of  test  areas,  indicia,  and  reservoir  being 
periodicaUy  reproduced  on  the  length  of  the  tape,  whereby 
the  indicia  may  be  used  to  initiate  sampling,  solvent  applica- 


the  oil  riaing  under  the  tent  then  collects  in  the  peak  of  the 
tent  whence  it  it  conveyed  upwardly  by  hydrostatic  pressure 
through  a  conduit  into  a  flexible  collection  receptacle.  The 
apparatus  may  be  dropped  fix>m  an  airplane  by  a  parachute, 
in  which  case  the  collection  receptacle  itself  can  be  the 
parachute.  The  apparatus  is  buoyant  yet  weighted  to  main- 
tain an  upright  attitude  and  to  position  the  tent  at  a  desired 
depth 


tion,  and  control  passage  through  development  and  drying 
stages,  and  initiation  and  termination  of  scanning  stages, 
thereby  to  make  possible  a  sequence  of  unrelated  or  related 
analyses  automatically  on  said  tape. 


Oil  is  removed  from  contaminated  water  by  means  of  a 
fibrous  structure  of  low  denier  polyolefin  fibers  attached  to  a 
pumping  system.  The  polyolefin  fiber  structure  can  absorb 
many  times  its  own  weight  of  oil  while  absorbing  little  or  no 
water.  The  oil  is  then  easily  removed  from  the  fibrous  struc- 
ture by  pumping. 


3,667,609 

APPARATUS  FOR  COLLECTING  OIL  FROM  THE 

SURFACE  OF  A  BODY  OF  WATER 

Wmiain  H.  Dwaid,  541  Putman  Rd.,  Rogers,  Ark. 

FOcd  Oct.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80^50 

Int.  a.  C02b  9102 

VS.  CL  210—242 


SCiabns 


Oil  is  collected  from  the  surface  of  a  body  of  water  by  im- 
mersing a  tent-shaped  collector  just  under  the  surface  of  the 
water.  The  wave  action  drives  oil  down  below  the  tent,  and 


1. 

APPkRAl 


\ 


3,667,610 
iTUS  FOR  COLLECTING  OIL  FROM  THE 
SURFACE  OF  A  BODY  OF  WATER 
wmiam  H.  Daniel,  Route  3,  Roscrs,  Ark. 

I      fUed  Fell.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  113,254 
I  Int.  CL  C02b  9102 

U.S.  CL  210—242 


SOafam 


3,667,608 
APPARATUS  FOR  REMOVING  OIL  SPILLS  FROM  THE 

SURFACE  OF  A  BODY  OF  WATER 
lUdpk  H.  Burroughs,  Chapd  HiD,  and  Paul  R.  Cox,  Jr.,  Cary, 
both  of  N.C.,  assignors  to  Hcrcuks  Incorporated,  Wilming- 
ton, Dd. 

Filed  Apr.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,472 

Int.  CL  E02b  15104 

U.S.  CL  210-242  4ClainH 


^ 


jt 


\ 


i» 


Oil  is  collected  from  the  surface  of  a  body  of  water  by  im- 
mersing a  tent-shaped  collector  from  above  the  surface  of  the 
water  to  a  depth  such  that  the  hydrostatic  pressure  of  the  oil 
in  the  collector  will  pump  oil  to  an  elevation  above  the  sur- 
face of  the  water  and  into  a  collection  receptacle.  The  collec- 
tor slides  vertically  on  a  conduit  and  delivers  the  oil  into  the 
lower  end  of  the  conduit,  the  lower  end  of  the  conduit  being 
positioned  at  a  depth  which  determines  the  height  to  which 
the  oil  can  be  pumped  above  the  surface  of  the  water. 


I 


3,667,611 
SWIMMING  POOL  LEAF  TRAP 
Andrew  L.  Pansini,  180  Los  Ccrros  Drive,  Grcenbrne,  Snn 
Raiacl.  CaHf . 

I     Fled  Feb.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10^85 
Int.  CL  E03r  5104;  BOld  35128 
U.S.  a.  210— 244  ^      4Clalm8 


A  portable  leaf  trap  for  use  with  swimming  pools  dompris- 
ing  a  dome-like  housing,  perforate  means  affixed  to  the  hous- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


145 


ing,  a  flexible  base  member  extending  outwardly  from  the 
housing,  and  lift  means.  An  opening  is  provided  in  the  side  of 
the  housing  to  provide  communication  between  the  outside 
of  the  housing  and  an  interior  defined  by  the  perforate  means 
and  the  housing  inner  surface.  The  leaf  trap  is  adapted  to  be 
positioned  over  a  swimming  pool  drain  upon  the  floor  of  the 
pool  with  leaves  and  the  like  entering  the  trap  interior 
through  said  opening.  The  lifting  element  is  afFixed  to  the 
perforate  means  in  the  vicinity  of  said  opening  and  ofliwt 
with  respect  to  the  center  of  gravity  of  the  trap.  When  an  up- 
wardly directed  force  is  applied  to  the  lifting  element,  the 
leaf  trap  tends  to  pivot  therearound  thus  trapping  the  leaves 
and  the  like  within  the  interior  at  a  location  remote  from  said 
opening. 


3,667,612 

ARTinClAL  KIDNEY  SYSTEM 

Joe  H.  Leonard,  1 105  Remington  Rd.,  KnoxvUle,  Tcnn. 

Flicd  Sept.  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  855,191 

Int.  a.  BOld  3 1/00,  13/00 

VS.  CL  210-321  15  CialnH 


An  open-topped,  elongated,  rectangular  tank  is  mounted 
on  a  framework  that  is  fitted  with  casters,  enabling  the  unit 
to  be  moved  from  place  to  place  in  a  hospital,  clinic,  or  in 
the  residence  of  a  patient.  The  framework  supports  a  motor 
driven  recirculating  pump  for  causing  a  continuous  flow  of  a 
dialyzing  fluid  out  of  and  back  into  the  tank.  A  pair  of  clear, 
colorless  elongated  plates  are  clamped  together  with  one  or 
more  lengths  of  clear  colorless  tubes  of  semipermeable 
material  confined  between  them,  and  this  assembly  is  im- 
mersed in  the  dialyzing  fluid  in  the  tank.  The  ends  of  the  tube 
or  tubes  have  connection  to  an  artery  and  a  vein  of  a  patient, 
so  that  the  patient's  heart  will  produce  a  flow  of  his  blood 
through  the  tubes,  where  toxic  substances  are  removed  from 
the  blood  by  the  dialytic  action. 


3,667,613      ^ 
APPARATUS  FOR  HLTERING  COOiONG  UQUID 
Raymond  H.  Angold,  179  Fairway  HiU  Crescent,  Kin^on, 
Ontario,  Canada 

Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  716,437,  Mar. 
27, 1968,  now  abmidoned.  This  application  Oct.  2, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  77,592 
Int.  CI.  BOld  25/36 
U.S.  CL  210-336  16  Claims 

A  filter  assembly  for  use  in  apparatus  for  cooking  food  in  a 
hot  cooking  liquid,  in  which  the  filter  assembly  is  rotated  to 
centrifiigally  clean  the  filter  medium.  The  filter  assembly  is 
particularly  suitable  for  continuously  filtering  uncooked  and 
partly  cooked  foodstuffs  from  the  cooking  liquid,  and  is  sup- 
ported with  a  cooperating  impervious  tube  spaced  therefrom 
to  form  a  receiving  chamber  for  filtered  liquid.  The  chamber 
is  connected  to  a  conduit  for  conveying  the  filtered  liquid, 
for  example,  back  to  a  supply  reservoir  for  re-use.  The  filter 
medium  is  rnie  of  a  cloth  woven  from  strands  or  fibers  of  a 
fluorinated  ethylene  or  propylene  resin,  a  silicone-based  ther- 
mosetting resin  or  like  substance  having  similar  non-stick  and 
low  friction  characteristics:  strands  or  fibers  of  the  materials 
mentioned  above  pressed  together  into  a  felt-like  mat  struc- 
ture; or  a  wire  screen  whose  wire  strands  are  substantially 
wholly  coated,  preferably  with  tetrafluoreth)4ene,  or  another 
of  the  above  resins.  The  filter  assembly  includes  means  for 


routably  mounting  the  same  in  a  housing.  Preferably,  at  least 
one  turbulence-generating  bar  or  like  structure  is  provided 
adjacent  the  filter  surface.  This  bar  creates  turbulence  in  the 
liquid  when  the  filter  assembly  is  being  rotated,  and  that  tur- 


-r-Kr  r  !  1  !  r  ;  I  ^r-r^ 


bulence  tends  to  loosen  filtered  material  deposited  on  the 
filter  surface  and  effects  an  auxiliary  cleansing  action  on  said 
surface.  At  least  one  filter  and  impervious  surface  arrange- 
ment is  provided.  Some  back  flushing  also  occurs  when  the 
filter  assembly  is  cleaned. 


3,667,614 

FILTERING  An>ARATUS 

Thomas  R.  KomUne,  Gladstone,  NJ.,  Msignor  to  KomHne- 

Sanderson  Engineering  Corporation,  Pcapocfc,  N  J. 

Filed  Feb.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,531 

Int  a.  BOld  33/14 

U.S.  a.  210— 401  3ClafaM 


A  rotary  drum-type  vacuum  filter  in  uiiich  the  grids  which 
support  the  flexible  filter  medium  over  the  filtering  compart- 
ments of  the  drum  are  respectively  formed  to  provide  one  or 
more  corrugations  extending  generally  in  the  direction  of  the 
drum  axis  and  defining  one  or  more  channels,  said  corruga- 
tions also  defining  valleys  in  addition  to  said  channeb  and 
into  which  the  flexiMe  filter  mediimi  is  sucked  during  its  im- 
mersion in  the  slurry  being  fihered  to  form  corrugations  in 
the  filter  media  which  mate  with  said  valleys.  Thereafter, 
when  the  filter  medium  emerges  from  the  slurry  with  a  filter 
cake  formed  thereon  said  mating  corrugations,  the  channels 
are  eliminated  t>y  removal  of  the  filter  ntedium  from  the 
drum  for  passage  on  to  the  discharge  roll.  Such  elimination 
of  the  mating  corrugations  from  the  flexible  filter  medium 
and  the  resulting  elongation  of  the  filter  medium  rdative  to 
the  less  flexible  filter  cake,  facilitates  the  separation  of  the 
cake  from  the  medium. 


146 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  i  1972 


3^7^15 

SELF-CLEANING  TUBULAR  SCREEN 

DavM  M.  I  ilrw.  Ariii«lMi  IfclgliU,  nL,  ■■ignor  to  Univcr- 

Mri  Oil  Producte  Cumpamy,  Do  Plainw,  DL 

CoiitiaiwtkMHta-p«r«  of  appHcatloa  Scr.  No.  787,708,  Dec  30, 

1968,  BOW  PMcBt  No.  3,S61,605.  This  appHcatloii  Oct  5, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  77,944.  The  portion  of  the  term  oT  the  patent 

subsequent  to  Feb.  9, 1988,  has  been  disclaimed. 

Int.  CL  BOld  29/22 

VS.  CL  210—497.1  8  Clabna 


A  self-cleaning  tubular  screen  adapted  for  de-watering  or 
classifying  particulates  and  the  method  of  making  such 
screen.  The  screen  embodies  a  slotted  construction  to  pro- 
vide a  self-cleaning  "V"  slot  that  enlarges  in  the  outward 
radial  direction.  The  support  rods  for  the  tubular  screen  are 
located  on  the  inner  periphery  of  the  tubular  screen  and  at- 
tached to  the  wide  face  of  the  wedge-shaped  wire  in  a 
manner  so  as  to  preclude  any  interference  with  the  slot  open- 
ing. This  is  accomplished  by  utilizing  a  wire  having  a  ridge 
portion  on  the  wide  face  thereof  to  prevent  the  weld  con- 
necting the  wire  to  the  rods  from  disturbing  the  edges  of  the 
wide  face. 


3,667,616 
STRAINER 
Alex  Wayne,  Des  Moines,  Iowa, 
turing  Company 

FUcd  Oct.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,170 
Int.  a.  BOld  35/28 
VS.  CL  210—451 


to  Deiavan  Manufac> 


6Claims 


A  fluid  strainer  and  method  of  making  same  comprises  an 
integral  one-piece  body  having  a  mounting  end,  a  strainer 
end  and  a  cap  member,  both  the  strainer  end  and  the  cap 
member  having  a  cross  sectional  dimension  smaller  than  that 
of  the  strainer  element.  The  strainer  element  is  slid  over  the 
cap  member  and  strainer  end  and  is  brought  into  abutting 
relationship  with  a  shoulder  which  separates  the  mounting 
and  strainer  ends  and  the  cross  sectional  dimension  of  the 
cap  member  is  radially  expanded  in  cross  sectional  dimension 
so  as  to  engage  the  strainer  element  and  firmly  position  and 
retain  same  on  the  strainer  body. 


and  other  products.  These  display  trays  are  connectable  with 
a  movaMe  frame,  which  swings  about  pivot  means  from  a 
neutral  or  median  position  to  predetermined  angular  posi- 
tions, in  which  the  trays  assume  from  a  superposed  and  coin- 
ciding location  to  each  other  a  parallel  position  in  which  the 
trays  are  transposed  to  a  staggered  formation  or  step-like 
positions,  in  which  the  articles  retained  on  their  successive 
trays,  are  exposed  to  view  with  their  front  and/or  rear  por- 
tions, as  desired. 


The  trays  of  the  display  device  may  be  adjusted  and  fixed 
in  any  desired  parallel  position  to  each  other  whereby  any 
further  parallel  movement  of  the  trays  may  be  impeded.  The 
arrangement  of  the  frame  of  the  device  and  its  parts  may  also 
be  carried  out,  so  that  the  framework  is  subdivided  and 
guidance  of  the  trays  occurs  in  a  manner  that,  e.g.,  one  or 
more  selected  upper  trays  are  displaced  to  an  extreme  for- 
ward and  parallel  position,  while  one  or  more  of  selected 
lower  trays  are  guided  to  likewise  take  up  an  extreme  for- 
ward parallel  position,  whereas  the  remaining  trays  assume 
other  non-coexterudve  or  non-equidistant  but  parallel  posi- 
tions. 


3,667,618 
MECHANISM  FOR  UFTING  AND  CONVEYING 
MATERIEL 
Peter  H.  Bcftoln,  AroMla,  Orilf.,  avignor  to  General  Con- 
veyor, Inc.,  B  Monte,  CaMf. 

FDcd  Ai«.  19,  1969,  Ser.  No.  851^356 

Int.  CL  B65g  1/06 

VS.  CL  212—128  1  Claim 


3,667,617 
TILTABLE  RACK  OR  DISPLAY  DEVICE 
Jerry  Cohn,  1546  BnMdway,  New  Yorii,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  57>«7 

IafLCLA47t3/I4 

U.S.  CL  21 1—128  12  Oainv 

The  inventicm  has  reference  to  tiltable  and  adjustable 
racks,  carriers  and  like  display  devices  equipped  with  shelves 
or  trays  for  carrying  articles,  e.g.,  samples  of  fabrics,  tiles. 


^ 

nA 

--5^^ 

mr- 

«    ' 

£ 

i?^ 

--^rv^- 

I 

<« 

a 
* 

Mi- 

« 
4 

—J 

\ 

' 

% 

l" 

;<!s<j  r- 

y 

An  overhead  travelling  crane  movable  along  a  path  of 
travel,  and  also  from  side  to  side  along  the  path  has  fixed  to  it 
a  depending  boom  or  mast  which  carries  a  movable  section 
which  caa  be  raised  and  lowered  to  pick  up  materiel  from 
either  side  of  the  path  by  means  of  a  fork-like  device  near  the 
bottom  of  the  movable  section.  In  the  usual  arrangement 
there  are  two  such  masts  provided  with  lifting  forks  spaced 
apart  from  each  other  along  the  path,  such  that  the  forks  can 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


147 


lift  the  two  ends  of  cylindrical  or  pipe-like  objects  having 
cylindrical  or  tubular  end  members  which  can  be  grasped  by 
the  two  spaced  forks.  ObjecU  thus  lifted  by  the  forks  can  be 
carried  along  the  path  to  some  other  location.  A  guide  means 
equipped  with  wheels  and  rollers  provides  ease  of  movement 
of  the  movable  mast  sections  up  and  down  the  fTxed  inast 
section  without  binding  even  under  eccentric  loading.^ 


3,667,619 
STEM  FEED  ARRANGEMENT 
Thorc  UndMon,  Alfta,  Sweden,  aidgnor  to  Oitbcrgs  Fabriks 
AB,  AHta,  Sweden 

Filed  Aug.  7,  1970,  Scr.  No.  62,087 
-Claims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Nov.  28, 1969,  16399 

Int  CL  B65g  61/00 
VS.  CL  214—1  PB  1  Claim 


Felled  trees  were  heretofore  fed  by  a  crane  one  by  one  to  a 
working  unit.  This  method  implied  poor  utilization  of  the 
crane  capacity.  At  the  invention  the  upper  part  of  an  inclined 
sliding  chute  serves  as  a  buffer  space  for  trees  into  which  a 
crane  can  load  the  entire  tree  bundle  and  during  the  intervals 
carry  out  other  useful  work.  The  bufTer  store  of  trees  rests 
against  the  inside  of  the  longer  arm  of  an  unequally  armed 
angular  lever,  which  with  its  comer  is  mounted  at  the  sliding 
chute.  By  turning  upwardly  the  shorter  arm  of  the  angular 
lever  the  tree  located  closest  is  taken  along  and  by  a  full  turn 
of  the  lever  lifted  over  to  the  lower  part  of  the  chute  on 
which  it  slides  down  to  the  unit.  Thereafter  the  lever  is  swung 
into  the  opposite  direction  back  to  its  original  position  for  re- 
peating the  batching  operation. 


3,667,620 
SELF-CONTAINED  UNLOADING  APPARATUS 
Harry  Steiro,  Madison,  Wis.,  assignor  to  Wisconsin  Foundry 
and  Machine  Conpwiy,  Madison,  Wb. 

Filed  Oct.  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  82,359 

Int.  a.  B60p  1/48 

U.S.CL214-tlP  SClainH 


A  material  handling  unit  for  detachable  ctmnection  to  the 
rear  end  of  a  vehicle  and  which  permits  gravitational  unload- 
ing of  heavy  objects  such  as  heavy  concrete  pipes  from  the 


bed  of  a  truck.  The  unit  is  self-contained  and  can  be  easily 
attached  to  or  detached  from  the  vehicle.  The  unit  contains 
ite  own  hydraulic  system  including  the  extensible  cylinders, 
fluid  pump,  reservoir  and  control  apparatus. 


3,667,621 

FLUID  POWER  SYSTEM  FOR  A  SELF-CONTAINED 

UNLOADING  UNIT 

Everett  P.  Bwlow,  Cambridge,  Wb.,  Msignor  to  Wisconsin 

Foundry  and  Machine  Compw^y,  Madison,  Wis. 

Filed  Oct.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,449 

Int.  CL  B60p  1/48 

VS.  a.  214—1  P  4  ciain« 


A  precharged,  closed  circuit,  fluid  power  system  for  a 
material  handling  unit  which  permits  controlled  gravitational 
unloading  of  heavy  objects  such  as  heavy  concrete  pipes 
from  the  bed  of  a  truck.  The  system  comprises  extensible 
cylinders,  fluid  pump,  reservcHT  and  control  apparatus. 


3,667,622 

METHOD  OF  AND  MEANS  FOR  STACKING  MOULDED 

ARTICLES  IN  GROUPS 

Hermann  Kamphues,  Rhcine,  and  Hans-Jurgen  Rosengartcn, 

Georgsmarienhutte,   both   of   Germany,   anignors   to   C 

Keller  &  Co.,  Laggenbeck,  Germany 

Filed  Jan.  5,  1971,  Ser.  No.  104,035 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Aug.  17, 1970,  P  20  40 

8133 

Int.  CL  B65g  57/26 

VS.  CL  214-6  A  5  claims 


'\J|-» 


n 


iL 


ffll 


^ 


I— i 


Moulded  articles  such  as  bricks  are  arranged  in  a  plurality 
of  aligned  rows  side  by  side  on  a  conveyor  belt.  The  rows  are 
transferred  to  a  second  belt  and  have  their  spacing  adjusted. 
The  articles  are  then  seized  in  a  group  and  lifted  off  the  belt, 
turned  through  1 80*  and  deposited  on  a  next  group  dt  arti- 
cles to  form  a  two-tier  set-up.  This  is  then  transferred  by  a 
gripping  device  to  a  firing  carriage. 


3,667,623 
EDGER  STACKER 
John  R.  Frailer,  Dayton,  and  Larry  D.  Longstrcth,  WHmii^ 
ton,  both  of  Ohio,  assl^piors  to  The  National  Ovh  Rcgtatcr 
Company,  Dayton,  Ohio 

FUcd  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,559 

Int  CLB65g  57/00 

U.S.CL  214-7  3Clabm 

An  edger-sucker  apparatus  for  stacking  letter  mail  on  a 

long  lower  edge  of  the  letters.  The  apparatus  includes  a  pair 


148 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


of  input  belts  which  deliver  letters  to  an  entry  point,  whence 
they  are  deflected  by  a  first  portion  of  a  stacking  plate  sup- 
ported on  a  table  to  a  stack  of  letters  already  stacked  by  the 
apparatus.  The  stacking  plate  has  a  second  portion  upstand- 
ing from  the  table,  which  portion  has  an  opening  therein.  A 
pusher  plate  passes  through  the  second  portion  to  push  the 
stack  of  letters  (already  stacked)  away  from  the  second  por- 
tion to  provide  a  clearance  for  the  next  approaching  letter  to 


be  inserted  between  the  stack  and  the  second  portion  of  the 
stacking  plate.  As  the  pusher  plate  advances  out  of  the  open- 
ing in  the  second  portion  of  the  stacking  plate,  it  moves  the 
nearest  letter  in  the  stack  towards  an  edger  plate  to  '^'edge" 
the  letter.  An  orbital-type  drive  is  used  to  drive  the  pusher 
plate  and  create  a  vibration  on  the  table,  which  facilitates 
edging  of  the  letters. 


3,667,624 
CASSETTE-TAPE  SUPPLYING  APPARATUS 
Mitsuo  Ogura,  Odawara,  awl  Shiiiichi  Fukaiawa,  Chigasaki, 
both  of  Japan,  anigiion  to  Hitachi,  Ltd.,  Toltyo,  Japan 

Filed  Jan.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  110,476 

Clainu  priority,  application  Japan,  Jan.  30, 1970, 45/771 1 

Int.  CLB65g  60/00 

U.S.  CL  2 14—8.5  A  3  dainv 


A  cassette-tape  supplying  apparatus  permitting  a  continu- 
ous recording  or  reproduction  of  a  number  of  cassette  tapes, 
which  is  constructed  such  that  a  number  of  cassettes  are  set 
upright  on  an  input  hopper  and  that  they  are  fed  under  the 
upright  state  in  the  order  of  the  first,  second  and  third  hol- 
ders to  be  outputted  from  said  third  holder,  and  in  which  said 
second  holder  is  adapted,  upcm  swivelling,  to  mount  said  cas- 
settes onto  at  least  one  deck. 


to  Tiw  Goodyear 


3,667,625 
DUNNAGE  DEVICE 
Gcorfe  A.  Lucaa,  Rodonart,  Ga.,  iwiflnr 
Tire  St  Rubiicr  Company,  Alaron,  Oido 

Filed  Aug.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,161 
Int  CL  B65g  1/14 
VS.  CL  214—10.5  D  13 

An  inflatable,  bladderless  dunnage  device  of  economical 
construction  for  shoring  merchandise  in  a  storage  compart- 


ment. The  member  includes  a  unitary  body  and  valve  means 
connected  therewith.  The  body  is  formed  of  a  laminate  of 
pressure-retaining,  flexible  material  including  a  layer  or  sheet 
of  flexible  polymeric  material  and  a  layer  of  open  mtah  tex- 
tile fabric  covering  at  least  substantially  the  entire  outer  sur- 
face of  the  polymeric  material  layer.  The  polymeric  material 


fills  the  openings  or  interstices  of  the  fabric  layer  to  form  a 
bond  therewith  capable  of  withstanding  at  least  low  to  inter- 
mediate pressure  when  the  member  is  inflated.  Preferably  the 
polymeric  material  is  at  least  substantially  air  impervious  and 
the  textile  fabric  layer  is  preferably  of  a  leno  weave  construc- 
tion. 


3,667,626 
SEALING  MEANS 
Aldo  TordU,  and  Andre  Jacqucmct,  both  of  Crand^Lancy, 
Geneva,  Switacriand,  aasiffiori  to  Sandco  Limited,  (Mtawa, 


Filed  July  31,  1969,  Scr.  No.  846,366 

Claims  priority,  application  Switaerland,  Aug.  1, 1968, 

115550/68;  May  13, 1969, 7327/69 

Int.  CL  F26b  25/00 

VS.  CL  ai4— 17  B  11 


ClainH 


In  a  sealing  means  between  two  ntembers  that  are  movable 
in  relation  to  each  other,  one  of  the  members  having  a  seal- 
ing ridge  which  ridge  is  movable  towards  the  other  of  said 
members  forming  a  slit  therewith,  the  sealing  ridge  is  pro- 
vided with  a  surface  facing  said  other  member,  said  surface 
being  parallel  with  the  surface  of  said  other  member,  means 
are  provided  for  biasing  the  sealing  ridge  in  the  direction 
towards  said  other  member. 


3,667,627 

FEED  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  A  COMBUSTION  FURNACE 

Joluuuica  Joaef  Martin,  and  Erich  Weber,  both  of  Mimchen, 

Germany,  aMignori  to  Joaef  Martin  Fcvcrungsbau  GmbH, 

Munchen,  Germany 

Filed  Dec.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,483 
Clainu  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec  30, 1968,  P  18  17 

436.2 
Int.  CL  B65f  25/08;  F23k  3/12 
VS.  CL  U4—23  9\  Clafam 

The  lower  open  end  of  an  upstanding  supply  chute  com- 
municates with  the  upper  surfaces  of  two  pairs  of  stepwise  ar- 
ranged and  partly  "bverlapping  upper  pushing  members  and 


J 


I 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


149 


tower  supportmg  members  for  transferring  to  the  same  com-  neutral  position  when  the  emergency  brakes  of  the  vehicle 
bustible  material.  The  respective  elements  are  upwardly  arc  applied;  and  means  is  responsive  to  the  shifting  of  the 
mclmed  relaUve  to  the  horizontal  and  towards  the  furnace  in-   transmission  to  neutral  position  to  increase  the  speed  of  the 


14 


let,  and  with  the  pushing  elements  reciprocable  relative  to 
the  supporting  elemenu  towards  and  away  from  the  furnace 
inlet  so  as  to  stepwise  displace  the  combustible  material  from 
the  support  surfaces  into  the  furnace. 


vehicle  engine  to  provide  sufficient  torque  for  operating  a 
hydraulic  pump  in  connection  with  the  vehicle  engine  for 
delivering  sufficient  power  to  operate  the  trash  packer 
mechanism  of  the  trash  collection  vehicle. 


3,667,628 
APPARATUS  FOR  LOADING  PALLETS 
Friedrich  Gabler,  and  Arthur  Giordan,  both  of  Stuttgart- 
Muhlhausen,    Germany,    aalgnors    to    Carl    Drohmann 
GmbH,  Stuttgart-Bad  Canmtatt,  Germany 

Filed  Jan.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,598 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Feb.  5, 1969,  P  19  05 
^  714.8 

Int.  CLB65g  5  7/26 
U.S.  CL  214-6  DK  3  QainK 


2i^2)K27Z3^Hti^2Ht2S»^  /H^/ 


3,667,630 

AUTOMOBILE  TOWING  ASSEMBLY 

Albert  Rockwood  Scott,  287  Wycfawood  Ave,  Toronto,  On- 

tairo,  Canada 
Contfaiuation  of  appHcnrton  Scr.  No.  808,414,  Mar.  19, 1969, 
now  abandoned.  This  applcation  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

64.016 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  BriUin,  Mar.  21,  1968, 

13,638/68 
Int.  CL  B60p  3/12 
VS.  CL  214—86  A  I6 


♦  yrfi*) 


-M        7  « 


In  an  apparatus  for  loading  pallets  comprising  a  conveyor 
by  which  objects  are  introduced  to  the  loading  zone,  and  a 
ram  for  transferring  such  objects  sideways  on  to  a  carrier 
which  can  be  retracted  to  deposit  the  objects  on  to  a  waiting 
pallet,  the  use  of  a  multi-part  carrier  associated  with  stop 
means  to  allow  for  size-adjustment  and  squaring-up  at  all 
four  sides  of  an  assembly  of  objects  on  the  carrier. 


A  standard  automobile  or  truck  is  ctMivertible  to  a  towing 
vehicle  by  the  easy  installation  (and  removal)  of  a  frame  to 
which  is  connected  a  derrick,  source  of  power,  rotataUe 
draw-bar  system,  sling  unit  and  rotatably  liftable  load  bearing 
towing  wheel  arrangement  which  is  lockable  in  lowered 
operating  position  and  elevated  by  the  rotation  into  the  verti- 
cal out-of-use  po«itipn-of  said  draw  system. 


3,667,629 

CONTROL  AND  POWER  APPARATUS  FOR  OPERATING 

TRASH  COLLECTKN^  VEHICLE  PACKERS 

Frands  X.  La  Voie,  2818  North  51  Street,  Phoenix,  Ariz. 
Hied  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  115,188 
Int.  CLB6«  J/00 
U.S.  CL  214-833  9Clafans 

A  control  and  power  apparatus  for  operating  trash  collec- 
tion vehicle  packers  wherein  a  trash  collecting  vehicle  is  pro- 
vided with  a  chassis  and  wheels  driven  by  an  engine  carried 
on  the  chassis  and  wherein  emergency  brakes  for  the  wheels 
are  manually  controlled  and  wherein  means  is  provided  for 
automatically  shifting  the  transmission  of  the  vehicle  to 


3,667,631 

HYDRAUUC  UTIUTY  LIFT  PC«  TRUCKS 

Jcrald  W.  BMmp,  1506  Highway  56,  Dodge  City,  Kam. 

Filed  Jan.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  106,777 

Int.  CL  B66c  7/00,  B66f  3/00 

VS.  CL  214—86  A  8  < 

A  hydraulic  utility  lift  for  pick-up  trucks  and  other  vehicles 
consisting  of  a  frame  adapted  to  be  mounted  under  the  rear 
portion  of  the  truck  bed  and  carrying  a  lift  arm  operable  to 
lift  a  load  disposed  rearwardly  of  said  truck  as  said  arm  is 
pivoted  from  a  downwardly  and  rearwardly  inclined  position 
to  a  substantially  horizontal  position,  a  hydraulic  ram  for 
pivoting  said  arm,  and  a  linkage  operatively  connecting  said 
ram  to  said  arm,  said  linkage  having  a  novel  arrangement 
whereby  it  both  converts  horizontal  movements  of  said  ram 


150 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


to  vertical  movement  lifting  said  arm,  whereby  said  ram  may    bucket  mounted  on  an  earth  handling  apparatus.  The  bucket 
be  elevated  to  preserve  better  ground  clearance  for  said  lift,    thereby  is  quickly  converted  to  a  fork  lift  having  ^1  the 


M^».W^.WWW.l.^VW»».WIi 


w\wAuwiwvwwwww«ww.'.mwwiiwi»mwimu^uki.>.>.w.wmwwu 


and  also  provides  a  more  uniform  power  ratio  for  said  ram, 
permitting  economies  in  the  design  of  said  ram. 


3,667,632 
FLOOR  CRANE 
Anthony  CHfrord  Tidswdl,   18,  Ncne  Road,   Huntinsdon, 
Hundngdonshire,  England 

^  Filed  Jan.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  3,541 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jan.  21, 1969, 

3,391/69 

Int.  a.  B66c  23100 

MS.  CL  214—130  R  2  Oafam 


A  floor  crane  having  a  wheeled  base  with  an  upright  sup- 
port pivoted  to  one  end  thereof,  a  jib  pivoted  to  the  upper 
end  of  the  upright  support  and  a  fluid  ram  interconnecting 
the  upright  support  and  jib  such  that  the  upright  support  can 
be  disposed  parallel  with  the  base  with  the  jib  and  fluid  ram 
substantially  disposed  therebetween. 


movements  imparted  to  the  bucket  for  lifting  and  conveying 
a  load. 


3,667,634 
INSTRUMENT  FOR  PRESENTING  AN  OBJECT  TQ  BE 

VIEWED 

Raymond-Gerard    Potterat,    6,    Avenue    da    Alpcs,    1006 
Lausanne,  Vaud,  Swltaeriand  | 

Filed  Sept.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,775  | 

Clainw  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Oct.  1, 1969, 
I  13248/69  L 

I  Int.  CL  B65g  7/(70  I 

VS.  a.  214—340  ^  10  Clabm 


I*  i    19   W 


md±A 


k       .<  I  1  1 


^\7^ 


A  device  for  presenting  an  article  to  be  viewed,  with  an 
elongated  support  and  means  mounted  thereon  for  holding 
and  rotating  the  article.  These  means  are  actuated  at  distance 
and  at  will,  without  cutting  the  field  oLview. 


I 


3,667,635 
COMBD^EO  TRUCK  BODY  AND  WHEELED  RACK  AND 

METHOD  OF  LOADING  AND  UNLOAMNG  A  VAN 
Ralph  H.  Hackney,  Waridi^ton,  N.C.,  aMignor  to  J.  A. 
Hackney  &  Sons,  Inc.  I 

Original  application  July  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  841,529,'now 
Patent  No.  3,572,815,  dated  Mar.  30, 1971.  DIvkled  and  thta 
Application  D«^  3,  1970,  Scr.  No.  94^66       | 
'  Int  CL  B60p  1164  I 


U.S.CL2 


3,667,633 
FORK  LIFT  ATTACHMENT 
Michael  Cappdla,  Lancaster,  N.Y.,  aarignor  to  Scrgi  Bros., 
IoCm  Dcpcw,  N.Y. 

FBed  July  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,184 

Int  CL  B66f  9100 

U.S.  CL  214—145  4  Oafam 

A  pair  of  fork  lift  elements  are  clamped  at  their  rear  ends       A  combined  van  type  truck  body  and  a  wheeled  rack  or 
in  laterally  spaced  relation  between  pivotal  segments  of  a    cart  of  a  size  commensurate  with  the  internal  dimensions  of 


4—515 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


151 


the  body  to  be  loaded  into  or  removed  from  the  body 
through  rear  access  doors  with  the  body  also  including  roll- 
up  type  overhead  doors  along  each  side  thereof  to  enable  ac- 
cess to  both  longitudinal  sides  of  the  rack  or  cart  throughout 
the  longitudinal  dimension  thereof  so  that  items  to  be 
delivered  may  be  unloaded  from  either  side  of  the  body  at 
any  point  throughout  the  longitudinal  length  and  vertical 
height  thereof  so  that  non-deliverable  items  may  remain  in 
the  body  without  hindering  delivery  of  items  at  subsequent 
delivery  sites  thereby  enabling  a  novel  method  of  loading  and 
unloading  a  van  body  to  be  effectively  practiced. 


3,667,636 
SAFETY-CLOSURE  DEVICE 
William  James  Landen,  Cheshire,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Eyelet 
Spcciahy  Company,  WalHngford,  Conn. 

Filed  Nov.  25,  1970,  Ser.  No.  92,728 

Int  CI.  A61J  1100 

U.S.  CL  215-9  21  Claims 


The  invention  contemplates  selectively  openable  closure 
means  that  is  tamper-proof,  in  the  sense  that  a  correct 
sequence  of  two  deliberate  and  independent  movements  of 
two  parts  is  necessary  in  order  to  achieve  access  to  the  con- 
tents of  the  bottle  or  the  like  which  is  protected  by  the  clo- 
sure. / 

The  specific  construction  that  is  described  involves  a  bottle 
with  a  neck  having  a  circular  opening,  and  a  closure  cap  hav- 
ing a  cylindrical  wall  to  overlap  and  lock  to  the  outer  surface 
of  the  neck.  The  closed  end  of  the  cap  has  an  axially  tapering 
yieldable  section  which  engages  the  circular  neck  opening  in 
the  course  of  closing  the  bottle.  The  nature  of  the  lock  is 
such  as  to  preload  the  yieldable  engagement  and  to  utilize 
the  resilient  action  to  retain  the  lock  and  to  establish  a  liquid 
seal  of  the  bottle  contents. 


^^  3,667,637 

SAFETY  DEVICE  FOR  FLIP  CAP  CLOSURE 
Richard    B.    Bagguley,    Dolton,   and    Carmen    T.    Mwda, 

Westchester,  both  of  Dl.,  assignors  to  Contfaiental  Can  Com- 
pany, Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97^73 

Int  CL  A61J  1100;  B65d  55102 

U.S.CL  215-9  4Clafam 


2«j 
S6^25.So' 
32 


^^W^Mk 


/'•  K 


A  flexible  safety  shield  for  preventing  the  opening  of  a  flip 
cap  closure  until  the  shield  is  depressed. 


3,667,638 
LEVER  OPENED  SEALED  CONTAINER 
Orlando  D.  CamUo,  Jr.,  Chio^o,  IB.,  assignor  to  Abbott 
Laboratories,  North  Chicago,  DL 

FDcd  Dec  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  Na  884,086 

Int  CL  B65d  1102 

US.  CL  215—32  1  cinini 


In  containers  having  an  integrally  molded  cap  and  sealing 
web,  an  integral  handle,  preferably  on  the  mold  parting  line 
and  extending  from  the  cap,  enables  cap  removal  with  low 
force.  A  fulcrum,  within  or  without  the  container,  cooperates 
with  the  handle  to  open  the  container. 


3,667,639 
LINED  HOLLOW  WOOD  BCH>Y 
Arthur  P.  PCdL  Akron,  N.Y.,  assignnr  to  Arrow  Tank  Com- 
pany  Inc.,  Buffakt,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  51,122 
Int  a.  B65d  9/00.  9134 
MS.  CL  217—4  R  6 


A  lined  hollow  wood  body  formed  of  a  plurality  of  staves, 
each  of  which  is  covered  across  its  inner  surface  and  edge 
faces  by  a  plastic  liner  mechanically  locked  in  place  by  the 
mating  edges  of  adjacent  suve  sections.  A  bottom  wall  hav- 
ing a  plastic  liner  on  the  inner  surface  thereof  is  secured  to 
the  inner  side  of  the  body  in  a  fluid  tight  relation.  Also,  an 
annular  seal  is  interposed  between  an  atmular  riKHilder  on 
the  bottom  wall  and  the  inner  side  of  the  body  to  form  a 
second  sealing  means  therebetween. 


3,667,640 

CONDUIT  PLUG 

Joseph  G.  Morrow,  P.  O.  Box  21 1,  East  Patcrson,  N  J. 

Contfaiuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  778,499,  Nov.  25, 1968, 

now  abandoned.  This  appikatlon  July  13,  1970,  Scr.  No. 

56,215 
Int  CL  B65d  39112 
MS.  CL  220-24.5  6  Clafam 

A  plug  assembly  for  sealing  the  open  end  of  a  conduit, 
which  assembly  includes  a  resilient  plug  on  the  opposite  sides 
of  which  are  disposed  a  pair  of  plates  which  are  drawn 
toward  one  another  to  apply  pressure  to  the  plug  sandwiched 
therebetween.  Under  pressure,  the  plug  expands  into  sealing 
relationship  with  the  interior  of  the  conduit.  The  plug  in- 
cludes angularly  oriented  side  surface  areas  which  are  en- 
gaged by  similarly  oriented  portions  of  the  side  plates  such 
that  pressure  developed  between  the  plates  is  laterally  dis- 
tributed across  the  thickness  of  the  plug  whereby  an  area 


I 


152 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE      ,|^; 


June  6,11972 


contact  of  engagement  can  be  established  between  the 
perimeter  of  the  plug  and  the  interior  of  the  conduit.  Alter- 
natively, or  in  addition  thereto,  a  central  side  surface  of  the 
plug  is  concavely  bowed  with  respect  to  a  central  plane 


^ti?l-r'H^K'• 


rotatable  upper  and  threaded  lower  cap  parts  assembled 
together  ooaxially  and  having  a  resilient  drive  connection 
between  them  capable  of  transmitting  a  predetermined  max- 
imum torque  between  the  upper  and  lower  cap  parts  in  the 
closing  direction.  When  during  the  screwing  on  of  the  cap 
onto  the  neck  of  a  container  or  filling  spout  by  the  manual 
application  of  closing  torque  to  the  upper  cap  part,  directly 
the  closure  cap  reaches  a  certain  degree  of  tightness  on  the 
cooperating  part  of  the  conuiner  or  spout  such  that  the 
predetermined  transmitted  closing  torque  is  exceeded,  the 
resilient  drive  connection  yields  ratchetwise  to  allow  the  con- 


J4>  M         'S4 


thereof  such  that  a  flat  central  mating  portion  of  the 
cooperating  plate  member,  when  applied  thereto,  will 
esublish  an  area  contact  of  engagement  between  the  central 
portion  of  the  thickness  of  the  perimeter  of  the  plug  and  the 
interior  of  the  conduit. 


3,667,641 
RESERVOIR  COVER  ARRANGEMENT 
Howard  S.  Dial,  Valley  Cral  Rd^  Lebanon,  N  J. 
FUed  Mar.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,439 
--  lot  CL  B6Sd  87118 

MS.  CL  220-26  S 


4Claiim 


tinued  free  rotation  of  the  upper  cap  part  relatively  to  the 
threaded  lower  cap  part.  In  this  way  excessive  tightening  of 
the  closure,  such  as  would  lead  to  difficulty  in  loosening  it 
manually,  is  prevented.  The  resilient  drive  connection  may 
comprise  a  disc  having  oblique  spring  tongues  engaging 
ratchetwise  in  cooperating  recess  for  example  in  the  interior 
of  a  hollow  pressed-out  hand  grip  portion  on  the  upper  cap 
part;  or  spring-loaded  ball  catches  cooperating  with  recesses; 
or  dog-like  projections  with  oblique  or  rounded  faces 
cooperating  with  recesses;  or  oblique  spring  tongues  engag- 
ing behind  rigid  projections. 


I  3,667,643 

EASY-LIFT  PULL  TAB 
Anilkumar  J.  Patd,  Chicago,  01.,  awlgnor  to  Continent  Can 
Conpaay,  lac.  New  Ydirk,  N.Y. 

I    filed  Dec  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,694 

^  UM.  a  B65d  77/20 

U.S.CL220— 54  3JCIaimB 


A  reservoir  is  provided  with  a  flexible,  floating,  cover 
secured  to  the  sides  of  the  reservoir  along  a  line  located 
between  the  anticipated  upper  and  lower  levels  which  water 
or  other  liquid  in  the  reservoir  may  assume  whereby  the 
cover  will  remain  in  contact  with  the  surface  of  the  liquid  as 
its  level  fluctuates  up  and  down.  A  drain  extending  through 
the  wall  of  the  reservoir  is  arranged  to  draw  off  any  rain  or 
melted  snow  accumulating  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  cover. 


A  pull  tab  for  an  easy  opening  container.  The  pull  tab  is  of 
the  type  having  a  pair  of  fulcrum  leg?.  The  fulcrum  legs  are 
each  formed  with  an  extension  of  single  layer  of  sheet  metal 
which  projectt  outwardly  of  the  fulcrum  ends  of  the  legs. 


3,667,642 
SCREW-ON  CLOSURE  MEMBERS  FOR  CONTAINERS, 

ETC. 
Werner  Blau,  and  Theo  Gcrdes,  both  of  Langenfcld/Rhineland, 
Germany,  nwlgnors  to  Blau  KG  Fabrlk  Fur  Kraftfahraeug- 
teiie,    Langenfeld-Immigrath/Rhineland    and    Volkswagen- 
werk  AG(  Wolfsburg,  Germany 

FHcd  Dec  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,410 
Claims  priority,  appttcatioa  Germany,  Dec  3, 1969,  P  19  60 

674.7 

Int.CLB65d-4//04 

U.S.  CL  220—39  R  15  Claims 

A  screw-on  closure  cap  for  closing  the  filling  opening  of  a 

container  or  a  tubular  spout,  the  cap  comprising  relatively 


3,667,6^4 

REVERSING  RUPTURE  DISC  FOR  PROTECTING 
EQUIPMENT  FROM  EXCESSIVE  PRESSURE  AND 
METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURE 
Manfred    Fortnann,   Bcnsberg,   Germany,   assignor   to   In- 
teratom    IntematkHule    Atomreaktorbau    Gmbl^    Bcn- 
sbcrg/Cologne,  Germany  I 

Filed  May  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  39,78 1         I 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  24,  1969,  P  19  26 
I  706.2 

I  Int.  CI.  B65d  25100  \ 

U.S.  CI.  220-89  A  14  Claims 

A  reversing  rupture  disc  assembly  for  protecting  a  vessel  or 
other  apparatus  from  excessive  pressure  has  a  carrier  ring 
mounuMe  in  the  apparatus  and  a  reversing  rupture  disc 
tightly  positioned  in  the  ring.  The  disc  has  a  curvature  ob- 
tained by  imparting  a  force  thereto  so  as  to  strain  the  materi- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1S8 


al  from  which  the  disc  is  made.  The  disc  is  disposed  in  the 
ring,  so  that  the  convex  surface  of  the  disc  is  directed  toward 
the  pressure.  The  disc  has  a  weak  buckling  zone  located  in 
the  mid-region  of  the  disc,  whereby  the  disc  buckles  inwardly 
and  ruptures  in  response  to  the  excessive  pressure,  the  disc 
deviating  from  a  spherical  form  at  the  mid-region,  so  that  the 
radius  of  curvature  of  the  disc  decreases  going  from  the  mid- 


bracket  having  an  upwardly  projecting  yielding  clip  whereby 
an  elongated  item  may  be  releasably  held  by  the  clips  in  a 


position  close  to  the  body  of  the  lunch  'box  and  extending 
longitudinally  thereof  below  the  cover. 


region  to  the  edge  of  the  disc  and,  so  that  the  sector  angle  ^ 
of  the  disc  is  greater  than  3.82  VS/R.  where  S  is  the  disc 
thickness  and  R  is  the  average  radius  of  curvature  of  the  disc. 
The  material  of  which  the  disc  is  made  has  a  positive  stress- 
strain  curve  after  undergoing  the  strain  required  to  obtain  the 
curvature,  the  curve  having  a  slope  dcr/dc  greater  than  about 
lOOkgf/mm*. 


3,667,645 

COVER  AND  KN(»  ASSEMBLY  FOR  A  COFFEE 

PERCCXJiTCNt 

MOton  Emmcr,  2171  Bn«g  St^  Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  17, 1970,  Scr.  Na  46,896 

Int.CLA47Ji;/a4 

U.S.  a.  220—82.5  9  dafam 


3,667,647 

HOLDER  FOR  A  NUMBER  OF  ASSOOATED 

INDIYIDUAL  CONTAINERS 

Lcendcrt  Van  DmIcii,  SUdMrvccr,  NcthcriuKk,  asrignor  to  N. 

V.  PiMtic  Indintrle  Van  Dnalen,  Sttedraeht,  NcUicriandB 

Filed.  Mar.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,741 
Claims  priority,  application  Ncthcriandi,  Mar.  26, 1969, 
I        6904643 
Int'CL  B65d  69100, 21/02 
VS.  CL  220—23.4 


«^ij 


to             .12 

'*^ -^            { 

1  •        »"^  ' 

.1,   .,    ll 

A  stackable  holder  for  a  number  of  individual  containers, 
for  vegeubles  and  fruit,  with  a  plate  which  carries  the  con- 
tainers by  their  bottom  and  is  provided  with  openings  and 
raised  parte  to  ventilate  the  contente  of  the  containers. 

A  cover  and  knob  assembly  for  a  cofifee  percolator;  the  ^~~~'^^'^"~^~ 

cover  having  an  opening  for  the  knob.  The  knob  comprises  a  3,667,648 

hollow  body  closed  at  one  end  and  open  at  its  other  and  has  SLIP  OUT  GLASS  PANEL  FOR  COVER  MEMBER 

ite  closed  end  section  projecting  from  and  overlying  the  Walter  Koziol,  RumcU,  DL,  aarignor  to  Beatrice  Foods  Co., 
edges  of  the  cover  opening  and  its  open  end  section  extend-       Chicago,  lU. 

ing  through  the  cover  opening.  The  open  end  section  has  op-  Filed  July  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  52^90 

positely  laterally  facing  detent  projections  at  its  bonom.  A  U-  InL  CL  B65d  43/12 

shaped  spring  clip  having  arcuate  sides  with  the  altitude  of  U.S.  CL  220—41  9  rt^fi^ni 

the  arcs  greater  than  the  distance  between  the  projections  ",  _    '*     .»o 

and  the  underside  of  the  cover,  supported  on  the  projections 
by  the  convex  edges  of  the  arcuate  portions  of  its  sides,  with 
the  ends  of  the  sides  resiliently  pressing  against  the  underside 
of  the  cover. 


3,667,646 
AUXILIARY  CARRIER  FOR  PORTABLE  BOXES 
Edwin  R  Graf,  W187,  56876  Jewd  Crcit  Drive,  Muskego, 
Wk. 

FUed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,967 

Int.  CL  B65d  25/00;  A45c  13/40 

VS.  CL  220—85  R  3  ClainH 

A  pair  of  comer  brackets  are  removably  strapped  to 

spaced  comers  of  the  main  body  portion  of  a  lunch  box,  each 


A  cover  member  for  a  cooking  unit  wherein  a  panel  can  be 
inserted    and   removed   without   fastening   means   or   the 


154 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


,1, 


removal  or  the  moving  of  any  parts  in  the  cover  member.  A 
frame  is  provided  with  an  opening  to  receive  a  panel  which  is 
formed  in  two  different  planes  and  preferably,  substantially 
L-shaped.  The  frame  contains  two  pairs  of  oppositely 
disposed  and  spaced  flanges,  the  lower  pair  supporting  the 
panel  in  its  one  dimension  and  a  base  or  ledge  portion  which 
supports  the  panel  in  its  second  and  shorter  dimension. 


3,667,649 

CLOSURE  DEVICE  FtNl  SEALING  AN  OPENING  IN  A 

WALL  OF  A  PRESSURIZABLE  CHAMBER 

Gcorgci  IMHct,  26,  nw  Edouurd  ValHaiit,  GrenoUe  (iMre), 

France 

Filed  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,182 

Claim  priority,  appMctlon  France,  Nov.  5,  1969,  6938066 

Int.  CL  A47J  36/10 

VS.  a.  220—55  Y  5  Claim 


sembly  with  a  base  plate  and  a  cover  plate  connected  to  each 
other  but  spaced  apart.  One  of  two  shorter  plates  of  the  sub- 
assembly hai  a  lateral  extension  that  passes  out  a  longitudinal 
slot  in  the  casing  for  external  manual  movement  of  that  plate. 
That  shorter  plate  has  an  intermediate  boss  routably  mount- 
ing a  gear  that  is  also  routed  during  this  movement  relative 
to  the  base  plate  by  engagement  seriatim  with  dents  in  a 
flange  of  the  base  plate.  Diagonally  opposite  that  engagement 
the  gear  during  rotation  and  linear  movement  engages 
seriatim  openings  in  a  depending  flange  of  the  other  shorter 
plate  to  move  it  and  its  article-pushing  finer  flange  a  greater 
distance  to  move  an  article  partially  out  of  the  casing. 


'  3,667,651 

DEVICE  FOR  DERIVING  LIMITED  REdPROCATT^G 

MOTION  FROM  ROTATIONAL  MOTION 

Jusdn  J.  Shapiro,  1802  Second  St.,  Berkeley,  CaUf. 

Filed  Dec.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,1 13 

Int.  CI.  B67d  5/08;  F16d  71/00 

VS.  CI.  22»— 63  13  CWms 


The  combination  of  a  pressurizable  chamber  and  a  closure 
device  comprised  of  a  closure  member  operable  to  close  an 
opening  in  a  wall  of  the  chamber,  a  sealing  member  operable 
to  seal  the  opening  when  the  closure  member  is  disposed  in 
the  opening  and  a  plurality  of  locking  members  movable 
radially  outwardly  of  the  opening  so  as  to  lock  the  closure 
member  against  movement  outwardly  of  the  opening  due  to 
pressurization  of  the  chamber;  the  locking  members  when  in 
their  locking  position  abutting  the  closure  member  and  hav- 
ing portions  thereof  engaging  in  corresponding  recesses  in 
that  portion  of  the  wall  surrounding  the  opening.  The  locking 
members  may  be  moved  automatically  by  means  of  jacks. 


3,667,650 

IHSra74SING  PACKAGE  AND  SUBASSEMBLY 

THEREFOR 

RIcvdo  Noda,  802  Zenoiiia  St,  Denver,  Colo.,  and  Manuel  R. 

Espino,  Apt.  2,  277  Silver  Ct.,  Elgin,  Dl. 

ContinuatfoD-in-port  of  application  Ser.  No.  820,825,  May  1, 

1969,  now  Patent  No.  3^558,008.  This  application  Dec  21, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  100,173 

Int  CL  B65g  59/06 

U.S.  CL  221—250  12  Claim 


A  device  for  deriving  limited  reciprocating  motion  from  a 
bi-directioaal  electric  motor.  The  device  is  employed,  for  ex- 
ample, to  reciprocate  the  plunger  of  a  liquid  dispensing  pipet 
to  dispense  a  measured  amount  of  liquid  with  each  reciproca- 
tion. The  motor  drives  the  plunger  upwardly,  drawing  liquid 
reagent  into  the  pipet,  until  an  adjustable  stop  carried  by  the 
plunger  engages  the  top  flange  of  the  pipet  barrel.  This 
causes  the  motor  to  reverse  and  move  the  plunger 
downwardly  to  its  bottom  limiting  position,  discharging  the 
measured  amount  of  reagent  into  a  collection  receptacle. 


METHi 


3,667,652 
lOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  SEPARATELY 
PACKAGING  TWO  LIQUIDS  WHICH  ARE  TO  BE 
SIMULTANEOUSLY  DISPENSED  | 

Bruno  Moranc,  Paris;  ManHo  MaurcOi,  Vanjoura;  Cluuics 
PaoictU,  Aurinay  Sous  Bois;  Louis  Merricn,  Fontcnay  Sous 
Bob,  and  Robert  Sathicq,  VIDcpintc,  all  of  France,  assignors 
to  L'OrcBl,  Paris,  France 

FiledDec.  1,1969,  Ser.  No.  881,081  | 

Claims  ttiority,  application  France,  Dec.  10, 1968, 177518; 
I  May  13, 1969, 6915369 

■^  Int.  a.  B67d  5/60^  f 

VS.  CL  222-145  21  CUdm 


A  dispensing  package  has  a  casing  from  which  packaged 
articles  are  partially  removed  in  sequence  by  each  cycle  of       Two  liquids  are  stored  in  a  single  jacket  on  opposite  sides 
the  operation  within  the  casing  of  components  of  a  subas-   of  a  plug  of  compressible  material.  The  fluids  are  nuxcd  by 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


155 


applying  fluid  pressure  to  compress  the  plug  and  the  mixture    tion,  a  moveable  framework  is  provided  which  enables  the 
is  then  dispensed  through  a  valve  or  nozzle  in  the  jacket.  Tfie 
pressure  may  be  supplied  by  actuating  a  piston  or  by  releas- 
ing a  compressed  fluid  into  the  jacket,  or  both. 


3,667,653 
DOSAGING  DEVICE  FCHt  VISCOUS  SUBSTANCES 
Horst  LocwenthaL  TIcngen,  Germany,  assignor  to  Schwe- 
izerische  Induatrie-GcMllschaft,  Ncuhausen  am  Rhelnfall, 
Switzerland 

Filed  July  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  55,087 

Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  July  16,  1969, 

10861/69 

Int  a.  GOlf  13/00 

VS.  a.  222-217  1  Claim 


applicator  device  to  be  adjusted  in  both  vertical  and  horizon- 
tal directions. 


29        20       20       20       20 


The  dosaging  device  comprises  rotary  slide  valve  in  the 
housing  of  which  is  arranged  a  rotatable  cylindrical  main 
cock  which  is -combined  with  an  independently  rotatable  aux- 
iliary cock,  both  of  which  arc  rotatable  about  the  same 
horizontal  axis.  The  main  cock  is  provided  with  a  plurality  of 
axially  alined  chambers  which  open  toward  the  circum- 
ference of  the  cock  and  are  adapted  to  communicate  with  an 
inlet  aperture  in  the  housing.  Each  chamber  extends  over  a 
sector  angle  of  about  180°  along  the  perimeter  of  the  main 
cock.  In  each  chamber  extends  a  displacement  sector  extend- 
ing over  a  sector  angle  of  9(f  and  forming  a  part  of  the  aux- 
ihfuy  cock  whose  other  part  is  formed  by  a  shaft  about  which 
the  main  cock  is  rotatable  relatively  to  the  auxiliary  cock. 
The  housing  has  two  parallel  rows  of  outlet  apertures  con- 
nectable  with  the  containers  which  receive  the  dosages  ex- 
pelled by  the  cooperation  of  the  two  cocks  from  the  cham- 
bers in  the  main  cock. 


3,667,654 
MATERIAL  APPUCATOR  DEVICE 
Percy  Ray  HoUey,  1507  SlegMed  SL,  Victoria,  Tex. 
Filed  May  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39317 
Int.  CL  GOlf  77/20 
U.S.  CI.  222—336  5  ClainK 

A  support  is  rotatably  mounted  within  a  housing  one  side 
of  which  is  open.  A  plurality  of  propelling  arms  are  each 
swingably  mounted  by  the  support  and  are  resiliently  biased 
in  one  direction.  The  support  is  rotated  during  operation  to 
cause  the  arms  to  be  alternately  cocked  and  released  to 
propel  material  onto  a  suitable  surface.  Feed  means  is  pro- 
vided for  feeding  material  to  the  propelling  arms  and  the 
device  is  adjustable  both  in  elevation  and  azimuth.  In  addi- 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  222 — 4-12  see: 
Patent  No.  3,667,665 


3,667,655 

METHOD  FOR  THE  RAPID  ASSEMBLY  OF  DIPTUBES 

INTO  SPRAY  CANS  AND  A  DIPTUBE  USEFUL  THEREIN 

Herman  Kniericm,  Jr.,  BaUwin,  Mo.,  Mnignttr  to  The  Dow 

Chemical  Company,  Midland,  Mich. 

Flied  Mar.  30,  1970,  Ser.  No.  23,600 

Int  a.  B67d  5/60;  B65b  3/04 

VS.  CL  222-464  u  Claim 


Method  for  the  rapid  assembly  of  long  flexible  diptubes 
into  spray  cans  wherein  the  diptube  is  fixed  into  a  coiled  con- 
figuration prior  to  its  insertion  into  the  spray  can  and  regains 
its  normal  shape  after  assembly. 


3,667,656 

EXTENSIBLE  SPOUTS  FOR  CONTAINERS 

John  J.  De  Putron,  5098  Seven  Oaks  Station,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  Sept.  17.  1969,  Scr.  No.  858,726 

Int.  a.  B67d  3/00 

U.S.  CL  222-524  16Clafan 


A  container  having  an  extensible  dispensing  spout  A  cap  is 
removaUy  secured  to  the  container  and  to  the  spout  to  seal 


1 


156  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  6j  1972 

the  spout  within  the  container  in  retracted  position  and  to  be  I  3,667^9 

used  for  extending  the  spout  without  touching  it  by  hand.  TELESCOPING  DRAPERY  PROCESSING  MACHINE 

Vcnw  P.  Chmfl,  P.  O.  Wax  9922,  SmcnmnHo,  C^U. 

Flkd  May  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  143,905 
3,667,657  Int.  CL  A41h  43/00;  DO^  1/00, 1/IO  i 

MSPOSABLE  COtfT/JNER  MS.  CL  223—32  1 1  Oaiam 

Marcdo  CMquiar-AriaB,  IiMiir«eiitM  Sw  403  1st  floor,  Mex- 
ico City,  Mexico 

Flkd  ScpC  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  861,841 

Claim  priority,  appHction  Mexico,  Jan.  2, 1969, 108027 

Int.  a.B65d  47/70 

U.S.  CL  222—541  5  Claims 


t-d. 


.1 


'i-. 


V 


A  prophylactic,  dosified,  disposable  syringe  includes  a  con- 
tainer comprising  a  cylinder  composed  of  material  capable  of 
being  cut,  a  piston  operable  in  the  cylinder  for  expelling  the 
contained  dosage,  and  means  operable  upon  ejecting  move- 
ment of  said  piston  for  cutting  the  wall  of  the  cylinder  to 
preclude  reuse  thereof. 


3,667,658 

UQUID  DISPENSER  WITH  SEPARABLY  ATTACHED 

MEASURING  DEVICE 

Robert  WllUam  Young,  Cheltenham,  England,  assignor  to 

Autic  Devdopments  Limited,  Chehenliam,  England 

Filed  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42^61 
Claims  priority,  appHaidon  Great  Britain,  May  31, 1969, 

27,680/69 

Int.  CL  B65d  5/72 

U.S.  a.  222—569  4  Claims 


A  low  clearance  machine  for  processing  draperies  has  an 
upper  rigid  frame  carrying  an  integral  drapery  support  bar 
with  its  spaced  apart  legs  reciprocally  mounted  in  upright 
support  posts  on  a  base  unit  and  a  positive  loop  drive  system 
in  the  base  unit  connected  to  the  distal  ends  of  said  legs  and 
a  drapery  pleater  bar  extending  between  the  posts  whereby 
the  operation  of  the  drive  system  will  simultaneously  move 
the  frame  and  the  pleater  bar  in  opposite  directions  for  quick 
efficient  processing  of  draperies  in  the  machine. 


3,667,660 
EMERGENCY  VEHICLE  RESCUE  DEVICE  ANp 
I  METHOD 

Bmcc  B.  Lewis,  12623  Stillman  St.,  Lakcwood,  Calif. 
Filed  Dec.  15,  1969,  Scr.  No.  885,242 
bit.a.B26fi/00^ 
U.S.CL  225-1  8 


Haims 


^rrt^ 


The  connecting  means  has  adapter  means  for  attachment 
to  the  measure  and  include  a  resilient  seal  for  engagement 
within  the  mouth  of  the  bottle.  A  tension  rod  passes  through 
the  seal  and  is  threaded  adjacent  one  end  to  carry  clamping 
means.  The  other  end  of  the  tension  rod  has  means  which 
limit  insertion  of  the  rod  into  the  adapter  means  and  enable 
the  rod  to  be  turned  and  tightened  by  a  cooperating  key, 
whereupon  the  clamping  means  clamp  against, the  inside  of 
the  bottle  and  provide  positive  retention  to  prevent 
withdrawal  of  the  seal  from  the  mouth  of  the  bottle  except  by 
releasing  the  clamping  means  using  said  key. 


An  emergency  rescue  device  and  method  of  releasing  an 
accident  victim  trapped  in  a  vehicle  by  locked  or  jammed 
doors.  The  device  comprises  powerful  hook  means  on  one 
etKl  of  a  flexible  draft  line,  the  hook  means  being  usable  to 
smash  the  door  window  for  engagement  of  the  hook  over  the 
window  sill.  The  fr«e  end  of  the  draft  line  is  attachable  to 
another  vehicle  and  used  to  deform  or  smash  the  door  in- 
stantly for  withdrawal  of  the  victim  for  emergency  treatment 
or  frx>m  fire  or  explosion  hazards.  A  supplemental  or 
snubbing  draft  line  movably  attached  to  the  main  draft  line 
can  be  attached  to  a  fixed  anchorage  thereby  enabling  a 
rescue  vehicle  to  apply  a  pulling  force  along  a  line  at  an 
angle  to  the  pulling  force  acting  on  the  door  being  opened. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


167 


3,667,661 

APPARATUS  FOR  USE  IN  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF 

SEMI-CONDUCTOR  DEVICES 

Frauds  Louis  Fwmcr,  106  HoUfact  Rd,  Sutton  CoMflcId, 

WvwIckaM^,  Ei^laiid 

FUed  Apr.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,734 

ClataM  priority,  in>lic1fciM  GreM  Britain,  May  1, 1969, 

22,180/69 

Int.  CLB26f  J/00 

U.S.  CL  225—2  5  ClainM 


When  a  semi-conductor  slice  is  subjected  to  a  manufactur- 
ing process  to  convert  it  to  a  plurality  of  semi-conductor 
components,  it  is  then  necessary  to  separate  the  semi-con- 
ductor components.  The  invention  provides  apparatus  for 
doing  this  in  which  a  pair  of  resilient  diaphragms  are  used  to 
sandwich  the  wafer,  the  diaphragms  then  being  distended  to 
crack  the  slice  along  previously  scribed  lines. 


3,667,662 

CAPILLARY  TUBE  CUTTING  AND  FEEDING 

APPARATUS 

Saul  R.  Gilford,  and  IgnMio  P.  Echo^aray,  both  of  Oberlin, 

Ohio,  eciigiors  to  GUford  Instrument  Laboratories,  Inc., 

Oberlin,  Ohio 

FBcd  Aug.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  850^84 
^--  Int.CLB26fi/00 

U.S.  CL  225—96.5  7  Clafam 


A  length  of  capillary  tubing  is  mounted  to  an  apparatus, 
being  carried  by  a  reciprocable  carriage  and  a  fixed  support 
serving  as  a  guide.  The  carriage  and  support  have  releasable 
unilateral  respective  first  and  second  grab  means.  The  grab 
means  are  effective  in  opposite  directions  of  axial  nnovement 
of  the  length  of  tubing  so  that  movement  of  the  carriage 
toward  the  support  will  hold  the  length  of  tubing  on  the  car- 
riage but  permit  the  length  to  slip  past  the  second  grab 
means,  but  upon  return  movement  cf  the  carriage  the  second 
grab  means  locks  the  length  in  position  and  the  first  grab 
means  permits  slipping  movement  of  the  length  of  tubing 
relative  to  the  carriage.  In  this  manner  a  forward  stroke  of 
the  carriage  will  feed  a  length  of  tubing  past  the  support  and 
a  return,  or  rearward  stroke  will  return  the  carriage  without 
concurrent  movement  of  the  length  of  tubing.  The  length  fed, 
at  most  equals  the  length  of  the  forward  stroke,  but  can  be 
varied  by  suitable  means,  for  example,  for  the  purpose  of 
feeding  a  small  end  for  trimming.  A  cutter  is  driven  by  and 


synchronized  with  return  movement  of  the  carriage  to  score 
the  fed  length  of  tubing.  The  apparatus  includes  means  sup- 
porting a  cuvette  or  carrier  into  which  the  tubing  end  is  in- 
serted during  the  stroke.  Means  are  provided  laterally  to 
strain  the  short  free  end  of  the  length  of  tubing  beyond  the 
score  line  to  cause  the  short  end  to  break  off,  either  falling 
into  waste  in  the  case  of  trim,  or  being  captured  in  the  cu- 
vette in  the  case  of  a  regular  measured  length.  Means  are 
provided  to  control  the  length  fed  by  the  carriage. 


3,667,663 
FEEDER  UNIT 
I  J.  Kacmardk,  Parnu  Heights,  and  Robert  K.  Norton, 
Twinsburg,  both  of  Ohio,  — Ignon  to  Harris-Intcrtype  Cot^ 
poration,  Clevdand,  Ohio 

Filed  Mar.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,221 

IBL  CL  B26f  3/00;  B65h  35/00 

U.S.  CL  225— 100  7  OdnM 


An  improved  apparatus  for  processing  a  stream  of  articles 
formed  from  sheet  material  with  the  articles  arranged  in  in- 
terconnected rows  extending  transverse  to  the  direction  of 
movement  of  the  articles  includes  a  first  means  for  transport- 
ing the  articles  at  a  first  speed  and  a  second  means  for  receiv- 
ing the  articles  from  the  first  means  and  conveying  the  arti- 
cles at  a  second  speed  which  is  in  excess  of  the  first  speed. 
The  second  means  for  receiving  the  articles  includes  a  con- 
veyor unit  and  a  plurality  of  rollers  operatively  associated 
with  the  conveyor  unit  and  each  oi  which  have  an  article 
conveying  position  and  an  inactive  position  in  which  the 
roller  does  not  cooperate  with  the  conveyor  to  convey  the  ar- 
ticles. Means  are  provided  for  selectively  moving  at  least  one 
of  the  rollers  between  its  positions  so  that  the  one  roller  may 
engage  with  one  of  the  transversely  extending  rows  of  articles 
as  the  trailing  edge  of  that  row  of  articles  passes  fix>m  the 
first  means.  The  one  row  of  articles  is  then  speeded  up  rela- 
tive to  the  next  successive  row  of  articles  which  is  engaged 
with  the  first  means  to  thereby  disconnect  the  one  row  from 
the  next  row  of  articles  to  thereby  space  the  one  row  of  arti- 
cles relative  to  the  next  successive  row  of  articles  so  as  to 
faciliute  processing  of  the  articles  as  they  move  through  the 
apparatus.  The  selective  operation  of  the  one  roller  enabtoi 
the  apparatus  to  process  articles  having  a  wide  variety  of 
configurations. 


3,667,664 

APPARATUS  FCm  KEEPING  A  STATE  OP  TENSION 

CONSTANT  ON  A  MATERIAL  WEB  WHICH  RUNS 

BETWEEN  SUCCESSIVE  PAIRS  <^  MOVING  RCMXERS 

Peter  Schroedcr,  Stockackcr,  Swltacriand,  mmitfuat  to 

Weber  A.G.,  RoCfarirt,  Swll»rlaiid 

Fled  Feb.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,508 
Clafana  priority,  appBctlon  Switacriand,  Feb.  28, 1969, 

3016/69 
Int.  CL  B65h  43/00 
U.S.  CL  226—30  6  < 

An  apparatus  for  keeping  a  state  of  tension  constant  on  a 
material  web  which  runs  between  successive  pairs  of  driving 
rollers  includes  a  torsion  bar  having  a  lever  extension  with  a 


168 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6j  1972 


guide  roller  over  which  the  material  is  directed.  Sensing 
means  are  associated  with  the  lever  to  sense  variations  of  the 
torsion  acting  on  the  bar  through  the  displacement  of  the 
lever  by  the  variations  in  tension  of  the  material  which  is 


single  flat  blank  of  material  in  such  a  manner  that  the 
resultant  box  has  three-ply  end  walls  and  two-ply  side  walls. 


being  fed  and  this  sensing  means  is  connected  to  electrical 
cont  ol  means  for  varying  the  speed  of  one  or  the  other  set  of 
rollers  or  for  braking  the  speed  of  one  of  the  sets  of  the  rol- 
lers in  order  to  vary  the  tension  on  the  web  material  which  is 
fed. 


3,667,665 

APPARATUS  FOR  PREPARING  FLOCKED  FABRIC 

Frands  T.  Spencer,  Biddcfard,  Maine,  anignor  to  West  Point- 

Pepperdl,  Inc^  Boston,  MiM. 
Continuation  of  application  Scr.  ^io.  834^25,  Jnnc  19, 1969, 
now  abuidoned.  This  application  May  20, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

145,547 

Int.  a.  GO  If ///20 

VS.  CL  222—412  4  ClaimB 


■H^ 


Flock  distributing  apparatus  of  the  kind  which  comprises 
an  elongate  receptacle  for  flock,  said  receptacle  having  a 
foraminous  bottom,  an  elongate  rotary  agitator  within  and 
extending  longitudinally  oi  the  receptacle  and  which  is 
operative  to  cause  flock  fiber  to  sift  down  through  the  bot- 
tom of  the  receptacle,  and  with  further  provision  of  means 
operative  to  drop  flock  down  onto  the  rotary  agitator  at 
definitely  spaced  points  lengthwise  of  the  latter. 


3,667,666 
FOLDABLE  STCNIAGE  BOX 
JaaMs  T.  Pryor,  Dalas,  Tex.,  —ignnr  to  Perma  Products  Ca, 
Dallas,  Tex. 

Fikd  Dec  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,847 

Int.  CL  B65d  S/00 

UJS.CL229— 16B  3  Cialna 


r 


-j^ 


Si. 


fto  r*0  f*o 


':t 


i  \ 


1^ 


[ 


4 


<-; 


tir 


ill 


A  storage  box  is  disclosed  that  is  folded  into  a  box  trom  a 


»  3,667,667 

DOUBLE  BOILER  AND  THROW-A-WAY  FOOD 
PACKAGE 
Henry  E.  Frankenbcrg,  Bcrwyn,  DL,  assignor  to  Continental 
Can  Company,  Inc.,  New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

1   Filed  Dec.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98^)5 
I  Int.  CI.  B65d  ' 

U.S.  Ci.  229—5 1  TS  14  Claims 


This  disclosure  relates  to  an  improved  container  particu- 
larly of  the  so-called  double  boiler  type,  in  which  a  cover  is 
secured  to  the  container  body  by  an  overfolded  or  crimped 
peripheral  edge  of  the  latter.  Between  adjacent  side  edges  of 
the  cover  an  edge  of  the  periphery  thereof  is  inwardly  ofFiset 
and  in  this  area  the  cover  is  not  crimped  to  the  container  but 
is  actually  spaced  slightly  from  the  crimp  which  servos  as  a 
vent  for  steam  when  the  container  contents  are  heated. 
Moreover,  at  this  same  area  there  is  located  the  starting  end 
of  a  tear  strip  portion,  and  since  the  latter  is  not  secured  to 
the  container  by  the  crimp,  the  starting  end  can  be  easily 
gripped  and  the  tear  strip  portion  readily  removed  to  g|un  ac- 
cess to  the  container  contents. 


3,667,668 
CARD  PUNCH  SYSTEM  AND  PROCESS 
Clarence  G.  McCune,  Balboa;  John  C.  Vinocr,  Analtetan,  and 
Kenneth  E.  Graves,  San  Jose,  aO  of  Odif.,  sssigiwrs  to 
CyifonUa  Computer  Products,  Inc^  Analidm,  Cdif . 
I    Filed  June  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,215 
I  Int.  CL  G06k  ;/;« 

MS.  a.  234—15  -.^  21  Clalnw 


iyJ.4..\Miis\.Jt . [.\.\.^..^J^J^  4^4 J     ^ 


1  Mvrrwt 


Jsca» 


The  time  required  to  punch  IBM  cards  can  be  reduced  by 
using  a  memory  for  storing  a  large  number  of  programs.  The 
card  reading  capability  of  a  conventional  keypunch  machine 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


159 


can  be  used  to  load  the  program  information.  The  memory 
can  also  be  used  to  store  keystroke  data  while  the  system  is 
executing  automatic  operations. 


^  3,667,669 

APPARATUS  FOR  PREP^UNG  A  PRINTED  AND 
PUNCHED  CARD 
Etsuro  Nagata,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assignor  to  Tokyo  Shibaura 
Electric  Co.,  Ltd.,  KawasaU-shi,  Japan 

Filed  Apr.  10,  1970,  Scr.  No.  27,408 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  Apr.  14, 1%9, 44/28383; 

44/28382 

Int.  a.  B41J  5142 

U.S.  CL  234—24  10  Claims 


^^^p^ 


3,667,671 
ANTI-REVERSE  ODOMETER  ONE-WAY  DRIVE 
Gueotcr  Hactatd,  Swarti  Creek,  Midu,  frignirr  to 
Motors  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,791 

Int.  CL  GO  Ic  22/00 

U.S.  CL  235—96  3  ClaiuK 


This  invention  relates  to  a  drive  mechanism  adapted  to 
drive  a  plurality  of  numbered  or  counting  wheels  such  as 
those  commonly  found  in  use  on  odometers  wherein  the 
drive  mechanism  comprises  a  flexible  finger  which  drives  the 
counter  in  a  forward  or  counting  direction,  but  prevents  driv- 
ing the  counter  in  the  reverse  direction. 


An  apparatus  for  preparing  a  printed  and  punched  card 
comprising  a  readout  means  for  reading  out  signals 
representing  information  punched  in  a  tape,  a  letter  signal 
generating  means  for  generating  letter  signals  corresponding 
to  the  types  successively  passing  through  a  printing  section,  a 
printing  means  for  printing  in  two  rows  by  a  double-faced 
hammer  with  a  paper  card  interposed  therebetween,  a 
punching  means  for  punching  the  paper  card  by  the  vertical 
movement  of  a  punching  rod  and  a  control  device  for  actuat- 
ing both  printing  and  punching  means  at  the  same  time  when 
the  letter  signals  are  exactly  identified  with  the  information 
signals. 


3.667,670 
ADDING  MACHINE  WITH  PRINTING  DEVICE 
Manki   OkaJima,   Yokohama,   and   Ryuzaburo   Yolioyama, 
Urawa,  both  of  Japan,  assign nri  to  Ricoh  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo, 
Japan 

Filed  Nov.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89308 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Nov.  14, 1969, 44/91040 

Int.  CI.  G06c  27100, 15148 
MS.  CL  235—60  MT  6  CWnw 


MeMn 


3,667,672 
LAP  COUNTER  FOR  TOY  VEHICLES 

R.  Kennedy,  Compton,  and  Brian  S.  Prodfsr,  Tor* 
both  of  CaUf .,  asrig^ion  to  Mattd,  taMU,  Hawtfaomc, 
CaHf. 

Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  812,736,  Apr.  2,  1969, 
now  abandoned.  This  application  Jan.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

110,673 
Int.  a.  B61I 1116;  G06ai  1108 
U.S.  CL  235—98  B  16  < 


In  a  printing  adding  machine  having  a  totalizer  comprising 
a  set  of  pinions  cooperating  with  a  set  of  racks,  a  second 
totalizer  is  provided  for  storing  a  number  which  is  the  sum  of 
totals  stored  in  the  first  totalizer.  The  second  totalizer  com- 
prises a  second  set  of  pinions  cooperating  with  a  second  set 
of  racks  which  are  connected  to  the  first  set  of  racks  for  up- 
ward and  downward  movement  therewith. 


A  device  for  placement  on  a  toy  racing  track  to  count  the 
number  of  laps  traversed  by  a  toy  vehicle,  comprising  a 
spring  loaded  lever  extending  into  the  path  of  the  vehicle  that 
advances  counting  wheels  which  dkplay  the  count.  The 
deflection  of  the  lever  by  the  toy  vehicle  winds  the  spring, 
and  the  advance  of  a  counting  wheel  occurs  only  on  the 
return  of  the  lever,  so  that  the  counting  wheels  do  not 
receive  the  shock  of  a  fast  vehicle  hitting  the  lever.  The  lever 
directly  advances  both  a  digit  wheel  and  a  10-counting 
wheel,  the  digit  wheel  having  a  depression  that  allows  a 
ratchet  on  the  lever  to  engage  the  ten-counting  wheel  once  in 
each  revolution  of  the  digit  wheel. 


3,667,673 

WIND  ACTUATED  CONTROL  DEVICE  AND  METHOD 

OF  REGULATION  THERECW* 

Vladcmar  Knudsen,  2443  Makiki  HeigbU  Drive,  Honolulu, 

Hawaii 

Filed  Nov.  5, 1970,  Scr.  Na  87,073 
Int.  CLB05b  77/00 
U.S.  a.  239—1  6  Claims 

The  invention  comprises  an  assemblage  of  a  wind-sensitive 


1^ 


r\ 


Ju^E  6,1  1972 


160  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

device  cou|ded  to  responsive  power-operated  means  which  in  3,667,675 

turn  are  connected  to  a  given  deice  which  requires  move-  ELECTROSTATIC  POWDER  COATING  APPARAtUS 

ment  or  adjustment  dicuted  by  wind  direction  or  wind  Rkhard   M.  SbcnnaB,  Northvlle,  Mkh.,  and  Robert  M. 

velocity,  or  both.  Webb,  Chicago,  DL,  avigDors  to  Graco  Inc.,  Minneapolis, 

In  the  example  given,  the  invention,  as  shown  in  the       Minn. 

filed  Feb.  16,  1971,  Scr.  No.  115,685 
Int.  CL  B05b  5/00 
__         U.S.CL239-IS  24  < 


specification,  is  shown  by  way  of  illustration,  as  connected  to 
and  controlling  the  nozzle  fit  of  a  rotary  irrigation  sprinkler, 
with  respect  to  the  horizontal,  and  with  respect  to  the  wind- 
velocity  and  direction,  in  order  automatically  to  achieve  an 
optimunf  spray  pattern. 


3,667,674 
ELECTROSTATIC  POWDER  COATING  APPARATUS 
RoaaM  F.  Panom,  St  Paul,  Mfam.;  Rldwrd  M.  Sherman, 
Northvillc,  Mick^  and  Robert  M.  Webb,  Chicago,  m.,  aa- 
sigBors  to  Graco  Inc.,  MinacopoHs,  Mina. 

Filed  Feb.  16,  1971,  Scr.  No.  115,542 

Int.Cl.B05b5/00 

U^.CL  239-15  14  Claims 


An  electrostatic  powder  coating  apparatus  for  coating  the 
surfaces  of  articles  with  pulverulent  materials  having  an 
ionization  member  which  serves  as  both  an  improved  charg- 
ing means  and  a  pattern  forming  deflecting  means  including  a 
probe  portion  positioned  immediately  to  the  rear  of  a  deflect- 
ing member  and  a  probe  portion  extending  past  a  forward* 
nK38t  surface  of  the  deflecting  member,  with  said  portions  of 
the  probe  being  maintained  at  an  electrical  potential  substan- 
tially different  than  that  of  the  article  to  be  coated. 


ITING 


3,667,676 
APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTROSTATICALLY  COA1 
POWDERS  ON  A  WCMUCPIECE 
Tamotsu  Watanabc,  and  Fumio  Onouc,  both  of  Tokyo,  Japan, 
avigDon  to  Nippon  Kogd  Kogyo  Co^  Ltd. 

FVcd  Dec  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,170 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Mar.  26, 1969, 44/22366; 
1      June  1 1 , 1%9, 44/45364;  44/45365  1 

I  Int.  CLBOSb  5/00  I 

VS,  a.  i39— 15  5  Claln» 


An  electrostatic  powder  coating  apparatus  for  coating  th^ 
surfaces  of  articles  with  pulverulent  materials  having  a  qrick 
and  efficient  material  change  feature  such  that  said  apparatus 
is  adapted  for  selectively  spraying  materials  having  different 
characteristics  wherein  the  change  from  one  material  to 
another  can  be  accomplished  without  extensive  purging  of 
the  system,  said  apparatus  including  a  spray  gun,  a  powder 
supply  means  adapted  to  be  removably  connected  to  the  inlet 
of  said  spray  gun,  and  a  control  means  adapted  to  be  con- 
nected to  a  switching  means  on  said  gun  for  controlling  the 
supply  of  pulverulent  materials  to  said  gun. 


Apparatus  for  electrostatically  coating  powders  on  a  work- 
piece  fiom  a  rotating  injection  head  having  a  plurality  of  noz- 
zles disposed  outwardly  from  the  axis  of  the  rotating  injection 
head  and  rotatably  mounted  on  the  injection  head  for 
dispersing  the  powders.  Each  of  the  nozzles  has  a  curved  or 
bent  portion,  such  that  the  distance  between  the  nozzle  and 
the  axis  of  the  rotating  injection  head  and  the  angle  from 
which  the  powders  are  dispersed  are  variable.  The  apparatus 
is  utilized  for  performing  a  method  of  electrosutically  coat- 
ing powders  on  a  workpiece  comprising  the  steps  of 
dispersing  the  powders  in  such  a  manner  that  the  angle  at 
which  the  powders  are  dispersed  is  variable.  The  apparatus 
also  comprises  a  mixer  connected  to  a  source  of  compressed 
air  for  supplying  the  powders  from  a  source  through  a  pipe 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


161 


into  the  injection  head  with  an  air  stream  fed  from  a  com- 
pressed air  source,  a  controller  for  controlling  the  powder 
supply  from  the  powder  source  to  the  injection  head,  and  a 
constant  powder  supplying  means  for  supplying  the  powders 
from  the  powder  source  to  the  mixer,  whereby  the  powder 
supply  is  controlled  by  the  powder  supply  means. 


3,667,677 

FABRIC  PLEATER  GUIM: 

Edmund  Jay  Sprong,  38  Lock  wood  Lane,  Riverside,  Conn. 

filed  Sept  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,062 

Int.  CL  A41h  43/00:  D06J  I/OO,  1/12 

VS.  a.  223—34  5  CWms 


An  adjustable  fabric  pleater  guide  which  is  portable  and  is 
provided  with  a  scale  on  the  measuring  stick  as  well  as  in- 
dexes on  the  adjustable  fabric  guides  for  rapidly  setting  the 
required  pleats  longitudinally  on  the  fabric. 


3,667,678 

NOZZLE  STRUCTURE  FOR  JET  PRINTERS 

John  W.  Haskd,  Endwdl,  N.Y.,  avignor  to  International 

Bnriacss  Machima  CorporatloB,  Armook,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  19^67 

Int.CLB05bJ/;4 

U.S.CL  239-102 


aOalmt 


-SWLMMIU 


An  ink  jet  nozzle  structure  comprising  a  thin  tube,  con- 
nected to  a  pressuriixd  ink  reservoir,  is  encircled  by  an  A.  C. 
driven  coil  which  induces  longitudinal  reciprocating  motion 
to  cause  formation  of  ink  droplets.  A  permanent  magnet  is  in 
the  proximity  of  the  drive  coil  provides  a  biasing  action.  The 
tube  length  is  chosen  so  as  to  permit  it  to  vibrate  resonantly 
at  the  frequency  of  the  induced  longitudinal  reciprocating 
motion.  Resonant  vibration  permits  the  tube  to  be  supported 
at  two  points  along  its  length  greatly  increasing  its  mechani- 
cal stability.  An  air  damper  located  near  the  tip  of  the  nozzle 
broadens  the  resonant  response  and  provides  differential 
signals  proportional  to  the  longitudinal  movement  of  the  tube 
to  maintain  movements  at  a  fixed  or  preset  level. 


3,667,679 
APPARATUS  FOR  MIXING  A  PLURALITY  OF  GASEOUS 

STREAMS 
Joaef  Wicseabcrgcr,  Vienna,  Austria,  aiignor  to  Dumag  Ohg, 
Dr.  Ludwig  Kahiaa  St  Co.,  Wicn,  Austria 

FBcd  Dec  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,1  IS 
Claims  priority,  appHcatkm  Austria,  Apr.  8, 1969,  A  3379/69 

Int.  CL  B05b  3/14 
VS.  CL  239—102  3  Claims 

A  method  of  mixing  compressible  fluid  nwdia  (which  may 


include  an  atomized  spray)  comprising  delivering  said  media 
to  a  mixing  zone,  at  least  one  said  medium  being  a  gas  or 
vapor,  and  imparting  to  said  gaseous  or  vaporous  medium  in 


mmtf  w  ▼■ 


the  mixing  zone  a  superscmic  velocity  and/or  a  sonic  vibra- 
tion, whereby  the  supersonic  velocity  and/or  the  sonic  vibra- 
tion promotes  mixing  of  the  fluid  media. 


3,667,680 
JET  ENGINE  EXHAUST  NOZZLE  SYSTEM 
WUve  N.  Weed,  ScMlc,  Wariu,  airipMir  to  Hm  Bocii«  Com- 
pany, Seattle,  WadL 

FHed  Apr.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31^77 
InL  CL  B63ta  25/46;  F02k  3/10 
VS.  CL  239—265.17  24  < 


N. 


A  variable  area  two-stage  ejection  nozzle  exhaust  system 
for  a  turbojet  engine  having  an  afterburner,  wherein,  a  pri- 
mary nozzle  has  s^rfierical  segments  contained  within  a  spher- 
ical shell  housing  which  spherical  segments  are  (Mvotally  ad- 
justaMe  in  response  to  augmented  aiKl  fK>n-augmented  en- 
gine operation  to  provide  for  an  efficient  exhaust  nozzle  exit 
area  choke  plane;  and  a  secondary  nozzle  with  aerodynami- 
cally  actuated  trailing  edge  flaps  for  varying  the  secondary 
exhaust  nozzle  exit  area  in  response  to  primary  nozzle  pres- 
sure variations  and  airfdane  Mach  number.  Also  provided 
within  the  primary  nozzle  are  separate  clamshell  type  blocker 
doors  which,  in  combination  with  fluid  flow  turning  vanes  in- 
corporated into  the  primary  nozzle  wall,  turn  the  fluid  flow  to 
obtain  reverse  thrust  from  the  turbojet  engine. 

For  engine  sound  suppression,  an  increase  in  the  primary 
nozzle  exit  area  at  power  settings  below  rKNmal  cruise  power 
produces  a  sound  suppression  mode  throu^  the  over  expan- 
sicHi  of  the  exhaust  gases. 

At  higher  engine  power  settings,  one  embodiment  for 
sound   suppression   b   accomplished   by   rotating   channel 


899  O.G.— 6 


i 


162 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


■pokes  into  the  exit  gas  flow  and  at  the  same  time  routing  in- 
ternal clamshells  to  uncover  openings  to  suppression  tubes 
that  are  rotated  outward  into  the  firee-stream  airflow.  The 
suppression  tube  exits  are  sized  to  equal  the  area  of  the  flow 
blocked  by  the  channel  spokes  to  maintain  engine/exhaust 
area  match. 


compensate  for  wear  therebetween,  with  such  adjusUbility 
not  materially  affecting  the  flow  volume  of  atomizing  air.  The 
main  body  and  adjacent  enclosure  parts  of  the  spray  gun 
housing  are  secured  together  by  a  plurality  of  longitudinally 
extending  fastening  means  to  eliminate  the  need  for  distor- 
tion prone  tools. 


3,667,681 
PLASTIC  BEARING  FOR  AN  AIRLESS  SPRAY  GUN  ^  ryiu— 

Erwin   B.   Blandia,   Sterliiig   Hdihto,   Mkh.,   Mrignor   to   ^•f™*"?™?^  *f" 


3,667,683  ^- 

DIVERTER  VALVE  ASSEMBLY 

Calif.,  iMlpinr  to  Hydh>  Manu- 


General  Motors  Corporatfon,  Detroit,  Midi. 

mod  Oct.  21, 1970,  So-.  No.  82,716 
Iirt.  CL  B05b  15/02 
VS.  CL  239—393 


2Claimi 


3,667,682 
SPRAY  GUN 
John  M.  Puradl,  Milwaukee,  Wik,  avignor  to  Grovhac,  Inc., 
Mihraukcc,  Wis. 

FUed  July  20,  1970,  Ser.  No.  56,513 

lat  CL  B05b  7/12 

VS.  CL  239—412  9  Claims 


facturing  Inc.,  gj**-*****,  CaM. 

Origiaal  appBcadoB  Mar.  16, 1967,  Ser.  No.  623,676,  now 

Patent  No.  3,500324.  Divkied  and  this  appHcatloB  F«l».  25, 

i970,  Ser.  No.  17,995 

Int.  CL  E03c  1/084 

VS.  CL  239—428.5  ^  4  Oainit 


A  plastic  disc-like  bearing  for  a  turret  member  housing  of 
an  airless  spray  gun  includes  a  roughened  generally  spherical 
outer  surface  that  engages  a  generally  spherical  seat  of  the 
housing.  An  integral  peripheral  flange  of  the  bearing  has  a 
roughened  surface  that  engages  a  flange  seat  of  the  housing 
adjacent  the  periphery  of  the  spherical  seat.  A  smooth 
generally  spherical  inner  surface  of  the  bearing  engages  a 
generally  spherical  turret  member  received  within  the  hous- 
ing and  a  conventional  plastic  ring  cooperates  with  the 
plastic  bearing  to  support  the  turret  member  for  rotational 
movement  between  a  spraying  position  and  a  non-spraying 
position.  In  the  spraying  position,  a  spraying  oriflce  of  the 
turret  member  faces  outwardly  of  apertures  in  the  plastic 
bearing  and  the  housing,  the  aperture  of  the  bearing  being 
the  smaller  of  the  two. 


The  invention  described  herein  is  an  oral  syringe  which 
dispenses  fluid  under  pressure  for  the  purpose  of  cleaning 
teeth  and  massaging  gums.  A  finger  operated  push  button 
carried  on  the  syringe  handle  allows  the  user  to  meter  desired 
amounts  of  mouthwash  from  a  container  into  the  pressurized 
fluid  stream  through  interconnecting  valve  passages  and 
chambers.  An  aerator-valve  assembly  permits  the  syringe  to^ 
be  detachably  coupled  to  an  ordinary  water  faucet  and  addi- 
tionally allows  the  user  to  by-pass  fluid  from  the  syringe 
without  the  necessity  of  detaching  the  entire  assembly. 


3,667,684 
FUEL  INJECTION  VALVE 
Waiter  Baumgart,  Gcrgcn,  Germany,  asrignor  to  V«b 
Wcritc,  Ua-Komiiinat  fur  Kraftflalnei«ldle,  Rcn^k-Wcrkc, 
R<  Iclw  nbacii,  Germany 

j  Hied  Sept.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  72,955 

I  Int.  CL  B05b  1/30 

VS.  a.  239—533  10  Claims 


The  disclosed  gun  for  spraying  atomized  materials  includes 
a  housing  having  an  oriflce  for  discharge  of  the  materials  and 
atomizing  air  vent  means  associated  with  the  orifice  for 
atomizing  the  materials  upon  discharge  from  the  orifice.  A 
movable  member  and  separate  orifice  closure  member  are 
reciprocally  disposed  in  the  housing  and  driven  in  sequence 
to  provide  for  the  venting  of  atomizing  air  through  the  vent 
means  prior  to  the  discharge  of  materials  through  the  orifice. 
Adjustability  is  provided  between  the  orifice  containing 
member  of  the  housing  and  the  orifice  closure  member  to 


A  fuel  injection  valve  comprising  a  nozzle  body  having  an 
inlet  and  an  outlet  and  a  cavity  therebetween,  a  nozzle  nee- 
dle arranged  in  said  cavity  and  spaced  apart  from  said  nozzle 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


168 


body  to  define  an  annular  space  therebetween  for  forming  a 
fluid  passage,  said  nozzle  needle  being  mounted  for 
reciprocating  movement  between  opened  and  closed  posi- 
tions in  said  cavity,  said  nozzle  body  being  sealed  off  at  one 
end  thereof  by  stop  means,  said  nozzle  needle  at  the  end 
thereof  adjacent  said  stop  means  being  connected  to  a 
diaphragm  arranged  in  said  stop  means,  resilient  guide  means 
arranged  in  said  nozzle  body  at  the  other  end  thereof  from 
said  stop  means,  said  diaphragm  and  resilient  guide  means 
being  mounted  in  said  housing  for  securing  said  nozzle  nee- 
dle in  a  desired  spatial  relationship  in  said  cavity  whereby 
pressure  applied  onto  said  diaphragm  acts  to  move  said  nee- 
dle in  said  cavity  between  said  open  and  closed  position. 


3,667,685 
IRRIGATION  DEVICES 
Isaac  Rinkcwich,  New  York,  N.Y. 
tion  Systems,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y 

FUed  Apr.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  25,677 
Int.  CL  B05b  15/00 
VS.  CL  239—542 


to  Riniu)  Irrlga- 


12Claina 


3,667,686 
ELECTROMAGNETIC  FUEL  INJECTORS 
Georges   Gamier,   Blois,   France,   msignor   to   Roto-DicseL 
CUdiy  (Hauts-de  Seine),  France 

Filed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  67,133 
Claims  priority,  appHcation  France,  Sept.  15, 1969, 6931319 

Int.  CL  B05b  1/30 
VS.  CL  239—585  5  ClainK 


Electromagnetic  fbel  injector  comprising  a  cylindrical 
body  to  which  is  attached  an  injection  nozzle  containing  a 
sliding  metering  pintle  in  rigidly  fixed  relation  to  a  movable 
armature  or  pallet  which  is  attracted  at  each  injection  stroke 
of  the  cycle  by  an  inductor  formed  of  a  magnetic  core  which 
carries  a  field  winding  and  housed  within  the  said  injector 
body,  wherein  a  stack  of  grain-oriented  laminations  which 


are  cut  out  in  the  shape  of  m  and  form  the  inductor  core  is 
clamped  at  the  eixl  nearest  the  movable  pallet  within  a  hole 
formed  through  a  holding  disc  Of  non-magnetic  material 
which  is  stetionarily  secured  within  the  injector  body  and  at 
the  opposite  end  by  the  clamping  lips  of  two  strips  of  non- 
magnetic metal  each  located  within  one  at  the  two  recesses 
which  form  a  separation  between  the  three  magnetic  arms  of 
the  said  core  and  acccmiodate  the  field  winding  >»iuch  is 
placed  round  the  central  arm,  that  end  of  the  stack  of 
laminations  which  is  directed  towards  the  movable  pallet  and 
that  face  of  the  holding  disc  which  is  also  directed  towards 
the  said  pallet  being  placed  level  with  each  other  so  as  to 
form  a  reference  plane  which  constitutes  one  side  of  the  air- 
gap. 


3,667,687 
APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING  HIGH  EXPANSION 

FOAM 
Leo  E.  RivUng,  Springfield,  and  Adolph  Blum,  Scotch  PlainB, 
both  of  N  J.,  aaaignon  to  The  Meari  Corporation,  West 
RoaeOc  Park,  N  J. 

FUed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62,429 

InL  a.  B05b  1/14;  F23d  13/44 

VS.  CL  239— 553  J  g  Cbrina 


An  irrigation  device  effecting  drip  action  of  water  fed  from 
a  central  tube  by  effecting  a  substantial  pressure  drop  along 
the  path  of  the  water  as  it  flows  from  the  central  feed  tube  to 
the  exit  of  the  device.  The  flow  path  of  the  water  is 
labyrinthine  so  that  the  water  path  continuously  reverses  in 
order  to  create  substantial  turbulence  to  maintain  in  suspen- 
sion the  foreign  matter  to  minimize  the  likelihood  of 
clogging.  The  labyrinthine  path  causes  the  water  to  travel  a 
considerable  distance,  thereby  increasing  the  pressure  drop 
so  that  the  water  drips  at  a  slow  rate. 


Foam  producing  apparatus  comprising  eduction  means 
using  compressed  gas  to  sweep  and  educe  lower  pressure  gas 
or  gas  laden  with  dust  contamiruuits  or  other  materiak 
toward  a  porous  foam  forming  barrier  surface;  foam  forming 
solution  spray  nozzles  direct  such  solution  to  wet  the  barrier 
surface;  the  gas  creates  foam  at  the  screen,  with  the  foam 
being  moved  beyond  the  screen  by  the  gas. 


3,667,688 
METHOD  FOR  SHEARING  SOLIDS  IN  A  SOLIDS-UQUID 

SUSPENSION 
Joseph  lannirrili,  Macon,  Ga.,  assignor  to  J.  M.  Hubcr  Cor- 
poration, Locust,  N  J. 

Original  application  June  28, 1968,  Ser.  Na  740,955,  now 

Patent  No.  3,556,416,  dated  Jan.  19, 1971.  Divided  and  thh 

applicatioa  Nov.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89,973 

Int.  CL  B02c  19/00 

UACL  241-1  4  Claims 


A  method  for  dis-aggregating  solid  particles  in  a  slurry  by 
pumping  the  slurry  at  pressures  in  excess  of  1,000  p.  s.  i. 


164 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


ITTl 


June  6,  1972 


through  a  column  containing  paiticulate  media  clamped  in  a   metallic  sulphides  from  om  containing  talcy  minerals  or 
fixed  position  is  disclosed.  natural  slimes  and  the  invention  has  been  applied  with  signal 

'  success  to  the  flotation  of  copper-nickel  sulphide  ores  con- 

taining over  40  percent  weight  of  talcoee  host  rock  minerals. 


MBTHCN)] 


3,667,689 
METHOD  FOR  PRODUCING  MINERAL  PRODUCTS 

Brooks  WUlky,  and  Joseph  lannkdV,  both  of  Macon,  I  3,667,691 

Ga.^  awlgiwrs  to  J.  M.  H»bcr  Coi  poi  thm.  Locust,  N  J.  MBTHCN)  FCMl  CRUSHING  METAL  TURNINGS 

FVed  Dec  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,168  A.  Gcotie  GoMbsrg,  Montreri,  Quebec,  CMMMla, 

Iirt.CLB02c  27/00  L  L  Sdig  A  SoM  lAL,  VBe  La  Srik,  Quebec, 

U.S.CL241— 15  4CW1W  I      Ned  July  22, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  57,049 

V  Iata.B02c27/00 

U.S.  CL  241—24 


A  method  for  producing  minerals  of  reduced  particle  size 
and  increased  brightness,  particularly  high  grade  coating 
clays  employing  a  hard,  abrasive  grinding  medium  following 
a  pretreatment  of  magnetic  separation  is  disclosed.  Coating 
clays  are  prepared  by  the  delamination  of  stack-like  particles 
contained  in  magnetically  extracted  coarser  clays  employing 
a  hard,  abrasive  grinding  medium  and  high  intensity  grinding 
techniques. 


3.667,690 

FLOTATION  OF  COPPER-NICKEL  SUUIDE  ORES 

DavM  Weston,  34  Parkwood  Avcaue,  Toronto,  7,  Oatarte, 


CoBdaoatioB-iB-pait  of  appHcatkm  Scr.  No.  727,268,  May  7, 

1968,  Mw  Patairt  No.  3,596,838.  TWs  appMcatioa  Nov.  3, 

1969,  Scr.  No.  873,91 1.  The  portkm  of  the  term  of  the  patent 
subsequent  to  Aug.  3, 1988,  has  been  disclaimed. 

Int.  CL  B03b  1104 
U.S.CL241— 20  271 


ALKAUNC    AGENT - 

ACT1VAT0«  

•CTTINa    ASCNT  — 


»CT  aniNOMe 

AHO    COMCMTiaNIMe 
(STEP  C) 


XANTMATC    COLUCCTM- 


ruKTHCR 
CONOITIONINC 


OIS»CRSIN«    AOCNT- 
FHOTMIH  


FUKTHER 

COHOITIONIM 

UTfP  SI 


In  the  crushing  of  metal  turnings,  the  turnings  are  first 
passed  through  a  centrifugal  separating  drum  where  the  fines 
and  solid  chunks  are  separated  from  the  clusters  of  turnings. 
The  chunks  are  removed,  and  the  clusters  of  turnings  are 
then  passed  to  a  shredding  apparatus,  which  includes  an 
endless  chain  conveyor,  mounting  teeth  for  advancing  the 
clusters  of  metal  turnings  towards  the  crusher  or  pulverizer 
and  statioiuuy  teeth  spaced  above  the  conveyor  and 
cooperating  with  the  teeth  on  the  conveyor  for  shredding  the 


large  cliBters  of  metal  turnings  as  they  are  advanced 
the  crusher  or  pulverizer. 


towards 


3,667,692 
PUMP  STORAGE  GRINDER 

■ucnara    k^   laraoc,   i^arvsse,    ni.T.,   assigiMii 
ncnt/One  CorporaCioii,  Latham,  N.Y. 

Fled  Apr.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,925 
lot.  CL  B02c  13118 
U.S.  CL  241—36 


to   Bavfapon- 


27 


Flotation  c^  sulphide  minerals  from  their  ores  is  achieved 
by  a  process  in  wMch  two  or  more  conditioning  steps  are  car- 
ried out  prior  to  a  froth  flotation  step.  The  first  step  com- 
prises conditioning  a  pulp  of  the  ore  in  the  presence  of  at 
least  one  alkaline  agent  selected  from  a  group  of  agents 
which  is  defined  in  the  specificaticm  vi^iich  follows.  The  pulp 
is  then  fkirther  conditioned  in  the  presence  dt  a  member  of 
the  xanthate  family  of  flotation  reagents  and  sufficient 
dispersing  agent  to  effectively  disperse  the  host  rock 
minerals.  The  resulting  pulp  is  then  subjected  to  froth  flota- 
tion. Preferably  there  are  three  separate  conditioning  steps, 
namely  conditioning  carried  out  in  the  presence  of  ( 1 )  one  of 
the  heretnafker  defined  alkaline  agents,  (2)  a  member  of  the 
xanthate  Csmily  of  flotation  reagents,  and  (3)  sodium  silicate. 
The  invention  is  particularly  valuable  for  the  recovery  of 


The  pump  storage  grinder  empk>ys  a  tank  having  •  sewage 
inlet  aiid  a  removable  top  cover  supporting  a  depending 
sealed  housing  having  a  nsotor  and  motor  controb  for  driving 
a  grinder  or  comminutor  and  pump  externally  of  the 
chamber  by  means  ot  a  common  motor  shaft  The  chamber  is 
formed  by  a  contrcd  housing  integral  with  the  cover,  a  tube 
and  pump  head,  all  held  together  by  means  of  tenswn  bolts 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


166 


secured  between  the  pump  head  and  cover.  The  motor  shaft 
extends  through  the  pump  head  to  drive  a  resUient  helical 
pump  and  a  comminutor  impeUer  disc  with  depending  blades 
that  cooperate  with  a  comminutor  ring  hekl  between  a  com- 
mmutor  inlet  shroud  and  a  pump  housing  secured  to  the 
pump  head.  A  pump  discharge  chamber  is  provided  in  the 
head  with  a  one-way  valved  passage  leading  to  a  discharge 
conduit  extending  through  the  cover.  The  level  responsi^ 
motor  control  is  provided  with  a  liquid  pressure  sensing  tube 
extendmg  through  the  chamber  in  communication  with  a  de- 
pending pipe  secured  to  the  pump  head  and  housing 


the  matenal  flung  reversely  in  the  feed  stack  may  be  directed 
m  Its  flight  to  reduce  the  damaging  wear  on  the  walls  <rf  the 
feed  stack.  The  control  is  obtained  by  utilizing  the  breaker 
bars  on  the  off-side  relative  to  rotation  of  the  hammer  rotor 
to  direct  the  trajectory  of  the  flying  material  in  a  predeter- 
mmed  path  in  the  fieed  stack  to  minimize  the  inuMct  and 
wear  on  the  walls  of  the  feed  stack. 


3,667,693 

REFUSE  CAN  BOTTLE  CRUSHER 

KatUeea  E.  Leeds,  P.O.  Box  201,  New  Port  Rltchcry   Fla. 

a«l  James  E.  Davis,  6758  Chcrtnut  St.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio     ' 
Filed  Oct.  31,  1969,  Scr.  No.  873,000 

lat  CL  B02c  19114 
U.S.CL  241-99  icUdm 


/.. 


3,667,695 

REELING  APPARATUS  WITH  DYNAMIC  VIBRATION 

ABSORBER 

PbiUp  J.  Browasconbc,  MHIta«ton,  N  J.,  Maignor  to  Euscnc 

Dictzgcn  Co.,  CMc^o,  m. 

filed  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  11,471 

Int  CL  B65h  75102;  G03b  1104;  B65h  75134 

U.S.CL  242-55  ij  cw« 


A  garbage  can  incorporating  a  lid  having  a  bottle  crusher 
built  thereinto,  the  bottle  crusher  incorporating  a  receptacle 
mto  which  a  bottle  is  receivable  and  held  by  a  botUe  holder 
after  which  a  plunger  drives  ram  against  the  bottle  to  crush 
the  same,  the  broken  bottle  droping  into  the  garbage  can. 


Reeling  apparatus  adapted  for  feeding  reeled  film  between 
reels,  film  cartridges,  etc.  in  either  direction  and  uses  thereof 
in  unage  projection  devices.  The  film  reels  are  driven  by 
respective  electric  motor-driven  spindles  having  in  the  spin- 
dle drive  a  dynamic  vibration  absorber  which  resonates  at 
sixty  cycles  per  second  to  eliminate  jittering  at  slow  speed 
film  drive  of  an  image  projected  on  a  screen. 


3,667,694 

MATERUL  REDUCING  HAMMER  MILL 

Robert  M.  WttUams,  Laduc,  Mo.,  aaslgiiui  to  WflUams  Patent 

Cmshcr  A  PuKcrlaer  Co.,  Iim:.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

FDed  July  17,  1970,  Scr.  No.  55,728 

Int.  CL  B02c  13102 

UACL  241-186  R  jQatais 


3,667,696 
CORE  GRIPPING  AND  RELEASE  DEVICE 
Reginald  J.  McCarthy,  London,  Ei^land,  assignor  to  Frank  F 
Pershkc  Limited,  Surrey,  England 

FBed  Apr.  22, 1970,  Scr.  Na  30,918 
Claims  priprity,  appHcndoo  Great  Britain,  Apr.  24, 1969. 

20,999/69 

Int.  CL  B65h  75124 

U  A  CL  242-72  3  Clafans 


^- 


An  expandable  and  contracuble  device  for  mounting  on  a 
driven  shaft  of  a  paper  or  Uke  handling  machine  for  drivingly 
engaging  the  core  of  a  reel  of  paper  and  comprising  a  one- 

A  material  reducing  hammer  mill  of  reversible  character   e;:^2l^irtS^e^„'tn^ S^^l!  "1  iSl^T*  '"™^ 


166 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


3^7,697 
MECHANISM  FOR  HOLDING  A  TUBULAR  CORE 

Erich  Binder,  Regensdorf/Zurich,  Switzerland,  assignor  to 
Ciba-Gcigy  AG,  Bawl,  Switzerland 

fUad  Dw.  16, 1969,  Str.  No.  885,491 

OataM  priority,  appHcatioa  Switaeriand,  Dec.  17, 1968, 

18733/68 

Int.  CL  B65h  75/24 

VS.  CL  242—72  6  Claim 


•  *  •    •    »    11 

1\U  1  !1 


This  invention  relates  to  a  mechanism  for  securely  holding 
a  tubular  core  on  which  a  band  of  material  such  as  photo- 
graphic paper  is  to  be  wound.  The  core  is  held  by  a  gripping 
mechanism  inside  a  mandrel  on  which  the  core  is  mounted. 
Running  through  the  mandrel  coaxially  therewith  is  a  routa- 
ble  shaft  having  three  rollers  each  mounted  on  a  different 
apex  of  a  triangular  plate  securely  coupled  to  the  shaft.  Studs 
radially  located  within  the  mandrel  are  positioned  to  be  en- 
gaged by  the  rollers  so  that  on  roUtion  of  the  shaft  relative  to 
the  mandrel  the  studs  protrude  through  the  periphery  of  the 
mandrel  to  grip  the  core.  A  friction  clutch  between  the  man- 
drel and  the  shaft  is  provided  to  hold  them  in  position  after 
the  studs  have  been  engaged  with  the  core. 


/-ar. 


'/JTf 


limited  retracting  movement  of  the  spool.  The  Invention 
resides  in  an  improved  and  simpiifSed  means  for  effecting 
such  locking  action  consifting  of  a  pawl  and  ratchet  nonnally 
biaaed  to  an  engaged  position  in  which  they  prevent  unwind- 
ing rotation  of  the  spool  and  a  member  journaled  concentri- 
cally with  the  spool  for  limited  rotation  and  having  a  fric- 
tional  driving  connection  with  the  spool.  The  said  member  is 
frictionally  driven  to  one  limit  of  its  nwvement  by  a  limited 
extension  of  the  beh  and  in  that  position  holds  the  pawl  out 
of  engagement  during  further  extension.  Initial  retracting 
movement  at  any  degree  of  extension  moves  the  member  to  a 
position  in  which  it  allows  pawl  engagement;  thereby  locking 
the  bek  against  further  extension.  The  member  is  preferably" 
so  constructed  that  further  retracting  movement  of  the  beh 
moves  the  member  beyond  the  last  mentioned  position  to  a 
position  in  which  it  again  holds  the  pawl  out  of  engagement 
with  the  ratchet  to  minimize  noise  and  wear  during  retrac- 
tion. 

The  invention  further  contemplates  means  for  unlocking 
the  retractor  manually  and  also  an  improved  means  for  un- 
locking the  retractor  or  holding  it  unlocked  automatically 
when  the  belt  is  substantially  fully  retracted,  said  last  men- 
tioned means  being  driven  by  the  spool  and  effective  to  hold 
the  pawl  out  of  engagement  when  the  belt  is  fully  reuacted 
and  during  a  limited  initial  extension  from  fully  retracted 
position. 


3,667,698 

LOCKING  SEAT  BELT  RETRACTOR 

Robert  C.  Fbhcr,  580  E.  Loaglakc  Rd^  Bloomfleld  Hills, 

Mich. 

ContlBiiatioa  of  appUcatlon  Scr.  No.  759,064,  Sept  1 1, 1968, 

■ow  abaadoncd ,  and  a  contlnuatioii-in-part  of  629,689,  Apr. 

10, 1967,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Jan.  22,  1971, 

Scr.  No.  108,923 

Int.  a.  A62b  35/00 

VS.  CL  242— 107.4  28  dafana 


This  invention  relates  to  an  automatic  locking  seat  belt 
retractor  of  the  type  in  which  the  belt  is  wound  on  a  spring 
actuated  spool  which  exerts  a  constant  belt  retracting  force 
on  the  belt  while  allowing  the  belt  to  be  extended  by 
manually  puUing  it  off  the  spocd,  and  in  which  means  are  pro- 
vided f<»-  locking  the  belt  against  further  extension  at  any 
desired  degree  of  extension  by  locking  the  spool  against  un- 
winding rotation,  which  means  operates  in  response  to  a 


I 


3,667,699 
APPARATUS  FOR  IMPROVED  PAYOUT  OF  WIRE 
STRAND  FROM  STRAND  PACKAGES 
MarcuB  E.  Hobbs,  and  Carroll  W.  Bonnet,  both  of  BaMmore, 
Md.,  MslgDors  to  Bethlehem  Sted  Corporation 
I  Filed  Feb.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,163 

1  Int.  CL  B65h  49/00 

U.S.  q.  242-129 


16Clafam 


An  orifice  of  a  critical  diameter  is  provided  in  or  adjacent 
to  one  side  of  a  wire  strand  package  to  facilitate  controlled 
payout  from  a  package  of  stiff  wire  strand  about  a  temporary 
core  positioned  within  the  orifice. 


3,667,700 
TAPE  TRANSPORT  APPARATUS 
Murray  C.  Carney,  and  EBb  Spckhcr,  ID,  both  of  Sprlng- 
ficM,  01.,  assignors  to  Songamo  Electric  Company,  Sprlng- 
flcM,IU. 

Filed  Mar.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  17,847 
'        Int.  CL  B65h  59/38, 63/02;  Gl  lb  15/32 
U.S.  CL  242— 189  16  Claims 

Apparatus  for  transferring  a  flexible  Upe  from  a  supply 
reel  to  a  take-up  reel  including  drive  motor  and  brake  means 
for  each  of  the  Upe  reels,  a  capstan  disposed  between  the 
reels  for  effecting  selective  transfer  of  the  tape  between  the 
reels,  and  a  pair  of  Upe  storage  devices  each  disposed 
between  one  of  the  upe  reels  and  the  capstan,  each  storage 
device  being  adapted  to  accommodate  variations  in  Upe 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


167 


length  betwi^n  Uie  associated  upe  reel  and  the  capstan  and    air  sealing  means  prior  to  insertion  in  the  system.  A  carrier 
havmg  switch  conucu  operable  to  control  roUtion  and  brak-   specifically  designed  for  conuinen  uses  the^nuiner^ 

body.  The  container  is  held  in  position  by  a  harness  attached 


Jff       -49     g^  Sf 


^se 


to  the  air  sealing  means  by  resilient  straps  allowing  the  con- 

;«»  «r  *!..  — .^^:».-j  .  .  ■  ....  tainer  to  be  easily  attached  to  the  air  sealins  means  A  carrier 

mg  of  the  associated  Upe  reel  m  a  manner  to  maintain  linear    u„^„„  „  i _i,    r .  w  i       ,      '^"'"»  "'^«"'»-  ^  wtmer 

Uoe  transfer  over  the  climtan  ^'"^S  .*  '*"8^.  "^  »"*»n8  resdientiy  attached  to  an  air  sealing 

means  is  also  disclosed. 


Upe  transfer  over  the  capstan. 


3.667.701  3  667  703 

James  E.Bh.j;!tSl^.^^^.lS^3:^Cybem«.  Cor.     AUXHJARY  Am  INTAlifm  AIR  AND  SPACECRAFT 
poration.  Sunnyvale.  CaBf.  „  .     ^  _^   ^     ^      ENGINES 

Filed  May  7. 1970.  Ser.  No.  35^56  "1"if  ^ll^'^J^tT"^'  '"^'^  ^  MesKrachmllt. 

•^  Bolkow-Bk>hm  GmbH,  Munich,  Germany 

,  Q^^  FDed  Jan.  26. 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,520 

^™"     aaims  priority,  application  Germany,  Feb.  7, 1969,  P  19  06 

157.5 

Int.  a.  B64d  27/00, 29/00 

VS.  CL  244-53  B  i6  Claims 


InL  CL  G03b  1/04;  Glib  15/32 
U.S.CL  242—192 


Magnetic  Upe  apparatus  including  a  Upe  magazine  having 
takeup  and  supply  reels  whose  rims  are  engaged  by  constant- 
torque  slip  clutches  which  are  concurrentiy  engaged  with  the 
reels  driving  them  in  opposite  directions  to  maintain  the 
length  of  Upe  extending  between  the  reels  in  a  tension  condi- 
tion. Means  for  driving  the  tape  back  and  forth  include  a 
shuttie  bar  having  idler  rollers  which  move  alternatively 
between  two  counter-routing  capstans  to  engage  two  guide 
rollers  mounted  in  the  magazine  itself  to  move  the  tape  in  a 
forward  or  reverse  direction. 


3,667,702 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  TRANSPORTING 

CONTAINERS  THROUGH  A  PNEUMATIC  TUBE  SYSTEM 

WBHam  E.  KcBey,  Houston,  Tex.,  aarignor  to  C.  K.  KcUey  & 

Sons,  Inc.,  Houston,  Tex. 

nied  Mar.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,143 

Int.  CL  B65g  51/06 

VS.  CL  243—32  7  dafam 

A  method  of  transporting  containers  through  a  pneumatic 

tube  system  by  detachably  securing  the  containers  directiy  to 


Auxiliary  air  intake  constrtiction  for  jet  engines  having  a 
main  air  intake  enclosed  in  an  engine  cowling  and  leading  to 
the  engine  air  inlet.  The  auxiliary  air  intake  conststs  of  a  slot 
extending  through  a  portion  <rf  such  cowding  and  defined  by 
wails  which  form  an  acute  angle  with  the  axis  of  the  main  air 
intake.  A  recess  is  formed  in  one  of  said  walls  and  a  doOT 
structure  for  at  least  one  sliding  door  is  arranged  within  said 
recess.  Said  door  structure  includes  operating  means  for 
retracting  same  within  said  recess  to  open  said  auxiliary  air 
intake  and  for  extending  same  across  siid  slot  to  close  same. 
Said  door  structure  is  so  positioned  and  arranged  that  when 
in  extended  position  iu  outer  surfisce  is  substantially  flush 
with  the  surface  of  the  engine  cowling  and  its  inner  surface  k 
substantially  flush  with  the  wall  defining  the  main  air  intake. 


168 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


3,667,704 
CLOSABLE  AIR  INTAKE  DUCT  MOUNTED  ON 
THE  FUSELAGE  AND  OPEN  IN  THE  DIREC- 
TION OF  FLIGHT 
Karl   H.   Assmann,   Gcnnering,   Germany,   assignor  to 
Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blolim   GmbH,   Munich,   Ger- 
many 

FUed  May  5,  1970,  Scr.  No.  34,693 

'  Claims  priority,  apppUcation  Germany,  May  23,  1969, 

P  19  26  553.3 

Int  a.  B64d  33/02 

U.S.  CI.  244—53  B  5  Claims 


Door  for  the  air  intake  duct  of  auxiliary  engine  of  jet 
aircraft.  The  door  is  pivotally  mounted  at  the  forward 
end  of  the  recess  in  the  fuselage  which  recess  is  normally 
provided  and  aligned  with  the  air  intake  duct  for  the 
auxiliary  engine.  In  open  position  the  door  surfaces  are 
aligned  with  the  surfaces  of  the  auxiliary  air  intake  duct 
while  in  closed  position  the  door  provides  a  surface 
aligned  with  the  inner  surface  of  the  main  air  intake  duct. 


ture  or  chassis  through  elastic  support  means  connecting 
the  engine  to  said  frame  structure  or  chassis,  applicable 
notably  to  motor  vehicles  and  machine  tools,  and  adapted 
to  introduce  into  the  frame  structure,  as  near  as  possible 
to  said  elastic  support  means,  a  second  vibration  of  same 
modulus  but  of  inverted  phase  in  relation  to  the  first 
vibration,  through  a  bar  resiliently  connected  both  to 


3,667,705 
AUTOMATIC  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR 

PARACHUTES 

Stephen  L.  Snyder,  331  Cherry  Hill  Blvd., 

Cherry  HiU,  N  J.    08034 

FUed  Jan.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  2,332 

Int  a.  B64d  17/58 

VS.  CI.  244—150  25  Claims 


A  differential  rate  control  switch  and  a  barometric  con- 
trol device  are  jointly  operative  to  trigger  a  parachute 
opening  mechanism  at  an  elevation  preset  relative  to 
acutal  ground  level.  The  barometric  control  device  de- 
termines the  altitude  at  which  the  parachute  is  opened  if 
the  chutist  is  falling  at  a  high  enough  velocity  as  deter- 
mined by  the  rate  control  switch.  The  system  is  readily 
adjusted  for  the  current  barometric  pressure  at  the  desired 
ground  level  elevation  immediately  prior  to  use. 


3,667,706 

ANTIVIBRATORY  DEVICES  WITH  PHASE 

REVERSAL 

Pierre  Ilbcrghien,  Bfllancoort,  Friince,  assignor  to  Regie 

Nationale  dcs  Usfaies  Renault  ft  Automobiles  Peugeot, 

Billancourt,  Hauts-de-Seine,  and  Paris,  Fnatot 

Filed  lune  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  48,175 
Chdms  priority,  application  France,  July  25,  1969, 

6925512 

Int  CI.  F16f  15/00 

153.  a.  248—9  6  Claims 

Device  for  damping  out   a   vibration   generated  by 

an  engine  and  transmitted  directly  to  the  frame  stnic- 


the  en|ine  and  to  said  frame  structure  and  adapted  to 
carry  throughout  its  length  an  inertia  weight  displace- 
able  therealong  for  adjustment  purpose,  characterized 
in  that  the  terminal  elastic  elements  connecting  said  bar 
to  said  engine  and  to  said  frame  structure  have  aniso- 
tropic elastic  properties  depending  on  the  stiffness  values 
of  the  elements  along  two  orthogonal  axes  substantial- 
ly perpendicular  to  the  bar  axis. 


BUly 


UA  d. 


3,667,707 

AIR  SUPPORT 

Y.  K.  Mui,  Astoria,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Dynamics  Corporation,  Westbury,  N.Y. 

FUed  Apr.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,626 

Int  CI.  F16f  11/00 


Korfund 


248—20 


i 


Claims 


An  air  support  for  maintaining  a  load  at  a  pitselected 
height  while  isolating  the  load  with  respect  to  vibraticHis. 
The  support  includes  a  housing  which  is  disposed  above 
and  in  slidable  engagement  with  a  base.  Support  ior  the 
housing  is  provided  by  an  inflatable  bag  to  which  com- 
pressed air  is  supplied  through  an  air  admission  valve. 
When  the  housing  moves  downward  from  the  preselected 
height,  a  rod  forces  the  check  valve  open  admitting  addi- 
tional air  to  the  bag.  The  rod  carries  a  piston  joumalled 
in  a  passageway  whereby  air  is  continuously  allowed  to 
escape  from  the  system.  If  the  housing  moves  above  the 
preselected  height  by  more  than  a  predetermined  dis- 
tance the  rod  also  moves  upward  allowing  additional  air 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


169 


to  escape  from  the  bag  to  provide  a  fast  return  to  the  pension  length  of  the  article  supported  by  the  band 
preselected  height  without  or  with  a  minimum  of  oscilla-  member,  such  mechanism  embodying  a  routably  mounted 
tion. 


3,667,708 

COMBINATION  FISHING  ROD  AND  FLASHLIGHT 

HOLDER  ATTACHMENT 

John  F.  Smcltzcr,  Mcriden,  Iowa    51037 

Continuation-in-part  of  appUcation  Scr.  No.  889,484, 

Dec.  31,  1969.  This  appUcation  Apr.  1,  1970,  Ser. 

No.  24,651 

Int  CL  AOlk  97/70 
U.S.  CI.  248—39  2  Claims 


A  combination  fishing  rod  and  flashlight  holder  at- 
tachment for  use  with  a  cylindrical  container  comprising 
a  flexible  band  adapted  to  be  extended  around  the  con- 
tainer and  secured  thereto.  A  first  tubular  support  mem- 
ber is  selectively  movably  secured  to  the  band  and  is 
adapted  to  receive  one  end  of  a  fishing  rod  therein  to  sup- 
port the  same.  Second  and  third  tubular  support  mem- 
bers are  adjustably  movably  secured  to  the  band  on  op- 
posite sides  of  the  first  support  member  and  are  adapted 
to  receive  either  a  flashlight  or  a  fishing  rod  therein  to 
support  the  same.  The  attachment  includes  tightening 
means  to  maintain  the  band  on  the  container  in  the  se- 
lected position  and  to  permit  the  attachment  to  be  easily 
removed  therefrom.  The  first  support  member  also  has 
means  thereon  for  supporting  a  flashlight  thereon.  A 
stringer  attachment  is  secured  to  the  band  below  the  first 
support  member  to  permit  a  stringer  to  be  secured  to  the 
attachment.  The  second  and  third  support  members  ex- 
tend upwardly  and  outwardly  from  the  band  and  are 
designed  to  permit  the  fisherman  to  fish  at  night  with  a 
flashlight  being  placed  in  one  of  the  tubular  support 
members  so  as  to  direct  light  on  the  upper  end  of  the 
fishing  rod  in  the  first  support  member.  The  second  and 
third  support  members  are  spaced  approximately  180  de- 
grees apart  with  respect  to  the  container  to  permit  the 
fisherman  to  selectively  use  either  of  the  same  depending 
upon  the  direction  of  the  stream  flow.  The  first  support 
member  also  has  means  thereon  for  supporting  a  flash- 
light thereon. 


3,667,709 
LENGTHWISE  ADJUSTABLE  SUSPENSION  DEVICE 
FOR  ARTICLES,  PARTICULARLY  SANITATION 
AND  HEATING  PIPES 

Rodolf  Linser,  Renningcn,  Germany,  assignor  to 
Stanzwerke  Glaras  AG,  Buchholz,  Switzerland 
FUed  Sept  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,323 
Int  CI.  F161  3/14 
VS.  a.  248—59  4  Claims 

A  lengthwise  adjustable  su^)ension  device  for  articles, 
such  as  in  particular  sanitation  or  plumbing  pipes  and 
heating  conduits,  which  is  of  the  type  incorporating  a 
suspension  band  member  provided  at  one  end  thereof  with 
an  attachment  element  to  which  there  can  be  secured  the 
article  which  is  to  be  suspended.  The  invention  contem- 
plates the  provision  of  mechanism  fcx-  regulating  the  sus- 


..*" 


element  onto  which  there  can  be  wound-up  and  wound-off 
one  end  of  the  band  member. 


3,667,710 
FLEXIBLE  STRAP  FASTENER 
Koy  A.  Moody,  Flossmoor,  and  Jack  E.  Caveney,  Chi- 
cago, lU.,  assignors  to  Panduit  Corp.,  TInley  Park, 

FUed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,117 

Int  CI.  F161 3/14 

VS.  CI.  248 — 71  16  Chdms 


W      18 


Z_ 


33 


"^(h:i».>i2:^r,. '» 


30"^       13  * 


iiiirtiyitffr'  \^     ] 


A  flexible  strap  fastener  and  several  embodiments  there- 
of are  disclosed  herein  and  include  generally  an  elongated 
head  strap  portion,  an  elongated  tail  strap  portion,  and  a 
resilient  mount  interconnecting  said  strap  portions  and 
adapted  to  be  pushed  into  an  opening  in  a  panel  to  retain 
the  entire  strap  fastener  thereto.  The  head  and  tail  straps 
are  provided  with  a  means  for  adjustable  interconnection 
whereby  the  flexible  strap  fastener  is  formed  into  an  article 
retaining  loop. 

3  667  711 

HANGER  FOR  PIPES  AND  CONDUITS 

Martin  S.  Kissel,  806  Main  St.,  Latrobc,  Pa.     15650 

FUed  Oct  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  80,273 

Int  CI.  F161  3/04 

VS.  CI.  248—72  9  Claims 


The  specification  discloses  a  hanger  for  supporting  a 
pipe  or  conduit  or  the  like  on  a  flange,  such  as  the  flange 
of  a  beam.  The  hanger  is  in  the  form  of  an  L  shaped 
member  adapted  to  engage  the  upper  side  of  the  flange 


170 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


at  one  end  of  one  of  the  legs  and  to  engage  the  top  of 
the  pipe  or  the  like  with  the  end  of  the  other  of  the  legs. 
A  U  bolt  embracing  the  pipe  or  the  like  from  beneath  has 
leg  portions  extending  through  the  ranger  and  receiving 
nuts  to  clamp  the  assembly  fixedly  in  place. 


3,667,712 

NOZZLE  STORAGE  UNIT 

George  Michael  Furgoeson,  Dogwood  Drive, 

Centerbrooii,  Conn.     06409 

FUed  July  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  53,864 

Int  CL  A47f  5/08,  7/00 

UA  CI.  248—75  6  Claims 


A  device  for  storing  a  hose  nozzle  comprising  a  support 
member,  an  externally  threaded  bracket  member  on  the 
support  member  for  threadably  receiving  a  hose  nozzle, 
and  a  pair  of  apertured  members  resiliently  connected  to 
the  support  member  and  adapted  to  receive  and  hold 
a  hose  through  the  apertures.  The  support  member,  brack- 
et member,  and  apertured  members  preferably  are  con- 
structed from  a  single  piece  of  semi-flexible  plastic. 


3,667,713 

ADJUSTABLE  TABLE  LEG 

Robert  A.  Clarke,  Blanford,  Mass.,  assignor  to  The 

Columbia  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.,  Westfield,  Mass. 

Filed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  113,432 

Int  CI.  F16m  11/26 

U.S.  a.  248—188.5  2  Claims 


1 


3,667,714 

TANK  SUPPORT 

Theodore  Ziaylek,  Ir.,  P.O.  Box  292, 

Yardlcy,  Pa.     19068 
Filed  Aug.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,822 
Int  CI.  A47f  5/00     ' 
U.S.  CV  248—284  51 


^^Z2ZZZZZ2 


Claims 


A  bracket  for  supporting  a  tank,  cylinder,  or  other 
container  such  as  an  oxygen  tank,  compressed  air  cylinder, 
fire  extinguisher  or  the  like,  is  movable  to  a  retracted  or 
inactive  position  wherein  the  tank  may  be  housed  within 
a  cabinet  or  recess  in  a  wall,  fire  apparatus  or  the  like 
and  is  movable  to  an  extended  or  operative  position  per- 
mitting easy  removal  of  the  tank  for  use.  Means  are 
further  provided  for  releasably  holding  the  bracket  and 
tank  in  either  of  its  alternative  positions. 


>IJNT1NI 


3,667,715 
MOUNTING  APPARATUS  FOR  REMOTE  DIS- 
ENGAGEMENT   AND    ENGAGEMENT    OF 
SUBMERSIBLE  PUMPS 
Jofaann  Mcrtcns,  Santa  Cruz,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Nuclear 
Waste  Syrtems  Company,  Campbell,  Calif. 
FUed  Jan.  25,  1971,  Ser.  No.  109,182 
Int  CL  B67d  5/64;  F04d  13/08 
VS.  a.  248—327  ^  10  aalms 


$.  d. 


',1 


Adjustable  table  leg  assembly  having  a  mounting  plate 
and  depending  therefrom  a  fixed  tubular  sleeve  provided 
with  a  slot  spaced  from  the  lower  open  end  thereof  and  a 
V-shaped  rod  brace  member  of  spring  metal  having  its 
outer  ends  fixed  to  the  plate  with  the  lower  looped  end 
spring  tensioned  against  the  sleeve  at  said  slot.  A  tapered 
stud  is  fixed  on  the  looped  end  of  the  brace  and  projects 
through  said  slot.  An  adjustable  tubular  lower  leg  section 
is  slidably  inserted  in  the  sleeve  and  has  a  series  of  longi- 
tudinally spaced  holes  releasably  engageable  by  the 
tapered  stud  to  secure  said  leg  section  by  the  brace  mem- 
ber at  a  selected  position  of  telescopic  extension. 


Mounting  apparatus  for  lowering,  raising  and  securing 
in  place  a  submersible  pump.  The  apparatus  includes  an 
alignment  rack  for  aligning  within  a  liquid  holding  vat 
a  submersible  pump  with  a  discharge  pipe  within  the  vat 
for  coupling  to  the  pump.  Adjustable  members  are  adapted 
for  engaging  the  pump  within  the  vat  and  extending  out- 
side the  vat.  The  members  are  further  adapted  to  urge 
the  pump  in  and  out  of  coupling  relationship  to  the  dis- 
charge pipe  responsive  to  adjustments  performed  on  said 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


171 


members  outside  the  vat.  A  pump  cage  is  guided  relative 
to  the  alignment  rack  and  discharge  pipe.  The  cage  is 
movable  laterally  with  relationship  to  the  discharge  pipe 
so  as  to  move  the  pump  laterally  clear  of  the  discharge 
tube  when  the  pump  and  pipe  are  uncoupled,  and  pulley 
means  are  provided  for  raising  and  lowering  the  pump 
from  and  to  the  cage  when  clear  of  the  discharge  tube. 


3,667,716 

TELESCOPING  CHAIR  BASE 

Bernard  J.  Fries,  Jenison,  Mich.,  assignor  to  Steelcase 

Inc.,  Grand  Rapids,  Mich. 

Filed  Aug.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,178 

Int  CI.  F16m  U/00. 13/00 

US,  CI.  248—405  11  Claims 


A  threaded  chair  spindle  is  threadably  carried  by  a  nut 
which  b  rotatably  supported  by  a  hub  tube  such  that 
the  lower  bearing  surface  of  the  spindle  extends  within 
the  hub  tube.  A  spindle  cover  tube  is  longitudinally  fixed 
with  respect  to  said  spindle  and  encloses  the  threaded 
portion  of  the  spindle  but  can  be  rotated  with  respect 
to  the  spindle.  An  elongated,  vertical  rib  projects  in- 
wardly from  the  inside  surface  of  the  spindle  cover  tube 
and  mates  with  a  vertical  groove  in  the  side  of  the  nut 
so  that  the  spindle  and  the  spindle  cover  tube  can  be 
raised  or  lowered  by  rotating  the  spindle  cover  tube  with 
respect  to  the  spindle. 


3,667,717 
DEVICE  FOR  RAINWATER  PIPES  IN  BUILDINGS 

PROVTOED  WITH  CORNICES 

Kemiedi  Ulf  Foike  Fasth,  Halmstad,  Sweden,  assignor  to 

AB  C.  W.  Erikssons  Piatsh^cri  Eftr.  Halmstad,  Sweden 

FUed  July  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  57,052 

Claims  priority,  ^tplication  Sweden,  July  24,  1969, 

10,416/69 

Int  CI.  E02b  9/04;  £04d  13/00 

US.  CI.  248—48.2  6  Claims 


even  under  considerable  load.  To  obtain  this,  the  mount- 
ing members  are  provided  with  stirrups  carrying  the  gutter 
lengths  proper,  the  said  stirrups  being  slidingly  mounted 
in  the  upright  limbs  of  the  mounting  members  by  means 
of  slides  which  may  be  adjusted  to  desired  inclination  by 
means  of  an  arrangement  of  holes  and  a  locking  means. 


3,667,718 
ADJUSTABLE  REAR  VIEW  MIRROR  ASSEMBLY 
Gerald  E.  Goslin,  Mount  aemcns,  Russell  R.  Hersh- 
berger,  Bhrningham,  and  George  J.  Mach,  Berkley, 
Mich.,    assignors    to    General   Motors    Corporation, 
Detroit,  Mich. 
Continuation  of  abandoned  application  Ser.  No.  770,522, 
OdL  25,  1968.  This  appUcatlon  May  18,  1971,  Ser. 
No.  144,595 

Int  a.  B60r  1/06 
US.  a.  248-^487  7  Cbrims 


A  rear  view  mirror  assembly  for  use  on  motor  vehicles 
having  an  outwardly  extending  removable  cargo  includes 
an  L-shaped  support  arm  that  has  a  lower  leg  supported 
at  the  vehicle  door  for  rotation  about  a  vertical  axis  and 
has  an  upper  leg  supporting  a  mirror  element  for  rota- 
tion about  a  horizontal  axis.  The  mirror  element  is  mov- 
able between  an  inboard  position  used  under  normal  driv- 
ing conditions  and  an  outboard  viewing  position  used 
when  a  cargo  is  being  carried  by  rotation  of  the  support 
member  about  the  vertical  axis  coupled  with  rotation  of 
the  mirror  element  about  the  horizontal  axis. 


3,667,719 
ARRANGEMENT  FOR  THE  BOTTOM  POURING  OF 

SLAG  INTO  A  CHILL  MOULD 
Vitaly  MikhaOovich  Batfal,   Ulitsa  Semashko   10,  kr. 
54/3;  Jury  Vadimovich  Latasfa,  Vozdokhoflotsky  proa- 
pekt  48,  kv.  14;  and  Boris  IzraOevich  Medovar,  Bulrar 
Lesi  UkrainU  2,  kv.  8,  aU  of  KicT,  U.&SJt 

FUed  Not.  18, 1969,  Ser.  No.  877,663 

Int  CI.  B22d  27/02 

US,  CL  249—109  3  Claims 


A  gutter  assembly  intended  for  use  in  buildings  provided 
with  roof  cornices  of  the  kind  carried  in  generally  U- 
shaped  mounting  members.  The  roof  gutter  is  mounted  in 
said  cornices  such  that  the  correct  fall  of  a  gutter  length 
is  easily  obtainable  and  the  inclination  given  to  it  remains 


An  arrangement  for  the  bottom  pouring  of  slag  into  a 
chill  mould  of  an  electroslag  furnace,  comprising  a  head 
piece  for  allowing  the  liquid  slag  to  be  poured,  and  a  mem- 
ber provided  with  a  duct  connecting  the  cavity  of  the  head- 
piece with  the  cavity  of  a  chill  mould,  the  member  with 


172 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


duct  being  mounted  so  as  to  be  capable  of  moving  in  re- 
lation to  the  chill  mould  in  order  to  overlap  this  duct 
at  the  point  where  it  communicates  with  the  cavity  of  the 
chill  mould  after  the  liquid  slag  has  been  poured  there- 
into, and  wherein  the  pouring  of  the  slag  into  the  chill 
mould  enables  ingots  to  be  obtained  without  any  lateral 
projections  in  their  bottom  end.  and  allows  effecting  the 
accurate  dosing  of  slag  being  poured  into  the  chill  mould. 


inner  surface  of  the  housing  to  form  a  seal  to  provide  an 
improved  closing  characteristic,  and  the  bases  oC  the 
translating  means  are  further  away  from  the  bore  where- 
by the  sealing  means  on  the  bottom  of  the  packing  ele- 
ment is  only  slightly  compressed  allowing  a  fast  response 
and  quick  adjustment  of  the  packing  clement  to  changes 
in  diameter  and  configuration  of  moved-through  com- 
ponents of  the  drilling  string. 


3,667,720 

TEE  ROD  CONFIGURATION  FOR  SEALING  THE 

THREADED  INNER  END  OF  A  SHEBOLT 

Chester  I.  WiUlams,  347  Grecnbriar  SE., 

Grand  Rapids,  Mich.    49506 

FUed  Sept  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  859,757 

Int  CL  E04g  17/06, 17/08 

U.S.  a.  249—213  4  Claims 


3  667  722 
FROFORflONAL  VALVE 
Sherwin    D.    Katz,    SkoUe,    and    Joseph    M.    tevon, 
Arlington  Heights,  IlL,  aisigiion  to  I-T-E  In^rial 
Corporation 

Filed  Oct  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83,062 
!  IntCLF16kii/70 

UA  a.  251—30  10  Claims 


The  interior  threading  on  the  inner. end  of  a  shebolt  in- 
stalled in  a  wall-form  tie  system  is  sealed  against  the  in- 
gress of  concrete  by  the  presence  of  an  annular  ring  adja- 
cent the  inner  extremity  of  the  threading  at  the  ends  of 
the  iimer  tie  rod.  The  sealing  ring  is  deformable,  and  op- 
erates preferably  in  conjunction  with  a  positive  stc^  ar- 
rangement engageable  with  the  end  oi  the  tie  rod. 


3,667,721 

BLOWOUT  PREVENTER 

Ado  N.  Vnjasinovic,  Fnlierton,  CaUf .,  assignor  to 

The  Rnckcr  Company,  Oakland,  Calif. 

Filed  Apr.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27,947 

Int  a.  E21b  33/06 

\5J&.  CI.  251—1  8  Claims 


A  proportional  variable  flow  control  valve  including 
a  piston  type  main  valve  member  having  a  pilot  valve 
slidable  axially  therein  that  controls  the  pressure  drop 
across  the  main  valve  and  hence  the  opening  of  the  main 
valve.  The  piston  type  main  valve  forms  a  chamber  in 
the  main  valve  housing  that  is  continuously  presBiirized 
by  inlet  fluid  thereby  tending  to  close  the  valve,  and  the 
ball  valve  is  positioned  to  relieve  pressure  in  this  cham- 
ber to  permit  opening  of  the  valve  under  a  constant  inlet 
fluid  biasing  force  acting  on  the  valve.  An  actuator  is 
provided  for  the  ball  pilot  valve  that  shifts  the  ball  valve 
in  an  amount  proportional  to  the  desired  flow  rate  through 
the  main  valve  and  in  response  to  the  differential  pres- 
sures the  main  valve  opens  a  corresponding  amount. 


An  improved  blowout  preventer  in  which  a  packing  ele- 
ment having  a  resilient  sealing  means  and  a  plurality  of 
metallic  translating  means  slidably  moves  against  a  curved 
inner  surface  of  a  housing  for  moving  into  a  sealed 
position  in  which  the  packing  element  is  positioned 
against  but  not  connected  to  an  actuating  piston  for  in- 
creased sealing  performance,  freedom  of  movement,  and 
for  ease  of  replacement  and  in  which  the  axial  extent  of 
the  curved  portion  of  the  translating  means  is  less  than 
the  curved  outer  surface  of  the  packing  element  whereby 
the  sealing  means  may  circumferentially  contact  the  curved 


3  667  723 
ELECTROMAGNETIC     d'eTENT    MEANS    FOR 
SLIDING  SPOOLS  OF  DIRECTIONAL  CONTROL 

VALVES 
Klaus  Schneider,  Ladwigsburg,  Gcmuny,  assignor  to 
Robert  Bosch  G  Jn.b  JH.,  Stuttgart  Germany 
Filed  Dec  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,913 
Clidmfl  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec.  11,  1969, 
P  19  62  069.0 
Int  CI.  F16k  31/44 
\5S.  CL  251—68  17  Claims 

A*  detent  device  for  the  sliding  spool  of  a  directional 
control  valve  wherein  the  spool  is  permanently  biased 
to  a  neutral  position  and  is  movable  to  two  operative  posi- 
tions. The  detent  device  has  an  armature  which  is  mounted 
on  the  spool  and  is  movable  toward  a  first  or  a  second 
electromagnet  in  the  valve  housing  in  response  to  move- 
ment of  the  spool  to  the  one  or  the  other  operative  posi- 
tion. The  electromagnets  are  automatically  energized 
shortly  before  the  spool  reaches  an  operative  position,  and 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


173 


at  least  one  electromagnet  can  be  deenergized  with  a  fixed  holds  the  valve  in  assembled  relationship,  and  the  valve 

or  vanable  delay  followmg  energization  to  permit  a  body.  The  sealing  rmg  is  also  in  engagement  with  a  valve 

resetUng  sprmg  to  return  the  spool  to  its  neutral  position,  seat,  such  that  the  sealing  ring,  deformed  by  the  con- 
Altemauvcly,  the  spool  can  carry  an  electromagnet  which  /  w 


™» 


jKi_ 


^  15, 

^  \         *       » 


-—J  ~ — It 


is  movable  against  a  first  or  a  second  armature  in  the 
housing  when  the  spool  moves  toward  its  first  or  second 
operative  position.  The  electromagnet  is  energized  shortly 
before  it  reaches  the  one  or  the  other  armature. 


3,667,724  ^ 

SOLENOID  ACTUATED  DISPENSING  VALVE 

Richard  T.  ComeUns,  Minneapolis,  Minn.,  assignor  to 

The  Cornelius  Company,  Anolui,  Minn. 

Filed  June  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,925 

Int  CI.  F16k  31/05 

U.S.  a.  251—138  5  Oaims 


necting  means,  biases  the  seat  toward  the  valve  member, 
thereby  establishing  the  initial  engagement  between  the 
seat  and  the  valve  member. 


3  667  726 
FABRICATED  GASI^TED  VALVE  BODY  CON- 
STRUCTION FOR  BUTTERFLY  VALVES 
Herman  S.  Church,  Cuyahoga  Falls,  and  Duanc  J.  Cbuk, 
Kent  Ohio,  assignors  to  Teiedyne  Mid-America  Cor- 
poration, Hartville,  Ohio 

FDcd  Jan.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  103,505 

Int  a.  F16k  1/22 

US,  CL  251—151  10  Claims 


A  di^>ensing  device  hn  the  form  of  a  mixing  valve 
assembly  has  separate  actuator  arms  for  the  fluids  to  be 
mixed,  a  solenoid  having  a  plunger  arranged  to  rock  the 
actuator  arms,  and  a  selectively  actuatable  switch  on  the 
device  connected  in  circuit  with  the  solenoid.  There  is  also 
included  a  manually  movable  lever  located  at  the  discharge 
nozzle  for  actuating  the  switch.  ^ 


3,667,725 

UNSTRESSED  SEATS  FOR  BETWEEN 

FLANGE  VALVES 

Domer  Scaramncd,  (Ndahoma  City,  Olda.,  assignor  to 

Balon  Corporation,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 
Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  526,936,  Jan. 
3,  1966,  now  Patent  No.  3,428,292.  This  appplication 
Aug.  7, 1968,  Scr.  No.  750,873 

Int  CL  F16k  5/06 
VS.  CL  251—151  7  Claims 

An  improved  valve  wherein  a  sealing  ring  is  disposed 
in  a  counterbore  in  the  valve  body  and  maintains  seal- 
ing engagement  between   the   connecting  means  which 


V.^V\\\\\'J 


A  fabricated  plate  metal  valve  body  has  spaced  inner 
and  outer  metal  ring  members  assembled  concentrically. 
Valve  operator  trunnions  are  connected  to  the  rings  and 
extend  in  diametrically  opposite  directions.  A  rubber  gas- 
ket is  molded  to  and  bonded  with  the  metal  rings  within 
the  outer  ring  and  completely  surrounding  the  inner  ring. 
The  gasket  has  annular  seeing  portions  projecting 
axially  in  cross  section  beyond  the  planes  of  the  ends  of 
the  outer  ring  to  form  seals  engageable  with  the  ends 
of  pipe  flanges  with  which  the  valve  body  is  assembled. 
A  butterfly  valve  is  assembled  with  the  valve  body  having 
an  operating  shaft  extending  through  the  truimions  and 
a  movable  valve  disc  connected  to  the  shaft  and  adapted 
to  be  moved  to  a  position  in  sealing  contact  throughout 
its  periphery  with  a  gasket  interiorly  of  the  inner  ring. 
The  inner  diameter  of  the  gasket  is  slightly  smaller  than 
the  outer  diameter  of  the  valve  disc  which  rotates  within 
the  valve  body.  Provision  may  be  made  to  minimize  any 


m 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  iI,  1972 


reduction  in  the  inner  diameter  of  the  gasket  incident 
to  expansion  of  the  gasket  material  from  the  heat  of 
high  temperature  liquids  passing  through  the  valve. 


3,667,727 

SEAT  FOR  BALL  OR  GATE  VALVES 

Billy  W.  Bowden,  P.O.  Box  308,  Hammond,  La.    70401 

Condnoatioa-in-iNirt  of  abandoned  application  Scr.  No. 

852,420,  Aug.  22, 1969.  This  application  May  10, 1971, 

Scr.  No.  141,721 

Int  CI.  F16k  5/20 
\}S,  CI.  251—172  6  Claims 


A  seat  for  a  ball  or  gate  valve  includes  an  insert  which 
maintains  a  constant  sealed  contact  with  the  ball  or  gate 
no  matter  what  pressure  differential  exists  between  line 
pressure  and  the  valve  body  cavity  pressure. 


3,667,728 

SELF-LOADING  DOLLY 

Herbert  J.  Garelick,  St  Paul,  Minn.,  assignor  to 

Garellck  Mfg.  Co.,  St  Paul,  Minn. 

FUed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,796 

Int  CL  B62b  1/06 

U.S.  CL  254—8  R  1  Claim 


\*.~,    /c 


•^^zrii^^'-^:Z 


I  3,667,729 

I       GATE  CLOSURE  APPARATUS 

Raymond  J.  HInkd,  Arena,  N.  Dak.    58413 

i    FUed  Apr.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,008     i 

Int  CL  B66f  3/00 

VS.  CL  254—77  5' Claims 


Wire  gate  closure  and  tensioning  apparatus  coOiprising 
a  frame  mounted  on  a  stationary  fence  post  and  pivotal  ly 
carrying  a  take-up  mechanism  which  engages  one  end  of 
a  chain  or  cable,  the  other  end  of  which  joins  with  a 
moveable  end  of  the  gate.  The  take-up  mechanism  in- 
cludes a  handle  on  each  side  of  the  fence  for  drawing  the 
moveable  end  of  the  gate  toward  the  stationary  post.  A 
latch  maintains  the  take-up  mechanism  in  position  when 
the  gate  is  closed. 


3,667,730 

QUICK  ACTION  JACK 

Alan  F.  KoUmar,  495  Graymont  Drive, 

Santa  Rosa,  Calif.    95405 

FUed  May  8,  1970,  Ser.  No.  35,689 

Int  CL  B60fl  9/q2 


U.S.  CL  254—86  R 


10  Claims 


Apparatus  for  lifting  a  vehicle,  such  as  a  snowmobile, 
from  the  ground,  whereby  it  may  be  transported  or  reposi- 
tioned; said  apparatus  being  easily  operable  by  one  per- 
son. The  apparatus  includes  a  U  shaped  handle  assembly, 
the  legs  of  which  are  spaced  apart  sufficiently  far  to  com- 
fortably span  the  width  of  a  snowmobile.  The  tip  of  each 
leg  is  provided  with  a  wheel  assembly  including  an  an- 
gularly formed  structure  which,  in  combination  with  a 
tie  bar,  functions  to  lift  the  snowmobile  upwardly,  when 
the  handle  assembly  is  depressed.  In  use,  the  apparatus  is 
moved  along  the  length  of  the  snowmobile,  with  a  wheel 
assembly  on  each  side  of  the  snowmobile.  When  the  ap- 
paratus has  been  brought  to  a  point  just  beyond  the  center 
of  gravity  »t  the  snowmobile  the  tie  bar  is  inserted 
through  fittings  on  the  wheel  assembly.  The  front  end  of 
the  snowmobile  will  then  be  lifted  when  the  handle  as- 
sembly is  pressed  downwardly.  The  rear  end  of  the  snow- 
mobile may  then  be  easily  lifted  and  supported,  off  ,the 
ground,  by  attachment  to  the  handle  assembly. 


-\-t 


An  upright  support  jack  structure  including  a  lower 
base  portion  and  an  upper  screw  portion  partially  tele- 
scoped downwardly  into  the  upper  end  of  the  bftse  por- 
tion. A  radially  expanded  segmental  thrust  nut  is  sup- 
ported within  the  upper  end  portion  of  the  base  portion 
against  rotation  relative  thereto  and  the  base  portion  in- 
cludes means  operative  from  the  exterior  of  the  base  por- 
tion for  radially  inwardly  shifting  the  segments  of  the 
thrust  nut  into  threaded  engagement  with  the  screw  por- 
tion of  the  jack.  When  the  segments  of  the  thrust  nut  are 
radially  inwardly  shifted  into  threaded  engagement  with 
the  screw  portion  the  thrust  nut  segments  are  supported 
from  the  base  portion  against  downward  movement  rela- 
tive thereto  and  accordingly,  rotation  of  the  upper  screw 
portion  relative  to  the  base  portion  when  the  thrust  nut 
is  threadedly  engaged  with  the  screw  portion  will  cause 
the  screw  portioa  to  be  elevated  relative  to  tfie  base 
portion. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


175 


3,667,731 
CHAIN  GUIDING  APPARATUS 

Jean-Louis  Corgnet  Bonlogne-Billancourt  France,  as- 
signor to  Compagnic  Francaisc  des  Petroles,  Paris, 
France 

FOcd  Dec.  11, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,438 
Clabns  priority,  application  Fnmce,  Dec.  11,  1968, 

177,682 
^^  Inta.B66di/i« 

U.S.  CL  254—190  R  1  Claim 


ventional  single  screw  extruder,  and  which  includes  two 
axially  parallel  screws,  located  in  a  housing  and  having 
an  essentially  identical  flight  gradient,  which  almost  com- 
pletely engage  into  each  other  and  can  be  rotated  in  the 
same  direction.  Each  screw  is  shaped  to  provide  sealing 
ridges  which  close  the  conventional  screw  threads  and 


An  anchor  chain  guide  having  at  least  two  mutually 
perpendicular  pulleys  with  the  bearing  support  of  one 
journaled  on  the  shaft  of  the  other  so  that  the  central 
or  symmetry  plane  of  each  pulley  is  tangent  to  the  entry 
groove  of  the  other.  In  one  embodiment  the  bearing 
support  for  one  of  the  pulleys  slides  on  a  circular  track 
whose  center  coincides  with  the  axis  of  the  other  pulley. 
In  another  embodiment  the  bearing  support  mounts  a 
pair  of  tangent  pulleys  in  the  same  plane  and  is  journaled 
for  rotation  about  the  horizontal  shaft  of  a  third  pulley. 
With  both  arrangements  the  anchor  chain  always  lies 
in  the  central  plane  of  both  pulleys  around  which  it  is 
guided,  thus  eliminating  lateral  stresses  and  undue  fric- 
tional  wear,  and  preventing  the  chain  from  jimiping  over 
the  pulley  cheeks. 

3,667,732 

APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING  A 

HOMOGENEOUS  MIXTURE 

Pierre  Lejeune,  Grenoble,  France,  assignor  to 

Creusot-Loire,  Paris,  France 

Filed  Aug.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  65,363 

Int  CL  BOlf  5/02 

VS.  CI.  259—4  3  Claims 


which  engage  with  correspondingly  shaped  passageways 
provided  in  the  flights  of  the  adjacent  screw,  whereby  the 
plastication  can  be  carried  out  with  only  partially  filled 
screw  threads,  and  a  constant  sealing  engagement  of  the 
screws  is  insured.  The  trapped  air  and  the  developing  gases 
can  escape  through  vapor  outlets  provided  in  the  housing. 


3,667,734 
FEED-MIXING  APPARATUS 
Arnold  Burton  Skrommc,  MoUne,  DL,  Harold  Richard 
lind^rom,  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  Etiar  August  Kenning- 
sen,  Gcncsco,  and  Royal  LowcD  Bcldin,  East  Molinc, 
ni^  Donald  Thomas  Soiiie,  Ankeny,  Iowa,  and  Elmer 
Richard  Ecfccrt,  Horicon,  Wis.,  assignors  to  Deere  ft 
Company,  Moline,  DL 

FUed  Feb.  23, 1971,  Ser.  No.  118,050 

Int  CL  BOlf  15/02 

VS.  a.  259—44  22  CUdms 


A  homogeneous  mixture  of  two  substances,  for  exam- 
ple a  fluid  suspension  of  fibres  and  a  diluent  in  the  manu- 
facture of  non-woven  fabrics  or  paper  pulp,  is  produced 
from  a  mixture  of  the  two  substances  and  injecting  the 
mixture  through  a  plurality  of  ducts  into  a  dilution  cham- 
ber. 


3,667,733 

DEVICE  FOR  THE  PLASTICATION  OF 

POWDERY  PLASTIC  MATERIALS 

Rudolf  Paul  Fritsch,  Goslarer  Str.  58, 

Stuttgart-Weilimdorf,  Germany 

FUed  Jan.  27, 1971,  Ser.  No.  110,115 

Oaims  priority,  appUcatfon  Germany,  Jan.  28,  1970, 

P  20  03  593J 

^    Int  a.  BOlf  7/05 

U.S.  CL  259—6  17  Oaims 

A  device  for  the  pressureless  plastication  of  powdery 

plastic  materials,  which  can  be  used  in  front  of  a  con- 


Feed-mixlng  apparatus  including  a  cylindrical  tank 
having  a  substantially  horizontal  bottom,  a  mixing  auger 
oxitained  within  a  vertical  tubular  housing  mounted  con- 
centrically within  the  tank,  and  a  h(Mizontal  blade  fixed 
at  one  end  to  the  lower  porticm  of  the  auger  and  having 
an  outer  end  extending  in  dose  proximity  to  the  tank  wall. 


176 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6.  1972 


the  blade  being  operable  to  sweep  across  the  bottom  of 
the  tank  as  the  auger  is  rotated  and  thereby  promote  mix- 
ing ol  the  material  contained  therein. 


3  667  735 
CENTRIFUGAL  CEMENT  SLURRY  MIXER 
MazweU  G.  Hood,  St.  Ives,  New  South  Wales,  Australia, 
•flrignor  to  Fowler  Rex  Pty.  Limited,  Brookvalc,  New 
Sootii  Wales,  AostnUa 

Filed  June  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,002 

Int  CL  B28c  5/06 

VS,  CL  259—151  5  Claimi 


3,667,737 
ENTRAINMENT  OF  A  UQUID  MEDIUM  OR 
OTHER  ADDITIVE  IN  A  UQUID  OR  OTHER 
FORMULATION 
Alan  Colin  Scott  Howe,  Hemcl  Hempstead,  England, 
assignor  to  John  Lalng  ft  Son  limited,  London,  Eng- 
land 

FDcd  Not.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  880,682 
Cbdms  prlMity,  application  Great  Britatai,  Nov.  30, 1968, 

56,951/68 

Int  CL  B28c  5/10 

VS.  CL^59— 164  2  Oahns 


An  apparatus  for  mixing  cement-water  slurry  in  which 
a  tank  having  an  annular  mixing  chamber  is  disposed 
about  a  core  and  a  flexible  hollow  cylinder  mounted  above 
the  core  has  flexible  walls  for  the  introduction  of  pulsating 
air  into  it.  Tangentially  located  nozzles  admit  water  to  the 
upper  part  of  the  chamber.  Cement  is  also  introduced  into 
the  upper  region  of  the  chamber  near  the  flexible  pulsating 
walL  The  slurry  mixed  in  the  chamber  is  recirculated 
from  a  suction  outlet  near  the  bottom  ai  the  chamber  to 
an  intermediate  level  via  a  valve  which  can  deliver  water 
alcMie  or  slurry  from  within  the  chamber  or  slurry  from 
the  suction  outlet. 


MOBILE  MIXING  MACHINE 
Dale  E.  Carroll,  13864  Putney  Road, 

Poway,  CaBf.    92064 

FDcd  Aug.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  853,770 

Int  CL  B28c  5/20,  5/42.  7/06 

US,  CL  259—161  3  Claims 


A  cavitation  dement  for  inducing  cavitation  In,  for 
example,  a  wet  concrete  mix.  The  element  has  a  smooth 
upstream  profile  and  a  Muff  downstream  profile  with 
formations  on  its  upper  surface  which  induce  a  corrugated 
shape  to  the  envelope  <^  the  cavitation  immediately  down- 
stream of  the  bluff  profile.  An  inlet  within  the  element 
communicates  with  a  number  of  apertures  opening  into 
the  bluff  profile  whereby  a  jet,  or  jets,  of  fluid  or  other 
additive  are  supplied  through  the  apertures  into  cavitation 
induced  by  the  bluff  profile. 


1i 


3,667,738 

UMP  BODY  FOR  CONCRETE  MIX 

Glcnway  Mazon,  Jr.,  Milwankee,  yf)M. 

Filed  Mar.  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  123,262 

Int  a.  B28c  5/18 


VS,  CL  259—171 


UOainia 


A  mobile  mixing  machine  includes  a  plurality  of  con- 
tainers, one  for  each  of  the  materials  which  are  to  be 
mixed.  Superimposed  conveyors  are  disposed  below  the 
containers,  one  conveyor  extending  rearwardly  farther 
than  the  other.  The  outlet  of  one  of  the  containers  is 
disposed  rearwardly  of  the  rear  end  of  the  other  con- 
veyor. The  conveyors  move  the  materials  toward  a  mix- 
ing diamber,  the  latter  being  preferably  of  the  rotary 
type,  the  axis  of  ^iliich  extends  hwizontally. 


A  frame  structure  tiltably  sui^rting  a  dump  body  is 
removably  mounted  on  a  flat  bed  truck.  The  body  side 
walls  amverge  toward  a  discharge  outlet  at  one  end  of  the 
body,  from  a  zone  nearer  its  other  end,  and  also  converge 
towards  said  other  end  from  said  zone.  Its  bottom  wall 
inclines  upwardly  towards  the  outlet  from  said  zone.  Pref- 
erably the  body  is  mounted  with  its  plane  of  symmetry 
oblique  to  the  longitudinal  centerline  of  the  truck  chassis, 
discharge  outlet  forwardly  and  at  the  driver's  side;  but 
means  are  disclosed  for  securing  it  to  a  truck  in  several 
orientations. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


177 


3,667,739 
PROCESS    AND    APPARATUS    REGULATING 
THE    FUEL-AIR    MIXTURE    IN    INTERNAL 
COMBUSTION  ENGINES  OPERATING  WITH 
CARBURETORS 
Franz  Menke,  Ncckargcmnnd,  Gmnany,  assignor  to 
Eltro  GmbH  &  Co.,  Heidelberg,  Germany 
FUcd  Dec  9,  1969,  Ser.  No.  883,433 
Int  CL  F02m  1/10,  7/04 
UJ.  a.  261—1  15  Cbims 


3,667,741 
CARBURETTERS  FOR  INTERNAL 
COMBUSTION  ENGINES 
Peter  P.  Swatman,  SolihuO,  En^tand,  assignor  to  British 
Leyland  (Austin-Morris)  Limited,  Birmingham,  Eng- 
land 
Continuation  of  appUcation  Ser.  No.  791,399,  Jan.  15, 

1969.  This  appUcation  Aug.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,988 

Clafans  priority,  application  Great  Britafai,  Jan.  25,  1968, 

3,856/68;  May  9, 1968, 21,917/68 

Int  CL  F02m  7/04 

VS.  CL  261—50  A  8  Clainis 


A  process  and  apparatus  for  regulating  a  fuel-air  mix- 
ture for  internal  combustion  engines  comprises  a  plurality 
of  telescoped  tubes  defining  Venturi  passages  for  dis- 
charging air  at  constant  velocity  in  the  region  of  a  variable 
fuel  inlet.  The  inlet  and  air  passages  are  conjointly  regu- 
lated to  be  correspondingly  varied  in  size  to  change  engine 
operation.  The  size  of  the  fuel  inlet  is  additionally  and  in- 
dependently regulated,  in  superposition  with  the  above  reg- 
ulation, in  response  to  temperature  and  pressure  changes 
during  variation  of  engine  operating  conditions. 


3,667,740 

CARBURETOR 

Sten-Erik  Mortstedt  Ostra  Bcrgsgatan  11, 

611  00  Nykophig,  Sweden 

FUcd  Aug.  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  846,904 

Chdms  priority,  application  Sweden,  Mar.  14,  1969, 

3,595/69 

Int  CL  F02m  1/10.  7/16 

VS.  CL  261—39  A  6  Claims 


A  fuel-injection  type  carburetor  for  internal  combustion 
engines,  including  means  for  automatically  varying  the 
rate  of  fuel  flow  into  the  air  pipe  in  relation  to  the  air 
pressure  within  said  pipe  and  including  the  possibility  for 
temperature  and  atmospheric  pressure  compensation. 


A  carburetter  of  the  controllable  jet,  automatic  vari- 
able-choke type  has  a  single  main  control  member  (e.g. 
a  rotatable  shutter)  which  regulates  the  effective  cross- 
sectional  area  of  the  choke  and  also  supplants  the  usual 
throttle  disc. 


3,667,742 

FIXING  ARRANGEMENT 

Roman  C.  Kamob,  Nmlfa  Rose,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Xerox  Corporation,  Stamford,  Conn. 

FOed  Dec.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,730 

Int  CL  G03g  13/20, 15/20 

VS.  CL  263 — 6  E  6  Clafans 


Apparatus  for  fusing  electroscopic  toner  images  onto  a 
support  in  which  a  pair  of  elastically  deformable  shell 
members  of  a  generally  cylindrical  configuraticm  are  each 
supported  in  a  deformed  generally  elliptical  configuration 
about  a  pair  of  generally  parallel  spaced  xoXLtr  members 
with  the  roller  members  being  biased  in  a  direction  gen- 
erally al(Mig  the  minor  axis  of  the  req)ective  elliptical 
configuration  to  further  defcxm  at  least  a  portion  of  the 
elliptical  surface  oi  one  oi  the  shell  members  against  at 
least  a  portion  of  the  elliptical  surface  of  the  other  of  the 
shell  members  thereby  in'oviding  an  extended  nip  or  area 
of  contact  between  the  shell  members.  A  source  of  heat 
energy  associated  with  at  least  one  of  the  shell  members 
produces  a  heating  oi  the  shell  members  to  an  elevated 


178 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6, 


1972 


temperature  and  as  the  heated  shell  members  are  ad- 
vanced about  the  roller  members  in  the  deformed  c<mi- 
figuration  a  sapport  member  having  unfused  electro- 
scopic  toner  imases  thereon  will  be  advanced  therebe- 
tween to  pfx>duce  at  least  a  partial  melting  of  the  toner 
images  cm  the  support  within  the  extended  nip  area. 


3,667,743 

HEARTH  SCRAPING  DEVICE 

Edward  J.  Kovaldk  and  Edward  D.  DowHiig,  Pittsburgh, 

Pa.,  asdsnors  to  Pnllmaii  Incofporated,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

FDcd  Feb.  9, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 13,898 

lot  a.  F27b  9/16 

VJS,  CI.  263—7  15  Claims 


The  specification  discloses  a  hearth  scraping  device, 
particularly  for  rotary  hearth  furnaces,  to  level  the  bed 
of  mill  scale  initially  provided  on  the  hearth  for  better 
seating  of  the  work  product  therein  and  to  remove  ex- 
cess scale  derived  from  the  work  product  while  holding 
the  furnace  temperature  sufficiently  high  that  the  mill 
scale  is  loose  and  manageable.  The  device  comprises  a 
counterbalanced  cantilever  type  boom,  carrying  a  series 
of  canted  scraper  blades,  inserted  horizontally  through 
a  dean-out  door  into  the  furnace  substantially  along  a 
radial  line.  When  in  installed  position,  the  boom  is. 
hingedly  supported  at  its  outer  end  on  a  pedestal  struc- 
ture and  raised  and  lowered  under  manual  control  by 
a  jack  to  a  position  for  appropriate  scraping  action  by 
the  scraper  blades  which,  in  cooperation  with  the  rota- 
tion of  the  hearth,  causes  progressive  movement  of  the 
scale  from  blade  to  blade  radially  outward  through  the 
clean-out  door.  The  boom  assembly  has  suitable  passages 
provided  therein  for  water  circulation  and  consequent 
cooling  to  withstand  exposure  to  heat. 


3,667,744 

COMBUSTION  APPARATUS 

Robert  M.  D'Arc^,  lames  C.  Birtell,  and  Emmery  P. 

Henaley,  Borger,  Tex.,  and  Robert  C.  Pryor,  Bardes- 

▼ille,  OidflM  assignors  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Company 

FOcd  Aug.  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  65,533 

bit  CI.  r27b  3/10 

U.S.  CL  263—40  R  11  Claims 


An  apparatus  for  establishing  controlled  temperatures 
and  oxygen  content  of  a  gas  for  removal  of  deposits  from 
equipment  by  oxidation.  A  chamber  in  which  the  equip- 
ment to  be  cleaned  is  positioned  is  adapted  with  gas  cir- 
culating ductwork  and  with  a  burner  for  the  introduction 
of  hot  gases  of  controlled  oxygen  content. 


1 


3,667,745 

CRUCIBLE  FURNACE 

L4uearo8  J.  Lazarldis,  Lincoln,  Mass.,  assignor  to 

Thermo  Electron  Corporation,  Waltham,  Mass. 

FUed  Apr.  15,  1970,  Scr.  No.  28,860  ^ 

Int  a.  F27b  14/14 

U.S.  CI.  266—33  R  7  Claims 


y 


A  crucible  furnace  for  the  melting  of  metals  or  other 
substances  having  high  melting  points  which  includes  a 
refractory  vessel  or  crucible  for  containing  the  material 
to  be  melted,  the  vessel  being  surrounded  by  a  baffle  gen- 
erally conforming  in  shape  to  the  vessel.  External  to  the 
baffle  is  a  chamber  at  the  base  of  which  fuel  and  combus- 
tion air,  at  times  preheated,  are  separately  introfiuced, 
tubulently  mixed  and  ignited.  The  baffle  is  perforated  in 
a  pattern  of  holes  which  serve  to  direct  combustion  gases 
in  the  form  of  jets  upon  the  outer  wall  of  the  vessel.  This 
action  enhances  heat  transfer  by  disrupting  stagnant 
boundary  layers  of  gas  along  the  wall  of  the  crucible,  con- 
tributes to  the  uniformity  of  heat  distribution  in  the 
crucible,  and  contributes  in  achieving  high  overall  heat 
transfer  ooefflcient.  The  products  of  combusticm  are  drawn 
out  of  an  annular  space  about  the  upper  periphery  of  the 
crucible  which  is  sealed  so  that  no  contact  with  the  con- 
tents of  the  crucible  is  possible.  The  products  of  combus- 
tion may  also  be  passed  through  a  recuperator  when  pre- 
heating of  the  incoming  combustion  air  is  desirable  to 
increase  efficiency  and  flame  temperature. 


\ 


\ 


3  667  746 
FURNACE  FOR  CONTINubuS  HEAT  PROCE^ING 

OF  VARIOUS  MATERIALS 
Gleb  Nikolaevich  Makarov,  Ulitsa  Gotvalda  14,  kv.  53;' 
Boris  Nlkolacvicii  Zhitov,  Trifonovskaya  ulitsa  61,  kv. 
3;  Anatoly  MUdiallovich  Zagoreti,  Nizhne-Pervomais- 
kaya  nlitsa  3,  kv.  57;  Jnry  Gcrmanovich  Korolev, 
Unirersitetsky  prospckt  6,  korpus  2,  kv.  68;  and 
Konstantfai  Ivanovlch  Syskov,  Federativny  pro^ekt  6, 
korpus  6,  kv.  47,  all  of  Moscow,  U.SJS.R.;  Jury  Yakovle- 
Tich  Flloncnko,  Ulitsa  Pcrova  45,  Lipetsk,  U.8.S.R.; 
Semen  Semcnovich  Dvorin,  Eniselskaya  nlitsa  16/21, 
kv.  27;  and  Rnvim  Zinorievich  Lcmcr,  Ulitsa  Marii 
Ulvanovoi  17,  korpns  2,  kr.  4,  bofli  of  Moscow, 
U.S.SJt.;  Fnat  Akhtemovlch  Mnstafin,  Tagil,  Gazet- 
nava  nlitsa  80/29,  kw.  10;  and  Alcxandr  Scmenovich 
SemenoT,  Ulitsa  K.  Mana  99,  kr.  52,  both  of  Nizhny 
Tagil,  U.S.SJI.;  and  Leonid  lostfovich  ErUn,  UUtsa 
Malyskeva  76,  kv.  36;  Nikolai  Sergecvich  Grayaznov, 
UUtsa  Malyshcva  76,  kv.  5;  IzraO  Mlkhailovkh  Lazov- 
Ay,  Ulitsa  Malydieva  76,  kv.  10;  and  Pctr  Yakovlevich 
Nefebov,  Ulitsa  TItova  18,  kv.  7,  all  of  Sverdlovsk, 
UJSJS.R. 

I  '  FUed  Jan.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,800 
I  Int  a.  F27b  17/00 

VS,  CI.  266—21  5  Claims 

A  furnace  for  continuous  heat  processing  of  various 
materials  comprising  a  ring-shaped  hearth  with  a  plat- 
form for  placement  of  the  material  to  be  jx'ocessed,  the 

\ 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


179 


hearth  being  rotatable  in  an  annular  passage  of  the  fur-  tracks  may  be  either  overhead  tracks  or  may  be  ground 
naoe.  The  hearth  is  hollow  and  has  an  inner  chamber  for  supported  tracks.  The  apparatus  includes  various  arrange- 


\ 


passing  combustible  gases  from  a  burner  to  the  material 
via  apertures  in  the  platform. 


3,667,747 

CONVEYOR  HEATER 

Robert  W.  GraybUI,  Stanley  C.  Reibcr,  and  Donald  W. 

Nacc,  Yorit,  Pa.,  and  Ellis  S.  White,  Glyndon,  Md., 

assignors  to  Fccor  Industries,  Ltd.,  Yoric,  Pa. 

Filed  May  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,849 

bit  CI.  F27b  1/20 

UJS.  CL  266—24  10  Claims 


An  apparatus  for  preheating  a  scrap  charge  before 
it  is  melted  in  a  furnace  includes  a  combustor  and  a 
plenum  which  are  installed  on  a  vibratory  conveyor  for 
movement  conjointly  therewith.  The  combustor,  which 
has  a  non-refractory  combustion  chamber  lining  which 
is  cooled  by  the  incoming  air,  delivers  heated  air  under 
pressure  to  the  plenum  located  under  the  conveyor 
trough,  from  which  the  heated  air  is  forced  through  a 
plurality  of  passageways  in  the  conveyor  surface  to  the 
scrap  charge  carried  in  the  conveyor  trough.  After  the 
scrap  is  preheated,  a  gate-ramp  at  the  downstream  end 
of  the  conveyor  lowers  to  deliver  the  scrap  to  the 
furnace. 


3,667,748 
ARRANGEMENT  FOR  OPENING  AND  CLOSING 

TAPHOLES  OF  METALLURGICAL  FURNACES 
Herbert   Dienenthal,    Obersdorf-Rodgen,    and    Theodor 
Zimmcrmann,   Siegen  im   Westphalia,   Germany,   as- 
signors to  Dango  &  Dienenthal  Kommandi^esellschaft, 
Siegen  Im  Westphalia,  Germany 

FUed  Feb.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  11,117 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Feb.  25,  1969, 
P  19  09  326.6 
Int  CI.  C21b  7/12 
U.S.  CI.  166— Al  3  Claims 

Apparatus  for  opening  and  closing  tapholes  of  metal- 
lurgical furnaces,  particularly  rotatable  hearth  furnaces 
and  furnaces  having  plural  tapholes,  includes  a  carriage 
or  trolley,  a  track  supporting  the  carriage  or  trolley,  and 
a  taphole  drilling  machine  and  a  taphole  plugging  ma- 
chine supported  in  side  by  side  relation  on  the  carriage 
or  trolley.  The  tracks  run  at  a  uniform  spacing  from 
the  wall  of  a  furnace,  and  a  centering  arm  on  the  wp- 
paratus  cooperates  with  guides  on  the  furnace,  one  ad- 
jacent each  taphole,  for  proper  location  of  the  taphole 
drilling  machine  and  the  taphole  plugging  machine.  The 


\ 


ments  for  supplying  electric  and  fluid  power  to  the  ma- 
chines from  stationary  sources  thereof. 


3,667,749 

SPRING  DECK  FOR  FURNITURE 

John  G.  Piatt,  Carthage,  and  Robert  O.  Isaacs,  JopUn, 

Mo.,  assignors  to  FI«i-0>Laton,  Inc^  Carthage,  Mo. 

FUed  July  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  57,458 

Int  CI.  F16f  3/02 

VS.  CL  267—112  14  CUms 


\ 


it'- 


A  spring  deck  for  furniture  having  open  rigid  cushion 
frames,  said  deck  consisting  of  a  flexible  sheet  of  material 
non-elastic  in  its  own  plane,  an  elongated  mounting  mem- 
ber extending  generally  parallel  to  and  spaced  apart  from 
one  edge  of  said  sheet,  and  elastically  extensible  mem- 
bers extending  between  and  interccMmecting  said  mount- 
ing member  with  the  adjacent  edge  of  said  sheet,  said 
mounting  member  and  the  distal  edge  of  said  sheet  being 
adapted  to  be  firmly  affixed  to  opposite  sides  of  a  furniture 
frame. 


3,667,750 

PLASnc  SPRING  FEEDER  PLATE 

F^rederick  R.  Kuehn,  Baltimore,  Md.,  assignor  to 

Koppera  Company,  Inc. 

FHed  Nov.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,832 

Int  CL  B65h  5/16 

U5.  a.  271—44  R  5  Clafans 

A  spring  feeder  plate  consists  of  a  synthetic  organic 

solid  plastic  that  is  highly  resistant  to  ruptures  induced 

by  flexing  of  the  plate  during  reciprocation  of  a  spring 


180 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


feeder  bar  in  sheet  feeding  machines.  In  such  machines,  machine.  The  transport  apparatus  includes  a  movable 

paper  board  sheets  are  fed  from  beneath  a  stack  of  such  member  in  the  normal  path  of  movement  of  the  leading 

sheets  by  a  reciprocating  feeder  bar  which  extends  across  edge  of  the  original  document.  The  leading  edge  strikes 

the  width  of  a  feed  table.  The  sheets  are  fed  along  a  the  movable  member  during  each  cycle  of  the  document 


substantially  horizontal  feed  path  toward  adjacent  proc- 
essing machinery.  At  least  one  flexible  plastic  spring  feed- 
er plate  is  mounted  on  the  feeder  bar  for  engaging  the 
trailing  edge  of  each  successive  bottom  sheet  as  the  bar 
reciprocates. 


3,667,751 

CARTON  BLANK  AUGNING  APPARATUS 

Peter  Zcmov,   Wanwatosa,  Thomas  H.   Gabcl,  Meno* 

moBec  Falls,  and  Normaii  C.  Abler,  Wanwatosa,  Wis., 

aaslgnon  to  Zcmd  Corporatkni,  New  Berlin,  Wis. 

Filed  Dec.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,481 

1^  a.  B65II  9/04 

VS,  a.  271—49  16  Claims 


A  carton  blank  aligning  apparatus  including  a  number 
of  plows  supported  in  a  parallel  spaced  relation  on  each 
side  of  files  of  carton  blanks  being  conveyed  in  a  shingled 
relation  on  a  conveyor,  the  plows  being  supported  for 
vibratory  motion  on  a  pair  of  leaf  springs.  A  vibrating 
device  is  used  to  vibrate  the  plow  support  to  realign  the 
edges  of  any  canted  carton  blanks  with  the  edges  of 
the  files.  A  ramp  is  provided  in  the  conveyor  to  elevate 
the  leading  edge  of  the  carton  blanks  as  they  move 
between  the  plows,  and  a  roller  is  used  to  aid  the  move- 
ment of  the  blanks  as  they  enter  the  space  between  the 
plows. 

3,667,752 
DOCUMENT  TURNAROUND  WITH  IMPROVED 

AUTOMATIC  SKEW  CORRECTION 

Caaimir  S.  Samczyli,  Franklin  Park,  111.,  assignor  to  Bell 

ft  Howell  Company,  Chicago,  Dl. 

Continnatton-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  855,891, 

Sept  8,  1969.  This  application  Nov.  6,  1969,  Scr. 

No.  874,552 

Int  CI.  B65h  9/06 

UA  CL  271—53  4  Hafans 

This  invention  is  directed  to  aK)aratus  for  repeatedly 

transporting  an  wiginal  document  along  a  straight  line 

path  through  an  exposure  staticm  of  an  oflSce  c<^>ying 


I      f'',, ^         ] 


V- 


through  the  transport  apparatus,  causing  localized  buck- 
ling of  the  document  thereby  automatically  correcting  a 
skew  condition  which  the  document  may  acquire  as  a 
result  of  improper  insertion  into  the  copying  machine  or 
misalignment  of  the  document  transport  members. 


I 


3,667,753 
GATE  MECHANISM  FOR  PROCESSING  A 


STREAM  OF  ARTICLES 

Robert  K.  Norton,  Twinabnig,  Ohio,  aai^nor  to  Harris- 

Intertypc  Corporation,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

\     Filed  Jan.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1,257         I 

X  I  Int  CL  B65h  29/60  I 

VS.  CL  271—64  10  Cfadms 


An  improved  apparatus  for  processing  a  stream  of  ar- 
ticles made  of  sheet  material  includes  an  article  classify- 
ing gate  which  has  a  first  position  in  which  it  directs  a 
flow  of  articles  of  one  class  to  a  first  means  for  receiving 
the  articles  and  a  second  position  in  which  it  directs  the 
flow  of  the  articles  of  another  class  to  a  second  means 
for  receiving  the  articles.  The  gate  has  a  link  associated 
therewith  which  is  movable  by  a  plurality  of  spaced  apart 
cam  members  which  move  the  gate  between  its  first  and 
second  positions  in  a  timed  relationship  with  the  flow  of 
articles  past  the  gate.  The  link  is  operable  to  move  the 
gate  when  a  cam  follower  mounted  thereon  engages  with 
one  of  the  cam  members  and  is  ineffective  to  control  the 
position  of  the  gate  when  the  cam  follower  is  not  en- 
gaged with  one  of  the  cam  members.  A  spring  loaded 
toggle  linkage  is  provided  for  maintaining  iht  gate  in  a 


\ 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


181 


selected  position  to  which  it  has  been  moved  by  the  cam 
members  during  the  portion  of  the  operation  of  the  ap- 
paratus in  which  the  cam  members  are  not  engaged  with 
the  cam  follower.  This  construction  allows  the  spaced 
apart  cam  members  to  be  moved  relative  to  each  other  so 
as  to  enable  the  ai^ratus  to  classify  many  different  types 
and  sizes  of  articles  without  the  necessity  of  long  time  de- 
lays and  costly  change-over  procedures  every  time  it  is 
dnired  to  classify  a  new  set  of  articles  which  are  different 
from  the  preceding  set  of  articles  which  have  been  classi- 
fied by  the  apparatus. 


3,667,754 

MULTIPLE  SWITCH  AMUSEMENT  PROJECTION 

DEVICE  AND  METHOD 

Stanley  S.  Coole,  ClcTclaad,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Ohio 

Diaplaya,  Inc~  Cleveland,  Ohio 

Filed  Od.  IS,  1970,  Scr.  No.  80,997 

lot  CL  A63J  5/00 

VS.  a.  272—8  P  8  Chdnis 


A  viewing  screen  and  a  console  are  provided  including 
a  plurality  of  switches  arranged  in  three  groups  of  three 
switches  in  each  group.  Closing  of  one  switch  in  each 
group  causes  a  plurality  of  images  to  be  projected  on  the 
screen.  The  device  gives  the  appearance  that  the  indi- 
vidual switches  control  image  selection.  In  reality,  the 
switches  simply  activate  a  slide  change  mechanism  of  a 
slide  projector  to  project  a  predetermined  composite 
image  carried  by  a  single  slide  onto  the  screen. 


3,667,755 

ADJUSTABLE  SULT 

^  Jbacph  H.  Manning  711  Beach  Road,  Apt  200, 

Swasota,  Fla.    33581 

Filed  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,066 

Int  CI.  A63b  25/00 

VS.  a.  272—70.1  4  Claims 


/WC 


Adjustable  stilts  are  provided  each  comprised  of  a 
vertical  pole  and  a  foot  bracket  adjustably  mounted 
thereon  by  means  of  at  least  one  U-<>oit  encompassing 
the  pole  and  having  its  ends  engaging  and  affixed  to  the 
bracket  by  means  of  nuts  or  thumbscrews,  thereby  safely 
securing  the  bracket  to  the  pole  and  permitting  rapid 
height  adjustment  of  the  bracket  A  second  U-bolt  spaced 
from  the  first  may  be  utilized  to  support  one  end  of  the 
bracket.  Alternatively,  in  a  preferred  embodiment  utiliz- 
ing (mly  a  single  U-bolt,  the  upper  portion  of  the  step  is 
supported  by  providing  an  caning  at  the  inner  end  of 
the  step  through  which  the  pole  is  disposed. 


3  667  756 

MOTOR  OPERATED  CHBLiyS  SWING 

Edmund  Barrett  Narbcrth,  Pa.,  aarignor  to  JcnUntown 

Metal  Products,  Inc,  JcnUntown,  Pa. 

Filed  Dec  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,525 

_,^   _  Int  CL  A63g  P/id 

VS.  CL  272—86  9  claims 


A  child's  swing  operated  by  a  ^>ring  motor.  The  swing 
includes  a  frame,  upstanding  legs  su^^wrting  the  frame 
and  a  swing  scat  su&pended  from  the  frame.  The  spring 
motor  includes  a  coiled  spring  having  one  end  secured  to 
a  ratchet  wheel  and  the  other  end  secured  to  the  frame. 
A  first  pawl  is  pivotally  mounted  on  the  frame  and  a  sec- 
ond pawl  is  pivotally  mounted  on  a  hanger  bar  which 
supports  the  swing  seat.  The  hanger  bar  is  freely  pivot- 
ally suspended  by  a  rod  secured  to  the  ratchet  M/htel. 
The  swing  is  powered  by  the  coiled  sjN-ing  and  alternate 
engagement  of  the  pawls  in  the  ratchet  wheel,  thereby 
imwinding  the  spring.  Sound  deadening  means  is  associ- 
ated with  the  pawl  mounted  on  the  frame  to  reduce  the 
noise  of  the  engagement  and  disengagement  of  the  pawl 
with  the  ratchet  teeth. 


3,667,757 

BOARD  GAME  APPARATUS 

Eugene  P.  Holmberg,  7755  Shoup  Ave., 

Canoga  Park,  CaUf .    91304 

Filed  Mar.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,061 

Int  CL  A63f  i/OO 

VS.  CL  27S— 135  G  5  Claims 


UCard 


EndCort 


i 


^==^ 


18  and  CVER 


-At- 

13 

a 


u14 

14-1 


I 


A 


16 

a 


15  I  17 


J4 


M-Cordl   ^ 

0 
D 
D 


bidCvtf 

0 


8-^ 


Idi 


2thai6 
i-a=j — 


7M0 

t-l.) 


Jd 


JdJ 


22 


L J 


A  game  board  apparatus  having  a  plurality  of  visible 
playing  regions,  each  including  a  plurality  of  playing 


W 


182 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE     \ 


June  6, 


1972 


panel  portions  having  a  card  display  region  where  a  par- 
ticular group  of  cards  corresponding  to  that  player's  in- 
dividual hand  is  di^layed,  having  a  plurality  of  card  in- 
formation matching  display  sections  and  corresponding 
to  information  in  various  combinations  which  may  be 
displayed  by  the  group  of  cards  (usually  three)  of  a  par- 
ticular player's  individual  hand  when  displayed  in  the 
playing  card  display  region,  and  with  said  game  board 
also  being  provided  with  an  individual  alternate  (or  addi- 
tional) type-of-play  selection  panel  visibly  marked  there- . 
on  so  that  an  individual  player  may  place  one  or  more 
playing  pieces  either  thereon  or  on  any  of  the  previously 
mentioned  playing  panel  portions  to  indicate  the  type  of 
play  selected  by  the  player  for  the  immediately  subse- 
quent hand  of  playing  cards  displayed  in  the  playing  card 
display  region.  The  playing  panel  portions  and  the  com- 
bination information  matching  display  sections  each  bears 
and  visibly  displays  correlated  reward  value  ratio  mark- 
ings to  indicate  a  corresponding  return  of  playing  pieces 
to  the  particular  individual  player  corresponding  to  the 
game  point  value  of  the  playing  pieces  placed  by  said 
player  on  the  type-of-play  selection  panel  or  the  playing 
panel  portions  (or  both). 


3,667,758 

PLASTIC  FINS  FOR  ARCHERY  ARROWS 

BJorn    R.    Bengtsson,    Box    71, 

S-124  21  Ban^iagcn  1,  Sweden 

Filed  Aug.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,697 

daimfl  priority,  appiioition  Sweden,  Ang.  7,  1969, 

11,009/69 

Int  CI.  F41b  5/02 

VS.  CL  273—106.5  C  1  Claim 


A  plastic  guide  fin  for  archery  arrows,  the  edge  surface 
of  said  fin  adapted  to  be  secured  to  the  arrow  shank  by 
gluing  being  shaped  like  a  foot  having  narrowly  spaced 
notches  to  provide  a  penetration  of  glue  therethrough  and 
an  embedding  of  the  foot  portions  therebetween  where- 
by a  mechanical  glue  joint  is  obtained. 


3,667,759 

PLAYING  CARDS  WTTH  CONVENTIONAL 

BAS-RELIEF  INDICIA 

Rnfli  L.  Bair,  53  Webster  Acres, 

Webster  Groves,  Mo.    63119 

Filed  June  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,328 

Int  a.  A63f  1/02 

VS,  a.  273—152.1 


4  Claims 


PUZZLE  FORMING  REGULAR  GEOMETRIC 
FIGURES  FROM  A  CHANGEABLE  NUMBER 
OF  PIECES  HAVING  SEQUENTIALLY  IN. 
CREASING  SURFACE  AREAS 

Winston  L.  Nelson,  24  Ersldnc  Drive, 

MoiTistown,  NJ.    07960 

Filed  Jan.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,331 

Int  CI.  A63f  9/10 

U.S.  CL  273—157  R  10  Claims 


A  puzzle  having  a  set  of  pieces,  said  pieces  having  se- 
quential unit  surfaces  area  differences  and  being  com- 
binable  to  form  a  composite  rectangular  figure.  The  rec- 
tangular figure  thus  formed  has  a  surface  area  which  is 
one-half  the  total  number  of  pieces  times  the  sum  of  the 
beginning  and  ending  unit  areas  of  the  pieces.  An  ad- 
justable frame  is  provided  to  accommodate  larger  and 
smaller  numbered  sets  of  pieces  forming  corresponding 
larger  and  smaller  rectangular  figures.  Alternative  pieces 
having  the  same  area  but  of  different  shape  than  individ- 
ual ones  of  the  pieces  may  be  provided.  Respective  pieces 
may  be  of  four  different  colors  so  selected  that  when  the 
pieces  form  said  rectangular  figure  no  pieces  of  the  same 
color  are  adjacent  each  other. 


>LF] 


VI  3,667,761 

GOLF  PUTTER  WITH  ALIGNING  DEVICt 

John  J.  palotsee,  %  J.  P.  Potter  &  Guide  Co.,  Box  \lli, 

i  Yoongstown,  Ohio    44501 

FOed  Sept  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,346 

Int  CI.  A63b  69/36 

U.S.  CI.  273—186  A  8  Claims 


\ 


,.^ 


A  golf  putter  includes  an  enlarged  and  rearwardly 
elongated  upper  portion  which  is  provided  with  a  device 
for  correct^  aligning  the  putter  with  a  golf  ball  and  a 
Playing  cards  of  a  deck  of  playing  cards  are  made  hole  into  which  the  ball  is  to  be  driven.  The  aligning  de- 
with  conunon  back  surfaces  and  front  surfaces  having  vice  consists  of  an  elongated  rod,  which  may  be  tele- 
raised  standard  playing  card  value  and  suit  indicia  and  scoping,  attached  to  the  head  of  the  putter  and  extending 
corre^wnding  {Minted  indicia.  normal  to  the  ball  striking  face  of  the  putter.  The  rod 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


188 


may  be  retained  in  a  V-shaped  groove  extending  across 
the  upper  surface  of  the  elongated  portion  by  means  of 
a  bar  or  rod  magnet  within  the  putter  head  immediately 
below  and  parallel  to  the  groove.  Alternatively,  the  rod 
may  be  positioned  in  a  through  bore  in  the  enlarged 
portion  and  retained  therein  either  by  a  bar  magnet  ex- 
tending parallel  to  the  rod  or  by  a  spring-biased  ball  en- 
gaging a  groove  in  the  rod.  Markings  may  be  provided  on 
the  rod  to  provide  reference  points  which  can  be  used 
by  the  golfer  to  determine  the  length  of  the  stroke  needed 
to  drive  a  ball  the  desired  distance.  The  elongated  sur- 
face of  the  enlarged  portion  is  adapted  to  provide  an 
aiming  aid  when  the  rod  is  detached  from  the  club. 


3,667,762 
MINIATURIZED  TAPE  RECORDER 
James  E.  Schcid,  Oxnard,  Calif.,  assignor  to  the  United 
States  off  America  as  represented  by  die  Secretary  of 
the  Navy 


Filed  Apr.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,771 
bit  CI.  Glib  15/29 


VS,  CI.  274—4  D 


7  Claims 


A  small,  rugged  tape  recorder  especially  adapted  for 
use  in  biomedical  research  and  for  aircraft,  missile  and 
undersea  instrumentation  systems  where  space  limitations 
preclude  the  use  of  standard-size  equipment.  A  feature  of 
the  design  is  that  tape-to-head  contact  is  independent  of 
tape  tension.  Short-term  speed  variations  (wow  and 
flutter)  do  not  exceed  1.2%  peak-to-peak  in  the  frequency 
range  of  zero  to  70  hertz. 


3,667,763 
SIMPLIFIED  TALKING  TOY 
William  F.  Summerfield,  Huntington  Beach,  and  Fleet 
E.  Nnttall,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  assignors  to  Mattel, 
Inc.,  Hawthorne,  CaUf . 

FUed  Oct  1,  1970,  Scr.  No.  77,158 

Int  CL  Glib  3/00.  3/10. 17/06 

U.S.  a.  274—9  R  3  Claims 


supported  stylus  moving  along  the  groove  causes  the  dia- 
phragm to  vibrate  and  produce  sounds  of  substantial  vol- 
ume. The  groove  is  formed  in  a  spiral  and  can  be  played 
by  any  one  of  several  styluses  located  along  a  circle  on 
a  rotatable  head.  The  head  slowly  rotates  as  the  styluses 
move  along  the  groove,  and  the  styluses  are  spaced  so 
that  as  one  stylus  is  leaving  the  end  of  the  spiral  groove, 
which  lies  near  the  center  of  the  record,  the  next  suc- 
cessive stylus  is  entering  the  beginning  of  the  groove  at 
the  periphery  of  the  record.  The  diaphragm  is  contained 
in  a  wheel-shaped  housing  which  is  pivotally  mounted 
on  a  handle  that  a  child  can  use  to  push  the  wheel  along 
the  ground.  The  diaphragm  is  fixed  to  the  inside  of  the 
wheel  housing,  and  the  stylus-holding  head  is  fixed  to 
an  end  of  the  handle  which  protrudes  into  the  housing. 


3,667,764 
TOY  PHONOGRAPH  MECHANISM 
Henry   Ncmetli,   Massapcqna,   Edwin   August   Nielsen, 
Oceansidc,  and  Harvey  Bcrldn,  Merrick,  N.Y.,  assignors 
to  Ideal  Toy  Corpwaflon,  HoDis,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862,694 

Int  CL  Glib  25/04.  25/06 

U.S.  CL  274—9  R  16  Claims 


A  phonograph  for  use  in  dolls,  toys,  games  and  the  like 
which  includes  a  record  member  or  disc  having  plural 
individual  sound  grooves  on  the  surface  arranged  con- 
centrically of  each  other  and  a  battery-powered,  motor- 
driven,  record-playing  mechanism  arranged  to  play  the 
messages  of  the  individual  sound  grooves  when  the  atti- 
tude or  position  of  the  phonograph  is  changed,  and  on  a 
random  basis,  such  that  the  mechanism  appears  to  func- 
tion spontaneously  and  produces  any  one  of  the  plural 
messages. 

3,667,765 

TOY  PHONOGRAPH 

Katsnmi  Watanabc,  376  Ozenji,  Kawasaid-siii,  Japan 

Continuation<in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  748,283, 

July  29,  1968.  This  appUcation  Jan.  29,  1970,  Scr. 

No.  6,761 

Int  CL  Glib  25/04. 17/06 
U.S.  CL  214— U  10  Claims 


A  toy  phonograph  which  includes  a  speaker  diaphragm 
that  has  a  record  groove  formed  in  it  so  that  a  firmly 


A  toy  phonograph  capable  of  achieving  a  constant  ro- 
tary speed  for  a  disk  record.  The  record  is  carried  by  a 
turntable  which  is  driven  by  a  spring  which  is  manually 
actuated  to  have  a  driving  force  stored  therein.  A  pick-up 
has  a  stylus  pressing  against  the  disk  record,  and  the 
pressure  with  which  the  stylus  presses  against  ibe  record 
gradually  diminishes  as  the  stylus  approaches  the  central 
region  of  the  record.  The  driving  si»ing  gradually  runs 
down  also  as  the  stylus  api»'oaches  the  central  region  of 


i 


184 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6»  1972 


the  record,  so  that  in  this  way  the  drop  in  the  pressure  of 
the  stylus  on  the  record  compensates  for  the  running 
down  of  the  spring  to  contribute  toward  the  maintenance 
of  a  substantially  constant  rotary  speed  for  the  record. 


SEALING  AND  GIUDINg' DEVICE  FOR  A  SHAFT 

DRIVEN  IN  ROTATION 

Louis  SoflBmcyer,  Roc  de  Binningham  222, 

1070  BnMseb,  Belginm 

Filed  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,314 

Claimfl  priority,  applkadon  Bclgliim,  Mar.  20, 1970, 

86,755 

Lrt.  a.  F16]  15/40;  F02ff  11/00 

VA  CL  277—22  3  Claims 


A  sealing  and  guiding  device  is  provided  for  a  shaft 
driven  in  rotation  and  intended  to  operate  in  an  enclosure 
under  a  pressure  different  from  normal  atmospheric  pres- 
sure. The  device  comprises  seals  of  rigid  material  arranged, 
to  ensure  the  seal-tightness  of  the  shaft  in  a  container 
which  is  contiguous  to  the  working  enclosure.  The  con- 
tainer is  filled  with  a  lubricant  which  is  cooled  by  passing 
a  cooling  agent  through  a  coil  in  the  container.  The  con- 
tainer is  pressurized  to  a  value  similar  to  that  {M'evailing  in 
the  enclosure.  The  shaft  is  supported  and  guided  in  guide 
bearings  arranged  in  a  clearance  between  an  indented  por- 
tion of  the  container  and  the  shaft. 


3,667,767 

SEAL  WITH  VARUBLE  SEALING  LIP  PRESSURE 

Thomai  W.  Baltewcll,  Hnnm,  Ohio,  asrignor  to  General 

Motora  Cwporatioii,  Detroit,  Midi. 

FUcd  Sept  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,808 

Int  CL  F16J 15/32, 15/54 

U.S.  CL  277—95  1  Claim 


A  seal  for  a  liquid  filled  chamber  has  a  radially  open 
cavity  behind  a  flexible  wall  which  carries  annular  sealing 


lips.  Under  static  conditions  the  cavity  is  filled  with  liquid 
under  positive  pressure  and  increases  the  sealing  Ig)  con- 
tact pressure.  Under  dynamic  conditions  the  liquid  is  ex- 
pelled from  the  cavity,  the  pressure  of  the  liquid  in  the 
seal  area  is  reduced,  and  the  sealing  lip  contact  pressure 
is  lighter. 


3,667,768 

HOLDER  FOR  SPADE  DRILL 

William  H.  Stokey,  CIcTcland,  Ohio,  vsigiior  to  AlUed 

Machiac  &  Enginccriiig  Corporatioii,  Cleveland,  Ohio 


I    FUed  Apr.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,839 
I  Int.  CL  B23b  27/16 


5  Claims 


A  holder  for  a  spade  drill.  The  holder  has  the  usual 
bifurcated  end  for  receiving  the  spade  drill  and  the  usual 
clamping  screw  located  through  the  bifurcated  end  of  the 
holder  and  through  the  usual  relatively  large  aperture  in 
the  spade  drill  for  frictionally  clamping  the  spade  drill 
between  the  furcations  of  the  holder.  A  setscrew  vtrith 
conical  end  is  located  through  a  diametrically  disposed 
tapped  opening  in  one  of  the  furcations,  the  conical  end 
of  the  setscrew  being  received  in  the  aperture  in  the  blade 
drill,  in  contact  with  the  usual  bevelled  edge  at  the  rear 
side  of  said  aperture,  for  holding  the  blade  drill  against 
accidental  movement  in  the  holder. 


3,667,769 
SAFETY  SKI  BINDING 
Helnrich   Wundcr,   Rothschwaigc,   near   Dachau,   Ger- 
many, assignor  to  Hdnrich  Wonder  KG.,  Rothsch- 
waigc, near  Dachan,  Germany 

Filed  Jan.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  3,035 

Claims  priority,  application  Gcnnany,  Jan.  16,  1969, 

P  19  01  980.8 

Int.  CL  A63c  9/00 

VJS.  CI.  280—11.35  T  8  Claims 


At  least  one  boot-engaging  portion,  i.e.  a  heel-and/or 
toe-engaging  portion,  is  mountable  on  a  ski  for  pivotal 
movement  \mder  the  influence  of  a  predetermined  torsion- 
al force  about  an  upright  axis  ixom  a  normal  operating 
position  in  which  it  connects  the  boot  with  the  ski,  to  a 
laterally  displaced  release  position  in  which  it  disconnects 
the  boot  from  the  ski.  Mounting  means  mounts  the  boot- 
engaging  portion  for  pivotal  movement  short  of  the  releaser^ 
portion  in  response  to  torsional  forces  smaller  than  the 
predetermined  torsional  force. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


185 


3fW7,770  of  the  two  skids  is  an  integral  springing  member,  prefer- 

-  .     „      SKI-BINDING  TOE  MECHANI^  ably  elastic  synthetic  plastic  material,  these  skids  being 

John  S.  Lawrence,  Ofdcn,  Utah,  assignor  to  Browning  * 

Arms  Company,  Morgue  Utah 

FUed  Oct  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,500 

IbL  CL  A63c  9/00 

VS.  CI.  280—11.35  T  10  Chdms 


A  toe  ski  safety  binding  comprising  a  base  support 
constructed  for  mounting  on  a  ski  and  ski  boot  toe  hold- 
ing means  for  releasably  holding  the  toe  end  of  a  ski 
boot  to  said  ski,  the  ski  boot  toe  holding  means  consist- 
ing of  a  cam  plate  whose  forward  end  is  in  rotary  con- 
tact with  a  spring-loaded  cam  follower;  the  cam  plate 
constrained  to  move  horizontally  within  a  predetermined 
area  and  is  linked  to  a  base-supported  post.  Also  pro- 
vided is  a  cam-controlled  skid  plate  structure  to  releas- 
ably support  the  toe  end  of  said  ski  boot. 


made  rigid  only  in  the  region  of  the  joint  which  connects 
them. 


3,667,773 

SURVEYOR  FIELD  TRIPOD 

Donald  J.  Hess,  Rte.  1,  P.O.  Box  268A, 

Wynne,  Ark.     72396 

FUcd  Nov.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,255 

Int  CL  F16m  11/42 

U.S.  CL  280—30  9  Claims 


3,667J71 

ADJUSTABLE  MAGNETIC  SKI  BINDING 

Richard  C.  Larson,  4420  Great  Oak  Road, 

RockiriUc,  Md.     20853 

Filed  July  7, 1969,  Scr.  No.  839,584 

Int  CL  A63c  9/08 

\5A.  CI.  280—11.35  M  20  Claims 


A  magnetic  ski  binding  employing  a  plurality  of  rotat- 
able  bar  magnets  for  attracting  magnetically  attractable 
plates  in  the  sole  of  a  ski  boot  including  ski  mounted 
plunger  means  for  rotating  the  bar  magnets  from  a  shimted 
position  in  which  the  boot  is  not  attracted  by  the  magnets 
to  a  boot  attracting  position  upon  the  placing  of  a  ski  boot 
on  the  plunger  means  with  the  plunger  means  being  ad- 
justable to  vary  the  extent  of  magnet  rotation  and  con- 
sequently vary  the  force  with  which  the  boot  is  attracted 
to  the  ski  wherein  spring  means  are  also  provided  for 
moving  the  magnets  to  the  shunted  position  to  enable  an 
easy  removal  of  the  boot  from  the  ski. 


3,667,772 

SINGLE-TRACK  SLED  VEHICLE 

Heinz  Eggert,  Moosstrasse  11,  Salzbmis,  Austria 

FUcd  Mar.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,512 

^    Claims  priority,  application  Austria,  Mar.  26,  1969, 

A  2,971/69 

Int  CI.  B62b  13/04 

U.S.  CL  280—16  1  Chdm 

The  invention  relates  to  a  single-track  sled  vehicle  with 

a  steerable  front  skid  and  a  framelike  rear  skid  connected 

to  it  by  a  joint  and  carrying  the  rider's  seat  wherein  each 


A  transportable  tripod  for  holding  surveying  or  other 
instruments,  including  a  beam  frame  with  three  support 
elements  which  rest  on  the  ground.  A  central,  vertical 
beam  is  hollow  to  slideably  receive  an  instrument  sup- 
port stem  and  an  inclined  beam  extends  from  each  sup- 
port element  to  connect  with  the  central,  vertical  beam 
near  its  top.  A  bearing  sleeve  rests  on  the  top  of  the 
vertical  beam  to  be  rotatable  relative  to  the  remainder 
of  the  frame.  A  seat  support  and  a  cotmter-balancing 
bracket  are  afiixed  to  opposite  sides  of  the  bearing  sleeve 
and  turnable  therewith.  Also,  an  instrument  guide  fork 
is  connected  to  the  sleeve  to  extend  upwardly  parallel 
to  the  stem  above  the  seat  support.  During  transport,  the 
forward  support  element  is  used  as  a  hitch  for  connection 
to  a  prime  mover.  The  rearward  two  support  elements 
are  linked  to  wheels  which  are  pivoted  to  a  travel  posi- 
tion. Each  of  the  support  elements  are  plates  with 
anchor  means  to  seciu-e  the  tripod  to  the  ground. 


3,667,774 

HEIGHT  CHANGING  MECHANISM 

WUbnivWebb  ScUcy,  MaHbad,  Fla.,  aarignor  to 

Vactronics  Incorporated,  Orlando,  Fla. 

FUcd  Nov.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  875,436 

Int  CL  B62d  21 /IS 

U.S.  a.  280—43.17  5  Chdms 

>A  self-locking  height  changing  mechanism  particularly 

adapted  for  use  with  machines,  tools,  vehicles  or  the  lilie 


186 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 

4 


equipped  with  a  housing  and  having  an  axle  whose  oper- 
ative position  with  respect  to  the  housing  is  to  be  selec- 
tively changed.  This  novel  mechanism  includes  the  use  of 
a  height-controlling  member  associated  with  the  axle,  and 


C,  1972 


capable  of  sliding  movement  as  well  as  rocking  move- 
ment in  the  housing.  The  height-controlling  member  is 
normally  locked  with  respect  to  the  housing,  but  which  is 
easily  unlocked  by  the  operator  in  the  course  of  selectively 
changing  the  height  of  the  machine. 


3,667,775 

SEMICLOSED  LOOP  AUTOMATIC 

LEVELING  SYSTEM 

James  E.  Whelan,  Dayton,  Ohio,  assignor  to  General 

Motors  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

FUcd  Sept  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,963 

Iht  CL  B60g  17/04 

MS.  a.  280—124  F  3  Claims 


In  preferred  form,  a  vehicle  leveling  system  compres- 
sor operated  proportional  to  vehicle  engine  speed  to  direct 
compressed  air  into  a  pressurizable  air  control  chamber 
of  a  leveler  unit.  An  exhaust  opening  from  the  leveler  unit 
is  controlled  by  an  undamped  on-off  exhaust  valve  con- 
tinually operated  in  response  to  normal  vehicle  road 
movements  and  changes  in  loading  to  effect  an  on-off 
ratio  for  exhaust  flow  from  the  control  chamber  into  an 
air  collector  tank.  The  air  collector  tank  serves  to  collect 
excess  air  dumped  from  the  leveler  unit  to  prevent  exhaust 
to  atmosphere  during  dynamic  operation.  An  intake  valve 
and  a  relief  valve  on  the  tank  and  a  desiccant  cartridge 
in  the  tank  cooperate  to  eliminate  water  in  the  system 
during  its  operation. 


3,667,776 
CROP  DEFLECTOR  ATTACHMENT  FOR 
AGRICULTURAL  TRACTORS 
Kenneth  Earl  Mnrpky,  Dike,  William  Marion  Enbanlc, 
Waterloo,  and  Lamar  VnUiams,  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa, 
aarigBors  to  Deere  &  Company,  MoUne,  ID. 
FUcd  June  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  50,229 
lot  CL  B60r  27100 
UA  CL  280—150  R  6  Claims 

An  attachment  for  deflecting  crops  around  that  portion 
of  the  rear  axle  of  an  agricultural  tractor  projecting  out- 
wardly from  the  ground-engaging  drive  wheel  mounted 


thereon.  The  attachment  comprises  a  cone-shaped  mem- 
ber releasably  mounted  on  and  substantially  enclosing  the 
projecting  outer  end  portion  of  the  axle,  the  member  be- 
ing mounted  coaxially  with  the  wheel  and  including  a 
conical  outer  surface  extending  between  a  relatively  large 
end  portion  adjacent  to  the  wheel  and  a  relatively  small 


^^, 


t^-ij 


end  portion  adjacent  to  the  outer  end  of  the  axle.  The 
cone-shaped  member  is  mounted  on  the  axle  by  means  of 
an  assembly  substantially  enclosed  by  the  member  and 
releasably  connectible  to  the  axle  outer  end  portion,  the 
^sembly  including  a  plurality  of  radially  extending  por- 
tions on  which  the  member  is  releasably  mountable. 


3  667  777 

TOWABLE  SPRING  SCOOTER  FOR  PRODUCING 

UNDULATING  MOTIONS 

Eduardo  Eori<inez,  6125  GUa  Drive, 

El  Paso,  Tex.    79905 
Filed  Dec  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,563 
Int  a.  B60d  1/04'.  A63g  13/00  ^ 
U.S.  CL  280—480  2 


A  wheeled  spring  body  having  a  handle  bar  assembly, 
supporting  platform,  and  powered  drive  means  thereon. 


3  667  778 

ANIUACK-KNIFING  COUPLING  DEVICi; 

Firederick  John  Charies  Hope,  Datchet,  England,  asrignor 

to  Self  Energising  Disc  Brakes  limited,  Datchet,  Eng- 


Filed  Jane  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,362 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  June  24,  1969, 
I  31,773/69 


U.S.  a.  280—432 


bit  CI.  B62d  53/0% 


5  Claims 


A  fifth  wheel  coupling  is  provided  for  articulated 
vehicles  which  includes  means  for  resisting  "jackknife" 
movement  between  the  tractor  and  trailer  units  of  the 
vehicle.  The  coupling  embodies  a  substantially  standard 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


187 


king  pin  engageable  with  a  conventional  fifth  wheel.  Ro- 
tatably  mounted  on  the  king  pin  is  an  annular  member 
which  carries  a  tongue  engageable  in  the  slot  in  the 
flfth  wheel.  Braking  means  are  provided,  acting  be- 
tween the  annular  member  and  the  trailer  unit  for  re- 
sisting jackknife  movement  of  the  vehicle. 


3  667  779 
BALED  HAY  LOADING  APPARATUS  FOR  LOAD- 
ING ONTO  A  TRANSPORT  VEHICLE 
Richard  B.  Miskin,  Ucon,  Idaho    83454 
Continuation*fa(i-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  610,977,  Jan. 
23,  1967,  now  Patent  No.  3,467,265.  This  apirfication 
July  31, 1968,  Scr.  No.  769,767 

InL  CI.  B60d  1/14 
VS.  CL  280—473  1  Claim 


A  baled  hay  loading  machine  with  an  upper  platform 
that  extends  rearwardly  and  with  drive  means  for  loading 
bales  of  hay  and  the  like  upwardly  and  then  rearwardly 
along  the  rear  of  the  platform.  The  extra  long  platform 
and  elevator  chain  means  provide  means  for  accumulation 
of  bales  along  the  length  of  the  truck  bed  waiting  for  a 
worker  to  carry  them  to  desired  positions  on  the  truck 
bed. 


3,667,780 

BUMPER  HITCH  ASSEMBLY  TENSION 

EQUALIZER 

John  C.   Abromavage,  Tempe,  and  James  W.  Ryden, 

Phoenix,  Ariz.,  assignors  to  Advanced  Management 

Engineering  &  Research  Company,  Phoenix,  Ariz. 

FUcd  Mar.  30, 1971,  Scr.  No.  129,515 

InL  CI.  B60d  1/14 

U.S.  CI.  280—502  6  Oafans 


particularly  suited  for  use  with  bumpers  that  are  not 
straight  line.  Such  bumpers  create  a  need  for  plural  top 
hooks,  two  for  each  bumper  attaching  clamp,  to  compen- 
sate for  bumper  deviation  from  a  straight  line.  In  such  a 
four  hook  hook-up,  in  the  absence  of  equalizing  means 
equal  tension  on  all  top  hooks  cannot  be  obtained.  The 
equalizer  of  the  present  invention  controls  the  tension  on 
the  safety  chains  and  thereby  on  all  top  hooks  using  an 
equalizer  bar  pivotable  about  a  point,  and  capable  of 
shifting  position  to  gain  equal  tension  when  a  bottom  at- 
tachment hook  is  tightened. 


3,667,781 
CONNECTOR  MEANS  FOR  FLEXIBLE  CONDUIT 
Le  Grand  K.  Holbrook,  Salt  Lake  Oty,  Utah,  asrignor  to 
Medical  Development  Corporation,  Salt  Lake   City, 
Utah 

FUcd  Jnnc  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  50,195 

InL  CL  F16I 11/12 

VS.  CL  285—45  2  Claims 


A  connector  means  for  flexible  conduit,  usable  particu- 
larly in  hospital  and  especially  surgical  contexts  where 
tubing  is  to  be  cut  to  length  on  site.  The  cotmector  means 
includes  a  connector  and  tube  combination  wherein  the 
tube  is  slideable  relative  to  the  connector,  yet  wherein 
the  juncture  is  protected  against  contamination.  Wedging 
or  constriction  means  are  supplied  so  as  to  prevent  in- 
advertent pull-out  of  the  tube  relative  to  the  connector. 
Multiple  connector  and  tube  combinations  may  be  op- 
eratively  associated  together  in  the  manner  below  de- 
scribed, and  the  connector  may  be  used  for  completing 
connection  to  a  number  of  different,  desired  objects. 


3  667  782 
JOINTS  FOR  COIWECTING  PIPES 
Pierre  Viazii,  Bormcs-lcS'Mlmosas,  France,  assignor  to 
Sodete  Internationale  d' Application  dc  Procedes  In« 
dnstricls  (SXA  JX)  S.A.,  Panama,  Republic  of  Panama 

FUcd  Not.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89,877 
Clahns  priority,  application  France,  Dec.  3,  1969, 
6941772;  Apr.  21,  1970,  7014462;  Jnnc  10,  1970, 
7021340 

InL  CL  F16I 17/00 
VS,  CL  285—110  12  Claims 


A  bumper  hitch  assembly  tension  equalizer,  particularly 
a  temporary  or  "rental"  hitch  assembly  which  is  easily       The  invention  concerns  a  joint  for  connecting  smooth- 
fastenable  to  various  types  of  automobile  bumpers  and  ended  pipes  and  comprising  a  sleeve  of  resilient  material 


188 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  W72 


fitted  on  the  adjacent  ends  of  two  ra>es.  The  sleeve  has, 
at  each  of  its  ends,  a  circular  throat,  having,  in  longitu- 
dinal section,  a  concave  iXHtion  bonded  by  two  lips.  The 
edges  of  these  lips  are  located  on  circles  of  smaller  diam- 
eter than  the  outside  diameter  of  the  pipes  to  be  connected 
and  are  adapted  to  move  into  contact  with  and  to  be 
resiliently  deformed  by  the  outer  surface  of  the  pipes. 
The  sleeve  has  further  at  its  central  zone  a  thickened  por- 
tion having  an  inner  cylindrical  surface  of  circular  cross- 
section  having  a  diameter  corresponding  to  the  outside 
diameter  of  the  pipes  and  adapted  to  move  into  oxitact 
with  that  part  of  the  pipes  extending  on  either  side  of  the 
line  at  which  the  pipes  meet 


3,(67,783 

UQUID  TIGHT  STRAIN  RELIEF  CONNECTOR 

ThomM  J.  SotoloBgo,  Red  Bank,  N  J^  asatgnor  to  Thomas 

ft  Bctii  Corporalioii,  EUzabcth,  N  J. 

Filed  Jnly  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,169 

laL  CL  H02g  3/ 18;  F161  41/00 

VS,  CL  285—161  7  Oalms 


A  connector  for  coupling  an  electrical  conductor  to  an 
electrical  enclosure  providing  a  liquid  tight  coupling 
against  moisture  and  providing  strain  relief  for  the  con- 
ductor. The  cotmector  consists  of  a  body  member  suitably 
threaded  to  receive  a  fastening  means  for  fastening  the 
connector  to  the  electrical  enclosure  and  also  for  receiving 
thereupon  a  gland  nut  for  assembling  the  overall  connec- 
tor. The  transverse  passage  of  the  body  member  is  out- 
wardly tapered  at  a  first  end  for  receipt  therein  of  a  com- 
plementary tapered  deformable  bushing  providing  a  mois- 
ture seal  within  the  connector.  In  contact  with  the  bush- 
ing and  housed  within  a  gland  nut  having  an  inwardly 
tapered  longitudinal  passage  is  a  segmented  conductcH* 
grilling  means  having  a  surface  configuration  comple- 
mentary to  the  inward  taper  of  the  gland  nut.  When 
assembled  the  interaction  of  the  body  member,  gland 
nut,  bushing  and  conductor  grip  means  is  to  force  the 
segments  of  the  conductor  grip  means  inwardly  securely 
gripping  the  conducts  to  provide  strain  relief  and  to 
further  provide  for  the  deformation  of  the  bushing  to 
provide  desired  moisture  sealing  within  the  cotmector. 


3,667,784 
DRILL  ROD  nilUCTURE 
L^  W.  HokaBflOB,  KIriilaad  Lake,  Ontario,  and  John 
W.  McBcan,  Swastika,  Ontario,  Canada,  assignors  to 
Hcalfa  A  Sherwood  DrilUng  Limited,  Kfarkland  Lake, 
Ontario,  f-— ^^ 

Filed  Apr.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,479 

Lit  a.  F161 15/00 

VS.  CL  285—173  1  Clafan 


rod  has  substantially  uniform  inside  and  outside  diameters. 
The  invention  relates  to  drill  rods  of  substantially  large 
size,  say,  exceeding  about  two  inches  in  outside  dia|neter. 


3,667,785 
COUPLER  FOR  TUBULAR  MEMBERS 
Martin  Kapeker,  41  Decker  St,  Copiagne,  N.Y. 

FUed  May  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,103        I 
Int  CL  F16I  21/02,  49/00 
VS,  CL  185—231  7  Claims 


11726 


A  coupler  for  releasably  coupling  two  tubular  members 
such  as  glass  tubes  without  affecting  substances  passing 
through  the  tubes  comprises  an  engaging  coupling  mem- 
ber in  the  form  of  an  O-ring  made  of  Teflon  tightly 
fitted  about  an  end  of  one  of  the  tubes  and  a  receiving 
coupling  member  in  the  form  of  a  peripheral  groove  in 
the  inside  wall  of  an  end  of  the  second  tube.  By  forcing 
the  two  tube  ends  into  each  other  while  holding  the  tubes 
in  alignment  the  O-ring  is  caused  to  engage  the  groove 
with  a  pressure  fit.  Separation  of  the  tubes  is  effected  by 
slightly  tilting  the  tube  having  the  engaging  coupling  mem- 
ber with  reference  to  the  other  tube  thereby  forcing  the 
O-ring  out  of  engagement  with  the  groove.  Airtight  cou- 
pling is  obtained  by  providing  a  second  O-ring  at  the  en- 
gaging coupling  member. 


3,667,786 

FLOOR  JOIST  STABILIZER 

Henry  R.  Cooper,  5302  ^ncer  Highway, 

Pasadena,  Tex.    77505 

I  Filed  Apr.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,943 

Int  CL  F16b  7/04 

VJS,  CL  987—20.94  6  Claims 


A  floor  joist  stabilizer  for  aflixing  a  joist  to  a  sill  upon 
The  invention  relates  to  a  drill  rod  structure  having    which  mobile  homes  and  the  like  are  situated  to  establish 
aluminum  alloy  drill  pipe  and  steel  couplings.  The  joints   a  simple  strong  connection  therebetween,  preventing  twist- 
between  the  pipe  and  couplings  are  threaded  and  the  drill   ing  movement  of  the  joist  with  respect  to  the  sill  and 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


189 


allowing  re-use  of  the  stabilizer.  The  stabilizer  is  self- 
positioning  on  the  joist  and  therefore  does  not  require 
hammering  or  any  modification  in  the  field  by  the  user. 


3,667,787 

KEY  TOP  MOUNT 

Norman  F.  Semoor,  Coenr  d'Ariene,  Idaho,  assignor  to 

Key  Tronic  Corp.,  Spokane,  Wash. 

FDcd  Dec  14, 1970, 8a.  No.  97,675 

Int  CL  F16d  1/06 

U.S.  CL  287—53  H  4  Claims 


3  667  789 
ASSEMBLY  TOLERANCE  CONTROL  SPACER 
James  A.  McNecly,  Manchester,  and  Ernest  R.  Russell, 
Florissant,  Mo.,  aarignors  to  Moog  IndniMcs.  Inc. 
StLoDis,Mo. 

Filed  Oct  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,820 

Int  CL  F16c  11/06 

VJS.  CL  287—87  lo  Oaims 


'**  ,iz 


A  key  top  mount  for  computer  terminals  or  other  key- 
board installations.  The  key  top  recess  and  supporting 
plunger  post  end  are  complementary  to  one  another.  In- 
clined surfaces  are  provided  in  such  fashion  as  to  permit 
alternate  positioning  of  the  key  top  on  the  plunger.  By 
turning  one  element  180*  relative  to  the  other,  the  key  top 
can  be  positioned  perpendicular  to  the  post  or  can  be 
angularly  inclined. 


An  assembly  tolerance  control  spacer  to  absorb  or  take- 
up  space  differences  occurring  in  a  product  made  up  of 
a  plurality  of  components  having  size  or  tolerance  char- 
acteristics which  may  vary  from  component  to  component, 
the  control  spacer  being  included  in  the  assembled  product 
so  as  to  absorb  tolerance  variations  by  collapsing  more 
or  less  to  result  in  a  predictable  assembly  result  for  the 
product. 


3,667,788 

CAM  LOCK  DEVICE  FOR  TELESCOPING  TUBING 

William  S.  Greenwood,  Nntiey,  NJ.,  assignor  to 

H  ft  G  Industries,  Inc.,  BcUeyinc,  N  J. 

Filed  July  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,903 

Int  CL  F16b  21/09 

XiS.  a.  287—58  CT  8  Claims 


3,667,790 
KNOT  WINDER  FOR  TYING  FISH  HOOKS 
John  H.  Taylor,  2033  Wilbur  St    92109,  and  Robert 
C.  PcUman,  4505  Quantico    92117,  both  of  San  Diego, 

FDed  Jan.  25, 1971,  Ser.  No.  109,227 

Int  CL  B65h  69/04 

U.S.  CL  289—17  8  Cfadms 


A  hand  held  knot  winding  tool  in  which  a  fish  hook 
is  secured  in  a  holder  and  spun  rapidly  by  a  squeeze  action 
drive  mechanism,  to  wind  a  knot  around  a  leader  attached 
to  the  hook.  Only  one  hand  is  necessary  to  operate  the 
tool,  leaving  the  other  hand  free  to  guide  and  ccMnplete 
the  knot. 


A  two-piece  cam  lock  device  for  telescoping  tubing  in 
which  a  first  piece  is  fixed  to  the  tubing  of  smaller  diameter 
and  the  second  piece  is  rotatable  on  the  first  piece  between 
eccentric  and  concentric  positions  ^so  as  to  be  slideable 
within  the  tubing  of  larger  diameter  when  the  cam  lock 
device  is  concentrically  positioned  and  to  frictionally  pre- 
vent relative  axial  movement  between  the  two  lengths  of 
tubing  when  the  two  pieces  of  the  cam  lock  device  are  in 
eccentric  relationship.  Relative  rotation  of  the  tubing  is 
effective  to  lock  and  unlock  the  cam  lock  device  by  rotat- 
ing the  two  pieces  between  eccentric  and  concentric  posi- 
tions. 


3,667,791 
DOOR  LOCK  MECHANISM 
KenicU  Kazaoka  and  TakasU  Jtaido,  Kariya^U,  Japan, 
aasignon  to  Aisin  SdU  Company  limited,  Kariya-sU, 
AicU-kcn,  Iwpm 

Filed  Feb.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9,775 
Oaims  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  13,  1969, 
44/10370 
Int  a.  E05c  3/24 
MS.  CL  19fl—l\%  9  Oafans 

A  door  lock  mechanism  comprising  a  base  member 
fixedly  mounted  on  a  door  of  an  automotive  vdiicle;  a 
recess  f(Mined  on  the  base  member  and  having  an  arc- 
shaped  periphery  defining  part  oil  the  configuration  of 


I 


190 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JtJNE  S,  1972 


the  recess;  a  sector  latch  member  pivotably  mounted  in  the 
recess,  the  latch  member  fonatd  with  an  arc-shaped  pe- 
ripheral part  having  the  same  radius  as  that  of  the  arc- 
shaped  periphery  of  the  recess.  A  spring  urging  the  latch 
member  to  rotate  in  one  direction  with  a  checker  rotatably 
mounted  on  the  base;  a  second  ^ring  urging  the  checker 
to  rotate  hi  a  direction  opposite  to  the  one  direction.  A 


^Jfi     a     16  ,l7o     ,30 


first  and  a  second  tooth  is  formed  on  the  latch  member 
for  cooperating  in  succession  with  the  first  and  second 
tooth  to  keep  the  latch  member  in  its  safety  latch  and  full 
latch  position;  and  a  second  and  substantially  radially  di- 
recting recess  for  cooperatingly  receiving  a  sUiker  is 
mounted  on  a  stationary  part  of  the  vehicle  when  the 
door  is  operated  in  its  closing  direction. 


3,667,792 

DOOR  LOCK  MECHANISM 

Noioma  Torii,  Kariya-aU,  Japan,  assignor  to  Aisin  SeiU 

Company  Limited,  Kariya-siii,  Aiclii«kcn,  Japan 

FUed  Mar.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,185 

Ciaims  priority,  application  Ji^an,  Mar.  18,  1969, 

44/20,618 

Int  a.  E05c  3/26 

VS.  CL  292—216  3  Claims 


An  improved  door  lock  mechanism  which  provides  ful- 
filment of  the  door  lock  function  to  be  manipulated  from 
inside  of  the  vehicle;  door  lock  function  by  key  operation 
from  outside  of  the  vehicle;  automatic  release  function 
in  the  case  that  the  door  should  he  closed  following  the 
erroneous  locking  of  the  door  from  inside;  and  keyless 
lock  operation  from  outside  without  use  of  a  manual 
key. 


3,667,793 
WEDGE-SUDE  LATCH 
Andre  I.  Vairin,  694  Wnrncr  Pairolt  Road,  Oregon  City, 
Greg.    97054;  and  William  L.  McCarter,  6420  NE. 
41st  St;  and  Henry  O.  Geisler,  8811 SE.  Herbert  Court, 
both  of  Portland,  Oreg.    97232 

Filed  Sept  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  69,375 
Int  a.  E05c  3/26 
VA  a.  292—216  1  Claim 

A  latch  having  a  latching  cam  pivotally  mounted  on  a 
pivot  pin  transverse  to  an  elongated  latch  housing,  the 
cam  having  a  cMifiguration  sudi  that  it  is  rotatably  driven 
into  locked  position  when  a  closure  arm  portion  engages 
a  catch.  The  latch  housing  contains  an  internally  movable 


slide,  which  slide  is  resiliently  urged  into  engagement  with 
the  internal  part  of  said  cam,  but  is  retractable  therefrom 
by  the  latch  handle.  The  cam-engaging  face  of  said  slide  is 
a  surface  which  is  shaped  to  wedge  under  a  part  of  the 
cam,  when  the  latter  is  counter  rotated  into  locking  posi- 


tion, against  a  torsion  spring  tending  to  rotate  the  cam 
^to  open  position.  Only  when  the  slide  is  longitudinally 
retracted  within  the  housing,  by  operation  of  the  latch 
handle,  does  the  cam  again  rotate  into  unlocked  ppsition, 
permitting  the  latch  to  be  opened. 


3,667,794 

ANTI-INTRUSION  DOOR  SECURITY  DEVICE 
Ben  C.  Lentz,  Jr.,  Memirfiis,  Tcmt,  assignor  to  Maggie 
i        Birdell  Lentz,  Memphb,  Tcnn.  I 

I  Filed  May  7, 1971,  Ser.  No.  141,261 
Int  CL  E05c  17/36 
US.  CL  292—264  10 


paims 


A  device  which  may  be  attached  to  existing  doors  of 
a  residence  to  safeguard  against  unwarranted  intrusion 
while  the  occupants  are  sleeping  or  when  answering  a 
knock  at  the  door,  i.e.,  the  device  must  be  actuated  by  a 
person  within  the  residence.  The  device  includes  a  sub- 
stantially indestructible  tempered  steel  bar  which  bridges 
the  crack  of  a  door  that  is  ajar.  The  bar  is  suspended 
from  a  pair  of  short  chains  which  are  inaccessible  from  the 
exterior  side  of  the  door.  The  free  end  of  one  of  the  chains 
is  attached  to  a  wedge  which  is  removably  received  by  a 
peculiar  tamperproof  receptacle.  The  receptacle  is  at- 
tached to  a  wraparound  plate  that  is  suitably  fitted  to  the 
door  panel  by  utilizing  the  existing  door  knob  hardware 
to  aid  io  the  attachment  thereof  and  for  more  positive 
reinforcement.  The  other  chain  has  the  opposite  end  at- 
tached to  structure  which  is  anchored  into  existing  ad- 
jacent stud  structure,  i.e.,  2"  x  4"  lumber  or  the  like, 
so  that  the  wall  and/or  the  door  panel  would  splinter 
before  the  device  would  become  disengaged  from  either 
the  wall  or  the  door  panel,  irrespective  of  the  amount  of 
force  being  exerted  from  without.  The  docK  amy  be 
opened  slightly  to  greet  callers  or  guests  while  (be  de- 
vice is  engaged  with  absolute  assurance  that  unwarranted 
intruders  cannot  break  in,  i.e.,  through  the  partially 
opened  door.  -  .^  ,.^ 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


191 


3,667,795  J 

RELEASING  AND  CRCUI^^ING  OVERSHOT 

Claude  W. Gray,  %  OK FtdOiiand  Rental  Tbols,  Inc., 

P.O.  Box  10131,  Honma,  La.    70360 

FVed  Dec.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,180 

Int  CL  E21b  31/02 

US.  CL  294—86.17  9  Claims 


which  respectively  cause  the  pair  of  links  and  the  tongs  to 
move  symmetricidly  upon  extension  and  retraction  of  the 
hydraulic  actuator.  The  various  pivot  points  are  selected 
such  that  the  second  and  third  cross-connected  links  coop- 
erate with  the  tongs  to  grip  logs  when  the  actuator  is 
extended.  Also,  the  tong  and  linkage  arrangement  is  de- 
signed so  as  to  make  it  possible  to  pick  up  large  bundles 
of  logs  as  well  as  single  small  logs. 


3,667,797 

CUSHIONING  DEVICE 

Edward  D.  KOby,  Rte.  2,  Box  413, 

Grldky,  CaUf .    95948 

Filed  Jan.  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  106,057 

Int  a.  B25b  11/00 

US.  CL  294—103  R  12 


Claims 


A  releasing  aixl  circulating  overshot  with  basket  grapple 
and  provided  with  a  control  spring  operable,  upon  rota- 
tion of  the  overshot  bowl,  to  urge  the  grapple  basket  into 
and  out  of  contracted  frictional  engagement  with  an  asso- 
ciated fish.  The  control  spring  is  of  the  helical  compres- 
sion type  and  serves  to  maintain  the  basket  grapple  and 
bowl  in  relatively  axially  displaced  positions  with  the 
basket  grapple  in  its  uppermost  expanded  "release"  posi- 
tion while  the  overshot  is  being  pulled  upward  past  tool 
collars  or  tool  joints  without  actuation  of  the  basket  grap- 
ple to  catch  the  collars  or  tool  joints.  The  spring  also 
serves  to  allow  the  grapple  to  be  set,  when  desired,  merely 
by  rotation  of  the  bowl  relative  to  the  basket  grapple. 


3,667,796 

LOGGING  GRAPPLE 

Welker  W.  F^uk,  Sehna,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Deere  ft 

Company,  MoUne,  nl. 

Filed  Oct  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,367 

Int  CL  B66c  1/10 

US.  CI.  294—88  -  16  Claims 


A  cushionmg  device  for  the  clamping  jaws  of  a  tiee 
shaker  or  the  like  providing  a  substantially  solid,  relatively 
hard  pad  of  somewhat  compressible  material  adapted  to  be 
mounted  on  the  jaws  having  an  outwardly  disposed  tree 
gripping  surface  and  means  within  the  pad  inwardly  spaced 
from  the  gripjMng  surfece  providing  a  readily  compressible 
pocket  to  permit  limited  inward  deformation  of  the  grip- 
ping surface  of  the  pad  in  intimately  conforming,  tightly 
gripping  relation  to  a  tree  trunk  or  limb  with  only  a  mini- 
mum of  jaw  claminng  jM-essure  while  transmitting  substan- 
tially the  entire  shaking  force  from  the  shaker  to  the  tree. 


3,667,798 

GRIPPING  TOOL 

John  W.  Rnsztowicx,  P.O.  Box  116,  Udca,  Mich. 

FUed  Feb.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,065 

Int  CL  B25b  7/00,  7/12 


48087 


U.S.  CL  294—104 


3  Claims 


A  pair  of  opposed  arcuate  tongs  of  a  logging  grapple 
are  respectively  pivoted  to  a  pair  of  links,  which  are,  in 
turn,  pivoted  to  a  yoke.  A  rotary  fluid  motor  is  supported 
on  the  yoke  and  is  connected  thereto  to  rotate  the  same 
through  360°.  A  hydraulic  actuator  has  opposite  ends 
pivotally  connected  to  the  tongs.  Interconnecting  the  pair 
of  links  is  a  first  cross-connected  link  and  interconnecting 
the  tongs  are  second  and  third  cross-connected  links, 


A  gripping  tool  haviitg  a  frame  including  an  extending 
member  with  a  jaw  portion  at  one  end  and  a  handle  at  the 
other  end,  a  bell  crank  connected  to  the  extension  adja- 
cent the  jaw  portim  having  a  cooperating  jaw  portion 
thereon,  an  actuating  lever  pivotally  omnected  to  the 
handle,  and  a  linkage  ocmnecting  the  actuating  lever  and 
the  beU  crank  for  closing  the  jaw  member.  The  parts  of 
the  gripping  tool  are  integrally  formed  with  resilient 
pivotal  connections  to  reopen  the  jaws  after  each  closing 
therof.  The  gripping  tool  is  particularly  suitable  for  use 
as  a  disgorger  of  fish  hooks  and  lures. 


192 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


t' 


June  6,  1972 


3,667,799 

CAMPER  KITCHEN  AND  miLITY  TRAILER 

Robert  Stealcy  Shryock,  43  E.  Goada  Coma  DriTc, 

New  Bnumfcb,  Tex.    78130 

Flkd  Apr.  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  135,660 

lot  a.  B60p  3132 

U.S.  CL  296—23  B  4  Claims 


££^ 


backrest  to  enable  such  seat  to  be  positioned  at  different 
heights.  The  guard  plate  and  the  partition  frane  are 
attached  between  the  legs  of  a  roll  bar.  Locks  are  pro- 
vided for  locking  the  partition  windows  closed  which 
may  be  unlocked  only  from  the  front  seat  of  the  auto- 


'r  » • 


A  trailer  for  camping,  including  partitions  and  shelving 
for  the  placement  of  utilities,  chairs,  bait,  a  sink  and 
stove.  The  camper  kitchen  and  utility  trailer  also  provides 
means  for  guns,  fishing  tackle,  an  outboard  motor,  a 
refrigerator,  and  also  provides  shelter  means. 


3,667,800 

TRANSPORTABLE  CABIN 

James  D.  R.  Cadibcrt,  1  The  Glade, 

Welwyn  Garden,  Eiuland 

Filed  Oct  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  869,296 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Biitain,  Oct  25,  1968, 

50,790/68 

Int  CL  B60p  3/34 

U.S.  CL  296—23  G  15  Claima 


mobile.  A  window  guideway  is  formed  integral  with  the 
partition  frame,  including  a  pair  of  channels  separated 
by  a  spacer  which  allows  the  two  partition  windows  to 
to  slide  across  each  other  in  such  channels  vyithout 
contacting. 

3  667  802 

COfVERING  STRUCTURE  FOR  VEmCLES 

Charics  E.  Lore,  4517  SE.  31st, 

Dciaty.OUa.    73115  i 

I  Filed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116,421 
Int  a.  B60J  U/00 
U.S.  CL  a96— 98  It 


This  invention  is  a  cabin  having  sides  formed  of  rigid 
panels  which  can  be  easily  collapsed  for  transport,  pos- 
sibly being  towed  behind  a  car  in  which  case  it  can  be 
mounted  on  wheels  and  axles.  The  cabin  can  have  two 
floors  but  can  still  be  folded  into  a  package  no  larger 
than  a  conventional  caravan  by  reason  of  an  arrange- 
ment whereby  the  sides  fold  about  for-and-aft  hinges. 


3,667,801 
^V3!JSJ?"°^  PARTmON  APPARATUS  HAVING 
HORIZONTAL    SLIDING    WINDOW    POIOION 
MOUNTED  ON  GUARD  PLATE 

lolm  R.  Settea,  Rte.  5,  P.O.  Box  522, 

Oiympia,  Wash.    98501 

Contimi«ti<».iBHpart  of  appUcatioB  Ser.  No.  758,947, 

Sf^-ll»  JL^**  ™«  •PPBcation  Dec.  18, 1969,  Ser. 
No.  886,083 

,T.,   ^   -.«  Int  CL  B62d  ii/W 

UA  a.  296-24  R  10  Claims 

An  automobUe  partition  apparatus  is  described  in 
which  a  pair  of  horizontal  sliding  partition  window  por- 
tions are  mounted  on  the  top  of  a  guard  plate  extend- 
ing across  the  entire  width  of  the  automobile  adjacent 
the  top  of  the  front  seat  backrest.  The  guard  plate  ex- 
tends parallel  pertly  down  the  rear  of  the  front  seat 


A  covering  structure  for  extending  a  tarpaulin  over  the 
cargo  carried  in  a  truck  or  trailer,  including  a  pair  of 
track  supporting  frames  mounted  for  vertical  movement 
on  opposite  sides  of  the  bed  of  the  truck,  a  pair  of  gear 
tracks  mounted  on  said  track  supporting  frames  and  ex- 
tending along  the  sides  of  the  bed  of  the  truck,  gears  en- 
gaging the  tracks  on  the  track  supporting  structures,  and 
a  shaft  interconnecting  the  gears  through  friction  clutch 
elements  which  permit  the  shaft  to  rotate  relative  to  the 
gears.  A  motor  is  drivingly  connected  to  one  end  of  the 
shaft  and  one  edge  of  a  tarpaulin  is  connected  to  the  cen- 
tral portion  of  the  shaft  between  the  gears.  When  the 
gears  are  engaged  through  the  clutches  with  the  shaft,  and 
the  motor  is  energized,  the  tarpaulin  can  be  rolled  up  to 
uncover  the  cargo  in  the  bed  of  the  truck  or  rolled  out 
and  extended  across  the  cargo  to  protect  it  from  inclement 
weather. 


3,667,803 
CONVERTIBLE  FURNITURE 
Iward  J.  Ford,  33  Mnlbcny  Crescent, 

West  Brayton,  En^and 

Filed  Oct  31,  1969,  Ser.  No.  873,004 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Brttafai,  Nov.  22, 1968, 

5,470/68 
iBt  a.  A47b  «5/W;  A47c  7150,  27/00 
UA  CL  297—119  2 

A  piece  of  furniture  comprises  a  support  portion  and  an 
upper  portion  that  includes  a  table  top  and  a  OBshion  ar- 
ranged back-to-back,  the  upper  portion  being  pivotally 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


193 


mounted  on  the  support  portion  so  that  the  article  can  be  a  constant  locus  within  the  respective  round  holes  thronoh 
converted  from  a  table  to  a  leg  rest  and  vice  versa  by  turn-  the  resilient  packing,  trtl^^CranTr^th^  mo^SlS 
mg  the  upper  portK,n  so  as  to  bring  the  table  top  or    of  said  extern'S  geafto  thfSck  ™.  S  as  to  ^^  iS 

mchnation  to  the  back  arm  corresponding  to  the  gear 
ratio  between  the  internal  gear  and  the  external  gear. 


w  w^-.,™,  3,667,805 

LIMITED  MOTION  DEVICE  FOR  SHOULDER 

HARNESSES  AND  THE  LIKE 

Edward  W.  Apri,  998  LeUth  St. 

Altadena,  CaUf.    91001 

Ffled  Apr.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,188 


cushion  uppermost  as  required.  Means  are  provided  for 
locking  the  upper  portion  to  the  support  porticm  when  the 
article  is  to  be  used  as  a  table. 


3,667,804 
SEATRECUNER 
Hideald  YasnL  2-6-12  Nilhi-rokngoo,  Ota-kn,  Tokyo, 
Japao,   and   Snkeo   Tsununl,   62-574   NUna,  Mino, 
Osaka-fu,  Japan 

Piled  May  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,871 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  June  25  ,1969, 

44/59,553 

,^^  _  Int  CL  A47c  i/W4 

UA  a  297-362  1  cirin 


A  motion  restraining  device  in  which  a  slider  carrying 
an  acceleration  sensitive  detent  is  movable  in  an  anchor«S 
track  that  has  detent  arrestors  along  the  path  of  the  slider 
The  slider  ha^  a  pin  which  extends  through  a  slot  in  the 
aetent.  The  slot  is  oriented  such  that  slow  motion  of  the 
restraimng  device  is  permitted,  while  fast  acceleration  re- 
suits  m  a  force  on  the  slpt  by  the  pin  to  displace  tiie  detent 
into  engagement  with  the  detent  arrestors. 


3,667306 

AUTOMATIC  LOCKING  RESTOAINT  BELT 
„  ^  ^  UNEAR  RETRACTOR 

Raymond  G.  Sprecher,  Detroit  Mich.,  aarianor  to 

^  9  uaims 


This  mvention  relates  to  a  seat  recliner  for  conti-olling 
an  angle  of  reclination  of  a  back-rest  of  a  seat,  which  is 
characterized,  among  others,  by  the  facts  that  no  control- 
ling spring  is  used  as  in  the  conventional  devices,  and 
that  a  shock  absorber  is  incorporated  so  as  to 
prevent  propagation  of  vibrations  produced  in  the  chassis 
floor  to  the  back-rest,  and  in  which  an  internal  gear  is 
carried  on  a  base  arm  fixed  to  a  seat  and  several  round 
holes  are  formed  in  a  back  arm  fixed  to  the  back-rest, 
with  a  resilient  packing  being  rotatably  fitted  into  each  of 
said  holes,  and  an  external  gear  with  teeth  less  in  number 
than  said  internal  gear  is  coupled  to  and  supported  by 
said  resilient  packings  through  swingable  pins.  Said  ex- 
ternal gear  is  meshed  with  said  internal  gear,  and  in  the 
center  hole  of  said  external  gear  is  fitted  a  cam  provided 
on  a  cam  shaft,  the  latter  carrying  at  its  end  a  grip.  In 
accordance  with  rotation  of  said  grip,  the  external  gear 
is  also  rotated  in  meshed  relation  with  the  internal  gear 
through  the  cam,  and  in  response  to  this  rotating  motion 
of  the  external  gear,  said  swingable  pins  are  swung  along 

899  O.O.— 7 


An  automatic  lockmg  restraint  belt  linear  retractor  in- 
cludes a  generally  fork-like  carrier  that  has  a  ^wiU 
fJi^  ^r^u^^  extending  therefrom  and  spring  biased 
toward  the  base  waU  of  the  retractor  houiS?  Mo^ 
ment  of  the  free  end  of  a  restraint  belt  ou^Jfy  of 
^housmg  moves  the  belt  from  a  fully  stowed  position 
withm  the  housmg  and  concomitant  therewith  m^^ 
earner  from  a  fuUy  retracted  position  toward  a  succes- 
sive series  of  extended  positions.  During  movemem^ 
^  i^'J?  ?*  fint  extended  position  of  the  scries  from 
an  mtermcdiate  position  slighUy  retracted  therefrom,  the 
spring  bias  causes  the  pawl  legs  to  engage  and  moli  re- 

wSvi;  SSJ^°«  ^*"^"  fr°"  unbtoSed  positioi  to 
blocked  positions  m  which  the  blocking  members  Wo^ 
engagement  of  the  pawl  leg,  and  linear  ratchcTwaUs^ 


194 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6.  1972 


a  channel-shaped  linear  ratchet  member  mounted  on  the 
base  wall.  With  the  blocking  members  in  blocked  posi- 
tions, the  carrier  is  thus  free  to  move  to  any  extended 
position  of  the  series  and  upon  the  initial  retracting 
movement  therefrom,  the  pawl  legs  engage  and  move  the 
blocking  members  to  unblocked  positions  to  allow  en- 
gagement of  the  pawl  legs  and  the  ratchet  waUs  where- 
upon a  subsequent  outwardly  applied  belt  force  pivots 
the  base  of  the  carrier  into  engagement  with  the  cover 
wall  of  the  housing  to  hold  the  carrier  from  further  ex- 
tending movement  and  the  free  end  of  the  belt  from  cor- 
responding movement  outwardly  of  the  housing. 


said  openings  at  a  point  intermediate  the  radial  extent 
thereof  and  gates  swingable  on  said  pintles  to  selective- 
ly mucky  earth  strata  generating  fluid  spoil,  said  machine 
side  of  the  pintle  moving  outwardly  beyond  the  front 
wall  as  gate  portions  at  the  other  side  of  the  pintl^  move 
inwardly  of  said  wall. 


3,667,807 
SHOULDER  BELT  RELEASABLE 

HOLDING  MEANS 
Jacob  E.  Bccsoii,  943  Klngslcy  Drive, 

Arcadia,  Calif .    91006 
Filed  Apr.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  27,38Z 
Int  CI.  A26b  35/00 
UA  CI.  297—389 


3,667,809  I 

APPARATUS  FOR  OPERATING  ON  BRUSH  STOCKS 
Harold   Henry  FUchcr,  Haveot,   Eogbuad,  assigaor  to 
J.  Evans  &  Sob  (Portimoath)  Limited,  Portsaioath, 

Filed  Aug.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,497  , 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Ang.  25,  v6  V 

42,274/69  1/^ 


\5JA.  CL  300—11 


Int  a.  B25b  1/20 


9  Claims 


6  Claims 


An  automobile  shoulder  belt  releasable  holding  means 
including  retainer  means  moimted  adjacent  the  wind- 
shidd  of  a  vehicle  for  releasably  retaining  the  tongue  end 
of  said  belt  and  maintaining  the  belt  in  a  fully  extended 
position  <rf  nwi-use  ready  for  immediate  release  and  use. 


3  667  808 
TUNNELING  MACHWE  WITH  TANDEM 

SPOIL  BARRIERS 
John  R.  Tabor,  Radnc,  Wis.,  assignor  to  Mining  Equip- 
ment Mannfactnring  Corporation,  Racine,  Wis. 
Origiiial  application  July  9,  1968,  Ser.  No.  743,363,  now 
Patent  No.  3,561,223,  dated  Feb.  9,  1971.  Divided 
and  this  application  Feb.  24,  1970,  Ser.  No.  16,993 
Int  a.  EOlq  3/03 
UA  CL  299—33  ^  Claims 


\^t 


The  invention  provides  apparatus  for  supporting  and 
clamping  brush  stocks  in  a  brush  making  machine  com- 
prising a  releasable  stop  for  supporting  the  brush  stocks 
in  a  guide  while  a  clamping  device  clamps  one  stock  to 
be  operated  on  by  a  tool,  while  the  operation  by  the 
tool  is  being  carried  out,  the  stop  is  released  to  dis- 
charge one  brush  stock  and  then  is  repositioned  tp  again 
support  the  brush  stocks. 


3,667,810 

COMBINATION  BRAKE  WARNING  SWITCH  AND 
PROPORTIONING  VALVE 
Richard  J.  SUagy,  Parma,  Ohio,  assignor  to  The 
Weatlicrlicad  Company,  Cleveland,  Ohio  , 
I     Filed  Apr.  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  30,887 
Int  a.  B60t  8/26.  1 1  /34,  1 7/22         I 
U,S.  CU  303—6  C  6  Claims 


A  tunneling  machine  for  excavating  through  relative- 
ly muck  earth  strata  generating  fluid  spoil,  said  machine 
having  a  shield  with  a  fixed  substantially  closed  bulk- 
head and  an  excavating  wheel  ahead  of  the  bulkhead, 
said  wheel  having  a  face  which  can  be  substantially 
completely  closed  to  breast  fluid  spoil,  whereby  two  spoil 
barriers  in  tandem  resist  flow  of  fluid  spoil.  The  wheel 
has  a  substantially  closed  front  face  with  radially  elon- 
gated openings,  transversely  extending  pintles  spaiming 


A  combination  brake  warning  switch  and  proportioning 
valve  includes  a  housing  having  an  axial  bore  within  which 
is  located  a  switch  piston  and  a  proportioning  piston  at 
opposite  ends  of  the  bore.  Fluid  from  two  circuits  of  a 
dual  brake  system  master  cylinder  is  introduced  to  the 
bore  on  opposite  sides  of  the  switch  piston  which  performs 
a  switch  actuating  function  in  case  of  a  pressure  unbal- 
ance. The  proportioning  valve  piston  cooperates  with  a 
valve  seat  member  slidably  carried  on  the  end  of  the 
switch  piston  to  reduce  the  outlet  pressure  in  one  circuit 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


when  the  inlet  pressure  exceeds  a  predetermined  level. 
In  the  event  of  failure  of  the  other  circuit,  movement  of 
the  switch  piston  moves  the  valve  seat  member  away 
from  the  proportioning  piston  which  is  then  inoperable. 
When  the  proportioning  valve  is  operative,  the  movable 
valve  seat  member  cooperates  with  the  proportioning 
piston  so  that  the  proportional  relation  between  inlet 
and  outlet  pressures  in  the  one  circuit  is  maintained  when 
the  pressures  are  decreasing.  A  stop  is  provided  to  prevent 
the  valve  seat  member  from  engaging  the  proportioning 
piston  in  the  event  of  a  pressure  loss  in  the  one  circuit. 


195 

actuation  of  the  system  causes  a  temporary  and  false  con- 
trol signal  to  be  generated  due  to  initial  charging  of  the 
control  elements.  This  false  control  signal  is  appUed  to  the 


3,667,811 
ANTISKID  BRAKE  CONTROL  MECHANISM 

Tosiaki  Okamoto  and  Maiami  Inada,  Kariya-dii,  Japan, 
assignors  to  Aisin  Scild  Company  Limited,  Kariya-ahi, 
AicU-kcn,  Japan 

Filed  Mar.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  16,885 

Claims  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  Mar.  8,  1969, 

44/20,818;  Apr.  5,  1969,  44/31,002 

Int  CL  B60t  8/04 

UA  a.  303—21  F  5  Claims 


brake  modulator  to  exercise  the  modulator.  Any  move- 
ment of  the  modulator  interior  parts  is  sensed  by  a  switch 
and  immediately  acts  through  a  drift  prevention  circuit  to 
extmguish  the  effect  of  the  false  control  signal 


Vk       }i 


n.T<^...  3,667,813 

™^B^^I25JP^^^'^^'™^G  SPINNING  OF 

J"^P^^^  WHEELS  OF  A  MOTOR  VEHICLE 

Manfred  H.  Bnrckhardt  Waibllngen,  Hans^org  Flonis, 

Goppingoi,  and  Horst  Grossner,  Geradatetten,  Ga- 

rArt-SSXaeSf^^  Aktiengesellschaft, 

ri  I         5"!t^^  ^h  *•*•'  Ser.  No.  872,892 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Nov.  2.  1968. 
P  18  06  671.2 


frs\-j^^ 


-M      M«    «o 


X 


An  antiskid  brake  pressm-e  control  mechanism  being 
provided  with  a  first  and  second  pneumatically  operated 
servo  assembly,  the  first  servo  assembly  comprising  a  di- 
ai^agm  piston  which  is  urged  by  a  first  spring  for  nor- 
mally opening  a  valve  in  a  hydraulic  brake  apply  circuit 
adapted  for  on-off  ccMitrol  of  the  fluid  communication  be- 
tween the  master  cylinder  and  preferred  wheel  cylinder 
assemblies,  with  both  being  provided  in  the  hydraulic 
brake  system  to  be  controlled  by  a  change-off  valve  ac- 
tuated by  a  skid  sensor,  and  second  servo  assembly  com- 
prising a  diaphraghm  piston  urged  by  a  second  spring  and 
adapted  for  actuating  a  plunger  upon  the  operation  of  said 
first  servo  assembly  for  increasing  or  decreasing  as  the 
case  may  be,  the  effective  volume  of  said  hydraulic  brake 
circuit  part  leading  to  said  preferred  wheel  cylinder  as- 
semblies for  decreasing  or  increasing  the  hydraulic  brake 
pressure  prevailing  therein. 


An  mstaUation  for  preventing  the  spinning  of  the  driven 
wheels  of  a  motor  vehicle  in  which  the  rotational  slip- 
page  between  the  driven  and  non-driven  wheels  is  deter- 
mined, and  in  which  the  rotational  speed  of  the  driven 
wheels  is  controlled  in  dependence  on  the  magnimde 
of  such  shppage. 


„^ 3,667,812 

SKID  CONTROL  SYSTEM  CYCLING  AND  CHECK- 
ING CIRCUIT,  INCLUDING  DRIFT  PREVEN- 
TION  MEANS 

Ralph  W.  Carp,  Baltimore,  and  Frederick  O.  Micsteifeld, 

Joppa,  Md.,  assignors  to  The  Bcndix  Corporation 

Filed  Dec  7,  1970,  Ser.  No.  95,650 

bit  CL  B60t  8/06 

UA  a.  303—21  AF  17  Claims 

A  skid  control  system  includes  at  least  a  single  control 

channel  and  a  brake  pressure  modulating  valve.  Initial 


3,667,814 
AMu^  ^^.     »YA^^^^^^  LOADER 

vs.  a.  3«£!5»^  ■**«^^^-  "'■">:  "'^    ,  <,^ 

A  vacuum  loading  apparatus  for  transferring  dry  par- 
ticulate material  from  a  storage  point  to  a  point  of  use 
or  to  a  transport  vehicle.  The  loader  includes  a  pocketed 
wheel  which  is  sealed  against  escape  of  air  through  the 
pockets  or  around  the  wheel.  The  pocketed  wheel  is  ro- 
tated so  that  material  drops  into  a  pocket  at  the  uoper 
side  of  the  wheel  and  is  delivered  through  a  dischSge 
opemng  at  the  lower  side  of  the  wheel  A  system  includi^ 


196 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6^  1972 


a  flexible  hose  delivers  the  dry  material  to  a  hopper  over-   directly  by  the  wheel  or  through  a  speed  selector  device 
lying  the  pocketed  wheel.  The  air  flow  passes  through  a   having  wheel  and  vehicle  engine  input  drives,  the  selector 


filter  above  the  hopper  and  then  to  a  suction  fan  to 
provide  the  power. 


3,667^15 
SERVO  MSTRDUTORS  IN  PNEUMATIC  BRAKING 

SYSTEMS  OF  VEHICLES  WITH  TRAILER 

Braao  Zoppi,  Milan,  Italy,  atnltnitf  to  Fabbrica  ItaUana 

Mained  MaidU  S.p.A^  Milan,  Italy 

Filed  Oct  23, 1M9,  Scr.  No.  MS,M1 

Clafana  priority,  appMcatfcwi  Italy,  May  2, 19<9, 


VS.  CL  3«3— 7 


Int  CL  BMt  13/28 


4  Claims 


^^fcffe 


/*~^^^^n^ 


/r 


/ 


device  selecting  the  higher  of  the  two  input  speeds  for  the 
pump  drive. 


3,667,817 
^  DRILL  PIPE  WITH  WEAR  SLEEVE 
Jacluon  M.  Kellner,  Midland,  Tex.,  assignor  tc 
International,  Inc.,  Midbuid,  Tex. 
Filed  May  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39,430 
lot.  CL  F16c  17/00 
UJS.  CI.  308—4  A  4 


Servo  distributor  apparatus  for  rapidly  increasing  pneu- 
matic pressure  applied  to  the  braking  system  of  a  towed 
vehicle  upon  initial  phase  of  actuation  of  the  brake  pedal 
of  the  towing  vehicle  and  for  controllably  increasing  the 
pressure  thereafter  so  that  braking  of  the  towed  vehicle 
will  occiir  either  before  or  simultaneously  with  the  brak- 
ing of  the  towing  vehicle. 


Smith 


Claims 


3,667,816 
VEHICLE  WHEEL  VELOCITY  CONTROL  SYSTEM 

AND  METHOD 

Jdm  L.  Hanwd,  Grone  Potaite  Woods,  Rfldi.,  aasignor  to 

Goieral  Motors  Comontioa,  Detroit,  Mich. 

FDcd  Feb.  16, 1978,  Scr.  No.  11,512 

Int  CL  B68(  8/12 

VS.  CL  38S— 21  F  9  Claims 

A  vehicle  brake  system  in  v^iich  the  wheel  to  be  braked 

drives  a  positive  displacement  pump,  the  output  fluid  of 

which  passes  through  a  viscous  orifice  and  also  through 

a  variable  orifice  in  parallel  flow  relationship  to  the  viscous 

orifice.  The  variaUe  orifice  is  controlled  to  generate  a  jH-es- 

sore  from  the  pump  output  through  \diich  the  wheel  brake 

is  Implied.  A  pressure  reducing  valve  and  a  pn^sxue  relief 

valve  are  also  provided.  A  modified  system  further  uses  a 

vehicle  deceleration  sensing  mechanism  to  control  the  rate 

ot  wheel  deceleration  so  that  wheel  deceleration  is  slightly 

greater  than  the  synchitmized  deceleration  obtained  by 

control  pressure  feedback.  The  pump  may  be  driven 


\ 


A  m4tal  drill  pipe  is  provided  with  a  metal  wear  sleeve 
and  a  fabric  reinforced  flexible,  adhesive,  plastics  material 
insert  between  the  wear  sleeve  and  the  pipe.  The  insert  is 
built  up  on  the  pipe  by  applying  alternate  layers  of  liquid, 
uncured  plastics  material  and  fabric.  The  sleeve  is  made 
in  sections  which  are  clamped  around  the  insert.  The  insert 
is  then  cured  and  thereafter  the  sleeve  sections  are  welded^ 
together.  The  sleeve  is  mechanically  interlocked  to  the 
insert,  e.g.  by  a  thread  on  the  inside  of  the  sleeve.  The 
ends  of  the  sleeve  are  internally  flared  to  increase  their 
flexibility  and  fiuther  increase  in  flexibility  is  afforded  by 
annular  grooves  in  the  outer  periphery  of  the  sleeve 
adjacent  the  internally  flared  end  portions.  The, grooves 
also  serve  as  wear  indicators. 


3,667,818 

HEAVY  DUTY  CASTER  AXLE  AND 

INTEGRAL  FITTING 

Vincent  Wallace  AdamsU  and  Ernest  Bcatty  Moorc, 

G^recnTille,  Miss.,  assignors  to  Keystone  ConfoUdated 

Industries,  Inc.,  Peoria,  DL 

FUcd  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,644 
Int  CL  F16c  1/24 
VS.  a.  308—92 

A  heavy  duty  caster  axle  having  an  integral  grease 
fitting  formed  at  one  end  protected  by  a  radially  and  for- 
wardly  extending  annular  flange  which  substantially  en- 
compasses the  grease  fitting.  An  axial  passage  is  formed 


4  Claims 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


through  the  grease  fitting  and  extends  into  the  axle  to  ter- 
minate in  a  diametrically  extending  passage  opening  to 
the  exterior  surface  thereof.  The  axle  and  fitting  are 
formed  from  a  cylindrical  blank  by  the  steps  of  forming 
an  enlarged  radial  flange  spaced  from  one  end  of  the 


1 


blank,  forming  the  end  of  the  blank  at  the  fiange  to  pro- 
vide the  outline  of  the  fitting,  drilling  an  axial  passage 
into  the  formed  end  and  shank  and  a  transverse  passage, 
and  either  forming  the  flange  into  a  protective  cup  or 
attaching  a  protective  cup  onto  the  fitting  end  and  flange. 


3  667  819 

THRUST  BEARUVG'aND  MOUNTING 

ARRANGEMENT  THEREFOR 

Raymood  C.  Jemess,  MihnMkec,  Wis.,  assignor  to  Allis- 

Chalmcrs  Mannfactnrlag  Company,  MOwankec,  Wis. 

Filed  Aug.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,473 

..„  ^  Int  CL  F16c  i7/i0 

VS.  CL  30»-135  11  Claims 


A  thrust  shoe  and  mounting  arrangement  therefor  par- 
ticularly suitable  for  use  as  the  thrust  bearing  for  the  trun- 
nion of  a  rotary  grinding  mill  or  the  like,  in  which  the 
thrust  shoe  is  provided  with  a  wedgclike  projection  which 
is  received  in  a  correspondingly-shaped  wedge-shaped  re- 
cess machined  in  the  end  wall  of  the  bearing  insert  of  the 
upwardly  open  main  bearing  for  the  trunnion.  The  pro- 
jection on  the  thrust  shoe  and  the  recess  in  which  it  is 
received  typically  might  extend  through  a  peripheral  angle 
of  120  degrees.  A  detachable  retainer  member  or  clamp 
overlies  the  thrust  shoe  at  each  of  the  circumferentially 
spaced  opposite  ends  thereof,  to  normally  prevent  move- 
ment of  the  thrust  shoe  relative  to  the  bearing  insert  both 
in  a  circumferential  as  well  as  axial  direction.  The  end 
retainer  members  may  be  removed  to  permit  the  thrust 
shoe  to  be  slidably  moved  along  the  main  bearing  insert 
in  a  circumferential  direction  until  the  thrust  shoe  is  free 
of  the  bearing  insert,  thereby  permitting  removal  and 
replacement  of  the  thrust  shoe. 


m 

bearing  in  the  form  of  an  elastomeric  body  is  disposed 
between  the  load  carrying  surfaces  and  cooperates  there- 
with to  carry  both  vertical  and  horizontal  loads  between 
the  load  carrying  surfaces  predominately  in  compression 
while  cariymg  torsional  or  turning  loads  predominately 
m  shear.  The  compressive  stiffness  of  the  elastomeric  body 


11-.^ 


18  substantiaUy  increased  by  the  addition  of  a  relatively 
nonextensible  conical  annular  plate  embedded  in  and  bond- 
ed to  the  elastomeric  body  intermediate  the  load  carryinc 
surfaces  without  substantially  affecting  the  shear  stiflfnMB 
Of  Uie  body  m  accommodating  relative  angular  movement 
between  the  center  plates. 


^w™,x .  3,667,821 

GUIDANGE  AND  RETENHON  CAGE  FOR 
SPHERICAL  ROLLER  BEARING 

U..CL  308-212^^^^^^^/^*  ,3  calm. 


\ 


\\ 


3,667,820 

RAILWAY  CAR  HAVING  RESILIENT 

CENTER  BEARING 

lames  W.  Sherrick,  Edfaiboro,  Pa.,  assignor  to 

Lord  C<Mrporatioa,  Erie,  Pa. 

Filed  Dec  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97^17 

Int  a.  F16o  17/10;  B61f  5/16 

UACL  308-137  5  Claims 

In  a  railway  car  havmg  duck  and  car  body  center  plates 

disposed  in  telescoping  relation,  preferably  defining  nested 

conical  opposed  load  carrying  surfaces,  a  unitary  resilient 


A  cage  device  for  a  spherical  roUer  bearing  includes 

Siaj'Td'oAlf  L^'"^  "  P^^°"^  **  one%utboard 
^S!vf  .i  K  .^*  ^^""^  °'"  ^°  ''"ch  rings  which  are 
^iboned  between  the  rows  of  rolling  elements  in  the 
raceway  of  a  two-row  spherical  roller  bearing.  The  annu- 
lar  nngs  have  a  pluraUty  of  pins  or  prongs  extending 
axiaUy  outwardly  tiierefrom.  Each  of  the  pSngs^S 
nto  a  bore  m  a  respective  roller.  The  crSs^s^tio^of 

tore^^^th.'  °'^?'  '^^u^  If"'  "^  ^*  «""°«^r  oi  the 
th.  J  ^"*'"  '"'^^  ^""^  ^«  P~°«  and  walls  of 

Llb^in  %K  ""  *  ''°^  ™'"^«  ^*  ^°  »»  0Pe™tinK  in- 
stallation. The  prongs  not  only  retain  tiie  roUers  in  the 

bearmg  raceway,  but  the  close  running  fit  between  the 

prong  and  the  bore  also  serves  to  gm*dc  the  roUer  ^ 

turn  the  roUers  act  to  pilot  the  cage 


198 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


i 


June  «,  1972 


3,667,822 

CONED  END  ROLLER  BEARING 

Jack  W.  Annstrong,  BaMwinsvUk,.  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Upe-RoUway  Corporation 

FOed  Mar.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  119,482 

Int  CL  F16c  19/34 

U.S.  a.  308—213  1  Oaim 


the  cathode  and  a  first  plate  grid  electrode  having  a 
substantially  annular  protuberance  thereon,  comprising 
the  steps  of  projecting  light  into  a  space  formed  between 
the  catl^ode  and  first  plate  grid  electrode  through  at  least 


\ 


21  31      26  27  30 


A  radial  type  roller  bearing  having  a  relatively  high 
axial  load  carrying  capacity.  The  bearing  rollers  are 
formed  with  fnisto-conical  end  faces  which  engage  corre- 
spondingly tapered  race  flanges  to  take  the  thrust  loads. 
The  angle  of  the  coned  portion  of  the  rollers  is  within  a 
predetermined  range  that  is  the  critical  factor  in  obtaining 
the  performance  desired. 


33-1132 


one  void  area  formed  in  part  of  the  protuberance,  present- 
ing the  resultant  image  of  said  space  in  an  optically  mag- 
nified form  on  a  screen  positioned  outside  of  the  elec- 
tron gun  member,  and  adjusting  and  determining  the 
space  while  monitoring  the  optically  magnified  image. 


3,667,823 

ALUMINUM  BASED  ALLOY  BEARING 

Fkcd  J.  Wdiiitte,  Ordiard  Lain,  Midi.,  assignor  to 

GeBMal  Motors  CorporatioB,  Detnrit,  Midi. 

OilgiBal  appKcalion  Oct  29, 1968,  Ser.  No.  771,416,  now 

Patent  No.  3,562,884,  dated  Feb.  16,  1971.  Divided 

aad  tUs  application  Aug.  10,  1970,  Ser.  No.  62,391 

Int  a.  F16c  33/12 

VS,  a.  308—237  6  Claims 


3,667,825 
KPPARATUS  FOR  DISFEN«NG  SHEET 

MATERIAL 

4niiin  B.  Pagel,  JaacaTilk,  Vna.,  assignor  to 

Newell  Mfg.  Co.,  Frceport,  111. 

FUed  Dec  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,043 

Int  CI.  B65h  19/00 

VS.  Q.  312 — 39  $  Claims 


DIRGCTON  OF 
JOURNAL    MOTK 


In  a  preferred  embodiment  a  cast  strip  of  aluminum 
bearing  alloy  containing  a  minor  portion  of  lead  dispersed 
as  small  spherical  particles  in  the  aluminum  matrix  is 
rolled  lengthwise,  whereby  the  soft  lead  particles  are 
flattened  and  lengthened  in  the  direction  of  rolling.  Sleeve 
bearing  blanks  are  then  cut  from  the  cast  and  rolled  strip 
in  a  direction  and  manner  such  that  the  longest  dimension 
of  the  flattened  lead  particles  in  the  finished  bearing  is 
transverse  to  the  intended  direction  of  rotation  of  a  mating 
journal  member. 


3,667,824 
METHOD  FOR  ADJUSTING  THE  SPACE  BETWEEN 
CATHODE    AND    FIRST    PLATE    GRID    ELEC- 
TRODES IN  AN  ELECTRON  GUN  MEMBER 
AsaUdc    Tsnncte,    Kawasaki,    and   SUnichl    Sawagata, 
Tokyo,  Japan,  assignors  to  Tokyo  Shibaur^  Electric 
Co.,  Ltd.,  Kawasald-shi,  Japan 
Original  appUcation  May  6,  1968,  Ser.  No.  726,765. 
Divided  and  this  appUcation  Aug.  10,  1970,  Ser. 
No.  62,594 

Int  a.  HOIJ  9/42,  9/44 
HA,  CL  316—23  3  Claims 

In  an  electron  gun  member,  a  method  for  adjusting  the 
space  between  the  electron  beam  emitting  surface  plate  of 


A  material  dispenser  with  an  outlet  formed  by  a  door 
which  is  partially  opened  when  the  dispenser  is  operated 
to  dispense  sheets  of  material.  In  the  dispenser,  a  web 
of  material  is  squeezed  between  an  idler  roller  and  a 
drive  roller  to  pull  the  web  from  a  roll  when  a  power, 
source  is  activated  to  rotate  the  drive  roller.  When  the 
door  is  fully  opened  to  load  a  roll  of  material  into  the 
dispenser,  a  spring  acts  to  yieldably  catch  against  a  link- 
age connected  to  the  door  to  hold  the  latter  in  its  fully 
opened  position  until  a  pressure  is  applied  to  the  door 
to  overcome  the  effect  of  the  spring  thereby  allowing  the 
door  to  be  returned  to  its  closed  position. 


3,667,826 
MERCHANDISE  DISPLAY  UNIT 
Gerald   L.   Wood,   Overland   Park,   Kans.,   Harvey   L. 
Kcrister,  Grain  Valley,  Mo.,  and  James  E.  ZcDer,  Bea- 
trice, Nebr.,  assignors  to  Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated, 
Kansas  City,  Mo. 

Filed  Nov.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,331 
Int  CI.  A47f  3/14 
UA  CI.  312—118 

Units  for  displaying  articles  of  merchandise  are  dis- 
closed which  each  have  knock-down  back  and  base  frames 
and  a  merchandise  storage  unit  and  merchandise  display 
members  for  positioning  articles  of  merchandise.  Units 


6  Claims 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


199 


having  adjustable  shelves,  rotary  spinners,  sloping  display   angle  to  an  optic  axis  thereof  and  a  quarter-wave  plate 

panel  with  shelves  thereon,  stepped  compartments,  and   opposite  z  surfaces  of  said  irregular  ferroclL^c  cS^S 

^  ^^^  provided  with  an  electrical  means  for  apply  an  elec- 


:t  '^.)»^v 


vertically  spaced  bars  with  display  members  thereon  are 
disclosed  as  exemplary  of  the  inventive  concept. 


3,667,827 

ASTRONOMICAL  TELE^BJECnVE 

Lawrence  Monail,  1458  83rd  St,  Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  16, 1971,  Ser.  No.  124,678 

Int  a.  G02b  17/00,  23/02 


11228 


U.S.  CL  350—55 


18  Claims 


A  tele-objective  is  presented  in  which  the  diffraction 
""effects  produced  by  the  central  obstruction  affecting  the 
image  quality  are  very  small.  Plane  and  spherical  optical 
surfaces  are  the  only  ones  used.  A  relatively  small  posi- 
tive achromatic  doublet  provides  correction  of  aberra- 
tions of  a  concave  spherical  primary  mirror.  The  tele-ob- 
jective is  compact  and  has  a  long  effective  focal  length. 
The  tele-objective  can  be  used  advantageously  in  a  tele- 
scopic apparatus  by  the  addition  of  a  field  lens. 


3,667,828 
DIGITAL  LIGHT  DEFLECTOR 

Hiroomi  Kojima,  Hachioji,  Sadao  Nomura,  Tokyo,  and 
AUo  Knmada,  Kodaira,  Japan,  anignorB  to  ffitachi, 
Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Jane  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45,835 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  June  30,  1969, 
44/51,608 
Int  a.  G02f  1/20 
U.S.  CI.  350—150  5  Oaims 

A  digital  light  deflector  comprising  a  cascade  arrange- 
ments of  n  stages  of  a  quarter-wave  irregular  ferroelec- 
tric crystal  and  a  unit  constituted  by  a  uniaxial  bire- 
fringent  crystal  cut  at  its  opposite  surfaces  with  a  specified 


«,  ^ 


-4L 


T 


%k 


t-^L— I 


T 


%^ 


\"-- 


PT 


xs 


trie  field  at  least  equal  to  the  coercive  field  of  said  crystal 
if  necessary,  to  deflect  the  Ught  being  transmitted  through 
said  umt  *^ 


3,667,829 

ELECTRO-OPTIC  PHASE  MODULATOR 

Cari  N.  Klahr,  678  Cedar  Lawn  Ave., 

Lawrence,  N.Y.     11559 
Filed  Mar.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,696 


ITus  mvention  is  an  electro-optical  phase  modulator 
compnsmg  (a)  a  medium  whose  index  of  refraction  can 
be  varied  by  the  injection  of  electric  current  following 
electrical  breakdown;  (b)  appropriate  electrodes  for  in- 
jecuon  into  the  medium;  (c)  signal-controlled  current 
sources  for  supplying  current  to  the  electrodes;  and  (d) 
a  coherent  optical  beam  whose  optical  path  traverses  the 
region  whose  index  of  refraction  is  varied  by  the  injected 
current.  This  modulator  can  be  used  for  direct  phase 
modulation  and  for  spatial  deflection  of  the  coherent 
opucal  beam,  dependent  on  the  spatial  characteristics  of 
the  electrodes  and  the  injected  current. 


DISPLAY  SYSTEM  UTuiziNG  A  SELECTIVFIV 

^'L"?^"'**"^'  *»■  ™^«.  CaHf.,  assignor  to 
Filed  Apr.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26^7 

fT«  m  »«    ,^,  Int  CL  HOlj  29/72 

UA  a.  350—161  g  ctaj-^ 

fii^  l^'?f  '^«'^  "^''P^^y  'y'^^^"  "^"'^g  a  deformaNe  metal 
mm  Iight-reflectmg  surface  or  light  valve  is  disclosed  A 
Ught  valve  is  assembled  consisting  of  a  very  thin  metal 

fir7»r°"T^"  *  '"uPP^^  ^'^-  ^°  *^«*  of  <lie»«ctric  ma- 
terial  is  placed  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  film  within 
each  grid  opemng.  This  assembly  is  placed  in  a  cathode 
ray  tube  so  that  an  electron  beam  may  be  caused  to  im- 
pinge  upon  the  dielectric  areas.  In  one  embodiment,  a  con- 
ventional optical  system  is  used  to  direct  collimated  Usht 
against  the  upper  surface  of  the  metal  fihn.  Light  reflecS 
from  distorted  portions  of  the  metal  fihn  is  transmittS  to 
a  display  screen,  while  light  reflected  ftom  undistortedpo^ 
ions  of  the  metal  film  does  not  reach  the  screcT^n 
the  electron  beam  impinges  upon  the  didectric  aJeaT^e 


I 


200 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  i  1972 


areas  are  attracted  by  electrostatic  attraction  forces  to-  3,667,832 

ward  the  adjacent  grid  members.  This  causes  surface  dis-  LIGHTCONDUCTING  STRUCTURE  COMPRISWG 

tortions  or  dimplerin  the  metal  film.  A  spot  of  light  ^R^D     LENTICULAR     GRADIENT    INDEX 

appears  on  the  display  screen  at  locations  corresponding  ^^^^  ^j^^^  ^^  ^  HkojcM  Matmrniirm  Adriy., 

Japan,  aarignors  to  Nippon  Sclfoc  KahnshlM  Kaidia 
(also  known  as  Mppon  Selfoc  Co^  Ltd.),  Tokyo-to, 
Japan 

Filed  July  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,577 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  iwptai,  Aug.  4,  1969, 


VS.  CI.  350—175  GN 


bit  CL  G02b  5/14 


to  the  dimi^e  locations.  Where  the  dielectric  areas  are 
very  small  and  closely  spaced,  an  image  corresponding  to 
the  areas  scanned  by  the  electron  beam  will  appear  on 
the  display  screen. 

3,667,831 
THREE-DIMENSIONAL  ZONE  PLATE  GRID 
ENCODING  AND  DECODING 
Keith  S.  Pcnningtmi,  Somen,  and  Glemnore  L.  Siielton, 
Jr.,  Cannel,  N.Y.,  and  Peter  M.  Will,  Norwalk,  Conn., 
amigpon  to  brtaiuitional  Kuincss  Machines  Corpora- 
tion, Aimmik,  N.Y. 

FDed  Dec  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  887,687 

Int.  a.  G02b  27/38 

UJS,  CI.  350—162  SF  22  Claims 


J^r*^ 


Claims 


\ 


A  light-conducting  structure  such  as  a  multi-ocular  lens 
or  face  plate  comprising  at  least  two  sets  of  columinar 
transparent  elements,  each  element  having  two  side  sur- 
faces and  two  light-conducting  surfaces,  both  extended  in 
a  plane  parallel  relation,  the  element  having  a  Refractive 
Index  distribution  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  a  center 
plane  thereof  varying  in  such  a  manner  that  the  Refrac- 
tive Index  is  gradually  decreased  proportionally  to  the 
second  power  of  distance  measured  from  the  center  plane, 
transparent  elements  constituting  each  set  being  assembled 
successively  together  along  their  side  surfaces,  and  the  two 
sets  being  combined  together  so  that  the  light-conducting 
surfaces  confront  each  other,  and  the  lengthwise  direc- 
tions thereof  intersect  each  other  at  a  predetermined 
angle. 


3,667,833 

REAR  VIEW  MIRROR 

William  K.  Baldwin,  Sr.,  5040  Jackaon  St,  Spaee  22, 

North  Highlands,  CaBf.    95660 

1     Filed  Sept  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,442 

I  lot  CI.  G02b  5/08 

VJS.  CI  350—303  t  Claim 


tj^  ^^^ 


A  retr  view  mirror  having  a  plane  and  a  con? ex  por- 
tion for  viewing  on  both  sides  of  the  vehicle  in  fiddition 
to  the  rear  thereof. 


Depth  of  range  information  is  extracted  by  projecting 
the  image  of  a  zone  plate  upon  a  scene  and  photograph- 
ing the  scene  at  a  different  angle  from  the  zone  plate 
source.  A  transparency  ot  the  photograph  including  zone 
I^te  modulation  of  the  scene  formed  on  planes  in  the 
scene  is  then  filtered  by  a  scanning  slit  at  the  zone  plate 
focal  plane  and  presented  upon  an  output  screen  from  end 
to  end,  as  a  function  of  original  range,  from  the  zone 
plate.  The  reflection  of  the  image  upon  the  screen  in 
viewed  in  a  varifocal  mirror  driven  in  synchronism  with 
scanning  by  the  filter.  The  screen  and  the  varifocal  mirror 
may  be  connected  by  a  low-bandwidth,  video  channel  and 
a  channel  for  control  signals  for  the  mirror. 


3,667,834 
ADJUSTABLE  LENGTH  TEMPLE  FOR  SPECTACLES 
Ellison  L.  Davison,  Gibsonia,  Cari  H.  BrinkhoS,  Pitts- 
bmrgh,  and  Robert  F.  MenoM,  Monrocvillc,  Pa.,  as- 
signors to  Nfinc  Safety  Appliaaccs  Company,  Pitts- 
bargk,Pa. 

Contimiation-in.iMut  of  appBcation  Ser.  No.  16,374, 
Mar.  4, 1970.  This  appUcation  Mar.  22, 1971,  Scr. 
No.  126,572  r 

Int  a.  G02c  5/20 
VS.  CL  351—118  i  Claims 

^A  spectacles  temple  is  formed  from  a  front  sleeve  and 
a  rear  head-engageable  temple  member  fitting  snugly  in 
the  back  end  of  the  sleeve  and  slidable  lengthwise  in  it 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


301 


The  front  end  of  the  rear  member  is  provided  with  a  slot 
separating  it  into  upper  and  lower  spring  prongs.  One 
prong  is  provided  with  a  laterally  projecting  boss  pressed 


^-^ 


tightly  against  the  sleeve,  and  the  other  prong  is  provided 
with  a  locking  boss  projecting  into  a  recess  in  a  row  of 
longitudinally  spaced  recesses  in  the  sleeve  wall  to  ncx-- 
mally  lock  the  temple  member  and  sleeve  together. 


3,667,835 

FILM  CARTRIDGE  ATTACHING  APPARATUS 

Arthur  E.  Napnao,  Chicago,  U.,  assignor  to  Bell  & 

HoweD  Company,  Ciiicago,  UL 

FUed  Apr.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  28,829 

Int  CL  G03b  21/04 

VS.  a.  352—72  8  Claims 


/C'>>. 


An  apparatus  for  selectively  attaching  one  or  a  group 
of  film  cartridges  to  a  motion  picture  projector  for  mov- 
ing one  or  more  cartridges  relative  thereto.  The  appara- 
tus includes  an  attaching  member  movably  supported  on 
the  projector  and  having  a  plurality  of  hooks,  one  for  each 
cartridge,  positionable  over  a  ledge  in  a  cartridge,  and  a 
manually  operable  lever  for  moving  the  cartridge  or  car- 
tridges into  engagement  with  each  hook. 


MOTION  PICTURE  CAMERA  WITH  MEANS 
PRODUCING  A  DISSOLVING  EFFECT 
Helm  TUelc,  Ldnfclden,  near  Stuttgart,  and  Konrad 
Franke  and  Dicttkh  Becker,  Stnttgart-Mohringcn,  Ger- 
many, aarignon  to  Zeb>  Ikon  Akfici«csclbdiaft,  Stntt- 
(srtf  CvcnDSBy 

FUed  Apr.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,202 

Claims  priority,  apiriication  Germany,  Apr.  22,  1969, 

P  19  20  438.7 

lot  CL  G03b  19/18 

VS,  CL  352—91  3  Claims 


wind-up  spindle,  which  latter  is  equipped  with  a  non- 
reversing  lock.  During  the  dissolving  procedure  the  film 
gripper  moves  the  film  forwardly  a  predetermined  length 
while  the  wind-up  spindle  is  stopped,  so  that  this  length  of 
film  forms  a  loop  in  the  film  space  around  the  wind-up 
spindle  whereupon  the  film  gripper  moves  the  film  rcar- 
wardly  back  upon  the  delivery  spool.  During  the  same 
period  of  time  the  film  is  moved  in  this  manner,  the  dia- 
I^ragm  is  varied  from  the  actual  exposiu-e  aperture  to 
its  smallest  aperture  and  then  is  opened  again  to  its  ex- 
posure aperture. 


3  667  837 
CINEMATOGRAPH  PROJECTOR  PARTICULARLY 

FOR  SUBSTANDARD  FILMS 

Eugenio  Agrati,  \la  A.  da  Baggio  20/5,  and  Emdo  Sala, 

Via  A.  da  Baggio  20/13,  botii  of  Afilan,  Italy 

FUed  June  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  44,223 

Claims  priority,  appUcation  Italy,  Oct  10, 1969, 

23,199/69 

Int  a.  GOln  21/14 

VS.  CL  352—242  i  Clirim 


A  cinematograph  projector  having  a  spherical  upper 
casing  slidably  supported  on  a  cradle-like  support  base  and 
controlled  by  means  of  a  rack  and  pinicxi  arrangement. 


3,667,838 
UPDATABLE  FILM  APPARATUS  FOR  A 

MICROFILM  RETRIEVAL  SYSTEM 

William  Wadsworth  Wood,  235  Penirian  Ave., 

Palm  Beach,  Fla.    33480 

FDed  Nov.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  877^66 

Int  CL  G03b  23/12 

VS.  CL  353—26  3  cWms 


"^A  motion  picture  camera  with  a  motor  operated  dia- 
phragm and  suitable  for  producing  a  dissolving  or  fading 
effect  at  the  end  of  a  scene  photographed.  Separate  mo-  ^^.   -j^»„u8  muiu 
tors  are  provided  for  the  film  moving  gripper  and  the  film  mainder  of  the  reels 


A  plurality  of  reels  coaxially  positioned  in  adjacent 
relation  are  driven  in  synchronism  with  each  other.  Each 
of  a  plurality  of  strips  of  film  is  wound  on  a  separate 
one  of  the  reels  so  that  any  of  the  reels  may  be  removed 
for  updating  without  preventing  the  driving  of  the  re- 


202 


\ 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6i  1972 


3,M7,839 

MICROFICHE  VIEWER 

Mttiricc  H.  Artand,  Spring  Valley,  Calif.,  aarignor  to 

SCrombcrg  Datagraphiz,  Inc,  San  Diego,  Calif. 

Filed  May  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  34,199 

Int.  a.  G03b  23/08 

VA  CL  353—27  9  Claims 


oper  material  which  forms  on  the  charged  layer  powder 
images,  and  a  withdrawn  position  remote  from  the  car- 
rier. A  cleaning  device  is  also  provided  which  can  similarly 
be  moved  radially  of  the  drum  between  a  position  engag- 
ing the  latter  and  removing  residual  electroscopic  devel- 
oper material  from  the  layer  and  a  radially  witljdrawn 
position.  A  moving  arrangement  is  provided  for  moving 
one  or  both  of  these  devices  between  their  respective 
positions.  The  moving  arrangement  includes  a  pivoting 
crank  and  a  lever  for  pivoting  it  located  adjacent  to  the 
accessible  end  of  the  drum.  When  the  moving  arrange- 
ment is  in  a  location  in  which  the  one  or  both  devices 
are  in  thtir  operating  positions,  the  lever  will  bloci  with- 
drawal of  the  drum  from  the  housing. 


so  il 


A  compact  portable  projection  viewer  for  microimages 
is  disclosed.  The  viewer  includes  a  projection  lamp,  means 
for  positioning  a  selected  microfiche  image  in  a  projection 
station,  and  an  Qptical  system  movable  between  a  com- 
pact storage  position  and  a  viewing  position  in  which  the 
image  is  projected  on  a  viewing  screen.  A  simple,  effec- 
tive focusing  system  is  included.  In  one  embodiment,  a 
parallel  rotatable  roller  system  is  provided  for  moving 
a  microfiche  sheet,  through  the  projection  station  in  a 
first  direction.  Means  are  provided  for  moving  the  roller 
assembly,  with  the  microfiche,  in  a  direction  perpendicular 
to  the  foA  direction.  Thus,  any  selected  microimages  on 
the  sheet  may  be  located  at  the  projection  station. 


ELECTROPHOTodnAPHIC  COPIER  WITH 
REMOVABLE  DRUM 
Herbert  Engcl,  Manich,  Karl  Hartwig,  Unterfaachlng,  and 
Gmttier   Sdmall,    Mmdch,    Germany,    assignors   to 
AgfahGcyaert  Aktfengcselbdiaft,  Lcverimsen,  Gennany 

Filed  Dec  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  96,939 

Claims  priflvlty,  ivpHcatioB  Germany,  Dec.  10,  1969, 

F  19  61  836.1 

bit  CL  G03g  15/00 

VS,  CL  355—3  10  Claims 


=T^ 

«£  ,;«!^ 


<t»3D  (?i  jj 


3,667,M1 

METHOD  OF  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  REPRODUC- 
ING A  COLORED  IMAGE  BY  ELECTROPHOTO- 
GRAPHIC MEANS 
Donald  Alexander  Ross,  Princeton,  N  J. 
i   RCA  Corporation,  New  York, 
'  Filed  Mar.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No. 
Int  CL  G03g  15/00. 13/00 
US.  CL  355—4  10  Claims 


A  xerographic  carrier  is  mounted  in  a  housing  for  travel 
in  a  predetermined  direction  and  has  an  exposed  lAoto- 
conductive  layer  which  is  adapted  to  be  imiformly  charged 
in  preparation  for  transfer  of  latent  images  to  the  layer. 
The  carrier  can  be  withdrawn  from  the  housing  in  a  pre- 
determined path.  It  is  usually  a  drum  mounted  on  a  sta- 
tionary shaft  in  the  housing.  A  developer  device  is 
mounted  in  the  housing  and  can  move  substantially 
radially  of  the  drum  between  a  position  engaging  the 
drum  for  discharging  onto  the  same  electroscopic  devel- 


NJ.,aarignqrto 
rk,N.Y;       I 
>.  22,912 


K       »uf^' 


V^7^ 


®r" 


An  electrophotographic  recording  element  is  exposed 
with  three  differently  colored  and  differently  oriented 
banded  images  in  register.  The  resultant  banded  latent 
image  of  each  of  the  color-banded  images  is  developed 
selectively  with  a  different  toner  of  a  complementary 
color  for  a  subtractive  process.  The  novel  apparatus  com- 
prises dichroic  reflectors  and  three  differently  oriented 
line  screens  for  simultaneously  projecting  three  illumina- 
tion patterns  of  the  colcH-ed  image  to  be  reproduced  with 
lights  of  three  primary  colors.  At  least  two  rotatable 
screw-type  toner  applicators  are  provided  for  developing 
the  bands  of  two  of  the  color-banded  images  thf  t  slant 
in  different  directions. 


3,667,842 
IMAGING  APPARATUS 

Armistead  Wharton,  Henrietta,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 
Xerox  Corporation,  Stamford,  Conn. 
1     Filed  Jane  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,948 
I  Int  CL  G03g  15/04 

U.S.  a.  355— 8  12  Claims 

A  scanning  optical  system  using  one  lens  that  [M'ojects 
multiple  distinct  images  of  portions  of  a  single  dbject  at 
predetermined  positions  along  the  path  of  a  moving  non- 
planar  receptor.  The  lens  projects  light  rays  that  are  di- 
vided by  strategically  placed  reflecting  surfaces.  The  input 
can  be  transparent  or  opaque  and  is  projectable  at  various 
magnifications.  Varying  processing  equipment  is  opera- 
tively  placed  along  the  path  of  the  moving  image  receptor. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


203 


In  a  machine  for  automatically  producing  images  from  3,667,844 

photoelectrophorctic  suspensions  using  a  cylindrical  trans-  MULTIPLE  MASKING  ATTACHMENT  FOR 

parent  image  receptor  which  is  exposed  and  re-exposed  PHOTO  EASEL 

Loyd  W.  Pittman,  St  Louis,  Mo.,  by  Rnth  Pittman, 

snniiing  spouse  and  heir  of  said  Pittman,  deceased 

Filed  Apr.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,663 

iBt  CL  G03b  27/55 

U.S.  CL  355—54  %  rui— 


during  one  cycle  of  rotation,  imaging  electrodes  are  placed 
at  the  predetermined  positions  where  the  multiple  images 
are  projected  from  the  object. 


3,667,843 

CONVEYOR  AND  PRINTER  MECHANISM 

George  K.  Czamiitow,  Rodiester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec.  12, 1969,  Ser.  No.  884,577 

Int  CL  G03b  29/00 

\5S,  CL  355—29  9  Claims 


An  interlock  is  provided  between  a  paper  advance 
roller  on  a  print  module,  which  print  module  is  slidable 
into  a  chassis  of  a  larger  unit,  such  as  a  reader-printer, 
and  a  conveyor  within  the  chassis  for  conveying  a  finished 
print  frwn  the  print  modulate  to  an  exit  slot.  The  inter- 
lock comprises  a  pair  of  similar  rotatable  couplers  which 
have  extending  lugs  that  are  engageable  with  each  other 
when  the  print  module  is  in  position  within  the  chassis. 
One  of  the  couplers  is  spring-biased  on  its  rotational  axis 
to  provide  relative  movement  if  the  lugs  engage  each 
other  head-on  during  movement  of  the  print  module  into 
the  chassis.  The  conveyor  provides  a  path  from  the  paper 
advance  device  to  the  exit  slot  and  includes  a  fixed  plate 
through  which  drive  rollers  extend  and  a  removable  plate 
parallel  thereto  through  which  pressure  rollers  extend 
which  are  spring-biased  against  the  drive  rollers. 


An  attachment  for  a  photo  easel,  the  device  comprising 
a  unit  incorporating  a  plurality  of  different  sized  windows 
so  that  the  device  may  be  used  as  a  masking  attachment 
for  exposing  only  preselected  confined  portions  of  a  sheet 
of  photographic  paper  for  printing  photographic  repro- 
ductions. 


3  667  845 
APPARATUS  FOR  HOLDING  TWO  FILMS  IN 
INTIMATE  CONTACT  WITH  EACH  OTHER 
Minard  A.  Lcavitt  Sepnlveda,  and  PonI  B.  Ronhmd,  El 
Toro,  Calif.,  asBignors  to  Cnticr-Hammcr,  Inc~  Mil- 
wanltec,  Wis. 
Continnatton-in>part  of  iqmiication  Ser.  No.  27,690, 

t^'}^*jr^'  ""*  ■PPMortion  Jane  15, 1970,  Ser. 
No*  46,430 

,T«  ^  Int  CL  G03b  27/20 

UA  CL  355—91  5  claims 


A  contact  printer  has  two  closely  spaced  adjacent  platens 
with  dissimilar  patterns  of  fluid  passages.  Fluid  is  forced 
through  the  passages  to  form  between  the  platens  and  the 
adjacent  fihn  surfaces  fluid  cushions  that  hold  the  films 
in  mtimate  contact  with  each  other.  The  passages  are  suflS- 
ciently  concentrated  and  so  arranged  to  support  the  fiiwyt 
between  the  platens  without  appreciable  lateral  movement 
In  the  preferred  embodiment,  the  platens  are  slabs  of 
microporous  material.  In  another  embodiment,  the  platens 
are  slabs  of  nonporous  material  having  discrete  holes. 


3  667  846 

OPTICAL  SURFACE  INSPECHON  APPARATUS 

ClurlM  Nater,  1519  Broolnralc  Drire,  San  Jose,  CaHf. 

ai^AS  'SS?  "^  "^ '"» "^'  -*•  '^ 

FOed  July  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  845,163 
.Tc  ^   ,.,  Int  CL  GOlb  i;/iO 

VS.  CL  356—120  9  Claims 

An  apparatus  for  optically  detecting  microscopic  irregu- 
larities or  relative  elevational  variations  in  or  of  a  mate- 
nal  surface  comprising  a  means  for  illuminating  a  micro- 
scopic area  of  the  surface  to  be  monitored  or  evaluated 
an  optical  detector  means  which  produces  an  output  signal 
responsive  to  the  position  of  a  light  spot  cast  thereupon, 
and  an  optical  lens  system  for  imaging  the  illuminated  sur- 
face area  onto  the  detector  means.  Preferably,  both  the 
lUununaUng  means  and  the  imaging  lens  system  have  their 


204 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTTE 


mT] 


June  6,  1972 


optical  axes  angularly  disposed  relative  to  the  work  sur- 
face so  that  a  change  in  the  elevation  of  the  illuminated 


surface  area  will  produce  a  shift  in  the  position  of  the 
spot  imaged  onto  the  detector. 


to  a  semiconductor  flip  chip  substrate.  An  aligmaent  de- 
vice which  has  an  approximately  right-angle  set  of  mir- 
rors is  inserted  between  the  solder  balls  of  the  semicon- 
ductor flip  chip  and  the  bonding  pads  of  the  semiconduc- 
tor flip  chip  substrate,  so  as  to  align  the  solder  balls  of 
the  semiconductor  flip  chip  in  relation  to  the  bonding  pads 
of  the  semiconductor  flip  chip  substrate.  Optical  means  is 
provided  within  the  alignment  device  so  as  to  present  the 
super-positioning  of  the  images  of  the  solder  balls  of  the 
semiconductor  flip  chip  in  relation  to  the  bonding  pads 
of  the  semiconductor  flip  chip  substrate.  After  the  solder 
balls  of  the  semiconductor  flip  chip  have  been  aligned 
in  relation  to  the  bonding  pads  of  the  semiconductor  flip 
chip  substrate,  the  alignment  device  is  removed  from 
therebetween.  Subsequently,  the  solder  balls  of  the  semi- 
conductor flip  chip  may  be  pressed  against  the  4>onding 
pads  of  the  semiccMiductor  flip  chip  substrate. 


3,667,847 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  INVESTIGATION 

OF  PROJECTILE  FLIGHT 
WflUam  C.  GffifiB,  Ridgecrest,  Califs  aasignor  to  the 
United  Stitcs  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Navy 

Filed  Aug.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,368 

Int.  CL  GOlb  19/34 

VS,  a.  35^—138  1  Chdm 


A  device  comprising  two  intersecting  planar  mirrors  is 
placed  adjacent  to  the  flight  path  of  a  projectile  with  the 
line  of  intersection  of  the  two  mirrors  normal  to  the  line 
of  sight  of  a  camera.  The  angle  at  which  the  mirrors  in- 
tersect is  chosen  to  provide  five  separate  images  visible  in 
a  single  photograph  made  of  the  projectile  by  the  camera. 


3,667,848 

SEMICONDUCTOR  CHIP  BONDING  METHOD 

John  O.  Pcrdval,  Dayton,  OUo,  assignor  to  The  National 

Cash  Register  Company,  Dayton,  Oiiio 

Filed  Feb.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  7,648 

Int  a.  GOlb  11/26 

U.S.  CL  356—153  1  Oatan 


The  present  invention  relates  to  a  method  and  appara- 
tus for  aligning  and  bonding  a  semiconductor  flip  chip 


3,667,849 

LASER  PLUMMET  LEVEL 

Robert  L.  Appier,  ElUcott  aty,  and  Hobcrt  H.  Hoehn, 

Laortl,  Mdn  assignon  to  Optic  Sciences  Corporation, 

Cohimbia,  Md. 

Filed  Oct.  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  871,922 

Int.  a.  GOlb  11/26 

US.  Cl«  356 — 152  51  Claims 


A  precision  surveying  instrument  which  projects  orthog- 
onal laser  beam  as  datum  references,  the  beams  being  per- 
pendicular and  parallel  respectively  to  the  local  gravity 
vector  to  provide  fixed  horizontal  and/or  vertical  refer- 
ences from  which  measurements  can  be  made.  Sensors  of 
many  forms,  depending  on  the  accuracy  required,  can 
probe  these  beams  along  their  lengths  to  align  a  series  of 
components  or  to  measure  deviations  therefrom.  No  op- 
erator handling  is  necessary  after  the  initial  set-up  and 
inadvertent  compromise  of  the  datum  is  avoided. 


3,667,850 

FLARE  RADIOMETER 
Chester  L.  Smith,  Lake  Hopatcong,  and  Louis  R.  Szabo, 
landing,  N  J.,  assignors  to  the  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica aa  r^vsented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Army 
FUed  Nor.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  91,896 
Int.  CL  GOlj  3/50 


U.S.C 


356—186 


CUdms 


A  compact,  inexpensive  radiometer  analyzes  incoming 
light  from  a  flare  or  other  source  and  gives  a  rapid  read- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


205 


out  as  to  the  output  of  the  light  source  in  all  of  the  var- 
ious bands  and  pass-bands  of  the  spectnmi. 


3,667,851 

MEASURING  SYSTEM  FOR  AN  ANALYTICAL 

CENTRIFUGE 

Rasmus  Strandc  Aim,  Osteras,  Norway,  assignor  to  Norsit 

Hydro-Elelttrist  Kvaelstofaktieselsluio,  Oslo,  Norway 

FUed  Jan.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  970 

Ciahns  priority,  application  Norway,  Jan.  6,  1969,  39/69 

Int  CL  GOln  15/04 
VS.  CL  356—197  10  Claims 


A  measuring  system  for  an  analytical  centrifuge  having 
a  rotor  with  two  or  more  preferably  swinging  sedimenta- 
tion cells  to  be  scanned  by  light  passage.  The  scanning 
means  has  a  preferably  adjustable  and  preferably  curved 
optical  slit  through  wliich  the  light  passes  to  reach  the 
rotor  and  traverses  a  radially  extending  slit  located  in 
front  of  each  sedimentation  cell.  A  cathode  ray  tube  with 
a  vertical  deflection  system  has  applied  thereto  signals 
generated  by  the  light  beam  passing  through  the  sedimen- 
tation cells.  A  synchronizing  means  causes  the  horizon- 
tal deflection  in  the  cathode  ray  tube  according  to  the 
light  scanning  of  each  separate  cell  during  the  rotation 
of  the  rotor.  Trigger  means  has  one  or  more  members 
rotating  with  the  rotor  cooperating  with  one  or  more 
stationary  members  making  possible  simultaneous  observa- 
tion or  registration  of  the  measuring  curve  for  two  or 
more  arbitrarily  chosen  sedimentation  cells  on  the  cathode 
ray  tube. 

--  3,667,852 

CAR  WASHING  ASSEMBLY  WHH  PRESSURIZED 

WA1ER  SUPPLY 

Frank  E.  Mayden,  Springfield,  IlL,  assignor  of  a  fractional 

part  fatferest  to  Theresa  E.  MiQrden,  SptingflehL  DL 

FUed  Oct  1,  1970,  Ser.  No.  77,294 

_,^  _  Int  a.  A411  ii/25 

VS.  CL  401—263  4  Claims 


A  fountain  type  wand  defining  a  handle  at  one  end  and 
having  a  panel-like  head  at  its  other  end  of  greater  length 
than  width  and  disposed  transverse  to  the  longitudinal 
axis  of  the  wand.  The  head  is  mounted  on  the  wand  for 
oscillation  about  an  axis  extending  transversely  of  the 
wand  and  generally  paralleling  the  longitudinal  center  line 
of  the  head.  An  endwise  outwardly  opening  U-shaped 


the  handle  and  tht  head  is  oscillatably  supported  between 
the  free  ends  of  the  legs  of  the  U-shaped  frame.  A  soft 
cover  is  provided  for  the  head  and  is  constructed  <rf  a 
material  through  which  fluids  may  pass  and  which  is  capa- 
ble of  retaining  a  given  quantity  (rf  fluids  in  the  manner 
of  a  ^xmge.  The  cover  not  only  covers  the  head  but  also 
one  side  of  the  supporting  frame  and  the  head  is  in  the 
form  of  a  manifold  to  which  cleaning  fluids  imder  pres- 
sure may  be  supplied  and  includes  outlet  openings  opening 
outwardly  of  the  side  of  the  frame  which  is  covered  by 
the  soft  cover.  Further,  the  cover  is  provided  with  an 
opening  in  registry  with  the  outlet  openings  in  the  head 
whereby  water  and  other  cleaning  fluids  may  be  discharged 
from  the  manifold  in  jet  fashion  without  passing  tluough 
the  material  oi  the  cover. 


3,M7,8S3 

LIQUID  FEED  CONTROL  FOR  CLEANING 

APPARATUS 

Donald  N.  Smytit,  South  Plympttm,  South  Australia, 
Australia,  assignor  to  S.A.  Bmsh  Company,  Limited, 
Albert  Park,  Soatfa  An8tadh^  AnstraUa 
Original  application  Ang.  13, 1968,  Ser.  No.  752,284,  now 
Patent  No.  3,583,818,  dated  June  8,.  1971.  Divided 
and  this  iq>pUcation  Oct  28,  1970,  Ser.  No.  84,638 
Clafans  priority,  ap^cation  Australia,  Aug.  25,  1967, 

26,399/67 

Int  a.  A46b  11/04 

VS.  CL  401—291  4  Oafans 


^>f 


A  liquid  feed  control  for  liquid  shampoo  apparatus 
wherein  the  liquid  shampoo  is  fed  to  the  cleaning  members 
from  a  liquid  shampoo  container  whose  outlet  is  formed 
as  a  weir  situated  above  the  normal  level  of  Uquid  in  the 
container  so  that  during  shampooing  operations  the  inertia 
of  the  liquid  causes  flow  of  liquid  over  the  weir  onto  the 
cleaning  members. 


3,667,854 

BINDER  FOR  A  SUSPENSION  FILE 

F^ank  D.  Jonas,  Oyster  Bay,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Oxford 

Pendaflex  Corporation,  Garden  aty,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68J21 

laLCL^U  3/00, 15/00 

VS.  CL  402—17  1  Oahn 


A  binder  for  retaining  loose  pages  is  adapted  to  be 
stored  in  a  conventional  suspension  file  when  the  binder 


frame  is  supported  from  the  end  of  the  wand  remote  from  is  not  in  use.  Hook  shaped  members  project  outwardly 


206 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TT] 


June  S,  1972 


from  the  ^ine  of  each  leaf  of  the  binder  for  engaging 
parallelly  extending  suspension  rails. 


3,M7,855 
PORTABLE  DRILL  GUIDE 
ADaa   O.   DooglaM,   5635   Kansas   Are.    68110,   and 
Robert  F.  Douglass,  5708  WlUtt  St.    68152,  both  of 
Omaha,  Ncbr. 

Flkd  Sent  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  76,469 

bt  CL  B23b  45/14 

VS,  CL  408—114  6  Claims 


spade-like  drilling  edges  at  one  end  thereof  from  which 
spiraling  grooves  extend  toward  the  other  end  to  provide 
helical  cutting  edges  circumferentially  spaced  from  one 
another  by  the  grooves.  Two  diametrically  opposed 
grooves  are  deeper  than  the  remaining  grooves,  and  all 


rr-F. 


A  portable  drill  guide  comprising  attachment  means 
adapted  to  be  anchored  to  a  work-piece  and  on  which  a 
hand  lever  control  rack  and  pinion  is  mounted,  an  el<Mi- 
gated  frame  means  attached  to  the  outer  end  of  the  rack 
bar  in  a  manner  for  the  adjustable  positioning  of  the 
frame  means  so  that  a  far  end  thereof  can  be  fixed  in  a 
position  closer  or  farther  from  the  rack  bar  and  so  that 
the  frame  means  can  be  positioned  anywhere  in  a  plane 
at  a  right  angle  to  the  rack  bar,  the  far  end  of  the  frame 
means  rotatably  supporting  and  guiding  a  power  drill 
assembly. 

SMALL  POINT  RETRACTABLE  BORING  TOOL 

Robert  W.  Walker,  Detroit,  Mich.,  assignor  to 

The  Valeron  Corporation 

FDcd  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,152 

bt  CL  B23b  29/034 

VS,  CL  408—158  9  Claims 


je 


A  boring  tool  with  means  for  adjusting  a  single  point 
boring  bar  to  change  its  cutting  diameter  and  which  in- 
cludes a  housing  support  receptive  of  the  tool  shank  there- 
within,  spaced  bearing  supports,  and  means  acting  on  the 
bar  between  the  bearing  supports  to  flex  the  shank  and 
change  the  relative  location  of  its  cutting  point,  particu- 
larly including  a  linear  actuating  rod  adapted  to  effect 
the  change  through  actuation  from  the  supported  end  of 
the  tool  and  while  it  is  in  service. 


grooves  spiral  in  the  same  direction  and  at  the  same 
pitch.  The  cutting  edges  are  interrupted  by  notches  spaced 
longitudinally  of  the  cutting  edges  to  form  cutting  teeth, 
the  notches  sinraling  about  the  tool  body  in  th*  same  di- 
rection as  the  grooves,  but  at«  steeper  {Htch. 


3,667,857 

COMBINED  DRILL  AND  REAMER 

CONSTRUCTION 

Milo  W.  Shaner,  Bridgeport,  and  Robert  S.  Cave,  Bay 

City,  Mich.,  assignors  to  National  Twist  Drill  &  Tool 

Co.,  Rochester,  Mich.  ^ 

FDed  Oct  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,625 

Int  CL  B23b  51/08 

VS.  CL  408—230  13  Claims 

A  rotary  cutting  tool  combining  the  characteristics  of  a 

drill  and  a  reamer  has  a  cylindrical  body  provided  with 


3,667,858 

CONDUIT  REAMING  MEANS 

Andrew  Bain,  2440  Greenwich  St., 

San  nirndsco,  Calif.    94123 
Filed  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,659 
Int  CL  B23d  77/12 
U.S.  CL,  408—229  10 


uu 


Claims 


Means  are  provided  for  reaming  out  a  hollow  elon- 
gated conduit  containing  wires  extending  therethrough 
and  out  one  end  (hereof.  The  means  includes  a  housing 
having  a  /hollow  cavity  and  separable  into  two  parts  so 
that  the  wires  can  be  placed  along  the  cavity  and  the 
two  parts  locked  together.  The  housing  includes  a 
conically-shaped  reaming  portion  which  is  then  extended 
into  the  conduit  and  the  inner  wall  of  the  conduit  can  be 
reamed  without  removing  the  wires  therefrom. 


3,667,859 
HYDRAULIC  SYSTEMS 
Inge  Kore  Dragsund  and  Erling  M.  Naas,  Brattvag,  Nor- 
way, assignors  to  A/S  Hydranllk  Brattvaag,  Brattvag, 
Norway 

FUed  July  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,083  ^ 

ClaiiBs  priority,  application  Norway,  July  25, 1969, 

j  3,076/69  I 

I        Int  CL  F04d  27/00;  F04b  <#9/0O        I 

\5JS.  CL  415—148  8  Claims 

Hydraulic  systems  of  the  low  pressure  type  which 

comprise  a  pump  driving  a  motor,  the  working  medium 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


207 


supply  and  discharge  of  which  is  controlled  by  a  hand-   the  drive  shaft  having  an  end  portion  extending  exterioriy 
operated  control  valve,  said  systems  being  provided  with    of  the  machine  casing. 


^  3,667,860 

DIFFUSER  VALVE  MECHANISM  FOR 
CENTRIFUGAL  GAS  COMPRESSOR 
James  W.  Endrcas,  Syracuse,  Edson  H.  Byms,  Fayette- 
ville,  and  Carl  M.  Anderson,  Syracuse,  N.Y.,  assignors 
to  Carrier  Corporation,  Syracuse,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  19,200 

Int  CL  F04d  75/00,  27/00 

U.S.  CL  415—150  7  Claims 


An  annular  support  member  is  fixedly  mounted  con- 
centrically of  the  impeller  and  has  an  annular  surface 
forming  one  side  wall  of  the  diffuser  passage.  A  sleeve 
valve  is  mounted  at  the  bore  of  the  support  member  for 
movement  transversely  of  the  diffuser  passage.  A  valve 
actuating  mechanism  is  carried  by  the  support  member 
and  operable  exteriorly  of  the  machine  casing  for  moving 
the  valve  transversely  of  the  diffuser  passage.  The  valve 
actuating  mechanism  includes  a  plurality  of  crankshafts 
joumaled  for  rotation  in  the  support.  A  drive  shaft  is 
provided  to  effect  rotation  of  the  crankshafts  in  imison, 


3  667  861 
WIND  VANE  CONTROLLING  DIRECTION 

AND  BRAKE  MEANS 

Albert  A.  Parish,  Earth,  Tex.,  assi^ior  to  KJM.P. 

Lake  Pump  Mfg.  Co.,  Earth,  Tex. 

Filed  May  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,590 

,,„  ^  Int  a.  F03b  7/00 

UA  CL  416-14  2  Oaims 


an  automatically  controlled  by-pass  passage  from  motor 
to  pump.  The  passage  opening  in  said  by-pass  passage  is 
controlled  by  pressure  of  oil  in  an  area  between  the  slide 
of  the  control  valve  and  the  motor. 


A  windmill  including  a  base  and  a  rotary  blade  structure 
joumalled  from  the  base  for  rotation  about  a  horizontal 
axis.  The  base  includes  a  rearwardly  displaced  upstanding 
tail  vane  depending  and  joumalled  from  a  shaft  parallel- 
ing and  spaced  to  one  side  of  the  blade  structure  axis  of 
rotation.  The  base  is  supported  for  rotation  about  an 
upstanding  axis  laterally  spaced  to  the  other  side  of  the 
axis  of  rotation  of  the  rotary  blade  structure,  and  is  pro- 
vided with  brake  structure  operable  on  the  blade  structure 
and  actuated  by  the  tail  vane  upcm  swinging  (rf  the  tail 
vane  from  a  vertical  position  toward  a  hcmzontal  posi- 
ti(Mi. 


3,667,862 

BLADE  INSPECTION  SYSTEM  AND  METHOD 

Robert  A.  Pair,  Linwood,  Pa.,  aa^nor  to  The  Bodns 

Company,  Seatde,  Wash. 

Piled  Dec  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,419 

-TO  ^     -  Int  a  B64c  27/-^5 

UA  CL  416-61  11  ciain„ 


There  is  disclosed  a  method  and  system  for  inspecting 
a  rotor  blade  to  detect  the  presence  of  a  crack  in  the 
blade  spar.  A  liner,  preferably  made  of  a  material  of 
low  permeability  and  in  the  shape  of  a  sleeve  or  bag  is 
placed  inside  the  spar.  The  sleeve  is  spaced  from  the 
spar  along  its  entire  length  by  means  of  a  bleeder  cloth 
and  means  are  provided  for  evacuating  the  area  occupied 
by  the  bleeder.  A  pressure  sensitive  device  is  hermetically 
coupled  to  the  evacuated  area  for  testing  and  monitoring 
the  pressure  within  that  area.  If  a  crack  develops  in  the 
spar,  air  will  enter  the  evacuated  area  resulting  in  a  loss 
of  vacuum  which  will  be  detected  by  the  pressure  sen- 
sitive device. 


208 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,^7,863 

ROTOR  HUB  AND  BLADE  ATTACHMENTS 

Gerald  L.  Bremier,  50  Melody  Lane, 

Oiinda,  CaUf  .    94563 

Filed  Feb.  3, 197f ,  Ser.  No.  8,232 

iBt  CL  B«4c  27/3% 


and  closed  by  a  valve  plug  member  (14,  14')  including 
a  portioa  (16,  16')  adapted  to  close  the  orifice  and  a 
softer  portion  (15, 15')  adapted  to  penetrate  into  said  port 


UA  a.  416—138 


8  Claimf 


This  invention  relates  to  an  improved  attachment  for  a 
rotor  blade  in  a  rotating  wing  aircraft  having  a  semi- 
rigid rotor  system.  More  particularly,  the  invention  pro- 
vides a  low  cost,  lightweight,  low  maintenance  rotor 
system  embodying  all  of  the  desired  characteristics  of  the 
semi-rigid  hub  but  with  a  minimum  chance  of  fatigue 
or  failure. 

3,667,864 
AIR-  OR  GAS-MOVING  EQUIPMENT  FOR  USE 
WITH    HEAT    EXCHANGE     AND/OR     GAS- 
SCRUBBING  APPARATUS 
Edumiid  Murphy,  La  Spezia,  Italy,  aarignor  to  Cooling 
DeTclopmeiit  \jiA^  Laccne,  Swttzcrlaiid 
FIM  May  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  35,357 
Claims  priority,  ^ipUcation  Great  Brttaln,  May  14,  1969,. 

24,507/69 

bit  CL  P04b  17100,  35/00;  F24h  3/02 

U.S.  a.  417—53  13  Claims 


for  keeping  it  clean  from  concrete  particles,  said  valve 
plug  member  being  moved  in  time  sequence  with  respect 
to  valves  for  introducing  compressed  air  in  said  chambers 
and  discharging  concrete  therefrom. 


AIR  COMPRESSOR 

Uwis  Riditer,  1414  E.  29tli  St, 

Dcs  Moines,  Iowa    50317 

Filed  Mar.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  16,524 

lot  CI.  F04b  23/14 

VS.  a.  417—203  10  Clalflu 


Air-  or  gas-moving  equipment  for  a  heat  exchange  or 
gas-scrubbing  apparatus  comprises  a  plurality  of  air-  or 
gas-moving  units,  each  comprising  a  fluid  operated  turbine 
and  a  fan  coupled  to,  so  as  to  be  driven  by,  the  turbine,  the 
turbines  being  connected  in  series  for  operation  by  a 
conunon  operating  fluid  supply.  The  equipment  may  com- 
prise a  number  of  independent  sets  of  series-connected 
units,  the  sets  either  being  connectible  in  series  to  a  com- 
mon operating  fluid  supply,  or  each  set  connectible  inde- 
pendently to  a  conunon  operating  fluid  supply  or  each  set 
connectible  to  a  separate  independent  supply  or  two  or 
more  sets  may  be  series-connected  to  one  fluid  supply  and 
another  set  or  sets  to  another  fluid  supply. 


3,667,865 
COMPRESSED  AIR  PUMP,  PARTICULARLY  FOR 

CONCRETE 
Gioyamii  Faldl,  Via  Por  S.  Maria  4,  Florence,  Italy 
FUed  Jan.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  2,512 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Jan.  24,  1969, 
11,982/69 
bit  CL  F04b  15/02:  F04f  3/36;  F16k  3/36 
U.S.  CI.  417—122  6  Claims 

A  pump  for  concrete  operated  by  compressed  air  com- 
prises two  chambers  (1,  1')  in  each  of  which  the  con- 
crete is  fed  through  a  valve  port  (4,  4')  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  chamber,  which  port  is  sequentially  opened 


A  powered  shaft  having  a  propeller,  draws  air  into  a 
passageway  through  which  the  shaft  extends  and  the  pas- 
sageway has  an  outlet  in  conununication  with  a  com- 
pressed air  chamber.  Air  is  moved  through  the  passage- 
way outlet  by  an  air  transfer  means  which  includes  a 
stationary  plate  having  circularly  arranged  teeth  covered 
by  a  plate  on  the  shaft  which  includes  a  rotataUe  gear 
registering  with  the  teeth.  An  opening  through  the  two 
plates  communicates  at  times  with  at  least  one  of  the 
teeth  cavities  which  is  sealed  as  the  rotatable  plate  moves 
over  the  cavity  whereupon  it  is  then  exposed  to  the  com- 
pressed air  chamber  and  forced  out  by  the  teeth  on  the 
gear  which  then  leaves  a  vacuum  in  the  cavities  to  re- 
ceive additional  air  from  the  opening  communicating 
with  the  passageway  whereupon  the  cycle  is  repeated.  The 
air  may  be  totally  drawn  into  the  passageway  by  the 
propeller  or  may  enter  as  a  result  of  external  pressures 
for  which  appropriate  inlet  openings  are  provided.  A 
flywheel  may  also  be  provided  on  the  powered  shaft  to 
assist  in  the  rotation  thereof  and  in  the  sealing  of  the 
rotatable  plate.  Vanes  may  also  be  provided  on  the  pow- 
ered shaft  in  the  outlet  opening  of  the  compressed  air 
chamber  to  further  assist  in  the  turning  of  the  shaft  as 
air  is  released  from  the  chamber. 


Juke  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


209 


3,667,867 
HYDRAULIC  APPARATUS 
Kenneth  Raymond  Boydell,  Bredons  Hardwidt,  near 
TewkeslMiry,  and  John  diristopber  Eglington  Flint 
Ciialford  Hill,  Stroud,  England,  assignors  to  Dowty 
Technical  Developments  Limited,  BrocUiampton  Parl(, 
Brockhampton,  Cheltenham,  Eni^and 

FUed  Sept  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  859,297 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Sept  21,  1968, 

44,989/68 

Int  a.  F04b  1/26:  FOlb  13/04 

U.S.  a.  417—222  10  Claims 


o   '? 


A  variable-displacement  pump  or  motor  including  a 
displacement-varying  member  on  which  a  restoring  force 
operates  to  urge  it  to  one  displacement  limit,  a  hydraulic 
servo-cylinder  containing  a  piston  and  a  control  tmit,  the 
piston  being  connected  to  adjust  the  displacement  varying 
member  and  the  control  unit  fitting  into  the  servo-cylinder 
to  co-operate  with  a  high  pressure  port  in  the  servo-cylin- 
der and  operating  to  generate  a  control  pressure  in  the 
working  space  to  cause  adjustment  of  the  displacement 
varying  member. 

3,667,868 

RADIAL  PISTON  PUMP 

Rudolf  Brunner,  Baldham,  Germany,  assignor  to  Messrs. 

Hcilmeier  &  Wchnlein,  Munich,  Germany 

Filed  Feb.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  8,681 

Claims  priori^,  application  Germany,  Feb.  11,  1969, 

P  19  06  773J;  Switzerland,  Jan.  28, 1970, 1,202/70 

Int  CI.  F04b  1/04.  23/06 

UA  CL  417—273  13  Claims 


3,667,869 

DUAL  CYLINDER-CONCRETE  PUMP 

Kari  Schlecht,  91  Echterdingerstrasse,  D-7024 

Bemfaausen-Stuttgart  Germany 

FUed  Feb.  26, 1971»  Ser.  No.  119,182 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  4,  1970, 

P  20  10  112.6 

Int  a.  F04b  17/00,  35/00. 23/04.  41/06. 15/02 

UJ5.  a.  417—346  8  Claims 


There  is  disclosed  a  dual  cylinder-concrete  pump  in 
which  each  of  the  two  conveying  cylinders  is  operatively 
associated  with  a  positively  controlled  three-way  valve 
operatively  associated  with  each  conveying  cylinder  for 
the  selective  connection  of  each  such  conveying  cylinder 
with  a  filling  funnel  and  a  conveying  coiiduit  or  line. 
According  to  the  invention  a  third  three-way  valve  is 
arranged  between  the  discharge  openings  of  both  three- 
way  valves  associated  with  the  conveying  cylinders  and 
the  aforesaid  conveying  conduit. 


3,667,870 
MOTOR  DRIVEN  PUMP 
Ynji  Yoshida,  Neyagawa,  and  Noriyosi  Asada  and  Takao 
Fnnatsn,  Hirakata-sfai,  Japan,  assignors  to  Matsushita 
.   Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan 

FUed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Ser.  No.  103,368 
Clabns  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  Jan.  9,  1970, 
45/3,059;  Feb.  19,  1970,  45/14,674,  45/14,675, 
45/14,676,   45/14,678,   45/14,679,   45/14,681, 
45/14  682 

Int  CL  F04b  17/00.  35/04;  H02k  1/32.  9/00 
VS,  CL  417—357  12  Claims 


t2a^ 


A  rotary  piston  pump  is  adapted  to  pump  hydraulic 
fluid.  A  shaft,  having  eccentric  cams,  is  rotated  in  bear- 
ings. The  cams  act  against  pistons  acting  within  cylinder 
blocks.  The  pistons  may  be  spring-loaded.  The  cylinder 
blocks  are  arranged  in  rows  forming  an  asterisk  (star) 
shape  about  the  shaft.  Two  rows  sandwich  a  base  plate 
having  an  outlet  manifold.  The  casing  members  are 
clamped  by  bolts  and  the  casing  members  clamp  the 
rows  of  cylinder  blocks  and  base  plate. 


A  motor  driven  pump  comprising  a  stator  chamber  and 
a  rotor  chamber  separated  from  each  other  by  means  of 
a  cylindrical  sleeve,  a  hollow  rotor  shaft  carried  by  a 
bearing  block  fixed  in  said  cylindrical  sleeve,  and  a  pump 
impeller  secured  to  the  tip  end  of  said  hollow  rotor  shaft, 
the  hollow  interior  of  said  rotor  being  communicating  with 
main  liquid  flow. 


210 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3  667  871 
_  CONTACT  STRUCTURES  FX)R   VACUUM-TYPE 
CIRCUIT  INTERRUPTERS  HAVING  RADIALLY 
OUTWARDLY-EXTENDING  SPOKES 
Richard  L.  Hnndsted,  FUMnit^  Pa.,  assignor  to  West- 
inghonse  Electik  Coqwration,  Pittsborsh,  Pa. 
FUed  Feb.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  797,930 
Int  CI.  HOlh  33/66 
U.S.  CL  200—144  B  12  aaims 


June    J,  1972 


I 

an  elongated  column  member  suitably  mounted  on  a 
support  and  extending  downwardly  into  a  body  of  water 
and  having  a  diffusing  member,  a  submersible  mcvtor  and 
an  upwardly  directed  propeller  associated  with  the  motor, 
all  being  mounted  adjacent  a  lower  end  of  the  column 
member  whereby  operation  of  the  propeller  and  the  dif- 
fusing member  effect  an  upwardly  and  outwardly  diffused 


The  contact  structure  of  a  vacuum-type  circuit  inter- 
rupter is  provided  with  radially-outwardly  extending 
spokes,  or  contact  bars,  extending  outwardly  from  a  cen- 
tral primary  contact  region.  The  arc  is  initiated  at  the 
primary  contacting  surfaces  adjacent  the  central  point  of 
the  separable  contact  structure,  and,  because  of  the 
provision  of  the  outwardly  extending  spokes,  the  arc  is 
moved  outwardly  to  the  arc-dissipation  surfaces  which 
extend  to  the  outer  periphery  of  the  contacts.  The  arc  is 
rapidly  moved  outwardly,  and  the  primary  arcing  surfaces 
are  thereby  prevented  from  becoming  eroded. 


flow  in  the  body  of  water  thereby  moving  warmer  sub- 
surface water  to  the  surface  and  effecting  a  circulation 
that  provides  aeration  thereof  and  decreasing  stratification 
and  more  uniform  temperature  of  the  body  of  water  and 
the  water  is  moved  with  a  velocity  of  flow  sufficient  to 
substantially  eliminate  adherence  of  bamacles^o  surfaces 
within  the  body  of  water. 


3,667,872 

AIR  CIRCULATING  DEVICE 

Harry  B.  Norman,  7803  S.  Saginaw  Ave., 

Chicago,  in.    60649 

Filcd  Jan.  7, 1971,  Ser.  No.  104,651 

Int  CL  FOld  1/02;  F04b  17/00.  35/04 


VS.  CL  417—423 


.  3,667,874 

TWOSTAGE  COMPRESSOR  HAVING  INTER- 
ENGAGING  ROTARY  MEMBERS 
Roger  C.   Weathcrston,   WUUamsviUe,  and  Geofge   R. 
Dnryea,  Boffalo,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Cornell  Aeronau- 
tiaU  Laboratory,  Inc^  Builalo,  N.Y. 

I   FUed  July  24,  1970,  Ser.  No.  58,009 


6  Claims    VS.  C\.  418—9 


Int.  CL  FOlc  1/18. 1/30 


3  Claims 


An  air  circulating  device  having  a  single  electric  motor 
to  rotate  blades  coimected  perpendicular  to  and  between 
two  parallel  rotating  plates  driven  by  the  motor.  The 
blades  intersect  on  one  edge  to  define  a  centerline  about 
which  the  blades  rotate.  An  enclosure  is  provided  to  en- 
close the  air  circulating  device.  The  enclosure  has  an  air 
inlet  at  the  lower  rear  of  the  enclosure  and  a  manually  or 
automatically  adjustable  air  outlet  at  the  top  of  the  front 
of  the  enclosure. 


^ 


\ 


3,667,873 
WATER  MOVING  APPARATUS  FOR  DESTRATI- 
nCATION,  ICE  REDUCTION  AND  BARNACLE 
CONTROL 

Roy  A.  Cramer,  Jr.,  %  Anchormatic,  1020  E.  79th 
Terrace,  Kansas  City,  Mo.     64131 
FUed  Nov.  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  85,898 
bit  a.  BOlf  5/12;  E02b  3/00;  F04b  17/00 
UA  CL  417-424  9  Claims 

A  water  moving  apparatus  for  destratification,  ice  re- 
duction and  barnacle  control  in  a  body  of  water  includes 


•N 


T?r^^5;^SSmS^ 


'^^ 


5YP 


-1 


2 
1 


A  two-staged  Roots  type  compressor  having  a  housing 
separated  into  two  compartments  by  a  partition,  each 
compartment  containing  a  working  chamber  having 
rotary  mating  impellers  therein,  inlets  to  each  chamber 
and  outlets  from  each  chamber,  passages  in  the  partition 
communicating  the  outlet  of  one  chamber  with  the  inlet 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


211 


of  the  other  chamber,  a  valved  passage  in  the  partition 
communicating  the  inlets  of  each  chamber,  the  impellers 
of  each  chamber  being  mounted  on  common  shafts. 


3,667,875 

PUMP 

Chan  Yoen  lik.  Lot  5030,  Hong  Kong 

FUed  Jan.  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  939 

CbOnu  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jan.  7,  1969, 

950/69 

Int.  CL  F04c  1/02 

VS.  CI.  418—56  1  Claim 


The  invention  provides  a  pump  having  a  pumping 
action  similar  to  that  of  a  sliding  vane  rotary  pump,  but 
which  has  a  non-rotary  pumping  element.  The  pump 
comprises  a  cylindrical  pump  chamber  having  an  inlet 
port  and  an  outlet  port,  a  cylindrical  pumping  element 
disposed  within  said  pump  chamber  said  pumping  ele- 
ment being  of  a  diameter  less  than  that  of  the  pump  cham- 
ber, a  tongue  engaged  within  a  recess  formed  in  the  pe- 
riphery of  said  pump  chamber  between  said  inlet  and 
outlet  ports  said  tongue  being  in  operative  association 
with  said  pumping  operation,  a  cam  or  eccentric  rotat- 
ably  engaged  within  a  bore  of  said  pumping  element, 
and  a  drive  shaft  carrying  said  cam  or  eccentric  jour- 
nalled  in  bearings  of  the  pump  chamber. 


3,667,876 
ROTARY  FLUID  FLOW  MACHINES 
Michael  David  Boyd,  Fbit  3,  136  Anderson  St, 
South  Yarra,  Victoria,  Australia 
'    Contimiation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  826,046, 
May  2,  1969.  This  appUcation  Dec.  21,  1970,  Ser. 
No.  99,975 

Int  a.  F02b  53/00 
VS.  CL  418—68  22  Claims 


strained  by  engagement  between  the  two  end  surfaces 
for  movement  in  the  cavity  of  the  type  involving  a  first 
axial  rotational  component  of  motion  and  a  second  axial 
reciprocatory  component.  Between  each  pair  of  cooperat- 
ing end  surfaces,  a  plurality  of  chambers  is  defined,  the 
volumes  of  which  undergo  cyclic  variation  when  the 
annular  member  undergoes  such  movement  The  annular 
member  is  afRxed  to  a  cylindrical  sleeve  which  defines 
two  axial  cylindrical  extensions  to  the  member,  one  to 
either  axial  side  thereof,  one  cylindrical  surface  of  the 
sleeve  slidingly  engaging  one  cylindrical  surface  of  the 
axial  member.  The  body  is  provided  with  ports  defined 
by  root  portions  of  the  undulating  surfaces  on  the  body 
and  cooperating  transverse  edges  of  the  sleeve  extensions, 
and  communication  between  the  ports  and  the  respective 
chambers  is  controlled  by  the  sleeve  during  reciprocating 
motion  thereof. 

3,667,877 
RADIAL  SEAL  FOR  A  ROTARY  PISTON  INTERNAL 

COMBUSTION  ENGINE 
Heinz  Lamm,  Esslingen-St.  Bernhardt  Germany,  assignor 
to    Daimler-Benz   Aktiengesellschaft,   Stuttgart-Unter- 
tnrkheim,  Germany 

nied  Oct  24, 1969,  Ser.  No.  869,097 

Claims  priority,  q»pUcation  Germany,  Oct  25,  1968, 

P  18  05  040.3 

Int  a.  FOlc  19/02;  F03c  5/00;  F04c  27/00 

VS.  CL  418—121  2  Cbdms 


A  radial  seal  for  a  rotary  piston  internal  combustion 
engine  in  which  a  sealing  bar,  possibly  constructed  of  sev- 
eral parts,  is  arranged  in  each  groove  provided  in  the  pis- 
ton comers;  each  sealing  bar  is  urged  in  the  radially  out- 
ward direction  by  a  spring  means  that  consists  of  two  leaf 
springs  having  different  radii  of  curvature,  with  the  leaf 
spring  of  larger  radius  of  curvature  abutting  directly 
against  the  groove  bottom  while  the  leaf  spring  with  small- 
er radius  of  curvature  rests  on  the  curved  surface  of  the 
leaf  spring  with  the  larger  radius  of  curvature. 


3,667,878 

PUMP  CONSTRUCTION 

Leo  C.  Reeve,  Lombard,  IIL,  assignor  to  Porfland 

Cement  Association,  Skolde,  in. 

FUed  Jan.  8,  1971,  Ser.  No.  104,856 

Int  a.  FOlc  1/00, 11/00;  F04b  15/02 

VS.  CL  418—173  20  CUdms 


27   26  .        12a       17 


A  rotary  fluid  flow  machine  comprising  a  body,  an 
axial  member  or  shaft  rotatable  relative  to  the  body,  and 
a  generally  annular  member  mounted  for  axial  reciproca- 
tion and  rotation  in  a  generally  annular  cavity  defined 
between  the  body  and  the  shaft.  The  axial  member  and 
the  body  are  relatively  rotatable,  and  the  annular  mem- 
ber is  provided  with  undulating  end  surfaces.  The  axial 
cavity  is  defined  by  spaced  concentric  inner  and  outer 
cylindrical  surfaces  and  by  a  pair  of  axially  spaced  end 
surfaces  of  undulating  configuration,  each  cooperating 
with  a  separate  one  of  the  undulating  surfaces  of  the  an- 
nular member,  whereby  the  annular  member  is  con- 


A  pump  is  provided  which  is  capable  of  handling  a 
flowable  product  such  as  plastic  concrete  or  the  like.  The 
pump  includes  two  moving  parts  both  of  which  are  driven 
from  a  single  power  source.  One  moving  part  comprises 


212 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


1972 


a  rotating  wall  which  cooperates  with  a  stationary  arcuate 
wall  to  form  a  cavity  in  which  is  disposed  an  impeller. 
The  impeller  is  carried  by  the  rotating  wall  and  moves 
therewith.  The  second  moving  part  is  a  substantially  cylin- 
drical member  disposed  within  the  cavity  and  rotatable 
about  an  axis  offset  but  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the  rotating 
wall.  The  cylindrical  member  is  provided  with  an  open- 
ing through  which  the  impeller  extends.  The  cylindrical 
member  is  rotated  by  the  impeller.  The  stationary  arcuate 
wall  is  provided  with  a  product  discharge  port  and  the 
rotating  wall  is  provided  with  a  product  infeed  port  dis- 
posed rearwardly  of  the  impeller. 


3,667^79 

SCREW  PUMP 

Onzio  Cerpcni,  4  Via  Giotto,  Viareggio,  Italy 

FUcd  Feb.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  10,209 

Claims  priority,  ivplicati<m  Italy,  Feb.  12, 1969, 

34,901/69 

iBt  CL  Flic  1/16;  F03c  3/00;  F04c  1/10 

VS,  CL  418— 2«2  3  Claims 


23  X>  10  36 


h    ? 


^ 


y 


providing  part  of  the  mould  walls.  The  magnets  may  be 
permanent  magnets,  permanent  electromagnetic  chucks, 
switchable  permanent  magnetic  chucdcs  or  electromagnets. 


I 


>r  to  Tkc  B.  F. 


3,667,881 
TIRE  COOLING 
Francis  J.  Cimprich,  Caaton,  Ohio,  assignoi 

Goodrich  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Continuation  of  application  Ser.  No.  660,162,  July  31, 

1967,  which  is  a  continuation-in-part  of  abandoned 

application  Ser.  No.  623,415,  Mar.   15,   1967.  This 

appUcation  Mar.  3, 1971,  Ser.  No.  120,700 

Int  CI.  B29h  5/02.  17/00 

UA  CI.  425—28  7  Claims 


Post  cure  inflation  tire  apparatus  having  a  ring  which 
circumferentially  encompasses  the  tire  which  is  subject 
to  being  held  by  a  pair  of  axially  spaced  movable  rim 
flanges  wherein  the  ring  directs  coolant  against  the  pe- 
riphery of  such  tire  to  cool  such  tire  to  a  uniform  tem- 
perature; 


A  pump  of  the  screw  type  having  a  pair  of  screws  of 
opposite  pitch  and  means  for  securing  together  each 
screw  as  a  pair  on  the  same  shaft  so  that  axial  thrust  is 
withstood  by  said  securing  means. 


3,667,880 

EDGE  FORM  ASSEMBLY  FOR  PRESSING  OF 

ARTICLES 

Michael  Anky  Malct  and  David  Leslie  Hills,  Watford, 

England,  anignors  to  National  Research  Development 

Corporation,  London,  England 

FOed  Not.  25, 1969,  Ser.  No.  879,879 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  ^ritaha,  Nov.  26, 1968, 

56,110/68 

Int  CL  1128b  3/00 

U.S.  CL  ^5—3  16  Claims 


I         ->.  3,667,882 

INDUSTRIAL  TIRE  MOLD 

Donald  H.  Ross,  Chalfont,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Super  Tire 

Engineering  Company,  Camden,  N  J. 

Filed  Jan.  19, 1971,  Ser.  No.  107,746 

Int  CL  B29c  5/00;  B29d  27/00;  B29h  11/00 

VS.  a.  425—117  6  Claims 


An  a{^)aratus  for  use  in  the  pressing  of  articles  com- 
prising a  vertically  displaceable  edge  form  com- 
ponent for  the  mould  walls  which  component  can  be  held 
magnetically  to  a  locating  structure  during  pressing.  In 
some  embodiments  of  the  invention,  the  component  is 
associated  with  a  stationary  edge  form  component  also 


A  mold  for  industrial  tires  and  wheels  of  polyurethane 
and  the  like  has  a  lower  portion,  an  open-top  upper 
portion,  a  cover  for  the  upper  portion,  and  provision  for 
spacers  between  the  lower  and  upper  mold  portions  for 
adjusting  the  height  of  the  mold  to  accommodate  tires 
or  wheels  of  different  axial  dimensions.  The  mold  receives 
an  aimular  hub  to  the  surface  of  which  a  polyurethane 
or  like  solid  tire  is  to  be  molded.  The  lower  mold  has 
a  spindle  having  hollow  radial  arms  with  pins  therein 
which  may  be  cammed  radially  outwardly.  A  sleeve 
extends  upwardly  from  the  spindle  through  the  lid  of  tlie 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


218 


upper  mold  portion.  A  stem  within  said  sleeve  has  a  cam 
at  its  lower  end  and  a  nut  at  its  upper  end.  Turning  the 
nut  causes  the  stem  to  move  downwardly  and  cams  the 
radial  pins  outwardly  to  press  against  the  inner  surface 
of  the  annular  hub  thereby  to  maintain  the  hub  centered 
about  the  axis  of  the  mold.  The  mold  cover  has  a  hub 
portion  having  therein  cam  followers  which  engage  cam 
slots  in  the  outer  surface  of  the  sleeve  so  that  by  moving 
the  lid  rotationally  the  lid  is  cammed  downwardly  into 
closed  position. 


3  667  883 
SHOE  BOTTOM  MOLDING  APPARATUS 
Herbert  Ludwig,  deceased,  late  of  Uescn,  near  Bremen, 
Germany,  by  Frledrich  Koch,  AcUm,  near  Bremen, 
and  Hans  Loewe,  czecntors,  Frankfurt  am  Mafai,  Ger- 
many, assignon  to  Dcsaaa-Werke  GmbH,  Bremen,  Gcr^ 
many 

FUed  June  10, 1968,  Ser.  No.  740,427 

Int  CL  B291I 5/12.  7/08 

V3.  CL  425—119  18  Claims 


provided  and  electric  circuit  means  are  present  to  measure 
and  compare  the  signals  and  provide  an  output  signal 
under  predetermined  conditions,  which  ouQwt  *ign»}  js 


\\  "n    n   n 


Injection  molding  apparatus  embodying  an  open-top 
mold,  a  rotatable  support  for  mounting  two  lasts  for 
alternate  disposition  at  a  predetermined  distance  above 
the  open  top  of  the  mold,  a  carriage  mounting  the  rotat- 
able support  for  movement  vertically  with  respect  to  the 
mold  to  bring  the  bottom  of  the  last  located  above  the 
mold  into  engagement  therewith  for  injection  of  bottom- 
forming  material,  and  means  supporting  the  carriage  on 
a  cdumn  for  heightwise  adjustment  relative  to  the  mold 
to  accommodate  lasts  of  different  height. 


3  667  884 

CONTROL  APPARATUS  FOR  INJECTION 

MOLDING  PRESS 

Nyles  V.  Rdnfdd,  610  l^eesldc  Drive, 

Akron,  Ohio    44313 

Contimation-fai-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  791,372, 

Jan.  15, 1969.  This  application  Nov.  25, 1969,  Ser. 

No.  879,853 

Int  a.  B29c  3/06 
UA  CL  425—149  2  Claims 

-^  The  new  control  for  an  injection  molding  press  includes 
an  electric  signal  or  voltage  supi^y  means  that  is  opera- 
tively  secured  to  one  of  two  relatively  movable  pi«ss 
platens,  and  has  a  member  associated  therewith  for  cag- 
ing the  signal  produced.  A  contact  means  is  operatively 
secured  to  the  other  of  the  relatively  movable  platens  and 
positioned  to  contact  the  signal  means  when  the  mold 
sections  are  adjacent  or  in  contact  and  vary  the  signal 
dependent  upon  the  relative  positions  or  movement  of 
the  mold  sections  on  the  platens.  A  controllable  variable 
second  signal  or  voltage  generating  or  supply  means  is 


used  for  terminating  actuation  of  the  injection  means  in 
the  press  when  the  mold  sections  are  starting  to  be  sepa- 
rated. 


3^7,885 

MOLDING  MACHINES 

Richard  K.  Shelby,  1320  Sandburg  Toncc. 

Chicago.  ID.    60610 

FOed  Not.  5,  WO,  Ser.  No.  87,024 

,,^  _  lirt.  CL  B29c  J7/(W 

U.S.  CL  425—155  24 


A  driving  mechanism  for  molding  machines,  presses 
and  the  like,  where  a  platen  is  shifted  with  respect  to  a 
thermoplastic  web.  The  drive  mechanism  includes  a  rotat- 
ing crank  which  shifts  a  drive  bar  through  a  path  vdiere 
it  causes  a  drive  link  to  shift  the  platen  to  and  from 
a  molding  position.  The  crank  arm  and  an  oscillating  link 
which  is  connected  to  the  other  end  of  the  drive  bar  cre- 
ates a  path  of  movement  for  the  drive  link  which  includes 
a  dwell  period  sufficient  for  the  platen  to  remain  in  the 
molding  for  a  preselected  amount  of  time. 


yimet^  U 


MAN-MAm  VILMtaNT  SPINS 
^  EXTRUDER  HEAD 

Charles  GantUer,  Lyon,  and  Jca».Maife 

Cotean,  France,  aarignora  to 

tiieDe  dc  TcztOca  Artiictek  cC 

Famn 

Claims  priority,  appttcatloB  Fnmet,  Aag,  21,  INS, 

«T«  ^  .<.-      _  Int  CL  DOld  J/00 

UA  CL  425—192  7  nrft, 

A  sinnneret  for  use  in  extrusion  of  man-made  fibers  and 

a  novel  extruder  head  equipped  with  the  spinneret  TTie 


214 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


Tl 


June  6, 


972 


spinneret  is  rectangular  and  arcuate  along  its  width  with  provides  a  device  for  separating  in  a  mould  the  bottom 
the  marginal  edges  of  the  spinneret  of  substantially  the  scrap  formed  in  the  mould  bottom,  this  device  compris- 
a^ine  arcuate  configuration  as  the  spinneret  face  through-  ing  in  at  least  one  of  the  mould  halves,  at  the  level  of  said 

bottom  scrap,  a  member  on  which  said  scrap  is  adapted 
to  be  crushed  during  the  mould  closing  movement  and 
said  member  is  also  adapted,  during  the  noould  oponing 


out.  The  spinneret  is  adapted  to  be  clamped  to  a  mating 
arcuate  marginal  portion  of  the  extruder  head  to  thereby 
assure  an  impervious  coimection  between  the  head  and  the 
qnnneret. 

3  667  887 

CORE  PIN  MOUNTING  MEANS  FOR  INJECTION 

MOLDING  APPARATUS 

Oscar  Reias,  Great  Neck,  N.Y^  aasigiior  to  APL 

Corponitioii,  Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

FDcd  Nov.  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  874,662 

lot  CL  B29c  niOT;  B29f  7/022 

\5S.  CL  425—242  3  Claims 


29    32 


movement,  to  produce  a  displacement  of  said  scrap  in  rela- 
tion to  the  bottom  of  the  blown  hollow  body  retained  in 
the  mould-half  provided  with  said  member.  This  invention 
is  applicable  to  the  removal  of  moulding  scraps,  wastes 
and  like  useless  projections  formed  during  the  moulding 
of  hollow  articles. 


/ 

t 

F^ 

r^ 

LV 

f. 

..r 


3  667  889 

VACUUM  MOULDING  MACHINE 

Nerfe  MarteDi,  6  Via  Cavaioni,  Bologna,  Italy 

Filed  Aug.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,857 

Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Aug.  25, 1969 

7,274/69 

Int.  CL  B29c  17/04 

U.S.  a.  425—314  24  Claims 


Mold  core  pins  are  mounted  on  a  turntable  so  that 
they  can  be  indexed  to  four  stations  in  sequence.  Each 
core  pin  is  formed  with  a  peripheral  annular  flange  that 
extends  radially  outwardly  from  the  core  pin  and  that 
has  a  radial  taper.  Partible  injection  and  blow  molds  each 
having  at  least  two  sections  are  engageable  with  the  core 
pins  at  selected  stations.  The  molds  cooperate  with  the 
core  ptns  to  form  mold  cavities.  Each  section  of  each  mold 
is  formed  with  a  recess,  and  each  of  the  recesses  is  tapered 
comi^ementally  to  the  core  pin  flanges.  When  the  mold 
sections  are  closed  about  the  core  pins,  the  flanges  enter 
the  recesses.  The  connection  between  each  core  pin  and 
the  turntable  is  resilient  so  that  the  core  pins  when  en- 
gaged are  positioned  by  the  interaction  of  the  flanges  and 
recesses.  At  all  other  times,  the  core  pins  are  positioned 
by  their  resilient  connections  to  the  turntable. 


3,667,888 
DEVICE  FOR  REMOVING  BOTTOM  SCRAPS  OF 
EXTRUSION-BLOWN    HOLLOW    THERMOPLAS- 
TIC BODIES 
Hmiert  Blanchard,  Lc  Havre,  Fhuice,  assignor  to 
SidcL  Lc  Havre,  France 
Filed  Jime  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,727 
Claims  priority,  application  F^snoe,  June  18,  1969, 

6920326 

Int.  CL  B29d  23/03 

U.S.  CL  425—307  14  Claims 

This  invention  relates  to  the  moulding  of  thermoplastic 

articles  by  the  so-called  extrusion-blowing  process  and 


A  vacuum  moulding  machine  for  forming  unilaterally 
directed  projecting  moulds  in  continuous  webs  of  thermo- 
plastic synthetic  material,  comprising  a  driven  rotatable 
drum,  a  plurality  of  suction  moulds  disposed  peripherally 
around  the  drum,  an  automatically  controlled  vacuum 
distributor  device  connecting  the  suction  moulds  to  a 
vacuum,  and  an  endless  cutting  band  traversing  the  web 
with  its  cutting  portion  parallel  and  adjacent  to  the  web 
on  the  side  of  the  projecting  mouldings  with  its  cutting 
edge  directed  in  the  opposite  direction  to  the  direction  of 
movement  of  the  web,  the  web  passing  around  and  held 
by  suction  in  contact  with  the  moulds  on  a  portion  of  the 
drum  periphery  while  the  moulds  are  formed  unilaterally 
in  the  web  and  the  cutting  device  cuts  the  moulded  por- 
tions from  the  web.  The  cutting  band  is  askew  to  the 
direction  of  web  movement  and  guides  are  provided  for 
the  band  cutting  portion.  A  support  is  provided  for  the 
web  adjacent  to  the  cutting  band  and  thrust  rollers  press 
the  web  edges  against  the  support.  Stacking  means  are 
provided  for  stacking  the  moulds  severed  from  the  web. 


June  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


215 


3,667,890 
PRESS 

Sergio  Rnsmlnl,  Via  Bodio  16,  MUan,  Italy 

Filed  May  5,  1970,  Scr.  No.  34,687 

Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Apr.  16, 1969, 

19,696/69 

Int  CL  B29f  1/00;  B30b  1/16 

U.S.  CL  425—406  8  Claims 


3,667,892 

CONTROL  MEANS  FOR  PRESSURIZED 

GAS-FIRED  SPACE  HEAIER 

Richard  C.  Bamett  and  James  D.  Boodier,  Tylo*,  Tex., 

assignors  to  General  Electric  Company 

Filed  Sept  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,043 

Int  CL  F23n  5/00 

\}S.  CL  431—31  3 


A  press  having  two  stationary  plates  arranged  spaced 
from  each  other.  This  press  includes  a  mobile  plate  ar- 
ranged between  said  stationary  plates  and  a  plurality  of 
toggles.  Each  of  these  toggles  includes  a  shorter  arm 
pivotally  connected  to  the  mobile  plate  and  a  longer  arm 
which  is  hinged  on  its  free  end  to  a  guide  member. 


3,667,891 
MOLDING  PRESS 
Robert  J.  Gclin,  Newari(,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Owens- 
Coming  FIbcrglas  Corporation 
FOed  Aug.  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  849,671 
Int  CL  B30b  5/02;  B29c  3/00 
MS,  CI.  425—408  5  Claims 


A  low-cost,  high-speed  press  for  molding  plastic  articles 
having  a  movable  upper  platen  and  a  fixed  lower  platen 
with  opposed  matching  dies  attached  thereto.  The  uRjer 
platen  is  moved  between  a  remote  upper  position  to  a 
lower  molding  position  at  high  speed  by  a  motor-driven 
suspension  system.  When  the  upper  platen  is  in  the  lower 
molding  position,  a  plurality  of  platen  stops  are  moved 
into  locking  position  to  prevent  upward  movement  of 
the  upper  platen  and  molding  force  is  applied  by  means 
of  a  fluid-filled  pressure  bag  positioned  between  the  die 
plates  and  one  of  the  platens.  The  platen  stops  are  ad- 
justable in  height  to  compensate  for  variable  heights  in 
the  dies  used  with  the  press  and  vertical  platen  guides  as- 
sure mold  alignment  throughout  the  range  of  movement 
by  the  upper  platen. 


"'^? 


U5    45h 


This  invention  provides  means  for  controlling  the 
supply  of  combustion  air  and  fuel  gas  to  gas-fired  space 
heater  means  employing  pressurized  combustor  means 
including  a  fuel  gas-air  mixing  area  having  a  valved 
source  of  fuel  gas  and  a  source  of  pressurized  com- 
bustion air  fluid-connected  to  it.  The  present  invention 
interposes  movable  damper  means  between  the  combus- 
tion air  source  and  the  gas-air  mixing  area  and  switch 
means  actuatable  by  movement  of  the  damper  means  in 
response  to  combustion  air  flowing  between  the  combus- 
tion air  source  and  the  gas-air  mixing  area  to  control 
the  opening  and  closing  of  the  fuel  gas  source  valve  such 
that  fuel  gas  is  not  admitted  to  the  gas-air  mixing  area 
unless  the  flow  of  combustion  air  is  sufficient  to  move 
the  damper  means  to  actuate  the  switch  means  to  open 
the  fuel  gas  source  valve. 


3,667393 

OIL  OR  GAS  BURNER  WITH  A  CROSS-CURRENT 

BLOWER  HAVING  RETURN  FLOW  MEANS 

Kurt  Zcnkner,  Hertzstrasse  12,  Ettlingcn,  Gcnnany 

FUed  Apr.  1, 1968,  Scr.  No.  717,698 

Claims  priority,  an»lication  Germany,  Mar.  31,  1967, 

Z  12,777 
The  portion  of  the  term  of  ttic  patent  subsequent  to 
Ang.  27, 1985,  has  been  disclaimed 
,^^  _  Int  CL  F23n  5/05 

UA  CL  431—79  35 


An  oil  or  gas  burner  has  a  casing  formed  by  a  lower 
casing  member  and  a  cover  plate  forming  an  elongated 
casing  with  rounded  ends.  A  blower  rotor  is  located  in 
an  opening  in  one  of  the  ends,  the  casing  wall  adjacent 
the  opening  forming  a  guide  plate  at  the  intake  side  of 
the  rotor.  The  angle  between  the  tangent  to  the  casing 
wall  at  the  beginning  of  the  guide  plate  and  the  tangent 
to  the  casing  wall  at  the  other  end  of  the  rounded  end 
portion  is  less  than  90',  preferably  30'-60'.  There  is 
provided  at  the  other  side  of  the  rotor  from  the  guide 
plate,  where  the  rotor  is  slighUy  spaced  from  the  longitu- 
dinal wall  of  the  casing,  a  vortex  baffle-plate  which  tapers 


216 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  a,  1972 


in  cross-section  towards  the  periphery  of  the  rotor,  and 
between  which  and  the  end  portion  of  the  longitudinal 
wall  one  or  more  passages  are  formed  through  which 
some  of  the  air  fed  by  the  rotor  can  be  returned  from 
the  fvessure-side  to  the  suction-side. 


3,M7,894 

OIL  BURNER 

Nomuw  E.  Flounoy,  Rkhmond,  V  a^ 

Tcuco  lac.  New  Yoifc,  N.Y. 

FDed  Dec  7, 197«,  Scr.  No.  95,651 

bL  CL  F23d  11/00 

VS,  CL  431—114 


to 


4  ClainH 


A  gun  type  oil  burner  provided  with  a  bafBe  plate  be- 
tween the  blower  and  air  inlet,  combined  with  sound 
d<«drning  material  so  arranged  as  to  materially  lessen 
the  fan  noise. 


3,«7^5 

ELECTRICALLY  IGNTIED  GAS  TORCH  WITH 

LAMINAR  GAS  FLOW  IN  REMOVABLE  TIP 

Albert  ROM,  Wniowkk,  Ohio,  MaigBor  to  Hairis 

Calorific  CoB^any,  CkTdaod,  <Niio 

FDed  Sept  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,577 

bt  CL  F23q  3/00 

US.  CL  431—255  14  Claims 


A  idumber's  gas  torch  has  a  conventional  flame- 
adjustment  valve;  in  series  with  that  valve,  an  on-off  valve 
is  lever-operated  and  is  latched  open  automatically  on 
operation  of  the  lever.  An  electric  igniter  is  actuated  by 
the  lever  to  ignite  the  torch  simultaneous  with  opening 
of  the  ouroff  valve.  Another  series  valve  is  automatically 
closed  when  the  tordi  tip  is  unscrewed  and  is  reopened 
as  another  tip  is  attached.  A  trigger  releases  the  latch 
and  allows  the  on-off  valve  to  close  under  spring  pressure. 
The  electric  igniter  has  a  grounded  metal  frame,  and  the 
torch  handle  and  connected  parts  are  electrically  conduc- 
tive. The  Vintage  generated  by  the  ignition  device  is 
transmitted  to  a  spark  gap  in  the  torch  tip  near  the  flame 
end  thereof  by  a  series  of  conductors  insulated  from  the 
handle  and  torch  tip,  and  including  an  insulated  con- 
ductor wire  lying  in  the  torch  tip  adjacent  the  wall.  Sev- 
eral diameters  upstream  of  the  spark  gap  and  also  the 
flame  end,  the  insulated  conductor  leaves  its  position 


against  the  torch  tip  wall  and  is  spaced  therefrom  so  as 
not  to  interfere  with  laminar  flow  of  the  combustible  gas 
and  air  mixture  approaching  the  flame,  thus  avoiding  an 
unstable  flame  which  would  result  from  turbulent  flow. 


3,M7396 
APPLYING  FILM  OF  CTAIN  TO  TISSUE  MOUNTED 

ON  A  MOVING  SLIDE  T 

James  Bfnjamfn  McConnick,  La  Graase,  and  Ld^on 
Clifford  Johnsoo,  WcstnoBt,  IIL,  aa^aors  to  Miles 
Laboratories,  bc^  Elkhart,  lad. 
AppUcalioa  Jnac  7,  1965,  Ser.  No.  461,613,  aow  Patent 
No.  3^431,886,  which  is  a  contianatioa^a-part  of  ap- 
pUcatfoa  Scr.  No.  379,822,  Joly  2,  1964.  Divided 
this  appHcatioa  Oct  21,  1968,  Sar.  No.  822,752 
laL  CL  D86p  3/00 
UJS.  CL  8—3  11  Claim 


l06 


IIO\      "^ 
/OS 


An>antus  and  the  method  of  operation  thereof  is  de- 
scribed for  conveying  objects,  such  as  microscope  slides, 
over  a  flat  liquid  applying  surface  and  injecting  a  treating 
liquid  into  the  space  between  the  object  and  the  surface. 


3,667 J97 

UNIFORMLY  DYED  YELLOW  TO  NAVY  BLUE 
WATER  SWELLABLE  CELLULOSIC  FIBERS 
Joha  BtackwcD,  Keaactt  Square,  Pa.,  aad  Maaoo  Toji, 
Stratford,  N J.,  aaiiaoBS  to  E.  L  dn  Poat  de  NcaioBis 
aad  Compaay,  WHarfagtoa,  DcL 
No  Drawtaig.  Filed  Nov.  25,  1969,  Scr.  No.  879,899 
lat  CL  D«6p  3/82  I 

UA  CL  8—21  C  5  Clafaas 

Water  swellable  cellulosic  fibers,  for  examine,  cotton, 
or  blends  or  mixtures  thereof  with  synthetic  fibers,  for 
example,  polyester  fibers,  uniformly  dyed  to  yellow  to 
navy  blue  shades  with  essentially  water  insoluble,  mono- 
azo  or  disazo  disperse  dyes,  for  example,  2-diloro-4- 
nitro-4'  -  [N,N  -  bis (benzoyloxyethyl) amino ]azobenzene, 
said  dyed  fibers  being  fast  to  washing,  drycleaning  and 
crocking  and  having  a  reflectance  color  value  (S')  after 
scour  of  .at  least  about  2. 


3,667  898 

PROCESS  FOR  dyeing' 1EXT1LE  MATERIALS 

FROM  ORGANIC  SOLVENT  MEDL4 

^\l^*  Bcrgaiaa,  Mldlaad,  Mich.,  aad  Ross  R.  Dawsoa, 

Boffafc,  N.Y.,  asaigaors  to  The  Dow  Chcailcal  Coai- 

paay,  Mldlaad,  Mich. 

CoatianatioB-ia-part  of  appUcatton  Ser.  No.  678,433, 
Sept  25,  1967.  TUs  appUcatioB  May  26,  1969, 
Scr.  No.  827,620 

Int  CL  D06p  1/68 
UA  a.  8—94  19  Claims 

The  present  invention  concerns  a  method  for  dyeing 
textile  filwrs,  particularly  in  their  woven,  yam  or  loose 
mat  state,  employing  dyestuffs  dissolved  or  dispersed  in 
organic  solvents,  particularly  chlcMinated  hydrocarbon  s(d- 
vents,  for  fixing  the  dyestuff  into  the  fiber  during  the  proc- 
ess and  for  recovering  substantially  completely  the  sol- 
vent from  the  dyed  fabric.  The  technique  <rf  the  present 
invention  employs  compositions  comprising  hydrophobic 
organic  solvents  alone  and/or  in  admixture  with  co- 
solvents,  swelling  agents  and  fixatives  which  are  com- 
patible with  the  solvent  and  the  soluble  and/or  dispers- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


217 


ible  organic  dyestuffs.  The  novel  method  comprises  apply-  a  solvent  boiling  between  albout  40'  C.  and  the  softening 
ing  solvent  compositions  of  dyestuffs  to  textiles,  diffusing   point  of  the  fiber,  and  recovering  the  solvent  either  con- 

temporaneosuly  with  said  fixation  or  in  a  rinse  step  fol- 

lowing  said  fixation. 


and  fixing  the  dyestuff  into  the  textile  fibers  while  main- 
taining the  textile  fiber  in  a  zone  filled  with  the  vapors  of 


3,667,899 
DYEING  OF  POLYACRYLONTTRILE  TEXTILE  MA- 
TERIALS WITH  CAHONIC  DYES  IN  THE  PRES- 
ENCE  OF  AROMATIC  ESTERS 

James  J.  Hartaett,  Newark,  aad  Robert  Feigia,  West 
(kaaae,  N  J.,  aarigaors  to  Sybnm  Corporatioa,  Rodcs- 
ter^RY. 

No  Drawiag.  Filed  Apr.  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  25,578 

lat  CL  D«6p  5/04 
VS.  CI.  8—173  25  ClalBM 

Esters  of  the  monocarboxylic  and/or  dicarboxylic  aro- 
matic acids  and  derivatives  thereof  are  used  as  leveling 
agents  in  the  dyeing  of  polyacrylonltrik-cMitaining  ma- 
terials with  cationic  dyes.  Level  dyeing  of  polyacrylo- 
nitrile  moieties  are  achieved  without  loss  of  color  yields 
or  bulking  effects. 


CHEMICAL 


3,667,908 

METHOD  OF  DYEING  NATURAL  AND 
SYNTHETIC  FIBERS 

Averai  T.  Trimble,  Jr.,  Charlotte,  N.C.,  assignor  to 
CaroChem  Corporation,  Chariotte,  N.C. 

No  Drawfaig.  FUcd  Nov.  10,  1969,  Scr.  No.  875,557 

lat.  CL  D06p  5/04 
VS.  CL  8—173  2  Clafaas 

A  textile  dyeing  process  wherein  a  methyloxolane  is 
employed  as  a  carrier  alone  and  in  combination  with  other 
known  carriers. 

3,667,901 

METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  ORTHOVANADATES 
OF  RARE-EARTH  METALS 

Vsevolod  Scnicaovi<A  Krylov,  UUtsa  Tcreahkovoi  2,  kv. 
65;  Ivan  ^^kolacvlch  Popkov,  UUtsa  Tcreslikovoi  2, 
kr.  14;  Robert  Leoaidovich  Magoaor,  UUtsa  Ostrovi- 
dova  30,  kr.  16;  aad  Mlkhafl  Nikohwvich  Pnriag, 
UUtsa  TcreshkoToi  2,  kr.  37,  aU  of  Odessa,  U.S.S.R.; 
uhmt^wmtam  Saakovich  Bagdasarov,  UUtsa  Garibaldi  59, 
kotpus  2,  kv.  42,  Moscow,  UJS.SJI.;  Raisa  Fedorovaa 
Sagtaui,  UUtsa  Tereshkovoi  2,  kv.  28,  Odessa,  U.S.SJt; 
aad  Viktor  laaokoitievldi  Popov,  UUtsa  Lentau  24, 
kr.  16,  Fryariao  Moakovskoi  OblMt,  U.S.SJI. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Aug.  21,  1970,  Scr.  No.  66,143 

laL  CL  C22b  59/00 
VS.  CL  23—19  V  "2  Oabns 

A  method  of  producing  orthovanadates  al  rare-earth 
metals,  consisting  in  that  aqueous  solutions  of  nitrates  of 
rare-earth  metals  are  prepared  with  pH=S.5-6.2,  and  an 
aqueous  solution  of  ammonium  metavanadate  is  prepared 
with  pH=9.8-ll,  whereupon  said  solutions  are  interacted 
under  dynamic  conditions  with  Re  =1000-6000,  till  the 
pH  of  the  medium  becomes  equal  to  9.5-10.5.  The  result- 
ing precipitate  of  the  orthovanadate  of  a  rare-earth  metal 
is  separated  from  the  solution,  dried  at  a  temperature  of 
80-120"  C,  and  then  calcined  at  a  temperature  of  900- 
1200*  C. 

The  present  method  makes  it  possible  to  preclude  the 
formation  of  polyvanadates  and  to  obtain  chemically  and 
granulometrically  homogeneous  desired  products,  ade- 
quate to  meet  the  requiremens  of  various  branches  of  en- 
gineering and  industry,  such  as  quantum  electronics,  ana- 
lytical chemistry,  colot  television. 


3,667.902 
MANUFACTURE  OF  SODIUM  CARBONATE 
Joseph  Kay  and  Ernest  BlumenthaL  Northwich,  Eagfaad, 
assigaors  to  Imperial  Chemical  ladnrtiics  Liaiited,  Lon- 
don, England 

No  Drawfaig.  Filed  Jan.  12,  1970,  Scr.  No.  2,371 
Claims  priority,  appUcatioa  Grttt  Brltaia,  Jaa.  23,  1969, 

3,944/69 
lat  CL  COld  7/12 
VS.  a.  23—63  11  Cfarims 

A  process  for  the^  manufacturer  of  sodium  carbonate 
monohydrate  which  comprises  the  step  of  reacting  an 
aqueous  solution  of  sodium  hydroxide  with  an  aqueous 
suspension  of  sodium  sesquicarbonate  at  an  elevated  tem- 
perature in  the  presence  of  an  excess  of  bicarbonate  ions. 


3,667,903 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  POLYMERIC 
ALUMINUM-AMIDO-POLYPHOSPHATE 
Ernest  Stoasel,  203  W.  81st  St, 
New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawfaig.  Filed  Oct  16,  1968,  Scr.  No.  768,188 
The  porttoa  of  die  term  of  the  pateat  sabseqacat  to 
Dec  3, 1985,  has  been  disclaimed 
Int  CL  COlb  25/00 
VS.  CL  23—105  7  Cfadms 

Polymerization  products  are  obtained  from  aqueous 
solutions  of  reactants  which  are  polymerizable  at  an  ele- 
vated polymerization  temperature  above  the  boiling  point 
of  water  and  which  during  polymerization  become  higlily 
viscous  or  rigid  so  that  mixing  of,  and  uniform  heat  trans- 
fer within,  the  polymerizing  mass  are  impeded,  by  sub- 
jecting a  ccmcentrated  aqueous  solution  of  the  reactants, 
which  may  contain  foaming  and  foam  stabilizing  agents, 
to  foaming  so  that  a  foam  consisting  of  a  dispersion  of 
a  gas  in  a  continuous  liquid  phase  is  formed,  the  liquid 
phase  consisting  of  the  solution  of  the  reactants  being 
present  in  the  form  of  thin  foam  lamellae.  The  thus- 
formed  foam  is  then  maintained  at  polymerization  tem- 
perature until  the  desired  degree  of  polymerization  of  the 
reactants  has  been  reached  within  the  lamellae,  and  dur- 
ing this  polymerization  the  foam  bubbles  of  the  foamed 
mass  are  continuously  displaced  relative  to  each  other. 
It  is  acheived  thereby  that  the  reaction  mixture,  due  to 
being  in  foamed  condition,  remains  easily  stirrable  and 
this  facilitates  relative  displacement  of  the  foam  bubbles 
and  thereby  uniform  heat  transfer  throughout  the  entire 
foam   mass.    Furthermore,    the   polymerization   of   the 


I 


\ 


218 


lamellae-forming  reaction  mixture  will  take  place  at  an 
elevated  pressure  caused  by  the  expansion  of  the  dis- 
persed gas  within  the  individual  foam  bubbles  during  the 
heating  of  the  foam  to  polymerization  temperature. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  6.  1972 

I  3,667,907  P 

MANUFACTURE  OF  HYDROGEN  CYANHIE 

John  Derek  Rushmcre,  Wilmington,  Dcl^  assignDr  to 


3,667,904 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  SEPARATION  OF  MKTURES 

OF  PHOSPHORIC  AND  NITRIC  ACID 
Andre  Roche  and  Robert  Anunridi,  Toolonse,  and  Gil- 
bert Coosserans,  Portet,  France,  assignors  to  Azote  ct 
Frodnifs  Chimiqacs  SA^  TodIodsc,  FVance 
Continuation-in-part  ot  application  Scr.  No.  698,829, 
Jan.  18, 1969.  lUs  application  Apr.  13, 1970,  Ser. 
No.  28,118 
Claims  prkMlty,  qipUcation  FIrance,  Jan.  26,  1967, 
92,529;  Aug.  17, 1967, 118,085 
bit  CI.  COlb  25/28 
US.  CL  23—107  5  Claims 

This  invention  is  directed  to  a  ixt)cess  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  monoammonium  phos{^te  by  ammoniation  of 
mixtures  of  phosphoric  and  nitric  acids  in  the  presence  of 
at  least  partially  water-miscible  Ci  to  C«  alkanol  charac- 
terized in  that  the  alcoholic  solution  to  be  ammoniated 
contains  16  to  8%  of  water. 


E.  L  dn  Pont  de  Nemours  and  Company,  Wilmington, 

Del. 

No  Drawing.  FUcd  May  4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  34,577 
Int  CI.  COlc  i/02    ^ 
U.S.  CI.  23—151  4  Oalms 

An  improvement  in  the  Andrussow  process  for  the 
manufacture  of  hydrogen  cyanide  is  provided.  The  im- 
provement comprises  the  use  of  steam  in  the  synthesis 
mixture  ia  place  of  nitrogen  which  is  present  in  air.  Pref- 
erably, a  synthesis  mixture  containing  by  volume 
methane/ammonia/steam/oxygen  within  the  range  of 
1-2:1:1:1  to  1-2:1:4:1  is  employed. 


REM( 


SULFUR 


3,667,908 
lOVAL  AND  RECOVERY  OF  S! 
OXIDES  FROM  GASES 
Samuel  L.  Torrcncc,  Charieston,  S.C.,  assignor  to 
Westvaco  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Continuation  of  abandoned  application  Ser.  No.  724,777, 
Apr.  29,  1968.  TUs  appUcation  Nov.  27,  1970.  Ser. 
No.  93,485 

Int  CL  COlb  17/60 
US.  CL  23—178  3  (haims 


3  667  905 
CONTINUOUS  PRODUCTION  OF  ALUMINIUM 

SULPHATE 

Geoife  H.  Jennings,  23  Crimea  St,  St  Kilda, 

Victoila,  Australia 

No  Drawing.  Filed  July  29,  1970,  Scr.  No.  59,325 

Claims  pri<nlty,  q^licatlon  Australia,  Aug.  6,  1969, 

59,156/69 
Int  CL  coif  7/00 
US.  CL  23—123  6  Claims 

A  continuous  process  for  the  production  of  aluminium 
sulphate,  either  as  alum  crystals  or  alum  solutions  in  com- 
mercial concentrations  at  ambient  temperature,  in  which 
sulphuric  acid  at  concentrations  of  20-100%  and  dry 
alumina  hydrate  or  bauxite  or  other  form  of  aliuninium 
hydroxide,  together  with  diluent  feed  water  as  may  be 
required  depending  upon  the  concentration  of  the  sulphuric 
acid  used,  are  separately  fed  to  the  inlet  of  a  multi-pass 
heat-exchange  tubular  reactor,  the  mixture  of  reactants 
being  at  a  temperature  of  70-120°  C.  when  fed  into  said 
reactor  and  being  rapidly  brought  to  a  temperature  of 
110-120'  C.  after  entering  said  reactor  and  being  main- 
tained at  a  temperatiu-e  of  11 0-1 20"  C.  in  traversing  said 
reactor  to  the  outlet. 


^ 


"-C 


u. 


^^  o**rf  f,,^m  a#3 


*£rer^rep  so. 


y. 


Li 


r~c . 


/' 


^iT 


t 1 


3,667,906 
METHOD  FOR  PRODUCING  MANGANESE  DI- 
OXIDE  CONTAINING  LESS  POTASSIUM 
Sdya  Sasaki,  Yamagata,  Japan,  assignor  to  Tekkoslia 
Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 
No  Drawing.  FDcd  May  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,417 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  May  15, 1969, 
44/36,995 
Int  a.  COlg  45/02;  BOlk  1/00 
US.  CL  23-145  3  Ctaims 

An  ore  containing  a  decreased  amount  of  potassium 
is  obtained  by  reducing-roasting  manganese  oxide  ores 
cmitaining  potassium,  thereby  converting  manganese 
components  in  the  ores  into  MnO,  and  removing  potas- 
sium components  from  the  reduced-roasted  ores  by  ex- 
tracting them  with  water  at  elevated  temperatures.  Into 
tiie  resulting  ore  containing  the  decreased  amount  of 
potassium  is  added  an  acid  to  extract  the  manganese 
components  and,  furthermore,  by  oxidizing  the  manga- 
nese components  in  the  second  extract  thus  obtained 
electrolytically  or  with  an  oxidizing  agent,  manganese 
dioxide  containing  less  potassium  can  be  obtained. 


A  prociss  for  removing  sulfur  dioxide  and  sulfur  tri- 
oxide  from  a  gaseous  stream  whereby  sulfur  dio^^iide  is 
oxidized  to  sulfur  trioxide  and  the  sulfur  trioxide  is  ad- 
sorbed onto  an  activated  carbon  adsorbent  having  elemen- 
tal sulfur  adsorbed  thereon;  thereafter  the  adsorbent  is  re- 
generated producing  sulfur  dioxide  and  activated  carbon 
adsorbent  with  a  minimal  loss  of  adsorbent  due  to  burn- 
oflf;  elemental  sulfur  is  adsorbed  onto  the  regenerated  ad- 
sorbent aod  the  adsorbent  is  then  recycled  to  contact  the 
gaseous  stream  and  the  sulfur  dioxide  produced  during  re- 
generation is  recovered. 


'  3,667,909 

METHOD  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  ULTRA 
HIGH  PURITY  SlOa  IN  A  POROUS  BEAD  FORM 
Ian  M.  Thomas,  Temperance,  Mich.,  asrignor  to 
CKrcns-niinois,  Inc.  1 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Aug.  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  61,849 
Int.  Ci.  COlb  33/00 
U.S.  CL  23—182  R  22  Claims 

There  is  disclosed  the  preparation  of  high  purity,  sili- 
con oxide  in  the  form  of  porous  beads  of  a  high  surface 
area  by  hydrolyzing  a  silicon  alkoxide  dissolved  in  a  hy- 
droxyl  containing  organic  solvent  with  less  than  a  stoichio- 
metric amount  of  water  so  as  to  provide  a  partially  hy- 
drolyzed  soluble  intermediate  product.  The  resulting  par- 
tially hydrolyzed  intermediate  product  is  then  treated 
with  an  immiscible  organic  medium  so  as  to  form  a  dis- 
continuous phase  of  liquid  partially  hydrolyzed  intermedi- 
ate product  dispersed  in  a  continuous  phase  of  organic 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


219 


medium.  The  dispersed  intermediate  product  is  then  treat- 
ed with  a  base  and  a  quantity  of  water  sufficient  to  hy- 
drolyze  residual  alkoxy  groups  in  the  dispersed  intermedi- 
ate product.  The  resulting  mixture  is  stirred  until  the  dis- 
persed intermediate  is  converted  to  firm,  hard,  solid,  porous 
beads  of  silicon  oxide.  The  beads  are  typically  recovered 
by  filtration  and  evaporation  of  non-solid  residues  or  by 
like  method.  v 


3,667,910 
PROCESS  FOR  REMOVING  SULFUR  OXIDES 

FROM  WASTE  GAS 
Yoshltomo  EgucU,  Takarazului,  Japan,  assignor  to 
Takeda  Chemical  Industries,  Ltd.,  Onka,  Japan 
FUed  Aug.  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  853,440 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  Aug.  27,  1968, 
43/61,322;  May  13,  1969,  44/36,774 
Int  a.  COlb  17/56, 17/60 
US.  CL  23—178  4  Claims 

In  the  process  for  removing  sulfur  oxides  from  waste 
gases  with  employment  of  activated  carbon  as  the  ad- 
sorbent, the  chemical  exhaustion  of  activated  carbon  and 
the  lowering  of  its  abihty  for  adsorbing  sulfur  oxides  in 
the  regeneration  step  can  be  remarkably  prevented  by 
regenerating  the  sulfur  oxides-adsorlnng  activated  carbon 
with  the  desorbent  containing  carbon  monoxide  gas  and/ 
or  hydrogen  gas  in  a  concentration  at  least  about  40% 
at  a  temperature  from  about  230°  C.  to  about  450°  C. 
The  most  advantageous  results  can  be  attained  by  em- 
ploying vanadium  oxide-supporting  activated  carbon  as 
the  adsorbent. 


3,667,913 

CHROMIUM-DIOXn^-CATALYST 

Franz   Hund,   Krefcld-Bockum,   Germany,    assignor  to 

Farbcnfabriken  Bayer  Akticngcsellsdiaft,  Lcvcrimscn, 

Germany 
Continuation  of  anpUcation  Scr.  No.  660,690,  Aug.  15, 

1967.  TUs  appUcation  May  4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  33,148 

Int  CL  COlb  7/04 

US.  a.  23—219  6  Claims 

Chromium-dioxide  of  rutile-type  crystal-structure  and 
modified  chromium-dioxide  containing  oxides  and/<X' 
fluorides  of  cations  which  have  radii  in  the  range  be- 
tween 0.46  and  0.91  A.  can  be  used  as  catalysts  with  high 
and  permanent  activity  to  promote  oxidation-processes 
such  as  oxidation  of  hydrogen-chloride  to  chlorine  and 
water,  conversion  of  sutfur-dioxide  to  sulfur-trioxide  oxi- 
dation of  carbon-monoxide  to  carbon-dioxide,  oxidation 
of  ammonia  to  nitric  oxides,  oxidation  and  oxychlorination 
of  hydrocarbons,  combustion  of  hydrogen  or  alcohols  and 
the  like.  The  chromiiun-dioxide  or  the  modified  chromi- 
um-dioxide can  be  used  as  such  or  together  with  carriers. 
Furthermore  it  is  possible  to  combine  the  chromiiun-di- 
oxide catalysts  with  other  catalytically  active  materials. 


3,667,911 
METHOD  OF  TREATING  SOLIDS  WITH  HIGH 
DYNAMIC  PRESSURE 
Anthony  S.  Balchan  and  George  R.  Cowan,  Woodbury, 
NJ.,  assignors  to  E.  I.  du  Pont  de  Nemours  and  Com- 
pany, Wilmington,  DcL 

Filed  Mar.  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  804,194 
Claims  priority,  qij^cation  Great  Britain,  June  28,  1968, 

31,117/68 
Int  CL  COlb  31/06,  21/06 
US.  CI.  23—209.1  7  Claims 

A  process  for  treating  solid  materials  with  controlled, 
very  high,  dynamic  pressures  all  or  a  portion  of  the  total 
'pressiu-e  rise  occurring  in  a  shock  compression  and  any 
remaining  portion  occurring  as  a  smooth,  rapid  (non- 
shock)  compression,  the  pressure  being  released  smooth- 
ly to  ambient  conditions,  comprising  subjecting  the  lateral 
boundaries  of  a  body  of  a  solid  material  to  a  pressure 
pulse  moving  at  practically  constant  velocity  in  the  direc- 
tion of  the  body's  axial  dimension  and  having  practically 
uniform  magnitude  and  duration  over  the  lateral  bound- 
aries, the  magnitude  and  duration  being  sufficient  to  sus- 
tain a  shock  wave  of  substantially  uniform  intensity  span- 
ning a  major  portion  of  the  body  between  the  lateral 
boundaries.  The  process  is  useful  in  converting  non- 
diamond  carbon  to  diamond  and  hexagonal  boron  nitride 
to  cubic  and  wurtzitic  boron  nitride  and  in  compacting 
solid  materials  such  as  silicon  carbide  powder. 


3,667,914 

APPARATUS  AND  PROCESS  FOR  TESTING 

EXHAUST  GAS  CATALYST  SYSTEMS 

Charies  R.  Penquite,  Ballwin,  and  George  E.  Barker,  St 

Louis,  Mo.,  assignors  to  Monsanto  Company,  St  Loois, 

Mo. 

FUcd  Nov.  3,  1970,  Scr.  No.  86,549 

Int  CL  GOln  7/00,  9/32 

US.  a.  23—230  PC  22  Claims 


3,667,912 
CHEMICAL  PRODUCTION  OF  CHLORINE 
Daniel  I.  Jaszka,  Tonawanda,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Hooker 
Chemical  Corporation,  Niagara  Falls,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Dec  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  100,463 
Int  CL  COlb  7/02.11/02 
US.  a.  23—219  12  Oalms 

Substantially  pure  chlorine  is  produced  under  reaction 
conditions  commonly  employed  for  chlorine  dioxide  pro- 
duction, involving  reaction  of  a  chlorate,  chloride  and  a 
mineral  acid,  by  catalyzing  the  reaction  with  hexavalent 
molybdenum. 


An  apparatus  and  process  for  testing  catalytic  systems 
used  in  the  treatment  of  exhausts  from  hydrocarbon  com- 
bustion engines.  The  apparatus  comprises  a  system  which 
includes  a  reactor  system  holding  a  sample  tube.  The  sam- 
ple tube  is  provided  with  a  diametrally  reduced  portion 
having  a  glass  wool  plug  therein  and  the  catalyst  to  be 
tested  is  disposed  upon  this  plug.  The  sample  tube  is  in- 
serted in  an  electric  resistance  heater  or  furnace.  A  pre- 
determined exhaust  gas  mixture  or  mixtures  is  passed 
through  the  catalyst  bed  at  a  desired  test  temperature.  Pe- 
riodically, without  removing  the  catalyst  sample  from  the 
sample  tube,  a  pressure  drop  measurement  is  made  across 
the  sample  tube  in  order  to  determine  the  degradation  of 
the  catalyst  bed.  The  exhaust  gas  mixtures  are  passed 
through  the  catalyst  bed  at  a  predetermined  rate  designed 
for  laboratory  scale  equipment.  However,  when  the  pres- 
sure drop  measurement  is  made,  a  carefully  controlled  and 
precisely  reproducible  gas  flow  rate  appropriate  for  meas- 
uring catalyst  degradation  by  pressure  drop  measurement 
is  used. 


220 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  61  1972 


COLORIMETRIC  METHODS  AND  COMPOSITIONS 

FOR  DETERMINING  IRON  IN  BLOOD 

Bcnuund  Kkta,  New  Hyde  Park,  N.Y^  aaigiior  to 

Hoffiiuuiii*La  Rodie  Incn  Nntlcy,  N J. 

Coillnulio»4ii-Mrt  of  appUcadon  Ser.  No.  7H616, 

Oct  2,  1M8.  lUs  appHcalkNi  Apr.  28,  1970,  Scr. 

No.  32,755 

lit  CL  G«lB  21/26,  31/22,  33/18 
U^.  CL  25— 23f  B  6  Oainis 


1  oo 

-0  0t»' 

on 

-0  04»' 

ow 

-OOM' 

in 

-0  04f 

oao 

-o  on' 

t  00 

-0  0«* 

OM 

A  diagnostic  kit  is  described  comprising  as  a  first 
reagent  a  reducing  agent  and,  as  a  second  reagent,  a 
buffered  5-(pyridyl)-2H-l,4-benzodiazepine,  or  a  water- 
soluble  acid  addition  salt  thereof.  The  enzodiazepine  is 
buffered  with  a  buffer  pair  comprising  a  water-soluble 
salt  of  acetic  acid  and  either  ascorbic  acid  or  acetic  acid. 
Also  described  is  a  method  of  utilizing  these  reagents  in 
aqueous  solution  in  a  continuous  flow  quantitative  analysis 
of  the  iron  in  senui. 


3  M7  914 

STERILIZATION  INDICATOR 

Martiii  E.  Stkrm  and  Rodcik  P.  Kwok,  Chkago,  lU., 

a«igBon  to  Johnson  ft  Johnson 

FDed  Not.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  90,238 

Int  CL  GOlk  11/12, 11/20;  GOln  3/22 

VS.  CL  23—230  R  li  Claims 


16 


^ 


Sr£A/L- 
IZATION 
ZONE 


Low-cost  telltale  composition,  which  changes  from  a 
substantially  light  coIot  to  a  substantially  dark  color 
under  either  steam  or  ethylene  oxide  sterilization  con- 
ditioiM  hut  is  otherwise  substantially  insensitive  to  normal 
ambient  environmental  conditions  including  daylight, 
comixises  a  solutiMi  or  dried  solution  of  silver  nitrate 
and  a  buffering  quantity  of  a  nitrate  preservative  selected 
from  the  group  consisting  of  nitric  acid,  sodium  nitrate 
or  potassium  nitrate.  The  telltale  composition  in  aqueous 
alcoholic  s(^ution  is  ixintable  on  any  substrate  without 
imparting  substantial  ccrfm-  thereto,  but  is  selectively 
colorable  by  the  addition  of  desired  pigments  or  dyes. 


be  horizontal  or  vertical,  continuously,  including  coordi- 
nated mechanism  for  automatically  applying  sample  to 
chromatographic  test  areas  in  sequence  on  a  unitary  base, 
mechanism  for  moving  such  test  areas  continuously  into 
contact  with  solvent,  and  mechanism  for  activation  of 
developing,  color  reaction,  delay,  drying,  and  densijtomet- 


3  667  917 

CHROMATOGRAPHY  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD 

Marcos  K.  Bnadt,  Easton,  Pa.,  assignor  to  J.  T.  Baker 

Chemical  Company,  Phillipabarg,  N  J. 

FDed  Not.  27;  1970,  Ser.  No.  93,064 

bit  CL  BOld  15/08:  GOln  31/08 

U.S.  CL  23—230  R  20  Claims 

Method  and  apparatus  for  automatically  performing 

manipulations  in  thin  layer  chromatography,  whether  it 


ric  analy^s,  as  well  as  feed  and  take-up,  the  apparatus  in- 
cluding means  responsive  at  intervals  to  indicia  on  the 
base  related  to  the  chromatogram  to  activate  and  deacti- 
vate portions  of  the  apparatus  and  to  relate  the  chro- 
matographic operations  to  the  progress  of  the  chromato- 
graphicalfy  active  areas  throu^  the  machine. 


icalW 


3,667,918 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  ANALYSb 

OF  NO  AND  NO, 

Norman  A.  LyAkow,  Chicago,  DL,  aarignor  to 

|PoUntion  Montton,  Inc.,  Chicaso,  DL 

iFUed  Feb.  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116,188 

lafLCL  GOln  31/06,  21/06 

VS,  CL  23—232  R  14  rtaims 


Method  and  apparatus  for  determining  the  concen- 
tration of  NO  and  NOj  in  gas  sample  in  which  a  gas 
sample  containing  NO  and  NOj  is  first  passed  through 
a  scrubber  in  which  the  sample  is  contacted  with  a  reagent 
solution  capable  of  development  of  color  in  response  to 
contact  with  NO,,  with  the  intensity  of  the  color  thus 
developed  being  a  measure  of  the  NO,  content  of  the  gas 
sample,  and  then  the  unabsorbed  gases  are  treated  to 
remove  residual  amounts  of  NO3  and  the  NO  io  the 
sample  is  oxidized  to  NOj  which  is  absorbed  in  a  second 
scrubber  with  a  reagent  solution  capable  of  development 
of  color  in  response  to  contact  with  NOj,  with  the  in- 
tensity of  color  developed  in  the  second  scrubber  Jwing 
a  measure  of  the  NO  content  of  the  gas  samite. 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


221 


3,667,919 
SULFONATION  REACTOR  HEAD  OF  IMPROVED 

ADJUSTABILITY 
Rudolph  E.  Dcnzler,  Stirling,  and  Charles  F.  Fischer, 
Jency  City,  N  J.,  aoignors  to  Colgate-PalmoliTe  Com- 
pany, New  Yoifc,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  6,  1971,  Scr.  No.  104,237 

Int  CL  BOIJ 1/00;  C07b  13/06 

US.  a.  23—285  7  aaims 


3  667  921 
FLUX  GROWTH  OF  RARE  EARTH  FLUORII»S 
William  H.  Grodkiewici,  Mmray  HiU,  anl  Lc  Grand 
G.  Van  Uitcrt,  Morris  Towndiip,  Morrta  County,  NJ., 
asrignors  to  BeO  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated, 
Murray  HID,  N  J. 

FDed  Aug.  7, 1969,  Ser.  No.  848,285 
Int  CL  BOIJ  17/04;  COM  17/00 
U.S.CL23— 300  7ChdnH 

Rare  earth  fluorides  are  grown  from  a  liquid  phase 
which  includes  a  flux  ingredient  such  as  beryllium  fluoride. 
Improved  effectiveness  of  the  product  as  an  up-converting 
phosphor  is  attributable  in  part  to  the  gettering  actimi  of 
the  flux  ingredient  for  oxygen. 


3  667t922 
PRODUCnON  OF  CYCUC  PHOSPHONTIIUUC 
CHLORIDE  POLYMERS 
James  Ernest  Proctor,  London,  F,"giwnd,   Nonnan  Love- 
lace Paddock,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia,  Canada, 
and  Harold  Tk-evor  Searle,  Strcetly,  Engbud,  assignars 
to  Hooker  Chemical  Coriwratlon,  Niagara  Falls,  N.Y. 
Continuation-in-part  oi  application  Scr.  No.  185,389,  Aih-. 
5,  1962,  which  is  a  comdnnation-in-part  of  amplication 
Ser.  No.  807,749,  Apr.  21,  1959,  now  abandoned.  This 
appUcation  Sept  15,  1969,  Ser.  No.  871,406 
Int  CL  COlb  21/52,  25/10 
US,  CL  23—357  3  ciafans 


A  reactor  head  for  a  sulfonation  reactor  in  which  the 
feed  gap  for  the  inner  orifice  ring  is  adjustable  and  the 
feed  gap  for  the  outer  orifice  ring  is  separately  adjustable, 
the  adjusting  mechanisms  for  the  inner  and  outer  rings 
are  calibrated  so  that  an  operator  may  at  all  times  be 
aware  of  the  size  of  the  gap.  The  inner  and  outer  gaps 
may  range  from  zero  gap  to  as  large  a  gap  as  may  be 
desired. 


3,667,920 
MIXING  TRAYS 
Ernest  Korcf,  Panama  City,  Republic  of  Panama,  and 
EUtMh  E.  Petty,  Mount  Zton,  ID.,  aarignors  to  M.  Neu- 
munz  ft  Son,  Inc^  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  Not.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,452 

Int  CL  BOIJ  9/16;  Cllc  3/12 

VS.  CL  23—288  E  22  Chdms 


Method  and  apparatus  for  agitating  a  liquid,  promoting 
a  reaction  between  a  liquid,  a  solid  and/or  a  gas  or  main- 
taining or  changing  the  temperature  of  a  liquid.  The  liquid 
is  passed  along  the  length  of  an  inclined  side  wall  and  the 
gas  for  agitation  and/or  mixing  is  passed  upwardly  along 
the  inclined  surface  of  the  side  wall  to  mix  with  the 
liquid. 


TMfMM) 


j&sto 


In  the  production  of  phosphonitrilic  chlorides  by  the 
reaction  of  phosphorus  pentachloride  and  ammoniimi 
chloride  in  an  inert  solvent  the  proportion  of  trimeric 
phosphonitrilic  chloride  is  greatly  increased  by  adding  at 
least  a  major  proportion  of  the  ^osphorus  pentachloride 
to  the  ammonium  chloride  slowly  and  evenly  during  a 
period  of  time  corresponding  to  about  50  to  about  100 
percent  of  the  total  time  during  which  the  reaction  takes 
place. 


3667  923 
PREPARATION  OF  LTTHIUM,  SODIUM  AND 
QUATERNARY  AMMONIUM  CYANOBORO. 
HYDRIDES 
Robert  C.  Wade,  Ipswich,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Vention 
Corporation,  Bcvcriy,  Mass. 
No  Drawing.  Filed  June  16,  1969,  Scr.  No.  833,722 
Int  CL  COlc  3/08;  COlb  35/00 
VS.  CL  23—358  4  chdms 

The  mvention  relates  to  the  preparation  of  lithium, 
sodium  and  quaternary  ammonium  cyanoborohydrides. 
These  compounds  are  prepared  by  mixing  substantially 
anhydrous  hydrogen  cyanide  with  a  substantially  an- 
hydrous lithium  or  sodium  or  quaternary  ammonium 
borohydride  at  a  temperature  between  0°  C.  and  100°  C. 
in  a  substantially  anhydrous  solvent,  such  as  tetrahydro- 
furan,  glyme,  diglyme,  triglyme  or  dimethyl  formamide 
or  mixtures  of  these  at  atmospheric  pressure.  If  desired, 
to  avoid  loss  of  hydrogen  cyanide,  a  pressure  of  from 
about  1  to  5  pounds  per  square  inch  may  be  used.  Pref- 
erably, the  preparation  is  carried  out  in  two  stages  (1) 
initially  at  a  temperature  between  about  10'  to  about 
35"  C.  until  substantially  all  hydrogen  has  ceased  to  be 


222 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


evolved  and  (2)  then  at  a  temperature  between  about  35' 
C.  and  the  boiling  point  of  the  solvent  until  all  the  inter- 
mediate products  have  been  converted  to  the  desired 
cyanoborohydride. 


pension  of  enough  glass  powder  to  settle  such  powder 
onto  each  spaced  in  the  form  of  a  mound.  The  base 
width  of  the  spacer  elements  determines  the  depth  of 
the  mound.  This  in  turn  facilitates  accurate  dimension- 
ing of  the  space  provided  inside  the  flat  pack. 


STRESS  RELIEVED  WELDED  STEEL  COMPOSITE 
WnUam  T.  De  Long  and  Panl  T.  CoKoran,  West  Man- 

dMflter  TownaUp,   Yorit   County,   Pa^   asrignora   to 

Tdcdync  Inc^  Lot  Aoseles,  CaBf  . 

No  Dnnvlns.  Filed  Dec.  30,  1969,  Scr.  No.  889,320 

bt  CL  B23b  15/00;  B23p  3/00 

VS.  CL  2»— 196.1  1  Claim 

A  low  alloy  high  strength  steel  weld  deposit  of  high 
toughness  and  superior  resistance  to  thermal  degradation 
and  which,  after  a  stress  relief  consisting  of  a  16-bour 
soak  at  1025'  F.  followed  by  cooling  at  a  rate  of  200*  F. 
per  hour,  has  Charpy  V-notch  impact  strength  of  at  least 
20.  ft.-lbs.  at  —60  •  F.  at  yield  strength  levels  which  are 
selectable  between  about  90K  s.i.  and  about  145K  s.i.,  the 
deposit  consisting  essentially  of 


Percent  by  Weight 

E>«n»Pt Broad         Pr«ferred 

Carbon 1.12  i  10 

M*nganese 25-.9  .36-.75 

3Ulcon 2O-.70  .26-85 

Chromium .2-2.0  2-1  35 

Nickel 2.(M.8  8.0-4.0 

Molybdenum .2-1.2  35-1  0 

Phosphorus «.020  >  012 

Solftir. 1.020  1.012 

Iron- Balance  Balance 

t  Maximum. 

also  a  low  alloy  steel  weld  deposit  having  a  yield  strength 
of  at  least  130K  s.i.  and  Charpy  V-notch  energy  absorp- 
tion at  -60'  F.  of  at  least  20  ft.-lbs.  after  being  stress  re- 
lieved by  soaking  for  16  hours  at  1025'  F.  followed  by 
cooling  at  a  rate  of  200"  F.  per  hour,  the  deposit  consist- 
ing essentially  of 

Percent  by  Weight 

'>«°"°t Broad       Preferred  exSaSe 

^^>oa. 06-.12  .07-.10  .08 

5fe°«»«»«^ 26-.9  .86-.75  7b 

M^oon-. aO-.70  .26-.66  .4 

Chromium 6-2.0  .76-1.88  1.0 

Nlokrt^- 2.0-4.6  8.0-4.0  8.8 

Molybdenum »-i.2  .6-1.0  .78 

Fhosphorus. i,02D  1.012  <.0l 

Solftir J.020  >.012  <.01 

"0° Balance  Balance           Balance 

I  liiaximum. 


3,667,925 
METHOD  FOR  BONDING  WITH  DEPOSITED 
PARTICULATE  GLASS 
John  E.  Sheppard,  Cornwells  Heights,  and  Vincent  J. 
PeUechia,  Lansdak,  Pa.,  assignon  to  General  Instru- 
ment Corporation,  Newaric,  N  J. 

Filed  Feb.  19,  1970,  Ser.  No.  12,679 

Int  a.  C03c  29/00 

UA  CL  65-43  7  claims 


^^^A. 


A  process  for  applying  glass  to  frame-like  spacers  for 
glass-sealing  the  spacers  to  lids  and  for  thereby  closing 
flat  packs.  The  spacers  are  submerged  in  a  liquid  sus- 


3  667  926 
METHOD  FOR  COATING  GLASS      ' 
Larry  Q.  Green,  Wilmington,  Del.,  and  Larry  L.  Light, 

Kinnelon,  N  J.,  assignors  to  E.  L  dn  Pont  de  Nemours 

and  Company,  Wilmington,  Del. 

No  Drawing.  FUcd  Nov.  6,  1969,  Ser.  No.  874.690 
InL  CI.  C03c  17/10  T 

UA  CI.  65-60  12  balms 

Method  of  producing  scratch  resistance  on  glass  by 
contacting  it  while  hot  with  (a)  an  aqueous  solution  of 
a  water-stable  titanium  composition  and  (b)  an  aqueous 
dispersion  of  a  surface  lubricating  composition,  the  glass 
temperature  being  high  enough  to  cause  immediate  and 
substantially  complete  vaporization  of  the  water  content 
of  the  solution  and  dispersion. 


3,667,927 

APPARATUS  FDR  BLOW  MOLDING  GLASS  BULBS 

TaiuuU  Knroluwa,  Chlgasakl-shi,  Jnnji  Yamada,  Oda- 

wara.dii,  and  Makoto  Wada,  KawasaU-aU,  Japan,  as- 

dgnors  to  Tokyo  Shlbanra  DcnU  KabushlU  Kaisha, 

Kawaaaki-slil,  Japan 

Piled  July  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  843,991 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  31,  1968, 
43/54,07f,  43/54,079743/54,080  [ 

I  Int  a.  C03b  9/12  ' 


U.S.  a.  65—185 


13  Claims 


20 


o 


T 


An  improved  apparatus  for  blowing  molding  glass  bulbs 
comprising  a  plate  link  for  conveyor  feeding  a  ribbon  of 
semifused  glass,  a  blow  head  link  conveyor  disposed  on  one 
side  of  a  running  surface  of  the  plate  link  conveyor  and 
adapted  to  support  a  series  of  blow  heads  moved  in  syn- 
chronism with  the  plate  links  and  in  the  same  direction 
therewith,  and  a  mold  link  conveyor  disposed  on  the  other 
side  of  the  running  surface  of  the  plate  link  conveyor  and 
adapted  to  support  a  series  of  molds  moved  in  syn- 
chronism with  the  blow  heads  and  in  the  same  dittcUon 
therewith,  said  apparatus  being  provided  with  pressurizer 
apparatus  for  which  this  invention  provides  improved 
blow  heads  having  air  blast  pipes  adapted  to  blow  air  into 
formed  bulbs  and  fed  in  synchronism  with  the  bulbs  and 
m  the  same  direction  as  the  feed  passage  of  the  glass  rib- 
bon having  bulbs  i)low-molded  between  the  blow  head 
Imks  and  the  mold  links.  Furthermore,  there  is  described 
herein  a  structure  of  the  pressurizer  heads  with  improved 
operating ,  mechanism. 


_  3,667,928 

INCREASED  COMPONENT  CONCENTRATION  OF 

NinnUENT  SOLUTIONS  OF  TRACE  METALS 

Peter  Stanley  Baddond,  Anaheim,   Calif.,   assignor  to 

Union  OO  Company  of  California,  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Nov.  12,  1969,  Ser.  No.  875,741 

Int  CI.  C05b  7/00 

UA  q.  71—34  6  Claims 

A  solution  suitable  for  application  to  i^ants  and  soU 

to  cQrrect  a  plurality  of  trace  metal  deficiencies  Is  dc- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


223 


scribed  which  comprises  an  aqueous  solution  of  the  sul- 
fate salts  of  two  or  more  of  iron,  zinc  and  manganese  to- 
gether with  mono-potassium  or  mono-ammonium  hydro- 


A»r%  M^ 


gen  orthophosphate  having  an  acidic  pH  value  from  about 
1.5  to  about  4,  and  wherein  the  components  of  the  solu- 
tion manifest  a  mutually  increased  solubility. 


3,667,929 

METHOD  OF  EFFECTING  DISSOLUTION  OF 
SOLUTES  IN  WATER  AND  COMPOSITIONS 
THEREFOR 

George  W.  Fleming,  Jr.,  P.O.  Box  10372, 
Chariotte,  N.C.    28201 

No  Drawing.  Continuation*in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 
382,950,  July  15,  1964.  This  application  July  30,  1969, 
Scr.  No.  846,274 

Int  CI.  AOln  11/04;  A61k  27/00;  C05c  5/02 
U.S.  CL  71—67  6  Claims 

Aqueous  solutions  of  uniform  concentration  throughout 
a  vessel  are  produced  without  substantial  agitation  by  pro- 
viding a  composition  including  a  solute  and  an  effervescent 
reaction  mixture  in  finely  divided  form  uniformly  coated 
with  a  thin  film  of  a  slowly  dispersible  material,  whereby 
upon  addition  to  a  vessel  of  water  the  mixture  effervesces 
and  the  gas  is  entrapped  to  exert  a  buoyant  effect  where- 
by the  bulk  of  the  solute  is  dissolved  in  the  upper  reaches 
of  the  vessel  and  disperses  throughout  the  vessel  by  grav- 
ity, yielding  a  solution  of  uniform  concentration  through- 
out the  vessel.  The  method  and  composition  therefore  find 
particular  utility  in  the  field  of  veterinary  medicines  and 
agricultural  chemicals  which  are  employed  in  the  form 
of  aqueous  solution. 


3,667,930 

3-AMINO-5-HALOGENATEDARYLOXYMETHYL. 
l,2,4^XADIAZOLES 

Horman  Brener,  Rcgensbnrg,  Germany,  assignor  to  Olin 
Mathicson  Chcmkal  Corporation 

No  Drawing.  AppUcation  Oct  9,  1967,  Ser.  No.  673,977, 
now  Patent  No.  3,564,606,  dated  Feb.  16,  1971,  which 
is  a  continnation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  566,480, 
July  20,  1966.  Divided  and  this  appUcation  Dec.  24, 
1969,  Ser.  No.  888,206 

Int  CL  AOln  9/22 
U.S.  a.  71—92  6  aalms 

A  series  of  3-amino-5-halogenatedaryloxymethyI-l,2,4- 
oxadiazoles  are  provided  by  the  reaction  of  selected  acyl 
carbodiimides  with  hydroxylamine  or  salts  thereof  to  pro- 
vide an  intermediate  N-acylsubstituted-N'-hydroxyguani- 
dine  which  is  converted  to  the  substituted- 1,2,4-oxadi- 
azoles  by  treatment  with  base.  The  substituted- 1,2,4- 
oxadiazoles  are  useful  agricultural  chemicals,  and  it  has 
been  found  that  they  are  particularly  outstanding  selec- 
tive herbicides. 


3,667,931 
BISXANTHATE  RICE  HERBICIDES 
Kenneth  L.  Viste,  Warminster,  and  Manin  H.  Fletoch- 
fresscr,  Warrington,  Pa.,  assignors  to  Rohm  and  Haas 
Company,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Jan.  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  4,742 
Int  CL  AOln  9/12 
U.S.  CL  71—102  9  Claims 

Weeds  in  rice  are  controlled  by  aj^lying  a  bisxanthate 
compound  of  the  formula 

S  s 

R— O— C— 8— R"— 8— C— O— R' 

wherein  R  and  R'  are  ethyl  or  n-i»opyl  and  R"  fe  a  di- 
valent (C1-C4)  alkylene  radical.  The  bisxanthates  and 
herbicidal  compositions  containing  them  are  useful  for 
the  control  of  weeds  in  both  direct  seeded  and  trans- 
planted rice. 


3,667,932 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  DISPERSION- 
HARDENED  FERROUS  ALLOY 
Horace  Pops,  Edgewood  Borough,  Pa.,  assignor  to 
United  States  Steel  Corporation 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Aug.  20,  1964,  Scr.  No.  390,992 
The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  subsequent  to 
Dec  6, 1987,  has  been  disclaimed 
Int  CL  C21d  1/00 
US.  CL  75— .5  BC  9  Claims 

1.  A  process  for  producing  dispersion-hardened  ferrous 
alloys  comprising  making  a  mixture  of  ferrous  metal  and 
aluminum  oxide,  randomly  distributing  said  aluminum 
oxide  throughout  said  ferrous  metal  by  passing  induced 
current  supplied  by  a  high-frequency  power  source  through 
the  mixture  to  melt  the  metal  and  stir  the  mixture  and 
cooling  the  mixture  to  produce  a  solidified  body  contain- 
ing a  fine  dispersion  of  aluminum  oxide. 


3,667,933 
ROTARY  KILN  REDUCTION  OF  IRON  OXIDES 
WITH  PNEUMATIC  FEEDING  OF  A  PORTION 
OF  THE  CHARGE 

Guenter  Hcitmann,  Frankfnrt-Niederrad,  Germany,  as- 
signor to  MetaligcseUschaft  Akticngescllscliaft,  Fkvnk- 
furt  am  Mahi,  Germany,  and  Tlie  Steel  Company  df 
Canada  Limited,  Hamilton,  Ontario,  Canada,  fractional 
part  taitorest  to  each 

No  Drawing.  Continuation  of  mipUcation  Scr.  No. 
559,065,  June  21,  1966.  This  application  Jan.  12. 
1970,  Ser.  No.  1,952 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  23,  1965, 

M  65,693 

Int  CI.  C21b  13/08;  C22b  23/02 
U.S.  CL  75 — 33  3  Claims 

Improvements  of  an  ore  treating  process,  wherein  the 
ore  and  the  treating  agent  are  both  fed  to  a  rotary  kiln 
which  operates  at  a  temperature  and  pressure  sufficient 
to  carry  out  such  treatment,  wherein  the  ore  is  fed  to 
the  treating  zone  in  such  a  manner  that  all  of  it  is  fed 
at  a  given  point  and  that  the  feeding  is  carried  out  under 
such  conditions  that  the  ore  being  fed  is  distributed 
throughout  at  least  a  portion  of  the  rotary  kiln  with  the 
larger  particles  of  ore  being  deposited  the  furthest 
distance  from  the  discharge  end  of  the  kiln  and  the 
smaller  particles,  of  ore  being  deposited  most  proximate 
to  the  discharge  end  of  the  kiln  so  that  the  deposition 
point  of  the  ore  particles  distance  from  the  discharge 
end  is  proportional  to  the  size  of  the  particles  being  de- 
posiited,  whereby  providing  a  residence  time  of  the  par- 
ticles in  the  kiln  proportional  to  the  size  of  the  particles. 


224 


3,M7»934 
REFINING  OF  ZINC 

LcsUe  Jack  Dciliaiii,  deceased,  late  of  ATonmovth,  Eog- 
land,  by  Mkhael  Gordon  Derham,  legal  representadye, 
and  Glen  Owen  John,  Bristol,  England;  said  John  as- 
rigDor  to  Imperial  SmeUlDg  Corporation  (Alloys)  Lim- 
ited, London,  Engbuid 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Oct  15,  1969,  Ser.  No.  867,120 

Claims  priority,  upUcation  Great  Britain,  Oct  23,  1968, 
50,378/68,  50,379/68,  50,380/68 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


I 


June  6,  1972 


3,667,938 

NICKEL  BASE  ALLOY 

WOUam  J.  Boesch,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  asrimor  to  Spedal 

Metals  Corporation,  New  Hartford,  N.Y. 

Continaation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  675,468, 

Oct  16,  1967.  This  application  May  5,  1970,  Ser. 

No.  34,743 

Int  a.  C22c  19/00 
VS.  CL  75—171  6  Clafans 


U.S.CL  75—86 


Int  CL  C22b  19/32,  9/10 


8  Claims 


Zinc  which  contains  aluminium  as  an  impurity  is  puri- 
fied hy  treating  the  molten  metal  with  chlorine,  in  free 
or  combined  form,  under  a  molten  flux  formed  from 
soditun  chloride  and  aluminium  chloride. 


3,667,935 

PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  NITROGEN-FREE 
PLATINUM  POWDERS 


OUycr  A.  Short,  Wilmington,  Del.,  assipior  to  E.  L  dn 
Pont  de  Nemours  and  Company,  ^^llmington,  Del. 

No  Drawing.  Coodnaation-iB-part  of  abandoned  applica- 
tion Ser.  No.  756,394,  Ang.  30,  1968.  This  appUcation 
Feb.  4, 1971,  Ser.  No.  112,789 

Int  CL  C22b  11/04 
VA  CL  75—109  1  Claim 

Nitrogen-free  platinum  powders  are  prepared  by  pre- 
cipitation from  an  aqueous  platinum  chloride  solution, 
with  zinc  and  hydrochloric  acid.  This  nitrogen-free  plati- 
num powder  is  relatively  coarse  and  can  be  used  in  the 
production  of  various  electrical  circuit  structures. 


3,667,936 
DENTAL  ALLOY 


Midiel  Katz,  Forest  HUb,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Aurinm 
Research  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Mar.  21,  1969,  Ser.  No.  809,381 

Int  CL  C22c  5/00 
VS.  CL  75—134  N  5  Claims 

A  precious  alloy  for  use  in  dental  frames  on  which 
ceramic  coverings  are  formed  by  baking.  Palladium  is 
used  in  an  amount  ranging  between  8  and  SO  weight  per- 
cent and  indium  is  used  in  an  amount  ranging  between  3 
and  12  weight  percent.  The  remainder  of  the  alloy  con- 
sists primarily  of  gold,  or  gold  and  silver,  and  small 
amounts  of  trace  metals.  With  such  an  alloy,  there  is  no 
need  for  the  use  of  platinum  as  in  the  prior  art  dental  al- 
loys having  the  same  desirable  characteristics. 


3,667,937 
DENTAL  FILLING 


/ 


An  alloy  consisting  essentially  of  12  to  20%  chromium, 
13  to  19%  cobalt,  4.5  to  about  7%  titanium,  1.3  to  3% 
aluminum,  2  to  3.5%  molybdenum,  0.5  to  2.5%  tungsten, 
the  combined  molybdenum  and  tungsten  content  being  3 
to  6%,  OJDS  to  0.15%  carbon,  0.005  to  0.03%  boron,  the 
titanium  and  aluminum  content  being  balanced  so  as  to 
provide  a  titanium  to  aluminum  ratio  within  a  specified 
relationship  and  a  combined  titanium  and  aluminum  con- 
tent of  6.5  to  9%,  the  balance  of  the  alloy  being  essen- 
tially nickel  with  up  to  0.75%  manganese,  up  to  0.2% 
yttrium,  up  to  0.2%  other  rare  earth  elements  such  as  ce- 
rium or  lanthanum  and  up  to  0.5%  iron. 


Clyde  E.  Ingersirfl,  Tonawanda,  and  Reginald  V.  Williams, 
St.,  deceased,  bite  of  Buffalo,  N.Y.,  by  John  A.  WO- 
liams  and  Elizabeth  P.  WHliams,  executors;  said  Inger- 
soD  assignor  to  WilUams  Gold  Refining  Incorporated, 
Buffalo,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  Ffled  Oct  7,  1970,  Ser.  No.  78,990 

Int  CL  C22c  5/00;  A61k  5/02 
VS.  CL  75—165  2  Claims 

A  metal  alloy  dental  filling  consisting  of  about  99.7 
to  99.95  parts  pure  gold  alloyed  with  about  .05  to  .30 
part  calcium  is  condensed  in  a  prepared  tooth  cavity. 
The  addition  of  calcium  to  pure  g(rid  results  in  a  sig- 
nificantly harder  filling. 


3,667,939 

mGH  TEMPERATURE  COBALT-BASE  SHEET 
ALLOY 
Ralph  J.  Hecht,  West  Pafan  Beach,  and  Richard  J.  Fcnton, 
Palm  Beach  Shores,  Fla.,  asstpiors  to  United  Aircraft 
Corporation,  East  Hartf  md.  Conn.  i 

Filed  Dec  30, 1971.  Ser.  No.  102,747 
Int  CL  C22c  19/00 
VS.  CL  75—171  ^  3  ^l 


\ 


i9m»''*/V- 


/em^t^^tV^JV 


■((aof 


/et>ff     y»X>    -«<*»    K**"      Jt*^  .arttr 


A  superior  wrought  cobalt-base  alloy  for  high  tempera- 
ture use  is  provided  at  the  nominal  composition,  by 
weight,  of  0.9  percent  carbon,  25  percent  chiomittm  0.9 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


percent  titanium,  1  percent  iron,  15  percent  nickel,  7.7 
percent  tungsten,  0.4  percent  zirccmium,  1  percent  colum- 
bium,  2.7  percent  tantalum,  balance  essentially  cobalt. 


3,667,940 

COLUMBIUM  BASE  ALLOY 

William  K.  McDonald,  Salem,  Oreg.,  assignor  to 

Telcdyne,  Inc.,  Albany,  Cta^ 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Apr.  10,  1969,  Ser.  No.  815,219 

Int  CL  C22c  27/00 

VS.  CL  75—174  9  Cbdms 

A   columbium   base   alloy   is   disclosed   having   high 

strength  and  oxidation  resistant  properties  particularly  at 

elevated  temperatures  and  also  adequate  low  temperature 

ductility.  The  alloy  contains  20  to  33%  hafnium,  11  to 

20%  tungsten  and  0.5  to  2%  zirconium,  and  may  contain 

small  amounts  of  one  or  more  other  elements  including 


225 


edge  breaking,  curling  and  cracking  are  prevented.  A 
uniform  foil  as  thin  as  0.004  in.  can  be  prepared  in  this 
way.  The  present  invention  is  an  improvement  over  the 
method  described  and  claimed  in  my  previous  U.S.  Pat. 
No.  3,396,015,  issued  Aug.  6,  1968. 


3,667,943 
QUINACRIDONE  PIGMENTS  IN  ELECTRO- 
PHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGING 
Lester  Weinberger,  Pcnfield,  N.Y.,  asrignor  to  Xerox 

Corporation,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  FOed  Aug.  22,  1968,  Ser.  No.  754,726 

Int  CL  G03g  5/06 

VS.  CL  96—1  PC  6  Claims 

An  electrophotographic  plate  including  a  i^otoconduc- 

tive  layer  comprising  a  novel  quinacridone  pigment  in  a 

binder  material,  said  quinacridone  pigment  having  the 

formula: 


<o>-^ 


rV 


NHCHr 


3-NH-R' 


aluminum,  iron,  carbon  and  titanium  to  modify  the  prop-  wherein  R=CH3,  CaH^OCHs,  OCjHs  or  a  halogen  and 

erties  of  the  alloy  for  various  applications,  and  may  also  wherein  R'=an  aromatic,  heterocyclic,  alicyclic  or  ali- 

contain  up  to  about  4%  of  tantalum  without  materially  phatic  group  is  disclosed.  Methods  of  preparing  said  plate 

effecting  the  properties  of  the  alloy  except  to  increase  its  and  of  using  said  plate  in  electrophotographic  processes 

density.  are  also  disclosed. 


3,667341 
METALUC  ALLOY  FOR  BEARINGS 


AMo  Dacco*,  Mihm,  Italy,  assignor  to  Liasa  del  Dott 
Aide  Dacco*,  MUu,  Italy 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Not.  3,  1969,  Ser.  No.  873,506 
Clafans  priority,  application  Italy,  Nov.  14, 1968, 
23,736/68 
Int  CL  C22c  17/00 
VS.  CL  75—178  AC  5  Cbdms 

Metallic  alloy  of  the  Zn-Al-Cu  type,  in  particular  for 
the  manufacture  <rf  bearings,  comprising  2-8%  of  electro- 
lytic coiq>er,  12-42%  of  pure  aluminum,  the  remainder 


3,667,944 
QUINACRIDONE  PIGMENTS  IN  ELECTRO- 
PHOTOGRAPHIC RECORDING 
Lester  Weinberger,  Brighton,  N.Y.,  assigiior  to  Xerox 

Corporation,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Nov.  1,  1968,  Ser.  No.  772,842 

Int  CL  G03g  5/06 

VS.  CL  96—1  PC  6  Claims 

An  electrophotogra|)hic  plate  including  a  photoconduc- 

tive  layer  comprisiiig  a  novel  quinacridone  pigment  in  a 

binder  material,  said)  quinacridone  pigment  having  the 

formula: 


NHC 


\3 

o  I  loT  To 


°^V\n. 


:hiNH(!J- 


zinc  with  a  high  degree  of  purity,  and  including  an  addi- 
tion of  cobalt  in  the  range  of  0.02  to  0.35%. 


3,667,942 

METHOD  OF  POWDER  ROLLING  NICKEL- 

IRON-COBALT  ALLOYS 

Jcny  C.  LaPhmte,  Hempstead,  and  IlionuH  A.  Poole, 

Setanket,  N.Y.,  aasigniurs  to  AUoys  UnUmilcd  Inc., 

Mchrflle,  N.Y. 

No  Drawfa«.  FUed  June  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  44,854 
bit  CL  B22f  1/00 
VS,  CL  75—214  9  Qafans 

The  alloy  29  Ni,  17  Co,  balance  iron  is  prepared  as  a 
fine  powder  in  the  fully  annealed  ccHidition  and  is  rolled 
without  added  binders  into  a  green  strip  of  about  80% 
density.  After  sintering  at  about  1800*-1900*  F.  for  an 
hour,  it  is  reduced  by  rolling  about  18  to  20%,  after  which 
it  is  resintered.  By  controlling  coil  and  roU  diameters, 


wherein  R=CH3,  C3H5,  OCHj,  OCaHs  or  a  halogen  and 
wherein  R'=COOH,  COOCa/2,  SO3H,  or  S03Ca/2  is 
disclosed.  Methods  of  preparing  said  plate  and  of  using 
said  plate  in  electrophotographic  processes  are  also  dis- 
closed. 


3,667,945 
QUINACRIDONE  PIGMENTS  IN  ELECTRO- 
PHOTOGRAPHIC IMAGING 
Vsevolod  'nriagfai,  Rodiesttf ,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Xorox 

Corporation,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Continuation  of  aniHcation  Ser.  No. 
469,143,  July  2,  1965.  This  appUcation  June  20, 
1969,  Ser.  No.  842,769 

Int  CL  G03g  5/06 
VS.  a.  96—1  PC  9  Cfadms 

An  electrophotographic  method  which  employs  quin- 
acridone pigments  as  the  photoconductor  in  the  imaging 
plate. 


899  O.O.— 8 


226 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,667,946 

SURFACE  TREATMENT  OF  PHOTOPOLYMER 

FILM  USED  FOR  RECORDING  HOLOGRAMS 

Eugene  J.  StnrdeTaot,  WilmiiistoB,  Del^  assfgiior  to 

Holotron  Coipontioii,  WUmiiigtoii,  DcL 

Filed  Sept.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  74,590 

lot  CL  G03c  5/12 
VS.  CL  94—35.1  13  Claims 

Techniques  for  treating  and  handling  photopolymer 
film  utilized  to  recwd  in  the  visible  or  near  visible  range 
an  electromagnetic  radiation  pattern  such  as  a  holographic 
interference  pattern.  Prior  to  exposure  of  a  photopolyna- 
erizable  film  material  to  the  radiation  pattern,  the  film  is 
polymerized  at  its  surface  primarily  to  improve  mechani- 
cal rigidity  of  the  film.  A  pipcess  of  manufacturing  elon- 
gated photopolymerizable  recording  film  includes  ex- 
truding a  liquid  monomer  composition  onto  a  substrate 
and  polymerizing  the  monomer  composition  at  least  at 
its  surface  before  the  material  is  rolled  or  otherwise  sub- 
jected to  mechanical  stresses.  A  technique  for  copying  a 
master  holographic  movie  onto  photopolymerizable  film 
includes  extruding  a  liquid  monomer  composition  onto 
the  holographic  movie,  exposing  the  monomer  layer  to 
the  holographic  information  recorded  on  the  master  film, 
polymerizing  the  remaining  monomer  and  then  separating 
the  now  hardened  polymerized  film  from  the  master  movie 
fihn. 


3,667,947 
COLOR  CRT  SCREEN  EXPOSURE  METHOD 


Lcfler  H.  McKee,  Seneca  Falls,  N.Y^  assicoor  to 
Sylvanla  Electric  Products  Inc. 

Original  application  Nov.  1,  1967,  Ser.  No.  679,869,  now 
Patent  No.  3,559,546,  dated  Feb.  2,  1971.  Divided 
and  this  appUcation  Sept  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  69,815 

Int  CI.  G03c  5/00 
VA  CL  96—36.1  6  Claims 


3,667,948 

TOPOGRAPHIC  MAP  AND  PROCESS  FOR 
SYMBOLIZING  PHOTOGRAPHS    T 
Mylon  Merriam,  Washington,  D.C.,  assignor  to  die'  United 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Army 
Continiiation-iii-part  of  abandoned  application  Ser.  No. 
472,371,  Jtdy  15,  1965.  This  appUcation  June  6,  1969, 
Ser.  No.  831,193  1 

InL  CL  G03c  5/00;  G03f  1/02 
VS.  CL  96—44  s'Chdms 


A  method  for  light  forming  a  cathode  ray  tube 
patterned  screen  utilizing  unattenuated  radiant  energy 
of  the  light  source.  A  photosensitive  i^osphor-contain- 
ing  coating  disposed  on  the  screen  panel  is  exposed, 
through  an  adjacently  positioned  negative  mask,  by 
radiant  energy  of  substantially  constant  intensity  from 
a  substantially  unattenuated  direct  light  source  oriented 
within  an  apertured  light  enclosure.  Since  the  utilized 
area  of  the  light  source  is  smaller  than  the  discrete 
aperture  area,  the  light  source  is  moved  in  a  prede- 
termined manner  relative  to  the  aperture  to  effect  a 
simulated  light  source  area  equalling  the  aperture  area. 


This  invention  relates  to  a  uniform  tone  image  bearing 
photographic  film  screen  and  the  method  of  preparing  the 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


2S7 


film  screen  from  a  photograph.  The  film  screen  is  subse- 
quently utilized  in  making  a  map  in  which  cartographic 


symbols  are  displayed  as  alterations  in  the  tone  of  the  im- 
ages from  the  film  screen,  while  maintaining  the  texture 
of  the  photographic  image. 


3,667,949 
IMAGEWISE  PHOTOCHROMIC  PROCESS  UTILIZ- 
ING  SPIROPYRAN    COMPOUNDS    AND    HALO- 
GENATED  HYDROCARBON  PHOTOACTIVATORS 
Eiichi  Inoue,  Isamu  Shimizu,  and  Ha^me  Kobayasfai, 
Tokyo,  Japan,  assignors  to  Canon  Camera  KabnshiU 
Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Mar.  6,  1969,  Ser.  No.  805,004 

Claims  inriority,  application  Japan,  Mar.  12,  1968, 

43/15,712,  43/15,987 

Int  CL  G03c  1/52 

VS.  CL  96—48  2  Claims 

A  stable  colored  image  is  obtained  by  using  a  spiropyran 

compound  and  an  ionic  compound  in  a  coexistent  state, 

applying  image-wise  radiation  thereto. 

The  colored  state  can  be  eliminated  by  neutralizing 
the  ionic  compound. 

Thus,  the  photochromic  image  formation  can  be  re- 
peatedly effected. 


3,667,950 

BLEACH-FIXING  SOLUTION  FOR  COLOR 

PHOTOGRAPHY 

Uroyuki  Amano,  Hamhiko  Iwano,  and  Kazno  Shirasu, 

Kanagawa,  Japan,  assignors  to  Fuji  Photo  Film  Co., 

Ltd.,  Kanagawa,  Japan 

No  Drawfaig.  FOed  Dec.  16,  1970,  Ser.  No.  98,881 

Chdms  priority,  application  Japan,  Dec.  16,  1969, 

44/101,115 

Int  CL  G03c  5/32 

VS.  CL  96-60  12  dahns 

A  single  bleach-fixing  solution  for  ccrior  photographic 

light-sensitive  materials  comprising  a  ferricyanide  and  a 

thiocyanate  and  containing  at  least  one  compound  having 

an  aldehyde  group  or  a  methylol  group  is  disclosed. 


which  functions  as  a  hardening  agent  for  photograjriiic 
emulsion  are  rendered  less  corrosive  to  processing  equip- 
ment by  incorporation  therein  of  a  minor  amount  of  a 
polyalkylene  glycol. 


H 


3  667  952  *' 

COLOR  STABILOATION  PROCESSING 

try  J.  Faisbender,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 
Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Oct  6,  1969,  Ser.  No.  864,177 
,   „  Int  CL  G03c  5/5«,  7/iO 

UA  CL  96-61  5  cWms 

The  use  of  carbonyl-bisulfite  adducts,  e.g.,  formakle- 
hyde  bisulfite,  in  color  stabilization  processes  which  in- 
volve treating  an  imagewise  exposed,  incorporated  coupler, 
multilayer,  silver  halide  sensitized  photographic  element 
in  a  developer  to  form  silver  and  color  images  and  then 
treating  the  developed  element  with  a  thiosulf ate  sUbilizer 
to  stabilize  the  nondeveloped  silver,  prevents  objection- 
able stain  which  otiierwise  results  in  background  areas. 
The  carbonyl-bisulfite  adduct  is  desirably  incorporated 
into  a  thiosulfate  stabilizer  composition. 


3,667,953 
COLOR  PHOTOGRAPmc  POSITIVE  MATERLiLS 
Sh^ra  Watanabe,  YuUh  Yasnda,  and  Kazuya  Sano, 
Kanagawa,  Japan,  asrignors  to  FOji  Photo  Film  Co., 
Ltd.,  Kanagawa,  Japan 

FUed  Mar.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,468 
Claims  priority,  applicntion  Japan,  Oct  9,  1969. 
44/80,987 
,to  «.  ^  Int  CL  G03c  i/76 

VS.  a.  96—74  7  OabBs 

Multi-layer  color  photographic  light-sensitive  positive 
material  incorporating,  in  addition  to  cyan,  magenta  and 
yellow  dyes  in  the  light-sensitive  emulsion  layers  thereof, 
at  least  one  of  a  red  or  blue  dye-forming  coupler  capable 
of  forming  a  dye  or  dyes  having  absorption  maximums 
at  460-520  nm.  and  570-640  nm.,  respectively.  Such  red 
and  blue  dye  couplers  are  selected  such  that  the  dyes  are 
formed  selectively  in  high  density  images  areas  and  result 
in  the  production  of  images  possessing  excellent  repro- 
duction of  both  colors  and  black. 


3,667,954 

TRIBROMOMETHYL  SULFONYL  PYRIDAZINE  OR 

PHTHALAZINE  PHOTOACTIVATORS 
Kohei  Itano,  Masashi  Nakano,  and  Mitsnni  Hashimoto, 

Tokyo,  Japan,  assignors  to  Keullel  ft  Esser  Company, 

Morristown,  NJ. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Apr.  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  30,974 

Claims  iviority,  apirilcation  Japan,  Apr.  21,  1969. 

44/30,278 

WTO    ^   „  Inta.G03ci/52.  7/72 

UA  CI.  96-90  6  Claims 

A  light-sensiUve  prmtmg  material  comprising  a  photo- 
activator  capable  of  forming  a  free  radical  by  action  of 
light  and  a  discoloring  agent  showing  a  visible  color 
change  by  action  of  said  free  radical,  characterized  by 
using  as  the  photo-activator  a  pyridazine  or  phthalazine 
derivative  which  is  represented  by  the  general  formula 


Ri 


Ri 


Rt 


3,667,951 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  STABILIZING  BATHS  INHIBITED 
AGAINST  CORROSION  WITH  POLYALKYLENE 
GLYCOLS 
Henry  J.  Fassbcnder  and  Nelson  S.  Case,  Rochester,  N.Y., 
assignors  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rodiester,  N.Y. 
No  Drawfaig.  FDed  Mar.  3, 1969,  Ser.  No.  803,937 
Int  a.  G03c  5/38 
VS.  CL  96—61  15  Claims 

Stabilizing  baths  which  are  utilized  in  rapid  access 
processing  of  photographic  elements  and  which  comprise    wherein  Ri,  R,  and  R,  are  individually  a  hydrogen  atom 
a  thiocyanate  stabilizmg  agent  and  an  aluminum  salt   a  hydroxy  group,  a  lower  alkyl  group,  an  alkyUulfonyl 


Ri [-80,CBri  or 


Ri-4 jUsOtCBn 


228 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


i 


June 


group,  an  alkoxy  group  or  an  alkoxycarbonyl  group,  pro- 
vided that  R2  and  Rs  may  form  a  benzene  ring  and,  in 
the  case  of  an  N-oxide  type  compound,  Rj  may  be  a  tri- 
bromomethyl  sulfonyl  group. 


3,667,fS5 
TWO-COMFONENT  DIAZOTYPE  PHOTOSENSI- 
TIVE MATERIAL 
SUceaU   YoaUda,   YokohuuMU,   Kuagawa-kea, 
TadaaU  Saito,  KawasaU-aU,  Kanagawa-kea,  Japan,  aa- 
dgMNTi  to  KabuUU  Kataha  Rkoh,  Tokyo,  Japan 
No  Drawinf.  FOcd  Jnne  6,  1969,  Scr.  No.  8314f2 
dafaM  priorily,  appikaHon  Japo,  Jaw  15, 196S, 
43/41,288 
Int.  C3.  Gf3c  1/58, 1/54 
VS,  CL  96—91  R  8  Claims 

Two^omponent  diazotype  photosensitive  material  con- 
taining a  coupling  component  of  the  following  general 
Formula  1  and  a  diazocompound  of  the  following  gen- 
eral FOTmola  2  gives  a  navy  blue  or  dark  blue  dye-image 
having  high  density  and  fastness  by  developing  in  an  al- 
kaline solution  or  vapor. 

NH 

S 

Ri  Ri       N  NH 

N      HC  C=NH 


HO 


(1) 


ORi 


NtX 


(2) 


3,667356 
UGHT*SENSnTVE  SILVER  HALIDE  COLOR 
PHOTOGRAPmC  MATERIALS  CONTAIN- 
ING CYAN  COUPLERS 
No  Drawing.  FDcd  Feb.  18,  1970,  Scr.  No.  12,476 
ClainH  prioiMy,  application  Japan,  Feb.  24,  1969, 

44/13^16 

Int.  CL  G83c  1/40 

VA  CL  96— 106  4  Claims 

A  compound  <A  the  general  formula 


-CONH(CHt)iCH=CH(CHi);CHi 


i=N-.^^ 


i 


OR 


wherein  R  is  a  lower  alkyl  group,  a  lower  alkoxy  group, 
or  a  phenoxy  or  aralkoxy  group  which  may  have  a  sub- 
stituent  selected  from  atkyl,  alkoxy  and  halogen  is  found 
to  be  useful  as  a  cyan  coupler  providing  auto-maaidng 
mechanism  Ux  light-sensitive  coIcm:  photogn^hic  mate- 
rials so  as  to  compensate  the  deficient  ooIcm-  reproduc- 
tivity  <tf  said  materials. 


6,  1972 


3,667,957 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  MATERIAL  WITH  A  STABILIZER 

ANTIFOGGANT  BIDENTATE  COMPOUND 

Jozef  Fknns  WlUems,  WlkiJI^  Fnaa  Clcnwnt  HcngcbMrt, 

Kontich,  and  Robert  Joseph  PoUct,  Vremdc,  Belgfaim, 

tmkwann  to  Gcvacrt-Agfa  N.V.,  MortssL  Bdginm 

No  Drawing.  FOcd  Feb.  13,  1969,  Scr.  No.  799,097 

CbUnut  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Feb.  22,  1968, 

8,652/68 
•  Int  CL  G03c  1/34 

UA  a.  96—109  7  Claims 

Photographic  materials  arc  provided  which  comprise  in 
a  light-sensitive  silver  halide  emulsion  layer  or  in  a  water- 
permeable  layer  adjacent  thereto  a  compound  of  the  for- 
mula: 

,-N^ 
^Z         C-A-Q-X 

H 

wherein: 

Z  represents  the  atoms  necessary  to  close  a  het^rocyde, 

Q  stands  for  sulphur  or  selenium, 

A  stands  for  alkylene  which  may  be  interrupted  by  one  or 
more  hetero  atoms,  S-alkylene  which  may  be  interrupted 
by  one  or  more  hetero  atoms,  or  arylene, 

X  stands  for  alkyl,  alkenyl  or  aryl,  or 

A  and  X  together  represent  the  atoms  necessary  to  com- 
plete a  saturated  heterocycle, 

the  said  compound  comprising  directly  or  indirectly  linked 
to  the  group  Z  and/or  X  a  — COOM  or  — SO|M  group 
wherein  M  is  hydrogen,  ammonium,  a  metal  atom  or 
organic  ammonium.  These  materials  have  reduced  fogging 
tendency,  even  under  conditions  of  high  humidity  and 
heat,  and  their  sensitivity  is  substantially  unaffected  by 
the  presence  of  the  aforesaid  compound. 


1 

smvE 


3,667,958 

™^'!!!]S^*''"^  ^^ND  IHERMOSENSmVE  ELE- 

^fflNTS,  COMPOSITIONS  AND  PROCESSES 

IVands  J.  Evans,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  mrignor  to 

Eartnan  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

No  Drawhv.  FOcd  Apr.  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  27,105 

^^CiG^ic  1/02 

UA  CI  96N-114.1  27  Claims 

A  reducing  agent  combination  of  a  polyhy(boxyben- 
zene  reducing  agent  with  a  reducing  agent  which  is  a 
hydroxylamine,  a  reductone  and/or  a  hydrazine,  in  a 
photosensitive  and  thermosensitive  element,  composition 
and/or  process  emfdoying  an  oxidation-reduction  image 
forming  combination  provides  greater  image  discrimina- 
tion or  resolution,  with  an  increase  in  relative  speed  and 
improved  black  tone.  Such  a  reducing  agent  combination 
can  be  employed  in  an  image  reproduction  sheet  in  which 
a  radiation  sensitive  heavy  metal  salt  can  be  reduced 
to  free  metal  and  form  the  image  components  in  an  oxi- 
dation reduction  reaction  combination  by  prxxlucing  a 
visible  color  change  with  an  organic  silver  salt. 


3,667,959 

PHOTOSENSITIVE  AND  THERMOSENSITIVE  ELE- 

MENT,  COMPOSITIONS  AND  PROCESS 
^'T'*^.^^'^'^  "^  Rkhard  A.  de  Manrinc.  Roches- 

ter,  N.Y.,  asrignors  to   Fnwtman  Kodak   Comnanv. 

Rochester,  N^yT  ^^   ^^'^' 

No  Drawing.  Filed  May  1,  1970,  Scr.  No.  33,966 
^^^  _  Int  CL  G03c  i/W 

UA  CL  96-114.1  27  CUdms 

A  non-aqueous,  pcrfar,  organic  solvent,  such  as  a  c«n- 
pound  containing  a  1 

10         o 
4-.  -8-  I 

or  — SOa —  moiety,  in  a  photosensitive  and  thermosensi- 
tive element  suitable  for  dry  processing  with  heat,  provides 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


229 


improved  maximum  image  densities  and  reduced  exposure 
and  processing  time  in  some  cases.  A  combination  of  a 
non-aqueous,  polar,  organic  compound,  such  as  one  con- 
taining a 

o 


mcludes  reducing  in  the  ingested  resulting  fecdstuffs  of 
the  proportion  of  acetic  acid  in  the  rumen  while  increas- 
ing the  total  steam  volatile  fatty  acid  output  by  the  rumen 
microflora. 


X  X 


or  — SQi —  moiety,  in  conjunction  with  a  stable  source 
of  silver  for  physical  development  are  useful  in  i^oto- 
sensitive  elements  for  dry  processing.  The  element  can 
contain  a  sensitizing  dye  and  a  photosensitive  silver  ha- 
lide, or  other  suitable  photosensitive  metal  salts. 


3  667  960 
SPECTRALLY  SUPERSEN^TIZED  SILVER  HALIDE 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  EMULSION 
Kdsnkc   SUba,   Sato   AUra,   and   MotoUko   Tsnbota, 
Kanapnra,  Japan,  assignors  to  RiJI  Photo  FUm  Co., 
Ltd.,  Kanagawa,  Japan 

FOcd  Mar.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,122 
Clafans  priority,  application  Japan,  Mar.  27, 1969, 
44/23,320 
Int  a.  G03c ///¥ 
UA  CL  96—124  15  Claims 

Supersensitization  of  sflver  halide  photographic  emul- 
sions by  employing  a  combination  of  specific  sensitizing 
dyes,  one  containing  a  heterocyclic  nucleus  selected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  naphthoseienazole  and  naphthox- 
azole  and  the  other  of  which  containing  a  2-quinoline 
nucleus.  The  particular  combination  of  spectral  sensitiz- 
ing dyes  employed  provide  a  high  degree  of  supersen- 
sitization over  the  entire  visible  range. 


3  667  961 

PROCESS  FOR  IMPROVING  DIGESTIBILrrV  OF 

FEEDSTUFFS  FOR  RUMINANT  ANIMALS 

John  W.  Algeo,  Santa  Yncz,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  Santa 

Ynez  Research  Farm,  Santa  Ynez,  Calif. 

FDcd  Sept  22, 1967,  Scr.  No.  674,050 

Int  CL  A23k  1/00 

UA  CL  99-2  R  22  Cbdms 


^    «  3,667,962 

^^fSS^^™°  ™"NK  BASE  FOR  MAKING 
CARBONATED  BEVERAGES  BY  ADDITION 
TO  WATER 
^^Ti*^^  Fritzbcrg,  MInneapolfa,  Mbm.,  and  Donald 

C.  FeUcBz,  Wcstficld,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  The  Pillsbory 

Company,  Mfameapolis,  Minn. 

No  Drawhig.  FOcd  July  14,  1969,  Scr.  No.  841,613 
,T«    ^   ^  Irt.  CL  A23I  7/2(J 

UA  CL  99-78  9  Claims 

A  dried  base  which  forms  a  carbonated  beverage  when 
added  to  water.  The  base  consists  of  two  porous  friable 
bodies,  one  containing  a  soluble,  thermoplastic,  amor- 
phous saccharide  and  an  edible  acid,  the  other  a  soluble, 
thermoplastic,  amorphous  saccharide  and  an  edible  car- 
bonate which  will  react  with  the  acid  when  placed  in 
water  to  evolve  carbon  dioxide.  Premature  reaction  be- 
tween acid  and  carbonate  is  prevented  by  their  physical 
separation. 

3,667,963 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  PIZZA 

Raymond  G.  Katter,  2833  Banbniy  Road,  and  Joseph  L. 

Sfif^'  o'f/A  ^"''»  2»^  E^  »x»*  o«  S«»Jt  Lake  CHy, 
utan    84121 

FUed  Dec.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,750 
.TO   «   ....  Int.  CL  A21d  7i/(W 

UA  q.  99-86  «  chdms 

A  pizza  or  similar  food  product  is  prepared  by  slicing  a 
baked  roll,  applying  a  sealing  layer  of  margarine  to  the 
soft  interior  surface  of  the  roll,  applying  a  liquid  sauce 
over  the  sealing  layer,  and  baking  the  resulting  combina- 
tion. 


^ — 


«.r,^«  3,667,964 

ESTERS  OF  MDIOLS  AND  1,3,5  x-POLYOLS  AS 

,  u     «,  ADDmVESFOR  BAKED  GOODS 

Sf-^*.  V*^^  ^^^  Highlands,   N  J.,  and 

5SSS"^'^!l^'^"^*"«'  ""^  Theodore  P.  Labnza, 

^JE*^^''^'  ^"^  Mrignors  to  Easo  Research 

and  Engineering  Company 

No  Drawfaig.  FUed  Apr.  1,  1970,  Ser.  No.  24,796 
.TO  ^   .»  InL  a.  A21d  2/76 

UA  CL  99—90  P  10  Clafans 

Baked  food  additives  which  comprise  certain  esters  of 
polyalcohols,  such  as  esters  of  1,3-diols  and  1,3,5  x-poly- 
ols,  are  excellent  dou^  conditioners,  anti-staling  agents 
and  preservatives.  The  present  invention  is  concerned  gen- 
eraUy  with  high  quality  baked  food  compositions  and  is 
more  specificaUy  concerned  with  addiUve  materials  for 
addition  to  baked  foods,  which  materials  comprise  par- 
ticular esters  of  particular  diols  and  polyols. 


The  invention  comprises  a  rapid  process  and  relative- 
ly economical  equipment  for  increasing  nutrient  avail- 
ability of  ruminant  animal  feedstuils,  which  includes  the 
irreversible  rearrangement  of  initial  molecular  bond 
structures  of  such  feedstuffs  to  different  molecular  bond 
structures  with  concomitant  degradation  of  relatively  in- 
digestible molecular  structures  to  shorter  chain  length 
more  digestible  carbohydrates  by  subjecting  ruminant 
animal  feedstuffs  in  a  closed  vessel  to  high  pressure  steam 
for  relative  short  time  intervals  and  thereafter  rapidly 
releasing  the  thus  subjected  feedstuffs  to  atmospheric  con- 
ditions, together  with  means  for  successively  collecting 
and  storing  the  thus  subjected  feedstuffs,  and  which  also 


«.,^  3,667,965 

BAKED  FLOUR  COMPOSHIONS  CONTAINING 

w  ^    „.  ^      auphahc  diols 

John  W.  Fhmkcnfeld,  Athmtic  lii|rhi«»dff.  nj..  and 
^iS^^SSiii*'^"^*^  «nd  TWodoS  P.  LSbnza, 
.  ^  i^'l?^'  **■*»  «aBlgnore  to  Ean  Rcseaith 
and  Enginea1iu(Company 

No  Drawing.  FOcd  Jan.  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  4.427 
Int  CL  A21d  2/74 
VS.  CL  99—90  P  11  ciafan. 

This  mvention  relates  to  baked  flour  compositions 
which  comprise  certain  aliphatic  polyalcohols  such  as  1,3- 
diols  and  1,3.5,  x-polyols.  These  baked  flour  compositions 
contaimng  aliphatic  diols  have  exceUent  anti-staling  prop- 
erties and  greatiy  improved  storage  properties  due  to 
mold  inhibition.  In  addition,  since  they  are  energy  dense 
compounds  which  are  rapidly  and  completely  metabolized, 
they  improve  the  nutritional  qualities  of  the  product. 


230 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  (,  1972 


YEAST  RAISED  BAKED  PRODUCTS  AND 
PREPARATION  THEREOF 
Albeit  Peter  Centplella,  Edwardsbnrg,  Mkh.,  and  Billy 
Gene  Razor,  Elkhart,  Ind^  asaignors  to  Miles  Labora- 
tories, Inc^  Elkhart,  Ind. 

No  Drawing.  FUcd  Not.  3,  1969,  Scr.  No.  873,712 
bt  CL  A21d  2/14 
V3.  CL  99L— 91  12  Claims 

A  yeast  raised  baked  product  and  a  method  for  prepar- 
ing such  a  baked  product  utilizing  a  dough  additive  com- 
prising a  polyester  of  citric  acid  and  sorbitol  which  im- 
parts improved  characteristics  to  the  dough  and  the  baked 
product  resulting  therefrom. 


3,667,969 
ARTIFICIAL  SWEETENING  COMPOSITION 

Paul  Kxacauer,  New  Yoik,  N.Y.,  asalgiior  to  American 

Sweetener  Coip.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Continuation-bHpart  of  application  Ser.  No. 

808,984,  Mar.  20,  1969.  TUs  application  Sept.  28, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  76,216 

lot  CL  A23I 1/26 
U.S.  a.  99—141  A  10  Claims 

The  bitter  after-taste  characteristic  of  artificial  sweeten- 
ing compositions  is  eliminated  by  a  composition  compris- 
ing a  major  amount  of  saccharin  and  minor  amounts  of 
d-galactose.  The  flavor  of  the  sweetening  composition 
may  be  further  improved  by  the  addition  of  small  amounts 
of  sodium  chloride  and/or  calcium  hydroxide. 


3,667,967 
PROCESS  FOR  IMPROVED  APPLE  JUICE 
EXTRACTION 
Michael  L.  Coltart.  Winficid,  British  Columbia,  and  David 
Patoo,  Kelowna,  British  ColomMa,  Canada,  assignors 
to  Am-Rype  Products  Ltd.,  Kelowna,  British  Columbia, 
Canada 

FUed  Apr.  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  811,794 
Claims  priority,  application  Canada,  Dec.  6,  1968, 

37,047 

Int.  CL  A231 1/02,  3/30 

U.S.  CL  99—105  5  Claims 


}^ 


Mjmtomt 


A  process  and  apparatus  for  improving  the  yield  of 
juice  which  may  be  extracted  from  a  vegetable  or  fruit 
pulp.  The  process  subjects  the  pulp  to  ultrasonic  vibrations 
in  the  frequency  range  between  20  and  300  kc/s  at  a 
sound  intensity  of  up  to  about  20  watts/sq.  cm.  It  has 
also  been  found  advantageous  to  treat  expressed  juice, 
which  has  been  produced  by  ultrasonic  means  or  other- 
wise, with  ultrasonic  vibrations,  in  order  to  improve  the 
quality  and  fllterability  of  the  juice.  Although  ultrasonic 
vibrations  may  be  generated  in  many  ways  it  has  been 
found  particularly  suitable  to  employ  a  sonic  whistle  which 
may  be  placed  in  line  in  continuous  production  equip- 
ment. 


3,667,970 
PROCESS  FOR  PRESERVING  MEAT 


Juergcn  Sclicide,  Holzmindcn,  Germany,  assignor  to 
Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengesellscliaft,  Leverkuscn. 
Germany 
No  Drawing.  Continuation-in>part  of  abandoned  applica- 
tions Scr.  No.  822,290  and  Scr.  No.  822,291,  both 
May  6,  1969.  This  application  June  3,  1971,  Scr.  No. 
149,813 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  10,  1968, 

P  17  67  438J,  P  17  67  439.4 

Int.  a.  A23b  1/00.  3/00 

U.S.  CL  99—169  9  Claims 

The  surface  of  fresh  meat  is  treated  with  a  mixture  of 

from  2>30%   by  weight  of  a  monoglyceride  and  from 

98-70%  by  wei^t  of  a  di-  or  triglyceride  of  paraffinic  or 

oleflnic  carboxylic  acids  with  from  8-22  carbon  atoms  to 

form  a  coherent  film  over  the  meat  surface  to  improve 

the  storageability  and  quality  of  the  meat. 


3,667,968 

CHEESE  FLAVORS 

Robert  L.  Kasik,  Oak  Lawn,  and  Anthony  J.  Luksas, 

Chicago,  DL,  assignors  to  Beatrice  Foods  Co.,  Chicago, 

IIL 
No  Drawing.  Continnation>in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 

824,250,  May  13, 1969.  This  application  May  13, 1969, 

Scr.  No.  824,259 

Int.  CL  A23c  79/02,  i9//2;  A231 //26 
UA  a.  99—140  R  34  Claims 

Cheese  flavors  and  cheese  flavored  products  are  pro- 
duced in  a  short  time  by  growing  a  combination  of  one 
member  of  the  genus  Bacillus  and  one  member  of  the 
genus  Streptococcus  in  an  aqueous  medium  containing 
a  protein  and  a  carb<Aydrate  to  produce  a  ferment.  The 
resulting  ferment  is  inoculated  with  specific  cheese  flavor 
organisms  such  as  Penicillium  roquefortii  and  further  fer- 
mented. The  product  is  then  formed  into  a  cheese  or  dried 
to  a  powder,  as  desired. 


'  3,667,971 

METHOD  OF  FORMING  AND  WRAPPING 

FOODSTUFFS 

Fred  William  Branncr,  Eugene,  Oreg.,  assignor  to 

Manning's  Inc.,  San  Frimdsco,  CaUf  . 

Filed  Inly  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,115 

Int  CL  B65b  25/06 

VS.  CL  99—171  R  6  Claims 


1 


A  method  for  forming  and  wrapping  foodstuffs  such  as 
tamales  whereby  a  foodstuff  is  deposited  on  a  wrapping 
material,  the  foodstuff  and  wrapping  material  being 
formed  into  a  U-shape  and  then  heat  sealed  across  the 
upwardly  extending  edges  after  depositing  filling  material 
into  the  foodstuff.  The  wrapping  material  is  tl^en  heat 
sealed  between  adjoining  foodstuffs. 


3,667,972 

CHEMICAL  NICKEL  PLATING  BATHS 
Mignel  Coll-Palagos,  Rye,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Stauffcr 

Chemical  Company,  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No. 
687,470,  Dec.  4,  1967.  This  application  June  11, 
1970,  Ser.  No.  48,836 

Int  a.  C23c  3/02 
U.S.  a.  106—1  8  Claims 

Acidic  electroless  plating  solution  comprising  nickel 
ions,  hypophosphite  ions,  and  an  ion  of  the  group  of 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


231 


sulfamate,  fluoborate  and  mixtures  thereof  for  improved  hydroxide  whereby  the  coated  fibers  form  an  injectable 

solution  stability  and  providing  electroless  plates  char-  and  extrudable  paste,  and  process  for  producing  same 

acterized  by  lower  internal  stresses  so  as  to  provide  im- 

proved  adhesion.  Stability  is  further  improved  by  the  addi-  —^^^^^^^'■~— 

tion  of  glycolate  ions  and  acetate  i(His.  Boric  acid  is  used 

to  further  improve  characteristics  of  the  plating  bath.  ERRATUM 


3,667,973 

SPONTANEOUS  FLUORIDE  OPAL  GLASSES  WITH 

THERMALLY  REVERSIBLE  OPACITY 

James  E.  Flannery,  Coming,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Condng  Glass  Works,  Condng,  N.Y. 

FUed  Oct.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,501 

Int.  CL  C03c  3/04 

VS.  CL  106—54  2  Clahns 

This  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  spontane- 
ous alkali  metal  fluoride  opal  glasses  containing  opacity 
dcnsifying  agents  and  exhibiting  thermally  reversible 
opacity;  that  is,  they  may  be  heated  to  clearness  and 
cooled  to  opacity  without  deformation  of  the  glass  being 
heated.  Operative  compositions  include  glasses  consisting 
essentially,  by  weight  on  the  oxide  basis,  of  70-80% 
SiOa,  1-3%  AI2O3,  7-14%  BjOs,  1.5-4%  LijO,  0-10% 
R3O,  wherein  RjO  is  at  least  one  alkali  metal  oxide  se- 
lected from  the  group  consisting  of  K2O  and  NajO, 
3-6%  F,  and  a  total  of  1-3%  of  an  opacity  densifying 
agent  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  M0O3,  WO3, 
and  AssOs. 


For  Class  106 — 90  see: 
Patent  No.  3,668,150 


3,667,976 

COLORED  CEMENT 

Theodore  F.  Tanner,  Houston,  Tex.,  aasignor  to  General 

Portland  Cement  Co.,  Dallas,  Tex. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  June  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  51,361 

Int.  CL  C04b  7/70 

UA  CL  106—97  17  claims 

Cement,  and  particularly  portland  cement,  can  be 

colored   to   a   variety  of  different  hues  by  admixing 

selected  metals  with  the  raw  materials  from  which  the 

cement  is  made  prior  to  or  during  burning  of  the  raw 

materials.  The  metals  can  be  introduced  in  elemental  or 

combined  form.  Generally,  the  metab  are  introduced  in 

amounts  from  0.2  to  2.0%  by  weight  expressed  as  the 

oxide  of  the  metal  based  on  the  total  amount  of  dry  raw 

materials  which  are  introduced  into  the  kiln.  Burning 

temperatures  at  which  the  raw  materials  and  coloring 

agent  are  reacted  are  conventional. 


3,667,974 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  A  MOLDED  PITCH. 
POWDER  GRANULE  SYSTEM  WITH  AN  EVf- 
^PROVED    BONDING    MATERIAL    AND    PRO- 

DUCnON  PRODUCED  THEREFROM 
Kaoru  Umeya,  Scndai-shl,  AUra  Watanabc,  Okayama, 
and  ShinBci  Gomi,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assignors  to  Knreha 
Kagakn  Kogyo  KabasUU  Kabha,  ToIq^o,  and  Kyushu 
Taika  Renga  Kahnshiki  Kaisiw,  Okayama,  Japan 
No  Drawing.  Filed  June  12,  1969,  Ser.  No.  832,812 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  June  12,  1968, 
43/39,898 
Int  CL  C04b  35/02,  35/04 
VS,  CI.  106—58  7  Claims 

A  refractory  which  is  high  in  compressive  strength  at 
both  room  temperature  and  at  high  temperatues  in  soften- 
ing point  under  load,  and  in  resistance  to  slags  can  be 
economically  obtained  by  compression  molding  as  a  first 
embodiment  a  mixture  comprising  100  parts  of  powder 
granules  1  to  30  parts  of  a  special  pitch  prepared  by 
heating  any  hydrocarbon  containing  crude  oil  at  700° 
to  2300°  C.  for  a  short  time  and  further  heat  treating 
the  resulting  tarry  materials  at  150°  to  550°  C.  As  a  sec- 
ond embodiment  100  parts  of  powder  granules  are  ad- 
mixed with  special  pitch  and  less  than  70%  of  an  aro- 
matic tar  which  has  been  likewise  heated  at  700°  to 
230°  C.  for  a  short  time,  and  then  further  heated  at  150° 
to  550°  C. 


3,667,975 

EXTRUDABLE  REFRACTORY  FIBROUS 
MATERIAL 

Dwlght  Maxwell  Teagoe,  Birmingham,  William  F.  Bert- 
rand,  St  Clair  Shores,  Philip  J.  WIDson,  Royal  Oak, 
and  Frank  E.  Ammermann,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  as- 
signors to  Chrysler  Corporation,  Highland  Paik,  Mich. 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Mar.  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  17,900 
Int  a.  C04b  35/10 

U.S.  CL  106—65  4  Claims 

A  refractory  fibrous  product  composed  of  refractwy 
fibers  coated  with  a  lubricating  layer  of  aluminum  meta- 


3,667,977 

EXPLOSION.PROOF  ASBESTOS-CEMENT  SHAPES 

James  E.  Harbison,  Ambler,  Pa.,  assignm-  to  Certain. 

Teed  Products  Corporation,  Ardmorc,  Pa. 

No  Drawing.  FOcd  Feb.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9,423 

,To   ^.   ,  Int  CL  C04b  i7/0« 

VS.  CL  106-99  3  cudms 

Asbestos-cement  shapes  are  formed  from  a  furnish 
contammg  a  small  quantity  of  vegetable  fibers  distr*uted 
therem,  the  shapes  being  formed  by  screw  extrusion,  there- 
by providing  articles  or  shapes  in  which  fibers  extend 
randomly  from  the  exterior  surface  of  the  shapes  into  the 
mterior  regions  thereof  and  thus  provide  "bleed"  chan- 
nels through  which  vapor  formed  in  the  interior  may 
escape  when  the  shapes  are  subjected  to  heating,  with 
consequent  substantial  elimination  of  tendency  to  ex- 
plode. 


3  667  978 
UGHT-WEIGHT  HIGH.]sTRENGTH  CEMENT 
COMPOSITIONS 
Aintole  N.  VassUcTsky,  deceased,  late  of  West  HaTcn, 
Conn.,  by  bene  VassUevsky,  execntriz.  West  Haven, 
Conn^  and  Adolf  Renke,  Lincolndale,  N.Y.:  Said  Irene 
Vasrilcvsi^  aasignor  to  VJLB.  Aasodatca.  Ibc^  Lto- 
colndak,  N.Y. 

^'^ J?!T?*-  Continnatlon.in.part  of  application  Scr.  No. 
570,743,  Aug.  8,  1966,  wUch  U  a  continnation.in-part 
of  application  Scr.  No.  306,702,  Sept  5,  1963.  TUa 
application  May  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  829458 

WT «  ^  .^.^^^  C04b  7/00.  9/00,  9/14 

VS.  CL  106-105  4  cwnia 

A  hydraulic  cement  binder  ccmsisting  of  magnesium 
oxide,  magnesium  sulfate  and  calcium  chloride  in  pro- 
portion such  that  a  magnesium  oxychloride/magnesium 
oxysulfate/calcium  sulfate  hardenable  mass  is  produced 
upon  addition  of  water  and  setting.  The  binder  is  com- 
bined with  organic  matter  which  is  treated  to  partially  hy- 
drolyze  the  cellulosic  material  and  thereafter  neutralize 
It.  For  decreased  brittleness  and  increased  waterproofing 
characteristics,  the  binder  contains  sodium  silicate  and  sili- 
cofluoride. 


I 


232 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  0,  1972 


3^7,979 
INVESTMENT  CASTING  WAX 
John  C.  Merses,  Jr^  Gkn  MIlli,  and  Richard  E.  Ware, 
Trainer,  Pil«  MsipM>n  to  Son  Oli  Company,  Philadel- 
phia, Pa. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Apr.  30,  1971,  Ser.  No.  139,243 
Int  a.  C08h  9/10 
UA  CL  106—268  16  Chims 

,An  improved  investment  casting  wax  composition  con- 
sisting essentially  of  about  35-65  weight  percent  refined 
petroleum  wax,  solid  chloronaled  polyphenyl,  acid  type 
montan  wax  and  stearic  acid.  Said  composition  has  the 
advantage  of  low  shrinkage,  low  penetration  and  rapid 
set  up.  

3  667  980 
STRONG  SALT  FLOOR  COMPRISING  HALITE 
CRYSTALS,    MAGNESIUM   SULFATE    AND 
POTASSIUM 
UMcfa  E.  G.  Ndtzcl  and  David  S.  Botts,  Ogdcn,  Utah, 
assignors  to  Great  Salt  Lalw  Minerais  ft  Clicmicals 
Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept  24. 1968,  Ser.  No.  761,961 

Int  CI.  C08h  17/24 

VS,  CL  106—286  10  Claims 


3,667,983 

FLEXIBLE  COLOUR  PRINTED  LAMINATE  AND 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  SAME 

Robert  H.  Haggas,  9  Soothway,  Eldwidc,  and  John  S. 

Haggaa,  4  Stoney  Ridge,  Cottingley,  both  of  Bfaigiey, 


Hydrottd    MgS04 


filed  Mth  additional  NoCi. 


A  reinforced,  sodium  chloride  floor  for  a  solar  pond  is 
developed.  First,  a  brine  is  evaporated  under  conditions 
which  deposit  a  sodium  chloride  layer,  containing  a  high 
volume-percent  of  voids,  on  the  pond  bottom.  The  so- 
dium chloride  layer  is  then  covered  with  brines  of  pre- 
selected compositions  such  that  first  hydrated  magnesium 
sulfate  and  then  additional  sodium  chloride  is  deposited 
in  the  voids.  There  results  a  floor  which  is  stronger  and 
more  compact  than  sodium  chloride  floors  developed  by 
prior  art  methods. 


3,667,981 

UPGRADED  CAST  REFRACTORY  PRODUCTS 
Marc  Roland  Gilbert  Esaonlt,  Le  Pontct,  and  Michel 

Loois    Ayme-Jonve,    Sorgncs,    Fktmce,    assignor    to 

L'Electro-Refractaire,  Parte,  Frimce 

No  Drawing.  FDed  Dec  23,  1969,  Ser.  No.  887,774 

Claims  priority,  JVpHcation  FVance,  Dec.  27,  1968, 

181  380 

Int  CI.  VMg  23/02,  21/00 

VS,  CL  117—2  R  6  Claims 

The  invention  relates  to  cast  refractory  products  hav- 
ing dispersed  shrinlcage  cavities  or  voids,  these  products 
being  characterized  in  that  said  cavities  or  voids  are  filled 
with  a  suitable  grout  comprising  powdered  refractory 
materials. 


No  Drawing.  Contfamation^n-part  of  application  Ser.  No. 

626,937,  Mar.  30, 1967.  Iliifl  appUcation  Dec  4, 1969, 

Ser.  No.  882,275 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Apr.  7,  1966, 
I  15,551/66 

I        Int  CL  B44d  1/32;  B44m  J/24 
U.S.  CL  117—15  Siciahns 

A  colour  printing  process  which  enables  conventional 
lithographic  and  letterjM'ess  inks  and  techniques  to  be 
employed  for  printing  on  classes  of  flexible  thermoplastic 
sheet  material,  to  which  such  inks,  being  polymerisable, 
do  not  normally  adhere  readily,  so  as  to  provide  a  durable 
print.  The  problem  of  obtaining  an  enduring  bond  be- 
tween such  inks  and  base  sheet,  is  overcome  by  the 
use  of  a  synthetic  lacquer  which  permeates  the  printwork 
and  serves  both  as  a  bonding  agent  and  as  a  protective 
coating.  The  resulting  colour  prints  are  more  delicate 
than  those  produced  by  the  silk  screen  process  which  has 
hitherto,  normally  been  used  for  such  base  materials. 

I 

3,667,984 
COATED  POROUS  STRUCTURES  AND  METHOD 

FOR  FORMING  THEM 
Whitney  R.  Adams,  WOmlngtoB,  DcL,  assignor  to  Scott 

Paper  Company,  Delaware  Coonty,  Pa. 
Application  Aug.  16,  1968,  Ser.  No.  756,344,  which  k 
a  coBtinnation4n-p«rt  of  apirfication  Ser.  No.  491,612, 
Sept  30,  1965.  Divided  and  this  application  Inly  14, 
1969,  Ser.  No.  870,692  I 

int  CL  B44d  1/094  J 

U.S.  CL  117—21  Ul  Cbdms 


Porotis  structures  such  as  cellular  honeycombs  and 
reticulated  foams  coated  wtih  organic  resins  of  the  ther- 
moplastic or  thermosetting  type,  and  structures  in  which 
the  internal  material  comprising  the  structure  being  coated 
is  removed  as  by  leaching  or  hydrolysis  to  leave  only 
the  coating  material  as  an  integral  structure.  Processes 
for  forming  the  above  structures  in  which  the  surface 
of  the  porous  structure  is  treated  to  temporarily  attach 
a  coating  material  in  the  form  of  powder,  as  by  wetting 
the  surface  with  a  liquid  or  an  adhesive  and  dusting  the 
surface  with  the  powder,  heated  to  melt  the  powder  into 
a  smooth  contiguous  coating,  and,  in  some  instances, 
subjected  to  hydrolysis  to  remove  the  material  comprising 
the  original  structure  being  coated  so  as  to  lefve  only 
the  structure  formed  by  the  coating  material. 


3,667,982 

PLASTICS  COATED  MATERIAL 

Edwards  BokaMers,  Bamsley,  England,  assignor  to 

BokHez  Proceasea  limited,  Bandey,  England 

No  Drawfaig.  FDed  June  29,  1970,  Ser.  No.  50,912 

Int  CL  B44c  1/02,  5/00 

U.8.  CL  117—10  11  Claims 

The  invention  comprises  a  method  of  producing  a 

grained  effect  on  the  face  of  a  layer  of  thermoplastic 

material  coated  on  to  a  sheet  of  pliable  carrier  material, 

in  which  a  protective  film  is  applied  to  the  surface  of 

said  layer,  and  the  material  is  tumbled  or  crumbled  to 

distort  the  layer  to  produce  the  grained  effect. 


I  3  667,985 

METAIXIC  SURFACE  TREATMENT  METHOD 
David  J.  Levine  and  Moses  A.  LevlBStein,  Cincinnati, 

Ohio,  assignors  to  General  Electric  Company 
Origfaul  application  Dec  14, 1967,  Ser.  No.  693,691,  now 
Patent  No.  3,540,878.  Divided  and  tUs  appUcatton 
Apr.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  43,289  i 

Int  CL  B44d  1/094, 1/34  I 

VS.  a.  117—22  4  Clafans 

The  metallic  powder  produced  from  a  ternary  alloy  of 
Ti,  Al  and  C,  having  a  dispersion  of  TljAlC  complex  car- 
bide in  a  matrix  of  Ti  or  Al  or  their  alloys,  preferably  the 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


283 


binary  TijAl  with  the  Ti  within  the  gamma  range  of  the  a  developing  path  with  the  image-bearing  surface  contact- 
Ti-Al  phase  diagram  and  avoiding  detrimental  amounts  ing  a  develc^ing  liquid  in  effective  field  contnd  spacing 
of  TLAI3,  allows  accurate  control  of  the  deposition  of   with  an  electrically  conductive  surface  of  an  image  inten- 

sifier  moving  along  the  developing  path.  Developing  liquid 
is  supplied  to  the  surface  of  the  image  intensifier  by  a 
porous  wiper  wetted  with  developing  liquid,  and  an  in- 
coming image-bearing  carrier  is  guided  al<»g  the  develop- 
ing path  in  contact  with  the  developing  liqmd  by  ridges 
extending  along  the  developing  path  on  an  upwardly 
concave  wall  which  forms  a  trough  through  which  the 
image  intensifier  moves.  As  the  carrier  moves  through 
the  developing  trough,  the  image-bearing  surface  is  pressed 
into  effective  field  control  spacing  with  the  image  inten- 
sifier over  an  elongated  distance  of  the  developing  path  by 
developing  liquid  ixliich  is  received  into  a  chamber  and 
directed  against  the  back  side  of  the  carrier  by  orifices 
formed  in  the  upwardly  concave  wall.  After  passing 
through  the  trough,  the  carrier  is  guided  through  a  pair  of 
cooperating  squeegee  rcrilers  which  remove  excess  de- 
veloping liquid  from  the  carrier. 


either  or  both  Al  and  Ti  or  their  alloys  in  a  diffusion  pack- 
type  method  for  coating  an  article.  Deposition  is  brought 
about  through  the  use  of  a  halide  salt  activator  preferably 
in  the  fluoride  or  chloride  class. 


3  667  986 
OPAQUE  COMPOSITION  FOR  FORMING  A 
WINDOWED  WEB  IN  A  CATHODE  RAY 
TUBE  SCREEN  STRUCTURE 
Robert  A.  Hedler,  Seneca  Falls,  N.Y.,  aarignor  to 

Sylvania  Electric  Products  Inc 
No  Drawing.  Filed  May  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  41,530 
Int  CL  B44d  1/02,  5/00;  C03c  17/00 
U.S.  CL  117—33.5  CM  5  Claims 

An  improved  opaque  composition  which  is  formulated 
to  be  utilized  in  a  minimal  step  process  for  forming  a 
uniform  opaque  interstitial  pattern  for  a  color  cathode 
ray  tube  screen  structure.  The  opaque  composition,  con- 
taining a  high  percentage  of  an  organic  solvent,  is  dis- 
posed in  a  manner  to  form  an  opaque  interstitial  web  hav- 
ing multitudinous  windows  therein  wherein  phosphor 
pattern  elements  are  subsequently  disposed. 


3,667,987 

METHOD  OF  DEVELOPING  LATENT 

elecikostahc  images 

George  J.  Miller,  Skoldc,  DL,  aarignor  to  SCM 

Corporation,  New  YotIl,  N.Y. 

FDed  Dec  12, 1969,  Ser.  No.  88433 

lot  CL  G03g  13/10.  15/10 

U.S.  CL  117—37  LE  6  Clafans 


3,667,988 

MASKING  IN  SURFACE  TOEATMENT  OF 

ARTICLES 

Seinosnke  HoriU,  Nagoya-sid,  Japan,  assignor  to  Nagoya 

Ynkagakn-Kogyo  gahnAnrt  Kaisha,  TakMii,  AidU- 

ken,  Japan 

FUed  June  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  51,141 

Cfadms  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  July  9,  1969, 

44/54,378;  May  25, 1978,  45/44,692 

Int  CL  B44d  1/02, 1/52 

U.S.  CL  117—38  6  Claims 


A  method  of  masking  for  protecting  a  specified  area 
of  surface  of  articles  from  coating  or  plating  characterized 
in  that  protecting  elements  made  of  synthetic  resin  foam 
in  the  shape  of  a  column,  doughnut,  ball,  tnmcated 
cylinder,  prism,  cube,  cap  or  ring  are  used  and  wherein 
said  synthetic  resin  foam  is  stable  and  restrains  elasticity 
at  normal  temperature,  but  when  heated  above  a  predeter- 
mined temperature  rapidly  contracts  in  its  volume,  there- 
by said  area  being  effectively  masked  during  coating  or 
plating  and  during  heat-treatment  of  the  coated  or  {dated 
article  the  protecting  element  is  contracted  in  volunae  and 
freely  removed  from  the  article. 


3,667389 
METHOD  FOR  SELECITVELY  COATING  ARTICLES 
John  M.  Keatfav,  Mnhienbcrg  Park,  Pa.,  Msi^ar  to 
Western  Electric  Company,  Incorporated.  New  York, 

Orii^  application  Dec  26, 1968,  Ser.  No.  787,040.  now 
Patent  No.  3,587,524,  dated  Jone  28,  1971.  DHded 
and  tUs  appUcation  Aug.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  61,786 
Int  CL  B44d  1/18, 1/52 
VS.  CL  117—38  3  Cl^ms 

Articles  to  be  selectively  coated,  are  conveyed  through 
a  coating  station  by  a  tape  which  serves  ako  to  mask 
areas  of  the  articles  where  coating  is  not  desired.  The  tape 
is  in  the  form  of  an  endless  belt  and  coating  matorial  is 
continuously  removed  from  the  t^>e  so  that  each  article 
A  latent  electrostatic  image  on  a  surface  of  a  carrier  is  to  be  coated  is  presented  with  a  cleaned  portion  of  the 
developed  into  a  visible  image  by  moving  the  carrier  along  tape  as  a  mask.  Automatic  aiq;iaratu8  is  provided  to  al- 


234 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


L 


June  6,  1972 


temately  raise  and  lower  sections  of  the  tape  over  a 
support  track  for  the  articles  in  coordination  with  feed- 


used.  Where  dimethylaminoborane  is  used  in  the  activat- 
ing solution,  the  metal  surface  is  thereafter  stabilized  with 
an  aqueous  stabilizing  solution  of  dimethylaminoborane. 
Electroless  plating  is  then  carried  out,  producing  a  stress 
free  hermetically  sealed  nickel  coating  of  substantially 
uniform  thickness  directly  on  the  aluminum  metal,  mag- 
nesium metal,  or  beryllium  metal  surface.  Once  such  a 
coating  is  established,  further  plating  with  copper,  nickel 
or  other  metals  may  be  effected  by  electrolytic  or  elec- 
troless means.  The  nickel  coated  surface  is  preserved  in 
a  proper  state  for  any  such  additional  plating  by  holding 
it  in  an  aqueous  preservative  solution  of  dimethylamino- 
borane. 

I  -     


ION 


ing  and  accumulating  devices  to  bring  parts  into  and  out 
of  engagement  with  the  tape. 


3,(67.992 

FULMINAnNG  MATERIAL  APPUCATK 

TECHNIQUE 

Stephen  V.  Brown,  WilUanuport,  TV»nuM  B.  McDonoagh, 

AUenwood,  and  John  W.  Shaffer,  Wlllianispoct,  Pg., 

assignon  to  Sylvania  Electric  Prodncta  Inc. 

Filed  Oct  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  83,135 

Int  CL  B44d  i/i¥ 

US.  CL  117—69  8  Claims 


3,667,990 
PRODUCTION  OF  INDICIA  UPON  SURFACE 
Mnnay  K.  Rogera^  dtceaeed,  late  of  Somerset,  Ky.,  by 
May  B.  Rogo^  executrix,  Somcraet,  Ky.,  aaaignor  to 
Mi-MaAcr  Corporation,  Feranaon,  Ky. 

FDcd  Jane  18, 1969,  Ser.  No.  834,620 

Int  CL  B05c  1/16,  5/00;  B44d  1/09, 1/52 

VA  CL  117-3S  8  Claims 


A  stenciling  system  including  method  and  apparatus  for 
marking  Indicia  on  a  surface  wherein  the  dispensing  noz- 
zle of  a  flexible  tube  of  marking  material  is  applied  di- 
rectly to  said  surface  while  being  guided  by  said  stencil. 
Regulation  of  the  flow  of  ink  is  accomplished  through 
manual  pressure  on  the  sides  of  the  tube.  A  stencil  as- 
sembly is  disclosed  having  a  unitary  frame  with  bent- 
over  edges  to  hold  individual  stencil  members  in  position 
to  form  a  composite  display.  A  package  is  included  in  the 
kit  for  storing  two  stencils  and  two  tubes  of  ink,  said 
stencils  bisecting  the  package  to  form  compartments  for 
the  tubes. 


A  mediod  of  applying  fulminating  material  on  the 
primer  anvil  wire  of  a  percussive-type  photoflash  lamp  in 
which:  the  anvil  wire  is  dipped  into  an  aqueous  slurry 
containing  red  phosphorus  to  provide  a  coating  thereof  on 
the  wire;  the  coating  is  dried;  and  then  the  coated  wire 
is  dipped  into  an  aqueous  solution  of  sodium  chlorate  so 
as  to  permeate  the  phosphorus  containing  coating  with  the 
chlorate  solution. 


3,667,991 

PROCESSES  FOR  NICKEL  PLATING  METALS 

Geoife  A.  MiUer,  Sooth  Attlcboro,  Mass.,  assignor  to 

Texas  Inrtnunents  Incorporated,  DaOas,  Tex. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Feb.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  8,014 

Aluminum  metals  liaving  nickel  coatings  plated  direct- 
ly thereon  may  be  prepared  by  electroless  deposition  of 
nickel  from  an  aqueous  plating  solution  containing  nickel 
ions,  dimethylaminoborane,  a  carboxylic  acid  complex- 
mg  agent  and  a  stress  reducer.  Nickel  plated  magnesium 
metals  and  beryllium  metals  may  be  similarly  prepared. 
The  metal  surface  is  rendered  susceptible  to  plating  by 
initially  contacting  it  with  a  novel  activating  solution  con- 
taining ammonium  bifluoride  and  either  dimethylamino- 
borane or  nitric  acid,  and  then  rinsing  if  nitric  acid  is 


3,667,993 

METHOD  FOR  COATING  A  SUBSTRATE  WITH  A 
HEAT  CURABLE  SIUCONE  RUBBER  AND  RE- 
SULTING PRODUCT 
Joseph  Eogene  Stevenson,  Adrian,  Mich.,  assignor  to 

Stanffer^Wacker  Silicone  Corporation 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Mar.  27,  1968,  Ser.  No.  716,341 

Int  CL  B32b  25/20;  B44d  1/14 

VS,  a.  117—72  3  aaims 


Substrates  are  coated  with  heat  curable  silicone 
bers  using  alkenyl  acyloxysilanes  as  primers. 


rub- 


3,667,994 

TEXTURED  RELEASE  PAPER 

FrankUn  J.  Ward,  Sooth  Porttand,  Maine,  assignor  to 

Scott  Paper  Company,  Delaware  County,  Pa. 

No  Drawing.  FDcd  July  24,  1970,  Ser.  No.  58,175 

Int  a.  B32b  29/00;  B44d  1/14 

VS.  CL  117—76  P  4  Claims 

A  textured  release  paper  is  made  by  first  coating  a 

base   paper  with  a  mineral  pigment  coating  having  a 

smooth  surface,  then  applying  an  alcoholic  solution  of 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


235 


a  polyamide  which  forms  a  textured  surface  upon  drying 
and  curing.  Polyvinyl  chloride  plastisols  are  applied  to 
the  release  paper,  dried  and  cured,  and  when  stripped 
off  as  self-supporting  films  exhibit  the  same  embossed 
texture  of  the  polyamide  surface.  The  release  coating  may 
contain  a  thermosetting  resin  which  provides  hardness 
and  solvent  resistance  to  the  release  coating. 


3^7,995 
METHOD  FOR  COATING  A  REINFORCED  HOSE 
Robert  H.  Kaufman,  Temirfe,  and  Donald  Richardson, 
Wyoodaring,  Pa.,  aasigaon  to  North  American  Rock- 
^  wen  Corporation,  Pittsbuigh,  Pa. 

FDcd  Not.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  87,062 

lot  CL  B44d  1/08, 1/06 

VS.  CL  117—94  -^  5  Clafans 


rrrrrfTTff^fr^fjy 


An  improved  method  for  manufacturing  strand  rein- 
forced flexible  hose  comprising  moving  a  strand  covered 
hose  carcass  through  a  coating  stage  in  such  a  maimer 
that  substantially  only  compressive  forces  are  present  in 
the  hose  carcass  in  the  direction  parallel  to  its  longitudinal 
axis  at  the  time  the  hose  is  wound  on  a  reel  for  storage. 
The  hose  is  ridded  of  any  excess  coating  material  and 
stored  on  a  reel  or  other  suitable  storage  device  at  a  rate 
not  greater  than  the  rate  at  which  the  hose  is  exiting  from 
the  coating  operation.  The  apparatus  comprises  means 
for  moving  the  hose  through  the  coating  operation  with 
substantially  only  compressive  fcM-ces  as  aforesaid,  and 
means  for  coating  the  strand  reinforced  hose. 


3,667,996 
HYDROXYLATED  COPOLYMERS  COMPOSED 
OF  MONOMETHYLSILOXANE  UNITS  AND 
DIPHENYLSILOXANE  UNITS 
Robert  C.  Antoncn,  %  Dow  Coming  Coiporation, 
Midland,  Mich.    48640 
No  Drawing.  Original  application  Feb.  25, 1969,  Ser.  No. 
802,217,   now  Patent  No.   3,632,798,   dated  Jan.   4, 
1972.  Divided  and  this  appUcation  Oct  27,  1970,  Ser. 
No.  84,486 

Int  CL  B44d  5/00, 5/12 
VS.  CL  117—97  7  Oaims 

Hydroxylated  copolymers  of  (CeHs)3SiO  units  and 
CHsSiOi.6  units  are  disclosed.  The  diphenylsiloxane  units 
are  present  in  an  amount  of  20  to  SO  mol  percent  and 
are  bonded  to  monomethylsiloxane  units  which  ccmtain 
the  hydroxyl  groups.  Also  disclosed  are  the  above  hydrox- 
ylated copolymers  modified  by  linking  segments  of 


Ri  / 


B,\        R, 

081-4-0810— 


where  x  is  at  least  2  and  R  is  methyl,  phenyl  or  3,3,3- 
trifluori^ropyl  and  the  segments  are  iH-esent  in  amounts 
of  1  to  50  wei^t  percent.  The  hydroxylated  copolymers 
and  the  modified  hydroxylated  copolymers  are  resins  use- 
ful in  protective  coatings,  laminates,  release  coatings  and 
molding  resins. 


3,667,997 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  OPEN- 
PORE  POLYVINYL  CHLORIDE  FOAMS  HAVING 
HYDROPHILIC  QUALITIES  WHICH  ARE  CAPA- 
BLE OF  A  REVERSIBLE  ABSORPTION  AND 
YIELDING  OF  MOISTURE 

Otto  Fochs,  Oberlar,  Germany,  assignor  to  Dynandt 
Nobel  AG.,  Troisdorf,  Bezirfc,  Cologne,  Gemumy 

Filed  Jan.  2, 1969,  Ser.  No.  789,083 

Claims  priority,  apiriication  Germany,  Jan.  2, 1968, 

P  16  69  997.1 

Int  CL  B32b  27/08 

VS.  CL  117—98  5  Clafans 


rHOM  JO*  BtLATtVI 
MOISriMl  CONTENT  TO 

e»«  ici.<Tivt  MOSTuaf 

COMTtNT  »T   ZOrC 


TZ — r 


Production  of  polyvinyl  chloride  foam  form  articles 
which  are  hydrophilic  and  have  reversible  absorption  and 
desorption  of  moisture  characteristics  by  impregnating 
previously  formed  foams  of  polyvinyl  chloride  with  about 
4  to  20  weight  percent  polyvinyl  alcohol.  The  polyvinyl 
alcohols  as  used  in  an  acetyl  content  of  less  than  about 
5%  and  are  impregnated  as  an  aqueous  solution  thereof. 


3,667,998 
PROCESS  FOR  APPLYING  COHERENT  COATINGS 
Heinz  Esser,  Borscheid,  Germany,  assignor  to  Farl>ai- 
fabriken  Bayer  AktiengeseUschaft,  Leveifcnaen,  Ger- 
many 

No  Drawfaig.  FUed  Sept  26,  1969,  Ser.  No.  861,502 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept  28,  1968, 
P  17  96  270.8 
Int  a.  B44d  1/08. 1/12 
VS.  CL  117—105.5  6  Oafans 

Process  for  the  production  of  a  coherent  coating  on  a 
support  by  the  method  of  simultaneously  spraying  a  dis- 
persion of  rubber  or  synthetic  resin  and/or  an  emulsion 
of  bitumen  or  tar  or  tar  pitch,  with  a  precipitating  agent 
for  the  emulsion  or  dispersion,  on  to  the  support  in  which 
process  a  dispersion  or  emulsion  is  used  which  contains 
5  to  85%  by  weight  of  an  inorganic,  non-fibrous  filler, 
based  on  its  total  solids  content. 


3,667,999 

FLAME  RETARDANT  CELLULOSIC  MATERIAI^ 

Francis  Raymond  Stoveken,  Scotch  Plidns,  and  Warren 

Clifford  Mayer,  Somerville,  N J.,  aasignors  to  JcAnson 

ft  Johnson 

No  Drawtaig.  Filed  Apr.  15,  1969,  Ser.  No.  816,414 

Int  a.  C09k  3/28;  C09d  5/18;  D21h  /  /28 

VS.  CL  117—137  6  Oafans 

Flame  retardant  matnials  having  excellent  tensile 
strength,  good  tear  resistance  and  elongation,  improved 
drape  and  softness  comprising  a  cellulosic  base  structure, 
a  self  cross-linked  polymeric  acrylic  resin,  anunonium 
bromide,  and  a  weakly  base,  water-soluUe  aliirfiatic 
organic,  nitrogenous  compound  omtaining  an  amino 
group;  and  methods  of  making  the  same  by  simplified 
single-bath  procedures. 


1 

1. 


286 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


ANTI-SOILING  FOLYiSTER  TEXTILE  MATERIAL 
Ala  S.  FotMhinn,  Udw  Hlinraiha,  aad  Loois  E.  TVepMK>, 
Wctlfldd.  N  Jn  aarignon  to  CdaBcse  Corporation,  New 
Yoifcf  N.V.  .     .     «     •., 

No  DraWiM.  CondnoatfoB^iHpart  of  appUcadoa  Scr.  No. 
945j93%hify  25,  1M9.  T^  appnaidoB  Apr.  2,  1970, 
Scr.  No.  22,14«  _^     ,,,^^ 

1M,  CL  B23b  27/06:  DMm  i5/a¥ 
UA  CL  117— 138.S  F  3  Ctalms 

There  is  provided  a  method  of  preventing  wet-soU  re- 
deposition  and  improving  the  stain-release  character- 
istics of  textile  materials  comprised  of  from  about  20  to 
about  100  percent  (by  weight)  of  polyester  comprising 
the  step  of  incorporating  into  said  textile  material  from 
about  0.0001  to  about  10  percent  (by  weight  of  polyester 
fiber  in  said  textile  material)  of  hydroxypropyl  methyl 
cellulose  prior  to  the  time  said  textile  material  is 
laundered. 


3,668,001 
FIBROUS  STRUCTURE  HAVING  DURABLE  ELAS- 

TICTTY    AND    CREASE-RESISTIVITY    AND    ITS 

MANUFACTURE  ^       ^ 

KcnMro  Hosokawa,  Onka,  Masao  Matsul,  TakatnU,  and 

Noila  Endo,  Micfaio  IiUkawa,  and  Susomu  Toknra, 

Osidai,  Japan,  asBignmrs  to  Kanegafnchi  Boseld  Kabu- 

sUld  Kataha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

No  Drawlns.  Filed  May  29,  1969,  Ser.  No.  829,135 

ClainM  priMity,  appUcation  Jvan,  Mar.  28, 1969, 

44/23,608 

Int  a.  D06m  15/00 

UA  a.  117—139.4  29  Clalnis 

A  fibrous  structure  such  as  yams,  fabrics,  clothes  and 
the  like,  having  durable  elasticity  and  crease-resistivity, 
particularly  ladies  hosiery  having  excellent  smoothness, 
softness  and  stretchability,  which  is  manufactured  by  ap- 
plying homogeneously  to  a  fibrous  structure  at  most  10% 
by  weight,  based  on  the  structure,  of  polyorganosiloxane 
IMvpolymer  in  the  form  of  its  non-aqueous  solution  to- 
gether with  catalyst  for  polymerization  thereof  and  then 
by  heating  the  structure  at  50-200»  C.  to  polymerize  pre- 
polymer  thereon  into  polyorganosiloxane  having  an  elon- 
gation at  break  of  at  least  50%,  a  tensile  strength  at  break 
of  1-50  kg./cm.»  and  a  hardness  of  5-50'. 


dered  g^tat  in  a  dispersion  medium,  thinly  coating  the  in- 
sulator on  a  shadow  mask  electrode  having  electron  beam 
holes,  subiecting  the  insulator  to  heat  treatment,  an< 
posing  a  shadow  mask  lens  electrode  on  the  insulator 


3,668,002 
SHADOW  MASK  HAVING  FOCUSING  FUNCTION 

.     AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING  SAME 
Tadao  Okalic,  HacUoJi-fiU,  Makoto  Tanaka,  Mosadiino- 
shi,  Shozo  Tamnra  and  Masakazn  Ftekndiinia,  Hadiioji- 
M,  and  MUsnin  Oikawa,  T<Ayo,  Japan,  assignors  to 
HItacfai,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Jnne  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  836,519 

Clainis  priority,  application  Japan,  July  1,  1968, 

43/45,085;  Dec  6, 1968,  43/88,980 

Int  CL  HOIJ  29/46 

UA  CL  117—210  6  Clainis 


2^ 


dis- 


3,668,003 
PRINTED  CIRCUITS 

Ralph'^WilUam  Furaea,  EaUng,  London,  England, 
asrignor  to  Ctridfilte  Limited 
No  Drawing.  FUcd  Nov.  26,  1969,  Scr.  No.  880,362 
Int.  CL  C23c  3/02 
UA  CL  117—212  10  Claims 

A  method  is  provided  for  forming  a  conductive  pat- 
tern on  a  printed  circuit  board.  A  non-conductive  sub- 
strate is  first  sensitized  over  an  entire  region  and  an  ac- 
tivating agent  is  applied  as  a  pattern  within  the  sensitized 
region.  The  activated  substrate  is  then  immersed  in  an 
electroless  plating  solution  to  deposit  a  metal  layer  on  the 
activated  pattern.  A  heavier  layer  of  metal  may  then  be 
applied  to  the  conductive  pattern  by  an  electrQlytic 
process. 


3,668,004 
SEMICONDUCnVE  DEVICE  FOR  AND  METHOD 

OF  MANUFACTURING  THE  SAME 
MasayuU  Yamamoto,  Hisaaiii  ToU,  and  Hideo  Sidbuya, 
KodainMld,  Japan,  assignors  to  mtadU,  Ltd.,  Tokyo, 
Japan 
Ori^nal  application  Ana.  30,  1967,  Scr.  No.  664,461. 
Divided  and  this  appUcation  Ang.  29,  1969,  Scr.  No. 
871,103 

Claimg  priority,  application  Japan,  Sept  2,  1966, 
41/57,558;  Sept  12,  1966,  41/59,837;  Mar.  24, 
1967, 42/17,991  1 

Int  CL  B44d  1/16. 1/18  ' 

UA  CL  17—215  8  Oaims 


This  specification  discloses  a  semiconductor  device  com- 
prising a  silicon  substrate,  an  insulating  film  containing 
silicon  oxide  and  phosphorus  oxide  which  is  formed  on 
the  surface  of  said  silicon  substrate,  and  a  |Ht>tective  coat- 
ing containing  aluminum  oxide  which  is  formed  cm  the 
insulating  film.  I 

In  the  semiconductor  device  of  this  invention;  said 
protective  coating  containing  aluminum  oxide  serves  to 
prevent  said  insulating  film  containing  silicon  oxide  and 
phosphorus  oxide  from  reacting  with  any  moisture  in  the 
external  atnx>sphere,  thereby  improving  the  water  re- 
sisting property  of  the  semiconductor  device  and  stabilis- 
ing the  semiconductor  surface  characteristics  of  the  latter. 


A  method  of  making  a  shadow  mask  having  a  focus- 
ing function  comprising  the  steps  of  preparing  an  insula- 
tor having  the  form  of  a  paste  prepared  by  mixing  pow- 


3,668^5 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  COATn<fG  OF  ELECTRODES 

Gay  Shiae,  Rixensart  and  Gnstave  Joannes,  Abolens, 

Bclgfaun,  assignors  to  Solvay  A  Cic,  Braasels,  Bclglnm 

No  Drawing.  FOcd  Jan.  11,  1971,  Scr.  No.  105,628 

Clainis  priority,  anpUcation  Lnxcmbarg,  Jan.  9,  1970, 

60,168 
Int  CL  B44d  1/18 
UA  a.  117—215  13  Claims 

Electrodes  coated  with  ruthenium  dioxide  are  manu- 
factured by  applying  an  anchoring  layer  containing  at 
least- one  compound  oxidizable  by  ruthenium  tetroxide 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


287 


to  the  area  of  an  etched  metal  support  wherein  the  ru- 
thenium dioxide  is  to  be  fixed,  exposing  the  thus  coated 
support  to  ruthenium  tetroxide  in  the  gaseous  state,  which 
is  decomposed  to  ruthenium  dioxide  upon  contact  with 
the  anchoring  layer  on  which  it  is  preferentially  fixed 
and  then  heating  the  thus  treated  support.  Electrodes  pro- 
duced in  this  manner  have  an  adherent  coating  of  ru- 
thenium dioxide  which  is  resistant  to  electrolyte  corrosion 
and  support  high  current  dennties. 


3,668,008 
IONIZED  AIR  CLEANING  DEVICE 

Gerard  T.  Scverynse,  Fairport  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Xerox  Corporation,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jane  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  830,337 

Int  CL  G03g  13/00, 15/00;  B08b  5/00 

UA  CL  134-1  8  Claims 


3,668,006 
FORMATION  OF  HIGH-SIRENGTH  HIGH- 
MODULUS  COATED  FILAMENTS 
John  B.  Higgtai,  Philadelphia,  and  Amo  Gatti,  Norris- 

town.  Pa.,  assignors  to  General  Electric  Company 

CoBtinnation  of  application  Ser.  No.  483,978,  Aug.  31, 

1965.  This  appUcatton  Jane  2,  1969,  Scr.  No.  834,194 

Int  a.  C23c  13/04 

UA  CL  117—231  i  ciabn 


A  substrate  of  core  filament,  of  relatively  small  diam- 
eter, is  heated  to  at  least  900°  C.  in  the  presence  of  hy- 
drogen, methane  and  boron  trichloride  in  preselected 
proportions  to  produce  a  strong,  stiff,  relatively  large 
diameter  filament  which,  apart  from  the  core,  comprises 
a  21-35%  carlxMi,  remainder  boron,  compound  essentially 
free  of  faults,  cracks,  grain  boundaries,  etc.  Preferably  a 
tungsten  substrate  filament  about  1  mil  in  diameter  is 
heated  to  900°  C.  and  then  1200°  C.  in  the  presence  of 
an  atmosphere  comprised,  in  mole  fractions,  of  the  fol- 
lowing: 0.605-O.686  hydrogen,  0.076-0.185  methane,  and 
0.210-0.238  boron  trichloride.  After  several  minutes 
filamentary  diameters  on  the  order  of  4-7  mils  are  at- 
tained with  filament  properties  approaching  those  of 
amorphous  boron  carbide. 


Method  and  apparatus  for  cleaning  a  residual  toner 
powder  image  bearing  surface  after  transfer  of  substan- 
tially all  of  a  charged  toner  image  therefrom  to  a  support 
medium.  A  flow  of  ionized  air  is  directed  to  the  surface 
and  neutralizes  any  charge  on  the  residual  particles  re- 
maining on  the  surface  after  image  transfer  to  allow  the 
particles  to  be  readily  removed.  A  nozzle  is  utilized  to 
direct  the  flow  against  the  surface  and  ionizes  the  air  flow- 
ing therethrough  by  applying  a  potential  between  two  elec- 
trically insulated  opposite  sides  of  the  nozzle. 


3,668,009 

CLEANING  METHOD 

Fred  Norman  Teomac,  Sooth  Bend,  Ind.,  and  Lester  W. 

Hairiman,   An^ton,   Tex.,   aasigmm   to   Hie   Dow 

Chemical  Comrany,  Midland,  Midi. 

No  Drawfaig.  Filed  Apr.  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  28,079 
.TO  ^     ,    Int  CL  C23g  i/i<J;  B08b  J/0« 
UA  CL  134—2  7  cUdms 

Improved  method  of  cleaning  a  ferrous  metal  surfece 
having  a  hardness  deposit  by  contacting  it  with  an  aque- 
ous alkaline  cleaning  solution  containing  about  0.1  to  40 
weight  percent  of  an  ammoniated  polycarboxylic  acid 
complexing  agent  The  improvement  involves  including 
with  the  solution  in  an  amount  of  from  0.0005  to  0.1 
weight  percent  a  corrosion  inhibiting  compound  of  the 
formula: 


R-C— (-0-C-6 C-i-N-^I 


O     /  OH        _ 

T"-H-H— hTT^'C'^^-'^^^ 


wherein  R  is  an  alkyl  or  alkenyl  group  containing  from 
12  to  18  carbon  atoms,  a  is  1  or  2  and  6  is  1-5. 


3,668,007 
SYRUP  FRACTIONATION  PROCESS 
Cari  Thomas  Eggcr,  Gerald  Bernard   Pfnndstein,  and 
Donald  Lcc  Gillenwater,  Mnscatinc,  Iowa,  assignon  to 
Grain  Processing  Corporation,  Muscatine,  Iowa 
No  Drawfa^.  FDed  Oct  8,  1970,  Scr.  No.  79,302 
Int  CL  BOld  13/00;  C13k  1/06. 1/08 
UA  CL  127—38  5  Cfadms 

Starch  is  subjected  to  hydrolysis  with  an  acid  to  convert 
the  starch  to  hydrolyzate  product  which  is  then  fraction- 
ated under  applied  pressure  by  means  of  membrane  sepa- 
ration to  recover  a  lower  conversion  product  and  a  higher 
conversion  product. 


3,668,010 
FUEL  CELLS  AND  FUEL  CELL  BATTERIES 
OPERATING  AT  HIGH  TEMPERATURE  AND 
PROCESS  OF  MANUFACTURE  THEREOF 
Jacques  FaOy,  Orsay,  Yvon  Lazemiec,  Safait-lVflchel-snr- 
Orge,  and  Clande  Lasne,  Antony,  FWuice,  assignon  to 
Compagnie  Generalc  d'Electridte,  Paris,  France 

FUed  May  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  37,641 
Chdms  priority,  application  France,  May  16,  1969, 
6915968;  Oct  1,  1969,  6935500 
Int  CL  HOlm  27/16 
UA  a.  136—86  F  19  Qafans 

A  solid  electrolyte  fuel  cell  operating  at  a  high  tempera- 
ture, comprising  several  elements  electrically  connected 
in  series.  These  elements  are  supported  by  one  electrolyte 


238 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


tube,  and  one  end  of  the  external  electrode  of  an  element  which  the  catalytically  active  metal  is  Raney  nlctal, 
protrudes  slightly  above  the  internal  electrode  of  the  fol-  Raney  iron  or  Raney  cobalt  partically  coated  with  cop- 
per, mercury,  silver,  or  alloy  or  a  mixture  thereof.  The 
fuel  cell  comprising  conventional  elements,  an  alktline 
electrolyte  and  said  electrode.  The  electrodes  have  im- 
proved catalytic  activity,  especially  improved  loadl  ca- 
pacity and  an  improved  rest  potential. 


lowing  element.  This  enables  simplified  assembly  and  a 
reduction  in  the  weight  and  the  cost  price  of  the  fuel  cell. 


3,668,013 

FUEL  CELL  SYSTEM  WITH  PNEUMATIC 
FUEL  FLOW  CONTROL 

Thomas  C.  Fhuz,  BoHon,  Coiul,  assigBor  to  United 
Aircraft  Corporatioii,  Eait  Hartford,  Conn. 

Filed  Apr.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  817.697 


lot  CI.  HOlm  27/02;  G05d  U/02 
US.  a.  136—86  B 


5  Claims 


3,668,011 

GALVANIC  CELL  BATTERY  WITH  GAS 
DIFFUSION  ELECTRODES 

Horst  Gnme  and  Angnst  lilliisel,  KelUicim,  Germany, 
aarignors  to  Varta  Akticngesellsdiaft,  Frankfort  am 
Main,  Germany 

Filed  Aog.  8, 1968,  Scr.  No.  751,097 

Claims  priority,  vpUcation  Geimany,  Aug.  19,  1967, 

V  34480 

Int  a.  HOlm  27/02 
U.S.  CL  136—86  R  11  Claims 


f' 


X 


I 


T 


I 


u 


Galvanic  cell  battery  having  a  plurality  of  gas  diffusion 
electrodes  of  one  or  both  polarities  wherein  the  gas  cham- 
bers of  all  the  electrodes  of  one  polarity  are  arranged  in 
a  plurality  of  groups  such  that,  with  respect  to  the  flow 
of  operating  gas  through  the  gas  chambers,  all  the  gas 
chambers  in  one  group  thereof  are  connected  in  parallel 
with  one  another  and  all  the  groups  of  gas  chambers  of 
the  electrodes  of  the  same  pcdarity  are  connected  together 
in  series  with  one  another  and  the  number  of  gas  cham- 
bers in  the  respective  groups  decreases  continuously  from 
the  first  to  the  last  of  the  series  of  groups. 


3,668,012 

ELECTRODE  FOR  ELECTROCHEMICAL  DEVICES 
AND  METHOD  OF  ITS  MANUFACTURE 

Margarcte  Jung,  KeUieim,  Tannus,  and  Hans  H.  von 
Dochrcn,  Frankfort  am  Main,  Germany,  assignors  to 
Varta  Alctiengeseilscliaft,  FVankfOrt  am  Main,  Ger- 
many 

Continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  325,567, 
Nov.  22,  1963.  This  application  Nov.  13,  1968, 
Ser.  No.  791,827 

Int  CL  HOlm  27/04 
U.S.  CL  136—86  D  7  Qaims 

An  electrode  especially  suitable  for  use  in  electrochemi- 
cal cells,  like  in  a  fuel  cell  with  alkaline  electrolyte  in 


^ 

_<i_ 


Jl^~\ 


£  v/fi/jr. 


A  control  is  disclosed  for  automatically  metering  fluid 
flow  as  a  function  of  the  difference  between  two  pressures 
or  of  a  single  pressure.  A  restriction  is  disposed  in  the 
fluid  outlet  line  so  that  the  metered  flow  will  depend  upon 
pressure  differential  across  the  restriction.  The  pressure 
upstream  of  the  restriction  is  regulated  by  a  valve  in  the 
sui^ly  line  activated  by  a  computing  diaphragm  assem- 
bly consisting  essentially  of  three  spaced  interconnected 
disc  elements  responsive  to  the  difference  between  the 
two  pressures  or  a  single  control  pressure  when  one  of  the 
pressures  ,is  fixed. 


3,668,014 

ELECTRODE  AND  METHOD  OF  PRODUCING 

SAME 

Emanuel  G.  KatsooUs,  Long  Island  City,  and  WiUlam  S. 
Fryer,  Roslyn  Estates,  N.Y.,  asadgnor  to  Lccsona  Cor- 
poration, Warwick,  R  J. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  June  10,  1968,  Ser.  No.  735J81 


U.S.  a.  136—120 


Int  CL  HOlm  35/00 


f 


10  Claims 


A  mat  of  polyfluorocarbon  fibers  having  controlled  pore 
size  and  hydrophobicity  is  impregnated  with  a  catalytic 
substance  to  form  a  light-weight  catalytic  mass  having  a 
low,  uniform  loading  of  the  catalytic  substance.  This  cat- 
alytic mass,  particularly  when  combined  with  an  elec- 
trically-conducting element,  and /or  a  continuous  hydro- 
phobic polymer  membrane  is  suitable  for  use  as  an  elec- 
trode in  an  electrochemical  cell,  e.g.  as  a  fuel  or  oxidant 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


289 


electrode  in  a  fuel  cell  or  as  the  cathode  in  a  metal-air  steel  after  the  time  interval,  such  that  the  acid-soluble  Al 
battery,  wherein  it  provides  high  current  densities  at  rela-  in  the  remaining  molten  steel  is  more  than  0.010%  to 
tively  constant  voltages  over  a  long  period  of  time. 


3,668,015 

HIGH  VERSATILE  RADIOISOTOPE 
THERMOELECTRIC  GENERATOR 

Alan  J.  Streb,  George  S.  Sdrers,  and  Howard  R.  Kelly, 
BaMmorc,  Md.,  aaignon  to  Tcledyne,  Inc.,  Los 
Angdes,  Calif. 

Filed  May  15, 1967,  Scr.  No.  638,367 


U.S.  CL  136—202 


Int  CL  HOlT  1/04, 1/30;  Gllh  1/10 


10  Claims 


An  improved  thermoelectric  generator  assembly  in- 
cluding a  radioisotopic  heat  source  capsule,  thermal  in- 
sulation in  the  form  of  an  open-ended  cup  surrounding 
the  capsule  and  directing  the  heat  axially  toward  the  open 
end,  shielding  means  including  an  open-ended  corrosive 
resistant  cylindrical  casing  for  receiving  the  cup-shaped 
insulation  and  the  heat  source  capsule  in  nested  fashion. 
Thermoelectric  converter  means  are  positioned  within  the 
open  end  of  the  cup-shaped  insulation,  thermally  coupled 
to  the  heat  source  capsule,  and  a  first  highly  heat  conduc- 
tive cover  overlies  the  thermoelectric  converted  means 


with  its  periphery  contacting  a  portion  of  the  open-ended 
casing.  A  second  corrosive  resistant  cover  overlying  the 
first  cover,  sealed  to  the  cylindrical  casing  and  forming 
therewith  a  highly  corrosive  resistant  assembly. 


obtain  an  ingot.  The  ingot  is  then  subjected  to  hot- 
rolling,  cold-rolling  recrystallizing  and  annealing. 


3,668,017 

TUNGSTEN  BORIDE-CONTAINING  ARTICLES 
AND  PRODUCTION  THEREOF 

Daniel  Paul  Henri  Mandinean,  PontUcrry,  ftfichele 
Yvonne  Christiane  Monrey,  and  Georges  PUtti^e 
Henri  Pizzini,  Paris,  and  Jacques  Constant  Poulidn, 
Antony,  France,  aasipiors  to  Ecok  Nationale  Snpoiearc 
des  Mines  dc  Paris,  and  Sodctc  Nationale  dTtade  ct 
dc  Constractton  de  Motenrs  d'Aviation  SJ4JS.CJVLA., 
botii  of  Paris,  Fhmce 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Dec  5,  1969,  Ser.  No.  882,713 

Claims  priority,  appUcaHoa  Fhmce,  Dec  10,  1968, 

177,408 

Int  CL  C23c  11/08 
US.  CL  148—6^  2  Claims 

Articles,  preferably  of  filamentary  form,  containing  or 
consisting  essentially  of  timgsten  boride  have  improved 
mechanical  properties  when  the  tungsten  boride  WaBt  con- 
stitutes at  least  80%  of  the  tungsten  boride  content.  When 
the  article  consists  of  a  tungsten  boride  core  with  an  outer 
layer  of  boron,  the  latter  is  preferably  amorphous. 


3,668.016 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  COLD-ROLLED  STEEL 
PLATE  HIGH  IN  THE  COLD-FORMABILITY 

Mineo  Shimizu,  Hirodd  Takechi,  Oroynki  Ka^oka,  and    U.S.  CI.  148 ^9.5 

IVfinorn  Kawaharada,  Kitakynskn,  Japan,  assignors  to 

^^»pon  Steel  Corporation,  Tokyo,  J^Nm 

Filed  Mar.  3, 1969,  Ser.  No.  803,669 

Clalmi  priority,  applkatioB  Japan,  Mw.  2,  1968, 
43/13,459 

Int  CI.  B22d  25/06 
US.  CL  148—2  1  Claim 

Cdd-rolled  steel  having  excellent  cold-formability  is 
made  by  pouring  into  a  mold  a  molten  steel  having  a  com- 
position of  C^O.07  wt.  percent,  0.04  to  0.20  wt.  percent 
Mn,  0.004  to  0.020  wt.  percent  S,  the  ratio  of  Mn  to  S 
being  at  least  7,  not  more  than  0.0030%  N,  and  the 
balance  iron  and  impurities.  The  molten  steel  is  allowed 
to  rim  in  the  mold  for  a  time  interval.  Then  the  core  of 
the  molten  steel  is  killed  by  adding  Al  to  the  molten 


3,668,018 

METHOD  OF  AUTOMATICALLY  CONTROLLING 
THE  LOCATION  OF  A  NOZZLE  IN  HEAT  TREAT- 
MENTS  BY  HOT  GAS  FLAMES 

YosldaU  Arata,  AmagasaU,  and  Katsnnori  Inooc,  AsUya- 
sU,  Japan,  assignors  to  Iwatani  ft  Co.  LtiL,  Osaka, 
Japan 

Filed  Feb.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  801^86 

Claims  pifority,  appHcatfon  Japan,  Apr.  30,  1968, 
43/28,902 


Int  a.  B23k  7/00 


4  Claims 


The  distance  between  a  gas  flame  no2zle  used  in  heat 
treating  and  the  work  is  automatically  controlled  so  that 


I 


(MA 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6, 


the  heat  is  transferred  most  effectively  to  the  work. 
Electrodes  adjacent  to  the  nozzle  project  down  toward 
the  flame  and  detect  any  variation  in  electrical  char- 
acteristics of  the  flame,  the  detected  values  being  trans- 
mitted in  the  form  of  control  signals  to  an  automatic 
control  system  which  maintains  the  nozzle  at  optimum 
distance  from  the  work. 


1972 


3,668,019 
ALUMINUM  ELECTRICAL  CONDUCTOR  WIRE 

Harold  Y.  Huflkkcr,  Lower  Boirell,  Pa.,  assignor  to 

Ahuniimm  Company  of  America,  PittriNirgli,  Pa. 

No  Drawiiv.  Filed  Dec.  39,  1969,  Scr.  No.  889,313 

lot  CL  C22c  21/00:  C22f  1/04 

VS.  CI.  148—11.5  A  8  Claims 

Electrical  conductor  wire  in  a  strain-hardened  condition 
suited  for  use  in  stranded  conductors  for  above-ground 
power  transmission  and  composed  of  an  aluminimi  base 
alloy  containing  0.04  to  0.3%  magnesium  and  up  to  0.5% 
copper,  the  balance  being  aluminum  with  certain  maxi- 
mirni  limits  on  other  elements  and  impurities.  This  wire 
and  stranded  conductor  produced  therefrom  exhibits  a 
hi^y  useful  combination  of  conductivity,  strength  and 
resistance  to  creep. 


3,668,020 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  STEEL  WIRES 


vnOf rt  A.  Lnckt,  Onusie,  Comk, 

States  Steel  Corporatfon 


to  United 


operation  or  subsequent  to  it,  but  prior  to  annealing, 
is  treated,  as  by  spraying,  with  an  aqueous  suspension 
of  calcium  hydroxide.  The  heat-resistant  solid  component 
of  the  suspension  dries  on  the  strip  as  a  semi-adherent 
coating,  and  protects  the  strip  from  rusting  during 
storage  and  shipping. 


No  Drawiiw.  Original  appUcatioB  Mar.  18, 1968,  Scr.  No. 

714,074.  DiiMcd  and  this  appHcalion  Nov.  9,  1970, 

Scr.  No.  88,132 

Int  a.  C21d  9/52 
VS.  CL  148—12  6  Claims 

The  method  of  making  a  high  strength  ductile  cold 
drawn  wire  from  hot  rolled  rods  made  from  commonly 
used  steels  including  .65  to  1.00%  carbon,  .25  to  1.20% 
manganese,  .35%  maximum  silicon,  .20%  maximum  alu- 
minum, .05%  maximum  sulphur,  .012%  maximum  nitro- 
gen, and  .05%  maximum  phosphorus,  but  with  the  addi- 
tion of  .03  to  .15%  vanadium  and  .20%  maximum  molyb- 
denum. The  hot  rolled  rod  is  drawn  to  finished  size  using 
only  one  patenting  step  with  the  reduction  in  area  being 
at  least  approximately  60%. 


3,668,021 

HEAT.STABLE  RUST  INHIBITORS 

Caiiyle  E.  Siiocmakcr,  Bctlrielicm,  Pa.,  assignor  to 

BctUchcm  Steel  Cocporation 

Filed  Oct  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  872,091 

Int  CL  C21d  1/00;  C23c  3/04;  B44d  1/20 

VS.  CL  148—12.1  5  Claims 


In  a  process  for  inhibiting  formation  of  rust  on  cold 


3,668,022 

METHOD  OF  IHEATING  AN  ALLOY  STEEt 
FOR  ENAMELING 

John  P.  Novak,  Homewood,  U.,  aarinor  to  Inland 
Stcd  Company,  CUo^o,  DL 

Condnaation-in-pait  of  application  Scr.  No.  686,618, 
Nor.  29,  1967.  This  application  Oct  26,  1970, 
Scr.  No.  83,946 


U.S.  a.  148—16 


bt  CL  C21d  1/74 


7  Claims 


A  method  of  treating  a  cold  rolled  sheet  of  low  carbon 
steel  containing  titanium  in  order  to  prevent  the  occur- 
rence of  objectionable  shadow  lines  normally  appearing 
un  the  surface  thereof  after  applying  a  single  or  multiple 
coating  of  a  vitreous  enamel  which  comprises  heat  treat- 
ing the  cold  rolled  5heet  in  a  reducing  non-oxidizing 
atmosphere  containing  carbon  monoxide  gas  having  a 
concentration  between  about  0.50%  and  1.50%  by  v(rf- 
ume  and  with  a  controlled  amount  of  moisture  so  that 
the  treating  atmosjrfiere  remains  non-oxidizing  to  the 
steel  lit  heat  treating  temperature.  The  sheet  is  treated  in 
either  a  continuous  normalizing  apparatus  or  in  an  open- 
coil  annealing  apparatus.  The  required  amount  of  carbon 
monoxide  gas  can  be  provided  in  the  treating  atmosphere 
and  the  treating  atmosphere  maintained  non-oxidizing  to 
the  steel  by  passing  at  least  a  portion  of  a  reducing  non- 
oxidizing  treating  atmosphere  comprised  of  a  mixture  of 
hydrogen  and  nitrogen  with  a  small  amount  of  moisture 
through  a  porous  bed  of  charcoal  disposed  within  the 
treating  zone. 


^  3,668,023 

TANTALUM-CONTAINING  PRECIPITATION- 
STRENGTHENED  NICKEL-BASE  ALLOY 

Pcahotan  Sobrab  KotvaL  4923  Media  Drive, 
Indianapolis,  Ind.    46208 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Jnnc  20,  1969,  Scr.  No.  835,211 

Int  CL  C22c  19/00 
VS.  CL  148—32.5  5  Claims 

Tantalnm-bearing  precipitaticMi-strengthened  hot-woric- 
able  nickel-base  alloys  aJso  containing  chromium  and 
molybdemmi  and  having  an  intermetallic  phase  of  stoi- 
chiometry  A|M  wherein  M  consists  essentially  oi  Ta  and 


rolled  ferrous  strip,  the  strip,  either  during  the  rolling  wherein  A  consists  essentially  of  nickel. 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


241 


3,668,024 

METHOD  OF  ANNEALING  METAL  POWDER 

Milton  Johnson,  Wankcsha,  Wis.,  assignor  to  A.  O.  Smith- 
Inland  Inc.,  Milwaakce,  Wis. 


Continnation-taHart  of  application  Scr.  No.  671,290, 
Sept  28, 1967.  IVa  application  Oct  7, 1969,  Scr. 
No.  868469 

IntCLB22f //0O 
U.S.  CL  148—126  12  Claims 

The  invention  relates  to  a  process  for  annealing  steel 
powder.  The  powder  is  continuously  passed  through  an 
annealing  furnace  and  heated  to  a  temperature  in  the 
range  of  1450*  F.  to  2100'  F.  while  exposed  to  a  reduc- 
ing gas.  The  dew  point  of  the  furnace  atmosphere  is 
maintained  at  a  value  slightly  below  the  equilibrium 
value  throughout  the  length  of  the  heating  zone  by  ad- 
justment of  the  rate  of  flow  of  the  reducing  gas  to  the 
furnace. 

By  maintaining  the  dew  point  of  the  furnace  atmos- 
phere within  precise  limits,  a  substantially  complete  re- 
duction of  the  carbon  content  of  the  steel  particles  is  ob- 
tained and  welding  of  the  particles  is  prevented,  so  that 
the  sintered  cake  of  particles  can  be  readily  broken  up 
after  annealing  to  restore  the  as-atomized  particle  size 
and  thereby  provide  an  increased  density  for  the  com- 
pacted and  sintered  part. 


to  generate  a  colored  smoke,  an  inorganic  oxidizer  in  an 
amount  sufficient  to  oxidize  the  composition  and  a  suit- 
able polymeric  fuel  binder  in  an  amount  sufficient  to  bind 
the  ingredients  of  the  smoke  producing  composition  into 
a  cohesive  castable  mass. 


3,668,027 

'^*S5!SE,.9IL.**^™^G  NITROCELLULOSE- 
SJISSS-U^MNE  WATER-BEARING  EX- 
PLOSIVE COMPOSITIONS 

Gordon  M.  Gay,  Tacoma,  Wash.,  aarignor  to  Comerdal 
Solvents  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  Ffled  Sept  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  861,490 

,ia  ^  ..«  Int  CL  C06b  5/(M 

VS.  CL  149-95  2  Clafans 

Water-bearing  explosive  compositions  characterized  by 
hi^  detonation  velocity  comjMising  a  mixture  of  an  in- 
organic oxidizer  salt,  nitroglycerine  and/or  other  nitrate 
esters,  nitrocellulose,  water  and  a  water  thickening  agent. 
The  water-bearing  explosive  compositions,  gels  and  slur- 
ries, are  prepared  by  first  pregelling  nitroglycerine  and 
mtrooellulose  followed  by  adding  the  remaining  ingredi- 
ents of  the  explosive  composition. 


3,668,025 

METHOD  FOR  ALLOYING  METALS  IN  THE 
PRESENCE  OF  REACTIVE  MATERIALS 

Joseph  M.  lUnm,  Yotktown  Hdghts,  and  Jan  P.  Hockstra, 
Putnam  Valley,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  International  Bnsi- 
ncas  Machines  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

Contfamation  td  abandoned  an>lication  Scr.  No.  745,009, 
Jnly  15,  1968.  HiIs  application  May  6,  1971,  Scr.  No. 
140,941 

Int  CL  HOll  7/46 

VS.  CL  148-^178  31 


3,668,028 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  PRINTING  MASKS  WITH 
HIGH  ENERGY  BEAMS 

OUver  A.  Siort  Wilmington,  Del.,  assignor  to  E.  L  dn 
Pont  de  Nemonrs  and  Company,  I'Hlmfaigton,  DcL 

Filed  June  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45,157 

-Tfl   ^   ,.  Int  CL  B41c  7/i¥ 

VS.  CL  156-3  9  chlms 


The  invention  involves  a  process  for  alloying  a  metal 
such  as  aluminum  into  a  semiconductor  such  as  germa- 
-.nium  in  the  presence  of  reactive  insulating  material  such 
as  silicon  dioxide.  A  layer  of  an  organic  material  is  de- 
posited on  the  surface  of  the  insulating  material  prior  to 
alloying  and  heated  for  a  time  and  temperature  sufficient 
to  leave  a  residue  of  the  organic  material  at  the  surface 
of  the  insulating  material.  The  organic  material  is  re- 
moved by  spraying  with  an  organic  solvent  such  as  tri- 
chk>ro-ethylene  while  the  materials  are  still  hot.  Alloy- 
ing of  the  metal  with  the  semiconductor  is  then  carried 
out  and  any  reaction  between  the  aluminum  and  the  sili- 
con dioxide  which  might  be  expected  to  occur  is  mini- 
mized. 

3,668,026 

CAOTABLE  PYROTECHNIC  COLORED  SMOKE 
COMPOSITION 

Joseph  E.  Flanagan,  Woodland  Hills,  CaUf .,  assignor  to 
"North  American  Rockwell  Cmporation 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Dec  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  98,177 

Int  CL  C06d  3/00 
VS.  CL  149—19  12  Clafans 

A  castable  pyrotechnic  composition  for  colored  smoke 
production  comprising  iodoform  in  an  amount  sufficient 


A  stencil  ma^  suitable  fw  printing  electronic  circuits 
and  the  like  is  made  by  applying  a  beam  of  high-energy 
emissions  such  as  an  electron  beam  or  a  laser  beam  to  an 
original  blank  comprising  two  layers  of  different  volatili- 
zability  in  response  to  impingement  by  the  beam.  The  beam 
is  applied  to  the  layer  which  is  more  readily  volatilized  to 
form  a  groove  therethrough  bottoming  at  the  inner  surface 
of  the  second  layer.  Perforations  extending  entirely 
through  the  blank  are  produced  where  desired  by  increas- 
ing the  beam  energy  applied  to  selected  points  along  the 
bottom  of  the  groove.  Because  the  second  layer  is  less 
readily  volatilized,  uncontrolled  variations  in  the  depths 
of  the  grooves  and  the  danger  of  having  a  groove  break 
entirely  through  the  blank  where  this  is  not  desired  are 
minimized. 


242 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3  668  029  to  expand  partially,  then  bringing  the  panel  sections  wiui 

CHEMICAL  MACHINING  PROCESS  their  foam  faces  together  sandwich  style,  to  a  vertical  posi- 

Raymond  B.  BloMJck,  Luicartcr,  and  Robert  A.  Meier, 
Stevens,  both  ol  Pa.,  asrignors  to  Anmtrong  Cork  Conv 
pany,  L4mcastcr,  Pa. 

FUed  Oct.  9, 1969,  Ser.  No.  865.100 

Int.  CI.  C23f  1/02 

U.S.  CI.  156-11  1  Claim 


IS^ 


A  process  for  chemically  machining  metals,  particularly 
steels  and  steel  alloys,  to  depths  greater  than  0.010  inches  by 
using  a  chemical  etching  solution.  The  metal  is  coated  with 
an  etch-resist,  exposed  to  an  energy  source  to  harden  and 
bond  a  predetermined  area  of  the  resist  to  the  metal  and  then 
developed  to  remove  the  unhardened  and  unbonded  resist. 
The  metal  is  then  recoated  with  resist,  again  exposed  to  an 
energy  source  to  harden  and  bond  the  second  resist  layer  to 
the  first  resist  layer  at  the  aforesaid  predetermined  area  and 
then  developed  to  remove  the  unhardened  and  unbonded  re- 
sist. The  metal  is  then  passed  through  a  chemical  etching 
solution  to  chemically  machine  those  areas  of  the  metal  un- 
protected by  the  double  layer  of  resist. 

3  668  030 
METHOD  OF  MAKINg'mATING  MALE  EMBOSSING 

ROLLS 

Frank  W.  Brodcrkk,  52  PIttsford  Way,  New  ProvMencc,  N  J. 

Filed  Sept.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  70,434 

Int.  CI.  B44n  3/02 

U.S.  CI.  156-14  20  Claims 


tion  and  allowing  the  foam  to  complete  expansion,  coalesce 
and  gel  ia  this  vertical  position. 


4  Claims 


I  3,668,032 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  FLEXIBLE  LETTERPRESS 

MAT 
Charles  W.  Bunting;  DavM  P.  Grocber,  and  Louk  W.  Pettto, 

all  of  Dayton,  Ohk>,  anignors  to  McCaO  Corporation,  New 

York,  N.Y. 

Original  appUcatkm  Aug.  28, 1967,  Ser.  No.  663,858,  now 

Patent  No.  3,568,595,  dated  Mar.  9,  1971.  Divided  and  this 

1  appUcatkm  Oct.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  83,737 

I  Int.a.B29c/7/04 

VS.  CL  156—215 

A  first  portion  of  a  sheet  of  thermoplastic  material  is 
placed  on  the  face  of  an  engraved  master  plate,  and  the  plate 
and  sheet  are  positioned  between  the  platens  of  a  hydraulic 
press.  The  first  portion  of  the  sheet  and  the  master  plate  are 
pre-heated  and  are  then  pressed  together  to  mold  an  impres- 
sion of  the  face  within  the  first  portion  of  the  sheet.  The 
master  plate  and  sheet  portion  are  cooled  while  the  pressure 
is  maintained,  after  which  the  pressure  is  released  and  the 
sheet  is  shifted  laterally  a  precise  predetermined  distance 
relative  to  the  master  plate  while  maintaining  the  angular 
orientatk>n  of  the  sheet,  to  position  a  second  portior  of  the 
sheet  over  the  face  of  the  master  plate.  The  steps  of  pre-heat- 
ing,  pressing,  cooling  and  releasing  are  then  repeated  to 
produce  a  flexible  mat  having  a  pair  of  identical  impressions 
in  precise  spaced  relation  and  corresponding  angular  orienta- 
tion. One  or  more  metal  layers  are  electrolytically  deposited 
on  the  mat,  and  the  resulting  thin  sheet  of  deposited^  metal  is 
separated  from  the  mat  and  laminated  to  a  pre-curved  rein- 
forcing plate  which  is  trintmed  along  its  edge. 


A  method  for  manufacture  of  a  male  embossing  roll  which 
registers  exactly  with  another  male  embossing  roll,  which 
comprises  forming  in  the  second  roll  a  mating  female  pattern, 
filling  the  female  pattern  depressions  with  resist,  and  then 
etching,  thereby  to  produce  a  male  design  corresponding  to 
the  female  design.  The  filling  of  the  preliminarily  formed 
female  design  by  a  resist  comprising  chrome  plating  is  a 
preferred  embodiment,  the  entire  roll  being  chrome  plated 
after  the  formation  of  the  female  design,  the  chrome  plate 
then' being  removed  from  the  surface  of  the  roll  except  in 
those  areas  corresponding  to  the  depressions  in  the  female 
pattern  previously  formed  therein. 

3,668,031 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  FOAM  CORE  SANDWICH  PANEL 
Bernard  J.  BMt,  Bethlehem,  Pa.,  asrignor  to  Bethlehem  Sted 
Corporation 

FUed  M«r.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  16,179 

Int.  CLB32b  5/75 

VJS.  a.  156—79  3  Clalma 

A  method  of  making  a  foam  core  sandwich  panel  suitable 

for  use  in  the  building  industry  by  spreading  two  horizontal 

panels  with  a  polyurethane  foamable  resin,  allowing  the  resin 


I  3,668,033 

LAMINATING  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 
Ralph  M.  Evans,  Gkndale,  Arbu,  aadgnor  to  Royal  Industries, 
PMMiena,  CaUf . 

ContiauatkM-ln-part  of  appUcatkm  Ser.  No.  510,597,  Nov. 
30, 1965,  now  abandoned.  This  appUcadon  Oct.  14»  1966, 
Ser.  No.  586,803 
.    Int.  CI.  B29c/ 7/04  I 

VS.  CI.  156—212  12  Claims 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  mailing  a  configurated, 
laminated  workpiece,  the  apparatus  being  comprised  of  a 
forming  press  having  a  lower,  stationary  platen  and  an  upper 
reciprocable  platen  which  cooperate  to  apply  pressure  to 
selected  portions  of  the  laminated  workpiece.  Movable  edge 
members  are  hingedly  atuched  to  the  upper  platen  and  are 
adapted  to  be  manually  routed  to  bend  veneer  into  a 
generally  contiguous  configuration  with  a  base  component. 
Alternatively,  a  latch  mechanism  may  be  used  to  forcibly 
rotate  each  edge  member  and  bend  the  veneer.  A  heater  is 
pivoully  supported  above  the  upper  platen  and  upon  a  carri- 
er frame  or  tumstyle  which  is  freely,  arcuately  swingable 
through  all  or  nearly  all  of  360°  so  that  it  may  be  easily  posi- 
tioned in  the  most  effective  location  to  accommodate  soften- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


248 


ing  of  the  veneer  immediately  prior  to  bending.  A  stationary    and/or  roughening  and  coating  with  the  adhesive,  while  the 
heating  element  may  be  supported  near  the  upper  edge  of  the    other  surface  which  was  provided  with  a  completely  dry  ad- 
hesive coating  is  applied  to  and  pressed  against  the  moist  ad- 
hesive surface. 


3,668,036 

METHOD  FOR  ATTACHING  GASKET  AND/OR 

INSULATOR  MEMBERS  TO  PLATE  STRUCTURES 

Robert  G.  Famam,  New  Lisbon,  Wis.,  assignor  to  F.  D.  Fm^ 

namCo.  , 

Filed  Jan.  26, 1970,  Ser.  Na  5,734 

Int.a.B32bi;/20 

U.S.  CL  156—252  H  Clainv 


lower   platen   to   aid   the   pivotal   heater   in   the   softening 
process. 


22 


3,668,034 

METHOD  FOR  MAKING  A  DECORATIVE  PLASTIC 

LAMINATE 

Arthur  S.  Nlch<rias,  and  Sarkis  M.  KaMounI,  both  of  Grand 

Rapids,  Mich.,  assignors  to  U.  S.  Industries,  Inc. 

Original  appUcatkm  Mar.  26, 1968,  Ser.  No.  716,140. 

DIvMed  and  this  appUcatkm  Aug.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  61,215 

Int.  CL  B29c  J  9/00 

VS.  CL  156-245  11  Clainv 


This  disclosure  relates  to  plastic  laminates,  preferaUy  in 
the  nature  of  an  article,  having  an  outer  metalized  layer,  an 
intermediate  bonding  layer  of  a  relatively  low  melting  point, 
and  a  backing  layer  formed  of  a  synthetic  thermoplastic 
material  whose  melting  point  is  at  least  as  high  and 
preferably  higher  than  the  melting  point  of  the  intermediate 
layer.  The  laminate  is  formed  by  bonding  the  outer  metalized 
layer  to  the  intermediate  layer,  preferably  by  heat  fusion, 
placing  the  laminate  of  the  metalized  layer  and  the  inter- 
mediate layer  into  a  mold  and  injecting  the  backing  material 
into  the  mold  to  form  an  article  and  to  bond  the  backing 
material  to  the  intermediate  layer. 


3,668,035 

PROCESS  FOR  ADHESIVE  BONDING  OF  POLYVINYL 

CHLORIDE  MATERIALS 

Alois  Felden,  Munich,  Germany,  assignor  to  StaMgruger  Otto 

Gruber  Sc  Co.,  Munchen,  Germany 

FUed  Apr.  24, 1969,  Ser.  No.  819,101 
Claims  prkirity,  appUcatkm  Germany,  Apr.  25, 1968,  P  17  69 

245.4 
InLCLB32bi;/00 
U.S.  a.  156—249  27  daiuK 

A  process  for  the  adhesive  bonding  of  PVC  materials  in- 
cludes preparing  at  least  of  the  bonding  surfaces  by  purifying 


^ 


[  •M^JUS^JOB^M^JW^^^Ij^mX 


''r^'iT'f^^r^ff^^.fww.n^jL 


T 


26      '6 


■  20 


v////////m 


■to 


A  method  of  securing  top  and  bottom  members  to  inter- 
mediate plate  structures  by  providing  spaced  apertures  in  the 
plate,  positioning  members  on  either  side  of  the  plate  at  least 
one  of  which  is  provided  with  mating  portions  such  that  the 
mating  portions  are  within  the  spaced  apertures  in  engaging 
relationship  with  the  other  member  and  providing  an  a^ie- 
sive  on  at  least  those  portions  of  the  members  in  mating  en- 
gagement to  thereby  form  a  unitary  structure  of  somewhat 
rigid  stability.  The  products  formed  by  the  disclosed  methods 
will  find  application  for  use  in  conjunction  with  carburetor 
assemblies  wherein  the  plate  structure  is  metal  so  as  to  act, 
for  example,  as  a  heat  dissipator  between  the  carburetor 
manifold  and  carburetor  throttle  body.  The  method  may  be 
used  in  many  other  types  of  assemblies  wherein  the  assembly 
of  three  parts  is  difficult  to  accomplish  at  high  speed  with 
complete  reliability. 


3,668,037 
METHOD  FOR  MAKING  TABLETS 
Boyd  C.  Blab-,  Topeka,  Kans.,  assignor  to  Brackctt  Strippii« 
Machine  Co.,  Inc.,  Topeka,  Kans. 
Original  appUcatkm  Jan.  15, 1968,  Ser.  No.  697,685,  now 
Patent  No.  3,560^1  L  DMdcd  and  this  appUcatkm  Aug.  14, 
1970,  Ser.  No.  63315 
Int.CLB32bJ//00 
U.S.  CI.  156—267  4  Cbdms 

A  method  for  making  tablets  and  including  arranging  a 
plurality  of  sheets  into  a  set,  registering  edges  of  the  sheets  in 
the  set,  moving  sets  in  a  defined  path,  adjusting  the  spacing 
between  seU,  holding  the  set  in  a  pressed  together  condition, 
grinding  one  edge  of  the  set  and  applying  a  hardenabie  quick 
drying  adhesive  to  said  one  edge  of  the  set,  said  method  in- 
cluding maintaining  the  edges  of  the  set  in  registry  during 
grinding  the  one  edge  and  applying  adhesive  thereto,  said 
method  including  applying  a  strip  having  adhesive  to  the  one 
edge,  folding  opposite  margins  of  the  strip  to  engage  exterior 
sheets,  and  cutting  the  strip  adjacent  opposite  ends  of  the 
one  edge. 


244 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,668,038 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  A  FLEXIBLE  PACKAGING 

MATERIAL 

Charks  C.  Kirk,  Laurd;  ThoauH  E.  Fcringlon,  Sandy  Sprii^ 

and  Raank  S.  Gregorian,  SOvcr  Spring,  all  of  Md.,  m- 

signors  to  W.  R.  Grace  &  Co.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Original  application  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  692,240,  now 

Patent  No.  3,539,437.  Divided  and  this  application  Feb.  2, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  12,493 

Int.  CI.  B32b  33100 

MS.  CL  156—276  5  OainH 


FfeMfbh 
Sk90t  of    Paptr 


FInt    FlwibI* 
Th0rmcph$tfc  Film 


Second    Flulbh 
Thtrmophatle  Film 


Filler 


Third   Fhxibh 
Tb0rmofito$tie  Film 


This  invention  is  directed  to  a  process  for  preparing  self- 
supporting  laminate  films  having  low  permeability  to  gases 
and  to  the  films  prepared  by  said  process,  all  as  described 
hereinafter. 


3,668,039 
METHOD  FOR  JACKETING  FIBROUS  DUCTS 
DavM  Waksnian,  Rodand  Park,  Kam.,  and  James  R.  Stewart, 
Kansas  City,  Mo^  assignors  to  Ccrtain-Tccd  Saint  Gobain 
Insulation  Corporation,  Bala  Cynwyd,  Pa. 

Filed  Apr.  14,  1970,  Ser.  No.  28,369 

Int.  CI.  B29c  77/07 

U.S.  CL  156—287  6  Claims 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  applying  a  jacket  sheet  to  an 
open  ended  porous  fibrous  duct,  by  wrapping  the  sheet 
around  the  duct,  applying  end  closures  to  the  ends  of  the 
duct,  at  least  one  such  closure  having  a  vacuum  connection 
so  that  by  reduction  of  pressure  in  the  interior  of  the  duct, 
the  external  atmospheric  pressure  will  serve  to  hold  the 
jacket  sheet  snugly  against  the  duct,  and  interconnecting  the 
adjacent  edges  of  the  jacket  sheet  while  it  is  being  held 
snugly  against  the  exterior  of  the  duct  under  the  influence  of 
the  reduced  internal  pressure  and  the  external  atmospheric 
pressure. 


r 


3,668,040 

METHOD  AND  MEANS  FOR  B(»^iDING  BEARING 

LINERS 

Gordon  J.  Clark,  Bristol,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Textron  Inc., 

Providence,  R.L  . 

FUed  Nov.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  873,161 

Inta.B32bi//20  ' 


U.S.  CL  956—294 


2_^; 


Claims 


/n/OiCArvtt 


The  invention  contemplates  maintenance  of  uniform  con- 
trolled pressure  and  temperature  at  the  zone  of  bonding  a 
fabric  of  the  like  liner  to  a  bearing  ring  or  the  like,  the  pres- 
sure and  temperature  being  at  the  levels  required  for  op- 
timum curing  of  the  particular  thermosetting  material  in- 
volved. The  pressure  is  developed  by  axial  compression  of  an 
elastomeric  plug,  which  is  so  constrained  that  radial  loading 
of  the  lining  on  the  bearing  element  necessarily  results  from 
hydrostatic  deformation  of  the  plug.  The  heat  supplied  for 
curing  also  causes  the  plug  to  expand,  but  the  invention  pro- 
vides for  automatic  compensation  for  plug  expansion  so  as  to 
maintain  substantially  constant  pressure  loading  on  the  liner 
in  the  course  of  a  curing  cycle.  Means  are  disclosed  for  the 
bonding  of  a  plurality  of  lined  bearing  elements  in  a  single 
batch  processing  cycle. 


3,668,041 

METHOD  FOR  MAKING  A  HRE-RETARDAlfT 

INSULATION  CONSTRUCTION 

Thor  J.  G.  Lonning,  SufBeid,  Conn.,  — ignor  to  Monsanto 

Company,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Ori^nal  appUcatkM  Mar.  25, 1968,  Scr.  No.  715  J92. 

Divided  and  this  application  Feb.  27,  1970,  Scr.  No.  18393 

Int.  CL  C09j  7100 

U.S.  CL  156—309  3  Claims 


A  method  for  making  a  fire-retardant.  faced,  low  density 
insulation  construction  from  a  preformed  facing  layer  ccMn- 
prising  vinyl  chloride  polymer  and  flame  retardant  plasticizer 
composition  therefor;  a  preformed  bat  comprising  a  matrix  of 
siliceous  fibers  bound  together  with  a  thennoset  aminoplast 
modified  phenolic  resin  adhesive,  and  a  preformed  solid  ad- 
hesive li^er  comprising  vinyl  chloride  polymer  resin  adhesive 
having  a  heat  softening  temperature  below  the  heat  softening 
temperature  of  said  facing  layer,  said  method  comprising  the 
steps  of  heat  fusing  a  said  facing  layer  to  a  said  adhesive  layer 
and  heat  fusing  the  laminate  comprising  such  facing  layer 
and  such  adhesive  layer  to  a  said  bat. 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


245 


3,668,042  where  a  vacuum  transfer  arm  moves  an  individual  die  fix>m 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  MAGNETIC  TRANSDUCER     tfie  tape  to  a  pre-positioned  and  pre-heated  package  unit  on 

WITH  NARROW  SENSING  TIP 
WflUam   A.  Farrand,  Fulkrton,  Calif.,  assignor  to  North 
American  Rockwcti  Corporation 

Original  appttcadon  Mar.  15, 1967,  Scr.  No.  623^85.  now 
abandoned.  Divfcled  and  this  appttcatkm  July  14, 1969,  Scr. 

No.  851,534 

Int.  a.  C09j  5100 

UA  CL  156—309  1  Claim 


A  process  for  producing  magnetic  transducer  comprising  a 
relatively  thin  portion  forming  a  sensing  tip  connected  to  a 
relatively  thicker  core  portion  including  conductors  wound 
around  the  core  portion.  The  thin  portion  is  separated  in  the 
region  of  its  tip  by  a  narrow  gap  filled  with  a  material  for 
forming  a  magnetic  flux  insulator. 


the  carrier.  The  transfer  arm  includes  a  vibratory  tip  to 
produce  a  scrubbing  motion  between  the  die  and  the  lead  to 
enhance  the  bonding  action  between  the  parts. 


3,668,045 
APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING  ROD-LIKE  ARTICLES 
Desmond  Walter  Molins,  London,  England,  assignor  to  Molins 
Machine  Company  Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  Apr.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,478 
Chdms  priority,  appttcatkm  Great  Britain,  Apr.  18, 1969, 

20,001/69 

Int.  CL  B65h  81100 

U.S.  a.  156—441  1  Oafan 


\ 


3,668,043 

METHOD  OF  BONDING  POLYPROPYLENE  TO  RUBBER 

-^     AND  THE  METHOD  OF  MAKING  INSULATED 

ELECTRICAL  CONDUCTORS  THEREFROM 

Gordon  J.  Mutae,  Wcatboro,  Mass.,  assignor  to  United  Sted 

Corporation 

Ori^nal  appBcaHon  Sept.  20,  1969,  Scr.  No.  801,188,  now 
Patent  No.  3^92,728.  DIvMed  and  this  appHcatton  Nov.  17, 
1970,  Ser.  No.  90,473 
Int  CL  C09j  5100;  B32b  25108 
U.S.  CL  1 56—32 1  2  Claims 

The  method  of  the  invention  comprises  the  steps  of  provid- 
ing an  electrically  conductive  metal  core,  covering  the  core 
with  a  polyolefin  insulating  layer,  heating  the  insulating  layer 
to  a  temperature  of  400"  to  500"  P.,  then  applying  a  suitable 
adhesive  composition  to  the  insulating  layer  while  it  is  in  the 
temperature  range  of  400'  to  500°  F.,  then  applying  a  second 
application  of  the  adhesive  composition  to  the  polyolefin-ad- 
hesive  covered  conductor,  and  then  applying  an  elastomer 
sheath  to  the  polyolefin-adhesive  covered  conductor  after  the 
second  application  of  adhesive  composition  has  been  applied 
thereto. 


In  the  production  of  a  continuous  wrapped  rod,  e.g.  of 
filter  material  for  subdivision  into  filter  rods,  the  continuous 
wrapper  web  is  provided  along  each  of  its  marginal  portions, 
but  on  opposite  sides,  with  a  line  of  heat-sensitive  polyvinyl 
acetate  which  is  dried  before  the  marginal  portions  are  foled 
on  each  other,  and  is  then  reactivated  by  heat. 


3,668,044 

APPARATUS  FC«  BONMNG  SEMI-CONDUCTTVE 

DEVICES 

Mordechai  WIcsler,  Lexington,  and  John  S.  Madntyre,  Lynn- 

fldd,  both  of  Mnik,  atsignon  to  Tdedyne,  Inc.,  Hawthorne, 

CaUf. 

Filed  Apr.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26^38 

Int.CLB32bi7/20 

UA  CL  156—366  U  Ctahni 

Semi-conductive  devices  are  assembled  and  bonded  to 
package  bases  on  an  automatic  basis.  The  devices  are  trans- 
ferred one  at  a  time  from  a  tape  indexing  unit  onto  an  index- 
ing carrier  which  convey  package  assemblies  through  a  heat- 
ing zone  prior  to  receipt  of  the  dice.  The  tape  indexer  in- 
cludes a  drive  mechanism  adapted  to  feed  a  tape  carrying  a 
plurality  of  longitudinally  spaced  dice  past  a  pick-off  point 


3,668,046 
APPARATUS  FOR  PERFORMING  WELDING  OR  HOT 
GLUING  OPERATIONS  ON  CONTINUOUSLY  MOVED 

WEBS 
Frank  Bomc,  Ibbenburcn>Dorenthe,  Germany,  awlgnnr  to 
WindmoUer  &  Hobchcr,  Lcngerkh  of  Watphatta,  Gcr- 
many 

Filed  Apr.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30^67 
Claims  priority,  appttcatlon  Germany,  May  14, 1969,  P  19  24 

730^ 
Int.  CL  B32b  31120, 3 1 108 
U.S.  CL  156—553  7  Oafana 

In  flat  bag-making  machines,  a  web  which  is  themnoptastk 
or  coated  with  a  thermoplastic  layer  is  withdrawn  from  a 
supply  roll  and  continuously  advanced,  formed  into  a  tubing 
in  a  tube-making  device,  whereafter  the  tubing  is  {xxxxssed 
to  form  flat  bags  in  that  welded  or  hot  glued  seams  are 
formed  and  the  tubing  is  transversely  cut.  The  apparatus 
comprises  a  carrier,  which  supports  the  web  and  on  which 
the  heated  welding  or  hot  gluing  jaws  are  mounted  to  be 
reciprocable  to  and  from  the  carrier,  whereas  the  carrier  it- 


246 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


self  is  reciprocable  relative  to  the  web  in  the  direction  of 
travel  thereof  in  such  a  manner  that  the  movement  of  the 
carrier  relative  to  the  web  is  zero  for  a  time  which  is  suffi- 
cient for  the  welding  or  gluing  operation.  The  carrier  consists 
of  a  rocker,  which  is  pivoted  on  an  axis  that  is  transverse  to 
the  direction  of  travel  of  the  web  and  extends  through  the 


are  fed  into  the  gap  at  the  correct  moment,  and  to  the  cor- 
rect depth,  and  so  that  the  proper  tension  in  tape  and  spent 
films  is  maintained  at  all  times. 


3  668,048 

PLASTIC  EGG  PACKAGE  SPOT  WELDING  APPARATUS 

Hikoji  Noguchi,  and  Yodiinobu  Miyaato,  both  of  Tokyo, 

Japan,  Msignon  to  said  NoguchI,  by  said  Mlyazatoi 

Filed  Nov.  14, 1969,  Ser.  No.  876,906     I 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  Feb.  14,  l%9, 44/10912, 

44/10913;  Dec.  23. 1968,43/112452,43/112453,43/112454; 

Dec.  28, 1968,44/501,44/502,44/503;  Jan.  7, 1969.44/2071; 

Feb.  5, 1%9, 44/10035;  Feb.  8, 1%9, 44/1 1044;  Feb.  13, 1%9. 

44/12583;  Feb.  14, 1%9, 44/ 12584, 44/ 12585;  Mar.  19, 1%9 

44/24608 
I  Int.  a.  B30b  15134;  B29c  27/04 

VS.  a.  156—583 


transverse  center  plane  of  the  rocker,  the  latter  is  pivotally 
movable  within  a  loop  which  is  formed  in  the  web  by  means 
of  two  stationary  guide  rollers,  and  the  rocker  is  provided 
with  drive  means  which  impart  to  the  rocker  a  rocking  nw- 
tion  at  a  peripheral  velocity  which  is  temporarily  equal  to  the 
velocity  of  travel  of  the  web. 


3,668,047 

BONDING  MACHINE 

Kenneth  G.  Heller,  335  Palomar  Drive,  Redwood  CHy,  CaMf. 

Filed  Nov.  20,  1969,  Ser.  No.  878,514 

int.  a.  B32b  J//06.  B65c  9//« 

U.S.  CI.  156-541  II  Claims 


13  Claims 


Apparatus  for  continuoi^y  sealing  the  flange  of  the  cover 
to  the  flange  of  the  body  of  a  plastic  egg  package  with  a  plu- 
rality of  spot  welds  using  intermittently  moving  receiving 
boxes  adapted  to  hold  the  body  of  the  egg  package  with  the 
flange  of  the  body  resting  thereon  vrith  the  cover  thereof 
protruding  outside  thereof  and  means  for  closing  the  cover 
tightly  against  the  body  for  spot  welding  the  flanges^ 

'  3,668,049  I 

LAMINATED  PACKING  MATERIAL  WITH  SPACED 
PARALLEL  REINFORCING  MEMBERS 
Ade  WllUam  SOfvcrttn,  Sandvikcn,  Sweden,  airifnor  to  Sand- 

vikcrn  Jcrnvcrks  AkHcbolag,  Sandvlkcns,  Sweden 
Continuation  of  appilcadon  Ser.  No.  783,478,  Dec.  13, 1968, 
now  abandoned.  This  application  June  17, 1971,  Ser.  No. 

154,198 
Claims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Dec.  19.  l%7l  17384/67 


lnt.a.B32bi//0 


VS.  a.  161—38 


A  bonding  machine  for  adhesively  joining  sheets  of  paper 
or  the  like,  having  as  its  principal  elements  a  housing,  and 
within  it  an  anvil,  an  actuating  mechanism,  and  a  tape 
system.  When  the  machine  is  idle  there  exists  a  gap  between 
the  anvil  and  the  surface  of  the  actuating  mechanism  facing 
it.  Sheets  to  be  bonded  are  placed  into  this  gap.  When  the  ac- 
tuating mechanism  is  depressed  it  moves  down  toward  the 
anvil,  thus  compressing  the  sheets.  Upon  releasing  the  actuat- 
ing mechanism  it  moves  away  from  the  anvil  and  picks  up  the 
topmost  sheet  by  vacuum  action.  At  the  sanw  time  the  tape 
system  transports  a  two-sided  adhesive  sticker  between  the 
separated  shieets.  When  the  actuating  mechanism  is  again 
depressed,  the  sheets  are  recompressed  but  this  time  over  the 
sticker,  thus  making  a  bond.  The  bonded  sheets  may  be 
withdrawn  as  soon  as  the  actuating  mechanism  is  released 
again.  The  cycle  may  be  repeated  several  times  if  more  than 
two  sheets  are  to  be  bonded  together.  The  tape  system, 
preferably  in  cartridge  form,  consists  of  two-sided  adhesive 
stickers  stored  on  a  supply  spool  between  cover  films.  A 
takeup  spool  reels  in  spent  cover  films.  Gears,  drive 
sprockets,  and  clutches  transmit  and  synchronize  motions  of 
actuating  mechanism,  tape,  and  spook,  so  that  the  stickers 


6Clalna 


A  Uminated  packing  material  consisting  essentially  of  two 
outer,  layer-like  members  and  an  intermediate  array  of 
spaced,  parallel,  stiffening  rib  members  secured  to  said  outer 
members.  At  least  one  of  said  outer  members  may  comprise 
two  layers  of  paper  with  an  intermediate  layer  of  fabric.  The 
rib  members  may  be  in  the  form  of  relatively  short,  flat,  strips 
of  wood  fiber  board  whose  abutting  ends  are  staggered  from 
rib  to  rib.  ^^^^^^^^^_^___^ 

3,668,050 
SURGICAL  DRAPE 
Harold  F.  DonncBy,  Applcton,  Wb.,  assignor  ui  Kimberly- 
Clark  Corporation,  Nccnah,  Wis. 

Filed  Mar.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  17^1 

Int.  CL  A6H  13fOO;  B32b  3/26, 27/40 

U.S.CL  161-39  15  Claims 

Disposable  surgical  drape  comprising  a  fibrous  base  sheet 

having  a  primary  operative  area;  a  sheet  of  fluid  impervious 

plastic  film,  such  as  polypropylene  film,  laminated  to  the 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


247 


base  sheet  in  the  primary  operative  area;  and  a  sheet  of  fluid 
absorbent  plastic  foam  material,  such  as  a  thin  sheet  of 


3,668,053 

ARTICLE  FOR  PREVENTING  EDGE  DEFECT  IN 

COMPRESSION  STRETCHED  ACRYUC  SHEET 

RonaM  L.  Ayres,  Saugus,  CaUf .,  assignor  to  Fortin  Plastics, 

Inc.,  Saugus,  CaHf. 

Original  application  Sept.  9,  1968,  Ser.  No.  758,395,  now 

Patent  No.  3,562^83,  dated  Feb.  9,  1971.  Divided  and  this 

appUcatkm  May  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  48,691 

Int.  a.  B32b  3/02,  3/30 

polyurethane  foam,  laminated  to  the  outer  surface  of  the    u^.  ci.  161—118  4  Claims 

film. 


3,668,051 

COMPOUND-CURVED  STRUCTURE 

William  H.  Sccmann,  III,  1320  6th  St.,  New  Oricans,  La. 

Filed  May  29,  1969,  Ser.  No.  829,067 

Int.  CI.  D03d/ 7/00 

U.S.  CI.  161-77  lOOaims 


An  article  for  preventing  edge  defects  in  compression- 
stretched  acrylic  sheets  comprising  providing  the  circunv 
ferential  end  surfaces  of  an  acrylic  blank  to  be  stretched  with 
a  groove  substantially  continuous  therewith,  the  depth  of  the 
groove  being  greater  than  S  percent  and,  preferably,  being 
greater  than  about  10  percent  of  the  initial  thickness  of  the 
acrylic  blank.  The  groove  may  have  various  configurations, 
e.g.,  V-  and  U-shaped  configurations.  Preferably,  the  center 
line  of  the  groove  lies  in  the  plane  bisecting  the  blank  in  the 
thickness  direction. 


A  method  of  constructing  boat  hulls  by  fiberglass  or  fer- 

rocement  techniques  utilizing  a  surface  defining  base  maten-  ,  .uta  nc^ 

9i  of  A  nliable  sheetins  material  of,  for  example,  a  loosely  3,668,1154 

t:  n  fab^or  ellirmesh  reinforced  with  springy  rods  of,  "«"  BULK  CORRl^ATED  N^^^  F^RIC 

for  example,  fiberglass  or  steel;  the  base  material  is  attached  Robert  J^Shunpf,  Appkton^  Wis.,  asrignor  to  Kimberiy-Clarii 

to  a  skeleton  framework  and  readily  and  easily  assumes  and  Corporati«i^e«iah,  Wte. 

forms  the  compound-curved  surface  of  the  hull,  and  a  resm  Filed  ^^'i,!.  1970^-  N<k  24,197 

or  concrete  is  subsequently  added  and  allowed  to  harden.  Int  CL  D04h  1/00, 3/00                   

U.S.  CL  161 — 1211  s  uauns 


3,668,052 
CORRUGATED  ARCUATE  MEMBER 
Richard  D.  Pratt,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  aarignor  to  General  Elec- 
tric Company 

Filed  Mm-.  20,  1970,  Ser.  No.  21,405 

bA.CLB33bl/00,3J28 

UAO.  161— 117  2  Claims 


A  corrugated  arcuate  member  having  a  plurality  of 
generally  circumferentially  disposed  substantially  rigid  corru- 
gations is  provided  with  improved  formability  as  a  resuh  of  a 
plurality  of  generally  transverse  slots  disposed  along  a  radi- 
ally outer  portion  of  the  corrugations.  Arc-holding  means  is 
secured  with  the  member  to  hold  the  member  in  arcuate 
shape. 


A  tough,  high  bulk,  flexible  fabric  is  provided  which  has  a 
grainy  wrinkled  texture  with  a  multiplicity  of  transversely 
discontinuous  furrows  and  ridges.  The  fabric  is  somewhat 
elastic,  especially  in  the  machine  direction,  and  comprises  a 
corrugated  web  of  initially  alined  textile  fibers  implanted  in  a 
continuous  thin  film  of  thermoplastic  adhesive,  the  fiber-ad- 
hesive web  thereafter  being  corrugated  into  a  multitude  of 
furrows  and  grooves  vrith  irregularly  root-  and  side-con- 
nected convolutions.  The  fabric  is  produced  by  implanting 
the  fibers  into  the  thermoplastic  adhesive  film,  adhering  the 
resulting  web  onto  an  abherent  heated  surface,  and  advanc- 
ing the  surface  against  a  gathering  blade  to  corrugate  the  web 
and  form  irregularly  root-  and  side-connected  sinusoidal  con- 
volutions. 


248 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


3,668,055 

SUPERIMPOSED  EMBOSSED  PACKING  SHEETS 

Gcorfc  G«nrd,  PoM  PIcMant,  N J^  anlgiior  to  Jiffy  Manu- 

tectarinc  Co.,  HUMde,  N  J. 
ContiBiuitioii  of  applkatkm  Scr.  No.  676,573,  Oct.  19, 1967, 
■ow  abuMloacd.  Thk  appHcatioB  Sept  1, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

68,745 

lot.  CL  B32b  3100,  7100 

MS.  CL  161—136  2  Claims 


material,  the  solidified  material  in  the  form  of  a  shoe  upper 
or  glove  is  removed  from  engagement  with  the  molding  sur- 
face and  the  liquid  is  removed  without  expanding  the 
solidified  material  leaving  pores  and  discontinuities  in  the 


solidified   material   to 
vapor. 


4t- 


A  one-piece  microporous  clothing  article  such  as  a  shoe 
upper  or  glove  is  formed  by  molding  a  solidifiable  liquid 
emulsion  of  fine  droplets  of  an  organic  liquid  in  a  continuous 
phase  comprising  reactive  material  convertible  through  reac- 
tion to  solidified  resilient  condition.  The  emulsion  is  caused 
to  gel  and  solidify  with  said  droplets  held  in  the  solidified 


constitute   passageways 


for 


air  and 


3,668,057 
LAMINAR  STRUCTURES  OF  METAL  AND 
CRYSTALLINE  COPOLYKETONES  AND  METHOD  OF 
y  FORMING  SAME 

FnuKO  Agolini,  and  Rudolph  John  Angdo,  both  of  Wilming- 
ton, Dd.,  Msignors  to  E.  L  du  Font  de  Nemours  and  Com- 
pany, WBmington,  DcL 

1         fUed  June  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,235 
I  Int.  CL  B32b  15108 

MS.  CL  161—165  16  Claims 

A  laminar  structure  is  provided  which  is  characterized  by 
at  least  one  layer  of  a  metal  bonded  to  at  least  one  layer  of  a 
crystalline  copolyketone  having  the  following  recurring  struc- 
tural unit:  ^ 


The  disclosure  of  the  present  application  relates  to  em- 
bossment between  engraved  rollers  of  a  series  or  plurality  of 
sheets  of  relatively  heavypaper  or  similar  matted  fibrous 
materials  to  obtain  varying  patterns  of  rows  of  mound-like 
embossments  which  are  arranged  in  successive  areas,  usually 
successive  squares,  longitudinally  and  then  diagonally  in 
respect  to  the  main  axis  of  the  paper  sheets.  Alter  emboss- 
ment the  sheets  are  passed  through  shorter  or  longer  paths  of 
travel  before  again  being  assembled  so  that  their  matching 
mounds  and  recesses  will  be  offset  in  such  a  manner  that  they 
will  no  longer  match. 

The  disclosure  further  relates  to  the  composite  packing 
material  and  to  a  method  and  apparatus  for  making  the  same. 


3,668,096 

INTEGRAL  MICROPOROUS  ARTICLE  AND  PROCESS 

OF  MAKING 

Stanley  L  Hayes,  Jr.,  HMoilon,  Mas.,  Mriginr  to  USM  Cor- 

poratioa,  Fkmington,  N  J. 

Filed  Dec  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,571 

Int.  CL  B29d  27104;  B32b  3126 

MS.XX  161—159  18  Claim 


wherein  the 


moiety  is  either 


(T  moiety)  or 


r\ 


\- 


(I  moiety),  and  the  T:I  ratio  varies  from  90:10  to  30:50;  said 
laminar  structure  being  usefltl  for  printed  circuit  applica- 
tions. 


3,668,058 

MATRIX  MATERIAL  FOR  PRODUCTION  OF  PLASTIC^ 
PRINTING  PLATES 
Nicholas  J.  Pappadakia,  LIncrofI,  NJ.,  a«ignor  to  Tcnneco 
Ciicmicab,  Inc 

1         Filed  July  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  846,341 
I  Int.  CL  B41b  5/02 

U.S.  6.  161—165 

A  matrix  material  comprises  a  sheet  of  fibrous  cellulosic 
material  impregnated  with  a  thermosetting  resin,  a  coating  of 
a  thermosetting  resin  on  one  surface  of  said  sheet,  and  a  pre- 
cast sheet  of  polypropylene  film  affixed  to  the  coated  side  of 
the  inv>regnated  cellulosic  sheet  with  an  adhesive. 


9Clafans 


i  unpr 


lERS 


3,668,059 
HIGH  MODULUS  BORON  NITRIDE  FIBl 
Economy,  Effgcrlsvfllc  and  Rucy-Yuan  Lin,  WBliam- 
sviBe,  both  of  N.Y.,  assignon  to  The  Carborundum  Com- 
pany, Niafara  Fall,  N.Y.  I 
FUed  Jan.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,129    \ 
Int.  CL  COlb  21106;  COlg  57100;  B32b  15102 
MS.  CL  161—170  6  Claims 
Boiic  oxide  fibers  having  a  maximum  diameter  of  about  10 
microns  are  heated  in  an  ammonia  atmosphere  ifnder  such 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


249 


conditions  as  to  produce  partially  nitrided  fibers  consisting 
essentially  of  B.  N,  O  and  H  wherein  the  N  is  present  to  the 
extent  of  from  about  35  percent  to  about  55  percent.  The 
partially  nitrided  fibers  are  then  heated  in  an  inert  at- 
mosphere at  a  temperature  of  at  least  about  1800°C  while 
simultaneously  subjecting  the  fibers  to  sufficient  longitudinal 
tension  as  to  at  least  prevent  longitudinal  shrinkage  of  the 
fibers  and  preferably  to  cause  elongation  of  the  fibers  during 
heating.  The  resulting  fibers,  consisting  essentially  of  boron 
nitride,  are  of  high  purity  and  are  characterized  by  a  relative- 
ly high  Young's  modulus  of  elasticity,  which  renders  them 
especially  suitable  for  reinforcing  plastic,  ceramic  or  metal 
matrices  in  the  preparation  of  fiber  reinforced  composites. 


axially  oriented,  due  to  the  heat  shrinking  phenomenon.  Such 
a  tear  string  has  various  advantages  in  shrink  film  wrapped 
packages. 


3  668  060 
HLAMENTS  AND  HLMS  OF  POLYMERS  OF  ALKYLENE 

SULFIDES 
Wahcr  J.  PolcsUk,  Summh,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Cdanese  Cor- 
poration, New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

Original  application  Aug.  29, 1966,  Scr.  No.  575,722,  now 

Patent  No.  3^39,676.  Divided  and  this  application  Apr.  10, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  31,447 

Int.  CL  DOld  5122;  B29d  27100 

UACL  161-173  8  Claims 


WDlum*  Ctonqi  on  e.jrtnn%K>n  m  Roly«tAyl«n« 

^  5JM.  F.b», — '— ' 


3,668,062 
THREE-DIMENSIONAL  CRYSTAL  WHISKERS  AND 
METHOD  FOR  PREPARATION  THEREOF 
James  J.  Shyne,  CaMwd,  and  John  V.  KOkwAi, 
Brook,  both  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  General  TechnotogicB  Cor- 
poration, Rcston,  Va. 

Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  479,1 1 1,  Aug. 

12, 1965,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Sept.  8, 1969, 

Scr.  No.  856,066 

Int  CL  C23c  13100;  COM  7102 

MS.  a.  161—177  7  Clafans 


c 


pwcMMT  mmmmt»  w>odwct» 


ftju.L'Nceou 

THHCC  -  IMMCMnMAL 
IHfrlVICHML 


The  invention  disclosed  is  for  three-dimensional  crystal 
whiskers,  a  method  for  preparation  thereof,  and  products 
containing  such  crystal  whiskers.  In  one  embodiment,  the 
three-dimensional  whiskers  include  a  principal,  rigid,  elon- 
gated single  crystal  whisker  fiber  having  a  plurality  of  secon- 
dary, relatively  shorter  length,  single  crystal  whiskers  ap- 
pended along  the  length  of  each  of  the  principal  whiskers  and 
disposed  in  a  direction  generally  transverse  the  axis  <A  each 
of  the  principal  whiskers.  In  a  second  embodin»ent,  the 
crystal  whiskers  may  be  characterized  as  a  cluster  ball  of  nee- 
dle-like whiskers. 


Hard  stretch  filaments  and  films  produced  by  extruding  a 
heat  softened  or  molten  polymer  of  alkylene  sulfide,  such  as 
polyethylene  sulfide,  having  an  inherent  viscosity  of  about 
0.5  or  greater,  through  a  shaping  orifice  to  form  the  filament 
or  film  and  taking  up  the  product  at  a  linear  rate  of  from  20 
to  3,000  meters  per  minute  at  a  drawdown  ratio  of  from 
100:1  to  4000:1.  A  filament  which  spontaneously  develops 
helical  crimps  along  its  length  produced  when  a  drawdown 
ratio  greater  than  1200:1  is  used.  Open-celled  filaments  or 
films  produced  firom  the  hard  stretch  filaments  and  films  by 
stretching  the  filaments  or  films  in  a  range  of  from  about  50 
percent  of  the  unstretched  length  up  to  about  90  percent  of 
the  breaking  elongation  and  stabilized  by  heating  the  fila- 
ment or  film  while  in  the  stretched  state  to  a  temperature  in 
the  range  from  about  80°C.  to  a  temperature  below  the  melt- 
ing point  of  the  polymer. 


3,668,063 

REMOVAL  OF  ENTRAINED  AIR  FROM  CELLULOSE 

PULP  BEFORE  BLEACHING  OF  THE  PULP 

Hans-Erik  Engstrom,  SundsvaD,  Sweden,  assignor  to  Sands 

Akticbolag,  SundsvaD,  Sweden 
Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  771,593,  Oct.  29, 1968, 
now  abandoned.  This  appttctfkm  Apr.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

130,504 

Claims  priority,  appbcation  Sweden,  Nov.  10, 1967, 15463/67 

Int.  CL  D21c  3126 

MS.  CL  162-19  5  Claims 

Preliminary  to  being  delivered  by  a  "thick  stock  pump" 

means  to  a  generally  vertical  bleaching  vessel  there  is  added 

to  a  cellulose  pulp  a  fluid,  such  as  steam,  oxygen  or  a  gaseous 

bleaching  agent  to  flow  countercurrent  to  the  pulp  in  such 

manner  that  any  air  in  the  pulp  is  displaced  and  is  replaced 

by  bleaching  agent  before  bleaching  of  the  pulp  in  the 

bleaching  vessel. 


3,668,061 
TEAR  STRING  FOR  SHRINK  FILM  PACKAGES 
Harold  M.  Forman,  151  East  10th  St.,  Conshohocken,  Pa. 
FDed  Nov.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,238 
Int  CLB65d  77/20 
U.S.  a.  161-175  lOCIahns 

A  tear  string  having  particular  utility  in  connection  with 
packages  overwrapped  with  heat  scalable  shrink  film  com- 
prises an  elastic  core,  one  or  more  textile  covers  wrapped 
around  the  core  and  an  outer  coating  of  a  fiised  ther- 
moplastic synthetic  resin.  The  core  is  in  teitsion  aiKi,  addi- 
tionally, the  outer  coating  may  be  axially  oriented.  Thus, 
when  the  string  is  heated  to  the  thermoplastic  temperature  of 
the  resin  coating,  the  stored  tensile  forces  in  the  core  are 
released  and  tend  to  make  the  string  contract  toward  its 
original  dimensions.  This  effect  is  enhanced  if  the  coating  is 


3,668,064 

COMPOSITION  BOARD  AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING  IT 

Leonard  J.  Kuecra,  Box  82  Rogers  Route,  IntematioMd  FOb, 

Minn. 

FUed  Jan.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,590 

Int.  CL  D21h  3100, 3/06 

MS.  CL  162—171  8  dafans 

This  invention  relates  to  a  structural  composition  board 
and  method  of  making  it.  The  board  is  made  from  finely  di- 
vided ligno-cellulose  material  and  pulverized  additives  such 
as  asphahites  and  pulverized  pine  wood  pitch.  The  pulverized 
material  or  materials  are  intimately  mixed  with  the  finely  di- 
vided ligno-cellulose  material  in  a  liquid  suspension.  A 
board-like  product  is  formed  from  the  liquid  suspension  of 
ligno-cellulose  and  pulverized  material;  the  board-like 
product  is  dried;  dried  board  is  subjected  to  pressure  to  con- 
solidate and  bond  the  board-like  product  while  internal  heat 
is  above  the  softening  point  of  the  pulverized  material  in  the 


250 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


board-like    product.    At    least    about    5    percent    of    the 
asphaltites  is  employed  in  the  board-like  product. 


6,  1972 


plasma  column  and  interacting  the  plasma  in  a  predeter- 
mined direction   with   externally   supplied   radio-frequency 


396689O6S 

APPARATUS  FOR  THE  CONVERSION  OF  HIGH 

TEMPERATURE  PLASMA  ENERGY  INTO  ELECTRICAL 

ENERGY 
Ralph  W.  Moir,  Livcrmorc,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  The  United 
States  of  America  as  represented   by   tiw   United   States 
Atomic  Energy  Commission 

nied  Sept.  15,  1970,  Ser.  No.  72,294 

Int.  CI.  G21b  1100 

U.S.  CI.  176—3  10  Claims 


High  temperature  plasma  is  produced  in  a  controlled  ther- 
monuclear reactor  and  a  plasma  beam  is  directed  therefrom 
through  an  expander  having  a  decreasing  intensity  magnetic 
field  to  provide  an  ion  beam  in  which  the  ions  have  substan- 
tially only  translational  kinetic  energy.  The  ions  of  the  beam 
are  then  directed,  by  application  of  an  E  x  B  field,  into  an 
offiset  collector  system  having  collectors  arranged  in  a  zig-zag 
pattern  while  the  electrons  are  separated  from  the  ions.  The 
collectors  situated  in  an  E  x  B  field  have  progressively  lower 
retarding  potentials  applied  thereto  so  that  ions  having  a 
kinetic  energy  exceeding  that  of  a  particular  stage  are  col- 
lected in  successively  lower  energy  groups  to  produce  an 
electrical  current  therein.  An  advantage  is  obtained  in  that 
ions  in  a  beam  having  a  wide  energy  spread  are  collected  at 
an  electrode  where  there  is  a  low  energy  differential  between 
the  effective  retarding  potential  of  the  particular  collector 
electrode  and  the  group  of  energetic  ions  collected  thereat 
making  for  efficient  conversion  of  the  kinetic  energy  of  the 
particles  into  electrical  energy. 


3,668,066 
DYNAMIC  STABILIZER  FOR  PLASMA  INSTABILITIES 
TO  IMPROVE  PLASMA  CONFINEMENT  AND  TO 
INCREASE  PLASMA  DENSITY 
Hans  W.  HemM,  W.  Princeton;  Chu,  Tsu-Kai,  and  Thomas 
C.  Simonen,  both  of  Princeton,  all  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  The 
United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  tlie  United 
States  Atomic  Energy  Commission 

Filed  Feb.  18, 1970,  Set.  No.  12,310 
Int.  a.  G21b  1100 
IIS.  CI.  176— 5  4  Claims 

Method  and  apparatus  for  dynamic  stabilization  of  plasma 
instabilities  for  improving  plasma  confinement  and  for  in- 
creasing plasma  density  independent  of  the  phase  of  the  in- 
stabilities. The  method  comprises  confining  the  plasma 
column  between  ionizing  plates  which  supply  energetic  parti- 
cles to  the  plasma  in  a  direction  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the 


fields  having  a  selectively  variable  power  level  ampli 
a  sufficiently  high  frequency  range. 


ude  and 


3,668,067 

POLYGONAL  ASTRON  REACTOR  FOR  PRODUCING 
CONTROLLED  FUSION  REACTIONS 
Nicholas  C.  ChristoOlos,  Hayward,  Calif.,  assignor  to  The 
United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  United 
States  Atomic  Energy  Commission 

I       FUed  Oct.  16,  1969,  Ser.  No.  867,035 
1  Int.  a.  G21b  1102  \ 

U.S,  CI.  176—5  10  Claims 


An  Astron  reactor  including  a  plurality  of  linear  magnetic 
field  regions  joined  by  intervening  curved  magnetic  fields  and 
arranged  in  a  polygonal  configuration.  Energetic  charged 
particles  are  introduced  and  trapped  in  the  linear  sections  to 
form  cylindrical  sheaths,  i.e.,  E-layers,  of  charged  particles 
rotating  about  the  axis  of  each  section  with  the  magnetic 
field  thereof  interacting  with  the  linear  magnetic  regions  to 
produce  a  closed  system  of  magnetic  field  lines  defining  a 
containment  zone  for  charged  particles.  Fuel  materials  in- 
uoduced  into  the  field  are  ionized  and  heated  to  form  a  high 
temperature  plasma  trapped  in  said  zone.  The  ratio  of  the 
lengths  of  the  linear  and  curved  field  regions  is  regulated  to 
offset  Bohm  diffusion  losses.  A  high  molecular  weight  initia- 
tor plasma  may  also  be  introduced  to  heat  the  fuel  tp  fusion 
temperatures. 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


261 


3,668,068 
PLASMA  CONHNEMENT  APPARATUS 
Christopher  John  Hamitton  Watson,  Merlon  College,  Oxford, 
England,    assignor    ro    United    Kingdon    Atomic    Energy 
Authority,  London,  England 

nied  Jan.  21,1 969,  Ser.  No.  792,573 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  May  22,  1968, 

24,456/68 

Int.  CI.  G2  lb  7/00 

U.S.  CI.  176-7  1  Claim 


^r?      ,19       /fi 


vided  to  pass  through  the  upper  end  and  extend  into  the 
water  in  the  condensation  chamber.  The  reactor  pressure 
vessel  of  the  nuclear  reactor  is  located  within  the  cylindrical 
wall  and  surrounded  by  a  cylindrical  biological  shield.  The 
diameter  of  the  shield  is  less  than  the  diameter  of  the  cylin- 
drical wall  so  as  to  form  an  annular  passageway  between  the 
shield  and  the  cylindrical  wall  from  the  calotte-shaped  region 
of  the  safety  container  above,  to  the  calotte-shaped  region  of 
the  safety  container  below,  the  condensation  chamber. 


3,668,070 

NUCLEAR  REACTOR  WITH  HEAT  PIPES  FOR  HEAT 

EXTRACTION 

Peter  Fiebelmann,  Besozzo,  and  Helmut  Neu,  Travedona,  both 

of  Italy,  assignors  to  European  Atomic  Energy  Community 

(Euratom),  Brussels,  Belgium 

Filed  May  12,  1969,  Ser.  No.  823,681 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  21,  1968,  P  17  64 

347.9 

Int.  a.  G21k  14/00 

U.S.  a.  176—40  3  Claims 


Loss  of  plasma  from  the  loss  regions  of  a  static  magnetic 
field  confinement  system  is  reduced  by  localizing  in  the  loss 
region  a  radio  frequency  electromagnetic  radiation  which  is 
nearly  but  not  exactly  in  resonance  with  the  ion  cyclotron 
frequency  and  is  arranged  to  reflect  back  into  the  confined 
plasma  ions  moving  out  of  the  static  magnetic  field  through 
the  loss  regions. 


3,668,069 
PRESSURE  SUPPRESSION  CONTAINMENT  FOR  A 
LIQUID-COOLED  NUCLEAR  REACTOR 
Walter    Ullrich,   Neu-Isenburg;    Kari-Heinz   Lohsc,   Frank- 
furt    am    Main;    Jochen    Leuteritz,    Bruchkobei;    Gunter 
Zeitzschel,  Frankfurt  am  Main,  and  Robert  FassI,  Munich,  all 
of  Germany,   awignors  to  Ucentia  Palcnt-Verwaltunga- 
G.m.b.H.,  Frankfurt  am  Main,  Germany 

Filed  Oct.  9,  1968,  Ser.  No.  766,049 

Int.  a.  G21c  9/00 

VS.  a.  176—38  16  ClainiK 


Containment  apparatus  and  a  pressure  suppression  system 
for  a  liquid-cooled  nuclear  reactor.  The  apparatus  includes  a 
safety  container  formed  by  a  spherical  pressure  shell  and  a 
condensation  chamber  filled  with  water  arranged  within  the 
safety  container.  The  condensation  chamber,  which  is  annu- 
lar in  shape,  is  bounded  on  the  outside  by  the  safety  con- 
tainer, on  the  inside  by  a  cylindrical  wall  within  the  con- 
tainer, and  at  the  top  and  bottom  by  annular  ends  respective- 
ly connecting  the  top  and  the  bottom  of  the  cylinder  with  the 
safety  container.  A  plurality  of  condensation  tubes  are  pro- 


A  nuclear  reactor  with  a  heat  extraction  system  comprising 
two  groups  of  heat  pipes  which  extend  through  the  reactor 
core  and  which  deliver  heat  to  heat  sinks  disposed  outside 
the  core.  All  pipes  of  one  group  being  parallel,  the  two 
groups  are  arranged  in  a  mutual  right  angle  relation  and  they 
intersect  each  other. 


3,668,071 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  INOSINE 

Takashi  Nara,  Tokyo;  Masanani  Misawa,  Kawanki-ahl,  aad 

Toshio  Komuro,  Machida-shi,  all  of  Japan,  aiBlgnon  to 

Kyowa  Halilto  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Continuation  of  application  Ser.  No.  565,105,  July  14,  1966, 

now  abandoned.  This  application  July  12, 1968,  Ser.  No. 

744,295 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  20, 1  %5, 40/43402 

Int.  CL  C12d  13/06 

VS.  CL  195—28  N  12  Clalnis 

An  improvement  in  a  fermentation  process  for  producing 

inosine.  A  microorganism  belonging  to  Brevibacterium  or 

Corynebacterium  is  cultured  in  an  aqueous  nutrient  medium 

containing  hypoxanthine  or  natural  substances  containing  the 

same. 


252 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,668,072 
FERMENTATION  PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF 

IX)RNITHINE 
Kulo  Aiido,  Kawasaki-shi,  and  Hideo  OWd,  Tokyo,  both  of 
Japaa,  anicBon  to   Chugal   Sdyaku   Kabuahiki   Kaisha, 
Tokyo,  Japaa 
Continaatioii-iB-parl  of  appttcadon  Ser.  No.  724,299,  Feb.  5, 
1968,  now  abandoocd  ,  which  is  a  continuadoa  of  application 
Scr.  No.  469,307,  July  2, 1965,  now  abandoned.  This 
appUcatkm  Jan.  2,  1969,  Scr.  No.  788,659 
Int.  CI.  C12d  13106 
VS.  CI.  195—29  4  Claims 

L-ornithine  can  be  produced  by  cultivating  an  auxotrophic 
mutant  of  Escherichia  coli  which  requires  arginine  or  citrul- 
line,  but  not  ornithine  for  the  growth  in  a  cultivation  medium 
containing  assimilable  carbon,  nitrogen  sources,  inorganic 
ions  and  arginine  or  citrulline,  phosphate  ion  of  said  medium 
being  limited  to  about  O.S  -  3.5/1  mok/ml,  under  aerobic 
condition. 


3,668,073 
PREPARATION  OF  L-LEUCINE  BY  FERMENTATION 
Sumio    Kurihara;    Kazumi    Araki;    Hlroyuki    Ucda,    and 
Masahiko   Ikumo,   all   of   Hofu-shl,   Japan,   assignors   to 
Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha 

Filed  Jan.  9,  1969,  Scr.  No.  790,177 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Jan.  1 1, 1968, 43/1089 
Int.  CL  C12b  1100 
U.S.  CI.  195—29  7  Clalnw 

L-leucine  is  prepared  by  culturing  a  L-leucine-producing 
microorganism  of  the  genus  Corynebacterium  in  a  culture 
medium  containing  a  carbon  source,  a  nitrogen  source,  inor- 
ganic material,  nutrients  and  an  isoleucine,  methionine, 
phenylalanine  or  valine  promoter.  Mixtures  of  the  promoters 
may  also  be  employed.  Corynebacterium  glutamkum  ATCC 
21,301  and  21,335  are  particularly  suitable  microorganisms 
for  use  in  the  process.  L-leucine  is  an  essential  amino  acid 
and  is  useful  as  a  nutrient  additive  in  food  and  feedstuffis  for 
human  and  animals,  respectively. 


3,668,074 
PROCESS  FOR  lSOLATI(M«J  BY  CRYSTALLIZATION  OF 
THE  MO-FE  PROTEIN  OF  THE  ENZYME  NTTROGENASE 
Rkhard  Charles  Bums,  WUmingtoa,  DeL,  atrignor  to  E.  L  du 
Pont  dc  Nemours  and  Company,  ^^Ifaningtoii,  DeL 
filed  Dec  17, 1969.  Scr.  No.  885,909 
Int.  CL  C07g  7102 
U.S.  a.  195—62  6  dainiB 

Disclosed  is  a  process  for  obtaining  crystals  of  the  Mo-Fe 
protein  fraction  of  the  enzyme  nit^ogenase.  This  fraction  is 
essential  in  the  fixation  of  atmospheric  nitrogen  by  certain 
microorganisms. 


the  growth  of  mycoplasmas  in  culture  media  especially  media 
used  for  tissue  cultures  in  which  mycoplasmas  fi^equently 
occur  as  undesirable  contaminants. 


I. 


3,668,076 

DL^GNOSnC  AGENT 

Han»<;corg  Rcy;  Hans  WlcHnicr,  and  PHcr  Ricckaiann,  all 

of  Mannhdm-Waldhof,  Germany,  assignors  to  Bochringcr 

Mannhdm  GmbH,  Mannheim,  Germany 

FOed  June  17,  1969,  Scr.  No.  834,178 
Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Germany,  July  15.  1968,  P  17  73 
1  839.5 

I  InL  a.  GOln  31114 

VJ&.  a.  1 95— 103.5  R  |9  Claims 

Diagnostic  agent  suitable  for  use  in  carrying  but  rapid 
analytical  determinations  of  the  presence  and/or  concentra- 
tion of  hydroperoxides,  substances  which  react  with  the 
liberation  of  hydrogen  peroxide,  peroxidase  orp«roxidate  ac- 
tive substances,  comprising  a  chromogen  which  is  oxidized 
by  hydroperoxide  in  the  presence  of  peroxidase  or  peroxidate 
active  substances  to  form  a  dyestuff,  the  color  intensity  of 
which  i^  dependent  on  the  quantity  of  peroxide,  peroxidase 
or  peroxidate  active  substance  present  in  the  test  sample, 
wherein  the  chromogen  is  a  compound  having  the  formula: 


=N-N=C— R 


wherein  Y  is  hydroxyl,  mercapto,  or  amino,  Z  is  hydroxyl, 
wherein  Y  AND  Z  together  can  represent  oxygen,  and  R  is 
hydrogen,  mercapto,  amino,  lower  alkyl,  pyridino, 
morpholino,  piperazinyl,  arylpiperazinyl,  phenyl,  or  phenyl 
substituted  by  one  or  more  of  hydroxyl,  nitro,  alkyl  or  alkox- 


yi 


3,668,077 

PROCESS  FOR  CONVERSION  OF  MUNICIPAL  WASTE 
Thomas  E.  Ban,  South  Eadd,  Olifa>,  assignor  to  McDowcH- 
WeUman  Engbieerlng  Company,  Cleveland,  Ohio 
Filed  June  19,  1970,  Scr.  No.  47,713 
I  Int.  CL  COlb  49106 

U.S.a;201— 29      ^ 


0  Claims 


[^rr'*^^"*i**r  «^^S4&^ 


3,668,075 

GROWTH  INHmrnONS  OF  SELECnVE 

MYCOPLASMAS 

Thomas  Cckoric,  Jr.;  George  Evans,  both  of  Hopatcong,  and 

RonaM  Searcy,  Upper  Montdnir,  aD  of  NJ.,  assignors  to 

Hoffman-LaRoche,  Inc.,  Nutley,  N  J. 

Contimiarion-in-part  of  appUcadon  Scr.  No.  676,976,  Oct  20, 

1967,  now  abandoned.  This  appUcatkm  Oct.  4, 1968,  Ser.  No. 

765,028 
Int.  CL  C12k  1106 
MS.  CL  195—103.5  10  Claims 

The  use  of  certain  heparinoid  compounds  to  selectively  in- 
hibit the  growth  of  mycoplasmas  is  described. 

The  invention  provides  a  practical  means  for  facilitating 
the  selective  identification  of  mycoplasmas.  The  identifica- 
tion of  mycoplasmas  isolated  from  man  is  especially  useful  as 
a  diagnostic  aid  in  prescribing  treatment  for  diseases  caused 
by  these  microorganisms. 
Additionally,  the  invention  provides  a  means  of  preventing 


cum  a.  «i.>t$. 

IllTAL   TO 


MAWAM  or  COMIIMIKD  nxCO 

■uawiru  uvutl 


There  is  provided  a  process  for  treating  municipal  solid 
waste  or  the  like  characterized  by  disposing  such  material  as 
a  burden  on  a  traveling  grate,  passing  hot  gases  through  the 
burden  to  carbonize  carbonizable  fractions  thereof,  and 
separating  gas-entrained  materials,  e.g.  water  and  organic 
materials,  from  the  gases  issuing  from  the  burden.  The  un- 
volatilized  solid  material  is  composed  largely  of  glass  and 
metallics  which  may  be  further  processed  as  desired.  The 
process  is  characterized  in  that  it  is  adaptable  to  a}ntinuous 
treatment  of  solid  waste  material,  e.g.  rubbish. 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


253 


3,668,078 

FRACTIONAL  DISTILLATION  BYPASS  CONTROL 

PROCESS 

Eric  O.  Holland,  Borgcr,  Tex.,  assignor  to  Phillips  Petroleum 

Company 

Filed  Apr.  25,  1969,  Ser.  No.  819,145 

Int.CLB01di/<«2 

U.S.  CL  203-3  5  ClainK 


3,668,080 
METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  SEPARATING  NOZZLES 
Klaus   Weber,   Pforzhdm;   Erwin   Becker,  Karisruhe,  and 
Werner  Groastuck,  Pforzheim,  all  of  Germany,  assignors  to 
Klaus  D.  Weber,  Pforzheim,  Germany 

Filed  Feb.  18,  1970,  Ser.  No.  12.265 
Clainv  priority,  appUcatkn  Germany,  Feb.  21, 1969,  P  19  08 

693.2 

Int.  a.  C23b  7102;  B21d  53100;  BOld  57/00 

U.S.  a.  204—9  30  Clabns 


\.^  .S^ 


The  composition  of  the  overhead  or  bottoms  product  of  a 
distillation  is  analyzed  and  a  portion  of  the  feed  is  passed 
directly  to  a  recovery  step  when  an  analyzer  output  indicates 
a  predetermined  composition  of  the  overhead  or  bottoms 
product. 


3,668,079 
ELECTROLYTIC  RECORDING  MEDIUM 
Arthur  S.  Diamond,  Pakis  Verdcs  Peninsula,  and  DavM  E. 
Carr,  Playa  Dd  Rcy,  both  of  Calif.,  aasigiiors  to  Telauto- 
graph Corporation,  Los  Angeles,  CaUf . 

Filed  May  13,  1971,  Scr.  No.  142,902 

Int.  a.  B21h  1120 

U.S.  CL  204—2  12  Clain» 


An  improved  electrolytic  recording  medium  for  use  with 
dissolving  electrode  type  of  facsimile  recording  apparatus  is 
disclosed  comprising  a  porous  sheet  impregnated  with  an 
aqueous  medium  including  a  marking  compound,  an  elec- 
trolyte and  an  effective  amount  of  a  compatible,  fluorescent 
brightening  agent. 


A  method  of  producing  separating  nozzles  with  slot-shaped 
nozzle-channels  of  a  very  high  degree  of  accuracy  for 
separating  gaseous  or  vaporous  substances  into  particles  of 
different  molecular  weights,  this  method  consisting  of  first 
producing  a  thin  molding  bar  which  consists  of  a  material 
which  may  be  easily  melted  or  chemically  disst^ved  and  is 
made  of  a  size  and  shape  exactly  corresponding  to  those  of 
the  inner  surfaces  of  two  walls  of  the  nozzle  channel  which 
consist  of  strips  of  a  very  thin  sheet  metal  wfaKh  are  applied 
upon  and  thus  mokled  to  the  shape  of  this  bar.  Snudl  parti- 
tions of  sheet  metal  are  also  inserted  into  the  molding  bar 
which,  when  the  nozzle  walls  are  completed  and  the  material 
of  the  moldmg  bar  is  completely  removed,  remain  between 
and  thereby  reinforce  the  nozzle  walls. 


3,668,061 
PRODUCTION  OF  ELECTROLYTIC  METAL 
William  Gerard  Bomer,  Ringwood,  NJ..  assignor  to  The  In- 
ternational Nkkd  Company,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
FUcd  Mar.  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  125,423 
Int  CL  C23b  7102;  BOIk  7/00;  C23b  7/00 
U.S.CL204— 12  12  Claims 

Metals  such  as  nickel  are  electroformed  upon  a  matrix  or 
mandrel  having  an  epoxy  resist  pattern  thereon  to  provide 
foraminous  or  dividable  electrodeposited  metal  separable 
from  the  matrix  wherein  the  matrix  is  prepared  by  depositing 
from  2  to  30  microinches  of  standard  chromium  thereon  and 
the  desired  resist  pattern  is  applied  to  the  chromium-plated 
surface  in  the  form  of  a  thermoset  epoxy  ink  or  paint  con- 
taining dicyandiamide  as  a  heat-curing  agent  and  then  heat 
curing  the  resist  pattern  to  provide  a  repeatedly  reuseable 
matrix. 


3,668,082 
METHOD  FOR  STRONGLY  ADHERING  A  METAL  FILM 

ON  EPOXY  SUBSTRATES 
Glenn  V.  Elmore,  VcstaL  N.Y.,  assignor  to  International  Busi- 
ness Machines  Corporation,  Armonl^  N.Y. 

FOed  Dec.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,939 
Int.  CL  C23b  5164 
U.S.  CL  204—30  7  OairaB 

An  epoxy  board  is  prepared  for  metal  plating  by  dipping 
the  same  in  a  molten  eutectic  comprising  60%  KOH  and  40% 
NaOH.  The  epoxy  board  is  then  rinsed  and  neutralized,  after 
which  it  is  sensitized  and  activated  conventionally  and  im- 
mersed in  an  electroless  deposition  bath  for  metal  plating 
thereon.  The  resultant  metal  film  is  found  to  be  strongly 
bonded  to  the  epoxy  board. 


254 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,668,083 
PROCESS  OF  ELECTROPLATING  RHENIUM  AND  BATH 

FOR  THIS  PROCESS 

Andre  Meyer,  Geneva,  Switicriand,  and  Donald  Gardner 

Fouike,  Passaic,  NJ.,  assignors  to  Sei>Rcx  Corporation, 

Nutiey,  N  J. 

Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  739,165,  June  24,  1926, 

now  abandoned.  Thb  application  Oct  27, 1970,  Ser.  No. 

84,505 
Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  July  3, 1%7, 9470/67 

Int.  CI.  C23b  5/32,  5/24 
VS.  CL  204—43  10  Claims 

The  invention  relates  to  a  bath  for  electrodepositing  low- 
stress  rhenium  and  its  alloys  of  the  perrhenate  type  and  is 
characterized  by  the  addition  of  ions  which  make  up  one  or 
more  of  the  following  salts:  magnesium  sulfate,  magnesium 
sulfamate,  aluminum  sulfate  and  aluminum  sulfamate.  The 
invention  also  relates  to  the  process  of  electroplating  from 
said  bath. 


taining  a  small  amount  of  copper  nitrate  at  a  temperature  not 
lower  than  70°  C.  and  with  a  current  density  of  aifode  not 
higher  than  4  A/dm'. 


3,668,084 
PROCESS  FOR  PLATING  URANIUM  WITH  METAL 
Gcorie  S.  Petit,  and  Ralph  R.  Wright,  both  of  0$k  Ridge, 
Tena.,   assignors  to  The   United   States  of   America   as 
represented  by  the  United  States  Atomic  Energy  Commis- 
sion 

Filed  June  10,  1970,  Ser.  No.  45,085 

Int.  CL  COlg  43/00 

VS.  CL  204— 1.5  7  Claims 


^  3,668,086 

ELECTROCHEMICAL  GENERATION  OF  SOLUBLE 
NICKEUO)  CATALYSTS 
William  B.  Hughes,  BartlcsvUle,  Okla.,  assignor  to  PhiUips 
Petroleum  Company 

Filed  July  28,  1970,  Ser.  No.  59,018 
Int.  a.  BOlk  3/00 
VS.  CI.  204—59  R 

A  method  of  generating  soluble  zero-valent  nickel  catalyst 
consisting  of  eiectrochemically  reducing  suitable  nickel(II)- 
ligand  complexes  wherein  said  electrochemical  reduction  can 
be  achieved  with  or  without  the  presence  of  an  electrolyte. 


t  Claims 


A  process  for  providing  a  uranium  metal  article  with  a 
tenaciously  adhering  metal  plating  deposited  from  aqueous 
solution.  Prior  to  plating,  oxides  and  other  contaminants  are 
removed  from  the  surface  of  the  article.  The  article  then  is 
heated  in  vacuum  under  selected  conditions  to  form  thereon 
a  very  thin  and  highly  protective  oxide  film  which  is  non- 
wettable  by  water.  The  surface  of  the  oxide-coated  article  is 
made  wettable  by  water  by  contacting  the  article  with  a  basic 
wetting  solution.  The  resulting  wettable,  oxide-coated  article 
is  then  electroplated  with  metal  in  an  aqueous  metal-plating 
bath. 


3,668,085 

METHOD  OF  ELECTROLYTICALLY  COATING  LEAD 

DIOXIDE  ON  THE  SURFACE  OF  VARIOUS  MATERIALS 

Shinzo  Kiyohara,  and  Yasuichi  Shibazaki,  both  of  Yokohama, 
Japan,  assignors  to  Isomura  Sangyo  Kaisha,  Ltd.,  Tokyo, 
Japan 

FDcd  Aug.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  852,074 
Clafam  priority,  appUcadon  Japan,  Aug.  24, 1968, 43/60211 

Int.CLC23b;//00 
U.S.  CL  204—57  2  ClainB 

Lead  dioxide  is  coated  on  the  surface  of  a  base  electrode 
by  electrolyzing  an  acidic  aqueous  lead  nitrate  solution  con- 


3,668,087 
BRINE  DECHLORINATION 
Leonard  A.  Fabiano,  TrumbuU,  Conn., 
poration 

1        Filed  Feb.  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 12,316 
I  InL  a.  COld  1/08;  BOlk  1/00 

VS.  a.  204—99 


to  Qiln  Cor^ 


4ClaimB 


~l    t  "y   //  martfr 


^ 


.*    JB^'-X,'^    lit- 


t 


7Z^ 


-'it 


\ 


tectirf 


V*' 


^a 


HCM'  ^ 


E 


In  the  vacuum  dechlorination  of  acidic  alkali  metal 
chloride  brine  effluent  from  a  mercury  cathode  electrolytic 
cell,  cMorine  is  recovered  and  an  efTluent  environmentally 
acceptable  is  produced  using  steam  jet  vacuum  with  rectifica- 
tion to  remove  chlorine  to  acceptable  amounts  in  ^he  aque- 
ous effluent. 


4  Claims 


3,668,088 

METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  COLLOIDAL  SILICA  BY 
ELECTRODL^LYSIS  OF  A  SIUCATE 
Ralph  K.  Ilcr,  Wihnhigton,  Dd.,  asignor  to  E.  I.  dti  Pont  de 
Nemours  and  Company,  Wilmington,  Del. 

Filed  Dec.  2,  1969,  Scr.  No.  881^371 
Int  CL  BOlk  l/OO 
U.S.CL204— 101 

Silica  sol  is  made  by  electrodialysis  of  a  solelectr^Iyte  con- 
taining an  aqueous  silica  sol,  aqueous  sodium  or  potassium 
silicate,  and  a  supplementary  electrolyte  such  as  sodium  or 
potassium  carbonate  or  sulfate.  Temperature  is  maintained  at 
50°  to  100°  C.  A  source  of  non-siliceous  anion  is  added  as 
needed  to  maintain  normality  of  the  supplementary  elec- 
trolyte between  0.01  and  0.15,  and  silicate  is  added  as  neces- 
sary to  mainUin  pH  between  8.0  and  9.5.  After  the  electrodi- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


255 


alysis,  most  of  the  sodium  ions  and  the  anions  of  the  supple-    pounds  with  ultraviolet  light  in  the  presence  of  ketone.  The 
mentary   electrolyte   are   removed   by   treatment  with   ion    preferred  compounds  bleached  are  the  epoxidized  higher 

fatty  acid  esters.  Benzophenone,  acetophenone,  and  acetone 
are  examples  of  some  suitable  ketones.  ' 


ky' 


exchange  resins,  then  the  sol  is  concentrated  to  30  or  40  per- 
cent silica. 


3,668,089 
TIN  OXIDE  ETCHING  METHOD 
Eugene  W.  Chase,  West  Orange,  and  Harold  J.  Robinson, 
South  Plainfleld,  both  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  BcU  Telephone 
Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  HiU,  N  J. 
Filed  Nov.  10,  1969,  Scr.  No.  875,258 
-^  iBt  a.  B23p  l/OO,  C23f  l/OO 

VS.  CI.  204— 143  R  4  Claims 


3,668,092 

BLEACHING  OF  CARBOXYLIC  ACID  ESTERS  AND/OR 

EPOXY  COMPOUNDS  EMPLOYING  ULTRAVIOLET 

UGHT 
William    H.    French,    St.    PauL    and    OUvcr    A.    Ossanna, 
Bloomington,  both  of  Nflnn.,  assignors  to  Ashland  OB,  Inc., 
Houston,  Tex. 

Filed  Feb.  2, 1971,  Ser.  No.  112,088 
Int.  a.  BOIJ  I/IO 
VS.  a.  204—158  R  16  ClalnK 

A  process  of  bleaching  carboxylic  acid  esters  and/or  epoxy 
compounds  by  irradiating  the  esters  and/or  epoxy  com- 
pounds with  ultraviolet  light  in  the  presence  of  a  peroxy  com- 
pound. The  preferred  compounds  bleached  are  the  epox- 
idized higher  fatty  acid  esters.  Hydrogen  peroxide  and 
peracetic  acid  are  examples  of  suitable  peroxy  compounds. 


13a 

V////////////A 


m^m^^^mmm^^ 


13  b 

12 

II 


^^^^^^^^^^^^^-.0 


Tin  oxide  (SnOi)  is  etched  by  forming  a  layer  of  a  metal 
such  as  aluminum  on  the  portions  of  the  SnOi  surface  to  be 
etched,  and  then  contacting  the  metal  with  an  aqueous  solu- 
tion of  hydrochloric  acid.  Passage  of  a  current  through  the 
tin  oxide-metal  composite  as  cathode  while  in  contact  with 
the  solution  as  electrolyte  may  be  employed  to  speed  up 
removal  of  SnO|. 


3,668,091 
ULTRAVIOLET  UGHT  BLEACHING  OF  CARBOXYUC 

ACID  ESTERS  AND  EPOXY  COMPOUNDS 
William    H.    French,    St.    PauL    and    OUvcr    A.    Ossanna, 
Bloomington,  both  of  Minn.,  assignors  to  Ashland  OU,  Inc., 
Houston,  Tex. 

Filed  Feb.  2,  1971,  Scr.  No.  112,067 

Int.  a.  BOIJ  I/IO 

U.S.a.204— 158R  17  Claims 

A  process  of  bleaching  carboxylic  acid  esters  and/or  epoxy 

compounds  by  irradiating  the  esters  and/or  epoxy  com- 


3,668,090 

METHOD  FOR  THE  ELECTROLYTIC  REMOVAL  OF 

DRAWING  OR  ROLLING  LUBRICANTS  ON  STEEL 

STRANDS 

Richard  L.  Sallo,  Greensburg,  and  Charies  D.  Stridwr,  Mon- 

roeville  Borough,  both  of  Pa.,  assignors  to  United  States 

Stcd  Corporation 

Filed  Apr.  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  30,358 
Int.  a.  C23b  1/04 
VS.  CI.  204—145  R  5  Claims 

A  one-step  method  for  the  removal  of  drawing  or  rolling 
lubricants  from  metal  strands  is  described,  in  which  the 
strands  are  subjected  to  an  electrolytic  treatment  at  a  current 
density  of  30-60  amps/in*  in  an  aqueous  bath  which  contains 
about  6  to  16  wt.  percent  NaOH,  .5  to  6%  Na4Pi07  and  .5  to 
5%  Na,COs. 


3,668,093 

PHOTOINmATION  OF  VINYL  POLYMERIZATION  BY 

TIUAROYLPHOSPHINES 

Thomas  Albert  Rcttig,  Wifanington,  DcL,  airignor  to  E.  L  du 

Pont  dc  Nemours  and  Company,  WUmtaigtoii,  Dd. 

Filed  May  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  140,987 

Int.  a.  C08d  l/OO;  C08f  1/16 

VS.  CI.  204-159.23  13  ClainK 

Acyl  phosphines  of  the  formula 

R»— P-R» 

wherein  R',  R*  and  R',  alike  or  different,  are  aryl  or  aroyl 
groups  having  up  to  13  carbon  atoms  and  such  aryl  or  aroyl 
groups  substituted  with  halogen  of  atomic  number  9-35, 
alkyl  of  up  to  six  carbon  atoms,  or  alkoxy  of  up  to  six  carbon 
atoms,  with  the  proviso  that  at  least  one  of  R',  R'  and  R'  is 
aroyl,  are  effective  as  photoinitiators  for  photopolymeriza- 
tion  of  ethylenically  unsaturated  compounds.  Compositions 
containing  such  an  acyl  phosphine  and  an  ethylenically  un- 
saturated compound  are  useful  in  preparing  photoimaging 
compositions,  adhesives,  coating  compositions  and  the  like. 


3.668,094 

NOVEL  GLASSY  COMPOSITIONS  ZINC  AND  ALPHA 

HYDROXY  DIPHOSPHONIC  ACIDS 

George  Birdscyc  Hatch,  Allison  Parli,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Calgon 

Corporation,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Filed  Oct.  16,  1970,  Scr.  No.  81,559 
Int.  CL  C02b  5/06;  C23f  U/16, 14/02 
U.S.CL252-180  11  CUrims 

Novel  alkali  metal  zinc  and  ammonium  zinc  glasses  of 
alpha  hydroxy  diphosphonic  acids  are  disclosed  along  with 
the  use  of  these  glassy  compositions  in  small  concentrations 
to  inhibit  corrosion  and  scale  formation  in  aqueous  systems. 


3,668,095 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  A  METALUC  OXIDE 

nLM  ON  A  SUBSTRATE 

Hisao  Katto;  Kazunari  KobayMhi,  both  of  Hachloji;  Yasushi 

Koga,  Mitaka,  and  Machiko  Koyama,  Tokoroaawa,  aU  of 

Japan,  assignors  to  Hitachi,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Mar.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  22,908 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Mar.  31 , 1%9, 44/23791; 

Feb.  16,1970,45/12660 

Int.  CL  BOlk  l/OO;  B32b  15/04;  B32f  11/00;  B32b  15/04; 

B22h  17/00 

U.S.CL204— 164  15  OainB 

A  method  for  manufacturing  a  thin,  hi^y  pure  metallic 

oxide  film  by  the  use  of  glow  discharge  on  a  substrate  includ- 


256 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  e,  1972 


in«  the  steos  of  oreparing  a  mixture  gas  of  oxygen  and  a  faces  and  wherein  the  foil  is  passed  over  a  counter  electrode 
mfJSfc  trkle^A^nLned  pressure  in  an  evacuated  and  i.  subjected  to  electric  high-frequency  voltages  having  a 
chamber  into  which  a  substrate  is  placed,  applymg  a  high  al- 


ternating electrical  field  of  a  frequency  higher  than  1  KHz  to 
the  chamber  to  produce  the  glow  discharge  adjacent  to  the 
substrate,  thereby  causing  the  required  chemical  reaction  for 
the  formation  of  the  metallic  oxide. 


3,668,096 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CONTROLLING 
POLYMERIZATION  REACTIONS 
WilUam  H.  Cook,  Upper  Montdair,  N  J.,  Mrignor  to  Monsan- 
to Company,  St.  Lmdk,  Mo. 

IUmI  Nov.  13, 1968,  Ser.  No.  775,236 

Int  CL  BOlk  1100 

MS.  CL  204—165  «  CW"" 


frequency  of  20-80  kc  transmitted  to  the  foil  by  means  of 
elecuodes  directed  towards  its  surface. 

I  3,668,098 

'  COATING  COMPOSITIONS 

WotfaaM  Dalmcr,  and  Hdnrich  Lackncr,  both  of  Grax,  Aus- 

tria,  MrigDors  to  Vlanova  Kuntthan  Aktlcnccselbchaft, 

Wlen,AMtria 

FIM  Nov.  13,  1968,  S«.  No.  775,531 
CUtas  priority,  appMcirton  Awtria,  Nov.  20, 1967,  A 
,  10401/67 

I  lot.  CL  BOlk  5100;  C23b  13100         I 

U.S.  CL  204- 181  »®  OMin* 

A  water-diluuble  coating  composition  particularly  adapta- 
ble for  electro-deposition  comprising  water,  a  water-miscible 
solvent,  and  an  ammonia  or  amine  soap  of  a  condensation 
product  of  an  adduct  of  an  a./^ethylenically  unsaturated 
dicarboxylic  acid  and  an  ester  of  a  hydroxyl-frec  drying  or 
semi-drying  oil.  unmodified  or  modified  with  rosin,  is 
described.  The  condensation  product  will  comprise  from  10 
to  25  percent  by  weight  of  a  dienophilic  compound.  75  to  90 
percent  by  weight  of  the  hydroxyl-ftee  ester  of  a  drying  or 
semi-drying  oil  prepolymerized  to  a  viscosity  3  to  30  times  its 
initial  value. 


L 

PPAJIAI 


ENTOF 


A  technique  is  disclosed  for  initiating  and  accelerating  the 
reaction  of  polymerizable  media,  particularly  thermosettinp, 
materials,  tluough  application  of  a  suitably  imposed  electric 
field  under  conditions  which  lead  to  electrokiiietic  activity  in 
filled  systems.  The  process  greatly  facilitates  the  preparation 
of  composites  by  permitting  long  gel  time  and  rapid  cure. 


12  Claims 

fluids   at 


3,668,097 

METH<H>  FOR  TREATING  SURFACES  OF  WORK 

PIECES  TO  IMPROVE  THE  ADHESION  OF  PRINTING 

INKS  AND  ADHESIVES  THERETO 

Axd  Vcmcr  Etaby,  Carl  PloughavtJ,  KokHng,  Denmaric 

Continuatktn-fai-part  of  appifcatkM  Scr.  No.  572,959,  Aug. 

17, 1966,  now  abandoned.  TMs  appttotion  Apr.  15, 1969, 

Scr.  No.  816369 

Int.  a.  BOlk  1100 

UA  CL  204—165  7  Claims 

The  invention  relates  to  a  method  for  treating  plastic  work 

pieces,  in  general,  and  foil  surfaces,  in  particular,  to  improve 

the  adhesion  of  printing  inks  to  at  least  one  of  the  foil  sur- 


3,668,099 
lTUS  for  measuring  OXYGEN  CONTE^ 
A  FLUID  I 

Robert  S.  Rittigcr,  AUcghcny  Township,  and  Charles  K.  Rus- 
scU,  FrankUn  Township,  both  of  Pa.,  aarignors  to  United 
States  Stcd  CorporatfcHi 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1971,  Ser.  No.  115,509 
Int.  CL  GOln  27130 
U.S.  a.  204-195  S 

Apparatus  for  measuring  oxygen  content  of 
elevated  temperatures  includes  a  sensor  or  probe  which  com- 
prises a  Cr,0,  tube  and  a  solid  electrolyte  button  sealing  that 
end  of  the  tube  that  contacts  the  fluid.  A  sohd  oxygen 
reference  material  in  the  tube  made  of  chromium  or  a 
chromium  alloy  contacts  the  button  and  the  other  end  of  the 
tube  is  sealed  with  a  molybdenum  cap.  A  thermocouple  and 
a  lead  wire  pass  through  the  cap  into  the  tube.  A  quartz  tube 
surrounds  the  Cr,0,  tube  and  button  with  ite  outer  end  m 
sealing  engagement  with  the  button.  An  electronic  conductor 
has  one  end  extending  into  the  fluid.  In  one  embodiment  the 
conductor  is  a  tube  surrounding  the  quarU  tube  and  m 
another  it  is  a  separate  rod  or  tube.  In  both  embodiments  the 
conductor  is  preferably  a  mixture  of  A1,0,  and  molybdenum. 
The  lead  wire  and  the  other  end  of  the  conductor  are  con- 
nected to  a  voltage  measuring  means. 


June  6,  197^ 


CHEMICAL 


267 


3,668,100 
ELECTROPHORETIC  COATING  OF  METAL 
SUBSTRATES  USING  ELEVATED  PRESSURES 
J.  Froat,  La  Sale,  and  Amd  J.  Stadfer,  Park  Forest, 
both  of  DL,  awlgnnrt  to  Continental  Can  Company,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.Y. 

FDed  July  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,692 
Int.  CL  BOlk  5102;  C23b  13100 
\}S.  CL  204— 181  5  CUnH 

In  a  process  of  electrophoretic  coating  of  electrically  con- 
ductive surfaces  with  organic  resins,  the  amount  of  resin 
deposited  is  substantially  increased  by  conducting  the  elec- 
trophoretic deposition  at  pressures  above  atmospheric. 


3,668,101 

MEMBRANE  ELECTRODES  AND  CELLS 

Imanud  Bofnuai,  ShrfBHd,  England,  awiginr  to  Natienai 

Research  Devdopncnt  Cwpufntiwii  London,  Fuji  anil 

FDed  Jidy  22, 1968,  Scr.  No.  746,436 

Int.  CL  GOln  22146 

U.S.  CL  204—195  2  Oainis 


A  three  component  membrane  electrode  for  use  in  electri- 
cal cells  having  in  sequence,  a  gas-permeaUe  membrane,  an 
electrically  conductive  layer  and  a  protective  layer  acting  as 
a  diffusion  barrier  to  gas  dissolved  in  the  electrolyte.  The  gas 
permeable  membrane  preferably  is  a  plastic  material  and  the 
electrically  conductive  layer  is  preferably  laid  down  on  the 
gas  permeable  membrane  in  the  form  of  minute  non-coalesc- 
ing globules  of  gold  and/or  silver. 


material  for  absorbing  CO|  is  received  in  the  mouth  of  the 
vessel  and  is  provided  with  an  adaptor.  An  electrolysis  cell 
storing  the  electrolyte  is  received  in  the  adaptor.  A  cap  is 
placed  on  the  electrolysis  cell  with  an  upper  circular  covering 
flange  spaced  from  the  walls  of  the  cell  thus  providing  an  an- 
nular space  communicating  with  the  electrolyte  to  permit 
venting  of  hydrogen  while  minimizing  evaporation  of  the 
electrolyte.  When  the  level  <^  the  electrolyte  falls  bek>w  a 
predetermined  minimum,  indicating  a  low  0^  pressure  in  the 
vessel,  a  sensing  svtritch  energizes  a  regulated  dc  current 
source  to  start  the  electrolysis  process  to  replace  the  0|  con- 
sumed by  the  sample.  The  system  is  insensitive  to  changes  in 
line  voltage  and  electrolyte  strength  over  a  design  range. 
Apertures  in  the  cap  member  and  the  cell  may  be  selectively 
aligned  by  twisting  the  cap  to  equalize  the  pressure  in  the  cdl 
with  atmospheric  pressure  before  starting. 


3,668,102 
SYSTEM  FOR  MEASURING  BOD  BY  ELECTROLYSIS 
Jamc*  C.  Youi«,  Ames,  Iowa,  msignof  to  Iowa  State  Universi- 
ty Research  Foundation,  Inc.,  Ames,  Iowa 

FVed  Aug.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  849,742 

Int.  CL  GOln  27146 

U.S.  CL  204—195  B  9  Claims 


3,668,103 

HANGER  BRACKET  AND  DRIVING  APPARATUS  FOR 

PLATING  BARRELS 

Albert    Singleton,    7360    Braokiide    Parkway,    Kfflddleburg 

Heights,  Ohio 

Filed  Nov.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,394 

lBt.CLC23b5/7« 

U.S.  CL  204—213  10  CMam 


A  system  for  measuring  BOD  by  the  electrolysis  method 
has  a  reaction  vessel  containing  the  sample.  A  container  of 


The  specification  and  drawings  disclose  a  plating  barrel  as- 
sembly which  comprises  a  barrel  member  mounte<l  for  rota- 
tion about  its  longitudinal  axis.  The  barrel  is  supported  from 
generally  vertically  extending  hangers  formed  from  metal 
reinforced  plastic  and  are  carried  by  a  horizontally  extending 
frame  adapted  to  removably  rest  on  the  upper  edge  of  the 
gating  tank.  Means  are  provided  for  routing  the  barrel  and 
the  means  include  a  shaft  rotatably  carried  on  the  horizontal 
frame  and  connected  through  a  gear  train  with  a  gear  con- 
nected to  an  end  of  the  drum.  At  least  one  end  of  the 
horizontal  shaft  extends  outwardly  of  the  frame  for  releasable 
engagement  with  a  drive  assembly.  The  drive  assembly  is 
mounted  on  one  end  of  the  plating  tank  and  includes  a  first 
support  frame  mounted  for  vertical  adjustment  and  including 
a  horizontally  extending  portion  and  an  inclined  portion.  A 
motor  is  adjustably  mounted  on  the  inclined  portion  and  is 
drivingly  connected  with  a  gear  reducer  unit  carried  on  the 
horizontal  portion.  The  gear  reducer  is  positioned  with  its 
output  shah  extending  horizontally  and  carrying  a  gear 
adapted  to  releasably  engage  a  gear  on  the  shaft  member. 
The  entire  drum  assembly  has  a  low  total  height  so  that  it  can 
be  easily  lifted  from  the  plating  tank. 


899  O.Q.— 9 


I 


268 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JuNt  6,  1972 


3,668,104 
DRIPPING  MERCURY  CXRCUIT  BREAKER 
RidMrd  E.  LoMMd,  Chardon;  Warrai  R.  Bailey,  PyncsvUle, 
both  of  Oiyo,  aad  John  C.  DooHttle,  Jr^  Hoiutoii,  Tex.,  as- 
signors to  Oronzio  De  Nora  Impianti  Elettrochimid,  S.A.A., 
Milan,  Italy 

Filed  Sept.  17. 1969.  Ser.  No.  858,580 
Int.  a.  BOIli  3104 
U.S.  CL  204— 279  H 


the  cavity  takes  the  form  of  an  arm  extending  around  the  tool 
for  clamping  it  in  the  cavity.  The  tool  is  thereby  held  accu- 
rately in  place  on  the  platen  and  a  large  area  of  contact  is 
provided  between  the  tool  and  the  platen  for  efficiently  con- 
ducting the  heavy  machining  current  which  flows 
therethrough  during  machining  operations.  Means  is  also 
provided  for  effecting  a  fluid-tight  seal  between  the  machin- 
ing fluid  passages  in  the  tool  and  the  corresponding  passages 
in  the  platen  when  the  tool  is  inserted  in  the  cavity.  This 
prevents  machining  fluid  from  entering  the  interface  between 
the  tool  and  the  cavity  and  corroding  the  joint  through  which 
the  machining  current  must  flow. 


3,668,106 
ELECTROPHORETIC  DISPLAY  DEVICE 
Isao  Ota,  Onka,  Japan,  MrifMir  to  MaliiMhita  ^kctric  In- 
diMhrlal  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan 

i  Flkd  Apr.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,874 

I  Int.  CL  BOU  5102;  C23b  13100 

U.S.  CI.  204—299 


*h.y,'////A'/-y-'//A--A'M///.'A', 


A  circuit  breaker  for  fluent  electrical  conductors,  such  as 
mercury,  which  consists  of  a  chamber  with  a  perforated  plate 
at  the  top,  a  mercury  and  water  inlet,  a  mercury  outlet  at  the 
bottom  and  a  water  outlet  located  at  an  intermediate  point. 
Mercury  and  water  are  introduced  onto  the  perfofated  plate 
and  are  allowed  to  drip  through  the  perforations  into  the 
chamber  below.  Electrical  circuit  through  the  mercury  is 
broken  when  mercury  is  allowed  to  drip  through  the  per- 
forated plate  in  a  discontinuous  stream  of  drops.  In  the 
chamber,  mercury  being  heavier  than  water,  settles  in  a  layer 
on  the  bottom,  and  water  settles  on  the  top  of  the  mercury 
layer.  Withdrawal  of  mercury  is  controlled  by  a  trap  in  the 
mercury  outlet  line  to  maintain  the  desired  level  of  mercury 
in  the  chamber.  The  method  and  apparatus  can  be  used  on 
single  or  multiple  mercury  streams  and  to  break  the  amalgam 
circuit  in  a  mercury  amalgam  denuder. 


2SClaimi 

II 


An  electorphoretic  display  and/or  recording  device  in 
which  an  electrophoretic  suspension  layer  including  a  disper- 
sion of  at  least  one  electrophoretic  material  in  a  finely  di- 
vided powder  form  suspended  in  a  suspending  medium  is  in- 
terposed between  a  pair  of  electrodes.  An  electric  field  is  im- 
posed across  the  elecuophoretic  suspension  layer  to  change 
the  optical  reflective  property  of  the  suspension  layer  by 
changing  the  spatial  distribution  of  the  electrophoretic 
material  in  the  suspending  medium  electrophoretically. 


3,668,105^ 
QUICK-CHANGE  HOLDER  FOR  ECM  TOOLS 
Ronald  C.   Abt,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Cincinnati 
Milacroa  Inc.,  Ondnnati,  Ohio 

Origfaiai  application  Dec.  19.  1968.  Ser.  No.  785,226.  now 

Patent  Na  3,594,298.  Divided  and  this  application  Mar.  12, 

1971,  Scr.  No.  123,564 

Int.  a.  B23p  1100;  C23b  5170;  B23r  9116 

VS.  CL  204—297  R  4  Claims 


I  3,668,107 

DIAPHRAGM  CELL  FOR  THE  ELECTROPHORESIS  OF 

SUBSTANCE  MIXTURES 
Franz  Lappe,  Hoflieim,  Taunus,  Germany,  assignor  to  Farb- 
wcritc  Hocchst  Airtieag«Mllschaft  VormalB  Mdstcr  Ludus 
&  Bruning,  Frankfurt  am  Main,  Germany 

Filed  Mar.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,128 
Clidnis  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  17, 1969,  P  19 
.  13411.3 

I  Int.  CL  BOld  13102;  BOlk  5100 

\}J&.  CL  204-301  3  Claims 


For  the  electrophoresis  of  electrically  charged  particles  in 

a  solvent  mixture  diaphragm  cells  are  used  which  are  charac- 

A  cavity  is^sprovided  in  the  platen  of  an  ECM  machine  for    teriied  by  a  special  arrangement  of  the  inlet  and  outiet 

receiving  the  mounting  portion  of  the  electrode  tool.  Part  of   openings. 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


259 


3,668,108 

S(HJDS  ARC  REACTOR  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD 

John  Houseman,  Newport  Bench,  C^if.,  anignor  to  Hercuks 

Incorporated,  New  Castle  County.  DcL 

Original  application  Nov.  15, 1966,  Scr.  Na  594,598,  now 

Patent  No.  3,533,756.  Divided  and  thta  application  June  20. 

1969.  Ser.  Na  843.273 

Int.  CL  C22d  7108 

UA  CL  204—323  12  Cfadtam 


ucting  such  materials  under  hydrogen  pressure  and  at 
elevated  temperature  with  a  continuous  liquid  phase  catalyst 
containing  gallium  trichloride,  gallium  tribromide,  gallium 
triiodide,  mercuric  bromide,  mercuric  iodide,  stannic  bro- 
mide, stannic  iodide,  stannous  chloride,  stannous  bromide, 
stannous  iodide,  zirconium  tetrachloride,  zirconium  tetrabro- 
mide,  zirconium  tetraiodide,  titanium  tetrabromide,  titanium 
tetraiodide,  titanium  triiodide,  cuprous  chloride,  cuprous 
bromide,  cuprous  iodide,  hafnium  tetrachloride,  hafnium 
tetrabromide,  or  haftiium  tetraiodide. 


3,668,110 
PITCH  TREATMENT  MEANS 
Frederick  L.  Shea,  806  Wcdgcwood  Rd.;  Lo«dt  A.  Joe,  208 
Chicksaw  Dr..  both  of  Johnson  City.  Tenn.,  and  ThomM  W. 
Martin,  P.O.  Route  6.  Elliabethton.  Tenn. 

Filed  Oct.  28. 1970.  Scr.  Na  84^83 
Int.  a.  COlb  1107;  ClOc  3108 
U.S.  CI.  208—45  6  ClirinK 

A  spinnable  pitch,  useful  in  the  manufacture  of  carbon  fila- 
ments of  continuous  lengths,  is  prepared  by  the  multiple  sol- 
vent extraction  of  pitch,  first  by  trituration  of  pitch  particles 
with  a  low-boiling,  aromatic  solvent  in  which  the  bulk  of 
pitch  particles  is  essentially  insoluble  —  then  by  dissolution 
of  the  pitch  in  a  solubilizing  solvent,  filtration,  and  evapora- 
tion of  the  solvent. 


This  invention  concerns  method  and  apparatus  useful  in 
carrying  out  hot  plasma  gas  treatment  of  divided  solid 
materials  as  well  as  other  chemical  reactions.  According  to 
the  process,  a  solid  particle  feed  is  contacted  with  hot  plasma 
gas,  the  food  and  gas  are  caused  to  flow  through  an  elon- 
gated residence  zone  under  conditions  such  as  to  enhance 
vaporization  of  the  feed,  and  the  vaporized  feed  is  condensed 
in  the  form  of  a  finely  divided  powder  product.  The  ap- 
paratus includes  anode  and  cathode  elements  forming 
passages  for  reception  of  an  arc  discharge  pattern  penetrat- 
ing these  elements  end  of  passing  gas  flow  through  one  ele- 
ment while  blocking  gas  flow  through  the  other  element, 
together  with  means  to  esublish  the  arc  discharge  pattern. 
The  structure  typically  forms  an  elongated  vaporization  zone 
to  receive  the  feed  and  gas  from  the  one  element,  and  being 
of  sufficient  length  to  assure  enchanced  vaporization  of  the 
feed  in  that  zone. 


3,668.109 
PROCESS  FOR  HYDROCONVERSION  OF  ORGANIC 
MATERIALS 
Thomas  E.  Kiovsky,  El  Sobrante,  and  Milton  M.  WaM,  Wal- 
nut Creek,  both  of  Calif.,  assignors  to  Shell  Oil  Company. 
New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  31.  1970.  Ser.  Na  68,203 

Int.  CL  ClOg  1106, 13/02 

VS.  CL  208—10  5  Clainv 


tt  'i    *f «tll(ll*TM 


3.668,111 

FOULING  RATE  REDUCTION  IN  HEATED 

HYDROCARBON  STREAMS  WITH  MXSRADED 

POLYISOBUTYLENE 

Louis  M.  Dvoracek,  Brea,  and  Amir  M.  Sarem.  Yorba  Linda, 

both  of  CaUf.,  assignors  to  Union  Ott  Company  of  CdHor- 

nia 

Filed  July  16, 1970.  Scr.  Na  55,594 
Int.  CL  ClOg  9/16,  9/36;  C23f  14/00 
U.S.  CL  208—48  AA  8  ClaiuK 

The  deposition  of  fouling  deposits  within  process  equip- 
ment operated  at  elevated  temperatures  in  the  presence  of 
hydrocarbons  is  reduced  by  combining  with  the  liquid 
hydrocarbon  a  foulant  inhibiting  amount  of  mechanically 
degraded  polyisobutylene. 


3,668,112 

HYDRODESULFURIZATION  PROCESS 

Levi  C.  Parker,  Port  Arthur,  and  Odes  B.  Robertaoo,  Groves. 

both  of  Tex.,  assignors  to  Texaco  Inc^  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec  6, 1968,  Scr.  Na  781,788 

IntCLC10i2i/00 

U.S.  CL  208—89  4  Ckdnv 


A  process  for  hydroconversion  or  organic  materials,  par- 
ticularly solid  or  very  high  boiling  organic  materials,  by  con- 


Low  sulfur  diesel  oil  and  low  sulfur  ftiel  (mI  are  produced 
by  a  process  which  permits  the  minimum  production  of 
materials  boiling  in  the  gasoline  range.  A  catalytic 
hydrodesutfiirization  process  reduces  the  suUUr  content  at 
the  portion  of  the  feed  charge  which  is  subsequently  frao- 
titHiated  into  the  desired  diesel  fuel  and  fuel  oil.  Hydrocar- 


\ 


\ 


260 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


bons  produced  in  the  desulftirization  process  boiling  within 
the  motor  ftid  boiling  range  are  catalytlcally  cracked  to  yield 
substantial  quantities  <^  C,  to  Q  hydrocarbons. 


JUNS  6,  1972 


3,668,116 

SLURRY  HYDRODESULFimiZATION  dF  A  HEAVY 

PETROLEUM  OIL 

Clarii  E.  Arfanis,  BafloB  Rmise,  asd  WMlani  T.  HoHaa, 

,  bath  tt  La^  awlfori  to  Emo  Rwi  t  h 


3,668,113 

HYDROCATALYnC  PROCESS  FOR  NORMAL 

PARAFFIN  WAX  AND  SULFUR  REMOVAL 

Bernard  WMting  Burtaid|e,  Uathsrhcail;  Ian  Montaomcry 

Keen,  Harrow,  and  ChrMopher  Ronald  POut,  Sunbury,  aU 

of  England,  aalgnon  to  Tht  BrMdi  Petrokum  Company 

Limited,  London,  England 

FVed  ScpC  22, 1969,  Sv.  No.  860,082 

d^m  priority,  appHcalian  Grtat  Britain,  Nov.  7, 1968, 

S23i3/68 

Inl.CLC10gi7/06 

VS.  CL  208—97  5  Claims 

Hydrocarbon  fractions,  particularly  petroleum  fractions  of 
30-65(f  C  boiling  range  and  containing  0. 1  -  3.0  percent  wt. 
sulphur  5-50  percent  wt  n-paraffin  wax,  are  reduced  in 
sulphur  and  n-paraffin  wax  content  by  hydrocatalytic  treat- 
ment at  260P-48y  C  and  50-3,000  psig,  first  over  a  catalyst 
of  a  Group  VI  or  vm  hydrogenating  component  on  a  mor- 
denite  of  reduced  alkali  metal  content  to  remove  n-parafifin 
wax  and  then  over  a  catalyst  of  a  Group  VI  or  VIII 
hydrogenating  component  and  a  refractary  iitorganic  oxide  to 
remove  sulphur.  Diesel  fuels  or  fuel  oils  are  separated  from 
the  desulfiirized  product. 

Preferred  catalysts  are  Pt  on  decationized  mordenite  and 
CoMo  on  alumina  used  respectively  in  amounts  of  10-90  and 
90-10  percent  vol.,  preferably  20-60  and  80-40  percent  vol. 
The  feedstock  must  contact  the  mordenite  catalyst  first  since 
this  is  sensitive  to  HtS  and  if  gas  is  recycled  from  the  sulphur 
removal  to  the  n-paraffin  wax  removal  stage  this  should  be 
treated  to  remove  HfS. 


Comianatloa  of  appicalion  Scr.  No.  710^44,  Mar.  4, 1968, 

BOW  abandoned.  Tkla  apuMcarton  Oct.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No. 
U341.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  subsequent  to 
I  Apr.  28, 1987,  h»  been  disclaimed. 

'  Int.  CLClOg  23/02 

U.S.CL  208—216  17 


3,668,114 
STABILIZED  AMORPHOUS  SHJCA-ALUMINA 
CATALYTIC  CRACKING  CATALYSTS 
Wimwn  H.  OlCcefe,  Creve  Cocor,  Mo.;  James  H.  Colvert, 
Houston;  Gerald  V.  Ndaon,  Nederland,  and  Douglas  J. 
Youngblood,  Groves,  al  of  Tcx.^  aarignors  to  Texaco  Inc., 
New  York,  N.Y. 
Continuatk»4n-pwt  of  appBcaHon  Scr.  No.  728,617,  May  13, 
1968,  now  abandoned,  TMs  appHcadon  Dec  28, 1970,  Scr. 
No.  102,238 
Int.  CL  ClOg  11102:  BOlj  11140 
VJS,  CL  208—120  10  Claims 

There  is  provided  a  method  for  improving  the  attrition  re- 
sistaitce  and  heat  stability  of  a  silica-alumina  fluid  catalytic 
cracking  catalyst  where  the  catalyst  contains  up  to  35  weight 
percent  alumina  by  treating  the  catalyst  with  steam  such  that 
the  catalysts  stability  factor  is  increased  to  a  value  of  at  least 
12.5.  The  above  treatment  provides  an  improved  fluid  cata- 
lytic cracking  catalyst  for  utilization  for  the  cracking  of  a 
hydrocarbon  charge  under  the  catalytic  cracking  conditions. 


A  "heavy  petroleum  oil  is  treated  in  a  slurry  reactor  with 
hydrogen  and  with  a  catalyst  containing  the  oxide  or  sulfide 
of  a  Group  VI  B  metal  and  the  oxide  or  sulfide  of  a  Group 
Vin  metal  deposited  on  a  support  of  silica-stabilited  alumina 
at  reaction  temp,  of  600'-850'  F  and  500-5.000  psig.  The 
catalyst  is  characterized  by  a  maximum  of  catalyst  surface 
area  in  pores  having  pore  diameters  of  30-70  Angstroms  and 
a  minimum  of  the  total  pore  volume  having  diameters  of  over 
100  Angstroms.  The  catalyst  is  employed  in  the  hydrodesul- 
fiirization  zone  at  a  concentration  of  15-45  pounds/cu.ft., 
preferably  at  a  concentration  of  20  to  30  pounda/f  u.fl. 


I  3.668,117 

DESULFURIZAT10N  OF  A  PREOXIMZED  OIL 
Jkcndra  A.  Patel,  Bcmmmi;  Sheldon  Hcrtaatman,  Spring  VaBey; 
Raeae  A.  Peck,  and  Raymond  F.  Wlson,  both  ol  Fiihklll,  aU 
of  N.Y.,  aarignors  to  Texaco  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
i  Filed  Mar.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,286 

I  Int.  CLClOg  79/00 

U.S.CL208— 228         ^  3Claims 


-jf 


«> 
/ 


3,668,115 
PROCESS  FOR  CHARGING  CATALYST 
George  A.  Uhl,  Markham,  and  Uoyd  A.  BaflUe,  Homewood, 
both  of  DL,   — Ignnri   to  Atlandc  Rlchtleld  Company, 
PhUaddphia,  Pa. 

Filed  Mar.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,489 
InLCLC10g2i/02 
U.S.CL208— 143  24ClalmB 

An  improved  process  for  charging  a  solid  catalyst,  such  as 
an  extruded  catalyst,  to  a  fixed  bed  reactor  by  charging  the 
catalyst  at  a  rate  of  fill  of  the  reactor  of  up  to  about  17 
inches  per  minute  and  in  a  manner  such  that  the  average 
orientation  of  catalyst  particle  lengths  in  the  catalyst  bed  is 
substantially  horizontal. 


/^- 


T 


■w- 


X 


« 


J  .  sulfiir-containing  oil  is  initially  preoxidized  with  an  oxi- 
dant, such  as,  an  organic  peroxide,  an  organic  hydroperox- 
ide, air  or  an  organic  peracid  in  the  presence  of  a  Group  IV- 
— B.  Group  V— B  or  VI— B  metal  catalyst,  water  is  then 
added  to  the  preoxidized  oil  and  desulfurization  is  carried  out 
with  sodium  oxide,  potassium  oxide  or  calcium  oxide  catalyst 
on  an  alumina  support.  Water  is  added  to  the  oil  prior  to 
desulfurization  at  a  concentration  ranging  fiom  1  to  20  per- 
cent by  weight. 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


3,668,118 
^On-  MOP  AND  METHOD  OF  USD^  SAME 
Holwrt  M.  Rhodes.  New  Orlcmis,  La.,  am^nor  to  OU  Mop 
Intcmatiomd,  Inc. 

FUed  July  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,448 

Int.  CL  E02b  15/04 

U.S.CL  210-30  5Chdm. 


261 

produced.  In  the  process,  the  organic  waste  products  are 
combined  with  water  to  form  a  fine  particle  slurry.  The  slurry 
IS  mtroduced  bek}w  the  surface  of  a  body  of  suitable  molten 
metal  contained  in  a  primary  combustion  vessel  to  produce 


tm»rr^noucr» 


imrf0 


The  present  disclosure  is  directed  to  a  method  of  removing 
oil  from  the  surface  of  a  body  of  water  with  an  oil  mop  made 
of  thm  gauge  narrow  strips  of  polypropylene  or  sinular 
material  passed  through  the  oil  on  the  surface  of  water  and 
then  through  wringers  and/or  water  or  chemical  sprays  or 
both  to  remove  the  oil  from  the  mop,  depositing  the  oil  in  a 
receptacle  and  returning  the  non-oil  ladened  mop  back  into 
the  oil  covered  water  to  pick  up  more  surface  oil. 


carbon  dioxide,  water  vapor  and  other  gases.  The  carbon 
dioxide,  water  vapor  and  other  gases  are  introduced  into  a 
heated  secondary  combustion  vessel  to  further  oxidize  the 
gases  and  produce  harmless,  inoffensive  gases  which  may  be 
vented  to  the  atmosphere. 


3,668,119 
PROCESS  FOR  OBTAINING  AN  ASBESTOS-FIBER 
MATERIAL  OF  A  HIGH  DEGREE  OF  SEPARATION 

Dietrich  Bauer,  Kahl,  Main,  and  Hdmut  Fratwrhcr,  Gromau- 
hdm,  both  of  Germany,  aasignon  to  Deutsche  GokMmd 
Sflbcr-Scheidean-stah  Vormals  Roesalcr.  Frankfurt  am 
Main,  Germany 

FUed  Feb.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 12,680 
Claims  priority,  appHcation  Germany,  Feb.  5, 1970,  P  20  05 

226.0 

Int.  CL  BOld  37100 

UACL  210-^2  i3Chta. 


3,668,121 
INTUMESCENT  FIRE-RETARDING  COMPOSITION 
COMPRISING  AMMONIUM  DERIVATIVES  OF 
GLYOXYLIC  ACID 
Philip  X.  Masdantonio,  Penn  Township,  Wcatmoraland  Coun- 
ty, and  Edward  L.  Mihettc,  Penn  Hils  Township,  Allegheny 
County,  both  of  Pa.,  assignors  to  United  Stales  Sted  Cor- 
poration 

Filed  Aug.  10, 1970.  Scr.  No.  62,721 

InL  CL  C09d  5118;  C09k  3128 

UACL  252-8.1  7  Claims 

Water-soluble  mono-  and  diammonium  derivatives  of 
glyoxylic  acid  are  prepared  and  used  as  intumescent  fire-re- 
tarding and  heat-insulating  materials. 


3,668,122 
DRILLING  FLUID  PREPARATION 
Cteud  D.  Braascnm,  Bartlesville,  Okla.,  assignor  to  Phillina 
PcUoknm  Company 

FUed  Aug.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  853,937 
Int  CL  ClOm  3102, 3/22 
U.S.CL  252-8.5  A  ^Qalms 

A  method  of  preparing  an  improved  drilling  fluid  of  an  in- 
organic salt  and  a  carboxyaJkylceUulose  is  disclosed  in  which 
the  carboxyalkylcellukwe  is  dissolved  in  the  water  and  the  in- 
organic salt  is  added  to  the  solution  thereafter. 


A  colloidal  solution  of  Chrysotile  asbestos  which  is  ob- 
tained from  a  pre-purified  aqueous  suspension  of  crude 
Chrysotile  asbestos  by  means  of  a  shearing  action  is  sub- 
jected to  filtration  or  centrifuging  to  eliminate  therefixMn  in- 
completely separated  colloidal  matter.  Subsequently,  the 
asbestos  is  precipiuted  from  the  refined  solution  and' sub- 
jected to  further  processing. 


3,668,120 
TREATMENT  OF  ORGANIC  WASTE  PRODUCK 
Wayne  A.  Patterson,  4932  N.W.  31at  Stnct,  OUahoma  City. 
OUa. 

Filed  Apr.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  136,435 

Int  CL  C02c  5/04 

UACL  210-60  9aaini8 

A  process  for  the   treatment  of  human  organic   waste 
products  or  the  Uke  whereby  harmless  inoffensive  gases  are 


3,668,123 
DISPERSANTS  FROM  SPENT  SULFITE  UQUOR 
John  Charica  Steinberg,  and  Kenneth  RiMdl  Gray,  both  of 
Shdton,  Wash.,  Mrignoii  to  Inlcmationl  Tcfcpbone  St 
Tdewph  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Contfaiuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  688,264,  Dec  5, 1967. 
now  Patent  No.  3,505,243,  wMch  k  a  condnualion  of 
application  Scr.  No.  432,761,  Feb.  15, 1965,  now  «ii««iiinitii 

wbich  is  a  continuation.iniiort  of  application  Scr.  No.  95,190,' 

Mar.  13, 1961,  now  ahnndoned ,  and  174,595,  Feb.  20, 1962, 

now  abandoned.  This  appMrlion  Dec.  11, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

884,246 
htL  a.  ClOm  3/48 
VJS,  CL  252— «.5  C  2  ^^i..*-. 

A  driUing  mud  compositicm  is  produced  having  a  disper- 
sant  composition  therein.  The  dispersant  composition  is 
prepared  by  incorporating  a  soluble  sulfurous  acid  salt  erf 
sodium,  potassium  or  ammonia  into  an  aqueous  soluticm  con- 
taining soluble-base  spent  sulfite  liquor.  The  spent  sulfite 
liquor  includes  the  reducing  sugars  from  the  sulfite  pulping  <rf 
wood.  This  solution  is  heated  for  a  period  of  time  sufficient 
to  produce  a  product  having  a  viscosity  such  that  after  com- 
plexing  with  a  chromium  salt  it  exhibits  dispersant  pixwerties 
in  drilling  muds. 


262 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


L 


June  6,  197? 


3.668,124 

COMPOSITION  AND  METHCN)  FOR  TREATING  DRY- 

CLEANABLE  SOIL-RESISTANT  LEATHERS 

VlBccnt  Joseph  Caadla,  Jr.,  Audubon,  Pa.,  aurignor  to  Penn- 

wab  Corporation,  PhBaddphia,  Pa. 

Filed  May  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  37,019 
hA.CLCl4c  5/00,9/00 
U  A  a.  252—8.57  5  Claims 

A  fat  liquor  composition  useful  for  leather  treatment  com- 
prises a  mixture  of  alkenyl  substituted  succinic  acid  or  suc- 
cinic acid  anhydride,  sulfated  fatty  oil,  and  an  amine  or 
amide.  The  leather  is  treated  with  an  aqueous  emulsion  of 
the  fat  liquor  composition  and  then  with  an  aqueous  solution 
of  the  chromium  coordination  complex  of  perfluoroalkyl- 
containing  carboxylic  acid  to  provide  a  soil  and  water-repel- 
lent leather  that  is  resistant  to  loss  of  lubricity  when  dry 
cleaned. 


3,668,125 

BLOCK  COPOLYMERS  AS  VISCOSITY  INDEX 

IMPROVERS  FOR  LUBRICATING  OILS 

Wimam  S.  Anderson,  Oakland,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  SheU  OU 

Company,  Houston,  Tex. 

FDed  Dec.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,720 
Int.  CL  ClOm  1/18 
VS.  CL  252—59  6  Claims 

Certain  hydrogenated  or  saturated  block  copolymers  hav- 
ing at  least  three  blocks  are  highly  effective  viscosity  index 
improving  additives  for  mineral  oils  and  are  especially  effec- 
tive at  elevated  temperatures. 


3,668,126 
METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC 
UQUID  DEVELOPERS  HAVING  VERY  FINE  COLORING 

MATERIAL 
Yaauo  Tamai,  and  Satoni  Hoiijo,  both  of  Kanagawa,  Japan, 
assignors    to    FiUi     SbMhln     FUm     Kabwhlki     Kaisha, 
Kanagawa,  Japan 

Filed  Jan.  22, 1968,  Ser.  No.  699,365 
CWms  priority,  application  Japan,  Jan.  20, 1967, 43/13906 

Int.  CL  G03g  9/04 
VS.  CL  352—62. 1  9  Claims 

An  electrophotographic  liquid  developer  composed  of  a 
carrier  liquid  with  a  volume  resistivity  of  over  lO^Ocm  and 
specific  dielectric  constant  ctf  below  3.5,  colored  material  in 
fine  powder  form,  a  charge  control  agent  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  a  vinyl  chloride  polymer  and  nitrocellu- 
lose which  is  insoluble  in  said  carrier  liquid,  a  material 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  resin,  oil  and  mixtures 
thereof,  having  high  compatability  with  said  charge  control 
agent  and  being  soluble  in  said  carrier  liquid,  a  liquid  which 
dissolves  said  charge  control  agent  and  is  compatible  with 
said  carrier  liquid,  and  a  dispersion  stabilizer  accounting  for 
less  than  20  percent  (by  weight)  and  more  than  0.5  percent 
(by  weight)  of  the  whole. 


on  the  particles  and  is  comprised  of  a  resin  insoluble  in  said 


carrier  liquid  while  the  outermost  layer  comprise  a  resin 
capable  of  somewhat  swelling  up  in  said  carrier  liquid. 


I 


nClainv 


3,668,128 
ELECTRICAL  INSULATING  OIL,  AND  TO  ELECTRICAL 

APPARATUS  INCORPORATING  THEM 
John  Kenneth  Anderson,  Bcxley,  England,  assignor  to  British 
Insulated  Callcnder's  Cables  Limited,  London,  England 

I  Filed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  461 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jan.  9L  1969, 

1,298/69 
Int.  a.  HOlb  3/00 
VS.  a.  252-63 

An  insulating  oil  which  has  good  resistance  to  oxidation 
and  which  is  also  non-gassing  and  of  low  viscosity  comprises 
from  1-50  percent  (by  weight)  of  a  residually  unsaturated  al- 
kene  polymer,  and  correspondingly  from  99-50  percent  of  a 
low  viscosity  hydrocarbon  oil.  The  polymer  is  derived 
predominantly  from  an  alkene  or  alkenes  having  from  three 
to  five  carbon  atoms  and  has  an  average  molecular  weight  in 
the  range  100-900,  preferably  in  the  range  250-500.  A  mix- 
ture of  such  alkene  polymers  may  be  used.  The  hydrocarbon 
oil  is  preferably  a  mineral  oil,  and  has  a  visco^ty  of  30 
centistokes  or  less  at  20°  C. 


3,668,127 
UQUID  DEVELOPER  FOR  ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHY 
Haiimc  Machida,  and  Zci^Jiro  Okuno,  both  of  Tokyo,  Japan, 
assignors  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Rkoh,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  June  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  836,246 
Cbdms  priority,  appttcatlon  Japan,  July  1, 1968, 43/45135 
Int.  CL  G03g  9/04 
VS.  CL  252—62. 1  6  Claims 

A  liquid  developer  for  use  in  electrophotography,  wherein 
a  toner  comprising  pigment  particles  and  a  resinous  layer 
coated  on  said  pigment  particles  is  dispersed  in  a  carrier 
liquid  of  high  electric  resistance  and  low  dielectric  constant, 
said  developer  being  characterized  by  the  fact  that  the  pig- 
ment particles  are  coated  with  a  resinous  layer  consisting  of 
at  least  two  layers  of  which  the  first  layer  is  directly  coated 


3,668,129 

DRILLING  FLUID  COMPOSITION  AND  ADOmVE  -^ 
THEREFOR 
Robert  P.  WOlett,  5948  North  Market  Street,  Shreveport,  La. 
Filed  June  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,201 

Int.  a.  ClOm  3/26  I 

VS.  a.  252—8.5  P  -  il3  Claims 

An  aqueous  drilling  fluid  contains  a  drilling  fluid  additive 
which  comprises  a  mixture  of  a  hydrocarbon  oil  containing 
an  emulsifying  agent  in  amounts  sufficient  to  produce  a  sta- 
ble emulsion  of  the  oil  in  water  and  an  ethylene  oxide  adduct 
of  an  ester  of  a  polyalkanolamine  and  a  high  molecular 
weight  polybasic  fatty  acid.  The  adduct  contains  sufficient 
ethylene  oxide  units  to  render  the  adduct  water  soluble.  Op- 
tionally, the  additive  contains  a  water-soluble  surfactant. 


3,668,130  I 

CHROMIC  ACID  CONDITIONER  FOR  TREATMENT  OF 
POLYMERIC  RESIN  SURFACES  FOR  ELECTROLESS 

PLATING 
Leon  A.  Kadtaon,  Pasadena,  and  Eileen  Maguire,  San  GabricL 
both  of  Calif.,  assignors  to  Crown  City  Flatlag  Co.,  El 
Monte,  CaHf. 

Filed  Oct  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  872^80 
Int.  CL  H05k  J/00;  B44d  5/04 
VS.  G.  252—79.2 

Aqueous  chromic  acid  solutions  containing  from  1.1  to  1.3 
kilograms  of  chromium  trioxide  per  liter  of  solution  as  pro- 


11  Claims 


JUNE  6.  1972  CHEMICAL 

vided  by  the  presence  of  trivalent  chromium  are  used  to  con- 


268 


**4jrrs   'JV 


fM9rs  cur 


t<^tfOLta  njtrwi^ 


fLSCrifOLYT/C     Ol,AriN9    aMTM 


dition  polymeric  resin  surfaces  for  electroless  plating. 


3,668,131 
DISSOLUTION  OF  METAL  WITH  ACIDIFIED 
HYMIOGEN  PEROXIDE  SOLUTIONS 
Russell  S.  Banush,  Trenton,  Mkh.,  and  Donald  P.  Hagcrty, 
Somerville,  NJ.,  assignors  to  Allied  Chendcal  Corporation, 
New  York,  N.Y. 
Filed  Aug.  9,  1968,  Ser.  No.  751388.  The  portion  of  the  term 
of  the  patent  subsequent  to  Oct.  25,  1985,  has  been 
disclaimed. 
Int.  a.  C09k  3/00;  C23f  1/04 
VS.  a.  252—79.4  21  Clabm 

Invention  relates  to  the  treatment  of  metal  with  hydrogen 
peroxide,  and  particularly  to  urea  and  thiourea  catalyzed 
acid-hydrogen  peroxide  solutions  as  etchants  for  copper  in 
the  manufacture  of  printed  circuits. 


3,668,132 
COMPOSITION  AND  METHOt) 
Eari  E.  Finder,  Cottage  Grove,  Minn.,  assignor  to  Ecodyne 
CorporatfcMi,  Chkiwo,  III. 

Filed  June  15,  1970,  Scr.  No.  46,551 
Int.  a.  C02b  5/04 
VS.  CL  252—80  8  Clatan 

An  improved  water  treating  composition  comprising  about 
45  to  85  percent  alkali  metal  hexametaphos(>hate,  about  5  to 
35  percent  alkali  metal  pyrophosphate,  and  about  3  to  30 
percent  di-alkali  metal  orthophosphate.  The  preferred  com- 
position is  a  70-20-10  composition,  containing  70  percent 
sodium  hexametaphosphate,  about  20  percent  sodium 
hydrogen  pyrophosphate,  and  about  10  percent  dipotassium 
orthophosphate.  The  invention  also  provides  a  method  for 
treating  water  which  comprises  adding  the  foregoing  com- 
positions to  water  at  levels  of  about  0.5  to  20  ppm. 


3,668,133 

DETERGENT  OILY  AGENT  ADAPTED  TO  BE  WELL 

ADSORBED  IN  FABRICS  AND  HAVING  DETERGENCY 

YoahfaMbu   Ufari,  HfatMhima;   Yoshiaki   Yano,  Osaka,  and 

Hiroshi  Yoddda,  Hlroddma,  all  of  Japan,  swlgnnrii  to 

Hiroshima     Ki«o     Kabushiki     Kaisha     Mfauunikanon, 

Hiroshlma-shl,  Hkroahima-ken,  Japan 

Filed  June  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51^377 
Claims  priority,  appttcatkm  Japan,  June  30, 1969, 44/51934. 

Int.CLC09ki/22 
U.S.  CL  252—88  2  CWms 

A  detergent  oily  agent  for  the  treatment  of  cotton  and 
other  fabrics  for  utilization  typically  as  mops,  said  agent  con- 
sisting essentially  of  a  mineral  oil.  This  mineral  oil  is  added 
with  a  first  nonionic  surface-active  agent,  a  cationic  surface- 
active  agent  and  a  second  nonionic  surface-active  agent.  The 
second  nonionic  surface-active  agent,  such  as  polyox- 
yethylene  alkyl  phenol  ether,  is  designed  to  serve  as  an  emul- 
sifier  of  the  mineral  oil  and  the  other  surface-active  agents  in 
a  neutral  solution,  e.g.,  water.  The  mineral  oil  so  emulsified 
can  be  effectively  and  surely  absorbed  in  fabrics  and  has  an 
effective  detergency. 


3,668,134 

DETERGENT  COMPOSITIONS  CONTAINING  THE 

ETHERS  AND  ESTERS  OF  TETRAHYDROFURAN  AND 

TETRAHYDROPYRAN 

Vincent  Lamberti,  Upper  Saddle  River,  and  RonaM  R.  Wln- 

ncgrad,    Bkwmfiekl,    both   of   NJ.,    assignors   to    Lever 

BroCbcn  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Continuatioa-in-pwt  of  appHcadon  Scr.  No.  763,374,  Sept. 

27,  1968,  now  abandoned.  This  appUcatfcm  Apr.  20,  1970, 

Scr.  No.  30,245 

InLCLClld//00 

U.S.  CL  252-89  1 1  Clafan 

Detergent  compositions  containing  an  organic  detergent 

and,    as    a    perfumery    ingredient,    an    ester    or    ether    of 

tetrahydrofuran  or  tetrahydropyran. 


3,668,135 
ANTIMICROBIC  WASHING  AGENTS,  WASHING 
ADJUVANTS  AND  CLEANING  AGENTS 
Heinz  Gnnter  Nosier,  Monhdm  RhtawLand;  Richard  Wcsmb- 
dorf,  HOdea  RUne-Land,  and  Horst  BdHnger,  Dusaddorf, 
aB  of  Germany,  assignors  to  Henkd  &  Cle.,  GmbH,  Dussd- 
dorf,  Germany 
Continuatton-in-part  of  appttcatlon  Scr.  No.  747,453,  July  25, 
1968,  now  Patent  No.  3,592,928.  Thk  appHcathm  Nov.  7, 

1968,  Ser.  No.  774,183 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  4, 1968,  P 17  67 
684.5;  July  25, 1967,  P  16  68  195.1 
Int.CLClldJ/4« 
U.S.  CL  252- 107  20  Oahm 

Antimicrobic  washing  agents  and  adjuvants  and  cleaning 
compositions  comprising  (a)  0.2  to  30  percent  by  weight  of  a 
nitroalkyl-N-phenylcarbamate  selected  from  the  group  con- 
sisting of  2-nitropropyl-N-phenylcarbamate,  l-methyl-2- 
nitropropyl-N-phenylcarbamate ,  2-nitrobutyl-N-phenylcarba- 
mate,  2-bromo-2-nitroethyl-N-  (3-chlorophenyl)-carbamate, 
2-bromo-4-nitrobutyl-N-(  4-nitrophenyl  )-carbamate ,  2- 

bromo-2-nitrobutyl-N-(3,  4-dichlorophenyl)-  carbamate,  2- 
bromo-2-nitropropyl-N-phenyl-carbamate  and  2-bromo-2- 
nitrobutyl-N-(4-fluorophenyl)-carbamate  (b)  at  least  5  per- 
cent by  weight  of  an  alkaline  builder  having  calcium  car- 
bonate binding  capacity  in  the  Hampshire  test  of  not  more 
than  230  mg  per  gm  of  builder  and  (c)  and  optionally  other 
common  components  of  washing  agents,  wadiing  adjuvants 
or  cleaning  compositions. 


3,668,136 

COMPATIBLE  ANIONIOCATONIC  SURFACTANT 

COMPOSITIONS 

Graham  Barker,  Fab-  Lawn,  N  J.,  assignor  to  WHco  Chcmlcd 

Corporatkm,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FDed  July  7,  1969,  Scr.  No.  839^698 
InL  CL  did  9/46,  ;/65 
U.S.CL252— 117  20CfadnH 

Novel  surfactant  compositions  comprising  an  anionic  sur- 
factant and  certain  cationic  surfactants  compatible  with  same 
and  in  the  form  of  quaternary  ammonium  compounds  con- 
taining pcdyoxypropylene  groups,  said  compositions  exhibit- 
ing imprsved  foam  and  solubilizing  characteristics.     . 


3,668,137 
COMPOSITION  AND  METIKH>  F(Nl  INHraiTING  ACID 

ATTACK  OF  METALS 
George  Gardner,  EUdns  Park,  Pa^  — iyinr  to 
Products,  Inc,  Ambler,  Pa. 

FDed  Apr.  1, 1969,  Ser.  No.  812^68 
Int.CLClld7/J4 
U.S.  CL  252—149  30  ( 

A  composition  comprising  a  nitrogenous  organic  com- 
pound, a  carboxyUc  acid  and  a  sulfonium  sah  for  use  in  an 
acidic  aqueous  composition  for  the  purpose  of  inhibiting  acid 
attack  on  metallic  surfaces  which  are  contacted  with  the 
acidic  composition. 


264 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


4 


June 


6,  1972 


ERRATUM 

For  Qass  252—180  see: 
Patent  No.  3,668,094 


3,668,138 
METHOD  OF  INmBITING  CORROSION  WITH  AMINO 
MPHOSPHONATES 
Merwin  F^vderkk  Hoover,  Ptttslwiih:  Gloria  IN  Marco  Sin- 
kovHx,  Bridcevfllc  and  Amferew  Martin  Rufamd,  Pittsburgh, 
aD  of  Pa.,  Mrignon  to  Calgoo  Corporation,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
FHcd  Nov.  27, 1970,  S«r.  No.  93,419 
lot  CL  C02b  5/06;  C23i  1 1116, 14/07 
UACL  252-181  8  Claims 

Amino  diphosphonic  acid  compounds  and  water-solubJe 
salts  thereof  alone  and  in  combination  with  zinc  are  disclosed 
as  inhibiting  the  corrosion  of  metals  in  contact  with  water. 


are  thereby  precipiuted  in  the  form  of  novel  compact 
botryoidal  agglomerates  whose  particle  size  and  low  tricalci- 
um  phosphate  content  makes  them  useful  and  advantageous 
for  preparing  the  phosphor  coatings  used  in  nuorescent 
lamps  and  other  fluorescent  devices. 


3,668,139 
CATALYST  AND  METHOD  OF  POLYESTER 
POLYMERIZATION 
David  A.  Dwrids,  KcndaB  Parli,  NJ.;  Rowland  L.  Orem,  Jr., 
BaMmof*,  and  Edwin  E.  Lard,  Bowie,  both  of  Md.,  as- 
signon  to  W.  R.  Grace  &  Co.,  New  Yorl^  N.Y. 
Original  appMction  Dec.  10, 1968,  Scr.  No.  782,734,  now 
Patent  No.  3,575,918.  Divided  and  this  appMcation  May  28, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  50,011 
Int.  CL  C08g  51/74;  C07c  73/00 
VS.  CL  252—186  2  Claims 

A  catalyst,  containing  a  ketone  peroxide,  e.g.,  methyl  ethyl 
ketone  peroxide,  and  an  organic  non-ketonic  diperoxide. 
e.g.,  2,5-dimethyl-2,5-bis(2-ethyl  hexanoyi  peroxy)hexane.  is 
used  to  cure  polyester  resins  containing  over  900  p.p.m.  of 
an  inhibitor.  A  small  amount  of  sodium  methoxide  can  be 
used  as  part  of  the  catalyst.  More  specifically,  polyester 
resins  containing  900  to  40,000  p.p.m.  of  inhibitors  can  be 
cured  within  10  minutes  to  24  hours  with  the  novel  catalyst. 


3,668,142 

PREPARATION  OF  PHOSPHORS 

George-William  Luckey,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Eastman 

Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Original  application  July*31,  1967,  Ser.  No.  657,062,  which  is 

a  continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  390,741,  Aug. 

19,  1964,  now  abandoned  ,  which  is  a  continuatkni-in-part  of 

■pplkatfon  Ser.  No.  346,395,  Feb.  21,  1964,  now  abwidoncd. 

Divided  and  this  application  Nov.  16,  1970,  Scr.  No.  90,031 

Int.  CI.  C09k  1/04 
U.S.  CL  252-301.5  p  Claims 

Inorganic  phosphors  are  prepared  by  separately  inuoduc- 
ing  the  anions  and  cations  to  form  the  phosphor  into  a  reac- 
tion solution;  mainuining  in  the  reaction  solution, 
throughout  the  reaction,  an  excess  of  up  to  1  molar  of  the 
anion  or  cation;  preventing  local  excesses  of  anions  and  ca- 
tions; and,  growing  crystals  of  the  phosphor  to  atj  least  0.5 
micron. 


3,668,140 

PROCESS  FOR  RECLAIMING  YTTRIUM 

ORTHOVANADATE  PHOSPHORS 

Costas  C.  Li«os;  Richard  A.  Fowler,  both  of  Danvcrs,  and 

Martha  J.  B.  Thomas,  Winchester,  aH  of  Mass.,  assignors  to 

Sylvania  Electric  Products  Inc. 

Filed  June  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  51,372 
Int.  CL  C09k  1/44 
VS.  CI.  252-301.4  R  1  Claim 

Europium  activated  yttrium  orthovanadate  phosphors  are 
reclaimed  and  treated  to  eliminate  unwanted  ionic  species. 
The  phosphor  is  heated  in  a  reducing  atmosphere  to  reduce 
the  vanadate  and  then  dissolved  in  a  mineral  acid  to  form  a 
clear  solution.  After  the  solvent  is  volatilized,  the  phosphor  is 
heated  in  an  oxidizing  atmosphere. 


'  3,668,143 

PREPARATION  OF  PHOSPHORS  BY  PRECn>ITATION 
I  FROM  SOLUTION 

GeorgJ  W.  Luckey,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to,  Eartman 
Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y.  | 

ContinuatkMi-in-part  of  appUcatkMi  Ser.  No.  390,741,  Aug. 
19,  1964,  now  abandoned  ,  which  b  a  continuatk>n-in-part  of 
application  Ser.  No.  346,395,  Feb.  21,  1964,  now  abandoned. 
This  appUcathm  July  31,  1967,  Scr.  Na  657,062 
Int.  CL  C09k  1/04 
VS.  O.  252—301.4  R 

Inorganic  phosphors  are  prepared  by  separately 
ing  the  anions  and  cations  to  form  the  phosphor  into  a  reac- 
tion solution;  maintaining  in  the  reaction  ^ution, 
throughout  the  reaction,  an  excess  of  up  to  1  molar  of  the 
anion  or  cation;  preventing  local  excesses  of  anions  and  ca- 
tions; and.  growing  crystals  of  the  phosphor  to  at  least  0.5 
micron. 


77  Claims 
introduc- 


DUS 


3,668,141 

PROCESS  FOR  PRECIPITATING  LUMINESCENT 

ALKALINE  EARTH  HALOAPATITES 

Roger  D.  Piper,  Des  Peres,  Mo.,  assignor  to  MalUnckrodt 

Chemical  Works,  St  Louis,  Mo. 

Filed  Apr.  28,  1969,  Ser.  No.  822,099 
Int.  CL  C09k  1/36 
VS.  CL  252—301.4  P  16  Claims 

In  the  precipitation  of  luminescent  alkaline  earth 
haloapatites,  control  of  particle  size  distribution  and  crystal 
form  is  improved  by  concurrently  adding  a  first  solution  con- 
taining the  alkaline  earth  ions  and  a  second  solution  contain- 
ing a  major  portion  of  the  phosphate  ions  to  a  stirred  aque- 
ous precipitation  medium,  which  initially  contains  a  minor 
portion  of  the  required  phosphate  ions.  Also,  the  solutions 
are  added  to  the  precipitation  medium  in  such  a  manner  that 
the  alkaline  earth  ions  are  dispersed  into  the  main  body  of 
the  precipitation  medium  relatively  more  slowly  than  the 
phosphate  ions.  Under  preferred  conditions,  the  haloapatites 


3,668,144 
JST-FREE  LEAD  STABIUZER  FOR  SYNTHETIC 

RESINS  ^ 

Derek  Gordon  Pearson,  Denham,  England,  assignor  to  As- 
sociated Lead  Manufacturing  Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  Mar.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  17,294 
Claims  priority,  appttcatkm  Great  Britain,  Mar.  10,  1969, 
,  12,496/69 

I     Int. a.  BOIJ  y//6,  C08f  45/58;  C08g51/58 
VS.  a.  252-400  10  Claims 

A  dust-free  lead  sUbilizer  mix  which  consists  of  a  basic 
lead  salt  of  an  inorganic  acid  enveloped  in  an  organic  liquid 
which  has  been  gelled  by  the  addition  to  it  of  a  lubricating 
stabilizer. 


I  3,668,145 

PRODUCTION  ACTIVATED  CARBON  IN  DUAL  PULSE 
-  JET  ENGINE  SYSTEM 
John  W.  Belter,  Grand  Forks,  N.  Dak.;  Lerojr  Docktcr, 
Laramie,  Wyo.,  and  Robert  C.  Elhnan,  East  Grand  Forks, 
Minn.,   assignors   to   The   United   States  of   America   as 
represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior 
-       1  Filed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  87,759 

Int.a.C01bi//05 
U.S.C1.  252— 421 

A  particulate  carbonaceous  feedstock  such  as  lignite  is  en- 
trained and  activated  in  the  oscillating  combustion  gas  in  the 
two  opposed  tail  pipes  of  the  dual  pulse-jet  engine  system. 


8  Claims 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


265 


Gas  continually  withdrawn  fi-om  the  juncture  of  the  two  pipes 
contains  entrained  activated  carbon  which  is  subsequently 
separated  from  the  gas. 


3,668,146 

CATALYSTS  FOR  THE  DISPROPORTIONATION  OF 

OLEFINS 

Helmut  W.  Ruble,  Edison,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Esso  Research  and 

Engineering  Company 

Filed  Dec.  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  886,766 
Int.  a.  C07c  3/62 
VS.  a.  252—428  1 1  Claims 

The  instant  invention  relates  to  a  novel  process  for  prepar- 
ing catalysts  which  are  useful  in  the  disproportionation  of 
olefins.  In  more  detail  the  instant  process  comprises  contact- 
ing within  a  solvent,  a  metallic  complex  having  the  formula 
LaMftlCO)  wherein  L  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting 

of  CO,  R,Q.  RiQO,  (RO),Q,  RNH,.  R,NH,  RCN,  R,SO.  R,N-CN, 
R,P=N  CN.  RrP=Nn.  R,P=CH-CH,,  R,Q-QR,,  Rja-R^-QR., 
R,Q_RJ_QR-R«_QR,,  R_z-Ri-Z-R.  R-Z-R«-Z -R»- Z-R 

R-c=N-x  I       n  (III 

-|-R,    R»-l-  Rn, 


R-^=N-X 


■N' 


Rn, 


%/\n^ 


H 

A 


^n/* 


R,Q-HjC  CHi-QRj 

and  C 


\n/ 


/    \ 
R,Q-CH; 


,      CHr-QRt 


H  H 


wherein  O  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  N,  P,  As 
and  Sb;  Z  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  O  and  S;  X 

,  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  NRi.  OH,  OR  and  R; 
R  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  C,  to  Cjo  hydrocar- 
byl  and  hydrogen  radicals;  and  R*  is  selected  fi-om  the  group 
consisting  of  divalent  C|  to  Qo  hydrocarbyl  radicals;  n  is  an 
integer  of  from  0  to  2;  M  is  a  Group  VI-B  metal  selected 
from  the  group  consisting  of  Cr,  Mo  and  W;  a  may  vary  from 
I  to4;  b  may  vary  from  1  to  2;  and  c  may  vary  from  2  to  10, 
with  an  ionic  compound,  said  ionic  compound  being  selected 
from  the  group  consisting  of  compounds  having  the  general 

^formula  R^Q'X'.  R'sZX',  (R'^Q'HAIR'dXV*).  (R'sZ) 
(AlR'dX'4-d).  mixtures  of  R^Q'X'  or  R'sZX'  with  AlR'd 
X'i-d  or  mixtures  thereof  wherein  R'  is  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  Ci  to  C20  hydrocarbyl  radicals  and  haloge- 
nated  derivatives  thereof,  Q'  is  selected  from  the  group  con- 
sisting of  nitrogen,  phosphorous  or  arsenic.  Z  is  selected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  oxygen  or  sulfur.  X'  is  halogen  and  d 
may  vary  from  0  to  3.  and  said  ionic  compound  being  at  least 
partially  soluble  in  said  solvent  and  an  activator,  said  activa- 
tor comprising  an  organometallic  derivative  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  compounds  having  the  general  formulas 
R",AlX'c9-^),  a  mixture  of  the  above  compound  with  a  com- 
pound liaving  tlie  general  formula  AlX's,  a  compound  of  the 
general  formula  R"iM'X'g,  a  mixture  of  one  of  several  com- 
pounds having  a  formula  R"/M'X'«  with  one  of  the  various 
compounds  having  the  formula  R"eAlX'a-c>  and  AlX's 
wherein  R"  is  selected  from  tlie  group  consisting  of  C,—C|e 
hydrocarbyl  radicals  and  the  alkoxy  and  halo  derivatives 
thereof,  M'  is  a  metal  selected  from  Groups  I  through  III  of 

'  the  Periodic  Table  of  Elements,  X'  is  halogen,  e  is  equal  to  1 
or  2,  /  is  an  integer  between  1  and  3,  and  g  is  0,  1  or  2,  the 
atomic  ratios  of  tlie  metal  in  said  activator  to  the  metal  in 
said  metallic  complex  being  from  about  20:1  to  1:1,  the 

^  molar  ratio  of  Cr,  Mo,  or  W  of  said  metallic  complex  to  ionic 
compound  being  from  about  10:1  to  0.1:1,  and  the  molar 
ratio  of  said  Group  I-III  metal  of  said  activator  to  icmic  com- 
pound being  from  about  40: 1  to  1 .5: 1 . 


3,668,147 
MULTIPLE  PROMOTED  IRON  OXIDE-ANTIMONY 
OXIDE  CATALYSTS  FOR  OXIDATION  OF  OLEHNS 
TakacUka  Yoddno,  Yokohama;  SMtcni  Sidto,  Finkn  sM,  Jan 
Ishikura;  Yutaka  Swaki,  both  of  Yokohama,  aa 
Sobttkawa,  Tokyo,  al  of  Japan,  amignnri  to  Nhto  1 
Industry  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  JapM 

Filed  Nov.  19, 1968,  Scr.  No.  777,104 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Nov.  28, 1967, 42/75890; 
Sept  20, 1968,43/67578;  43/67580;  43/67579 
IntCL  BOIJ/ 7/52 
U.S.  CL  252—432  3  CUam 

This  invention  provides  a  multiple  promoted  inxi  oxide-an- 
timony oxide  catalyst  composition  having  the  empirical  for- 
mula: 

FeiQSbs-«oMeo.oi-iTeo.e5-sXo-i02t-isi 

wherein  Me  b  V,  Mo  or  W,  and  X  is  P  or  B. 

The  catalyst  composition  of  this  invention  exhibits  an  im- 
proved catalytic  activity  in  an  oxidation  reaction  selected 
from  the  group  consisting  of  ammoxidation  of  olefins  to 
nitriles,  oxidation  of  olefins  to  aldehydes,  and  oxidative 
dehydrogenation  of  olefins  (Ci— Cg)  to  diolefins,  particularly, 
in  the  case  where  high  conversion  is  achieved  aiul  the 
amount  of  residual  oxygen  is  very  small. 

For  example,  the  catalysts  of  this  invention  [Ex.  1  and  Ex. 
12]  and  the  catalysts  of  tlie  prior  art  [R-1  and  R-6]  are 
prepared  in  the  same  manner,  the  compositions  of  these 
catalysts  being  as  follows: 


Ex.  1  :  Fe,oSbHWo.2sTeo.j-.Oe7-M  •  (SiO2)30 

Ex.  12  :  FeioSbtsEo.iTeo.i-i068  M  •  (SiO»)3o 

R-1  :  Fe,oSb2sOM  •  (8102)30 

R-6  :  FeioSbisWisOTo  •  (Si02)M 


Note:  By  "(SiOi)**"  is  meant  silica  carrier.  ' 

The  activities  (^  these  catalysts  are  tested  by  the  same 
method.  The  following  maximum  conversions  (%)  of  olefins 
to  acryionitrile  (AN),  methacrylonitrile  (MAN),  acrolein 
(AL).  methacrolein  (MAL)  and  butadiene  (BDE)  are  ob- 
tained: 


AN 

MAN 

AL 

MAL 

BDE 

Ex.  1 

78 

70 

70 

58 

82 

Ex.  12 

77 

69 

69 

55 

82 

R-1 

65 

53 

33 

26 

73 

R-6 

,^ 

49 

43 

33 

70 

3,668,148 

CATALYST  PREPARED  BY  HOMOGENEOUS 

PREaPITATKm  VNDER  HIGH  TEMPERATURE  AND 

PRESSURE 

WilhclmuB  PetnM  Van  Beck,  and  Tbeo  Jan  Orinta,  both  of 

Compmiy,  New  Yotii,  N.Y. 

FBed  Apr.  6, 1970,  Scr.  Ntt.  26,f»51 
CTnlwi  priority,  appMcatioB  Laxcnbov^  Apr.  9, 19M, 

58391 
InL  CL  BOIJ  11/82,  11/06 
VS.  CL  252-440  S  CWm 

A  process  for  preparing  a  catalyst  compcisiiig  a  "»**y»*^ 
catalytic  agent  on  a  particulate  carrier  is  disrloaed  w^iich  pro- 
vides improved  uniformity  of  distributioa  and  fhieneas  cf 
divisitm  with  narrowness  of  particle  size  diitributica  of  the 
metallic  catalytic  agent  on  the  carrier.  The  particles  of  carri- 
er are  suspended  by  agitation  in  an  iKfueous  solution  of  a  sak 


266 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  d  1972 


of  the  metallic  catalytic  agent  and  of  a  source,  on  heating  in 
aqueous  solution,  of  hydroxyl  ions.  The  suspension  is  heated 
in  a  sealed  vessel  above  10(f  C  to  precipitate  the  metal  or 
the  particles  with  uniformity  of  distribution  and  fineness  of 
division  with  narrowness  <^  particle  size  distribution.  The 
metal  is  converted  by  conventional  procedures  to  the  ap- 
propriate active,  oxicUzed  or  reduced,  state.  The  process  is 
particularly  significant  with  carriers,  such  as  alumina  and  sil- 
ica, that  in  alkaline  media  are  liable  to  undergo  structural 
charges. 


3,668,149 

METH(H)  AND  EQUIPMENT  FOR  THE  PREPARATION 

OF  CATALYTICALLY  ACTIVE  B(M>IES 

John  W.  Gcus,  Gdeen,  and  Jan  C.  LemnMns,  Beck,  Limbug, 

both  of  Netherlands,  assignnrs  to  Stamkarbon  N.V.,  Hccr- 

IcB,  Nctholands 

FHed  Oct.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  865^21 
OaiiiM  priority,  appMnrtOB  Ncthcriands,  Oct.  11, 1968, 
68/4538;  Nov.  18,  1968,  68/6394 
Int.  CLBOIJ/ 7/44 
VS,  a.  252—448  3  daims 

Porous  catalyst  bodies  are  produced  firom  a  thermally  sta- 
ble inorganic  carrier  material  by  introducing  a  suspension  of 
the  said  carrier  material  into  a  liquid  immiscible  with  the 
suspension  medium  and  heated  above  the  boiling  point  of  the 
said  medium.  After  evaporation  of  the  suspension  medium  to 
an  essential  extent,  the  porous  catalyst  bodies  formed  are 
separated  firom  the  liquid  and  subsequently  heated  to  an 
elevated  temperature  to  improve  the  strength  caracteristics 
thereof. 


3,668,150 

CONCRETE  FIXXm  WITH  GR6UND  METAL 

AGGREGATE  AT  THE  WEAR  SURFACE 

Howvd  J.  Horvilx,  21800  Sh^tcr  Blvd.,  Shaker  Hdghts, 

OMo 

FDed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,040 
InL  CL  C04b  7/02;  HOlb  1/02 
VS.  CL  106—90  10  aaims 

A  dry  mix  for  making  concrete  comprising  approximately 
28  to  38  percent  cement,  approximately  62  to  72  percent 
powdered  ferrous  metal  and  approximately  0.01  to  0.80  per- 
cent sodium  nitrite. 

A  method  of  making  a  substrate  which  includes  forming  a 
base  of  a  conventional  concrete  mix  and  screeding  and  float- 
ing the  base  to  form  a  substantially  flat  surface.  The  base  is 
allowed  to  set  until  the  bleed  water  disappears  and  then  a  dry 
mixture  of  approximately  28  to  38  percent  cement,  approxi- 
mately 62  to  72  ground  ferrous  metal  and  approximately 
0.01  to  0.80  percent  sodium  nitrite  is  deposited  in  a  uniform 
manner  on  the  flat  surface  by  shaking.  After  the  dry  mixture 
absorbs  adequate  water  from  the  base,  it  is  floated  and 
trowelled  to  tfie  desired  finish. 


3,668,152  I 

PORCELAIN  ENAMELS  FOR  SELF-CLEANING 
COOKING  OVEN  I 

WUUan  S.  Lee,  Bay  VHi^e,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Fcrro  Gorpora- 
tioo,  Ctcvdaad,  Ohio 

OrlflBrf  applicatloa  Mar.  22, 1968,  Scr.  No.  715,186,  bow 
Patent  No.  3,598,650.  Divided  and  this  appJkatkm  May  13, 
1  1969,  Scr.  No.  847,753^ 

I  brt.a.B01J  77/00 

VS.  CL  252—477  4  Ctahns 

A  porcelain  enamel  firit  containing  a  high  level  of  an  oxida- 
tion inducing  metal  oxide,  preferably  cobalt,  adaptable  to  be 
incorporated  into  a  vitreous  porcelain  enamel  for  application 
to  an  oven  liner,  said  enamel  characterized  by  the  ability  to 
completely  oxidize  oven  soils  when  heated  to  a  poiiM  above 
350*  F.,  but  below  600*  F.,  and  method  of  utilizing  same  as  a 
self-cleaning  oven  liner  coating. 


Mi 

J, 


3,668,151 
HIGH  STRENGTH  CATALYST  PELLETS 
W.  Walker,  BwtksvlBe,  OUa.,  assignor  to  Phillips 
Petrolettm  Company 

Flkd  May  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  828,772 
IntCLBOlJ  77/22 
U.S.  CL  252— 466  4Claiim 

A  method  of  preparing  a  high  strength  catalyst  pellet  is  dis- 
closed which  comprises  calcining  particulate  ZnO  admixed 
with  particulate  AlgOs.  Additionally,  a  catalytic  process  using 
a  prepared  high  strength  catalyst  is  disclosed. 


^    3,668,153 
I  FOAMED  DETERGENT  COMPOSITION 
Honcr  B.  Crotty,  Clndnoati,  Ohto,  aaigiMr  to  Chcmed  Cor- 
poratioa,  Cindnnati,  Ohk> 

Filed  Mar.  20,  1967,  Scr.  No.  624,178 

Int.  CL  CI  Id  J/066 

U.S.  CL  252-528  8  Claim 

Highly  alkaline  detergents  for  foam  cleaning  contain,  as 

the  foaming  additive,  sodium  salts  of  fatty  acid  sulfonates, 

amine  oxides,  amide  alkyl  amine  oxides,  substitution  deriva- 


tive of  imidazoline  alkanoic  quaternary  ammonium 
ide,  and  mixtures  thereof. 


lydrox- 


3,668,154 

PHOSPHORUS-CONTAINING  POLYOLS  AND 
POLYURETHANES  EMBODYING  SAME 
Mlchd  A.  Bnlsaon,  Lavcra,  France,  assignor  to  Naphtachimic, 
Paris,  France 

FUcd  Jane  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,218 

Claims  priority,  appttcatkm  France,  June  4, 1969, 6918298 

InL  CL  C08g  22/14, 22/46 

VS.  CL  260—2.5  AR  16  CWms 

This   invention    is   addressed   to   phosphorus-containing 

polyols  prepared  by  reacting  a  chloro-chloro-alkyl  phosphate 

having  an  average  of  O.S  to  2.5  chlorine  atoms  joined  directly 

to  a  phosphorus  atom  with  a  primary  or  secondary  amine 

having  at  least  one  function  which  is  capable  of  reacting  with 

an   organic   isocyanate   in  the   presence   of  water  and   a 

hydrogen  chloride  acceptor  whose  reaction  product  with  HO 

is  soluble  in  water,  and  to  flame  or  fire  resistant  polyu- 

rethanes  prepared  by  reaction  of  a  phosphorus-containing 

polyol  aad  an  organic  polyisocyanate. 


3,668,155 

SELF-EXTINGUISHING  ETHYLENE  COPOLYMER 

FOAMS  COMPRISING  A  TERNARY  MIXTURE  OF  AN 

ANTIMONY  COMPOUND,  A  HALOGEN-CONTAINING 

COMPOUND  AND  A  BROMINE  CC^IPOUND 

Chvks  Raley,  Jr.,  MIdfamd,  Midk,  msigjinr  to  Ibc  Dow 

CheniGid  Company,  MUfamd,  Nflch. 
CondnMtioo-lB-pMt  of  applictlon  Scr.  No.  606,579,  Jan.  3, 
1967,  mm  ahamlonwi.  lliis  apiiMctfcw  June  27, 1968,  Scr. 

No.  740,675  . 

I  Int.  CL  C08f  75/02;  C09k  3/28  [ 

VS.  CL  260-2.5  fP  11 

([Compositions  of  the  class  of  flame-retardant  or  self-extin- 
guishing ethylene  and  vinyl  alkanoate  copolymer  foams,  use- 
ful as  insulation,  are  described.  Said  foams  are  relatively 
lightly  loaded  with  either  a  binary  flame  retardant  mixture  ai 
(1)  an  antimony  compound  and  (2)  a  halogen-containing 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


267 


aliphatic  or  cycloaliphatic  compound  of  particular  specificity 
or  a  ternary  flame-retardant  mixture  including  ( 1 )  and  ( 2 ), 


and,  (3)  a  bromine-containing  aromatic  or  acyclic  compound 
of  particular  specificity. 


3,668,156 

COVULCANIZABLE  MIXES  COMPRISING  DIENE 

POLYMERS  OR  COPOLYMERS  AND  LOW 

UNSATURATION  TERPOLYMERS 

Glorgki  CornHiIni;  Giuseppe  Ghettiv  Scbastiano  Cesca,  and 

Amaldo  Roggcro,  all  of  San  Donato  Mlancse,  Italy,  as- 

rignors  to  Snam  Progettk  S.p.A.,  Milan,  Italy 

filed  Apr.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,41 1 

Clalnis  priority,  application  Italy,  Apr.  23, 1969, 15874  A/69 

Int.  CLCOSf  77/00 
U.S.  a.  260—5  4  ClataiK 

A  terpolymer-diene  composition  that  is  readily  curable 
with  conventional  vulcanizing  agents  is  provided  by  prepar- 
ing a  mixture  of  diene  polymer  or  copolymer  with  an  olefinic 
terpolymer  which  includes  at  least  one 


Ri 


-i- 


group  directiy  bound  to  two  carbon  atoms,  each  of  which  is 
characterized  by  ethylenic  unsatiiration,  wherein  R,  is  a 
hydrocarbon  radical. 


3,668,157 
BLEND  CONTAINING  AT  LEAST  A  CELLULOSE  ESTER 

AND  A  BLOCK  COPOLYMER  ELASTOMER 
Robert  L.  Combs,  and  RiciMrd  T.  Bogan,  both  of  Kingppori^ 
Tcnn.,  assignors  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rochester, 
N.Y. 

FBed  July  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,775 
Int  CL  C08b  27/09,- C08g  J9/70, 47/04 
U.S.CL260— 13  13ClainH 

Cellulose  ester  compositions  useful  for  producing  optically 
clear  extruded  sheets,  or  molded  or  vacuum-formed  products 
having  high  impact  strength  and  toughness,  said  compositions 
being  composed  of  (I)  a  cellulose  ester,  (D)  a  block 
copolymer  elastomer  which  contains  polyester  or  polyu- 
rethane  segments.  Such  compositions  may  optionaUy  contain 
a  polyalkylacrylate  or  polyalkylacrylate-methacrylic  acid 
polymer  and/or  a  plasticizer  for  the  cellulose  ester  com- 
ponent. 


3,668,158 
COMPOSITION  FOR  ADHERING  PLASTIC  FILM  TO  A 
VAPOR  PENETRABLE  NON-METALUC  SUBSTRATE 
Robert  James  Kcithley,  BcUston  Lake,  N.Y.,  assizor  to  Bor- 
den Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
FBed  June  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,243Tlie  portion  of  the  tern  of 
the  potent  subaequent  to  Aug.  18, 1987,  h«  been  disrlahiifd 

Int.  CL  C08b  21/32, 21/34 
U.S.CL260— 17R  11  Clalna 

This  invention  relates  to  an  adhesive  composition  for  ap- 
plying a  plastic  film  of  a  vapor  penetrable  backing  or  core 
material  comprising  an  aqueous  emulsion  of  an  aliphatic  1- 
olefin  and  a  vinyl  ester  of  a  lower  monocarboxylic  acid,  the 
proportions  of  olefin  in  the  copolymer  being  firom  5-25  parts 
by  weight  the  proportion  of  vinyl  ester  being  the  necessary 
remainder  to  make  100  parts  total  weight  of  copolymer  and  a 
water  dispersible  non-separating  combination  of  (  1 )  a  wate 
soluble  ester  of  a  mono-  C1-C4  alkyl  ether  of  a  C-C.  glycfri 
with  a  Cr-C^  saturated  monocarboxylic  aliphatic  acid  and  (  2 
a  plasticizing  ester  of  glycerin  with  saturated  Cf-c*  monocar- 
boxylic aliphatic  acid,  the  ester  of  the  said  ether  and  the 
plasticizing  ester  being  dispersed  in  substantiaUy  non-separat- 
ing condition  in  the  aqueous  phase  of  the  emulsion. 


3,668,159 

IN  SITU  PROCESS  FOR  TRANS-ISOMERIZATION  AND 

CONJUGATION  OF  RESINS  CONTAINING  FATTY  ACID 

ESTERS 
LoweO  O.  Cummings,  San  Aasrimo,  CtM.^  assigMir  to  Padfic 
Vegetable  Ofl  Corporation,  San  Frandsco,  CaML 
FDed  Dec  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,057 
Int.a.C08g77/76 
U.S.  CL  260— 18  EP  IS  CMbm 

A  method  is  provided  for  producing  resins  or  esters  from 
starting  esterifiable  components  and  polyimsaturated,  non- 
conjugated  fatty  acids  whereby  the  mass  is  heated  in  intimate 
admixture  with  sulfur  dioxide  gas  to  effect  conjugation  in  situ 
and  also  rearrangement  to  provide  increased  isolated  trans 
double  bonds.  The  esterifiable  components  are  suitably 
epoxy  resins  or  alkyd-forming  mixtures. 


3,668,160 
RESIN-COATED  SAND  MIXES  FOR  SHELL  MOLDING 
Robert  A.  Horton,  ChesterlamI,  and  Timothy  L.  CoghH,  Men- 
tor, both  of  OMo,  asrigmirs  to  Predskm  Mctabmltha,  Inc. 
Filed  Apr.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  818,118 
Int.  CL  B22c  7/22.  C08g  5/20, 51/72 
U.S.CL260— 19R  Sdatans 

For  use  in  resin-shell  molding,  a  resin-coated  sand  mix 
containing  a  small  percentage  of  a  non-volatile,  oily,  organic 
liquid  suitable  to  alleviate  the  condition  of  peel-back. 


3,668,161 
DEVOLATILIZATION  OF  UQUID  PCH.YMER 
COMPOSITIONS 
Edward  B.  Naoman;  Ted  T.  Sabo,  both  of  Martiasvflc,  NJ.; 
FcHx  P.  Kloaek,  Soirth  CharicMon,  W.  Va.,  and  Stephen 
Kaufamm,  Soomrvfllc  NJ.,  sasigntiri  to  Uitfoa  Cartride 
Corporatioii,  New  York,  N.Y. 

filed  June  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  831^53 
lot  CL  C08f  47/ H)     ;  BOld  11 /I)     4 
VS.  CL  260-2J  E  5  CbiM 

A  method  is  provided  tar  separating  volatOes  from  a  liquid 
composition  containing  polymer  and  volatile  constituents 
when  composition  is  passed  thru  a  flash  first  devolatilization 
zone  maintained  at  reduced  pressure  to  vaporize  and  remove 
vc^tile  constituents  aiKl  produce  a  partially  devolattilized 
composition,  said  partiaUy  devolatiUzed  oompoaition  is 
heated  and  dispersed  witii  foaming  agent,  and  is  passed  thru 
a  second  flash  devoiatilizaticm  zone  maintained  at  reduced 
pressure  to  vaporize  and  remove  remaining  volatile  con- 
stituents and  produce  a  finally  devolatilized  composition. 


268 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


1. 


June 


«,  1972 


3,668,162 
TREATING  POLYBUTAMENE 
&  Wit,  Borrr,  Tcx^  — ipw  to  PMII|M  PetroWum 


Filed  Nov.  25, 1968,  Scr.  No.  778355 

Iirt.CLC08d  9/72 

U.& a.  260-27  MCtotais 

Poiybutadienes  are  treated  with  titanium  tetrachloride  and 
molecular  oxygen  to  form  nwdified  polybutadiene  products 
having  substantially  higher  Mooney  viscosities,  characterized 
by  a  reduced  tendency  to  cold  flow. 


3,668,163 

EMULSIONS  OF  WATER  IN  HALOGENATED  SOLVENTS 

WHICH  CONTAIN  FLIXHUNATED  OIL  AND  WATER 

REPELLENTS 

Theodore  Clyde  Rapp,  Newark,  DcL,  — ipinr  to  E.  L  du  Pout 

de  Nemours  and  Company,  Wilmington,  Dd. 

Filed  Ai«.  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  847,737 
IBL  CL  C08r  45/52. 45130;  D06n  UIOO 
U.S.  CL  260—28^  D  10  Claiais 

A  water-in-oil  emulsion  comprising  a  chlorinated  alkane 
solvent  having  contained  therein  in  emulsified  form  an  aque- 
ous dispersion  of  a  fluorinated  oil-  aitd  water-repellent 
polymeric  compositicMi,  wax,  a  melamine  derivative,  and  a 
mixture  of  selected  sulfonates. 


3,668,164 

AQUEOUS  RESOLE  RESIN  COMPOSITION 

CONTAINING  A  PCH^YAMINOALKYL-SUBS'lllU'lED 

ORGANOSILOXANE  COPOLYMER 

John  R.  Lc  Blanc,  WUbraham,  Mav.,  aMignor  to  Monsanto 

Company,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Conrimmrton-in-pnrt  of  appMcatton  Scr.  No.  647,622,  June 
21, 1967,  now  abandoned  Thk  application  Mar.  4, 1970, 
Scr.  No.  16,619 
Int.  CLC06g  47/0     4 
MS.  CL  260— 29  J  1  Claim 

This  application  describes  a  stable,  aqueous  catalyst  system 
adapted  to  be  admixed  with  an  aqueous  resole  resin  and 
thereafter  to  accelerate  resin  cure  when  the  product  mixed 
resin  system  is  dried  and  thermoset  The  catalyst  is  especially 
useful  when  using  phenolic  resins  for  treating  paper  em- 
ployed in  the  manufacture  of  water-repellent  resin  treated 
paper. 


I  3,668,166 

POLYVINYL  ALCOItt>L  ADHESIVES 
Thomas  G.  Kane,  and  WHiam  D.  RoMnson,  both  of  Wifaninr 
ton,  Del.,  assignors  to  E.  I.  du  Pont  dc  Nemours  and  Com- 
pany, Wilmington,  Dd. 

,        Filed  Feb.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,099 
I  Int.  CLC08f  29/26 

U.S.  CL  260-29.6  BM 

The  invention  relates  to  polyvinyl  alcohol  compositions 
and  aqueous  adhesives  formed  therefrom  which  are  charac- 
terized by  improved  rheological  properties.  The  employment 
of  polyvinyl  alcohol  having  a  4  percent  aqueous  solution 
viscosity  in  the  range  of  about  1  to  16  centipoises  in  aqueous 
tackified  adhesive  systems  provides  significant  and  unex- 
pected improvement  in  flow  properties. 


3,668,165 
DISPERSION  POLYMERIZED  TERPCH.YMER  €X  VINYL 
ACETATE,  VINYL  ESTER  iX  A  FATTY  ACID,  AND 
VINYL  CHLORIDE 
Eduard  Biigm>lst»r;  Joseph  Heckmaier;  Paul-Gerhard  Kirst, 
and  Hubert  West,  all  of  Borghauscn/Upper  Bavaria,  Ger- 
many," assignors  to  WadKcr-Chcmie  GmbH,  Munich,  Ger- 
many 
CuaHnaaHnn  of  appMctJon  Scr.  No.  727,692,  May  8. 1968. 

Tkis  appBcation  Sept.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71^62 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Germany,  May  10, 1967,  W43960 

Int.  CL  C08f  15140 
U.S.  CL  260—29.6  T  5  Odbm 

This  invention  relates  to  a  process  for  the  preparation  of 
an  aqueous  polymerizate  dispersion  which  comprises  the 
steps  of  subjecting  100  parts  by  weight  of  a  monomer  mix- 
ture consisting  of:  (a)  40  to  70  parts  by  weight  of  vinyl 
accute,  (b)  IS  to  30  parts  by  weight  of  a  vinyl  ester  ci  fatty 
acids  having  eight  to  18  carbon  atoms  and  (c)  IS  to  30  parts 
by  weight  of  vinylchloride  to  an  aqueous  dispersion 
polymerization  in  the  presence  of  (1)  free-radical  forming 
catalysts,  (2)  at  least  one  protective  colloid  and  (3)  an  emul- 
sifier  sele9ted  from  the  group  consisting  of  anionic  emul- 
stfiers,  non-ionic  emulsifiers  and  mixtures  thereof,  and 
recovering  said  aqueous  polymerizate  dispersion,  as  well  as 
the  aqueous  polymerizate  dispersions  so  produced. 


4ClainiB 


I  3,668,167 

PROCESS  FOR  CONCENTRATING  AQUEOUS 
EMULSIONS  OF  FLUORINATED  POLYMERS 
Mario  Ragazzini,  Milan;  Alberto  Caiml,  Lcgnano;  Donato 
Carcano,  and  Giovanni  Groppdli,  both  of  Milan,  nil  of  Ita- 
ly, aarignors  to  Montccatini  Edison  S.pJi.,  MUan,  Italy 
Contiauatioo-fai-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  635,404,  May  2, 
1967,  aow  abandoned.  This  application  Dec.  1,  1969,  Scr.  No. 

881339 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  May  4, 1966, 17486/66 
j  Int.  CLC08f  45/24 

U.S.  CI.  260-29.6  F  I  1  Claim 

A  process  for  the  concentration  of  aqueous 
polytetrafluoroethylene  emulsions  comprising  forming  atop 
the  emulsion  to  be  concentrated  a  layer  of  water  absorbing 
agent,  maintaining  the  resultant  two  layers  in  contact  with 
each  other  until  absorption  of  water  fix>m  the  emulsion  by 
the  said  water  absorbing  agent  has  proceeded  to  a  desired 
degree,  separating  the  said  layers,  and  thence  recovering  the 
aqueous  polytetrafluoroethylene  emulsion  thus  concentrated. 
The  water  absorbing  agent  can  be  any  one  of  a  number  of 
water  soluble  organic  liquid  or  solid  water  absorbing  agents 
having  a  density  less  than  that  of  the  emulsions  to  be  concen- 
trated. 


^       '  3,668,168 

MOLDABLE  METAL  POWMX  COMPOSITIONS 
CONTAINING  AN  ELASTOMER  AND  SILICA  AQUASOLS 
James  M.  Self,  Wilmington,  Del.,  assignor  to  E.  1.  du  Pont  de 

Nemours  and  Company,  Wilmington,  Del. 
ContiMiatkni-ln-p«t  of  appHcadoa  Scr.  No.  18345,  Mar.  10. 
1970,  widcfa  is  a  conriniiaHon-ln-pMt  of  appMcaHon  Scr.  No. 
739JS27,  June  25, 1968,  now  abandoned,  lids  i 
I  Ai«.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,144 

'  InL  CL  C06d  7106,  7114 

MS.  CL  260—29.7  R 

Compositions  of  metal  powder  aggregate  or  metal  powder 
aggregate/refractory  mixtures,  a  siliceous  binder,  and  an 
elastomeric  material  useful  in  the  manufacture  of  metallic 
shapes  or  as  a  metallic  filler  compound.  "~ 


,TURA- 


TED 


to  Moo- 


3^68^169 
PROCESS  FOR  PIGMENTING  LINEAR  SA1 
PCH.YESTERS 
George  H.  BrinkoMui,  Jr.,  Gnif  BrccM,  Fla., 

santD  Company,  St.  LooIb,  Mo. 
Contiavatioo-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  709,681,  Mar.  4, 
1968,  now  abandoned,  This  application  July  24, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  58,193 
InL  CL  C08g  51140, 51/02 
VS.  CL  260—31.8  XA  '  8  daims 

A  pigment  can  be  uniformly  distributed  throughout  a 
linear  saturated  polyester  without  substantial  degradation  of 
the  polyester  by  combining  about  100  parts  by  weight  of  the 
polyester  with  about  0.1-4  parts  by  weight  of  a  slurry  con- 
taining about  2-SO  percent  by  weight  of  the  pigment  and 
about  50-98  percent  by  weight  of  a  chlorinated  biphenyl  or 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


269 


diester  of  phthalic  acid  and  them  mixing  the  combined 
polyester  and  slurry  above  the  melting  point  of  the  polyester. 


3,668,170 
AMIESIVE  COMPOSITION 
Iwao  Mvuta,  Funabashi-«fai;  Haruhiko  Aral,  Narariiino-shi, 
and  Shoal  Horin,  Ichiiuiwa  shI,  all  of  Japan,  assignors  to 
Kao  Soap  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Hied  Oct  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  867,884 
CUn»  priority,  appllcatkm  Japan,  Oct  29, 1968, 43/78754 

Int  CL  C08d  9/72 
VS.  CL  260—27  *  Ctafans 

A  novel  adhesive  composed  of  a  water-insoluble  high 
molecular  weight  polyvinyl  compound  and  a  water-solubiliz- 
ing  amount  of  an  alkali  metal  anionic  surface  active  agent, 
improved  by  adding  a  water-soluble  polyvalent  metal  inor- 
ganic salt  to  replace  a  portion  of  the  alkali  metal  ions  with  a 
polyvalent  metal  ion.  The  adhesive  is  used  to  attach  materials 
adapted  to  be  subsequently  separated  by  moistening. 


3,668,174 

HEAT  RESISTANT  COATING  FOR  SOLDER 

CONNECTIONS 

Dale  E.  Smestad,  Coltage  Grove,  Minn.,  and  Nebon  E. 

Quadienbush,  Costa  Mesa,  CallL,  assignors  to  The  United 

States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Army 

FUed  Jan.  27, 1971,  Scr.  No.  110^51 
InL  CLC08g  57/04 

U.S.  CL  260-37  SB  .  }  ^^ 

A  high  temperature  resistant  coating  composition  for 
solder  connection  including  a  mixture  of  room  temperature 
vulcanizing  rubber  having  a  viscoMty  rating  of  250  poise  and 
selective  insulators  including  magnesium  hydroxide,  magnesi- 
um carbonate,  asbestos,  mica,  barium  sulfate  and  calcium 
carbonate  for  shielding  the  connection  from  a  heat  source  of 
a  predetermined  intensity  for  a  predetermined  time. 


3,668,171 
NYLON  COMPOSITIONS  CONTAINING  DOSOCYANATE 

MOLD  RELEASE  AGENTS 
WUIard  M.  Sbm,  Leoorindcr,  Mam-,  asdgnor  te  Forter  Grant 
Co.,  Inc.,  LeomfaMter,  Mam. 

filed  Jan.  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,635 
Int  CLCOSg  57/44 
U.S.  CL  260—32.4  R  f  Claims 

The  mold  release  properties  of  nylon  compositions  are  sig- 
nificantly improved  by  incorporating  about  0.01  to  5.0  parts 
per  100  parts  of  nylon  of  a  hydrocarbon  diisocyanate  having 
about  25  to  50  carbon  atoms  in  the  hydrocarbon  chain. 


3,668,172 
PIGMENTED  POLYESTER  COMPOSITIONS 
George  F.  Joms.  and  John  R.  Mcndd,  both  of  Glens  Falls, 
N.Y.,  MrigMn  <o  H*«^***" ''**"'nwratcd,  Wihntaii^on,  Dd. 

Filed  Nov.  25, 1%9,  Scr.  No.  879,924 
Int  CL  C08g  57/44, 57/50.  57/02 
VS.  CL  260—32.6  R  <►  OalmB 

Uniformly  pigmented  polyester  compositions  which  can  be 
meh  spun  into  fine  denier  muWfilament  fibers  are  described. 
The  preferred  compositions  are  homogeneous  blends  of  un- 
pigmented  polyester  and  a  polyethylene  pigment  concentrate 
composed  of  pigment  highly  dispersed  in  a  mixture  of  low 
molecular  weight  polyethylene,  high  molecular  weight,  medi- 
um density  polyethylene  and  a  surfactant.  The  most 
preferred  blends  also  contain  a  small  amount  of  a  phosphoric 
acid  ester. 


3,668,175 
CRESYUC  ACID  BLENDS  OF  POLYMERIC  AMIDE- 
IMIDE-ESTER  WIRE  ENAMELS 
Frank  A.  Sattler,  MonroevUe,  Pa.,  awignnr  to 
Electrfc  Corporatkw,  PHtsbnrgh,  P«. 
Origtaal  appHcadon  May  21, 1968,  Scr.  No.  730,833, 

Patent  No.  3355.113.  ^"^  J"»-  *^  *^*-  «^**^  •" 
appHcadon  Aug.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,1 15 
Int  CLCOSg  57/34 

U.S.CL  260-33.4  R  ^    .. 

Polymeric  amide-imide-ester  wire  enameling  compoBtiooa 
are  prepared  from  (1)  a  monoanhydride  of  an  aromatic 
tricarboxylic  acid.  e.g.  trimeUitic  anhydride,  (2)  an  aromatic 
primary  diamine  compound  and  (3)  either  polyfunctoooj 
acids  and  polyhydroxy  compounds  or  the  polyesters  thereof. 
AT  least  a  portion  of  the  polyol  or  polyhydroxy  compound  b 
a  tris  (hydroxyalkyl)  isocyanurate,  e.g.  tris  (hydroxyethyl) 
isocyanurate.  The  polyfimctional  acids  (3)  comprise  an  acid 
compcm^nt  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  trimeUitic 
anhydride,  isophthalic  add  and  esters  of  isophthalic  and 
terephthalic  add.  The  polymeric  amide4mide-e»ter  may  be 
blended    with    terephthalate    or    isophthalate    polyesters, 
polyisocyanates  and  other  materials.  One  particulariy  suita- 
ble pdyisocyanate  is  prepared  from  dimethyiterei^tiialate, 
tris  (2-hydroxyethyl)  isocyanurate  and  ttJj^ene  diisocyanate. 
Small   amounts  of  aliphatic   amino  compounds,   aliphatic 
polyols  and  other  flexibilizing  materials  may  be  incorporated 
into  either  the  polymeric  amide-imide-ester  or  the  polyester 
blended  therewith.  A  variety  of  block  and  modified  bkx* 
polymers  may  be   made.   Imidization  occurs  during  the 
preparation  of  the  polymeric  amide-imide-ester  so  that  the 
condensed  water  is  removed  before  the  fluid  compositions 
are  applied  and  cured. 


3,668,173 
NOVEL  POLYURETHANE-UREA  COMPOSITION 
George  Sidney  Woostcr,  Hamburg,  and  Vokkmar  KIras,  Buf- 
falo, both  of  N.Y.,  asdgnors  to  Allied  Chemical  Corpora- 
tion, New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,003 
Int  CL  C08k  7/44.  C08g  57/44, 57/34 

VS.  CL  260-32.6  N  *^  »_ 

Production  of  a  novel  polyurethane-urea  composiUcm  by 
( 1 )  reaction  of  a  hydroxy-tcrminated  polymer  with  an  excess 
of  saturated  organic  diisocyanate  to  produce  an  isocyanate- 
terminatcd  prepolymer  and  (2)  reaction  of  said  prepolymcr 
and  a  non-aromatic  amine  comprising  a  polyoxyalkylene  pri- 
mary diamine.  This  novel  polymer  when  dissolved  m  a 
volatile  lacquer  solvent  is  characterized  by  a  low,  substan- 
tially constant  viscosity.  The  polymer  solution  provides  on 
evaporation  of  solvent  a  thermoplastic  coating  of  exceUent 
weathering  and  non-blocking  characteristics. 


3,668,176        

METHOD  OF  MOLDING  UTILIZING  THERMOSETTING 

RESINS  AND  MAGNETKED  FILLER  MATERIAL 
Clyde  O.  OdMreas,  3641  South  Court  St,  Palo  ABn,  CaHf. 
FVed  Jan.  15, 1970,  Scr.  Now  3,115 
Int  CLCOBg  57/04 
VS.  CL  260—37  EP  5  dajms 

Liquid  resins  and  plastisols  can  be  made  to  assume  and 
hold  desired  shapes,  or  to  bridge  gaps,  not  attainable  with  the 
present  commercially  available  filled  liquid  resins  or  plastic 
puttys  by  employing  a  "fiUer"  material,  whkA  has  magnetic 
property. 


270 


3,66S,177 

MOLDING  MASSES  FOR  PRODUCING  FDER 

REINFX>RCED  PLASTIC  ARTICLES,  METHODS  OF 

PREPARING  SUCH  MOLDING  MASSES,  AND  ARTICLES 

PRfXHJCED  THEREFROM 

KAMuKBm  Ilff IWII MW»  JQ&tpntm    tHD   ffWrpK^   IIUIIIOIIII9   PmiNr* 

iMMh,  Mrignor  to  N.  V.  KooinklUlw.  Hdmoad,  NcdMrtandi 
Cbminiiadoa  of  imMcaHoii  Ser.  No.  723,225,  Apr.  22,  1968, 

now  abandoned  ,  which  Is  a  conUnnntkNi-tn-part  of 
appHcadon  Scr.  No.  512,141,  Dec.  7, 1965,  now  abandoned , 

which  ■  a  couniiiMnon-iiHpart  of  appHcaPou  Sn*.  No. 

304,462,  Aug.  26, 1963,  now  abandoned.  TUe  appHcadon 

May  18,  1970,  Scr.  No.  37,456 

Chrims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  Sept  7, 1962, 

283020;  Aug.  8, 1963,282776;  Mar.  9, 1965,6502959 

Int.  CL  C08g  51/04 

VS.  a.  260—37  EP  2  ClafaM 

A  molding  mass  is  obtained  by  adding  to  a  thermosetting 
resin,  for  example,  a  polyester  or  epoxy  resin,  in  liquid  sute, 
a  particulate  filler  material,  such  as  an  asbestos  or  quartz 
powder,  and  bundled  together  reinforcing  fibers  of  inorganic 
material,  such  as,  glass  fibers,  which  fibers  have  a  diameter  in 
the  range  from  0.01  to  0.02  mm  and  a  length  to  diameter 
ratio  between  approximately  100  and  SOO,  with  the  particle 
size  of  the  filler  material  varying  between  S  and  SOfi  in  direct 
proportion  to  the  variation  of  the  length  to  diameter  ratio, 
and  subjecting  the  molding  mass  to  a  continuous  mixing  and 
kneading  action  at  a  localized  region  and  removing  one- 
fourth  to  one-seventh  of  the  mass  transported  to  the  outlet  of 
this  region  by  means  of  a  conveying  ribbon  and  recycling  the 
removed  mass  to  the  localized  region,  the  rest  of  the  trans- 
ported mass  being  passed  out  of  the  mixing  zone,  thereby  to 
avoid  a  substantial  temperature  rise  in  the  mass  while  the 
mixing  and  kneading  is  continued  until  the  mass  has  a  density 
of  1 .5  and  at  least  approximately  80  percent  of  the  bundled 
together  fibers  are  pulled  apart  into  individual  fibers 
dispersed  uniformly  throughout  the  mass. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


3,668,178 
UNSATURATED  POLYESTER  RESINS  ADMIXED  WTTH 

CYCUC  ESTER  POLYMERS 

Lowd  R.  Cooutock,  Sooth  Charleston,  and  Percy  L.  Smith, 

Dunbar,  both  of  W.  Va.,  aHtgnors  to  Union  Carbide  Cor- 

poration.  New  Yoric,  N.Y. 

Coalliattadoa.faHMrt  of  appHcadon  Scr.  No.  812,383,  Apr.  1, 

1969.  now  Patent  No.  3,549,586,  dated  Dec.  22, 1970.  Thk 

application  Aug.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,051.  The  portion  of  the 

term  of  the  patent  subsequent  to  Dec.  22,  1987,  has  been 

disclaimed. 
Int.  CL  C08g  51/04 
VS.  CL  260—40  R  25  Clabm 

The  disclosure  of  this  application  is  directed  to  unsaturated 
polyester  compositions,  containing  a  polymer  of  a  cyclic 
ester  having  an  average  of  at  least  one  carboxyl  group  per 
molecule,  which  have  particular  utility  in  sheet  molding  ap- 
plications to  form  thermoset  articles  characterized  by  excel- 
lent impact  strength  and  by  excellent  surface  properties  such 
as  excellent  smoothness,  excellent  receptiveness  to  paints 
and  excellent  reproduction  of  the  surface  contours  of  the 
mold  in  which  they  are  formed  into  shaped,  thermoset  arti- 
cles. 


3,668,179 
COLOR  STABIUZED  POLYOLEFIN  RESINS 
Daniel  J.  Di  Bind,  S.  Phfadield,  and  Aibin  J.  ZiHs,  Jadtaon, 
both  of  N  J.,  asrignon  to  MobI  OH  Corporadon 
Filed  Oct.  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  865,174 
Int.  CL  C08f  45/10, 45/58, 45/60 
VS.  CL  260—41  A  9  Clafam 

The  incorporation  of  certain  surface  active  additives,  as 
exemplified  by  bis(2-ethylhexyl)  sodium  sulfosuccinate,  in- 
hibits undesired  coloration  in  polybutene-1  and  other 
polyolefin  resin  compositions  containing  a  color-forming 
phenolic  stabilizing  agent  (e.g.,  2,6-di-tert-butyl-o-cresol) 
which  inhibits  oxidative  degradation  of  the  resin. 


June  6,  1972 

3,668,180 
PREPARATION  OF  ALKOXYORGANOPOLYSIlioXANE 

RESINS 

James  Leo  Brenaan,  Adrian,  and  Gerald  Paul  Ford,  Tecum- 

seh,  both  of  Mich.,  assignors  to  Stauflcr-Wackcr  SOicone 

Corporation 

ContinuatioB  of  appUcation  Ser.  No.  714,900,  Mar.  21, 1968, 

BOW  abaadoDcd.  This  appHcation  Oct.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

1869,396 
Int.  a.  COST/ 7/04 
U.S.  CL  260—46.5  R  9  CWnw 

A  water  repellent  composition  comprising  alkoxylated  and 
partially  Hydrolyzed  organopolysiloxane  resins  and  a  process 
for  preparing  the  same. 

The  process  for  preparing  the  alkoxyorganopolysiloxane 
resin  comprises  mixing  an  organohalosilane  with  a  hydrocar- 
bon solvent,  water  and  a  lower  aliphatic  alcohol;  introducing 
the  reactants  into  a  packed  side-arm  reactor;  maintaining  the 
solution  in  said  reactor  at  a  temperature  of  from  about  —10° 
to  10*  C.  to  alkoxylate  and  partially  hydrolyze  said  or- 
ganohalosilane, continuously  transferring  the  alkoxylated  and 
partially  hydrolyzed  solution  from  said  side-arm  reactor  into 
a  second  reactor  containing  additional  solvent  maintained  at 
reflux  temperature  until  said  organohalosilane  is  hydrolyzed 
to  a  level  of  from  40  to  80  percent;  neutralizing  the  solution 
and  recovering  the  alkoxyorganopolysiloxane  resin  solution. 


3,668,181 
PURIFICATION  OF  POLYCARBONATE  RESINS 

Bryce  C  Oxcnridcr,  Warliani  PMrIt,  N  J.,  aarignor  to 

Cheniicai  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
CowdmiaHon-to^iMt  of  mpMcnHon  Scr.  No.  719,760,  Apr.  S, 

1968,  now  abandoned.  Tlds  appHcadon  Mar.  6, 1970,  Scr. 
1  No.  17348 

1  ~^       Int.CLC08g/7//i 

U.S.  CL  260-47  XA 

Crude  precipitated  polycarbonate  resin  obtained  by  the 
reaction  of  bisphenol  A  and  phosgene,  preferably  in  an  aque- 
ous alkaline  emulsion  containing  a  water-insoluble  partial 
solvent  for  the  resin,  is  purified  by  extraction  vrith  aqueous 
methanol  or  dimethoxy  ethane  or  a  mixture  thereof., 


9CWnM 


I 

>PYLIDi 


I  3,668,182 

'  BETA  HYDROXYETHOXY  PHENYL  ISCM^OPYLIDENE 
BENZOIC  ACID  AND  ESTER  DERIVATIVES  METHOD 

OF  PREPARATION  AND  POLYMERS  OF  SAID 
^        j  COMPOUNDS 

RoiMtt  Fulwniann,  Morris  Flafais;  Jolin  Flsancbyn,  Mor- 
ristown,  and  lYed  >Viniani  Kofi,  CHfton,  aU  of  NJ.,  as- 
signors  to  AUed  Chcmicia  Corporation,  New  Yorli^  N.Y. 
1         Filed  Jan.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,401      | 
I  Int.  a.  G08c  77/02 

U.S.  CL  260— 47  C  Uchdim 

Polycondensation  of  monomer  of  the  structure: 


Xn 


HO— CHt-CHi— O 


CHi 


CHi 


V-C 


;ooR 


wherein  R  is  H  or  a  C|-Ct  sUtyl  g<roup,  wherein  X  is  an  alkyl 
radical  of  up  to  four  carbons,  chlorine  or  bromine,  and  n  is 
O — 4,  affords  polymers  having  recutting  units  of  ^he  struc- 
ture: 


X. 


CHi 


LUcH^CH^O-^^-i— ^^  -A 
L  CHi 


These  polymers  have  good  thermal  stability  and  transparency 
and  a  high,  but  not  unduly  high,  glass  transition  temperature. 


4 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


271 


3,668,183 
PRODUCTION  OF  POLYENAMINES 
Kenneth  Look  Hoy,  St.  Albans,  W.  Va.,  and  Charles  Leonard 
MUUgan,  CentervUle,  Oido,  assignors  to  Unkm  Carbide 
Corporadon,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Nov.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  86,611 
Int.  CL  C08g  15/00 
VS.  Cl.  260—65  6  daiflw 

Polyenamine  resins  useful  as  adhesives  and  in  coating  ap- 
plications are  produced  from  the  reaction  of 
polyacetoacetates  or  polyacetoacetamides  with  blocked 
polyamines.  The  blocked  polyamines  are  ketimines  or 
enamines  obtained  by  the  reaction  of  an  amine  or  amide  with 
either  a  ketone  or  an  aldimine  obtained  by  the  reaction  of  an 
amine  or  amide  with  an  aldehyde. 


3,668,184 

CHLORAL  COPOLYMERS 

Otto  F.  Vogl,  WUndngton,  DeL,  assignor  to  E.  I.  du  Pont  de 

Nemours  and  Company,  WBmington,  DeL 
Continuation-in-part  of  appHcation  Scr.  No.  731,622,  May  23, 

1968,  now  abwidoncd  ,  wtaidi  Is  a  condnuadon-in-part  of 
appHcadon  Ser.  No.  580,217,  Sept.  19, 1966,  now  abandoned 
,  and  558,631,  June  29, 1966,  now  abuidoncd.  This 
appHcadon  Dec.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,739 
Int.  a.  C08c  7/72.  9/18 
VS.  CL  260—67  TN  25  Claims 

Chloral  is  copolymerized  with  one  or  more  isocyanate, 
isothiocyanate,  diisocyanate,  diisothiocyanate  or  ketene  com- 
pounds to  produce  copolymers  which  are  nonflammable  and 
which  can  be  made  into  a  variety  of  useful,  shaped  objects. 
The  process  of  making  the  copolymers  involves  preparing  a 
homogeneous  mixture  of  monomers  and  polymerization  in- 
itiator at  a  temperature  above  the  threshold  polymerization 
temperature  of  the  mixture,  cooling  the  homogeneous  mix- 
ture below  the  threshold  polymerization  temperature  and 
maintaining  the  homogeneous  mixture  quiescent  during  the 
polymerization. 


3,668,185 

PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  THERMOPLASTIC 

POLYURETHANE  ELASTOMERS 

Stephen    P.    Boutsicaris,    Akron,    Ohio,    assignor    to    The 

Firestone  Tire  &  Rui>ber  Company,  Alcron,  Oiiio 

Continuation  of  appHcation  Scr.  No.  823,178,  May  8, 1969, 

now  abandoned  ,  which  Is  a  continuation-in-part  of 
appUcatioB  Ser.  No.  683^03,  Nov.  17,  1967,  now  abandoned. 
This  appHcation  Jan.  8,  1971,  Ser.  No.  105,084 
Int.  CLCOOg  22/76 
U.S.  CL  260-75  NH  8  Oainis 

This  disclosure  relates  to  a  process  for  the  preparation  of 
thermoplastic  urethane  polymers  or  elastomers  also  having 
urethane  and  urea  linkages  derived  by  the  reaction  of  the  ad- 
duct  of  6-caprolactam  and  an  alkylene  diamine,  this  adduct 
having  the  formula  NH,(CH,),CONH(CH,)^H,  in  which  x 
has  a  value  of  2-8,  with  a  urethane  prepolymer.  The  resulting 
urethane-urea  elastomer  has  improved  properties  in  com- 
parison with  such  elastomers  prepared  fi-om  urethane 
prepolymers  and  4,4'-methylene-bis-2-chloroaniline, 
generally  referred  to  as  "MOCA",  or  lauroguanamine  which 
are  the  commonly  used  diamines  for  such  purpose.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  improved  properties  compared  to  the  elastomers 
prepared  from  MOCA  and  aliphatic  diamines,  the  product  of 
this  process  has  a  considerably  longer  pot  life  and  the  reac- 
tion can  be  carried  out  at  relatively  elevated  temperatures 
without  gel  formation.  These  elastomers  are  suitable  for 
preparing  melt-spun  spandex  fibers  of  high  tenacity  and  melt- 
ing temperature. 


3,668,186 
COMPOSITION  FOR  LOWERING  THE  RELEASE 
TEMPERATURE  OF  PHENOL-  AND  LOWER  ALKYL 
SUBSTITUTED  PHENOL-BLOCKED  ISOCYANATES 
Joe  S.  Duncan,  Mogadorc,  and  Otto  C.  Elmer,  Akron,  both  of 
Ohio,  assignors  to  The  General  Tire  A  RublMr  Conpany 
Hied  Apr.  17,  1970,  Ser.  No.  29,648 
Int.  CL  C08g  22/34;  C09k  3/00 
VS.  CL  260—75  NC  16  OaimB 

In  the  preparation  of  urethane  polymers  from  phenol-  and 
lower  alkyl  substituted  phenol-blocked  isocyanates,  it  is 
known  to  use  a  variety  of  reagents  such  as  organotin  com- 
pounds or  amine  compounds  to  lower  the  temperature  at 
which  the  isocyanate  becomes  unblocked  or  reactive.  These 
compounds,  however,  cause  various  side  effects  such  as  a 
decrease  in  the  heat  stability  of  the  resultant  poiyurethane. 
This  invention  concerns  a  novel  combination  of  certain 
tetravalent  organotin  compounds  and  certain  quaternary  am- 
monium compounds  for  addition  to  a  phenol-  or  lower-alkyi 
substituted  phenol-blocked  isocyanate  system  to  produce  a 
synergistic  lowering  of  the  unblocking  temperature  in  addi- 
tion to,  in  the  case  of  a  coating  compound,  providing  an 
unexpected  increase  in  the  heat  stability  o(  the  resultant 
poiyurethane  coating. 


3,668,187 

THERMALLY  STABLE  POLYESTER  FIBERS  HAVING 

IMPROVED  DYEABILITY 

Henry  L.  Kii«;  Eugene  L.  Ringwald,  both  of  Cary,  N.C,  and 

James  C.  Randan,  BartlesviHe,  Olda.,  assiginn  to  Mooaan- 

to  Company,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Continuadoi>4n-part  of  appHcation  Scr.  Na  789338,  Jan.  7, 

1969,  now  abandoned.  TMs  appHcadon  May  13, 1969,  Scr. 

No.  824,092 

biLCLCOSg  7  7/0« 

VS.  CL  260—77  8  Clafans 

Thermally  stable  fiber-forming  polyester  having  improved 
dyeability  with  disperse  dyes  are  produced  from  dicarboxylic 
acids,  or  reactive  derivatives  tiiereof,  glycols  and  small 
amounts  of  mixtures  of  compounds  having  a  typical  general 
formula:  R— 0[G— O],— H  where  R  is  an  alkyl  group  con- 
taining an  average  of  fit>m  about  eight  to  20  carbon  atoms;  G 
is  a  hydrocarbon  radical  selected  fixnn  the  group  consisting 
of  ethylene,  propylene  and  isomers  theretrf,  butylene  and 
isomers  thereof,  and  mixtures  of  the  above;  and  x  has  an 
average  value  of  from  8-20,  and  is  about  equal  to  or  greater 
than  R.  Polyfunctional  chain-branching  agents  in  amounts  up 
to  about  0.73  mole  percent,  based  on  the  weight  of  the  dicar- 
boxylic acid  or  ester-forming  derivative  therecrf',  may  be 
added,  whereby  the  polymer,  with  the  chain  terminators 
described  above,  can  be  polymerized  to  higher  molecular 
weights  by  ordinary  polymerization  techniques. 


3,668,188 
THERMALLY  STABLE  POLYESTER  FIBERS  HAVING 
IMPROVED  DYEABILITY  AND  DYE  UGHTFASTNESS 
Henry  L.  Kfa«;  Eugene  L.  Rfa^wald,  bodi  of  Cary,  N.C,  and 
James  C.  Rand^  Bartlcsvliie,  Olda.,  anipiors  to  Monsan- 
to Company,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Condnuadon-ln-pMl  of  appHcadon  Scr.  No.  824,092,  May  13, 
1969,  and  a  condnuadon-in-part  of  789,528,  Jan.  7, 1969, 
now  abandoned.  This  appHcation  Nov.  3, 1969,  Ser.  No. 

873,333 
InLCLC08g77/(M 
U.S.  CL  260—77  3  Clahns 

Modified  polyester  filaments  having  over  conventional  fila- 
ments, improved  inherent  thermal  stability  in  the  presence  of 
oxygen  and  inherent  disperse  dye  uptake,  without  the  signifi- 
cant loss  in  dye  lightfastness  typical  of  such  modified  fila- 
ments, are  produced  from  terephthalic  acid;  glycols;  small 
amounts  of  mixtures  of  compounds  having  a  typical  general 
formula:  R — 0[G — OJ,- H,  where  R  is  an  alkyl  group  con- 
taining an  average  of  from  about  eight  to  20  carbon  atoms;  G 


272 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6|,  1972 


is  a  hydrocarbon  radical  selected  fit>m  the  group  consisting 
of  ethylene,  propylene,  and  isomers  thereof,  butylene  and 
ttomers  thereof,  and  mixtures  of  the  above;  and  x  has  an 
average  vahie  of  from  8—20.  and  is  about  equal  to  8-greater 
than  R;  and  small  amounts  of  manganous  ion.  Polyftmctional 
chain-branching  agents  in  amounts  up  to  about  0.7  mole  per- 
cent, based  on  the  weight  of  the  dicarboxylic  acid  or  ester- 
forming  derivative  thereof,  may  be  added,  whereby  the 
polymer,  with  the  chain  terminators  described  above,  can  be 
polymerized  to  hitter  molecular  weights  by  ordinary 
polymerization  techniques. 


3,668,189 

FLUORESCENT  POLYCARBONAMIDES 

Fndetkk  J.  Goets.  C«iar  KhoIb,  N  J^  aarignor  to  AUsd 

Cbcnical  Cogporsrt<iii|  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Ai«.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,603 

lot  CLCOSg  20/20 

U.S.  a.  260—78  R  4  Oalim 

Nylons  are  conventionally  prepared  by  the  condensation 
polymerization  of  diamines  with  dibasic  adds.  If  there  is  in- 
coqxacated  into  the  polymerization  charge  from  about  0. 1  to 
100  nnoles  per  10,000  moles  c^  conventional  dibasic  add;  a 
diacid,  diester,  diamide  diacid  chloride  or  diamidediamine  of 
a  fusedrring,  polynudear  aromatic  hydrocarbon  having  at 
least  three  ftiaed  rings,  the  thereby  resulting  nylon  is 
fluorescent 


3,668,190 
POLYAMIDES  CONTAINING  THE  O- 
PHENYLENEDIACEnC  ACID  MOICTY 
&  Ridgway,  r»iisacola,  Fla.,  sarignnr  to 
CompaBy,  St  Loois,  Mo. 

C«irtimMthMHto-p«t  of  appMcatioa  Scr.  No.  751,729,  Aug. 

12, 1968,  MOW  abondonwi.  This  appHcarton  Dec  23. 1970, 

Scr.  No.  101,133 

LM.  CL  C08g  20/20 

VS.  CL  260—78  R  4  CWm 

Polyamides  modified  to  contain  as  an  integral  part  of  their 

polymer  chain  units  represented  by  the  structure 


i 


CHi 


CHtC— 


3,668,192 
CROSS-LINKED  ISOTACTIC  POLYBUTENE-l 
Sdfcft,   Maris  JomI 
PkirikowsU,  Marl,  «i  of 
ChcmlKkc  Wcrkc  Hnb  A.G.,  Marl,  Gcraany 
OrlgiMi  appMntfhw  May  26, 1966,  Scr.  No.  553,014.  now 
Pateat  No.  3,546,326,  dated  Dec.  8, 1970.  Divided  ami  tl^ 
lappMcatloa  Mar.  12, 1970,  £^.  No.  26^464 
'  Iirt.a.C08f  27/00 

U.S.  CL  260— 79.5  P  9ClaliiM 

Isotactic  polybutene-1  is  cross-linked  with  sulftir  and  an  or- 
ganic peroxide  Which  decomposes  at  I40-220*C.  e.g.,  dicu- 
myl-peroxide. 


3,668,191 

ADDUCTS  OF  N-SUBSTITUTED  AZOUDINES  AND 

ORGANIC  ACID  ANHYDRIDES 

Harry  A.  Smith,  MkOand.  and  Bobbie  E.  Roolcer,  Hope,  both 

of    Mich.,    ssiignors   to    The    Dow    Clwniicai    Company. 

Midland.  Miclk 

Filed  Dec.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,604 
lot  CL  C08f  25/00;  C08g  33/08 
VS.  CL  260—78.4  R  10  Claimi 

Novel  resins  are  prepared  by  reacting  (a)  maleic  or  suc- 
cinic anhydride  with  (b)  an  aziridine  of  the  formula 


l^N-CHi-CH-X  , 

I 

Ri 

wherein  R  and  R|  are  hydrogen  or  lower  alkyl;  and  X  is 
hydroxy,  amino  or  cyano.  The  resins  are  useful  ctHitact  adhe- 
sives. 


-.        3,668,193 
VINYUDENE  FLUORIDE  COATING  COMPOSTllONS 
CONTAINING  POLYIMIDES 
Jmms  Puig  King,  LaBMWc,  Plu,  MrigBor  to  Fcnnw^  Omv 
poratloB,  Fkladdpldn,  Pa. 

1     Filed  Jan.  27, 1971,  Scr.  No.  110,258 
I  Iot.CLC08g4i/0<« 

U.S.  CL  260-857  PA 

This  disclosure  concerns  vinylidene  fluoride  polymer  com- 
positions containing  a  minor  proportion  of  polyamide-acid 
resin  which,  after  heat-curing  of  the  composition,  is  con- 
verted to  a  polyimide  resin.  The  coatingii  and  films  made 
from  the  cured  composition  have  setf-lubricating  charac- 
teristics, improved  wear  resistance  and  impact  resistance  and 
better  adhesion  to  substrates.  ^ 


J 


I  3,668,194 

SUSPE^ON  POLYMERIZATION  OF  PVC  POLYKiERS 
AND  COPOLYMERS  AT  REDUCED  TEMPERATURES 
Plaii  Kaag  Slwn,  I  *<iininBt>r,  Mass.,  assifnar  to  Borden,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  Dec  14, 1966,  Scr.  No.  601,557 
I  int.  CL  C08r  3/30, 15/24, 15/06 

U.S.  CL  260— 86J 

This  invention  relates  to  vinyl  chloride  polymerization 
products  and  to  the  process  of  making  such  products  com- 
prising the  steps  of  polymerizing  in  suspension  and  at  tem- 
peratures below  about  100°  F.  monomers  consisting  of  at 
least  60  percent  by  wdght  of  vinyl  chloride  in  the  presence 
of  an  organic  peroxy  compound,  a  reducing  agent,  and  a 
metallic  accelerator. 


possess  a  red  color  and  can  be  fabricated  into  shaped  arti- 
cles, such  as  fibers,  to  provide  red  articles  without  the  aid  ci 
pigments  or  dyes. 


:accelc 


•J 

J, 


3,668,195 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  FIBRIDS  FROM  LATEX 

FOAM 

Willem  Jan  Van  Der  Gcer,  Oosterbcck,  Netherlands,  assignor 
to  Hm  B.  F.  Goodrich  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

I      filed  Oct  16, 1968,  Scr.  No.  768,168 
ClaiM  priority,  applkadon  Ncthcrlan^  Oct.  20. 1967. 

6714246 
Int  a.  coed  5/00;  COec  1/14 
VS.  CL  260—94.7  R  4  ClaiiM 

Paper*like  and  non-woven  sheet-form  articles  of  tuperior 
properties  are  produced  by  a  process  in  which  an  aqueous 
latex  of  a  pt^ymeric  binder  material  of  natural  or  synthetic 
origin  is  first  foamed,  as  by  beating  with  air,  the  resulting 
foamed  latex  mixed  with  a  coagulant  under  vigorous  agita- 
tion to  form  directly  an  aqueous  suspension  of  mainly  floccu- 
lent  fMutides  of  uniform  particle  size  distribution,  the  result- 
ing suspension  of  binder  particles  admixed  with  an  |u)ueous 
suspension  of  fibers  and  the  resulting  mixed  suspension  de- 
watered  to  form  a  sheet  which  is  then  dried.  The  binder  par- 
ticles obtained  by  coagulation  of  a  foamed  latex  produce 
products  of  higher  wet  and  dry  strengths  and  are  more  effi- 
cient in  that  more  of  the  binder  is  retained  by  the  filers  and 
less  is  lost  in  the  dewatering  operation. 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


278 


3,668,196 
3-AZETIDINOLS 
WiiHMn  W.  Hargrove,  IwHm^mHb,  Ind.,  airignor  to  EU  LlUy 
and  Company,  ImHanapoHs,  Ind. 
Original  appHcatton  Oct  22, 1965,  Scr.  Na  502,331,  now 
Patent  No.  3,481.920.  dated  Dec  2.  1969.  Divided  and  thb 
application  Jan.  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  790^56 
Int  a.  C07d  25/00 
VS.  CL  260—239  A  3  Cbfam 

2.2-Disub8tituted-azetidines,  optionally  substituted  in  addi- 
tion at  the  1 ,3,  and  4  positi<nis,  usefiil  as  CNS  stimulants  and 
as  blood  pressure-lowering  agents. 


~-^  3,668,197 

ESTERS  AND  AMIDES  OF  (DLAZOMETHYL) 
PHOSPHONIC  ACID 
Raymond  A.  Ffarcstooe,  Fanwood,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Merck  & 
Co.,  Inc.,  Rahw«y,  N  J. 

FOcd  July  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  843,763 
Int  CL  C07c  113/02;  C07f  9/32;  C07d  1/12 
VS.  CL  260239  AA  3  Claims 

A  method  for  the  preparation  of  (cis-l,2-epoxypropyl)- 
phosphoric  acid  diesters  and  diamides  which  comprises  treat- 
ing the  corresponding  diester  or  diamide  of  (diazomethyl)- 
phosphonic  acid  with  acetaldehyde  or,  alternatively,  treating 
a  mixture  of  an  appropriate  diester  or  diamide  of  for- 
mylphosphonic  add  with  diazoethane.  The  (cis-l,2-epox- 
ypropyl)  acid  diesters  and  diamides  thus  obtained  have  utility 
as  intermediates  inasmuch  as  they  may  be  converted  to  the 
pharmacologically  active  (cis-l,2-epoxypropyl)phosphonic 
acid  and  to  the  salts  thereof  which  inhibit  the  growth  of 
gram-positive  and  gram-negative  pathogenic  bacteria. 


3,668,198 
a-UREIDO-2.4.6- 
CYCLOHEPTATRIENYLMETHYLPENICILLINS 
Jack   Bernstein,   New    Brunswick;   Patrick   Andrew   Diassl, 
WcstfMd,  and  FVank  Lee  Wdscnbom,  Somerset,  aO  of  N  J., 
assignors  to  E.  R.  Squibb  &  Sons,  Inc,  New  York,  N.Y. 
FOed  Jane  1, 1970.  Ser.  No.  42.600 
Int  CL  C07d  99/76,  99/24 
VS.  CL  260—239.1  12  CWnv 

This  invention  relates  to  a-ureido-2,4,6-cycloheptatrienyl- 
methylpenicillins  as  well  as  their  salts,  which  are  useful  as  an- 
tibacterial agents. 


3,668.199 
1  >  AMINOALCOHOLS 
Jacob  Simnsikovicz,  Kalamazoo,  Mich.,  assignor  to  The  Up* 
John  Company.  Kalamazoo.  Mich. 

Original  applcation  June  13, 1966,  Scr.  No.  556,892,  now 
Patent  No.  3,558,599.  which  is  a  division  of  application  Scr. 

No.  786,385,  Dec  23,  1968,  now  Patent  No.  3,595,867. 

Divfcicd  and  this  appttcation  Oct  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,718 

Int  CL  C07d  41/04 

VS.  CL  260—239  B  ^10  OalnH 

Novel  1,3-aminoalcohol  of  the  formula 


as  well  as  in  the  form  of  acid  addition  salts  have  diuretic  ac- 
tivity and  some  of  them  have  antihyperglycemic  activity. 
Compounds  of  formula  IV  are  thus  useful  to  provide  diu- 
retics in  mammals  and  are  also  useful  as  oral  antidiabetic 
agents. 


(IV) 


wherein  n  has  the  value  of  1  to  4,  inclusive,  wherein  R',  R", 
and  R'"  are  hydrogen,  halogen,  alkyl  of  1  to  6  carbon  atoms, 
inclusive,  and  alkoxy  of  1  to  6  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  or 


3,668,200 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  ISOXAZOLYL 
PENICILLINS 
Jlnnosukc  Abe,  Yoshida;  Tetsuo  Watanabc, 
Tcnio  Take.  Tagata-gun;  Kcntaro  FiUtmoto. 
TadMhiro  Vv^  T^pla  gun,  KnuMri  Takcmun,  Ta 
gun;  KnzuyosM  NhUie,  Numani-drf;  Sdne  Sntoh,  Sriul- 
shl;  TadMM  Koidc,  and  Yhoc  Hotta,  both  of 
ai  of  Japan,  aasjgnnrs  to  Toyo  Jon>  KaboaMki 
Tagata-giHi,  Japan 

FBed  Sept  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  860312  . 
Int  CL  C07d  99/76 
U.S.  CL  260— 239.1  6< 

A  chemical  process  for  the  production  of  isoxazolyl 
penidllins  aiKi  nontoxic  salts  and  lower  alkyl  esters  thereof 
having  the  formula 

Ri    S  CHi 

■C-CO-NH-CH-CH       C 


Ri 


> 


A     h 


O  CHj      0=C 


\. 


CHi 

-N CH-COOR 

(I) 
requires  no  microbicrfogical  deacylation  or  fermentation  to 
produce  6-aminopenicillanic  acid,  but  instead  comprises 
reacting  a  penicillin  G  ester  having  the  formula 


^  \-CHr-CO— NH— CH— CH 

I     I 

0=C N— 


CHi 


CHi 
CH-COOR'    ai) 


wherein  R'  is  a  protective  group  for  carboxyl  group  and  is 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  lower  alkyl  and  a  group 
which,  when  subjected  to  an  elimination  reaction,  can  be 
easily  eliminated  without  having  any  detrimental  eCFect  on 
the  structure  of  penicillin,  which  a  chlorinating  agent  in  the 
presence  of  a  tertiary  organic  base  to  obtain  an  imide 
chloride  group-incorporated  compound  having  the  formula 

CHi 


</         \-CH,-C=N-CH-CH       C 


k 


0=C N 


CHi 
CH-COOR'      (in) 


wherein  R'  is  as  defined  above;  reacting  the  compound  of 
Formula  III  with  an  isoxazol  carboxylate  having  the  formula 


Ri 


Ri 


\— C C-COOM 


O  CHi 


av) 


wherein  M  is  a  metal  atom,  and  R,  and  R,  are  as  defined 
above,  to  obtain  a  diacyl  penicillin  ester  having  the  formula 


Vo- 


S  CHi 

CH-CH       C 
\ 


N- 


CHi 
CH-COOR' 
<V) 


wherein  Ri,  R|  and  R'  are  as  defined  above;  then  subjecting 
the  compound  of  Formula  V  to  dephenylacetylation;  and 


CFs,  are  prepared.  The  new  compounds  of  formula  IV  per  se    eliminating  R'  when  R'  is  a  said  easily  eliminated  group. 


274 


OFFICIAL  GAZE 


'     3,668,201 
CEPHAM  COMPOUNDS 
GcnM  E.  Giitowiki,  ImMimwIh.  ImL.  Mrignor  to  EU  LU|y 
•lid  Ompamj,  IndkuMpolii,  Ind.  ^ 

FIM  Feb.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13^14 
Int.  CL  C07d  99/24,  99/16 
VS,  CL  260—243  C  6  Claims 

3-Hydroxy-3-inethyl-7-(protectedamino)cephain-4-carbox- 
ylic  acids  and  salts,  and  esters  which  are  useftil  as  inter- 
mediates in  the  production  of  desacetoxycephalosporin  an- 
tibiotic compounds. 


June  6,  1972 


Y 

Z         N=CHN(CHi)j 


(I) 


3,668,202 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  CEPHAM  COMPOUNDS 
Bcnnk  J.   Foatcr,  Greenwood;  Gerald   E.   Gutowsid,  and 
LowcU  D.  Hatfldd,  both  of  Indiamipoiia.  aU  of  Ind.,  as- 
signors to  EU  LiHy  and  Company,  IndtanapoHs,  Ind. 
Filed  Feb.  24,  1970,  Ser.  No.  13^15 
Int.  CL  C07d  99/24,  99/14 
US,  CL  260—243  C  10  Clafans 

Preparing  a  3-hydroxy-3-methyI-cepham-4-carboxylic  acid, 
salt  or  ester  in  improved  yields  by  heating  a  penicillin  sulfox- 
ide acid,  salt,  or  ester  in  the  presence  of  sulfuric  or  sulfamic 
acid,  or  a  salt  or  ester  thereof  in  a  solvent  system  containing 
a  tertiary  carboxamide. 


are  provided  by  amidination  of  the  corresponding  2,4- 
diamino  or  2-amino-4-dimethylamidino  compounds  where  Ri 
is  hydrogen  or  methyl;  R«  is  hydrogen,  nitroao.  formyl,  acetyl, 
propionyl  or  lower  alkyl;  R«  represents  amino  or  dinsethylfor- 
mamidino;  and  X,  Y  and  Z  are  hydrogen,  chloro  or  methyl. 
The  compounds  are  pharmacological  agents  having  useful 
antiparasitic  properties,  especially  antimalarial  properties. 

I        


i 


3,668403 
CEPHALOSPORIUS  HAVING  A  THIOLTHERIFIED 
METHYL  GROUP  IN  THE  3-POSrnON 
John  Colin  Clark,  Gcrrards  Croos,  England;  James  Kennedy, 
Montroac,  Angus,  Scotland,  and  Alan  Gibaon  Long,  Green- 
ford,  England,  amignors  to  Glaxo  Laboratories  Limited, 
Grccniord,  Middkaex,  England 

Conttaiaation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  752,190,  Aug. 
13,  1968,  now  abandoned.  This  application  June  13,  1969, 
Ser.  No.  833,150 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  June  14, 1968, 
28,527/68 
Int.  a.  C07d  99/24 
VS.  CL  260—243  C  11  Claims 

7/3-acylamidoceph-3-cm-4-carboxylic  acids  having  a 
thioetherified  methyl  group  at  the  3-position  and  physiologi- 
cally acceptable  derivatives  thereof.  The  compounds  have 
utility  as  antibiotics  and  show  significant  absorption  after  oral 
administration. 


3,668,206 
HETEROCYCUC  AMINE  M3UVATIVES  OF  5, 
DIHYDRONAPHTHYLOXY  PROPANOLS 
VenkatadMda  Lakshnd  Narayanan,  703a  North  Village,  North 
Brunswick;  Linda  Louise  SctcwMk,  ILD.  No.  1,  Box  121, 
Cranbia7,  and  Frank  Lee  Wciwnbora,  21  Denhcrder  Dr., 
Somcratt,aUofNJ.  I 

Origind  appMcnHon  Oct.  16, 1968,  Scr.  No.  768,176,^now 
Patent  No.  3,354,065,  dated  Ckt.  13, 1970.  DMded  and  this 
appllcatkm  Jan.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  5,993       I 
Int.CLC07dJy/70,29//0  ! 

VS.  CL  260—268  BC  9  Claims 

This  invention  relates  to  new  5,8-dihydronaphthyloxy- 
aminopropanols  and  related  compounds  of  the  formula 


/V^  R»  R»         ^R' 

_  _0-C-CH-CH-N 
R«  OR* 


wherein 


\/V^ 


R« 


RI 


N 


\ 


B* 


are  pipeiidino  and  other  heterocyclic  derivatives  and  w  salts 
of  such  compounds,  products  which  are  useful  in  coronary 
diseases,  water  softening  and  corosion  inhibition. 


3,668,204 
CHLORINATION  OF  CYANURIC  ACID 
Raymond  N.  Mcsiah,  Somerset,  NJ.,  amignor  to  FMC  Cor- 
poration, New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  66,105 
Int.  CL  C07d  55/42 
VS,  CL  260—248  C  7  Claims 

This  invention  provides  a  process  for  producing  chloroiso- 
cyanuric  acids  by  reacting  cyanuric  acid,  sodium 
hypochlorite  and  chlorine  at  a  temperature  above  zero"  C. 
and  preferably  below  25°  C,  until  the  pH  is  between  1.7  and 
3.5. 


3,668,207 
2-AMINO-4-ARYL-QUINOLINES 
Richard  William  James  Carney,  New  Provfclencc  NUI^  as- 
signor to  Clba-Gcigy  Corporation,  Summit,  SJ. 
Continuaikm-ln-part  of  appHcarton  Ser.  No.  638,594,  May  15, 
1967,  now  Patent  No.  3,542,785.  This  appHcatkin  Jan.  22, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  5,146 
Int.  CL  C07d  33/52 
VS.  CL  260—286  R  6  Oaime 

2-Ami|io-4-aryl-quinolines,  e.g.  those  of  the  formult 


3,668,205 
BENZYLAMINO  QUINAZOLINYL  FORMAMIDINE 
COMPOUNDS 
Edward  F.  EUagcr,  and  Donald  F.  Worth,  both  of  Ann  Ar- 
bor, Mich.,  Msignors  to  Parke,  Davis  &  Company,  Detroit, 
Mich. 

Filed  Apr.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  30,242 
Int.  CL  C07d  51/48 
U.S.  CL  260— 256.4 Q  6ClalmB 

Benzylamino  quinazolinyl  formamidine  compounds  (I)  and 
their  acid  salts 


/N^Vr. 


Ri- 


xAn^ 


—Am 


Am  =  an  amino  or  hydrazine  group  , 

Ri  =  H,  aliphatic,  araliphatic  or  aromatic  radical 
Rj  =  aromatic  radical  ' 

R,=  H,  alkyl,  alkoxy,  alkylmercapto,  halogeno,  Cl"i, 
NOj  or  amino 


acyl  derivatives,  quaternaries  and  salts  thereto,  exhibi : 
flammatory  effects. 


antiin^ 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


276 


3,668,208 
HEXAHYDRO IMIDAZOQUINOUNES 
Charles  A.  R.  Baxter,  Sandwich,  Ei^land,  aMignor  to  Pflr«r 
Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1 1308 
Ctaims  priority,  appttcation  Great  Britafai,  Feb.  19,  1969, 

8,882/69 
Int.  CL  C07d  49/36 
VS.  CL  260—283  S  10  Oabm 

A  series  of  novel  substituted  hexahydro  imidazoquinoline 
compounds  have  been  prepared  from  the  corresponding  2- 
aminomethyl-l.2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolines.  These  com- 
pounds are  useful  in  the  field  of  chemotherapy  as  anti- 
schislosomal  agents.  Preferred  members  include  2-( lower  al- 
kyl )-7-methyl-8-nitro-l  ,2,3.3a,4.5-hexahydroimidazo-[  1 .5- 
al-quinolines.  2-(lower  alkyl)-7-hydroxymethyl-8-nitro- 
1.2,3,3a,4.5-hexahydroimidazo-[l,5-a]-quinolines  and  2- 
(lower  alkyl  )-7-methyl-8-chloro-l,2.3.3a,4,5-hex- 

ahydroimidazo-(l,S-a]-quinolines,  as  well  as  various  1-  and 
9-8ubstituted  derivatives  thereof. 


3,668,209 

SEPARATION  OF  CHLORINATED  PYRIDINES  AND 

DERIVATIVES  THEREOF 

Demctrios  Kyriacou,  Oakley,  Cidlf.,  anignar  to  The  Dow 

Chemical  Company,  Midfamd,  Mfch. 
Continuation-in-part  of  appHortioB  Scr.  No.  784^26,  Dec.  16, 
1968,  now  abandoned.  This  appttcatioa  Apr.  8,  1971,  Scr.  No. 

132,550 
Int.CLC07dJ;//6 
U.S.  CL  260—290  A  10  Clainw 

The  present  disclosure  is  directed  to  a  method  for  separat- 
ing halogen  substituted  pyridines  having  an  unhindered 
hydrogen  atom  in  a  position  alpha  or  beta  to  the  ring 
nitrogen  from  closely  related  halogen  substituted  pyridines 
which  lack  such  a  hydrogen  atom.  The  separation  is  carried 
out  by  contacting  a  mixture  of  the  above  pyridines  with  sul- 
furic acid  or  an  alkane  sulfonic  acid  in  the  presence  of  a  sol- 
vent for  those  species  not  possessing  an  unhindered  hydrogen 
atom  followed  by  a  hydrolysis  step.  This  method  can  also  be 
employed  to  separate  isometric  polychloropyridines  from 
each  other. 


3,668,210 
3-CHLORO  DIHYDRODIBENZAZEPINE  DERIVATIVES 
Michk)  NakanWii,  Oita,  and  Chiaki  Tashiro,  Fukuoka,  both  of 
Japaa,  assigaors  to  Yoshitomi  Pharmaceutical  Industries, 
Ltd.,  Osalta,  Japan 

Filed  Feb.  3,  1969,  Ser.  No.  796,163 

Clahns  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  7, 1968, 43/7571 

Int.  CL  C07d  4/)t;  M 

VS.  CL  260—293.59  5  Claims 

New  dibenzazepine  derivatives  of  the  formula 


CH:CHjCHjN 


s^\-y\y  ■ 


X 


N(Ri)(R«) 
CONHj 


wherein  R  is  CI.  OCH3.  CH  3,  or  COCH3,  and  -  N(R')(R*)  is 
dimethylamino  or  piperidino,  as  well  as  pharmaceutically  ac- 
ceptable acid  addition  salts  thereof,  are  useful  as  psychotrop- 
ic agents. 


3,668,211 
CERTAIN  6-HYDROXY  2-<llD  PYRIDONES 
Aflcn  Crabtree,  Manchmlcr,  Eiqland,  Milium  to  In^MrW 
Chcmkad  Induitrici  Llmted,  London,  Enghmd 
Conttouation-to-part  of  appifaation  Ser.  No.  860,030,  Sept. 
22, 1969,  now  abandooed.  This  appUcation  Oct  30, 1969, 
Scr.  Na  872,745 
Claims  priority,  appKcation  Great  Britain,  Dec  9, 1968, 
58,281/68;  Dec.  11. 1968,58,834/68 
Int.  CL  C07d  31/46 
VS.  a.  260—294.9  2 

Compounds  of  the  formula 

T, 

i 

HC  C-Tj 

HO-C  6=0 

V 


wherein  Ti  represents  a  hydrogen  atom  or  a  group  of  the  for- 
mula — COOR>  or  CONR'R*.  or  an  aliphatic,  araliphatic, 
homocydic  or  heterocyclic  radical, 
Ti  represents  a  group  of  the  formula- CN,  -COOR'  or 

CONR'R2, 
R'  and  R'  each  independently  represents  a  hydroeen  atom 
or  an  aliphatic,  araliphatic.  homocydic  or  heterocyclic 
radical  or  -NR'R^'  represents  a  heterocyclic  radical. 
and  Z  represents  an  aliphatic  radical  having  a  primary 
or  secondary  amono  group  substituted  therein,  are 
valuable  dyestuff  intermediates  being  useful  as  coupling 
components  for  the  manufacture  of  a  wide  variety  of 
azo  compounds. 


3,668,212  ^^ 

METHYLSULFTNYLMETHYLTHIAZOLE        ^^ 

Tsung-Yhig  Shen,  Wcstfldd;  Alexander  R.  Matzuk,  Colfada, 

and  Conrad  P.  Dorn,  Jr.,  PlainficM,  aB  of  N J.,  assignors  to 

Merck  &  Co.,  Inc.,  Rahway,  N  J. 

Origtaial  appHcation  Dec  12, 1968,  Scr.  Na  783,430,  now 
Patent  No.  3,551,444,  whfch  is  a  divlskm  of  application  Scr. 

No.  592,977,  Nov.  9, 1966,  now  Patent  No.  3,438,992. 

Divided  and  Uiis  appUcation  June  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,245 

Int.  CL  C07d  91/32 

VS.  a.  260—302  R  3  Clatam 

Anti-inflammatory  thiazole  methylalkyl  sulfoxides. 


3,668,213 
CERTAIN  2-BENZOXAZOLINONE  AND  2- 
BENZOTHIAZOLINONE  DERIVATIVES  OF  0,0-DIALKYL 
S-(2-HALOETHYL)  PHO^HOROTHIOATES  AND 
DITHIOATES 
Jod  D.  Jamison,  New  Castle,  DeL,  aailgnnr  to  Hercules  Incor- 
porated, HUmington,  DeL 
Division  of  Ser.  No.  801,767,  Feb.  24, 1%9,  Pat  No.  3,529,059, 
which  is  a  continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  Na 
601,553,  Dec  14, 1966,  now  abandoned,  which  is  a  contin- 
uation-in-part of  application  Ser.  Na  535,735,  Mar.  21, 1966, 
now  Patent  Na  3,355,353,  which  is  a  continuation in-part  of 
appUcation  Ser.  Na  417,516,  Dec  10, 1964,  now  abandoned. 
This  appUcation  May  20, 1970,  Ser.  Na  51 ,032 
Int  CL  C07d  91/24 
VS.  CL  260—304  23 1 

Disclosed  are  compounds  of  the  formula: 


H    H 


O— R 


276 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  ,1972 


wherein  each  R  is  a  lower  alkyl  radical.  Y  is  selected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  the  oxo  and  thioxo  radicals,  X  is  a 
halo  radical.  A  is  selected  froni  the  group  consisting  of  the 
oxy  and  thio  radicab,  and  each  R'  is  selected  from  the  group 
consisting  of  the  hydrogen  and  halo  radicals.  These  com- 
pounds are  highly  toxic  to  southern  army  worm  larvae. 


3,668^14 
OXAZOLIDINE-3-OXYL  DERIVATIVES 
Hardea  M.  McComwil,  Stanford,  and  Edwin  F.  UHman, 
AthertoB,  CaUf.,  aaBignon  to  Synvar  Awoctotw.  Palo  AMo. 
CaHf. 

Flkd  Apr.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,661 
Iata.C07d«    5126 
VS.  CL  260-307  F  «  Claims 

Novel  oxazolidine-3-oxyl  compounds,  wherein  the  two  car- 
bon of  the  oxazolidine  ring  is  a  carbon  in  the  chain  of  pal- 
mitoleic  acid,  e.g.  cis-2-(  1  l-carboxy-3-undecenyl)-2-piopyl- 
4,4-diethyloxazolidine-3-oxyl.  which  are  useful  as  spin  labels 
for  biological  membranes,  are  prepared  by  reaction  of  a  2- 
amino-2-lower  alkyl-alkanol  with  an  oxopalmitoleic  acid,  the 
resulting  product  oxidized  to  the  corresponding  oxazolidine- 
3-oxyl. 


3,668,215 

ARYL^ULPHONYL-SEMICARBAZIDES  CONTAINING 

HETEROCYCUC  ACYLAMINO  GROUPS 

Haas  Phunpc,  and  Waller  Puh,  both  d  Wuppertal-Elberfcld, 

Germany,    assignors    to    Farvenlnbriken    Bayer    Aktfcn- 

Msellschaft,  Lcvcrkuscn,  Germany 

Filed  Nov.  12, 1968,  Ser.  No.  775,138 
Claims  priority,  appttcatioa  Germany,  Nov.  25,  1969,  P  16  70 

952.7 
Int.Cl.C07dS   5/24 
VS.  CL  260-307  H  .  _,  ^^  Claims 

Oral    antidiabetic    aryl-sulphonyl-semicarbaades    havmg 
heterocyclic  acylamino  groups  and  pharmaceutical  composi- 
tions arc  provided.  Typical  embodiments  are  represented  by 
thecompounds4-{{4-{/3-[3-methyl-isoxazclyl-(5)-car- 
boxamidol-ethyl}-benzene-suiphonyl}}-l.l-hexa-meihy- 
lene-semicarbazide,    4-[4-0-[4,5-tetramethylene-isoxazolyl- 
(3)-carboxamidol-ethyl}-benzene-sulphonyl]-l  .1 -hexa- 
methylene-semicarbazide      and      4-[3-{/3-[5-methyl-isoxaz- 
olyl-(3)-carboxamidol-€thyl}-benzene-sulphonyll-l,l- 
hexamethylene-semicarbazide     which     are     administered 
in  dosages  of  1-10  mg/kg  to  a  diabetic  host  formulated 
with  excipients  and  tableted  or  filled  into  gelatin  capusles. 


3  668,217 
3^3',5'-0IHALOGENOPHENYL)IMIDAZOLIDINE-2,4. 

DiONE  DERIVATIVES  | 

Akira  FiOinanil.  AsUya-dy;  TodiiaU  OaU,  ToyoMkMM; 

Fukasiil     HortacU,     Sdtama-kcn;     SigM     YanMOMto, 

Toyowika.«U;    KcHcMro    AkllM,    Ikcda-«hi;    KatMrtoaM 

Tanaka,  TAanmika  tW:  SMgUilio  Oobn,  Takaranilra-elii; 

TadMhi  Ooishi,  MIikkmM;  KalnUI  Notkra,  NWiinoiniyn- 

riri,  mm!  NobuyuU  Kameda,  TakaranduMM,  al  of  Joimb, 

MUgnnn  lo  Sunritomo  Chnnkal  ComiMuiy,  Ud^  Onka, 

FUed  Nov.  14, 1969,  Ser.  No.  876,987         I 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Nov.  25,  1968,  43/86483; 
I      ^         May  13,  1%9, 44/37160  1 

I  Iiit.a.C07d47/i2  ^    I 

VS.  CL  260—3093  •  Q«f«» 

3-(3',5'-DihalogeiK>pl»enyI)imida2olidine-2.4-dione  deriva- 
tives, which  may  be  substituted  with  alkyl  or  phenyl  in  the  1 
and/or  5  positions,  are  new  compounds,  and  have  high 
microbicidal  activity  on  various  ftmgi  and  bacteria  and  are 
non-toxic  to  plants  and  nwmmals.  Those  compounds  are 
prepared  by  the  intramolecular  cyclization  of  a  correspond- 
ing urea  derivatives. 

I         

I  3,668,218  , 

COPPER  PHTHALOCYANINESULPHONIC  ACIDS 

Hans  Von  Tobel.  Rlehen/Basel-land.  Switzerland,  assignor  to 
Sandoz  Ltd.,  Basle,  Switzerland 

FBcd  Mm.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,297         I 
Claim  priority,  appUcatlon  Switaerland,  Mar.  25,  t969, 

4469/69 
Int.  CL  C07d  27/74  I 

UA  CL  260— 314.5  fiCtolms 

Copper  phthalocyaninesulphonic  acids  which  contain  on 
the  average  2  to  3  sulphonic  acid  groups,  of  which  1  to  1.8 
are  in  4-po8ition8  and  the  remainder  in  S-positions.  are  suita- 
ble for  exhaustion  dyeing,  pad  dyeing  and  printing  of  natural 
and  synthetic  polyamide  fibers,  polyurethane  fibers,  natural 
and  regenerated  ceUulosic  fibers  and  leather. 


3,668,219 

PREPARING  WATER  INSOLUBLE  ANTHRAQUINONE 
DYESTUFFS 
Tokfc)  Otsuka,  Aahlya;  Show  Saaibe,  Iboragi,  and  Hiroyuki 
Nakagnwa,  Nishlnomiya,  al  of  JapMi,  aosignon  to  Su- 
mhoMO  Chcmkal  Company,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan 

Filed  Apr.  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,828 
dafans  priority,  appilcatton  Japvi,  Apr.  9, 1969, 44/27500  ^ 
Int.  CL  C07d  27/50 

VS.  CL  260—325  ^  9''"" 

Improvement  for  preparing  water  insoluUe  anthr»qumone 
dyestuffis  represented  by  the  formula. 


3,668,216 
PRODUCTION  OF  1  A4-OXADIAZOUDINE.3,5-DIONES 
Albreclit  Zscbocke,  Bad  Duerkhefan,  Germany,  aarignor  to 
Badlscfac  AnlMn-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Aktlengcaelbdiaft,  Lud- 
wigshafen/Rhine,  Germany 

Filed  Dec  27, 1968,  Ser.  No.  787,624 
Clainis  priority,  appUcatlon  Germany,  Dec  30,  1967,  P  16  70 

299.1 

Int.  CL  C07d  M  5/34 

VS.  CL  260—307  B  *  Claims 

Production  of  1.2.4-oxadiazolidine-3,5-diones  by  reaction 

of  substituted  hydroxylamines  with  N-chloroformyl-carbamic 

esters.  The  products  are  valuable  starting  materials  for  dyes. 


NHi  NH 


wherein  Ri  is  a  saturated  or  unsaturated  alkyl,  cycloalkyl, 
aryloxyalkyl.  aralkyl.  aralkoxyalkyl  or  hydroxyalkyl  having 
two  to  12  carbon  atoms,  which  comprises  reacting  1-hydrox- 
y-3-imino-4,7-diamino-5.6-phthalylisoindolenine  or  its  tau- 
tomer  with  an  alkylating  agent  in  water  or  in  an  aqueous 
medium  containing  a  small  amount  of  an  organic  solvent 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


277 


3,668,220 
ADAMANTANE  COMPOUNDS 
Stephen  S.  Srind,  Wokh^am,  Mid  WOlam  H.  W.  Lunn,  In- 
dtanapoMi,  both  of  IwL,  OMipion  to  EU  Lilly  and  Com- 
pany, Indlanapoils,  Ind. 

Original  appHcatfcm  Oct  13,  1967,  Scr.  No.  675,037,  now 
Patent  No.  3,591,642.  Divided  and  this  application  Apr.  27, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  32,406 
lot  CL  C07d  27/28 
VS.  a.  260—326. 1 1  2  Ctadms 

The  present  invention  is  directed  to  adamantane  com- 
pounds of  the  formula: 

(I) 


(H) 


(in) 


(IV) 


COi— CHR"-NHR' 

I 


ff- 


(V) 


(HX). 


/ 


COt— CHR"— N 

I  \ 


(HX). 


(VI) 


CQi — CRi 


(VH) 


CO 


CQi — CHR' 
NR" 


(HX). 


(VIU) 


^ 


CQf— CRi'"— OQ' 
-00' 


atoms;  C  represents  hydrogen  or  acetji;  R  represents 
hydrogen  or  alkyl  of  from  one  to  six,  both  inclusive,  carbon 
atoms;  R'  represents  halo,  alkoxy  containing  from  one  to  six 
both  inclusive,  carbon  atoms  in  the  alkyl  group,  hydrogen  or 
alkyl  of  from  one  to  six.  both  inclusive,  carbon  atoms;  each 
R"  independently  represents  hydrogen  or  alkyl  of  fitxn  one 
to  six,  both  inclusive,  carbon  atoms;  each  R'"  independently 
represents  hydrogen  or  alkyl  of  from  one  to  six,  both  inclu- 
sive, carbon  atoms  or  both  R'"  groups  taken  together 
represent  oxo( — 0);  X  represents  halo;  and  each  n  indepen- 
dently represents  an  integer  of  from  zero  to  one,  both  inclu- 
sive. The  terms  "halo"  and  "halide"  are  emptoyed  herein  to 
designate  occurrences  of  bromine,  chlorine  and  iodine. 

The  adamantane  compounds  of  formula  VII  AND  Vm  are 
useful  as  agents  to  achieve  a  depressant  action  on  the  central 
nervous  system  of  warm  blooded  animals.  The  adanumtane 
compounds  oi  formulas  I,  n.  Ill,  IV,  V  and  VI  are  useful  as 
intermediates  in  the  synthesis  of  the  compounds  of  formulas 
VnandVm. 


3,668,221 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  o-AMINO  ACIDS 

Takcsaburo  SMma;  Akh>  Yanii«iihl;  Macao  SMte;  ZodcM 

Yamarooto,  and  Haauni«B  SMoaaU,  ai  of  NHhama-sM, 

Japan,  acsignorB  to  Sumitomo  Chemical  Company,  Ltd., 

Onka,  Japan 

FDcd  July  21, 1967,  Scr.  No.  655,137 
Claima  priority,  appbcatioa  Japan,  July  28, 1966, 41/49736 

Int.  CL  C07d  27/60,  C07c  99/08 
U.S.  CL  260— 326.14T  llOafau 

A  process  for  producing  a-amino  acid  by  hydrolyzing  a  hy- . 
dantoin  compound  in  which  the  hydrolysis  is  effected  while 
withdrawing  out  of  the  system  ammonia  and  carbon  dioxide 
generated  during  the  hydrolysis  and  while  during  the  reaction 
period,  adjusting  the  amount  of  reaction  medium  to  at  least 
1.5  /.  per  mole  of  the  hydantoin  compound  initially  ent- 
pk)yed.  Particulariy,  a  process  in  which  the  hydrolysis  is  ef- 
fected in  such  a  manner  that  an  aqueous  alkaline  solution  of 
hydantoin  compound  is  fed  to  the  upper  part  of  a  plate 
column-type  reactor  or  packed  column-type  reactor  and, 
simultaneously,  steam  is  fed  from  the  lower  part  of  said  reac- 
tor, while  withdrawing  ammonia  and  carbon  dioxide  out  of 
the  system.  By  thus  effecting  the  hydrolysis  without  concen- 
trating the  reaction  liquid,  and  while  withdrawing  the 
generated  gases  out  of  the  system,  a-amino  acid  can  be 
produced  in  high  yields. 


3,668,222 
1 1-DESACETOXY-WORTMANNIN 
Daniel  Hauser,  Reinach,  Switzerbmd;  assignor  to  Sandoz  Ltd., 
Basel,  Switzerland 

FDed  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,300 
Clafans  priority,  appMcathm  Switaeriand,  May  14, 1969, 
7389/69;  Sept  10, 1969, 13485/69 
Int  CL  C07d  7/18 
VS.  CL  260—343.2  R  1  Oafan 

The  invention  concerns  the  novel  antibiotic  1 1-desacetoxy- 
wortmannin  of  the  formula: 


CHiG-CHj 


"^vV^" 


wherein   each   G   independently   represents   hydrogen   or       The    antibiotic    is    a    fungistatic    and    anti-inflammato- 
straight-chain  alkyl  of  from  one  to  six,  both  inclusive,  carbcm    ry/edema-inhibiting  agent 


278 


:e' 


2^XO-3-BENZOXEPINS 
Howvd  Joaci,  Hotandcl,  N  J^  iHigiMr  to  Morck  &  Co^  Inc, 
Rahway,  N  J. 

Fifed  Ant.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  65^54 
Int.  CL  C07d  9/00 
VS.  CL  260—343.2  R  2  Claim 

2-Oxo-3-benzoxepin-6a-carboxylic  acid  derivatives  useful 
as  anti-inflammatory  agents. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


3,668,224 
PROCESS  OF  PRODUCING  6A,  10A-TRANS^A,7A10A- 

TETRAHYDRODIBENZO  (B4»>PYRANS 
Tiwodor  Pctnillu,  6  RigirtnMM,  ErienlMcii  ZH  8703,  Swft. 
teriand 

Origiiial  appHcadon  Sept.  16, 1968,  Ser.  No.  760,055,  now 
alMBdoacd.  Divided  and  tlili  appiicatioa  July  2, 1970,  Ser. 

No.  52,105 
lot  CL  C07d  7/20 
VS.  CL  260— 345J  11  CMnm 

This  invention  is  directed  to  a  process  of  producing  (— )— 1- 
hydroxy-3-n-amyl-6,^,9-trimethyi-6a,  10a-trans-6a,7,8, 1  Oa- 
tetrahydrodibenzo(b,d)-pyran  and  related  pyrans  from  resor- 
cinols,  including  intermediates  therein.  The  pyrans  produced 
by  this  invention  possess  psychotomimetic  and  analgesic  ac- 
tivity. 


3,668,225 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  NJ^'-DM- 

ANTHRAQUINONYLPHTHALAMIDE 

John  F.  Santlmauro,  Wyckoff,  N  J.,  and  Herman  Gcraon,  New 

York,  N.Y.,  aisigiiors  to  Allied  Chemical  Corporatioii,  New 

York,  N.Y. 

FDcd  May  6, 1969,  Ser.  No.  822,227 
Int.  CL  C09b  1/42 
VS.  CL  260—368  9  Clafam 

Reaction  of  a  phthalic  anhydride  with  an  aminoanthraquin- 
one  in  the  presence  of  phosphorus  oxychloride  and/or 
phosphorus  trichloride  with  perchloroethylene  as  solvent  af- 
fords N^'-di-anthraquinonylphthalamide  pigment  in  high 
yield  and  in  easily  isolatabie  form.  In  the  preparation  of 
N,N'-di-l-anthraquinonylphthalamide,  presence  of  an  "ac- 
tive oxygen  "-containing  compound  in  the  reaction  medium 
affords  a  reddish-yellow  alpha  polymorph;  absence  of  an  "ac- 
tive oxygen  "-containing  compound  affords  a  novel  greenish- 
yellow  beta  polymorph. 


June  6,  1972 

3,668,227  J 

MOLYBDENUM  CATALYSTS  FOR  THE  OXIDATION  OF 
UNSATURATED  COMPOUNDS  IN  UQUID  PHASE 
Mattuod,  Torino,  and  Endio 
Donalo  ^fliaac■c,  both  of  Italy,  miipinrs  to 
S.P.A.,  ^fflan,  Italy 

fVed  Sept.  5, 1969,  Ser.  No.  855,739 
CWms  priority,  appMcadon  Itidy,  Sept  5, 1968, 20871  A/68 

Int.  CL  COTf  11/00;  C07d  1/OS 
U.S.CL  260-^29  J  7Cbdna 

A  molybdenum  alkylene-dioxy-derivative,  adapted  to  cata- 
lyze the  oxidation  of  certain  compounds  containing  ethylenic 
unsaturations,  is  prepared  by  reacting  an  organic  molyb- 
denum compound  in  which  oxygen  atoms  are  dirpctiy  at- 
tached to  the  molybdenum  atom  with  an  organic  derivative 
having  vicinal  hydroxyl  groups. 


3,668,228 

rLUTIONS  OF  CURING  CATALYSTS  FOR  ^ 

POLYSILOXANES  | 

HaoB  Rndolf  Zbindcn,  Alhcfawl,  and  Amdn  HIeatand,  Binnin- 
gcn,  both  of  SwitMriand,  airignon  to  Qba  Limited,  BsmI, 
Swhierland 

Filed  June  4,  1969,  Ser.  No.  830,495 
Claims  priority,  appHcarton  Swltaorland,  June  13,  ;1968, 

8828/68 
IntCLB01J///«2       -^ 
VS.  CL  252—431  C 

Solutions  of  curing  catalysts  for  polysiloxanes  containing  a 
zinc,  cadmium,  titanium  or  zirconium  salt,  an  alkyl- 
benzenesulfonic  acid  salt,  a  polyethylene  glycol  compound 
and  an  organic  solvent  are  used  together  with  aqueous  emul- 
sions of  organopolysiloxanes  for  finishing  fiber  materials  such 
as  paper  or  textiles. 


BOafafm 


CVA 


3,668,229 
rANOALKYLESTERALKYLSILANES,  AMlKO- 
ALKYLESTERALKYLSILANES,  POLYSILOXANES,  AND 

POLISHES  FORMED  THEREFROM 
Abe  Bcrgcr,  Schenectady,  and  Jabl  S.  Jaled,  Albany,  both  of 

N.Y.,  nsB%nors  to  General  Electric  Company 
Original  appHcatkm  July  17, 1968,  Ser.  No.  745^377.  Divided 
and  this  application  Apr.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,139 
Int.  a.  C07f  7/18 
VS.  a.  260-448.8  R  ^  ClafaM 

Cyanoalkylesteralkylsilanes  within  the  scope  of  the  formu- 
la: 


(1) 


tR).Xj-.Si 


R'  H 


R'   R'  LR 


■R' 

•i- 


o        rR' 


-cir 


3,668,226 
STRAIGHT  CHAIN  ALIPHATIC  CARBOXYUC  ACID 
MONOESTERS  OF  13-DIHYDROXY-2-PROPANONE 

Ronald  P.  Quintana;  Lorrin  R.  Carson;  Andrew  Lassk>,  all  of 
Memphis,  Tenn.,  assignors  to  The  United  States  of  America 
as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Army 

Filed  Feb.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  14^417 
Int  CL  C07c  69/28;  AOln  9/24 
VS.  CL  260—410.6  1  Claim 

This  invention  relates  to  perdurable  insect  repellent  com- 
positions comprising  a  precursor  molecule  which  includes  a 
moiety  with  dermal  anchoring  properties  linked  to  a  moiety 
with  insect  repellent  properties.  There  are  also  described  six 
new  compounds,  illustrative  of  the  perdurable  insect  repel- 
lent structure.  The  six  compounds  are  monoesters  of  1,3- 
dihydroxy-2-propanone  and  the  straight-chain  aliphatic  car- 
boxylic  acidbi — propanoic  acid,  pentanoic  acid,  hexanoic 
acid,  heptanoic  acid,  octanoic  acid,  and  undecanoic  acid. 


are  made  by  the  following  reactions: 
o  PR'  ~ 

-C      +HO--C CN 

OH  Lb'  - 


I 

R' 


•R' 

1 

-c — 


-R'  J 


R' 


C«=C- 


PR' 

i- 


o        rR' 


_R'  Jb 


(R).X,-.Si- 


-CN 


I 
LR'  J 


catalyst 
» 


+  (R).Xi-.SiH 
i — » 


R'   H    PR' 

i-i-i- 


catalyst 


R  LR'  Jb 


o 

-I 


o- 


_R'  _ 


-CN 


Amittoalkylesteralkylsilanos  of  the  formula: 


T 


R'   R 


(Ri.X.-.Si 


-i-i-i 


i- 


R' 


■R' 


_R'  - 


O 


i-o-i- 


'R' 


_R'  - 


H 

I 

u 


^Hi 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


279 


are  made  by  hydrogenating  the  corresponding  nitrile. 
A  compound  within  the  scope  of  the  formula, 


R'  H   PR 


(R) 


.Xj-.Si— C— C- 


.i. 


0         PR 


i-o. 


■i. 


_R'  _ 


R'  R'  LR'  Jb 
i.s  reacted  with  a  silanol  stopped  fluid  of  the  formula, 

"CH. 


HO- 


SiO- 
_CHi  _ 


-H 


to  produce  a  copolymer  containing 


(R) 


units  and 


TR'  H   rR' 


TR'   H    rR'  -| 

III 

Lh'  r'  Lh'  Jb 


PR' 

I 

c- 


LR'  J.    J 


o 


3-« 
i 


•CH| 

O SiO- 


_CH3  _ 


blocks. 


In  the  above  formulas,  R  is  an  organic  radical,  R'  is  an  or- 
ganic radical  or  hydrogen,  X  is  a  hydrolyzable  group,  Z  is  a 


H 

-C-NHj 

I 
U 


or  a  -CN  radical,  a  has  a  value  of  0  to  2,  6  has  a  value  of  0  to 
4,  and  c  has  a  value  of  one  to  five.  The  copolymer  containing 
cyanoalkylesteralkylsilane  units  is  useful  as  a  solvent  resistant 
protective  coating  material.  The  copolymer  containing 
aminoalkylesteralkylsilane  units  is  the  primary  ingredient  of  a 
detergent  resistant  car  polish. 


3,668,230 

ALKYL-SULFOXIDE  AND  ALKYL-SULFONE 

TERMINATED  OUGOMERS 

Leiand  E.  Dannab,  Waterbury,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Uniroyal, 

Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Continuation-in-part  of  appttcatkm  Ser.  No.  547,743,  May  5, 

1966,  now  abandoned  ,  and  562,097,  July  1,  1966,  now 

Patent  No.  3,498,943,  and  562,098,  July  1,  1966,  now  Patent 

No.  3,498,942.  This  appttcatkm  Nov.  19, 1968,  Ser.  No. 

777,175 
Int.  a.  C07c  121/28. 121/38, 121/40 
VS.  CI.  260—465.4  12  Claims 

Alkyl-sulfoxide  and  alkyl-sulfone  terminated  oligomers. 
Prepared  by  addition  polymerization  of  monomer  in  presence 
of  a  mercaptan,  followed  by  oxidation.  Oligomers  used  as 
emulsifiers  in  the  emulsion  polymerization  of  one  of  more 
monomers  to  produce  rubber  or  plastic  latexes  Arom  which 
solid  polymers  can  be  obtained. 


3,668,231 

PRODUCTION  OF  CYANOACETIC  ACID 

Jacob  Rosin,  Mapfewood,  and  Frank  S.  Ang,  Kearney,  both  of 

N  J.,  aasii^iors  to  Chris-Craft  Industries,  Inc. 

ContinuatkHi-ln-part  of  appHcatkm  Ser.  No.  749,940,  Aug.  5, 

1968,  now  abandoned.  This  appttcatkm  Sept.  9, 1970,  Ser. 

No.  70,915 

Int.  CL  C07c  121/40 

VS.  CL  260—465.4  3  Oafans 

Cyanoacetic  acid  is  produced  in  a  sequence  of  reactions  in 

which  an  aqueous  solution  of  chloroacetic  acid  neutralized 


with  sodium  carbonate  or  sodium  hydroxide  to  form  sodium 
chloroacetate  which,  in  turn,  is  reacted  in  a  nucleophilic  sub- 
stitution with  an  alkali  metal  cyankle  and  the  resultant 
cyanoacetate  is  then  acidified  to  form  an  aqueous  reactioo 
mixture  comprising  cyanoacetic  acid  and  the  respective  salts 
formed  in  such  reaction  sequence.  This  process  is  improved 

a.  by  conducting  the  nucleophilic  substitution  reaction  in 
the  presence  of  an  alkanol  and  at  a  temperature  in  excess  of 
about  80°  C.  to  accelerate  the  reaction  while  substantially 
precluding  undesirable  side  reactions,  thereby  increasing  the 
yield  of  the  cyanoacetate  and  decreasing  the  tendency  of  the 
reaction  to  form  color  bodies;  and 

b.  by  extracting  the  acidified,  aqueous  reaction  mixture 
with  an  alkanol  which  contains  from  not  less  than  three  to 
about  1 2  carbon  atoms  and  which  is  substantially  insoluble 
in  saturated  brine,  using  the  aqueous  reaction  mixture  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  amount  of  salts  in  such  reaction  mixture 
substantially  saturate  the  amount  of  water  present,  thereby 
permitting  substantially  all  of  the  cyanoacetic  acid  to  be  ex- 
tracted by  the  alkanol. 

By  using  these  improvements  in  a  process  to  produce 
cyanoacetic  acid,  it  is  possible  to  obtain  extremely  high  yields 
of  cyanoacetic  acid  using  much  less  process  equipment  than 
presently  employed  to  produce  this  product  The  improved 
process  furthermore  facilitates  the  subsequent  production  of 
alkyl  cyanoacetates  and  of  cyaiK>acetaniide. 


3,668,232 

N-SUBSTTTUTED  2-AMINOMETHYL-2  '- 
BIPHENYLCARBOXYUC  ACID  AND  MSUVATIVES 
John  O.  Hawthorne,  and  Edward  L.  ^Ohcttc,  both  of 
HillB  TownMp,  ABegheny  County,  Pa.,  wigBori  to  United 
States  Sted  Corporatkm 
Original  appttcathm  May  16,  1969,  Ser.  No.  825,440,  wMch 
b  a  continuaftioa-in-pnrt  of  appHcation  Ser.  No.  529,258,  Feb. 
23, 1966,  now  abandoned.  Divided  and  this  appttcatkm  May 
21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39,554 
Int.  a.  C07c  101/00, 101/42 
VS.  a.  260—471  A  7  Clafav 

N-substituted  2-aminomethyl-2'-biphenylcarboxylic  acid 
and  derivatives  thereof  are  prepared  by  reacting  2-formyl-2'- 
biphenylcarboxylic  acid  or  an  ester  thereof  with  ammonia  or 
a  primary  amine  with  hydrogenation  of  the  product. 


3,668,233 

ESTERS  OF  PERFLUORO-TERTIARYALKYL 

ALCOHOLS  AND  HYDROCARBYL  (»  HOLO- 

HYDROCARBYL  CARBOXYUC  ACIDS 

Frank  J.  PavUt,  West  St.  Paul,  Mhm.,  ■mlgnni  to  Nfinncaota 

Mining  and  Manufacturing  Company,  St  Paul,  Minn. 
Continuatkm  of  appttcatkm  Ser.  No.  538,556,  Mar.  30, 1966, 

now  abandoned  ,  which  is  a  continuation-in-part  of 

appttcatkm  Ser.  No.  246,022,  Dec  20, 1962,  now  abandoned , 

whkh  is  a  continuatkm  of  appHcatkm  Ser.  No.  234,222,  Oct. 

30, 1962,  now  Patent  No.  3,385,904.  Thb  appttcatkm  Apr. 

17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  28,242 

fait.  CL  C07c  69/14,  69/54, 101/68 

VS.  CL  260—471  C  6  ClainH 

An  ester  condensation  product  of  ( 1 )  a  perfluoro-tertiary- 

alkyl  alcohcd  in  which  the  perfluoro-alkyi  group  has  not  more 

than  20  carbon  atoms,  is  directly  bonded  to  the  alcohc^c 

hydroxyl  radical,  and  has  at  least  one  perfluoro-methyl  group 

bonded  to  the  tertiary  carbon  atom,  and  (2)  an  (wganic  acid 

of  not  more  than  1 8  carbcm  atoms  with  at  most  double  bond 

unsaturation  and  selected  firom  the  group  consisting  of  a 

hydrocarbon  carboxylic  acid,  a  hydrocarbcm  sulphonic  acid, 

a  hydrocarbcm  phosphonic  acid,  a  hydrocarbon  silicic  acid  or 

cyanuric  acid,  or  a  halogen  substituted  counterpart  thereof. 

Illustrative  uses  of  these  esters  iitdude  inert  heat  exchange 

fluids,  as  polymerizable  inoix>mers,  textile  treatment,  surface 

active  agents,  and  the  like. 


280 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  ( 


,  1972 


3,668^34 

BIS-HALOPHENOXYACETIC  ACID  ESTERS  OF 

POLYALKANOLS 

Rudolf  G.  Griot,  FlorluuB  Park,  NJ^  aMignor  to  S«mIi»p 

Wander,  Inc.,  Hanover,  N  J. 

Oritinal  appHcatfon  Oct.  22, 1968,  Scr.  No.  769,725,  now 

Patent  No.  3,542,795,  whidi  b  a  contlnuatkHHin^prt  of 

applkfltkMi  Scr.  No.  748,234,  July  29, 1968,  now  abandoBML 

DMded  and  thb  appUcadon  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,033 

Int.  CL  C07c  69176 

U.S.  CL  260-473  G  4  Clafam 

The  compounds  are  esters  of  derivatives  of  acetic  acid  and 

contain  a  plurality  of  bis-(p-halophenoxy)acetoxy  functions. 

e.g.,  the  bis-p-chlorophenoxyacetic  acid  ester  of  ethylene 

glycol,  and  are  useful  as  hypocholestermic  agents. 


3,668,235 

PROCESS  FOR  DRYING  BIS-03-HYDROXYETHYL) 

TEREPHTHALATE 

Yatat«  Ichikawa;  Gcntaro  YamaahUa:  MkMyukl  TokashUd, 

and  Nobno  Suxuld,  aB  of  Iwakuai-«id,  Japan,  assignors  to 

Tcyin  Limited,  Osaka,  Japan 

Filed  Dec  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,082 
f  Int.  CL  C07c  69182 

\}S.  CL  260—475  PR  5  ClainM 

Process  for  removing  a  volatile  liquid  medium  from  solid 
bis-O-hydroxyethyl)  terephthalate  wetted  with  said  volatile 
liquid,  by  heating  said  wet  bis-O-hydroxyethyl)  terephthalate 
into  a  molten  mass  and  evaporating  said  liquid  ntedium. 
Dried  bis-O-hydroxyethyl)  terephthalate  containing  an  ex- 
tremely small  amount  of  volatile  liquid  can  be  obtained  in  a 
short  time  without  causing  degradation  in  the  quality  of  the 
product. 


3,66o,236 
REACTION  PRODUCT  OF  ALKANOLAMINE  AND  TWO 

PARTICULAR  ACIDS 
Hcnryk  A.  Cyba,  Evanston,  IlL,  avignor  to  Universal  Oil 
Products  Company,  Des  Plaincs,  DL 
Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  720,339,  Apr. 

10,  1968,  Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 
329,979,  Dec.  12,  1963,  now  abandoned.  This  application 
Mar.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,010 
Int.  CL  C07c  93116 
U.S.  CL  260—485  H  20  Clain» 

Reaction  product  formed  by  the  condensation  of  al- 
kanolamine,  polyhalopolyhydropolycyclicdicarboxylic  acid 
or  derivative  and  aliphatic  substituted  dicarboxylic  acid.  The 
reaction  product  has  utility  as  a  stabilizer  against  deteriora- 
tion of  organic  substances,  such  as  lubricants,  hydrocarbon 
oils  and  plastics,  as  well  as  utility  as  a  detergent,  dispersant, 
extreme  pressure  additive,  flame  retardant  and  also  pos- 
sessing insecticidal  properties. 


3,668,237 

AMINE  SALTS  OF  PHOSPHINIC  ACID  ESTERS 

Hcnryk  A.  Cyba,  Evanston,  DL,  anignor  to  Universal  Oil 

Products  Company,  Dcs  Plaincs,  DL 
Continuation-in-part  of  appMcatioo  Scr.  No.  493,918,  Oct.  7, 
1965,  now  abandoned.  This  appttcatlon  June  24, 1969,  Scr. 
No.  836,133 
Int.  a.  C07c  10II02 
U.S.  CL  260—485  G  9  CMnm 

Tertiary  amine  salts  of  polycarboxylic  acid  esters  of  bis- 
(hydroxyalkyl)-phosphinic  acid.  These  comfmunds  are  useful 
as  additives  for  lubricating  oil,  grease  and  organic  substances 
normally  subject  to  oxidative  deterioration  and,  also  serving 
to  prevent  wear  or  corrosion  of  metallic  components. 


3,668438 
2-IIYE>ROXY^METHOXY-5-ALLYL  BENZAMHWS 
Franooia  Ckinaicc,  Roiiy-aoMa»Boh,  and  Odfc  Lc  Martret, 
Paris,  both  of  France  assign  fws  to  Roumd  Udal^  Parte, 
France 
Contlnuatioi»<4n-pafrt  of  applknrton  Scr.  Now  743^76,  June  6, 
1968,  now  abandoned.  TMaappMcatfoa  Sept  25, 1968,  Scr. 
I  No.  762,606 

I  '        Int.  CL  C07c  69102 

U.S.  CL  260^^88  14  dabm 

An  amide  of  2-hydroxy-3-methoxy-5-allyl-benzoic  acid  of 
the  formula 


CHiO       OR 


lyoB 


:Ht-CH=CHi 


(I) 


wherein  R  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  hydrogen, 
alkyl  of  one  to  seven  carbon  atoms  and  acyl  of  an  organic 
carboxylic  acid  of  one  to  18  carbon  atoms,  R|  and  R«  are 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  hydrogen,  substituted 
and  unsubstituted  alkyl  of  one  to  seven  carbon  atoms,  aryl 
and  cycloalkyl  and  when  taken  together  with  the  Qitrogen 
atom  form  a  heterocyclic  which  may  contain  another 
heteroatom,  which  products  possess  outstanding  choleretic 
properties  far  superior  to  dehydrocholic  acid.  The  invention 
also  relates  to  a  novel  process  and  novel  intermediate  for  the 
preparation  of  the  said  benzamides  of  Formula  I. 


3,668,239 

PROCiSS  FOR  PREPARING  GLYCOL  ESTERS  FitOM 

OLEFINICALLY  UNSATURATED  COMPOUNDS 

John  KoBar,  Wyckotf,  N J.,  msignor  to  Hakon  Intematioaal, 

Inc. 

Continuation-in-part  of  appttcatlon  Scr.  No.  763,001,  Sept. 

26,  1968,  and  762,978,  Sept.  26,  1968,  and  819,507,  Mar. 

24, 1969.  This  apptfcation  Apr.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,262 

Int.  CL  C07c  67104 

U.S.  CL  260— 497  R  11  Claims 

Glycol  esters  derived  from  olefinically  unsaturated  com- 
pounds are  prepared  by  contacting  the  olefinically  unsatu- 
rated compound  and  molecular  oxygen  in  a  carboxylic  acid 
medium  in  the  presence  of  a  catalyst.  The  particular  catalyst 
employed  is  a  combination  of  tellurium  and  an  appropriate 
form  of  bromine  which  will  insure  that  the  pH  of  the  reaction 
medium  when  determined  at  25'  C.  is  maintained  at  less  than 
2.0,  after  a  10:1  weight  dilution  with  water.  Improved  selec- 
tivities  to  the  vicinal  glycol  diester  are  obtained  when  operat- 
ing within  the  specified  reaction  conditions. 


3,668,240 

UNSATURATED  ZWITTERIONIC  SURFACE  ACTIVE 

COMPOUNDS 

Melvin  A.  Barbera,  Mount  Healthy,  Ohio,  assignor  to  The 
Procter  &  Gamble  Company,  Clndnnati,  Ohk> 
1      Filed  Mar.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24330 
1  Int  a.  C07c  1431 16  j 

\iJ&.  CL  260—501.12  4^Clalnis 

Zwitterionic  surface  active  con^x>unds  are  provided  hav- 
ing the  following  formula: 


Rj    II    11    H    H 

Ri— Z+— C-C=C— C-80r 

1       '  I 

R>     H  H 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


281 


wherein  R,  represents  an  unsaturated  or  saturated  aliphatic 
group  having  six  to  24  carbon  atoms,  R,  and  R,  each 
represent  an  alkyl  group  having  one  to  six  carbon  atoms,  and 
Z  represents  nitrogen  or  phosphorus. 

These  compounds  have  valuable  surface  active  properties 
that  make  them  especially  useful  as  detergent  compounds. 


O.S/1  parts  by  weight  of  benzenesulfonic  acid  to  water  phis 
sufficient  sulftiric  acid  to  maintain  the  total  acid  concentra- 
tion of  the  reaction  mixture  between  about  6  N  and  about  13 
N  throughout  the  reaction.  The  reaction  b  preferaMy  con- 
ducted in  an  atmosphere  of  nitric  oxide. 


3,668041 

SUBSTITUTED  l-OXOINDEN-5-YLOXY  ALKANOIC 

ACIDS 
Edward  J.  Cragoc,  Jr.,  Laaadaic,  Pa.,  and  Otto  W.  Woltcr- 
•dcrf,  Jr.,  Chaltbnt,  Pa.,  amignnii  to  Merck  &  Co.,  Inc., 
Rahway,  N  J. 

FUcd  Nov.  25, 1968,  Scr.  No.  778^19 
Int.  CL  C07c  65102 
MS.  CL  260—520  8  CWnv 

( 1-Oxoinden-S-yloxy)-  and  ( I-Oxoinden-S-ylthio)-alkanoic 
acid  productt  and  salU,  esters  and  amide  derivatives  thereof 
wherein  the  1  -oxoindenyl  ring  may  be  substituted  by  various 
radicals  are  disclosed.  The  said  products  are  diuretic  and 
saluretic  agents.  The  products  may  be  prepared  by  three 
routes:  ( 1 )  via  the  dehydrohalogenation  of  a  [  l-oxo-2-halo-S- 
indanyloxy(or  thio)]-alkanoic  acid;  (2)  via  the  etherification 
of  a  S-hydroxy-(or  mercapto)inden-l-one;  or  (3)  via  the 
hydrolysis  of  a  [l-oxoinden-S-yloxy-(or  thio)]alkanoic  acid 
ester. 


3,668,245 
PROCESS  FtMl  PREPARING  ACRYUC  ACID 
Howard  S.  Youag;  GMrflc  C  AndcnoB,  mA  Edpr  L.  Mc- 
DanM,  aO  of  Kfa^qMit,  Tana.,  MiigBora  to  1 
Company,  Rocheatcr,  N.Y. 

FUed  Jan.  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  813^54 
Int.CLC07c5//J2 

U.S.  CL  260-533  N  17 

Process  for  the  oxidative  conversioa  of  propylene  to  acryl- 
ic acid  which  comprises  contacting  a  mixture  of  vaporized 
propylene  and  oxygen  at  a  temperature  fhwn  about  300*  C. 
to  about  500°  C.  with  a  novel  catalyst  comprising  oxidized 
molybdenum  and  at  least  one  of  oxidized  niobium  and  ox- 
idized tantalum.  The  novel  catalyst  may  further  include  ox- 
idized arsenic.  Acrylic  acid  may  be  subsequentiy  converted 
to  lower  alkyl  esters  for  use  in  the  plastics  industry. 


N    \ 


3,668,242 
HALOGENATED  PHENOXY  COMPOUNDS 
Edward  D.  WcM,  Yoakcrs,  and  Jerome  Under,  Wcatfldd, 
both  of  NJ.,  assignori  to  Hooker  Cbcmkal  Corporatioi^ 
Niagara  FaBs,  N.Y. 

Original  appHcatkm  Dec.  2,  1966,  Scr.  No.  635,929,  now 

Patent  No.  3,443,016,  dated  May  6,  1969,  whkh  ta  a  diviskm 

of  appHcatkm  Scr.  No.  233^73,  Oct  29, 1962,  now  Patent 

No.  3347,929,  dated  Oct.  17, 1967.  DivMcd  and  thb 

appttcattoa  May  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  821,106 

Int.  CL  C07c  65102 

U.S.  CL  260—521  A  6  Clafam 

Unsaturated      halogenated      phenoxy     compounds     are 

described.  They  are  prepared  by  opening  the  corresponding 

halogenated  phenoxy  cycopentenones  and  are  employed  as 

herbicides. 


3,668,243 

DIFUNCTIONALLY  TERMINATED  POLYMERS  AND 

METHODS  OF  THEIR  PREPARATION 

Edwin  J.  Quinn,  Lancaster,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Unfaroyal,  Inc., 

New  York,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Aug.  9, 1968,  Scr.  No.  751350 

Int.  CL  C07c  59118 

U.S.  CL  260—535  R  6  Clafam 

Preparation     of    carboxy-hydroxy     conjugated     diolefin 

polymers  useful  in  rocket  fiiel  and  for  the  production  of 

alpha-omega  dicarboxy  conjugated  diolefins. 


3,668,246 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  CCHVTINUOUS  PRODUCTION  OF 

ALKAU  METAL  SALTS  OF  NTTRILOTRIACETIC  ACID 

Christoph  Herding,  Limburgerhof,  Upper  Palatinate;  Paul 
Guenthert,  Iggelheim,  Upper  Palatinate;  Waklemar  Koehler, 
and  Gerhard  Schuh,  both  of  Ludwigshafen,  Rhinefamd,  all 
of  Germany,  assignors  to  Badische  Anittn-ft  Soda-Fabrik 
Aktiengcseilschafl,  Ludwigshafen,  Rhineland,  Germany 
FHed  Aug.  12, 1968,  Scr.  No.  752,033 

Ckdma  priority,  appttcatfcm  Germany,  Aug.  16, 1967,  P  16  43 

238.5 

Int.  CL  C07c  101120 

U.S.  a.  260—534  E  6  Cfadns 

Continuous  production  of  alkali  metal  salts  of 
nitrilotriacetic  acid  from  an  alkali  metal  cyanide,  formal- 
dehyde and  ammonia  by  reaction  of  the  components  in  at 
least  two  stages,  the  alkali  metal  cyanide  being  reacted  with 
formaldehyde  in  stoichiometric  or  substantiaUy  stoichiomet- 
ric ratio  at  temperatures  of  50°  to  200°  and  pressures  of  from 
atmospheric  pressure  to  50  atmospheres  gauge  in  the 
presence  of  an  excess  of  ammonia  in  the  first  stage  and 
(while  simultaneously  removing  ammonia)  further  amounts 
of  alkali  metal  cyanide  and  formaldehyde  being  allowed  to 
act  at  temperatures  of  60°  to  1 10°C  in  one  or  more  sub- 
sequent stages,  5  to  35  mole  percent  of  the  total  amount  of 
alkali  metal  cyanide  required  being  replaced  by  free  hydro- 
cyanic acid  and/or  hydroxyacetonitrile. 


3,668,244 

OXIDATION  OF  2.(2,4-DICHLOROPHENOXY)  ETHANOL 

AND  2-(2,43.TRICHLOROPHENOXY)  ETHANOL  WITH 

NITRIC  ACID  TO  THE  CORRESPONDING 

PHENOXYACETIC  ACID 

Edwin  J.  Strojny,  and  Ludo  K.  F^evd,  both  of  MkBand, 

Mkh.,  assignors  to  The  Dow  Chemkal  Compw^,  MkBand, 

Audi* 

FUcd  Sept.  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862^1 1 
Iirt.  CL  C07c  65102 
U.S.  CL  260—521  A  10  Clafam 

Nitric  acid  is  used  to  oxidize  2-(2,4-dichlorophenox- 
y)ethanol  or  2-(2,4.5-trichlorophenoxy)ethanol  to  the  cor- 
responding phenoxyacetic  acid  by  reaction  with  nitric  acid  at 
a  temperature  of  0°  to  90°  C.  in  a  solvent  having  at  least 


3,668,247 
AROMATIC  ACID  CHLORIM:  HIOCESS 
Christian  S.  Rondcatvedl,  Jr.,  WUndngton,  DcL,  mrignor  to  E. 
I.  du  Pont  de  Nemours  and  Company,  WUmingtoa,  DcL 
FUed  Nov.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  875343 
Int.  CL  C07c  51158 
VS.  a.  260—544  M  9  cMbb 

Process  for  preparing  beitzene  carbonyl  chlorides  useful  as 
intermediates  for  making  polyester,  polyamide  and  the  like 
condensation  polymers  l^  (1)  mixing  a  trichloromethyl 
benzene  bearing  at  least  one  additional  halogen, 
trichloromethyl  or  carbonyi  chkxide  group,  all  carbon-con- 
taining groups  being  nonadajacent  to  each  other,  with  at  least 
about  two  molecules  of  sulfur  trioxide  per  trichkwometiiyl 
group;  and  (2)  maintaining  the  mixture  at  a  temperature  at 
which  it  is  molten  but  bek>w  which  ring  suifonation  occun 
for  a  time  sufficient  to  convert  at  least  one  triddorometh^ 
group  to  a  carbonyl  chloride  group. 


282 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,(68048 
5^HLORO-2ABIS(SULFAMOYL)FLl}OROBENZENE 

AND  5-CHLORO-2A 
BIS(CHLOROSULFONYL)FLUOROBENZENE 
Calvert  W.  WhitelieMl,  and  John  J.  Travcrao,  both  of  Indi- 
,nfHf^jh_  Ind.,  aMlgimn  to  Eli  LiUy  and  ComiMuiy,  Indi- 
anapolli,  lad. 

Original  application  Sept  30, 1964,  Ser.  Na  400,470,  now 
Patent  No.  3^19^52,  dated  Dec  31, 1968,  Contfaiuation-ln- 

part  of  application  Ser.  No.  102,385,  Apr.  12, 1961,  now 
abandoned.  Divided  and  this  appHcaftton  Oct  24, 1968,  Ser. 

No.  810,409 
Int.  a.  C07c  143170, 143178 
U.S.  CL  260—543  R  2  Claims 

'5-Chloro-2,4-bis(8ulfamoyl)fluorobcnzene,  and  5-chloro- 
2,4-bis(chlorosulfonyl)fluorobenzene  are  intermediates  in 
the  preparation  of  dUiydrobenzothiadiazine- 1 , 1  -dioxides,  use- 
ful as  diuretics. 


3,668,249 

CYCLIC  HYDROCARBOXYLATION  PROCESS  FOR 

PRODUCTION  OF  STRAIGHT-CHAIN  ACIDS, 

ANHYDRIDES  OR  ESTERS 

Donald  M.  Fenton,  Anaheim,  Calif.,  aasignor  to  Unloo  Ofl 

Company  of  CaHf^imia,  Los  Angdes,  CaUf . 

FHed  June  10, 1969,  Ser.  No.  831,982 
Int  a.  C07c  51114, 51156, 67/00 
VS.  CL  260—546  8  ClainiB 

A  process  for  preparation  of  straight-chain  acids,  an- 
hydrides or  esters,  comprising  contacting  an  ethylenically  un- 
saturated hydrocarbon,  carbon  monoxide  and  water,  a  car- 
boxylic  acid  or  an  alcohol  at  specified  temperatures  with  a 
group  Vni  noble  metal  catalyst,  separating  the  straight-chain 
product  and  recycling  the  branched-chain  product  to  the 
reaction  medium. 


3,668,250 
UREA  SYNTHESIS  PROCESS 
Maxim   Karafian,  Cold  Spring  Harbor,  N.Y.,  aarignor  to 
Chemical  Construction  Corporation,  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 
Filed  Aug.  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  851^27 
Int.  CL  C07c /2  7/04 
U.S.  CL  260—555  A  13  Claims 

Aqueous  urea  solution  formed  by  syhthesis  from  ammonia 
and  carbon  dioxide  is  heated  for  water  vapor  evaporation 
and  concentration  by  indirect  heat  exchange  with  a  reacting 
mixture  of  off-gas  and  aqueous  absorbent  solution,  which 
generates  heat  due  to  re-absorption  of  off-gas  components  in 
the  aqueous  absorbent  solution. 


4lcialim 


3,668452 

SOLVENT  PROCESS  FOR  AURAMINE  AND  ETHYL 
AURAMINE  I 

RiU  Lewis  Groskloa,  WIUiMHtown,  Vf.  Va.,  aaJgpnr  to  Amer- 
ican CyanamM  Company,  StandM,  Conn. 

FUed  Nov.  22, 1968,  Ser.  No.  778,302 
Int.  CLC07C  7/9/00 

U.S.  CL  260—566  R 

The  process  for  the  preparation  of  auramine  and  ethyl  au- 
ramine  by  the  Veaction  of  4,4'-tetramethyldiaminodiphenyl 
methane  and  4,4'-tetraethyldiaminodiphenyl  methane, 
respectively  with  sulfur,  ammonium  chloride  and  ammonia 
gas  is  improved  by  carrying  out  the  reaction  in  the  presence 
of  a  solvent  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  ethylene 
glycol,  diethylene  glycol,  propylene  glycol  and  glycerol  at  a 
temperature  of  from  about  1 25*  C.  to  about  1 75"  C. 


'  3,668,253 

N-NITROSO^,4'-BIS(2.PHENYLISOPROPYL: 

DIPHENYLAMINE 

Guy  Berlrand,  Choisy-le-Roi,  and  Jean  Marc  Maisoa»  Paris, 

both  of  France,  mmt^/aton  to  Rhone-Pwiienc  SA,  Paris, 


Original  application  Sept.  5, 1968,  Ser.  No.  757,757;  now 

PMcnt  No.  3,573,252,  dated  Mar.  30, 1971.  Divided  Mid  this 

application  Sept.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  70,724 

Int.  CL  C07c  87/28  I 

VS.  CL  260—570  R  |  Claim 

N-Nitn)so-4,4'-bis(2-phenyIisopropyl)diphenylamine,  a 
new  compound,  is  valuable  as  a  vulcanization  retarder  for 
elastomos.  It  has  an  anti-ageing  effect  on  the  vulpanized 
product.! 


3,668,254 

N-HALOALLYL-F-PHENYLENEDIAMINES 

John  J.  D'AmIco,  Akron,  and  Sidney  T.  Webster,  Worthlng- 

ton,  both  of  Ohio,  a—lgnnrs  to  Monsanto  Company,  St. 

Louis,  Mo. 

Filed  Mar.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,542 
IiitCLC07c«7/4« 
U.S.  CL  260—576  3 » 

A  para-phenylenediamine  of  the  formula 


^~~\nh^^^^^nhchA=C 


Ri 


Ri 


Clafams 


3,668,251 

DIALKYLAMINOALKYL  AMIDES  OF  6-CHLORO- 

1,2,3,4-TETRAHYDRO-l-NAPHTHALENEACETIC  ACID 

AND  A>  ANALOGS 
Robert  W.  Hamilton,  Wilmette,  III.,  assignor  to  G.  D.  Searie 
&  Co.,  Chicago,  DL 

Filed  Sept  22, 1969,  Ser.  No.  860,050 
Int  CL  C07c  103/20 
VS.  CL  260—558  R  4  Claims 

Preparation  of  the  captioned  compounds  —  for  example, 
6-chloro-N-(  2-diethylaminoethyl )- 1 ,2,3 ,4-tetrahydro- 1  - 
naphthaleneacetamide,  2-dimethylaminoethyl  6-chloro- 
1.2,3,4-tetrahydro-l-naphthaleneacetate  hydrochloride,  etc. 
—  and  their  valuable  biological  properties  —  including  an- 
tiulcerogenic,  antibiotic,  and  antiinflammatory  activities  — 
are  disclosed. 


wherein  R|.  Rt  and  R«  are  hydrogen  or  halogen,  at  l^ast  one 
being  ludogen,  useful  for  the  preservation  of  rubber. 

3,668,255 

PROCESS  FOR  ALKYLATION  OF  ALIPHATIC  KETTONES 
AND  PRODUCT 

Walter  C.  Meuly,  New  Brunswidc,  and  Peter  S.  Gradeff, 
Somerset,  both  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  Rhodia  Inc.,  New  Yorli, 
N.Y.  J 

Contiauadoii-in-port  of  application  Ser.  No.  241,036,  Nov. 

29, 1962,  now  abandoned  ,  and  502,585,  Oct  22, 1965,  now 

abandoned.  TMs  application  Oct  31, 1967,  Ser.  No.  679,543 
Int  CL  C07c  49/06, 49/28,  49/30 

VS.  CL  260—586  R  7  CWms 

A   process   is   provided   for   the   alkylation   of  aliphatic 

ketones  having  an  alpha  hydrogen,  substitution  occurring  on 

the  carbon  alpha  to  the  carbonyl  group,  by  use  of  soHd  alkali 

in  the  presence  of  an  organic  amine  and/or  anunonia  as  a 

catalyst 
Alkenyl  highly  branched  ketones  having  a  pleasant  odor 

also  are  provided,  useful  in  the  formulation  of  perfumes  and 

perfume  bases. 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


288 


3,668,256 
PURmCATION  OF  ACETONE 
Jasper  A.  Brundege,  Dover,  N  J.,  assignor  to  AiHed  Chemiad 
Corporation,  New  Yorii,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  849^5 1 
Int  CL  C07c  49/08 
U.S.  CL  260— 593  P  6Clainv 

Acetone  free  of  aldehydic  impurities  is  obtained  by  frac- 
tionally distilling  crude  acetone  in  a  single,  multiple-plate 
column  and  continuously  introducing,  at  a  point  above  the 
acetone  feed,  a  counterflowing  dilute  alkaline  solution,  such 
as  sodium  hydroxide,  the  amount  and  concentration  being 
sufFicient  to  polymerize  aldehydic  impurities  contained 
therein  without  forming  a  second  liquid  phase  when  the  al- 
kali mixes  with  the  liquid  in  the  colunrn;  and  removing  pure 
acetone  from  the  top  of  the  column  and  water  and  non- 
volatiles  as  bottom  products. 


7-  and  4'-,  or  7-  and  3 '-positions  are  heated  in  contact  with 
curable  polymers  whereby  crosslinking  of  the  polymer  is  ef- 
fected. 


3,668,260 

SUBSTITUTED  TETRACHLOROBENZENES 

Friedrich  Bedce,  Heidelberg;  Adolf  Flihoer,  Muttmtadt;  Hd- 

mut  Hagen,  and  Guentar  Sdwuercr,  bodi  of  LudwigshaicB, 

aO  of  Germany,  aasiu,iiia  s  to  BadlBclte  AnHin*  Sc  Soda- 

Fabrik  Aktiengcaelbchaft,  Ludwig»iia#en/RMiie,  Germany 

Filed  May  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  35^77 

Claims  priority,  appttcation  Germany,  May  14, 1969,  P  19  24 

530.8 
Int  CL  C07c  43/28 
U.S.CL  260—611  A  2Claiim 

New  and  valuable  substituted  thetrachloro-benzenes  hav- 
ing the  formula 


3,668,257 
OXIDATION  OF  OLEFINS 
William  D.  Schaetfer,  Pomona,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  Unkm  OU 
Company  of  CaUfomia,  Los  Angeles,  CaUf. 
Continuatkm-in-part  of  appHcatkm  Ser.  No.  240,131,  Nov. 
26, 1962,  now  abandoned.  This  appUcatkm  Aug.  8, 1966,  Ser. 
No.  570,745.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent 
subsequent  to  May  24,  1983,  has  been  disclaimed. 
Int  CL  C07c  47/06 
VS.  CL  260—604  AC  11  ClaiflM 

Hydrocarbon  olefins  are  oxidized  to  carbonyl  compounds 
by  contacting  the  olefm  and  oxygen  with  a  liquid  phase  reac- 
tion medium  containing  water,  a  carboxylic  acid  and  as  the 
only  catalyst  components  a  Group  VIII  noble  metal  and  an 
alkali  metal  ammonium  or  hydrogen  chloride  or  bromide. 
The  reaction  proceeds  at  a  high  conversion  rate  despite  the 
absence  of  any  recognized  redox  agent  for  the  Group  VIII 
noble  metal  to  produce  acetaldehyde  from  ethylene,  acetone 
from  propylene  and  methylethyl  ketone  from  butene. 


3,668,258 

SULFUR-CONTAINING  POLYARYL  POLYPHENOUC 

COMPOUNDS  AND  PROCESS 

Howard  A.  Hagemaa,  Soothbury,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Uniroyal 

Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  17,  1969,  Ser.  No.  807,956 

Int  CL  C07c  149/36 

VS.  CL  260—609  F  17  Clainn 

The  compounds  are  of  the  class  of  thiobis(beta-aryl-al- 
kylene)diphenols  and  chain-extended  polythiopoly-phenols 
derived  therefrom.  They  are  useful  as  anti-oxidants  in  com- 
positions containing  unsaturated  rubbers  —  that  is,  so-called 
diene  rubbers.  A  typical  compound  of  the  class  is  4,4'- 
thiobis(beta-phenyl-ehtylene)diphenol,  made  by  condensing 
bis(beu-chloro-phenethyl)sulfide  (1  mole)  with  phenol  (2 
moles).  Chain  extension  is  apt  to  occur  by  reaction  of  the 
first-formed  mono-thio  diphenol  with  additional  amounts  of 
the  dichloro  coupling  agent  and  the  starting  phenol,  forming 
polythio  polyphenolic  compounds  having  repeated  alternat- 
ing units  of  the  coupler  and  the  the  phenol  moieties. 


3,668,259 

1,3,3-TRIMETHYL-BlS  (a-t- 

BUTYLPEROXYISOPROPYL)-l-PHENYLINDANE 

Frederick  G.  SduippeU,  Newark,  Dd.,  assignor  to  Hercules 

Incorporated,  Wilmington,  Del. 
Continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser  No.  741,850,  July  2, 
1968.  Thb  applicatkHi  Dec.  31, 1969,  Ser.  No.  889,685 
Int  a.  C07c  73/06 
VS.  CL  260—610  B  7  Clain« 

1 ,3,3-Trimethyl-bis(a-t-butylperoxyisopropyl)-  1-phenylin- 
danes  in  which  the  a-t-butylperoxyisopropyl  groups  are  at- 
tached in  the  6-  and  4'-,  6-  and  3'-,  S-  and  4'-,  and  S-  and  3'-, 


H 

Cl-C-ORi 


Cl-i 


Cl-I 


R«0 


o 

-C-OR» 


-CI 


-CI 


where  R',  R*  aid  R*  are  identical  or  di£ferent  and  each 
denotes  an  alkyl  radical,  herbicides  containing  these  com- 
pounds, and  a  process  for  controlling  the  growth  of  unwanted 
plants  with  these  compounds. 


3,668461 

NITRATION  PROCESS  FOR  niENOUC  COMPOUNDS 
Ernest    Albert    Harvey,    Beaver    Falls,    N.Y.,    and    James 

Frederick  Russ,  North  Brunswidi,  N  J.,  aasipiors  to  Aumt- 

kan  Cyanamid  Company,  Stamford,  Conn. 

Original  application  Nov.  24, 196S,  Ser.  No.  509,629,  now 

Patent  No.  3,519,693,  dated  July  7, 1970.  Divided  and  thb 

appUcation  Dec  17, 1969,  Ser.  No.  886,040 

Int  CL  C07c  79/24 

VS.  a.  260—622  R  2  Clains 

A  phenolic  compound,  selected  from  phenol  and  m-cresol 
is  nitrated  to  produce  a  high  yield  of  paranitrated  phenolic 
compound  by  a  process  comprising  (1)  providing  a  mixed 
acid  solution  having  defined  concentrations  of  HNO,,  HNO, 
and  H^SG^,  (2)  adding  the  phenolic  compound  to  said  solu- 
tion in  a  manner  to  avoid  formation  of  an  oil-phase  therein 
while  maintaining  the  temperature  of  the  solution  at  from 
—2(f  to  -t-25'  C,  the  amount  of  phenolic  compound  added 
not  exceeding  5  moles  per  liter  of  the  acid  solution  and  the 
concentration  of  HNOj  in  said  solution  always  being  1  mole 
per  liter  in  excess  of  the  phenolic  compound  added,  and  (3) 
recovering  the  paranitrated  phenolic  compound  product 
from  the  reaction  mixture. 


3,668,262 
HIGH  DENSITY  FLUOROBROMOALKANES  FOR 
GYROSC(»%  FLOTAHON 
Albert  L.  Dittman,  Hackcnsack,  N  J.,  — ignor  to 
Products  Corporation 

FDed  Sept  8, 1969,  Ser.  No.  855,999 
Int  CL  C07c  19/08;  C08f  3/20 
VS.  CL  260—653.1  T  5  < 

Totally  substituted  fluoro-bromo  hydrocarbons  useful  as 
gyroscopic  damping  and  flotation  oils  are  obtained  by  react- 


284 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


ing  tetrabromomethane  with  bromotrifluoroethylene  or 
tribromofluoromethane  with  bromotrifluoroethylene  in  the 
presence  of  ultraviolet  radiation. 

Normal  tetrabromotetrafluoropropane  and   normal   f)en- 
tabromoheptafluoropentane  are  specifically  claimed. 


~ 

»«L 

*f" 

grtaa 

- 

r- 

z 

— 

^ 

r' 

{ 

« 

""— 

"~* 

-■  — 

"" 

■"~ 

s 

1 

•rc 

OK. 

^ 

i 

> 

/ 

/' 

/ 

/ 

J 

/ 

MM 

.1 

•nOMn  ammwa.  a  arr 


A  polymer  separated  from  the  reaction  products  and  bav- 
ins the  formula: 

CFBr2(CFiCFBr),CF/:FBr2 

where  n  =  3  to  1 0  is  particularly  useful  as  a  gyroscopic  flota- 
tion oil  because  it  has  a  rather  high  density  which  changes 
very  little  with  the  molecular  weight  of  the  polymer. 


3,668,263 

ORGANOLITHIUM  POLYMERIZATION  INITIATORS 
AND  USE  THEREOF  IN  POLYMERIZATION  PROCESSES 
Robert  C.  Morrison,  and  Conrad  W.  Kamlensid,  both  of 

Gastonia,  N.C.,  assignors  to  Lhhium  Corporation  of  AnMr> 

lea.  New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Jan.  19,  1970,  Scr.  No.  4,126 

Int.  Ci.  C07f  1102;  C08d  3104 

U.S.  Ci.  260—665  R  24  Claims 

Polymerization  initiator  compositions  comprising  reaction 
products  of  Cf-Cij  alkyllithiums  with  monomers  from  the 
group  of  polymerizable  conjugated  dienes  and  polymerizable 
vinyl-substituted  aromatic  compounds  in  a  medium  of 
aliphatic,  cycloaliphatic  or  aromatic  hydrocarbons  and/or 
aliphatic  tertiary  monoamines  or  aryl  ethers,  the  conjugated 
diene  and  vinyl-substituted  aromatic  compound  portion  of 
said  initiator  compositions  being  relatively  nonpolymeric. 
Such  initiator  compositions  are  highly  effective  for  the 
productions  of  polymers  of  conjugated  dienes  and/or  vinyl- 
substituted  aromatic  compounds. 


3,668,264 

PRODUCTION  OF  ALKYLBENZENES 

Starling  K.  Alley,  Brea,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Union  Oil  Company 

of  California,  Los  Angeles,  Calif. 

Flkd  July  15, 1969,  Ser.  No.  842,007 

InL  CI.  C07c  3152 

U.S.  CI.  260—671  15  Claims 

Alkyl  benzenes  are  produced  from  a  cycloalkane,  benzene 
or  an  alkylbenzene  having  a  lower  degree  of  alkylation  by 
contacting  the  feedstock  with  a  zeolitic  composition  of  alu- 
mina and  silica  in  the  absence  of  any  hydrogenating  com- 
ponent and  at  a  temperature  from  about  400°  to  700°  F.  The 
contacting  is  performed  at  a  space  velocity  from  about  1  to 
about  10  liquid  volumes  per  volume  per  hour  and  a  pressure 
from  about  I  to  100  atmospheres  in  the  absence  or  presence 
of  hydrogen.  It  is  believed  that  the  contacting  under  the 
aforedescribed  conditions  dehydrogenates  the  cycloalkanes 
and  fragments  some  of  the  aromatic  rings.  The  resulting  frag- 
ments are  active  in  alkylating  remaining  aromatic  rings  to 
thereby  increase  the  degree  of  alkylation  of  the  feedstock. 


AtS 


I  3,668.265 

DISPROPORTIONATION  OF  ALKYLBENZENl 
Donald  C.  TaMcr,  and  Marvin  M.  Johnson,  both  of  Bart- 
lesviUc,  Okla.,  asignors  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Company 
I      Filed  Jan.  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  2,971  I 

'  Int.  CI.  C07c  3162  ! 

MS,  CI.  260—672  T  y  1 1  Claims 

Disproportionation  of  alkylbenzenes  is  pmmoted  by  the 
use  of  catalysts  prepared  from  antimony  salts,  o^onaQy  with 
cobalt  or  pickel  salts,  on  alumina. 


3,668,266 
SODIUM  MORDENTTE  SEPARATION  OF  PARA.X1 
N^    Yuen    Chen,    Cherry    HiH,    and    Stairiey    J. 
Runnemede,  both  of  N  J.,  aasignow  to  Mobfl  Oil  Carpora- 
tion 
Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  340,789,  Jan.  28,  ^ 
1964,  noMr  abandoned  ,  whkh  it  a  division  of  application  Scr. 
No.  838,023,  June  19,  1969,  now  Patent  No.  3,524,895,  dated 
Aug.  18,  1970.  This  application  Nov.  26, 1969,  Scr.No. 
I  877,577 

I  Int.  a.  C07c  7/00 

U.S.  a.  260—674  t  Claim 

An  improved  separation  of  para-xylene  from  a  mixture  of 
para-meta-xylene  is  achieved  by  passing  the  mixture  through 
an  adsorption  zone  of  aluminosilicate  with  a  crystalline  struc- 
ture of  scxlium  mordenite  for  a  relatively  short  adsorption 
period.  The  para-xylene  is  preferentially  sorbed. 


3,668,267 

SEPARATION  OF  2,7.DIMETHYLNAPHTHALENE  FROM 
2,6-DIMETHYLNAPHTHALENE  WITH  MOLECULAR 

SIEVES 
John  A.  Hedge,  Wilmington,  Del.,  assignor  to  Sun  Ol  Com- 
pany, Philadelphia,  Pa.  , 
I       FUcd  Jan.  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  7,273 

Int.  CL  C07c  7112  ' 

U.S.  CL  360—674  SA  16  Claims 

Two  structurally  similar  polycyclic  compounds  can  be 
separated  by  contacting  a  fluid  feed  mixture  containing  said 
compounds  with  a  partially  dehydrated  molecular  sieve 
zeolite,  the  ratio  Al/Si  of  the  zeolite  being  in  the  range  of 
0.65-0.2.  The  polycyclic  compounds  can  be  heterocyclic  or 
carbocyclic.  For  example,  selective  adsorption  of  2,7- 
dimethylnaphthalene  from  a  dimethylnaphthalene  ooncen- 
trate  is  obtained  with  sodium  Type  Y  molecular  sieves.  2,6- 
Dimethylnaphthalene  can  then  be  crystallized  from  the  unad- 
sorbed  raffmate  fraction.  Separation  factors  of  6  to  8  are  ob- 
tained, indicating  the  unexpected  high  selectivity  of  these 
particular  molecular  sieves  for  this  adsorption  (especially 
compared  to  Type  X  zeolite). 

A  continuous  method  is  disclosed  for  adsorption  and 
desorption  of  2,7-dimethylnaphthalene  utilizing  Type  Y 
zeolite.  Type  L  zeolite  can  be  used  for  adsorption  and 
desorption  of  2,6-DMN. 


3,668,268 
PARAFFIN  CONVERSION 
Bernard  F.  Mulaskcy,  Fairfax,  Calif.,  assignor  to  C^hevron 
Research  Company,  San  Francisco,  Calif. 

I      Filed  Apr.  17,  1970,  Ser.  No.  29,701 
I  Int.  CI.  C07c  9/00 

U.S.  CI.  260—676  8  Claims 

A  process  for  disproportionating  feed  light  alkane  to  ob- 
tain higher  molecular  weight  hydrocarbons  which  comprises 
contacting  the  feed  light  alkane,  at  elevated  temperature  and 
pressure,  with  a  catalyst  comprising  a  molecular  sieve  com- 
posited with  a  Group  VIII  noble  metal.  Preferably  tl^e  con- 
tacting is  carried  out  in  the  presence  of  HfO. 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


286 


3,668,269 

PROCESS  FOR  DISPROPORTIONATING  PARAFTINIC 

HYDROCARBONS  TO  YIELD  PRODUCTS  CONTAINING 

ISO-PARAfTINIC  HYDROCARBONS 
Frank  J.  Chloupck,  South  Holland,  III.,  Msignor  to  Atlantic 
Richfldd  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Hied  June  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  50,330 
Int.  a.  C07c  9100 
U.S.  CI.  260—676  R  13  Clains 

A  process  for  disproportionating  paraffinic  hydrocarbons 
containing  three  to  seven,  four  to  five,  carbon  atoms  in  a 
hydrogen  atmosphere  to  yield  products  containing  iso-paraf- 
fmic  hydrocarbons  containing  one  more  and  hydrocarbons 
containing  one  less  carbon  fragment  per  molecule  is  dis- 
closed. In  the  process,  the  paraffinic  hydrocarbon  is  con- 
ucted  in  a  hydrogen  atmosphere  at  about  700*  to  900°  F. 
with  a  solid,  acidic  catalyst  comprising  a  minor,  catalytically 
effective  amount  of  a  platinum-group  metal  and  containing  a 
hydrogen  or  metal  exchanged  crystalline  aluminosilicate  hav- 
ing pores  in  the  8  to  IS  A  range  and  a  mde  ratio  of  silica-to- 
alumina  of  greater  than  about  2  to  1  and  a  solid  oxide  sup- 
port. The  catalyst  can  contain  from  about  1  up  to  about  85 
weight  percent  of  the  crystalline  aluminosilicate.  A  preferred 
oxide  support  is  silica-alumina  which  can  further  contain  a 
minor  amount  of  alumina  such  as  an  activated  alumina  of  the 
gamma  family. 


3,668,270 
OLEFIN  PURinCATION  PROCESS 
DavM  Eric  MartiB,  Cambcrley,  and  Brtan  Mkhad  Palmar, 
Sbeppcrtoo,  both  of  Eagbiid,  awignnn  to  BP  ChcmkalB 
Limited,  London,  England 

FUcd  June  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47350 
Claims  priority,  appHcalkNi  Great  Britain,  July  17, 1969, 

35,982/69 
InL  CLC07C  77/72 
U.S.  CL  260—683  D  9  Clabm 

A  process  for  the  purification  of  an  olefinic  feedstock,  par- 
ticularly a  feedstock  for  a  disproportionation  process  over  a 
rhenium  heptoxide  supported  on  alumina  catalyst,  by  con- 
tacting the  feedstock  with  a  catalyst  consisting  essentiiidly  of 
a  supported  alkali  metal  at  a  temperature  in  the  range  —50° 
to  -fSO"  C  and  a  pressure  in  the  range  0  to  2.000  psig.  and  a 
Liquid  Hourly  Space  Velocity  in  the  range  0.01  to  100. 


3,668,271 
HYDROGENATION  OF  UNSATURATED 
HYDROCARBONS  USING  ION  EXCHANGE  RESIN 
CONTAINING  ZERO-VALENT  METAL  AS  CATALYST 
Wcmcr  O.  Haag,  Trenton,  and  Dnrrei  Doaync  WhMehnnt, 
Raritan,  both  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  MobU  Oi  Corporation 
Original  appttcatkHi  Oct.  2, 1967,  Scr.  No.  672,007,  now 
Patent  No.  3,578,609,  dated  May  11, 1971.  DivMed  ud  tl* 
appHcatkm  Mar.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  48,580 
Int.  CL  C07c  Sm 
MS.  CL  260—683.9  1  Claim 

This  specification  discloses  hydrogenation  of  unsaturated 
hydrocarbons.  As  catalyst  for  these  reactions,  an  ion 
exchange  resin  containing  zero-valent  metal  is  employed.  In 
the  preparation  of  the  catalyst,  an  ion  exchange  resin  is  con- 
tacted with  a  reducing  agent  to  fix  the  reducing  agent  in  the 
resin.  Thereafter,  the  resin  is  contacted  with  a  soluble  metal 
compound,  the  metal  being  from  Groups  VIII,  IB.  IIB,  IIIB. 
rVB,  VB,  VIB,  and  VIIB  of  the  Periodic  Table.  The  metal  <rf 
the  compound  is  thereby  reduced  to  the  zero-valent  state  in 
situ  in  the  resin. 


\ 


3.668,272 

UNSATURATED  ETHERS  OF  POLYALKOXY  SILANES 

AND  THERMOSETTING  SYSTEMS  CONTAINING 

COPOLYMERS  THEREOF 

Kaiys  Sckmakas,  Chicago,  Dl.,  assignor  to  De  Solo,  Inc, 

Chkago,IIL 
ContiaiiatkMi  of  appHcatkm  Scr.  No.  519,524,  Jan.  10, 1966, 
BOW  abandoned.  This  appifcatkm  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No. 
48,958.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent 
subsequent  to  Sept  23, 1986,  has  been  disclaimed. 
Int.  CL  C08f  7 1104, 35106;  C08g  47110 
U.S.  CL  260—826  14  CWnM 

Solvent-soluble,  heat-hardening,  non-gelled  resins  are  pro- 
vided by  etherif  jring  a  polymethoxy  siloxane  with  an  unsatu- 
rated hydroxy-fiinctional  compound,  with  some  of  the 
methoxy  groups  of  the  siloxane  being  preserved  for  sub- 
sequent cure.  This  ether  b  then  copolymerized  with  other 
ethylenically  unsaturated  materials  to  form  a  copoiymer 
which  includes  methoxy  groups  carried  by  the  siloxane  in 
order  to  improve  the  elevated  temperature  cure  of  the  resin. 
The  preparation  of  an  unsaturated  ether  by  a  reaction  in 
which  alcohol  instead  of  water  is  removed  coupled  with  sub- 
sequent polymerization  enables  larger  |xx>portions  of  die 
resinous  siloxane  material  to  be  incorporated  into  the  resin. 


3,668^3 
ORGAN€»>(N.YSILOXANE-POLYPHENYLENE  OXIIW 
BLOCK  COPOLYMERS  &  METHOD  OF  PREPARATION 
Kari  W.  Krants,  Schenectady,  N.Y.,  asilgiiia  to 
trie  Company 

Filed  Mar.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  121,518 
Int.  CL  COSg  ^7/70. 43102, 23/16 
VS.  CL  260-824  R  15 

Novel  block  copolymers  are  provided  having  both 
polydiorganosiloxane  segments  and  polyphenylene  oxide  seg- 
ments. The  block  copcrfymers  are  selected  from  those  having 
the  formula: 


Q- 


♦      r    *     n      t     r     *    ' 

<0>-  -o-<^  -<0>-o-  -<0>-o 


o 


UiUiU'I 


<^o>  -°-<o>-  -<Co>—  <o>—  -<o^-o 


J  Hoi  rLi  rLi  11 


where  Q  and  L  are  chosen  from  the  group  consisting  of: 
Option  1  -  when  Q  is  a  single  bond,  L  is  a  single  bond  form- 
ing a  cyclic  or  infmite  polymer; 
Option  2 -when  Q  is  HO,  then  L  is: 


o 


o 


u       * 


o 


o 


0>o-r 


i-R   -|  rR  1  rR   -1 
SiO        -SIO     -  -810-1- 


o 


^<Q>-<0 


o 


o. 


\ 


286 


Option  3— when  Q  is 


then  L  is  H 

Option  4 — when  Q  is 


then  L  is 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  B,  1972 


HO-LsiO-         SIO         -Slo4- 

UiUiUl 

R'.N—S'O  SlO  SIO-}- 

UiUiUl 


R 

»lNR"i 
1 
R- 


taining;  I  to  50  parts  by  weight  of  a  copolymerizable  carbox- 
ylic  acid;  SO  to  99  parts  by  weight  of  a  member  selected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  alkyl  methacrylates,  styrenes, 
acrylonitrile  methacrylonitrile  and  olefins  that,  when 
homopolymerized,  form  polymers  having  a  heat  distortion 
temperature  greater  than  about  20*  C;  0  to  49  parts  by 
weight  of  another  acrylic  monomer;  and  0  to  40  parts  of 
another  copolymerizable  ethylenically  unsaturated  monomer. 
The  impact  resistance  niuogenous  polymer  is  characterized 
by  superior  hot  strength  that  renders  the  polymer  ext^dable, 
blow  moldable  and  injection  moldable. 


and  those  having  the  formula: 


o 

where  C  is  chosen  from 


■KO 


*  jt 


ioJJ,-ro3!4-^ 


OH.  NR".— J-OSi 


r  "1 


where  R  is  one  of  a  variety  of  organic  substituents,  R'  is  a 
nonphenyl  substituent;  each  R"  is  independently  selected 
from  the  class  consisting  of  hydrogen,  lower  alkyl  radicals 
having  from  one  to  six  carbon  atoms,  and  aryl  radicals;  0  is 
the  phenyl  substituent;  a,  b,  c,  and  e  are  representative  of  the 
chain  length  of  the  polydiorganosiloxane  components;  n,  p,  x, 
and  y  are  representative  of  the  length  of  at  polyphenylene 
oxide  components;  and  d,  f,  g  and  h  are  indicative  <k  the 
number  of  recurring  units  in  the  block  copolymer,  and  each 
a,  b,  c,  e,  n,  p,  x,  y,  d,  f,  g  and  h  are  independent  of  each 
other,  for  example,  the  value  of  a  in  a  polysiloxane  block  of  a 
particular  polymer  can  be  different  firom  the  value  of  a 
second  a  in  the  same  polymer. 

The  block  copolymers  are  formed  by  reacting  polyphen- 
ylene oxide  segments  with  polydiorganoailoxane  segments 
which  are  chain  terminated  with  amine  groups.  Additional 
length  can  be  obtained  through  further  reaction  of  the 
remaining  amine  groups. 

The  materials  produced  according  to  this  invention  are  use- 
ful in  the  formation  of  oriented  films  and  fibers  and  as  plas- 
ticizers  for  polyphenylene  oxide.  The  films  can  be  wrapped 
or  extruded  onto  wires  to  provide  electrical  insulation.  The 
films  are  also  heat  shrinkable  and  can  be  used  to  package 
Jiirkeys  using  a  heat  shrinkable  bag  made  from  the  film. 


3,668^74 

ACRYLIC  MODIFIERS  FOR  POLYCARBONAMIDES 
Frcdctick  H.  Owcnt,  WUIiiigboro,  N  J.,  and  James  S.  Clovis, 

Waminstcr,  Pa.,  SHigiion  to  Rohm  and  Haas  Company, 

PhUaddphia,  Pa. 

Filed  Sept.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,228 

Int.a.C08ff4//04 

VS.  CL  260—857  G  12  Clabm 

An  impact  resistant  nitrogenous  polymer  comprises  a  mul- 
tiphase amine-reactive  moiety-containing  polymer  grafted  to 
a  polycarbonamide  containing  recurring  amide  linkages  as  an 
integral  part  of  the  polymer  chain;  the  grafting,  by  reaction 
of  an  amine-reactive  moiety  of  t)ie  polymer  with  an  amine 
end  group  of  the  polycarbonamide.  Preferably  the>  amine- 
reactive  moiety-containing  polymer  is  a  multiphase  carboxyl- 
ic  acid-containing  polymer  comprising  (A)  a  first  elastomer 
phase  that  is  preferably  polymerized  from  monomers  com- 
prising; SO  to  99.9  parts  by  weight  alkyl  acrylate  wherein  the 
alkyl  group  contains  one  to  IS  carbon  atoms,  butadiene  or 
substituted  butadiene;  0  to  40  parts  by  weight  of  other 
ethylenically  unsaturated  monomers;  0  to  S  parts  by  weight 
of  a  polyethylenically  unsaturated  crosslinking  monomer;  and 
0  to  S  parts  by  weight  of  a  graft-linking  monomer;  and  (B)  a 
final  rigid  thermoplastic  stage  containing  amine-reactive  car- 
boxylic  acid  groups  and  polymerized  from  monomers  con- 


■  3,668,275 

COATING  COMPOSITIONS  COMPRISING  A 

POLYESTER  FROM  l,4-BIS(HYDROXYMETHYL) 

CYCLOHEXANE 

Fraax  Riemhofcr;  Waiter  DHtnuuui:  Kari-Hcina  Hornuag, 

and  Ernst-Chrtadan  Schutac,  all  of  Marl,  Germany,  aa- 

sigMrs  to  Chemteciic  Werkc  Huds  A.G.,  Mari,  Germany 

Contla«atlon  of  application  Scr.  No.  749,348,  Aug.  1, 1968, 

now  abandoned.  This  application  Aug.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

63,300 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Germany,  Aug.  10, 
I  C  43  079;  Feb.  6,  1968,  C  44  550 

'  Int.  a.  C08f  37/34;  C07c  69/34 

VS.  CL  260-850  13  Claiini 

Coatings  having  high  elasticity  and  hardness  as  well  as  ex- 
cellent resistance  to  chemicals  from  cured  compositions  of: 

(a)  aminoplast  and 

(b)  linear  polyesters 

of  a  molecular  weight  of  600  -  3,000  made  firom '  1 ,4-bis- 
(hydroxymethyl)-cyclohexane  optionally  with  minor  amounts 
of  other  diols,  and  a  mixture  of  (1)  91-33  mol  percent 
aliphatic  dicarboxylic  acid,  and  (2)  9-67  mol  percent  aro- 
matic and/or  cycloaliphatic  diacarboxylic  acid,  frinctional 
esterifiable  acid  derivatives  of  such  acids  also  being  usable. 


».  1967. 


L 


3,668,276 
:OATING  COMPOSITIONS  COMPRISING^ 
AMINOPLASTS  AND  POLYESTER  BLENDS 
Firanz  Rkmhofcr;  Writer  DHtmnnu;  Uwc  Mctfann;  Kari-Hdnx 
Homung.  and  Emat-Cfarialian  Schutae,  al  of  Marl,  Gcr> 
many,    Mrignora    to    Owmiactae    Wcricc    Huk    Aktlcn- 
gcacUachafl,  Mart,  Germany 

Filed  Oct.  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  868,901       I 
CUnw  priority,  appWcnHon  Germany,  Oct  25, 1968,  P  18  05 
189J;  P  18  05  1%.2 
Int.  a.  C08q  37/34 
i;.S.a.!260— 850  ItCiaima 

Coating  compositions  resistant  to  yellowing,  solvents,  acids 
and  alkalies  and  having  the  combination  of  high  elasticity 
and  good  hardness  are  produced  by  using  a  mixture  of 

a.  an  aminoplast  and  I 

b.  a  polyester  having  an  average  molecular  weight  of 
800-5.000  of  (I)  an  alcohol  mixture  which  contains  an  ali- 
phatic polyol  having  three  to  four  hydroxyl  groups  and  three 
to  six  carbon  atoms  and  a  diol  which  includes  l,4-bis(hy- 
droxymethyO-cyclohexane.  and  (11)  an  acid  mixture  of  one 
or  more  cyclic  dicarboxylic  acids  and  one  or  more  acyclic 
dicarbojiylic  acids  or  functional  acid  derivatives  thereof. 


.260—850 


.1, 


3,668,277 

COATING  COMPOSITIONS  COMPRISING  A  MIXTURE 
OF  A  POLYESTER  AND  AMINOPLAST 
Franz  lUcmhofer;  Walter  DIttmann;  Uwc  Bcthian;  Kari-Heinz 
Homang,  and  Emat-Chriitian  Schutae,  aD  d  Marl,  Gcr^ 
many,    amignors    to    Chemiache    Wcricc    Hub    Aicticn- 
gcadlachaft.  Marl,  Gcrmaiqr 

Filed  Oct.  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  868,926       I 

Claims  priority,  appUcadon  Germany,  Oct.  25, 1968,  P  18  05 

I  190.6  I 

I  Int.Cl.C08gi7/J4  I 

U.S.  a.  260—850  1^  Claims 

Coating  compositions  resistant  to  yellowing,  solvents,  acids 


June  6,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


287 


and  alkalies  having  the  combination  of  a  high  elasticity  and 
good  hardness  are  produced  by  using  a  mixture  of 

a.  an  aminoplast  and 

b.  a  polyester  having  an  average  molecular  weight  of  be- 
tween 600  and  3.000  of  -   - 

I.  an  alcohol  mixture  which  contains  l,4-bis(hydrox- 
ymethyl)cyclohexane  and  another  aliphatic  or 
cycloaliphatic  diol,  and 

II.  an  acid  mixture  of  one  or  more  cyclic  dicarboxylic  acids 
and  one  or  more  acyclic  dicarboxylic  acids  or  functional 
acid  derivatives  thereof. 


3,668,278 
BLENDS  OF  POLYOLEHNS  AND  POLYAMIDES 

Alberto  Bonvicini,  Terni,  and  Giuseppe  Cantatore,  Collescipolj, 
both  of  Italy,  assignors  to  Montecatini  Edison  S.P.A.,  Milan, 
Italy 

Filed  Sept.  29,  1970,  Scr.  No.  76,646 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Oct  1, 1969,  22766  A/69 

bit  a.  C08g  41/04 
VS.  CI.  260—857  L  4  Claims 

A  new  class  of  basic  polyanudes  having  a  molecular  weight 
between  about  2,000  and  200,000.  The  polyamides  are 
prepared  by  first  reacting  an  acrylic  or  methacrylic  ester  with 
a  monoamine  and  then  further  reacting  the  product  obtaina- 
ble with  a  polyamine.  The  polyamides  are  suitable  for  use  as 
tinctorial  modifiers  for  polymeric  materials  and  particularly 
for  crystalline  polyolefins  consisting  essentially  of  isotactic 
macromolecules. 


3,668,279 

PROCESS  FOR  COUPLING  LIVING  LITHIOPOLYMERS 

Frederick  C.  Lovdcas,  Oakland,  and  Roy  E.  Hartz,  Jefferson, 

both  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  Uniroyal,  Inc.,  New  Yorii,  N.Y. 
Continuation>in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  885^01,  Dec.  15, 
1969,  now  abandoned.  This  application  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No. 
^  52,743 

Int  a.  C08f  /  5/00,  7/02 ;  C08d  5/00 
VS.  CI.  260—879  12  Claims 

Living  monolithio  polymers  are  coupled  by  the  action  of 
certain  novel  coupling  agents  (e.g.,  nitrobenzene,  sulfur, 
dimethyl  terephthalate,  acrylonitrile,  maleic  anhydride).  For 
example,  styrene  is  first  polymerized  in  benzene  with  n-butyl 
lithium  catalyst  to  form  a  styrene  polymer  block  (S)  followed 
by  addition  of  butadiene  to  form  a  butadiene  polymer  block 
(B)  copolymerized  with  the  styrene  block  in  the  form  of  a 
living  monolithio  block  copolymer  SB6  Li®.  Then  a  coupling 
agent,  such  as  nitrobenzene,  is  added,  forming  coupled  block 
copolymer  SB(!SB  where  C  is  a  residue  of  the  coupling 
agent.  Coupling  of  three  molecules  of  living  polymer  is  possi- 
ble with  maleic  anhydride,  or  of  four  molecules  with 
dimethyl  terephthalate. 


3,668,280 

DYE-RECEPTIVE  POLYOLEFIN  TEXTILE  FIBERS 

COMPRISING  SYNTHETIC  HIGH  POLYMERS,  AND 

PROCESS  FOR  THEIR  PREPARATION 

Alberto  Bonvidni,  and  Giuseppe  Cantatore,  both  of  Terni, 

Italy,  assignors  to  Montecatini  Edison  S.p.A.,  Milan,  Italy 

Filed  Feb.  24,  1970,  Scr.  No.  13,81 1 

Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Feb.  26, 1969, 13.333  A/69 

Int  CI.  C08f  27/72 
U.S.  CI.  260—897  B  20  Clafam 

There  are  disclosed  dyeable  fibers  comprising  mixtures  of 
olefinic  polymers  with  terpolymers  of  (a)  vinyl  or  isoprope- 
nyl  derivatives  of  aromatic  hydrocarbons,  such  as  styrene, 
vinyl-toluene,  alpha-methylstyrene  and  the  like;  (b)  alpha, 
beta-unsaturated  nitriles,  such  as  acrylonitrile, 
methacrylonitrile,  and  the  like;  and  (c)  aromatic  and 
cycloaliphatic  hydrocarbons,  containing  a  double  vinylenic 
bond,  such  as  indene,  acenanaphthylene,  cyclohexene,  and 


the  like.  The  olefin  polymer  may  be,  and  preferably  is,  a  high 
molecular  weight  polypropylene  consisting  essentially  of 
isotactic  polypropylene  made  up  of  isotactic 
macromolecules,  i.e.,  of  macromolecules  having  substantially 
isotactic  structure  and  being  non-extractable  with  boiling  n- 
heptane.  A  process  for  preparing  the  dye-receptive  fibers  is 
also  disclosed. 


3,668,281 
POLYPROPYLENE  COMPOSITIONS 
waHam  O.  Drake,  BartlcsviDe,  OUa.,  assignor  to  PhiUips 
Petroleum  Company 

FUed  Feb.  25,  1970,  Scr.  No.  14,194 
Int  CI.  C08f  29/72 
U.S.  CI.  260—897  C  8  Claims 

High  impact  strength  polypropylene  compositions  are 
prepared  by  blending  polypropylene,  a  halogenated 
polyolefin,  and  a  rubbery  ethylene-propylene  copolym^. 
These  compositions  can  be  made  fire-resistant  by  blending 
therein  a  halogenated  bis(cycloalkenyl)  compound,  op- 
tionally further  with  antimony  oxide,  without  loss  of  desired 
physical  properties. 


3,668,282 

STABILIZED  MIXTURE  EMPLOYING  N^ETA-0,0- 

DIALKYLIMTHICM'HOSPHORYL)  ARYL 

SULF(»4AMIINES 

John  F.  Bdow,  Berkeley,  CaMf.,  assignor  to  Staufler  Chenicri 

Company,  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 

Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  644,815,  June  9, 1967. 

This  application  May  8,  1970,  Scr.  No.  37,388 

Int  a.  AOln  9/36;  C07f  9/76 

U.S.  CL  260—944  9  Onhns 

A     mixture     comprising     (1)     a     N-(beU-0,0-dialk^ 

dithiophosphoryl)-aryl  sulfonamides  having  the  formula: 


8     ORi 
T/ 
RSOiNHCHiCHiSP 

ORi 


wherein  R  is  selected  from  the  group  connsting  of  phenyl,  p- 
tolyl,  p-chlorophenyl,  3,4-dichlorophenyl,  2,S-dimethylphen- 
yl  m-nitrophenyl,  and  2,S-dichlorophenyl  and  (2)  a  Lewis 
base  and  a  process  for  preparing  the  mixture  by  dispersing 
the  Lewis  base  into  the  sulfonamide. 


3,66o,  2o3 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  FABRICATION  OF  NUCLEAR  FUEL 

ELEMENTS 
Claude  Morcau,  Scyasinct,  FVanoe,  assignor  to  Commissariat 
A  LTnergy  Atomique,  Paris,  France 

FDcd  Sept  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  857,187 
Clafans  priority,  application  France,  Sept  23, 1968, 167099 

Int  CL  G21c  27/00 
U.S.  a.  264—0.5  9  Oatans 

A  method  of  fabrication  of  nuclear  fuel  elements  having 
high  impermeability  to  fission  gases  and  made  up  of  refracto- 
ry fuel  particles  dii^rsed  in  a  carbonaceous  matrix,  said  fuel 
particles  being  coated  with  a  mixture  of  graphite  and  an  or- 
ganic diluent  by  means  of  a  pelletizing  process.  An  outer 
jacket  for  containing  the  coated  particles  is  fabricated  by 
shaping  a  paste  formed  of  graphite  powder  and  a  binder,  then 
baking  and  impregnating  the  jacket  with  pyrocarbon  in  a  sin- 
gle operation  by  heating  to  a  temperature  between  8S0°  and 
1 ,100°  C.  in  a  gaseous  hydrocarbon  atmosphere. 


\ 


288 


OFFICIAL 


YT' 


June  6|,  197Z 


3,668,284 
MANUFACTURE  OF  NUCLEAR  FUEL  ELEMENTS 
John  Richard  Cox  Gou^  Weymouth,  Dond;  Geoffrey  WU- 
Hun  McMlen,  Wareham,  Dorset,  and  Michael  Stuart 
Thomas  Price,  Weymouth,  Dorset,  all  at  England,  SMignocs 
to  United  Kingdom  Atomic  Energy  Authority,  London,  En- 
gland 

Filed  Dec  2, 1968,  Scr.  No.  780,602 
Clafans  priority,  application  Great  Britahi,  Apr.  22,  1968, 

18,985/68 
Int.a.G21c2y/02 
VS.  CL  264—0.5  2  Claims 

A  method  of  agglomerating  particles  of  nuclear  fuel  resides 
in  tumbling  the  particles  in  a  drum  or  other  container  while 
spraying  alternately  in  succession  powdered  gra- 
phite/synthetic resin  mixture  and  a  spray  of  solvent  for  the 
resin  wherein  the  proportiotu  of  graphite  powder  may  be 
between  60  and  40  percent  of  the  total  powder  mix. 


3,668,285 
WARM-PRESSING  METHOD  OF  MAKING  STACKED 
FUEL  PLATES 
C.  Trench  De  Frettaa,  Sm  Paulo,  BraiU,  and  Joseph  W. 
Handwcrk,  Scpulvcda,  Cdlf .,  asrignon  to  The  United  States 
of  America  m  represented  by  the  United  States  Atomic 
Energy  Commlmlon 

Filed  Oct  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84,516 
Int.a.G21c27/02.i/7« 
U.S.  CL  264—0.5  4  Claims 

A  process  for  rapidly  fabricating  large  numbers  of  thin,  flat 
fuel  plates  of  uranium  dioxide  or  uranium  dioxide-plutonium 
dioxide  for  use  in  a  nuclear  reactor.  Using  U/)a  or  an  urani- 
um oxide  having  an  oxygen  to  metal  ratio  greater  than  2  to  1 
as  starting  material,  a  plurality  of  such  plates  are  pressed 
simultaneously  in  a  metallic  die  at  800**  to  1,000**  C.  in  a 
reducing  atmosphere  using  spacers  between  the  plates. 


PLACE 


GAZETTE 

I  3,668,287 

METHOD  OF  CONSTRUCTING  FOAMED  IN  1 
BUILDING  CONTAINING  HEATING  WIRE 
WiUlara  L.  Mackic,  Ventura,  CaUf..  assignor  to  The  United 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Navy 

OrifiBai  appttcadon  Sept  25, 1968,  Ser.  No.  762,463,  now 

Patent  Na.  3,503,167,  dated  Mar.  31, 1970.  Divided  aad  this 

application  Dec.  29, 1969,  Ser.  No.  888,552 

Int.  CLB29d  27/04 

U.S.  CI.  264—46  3|Claims 


3,668486 

FIBERBOARD  PRODUCED  FROM  WOOD  PARTICLES 

HAVING  A  5  TO  25  PERCENT  MOISTURE  CONTENT 
PRIOR  TO  STEAMING  AND  MECHANICAL  REDUCTION 

IN  THE  FORMATION  PROCESS 
Stanley   H.    W.   Brooks,   and   Harry   A.   Raddfa^   both   of 

Richmond,  Va.,  assignors  to  Miller  Hofft,  Inc.,  Richmond, 

Va. 

FOcd  Apr.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  28,503 

Int.  CI.  B29J  5/02;  D21J  1/06 

VS.  CL  264—26  7  Oafans 

Fiberboard  is  produced  by  subjecting  a  mass  of  wood  parti- 
cles that  have  previously  been  dries  to  a  moisture  content  in 
the  range  of  about  5  to  25  percent  to  steaming  and  mechani- 
cal reduction  to  form  a  mass  of  lignocellulosic  material  in 
fibrous  form;  mixing  the  latter  with  a  solution  of  the  essen- 
tially unreacted  ingredients  of  a  thermosetting  resin;  com- 
pressing the  resulting  mass  to  desired  thickness  between 
separately  heated  platens;  creating  between  said  platens  and 
throughout  said  mass  a  high  frequency  electric  field;  and 
maintaining  said  field  for  a  time  sufficient  to  initiate  and  at 
least  partially  complete  the  reaction  of  said  ingredients;  said 
,  solution  of  essentially  unreacted  ingredients  of  thermosetting 
resin  having  a  viscosity  under  about  100  c.p.s.  and  a  resin 
solids  content  of  at  least  about  45  percent 


The  invention  u  directed  to  a  method  of  constructing  a 
shelter  and  includes  securing  an  inflatable  form  to  a  base  ele- 
ment, inflating  the  form,  applying  a  releasing  agent  to  the 
form,  positioning  heating  wires  over  the  form,  spraying 
polyurethane  foam  over  the  form,  removing  the  form  after 
curing  said  foam  and  then  positioning  a  door  and  windows  in 
the  structure.  The  sprayed  polyurethane  foam  may  include 
an  inner  layer  of  non-interconnected  cells  and  an  outer  layer 
of  interconnected  cells  which  permits  a  cooling  effect  when 
moisture  is  deposited  on  the  structure. 


SYNTHETK 


]'  ""     3,668,288 

METHOD  FOR  MAKING  THERMOPLASTIC  I 

RESIN  HOLLOW  STRUCTURE  ARTICLES 
Kettchi  TakahMM,  340456-3   Nakakakuhu,   Ichikawa-shi. 

Japu 

Filed  July  30, 1969,  Ser.  No.  846,089        ' 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  Apr.  2, 1969.  44/24738; 
N«v.  18, 1968,  43/83772;  Dec  18, 1968,  43/92328 
Itt.  CL  B29c  /  7/07, 25/00;  B29d  23/04, 27/00 
VS.  CL  264-47  24 


3,     l^Af^    Teif'Tof'^    f 


A  method  for  continuously  making  hollow  structures  of 
thermoplastic  synthetic  resin.  The  resin  is  heated  and  ex- 
truded to  form  a  continuous  hollow  structure.  Fluid  coolant 
is  forced  onto  the  outer  surface  of  the  structure  and  sub- 
sequently removed  so  as  to  provide  for  cooling  of  the  outer 
surface  of  the  structure  without  retaining  stress  therein  due 
to  quick  cooling  of  the  striicture.  The  structwe  is  then  con- 
tinuously shaped  in  an  externally  disposed  suction 
mechanism  while  slowly  cooling  the  structure.  The  spucture 
may  then  be  reheated  to  remove  any  residual  stress. 


ELECTRICAL 


3,668,289 

KEY  TELEPHONE  SYSTEM  LINK  SWITCHING 

NETWORK 

Frauds  NOchad  Fenton,  BouMcr,  Colo.,  avignor  to  Bdl 

Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  Hfll,  N  J. 

Filed  Aug.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  60,505 

Int.  CL  H04m  3/56 

VS.  CL  179-1  CN  12  Clahns 


"»'«*  r^/f' j_  ■!_. 


4^ 


-i.« 


■wouu 


'■•*    U  -■'-1 

L  , IJ         10  ci«nwi 

■  MVATC  IMKH 

CICHtxCI 


lO.'IO  )        T.». 


Lj£.1?0& 


^r^--' 


^\^.J^Mm^-- 


CHtMO.         ■      I     ^-* 


•  MTU 

■us 


UOOliU 


\ 


^lV^^ 


t=^ 


INTDKCM 

aanrcMic    a 


nBffl£i 


-Hi 


i 


13" 


A  conference  link  for  a  plurality  of  telei^Kme  station  sets  is 
disclosed  which  eliminates  the  need  for  battery  feed  coils  by 
switching  in  a  current  supply  transistor  respective  to  each 
telephone  set  incident  to  connecting  that  set  to  the  link.  The 
current  supply  transistor  is  biased  for  constant  current  opera- 
tion to  provide  an  additional  increment  of  constant  current 
for  each  telephone  set  communicating  over  the  link. 


in-line  relay  in  parallel  with  a  solid  state  switch  to  ensure  ac- 
cess to  the  telephone  line  by  the  coin  telephone  irrespective 
of  whether  the  extension  is  in  use  and  to  preclude  monitoring 
of  the  coin  telephone  by  the  extension. 


3,668,291 

PULSE  CODE  MODULATION  MULTIPLEX  SYSTEM 

Matthew   Frauds  Shuia,  Napcrvflk,  DL,  aHlgnor  to  Bdl 

.   Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  Hill,  N  J. 

Filed  Jan.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  108,791 

Int.  CL  H04J  3/04 

U.S.CL  179— 15AP  3Clafaia 


-I 


""^^^inl^fM^ 


?h_ 


^-|>:fi-^> 


I  ntqunCT 
SI4    onwi     I       


IK1 

catg 


■Mil 

aeoi    hti 

IMtmi 


3,668,290 
COMBINATION  COIN  TELEPHONE  AND  EXTENSION 

CIRCUIT 
Ralston  Hodges  Robertson,  Jr.,  Bayou  La  Batre,  Ala.,  m- 
signor  to  BeB  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Mur> 
ray  HBI,  N  J. 
^  Filed  July  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,154 

Int.  CLH04m/ 7/00 
U.S.  CL  1 79—63  R  5  CUnm 


A  multichannel  pulse  code  modulation  time  division  mul- 
tiplex system  samples  the  signals  appearing  in  each  of  the 
channels  substantially  simultaneously  at  a  predetermined  rate 
and  encodes  the  signal  samples  obtained  from  all  of  the  chan- 
nels substantially  simultaneously  with  the  aid  of  a  clock  pulse 
generator  common  to  all  channels,  a  repetitive  staircase 
waveform  generator  common  to  all  channels  driven  by  the 
clock  pulse  generator,  a  separate  pulse  counter  in  each  chan- 
nel, a  gate  in  each  channel  for  supplying  pulses  from  the 
clock  pube  generator  to  the  pulse  counter,  and  comparison 
means  in  each  channd  to  inhibit  transmisBion  through  the 
gate  whenever  the  staircase  waveform  exceeds  the  nuignitude 
of  the  signal  sample  in  the  same  channd. 


A  circuit  for  connecting  an  extension  telephone  across  the 
terminals  of  a  coin  telephone  employs  the  combination  of  an 


3,668,292 
APPARATUS  FCMl  VAPOR  FREE  MELTING  OF 
URANIUM  CARBIDE  OR  PLUTONIUM  CARBIM: 
Aad  Krauth,  Wmrburg,  and  Hans- Jurgen  Tdwca,  RucUd- 
fcn,  bolh  of  Germany,  anigDon  to  Nukcm  Nukkar^aieBrie 
and-MetaBurgie  GmbH,  WolfgH«  bd  Hanan  (Mdn),  Gcr- 
many 

FDed  July  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55^76 
IntCLHOSb  J/60 
U.S.  CL  13—23  6  CldnM 

There  is  provided  an  apparatus  for  the  vapor  free  melting 
of  fiiel  carbides  consisting  of  uranium  carbide,  plutonium 
carbide  or  mixtures  of  these  carbides.  The  apparatus  com- 
prises a  cylindrical  melting  tube  and  two  posts  serving  as 


899  o.o. — 10 


289 


J 


290 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6„  1972 


electrodes  which  form  a  closed  reaction  space.  At  least  one 
electrode  is  moveable  and  the  volume  of  the  reaction  space  is 


3,668^94 

ELECTRONIC  SYNTHESIS  OF  SOUNDS  EMPLOYING 

FUNDAMENTAL  AND  FORMANT  SIGNAL  GENERATING 

MEANS 

Akio  Kamcoka,  KawMaki;  SUnldii  Nakamura,  Yokohama; 
SUakhl  Maklno,  Fnjinwa;  KciOIro  Eadoh«  Tokyo,  and 
Manoni  Kuriyi^awa,  Kamakura,  al  ol  Japaa«  artgnora  to 
Tokyo  SUbaura  Elactric  Co^  UtL,  Kawandd-riil,  Japan 
Ftkd  July  15,  1970,  Son.  No.  54^89         J 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  16, 1969,  44/551 
Oct.  7, 1%9,  44/79686;  Sept.  30, 1%9,  44/77535 
Int.  CI.  GlOh  5/06 
U.S.  CI.  84-1.01  13 


changed  during  the  melting  process  by  readjustment  of  the 
upper  post  to  the  volume  of  the  inserted  material. 


3,668,293 
MOLECULAR  FREQUENCY  STANDARD 
Hdmut  W.  Hdlwig,  Oakhunt,  N  J.,  aarignor  to  The  United 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Army 

Origtaial  appikatlon  Apr.  16,  1968,  Scr.  No.  721,776,  now 

Patent  No.  3,578,968,  dated  May  18, 1971.  Divided  and  this 

appHcatkm  Mar.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,965 

Int  CL  H05b  1100 

MS.  CL  13—31  5  Claims 


5781; 


Claims 


FUNDAMENTAL 
FREQUENCY 
OSCILLATOR   to 


FORMANT 
FREQUENCY 
OSCILLATOR  ft 


V- 


oCLTTPUT 


A  sound  generating  system  comprising  means  for  produc- 
ing signals  of  fundamental  frequency,  and  means  for  generat- 
ing formant  frequency  signals  of  frequency  higher  than  the 
fundamental  frequency  which  starts  oscillation 
synchronizingly  with  said  signal  of  fundamental  frequency 
and  continues  said  oscillation  only  for  a  desired  length  of 
time  during  the  period  of  said  signals  of  fundamental 
frequency,  wherein  said  signals  of  formant  frequency  are 
generated  at  the  same  starting  point  for  each  frequency  inter- 
val as  said  signals  of  fundamental  frequency.  Sounds  thus 
produced  consist  of  a  fundamental  frequency  component  and 
harmonic  components,  and  the  frequency  spectrum  of  said 
sounds  presents  a  peak  in  a  formant  frequency,  so  that  the 
system  eliminates  the  necessity  of  using  an  electrical  filter 
having  complicated  frequency  characteristics  in  electrically 
producing  sounds  having  a  complicated  frequency  spectrum. 


3,668,295 

ELECTROMAGNETIC  AUDIO  PICKUP  FOR  STRINGED 

MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  WITH  VOLUME  CONTROL 

MEANS,  AND  SUITABLE  FOR  USE  WITH  ANY  TYPE 

STRINGS 

Paul  Daald  Brouasard,  1009  North  Hcbcrt,  Kaplan, 

Filed  Mar.  31, 1971,  Scr.  No.  129^78 

Int.  CL  GlOh  3100 

U.S.CLfM— 1.15  10  Claims 


T 


A  molecular  beam  source  for  a  molecular  beam  tube 
frequency  standard  using  a  barium  oxide  molecule  of  the 
form  Ba''*0'*  having  spinless  atoms  and  using  electrostatic 
state  selection,  which  source  includes  a  thin-walled  refrticto- 
Ty  electrically  conductive  oven  tube  containing  Ba^'O**.  The 
oven  tube,  which  is  chemically  inert  to  barium  oxide,  is  sur- 
rounded by  a  thermionic  electron  emitter  which  is  made 
negative  with  respect  to  the  oven  tube.  Electrons  emitted 
from  the  electron  emitter  bombard  the  oven  tube  and  heat 
the  barium  oxide  to  a  temperature  at  which  Ba"*0" 
molecules  are  evaporated. 


Basically,  in  a  stringed  musical  instnm»ent  comprising  a 
resonator,  top,  or  belly  with  strings  tensioned  between  tuning 
means,  string  supporting  means,  and  string  anchoring  meara; 
the  improvement  comprising  an  electromagnetic  audio 
pickup  suitable  for  use  with  any  type  strings.  Saki  pickup 
comprkes  a  magnet  secured  to  the  said  resonator,  top,  or 
belly,  and  a  hollow  core  coil  which  is  magnetically  linked  to 
the  said  magnet  so  that  the  magnetic  fields  aid,  and  the  said 
coU  is  mounted  to  the  instrument  back  or  equivalent  thereof 
in  a  fixied  or  adjustable  relationship  to  the  magnet  secured  to 
the  resonator,  top,  or  belly. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


291 


3,668,296 

HEAD  FOR  MUSICAL  INSTRUMENT 

Andrew  C.  Crlscuolo,  8  BcUeview  Drive,  Derby,  Conn. 

Filed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,097 

InL  CL  GlOd  13102 


U.S.  a.  84-414 


6  Claims 


lated  conductors.  Compatible  filler-insulation  materials 
designed  for  long-life  stabilization  are  described.  Insulation 
materials  include  various  ingredients  which  stabilize  the  insu- 
lation and  resist  extraction  by  the  filler. 


3,668,299 
ELECTRICAL  CIRCUIT  MODULE  AND  METHOD  OF 
ASSEMBLY 
Jack  D.  McNeal,  Long  Beach,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  Bccknian  In- 
struments, Inc. 

Filed  Apr.  29,  1971,  Scr.  No.  138,587 

Int.  CI.  H05k  5100 

U.S.  CI.  174-52  PE  14  Claims 


Heads  for  musical  instruments,  such  as  drums,  having  a 
vibratile  diaphragm  section  and  a  peripheral  ring  section  for 
securing  the  head  to  a  musical  instrument,  characterized  by 
molding  the  head  from  a  moldable  synthetic  resinous  com- 
position as  a  unitary  structure. 


3,668,297 
LOW-TEMPERATURE  ELECTRICAL  CABLE 
ARRANGEMENT 
Theodor  Adam  Buchhold,  Wiesbaden,  and  Eduard  Bochenck, 
Frankfurt  am  Main,  both  of  Germany,  awignors  to  Licentia 
Patent- Vcrwaltuns»-G>ni.b.H.,  Frankfurt  am  Main,  Ger- 
many 

Filed  Apr.  14, 1971,  Ser.  No.  133^26 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Germany,  Apr.  17,  1970,  P  20  18 

404.7 

Int  CL  HOlb  7\34,  9104 

U.S.  CL  174—15  C  9  Claims 


r.-A. 


'■  .-.4-.-.A^-.-.-.A.---. 


An  low-temperature  cable  which  can  be  electrically  joined 
to,  and  structurally  connected  to,  a  similar  cable  within  an 
means.  The  cable  has  an  electrical  conductor  formed  of  a 
plurality  of  helically  wound  individual  conductor  sections  in- 
ternally supported  by  spaced  support  means.  Insulation  is 
helically  wound  in  layers  about  the  electrical  conductor.  The 
frictional  resistance  to  movement  of  the  electrical  conductor 
within  the  insulation  and  over  the  support  means  due  to  tem- 
perature changes  is  reduced  because  the  radial  contraction  of 
the  insulation  is  equal  to  or  snialler  than  the  radial  contrac- 
tion of  the  electrical  conductor  and  the  radial  contraction  of 
the  support  means  is  equal  to  or  greater  than  that  of  the  con- 
ductor. 


3,668,298 

MULTICONDUCTOR  COMMUNICATIONS  CABLE 

Walter    L.    Hawkins,    Montdafa-,    NJ.,    assignor    to    Bell 

Telepbonc  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  Hill,  N  J.  -~~~ 

Filed  Dec.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  883,973 

Int  CL  H02g  15120 

U.S.  CL  174—23  C  1  Claim 


An  encapsulated  electronic  module  including  a  noncon- 
ductive  subsuate  having  attached  thereto  a  plurality  of  elec- 
trical components  and  an  electrical  network  of  connectors 
attached  to  the  substrate  and  forming  termination  pads  ad- 
jacent the  edges  of  the  substrate  to  which  leads  are  attached. 
A  flat  cover  is  disposed  over  the  substrate  but  spaced 
therefrom;  the  cover  having  a  hole  formed  therethrou^ 
through  which  an  encapsulation  material  is  inserted  between 
the  substrate  and  cover  completely  filling  the  space 
therebetween.  The  encapsulation  material  extends  at  least 
partially  into  the  opening  in  the  cover  member  thereby 
securely  attaching  the  cover  member  to  the  base  member 
and  seding  the  space  between  these  members. 


3,668,300 
PRINTED  CIRCUIT  WITH  SUBSTRATE  Of  AN 
OXYBENZOYL  POLYESTER 
E.  Nowak,  I  aiif  astn ;  Slc^  G.  Cottk,  and  Ja 
Economy,  both  of  BufMo,  d  of  N.Y.,  asslgnnrf  to  The  Car^ 
borundum  Company,  ^aagBra  FaBs,  N.Y. 

nied  M«y  28, 1969,  Scr.  Na  828,692 
Int  a.  B32b  27136;  HOlb  3142;  H05k  HOC 
\}S.  CL  174—68.5  6  < 


X     X 


A     multiconductor    communications    cable     includes    a        A  printed  circuit  comprising  at  least  one  conductor  on  a 
hydrophobic  material  filling  the  space  between  primary  insu-   substrate  of  an  oxybenzoyl  polyester. 


t 


292 


OFFICIAL 


June  6,  1972 


3,668^1 

MEANS  AND  METHODS  OF  JOINING  CONDUCTORS 

Harry  A.  Fmriconcr,  8328  Center  Drive,  Le  Men,  CaHf . 

Condnuatioii-iii*part  of  application  Scr.  No.  316,  Jan.  2, 

1970,  now  abandoned  ,  wiiich  is  a  continuation-in-part  oT 

appUcadon  Scr.  No.  676,002,  Sept  28, 1967,  now  abuidoMd 

,  whicii  is  a  continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 

594,785,  Nov.  16, 1966,  now  abandoned.  Tliis  application 

Sept.  23,  1970,  Ser.  No.  74,907 

Int  CL  H02|  15108 

VS.  CL  174—88  R  17  Claims 


GAZETTE 

I  3,668,303 

SUPPORTING  INSULATOR  FOR  ELECTRIC 
HEATING  ELEMENTS 
Donald  E.  Alexander,  KnoxviBc,  Tcna^  a 
Corporation,  Syracuse,  N.Y. 

FIM  June  23, 1971,  Scr.  No.  155,953 
Int.  CL  HOlb  I7l58i  HOlc  1102;  H05b 3106 
U.S.CL  174— 138J  -^         6 


i 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


298 


to  Carrier 


Claims 


Method  and  apparatus  for  organizing  and  joining  conduc- 
tors of  multi-conductor  cables  such  as  communication  ca- 
bles. An  elongated  multiple  connector  structure  having  a  se- 
ries of  open-channels,  the  entrance  ends  of  which  are  inter- 
sected by  guide  channels,  each  having  a  releasable  holder  at 
one  end  so  that  a  bundle  of  wires  may  be  separated,  or- 
ganized and  held  in  the  channels  in  bridging  relation  to  con- 
nection sockets.  Plugs  are  forced  into  the  sockets  and  press 
bridging  portions  of  the  wires  therein  to  strip  the  insulation 
and  esublish  permanent  electrical  connections.  Each  socket 
is  provided  with  a  sharp  edge  to  shear  the  excess  portions  of 
the  wires  as  the  plugs  are  forced  into  the  sockets. 


3,668,302 
FLAME  RETARDANT  TEXTILE  COVERED  WIRE 
Danid  Ednund  Bolaiid,  Buflalo,  N.Y.;  Leonard  S.  Dcwccs, 
Baltimore,  Md.,  and  LcRoy  M.  Towricy,  Berkeley  Hdghti, 
N  J.,  iMignnrs  to  Wcatem  Electric  Conipaay,  Incorporated, 
New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  25, 1968,  Scr.  No.  747,757 

lot  CL  HOlb  7100;  C09d  5118 

U.S.CL174— 121A  4  Claim 


W     II     20 


3,668,305 
TELEVISION  CAMERA  REGISTRATION 
Derek  ThooHH  Wright,  Crawley,  Englaiid,  assignor  to  The 
Marconi  Company  Limited,  and  Standard  Telephones  & 
Cables  Limited,  London,  Finland 

Filed  Nov.  19,  1970,  Ser.  No.  90,991 
ChOnH  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  ^k>v.  24,  1969, 

57,451/69 

Int  CL  H04n  9108 

U.S.  a.  178—5.4  M  10  ClainH 


another  and  are  supplied  to  an  adder,  which  provides  a  DC 
control  voltage  indicative  of  the  relative  difference  in  the  am- 
plitudes of  the  signals  obtained  from  the  hue  control 
demodulators.  This  control  voltage  then  is  supplied  to  a  DC 
controlled  variable  hue  control  circuit  which  shifts  the  rela- 
tive phase  between  the  color  sync  oscillator  output  and  the 
subcarrier  to  the  demodulators  by  an  amount  sufTicient  to 
maintain  the  average  outputs  of  the  two  hue  control  demodu- 
lators equal  in  amplitude. 


mOKATKUtOf 
OlMCTIOHOf 


The  insulator  consisU  of  a  body  of  triangular  shape  pressed 
from  refractory  material  and  having  a  non-circular  aperture 
for  receiving  the  heater  element.  The  outer  surface  of  each 
side  of  the  body  is  formed  with  a  pair  of  projections  spaced 
apart  axially  of  the  body.  Preferably  the  projections  of  each 
pair  are  located  adjacent  the  apexes  of  the  triangular  body 
and  whereby  the  projections  of  each  pair  are  also  spaced 
apart  in  •  direction  lengthwise  of  each  side. 


3,668,304 

SINGLE  PICKUP  TUBE  COLOR  TELEVISION  CAMERA 
Robert  Lewis  EMcaberger.  Coks  Neck  Township,  Monmouth 
Conaty,  NJ.,  aHignor  to  Bdl  Telephone  Laboratories,  In- 
corporated, Mnrray  Hfll,  N  J. 
Filed  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,571.  The  portion  of  Ihc 
term  of  the  patent  subsequent  to  Oct.  13, 1968, 

I  has  been  disclaimed.  ^ 

Int.  CL  H04n  9/06 
78- 


■'  To  detect  misregistration  in  the  outputs  ot  two  or  more 
television  camera  tubes,  the  outputs  of  the  tubes  are  sub- 
tracted and  differentiated,  the  resultant  being  integrated  and 
rectified,  and  a  minimum  then  being  detected  in  the  am- 
plitude of  the  integrated  and  rectified  signal.  The  differentia- 
tion is  achieved  by  delaying  the  signals  and  subtracting  the 
delayed  from  the  undelayed  signals,  the  delay  being  an  incre- 
mental delay  to  detect  misregistration  in  the  line  scan 
direction  or  equal  to  one  or  more  line  periods  for  the  field 
scan  direction. 


X 


U.S.  CL 


-S.4ST 


SCUhm 


\ 


•t 


V_J_|— — r^^STM    l-»'"  Vr — 


A  textile  served  wire  coated  with  a  flame  retardant  lacquer 
comprised  essentially  of  a  mixture,  by  weight,  of  100  parts 
cellulose  acetate  base,  35  parts  tricresyl  phosphate 
plasticizer,  42. S  parts  tris  (2,  3  -  dibromopropyl)  phosphate 
flame  retardant,  and  128.S  parts  acetone  solvent. 


Jn  a  multiple-image/single-tube  color  camera  an  arrange- 
ment of  air  spaced  dichroic  layers  splits  image-forming  white 
light  into  three  distinct-color  parallel  beams.  Fiber  optic 
material  is  used  to  translate  all  of  the  color  beams  to  a  com- 
mon target  plane  of  the  pickup  tube  upon  which  the 
photoconductive  surface  is  deposited.  In  one  embodiment 
the  faceplate  of  the  tube  is  a  composite  of  fiber  optk:  materi- 
al and  homogeneous  glass.  In  another,  the  faceplate  is 
formed  exclusively  of  fiber  optic  material. 


3,668,307 

TWO-WAY  COMMUNITY  ANTENNA  TELEVISION 

SYSTEM 

William  W.  Face,  Saline;  HaroM  W.  Katz,  and  Murray  H. 

Miller,  both  of  Ann  Arbor,  all  of  Mich.,  assignors  to  KMS 

Industries,  Inc.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 

Filed  Mar.  30,  1970,  Ser.  No.  24,009 

Int  CL  H04n  7/18 

VS.  CL  178—5.6  13  Claims 


-Jj-O 


^1^ 


^^^^ 


^ 


«BO«i»»'COMMi«Me  coomc 


3,668,306 

AUTOMATIC  HUE  CONTROL  FOR  A  TELEVISION 

RECEIVER 

Robert  B.  Hamen,  Arlfa^ton  Heights;  Thomas  W.  Ivaa,  Ever* 

Park,  and  WUUam  H.  Shivik,  Oak  Lawn,  aO  of  DL, 

i  to  Motorola,  Inc,  FtwikUn  Park,  U. 

Filed  May  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  825,775 

Int  CL  H04n  9/12 

VS.  CL  178—5.4  HE  16  Claims 


A  two-way  community  antenna  or  closed  circuit  television 
system  or  community  cable  television  system  which  permits 
two-way  communication  (including  voice  communication) 
through  a  transmission  center  from  and  between  various  ter- 
minals, such  as  schools,  homes,  hospitals,  doctor's  offices, 
community  centers,  industrial  sites  and  the  like.  A  control 
center  including  a  properly  programmed  digital  computer 
continuously  interrogates  the  system  over  a  forward  control 
channel  and  receives  responses  from  the  terminals  over  a 
return  control  channel.  The  computer  also  controls  transmis- 
sions between  the  transnussion  center  and  the  terminals  and 
between  the  terminals  via  the  transmission  center.  Each  ter- 
minal is  provided  with  a  control  unit  for  communication  with 
the  control  center.  The  system  utilizes  an  appropriate 
bridging  amplifier  or  other  suitable  means  to  convert  to  a 
two-way  link  a  portion  of  the  transmission  cable  intercon- 
necting the  transmission  center  and  the  terminals.  The 
system  also  contemplates  the  use  of  channel  allocations 
between  0  and  300  MHz,  it  being  practical  to  allocate  in  this 
range  certain  portions  for  return  transmission  channels  for 
programs  originating  at  the  terminals  and  certain  portions  for 
extra  forward  transmission  channels  for  special  programs 
originating  at  the  transmission  center. 


A  color  television  receiver  providing  for  the  direct 
demodulation  of  the  red,  blue  and  green  color  representative 
signals  includes  an  additional  pair  of  hue  control  demodula- 
tors for  demodulating  color  difference  signals  on  opposite 
sides  of  the  I-axis  by  equal  amoimts.  The  outputs  of  the  hue 
control    demodulators    are    inverted    with    respect   to    one 


3,66o,30o 

A  TELEVISION  SYSTEM  FOR  TERRAIN 

SURVEILLANCE 

Warren  T.  Burt,  and  Herman  J.  Hoffman,  both  of  Chfaia 

Lake,  Caltf.,  aarignors  to  The  United  States  of  America  as 

represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

Filed  July  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  56,563 

Int.  CL  H04a  3/32,  5/78,  7/02 

VS.  CL  178—6.6  A  13  dahns 

A  system  for  terrain  surveillance  firom  an  aircraft  utilizing 

a  scanning  optical  system,  a  TV  monitor,  and  a  modified 

video  recorder.  A  rotating  mirror  scans  a  section  o(  the  ter- 


294 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


I 


June  6,  1972 


rain  below  the  aircraft  extending  transversely  to  the  aircraft  television  signals,  if  necessary,  can  be  recorded  in  the  form  of 
flight  path  and  directs  the  reflected  light  onto  a  photocell,  a  recording  pattern  having  a  mirror-image  relaUonship  with 
The  photocell  signal  forms  the  input  to  the  video  recorder 
and  TV  monitor.  The  TV  display  is  unconventional  in  that 


m^ 


n 


S" 


ft  to  l»^ 


«  « It' 


/    ! 


each  frame  presented  has  one  new  scan  added  and  the  lower- 
most old  scan  is  removed  and  thus  the  pilot  sees  on  his  moni- 
tor a  terrain  picture  which  advances  as  the  aircraft  moves 
along  its  flight  path. 


3.668,309 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  OF  RECORDING  AND 

REPRODUCING  ELECTRICAL  SIGNALS 

Ichiro  Arimura,  Kyoto,  Japan,  assignor  to  Matsushita  Electric 

Industries  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osalca,  Japan 

Fifed  May  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  38,358 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  May  21, 1969,  44/40793; 

44/40794 

Int.  a.  H04n  5114,  5178,  9102 

U.S.  a.  178—5.4  CD  7  Claims 


-£. 


^ffSSmi  —jiSti^  [— a 


A  recording  and  reproducing  system  having  means  for  cor- 
recting a  timing  variation  error  (horizontal  jitter)  introduced 
into  a  reproduced  signal  as  in  magnetic  recording  and 
reproducing  systems  by  frequency-multiplying  a  reference 
signal  simultaneously  reproduced  during  the  reproducing 
process  up  to  nearer  the  carrier  frequency  of  the  reproduced 
signal  and  using  the  frequency-multiplied  reference  signal 
and  signals  having  frequencies  higher  than  the  frequencies  of 
those  signals  to  compensate  the  timing  variation  component 
in  the  reproduced  signal. 


3,668,310 

MAGNETIC  VIDEO  RECORDING  AND  REPRODUCING 

APPARATUS 

Osahiko  Yano,  Kadoma,  and  Mitsuaki  Ono,  Osaka,  both  of 

Japan,  assignors  to  Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd., 

Osaka,  Japan 

Filed  June  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  42,709 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  June  5, 1%9,  44/44779; 

44/44778;  June  10, 1969,  44/46661;  44/46662 

Int.  CL  Gl  lb  5/86,  21/00;  H04n  5/78 

VS.  CL  178—6.6  A  7  Claims 

A  magnetic  video  recording  and  reproducing  apparatus  by 

which  television  signals  can  be  recorded  and  reproduced  in 

the  form  of  an  ordinary  recording  pattern  and  simultaneously 


W-5St4 


a' 


'^m 


the  said  'ordinary  recording  pattern  so  that  a  master  tape 
adapted  for  use  with  a  contact  transfer  method  is  produced. 


3,668,311 

METHOD  AND  SYSTEM  FOR  SIMULATING 

HALFTONES 

Robert  Paul  Bigliano,  and  Karl  Lehman  Thaxton,  both  of 
Wilmiagton,  Dd.,  assignors  to  E.  I.  du  Pont  dc  Nemours 
and  Company,  Wilmington,  Dd. 

I     Fifed  Nov.  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878,161 
Int.  CI.  H04n  5/84 


24 


^h^ 


^ Q^.    Q-4 


Claims 


.^i#-«**'>*#V^  «^l    I  |«     PM'>   ' 


A  halftone  screen  process  is  electronically  simulated  to  ob- 
tain exposure  conditions  for  main  and  flash  and/or  bump  ex- 
posures with  different  halftone  screens  and  photographic 
films. 


3,668^12 
TELEVISION  TELEPHONE  SYSTEM 
KazuyukI  Yamamoto,  Tokorooawa,  and  RyokM  Matsuda, 
Tokyo,  both  of  Japan,  aarignors  to  Nippon  Tcfegraph  & 
Tcfephone  Public  Corporation,  Tokyo,  Japan  1 

Fifed  Apr.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25.136         p 
Claims  priority.  appUcatkm  Japna,  Apr.  10. 1969, 44/27239 

Int.  CL  H04a  7/00 
U.S.  a.  ^78— 6.8  lOCIalna 


\ 

A  teleVision-telephone  system  for  information  transmission 
in  a  subscriber-subscriber  communication  mode  or  sub- 
scriber-computer communication  mode,  wherein  the  infor- 
mation transmission  is  effected  between  an  information 
receiving  party  and  a  transmitting  party,  which  may  be  a 
computer.  A  position  indicating  signal  can  be  sent  back  from 
the  receiving  party  to  the  transmitting  party  by  using  a  light- 
pen  and  a  signal  switching  network.  The  position  indicating 
signal  is  sent  to  the  transmitting  party  to  indicate  a  command 
of  the  receiving  party  by  displaying  the  position  indicating 
signal  superposed  on  the  transmitted  picture,  or  this  indica- 


\ 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


295 


tion  information  may  be  further  processed  and  utilized  by  the 
transmitting  party  to  form  a  definite  digital  indication  of  the 
position  information. 


3,668,313 
RESISTIVE  GRID  GRAPHIC  DATA  TABLET 
Herbert  Dym,  Mahopac,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  International  Busi- 
ness Machines  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

Fifed  Apr.  30,  1970,  Ser.  No.  33,462 

Int.  CLG08C  27/00 

U.S.CL  178—19  ^  5  Claims 


A  two-dimensional  graphic  data  entry  tablet  for  transform- 
ing a  positional  information  into  a  digital  input  to  a  computer 
system.  The  tablet  structure  consists  of  two  continuous  re- 
sistance lines  superimposed  on  each  other.  Each  of  these 
lines  being  in  the  form  of  a  grid  and  representing  position  in 
one  of  said  two  dimensions.  A  voltage  differential  is  applied 
to  each  of  the  grids  in  order  to  create  a  voltage  gradient 
along  the  path  of  the  grid  wires.  An  analog  positional  infor- 
mation is  created  by  sensing  grid  voltage  with  a  capacitively 
coupled  stylus.  By  having  the  stylus  viewing  area  cover  a  plu- 
rality of  wires,  the  sensed  potential  averages  out  and 
represents  a  position  directly  related  to  the  center  location  of 
the  stylus  on  the  faceplate  of  the  tablet.  The  resistive  grid 
lines  provide  the  dual  function  of  resistive  bleeding  and 
presenting  a  potential  gradient  to  a  capacitively  coupled  sty- 
lus. 


the  transmission  of  the  telegraphy  signals.  The  supervisory 
circuit  employs  a  holding  circuit  responsive  to  the  detection 
of  modulated  line  signals  which  maintains  the  output  of  the 
supervisory  circuit  during  the  periods  when  the  modulated 
signals  are  transmitted  over  the  telegraphy  line.  An  auxiliary 
output  is  also  employed  to  indicate  the  instantaneous  condi- 
tion of  the  line. 


3,668,315 
RECEIVER  TIMING  AND  SYNCHRONIZATION  SYSTEM 
James  O.  Heitzman,  Fulferton,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Hughes  Air- 
craft  Company,  Culver  City,  Calif. 

Fifed  May  15,  1970,  Ser.  No.  37,790 

Int.  CL  H04n  1/36 

U.S.  CL  1 78—69.5  R  14  Claims 


Mmi 


!i-S-T < 


^W 


.jT- 


-li. 


i^ii 


T^^=i 


"^m 


"v^ 


3,668,314 

SUPERVISORY  CIRCUIT  FOR  ELECTRONICALLY 

MONITORING  A  TELEGRAPHY  UNE 

Claude  Rousseau,  Joinvilfe>fe-Pont,  France,  assignor  to  C.I.T. 

Compagnfe    Industrielfe    dcs    Telecommunications,    Paris, 

France 

Filed  Dec.  31,  1969,  Ser.  No.  889359 

Claims  priority,  applkatk>n  France,  Dec.  31, 1968, 183136 

Int.  CL  H04I  25/02 

MJ&.  CL  178—69  G  18  Claims 


:^n"^^*^':  ^^ 


mm   f f Vv- 


t_^. 


A  receiver  timing  and  synchronization  system  useful  in  a 
digital  data  communication  system  for  providing  timing 
signals  synchronized  with  received  digital  data.  The  receiver 
system  includes  means  for  providing  small  incremental 
changes  in  the  locally  generated  timing  signals  to  maintain 
synchronization  as  well  as  means  for  enabling  synchroniza- 
tion to  be  maintained  during  signal  fades.  In  addition,  means 
are  provided  for  rapidly  re-synchronizing  the  timing  signals 
to  data  received  from  a  new  transmitter.  Incremental  timing 
signal  adjustments  are  made  by  determining  whether  a  data 
signal  transition  occurs  during  an  early,  on  time,  or  late  por- 
tion of  a  bit  period.  If  a  data  transition  occurs  during  early  or 
late  portions,  the  timing  signal  is  either  incrementally  ad- 
vanced or  retarded.  If  data  transitions  occur  during  cor- 
responding portions  of  n  successive  bit  periods  outside  of  the 
on  time  portion,  then  the  timing  signal  is  jammed  into 
synchronization  with  the  recurring  data  transitions. 


An  electronic  sup>ervisory  circuit  indicates  the  condition  of 
a  telegraphy  line  being  supervised  without  interfering  with 


3,668,316 
TRANSMISSION  SYSTEM  FOR  OVERLAPPING  PULSES 
Irving  Moskovitz,  Rostyn  Heights,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Rikcr 
Communications  Inc. 

Fifed  Jan.  31,  1968,  Ser.  No.  701,955 

Int  a.  H04n  5/06;  H03k  5/20, 5/08 

U.S.  CL  178—69.5  TV  8  ClainK 

A  system  for  combining  discrete,  overlapping  electrical 

signals  and  for  transmitting  the  signals  over  a  single  conduc- 


296 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,(1972 


tor  rather  than  a  plurality  of  conductors,  the  composite  trans- 


Ir^^f^teP^' 


-   mtrtmtt 

r*  M/c  rivt  ■ 


mui: 

HUTO* 


coupled  to  a  bidirectional  line.  During  a  first  time  slot,  the 
first  and  third  storage  devices  are  connected  to  their  com- 
mon buses;  the  signal  difference  between  the  first  and  the 
third  storage  devices  is  detected;  and  distinct  signals  are  ap- 
plied to  the  first  and  third  storage  devices  for  a  time  interval 
corresponding  to  the  detected  difference.  In  the  immediately 


mitted  signal  being  decoded  at  a  receiving  station  into  the 
discrete  separate  signals  from  which  it  was  formed. 


ERRATA 

For  Classes  179—1,  179—15  OAP,  and  179—1  OCM  see: 
Patent  Nos.  3,668,289  thru  3,668,291 


3,66M17 

AUTOMATIC  PERSONAL  SIGNALING  SYSTEM 

Alfred    Emanuel    Vhaio,    Lincroft,    NJ.,    assignor    to    Bell 

Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  Hill,  N  J. 

FUcd  May  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,402 

Int.  CI.  H04m  3150 

U.S.  CI.  179—18  BF  5  Claims 


successive  time  slot,  the  second  and  third  storage  devices  are 
connected  to  their  common  buses;  the  signal  difference 
between  the  second  and  third  storage  devices  is  detected; 
and  distinct  signals  are  applied  to  the  second  and  third 
storage  devices  for  a  time  interval  corresponding  to  the  de- 
tected difference  in  the  immediately  successive  time  slot. 


L 

ENTR> 


f;^   INCOMIWC;  ["'  I       ["ouTGOINa]-'^' 

'"^  iwCpyiNc!         I 

TRUNBCCTl  i 


.2,r ' 

r-  rauNK  cct 


i; 


1^90 


T-RANSHirrcn 

CONTROL  CCT  t 


■  TRUNII  ^CT|      I    POSITION,        1 1 

' '  OnOATOR     >^ 

J        NUMMR       ^ 

"  lO{NT:riCAriOtr' 
POSITION 


-J 

MITT[R  tJ 


OUTGOING ; 

TRUN«CCT>-}7 

I I        MF 


«NN0ONCEIllCNTl 
MACHINE       J 


iRCCtlVCR 


'  J4 


y    Vile  control  cct  \^  "1 

^^|^^j-^o-«»«r^    ■ 


OUTPUT    I 


i™_. 

JTOM 


1 

llCALiiONqSTHUsL. 


iXfiiio  NqsTMusjl 

o'         NC*  NO 


3,668,319 
CENTRAL  COMMAND  GENERATOR  FOR  TI1*IE 
DEPENDENT  PROGRAM  CONTROLLED  FUNCTIONAL 
SEQUENCES  IN  TELECOMMUNICATION  EXCHANGE 
INSTALLATIONS 
Peter  Gerke,  Grafelfing;   Hans  Baur,  Munich;   Karl  Rut- 
kowski,  PuUach;  Hans-Eugen  Binder,  Gauting;  Hcfanut  Pal- 
sa,  OberlMchcm,  and  Hartmut  FaManke,  Dussekiorf-N,  aU 
of  Germany,  aas^gnors  to  Stemcni  Aktiengcadbchafl,  Berlin 
and  Munich,  Germany  | 

Filed  May  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  826,432 
I  priority,  appHcation  Austria,  May  24, 196$.  A 
5014/68 
Int.  a.  H04m  15100 
U.S.a.179— 18ES  ^  Claims 


Claims  I 


*.196«.- 


Telephone  switching  system  automatic  intercept  facilities 
are  utilized  in  combination  with  radio  signal  transmission  cir- 
cuitry to  provide  personal  signaling  or  paging  service. 


3,668,318 
TIME  DIVISION  HYBRID  ARRANGEMENT 
Floyd  Kenneth  Becker;  James  Owen  Dimmkk;  Thcras  Gor- 
don Lewis,  and  John  Francis  O'Ncffl,  all  of  Boulder,  Colo., 
assignors  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Murray  Hill, 
NJ. 

Filed  Dec  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  97,887 
Int.  CL  H04J  3102 
U.S.CI.  179— 15AA  9aalms 

In  a  time  division  hybrid  arrangement  first  and  second 
storage  devices  of  one  group  of  storage  devices  connectable 
to  a  common  bus  are  connected  to  an  outgoing  line  and  an 
incoming  line  respectively.  A  third  storage  device  of  a  group 
of  storage  devices  connectable  to  a  second  common  bus  is 


A  central  Command  generator  for  control  commands  of 
time-dependent  program  controlled  functional  sequences  in 
exchange  installations,  the  command  generator  having  a 
pulse  generator  and  at  least  one  counting  register  with  in- 
dividual stages.  At  least  one  separate  storage  segment  is  as- 
signed to  each  individual  stage.  Means  are  provided  to  re- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


297 


gister  the  identification  addresses  of  the  control  commands 
after  the  expiration  of  a  predetermined  time  interval  or  for 
the  counting  off  of  predetermined  time  intervals,  in  the  cor- 
responding storage  segment  assigned  to  that  stage  of  the 
counting  register  which  follows  the  stage  identified  by  the 
counting  register,  by  a  number  of  stages  equal  to  the  quotient 
of  the  associated  time  interval  and  the  basic  period  of  the 
counting  register. 


3,668,320 

CONNECTION  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  A  TELEPHONE 

MICROPHONE  AMPLIFIER  WITH  POWER  SUPPLY 

CONNECTED  TO  THE  OUTPUT  SIDE  OF  THE 

AMPUFIER 

Wolfgang   Duck,  deceased,  late  of  Munich,   Germany  (by 

Hcrtha  Duck,  hdr),  aasiffMir  to  Siemens  Akftengcsellschaft, 

Berlin  and  Munich,  Germany 

FDcd  Sept  1 1, 1969,  Ser.  No.  856,933 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept.  24,  1968,  P  17 

62  924.2 

Int.a.H03f  j/yo 

U.S.a.179— 1  A  2  Claims 


3,668,322 
DYNAMIC  PRESENCE  EQUALIZER 
Richard  G.  Allen,  Pound  Ridge,  N.Y.,  and  Emll  Torick, 
Daricn,  Conn.,  assignors  to  Columbia  Broadcasting  System, 
Inc. 

Filed  June  18,  1970,  Scr.  No.  47,214 

Int  CL  H03g  3124 

U.S.  CI.  1 79- 1  VL  14  OainH 


J- 


^ 


:^^ 


— r 


A  speech  amplifier  for  telephone  microphones  including 
an  input  direct  coupled,  differential  amplifier,  and  an  output 
Darlington-connected  amplifier,  with  the  operating  points 
stabilized  by  forward-biased  diodes. 


3,668,321 

MAGNETIC  COUPLER 

Hcary  C.  Lang,  73  Winter  Street,  Wahham,  Mass. 

Flted  Aug.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,858 

Int.  CLHOlf  27/26 

U.S.CL  179—1  PC 


6ClatoM 


A  speech  processing  device  operative  to  correct  deficien- 
cies in  speech  programs  caused  by  inadequate  energy  in  the 
"presence  band."  The  device  determines  the  relative  amount 
of  total  signal  energy  in  the  presence  band,  and,  if  it  is  in- 
adequate, automatically  boosts  the  amplitude  of  presence 
band  components  to  a  level  to  obtain  a  more  optimum  spec- 
tral distribution.  The  circuit  is  designed  to  operate  with  an 
automatic  speech-music  discriminator  which  inhibits  control 
action  during  music  programming. 


An  easily  attachable  and  detachable  coupling  for  electrical 
systems,  such  as  earphones  to  audio  amplifiers,  comprising  a 
coil  on  a  magnetically  soft  ferromagnetic  body  and  a  second 
coil  mounted  on  a  permanent  magnet.  The  first  coil  can  be 
connected  to  an  audio  signal  and  the  second  coil  connected 
to  a  pair  of  earphones. 


3,668,323 

AUTOMOTIVE  VEHICLE  SOUND  DISTRIBUTION 

SYSTEM 

ThomM  H.  Lee,  2400  South  Wab«h,  and  Donald  E.  Brinkcr- 

hot! ,  3020  Dellwood  Drive,  both  of  Kokomo,  Ind. 

Filed  Oct.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,714 

Int.  CL  H04r  5/02 

VS.  a.  179—1  VE  2  ClainM 


In  an  automotive  vehicle,  a  relay  is  manually  operable  to 
shift  control  over  the  sound  level  of  a  rear  seat  speaker  from 
a  front  seat  fader  exclusively  to  a  rear  seat  fader  and  the 
front  seat  fader  collectively. 


to  fi»»«1«Tt 


3,668,324 
TELEPH(M«iE  ADAPTER 
Jerome  Ffarcstoac,  Mooot  Vernon,  RY., 
Products,  Inc.,  Congers,  N.Y. 

FVed  Fdk  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 19^06 
Int.  CL  H04m  7/72 
UACL179— IPC  10  < 

A  telephone  adapter  for  use  with  a  telephone  terminal  unit 
having  a  plurality  of  contacts  each  of  which  is  connected 


298 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  ,1972 


with  a  telephone  wire.  The  adapter  has  a  housing  provided 
opposite  an  open  side  thereof  with  a  transverse  wall  formed 
with  a  plurality  of  apertures  therethrough.  The  number  of 
apertures  corresponds  to  the  number  of  contacts  on  the  ter- 
minal unit  with  which  the  adapter  is  to  be  used.  In  the  interi- 
or of  the  housing  is  located  a  plurality  of  axially  compressible 
helical  contact  springs  each  aligned  with  one  of  the  apertures 
and  so  dimensioned  as  to  fHctionally  engage  a  contact  pin 
which  is  pushed  through  a  respective  aperture  from  the  outer 
side  of  the  housing.  A  plate  member  of  insulating  material  is 


3,668^26  ' 

VARIABLE  MULTIPLE  PERIODIC  AND  APERIODIC 
ANNOUNCEMENT  SYSTEM  | 

Ellis  H.  Bryant,  Jr.,  and  Lcary  W.  Smhh,  both  of  Atfanta, 
Ga.,  aaslgBon  to  The  Audlchroa  Company,  Atlanta,  Ga. 
Filed  Feb.  1 1,  1970,  Scr.  No.  10,386 
Int.  a.  H04ni //64 
U.S.  CI.  1  ?9-6  TA  »  CliOms 


received  through  the  open  side  in  the  housing  and  has  at  one 
major  surface  which  faces  the  springs  projecting  pins  which 
are  each  conductively  received  in  an  adjacent  end  of  one  of 
the  springs,  and  on  the  opposite  major  surface  the  plate 
member  has  contact  strips  which  are  each  conductively  con- 
nected with  one  of  the  pins  and  which,  when  the  housing  is 
connected  by  means  of  connecting  means  provided  for  this 
purpose  with  the  terminal  uiut,  each  engage  one  of  the  con- 
tacts on  the  terminal  unit. 


3,668325 
MULTIPLIER  CIRCUIT  FOR  AUTOMATIC  TELEPHONE 

ANSWERING  SYSTEM 

Peter  F.  Thdi,  70  W.  Burton  Place,  Chicago,  lU. 

Filed  Mar.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  126,519 

Int.  CI.  H04a  1164 

U.S.  CL  179—6  C  2  Claima 


KITICi 


Sl.».« 


«u 


] 


IIKO 

CMCUT 


nuc 


V^. —  I      rn— 


CO 

Ftnu   U 


An  announcing  system  for  providing  a  family  of  recorded 
announcements  through  telephone  central  office  equipment 
to  one  or  more  telephone  subscriber  lines.  Each  announce- 
ment selectively  includes  weather,  temperature,  or  other 
periodic  imd  aperiodic  information  segments.  Eadi  an- 
nouncement is  changeable  in  length  from  a  long  cycle  which 
includes  a  full  advertising  segment  to  a  short  cycle  in  which  a 
major  portion  or  all  of  the  advertising  segment  is  deleted  so 
that  the  time  required  for  an  announcement  is  shortened. 
The  length  of  the  announcement  cycle  is  shortened  in 
response  to  the  number  of  subscriber  lines  waiting  to  be  con- 
nected to  the  announcing  system  being  in  excess  of  the 
number  of  subscriber  lines  which  can  be  connected  to  the  an- 
nouncing system  by  the  telephone  central  office  equipment. 
However,  the  announcing  system  also  provides  for  deleting 
segments  of  an  announcement  which  are  in  error  without 
changing  the  length  of  the  announcement  cycle  or  it  being 
apparent  that  the  armouncement  segment  has  been  deleted. 
The  weather  segment  of  the  announcement  is  determined  by 
different  three  digit  weather  codes  and  by  changing  the  posi- 
tions of  a  plurality  of  w^eather  announcing  heads  along  a 
weather  announcing  drum  in  response  to  a  plurality  of  re- 
sistances corresponding  to  the  three  digit  weather  codes. 


3,668,327 

I  CARRIER  SUPPLY  FOR  MULTIPLEX 

COMMUNICATION  SYSTEM 

William  H.  Euchncr,  and  Eufcnc  Y.  Ho,  both  of  San  C:arios, 

CiHf .,  asiignon  to  Farinon  Electric,  Smi  CMrlos,  Calif. 

Filed  Nov.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878,426 

Int.  a.  H04J  1120 

\iJ&.  a.  179—15  FD  4  Claims 


10;         7UU<A 


j\n*3r 


.TErI-i 


A  multiplier  circuit  for  an  automatic  telephone  answering 
system  allows  a  single  automatic  answering  unit  to  service  a 
number  of  telephone  lines  simultaneously. 

The  system  provides  two  message  cycles  to  the  first  caller 
and  then  shuts  off.  Additional  calls  may  be  received  and 
served  at  the  same  time,  with  each  hearing  the  remaining 
portion  of  the  message  cycle  then  in  progress  plus  one  addi- 
tional complete  message  cycle. 


I  cuts 


A  carrier  frequency  supply  including  frequency  dividers 
serves  to  receive  a  master  frequency  and  form  low  frequency 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


299 


pulses  having  a  high  harmonic  content.  Filter  means  receive 
said  pulses  and  filter  out  unwanted  frequencies  including  the 
fundamental.  The  output  of  the  filter  is  applied  to  a  single 
harmonic  amplifier  which  amplifies  the  harmonic  frequencies 
and  supplies  the  same  to  individual  filters,  each  of  which 
selects  a  carrier  frequency  from  the  harmonic  frequencies. 


modified  data  to  be  collected  and  processed  in  parallel  from 
the  read-out  circuits  while  this  modifying  data  advances  into 


3,668,328 
TIME-DIVISIONAL  CONNECTION  SYSTEM  FOR  A 
PLURALITY  OF  DIGITAL  COMMUNICATION  CIRCUITS 
Yukio  Nakagomc;  Hiroichi  Teramura;  Yasuo  Fukata,  all  of 
Tokyo,  and  Sumhoshi  Ando,  Ohmiya,  aB  of  Japan,  as- 
signors to  Kadusai   Denshln   Denwa  KabushikI  Kaidia, 
Tokyo-to,  Japan 

Filed  Mar.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  22^05 
Claims  priority,  appttcatkm  Japan,  Mar.  26, 1969, 44/22395 

Int.  a.  H04J  3100 
U.S.  CL  179—15  AQ  4  Clainv 


n. 


^  Mwrarr  T>  «/»•  :•*  -  gj^  T>  tLtri^m  -i«J^  tf> 
ccr     II    I I    I     OCT     II    I J    I     m      I 


T 


^ 


xmz  TV 

MMilfl 

-ir- 


tuHcrivT 
MmitTfm 


^ 


s 


is: 


srM£ 


==i!r 


-.2_ 


•■♦'[^1 


,9 


kAEMORY 


the  circulating  store,  the  data  after  modification  being  en- 
tered in  series. 


-ji-/|«-f  16-ii «- 4  I '  I t-«i «-7|  i-e- ' 


," 


Ktamt6 

STATl      h 
OtTKmt 


nh4m 


-C 


ojTPvr 

CONTHOun 


(M/T 


^5/6AI4f.   C0MVeKTeK~5P 


A  time-divisional  connection  system  for  a  plurality  of 
digital  communication  circuits  for  coimecting  time-<iivi- 
sionally,  for  each  communication  circuit  in  a  characterv^rise 
manner,  between  one  and  the  other  of  each  pair  of  two-way 
digital  communication  circuits  by  means  of  four-wire  ter- 
minal equipment.  The  system  includes  a  detector  for  detect- 
ing time-divisionally,  for  each  communication  circuit, 
whether  or  not  a  time-serial  character  exists  at  one  of  the 
input  and  output  terminals  of  the  four-wire  terminal  equip- 
ment for  each  communication  circuit,  and  means  responsive 
to  the  output  of  the  detector  for  interrupting  one  of  two 
paths  from  the  input  terminals  to  the  output  terminals  of 
each  communication  channel  in  the  four-wire  terminal  equip- 
ment during  the  duration  of  the  detected  character  or 
characters  in  order  to  prevent  an  undersired  sending-out  or 
receiving  of  the  detected  time-serial  character  signal. 


3,668330 

ARRANGEMENT  FOR  CONTROLLING  DEVICES 

TRANSMTTTING  DIGITAL  PULSES  IN  A  COMPUTER 

CONTROLLED  TELECOMMUNICATION  SYSTEM 

Goran  Anden  Hcnrlk  Hcmdal,  l>rcM»,  Sweden,  awignni-  to 

Tdcfonydkbolagct  LM  Erkiaon,  Stockholm,  Sweden 

Filed  Dec  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,098 
CUdnw  priority,  appttcadon  Sweden,  Jan.  8, 1969, 185/69 
Int.  CL  H04q  1132 
U.S.  CL  179-18  ES  4< 


3,668329 

MULTIREGISTER  FOR  TIME-DIVISION  SWITCHING 

NETWORK 

Danid  G.  Hardy,  47  residence  du  Raux,  and  Danid  E.  Goby, 

62  residence  du  Raux,  both  of  Lannion,  France 
Filed  Mar.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24^99 
Claims  priority,  appHcatkNi  France,  Mar.  31,  1969, 6909723 

Int.CLH04q;//00 
U.S.CI.  179— 18J  2  Claims 

Multiregister  for  automate  telephone  time-division 
switching  networks  having  a  circulating  store  for  subscriber 
data  in  the  form  of  series  recorder  words,  constructions  for 
modifying  the  breaking  or  making  of  subscribers-f-  circuits, 
booking  access  circuit  and  rebooking  circuit  for  entering 
modified  data,  three  read-out  circuits  in  the  store,  and  first, 
second  and  third  series-parallel  converters  connected  to  the 
read-out  circuits,  whereby  a  directive  address  in  the  circulat- 
ing store  from  the  first  series  to  parallel  converter  goes  to  a 
processing  unit  in  the  second  and  third  series  to  parallel  con- 
verter and  is  modified  by  the  modifying  data  to  permit  the 


NEHSTtlt 


There  is  disclosed  an  arrangement  in  a  stored  program 
controlled  telephone  exchange  for  controlling  devices 
emitting  pulse  series  corresponding  to  dialed  digits.  The  ar- 
rangement comprises  a  number  of  buffer  units  which  are 
scanned,  when  a  certain  digit  is  to  be  emitted  from  a  certain 
device,  in  order  to  determine  either  if  there  exists  an  idle  unit 
from  which  the  pulse  series  emitting  device  could  be  con- 
trolled or  if  there  exists  a  unit  in  which  there  are  a  required 
number  of  control  signals  corresponding  to  the  certain  digit, 
in  which  latter  case  these  signals  are  supfdied  to  the  device  in 
question. 


300 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3,668^1 

TIMING  AND  CONTROL  aRCUTT  FOR  INTERCOM 

TELEPHONE  SYSTEM 

Wesley  John  Warner,  MiaBianusi^  Ontario,  Canada,  aalgnar 

to  Northern  Electric  Company  Umited,  Quebec,  Canada 

fUed  Feb.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  117,549 

Int.  CL  H04in  1126 

US.  CI.  179—84  R  12  ClaimB 


June  6,  1972 


3,668^333  ! 

HANDHELD  TRANSDUCER  OPERATING  STATE 
INDICATOR 
Mehia  Kamcnlr,  Wert  Oranfc,  N J.,  aHignor  to  litton  Btiri- 
ne«  Sjntcnu,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

I     Filed  Sept.  4, 1969,  Ser.  No.  862,608 


In  an  intercom  telephone  system,  a  timing  capacitor 
located  in  a  charging  circuit  has  one  terminal  connected  in 
the  base  circuit  of  a  high  gain  transistor  circuit.  A  pulsing 
relay  follows  dial  pulses  received  and  clamps  the  capacitor 
terminal  voluge  during  each  dial  pulse.  At  the  end  of  dialing, 
the  pulsing  relay  remains  operated,  allowing  the  capacitor 
terminal  voltage  to  rise  sufficiently  to  trigger  the  transistor 
circuit,  which  operates  a  ringing  relay.  The  ringing  relay 
causes  discharge  of  the  capacitor  and  release  of  the  transistor 
circuit,  increases  the  time  constant  in  the  charging  circuit, 
and  initiates  ringing  for  a  timed  period  until  the  capacitor 
recharges  sufficiently  to  retrigger  the  transistor  circuit,  which 
then  releases  the  ringing  relay. 


3,668,332 
MAGNETIC  RECORDING  HEAT  WHICH  ACCURATELY 

DEHNES  THE  WIDTH  OF  THE  RECORDING  TRACK 
Harold  M.  Andcraoo,  Loa  Anfcks,  CaUf.,  avignor  to  Xerox 
Corporation,  Stanford,  Conn. 

Filed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66,930 

Int.  a.  Glib  5/26 

US.  CL  179- 100.2  C  22  Claims 


Int.CI.GllbJ//0. /9//6 
US.  CI.  179— 100.2  C 


4Clirfma 


A  handheld  magnetic  transducer  comprises  a  gun-shaped 
housing  having  a  directional  arrow  on  one  surface.  The  arrow 
is  illuminated  by  a  light  within  the  housing  indicating  the 
operating  state  of  the  transducer  as  determined  by  a  signal 
device.  The  housing  has  dimples  in  opposed  side  walls  for 
ease  of  grasping.  The  armature  is  in  two  parts.  Each  part  has 
a  T-shaped  portion  the  crossbars  of  which  ^overlap.  The  ar- 
mature is  inserted  within  the  bobbin  and  is  resiliently  held  at 
the  crossbars  to  lock  into  position  with  a  shim.  The  bobbin^ 
front  wall  in  combination  with  the  armature  aiMl  shim  form 
the  muale  or  reading  end  of  the  transducer  and  has  a  sub- 
stantially frustro  pyramidal  shape.  The  armature-bobbin 
structure  is  held  in  place  by  fingers  which  form  a  part  of  the 
transducer  housing.  The  wires  from  the  coil  are  secured  to 
clips.  The  clips  or  terminal  are  U-shaped  memben  spring 
retained  on  arms  of  the  bobbin.  The  clips  each  have  a  flange 
portion  for  engaging  an  aperture  in  the  arm.  The  reading  por- 
tion of  the  transducer  is  hemispherical  in  shape  with  the  gap 
defining  an  arc  thereon  such  that  the  transducer  is  capable  of 
roution  or  portioning  about  one  of  three  axes  while  moving 
relative  to  a  record. 


3,668,334 
HEARING  AID  WITH  CHANGEABLE  BATTERY  COVER 

CONTAINING  RF  PICKUP  CCML 
William  O.  Schwaltc,  Sulphur,  Okla.,  assignor  to  Radioear 
Corporation,  Canooaburg,  Pa. 

Filed  May  7,  1970,  Scr.  No.  35«464 

Int.  CL  H04r  25100 

US.  CL  179—107  R  9  Claims 


A  magnetic  recording  head  having  a  read-write  gap  and  an 
erase  gap  adjacent  a  common  core.  The  read-write  gap  is  of  a 
predetermined  width  equal  to  or  less  than  the  width  of  the 
common  core.  Within  the  common  core,  in  the  surface  ad- 
jacent the  erase  gap,  there  is  a  notch  of  predetermined  width 
less  than  the  predetermined  width  of  the  read-write  gap.  The 
notch  is  of  sufficient  depth  to  minimize  the  erase  function  of 
that  portion  of  the  erase  gap  opposite  thereto.  In  operation, 
the  initial  width  of  the  magnetically  recorded  information,  as 
determined  by  the  width  of  the  read-write  gap,  is  cropped  to 
the  predetermined  width  of  the  notch  during  erasure.  Accu- 
rately defined  tracks  of  extremely  narrow  width  may  be  at- 
tained with  this  recording  head  thereby  permitting  an  in- 
crease in  the  number  of  tracks  recorded  per  unit  with  of  the 
magnetic  storage  medium. 


A  hearing  aid  has  a  pair  of  spaced  electric  contacts  pro- 
jecting fix)m  its  case  in  a  position  to  hold  a  battery  between 
them  for  operating  the  hearing  aid.  A  removable  housing 
with  an  open  inner  end  normally  fits  over  these  contacts  to 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


801 


conceal  the  battery.  The  housing  contains  a  radio-frequency 
pickup  detection  circuit  connected  with  a  radio-frequency 
pickup  coil  and  provided  with  a  pair  of  terminals.  The  hear- 
ing aid  case  has  means  projecting  from  it  into  the  housing 
and  detachabiy  engaging  the  pair  of  terminals  therein  to  con- 
nect the  radio-frequency  detection  circuit  with  the  amplifier 
in  the  case.  A  pickup  coil  tuned  to  a  different  radio-frequen- 
cy can  be  connected  to  the  case  by  simply  replacing  the 
housing  with  a  similar  one  containing  such  a  coil. 


3,668435 
ELECTROSTATIC  LOUDSPEAKER 
Harold  N.  Bcvcrldte,  1616  FVaoocachi  RomI,  Santa  Barbara, 
CaW.  ^ 

Filed  June  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  833,952 

Int.  CL  H04r  19102 

US.  CL  179— UlR  22ClidnM 


t 


I  ,«.     /  .-, 


An  electrostatic  loud  speaker  system  is  shown  which  com- 
bines a  balanced  transducer,  an  amplifier  and  an  enclosure 
each  of  unique  construction  which  together  permit  the 
reproduction  of  frequencies  over  the  full  audio  range.  The 
electrostatic  transducer  is  shown  surrounded  by  an  enclosure 
that  has  an  outlet  passage  preferably  significantly  smaller 
than  the  transducer  and  an  acoustic  lens  preferably  guides 
the  sound  through  the  narrow  outlet  into  a  wave  form  of  cir- 
cular cross-section.  By  these  provisions  a  low  resonant 
frequency  for  the  speaker  and  wide  dispersal  of  the 
directional  high  frequencies  are  achieved  in  an  enclosure  of 
limited  size.  The  fixed  electrodes  of  the  transducer  are  of 
substantial  thickness  and  are  formed  of  high  dielectric  con- 
stant material,  achieved  preferably  by  molding  a  lower  K 
matrix  with  additives  raising  K  and  lowering  volumetric  re- 
sistivity. The  amplifier  is  formed  of  series-connected  active 
devices,  one  controlled  by  the  other.  A  third  active  device 
amplifies  the  audio  signal.  Its  output  is  connected  to  control 
the  first  of  the  series-connected  devices  and  the  output  ter- 
minal of  the  amplifier  is  connected  through  a  resistive  feed- 
back path  to  the  output  of  the  third  device.  A  further  feed- 
back system  employs  a  carrier  wave  applied  to  the  diaphragm 
of  the  transducer.  The  resulting  signal  on  the  electrodes  is 
differentiated  and  negatively  fed  back  to  damp  speaker 
response  at  low  frequency  resonance. 


3,66o,336 
AUDIO  SYSTEM  INCLUDING  ELECTROSTATIC 
LOUDSPEAKER 
Willian  M.  D.  Wright,  ThomhiU,  Ontario,  Canada, 
to  Dayton  Wright  Associates  Limited,  Toronto,  Ontario, 
Canada 

Filed  Dec.  8,  1969,  Scr.  No.  883,143 
InL  a.  H04r  19102 
US.  a.  179—111  R  17  Clahm 

An  audio  system  including  the  last  stage  of  the  audio  am- 
plifier as  an  audio  frequency  voltage  output  source,  a  DC 


source  providing  a  substantially  constant  charge  so  as  to 
define  and  maintain  an  electrottatic  field,  and  an  electro- 
static loudspeaker  wherein  the  electrostatic  field  is  main- 
tained between  electrodes  and  the  audio  frequency  voltage 
output  is  impressed  on  the  electrostatic  field.  Negative  feed- 
back from  the  audio  voltage  output  may  be  provided. 


©'M 


The  electrostatic  loudspeaker  is  assembled  so  as  to  include 
spacer  blocks  on  either  side  of  a  movable  diaphragm,  and 
clamped  between  two  rigid,  outer  electrodes.  An  electrical 
connection  is  passed  through  the  spacer  blocks  so  that  both 
outer  electrodes  may  have  electrical  connections  made  to 
each,  respectively,  on  one  common  side  of  the  loudspeaker 
assembly. 


3,668,337 

MATRIX  SWITCH  WITH  IMHtOVED  FLEXIBLE 

INSULATIVE  SPACER  ARRANGEMENT 

WUUam  Y.  SfaKbdr,  fVcachtown,  N J.,  Miignoi  to  Thomw  & 

Bctts  Corporatioii,  EHrahHh,  N  J. 

Filed  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,192 

Int.  CL  HOlh  9126, 13126 

US.  CI.  200—5  A  12  Chdn« 


A  matrix  switch  comprises  an  orthagonal  arrangement  of 
two  sets  of  parallel  conductors  spaced  from  one  another  by  a 
plurality  of  resilient  elements.  Preferably,  the  switch  is  made 
by  securing  together  two  one-sided  flat  conductor  cables, 
each  of  which  comprises  a  plurality  of  alternating,  paraUel 
conductors  and  elastomeric  elements,  with  the  heights  of  said 
elastomeric  elements  being  greater  than  the  heights  of  said 
conductors.  Each  cross-over  point  <^  the  spaced  conductors 
forms  a  switch  point  which  is  activated  upon  depression  ai 
the  upper  conductor  into  contact  with  the  lower  conductor. 
The  orthogonally  disposed  flat  conductor  caMes  are  held  in  a 
suitable  housing  including  printed  circuit  board  pads  to 
which  the  conductors  are  connected,  thereby  facilitating 
simultaneous  connection  of  the  conductors  to  conventional 
multi-pin  printed  circuit  board  connectors  for  connection  to 
the  electronics  used  in  conjunction  with  the  matrix  switch. 


I 


302 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  6,  1^72 


3,668,338  *  3,668,340 

MINIATURE  AXIAL  BRIDGING  ROTARY  SWITCH  WTIW  i^^^^^^^^J!'2!^JtS^^l^ 

iMPBnvRD  HOUSING  Eutwie  H.  Bn»w«,  2518  Hart  Str««l,Dodte  City,  Kam. 

.   O'M.^^^SSu^^^ilt^  to  GrayW^  ,  FIW  Oct  9.  WO,  S«.  No.  79^ 

^lIIJrLi  g™*^  BrooMWd,  in.,  iMpior  lo  waymm  ,  ^  ^  ^^^^  ^^^^ 

FHedFcikl,  1971,  Scr.  No.  111,545  UA.  CL  200— 42  T 
Int.  a.  HOlh  /  9/5«.  21/78 
UACL200— llA                                                      llCtataB 


2CWii« 


Multi-position  electrical  switch  including  switch  sections  or 
decks  arranged  so  that  any  desired  number  of  sections  can  be 
used.  Each  section  includes  a  rotor  for  selectively  bridging 
switch  contacts  which  can  be  arranged  in  different  manners 
as  required  in  different  applications.  A  large  number  of 
switch  positions,  for  example,  24.  can  be  provided  in  a  very 
small  switch  structure.  The  individual  contacU  for  the  dif- 
ferent positions  are  embedded  in  a  plastic  insulating  member 
to  provide  a  solid  insulated  support  therefor. 


3,668,339 

IGNITION  DISTRIBUTOR  WITH  A  SUPPORT  PLATE 

FOR  THE  CONTACT  ASSEMBLY  HELD  IN  POSITION  BY 

ZONE  RESILIENCE 

WilUan    Harold   Cookaey,   Wabal,    Engbnd,    — ignor   to 

Joaeph  Local  (Induttria)  Liodlcd,  Birmingham,  England 

Filed  Aof.  1, 1967,  Scr.  No.  657,630 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Aug.  23, 1966, 

37,673/66 

Int.  CI.  HOlh  19/62 

US.  CI.  200— 19  7  Claims 


A  latching  device  for  a  manual  switch  actuator,  including  a 
U-shaped  retainer  which  can  be  placed  in  either  of  two  con- 
ditions, in  one  of  which  it  leaves  the  actuator  free  to  be 
manipulated  and  in  the  other  of  which  it  restrains  the  actua- 
tor against  movement.  An  elongate  spring  secured  to  a  base 
at  one  end  can  be  hooked  at  its  other  end  under  an  edge  of 
the  retainer,  or  released  from  the  retainer.  When  released  the 
retainer  drops  and  permits  the  actuator  to  be  operated  at  will 
subject  to  no  inhibition.  When  hooked  the  spring  locks  the 
retainer  against  actuation,  except  on  forcible  displacement  of 
the  retainer  against  the  force  of  the  spring. 


tainer  aga 
SWITCH  1 


3.668,341 

J  FOR  POWER  UNES  ACTUATED  BY  i  i 

ROTATABLE  SUPPORTING  INSULATOR 

Paul  A.  Snedky,  3780  CanBcId  Rood,  Pandcna,  CaUl.,  and 

AndcfMn  B.  Smedky,  1191  Morada  Place,  Aitadena,  Calif. 

FOed  Oct.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  82,734 

Int.a.H01hi//00 

U.S.  CL  2i0-48  R  »5 


I    FBed 
.2I0-48 


iCIaiH 


pi      .!?  B4. 


•iiittmr. 


^^•trrftiffiM 


JU: 


An  ignition  distributor  including  a  casing,  a  rotatable  shaft 
extending  axially  within  the  casing  of  the  distributor,  and  car- 
rying the  rotor  arm  of  the  distributor,  and  a  plate  supported 
within  the  casing  and  carrying  the  contact  breaker  assembly 
of  the  distributor,  said  plate  being  engaged  with  the  inner 
surface  of  the  casing  by  virtue  of  its  own  resilience,  the  plate 
being  flexed  during  insertion  into  the  casing  and  the  casing 
being  shaped  to  locate  the  plate  in  its  correct  position. 


A  switch  for  power  lines  which  is  actuated  by  a  supjxsrting 
rotatable  insulator.  A  first  insulator  has  a  bearing  at  each 
end,  one  to  be  attached  to  a  support  such  as  a  pole,  and  the 
other  to  the  conductor  <rf  the  power  line.  The  first  insulator  is 
freely  rotatable  without  moving  the  conductor.  A  second  in- 
sulator structurally  interconnects  two  segments  of  the  con- 
ductor, and  a  movable  switch  blade  movable  by  rotation  of 
the  first  insulator  connects  or  interconnects  the  segments. 

This  invention  makes  possible  the  innovation  of  remotely- 
actuated  group  operation  of  a  plurality  of  in-line  switches,  in 
addition  to  its  capability  of  individual  operation  of  a  single 
switch. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


808 


3,668,342 
CAN  OPENER  SWITCH 
James  Prltubky,  HaniriMirg,  Pa.,  aMlgno 
poratcd,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

Filed  July  29,  1971,  Scr.  No.  167,304 
Int.  CL  HOlh  21/00. 3/16 
U.S.  CL  200—52  R 


at  the  end  opposite  to  the  entrance  of  the  cord.  The  recepta- 
cle has  a  push-button  switch  and  a  flat  base  for  support  on  a 
to  AMP  Incor*  table  surface.  Within  the  receptacle  are  two  metal  connector 
pieces  having  sharp  prongs  located  at  the  inner  end  of  the 
recess.  The  recess  is  oblong  in  cross  sectional  configuration 
to  receive  a  freshly  cut  end  portion  of  the  original  electric 
11  Clainw  cord  from  the  appliance,  where  it  has  been  cut  close  to  the 
appliance.  The  receptacle  also  has  a  manually  operable  lever 
to  force  the  said  cut  end  of  the  appliance  cord  laterally 


A  metal  can  opener  switch  housing  has  slotted,  spaced 
apart  side  walls  for  slidably  receiving  a  unitary  switch  frame 
of  insulating  material  which,  in  turn,  employs  parallel,  spaced 
apari  walls.  Offset  switch  terminal  supports  extend  transver- 
sely between  the  walls  and  adjacent  respective  ends  of  the 
switch  frame.  First  and  second  similarly  configured  switch 
terminals  formed  of  flat  strip  stock  have  web  portions  on  the 
supports  and  portions  extending  obliquely  beyond  one  side  of 
the  frame  and  away  from  respective  ends,  defining  contact 
ends  which  extend  in  opposite  directions  and  are  spaced 
apart  due  to  the  spacing  of  the  supports.  A  leaf  spring  in- 
tegral with  the  housing  is  engageable  by  the  overlapping  or 
outer  terminal  upon  flexure  towards  the  other  side  of  the 
frame  to  provide  a  high  force  tending  to  open  the  switch. 


SOUND  PLAYBACK  DEVICE  WITH  IMPROVED  COIL 

SPRING  PICK-UP  ARM 

Corrado  RaffacH,  Via  del  Chlavari  6,  and  Gulliana  SomigU, 

Via  Lcopoldo  RuspoU  40,  both  of  Rome,  Italy 

Filed  Jan.  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  7,181 

Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  May  3,  1969,  36888  Ay69 

Int.  CL  HOlh  1/22 
U.S.  CL  200—52  R  3  Claims 


Ma.  tla 


Ua. 


[^^^--^^^ 


against  the  pron^  so  as  to  make  electrical  connecticm 
thereto.  Replacement  of  an  old  cord  involves  merely  cutting 
the  cord  an  inch  or  so  from  the  appliance,  inserting  the  cut 
cord  end  deeply  in  the  receptacle  recess  and  then  operating 
the  lever  to  impale  the  cord  on  the  sharp  prongs.  The  plug  of 
the  replacement  cord  is  then  inserted  in  the  wall  receptacle. 
The  receptacle  switch  will  now  be  conveniently  accessible  to 
switch  the  appliance  on  and  <rff. 


3,668,345 

ELECTRIC  SWITCH  WITH  IMPROVED  CAM 

OPERATED  PIVOTED  CONTACT 

Oka  Tsumoni,  Tokyo,  Japan,  aarignor  to  Alps  Electric  Co., 

Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FOed  Oct.  8,  1970,  Ser.  No.  79,032 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct.  14, 1969, 44/98006 

Int.  CL  HOlh  1/06, 1/34 
U.S.  a.  200—6  BB  21  Clainv 


*N     ^ 


A  phonograph  has  a  pivoted  pick-up  arm  and  a  switch 
comprising  a  first  contact  member  protruding  from  said  arm 
and  arcuately  movable  over  at  least  one  second  contact 
member.  Operation  of  said  switch  actuates  circuits  for  the 
function  of  auxiliary  devices  during  playback. 


3,668,344 
QUICK  REPLACEMENT,  SLACK  TAKE-UP  ELECTRIC 
CORD  WITH  IMPROVED  SWITCH,  DETACHABLE 
ELECTRICAL  CONNECTOR  MEANS 
Herbert  G.  Lchmann,  5  Kent  Road,  Easton,  Conn. 
Filed  May  4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  34,324 
Int.  a.  HOlh  35/00 
U.S.  CL  200-52  R  5  Claim 

A  quick  replacement,  slack  take-up  electric  cord  for 
lamps,  clocks,  radios,  etc,  comprising  a  length  of  two-con- 
ductor lamp  cord  coiled  and  permanently  set  in  a  helix,  one 
end  of  the  lamp  cord  having  a  conventional  two-prong  elec- 
tric plug  for  insertion  in  a  wall  receptacle.  The  other  end  of 
the  cord  has  a  special  elongate  receptacle  made  with  a  recess 


A  switch  particularly  adapted  for  use  with  a  variable  re- 
sistance mechanism  comprises  a  first  fixed  contact  having  an 
arcuate  contact  edge,  a  second  generally  U-shaped  fixed  con- 
tact spaced  from  said  first  fixed  contact,  and  a  resilient 
movable  contact,  one  end  of  which  is  secured  to  one  leg  of 
the  second  fixed  contact,  said  movable  contact  being  nor- 
mally flexed  with  its  other  free  end  biased  into  engagement 
with  the  arcuate  edge  of  said  first  fixed  contact.  A  rotor  is 
provided  with  an  integrally  formed  projection  having  a  recess 
adapted  to  engage  the  free  end  of  said  movable  ccmtact  in 
confining  relationship.  Electrical  connection  between  the 
first  and  second  fixed  contacts  through  the  movable  contact 
is  broken  as  the  rotor  is  rotated  in  <me  direction  engaging  the 
free  end  of  the  movable  contact  in  the  recess  formed  in  said 
projection.  The  rotation  of  the  rotor  in  the  opposite  direction 
allows  the  movable  contact  to  resile  into  operative  electrical 
engagement  .with  said  first  fixed  contact.  This  is  accom- 
plished by  means  of  a  stop  member  on  the  other  leg  dt  said 
second  fixed  contact  adapted  to  engage  the  free  end  of  said 
movable  contact 


304 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6j  1972 


3,668,346  member,  the  body  member  having  four  like  terminal  mount- 

SWINGABLE  C(NVIB  FOR  CLOSING  MAGNETIC  '"S  slots  arranged  in  annular  fashion  therein  and  each  being 

SWITCH  FOR  CONTROLLING  HOT  RINSE  WATER  IN  A    adapted  to  receive  a  contact  carrying  terminal. 

DISHWASHER 
Tore  H.  NorcB,  1350  Doucr  Avenue,  San  Frandaco,  CaHf. 
FHcd  Jan.  11,  1971,  Scr.  No.  105,471 


Int.a.H01hJ/yd 


U.S.  CL  200—61.41 


4CMim 


A  dishwashing  machine  having  a  hot  water  rinse  compart- 
ment through  which  a  train  of  dish-carrying  dollies  is  moved 
and  a  switch  actuating  comb  is  mounted  in  the  compartment 
and  has  depending  tines  that  are  swung  in  one  direction  by  a 
dish  basket  carried  by  a  doUy  so  as  to  close  a  magnetic  svtritch 
that  opens  a  solenoid  valve  for  spraying  rinse  water  onto  the 
dishes.  The  comb  tines  are  so  mounted  that  they  can  freely 
swing  in  the  opposite  direction  should  it  become  necessary  to 
reverse  the  movement  of  a  dolly  and  its  dish  basket  in  the 
rinse  compartment  and  the  magnetic  switch  will  not  be 
closed  and  neither  will  the  tines  be  damaged. 


3,668,347 
SNAP  ACTING  ELECTRICAL  SWITCH  CONSTRUCTION 

HAVING  RESET  MEANS 

Theodore     Y.     Korsgrcn,     Orange,     Conn.,     assignor     to 

Robcrtshaw  Controb  Company,  Richmond,  Va. 

Flicd  Jan.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  3,833 

Int.  CL  HOlh  1 51 18 

U.S.  CI.  200—76  16  Claims 


„OC-2?<^A,66C 
54C 


.^^^S^ 


430 


^68C 


3,668,348  ^ 

KITCHEN  MIXER 
Charles  L.  Bauer,  Cheshire,  Conn.,  aMJgnor  to  Scovfli  Manu- 
facturiag  Company,  Watcrbury,  Conn. 

Filed  Mar.  23,  1971,  Ser.  No.  127,149 


U.S.  a.  200—^ 


A  snap  blade  carried  by  a  housing  means  and  having  an 
opening  means  passing  therethrough,  an  actuator  member  in- 
terconnected to  said  snap  blade  to  cause  the  snap  blade  to 
snap  to  different  positions  thereof  as  the  actuating  member  is 
moved  relative  to  the  housing  means  for  an  electrical 
switching  function.  The  actuating  member  is  disposed  in  the 
opening  means  of  the  blade  and  has  opposed  ends  extending 
from  opposite  sides  thereof.  A  cup-shaped  plunger  member 
receives  one  of  the  ends  of  the  actuator  member  in  the  open 
end  thereof  and  has  abutment  means  extending  from  the 
open  end  and  being  received  in  the  opening  means  of  the 
blade  to  provide  for  numual  reset  of  the  switch  construction. 
The  housing  means  comprises  a  body  member  and  a  cover 


Int.  CL  H02l(  7154 


1  Claim 


ICitchen  mixer  includes  an  external  speed  control  slider 
and  a  pivotable  centrifugally  operated  switch.  A  connecting 
arrangement  is  provided  between  said  control  slider  and  said 
centrifugpUly  operated  switch.  A  peripherally  toothed  face 
cam  is  arranged  to  swing  said  switch.  This  is  effected  by  the 
cam-teeth  which  are  connected  through  a  spur  gear  ^ain  to 
the  rack  gear  carried  by  said  slider. 


3,668,349 

PROPORTIONAL  PRESSURE  DIFFERNCE  ACTUATOR 
Jerome  G.  Dudicsneau,  Andovcr,  and  Robert  A.  Schwartz, 
Vernon,  both  of.  Conn.,  assignors  to  United  Aircrafl  Cor- 
poration, East  Hartford,  Conn. 

FUed  Mv.  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  123,507 

IbL  CL  HOlh  35138;  FOlb  7104 

MJS.  a.  200—82  R  71  Claims 


Actuation  of  a  pressure  actuator  is  manifested  solely  when 
the  pressures  from  two  separate  systems  exceed  a  predeter- 
mined differential  or  the  absence  of  pressure  is  evidenced  by 
including  a  piston  having  one  face  sensitive  to  one  of  the 
pressures  and  the  opposing  face  sensitive  to  the  other  pres- 
sure, and  a  pair  of  smaller  pistons  slidably  mounted  on  con- 
necting shaft  of  the  piston,  each  having  a  face  adapted  to 
subtract  a  force  from  the  total  force  when  the  pressure  acting 
on  one  face  of  the  sensing  piston  is  at  a  predetermined  value. 
The  piston  is  spring  loaded  in  an  actuating  position  N^hen  no 
pressure  is  acting  on  the  piston. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  200—144  see: 
Patent  No.  3,667,871 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


305 


3,668,350 
VACUUM  TYPE  CIRCUrr  INTERRUPTER 
Kofchl  TakflvcM;  Talwo  Okada,  and  SMnlciii  AoM,  aH  of 
Amatasaki,  Japan,  asdtnort  to  MltiubWii  DenU  Kabushlid 
Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Japui 

FUed  Mar.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  808,263 

Int.  CL  HOlh  33166 

MS.  CL  200-144  B  I  Claim 


of  said  transformer,  whereby  the  transformer  may  be  isolated 
without  interrupting  the  continuity  of  the  loop  circuit,  or  a 
faulty  section  of  the  loop  between  different  single  dwelling 
transformers  may  be  isolated  and  repaired  or  replaced 
without  deenergjzing  any  transformer  energized  from  the 
loop. 


An  arc  extinguishing  chamber  confined  by  a  cylindrical 
housing  of  stainless  steel,  and  an  insulating  chamber  within  a 
hollow  cylindrical  insulator  communicate  with  each  other 
and  are  maintained  in  a  vacuum  with  two  contacts  disposed 
in  the  arc  extinguishing  chamber.  A  pair  of  apertured  separa- 
tor plates  respectively  disposed  at  each  end  of  the  housing 
and  another  pair  of  separator  plates  respectively  mounted  on 
each  contact  rod  are  formed  of  stainless  steel  and  prevent  the 
insulating  chamber  from  overheating  during  exhaustion  at  a 
high  temperature  and  also  from  being  contaminated  in  opera- 
tion. Two  heating  devices  are  used  to  heat  the  housing  to  a 
higher  temperature  than  the  insulating  chamt>er  during  the 
exhausting  operation. 


3,668351 
SECnONALIZING  AND  PROTECTIVE  APPARATUS  FOR 

SINGLE  HOUSE  TRANSFORMER 
Cart  J.  Walbnin,  and  Kenneth  Eari  Hankc,  both  of  St  Louk 
County,  Mo.,  assignors  to  Kearney-National  Inc.,  St.  Louis, 
Mo. 

Filed  July  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  846,187 

Int.  CL  HOlh  33100 

U.S.  CL  200— 144  5  Claims 


3,668352 
.      BLAST  ORIFICE  UNIT  FOSL  SELF-BLASTING 
COMPRESSED  GAS  ELECTRIC  dRCUTT-BREAKERS 
Benito  Jose  C^vlno  Y.  TcUdro,  BcrianMk,  Italy,  — igntir  to 
Magrinl  Fabbrkbc  Rlunile  Mafrini  Scarpa  c  Magnano 
M.S.M.S.P.A.,  MDan,  Italy 

Filed  Nov.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92,671 
dafam  priority,  appHcadon  Itidy,  Nov.  27, 1969,  24973  A/69 

Int.  CL  HOlh  33170 
U.S.  CL  200—148  R  7  Claims 


Apparatus  for  controlling  and  protecting  an  electrical 
power  distribution  system  from  failure  occurring  in  or 
between  sin^e  dwelling  transformers  whose  primary 
windings  are  energized  from  a  sectioiudizable  loop.  The  ap- 
paratus includes  three  disconnect  switches,  one  set  of  ccxi- 
tacts  in  each  being  permanently  connected  in  dectrical  series 
and  the  outermost  ones  of  the  series  have  their  opposite  con- 
tacts impermanently  connected  to  different  sections  of  the 
sectionalizaUe  loop,  while  the  intermediate  one  of  the  series 
has  its  opposite  contacts  removably  connected  to  one  end  of 
a  fuse,  the  opposite  end  of  which  connects  with  the  primary 


An  axial  blast  interruption  chamber  for  self-blasting  com- 
pressed gas  electric  circuit-breakers,  having  a  blast  orifice 
unit  internally  shaped  to  provide,  in  the  outlet  direction,  a 
conical  convergent  zone;  a  cylindrical  zone  having  the  smal- 
lest surface  in  comparison  with  the  other  internal  zones,  in 
which  a  plurality  of  decompression  holes  is  located,  the 
mouth  sections  of  these  holes  being  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the 
interruption  chamber;  and  a  substantially  conical  divergent 
zone,  the  divergent  zone  having  a  plurality  of  ring-like 
grooves,  each  of  which  is  of  substantially  triangular  cross  sec- 
tion with  an  open  base  disposed  towards  the  outlet  orifice  of 
the  interruption  chamber,  wherein  the  decompression  holes 
have  substantially  the  shape  of  oblique  truncated  cones  with 
their  axis  slanting  in  the  gas  outflow  direction;  an  external 
shell  concentrically  surrounding  the  interruption  chamber, 
and  a  toroidal  groove  concentrically  disposed  in  the  sheU, 
having  a  substantially  triangular  cross  section  with  an  open 
base  disposed  in  the  direction  of  the  outlet  orifi<^,  the 
generatrix  of  the  toroidal  groove  slanting  in  the  gas  outflow 
direction,  the  outlet  sections  of  the  deccnnpressicm  holes 
opening  into  the  toroidal  groove. 


3,668353 
ELECTRICAL  SWITCHES  WITH  EXTERNAL  RETURN 

SPRINGS 
Andrew  F.  Raab,  Morton  Grove,  IIL,  ■wtgnor  to  Indak  Manu- 
f actufing  Corp.,  Northbrook,  DL 

FUed  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39389 

Int.  CL  HOlh  1 5102 

UACL200— 153K  4Cialnis 

The  present  invention  provides  a  new  switch  having  a 
return  spring  which  is  mounted  outside  the  casing  in  which 
the  carriage  and  contactor  are  movable.  An  operating  lever 
or  other  member  extends  into  tiie  casing  to  engage  the  car- 
riage. Preferably,  the  spring  is  in  the  form  oi  a  torsion  spring 
mounted  on  the  pivot  which  supports,  the  lever.  In  one  em- 
bodiment, the  spring  has  arms  which  extend  into  the  casing 
through  an  opening  therein,  and  then  into  a  recess  in  the  car- 
riage. When  the  carriage  is  moved  in  opposite  directions,  it 
engages  and  moves  the  opposite  arms  of  the  spring.  The  op- 


306 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  e,  1972 


posite  ends  of  the  opening  in  the  casing  provide  stops  which 
are  engageable  with  the  arms  to  maintain  initial  stress  in  the 


spring.  In  another  embodiment,  the  arms  are  engageable  by 
tabs  or  other  elements  on  the  operating  lever. 


3,668^54 
RADIO  FREQUENCY  TRANSFER  SWITCH 
Ronald  A.  Mccmuuis,  StrooffsvUlc,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Puit- 
Ohio  Industries,  Inc.,  CievduMl,  Ohio 

Filed  Dec.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,212 

Int.  CL  HOlh  3100 

U.S.  CI.  200— 153S  17  Claims 


A  radio  frequency  transfer  switch  is  provided  which  in- 
cludes a  pair  of  spaced  apart  annular  fixed  contact  elements 
and  a  pair  of  movable  contact  discs  carried  by  an  axially 
reciprocable  shaft  which  is  fluid  motor  actuated  to  move  the 
contact  discs  into  and  out  of  engagement  with  the  fixed  an- 
nular contacts.  The  fixed  annular  contacts  are  supported  by 
plate  means  and  fluid  cooling  tube  means  are  disposed 
against  the  plate  means  and  in  surrounding  relationship  with 
respect  to  the  fixed  annular  contacts. 


3,668355 
REED  MATERIAL  FCMt  SEALED  CONTACT 
APPUCATION 
David  CampbcU,  and  Real  Oaor  ChamlMrland,  GtvenfMd 
Park,  both  o(  Quebec,  Canada,  aarignors  to  Northern  Elec- 
tric Company  Limited,  Nfontreai,  Quebec,  Canada 
Filed  Jan.  27, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 10,153 
Int.  CL  HOlh  1102, 1/66 
U.S.  CL  200— 166  C  6Claina 


/5       4  /9 

l,ll^JII.IIl.,>Afl.l'KI>r7Trf     __     ^  ^ 


<>i.ni.fi.i'i.iM.i»^>,.,<iia^^ 


A  reed  for  use  in  a  reed-type  switch  comprising  a  body  of 
magnetic  material  having  a  contacting  surface  essentially 


made  up  of  a  precious  metal  with  some  of  the  body  material 
diffused  therein,  and  an  interfile  layer  of  an  alloy  of  the  pre- 
cious metal  and  the  body  material  between  the  body  of  mag- 
netic material  and  the  precious  metal  layer.  The  magnetic 
material  is  a  glass-compatible  nickel-iron  alloy  containing 
from  about  0.1 2S  to  about  0.2S0  manganese  by  weight  per- 
cent and  having  a  resistivity  not  greater  than  about  22S  ohms 
per  circular  mil  foot. 


MECI 


3,668,356 

:hanical  key  actuator  INCLUDINCJ 

CANTILEVER  BEAM  RESTORING  FORCE  MEANS 

Dennis  H.  Kekaa,  RaMgh,  N.C.,  aasignor  to  Intcmatloniri 

BusincBS  Machines  Corporation,  Armonli,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  103,557 

I  Int.  CL  HOlh  3112 

U.S.C1.  ioO— 172  A  llClalRM 


An  actuating  device  having  a  keytop,  base,  and  an  actuator 
assembly  affixed  to  the  base,  the  assembly  including  a  rod 
and  a  cantilever  beam  arrangement  for  providing  a  snap  ac- 
tion response  to  key  force  and  for  driving  the  rod  to  form  an 
electrical  make-break  contact,  the  base  and  assemMy  con- 
stituting a  unitary  flexible-tough  thermoplastic  body. 


■  3,668,357 

MICROWAVE  SEAL  FOR  ELECTRONIC  RANGE 
Kyooo  Kobayaahi,  Shiiuoka,  Japan,  assignor  to  Mitsubishi 
Denki  Kabushlki  KaidM,  Tokyo,  Japui 

FDcd  Oct.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83,162 
CWnw  priority,  appMcatkM  Japan,  Oct.  23, 1969, 44/100841 

Int.  CL  H05b  9106 
U.S.  CL  ^19—10.55  4  Cbrins 


The  disclosed  microwave  seal  for  electronic  rangje  com- 
prises a  choke  coupling  type  microwave  cavity  communicat- 
ing with  a  clearance  between  a  range  main  body  and  a  door 
in  addition  to  a  microwave  seal  of  any  desired  type.  The 
microwave  cavity  serves  to  choke  the  second  harmonic 
frequency  component  of  the  microwave  energy  to  prevent 
the  same  from  leaking  from  the  range,  while  the  microwave 
seal  serves  to  prevent  the  basic  frequency  component  of  the 
microwave  energy  from  leaking. 


I  3,668,358 

APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTROMAGNETIC  HEATING  OF 

UQUIDS 
Lcnmurt  Arvid  Stcnstrom,  Huddinte,  Sweden,  awignor  to 
Alfa-Laval  AB,  Tumba,  Sweden  i 

Filed  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,250         > 
Clainu  priority,  application  Sweden,  May  27, 1969, 7461/69 

Int.  CL  H05b  5100,  9106 
U.S.  CI.  219— 10.65  7  Clafam 

The  liquid  to  be  heated  is  formed  by  suitable  means  into  a 
jet  having  an  annular  cross-section  and  which  is  free  from 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


807 


3,668,360 


contact  with  any  surface;  and  means  are  provided  for  trans-  »„-vx^.--^  tom-i  imit  \kvj  niKC  MFTHOD 

ferring  to  the  annular  jet  electromagnetic  energy  uniformly  AUTOMATIC  PIPELINE  WELDING  METHOD 


William  L.  BalUs,  661  Leap  lUwd,  HlUiard,  Ohfo 

ContinuatkMi-in-part  of  applkatkm  Scr.  No.  18,370,  Mar.  12, 

1970,  now  abandoned ,  and  a  continuation  of  704,437,  Feb.  9, 

1968,  now  abandoned.  This  appiicatkNi  Feb.  24,  1971,  Scr. 

No.  118,449 

lnt.a.  B23ki7/06 

U.S.  CL  219-61  .11  Claims 


distributed  around  the  periphery  of  the  jet  as  viewed  in  said 
cross-section. 


3,668,359 
CLAMPING  AND  WELDING  ASSEMBLY 
John  O.  Emmcrton,  c/o  The  DSD  Company,  Bradley  Park, 
West  Granby,  Conn. 

Filed  Jan.  29,  1971,  Scr.  No.  110,930 
InL  CL  B23k  9102 


MJ&.  CL  219—60  A 


11  Claims 


The  method  for  automatically  welding  pipelines  by  means 
of  a  gas  shielded  short  circuiting  electric  arc  is  disclosed 
wherein  the  arc  is  supplied  by  a  consumable  metal  electrode 
which  is  connected  in  parallel  to  both  a  constant  voltage 
power  source  and  a  constant  current  power  source.  A  solid 
non-consumaWe  metal  backup  plate  is  positioned  against  the 
root  opening  of  the  weld  joint,  an  arc  is  estaUished  between 
the  electrode  and  the  pipeline  and  the  electrode  is  moved 
along  the  circumference  of  the  pipeline  in  proximity  to  the 
weld  joint.  The  electrode  is  supplied  to  the  joint  at  a  constant 
feed  rate  selected  from  the  range  of  between  350  and  1 ,000 
inches  per  minute  during  each  of  a  stringer  bead  pass,  one  or 
more  filler  passes,  and  a  cap  pass  of  the  electrode  about  the 
circumference  of  the  pipeline.  Ehiring  each  of  the  passes  the 
current  supplied  to  the  electrode  by  the  constant  current 
source  is  selected  in  accordance  with  the  feed  rate  in  order 
to  maintain  the  current  supplied  by  the  constant  vohage 
source,  and  thus  the  arc  force,  below  a  predetermined  level 
for  each  selected  feed  rate  while  maintaining  a  short  circuit- 
ing type  welding  operation. 


3,668361 

STRUCTURE  FOR  AND  METHOD  OF  ELECTRO 

EROSION  MACHINING 

Thomas  J.  O'Connor,  100  Morgan  Road,  Ann  Arbor,  Mkh. 

Filed  Apr.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33^17 

Int.  CL  B23k  9116 

U.S.  CL  219—69  C  5  Claims 


An  orbital  tube  welder  is  provided  comprising  a  pair  of 
tube  clamping  assemblies  having  dual  clamping  areas  and  an 
electrode  carrying  housing  adapted  for  rotation  around  the 
clamping  assemblies  while  applying  a  closing  force  thereon. 
The  clamping  assemblies  advantageously  accommodate  ir- 
regular contours  along  the  length  of  tubing  being  welded 
while  assuring  precise  positioning  and  secure  aUgned  clamp- 
ing thereof  during  the  welding  operation  by  utilizing  damp- 
ing jaws  adjacent  the  weld  and  a  spaced  resilient  aligning  and 
clamping  collar  having  a  radial  slot  extending  along  the 
length  thereof.  Multiple  adjustments  are  incorporated  in  both 
the  housing  and  the  individual  clamping  assemblies  for 
precisely  controlling  alignment  of  the  tubes  being  welded. 


^■N 


-   G*Te 


POimCR 

SUPPLY 


s<- 


KLVr 


QLS.C 


sa 


OtLtT 

7 


30 

J— 


SATE 


INVERTER 


0.&C. 


Ii4 


'ze 


0*TE 


7" 


POWER 
SUPPLY 


7 

2C 


A  high  voltage,  low  current  electric  signal  is  placed  across 
the  electrode  and  workpiece  in  an  electro  erosion  machining 
circuit  in  accordance  with  the  disclosure  to  provide  improved 
machining.  The  high  voltage,  low  current  signal  may  be  con- 
tinuous or  pulsed  and  if  pulsed,  it  may  be  initiated  by  inter- 
mittent low  voltage,  high  current  electro  erosion  machining 


308 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6*  1972 


pulses  or  independent  therefrom.  The  high  voltage,  low  cur- 
rent signab,  if  pulsed,  may  also  be  initiated  prior  to,  at  the 
same  time  as  or  subsequent  to  the  low  voltage,  high  current 
electro  machining  pulses  and  may  be  of  the  same  or  opposite 
polarity.  If  the  high  voltage,  low  current  signal  is  pulsed,  the 
frequency  and  pulse  width  may  be  varied.  A  capacitor  may 
be  selectively  placed  across  the  electrode  and  workpiece  dur- 
ing electro  erosion  machining  in  conjunction  with  the  high 
voltage,  low  current  signal  to  further  improve  the  machining 
characteristics  of  the  low  voltage,  high  current  electro  ero- 
sion machining  signal. 


39D609362 

METHODS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  WELDING 

REINFORCING  MEMBERS  TO  SHADOW  MASKS 

Myron  C.  Kircimcr,  Itaxa,  HI.,  and  Thomas  R.  Rosenbcrger, 

Milwaukee,  Wis.,  assignors  to  Tubal  Industries,  Inc.,  Ellc 

Grove  VUlagc,  lU.,  by  said  Kfaxhncr 

Filed  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48,132 

Int.  CI.  B23k  77/70 

VS.  CI.  219—87  12  Claims 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  welding  reinforcing  members 
to  color  television  shadow  masks.  Eight  internal  supporting 
blocks  are  positioned  by  a  rotary  cam  to  support  the  inside 
concave  surfiace  oi  the  mask  while  welding  electrodes  press 
and  weld  a  reinforcing  ring  to  the  shadow  nusk  from  the  out- 
side. 


3,668,363 
APPARATUS  FOR  WELDING  PARTS  TO  WORKPIECES 
Don  E.  EhrUdi,  Avon,  OMo,  aasignor  to  TRW  Inc.,  Cleveland, 
Ohio 

Original  application  Jan.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  563,914,  now 

Patent  No.  3,557,338.  Divided  and  this  application  Jan.  26, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  10.705 

InL  a.  B23k  9/20,  9/22 

VS.  a.  219—98  I  Claim 


Apparatus  is  provided  for  welding  parts  to  workpieces  at  a 
high  rate  in  the  order  of  250-300  parts  per  minute.  The  ap- 


paratus includes  an  arrangement  for  supplying  the  parts  to 
the  chuck  of  the  welding  tool  and  a  mechanical  arrai^gement 
for  co-ordinating  the  operation  of  the  tool  and  the  part 
supply.  The  entire  operation  of  the  tool  is  controlled 
mechanically  including  mechanical  means  for  timing  the  pilot 
ad  weldiag  arcs  of  the  welding  cycle. 


3,668,364 

WELDING  METHOD 

Hirokazu  Nomura,  and  Akira  SaaaU,  holh  of  Yokohama, 

Japwi,   assignors   to   Nippon    Kokan    Kabushiki   Kaisha, 

Tokyo, Japan 

Continuatkm  of  application  Scr.  No.  794,957,  Jan.  29,  1969, 

now  abandoned.  TMi  appMcatlon  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

31373 

Claim&priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  19, 1968,43/10094 

Int.  CL  B23k  9/72 


UA  CI.  219-125  R 


Clabm 


A  welding  method  used  in  electric  arc  welding  wherein  a 
consum^le  wire  core  electrode  is  fed  by  a  nozzle  onto  a 
workpiece  at  a  welding  station.  The  nozzle  moves  relative  to 
the  workpiece  at  a  changeable  speed  including  intermittent 
motion  so  as  to  provided  an  agitating  action  to  the  weld 
metal,  the  intermittent  motion  being  in  the  form  of  oscilla- 
tions at  between  0.2  to  4  Hz  and  small  amplitude  along  the 
direction  of  the  weld  seam. 


>  3,668,365 

PULSED  LIQUID  WIRE  ELECTROHYDRAUUC  SYSTEM 
Robert  W.  Norin,  Country  Chib  Ifllls,  and  DoniOd  J.  Roth, 
Chicago  Heights,  both  o(  m.,  aaslgnors  to  Contincqtal  Can 
Company,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y.  I 

Original  application  Sept.  25,  1968,  Ser.  No.  762,457,  now 
Patent  No.  3^66,648.  Divided  and  this  appHcatkm  Aug.  17, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  64,394 
Int.  CL  B21J  1/06 


U.S.CI.  219— 149 

i 


I  rawii 

jSUrrtY  tTlltlM 
CKT. 


3IIII 


^ 


I* 


^       flTi  >w<uc«:  on  ^ 
"Tsr     Z^  m»catuewi 
m    •*      1     FuiD 


CKT 

Mroorr* 

r(MlM  CKT. 


Claims 


An  elcctrohydraulic  container  forming  device  wherein  a 
thin  stream  of  conductive  fluid  constitutes  a  bridge  between 
one  electrode  and  the  other  of  the  shock  producing  elec- 
trodes. The  conductive  liquid  is  pressurized  to  a  higher  value 
than  the  internal  pressure  of  the  container.  In  operation  the 
conductive  liquid  is  emitted  under  pressure  from  one  elec- 
trode by  a  timing  circuit  driving  a  shear  type  solenoid  valve. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


309 


A  second  timing  circuit  synchronizes  the  electrical  discharge 
with  the  establishment  of  a  preferentially  conductive  bridge 
across  the  electrode  gap.  A  sharp  jet  pulse  is  given  off  from 
the  arc  thus  established  and  this  develops  pressure  inside  the 

rubber  diaphragm  to  press  it  against  the  container  which  is 
then  pressed  into  the  interstices  of  the  die  to  give  a  fiilly  styl- 
ized container. 


part  disposed  in  a  region  not  containing  the  runs  of  the 
shorter  element  so  that  when  placed  in  parallel  there  is  an 
even  heat  distribution  over  the  pad  or  blanket,  when  placed 
in  series  there  is  an  even  heat  distribution  a(  less  heat  and 
when  only  one  circuit  is  connected  to  the  supply  one  area  of 
the  pad  or  blanket  is  heated  at  a  different  temperature  to  the 
remaining  area  of  the  pad  or  blanket. 


3,668,366  3,668,368 

RESISTANCE  WELDING  APPARATUS  A  PROCESS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  THE  PREVENTION 

Johannes  F.  Gcrbcr,  King  of  Prussia,  and  Rudolph  A.  Cola,  OF  ICE  FCWMATION  IN  TUNNELS 

Malvern,  both  of  Pa.,  assignors  to  Burroughs  Corporation,  Oddmund  MoMskred,  Brakchnugcn,  5050  Ncsttun,  Norway 

Detroit,  Mich.  Filed  Dec.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95«452 

Filed  Feb.  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 16,156  Int  CL  H05b  3/00 

Int  a.  B21J  13/08  VS.  CL  219—213                                                     27  dains 


U.S.CL  219-158 


3Clainis 


A  welding  apparatus  which  permits  accurate  spacing  of 
workpieces,  and  eliminates  arcing  of  the  welding  current  and 
contamination  of  the  workpieces. 


3,668,367 
ELECTRICALLY  HEATED  PADS  OR  BLANKETS 

Frederick  R.  WUHama,  WoMng,  England,  aarignor  to 
land  Electrical  AppHaoocs  Limited,  Hjrtiie,  Southampton, 
Hampshire,  England 

Filed  May  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  824,962 

Int.  CL  H05b  1/00 

VS.  CL  219—212  3  Claims 


□  -" 


HEAD 


-^ 


re- 


processes and  devices  for  the  prevention  <^  ice  formation 
in  timnels,  especially  road  and  railway  tunnels,  nxMrntain 
cuttings  and  the  like,  by  the  supply  of  heat  from  the  outside 
to  rock  faces  where  the  formation  of  ice  normaUy  occurs. 
More  particularly,  this  involves  installing  electrical  heating 
means  distributed  in  a  self-supporting  manner  in  individual 
bores  formed  in  a  rock  face  substantially  at  right  angles  to  a 
boundary  surfece  with  the  air  and  heating  a  layer  of  rock 
between  the  air  and  rear-lying  masses  of  rock  to  a  tempera- 
ture higher  than  the  temperature  at  said  boundary  siofaoe 
and  lower  than  the  temperature  of  said  rear-lying  rock 
masses. 


3,668,369 

HEAT  SEALING  APPARATUS  FOR  CLOSURE  OF 

PAHERBOARD  PACKAGE  FLAPS 

William  J.  Howe,  Los  Altos,  Cidlf.,  assignor  to  Georgla-Padfic 

Corporation,  Pomand,  Orcg. 

Original  appMcaHon  Feb.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  795,786,  warn 

abandoned  ,  whieh  is  a  cowtinuatlon-hi-pit  of  application  Scr. 

No.  696.794,  Jan.  10, 1968,  now  abapdoocd.  Divided  and  tl^ 

application  June  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,079 

Int.  CL  H05b  7/00 

U.$.  CL  219— 243  11 


FOOT 


An  electrically  heated  pad  or  blanket  having  two  heating 
elements  defining  two  se(>arate  electrical  circuits,  each  cir- 
cuit being  connected  to  a  multi-position  switch  so  that  they 
can  be  coiuiected  to  a  supply  of  electricity  in  series  or  paral- 
lel or  selectively  one  at  a  time,  one  of  the  heating  elements 
being  longer  than  the  other  and  having  the  greater  length 


Apparatus 
flaps  having 


for  heat-sealing 
a  heat  scalable 


paperboard  package  closure 
coating.  While  the  package 


310 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


moves,  two  flaps  are  brought  into  proximity  along  two  planes 
diverging  at  an  acute  angle,  and  upon  the  facing  flap  sur- 
faces, are  impinged  one  or  more  high- volume,  low- velocity 
streams  of  very  hot  air,  each  along  a  controlled  narrow  area 
to  heat  one  or  more  critical  strips  of  each  flap  above  the 
heat-sealing  temperature. 


3.668^70 

PORTABLE  ELECTRIC  HEAT  GUN 

Rkiiard  Arthur  PattisoB,  BurUngton,  Mass.,  aasigiior  to  Elec- 

troniaed  Cheralcali  CorporatkMi,  BurUngton,  Man. 

Filed  Nov.  6,  1969,  Scr.  No.  874,577 

Int.  a.  F24II 3104;  H05b  3102 

MS,  CL  2 19-373  5  Claim 


3,66M71 

CRCUrr  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  ACCELERATED 

CONTINUOUS  CLEANING  OF  SELF  CLEANING  OVEN 

COATINGS 

MHlard  E.  Fry,  and  Robert  Dl  Bremer,  both  of  Dayton,  Ohio, 

■writnon  to  General  Motor*  Corporation,  Detroit,  ^Odi. 

Filed  June  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  153,727 

IiitCLF27d///00 

U.S.  CL  219—413  3  Claiim 


K-<XDSCD        C-CYO^iNG 


A  circuit  arrangement  for  a  continuously  cleaning  coated 
oven  at  an  elevated  temperature  range  above  the  normal 


operating  range  but  not  in  excess  of  that  allowed  for  non- 
locked  oven  operation  so  as  to  improve  the  thermal  cleaning 
of  the  oven  bottom  wall  coating.  The  arrangement  includes  a 
separate  manually  settable  control  switch  having  a  Cook 
position  for  energizing  the  bake  and  broil  elements  in  a  con- 
ventional manner  and  a  Qean  position  wherein  the  broil  ele- 
ment is  disconnected  and  the  bake  element  is  energized  while 
maintaining  the  thermostatic  condition  for  broil  operation 
such  that  the  oven  will  continuously  self-clean  by  heating  the 
oven  bottom  wall  much  hotter  than  the  existing  oven  air  tem- 
perature. 


parIatus 


3,668,372 
TEMPERATURE  SENSING  DEVICE  AND  APP/ 
UTILIZING  THE  SAME 
WllUani  H.  Rundl,  Myvcm,  Pa.,  aidgnor  to  Robertshaw 
Controb  Company,  Riclmiond,  Va. 

FVed  Apr.  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  131,672 

Int.  CL  H05b  3168 

U.S.a.219— 450  2dClainM 


A  portable  heat  gun  especially  applicable  for  shrinking  of 
hea^-shrinkable  polyethylene  tubings.  A  brushless  self- 
lubricating  electric  motor  is  positioned  within  a  hoUow  pistol 
grip  shaped  housing  of  high  impact  plastic,  in  line  with  an  air 
intake  oirifice  in  the  rear  of  the  housing.  The  motor  carries  a 
fan  to  push  intake  air  past  a  heating  wire  wound  round  a  stiff, 
flat,  refractory  card  nuuntained  within  the  inner  stainless 
steel  tube  of  the  two  co-axial  tubes  set  in  the  housing  and  giv- 
ing the  heat  gun  the  appearance  of  a  pistol,  and  then  through 
an  exhaust  orifice.  The  tubes  and  card  are  held  in  place  by  a 
set  of  screws  and  by  associated  spacer  elements.  Air  may  be 
passed  between  the  tubes  to  provide  thermal  insulation.  A 
three-way  switch  permits  fan  operation  with  or  without  heat- 
ing. Support  means  on  the  housing  cooperate  with  the  handle 
to  provide  a  tripod  support  for  holding  the  tubes  vertical. 


A  temperature  sensing  device  for  sensing  the  temperature 
of  a  cooking  vessel  disposed  on  the  heating  means  of  a  cook- 
ing apparatus  comprising  a  bracket  secured  to  the  cooking 
apparatus  and  movably  carrying  a  sensing  element  that  con- 
ucts  the  bottom  of  the  cooking  vessel,  the  sensing  element 
having  a  capillary  tube  interconnected  thereto  and  having  a 
single  bend  therein  that  provides  the  sole  means  for  urging 
the  sensing  element  into  contact  with  the  bottom,  of  the 
cooking  vessel. 


3,668,373 

EXCESS  TEMPERATURE  SWITCHING  DEVICE 
Nikolaiis  Laing,  Hofencr  Wcg  35-37,  7141  Aklingen  bd  Stutt- 
gart, Germany 

Filed  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,797 
Claims  priority,  applicatioo  Austria,  Nov.  4, 1969 ,  A 

110334/69  --^ 

Int.  CL  H05b  1102 
U.S.  CI.  219—505  2  Clainv 


A  temperature  switching  device  for  interrupting  an  electric 
circuit  above,  or  below  a  per-set  temperature  value  having  a 
temperature  sensor  formed  as  a  hollow  body  containing  two 
manually  insolated  conductors  and  a  substance  which  un- 
dergoes a  large  change  of  resistivity  at  a  well-defined  tem- 
perature 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


311 


3,668,374 
DRIVE  CIRCUIT  FOR  PULSED  INDUCTIVE  WINDINGS 
John  G.  Gami>lc,  Simsbury,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Veeder  Indus- 
tries Inc.,  Hartford,  Conn. 

Filed  July  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,190 

Int.  CL  G06m  1104 

U.S.  CI.  235-92  C  4  Clainv 


serial  count,  and  to  operate  a  shearing  mechanism  for  shear- 
ing the  printed  delivery  record  from  a  paper  roll. 


A  pulse  forming  drive  circuit  for  a  high  speed  counter  ac- 
tuated by  a  solenoid  wherein  a  pulsing  svritch  controls  the 
energization  of  the  solenoid.  The  drive  circuit  is  connected  in 
parallel  vrith  the  solenoid  and  includes  a  capaciior  and  a  re- 
sistor each  connected  across  the  solenoid  and  a  rectifier  con- 
nected in  series  vrith  the  capacitor  and  resistor  to  prevent  the 
flow  of  current  therethrough  when  the  pulsing  switch  is 
closed  but  allows  the  flow  of  current  therethrough  when  the 
magnetic  switch  is  open  to  delay  the  normal  voltage  spike 
and  then  use  the  delayed  voltage  spike  to  promote  the  rapid 
decay  of  the  magnetic  field  energy  of  the  solenoid. 


3,668375 
PRINTER 
Bruno  S.  Smilgys,  Hartford,  Conn.,  and  Robert  C.  Ritchie, 
Feeding  Hill,  Mam.,  aasignon  to  Vecdcr  Induatria  Imu, 
Hartford,  Conn. 

Filed  Oct.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,260 

Int.  CL  B67d  5122 

VS.  a.  235—94  R  8  Clafam 


A  gasoline  pump  printer  having  a  cost  printing  counter,  a 
serial  printing  counter,  and  a  date  printer  and  operable  at  the 
end  of  each  gasoline  delivery  for  printing  a  record  of  the 
delivery.  A  printer  operating  shaft  is  connected  to  rotate  the 
supporting  shafts  of  the  cost  and  serial  counters  and  date 
printer  one  fiill  revolution  to  (a)  rotate  the  print  wheels  to 
perform  a  printout,  (b)  reset  the  cost  counter  print  wheels  to 
"0,"  and  (c)  index  the  serial  counter  for  printing  the  next 


3,668376 

FEED  CONTROL  DEVICE  FOR  A  mOTOGRAPHIC 

TYPESETTER 

Tomoji  Murata,  Sakai,  and  TodiiaU  Ishihara,  Osaka,  both  of 

Japan,  assignors  to  Minolta  Camera  Kabusliild  Kaisha 

Filed  Sept.  16,  1970,  Scr.  No.  72,668 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Sept.  16, 1969, 44/73457 

Int.  CL  G06f  15146,  7139 
U.S.  CL  235— 151.22  2ClainM 


So  u3*l[3eil  3*5  ["-3 


Mporr 


First  and  second  comparing  circuits  each  include  respec- 
tive first  and  second  counter  circuits  wherein  pulses 
generated  by  a  pulse  generator  are  initially  compared  by  the 
first  comparator  with  a  stored  number  representing  the  width 
of  a  character  to  be  photographed.  In  response  to  an  output 
from  the  first  comparator  indicating  coincidence  with  the 
stored  number  therein,  the  second  comparator  counts  pulses 
from  the  pulse  generator  until  coincidence  with  a  stored 
digital  factor  representing  the  type  size  of  the  character  to  be 
photographed.  An  output  signal  from  the  second  comparator 
is  fed  back  to  stop  the  pulse  generating  device. 


3,668377 
NUMERICAL  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  EUMINATING 
PITCH  ERROR  AND  BACKLASH  OF  THE  FEEDING 
MECHANISM 
Sduemon  InalM,  Kawasaki-shi;  Kanryo  Shimizu,  Tolcyo,  and 
Yoriiihiro   Hashimoto,    Yokohama-ahi,   aB   of  Japan,   as- 
signors to  Fujitsu  Limited,  Kawasald,  Japan 

Filed  May  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  821^60 

Clafans  priority,  application  Japan,  May  8, 1968, 43/30740 

Int.  CL  G06f  15146;  G05b  19118 

U.S.CL  235—151.11  6  Claims 


mMtaUCML 


^^•utse  d«c*or  ^rf" 


A  numerical  control  system  eliminates  error  in  a  feeding 
mechanism  for  a  movable  machine  by  combining  an  indica- 


312 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


tion  of  the  magnitude  of  an  input  fed  by  the  feeding 
mechanism  to  the  machine  with  an  indication  of  the  mag- 
nitude of  movement  of  the  machine  and  controlling  the 
supply  of  a  compensating  pulse  to  the  feeding  mechanism  in 
accordance  with  a  difference  between  such  indications. 


3,668^78 
REGISTERING  APPARATUS 
EkifCBe  E.  RcyooMi,  Oranteburg,  S.Cm  — ignor  to  SCM  Cor> 
poratioB 

FOcd  Mar.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  809,694 

lot  a.  G06f  5102 

\iJ&.  ex.  235—155  1 1  Clalim 


The  invention  relates  to  a  mechanism  for  printing  values 
entered  in  a  keyboard  or  transmitted  ttom  a  computer.  Nor- 
mally, values  entered  in  a  keyboard  are  entered  in  the 
decimal  system  of  notation  and  values  received  fh>m  a  com- 
puter or  other  external  source  are  transmitted  in  a  binary 
code.  With  this  thought  in  mind,  this  invention  provides  a 
mechanism  for  receiving  information  from  either  an  internal 
keyboard  in  decimal  values  or  from  an  external  source  in  bi- 
nary coded  values,  entering  said  values  serially  into  a  storage 
and  printing  out  said  values  in  parallel. 


3,668,379 
INTERFACE  APPARATUS  FOR  COMPUTER  INCLUDING 
AN  INTEGRATOR  dRCUTT  WHICH  CM^XATES  TO 
PERMIT  TRANSFER  BETWEEN  AUTOMATIC  AND 
MANUAL  CONTROL 
Steven  L.  Roberts,  Amherst,  N.H.,  and  Edward  J.  Miller,  Jr., 
Tempe,  Ariz.,  assisiiora  to  Wodnghouse  Electric  Corpora- 
tion, Ptttsburgh,  Pa. 

Filed  Oct.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  868,155 

Int.  a.  G06g  7118 

U.S.  a.  235—183  10  Claim 


I-.0 

-16 

LOAD 

f«OCCSS 

>« 

12 

1 

\ 

14 

UHMUAL 
CONTROL 


An  apparatus  is  disclosed,  including  means  to  charge  a 
capacitor  and  means  to  prevent  leakage  of  the  charge  on  the 
capacitor,  to  cause  proper  transfer  of  control,  of  the  position 
of  a  tool  or  to  change  a  step  of  a  process,  from  a  computer  to 
a    manual    or    automatic    controller    and    in    the    reverse 


directioa.  The  apparatus  includes  an  integrator  circuit  which 
can  be  converted  by  proper  manipulation  cX  switch^  into  a 
voltage  following  circiiit. 

I  3,668,580 

^       COMPOSFTE  CURVE  ANALYZER 

William  E.  Claxton,  Mogadore,  Ohio,  assignor  to  The  Firestone 
Tire  &  Rubber  Company,  Akron,  Ohio 
I      FDed  Oct.  14, 1969,  Scr.  Na  866,263 
'  Int.  CL  G06g  7/2«     \  I 

U.S.CL  235-197  UClalnv 


^ 


-IciUMKLtf- 

"\  — ICMMIMCL  i  V 

|CMAMKL4p 

— |CM*HMP.»| 


ALL 
CMANNCL 
mAMMC 

MarLircd 


MTMUrOK 


fHOMAOWL 


A  special  purpose  analog  computer  is  provided  to  resolve 
and  display  a  plurality  of  peaks  from  a  composite  curve.  The 
pealLs  may  selectively  be  either  Gaussian  or  Lorentzian  in 
form.  Peak  position,  width  and  amplitude  are  independently 
controlled.  Baseline  slope  and  skewing  can  also  be  provided, 
as  necessary,  to  fit  the  composite  curve.  The  output  of  the 
device  can  be  displayed  on  an  oscilloscope  and  can  be  sent  to 
an  area  readout  system  so  that  percent  areas  of  each  com- 
ponent curve  can  be  ascertained.  Further,  if  desired,  the  in- 
tegral curve  of  any  component  or  combination  pf  com- 
ponents can  be  easily  displayed. 


I  3,668381 

PRISMATIC  UGHT  LOUVER 
Robert  A.  D.  Sdiwartz,  513  Independent  Road,  Oakland, 
CaHf.,   and    Rodney    P.    Ostcrbcrg,    7632    Surrey 
Oakland,  CaUf. 

Filed  Feb.  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  7,950 

Int.  CI.  F21v  5100 

MS.  CI.  240—106  1^  Clainv 


A  light  transmitting  louver  for  use  as  a  ceiling  pane  in  a  lu- 
minous ceiling  or  as  a  lens  in  a  lighting  fixture.  The  louver 
has  a  planar  member  adapted  to  be  positioned  adjacent  a 
light  source  and  a  plurality  of  walls  extending  from  the 
member  on  the  side  opposite  the  light  source  to  define  a  sym- 
metrical closed  cell  system.  Within  the  peripheral  extent  of 
each  cell  and  on  a  surface  of  the  planar  member  are  prisms 
which  extend  generally  symmetrical  to  the  cell  axis  and  with 
the  cell  wall.  The  individual  prisms  are  asymmetrical  in  cross- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


813 


section,  i.e.,  the  angular  slope  of  the  respective  surfaces  of 
each  prism  is  different. 

3,668,382 

SEPARATION  AND  DETECTION  OF  TRACE 

SUBSTANCES  IN  GASEOUS  SAMPLES  CONTAINING 

MOISTURE  BY  DILUTING  WITH  DRY  AIR 

Martin  J.  Cohen,  Wcat  Pahn  Beach;  Roflcr  F.  Wcmhind, 

Lake  Worth,  and  David  L  Carroll,  Lantana,  aU  of  Ha.,  as- 

dgnora  to  fVanklin  Gno  Corpontioo,  Wcat  Pafan  BMch, 


and  product  ions  may  be  sorted  in  accordance  with  their 
velodty  in  an  electric  fiekl  at  different  regions  dl  a  drift  ceO, 
and  multiple  ion-molecule  reaction  regions  may  be  provided. 
Different  regioni  of  the  cell  may  be  supjiriied  with  different 
gaseous  media. 


na. 

FDed  Nov.  26,  1968,  Scr.  No.  779,096 
Int.  a.  HOIJ  39134;  BOld  59144 
VJ&.  a.  250-41.9  TF 


3,668,384 
MASS  SPECTROMETER 
Charlcf  J.  Moorman,  and  Rkhvd  H.  Lehman,  both  of  Cin- 
cinnati, Ohio,  aMlfnori  to  The  Bcndix  Corporatkin 
FDed  Apr.  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  812^37 
Int.  CI.  HOIJ  39134 
15Clainii   U.S.  CL  250— 41.9  TF  1  diOm 


rO^i 


Apparatus  and  methods  for  sorting  and  detecting  trace 
gases  which  undergo  ion-molecule  reactions  and  for  reducing 
the  deleterious  effects  of  moisture  upon  the  measurements. 
Positive  or  negative  ions  of  the  trace  gas  are  formed  by  ion- 
molecule  reactions  between  molecules  of  the  trace  gas  and 
primary  ions  from  another  gas.  Ions  are  classified  in  ac- 
cordance with  their  velocity  in  an  electric  drift  field.  The  ef- 
fects of  moisture  in  the  sample  are  significantly  reduced  by 
diluting  the  sample  with  dry  air,  which  is  recirculated  after 
treatment. 


3,668,383 

APPARATUS  AND  METHODS  FOR  SEPARATING, 

DETECTING,  AND  MEASURING  TRACE  GASES 

David  1.  Carroll,  Lantana,  Fla.,  aarignor  to  Franklin  GNO 

Corporatfcm,  West  Pafan  Beach,  Ha. 

Filed  Jan.  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  790,108 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  39136 

\iJ&.  CL  250—41.9  TF  28  Clafam 


r^ 


/• 


ION  PULSEl) 
GQgRftTOR 


A  mass  spectrometer  having  means  operatively  connecting 
a  circuit  which  provides  a  time  lag  between  each  ionizing 
electron  pulse  and  each  ion  accelerating  pulse  to  a  delay  cir- 
cuit in  an  output  scanner  comprising  the  spectrometer  so  that 
each  mass  in  the  spectrum  which  is  under  observation  will  al- 
ways be  in  best  focus. 


3,668,385 

APPARATUS  AND  METHODS  FOR  IMPROVING 

MEASUREMENTS  PERFORMED  UPON  GASEOUS 

SAMPLES  BY  REDUCING  SAMPLE  CONTAMINATION 

Martia  J.  Cohen,  West  Palm  Beach,  Fla^  aaiignnr  to  Franklin 

Gno  Corporathm,  Wc«  Pafan  Beach,  Fla. 

Filed  Oct.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  865,738 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  39134;  BOld  59144 

U.S.  CL  250—41.9  TF  17  CfaduM 


•I   1     **   w   •> 


t  t  t 


Variation  of  sample  concentration,  by  gain  from  or  loss  to 

the  wall  of  a  measurement  chamber  or  sample  inlet  pipe,  is 

avoided  by  extracting  the  central  gas  core  <^  a  streamline 

Apparatus  and  methods  for  sorting  and  detecting  trace   sample  flow.  Measurements  are  performed  upon  trace  sam- 

gases  which  undergo  ion-molecule  reactions.  Reactant  ions    pie  components  by  drift  cell  techniques. 


314 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  0,  1972 


3,668,386  photomultiplier  channel  areas  thereon.  The  anode  stnicture 

APPARATUS  FCNt  MEASintNG  HEIGHT  (M^  A  MOLTEN    has  a  separate  anode  element  for  each  individual  channel 

METAL  POOL  with  a  separate  electrical  connection  extending  therefrom. 

Sol  &  BkchcniUHi,  Ncwiii|loB}  McImIh  E>  UHob,  Vcuhmi, 

and  Look  L.  Packer,  HiawMfc,  all  o(  Comk,  aMignori  to 

United  Aircralt  CorporalioB,  EaM  Hailfuid,  Conn*  - 

FVed  Mm-.  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  806,953 

InL  CL  GOlt  7/77;  GOln  23/10 

VS.  CL  250—43.5  FL  3  Claimi 


An  apparatus  for  detecting  the  liquid  level  in,  or  the  liquid- 
solid  interface  at  the  bottom  of,  a  pool  of  molten  metal  or 
alloy  utilizing  a  radioactive  isotope  as  a  source  of  radiation 
and  sensing  the  amount  of  radiation  over  or  through  the  pool 
of  metal  and  in  which  the  melting  is  accomplished  by  an  elec- 
tron beam  impinging  on  the  pool  surface. 


3,668387 

CATHOM:  ray  tube  faceplate  having  DIVERSE 

OPTICAL  MEANS  THEREIN 

Alfred  D.  JotanMMi,  Seneca  Falls,  N.Y.,  atnrigniTr  to  Syivania 

Ekctric  Products  Inc. 

FHcd  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,023 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  29/70, 29/89,  5/16 

U.S.  CL  313—92  R  3  Oafam 


A  cathode  ray  tube  having  a  faceplate  panel  wherein  at 
least  one  optical  insert  of  low-attenuation  optical  material  is 
disposed  thixHigh  the  faceplate  in  substantially  the  peripheral 
region  thereof  to  provide  at  least  one  defined  light  channel 
therethrough.  The  insert,  being  covered  by  the  peripheral 
portion  of  the  screen,  provides  means  for  channeling  a  dis- 
crete portion  of  excited  screen  luminescence  through  the 
faceplate. 


The  photocathode  and  the  separate  dynode  members  each 
have  individual  electrical  connections  which  are  common  to 
the  related  channel  areas  respectively  formed  thereon. 


I  3,668,389 

PHOTOSENSITIVE  DEVICE  COMPRISING 
PHOTOCONDUCnVE  AND  PHOTOVOLTAIC  LAYERS 
rhoous  D.  Kcgefanaa,  RidgcfMd,  Conn.,  aoignar  la  United 
Aircraft  Corporatioa,  East  Hartford,  Conn. 

Filed  Sept  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  859,540 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  39/00, 39/06 

U.S.CL313— 96  IClain 


3,668,388 
MULTI-CHANNEL  PHOTOMULTIPLIER  TUBE 
MaMon  B.  Fblicr,  SJtanratHw;  Charles  K.  Schiller,  Seneca 
Falb,  both  of  N.Y.,  and  OJars  J.  ZiemeUs,  Sunnyvale,  Calif., 
assignors  to  GTE  Syivania  Incorporated 

Filed  Feb.  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  118,458 
Int.  CL  HOIJ  31/50 
VS.  a.  313—95  12  aaims 

The  improved  photomultiplier  tube  utilizes  a  multi-channel 
stnicture  within  a  common  envelope.  A  photocathode  and  a 
plurality  of  dynode  members  each  have  barrier  means  as- 
sociated therewith  to  effect  a  plurality  of  related-area  ele- 
ments on  each  member  providing  a  plurality  of  separate 


^    It  ti  ^H> 


at-  — 


E 1** 


>'1 


"C 


A. 


Zt 


My  invention  relates  to  an  image  correlating  device  for 
determining  the  identity  between  two  images  and  more  par- 
ticularly to  a  device  which  provides  a  measure  of  the  correla- 
tion or  lack  of  it  between  two  images  being  compared. 

In  general  my  invention  contemplates  the  provision  of  an 
image  correlating  device  comprising  a  layer  of  opaque 
material  providing  a  low  resistance  path  through  the  layer 
and  a  relatively  high  resistance  path  in  a  direction  transverse 
of  the  layer,  sandwiched  between  two  photoresponsive  layers 
on  which  the  images  to  be  correlated  are  focused.  My  device 
provides  an  output  current  which  is  a  measure  of  the  correla- 
tion between  the  images. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


815 


3,668,390 
GAS  AND/OR  VAPOR  DISCHARGE  LAMP  HAVING  A  U- 

SHAPED  MSCHARGE  TUM: 

Urbaan  Paul  Marguerite  Gooascns,  Waasmunstcr,  Bdghun, 

assignor  to  U.S.  PMUps  Corporatioa,  New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116,435 

jClalms  priority,  application  Gcmuny,  Feb.  25, 1970,  G  70  06 

868.7 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  61/34 

VS.  CL  313—220  4  daims 


3,668392 

RADIOACTIVE  RADUTION-TYPE  FLUID  INTERFACE 

DETECTION  SYSTEM 

Walter    A.    Bi^dK*    Lombard,   and    David    M.    Boyd,   Jr., 

Clarendon  Hflh,  both  of  IB.,  assignors  to  UnKcrsiri  Ol 

Products  Company,  Dcs  Plaincs,  lU. 

Contfaiuation  of  application  Ser.  No.  454^19,  May  10, 1965, 

now  abandoned.  This  application  May  20, 1969,  Ser.  No. 

827,122 

InL  CL  GOln  23/10 

VS.  CL  250—433  D  13  Clirin» 


The  invention  relates  to  the  concentration  of  a  U-shaped 
discharge  tube  in  an  outer  envelope  namely  at  the  bend  of 
this  tube. 

The  invention  provides  a  centering  member  which  includes 
a  rectangular  support  of  leaf  spring,  the  inner  wall  of  this 
support  closely  surrounding  the  two  legs  of  the  discharge 
tube. 

When  using  the  invention  the  risk  of  cracking  of  the 
discharge  tube  is  only  small.  FIG.  2. 


3,668,391 
TUNGSTEN  HALOGEN  LAMP  HAVING  IMPROVED 
SEAL  OF  MOLYBDET^OJM  ALUMINIDE 
Stephen  F.  Kimball,  Beveriy,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Syivania  Elec- 
tric Products  Inc. 

Filed  Aug.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  65,076 

Int.  a.  HOIJ  5/48 

VS.  CL  313—318  10  ClainM 


Method  and  apparatus  for  locating  one  or  more  liquid- 
liquid  interfaces  within  a  closed  vessel  utilizing  a  radiation- 
type  interface  detector.  A  traveling  radiation  source  within 
the  vessel  and  a  traveling  radiation  detector  outside  the  ves- 
sel, the  paths  of  travel  of  both  being  vertical  and  the  speed  of 
both  being  synchronized,  are  used  to  provide  constant  path 
length  therebetween.  The  instrument  output  is  in  the  nature 
of  a  density  profile. 


3,668393 

APPARATUS  HAVING  EVACUATION  SPACES  AND  A 

PUMPING  ASSEMBLY 

Moriz  Von  Rauch,  Berlin,  Germany,  assignor  to  Siemens  Ak- 

tiengeseUschaft,  Berlin,  Germany 

Filed  Sept.  28,  1970,  Ser.  No.  75383 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept.  30,  1969,  P  19 

50  328.7 
Int.  CI.  HOIJ  37/26;  F03b  5/00;  FOld  3/02  - 


U.S.  CL  250—49.5  A 


5ClainM 


A  tungsten  halogen  lamp  has  nwlybdenum  ribbon  connec- 
tors embedded  within  a  press  seal  of  the  lamp.  A  molyb- 
denum lead-in  wire  extends  from  each  ribbon  connector  ex- 
ternally of  the  press  seal.  The  lead-in  wire  has  an  oxidation 
resistant  molybdenum  aluminide  coating  thereon.  A  bead  of 
soft  glass  seals  the  opening  in  the  press  seal  caused  by  the 
lead-in  wire. 


An  apparatus  has  a  high  vacuum  seal  and  at  least  one  addi- 
tional evacuative  space  as  well  as  a  pumping  assembly  for 
evacuating  the  vessel  and  space.  The  pumping  assembly  has  a 
backing  pump  and  a  turbomolecular  pump  having  a  main 
section  communicating  with  the  vessel  and  with  the  badcing 
pump.  The  turbomcdecular  pump  has  an  auxiliary  section 
commimicating  with  the  additional  evacuative  space  and  has 


316 


4 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  ^,  1972 


a  housing  endosing  the  main  and  auxiliary  sections.  The  tur- 
bomolecular  pump  has  first  and  second  pump  members 
disposed  in  the  main  and  auxiliary  sections  respectively.  The 
housing  includes  a  wall  intermediate  the  main  and  auxiliary 
secticMu  for  separating  the  sections  in  vacuum  tight  relation 
to  each  other.  The  turbomolecular  pump  has  a  rotor  shaft 
which  passes  through  the  wall  and  ccmnects  the  first  pump 
member  with  the  second  pump  member. 


3,668394 

X-RAY  FILM  IDENTIFICATION  MEANS 

Normui  Panaer,  71  BfauKfaard  lUL,  South  OnM^e,  NJ. 

FDcd  Aug.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,311 

Int.  CLG03b  77/26 

VS.  CL  250—67  4  OainK 


■f^-y 

to 

<-i$ 

l»~^ 

?'• 

', 

L— ^ 

KAOIATIOK 
SOURCC 

3,668,395 

SCINTILLATION  CAMERA  HAVING  IMPROVED 

PERiraERAL  REa*ONSE 

WilHam  G.  Walker,  ScMOar  Park,  DL,  HsIgDor  to  Nudev 

Chicago  Corporation,  DCS  FWiMS,  m. 

Continuatioa  of  appiicatloa  Ser.  No.  717,750,  Apr.  1, 1968, 

now  abMdoiwd.  This  appNcation  Dec  17, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

871,479 
Int.  CL  GOlt  1120 
M&.  CL  250—71.5  R  21 


^^^T^"'"'^ 


multiple  collimator  is  achieved  by  using  a  collimator  that 
does  not  include  holes  which  allow  radiation  to  strike  the 
periphery  of  the  scintillator. 

\         

3,668,396 

TELEVISION  TYPE  NUCLEAR  RADIATION  CAMERA 

SYSTEM 
Juris  A.  Asars,  Monrocviiie,  aad  Roiicrt  J.  Schnccbcrgcr,  Pitt- 
sburgfc,  iwXii  el  Pa^  ssslgnori  to  CGR  Medical  Corporatton, 
Cbcvcriy,  Md. 

I      Filed  Nov.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  875^48 
'  lat.  CL  H04a  3100 

U.S.  CL  250— 83J  R  |  QainH 


DiDiife; 


Means  for  contrastingly  projecting  X-rays  for  identification 
purposes  upon  an  X-ray  film  carried  by  a  cassette  include,  at 
the  fitjnt  face  of  the  cassette  (the  side  facing  the  radiation 
source),  an  indicia  sheet  of  X-ray  opaque  material  form 
which  a  plurality  of  identifying  characters  have  been 
punched  out,  and  imperforate  X-ray  absorbent  sheet  material 
interposed  between  said  indicia  sheet  and  the  radiation 
source  for  attenuating  the  radiation  beam  passing  to  said  in- 
dicia sheet.  The  indicia  sheet  and  the  imperforate  sheet 
material,  which  are  arranged  to  be  subjected  to  X-rays  simul- 
taneously with  the  imposing  of  such  radiation  upon  the  per- 
son or  thing  to  be  identified,  may  be  varied  in  their  relative 
opacities  and  in  their  cumulative  opacity,  depending  upon 
the  radiation  strength  and  the  X-ray  absorption  characteristic 
of  the  subject  being  photographed.  Said  indicia  sheet  and  im- 
perforate sheet  material  are  advantageously  separably  as- 
sociated with  a  suitable  indicia  carrier. 


■  (Will 


A  television  type  camera  system  in  which  TV  type 
scanning  is  used  for  readout  of  a  spatially  distributed  nuclear 
radiation  image.  The  scanning  system  provides  means  of  time 
integration  of  the  video  pulses  derived  from  a  single  radiation 
event  and  provides  discrimination  of  the  integrated  pulses 
generated  by  a  single  event  in  the  spatially  distributed  image. 
In  one  embodiment  of  the  invention,  conventional  TV 
scanning  is  utilized  and  circuitry  is  associated  with  the  system 
to  permit  time  integration  of  the  multiple  video  pulses 
derived  from  a  single  event  for  subsequent  discrimination.  A 
second  embodiment  utilizes  a  non-conventional  scanning 
system  to  permit  the  electron  scanning  beam  to  stop  and  in- 
tegrate a  single  event  and  subsequent  discrimination  of  the 
signal. 


3,668,397 
MEASURING  SYSTEM  SUPPORT 
L.  Stucky;  Riciuwd  G.  DoH^dwiii,  and  AHcn  D.  Alex- 
aO   of  Columbiis,   Ohk>,  assigBors   to  IndiBtri^ 
NttdeoBics  Corporation 

I     Flicd  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 15,200        I 
'  Int.  a.  GOIt  IH6  ' 

MS,  CL  250-83.3  D  5  cWm 


^: 


l£^ 


y^<-^ 


,-♦ 


L--^ . 


..->So 


ucasjumc 
oncuT 


-^ 


fflESfe 


^Pi:,- 


PS' 


m 


Tp-^ 


r 


The  present  mvention  m  one  form  provides  an  arrange- 
ment for  support  standardization  a  measuring  system.  The 
A  substantial  increase  in  the  diameter  of  the  useable  light   measuring  system  comprises  a  measuring  device  that  is  sup- 
image  generated  by  a  scintiUation  camera  equipped  with  a   ported  by  one  or  more  tubes  hdd  under  temion  in  4  fiiune. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


817 


The  tubes  are  clamped  to  the  frame  while  the  device  is  mea-  contained  within  the  bore,  which  usually  is  air  remains  cen- 
suring and  undamped  to  aUow  the  tube  to  resume  a  fi*e   stant  independent  of  changes  in  the  environment,  such  as 
position.  The  clamps  support  the  tubes  in  the  fire  position,  changes  in  environmental  temperature,  barometric  pressure 
when  the  clamps  are  redamped.  Changes  in  the  fiwne 


dimensions,  due  to  thermal  effects  are  compensated  for, 
retaining  the  position  (A  the  measuring  device  relative  to  the 
material  being  measured  substantially  constant,  for  more  ac- 
curate and  reproducible  measurements. 


acrtcn/t 


3,668,398 
SYSTEM  AND  METHCMD  FCNl  FACILITATING  THE 
OPERATING  SET-UP  CW  A  RAIMATKM4  GAUGE 
George  L  Docrlag,  ColunibiiB,  Oiiio,  McigiiiM  to 
Nucleonics  Corpottioa 

FHed  Dec  26, 1968,  Ser.  No.  787,157 

Int.  CL  GOlt  1116 

MS.  CL  250—83.3  D  18  ClalnM 


■W)      40 


-'     \ 


Disckwed  are  a  system  and  method  for  facilitating  the 
setup  of  a  nucleonic  gauge  and  automatic  ccmtroUer  for  mea- 
suring and  controlling  the  thickness  of  a  material.  The  gauge 
includes  conventional  calibration  drcuits  having  variable 
voltage  dividers  set  in  accordance  with  the  expected  operat- 
ing points  for  the  material  thickness  center  scale  and  gauge 
sensitivity.  In  one  embodiment,  the  sensitivity  and  operating 
point  voltage  dividers  as  well  as  the  automatic  controller  set- 
point  voltage  divider  are  set  with  the  aid  trf^  an  auxiliary 
bridge  including  additional  voltage  dividers  ganged  vrith  the 
voltage  dividers  of  the  gauge  calibration  circuits.  In  another 
embodiment,  one  of  the  auxiliary  bridge  voltage  dividers  has 
a  logarithmic  response,  enabling  calibration  for  different 
materials  to  be  established  by  changing  the  input  voltage  to 
the  auxiliary  bridge. 


3,668,399 
-^      GAUGE  USING  ENVIRONMENT-INSENSmVE 
RADIATION  BEAM  CROSS-SECTION  UMITER 
Bonavcntnrc  B.  CahiB,  FL  Mlldica,  Ky.,  and  %VBfk«d  W. 
Lyon,  CinduMd,  Olrfo,  assignnis  to  The  Otunart  Coqpon- 
don,  CiadMiali,  Oirfo 

Fled  Jww  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  837,681 
lot.  CL  G21f  5102;  HOIJ  35116 
MS.  CL  250— 83J  D  12  CWn« 

Gauge  for  measuring  the  characteristics  of  a  spedmen  in- 
cluding a  shielded  source  of  radiation,  a  detector  spaced 
frx>m  said  source,  a  radiation  beam  cross-section  limiter 
through  which  radiation  from  the  source  passes  as  it  travels 
along  a  path  for  impingement  upon  the  spedmen  which  is 
located  in  a  gap  between  the  limiter  and  the  source  for  selec- 
tively blocking  and  unblocking  radiation  from  the  source. 
The  radiation  beam  cross-section  limiter  includes  a  bore 
sealed  at  both  ends  through  which  the  radiation  frvm  the 
source  passes  in  its  path  to  the  specimen  and  detects.  By 
virtue  of  the  sealed  beam-limiting  bore  the  mass  of  material 


^ 


'i/jj////^////^///////^^y//y///////y//////////wy/////////m 


humidity  and  the  composition  of  the  surrounding  gas, 
thereby  substantially  reducing  errors  in  the  gauging  process 
introduced  by  such  environmental  changes. 


3,668,400 
NUCLEAR  RADIATION  DETECTION  DEVICE  UTILIZING 
DIAMOND     DETECTOR     WITH     INJECTING     AND 
BLOCKING  CONTACTS 
Stanislav  Fedorovkh  Kodov,  B.  Akademichcskaya  nlitsa,  49, 
kerpns  L  kv.  18,  Moscow,  U.S.SJL 

FHed  Sept  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  856,606 

Ciainu  priority,  application  U.S.S.R.,  Sept.  11, 1968, 

1269669 

Int.  CL  GOlt  1124 

MS.  CL  250—83.3  R  1 


•Htt- 


rn    ( 1    I — n_  rtcardiitg 

7     I J5     —    IB  -     means 


amplifier 


A  device  for  detecting  nuclear  radiations,  comprising  a 
nuclear  radiation  detector  on  the  basis  of  a  diamond  crystal 
plate,  having  a  blocking  and  an  injecting  contacts,  a  detector 
power  supply  associated  with  the  injecting  contact,  and  an 
amplifier  with  recording  means  assodated  with  the  Uoddng 
contact 


3,668,401 

RAMATICVD  MEASUREMENT  SYSTEM  WITH 

AUTOMATIC  STANDARDIZATION  USING  A  RATE 

FEEDBACK  SIGNAL 

FianUin  Boni-Scc  Sllri^  Mid  PmI  IieM7  IVoiitBMB,  botk  fl( 

Cohuninii,  OMo,  liignnn  to  InduHriri  Nndeoirici  Ca> 


FHed  Mar.  11, 1970,  S«r.  No.  18,541 
InL  CL  GOlt  111%;  GOln  23100 
MS.  CL  250-83.6  R  23  < 

A  radiation  measurement  system  for  measuring  an  absorp- 
tion-dependent property  of  a  material  is  employed  in  a  digital 
process  control  system.  The  radiation  measurement  system 
includes  an  automatic  standardization  system  for  performing 


I 


318 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  Jwe  a,  1972 

zero  and  source  standardization  and  a  detector  for  detecting  |         ^  3,668,403  I 

the  completion  of  each  standardization  mode.  A  rate  feed-       METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  VEHICLE  TRAITIC 

CONTROL 
WDburd  C.  McOaiidcr,  Kent,  OMo,  airignor  to  Gooiytmr 
Aerospace  Corporatton,  Akron,  OMo 

.       Filed  May  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  821,618 
I  fat.  CL  G06I  75/49 

VS.  CI.  135- 150.23  1^  Clalim 


back  signal  is  derived  in  each  standardization  mode  to  damp 
the  standardizing  operation. 


3,668,402 
ADJUSTABLE  COLLIMATOR 
ABdioay  J.  Palermo,  Sooth  Euclid,  and  Charles  B.  Huskk, 
Shaker  HclghU,  both  of  OMo,  mOgaan  to  Picker  Corpora- 
tion, Oevciand,  Ohio 

Filed  Jan.  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  108,465 

Int.  a.G03b  47/76 

U.S.  CL  250—105  9  Claims 


MiaH  %ntD  VEMtCLt     ,„_, 
WSITKXI  »COUI»IT10H  ^^35?* 
SYSTEM 


nm  TRi^nc  Snthol 

COMMUWIC*  lOHS 


A  method  for  vehicle  traffic  control  is  provided  which  is 
basically  adapted  to  aircraft  and  includes  a  method  for  air- 
craft control  to  eliminate  hazardous  operating  conditions,  a 
method  for  determining  a  potential  conflict  between  two  or 
more  wrcraft  in  sufficient  time  to  effect  correction,  a  method 
for  determining  an  effective  maneuver  to  avoid  collision,  a 
method  for  predicting  control  sector  overload,  a  method  for 
predicting  terminal  overload,  and  as  a  result  of  conflict, 
determination  of  an  alternate  flight  plan  or  necessary  time 
delay  in  ukeoff  to  minimize  flight  costs.  The  means  to  ac- 
complkh  these  methods  is  a  sophisticated  data  processing 
system  properly  programmed  to  a  previously  prepared  al- 
gorithm. Preferably,  the  invention  contemplates  use  of  an  as- 
sociative processor  so  that  all  calculations  can  be  performed 
on  each  aircraft  or  vehicle  simultaneously  in  parallel.  The  in- 
vention also  contemplates  a  satellite  position  measuring 
system  to  determine  conflict  of  aircraft  or  surface  vehicles 
over  large  water  expanses.  In  addition,  the  system  contem- 
plates determining  if  a  given  flight  path  may  intersect 
hazardous  weather,  or  that  an  aircraft  has  safe  minimum  ter- 
*rain  clearance  as  the  system  can  provide  command  instruc- 
tions or  controls  in  accordance  with  the  system  information 
generation. 


An  adjustable  X-ray  collimator  is  disclosed  which  has  two 
web  assemblies.  Each  web  assembly  has  a  pair  of  spaced  and 
connected  webs  which  form  a  continuous  loop  reaved  over  a 
pair  of  rollers.  The  assemblies  are  positioned  near  and  paral- 
lel with  one  another  with  the  axes  of  the  rollers  on  one  as- 
sembly being  perpendicular  to  the  other  so  that  one  assembly 
defines  the  sides  and  the  other  assembly  the  ends  of  a  rectan- 
gular X-ray  beam  opening.  The  size  of  the  opening  is  ad- 
justed by  rotating  the  rollers  so  as  to  move  the  intercon- 
nected webs  to  adjust  the  amount  of  space  between  ends  of 
the  webs. 


3,668,404 

ELECTRO-OPTICAL  MICROTRANSDUCER 

COMPRISING  DIFFRACnVE  ELEMENT 

MONOUTHICAIXY  INTEGRATED  WITH 

PHOTCMXECTRIC IWVICE 

Kurt  Lehovcc,  11  Woodfanum  Drive,  WHHamitown,  Mam. 

Contlauation-fai-pmt  of  iniiication  Scr.  No.  692,051,  Dec  20, 

1967,  now  Patent  No.  3,546*469.  nrfs  application  Sept.  29, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  76,430 

Int.  CL  G02b  5fl8;  G02I 1/28;  HOll  75/02 

U.S.a.  250—211  J  lOOahns 

The  position  of  a  photocell  is  varied  along  the  optical  axis 

of  the  light  distribution  generated  by  a  Fresnel  optical 

system.  The  variation  of  the  position  of  the  photocell  is 

caused  by  the  displacement  of  a  surface  area  element, 

thereby  translating  said  displacement  into  an  electrical  signal. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


319 


Two  or  more  of  the  three  components  of  the  above-men-  3,668,406 

tioned  arrangement,  i.e.,  light  source,  Fresnel  optics  and  LIGHT  PROCESSING  DEVICE  UTILIZING 

BEAMSPLITTER  HAVING  FIRST  REGION  REFLECTIVE 

FROM  BOTH  SIDES  AND  SECOND  REGION  WHICH  IS 

TRANSPARENT 

Lee  R.  Rcid,  Richardson,  and  Chwies  Sumner  Williams,  IM- 

las,  both  of  Tex.,  Milgnnri  to  Texas  Imtnunents  Incor- 

^  porated,  DaUas,  Tex. 

Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  757^71,  Sept.  4, 1968, 
BOW  abandoned.  Thb  application  Nov.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No. 

90,143 

Int.  CI.  GOlc  3/14;  G02b  27/14;  HOIJ  39/12 

VS.  CL  250—220  SD  6  CUrinv 


photocell,  can  be  combined  into  a  compact  integrated  struc- 
ture. 


3,668,405 
OPTICAL  SYSTEM  FOR  IDENTIFYING  PULSES 
Robert  E.  Brooks,  Rcdondo  Beach,  and  Lee  O.  HcfUnger,  Tor- 
rance, both  of  CaUf.,  assignors  to  TRW,  Inc.,  Redopdo 
Beach,  Calif. 

Filed  June  16, 1969,  Ser.  No.  791,597 

Int.  a.  G08c  9/06 

U.S.  a.  250—216  5  Claims 


~~^  Disclosed  is  an  interferometer  using  therein  a  beamsplitter 
having  a  thin-film,  transparent  substrate;  a  plurality  of 
stripes,  each  stripe  being  reflective  from  both  sides  and  af- 
flxed  to  the  substrate;  and  two  mirrors  positioned  such  that 
as  a  wavefront  of  light  is  divided  by  the  beamsplitter,  the  di- 
vided beams  impinge  upon  the  mirrors,  whereby  when  one 
mirror  is  moved  toward  or  away  from  the  beamsplitter,  the 
beams  impinging  upon  the  movable  mirror  are  changed  in 
phase  from  the  beams  impinging  upon  the  other  mirror,  the 
phase  being  measured  by  a  light  detector. 


3,668,407 
OPTICAL  SWITCHING  FOR  KEYBOARD  ENCODER 
Waher   T.    Matien,   and    Hilton   Wayne   Spencc,   both   of 
Richardson,  Tex.,  assignors  to  Texas  Instruments  Incor- 
porated, Dallas,  Tex. 

Filed  May  28,  1970,  Scr.  No.  41,406 

Int  a.  HOIJ  7/56 

U.S.  CL  250-229  8  Clafam 


An  optical  system  for  identifying  a  pulse  or  wavetrain  or 
for  compressing  the  time  duration  of  such  a  pulse.  This  is  ef- 
fected by  passing  monochromatic  light  through  a  cell  con- 
taining a  solid  or  liquid  for  sustaining  an  acoustic  wave  in  the 
desired  frequency  spectrum.  If  the  pulse  to  be  identified  is  an 
electrical  pulse,  it  may  be  coupled  to  the  cell  to  set  up  the 
acoustic  wave.  Alternatively,  the  pulse  may  be  already  be  an 
acoustic  pulse.  The  resulting  diffracted  light  wave  is  then  op- 
tically Altered  by  an  optical  filter  such  as  a  hologram  on 
which  has  previously  been  recorded  a  fringe  or  interference 
pattern  of  the  pulse  to  e  identified  or  to  be  compressed.  Ac- 
cordingly, if  the  acoustic  wave  corresponds  to  the  desired 
electrical  pulse,  the  light  passing  the  hologram  may  be  de- 
tected by  a  detector.  If  the  time  duration  of  the  pulse  is  to  be 
compressed,  the  hologram  or  optical  Alter  is  so  arranged  that 
it  will  focus  the  light  from  the  laser  substantially  in  a  point  or 
other  predetermined  area  where  its  exact  position  may  then 
be  detected. 


Disclosed  is  an  optically  coded  encoder  especially  adapted 
for  use  in  keyboards  for  calculators,  adding  machines  and 
other  applications  requiring  the  generation  of  coded  electri- 
cal signals  in  response  to  the  activation  of  an  input  key.  En- 
coding is  accomplished  by  the  imposition  of  an  optically 
coded  member  in  substantially  columnar  light  beams  therein 


320 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


1 


June  6,  1972 


modulating  the  beams  and  detection  of  the  modulated  beams 
to  generate  a  code  which  is  uniquely  representative  of  the  ac- 
tivated input  key. 


3,668,406 
LIGHT  SENSCMl  MATRK  DEVICE  CONSlSTtNG  OF 
PHOTO-CONDUCnVE  ELEMEXTS 
Oshio  YanuHhiU,  mrakala;  Manabu  YoMm,  Onka;  Nobuo 
Itaegiwi^  UJI,  and  Saburo  KitanMira,  Kyoto,  all  of  japan, 
aasignon  to  Matsushita  Ekctrk  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka, 
Japan 

Filed  Mar.  15,  1971,  Ser.  No.  124,409 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Mar.  16, 1970, 45/25705 

Int.  CI.  HOIJ  39/12 
U  A  CL  250—220  M  1  Claim 


for  producing  an  electrical  signal  that  is  a  function  of  the 
reflected  radiation;  means  for  generating  time  frames  at  a 
rate  equal  to  the  scan  rate,  each  frame  having  a  predeter- 
mined number  of  time  slots  equal  to  the  number  of  scanners 
capable  of  being  sampled;  and  means  responsive  to  the 
means  for  generating  for  sampling  the  electrical  signal  from 
each  of  the  scanners  during  successive  ones  of  the  time  slots 
during  each  frame. 


3,668,410 

DEVICE  l^R  STARTING  AND  STOPPING  A  DU£EL 

ENGINE 
Pierre  Birilandras,  Montbdiard,  France,  assignor  to  Akitomo- 
bilcs    Peugeot,    Paris    and    Regie    Nationalc    Dcs    Usincs 
RenauM,  BUIancourt,  France 

Filed  Nov.  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  86,460 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  Jan.  7,  1970, 7000361 
Int.  CI.  F02n  llf08 
U.S.  CI.  290— 38  R  6 


Claims 


A  light  sensor  matrix  device  for  the  static  reading  of 
punched  cards  and  for  the  pattern  recognition.  It  has  groups 
of  sandwich-type  CdS  photo-conductive  elements  arranged 
two-dimensionally  on  a  printed  circuit  board  at  positions  cor- 
responding to  those  of  holes  of  the  punched  card.  The  photo- 
conductive  elements  are  connected  in  series  with  respective 
associated  diodes,  and  the  individual  series  circuits  are  con- 
nected in  matrix  form. 


3,668,409 
SCANNER/DECODER  MULTIPLEX  SYSTEM 
Richvd  H.  Tuhro,  Bedford,  and  Chrittos  B.  KapsambeUs, 
Canton,  both  of  Maa.,  assignors  to  Computer  Indentics 
Corporation,  Westwood,  Mass. 

Filed  Feb.  26, 1971,  Ser.  No.  119,105 

Int.  CL  HOlJ  39/12;  G06k  9/00;  H04ii  3/28 

U.S.  CI.  250—236  18  Claims 


Device  for  starting  and  stopping  a  Diesel  engine  having  a 
lock  for  locking  a  manual  conuol  element  in  a  position 
thereof  for  opening  the  fuel  supply  conduit.  The  lock  is  elec- 
tromagneticaJly  controlled  and  the  manual  control  element  is 
mainuined  in  the  locked  position,  so  long  as  the  main  con- 
Uctor  of  the  vehicle  is  in  the  "on"  position,  in  opposition  to 
the  action  of  spring  return  means  which  tend  to  retain  the 
manual  control  element  in  its  position  for  closing  the  fuel- 
supply  conduit. 


A  time  division  multiplex  optical  scanning  system  is  dis- 
closed capable  of  sampling  a  number  of  optical  scanners, 
each  of  which  scans  at  a  predetermined  scan  rate  including  a 
plurality  of  scanners  each  including  a  rotatable  support 
means  having  a  plurality  of  reflective  members  disposed 
about  its  periphery  for  scanning  an  object  as  the  support 
means  rotates;  and  means  for  rotating  the  rotatable  support 
means  in  a  predetermined  phase  relationship  with  the  rotata- 
ble support  means  of  each  of  the  other  ones  of  the  scanners 
for  enabling  the  scanners  to  scan  one  at  a  time  in  sequence; 
means  responsive  to  radiation  reflected  firom  the  members 


3,668,411 

STARTING  AND  STOPPING  DEVICE  FOR  A  DIESEL 

ENGINE 
Andre  Leger,  Sartrouvllle,  France,  asrignor  to  AutomobUci 
Peugeot,  Pivia  and  Regie  Natkmale  Dcs  Ualnca  Renault,  BO- 

lancoort,  France  I 

Filed  June  3, 1971,  Ser.  No.  149^7      | 

Clainv  priority,  application  France,  June  11, 1970,  21460 

Int.  CLF02n  7  7/02 

UA  a.  290—38  2Claln» 

Device  for  starting  and  stopping  a  diesci  engine  including  a 
valve  in  the  fuel  supply  conduit  for  the  engine  and  aa  electric 
supply  circuit  controlled  by  a  main  electric  switch  having  "- 
stop."  ''accessories,"  "garage,"  "operation,"  and  "starting" 
positions.  The  valve  is  shifted  between  a  stable  open  position 
and  stable  closed  position  by  an  opening  coil  and  a  closing 
coil  respectively  of  an  electromagnetic  device.  The  opening 
coil  is  connected  between  ground  and  a  pair  of  the  electric 
supply  circuit  across  which  voltage  is  applied  when  the  main 
switch  is  on  the  "starting"  contact  and  the  closing  coil  is  con- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


821 


nected  between  the  "accessories"  contact  and  ground  in  se- 
ries with  a  normally-closed  switch  which  is  opened  by  a  relay 


nected  between  two  a.c.  systems  and  is  employed  particulariy 
to  damp  power  oscillations  developed  in  such  systems  which 
frequently  occur  after  any  large  disturbances,  such  as  a  tem- 
porary line  short  circuit.  In  particular,  the  system  includes 
apparatus  for  defining  an  output  signal  proportional  to  a 
change  function  of  absolute  phase  angle  ^  of  the  alternating 


whose  actuating  coil  is  connected  between  the  "operation" 
contact  and  ground. 


3.668,412 

APPARATUS  FOR  HARNESSING  THE  VERTICAL 

MOVEMENT  OF  OCEAN  TIDES  AND  UTILIZE  THE 

FORCE  FOR  GENERATING  ELECTRICAL  ENERGY 

Charles  K.  Vrana,  60  Helen  Lane,  and  Jacqulyn  G.  Lawton, 

402  Crescent  St.,  both  of  Fort  Myers  Beach,  Fla. 
^  Filed  Oct.  27,  1970,  Ser.  No.  84,41 2 

InL  CL  F03b  13/12 
U.S.  CL  290—53  3  Claims 


voltage  in  at  least  one  of  the  a.c.  systems,  and  a  control  cir- 
cuit for  controlling  the  converters  in  the  d.c.  link.  The  con- 
trol circuit  is  responsive  to  a  signal  depending  on  both  the 
output  signal  from  the  apparatus  and  a  predetermined  order 
signal  whereby  the  d.c.  link  is  controlled  to  have  a  com- 
ponent of  variation  proportional  to  the  said  change  function. 


3,668,414 
TRANSITION  INTEGRATION  SWITCHING  AMPLIFIER 
Roger  F.  Norian,  Rochcatcr,  and  VIrill  H.  Koning,  Henrietta, 
both  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Xerox  Corporation,  Rocherter, 
N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  31,  1970,  Ser.  No.  24,287 

Int.  a.  G05f  1/08 

VS.  CL  307—104  5  Cbdms 


juuini' 


An  apparatus  for  harnessing  the  vertical  movement  of 
ocean  tides  and  utilize  the  force  for  generating  electrical 
energy,  the  apparatiis  being  based  upon  the  principal  of  a 
large  float  which  exerts  force  upwardly  at  a  time  of  a  risen 
tide  and  a  downward  force  due  to  gravity  at  a  time  of  a  fallen 
tide,  said  float  is  flrst  securely  captivated  to  the  level  of  the 
prevailing  low  tide  and  which  is  thien  released  at  the  height  of 
tlw  tide  in  order  to  contribute  its  full  built  up  force  of  availa- 
ble energy,  the  vertical  movements  of  the  float  being  trans- 
niited  from  a  vertical  superstructure  mounted  upon  the  float 
to  a  rotatable  gear  mounted  upon  a  rotatable  horizontal  shaft 
joumalled  in  stationary  stanchions,  and  the  rotatable  shaft 
thus  driving  an  electrical  generator  or  performing  other  use- 
ful work. 


3,668,413 

CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  HIGH  VOLTAGE  D.C.  LINK 

CONNECTED  BETWEEN  A.C.  SYSTEMS 

Juhn  Desmond  Ainsworth,  Stafford,  England,  assignor  to  The 

English  Electric  Company  Limited,  London,  Enghmd 

Filed  May  11, 1970,  Ser.  No.  36,156 

Claims  priority,  appttcatloB  Great  Britain,  May  9, 1969, 

23,663/69 

Int.  CI.  H02m 

VS.  CL  307—2  5  Clafans 

The  invention  in  this  application  relates  to  a  control  system 

for  controlling  the  power  or  current  in  an  H.V.D.C.  link  con- 


A  transition  integration  switching  amplifier  for  controlling 
the  application  of  a  source  voltage  for  driving  an  inductive 
load  such  as  a  four-pcde,  capacitor  phased,  hysteresis 
synchronous  motor.  Syimnetrical  circuits  are  provided 
wherein  identical  signals  of  opposite  phase  control  the  opera- 
tion of  transistor  switches  for  apfdication  of  the  voltage 
source  to  a  center  tapped  motor  stator.  The  signals  would  be 
applied  to  a  coupling  transistor,  the  output  of  which  controls 
the  input  of  the  transistor  switches.  A  collector  to  base 
capacitor  forces  a  controlled  traitsition  between  the  saturated 
and  cut-off  states  of  the  transistor  and  eliminates  any  high 
voltage  transients  across  the  transistor  that  may  arise  due  to 
energy  stored  in  the  inductance  ot  the  motor  stator. 


3,668,415 
DEVICE  FOR  SUPPLY  VOLTAGE  PULSES 
Jacques  MariBeau,  7,  rue  EmOe  Zola-94,  Nogent  sur  Mame, 
France 

Filed  Feb.  17, 1971,  Ser.  No.  116,006 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  Feb.  23, 1970, 7006238 

Int.  CL  H03k  3/00 
VS.  CL  307—106  7  Oafans 

A  supply  device  for  delivering  rectangular  voltage  pulses  of 
very  small  width  between  two  outputs  com^Mise  a  storage 


899  O.Q. — 11 


322 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


capacitor,  a  transmission  flat  or  coaxial  line  constituted  by  a 
plurality  of  two-conductor  sections  having  the  same  charac- 
teristic impedance  and  placed  in  series.  A  rapid-closure 


r 


thickness  of  less  than  %  inch,  includes  a  plurality  of  indepen- 
dent conductive  elements  aligned  with  holes  in  a  protective 
front  cover.  A  single  sheet  of  a  metallized  foil  electret  is  in- 
terposed between  the  cover  and  the  conductive  members. 
The  meul  layer  of  the  foil  forms  a  capacitive  transducer  with 
each  backplate  section.  Each  switch  is  operated  by  touching 
the  foil  electret  through  one  of  the  cover  holes.  The  resulting 
displacement  generates  an  electric  output  signal  which  is  util- 
ized for  actuating  an  associated  switching  element  or  the  like. 


I 


switching  means  connects  the  terminals  of  the  capacitor  to  a 
circuit  in  which  the  two  conductors  of  the  line  are  incor- 
porated. The  two  outputs  are  connected  to  the  same  conduc- 
tor of  the  line  at  each  end  of  one  of  said  sections. 


3,668,416 

DEVICE  FOR  PRODUCING  RECTANGULAR  VOLTAGE 

PULSES  OF  VERY  SMALL  WIDTH  BETWEEN  TWO 

OUTPUTS 

Jacques  Marilleau,  Nogent-sur-Marne,  France,  assignor  to 

ConunisBarlat  a  L'Energie  Atonriquc,  Paris,  France 

Filed  Fcik  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 16,548 

OainM  priority,  appBcarton  Frmnoe,  Feb.  23, 1970, 7006329 

Int.CLH03lti/00 


3,668,418 

SYST^  FOR  CONTROLLED  CHARGING  OF  STAND-BY 

STORAGE  BATTERIES  THAT  SUPPLY  A  LOAD  ON 

FAILURE  OF  POWER  SUPPLY  TO  THE  LOAD  FROM 

POWER  MAINS 

Pierre  Godard,  Uvry-Gargan,  France,  assignor  to  Sodctc  dcs 

Accumulatcurs  Fixes  ct  de  Tractioa  (Societe  Anonyme), 

RomainviUe,  France 

Filed  Dec.  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,198 
Clalias  priority,  application  France,  Oct  1, 1969, 4933547 
Int.  a.  HO^  7/00  I 

U.S.  CI  307—66  ^  9  Claims 


.1 


VS.  CL  307—106 


12Clainis 


■^*tt^    15 


,    OttltT 


'^:^; 


'x 


The  device  comprises  a  first  transmission  line  which  can  be 
charged,  a  second  transmission  line  which  constitutes  the 
load  line  and  switching  means  for  connecting  one  end  of  the 


A  system  for  controlled  charging  of  a  stand-by  storage  bat- 
tery that  supplies  a  load  in  the  event  of  failure  of  a.c.  power 
supply  mains  including  high  and  low  rate  charging  means 
energized  by  power  from  the  mains  to  supply  charging  cur- 
rent to  the  stand-by  battery  selectively  at  high  or  low  rates. 
This  ^tem  includes  a  memory  storage  cell  or  device  of  low 
capacity  relative  to  the  stand-by  battery  which  is  cotmected 


charged  line  to  the  load  line.  The  load  line  is  made  up  of  two  to  be  charged  in  response  to  flow  of  discharge  current  from 
sections  having  the  same  characteristic  impedance  and  the  the  stand-by  battery  only  during  stand-by  operation  of  said 
charged  line  has  a  characteristic  impedance  which  is  very 


substantially  lower  than  that  of  the  load  line. 


3,668,417 
TOUCH-SENSmVE  SWITCH  EMPLOYING  ELECTRET 

FOIL 
Gerhard  Martin  Scnicr,  Summit;  Robert  Lee  Wallace,  Jr., 
Warrca  Towwhip,  Soncract  County,  and  Janw*  Edward 
West,  Union,  afl  of  NJ.,  mrignors  to  BcU  Telephone 
Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  Hill,  N  J. 
Filed  Dec  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,536 
IbL  CL  HOlg  7/02,  HOlh  3112 
MS.  CL  307- 1 13  26  daims 


stand-by  battery  while  power  supply  from  the  mains  is  mter- 
rupted.  The  extent  of  charge  thus  received  by  the  memory 
storage  cell  is  proportiorud  to  the  current  actually  discharged 
by  the  stand-by  battery  only  while  and  if  it  is  op«rative  and 
discharging  into  the  load  during  mains  power  failure.  Upon 
restoration  of  power  in  the  nuuns,  the  proportionately 
charged  memory  storage  cell  is  caused  to  discharge  automati- 
cally at  a  constant  rate  until  exhausted  and  the  discharge  cur- 
rent of  the  memory  cell  is  used  to  control  circuit  means  to  ef- 
fect automatically  high-rate  charging  of  the  stand-by  battery 
from  the  nuuns  until  substantial  exhaustion  of  the  propor- 
tionate charge  of  the  memory  storage  cell  occurs,  whereupon 
low  rate  charging  of  the  stand-by  battery  from  the  mains 
commences  automatically. 


A  Iceyboard  switching  arrangement  that  is  mechanically 
simple,  reliable,  and  which  can  be  fabricated  with  an  overall 


3,668,419 

ELECTRICAL  POWER  SOURCE  AND  HEAT 

AUGMENTATION  SYSTEM  FOR  USE  IN  AUTOMOTIVE 

VEHICLES 
Jama  R.  Cherry,  Barrington;  Theodore  A.  Bytes,  VDla  Parli. 
and  Ok  K.  Nltasen,  Barrington  HOb,  aU  of  Dl.,  assignors  to 
Motorola,  Inc.,  Franldin  Pwli,  DL 

Filed  Dec  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,808 
InL  CL  HO^  7100 
UAa.307-66  I    7Clainis 

An  auxiliary  heat  supply  and  electrical  power  source  for  a 
vehicle  is  comprised  of  first  and  second  independently  con- 
trolled alternators  connected  in  tandem  to  a  conwnon  shaft. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


828 


The  output  of  the  first  alternator  is  connected  to  a  conven- 
tional electrical  load  and  the  output  of  the  second  alternator 
may  be  connected  to  a  heat  producing  resistive  load.  The 


a  switch  pin  adhered  thereto  by  means  of  a  protective 
lacquer  coating.  Each  switch  pin  coacts  with  a  switching 
means  so  that  when  a  lamp  flashes  the  heat  thereof  softens 
the  lacquer  and  the  switch  pin  becomes  movable  and  causes 
the  associated  switching  means  to  connect  an  unflashed  lamp 
into  the  firing  circuit  so  as  to  be  flashed  by  the  next  firing 
pulse.  An  indicator  pin  is  adhered  by  lacquer  on  the  last  lamp 
to  be  flashed,  for  actuating  a  last-flash  indicator  mechanism. 
A  particularly  advantageous  arrangement  is  disclosed  for  a 
dual  array  having  three  lamps  on  each  side,  and  also  an  im- 
proved three-prong  connector  arrangement  for  a  dual  array. 


3,668,422 
SYNCHRONOUS  SWITCHING  CIRCUIT 
Joseph  E.  Pasccnte,  Norridge,  111.,  assignor  to  Grigsby-Barton, 
Inc.,  Rolling  Meadows,  DL 

Filed  Sept.  28,  1970.  Ser.  No.  76,132  " 
Int.  CI.  HOlh  9156 
VS.  CL  307- 133  17  ClainK 


output  of  the  second  alternator  can  be  controlled  by  circuitry 
including  switches  operating  in  cooperation  with  a  conven- 
tional heating  system  and  a  fan  speed  control  mechanism. 


3,668,420 
1.5  MICRON  RAMAN  LASER 
James  T.  VandcrsUcc,  RodtviUc,  Md.,  asiignoi  to  Interna- 
tional Business  Machines  Corporation,  Armonlt,  N.Y. 
Flkd  Sept.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,466 
Int.  CL  H03(  7100 
VS.  CL  307—88.3  13  Oalmi 


,20 


^ 


•O^ 


?^31B 


o 


A  laser  system  which  emits  Raman-stokes  radiation  in  the 
I.S  micron  (eye-safe)  region  is  achieved  by  directing  a  Q- 
switched  1 .06  micron  giant  pube  beam  through  a  Raman-ac- 
tive medium  which  has  a  Raman  frequency  shift  of  around 
3000  cm~'.  The  Q-switch  is  a  saturable  absorber  dye  fix>m 
the  class  of  bivalent  transition  metal  dithiene  complexes. 


3,668,421 

PHOTOFLASH  LAMP  ARRAY  WITH  AUTOMATIC 

SWITCHING 

Harry  J.  Bowers,  Jr.,  MayUdd  Heights,  Ohio,  assignor  to 

General  Electric  Company 

Filed  Dec.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,291 

Int.  a.  HO^  1100 

VS.  CL  307— 117  17  CWnv 


iH 


:< 


I 


■x--'^ 


A 


**--Ca**oo* 


^:^ 


H>      '^^ 


t: 


% 


a 


_3rrf 


]Ut»r* 


^^ 


CL 


Switching  circuits  for  controlling  the  application  of  an 
A.C.  source  to  a  load  employ  a  zero  voltage  crossing  detector 
for  selectively  triggering  a  control  thyristor  at  a  zero  voltage 
crossing  of  the  source  and  means  for  supplying  a  continuous 
latch  current  to  the  gate  of  the  control  thyristor  during  suc- 
ceeding cycles  of  the  A.C.  source.  The  control  thyristor  is 
employed  to  latch  a  switching  thyristor  which,  in  turn,  ap- 
plies the  power  from  the  A.C.  source  to  the  load. 


3,668,423 

LOGIC  CIRCUIT  DELAY  SYSTEM  C(NVIPRISING 

MONOSTABLE  MEANS  FOR  PROVIMNG  DIFFERENT 

TIME  raXAYS  FMt  POSITIVE  AND  NEGATIVE 

TRANSITIONS 

Francis  O.  Couch,  Bctanont,  Ciriif.,  assignor  to  GTE  >^ito- 

matic  Electric  LaboraUiries  Incorporated,  NortMakc,  OL 

FDed  Mar.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  125,670 

Int.  CL  H03k  SI1S3 

VS.  CL  307—208  4  OainM 


An  array  of  photoflash  lamps  is  provided  with  a  plurality  of 
switching  means  for  connecting  successive  lamps  to  a  source        A  logic  circuit  having  a  stn^e  monostable  circuit  operating 
of  firing  pulses.  Each  flash  lamp,  except  the  last  to  flash,  has    a  flip-flop  circuit  and  means  controlled  by  the  latter  to  switch 


324 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


resistance  values  in  an  RC  circuit  of  the  monostable  for  3,668,426 

esublishing  different  time  delays  for  positive  and  negative  DIFFERENTIAL  PULSE  HEIGHT  DISCRIMINATOR 

logic  transitions.  RidiaH  D.  Culver,  Harris  County,  Tex.,  ■■ignor  to 

Industries,  Inc.,  Dallas,  Tex. 

.        Filed  July  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  844,014 

3,668,424  ^            Int.  CL  H03k  J/20 

INVERTER  ORCUIT  \JS.  CI.  307—235 


Hirohiko  Yanumoto,  and  Masanrichi  SMraishi,  both  of 
Tokyo,  Japan,  Mrignnn  to  Nippon  Electric  Company, 
Lfanhcd,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FDed  Oct.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,673 

Clalns  priority,  application  Japan,  Nov.  1, 1969, 44/88260 

Int.  a.  H03k  19f40 

VS.  CI.  307—214  4  ClainK 


WOUT 


An  inverter  circuit  comprising  an  input  transistor,  a  load 
transistor,  and  a  synchronizing  transistor  connected  in  series. 
A  biasing  voltage  is  applied  to  the  load  transistor,  and  a 
synchronizing  signal  is  applied  to  the  synchronizing 
transistor.  The  latter  is  effective  to  establish  a  relatively  low 
resistance  of  the  synchronizing  transistor  so  that  the  load  re- 
sistance and  thus  the  switching  speed  of  the  circuit  are  sub- 
stantially independent  of  the  amplitude  of  the  synchronizing 
pulse. 


3,668,425 
COMPLEMENTARY  METAL  OXIDE  SEMICCmDUCTOR 

EXCLUSIVE  OR  GATE 
Bernard  H.  Sdnnidt,  Jr.,  Mcaa,  Ariz.,  Mrig^or  to  Motorola, 
Inc.,  Franklin  Park,  DL 

FDed  Dec.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,733 

Int.  CI.  H03k  19/08, 19/32 

VS.  CL  307—216  18  Claims 


£ 


^/rifflr^r 


1  OUTPUT 
;  SMHAL 


* 

B 

«®B 

0 

0 

0 

0 

1 
1 

0 

1 

1 

1 
0 

ie--6^vss 


32       EXCLU9VE     OK 

A  INPUT  INVERTER 


OUT 

■  -9        ^ 


»»c» 


II 


■i-«l-i-'»^~>- 


'< 


,       4«  47  4,  10  >t    I        ft4    ,»»    Its 

4,-r'.    ■^ — 1^-  -M  tt~~^.  >~>>-i 


i.**  T"" 


OClahns 


A  pair  of  transistors  are  each  normally  biased  to  satura- 
tion, one  more  strongly  than  the  other.  A  tunnel  diode  con- 
nected between  the  collectors,  respectively,  produces  an  out-" 
put  voltage  only  when  one  of  the  transistors  is  driven  out  of 
saturation,  but  not  when  both  transistors  are  non-saturated. 
Neither  transistor  is  taken  out  of  saturation  until  the  signal 
pulse  input  reaches  a  certain  predetermined  amplitude. 
When  the  input  pulse  reaches  a  second  predeterminde  am- 
plitude, both  transistors  are  taken  out  c€  saturation.  Thus, 
only  pulses  of  amplitudes  within  a  given  range  produce  out- 
put signals.  In  an  alternative  embodiment,  a  single  transistor 
replaces  the  tunnel  diode.  In  another  embodiment,  the  tunnel 
diode  is  replaced  by  a  second  differential  pair  of  transistors. 


3,668,427 
<NniCAL  PYROMETER  AMPLIFIERS 
Kenneth  R.  Cunren,  Southamptoa,  Elated, 
Knihiiisii  Instnunent  LhnHed,  Sowtiiamptow,  Es^land 

Flkd  Apr.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,714 
Clabns  priority,  appllrtfain  Great  Britain,  Apr.  10, 1969, 
.  18326/69 

I  Int.  CL  G06g  7/12 

0.307- 


to 


VS, 


A  complementary  metal  oxide  semiconductor  (CMOS)  ex- 
clusive OR  gate  is  shown  having  a  minimum  number  of 
devices  for  performing  the  exclusive  OR  function.  The  exclu- 
sive OR  function  is  performed  by  utilizing  the  normal  two 
input  signals  as  logic  indicating  signals  and  generating  a  con- 
trol signal  which  is  a  complement  of  one  of  the  two  logic 
signals.  A  different  configuration  results  with  the  selection  of 
the  logic  signal  from  which  the  control  signal  is  to  be 
generated.  The  capacitance  of  the  output  node  or  output 
signal  is  charged  by  any  one  of  a  plurality  of  current  paths  as- 
sociated with  each  logic  configuration. 


upr- 


7  Claims 


A  linearizing  circuit  for  producing  output  signals  varying 
lineariy  with  temperature  from  input  signals  derived  from  a 
pyrometer  head  and  varying  non-linearly  with  temperature 
comprising  an  input  amplifier  stage  responsive  to  said  non^ 
linear  input  signals,  a  linearizing  network  responsive  to  out- 
put signals  from  the  amplifier  stage  and  including  a  circuit 
for  generating  signals  representative  of  the  logarithm  of  the 


^UNE  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


825 


input  signal  and  summation  means  for  adding  a  portion  of  the 
input  signal  and  a  fixed  value  signal  to  the  logarithmic  signal 
to  produce  an  output  signal  which  is  substantially  linear  with 
temperature  and  an  output  amplifier  stage  responsive  to  out- 
put signals  from  the  linearizing  network  to  produce  amplified 
signals  arranged  to  be  supplied  to  components  associated 
with  the  pyrometer  head  and/or  fed  back  to  the  head. 


3,668,428 
ROOT  MEAN  SQUARE  MEASURING  CIRCUIT 
Henry    Kocmcr,    Tucson,   Ariz.,   assignor   to    Burr>Brown 
Research  Corporation 

Filed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62y416 

InL  CL  G06g  7/20 

VS.  CL  307—229  7  Claina 


A  pair  of  semiconductor  junction  devices,  such  as 
transistors,  are  connected  in  a  common  emitter  configuration 
with  suitable  forward  biasing.  The  junction  devices  are 
matched  and  each  is  associated  with  one  of  a  pair  of  matched 
resistors.  Heat  transfer  means  connects  each  resistor  with 
one  of  the  junction  devices;  heat  generated  in  the  resistor  is 
transmitted  to  the  junction  device  to  cause  temperature 
variations  therein.  The  circuit  elements,  such  as  transistors, 
exhibit  a  forward  voltage  drop  that  is  a  function  of  the  tem- 
perature of  the  element;  the  voltage  drops  across  the 
transistors  therefore  vary  as  a  result  of  the  power  being  dis- 
sipated by  the  associated  resistor.  The  transistors  are  con- 
nected to  a  differential  amplifier  which  senses  and  amplifies 
the  differential  voltage  resulting  from  the  different  voltage 
drops  and  produces  an  output  signal  in  response  thereto.  The 
output  signal  is  connected  in  a  feedback  loop  to  one  of  the 
matched  resistors  while  an  input  terminal  is  provided  to  the 
second  matched  resistor  for  connecting  thereto  a  signal  to  be 
measured. 


power  supply  compensating  circuits.  The  entire  circuit  in- 
cludes emitter  follower  and  grounded  base  circuits  providing 


a  high  band  width  resulting  in  fast  rise-time  and  low  propaga- 
tion delay. 


3,668,430 
HIGH  SPEED  LOGIC  CIRCUIT  WITH  LOW  EFFECTIVE 

MILLER  CAPACITANCE 
David  T.  Kan,  Santa  Clara,  Odif .,  — ignnr  to  Signctks  Cor^ 
poration,  Sunnyvale,  Calif. 

Filed  July  12, 1971,  Ser.  No.  161,476 
InL  CL  H03k  19/30, 19/34 
VS.  CL  307—235  3  < 


vi, 


>4r 


.?— t^ 


■v  t     ipfe 


•:*/ 


H,'0»<f 


ST 

r 


;i* 


j^^-^ 


3,668,429 
SENSE  AMPLIFIER  LATCH  FOR  MONOLITHIC 
MEMORIES 
Rkhard  A.  Ainsworth,  Wappingcrs  FaHs,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  In- 
ternational Business  Machines  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 
Filed  Sept.  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  74,433 
Int.  CL  H03k  5/20 
VS.  CL  307-235  4  Claims 

A  sense  amplifier  latching  circuit  for  accepting  signals 
from  a  monolithic  memory  array.  The  input  signal  from  the 
monolithic  memory  is  amplified,  the  logical  sense  of  the 
input  is  determined  and  held  in  the  latch,  and  the  signal  is 
translated  down  to  current  switch  logic  circuit  levels  having  a 
capability  for  large  fan-out  and  fan-in  (dot  or).  The  input  to 
the  sense  amplifier  latch  has  a  grounded  base  clamp  provid- 
ing a  very  low  impedance  input  in  the  presence  of  bi-polar 
noise  current  The  sense  amplifier  latch  circuit  further  in- 
cludes threshold  tracking,  temperature  compensating,  and 


A  high  speed  logic  circuit  includes  a  differential  amplified 
driving  a  ^unt  feedback  output  amplifier  having  an  input 
which  acts  as  an  ac  ground.  The  effective  KGller  capacitance 
of  the  differential  amplifier  is  therefore  minimized. 


3,668,431 
FUNCTIONS  COMPARING  CIRCUFr 
George  William  Locke,  North  Plainlkid,  NJ., 
Burroughs  Corporatkm,  Detroit,  Mkh. 

Filed  Oct  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  83,514 
Int.  CLH03k  7  7/60 
VS.  CL  307—243  3  ( 

The  circuit  comprises  first  and  second  counters,  each 
adapted  to  receive  pulses  representative  of  remote  occur- 
rences, and  a  gate  circuit  between  the  counters,  the  interccMi- 
nections  being  such  that  the  gate  circuit  permits  no  output 


326 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


pulse  to  be  provided  when  a  predetermined  relationship  ex-    cleart"  the  remaining  elements  by  a  second  pube.  The  next 
ists  between  the  counters  and  permits  an  output  pulse  to  be    setting  pulse  selects  a  given  element  and  is  followed  by  a 


transmitted     when     the     predetermined     relationship     is    clearing  pulse   which   clears  all   elements  except  the   last 
disturbed.  selected  element. 


3,668,432 
LOGIC  SENSING  CIRCUIT  HAVING  SWITCH  CONTACT 

ANTI-BOUNCE  FEATURE 
RusacU  R.  Rhodes,  Mariboro,  Ma«.,  aaigiior  to  HoneywcU 
laformatloa  Systems  Inc.,  Waltliaiii,  Man. 

Filed  Dec  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,470 

Int.Cl.H03k77/00 

U.S.  CI.  307—247  A  13  daiim 


^  3fOOOf434 

NOISE  SUPPRESSING  A  C  PHASE  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
Hdnrick-JoMf  Bninfriicrv,  Ludenschcki,  Germany,  asrignnr 
to  Br«wn,  Bovcri  &  Cle  A.G.,  Mannhdm,  Germany 
FUed  Apr.  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  30,135       | 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Apr.  25, 1969,  P  19  21 
.  122.4 

I  Int.  a.  H03k  ;  7100;  G05f  1144 

UA  a.  307— 257  ^^  kaabm 


'"    \^ 


&^ 


A  strobe  pulse  is  produced  in  response  to  the  change  in 
state  of  a  switch  without  responding  to  switch  contact 
bounce.  Capacitors  connected  to  node  inputs  of  gates  in  a 
bisuble  multivibrator  provide  a  delayed  response  of  the  mul- 
tivibrator so  that  both  outputs  thereof  are  simultaneously  at  An  a-c  phase  control  circuit  includes  a  power  transistor  for 
the  same  signal  level  sufficient  to  enable  a  gate  producing  phase  control  replacing  the  thyristor  generally  used  for  this 
strobe  pulse.  purpose. 


3,668,433 
DOUBLE  PULSE  SWITCH  CONTROL  SYSTEM  AND 
'    CIRCUIT 
Edward   Camp   DowUng,   HarrlslMUT,   and   John    Breniser 
Thomas,  Camp  Hill,  both  of  Pa.,  assignors  to  AMP  Incor- 
porated, Harrtaburg,  Pa. 

Origbial  application  Ang.  30, 1966,  Ser.  No.  576,150,  now 

Patent  No.  3,535,691.  Divided  and  this  application  June  1, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  54,043 

Int.  a.  H03II  77/20. 17/26, 31284 

MS.  CL  307-247  A  5  Claims 

This  invention  relates  to  an  overlap  switching  circuit  for 

setting  and  clearing  a  plurality  of  memory  elements.  A  drive 

circuit  "sete"  a  selected  element  by  a  first  pulse  and  then  "- 


13,668,435 
EFnCIENCY  PULSE  FORMING  NETWORK 
CHARGING  SYSTEMS 
Robert  P.  Famsworth,  Los  Angeles,  and  Rodney  J.  Dahttnger, 
Canaga  Parli,  both  of  CaHf .,  assignors  to  Hughes  Afa-craft 
Company,  Culver  City,  CaHf. 

J         Filed  Aug.  12,  1970,  Ser.  No.  63,042 
Int.  a.  H03k  5100 
.  307—260  6  Claims 

A  current  feedback  svwtch  for  the  charging  supply  of  a 
pulse  forming  network  (PEN)  is  provided  with  regenerative 
feedback  through  a  transformer  Tt  and  a  control  transistor 
Q,  in  order  that  base  current  be  more  efficiently  provided  to 
drive  a  main  switching  transistor  d  to  saturation.  Tuming- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


827 


off  the  main  switching  transistor  Q,  is  facilitated  by  the   multivibrator    steps    the    multistoble    device    through    its 
transistor  Q»  in  series  with  the  feedback  transformer  T,.  In    sequence  of  sUtes.  and  wherein  the  multistaWe  device  is  cou- 


that  manner  current  is  more  efficiently  turned  on  and  off  to 
charge  the  PFN. 


3,668,436 

CIRCUIT  APPARATUS  FOR  SUPPLYING  FIRST  AND 

SECOND  TRAINS  OF  MUTUALLY  EXCLUSIVE  CLOCK 

PULSES 
Stanley  H.  Bacon,  Northrldge,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  Computer 
Design  Corporation,  Santa  Monica,  Calif. 

Flkd  Dec.  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,210 

Int.  CL  H03k  1112;  H03b  25100 

U.S.  CL  307—262  4  Claims 


OSCILLATOR 


rf?^ 


POWER  AMP 


^ 


POWER  Alw 


M  60 


E3G^.    ^E30 


5TAIT  JTO> 
OtVICI 


pled  to  the  multivibrator  to  vary  its  controlling  time  con- 
stants during  certain  of  such  states. 


3,668,438 

SHIFT  REGISTER  STAGE  USING  INSULATEIMSATE 
FIELD-EITECT  TRANSISTCNIS 
Glen  Trenton  Cheney,  and  Emam  FUmore  King,  both  of  Al- 
lentown.  Pa.,  aasi^iors  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  In- 
corporated, Murray  Hill,  N  J. 

Filed  July  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  53,459 
InL  a.  H03k  19100, 3/286 
U.S.  CL  307—279  2 


B 

CLOCK- DRIVE 
PHASE  I 

' 

■ 

■^' 

_,,  22       ,/  -^25         23 

^ 

P' 

.   » 

^ 

i. 

TT 

^21 

"/ 

dr" 

>< 

18  ■ 

>^ 

V 

1_ 

1*^-^,9 

H.  »  ^^« 

CLOCK-ORIVt 
PH*S£n 

A  two  phase  clock  circuit  particularly  useful  for  driving 
logic  circuitry  whose  operation  requires  the  definition  of  two 
substantially  non-overlapping  clock  phases.  The  clock  circuit 
includes  a  square  wave  oscillator  having  true  and  comple- 
mentary output  terminals,  each  driving  a  different  power  am- 
plifier. Each  oscillator  output  terminal  is  cormected  to  its  as- 
sociated power  amplifier  through  a  NOR  gate.  The  second 
terminal  of  each  NOR  gate  is  connected  to  the  output  of  the 
opposite  power  amplifier  so  that  neither  power  amplifier  can 
begin  to  form  a  clock  pulse  until  the  clock  pulse  formed  by 
the  other  power  amplifier  has  terminated,  or  in  other  words, 
until  the  output  voltage  of  the  other  power  amplifier  has  fal- 
len to  a  deflned  threshold  level. 


3,668,437 
PULSE  GENERATOR  APPARATUS 
Atanasije  M.  Bankovic,  BcMort,  France,  assignor  to  Sodete  In- 
dustrielle  Honeywell  Bull,  Paris,  France 

Filed  Apr.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  25,999 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  Apr.  9,  1969,  6910934 
Int.  CL  H03k  1/18, 1 7/60 
U.S.  CL  307—265  6  Clain» 

A  pulse  generator  for  providing  pulse  sequences  in  which 
the  individual  pulses  are  of  different  durations,  wherein  a 
multistable  device  having  a  plurality  of  different  states  deter- 
mines the  order  of  the  pulses  of  the  sequences,  wherein  a 


An  insulated-gate  field-effect  transistor  (IGFET)  shift  re- 
gister stage  occupies  less  semiconductor  chip  area  because  a 
separate  ground  lead  to  the  gate  and  drain  electrodes  of  a 
pair  of  IGFET  load  devices  is  eliminated.  This  lead  is 
eliminated  by  substituting  therefor  a  connection  from  those 
devices  to  a  first  clock  phase  which  controls  conduction 
through  that  pair  of  load  devices  and  through  a  pair  of  cross- 
coupling  transistors.  A  second  clock  phase,  which  is  out  of 
phase  with  the  first  clock  phase,  controls  conduction  through 
both  an  input  transistor  of  the  stage  emd  a  third  IGFET  load 
device  connected  to  an  output  terminal  of  the  stage. 


3,668,439 

MAGNETICALLY  OHJIATED  SEMICONDUCTCHl 

DEVICE 

Kyoichiro  Fi^ikawa,  and  Saburo  Takamiya,  both  of  Itand, 

Japan,  assignors  to  Mitsubishi  Dcnki  Kabushiki  Kaisha, 

Marunoclii,  Chiyoda-ku,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  69^67 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Sept.  11,  1969,  44/72195; 

Oct  31, 1969,44/87397;  Dec  16, 1969,44/101189 

Int.  CL  HOli  U/00, 15/80 

U.S.  a.  307—309  21  OainM 

In  PNP  transistors  a  transverse  electric  field  is  established 

in  the  base  embraced  by  two  opposite  collectors  whose 

direction  is  parallel  to  the  emitter  disposed  on  the  base.  A 

magnetic  field  is  applied  across  the  transistor  perpendiculariy 

to  the  emitter  junction  originally  biased  to  zero.  The  Hall  ef- 


328 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


feet  serves  to  deflect  electrons  flowing  through  the  base   a  slab  of  ferromagnetic  crystal  and  a  semiconductor  layer  on 
toward  either  one  of  the  end  portions  of  the  emitter  junction   said  slab,  comprises  applying  a  d.c.  voltage  through  ohmic 


to  forwardly  bias  it.  That  collector  adjacent  the  forwardly 


contacts  to  the  semiconductor  layer  to  produce  surface  and 
transverse  oscillations  the  surface  oscillations  inducing  in  a 
semiconductor  layer,  a  current  of  drifting  electrons,  modulat- 
ing the  current  of  drifting  electrons  by  a  piezoelectric  field 
induced  by  elastic  oscillations  in  the  layer  caused  by  the 
elastic  spin  oscillations  in  the  ferromagnetic  crystal,  amplify- 
ing the  elastic  oscillations  in  the  piezosemiccmductor  layer  by 
the  current  when  the  drifting  electrons  are  at  a  critical  drift 
of  velocity,  amplifying  the  elastic  oscillations  in  the  fer- 


biased  emitter  end  provides  an  output.  In  PNPN  devices  the 
emitter  traverses  the  first  base  in  which  the  majority  carriers 
stream.  A  magnetic  field  is  applied  to  the  stream  as  in  the 
above  mentioned  transistor  to  turn  the  device  ON. 


3,66M40 
TEMPERATURE  STABLE  MONOLITHIC  MULTIPUER 

ciRcurr 

Waller  Richard  Davis,  Tcmpe,  and  James  E.  Sotomon, 
Phoenix,  both  o(  Ariz.,  asrignors  to  Motorola,  Inc.,  Franldin 
Park,IlL 

Filed  Oct  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,399 

Int.  CLH03k  77/74 

VS.  CL  307-310  17  Clainv 


MEANS  ron 

PKOOUCCNa 
CONtTiMr 
MASMTIC 
FIfLO 


3  2 

^::wv.'.v'^' 


^miiiFHiuiH 


romagnetic  crystal  when  the  elastic  oscillations  in  the 
piezosemiconductor  are  amplified,  the  circuit  being  in  a  sute 
of  spin-acoustic  resonance  by  placing  the  circuit  in  a  con- 
stant magnetic  field  having  a  value  determined  by  the  circuit 
parameters,  and  producing  a  multiplication  of  spin  oscilla- 
tions through  elastic-spin  couplings,  wherein  the  dimensions 
of  the  slab  ensure  a  maximum  reflection  from  the  boundary 
borders  of  the  slab  when  the  surface  oscillations  meet  Som- 
merfeld  boundary  conditions  and  when  the  transverse  oscilla- 
tions ensure  a  maximum  reflection  from  the  surface  vertical 
to  the  direction  of  the  propagation  of  elastic-spin  waves. 


RESOn 


GEAR 


3,668,442 
>NATORS  FOR  DRIVING  TIMEMECE  • 
TRAINS 
Gerhard  Voaaeler,  Btfc,  Switxerland,  aarignor  to  Erwin  Bern- 
helm,  Zurich,  SwHxerland  i 

Filed  Apr.  26, 1971,  Ser.  No.  137^59      | 
Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Apr.  27, 1970, 
I  6261/70 

I  Int.  CL  HOIv  7/00 

UA  a.  310-8.2  10  Claims 


1 


A  monolithic  four-quadrant  multiplier  circuit,  the  output 
off  which  is  subject  to  variations  caused  by  changes  in  beta 
(/3)  due  to  changes  in  temi>erature,  is  temperature  compen- 
sated by  providing  operating  current  thereto  from  a  regulat- 
ing circuit  which  causes  the  operating  current  for  the  mul- 
tiplier to  vary  in  accordance  with  a  predetermined  alpha  (a) 
relationship  to  cancel  out  the  effect  of  changes  in  /3  on  the 
multiplier  output.  A  level  shifting  circuit  is  connected  to  the 
output  of  the  multiplier  and  causes  the  output  of  the  multipli- 
er to  be  referenced  to  ground.  In  addition,  the  level  shifting 
circuit  includes  roll-off  filter  circuits  to  prevent  high  frequen- 
cy signals  from  passing  to  the  output  terminals  over  paths 
which  would  subject  the  signals  to  large  amounts  of  phase 
shift.  \ 


3,668,441 
METHOD  OF  GENERATION  OF  SPONTANEOUS 
ELASTIC-SPIN-OSCILLATIONS  IN 
FERROMAGNETOPIEZOSEMICONDUCTOR  CTRCUFTS 
Syiwcster  Kaliski,  uL  ElnstchM,  Warszawa  49,  Poland 
Filed  Dec.  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  97,499 
ClaiBS  priority,  appHcatioa  Polaiid,  Dec.  13, 1969, 137535 
Int.  a.  HOlv  7/00 
VS.  CL  310—8.1  5  Claim 

A  method  <^  generating  spontaneous  elastic-spin-oscilla- 
tions in  ferromagneto-piezosemiconductor  circuits,  including 


A  timepiece  resonator  comprises  mechanically  oonnected 
first  and  second  oscillating  crystab  connected  respectively  in 
the  collector-emitter  and  collector-base  circuits  of  a 
transistor.  At  least  the  first  crystal  is  secured  to  a  blade  ad- 
jacent to  a  clamping  point  of  the  blade,  and  a  free  end  of  the 
blade,  carrying  driving  means  for  cooperation  with  a  pinion, 
oscillates  at  a  sub-harmonic  of  the  resonant  frequency  of  the 
crystals. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


329 


3.668,443  3,668,445 

MAGNETIC  INCREMENTING  DETENT  ELECTROMAGNET  FOR  BRAKES  AND  CLUTCHES 

S«""«J   A.   Schwartz,   Loa  Akos,  CaBf.,  aHignor  to  Data    Leroy  K.  Grove,  South  Bend,  Ind. 

General  CorporMlon,  Southboro,  Maas.  Filed  Dec.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  99,896 

Filed  May  17,  I97I,  Ser.  No.  144,164  bt.  CL  H02k  7/102 

fart.  CL  H02k  47/02  U.S.CL3I0— 77                                                      19CWim 
VS.  CL  310-12                                                       20  Claims 


A  multiphase  magnetic  incrementing  drive  for  rapidly 
moving  a  magnetic  head  toward  and  away  from  the  center  of 
a  magnetic  information  storage  disc  in  very  small  yet  precise- 
ly controllable  and  consistenUy  reproducible  increments.  A 
movable  member  carrying  the  head  is  slideably  mounted 
above  a  stationary  member  by  an  air  bearing  and  both  mem- 
bers are  provided  with  juxtaposed  magnetic  coupling  sur- 
faces. At  least  three  magnetic  areas,  each  having  pole  pieces 
in  relative  phase  differential  to  those  in  other  areas  are  in- 
tegrally formed  on  one  of  the  magnetic  surfaces  in  a  geomet- 
rically balanced  arrangement  to  equalize  the  magnetic  driv- 
ing forces  with  respect  to  bearing  loads. 


3,668,444 
LINEAR  MOTORS  WITH  COOLING  MEANS 
Anthoay  Walter  Davcy,  Hatbe^^  Engiaiid,  aaaigDor  to  Her- 
bert Morris  Limited,  Loughborough,  County  of  Leicester, 
Engbind 

Filed  Mar.  1,  1971,  Scr.  No.  119,660 

Int.  CL  H02k  47/02 

U.S.  CL  310— 13  6  CfadiiK 


A  linear  induction  motor  in  which  the  stationary  member 
is  formed  with  coil  windings  housed  in  slots  between  lamina- 
tion packs  mounted  in  a  frame  and  having  fingers  or  inserts 
introduced  into  the  winding  slots,  the  fingers  or  inserts  ex- 
tending over  the  edges  of  the  lamination  packs  and  being 
clamped  to  the  motor  frame. 


An  electromagnet  system  having  a  friction  material  for  en- 
gaging an  armature,  a  pole  and  electrical  coil  for  moving  said 
friction  material  into  engagement  with  said  armature,  the 
pole  being  constructed  of  a  material  which  has  magnetic 
characteristics  and  less  wear  resistance  than  the  friction 
material  so  that  the  friction  material  normally  forms  the  prin- 
cipal or  only  surface  of  contact  between  the  electromagnet 
and  the  armature.  The  relaticmship  of  surfaces  between  the 
pole  and  the  friction  materiiU  may  be  obtained  by  the  use  of 
compacted,  unfused  powdered  metal  as  the  surfiace  for  the 
pole.  The  system  is  adaptable  for  use  where  the  magnetic  at- 
traction of  an  electromagnet  to  an  armature  is  employed  as  a 
linkage  force  for  a  braking  function  or  direct  frictional  drive, 
and  particulariy  for  use  in  v^icle  brakes  and  power  trans- 
mission clutch^  and  brakes. 


3,668,446 

SEALING  ARRANGEMENT  TOR  EDDY  CURRENT 

APPARATUS 

Alfred  Hoykr,  StntlfMt,  Gcrmaiiy,  aarignnr  to  Robert  Boach 

GmbH,  Stuttgvt,  Germany 

Hied  Oct.  29,  1970,  Scr.  No.  85.145 
Claims  priority,  appHcatioa  Gcnnany,  Nov.  3, 1969,  G  69  42 

657.9 
IiM.CLH02kJ/76 
U.S.  CL  310—90  8  Oaiim 

The  hub  portions  of  a  field  generating  means  and  of  an 
Eddy  current  developing  means  form  an  aimular  space  in 
which  a  ball  bearing  is  located.  Two  sealing  rings  are  pro- 
vided in  the  annular  space  on  opposite  sides  of  the  ball  bear- 
ing and  form  on  one  side  of  thie  same,  a  storage  chamber 
filled  with  a  lubricating  grease  for  the  ball  bearing.  Each  seal- 
ing ring  is  attached  to  one  hub  portion  and  having  parallel 


I 


380 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 

annular  grooves.  Stacks  of  annular  metal  laminations  are   ing  coih  have  induced  AC  voltage  so  as  to  effect  AC  genera- 
respectively  located  in  the  grooves,  and  attadied  to  the  other   tion  as  the  magnetic  nuxes  make  magnetic  engagement  and 


5^V/^* 


disengagement  with  or  from  the  generating  coils  during  the 
rotation  of  the  rotary  magnetic  pole  body. 


I  3,66M49 

'  ALUMINUM  CLAD  COPPER  COMMUTATOR  FOR  USE 

WITH  ALUMINUM  ARMATURE  WIRE 

hub  portion.  The  laminations  have  lateral  annular  surfaces   John  B.  King.  Ahoa,  DL,  aMti^iiir  to  OHn  Corporatfoii 
abutting  each  other.  Filed  Oct.  13,  1970,  S«r.  No.  80,346 

InL  a.  H02k  13104 

9< 


3,66M47 

HOMOPOLE-TYPE  AC  GENERATOR 

EnaUchl  llajirtra.  No.  322,  Nakaato-dio,  Ktto-ku,  Tokyo, 

Japan 

Filed  May  27, 1968,  Scr.  No.  740^90 
Claims  priority,  appHcatkni  JapM,  May  29, 1967, 42/33690 

Int.  a.H02k  77/00 
U.S.CI.310— 166  12  Claims 


\t)a  \7a 


\}S.  CL  310—236 


A  homopole-type  AC  generator  having  a  rotary  magnetic 
pole  body  mounted  on  a  rotary  drive  shaft  such  that  the  mag- 
netic axis  coincides  with  the  axis  of  said  drive  shaft,  a  pole 
piece  provided  on  the  homopole  of  the  N  and  S  poles  of  said 
pole  body,  magnetic  paths  along  which  and  through  said  pole 
piece  the  magnetic  flux  flows  from  one  pole  of  said  rotary 
magnetic  pole  body  to  the  other  pole,  coils  disposed  in  said 
magnetic  paths  so  as  to  interiink  said  magnetic  flux,  whereby 
the  roution  of  said  pole  body  generates  AC  voltage  depend- 
ing on  engagement  and  disengagement  operations  between 
said  magnetic  flux  and  the  magnetic  circuit  produced  by  said 
coils. 


A  new  and  improved  electrical  conmiutator  comprising  a 
plurality  of  spaced  apart  plates  wherein  said  plates  have  at 
least  one  outwardly  projecting  flnger  for  holding  an  armature 
wire  and  wherein  the  plates  are  copper  and  the  finger  is 
copper  integrally  bonded  to  a  side  of  aluminum. 


3,668,450 
VARIABLE  INDUCTION  DEVICE 
Donald  S.  RoMlle,  Owcfo,  N.Y.;  Ralph  B.  Rfoelle,  Fovty  Fort, 
and  Umld  R.  NcJIb,  Edwankvilc,  both  of  Pa.,  aastgnors  to 
MiWMtcch  Industries,  Inc.,  Montroae,  Pa. 
Ori^nal  appUcadon  June  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  42,703,  now 
Patent  No.  3,614,692,  dated  Oct.  19,  1971.  Divided  and  this 
application  Jiuie  24, 1971,  Ser.  No.  156311 
Int.  CL  HOlr  i9/06 
U.S.  CU  310—237 


12Clalms 


3,668,448 

HOMOPOLE  TYM:  AC  GENERATOR 

EmUcU  Hayasaka,  No.  322,  Nakazalo-cho,  Klta-kii,  Tokyo, 

Japan 
Contlauatk>n-ln-part  of  appHcadon  Scr.  No.  740,390,  May  27, 

1968.  This  appttcatk»  May  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  142,923 

Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Japan,  May  29,  1967,  42/33690; 

May  15, 1970,45/40890 

Int.  a.  H02k  7  7/00 

U.S.CL310— 166  6Clalnis 

A  homopole  type  AC  generator  consisting  of  a  rotary  niag- 

netic  pole  body  rotauble  by  a  roUtional  force  from  outside. 

a  yoke  core  through  which  magnetic  fluxes  flow  from  the  N 

pole  of  the  rotary  magnetic  pole  body  to  the  S  pole  and 

forms  a  part  of  magnetic  path,  and  generating  coite  provided 

at  positions  interlinking  with  the  magnetic  path.  The  gencrat- 


'-1 


«>4 


The  disclosure  relates  to  a  variable  induction  device  or 
transformer  of  the  type  comprising  a  rectangular  magnetic 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


881 


core  having  two  primary  transformer  windings  on  opposite 
core  legs  and  a  transferable  secondary  winding  carried  by  a 
pair  of  axially  rotatable  drums  which  are  each  mounted  in 
telescoping  relationship  over  an  associated  one  of  the  prima- 
ry transformer  winding^.  Each  drum  carries  a  portion  of  the 
secondary  winding,  and  the  portions  are  connected  in  series 
opposition.  The  turns  of  the  transferable  secondary  winding 
may  be  transferred  from  one  drum  to  the  other  by  rotating 
the  drums  in  synchronism,  thereby  varying  the  effective 
number  of  transformer  secondary  turns.  A  fixed  secondary 
winding  or  coil  having  a  predetermined  number  of  fixed  turns 
is  provided  on  one  of  the  drums,  and  electrical  connections 
are  made  to  the  windings  on  the  drums  by  way  of  an  induced 
current  cancelling  commutator.  All  of  the  elements  compris- 
ing a  variable  induction  device  are  removably  mounted  and 
one  of  the  core  end  members  is  removable  to  provide  in- 
terchangeability  of  the  elements. 


3,668,451 
ELECTRICAL  BRUSH  STRUCTURE 
Ian  Roderick  McNab,  Foasway,  Newcastle  upon  Tyne,  6,  En- 
gbuid 

Filed  Aug.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,550 

lBt.CLH01ri9/7« 

U.S.  CL  310—248  6  CWna 


A  current  transfer  brush  for  an  electrical  machine  consists 
of  refractory  fibers,  such  as  aluminum  oxide  fibers,  vrith  a 
deposited  metallic  film.  The  fibers  provide  mechanical 
strength  with  flexibility  while  the  metallic  films  carry  the  cur- 
rent and  high  current  densities  can  be  achieved  with  low 
wear  rates  for  the  brushes  and  the  contact  surface  which  they 
traverse. 


3,668,452 

DVNAMOELECTRIC  MACHINE  WITH  IMPROVED 

MAGNETIC  FIELD  CONSTRUCTION 

Paal  Y.  Ha,  BottMer,  Coto.,  aarignor  to  IntcrnatkHial  BusincH 

Machines  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Apr.  5,  1971,  Scr.  No.  131^29 

Int.  CI.  H02k  1122 

U.S.  CL  310—266  9  Ciafam 


44. 

.♦•-"Is 

> 

55^ 

A  direct  current  motor  of  the  printed  circuit  armature  type 
wherein  the  stator  permanent  magnets  are  physically  dimen- 
sioned to  immerse  substantially  the  entire  armature  winding 
in  the  stationary  magnetic  flux  field. 


3,668,453 

ELECTRICAL  SWITCH  DEVICE  HAVING  A  FED 

LIQUID-METAL  CATHODE  AND  A  NON-INTERCEPTING 

ANODE 
KcBDcth  T.  Uan,  Thousand  Oaks,  and  Ronald  C.  KnecMI, 
Woodland  Hills,  both  of  Cdif.,  Mdgnon  to  Hughes  Alrcnrft 
Company,  Culver  City,  CtM. 

Contiauatkm-ia-part  of  applkatkai  Scr.  No.  720,692,  Apr. 
11, 1968,  now  abandoned.  This  appttcatfon  July  1, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  51,706 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  7/70,  7/76 

U.S.  CL  313—7  10  CfadoM 


The  electrical  switch  device  has  an  envelope  in  which  is 
mounted  a  liquid-metal  cathode,  an  anode,  and  a  condenser. 
The  cathode  is  capable  of  very  high  electron-to-atom  emis- 
sion ratio.  A  desirable  value  for  the  electrcm-to-atom  emis- 
sion ratio  is  on  the  order  of  100  or  more  and  is  attainable  by 
means  of  a  cathode  such  as  disclosed  in  U.S.  Pat.  No. 
3,475,636,  when  used  in  the  switch  device.  The  condenser 
has  a  very  much  larger  area  than  the  exposed  liquid  metal 
area  on  the  cathode,  and  it  is  kept  at  a  low  enough  tempera- 
ture to  efficiently  condense  the  liquid-metal  vapor  emitted  by 
the  cathode.  With  mercury  used  as  the  liquid  metal,  the  con- 
denser temperature  is  kept  substantially  below  0*  C, 
preferably  at  about  —35*  C.  which  is  just  above  the  melting 
point  of  mercury.  When  arcing  occurs  from  the  liquid  metal, 
a  plasma  jet  of  electrons,  ions,  and  neutral  particles  is 
emitted  from  the  arc  spot.  The  anode  is  mounted  between 
the  cathode  and  the  condenser,  and  it  is  positioned  at  the 
edge  of  the  plasma  jet  to  capture  the  major  portion  oX  the 
electron  flow  for  electrical  ccmduction.  Most  of  the  ions  and 
neutral  particles  as  well  as  a  sufficient  number  of  electrons  to 
preserve  space-charge  and  current  neutrality,  pass  the  anode 
in  the  plasma  jet  and  are  captured  on  the  condenser.  The 
combination  of  the  high  electron-to-atom  emission  ratio  cX 
the  cathode  with  the  large,  low-temperature  condenser 
results  in  an  equilibrium  background  pressure  (i.e.,  pressure 
outside  the  plasma  jet)  of  at  least  as  low  as  10~'  Ton*  during 
arcing,  and  lower  than  10~*  Torr  during  mxi-arcing  periods. 
These  low  pressures  are  obtained  by  maintaining  tlie  con- 
denser in  the  range  of  low  temperatures  defined  above.  This 
low  background  pressure,  in  turn,  permits  the  essentially  un- 
perturbed propagation  of  the  plasma  jet  between  the  cathode 
and  the  surfaces  upon  which  it  impinges,  i.e.,  condenser  and 
anode.  Such  a  discharge  mode  is  commonly  referred  to  as  a 
"vacuum  arc."  The  fact  that  the  f^asma  jet  is  emitted  only 
during  arcing,  and  that  the  pressure  within  the  space  sur- 
rounding this  jet  is  kept  low.  results  in  the  ability  to  hold  off 
electric  fields  up  to  50  kV  per  centimeter  between  anode  and 
cathode  inunediately  after  cessation  erf' arcing. 


382 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6^  1972 


3,668,454 

FINE  FOCUS  X-RAY  TUBE 

Yodiihiro  Shimura,  Tokyo,  Japan,  aasigiior  to  Ritaku  Denki 

Company  Limited,  Chiyoda-ku,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FUcd  Mar.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,571 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Aug.  5,  1969,  44/61441; 

Nov.  17,1969,44/91454 

int.  a.  HOIJ  35/08, 35/14 

UJS.  CL  313—57  3  Claims 


tlie  ribbon  is  securely  held  within  a  longitudinal  slot  of  a 
lamp  lead-in  wire,  thereby  establishing  physical  and  electrical 
connection  between  the  ribbon  and  the  lead-in  wire. 


3,668,457 
BRAZING  ALLOY  FOR  BONDING  THERMIONIC 
CATHODE  TO  SUPPORT 
Fred  M.  Gardner,  South  Glastoabwy;  Joaepii  R.  Gervaia, 
Marlbaroufh,  and  Frank  S.  NcttkCon,  Mcridcn,  aU  of 
Conn.,  awljiinrs  to  United  Aircraft  Corporation,  Ea^  Hart- 
ford, Conn. 

,      FOcd  Aug.  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  852,578 
'  Int.  CI.  HOIJ  ;//•<.  79/06 

U.S.  CL  313—346  5  dainv 


The  present  invention  provides  a  fine  focus  X-ray  tube 
with  improved  directivity  wherein  extremely  intensive  X-rays 
are  generated  from  a  fine  focus  and  the  position  of  the  focus 
can  be  moved  finely. 


3,668,455 

ELECTRICAL  TRANSLATING  DEVICE  CONTAINING 

SPHEROIDAL  PHOSmORS 

Emcat    A,    Dale,    Hamflton,   and    Martlia   J.    B.    Thomas, 

Winchester,  both  of  Mass.,  asslyiors  to  Sylvania  Electric 

Products  Inc. 

'  Filed  July  1,  1968,  Ser.  No.  741,717 
InL  CL  HOIJ  1/63,  63/04 
U.S.CL313— 109  12  Claims 


A  fluorescent  lamp  with  an  inorganic  phosphor  coating  on 
the  lamp  envelope.  The  phosphor  particles  have  the  shape  of 
foraminous  spheres  with  a  diameter  between  about  3  and 
20fji.  In  the  preferred  embodiment,  these  spheres  are  hollow 
so  that  there  is  a  maximum  of  emitting  surface  for  a 
minimum  weight  of  powder. 


3,668,456 
LAMP  HAVING  IMPROVED  PRESS  SEAL 
John  W.  Anderson,  Danvers,  Mass.,  assignor  to  SyKania  Elec- 
tric Products  Inc. 

Filed  Aug.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  67,699 

Int.  a.  HOIJ  5/62,  5/4fi 

VS.  CL  313—318  6  Oains 


10 


(b 


5 

J. 


A  thin  refractory  metal  ribbon  is  completely  embedded  in 
the  press  seal  of  a  high  silica  glass  lamp  envelope.  One  end  of 


A  thermionic  cathode  comprising  a  thermionic  emissive 
material  consisting  essentially  of  a  metal  boride,  a  support 
consisting  essentially  of  a  refractory  metal  which  is  reactive 
with  the  metal  boride  and  a  brazing  material  bonding  the 
metal  boride  to  the  support  and  acting  as  a  barrier  to  prevent 
reaction  therebetween. 


<  3,668,458 

EXPLOSIVELY  ACTUATED  GROUND  INTERRUPTING 

DEVICE 
Kouhci  Irie;  Mlsao  KtibmymM,  and  Masaru  Shimamura,  aU  of 
Shizuoka,  Japan,  aHigiiars  to  KabusMkl  Kaisha  MeMemha, 
Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  June  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  43,030 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  June  9,  1969,  44/44683; 
I  44/44685;  Apr.  24,  1970,  45/39916 

•  Int.  a.  HOIJ  77/00 

UAa.,313— 325  9  Claims 


An  explosively  actuated  ground  interrupting  device  for  a 
lightning  arrester  has  an  explosive  charge  which  may  be 
detonated  by  a  resistor  having  a  coil-shaped  portion  which 
presents  a  high  impedance  to  transient  currents,  thereby  in- 
hibiting false  detonation  of  the  explosive  charge. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


888 


3,668,459 

COUPLED  CAVITY  SLOW  WAVE  CIRCUIT  AND  TUBE 

USING  SAME 

Robert  S.  Synons;  ArmaBd  !Hapr— i,  both  of  Los  AMos,  and 

Robert  J.  ButweM,  Sm  Joae,  tM  of  CaMf.,  M^pinri  to  Vari- 

aa  Asaodatas,  Ptfo  AHo,  CwM. 

FBmI  Sept.  8,  1970,  Ser.  No.  70,173 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  25/34 

VS.  CL  315-3.5  6  CWim 


slots  substantially  reduces  the  slot  impedance  of  the  circuit, 
thereby  substantially  increasing  the  operating  bandwidth  of 
the  circuit  as  comfMred  to  a  similar  circuit  employing  only 
one  set  of  in-line  couiiding  slots. 


A  coupled  cavity  slow  wave  circuit,  such  as  a  cloverleaf 
circuit,  and  a  microwave  tube  using  same  are  disclosed.  The 
slow  wave  circuit  includes  an  array  of  cavity  resonators  ar- 
ranged successively  along  the  beam  path  with  adjacent  ones 
of  the  cavities  having  a  common  end  wall  structiue.  A  plu- 
rality of  generally  radially  directed  coupling  slots  are  cut 
through  the  common  wall  between  adjacent  resonators  to 
form  a  plurality  of  axially  aligned  arrays  of  coupling  slots  an- 
gularly displaced  around  the  beam  path.  Each  array  of  slots  is 
angularly  displaced  about  the  beam  path  from  the  adjacent 
array  by  (360/N)  degrees  where  N  is  the  number  of  axially 
aligned  arrays  of  slots.  Each  axially  aligned  array  of  coupling 
slots  includes  means  for  interrupting  the  flow  of  electrons 
through  the  slots  such  as  a  blocking  member  or  the  slots  are 
staggered  or  offset  in  radial  or  angular  position  such  as  to 
block  off  a  line-of-sight  path  parallel  to  the  beam  through  at 
least  a  portion  of  each  array  of  coupling  slots  to  inhibit  cu- 
mulative electromagnetic  interaction  between  undesired 
beamlets  in  the  arrays  of  slots  and  the  fields  of  the  slow  wave 
circuit,  whereby  the  efficiency  and  stability  of  the  tube  are 
increased. 


3,668,460 
COALESCED  MODE  COUPLED  CAVITY  SLOW  WAVE 

TUBE 
Bertram  G.  James,  Redwood  City,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Varian 
Associates,  Pate  Aho,  Calif. 

Filed  Nov.  16,  1970,  Ser.  No.  89,670 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  25/34 

U.S.  CI.  315— 3.5  5  Claims 


3,668,461 

OUTPUT  DISPLAY  FCNl  VSE  WITH  A  CALCULATCHt 

ThouMW  E.  Osborne,  S—  FnotJKO,  CaML,  mdgnnr  to  Hewlett 

Packard  Company,  Pak>  Aho,  CaHf. 

Origin^  application  June  23, 1966,  Ser.  No.  559^87,  now 

Patent  No.  34^66,160,  dated  Feb.  23,  1971.  DMded  and  this 

appHcatten  May  21, 1969,  Ser.  No.  826,613 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  29/52 

UACL315— 22  23  < 


■ —    I-  *  . —  ^    -^  nt.OTfcaf         ummMa 

^^ — X"  h 


Right,  left,  and  down  deflection  circuits  are  coupled  to  a 
cathode  ray  tube  for  deflecting  a  normally-off  cathode  ray 
beam  of  the  tube  along  coordinate  horizontal  and  skewed 
vertical  axes  in  a  recurring  pattern  c^  two  rows  of  intercon- 
nected E's  with  contiguous  segments  of  each  E  being  traced 
in  succession.  Every  segment  on  a  horizontal  axis  is  traced  by 
holding  the  left  and  down  deflection  circuits  in  whatever 
state  they  are  then  in  while  the  right  deflection  circuit 
deflects  the  cathode  ray  beam  to  the  right  along  that  horizon- 
tal axis,  and  every  segment  on  a  skewed  vertical  axis  is  traced 
by  restoring  the  right  deflection  circuit  aiul  maintaining  it  in 
its  restored  state  while  the  left  and  down  deflection  circuits 
simultaneously  deflect  the  cathode  ray  beam  down  and  to  the 
left  along  that  skewed  vertical  axis.  The  down  deflection  cir- 
cuit is  restored  after  each  E  in  the  secoixl  row  has  been 
traced,  and  the  left  deflection  circuit  is  restored  after  the  last 
E  of  the  pattern  has  been  traced.  A  control  circuit  is  coupled 
to  the  cathode  ray  tube  for  selectively  tumiitg  the  cathode 
ray  beam  on  >vhile  it  is  being  deflected  in  the  above- 
described  pattern  to  form  a  display  of  two  rows  of  numbers 
in  decimal  form.  The  contrcd  circuit  reads  each  number  in  bi- 
nary coded  form  from  a  mentory  during  two  different 
memory  access  cycles  and  decodes  it  into  a  control  signal  for 
turning  the  cathode  ray  beam  on  while  selected  segments  of  a 
pair  of  adjacent  E's  in  the  same  row  are  being  traced  to  form 
the  number  in  decimal  form. 


A  coupled  cavity  coalesced  mode  slow  wave  tube  is  dis- 
closed. In  the  tube,  the  slow  wave  circuit  is  formed  by  a  suc- 
cession of  cavity  resonators  coupled  together  via  the  inter- 
mediary of  coupling  slots.  The  coupling  slots  are  dimen- 
sioned or  tuned  to  have  a  resonant  frequency  substantially  at 
the  upper  band  edge  frequency  of  the  cavity  mode  to 
coalesce  the  slot  mode  and  the  cavity  mode  frequencies  at 
the  band  edge,  thereby  increasing  the  passband  of  the  circuit 
At  least  two  sets  of  such  coupling  slots  are  provided 
throughout  tlie  circuit.  Each  set  of  such  slots  is  disposed  with 
their  centers  in  substantial  alignment  with  a  line  substantially 
parallel  to  the  axis  ctf  the  beam.  Provision  of  the  plural  sets  cNf 


3,668,462 

CATHODE  RAY  TUBE  DEFUXmON  SYSTEM 

UTILIZING  ELECTROMAGNETIC  AND 

ELECTROSTATIC  BEAM  DEFLECTION 

Robert  R.  SfaMnaa.  Wot  Cahhwd,  N  J.,  — Ignnr  to  Monaanto 

Company,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Filed  Dec  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  100,607 

laL  CL  HOIJ  29/72 

VS.  CL  315—23  12  datana 

A  deflection  system  for  electrically  charged  particle  beams 

and  having  at  least  first  and  second  deflection  plates  therein 


384 


OFFICIAL 


between  which  the  charged  particle  beam  passes.  Selected  lo- 
cations on  each  of  the  first  and  second  deflection  plates  are 
driven  by  a  source  of  deflection  signals,  and  a  load  circuit  is 
connected  between  other  selected  locations  on  the  first  and 
second  deflection  plates.  The  deflection  signals  applied  to  the 
deflection  plates  esublish  both  an  electromagnetic  and  an 
electrosutic  field  between  the  deflection  plates,  and  the 
combined  force  of  these  fields  is  utilized  to  deflect  the 
charged  particle  beam  and  thus  provide  maximum  deflection 


r: 


GAZETTE  ^^^  6,  1972 

DEFLECTION  COMPENSATION  FOR  TEMPERATURE 

CHANGES  IN  A  COLOR  PICTURE  TUBE 

Tctsuo  ToUta;  Yuao  Fuw,  and  YoririlMni  Kali«iri.  all  d 

Tulij  II.  JaiiMi.  MiJinnn  tit  ?— ]  ^1     "*"'  '^"^i  'T*" 

nicd  Feb.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,369 

Oaiins  priority,  appHcadoa  JapM,  Feb.  20. 1969, 44/12463 

Iirt.  CL  HOIJ  29i70 
VS.  CL  315—24  8 ' 


^^^  ->^^  f  y^T" 


sensitivity  for  the  system.  Additionally,  the  deflection  system 
disclosed  herein  may  be  operated  either  wholly  be  elec- 
tromagnetic deflection  or  wholly  by  elecuostatic  deflection. 
Furthermore,  since  the  deflection  plates  of  the  system  exhibit 
a  characteristic  impedance,  these  plates  may  be  terminated 
in  their  characteristic  impedance  for  optimum  system  per- 
formance; and  the  latter  feature  enables  deflection  plate 
length  to  be  adjusted  without  affecting  the  frequency 
response  of  the  system. 


3,668,463 

RASTER  CORRECTION  CIRCUIT  UTILIZING 

VERTICAL  DEFLECTION  SIGNALS  AND  HIGH 

VOLTAGE  REPRESENTATIVE  SIGNALS  TO  MODULATE 

THE  VOLTAGE  REGULATOR  CIRCUIT 

Lawrence  Edward  Smith,  and  Robert  Joseph  Grica,  both  of 

iMttaMpoUs,  lad.,  ■■rignon  to  RCA  Corporatkm 

Filed  May  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,781 

Int.  CI.  HOIJ  29/70 

U&CL  315-27  GD  11  Clalma 


In  a  color  picture  tube  having  an  apertured  beam  selecting 
grill  or  mask  through  one  or  more  electron  beams  are  made 
to  land  on  predetermined  color  phosphors  applied  to  the  face 
plate  of  the  tube,  thermal  expansion  of  the  grill  or  mask  is 
compensated  for.  so  as  to  avoid  mislanding  of  the  beam  or 
beams,  by  providing  an  auxiliary  magnetic  deflection  means 
located  In  back  of  the  main  magnetic  deflection  or  scanning 
means  and  operative  in  dependence  on  the  operation  of  the 
main  deflection  means  to  produce  magnetic  flux  in  opposi- 
tion thereto.  The  current  flowing  in  the  auxiliary  magnetic 
deflection  means  is  decreased  with  increasing  temperature  by 
means  of  a  thermosensitive  magnetic  means  so  as  to  similarly 
decrease  the  magnetic  flux  opposing  that  of  the  main  deflec- 
tion means,  whereby  the  effective  center  of  deflection  of  the 
beam  or  beams  is  shifted  rearwardly  in  response  to  increasing 
temperature. 


3,668,465 

SURGE  VOLTAGE  PROTECTION  FOR  CATHODE  RAY 
TUBE  DRIVERS 
WUHam  E.  Evans,  Garland,  and  Robert  C.  Harding,  Dailaa, 
both  of  Te*.,  Mrignon  to  Scaco  Computcr-Dlipl^y  Incor- 
porated.  Garland,  Tex. 

1       Filed  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 15^35 
I  Int.a.H04b4//i6 

UACL  315—107 


7ClainH 


^11 


-T<- 


3^12 


vQ) 


car 

«  CLCCTMON 


A  raster  correction  circuit  for  a  television  receiver  com- 
bines vertical  deflection  rate  signals  and  high  voltage 
representative  signals  and  couples  them  to  a  control 
transistor  which  varies  the  bias  on  a  regulator  transistor  to 
vary  the  energy  supplied  to  the  deflection  circuit  during  each 
raster  field  in  a  manner  to  correct  for  side  fnncushion  distor- 
tion. 


Disclosed  in  a  transient  voltage  protective  network  for  pro- 
tecting the  transistor  of  a  video  amplifier  coupled  to  one  of 
the  input  terminaU  of  a  CRT  electron  gun  from  the  arcing 
voltages  appearing  at  this  input  terminal,  the  protective  net- 
work including  a  pair  of  diodes  respectively  connected  to  the 
output  of  the  transistor  and  the  collector  supply  voltage  and 
ground  terminals  thereof,  as  well  as  surge  voltage  protective 
device  coupled  through  resistive  means  across  one  of  the 
diodes. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


386 


3,668,466 
ELECTRON  TYPE  FLUORESCENT  DISPLAY  DEVICE 
WITH  PLANAR  ADJACENT  CONTROL  ELECTRODE 
Satoshi  ShinuMla,  Toliyo,  Japan,  avlfnor  to  Sony  Corpora- 
tion, Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Apr.  13,  1970,  Ser.  No.  27,713 

Claims  priority,  appHcation  Japan,  Apr.  17,  1969,  44/29863; 

Apr.  12,1969,44/29865 

Int.  a.  H05b  i  7/02 

U.S.CL315-169TV  6  ClainM 


3,668,468 

SOLID  STATE  CIRCUITS  FCNl  GUARANTEED 

SEQUENTLU.  FLASHING  OF  PHOTCMLASH  LAMP 

ARRAY 
William  P.  Komnnnpf,  SchenectMiy,  N.Y.,  and  Paul  T.  Cote, 
Cleveland  Heights,  OMo,  amignors  to  Gcncnd  EkcCric 
Company 

Filed  Dec  16,  1968,  Scr.  No.  793,636 
InL  CI.  G03b  75/04,  H05b  J 7/04, 41134 
U.S.  a.  315—323  14 


fi  'n4-^^  \'\ 


An  electron  tube  having  at  least  two  electrodes  and  a 
cathode  disposed  within  an  evacuated  envelope.  One  of  the 
electrodes  is  spaced  generally  transversely  with  respect  to  the 
electro  l^am  path  from  the  cathode  to  the  other  electrode. 
The  electrode  which  is  spaced  from  the  electron  beam  path  is 
used  to  control  the  cathode  current.  Means  are  provided  to 
couple  various  voltages  to  the  respective  electrodes  to  ac- 
complish the  desired  control.  The  anode  electrode  may  have 
a  phosphor  coating  thereon  so  as  to  glow  when  bombarded 
by  an  electron  beam  from  the  cathode.  Accordingly,  an  elec- 
tron tube  of  this  type  is  adaptable  to  display  units  for  the  dis- 
play of  letters,  symbols,  numerals  and  the  like.  In  one  form  of 
the  invention,  the  anode  electrode  and  the  control  electrodes 
are  arranged  in  a  predetermined  pattern  to  cause  elemental 
areas  of  the  anode  electrode  to  glow  and  produce  a  display. 


3,668,467 

LIGHTING  CONTROL  APPARATUS  WITH  A  SIGNAL 

SWITCHING  MATRIX 

Anthony  Leonard  Isaac,  London,  England,  assignor  to  Thorn 

Electronics,  Limited,  London,  England 

Continuation  of  Ser.  No.  677^15,  Oct  23, 1967. 
Filed  July  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  56,1 1 1 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Oct.  21, 1966, 
-^  47340/66 

Int.  CI.  H05bi  7/02 
U.S.  CI.  315—292  5  Claim 


A  light  dimming  system  comprises:  a  plurality  of  lamps,  a 
dimmer  associated  with  each  lamp,  a  controller  for  furnishing 
signals  for  controlling  the  brightness  or  the  rate  of  change  of 
brightness  of  each  lamp  and  a  signal  switching  matrix  for 
selecting  the  proper  signal  for  each  dimmer. 


A  solid  state  guaranteed  flash  circuit  for  sequentially  flash- 
ing a  linear  array  of  n  photoflash  lamps  employs  solid  state 
thyristors  in  series  with  the  lamps  that  are  turned  on  sequen- 
tially following  actuation  of  the  shutter  release  in  a  time  in- 
terval a  magnitude  less  than  the  shutter  opening,  the 
sequencing  being  interrupted  when  a  lamp  is  fired.  A  series 
current  sensing  impedance  in  combination  with  a  thyristor 
senses  the  application  of  current  to  a  continuous  filament, 
while  a  second  current  or  light  sensing  thyristor  senses  the 
flashing  of  good  lamps.  Either  sensor  can  interrupt  and  reset 
the  series  RC  gating  circuits  for  the  lamp  circuit  thyristors, 
but  the  first  is  released  after  a  predetermined  interval  suffi- 
cient to  sense  a  good  lamp.  When  a  shorted-circuited  lamp  or 
air  lamp  is  sensed,  the  timing  cycle  restarts  and  the  next  lamp 
in  the  array  is  flashed  while  the  shutter  is  still  open. 


3,668,469 

MONITOR  FOR  RECEPTACLE  WITH  TWO  OR  THREE 

CONTACTS 

Joo  C.  Lee,  Lindenhurrt,  DL,  assignor  to  The  Safety  Corn* 

pany,  St.  Charles,  Di. 

Filed  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,103 
Int.  CL  H02h  1102 
MS.  CL  317—18  D  14 


A  monitoring  module  associated  with  a  three-contact 
receptacle  injects  an  RF  supervisory  signal  into  the  line  con- 
tact. When  a  power  cable  with  a  two-contact  plug  is  inserted 
into  the  receptacle,  a  ground  fault  in  the  electrical  equipment 
served  by  the  cable  provides  an  alternate  (>ath  to  ground  for 
the  injected  RF  supervisory  signal  thus  reducing  the  RF  cur- 
rent flow  in  the  neutral  contact.  Such  reduction  is  sensed  in  a 
differential  amplifier  and  used  to  disconnect  power.  When  a 
power  cable  with  a  three-contact  plug  is  used,  a  discontinuity 
in  the  ground  path  reduces  the  RF  current  flow  in  the  ground 
contact  due  to  the  injected  RF  signal.  This  reduction  is 
sensed  and  used  to  disconnect  power. 


386 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,66M70 

DEVICE  FOR  DETECTION  AND  CONTRCM.  OF 

CURRENT  LEAKAGE 

Edward  Curtis  Ambler,  Ncwiagton,  and  Andrew  E.  ScovOc, 

EIHiigtoa,  both  of  Conn.,  Mricnors  to  The  Stanley  Works, 

New  Britain,  Conn. 

Filed  Dec.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,534 
Int.  a.  H02h  3/28 
UACL  317-18  D  7 


transformer  which  produces  an  error  signal  when  there  is 
ctuTsnt  imbalance  between  conductors  from  the  line  supply. 
The  amplified  differential  transformer  secondary  voltage  is 
applied  to  the  gate  of  the  silicon  controlled  rectifier  to  cause 
the  solid  state  devices  to  become  nonconductive. 


A  protective  device  for  connection  to  the  conductors 
between  an  associated  electrical  power  supply  and  an  as- 
sociated electrical  load  detects  electrical  leakage  from  the 
load.  Solid  state  devices  in  the  protective  device  are  rendered 
conductive  or  nonconductive  in  response  to  an  error  signal 
produced  by  a  differential  transformer  when  there  is  im- 
balance between  conductors.  The  amplified  error  signal  is 
applied  to  the  gate  of  a  silicon  controlled  rectifier  which 
shorts  the  power  furnished  to  a  unijunction  transistor  oscilla- 
tor. The  shorting  action  terminates  a  pulse  trigger  supply  to 
the  solid  state  devices  to  render  them  nonconductive. 


3,668^71 

M^VICE  FOR  DETECIVm  AND  CONTROL  OF 

LEAKAGE  AND  EXCESSIVE  CURRENT  FLOW 

Edward  Curds  Ambler,  Nswlmhw;  Writer  R.  BMh,  Wcri 

Sfambury,  and  Amkcw  E.  ScovUe,  ^'"'if^,  afl  of  Coul, 

asrignnrs  to  The  Stanley  Works,  New  Brltab 

Filed  Dec  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,748 
laLCLBIi2h3/28 
VS.  a.  317—18  D  14  < 


Vl: 


IT 


p-1 

i.  mo    w  , — t*       ^  i 

fc   _      'I    ■'^ *w    I f 


■fJECT 


■  3,668,472 
GROUND  DETECTKW  CIRCUIT  FOR  A  D.C. 

DISTRIBUTION  NETWORK 
Wmfaun  B.  Shields,  Readlnr.  Vktor  H.  Wlllems,  ShUHngton, 
and  wmam  F.  Sriler,  Sinking  Spring,  aB  of  Pa., 
to  GObort  Amodriw,  Inc,  RcMMng,  Pa. 

■  FBed  May  17, 1971,  Ser.  No.  144,066 

Int.a.H02hJ/2« 


U.S.  CL  317—18  R 


8  Claims 


r^h 


•     ■    AC         •- 


« 
«• 
M 


■  «    — r —I        I K — 1    f         —  ■—  —       m     '" 


-e- 


» 

r 


rW^ 

," 


The  invention  relates  to  a  ground  detection  circuit' for  an 
ungrounded  D.C.  distribution  network.  The  sensitivity  to 
ground  is  uniquely  independent  of  polarity  of  the  D.C.  biu  on 
which  the  ground  occurs.  The  occurrence  of  multiple 
grounds  will  cause  the  ground  detection  circuit  to  operate  as 
if  all  such  ground  resistances  were  in  parallel  with  each 
other.  The  principle  of  detection  is  based  on  the  fact  that  the 
algebraic  sum  of  currents  flowing  throu^  a  resistance,  hav- 
ing Qne  end  connected  to  ground  and  the  other  end  being  al- 
ternately connected  to  the  plus  and  then  to  the  minus  bus  of 
the  center  tap  battery  source,  is  inversely  proportional  to  the 
"total  resistance"  to  ground  of  the  network,  where  "total  re- 
sistance" is  the  equivalent  of  placing  all  resistances  to  ground 
in  parallel. 

3,668,473 

PHOTOSENSITIVE  SEMI-CONDUCIXM  DEVICE 
ShokU  Miyaikiro,  Yokohama,  Japmi,  ■irignnr  to  Tokyo 
Shibaiva  Electric  Con  Ltd.,  Kawandd-dil,  JapM 
Filed  June  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  49,006 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  June  24,  1969,  44/49369; 
1  July  29, 1%9, 44/58028  i 

I  Int.  CL  HOll  15/00 

VS.  CL  317—234  R  8  Claims 


A  protective  circuit  device  for  connection  between  an  as- 
sociated electrical  power  supply  and  an  associated  electrical 
load  which  detects  excessive  current  drawn  by  the  load.  Solid 
State  devices  in  the  protective  device  are  rendered  conduc- 
tive or  nonconductive  in  response  to  a  signal  produced  by  a 
current  transformer.  The  amplified  signal  is  applied  to  the 
gate  of  a  silicon  controlled  rectifier  which  shorts  power  going 
to  a  unijunction  transistor  oscillator.  The  shorting  action  ter- 
minates a  pulse  trigger  supply  to  the  solid  state  devices  to 
render  them  nonconductive. 

In  one  embodiment,  the  protection  device  also  detects 
electrical  leakage  from  the  load  by  means  of  a  differential 


A  photosensitive  semi-conductor  device  for  use  as  a  target 
of  camera  tubes.  It  has  a  semi-insulating  layer  formed  on  that 
side  of  a  semi-conductor  substrate  which  is  impinged  by  light 
photons  or  energetic  electrons.  The  semi-insulating  layer  is 
charged  in  accordance  with  the  incident  light  photons  or 
energetic  electrons,  and  the  electric  field  set  up  across  the 
semi-insulating  coating  layer  by  the  bombardment  of  light 
photons  and  energetic  electrons  has  an  effect  of  controlling 
the  motion  of  minority  carriers  to  automatically  control  the 
input-output  photoelectric  conversion  gain  of  the  photosensi- 
tive semi-conductor  device. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


887 


3,668,474 

APPARATUS  FOR  AUTOMATIC  RELAY  SYSTEM 

TESTING 

Marlon  D.  Knox,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla.,  assignor  to  Wayne 

Electronic  Prodwta  Comprny,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla. 

ContinuatkHHin-part  of  appttcirtkm  Ser.  No.  19,869,  Mar.  16, 

1970.  Tlrii  appHcatioB  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,694 

Int.  a.  GOlr  15/12;  G08b  1/08 

U.S.CL317— 28R  11  Clalnis 


3,668,476 
SELF-LOCKING  ENCLOSURE  FMt  ELECTR<N<nC 
CIRCUITRY  AND  METHOD  OF  ASSEMBLING  THE 

SAME 
James     Admn     Wrabd,    CMcago,    and    Cmknii 
Dabctmrid,  Mount  Proqiecl,  both  of  DL,  — Ignnri  to 
Sceburg  Corporadoa  of  Delaware,  Chicago,  D. 
Filed  Sciit.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,583 
InL  CL  H02b  1/02 
VS.  CL  317—101  DH  13 


H       fftylr 


1 <-» 


>- 


IT 


--rff 


Apparatus  for  periodic  testing  of  multiple-terminal,  remote 
trip,  dual  transfer  trip  relaying  systems.  The  apparatus  con- 
sists of  periodically  actuatabie  test  units  which  provide  a  plu- 
rality of  program  outputs  to  effect  transmission  tesU  of 
transfer  trip  channels  as  well  as  proper  operation  of  the  as- 
sociated relay  equipment  A  master  test  unit  located  at  a  first 
position  initiates  operation  and  functions  with  one  or  more 
slaved  remote  test  units  to  key  transmissions  and  verify 
reception  at  the  transfer  trip  receiver  equipment,  while  test 
signification  is  made  in  accordance  with  programmed 
requirement  via  an  associated  return  communications  link. 


3,668,475 

KINESCCN^  SOCKET 

Raymond  Clyde  Owens,  Carmel,  and  Lucha  Ponder  Thomas, 

Indianapolfe,  both  of  bML,  BMlgnori  to  RCA  Corporatioo 

Filed  Dec.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,357 

lot  CL  Ii02h  1/04 

VS.  CL  317-61.5  15  Claims 


K       ?B, 


Electronic  printed  circuit  boards  are  positioned  in  multiple 
layers  within  a  hoUow  plastic  body  having  self-locking  sec- 
tions which  are  snapped  into  place  entirely  enclosing  the  cir- 
cuit boards  within  the  enclosure.  Loclung  screws  are  passed 
through  all  of  the  sections  and  a  seal  is  placed  over  the 
screws  to  prevent  unauthorized  opening  of  the  enclosure  and 
tampering  with  the  circuitry  contained  therein.  Openings  are 
provided  in  the  enclosure  for  electrical  connections  to  extend 
through  the  wall  of  the  enclosure  to  provide  input  signals  to 
and  extract  output  signals  from  the  circuits  contained 
therein. 


3,668,477 

MOUNTING  BRACKET  FOR  SEMICONDUCTOR 

RECTIFIERS  TO  HEAT  SINKS 

Lynn  R.  ZeBmcr,  Rochester,  Mkh.,  assltnor  to  The  Udyllte 

Corporathm,  Warren,  Mich. 

FUed  Nov.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  88^22 
Int.  CL  HOll  1/12 
U.S.  CL  317— 100  6( 


A  kinescope  socket  includes  two  sections  secured  together 
by  conductive  connectors,  with  keyhole  openings  in  each  of 
the  sections  in  alignment.  A  portion  of  each  conductive  con- 
nector is  held  captive  within  one  of  a  plurality  of  kinescope 
pin  receptacles  in  the  first  section.  The  other  section  has  a 
conductive  pattern  on  one  of  its  surfaces.  The  pattern  in- 
cludes conductive  pads  electrically  connected  to  pins  of  a 
kinescope  when  inserted  into  the  kinescope  pin  receptacles 
by  a  second  portion  of  the  conductive  connector.  The  second 
portion  passes  through  the  two  sections  and  is  connected  by 
a  conductive  strap  to  the  first  portion.  The  conductive  pat- 
tern also  includes  a  conductive  area  adjacent  to,  but 
separated  from,  the  conductive  pads  to  provide  an  arc  gap 
therebetween. 


This  disclosure  pertains  to  a  rectifier  system  which  in- 
cludes a  plurality  of  diodes  in  the  secondary  circuit  of  a  main 
transformer  to  provide  rectification  for  the  energy  flowing 
therefi^om,  and  a  plurality  of  semi-conductive  rectifier 
devices  for  controlling  current  to  the  primary  windings 
thereto.  The  diodes  are  stud  mounted  and  adapted  to  be  self 
locked  between  a  pair  of  channel  portions  of  an  electrically 
conductive  heat  sink,  whereas  the  semi-conductive  rectifier 


338 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


devices  are  stud  mounted  to  extending  flange  portions  of  a 
novel  heat  sink  bracket.  The  bracket  is  comprised  of  a  base 
portion  wherefirom  is  extended  from  one  surface  an  extend- 
ing flange.  A  bore  is  disposed  in  the  flange  portion,  a 
preselected  distance  from  the  base,  for  self  lockingly  receiv- 
ing the  semi-conductive  rectifler  device.  The  bracket  itself  is 
fastened  to  a  main  heat  sink  by  means  of  an  epoxy  which  is 
heat  conductive  and  electrically  insulated. 


>u> 


IV 


3,668,480 
SEMICONDUCTOR  DEVICE  HAVING  MANY  FOl 
CHARACTERISTICS 
Lcrojr  L  Chant,  Tarrytown,  and  Leo  Ewaki,  Chappnqna,  both 
of  N.Y^  Mripion  to  IntcraatioMl  BuriiMi  Machfam  Cor- 
portion,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

FBed  July  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57383 

int.  CL  HOll  3/J4 

U.S.  CL  317— 234  llCUiam 


3,668,478 
VARIABLE  CAPACITOR  NETWORK 
John  H.  Fabridus,  Stamford,  Vt.,  asrifnor  to  Spn«iie  Electric 
Conpany,  North  Adams,  Mais. 

CoatiBoation-faHpart  of  appHcatioB  Scr.  No.  880,529,  Nov. 

28, 1969,  BOW  Patent  No.  3,588,640,  dated  June  28, 1971. 

Thk  application  May  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,083 

Int.  a.  HOll  19/00 

U.S.CL317— 101  A  15  Claims 


f^ 


:^i^ 


■ro  J 


/' 


%.^ 


k^  <;.Vv;A-v(:-r 


-^;'^^-^ 


a 


--« 


A  continuous  electrode  and  two  discontinuous  electrodes, 
made  up  of  a  plurality  of  isolated  islands,  are  arranged  over 
at  least  a  pair  of  lower  electrodes  with  an  intervening  film  of 
dielectric  material.  Terminal  connection  is  provided  to  the 
lower  electrodes  and  to  the  upper  continuous  electrode.  A 
slidaUe  contact  member  provides  bridging  contact  between 
the  continuous  upper  electrode  and  selected  island  areas  of 
either  of  the  adjacent  discontinuous  electrodes  to  provide  a 
network  having  two  variable  capacitors  and  a  flxed  capacitor. 
Additionally,  deposited  resistors  are  disposed  alongside  the 
electrodes  in  connection  to  at  least  one  of  the  terminals  to 
provide  fixed  and  variable  resistors  of  the  network. 


3,668,479 
ELECTRONIC  TIMING  APPARATUS 
Murray  Weston;  Dennis  Anderson,  both  of  Northridge,  and 
Steve  Cole,  Van  Nuys,  iM  of  Orilf.,  assigvors  to  Weston 
Murray,  Northridge  and  Fred  FWier,  Van  Nuys,  CtU., 
part  Interest  to  each 

fUcd  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48,281 

Int  a.  G07f  11/08;  HOlh  47/18 

VS.  CL  317—141  S  6  Claim 


-^^^ 


TO   10 


A  semiconductor  diode  having  multiple  Voltage  Charac- 
teristics and  its  method  of  fabrication  is  disclosed.  When  a 
voltage  is  applied  in  the  forward  direction  to  the  diode,  at 
some  threshold,  the  current  switches  to  a  higher  value  of  cur- 
rent. A  decrease  of  the  voltage  causes  a  decrease  in  the  cur- 
rent and,  after  a  reverse  voltage  applied,  reverse  current 
values  of  increasing  magnitude  are  obtained  until  a  threshold 
is  reached.  When  the  threshold  is  reached,  the  diode  switches 
from  a  high  value  of  reverse  current  to  a  lower  vflue  of 
reverse  current.  A  decrease  in  the  reverse  voltage  to  zero, 
reduces  the  current  to  zero  ahd,  increasing  the  voltage  in  the 
forward  direction  starts  the  above-described  cycle  over 
again.  By  adjusting  the  forward  and  reverse  voltages, 
switching  may  occur  at  values  higher  than  the  thresholds  and 
a  family  of  voltage-current  characteristics  is  obtained.  A  typi- 
cal device  consists  of  n-conductivity  type  gallium  arsenide 
into  which  a  region  of  deep  centers  has  been  diffused.  A  typi- 
cal deep  center  of  oxygen.  A  semiconductor  junction  which 
is  alloyed,  diffused  or  of  the  Schottky  barrier  type  is  formed 
with  the  deep  center  region.  Where  the  junction  formed  is  of 
the  alloyed  type,  for  example,  an  indium-zinc  alloy  awy  be 
used.  Finally,  an  ohmic  contact  of  gold-tin  is  applied  to  the 
semiconductor  body.  Forward  voltages  in  the  neighborhood 
of  1  volt  provide  switching  in  the  forward  direction  while 
reverse  voltages  of  as  little  as  3  volts  cause  switching  in  the 
reverse  direction.  A  diode  fabrication  technique  is  also  dis- 


closed. 


3,668,481 
A  HOT  CARRIER  PN-DIODE 
Jack  L.  Saltich,  Scottsdale,  and  James  L.  Rutledge,  Tempe, 
both  of  Ariz.,  aasigaors  to  Motorola  Inc.,  Franklin  Park,  DL 
Original  appUcatioa  Dec.  26,  1968,  Ser.  No.  787,024,  now 
Patent  No.  3,550,260.  Divided  and  this  application  Ai«.  10, 
1  1970,  Scr.  No.  62,665 

I  Int.  a.  HOll  5/02 

VS.  CI.  317-234  5  Clainv 


Electronic  timing  apparatus  for  selectively  actuating  an 
electro-mechanical  device  such  as  a  solenoid  for  either  of 
two  distinct  predetermined  periods  of  time  with  a  first  period 
being  the  normal  period  of  actuation  and  a  second  period 
capable  of  being  selectively  substituted  for  the  first  period  for 
the  next  following  actuation  of  the  electro-mechanical  device 
and  then  automaticaUy  replaced  with  the  first  period  unless 
another  selective  substitution  is  made  for  the  next  following 
actuation.  Each  period  of  time  is  capable  of  being  varied 
within  a  limited  predetermined  range  in  response  to  a  change 
in  an  external  physical  condition  such  as  pressure. 


Mot  cADWcii  nooc 
mow-oiMic  comtcn 


Disclosed  is  a  Schottky  barrier  or  hot  carrier  diode  and 
process  for  making  same  wherein  a  diffused  PN  junction  and 
a  Schottky  barrier  junction  are  both  formed  in  a  body  of 
semiconductor  material.  The  diffused  PN  junction  is  formed 
by  first  diffusing  an  impurity  through  an  opening  in  a  diffu- 
sion mask  and  into  one  surface  of  the  semiccxiductor  body  to 
form  PN  junction.  Next,  a  large  central  portion  of  the  region 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


889 


formed  by  the  above  diffusion  is  removed  by  etching  or 
cutting,  leaving  unaffected  by  the  etchant  only  that  portion 
of  the  diffused  region  underlying  and  adjacent  to  the  diffu- 
sion mask  on  the  surface  of  the  semiconductor  body.  The 
latter  portion  of  the  diffused  region  forms  a  relatively  small 
area  diffused  PN  junction.  Finally,  a  Schottky  barrier  junc- 
tion is  formed  in  the  etched  out  area  of  the  semiconductor 
body,  and  the  diode  including  the  diffused  and  Schottky  bar- 
rier junctions  has  a  near-ideal  current-voltage  characteristic 
and  still  maintains  its  fast  recovery  time. 


3,668,482 
AN  OFFSET,  WOUND,  SINGLE- WEB  ROLL  CAPACITOR 

AND  PROCESS  FOR  MAIONG  SAME 

David  Johnstone  Chrintors,  ardevOle,  OMo,  assignor  to  EJ 

du  Pont  de  Nemours  and  Company,  Wilmington,  DeL 

Filed  Feb.  9, 1971,  Scr.  No.  113^48 

Int.  CL  HOlg ///•« 

U.S.  CL  317—260  7  a^ms 


3L 


,29 


.30 


3,668,483 
DIRECT  CURRENT  SOLID  STATE  CIRCUIT  BREAKER 
Cari  W.  Kdlenbcnz,  BaMmore,  Md.,  avignor  to  The  United 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  tlw  Secretary  of  the 
Navy 

Filed  Aug.  19,  1971,  Scr.  No.  173,055 

Int.  a.  H02h  3/08,  7/00 

VS.  CL  317—33  SC  8  Claiim 


The  present  invention  relates  to  a  solid  state  circuit 
breaker  for  use  in  DC  circuitry  associated  with  deep  submer- 
gence vehicles.  The  device  includes  a  pair  of  high  current  sil- 
icon controlled  rectifiers  to  break  both  sides  of  the  direct 
current  power  lines.  The  device  further  includes  current 
sensing  means  to  sense  over-current  conditions,  a  capacitive 


discharge  turn-off  circuit  for  driving  the  SCR  to  the  noncon- 
ductive  state,  and  an  inhibit  circuit  for  preventing  turn-on  of 
the  SCR's  when  the  capacitor  in  the  turn-off  circuit  is  not 
fully  charged.  Further,  the  system  includes  a  low  voltage 
remote  control  circuit  to  allow  tum-on  and  tum-c^  of  the 
SCR's  without  the  danger  of  having  high  voltage  leads  within 
the  submerged  vehicle. 


3,668,484 
SEMICONDUCTOR  DEVICE  WITH  MULTI-LEVEL 
METALIZATION  AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING  THE 

SAME 

William  John  Grdg,  Somcrville,  and  Ralph  Robert  Sodcn, 

Mcndham,  both  of  N J.,  — ignori  to  RCA  Corporation 

Filed  Oct.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84,581 

Int.  CL  HOll  5/02 

VS.  CL  317—234  R  4  CUbm 


An  electrical  capacitor  comprising  a  sin^e  web  of  a  metal- 
lized dielectric  convolutely  wound  and  having  a  metal  coat- 
ing on  the  terminal  ends  with  an  electrical  connector  at- 
tached to  the  metal  coating,  wherein  the  terminal  connection 
between  the  metallized  portion  of  the  capacitor  serving  as  an 
electrode  and  the  metal  coatings  on  the  terminal  ends  is  im- 
proved by  of^tting  the  exposed  edge  portions  of  the  layers 
formed  by  the  convolutely  wound  web  at  the  terminal  ends 
with  respect  to  each  other. 


A  semiconductor  body  has  thereon  a  first  level  metaliza- 
tion  pattern,  a  layer  of  an  electrical  insulating  material  on  the 
body  and  covering  the  first  level  metalization  pattern,  and  a 
second  level  metalization  pattern  on  the  insulating  material 
layer  and  extending  through  at  least  one  opening  in  the  insu- 
lating material  layer  to  contact  the  first  level  metalization 
pattern.  Each  of  the  metalization  patterns  includes  a  film  of 
titanium,  a  film  of  platinum  over  the  titanium  film  and  a  film 
of  gold  over  the  platinum  film.  The  first  level  metalizaticm 
pattern  has  an  opening  in  the  gold  film  in  alignment  with 
each  of  the  openings  in  the  dielectric  layer  so  that  the  titani- 
um film  of  the  second  level  metalization  pattern  contacts  the 
platinum  film  of  the  first  level  metalization  pattern. 


3,668,485 

DRIVE  FOR  BELT  CONVEYORS 

MeKin  N.  Norris,  328  Crestvlew  Dr.,  FranMin,  Pa. 

Filed  July  2,  1969,  Ser.  No.  838,468 

Int.  CL  H02p  1/58 

U.S.CL318— 102  16ClainM 


A  method  and  apparatus  of  accelerating  a  belt  conveyor 
wherein  such  acceleration  is  accomplished  by  means  oi 
sequential  operation  of  two  drive  motors  connected  in  tan- 
dem. 


340 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  J972 


LOAD-SE3«mVE  GENERATOR  FOR  DRIVING  PIEZO- 
ELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS 
Jowph  Silver,  Lcvktown,  Plk,  Milgnnr  to  Qpot  Utraaoaki 

Coi  pwrtoiii  Ti'cutan*  N«J* 

FUed  jMk  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104^7 

InL  a.  HOlv  7100 

VS.  CL  318—1 16  9  daiim 


An  oscillatory  circuit,  operating  in  the  ultrasonic  or  high 
sonic  frequencies,  generates  power  for  a  piezo-electric  trans- 
ducer in  proportion  to  mechanical  resistances  or  loadings  en- 
countered by  the  transducer.  High  sensitivity  and  instantane- 
ous power  adjustment  to  a  wide  variety  of  loads  is  obtained, 
and  instant  "turn-on"  and  "tum-ofT*  at  the  adjusted  power 
settings  are  secured,  by  a  circuit  in  which  the  input  to  the 
first  stage  of  a  two-stage  oscillatory  circuit  comprises  the  sum 
of  three  feedback  components  plus  a  DC  forward  bias. 


3,668,487 
ELECTROMAGNETIC  ACTUATED  DETENT 
APPARATUS 
David  E.  Cumcr,  Ampllcid;  Leo  J.  Rigi»y,  WlndMstcr,  and 
Gcorfe  M.  Smilh,  Chandkr's  Ford,  ■■  of  Enflaiid,  a»- 
sigiian  to  Intcmalioiial  Budtiws  Machinw  Corporation, 
A^IlOlli^  N.Y. 

Filed  D«^  31,  1970,  Scr.  No.  103,273 
Claims  priority,  appycation  Great  Britain,  June  30,  1970, 

31415/70 

Int.CLH02kii/70 

U.S.  a.  318—128  8  Claim 


V 


3,668,488 
SYNCHRONOUS  TRANSISTOR  MOTOR  WITH  SOURCE 

VOLTAGE  COMPENSATION 
AUra    Nikaido,    Tokyo;    Mkaao   Onda,   Ohondya;    Fundo 
NakiQiaM,  Tokyo;  Takayam  Maddda,  Inuna,  and  ShuiUI 
Sndo,  F^JIiDl,  al  ol  JapM^  airigBon  to  Cldaen  Walck  Co, 
Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japaa 

Filed  Apr.  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  28,484 
OaioH  priority,  appUcatkm  Japan,  Apr.  14, 1969, 44/33259 

Int.  CL  H02k  29100 
U.S.  CI.  3 18—  1 38  10  CMam 


Locking  and  release  for  rotation  of  a  threaded  drive  shaft 
or  lead  screw  are  selectively  achieved  by  a  detent  apparatus, 
which  includes  an  actuator  element  that  is  bidirectionally 
movable  by  a  voice  ccmI  motor  (VCM).  A  toothed  detent 
wheel  attached  to  the  rotary  drive  shaft  is  engaged  by  detent 
pawls  for  locking.  The  detent  wheel  is  released  to  allow  rota- 
tion of  the  drive  shaft  by  retraction  of  the  actuator  element, 
that  is  responsive  to  the  VCM  and  that  pulls  the  pawls  out  of 
engagement  with  the  detent  wheel.  Stops  limit  the  path  of 
travel  of  the  actuator  element.  A  pulse  generating  circuit,  in 
combination  with  a  center-tapped  coil  of  the  VCM,  provides 
an  inhibit  pube  to  mininuze  bounce  of  the  movable  actuator 
element  and  associated  mechanical  members. 


A  small  synchronous  transistor  motor  designed  for  low 
power  consumption  to  be  used  in  devices  such  as  time  pieces. 
The  motor  includes  two  transistors,  one  a  motor  drive 
transistor  the  output  of  which  is  connected  to  a  motor  drive 
coil  and  the  other  a  voltage  compensating  transistor  to  com- 
pensate for  variations  in  the  power  supply.  The  motor  also  in- 
cludes a  sensing  coil  which  is  connected  to  the  input  of  the 
drive  transistor.  The  sensing  coil  senses  the  rotation  of  the 
rotor  of  the  motor  and  a  synchronizing  signal  which  is  ap- 
plied to  the  motor,  the  sensing  coil  thereby  maintainifig  the 
rotor  in  synchronism  with  the  synchronizing  signal. 


■  3,668,489 

FREQUtNCY  DOUBLER  MOTOR  DRIVE  AND  MOTOR 
David  M.  Erdman,  Fort  Wayne,  Ind.,  awignor  to  General 
Electric  Compaay 

FUed  Apr.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  134,630 

lot  a.  H02p  7142 

U.S.  CI.  318-227  9  Clain» 


A  frequency  doubler  induction  motor  drive  circuit  sup- 
plied from  a  line  frequency  power  source  for  driving  a  two- 
pole  induction  motor  at  7,200  rpm.  The  drive  circuit  supplies 
a  1 20  Hz  waveform  to  the  motor  and  eliminates  the  expense 
of  rectifiers  and  smoothing  filters.  The  crossover  points  of 
the  60  Hz  waveform  are  detected,  and  a  gating  and  timing 
circuit  applies  gating  pulses  to  suitably  connected  silicon 
controlled  rectifiers  at  the  maximum  points  of  the  60  Hz 
waveform  to  produce  the  120  Hz  waveform. 


I  3,668,490 

UGHT  POWERED  BY  INDUCTION  OF  VARIABLE 
IMPEDANCE  MOTOR 
WllUam  J.  Conlon,  New  Britain,  Conn.,  atrignor  to  Dynandcs 
Corporation  of  America,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,906 
Int.  CL  H02k  23164;  DOSb  79100 
U.S.  CL  318— 245  10  < 

A  universal  motor  field  tapped  for  speed  control  is  serially 
coimected  at  one  end  through  the  armature  to  one  side  of  an 


jrnamiGs 
iClaimi 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


341 


electrical  potential.  An  operationally  interiocked  series  of 

ON  and  OFF  switches  selectively  interconnect  the  field  taps 

.  to  the  other  side  of  the  electrical  potential  and  a  light  bulb 


^ 


WT       WT        TOT       TOT       TOT 


■yMr-^^~)>- 


>_ 


c 


so-'    ^i 


Ti, 


bridges  said  one  side  of  the  electrical  potential  and  the  other 
end  oS  the  field  for  substantially  constant  illumination  of  a 
working  area  at  all  speeds  without  need  for  a  separate  light 
switch. 


signal  is  provided  with  an  integrator  for  integrating  the  error 
signal  to  produce  an  integration  signal  proportional  to  the 
result  of  the  integration  of  the  error  signal  and  therefore  to 
hold  the  instantaneous  value  of  the  integration  nigpal  when 
the  error  signal  becomes  zero.  The  integration  signal  it  sup- 
plied to  the  oscillator  in  place  of  the  error  signal,  the  servo 
system  is  suiuble  for  the  drum  and  the  capstan  servos  of  ro- 
tary-head video  Upe  recorders. 


3,668,493 
DYNAMOELECTRIC  CONTROL  CIRCUIT 
John  T.  Maynard,  New  Berlin,  Wk.,  mrignoi  to  A.  O.  Smith 
CorporatkM,  Mflwaukee,  Wia. 

FUed  May  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39,019 
Int.  CL  H02p  5/16 
U.S.  CL  318-345  g 


3,668,491 
BATTERY  POWERED  UQUIDIZER 
Raymond  F.  KeUcy,  Palm  Beach,  Fla.,  and  Roy  L.  Swanke, 
Ncwingtoo,  Conn.,  asiignori  to  Dynamics  Corporation  of 
America,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  866,453 

InL  CL  H02p  7/00 

U.S.  CL  318— 305  5  Claina 


J^. 


I ^     I J  ^'     i 


120V  AC 


til ^d? 


:i* 


<^     ISOUTMC  4 

•  ricrtntt  cocviT 


A  portaUe  multi-speed  liquidizer  operable  from  low  volt- 
age alternating  or  direct  current  is  speed-controlled  by  a 
push  button  switch  assembly,  which  also  serves  to  select  the 
power  source  for  the  liquidizer  motor.  The  maximum  current 
switched  by  any  one  contact  of  the  assembly  is  reduced  dur- 
ing speed  changes  by  automatically  switching  the  lowest  im- 
pedance motor  field  coil  into  the  circuit  immediately  preced- 
ing and  during  each  speed  change. 


3,668,492 

MOTOR  DRIVING  SERVO  SYSTEM  COMPRISING  AN 

INTEGRATOR  FOR  THE  QUANTITY  RELATING  TO  THE 

ERROR  SIGNAL 
Tatsuo  Konirid,  and  MaMO  Inaba,  both  of  Tokyo,  Japan,  m> 
-"  to  Nippon   Electric  Company,  Llmiled,  Tokyo, 


A  D.C.  shunt  motor  has  the  armature  coiuiected  to  a 
three-phase  supply  through  a  pair  of  parallel  connected  fiill- 
wave  rectifier  bridges,  each  having  silicon  controlled 
rectifiers  in  each  leg.  A  separate  NOR  logic  circuit  controls 
gating  of  each  rectifier  in  accordance  with  the  proper  half 
cycle  of  the  applied  voltage  and  at  the  desired  phne  angle  to 
establish  a  predetermined  energization  level.  The  firing  is 
determined  by  an  intercept  detector  having  a  separate  chan- 
nel for  each  phase.  Each  channel  is  connected  through  a  lag 
filter  and  a  lead  filter  directly  to  the  corresponding  phase 
winding  of  a  reference  transformer  to  supply  to  the  channel  a 
voltage  directly  derived  from  the  line-to-line  voltage  applied 
to  the  corresponding  rectifier.  The  input  to  each  channel  is 
connected  across  a  center  tapped  reference  transformer 
winding  and  the  junction  of  a  resistor  and  capacitor  ccm- 
nected  across  the  winding.  A  D.C.  control  voltage  is  applied 
to  the  channels  to  establish  a  control  signal  pulse  at  the 
proper  phase  angle  of  the  rectifier-applied  voltage. 


FUed  May  20,  1971,  Ser.  No.  145,335 
dalms  priority,  appBcatton  Japan,  May  23, 1970, 45/44315 

Int.  CLGOSb  77/42 
UACL  318-314  12  Claims 


VirticalSync 
S««oraKir 


AdiMW 


D 


r!L 


v.CO. 


^   PhOM 


r-^ 

^« 

HMO 
Motor 

OtHctOf 
Gmmor 

°»*t1or   I  IPuhoRai. 

G««05»  — T  VdHotlMi 


19 


M-O 


3,668,494 
CONSTANT  MSPLACEMENT  STUTING  CCWTROL 

GcraM  J.  Agin,  Redwood  Chy,  CaW.,  Milg to 

ttonal  BuoincM  Maddnca  Corporation,  Amonk,  N.Y. 
FUed  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48^49 
lot  CLIi02p  J/70 
VS.  CL  318—373  3 


The  servo  system  having  a  phase  comparator  for  producing 
an  error  signal  representative  of  the  phase  difference 
between  an  input  reference  periodic  signal  and  an  oacillatory 
signal  for  driving  a  motor.  A  voltage  controlled  oscillator 
controlled  by  the  error  signal  to  produce  the  oscillatory 


mj 


CTBP  rWBTWtMmL 


Stopping  of  a  d-c  servo  motor  is  effected  in  two  phases. 


342 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  il972 


diiring  the  first  of  which  the  velocity  is  brought  to  half  its  ini- 
tial value  after  initiation  by  a  stop  signal.  A  reference  single 
shot  and  a  proportional  single  shot  determine  the  timing  of 
the  second  phase,  these  circuits  acting  together  to  generate  a 
stopfHng  waveform  which  traverses  a  constant  displacement, 
independent  of  motor  deceleration  rate. 


3,668,495 
APPARATUS  FOR  LIMTTING  THE  RATE  OF  RISE  OF 
CURRENT  IN  A  MULTI-LOOP  MOTOR  CONTROL 
SYSTEM 
Hcrmuui  Eiade,  Ptttsburgh,  Pa.,  and  Colin  E.  Huoett,  Tor> 
ranee,  CaMf.,  aasignon  to  Wcsttnghoaae  Elcctrtc  Corpora- 
tion, Pfttsburgh,  Pa. 

Filed  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86^09 

Int.  CL  H02p  1104 

VS.  CL  318—400  15  Clainw 


Described  is  a  system  for  limiting  the  rate  of  rise  of  current 
in  a  multi-loop  cascaded  motor  control  configuration  by 
means  of  a  ramp  function  generator  connected  to  the  output 
of  a  motor  controller,  for  example,  a  speed  controller,  whose 
output  acts  as  a  reference  to  a  current  loop. 


3,668,496 
SINGLE  REV<H.UnON  CRANK  SYSTEM 
Ivan  N.  MftowlU,  PiMriiigliM,  and  Robert  G.  Bower,  Con- 
cord, both  of  MaM.,  iMltBriii  to  HowywcU  Infbnnation 
Syatcna  Inc.,  Wyttem,  Man. 

FilMi  Dec  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,182 

InL  CL  G05g  5100 

U.S.  CL  318— 466  8Clirfnis 


-0^ 


A  single  revolution  crank  system  is  provided  for  a  DC  mo- 
tor, having  a  Hall  effect  sensing  device  employed  as  a  posi- 
tion sensor.  A  bar  magnet  is  attached  to  the  DC  motor  shaft, 
with  a  magnetic  Hall  electrode  device  in  the  form  of  a  Hall 
chip  disposed  adjacent  the  path  of  the  bar  magnet  during  its 
rotation  on  the  shaft.  A  servo  control  loop  is  provided 
between  the  HaU  effect  device  and  the  motor  which  is  effec- 
tive to  substantially  apply  a  constant  voltage  to  the  motor 
while  the  bar  magnet  has  its  one  pole  remotely  disposed  from 
the  device,  and  with  the  one  pcrie  routed  to  a  poattion  ad- 
jacent to  the  Hall  effect  device,  an  EMF  is  generated  which  is 
effective  to  reset  a  servo  control  flip-flop  in  the  system  to 
bring  the  motor  velocity  to  zero.  A  mechanical  detent  is  pro- 
vided in  the  system  to  maintain  the  motor  in  the  zero  velocity 
position. 


3,668,497 

HEATER  BLOWER  MOTOR  DELAY  ENERGIZING 

MEANS 

Ronald    D.    Frdbcrter,   and   James   L.    Woolcy,   both   of 

Kokomo,  Ind.,  assignors  to  General  Motors  Corporation, 

DctrolLMIch. 

I       FHcd  Oct.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No.  78,354 
'  Int.  CL  G05d  23130 

U.S.  CL  318—471  ^^         6  CMam 


Apparatus  for  controlling  the  operation  of  a  blower  motor 
in  a  vehicle  heating  system.  A  time  delay  network  which  in- 
cludes a  heater  and  a  temperature  responsive  switch  in  an  in- 
sulated enclosure  and  a  power  relay  provides  for  the  im- 
mediate energization  of  the  blower  motor  when  a  motor  con- 
trolling switch  is  placed  in  a  motor  operative  condition  and 
the  ambient  temperature  as  sensed  by  the  temperature 
responsive  switch  is  above  a  certain  level.  Delayed  operation 
of  the  blower  motor  is  provided  when  the  ambient  tempera- 
ture is  below  the  certain  level,  the  delay  continuing  until  the 
interior  temperature  of  the  enclosure  is  raised  above  the  cer- 
tain temperature  by  the  heater  when  the  motor  controlling 
switch  is  placed  in  the  motor  operative  setting.  An  override 
switch  is  provided  for  effecting  immediate  operation  of  the 
blower  motor  when  the  ambient  temperature  is  below  the 
certain  level  if  desired  by  the  vehicle  occupant  so  as  to  pro- 
vide for  immediate  defhxting  of  the  vehicle  windows. 


I  3,668,496 

TRANSFER  APPARATUS  WITH  MGITAL  PATH 
CONTROL 
Albert  A.  AuMin,  Jr.,  Grasid  Blanr,  Mich.,  awignor  to  Atiaa 
Airtomatfon,  Inc.,  Fcntoo,  Mch. 

j    FBed  Apr.  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  135,700 
1  Int.  CL  G05b  19142  \ 

U.S.  CL  318— 568  24CWn« 


I  <C*0OUT    l'*''        Sf^    ^ 


Transfier  apparatus  is  disclosed  for  uae  with  a  cyclically 
operated  material  processing  machine  such  as  a  power  press 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


848 


^pr  the  like.  The  apparatus  comprises  a  transfer  unit  which  in- 
cludes a  workpiece  holder  with  separate  drive  means  for  dis- 
placement along  horizontal  and  vertical  axes  and,  if  desired, 
for  rotation  about  a  third  axis.  A  transfer  unit  may  be 
mounted  on  the  input  or  output  side  of  the  processing 
machine  or  a  pair  of  units  may  be  used  for  loading  and  un- 
loading if  desired.  A  transfer  unit  is  provided  with  a  control 
system  adapted  for  two  modes  of  operation,  the  set  up  or 
teaching  mode  and  an  automatic  mode  for  production  runs. 
The  control  system  comprises  data  storage  means  suitably  in 
the  form  of  a  pinboard  matrix  in  which  stored  data  defines 
coordinates  of  selected  points  on  a  predetermined  transfer 
path  and  the  direction  and  velocity  of  movement  between 
successive  points.  During  the  teaching  mode  of  operation  a 
manual  controller  enables  an  operator  to  move  the  transfer 
unit  stepwise  through  a  cycle  of  operation  on  a  trial  basis  to 
establish  the  transfer  path  and  the  accelerations  and  veloci- 
ties of  the  workpiece  holder.  The  data  storage  means  in- 
cludes manually  setuble  elements  which  enable  the  operator 
to  store  the  necessary  data  for  a  given  segment  of  the  transfer 
path  when  a  trial  movement  is  satisfactory.  When  all  of  the 
control  data  is  established  in  the  storage  means  for  the  entire 
transfer  path  the  control  means  are  switched  to  automatic 
operation  and  the  apparatus  is  ready  for  production  opera- 
tion. Since  the  transfer  apparatus  has  its  own  drive  means  it 
need  not  be  integrally  connected  with  the  mechanism  of  the 
processing  machine.  Instead  of  timing  signal  generator  con- 
nected with  the  control  system  provides  for  synchronization 
of  the  movements  of  the  transfer  apparatus  with  the  cyclic 
operation  of  the  machine. 


3,668,499 

STEERING  CONTROL  SYSTEM 

Norbcrt  P.  Malloy,  5231  Gertrude  St.,  Pkttburgh,  Pa. 

Filed  Apr.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,224 

InL  CL  G05d  1108 

U.S.  CL  318—587  i6  Clirims 


llSt 


^'-    ^.'^ 


*'  -    LLts 

IV  •  -r— 


E 


'^ 


»     71    **i 


Q?l     1 


lots? 


mst — I 


■<iii»t- 


An  automatic  steering  control  system  for  use  with  a  steera- 
ble  vehicle  or  other  craft  having  a  steering  mechanism,  the 
combination  comprising  reversible  steering  actuating  means 
for  displacing  said  steering  mechanism  in  relatively  opposite 
directions  to  control  the  course  of  said  vehicle  or  craft,  steer- 
ing control  circuitry  for  energizing  said  actuating  means  in 
relatively  opposite  directions,  said  circuitry  comprising  a  plu- 
rality of  first  circuit  paths  for  energizing  said  steering  actuat- 
ing means  in  a  given  direction,  and  a  plurality  of  second  cir- 
cuit paths  for  energizing  said  steering  actuating  means  in  the 
opposite  direction,  actuating  and  limiting  switch  means  cou- 
pled in  each  of  said  circuit  paths,  each  of  said  limit  switch 
means  having  normally  clos«l  contact  means  coupled  in  its 
associated  path  in  series  with  the  associated  actuating  switch 
means  and  normally  open  contact  means  coupled  to  an  ad- 
jacent one  of  said  circuit  paths  so  that  said  circuit  paths  can 
be  energized  successively  for  incremental  operation  of  said 
steering  actuating  means  in  a  given  direction  upon  repeated 
and  simultaneous  actuation  of  all  of  the  actuating  svritch 
means  corresponding  to  such  directional  operation. 


3,668,500 

NUMERICAL  SERVO  MOTOR  CONTROL  SYSTEM 

Marion  Koaera,  WUIoughby,  Ohio,  aarignor  to  AUcn-Bradlcy 

Company,  MUwaukcc,  Wis. 
Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  654^87,  July  20, 1967, 
now  abandoned.  This  application  Apr.  1,  1970,  Scr.  No. 

29,365 
Int.  CL  G05b  19128 
U.S.  CL  318— 601  17 


The  motion  of  a  machine  tool  table  is  controlled  by  com- 
paring, for  each  axis,  present  location  of  the  machine  tool 
which  is  represented  by  the  count  in  a  feedback  counter, 
with  a  desired  location,  which  is  represented  by  the  count  in 
a  command  counter.  A  transducer  produces  a  pulse  train 
wherein  each  pulse  is  representative  of  increments  of 
machine  tool  table  motion.  A  reference  source  of  oscillation 
feeds  pulses  to  drive  the  command  counter.  These  pulses  are 
modulated  by  the  pulses  from  the  feedback  transducer  and 
then  are  applied  to  drive  the  feedback  counter.  The  dif- 
ference in  time  at  which  both  counters  attain  predetermined 
counts  is  sensed  and  is  used  to  generate  signals  \^ch  control 
the  application  of  drive  signals  to  the  motors  which  drive  the 
machine  tool  tables. 


3,668,501 
MEANS  F(Ht  GENERATING  COMPENSATING  CONTROL 

MEANS 

Anwar    K.    CMt^rait,    Flainvlew,    N.Y.,    Mrigmrr    to    OPT 

Omcchanlma,  Inc.,  Flainview,  N.Y. 

Original  appMcation  June  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  835,873,  now 

Patent  Na  3,605,552.  Divided  and  tbh  application  Dec  2, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  94,512 

Int.  CL  G05d  231275 

U.S.CL318— ^2  10 1 


mnc 


The  invention  comprises  automatic  means  for  generating 
compensating  means  for  long  lead  screw  and  racks  such  as 
those  used  in  precision  machine  tools.  The  workpiece  lead 


344 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


screw  or  rack  is  mounted  parallel  to  the  cam  to  be  cut.  A 
movable  platform  mounts  a  milling  cutter.  The  platform  is 
also  connected  to  the  lead  screw  by  a  nut  or  to  the  rack  by  a 
pinion.  Angular  motion  of  the  lead  screw  or  pinion  is  mea- 
sured and  transmitted  to  a  computer.  The  linear  motion  of 
the  platform  is  measured  with  an  interferometer.  The  two 
measurements  are  compared  in  the  computer  and  the  output 
is  fed  to  a  servo  mechanism  which  controls  compensating 
means.  A  chart  or  printed  or  other  type  tape  output  is  pro- 
vided. 


decimal  input.  The  input  data  is  divided  into  a  coarse  portion 
and  a  fine  portion.  The  coarse  feedback  portion  measures  in 
units  of  1 ,000  feet,  while  the  fine  feedback  control  measures 
the  low  order  units  and  consists  of  two  cyclical  elements. 
Each  fine  element  has  occasion  to  pass  through  a  dead  band 
region,  but  the  elements  are  connected  in  a  ganged  relation 
180*  out  of  phase,  so  that  when  one  is  at  its  dead  band,  the 
other  is  at  its  continuous  portion.  The  selection  of  a  fine 
feedback  element  is  controlled  through  a  switching  circuit 
and  according  to  a  logic  equation  stored  in  the  input  uiiit. 


3,66M02 

CONTINUOUS  HYSTERESIS  WIPER  FOR 

ELECTROMAGNET  IN  INERTIAL  GUIDANCE  SYSTEM 

Allan  B.  Filter,  W.  CaMwcO,  N  J.«  aaigiior  to  The  Shiga- 

Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,913 

Int.  CI.  G05b  1/06 

VS.  CI.  318—653  2  Claims 


An  inertia!  guidance  system  wherein  one  or  more  elec- 
tromagnets are  placed  in  a  magnetic  flux  exchange  relation 
with  the  flywheel  of  a  gyroscope  and  are  adapted  to  restore 
the  gyroscope  to  a  null  position  upon  a  signal  from  one  or 
more  pick-offis.  An  alternating  current  is  applied  to  the  ener- 
gizing coils  of  the  electromagnets  and  is  of  a  magnitude  large 
enough  to  nullify  residual  magnetic  flux  in  the  electromag- 
nets due  to  hysteresis. 


3,668,503 

COARSE-FINE  DIGITAL  SERVO  INDICATOR  WITH 

CONTINUOUS  ROTATION  POTENTIOMETER 

FEEDBACK  IN  FINE  MODE 

Norman  J.  Liadncr,  New  York,  N.Y.,  asrignor  to  KoHsman 

InstnimcBt  Corporatkm,  Syoawt,  N.Y. 

Filed  Nov.  26, 1969,  Ser.  No.  879,985 

Int.  CL  G05b  1106 

UA  CI.  318-665  9  Claims 


jU?" 


3,668,504 

BATTERY  CHARGING  VOLTAGE  REGULATOR 
INCLUMNG  SAFETY  dRCUlT  | 

YosMcM  KawaMmai,  Glfu,  Japwi,  — lyinr  to  Nippon  Demo 
CMnpMy  Limited,  KailyMM,  Japmi 
CondmMttoB-to-pmt  of  inilteaHoii  Scr.  No.  61,814,  Aug.  6, 
1970,  now  abmidoiwicl ,  whkh  ii  •  continiHlkMi  of  appHcadoii 
Ser.  No.  783,201,  Dec.  12, 1968,  now  alwndoiMd  ,  aad  a 
contlniiiKion-liHMirt  of  797,010,  Feb.  6, 1969,  now 
alMiMlonBd.  Thto  appMfiitkwi  Oct.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  83,766 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Dec.  16,  1%7,  42/80827; 
Feb.  10,1968,43/8466  | 

iBt  a.  HO^  7124 
U.S.  CL  320—64  12  Cta*"* 


If- 


15  K  e  17 


^^ 


5~- 
6 


7— i;   5-i;  i6f% 


A  charging  voltage  regulator  for  a  storage  battery,  m 
which,  as  output  voltage  of  a  charging  generator  is  con- 
trolled to  maintain  the  terminal  voltage  of  a  storage  battery 
at  a  predetermined  value  by  interrupting  the  field  current  of 
the  generator  using  a  transistor  circuit,  and  especially  if  such 
accidents  as  electrical  disconnections  between  the  transistor 
circuit  and  the  storage  battery  occur,  all  disasters  caused  by 
an  extraordinary  high  voltage  between  terminals  of  the 
charging  generator  resulting  from  the  occurrence  of  such  ac- 
cidents may  be  eliminated,  so  that  the  charging  generator 
operates  in  the  same  manner  as  in  the  case  where  tl|e  con- 
necting condition  of  the  circuit  is  normal. 


3,668,505 

HIGH  VOLTAGE  REGULATION  CIRCUIT 

OUvcr  Dahon,  Portland,  and  Vaughn  Wcidd,  Aloha,  both  of 

Oreg.,  assignors  to  Tektronix,  Inc.,  Bcavcrtoo,  Oreg. 

Continuatioa-in-part  of  appHcatfcHi  Scr.  No.  670,691,  Sept. 

26, 1967,  now  abandoned.  This  appUcation  July  20, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  64,014 

CL  H02m  3132;  HOIJ  29170,  H03k  3130 

U.S.  a.  321—2  14  ClaimB 


■  W  9  ai 

Int.' 


This  disclosure  deals  with  a  mechanical  servo  system  used 
to    provide    accurate    digital    readout    from    binary-coded 


A  hi^  voltage  power  supply  for  a  cathode-ray  tube  in- 
cludes an  oscillator  intercoupled  with  a  transformer  having  a 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


845 


high  voltage  output  winding.  An  additional  low  voltage  wind- 
ing on  the  transformer  provides  a  signal  substantially  propor- 
tional to  the  high  voltage  output,  and  such  signal  is  coupled 
by  way  of  a  peak  detector  to  a  control  amplifier  adapted  to 
vary  the  d.c.  bias  value  in  the  oacillator  circuit.  If  the  high 
voltage  output  tends  to  drop,  the  peak  detector  registers  the 
lower  voltage,  causing  the  control  amplifier  to  increase  the 
amplitude  of  oscillations  produced  by  the  oacillator  to 
thereby  return  the  high  voltage  output  toward  a  predeter- 
mined value.  Since  the  low  voltage  winding  does  not  provide 
a  voltage  value  which  is  exactly  proportional  to  the  high  volt- 
age output,  additional  circuit  means  is  included  in  series  with 
the  high  voltage  winding  for  coupling  a  current  feedback  to 
the  control  amplifier  such  that  an  increase  in  current  drawn 
from  the  high  voltage  winding  will  also  cause  an  increase  in 
the  amplitude  of  oscillations.  By  this  means  the  actual  high 
voltage  output  is  closely  regulated  even  though  the  regulation 
voltage  is  acquired  at  a  low  voltage  level  in  the  circuit. 


3,668,506 
CURRENT  AND  FLUID  CONDUCTING  ARRANGEMENTS 
Jack  O.  Bcasiey,  Hofandd,  and  Pmil  J.  Mobary,  Toms  River, 
both  of  NJ.,  assignors  to  M  &  T  Chemkab  Inc.,  Green- 
wich, Conn. 

Filed  Apr.  16,  1971,  Ser.  No.  134,727 

Int.  CL  H02m  7100 

U.S.CL  321-8  C  SCbrinv 


the  respective  phase  of  the  bridge  circuit,  while  the  iteutral 
points  of  the  stars  are  ccMuiected  each  to  one  of  the  poles  of 


yj. 


•a: 


the  bridge  circuit,  and  there  is  a  series  resistor  placed 
between  at  least  one  neutral  point  and  the  respective  pole. 


3,668,508 
REGULATOR  CIRCUIT 
William  A.  Archer;  Ronrid  H.  Randril,  both  of  Cubi^  and 
Richard  M.  Lewfa,  Hack  Creek,  al  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to 
Acme  Electric  Corporation,  Cuba,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  15,  1970,  Scr.  No.  72,401 

InL  CL  H02m  7/72 

U.S.  CL  321—18  44  CMam 


Apparatus  is  provided  for  the  rectification  of  a  power 
source  for  the  use  ultimately  in  such  applications  as  elec- 
troplating, with  the  apparatus  utilizing  electrical  conducting 
materials  in  the  form  of  tubing  for  conveying  simultaneously 
cooling  fluids  directly  to  areas  adjacent  parts  requiring  cool- 
ing during  operation,  and  electrical  current  over  substantial 
portions  of  the  circuitry  of  the  apparatus.  In  addition,  new 
heat  sink  arrangements  are  provided  for  more  even  distribu- 
tion of  cooling  fluids  over  parts  to  be  cooled,  and  new  clamp- 
ing arrangements  are  provided  for  even  distribution  of  pres- 
sure on  parts  being  held  and  which  clamping  arrangements 
are  readily  manipulated  by  a  single  adjustment. 


3,668,507 
APPARATUS  FOR  DAMPING  OSCILLATiONS  IN  THREE- 
PHASE  BRIDGE  CONVERTERS 
Dmitry  Evgcnievicfa  KadouHky,  prospekt  Smimova,  16,  kor> 
pns  2,  kv.  35,  and  Alexandr  Scrgecvich  Naiarov,  OfHawsky 
pcrcolok,  7,  kv.  7,  both  of  Lcnh^rad,  U.S.SJt. 
Filed  June  4,  I97I,  Scr.  No.  150,1 19 
Int  CL  H02m  1118 
U.S.CL32I— II  2  Claims 

An  apparatus  for  damping  oscillations  in  three-phase 
bridge  converters,  niade  in  the  form  of  two  three-branch 
stars,  whose  branches  are  damping  sections  composed  of  a 
capacitor  and  a  resistor  in  series  and  are  connected  each  to 


A  regulator  circuit  is  disclosed  incorporating  a  DC  capaci- 
tor as  an  energy  storage  device  to  be  charged  to  a  direct  volt- 
age level  from  an  AC  source  through  switch  means.  The 
s\vitch  means  may  be  semi-conductor  switches  and  because 
of  the  direct  voltage  on  the  energy  storage  device,  a  substan- 
tially square  wave  alternating  voltage  appears  on  the  svritch 
input.  An  inductive  reactance  absorbs  the  instantaneous  volt- 
age differences  between  the  square  wave  and  the  alternating 
voltage  input.  The  switches  are  operated  at  the  same 
frequency  as  the  alternating  voltage  input  and  operate  at  a 
variable  phase  angle  of  lag  of  the  leading  edge  relative  to  the 
alternating  voltage  input  in  order  to  regulate  the  voltage  out- 
put which  may  either  DC  across  the  storage  device  or  AC 
across  the  switch  input.  The  switch  means  is  a  double  throw 
switch  ccHtducting  for  substantiaUy  180°  altemately  to  obtain 
the  direct  voltage  across  the  storage  device.  The  foregoing 
abstract  is  merely  a  resume  of  one  general  application,  is  not 
a  complete  discussion  of  all  principles  erf  operation  or  appli- 
cations, and  is  not  to  be  construed  as  a  limitation  on  the 
scope  of  the  claimed  subject  matter. 


3,66oy909 

POWER  SUPPLY  SYSTEM  FOR  AND  METHOD  OF 

ENERGIZING  MULTIPLE  LEVEL  LOADS 

Richard  E.  Rkbs,  Hales  Comers,  and  Curtis  J.  KoUnnm,  MB- 

waukcc,  both  of  WIs^  artgnori  to  McGraw-Edhan 

pany,  MOwaokcc,  Wis. 

Filed  Feb.  11, 1971,  Ser.  No.  114,543 
Int.CLH02mi/2« 

UA  CL  321—18  10 1 

A  power  supply  for  a  direct  current  load  that  has  two 
power  level  requiremente  senses  the  current  requirements  of 
the  load  and  operates  a  high  output  inverter  at  hi^  power 


346 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


requirements  and  a  low  output  inverter  at  low  power  require- 
ments. The  high  and  low  output  inverters  are  designed  for 
maximum  efficiency  in  their  respective  power  ranges  and  are 
connected  through  full  wave  rectifying  bridges  to  the  load. 
The  high  power  inverter  is  maintained  in  an  "off'  position 


until  the  load  current  requirement  is  increased.  Upon  the  in- 
crease in  current,  a  sensing  circuit  and  energy  storage  device 
activates  a  switch  to  energize  the  high  power  inverter  to 
power  the  load  as  long  as  the  current  requirements  remain 
above  a  selected  level. 


ERRATUM 

For  Qass  322—28  sec: 
Patent  No.  3,668,514 

3,668^10 
THERMISTOR  CONTROL  CIRCUIT 
Kenneth    D.    TcntardU,    Atkinson,   N.H.,   assignor   to   Bed 
Telepiionc     Laltoratoiics,     Incorporated,     Murray     Hill, 
Bcriteky  Heights,  N  J. 

Filed  Jan.  19,  1970,  Ser.  No.  3,989 

Int.  CL  G05f  1110 

MS.  CL  323—8  6  Claims 


June  6,  1972 

shunt  connection  between  connections  or  when  a  malfunc- 
tion causes  the  opening  of  a  tap  connection  between  top  sec- 
tions. The  tap  switch  includes  a  pair  of  silicon  controlled 
rectifiers  tor  carrying  transformer  load  current  during  al- 
ternate half  cycles  of  the  energy  source  connected  to  the  ter- 
minals of  the  primary  winding.  The  gating  circuit  for  each  of 
the  silicon  rectifiers  includes  a  capacitor  for  creating  a  gate 
current  which  leads  the  load  current  in  the  situation  where 
the  load  current  leads  the  load  voltage-  When  a  tap  section  is 
shunted  out  of  the  primary  winding  by  a  tap  connection,  it  is 


An  indirectly  heated  thermistor  control  circuit  wherein  a 
constant  current  source  is  connected  with  the  bead  resistance 
of  the  thermistor  to  provide  a  reference  voltoge  proportional 
to  variations  in  bead  resistance.  The  reference  voltoge  is  con- 
nected by  a  feedback  path  to  the  non-inverting  input  of  a  dif- 
ferential amplifier  where  it  is  combined  with  the  input  com- 
mand voltoge  which  is  applied  to  the  inverting  input  of  the 
differential  amplifier.  The  output  signal  from  the  differential 
amplifier  provides  the  thermistor  heater  current  and  is  pro- 
portional to  the  difference  between  the  reference  voltage  and 
command  voltoge. 


I — 'Wr 


\ 


30       M     a 


31     f6    IB    s 


/_r 


J^ 


\^ 


-*^H*^f>— 


mTs 


J  t«ClM 


Jy» 


desired  that  the  silicon  controlled  rectifiers  do  not  conduct  to 
short  out  the  top  shunt  connection  and  thereby  effectively 
reinsert  the  top  section.  To  prevent  such  conduction,  a 
second  pair  of  silicon  controlled  rectifiers  are  each  con- 
nected in  parallel  vrith  the  gate-cathode  circuit  of  one  of  the 
first  pair  of  silicon  controlled  rectifiers.  The  second  pair  of 
silicon  rectifiers  are  gated  when  a  top  shunt  connection  is 
made  so  that  gate  current  to  the  first  pair  of  silicon  rectifiers 
is  diverted  and  prevented  from  triggering  the  first  pair  pf  sil- 
icon controlled  rectifiers. 


I  3,668,512 

AUTOMATIC  VOLTAGE  BOOSTER 
James  Carey,  306  Lee  Avenue,  Yonkcn,  N.Y., 
Citrin,  380  Ocean  Parkway,  Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

I  Filed  May  12, 1971,  Ser.  No.  142,622 


U  A  a.  323—45 


InL  a.  G05f  5/00 


3-PMASE:  POWEf?  IN 
Y 


ay  E. 


SClaina 


3,668,511 

SELF  ENERGIZING  TAP  SWITCH  FOR  ELECTRONIC 

TAP  CHANGER 

Charles  E.  Lewis,  ZanesviBe,  Ohio,  aarisnor  to  McGniw-Edi»> 

OB  Company,  Elgiii,  ID. 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1971,  Ser.  No.  115,204 
luL  CL  G05f  1114 
U.S.  CL  323—43.5  S  14  ClainH 

A  self  energizing  tap  switch  is  disclosed  as  being  connected 
in  circuit  with  the  primary  winding  of  a  transformer  having  a 
plurality  of  top  sections  connected  to  an  electronic  top 
changer.  The  top  switch  connects  two  portions  of  the  primary 
winding  together  when  the  transformer  is  initially  energized 
or  after  the  winding  has  been  energized  when  there  is  no 


An  instantly  acting  automatic  voltage  booster  empfloying 
autotransformers  each  having  a  secondary  winding  connect- 
ing between  power  supply  lines  and  a  load  in  a  three  phase 
system  for  supplying  power  continuously  to  the  load.  Primary 
windings  are  maintained  in  short  circuited  condition  by  con- 
tocts  of  a  relay  actuated  when  voltage  supplied  via  the  supply 
lines  remains  above  a  predetermined  minimum  magnitude. 
The  relay  contacts  open  to  energize  the  primary  windings 
and  induce  voltage  in  the  secondary  windings  when  the  sup- 
plied voltage  falls  to  or  below  the  predetermined  magnitude 
for  maintaining  voltoge  supplied  to  the  load  above  the 
predetermined  magnitude.  A  switch  is  provided  to  short  cir- 
cuit the  secondary  windings  and  open  circuit  the  primary 
windings  in  the  event  of  equipment  failure. 


\ 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


847 


3,668,513      ^ 
UPRIGHT  TYPE  BUSHING  CURRENT  TRANSFORMER 
DcQji  Tsubovciil;  Swunn  Ito.  both  of  Yokohama;  Eisukc 
Toyota,  Hiratsaka,  and  Kei^i  Wada,  Yamato,  all  of  Japan, 
asrignor*  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.,  Kawanki- 
shi,  Japan 

Filed  Mar.  19, 1971,  Ser.  No.  126,121 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Mar.  31, 1970, 45/26883 

Int.  CL  HOlf  4010^ 
MS.  CL  323—60  6  Claims 


A  bushing  current  transformer  is  provided  and  includes  an 
auxiliary  current  transformer  mounted  on  the  top  of  a  bush- 
ing. The  primary  and  secondary  coils  of  the  auxiliary  current 
transformer  are  connected  parallel  to  each  other  and  in  se- 
ries to  an  electrical  power  line  having  a  high  voltage  and  car- 
rying a  high  current  therethrough.  A  conductive  lead  is  con- 
nected to  the  secondary  coil  of  the  auxiliary  current  trans- 
former and  is  conducted  to  the  bottom  of  the  bushing  to 
thereby  form  a  primary  coil  of  a  main  current  transformer 
which  is  positioned  on  the  bottom  of  the  bushing  and  then 
conducted  upwards  again  through  the  bushing.  With  such  an 
arrangement  the  size  of  the  line  conductor  being  introduced 
into  the  bottom  of  the  bushing  can  be  made  smaller,  since 
the  current  transformation  ratio  between  the  primary  and 
secondary  coils  of  the  auxiliary  current  transformer  can  be 
adjusted.  Also,  the  current  transformer  can  be  standardized 
and  thereby  adapted  for  mass  production  due  to  the  ability  to 
fix  the  secondary  current  of  the  auxiliary  current  transformer 
at  a  constant  amplitude. 


3,668,514 

DUAL  VOLTAGE  POWER  SYSTEM  FOR  USE  WFTH 

VEHICLE  ALTERNATORS  AND  THE  LIKE 

Donald  W.  Peck,  Newbury  Park,  CaUf.,  Msignor  to  Oaks 

Power  Corporation 

FUed  SepL  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  72,311 

Int.  CLH02p; //OO 

U.S.  a.  322—28  12  Clafam 


There  is  disclosed  herein  a  dual  voltage  power  unit  for  use 
in  automobiles,  campers,  and  the  like  for  normally  supplying 


the  relatively  low  DC  voltage  from  an  alternator  to  a  storage 
battery  and  other  electrical  devices  of  the  vehicle  and  for 
supplying  a  higher  voltoge,  such  as  115  vc^ts,  for  external 
usage  such  as  for  lighting,  emergency  power,  and  so  forth. 
Several  circuits  are  disclosed  herein  for  providing  a  dual  out- 
put DC  voltage,  or  for  providing  a  low  DC  voltage  and  a 
higher  AC  voltoge  at  6&~h^tz/pie  system  includes  a  rectifier 
circuit  coupled  with  the  output  of  an  alternator  for  normally 
providing  the  usual  automotive  DC  voltage,  such  as  14.5 
volts.  A  load  sensor  and  control  circuit  are  provided  for 
sensing  the  demand  for  the  higher  voltoge  and  for  controlling 
rectifier  circuits  to  supply  the  same. 


3,668,515 

LOAD  CONTROL  SYSTEM  EMPLOYING  SIUCON 

CONTROLLED  RECTIFIERS  WITH  OVER  VOLTAGE 

PROTECTION  AND  COMPENSATION  FOR  LINE 

VOLTAGE  FLUCTUATIONS 

Arthur  P.  Home,  Portland,  Orcg.,  aasignar  to  Electronks 

Diversified,  Inc.,  Portland,  Orcg. 

FUed  Jan.  30,  1970,  Ser.  No.  7,093 

Int.  CL  G05f  5100 

U.S.  a.  323—22  SC  20  ClainM 


7                   eo     >e  ,*o  ,«• 

I '^    M     ^ ^    -^V     -I  — I    ,4. 


0  iJ04 


\ 


-^ 


A  control  system  for  a  load  includes  a  pair  of  oppositely 
poled  silicon  controlled  rectifiers  disposed  in  parallel 
between  a  line  and  the  load,  each  being  provided  with  a  drive 
circuit  energized  from  across  the  rectifiers  for  triggering  each 
silicon  controlled  rectifier  at  a  predetermined  time  by 
discharging  a  capacitor  via  a  control  transistor.  The  trigger- 
ing time  is  controllable.  The  triggering  circuitry  is  em- 
powered from  the  line  whereby  triggering  also  varies  in  a 
manner  for  maintaining  a  relatively  constant  output  despite 
changes  in  line  voltage.  Each  control  transistor  is  additionally 
triggerable  when  the  voltage  across  the  pair  of  rectifiers 
reaches  an  excessive  value,  whereby  the  rectifiers  are  turned 
on  alternately  with  each  rectifier  protecting  the  other. 


3,668,516 
APPARATUS  FOR  INSPECTING  A.C.  ELECTRIC  RELAY 
SYSTEMS  DURING  THE  OPERATION  THEREOF  BY  USE 

OF  A  HIGH  FREQUENCY  MODULATED  SIGNAL 
Masahide  Muraoka,  Tokyo,  Japan,  — ignor  to  Tokyo  SMbau- 
ra  Electric  Co. ,  Ltd.,  KawasaU-shi,  Japan 

Filed  Feb.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  9,009 
Claims  priority,  appttartloii  Japui,  Feb.  10, 1969, 44/9485 
lnt.CLG01ri7/02 
U.S.  CL  324—28  R  7  dafans 

In  an  apparatus  for  inspecting  an  A.C.  respcMisive  relay 
system  during  operation  thereof  a  pulse  train  is  provided  hav- 
ing distinctly  higher  repeating  frequencies  than  those  input 
signals  to  the  relay  indicative  of  a  real  fault  and  which  pulse 
train  is  modulated  by  A.C.  voltages  having  frequencies  and 
wave  forms  similar  to  those  input  signals  for  the  relay  indica- 
tive of  a  real  fault.  The  pulse  train  so  provided  is  created  by 


348 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


mixing  a  pair  of  first  and  second  pulse  trains  modulated  by 
A.C.  voltages  in  a  pair  of  ring-modulators.  The  pulse  A.C. 
voltages  used  for  the  modulation  have  distinctly  higher 
frequencies  than  those  of  the  real  fault  input  signab  for  the 
relay.  The  A.C.  voltages  for  the  modulation  feed  the  positive 
half  waves  thereof  to  a  first  multivibrator  associated  with  one 
of  the  ring-modulators  to  thereby  provide  the  first  train.  The 
A.C.  voltages  for  the  modulation,  further,  feed  its  negative 
half  waves  to  a  second  multivibrator  associated  with  the 


--;^iOSC  WM-:^ 


me-MoauToi 


other  ring-modulator  to  establish  the  second  pulse  train.  Both 
of  the  multivibrators  include  means  for  regulating  the  respec- 
tive time  constants  thereof  whereby  the  pulses  within  the  first 
and  second  pulse  trains  are  distributed  in  the  combined  pulse 
train  with  extremely  small  time  intervals  between  the 
resultant  adjacent  pulses,  respectively.  Thus,  the  combined 
pulse  train  so  formed  and  used  as  the  inspection  signals  may 
be  easily  distinguished  from  input  signals  indicative  of  a  real 
fault  which  are  applied  to  the  relay  system. 


3,668317 

MAGNETIC  PARTICLE  INSPECTION  APPARATUS 

WHEREIN  THE  ACCUMULATED  PARTICLES  CLOSE 

THE  DSIMCATOR  CIRCUIT 

WUUam  L.  Zcmbcny,  Swfaivak  Boraugh,  Pa.,  sHignor  to 

United  States  Sted  Corporadon 

raed  July  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  59,407 

Int.CLG01rJJ//2 

U.S.  CL  324—38  19  Claiim 


An  automatic  magnetic  particle  inspection  apparatus  for 
detecting  a  defect  in  the  workpiece  and  for  si^ialling  the 
presence  of  the  defect  in  the  workpiece  is  disclosed.  The  ap- 
paratus has  conveying  means  for  supporting  the  workpiece. 
drive  means  connected  to  one  of  the  conveying  means  and 
the  apparatus  for  causing  relative  movement  between  the 
conveying  means  and  the  apparatus  to  convey  the  workpiece 
along  a  path  of  movement;  magnetizing  means  disposed  ad- 
jacent a  path  of  movement  of  the  workpiece  and  for  creating 
lines  of  flux  in  the  workpiece  and  fringe  lines  of  flux  adjacent 
the  defect  in  an  attraction  zone;  magnetic  particles  spray 
means  disposed  further  along  the  path  of  movement  of  the 
workpiece  for  spraying  magnetic  particles  on  the  magnetized 


workpiece  to  deposit  the  particles  on  the  workpiece  in  a 
spray  zone  adjacent  the  attraction  zone  and  to  create  a  pile 
of  the  mi^netic  particles  adjacent  the  deflect  in  the  attraction 
zone  within  the  spray  zone;  and  detecting  and  si^ialling 
means  disposed  further  along  the  path  of  movement  at  the 
workpiece.  The  detecting  and  signalling  means  has  a  bi-pole 
detecting  head  which  is  spaced  from  the  attraction  zone  a 
predetermined  distance  and  has  magnet  means  and  a  contact 
member  for  contacting  the  workpiece.  The  magnet  means  is 
operable  to  create  lines  of  flux  through  one  pole  of  the  de- 
tecting head,  the  contact  member,  the  workpiece,  the  pile  of 
magnetic  particles,  the  other  pole  of  the  detecting  head  to 
the  magnet  means  to  form  the  pile  of  magnetic  particles  and 
into  a  bridge  across  the  predetermined  distance.  Signal 
means  arc  employed  for  indicating  the  presence  of  the  defect 
and  control  means  are  connected  to  the  detecting  head  and 
the  signal  means  and  are  energized  by  the  bridge  to  actuate 
the  signal  means  to  indicate  the  presence  of  the  defect. 


I 


In- 


3,668.518 
IPlSTRUMENT  FOR  TESTING  THREE- WIRE! 
ELECTRICAL  OUTLETS 
Alan  R.  Shapiro,  Sharon,  Maa^  awignor  to  Bio-I 
corporated,  Stougiiton,  Mas. 

Filed  Apr.  3,  1970,  Scr.  No.  25,409 

Int.CLG01ri;/02 

U.S.  a.  324—51  8  Claims 


-DcsiKn, 


The  disclosure  depicts  apparatus  for  testing  wiring  connec- 
tion patterns  in  a  three-wire  AC  electrical  outiet,  comprising 
a  three-wire  plug  adapted  for  insertion  into  an  outlet  and 
comprising  a  line  probe,  a  neutral  probe,  and  a  ground 
probe.  In  the  embodiments  illustrated  a  test  circuit  con- 
nected to  the  plug  includes  circuit  branches  between  each  of 
the  probes  and  a  common  termiiud,  the  branches  containing 
resistance  means  having  different  resistance  values.  An  AC 
electrical  meter  is  connected  in  one  of  the  circuit  branches 
such  that  deflection  of  the  needle  is  proportional  to  the  ab- 
solute current  flow  in  that  branch  and  also  in  the  test  circuit 
as  a  whole.  Different  wiring  connection  patterns  in  a  tested 
outlet  produce  different  series-parallel  connections  of  the  cir- 
cuit branch  resistances  and  thus  establish  different  current 
flows  in  the  branch  including  the  meter.  The  meter  has  a 
scale  upon  which  a  plurality  of  discrete  zones  are  marked 
with  indicia  characterizing  the  various  outiet  wiring  connec- 
tion panems  which  are  possiUe.  Upon  insertion  of  the  plug 
into  an  outlet,  the  meter  needle  is  deflected  to  a  particular 
zone  on  the  scale,  thus  identifying  the  particular  wiring  con- 
nection pattern  existing  in  the  tested  outiet.  The  location  of 
the  needle  in  the  zone  gives  an  indication  of  absolute  line 
voltage  in  the  oudet.  Two  disclosed  embodiment  include  a 
resistor  connected  between  the  neutral  and  ground  probes 
such  that  an  open  neutral  connection  in  the  outlet  ipay  be 
detected,  i 


3,668,519 
ILUMINOUS  AMMETER-VOLTMETER 
George  R.  Mudlcr,  South  Milwaukee,  Wis.,  assignor  to  J.  L 
Case  Cempany,  Radnc,  Wis. 

Filed  Apr.  30,  1971,  Scr.  No.  138,929 
Int.CLG01ri;/00 
U.S.  CI.  324-96 

A  luminous  ammeter-voltmeter  of  a  type  which  is  particu- 
larly useful  in  a  vehicle  which  commonly  has  a  relatively  low 
voltage  electric  system.  The  system  includes  a  batteryi  and  a 


IT   HI  J.   1. 

SCIaims 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


849 


type  of  electric  generating  means,  and  an  electric  regulator 
Mid  a  gauge  for  indicating  amperage  and  voltage  in  the 
system.  The  gauge  is  in  the  form  of  a  Hght  bulb  connected  in 
the  system  to  emit  light  rays  in  proportion  to  the  electric 
power  in  the  system,  and  the  li|^t  rays  are  directed  to  a 
refractor  which  receives  the  light  rays  in  various  areas  of  the 
refractor.  The  refractor  areas  are  respectively  spaced  from 


location  and  the  thermal  resistive  distributions  thereof,  such 


\ 


the  light  bulb  to  thereby  indicate  the  intensity  of  the  light 
emitted  from  the  bulb,  by  having  the  refractor  areas  respec- 
tively located  in  the  high-intensity  Ught-ray  position  or  the 
low-intensity  position,  that  is,  either  close  to  or  farther  from 
the  light  bulb.  The  refractor  is  provided  with  indicia  for 
visibly  disclosing  the  quantity  of  electric  power  in  the  system 
by  having  the  respective  areas  of  the  refractor  illuminated  in 
the  different  intensities  mentioned. 


3,668,520 
MOVEMENT  FOR  INSTRUMENTS 
Norman  Biackham,  Lmm  Fans,  Sewcil,  Engiand,  and  Mcrvyn 
H.  H.  RcMl,  15  Ronald  Avenue,  Greenwich,  Australia 

Filed  Mv.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,820 
Clafam  prlorfty,  appHcatfon  Great  Britain,  Mar.  14, 1969, 

13,551/69 

Int.  a.  GOlr  5126;  G05I 5100 

M&.  CL  324—106  4  daims 


'  1^- 


Bimetal  instrument  movements  of  the  V-pivot  type  and  the 
pin-pivot  type  in  which  the  integral  upstanding  portions  of  a 
one-piece  frame  member  support  the  fulcrum  for  the  move- 
ments' pointer  means  and  U-shaped  bimetallic  structure. 
Calibration  and/or  adjustment  is  effected  by  forcibly  bending 
the  upstanding  portions.  The  instrument  movement  of  the 
pin-pivot  type  described  is  provided  with  removable  pointer 
means. 


that  the  sum  of  the  hot  junction  temperatures  is  substantially 
equal  to  the  sum  of  the  cold  junction  temperatures. 


3,668,522  

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CHARACTERIZING 

TEST  ELEMENTS  ON  THE  BASIS  OF  RISE-TIME 

DEGRADATKm 

MaJid  Gha^hakM,  BcM»n,  N.V.,  assignor  to  IntwnaHonal 

Business  Machines  Corporation,  Annonk,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Dec  9, 1968,  Scr.  No.  782,299 

Int.  CL  GOlr  31122, 27104 

U.S.CL  324-158  T  1  Clafai 


»4 

1 

TIST 
>C*0 

--- 

.     _ 

WTERFACt  TO 

DieiTM. 

COMPUTEK 


Method  and  apparatus  for  characterizing  the  dynamic 
input  impedance  of  a  test  element  by  measuring  the  rise-tinte 
degradation  of  an  input  waveform.  A  pulse  having  a  very  fast 
rise-time  is  supplied  by  a  pulse  generator  and  transmitted 
down  two  branches  of  a  balanced  transmission  line.  One  leg 
of  the  balanced  transmission  line  is  connected  to  a  sensing 
means  while  the  other  leg  of  the  balanced  transmission  line  is 
connected  to  a  test  element  as  well  as  the  sensing  means. 
Thus,  the  sensing  means  would  receive  two  identical  pulses 
but  for  the  rise-time  degradation  of  the  pulse  connected  to 
the  test  element.  The  test  element  is  characterized  on  the 
basis  of  this  rise-time  degradation. 


3,668,523 

ELECTRICAL  TESTING  OF  DIELECTRIC  LAYERS, 

EXHIBITING  VOLTAGE  DEPENIMENT  CAPACITANCE, 

WITH  LINEAR  RAMP  VOLTAGES 

Matthew  Kuha,  Warren  Township,  Somerset  County,  NJ., 

assignor  to   Bdl  Tdcplionc  Laboratories,   Incorporated, 

Murray  Hfll,  Berkeley  Heights,  N  J. 

Filed  May  7,  1969,  Scr.  No.  822,675 

Int.  CI.  GOlr  31122,  27126 

MS,  CL  324- 158  D  9  daims 


3,668,521 
ZERO  TEMPERATURE  DRIFT  ELECTROTHERMIC 

UNITS 
Edwvd  E.  Asian,  Plainvlew,  N.Y.,  aasignnr  to  The  Narda 
Microwave  Corporation,  Ftadnvicw,  N.Y. 

FVcd  June  22,  1970,  Scr.  No.  48,288 
Int  a.  GOlr  5122, 21100 
U.S.  CL  324—106  5  daims 

An  electrothermic  unit  comprising  two  thin  film  ther- 
mocouples mounted  in  a  coaxial  transmission  line  relative  to 


In  order  to  test  a  dielectric  layered  strxicture  exhilnting  a 
voltage  dependent  capacitance,  a  metal-insulator-semicon- 


350 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


ductor  (M-l-S)  structure  for  example,  a  linear  ramp  (saw- 
tooth) voltage  is  applied  across  the  structure  initially  in  ther- 
mal equilibrium,  but  at  a  temperature  below  which  the  insu- 
lator allows  ionic  impurities  to  become  mobile.  The  profile  of 
current  vs.  time,  which  thereby  flows  through  the  structure, 
constitutes  a  signal  which  can  be  rapidly  electronically 
processed  to  yield  information  about  the  quality  and  proper- 
ties of  the  structure. 


3,668^24 

ELECTRONIC  CIRCUIT  FCNR  DETECTING  AM> 

EVALUATING  ANGULAR  ACCELERATION  AND 

DECELERATION  OF  A  ROTARY  MEMBER 

Jama  I.  Bcny,  Uvonta,  and  ZUgnfew  J.  Jania,  Northvfllc 

both  of  Nflch^  awignon  to  Ford  Motor  Company,  Dear- 

FBwl  Jan.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  3,667 

Illta.GOlpi/42 

U.S.  CL  324— 162  SOaium 


.JKXj-- 


/a- 


i-*.^ . 


Kfttp 


^~-^l^^* 


3,668,525 
COMMUNICATION  SYSTEM 
Robert  E.  McGraw,  1517  Sferra  Gardens  Drive,  RoaevUlc, 
Cant. 

Filed  Mar.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,920 
Int.  CL  H04b  7/76 
U.S.  a.  325—1  5  Clafam 

A  communication  system  wherein  a  relay  station  compris- 
ing a  single  receiver  and  a  single  transmitter  is  adapted  to 
selectively  monitor  a  plurality  of  frequencies  and  transmit  the 
monitored  signal  in  one  of  a  plurality  of  predetermined 
frequencies.  To  accomplish  this  end  a  sensing  system  is 
operated  in  conjunction  with  the  receiver  and  transmitter  to 


J 


sense  the  incoming  signal  and  lock  the  receiver  andl  trans- 
mitter in  an  operating  condition  corresponding  to  the  sensed 
incoming  signal.  Assuming  that  the  receiver  portion  of  the 


24      Ji 


■ 

relay  sution  is  of  an  FM  type,  the  squelch  circuit  thereof 
may  be  utilized  in  conjunction  with  the  sensing  device  to  lock 
the  receive  on  frequency. 


fMI 


3,668,526 
COMMUNICATION  SYSTEM  HAVING  MEANS 
CAUSING  A  DISTRESS  SIGNAL 
Jerome  S.  Raskin,  20661  Suburbia  Lane,  Huntington  BcmJi, 
Calif. 

Filed  Sept  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  857,496 
Int.  CL  H04b  7/00 
U.S.  CL  325—64  21 


iFDl 

iBcMdi, 

Clafam 


An  electronic  circuit  for  developing  a  voltage  signal  that  is 
proportional  in  magnitude  to  the  acceleration  or  deceleration 
of  a  rotary  member,  including  a  speed  pick-up  signal  genera- 
tor connected  to  the  rotary  member  and  having  an  output 
signal  in  the  form  of  voltage  pulses,  a  plurality  of  voltage 
storage  counters,  each  being  connected  to  an  output  signal 
amplifier  circuit,  a  separate  electronic  gate  for  controlling 
the  entry  of  a  triggering  voltage  signal  to  each  of  said  storage 
counters  and  a  multi-vibrator  switching  circuit  connecting 
the  input  side  of  each  gate  with  the  output  side  of  said  speed , 
pick-up  whereby  the  signal  generated  by  said  speed  pick-up 
is  selectively  distributed  to  the  gates  to  allow  each  storage 
counter  to  develop  an  output  signal  voltage  that  is  deter- 
mined by  the  number  of  pulses  generated  by  said  pick-up 
within  a  predetermined  interval,  the  differences  in  voltages 
stored  by  each  counter  thereby  being  a  measure  of  the 
change  in  velocity  of  said  rotary  member  during  operation  in 
one  interval  relative  to  the  speed  of  the  rotary  member  dur- 
ing operation  in  another  interval. 


A  communication  system  including  a  short  range  hand 
held  transmitter  having  the  capability  of  transmitting  an  intel- 
ligence signal  on  one  basic  frequency  and  a  steady  signal  on  a 
second  separate  basic  frequency  to  a  vehicle  located  a  short 
distance  away,  and  a  transceiver-input  unit  which  is  plugged 
into  a  standard  transceiver  in  the  vehicle,  which  unit  is 
responsive  to  said  one  frequency  signal  to  cause  said  trans- 
ceiver to  broadcast  to  a  remote  point  the  intelligence  signal. 
Said  unit  is  responsive  to  said  second  frequency  signal  to  turn 
on  the  vehicle  siren  and  lights,  and  also  to  change  said  con- 
stant signal  into  brief  coded  signals  which  are  broadcasted  by 
said  transceiver  at  regular  intervals  with  each  brief  coded 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


351 


signal  being  no  more  than  33Vfc  of  the  interval  between  two 
brief  coded  signals.  Said  units  turns  on  the  transceiver  one- 
quarter  second  before  the  beginning  of  the  brief  coded  signal 
and  turns  the  transceiver  off  immediately  upon  conclusion  of 
the  brief  coded  signal.  The  transmitter  broadcasts  a  carrier 
wave  which  is  pulse  coded  around  said  one  basic  frequency 
by  a  subcarrier  which  is  frequency  moduUtted  by  the  intel- 
ligence input  into  the  transmitter. 


3,668427 

CRYSTAL  OSCILLATOR  FOR  SATELLITE 

Roger  L.  Eatrton,  Oxon  Hil,  Md.,  Mrignor  to  The  United 

States  of  America  as  rcpnasmed  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Navy 

Conrtniiattoo-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  785,883,  Dec  23, 

1968,  now  Patent  No.  3,560^80,  and  806,640,  Mar.  12, 

1969,  now  FMent  No.  3,600,951.  Thb  application  Nov.  3, 

1970,  Scr.  Na  86,496 

Int.  a.  H04b  1104 

U.S.CL325— 115  4ClainM 


t»« 


housing.  A  U-shaped  cover  member  slides  in  grooves  in  the 
frame  member  to  form  the  other  end  and  the  other  two  sides 
of  the  housing,  thereby  providing  a  completely  endoaed 
housing.  Space  for  a  battery  is  provided  adjacent  the  end  of 
the  housing  formed  by  the  frame  member,  and  the  cover  can 
slide  with  respect  to  the  frame  member  to  open  the  housing 
at  that  end  to  afford  access  to  the  battery.  A  detent  is  pro- 
vided on  the  frame  member  which  engages  the  cover 
member  to  hold  the  cover  completely  closed.  A  clip  for  hold- 
ing the  radio  apparatus  in  a  pocket  includes  a  button  to 
release  the  detent  to  permit  the  cover  to  slide  for  access  to 
the  battery.  A  second  detent  prevents  further  movement  of 
the  cover  with  respect  to  the  housing  preventing  access  to 
the  radio  chassis,  with  a  key  being  required  to  release  the 
second  detent  for  removal  of  the  cover  from  the  frame 
member.  Both  single  use  and  rechargeable  batteries  can  be 
used,  and  contacts  are  provided  in  the  housing  for  connect- 
ing the  rechargeable  battery  to  a  charger. 

3,668,529 

MEASURING  CLOSELY  SPACED  PULSES  USING  TIME 

EXPANSION 

Jack    R.    Meyer,   CohmiMa    HdgMt,    Minn.,    assignor   to 

Honeywell  Inc.,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Filed  Jan.  11,  1971,  Ser.  No.  105,582 

Int.CLH03k;7/2« 

U.S.CL328— 129  x  4ClainM 


Structure  and  apparatus  located  on  a  satellite  which  con- 
trol the  environment  of  a  crystal  oscillator  for  the  purpose  of 
attaining  extreme  frequency  stability  and  reducing  the 
problems  of  pre-flight  testing  and  adjusting.  The  oscillator  is 
located  in  an  evacuated  chamber  together  with  heat  shields 
and  ovens. 


3,668,528 

HOUSING  ASSEMBLY  FOR  MINUTURE  RADIO 

APPARATUS  WITH  SELF  CONTAINED  BATTERY 

Thomas  R.  Hutchinson,  Oak  Park,  and  Edward  J.  Caper, 

Ciiicago,  iMth  of  111.,  assignors  to  Motorola,  Inc.,  FranUin 

Park,  Dl. 

Filed  Aug.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,453 

Int.  a.  H04b  im 

U.S.  CL  325—352  ]6  Clafam 


Housing  assemUy  for  miniature  radio  apparatus,  such  as  a 
radio  pager,  having  a  molded  frame  member  which  supports 
the  chassis  and  forms  one  end  and  two  opposite  sides  of  a 


Apparatus  for  measuring  the  time  between  first  and  second 
pulses  where  the  time  is  expanded  by  comparing  the  voltage 
held  in  a  first  fast  ramp  generator  with  that  being  developed 
by  a  second  slow  ramp  generator.  The  expanded  time  is 
directly  proportional  to  the  actual  time  between  pulses  and  is 
used  to  gate  a  clock,  providing  a  digital  signal  proportional  to 
the  actual  time. 


3,668,530 

APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRONICALLY  EVALUATING 

SIGNALS  IN  MUTUAL  PHASE-QUADRATURE 

Francois  Mottier,  Zurich,  Switaerland,  assignar  to  Aktien- 

gcacUschaft  Brown,  Boveri  &  Cie,  Baden,  Switaerland 

Filed  May  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  143,028    . 
Claims  priority,  application  Switierland,  May  26, 1970, 

7782/70 

Int.  CL  G06g  7114;  H03k  5120 

U.S.  CL  328— 147  6  Clainv 


5^ 


Apparatus  for  electronically  evaluating  two  output  signals 
in  mutual  phase-quadrature  from  a  measuring  device  in 


862 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


,  ip 


nary  difTerential  signab;  i.e.,  a  first  highly  accurate  short  time 
conttant  differential  signal  and  a  second  relatively  noise  im- 
mune long  time  constant  differential  signal.  The  two  dif- 
ferential signals  are  then  logically  combined  to  yield  a  rela- 
tively noise  immune  output  signal  which  accurately  indicates 
the  peaks  in  the  analog  signal. 


which  the  two  phasenlisplaced  signals  are  fed  by  way  of  delta  differentiation  techniqueto  develop  two  aefMrati  bi 
parallel  channels  to  the  evaluating  circuits  and  are 
represented  respectively  as  the  sine  and  cosine  functions  of 
which  the  argument  is  a  measured  variable  proportional  to 
the  measured  quantity.  In  order  to  establish  an  essentially 
error-free  evaluation  of  the  two  signab  so  as  to  avoid  errors 
which  might  be  introduced  as  a  result  of  variations  of  certain 
constants  and  differences  in  waveform  of  the  signals,  a  regu- 
lator circuit  provides  for  regulation  of  the  d.c.  component  ctf 
one  of  the  signals  to  a  predeterminable  voltage  level,  a  com- 
parator circuit  continuously  compares  the  instantaneous 
values  of  the  regulated  signal  with  that  voltage  level,  a 
sensing  and  holding  circuit  b  actuated  at  the  nuxnent  when 
the  instantaneous  value  of  the  first  signal  and  the  predeter- 
minable voltage  reach  equality,  the  second  signal  b  applied 
as  an  input  to  the  sensing  and  holding  circuit,  the  voltage 
value  stored  in  the  sensing  and  holding  circuit  b  continuously 
compared  with  twice  the  value  of  the  predeterminable  volt- 
age level,  and  an  error  signal  proportional  to  any  difference 
which  may  exbt  between  these  latter  two  compared  values  b 
utilized  to  regulate  the  second  signal  to  thb  value. 


Percy 


3,668^33 
FEEDBACK  CONTROL  SYSTEMS 
J.  Fteh,  BMMtt,  and  Makolni  B.  Ctark,  Winchester, 
of  F,i»gi«iiii,  — lu,nnri  to  PIf  ry  Handel  und  Invest- 
its  A.Gm  Zog.  Switicrland  , 

Filed  Jan.  1 1, 1971,  Ser.  No.  105,573  \ 

,  Jan.  10, 1970, 


Cb^ms  priority,  application  Great  Britain. 
,  1,307^0 

I  lnt.CLH04bi//0 

U.S.  CI.  329— 168 


7  Claims 


Elec- 


3,668,531 
PULSE  ANALYZING  APPARATUS 
Walter  R.  Hogg.  Ifialeah,  Fla^  nssignor  to  Coulter 
tronics.  Inc.,  Hiaieah,  Fla. 
Continuation  of  appHortion  Ser.  No.  614,496,  Feb.  7, 1967, 

now  abandoned  ,  which  b  a  continuation-in-part  of 

application  Ser.  No.  529,452,  Feb.  23,  1966,  now  abandoned. 

Thb  application  June  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  48,888 

Int.CLHO3k77/O0 

VJS.  CL  328—150  22  Oaims 


£ 


— \^ 


.  lOa      IK7        "4  I 


TTSr 


time 
ttmtom 

emevtr 


ti I 


m-i 


04> 


An  amplifier  arrangement  includes  an  amplifier  and  a  feed 

back  system  for  maintaining  the  amplifier  operating  at  a 

direct  point  on  a  non-linear  part  of  its  characteristic.  The 

feed  back  system  includes  a  generator  for  adding  a  pilot 

signal  to  the  main  input  signal  to  the  amplifier  and  a  detector 

for  detecting  the  amplified  pilot  signal.  The  amplitude  of  the 

amplified  pilot  signal  will  depend  upon  the  operating  point  of 

the  amplifier  in  its  characteristic.  By  comparing  the  amplified 

Apparatus  finding  the  amplitude  of  a  pulse  at  its  center  by   pilot  signal  with  a  reference  signal  represenutive  of  a  desired 

comparing  the   pulse   with  its   integral,   adjusted  to  pass   point  in  the  amplifier  characteristic,  the  amplitude  of  the 

through  the  amplitude  of  the  pulse  at  its  time  center,  and   main  input  signal  b  varied  to  maintain  the  amplifier  operat- 

passing  to  coincident  gating  means  a  signal  having  the  pulse    ing  at  the  desired  point. 

center  amplitude  at  that  time  and  a  signal  of  fixed  duration  

initiated  at  the  finding  of  the  pulse  center.  Also,  a  particle 
analyzing  a  system  intercoupling  the  amplitude  finding  ap- 
paratus between  a  pulse  generating  transducer  of  liquid 
suspended  particles  aiid  pulse  classification  structure. 


3,668,532 
PEAK  DETECTION  SYSTEM 
Hanan  PMash,  Canofi  Park,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Sperry  Rand 
Corporaton,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  25,  1971,  Ser.  No.  109,207 

Int.  CLH0i3k  5/20 

UA  CL  328—151  7  Claims 


I  3,668,534 

J-K  FUP-FLOP  MONOSTABLE  MULTTVIBRATC 
APPARATUS 
James  R.  Perry,  Jr.,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  a—ignor  to 
Radk>  Company,  Dallas,  Tex. 

I  filed  Mar.  5,  1971,  Ser.  No.  121,426^ 
I  IntCI.H03kJ//0 

U.S.  CI.  328-207  8  Claims 


roR 

CoWns 


66 


TIME    DELAY 


64 


►-AT,-* 


76 


J 


AT, 


,60 


M  FF 


A  system  for  detecting  the  peaks  in  an  analog  signal  whose 
amplitude  varies  with  respect  to  time.  The  system  employs  a 


The  circuit  and  method  of  connecting  a  J-K  flip-flop  so 
that  it  will  operate  as  a  one-shot  multivibrator  comprising 
establishing  a  "set"  input  at  a  logic  0  and  an  appropriate  J  or 
K  input  at  a  logic  1  for  momentary  operation  in  response  to  a 
clock  input. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


868 


3,668,535 

LOGARITHMiC  RF  AMPLIFIER  EMPLOYING 

SUCCESSIVE  DETECTION 

Kenneth  H.  Lanadowne,  Deer  Park,  N.Y.,  Milgiiw  to  Varian 

Asaociatcs,  Pak>  AMo,  CaHf. 

Filed  Jan.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  3,164 

Int.  a.  H03d  1110 

U.S.  CL  329—192  4  Claims 


electro-optical  crystal  and  by  another  simple  salt  having  an 


VIDB) 

OUTPUT 

L 


ion  common 
crystal. 


with  that  of  the  salt  of  the  electro-optical 


A  logarithmic  radio  frequency  amplifier  b  disclosed  which 
employs  a  series  of  cascaded  RF  amplifier  stages.  Each  am- 
plifier stage  includes  a  detector  for  demodulating  the  output 
of  each  amplifier  to  produce  a  video  signal.  A  limiter  is  pro- 
vided for  each  detector  for  limiting  the  video  signal  output  of 
each  of  the  detectors.  The  limited  video  output  from  each 
successive  stage  b  applied  to  a  sununing  delay  line  to 
produce  the  logarithmic  video  output  at  the  end  of  the  delay 
line.  ^ 


3,668,538 
FAST  SLEWING  OPERATIONAL  AMPLIFIER 
William  E.  Hearn,  Atherton,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  Signetics  Cor- 
poratioa,  Sunnyvale,  CaHf. 

Filed  Feb.  19,  1970,  Ser.  No.  12,709 

Int  CL  H03f  1102 

\iS.  CI.  330—9  5  Clainv 


3,668,536 
LIGHT  AMPLIFIER  STAGES 
Maurice  Michon,  DraveH,  France,  aadgnor  to  Compagnie 
Gcnerale  D'Electridte,  Puis,  France 

FHed  Apr.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  31,634 
Claims  priority,  appHcatton  France,  Apr.  24, 1969, 6913114 

InLCLHOlsi/OJ 
U.S.  a.  330—4.3  2  Claina 


4 

<ILIl]D 


1.15 


A  fast  slewing  operational  amplifier  having  as  an  output 
stage  an  inverting  integrator  and  as  an  input  stage  a  dif- 
ferential amplifier.  The  output  current  of  the  differential  am- 
plifier varies  in  accordance  with  the  differential  input  voltage 
to  cause  the  integrator  stage  to  slew  in  an  exponential 
manner.  The  differential  amplifier  includes  two  pairs  of  com- 
plementary transistors  with  their  emitters  cross-coupled. 


The  present  invention  concerns  light  amplifier  stages  in 
which  the  provbion  of  a  fully  reflecting  surface  at  the  end  of 
a  conventional  amplifier  stage  causes  it  to  produce  an  ampli- 
fying effect  equivalent  to  plural  conventional  stages. 


3,668339 
LOW  LEVEL  AMPLIFIER 
Robert  Joaeph  Heriey.  Morris  TownUp,  Morris  Co«mty, 
NJ.,  aaaignor  to  BcB  Telephone  Laboratorie 
Murray  HB,  N  J. 

FBcd  July  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  59,251 
Iiit.CLH03ri/y« 
MS.  CL  330—17 


3,668,537 

SYSTEM  OF  UQUID  ELECTRODES  FOR  POCKELS 

CELLS  AND  UQUID  COMPOSITIONS  FOR  SAID 

ELECTRCNWS 

Adriano   Bene;    Mario   Ccaarotti,   and    Glauco    Beuedetti 

Mlthalagiii,  m  of  Rome,  Italy,  —Ignnri  to  S«fcnia  Indue- 

trie  Elettreniche  AModate  S-pji.,  Rone,  Italy 

FHed  Ai«.  6, 1969,  Ser.  No.  848,046 

ClaiHis  priority,  appMcalion  ittfy,  Aug.  31, 1968, 39447  A/68 

faM.CLHOlsJ/70 
U.S.  CL  330— 4  J  6  Ctatani 

A  Pockels  cell  with  liquid  electrodes,  in  which  said  elec- 
trodes comprise  a  water  solution  formed  by  the  salt  of  the 


OUTPUT 


A  km  level  d.c.  error  detector  circuit  wherein  a  semicon- 
ductor asymmetrically  conducting  device,  sudi  as  a  transistor 
connected  as  a  diode,  b  serially  connected  with  the  low  im- 


899  O.G.— 12 


354 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  '6,  1972 


pedance  signal  source  to  be  detected  and  the  base-emitter 
path  of  the  detecting  transistor.  The  transistor-diode  and  the 
detecting  transistor  have  the  same  semiconductor  ratings  and 
are  poled  with  their  forward  conductivity  paths  connected  in 
opposition  so  that  the  substantially  equal  voltages  across 
their  junctions  cancel.  Amplification  of  low  level  signals  is 
thereby  provided  free  from  the  non-linear  effects  and  sen- 
sitivity of  transistor  junctions  and  without  the  use  of  a  dif- 
ferential amplifier  having  two  opposite  fwlarity  biasing 
sources. 


and  to  the  collector  of  the  compensating  transistor.  The  prin- 
ciples are  also  applicable  to  a  more  complex  circuit  such  as  a 
difTerential  amplifier  wherein  each  of  the  input  transistors  of 
the  differential  amplifier  are  provided  with  transistors  which 
provide  a  thermally  variable  correction  current  to  the  respec- 
tive bates  of  the  input  transistors. 


3,668440 
INTEGRATED  VIDEO  AMPLIFIER 
Ham  R.  Cameniiiid,  Los  AMm,  CaHf .,  Mrig^inr  to  Signctks 
Corporatkm,  Sunnyvale,  CaUf . 

Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  791,661,  Jan.  6, 1969, 
now  abnmionr«i  This  application  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

56,205 

Int.  a.  H03f  3142 

U.S.  CL  330—18  3  Claim 


3,668,541 
CURRENT  COMPENSATOR  CIRCUIT 
RobcH  A.  Peaac,  Wilmington,  Man.,  aaignor  to  Tekdync, 
Inc.,  Loa  Angcka,  CaUf . 

nfed  Mar.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21,736 

int  a.  Hoar  ii32 

U.S.  CL  330—23  9  Oaiim 


tri? 


>asesi 


^       3,668,542 
AUDIO  COMPRESSION  CIRCUIT 
C.  Danid  W.  Stoffer,  Don  MUb,  Ontario,  Canada,  iHigiior  to 
Collins  Radio  Coanpany,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa 
I  Filed  Feb.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8^58 

*  Int.  a.  H03f  1132;  H03g  3130 

MS.  CI.  330—23  4  Oaiim 


Integrated  video  amplifier  having  an  output  voltage  which 
is  accurately  held  to  one-half  of  the  supply  voltage  and  which 
utilizes  a  class  B  output  stage. 


l»H      OC 
|S0F»L» 

^K, 

V 

r" 

12             ." 
1*'  -           >-^ 

-J 

^'* 

r'* 

SIGNAL 
SOURCE 

OUTPUT 

SISNAL 

UTILIIIM* 

ClltCUlT 

' 

,      W         1 

~^ll 

r 

21 

i    Vjo 

■^■*" 

An  audio  compressor  using  a  P-channel  junction  field  ef- 
fect transistor  (JFET)  as  a  voltage  controlled  resistor  at  the 
input  of  an  integrated  circuit  operational  amplifier.  Good 
frequency  response  and  fast  attack  are  provided  since  the 
gain  control  element  is  not  a  part  of  the  biasing  circuit  with 
limitations  due  to  settling  time  thereby  avoided. 


I  3,668,543 

TRANSDUCER  AMPLIFIER  SYSTEM 
Dean  C.  Bailey,  Lm  Ahos,  CaHf.,  aMignor  to  Intach  Incor- 
ponHcd,  Santa  Clara,  CaHf. 

(Filed  Jaa.  31,  1968,  Scr.  No.  702,025 
Int.CLH03ri/6« 
U.S.  CL  330— 30  D  |1 


A  current  compensating  circuit  for  compensating  a 
transistor  for  thermal  variations  in  its  operating  point.  The 
circuit  includes  a  compensating  transistor  of  the  same  con- 
ductivity type  as  the  transistor  to  be  compensated,  the  two 
transistors  being  thermally  matched  to  one  another.  The 
compensating  transistor  is  connected  so  that  it  is  supplied 
with  a  constant  electric  current  and  its  emitter  is  direct  cou- 
pled to  the  emitter  of  the  transistor  to  be  compensated.  A 
compensating  current  is  provided  by  a  pair  of  transistors 
thermally  matched  to  one  another  and  of  opposite  conduc- 
tivity type  to  the  first  transistors.  One  of  the  second  pair  has 
its  collector  connected  to  the  base  of  the  compensating 
transistor  while  the  other  of  the  second  pair  has  its  collector 
connected  to  the  base  of  the  transistor  to  be  compensated. 
The  current  generating  transistors  have  their  bases  connected 
to  one  another  and  their  emitters  connected  to  one  another 


rS«        »9  .*       R7 


s 


-vnsr 


A  solid  state  transducer  amplifier  system  is  provided  in  the 
form  of  a  main  operational  amplifier  having  a  differential 
input  stage  and  an  active  series  connected  feedback  loop  as 
opposed  to  the  conventional  passive  types  oi  feedback.  The 
active  feedback  loop  incorporates  a  differential  amplifier 
having  an  extremely  accurate  and  linear  differential  trans- 
conductance  characteristic  such  that  the  output  voltage 
signal  from  the  main  operational  amplifier  fed  to  the  dif- 
ferential feedback  amplifier  results  in  the  generation  of  a  dif- 
ferential feedback  current  |»oportional  to  this  voltage.  This 
differential  feedback  current  generates  a  feedback  voltage 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


35a 


which  is  balanced  against  the  differential  input  signal  in  the   ranges  may  be  provided  in  a  non-linear  protection  arrange- 


input  stage  so  that  changes  in  the  differential  input  signal  are 
followed  by  changes  in  the  feedback  voltage.  Since  the  value 
of  the  differential  feedback  current  is  at  all  times  determined 
by  the  output  voltage  signal  from  the  main  £unplifier  fed  into 
the  feedback  loop,  the  output  voltage  signal  constitutes  a 
very  accurate  and  linear  amplification  of  the  differential 
input  signal. 

The  differential  feedback  current  is  virtually  unchanged  by 
the  common  mode  differential  input  voltage  applied  to  the 
input  stage  thereby  assuring  a  high  common  mode  rejection. 

The  active  feedback  amplifier  itself  incorporates  current 
feedback  to  linearize  and  establish  a  more  accurate  transcon- 
ductance  characteristic.  Towards  this  end,  pairs  of 
monolithic  dual  transistors  are  preferably  utilized  to  provide 
excellent  inherent  matching  and  tracking  necessary  between 
the  generated  output  currents  and  feedback  currents. 


ment,  and  the  protection  device  may  be  rendered  insensitive 


3,668,544 
HIGH  EFnCIENCY  TRAVELING  WAVE  TUBE 
EMPLOYING  HARMONIC  BUNCHING 
Eriing  L.  Lien,  Los  Ahos,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  Varian  As- 
sociates, Pirio  Aho,  CaUf . 

FUed  Sept.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,295 

Int  CL  HOlj  25134 

U.S.  CL  330—43  9  CbinM 


to  short  duration  overloads.  Reverse  current  protection  may 
also  be  provided  by  the  addition  of  one  or  more  diodes. 


3,668,546 

LASER  STIMULATOR  ASSE^iBLY 

Edward  R.  Schumacher,  4728  54th  Street,  San  Diego,  CaUf. 

FUed  Jan.  11, 1971,  Ser.  No.  105,447 

Int.  CI.  HOls  3109 

U.S.CL  331— 94.5  5  ClainM 


Ttfi'"^ 


A  slow  wave  tube  is  disclosed  wherein  the  signal  to  be  am- 
plified and  an  harmonic  thereof  are  applied  concurrently 
over  at  least  a  portion  of  the  slow  wave  circuit  to  increase  the 
RF  conversion  efficiency  of  the  tube.  In  a  preferred  embodi- 
ment, the  harmonic  wave  energy  is  extracted  from  the  output 
of  the  tube  and  fed  back  onto  the  slow  wave  circuit.  The  slow 
wave  circuit  portion,  which  provides  the  harmonic  interac- 
tion with  the  beam,  preferably  has  a  dispersive  characteristic 
such  that  the  harmonic  wave  energy  has  a  higher  phase 
velocity  than  the  fundamental  wave  energ-y  for  enhanced  RF 
.conversion  efficiency. 


3,668,545 

APPARATUS  FOR  AMPLIFIER  PROTECTION 

Danid  R.  Von  RcckUnghauaen,  ArHngton,  Mats.,  Mrignor  to 

H.  H.  Scott,  Inc.,  Maynard,  Mass. 
Continuation  of  appUcation  Ser.  No.  649,661,  June  28,  1967, 
now  abandoned.  This  appHcation  Nov.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

871,603 
Int.  CLH03f  27/00 
U.S.  CL  330—207  P  17  CUdm 

Protection  for  amplifiers  and  the  like  is  provided  by  pro- 
portionally combining  a  measure  of  the  voltage  across  the 
output  terminals  with  a  measure  of  the  output  current  and 
actuating  switching  means  across  the  input  terminals  when  a 
proportional  combination  exceeds  a  predetermined  value. 
Transistors  may  be  employed  as  the  amplifier  and  switching 
means,  and  push-pull  amplifiers  may  be  so  protected.  In  one 
embodiment  a  current-responsive  projection  device  protects 
both  transistors  of  a  push-pull  circuit.  Multiple  proportioning 


A  laser  stimulator  assembly  particularly  suited  for  exciting 
a  laser  from  an  external  position.  An  elongate  source  of  laser 
excitation  energy  is  positioned  at  the  focal  axis  of  an  ellip- 
soidal reflector  and  together  with  cylindrical  retro-reflectors 
and  two  extending  plane  reflectors  directs  the  maximum 
amount  of  laser  excitation  energy  to  an  elongate  apertiuv 
with  the  minimum  loss  by  reason  of  multiple  reflections.  The 
ellipsoidal  reflector  and  the  retroreflectors  are  positioned 
within  a  fluid-tight  enclosure  comprising  a  body  member  and 
two  end  members.  Communication  to  the  inside  of  the  fluid- 
tight  enclosure  is  provided  through  its  end  members  for  con- 
nection of  the  source  of  laser  excitation  energy  to  an  external 
source  of  actuating  energy.  The  same  communication  means 
in  the  form  of  an  electrical  conductor  may.  in  the  preferred 
embodiment,  be  hollow,  providing  a  fluid  path  through  the 
end  members  for  circulating  a  cxmling  medium  through  the 
interior  of  the  assembly  and  in  contact  with  the  elongate 
source  of  laser  excitation  energy  to  increase  its  efficiency. 
The  cooling  medium  is  preferaUy  a  selected  fluid  having 
desirable  light  transmissive  and  heat  conduction  properties, 
as  well  as  being  electrically  non-conductive. 


3,668,547 
FREQUENCY-STABILIZED  LASER  ARRANGEMENT 
VUctor  Bod^i,  Munidi,  GcmMBy,  Miignor  to  Skmem  Aktkn- 
gcacUschaft,  BcrUn  ahd  Nfemich,  Gcnnany 

Filed  Mar.  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  122,796 
Claims  priority,  appHcatfon  Gcnnany,  Apr.  1, 1970,  P  20  15 

612.1 
Int.  CL  HOls  3/10 
U.S.  CL  331—94.5  7  CMnm 

A  laser  arrangement  for  the  stabilization  of  the  frequency 
of  a  one  or  two  mode  gas  laser,  particularly  a  short  He-Ne 
laser,  where  the  stimulated  medium  is  arranged  between  a 
fixed  mirror  and  a  mirror  which  is  displaceable  by  means  of  a 
piezo-ceramic  in  the  axial  direction  of  the  laser,  the  laser 
beams  discharging  from  the  partially  transparent  fixed  mirror 


356 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


being  used  to  generate  a  DC  voltage  control  signal  which  is 
proportional  to  the  frequency  deviation  of  the  laser  beams 
with  respect  to  the  central  frequency  of  the  amplifying 
transfer,  returning  the  resonator  to  the  central  frequency  by 
way  of  the  piezo^eramic,  in  the  control  circuit  which  con- 
tains a  photosensitive  element  and  subsequent  amplifiers  and 


utilizing  ambient  heat  exchangers.    Embodiments   include 
premixed  laser  systems,  and  mixing  type  systems  wherein  the 


3       7     2 


it^M      .« 


fS1--c'j?l^ 


011 


phase  sensitive  demodulators.  The  stimulated  medium  is  ar- 
ranged, at  least  partially,  in  a  magnetic  coil  which  is  excited 
to  generate  an  axis-parallel  alternating  magnetic  field.  A  X4 
plate  and  a  polarization  device  are  arranged  between  the 
fixed  partially  transparent  mirror  and  the  photo-sensitive  ele- 
ment. 


3,668,548 
SYSTEM  FOR  PROVIDING  CONTINUOUSLY  VARIABLE 

PUMP  PULSES 
Thaddeus  A.  Osial,  Penn  HBs,  and  Rkhard  J.  Ravas,  Moio- 
rocville,  both  of  Pa^  — lignnrs  to  Wcadnghouse  Ekctric 
Corporadon,  Ptttsburgh,  Pa. 

Flkd  June  26, 1968,  Scr.  No.  740^20 

IntCLHOlsi/OP 

VS.  CL  331—94.5  4  Claim 


Described  is  an  electric  flash  producing  system  wherein  the 
period  of  the  flash  can  be  continuously  and  accurately 
varied.  These  flashes  are  used,  for  example,  as  a  pumping 
light  source  for  laser  crystab.  Also  described  is  a  system  for 
producing  single  giant  spikes  or  a  controlled  number  of  giant 
spikes  by  the  use  of  laser  rods  formed  from  uranyl-sensitized 
neodymium  glass. 


r-'. 


rv4?<ii' 


lasing  gas  is  separated  from  other  gases,  in  which  case  cool- 
ing to  a  point  bielow  ambient  takes  place  after  the  separation. 


3,668,550 

GAS  LASER  LOW  IONIZATION  ELECTRIC  DISCHARGE 

Robert  H.  Bvllk,  Avoa,  and  WDHam  Nighan,  Manchester, 

both  of  Coaa.,  assifnors  to  United  Afarcraft  Corporation, 

East  Hartford,  Cona. 

Filed  Sept.  10,  1969,  Scr.  No.  857,648 
lat  CL  HOls  3/09, 3122 
VS.  CI.  331-94.5 


IClainv 


-C 


An  electric  discharge  gas  laser  includes  in  its  gas  mixture  a 
small  amount  of  low  ionization  potential  substance  propor- 
tioned so  as  to  provide  a  ratio  of  electric  field  intensity  to 
neutral  gas  density  within  an  electric  discharge  plasma  which 
promotes  substantially  maximum  upper  laser  level  excitation 
in  the  lasing  gas.  Specific  embodiments  include  COi— N,H- 
e — Cs  and  CO^ — C« — He.  in  mixing  and  pre-mixed  configura- 
tions. 


3,668^9 
EXTENDED  CLOSED  CYCLE  GAS  LASER  SYSTEM 
Frank  R.  Biaacardi,  Vernon,  Conn.,  and  Gorkcn  Mdiklan, 
SpringfMd,  Maas.,  airifnora  to  UnitMi  Aircraft  Corpora- 
tion, Eait  Hartford,  Conn. 

FUcd  Sept.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  857,646 
Int.  CL  HOls  3104 
VS.  CL  331—94.5  21  Oabm 

A  flowing  gas  laser  system  is  connected  to  a  closed  cycle, 
so  that  the  gas  efnuent  is  reused,  the  gases  being  refrigerated 
to  a  temperature  between  100°  F  and  minus  40"  F,  or  lower 
utilizing  either  heat  exchange  with  a  refrigeration  cycle  or 
gas  expansion  means,  with  or  without  additional  pre-cooling 


3,668,5S1 

S(MJD  STATE  MICROWAVE  OSCILLATOR  WITH 

jCERAMIC  CAPACITANCE  TEMPERATURE 

COMPENSATING  ELEMENT 

AUhk«  Koodo,  Itani,  Jap«i,  Mrignnr  to  Mkiubiihi  Doild 

KabMhIki  Kaiaha.  Tokyo,  Japan 

FUed  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,141 
ClaiuK  priority,  application  Japan,  Nov.  4, 1969,  44/88307; 
1  Sept.  10, 1970,45/79486 

'  Int.  CLH03bi/04,  7/74 

U.S.  CL  331—96  |3  Clainia 

An  enclosed   Cunn   effect   diode   is   disposed   within   a 
microwave  resonant  cavity.  A  capacitive  element  of  dielec- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


867 


trie  ceramic  such  as  titanium  oxide  having  a  negative  tem-    one  or  more  of  the  tuning  capacitors  across  the  resonant 
perature  coefficient  of  capacitance  is  attached  to  the  insulat-    stripline  for  digitally  tuning  the  resonator  and  oscillator  in 


f- 

KFOUr 
rO  LOAD  Ij 


ing  portioh  of  the  enclosure  for  the  diode.  Alternatively  the    discrete  frequency  steps  according  to  the  switched  condition 

enclosure  for  the  diode  may  be  partly  or  entirely  formed  of    °^  ^^^  diodes. 

such  a  dielectric  ceramic.  


3,668,552 
PUSH-PULL  TRANSFERRED  ELECTRON  OSCILLATOR 
HiroaMi  J.  Kuno,  Palos  Vcrdcs  Peninsula,  Ciriif.;  Bcrtrand  E. 
Bcrson,  Trenton,  and  James  F.  Reynolds,  Cranbury,  both  of 
NJ.,    aasipiorB    to    The    United    States   of    America    m 
rcpreacnted  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Air  Force 
Original  application  Dec  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,238,  now 
abandoned.  Divided  and  this  application  Apr.  29,  1971,  Scr. 

No.  138,423 

Int.  CL  H03b  7114 

U.S.  CL  331— 100  2Clain» 


aiMw    ruint 


A  push-pull  transferred-electron  oscillator  circuit  in  which 
a  number  of  transferred-electron  devices  are  connected  in 
parallel  to  a  DC  bias  circuit,  but,  in  the  RF  (radio  frequency) 
circuit,  they  operate  in  a  push-pull  manner  so  that  the  RF 
power  is  increased  by  four  times  for  the  same  RF  impedance. 


3,668,553 
DIGITALLY  TUNED  STRIPLINE  OSaLLATOR 
Vernon  E.  Dunn,  Mountain  View,  and  Arthur  B.  Vane,  Menlo 
Park,  both  of  Calif.,  assignors  to  Varian  Associates,  Pato 
Aho,  CaUf. 

Filed  June  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,266 
lot  CI.  H03b  im 
U.S.  CI.  331— 107G  8  Claims 

A  digitally  tuned  microwave  microstrip  oscillator  is  dis- 
closed. The  oscillator  includes  a  resonant  section  of  stripline 
having  a  Gunn  diode  connected  between  the  stripline  and 
ground  plane  at  a  low  impedance  point  and  having  one  or 
more  tuning  capacitors  connected  via  p-i-n  diodes  between  a 
high  voltage  portion  of  the  stripline  resonator  and  the  ground 
plane.  Means  are  provided  for  selectively  biasing  one  or 
more  of  the  p-i-n  diodes  to  a  conductive  state  for  switching 


3,668,554 
YIG-TUNED  SOLID  STATE  MICROWAVE  OSCILLATOR 
John  J.  Dupre,  Sunnyvale,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Hewlett-Packard 
Company,  Palo  Alto,  CaUf. 

Filed  Mar.  29,  1971,  Ser.  No.  128,924 

Int.  CL  H03b  7114 

U.S.  CL  331-107  R  12  Chdms 


/o 

••Fl 

L,» 

( 

/ 

M 

.a 
in 

1                  *^ 

t 

Pt^ 

2< 

T" 

*t9 

\ 

-\o 

§ 

zx 

( 

A  tunable  solid  state  microwave  oscillator  comprising  a 
solid  state  device  having  negative  resistance  characteristics 
connected  in  series  with  the  tuning  circuit  c^  a  YIG  resona- 
tor, the  tuning  circuit  in  turn  being  connected  in  series  with 
the  output  of  the  oscillator.  An  impedance  transforming  net- 
work is  connected  in  series  between  the  YIG-tuning  circuit 
and  the  output.  A  selective  attenuator  network  may  be  cou- 
pled between  the  impedance  transformer  network  and  the 
output. 


3,668,555 

SEMICONDUCTOR  DEVICE  FOR  PRODUCING  OR 

AMPLIFYING  ELECTRIC  OSCILLATIONS  AND  CIRCUIT 

ARRANGEMENT  COMPRISING  SUCH  A  DEVICE 
WolftHetrich  Gcorg  Kaspcrkovltz,  Km«<MrfiigTl,  Efaidhovcn, 
Netherlands,  assignor  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation,  New 
York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2,782 

Oahns  priority,  appttc^km  Netherlands,  Jan.  17,  1969, 

6900787 

Int.  a.  H03b  7114 

U.S.CL331— 107R  lOOaiBM 

An    electronically    tunable    semiconductor    device    for 

producing  and  amplifying  electric  oscillations,  comprising 

between  two  ohmic  contacts  at  least  one  thin  layer  of  a  low 

conductivity  and  a  thicker  layer  of  a  higher  conductivity. 


358 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


with  a  difference  in  doping  concentration  which  is  smaller 
than  5  ■  10'«(«,er/<?)  (E„lv),  where  £„,.  is  the  field  strength 
with  beginning  avalanche  multiplication,  v  the  saturation 


^ 

4 

OnjM^— 

3            ^      10 

'J 

K  «■■■■■ 

2 

y ' 

8 

N 

k' 

5 

w 

• 

iK 


velocity  of  the  majority  charge  carriers,  q  the  electron 
charge,  and  €r  the  dielectric  constant  of  the  semiconductor 
material. 


3,668,556 

AUTOMATIC  GAIN  CONTROL  CIRCUIT 

WUIiam  D.  Harbc«Mi,  Moutvlllc,  NJ.,  aoignor  to  Ohmega 

Laboratories,  Pine  Brook,  NJ. 
Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  810,450,  Mar.  26,  1969, 
now  abandoned.  TMs  application  May  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

142^9 

Int  a.  H03b  J/02 

U.S.  CI.  33 1 — 109  5  Claims 


^- 


f 


reached.   A   voltage  breakdown  device  is  coupled  to  the 
transistor  to  raise  the  voltage  required  by  the  capacitor  be- 


An  automatic  gain  control  circuit  for  pulsed  oscillators  or 
other  gate  circuits  which  are  intermittently  operated.  The 
control  voltage  for  the  amplitude  of  oscillator  output  is  regu- 
lated to  a  substantially  constant  value  even  during  the  non- 
operating  or  blanking  portion  of  the  oscillator  operation  by  a 
resistance-diode  network  responding  to  a  blanking  or 
switching  signal  in  phase  with  the  blanking  or  gating  signals 
controlling  the  operation  of  the  oscillator. 


fore  blocking  oscillator  action  commences  thereby  providing 
low  frequency  operation. 


reou 

1 


3,668,558 
SURFACE  WAVE  INTERFERENCE  MODULATOR 
Billy  J«  HuBsingcr,  Urbana,  111.,  assignor  to  The  l^lagnovox 
Company,  Fort  Wayne,  Ind. 

I        nied  Dec.  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,097 

UA  CI,  332—7.51 


Int.  CL  HO  Is  i/00 


(2 


•    -cQ 


^ 


10 


■lb 


The  specification  discloses  an  apparatus  for  moidulating 
light  in  which  a  interferometer  of  the  multiple  reflection  or 
multiple  transmission  type  is  employed.  The  interferometer 
has  a  pair  of  spaced  optically  flat  reflective  surfaces  on  at 
least  one  of  which  Rayleigh  waves  are  excited  The  excited 
surface  may  be  formed  on  a  piezoelectric  member  and  the 
Rayleigh  waves  excited  thereon  by  supplying  voltage  pulsa- 
tions tp  a  grid  mounted  on  the  surface  to  be  excited. 


3,668459 
AUDIO  TO  DIGITAL  CONVERTER 
Richwl  E.  WilUanw,  Raton,  and  Warren  L.  HoUord,  Fair- 
fax, both  of  Va.,  assignors  to  Scope  Incorporated,  Rcston, 
Va. 

Filed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,781 

Int.  a.  H03k  13122 

U  A  a.  332-9  R  2  Claims 


3,668,557 
LOW  FREQUENCY  BLOCKING  OSCILLATOR 
Charles  H.  JohMoo,  Silver  Spring,  Md.,  aaaignor  to  The 
United  States  of  America  as  rcprcacntcd  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Navy 

Filed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,682 
Int.  CL  H03k  3130 
U.S.CL331— 112  4Clainw 

A  low  frequency  astable  blocking  oscillator  composed  of  a 
transistor  with  a  first  transformer  winding  in  the  collector  cir- 
cuit and  a  second  transformer  winding  in  the  base  circuit  to 
provide  regenerative  feedback  between  the  collector  and  the 
base.  A  capacitor  is  connected  to  the  transistor  and  is 
charged  by  a  constant  current  source  to  initiate  operation  of 
the   blocking  oscillator  when   a  predetermined  voltage   is 


CcOCa      1 

"^r^  p 

0 

"TT 

wMunrnt'---,.^ 

et««t*L 

VCKM 
OUTPUT 

mmjewM^,,^^ 

1 

f 

L 

^ 

L 

JL 

joirrtRC 

irru 

TOM 

1 

An  audio-to-digital  converter  having  a  comparator  means 
for  comparing  an  audio  input  "with  a  feedback  signal.  The 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


859 


feedback  is  coupled  to  the  comparator  through  a  feedback   applied  to  the  other  gate  of  each  transistor  in  parallel.  The 
control  device  so  that  a  constant  comparison  occurs.  modulated  output  signal  appears  between  the  drains  of  the 
transistors. 


3,668,560 
PULSE- WIDTH  FREQUENCY  MODULATION  DEVICE 
Joseph  J.  PadaUno,  West  Orange,  N  J.,  and  AHons  A.  Tuszyn- 
sld,  San  Diego,  Calif.,  assignors  to  Research  Corporation, 
New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  53,435 

Int.  CL  H03k  7/08 

U.S.  CI.  332—9  6  Claims 


3f66o9So2 

FREQUENCY  MODULATION  SYSTEM  FOR 

TRANSMITTING  BINARY  INFORMATION 

George  A.  Fritkin,  Silver  Spring,  Md.,  assignor  to  Tel>Tech 

Corporation,  Silver  Spring,  Md. 

FBed  Apr.  15,  1970,  Scr.  No.  28,740 

Int.  CI.  H041 27/72 

U.S.  CI.  332—9  R  13  Claims 


10 


As  described  herein,  a  train  of  pulses  used  to  control  a 
servo-motor  is  modulated  in  accordance  with  the  values  of  a 
varying  digital  input  signal.  To  obtain  accuracy  of  control, 
the  digital  input  signal  is  divided  into  two  components;  a  first 
group  of  bits  representing  integer  order  values;  and  a  second 
group  of  bits  representing  fractional  order  data.  A  modulat- 
ing circuit  responds  to  the  integer  order  bits  to  width  modu- 
late the  pulse  train  in  accordance  vrith  the  magnitude 
represented  by  the  integer  order  bits.  The  fractional  order 
data  bits  are  accumulated  until  the  sum  thereof  at  least 
equals  the  value  of  the  least  significant  bit  of  the  integer 
order  component.  At  this  time,  the  sum  signal  is  added  to  the 
integer  order  data  to  add  an  increment  of  width  modulation 
to  the  pulse  then  being  modulated. 


3,668,561 

HELD  EFFECT  TRANSISTOR  MODULATOR  CIRCUIT 

John  Eugene  Knipa,  and  Mario  Robert  Paglec,  both  of 

Moorcstown,  N J.,  assignors  to  RCA  Corporation 

Filed  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,625 

Int.  CL  H03c  1/36 

VS.  CL  332-31  T  4  Claims 


A  modulator  circuit  employing  two  dual  gate  field  effect 
transistors.  A  carrier  signal  is  applied  to  one  gate  of  each 
transistor  in  a  push-pull  arrangement.  A  modulating  signal  is 


«T      I- 


racoucNCT 
H  Ki.ec  TIM 

I       CIRCUIT 


^jWtl/lf 


PUUC 

ClttCWT 


mm 


OIVI 


rwoueMCT 

MOER 


i^. 


^^ 


I  DM  OOfWCIITHI 


A  system  for  transmitting  binary  information  in  the  form  of 
a  frequency  modulated  signal  is  provided.  The  system  in- 
cludes a  digital  to  analog  converter  for  converting  a  series  of 
input  pulses  into  an  output  signal  consisting  of  a  series  of  in- 
cremental voltage  changes  which  is  approximately  in  the 
form  of  a  sine  wave  having  a  frequency  determined  by  the 
frequency  of  the  input  pulses.  The  system  also  includes  a 
frequency  selecting  circuit  for  controlling  the  fi^uency  of 
the  input  pulses  to  the  digital  to  analog  converter.  The 
frequency  selecting  circuit  is  operated  by  a  binary  input 
signal  and  controb  the  fivquency  of  the  output  si^oal 
produced  by  the  digital  to  analog  converter.  A  filter  is  con- 
nected to  the  output  of  the  digital  to  analog  converter  to 
eliminate  discontinuities  from  the  output  signal  of  the  con- 
verter. 


3,668,563 

BROADBAND  CIRCULATOR  WHEREIN  INFFERENTLO. 

PHASE  SHIFT  VARIES  WITH  FREQUENCY  IN 

PREMHIKMINED  MANNER 

Wicsiaw  Wojdech  Sickanowicz,  Trenton,  NJ.,  artgnnr  to 

RCA  Corporation 

Filed  Dec.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,912 

Int.  a.  HOlp  1/32,  5/12 

U.S.a.333— 1.1  8ClalmB 


II'  I 


\r 


A  circulator  includes  a  pair  of  magic  tees  and  a  pair  oi 
coupling  paths  therebetween.  Each  of  the  coupling  paths  in- 
cludes a  differential  phase  shifter.  The  differential  phase 
shifter  in  a  first  path  is  arranged  to  i»'ovide  a  differential 
phase  shift  that  increases  with  increase  in  fi-equency.  The 
second  differential  phase  shifter  in  the  second  path  is  ar- 
ranged to  provide  a  differential  phase  shift  that  decreases 


360 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


with  increase  in  frequency.  A  reciprocal  phase  shifter  is  in 
the  first  path  in  series  with  the  first  differential  phase  shifter. 


3,668,564 
WAVEGUira:  CHANNEL  DIPLEXER  AND  MODE 
TRANSDUCER 
Chung>U  Ren,  Andovcr,  Maa^  and  Han-Cbiu  Wang,  Sakm, 
N.H.,   asaigaors  to   BcU   Telephone   Laboratories,   Incor- 
porated, Murray  Hill,  N  J. 

Filed  Apr.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  134,805 

Int.  a.  HOlp  1116,  5/12 

VS.  CL  333—6  14  Claims 


OOTPUT 


•l.  M 


•I'j     'b  h,° 


K 


A  waveguide  channel  diplexer  in  which  plural  resonant 
cavities  are  coupled  to  a  segmented  circular  waveguide 
through  thin  slots  on  a  plane  longitudinal  surface  of  the 
guide.  The  slots  are  located  to  preserve  circular  symmetry 
and  consequently  the  purity  of  the  circular  electric  mode;  the 
cavities  are  designed  to  produce  a  complementary  bandpass- 
bandstop  filter  pair.  The  diplexer  structure  may  also  be 
modified  to  operate  as  a  mode  transducer. 


I 


3,668,566 
PHASE-LOCKED  TRACKING  FILTER 
Douglas  F.  Trigg,  OricuM,  OnUuio,  Canwla,  aMpMr  to 
CanaAan  PatenU  and  Development  Limited,  Ottawa,  On- 
tario, Canada  I 
Filed  Dec.  10,  1970,  Ser.  No.  96,880        I 
Claims  priority,  application  Canada,  Nov.  4,  1970, 097371 
Int.  a.  H03h  7//0           ^ 
UA  01. 333- 17                                                      1    CWn» 


ourmjT 


^  3,668,565 

LOW  PROFILE  WAVEGUnW  CHANNEL  DIPLEXER 

Gerd    Achim   TdcImb,   Boxford,   Maii.,   mrignor   to    Bdl 

TdcplMHic  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  mi,  N  J. 

Filed  Apr.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  134306 

Int.  CL  HOlp  5/12 

U  A  CL  333—6  7  Oaims 


A  phise-locked  Uacking  filter  in  which  the  input  and  out- 
put voltages  of  a  band-pass  filter  are  compared  as  to  phase 
and  a  control  voltage  produced  to  vary  the  characteristics  of 
the  filter  to  force  the  fiher  to  "track"  and  provide  maximum 
noise  rejection  of  a  desired  input  frequency.  The  phase  com- 
parison and  feedback  means  includes,  in  the  preferred  ver- 
sion of  the  invention,  inverting  and  non-inverting  Schmitt 
triggers,  a  monostable  multivibrator  and  a  flip-flop  phase- 
sensitive  detector  to  provide  a  square  wave  voltage  whose 
mean  DC  value  is  related  to  the  phase  difference.  This  volt- 
age is  used  to  conuol  and  vary  the  characteristiqs  of  the 
band-pass  filter. 


3,668,567 

DUAL  MCM>E  ROTARY  MICROWAVE  COUPLER 
Harold  A.  Roaen,  Santa  Monica,  CaUf.,  ■iilgnnr  t* 
Ataxraft  Company,  Culver  Cky,  CaHf. 

,         Flkd  July  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  51,869 
I  bit  a.  HOlp  1/16, 5/12 

VS.  CI.  333—21  A 


OOirinK 


Micfowave  coupling  devices  having  input  arid  output 
rotatably  mounted  circular  waveguide  sections  with  a  phase 
shifter  and  an  orthogonal  mode  transducer  coupled  to  the 
input  circular  waveguide  section  for  converting  a  pair  of 
linearly  polarized  input  signals  to  counterrotating  circularly 
polarized  signals.  A  second  orthogonal  mode  transducer,  as- 
sociated with  the  output  circular  waveguide  section,  provides 
output  signals  of  the  proper  phase  for  dual  mode  transmis- 
sion by  a  multiple  feed  horn  antenna  system. 


A  waveguide  channel  diplexer  in  which  plural  resonant 
rectangular  cavities  are  coupled  to  a  segmented  circular 
waveguide  through  thin  slots  on  a  plane  longitudinal  surface 
of  the  guide.  The  slots  are  located  to  preserve  circular  sym- 
metry and  consequently  the  purity  of  the  circular  electric 
mode;  the  cavities  which  produce  a  complementary  band- 
pass-bindstop  filter  pair  are  designed  to  be  electroformed 
from  permanent  mandrels. 


3,668,568 
SIGNAL  PROCESSING  APPARATUS 
Frederic  R.  Morgenthaler,  Winchester,  Man.,  assigiior  to  Chu 
Associates,  Inc.,  Harvard,  Mass. 

Filed  Oct  6, 1969,  Ser.  No.  870,478 
I  Int  a.  H03h  7/30 

VS.  a.  333—30  19  Clahns 

This  disclosure  involves  a  novel  and  compact  pulse  com- 
pression filter  and  the  like,  employing  elastic  shear-wave, 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


361 


spin-wave,   longitudinal-wave  transduction  by  means  of  a  3,668,571 

time-varying  magnetic  bias  field,  providing  increased  power    METHOD  FOR  ELIMINATING  NOISE  OF  AN  ELECTRIC 

APPLIANCE  AND  DEVICE  THEREFOR 
Maaaaki  Sato,  and  SUniche  Saltou,  both  of  Tokyo,  Japan,  a»- 
rr^,^-|  signers  to  Olyrapus  Optical  Co.,  Ltd.,  Toyko,  Japan 

-jL-ZTTtl — '  Filed  Apr.  30,  1970,  Ser.  No.  33,363 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  May  10, 1969, 44/42895 

Int  CL  HOlh  7/14 
VS.  Ci.  333—79  18  ClainH 


handling   capability   and   greater   compression    ratios   than 
present-day  filters. 


3,668,569 
DISTRIBUTED-CONSTANT  DISPERSIVE  NETWORK 
Frederick  G.  Herring,  Want^,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  HazeMne 
Corporation 

FDed  May  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,031 

Int  CL  HOlp  1/18;  H03h  7/28 

VS.  CL  333—30  R  13  Oafam 


A  microwave  dispersive  network  for  wideband  signal 
processing  systems  is  disclosed  in  which  a  plurality  of  all- 
paas,  quarter-wave,  coupled  transmission  lines  constructed  in 
dielectric  stripline  are  connected  in  cascade  to  synthesize  a 
desired  dispersive  characteristic. 


3,668,570 

ADAPTIVE  SWITCHED  FILTER  ARRANGEMENT  FOR 

USE  IN  RAMD  FREQUENCY  TRACKING 

Alex  Honore  Lautier,  Venoe,  and  Jean  Louis  Monrolin,  Tou- 

rcttes  sur  Loup,  both  of  France,  aarignon  to  International 

Busincas  Machines  Corporation,  Annonk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,307 

Int  CL  H03h  7/10 

VS.  CL  333—70  A  6  ClainK 


-JSWF  1   I 1  BPf  I   |- 


H2 


Method  and  device  for  eliminating  noise  of  an  electric  ap- 
pliance such  as  a  tape  recorder.  The  input  lead  wires  of  an 
electric  motor  incorporated  in  the  electric  appliance  are 
made  to  have  a  predetermined  length  depending  upon  the 
factors  such  as  the  capacity  of  the  motor  so  that  the  elec- 
tromagnetic noise  generated  by  the  commutator  and  the 
brushes  of  the  motor  is  compensated  for  by  the  length  of  the 
mput  lead  wires  thereby  permitting  the  noise  of  the  electric 
appliance  is  eliminated.  The  input  lead  wires  are  made  of  a 
printed  circuit  and  located  in  any  desired  position  in  the  elec- 
tric appliance  such  as  on  the  outer  surface  of  the  hausing  of 
the  motor  and  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  casing  of  the  elec- 
tric appliance  thereby  permitting  the  same  to  be  made  ex- 
tremely compact. 


3,668,572 
SIGNAL  GENERATORS 
John  Alexander  McHattle,  DuntaMe 

Marconi  Instruments  LliidUd,  London,  England 

fVed  June  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  157,309 

Claims  priority,  sppWcaHoii  Great  Britain,  July  30, 1970, 

3M72/70 

Int  CL  HOlp  1/22,  7/06;  H03J  3f06 

VS.  CL  333—81  B 


M^H« 


to 


SWF  2  I 1  BPF  2  I — - 


An  adaptive  switclied  filter  arrangement  formed  firom  two 
switched  filters  to  each  of  which  is  applied  the  same  input 
signal.  The  first  switched  filter  is  switched  at  an  independent 
predetermined  fi«quency.  The  second  switched  filter,  how- 
ever, is  tuned  by  the  output  frequency  extracted  by  the  first 
filter.  This  minimizes  phase  tracking  time  and  canceb  syste- 
matic phase  error. 


A  signal  generates  includes  a  piston-in-waveguide  attenua- 
tor coufrfed  to  a  tuned  circuit,  a  contn^  voltage  whose  mag- 
nitude depends  on  the  position  of  the  piston  in  the  waveguide 
of  the  attenuator  being  produced  from  a  potentiometer  and 
applied  to  a  variable  capacity  diode  in  the  tuned  circuit 
Changes  in  the  reactance  <^  the  tuned  circuit  caused  by  the 
proximity  of  the  pistcm  are  compensated  by  changes  in  the 
capacity  of  the  variable  capacity  diode,  maintaining  a  con- 
stant generated  frequency. 


362 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


3,668,573  chmnte  oocfFicient  is  increased  and  made  more  nearly  pfx>- 

mGH-FIUEQUENCY  CABLE  portional  directly  to  frequency. 

Hdmut  KtarUa,  HMUMfvcr,  Otrwmay,  Mi«Mr  to  Kabd-Und  

Mctalwerkc  Gimhnifniii^mf  AktkafwUKiMll,  Has-  | 


novcr. 


U^CL333— S4R 


n»4  Feb.  3.  mi.  Star.  N«k  112,306  ELKCTWCAL  SWITCH  OEVICI8 

G«iM».Fcb.24,1970,P20<M    Eric  J.  GariiiU.  Wet  Draytea,  EaiPaail,  awlgani  to  C 
39gl  akatloiH  PalMMs  UmIM 

Int.  CL  HOlp  3/02  ™««  M»- 13.  ^^^*  ^'  No.  19378        I 

7  rtmtm^       ClainM  priority,  appllcatloa  Great  Britain,  May  14,  |969, 

13,463/69 
lmLCLU9lk  5  IfOS 
U.S.CL  335-140 


An  h.f.  cable  with  two  conductors  in  a  dielectric  substance 
enveloped  by  a  shield  with  an  axial  slot  which  is  covered  by  a 
copper  foil. 


3,668,574 

HYBRID  MODE  ELECTRIC  TRANSMISSION  LINE 

USING  ACCENTUATED  ASYMMETRICAL  DUAL 

SURFACE  WAVES 

Harold  Moate^k  Barlow,  Balifd,  Eotlaiid.  —ignor  to 

BrMsli  Ralways  Board,  Lsadoa,  Ei^NmI 
Cotto— tloa  !■  ptol  appifHia  Sar.  No.  672360,  Oct.  3, 
1967,  Mw  ifcHiiaii  Tlii  ■jplraHia  Apr.  17, 1970, 8v. 

No.  29,626 

Claims   priority,   appHcatkm  Great   Britain,  Oct  7,   1966, 

45,014/66;  Feb.  1 ,  1967, 4^18/67 

brt.  CL  HOlp  1/16. 3/06, 11/00 

VS.  CL  333—95  8  3 


/S  ^o    /g 


^/* 


00 
00 


;  J    J7  J  s' 


A  plurality  of  reed  switch  elements  are  radially  disposed  in 
an  arcuate  formation  in  special  channels  including  electro- 
static and  electromagnetic  shielding  so  that  a  movable  mag- 
net may  be  rotated  by  such  means  as  a  stepping  motor  to  ac- 
tuate single  switches  in  sequence. 


I  3368376 

FLAT  PACK  RELAY  WITH  PLURAL  OPERATING  C<MLS 

TlModorc  M.  Kritmai^  Oaciila,  and  CI«yloa  M.  anoMMi, 

EUtlMft,  botli  of  Ind.,  Mrijinw  to  The  Adm  *  W«lWw 


Filed  Nov.  5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  87,165.  The  portion  of  the  term  of 
tke  palMM  wbaoqant  to  Oct.  6, 1987,  has  boa 
IaLCLil81k5//24.5y/2« 
MA.  CL  335-153  5 ' 


A  method  and  means  for  reducing  net  transmission  losses 
and  frequency  dispersion  within  an  electrical  transmission 
line  having  dual  conducting  surfaces  and  carrying  a  hybrid 
mode  electromagnetic  wave  comprising  both  a  TEM  com- 
ponent and  a  dual  surface  wave  component.  One  of  the  two 
conducting  surfaces  is  caused  to  have  more  surface  re- 
sistance than  the  other  by  a  predetermined  amount  thereby 
making  the  surface  wave  part  of  the  field  asymmetric  and 
enhancing  the  energy  particularly  associated  with  the  surface 
wave  to  the  detriment  of  the  other  existing  components  such 
as  the  TEM  field.  The  predetermined  amount  of  surface 
reactance  is  controlled  to  reduce  die  product  of  transverse 
attenuation  and  phase-change  coefficients  for  the  hybrid 
wave  thereby  causing  a  reduction  in  ite  overall  axial  attenua- 
tion coefficient  in  the  direction  of  propogation.  Thus  the 
wave  is  slowed  down  by  the  dielectric  loading,  its  phase- 


Electrical  relays  of  the  type  having  an  armature  positioned 
for  selective  contact  between  contact  faces  of  pole  pieces 
within  a  glass  envelope  under  the  influence  of  electrical  flux, 
with  or  without  biasing  permanent  magnets.  Low  reluctance 
material  is  connected  to  the  exterior  armature  stem  and  ex- 
tends around  opposite  sides  of  the  relay  and  has  spaaed  ends, 
each  of  which  is  magnoticaUy  coupled  to  one  of  the  pole 
pieces  of  the  relay.  Operating  coils  are  positioned  around  tlie 
low  reluctance  material  on  opposite  sides  of  the  relay  en- 
velope and  are  within  the  side  projection  outline  of  tlM  en- 
velope. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


368 


33683T7  33M379 

LEAKAGE  CIRCUIT  BREAKERS  MAGNETIC  DOOR  ALARM 

Horst  Harfap,  Nordenhom,  Germany,  artgnnr  to  Fdtcn  A    Bennett  B.  Harman,  Bayside,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Door 
Schallaniagen  GnMl,  Krefdd  am  Ncueriiof,        Device  Corp.,  New  Hyde  Parle,  N.Y. 

Filed  Nov.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  88,021 
Fled  Dk.  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  98375  int.  CL  HOlh  51/28, 36/00 

aakm  priority,  appUcoHon  Germany,  Jan.  2, 1970,  P  20  00     VS.  CI.  335-207 

138.1 

Int.  CL  HOlh  3/32 

VS.  a.  335—192  21  Clidms 


lOafan 


y—^ 


Wl^^ 


The  balanced  armature  pivots  on  one  pole  piece  and  has  a 
small  contact  surface  that  cooperates  with  the  other  pole 
piece.  Movement  of  the  armature  is  coupled  to  the  tripping 
catch  that  operates  the  circuit  breaker  by  a  lever  connected 
by  an  axle  to  the  armature.  One  spring  biases  the  armature 
open  and  closed  when  the  latter  is  respectively  doeed  and 
open.  Another  sprig  biases  the  armature  open  at  all  times. 
The  lever  arms  through  which  the  sprinp  and  the  magnetic 
attractive  force  act  on  the  armature  are  ao  chosen  that  the 
magnetic  tripper  is  highly  sensitive  and  vibration  proof. 


33M37S 

LIGHTWEIGHT  ELECTROMAGNETIC  RELAY 

C.     Schroodcr,    Greeatrec,     Pa.,     iiilganr     to 
Air  Brake  Company,  Swiasvalc,  Pa. 
FBed  Jaac  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  43,114 
Int.  CL  HOlh  9/02 
VS.  CL  335—202  16 


/* 


A  lightweight  hermetically  sealed  electromagnetic  relay 
has  an  electromagnet,  an  armature,  and  a  contact  assemUy. 
An  isolation  barrier  is  interposed  between  the  electromagnet 
assembly  and  the  armature  and  contact  assemblies  and  is  ar- 
ranged to  suppori  each  of  the  assemblies.  A  transparent 
cover  is  bonded  to  the  isolation  barrier  and  protects  the  elec- 
trical contacts  against  external  contamination  from  the 
operating  environment  as  well  as  against  internal  contamina- 
tion from  impurities  emitted  by  the  coil  insulative  material. 


A  magnetic  door  alarm  for  use  in  conjunction  with  nor- 
mally unlocked  emergency  exit  doors  of  a  type  in  which  an 
audible  signal  is  produced  when  the  door  is  opened  by 
unauthorized  persons.  The  device  indudes  a  housing  nor- 
mally mounted  on  an  inner  surface  of  the  door  wiiich  nor- 
mally swingn  outwardly,  the  housing  containing  a  first  reed 
switch  of  normally  open  type  responsive  to  a  magnetic  field 
to  move  to  a  closed  position.  A  magnet  is  positioned  vtithin 
the  housing  adjacent  the  reed  switch  to  effect  this  movement 
Mounted  on  a  door  jamb  or  frame  is  a  larger  magnet  the 
polarity  of  which  is  opposite  that  of  the  first  mentioned  mag- 
net, so  that  its  magnetic  field  cancels  that  c€  the  first  magnet 
when  the  door  is  in  doeed  position,  whereby  the  reed  switch 
remains  open.  Upon  movement  of  the  door,  the  field  of  the 
second  mentioned  magnet  is  removed,  and  the  reed  switch  is 
operated  by  the  magnetic  field  of  the  first  magnet  If  an  at- 
tempt is  made  to  place  an  additional  magnet  adjacent  the 
magnet  on  the  door  jamb,  the  field  of  the  door  jamb  magnet 
is  either  enhanced  or  canceOed,  so  that  the  equilibrium  con- 
dition is  destroyed,  and  the  reed  switch  is  operated  by  the 
first  mentioned  magnet  Additioiudly,  a  second  reed  switch  is 
provided  within  the  casing,  electrically  connected  in  paralld 
with  the  first  switch,  and  shielded  fix>m  the  magnetic  field  of 
the  first  mentioned  and  second  mentioned  magnets,  so  that 
unauthorized  use  of  a  third  magnet  in  the  area  of  the  second 
magnet  will  serve  to  dose  the  second  switch  and  operate  the 
alarm  irrespective  of  the  condition  of  the  first  mentioned 
switch. 


33«3M 

TOROIDAL  DEFLECTION  YOKE  HAVING 

ASYMMETRICAL  WINDINGS 

Rokcft  Uoyd  BarMa,  Lancaitcr,  Pa.,  sidg^nr  to  RCA  Cm- 


FBed  Doc  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  95347 
latCLHOlf  5/00 
U3.  CL  335—213  8  ( 

A  toroidal  deflection  yoke  for  a  delta  gun  shadow  mask 
color  television  picture  tube  includes  windings  having  asym- 
metric conductor  distributions  to  correct  for  effects  such  as 
unsymmetrical  misconvergence  of  the  electron  beams  acroM 
the  scanned  raster.  For  convergence  which  is  unsymmetrical 
top  to  bottom,  an  asymmetric  change  top  to  bottom  is  made 
in  the  conductor  distribution  in  either  the  horizontal  or  verti- 


I 


364 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


cal  coil  windings  and  for  convergence  which  is  unsymmetri- 
cal  left  to  right  an  asynunetric  change  left  to  right  is  made  in 


the  conductor  distributions  in  either  the  horizontal  or  vertical 
coil  windings. 


3,668,S81 
METHOD  OF  ENERGIZING  FULLY  PERSISTENT,  HIGH 

FIELD,  HIGH  HOMOGENEITY  MAGNETS 
Edwwd  Robot  Schnidcr,  Mglitotowu,  N  J^  — li^nr  to  RCA 

Cot  pM  ■DOB 

Flkd  Dm.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,810 
lot  CL  HOlf  7122 
MS,  CL  335—216  12 


7      9 


mmmmi 


w 


immmn 


■10 


5'  52  ^   54 


54  ^  52 


51 


'.  p 


member  may  be  a  wire  offering  part  of  the  circuit  path  while 
the  armature  and  magnet  are  engaged.  Parts  of  the  protected 
Structure  may  serve  as  the  pliable  member  or  the  armgture, 
as  for  instance  in  an  example  shown,  the  ladder  tapes  of  a 
Venetian  blind  serve  as  the  elongated  pliable  member,  while 
the  blind's  base  rail  serves  as  the  armature.  Both  suppora  for 
the  pliable  member  may  comprise  a  magnet  and  armature.  In 


A  superconductive  magnet  includes  a  plurality  of  concen- 
tric superconductor  rings  disposed  on  a  substrate  disc  which 
has  a  bore  in  the  center  thereof.  A  magnetic  field  permeates 
through  the  rings  which  are  then  caused  to  be  switched 
between  a  normal  and  a  superconductive  state  according  to  a 
predetermined  program.  The  shifting  of  the  states  of  the  ring^ 
creates  a  high  flux  density  in  the  disc  bore. 


embodiments  shown,  a  single  armature  is  used  to  shuat  two 
spaced  magnets,  in  which  instances,  such  pair  of  magnets 
constitute  the  switch  terminals.  The  magnet  structures 
preferrably  comprise  a  magnetic  block  carried  in  a  sheet 
steel  channel  having  mounting  lugs  for  various  placements. 
The  line  of  direction  of  the  elongated  pliable  member,  is  not 
limited.  Force  required  to  dislodge  the  armature  is  adjusta- 
ble. 


3,668,583 

TECHNIQUES  FOR  CASTING  ENCAPSULATED  COILS 
Thomas  G.  ^adlols,  Rome,  Ga.,  assiginr  to 
Compaay  -- 

Filed  May  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  141,734 
j  Int.  CL  HOlf  27/70 

U.S.CL  336-58 


SOirfmi 


TRAP  SWITCH  CONSTRUCTIONS  IN  THE  NORMALLY 
CLOSED  PROTECTIVE  CIRCUIT  OF  BURGLAR  ALARM 

SYSTEMS 
Lawrence  N.  Lea,  No.  3601  Johnson  Avc^  Bronx,  New  York, 
N.Y. 

Flkd  Oct.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,128 
Int.  CL  G08b  13108 
U.S.  CL  335-285  12  ClainM 

The  trap  includes  a  pliable  elongated  member  which  may 
be  a  wire,  cord  or  tape  having  a  steel  terminal  element  serv- 
ing as  an  armature  releasaUy  held  by  a  permanent  magnet 
structure  which  constitutes  one  end  support  btrfding  the  elon- 
gated member  taut.  When  the  armature  is  detached  from  the 
magnet  by  movement  of  some  part  of  the  protected  struc- 
ture, as  for  instance  a  window,  a  Venetian  blind  or  by  move- 
ment of  an  intruder,  the  protective  circuit  will  open,  thereby 
actuating  the  alarm  circuit.  The  magnet  is  one  terminal  of  the 
trap  switch.  The  armature  is  conductively  connected  in  some 
manner  to  the  other  switch  terminal.  The  pliable  elongated 


6*  U    I     U    7  £ 


Disclosed  is  a  vaporization  cooled  inductive  apparatus. 
The  apparatus  comprises  a  winding  assembly  encapsulated  in 
a  cast  body  of  solid  insulating  material  and  disposed  in  a 
sealed  tank.  The  cast  winding  assembly  includes  at  least  one 
liquid  absorbent  wick  and  a  vaporizable  liquid  containing 
reservoir.  The  wicks  carry  said  liquid  to  hot  interior  regions 
of  the  winding.  Coiuknser  means  are  provided  for  recycling 
vapors  produced  during  the  cooling  process. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


365 


3,668,584  springs  integral  with  the  back  of  the  frame  and  having  benda- 

ELECTRICAL  POWER  APPARATUS  ble  ubs  integral  with  the  forward  portion  of  the  legs  <rf  the 

Harral  T.  RoUn,  Mtmck,  and  Vlr|l  L.  Boo,  DdeviUc,  both  frame.  The  Ubs  and  spring  act  together  to  hold  the  two  E 
of  Ind.,  Msignnrs  to  Wcstfaighouat  Electrk  Corporation, 

raed  Apr.  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  133,488 

Into.  HOlf  27/70 

UA  a.  336—60  14  Oaims 


cores  together  and  to  maintain  the  core  and  coil  assembly  in 
the  frame.  The  frame  together  with  an  E  core  having  slightly 
increased  leg  cross  secticMi  dimensions  and  a  bobbin  con- 
stitutes a  kit  for  the  winding  of  a  transformer  or  inductor. 


Electrical  power  apparatus,  such  as  a  transformer,  electri- 
cal reactor,  or  a  circuit  breaker,  having  a  casing  containing 
fluid  cooling  means,  and  at  least  one  electrical  lead  immersed 
in  the  fluid  cooling  means.  The  magnitude  of  the  electrical 
stress  is  reduced  about  the  electrical  lead,  without  impeding 
the  removal  of  heat  from  the  lead  by  the  fluid  cooling  means, 
by  disposing  a  spirally  wound  electrode  about  the  electrical 
lead,  and  connecting  the  electrode  to  the  lead. 

3,668,585 
ELECTROMAGNETIC  DEVICE  WITH  CAST  MAGNETIC 

PATH  ' 

Howard  R.  Johnson,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  assignor  to  Kdscy- 

Haycs  Company,  Ronnhis,  Mich. 
Contfaiuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  817,655,  Apr.  21, 1969, 
now  abandoned.  This  application  Mar.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

119,951 

Int.  CL  HOlf  75/02 

U.S.  CL  336—83  4  Claims 


MULTI-LAYER  POLYPHASE  WINDING  MEMBER  AND 
TRANSFORMER 
Vhwcnt  F.  Foster,  New  RodicBe,  N.Y.,  aiwlyinr  to  Inductoayn 
Oil  poinlion,  New  Yovh,  N.Y. 

FVed  May  13, 1970,  Scr.  Na  36,913 
IntCLH01f27/a¥ 
UA  a.  336— 123  19  < 


*vr*1_ 


rT' 


;*f  t-*1-^^*1 


!■» 


"=**^ 


\.{i 


»-i   A-r* 


-^ 


An  electromagnetic  device  utilizing  a  coil  and  having  a 
cast  magnetic  path  around  the  coil  and  a  method  of  manufac- 
ture. 


Disclosed  is  a  polyphase  member  for  a  position  measuring 
transformer  formed  by  multiple  layers  of  printed  circuit  ac- 
tive and  inactive  conductors.  The  inactive  conductors  con- 
nect the  active  conductors  to  form  winding  sections  and  the 
winding  sections  are  interconnected  by  printed  circuit  inac- 
tive conductors  to  form  polyphase  wimtings-  Each  layer  in- 
cludes groups  of  conductors  including  a  predetermined 
number,  usually  an  equal  number,  of  active  conductors  of 
first  and  of  second  cofitnction,  e.g.,  sine  or  cosine,  types.  The 
winding  sections  are  positioned  with  a  specific  phase  rela- 
tionship, such  as  quadrature,  to  a  reference  winding.  The  ac- 
tive conductors  on  each  layer  of  the  polyphase  member  are 
positioned  such  that  a  blank  area  called  an  active  conductor 
void  or  gap,  occurs  where  normally  in  a  periodic  configiira- 
tion  an  active  conductor  would  be  positioned.  Still  further, 
the  layers  are  complementary  in  that  they  are  combined  into 
a  multi-layer  member  so  that  the  active  conductors  on  one 
layer  are  superposed  the  active  conductor  voids  or  gaps  on 
another  layer  whereby  the  muhi-layers  as  a  whole  present  to 
the  reference  winding  uniformly  spaced  active  conductors. 


3,668,586 

TRANSFORMER-INDUCTOR  FRAME  AND  KIT 

Stephen  Horhach,  Mountate  Lakes,  NJ.,  amlgnor  to  Elcc- 

tr«nic  AsMwiatn,  Inc.,  West  Long  Branch,  N  J. 

Filed  Mar.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  121,826 

Int.  a.  HOlf  27/26 

UA  CL  336-210  8  Claims 

A  transformer  or  inductor  frame  for  holding  together  two 

E  cores  and  a  coil.  The  transformer  frame  includes  two  leaf 


3,668,588 

ELECTRICAL  COIL  ASSEMBLY 

Henry  Walsh,  Jr.,  Danville,  DL,  assignor  to  General  Electric 


FVed  Oct.  19,  1970,  Scr.  No.  81,930 
lot  CL  HOlf  75/70 
U.S.  CL  336—192  5  < 

An  electrical  c(n1  assembly  wherein  two  or  more  separate 
windings  are  formed  in  the  same  intermediate  layer  of  a 


366 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


layer-wound  coil.  A  formed  intulating  board  is  provided  for 
insulating  and  positi<Miing  the  pair  of  conductors  fh>ni  each 
winding  which  are  brought  out  toward  the  nuufin  of  the  coil 


unidirectional  ratchet  means  having  an  actuation  lug.  said 
ratchet  meam  biasingly  coufried  to  said  pawl  means,  said 
ratchet  means  being  advanced  one  notch  by  said  pawl  means 
in  response  to  the  daily  movement  of  said  clutch  maans;  a 
toggle  disk  disposed  In  the  path  of  said  actuation  hig,  said 


assembly.  Additional  layers  of  insulating  material  and  other 
electrical  windings  are  wound  over  the  layer  having  two  or 
more  separate  windings. 


3,668,St9 
LOW  FREQUENCY  MAGNETIC  CORE  INDUCTOR 
STRUCTURE 
Brace  L.  WHklMoa,  TenrwMC,  Ctflf^  assignor  to 
MagMtks,  lac^  Sairta  Moaka,  CaW . 

FOed  Dec.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,005 

Int.  CLHOlf  27/24 

VS.  CL  336—212  4  Clafam 


A  low  frequency  magnetic  core  inductor  is  provided  which 
exhibits  the  desirable  high  quality  factor  (Q)  and  low  exter- 
nal magnetic  field  of  the  prior  art  toroidal  type  inductor,  but 
which  is  constructed  to  have  a  bobbin-like  configuration  for 
ease  of  assembly  and  winding  the  inductor  winding  on  the 
core,  and  for  compactness  of  size  and  efficient  use  of  availa- 
ble space. 


toggle  disk  being  activated  only  after  an  advance  of  a  number 
of  ratchet  notches  corresponding  to  the  angular  distance 
which  said  actuation  lug  is  initially  displaced  from  said  toggle 
disk,  wherein  initiation  of  said  utilization  means  occun  upon 
activation  of  said  toggle  disk. 


3,668,591 

BUS  BAR  FOR  ELECTRIC  CONNECTIONS 

Hcnnaa  H.  Kobryntr,  Forsal  lUk,  N.Y.,  migjinr  to  Murragr 

Maaufacturing  Corparatfam,  Jcrldio,  N.Y. 
Coattauaaoa  of  awillcBHoB  Scr.  No.  878,154,  Nov.  19, 1969, 
BOW  ahandiMMd.  TWi  appHcadon  Nov.  23, 1970,  Scr,  No. 
1  92,220 

1  Iirt.  CL  HOlr  9100,  7/12 

UACL339— 198N  13  < 


3,668,590 
LONG  PULSE  DIURNAL  TIMER 
Donald  Brown,  Southamptoo,  Pa.,  aiMigner  to  The  United 
States  of  Anerka  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Amy 

Filed  May  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  146,765 
Int.  CL  HOlh  61/00 
U.S.  CL  337-5 1  6  Clains 

A  long  pulse  diurnal  timer  for  initiating  a  utilization  means, 
said  timer  comprising:  a  coiled  bimetal  spring  having  a  fixed 
end  and  free  end,  said  spring,  through  its  physical  expansion, 
responding  to  daily  sinusoidal  changes  in  temperature  via  an- 
gular displacements  at  the  free  end  of  said  spring;  a  clutch 
means,  said  clutch  means  having  its  input  engagement  fixed 
to  the  free  end  of  said  coiled  bimetal  spring,  said  clutch 
means  advancing  angulariy  in  response  to  each  daily  expan- 
sion of  said  coiled  bimetal  spring;  a  pawl  means,  said  pawl 
means  attached  to  the  periphery  of  said  clutch  means;  a 


^  jy 


The  invention  contemplates  a  construction  for  parts*  of  a 
neutral  bus-bar  assembly  whereby  the  assembly  can  be  unit- 
handling  without  requiring  tools  or  special  fasteners,  such  as 
bolts,  to  complete  the  assembly.  At  the  same  time,  the  unit- 
handling  assembly  achieves  the  added  function  of  providing 
an  insulating  shield  for  the  bus-bar  and  all  electrical  connec- 
tions thereto. 


s 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


897 


3,668,592  3,668,594 

CONTROL  DEVICE  AND  METHOD  FOR  CALIBRATING  ROOM  WALL  THERMOSTAT 

THE  SAME  OR  THE  LIKE  Andrew  KaBck.  Coimnbaa,  Ohia,  aMiganr  to  Ranco  lacar- 

Ctoyd  E.  DedMr,  IiidtaM,  Pa.,  cMlinT-  to  Robcrtshaw-CoB-  poratcd,  Cohimbiis,  Ohio 

trab  Company,  Rkliinoiid,Va.  FBed  Oct.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  82,767 

fiicd  FMk  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12^22  I«t.  O.  HOlh  37/14, 37/20, 32/52 

iM.Ci.mih  37/20, 37/36  UACL  337-386                                                       4Claiins 
UA  CL  337—319                                                          7  i 


JCh 


Calibrating  the  control  shaft  means  and  a  set  screw  of  the 
control  shaft  means  so  that  upon  a  loss  of  fluid  in  an  adjusu- 
ble  expansible  and  contractibJe  power  element  of  the  control 
device  that  operates  an  electrical  switch  thereof,  a  sub- 
sequent movement  of  the  set  screw  in  a  switch  closing 
direction  will  be  limited  by  stop  means  before  that  set  screw 
can  cause  closing  of  the  switch  whereby  a  fail-safe  control 
device  is  provided. 


3,668,593 
REGULATOR 
Kari  Fbchcr,  Obcrdcrdtafcn,  Am  CaMNrg,  Germany 

Filed  Apr.  20,  1970,  9cr.  No.  29^65 

dafans  priority,  applicatloa  Germany,  Apr.  23,  1969,  P  19  20 

550.6;  P 19  20  552.8;  P 19  20  553.9  / 

iBt  CL  HOlh  37/10, 37/20, 37/36 

VS.  CL  337-319  5  Claims 


J9  .— .  le 


4'''S^« 


A  wall  thermostat  comprises  a  molded  panel  frame  at- 
tachable to  a  room  wall.  A  switch  mechanism  and  a  plate 
type  bimetal  are  supported  on  opposite  sides  of  the  panel 
with  operating  bars  between  the  bimetal  and  switch.  The 
bimetal  is  urged  against  three  support  points,  comprising  two 
spaced  abutment  surfaces  on  the  frame  and  an  adjusting  cam 
carried  by  the  frame  by  the  reaction  of  the  switch  actuating 
mechanism  against  the  operating  bars  which  engage  the 
bimetal  at  points  inside  the  triangular  area  outlined  by  the 
three  suppon  points.  The  switch  mechanism  is  supported  by 
abutment  surfaces  formed  on  the  frame  panel  by  the  same 
mold  member  which  forms  the  two  spaced  abutment  sur- 
faces. 


3,668,595 
LIQUID  REaSTOR  APPARATUS 
Norbcrt  Roger  Bcyrard,  24  avcnae  Raphael,  Pwlc,  FVaBCC 

Filed  Aug.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,512 
Claimi  priority,  application  Firance,  Aug.  27, 1969, 6929313 

Int.  a.  HOlc  13/00 
VS.  CL  338—38  10  Clairas 


*7ft»  "> 


r   lb 


n  rt  n 


A  regulator  for  regulating  the  electrical  current  supplied  to 
an  electrical  apparatus  by  intermittently  switching  on  and  off 
said  current.  The  regulator  includes  an  electrically-heated  ex- 
pansion system  acting  on  an  electric  switch  for  the  apparatus. 
The  invention  calls  for  a  pressure  cell  for  bearing  on  the 
switch  which  is  hydraulically  connected  to  a  hydraulic 
chamber  remote  from  said  pressure  cell,  an  expansible  liquid 
being  contained  in  the  hydraulic  system  and  electric  heating 
means  being  provided  for  treating  the  expansible  liquid  con- 
tained in  the  hydraulic  chamber,  such  heating  being  depen- 
dent upon  the  magnitude  of  the  current  supplied  to  said  elec- 
trical apparatus. 


Liquid  resistor  apparatus  in  which  a  conductive  liquid 
presents  an  adjustable  electrical  resistance  between  two  im- 
mersed electrodes,  adjustment  being  made  by  raising  or 
lowering  the  level  of  the  liquid,  the  level  of  the  electrodes  or 


368 


the  level  of  a  partition  between  the  electrodes.  The  raising 
and  lowering  is  effected  by  a  mechanical  linkage  which  is 
coupled  to  a  bellows  or  piston  actuated  by  vapor  from  a  con- 
trollable vapor  generator. 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  6, 


1972 


3,66M96 
MAGNETIC  KEYS 
Rudolf  Hubrich,  Ravcnsburs,  Germany,  assignor  to  Rafl 
Raimund     Flnatcrholil     Ekktrotochnbche    Spedalfabrfk, 
Ravensburg/Wurttemberg,  Germany 

Filed  Oct.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83,753 
Claims  priority,  applcatfon  Germany,  July  I,  1970,  G  70  24 

643.4 

lot  CL  HOlc  7116 

VS.  a.  338—32  R  10  Clainv 


A  magnetic  Icey  suitable  for  use  with  electronic  equipment 
comprises  a  magnetically  controllable  semiconductor  device 
mounted  between  two  soft  iron  pole  pieces,  and  a  permanent 
magnet  movable  relative  to  the  device.  The  magnet  is  carried 
by  a  slide  movable  between  two  positions  and  biased  by  a 
spring  towards  one  of  the  positions.  In  one  position  only  a 
substantial  part  of  the  magnetic  flux  of  the  magnet  passes 
through  the  device,  so  the  condition  of  the  device  can  be 
controlled  by  movement  of  the  slide. 


3,668,597 

SLIDE  RHEOSTAT  AND  PUSH-PULL  SWITCH 

ASSEMBLY 

Yuldhilio  Nomura,  Toltyo,  Japan,  assignor  to  Alps  Electric 

Co.,  Ltd.,  Toliyo,  Japan 

filed  June  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  151,889 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  June  11, 1970, 45/57652 

Int.  CL  HOlc  9108 
U.S.CL338— 198  4Clainw 


U       3 


6  -S  ,9 


^3,668,598 
ELECTRIC  HEATING  ELEMENTS 
Lester  D.  DruinuMd,  mmA  Lh^  S.  Koriicit,  both  of  Pitt, 
sbnrgk.  Pa.,  aarigBon  to  Emcrwn  Electric  Co.,  St.  Louis, 


7<3alnis 


Filed  Oct.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83,429 
I  Int.  a.  HOlc  1114 

UA  CL  338-274 


M,if 


An  electric  heating  element,  particulariy  a  cartridge 
heater,  having  leads  comiected  to  the  resistor  for  leading  cur- 
rent to  the  latter  fix>m  a  source.  Insulator  means  are  held  in 
the  end  of  the  sheath  and  have  passages  through  which  the 
leads  extend,  each  passage  having  an  inner  portion  disposed 
parallel  to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  sheath  and  an  outer 
portion  disposed  at  an  angle  to  the  inner  portion,  to  conform 
the  flexible  lead  to  extend  angularly  relative  to  the  sheath 
longitudinal  axis. 


ELECTRK 


3,668,599 
ICAL  RESISTANCE  ELEMENT 
Nils  Gustav  SchrcwcUut,  HaktahMnmar,  Sweden,  aHignor  to 
Alctiebolagct  Kanthal,  Hrilitahanunar,  Sweden 
Filed  Sept.  15,  1970,  Scr.  No.  72,454 
Claims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Sept.  16,  1969, 
12710/69 
InL  CL  HOlc  1102 
U.S.  a.  338—289  5  ^ 


OainM 


A  slide  rheostat  and  a  push-pull  switch  are  assembled 
together  by  a  fixed  plate.  An  intercoupling  drive  plate  is  en- 
gaged with  the  fixed  plate  so  as  to  achieve  a  seesaw  move- 
ment in  response  to  the  pull  and  push  operation  of  a  knob  in 
the  center  hole  of  which  is  inserted  a  control  lever  of  the 
slide  rheostat,  the  knob  being  freely  movable  in  a  slit  formed 
in  the  intercoupling  drive  plate.  A  shaft  of  the  switch  is  cou- 
pled to  the  intercoupling  drive  plate  so  that  in  response  to 
the  seesaw  movement  of  the  drive  plate  the  switch  is 
switched  ON  and  OFF. 


V 


An  electrical  resistance  element  formed  of  an  array  of 
parallel  MoSit  rods  coupled  in  series  by  coimecting  adjacent 
rod  ends  together  in  pairs  at  one  end  of  the  array  and  at  the 
other  end  connecting  adjacent  rod  ends  together  in  pairs 
staggered  with  respect  to  those  at  the  first  end.  The  connec- 
tion is  made  by  means  of  a  flame-sprayed  layer  of  MoSiAl  or 
MoSit  and  the  array  is  suppcnted  by  an  elastic  cross  bjar  in  a 
ceramic  frame. 


\ 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


369 


3,668,600 

LAYER  VOLTAGE  MVIDER  WITH  ADMTIONAL 

IMPEDANCES 

Christian  Schuberth,  HerschfcM,  Germany,  and  WolT-Erhard 
StHgerwald,  Porto,  IN>rtugai,  aarignors  to  PREH  Elcktro- 
Feinmechaniscfae  Werlte  Jakob  Preh  Nachf.,  Bad  neustadt/ 
Saalc,  Germany 

Filed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  Na  89,766 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Nov.  22,  1969,  P  19  58 

679.9 

Int.  CL  HOlc  1 1 16 

VS,  CL  338—320  6  Claina 


contacts  are  uniquely  designed  so  that  they  provide  two- 
pronged  and  three^>ronged  outlets.  The  adapter  eliminates  a 


«C^ 


large  number  of  structural  pieces  used  in  the  prior  art  socket 
assembly  and  simplifies  the  socket  assembly  manufacture. 


A  layer  voltage  divider  of  the  type  having  a  resistance  web 
and  one  or  more  additional  impedances  attached  thereto,  the 
divider  comprising  :  one  or  several  impedances  on  a  support- 
ing plate,  laterally  extending  tabs  provided  on  the  im- 
pedance, an  insulating  layer  covering  the  impedance  or  im- 
pedances to  the  exclusion  of  their  Ups,  a  resistance  web 
being  placed  on  the  insulating  layer  and  having  taps,  the  taps 
of  the  resistance  web  being  conductingly  connected  to  the 
taps  of  the  said  one  or  more  impedances. 


3,668,603 

TWIST  LOCK  SOCKET  WITH  CONNECTOR 
James    Pattoa    Burgcas,    Brighton;    McMn    WIBIam    Pol- 
Ungliam,  Uvoola,  and  Sieve  Joaeph  Bncaowsld,  Detniit, 
•B  of  Nflch.,  Bssignni-i  to  Intcmathmal  Telephone  nd  Tele- 
graph Corporation,  New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

Fifed  Sept  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,995 

Int.  CLHOlr  J/06 

U.S.  CL  339—14  R  14  Oafam 


3,668,601 

CONTINUOUS  ELECTRICAL  OUTLET  WITH  GROUND 

Robert  W.  McFarUa,  P.O.  Box  573,  Pompano  Beach,  Fla. 

Filed  July  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  54,377 

Int.  CLHOlr  J/06 

U.S.CL  339-14  R  7ClainM 


jtf^. 


An  elongated  electrical  outlet  having  an  extruded  case  is 
provided  with  electrical  contacts  and  with  a  ground  inserted 
longitudinally  into  the  case  where  it  is  engaged  by  the  grouixl 
prong  of  a  plug  when  the  electrical  contact  prongs  of  the 
plug  engage  the  electrical  contacts  of  the  outlet.  The.  cross 
section  of  the  case  permits  the  use  of  flat  contact  strips  and 
concurrently  provides  support  for  the  ground  contact 


Connector  and  lamp  socket  structures  are  disclosed  for  use 
in  establishing  electrical  connections  between  wiring  har- 
nesses and  lamps.  An  exemplary  lamp  socket  is  designed  to 
provide  fool-proof  housing  panel  orientation  during  installa- 
tion and  a  positive  pressure  interlock  assuring  a  water  ti^ 
connection  with  the  panel  housing. 


\ 


3,668,602 
PORTABLE  SAFETY  LAMP  STRUCTURE 
Richard  H.  Griffin,  Rivcraidc,  RJ.,  assignor  to  International 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Corporation,  Nutiey,  N  J. 
Filed  Aug.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  67,018 
Int  CL  HOlr  3106, 13/48 
VS.  CL  339- 14  R  8  CMam 

A  poruble  safety  lamp  includes  a  socket  assembly,  an 
elongated  hollow  dielectric  handle  for  housing  the  socket  as- 
sembly therewithin  and  a  wire  mesh  cage  for  protecting  a 
light  bulb  screwed  into  the  socket  assembly.  The  socket  as- 
sembly includes  a  pair  of  contacts  that  interctmnect  an  exten- 
sion cord  to  the  socket  assembly,  and  a  fredy  detachable  uni- 
tary dielectric  adapter  that  actt  as  a  spacer  and  resiliem 
retainer  of  the  pair  of  contacts.  The  adapter  and  the  pair  of 


N 


3,668,604 

STRIP-TYPE  MP  RECEPTACLE 

Donald  W.  RoKman,  Jenkfaitown,  Pa.,  aailgnf  to  EIco  Cor^ 

ponrtkMi,  Wfflow  Grove,  Pa. 

Filed  Oct.  21,  1970,  Scr.  No.  82,672 

Int.  CL  HOlr  33/76;  H05k  1/16 

U.S.  CL  339— 17  CF  4n.i— 

A  strip-type  DIP  (Dual  In-line  Package)  receptacle  for  use 
in  pairs  for  removably  retaining  integrated  circuits  (IC*s)  or 
other  components  of  the  IMP  type  to  a  printed  circuit  board 
or  other  substrate  and  for  providing  contact  tails  which  are 
electrically  connected  to  the  leads  c^  the  IC  and  wliich  ex- 
tend from  the  underside  of  the  substrate  so  that  interconnec- 
tions between  leads  of  IC's  can  be  effected  ecoixmucally  or 
automatically.  The  receptacle  comprises  a  strip-shaped  main 
insulator,  a  plurality  of  ccmtacts,  and  a  strip-shaped  side  insu- 
lator which  preferably  is  welded  ultrasonically  to  the  main  in- 
sulator after  the  nose  pcwtions  of  the  contact  are  poaiticMied 
in  cavities  of  the  main  insulator.  Each  contact  comprises 
straight,  aligned  body  and  tail  portions  and  a  thinner,  C- 
shaped  nose  portion  having  a  mating  surface  which  is  oftet 


370 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


June  6,  1972 


from  the  axis  of  the  body  and  tail  portions.  Because  of  said 
offiwt  feature,  adjacent  strips  may  be  mounted  in  alternate 
orientations  (preferably  by  a  force  fit  into  plated-through 


flat  strip  of  metal  which  is  provided  with  elongated  slots  at 
intervals  along  its  length.  Cut-outs  are  formed  in  opposed 
edges  of  each  slot  between  its  ends  tor  locating  and  gripping 
pr«scribed  pins  when  the  strip  is  pressed  down  on  the  pins. 
Hie  sharp  edges  of  the  cut-outs  wipe  and  dean  the  pins  as 
the  strip  is  forced  downwardly  on  them  to  as  to  aMure  an  ex- 
cellent electrical  connection,  while  the  strip  assumes  p  low 
profile  configuration  with  the  mounting  plate. 


3,<6t,M7 

ELECTRICAL  SOCKET 

Ivan  A.  FHvwarth,  441  South  State,  Orsm,  Utah 

Hied  Jan.  25, 1971,  Ser.  No.  109,097 

IBL  a.  HOlr  13/44 

UACL  339—41 


9Claiins 


holes  in  a  PC  board),  thereby  to  provide  uniformly-spaced 
conuct  tails  under  IC's  mounted  with  non-uniform  lead  spac- 
ing. 


3,668,605 
MULTI-POINT  PROGRAM  PLUG  AND  RECEPTACLE 
CONNECTOR  ARRANGEMENT  HAVING  POSITIVE 
ALIGNMENT  PRIOR  TO  POSITIVE  MATING 
Guy  D.  Albert,  Gdioa,  OUo,  iiriffinr  to  North  Electric  Com- 
pany, Gatton,  OUo 

Filed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62,434 

lat.  a.  HOlr  25f00, 13/54 

VS.  a.  339— 18  B  8  Claims 


\ 


A  multi-point  connector  arrangement  including  separable 
plug  and  receptacle  members  each  having  a  frame  portion 
with  a  selected  profile  camber  to  insure  full  positive  engage- 
ment of  the  contact  elements  during  coupling,  and  having 
cooperable  interengaging  portions  adapted  to  effect  proper 
alignment  during  mating  of  the  plug  and  receptacle  members. 


\ 


An  electrical  socket  device  incorporating  at  least  one  spool 
constructed  to  receive  the  prongs  of  an  electrical  plug.  The 
spool  is  rotationally  displaceaMe  and  coacts  with  the 
remainder  of  the  socket  structure  such  that  the  plug  prongs 
can  be  locked  in  place  upon  suitable  rotational  displacement 
of  the  spool,  and  this  for  the  purpose  of  providing  direct  elec- 
trical connection  as  between  the  plug  prongs  and  the  electri- 
cal terminals  or  contact  of  a  socket  construction.  A  socket 
construction  is  made  such  that  there  is  no  electrical  connec- 
tion as  between  the  plug  prongs  and  the  socket  electrical 
contacts  until  the  prongs  of  a  particular  plug  are  inserted  in 
the  aforementioned  roUtaUe  spool  and  the  spool  depressed 
and  routed.  The  construction  affords  many  safety  features 
for  children  so  that  metal  items,  inadvertently  positioned 
through  the  prong  holes  of  the  spool,  cannot  make  electrical 
connection  until  after  the  spool  is  both  depressed  anc^  rou- 
tionally  displaced. 


I 


3,668,606 
BUSS  CONNECTOR 
George  Walter,  Westchester,  DL,  assignor 
turing  Company,  Inc.,  Chicago,  OL 

Filed  Oct.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,095 
Int.  CL  HOlr  jy/0« 
UA  CI.  339- 19 


3,668,608 

COAXIAL  CONNECIXHl  MOUNTING  MEANS 

George  William  Zieglcr,  Jr.,  CarHale,  Pa.,  assignor  to  AMP 

Incorporated,  HarrWMVg,Pa.  I 

Qrlgfaui  appiicartoii  May  27, 1968,  Ser.  No.  732,447,  Bow 

to  Mako  Manufac-     Patent  Na.  3,566^34.  DMded  and  this  appMcaHon  Sept.  18, 

11970,  Ser.  No.  73,653  ^^ 

t^  nt  untr  f3/A9  I 

SClaims 


Int.  CL  HOlr  13/62 


SClaiim 


VS.  CL  339— «  M 


\ 


An  electrical  buss  connector  for  bussing  together  a  series 
of  plate  mounted  wire-wrap  pins.  The  connector  comprises  a 


Coaxial  connector  mounting  means  comprises  mounting 
block  means  connectaUe  together  to  connect  coaxial  con- 
nector means  floatably  mounted  in  the  mounting  block 
means. 


\ 


ELECTRICAL 


371 


3,668,609  3,668,611 

HOT  LINE  CC»4NECTOR  ELECTRICAL  C<»WECT(»  ASSEMBLY  AND  TIMING 

Edwla  A.  Uak,  WaukMha,  Wb.,  aalgnnr  to  RTE  Corpora-  LIGHT  EMBODYING  SAME 

tioa,  WauktdM,  Wb.  Edwin  L.  Schwartz,  Los  Ai^cies,  CaUf.,  Mslgnnr  to  Rite  Au- 

CootlBiiatloB-faHpart  of  appHcaUoa  Ser.  No.  820,142,  Apr.  totroirfci  Corporation,  Los  Amrlsa,  CtM. 

29, 1969,  BOW  abaadoaed.  Thb  appllcatioa  Mar.  30, 1970,  Filed  Jmk.  6, 1969,  Ser.  No.  789^37 

Ser.  No.  23323  Int.  CL  HOlr  13/54 

lac  CL  HOlr  11/20  VS.  CL  339—75  R                                                        6  Clafam 
U.S.  CL  339-97  R                                                    16  CWnw 


Disclosed  herein  is  a  tapping  device  including  a  resilient  in- 
sulator which  can  be  shrunk  or  taped  into  sealing  engage- 
ment with  the  exposed  cable  insulation  of  a  high  voltage  ca- 
ble, the  device  including  a  passage  to  sealingly  engage  a 
cable  lead,  the  cable  tap  lead  having  a  probe  to  penetrate  the 
cable  insulation  and  electrically  engage  the  electrical  ccm- 
ductor  for  a  high  voltage  cable,  and  a  drive  assembly  to  force 
the  cable  lead  through  the  passage  until  the  probe  penetrates 
the  cable  insulation  and  electrically  engages  the  cable  con- 
ductor. The  insulator  can  also  be  used  to  seal  a  Tee  type 
cable  splice. 


An  electrical  connector  assembly  for  engine  timing  lights 
and  other  uses.  The  connector  assembly  embodies  reieasable 
electrical  plug  and  socket  coupling  means  which  may  be 
separated  only  by  lateral  movement  of  each  coupling  plug 
relative  to  its  receiving  socket,  and  a  retainer  sleeve  sur- 
rounding the  coupling  means  in  such  a  way  as  to  prevent 
such  relative  lateral  separation  movement  and,  thereby, 
separation  of  the  coupling  means.  The  disclosed  embodiment 
of  the  invention  is  an  engine  timing  li^t  which  utilizes  the 
connector  assembly  to  attach  the  leads  of  the  timing  light  to 
the  terminals  of  the  timing  lamp. 


3,668,612 
CABLE  CONNECTOR 
Zdenek   Nepovim,  Lindsay,  Ontario,  Canada, 
Lindsay   Specialty   Products   Limited,   Lindsay, 
Canada 

FDed  Aug.  7,  1970,  Ser.  No.  62,112 
Int.  CL  HOlr  13/52 
VS.  CL  339—94  C 


to 
Ontario, 


SCIaini 


3,668,610 
LOCK-IN  ELECTRICAL  JACK  ASSEMBLY 
William  H.  Flaaagaa,  Stamford,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Nexus, 
Inc.,  Stanford,  Coao. 

Filed  Aug.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  67^5 

Int.  CL  HOlr  13/62 

VS.  CL  339-74  R  3  Claims 


A  lock-in  electrical  jack  assembly  for  utilization  with  a 
communications  system  adapted  for  interlocking  engagement 
with  a  mating  component  and  having  an  integral  push-button 
for  disengaging  the  interlock  for  removal  of  the  components. 


A  connector  for  attachment  to  the  end  of  a  coaxial  caUe 
having  an  axial  core  electrode  or  conductor  and  a  conductive 
sheath  electrode  or  conductor  includes  a  housing  having  an 
integral  tubular  skirt  formed  from  four  rearwardly  extending 
tongues  collectively  formed  with  a  rearwardly  facing  external 
cam  surface.  A  tubular  cover  sleeve  formed  with  a  forwardly 
facing  internal  cam  surface  for  engagement  vrith  the  external 
cam  surface  of  the  tongues  screws  onto  the  housing  so  that 
interaction  of  the  cam  surfaces  causes  the  tongues  to  be 
flexed  radially  inwardly  into  gripping  engagement  with  a 
cable  disposed  within  the  connector  and  into  electrical  con- 
tact with  the  conductive  sheath  electrode  of  that  cable.  Use- 
fully, a  radially  inwardly  compressible  and  electrically  con- 
ductive collet  sleeve  is  coaxially  disposed  within  the  tongues 
between  their  forward  and  rearward  ends  so  as  to  receive  an 
exposed  forward  end  portion  of  the  core  electrode  of  the  ca- 
ble. An  electrically  insulating  and  radially  inwardly  com- 
pressible bushing  disposed  about  the  collet  sleeve  serves  to 
transmit  radially  inward  movement  from  the  tongues  to  the 
collet  sleeve  so  as  to  provide  simultaneous  gripping  of  the 


372 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


core  electrode  without  any  torsional  shearing  action  between 
the  sheath  and  core  electrodes. 


ERRATUM 

For  aass  33?— IW  OON  see: 
Patent  No.  3,668,591 


3,668,613 
ELECTRICAL  CONNECTOR  3,66MiS 

JohnJ.KIosta,P.O.Box0320,EM«BniMwfck.NJ.  MULTI^CONDUCTOR  ELEdlOCAL  SOCKET  AND 

FUcd  Jan.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,01 1  METHOD  OF  MAKING  THE  SAME 

Int.  CLHOlr  77/20  ABcn  J.  Bury,  Proqwct  HdsMi,  DL,  Mrignor  to  Mokx  Ifioor- 

VS.  CL  339—97  C  21  Ctahm        poratcd.  Downers  Grove,  DL 

Filed  May  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,786 
Inl.  CL  HOlr  9fl4 
VS.  a.  339—206  R 


.FU 
a.  339—2 


8clalR« 


An  electrical  connector  for  cables  and  the  like  having  a 
current  carrying  means,  a  deformable  attaching  body 
adapted  to  at  least  partially  surround  a  length  of  the  cable, 
and  at  least  one  tooth-shaped  penetrating  member  in  electri- 
cal contact  with  the  current  carrying  means  of  the  connector. 
The  atuching  body  is  positioned  about  the  cable  and  fixed  to 
the  cable  by  means  of  a  compression  tool  or  the  like  which  at 
least  partially  deforms  the  atUching  body  causing  the 
penetrating  member  to  pierce  the  cable  insulation  and  con- 
tact the  inner  conductive  core  of  the  cable.  All  external  sur- 
faces of  the  connector  may  be  fully  insulated  including  the 
penetrating  members.  Insulation  on  the  connector  may  be 
used  to  seal  the  connection  between  the  connector  and  the 
cable  to  provide  a  weatherproof  insulated  connection. 


j^    'et, 


A  multi-conductor  electrical  socket  comprising  a  substan- 
tially rectangular  and  partially  hollow  insulating  housing  with 
a  plurality  of  external  insulated  electrical  lead  wires  extend- 
ing into  one  end  of  the  housing  and  terminating  therein.  Each 
lead  wire  is  connected  or  crimped  at  its  housed  ertd  to  one 
end  of  a  terminal  for  electrical  connection  therewith,  the 
other  end  of  each  terminal  being  exposed  for  engagement 
with  an  external  plug.  Prior  to  the  crimping  operatioB.  the 
terminals  and  lead  wires  are  placed  on  a  platform  or  base  of 
the  housing  where  they  are  thereafter  simultaneously  con- 
nected or  crimped  together,  utilizing  the  platform  or  base  as 
an  effective  anvil. 


3,668,614 
SEPARABLE  ELECTRICAL  CONNECTORS 
Robert  D.  BaU,  Tucker,  Ga.,  ass^nor  to  Kearney-National 
inc.,  Atlanta,  Ga. 

Filed  Feb.  2, 1970.  Ser.  No.  7,942 

fait.  a.  HOlr  75/72 

U.S.  CL  339—  111  16  Claims 


1. 


3,668,616 
RECEPTACLE 
Frank  A  kukla,  Ckcro;  HvoM  B.  Katanar,  Des  Plaima,  and  ^  , 
John  A  Petkunas,  Wcatdwstcr,  aU  of  DL,  aarigners  to 
Mako  Manufacturing  Compnny,  Inc.,  Chicago,  OL 
Contlnuation-in-p«rt  of  application  Scr.  No.  638^85,  May  15, 
1967,  now  alMndoned.  Thli  application  Feb.  24, 1970,,Scr. 
I  No.  13328 

fait  a.  HOlr  77/22  ^ 

U  A  CL  339—258  R  ^  10  Claims 


Compound  copulatory  separable  cormector  with  integrated 
arc-controlling  means  adapting  it  for  safe  use  as  a  load-break 
and  load-make  switch. 


A    clip-type    connector   for  joining   a   conductor   to   a 
generally  square  or  rectangular  cross-section  terminal  post. 


June  6,  1972 


\ 


ELECTRICAL 


d78 


Resiliently  spreadable  connector  walls  grip  the  side  surfaces 
of  the  post  regardless  of  variations  in  its  shape  or  dimensioRS. 
Orientation  of  the  connector  on  a  post  is  such  that  multiple 
connectors  may  be  stacked  on  adjacent  poctt.  A  coimectcM- 
may  be  simply  and  expeditiously  removed  from  anywhere  in 
a  stack  of  connectors  on  a  poet. 


Either  isodepth  lines  or  iso-time  lines  can  be  used  to  identi- 
fy changes  in  interval  velocMes  for  specific  zones  of  interest. 


u  as  10  I' 


4...-y.~\.. 


3,668,617 
UNDERWATER  COMMUNICATION  SYSTEM 
Edward  C.  BrafaMrd,  D,  Mantea,  Mass.,  assign  or  to 
Tine  Corporation,  Stamford,  CoMk 

Fliad  Jane  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  831^46 

faiL  CL  H04b  7i/02 

U.S.  CL  340—4  E  23  CWim 


f" 


^'^ 


Psi 


•^i-^ifi'' 


IS 


to  determine  the  average  vertical  velocity  to  selected  reflec- 
tions, and  to  show  where  velocity  anomalies  exist. 


3,668,619 
THREE-IHMENSIONAL  PRESENTATION  OF  BOREHOLE 

LOGGING  DATA 
Charles  L.  Dennis,  Dc  Soto,  Tex.,  aaignor  to  MoU  Oil  Corw 


FUed  July  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  838,533 
Int.  CL  GOlv  1128, 1140 
U.S.  a.  340—15.5  BH  25 


"-e" 


^  An  underwater  communication  system  wherein  communi- 
cation is  achieved  through  an  alternating  electric  field 
between  spaced-apart  pairs  of  transmitting  and  receiving 
electrodes  in  conductive  contact  vrith  the  water.  The  trans- 
mitting and  receiving  electrodes  are  horizontally  oriented 
and  two  pairs  of  orthogonally  disposed  receiving  electrodes 
can  be  used  to  provide  omnidirectional  communication.  The 
receiver  is  responsive  only  to  property  coded  signals.  Accord- 
ing to  one  embodiment  the  receiver  responds  only  to  signals 
of  a  selected  frequency  and  duration,  and  is  not  effected  by 
short  bursts  of  noise  or  the  cumulative  effect  of  short  signals. 
According  to  other  embodiments  various  different  coding 
and  redundancy  techniques  are  employed. 


3,668,618 
IDENTIFICATION  AND  CLASSIFICATION  OF  SEISMIC 
REFLECTION  VELOCITY  PROKJtTIES  ON  SEISMIC 
REFLECTION  SECTIONS 
Rojr  G.  Qaay,  Saa  Aatonio,  Tex.,  aMJganr  to  Petty  Geophysi- 
cal Fagia»>rlBg  Conpaay,  San  Aatoaio,  Tex. 
Fled  Jaa.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  778 
Int  CL  GOlv  7/00 
U.S.  CL  340— 15.5  DS  7ClainH 

Velocity  information  is  superimposed  on  a  conventional 
seismic  reflection  section  using  either  a  transparent  overlay 
or  an  optical  projection.  Isodepth  lines  are  used  for  conven- 
tional reflection  time  sections  and  iso-time  lines  are  used  for 
reflection  depth  sections.  The  isodepth  lines  could  be  in  the 
order  of  every  1000  feet  but  would  depend  on  the  time  scale 
used  on  the  reflection  time  section.  Iso-time  lines  spaced  ten 
milliseconds  apart  could  be  appropriate  for  a  long  depth 
scale  and  fewer  lines  could  be  used  for  a  smaller  scale. 

The  change  in  spacing  between  these  lines  for  specific 
reflections  denotes  a  change  in  the  interval  velocity,  hence 
stratigraphic  changes  which  can  be  used  to  locate  strati- 
graphic  traps  for  minerals.  The  isodepth  lines  also  permit 
conversion  of  seismic  reflections  on  a  reflection  time  section 
to  depth  lines.  lao-time  lines  convert  data  on  a  reflecticm 
depth  section  to  a  time  scale. 


swTW-.    ■  . *—    fLafm  urn 


The  specification  discloses  a  technique  and  system  for 
recording,  on  a  two-dimensicHial  recording  medium,  data  ob- 
tained from  cyclic  scanning  operations  carried  out  angularly 
around  the  wall  of  the  borehole  at  each  of  a  plurality  <rf  dif- 
ferent depths  wherein  subsurface  parameters  are  sensed  dur- 
ing each  scanning  operation.  In  one  embodiment,  a  plurality 
of  loop-shaped  trace  patterns,  preferably  in  elliptical  form, 
are  recorded  in  the  form  of  a  helix  to  form  a  representaticm 
of  the  borehole  wall.  Different  sides  of  the  helix  may  be  in- 
tensified or  half  sections  of  the  helix  recorded  to  illustrate 
different  secticms  of  the  borehole  wall. 


3,668,620 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FCMt  DETERMINATION  OF 

SEISMIC  SIGNAL  EVENT  CCHIERENCE 
Paal  G.  Madriea,  PlltilMHr|ii,  Pa.,  awl  PMi  V. 
City,  OUa.,  asripnn  to  ronHnrty  Ol 
Clty,Olda. 

Fled  Juty  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  844^93 
lat.  CL  GOlv  1128 

U.S.  CL  340— 15.5  CC  iji 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  processing  multitrace  seisinic 
signals  to  determine  the  most  coherent  dip  attitude  for  any 


374 


selected  point  in  time.  The  method  serves  to  accentuate 
similar  event  signals  from  a  plurality  of  seismic  traces  at 
selected  time  delays  per  trace  for  predetermined  time  incre- 
ments along  the  multi-trace  seismic  signals.  In  one  form,  the 
dipping  event  signal  accentuating  process  may  be  carried  out 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZEtTE 

I 


June  6,  1972 


by  combining  each  of  the  plural  traces  ot  selected  time 
delays  per  trace  to  derive  a  plurality  of  signals  each  indica- 
tive of  a  selected  step-out  or  dip  angle,  and  thereafter  com- 
bining the  plurality  of  signaJs  to  produce  an  output  signal  in- 
dicative of  the  most  coherent  dip  attitude. 


3,668,621 
MULTIPLE  ALTITUDE  SIGNALING  DEVICE 
Carl  L.  Boyd,  Kingsport,  Tcmi.,  awignor  to  Eastman  Kodak 
Company,  Rochciter,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,756 

Int  CL  G08g  5100 

\iJ&.  CL  340—27  R  8  Cktiam 


An  apparatus  particularly  suitable  for  use  during  aircraft 
landing  and  departures  under  conditions  of  minimum  visibili- 
ty wherein  a  signal  is  provided  to  the  pilot  of  the  aircraft 
when  the  aircraft  has  reached  any  one  of  a  series  of 
preselected  altitudes.  The  apparatus  consisting  of  an  altitude 
sensing  device  adapted  to  provide  an  output  pube  as  the  air- 
craft reaches  each  of  a  aeries  of  preselected  altitudes,  an  ac- 
tuating device  capable  of  receiving  the  pulae,  inten>reting  the 
pulse  and  activating  the  appropriate  portion  of  the  signaling 
device,  and  a  signaling  device  capable  of  warning  the  pilot  of 
the  aircraft  altitude  while  he  is  looking  through  the  aircraft 
windscreen. 


9,4HHK622 
FUGHT  MANAGEMENT  DISPLAY 
R.  Gawwtt,  Redmoad;  Gordoa  D. 
Bradky  K.  GJcrdli«,  SsMk,  al  of  WariL, 
Boeing  Compaay,  Ssattk,  Wash. 

FBed  May  21,  1970,  Ssr.  No.  39^70 
Int  CL  HOlr  13144 
MS.  CL  340—27  R  19 


pa  11m 
CUbm 


Pilot-oriented  information  is  displayed  on  the  screen  of  a 
cathode  ray  tube  by  electronically  generated  symboh  su- 
perimposed on  a  simulated  or  real-worid  picture.  The  sym- 
bology  uses  as  one  datum  a  fixed  airplane  symbol  and  kjcates 
therefrom  the  airplane's  degree  of  pitch,  degree  of  roll,  and 
the  horizon.  In  addition,  symbols  are  provided  to  indicate  the 
relative  position  of  the  airplane  with  respect  to  ILS  localizer 
and  glide  slope  signals,  pitch  and  roll  comnurnds  obtained 
from  an  pn-board  flight  director  computer,  a  desired  pitch 
reference,  and  actual  at  well  as  potential  flight  path  angle. 
Deviation  from  a  preset  airspeed  and  radio  or  radar  altitude 
are  also  shown.  In  all  cases,  the  symbols  are  constructed  by 
symbol  generators  firom  one  or  nwre  basis  rectangles,  whose 
width  is  determined  by  a  pulse  of  appropriate  length  during 
the  CRT's  horizontal  scanning  period,  and  whose  hei^t  is 
determined  by  a  similar  pulse  during  the  vertical  scanning 
period.  The  location  of  each  rectangle  is  determined  l>y  the 
delay  between  the  start  oS  the  vertical  or  horizontal  scanning 
period,  and  the  start  oi  the  vertical  or  horizontal  pulse. 
Modifications  are  described  for  generating  rotating  symbols. 
The  outputs  of  the  symbol  generators  are  combined  as  a  pri- 
ority circuit  and  converted  into  a  composite  video  signal  by  a 
video  mixer. 


1  3,668,623 

AMRCRAFT  VERTICAL  FUGHT  POSTTiON  DISPLAY 
INSTRUMENT 
JauHS  CsapoM,  Maywoad,  NJ.,  asri^Mr  to  IIk  BinJ»[  Cai^ 


I 


n 


rae4  An*.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  850,161 
Int.  CLB64d  4.5/00 
M&XX  340—27  NA  41 

An  aircraft  instrument  for  providing  a  pictorial  display  of  a 
vertical  plane  position  of  an  aircraft,  helicopter  or  other 
space  operated  vehicle  in  flight  in  relation  to  radio  navigation 
aids  or  other  selected  reference  points  on  the  ground  or  in 
space.  The  instrument  utilizes  a  computing  device  to 
establish  the  location  of  the  references  with  respect  to  the 
vehicle  in  flight  and  the  vertical  pictorial  display  portrays  the 
vehicle  as  a  moving  symbol,  such  as  a  red  dot  <A  Ught  or 
other  indicator  means,  positioned  on  a  grid  in  a  manner  that 
shows  the  actual  vehicle  altitude  above  or  below  the 
reference  point,  distance  of  the  vehicle  from  a  reference 
point,  and  the  vertical  plane  angle  which  would  lead  directly 
to  the  reference  point. 

The  instrument  also  includes  means  to  provide  a  dis|>lay  ct 
a  selected  or  computed  angular  path  to  the  same  reference 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


875 


point  so  that  an  observer  may  readily  determine  whether  the 
vehicle  is  folk>wing  a  proper  flight  path  or  whether  it  is  possi- 
ble to  follow  the  proper  path  from  the  vehicle's  present  posi- 
tion in  flight.  Additional  means  are  also  provided  in  the  in- 
strument to  display  the  relative  vertical  plane  position  of 
another  reference  point,  on  the  ground  or  in  space  in  relation 
to  the  same  vertical  plane  by  portrajring  the  second  reference 
point  at  another  symbol,  such  as  a  bhie  dot  of  light  or  other 
suitable  indicator  means  on  the  same  grid. 


/ 


direction  of  movement  of  the  vehicle  with  respect  to  the 
path.  In  one  embodiment,  the  electrical  signals  are  empkjyed 
as  control  signals  in  a  ck)sed  loop  dectromechanical 
guidance  system  for  the  vehicle.  By  varying  the  pattern  of 
magnetic  polarization  of  the  elements,  binary  informatioa 
can  be  transferred  fitnn  the  roadway  to  the  vehicle.  With 
suiuUe  data  processing  equipment  in  the  vehicle,  traffic  in- 
formation, such  as,  speed  limits,  directions,  accident  informa- 
tion, exit  directions  and  the  like  can  be  visually  presented  to 
the  vehicle  operator. 


I^HOLD    W  O,   N<>^ 


In  the  aforenoted  instrument  the  relationships  between  the 
elements  of  the  display  is  established  so  as  to  correspond  to  a 
mental  image  such  as  may  be  usually  maintained  by  the  pilot 
of  the  vehicle  as  he  operates  the  vehicle  in  flight.  In  such 
manner  the  display  serves  to  correlate  and  update  the  pilot's 
mental  image  with  a  minimum  of  confusion  or  intemiptive 
mental  action  as  the  vehicle  may  rise  or  descend  using  verti- 
cal aimpoints  or  references. 


3,668,624 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  VEHICLE  CONTROL 

AND  GUIDANCE 

David  B.  Spauldlag,  Carlisle,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Novatck,  Inc, 

BarUngtoa,  Mass. 

FBed  Nov.  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  878,407 
Int.  CL  G08g  1109 
UA  CL  340—32  9 


t 


-•n 


A  vehicle  guklance  aitd  control  system  for  providing  infor- 
mation concerning  the  speed  and  direction  of  ntovement  of  a 
vehicle  along  a  piedetennined  path  an  a  roadway.  The  path 
is  defined  by  a  plurality  of  spaced,  permanently  magnetized 
elemenu  located  along  the  roadway.  Vehicle  nnounted  sen- 
sors respond  to  the  magnetic  fields  of  the  elements  and 
produce    electrical    signals    representing   the    speed    and 


3,668,625 
M(M<(rnMUNG  SYSTEM 
David  WoK,  67  Bracket  Road,  Newton,  Mms.,  and  Edwvd 
Blank,  550  Turnpike  St,  Sharon,  Mans. 

FBed  Sept  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,974 
Int  CL  GOSg  1101 
U.S.  CL  340—38  R  7  < 


A  monitoring  device  designed  primarily  for  monitoring 
movement  of  automotive  vehicles  on  highways,  tunnels, 
bridges  and  the  like.  Cables  extend  the  length  of  the  highway 
or  other  route  being  monitored  which  are  designed  to  have 
their  characteristic  impedance  varied  by  movement  of  vehi- 
cles in  adjacent  parallel  paths.  The  cables  are  connected  to  a 
pulsing  circuit  and  receiver  so  that  the  cables  may  be  pulsed 
and  reflections  or  partial  reflections  of  the  pubed  signals 
received  and  displayed  on  an  oscilloscope  which  is  calibrated 
for  an  A  scope  visual  display  and  indication  of  the  highway 
or  route  being  monitored.  The  presence  of  automobiles  or 
the  like  along  the  highway  cause  impedance  mismatches  <» 
the  cables  which  are  reflected  and  suitably  displayed.  These 
impedance  mismatches  move  along  the  display  at  a  rate  con- 
sistent with  the  rate  of  movement  of  the  vehicles  and  thereby 
indicate  visually  movement  or  stoppage  of  traffic.  The  system 
is  designed  to  be  connected  automatically  to  traffic  control 
signals. 


3,668,626 

PCHITABLE  PARKING  INMCATOR 

Harold  W.  FottHt,  100  Rcancr  Avc^  WBniii«ton,  DcL 

FBed  Feb.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  119,269 

IntCLG08b2//00 

U.S.  CL  340—51  8  < 

A  portable  parking  indicator  is  provided  which  signals  the 
driver  of  a  vehicle  that  he  has  reached  a  predetermined  park- 
ing position  in  a  garage  or  other  regulariy  assigned  parking 
qwce.  The  signaling  means  can  be  a  light  bulb,  whose  source 
of  power  can  be  either  a  battery  or  line  voltage,  which  is  ac- 
tuated by  the  vehicle  bumper  depressing  a  contact  plate 
mounted  pivotably  upright  on  a  vertically  ad,^istabie  lever 


376 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6, 


and  closing  an  electrical  contact  positioned  between  the  con- 
tact plate  and  the  lever.  The  lever  is  mounted  pivouMy 


upright  on  a  movable  base  and  is  connected  to  tension  means 
which  holds  the  lever  in  an  upright  position. 


ti'^ 


1-%^-T 


r^^^^^l 


1972 


3,1668^638 

MOTOR  VEiflCLE  UGHTING  CCWTOOL  ANp 

EXTINGUISHING  SYSTEM 

Marvin  A.  Bwtow,  HouHoa,  Tec,  Mriginr  to  B«OMifai  F. 

Bycrly;  Jack  C  WaUdm;  Awtia  L.  FMts  and  Lloyd 

dlMini,  parllmcreit  to  each 

Filed  Sept.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70^99 
Int.  CL  B60q  1100 
\iJ&.  CL  340—52  D  8  i 


3.668,627 

AIR  CUSHION  ACTUATION  AND  MONITORING 

CIRCUIT 

WendcU  C.  Bralnerd,  Milwaulcce,  Wis.,  assignor  to  Gcncnd 

Motors  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  Sept.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,687 

Int.  CI.  B60g  1100;  B60r  21108 

U.S.  CI.  340-52  H  5  Claims 


*--T  T^*  "N*  *•'!   /  ^'-^  I ' '  I  rC,/  v^zx\    \Iy^ 


(  COM  VTMrfOMfU  ) 


Motor  vehicle  lighting  control  system  for  plural  exterior 
vehicle  lights  which  are  selectively  operable  in  accordance 
with  the  position  of  a  light  operation  switch.  The  system 
extinguishes  the  vehicle's  Ughts  and  returns  the  light  opera- 
tion switch  to  its  unoperated  position  by  suitable  electromag- 
netic force  means  upon  opening  of  the  vehicle's  ignition 
switch.  An  override  feature  allowing  use  of  the  lights  with  the 
ignition  switch  open  is  provided  together  with  circuitry  to 
give  an  indication  that  the  override  feature  has  been  en- 
gaged. I 


3,668,629 
VEHICLE  ANTI-SiOD  AND  ANTI-SPIN  SIGNAL  AND 
CONTROL  DEVICE 
Walter  S.  Pawi,  2844  Powder  MiH  Rd.,  Addphi,  Md. 
ContiniMtioo-in-part  of  appHcadon  Scr.  No.  806^44,  Feb.  25, 
1969,  Mm  Patent  No.  3,606,980.  Thb  application  M^.  22, 
I  1971,  Scr.  No.  126,601 

'  Int.  CL  B60q  1/00;  G08b  2 1/OO 

VS.  CL  340—53  13  Claim 


Mar. 


A  control  circuit  for  actuating  an  inflatable  air  cushion  in  a 
motor  vehicle  includes  a  series  network  comprising  an  elec- 
trically operated  actuator  connected  between  first  and 
second  normally  open  acceleration  responsive  switches.  The 
series  network  is  connected  across  the  vehicle  battery  as  well 
as  a  storage  capacitor  to  provide  redundant  sources  for 
operating  the  actuator  upon  simultaneous  closure  of  the 
switches  in  response  to  acceleration  or  deceleration  of  the 
vehicle  in  excess  of  a  predetermined  magnitude  and  duration. 
A  diode  is  connected  between  the  first  switch  and  the  actua- 
tor and  a  resistor  is  connected  across  the  first  switch  and  the 
diode  to  thereby  esuUish  a  normally  relatively  high  potential 
at  a  junction  between  the  actuator  sind  the  second  switch  and 
to  reverse  bias  the  diode  and  establish  a  relatively  low  poten- 
tial at  a  junction  between  the  diode  and  the  first  switch. 
Logic  circuitry  is  provided  for  monitoring  the  voltage  at  the 
two  junctions  and  for  energizing  indicator  means  and  record- 
ing means  in  the  event  of  a  malfimction  in  the  control  circuit 
resulting  in  the  voltages  at  tlie  two  junctions  assuming  sub- 
stantially the  same  value. 


A  means  for  detecting  the  point  at  which  the  braking 
wheel  begins  to  skid  or  the  driving  wheel  begins  to  spin,  by 
using  circumferential  accelerometers  mounted  on  the  wheels 
to  indicate  the  initiation  of  a  skid  or  a  spin  by  an  inertial  dis- 


JUNE  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


877 


placement  of  each  of  the  accelerometer  weights  as  it  passes 
the  bottom  of  its  rotation  as  the  wheel  starts  to  decelerate  or 
accelerate  its  rotation  faster  than  the  resulting  deceleration 
or  acceleration  of  the  vehicle,  or  is  actually  locked  while  the 
vehicle  is  still  in  motion,  or  is  spinning  while  the  vehicle  is 
motionless.  This  displacement  is  used  to  control  the  means 
for  reducing  the  maximum  brake  pressure  or  the  maximum 
power  that  may  be  applied,  to  a  maximum  that  the  instant 
conditions  of  load,  tire  and  road  characteristics  will  permit 
without  causing  skidding  or  spinning  of  the  particular  wheel 
on  which  the  accelerometers  are  mounted.  Thus,  by  having 
the  maximum  pressure  that  may  be  applied  to  the  brakes  on 
each  wheel,  separately  and  automatically  limited  in  this 
manner  to  get  the  maximum  braking  without  skidding,  a  safe 
stop  can  be  made  even  under  the  most  hazardous  conditions, 
in  the  shortest  distance  possible.  Likewise,  by  having  the 
maximum  power  applied,  automatically  limited  in  the  same 
manner,  to  get  maximum  acceleration,  a  fast  spurt  to  the 
desired  speed  can  be  safely  and  most  speedily  accomplished, 
even  under  adverse  road  conditions. 


3,668,631 
ERROR  DETECncm  AND  CCMRECTKm  SYSTEM  WTTH 

STATISTICALLY  OPTIMIZED  DATA  RECOVERY 
Robert  L.  GriffMi,  San  Jom,  and  Ira  B.  mdi—ii,  m, 
Saratoga,  both  of  CaHf .,  Milgiiw  i  to  Into— tlonal  Farfam 
Machines  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

FDed  Feb.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  798,975 
IiiLCLG06f ///OO 
U.S.  a.  340—146.1  AX  17  < 


3,668,630 
LOW  LIQUID  LEVEL  INDICATOR 
G.  Radfa^  Oak  Park,  and  Lawrence  J.  Va 
Ann  Arbor,  both  of  Mkh.,  aMignors  to  Ford  Motor  Com- 
pany, Dcarbora,  Mich. 

Filed  Jaw  22,  1970,  Scr.  No.  48,217 

Int.  a.  B60q  1/00;  GO  If  23/24 

VS.  CL  340—59  4  Clainn 


A  statistically  optimized  data  recovery  apparatus  in  a 
system  having  data  storage  and  retrieval  means,  said  ap- 
paratus including  error  detection  means,  a  plurality  of  error 
correction  means,  first  schedulers  for  scheduling  a  plurality 
of  error  correction  attempts,  and  a  second  scheduler  and  a 
parameter  variation  means,  said  second  scheduler  providing 
for  ordered  selection  of  the  first  scheduler,  and  said  parame- 
ter variation  means  providing  for  variation  of  parameters  of 
said  retrieval  means,  in  an  attempt  to  recover  data  in  error. 


A  low  liquid  level  indicator  particularly  adapted  for  use  in 
an  automotive  vehicle  which  employs  the  alternating  current 
voltage  that  appears  across  the  primary  winding  of  the  igni- 
tion system  of  the  vehicle  to  energize  a  probe  which  is 
adapted  to  be  immersed  in  a  liquid.  A  solid  state  switching 
network  is  employed  to  control  the  energization  of  a  warning 
means  from  a  source  of  direct  current  electrical  energy,  for 
example,  the  vehicle  battery.  The  probe  and  the  container 
holding  the  liquid  are  connected  in  shunt  with  the  control 
electrode  of  the  solid  state  switching  network.  When  the 
liquid  is  at  a  satisfactory  operating  level,  the  probe  is  effec- 
tively immersed  in  the  liqidd  and  the  impedance  of  the  cir- 
cuit comprised  of  the  probe,  liquid  and  container  is  sufB- 
ipiently  low  that  the  voltage  applied  to  the  control  electrode 
<^  the  solid  sute  switching  network  is  insufficient  to  switch  it 
to  a  conducting  state  and  thus  energize  the  warning  means,  if 
the  liquid  level  falls  to  an  umatisfBctory  operatiiig  level,  how- 
ever, the  impedance  of  the  probe  to  container  circuit  is  in- 
creased markedly  thereby  increasing  the  voltage  level  applied 
to  the  control  electrode  of  the  solid  state  switching  network. 
This  switches  the  solid  state  switching  network  to  a  conduct- 
ing state  and  energizes  the  warning  means. 


3,668,632 
FAST  DEC(M>E  CHARACTER  ERROR  I^TECTION  AND 

CCHlRECnON  SYSTEM 
Ira  B.  Ohiham,  m,  Saratoga,  CaMf .,  Mrignor  to 
Burincsi  MachtaMs  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 
Filed  Feb.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  798,976 
InL  CL  H041 1/10 
VS.  CL  340—146.1  14  ( 

I 


Apparatus  for  detecting  and  correcting  errors  in  a  digital 
computer  storage  system  is  disclosed.  Data  is  encoded  using 
a  generalized  Reed-Sokmion  encoder.  Error  detection  cir- 
cuitry including  power  sum  calculating  devices  are  used  for 
detection  of  data  in  error.  The  error  correction  portion  of  the 
invention  includes  an  improved  decoding  Khemc  for  deter- 
mining the  location  and  magnitudes  of  errors  witMn  the  data 
and  has  a  very  low  average  correction  time.  Meats  are  pro- 
vided for  determining  the  starting  area  of  a  data  blodc  in  the 
presence  of  errors  in  the  starting  area.  Further  means  are 
provided  for  detecting  a  cyclic  shift  in  a  data  charactw 
which,  under  normal  conditions,  would  appear  as  an  acoepta- 
Me  code  word  even  though  in  error. 


378 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  ,1972 


ORIENTATION  AND  LINEAR  SCAN  DEVICE  FOR  USE  IN 

AN  APPARATUS  FOR  INDIVIDUAL  RECOGNITION 
ClMriM  Sad0wiky,  Gnat  Neck,  N.Y^  mlginr  to  DMtylog 

CoMpMiy,  New  York,  N.Y. 
CoBlfaiMtkMHtaHpwt  of  appHntkNi  S«r.  No.  SSS,9S5,  Sept.  8, 
1969.  Tlito  mpMctinn  Jaik  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,662 
Iirt.  CL  G06k  9/00 
UACL340-146JE  15 


ligence  bearing  signal.  This  threshold  level  is  applied  to  all  of 
the  data  channels  for  the  multi-track  electromagnetic  trans- 


An  apparatus  for  positively  orienting  a  designated  skin 
area  of  an  individual  to  be  identified  or  whose  identity  is  to 
be  verified  with  respect  to  a  linear  light  scan  device  adapted 
to  project  a  linear  light  scan  along  the  designated  skin  area  of 
the  individual.  Because  each  individual's  skin  configuration  is 
unique,  the  light  scan  incident  on  the  designated  skin  area 
produces  a  shadow  effect  which  is  unique.  The  incident  light 
is  detected  by  a  photocell  and  transduced  into  electrical 
signals  represenutive  of,  and  unique  to,  a  particular  in- 
dividual. These  signals  may  then  be  compared  with  a  known 
set  of  signals  to  identify  the  individual  or  verify  the  in- 
dividual's identity.  The  designated  skin  area,  for  example  the 
underside  of  a  selected  finger,  is  positively  oriented  with 
respect  to  the  linear  light  scan  device  by  means  of  a  hand 
support  and  floating  finger  guide  which  automatically  adjusts 
to  an  individual's  finger  size  and,  as  it  adjusts,  moves  the 
linear  light  scan  device  so  that  the  linear  lig^t  scan  is  always 
oriented  along  substantially  the  same  linear  scan  path  of  a 
particular  individual's  finger.  Thus,  when  an  individual  re- 
peatedly places  the  designated  finger  in  the  apparatus,  the 
linear  scan  is  taken  along  the  same  portion  of  the  individual's 
designated  skin  area. 


\ 


Tr«  "J  i  I 


"H>^ 


ducer    to   effectively    neutralize    any    unwanted    ci|osstalk 
originated  signal  appearing  on  any  channel. 


3,668,634 
DYNAMIC  THRESHOLD  VOLTAGE  DETERMINATION 

SYSTEM 
Karlb  KrakMb,  Flymovth,  Miclk,  aiiigiMNr  to  Burrouglia  Cor- 

poratloi^  Detroit,  Mkk. 

Plod  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,064 

IM.  CL  G06k  9/00 

U.S.CL340— 146.3AG  3Claiiiii 

A  dynamic  threshold  voltage  system  for  neutralizing  the 
unwanted  electrical  signals  caused  by  intertrack  crosstalk  as 
generated  in  multi-track  electromagnetic  transducers.  The 
system  is  responsive  to  the  amplitudes  of  intelligence  bearing 
electrical  signals  to  generate  a  direct  current  voltage 
threshold  level  which  is  a  predetermined  ratio  of  the  intel- 


3,668,635 

tHGITAL  OPTICAL  PATTERN  TRANSiX>RMAT10N 
SYSTEM  WITH  OPTICAL  MEMORIES 
Ymuo  Mbobuchl,  Yokohama,  and  bao  HocMao,  Tokylo,  both 
of  Japan,  Msigaiai  to  Tol^  ShflMara  Ekctifc  Cok,  Ltd., 
KawaMki-aM,  Japaa 

FUed  June  22,  1970,  Scr.  No.  48,069 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  June  20,  1969,  44/48325; 
Aug.  21,  1969,  44/65683;  Jan.  16,  1970,  45/3795;  45/37%; 
June  II,  1^0, 45/49860 

Int.  CL  G06r  9/00 
U.S<CL  340— 1463  P  7ClalniB 


NPUT 

INFORMATION 
«■«£- PROCESSOR 


y- 


LlCMT 

SOURCE 

CONTROLLER 


y- 


OPTICAL 
APPARATUS 


22 


T 


OUTPUT 

iNFORMATlOfi 

DETECTOR 


23 


T 


A  digital  optical  pattern  transformation  system  includes 
memories  coupled  in  the  form  of  a  matrix  into  which  there 
are  introduced  parallel  li^t  beams  carrying  digital  informa- 
tion. The  output  light  beams  obtained  from  the  memory  pat- 
tern under  a  certain  rule  of  transformation  are  conducted  to 
an  output  information  detector,  to  generate  a  given  digital 
output  information  therein. 


METH< 


3,668,636 

koD  AND  CIRCUIT  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  THE 

RECOGNITION  OF  CHARACTERS 

Rcinhart  Bhichcr,   Damatadt,  Germany,   awlgnnr  to  U.S. 

FhiUpa  Corporatkia,  New  York,  N.Y.  i 

FUed  Ai«.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,341 

Int.  CL  G06r  9/16  \ 

US.  CL  340— 146JAE  9  Oatnm 

A  method  of  recognition  of  signs  in  which  a  scanning 
beam,  passed  circularly  across  the  overall  line  width  of  a 
sign,  is  caused  to  follow  up  the  contour  of  a  sign  and  in  which 
a  signal  sequence  significant  of  the  sign  is  derived  from 
further  circular  scanning  ramifications,  uninterrupted  lines 
and  termini  of  the  signs  being  recognized  from  the  number  of 
black-white  transitions  per  scanning  period.  The  arc  deter- 
mined by  the  width  and  phase  of  the  scanning  pulse  and 
covering  a  line  last  scanned  within  a  scanning  cycle  is  stored 
and  compared  with  the  arcs  of  the  lines  covered  during  the 
next-following  scanning  cycle  for  assessing  coincidence.  The 
coinciding  arcs  are  used  as  recognition  criteria  so  that  no 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


379 


coincidence  for  one  or  more  scanning  cycle  indicate  a  ter- 
minus of  a  sign,  one  coincidence  per  scanning  cycle  indicates 
the  presence  of  a  non-ramified  line  and  a  plurality  of  coin- 
cidences per  scanning  cycle  indicate  a  ramification.  The  an- 


\ 


3,668,637 

CHARACTER  READER  HAVING  OPTIMUM 

QUANTIZATION  LEVEL 

Kwdo   Sakai,    Tokyo;    Suniio    Katmrafi,    Yokohama,    and 

Sadakani   Watanabc,  Tokyo,  all  of  Japan,   aarignori  to 

Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.,  Kawasaki-shI,  Japan 

Filed  Sept.  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  72,095 

Claims  priority,  applkatioo  Japan,  Sept.  16, 1969, 44/72706 

Int.  CI.  G06k  9/12 
VS.  CL  340—  1463AG  9  Oidnw 


■XJTOtLKTWC      i 
•CONVCRSiaN        -MOumTIZCoH 


•? 

It 

!ouaNnica 

IfWTTtRN 

xstdhmc 
otvia 

OATe 

cncuT 

10 

\ 


OJINTISD 
XTTEHN 
-(ECOGMZMC 
CIRCUT 


.'CMMACTEfl 
STJWKt  WCTh 
CA1.CUJITINC 
lOtVlCt 


CHARACTER 

BjOCK 

CALCULATING 
DEVICE 


"level 

EVKUiArmG 

cwcurr 


-I  NOT  OOCO 


A  character  reader  includes  a  photoelectric  conversion 
device  arranged  to  optically  scan  the  surface  of  a  record  car- 
rier bearing  an  original  character  to  be  read  out,  the  output 
video  signals  thereof  being  supplied  to  a  quantizer  for  quan- 
tizing each  of  the  elemental  areas  on  the  surface  which  form 
a  matrix  of  rows  and  columns  at  a  threshold  voltage  level. 
The  quantized  pattern  signals  from  the  quantizer,  comprised 
of  the  binary  logical  digits  "I"  and  "0,"  are  supplied  to  a 
quantized  pattern  storing  device  to  be  temporarily  stored 
therein  and  also  to  an  average  character  stroke  wid^  calcu- 
lating device  and  a  character  block  number  calculating 
device.  The  calculating  devices  calculate  respectively  the 
average  stroke  width  and  bk>ck  number  of  the  original 
character  on  the  record  carrier  from  four  adjacent  contents 
in  the  matrix  form  (corresponding  to  four  adjacent  elemental 
areas)  successively  supplied  from  the  quantizer.  A  quantiza- 
tion level  evaluating  device  evaluates  the  outputs  of  the  cal- 
culating devices  and  adjusts  the  threshold  voltage  level  at  the 
quantizer  until  it  attains  an  optimum  level.  Then,  the  evaluat- 
ing device  opens  a  gate  circuit  coupled  to  the  storing  device 
and  supplies  through  the  gate  circuit  the  quantized  pattern 
ccHTCsponding  to  the  output  signals  quantized  by  the  quan- 
tizer at  the  optimum  level  to  a  quantized  pattern  recognition 
circuit  to  effect  the  actual  reading  of  the  original  character. 


3,668,638 

PATTERN  PROCESSING  SYSTEMS 
Tate  lUbna,  Tokyo;  taMi  Yamaidd,  Urawa;  Shn^  Mori 
Chiba;  HinMM  GencM,  KawMdd,  ai  of  Japan,  mmI 
KatBuragi,  deceased,  fade  of  Tokyo,  Japan  dv  Kaoni 
racL  hefanea),  asstgnori  to  Kogyo  GUutndn,  an  i 
the  Japancoe  Government,  Tokyo-to  and  Tokyo 
DcnU  Kabwhiki  KaWia,  KawamU-dd,  J^wi,  part  I 
to  each 

FUed  Nov.  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  86,145 
Claims  priority,  appHcatk>n  Japan,  Nov.  5,  1969,  44/88107; 

44/88108 
lot  CL  G06k  9/04 
VS.  CL  340— 146J  H  9  ( 


gular  value  for  the  direction  of  follow-up  of  the  scanning  cir- 
cle is  derived  from  the  values  of  beginning  and  termination  of 
the  coinciding  arcs. 


^ 


Or- 


TL 


OUANTIZmo 

cmcorr 


T0» -OMENS  lONAL 
RCaiSTER 


EH 


;-H— -i— ^     c 


IDENTIFICATIOW  CIOCUIT 


Each  input  pattern  supplied  for  the  purpose  of  identifica- 
tion is  translated  through  light  energy  into  an  electrical  signal 
which  is  then  quantized  and  stored  in  a  two-dimensional  re- 
gister. The  quantized  values  in  the  register,  consisting  cf(  bi- 
nary digiu  0  (representing  a  white  spot)  and  1  (a  Mack  spot), 
may  be  further  subjected  to  a  process  of  a  blurring  operatkxi 
and/or  that  of  line  width  normalization.  The  pattern  blurring 
operation  is  effected  by  means  of  sampling  circuits  with  their 
resistances  preadjusted  at  specific  values.  The  latter  process 
is  carried  out  by  means  of  a  line  width  normalization  circuit 
capable  of  detecting  the  line  width  of  sampled  pattern  ob- 
tained by  the  above  sampling  procedure  and  of  feeding  back 
the  results  of  the  detection  of  the  two-dimensional  register  or 
the  quantizing  circuit  for  the  readjustment,  if  necessary,  of 
the  line  width  into  a  desired  range. 


3,668,639 

SEQUENCY  FILTERS  BASED  ON  WALSH  FUNCTIONS 
FOR  SIGNALS  WITH  THREE  SPACE  VARIABLES 
Henning  Friedoif  Harmuth,  Brthfwda,  Md.,  mslgiMa  to  Inter- 
national Telephoae  and  Telegraph  Corporation,  Nuti^, 
NJ. 

Filed  May  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  141^28 
Int.  CL  IKMq  9/00 
VS.  CL  340—166  R  3  < 


A  sequency  sampling  filter  based  on  Walsh  Functic»is  for 
signab  having  three  space  variables,  x,  y  and  z.  Vottagei 
derived  fix>m  the  space  domain  are  transformed  into  vohagea 
in  a  sequency  domain.  The  filtering  procen  is  performed  by 
not  feeding  certain  voltages  a  (k,m^)  to  a  circuit  which  per- 
forms the  inverse  transformation  oi  voltages  in  the  sequency 
domain  back  into  the  space  domain. 


380 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6, 11972 


3,668,640 

SIGNALING  AND  INDICATING  SYSTEM 

DnYid  M.  Drtacoa,  86  EMtar  Sl^  WaMrttM,  Mms. 

RM  Nov.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,056 

btL  CL  H04q  9/00 

U.S.CL  340—167  B  10 


age  appliod  to  the  system  provides  a  potential  level  which  ex- 
ceeds the  ignition  potential  of  the  gas-filled  diode  in  the 
second  stage,  thus  causing  ignition  of  the  gas-filled  diode  for 
the  second  stage.  When  the  condition  being  represented  is 
such  that  the  breakdown  of  the  gas-filled  diode  in  the  first 


GENER- 
ATOR 

12 


4]^tJ=Q=in=0=g 


'O 


STATKM   STATKM 
I 


STITON     24 


BL0CKM6 

CIRaJT 
14 


gOTTRAL 

STATION 

OCTECnON 

ELECTRONCS 


20  STATKM  N 

26C]         <26 
H  i 


A  signaling  system  is  preferably  used  along  a  limited  access 
highway  for  registering  an  indication  of  the  location  of  a  mo- 
torist in  distress.  A  plurality  of  remote  stations  may  be  posi- 
tioned at  fixed  intervals  along  the  highway  and  are  connected 
to  a  central  control  station  by  a  coaxial  cable.  Each  such  sta- 
tion comprises  a  switching  means  including  means  which 
when  actuated  change  the  impedance  of  the  cable  to  one  of  a 
selected  number  of  different  impedances,  each  such  im- 
pedance providing  for  different  degrees  of  reflection  of  a 
pulse  transmitted  from  the  central  station.  Means  are  pro- 
vided, coupled  to  the  cable  and  forming  part  of  the  central 
control  station,  for  transmitting  electrical  pulses  at  a 
predetermined  repetition  rate  along  the  coaxial  cable.  The 
central  control  station  also  includes  detection  electronics  for 
storing  an  indication  of  both  the  occurrence  of  the  trans- 
mitted pulse  and  a  pulse  reflected  from  one  of  the  remote 
sutions,  and  means  for  indicating  which  of  said  stations  has 
been  actuated  by  a  distressed  motorist. 

In  another  embodiment  of  the  invention  the  detection  elec- 
tronics comprises  means  for  monitoring  the  plurality  of  sta- 
tions and  for  registering  a  call  (actuation  of  a  switching 
means  at  a  station)  from  more  than  one  remote  station.  In 
this  embodiment,  in  addition  to  providing  means  for  indicat- 
ing which  station  has  called,  amplitude  detection  means  in 
association  with  logic  means  may  also  be  provided  to  deter- 
mine which  of  said  different  impedances  have  been  selected 
at  any  one  remote  station. 


3,668,641 
DISPLAV  apparatus  HAVING  PLURAL  GAS  DIODE 

STAGES 
John  C.  Rooks,  NorthfieM,  Minn.,  assignor  to  G.  T.  SctUd- 
dahi  Company,  Nortlilleld,  Minn. 

Filed  Mar.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,899 
Int.  CLH04q  J/00 
U.S.CL340— 168  2Ci^nH 

A  sequentially  addressable  apparatus  utilizing  a  drive  cir- 
cuit incorporating  gas-filled  diodes  as  the  active  element 
thereof.  Means  are  provided  for  coupling  an  input  signal 
representative  of  a  condition  to  be  di^layed  to  the  system, 
with  the  input  signal  being  coupled  to  the  first  stage  of  the 
system,  and  with  each  succeeding  stage  being  coupled  to  its 
own  immediately  succeeding  stage  such  that  signals 
representing  the  state  of  each  discrete  stage  can  be 
propagated  firom  stage  to  stage.  The  breakdown  of  a  gas- 
filled  diode  in  a  first  stage  of  a  multi-stage  display  permits 
current  to  flow  through  a  path  including  a  capacitor,  thereby 
charging  up  the  capacitor  in  response  to  the  current  flow. 
The  residual  charge  on  the  capacitor  when  added  to  the  volt- 


^la 


STAtf : 
n 


y.     n 


stage  is  not  desired,  the  system  will  transfer  this  condition  in 
a  similar  fashion.  Thus,  the  system  is  capable  of  transferring 
representative  conditions  fiom  the  first  stage  to  succeeding 
stages. 


3,668,642 
SEQUENTIALLY  ADDRESSABLE  ALPHA-NUMERIC  GAS 

TUBE  DISPLAY  DEVICE 
John  C.  Rooks,  Northfldd,  MIwl,  airignor  to  G.  T.  SchJel- 
daiil  Company,  Nocthlltld,  Minn. 

Hied  Mar.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,159 

lot  CL  H04g  J/00 

U.S.  CL  340— 168  4iClalmB 


A  sequentially  addressable  display  system  is  disclosed 
wherein  a  plurality  of  stages,  each  including  a  series  con- 
nected combination  of  a  gas-filled  diode,  such  as  a  neon  glow 
tube,  and  a  capacitor  are  coupled  between  a  pair  of  voltage 
buses.  Means  are  provided  for  coupling  an  input  signal 
representative  of  a  condition  to  the  first  stage  of  the  system, 
with  each  succeeding  state  being  coupled  to  ifs  own  im- 
mediately succeeding  stage  such  that  signals  representing  the 
state  of  each  discrete  stage  can  be  propagated  firom  stage  to 
stage  through  the  system,  thus  providing  a  transfer  from  the 
first  stage  to  succeeding  stages.  A  condition  represented  by 
an  extinguished  glow  tube  may  also  be  propagated  froi^  stage 
to  stage  through  the  display  system. 


3,668,643 
DATA  TRANSMISSION  SYSTEM 
Uoyd  M.  Germain,  Loa  Angdea,  CaW.,  — igwnr 
stramcats  Company,  Scpulvcda,  C^Uf. 

FVad  Aaf.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,721 
Int.  CL  H04q  9/00 
U.S.  CL  340— 171  R  15 1 

A  data  transmission  system  which  utilized  a  plurality  of 
predetermined  frequencies  to  transmit  data  is  disclosed.  The 
system  is  particulariy  useful  for  synchronous  data  transmis- 
sion for  example  where  a  change  from  one  predetennined 
frequency  to  another  is  utilized  to  code  binary  or  trinary 
data.  A  plurality  of  gating  signals,  each  separated  by  a  finite 


to  Data  In- 
15Cbrfini 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


381 


time  are  generated  and  used  to  detect  the  presence  of  the 
predetermined  frequencies.  The  coincidence  of  pulses 
representative  of  the  period  of  the  transmitted  frequency  and 
the  gating  signal  associated  with  the  transmitted  frequency  is 


U^.Ti 


Ck/rt/r 


^' 


Couunn 


SAtC 


X 


7 


^ 


<s«rz: 


Gi>rc 


i^ 


i. 


OvrtJf 


*-T  -^/f 


c 


58 


Ourar 


/. 


Adtfvp 


Ol/T£/f 


59 


CtK-utr 


detected  and  utilized  to  identify  the  transmitted  frequency. 
The  predetermined  frequencies  and  gate  durations  are 
selected  so  as  to  allow  the  jitter  associated  with  transmitted 
frequency  to  go  undetected. 


3,668,644 
FAILSAFE  MEMORY  SYSTEM 
Floyd  W.  Looecben,  Arcadki,  CaHf.,  airignor  to 
Corporation,  Detroit,  Midi. 

Filed  Feb.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  9,817 
Int.  CLG06f;y /OO 
UACL  340—172.5 


Burroi^liB 


8Clainn 


•c-        l-T         c- 


TT7 


£ai»oa 
•c- 


aerrcr 


l^ 


^ 


u 


4" 


—:^ 


1  titifoa 

oerscT 


'£/rjfO/9 


af-S4TF\ 


V'* 


^Mr^     /¥K)C£SiCM 


ttwrrr  /^roiTA^ArtOM 


ttJB  laUiUSB- 


I i 


MUleSS   ■IH'UIII.'Ml' 


*    i    MiM  eammilt 


A  memory  system  comprising  a  plurality  of  memories  at- 
taining identical  information  stored  at  corresponding  ad- 
dresses. Information  is  requested  simultaneously  from  the 
memories  by  a  data  processor.  The  requested  information  is 
simultaneously  supplied  to  the  inputs  of  a  first  OR-gate  which 
operates  to  pass  such  requested  informatioa  when  it  is  sup- 
plied thereto  from  any  or  aU  of  the  memories.  A  jdurality  cf 
first  error  detection  means  are  associated  with  eac^  memcMry, 
each  operating  to  disable  its  associated  memory  firom  supply- 
ing requested  information  to  the  data  processor  when  it  de- 
tects an  error  in  the  infmroation  at  the  memory  output,  and 
each  operating  to  send  an  error  signal  to  the  data  processor 
informing  it  that  an  error  has  been  detected.  Second  error 
detecticm  means  are  associated  with  the  first  OR-gate  for  de- 


tecting an  error  in  the  information  at  its  output  being  sent  to 
the  data  processor.  A  aeocmd  OR-gate  couples  error  signals 
to  the  daXA  processor  in  a  manner  that  a  signal,  indicating 
that  an  error  has  been  detected  somewhere  in  the  syAem, 
will  be  supplied  to  the  data  processor  upon  receipt,  by  the 
second  OR-gate,  of  an  error  signal  from  any  or  all  of  the  first 
and  second  error  detection  means.  Responsive  to  its  receipt 
of  such  signal,  the  data  processor  is  progiaimiied  to  re- 
request  the  originally  requested  information  simultaneously 
from  the  nrtemories.  Any  disabled  memory  does  not  respond 
to  such  re-request  until  repaired,  updated  with  information 
from  the  other  memories,  aiid  re-enabled  into  the  system. 


3,668,645 

PROGRAMABLE  ASYNCHRONOUS  DATA  BUFFER 

HAVING  MEANS  TO  TRANSMIT  ERROR  PROTECTED 

CHANNEL  CCWTROL  SIGNALS 

Wclcs  K.  Rcymond,  Norotoa  Hdghts,  and  Writer  V.  dedcr- 

skl,   Ridfcfidd,   both   of  Com.,   mrignori   to   Gcaerri 

Dataconun  Industries,  Norwalli,  Conn. 

FOed  May  25,  1970,  Scr.  No.  40,006 

InLCLG06CJ/00 

U.S.  CL  340—172.5  7  ClainH 


^%yHC    CHUIHCL'A'  DATA 
■UFFCK   •     FOmiATTtll 
TriAIISaiTTah  - 


ASmC    CMAKNIL      DATA 
turn*    •    FOmiATNM 

DtcnvtDi 


ASTIICMnONOUS     SCIVCS 
•JTJUT-STO^  DATA  )»»vr 


icnamcl'a'  miuirr 

DATA) 


sounct 

CMUmCLV 
SCDQNOAIIT 

Mn  mrwT 


'X 


T 


JL 
1 1 


"X 


YMCHROMOUS 

HUUTIi 


r 


'X 


ACTNCHKOMOUt    KKUU. 

\r»-rtmr  ucn  aimn 


DATA) 


CHAMNQ.*** 

tcoowtmr 

DATA  OtnVUT 


unsATc  rr»0M 


ProgramaUe  transmitting  and  receiving  data  buffers  and 
formatters  are  provided  which  accept  start-stop  data  that  is 
formatted  by  removing  the  start-ctop  pulses  and  coded  for 
transmission  with  a  primary  data  indicator  bit  Secondary 
channel  control  data  with  an  identifying  indicator  bit  is  auto- 
matically inserted  in  the  transmission  time  slot  when  primary 
data  is  not  available.  A  method  and  means  are  provided  for 
seimrating  primary  data  fixMn  secondary  control  data  at  the 
receiver  and  ddivering  error  protected  control  signals. 


3,668,646 

METHOD  OF  CONTROLLING  JUMPS  TO  DDTERENT 
PROGRAMS  IN  A  COMPUTER  WCNUONG  IN  REAL 

TIME 

Goran  Anders  Hcnrik  Hcmdal,  l^rcao,  Sweden,  asslg to 

TdelonaktielMlacct  LM  EricaaoB.  Stodthohn,  Sweden 
FOed  Jane  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,1 10 

Oalma  priority.  appHcatfoB  Sweden.  JuM  17, 1969, 8586/69 

InL  CL  G06f  9/18 
U.S.CL  340-172.5  3Cli*H 

The  invention  refers  to  a  method  of  controlling  jumpe  to 
different  programs  in  a  computer  which  works  in  real  time.  A 
number  of  programs  associated  with  different  priority  levels 
are  performed  sequentially  within  subsequent  primary  inter- 
vals determined  by  a  clock  register.  The  programs  associated 
with  the  different  priority  levels  have  to  be  addresKd  in 
periodically  recurrent  intervals  of  different  length.  After  hav- 
ing performed  a  program  a  sum  value  is  formed  by  additioo 
of  the  contents  of  the  clock  register  and  a  number  cor- 
responding to  the  number  of  subsequent  primary  intervals 
within  which  the  addressing  of  the  program  has  to  be 
omitted.  Within  each  primary  interval  the  actual  value  of  the 
clock  register  in  priority  order  is  compared  with  the  sum 


382 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


1' 


values  aaociated  with  the  respective  programs.  If  the  value 
of  the  clock  register  upon  comparison  is  found  to  have 


«      c«     *' 

«*     cc     *" 

tto  J**'    to 
S13      CO       «S 

etisJOiottf 


passed  a  sum  value  that  one  of  the  programs  is  addressed 
with  which  said  sum  value,  is  associated. 


3«668,<47 

FILE  ACCESS  SYSTEM 

Carlo  J.  EvaiigcMI,  JcfferMM  Valey,  and  Larry  E.  RMcn- 

kowe,  CanMl,  both  of  N.Y^  aarignors  to  Intcmadonal 

Bastocas  MacklMt  Corporadoa,  Annoiik,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jww  12,  1970,  Scr.  No.  45,751 

Int.  CL  G06r  J5/40 

U.S.CL340— 17U  lOClafam 


WW  FILE  OMAMIUTICM  Dl» 
■LOCH  AOOMIS 


mi  tntiHi-.,, 


ais 

If  I 

(U 


1  ""^ 

I  i 


~nr 


1^ 

M 

tn 

(1 

nil 

F« 

tfC 

m 

1  . 

1 

4 
tfl 

m 

fM 
Fl 
if* 

IFI 

■IK 
tfl< 
III 

»• 

VN 

1              ; 

>ri 

Ul'» 

AFI'tT 

, . 

fit 

directory  reading,  the  data  file  names  are  compared  in  real 
time,  as  they  are  read  from  the  disk,  with  the  namo  of  the 
desired  dau  file.  When  a  name  match  occurs,  the  address  of 
the  dau  file  in  the  block  and  the  address  of  the  next  file  ad- 
dress arc  read  and  stored.  As  the  disk  rotates,  the  desired 
dau  file  address  just  read  is  constantly  compared  with  the  ac- 
tive disk  address.  When  a  match  occurs,  the  file  has  been 
located  and  is  read  out.  The  reading  is  terminated  at  the  ad- 
dress of  the  beginning  of  the  next  file.  If  the  file  name  is  not 
found  in  the  directory  of  the  block  indicated  by  the  hash  cod- 
ing of  the  file's  name,  then  the  file  is  not  present  therein. 


-kv/ 

HUfiin 


A  system  is  shown  wherein,  provided  with  an  appropriate 
file  organization,  a  data  file  can  be  read  firom  a  disk  master 
file,  given  the  file  name,  by  performing  one  seek  and  one 
read  operation.  The  system  en^>loys  hash  coding  to  compress 
a  data  file  name  to  a  disk  file  address.  The  disk  file  is  posi- 
tioned into  fbted  length  blocks  where  each  hashed  file  ad- 
dress points  to  a  block,  the  block  being  as  large  as  one 
cylinder  or  as  small  as  one  sector.  Each  block  is  organized 
such  that  it  includes  a  directory  for  the  files  contained  in  the 
block  and  also  contains  tfie  data  files.  Each  entry  in  the 
directory  contains  the  data  file  name  and  the  address  ct  that 
data  file  in  the  block.  The  process  ai  locating  and  reading  a 
data  file  entails  the  hash  coding  of  a  file  name  to  yield  a 
block  address,  the  moving  of  the  read  head  to  the  disk  area 
having  the  block  address  and  the  reading  of  the  directory  and 
the  remainder  of  the  block  to  read  out  the  data  file.  In  the 


3,668,648 
DATA  PROCESSING  SYSTEM 
Klakhl  YoaMkawa,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assignor  to  Ricoh  Co., 
Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  June  15,  1970,  Scr.  No.  46,370 
Clainw  priority,  appHcatioii  Japan,  June  18, 1969, 

Int  CL  G05b  19/38, 19142 
U.S.a.340— 172^ 


hm 


47627 


4CWnis 


The  invention  provides  a  data  processing  system  wherein  a 
data  processing  equipment  such  as  punched  typewriter  is 
operated  by  a  magnetic  tape  upon  which  are  recorded  in  al- 
ternating sequence  digitally  coded  signal  groups  and  audio 
signal  groups  which  are  used  to  give  an  operator  instructions 
as  to  the  operation  of  the  equifmient,  tape,  etc.  A  special 
code  inserted  at  the  end  oS  each  of  the  dif^ly  coded  signal 
groups  indicates  the  switching  from  the  digitally  coded  signal 
group  to  the  audio  signal  group.  A  switching  audio  signal  (for 
example  an  800  Hz  tone)  is  inserted  at  the  end  of  the  audio 
signal  group  to  indicate  switching  fi-om  the  audio  signal 
group  to  the  digitally  coded  signal  group. 


3,668,649 
MULTIPLE  TERMINAL  COMPUTER  CONTROL  SYSTEM 

FOR  GROUP  POLLING  | 

Jokn  H.  Pcdcraen,  Bniswli,  Bdglinn,  and  Mkiiad  J.  Bedford, 
Northvilfe,  Mich.,  aasignnrs  to  BuiiougN  Owporation, 
Dctrdlt  Mkh. 

I      PBed  Jane  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,251 
*  Int.  CL  G06f  3104;  11041 5100 

UACL  346— 172.5  SChlniB 

A  control  system  for  permitting  each  one  of  a  plurality  of 
transmit  ready  terminal  computers  to  reply  to  a  single  polling 
commaod  from  a  central  processor.  In  an  environment 
wherein  a  plurality  of  remote-terminal  computers  are  con- 
catenated to  a  single  modem,  a  single  polling  command  from 
the  central  processor  will  permit  all  of  the  transmit  ready  ter- 
minal computers  to  transmit  data  information  to  the  central 
processing  unit.  Each  terminal  computer,  being  incBvidually 
controlled  through  its  program,  will  periodically  contend  for 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


888 


the   communication   channel.    Logic   circuitry   is   disclosed 
herein  to  permit  any  one  of  the  terminal  computers  to  seize 


I'ci  lel 


the    communication    line    and    to    prevent    interruption    by 
another  terminal  computer. 


3,668,650 

SINGLE  PACKAGE  BASIC  PROCESSOR  UNIT  WITH 

SYNCHRONOUS  AND  ASYNCHRONOUS  TIMING 

CONTROL 

Fuh-Un  Wang,  Wappingcr  Falls,  N.Y.,  aHlgnor  to  Controlog. 

ic.  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FDed  July  23,  1970,  Scr.  No.  57,586 

Int.  CL  G06f  13100, 15/16 

VS.  CI.  340- 1 72.5  15  Clahm 


during  an  input  and  output  instruction  execution.  The  I/O  in- 
struction instead  of  containing  the  actual  code  of  the  device 
will  contain  a  working  device  code.  For  purposes  of  illustra- 
tion in  a  thirty-two  device  system,  a  three-bit  working  device 
code  is  used  instead  of  the  five  bit  actual  device  code.  During 
execution  of  an  I/O  instruction  the  three-bit  working  device 
code  is  used  to  address  a  portion  of  memory  in  which  the  ac- 
tual device  codes  are  stored.  The  actual  device  code  as- 
sociated with  the  working  device  code  is  then  output  both  to 
a  decoder  to  cause  selection  of  an  associated  input/output 
address  register  and  along  the  device  code  buss  to  the  I/O 
devices.  A  comparison  is  made  between  the  local  actual 
device  code  wired  into  each  I/O  device  and  the  transmitted 
code  to  determine  .which  I/O  device  has  been  selected.  The 
function  to  be  performed  as  defined  by  the  I/O  instruction  is 
stored  in  the  selected  I/O  device.  During  subsequent  inter- 
rupts each  I/O  device  will  activate  its  own  interrupt  line  and 
a  matrix  is  employed  to  determine  which  of  the  I/O  devices 
simultaneously  requesting  service  is  of  highest  priority.  The 
output  of  the  matrix  is  then  used  to  address  the  input/output 


-.-< 


CPU 


PROGRAM 

AND 

0*TA   STORE 


_!! 


MATRIX 

»- 


I/O, 


ll-i 


10 


I/O, 


1 


I/Ok 


-J 


»*'S*r  #« 


vv^*^«  *psris- 


s 


:  6^      r",. 


«■**'<**     faf^^^mn  rt^t,^ 


A  basic  processor  unit  for  use  in  a  daU  processing  system 
is  disclosed.  The  unit  comprises  in  combination,  a  data 
storage  unit  including  a  plurality  of  registers,  input  and  out- 
put buses,  a  data  processing  unit,  a  timing  control  including  a 
timing  element  adapted  to  operate  in  a  synchronous  or  an 
asynchronous  mode,  means  for  controlling  the  asynchronous 
operation  of  the  timing  element,  decoding  means  and  suita- 
ble interconnections  between  the  various  components.  The 
present  processor  unit  is  so  designed  as  to  enable  it  to  be 
connected  to  another  similar  unit,  in  series  and/or  in  parallel 
whereby  to  increase  either  the  number  of  bits  per  facility  or 
the  number  of  facilities  or  both.  An  improved  data 
processing  system  utilizing  the  present  processor  is  also  dis- 
closed. 


3,668,651  ,  ^ 

WORKING  DEVICE  CODE  METHOD  OF  I/OTONTROL 
Louis  Michael  Homung,  Austin,  Tex.,  Mslgnm  to 
tional  Busincas  MncMnci  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 
Filed  Dec  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,685 
InLCLG06f  J/04 
MS,  CL  340—172.5  13 

A  technique  of  I/O  control  in  which  each  of  the  devices  in 
the  system  has  a  unique  actual  device  code  which  is  used 


address  register  store  to  obtain  the  address  in  memory  which 
is  associated  with  the  particular  device  selected.  In  addition, 
the  output  of  the  matrix  is  applied  to  a  device  code  encoder 
which  provides  a  five-bit  device  code  to  the  device  code 
buss.  This  code  is  broadcast  to  the  I/O  devices  so  that  the 
devices  can  determine  by  means  of  a  comparison  of  the 
transmitted  device  code  with  its  local  stored  device  code, 
which  device  is  to  be  interrupt  serviced. 

Overlap  operation  of  all  thirty-two  I/O  devices  can  be  ac- 
complished through  use  of  the  working  device  code 
technique  under  control  of  the  supervisory  program  which 
selectively  loads  different  actual  device  codes  into  the  actual 
device  code  store  in  a  manner  such  that  for  one  operation  a 
working  device  code  will  be  associated  with  a  first  I/O  device 
and  during  subsequent  operations  be  associated  with  dif- 
ferent I/O  devices  in  accordance  with  the  actual  device  code 
stored  in  the  actual  device  code  store  by  the  supervisory  pro- 
gram. Program  sharing  can  thus  be  accomplished  by 
switching  of  actual  device  codes  associated  with  a  given 
working  device  code  in  the  actual  device  code  store. 


3,668,652 

APPARATUS  FOR  CONTR(HXING  JUMPING 

OPERATIONS  FOR  A  PROGRAM  CONTROL  EQUIPPED 

WITH  STEPPING  MECHANISM 

Ulrkh  Zahn,  Aargan,  Swltaerland,  assig to  Sprwhcr  A 

Schuh  AG,  Aaran,  Swltaerland 

FBcd  Feb.  11,  1971,  Scr.  No.  114,573 

Clainu  priority,  application  Swltaerland,  Apr.  2, 1970, 

4924/70 

Int.  CL  G06f  9/00 

MS.  CL  340— 172.5  \%  n^ 

There  is  disclosed  an  apparatus  for  controlling  the  jump 
operations  of  a  program  control  which  is  generally 
manifested  by  the  features  that,  there  is  provided  a  contrcri 
circuit  which  can  be  optionally  connected  at  any  one  of  the 
output  lines  of  a  stepping  mechanism  and  controlled  by  the 
signal  of  the  output  line,  this  control  circuit  serving  fat 
generating  the  jump  or  stepping  signals  for  the  switching 


/ 


I 


384 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


I 


June  6,  1972 


stages  of  the  switching  mechanism  which  are  to  be  momen-  I  3,668,654  

tarily  jumped.  This  control  circuit  is  coupled  with  the  input  COMMUNICATING  CX>MPUTER 

side    of   an    electrical    control    device    for    the    stepping    Charles  H.  Docnwn,  Jr.,  4  Doswood  HHI,  BrookviUc, 

nied  Nov.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  8T7,995 


i^  r' 


4 
<« 
« 


••   jr  c-   r  r   r  r 


3-, 


V^f 


f^ 


U.S.a.340— 172.5 


mechanism.  In  response  to  a  jump  signal,  the  control  device 
advances  the  stepping  mechanism  independent  of  the 
switching  signals  of  the  input  line  and  blocks  the  delivery  of 
positioning  signals  at  the  output  rails. 


3,668,653 

CONTROL  SYSTEM 

Donald  G.  Fair,  BdvfcleK;  Harold  L.  Baevcrstad,  and  WilHam 

G.  Fisher,  both  of  Rockfbrd,  ■■  of  Dl.,  assignors  to  Sund- 

strad  CorporatkMi 

Continaation-ia-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  706,365,  Feb.  19, 

1968,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Oct  22, 1968,  Scr. 

No.  769,500 

Int.  CI.  G05b  15/02;  G06f  15/02,  15/20 

VJ&.  CL  340—172.5  95  CUim 


lnt.a.G06f  J/02 


N.Y. 


10  Claims 


■^ COiAMMM    V 


-■x-. 


.•10 


A  computer  containing  stored  programs  and  stored  infor- 
mation is  programmed  by  selecting  a  series  of  partial  com- 
mands finally  assembled  into  a  complete  command.  Instead 
of  selecting  commands  from  a  great  plurality  of  commands, 
one  from  each  of  a  relatively  few  possible  partial  commands 
is  selected  in  sequence  to  form  the  complete  conunand. 
Frames  carrying  a  sequence  of  these  few  commands  are  pro- 
jected on  a  touch  sensitive  selection  screen  and  selection  is 
performed  by  the  operator  simply  by  touching  one  of  the 
touch  sensitive  panels  corresponding  to  the  selected  com- 
mand. The  computer  programs  the  presentation  of  the 
sequence  of  available  conunands,  receives  and  assembles  the 
partial  commands  and  then  responds  to  the  complete  com- 
mand. The  completed  command  is  an  action  command  and 
may,  for  example,  answer  questions  posed,  send  out 
questions  to  be  answered  by  the  operator,  issue  instructions^ 
or  store  information  all  to  an  appropriate  terminal  sfich  as  a 
hard  copy  teletypewriter. 


T 


3,668,655 

WRITE  ONCE/READ  ONLY  SEMICONDUCTOR 
MEMORY  ARRAY  | 

Charles  A.  ADen,  PougiiiMepric,  N.Y.,  aaiignor  to  Cofar  Cor> 
poratlon,  Wappiafcrs  Falh,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  23,234 

Int.  CL  G06f  13/00 

U.S.CL  340-173  SP  iCMam 


ELECTRONIC  WRITE  ONCE 
READ-ONLY  BREAKDO*> 
MEMORY    CELL 


+V« 

_n_  wijE 


An  on-line  data  processing  machine  controls  the  operation 
of  one  or  more  machine  tools.  A  general  purpose  communi- 
cations  link  allows  each  noachine  tool  and/or  the  operator 
therefore  to  communicate  with  the  data  processing  machine 
and  either  change  the  operations  which  the  machine  tool 
would  otherwise  perform  under  control  of  an  existing  stored 
program,  or  add  new  or  partly  new  operations,  which  if 
desired  can  thereafter  immediately  be  performed  by  the 
machine  tool. 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  write  once/read  only  semicon- 
ductor memory  array  which  utilizes  a  single  voltage  (above 
the  memory  cell  breakdown  voltage)  on  a  word  drive  line  to 
effect  writing  into  any  selected  memory  cell  of  the  array. 
Each  memory  cell  of  the  array  is  preferably  provided  with  a 
protective  diode  connected  in  parallel  to  the  cell  to  prevent 
breakdown  of  unselected  memory  cells. 


t 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


385 


to  The 


3,668,656 

MEMORY  CELLS 

CMvc  WyHan  Hoov,  Chcfanaiord,  England, 

Marconi  Compnay,  Undtad,  London,  England 

Filed  Ang.  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  63,679 

Clainu  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Aug.  18, 1969, 

41,076/69 

Int.  CI.  Gllc  11/40;  H03k  3/286 

U.S.  CL  340—173  FF  12  Clalnw 


^i» 


*-^l-HC 


^ 


An  electronic  memory  cell  consists  of  a  bistable  circuit  and 
three  access  paths.  Two  of  the  access  paths  are  used  to  con- 
trol the  sute  of  the  bisuble,  one  of  these  paths  being  used  to 
set  the  bistable,  to  one  of  iu  two  suble  stetes  and  the  other 
of  these  access  paths  to  set  the  bistable  to  the  other  stable 
state.  A  low  impedance  path  is  provided  between  one  of 
these  two  access  paths  and  the  third  access  path  in  depen- 
dence on  the  sUte  of  the  bisuMe  to  permit  read-out  of  the 
memory  cell. 


3,668,657 

AUTOMATION  CONTRCM.  SYSTEM 

Edwin  R.  Ddonch,  7733  Donettc  Dr.,  New  OrlMUM,  La. 

Filed  Nov.  21, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878,625 

Int.  CL  Gllc  77/00 

VJ&.  CL  340—173  R  9 


Output    — . 


/' 

' 

Cioer 

rWMTtMX 

yA/^t/rs 

1  1  M  ^ 

— ' — ' — ' — y^ 

■  1          ; 

-~ 

- 

1 1 1  i 

J 

the  disk.  The  cover  has  its  iimer  surfaces  in  frictional  contact 
with  the  adjacent  surfaces  oIL  the  disk.  Furthermore,  the  disk 


is  rotatable  while  the  cover  is  maintained  stationary  in  the 
magnetic  recording  system.  The  cover  includes  nteans  for 
cleaning  the  surface  of  the  disk  during  rotation  of  the  disk. 


3,668,659 
TOUCH- WIRE  DETECTION  SYSTEMS 
Leonard  Henry  Hntriiinp,  Uvcrpooi,  England,  mi^puK  to 
FIcMcy  Handd  Und  Iniiatinili  A.G.,  Tj^  SwUxriand 

Filed  Dec  10,  1970,  Scr.  No.  96345 

Claims  priority,  appMcarton  Great  Brtada,  Doc  12, 1969, 

60,684/69 

IBL  CL  G08c  l/OO 

U.S.  CL  340-365  5  ( 


A  pulse  sampling  multiplex  system  with  analog  capabilities 
including  a  modulating  means  necessary  for  direct  recording 
on  magnetic  tape,  an  analog  DC  output,  a  direct  DC  output, 
an  AC  power  output  and  a  servomotor  control  output,  a 
means  for  revising  information  on  any  channel  without  alter- 
ing data  on  other  channels,  a  ^'memory"  means  whereby  in- 
formation can  be  retained  in  the  system  after  input  data  has 
been  discontinued  and  a  means  for  contrc^ing  direct  DC  and 
AC  power  output  by  punched  tape  or  other  parallel  digital 
input  means. 


3,668,658 
MAGNETIC  RECORD  DISK  COVER 
R^ph  Flares,  San  Joce,  and  Herbert  E.  Thompaon,  Santa 
Clara,  both  of  Ciritf .,  awigBors  to  International  BusinesB 
Machines  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

FDed  Dec.  22, 1969,  Ser.  No.  887,017 
Int.  CL  Glib  5/82, 23/02, 25/04 
U.S.  CL  340—174.1  C  7  CWnv 

In  a  magnetic  recording  system,  the  combination  compris- 
ing a  rotary  magnetic  record  disk  and  a  cover  for  containing 


Each  touch-wire  consists  of  a  pair  of  contacts  and  touch  is 
sensed  in  an  operational  amplifier  by  detecting  the  effect  of 
the  direct  current  change  resulting  from  placing  a  human 
finger  across  the  contacts,  the  contacts  having  a  potential  dif- 
ference between  them.  The  operatioiial  amplifier,  connected 
in  a  current  summation  mode,  is  used  to  produce  a  voltage 
change  as  a  function  of  the  change  in  current  at  the  summa- 
tion point.  The  voltage  change  is  amplified  by  the  operaticMMl 
amplifier  before  being  applied  to  a  logic-level  clamp. 


3,668,660 

TOUCH  WIRE  msnjiYS 

Laurence  Ernest  Walton,  Langky,  England,  awrignnr  to 
scy  Handd  Und  Iniistiinti  AG,  Zng,  Switaerland 
Filed  Dec  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,799 
Int.  CL  H03k  7  J/00 
\i&.  CL  340-365  2  < 

Each  touch-wire  contact  is  connected,  by  a  screened  caUe 
in  series  with  a  resistor  and  a  150  K  Hz  sine  wave  produced 
by  the  generator.  A  field-effect  transistor  detection  circuit  is 
connected  across  the  resistor.  The  transistor  is  not  provided 
with  bias  and  is  thus  normally  cut-off.  When  a  human  finger 
touches  the  touch-wire  contact  an  a.c.  waveform  is  api^ied  to 


899  O.O.— 13 


386 


OFFICIAL  GAZEtTE 


June  6,  1972 


the  base  of  the  transistor  causing  it  to  conduct.  An  important 
feature  of  the  circuit  is  the  connectioh  of  the  screen  of  the 


R3  .  _  M 


dividually  isolated  acoustic  transmission  channels  upon 
which  a  plurality  of  transmit  and  receive  transducers  are 
selectively  placed.  Each  respective  transmit  transducer  is 
electrically  excited  by  a  signal  containing  information  from  at 
least  a  pieselected  one  of  a  pluraUty  of  dau  sources  in  order 
to  cause  a  resultant  acoustic  strew  wave  to  be  propagated 
upon  the   surface  of  the  medium  within  the  associated 


screened  lead  to  the  generator  thereby  preventing  the  cable 
capacitance  from  shunting  the  touch  mechanism. 


3,668,661 

CHARACTER  CMXNG,  MEMCMIY.  AND  MSPLAY 

SYSTEM 

Duncan  E.  Cul,  and  Alvin  E.  Culbcilson,  both  ef  Dayton, 

OUo,  Mripinn  to  The  NatkMnl  Carii  Rafirtcr  CompMy, 

Dayton,  OMo 

Filed  June  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  836,270 

Int.  CL  G06(  13102 

MS.  CL  340-172.S  8  Oalim 


.' — \ — I  "-air-  I 
: — ■    '  xtTni 

,  I— ^tWTI'      I   I 


mmtr  ttt  ttm*Mt 


;-, 


^Mr^  .So^.€^^ 


JUrs  im*^^^^ 


Atr^  So^4t^^ 


■h-4 


acoustic  transmission  channel  until  the  resultant  strein  wave 
is  converted  by  an  associated  receive  transducer  into  a  plu- 
rality of  charges  which,  in  turn,  are  applied  to  a  data  source 
which,  on  command,  either  selects  a  new  data  to  be  stored  or 
the  old  dau  that  was  circulated  to  be  reconstituted  into  a 
transmit  format  to  be  recirculated  within  the  associated 
acoustic  transmission  channel  of  the  system. 


3,668,663 
OPTICAL  STORAGE  DEVICES 
Edwin  Afihur  ChandroM,  Murray  HUI;  Richard  Lyan  Fork, 
Hotandd;  Angdo  AntlMny  Lamola,  Warren,  and  Wahcr 
John  TomHnaon,  ID,  Hotandd,  al  of  N  J.,  aasisnon  to  Bdl 
Tdepkonc  Laboratortes,  incorporated,  Murray  HIM,  N  J. 
Filed  Nov.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92,430 
Int.a.Gllc;//42. 7J/(M  I 

UAa.340— 173LS  14  Claims 


L340— 1 


Characters  each  identified  by  a  bit  code  are  advanced  seri- 
ally to  a  memory  comprising  continuously  cycling  shift  re- 
gisters, one  for  each  bit  <rf  the  code.  The  bits  for  each 
character  enter  the  shift  registers  in  parallel.  The  character 
codes  are  placed  one  behind  the  other  in  the  shift  register 
memory  by  operation  of  a  character  counter  and  a  second 
counter  which  is  its  complement. 

The  memory  is  formatted  for  control  of  a  cathode  ray  tube 
display  operating  to  legibly  display  all  characters  in  the 
memory.  A  major  raster  traces  lines  of  character  positions.  A 
minor  raster  traces  each  character  in  a  dot  matrix  at  each 
character  position. 


3,668,662 

ACOUSTIC  DELAY  LINE  MEMORY  SYSTEM 

Robert  L.  Zfanmcrman,  Northrldge;  Bernard  P.  SchwcUxer, 

Los  Anteics;  Hugh  L.  Garvin,  MaUbu;  McMn  E.  Pedinolf, 

Canoga  Pwk,  and  IVOcfaael  Wakiner,  Woodbnd  Hills,  aU  of 

CaHfM  aMipiors  to  Hughes  Aircraff  Company,  CuKer  City, 

CaHf. 

FVed  Oct  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  82,229 

Int.CLGllc2//00 

MS.  CL  340—173  RC  19  Claims 

An  information  storage  system  utilizing  an  acoustic  medi- 
lun  having  its  surface  subdivided  into  a  plurality  of  in- 


*  A  new  class  of  optical,  switching  and  memory  devices  is 
based  on  the  different  refractive  indices  associated  with  each 
of  the  two  sUtes  of  the  reversible  photochemical  interconver- 
sion  between  dimer  and  monomer  states  in  a  broad  class  of 
organic  materials.  Reversibility  is  expedited  by  use  of  a  rigid 
medium.  The  active  material  may  be  a  solution  or  suspension 
of  the  photosensitive  species  in  a  transparent  matrix  or  may 
be  a  single-crystal  form  of  the  photosensitive  material  itself. 

The  particular  chemical  systems  upon  which  operation  is 
based  are  so  chosen  as  to  result  in  a  relatively  large  spacing 
between  absorption  peaks  associated  with  each  of  the  two 
states.  This  class,  in  which  change  of  sute  results  in  a  signifi- 
cant change  in  the  resonant  character  of  the  material,  is 
further  characterized  by  strong  absorption  bands  (resulting  in 
reasonably  complete  reaction),  by  ready  reversibility,  by 
thermal  stability  in  either  state  at  usual  ambient  tempera- 
tures, and  by  refractive  index  changes  within  the  visible  spec- 
trum which  are  of  sufficient  magnitude  for  holographic  and 
other  switching  or  memory  use. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


887 


3,668,664 
MAGNETIC  CORE  MEMORY  PLANE 
SdidB  KobayMhi,  and  Michlhtano  Torii,  iMth  of  Shfatuoka, 
Japan,  aarignors  to  Fyji  Denki  Ki«aliu  Kabushild  Kafaha, 
Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Oct.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,465 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct.  27,  1969,  44/102342 

Int.  CI.GIU  5104, 1 1106 
MS.  CL  340—  1 74  MA  6  Claims 


3,668,666 

FLYING  HEAD  ON  PANTOGRAPH  ASSEMBLY  WITH 

niESSURE  RESP(M<4SrVE  WTTHMtAWAL 

Hubert  John  Hetfeman,  316  Forrest  Drive,  Fdb  Church,  Va., 

and  Chwics  L.  Fontana,  22  SSverqinioe  Rd.,  Levittown, 

Pa. 

fUcd  Apr.  11,  1969,  Scr.  No.  815,350 
Int.  a.  Glib  5/60, 27/72, 27/20 
U.S.  CL  340— 174.1  E  11 


A  magnetic  core  memory  plane  is  provided  in  which  mag- 
netic cores  arranged  in  matrix  are  strung  by  a  plurality  of 
turns  of  drive  windings.  Each  drive  winding  is  (1)  strung 
through  the  magnetic  cores  in  an  alignment,  (2)  turned  back 
along  an  optically  transparent  plate  superposed  upon  the 
cores,  and  (3)  again  strung  through  the  same  cores  to  form 
the  plurality  of  turns  of  the  winding.  Both  ends  of  each  drive 
winding  are  connected  to  terminal  plates  provided  at  the  top 
surface  of  a  frame. 


3,668,665 
APPARATUS  FOR  ENSURING  TIMING  TRACK 
ACCURACY 
Robert  J.  Reynolds,  Ann  Arbor,  and  Vlrglllo  J.  Quiogue, 
NorthvUk,  both  of  Mkh.,  asrignon  to  Burroughs  Corpora- 
tion, Detroit,  Midi. 

Filed  Apr.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,365 
Int.  CL  Glib  27/72 
-V^CL340— 174.1  A  lOClafam 


A  flying  transducer  head  mounting  for  use  with  rapidly 
moving  magnetic  data  storage  devices  such  as  drums  of  discs 
having  a  magnetizable  surface  is  disclosed.  The  disclosed 
mounting  is  a  pantograph  type  support  for  supporting  a  mul- 
tiple transducer  head  pad  on  which  the  transducer  heads  are 
mounted.  The  heads  are  brought  into  flying  position  after  the 
data  storage  device  has  reached  its  operating  speed.  The  en- 
tire assembly  includes  circuit  means  for  bringing  the  heads 
into  flying  position  and  circuitry  to  provide  fail-safe  opera- 
tion. 


3,668,667 
MULTILEVEL  DOMAIN  PROPAGATION 
ARRANGEMENT 
John  AlexaMlcr  Copdand,  m,  GMctlc,  N J.,  aMlgnni  to 
Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  HH,  N  J 
Filed  Sept.  30,  1970,  Ser.  No.  76,823 
InLCLGllc  79/00,  77/74 
U,S.CL  340-174  TF  9 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  precisely  checking  the  accura- 
cy of  the  placing  of  timing  track  marks  or  bits  on  the 
periphery  of  a  routing  recording  member,  such  as  a  mag- 
netic disc  or  drum,  where  the  spaces  between  all  the  timing 
track  marks  or  bits  must  be  exactly  equal  and  the  variations 
in  spacing,  if  any,  cannot  be  electronically  measured.  The 
timing  track  bits  or  marks  are  written  during  one  revolution 
of  the  disc  or  drum  and  then  read  back  and  used  as  one  input 
to  a  comparator.  The  timing  track  is  erased  and  then  the  tim- 
ing track  bits  are  written  during  two  successive  resolutions  of 
the  disc  or  drum  and  read  back  as  the  other  input  to  the 
comparator.  If  the  amplitudes  of  the  two  inputs  to  the  com- 
parator are  equal  then  the  writing  during  the  second  of  the 
two  successive  revolutions  was  directly  on  top  of  the  writing 
during  the  first  of  the  two  successive  revolutions  and  all  the 
bit  spaces  are  equal. 


t 


-J_ 


IS^ 

1    C 

INPUT 

14- 

OUTPUT 

^rrr  t 

VnuZATDN 


IfUx  SOURCE 

Tn — ' 


IntLesouRct 


N' 


A  multilevel  coding  arrangement  for  a  multistage  sin^ 
wall  domain  propagation  channel  is  provided  by  a  number  of 
parallel  magnetically  soft  rails  adjacent  a  sheet  in  which  sin- 
gle wall  domains  can  be  moved.  The  rails  define  laterally  dis- 
placed stable  positions  for  the  domains,  n  rails  defining  n  +  2 
domain  positions  in  each  stage  in  the  domain  channel. 


388 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


to 


3(668(668 
TRANSDUCING  HEAD  MOUNT  APPARATUS 
Gcorte  CovmI  RoMladick,  Los  Angclei,  Calf. 
RCA  Corporadoa 

FBmI  Dm.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,778 

Int.  CL  Glib 5/60 

U.S.  CL  340—174.1  E  5  Ctalmi 


storage  suifKe  by  the  steps  of  inducing  magnctisin  in 
selected  ones  of  those  areas  and  then  detecting  the  presence 
of  a  mi«netic  field  at  those  areas  by  detecting  in  which  of  a 
number  of  Hall  effect  devices  associated  with  those  areas 
respectively  the  Hall  effect  is  exhibited.  Also  disclosod  are  in- 


An  arrangement  is  disclosed  for  supporting  a  transducer 
head  on  an  air  bearing.  The  system  includes  a  planar  three 
point  resilient  suspension  system.  The  suspension  system 
when  acted  upon  by  the  air  bearing  deflects  to  form  a  paral- 
lelogram support  for  the  transducer  which  provides  desired 
mobility  of  the  transducer. 


3,668,669 

MAGNETIC  HEAD  WITH  WRITE  GAP  WIDER  THAN 

TAPE  AND  READ  GAP  NARROWER  THAN  TAPE 

Fraiwb  C.  Marino,  Huntii«lan,  wid  EdgMr  WolC,  New  Hyde 

Pvk,  both  of  N.Y.,  assignnri  to  Digkranics  Corporation, 

AibcrlMNi,  N.Y. 

Fled  Oct.  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862A59 
Into.  Glib  5/26, 5/<M 
U.S.  CL  340— 174.1  F  11 


fcuOOn-fRING  COUNTER     \-<y 

^S  64  65 


/66 

4         -68 


64 

54     56 


„  52  54     56 


65 


line   and   matrix   magnetic   readers  employing   Hall   effecT 
devices,  and  a  unitary  Hall  effect  reader  and  differential  am- 
plifier assembly,  and  a  printer  employing  only  a  grid  of  con- 
ductors deposited  on  a  substrate  so  that  the  conductors  are  in 
close  proximity  at  the  crossover  points. 


Larry 


3,668,671 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  READING 
SUPERIMPOSED  MAGNETIC  RECORDINGS 
H.  Everett,  BoaMcr,  Colo.,  and  Jack  H.  Jw^,  Mn> 
Mfaw.,    Bwlgnnri    to 

I       Filed  Dec  IS,  1969,  Scr.  No.  884^80 

\  IM.  CL  Glib  7f28,U no 

U.S.  CL  340—174.1  M 


4Clirina 


'-Af--tF^^t^ 


The  head  construction  is  adapted  to  be  used  with  a  mag- 
netic tape  medium  having  a  preselected  width  and  comprises 
a  first  magnetic  head  having  a  first  air  gap  having  a  height 
substantially  in  excess  of  the  tape  medium  and  a  second  mag- 
netic head  having  a  second  air  gap  having  a  height  substan- 
tially less  than  the  width  of  the  tape  medium.  The  first  air  gap 
is  in  spaced  relationship  to  the  second  air  gap  and  first  and 
second  coils  are  respectively  magnetically  linked  with  the 
first  and  second  magnetic  heads. 


Superimposed  tracks  of  magnetic  recordings  are  read  by 
use  of  a  magneto-optic  transducer.  The  recordings  are  on  a 
magnetic  Upe  which  is  passed  in  close  proximity  to  a  mag- 
netic thin  film  layer  coated  to  the  reflecting  side  of  a  prism. 
The  superimposed  recordings  on  the  Upe  are  selectively 
transferred  to  the  magnetic  thin  film  by  an  external  bias  field. 
The  bias  field  may  be  selectively  energized  or  selectively 
positioned  to  enhance  the  transfer  of  one  of  the  plurality  of 
magnetic  recordings  to  the  magnetic  thin  film.  The  magnetic 
recording  whose  transfer  is  enhanced  is  the  only  recording 
which  will  be  read  by  use  of  the  magneto-optic  effect. 


3,668,670 

METHODS  AND  MEANS  FOR  RECORDING  AND 

READING  MAGNETIC  IMPRINTS 

Robert  D.  Andersen,  1014  S.  HBIbom,  Wed  Covlna,  CaHf . 

nicd  Oct.  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  869,500 

Int.CLGllb5/J9 

VS.  CL  340—174.1  F  6  Claim 

A  method  ci  recording  and  then  reading  magnetic  imprints 

in  any  of  the  several  magnetizable  areas  of  a  magnetic 


i&Lonib 


3,668,672 

CAPACmVE  TRANSDUCER 

JanMs  A.  ParncM,  Hooston,  Tex.,  assignor  to  Bmmck 

Incorponrted,  Roche  star,  N.Y.  |  . 

Coirtfanadoo  of  appMcathw  Scr.  No.  688,500,  Dec  6, 1967, 

now  abttidoned.  This  appMcatfon  Nov.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

89,514^ 
Int.  CL  G08c  19/10 
VS.  CL  340—200 

A  variable  capacitance  displacement  transducer  is  dis- 
closed for  developing  an  electrical  signal  having  an  amplitude 


12 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


889 


precisely  controlled  by  the  position  of  a  mechanical  input 
element,  which  in  turn  varies  the  capacitance  of  the  trans- 
ducer. The  tramducer  includes  three  spaced  conductive 
places  arranged  in  parallel  relation.  Electrical  signals  are  ap- 
plied to  one  of  the  outer  plates.  The  other  two  plates  are 
maintained  at  substantiaUy  the  same  signal  level  for  minimiz- 


ing the  capacitance  therebetween  so  that  the  center  plate 
functions  as  a  shield  to  control  the  capacitive  coupling 
between  the  two  outer  plates.  An  amplifier  iiKluding  a  nega- 
tive feedback  circuit  is  coupled  to  the  other  outer  plate  to 
develop  output  signals  having  amplitudes  determined  by  rela- 
tive position  between  the  inner  plate  and  the  two  outer 
plates. 


3,668,673 
APPARATUS  FOR  TELEMETERING  D.C.  SIGNALS 
J.  Adkr,  Pirio  Aho,  CaML,  awsignw-  to  Aerodwrm  Cor- 
poration, Palo  AMo,  CdU. 

FUed  SepC  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,641 

lot  a.  G08c  19/16 

VS.  CL  340—208  5  OaluM 


SUaCAMRCN  ^l* 
OSCHXATOM 


FM 
TRANStMaON 


T#rBl^- 


23 


A  telemetry  transmitter  where  a  d.c.  voltage  from  for  ex- 
ample a  strain  gage  which  is  to  be  telemetered  is  converted 
to  an  a.c.  square  wave  by  a  chopper.  This  amplitude  modu- 
lated signal  drives  a  voltage  controlled  oscillator  which 
produces  a  frequency  modulated  signal  which  is  then  trans- 
mitted to  a  receiver  by  an  antenna  or  wire. 


3,668,674 
METHOD  AND  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  TESTING  OF 
YISranJTY  MEASURING  ARRANGEMENTS 
Wcmcr  Wcstcndorf,  Hainbun-Groasllottbck,  Gci  luany,  as- 
signor to  Impukphysik  GmbH,  Hamburg,  Germany 
Filed  Jan.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,155 
Oainis  priority,  application  Germany,  Feb.  1, 1969,  P  19  OS 

016.9 
Int.  CL  G08b  29/00 
VS.  CL  340—214  17  Oaina 

A  normal  light  input  of  a  visibility  nteter  is  blocked  and  a 
light  guide  transmits  light  directly  fixmt  the  transmitter  to  the 
receiver.  If  the  signal  generated  in  the  receiver  as  a  function 
of  the  received  test  light  is  outside  a  given  range,  a  failure 


alarm  is  generated.  Proper  operation  of  the  visibility  alarm 
relay,  the  supply  voltage  source,  and  the  light  flash  generator 


are  also  furnished.  The  visibility  measuring  arrangement  is 
tested  automatically  at  predetermined  time  intervals. 


3,668,675 

REMOTE  ALARM  SYSTEM 

AUan  D.  Jocns,  8115  CHoton  Ave.,  Mlnncapob,  IVflnn.; 

Robert  W.  Johaaon,  5452  Nokonis  Ave,  MtancapoliB, 

Minn.,  and  Mlchad  Riggic   1232  Oekmont  Dr.,  Tc 

pcraace,  Mich. 

FUed  Apr.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,330 
Int.  CL  H04b  7/00;  G08b  13/00;  B60r  25/10 
VS.  CL  340—224  9  < 


A  vehicle  alarm  system  is  disclosed  which  incorporates  an 
acceleration-sensitive  pendulum  connected  to  a  relay 
operated  radio  transmitter  so  as  to  signal  silently  to  a  remote 
sution  any  movement  of  the  vehicle  on  which  the  apparatus 
is  magnetically  mounted.  A  charge  storage  circuit  in  parallel 
with  the  relay  keeps  the  transmitter  on  for  about  a  1  second 
interval. 


3,668,676 

ALARM  DEVICE  WITH  MEANS  TO  LOCATE  AN 

ERRONEOUSLY  ACTIVATED  DETECTOR 

Koju  Sasaki,  Tokyo,  Japan,  asslgMir  to  NIttaB  Compavy, 

Limited,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  May  7,  1970,  Scr.  No.  35^31 
Ciaiau  priority,  applicatton  Japan,  July  1, 1969, 44/61795 
Int.  CL  G08b  19/00 
U.S.  CL  340— 227  R  1 


An  alarm  device  for  the  detection  of  smoke,  fire,  and  the 
like  having  a  plurality  of  detectors  connected  in  parallel  and 


390 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


energized  by  a  power  supply  with  the  coil  of  a  relay  in  series 
with  the  power  supply.  Relay  contacts  are  arranged  to  close 
when  the  current  through  the  relay  exceeds  a  predetermined 
value,  said  contacts  being  connected  through  a  resistor  and 
in  parallel  with  the  detectors  so  that  when  a  detector 
operates,  it  will  cause  a  current  in  excess  of  said  predeter- 
mined value  to  flow  through  the  coil  closing  said  contacts 
which  in  turn  will  produce  sufficient  holding  current  in  the 
relay  to  maintain  the  contacts  in  a  closed  condition  and  at 
the  same  time  permit  the  actuated  detecUx-  to  continue  to 
draw  current.  In  this  way,  a  detector  erroneously  actuated 
can  be  easily  located. 


3,668,677 
ALARM  SYSTEM  FOR  CONSISTCNMETER 
KcmMth  O.  Mnl^  Port  Nedica,  Tex.,  asrignnr  to  Tcxaoo  Inc., 
New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  Dec  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,690 

Int.CLG08b2;/00 

U.S.  CL  340— 236  llClalim 


An  alarm  system  for  indicating  whether  or  not  a  valid 
signal  is  being  recorded,  as  distingviished  from  spurious 
signals  occurring  outside  of  selected  time  intervals  when 
valid  signal  information  should  normally  be  passed  through  a 
noise  gate.  The  alarm  circuit  comprises  an  exclusive-OR  cir- 
cuit having  its  respective  input  terminals  coupled  to  opposite 
sides  of  the  noise  gate  for  providing  an  alarm  pulse  at  its  out- 
put only  when  a  spurious  signal  is  applied  to  the  input  of  the 
noise  gate  at  times  when  it  is  not  passed  through  the  gate. 
The  output  of  the  exclusive-OR  circuit  is  coupled  to  the  set 
input  of  an  alarm  latch  circuit  comprising  a  bistable  mul- 
tivibrator for  producing  an  output  signal  which  is  employed 
to  activate  an  indicator.  The  output  of  the  noise  gate  is  also 
coupled  to  the  reset  input  of  the  alarm  latch  circuit  in  order 
to  reset  the  alarm  circuit  automatically  when  normal  signal 
pulses  are  passed  through  the  noise  gate.  It  applies  to  con- 
sistometer  apparatus  of  the  type  wherein  the  consistency  of  a 
stream  of  material  such  as  grease  is  measured  by  measuring 
the  deflection  of  a  flexiUe  resilient  member  located  in  the 
stream  and  rotated  at  a  constant  rate  about  an  axis  which  is 
parallel  to  the  direction  of  flow  of  the  stream  by  measuring 
any  time  delay  of  the  resilient  member  due  to  such  deflection 
as  compared  to  a  rigid  reference  member  rotated  in 
synchronism  with  the  resilient  member.  Means  are  provided 
for  periodically  detecting  the  resilient  member  and  rigid 
reference  memt>er  as  they  are  rotated  past  respective  mag- 
netic sensors.  Means  are  coupled  to  the  respective  magnetic 
sensors  for  generating  respective  electric  pulses,  the  first  of 
which  has  a  leading  edge  corresponding  to  the  time  when  the 
reference  member  crosses  the  center  of  the  reference  sensor, 
and  the  second  of  which  has  a  leading  edge  corresponding  to 
the  time  when  the  resilient  detector  member  crosses  the 
center  of  the  detector  sensor.  The  first  pulse  is  supplied 
through  a  ncMse  gate  to  the  set  input  of  an  RS  flip-flop  circuit 
for  initiating  a  third  pulse  and  the  second  pulse  is  supplied  to 
the  reset  input  of  the  RS  flip-flop  for  terminating  the  third 


pulse  after  a  time  duration  corresponding  to  the  interval 
between  the  respective  leading  edges  of  the  first  and  second 
pulses.  The  noise  gate  is  controlled  by  a  latch  circuit  having 
its  set  and  reset  inputs  coupled  to  means  including  the 
reference  and  detector  sensors,  respectively,  for  controlling 
the  gate  so  that  it  passes  pulses  to  the  set  input  of  the  RS  flip- 
flop  only  during  selected  time  intervals  when  the  rotating 
members  are  in  the  vicinity  of  their  respective  sensors. 


■  3,668,678 

BULB  OUTAGE  INDICATOR  FOR  MULTI-LAMP 
CIRCUITS 
Philip  J.  Porter,  Royal  Oak,  Mkh.,  wrignor  to  GcMral  Mo- 
tors CorporatkM,  Detroit,  Mich. 

I        Filed  Oct.  1,  1970,  Scr.  No.  77,230 
Int.  CI.  B60q  J/38 
VJS.  CL  340—251  1  Claim 


>-^r^*; 


A  bulb  outage  indicator  in  conjunction  with  a  vehicle  turn 
signal  flasher  circuit.  The  flasher  circuit  includes  a  relay 
periodically  energized  and  deenergized  to  control  a  set  of 
normally  open  contacts  to  supply  current  from  a  source  to 
the  turn  signal  lamps.  The  relay  also  includes  a  second  set  of 
normally  open  contacts  in  series  with  the  source,  a  set  of  nor- 
mally closed  contacts,  and  an  indicating  lamp.  The  set  of  nor- 
mally closed  contacts  is  controlled  by  a  current  sensitive  coil 
in  series  with  the  vehicle  turn  signal  lamps.  The  current  sensi- 
tive coil  is  sensitive  to  the  total  current  supplied  to  the  lamps 
when  all  the  lamps  are  operating  and  is  insensitive  to  the  cur- 
rent supplied  to  the  lamps  when  one  or  more  of  the  lamps 
have  failed.  When  one  of  the  turn  signal  lamps  has  failed,  the 
set  of  normally  closed  relay  contacts  remains  closed  and  the 
two  sets  of  normally  open  relay  contacts  periodically  flash 
the  remaining  turn  signal  lamps  and  the  indicator  lamp  to  in- 
dicate a  lamp  failure. 


3,668,679 

AUTOMATED  ANALYZER  OF  MACHINE  OPERATION 
Martin  A.  Valleat,  Stanford,  Coon.,  aadgnor  to  The  United 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Navy 

Filed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  116,426 

Int.  CL  GOlm  15/00 

VS.  CL  340—267  R  7  Clainn 

An  automatic  analyzer  of  the  operation  of  machinery  hav- 
ing sensors  coupling  various  machine  components  to  produce 
electrical  signals  which  sensor  output  signals  are  applied  to 
the  analyzer  in  accordance  with  a  program  of  sampling  by  a 
taped  program  controlling  relay  switches  to  compare  the 
voltage  amplitude  of  an  electrical  signal  firom  the  machine 
component  or  to  compare  the  harmonics  of  noise  from  the 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


891 


machine  component  with  a  predetermined  reference  to  shut    pedestals,  or  the  substitution  of  a  pedestal  having  a  resistor  of 
down  the  analyzer  to  further  sampling  and  to  indicate  a  fault    incorrect  value.  wUl  unbalance  the  Wheatstone  bridge  circuit 

and  thereby  extinguish  the  pilot  lamp  and  ifluminate  a  warn- 
ing signal  lamp,  which,  unless  extinguished  by  switch  means 
. ,.  V     ^^^^  "-".ate •».«•-"■-  under  the  operator's  control,  remaiiM  lighted  until  a  pedestal 


whenever  the  machine  component  signal  is  in  excess  of  the 
reference  until  the  fault  is  corrected. 


3,668,680 

COAT  HANGER  HAVING  THEFT  ALARM 

DonaM  P.  Spddlng,  102  Minies  Ciixie,  Battk  Crtck,  Mkh., 

and  James  G.  Ckwe,  3215  29th  St.,  Lubbock,  Tex. 

nied  Nov.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  87,749 

Int.  CL  G08b  13/14, 21/00 

U.S.  CL  340—280  4  Cbdm 


A  garment  hanger  having  an  alarm  buzzer  and  actuating 
battery,  and  a  key  the  insertion  of  which  disables  the  alarm 
system  and  the  removal  of  which  places  the  system  in  ac- 
tuatable  condition.  One  or  more  switches  are  provided  in  the 
circuit  adapted  to  be  maintained  in  the  open  condition  when 
a  garment  is  supported  by  the  hanger  and  to  close  the  circuit 
to  actuate  the  alarm  when  the  garment  is  removed  while  the 
key  is  not  disposed  in  the  key  socket  of  the  hanger  for  in- 
stituting the  disabling  condition. 


3,668,681 

ANTTTHEFT  MERCHANDISE  DISPLAY  SYSTEM 
Sdwyn  Kaplan,  7924  Cowan  Ave.,  Los  Angeles,  CaUf. 
Filed  Feb.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  112,600 
Int.  CL  G06b  13/14 
U.S.  a.  340—280  10  Clahm 

A  multiplicity  of  pedestals,  each  individually  locked  to  a 
ring  or  other  article  of  merchandise,  each  receivable  in  a 
socket  in  a  jewelry  box  or  other  display  apparatus  with  a  re- 
sistor in  each  of  the  pedestals.  The  resistors  in  a  particular 
system  desirably  differ  among  themselves  in  value  of  their  re- 
sistance. When  the  pedestals  are  all  inserted  in  their  sockets, 
their  resistors  form  one  leg  of  a  Wheatstone  bridge  circuit  to 
balance  the  bridge  and  illuminate  a  pilot  lamp  to  indicate 
that  the  system  is  in  operation.  Removal  of  one  of  the 


having  the  proper  resistance  is  replaced.  The  pedestal  has  a 
rectangular  cross  section  for  properiy  orienting  the  ring  with 
respect  to  the  jewelry  box,  and  has  a  hook  with  an  extended 
leg  which  is  threaded  into  a  fastener  roUUbie  relative  to  the 
pedestal,  to  move  the  hook  toward  and  away  from  the 
pedestal  to  releasably  lock  the  ring  to  the  pedestal. 


3,668,682 

NURSE  CALL  AND  ALARM  SYSTEM  FOR  NURSING 

HOMES  AND  THE  LIKE 

Charles  L.  Barbce,  Hawley;  Harbm  D.  Williams,  and  James 

R.  Straccncr,  both  of  Abilene,  all  of  Tex.,  assignors  to  Texas 

OU  Electric  Co.,  Abilene,  Tex. 

FBed  Nov.  20,  1970,  Ser.  No.  91,307 

Int.  a.  H04a  7/00 

U.S.  CL  340—286  R  3  Clafam 


An  integrated  nurse  call,  fire  alarm  and  building  door  prxv 
tection  system  embodies  a  central  control  box  and  panel  at 
the  nurse  sution  having  individual  room  indicator  lights  and 
a  common  buzzer,  responsive  to  individual  patient-actuated 
room  switches.  Corridor  lights  are  also  provided  at  the  doors 
of  individual  rooms.  The  system  also  embodies  building  exit 
door  switches  which  respond  to  the  opening  of  an  exit  door 
to  sound  the  buzzer,  thus  preventing  patients  and  others  en- 
tering or  leaving  the  building  unnoticed.  The  buzzer  can  be 
silenced  by  a  nurse  at  the  central  control  panel  but  the  in- 
dicator lights  must  be  extinguished  in  the  patients*  rooms  and 
cannot  be  extinguished  fixjm  the  beds.  The  fire  alarm  system 
features  plural  zones,  each  having  fire  sensing  means,  a  com- 
mon alarm  bell,  indicator  lights  for  the  zones  on  the  central 
control  panel,  and  individual  testing  sv^tches  for  the  zones. 


\ 


392 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JunS  6,  1972 


3,668,683 
PfSUOMC  TIMED  SWITCHING  APPARATUS 
John  W.  CrcoMT,  Ehn  Grove,  and  NoniMii  A.  Krohnc,  WmI 
AMh,  both  td  WIfc,  iiipinri  to  Cwmw  Et^faateak^  Com- 
paoy,  Inc^  MUwankce,  WIl 

FDcd  Oct.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  872,097 

Int.  CL  G08b  1/OS 

VS.  CL  340—309.4  «  9  dafam 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  motel  call  system  for  waking 
the  room  occupants  at  a  requested  time.  Each  room  is  con- 
nected to  the  central  station  by  a  single  cable  having  one 
conunon  return  line  and  a  signal  line  for  each  time.  A  rotary 
selector  switch  selectively  connects  a  bell  to  one  of  the  cable 
signal  lines.  The  central  station  includes  a  rotary  stepper 
relay  switch  selectively  connecting  the  signal  line  to  a  power 
supply  via  a  double  pole,  double  throw  control  relay  which  is 
energized  periodically  via  timed  contacts.  The  control  relay 
supplies  power  to  the  stepper  relay  and  to  a  timing  capacitor 
in  one  position.  In  the  alternate  position,  the  relay  short  cir- 
cuits the  stepping  relay  contacts  and  the  room  stations,  and 
connects  the  capacitor  to  energize  the  stepping  relay  to  move 
to  the  next  time  position.  When  the  stepper  relay  has 
scaimed  all  of  its  operating  times,  a  reset  contact  is  con- 
nected to  energize  the  reset  coil  to  reset  the  stepper  relay. 


3,668,684 
PORTABLE  MORSE  CODE  SIGNALING  DEVICE 
Donald  W.  Johnson,  Unton;  Ronald  J.  Slovidl,  Crane,  and 
Larry  A.  Whedock,  Bloomlidd,  yi  of  bML,  asaignon  to  The 
United  Stales  of  Amcrka  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Navy 

FUed  Dec  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,693 

Int  CL  H04f  15/04 

US.  CL  340—321  R  3  Clabm 


■ttttttl         [^ 

'-n  '-It 


■vT' 


I  3,668,685 

COMPOSING  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 
Robert  M.  Honrath,  Parma,  OWo,  artgnnr  to  Htrria-lMcrw 
type  Corporation,  Clevchmd,  OMo 

1  nbd  Feb.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,626 

I  lBt.CLG06f  J/;4 

U.S.  CL  340—324  A  6  Cfadm 


1  ro  ct 


ro  ca*»f 


Composing  method  and  apparatus  for  publications  such  as 
newspapers  in  which  copy  from  various  sources  is  entered 
into  a  computer  in  coded  form  f  or  use  in  coatroUing  a 
phototypesetter  to  prepare  a  page  copy.  Certain  copy  includ- 
ing artwork  which  may  be  half  tone  or  continuous  tone  is 
scanned  to  provide  the  numerical  data  necessary  for  con- 
trolling the  phototypesetter  while  text  material  is  first  edited 
on  an  editing  terminal  and  then  stored  with  or  without  photo- 
typesetting  instructions  in  the  computer.  Each  item  to  be  in- 
cluded in  the  publication  is  identified  by  a  heading  and  a 
layout  department  instructs  the  computer  as  to  where  the 
items  are  to  appear.  For  this  purpose  the  layout  department 
has  a  layout  terminal  for  displaying  page  areas  with  previ- 
ously assigned  sections  outlined  and  identified  and  for  enter- 
ing coordinates  of  newly  assigned  sections  into  the  computer. 
The  terminal  can  display  magnified  portions  of  the  page  area. 
In  reproducing  continuous  tone  copy,  dot  characters  are 
stored  in  a  character  memory  and  used  to  provide  different 
half-tone  screen  sizes. 


3,668,686 
CONTROL  APPARATUS 
Garry  G.  Strohmeycr,  Hacienda  Heights,  Calif., 
Honeywell  Inc.,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Filed  June  6,  1969,  Scr.  No.  831,185 
Int.  CLGOSb  5/22 
VS.  CL  340-324  A 


A  signaling  device  for  producing  a  light  that  flashes  a 
Morse  code  signal.  A  light  source  is  energized  by  a  source  oi 
energy  and  circuit  means  are  provided  to  energize  the  light 
source  according  to  an  output  signal  from  a  shift  register 
comprised  of  a  plurality  of  flip-flops.  A  diode  encoder  having 
a  plurality  of  switches  is  provided  to  select  flip-flops  that  are 
to  be  set  which,  upon  clearing  of  the  shift  register,  provides  a 
Morse  code  signal.  A  first  oscillator  is  provided  to  pulse  the 
shift  register  and  a  second  oscillator  is  provided  to  pulse  the 
diode  encoder  for  resetting  the  flip-flops. 


to 


ICiaim 


Information  is  displayed  on  a  color  cathode  ray  tube  in  a 
color  that  contrasts  with  a  background  color.  This  informa- 
tion may  be  optionally  obliterated  by  causing  the  information 
and  background  to  be  displayed  in  the  same  color.  Logic  cir- 
cuitry combines  information  and  color  data  to  control  display 
color. 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


898 


David 


3,668,687 
RASTER  SCAN  SYMBOL  GENERATCNt 
B.  Hale,  daremoot,  N.H.,  asrignor  to  Sanders  Aa- 
Inc,  Nmhua,  N  JL 

FUed  Nov.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  877,323 
InLCLH04ni/00 


U.S.CL340— 324A 


15Clafan 


A  raster  scan  character  generator  which  forms  different 
sized  characters  with  dot  pattern  forming  nets  which  are 
shared  by  characters  employing  common  dot  patterns.  The 
geiterator  includes  a  timing  control  which  responds  to  a  size 
code  to  selectively  change  the  dot  signal  frequency  as  well  as 
to  perform  a  size  conversion  operation  on  the  odd  and  even 
scan  Une  signals.  A  character  stroke  or  dot  pattern  encoder 
responds  to  a  selected  character  to  provide  dot  pattern  or 
stroke  identifier  signals  to  a  stroke/dot  pattern  generator. 
The  dot  pattern  generator  includes  vertical,  horizontal  and 
slant  dot  pattern  forming  networks  which  respond  to  the  dot 
pattern  identifier  stroke  signals  as  well  as  to  the  scan  line  and 
dot  signals  to  provide  a  signal  pattern  indicative  of  a  selected 
character  of  a  selected  size. 


3,668,688 

GAS  DISCHARGE  DISPLAY  AND  MEMORY  PANEL 

HAVING  ADMtESSING  AND  INTERFACE  CIRCUITS 

INTEGRAL  THEREWITH 

Larry  J.  Sfhrnrrtal,  Toledo,  Ohio,  aMJgnni  to  Owcw-IDhiois, 


8aainv 


FUed  Dec  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888.741 
Int.  CL  HOIJ  17/48;  HOSb  41/44 
VS.  CL  340—324  R 


C", 

Jlii!Myr[filulB 

■R^S 

pg 

-^jlj 

^^MSF 

7^ 

|!  flP'i 

'  '\ 

■  (fn|L^'\ 

/  jj 

jg  ||i|ji|i| 

' 

' '  \ 

III  r^'' 

||  1  1 

'  n 

]m 

^        m 

II 

\.  ■ 

■  v^ 

Logic  circuit  circuits  are  combined  with  interface  pulsing  cir- 
cuits which  are  electrically  floated  on  the  sustainer  voltage 
for  the  panel  and  the  interfacing  and  logic  circuits  are 
mounted  integrally  on  panel  support  plate  extensions.  In  ad- 
dition to  conductor  arrays  forming  matrix  cross  points  for 
locating  a  discrete  discharge  site,  edge  extension  ai  support 
plates  carry  directly  on  the  plates  or  on  substrates  bonded 
thereto  additional  conductor  arrays  to  the  interfacing  and 
k>gic  circuits  which,  in  turn,  are  electrically  connected  to  the 
matrix  conductor  arrays  for  supplying  sustaining  and 
discharge  condition  manipulating  potentials  thereto. 


3,668,689 

ALPHA-NUMERIC  MSPLAY  TUBES 

I  John  Drage,  The  Island,  Uxbiidge,  Engfamd 

nied  Dec  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,486 

Claims  priority,  appMcadon  Great  Britain,  Dec  12, 1968, 

59,143/68 
Int.  CL  G08b  5/22 
VS.  CL  340—344  7 


\\ 


A  display  tube  has  a  plurality  of  cathodes  extending  into  an 
atmosphere  of  rare  gas  within  a  transparent  envelope  to  form 
a  visible  matrix  of  cathode  glow  electrodes.  Each  cathode  is 
surrounded  by  an  anode  plate  with  shaped  apertures  putting 
a  compartnaent  about  each  separate  cathode.  Electronic  cod- 
ing, decoding  and  buffering  circuitB  are  connected  to  form 
individually  recognizable  patterns  firom  excitation  of  selected 
cathodes. 


3,668,690 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  PCNt  ANALOG  TO  MGITAL 

CONVERSION 

Alfred  Newman  Ormood,  11969  Eart  RHcra  Road,  Santa  ft 
SprinshOdlf. 

FBcd  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,245 
Int.  CL  li03k  13/02 
VS.  CL  340—347  NT  7  ( 


There  n  disclosed  a  method  and  apparatus  for  reducing  the        An  analog  voltage  signal  is  converted  to  a  digital  output 
number  of  wires  to  gaseous  discharge  display/memory  panels,    reading  by  applying  it  to  a  variable  frequency  oecillator,  the 


3M 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


6,  1972 


output  frequency  of  which  is  ptxiportional  to  the  applied 
signal.  InitiaUy,  the  oscillator  is  set  to  oscillate  at  a  given 
reference  frequency  for  zero  ventage  input  signals.  The 
analog  signal  is  then  applied  to  the  oscillator  for  a  first  given 
time  interval.  The  output  of  the  oscillator  is  counted  by  an 
up-down  counter  during  this  first  period  to  provide  a  count 
proportional  to  the  sum  of  the  reference  frequency  and 
frequency  resuhing  from  the  analog  signal.  The  input  i^>plied 
to  the  oscillator  is  then  changed  to  either  zero  volts  or  the 
reversed  polarity  of  the  analog  signal  during  a  second  given 
time  interval  and  the  direction  of  the  counter  is  changed  to 
count  the  output  of  the  oscillator  in  a  down  direction  during 
this  second  time  interval.  The  resulting  counting  total  after 
the  first  and  second  time  intervals  registered  in  the  counter  is 
then  directly  proportional  to  the  value  of  the  analog  signal, 
the  count  from  the  reference  frequency  having  been  sub- 
tracted out  over  the  tvw  time  intervals.  Any  drift  effects  in 
the  variable  frequency  oscillator  are  thus  cancelled  and  a 
more  accurate  (tigital  output  reading  corresponding  to  the 
analog  signal  results.  Further  features  of  the  method  and  ap- 
paratus contemplate  providing  an  output  count  in  the  form  of 
a  ratio  of  a  number  corresponding  to  the  analog  signal  and  a 
fixed  number  provided  by  a  constant  input  signal  so  that  a 
scaling  factor  is  provided. 


3,668,691 

ANALOG  TO  MGITAL  ENCOMX 

John  Robert  Scrgo,  Jr^  Matawan,  N J^  aBslgnor  to 

Tdephone  Labontorki,  Incorporated,  Murray  Hm,  N  J. 

Filed  Aug.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,171 

Int.  CL  H03k  yi/02 

U.S.  CL  340—347  AO  4  Claiim 


An  encoder  employing  level  elimination  companding  for 
higher  level  input  signals  wherein  a  progressively  increasing 
number  of  quantum  levels  are  eliminated  between  selected 
levels  with  the  number  of  levels  eliminated  increasing  by  one 
for  each  level  selected  during  the  companding  phase. 


3,668,692 
CONVERTING  DEVICE 
Goala  Rofaud  Eughiisd,  Stockhokn,  and  Richard  Reuben  Tkc, 
both  «(  Swcdca,  aaripinri  to  Svcuka  D«lw«- 
AB,  SotaM,  Sweden 

nkd  June  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  836^98 

Clafans  priority,  appMcation  Sweden,  June  28, 1968, 8847/68 

Int.  CL  G08c  9106 
U.S.  CL  340—347  P  9  ri.i— 

A  device  for  converting  the  value  in  a  mechanical  register 
into  electrical  output  signals.  The  value  in  the  register  is 
transferred  to  coded  means,  each  one  cooperating  with  a 
number  of  wires  and  set  to  an  operative  or  inoperative  posi- 
tion, (being  able  to  cover  or  uncover  apertures  in  a  stationa- 
ry disc).  A  rotating  sensing  finger,  comprising  optical  fibers, 
scans  the  apertures  in  sequence  and  depending  on  the  aper- 


tures being  covered  or  exposed  transmits  light  from  a  sta- 
tionary light  source  to  a  stationary  light  sensitive  device  to 


generate  electrical  signals.  These  signals  represent  vie  value 
in  the  register. 


yii 


3,668,693 
ANALOG-TO-DIGITAL  CONVERTER 
C.  Eaton,  PMsplon  Plains,  Mid  Marvbi  MmcL  Weal 
Ei^lcwood,  bocii  Of  N  J.,  iMiliion  to  1lK  SlBfcr  GonpMy, 
New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

FBad  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,603 
I  Int.  CL  H03k  13102 

VS,  CL  ^40—347  SY 


An  analog-to-digital  converter  is  provided  for  converting 
analog  signals  representing  the  sine  and  cosine  of  an  angle 
into  a  14  bit  binary  digital  output  signal  frxnn  an  up-down 
counter.  Selected  groups  of  bits  from  the  counter  control  at- 
tenuation networks  which  generate  an  analog  representation 
of  the  angular  value  to  which  the  counter  is  set.  The  first 
group  of  bits,  comprising  the  three  most  significant  bits,  con- 
trols an  octant  selection  netwoiic.  A  second  group  oS  bits, 
comprising  the  next  three  most  significant  bits,  controls  two 
ladder  attenuaticm  networks  which  generate  aiudog  represen- 
tations of  the  tangent  cS  the  portion  cX  the  angle  in  the 
counter  represented  by  this  group  of  bits.  A  third  group  of 
bits,  comprising  the  remaining  bits  fit>m  the  counter  output, 
is  employed  to  control  a  third  ladder  attenuation  networlc^^ 
which  generates  an  analog  representation  of  the  portion  of 
the  an^e  in  the  counter  represented  by  the  third  group  of 
bits.  The  octant  selection  network  and  three  ladder  attenua- 
ticm  networks  are  arranged  to  nxxlify  the  two-phaae  analog 
input  signals  to  produce  an  a-c  analog  error  signal  represent- 
ing the  magnitude  and  sense  of  the  angular  deviation 
between  the  counter  setting  and  the  angle  represented  by  the 
analog  input  signals.  The  AC  error  sigiwl  is  multiplied  by  a 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


895 


carrier  voltage  in  a  phase-sensitive  demodulator  to  produce  a 
bipolar  DC  signal  which  is  then  applied  to  a  bipolar  voltage- 
to-frequency  converter.  The  output  of  the  voltage-to- 
frequency  converter  consists  of  two  series  of  pulses  which  are 
employed  to  drive  the  up-down  counter  to  a  null  setting 
wherein  it  produces  a  binary  digital  output  signal  represent- 
ing the  angle  defined  by  the  analog  input  signals. 


3,668,694 
ELECTRICAL  CONTACT-MAKING  KEYBOARDS 
Haydn  V.  Purdy,  Down  Cottage,  Down  Place,  Windsor,  and 
Ronald  C.  Mclntoah,  7  Avenue  Road,  St.  Albans,  both  of 


9ClalniB 


FDcd  Aug.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,530 
Int.  CL  G08c  9108 
U.S.  CL  340—365 


A  series  of  laterally  spaced  brackets  are  secured  together 
by  a  printed  circuit  board  on  which  is  mounted  a  parallel 
array  of  L-shaped  wires  having  their  short  legs  molded  in  a 
plastic  block  and  their  long  legs  disposed  in  slots  in  a  plastic 
guide  member.  Plastic  keys  are  pivoted  at  one  end  to  a  bar 
supported  by  the  brackets,  and  have  plugs  at  an  intermediate 
position  which  are  guided  into  predetermined  slots  in  the 
guide  member  when  the  keys  are  depressed.  Key  circuits  are 
molded  into  each  key  and,  upcm  contact  of  the  plug  with  the 
long  leg  of  an  L-shaped  wire  in  the  selected  slot,  connect  two 
binary  bit  wires  constituting  the  binary  code  of  the  depressed 
key  to  a  binary  code  terminal  strip. 


3,668,695 
KEYBOARD  APPARATUS 
WOlMB  D.  Gnbor,  Amhcnt,  N JL,  Msignnr  to  Svidcn  Aa- 
Inc,  Nashua,  N.H. 
ppllcniion  Oct.  10, 1966,  Scr.  No.  598,558,  now 
Patent  No.  3,588^75,  dated  June  28, 1971,  wMch  Is  a 
coallnuatiD»ln*part  of  appBcaHon  Scr.  No.  496,031,  Oct  14, 
1965,  now  abandoned.  Dhridod  MMl  CMi  appBcmion  July  1, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  6O4OO 
Int.  CL  G08c  9100  -- 
U.S.  CL  340—365  5  OidnH 


A  keyboard  encoder  comprises  a  set  of  keys.  Each  key  is  in 
juxtaposition  with  one  or  more  field-responsive  elements  as- 


sociated with  that  key,  the  outputs  of  the  field-responsive  ele- 
ments being  conveyed  to  output  terminals  of  the  encoder. 
Actuation  of  a  key  alters  the  field  to  which  the  elements  as- 
sociated therewith  respond.  The  number  of  elements  as- 
sociated with  each  key  and  the  connections  of  these  elements 
to  the  output  terminals  correspond  to  the  output  code  for  the 
character  represented  by  the  key.  Consequently,  the  respon- 
ses of  the  field-responsive  elements  to  actuation  of  a  key  pro- 
vide a  directly  encoded  representation  of  the  corresponding 
character  at  the  output  terminals.  Also  disclosed  is  an  elon- 
gated switch  bar  in  which  contact  is  readily  made  even 
though  the  switch  bar  is  depressed  at  either  of  the  two  ends 
thereof. 


3,66o,d9d 
RING  CORE  KEYBOARD  ENTRY  DEVICE 
Harry  E.  Brawky,  Jr.,  Lexington,  Mass.,  assignor  to 
Electronics  Corporation,  Burlfa^ton,  Mass. 

fUcd  Sept.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,163 
Int  CL  G08c  1100;  Gllc  17100 
U.S.  CL  340—365  5 


i3l  rX> 


ST«0«E  OUT 


— ^^^ 


«I5»       ;^, 


A  keyboard  entry  device  which  employs  a  plurality  of  ring 
cores  which  are  selectively  threaded  in  a  different  combina- 
tion by  leads  frx>m  a  plurality  of  keys  in  a  keyboard.  The  keys 
serve  to  connect  the  cores  to  an  a-c  power  source,  and  eadi 
core  is  coupled  to  an  output  circuit  which  is  resoiuuit  at 
about  the  frequency  of  the  power  source. 


3,668,697 
NONCONTACTING  KEYBOARD  '     ^ 

David  S.  Cochran,  Ptfo  Ako,  Mid  Gkni  E.  McGhec,  Loa  Al- 
tos, both  of  Calf.,  Msignnri  to  Hewlett-Pnckard  Conpany, 
Pirio  Alto,  OdlL 

HM  Sept.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,949 
lot  CL  G08c  1100 
lis,  CL  340—365 


;5^ 


•»3^ 


BCKUW 


N 


An  array  of  keys  is  suspended  over  an  array  of  transfcH*- 
mers.  The  transformer  secondaries  are  series  connected 
together  and  the  primaries  are  arranged  in  series  connected 
pairs,  the  transformers  of  each  pair  being  oppositely  poled.  A 
ferrite  core  is  attached  to  each  key.  The  primary  pairs  are 
electrically  energized  one  at  a  time  by  a  scanner,  and  the  se- 
ries connected  sec<mdaries  are  connected  to  a  comparator. 
When  a  key  is  depressed  the  ferrite  core  on  the  key  changes 
the  mutual  inductance  between  the  primary  and  secondary  of 
the  corresponding  transformer,  causing  the  comparator  to  re- 
gister a  de|H%ssed  key.  An  information  output  available  from 


I 


396. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  $,  1972 


t- 


the  scanner  and  comparator  tells  which  key  is  depressed,  and 
the  scanner  halts  when  a  key  is  depressed  to  prevent  an  er- 
roneous output  due  to  more  than  one  simultaneously 
depressed  key. 

3,668.698 
CAPACmVE  TRANSDUCER 
SayiMB  FmH  DcninUloglilou,  Ottawa,  and  Robert  Maartcn 
Van  Dyk.  DunroMn,  Ontario,  both  of  CanMla,  artgnnri  to 
NortlMrn  Ekctric  Company  Limited,  Mootreal,  Quebec, 


plane  of  the  fixed  pattern.  Each  disk  comprises  magnetized 
magnetic  material  having  a  magnetic  polarity  alignment 
parallel  to  a  given  flat  surface  of  the  disk  and  a  plurality  of 
visible  indicia  positioned  on  the  given  flat  surface  of  the  disk 
in  a  predetermined  order  in  relation  to  the  polarity  align- 
ment. A  mask  is  positioned  on  the  board  to  cover  the  disks 
and  contains  apertures  aligned  over  a  predetermined  portion 
of  each  disk  position  for  providing  a  view  of  whichever  ones 
of  the  visible  indicia  on  the  disks  are  rotatably  aligi^  with 
the  apertures.  ""^ 


FVed  Dec  17,  1970,  Ser.  No.  99,108 
Int.  a.  G08c  9/02 
UACL  340—365 


3,668,700 
SEGMENTAL  READOUT  DEVICE 
9Clatam  Alfred  Skroblsch,  Huntington  Stadon,  N.Y^  m 
Imtninent  Corp.,  Wotbnry  L.  I^  N.Y. 

Filed  Nov.  14,  1969,  Ser.  No.  876,763 
Iat.CLG09f  ;//02 
U.S.  CL  340—378 


t^Alard 


Clirinw 


A  capacitive  transducer,  for  a  contactless  switch,  which 
utilizes  an  electret  sandwiched  between  two  conductors,  one 
of  which  is  a  conductive  elastomer.  Depresuon  of  the  con- 
ductive elastomer  produces  a  voltage  pulse  across  the  two 
conductors  which  is  utilized  to  turn  on  a  field-effect 
transistor,  thus  providing  a  low  impedance  path  for  the 
switch. 


A  segmental  readout  device  of  the  digital  or  alphanumeric 
type  comprising  an  assembly  of  a  plurality  of  dowly  spaced 
elongated  electromagnetic  coils,  each  having  a  cocc  of  fer- 
rous ntetal,  and  in  which  the  display  elementt  comprise  cylin- 
drical magnet  s^mentt  each  provided  with  a  turbot 
character  to  be  displayed  or  exhibited,  nwgnetizatioo  of  each 
electromagnet  being  effective  to  polarize  its  core  to  effect  a 
bodily  movement  and  a  rotation  of  its  related  magnet  s^- 
ment  between  character  exhibiting  and  non-exhibiting  posi- 
tions. A  specially  structured  arrangement  is  devised  for 
providing  return  magnetic  flux  paths  to  eliminate  strays  in 
the  magnetic  interaction  betvwen  the  separate  magnet  seg- 
ments sfyd  their  cores  that  is  the  cause  of  false  displi^  taking 
place. 


3,668,699 
MAGNETIC  VIEWER  FOR  DISKS  HAVING  MAGNETIC 

POLARITY  AUGNMENT 
Peter  J.  Vogdgcani^  RoaevHc,  and  John  D.  Hohn,  Lake 
Etano,  boCii  of  MIml,  Mslgnori  to  Mbmcnta  Mining  and 
Mannfactnring  Company,  St.  Pani,  Nflnn. 

Filed  Nov.  12,  1970,  Ser.  No.  8SJ»9 

Int.  CL  GOeb  5/24,  5/26 

U.S.  CL  340—373  10  Cfadnv 


3,668,701 
MONITORING  APPARATUS 

Bfliy  T.  May  berry,  ScoHsdalc,  and  Edwin  B.  SInine, 
liotn  af  Alii*,  aMgpon  to  Sparry  Rand  Coipuialion 
I       Filed  Aug.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  65,573 
I  InL  CL  G08b  19/00 

UJS.  CL  340-^109 


X"  X 


:*==* 


A  device  for  providing  a  visual  indication  of  data 
represented  by  magnetic  polarity  alignments  at  each  of  a  plu- 
rality of  disparate  magnetized  regions  defining  a  fixed  two- 
dimensional  pattern.  The  device  comprises  a  board  contain- 
ing a  plurality  of  disks  positioned  in  said  fixed  pattern,  which 
disks  are  constrained  to  rotate  with  their  flat  surfaces  in  the 


j*r 


TT5 "vw  ■ 


•muht 


ii; 


•niTCK 


■-l 


u 


'Xrti^^ 


•Hi      '"J 1 


^ 


-t*) — 'X 


A  monitoring  circuit  monitors  separate  transducers  ener- 
gized by  an  alternating  current  carrier  for  determining  if  a 


\ 


June  6,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


897 


failure  to  track  occurs  and  for  detecting  failure  of  com- 
ponents of  the  monitoring  circuit.  The  amii^tude  and  phase 
of  the  transducer  outputs  and  a.c.  and  d.c.  tracer  signals  nor- 
mally combine  to  produce  a  tracking-within-tolerance  signal. 
The  transducers  are  individually  monitored  for  carrier  output 
indicative  of  their  operativeness.  A  pair  of  relay  driver  am- 
plifiers responsive  to  the  tracking  signal  and  each  carrier 
signal  are  normally  ahemately  energized  to  maintain  relays  in 
a  normally  energized  condition.  Tracking  failure  or  failure  of 
any  component  in  the  monitoring  circuitry  causes  disruption 
of  the  alternate  energization  of  the  relay  driver  amplifiers 
causing  one  or  more  relays  to  deenergize  and  actuate  an 
alarm.  A  test  sequence  provides  for  a  system  check  by 
progressively  short  circuiting  portions  of  a  tracking  monitor- 
ing input  circuit  to  produce  an  alarm  signal  followed  by  an 
alarm  off  condition. 


oeeiaMjiv 


Sygtmm  btock  {Xaanxm 


A  system  for  electromagnetic  signal  detection  having  an 
adaptive  circuit  generating  a  time-varying  matched  filter 
characteristic  whereby  the  sutistical  properties  <rf  additive 
noise  appearing  in  a  receiver  output  may  be  "tracked."  The 


statistical  behavior  of  "colwed"  noise  is  evaluated  and  the 
matched  detection  filter  characteristics  are  modified  ac- 
cordingly, so  that  detector  performance  for  signab  in  "- 
colored"  noise  is  comparable  to  that  achieved  by  an  op- 
timum mvariant  matched  filter  for  signal  detection  in 
"white"  noise. 


3,668,703 

MOnON  DETECTOR 
Cari  F.  Kldn,  Nfflhmwkae,  Vi^  miltiiiii  to 
Compaqy,  Nflhmukca,  Wb. 

FVed  Jan.  31, 1969,  Ser.  No.  796,945 
loL  CL  GOli  9/02;  G06b  13/22 
US.  CL  343—5  PD  n 


3,668,702 
ADAPTIVE  MATCHED  FILTER  FOR  RADAR  SIGNAL 
DETECTOR  IN  THE  PRESENCE  OF  C<HX>RED  N<MSE 
James  W.  Jones,  Granada  Hih,  Calif.,  assig to  Interna- 
tional Tdcphooe  and  Telegraph  Corporation,  New  York, 
N.Y. 

FBed  Oct.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,426 

Int.  CL  GOls  9/02 

MS,  CL  343—5  R  7  n«h— 


TRK3Gai 

CIRCUIT 


ALARM 


RB3ULATOR 


-T 


oc 

POWER 

SUPPLY 


This  disclosure  relates  to  an  intrusioii  detector  having  a 
microwave  transmitter  and  receiver  employing  a  sin^  an- 
tenna. A  transistor  is  interconnected  throu^  the  inductive 
cavity  of  a  coaxial  line  to  define  a  Colpitts'  oscillator  for 
transmitting  of  energy  of  a  given  fi«quency  into  the  area  to 
be  protected.  The  transistor  is  exposed  to  both  the  trans- 
mitted and  the  echo  signal  in  the  cavity.  The  non-linear 
characteristic  of  the  transistor  mixes  the  transmitted  and  tlie 
received  signals  and  includes  an  output  across  an  emitter  re- 
sistor which  is  equal  to  the  difference  erf  the  transmitter 
frequency  and  the  echo  frequency  i.e.,  the  Dop(>ler  frequen- 
cy. The  latter  signal  is  amplified  and  actuates  a  Schmitt 
trigger  circuit  for  controlling  an  alarm. 


DESIGNS 


JUNE  6,  197 


223,742 

HAT 

Siadair  L.  D.  Johamn,  5200  Kelway  Road, 

BaltfiiioK,  Md.    21212 

FUcd  Not.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  20,211 

Tcnn  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D2— Oi 

U.8.  CL  D2— 257 


i 


223,745  ^ 

DOOR  HANDLE  AND  LOCK  PLATE  UNl^ 
John  R.  Gerlach,  1461  Solar  Drirc, 

i        Monterey  Paik,  CaUf.    91754 
FDcd  July  29, 1970,  Sw.  No.  24,203 
Tmn  of  patent  14 
Int  Q.D8— 06 
U.S.  CL  D8— 170 


223,743 
RAKE  HEAD 
Woodrow  E.  Vangban  and  Gerald  D.  Reed,  Independence, 
Mo.,  aaslBnors  to  Modem  Plastic  Sales,  Independence, 
Mo. 

Filed  Oct  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,327 
Term  of  patent  14  years 
Int  a.  DO— 0/ 
U.S.  CL  DO— 13 


Martin 


223,746 
ESCUTCHEON  PLATE 

R.  Lambertz,  New  Hamborg,  Ontario,  Canada," 

^  assignor  to  Amerodi  Corporation,  Rodrford,  111. 
C#ntfanution-in-part  of  design  application  Ser.  No.  17,346, 
May  26,  1969.  TUi  application  May  25,  1970,  Scr. 
No.  23,119 

I  Term  at  patent  14  yean 

Inta.  DO— 09 
UA  CL  D8— 179 


223,744 

FDLE 

James  Alra  Coon,  West  Sacramento,  and  Elwln  Theobald, 

Fafar  Oal^  Calif.;  said  Theobald  assignor  to  said  Coon 

nied  Dec  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,564 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CLDO— «5 

U.S.  CL  DO— 90 


\ 


.a 


.55 


398 


s 


June  6,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


399 


223,747 

LOCKING  NUT 

Katsnmi  SUnJo,  8,  6i«honie,  Asahl  Minamidori, 

Niriilnaittn,  Osaka-sU,  Japan 

^^  FDed  Jnae  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,685 

T«m  of  patmt  14  yean 

lat  CL  D8— iO 

U.S.  a.  D»— 274 


223,750 
aSAUNG  ELEMENT 
William  J.  Berchon,  BolEalo,  and  FWel  F.  Bryan,  WU- 
UamsiiUe,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Acme  Highway  Prodncto 
CmporatlMi,  Buffalo,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  19,098 
Term  of  patent  14  years 
Int  CL  D25— Oi 
U.S.  CL  D13— 6 


M 


223,751 

CAMPER  TRAILER 

William  J.  Palnmbo,  MttwanUe,  Oreg.,  aarignor  to 

Mel-Mar  Industries,  Inc.,  Milwaukie,  Oreg. 

Filed  Jan.  8,  1971,  Ser.  No.  105,139 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  a.  D12— 70 

UA  CT.  D14— 3 


223,748 

DWELLING  STRUCTURE 

Jack  P.  Genscmer,  50  FoUen  St, 

Cambridge,  Mass.    02138 

FUed  Sept  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,832 

Term  c^  patent  14  years 

Int  a.  D25— 05 

U.S.  CL  D13— 1 


223,752 

BUMPER 

Paul  B.  Nnnn,  P.O.  Box  19043, 

(Ndahoma  City,  Okla.    73119 

FUed  June  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,706 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

IntCLD12— i6 

U.S.  CL  D14— 6 


223,749 

AmCRAFT  SERVICE  STRUCTURE 

Jack  Jones,  Wichita,  Kans.,  assignor  to  Cesana 

Aircraft  Company,  Wichita,  Kans. 

FDed  Oct  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,732 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D25— Oi 

UA  CI.  D15— 1 


223  753 

VEHICLE  TIRE  CARRIER  ACTUATING  LEVER 

Bob  J.  Seals,  8324  NW.  33rd, 

OUahoma  City,  OUa.    73123 

FDed  Mar.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,991 

Tom  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D12— 76 

UA  a.  D14— 6 


400 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


223,754 

TONNEAU  COVER  FOR  DUNE  BUGGIES 

HcKj  C  AxmaUj,  3M17  J.  Cvii,  and  William  C.  Staidco, 

3«233  J.  Carta,  bodi  of  RoseTine,  Midi.     48066 
Origiaal  d«i^  appiicatioa  Dec  3, 1968,  Ser.  No.  14,760, 
■ow  Patent  No.  216,783,  dated  Mar.  10, 1970.  Divided 
and  tiifa  applicatioii  Jan.  7,  1970,  Ser.  No.  20,789 
Term  of  patent  14  years 
lot  a.  D12— itf 
VS,  a  D14— 27 


L 


223,7S7 
HIGH  CHAIR 
I S.  KiiHtiey,  Portland,  Tcx^ 
Oro>Ljmia  Fnlii|iiiaei,  &K. 
I     Filed  Sept  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,826 
•  Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IntCLD6— 02 
VS.  CL  D15— 1 


t6 


223,755 

CAMPER  FOR  A  PICK-UP  TRUCK 

loaepii  R.  McNamee,  P.O.  Box  253, 

Nortkport,  Wash.    99157 

Filed  Jnne  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23^48 

Term  ot  patrat  14  yean 

lit  CL  D12— 76 

U.S.  CL  D14— 27 


223,758 

PIPETTE  STORAGE  RACK 

David  E.  Berg,  3326  S.  78th  St., 

Omaha,  Nebr.    68124 

FDcd  Oct  15,  1970,  Ser.  No.  25,498 

Term  <d  patent  14  yean 

Int  a.  D24— 02;  D6— 09 

VS.  CL  D16— 1 


a 

H 

rfv.az^^^ 

i 

1 

g-/^ 

1 

223,756 

ARMCHAIR 

Sanl  G.  Steinhart,  21  Austin  Road, 

Hamdcn,  Conn.    06512 

FOed  Sept  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,824 

Tcnn  of  mitent  14  yean 

Int  CLD6— 02 

U.S.CLD15— 1 


223,759  "- 

TABLET 

Harold  Tliomas  FUe,  Gernrds  Croas,  England,  assignor 

to  Aspro-Nich^as  Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  May  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,125 

Claims  pri<Hlty,  qipUcation  Great  Britain  Feb.  18,  1970 

(Term  of  patent  14  yean 
Int  CL  mi— 01;  Dl— 02 
VS.  CL  D16— 3 


June  6,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


401 


223,760  223,763 

COMBINATION  BABY  BATH  AND  SWITCH 

DRESSING  STAND  Yasno  Kodaira,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assignor  to  Nlhon  Kaiheild 
Sfairiey  Danieb  Chestine,  3500  Gibson  Bldg.  402,  Unit  961,  Kogyo  KabusUU  Kateha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Detroit,  Mkfa.    48201  Filed  Ang.  11, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,414 

Filed  Oct  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,691  Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Term  of  patent  14  yean  Int  CL  D13— Oi 

Int  a.  D23— ^2  VS.  CL  D26— 13 
UJ.CLD23— 52 


223,761 

AIR  CONDITIONER  FOR  VEHICLES 

Earnest  H.  Patrick,  Fort  Lauderdale,  Fla. 

FDed  Apr.  22, 1969,  Ser.  No.  16,849 

Tom  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CLD23— M 

U.S.  CL  D23— 142 


223,764 

ENTERTAINMENT  CENTER 

DeWitt  Y.  Gorman,  P.O.  Box  23323, 

Houston,  Tex.    77032 

FUed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,699 

Term  of  patent  14  yesn 

Int  CL  D14— 05 

U.S.  CL  D26— 14 


223,762 
DATA  PRINTER  KEYBOARD  CONSOLE 
Loring  C.  Bixler,  Vestal,  Arnold  M.  Daiis  and  Walter 
S.   McCormick,   Jr.,   Pooghkeepsie,   and   Edward   R. 
Wiener,  VistaL  N.Y.,  asdgnon  to  International  Bad- 
ness Machines  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 
Filed  Dec  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,608 
Term  of  patoit  14  yean 
Int  a.  D14— 02 
VS.  CL  D26— 5 


223,765 
TABLE  WITH  REVERSIBLE  TOP  OR 

SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Chaiies  M.  OTeary,  525  S.  Irving  Blvd., 

Los  Angeles,  CaUf.    90005 

Filed  Oct  27, 1969,  Ser.  No.  19,725 

Term  ot  patent  14  years 

Int  CI.  D6— 05 

U.S.  a.  D33— 14 


I 


402 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


223  766 

GOLF  CLUB  HEAD  OR  THE  LIKE 

Ted  G.  Hooghtall^  541  S.  State  Rte.  19, 

FVemoot,  Ohio    43420 

FDed  Mtf .  13»  1970,  Ser.  No.  21,8S7 

Tcnn  of  pateat  14  yean 

Int  CL  D21— 02 

U.S.  CL  D34— 5 


1 


223,769 

CHILD^  WmKLED  TOY 

ErkU  Rnokonen,  HeWnU,  Flalaiid,  aarignor  to 

Aarikka-Koni,  HeUnU,  Flalaod 

Filed  Aug.  31, 197f ,  Ser.  No.  24,776 

Tenn  of  patMt  14  yean    ^ 

bt  CL  D21— 07 

U3.  CL  D34~15 


223,767 

GOLF  CLUB  HEAD  OR  THE  LIKE 

Ted  G.  HooghtaUag,  541  S.  State  Rte.  19, 

FVcmoot,  CNiio     43420 

Filed  Mar.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,922 

Teim  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  a.  D21— 02 

U^.  CL  D34— 5 


223,770 

TOY  AIRPLANE 

iHarold  Goodnuui,  65  Kingi  Hlgkway, 

MlddletowB,  N  J.    0774S 

Filed  Dec  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,483 

-^      I  Tenii  of  patent  3V&  yean 

lot  CL  D21— Oi 

U.S.  CL  D34~15 


4dlr         \ 


u^8» 


223,768 

GAME  BOARD 

Robert  E.  AiitL  94  Federal  St, 

Springfield,  Maa>.    01105 

Filed  Sept  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,206 

Term  oi  patent  14  yean 

Inta.D21— 07 

U.S.CLD34— 5 


223,771 

COMBINATION  VEHICLE  LEVELING  AND 
CHOCKING  UNIT 
Johnny  Roney,  Ir.,  1626  Bcridey  Are., 
^    ^  Cohunbus,  Ga.    31907 

I  Filed  Apr.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,373 
Term  tk  patmt  14  yean 
Int  CL  D12— 76 
US.  CL  D41— 1 


June  6,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


403 


223,772 

FORK  UFT  JACK 

Roger  L.  Craft,  St  Joaeph,  Mo.,  aarignor  to  Gny 

Mannfactniing  Company,  Inc.,  St  Joseph,  Mo. 

FDed  Jnly  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,969 

Term  tk  patent  14  yean 

Int  a.  D12— 05 

U.S.  CLD41— 1 


223,774 
MOP  WRINGER 
Walter  A.  Swanson,  3615  Fcdend,  Denyer,  Colo.    80211, 
and  Michael  E.  Dc  Sooza,  5573  S.  WaaUi^n,  Little- 
ton, Colo.    80120 

FUed  Feb.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  21,370 
Term  of  patent  14  yean 
Int  CL  D7— 05 
U.8.  CL  D49— 29 


223,775 

GLASS  TUBE  FLOWMETER 

Harold  W.  Metzger,  Warminster,  Pa.,  asBignor  to 

Fischer  &  Porter  Company,  Warminster,  Pa. 

FDed  Oct  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,351 

^^  Torm  id  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  DIO— 05 

UJS.  CL  D52— 6 


223,773 

VACUUM  CLEANER 

Karl  Hugo  IJndstrom,  Sollentma,  Sweden,  assignor  to 

Aktiebolaget  Electrolux,  Stoddiolm,  Sweden 

Filed  Feb.  3,  1971,  Ser.  No.  112,508 

Claims  priority,  application  Sweden  Ang.  10, 1970 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D15— 05 

U.S.  CL  D49— 14 


ll 


223,776 

UQUm  LEVEL  GAUGE  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Donald  G.  Gmett  Manitowoc,  vna.,  assignor  to  Oil-Rite 

Corporation,  Manitowoc,  y^a. 

Filed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  113,780 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  a.  DIO— 04 

U.S.  CL  I>52— 6 


/ 


404 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TTl 


June  6,  1972 


223,777 

DECORATIVE  GRILLE 

Patrick  L.   7jmipciW,   Cranfiurd,  NJ^  aoigiior 

CoMtnictioB  Spcdaldcs,  Lm^,  Crairford,  N  J. 

FDcd  Dec.  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  20,698 

Terai  of  patent  14  yean 

lBtCLD25-^i 

UACLD54— 2 


to 


i  223,7M 

MICRO  FICHE  READER 
Poter  T.  Qufam,  Utttoton,  Colo^ 

HoiMywcll  Inc.,  ftflBBcapolis,  Mfam. 

FUcd  Joly  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,009 

Torm  of  pateat  14  ytn 

Int  d.  D16— 05 

US,  CL  p61— 1 


to 


<0><^<^AA 


223,778 

HAMMERMILL 

Emcft  F.  Bogcr,  9018  37tb  SW., 

Sci^tfe,  Wadk    98126 

FUed  Oct  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,487 

Term  oMf  patent  14  yean 

Int  CI.  D15— 99 

U.S.  CI.  DS5— 1 


223,781 

CYLINDRICAL  DRINKING  FOUNTAIN 

Allen  C.  Wright,  Moraga,  CaUf.,  aarignor  to  Haws 

DrinUng  Foontain  Company,  Bcriulcy,  Calif. 

'  Filed  Not.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26^31 

Tcnn  of  patent  14  yean 

brt.  CI.  D23— 07 

VJS.  CL  D67--4 


223,779 
COMBINED  MOBILE  PEDESTAL  MOUNT  AND 
HOUSING    FOR    A    COIN-OPERATED    TELE- 
VISION RECEIVER 
Walter  Leioy  AbeD,  Jr.,  6045  Round  Hill  Court,  Cofaun- 
bus,  Ga.    31904,  and  Harold  C  Hogencamp,  Rte.  2, 
Box  486,  Smiths,  Ala.    36867 

Filed  Aog.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,765 
Term  of  patent  3Vi  years 
Int  CL  D14— 05 
U.S.  CL  D56— 4 


223,782 

Polygonal  drineing  fountain 

Allen  C.  Wr^lrt,  Moraga,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  Haws 

DrinUng  Fountain  Conqpany,  Berkeley,  CaUf. 

FUed  Not.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,232 

Term  off  patent  14  years 

int  CL  D23— Oi 

UA  CL  D67— 4 


June  6,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


405 


223  783 

MOVEABLE  SIGNAL  UGHT  FOR  STORE  SALES 

Robert  M.  Akers,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla.,  assignor  of  a 

fractfonal  part  faiterest  to  'nomas  Plckoing 

FUed  Sept  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,924 

Term  of  pi^nt  14  y« 

Int  a.  D31 

U.S.  a.  D72— 1 


223,786 

TAPE  AND  BANDAGE  CUTTER 

Cedl  E.  Phillips  and  Fay  M.  Bennett  Eugene,  Oreg., 

assignors  to  Saf-Pla  Coiporatton,  Eugene,  Oteg. 

FIted  Dec  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,717 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

IntCLD24— 05 

U.S.  CL  D83— 12 


"TllliQTQrPi   ^.Iyi~^' 


ifciiitMil 


223,784 

EYEGLASSES  IHSPLAY  HOLDER 

GUbert  Rios,  Los  Angeles,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  Snpertor 

Optical  Company,  Los  Angeles,  CaUf. 

FUed  Dec  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,366 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CLD6— ^ 

UJS.  CL  D80— 9 


223,787 

FALSE  EYELASH  HOLDER 

Darid  Seidler,  69—10  108th  St., 

Forest  Hills,  N.Y.    11375 

Filed  June  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,224 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  a.  D3— 99 

U.S.  CL  DOT— 1 


223  785 

TRIPLEX  BOARD  USED  IN  PATHOLOGY 

Joseph  Narara,  2105  Walton  St,  Chicago,  m.    60622 

FDed  Mar.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,885 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D24— 02 

U.S.CLD83— 1 


223,788 

POCKETBOOK 

Joliana  M.  Corridon,  7805  Takmna  Are., 

Takoma  Park,  Md.    20012 

FUed  Not.  15, 1968,  Ser.  No.  14,477 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D3— 02 

U.S.  CL  D87— 3 


406 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  6,  1972 


223,789 

SHADE  UMBRELLA 

Hercolcs  Economoa,  812  NW.  8tk  Ave^ 

Fort  Lauderdale,  Fbu    33311 

Filed  Sept  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,802 

Tenn  of  patent  14  yean 

bit  CI.  D3—03 

U.S.CLD88— 3 


I 


s 


223,790 
MOTORCYCLE 
Einosuke  Miyadil,  Tokyo,  and  Norio  Aratani,  KawaaaU- 
shi,  Japan,  assii^iors  to  Honda  Glken  Kogyo  Kabushlki 
Knidhft^  Tokyo,  Japan 

FUed  Jan.  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,034        I  ^ 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan  Aug.  11,  1969 
Term  of  patent  14  years 
Int  CI.  D12— ii 
VS.  CI.  D90— 8 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 

TO  WHOM 
PATENTS  WERE  ISSUED  ON  THE  6th  DAY  OF  JUNE,  1972 

NOTi.— Arranged  in  mccordance  with  the  first  lignificant  character  or  word  of  the  name  (in  accordance  with  city  and 

telephone  directory  practice). 


.  Abbott  Laboratories:  See- 
Cam  bio.  Orlando  D.,  Jr..  3.667.638. 
Abe,  Jinnosuke;  Watanabe.  Tetsuo;  Take.  Teruo;  Fujimoto,  Kentaro; 
Fujii,  Tadashiro;  Takemura.  Kazunari;  Nishiie,  Kazuyoshi;  Satoh. 
Sakae;  Koide,  Tadtihi;  and  Hotu,  Yuue,  to  Toyo  Jozo  Kabuthiki 
Kaisha.    Process    for    the    production    of   isoxazolyl    penicillins. 
3.668.200. CI.  260-239.1 
Abler,  Norman  C:  See — 

Zemov,     Peter;    Gabel.     Thomas     H.;     and     Abler,     Norman 
C, 3.667,751. 
Abromavage,  John  C;  and  Ryden.  James  W.,  to  Advanced  Manage- 
ment Engineering  A  Research  Company.  Bumper  hitch  assembly 
tension  equalizer.  3.667,780.  CI.  280-502.000 
Abt.  Ronald  C.  to  Cincinnati  Milacron  Inc.  Quick-change  holder  for 

ECM  tooU.  3.668,105,  CI.  204-297.00r 
Acme  Electric  Corporation:  See- 
Archer,  William  A.;  Randall,  Ronald  H.;  and  Lewis,  Richard  M., 
3,668.508. 
Acme  Highway  Products  Corporation:  See— 

Sharpe,JamesF..3.667.IOS. 
Acoustifone  Corporation:  See— 

Mackey,  Richard  C;  and  Neill,  W.  James.  3.667.569. 
Adair,  Michael  H.:  See— 

Wer  Bell.  Mitchell  L  .  III.  3.667.S70. 
Adams  St  Westlake  Company,  The:  See— 

Krizm an,  Theodore  M.;and  Emmons.  Clayton  M..  3.668.576. 
Adams.  Clark  E.;  and  House.  William  T.,  to  Eiso  Research  and  En- 
gineering Company.  Slurry  hydrodesulfurization  of  a  heavy  petrole- 
um. 3,668,116.0.  208-216.000 
Adams,  Whitney  R..  to  Scott  Paper  Company.  Coated  proous  struc- 
tures and  method  for  forming  them.  3.667.984.  CI.  117-21. 
Adamski.  Vincent  Wallace;  and  Moore.  Ernest  Beatty,  to  Keystone 
Consolidated  Industries.  Inc.  Heavy  duty  caster  axle  and  integral 
fitting.  3.667,8 1 8, CI.  308-92.000 
Addie.  Albert  N.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Engine  turbosu- 

percharger  with  vibration  reducing  drive.  3.667,2 1 4,  CI.  60- 1 3 .000 
Adier.  Alan  J.,  to  Aerotherm  Corporation.  Apparatus  for  telemetering 

DC.  signals.  3.668.673.  CI.  340-208.000 
Advanced  Management  Engineering  &  Research  Company:  See— 

Abromavage,  John  C;  and  Ryden.  Jamei  W..  3,667,780. 
Aeroquip  Corporation:  See— 

Alcenius,  James  E.,  3,667,109. 
Aerotherm  Corporation:  See— 
AdIer.  Alan  J.  3.668.673. 
A.  F.  Hydraulics  Limited:  See- 
Foster.  Keith.  3.667.224. 
Agfa-Gevaert  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Engel.  Herbert;  Hartwig.  Kari;  and  Schnall  Gunther.  3.667.840. 
Engelsmann.  Dieter;  Maas.  Dieter;  Schroder.  Rolf;  and  Linke. 

Gerda.  3.667.366. 
Neudecker.  Karl;  and  Theer.  Anton.  3.667.362. 
Agin,  Gerald  J.,  to  International  Busineu  Machines  Corporation.  Con- 
stant displacement  stopping  control.  3,668.494.  CI.  318-373.000 
Aglaghanian.  Jacques;  and  Drevet.  Jean.  Binding  machine.  3.667,076, 

CI.  ll-l.OOa 
Agolini,  Franco;  and  Angelo,  Rudolph  John,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours, 
E.  I.,  and  Company.  Laminar  structures  of  metal  and  crystalline 
copolyketones  and  method  of  forming  ume.  3,668,057,  CI.  161- 
165.000 
Agrati,  Eugenio;  and  Sala,  Ennio.  Cinematograph  projector  particu- 

lariy  for  subsundard  films.  3,667,837,  CI.  352-242.000 
Ahlstone,  Arthur  G.,  to  Vetco  Offshore  Industries,  Inc.  Method  of  ce- 
menting a  casing  string  in  a  well  bore  and  hanging  it  in  a  subsea  well- 
head. 3,667,547,  CI.  166-286.000 
Ainsworth,  John  Desmond.  Control  system  for  high  voltage  D.C.  link 

connected  between  A.C.  systems.  3,668,4 13,  CI.  307-2. 
Ainsworth,  Richard  A.,  to  International  Business  Machines  Corpora- 
tion. Sense  amplifier  latch  for  monolithic  memories.  3,668,429,  CI. 
307-235.000 
Air  Products  and  Chemicals,  Inc.:  See— 

Furon,  Leon  D.,  3,667,287. 
Aisin  Sciki  Company  Limited:  See— 

Kazaoka.  Kenichi;  and  Jindo.Takashi.  3.667.791. 
Okamoto,  Tostaki;  and  Inada,  Masami,  3.667,81 1. 
Torii,  Nozomu,  3,667.792. 
Akiba,  Keiichiro:  See— 

Fujinami,  Akin;  Ozaki,  Toshiaki;  Horiuchi,  Fukaihi;  Yamamoto, 
Sigeo;  Akiba,  Keiichiro;  Tanaka,  Katsutoshi;  Doha,  Shigehiro; 
Ooishi,    Tadashi;    Nodera,    Katsuji;    and    Kameda.    Nobuyu- 
ki.3.668.217. 
Akira.  Sato:  See— 

Shiba,  Keisuke;  Akira,  Sato;  and  TsuboU,  Motohiko,3,667,960. 


Aktiebolaget  Kanthal:  See— 

Schrewelius,  Nils  GusUv,  3,668,599. 
Aktiebolaget  Scania-Vabis:  See- 
Back,  Anders  Yngve.  3.667.289. 
Akticn-Gesellichafl  'Weser':See- 

Janssen,  Hans-Georg,  3.667.41 8. 
Aktiengeselbchaft  Brown.  Boveri  ft  Cie:  See— 

Mottier.  Francois.  3.668,530. 
Alamance  Industries,  Inc.:  See- 
Fain.  Bobby  Ray.  3.667.209. 
Albert.  Guy  D..  to  North  Electric  Company.  Multi-point  program  plug 
and  receptacle  connector  arrangement  having  positive  alignment 
prior  to  positive  mating.  3,668.605.  CI.  339- 18.00b 
Alcenius,  James  E..  to  Aeroquip  Corporation.  Vertical  brazing  system. 

3.667,109,  CI.  29-490.000 
Alexander.  Allen  D.:  See— 

Stucky.  Duane  L.;  Donaldson,  Richard  G.;  and  Alexander,  Allen 
D..3 .668.397. 
Alexander.  Donald  E..  to  Carrier  Corporation.  Supporting  insulator  for 

electrical  heating  elemenu.  3.668.303.  CI.  174-138. 
Alfa-Laval  AB:  See- 

Stenstrom.  Lennart  Arvid,  3,668.358. 
Algeo.  John  W.,  to  Santa  Ynez  ileiearch  Farm.  Proceu  for  improving 

digestibility  of  feedstuffs  for  ruminant  animals.  3.667.961 ,  CI.  99-2. 
Algers.  Knut  Borge.  Method  and  means  for  binding  of  ground  surfaces 
on   bedding  which   is  uneven   or   has  a   tendency   to   give   way. 
3.667.1 78.  CI.  52-292.000 
Allard  Instrument  Corporation:  See— 

SkrobiKh.  Alfred.  3.668.700. 
Allen.  Charles   A.,   to   Cogar  Corporation.   Write   once/read   only 

semiconductor  memory  array.  3.668.655,  CI.  340-1 73.0sp 
Allen,  Clifford  W.,  to  Westinghouse  Air  Brake  Company.  Electro- 
pneumatic  digiul  interface.  3.667,490, CI.  1 37-8 1. 5 
Allen.   Richard  G.;   and   Torick.   Emil.  to  Columbia  Broadcasting 

System.  Inc.  Dynamic  presence  equalizer.  3,668.322,  CI.  179-I.Ovc 
Allen-Bradley  Company:  See— 
Kosem.  Marion.  3.668.500. 
Alley.  Starling  K..  to  Union  Oil  Company  of  California.  Production  of 

alkylbenzenes.  3.668.264.  CI.  260-67 1 .000 
Allied  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 

Banush.  Russell  S.;  and  Hagerty.  Donald  P..  3,668,1 3 1 . 

Bnindege,  Jasper  A.,  3.668,256. 

Fuhrmann.  Robert;  Pisanchyn.  John;  and   Koff.   Fred   William, 

3.668.182. 
Goetz.  Frederick  J..  3.668. 1 89. 
Oxenrider.  Bryce  C.  3.668.1 8 1 . 
Santimauro.  John  F.;  and  Gerson.  Herman.  3.668.225. 
Wooster.  George  Sidney;  and  Kim.  Voldemar,  3,668,173. 
Allied  Machine  ft  Engineering  Corporation:  See— 

Stokey.  William  H.,  3,667,768. 
Allied  Tube  ft  Conduit  Corporation:  See— 

Ostrowski,  Arthur  E.;  and  Basile,  Raffaele,  3,667,095. 
Alligood,  Lawrence  M.,  Jr.  Fluid  dispensing  device.  3,667,464,  CI. 

128-2 1 4.00c 
Allimon,    Willard    F.,    to    Shell    Oil    Company.    Dumbell    scraper. 

3,667,544,  CI.  166-170. 
Allis-Chalmers  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 
Dreisin,  Alexander,  3,667,437. 
Jenneu,  Raymond  C.  3.667.819. 
Korb.  Eugene  V.;  and  Haupt.  Robert  C.  3.667,563. 
Alloys  Unlimited  Inc.:  See— 

Laplante,  Jerry  C;  and  Poole.Thomas  A. .3.667.942. 
Aim.  Rasmus  Strande.  to  Norsk  Hydro-Elektrisk  Kvaelttofaktiesel- 
skab.  Measuring  system  for  an  analytical  centrifuge.  3,667.851.  CI. 
356-197.000 
Almo  Manifold  and  Tool  Company:  See— 

Courson,  Richard  B.,  3,667,603. 
Alps  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.:  See- 
Nomura,  Yukihiko,  3,668.597. 
Oka,  Tsumoru.  3.668.345. 
Aluminum  Company  of  America:  See— 
Hunsicker.  Harold  Y..  3.668.019. 
Stemler.  Jay  R.  3,667.182. 
Amano,  Hiroyuki;  Iwano,  Hanihiko;  and  Shirasu.  Kazuo.  to  Fuji  Photo 
Film    Co..    Ltd.    Bleach-fixing    solution    for    color    photography. 
3.667.9S0.  CI.  96-60.000 
Amanrich,  Robert:  See- 
Roche,    Andre;    Amanrich,    Robert;    and    CousseraM,    Gil- 
bert.3.667.904. 
Ambler.  Edward  Curtis;  Bush,  Walter  R.;  and  Scovillc.  Andrew  E..  to 
Stanley  Works,  The.  Device  for  the  detection  and  control  of  leakage 
and  exceuive  current  flow.  3,668,47 1 ,  CI.  3 1 7- 1 8.00d 


PIl 


PI  2 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  #,1972 


Ambler,  Edward  Curtis;  and  Scoville.  Andrew  E..  to  Sunley  Works, 
The.  Device  for  detection  and  control  of  current  leakage.  3,668,470, 
CI.  3I7-I8.00d 
Amchen  Products,  Inc.:  See- 
Gardner.  George,  3,66S,1 37. 
American  Chain  *  Cable  Company,  Inc.:  S*e— 

Gilmore,  William  J.,  3,667,206. 
American  Cyanamid  Company:  See— 
Grosklos,  Rill  Lewis,  3,66S.2S2. 

Harvey,  Ernest  Albert;  and  Russ.  James  Frederick,  3,668,26 1 . 
American  Seating  Company:  See— 

McClelland,  Robert  G.;  and  Raymond,  David  W..  3,667,171. 
American  Sweetener  Corporation:  See— 

Kracauer,  Paul,  3,667,969. 

Amiable,  Rene;  Lhuillier,  Jean-Noel;  and  Benkheiri,  Paul,  to  Eut  Fran- 

cais  represente  par  Le  Ministre  des  Armees,  Delegatnn  Ministerielle 

pour  I'Armement  (Direction  des  Poudres).  Detonator  and  igniter  for 

explosives.  3,667,391,  CI.  102-70.000 

Amiand,  RonaM  D.;  and  Castle,  Robert  L.,  to  Gar  Honing  Service,  Inc. 

Tapered  bore  probe.  3,667.284.  CI.  73-37.900 
Ammermann,  Frank  E.:  See— 

Teague,  Dwight  Maxwell;  Bertrand  William  F.;  Wilbon,  Philip  J.; 
and  Ammennann,  Frank  E., 3,667,973. 
AMP  Incorporated:  See— 

Dowling,  Edward  Camp;  and  Thomas,  John  Breniser,  3.668,433. 
Guillemette,    Gilbert    Auguste;    and    Delorme,    Michel    Jean, 

3,667.102. 
Kloth,  James  Albert,  3,667,10 1 . 
Pritulsky,  James,  3,668,342. 
Ziegler,  George  William,  Jr.,  3,668.608. 
Amtsberg,  Lester  A.:  See— 

Schaedler,  Raymond  J.;  and  AmUberg,  Lester  A. ,3,667,345. 
Andersen,  Robert  D.  Methods  and  means  for  recording  and  reading 

magnetic  imprinU.  3,668,670, CI.  340-1 74. lOf 
Anderson,  Carl  M .:  See— 

Endreu,   James   W.;   Byms,   Edson    H.;   and    Anderson,   Carl 
M., 3 ,667, 860. 
Anderson,  Charles  E.;  and  Thackston,  Ann;  executrix  of  said,  to 
Thackston,  Ann.  Tread  supporting  assembly.  3,667,572,  CI.  182- 
220.000 
Anderson,  Dennis:  See— 

Weston,  Murray;  Anderson,  Dennis;  and  Cole,  Steve,3 ,668,479. 
Anderson,  George  C:  See- 
Young.  Howard  S.;  Anderson.  George  C;  and  McDaniel,  Edgar 
L. 3, 668 ,245. 
Anderson,  Harold  M.,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Magnetic  recording  head 
which    accurately    deflnes    the    width    of   the    recording   track. 
3,668,332,01.  I79-I00.20C 
Anderson,  John   Kenneth,   to   British   Insulated   Callender's  Cables 
Limited.  Electrical  insulating  oil,  and  to  electrical  apparatus  incor- 
porating them.  3,668,I28.CI.  252-63.000 
Anderson,  John  W.,  to  Sylvania  Electric  Products,  Inc.  Lamp  having 

improved  press  seal.  3,668,456,  CI.  3 1 3-3 1 8.000 
Anderson,  Raymond  H.,  Jr.;  Rawe,  Richard  A.;  and  Whiteson,  Bennett 
v..  to  McDonnell  Douglas  Corporation.  Filler  for  roll-weld  struc- 
tures. 3,667,107,  CI.  29-423.000 
Anderson,  William  S.,  to  Shell  Oil  Company.  Block  copolymers  as 
viscosity  index  improvers  for  lubricating  oils.  3,668,1 25,  CI.  252-59. 
Ando,  Kunio;  and  Oishi,  Hideo,  to  Chugai  Seiyaku  Kabushiki  Kaisha. 
Fermentation  process  for  the  production  of  L-  ornithine.  3^668,072, 
CI.  195-29.000 
Ando,  Sumitoshi:  See— 

Nakagome,  Yukio;  Teramura,  Hiroichi;  Fukata,  Yasuo;  and  Ando. 
Sumitoshi.3.668.328. 
Ang, Franks.:  See- 
Rosin,  Jacob;  and  Ang,  Frank  S., 3 ,668,23 1 . 
Angelbeck,  John  A.,  Jr.,  to  Pack-Rite  Packaging  k  Crating  Co.,  Inc. 

Pallet.  3,667.403, CI.  108-58.000 
Angek),  Rudolph  John:  See— 

Agolini,  Franco:  and  Angelo.  Rudolph  John,3 ,668,057. 
Angilly,  Fredrick  Ernest,  Jr.;  Miner,  George  Lindol;  and  Sousa,  Lionel 
Anthony  James,  to  Grinnell  Corporation.  Rotary  air  filter  cleaning 
apparatus.  3,667.195,  CI.  55-272.000 
Angiolctti,  Attilio  E.:  See— 

Koschatzky,    Bruno;    Angioletti,    Attilio    E.;    and     Madonini, 
Nino,3.667,203. 
AngoM,  Raymond  H.  Apparatus  for  filtering  cooking  liquid.  3,667,6 1 3, 

CI.  210-336.000 
Annin,  Gordon  D.:  See- 
Gannett,  James  R.;  Annin,  Gordon  D.;  and  Gjerding,  Bradley 
K,,3 ,668,622. 
Antonen,     Robert    C.     Hydroxylated     copolymers    composed     of 
monomethyl-  sitoxane  units  and  diphenylsiloxane  units.  3,667,996, 
CI.  117-97.000 
Aoki,  Masaru,  to  Tomy  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.  Toy  school  bus  and  station 

device  therefor.  3,667,1 54,  CI.  46-40. 
Aoki.  Shinichi:  See— 

Takeuchi,  Koichi;  Okada,  Takeo;  and  Aoki.  Shinichi,3,668.3S0. 
APL  Corporation:  See— 

Reias.  Oscar,  3,667,887. 
Appier,  Robert  L.;  and  Hoehn,  Hubert  H.,  to  Optic  Sciences  Corpora- 
tion. Laser  plummet  level.  3,667,849,  CI.  356-152. 
Applied  Power  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 
Hunnicutt.  Wayne  E.,  3,667.275. 


Aprecher  A  Schuh  AG:  See—  1 

Zahn.Ulrich,  3,668,652. 
Apri,  Edward  W .  Limited  motion  device  for  shoulder  hamessesand  the 

like.  3.647,805, CI.  297-385.000 
Arai.  Harufciko:  See—  J 

Maruu.  Iwao;  Arai.  Haruhiko;  and  Horin,  Shosi.3.668.1 70t 
Araki,  Kaznmi:  See— 

Kiirihara.  Sumio;  Araki,  Ratumi;  Ueda.  Hiroyuki;  and  Ikumo, 
Maa»hiko,3,668,073.  , 

Arata,  Yodiiaki;  and  Inoue,  KaUunori,  to  Iwatani  A  Co.  Ltd.  Method 
of  automatically  controlling  the  location  of  a  nozzle  in  he$t  treat- 
ments by  hot  gas  flames.  3.668.018.  CI.  148-9.5 
Archer,  William  A.;  Randall,  Ronald  H.;  and  Lewis,  Richard  M.,  to 
Acme  Electric  Corporation.  Regulator  circuit.  3,668,501,  CI.  321- 
18.000  [ 

Arimura,  Ichiro,  to  Matsushiu  Electric  Industries  Co.,  Ltd.  Method 
and   apparatus  of  recording  and   reproducing  electrical  signals. 
3.668,309,  CL  l78-5.4cd 
Armstrong  Cork  Company:  See— 

Blossick.  Raymond  B.;  and  Meier,  Robert  A.,  3,668,029. 
ArmsUong,  Jack  W.,  to  Lipe-RoUway  Corporation.  Coned  cod  roller 

bearing.  3.667,822.  CI.  308-213.  ) 

Arnell,  Anders  Bertil:  See—  I 

Aroasaon,  Lars  Bertil;  Amcll.  Anders  Bertil;  and  Molitor.  Ulf 
W..3 ,667.393. 
Arnett,  Robert  W.  Expansible  reveal  with  frontal  tear  strip  for  plaster 

walls.  3, 667, 1 74. CI.  52-100.000  1 

Arone.  Angela:  See—  I 

Valletti,  Roae;aad  Arone,  Angela,3,667.3l6.  f 

Aronsson.  Lars  Bertil;  Arnell.  Anders  Bertil;  and  Molitor.  Ulf  W..  to 
Forsvarets  Fabriksverk.  Electric  fuze  for  shaped-charge  missiles. 
3.667.393.  CI.  102-70.2 
Arrow  Tank  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

Pfeil,  Arthur  P..  3.667,639. 
Artaud.   Maurice   H..   to   Strombcrg   Datagraphix,  Inc.   Microfiche 

viewer.  3,667,839, CI.  353-27.000 
A/S  Hydraulik  Brattvaag:  See— 

Dragsand,  Inge  Kore;  and  Naas^rling  M.,  3,667,859. 
Asada,  Noriyosi:  See—  r  ' 

Yoshida,  Yuji;  Asada,  Noriyosi;  and  Funatsu,  Takao,3.667,870. 
Asars,  Juris  A.;  and  Schneeberger.  Robert  J.,  to  CGR  Medical  Cor- 
poration.    Television     type     nuclear    radiation    camera    system. 
3,668.396,  CI.  250-83.30r 
Ashland  Oil,  Inc.:  See- 
French,  William  H.;  and  Ossanna,  Oliver  A..  3.668.091 . 
French,  William  H.;  and  Ossanna,  Oliver  A.,  3.668,092. 
Asian,  Edward  E.,  to  Narda  Microwave  Corporation,  The.  Zero  tem- 
perature drift  electrothermic  unitt.  3,668.52 1. CI.  324-106.000 
Asmus.  Rodger  W.;  and  Borghoff.  William  R..  to  Intematioaal  Har- 
vester Company.  Control  for  a  hydrostatic  transmission.  3,667.226, 
CI.  60-5). 
Aspel,  Thomas  E.  Orthodontist  wire  marking  device.  3,667,129,  CI. 

33-189. 
Aumann.  Kari  H..  to  Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm  G.m.b.H.  Closable 
air  intake  duct  mounted  on  the  fuselage  and  open  in  the  direction  of 
flight.  3,667.704.  CI.  244-53. 
Associated  Lead  Manufacturing  Limited:  See- 
Pearson.  Derek  Gordon.  3.668,144. 
Atlantic  Richfield  Company:  See— 
Chloupek,  Frank  J.,  3,668,269. 
Uhl,  Oeorge  A.;  and  Baillie,  Lloyd  A.,  3,668,1 15. 
Atlas  Automation.  Inc.:  See- 
Austin.  Albert  A.,  Jr.,  3,668,498. 
Atomic  Energy  of  Canada  Limited  Commercial  Products:  See-  ' 

Rao,  Venkataramanayya  K.,  3,667,215. 
Atreo  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Pitti,  Joseph  J.;  and  Tassone,  George  A.,  3,667,070. 
Audichron  Company,  The:  See- 
Bryant,  Ellis  H..  Jr.;  and  Smith.  Leary  W.,  3,668,326. 
Aurium  Research  Corporation:  See — 

Kau,  Michel,  3,667,936. 
Austin,  Al>ert  A..  Jr.,  to  Atlas  Automation,  Inc.  Transfer  apparatus 

with  digiUl  path  control.  3,668,498,CI.  318-568.000 
Autic  Developments  Limited:  See- 
Young,  Robert  William,  3.667,658. 
Automatic  Switch  Co.:  See—  ^^ 

Otto.Noel  A  ,3,667,502. 
Automobiles  Peugeot:  See— 

Ballaadras,  Pierre,  3,668,410. 
Leger,  Andre.  3.668.41 1 . 

Moulin,  Jean;  and  Regneault,  Marcel.  3,667,438. 
Avco  Corporation:  See — 

Miskolczy,Gabor;and  Kaiser,  Robert,  3,667,251. 
Avery,  W.  A  T.,  Limited:  See— 

Cooke,  Geoffrey  Cyril,  3.667.560. 
Ayers,  Eail  D.:  See— 

Langer,     Horst    G.;     Karle,     Franklin     J.;    and     Aye^     Earl 
D..l,667.278. 
Ayme-Jouve,  Michel  Louis:  See— 

Esnoult,     Marc     Roland    Gilbert;    and     Ayme-Jouve.    Michel 
Loais,3,667,98l. 
Ayoub,  George  S.  Band-saw  carrier  and  dispenser.  3,667,S92jCL  206- 
I6.00r 


June  6. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    3 


Ayres,  Ronald  L.,  to  Fortin  Plutics,  inc.  Article  for  preventing  edge 
defect  in  compreuion  stretched  acrylic  sheet.  3,668,053,  CI.  161- 
118. 
Azote  et  ProduitsChimiques  S.A.:  See- 
Roche,    Andre;    Amanrich,    Robert;    and    Cousaerans,   Gilbert, 
3,667,904. 
Back,  Anders  Yngve,  to  Aktiebolaget  Scania-Vabis.  Apparatus  for  test- 
ing automobiles.  3,667,289,  CI.  73-1 17.3 
Backlund,  Peter  Stanley,  to  Union  Oil  Company  of  California.  In- 
creased component  concentration  of  nutrient  solutions  of  trace 
meuls.  3,667,928,  CI.  7 1-34.000 
Bacon,  Stanley  H.,  to  Computer  Design  Corporation.  Circuit  apparatus 
for  supplying  first  and  second  trains  of  mutually  exchisive  clock  pul- 
ses. 3,668,436, CI.  307-262.000 
Badische  Anilin-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

BecKe,  Friedrich,  Fischer,  Adolf;  Hagen,  Helmut;  and  Scheuerer, 

Guentcr,  3,668.260. 
Berding,  Christoph;  Guenthert,  Paul;  Kochler,  Waldemar;  and 

Schuiz,  Gerhard,  3,668,246. 
Zschocke,  Albrecht,  3,668.216. 
BaeversUd,  Harold  L.:  See- 
Fair.   Donald  G.;  BaeversUd,  Harold   L.;  and  Fisher,  William 
G, 3,668,653 
Bagdasarov,  Khachatur  Saakovich:  See— 

Krylov,  Vsevolod  Semenovich;  Popkov,  Ivan  Nikolaevich;  Magu- 
nov,  Robert  Leonidovich;  Puring,  Mikhail  Nikolaevich;  Bag- 
dasarov, Khachatur  Saakovich;  Tsagina,  Raisa  Fedorovna;  and 
Popov,  Viktor  lnnokentievich,3,667,901 . 
Bagguley,  Richard  B.;  and  Mascia,  Carmen  T.,  to  Continental  Can 
Company,  Inc.  Safety  device  for  dip  cap  closure.  3,667,637.  CI.  215- 
9.000 
Baglai,  Viuly  Mikhailovich;  Latash,  Jury  Vadimovich;  and  Medovar, 
Boris  Izrailevich.  Arrangement  for  the  bottom  pouring  of  slag  into  a 
chill  mould.  3.667,719.  CI.  249109. 
Bailey,  Dean  C,  to  Intech  Incorporated,  mesne.  Transducer  amplifier 

system.  3,668,543, CI.  330-30. 
Bailey.  Warren  R.:  See— 

Loftfield.  Richard  E.;  Bailey.  Warren  R.;  and  Doolittle,  John  C, 
-^        Jr.,3,668,104. 
Baillie,  Lloyd  A:  See— 

Uhl.  George  A.;  and  Baillie.  Lloyd  A. ,3,668,1  IS. 
Bain,  Andrew.  Conduit  reaming  means.  3,667,858,  CI.  408-229.000 
Bajek.  Walter  A.;  and  Boyd.  David  M..  Jr.,  to  Universal  Oil  ProducU 
Company.    Radipactive    radiation-type    fiuid    interface    detection 
system.  3,668,392. CI  250-43.5 
Baker,  J.  T.,  Chemical  Company:  See—  "^^ 

Brandt.  Marcus  K,  3,667,607. 
Brandt,  M  arc  us  K . ,  3 .667 .917. 
Baker  Oil  Tools,  Inc.:  See—  ^ 

Dean,  Michael  R.,  3,667,543. 
Baker  Perkins  Jaxons  Limited:  See- 
Hall.  Roger  Smith,  3,667,143. 
Bakewell,  Thomas  W.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Seal  with  varia- 
ble sealing  lip  pressure.  3,667.767.  CI.  277-95.000 
Bala.  Mitchell  J.;  and  Blecherman,  Sol  S.,  to  United  Aircraft  Corpora- 
tion. Mechanism  for  controlling  the  thickness  of  a  coating  in  a  vapor 
deposition  apparatus.  3, 667, 42 1, CI.  1 18-7.000 
Balchan,  Anthony  S.;  and  Cowan,  George  R.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours, 
E.  I.,  and  Company.  Method  of  treating  solids  with  high  dynamic 
preuure.  3,667.911. CI.  23-201. 
Baldwin.  William  K..  Sr.  Rear  view  mirror.  3.667,833. CI.  350-303.000 
Ball,  Robert  D.,  to  Kearney-National  Inc.  Separable  electrical  connec- 
tors. 3.668.614. CI.  339-1 1  1.000 
Ballandras,  Pierre,  to  Automobiles  Peugeot,  and  Regie  Nationale  des 
Usines  Renault.  Device  for  starting  and  stopping  a  diesel  engine. 
3,668,410,  CI.  290-38.00r 
Ballard,  Wesley  D.;  and  Staley,  John  H.  Mattress  spring  bellows  as- 
sembly as  for  hospitals,  and  the  like.  3,667,075,  CI.  5-348. 
Ballis,  William  L.  Automatic  pipeline  welding  method.  3,668,360,  CI. 

219-61.000 
Baink,  Edward:  See- 
Wolf,  David;  and  BaInk,  Ed ward,3, 668,625. 
Balon  Corporation:  See— 

Scaramucci,  Domer,  3,667,725. 
Ban,    Thomas    E.,    to    McDowell-Wellman    Engineering    Company. 
Proceu  for  conversion  of  municipal  waste.  3,668,077,  CI.  201- 
25.000 
Bankovic,  Atanasije  M.,  to  Societe  Industrielle  Honeywell  Bull.  Pulse 

generator  apparatus.  3,668,437,  CI.  307-265.000 
Banush,  Russell  S.;  and  Hagerty,  Donald  P..  to  Allied  Chemical  Cor- 
poration. Dissolution  of  metal  with  acidificid  hydrogen  peroxide  solu- 
tions. 3.668,131, CI.  252-79.400 
Barbee,  Charles  L.;  Wilhams,  Harlan  D.;  and  Stracener,  James  R.,  to 
Texas  Oil  Electric  Co.  Nurse  call  and  alarm  system  for  nursing 
homes  and  the  like.  3,668,682,  CI.  340-286.00r 
Barber-Colman  Company:  See— 

Sweger.  Russell  P.,  3,667,539. 
Barbers,  Melvin  A.,  to  Procter  &  Gamble  Company.  Unsaturated  zwit- 

terionic  surface  active  compounds.  3,668,240,  CI.  260-501 . 1 20 
Barbin,  Robert  Lloyd,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Toroidal  deflection  yoke 

having  uymmetrical  windings.  3,668,580, CI.  335-213.000 
Barker,  George  E.:  See— 

Penqulte,  Charles  R.;  and  Barker,  George  E., 3,667,9 1 4. 


Barker,  Graham,  to  Witco  Chemical  Corporation.  Compatible  anionic- 

cationicsurfacuntcompositions.  3,668.1 36,  CI.  252-117.000 
Barlow,  Everett  P.,  to  Wisconsin  Foundry  and  Machine  Compaay. 
Fluid  power  system  for  a  self-contained  unloading  unit.  3.667.621. 
CI.  2I4-I.00p 
Barlow,  Harold  Monteagle,  to  British  Railways  Board.  Hybrid  made 
electric  transmiuion  line  using  accentuated  asymmetrical  dual  sur- 
face wanes.  3.668,574,  CL  333-155.000 
Barnes,  David  L.,  1/2  to  Grossi,  Paul  A.  Method  and  apparatus  for 

treatment  of  respiratory  disease.  3,667,463,  CI.  128-194.000 
Bamett,  Richard  C.;  and  Boucher,  James  D.,  to  General  Electric  Com- 
pany.   Control    means    for    pressurized    gas-fired    space    heater. 
3,667,892,  CI.  431-31.000 
Barr,  Ruth  L.  Method  of  writing  for  communicating  with  the  visually 

handicapped  and  paper  therefor.  3,667, 139.  CI.  35-38.000 
Barr,   Ruth    L.   Playing  cards  with   conventional   bas-relief  indicia. 

3,667,759,  CI.  273-152.100 
Barrera.  Joseph:  See— 

Hoch,  Monroe  P.;  and  Barrera.  Joseph,3,667,07l . 
Barrett,  Donald  H.,  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  Solid 

propellant  grain  igniur.  3,667,396, CI.  102-101.000 
Barrett,  Edmund,  to  Jenkintown  Metal  Products,  Inc. Motor  operated 

child's  swing.  3,667,756,  CI.  272-86. 
Barrow,  Marvin  A.,  1/6%  to  Byerly,  Benjamin  F.,  1/6%  to  Watkins, 
Jack  C,  1/12%  to  Pottt,  Austin  L.,  and  1/12%  to  Osbura,  Lloyd. 
Motor  vehicle  lighting  control  and  extinguishing  system.  3,668,628, 
CI.  340-52. 
Barson,  Fred;  and   Lehman,  Herbert  S.,  to  International  Business 
Machines  Corporation.  Fabrication  of  semiconductor  devices  with 
cup- shaped  regions.  3,667,1  IS, CI.  29-571. 
Bartos,  Frank  J.:  See— 

Farrell,  Gerald  J.;  and  Bartos,  Frank  J.,3,667.S03. 
Basile,  Raffaele:  See— 

Ostrowski,  Arthur  E.;  and  Basile,  Rafraele,3,667.09S. 
Bassist,  Rudolph  G.,  1/2  to  Travis  Mills  Corporation.  Needle  selection 
arrangement  for  a  circular  knitting  machine.  3,667,255,  CI.  66- 
SO.OOr 
Bast.  Bernard  J.,  to  Bethlehem  Steel  Corporation.  Method  of  making 

foam  core  undwich  panel.  3,668,03 1 ,  CI.  1 56-79. 
Bauer,  Charles  L.,  to  Scovill  Manufacturing  Company.  Kitchen  mixer. 

3,668,348,  CI.  200-80.000 
Bauer,  Dietrich;  and   Fratzscher,  Helmut,  to  Deutsche  Gold-  und 
Silber-Scheideanstalt  vormals  Roeuler.  Process  for  obtaining  an 
asbestos-fiber  material  of  a  high  degree  of  separation.  3,668,1 19,  CI. 
210-42. 
Baumgart,  Walter,  to  VEB  Barkas-Werke,  Ifa-Kombinat  fur  Kraftfahr- 
zeugteile  Renak-Werke.  Fuel  injection  valve.  3,667,684,  CI.  239- 
S33.000 
Baur,  Hans:  See— 

Gerke,  Peter;  Baur.  Hans;  Rutkowski.  Karl;  Binder,  Hans-Eugen; 
Palsa,  Helmut;  and  Fabianke,  Hartmut,3,668,3l9. 
Bausch  Si  Lomb,  Incorporated:  See— 

Parnell,  James  A.,  3,668,672. 
Baxter,  Charles  A.  R.,  to  Pfizer  Inc.  Hexahydro  imidazoquinolines. 

3,668,208,  CI.  260-283.00S 
Beasley,  Donald  L.,  to  Townsend  Engineering  Company.  Hold  down 

atuchmentforaskinning  machine.  3,667,52 1, CI.  146-130. 
Beasley,  Jack  O.;  and  Mohary,  Paul  J.,  to  M  A  T  Chemicals  Inc.  Cur- 
rent and  fiuid  conducting  arrangementt.  3,668,506,  CI.  32 1 -8.00c 
Beatrice  Foods  Co.:  See— 

Kasik,  Robert  L.;  and  Luksas,  Anthony  J.,  3,667,968. 
Koziol.  Walter,  3,667,648. 
Beck,  Harold  A.  Sons,  Inc.:  See- 
Johnson,  Robert  M.,  3,667,578. 
Becke,  Friedrich;  Fischer,  Adolf;  Hagen,  Helmut;  and  Scheuerer, 
Guenter,  to  Badische  Anilin-  &   Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft. 
Substituted  tetrachlorobenzenes.  3,668,260,  CI.  260-61 1 .00a 
Becker,  Dietrich:  See— 

Thiele,  Heinz;  Franke.  Konrad;and  Becker.  Dietrich3.667.836. 
Becker,  Erwin:  See- 
Weber,  Klaus;  Becker,  Erwin;  and  Grosstuck,  Wern«r,3,668,080. 
Becker,  Floyd  Kenneth;  Dimmick,  James  Owen;  Lewis,  Theras  Gor- 
don; and  O'Neill,  John  Francis,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  In- 
corporated. Time  division  hybrid  arrangement.  3,668,318,  CI.  179- 
IS.Oaa 
Beckman  instruments.  Inc.:  See— 
McNeal,  Jack  D,  3,668,299. 
Bedford,  Michael  J.:  See— 

Pedersen,  John  H.;  and  Bedford.  Michael  J. ,3,668,649. 
Beeson,  Jacob  E.  Shoulder  belt  releasable  holding  means.  3,667,807, 

CI.  297-389.000 
Behavioral  Controls,  Inc.:  See- 
Cohen,  Ronald  S.,  3,667,1 38. 
Beidin,  Royal  Lowell:  See— 

Skromme.  Arnold  Burton;  Lindstrom,  Harold  Richard;  Henning- 
sen,  Etiar  August;  Beidin,  Royal  Lowell;  Sorlie,  Donald  Thomaa; 
and  Eckert,  Elmer  Richard,3,667,734. 
Belknap,  Ivan  F.:  See- 
Lance,  Christopher  James,  3,667,327. 
Bell  &  Howell  Company:  See— 
Nupnau,  Arthur  E.,  3,667,835. 
Samczyk,  Casimir  S.,  3,667,752. 


PI  4 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  Q.  1972 


BcH  Telephone  Laboratorie*.  Incorporated:  See— 

Becker,  Floyd  Kenneth;  Dimmick,  James  Owen;  Lewis,  Theras 

Gordon;  and  O'Neill,  John  Francis,  3,668,3 18. 
Chandross,  Edwin  Arthur;  Fork,  Richard  Lynn;  Lamola,  Angelo 

Anthony;  and  Tomlinion,  Waher  John,  111,  3,668,663. 
Chase,  Eugene  W.;  and  Robinson,  Harold  J.,  3,668,089. 
Cheney,  Glen  Trenton;  and  King,  Ernam  Fillmore,  3,668,438. 
Copeland,  John  Alexander,  III,  3,668,667. 
Eilenberger,  Robert  Lewis,  3,668,304. 
Fenton,  Francis  Michael,  3,668,289. 
Grodkiewics,    William    H.;    and    Van    Uitert,    Le    Grand   G., 

3.667,921. 
Hawkins,  Waher  L..  3.668,298. 
Healey.  Robert  Joseph,  3,668, S39. 
Kuhn,  Matthew,  3,668,323. 
Ren,  Chung-Li;  and  Wang,  Han-Chiu,  3,668,364. 
Robertson,  Ralston  Hodges,  Jr.,  3.668.290. 
Sergo,  John  Robert,  Jr. ,  3 ,668 ,69 1 . 
Sessler,  Gerhard  Martin;  Wallace,  Robert  Lee,  Jr.;  and  West, 

James  Edward,  3,668,417. 
Slana,  Matthew  Francis,  3,668,29 1 . 
Tentarelli,  Kenneth  D.,  3,668,S  10. 
Tuchen,GerdAchim,  3,668,365. 
ViUlo,  Alfred  Emanuel,  3,668,317. 
Bellinger,  Horst:  See— 

Nosier,    Heinz   Gunter;    Wessendorf,    Richard;   and    Bellinger, 
Horst,3,668,13S. 
Bellini,  Enzo.  Divan-bed.  3,667,072.  CI.  S-24.000 
Below.  John  F..  to  SUuffer  Chemical  Company.  Subilized  mixture  em- 
ploying N-(bcta-0.0-  dialkyldithiophosphoryK   aryl  sulfonamides 
and  a  Lewis  base.  3.668.282.  CI.  260-944. 
Belter,  John  W.;  Dockter,  Leroy;  and  Ellman,  Robert  C,  to  United 
States  of  America,  Interior.  Production  activated  carbon  in  dual 
pulsejetenginesystem.  3,668,145, CI.  2S2-42I.OOO 
Ben,  Victor  Ralph;  and  Kay,  Peter  Steven,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemourt,  E. 
1.,  and  Company.  Crimpable  composite  polyamide  yam.  3,667,207, 
CI.  57-l40.0by 
Bendix  Corporation,  The:  See— 

Carp,  Ralph  W.;and  Miesterfeld,  Frederick  O.,  3,667,812. 
Csaposs,  James,  3,668,623. 

Moorman,  Charles  J.;  and  Lehman,  Richard  H.,  3,668,384. 
Benedetti  Michalagelli,  Glauco:  See— 

Berne,  Adriano;  Cesaroni,  Mario;  and  Benedetti  Michalagelli, 
Glauco,3, 668,5  37. 
Bengtsson,  Bjom  R.  Plastic  Tms  for  archery  arrows.  3,667,758,  CI.  273- 

106.50c 
Benkheiri,  Paul:  See- 
Amiable,       Rene;      Lhuillier,      Jean-Noel;      and       Benkheiri, 
Paul,3,667,39I. 
Benner,  Harold  Thomas  Jr.;  and  Cloud,  Charles  E.,  to  Cloud  Machine 
Corporation.  Method  and  apparatus  for  forming  and  filling  in- 
dividual pouches.  3,667,188,  CI.  53-29. 
Bennes  Marrel:  See— 

Dekeyser,  Lucien,  3,667,220. 
Bennetti,  John  G.,  to  Pengo  Corporation.  Pilot  bit  with  multiple  cutting 

edges.  3,667,559, CI.  175-392. 
Bentkowsky,  Jerome;  and  Beran,  W.  Tait,  to  United  States  of  America, 
Navy,  mesne.  Hydraulic  load  limiting  system.  3,667,227,  CI.  60- 
53.0WW 
Bentley,  Allan  M.;  and  Christensen,  Elmer,  to  Black  Clawton  Com- 
pany, The.  Log  barker.  3,667,5 1 7,  CI.  1 44-208. 
Bentley  Engineering  Company,  The:  See— 

Townsend,  Keith  Gerald;  and  Harlow,  David  Arthur,  3,667,256. 
Beran,  W.  Tait:  5««— 

Bentkowsky,  Jerome; and  Beran,  W.Tait,3,667 ,227. 
Berding,  Chriitoph;  Guenthert,  Paul;  Koehler,  Waldemar;  and  Schuiz, 
Gerhard,  to  Badische  Anilin-  A.  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft. 
Process  for  the  continuous  production   of  alkali   metal/salts  of 
nitrilotriacetic  acid.  3,668,246,  CI.  260-534.00e 
Bergandi  Manufacturing  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

Rohrbacher,  Herbert  E.,  3,667,509. 
Berger.   Abe;  and  Jaleel,  Jalal  S.,  to  General   Electric  Company. 
Cyanoalkylesteralkylsilanet,  amino-aJkyletteralkl-  tilanet,  polysilox- 
anes,  and  polishes  formed  therefrom.  3,668,229,  CI.  260-448. 80r 
Bergman,  Imanuel,  to  National  Research  Development  Corporation. 

Membrane  electrodes  and  cells.  3,668, 101,  CI.  204-195. 
Bergman,  Sylvester;  and  Dawson,  Ross  R.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company, 
The.  Proceu  for  dyeing  textile  materials  from  organic  solvent  media. 
3,667,898,  CI.  8-94. 
Bergmeitter,  Eduard;  Heckmaier,  Joieph;  Kirtt,  Paul-Gerhard;  and  Wi- 
est,  Hubert,  to  Wacker-Chemie  G.m.b.H.  Dispersion  polymerized 
terpolymer  of  vinyl  acetate,  vinyl  ester  of  a  fatty  acid,  and  vinyl 
chloride.  3,668,165,  CI.  260-29.60t 
Bergner,  Siegfried,  to  Paweck  AG.  Apparatus  for  the  cold-bending  of 

pipes.  3,667,269,  CI.  72-1 66.000 
Berkin,  Harvey:  See— 

Nemeth,    Henry;    Nielsen,    Edwin    August;    and    Berkin,    Har- 
vey.3,667,764. 
Berne,  Adriano;  Cesarotti,  Mario;  and  Benedetti  Michalagelli,  Glauco, 
to  Selenia  Industrie  Elettroniche  AssociaU  S.p.A.  System  of  liquid 
electrodes  for  pockels  cells  and  liquid  compositions  for  said  elec- 
trodes. 3.668.537, CI.  330-4.300 
Bemheim.  Erwin:  See— 

Vosseler.  Gerhard.  3,668,442. 


Ui 


t,  nir 


Bernstein,  Jack;  Diaui,  Patrick  Andrew;  and  Weisenborn,  Fradk  Lee, 
to  Squibbs,  E.  R.,  A  Sons,  Inc.  d-Ureido-2,4,6-cyclohepta«rienyl- 
methyl- penicillins.  3,668,198,  CI.  260-239.100 
Berry,  Jamas  1.;  and  Janiz,  Zbigniew  J.,  to  Ford  Motor  Compan*.  Elec- 
tronic circuit  for  detecting  and  evaluating  angular  acceleration  and 
deceleration  of  a  roury  member.  3,668,524,  CI.  324-162. 
Berson,  Bertrand  E.:  See— 

Kuno,  Hiromu  J.;  Berson,  Bertrand  E.;  and  Reynolds,  James 
F.,3.668,552. 
Bertola,  Peter  H.,  to  General  Conveyor,  Inc.  Mechanism  for  lifting  and 

conveying  materiel.  3,667,6 1 8,  CI.  212-128.000 
Bertrand,  Guy;  and  Maison,  Jean  Marc,  to  Rhone-Poulenc  S.A.N- 
Nitroso-4,4'-bist2-phenylisopropyl)-  diphenylamine.  3,668,253.  CI. 
260-570.00r 
Bertrand  William  F.:  See— 

Teague.  Dwight  Maxwell;  Bertrand  William  F.;  Wiilson,  Philip  J.; 
and  Ammermann,  Frank  E., 3,667 ,975.  I 

Bethian,  Uwe:  See—  I 

Ricmhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Bethian,  Uwe;  and  SchuUe, 
Ernst-Christian,3,668,277. 
Bethlehem  Steel  Corporation :  See — 
Bast,  Bernard  J,  3,668,031. 

Hobbs.  Marcus  E.;  and  Bonnet,  Carroll  W.,  3,667,699. 
Shoemaker,  Carlyle  E.,  3,668,02 1 . 
Beveridge,  Harold  N.  ElectrosUtic  loudspeaker.  3,668,335,  Ol.  179- 

1 1 1  OOr  ; 

Beyrard,  Nvrbert  Roger.  Liquid  resistor  apparatus.  3,668,595,  CI.  338- 

38.000 
Biancardi,  Frank  R.;  and  Melikian,  Gorken,  to  United  Aircr^  Cor- 
pocation.  Extended  closed  cycle  gas  laser  system.  3,668,5149,  CI. 
331-94.500 
Bianchi,  Nereo,  to  Necchi  S.p.A.  Drive  and  control  system  in  sewing 

machines  producing  groups  of  stitches.  3,667,410,  CI.  1 12-67.000 
Biela,   Elmer  G.   Molding  joints  and   universal   molding   members 

therefor.  3,667,1 77,  CI.  52-278.000 
Biethan,  Uwe:  See— 

Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Biethan,  Uwe;  Hfmung, 
Karl-Heinz;  and  Schutze.  Ernst-Christian, 3,668,276. 
Big  Boy  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Persinger,  Laveme  O.;  and  Persinger,  Merle  L.,  3,667,449. 
Bigliano,  Robert  Paul;  and  Thaxton,  Karl  Lehman,  to  Du  Pont  de 
Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Method  and  system  for  simulating 
haftones.  3,668,31 1, CI.  1 78-6.700  , 

Billgren,  Karl  Lennart.  Hanging  roof  structure.  3,667.1 73,  CI.  52-83. 
Biltbcst  Corporation:  See—  ] 

Eisenbcrg,  Morris  M.,  3,667,179. 
Binder,  Erich,  to  Ciba-Geigy  AG.  Mechanism  for  holding  a  tubular 

core.  3,667,697,  CI.  242-72.000 
Binder,  Hans-Eugen:  See— 

Gerke,  Peter;  Baur,  Hans;  Rutkowtki,  Karl;  Binder,  Hans-|Eugen; 
Palsa,  Helmut;  and  Fabianke,  Hartmut,3,668,3l9. 
Bingham,  David  W.,  to  Fitters  ProprieUry  Limited.  Slicing  apparatus. 

3,667,522.0.146-131.000 
Bio-Design,  Incorporated:  See — 

Shapiro,  Alan  R.,  3,668,5  18. 
Bio/Data  Corporation:  See— 

Muller,  Henry,  3,667,476. 
Bird,  Urban  S:  See— 

Gammill,  Adrian  Monroe;  Guinn,  Franklin  Keith;  Bird,  Uit)an  S.; 
and  Housholder,  William  R.,3,667,423. 
Birtell,  James  C:  See— 

D'Arcy,  Robert  M.;  Birtell,  James  C;  Hensley,  Emmery   >.;  and 
Pryor,  Robert  C.,3,667,744. 
Bishop,  Jerald  W.  Hydraulic  utility  lift  for  trucks.  3.667.631,  CI.  214- 

86.00a 
Bittscheidt,  Josef:  See— 

Seifert.      Friedrich;      Bittscheidt,      Josef;      and      Plenikowski, 
Johannes.3,668,192. 
Bjorksten,  Johan  A.,  to  Griffolyn  Company,  Inc.  Sound  absorption 

structures.  3,667,175,  CI.  52-144. 
Bjorum,  Erick  H.;  Gibson,  John  G.;  and  Lindberg,  Morgan  C.  A|itomo- 

btledoorguard.  3,667, 163,  CI.  49-462.000 
Black  and  Decker  Manufacturing'Company,  The:  See— 

^  Bloom,  Leonard,  3,667,199. 
Black  Clawson  Company,  The:  See— 

Bentley,  Allan  M.;  and  Christensen,  Elmer,  3,667,5 17. 
Black,  Daniel  A.;  Ingersoll,  Albert  A.;  York,  Ira  Bill  Lee;  and  Jones, 
David  O.,  to  Textron,  Inc.  Fastening  device  and  method  of  making 
same.  3,667,340,  CI.  85-71 .000 
Black,  Leonard  J.,  to  Pacific  Handy  Cutter,  incorporated.  Safety  razor 

blade  hoMer.  3,667,1 22,  CI.  30-286. 
Blackham,  Norman;  and  Read,  Mervyn  H.  H.  Movement  for  instru- 
ments. 3,668,520,  CI.  324-106.000 
Blackshear,  Perry  L.;  Forstrom,  Richard  J.;  Dorman,  Frank  D.;  and 
Nicoloff,  Demetre  M.,  to  University  of  Minnesota,  The  Regents  of 
the.  Jet  pump  cardiac  replacement  and  assist  device  and  method  of 
at  least  partially  replacing  a  disabled  right  heart.  3,667,069,  CI.  3-1 . 
Blackwell,  Clifford  D.:  See- 

Bozemtn,  Wright  D.;  and  Blackwell,  Clifford  D, 3,667,425. 
Blackwell,  John;  and  Toji,  Masuo,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and 
Company.  Uniformly  dyed  yellow  to  navy  blue  water  swellable  cellu- 
losic  fiben.  3,667,897,  CI.  8-2 1  OOc 
Blaiklock,  Paul  M.;  and  Kinner,  Hans-Dieter,  to  Fluidic  industries,  inc. 
Pure  fluid  device.  3,667.489,  CI.  1 37-8 1 .500  I 


June  6. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    5 


Blair,  Boyd  C,  to  Brackett  Stripping  Machine  Co.,  Inc.  Method  for 

making  tableU.  3,668,037,  CI.  156-267.000 
Blancha,  Erwin  B.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Plastic  bearing  for 

an  airless  spray  gun.  3.667,68 1 .  CI.  239-393.000 
Blanchard,  Hunert,  to  Sidel,  Le  Havre.  Device  for  removing  bottom 
scraps  of  extrusion-  blown  hollow  thermoplastic  bodies.  3,667,888, 
CI.  425-307.000 
Blanck.  Hillard:  Ser- 

Prince,        Martin;        Blanck,        Hillard;        and        Tarancon, 
Gregorio,3, 667,191. 
Blau  KG  Fabrik  Fur  Kraftfahrzeugteile:  See— 

Blau,  Werner;  and  Gerdes,Theo,  3,667,642. 
Blau,  Werner;  and  Gerdes,  Theo,  to  Blau  KG  Fabrik  Fur  Kraftfahr- 
zeugteile, and.  Screw-on  closure  members  for  containers,  etc.. 
3,667.642.  CI.  220-39. 
Blecherman.  Sol  S.:  See— 

Bala.  Mitchell  J.;  and  Blecherman.  Sol  S..3.667.421. 
Blecherman.  Sol  S.;  Ulion.  Nicholas  E.;  and  Packer,  Louis  L.,  to  United 
Aircraft  Corporation.  Apparatus  for  measuring  height  of  a  molten 
meul  pool.  3,668.386.  CI.  2S0-43.Sn 
Bloom.  Leonard,  to  Black  and  Decker  Manufacturing  Company,  The. 
Power-operated    lawnmower    with    improved    discharge    means. 
3,667,199,  CI.  56-320.200 
Blossick,  Raymond  B.;  and  Meier,  Robert  A.,  to  Armstrong  Cork  Com- 
pany. Chemical  machining  proceu.  3,668,029, CI.  156-11. 
Blossom,  Frank  M.,  to  Donnelley,  Reuben  H.,  Corporation.  Envelope 

window  holder  for  an  inserter  and  method.  3,667,189,  CI.  53-29. 
Blucher,  Reinhart,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Method  and  circuit  ar- 
rangement for  the  recognition  of  characters.  3,668,636,  CI.  340- 
I46.3ae 
Blum,  Adolph:  See— 

Rivkind,  Leo  E.;  and  Blum,  Adolph,3,667,687. 
Blum,  James  E.,  to  Cybercom  Corporation.  Magnetic  tape  apparatus. 

3,667.701. CI.  242-192. 
Blum.  Joseph  M.;  and  Hoekstra,  Jan  P.,  to  International  Busineu 
Machines  Corporation.  Method  for  alloying  metals  in  the  presence 
of  reactive  materials.  3,668,025,  CI.  148-178.000 
Blumenthal,  Ernest.  See- 
Kay.  Joseph;  and  Blumenthal.  Emest.3.667.902. 
Boaz,  Virgil  L.:  See- 
Robin.  Harral  T.;  and  Boaz,  Virgil  L., 3,668,584. 
Bochenek,  Eduard:  See— 

Buchhold,Theodor  Adam;  and  Bochenek.  Eduard,3,668,297. 
Bodlaj,  Viktor,  to  Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft.  Frequency-stabilized 

laser  arrangement.  3,668,547,  CI.  331-94.500 
Boehringer  Mannheim  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Rey,    Hans-Georg;    Wielinger,    Hans;    and    Rieckmann,    Peter, 
3,668.076. 
Boeing  Company.  The:  See- 
Gannett,  James  R.;  Annin,  Gordon  D.;  and  Gjerding,  Bradley  K., 

3,668,622. 
Parr,  Robert  A,  3,667,862. 
Weed,  Willare  N,  3,667.680. 
Bock,  Helmut,  to  Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm  G.m.b.H.  Auxiliary  air 

intake  for  air  and  spacecraft  engines.  3,667.703,  CI.  244-53.000 
Boesch,  William  J.,  to  Special  Metals  Corporation.  Nickel  base  alloy. 

3.667,938,  CI.  75-171.000 
Bogan,  Richard  T.:  See- 
Combs.  Robert  L;  and  Bogan,  Richard  T.,3,668, 157. 
Bojara,  Stanley  M.;  and  deMauriac,  Richard  A.,  to  Eastman  Kodak 
Company.  Photosensitive  and  thermosensitive  element,  composi- 
tions and  process.  3,667,959,  CI.  96-1 14.100 
Bolind,  Daniel  Edmund;  Dewees,  Leonard  S.;  and  Towsley,  LeRoy  M., 
to  Western  Electric  Company,  Incorporated.  Flame  retardant  textile 
covered  wire.  3,668,302,  CI.  174-12 1.00a 
Bonnet,  Carroll  W.:  See— 

Hobbs,  Marcus  E.;  and  Bonnet,  Carroll  W., 3,667,699. 
Bonvicini,  Alberto;  and  Cantatore,  Giuseppe.  Blends  of  polyoleHns  and 

polyamides.  3,668,278,  CI.  260-857. 
Bonvicini,  Alberto;  and  Canutore,  Giuseppe,  to  Montecatini  Edison 
S.p.A.  Dye-receptive  polyolefin  textile  Tibers  comprising  synthetic 
high  polymers,  and  process  for  their  preparation.  3,668,280,  CI.  260- 
897. 
Bookwalter,  Charles  A.,  II:  See- 
Cole,  Joseph  J.;  and  Bookwalter, Charles  A.,  11,3,667,486. 
Borck,  Howard  0.;  and  Cook,  Leo  W.,  to  Borg-Warner  Corporation. 

Radial  spring  clutch.  3,667,582,  CI.  l92-99.00a 
Borden,  Inc.:  See— 

Halpern,  Benjamin  D.,  3,667,472. 
Keithley,  Robert  James,  3,668,158. 
Shen,  Ping  Kang,  3,668,194. 
Borg-Warner  Corporation:  See— 

Borck,  Howard  O.;  and  Cook,  Leo  W.,  3,667,582. 
Borg-Warner  Limited:  See— 

Laing,  James  Morrison,  3,667,324. 
Borghoff,  William  R.:  See— 

As^mus,  Rodger  W.;  and  Borghoff,  William  R, 3,667.226. 
Borner,    William    Gerard,   to   International    Nickel   Company,   Inc. 

Production  of  electrolytic  meUl.  3,668,081,01.  204-12.000 
Bosch,  Robert,  G.m.b.H.:  See- 
Burger,  Karl-Heinz,  3,667,08 1 . 

Hahner,Reinhard,  3,667,310.  --^ 

Hoyler,  Alfred,  3,667,082. 
Hoyler,  Alfred,  3,668,446. 


Schneider,  Klaus,  3,667,723. 
Schnell,  Gerhard,  3.667,564. 

Bosse,  Frank,  to  Windmoller  k  Holscher.  Apparatus  for  performing 
welding  or  hot  gluing  operations  on  continuously  moved  webs. 
3,668,046, CI.  1 56-553. 

Botus,  Michael  J.;  and  Difley,  Charles  R.,  to  Whirlpool  Corporation. 
Refuse  compactor  and  bag  therefor.  3,667,38 1,  CI.  IOO-229.00a 

Boucher,  James  D.:  See— 

Bamett,  Richard  C;  and  Boucher,  James  D.. 3 .667.892. 

Boucher.  James  D.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Gas-fired  heater 
means.  3.667.451. CI.  126-1  lO.OOr 

Boucher,  Raymond  R.;  and  Phipps,  Charies  M.,  Jr.,  to  United  Aircraft 
Corporation.  Making  directionally  solidiried  castinp.  3,667,533,  CI. 
164-60.000 

Bouhot,  Marcel  Pierre  Alexis.  Double  acting  free  wheel.  3,667,575,  CI. 
188-134.000 

Bourgeois,  Norbert  Paul.  Needle  selector  for  circular  knitting 
machines.  3,667,253,  CI.  66-50. 

Boussois  Sonchon  Neuvesel:  See— 
Lalague,  Christian,  3,667,162. 

Boutsicaris,  Stephen  P.,  to  Firestone  Tire  &  Rubber  Company,  The. 
Proceu  for  preparing  thermoplastic  polyurethane  elastomers. 
3,668,1 85, CI.  260-75.0nh 

Bouygues,  Jean:  See— 

Marchal,  Michel;  and  Bouygues,  Jean ,3 ,667, 1 00. 

Bowden.  Billy  W.  Seat  for  ball  or  gate  valves.  3,667,727,  CI.  251-172. 

Bower,  Robert  G.:  See— 

Markowiu,  Ivan  N.;  and  Bower,  Robert  G.. 3,668,496. 

Bowers,  Harry  J.,  Jr.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Photoflash  lamp 
array  with  automatic  switching.  3,668,421,  CI.  307-1 17. 

Bowles  Fluid ics  Corporation:  See— 

DiCamillo,  Carmine  V.,  3,667,492. 

Boyd,  Carl  L.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Multiple  altitude  signaling 
device.  3,668,62 1, CI.  340-27. OOr 

Boyd,  David  M.,  Jr.:  See— 

Bajek,  Walter  A.;  and  Boyd,  David  M.,  Jr.,3,668,392. 

Boyd,  Michael  David.  RoUry  fluid  flow  machines.  3,667,876,  CI.  418- 
68. 

Boydell,  Kenneth  Raymond;  and  Flint,  John  Christopher  Eglington,  to 
Dowty  Technical  Developments  Limited.  Hydraulic  apparatus. 
3,667,867,  CI.  417-222.000 

Bozeman,  Wright  D.;  and  Blackwell,  Clifford  D.,  to  Inland  Steel  Com- 
pany. Apparatus  for  controlling  coating  thickneu.  3,667,425,  CI. 
118-63.000 

B.  P.  Chemicals  Limited:  See- 
Martin.  David  Eric;  and  Palmer,  Brian  Michael,  3,668,270. 

Brackett  Stripping  Machine  Co.,  Inc.:  See — 
Blair,  Boyd  C,  3,668,037. 

Brage,  James  John.  Alpha-numeric  display  tubes.  3,668,689,  CI.  340- 
344. 

Brainard,  Edward  C,  II,  to  General  Time  Corporation.  Underwater 
communication  system.  3,668,61 7,  CI.  340-4.00e 

Brainerd,  Wendell  C.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Air  cushion  ac- 
tuation and  monitoring  circuit.  3,668,627,  CI.  340-S2.00h 

Brand  Insulations,  Inc.:  See— 
Jerit,  John,  3,667,187. 

Brandt,  Marcus  K.,  to  Baker,  J.  T.,  Chemical  Company.  Chromato- 
graphic material.  3,667,607,  CI.  210-198.000 

Brandt,  Marcus  K.,  to  Baker,  J.  T.,  Chemical  Company.  Chromatog- 
raphy apparatus  and  method.  3,667,9 1 7, CI.  23-230.00r 

Branscum,  Claud  D.,  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Company.  Drilling  fluid 
preparation.  3,668,1 22,  CI.  252-8.5 

Branton,  Donald  L.;  and  Mowery,  James  R.,  to  Sta-Rite  Industries,  inc. 
Liquid  dispensing  system.  3,667,499,  CI.  137-318.000 

Brany,  Jaroslav,  to  Vyzkumny  ustav  strojirenske  technologic  a 
ekonomiky.  Manufacture  of  bearing  balls.  3,667,168,  CI.  SI- 
289.000 

Brawley,  Harry  E.,  Jr.,  to  Data  Electronics  Corporation.  Ring  core 
keyboard  entry  device.  3,668,696,  CI.  340-365.000 

Brazda,  Ladislav,  deceased  (by  Brazdova,  Drahuska  Brazdova,  Dag- 
mar,  heirs);  Prochazka,  Miloslav;  KuNn,  Vladimir;  and  Ozdian,  Josef, 
to  Elitex,  Zavdy  textilniho  Strojirenslvi  Generalni  reditetetvi. 
Mechanism  for  withdrawing  and  winding  yam  in  spinning  units. 
3,667,205,  CI.  57-58.89 

Brebant,  Robert;  and  Tamboise,  Maurice  P.  Container  for  the  preser- 
vation and  consumption  of  different  cooked  foods.  3,667,452,  CI. 
126-390. 

Bredlow,  Harvey  F.,  to  Graham-White  Sales  Corporation.  Pneumatic 
starting  system  for  diesel  engines.  3,667,442,  CI.  123-I79.00f 

Bremer,  Robert  D.:  See- 
Fry,  Millard  E.;  and  Bremer,  Robert  D., 3,668,37 1 . 

Brennan,  James  Leo;  and  Ford,  Gerald  Paul,  to  Stauffer-Wacker  Sil- 
icone Corporation,  mesne.  Preparation  of  alkoxyorganopolysiloxane 
resins.  3,668,1 80,  CI.  260-46.5 

Breuer,  Herman,  to  Olin  Mathieson  Chemical  Corporation.  3-Amino- 
5-halogenatedaryloxymethyl- 1,2,4-  oxadiazoles.  3,667,930,  CI.  71- 
92.000 

Breuner,  Gerald  L.  Rotor  hub  and  blade  atUchmena.  3,667.863.  CL 
416-138. 

Brigman,  Foy  L.:  See— 

Venturelli,  Fred  W.;  and  Brigman,  Foy  L., 3 ,667,475. 

Brinkerhoff,  Donald  E.:  See- 
Lee,  Thomas  H.;  and  Brinkerhoff,  Donald  E..3.668.323. 


PI  6 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JeNB6.1972 


Brinkhofr.CmrlH.:S««— 

Diviion,  Elliioii  L.;  BrinkhofT,  Carl  H.;  and  MenoM.  Robert 
F..3.667.834. 
Brinkman.  George  H.,  Jr.,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Proceia  for  pigment- 
ing linear  saturated  polyeiten.  3.668, 1 69, CI.  260-3 l.Sxa 
British  Insulated  Callender's  Cables  Limited:5«e— 
Anderson,  John  Kenneth,  3,661,1 28. 

Cleaver,   John   Stephen;  Guilford,   Peter;   Kimpton,   Frederick 
James;  Page,  Thomas  John;  and  Steinberg,  Norman  Richard, 
3,667,119. 
British  Leyland  (Austin-Morris)  Limited:  See— 

Swatnan.  Peter  P.,  3,667.741. 
British  PeUolcura  Company  Limited,  The:  See— 

Burbidge,  Bernard  Whiting;  Keen,  Ian  Montgomery;  and  Pout. 
Christopher  Ronald.  3,668.1 13. 
British  Railways  Board:  Sec- 
Barlow,  HaroU  Monteagle,  3,668474. 
Broderick,  Frank  W.  Method  of  making  mating  male  embossing  rolls. 

3.668,030.CI.  156-14.000 
Brooks,  Robert  E.;  and  Heflinger,  Lee  O.,  to  TRW  Inc.  Optical  system 

for  identifying  pulses.  3,668,403,  CI.  230-21 6.000 
Brooks,  SUnley  H.  W.;  and  Raddin,  Harry  A.,  to  Hofft,  Miller.  Inc. 
Fiberboard  produced  from  wood  particles  having  a  S-2S%  moisture 
content  prior  to  steaming  &  mechanical  reduction  in  the  formation 
proceu.  3.668,286,  CI.  264-26.000 
Broussard,  Paul  Daniel.  Electromagnetic  audio  pickup  for  stringed 
musical  instruments,  with  volume  control  means,and  suitable  for  use 
with  an  type  strings.  3,668,293, CI.  84-1 . 1 S 
Brown  A.  Root,  Inc.:  See- 
Morgan.  William  A.,  3,667,128. 
Brown  &  Williamson  Tabacco  Corporation:  See— 

Sanford.   Robert  A.;   Johnson.  Robert   Reiner;  and   Summers. 
Thomas  Wade.  3.667.479. 
Brown.  Boveri  A  Cie  A.G.:  See— 

Brungsberg.  Heinrich-Josef,  3.668.434. 
Brown.  Donald,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Army.  Long  pulse  diurnal 

Umer.  3,668,590,  CI.  337-51.000 
Brown,  Eugene  H.  Latch  for  a  switch  actuator.  3,668,340.  CI.  200- 

42.00t 
Brown.  Richard  C;  and  Saunders.  Orson  V..  to  General  Motors  Cor- 
poration. Refrigerator  with  ice  maker  and  high  humidity  compart- 
ment. 3.667.249.  CI.  62-3 1 2.000 
Brown,  Stephen  V.;  Mc  Donough,  Thomas  B.;  and  Shaffer,  John  W.,  to 
Sylvania  Electric  ProducU,  Inc.  Fulminating  material  application 
technique.  3,667,992.  CI.  1 17-69.000 
Browning  Arms  Company:  See- 
Lawrence.  John  S.,  3,667.770. 
Brownscombe.  Philip  J.,  to  DieUgen.  Eugene  Co.  Reeling  apparatus 

with  dynamic  vibration  absorber.  3.667,695.  CI.  242-55. 
Brundege,  Jasper  A.,  to  Allied  Chemical  Corporation.  Purification  of 

acetone.  3.668,256,  CI.  260-593.00p 
Brunett,  Peter  Frank,  to  Burroughs  Corporation.  Thin  conductive  plate 

locating  system  for  a  punch  press.  3,667,334.  CI.  83-362.000 
Brungsberg.  Heinrich-Josef.  to  Brown.  Boveri  ft  Cie  A.G.  Noise  sup- 
pressing AC  phase  control  system.  3.668,434,  CI.  307-257.000 
Brunner,  Fred  William,  to  Manning's  Inc.  Method  of  forming  and 

wrapping  foodstuffs.  3,667.97 1 ,  CL  99-1 7 1  OOr 
Brunner,  Rudolf,  to  Messrs.  Heilroeier  A   Weinlein.  Radial  piston 

pump.  3.667.868. CI.  417-273.000 
Bryant.  Ellis  H..  Jr.;  and  Smith.  Leary  W.,  to  Audichron  Company, 
The.    Variable   multiple    periodic   and   aperiodic   announcement 
system.  3,668,326,  CI.  179-6. 
Brzozowski,  Steve  Joseph:  See- 
Burgess,  James  Patton;  Polkinghom,  Melvin  William;  and  Br- 
zozowski, Steve  Joseph, 3,668,603. 
Buchhold,  Theodor  Adam;  and  Bochenek,  Eduard.  to  Licentia  Patent- 
Verwaltunp-G.m.b.H.  Low-temperature  electrical  cable  arrange- 
ment. 3,668,297,  CI.  174-15. 
Buck.  WillardE.:  See- 
Naur,  Charles;  and  Buck.  Willard  £.3.667,846. 
Buisson.  Michel  A.,  to  Naphtachimie.  Phosphorus-containing  polyols 

and  polyurethanes  embodying  same.  3.668,1 54,  CI.  260-2.5 
Bukalders,  Edwards,  to  Bukflex  Processes  Limited.  Plastics  coated 

material.  3,667,982, CI.  1 17-10.000 
Bukflex  Processes  Limited:  See— 

Bukalders,  Edwards,  3,667,982. 
Bullis,  Robert  H.;  and  Nighan,  William,  to  United  Aircraft  Corpora- 
tion. Gas  laser  low  ionization  electric  discharge.  3,668,350,  CI.  331- 
94.500 
Bunker-Ramo  Corporation,  The:  See- 
Bush,  George  L.,  3,667,306. 
Bunting,  Charles  W.;  Groeber,  David  P.;  and  Pettio,  Louis  W.,  to  Mc- 
Call  Corporation,  mesne.  Method  of  making  a  flexible  letterpreu 
mat.  3,668,032, CI.  1S6-2 15.000 
Burbidge,    Bernard    Whiting;    Keen,    Ian    Montgomery;    and    Pout, 
Christopher  Ronald,  to  British  Petroleum  Company  Limited,  The. 
Hydrocaulytic  proceu  for  normal  paraffin  wax  and  sulfur  removal. 
3.668.1 1 3,  CI.  208-97.000 
Burckhardt,  Manfred  H.;  Florus,  Hans-Jorg;  and  Grossner,  Horst,  to 
Daimler-Benz     Aktiengesellschaft.     Instellation     for     preventing 
spinning  of  the  driven  wheebof  a  motor  vehicle.  3,667,81 3,  CI.  303- 
21. 
Burger,  Karl-Heinz,  to  Bosch,  Robert,  G.m.b.H.  Window-Cleaning  ar- 
rangement. 3,667 ,081,  CI.  15-250.24 


Burgermeister.  Ulrich;  and  Gaggini,  Carlo,  to  Rieter  Machine  Works, 
Ltd.  Apparatus  for  conjointly  doffing  and  donning  a  plurality  of  bob- 
bins or  tubes  placed  on  spindles  of  ring  spinning  and  ring  twisting 
machines.  3,667,204,  CI.  57-52.000 
Burgess,  Jamas  Patton;  Polkinghorn,  Melvin  William;  and  Brzozowski. 
Steve  Joseph,  to  International  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Conora- 
tion.  Twist  lock  socket  with  connector.  3,668,603,  CI.  339-1 4.00r 
Burke,    Jamas    Sunley.    Grip    plate    for    wooden    truu    members. 

3,667.337. CI.  85-13.000 
Burlington  Industries.  Inc.:  See- 
Butler.  Vaughn  H..  3.667.257. 
Bums,  Richard  Charles,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Process  for  isolation  by  crysullisation  of  the  Mo-Fe  protein  of  the 
enzyme  nitrogenase.  3,668,074,  CI.  195-62.000 
Burr-Brown  Research  Corporation:  See— 

Koerner.  Henry,  3,668,428. 
Burroughs  Corporation:  See— 

.    Brunett,  Peter  Frank,  3,667,334. 
Gerber,  Johannes  F.;  and  Cola,  Rudolph  A..  3,668,366. 
Kruklitis,  Karlis.  3.668,634. 

Locke,aeorge  William,  3.668,431.  ..^ 

Looachen.  Floyd  W,  3,668.644. 
Mack.  Ronald  H.;  Kondur,  Nicholas,  Jr.;  and  Mitchell,  Jam^s  A. 

3.667.383. 
Pedersca.  John  H.;  and  Bedford,  Michael  J..  3,668,649. 
Rech.  Jakob.  3.667.268. 

Reynolds,  Robert  J.;  and  Ouiogue.  Virgilio  J..  3,668.665. 
Sniderman.  Albert.  3.667.384. 
Burroughs,  Ralph  H.;  and  Cox.  Paul  R..  Jr.,  to  Hercules  Incorporated. 
Apparatus  for  removing  oil  spills  from  the  surface  of  a  body  of  water. 
3,667.608.CI.  210-242.000 
Burt,  Warren  T.;  and  Hoffman,  Herman  J.,  to  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, Navy.  Television  system  for  terrain  surveillance.  3,668,308,  CI. 
l78-6.60a 
Bury,  Allen  J.,  to  Molex  Incorporated.  Multi-conductor  electrical 

socket  and  method  of  making  the  same.  3,668,61 5,  CI.  339-204.00r 
Bush.  George  L.,  to  Bunker-Ramo  Corporation,  The.  Device  for 

providing  controlled  movement.  3,667.306,  CI.  74-125.5 
Bush.  Walter R.  See- 
Ambler.  Edward  Curtis;  Bush.  Walter  R.;  and  Scoville.  A|idrew 
E.,3,668.471. 
Butler.  Vaughn  H..  to  Burlington  Industries.  Inc.  Slitting  mechanism 

for  use  with  circular  knitting  machines.  3.667,257.  CI.  6i6-I47. 
ButU.  Davis  S.:  See— 

Neiuel.  Ulrich  E.;  and  ButU.  Davis  S..3.667.980. 
Butwell,  Robert  J.:  See— 

Symons.   Robert  S.;   Staprans.   Armand;  and   Butwell, 
J. ,3,668,459.  i 

Byeriy,  Benjamin  F..:  See- 
Barrow,  Marvin  A.,  3,668,628.  | 
Bygdnes,  Richard  M.,  said  Bygdnes,  Perry  A.,  assor  to  said  Bygdnes, 
Richard  M.  Vehicular  engine  brake  assembly.  3,667,435,  CI.  I  ^-97. 
Byles,  Theodore  A.:  See- 
Cherry,    James    R.;    Byles,    Theodore    A.;    and    Nilaaen^    Ole 
K, 3.668,419. 
Byms,EdsoaH.:See— 

Endress,   James    W.;    Byms,    Edson    H.;    and    Anderson, 
M. 3,667,860. 
Cable  de  Lyon  Alsacicnne:  See —  ~~~^ 

Jocteur,  Robert.  3,667,506. 
Cafolla,  Conatantine  F.:  See- 
Smith,  Bdwin  R.;  and  Cafolla,  Constantine  F.,3,667,1 14. 
Cahill,  Bonaventure  B.;  and  Lyon,  Wilfred  W.,  to  Ohmart  Corporation, 
The.  Gauge  using  environment-insensitive  radiation  beam  croas-sec- 
tion  limiter.  3.668,399.  CI.  2SO-83.30d 
Caimi,  Alberto:  See— 

Ragazzini,  Mario;  Caimi,  Alberto;  Carcano.  Donato;  and  Gr 
li,Giovanni,3,668,l67. 
Calgon  Corporation:  See- 
Hatch,  George  Birdseye.  3,668.094. 

Hoover.  Merwin  Frederick;  Sinkovitz,  Gloria  Di  Marco;  ai| 
land,  Andrew  Martin,  3,668,1 38. 
California  Computer  Products,  Inc.:  See— 

McCunc.  Clarence  G.;  Vincer,  John  C;  and  Graves,  Kenn^ 
3,667.668. 
Camardella.  Giuseppe.  Method  and  apparatus  for  finishing  electric 

coils.  3.667.11 8. CI.  29-605. 
Cambio.Orkndo  D..  Jr..  to  Abbott  Laboratories.  Lever  opened  sealed 

conuiner.  3,667.638. CI.  215-32. 
Camenztnd,  Hans  R  .  to  Signetics  Corporation.  Integrated  video  ampli- 
fier. 3.668.540.  CI.  330-1 8.000 
Campbell,  David;  and  Chamberland.  Real  Oscar,  to  Northern  Electric 
Company  Limited.  Reed  material  for  sealed  contact  application. 
3,668,355.  CI.  200-166.00c 
Campbell.  John  George:  See— 

Dakin.  John;  and  Campbell.  John  George,3 ,667,087. 
Campbell.  Richard:  See— 

Hilvitt,  Arthur  L.;  Hilvitz,  PhUip  E.;  HilviU,  Harvey  M. 
Campbell.  Richard.3,667,372. 
Canadian  Forest  Productt  Ltd.:  See— 

Krog,OliverE.,  3,667,514. 
Canadian  Patents  and  Development  Limited:  See — ^ 
Susset,  Jacques  G.;  and  Nagler,  Robert,  3,667,477. 
Trigg,  Douglas  F.,  3.668,566. 


I  obert 


Carl 


iipppel- 

lad  Ru- 
n^th  E.. 


and 


June  6.  1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    7 


Candor.  James  T.:  See- 
Candor,  Robert  R.;  and  Candor,  James  T, 3,667, 1 30. 
Candor,  Robert  R.;  and  Candor,  James  T.  Liquid  removing  apparatus 

and  method.  3,667, 130, CI.  34-1. 
Canon  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Inoue,  Eiichi;  Shimizu,  Isamu;  and  Kobayashi,  Hajime,  3,667,949. 
Canutore,  Giuseppe:  See— 

Bonvicini,  Alberto;  and  Canutore,  Giuseppe,3,668,278. 
Bonvicini,  Alberto;  and  Cantatore,Giuseppe,3 ,668,280. 
Cape,  Richard  Allan  Gordon,  to  Dominion  Bridge  Company  Limited. 

Apparatus  for  bending  plate.  3,667,274,  CI.  72-298. 
Caper.  Edward  J  :  See— 

Hutchinson,  Thomas  R.;  and  Caper,  Edward  J. ,3,668,528. 
Cappella,  Michael,  to  Sergi  Bros.,  Inc.  Fork  lift  atUchment.  3,667,633, 

CI.  214-145.000 
Carborundum  Company,  The:  See- 
Economy,  James;  and  Lin,  Ruey-Yuan,  3,668,059. 
Nowak,   Bernard   E.;  Cottis,  Steve   G.;   and   Economy,  James, 
3,668,300.    . 
Carcano,  Donato:  See— 

Rapzzini,  Mario;  Caimi,  Alberto;  Carcano,  Donato;  and  Groppel- 
li,Giovanni.3,668,l67. 
Carey,  Jamei;  and  Citrin,  Jay  E.  Automatic  voltage  booster.  3,668,5 1 2, 

CI.  323-45.000 
Carlson,  Arthur  H.  Probe  type  die  cooling  arrangement  3,667,248,  CI. 

62-225.000 
Carney,  Murray  C;  and  Speicher.  EBis.  Ill,  to  Sangamo  Electric  Com- 
pany. Tape  transport  apparatus.  3,667,700,  CI.  242-189.000 
Carney,  Richard  William  James,  to  Ciba-Geigy  Corporation.  2-Amino- 

4aryl-quinolines.  3,668,207,  CI.  26O-286.0Or 
CaroChem  Corporation:  See- 
Trimble.  Averal  T.,  Jr.,  3.667,900. 
Carp,  Ralph  W.,  and  Mietterfeld.  Frederick  O.,  to  Bendix  Corporation. 
The.  Skid  control  system  cycling  and  checking  circuit,  including  drift 
prevention  means.  3.667.81 2.  CI.  303-2 1  .Oaf 
Carr.  David  £.:  See- 
Diamond.  Arthur  S.;  and  Carr.  David  E.. 3,668,079. 
Carrier  Corporation:  See- 
Alexander,  Donald  E.,  3,668,303. 

Endreu,  James  W.;  Byms,  Edson  H.;  and  Anderson,  Carl  M., 
3,667,860. 
Carriere,  Robert  Lucien:  See— 

Fioravanti,  Jean;  Carriere.  Robert  Lucien;  Thibault,  Paul;  and 
Fioravanti.  Alain  J.  F.  R., 3.667.416. 
Carroll.  Dale  E.  Mobile  mixing  machine.  3.667.736,  CI.  259-161.000 
Carroll.  David  I.:  See- 
Cohen.   Martin   J.;   Weralund.   Roger   F.;   and   Carroll.   David 
1.3.668,382. 
Carroll,  David  I.  Apparatus  and  methods  for  separating,  detecting,  and 

measuring  trace  gases.  3,668,383,  CI.  250-4 1. 9tf 
Carter.  Vondell.  to  United  SUtes  of  America.  Army.  Hueric  tempera- 
ture sensor.  3.667,297. CI.  73-339.00a 
Case,  J.  1..  Company:  See- 
Mueller.  George  R,  3.668,519. 
Case,  Nelson  S.:  See— 

Fassbender,  Henry  J.;  and  Case,  Nelson  S.,3,667,951 . 
Casimer.  Joseph:  See— 

Wrabel,  James  Adam;  and  Casinier.  Joseph,3 .668.476. 
Cassella.  Vincent  Joseph.  Jr.,  to  Pennwalt  Corporation.  Composition 
and    method    for    treating    dry-cleanable    soil-resistant    leathers. 
3,668. 124,  CI.  252-8.57 
Castle,  Robert  L.:  See— 

Amiand.  Ronald  D.;  and  Castle.  Robert  L., 3,667 .284. 
Caterpillar  TractorCompany:  See- 
Franz,  Maurice  F.;  Herr,  Charles  H.;  Newman,  Harry  B.;  and 

Webber,  Philips,  3,667,309. 
Richards.  Elmer  A.,  3,667,583. 
Cave,  Robert  S.:  See— 

Shaner.  Milo  W.;  and  Cave.  Robert  S.,3,667,8S7. 
Caveney,  Jack  E.:  See- 
Moody.  Roy  A.;  and  Caveney.  Jack  E., 3,667, 710. 
Cavil,  David  T.,  to  Outboard  Marine  Corporation.  Capacitor  discharge 
ignition  system  with  automatic  spark  advance.  3.667,441,  CI.  123- 
148. 
Cekoric.  Thomas.  Jr.;  Evans.  George;  and  Searcy,  Ronald,  to  Hoff- 
mann-La Roche  Inc.  Growth  inhibitions  of  selective  mycoplasmas. 
3.668.075,  CI.  195-103.500 
Celanese  Corporation:  See— 

Forschirm,  Alex  S.;  and  Trepasso.  Louis  E.,  3,668,000. 
Polestak.  Walter  J..  3.668.060. 
CentolcUa.  Albert  Peter;  and  Razor,  Billy  Gene,  to  Miles  Laboratories, 
Inc.    Yeast    raised    baked    products    and    preparation    thereof. 
3,667.966,  CI.  99-91.000 
Cerpelli,  Orazio.  Screw  pump.  3.667.879.  CI.  418-202.000 
CerUin-Teed  Products  Corporation:  See—  ^ 

Harbison,  James  E.,  3,667,977. 
Certain-Teed  Saint  Gobain  Insulation  Corporation:  See— 
Waksman,  David;  and  Stewart,  James  R.,  3,668.039. 
Cerwenka.  Peter:  See— 

Kleinhagauer.     Otmar;     Cerwenka,     Peter;     and     Neubauer, 
Ewald.3,667.538. 
Cesarotti,  Mario:  See— 

Beme,  Adriano;  Ceurotti,  Mario;  and  Benedetti  Michalagelli, 
Glauco.3.668.537. 


Cesca.  Sebastiano:  See— 

Corradini.  Giorgio;  Ghetti,  Giuseppe;  Cesca,  Sebastiano;  and  Rog- 
gero,  Amaldo,3,668,l  56. 
CGR  Medical  Corporation:  See— 

Asars.  Juris  A.;  and  Schneeberger.  Robert  J..  3.668.396. 
Chadenson,  Pierre,  to  Societe  Generale  de  Constructions  Electriques 
et  Mecaniques  (ALSTHOM).  Mercury  manometer.  3.667.298.  CI. 
73-405. 
Chalmers.  David  Johnstone,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours.  E.  I.,  and  Com- 
pany. Offset,  wound,  single-web  roll  capacitor  and  process  for  mak- 
ing same.  3.668,482.  CI.  3 1 7-260.000 
Chamberland.  Real  Oscar:  See- 
Campbell,  David;  and  Chamberiand,  Real  Oscar.3.668.35S. 
Chamillard.  George  W.;  and  Winsor.  David  M..  to  Teradyne.  Inc.  Posi- 
tion   locating    apparatiu   employing    multiple    projecting    lamps. 
3.667.104.  cT.29-203.00b 
Chandroes.   Edwin   Arthur;   Fork.   Richard   Lynn;   Lamola.   Angelo 
Anthony;   and   Tomlinson.   Walter  John.  III.  to   Bell  Telephone 
Laboratories.  Incorporated.  Optical  storage  devices.  3,668.663,  CI. 
340-173. 
Chang,  Leroy  L.;  and  Esaki.  Leo,  to  International  Business  Machines 
Corporation.  Semiconductor  device  having  many  fold  IV  charac- 
teristics. 3,668,480. CI.  317-234.000 
Chapman,  Walter  Harry:  See— 

WatU,  Raymond  K.;  and  Chapman.  Waher  Harry,3 .667,3 59. 
Chamley,  John,  to  Thackray,  Chat.  F..  Limited.  Hip-joint  operations. 

3.667.456.  CI.  l28-92.00r 
Chartet,  Andre,  to  Societe  Anonyme  des  Usines  Chauston.  Process  for 
fluxing  and  brazing  parts  made  of  aluminium  or  aluminium  alloy. 
3,667, III. CI.  29-495.000 
Chaie.   Eugene   W.;  and   Robinson,   Harold  J.,  to   Bell  Telephone 
Laboratories.  Incorporated.  Tin  oxide  etehing  method.  3,668,089. 
CI.  204-1 43.00r 
Chemed  Corporation:  See— 

Crotty,  Homer  E.,  3,668,153. 
Chemical  Construction  Corporation:  See— 

Karafian,  Maxim.  3,668,250. 
Chemische  Werke  Huels  AG.:  See— 

Riemhofer.  Franz;  Dittmann.  Walter;  Homung.  Karl-Heinz;  and 
Schutze.  Emst-Christian.  3.668.275. 
Chemische  Werke  Hub  AG.:  See— 

Seifert,  Friedrich;  Bittscheidt,  Josef;  and  Plenikowski.  Johannes. 
3,668,192. 
Chemische  Werke  Hub  Aktiengesellschaft  See— 

Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter.  Biethan.  Uwe;  Homung. 

Kari-Heinz;  and  Schutze.  Emst-Christian.  3.668.276. 
Riemhofer.  Franz;  Dittmann.  Walter;  Bethian,  Uwe;  and  Schutze, 
Emst-Christian,  3,668,277. 
Chen,  Nai  Yuen;  and  Lucki,  Sunley  J.,  to  Mobil  Oil  Corporation.  Sodi- 
um   mordenite    separation    of  para-xylene.    3,668,266,   CI.    260- 
674.000 
Cheney.  Glen  Trenton;  and  King,  Emam  Fillmore,  to  Bell  Telephone 
Laboratories.  Incorporated.  Shift  register  sUge  using  insulated-gate 
field-effect  transntors.  3.668.438.  CI.  307-279.000 
Cheng,  Chen-Yen;  and  Cheng.  Sing-Wang.  Indirect-freezing  procen 
with  heat  reuse  by  an  auxiliary  working  medium.  3.667.243.  CI.  62- 
58.000 
Cheng,  Sing-Wang:  See- 
Cheng.  Chen-Yen;  and  Cheng.  Sing-Waag.3.667.243. 
Cherry.  James  R.;  Byles.  Theodore  A.;  and  Nilasen,  Ole  K.,  to  Mo- 
torola, Inc.  Electrical  power  source  and  heat  augmentation  system 
for  use  in  automotive  vehicles.  3.668.419,  CI.  307-66.000 
Chevalier.  Andre;  Grolet.  Pierre;  and  Reynard.  Remi,  to  Institut  Fran- 
cait  du  Petrole.  des  Carburants  et  Lubrifiantt.  Process  for  making 
couplings  of  reduced  size  and  capable  of  transmitting  high  mechani- 
cal stresses  between  an  armoured  flexible  member  and  a  rigid  ele- 
ment. 3.667,1 12.  CI.  29-508. 
Chevron  Research  Company:  See— 

Mulaskey,  Bernard  F..  3.668.268. 
Chicago  Pneumatic  Tool  Company:  See — 

Schaedler,  Raymond  J.;  and  Amttberg,  Lester  A..  3.667.345. 
Children.  Clyde  0.  Method  of  molding  utilising  thermosetting  tesin 

and  magnetized  filler  material.  3.668.176,  CI.  260-37.0ep 
Chiquiar-Arias.  Marcelo.  Disposable  conuiner.  3.667.657.  CI.  222- 

541.000 
ChiUyat.  Anwar  K,.  to  OPTOmechanisms.  inc.  Means  for  generating 

compensating  control  means.  3.668.501,  CI.  318-632. 
Chloupek.  Frank  J.,  to  Atlantic  Richfield  Company.  Process  for  dispro- 
portionating  paraffihic  hydrocarbons  to  yield  products  containing 
iso-  paraffinic  hydrocarbons.  3.668,269,  CI.  260-676. 
Chris-Craft  industries,  inc.:  See — 

Rosin,  Jacob;  and  Ang,  Frank  S.,  3,668,23 1 . 
Christensen,  Elmer:  See— 

Bentley.  Allan  M.; and  Christensen.  Elmer,3.6673 1 7. 
Christiansen.  Godtfred  Kirk,  to  Interlego  A.G.  interlocking  arrange- 

menu.  3.667.1 53,  CI.  46-30.000 
Christofilos,  Nicholas  C,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Atomic  Energy 
Commission.  Polygonal  astron  reactor  for  producing  controlled  fti- 
sion  reactions.  3,668,067,  CI.  176-5. 
Chrysler  Corporation:  See— 

Teague,  Dwight  Maxwell;  Bertraad  WilKam  F.;  Wilbon,  Philip  J.; 
and  Ammermann,  Frank  E.,  3,667,975. 
Chu  Associates,  Inc.:  See— 

Morgenthaler,  Frederic  R.,  3,668,568. 


PI  8 


LIST  OF  PATE>4TEES 


Chu,  T«u-K«i:  See— 

Hendel,    Haiu    W.;    Chu,    Tn-Kai;    and    Simonen.    Thomai 
C. 3,668.066. 
Chugai  Seiyaku  Kabuthiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Ando,  Kunio;  and  Oithi,  Hideo,  3,668.072. 
Church,  Herman  S.;  and  Clark,  Duane  J.,  to  Teledyne  Mid-American 
Corporation.  Fabricated  gatketed  valve  body  construction  for  but- 
terfly valvei.  3,667,726,  CI.  251-151. 
Ciba  Limited:  5ee— 

Zbinden,  Han*  Rudolf;  and  Hiesund,  Armin,  3,668,228. 
Ciba-Geigy  AG:  See- 
Binder,  Erich,  3,667,697. 
Ciba-Geigy  Corporation:  See- 
Carney,  Richard  William  Jamet,  3,668,207. 
Ciecicrtki,  WalUr  v.:  See— 

Reymond,  Welles  K.;  and  Ciecicrski,  Walter  V, 3,668,645. 
Cimprich,  Francis  J.,  to  Goodrich,  B.  F.,  Company,  The.  Tire  cooling. 

3,667 ,881. CI.  425-28.000 
Cincinnati  Milacron  Inc.:  See— 
Abt.  Ronald  C,  3.668,105. 
Hohn,  Richard  E.,  3,667,290. 
Cirkitrite  Limited:  See— 

Fumen,  Ralph  William,  3,668,003. 
C.I.T.-Compagnie  Industrielle  des  Telecommunications:  See- 
Rousseau,  Claude.  3,668,3 1 4. 
Citizen  Watch  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Nikaido,    Akira;    Onda,    Mitiuo;    Nakajima,    Fumio;    Machida, 
Takayasu;  and  Sudo.  Shunji,  3.668.488. 
Citizen  Watch  Company  Limited:  See— 

Komiyama.  Katsuhiko;  and  linuma.  Yoshio,  3.667.212. 
Citrin,  Jay  E.:  See- 
Carey.  James; and  Citrin.  Jay  E.. 3.668.5 1 2. 
Clark,  Albert  M:  See- 
Johnston.  Norris;  and  Latker,  Mark,  3,667.601 . 
Clark.  Duane  J.:  See- 
Church,  Herman  S.;  and  Clark.  Duane  J. .3,667.726. 
Clark.  Gordon  J.,  to  Textron.  Inc.  Method  and  means  for  bonding  bear- 
ing liners.  3.668.040.  CI.  156-293. 
Clark.  John  Colin;  Kennedy.  James;  and  Long.  Alan  Gibson,  to  Glaxo 
Laboratories  Limited.  Cephalosporius  having  a  thioltherified  methyl 
group  in  3-position.  3.668.203.  CI.  260-243.00c 
Clark.  Malcolm  B.:  See— 

Fbh.  Percy  J;  and  Clark.  Malcohn  B. ,3.668.533. 
Clarke,  Robert  A.,  to  Columbia  Manufacturing  Co..  Inc..  The.  Adjusta- 
ble Ubie  leg.  3.667.7 1 3. CI.  248- 1 88.500 
Claxton,  Gerald  L.;  and  Horn,  Darrell  C,  to  Up-Right,  Inc.  Apparatus 
for  harvesting  fruit  with   an   elliptically   moving  striker   member. 
3,667,201,  CI.  56-330. 
Claxton,  William  E.,  to  Firestone  Tire  ft  Rubber  Company,  The.  Com- 
posite curve  analyzer.  3,668,380,  CI.  235-197.000 
Clayton  Dewandre  Company  Limited:  See- 
Farmery.  George  K..  3.667.497. 
Cleaver.  John  Stephen;  Guilford,  Peter;  Kimpton,  Frederick  James; 
Page,  Thomas  John;  and  Steinberg,  Norman  Richard,  to  British  Insu- 
lated Callender's  Cables  Limited.  Method  of  jointing  and  terminat- 
ing electric  cables.  3.667.1 19,  CI.  29-628.000 
Clemence,  Francois;  and  Le  Martret,  to  Roussel-UCLAF.  2-Hydroxy- 

3-methoxy-5-allyl  benzamides.  3,668,238, CI.  260-488.000 
Clement,    Vernon    D.    Telescoping    drapery    processing    machine. 

3.667.659,  CI.  223-32. 
Clinkenbeard,  James  D.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Navy.  Mes- 
senger buoy  recovery  device.  3,667,4 1 7,  CI.  114-51.000 
Close,  James  G.:  See— 

Spalding.  Donald  P.;  and  Close.  JamesG.. 3.668.680. 
Cloud.  Charles  E.:  See— 

Benner.HaroU  Thomas  Jr.;  and  Cloud,  Charles  £.3.667,1 88. 
Cloud  Machine  Corporation:  See— 

Benner,  HaroU  Thomas  Jr.;  and  Cloud,  Charles  E.,  3,667,188. 
Clovis,  James  S.:  See- 
Owens,  Frederick  H.;  and  Clovis,  James  S., 3,668,274. 
Cochran.  David  S.;  and  McGhee.  Glenn  E..  to  ilewlett-Packard  Com- 
pany. Noncontacting  keyboard.  3,668.697,  CI.  340-365.000 
Cogar  Corporation:  See- 
Allen,  Charles  A,  3,668,655. 
Coghill,  Timothy  L.:  See— 

Horton,  Robert  A.;  and  Coghill,  Timothy  L., 3 ,668, 160. 
Cohen,  Allan  R.:  See- 
Mitchell,  James  P.;  and  Cohen,  Allan  R. 3,667,232. 
Cohen,  Martin  J.,  to  Franklin  Gno  Corporation.  Apparatus  and 
methods  for  improving  measurements  performed  upon  gaseous  sam- 
ples by  reducing  sample  contamination.  3,668,385,  CI.  250-4 1.9tf 
Cohen,  Martin  J.;  Wemlund,  Roger  F.;  and  Carroll,  David  I.,  to 
Franklin  Gno  Corporation.  Separation  and  detection  of  trace  sub- 
stance on  gaseous  samples  containing  moisture  by  diluting  with  dry 
air.  3.668,382.  CI.  250-41 .9tf 
Cohen,  Ronald  S.,  to  Behavioral  Controls,  Inc.  Speech  training  ap- 
paratus and  method  of  teaching  therewith.  3,667, 138,  CI.  35-35.00c 
Cohn,  Jerry.  Tiltable  rack  or  display  device.  3,667,6 1 7,  CI.  2 1  l-l  28. 
Cola,  Rudolph  A.:  See— 

Gerber,  Johannes  F.;  and  Cola,  Rudolph  A. ,3 ,668,366. 
Cole,  Joseph  J.;  and  Bookwalter,  Charles  A.,  II.  Automatic  wheel 

cleaning  apparatus.  3,667,486,  CI.  1 34-45.000 
Cole,  Steve:  See— 

Weston,  Murray;  Anderson,  Dennis;  and  Cole,  Steve.3,668.479. 


June  »,  1972 


Colgate-Palmolive  Company:  See— 

Denzler.  Rudolph  E.;  and  Fischer.  Charles  F.,  3.667,919. 
Coll-Palagos,  Miguel,  to  Suuffer  Chemical  Company.  Chemical  nickel 

plating  baths.  3,667,972.  CI.  106-1.000 
Collins  Radio  Company:  See- 
Perry.  James  R.,  Jr.,  3,668,534. 
Stofrer,C.  Daniel  W.,  3.668,542. 
Colombo,  Piero.  Apparatus  for  reciprocating  continuous  castiijg  molds 

by  means  of  flexible  drawing  members.  3,667,536,  CI.  164-260.000 
Colurt,  Michael  L.;  and  Paton,  David,  to  Sun-Rype  ProducU  Ltd. 
Proceu  for  improved  apple  juice  extraction.  3,667,967,  CI.  99- 
105.000 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  Inc.:  See- 
Allen.  Richard  G.;  and  Torick,  Emil,  3.668.322. 
Vicik,  Frederick.  3.667.360. 
Columbia  Manufacturing  Co..  Inc.,  The:  See— 

Clarke,  Robert  A,  3,667,7 1 3. 
Colvert  Janes  H:  See— 

O'Keefe,  William  H.;  Colvert  James  H.;  Nelson,  Gerald  V.;  and 
Youngblood.  Douglas  J  ,3,668.114. 
Combs,  Robert  L.;  and  Bogan,  Richard  T.,  to  Eastman  Kod«k  Com- 
pany.   Blend   containing  at   least   a  cellulose   ester  and  p   block 
copolymer  elastomer.  3,668, 157,  CI.  260-13.000 
Comfo-Dent  Corporation:  See— 
Huey.  Elbert  P.,  3,667,123. 
Commercial  Appliances,  Inc.:  See— 

Pottii^er,  Eugene  A.;  and  She Iton,  Winston  L.,  3.667.375 
Commercial  Solvents  Corporation:  See- 
Gay,  Cordon  M .,  3,668,027. 
Commissariat  a  I'Energie  Atomique:See—  ^.^^ 

Marilkau.  Jacques,  3,668.416. 
Commissariat  a  I'Energy  Atomique:See— 

Moreau.  Claude.  3.668,283. 
Comrounicationt  Patents  Limited:  See — 

Gargini,  Eric  J.  3,668,575. 
Compagnic  Centrale  Sicli:  See- 
Sachs,  Frederic;  and  Vanotti,  Guy,  3,667,549. 
Compagnie  Francaise  des  Petroles:  See— 

Corgnet,  Jean-Louis,  3,667.73 1 . 
Compagnic  Franciase  d'Entreprises  Metalliques:See— 

Vilain.  Robert  H.  3.667.240 
Compagnie  Generate  d'Electricite:See— 

Fally.  Jacques.  Lazennec.  Yvon;  and  Latne. Claude.  3.66t(.010. 
Michon,  Maurice,  3.668.536.  i 

Compagnie-Electro-Mecanique:  See — 

Steriini,  Jacques.  3,667.230. 
Compton.    William    F.    Motorcycle    snowmobile    conversion    unit. 

3.667.562.  CI.  180-5. 
Computer  Design  Corporation:  See- 
Bacon.  SUnley  H..  3,668.436. 
Computer  Indentics  Corporation:  See— 

Tuhro.  Richard  H.;  and  Kapsambelis.  Christos  B..  3,668.409. 
Comstock.  Lowell  R.;  and  Smith,  Percy  L.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corpora- 
tion.   Unsaturated    polyester    resins    admixed    with    cyc^    ester 
polymers.  3.668.1 78.  CI.  260-40.00r 
Conlon.   William   J.,  to   Dynamics  Corporation   of  America.   Light 
powered  by  induction  of  variable  impedance  motor.  3.668,490.  CI. 
3I8-24S.OOO 
Constable,  Charles  F..  to  Schlitz.  Jos..  Brewing  Company.  Conveying 
system  having  an  automatically  deactivated  drive.  3.667^89.  CI. 
198-127.000 
Contacts  Incorporated:  See— 

Gwyn,  Childress  B.  Jr..  3.667.1 10. 
Continental  Can  Company.  Inc.:  See— 

Baggnley.  Richard  B.;  and  Mascia.  Carmen  T..  3.667.637. 
Frankenberg.  Henry  £.3.667,667. 
Frost,  Lincoln  J.;  and  SUdler.  Amd  J..  3.668.100. 
Norin.  Robert  W.;  and  Roth.  Donald  J..  3.668.365. 
Patel.  Anilkumar  U.,  3.667.643. 
Continental  Oil  Company:  See— 

Mathieu.  Paul  G.;  andjJLindblade.  Paul  V..  3.668.620. 
Continental  Scale  Corporation:  See— 

Hutckinson,  William  Y.;  and  Kushmuk,  Walter  P..  3.667.^61 . 
Controlex  Corporation:  See— 

Youn^.DonL..Jr..3.667.3l3. 
Controlopc,  Inc.:  See- 
Wang.  Fuh-Lin.  3.668.650. 
Controls  Company  of  America:  See — 

Proctor,  Robert  H.,  3.667.247. 
Cook.  Leo  W:  See— 

Borck.  Howard  O.;  and  Cook.  Leo  W. 3.667.582. 
Cook.  William  H..  to  Monsanto  Company.  Method  and  app^tus  for 

controlUng  polymerization  reactions.  3.668.096.  CI.  204- 1 6S. 
Cooke.  Geoffrey  Cyril,  to  Avery.  W.  &  T..  Limited.  Weighing  ap- 
paratus. 3.667.560.  CI.  177-21 1.  I 
Cooking  Testing  Co.:  See—                                                          I 
Radii,  Gary  A.  3.667.505.                                                 I 
Cooksey.  William  Harold,  to  Lucas.  Joseph.  (Industries)  Limited.  Igni- 
tion distributor  with  a  support  plate  for  the  contact  assembly  held  in 
position  by  zone  resilience.  3.668.339.  CI.  20019.000 
Coole.  Stanley  S..  to  Ohio  Displays.  Inc.  Multiple  switeh  anfusement 

projection  device  and  method.  3.667.754.  CI.  272-8.00p 
Cooling  Development  Ltd.:  See- 
Murphy.  Edmund.  3,667.864. 
Cooper.  Henry  R.  Floor  joist  sUbilizer.  3.667,786.  CI.  287-20.p4 


June  6, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    9 


Copeland.  John  Alexander.  III.  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Incor- 
porated. Muhilevel  domain  propagation  arrangement  3.668.667.  CI. 
340-1 74.0tf 
Coppins.  Cray  J.  Door  sill.  3.667. 1 64.  CI.  49-469. 
Corcoran.  Paul  T.:  See— 

De  Long.  William  T.;  and  Corcoran,  Paul  T., 3,667,924. 
Corey,  Robert  J.,  to  Corey's  Steplejacks,  Inc.  Pile  cutting  device. 

3,667,5 1 5,  CI.  143-34.000 
Corey's  Steplejacks,  lnc.:See— 

Corey,  Robert  J,  3,667,5 1 5. 
Corgnet,  Jean-Louis,  to  Compagnie  Francaise  des  Petroles.  Chain 

guiding  apparatus.  3,667,731,  CI.  254-l90.00r 
Cornelius  Company,  The:  See- 
Cornelius,  Richard  T..  3.667,724. 
Cornelius,  Richard  T.,  to  Cornelius  Company,  The.  Solenoid  actuated 

dispensing  valve.  3,667,724.  CI.  25 1  -1 38.000 
Cornelius.  William  L.;  and  Martner,  John  G..  to  Stanford  Research  In- 
stitute. Multi-sUtion  vacuum  apparatus.  3.667.424,  CI.  1 18-49.500 
Cornell  Aeronautical  Laboratory,  Inc.:  See— 

Weatherston,  Roger  C;  and  Duryea,  George  R.,  3,667,874. 
Corning  Glass  Works:  See— 

Flannery,  James  £.,  3,667,973. 
Kunz,  Hans  J,  3,667,1 17. 
Corradini,  Giorgio;  Gheni,  Giuseppe;  Cesca,  Sebastiano;  and  Roggero, 
Amaldo,  to  Snam  Progettic  S.p.A.  Covulcanizable  mixes  comprising 
dicne  polymers  or  copolymers  aitd  low  unsaturation  terpolymers. 
3,668,1 56, CI.  260-5. 
Cote,  Paul  T.:  See— 

Komrumpf.  William  P.;  and  Cote,  Paul  T.,3,668,468. 
Cottis,  Steve  G.:  See— 

Nowak,     Bernard     E.;     Cottis,     Steve     G.;     and     Economy, 
James,3 ,668,300. 
Couch,  Francis  O.,  to  GTE  Automatic  Electric  Laboratories  Incor- 
porated. Logic  circuit  delay  system  comprising  monostable  means 
for  providing  different  time  delays  for  positive  and  negative  transi- 
tions. 3,668,423, CI.  307-208. 
Coulter  Electronics,  Inc.:  See- 
Hogg,  Walter  R.,  3,668,53 1 . 
Courson,  Richard  B.,  to  Almo  Manifold  and  Tool  Company.  Hydraulic 

manifoldsystem.  3,667,603,  CI.  210-130. 
Courtin,  Jacques.  Rotery  douche  for  treating  breasu.  3,667.455.  CI. 

128-66.000 
Cousserans.  Gilbert:  See- 
Roche.     Andre;     Amanrich.     Robert;     and     Cousserans.     Gil- 
be  rt.3.667.904. 
Cowan. George  R.:See— 

Balchan,  Anthony  S.;  and  Cowan.  George  R.. 3,667,91 1. 
Cox,  Paul  R.,  Jr.:  See- 
Burroughs,  Ralph  H.;  and  Cox,  Paul  R.,  Jr.,3,667,608. 
Crabtree,  Allen,  to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited.  CerUin  6- 

hydroxy  2-(  I H  )pyridones.  3,668,2 1 1 ,  CI.  260-294.900 
Cragoe,  Edward  J.,  Jr.;  and  Woltersdorf,  Otto  W..  Jr..  to  Merck  &  Co.. 
Inc.  Substituted  l-oxoinden-5-yloxy-alkanoic  acids.  3.668.241.  CI. 
260-520.000 
Cramer.  Roy  A..  Jr.  Water  moving  apparatus  for  destratification.  ice 

reduction  and  barnacle  control.  3.667.873.  CI.  4 1 7-424.000 
Crandall.  Richard;  and  Nordell.  Carl  H.  Selective  comminution  and 

scavenging  method.  3.667.602. CI.  210-67. 
Cremer  Engineering  Company.  Inc.:  See— 

Cremer,  John  M.;  and  Krohne.  Norman  A..  3,668,683. 
Cremer,  John  M.;  and  Krohne,  Norman  A.,  to  Cremer  Engineering 
Company,  Inc.  Periodic  timed  switching  apparatus.  3,668,683,  CI. 
340-309.400 
Crest  Ultrasonics  Corporation:  See- 
Silver,  Joseph,  3,668,486. 
Cresto,  Arturo,  to  Ferruccio  Manzini.  Device  for  supplying  fluid  under 

preuure.  3.667.229,  CI.  60-54.60a 
Creusot-Loire:  See— 

Lejeune,  Pierre,  3,667,732. 
Criscuok).  Andrew  C.  Head  for  musical  instrument.  3,668,296,  CI.  84- 

414. 
Cronig,  Alvin,  to  Itek  Corporation.  Gel  roller  for  use  in  photographic 

proceuing.  3,667,368,  CI.  9S-89.00a 
Cross,  Alan,  to  Lummus  Company,  The.  Fired  heater.  3,667,429,  CI. 

122-240.00b 
Crotty,  Homer  £.,  to  Chemed  Corporation.  Foamed  detergent  com- 
position. 3,668,153,  CI.  252-528.000 
Crown  City  Plating  Co.:  See— 

Kadison,  Leon  A.;  and  Maguire,  Eileen,  3,668,1 30. 
Csapou,  James,  to  Bendix  Corporation,  The.  Aircraft  vertical  flight 

position  display  instrument.  3,668,623,  CI.  340-27.0na 
CiA-Compagnie  Industrielle  de  Textiles  Artificiels  et  Synthetiques: 
See- 
Gauthier,  Charles;  and  Vincent,  Jean-Marie,  3,667,886. 
Culbertson,  Alvin  E.:  See- 
Cull,  Duncan  E.;  and  Culbertson.  Alvin  E, 3 .668,661 . 
Cull,  Duncan  £.;  and  Culbertson,  Alvin  £.,  to  National  Cuh  Register 
Company,  The.  Character  coding,  memory,  and  display  system. 
3.668,66 1, CI.  340-172.5 
Culpepper,  Clifford.  Jr.  Method  and  apparatus  for  cleaning  a  textile 

reel  and  winding  apparatus.  3.667,093.  CI.  28-55.3 
Culver,  Richard  D.,  to  Dresser  Industries,  Inc.  Differential  pulse  height 

discriminator.  3,668,426,  CI.  307-235.000 
Cumella,  Charles;  and  Cutrone,  Joseph,  to  Federal  Casters  Corpora- 
tion. Caster  pad.  3,667,085,  CI.  1 6-30.000 


Cummings,  Lowell  O.,  to  Pacific  Vegeuble  Oil  Corporation.  In  situ 

process  for  trans-isomerization  and  conjugation  of  resins  conUining 

fattyacidesters.  3,668,159,  CI.  260-18. 
Curran,  Edward  T.;  and  Stull.  Frank  D..  to  United  Sutes  of  America. 

Air   Force.    Dual   mode   supersonic   combustion    ramjet  engine. 

3.667.233.  CI.  60-270.000 
Currie.  James  H.;  and  Mick.  Sunley  H..  to  General  Motors  Corpora- 
tion. Internal  combustion  engine  with  vented  piston  clearance  spaces 

and  method.  3.667.443. CI.  I23-I93.00p 
Curwen.    Kenneth    R..   to    Kollsman    Instrument   Limited.   Optical 

pyrometer  amplifiers.  3.668.427.  CI.  307-229.000 
Customline  Control  Products.  Inc.:  See- 
Wright.  Edward  L.;  and  Meseck.  Eugene  T.,  3,667,285. 
Cuthbert,  Jamei  D.  R.  Transportable  cabin.  3,667.800,  CI.  296-23. 
Cutler-Hammer,  Inc.:  See— 

Lcavitt,  Minard  A.;  and  Roulund,  Poul  B.,  3,667,845. 
Cutrone.  Joseph:  See— 

Cumella.  Charles;  and  Cutrone.  Joseph. 3 .667 .08 5. 
Cuzner,  David  E.;  Rigbey.  Leo  J.;  and  Smith,  George  M.,  to  Interna- 
tional Business  Machines  Corporation.  Electromagnetic  actuated  de- 
tent apparatus.  3,668,487,  CI.  318-128.000 
Cyba,  Henryk   A.,  to   Universal  Oil   ProducU  Company.   Reaction 

product  of  alkanolamioe  and  two  particular  acids.  3,668,236,  CI. 

260-485. OOh 
Cyba,  Henryk  A.,  to  Universal  Oil  Products  Company.  Amine  salts  of 

phosphinic  acid  esters.  3,668,237,  CI.  260-48S.00g 
Cybercom  Corporation:  See — 

Blum,  James  E.,  3,667,701. 
Czamecki,  Adolph,  to  SUndard  Alliance  Industries,  Inc.  Power  and 

free  conveyor  system.  3,667,399, CI.  I04-I72.00s 
Czamikow.  George  K..  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Conveyor  and 

printer  mechanism.  3.667.843.  CI.  355-29.000 
Czwakiel,  Bert  J.;  and  Miller,  Donald  F.,  to  General  Electric  Company. 

Fluidic  gaging  sensor  head.  3.667.282.  CI.  73-37.700 
Dacco'.  Aldo.  to  Dacco,  Liasa  del  Dott  Aldo.  Metallic  alloy  for 

bearings.  3.667.941. CI.  75-178.000 
Dacco,  Liasa  del  Dott  Aldo:  See— 

Dacco'.  Aldo,  3,667,941. 
Dactylog  Company:  See— 

Sadowsky.  Charles.  3.668.633. 
Dahl.  Howard  C.  Drive  reduction  mechanism.  3.667.3 12.  CI.  74-425. 
Dahlinger,  Rodney  J.:  See— 

Famsworth.  Robert  P.;  and  Dahlinger.  Rodney  J. .3 .668,435. 
Daigle.JulesO.  All-purpose  fishing  float.  3.667. 149. CI.  43-43. 150 
Daimer.  Wolfgang;  and  Lackner,  heinrich,  to  Vianova  Kunstharz  Ak- 

tiengescllschaft.  Coating  compositions.  3,668,098,  CI.  204-181. 
Daimler-Benz  Aktiengesellschafl:  See— 

Burckhardt,  Manfred  H.;  Florus,  Hans-Jorg;  and  Gronner,  Horst.  - 

3.667.813. 
Lamm,  Heinz,  3,667,877. 

Steiner,  Adolf;  and  Rinnergschwentner,  Hans,  3,667,565. 
Dakin,  John;  and  Campbell,  John  George,  to  T.M.M.  (Research) 

Limited.  Feeding  of  fibrous  materials  to  textile  cards.  3.667,087.  CI. 

19-105.000 
Dale.  Ernest  A.;  and  Thomas.  Martha  J.  B.,  to  Sylvania  Electric 

Products.  Inc.  Electrical  translating  device  containing  spheroidal 

phosphors.  3.668.455.  CI.  3 1 3-109. 
Dalton.  Oliver;  and  Weidel.  Vaughn,  to  Tektronix.  Inc.  High  voltage 

regulation  circuit.  3.668.505.  CI.  321-2.000 
Dame.  Richard  E.  Friction  controlled  torque  fastening.  3,667.339,  CI. 

85-61.000 
D'Amico.  John  J.;  and  Webster.  Sidney  T..  to  Monsanto  Company.  N- 

Haloallyl-p-phenylenediamines.  3.668.254,  CI.  260-576.000 
Damy,  Sergio  Rene.  Railway  ballast  distributing  car  door  assembly. 

3,667.400.  CI.  105-239. 
Dango  i  Dienenthal  Kommanditgesellschaft:  See— 

Dienenthal.  Herbert;  and  Zimmermann.Theodor.  3.667,748. 
Daniel,  William  H.  Apparatus  for  collecting  oil  from  the  surface  of  a 

body  of  water.  3,667,609, CI.  210-242.000 
Daniel,  William  H.  Apparatus  for  collecting  oil  from  the  surface  of  a 

body  of  water.  3,667,610,  CI.  210-242.000 
Daniels,  David  A.;  Orem,  Rowland  L.,  Jr.;  and  Lard,  Edwin  E.,  to 

Grace,  W.  R.,  ft  Co.  Catalyst  and  method  of  polyester  polymeriza- 
tion. 3,668,1 39,  CI.  252-186.000 
Dannals,  Leiand  E.,  to  Uniroyal,  Inc.  Alkyl-sulfoxide  and  alkyl-sulfone 

terminated  oligomers.  3,668,230,  CI.  260-465.4 
D'Arcy,  Robert  M.;  BirteU,  James  C.;  Hensley,  Emmery  P.;  and  Pryor, 

Robert  C,  to  Phillip*  Petroleum  Company.  Combustion  apparatus. 

3,667.744. CI.  263-40. 
Data  Electronics  Corporation:  See— 

Brawley.  Harry  E..  Jr..  3.668.696. 
Date  General  Corporation:  See— 

Schwaru.  Samuel  A..  3.668.443. 
Data  Instruments  Company:  See- 
Germain.  Lloyd  M..  3,668.643. 
Davey.  Anthony  Walter,  to  Morris,  Herbert.  Limited.  Linear  motors 

with  cooling  means.  3.668.444.  CI.  310-13. 
Davis,  James  E.:  See- 
Leeds,  Kathleen  £.;  and  Davis,  James  £., 3 ,667,693. 
Davis,  John  Christopher  Hammond:  See- 
Kent,     Alan     Hugh;     and     Davis,     John     Christopher     Ham- 
mond,3,667,301. 
Davis,  Richard  K.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Gas  turbine  tempera- 
ture adaptive  control.  3,667,2 18,  CI.  60-39.28t 


PI  10 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


L 


JUNE<! 


.1972 


Davis.  Walter  Richard;  and  Solomon.  James  E.,  to  Motorola.  Inc.  Tem- 
perature tUble  monolithic  multiplier  circuit.  3.668.440.  CI.  307- 
310.000 
Davison.  Ellison  L.;  Brinkhoff,  Carl  H.;  and  Menold.  Robert  F..  to 
Mine  Safety  Appliances  Company.  AdjusUble  length  umple  for 
spectaclei.  3,667;834,CI.  35 1-1 1 8.000 
Davy  and  United  Engineering  Company  Limited:  Ste— 

Fereday .  SUnley;  and  Smelt,  WiUiam  Harry.  3.667.27 1 . 
Mahby.  Jack.  3.667.272. 
Dawson.  Donald  J.  Fishing  line  submerging  device.  3.667.148,  CI.  43- 

43.13 
Dawson.  Rou  R.:  See- 
Bergman.  Sylvester;  and  Dawson.  Rou  R..3 .667,898. 
Dayton  Wright  Associates  Limited:  See- 
Wright.  William  M.  D..  3.668.336. 
Dean,  Michael  R..  to  Baker  Oil  Tools,  inc.  Retrievable  well  packer. 

3.667  .S43.  CI.  166-125.000 
Decker,  Cloyd  E..  to  Robertshaw  Controls  Company.  Control  device 
and  method  for  calibrating  the  same  or  the  like.  3,668.592,  CI.  337- 
319.000 
Deere  A  Company:  See- 
Funk.  Welker  W..  3.667.796. 
Murphy,  Kenneth  Earl;  Eubank  William  Marion;  and  Williami, 

Lamar,  3,667,776. 
Schletzbaum,  John   Wayne;   and   Rodeghiero,  Reno  Antonio, 

3.667.496. 
Skromme,  Arnold  Burton;  Lindstrom,  Harold  Richard;  Henning- 
sen,  Etlar  August;  Bcldin.  Royal  Lowell;  Sorlie,  Donald  Thomas; 
and  Eckert.  Elmer  Richard.  3.667,734. 
Wittren.  Richard  Arthur;  Meyaenburg.  Raymond  Richard;  and 
Tweedy.  Robert  Hugh,  3.667,504. 
Deering  M  iiliken  Research  Corporation:  See— 

Engeb,  Walter,  3,667,092. 
De  Freitas.  C.  Trench;  and  Handweik.  Joseph  W.,  to  United  States  of 
America,  Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Warm-premng  method  of 
making  sucked  fuel  plates.  3,668,285,  CI.  264-0. SOO 
de  Germond.  Jacques:  See— 

Patau.  Joseph;  and  de  Germond.  Jacques.3.667.507. 
Dekeyser.  Lucien.  to  Bennes  Marrel.  Gas  turbine  with  rotary  heat 

exchangers.  3.667.220,  CI.  60-39.SI 
Dclavan  Manufacturing  Company:  See — 

Wayne,  Alex,  3,667.616. 
De  Lixasoain,  Gabriel  V.,  to  Tecnico,  Inc.  Reducing  and  reUrding 
volume  and  velocity  of  a  liquid  free-flowing  in  one  direction. 
3,667 ,234.  CI.  61-1. 
Delia  Porta.  Paolo;  Zucchinelli,  Mario;  and  Emili,  Carlo,  to  S.A.E.S. 
GettersS.p.A.  Generation  of  alkali  meul  vapors.  3.667  .S13. CI.  141- 
311.000 
Deloach,  Edwin  R.  Automation  control  system.  3.668.657.  CI.  340- 

173. 
De  Long.  William  T.;  and  Corcoran.  Paul  T..  to  Teledyne.  Inc.  Streu 

relieved  welded  steel  composite.  3.667.924,  CI.  209-196.1 
Delorme.  Michel  Jean:  See— 

Guillemette.    Gilbert     Auguste;     and     Delorme.     Michel     Je- 
an.3.667.102. 
De  Mattia.  Victor  A.,  Jr.;  and  Sansevero.  Vincent  J..  Jr..  to  United  Air- 
craft Corporation.  Preuurization  system.  3.667,216. CI.  60-37.000 
deMauriac.  Richard  A.:  See— 

Bojara.  SUnley  M.;  and  deMauriac,  Richard  A. ,3,667,959. 
Demirdjioghlou,  Sayman  Fadil;  and  Van  Dyk,  Robert  Maarten,  to 
Northern    Electric    Company.    Limited.    Capacitive    transducer. 
3.668.698.  CI.  340-36S.000 
Dennis.  Charles  L.,  to  Mobil  Oil  Corporation.  Three-dimensional 

presenution  of  borehole  logging  daU.  3.668,619,  CI.  340-1 5.5 
Denzler,  Rudolph  E.;  and  Fischer,  Charles  F.,  to  Colgate-Palmolive 
Company.   Sulfonation   reactor  head  of  improved   adjustability. 
3,667,9 1 9.  CI.  23-285.000 
Depatic,  Alfred  J.;  and  Hart,  Elwyn  P.  Archery  bow  with  sighting 

mechanism.  3,667.444, CI.  124-24. 
De  Putron.  John  J.  Extensible  spouU  for  conuiners.  3.667.6S6.  CI. 

222-522. 
Derham,  Leslie  Jack,  deceased  (by  Derham.  Michael  Gordon,  legal 
represenutive);  and  John,  Glen  Owen,  to  Imperial  Smelting  Cor- 
poration (Alloys)  Limited.  Reflning  of  zinc.  3,667,934,  CI.  75- 
86.000 
Desma-Werke  GmbH:  See— 

Ludwig,  Herbert,  3,667,883. 
DeSoto,  lnc.:See— 
Sckmakas,  Kazys.  3,668.272. 
Deurloo,  Willem  Hendrik.  to  Koninklijke  Nederlandsche  Hoogovens 
en  Staal  Fabrieken  N.V.  Method  for  smoothing  rolls  for  cold  rolling 
or  finishing  cold  rolling  of  bright  metal  sheet  or  the  like.  3.667,270. 
CI.  72-236.000 
Deutsche  Gold-  und  Silbcr-Scheideansult  vormals  Roeuler:  See- 
Bauer,  Dietrich;  and  Fratzscher.  Helmut.  3.668,1 19. 
Devco.  Inc.:  See—  , 

Kobemick.  Sidney  D..  3.667,330. 
Dewees,  Leonard  S.:  See— 

Boland,  Daniel  Edmund;  Dewees,  Leonard  S.;  and  Towsley. 
LeRoyM, 3.668,302. 
Dial,  Howard  S.  Reservoir  cover  arrangement.  3,667,641,  CI.  220-26. 
Diamond,  Arthur  S.;  and  Carr.  David  E..  to  Telautograph  Corporation. 
Electrolytic  recording  medium.  3.668.079.  CI.  204-2.000 


nmi 


Diaui.  Patrick  Andrew:  Sec- 
Bernstein.  Jack;  Diaasi.  Patrick  Andrew;  and  Weiscnborn,  Frank 
Lee  .3.668. 198. 
Di  Biasi.  Daniel  J.;  and  ZiUs.  Albin  J.,  to  MobU  OU  Corporatioa.  Color 

subilized polyoleHn  resins.  3.668,1 79,  CI.  260-41 . 
DiCamillo,  Camine  V.,  to  Bowles  Fluidici  CorporatioB.  Pure  fluid  ad- 
dition and  substraction.  3,667.492.CM37-8I.S00     .: 
Didier-Werke  A.G.:See—  ' 

Simon, Gunter.  3.667.181. 
Dicnenthal.    Herbert;    and    Zimmermann,    Theodor,    to    Dango    k. 
Dienenthal  Kommanditgesellschafl.  Arrangement  for  opening  and 
closing  tapholes  of  metallurgical  furnaces.  3,667,748,  CI.  266|^42. 
Dieugen,  Eugene  Co.:  See— 

Brownscombe,  Philip  J.,  3,667,695. 
Di  Felice,  Avio.  Method  of  manufacturing  zener  diodes  having  im- 
proved characteristics.  3,667,1 16,  CL  29-S74. 
Difley,  Charles  R.:  See— 

Bottas.  Michael  J.;  and  Difley,  Charles  R, 3,667 .38 1 . 
Digitronics  Corporation:  See- 
Marino,  Francis  C;  and  Wolf.  Edgar.  3.668,669. 
Dimmick,  James  Owen:  See- 
Becker,  Floyd  Kenneth;  Dimmick,  James  Owen;  Lewis,  Therms 
Gordon;  and  O'Neill,  John  Francis,3,668,3 18. 
Distasio.  Joaeph  R.  Golf  club  holder.  3,667,078.  CI.  1 5-104.920 
Dittman,  Albert  L.,  to  Haiocarbon  Productt  Corporation.  High  density 
fluorobeemoalkanes  for  gyroscope  floution.  3,668,262,  CI.  260- 
653.1 
Dittmann,  Walter:  See— 

Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Bethian.  Uwe;  and  SchuUe, 

Ernst-Christian,3,66g,277. 
Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Biethan,  Uwe;  Hsraung, 

Kar|.Heinz;  and  Schutze,  Ernst-Christian,3,668.276. 
Riemhofer.  Franz;  Dittmann.  Walter;  Hornung.  Karl-Hefiz;  and 
Schutze.  Ernst-Christian  .3.668.273. 
Dockter,  Lcroy:  See- 
Belter,     John     W.;     Dockter.     Leroy;     and     Ellman,  .Robert 
C.,3.668.145. 
Doering,  George  I.,  to  Industrial  Nucleonics  Corporation.  System  and 
method  for  faciliuting  the  operating  set-up  of  a  radiation  gauge. 
3,668.398,  CI.  2S0-83. 3 
Docrsam,  Charles  H..  Jr.  Communicating  computer.  3,668,634,  CI. 

340-172.5 
Doi,  Kaname:  See— 

Irie,  Tadasu;  and  Doi,  Kaname,3,667,S76. 
Dombrowski,    Theodor,    to    Wilhelm    Hegenscheidt    Kombandit- 
gesellschaft.   Apparatus  for  reworking  wheels  on  a  rail  vehicle. 
3,667,329, CI  82-8.000 
Dominion  Bridge  Company  Limited:  See- 
Cape,  Richard  Allan  Gordon,  3,667,274. 
Donaldson,  Richard  G.:  See— 

Stucky.  Duane  L.;  Donaldson,  Richard  G.;  and  Alexander,  Allen 
D.,3.668,397.  1 

Donnelley.  Reuben  H..  Corporation:  See—  I. 

Blossom,  Frank  M.  3.667.189.  T 

Donnelly.  Harold  F..  to  Kimberly-Clark  Corporation.  Surgicd  drape. 

3.668,050,  CL  161-39.000 
Doolittic,  John  C,  Jr.:  See— 

Loftfield,  Richard  E.;  Bailey,  Warren  R.;  and  Doolittle,  lohn  C. 
Jr.,3,668,104. 
Door  Alarm  Device  Corporation:  See—  -^^^^ 

Harman,  Bennett  B..  3,668,579. 
Dopslaff,  Hartmut:  See— 

Schuler,  Hansjorg;  and  Dopslaff,  Hartmut,3.667.495. 
Dopslaff.  Julius.  KG:  See— 

Schul«r.  Hansjorg;  and  Dopslaff.  Hartmut,  3,667,495. 
Dorian,  Jack.  PorUble  brazier  with  cleaning  means.  3.667.448.  Ci. 

126-25.  1 

D'Orio.Salvatore  A.:See—  I 

llles,  Stephen  J.;  and  DX>rio,  Salvatore  A. ,3,667,41 4.         | 
Dorion,  Francis  W..  Jr.;  Nissen,  Warren  I.;  and  Perry,  Roger  L„  to  Gil- 
lette Company,  The.  Safety  razor.  3,667, 121,  CI.  30-60.000 
Dorman,  Frank  D.:  See—  i 

Blackihear,  Perry  L.;  Forstrom,  Richard  J.;  Dorman,  Frank  D.; 
and  Nicoloff,  Demetre  M., 3,667 ,069.  | 

Dorn,  Conrad  P.,  Jr.:  See— 

Shen,  Ttung-Ying;  MaUuk,  Alexander  R.;  and  Dorn,  Conrad  P., 
Jr.,3,668,212. 
Dory,  Elsworth  D.  Douche  bag  support  means.  3,667,467,  CI.  128-227. 
Doty,  Donald  B.;  and  Kugler,  Heinz  W.,  to  United  Sutcs  of  America, 

Army.  Surgical  clamp.  3,667,471.  CL  128-325.000 
Dougan,  Thomas  P.,  to  Upjohn  Company,  the.  Novel  constructions  and 

methods.  3,667,237, CI.  6 1  -36.000 
Douglass,  Allan  O.;  and  Douglass,  Robert  F.  Poruble  drill  guide. 

3,667,855,  CI.  408-114. 
Douglau.  Robert  F.:  See- 
Douglass.  Allan  O.;  and  Douglass.  Robert  F..3.667.8SS. 
Dow  Chemical  Company.  The:  See- 
Bergman.  Sylvester;  and  Dawson,  Rou  R.,  3.667,898. 
Herrell,  Arthur  D.,  3,667,594. 
Knieriem,  Herman  Jr.,  3,667,655. 
iyriacou,  Demetrios,  3,668.209. 
.anger,    Horst   G.;    Karle,   Franklin   J.;   and    Ayers.   ^arl   D., 

3,667,278. 
Langor.  Horst  G.,  3.667,279.  ^ 


La 


I 


June  6. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  11 


Raley.  Charles  F..  Jr..  3.668.1 55. 
Rosene,  Robert  B..  3.667.236. 
Smith,  Harry  A.;  and  Rooker,  Bobbie  E.,  3,668,191. 
Sirojny .  Edwin  J.;  and  Frevel,  Ludo  K.,  3,668,244. 
Teumac,  Fred  Norman; and  Harriman,  Letter  W.,  3,668,009. 
Dow,  Phillip  L.:  See— 

St.  Lorant,  Steven  J.;  and  Dow,  Phillip  L., 3,667,246. 
Dowling,  Edward  Camp;  and  Thomas,  John  Breniser,  to  AMP  Incor- 
porated. Double  pulse  switch  control  system  and  circuK.  3,668,433, 
CI.  307-247.00a 
Dowling,  Edward  D.:  See— 

Kovalcik,  Edward  J.;  and  Dowling,  Edward  D..3.667.743. 
Dowty  Meco  Limited:  See- 
Matthews.  Edmund  William.  3.667,386. 
Dowty  Technical  Developments  Limited:  See— 

Boydell,  Kenneth  Raymond;  and  Flint.  John  Christopher  Egling- 
ton,  3,667,867. 
Drapund,  Inge  Kore;  and  Naas,  Eriing  M.,  to  A/S  Hydraulik  Brattvaag. 

Hydraulic  systems.  3,667,859,  CL  415-148.000 
Drake,  Edward  E.,  to  LVO  Cable,  Inc.  Schedule  display  device. 

3,667,1 44,  CI.  40-82. 
Drake,  William  O.,  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Company.  Polypropylene 

compositions.  3,668,281,  CI.  260-897. 
Dreamland  Electrical  Appliances  Limited:  See- 
Williams,  Frederick  R.,  3,668,367. 
Dreisin,  Alexander,  to  Allis-Chalmers  Manufacturing  Company.  Multi- 

(rte  plunger  fuel  injection  pump.  3,667,437,  CI.  123-139. 
Dresser  Industries,  Inc.:  See- 
Culver,  Richard  D.,  3,668.426. 
Dre vet,  Jean:  See— 

Aglaghanian,  Jacques;  and  Drevet,  Jean, 3,667,076. 
DriscoTi,  David  M .  Signaling  and  indicating  system.  3,668.640.  CI.  340- 

167.00b 
Drohmann,  Cari  GmbH:  See— 

Cabler,Friedrich;  and  Giordan,  Artur.  3,667,628. 
Drugmand  Lesur  D.;  and  Kozbelt,  Lloyd  S.,  to  Emerson  Electric  Co. 

Electric  heating  elemenu.  3,668,598,  CI.  338-274.000 
Duchesneau,  Jerome  G.;  and  Schwartz,  Robert  A.,  to  United  Aircraft 
Corporation.  Proportional  preuure  difference  actuator.  3,668,349, 
CI.  200-82.00r 
Duck,  Wolfgang,  deceased  Duck,  Hertha;  heir,  to  Siemens  Aktien- 
gesellschaft.  Connection  arrangement  for  a  telephone  microphone 
amplirier  with  power  supply  connected  to  the  output  side  of  the  am- 
plifier. 3,668,320,  CL  179- 1.00a 
Duffy,  James  J.,  to  Ford  Motor  Company.  Fluid  control  valve  for  a 
hydrosutic  power  boosting  mechanism  for  an  automotive  steering 
gear.  3,667,346, CI.  91-375.00a 
DUM  AG  OHG.  Dr.  Ludwig  Kaluza  &  Co.:  See- 

Wiesenberger,  Josef,  3,667,679. 
Duncan,  Howard  K.:  See- 
Puffer,  Edward  W.;  and  Duncan.  Howard  K..3.667.304. 
Duncan,  Joe  S.;  and  Elmer,  Otto  C,  to  General  Tire  A  Rubber  Com- 
pany, The.  Composition  for  lowering  the  release  temperature  of 
phenol-and  lower  alkyl  substituted  phenol-  blocked  isocyanates. 
3,668,1 86, CI.  260-75.0nc 
Duncan,  William  A.:  See— 

Hubbuch,  Theodore  N.;  Murfree,  James  A.,  Jr.;  Duncan,  William 

A.;  Sandlin,  Billy  J.;  and  Nappier,  Henry  A.,3,667,231 . 
Murfree,  James  A.,  Jr.;  Hubbuch,  Theodore  N.;  Nappier,  Henry 
A.;  Duncan,  William  A.;  and  Sandlin,  Billy  J.,3,667,219. 
Dunigan,  Thomas  E.:  See— 

Picard,   Jean    P.;    Dunigan,   Thomas    E.;    and    Pell,    Lawrence 
W.,3 .667,387. 
Dunn,  Vernon  E.;  and  Vane,  Arthur  B.,  to  Varian  Associates.  Digitally 

tuned  stripline  oscillator.  3,668,553,  CI.  331-107.00g 
Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  1.,  and  Company:  See— 

Agolini,  Franco;  and  Angelo,  Rudolph  John,  3,668,057. 
Balchan,  Anthony  S.;  and  Cowan,  George  R.,  3,667,91 1 . 
Ben,  Victor  Ralph;  and  Kay,  Peter  Steven,  3,667,207. 
Bigliano,  Robert  Paul;  and  Thaxton,  Karl  Lehman,  3,668,31 1. 
Blackwell,  John;  and  Toji,  Masuo,  3,667,897. 
Burns,  Richard  Charles,  3.668.074. 
Chalmers.  David  Johnstone,  3,668,482. 
Green,  Larry  Q.;  and  Light,  Larry  L.,  3,667,926. 
Her,  Ralph  K,  3,668,088. 

Kane,  Thomas G.;  and  Robinson,  William  D.,  3,668,166. 
Palmer,  Alan  B.,  3,667,099. 
Rapp,  Theodore  Clyde,  3,668,163. 
Rettig,  Thomas  Albert,  3,668,093. 
Rondestvedt,  Christian  S.,  Jr.,  3,668,247. 
Rushmere,  John  Derek,  3,667,907. 
Short,  Oliver  A,  3,667,935. 
Short,  Oliver  A.,  3.668,028. 
VogI,  Otto  F,  3,668,184. 
Dupouy,   Jean.    Device   for   rapidly   loading   a   revolver   cylinde'r. 

3,667, 146,  CI.  42-89. 
Dupre,  John  J.,  to  Hewlett-Packard  Company.  Yig-tuned  solid  state 

microwave  oscillator.  3,668,554, CI.  33l-107.00r 
Durney,  George  P.,  to  ILC  Industries,  Inc.  Ventilation  system  for  in- 

flauble  preuure  garments.  3,667,459,  CI.  128-142.5 
Duryea. George  R.:  See— 

Weatherston.  Roger  C;  and  Duryea.  George  R., 3 ,667,874. 
Dvoracek,  Louis  M.;  and  Sarem,  Amir  M.,  to  Union  Oil  Company  of 
California.  Fouling  rate  reduction  in  heated  hydrocarbon  streams 
with  degraded  polyisobutylene.  3,668.1 1 1. CI.  208-48. 


Dvorin.  Semen  Semenovich:  See— 

Makarov,  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov,  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagoreta, 
Anatoly   Mikhailovich;   Korolev,  Jury  Germanovich;  Syskov. 
KonsUntin  Ivanovich;  Filoncnko,  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvoria, 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lcrner,  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Muttafin,  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin,  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov,  Nikolai  Sergecvich;  Lazovsky,  Izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov,  Petr  Yakovlevich.3.667.746. 
Dym,  Hert>ert,  to  International  Business  Machines  Corporation.  Re- 
sistive grid  graphic  daU  tablet.  3,668,313. CL  178-19.000 
Dynamics  Corporation  of  America:  See— 
Conlon,  William  J.,  3.668,490. 
Kellcy,  Raymond  F.;  and  Swanke,  Roy  L.,  3,668.49 1 . 
Valbona,  Bruno  M.;  Emmont,  Robert  J.;  and  Samuelian,  Maurice 
P.,  3,667,084. 
Dynamit  Nobel  AG:  See— 

Fuchs,  Otto,  3,667,997. 
Eastman  Kodak  Company:  See— 

Bojara,  SUnley  M.;  and  deMauriac,  Richard  A.,  3.667,959. 
Boyd.  Carl  L.  3.668.621. 

Combs.  Robert  L.;  and  Bogan,  Richard  T.,  3,668,157. 
Czarnikow,  George  K..  3,667,843. 
Evans,  Francis  J.,  3,667,958. 

Faubender,  Henry  J.;  and  Case,  Nelson  S..  3,667.951. 
Fanbender,  Henry  J.,  3,667,952. 
Luckey,  George  W,  3,668,143. 
Luckey,  George  William.  3,668,142. 

Young,  Howard  S.;  Anderson,  George  C;  and  McDaniel,  Edgar 
L,  3,668,243. 
Easton,  Roger  L.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Navy.  Crysul  oscillator 

for  utellite.  3,668,527,  CI.  325-1 1 5.000 
Eaton,  Bradley  C;  and  Masel,  Marvin,  to  Singer  Company,  The. 

mesne.  Analog-to-digiul  converter.  3.668.693.  CI.  340-347.0sy 
Echeagaray.  Ignacio  P.:  See- 
Gilford.  Saul  R.;  and  Echeagaray,  Ignacio  P. .3,667,662. 
Eckert,  Elmer  Richard:  See— 

Skromme,  Arnold  Burton;  Lindstrom,  Harold  Richard;  Henning- 
sen,  Etlar  August;  Beldin,  Royal  Lowell;  Sorlie,  Donald  Thomas; 
and  Eckert,  Elmer  Richard,3 ,667,734. 
Eckert,  George  W.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Fuel  composition.  3,667.132.  CL 

44-38. 
Eckrich.  Peter,  ft  Sons.  Inc.:  See— 

Flesch,  Keith  E,  3,667,520. 
Ecodyne  Corporation:  See- 
Finder,  Earl  E,  3,668,1 32. 
Ecole  Nationale  Superieure  des  Mines  de  Paris,  Societe  Nationale 
d 'Etude       et       de       Construction       de       Moteurs       d'Aviation 
S.N.E.C.M.A.:See- 
Mandineau,    Daniel    Paul    Henri;    Mourey,    Michele    Yvonne 
Christiane;    Ptzzini,   Georges    Philippe    Henri;    and    Poulain. 
Jacques  Constant,  3 ,668 ,0 1 7 . 
Economy,  James:  See— 

Nowak,     Bernard     E.;     Cottis,     Steve     G.;     and     Economy, 
James.3,668.300. 
Economy.  James;  and  Lin,  Ruey-Yuan,  to  Carborundum  Company. 
The.  High  modulus  boron  nitride  fibers.  3.668.059,  CI.  161-170.000 
Edsmar,  Kurt  G.,  to  Sandvikens  Jemverks  Aktiebolag.  Roll  device. 

3,667,096,  CL  29-125. 
Edward  Orton,  Jr.,  Ceramic  Foundation,  The:  See— 

Schoenlaub,  Robert  A.,  3,667,294. 
Edwards,  James  D.  Drain  spout  atuchment.  3,667.573,  CI.  1 84-1 .500 
Egger,  Carl  Thomas;  Pfundstein,  Gerald  Bernard;  and  Gillenwater, 
Donald  Lee,  to  Grain  Processing  Corporation.  Syrup  fractionation 
proceu.  3,668,007, CI.  127-38.000 
Eggert,  Heinz.  Single-track  sled  vehicle.  3,667,772,  CI.  280-16. 
Egli,   Alwin,   to   Schweizcrische    industrie-Gesellschaft.    Device   for 
producing  bags  by  means  of  a  mandrel  wheel.  3,667,351,  CI.  93- 
I2.00r 
Eguchi,  Yoshitomo,  to  Takeda  Chemical  Industries,  Ltd.  Proceu  for 

removing  sulfur  oxides  from  waste.  3,667,910,  CI.  23-178. 
Ehrlich,  Don  E.,  to  TRW  Inc.,  mesne.  Apparatus  for  welding  parts  to 

workpieces.  3,668,363,  CI.  219-98. 
Eilenberger,  Robert  Lewis,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  incor- 
porate. Single  pickup  tube  color  television  camera.  3,668,304,  CL 
l78-54.0st 
Eisby,  Axel  Vemer.  Method  for  treating  surfaces  of  work  pieces  to  im- 
prove the  adhesion  of  printing  inks  arid  adhesives  thereto.  3,668,097, 
CL  204-165. 
Eisele,  Hermann;  and  Huggett.  Colin  E.,  to  Westinghouse  Elecuic  Cor- 
poration. Apparatus  for  limiting  the  rate  of  rise  of  current  in  a  multi- 
loop control  system.  3,668,495,  CL  318-400. 
Eisenberg,  Morris  M.,  to  Biltbest  Corporation.  Wooden  window  units 

having  protective  coverings.  3,667, 179. CL  52-302. 
EI  Paso  Natural  Gas  Company:  See— 

Watu,  Raymond  K.;  and  Chapman,  Walter  Harry.  3,667,359. 
EIco  Corporation:  See— 

Rossman,  Donald  W.,  3,668.604. 
Electronic  Associates  Inc.:  See— 

Horbach.  Stephen.  3.668.586. 
Electronics  Diversified.  Inc.:  See- 
Home.  Arthur  P.,  3,668.515. 
Electronized  Chemicals  Corporation:  See— 

Pattison.  Richard  Arthur.  3,668.370. 
Elenburg,   Wayland   D.   Air  drilling  method   using  controlled  split 
stream.  3,667.555,  CI.  175-60. 


899  O.O.— 14 


PI  12 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6. 1972 


F.,  to  Parke,  Davis  &  Com- 
formamidine     compounds. 


Elite*.  Zavdy  textilniho  Strojirenslvi  Generaini  reditelttvi:  See— 

Brazda,  Ladislav;  Prochazka,  Miloslav;  Kuhn.  Vladimir;  and  Ozdi- 
an.  Josef.  3.667.205. 
Elkay  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 

Farrell,  Gerald  J.;  and  Bartos,  Frank  J..  3.667.503. 
Elliott.  James  W.:&r— 

Surko,  Walter  E..  Jr.;  and  Elliott,  James  W. 3,667 .264. 
Ellman.RobertC..S««-  „   ^  ^ 

Belter.     John     W.;     Dockter.     Leroy;     and     Ellman.     Robert 
C. 3.668, 145. 
Elmer,  Otto  C.:S«— 

Duncan.  Joe  S.;  and  Elmer.  Otto C. 3,668, 1 86. 
Elmore.  Glenn  V..  to  International  Busineu  Machines  Corporation. 
Method  for  strongly  adhering  a  meUl  film  on  epoxy  substrates. 
3,668.082,  CI.  204-30.000 
Elslager,  Edward  F.;  and  Worth,  Donald 
pany.      Benzylamino     quinazolinyl 
3,668.205,  CI.  260-256.40q 
Eluo  G.m.b.H.  &  Co.:  See— 

Menke.  Franz.  3.667.739. 
Emerson  Electric  Co.:  See— 

Drugmand  Lester  D.;  and  Kozbelt.  Lloyd  S..  3.668498. 
Emery.  William  M..  to  Emery.  William  W.  Stuffed  contoured  pillows 

3.667.074.  CI.  5-337.000 
Emery,  William  W.:S«- 

Emery,  William  M.,  3,667,074. 
Emhart  Corporation:  See— 

Surko,  Walter  E.,  Jr.;  and  Elliott,  James  W.,  3,667,264. 
Emili,  Carlo:  See— 

Delia    Porta,    Paolo;    Zucchinelli,    Mario;    and    Emili,    Car- 
10.3.667.513. 
Emmer.  Milton.  Cover  and  knob  assembly  for  a  coffee  percolator. 

3.667.645.  CI.  220-82.500 
Emmerson,  John  O.  Clamping  and  welding  assembly.  3.668.359.  CI. 

219-60.00a 
Emmons.  Clayton  M.:  See— 

Krizman.  Theodore  M.;  and  Emmons.  Clayton  M. 3.668.576. 
Emmons,  Robert  J.:  See— 

Valbona,  Bruno  M.;  Emmons,  Robert  J.;  and  Samuelian,  Maurice 
P.J,667.084. 
Endo,  Norio:  See— 

Hosokawa.    Kenjiro:    Matsui.    Masao;    Endo.    Norio;    Ichikawa. 
M  ichio;  and  Tokura.  Susum  u  .3 .668 .00 1 . 
Endoh.  Kenjiro:  See— 

Kameoka.  Akio;  Nakamura.  Shinichi;  Makino.  Shinichi;  Endoh. 
Kenjiro;  and  Kuriyagawa.  Mamoru,3,668,294. 
Endress,  James  W .;  Byrns,  Edson  H;  and  Anderson,  Carl  M..  to  Carrier 
Corporation.  Diffuser  valve  mechanism  for  centrifugal  gas  compres- 
sor. 3,667.860.  CI.  4  IS- 1 50.000 
Engel.  Herbert;  Hartwig.  Karl;  and  Schnall  Gunther,  to  Agfa-Gevaert 
Aktiengesellschaft.   Electro   photographic   copier   with   removable 
drum.  3.667.840.  CI.  355-3.000 
Engels,  Walter,  to  Deering  Milliken   Research  Corporation.   Yarn 

package  winder.  3,667,092. CI.  28-21. 
Engelsmann.  Dieter;  Maas.  Dieter;  Schroder.  Rolf;  and  Linke.  Gerda. 
to  Agfa-Gevaert  Aktiengesellschaft.  Photographic  camera  with  built- 
in  rangefinder.  3,667.366.  CI.  95 -44.00c 
Engineering  Devekipment  Co..  Inc.:  See— 

Reque.  Albert  K;  and  Peterson,  Julius  T.,  3,667,259. 
Engle,  Thomas  H.,  to  General  Signal  Corporation.  Pneumatic  torque 

motor  unit.  3,667,350,  CI.  92-1 1 3.000 
English,  Christopher  Durrant,  to  Tracked  Hovercraft  Limited.  Linear 

induction  motor  secondary  member.  3.667.398.  CI.  I04-I48.0lm 
Englund.  Gosu  Roland;  and  Tice,  Richard  Reuben,  to  Svenska  DaUre- 

giiter  AS.  Converting  device.  3.668,692.  CI.  340-347.00p 
Engstrom.  Hans-Erik,  to  Sunds  Aktiebolag.  Removal  of  enUained  air 
from  cellulose  pulp  before  bleaching  of  the  pulp.  3,668,063,  CI.  162- 

19.000 
Enomoto,  Koji:  See— 

Ohie,  Koichi;  and  Enomoto,  Koji,3 ,667,228. 
Enriquez,  Eduardo.  Towable  spring  scooter  for  producing  undulating 

motions.  3.667.777.  CL  280-480.000 
Ensign,  John  D..  to  Measurement  Science  Corporation.  Pulse,  respira- 
tion and  intravenous  rate  counter.  3.667,213.  CI.  58-126. 
Environment/One  Corporation:  See- 
Grace.  Richard  C.  3.667.692. 
Erdman,  David  M..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Frequency  doubler 

motor  drive  and  motor.  3.668,489,CI.  318-227.000 
Erickion.  Aliver  M.  Vehicle  hut.  3.667.172.  CI.  52-64. 
Erikssons,  C.  W..  AB,:  See- 

Fasth.  Kenneth  Ulf  Folke.  3.667.717. 
Erkin.  Leonid  losifovich:  See— 

Makarov.  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov,  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagorets, 
Anatoly   Mikhailovich;  Korolev,  Jury   Germanovich;  Syskov, 
Konstantin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko,  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin, 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lerner,  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  MusUfin,  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin.  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov.  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky,  Izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov,  Petr  Yakovlevich.3.667.746. 
Esaki.  Leo:  See- 
Chang.  Leroy  L.;  and  Esaki,  Leo.3.668.480. 
Esnoult.  Marc  Roland  Gilbert;  and  Ayme-Jouve.  Michel  Louis.  I'Elec- 
tro-RefracUire.  Upgraded  cast  refractory  producu.  3,667.981.  CI. 
117-2.00r 


Espino,  Manuel  R.:  See— 

Noda.  Ricardo;  and  Espino.  Manuel  R. 3.667,650.  I 

Esser,  Heiaz.  to  Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengesellschaft  Proceu  for 

applying  coherent  coatings.  3.667.998.  CI.  117-105.500 
Esso  Research  and  Engineering  Company:  See- 
Adams.  Clark  E.;  and  House.  William  T..  3.668.1 16.  | 
Frankenfeld.  John  W.;  Karel.  Marcus;  and  Labuza.  Theodore  P., 

3,667,964. 
Frankenfeld,  John  W.;  Karel,  Marcus:  and  Labuza.  Theodore  P.. 

3.6*7,965. 
Ruble.  Helmut  W,  3,668.146. 
Francais  represente  par  Le  Ministre  des  Armees.  Delegation 


1, 

3(1   I 


Eut 
Ministerielle  pour  I'Armement  (Direction  des  Poudres);See— 

Amiable.    Rene;    Lhuillier,    Jean-Noel;    and    Benkheiri,    Paul, 
3,667,391. 
Eubank  William  Marion:  See- 
Murphy,  Kenneth  Earl;  Eubank  William  Marion;  and  Williams, 
La«iar,3 ,667,776. 
Euchner,  William  H.;  and  Ho,  Eugene  Y.,  to  Farimon  Electriq_Carrier 
supply  for  multiplex  communication  system.  3,668,327,  CI-  179- 
IS.Ofd 
European  Atomic  Energy  Community  (Euratom):  See— 

Fiebdmann,  Peter;  and  Neu,  Helmut,  3,668,070. 
Evangelisli,  Carlo  J.;  and  Rittenhouse,  Larry  E.,  to  Internatiofial  Busi- 
ness Machines  Corporation.  File  acccH  system.  3,668,647., CI.  340- 
172.500 
Evans,  Francis  J.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Photosensitive  and 
thermotensitive  elemenU.  compositions  and  processes.  3^667,958, 
CI  96-114.100 
Evans,  George:  See—  ^^^ 

Cekoric,      Thomas,      Jr.;      Evans.      George;      and  '  Searcy. 
Ronald.3.668.075. 
Evans,  J,  A  Son  (Portsmouth)  Limited:  See— 

Fulcher,  Harold  Henry,  3,667.809. 
Evans.  Ralph  M.,  to  Royal  Industries.  Laminating  method!  and  ap- 
paratus. 3,668,033,  CI.  156-212.000 
Evans,  William  E.;  and  Harding.  Robert  C.  to  Seaco  Computer-Dis- 
play Incorporated.  Surge  voltage  protection  for  cathode  ray  tube 
drivers.  3.668.465.  CI.  3 1 5- 107. 
Everen.   Larry    H.;   and   Judy.  Jack    H.,  to   International   Busmen 
Machines  Corporation.  Method  and  apparatus  for  reading  superim- 
posed magnetic  recordings.  3,668.67 1 .  CI.  340- 1 74. 1  Om 
Eyelet  Specialty  Company:  See— 

Landen,  William  James,  3,667,636. 
Fabbrica  Italiana  Magneti  Marelli  S.p.A.:  See— 

Zoppi.  Bruno,  3,667,815. 
Fabianke,  Hartmut:  See— 

Gerke.  Peter;  Baur.  Hans,  Rutkowtki,  Karl;  Binder,  Haiis-Eugen; 
Palsa,  Helmut;  and  Fabianke.  Hartmut. 3,668, 3 19. 
Fabiano,  Leonard   A.,  to  Olin  Corporation.   Brine  dechlorination. 

3,668,087,  CI.  204-99.000 
Fabriciut.  John  H..  to  Sprague  Electric  Company.  Variable  capacitor 

network.  3.668.478. CI.  317-101. 
FabriekenN.V.:See- 

Deurloo.  Willem  Hendrik.  3,667,270. 
Fabrique  d'horlogerie  Chs.  Tissot  et  Tils  S.A.:See— 

Schaeider,  Jean-Claude,  3,667,21 1. 
Face,  Waiiam  W.;  KaU,  Harold  W.;  and  Miller,  Murray  H  ,  t*  KMS  In 
dustri«i.    Inc.    Two-way    community    antenna    television    system. 
3,668,J07,CL  178-5.6  J 

Fain  Bobby  Ray.  to  Alamance  Industries,  Inc.  Method  of  fal^e-twisting 

multifilament  yam.  3,667.209,  CI.  57-157.0U 
Fair,  Donald  G.;  Baeversud,  Harold  L.;  and  Fisher.  William  G.,  to 

Sundstrand  Corporation.  Control  system.  3,668,653,  CI.  340-1 72.5 
Faldi,  Giovanni.  Compressed  air  pump,  particularly  for  concrete. 

3,667.865,  CI.  417-122.000 
Fally,  Jacques;  Lazennec,  Yvon;  and  Lasne,  Claude,  to  Compagnie 
Generate  d'Electricite.  Fuel  cells  and  fuel  cell  batteries  operating  at 
high  temperature  and  process  of  manufacture  thereof.  3,668,010,  CI. 
136-86.00f 
Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 
Esser,  Heinz,  3,667,998. 
Hund,  Franz,  3,667,913. 
Plunpe,  Hans,  and  Puis,  Walter,  3.668,215. 
Schcide.  Juergen,  3,667.970. 
Farbwerfce   Hoechst   Aktiengesellschaft  vormals  Meister  Lucius  A 
Bruniag:  See— 
Lappe,  Franz.  3.668.107. 

Farimon  Electric:  See— 

Euchner.  William  H.;  and  Ho.  Eugene  Y..  3,668.327. 

Farmer,  Francis  Louis.  Apparatus  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  semi- 
conductor devices.  3,667,661 ,  CI.  225-2. 

Farmery,  George  K.,  to  Clayton  Dewandre  Company  Limited.  Hydrau- 
lic systems.  3,667.497.  CI.  137-1 18.  1 

Farnam,  F.  D,  Co.:  See—  I 

Famam,RobertG.,  3,668,036.  ' 

Farnam,  Robert  G..  to  Farnam,  F.  D..  Co.  Method  for  atuckmg  gasket 
and/or  insulator  members  to  plate  structures.  3,668,036,  CI.  156- 

252.000  ..     J      .. 

Farnsworth,  Robert  P.;  and  Dahlinger,  Rodney  J.,  to  Hughes  Aircraft 

Company.    Efficiency   pulse    forming   network  charging   systems. 

3,668.435,  CL  307-260.000  i 

Farnwofth.  Ivan  A.  Electrical  socket.  3.668,607. CI.  339-41  )00 


June  6. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  13 


Farrand.  William    A.,  to   North   American   Rockwell  Corporation. 
Process  for  producing  magnetic  transducer  with  narrow  sensing  tip. 
3.668.042,  CI.  156-309  000 
Farrell,  Gerald  J.;  and  Bartos,  Frank  J.,  to  Elkay  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany. Single-handle  mixing  and  proportioning  valve.  3,667,503,  CI. 
137-625.400 
Fasol,  Robert:  See- 
Ullrich,  Walter;  Lohse,  Karl-Heinz;  Leuteritz,  Jochen;  Zeitzschel, 
Gunter;  and  Fasol,  Robert, 3, 668, 069. 
Faubender,  Henry  J.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Color  stabilization 

processing.  3,667,952, CI.  96-61 . 
Faubender.  Henry  J.;  and  Case,  Nelson  S.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. Photographic  stabilizing  baths  inhibited  against  corrosion  with 
polyalkylene  glycols.  3,667.95 1 .  CI.  96-61 .000 
Fasth,  Kenneth  Ulf  Folke,  to  Erikssons,  C.  W.,  AB,.  Device  for  rain- 
water pipes  in  buildings  provided  with  cornices.  3,667,717,  CI.  248- 
48.200 
Fattelay,    Robert.    Sound-insulating    device    for    noisy    apparatus. 

3,667.571, CI.  181-36. 
Faulconer,   Harry   A.    Means   and   methods  of  joining  conductors. 

3.668.301. CI.  174-88.00r 
Fecor  Industries,  Ltd.:  See— 

Graybill,  Robert  W.;  Reiber.  Sunley  C;  Nace.  Donald  W.;  and 
White.  Ellis  S.  3.667.747. 
Federal  Casters  Corporation:  See— 

Cumella. Charles;  and  Cutrone.  Joseph.  3.667.085. 
Feigin.  Robert:  See — 

Hartnett.  James  J.;  and  Feigin.  Robcrt.3,667.899. 
Fein.  Marvin  M .;  See— 

Paustian.  John  E.;  and  Fein,  Marvin  M, 3, 667, 524. 
Felden.  Alois,  to  Gruber.  Stahlgrunger  Otto.  &  Co.  Process  for  adhe- 
sive bonding  of  polyvinyl  chloride  materials.  3,668,035,  CI.  156- 
249.000 
Fellenz,  Donald  C:  See— 

FriUberg,  Edward  L.;  and  Fellenz,  Donald  C, 3,667,962. 
Felten  A  Guilleaume  Schaltanlagen  GmbH:  See— 

Harings.Horst.  3.668.577. 
Fenton.  Donald   M.,  to  Union  Oil  Company  of  California.  Cyclic 
hydrocarboxylation  process  for  production  of  straight-chain  acids, 
anhydrides  or  esters.  3.668,249.  CI.  260-546. 
Fenton.   Francis    Michael,  to   Bell  Telephone   Laboratories.   Incor- 
porated; Key  telephone  system  link  switching  network.  3.668.289. 
CI.  179-l.Ocn 
Fenton.  Richard  J.:  See— 

Hecht.  Ralph  J;  and  Fenton,  Richard  J. .3 .667,939. 
Fereday.  Stanley;  and  Smelt.  William  Harry,  to  Davy  and  United  En- 
gineering   Company    Limited.    Roiling    mills.    3,667.271,    CI.    72- 
238.000 
Ferington.  Thomas  E.:  See- 
Kirk.  Charles  C;  Ferington.  Thomas  E.;  and  Gregorian,  Razmic 
S, 3,668,038. 
Ferro  Corporation:  See- 
Lee,  William  S.  3.668.152. 
Ferruccio  Manzini:  See— 

Cresto.  Arturo,  3,667,229. 
Fiebelmann,  Peter;  and  Neu,  Helmut,  to  European  Atomic  Energy 
Community  (Euratom).  Nuclear  reactor  with  heat  pipes  for  heat  ex- 
traction. 3,668,070.  CI.  1 16-40. 
Filigree  Arts  inc.:  See- 
Levy.  Eliezer.  3.667.098. 
Filonenko,  Jury  Yakovlevich:  See— 

Makarov,  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov,  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagorets, 
Anatoly  Mikhailovich;  Korolev.  Jury  Germanovich;  Syskov, 
Konstantin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko,  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin, 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lerner,  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Mustafin,  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin,  Leonid 
~-^  losifovich;  Gryaznov,  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky,  Izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov,  Petr  Yakovlevich,3,667,746. 
FiltresVernay:  See— 

Lagoutte,  Pierre,  3,667,604.       ^ 
Findeisen,  Bernd:  See—  "~ 

Schiefer.  Peter;  and  Findeisen,  Bernd, 3.667,296. 
Finder.  Earl  E..  to  Ecodyne  Corporation.  Composition  and  method. 

3,668.1 32. CI.  252-80.000 
Fioravanti.  Alain  J.  F.  R.:  See— 

Fioravanti.  Jean;  Carriere.  Robert  Lucien;  Thibault.  Paul;  and 
Fioravanti.  Alain  J.  F.R.. 3,667,41 6. 
Fioravanti,  Jean;  Carriere.  Robert  Lucien;  Thibault,  Paul;  and  Fiora- 
vanti, Alain  J.  F.  R.  Devices  for  cutting  a  channel  in  a  layer  of  ice, 
and  an  ice-breaker  ship  equipped  with  said  devices.  3,667,416,  CI. 
114-42.000 
Firestone,   Jerome,   to   Saxton    ProducU,    Inc.    Telephone    adapter. 

3,668,324, CI.  179-l.Opc 
Firestone,  Raymond  A.,  to  Merck  &  Co..  Inc.  Esters  and  amides  of 

(diazomethyl)phosphonic  acid.  3.668.197,  CI.  260-239.0aa 
Firestone  Tire  &  Rubber  Company.  The:  See— 
Boutsicaris,  Stephen  P. .  3 .668 . 1 85 . 
Claxton,  William  E..  3.668.380. 
Fischer.  Adolf:  See— 

Becke,  Friedrich;  Fischer.  Adolf;  Hagen.  Helmut;  and  Scheuerer, 
Guenter.3.668.260. 
Fischer,  Charles  F.:  See— 

Denzler,  Rudolph  E.;and  Fischer,  Charles  F.,3,667,919. 
Fischer.Kari.  Regulator.  3,668,593, CI.  337-319.000 


Fish,  Percy  J.;  and  Clark,  Malcolm  B.,  to  Plessey  Handel  und  Invest- 
ments A. G.  Feedback  control  systems.  3,668,533, CI.  328-168. 
Fisher,  Fred:  See— 

Weston,  Murray;  Anderson,  Dennis;  and  Cole,  Steve,  3,668,479. 
Fisher,  Mahlon  B.;  Schiller.  Charles  K.;  and  Ziemelis,  Ojars  J.,  to  GTE 
Sylvania      Incorporated.      Multi-channel      photomultiplier     tube. 
3,668,388, CI.  313-95.000 
Fisher,  Robert  C.  Locking  scat  belt  retractor.  3,667,698,  CI.  242- 

107.400 
Fisher.  William  G.:  See- 
Fair,  Donald  G.;  Baeverstad,  Harold  L.;  and  Fither,  William 
G. 3.668.653. 
Ranagan.  Joseph  E..  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  Casta- 
ble  pyrotechnic  colored  smoke  composition.  3.668,026,  CI.   149- 
19.000 
Flanagan,  William  H..  to  Nexus,  Inc.  Lock-in  electrical  jack  assembly. 

3.668.610.CI.  339-74.00r 
Flannery.  James  E..  to  Coming  Glass  Works.  Spontaneous  fluoride 
opal  glasses  with  thermally  reversible  opacity.  3.667,973.  CI.  106- 
54.000 
Fleischfresser.  Marvin  H.:  See— 

Viste.  Kenneth  L.;and  Fleischfresser,  Marvin  H.,3,667,931. 
Fleming,  George  W..  Jr.  Method  of  effecting  dissolution  of  solutes  in 

water  and  compositions  therefor.  3.667,929.  CI.  71-67. 
Flesch,  Keith  E..  to  Eckrich.  Peter.  &  Sons.  Inc.  Weight  controlled  slic- 
ing system  including  gross  error  detecting  means.  3.667,520,  CI. 
146-94  OOr 
Flex-O-Lators.  Inc.:  See— 

Piatt.  John  G.;  and  Isaacs.  Robert  O..  3.667.749. 
Flint,  John  Christopher  Eglington:  See— 

Boydell,  Kenneth  Raymond;  and  Flint,  John  Christopher  Egling- 
ton.3.667.867. 
Flores.  Ralph;  and  Thompson,  Herbert  E.,  to  international  Business 
Machines  Corporation.  Magnetic  record  disk  cover.  3,668,658,  CI. 
340-174.1 
Rorus,  Hans-Jorg:  See— 

Burckhardt,    Manfred    H.;    Flonis,    Hans-Jorg;    and    Grossner, 
Horst,3,667.813. 
Roumoy.  Norman  E..  to  Texaco  Inc.  Oil  bumer.  .3.667.894,  CI.  431- 

114. 
Ruid  Energy  Processing  &  Equipment  Company:  See— 

Stephanoff.  Nicholas  N..  3.667.1 3 1 . 
Ruidic  Industries.  Inc.:  See— 

Blaiklock.  Paul  M.;  and  Kinner,  Hans-Dieter.  3,667.489. 
Flynn.  Benjamin  Harrison.  Jr.  Single  pass  structural  shape  punch. 

3.667.333.  CI.  83-255.000 
FMC  Corporation:  See — 

Mesiah.  Raymond  N..  3.668.204. 
Traube,  Robert  J.  3.667.588. 
FoUett.  Harold  W.  PorUble  parking  indicator.  3,668,626.  CI.  340- 

51.000 
Fontana.  Charles  L.:  See— 

Heffernan.  Hubert  John;  and  Fontana.  Charles  L., 3 .668.666. 
Food  Engineering  International.  Inc.:  See- 
Lynn.    Lawrence;    Hunnell.    John    W.;    and    Leger.    Carl    B.. 
3,667.523. 
Foote.  Daniel  J.,  to  Master  Lock  Company.  Exhaust  pipe  protector 

lock.  3.667.260.  CI.  70-159.000 
Ford,  Edward  J.  Convertible  furniture.  3,667,803.  CI.  297-1 19. 
Ford.  Gerald  Paul:  See— 

Brennan.  James  Leo;  and  Ford.  Gerald  Paul.3.668,1 80. 
Ford  Motor  Company:  See- 
Berry,  James  I.;  and  Janiz,  Zbigniew  J..  3.668,524. 
Duffy.  James  J,  3.667,346. 

Radin.  Bernard  G.;  and  Vanderberg.  Lawrence  J.,  3.668.630. 
Sandusky,  Bernard  J.,  3,667.434. 
Fork.  Richard  Lynn:  See— 

Chandross.  Edwin  Arthur;  Fork.  Richard  Lynn;  Lamola.  Angelo 
Anthony;  and  Tomlinson,  Walter  John.  111.3.668.663. 
Forman,  Harold  M.  Tear  string  for  shrink  film  packages.  3.668,061 .  CI. 

161-175.000 
Forachirm.  Alex  S.;  and  Trepasso,  Louis  E.,  to  Celanese  Corporation. 

Anti-soiling  polyester  textile  material.  3,668,000.  CI.  1 17-138.8 
Forstrom.  Richard  J.:  See— 

Blackshear.  Perry  L.;  Forstrom.  Richard  J.;  Dorman,  Frank  D.; 
and  Nicoloff,  Demetre  M.. 3.667 ,069. 
Forsvarets  Fabriksverk;  See— 

Aronsson.  Lars  Bertil;  Amell.  Anders  Bertil;  and  Molitor.  Ulf  W.. 

3.667.393. 
Medin.Gunnar  F.  A.;  and  Olsson,  Erik  G.,  3,667,390. 
Fortin  Plastics,  Inc.:  See— 

Ayres,  Ronald  L.,  3.668.053. 
Fortmann.   Manfred,   to   Interatom,   Intemationale   Atomreaktorbau 
GmbH.  Reversing  rupture  disc  for  protecting  equipment  from  exces- 
sive preuure  and  method  of  manufacture.  3,667,644,  CI.  220-89. 
Foster,  Bennie  J.;  Gutowski,  Gerald  E.;  and  Hatfield,  Lowell  D.,  to 
Lilly,  Eli,  and  Company.  Process  for  preparing  cepham  compounds. 
3,668,202,  CI.  260-243.00c 
Foster,  Ernest.  Revolving  door  lock  mechanism  and  trap  floor  as- 
sembly. 3,667,404,  CI.  109-8.000 
Foster  Grant  Co.,  Inc.:  See- 
Sims,  Willard  M.,  3,668,171. 
Foster,  Keith,  to  A.  F.  Hydraulics  Limited.  Power  transminion  systems. 
3,667,224, CL  60-51. 


PI  14 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


L 


JuNBfi.  1972 


Potter.  Vincent  F.,  to  Inductoiyn  Corporition.  Multi-Uyer  polyphase 
windingmember«n*tr«nffonner.  3.668 ,587, CI.  336-123. 

Fouike,  Donald  Gardner:  See-  ,  ,,„  „o, 

Meyer.  Andre;  and  Fouike,  Donald  Gardner,3.668.083. 
Fowler  Rex  Pty.  Limited:  See- 
Hood.  Maxwell  G..  3.667 .733. 
Fowler.  Richard  A:  See-  ..  ^^     i 

Lagot.  Costal  C;  Fowler,  Richard  A.;  and  Thomas.  Martha  J. 
8.3.668,140. 
Frahm    Carl  E.;  and  Frahm.  Shirley  E.  Combinttion  sealmg.  ventmg. 
and  filtering  meant.  3.667.197.  CI.  55-502.000 

Frahm,  Shirley  E:  See—  .,,,.„, 

Frahm.  Carl  E,  and  Frahm,  Shirley  E, 3.667. 197. 

Franke.Konrad:See— 

Thiele.  Heinz;  Franke.  Konrad;  and  Becker.  Dietrich.3.667.836. 
Frankenberg,  Henry  E..  to  Continenul  Ctn  Company.  Inc.  Double 

boiler  and  throw-a-way  food  package.  3.667.667.  CI.  229-5 1 . 
Frankenfeld.  John  W.;  Karel.  Marcus;  and  Labuza.  Theodore  P..  to 
Esso  Research  and  Engineering  Company.  Esters  of  1 .3  diols  and 
1,3.5.  x-polyolt  as  additives  for  baked  goods.  3,667,964.  CI.  99- 
9000p  _ 

Frankenfeld.  John  W.;  Karel.  Marcus;  and  Labuza.  Tlieodore  P..  to 
Esso  Research  and  Engineering  Company.  Baked  flour  compositions 
conuining  aliphatic  diols.  3,667.965.  CI  99-90  OOp 
Franklin  Gno  Corporation:  See- 
Cohen.  Martin  J.;  Wemlund,  Roger  F.;  and  Carroll.  David  I.. 

3.668.382. 
Cohen.  Martin  J.  3,668,385. 
Franz  Kuhlmann  KG,  Prazisionsmechanik  und  Maschinenbau:  See— 

Wackerfuu.  Otto.  3.667.126. 
Franz.  Maurice  F.;  Herr.  Charles  H.;  Newman.  Harry  B.;  and  Webber. 
Philip  S..  to  Caterpillar  Tractor  Company.  Multi  speed  drive  trans- 
mission. 3,667,309,  CI.  74-340.000 
Franz,  Thomas  C,  to  United  Aircraft  Corporation.  Fuel  cell  system 

with  pneumatic  fiiel  flow  control.  3,668,01 3,  CI.  l36-86.00b 
Fratzscher,  Helmut:  See- 
Bauer,  Dietrich;  and  FraUscher,  Helmut,3,668,l  19. 
Frazier,  John  R.;  and  Longstreth.  Larry  D..  to  National  Cash  Register 

Company. The.  Edger  sucker.  3.667.623.  CI.  214-7.000 
Freclander.  Israel  Robert.  Jack-in-the  box  including  box  with  integral 

inner  cylindrical  wall.  3.667.1 55.  CI.  46-146. 
Freiberger.  Ronald  D.;  and  Woolley,  James  L.,  to  General  Motors  Cor- 
poration. Heater  blower  motor  delay  energizing  means.  3,668,497, 
CI.  318-471.000 
French,  William  H.;  and  Ossanna,  Oliver  A.,  to  Ashland  Oil,  Inc.  Ul- 
traviolet light  bleaching  of  carboxylic  acid  esters  and  epoxy  com- 
pounds. 3,668,091, CI.  204-IS8.00r 
French.  William  H.;  and  Ossanna.  Oliver  A.,  to  Ashland  Oil.  Inc. 
Bleaching  of  carboxylic  acid  esters  and/or  epoxy  compounds  em- 
ploying ultraviolet  light.  3.668.092.  CI.  204-1 58.000 
Frevel.  Ludo  K.:  See— 

Strojny,  Edwin  J.;  and  Frevel,  Ludo  K., 3 ,668,244. 
Fries,  Bernard  J.,  to  Steelcasc  Inc.  Telescoping  chair  bate.  3,667,716. 

CI.  248-405.000 
Fritkin.  George  A.,  to  Tel-Tech  Corporation.  Frequency  modulation 

tystem  for  transmitting  binary  information.  3,668.562.  Cl.  332-9. 
Fritsch.  Rudolf  Paul.  Device  for  the  plastication  of  powdery  plastic 

materials.  3.667.733.  CI.  259-6.000 
Fritzberg.  Edward  L.;  and  Fellenz.  Donald  C,  to  Pillsbury  Company, 
The.  Carbonated  drink  base  for  making  carbonated  beverages  by  ad- 
dition to  water.  3.667.962,  CI.  99-78. 
Frost.  Lincoln  J.;  and  Stadler.  Amd  J.,  to  Continental  Can  Company. 
Inc.  Electrophoretic  coating  of  meul  substrates  using  elevated  pres- 
sures. 3.668,100.  CI.  204-181.000 
Fry.  Millard  E.;  and  Bremer.  Robert  D..  to  General  Motors  Corpora- 
tion. Circuit  arrangement  for  accelerated  continuous  cleaning  of  self 
cleaning  oven  coatings.  3.668.371  .CI.  219-41 3.000 
Fuchs.  Francis  J..  Jr.,  to  Western  Electric  Company,  Incorporated.  Ap- 
paratus and  method  for  continuous  material  feeding  and  deforma- 
tion. 3,667.267.  Cl.  72-60. 
Fuchs,  Otto,  to  Dynamit  Nobel  AG.  Process  for  the  manufacture  of 
open-pore  poly-  vinyl  chloride  foams  having  hydrophilic  qualities 
which   are   capable   of  a   reversible   absorption   and   yielding   of 
moisture.  3.667.997.  Cl.  1 17-98. 
Fuhrmann,  Robert;  Pisanchyn,  John;  and  Koff,  Fred  William,  to  Allied 
Chemical  Corporation.  BeU  hydroxyethoxy  phenyl  isopropylidene 
benzoic  acid  and  ester  derivatives  method  of  preparation  and 
polymersof  said  com  pounds.  3,668,182, Cl.  260-47.00C 
Fuji  Denki  Kag*ku  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Kobayashi,  Seihin;  and  Torii,  Michihiro,  3,668,664. 
Fuji  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Amano,    Hiroyuki;    Iwano,    Haruhiko;    and    Shirasu,    Kazuo, 

3.667.950. 
Shiba,  Keisuke:  Akira.  Sato;  and  TsuboU.  Motohiko,  3,667,960. 
Takenaka,  Haruo;  Okuyama,  Hiroshi;  Hibino,  Noburo;  and  Ohu, 
Eiichi.  3,667.283.  ,  „,, 

Waunabe.  Shigeru;  Yasuda.  Yukio;  and  Sano,  Kazuya.  3,667.953. 
Fuji  Shashin  Film  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Tamai.  Yasuo;and  Honjo.  Satoru,  3,668,126. 
Fujii,  Tadashiro:  See- 
Abe.  Jinnosuke;  Watanabe.  Tetsuo;  Take,  Teruo;  Fujimoto,  Ken- 
taro;  Fujii,  Tadashiro;  Tafcemura,  Kazunari;  Nishiie.  Kazuyoshi; 
Satoh.  Sakae;  Koide,  Tadashi;  and  Hotta,  Yasue,3,668,200. 


Fujikawa,  Kyoichiro;  and  Takamiya.  Saburo,  to  MiUubishi  Denki 
Kabushiki  Kaisha.   Magnetically  operated  semiconductor  idevice. 
3,668,439.  Cl.  307-309.000 
Fujimoto,  Kentaro:  See— 

Abe,  Jinnosuke;  Watanabe,  TeUuo;  Take.  Teruo;  Fujimoto.  Ken- 
taro; Fujii.  Tadashiro;  Takemura.  Kazunari;  Nishiie.  Kasuyoshi; 
Satoh.  Sakae;  Koide.  Tadashi;  and  Hotta.  Yasue.3.668.200. 
Fujimoto.  Sakae;  and  Imai.  Tadayuki.  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Ricoh. 
Device    for   compensating    positional   deviations   useful    with    in- 
terchangeable lenses  having  screw  threads.  3.667.365.  Cl.  95«44.00r 
Fujinami.   Akira;  Ozaki.  Toshiaki;   Horiuchi.   Fukashi;   Yantamoto. 
Sigeo;    Akiba.   Keiichiro;   Tanaka.    Katsutoshi;   Ooba.   Shigehiro; 
Ooishi.  Tadashi;  Nodera.  Katsuji;  and  Kameda.  Nobuyuki,  to  Su- 
mitomo    Chemical     Company.     Ltd.3-(3'.3-Dihalogenophenyl) 
imidazol»dine-2.4- dione  derivaUves.  3.668.217. Cl.  260-309.500 
Fujitsu  Limited:  See— 

Inaba.  Seiuemon;  Shimizu.  Kanryo;  and  Hashimoto.  Yt 
3.668.377.  -.^ 

Fujiwara.  MiUuto:  See— 

Iwama.  Masakuni;  Fujiwara.  MiUuto;  Kojima.  TamoUu; 
Koichi;  and  Yamamoto,  Toihihiko,3,667,956. 
Fukata,  Yasuo:  See— 

Nakagome,  Yukio;  Teramura,  Hiroichi;  Fukata.  Yasuo;  an 
Sumitoshi,3,668,328. 
Fukazawa,  Shinichi:  See— 

Ogura,  Mluuo;  and  Fukazawa,  Shinichi,3,667,624. 
Fukushima.  Masakazu:  See— 

Okabt.  Tadao;  Tanaka.  Makoto;  Tamura.  Shozo;  Fukushima, 
Masakazu;  and  Oikawa.  Miuuru.3.668,002. 
Fukher,  Harold  Henry,  to  Evans.  J..  &  Son  (PorUmouth)  Limited.  Ap- 
paratus for  operating  on  brush  stocks.  3.667.809. Cl.  300-1 1*000 
Fuller  Company:  See- 
Lincoln.  Roland  L..  3.667.1 33. 
Funatsu.  Takao;  See—  , 

Yoshida,  Yuji;  Asada,  Noriyosi;  and  FunaUu,  Takao.3.667.870. 
Funk.  Welker  W..  to  Deere  &  Company.  Logging  grapple.  3.667.796. 
Cl.  294-88.000 


'I 

u;  Ti 

1 


'akabe, 


Ando, 


Cl.  248- 


circuits. 


Furgueson.  George  Michael.  Nozzle  storage  unit.  3.667.712. 

75. 
Furness.    Ralph    William,    to    Cirkitrite    Limited.    Printed 

3.668.003. Cl.  117-212.000 
Furon.  Leon  D..  to  Air  Products  and  Chemicals,  inc.  Ultrasonic  testing 

system.  3.667.287. Cl.  72-67.900 
Fuse,  YuM>:  See— 

TokilB.  Tetsuo;  Fuse,  Yuzo;  and  KaUgiri,  Yoshiharu,3,668,464. 
G  &  B  Automated  Equipment  Limited:  See- 
McDowell,  Philip  R  ;  and  Vekovious,  Charles  W.  3.667,165. 
G  &  H  Mechanical  Laboratory,  Inc.:  See— 

Germann,  Albert  G.,  3,667,097. 
Gabel,  Thomas  H.:  See— 

Zemov,     Peter;    Gabel,     Thomas     H.;     and     Abler,     Norman 
C. 3.667,751. 

Gabler.  Friedrich;  and  Giordan.  Artur,  to  Drohmann,Cari  Gi^bH.  Ap- 
paratus for  loading  palleU  3 .667 .628.  Cl.  2 1 4-6.0dk 
Gabor.  William  D.,  to  Sanders  Associates.  Inc.  Keyboard  apparatus. 

3.668,695. Cl.  340-365.000 
Gaggini,  Carlo:  See— 

Burgcrmeister,  Ulrich;  and  Gaggini. Carlo.3.667 ,204. 

Gallagher,  John  J.:  See—  "- 

Preus,  Paul;  and  Gallagher,  John  J. ,3,667 ,235. 
Gamble,  John  G.,  to  Veeder  Industries  Inc.  Drive  circuit  for  pulsed  in- 
ductive windings.  3,668,374,  Cl.  235-92  00c 
Gammill,  Adrian  Monroe;  Guinn.  Franklin  Keith;  Bird.  Urban  S.;  and 
Housholder,  William  R..  to  Nuclear  Fuel  Services,  inc.  M«Ul  vapor 
coating  apparatus.  3.667.423.  Cl.  1 18-48.000 
Gannett.  James  R.;  Annin.  Gordon  D.;  and  Gjerding.  Brad|ey  K..  to 
Boeing  Company.  The.  Flight  management  display.  3.66^.622.  Cl. 
340-2700r 
Gar  Honing  Service,  Inc.:  See— 

Amiand,  Ronald  D;  and  Castle,  Robert  L.,  3,667.284. 
Gardner.  Fred  M.;  Gervais.  Joseph  R.;  and  Nettleton,  Frink  S.,  to 
United  Aircraft  Corporation.  Brazing  alloy  for  bonding  thermionic 
cathode  to  support.  3.668,457,  Cl.  3 1 3-346.000 
Gardner,  George,  to  Amchem  Producu,  Inc.  Composition  and  method 

for  inhibiting  acid  atuck  of  meuls.  3,668,1 37, Cl.  252-149i 
Gardner-Denver  Company:  See— 

Stillwagon,  George  B.,  Jr.,  3,667.5 1 8. 
Garelick,   Herbert   J.,   to  Garelick    Mf|.   Co.   Self-load|n|  dolly. 

3.667.728,  C1.254.8.00r 
Garelick  Mfg.  Co.:  See— 

Gar«lick.  Herbert  J.  3.667.728.  .    ,      .    w 

Gargini.Eric  J.,  to  Communications  PatenU  Limited.  Electrical  switch 

devices.  3.668.575. Cl.  335-140.000 
Gamier.  Georges,  to  Roto-Diesel.  Electromagnetic  fuel 

3,667.686,  Cl.  239-585.000 
Garson,  Lorrin  R.:  See— 

Ouinuna,    Ronald    P.;    Garson.    Lorrin    R.;   and    Lisslo. 
drew.3.668.226. 
Garvin,  Hugh  L.:  See—  ^  „    -,      •     u     w  i 

Zimmerman.  Robert  L.;  Schweitzer,  Bernard  P.;  Garvm,  Hugh  L.; 
Pedinoff,  Melvin  E.;  and  Waldner,  Michael,3,668,662 

Gatti.  Arno:  See— 

Higtins.  John  B.;  and  Gatti.  Amo.3.668,006. 


dfaig 


injectors. 


An- 


June6.  1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  15 


Gauthier,  Charles;  and  Vincent,  Jean-Marie,  to  CTA-Compagnie  In- 
dustrielle  de  Textiles  Artiriciels  et  Synthetiques.  Man-made  Tilament 
spinneret  and  extruder  head.  3,667,886,  Cl.  425-192. 
Gay,  Gordon  M.,  to  Commercial  Solvents  Corporation.  Method  of 
making  nitroceDulote-nitroglycerine  water-bearing  explosive  com- 
positions 3,668,027.0.  149-95  000 
Gaytowski,  Joseph:  See— 

Sicher,  Frederic  A.;  and  Gaysowski,  Joseph, 3,667,373. 
Cebr.  Bohler  &  Co.  AktiengesellichafI:  See— 

Kleinhagauer,  Otmar;  Cerwenka,  Peter;  and  Neubauer,  Ewald, 
3,667,538. 
Gebruder  JunghafuG.m.b.H.:See— 
Jahn,  Paul;  and  Kapp,  Alfred,  3,667,326. 
Geisler,  Henry  O.:  See— 

Varrin,   Andre   J.;   McCarter.  William    L.;   and  Geisler,   Henry 
0,3.667.793. 
Gelin,  Robert  J.,  to  Owens-Corning  Fiberglas  Corporation.  Molding 

preu.  3,667,89 1 .  Cl.  425-408 . 
Genchi.  Hiroshi:  See— 

lijima.  Taizo;  Yamazaki,  Issei;  Mori,  Shunji;  Genchi,  Hiroshi;  and 
Katsuragi.  Sumio.3,668.638. 
General  Conveyor,  Inc.:  See— 

Bertola.  Peter  H..  3.667.61 8. 
General  DaUcomm  Industries:  See— 

Reymond.  Welles  K.;  and  Ciecierski.  Walter  V.,  3.668.64S. 
General  Electric  Company:  See— 

Barnett.  Richard  C,  and  Boucher.  James  D..  3.667,892. 

Berger.  Abe;  and  Jaleel.  JaUl  S..  3.668.229. 

Boucher.  James  D..  3.667.45 1 . 

Bower*.  Harry  J..  Jr..  3.668.42 1 . 

Czwakiel,  Bert  J.;  and  Miller,  Donald  F.,  3,667,282. 

Davis.  Richard  K  .  3.667.2 18. 

Erdman.  David  M..  3.668.489. 

Higgint,  John  B.;  and  Gatti,  Arno,  3,668,006. 

Hubble.  William  Schenck;  Woods.  Kenneth  K.;  and  TramuU.  Sal- 

vatoreS..  3.667.430. 
Komrumpf.  William  P.;  and  Cote.  Paul  T..  3.668.468. 
Krantz.  Karl  W.  3.668.273.       '' 
Levine.  David  J.;  and  Levinstein.  Moses  A..  3.667.985. 
Nichols.  Thomas  G..  3.668.583. 
Pratt.  Richard  D..  3.668.052. 
Taylor.  Jack  R.  3.667.22 1. 
Walsh.  Henry.  Jr..  3.668.588. 
General  Instrument  Corporation:  See— 

Sheppard.  John  E.;  and  Pellechia.Vincent  J..  3.667.925. 
General  Motors  Corporation:  See- 
Add  ie.  Albert  N.  3.667.214. 
Bakewell.  Thomas  W.  3.667.767. 
Blancha.  Erwin  B.  3.667.681. 
Brainerd.  Wendell  C  .  3,668,627. 
Brown,  Richard  C  ;  and  Saunders,  Orson  V..  3,667,249. 
Currie,  James  H.;  and  Mick.  Stanley  H.,  3,667,443. 
Freiberger.  Ronald  D.;  and  Woolley.  James  L..  3.668.497. 
Fry.  Millard  E..  and  Bremer.  Robert  D..  3.668.371 . 
Goslin.  Gerald  E.;  Herschberger.  Russell  R.;  and  Mach.  George  J.. 

3.667.718. 
Hachtel,  Guenter.  3.667.67 1 . 
Hamed.JohnL.  3.667.816. 
Porter.  Philip  J..  3.668.678. 
Ritter.  Thomas  E..  3.667.3 14. 
Scheiter.  Milton  H.  3.667.3 19. 
Sprecher,  Raymond  G..  3.667.806. 
Webbere.  Fred  J..  3.667.823. 
Whelan.  James  E.  3.667.775. 
General  Portland  Cement  Co.:  See- 
Tanner,  Theodore  F.,  3,667,976. 
General  Signal  Corporation:  See— 
Engle,  Thomas  H.,  3,667,350. 
General  Technologies  Corporation:  See— 

Shyne,  JamesJ.;and  Milewski,  John  V,  3,668,062. 
General  Time  Corporation:  See— 

Brainard.  Edward  C.  II,  3,668,617. 
General  Tire  A  Rubber  Company,  The:  See — 

Duncan,  Joe  S.;  and  Elmer,  Otto  C,  3,668,1 86. 
Georgia-Pacific  Corporation:  See— 
^    Howe,  William  J.,  3,668.369. 
Gerard.  George,  to  Jiffy  Manufacturing  Co.  Superimposed  embossed 

packing  sheets.  3.668.055.  Cl.  161-136. 
Gerber.  Johannes  F.;  and  Cola.  Rudolph  A.,  to  Burroughs  Corporation. 

ResisUnce  welding  apparatus.  3.668,366.  Cl.  2 1 9-1 58.000 
Gerdes.  Theo:  See— 

Blau.  Werner;  and  Gerdes.  Theo.3.667.642. 
Gerke.  Peter;  Baur,  Hans;  Rutkowski.  Karl;  Binder.  Hans-Eugen;  Palsa. 
Helmut;  and  Fabianke,  Hartmut,  to  Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft. 
Central  command  generator  for  time  dependent  program  controlled 
functional  sequences  in  telecommunication  exchange  installations. 
3.668.3I9.CI.  I79-I8.0es 
Germain.  Lloyd  M..  to  Data  Instruments  Company.  Data  transmiuion 

system.  3.668.643.  Cl.  340-1 7 1 . 
Germann.  Albert  G..  to  G  &  H  Mechanical  Laboratory,  inc.  Method 

for  making  a  ball  bearing.  3,667,097,  C1.29-148.40a 
Gerrard  Company  Ltd.:  See— 

Sykes,  Thomas  R,  3,667,591. 


Gerson,  Herman:  See— 

Santimauro,  John  F.;  and  Gerson,  Herman,3,668,225. 
Gervais,  Joseph  R.:  See- 
Gardner,  Fred  M.;  Gervais,  Joseph   R.;  and  Nettleton,  Frank 
S.,3,668,457. 
Gerwick,  Ben  C,  Jr.,  to  Pomeroy,  J.  H.,  &  Co.,  inc.  Subiiizcd  con- 
struction wall  in  unsUble  footing.  3,667,238,  Cl.  61-39.000 
Gesellschaft  fur  Kernverfahrenttechnik  mbH:  See— 

Zippe,  Gemot,  3,667,265. 
Geus,  John  W.;  and  Lemmens,  Jan  C,  to  Stamicarbon  N.V.  Method 
and  equipment  for  the  preparation  of  caUlytically  active  bodies. 
3,668,1 49,  Cl.  252-448. 
Gevaert-Agfa  N.V.:  See— 

Willems,  Jozef  Frans;  Heugebaert,  Frant  Clement;  and  Pollet, 
Robert  Joseph,  3,667,957. 
Ghafghaichi,  Majid,  to  International  Busineu  Machines  Corporation. 
Method  and  apparatus  for  characterizing  test  elements  on  the  basis 
of  rise-time  degradation.  3,668,522.  Cl.  324-l58.00t 
Ghetti.  Giuseppe:  See— 

Corradini.  Giorgio;  Ghetti.  Giuseppe;  Cesca.  Sebastiano;  and  Rog- 
gero.  Arnaldo.3.668.156. 
Gibson.  Charles  M..  to  Universal  Harvester  Co..  Inc.  Mounting  adaptor 

for  a  reel  structure.  3.667.1 98.  Cl.  56-227. 
Gibson.  John  G.:  See— 

Bjorum.    Erick    H.;   Gibson.   John    G.;   and    Lindberg.    Morgan 
C. 3 .667. 163. 
Gilbert  Associates.  Inc.:  See- 
Shields.  William  B.;  Willems.  Victor  H.;  and  Sailer.  William  F.. 
3,668,472. 
Gilbert.  Samuel,  to  Hydro   Manufacturing.  Inc.  Diverter  valve  as- 
sembly. 3.667.683.  Cl.  239-428.5 
Gilford  Instrument  Laboratories.  Inc.:  See- 
Gilford,  Saul  R.;  and  Echeagaray.  Ignacio  P..  3.667.662. 
Gilford.  Saul  R.;  and  Echeagaray.  Ignacio  P..  to  Gilford  Instrument 
Laboratories.  Inc.  Capillary  tube  cutting  and  feeding  apparatus. 
3.667.662.  Cl.  225-96.5 
Gill.  Henry  L..  to  United  States  of  America.  Navy.  Telescoping  sea 

floor  soil  sampler.  3.667.553.  Cl.  1 75-6.000 
Gillenwater,  Donald  Lee:  See— 

Egger.  Cari  Thomas;  Pfundstein.  Gerald  Bemard;and  Gillenwater. 
Donald  Lee.3.668.007. 
Gillette  Company.  The:  See— 

Dorion,  Francis  W..  Jr.;  Nisscn.  Warren  I.;  and  Perry.  Roger  L.. 
3.667,121. 
Gilmore,  William  J.,  to  American  Chain  &  Cable  Company,  inc.  Inter- 
locked multi-wire  member.  3,667,206,  Cl.  57-1 39. 
Giordan,  Artur:  See— 

Gabler,  Friedrich;  and  Giordan,  Artur,3,667,628. 
Gjerding,  Bradley  K.:  See- 
Gannett,  James  R.;  Annin,  Gordon  D.;  and  Gjerding.  Bradley 
K. 3.668.622. 
Glaxo  Laboratories  Limited:  See- 
Clark,  John  Colin;  Kennedy.  James;  and  Long.  Alan  Gibson. 
3.668,203. 
Goby,  Daniel  E.:  See- 
Hardy,  Daniel  G.;  and  Goby,  Daniel  E.,3,668,329. 
Godard,  Pierre,  to  Societe  des  Accumulateurs  Fixes  et  de  Fraction 
(Societe  Anonyme).  Syttem  for  controlled  charging  of  stand-by 
storage  batteries  that  supply  a  load  on  failure  of  power  supply  to  the 
load  from  power  mains.  3,668,4 1 8,  Cl.  307-66. 
Goetz,   Frederick   J.,  to  Allied  Chemical  Corporation.   Fluorescent 

polycarbonamides.  3,668,1 89,  Cl.  260-78.00r 
Goldberg,  A.  George,  to  Selig,  I.  I.  &  Sons,  Ltd.  Method  for  crushing 

meul  turnings.  3,667,691 ,  Cl.  241-24.000 
Goldin,  Morris;  and  Price,  Leonard  W.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America, 
Army,  mesne.   Rising  block   rifle  and  feed  mechanism   therefor. 
3,667,147,  Cl.  42-15.000 
Goloviznin,  Vladimir  Ilich:  See— 

Lapkin,  KonsUntin  Vasilievich;  Romanov.  Georgy  Fedorovich; 
Goloviznin.      Vladimir      Ilich;      and      Popov,      Lev      Mik- 
hailovich.3.667.474. 
Gomi.Shinpei:  See — 

Umeya.  Kaoni;  WaUnabe.  Akira;  and  Gomi.  Shinpei,3 ,667,974. 
Goodkind,  Karen  B.;  Hamilton,  Brett  B.;  Larson,  Ake  L.;  and  Whitting- 
ton.  Jimmie  L..  to  Mattel.  Inc.  Sound  reproducing  educational  toy 
bank.  3.667.1 36.  C1.3S-8.00a 
Goodloe.   Alfred   H..  deceasedO   (by  Goodloe.   Edith  Jamison;  ex- 
ecutrix). Compression  pad  of  knitted  elastic.   3.667.142.  Cl.   38- 
66.000 
Goodloe.  Edith  Jamison:  See— 

Goodloe,  Alfred  H. 3.667. 142. 
Goodrich,  B.  F.,  Company,  The:  See— 
Cimprich,  Francis  J.,  3,667,88 1 . 
van  der  Geer,  Willem  Jan,  3,668,195. 
Goodyear  Aerospace  Corporation:  See— 

Meilander,  Willard  C,  3.668,403. 
Goodyear  Tire  &  Rubber  Company.  The:  See- 
Lucas.  George  A..  3.667.625. 
Goossens.  Urbaan  Paul  Marguerite,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Gas 
and/or  vapour  discharge  lamp  having  a  U-shaped  discharge  tube. 
3.668.390.  Cl.  3 1 3-220.000 
Gordon.  John  Edward.  Cable  feed  device.  3.667.552.  Cl.  173-147. 


PI  16 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  M  972 


Gotlin,  Gerald  E.;  Henchberger,  Rustell  R.;  and  Mach,  George  J.,  to 
General  Motors  Corporation.  AdjutUble  rear  view  mirror  assembly. 
3.667.7 1 8, CI.  248-487.000 
Gotuuf,  Georg,  to  Suhlgruber  Otto  Gruber  &  Company.  Spike  for 

motor  vehicle  tires.  3.667.528.  CI.  1 52-2 1 0.000 
Gough.  John  Richard  Cox;  Meaden.  Geoffrey  William;  and  Price. 
Michael    Stuart    Thomas,    to    United    Kingdom    Atomic    Energy 
Authority.  Manufacture  of  nuclear  fuel  elemenU.  3,668,284,  CI. 
264-0.500 
Grace,  Richard  C,  to  Environment/One  Corporation.  Pump  storage 

grinder.  3,667,692,CI.  241-36. 
Grace,  W.R.,  A  Co.:  See- 
Daniels,  David  A.;  Orem,  Rowland  L.,  Jr.;  and  Lard,  Edwin  E., 

3,668,139. 
Kirk,  Charles C;  Ferington,  Thomas  E.;  and  Gregorian,  Razmic  S., 
3.668,038. 
Graco,  Inc.:  ^re- 
Parson,  Ronald  F.;  Sherman,  Richard  M.;  and  Webb,  Robert  M., 

3.667,674. 
Sherman,  Richard  M.;  and  Webb,  Robert  M..  3.667.675. 
Gradeff,  Peter  S.:  See— 

Meuly,  WalterC.;and  Gradeff,  Peter  S.,3.668.255. 
Graf,  Edwin  H.  Auxiliary  carrier  for  portable  boxes.  3.667.646,  CI. 

220-85. OOr 
Graham-White  Sales  Corporation:  See— 

Bredlow.  Harvey  F,  3,667.442. 
Grain  Processing  Corporation:  See— 

Egger.  Carl  Thomas;  Pfundstein. Gerald  Bernard;  and  Gillenwater. 
Donald  Lee.  3.668.007. 
Grantham,  Max  Edward,  to  Tecalemit  (Engineering)  Limited.  Chauis 

lubrication  systems.  3,667,574, CI.  l84-7.00r 
Grantham.  Rodney  E.;  Malloy,  John  H.;  and  Warnock,  Frederick  E.,to 
United  States  of  America,  Navy.  Ordnance  fure  encoding  and 
decoding  system.  3.657,392,  CI.  l02-70.20r 
Graves,  Kenneth  E.:  See— 

McCune,  Clarence  G.;  Vincer,  John  C;  and  Graves,  Kenneth 
E.,3,667.668. 
Graves.  Kent  M.  Shelf  for  books.  3.667,402.  CI.  108-1 2.000 
Gray.  Claude  W.  Releasing  and  circulating  overshot.  3.667.795.  CI. 

294-86.170 
Gray,  John  V.  PorUble  Ure  breaker.  3,667,530, CI.  IS7-I.260 
Gray,  Kenneth  Russell:  See- 
Steinberg,  John  Charles;  and  Gray,  Kenneth  Russell,3,668.l  23. 
Graybill.  Robert  W.;  Reiber.  SUnley  C;  Nace.  Donald  W..  and  White. 
Ellis  S..  to  Fecor  Industries,  Ltd.  Conveyor  heater.  3,667,747,  CI. 
266-24.000 
Grayhill.Inc.:See— 

O'Malley.  Thomas  J  ,  3.668.338. 
Great  Salt  Lake  Minerals  &  Chemicals  Corporation:  See— 

Neitzel,  Ulrich  E.;  and  Butu,  Davis  S.,  3,667.980. 
Greathouse.  Jack  F..  to  Mack  Trucks,  Inc.   Engine  air  manifold. 

3,667,432. CI.  l23-52.00m 
Greeman  Laboratories.  Inc.:  See- 
Jackson,  Meryl  R.,  3,667,5 1 2. 
Green,  Larry  Q.;  and  Light,  Larry  L.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and 

Company.  Method  for  coating  glass.  3,667,926,  CI.  65-60.000 
Greenwood,  William  S.,  to  H  &  G  Industries,  Inc.  Cam  lock  device  for 

telescoping  tubing.  3,667,788,  CI.  287-S8.0ct 
Gregorian,  Razmic  S.:  See — 

Kirk.  Charles  C;  Ferington,  Thomas  E.;  and  Gregorian,  Razmic 
S.,3.668.038. 
Greig,  William  John;  and  Soden,  Ralph  Robert,  to  RCA  Corporation. 
Semiconductor  device  with  multi-level  metalization  and  method  of 
making  the  same.  3.668,484.  CI.  3 17-234.00r 
Cries,  Robert  Joseph:  See- 
Smith,  Lawrence  Edward;  and  Cries,  Robert  Joseph,3,668,463. 
GrifTin.  Richard  H..  to  International  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Cor- 
poration. Portable  safety  lamp  structure.  3.668,602.  CI.  339-14.00r 
GrifTin.  William  C.  to  United  States  of  America.  Navy.  Method  and  ap- 
paratus for  investigation  of  projectile  flight.  3,667,847,  CI.  356- 
138.000 
Griffith,  Robert  L.;  and  Oldham,  Ira  B.,  Ill,  to  International  Busineu 
Machines  Corporation.  Error  detection  and  correction  system  with 
statistically  optimized  data  recovery.  3,668,63 1 ,  CI.  340- 1 46. 1  ax 
Criffolyn  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

Bjorksten,Johan  A.,  3,667,175.  i 

Crigsby-Barton,  Inc.:  See— 

Pascente,  Joseph  E.,  3,668,422. 
Grinnell  Corporation:  See— 

Angilly,  Fredrick  Ernest,  Jr.;  Miner.  George  Lindol;  and  Sousa, 
Lionel  Anthony  James.  3,667,195. 
Griot,  Rudolf  G.,  to  Sandoz-Wander,  Inc.  Bis-halophenoxyacetic  acid 

estersofpolyalkanols.  3.668,234.  CI.  260-473. 
Crodkiewicz.  William   H.;  and   Van  Uitert,  Le  Grand  C.  to  Bell 
Telephone  Laboratories.  Incorporated.  Flux  growth  of  rare  earth 
fluorides.  3.667.921, CI.  23-300.000 
Groeber,  David  P.:  See- 
Bunting,  Charles  W.;  Croeber,  David   P.;  and  Pettlo.  Louis 
W. 3,668,032. 
Crolet,  Pierre:  See- 
Chevalier.  Andre;  Crolet.  Pierre;  and  Reynard.  Remi,3,667,l  12. 
Groppelli,  Giovanni:  See — 

Ragazzini,  Mario;  Caimi,  Alberto;  Carcano,  Donato;  and  Groppel- 
li, Ciovanni,3,668,l  67. 


Solvent 
CI    260- 


Qrossner. 


.445,  CI. 


T 

y.  It 


136- 


Ojars  J. 


and 


Grosiean,  Robert  M.  Apparatus  for  sharpening  leads  for  pencils  or  the 

like.  3,667,5 16, CI.  144-28.11 
Grosklos,   Rill   Lewis,  to   American  Cyanamid  Company, 
process  for  auramine  and  ethyl  auramine.   3,668,252, 
566.00r 
Groui.Paul  A:  See- 
Barnes.  David  L.,  3,667,463. 
Grouner,  Horst:  See— 

Burckhardt,    Manfred    H.;    Flonis,    Hans-Jorg;    and 
Horst,3,667,813.  ,^^ 

Groutuck,  Werner:  See-i- 

Weber,  Klaus;  Becker,  Erwin;  and  Grosstuck,  Wemer,3,6(8,080. 
Grove,  Leroy  K.  Electromagnet  for  brakes  and  clutches.  3,668,' 

310-77.000 
Grovhac,  Inc.:  See— 

Purnell,  John  M.,  3,667,682. 
Gruber,  Slahlgrunger  Otto,  &  Co.:  See— 

Felden.  Alois.  3,668,035. 
Grune.  Horst;  and  WInsel,  August,  to  VarU  AktiengesellscHaft.  Gal- 
vanic cell  battery  with  gas  diffusion  electrodes.  3.668.01 1.^CI. 
86.00r 
Gryaznov,  Nikolai  Sergeevich:  See— 

Makarov,  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov.  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagorets. 
Anatoly  Mikhailovich;  Korolev.  Jury  Germanovich.  Syskov. 
Konstantin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko,  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin. 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lerner,  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Mustafin.  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin.  Leonid 
ioaifovich;  Gryaznov.  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky.  I^ail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov.  Petr  Yakovlevich.3,667.746. 
GTE  Automatic  Electric  Laboratories  Incorporated:  See— 

Couch.  Francis  O..  3.668.423. 
GTE  Sylvania  Incorporated:  See — 

Fisher.  Mahlon  B..  Schiller.  Charles  K.;  and  Ziemelis, 
3,668.388. 
Guenthert.  Paul:  See— 

Berding.  Christoph;  Guenthert,  Paul;  Koehler,  WaldeJnar; 
Sckuiz,  Gerhard.3.668.246 
Guilford,  Peter:  See— 

Cleater,   John   Stephen;  Guilford,   Peter;   Kimpton,    Frederick 
Janes;     Page,     Thomas     John;     and     Steinberg,   I  Norman 
Richard,3,667,ll9. 
Guillemene,  Gilbert  Auguste;  and  Delorme.  Michel  Jean,  to  AMP  In- 
corporated, mesne.  Apparatus  for  applying  insulating  housings  to 
electrical  connectors.  3.667.102.  CI.  29-203. 
Cuinn.  Franklin  Keith:  See—  j 

Gammill,  Adrian  Monroe;  Cuinn.  Franklin  Keith;  Bird,  ^rban  S.; 
and  Housholder.  William  R. 3.667.423 
Gutowski,  Gerald  E..  to  Lilly.  Eli.  and  Company.  Cepham  compounds. 

3.668.201. CI.  260-243.00C  i 

Gutowski.  Gerald  E.:.See—  I 

Foster.  Bennie  J.;  Gutowski.  Gerald  E.;  and  Hatfielq.  Lowell 
D.. 3.668.202. 
Gwyn.  Childress  B.,  Jr..  to  Contacts  Incorporated. 

without  brazing  alloys.  3.667.1 10.  CI.  29-494. 
H  &  G  Industries,  Inc.:  See—  | 

Greenwood.  William  S.,  3,667,788.  I 

Haag,  Werner  0.;  and  Whitehurst,  Darrel  Duayne,  to  Mobil  Oil  Cor- 
poration.  Hydrogenation  of  unsaturated   hydrocarbons  using  ion 
exchange  resin  containing  zero-valent  meul  as  catalyst.  3^668,271, 
CI.  260-683.900 
Haase,  Elmer  A.  Mass  air  flow  measuring  means.  3.667.494,  CI.  137- 

100.000 
Hachtel.   Cuenter.    to   General    Motors   Corporation.    Anti-reverse 

odometer  one-way  drive.  3,667,67 1 ,  CI.  235-96.000  1 

Hackney.J.  A.,  A  Sons,  Inc.:  See- 
Hackney,  Ralph  H,  3,667,635.  I 
Hackney,  Ralph  H..  to  Hackney.  J.  A..  &  Sons.  Inc.  Combined  truck 
body  and  wheeled  rack  and  method  of  loading  and  unloading  a  van. 
3.667.635, CI.  214-515.000 
Hada,  Yukihiro,  to  Unitika  Ltd.,  and  Fujikeiki  Kabushiki  Kaisha. 
Device  for  checking  whether  each  of  running  yams  is  twisted  at  the 
standard  turns  per  minute.  3,667,292,  CI.  73-160. 
Hageman,  Howard  A.,  to  Uniroyal,  Inc.  Sulfur-containing  polyaryl 

polyphenolic  compounds  and  process.  3,668,258,  CI.  260-q09. 
Hagen,  Helmut:  See— 

Becke,  Friedrich;  Fischer,  Adolf;  Hagen,  Helmut;  and  Scheuerer, 
Caenter,3,668.260. 
Hagerty.  Donald  P.:  See— 

Banush,  Russell  S.;  and  Hagerty,  Donald  P. ,3,668.1 3 1 . 
Haggas.  John  S.:  See— 

Haggas.  Robert  H.;  and  Haggas.  John  S.,3,667,983. 
Haggas,  Robert  H.;  and  Haggas,  John  S.  Flexible  colour  printed^ 

laminate  and  method  of  making  same.  3,667,983,  CI.  1 17-15. 
Hagglund,  John  Martin.  Device  for  scraping  off  and  collection  of  medi- 
cal refase  and  for  prevention  of  its  spread.  3,667,079,  CI.  1$-105. 
Hahner,  Reinhard,  to  Bosch,  Robert,  G.m.b.H.  Self-tightening  trans- 

missioagearmounting.  3,667,310, CI.  74-417.000  | 

Halcon  laternational,  Inc.:See—  I 

Kollar.  John.  3.668.239.  ' 

Hale,  David  B.,  to  Sanders  Associates,  Inc.  Raster  scan  symbol  genera- 
tor. 3.668.687. CI.  340-324.00a 
Hall,  Roger  Smith,  to  Baker  Perkins  Jaxons  Limited.  Feeding  of 
machiaes.  3,667,143,  CI.  38-143.000 


Bonding  metals 


June  6. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  17 


Hallmark  Cards,  Incorporated:  See- 
Wood,  Cerald  L.;  Kolster,  Harvey  L.;  and  Zeller,  James  E.. 
3,667,826. 
Halocarbon  Products  Corporation:  See— 

Dittman,  Albert  L..  3,668,262. 
Halpern,  Benjamin  D..  to  Borden.  Inc.  Adhesive  for  living  tissue. 

3.667.472. CI.  l28-334.00r 
Hamacher,  Paul  Friedrich,  to  Moeller  &  Neumann  C.m.b.H.  Edge 
trimming  shears  for  rolled  metal  sheets  with  crou-knives  for  severing 
the  edge  strips.  3,667,335.  CI.  83-513. 
Hamilton,  Brett  B.:  See— 

Goodkind,  Karen  B.;  Hamilton,  Brett  B.;  Larson,  Ake  L.;  and 
Whittington,  Jimmie  L, 3,667,1 36. 
Hamilton.  Robert  W..  to  Searle.  G.  D..  &  Co.  DialkylaminoalkyI 
amides       and       esters       of       6-chloro-l,2,       3,4-tetrahydro-l- 
naphthaleneacetic  acid  and  analop.  3,668,25 1 ,  CI.  260-558. 
Handwerk.  Joseph  W.:  See— 

De  Freitas.  C.  Trench;  and  Handwerk.  Joseph  W  .3,668,285. 
Hanke,  Kenneth  Earl:  See— 

Walbrun,  Carl  J.;  and  Hanke.  Kenneth  Eari.3.668.3S  1 
Hanks.  James  V.,  to  Horton  Manufacturing  Company,  Inc.  Combina- 
tion clutch-brake.  3.667,58 1 , CI.  192-1 8. 100 
Hansen,  Robert  B.;  Ivas,  Thomas  W.;  and  Slavik,  William  H.,  to  Mo- 
torola,   Inc.    Automatic    hue    control    for    a    television    receiver. 
3,668,306, CI.  l78-5.4he 
Hap.  Heinz:  See— 

Romer.  Rudolf;  and  Hap.  Heinz.3.667.395. 
Happel.  William  Emory,  to  Landis  Tool  Company,  mesne.  Work  driv- 
ing device  for  automatic  camshaft  grinding  machine.  3.667.167,  CI. 
5l-2IS.OOh 
Harbeson,  William  D.,  to  Ohmega  Laboratories.  Automatic  gain  con- 
trol circuit  3.668.556.  CI.  331-109. 
Harbison.  James  E..  to  Certain-Teed  Products  Corporation.  Explosion- 
proof  asbestos-cemeni  shapes.  3.667.977. CI.  106-99. 
Harding.  Robert  C:  See- 
Evans.  William  E.;  and  Harding.  Robert  C. 3,668.465. 
Hardy.  Daniel  G.;  and  Goby.  Daniel  E.  Multiregister  for  time-division 

switching  network.  3.668.329.  CI.  179-1 8.00j 
Hargreaves.  John  E.  Tensile  testing  machine.  3,667,288,  CI.  73-98. 
Hargrove,  William  W..  to  Lilly,  Eli,  and  Company.  3-Azetidinols. 

3.668.1 95, CI.  260-239.00a 
Harings,  Horst.  to  Felten  &  Guilleaume  Schalunlagen  GmbH.  Leakage 

circuit  breakers.  3.668.577,  CI.  335-192.000 
Harlow,  David  Arthur:  See— 

Townsend,  Keith  Cerald;  and  Harlow,  David  Arthur,3,667,256. 
Harman,  Bennett  B.,  to  Door  Alarm  Device  Corporation.  Magnetic 

door  alarm.  3,668,579.  CI.  335-207.000 
Harmuth,  Henning  Friedolf,  to  International  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Corporation.  Sequency  filters  baaed  on  walsh  functions  for  signals 
with  three  space  variables.  3.668.639.  CI.  340-166.00r 
Harned.  John  L.,  to  General   Motors  Corporation.  Vehicle  wheel 

velocity  control  system  and  method.  3.667.8 1 6.  CI.  303-2 1. OOf 
Harriman.  Lester  W.:  See— 

Teumac,  Fred  Norman;  and  Harriman,  Lester  W., 3,668,009. 
Harris  CaloriTic  Company:  See- 
Ron.  Albert.  3,667,895. 
Harris-lntertype  Corporation:  See— 
Horvath,  Robert  M.,  3,668.685. 

Kacmarcik.  Thomas  J.;  and  Norton.  Robert  K..  3.667,663. 
Norton,  Robert  K.,  3,667,753. 
Harrison,  John  Ian:  See- 
Kennedy,  Oswald;  and  Harrison,  John  Ian,3,667,273. 
Hart.  Elwyn  P.:  See— 

Depatie.  Alfred  J.;  and  Hart.  Elwyn  P.,3,667,444. 
Hartnett,  James  J.;  and  Feigin,  Robert,  to  Sybron  Corporation.  Dyeing 
of   polyacrylonitrile    textile    materials   with    cationic    dyes   in    the 
presence  of  aromatic  esters.  3.667.899.  CI.  8-173.000 
Hartwig,  Karl:  See— 

Engel,  Herbert;  Hartwig.  Karl;  and  Schnall  Gunther.3,667,840. 
Hartz.  Roy  E.:  See- 
Loveless.  Frederick  C;  and  Hartz,  Roy  E., 3,668,279. 
Harvey,   Ernest   Albert;  and    Russ,  James   Frederick,  to   American 
Cyanamid  Company.  Nitration  proceu  for  phenolic  compounds. 
3,668,261,  CI.  260-622.00r 
Hasbrouck,  Thad   M.,   to   United   Aircraft  Corporation.   Function 

generator  using  fluid  ampliflers.  3,667,491,  CI.  137-81.500 
Hashimoto,  Mitsiiru:  See— 

Itano,     Kohei;     Nakano,     Masashi;    and     Hashimoto,     Mitsu- 
ru.3.667.954. 
Hashimoto.  Yoshihiro:  See— 

Inaba.       Seiuemon;       Shimizu.      Kanryo;       and       Hashimoto. 
Yoshihiro,3,668,377. 
Haskell,  John  W.,  to  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 

Nozzle  structure  for  jet  printers.  3,667,678,  CI.  239-102.000 
Haskett,  F.  Barry,  and:  See— 

Waterbury,  Nelson  J.,  3,667,478. 
Hatch,  George  Birdseye,  to  Calgon  Corporation.  Novel  glassy  composi- 
tions zinc  and  alpha  hydroxy  diphosphonic  acids.  3.668.094.  CI.  252- 
1 80.000 
Hatfield.  Lowell  D.:  See- 
Foster.  Bennie  J.;  Gutowski.  Gerald  E.;  and  Hatfield.  Lowell 
D. 3,668,202. 
Haupt,  Robert  C:  See— 

Korb,  Eugene  V.;  and  Haupt.  Robert  C, 3,667,563. 


Hauser,    Daniel.    I  l-Desacetoxy-wortmannin.    3,668,222,    CI.    260- 

343.20r 
Hawkins,  Walter  L.,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated. 

Multiconductor  communications  cable.  3,668,298,  CI.  l74-23.00c 
Hawthorne,  John  O.;  and  Mihelic,  Edward  L.,  to  United  Sutes  Steel 
Corporation.  N-substituted  2-aminomethyl-2'-biphenyl-  carboxylic 
acid  and  derivatives.  3.668,232,  CI.  260-471 .00a 
Hayasaka,  Enakichi.  Homopole-typc  AC  generator.  3,668.447.  CL 

310-166. 
Hayasaka,  Enakichi.  Homopole  type  AC  generator.  3,668,448,  CI. 

310-166.000 
Hayes,  Stanley  I.,  Jr.,  to  USM  Corporation.  Integral  microporous  arti- 
cle and  proceu  of  making.  3,668.056.  CI.  161-159.000 
Haynes,  Richard  Humphrey,  to  Tracked  Hovercraft  Limited.  Linear  in- 
duction motor  secondary  member.  3,667,397,  CI.  104- 148.01m 
Hazeltine  Corporation:  See- 
Herring.  Frederick  G..  3.668.569. 
Healey.  Robert  Joseph,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Incorporated. 

Low  level  amplifier.  3.668.539.  CI.  330-17.000 
Heam,  William  E.,  to  Signetics  Corporation.  Fast  slewing  operational 

amplifier.  3.668.538.  CI.  330-9.000 
Hearne.  Ian  Keith.  Hooks  for  use  in  fishing.  3,667,1 50,  CI.  43-44.600 
Heath  &  Sherwood  Drilling  Limited:  See— 

Hokanson,  Lyie  W.;  and  McBean,  John  W.,  3,667,784. 
Hecht,  Ralph  J.;  and  Fenton,  Richard  J.,  to  United  Aircraft  Corpora- 
tion. High  temperature  cobalt-base  sheet  alloy.  3.667,939,  CI.  75- 
171.000 
Heckmaier,  Joseph:  See— 

Bergmeister.  Eduard;  Heckmaier.  Joseph;  Kirtt,  Paul-Gerhard; 
and  Wiest.  Hubert.3.668.165 
Hedge.  John  A.,  to  Sun  Oil  Company.  Separation  of  2,7-dimethyl- 
naphthalene  from  2,6-  dimethylnaphthalene  with  molecular  sieves. 
3.668.267.  CI.  260-674.0sa 
Hedler,  Robert  A.,  to  Sylvania  Electric  ProducU.  Inc.  Opaque  com- 
position for  forming  a  windowed  web  in  a  cathode  ray  tube  screen 
structure.  3.667.986.  CI.  1 1 7-33. 5cm 
Heffernan,  Hubert  John;  and  Fontana.  Charies  L.  Flying  head  on  pan- 
tograph assembly  with  pressure  responsive  withdrawal.  3,668,666, 
CI.  340-174.1 
Heflinger,  Lee  O.:  See- 
Brooks.  Robert  E.;  and  Heflinger.  Lee  O.. 3,668,405. 
Heim,  John  H.:  See— 

Tomiyama,  Eijiro;and  Heim,  John  H., 3,667, 156. 
Heinemann,  Robert  W.  Explosive  initiating  devices.   3,667,388,  CI. 

I02-28.00r 
Heirich,  William  C.  Wall  paneling  system.  3,667,1 83,  CI.  52-497. 
Heitmann,  Cuenter,  1/2  to  Metallgesellschaft  Aktiengesellschaft.  and 
1/2  to  Steel  Company  of  Canada  Limited.  The.  Rotary  kiln  reduction 
of  iron  oxides  with  pneumatic  feeding  of  a  portion  of  the  charge. 
3.667,933. CI.  75-33. 
Heitzman.  James  O..  to  Hughes  Aircraft  Company.  Receiver  timing 

and  synchronization  system.  3.668,315,  CI.  178-69.5 
Heller,  Kenneth  G.  Bonding  machine.  3.668.047.  CI.  156-541 .000 
Hellwig,  Helmut  W.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Army.  Molecular 

frequency  standard.  3,668,293,  CI.  13-31.000 
Helmlg.  Richard  W.;  and  Stelnmetz.  Floyd,  to  Rotographic  Machinery 
Company.  The.  Loop  stabilize  web  fed  variable  repeat  cutter- 
creaser  system.  3.667.352.  CI.  93-58.20r 
Hemdal,  Goran  Anders  Henrik.  to  Telefonaktiebolaget  L  M  Ericsson. 
Arrangement  for  controlling  devices  transmitting  digital  pulses  in  a 
computer  controlled  telecommunication  system.  3,668,330,  CI.  1 79- 
18. 
Hemdal,  Goran  Anders  Henrik,  to  Telefonaktiebolaget  L  M  Ericuon. 
Method  of  controlling  jumps  to  different  programs  in  a  computer 
workinginrealtime.  3,668,646,  CI.  340-172.5 
Hendel.  Hans  W.;  Chu.  Tsu-Kai;  and  Simonen.  Thomas  C.  to  United 
States  of  America,  Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Dynamic  stabilizer 
for  plasma  instabilities  to  improve  plasma  confinement  and  to  in- 
crease plasma  density.  3,668,066,  CI.  176-5.000 
Henderson,  John  Keller.  Directional  drilling  apparatus.  3,667,556,  CI. 

175-73. 
Henkel  &  Cie  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Nosier,  Heinz  Gunter;  Wessendorf,  Richard;  and  Bellinger,  Horst, 
3,668,135. 
Henningsen.  Etiar  August:  See— 

Skromme.  Arnold  Burton;  Lindstrom,  Harold  Richard;  Henning- 
sen, EtIar  August;  Beldin,  Royal  Lowell;  SoHie,  Donald  Thomas; 
and  Eckert,  Elmer  Richard,3,667,734. 
Hensley,  Emmery  P.:  See— 

D'Arcy,  Robert  M.;  Birtell,  James  C;  Hensley,  Emmery  P.;  and 
Pryor,  Robert  C, 3, 667, 744. 
Herbert  Products,  Inc.:  See- 
Herbert.  William  C,  Jr..  3.667.1 32. 
Herbert.  William  C,  Jr.,  to  Herbert  Products.  Inc.  Web  drier  and 
method  of  treating  a  web  in  continuous  sheet  printing  machines. 
3,667.1 32, CI.  34-18.000 
Herbstman,  Sheldon:  See— 

Patel,  Jitendra  A.;  Herbstman,  Sheldon;  Peck,  Reese  A.;  and  Wil- 
son, Raymond  F, 3,668,1 17. 
Hercules  Incorporated:  See- 
Burroughs,  Ralph  H.;  and  Cox,  Paul  R.,  Jr.,  3,667.608. 
Houseman,  John,  3,668,108. 
Jamison,  Joel  D.,  3,668,21 3. 
Jones,  George  F.;  and  Mendel,  John  R.,  3,668,1 72. 
Moore,  Alvin  G..  3.667.293. 


I 


PI  18 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6 


1972 


Schappell.  Frederick  O..  3.668.259. 

"'"F«nV.' M"ur£.'7.;  Herr.  Ch.rie.  H.;  Newm.n.  H.rry  B.;  .nd 

Webber,  Philip  S..3.667.309. 
Herrell.  Arthur  D  .  lo  Dow  Chemid  Company  The^Oo.ure  for  film 

packages  and  method  of  making  tame.  3.667.594,  CI.  206-46. 
Herrini  Frederick  G..  to  Hazeltine  Corporation.  Dittnbuted-conttant 

ditpenive  network.  3.668.569.  CI.  333-30.00r 

"'"^off  GeValTE.;  He'rL'hberger.  R«»eU  R  ;  and  Mach.  George 

HeM.  Donitd  J.'slirveyor  field  tripod.  3.667,773,  CI.  280-30. 
Heutebaert.Frans  Clement:  S«—  j  «  n  . 

Willemi.  Joief  Frani;  Heugebaert.  Frant  Clement;  and  Pellet. 
Robert  Joieph,3.667 .957. 
Hewitt    Robert   E..   to   Xerox   Corporation.   Caicade    apparatui. 

3,667,427,  CI.  118-637.000 
Hewlett  Packard  Company:  See— 

Oiborne,  Thomai  E.,  3.668,461 . 
Hewlett-Packard  Company:  See—  ,  ,^„  ^„, 

Cochran.  David  S.;  and  McGhee,  Glenn  E..  3.668.697. 
Dupre.  John  J.  3.668.554. 
Hibino.  Noburo:  See— 

Takenaka.  Haruo;  Okuyana.  Hirothi;  Hibino.  Noburo:  und  Ohta. 
Eiichi  .3 ,667.283. 
HiesUnd,  Armin:  See—  .    ,,,.,,. 

Zbinden,  Han«  Rudolf,  and  Hiestand,  Armm, 3,668,228. 
Higgini,  John  B  ;  and  Gatti.  Arno,  to  General  Electric  Company.  For- 
mation of  high-ftrength  high-modulus  coated  filamenU.  3,668,006, 
CI.  117-231.000 
Higgs   Kenneth  O.,  to  Te«aco,  inc.  Alarm  system  for  consistometer. 

r668.677, CI.  340-236.  .    «     ,• 

Hilaire,  Marcel  Marius  Adrien,  to  Societe  Foreiienne  de  Moulinage  et 
Tcxturation.  Process  for  obuining  a  sponge-textured  thread  from 
natural  silk  thread.  3,667,208,  CI.  57-156. 
Hill,  George  L.  Collar  salvaging  device.  3,667,106.  CI.  29-2. 

Hill,  Lewis  J.  Key  operated  lock.  3,667.262.  CI  70-384. 
Hillingrathner.  Franz,  to  International  Harvester  Company.  Balancer. 
3,667,3 17.  CI.  74-604.000 

Hills.  David  Leslie:  See—  ,....,  oo/v 

Malet.  Michael  Anley;  and  Hilh.  David  Leslie,3,667,880. 
Hilvitz,  Arthur  L.;  Hilviu,  Philip  E.;  Hilvitz,  Harvey  M.;  and  Campbell. 
Richard,  to   La  Tolteca  Foods,  Inc.   Food  cooking  apparatus. 
3,667 .372. CI.  99-404. 
Hilvitz.  Harvey  M:  See—  .  ^         a 

Hilvitz.  Arthur  L.,  Hilvitz,  Philip  E.;  HilviU,  Harvey  M.;  and 
Campbell,  Richard,3,667,372. 
Hilvitz,  Philip  E:  See—  .  u         -< 

Hilviu.  Arthur  L.;  Hilvitz.  Philip  E.;  HilviU.  Harvey  M.;  and 
Campbell.  Richard.3,667.372. 
Hinkel.  Raymond  J.  Gate  closure  apparatus.  3,667,729, CI.  254-77. 
Hiroshima  KagoKabushikiKaisha:  See— 

Ijiri.    Yoshinobu;    Yano,     Yoshiaki;    and     Yoshida.    Hiroshi. 
3.668.133. 

HiUchi.Ltd.:See-  ^        av       

Katto.  Hisao;  Kobayashi.  Kazunan;  Koga.  Yasushi;  and  Koyama, 

Machiko,  3,668,095.  ,  ^^,  „,o 

Kojima,  Hiroomi;  Nomura.  Sadao;  and  Kumada.  Akio,  3,6li7,»^». 
Ogura.  Miuuo;  and  Fukazawa.Shinichi.  3.667.624. 
Okabe.  Tadao;  Tanaka.  Makoto;  Tamura.  Shozo;  Fukushima. 

Masakazu;  and  Oikawa.Mitsuru.  3,668.002. 
Yaroamoto.    Masayuki;    Toki.    Hisashi;    and    Shibuya.    Hideo. 
3,668,004. 
Hittman  Associates.  Inc.:  See—  ,  ,^,  ,„- 

Kaufman.  William  M.;  and  Kling.  Harry  P..  3.667.286. 
Ho.  Eugene  Y.:  See—  ,..,„,«, 

Euchner.  WilKam  H.;  and  Ho.  Eugene  Y. 3.668.327.       „      ,  ^ 
Hobbs.  Marcus  E.;  and  Bonnet.  Carroll  W..  to  Bethlehem  Steel  Cor- 
poration. Apparatus  for  improved  payout  of  wire  strand  from  strand 
packages.  3.667,699.  CI.  242-129.000 
Hobbs.   Oliver    K.   Continuous   corrugated    belt   with   wire   screen. 

3.667.599.  CI.  209-12.000 
Hobson.H.M.  Limited:  See-  ^  ,  ,^n  ^aa 

Westbury.  Roy;  and  Simmons.  John  Richard.  3.667.344. 
Hoch.  Monroe  P.;  and  Barrera.  Joseph,  to  Wilkes  Pool  Coriwrauon 

Swimming  pool  liner  hanger  assembly.  3.667,07 1 ,  CI.  ♦•'2  2 ' "  . 
Hock,  Walter  L.;  and  Meyers,  William  E..  to  Kraftco  Corporation. 

Control  system  for  freezers.  3.667.244.  CI.  62-136. 
Hoehn.  Hubert  H:  See-  ..,..,  o..« 

Appier.  Robert  L.;  and  Hoehn.  Hubert  H, 3,667.849. 

Hoekstra.  Jan  P.:  See-  „  ,  .,.  „„ 

Blum,  Joseph  M;  and  Hoekstra.  Jan  P..3.668.025. 

Hoffman,  Herman  J.:  See—  ,  ,.,»  ..«o 

Burt,  Warren  T.;  and  Hoffman,  Herman  J. .3 .668.308. 
Hoffmann-La  Roche  Inc.:  See—  „       ,j 

Cekoric.   Thomas.   Jr.;    Evans.  George;   and    Searcy.   Ronald. 

3.668.075. 
Klein.  Bernard.  3.667,9 15. 
Hoffl.  Miller.  Inc.:  See—  ,  ^x;. ->oi 

Brooks.  Stanley  H.  W.;  and  Raddin.  Harry  A..  3.668.286. 
Hofmann.  Detlef.  Control  transmission.  3.667.303.  CI.  74-190. 
Hogg    Walter  R..  to  Coulter  Electronics.  Inc.  Pulse  analynng  ap- 
paratus. 3.668.53 1.  CI.  328-150.000  .    .    .  ^^     w 
Hoggar.  Clive  William,  to  Marconi  Company,  Limited.  The.  Memory 
cells.  3.668.656.CI.  340-173.0ff 


7.  CI. 


Hohn.  Richtrd  E..  to  Cincinnati  Milacron  Inc.  Method  and  -PPy"*" 
for  estimating  the  force  generated  by  a  motor  as  a  function  of  an  ez- 
temalload  imposed  thereon.  3.667.290.0.  73-133.000 

Hokanson.  Lyle  W.;  and  McBean.  ^"h"  ^J.^  ""f5*  f^°^ 
Drilling  Limited.  Drill  rod  structure  3.667.784.  CI.  285-173.000 

Holbrook.  Legrand  K  ,  to  Medical  Development  Corporation.  Connec- 
tor meansfornexible  conduit.  3,667,781. CI.  285-45.000 

Holford,  Warren  L:  See-  ,  x*«  «co 

Williams.  Richard  E.;  and  Holford.  Warren  L. 3.668.559. 
Holl.  Helmir  H.:  See—  j   u   n    u  w., 

Kleinschmidt.  Johann  O  ;  Walter,  Heinz  E.;  and  Holl,  Helmar 
H.,3j667,4l3.  ^  ,  a    .» 

Holland,  Eric  O.,  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Company.  Fracuonal  distilla- 
tion by-p«M  control  proceu.  3,668,078,  CI.  203-3. 
Holley,  Percy  Ray    Material  applicator  device.  3,667,654,  CI.  222- 
356  000  ,  _,  ,„-  ^,   -«, 

Hollister,  Leslie.  ConUiner  for  dispensing  paper.  3.667.597,  Ul  2U0- 
58. 

Holm,  John  D:  See—  , --o  *on 

Vogelgesang,  Peter  J;  and  Holm.  John  D.,3,668,699_ 

Holnfberg,  Eugene  P.  Board  game  apparatus.  3.667,757,  CI.  27J-1 35. 

Holmes.  Brandon  M..  to  Progrewive  Products  Corporation,  mesne. 
Deep  fat  fryer  apparatus.  3.667.374.  CI.  99-408.000  . 

Holotron  Corporation:  See— 

Sturdevant,  Eugene  J.,  3,667,946. 

Honda  Giken  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See-.^ 
Yoshiao,  Hiroyuki.  3.667.440. 

Honeywelllnc:  See- 
Meyer.  Jack  R.  3.668.529. 
Strohmeyer.  Garry  G..  3.668.686. 

Honeywell  Information  Systems  Inc.:  See— 

MarkowiU,  Ivan  N,  and  Bower.  Robert  G..  3.668.496. 
Rhodes,  Russell  R.,  3,668,432. 

Honjo,  Satoru:  See— 

Tamai,  Yasuo;  and  Honjo,  Satoru. 3.668. 1 26. 

Hood  Maxwell  G..  to  Fowler  Rex  Pty.  Limited.  Centrifugalt cement 
slurry  mixer.  3.667.735. CI.  259-151. 

Hooker  Chemical  Corporation:  See—    .^ 

Jaszka.  Daniel  J.  3.667,9 12.  >»      , 

Proctor.  James  Ernest;  Paddock.  Norman  Lovelace;  and  Searle. 

Hafold  Trevor,  3,667.922 
Weil.  Edward  D.;  and  Linder,  Jerome,  3,668,242.  I 

Hoover.  Merwin  Frederick;  Sinkovitz.  Gloria  Di  Marco;  and  Ruland. 
Andrew  Martin,  to  Calgon  Corporation  Method  of  inhibitmg  corro- 
sion withaminodiphosphonates.  3.668, 138, CI.  252-181  000 

Hope,  Frederick  John  Charles,  to  Self  Energising  Disc  Brakes  Limited. 
Antiiack-kninng  coupling  device.  3,667,778.  CI.  280-432. 

Hopkins,  William  C.  N.  Releasable  connector,  particularly  for  tilt  cab 
vehiclet.  3,667 ,566. CI.  180-89. 

Horbach.  Stephen,  to  Electronic  Associates  Inc.  Transformer^inductor 
frameandkit.  3.668.586.  CI.  336-2 10.000  ^  ..,  ^      ». 

Horiki.  Seinosuke.  to  Nagoya  Yukagaku-Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kajsha. 
Masking  in  surface  treatment  of  artKles.  3.667.98t,CI.  1 1 7|38.0OO 

Horin.Shozi:See—  .  •  ,  ^^o  i-.k» 

Maruta.  Iwao;  Arai.  Haruhiko;  and  Honn.  Shozi.3.668.17p. 
Horiuchi.  Fukashi:  See—  ..   ^  ^    u-   « 

Fujinami.  Akira;  Ozaki,  Toshiaki;  Horiuchi.  Fukashi;  Yamamoto, 
Sigeo;  Akiba,  Keiichiro;  Tanaka,  KaUutoshi;  Ooba,  Shigehiro; 
Ooishi,  Tadashi;  Nodera,  KaUuji;  and  Kameda.  Nobuyu- 
ki.3.668.217.  I 

Horn.  DarrellC:  See-  ..^,..,,«. 

Claxton.  Gerald  L  ;  and  Horn.  Darrell  C. 3.667.201  | 

Home  Arthur  P..  to  Electronics  Diversified.  Inc.  Load  contHol  system 
employing  silicon  controlled  rectifiers  with  overvolUge  protectK)n 
and  compensation  for  live  voluge  Huctuations.  3.668.515,  CI.  323- 
22.0SC 

Hornung,  Karl-Heinz:  See—  ^^    ,  u    ..<i 

Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Hornung,  Karl-»^inz.  and 

Schutze.  Ernst-Christian,3.668,275. 
Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Biethan,  Uwe; 
Kari-Heinz;  and  SchuUe.  Ernst-Christian,3 ,668,276. 
Hornung.  Louis  Michael,  to  international  Business  Machines  Corpora- 
tion   Working  device  code  method  of  I/O  control.  3.66».65l,  Ci. 
340-172.5 
Horton.  John  T.:  See— 

Rowell.  Lome  A..  3.667.135. 
Horton  Manufacturing  Company.  Inc.:  See- 
Hanks.  James  V,  3.667.581. 
Horton.  Robert  A  ;  and  Coghill.  Timothy  L.  to  Precision  MjultmiXht. 
Inc.  Resin-coated  sand  mixes  for  shell  molding.  3.668.160.  CI.  260- 

Horvath.  Robert  M..  to  Harris-lntertype  CorporaUon.  Composing 
method  and  apparatus.  3.668,685.  CI.  340-324.  .      .  .u. 

Horviu  Howard  J.  Concrete  floor  with  ground  meul  auregate  at  the 
wear  surface.  3,668.1 50.  CI.  106-90.000 

,    Hoshino.  Isao:  See—  ,  ,^o  At€ 

Mizobuchi.  Yasuo;  and  Hoshino.lsao.3.668.635.  ^.^w^. 

Hosokawa.  Kenjiro;  Mauui.  Masao;  Endo.  Nono;  «ch«kawj.  Michio. 

and  Tokura.  Susumu.  to  Kanegafuchi  Boseki  Kabush*i  Kauha 

Fibrous  structure  having  during  elasticity  and  crease-reslstivity  and 

iumanufacture.  3.668.001. CI.  117-139.400 

"°'^'be "InnosuiTe;  Watanabe.  Tetsuo;  Take.  Teruo;  Fujitioto.  Ken- 
taro;  Fujii,  Tadashiro;  Takemura,  Kazunan.  Nishue.  Kazuyoshi. 
Satoh.  Sakae;  Koide.  Tadashi;  and  Hotta.  Yasue.3.66f  .200. 


Hornung. 


I 


June  6, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  19 


House.  William  T:  See- 
Adams.  Clark  E.;  and  House.  William  T. 3.668. 1 16. 
Houseman.  John,  to  Hercules  Incorporated,  mesne.  Solids  arc  reactors 

apparatus  and  method.  3.668. 108.  CI.  204-323.000 
Housholder.  William  R.:  See— 

Gammill.  Adrian  Monroe;  Guinn.  Franklin  Keith;  Bird.  Urban  S  - 

and  Housholder.  William  R. 3.667.423. 

Howe,  Alan  Colin  Scott,  to  Laing,  John  A  Sons  Limited.  Entrainment 

of  a  fluid  medium  or  other  additive  in  a  liquid  or  other  formulation 

3,667.737, CI.  259-164.000 

Howe.    Frank    D..    to    Ingersoll-Rand    Company.    Cooler    for    gas 

3.667 .541.  CI.  165-74.000 
Howe.  William  J.,  to  Georgia-Pacific  Corporation.  Heat  sealing  ap- 
paratus for  closure  of  paperboard  package  flaps.  3,668.369.  CI.  219- 
243. 
Hoy,  Kenneth  Look;  and  Milligan,  Charles  Leonard,  to  Union  Carbide 
Corporation.    Production    of  polyenamines.    3,668,183.   CI.    260- 
65  000 
Hoyler.  Alfred,  to  Bosch.  Robert.  G.m.b.H.  Light  for  automotive  vehi- 
cles and  wiper  therefor.  3.667.082.  CI.  15-250.02 
Hoyler,  Alfred,  to  Bosch.  Robert.  G.m.b.H.  Sealing  arrangement  for 

eddy  current  apparatus.  3.668.446.  CI.  3 10-20.000 
Hoyt  Corporation:  See- 
Miller.  Conrad  H..  3.667.407. 
Hreno.  Stephen.  Cigarette  holder  and  filtering  unit  with  mouthpiece. 

3.667,480.Cl   131-207.000 
Hu.    Paul    Y..    to    International    Business    Machines    Corporation. 
Dynamoelectric  machine  with  improved  magnetic  field  construction. 
3.668.452.  CI  310-266.000 
Hubble.  William  Schenck;  Woods.  Kenneth  K.;  and  TramuU. Salvatore 
S..   to  General  Electric  Company.   Modular  combined   moisture 
separator  and  reheater.  3.667,430,  CI.  122-483.000 
Hubbuch,  Theodore  N.:  See— 

Murfree,  James  A.,  Jr.;  Hubbuch,  Theodore  N.;  Nappier,  Henry 
A.;  Duncan.  William  A.,  and  Sandlin,  Billy  J. .3.667.219. 
Hubbuch.  Theodore  N  ,  Murfree.  James  A..  Jr.;  Duncan.  William  A.; 
Sandlin.  Billy  J.;  and  Nappier.  Henry  A.,  to  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, Army.  Hydrazine  decomposition  proceu  using  meul  promoters. 
3.667.23 1. CI.  60-218.000 
Huber,  J.  M ..  Corporation:  See— 
lannicelli.  Joseph.  3.667,688. 

Whitley,  James  Brooks;  and  lannicelli,  Joseph,  3,667,689. 
-Jiubrich,   Rudolf,  to   Rofi   Raimund   Finsterholzl   Elektrotechnische 
Spezialfabrik.  Magnetic  keys.  3,668.596. CI.  338-32. 
Hudson.  William  Jeffrey.  Jr.:  See- 
Till.  James  Peter;  and  Hudson.  William  Jeffrey.  Jr..3.667.245. 
Huey.  Elbert  P..  to  Comfo-Dent  Corporation.  Denture  and  method. 

3.667.1 23.  CI.  32-2.000 
Huggett.  Colin  E.:  See— 

Eisele.  Hermann;  and  Huggett.  Colin  E.. 3.668.495. 
Hughes  Aircraft  Company:  See— 

Farnsworth.  Robert  P.;  and  Dahlinger.  Rodney  J..  3.668.435. 
Heitzman,  James O.,  3,668,3 15. 
Lian,  Kenneth  T.;  and  Knechtli,  Ronald  C.  3,668,453. 
Rosen,  Harold  A  ,  3,668,567 

Zimmerman,  Robert  L.;  Schweiuer.  Bernard  P  ;  Garvin,  Hugh  L.; 
Pedinoff,  Melvin  E.;  and  Waldner,  Michael,  3,668.662. 
Hughes.  William  B.,  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Company.  Electrochemical 

generation  of  soluble  nickel  (O)  catalysts.  3.668,086. CI.  204-59. 
Hund.  Franz,  to  Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengesellschafl.  Chromium- 

dioxide-caulyst.  3,667.9 1  3,  CI.  23-219. 
Hunderford.    Roy    E.    Protective    footgear   for   karate    participants. 

3.667.140. CI.  36-4.000 
Hundstad.  Richard  L..  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Contact 
structures  for  vacuum-type  circuit  interrupters  having  radially  out- 
wardley-extending  spokes.  3.667,87 1 ,  CI.  200-1 44. 
Hunnell.  John  W:  See- 
Lynn,  Lawrence;  Hunnell,  John  W.;  and  Leger,  CaH  B.. 3.667.523. 
Hunnicutt,  Wayne  E.,  to  Applied  Power  Industries,  Inc.  Self-sUbilizing 

force  distributing  apparatus.  3,667,273,  CI.  72-302.000 
Hunsicker,  Harold  Y.,  to  Aluminum  Company  of  America.  Aluminum 

electrical  conductor  wire.  3,668,019,  CI.  148-1 1.50a 
Hunsinger,  Billy  Jo,  to  Magnavox  Company,  The.  Surface  wave  inter- 
ference modulator.  3,668,558,  CI.  332-7.510 
Husick,  Charles  B.:  See- 
Palermo,  Anthony  J.;  and  Husick,  Charles  B., 3,668,402. 
Hutchings,  Leonard  Henry,  to  Plessey  Handel  und  Investmente  A.G. 

Touch-wire  detection  systems.  3.668,659.  CI.  340-365.000 
Hutchinson.  Thomas  R.;  and  Caper,  Edward  J.,  to  Motorola.  Inc.  Hous- 
ing assembly  for  miniature  radio  apparatus  with  self  contained  bat- 
tery. 3.668,528, CI.  325-352.000 
Hutchinson,  William  Y.;and  Kushmuk,  Walter  P..  to  Continenul  Scale 
Corporation.  Weighing  and  height  measuring  device.  3.667.561.  CI. 
177-245. 
Hydril  Company:  See— 

Todd.  William  L.;  and  Mott.  James  D..  3.667.557. 
Hydro  Manufacturing,  Inc.:  See- 
Gilbert,  Samuel,  3,667,683. 
I-T-E  Imperial  Corporation:  See— 

Katz.  Sherwin  D.;  and  Levon.  Joseph  M ..  3.667.722. 
lannicelli.  Joseph,  to  Huber.  J.  M..  Corporation.  Method  for  shearing 

solids  in  a  solids-liquid  suspension.  3.667.688.  CI.  241-1.000 
lannicelli,  Joseph:  See— 

Whitley,  James  Brooks;  and  lannicelli,  Joseph,3,667,689. 


Ichikawa,  Michio:  See— 

Hosokawa.   Kenjiro;   MaUui.   Masao;   Endo.   Norio;   Ichikawa, 
Michio;  and  Tokura.  Susumu, 3.668.001 . 
Ichikawa.  Yataro;  Yamashiu,  Genuro;  Tokashiki,  Michiyuki;  and  Su- 
zuki. Nobuo.  to  Teijin  Limited.  Proceu  for  drying  bis-(^-bydrox- 
yethyl)  terephthalate.  3,668.235,  CI.  264-475.0pr 
Ideal  Toy  Corporation:  See— 

Nemeth.  Henry;  Nielsen.  Edwin  August;  and  Berkin.  Harvey. 
3.667.764. 
lijima.  Taizo;  Yamazaki,  Issei;  Mori.  Shunji;  Genchi.  Hiroshi;  and  Kat- 
suragi.  Sumio.  deceasedO  (by  KaUuragi.  Kaoru;  heiress).  1/2  each  to 
Kogyo  Gijutsuin.  and  Tokyo  Shibaura  Denki  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Pat- 
tern proceuing  systems.  3.668.638.  CI.  340-l46.30h 
linuma.  Yoshio:  See— 

Komiyama.  Katsuhiko;  and  linuma.  Yothio.3.667.212. 
Ijiri.  Yoshinobu;  Yano.  Yoshiaki;  and  Yoshida.  Hiroshi.  to  Hiroshima 
Kago  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Detergent  oily  agent  adapted  to  be  well  ab- 
sorbed in  fabrics  and  having  detergency.  3.668. 133.  CI.  252-88.000 
Ikumo.  Masahiko:  See— 

Kurihara.  Sumio;  Araki.  Kazumi;  Ueda.  Hiroyuki;  and  Ikumo, 
Masahiko.3.668.073. 
ILC  Industries.  Inc.:  See— 

Dumey.  George  P..  3.667.459. 
Shepard.  Leonard  F..  3.667.460. 
Her.  Ralph  K.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours.  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Method  of 
producing  colloidal  silica  by  electrodialysis  of  a  silicate.  3.668,088. 
CI.  204-101.000 
llles.  Stephen  J.;  and  D'Orio.  Salvatore  A.,  to  Singer  Company.  The. 
Thread  tensioning  device  for  sewing  machines.  3.667.414.  CI.  1 12- 
254.000 
Illinois  Tool  Works  Inc.:  See— 

Saari.  Oliver  E..  3.667.222.' 
Imai.  Tadayuki:  See— 

Fujimoto.  Sakae;  and  Imai.  Tadayuki. 3.667.365. 
Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited:  See— 
Crabtree.  Allen.  3.668.21 1. 
Kay.  Joseph;  and  Blumenthal.  Ernest.  3.667.902. 
Newton.  Chfford.  3.667.258. 
Imperial  Smelting  Corporation  (Alloys)  Limited:  See— 

Derham.  Leslie  Jack;  and  John.  Glen  Owen.  3.667.934. 
Impulsphysik  GmbH:  See— 

Westendord.  Werner.  3.668.674. 
Inaba.  Masao:  See— 

Konishi.  Tatsuo;  and  Inaba,  Masao, 3,668,492. 
Inaba,  Seiuemon;  Shimizu,  Kanryo;  and  Hashimoto,  Yoshihiro,  to  Fu- 
jitsu Limited.  Numerical  control  system  for  eliminating  piteh  error 
and  backlash  of  the  feeding  mechanism.  3,668.377,  CI.  235-151. 1 1 
Inada,  Masami:  See— 

Okamoto,  Tosiaki;  and  Inada,  Masami.3,667,81 1. 
Indak  Manufacturing  Corporation:  See— 

Raab,  Andrew  F,  3,668,353. 
Inductosyn  Corporation:  See- 
Foster,  Vincent  F.,  3.668.587. 
Industrial  Nucleonics  Corporation:  See— 
Doering.  George  I..  3.668.398. 

Shah.  Franklin  Bong-See;  and  Troutman.  Paul  Henry.  3.668.401 . 
Stucky.  Duane  L.;  Donaldson.  Richard  G.;  and  Alexander.  Allen 
D.  3.668.397. 
Industrie  Pirelli  S.p.A.:  See— 

Koschatzky.  Bruno;  Angioletti.  Attilio  E.;  and  Madonini.  Nino. 

3.667.203. 
Magistrini.  Carlo;  and  Maiocchi.  Luigi.  3.667,527. 
Ingersoll.  Albert  A.:  See- 
Black.  Daniel  A.;  Ingersoll.  Albert  A.;  York.  Ira  Bill  Lee;  and 
Jones.  David  O..3.667.340. 
Ingersoll.  Clyde  E.;  and  Williams.  Reginald  V..  Sr..  deceasedO  (by  Wil- 
liams. John  A.OWilliams.  Ehzabeth  P.;  executors),  said  Ingersoll  as- 
sor.    to    Williams    Gold    Refining    Incorporated.    DenUl    fiUint. 
3.667.937.  CI.  75-165.000 
Ingersoll-Rand  Company:  See — 
Howe.  Frank  D.  3.667.541. 
Inglin.  Anton  Xaver.  to  Sulzer  Brothers  Ltd.  Guide  element  for  the 

weft  picking  means  in  a  loom.  3.667.508.  CI.  138-188. 
Inland  Steel  Company:  See— 

Bozeman.  Wright  D.;  and  Blackwell. Clifford  D..  3.667,425. 
Novak.John  P..  3.668.022. 
Inoue.   Eiichi;  Shimizu.  Isamu;  and   Kobayashi.  Hajime.  to  Canon 
Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Imagewise  photochromic  proceu  utiliz- 
ing spiropyran  compounds  and  halogenated  hydrocarbon  photoac- 
tlvators.  3.667.949.  CI.  96-48.000 
Inoue.  Katsunori:  See— 

Arata.  Yoshiaki;  and  Inoue.  KaUunori.3.668.018. 
Institut  Francais  du  Petrole.  des  Carburanu  et  LubrifianU:  See- 
Chevalier.  Andre;  Grolet.  Pierre;  and  Reynard.  Remi,  3.667.1 12. 
Intech  Incorporated:  See — 

Bailey.  Dean  C.  3.668.543. 
Interatom.  Internationale  Atomreaktorbau  GmbH:  See— 

Fortmann.  Manfred.  3.667.644. 
Interiego  A.G. :  See- 
Christiansen.  God  tf  red  Kirk.  3.667.153. 
International  Busineu  Machines  Corporation:  See— 
Agin.  Gerald  J..  3.668.494. 
Ainsworth.  Richard  A..  3.668,429. 
Barson,  Fred;  and  Lehman.  Herbert  S..  3.667.1 1 5. 


PI  20 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6. 1972 


Blum.  Joseph  M;  and  Hoekttra.Jmn  P..  3,668.025. 

Chang,  Leroy  L.;  and  Eiaki.  Leo.  3,668,480. 

Cuzner,   David    E.;   Rigbey,   Leo   J.;   and   Smith,  George    M., 

3,668,487. 
Dym,  Herbert.  3,668.3 1 3. 

Elmore.  Glenn  v..  3.668.082.  ,....., 

-  Evangeliiti.  Carlo  J.;  and  Rittenhouie.  Larry  E.,  3.668.647. 
Everett.  Larry  H.;  and  Judy.  Jack  H..  3,668.67 1 . 
Floret,  Ralph; and  Thompion,  Herbert  E.,  3,668,638. 
Ghafghaichi,  Majid,  3.668,S22. 
Griffith,  Robert  L.;  and  Oldham,  Ira  B..  III.  3.668,63 1 . 
Haskell.  John  W.,  3,667,678. 
Homung,  Louis  Michael.  3.668,6S  I . 
Hu,PaulY.,3.668.4S2. 
Kekat,  Dennis  H..  3.668.3S6. 

Lauticr.  Alex  Honorc;  and  Monrolin.  Jean  Louis,  3,668.570. 
Oldham.  Ira  B.,  III.  3.668.632. 
Pennington,  Keith  S.;  Shelton,  Glenmore  L.,  Jr.;  and  Will.  Peter 

M,  3,667,831. 
Vanderslice,  James  T.,  3,668,420. 
International  Harvester  Company:  See— 

Asmui,  Rodger  W.;  and  BorghofT.  William  R..  3.667,226. 
H illingrathner.  Franz.  3 .667 .3 1 7 . 
Pool.  Stuart  D.;  and  Meitl.  Harold  G.,  3.667.200. 
International  Nickel  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

Bomer,  William  Gerard,  3,668.08 1 . 
International  Telephone  &  Telegraph  Corporation:  See— 

Steinberg,  John  Charles;  and  Gray,  Kenneth  Russell.  3.668,123. 
International  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Corporation:  See— 

Burgeu.  James  Patton;  Polkinghora.  Melvin  William;  and  Br- 

zozowski,  Steve  Joseph.  3,668,603. 
GrifTin,  Richard  H.  3.668,602. 
Harmuth,  Henning  Friedolf,  3,668,639. 
Jones,  James  W.  3,668,702. 
Iowa  State  University  Research  Foundation,  inc.:  See— 

Young,  JamesC.  3.668.102. 
Irie.  Kouhei;  Kobayuhi.  Miuo;  and  Shimamura.  Maiani,  to  Kabuthiki 
Kaisha  Meidensha.  Explosively  actuated  ground  interrupting  device. 
3.668.4S8.CI.  313-325.000 
Irie,  Namio,  to  Nissan  Motor  Company,  Limited.  Hydraulic  control 

system  for  automatic  transmiuion.  3,667,323,  CI.  74-752.00c 
Irie,  Tadasu;  and  Doi,  Kaname.  to  Sumitomo  Electric  Industries.  Ltd. 
Hydraulic    pressure    actuated    preuing    device    for    disc    brake. 
3.667.576.  CI.  188-345.000 
Isaac,  Anthony  Leonard,  to  Thorn  Electronics  Limited.  Lighting  con- 
trol apparatus  with  a  signal  switching  matrix.  3,668,467,  CI.  315- 
292.000 
Isaacs,  Robert  O.:  See— 

Piatt,  John  G.;  and  Isaacs,  Robert  0,3,667.749. 
Ishihara.  Toshiaki:  See— 

MuraU.  Tomqji;  and  Ishihara.  Tothiaki,3,668,376. 
Ishikura,  Jun:S«e— 

Yoshino,  Takachika;  Saito,  Shigeni;  lihikura,  Jun;  Sasaki,  YuUka; 
and  Sobukawa,  Masukuni,3,668,l47. 
Isley,  Walter  F..  to  Teledyne  Industries,  inc.  Variable  compression 

ratio  piston  including  oil  filter  means.  3,667,433,  CI.  123-78. 
IsomuraSangyo  Kaisha,  Ltd.:  See— 

Kiyohara,  Shinzo;  and  Shibazaki.  Yasuichi,  3,668,085. 
luno,  Kohei;  Nakano,  Masashi;  and  Hashimoto,  MiUuru,  to  Keuffel  A 
Esscr  Company.  Tribromomethyl  sulfonyl  pyridazine  or  phthalazine 
photoactivator*.  3,667,954,  CI.  96-90.000 
Itek  Corporation:  See— 

Cronig,  Alvin,  3,667.368. 
Ito.Osamu:  See— 

Noguchi,  Masaaki;  Sumiyoshi.  Mataharu;  Sakakibara,  Shigeru; 
Ito,  Osamu;  and  Kato,  Takaaki,3,667,322. 
Ito,  Shin;  Kubo,  Seitoku;  and  Mori,  Takakazu,  to  ToyoU  Jidosha 
Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Automatic  shift  control  system  for  an  auto- 
matic transmission  for  vehicles.  3,667,325,  CI.  74-866.000 
Ito,  Susumu:  See— 

Tsubouchi.  Denji;  Ito,  Susumu;  ToyoU,  Eisuke;  and  Wada,  Ken- 
ji.3.668.513. 
Itzler,  Sidney:  See— 

Itzlcr,  Sidney;  and  Towie,  Robert  G.,  3,667,336. 
lUler,  Sidney;  and  Towle,  Robert  G..  to  iuler,  Sidney.  Mechanical 

tuner  for  string  instruments.  3,667^36,  CI.  84-454.000 
Ivas,  Thomas  W.:S««— 

Hansen,   Robert   B.;   Was.  Thomas  W.;  and   Slavik.   William 

H., 3.668,306. 

Iwama,    Masakuni;   Fujiwara,    MiUuto;   Kojima,  TamoUu;  Takabe, 

Koichi;  and  Yamamoto,  Toshihiko,  to  Konishiroku  Industry  Co., 

Ltd.  Light-sensitive  silver  halide  color  photographic  materials  con- 

Uining  cyan  couplers.  3,667,956,  CI.  96-100.000 

Iwano,  Haruhiko:  See— 

Amano,       Hiroyuki;       Iwano,       Haruhiko;       and       Shirasu, 
Kazuo,3.667.950. 
IwaUni  A  Co.  Ltd.:  See— 

Arata.  Yoshiaki;  and  Inoue,  Kataunori,  3,668,018. 
Jackson,  Meryl  R.,  to  Greeman  Laboratories.  Inc.  Powder  sampler. 

3,667.512, CI.  141-130.000 
Jacquemet,  Andre:  See— 

Torelli,  Aldo;  and  Jacquemet,  Andre,3,667,626. 
Jahn,  Paul;  and  Kapp,  Alfred,  to  Gebruder  Junghans  G.m.b.H.  Device 
for  testing  the  imbalance  of  balance  wheels.  3,667,326,  CI.  77-5. 


Jaleel.JalalS.:5«*-  ^-^ 

Berger.  Abe;  and  Jaleel.JaUIS.. 3.668.229.  ' 

James,  Bertram  G.,  to  Varian  Associates.  Coalesced  mode  coupled 

cavity  slow  wave  tube.  3,668,460,  CI.  3 1 5-3.5 
Jamison.  Joel  D..  to  Hercules  Incorporated.  Ceruin  2-benzoxa<o|inone 
and    2-    benzothiazolinone    derivatives   of  0.   O-dialkyl    S-    (2- 
haloethyDphosphorothioates  and  dithioates.   3.668,213.  Cl.i  260- 
304.000 
Janiz.  Zbigniew  J.:  5m—  I 

Berry.  James  I.;  and  Janiz,  Zbigniew  J..3,668,524.  I 

Janssen,  Hans-Georg,  to  Aktien-Gesellschaft  'Wescr'.  Marine  tbwing 

device.  3,667,41 8, CI.  114-23S.OOa  I 

Jasinsky,  Victor;  and  UpfoM,  Ambrose  T.,  to  Polymer  Corporation 

Limited.  Flare  suck.  3,667,408.  CI.  1 10-1 19.000 
Jasxka.  Daniel  J.,  to  Hooker  Chemical  Corporation.  Chemical  pioduc 

lion  ofchlorine.  3,667 ,912,  CI.  23-219.000 
Jenkintown  MeUl  ProducU,  Inc.:  See- 
Barrett.  Edmund,  3,667,756. 
Jenness,  Raymond  C.  to  Allis-Chalmert  Manufacturing  CoMpany 
Thrust  bearing  and  mounting  arrangement  therefor.  3.667,819,  CI 
308-135. 
Jennings.  George  H.  Continuous  production  of  aluminium  su^hate 

3,667.905,  CI.  23-123.000 
Jerit,  John,  to  Brand  Insulations.  Inc.  Self-locking  prefabricated  Mnels 

3.667.187,  CI.  52-582. 
Jiffy  Manufacturing  Co.:  See— 

Gerard, George.  3,668,055. 
Jindo,Takaahi:  See— 

Kazaoka.  Kenichi,  and  Jindo.  Takashi,3,667,79 1 
Joannes,  GusUve:  See— 

Sluse,  Guy;  and  Joannes,  GusUve, 3,668,005. 
Jocteur.  Robert,  to  Cable  de  Lyon  Alsacienne.  Corrugated  met»l  tube 
for  an  external  conductor  or  sheath  of  an  electric  cable.  3,667,506, 
CI.  138-1S6. 
Joens,  Allaa  D.;  Johnson.  Robert  W.;  and  Riggle.  Michael.  Remote 

alann  system.  3.668.675.  CI.  340-224.  --        1 

Joh.  KIcinewefers  Sohne  Maschinenfabrik:  See—  | 

Schlunke,  Jurgen;  and  Junk.  Dieter.  3.667.380 


t 


Johansson,  Rolf  Arne  Relnhold.  Device  for  adjusuble  fixing  of  an  ele- 
ment to  a  fixed  element.  3,667,338,  CI.  85-41 .000 
John,  Glen  Owen:  See— 

Derham.  Leslie  Jack;  and  John,  Glen  Owen.3 .667,934. 
Johnson  A  Johnson:  See— 

Sliva.  Martin  E.;  and  Kwok.  Roderic  P..  3.667,916. 
Stoveken,    Francis    Raymond;    and    Mayer,    Warren    Clifford. 
3,667,999. 
Johnson,  Alfred  D.,  to  SyWania  Electric  ProducU,  Inc.  Cathc^e  ray 
tube  faceplate  having  diverse  optical  means  therein.  3,668,387,  CI. 
3l3-92.O0r 
Johnson,  Charles  H.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Navy.  Low  frequen- 
cy blockiig  oscilUtor.  3,668,557,  CI.  33 1  - 1 1 2.000 
Johnson,  Donald  W.;  Stovall,  RonaM  J.;  and  Wheelock,  Larry  A.,  to 
United  SUtes  of  America,  Navy.  PorUbIc  Morse  code  sifnaling 
device.  3j668,684,CI.  340-321. OOr 
Johnson,  Howard  R..  to  Kelscy-Hayes  Company.  Electromagnetic 

device  withcast  magnetic  path.  3,668,585.  CI.  336-83.000 
Johnson,  Leighton  Clifford:  See—  , 

McComick,    James    Benjamin;    and    Johnson,    Leightoji    Cbf- 
ford;)  ,667,896. 
Johnson,  Marvin  M.:  See— 

Tabler,  Donald  C;  and  Johnson.  Marvin  M, 3,668.265. 
Johnson.  Milton,  to  Smith.  A.  O. .-Inland  Inc..  mesne.  Method  of  an- 
nealing meul  powder.  3.668,024.  CI.  148-126000 
Johnson,  Robert  M.,  to  Beck,  Harold  &  Sons,  Inc.  Bi-directionAl  dnve 

released  brake.  3.667 ,578, CI.  l92-8.00r 
Johnson,  Robert  Reiner:  See—  I 

Sanford.  Robert  A.;  Johnson,  Robert  Reiner;  and  Simmers, 
Thomas  Wade.3,667.479. 
Johnson,  Robert  W.:  See— 

Joens,      Allan      D.;     Johnson,      Robert     W.;     and    I  Riggle. 
Michael.3.668.67S. 
Johnson  Service  Company:  See- 
Klein.  Carl  F.  3.668.703.  ^.    .    .1       w 
Johnston.  NorrU;  and  Utker.  Mark.  1/5  each  to  Clark.  Albert  M. 
Manning,  John  C,  and  Troster,  John  G.  Apparatus  for  the  dry 
separation  of  granular  materials.  3,667,601 ,  CI.  209-466.000 
Jonas    Frank  D.,  to  Oxford  Pendaflcx  Corporation.  Bindqr  for  a 

suspension  file.  3,667,854,  CI.  402-17.000 
Jones.  David  O:  See-  \    ,      _..,    . 

Black.  Daniel  A.;  Ingersoll,  Albert  A.;  York,  Ira  Bill  Uee;  and 
Jones,  David  0,3,667,340. 
Jones,  George  F.;  and  Mendel,  John  R.,  to  Hercules  Incorporated.  Pig- 
mented polyester  compositions.  3.668,1 72,  CI.  260-32.6 
Jones,  Howard,  to  Merck  k  Co..  Inc.  2-Oxo-3-benzoxepins.  3,668,223. 

C1.260-343.20r  ^^  . 

Jones,  James  W.,  to  International  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Corpora- 
tion.  Adaptive   matched   filter  for   radar  signal  detector  in  the 
presence  of  colored  noise.  3,668,702,  CI.  343-S.OOr 
Joo,  Louis  A.:  See— 

Shea,    Frederick    L.;    Joo,    Louis    A.;    and    Martin. 

W..3.668.I10. 
Judy.  Jack  H:  See- 

Everett.  Larry  H.;  and  Judy,  Jack  H., 3,668.67 1 . 


dor  fc 
ijee; 


Thomas 


June  6, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  21 


Jung.   Margarete;  and   Von   Doehren.   Hans  H..  to  Varu   Aktien- 
gesellschaft.  Electrode  for  electrochemical  devices  and  method  of  iu 
manufacture.  3.668.012. CI.  136-86.00d 
Junk.  Dieter:  See— 

Schlunke.  Jurgen;  and  Junk,  Dicter,3,667,380. 
Jurkowski,  Chester  P.;  and  Kruzel,  Mitsie  W.,  to  United  Sutes  of 
America,  Army.  Means  for  atuching  barrel  to  crossover  slide  for 
quick  replacement.  3,667,343,  CI.  89-161.000 
Kabel-  und  Metallwerke  Gutehoffnungshutte  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Martin.  Helmut,  3,668,573. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Meidensha:  See— 

Irie,    Kouhei;    Kobayashi,    Misao;    and    Shimamura,    Masaru, 
3.668.458 
Kabuthiki  Kaisha  Ricoh:  See— 

Fujimoto,  Sakac;  and  Imai,  Tadayuki.  3.667,365. 
Machida,  Hazime;  and  Okuno.  Zenjiro.  3.668.1 27. 
Suzuki,  Minoru.  3,667.385. 
Yothida.Shigeaki;  and  Saito. Tadathi,  3,667.955. 
Kacmarcik,  Thomas  J.;  and  Norton.  Robert  K..  to  Harrit-lntertype 

Corporation.  Feeder  unit.  3,667,663.  CI.  225-100.000 
Kadison.  Leon  A.;  and  Maguire,  Eileen,  to  Crown  City  Plating  Co. 
Chromic  acid  conditioner  for  treatment  of  polymeric  resin  surfaces 
for  electroless  plating.  3.668.1 30,  CI.  252-79.200 
Kadomsky,  Dmitry  Evgenievich;  and  Nazarov,  Alcxandr  Sergeevich. 
Apparatus  for  damping  oscillations  in  three-  phase  bridge  conver- 
ters 3.668.507. CI  321-11. 
Kadusai  Denthim  Denwa  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See — 

Nakagome,  Yukio;  Teramura,  Hiroichi;  FukaU,  Yasuo;  and  Ando, 
Sumitothi,  3,668.328. 
Kaiser  Aluminum  k.  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 

Maurer.  Joseph  M.,  3.667,185. 
Kaiser,  Robert:  See— 

Miskolczy.Gabor;and  Kaiser,  Robert,3,667,25l. 
Kajioka,  Hiroyuki:  See— 

Shimizu,    Mineo;    Takechi,    Hiroshi;    Kajioka,    Hiroyuki;    and 
Kawaharada,  Minoru,3,668,016. 
Kaliski,  Sylwester.  Method  of  generation  of  spontaneous  elastic-spin- 
oscillations  in  ferromagnetopiezosemiconductor  circuite.  3,668,441, 
CI.  310-8.100 
Kalmar,  Harold  B.:  See— 

Kukia,    Frank    A.;    Kalmar,    Harold    B.;   and    Petkunas,   John 
A. .3,668,616. 
Kameda,  Nobuyuki:  See— 

Fujinami,  Akira;  Ozaki,  Toshiaki;  Horiuchi,  Fukashi;  Yamamoto, 
Sigeo;  Akiba,  Keiichiro;  Tanaka,  Katsutoshi;  Ooba.  Shigehiro; 
Ooishi,   Tadashi;    Nodera,    KaUuji;    and    Kameda,    Nobuyu- 
ki.3.668,217. 
Kamenir,  Melvin,  to  Litton  Busineu  Systems,  Inc.  Handheld  trans- 
ducer operating  sUte  indicator.  3,668,333, CI.  179-100.2 
Kameoka,  Akio;  Nakamura,  Shinichi;  Makino,  Shinichi;  Endoh,  Ken- 
jiro;  and  Kuriyapwa,  Mamoru,  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd. 
Electronic  synthesis  of  sounds  employing  fundamenul  and  formant 
signalgeneratingmeans.3,668,294,CI.  84-1.010 
Kamienski.  Conrad  W.:  See- 
Morrison.  Robert  C;  and  Kamienski,  Conrad  W.. 3,668,263. 
Kamola,    Roman   C,   to    Xerox   Corporation.    Fixing   arrangement. 

3,667,742,  CI.  263-6.00e 
Kamphues,  Hermann;  and  Rosengarten,  Hans-Jurgen,  to  Keller  C,  k 
Co.  Method  of  and  means  for  stacking  moulded  articles  in  groups. 
3,667,622.  CI.  2l4-6.00a 
Kan,  David  T..  to  Signetics  Corporation.  High  speed  logic  circuit  with 

low  effective  Miller  capacitance  3.668.430.  CI.  307-235.000 
Kane,  Thomas  G.;  and  Robinson.  William  D.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours. 
E.  I,  and  Company.  Polyvinyl  alcohol  adhesives.  3,668,166,  CI.  260- 
29.6 
Kanegafuchi  Boseki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Hosokawa,    Kenjiro;    Matsui,    Masao;    Endo,   Norio;   Ichikawa, 
Michio;  and  Tokura,  Susumu,  3.668,001 . 
Kanokogi,  Tauuro;  and  Yasumoto,  Kunio,  to  Sumitomo  Metal  Indus- 
tries Ltd.  Steel  ingot  making  method.  3,667,534.  CI.  164-83.000 
Kao  Soap  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Maruta,  Iwao;  Arai.  Haruhiko;  and  Horin,  Shozi,  3,668,170. 
Kapeker,  Martin.  Coupler  for  tubular  members.  3,667,785,  CI.  285- 

231. 
Kaplan,  Robert  P.,  to  Sperry  Rand  Corporation.  Printing  punching  and 
encoding  apparatus  for  file  folders  and  the  like.  3,667,382.  CI.  101- 
19. 
Kaplan,  Selwyn.  Antitheft  merchandise  display  system.  3,668,681,  CI. 

340-280. 
Kaplan.Stanley.  Anchor  bolt.  3,667,34 1,  CI.  85-77.000 
Kapp,  Alfred:  See— 

Jahn,  Paul;  and  Kapp,  Alfred,3,667,326. 
Kapsambelis,  Christos  B.:  See— 

Tuhro.  Richard  H.;  and  Kapsambelis,  Christos  B. .3,668.408. 
Tuhro.  Richard  H.;  and  Kapsambelis,  Christos  B. ,3,668,409. 
Karafian,  Maxim,  to  Chemical  Construction  Corporation.  Urea  synthe- 
sis proceu.  3,668,250,  CI.  260-5SS.00a 
Karel,  Marcus:  See— 

Frankenfeld,  John  W.;  Karel.  Marcus;  and  Labuza.  Theodore 

P.,3.667,964. 
Frankenfeld,  John  W.;  Karel,  Marcus;  and  Labuza,  Theodore 
P.,3,667,965.   , 


Karlc,  Franklin  J.:  See— 

Langer,     Horat    G.;     Karle,     Franklin     J.;    and     Ayers,     Eart 
D.,3,667,278. 
Karlsson,  Bengt  Sigvard.  to  Sandvikens  Jernoerkt  Aktiebolag.  Trans- 
port roller.  3.667.584,  CI.  193-37.000 
Karman,  Lawrence  P.,  to  Scott  Equipment  Company.  HydrosUtic 

drive  and  control  system  therefor.  3,667,225,  CI.  60-S2.0vs 
Kasik,  Robert  L.;  and  Luksas,  Anthony  J.,  to  Beatrice  Foods  Co. 

Cheese  fiavors.  3,667 .968 ,  CI.  99- 1 40. 
Kasperkoviu,    Wolfdietrich    Georg,    to    U.S.    Philips   Corporation. 
Semiconductor  device  for  producing  or  amplifying  electric  oscilla- 
tions and  circuit  arrangement  comprising  such  a  device.  3,668,555, 
CI.  331-I07.00r 
Kassouni.  Sarkit  M.:  See- 
Nicholas.  Arthurs.; and  Kassouni, SarkisM., 3,668,034. 
KaUgiri,  Yoshiharu:  See— 

Tokiu,  Teuuo;  Fuse,  Yuzo;  and  KaUgiri,  Yoshiharu,3,668,464. 
Kato,  Shoji.  Concrete  blocks.  3,667,1 86.  CI.  S2-S94.000 
Kato,  Takaaki:  See— 

Noguchi,  Masaaki;  Sumiyoshi,  Masaharu;  Sakakibara,  Shigeru; 
Ito,  Osamu;  and  Kato,  Takaaki,3.667.322. 
Katsoulis.  Emanuel  G.;  and  Pryor,  William  S.,  to  Leesona  Corporation. 

Electrode  and  method  of  producing  same.  3,668,014,01.  136-120. 
KaUuragi,  Kaoru:  See— 

lijima,  Taizo;  Yamazaki,  issei;  Mori,  Shunji;  Genchi,  Hiroshi;  and 
KaUuragi,  Sumio.3,668,638. 
KaUuragi,  Sumio:  See — 

lijima,  Taizo;  Yamazaki,  Issei;  Mori,  Shunji;  Genchi,  Hiroshi;  and 

KaUuragi,  Sumio,3,668,638. 
Sakai,        Kunio;        Katsuragi,        Sumio;        and        WaUnabe, 
Sadakazu.3,668,637. 
Katter,  Joseph  L.:  See— 

Katter.  Raymond  G.;  and  Katter,  Joseph  L., 3,667 ,963. 
Katter.  Raymond  C.;  and  Katter.  Joseph  L.  Method  of  making  pizza. 

3,667,963,  CI.  99-86.000 
Katto,  Hisao;  Kobayashi,  Kazunari;  Koga,  Yatushi;  and  Koyama, 
Machiko,  to  Hitachi,  Ltd.  Method  of  manufacturing  a  meUllic  oxide 
film  on  a  substrate.  3.668,095.  CI.  204-164.000 
KaU.  Harold  W:  See- 
Face,    William    W.;    KaU,    Harold    W.;    and    Miller,    Murray 
H, 3,668,307. 
KaU,    Michel,    to    Aurium    Research    Corporation.    Denul    alloy. 

3,667,936,  CI.  75-134. 
KaU,  Sherwin  D.;  and  Levon,  Joseph  M.,  to  i-T-E  Imperial  Corpora- 
tion. Proportional  valve.  3,667.722.  CI.  251-30.000 
Kaufman,  Robert  H.;  and  Richardson,  Donald,  to  North  American 
Rockwell  Corporation.   Method  for  coating  a  reinforced  hose. 
3,667.995,  CI.  117-94.000 
Kaufman,  Stephen:  See— 

Nauman,  Edward  B.;  Szabo,  Ted  T.;  Klosek.  Felix  P.;  and  Kauf- 
man, Stephen,3,668,l6l . 
Kaufman,  William'M.;  and  Kling,  Harry  P.,  to  Hittman  Associates,  Inc. 

Viscometer.  3,667,286,  CI.  73-59. 
Kawaharada,  Minoru:  See— 

Shimizu,    Mineo;    Takechi,    Hiroshi;    Kajioka,    Hiroyuki;    and 
Kawaharada,  Minoru.3,668,016. 
Kawashima,  Yoshichi,  to  Nippon  Denso  Company  Limited.  Battery 
charging  volUge  regulator  including  safety  circuit.  3,668,504,  CI. 
320-64. 
Kay,  Joseph;  and  Blumenthal,  Ernest,  to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries 
Limited.  Manufacture  of  sodium  carbonate.   3,667,902.  CI.  23- 
63.000 
Kay,  Peter  Steven:  See- 
Ben,  Victor  Ralph;  and  Kay,  Peter  Steven,3,667,207. 
Kazaoka,    Kenichi;   and   Jindo,  Takashi,   to   Aisin   Seiki  Company 

Limited.  Door  lock  mechanism.  3,667,791,  CI.  292-216. 
KazuoOi:See— 

Oi,  Kazuo;  and  Negishi,  Katuo,  3,667,600. 
Kearney-National  Inc.:  See- 
Ball,  Robert  D,  3,668,614. 

Walbrun,  Cari  J.;  and  Hanke,  Kenneth  Eari,  3,668,351. 
Keating,    John    M.,    to    Western    Electric   Company,    Incorporated. 

Method  for  selectively  coating  articles.  3,667,989,  CI.  1 1 7-38.000 
Keen,  Ian  Montgomery:  See— 

Burbidge,  Bernard  Whiting;  Keen,  Ian  Montgomery;  and  Pout, 
Christopher  Ronald,3,668,l  13. 
Kegelman,  Thomas  D.,  to  United  Aircraft  Corporation.  Photosensitive 
device    comprising    photoconductive    and    photovoluic    layers. 
3,668,389,  CI.  313-96. 
Keith,  Norval  A.,  to  Olin  Corporation.  Method  and  apparatus  for  in- 
flating fluid  passageways  In  meul  strip.  3,667,266,  CI.  72-55.000 
Keithley,  Robert  James,  to  Borden,  Inc.  Composition  for  adhering 
plastic  film  to  a  vapor  penetrable  non-meUllic  substrate.  3.668.158. 
CI.  260-1 7. OOr 
Kekas,  Dennis  H.,  to  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 
Mechanical  key  actuator  including  a  cantilever  beam  restoring  force 
means.  3,668,356,  CI.  200-1 72.00a 
Kelch,  Heinz,  to  Kienzle  Apparate  GmbH.  Stepping  clutch  device. 

3,667,307,  CI.  74-126.000 
Kellenbenz,  CaH  W.,  to  United  SUtes  of  America,  Navy.  Direct  current 

solid  state  circuit  breaker.  3,668,483,  CI.  317-33.0ac 
Keller  C,  A  Co.:  See— 

Kamphues,  Hermann;  and  Rosengarten,  Hans-Jurgen,  3,667,622. 


PI  22 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6. 1972 


Kelley,  C.  K.  *  Som,  Inc.:  See— 

Kelley.  William  E..  3.667.702. 
Kelley,  Raymond  F.;  and  Swanke,  Roy  L.,  to  Dynamici Corporation  of 

America.  Battery  powered  liquidizer.  3,668,491.  CI.  3I8-30S.OOO 
Kelley,  William  E.,  to  Kelley,  C.  K.  &  Sons,  Inc.  Method  and  apparatus 
for   transporting  containers   through    a   pneumatic   tube    system. 
3.667.702,01.  243-32.000 
Kellner,  Jackson  M.,  to  Smith  International.  Inc.  Drill  pipe  with  wear 

sleeve.  3.667.8 1 7.  CI.  308-4. 
Kelly.  Howard  R.:Se«- 

Streb.    Alan    J.;    Stivers,    George    S.;    and    Kelly,    Howard 
R. 3 ,668,0  IS. 
Kelsey-Hayes  Company:  See— 

Johnson.  Howard  R..  3.668.S8S. 
Kennedy,  James:  &e— 

Clark,   John   Colin;    Kennedy,   James;   and    Long,    Alan    Gib- 
son,3,668,203. 
Kennedy,  Melvin  R.;  and  Prodger,  Brian  S.,  to  Mattel,  Inc.  Lap  counter 

for  toy  vehicles.  3.667.672.  CI.  23S-98.00b 
Kennedy.  Oswald;  and  Harrison.  John  Ian,  to  Vickers  Limited.  Run-out 

troughs  for  extrusion  presses.  3,667,273,  CI.  72-257. 
Kent.  Alan  Hugh;  and  Davis.  John  Christopher  Hammond,  to  Plessey 
Telecommunications  Research  Limited.  Control  of  gyroscope  spin- 
up  devices.  3.667.301.  CI.  74-5. 100 
Keuffel  tt  Esser  Company:  See— 

luno.    Kohei;    Nakano.    Masashi;    and    Hashimoto.    Mitsuru. 
3,667.954. 
Key  Tronic  Corporation:  See— 

Semour.  Norman  F..  3.667.787. 
Keystone  Consolidated  Industries.  Inc.:  See— 

Adamski.  Vincent  Wallace;  and  Moore.  £rnest  Beatty.  3,667,81 8. 
Kienzle  Apparate  GmbH:  See— 

Kelch,  Heinz,  3,667,307. 
Kilbum,  Robert  William,  to  RWK  Development  Co.  Apparatus  for  in- 
termittently producing  carbon  dioxide  snow  by  means  of  liquid  car- 
bon dioxide.  3 ,667,242,  CI.  62- 1 0.000 
Kilby,  Edward  D.  Cushioning  device.  3,667,797,  CI.  294-l03.00r 
Kimball,  Stephen  F.,  to  Sylvania  Electric  Products,  Inc.  Tungsten 
halogen   lamp  having  improved  seal  of  molybdenum   aluminide. 
3,668.391,  CI.  313-318.000 
Kimberly-Clark  Corporation:  See- 
Donnelly.  Harold  F..  3.668.050. 
Krebs.  Kay  E..  3.667,458. 
Stumpf,  Robert  J..  3,668,054. 
Voss,  Joseph  A..  3.667.465. 
Kimpton.  Frederick  James:  See- 
Cleaver.  John  Stephen;  Guilford,   Peter;  Kimpton,   Frederick 
James;     Page,     Thomas     John;     and     Steinberg.     Norman 
Richard.3,667.119. 
Kincaid,  Reece:  See— 

Schoenbeck.  Delbert  L.;  and  Kincaid.  Reece.3.667.487. 
King.  Emam  Fillmore:  See- 
Cheney.  Glen  Trenton;  and  King.  Ernam  Fillmore.3.668,438. 
King,  Henry  L.;  Ringwald,  Eugene  L.;  and  Randall.  James  C.  to  Mon- 
santo Company.  Thermally  stable  polyesters  fibers  having  improved 
dyeability.  3.668.1 87.  CI.  260-77.000 
King.  Henry  L.;  Ringwald,  Eugene  L.;  and  Randall,  James  C.  to  Mon- 
santo Company.  Thermally  stable  polyester  fibers  having  improved 
dyeability  and  dye  light  fastneu.  3.668.1 88.  CI.  260-77.000 
King.  James  Ping,  to  Pennwalt  Corporation.  Vinylidene  fluoride  coat- 
ing compositions  conuining  polyimides.  3,668,193,  CI.  260-857. 
King,  John  B.,  to  Olin  Corporation.  Aluminum  clad  copper  commuta- 
tor for  use  with  aluminum  armature  wire.  3.668,449.  CI.  310- 
236.000 
Kinner,  Hans-Dieter:  See— 

Blaiklock,  Paul  M.;and  Kinner,  Hans-Dieter.3,667,489. 
Kiovsky,  Thomas  E.;  and  WaM.  Milton  M.,  to  Shell  Oil  Company. 
Process  for  hydroconversion  of  organic  materials.  3,668,109.  CI. 
208-10. 
Kirche.  Robert  M.  Apparatus  for  stacking  fabric  for  pattern  cutting. 

3.667 .332.  CI.  83-424.000 
Kirchner.  Myron  C;  and  Roscnberger.  Thomas  R.,  said  Kirchner  assor. 
to  Tubal  Industries.  Inc..  mesne.  Methods  and  apparatus  for  welding 
reinforcing  members  to  shadow  masks.  3.668.362,  CI.  219-87.000 
Kirk,  Charles  C;  Ferington,  Thomas  E.;  and  Gregorian,  Razmic  S.,  to 
Grace,  W.  R..  A  Co.  Process  for  preparing  a  flexible  packaging 
material.  3.668.038,  CI.  156-276.000 
Kirss.  Voldemar:  See— 

Wooster.  George  Sidney:  and  Kiru.  Voldemar.3.668,173. 
Kirst.  Paul-Gerhard:  See— 

Bergmeister.  Eduard;  Heckmaier,  Joseph;  Kirst.  Paul-Gerhard; 
and  Wiest.Hubert.3.668.16S^ 
Kissel.  Martin  S.  Hanger  for  pipes  and  conduitt.  3.667,711,  CI.  248- 

72.000 
Kitano,  Ichiro;  and  MaUumura.  Hiroyoshi.  to  Nippon  Selfoc  Kabushiki 
Kaisha.  Light-conducting  structure  comprising  crossed  lenticular 
gradient  index  plates.  3,667.832,  CI.  3S0-l7S.0gn 
Kiyohara,  Sbinzo;  and  Shibazaki.  Yasuichi.  to  Isomura  Sangyo  Kaisha, 
Ltd.  Method  of  electrolytically  coating  lead  dioxide  on  the  surface  of 
various  materials.  3,668,085.  CI.  204-57. 
Klahr.  Carl  N.  Electro-optic  phase  modulator.  3,667.829.  CI.  350- 
160.000 


,  Inc.  Colorimetric  methods  and 
in  blood.  3.667.915.  CI.  23- 


"f 


rowave 


Klein.  Bernard,  to  Hofflmann-La  Roche, 
compositions  for  determining  iron 
230.00b  I 

Klein,  Carl   F..   to   Johnson   Service  Company.    Motion  ^elector. 

3.668.703.  CI.  343-5. 
Kleinhaganer.  Otmar;  Cerwenka.  Peter;  and  Neubauer.  Eiwald.  to 
Gebr.  Bohlcr  A  Co.  Akticngescllachaft.  Cooling  system  for  continu- 
ous casting  insUllations.  3.667,538,  CI.  164-283. 
Kleinschmidt,  Johann  O.;  Walter,  Heinz  £.;  and  Holl,  Helmv  H.,  to 
Singer  Company,  The,  mesne.  Cooling  systems  for  sewing  machine 
driving  aniu.  3,667,4 1 3. CI.  1 12-220.000  : 

Kling,  Harry  P.:  See- 
Kaufman.  William  M;  and  Kling.  Harry  P..3,667,286. 
Klosek.  Felix  P.:  See-  ' 

Nauman,  Edward  B.;  Szabo.  Ted  T.;  Klosek.  Felix  P.;  a^d  Kauf- 
man, Stephen,3,668,l6l. 
Klosin,  Jolin  J.  Electrical  connector.  3.668.61 3.  CI.  339-97.00C 
Kloth.  James  Albert,  to  AMP  Incorporated.  Connectors  aad  guide 

means  for  electrical  hamew  making.  3.667. 101.  CI.  29-203. 
K.M.P.  Lake  Pump  Mfg.  Co.:  See- 
Parish.  Albert  A..  3,667.861 . 
KMS  Industries,  Inc.:  See- 
Face.  William  W.;  Kau.  Harold  W.;  and  Miller.  Miirray  H. 
3.668,307.  , 

Knechtli,  Ronald  C:  See— 

Lian,  Kenneth  T.;  and  Knechtli,  Ronald  C. 3.668.453.       I 
Knieriem.  Herman  Jr..  to  Dow  Chemical  Company.  The.  Method  for 
the  rapid  assembly  of  diptubes  into  spray  cans  and  a  diptube  useful 
therein.  3,667.655.  CI.  222-464. 
Knight,  Bruce  L.,  to  Marathon  Oil  Company.  Flooding  efTiciency  with 

zone  boundary  plugging.  3.667.545.  CI.  166-269.000 
Knoz.  Marion  D.,  to  Wayne  Electronic  Products  Company.  Apparatus 

for  automatic  relay  system  testing.  3,668.474.  CI.  317-28. 
Knudsen,  Valdemar.  Wind  actuated  control  device  and  method  of 

regulation  thereof.  3.667,673.  CI.  239-1.000 
Kobayashi,  Hajime:  See— 

Inoue,  Eiichi;  Shimizu.  Isamu;  and  Kobayashi.  Hajime. 3.667,949. 
Kobayashi,  Kazunari:  See— 

Katto,  Hisao.  Kobayashi,  Kazunari;  Koga,  Yasushi;  and  Koyama. 
Machiko.3.668.09S 
Kobayashi,  Kyoto,  to  MiUubithi  Denki  Kabushiki  Kaisha. 

seal  for  electronic  range.  3.668,357.  CI.  219-10.550 
Kobayashi.  M.isao:  See— 

Iric.        Kouhei;        Kobayashi,        Misao;        and        Shimamura. 

Maaaru.3,668.458. 

Kobayashi.    Seihin;   and    Torii.    Michihiro.   to    Fuji    Denki    Kagaku 

Kabushici  Kaisha.  Magnetic  core  memory  plane.  3.668.664, CI.  340- 

I74.0m» 

Kobemick,  Sidney  D.,  to  Devco,  Inc.  Microtome  assembly.  3.667,330. 

CI.  83-98.000 
Kobryner,  Herman  H.,  to  Murray  Manufacturing  Corporation!  Bus  bar 

for  electric  connections.  3,668.591,  CI.  339-198. 
Koch.  Friadrich:  See— 

Ludwig,  Herbert,3,667,883. 
Koehler,  Waldemar:  See— 

Berding,  Christoph;  Guenthert,  Paul;  Koehler,  Waldei^ar; 
Schulz.  Gerhard.3,668,246. 
Kocnecke,  William  J.,  to  Metal  Improvement  Company,  Inc. 

ble  cyclone  separator.  3,667, I96,CI.  55-312.000 
Koemer,  Henry,  to  Burr-Brown  Research  Corporation.  Robt 

square  measuring  circuit.  3,668.428,  CI.  307-229.000 
Koff,  Fred  William:  See- 

Fuhrmann.    Robert;    Pisaachyn,    John;    and    Koff,    Frad    Wil- 
liaa.3,668,182. 
Koga.  Yaaushi:  See—  I 

Katto.  Hisao;  Kobayashi.  Kazunari;  Koga.  Yasushi;  and  Koyama, 
Machiko.3,668.095. 
Kogyo  Gijutsuin:  See— 

lijima.  Taizo;  Yamazaki.  lasei;  Mori.  Shunji;  Genchi.  Hir^hi;  and 
Katsuragi,  Sumio,  3.668.638. 
Kohlman. Curtis  J.:  See— 

Riebs,  Richard  E.;  and  Kohlman,  Curtis  J. .3,668,509. 
Koide,  Tad  ash  i:  See- 
Abe,  Jinnosuke;  Watanabe,  Tetsuo;  Take,  Teruo;  Fujimoto,  Ken- 
taro;  Fujii.  Tadaahiro;  Takemura,  Kazunari;  Nishiie,  Kazuyoshi; 
.    Satoh.  Sakae;  Koide.  Tadashi;  and  Hotta,  Yasue,3,668,200. 
Kojima,  Hiroomi;  Nomura,  Sadao;  and  Kumada,  Akio,  to  Hitachi,  Ltd. 

DigiUl  Kght  deflector.  3,667,828,  CI.  350-150. 
Kojima,  Tamotsu:  See— 

Iwama,  Masakuni;  Fujiwara.  Mitsuto;  Kojima.  Tamotsu;  Takabe, 
Koichi;  and  Yamamoto,  Toshihiko, 3, 667,956. 
Kollar,  John,  to  Halcon  International,  Inc.  Process  for  preparing  glycol 
esters  from  olefinically  unsaturated  compounds.  3,668.239,  CI.  260- 
497. OOr 
Kollmar,  Alan  F.  Quick  acUon  jack.  3.667.730. CI.  254-86. 
Kollsman  Instrument  Corporation:  See- 
Lindner,  Norman  J.,  3.668.503. 
Kollsman  instrument  Limited:  See— 
Curwcn.  Kenneth  R.,  3.668,427. 
Kolster,  Harvey  L.:  See- 
Wood,    Gerald    L.;    Kolster,    Harvey    L.;    and    Zeller 
E..3.667.826. 


and 


AdjuaU- 


mean 


James 


June  6. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  23 


Komiyama,  Katsuhiko;  and  iinuma,  Yoshio,  to  Citizen  Watch  Com- 
pany Limited.  Resetting-to-zeromechanisms  for  seconds,  minute, 
and  hour  hands.  3,667.2 1 2.  CI.  58-74.000 
Komline,  Thomas  R.,  to  Komline-Sanderson  Engineering  Corporation. 

Filtering  apparatus.  3,667,61 4,  CI.  2 10-401 . 
Komline-Sanderson  Engineering  Corporation:  See— 

Komline,  Thomas  R.,  3,667,614. 
-Xomuro.  Toshio:  See— 

Nara,       Takashi;       Misawa,       Masanaru;       and       Komuro. 
Toshio,3,668,07l. 
Kondo,  Akihiro,  to  Mitsubishi  Denki  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Solid  state 
microwave  oscillator  with  ceramic  capacitance  temperature  com- 
pensating element.  3,668,55 1, CI.  331-96.000 
Kondur,  Nicholas,  Jr.:  See- 
Mack,  Ronald  H.;  Kondur,  Nicholas,  Jr.;  and  Mitchell,  James 
A. ,3,667,383. 
Koning,  Virgil  H.:  See— 

Norian,  Roger  F.;  and  Koning,  Virgil  H., 3,668,4 1 4. 
Koninklijke  Nederlandsche  Hoogovensen  Staal:  See— 

Deurloo.  Willem  Hendrik,  3.667,270. 
Konishi,  Tatsuo;  and  Inaba,  Masao,  to  Nippon  Electric  Company, 
Limited.  Motor  driving  servo  system  comprising  an  integrator  for  the 
quantity  relating  to  the  error  signal.  3,668,492.  CI.  318-314.000 
Konishiroku  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Iwama,  Masakuni;  Fujiwara,  Mitsuto;  Kojima,  Tamotsu;  Takabe. 
Koichi;  and  Yamamoto,  Toshihiko.  3.667,956. 
Koppers Company.  Inc.:  See— 

Kuehn,  Frederick  R.,  3,667,750. 
Korb.  Eugene  V.;  and  Haupt.  Robert  C,  to  Allis-Chalmers  Manufac- 
turing Company.  Supporting  structure  for  platform  defining  fuel  and 
battery  compartment.  3,667,563,  CI.  180-68.500 
Koref,  Ernest;  and  Petty,  Elijah  E.,  to  Neumunz,  M.,  &  Son,  Inc.  Mix- 
ing trays.  3.667,920, CI.  23-288.00e 
Korfund  Dynamics  Corporation:  See— 

Mui,  Billy  Y.K.,  3,667,707. 
Kornrumpf,  William  P.;  and  Cote,  Paul  T.,  to  General  Electric  Com- 
pany.  Solid  state  circuits  for  guaranteed   sequential  flashing  of 
photoflash  lamp  array.  3.668,468,01.  315-323. 
Korolev,  Jury  Germanovich:  See— 

Makarov,  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov,  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagorets. 
Anatoly   Mikhailovich;   Korolev,  Jury  Germanovich;  Syskov, 
Konstantin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko,  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin. 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lerner,  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Mustafin.  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov.  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin.  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov,  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky.  Izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov,  Petr  Yakovlevich.3,667,746. 
Korsgren,  Theodore  Y.,  to  Robertshaw  Controls  Company.  Snap  act- 
ing electrical  switch  construction  having  reset  means.  3,668,347,  01. 
200-76.000 
Koschatzky,  Bruno;  Angioletti,  Attibo  E.;  and  Madonini,  Nino,  to  In- 
dustrie Pirelli  S.p.A.  Winding  machine  for  covering  a  hose  of  high 
polymer  with  reinforcing  threads.  3,667,203,  CI.  57-15. 
Kosem,  Marion,  to  Allen-Bradley  Company,  mesne.  Numerical  servo 

motor  control  system.  3.668,500,  CI.  3 1 8-601 .000 
Kotval.      Pethotan      Sohrab.      Tantalum-containing      precipitation- 
strengthened  nickel-base  alloy.  3,668,023,01.  148-32.500 
Kovalcik,  Edward  J.;  and  Dowling,  Edward  D..  to  Pullman  Incor- 
porated. Hearth  scraping  device.  3.667.743.  CI.  263-7.000 
Koyama,  Machiko:  See— 

Katto,  Hisao;  Kobayashi,  Kazunari;  Koga,  Yasushi;  and  Koyama, 
Machiko,3.668,09S. 
Kozbelt,  Lloyd  S.:  See— 

Drugmand  Lester  D.;  and  Kozbelt,  Lloyd  S., 3,668,598. 
Koziol.  Walter,  to  Beatrice  Foods  Co.  Slip  out  glass  panel  for  cover 

member.  3,667,648,01.  220-41. 
Kozlov.   Stanislav   Fedorovich.   Nuclear   radiation   detection   device 
utilizing  diamond  detector  with  injecting  and  blocking  contacts. 
3.668.400,01.250-83.3 
Kracauer,    Paul,    to    American    Sweetener    Corporation.    Artificial 

sweetening  composition.  3.667,969.01.99-141.000 
Kraftco  Corporation:  See- 
Hock,  Walter  L.;  and  Meyers,  William  E..  3,667,244. 
Krantz,  Karl  W.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Organopolysiloxane- 
polyphenylene  oxide  block  copolymers  &  method  of  preparation. 
3.668,273,01.  260-824.00r 
Krauth,  Axel;  and  Teiwes,  Hans-Jurgen,  to  Nukem  Nuklear-Chemie, 
and  MetallurgieGmbH.  Apparatus  for  vapor  free  melting  of  uranium 
carbide  or  plutonium  carbide.  3,668,292, 01.  1 3-23.000 
Krebs,  Kay  E..  to  Kimberly-Clark  Corporation.  Surgical  drape  sheet. 

3.667.458.01.  128-132. 
Krist.  William    F.   Apparatus  for   removing  the   tops  of  containers. 

3.667,120,01.30-15.500 
Krivda,  Alfred.  Vacuum  loader.  3,667,814,01.  302-59.000 
Krizman,  Theodore  M.;  and  Emmons,  Clayton  M.,  to  Adams  k  West- 
lake  Company,  The.  Flat  pack  relay  with  plural  operating  coils. 
3,668.576,01.335-153.000 
Krog,  Oliver  E.,  to  Canadian  Forest  ProducU  Ltd.  Guiding  circular 

saws.  3,667,514,01.  l43-37.00r  ^ 

Krohne,  Norman  A.:  See— 
^       Cremer,  John  M.;  and  Krohne,  Norman  A. ,3,668,683. 
Kruklitis,  Karlis,  to  Burroughs  Corporation.  Dynamic  threshold  voltage 

determination  system.  3,668,634,  01.  340-146. 3ag 
Krupa,  John  Eugene;  and  Paglee,  Mario  Robert,  to  RCA  Corporation. 
Field  effect  transistor  modulator  circuit.  3.668.56 1 .  01.  332-3 1 . 


Kruzel,  MitsieW.:See- 
Jurkowski.Chester  P.;  and  Kruzel,  MiUie  W..3.667,343. 
Krylov.  Vsevolod  Semenovich;  Popkov,  Ivan  Nikolaevich;  Magunov. 
Robert    Leonidovich;    Puring,    Mikhail    Nikolaevich;    Bagdasarov, 
Khachatur  Saakovich;  Tsagina,  Raisa  Fedorovna;  and  Popov.  Viktor 
Innokentievich.  Method  of  producing  orthovanadates  of  rare-  earth 
meuls.  3,667,901. CL  23-19. 
Kubo,  Seitoku:  See— 

■to.  Shin;  Kubo,  Seitoku;  and  Mori,  Takakazu.3 .667.325. 
Kucera.  Leonard  J.  Composition  board  and  method  of  making  it. 

3,668.064. CL  162-171. 
Kuehn.  Frederick  R..  to  Koppers  Company.  Inc.  Plastic  spring  feeder 

plate.  3.667.750. 01.  27l-44.00r 
Kueny.  Don  F.;  and  Pollari.  Howard  M..  to  Outboard  Marine  Corpora- 
tion. Engine  temperature  control  system.  3.667.431. 01.  123-41.08 
Kugler,  Heinz  W.:  See- 
Doty,  Donald  B.;  and  Kugler,  Heinz  W..3.667.47I. 
Kuhn.  Matthew,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Incorporated.  Electri- 
cal   testing    of   dielectric    layers,    exhibiting    voltage    dependent 
capaciunce.  with  linear  ramp  voluges.  3,668,523, 01.  324-1 58.00d 
Kuhn,  Vladimir:  See— 

Brazda,  Ladislav;  Prochazka,  Miloslav;  Kuhn,  Vladimir;  and  Ozdi- 

an,Josef,3,667,205. 

Kukla,  Frank  A.;  Kalmar,  Harold  B.;  and  Petkunas,  John  A.,  to  Maico 

Manufacturing   Company,   Inc.    Receptacle.    3,668,616,  01.   339- 

258.00r 

Kulick,   Andrew,   to   Ranco   Incorporated.   Room   wall   thermostat. 

3,668,594,01.337-380. 
Kumada,  Akio:  See— 

Kojima,  Hiroomi;  Nomura,  Sadao;  and  Kumada,  Akio. 3.667.828. 
Kuno,  Hiromu  J.;  Berson,  Bertrand  E.;  and  Reynolds,  James  F..  to 
United  States  of  America.  Air  Force,  mesne.  Push-pull  transferred 
electron  oscillator.  3.668.552. 01.  33 1 -100.000 
Kunz.  Hans  J.,  to  Coming  Glass  Works.  Electroluminescent  diode  con- 
figuration and  method  of  forming  the  same.  3,667.1 17.01.  29-576. 
Kupp.  Robert  W.  Heat  removal  system  for  nuclear  fuel  assemblies. 

3.667.540,01.  165-47.000 
Kureha  Kagaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Umeya.  Kaoru;  Watanabe.  Akira;  and  Gomi.  Shinpei,  3.667,974. 
Kurihara,    Sumio;    Araki,    Kazumi;    Ueda,    Hiroyuki;    and    Ikumo, 
Masahiko,  to  Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Preparation  of 
L-leucine  by  fermenution.  3,668,073,  CI.  195-29. 
Kuriyagawa.  Mamoru:  See— 

Kameoka.  Akio;  Nakamura.  Shinichi;  Makino.  Shinichi;  Endoh. 

Kenjiro;  and  Kuriyagawa.  Mamoru. 3.668.294. 

Kurokawa.  Takaaki;  Yamada.  Junji;  and  Wada.  Makoto.  to  Tokyo 

Shibaura  Denki  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Apparatus  for  blow  molding  glau 

bulbs.  3,667,927, 01.  65-1 85.000 

Kuru.  Frank  David.  Slide  holder  method  and  apparatus.  3.667.088.  CI. 

24-8 1. Ope 
Kurz  GmbH:  See— 

Kurz.  Rudolf,  3.667.532. 
Kurz.  Rudolf,  to  Kurz  GmbH.  Piece  of  furniture.  3.667.532.  CI.  160- 

371.000 
Kushmuk,  Walter  PSee- 

Hutchinson,  William  Y.;  and  Kushmuk.  Walter  P..3.667,S6I. 
Kwok,  Roderic  P.:  See— 

Sliva.  Martin  E.;  and  Kwok.  Roderic  P..3.667.9I6. 
Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Nara.    Takashi;    Misawa,    Masanaru;    and    Komuro,    Toihio, 
3,668.071. 
Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Kurihara.  Sumio;  Araki.  Kazumi;  Ueda.  Hiroyuki;  and  Ikumo, 
Masahiko,  3,668,073. 
Kyriacou,  Demetrios,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Separation  of 
chlorinated  pyridines  and  derivatives  thereof.  3,668,209.  01.  260- 
290.00a 
Kyushu  Taika  Renga  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Umeya,  Kaoni;  Watanabe,  Akira;  and  Gomi,  Shinpei.  3.667,974. 
Labuza,  Theodore  P.:  See— 

Frankenfekl,  John  W.;  Karel,  Marcus;  and  Labuza,  Theodore 

P.,3,667.964. 
Frankenfeld,  John  W.;  Karel,  Marcus;  and  Labuza,  Theodore 
P..3 .667.965. 
Lackner.  heinrich:  See — 

Daimer.  Wolfgang;  and  Lackner,  heinrich.3 .668.098. 
La  Force.  Walter  P.;  and  Woodhams,  Glen  A.,  to  Sybron  Corporation. 

DenUl  tray  and  support.  3,667,1 24,  CI.  32-22.000 
Lagos,  Oosus  C;  Fowler,  Richard  A.;  and  Thomas.  Martha  J.  B..  to 
Sylvania   Electric   Products.  Inc.   Process  for  reclaiming  yttrium 
orthovanadate  phosphors.  3.668,140,01.  2S2-30l.40r 
Lagoutte,  Pierre,  to  Filtrei  Vemay.  Moving  bed  apparatus  for  the  treat- 
ment of  fluid.  3,667,604, 01.  210-1 36. 
Laing,  James  Morrison,  to  Borg-Wamer  Limited.  Planetary  carrier  as- 
sembly and  method  of  manufacture  thereof.  3.667,324,  CL  74-801. 
Laing,  John  &  Sons  Limited:  See- 
Howe,  Alan  Colin  Scott,  3,667.737. 
Laing.  Nikolaus.  Excess  temperature  switching  device.  3.668.373.  CI. 

219-505.000 
Lalague.  Christian,  to  Boussois  Sonchon  Neuvescl.  Rocking-swiagiag 

window  leaf.  3.667. 162. CI.  49-192.000 
Lamb.  John  H.  Antifouling  fishing  sinker.  3, 667, 1 5 l.CL  43-44.970 
Lambert,  Harold:  See- 
Miller,    Bernard;    Lambert,    Harold;    and    Meiser.   Charies    H., 
Jr.,3,667.277. 


PI  24 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6. 1972 


Lambcrti,  Vincent;  and  Winnegrad,  Ronald  R.,  to  Lever  Brothers 
Company.  Detergent  compotitions  containing  the  ethert  and  ettert 
of  tetrahydrofuran  and  tetrahydropyran.  3,668. 1 34,  CI.  2S2-89.0OO 
Lambot.  Honore  Joseph.  Cable-type  coring  apparatus  for  retrieving 

underground  specimens.  3,667,SSS.CI.  I7S-246.000 
Lamm,  Heinz,  to  Daimler-Benz  Aktiengesellschaft.  Radial  seal  for  a  ro- 
tary piston  internal  combustion  engine.  3,667,877,  CI.  418-121. 
Lamola,  Angelo  Anthony:  See— 

Chandrou,  Edwin  Arthur;  Fork.  Richard  Lynn;  Lamola,  Angelo 
Anthony;  and  Tomlinson,  Walter  John,  111,3,668,663. 
Lance.  Christopher  James,  50%  to  Belknap,  Ivan  F.  Manually  operated 

marking  torque  wrench.  3.667,327,CI.  81-52.400 
Landen,  William  James,  to  Eyelet  Specialty  Company.  Safety-closure 

device.  3.667,636,CL  215-9.000 
Landis  Tool  Company:  See— 

Happel,  William  Emory,  3,667,167. 
Lang,  Henry  C.  Magnetic  coupler.  3,668,321, CI.  179-I.Opc 
Langer,  Horst  C,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Differential  ther- 
mal analysis  cell  assembly.  3.667,279, CI.  73-15. 
Langer.  Horst  G.;  Karic,  Franklin  J.;  and  Ayers,  Earl  D.,  to  Dow 
Chemical  Company ,  The.  Differential  thermal  analysis  cell  assembly. 
3,667,278,  CI.  73-15. 
Lansdowne,  Kenneth  H.,  to  Varian  Associates.  Logarithmic  RF  ampli- 
fier employing  succesive  detection.  3,668,535,  CI.  329-192.000 
Lapkin,    Konsuntin    Vasilievich;    Romanov,    Georgy    Fedorovich; 
Goloviznin,  Vladimir  llich;  and  Popov,  Lev  Mikhailovich.  Dilator  for 
performing  mitral  and  tricuspidal  commissurotomy  per  atrium  cor- 
dis. 3,667,474,  CI.  128-345. 
Laplante,  Jerry  C;  and  Poole,  Thomas  A.,  to  Alloys  Unlimited  Inc. 
Method  of  powder  rolling  nickel-iron-cabalt  alloys.  3,667.942,  CI. 
75-214.000 
Lappe,   Franz,   to   Farbwerke    Hoechst   Aktiengesellschaft   vormals 
Meister  Lucius  &  Bruning.  Diaphragm  cell  for  the  electrophoresis  of 
substance  mixtures.  3.668. 107,  CI.  204-301. 000 
Lard,  Edwin  E.:  See- 
Daniels,  David  A.;  Orem,  Rowland  L.,  Jr.;  and  Lard,  Edwin 
E, 3,668, 139. 
Larson,  Ake  L.:  See— 

Goodkind,  Karen  B.;  Hamilton,  Brett  B.;  Larson,  Ake  L.;  and 
Whittington,  Jimmie  L., 3,667, 1 36. 
Larson,  Richard  C.  Adjustable  magnetic  ski  binding.  3,667,771,  CI. 

280-1 1.35m 
Lasne,  Claude:  See— 

Fally,  Jacques;  Lazennec.  Yvon;  and  Lasne.  Claude. 3.668,010. 
Laulo,  Andrew:  See— 

QuinUna.    Ronald    P.;   Garson,    Lorrin    R.;    and    Lasslo.    An- 
drew,3,668.226. 
Latash,  Jury  Vadimovich:  See— 

Baglai,    Vitaly    Mikhailovich;    Latash,    Jury    Vadimovich;    and 
Medovar,  Boris  Izrailevich,3,667,7l9. 
Latker,  Mark:  See- 
Johnston,  Norris;  and  Latker,  M ark, 3 ,667. 60 1 . 
La  Tolteca  Foods,  Inc.:  See— 

Hilviu,  Arthur  L.;  Hilvitz,  Philip  E.;-  Hilviu,  Harvey  M.;  and 
Campbell.  Richard.  3.667.372. 
Lautier.  Alex  Honore;  and  Monrolin.  Jean  Louis,  to  International  Busi- 
ness Machines  Corporation.  Adaptice  twitched  filter  arrangement 
for  use  in  rapid  frequency  tracking.  3.668.S70.CI.  333-70.00a 
La  Voie,  Francis  X.  Control  and  power  apparatus  for  operating  trash 

collection  vehicle  packers.  3,667,629,  CI.  214-83.300 
Lawrence,  John  S.,  to  Browning  Arms  Company.  Ski-binding  toe 

mechanism.  3,667,770, CI.  280-1  l.3St 
Lawton,  Jacqulyn  G.:  See— 

Vrana,  Charles  K.;  and  Lawton.JacqulynG  .3,668.412. 
Lazaridis.  Lazaros  J.,  to  Thermo  Electron  Corporation.  Crucible  fur- 
nace. 3.667,745,  CI.  266-33.00r 
Lazennec,  Yvon:  See— 

Fally,  Jacques;  Lazennec,  Yvon;  and  Lasne,  Claude, 3, 668. 010. 
Lazovsky,  Izrail  Mikhailovich:  See— 

Makarov,  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov,  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagorets, 
Anatoly   Mikhailovich;  Korolev,  Jury   Germanovich;  Syskov, 
Konstantin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko,  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin, 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lerner,  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Mustafin.  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov.  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin.  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov.  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky.  Izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov.  Petr  Yakovlevich. 3.667.746. 
Lea,  Lawrence  N.  Trap  switch  constructions  in  the  normally  closed 
protective  circuit  for  burglar  alarm  systems.  3.668,582.  CI.  335-285. 
Leavitt,  Minard  A.;  and  Roulund,  Poul  B.,  to  Cutler-Hammer,  Inc.  Ap- 
paratus for  holding  two  films  in  intimate  contact  with  each  other. 
3,667,845,  CI.  355-91.000 
Le  Blanc,  John  R..  to  Monsanto  Company.  Aqueous  resole  resin  com- 
position  containing   a   polyaminoalkyl-substituted   organosiloxane 
copolymer.  3,668,164.  CI.  260-29.300 
Lee,  Joo  C,  to  Safety  Company,  The.  Monitor  for  recepude  with  two 

or  three  conUcU.  3,668.469.  CI.  3 17-1 80. 
Lee.  Thomas  H.;  and  Brinkerhoff,  Donald  E.  Automotive  vehicle 

sound  distribution  system.  3.668.323. CI.  179-I.Ove 
Lee,  William  S.,  to  Ferro  Corporation.  Porcelain  enamels  for  self- 
cleaning  cooking  oven.  3,668,IS2,Cl  252-477.000 
Lee-Morse  Company:  See— 

Moodey,  Roderick  K.,  3,667,276. 
Leeds,  Kathleen  E.;  and  Davis,  James  E.  Refuse  can  bottle  crusher. 
3,667.693.  CI.  241-99.000 


Leesona  Corporation:  See— 

Kataoulis,  Emanuel  G.;  and  Pryor,  William  S..  3,668.014. 
Leger.  Andre,  to  Automobiles  Peugeot,  and   Regie   Natio^ale  des 
Usines  Renault.  Starting  and  stopping  device  for  a  diesel  engine. 
3.668.41 1. CI.  290-38.000 
Leger.  Carl  B:  See—  ■ 

Lynn,  Lawrence;  Hunnell,  John  W.;  and  Leger.  Carl  B. 3.667.523. 
Leger.  Robert,  to  Societe  Anonyme  dite  Etablissemenu  Cornard  A 

Cie.TesUle  warping  devices.  3,667 .09 1.  CI.  28-82. 
Lehman.  Charles  L.  Lister-chisel  combination.  3,667.550.  pi.   172- 

700.000 
Lehman.  Herbert  S.:  See— 

Barson,  Fred;  and  Lehman.  Herbert  S.. 3.667. 1 15. 
Lehman.  Richard  H.:  See- 
Moorman.  Charles  J.;  and  Lehman.  Richard  H. 3 .668,3841 
Lehmann,  Herbert  G.  Quick  replacement,  slack  take-up  electric  cord 
with    improved    switch,   detachable    electrical   connector   means. 
3.668.344.  CI.  260-52.00r 
Lehovec.  Kurt.  Electro-optical  microtransducer  comprising  diffractive 
element    monolithically     integrated    with     photoelectric    device. 
3.668.404.CI.  250-21 1. OOj  J 

Lejeune.    Pierre,    to    Creusot-Loire.    Apparatus    for    producing    a 

homogeneous  mixture.  3,667.732,  CI.  259-4.000 
rElectro-Refractaire:See— 

Esnoult,  Marc  Roland  Gilbert;  and  Ayme-Jouve,  Michel  Louis, 
3.667.981. 
Le  Martret:  See— 

Clemence.  Francois;  and  Le  Martret,3.668,238. 
Lemmens,  Jan  C:  See— 

Geus,  John  W.;  and  Lemmens.  Jan  C, 3.668. 1 49. 
Lemoine.  Jacques:  See— 

Vidal.  Jean;  Parisot,  Jean;  and  Lemoine.  Jacques.3 .667.2  7. 
Lenu,  Ben  C.  Jr.,  to  Lenu,  Maggie  Birdell.  Anti-intrusion  do«r  securi- 
ty device.  3,667,794,  CI.  292-264.000 
Lenu,  Maggie  Birdell:  See- 
Lents,  Ben  C,  Jr.,  3,667,794. 
Leonard,  Joe  H.  Artificial  kidney  system.  3,667.612,  CI  210- ]t2l. 000 
Lerner.  Ruvim  Zinovievich:  See—  I 

Makarov.  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov.  Boris  Nikolaevich;  ZagoreU. 
Anatoly  Mikhailovich;  Korolev.  Jury  Germanovich;  Syskov. 
Konsuntin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko.  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin. 
SeRien  Semenovich.  Lerner.  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Mustafin.  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkia.  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov.  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky,  Iirail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov,  Petr  Yakovkvich,3,667,746.  I  -^ 
Leuteritz.  Jochen:  See—  I 

Ullrich,  Walur;  Lohse.  Karl-Heinz;  Leuteritz.  Jochen;  Zkitzschel. 
Gunter;  and  Fasol.  Robert.3 .668.069.  i 

Lever  Brothers  Company:  See—  I 

Lamberti.  Vincent;  and  Winnegrad,  Ronald  R  .  3.668.134- 
Van  Beek.  Wilhelmus  Petrus.  and  Osinga.  Theo  Jan.  3.668.148. 
Levine.  David  J.;  and  Levinstein.  Moses  A.,  to  General  Electric  Com- 
pany. MeUllic  surface  treatment  method.  3,667.985.  CI.  1 17-22.000 
Levinstein.  Moses  A.:  See— 

Leviae,  David  J.;  and  Levinstein.  Moses  A. ,3,667 ,985. 
Levon,  Joseph  M.:  See—  J 

KaU,SherwinD.;  and  Levon,  Joseph  M.. 3,667,722. 
Levy,  Eliczer,  to  Filigree  Arts  Inc.  Method  of  manufacturing  omamen- 

ul  element.  3,667,098,  CI.  29-160.6 
Lewis,   Bruce   B.   Emergency   vehicle   rescue   device   and   method. 

3,667,660,  CI.  225-1. 
Lewis.  Charles  E.,  to  McGraw-Edison  Company.  Self  energizing  Up 

switch  for  electronic  tap  changer.  3.668.5 1 1 .  CI.  323-43.550 
Lewis.  David  W..  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Army.  Rolanite  safety 

and  arming  mechanism.  3.667.394.  CI.  102-78.000 
Lewis.  Richard  M.:  See- 
Archer.  William   A.;  Randall,  Ronald  H.;  and   Lewist  Richard 
M. .3.668.508.  | 

Lewis.  Theras  Gordon:  See—  I 

Becker.  Floyd  Kenneth;  Dimmick,  James  Owen;  Lewis,  Theras 
Gordon;  and  O'Neill,  John  Francis, 3,668, 3 1 8. 
Lhuillier,  Jean-Noel:  See- 
Amiable,      Rene;      Lhuillier,      Jean-Noel;      and       Benkheiri, 
Paul,3,667,39l. 
Likn,  Kenneth  T.;  and  Knechtii,  Ronald  C,  to  Hughes  Aircraft  Com- 
pany. Electrical  switch  device  having  a  fed  liquid-meUl  cathode  and 
a  non-intercepting  anode.  3,668,453,  CI.  313-7.000 
LicentiaPatent-Verwaltungs-G.m.b.H.:  See—  I 

Buchhold,  Theodor  Adam;  and  Bochenek,  Eduard.  3,661,297. 
Ullrich,  Walter;  Lohse,  Kari-Heinz;  LeuteriU,  Jochen;  Zeitzschel, 
Gnnter;  and  Fasol,  Robert,  3,668,069. 
Liebscher,    Arthur.    Pressure    compensator    for    speaker    cabineu. 

3,667468, CI.  I8l-3l.00b 
Lien,  Eriing  L.,  to  Varian  Associates.  High  efficiency  traveling  wave 

tube  employing  harmonic  bunching.  3,668,544,  CL  330-43^000 
Light,  Larry  L.:  See- 
Green,  Larry  Q.;  and  Light,  Larry  L, 3,667,926. 
Lik,Cha»  Yuen.  Pump.  3.667,875,  CI.  418-56. 
Likness.  David  M..  to  Universal  Oil  ProducU  Company.  Se^-cleaning 

tubular  screen.  3.667,615.  CI.  210-497.100 
Lilly,  Eli,  and  Company:  See- 
Foster,  Bennie  J.;  Gutowski.  Gerald  E.;  and  Hatfield,  ^owell  D. 

3,668,202. 
Gutf  wski,  Gerald  E..  3.668.201. 


June  6. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  25 


Hargrove,  WiBiam  W,  3.668.196 
Szinai,  Stephen  S.;  and  Lunn,  William  H.W.,  3.668.220. 
Whitehead.  Calvert  W.;  and  Traverse.  John  J.,  3,668,248. 
Lin,  Ruey-Yuan:  See- 
Economy,  James;  and  Lin,  Ruey-Yuan,3,668,059. 
Lincoln,  Roland  L..  to  Fuller  Company.  Method  and  apparatus  for 

cooling  cement  clinker.  3.667,1 33,  CI.  34-20. 
Lindberg,  Morgan  C:  See— 

Bjonim,   Erick   H.;  Gibson,  John   G.;   and    Lindberg,   Morgan 
C, 3,667. 163. 
Lindblade.  PaulV.:See- 
Mathieu.  PaulO.;  and  Lindblade.  Paul  V. 3.668.620. 
Lindblom.  Thore.  to  Ostbergs  Fabriks  AB.  Stem  feed  arrangement. 

3.667.619.  CI.  2 14-1. Opb 
Linder.  Jerome:  See- 
Weil.  Edward  D.;  and  Linder,  Jerome,3,668,242. 
Lindner.  Norman  J.,  to  Kolteman  Instrument  Corporation.  Coarse-fine 
digiUl  servo  indicator  with  continuous  roUtion  potentiometer  feed- 
back in  fine  mode.  3.668.503.  CI.  318-665.000 
Lindner,  Werner,  to  National  Rejectors,  Inc.,  G.m.b.H.  Coin  testing 

apparatus.  3,667,585, CI  194-101.000 
Lindsay  Specialty  ProducU  Limited:  See— 

Nepovim.Zdenek,  3.668.612. 
Lindstrom,  Barry  E.;  and  Robb,  Donald  A.,  to  Wilkerson  Corporation. 

Float  valve  for  air  line  lubricators.  3.667.493.  CI.  1 37-87. 
Lindstrom.  Harold  Richard:  See— 

Skromme,  Arnold  Burton;  Lindstrom.  Harold  Richard;  Henning- 
sen,  Etiar  August;  Beldin,  Royal  Lowell;  Sorlie.  Donald  Thomas; 
and  Eckert.  Elmer  Richard. 3.667.734. 
Link.  Edwin  A.,  to  RTE  Corporation.  Hot  line  connector.  3.668.609. 

CI.  339-97. 
Linke.  Gerda:  See— 

Engelsmann.  Dieter;  Maas.  Dieter;  Schroder,  Rolf;  and  Linke, 
Gerda,3.667.366 
Linker,  Roy  E.  Windshield  wiper  assembly.  3,667,083.  CI.  t  S-250.42 
Linser.  Rudolf,  to  SUnzwerke  Glarus  AG.   Lengthwise  adjusuble 
suspension  device  for  articles.  particulaHy  saniution  and  heating 
pipes.  3.667.709.  CI.  248-59.000 
Lipe-Rollway  Corporation:  See- 
Armstrong.  Jack  W..  3.667,822 
Lithium  Corporation  of  America:  See- 
Morrison.  Robert  C;  and  Kamienski,  Conrad  W..  3,668.263. 
Litton  Business  Systems,  Inc.:  See— 

Kamenir,  Melvin,  3,668,333. 
Lock,  Harry  R.,  to  Power  ParU  Company.  Lightweight  gear  housing. 

3,667,3 18, CI.  74-609.000 
Locke,  George  William,  to  Burroughs  Corporation.  Functions  compar- 
ing circuit.  3.668.431. CI.  307-243.000 
Loewe,  Hans:  See— 

Ludwig.  Herbert.3.667.883. 
Loewenthal,  Horst,  to  Schweizerische  Industrie-Gesellschaft.  Dosaging 

device  for  viscous  substances.  3,667.653.  CI.  222-217.000 
Loftfield,  Richard  E.;  Bailey,  Warren  R.;  and  Doolittle.  John  C.  Jr..  to 
Oronzio  de  Nora  Impianti  Elettrochimici.  S.A.A.  Dripping  mercury 
circuit  breaker.  3.668.104.  CI.  204-279.000 
Lohse.  Karl-Heinz:  See- 
Ullrich.  Walter;  Lohse.  Kari-Heinz;  Leuteriu.  Jochen;  Zeitzschel. 
Gunter;  and  Fasol.  Robert.3,668,069. 
Long,  Alan  Gibson:  See- 
Clark,   John   Colin;    Kennedy,   James;    and    Long,    Alan    Gib- 
Bon,3,668,203. 
Longhini,   Fernando.   Apparatus  for  the   hydroponic  cultivation  of 

vegetables.  3,667, 1 57. CI.  47-1 .2 
Longstreth.  Larry  D.:  See— 

Frazier.  John  R.;  and  Longstreth.  Larry  D.. 3.667.623. 
Lonning,  Thor  J.  G..  to  Monsanto  Company.  Method  for  making  a  fire 

retardant  insulation  construction.  3.668.041.  CI.  156-309. 000 
Looschen.  Floyd  W..  to  Burroughs  Corporation.   Failsafe  memory 

system.  3.668,644.  CI.  340-1 72.500 
Lord  Corporation:  See— 

Sherrick  James  W.  3,667.820. 
L'Oreal:See— 

Morane,  Bruno;  Maurelli,  Manlio;   Paoletti,  Charles;  Merrien, 
Louis;  and  Sathicq,  Robert,  3.667.652. 
Love.  Charles  E.  Covering  structure  for  vehicles.  3,667,802,  CI.  296- 

98000 
Loveless,  Frederick  C;  and  Hartz,  Roy  E.,  to  Uniroyal,  Inc.  Process  for 

coupling  living  lithiopolymers.  3,668,279,  CI.  260-879. 
Lucas,  George  A.,  to  Goodyear  Tire  A.  Rubber  Company,  The.  Dun- 
nage device.  3, 667. 625.  CI.  2 14-1 0.50d 
Lucas.  Joseph,  (Industries)  Limited:  See— 
Cooksey,  William  Harold.  3.668.339. 
Lucas.  Malcolm   B.;  Villanueva.  Jaime  P.;  and  Rowe.  Stewart,  to 
Proctor  k  Gamble  Company.  The.  Sheet  dispensing  unit.  3.667.596. 
CI.  206-57  OOr 
Lucht.  Wilbert  A,,  to  United  States  Steel  Corporation.  Method  of  mak- 
ing steel  wires.  3.668.020.  CI.  148-12  000 
Luckey.  George  William,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Preparation  of 

phosphors.  3.668.142.  CI.  252-301.500 
Luckey.  George  W.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Preparation  of 
phosphors   by   precipiution    from   solution.    3,668.143.   CI.    252- 
301. 40r 
Lucki.  Stanley  J.:  See- 
Chen.  Nai  Yuen;  and  Lucki,  Stanley  J. ,3,668,266. 


Ludwig,  Herbert,  deceasedO  (by  Koch,  FriedrichOLoewe.  Hans;  execu- 
tors), to  Desma-Werke  GmbH.  Shoe  bottom  molding  apparatus. 
3.667.883. CI.  18-17.000 
Luksas.  Anthony  J.:  See— 

Kasik.  Robert  L.;  and  Luksas.  Anthony  J. .3.667 ,968. 
Lummus  Company,  The:  See- 
Cross,  Alan,  3,667,429. 
Lunn,  William  H.W.:  See- 

Szinai,  Stephen  S.;  and  Lunn,  William  H.W..3 ,668,220. 
LVO  Cable,  Inc.:  See- 
Drake,  Edward  E.,  3,667.144. 
Lynn,  Lawrence;  Hunnell,  John  W.;  and  Leger,  Carl  B.,  to  Food  En- 
gineering International,  Inc.  Apparatus  and  process  for  the  removal 
of  the  germ  and  bran  coat  from  cereal  grains.  3,667,523,  CI.  146- 
221.800 
Lyon,  Wilfred  W.See- 

Cahill,  Bonaventure  B.;  and  Lyon,  Wilfred  W. 3,668,399. 
Lyshkow,  Norman  A.,  to  Pollution  Monitors,  Inc.Method  and  ap- 
paratus for  analysis  of  NO  and  NO,.  3,667,9 1 8,  CI.  23-232. 
MAT  Chemicals  Inc.:  See— 

Beasley,  Jack  O.;  and  Mohary,  Paul  J.,  3,668,506. 
Maas,  Dieter:  See— 

Engelsmann,  Dieter;  Maas,  Dieter;  Schroder,  Rolf;  and  Linke, 
Gerda,3,667,366. 
Mach,  George  J.:  See— 

Goslin,  Gerald  E.;  Herschberger,  Russell  R.;  and  Mach,  George 
J.,3,667,718. 
Machida,  Hazime;  and  Okuno,  Zenjiro,  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Ricoh. 
Liquid  developer  for  electrophotography.  3,668,127,  CI.  252-62.100 
Machida,  Takayasu:  See— 

Nikaido,    Akira;    Onda,    MiUuo;    Nakajima,    Fumio;    Machida, 
Takayasu;  and  Sudo,  Shunji,3,668,488. 
Macintyre,  John  S.:  See— 

Wiesler,  Mordechai;  and  Macintyre,  John  S., 3,668,044. 
Mack,  Ronald  H.;  Kondur,  Nicholas,  Jr.;  and  Mitchell,  James  A.,  to 
Burroughs   Corporation.    Print   and    transport   belt   synchronizer. 
3,667,383, CI.  I0l-93.00c 
Mack  Trucks,  Inc.:  See— 

Greathouse,  Jack  F.,  3,667,432. 
MacKay,  Donald  R.  H.  Spiral  staircases.  3,667, 1 76,  CI.  52-187.000 
MacKay,  Joseph  H.,  Jr.,  to  Norton  Company,  mesne.  Abrasive  finish- 
ing article.  3,667,1 69,  CI.  5 1-379. 
MacKay,  Joseph  H.,  Jr.,  to  Norton  Company,  mesne.  Finishing  article 

and  support  member  therefor.  3,667,1 70,  CI.  51-389.000 
Mackey,  Richard  C;  and  Neill,  W.  James,  to  Acoustifone  Corporation. 

Sound  tube  headset.  3,667,569,  CI.  1 8 1-3 1 . 
Mackie,  William  L.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Navy.  Method  of 
constructing  foamed   in   place   building  containing   heating  wire. 
3,668,287,0.264-46.000 
MacLean-Fogg  Lock  Nut  Co.:  See— 

Schwiebert,  PhiUip  D.;  and  Steck,  Edward  S.,  3,667,401 . 
Madonini,  Nino:  See — 

KoschaUky,    Bruno;    Angioletti,    Attilio    E.;    and     Madonini, 
Nino,3,667,203. 
Magistrini,  Cario;  and  Maiocchi,  Luigi,  to  Industrie   Pirelli  S.p.A., 
mesne.  Tread  ring  for  removable  uead  tires.  3,667,527,  CI.  152-176. 
Magnavox  Company,  The:  See— 

Hunsinger.  Billy  Jo.  3,668.558. 
Magnetech  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 

Rozelle,   Donald  S.;  Rozclle,   Ralph   B.;  and   Nejib,   Umid   R.. 
3.668,450. 
Magrini  Fabbriche  Riunite  Magrini  Scarpa  e  Magnano  M.S.M.  S.p.A.: 
See— 
Teijeiro,  Benito  Jose  Calvino  Y.,  3,668,352. 
Magritsch,  Anna:  See — 

Schwab,  Johann;  and  Magritsch,  Anna, 3,667,308. 
Maguire,  Eileen:  See— 

Kadison,  Leon  A.;  and  Maguire,  Eileen,3,668.130. 
Magunov,  Robert  Leonidovich:  See— 

Krylov.  Vsevolod  Semenovich;  Popkov,  Ivan  Nikolaevich;  Magu- 
nov, Robert  Leonidovich;  Puring,  Mikhail  Nikolaevich;  Bag- 
dasarov,  Khachatur  Saakovich;  Tsagina,  Raise  Fedorovna;  and 
Popov,  Viktor  Innokentievich,3,667 ,901 . 
Maiocchi,  Luigi:  See— 

Magistrini,  Carlo;  and  Maiocchi,  Luigi,3,667,527. 
Maison,  Jean  Marc:  See— 

Bertrand.  Guy;  and  Maison.  Jean  Marc. 3.668,253. 
Makarov,  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov,  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagorets, 
Anatoly  Mikhailovich;  Korolev,  Jury  Germanovich;  Syskov,  Kon- 
stantin Ivanovich;  Filonenko,  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin,  Semen 
Semenovich;  Lerner,  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  MusUfin,  Fuat  Akh- 
temovich; Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin,  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov,  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky,  izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov,  Petr  Yakovlevich.  Furnace  for  continuous 
heat  processing  of  various  materials.  3,667,746,  CI.  266-21 . 
Makino,  Shinichi:  See— 

Kameoka,  Akio;  Nakamura,  Shinichi;  Makino.  Shinichi;  Endoh, 
Kenjiro;  and  Kuriyagawa,  Mamoru,3,668,294. 
Malco  Manufacturing  Company,  inc.:  See— 

KukIa,   Frank   A.;  Kalmar,  Harold   B.;  and   Petkunas,  John   A.. 

3,668,616. 
Walter,  George,  3,668,606. 


PI  26 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6i  1972 


Malet,  Michael  Aniey;  and  Hills.  David  Leslie,  to  National  Research 
Development  Corporation.  Edge  form  assembly  for  preuing  of  arti- 
cles. 3,667.880,CI.  425-3.000 
Mallinckrodt  Chemical  Works:  Sec- 
Piper.  Roger  D.,  3.668,141. 
Malloy.JohnH.  S«— 

Grantham.  Rodney  E.;  Malloy,  John  H.;  and  Wamock.  Frederick 

E. 3 .667.392. 
Wamock,  Frederick  E.;and  Malloy.  John  H. 3.667.342. 
Malloy.  Norbert  P.  Steering  control  system.   3.668,499.  CI.   318- 

587.000 
Maltby.  Jack,  to  Davy  and  United  Engineering  Company  Limited. 

Rolling  mills.  3,667,272.  CI.  72-245.000 
Mandineau,  Daniel  Paul  Henri;  Mourey,  Michele  Yvonne  Christiane; 
Pizzini.  Georges  Philippe  Henri;  and  Poulain.  Jacques  Constant,  to 
Ecolc  Nationale  Supcrieure  des  Mines  de  Paris.  Societe  Nationale 
dTtude  et  de  Conttruction  de  Moteurs  d'Aviation  S.N.E.C.M.A. 
Tungsten  boride-containing  articles  and  production  thereof. 
3.668.017.CI.  148-6.300 
Mann,  Arthur  S.  Camera  including  sequential  exposure  apparatus  for  a 

film  pUte.  3,667.364. CI.  95-37.000 
Mannens,  Hubertus  A.:  See— 

Waning,  Hendrik;  Mannens.  Hubertus  A.;  and  Schaapveld.  Amol- 
dusA.W.,3,667.194. 
Mannesmann  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Schiefer.  Peter;  and  Findeisen.  Bemd.  3t667,296. 
Manning.  John  C:  See- 
Johnston,  Norris;  and  Latker,  Mark.  3.667.601 . 
Manning.  Joseph  H.  AdjusUble  stilt.  3.667.755.  CI.  272-70.100 
Manning's  lnc.:See— 

Brunner.  Fred  William.  3.667.971 . 
Marathon  Oil  Company:  See- 
Knight.  Bruce  L.,  3,667,545. 
Milton,  Harry  W.,  Jr.,  3,667.548. 
Marchal.  Michel;  and  Bouygues.  Jean.  Method  of  manufacturing  com- 
posite wire  products  having  a  tungsten  core  and  a  magnetic  covering. 
3.667.100. CI.  29-195. 
Marconi  Company.  Limited.  The:  See— 
Hoggar.  Clive  William.  3.668.656. 
Wright.  Derek  Thomas.  3.668.305. 
Marconi  Instruments  Limited:  See— 

McHattie.  John  Alexander.  3.668.572. 
Marilleau.  Jacques.  Device  for  supply  voltage  pulses.  3.668.415,  CI. 

307-106.000 
Marilleau,  Jacques,  to  Commissariat  a  I'Energie  Atomique.  Device  for 
producing  rectangular  voltage  pulses  of  very  small  width  between 
two  outputs.  3.668.416,  CI.  307-106.000 
Marino.  Francis  C;  and  Wolf.  Edgar,  to  Digitronics  Corporation.  Mag- 
netic head  with  write  gap  wider  than  tape  and  read  gap  narrower 
thanupe.  3,668.669.  CI.  340-174.1 
Markowitz.  Ivan  fi.;  and  Bower.  Robert  G..  to  Honeywell  Information 
Systems  Inc.  Single  revolution  crank  system.  3.668.496.  CI.  318- 
466.000 
Mtrun.  Arthur  E.  Post-surgical  drainage  pouch.  3.667,469,  CI 

283.000 
Marschner,  Heinz:  See— 

Schacher.  Willi;  and  Marschner.  Heinz.3.667.580. 
Martelli.   Nerio.    Vacuum    moulding  machine.    3.667.889.  CI. 

314.000 
Martin,  David  Eric;  and  Palmer,  Brian  Michael,  to  B.  P.  Chemicals 

Limited.  Oiefln  purification  process.  3,668,270.  CI.  260-683.00d 
Martin,  Helmut,  to  Kabel-  and  Metallwerke  Gutehoffhungshutte  Ak- 
tiengesellschaft. High-frequency  cable.  3,668,573,  CI.  333-84.00r 
Martin,  Joan  Hixon:  See— 

Waterbury,  Nelson  J..  3.667.478. 
Martin.  Johannes  Josef;  and  Weber.  Erich,  to  Martin.  Josef.  Feuerung- 
sbau   G.m.b.H.    Feed    arrangement   for   a   combustion    furnace. 
3.667.627.  CL  214-23.000 
Martin.  Josef,  Feuerungsbau  G.m.b.H.:  See- 
Martin,  Johannes  Josef;  and  Weber,  Erich.  3.667.627. 
Martin.  Thomas  W.:  See- 
Shea,    Frederick    L.;    Joo,    Louis    A.;    and    Martin.    Thomas 
W..3.668,II0. 
Martner,  John  G.:  See- 
Cornelius,  William  L.;  and  Martner,  John  G., 3,667.424. 
Maruta.  Iwao;  Arai.  Haruhiko;  and  Horin,  Shozi,  to  Kao  Soap  Co..  Ltd. 

Adhesive  composition.  3.668. 170,  CI.  260-27.000 
Mascia.  Carmen  T.:  See— 

Bagguley,  Richard  B.;  and  Mascia,  Carmen  T., 3.667 .637. 
Masciantonio.  Philip  X.;  and  Mihelic,  Edward  L.,  to  United  Sutes  Steel 
Corporation.    Intumescent   fire-retarding   composition    comprising 
ammonium  derivatives  of  glyoxylic  acid.  3,668, 1 21,  CI.  252-8.100 
Maael.  Marvin:  See- 
Eaton,  Bradley  C;  and  Masel,  Marvin,3,668,693. 
Master  Lock  Company:  See— 

Foote.  Daniel  J..  3,667.260. 
Mathieu,  Paul  G.;  and  Lindblade.  Paul  V..  to  Continental  Oil  Com- 
pany. Method  and  apparatus  for  determination  of  seismic  signal 
event  coherence.  3,668,620,  CI.  340-l5.5rc 
Matsuda.  Motonobu.  to  Minolta  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Automatic 

control  devices  for  a  camera.  3,667.357.  CI.  95- 1  O.Oct 
Matsuda,  Ryoichi:  See— 

Yamamoto,  Kazuyuki;and  Matsuda,  Ryoichi,3,668,312. 


128- 


425- 


7JB70. 


Matsui,  Maao:  See— 

Hosokawa,    Kenjiro;    Matsui,    Masao;    Endo,    Norio;    IcHikawa, 
Michio;  and  Tokura,  Susumu.3.668.001 . 
Matsumura.  Hiroyoshi:  See— 

Kitano.  Ichiro;  and  MaUumura,  Hiroyoshi,3 .667.832. 
MatsushiU  Electric  Industrial  Co..  Ltd.:  See- 
Ota.  Isao.  3,668.106. 

Tuhro.  Richard  H.;  and  Kapsambelis.  Christos  B.  3.668.40^. 
Yano.  Osahiko;  and  Ono.  MiUuaki.  3.668.3 10. 
Yoshiida.  Yuji;  Asada.  Noriyosi;  and  Funatsu.  Takao,  3,667.j 
Matsushita  Electric  Industries  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Arimura.  Ichiro.  3.668.309. 
Mattel.  Inc.:  See— 

Goodkind.  Karen  B.;  Hamilton,  Brett  B.;  Larson,  Ake  t.;  and 

Whittington,  Jimmie  L..  3.667,1 36. 
Kenne<^.  Melvin  R.,  and  Prodger.  Brian  S..  3.667.672. 
Megfs.  Daniel  H.;  and  Ryan,  John  W.,  3,667,361 . 
Summerfield.  William  F.;  and  Nutull.  Fleet  E..  3.667.763. 
Matteson.  William  M.  Adjustable  arch  support  for  a  shoe.  3.6^7.473. 

CI.  128-598. 
Matthews,  Edmund  William,  to  Dowty  Meco  Limited.  Endlau  belt 

conveyors  3.667,586.CI.  1981.000 

Mattucci.  Anna  Maria;  and  Perrotti.  Emilio,  to  Snam  Progetti  S.p.A. 

Molybdenum  catalysts  for  the  oxidation  of  unsaturated  compounds 

in  liquid  phase  3.668.227.  CI.  260-429. 

Matzen,  Walter  T.;  and  Spence,  Hilton  Wayne,  to  Texas  lnstn|ment*, 

Incorporstted.  Optical  switching  for  keyboard  encoder.  3,668.407. 

CI.  250-229. 

MaUuk.  Alexander  R.:  See— 

Shen.  Tsung-Ying;  Matzuk.  Alexander  R.;  and  Dorn.  Coi^rad  P., 
Jr..3.668.2I2. 
Maurelh.  Manlio:  See—  , 

Moranc.   Bruno;   Maurelli.  Manlio;   Paoletti.  Charles;  Merrien. 
Louis;  and  Sathicq.Robert.3.667.6S2.  ' 

Maurer.  Joseph  M..  to  Kaiser  Aluminum  &  Chemical  Corporation. 

Panel  and  lap  joint  made  therefrom.  3.667.1 85.  CI.  52-537.000 
Maurice.  Jean,  to  Societe  Anonyme  Francaise  du  Ferodo.  Continuous 
transmission,  especially  for  automobile  vehicles.  3.667.321,  CI.  74- 
682. 
Maxon.  Glenway.  Jr.  Dump  body  for  concrete  mix.  3,667.738.  (tl.  259- 

171.000  1 

Mayberry.  Billy  T.;  and  Sirrine.  Edwin  B..  to  Sperry  Rand  Corporation. 

Monitoriog  apparatus.  3.668.701 .  CI.  340-409.000 
Mayden.  Frank  E..  1/2  to  Mayden.  Theresa  E.  Car  washing  aasembly 

with  pressurized  water  supply.  3.667.852.  CI.  401-263.000      1 
Mayden,  Theresa  E.:  See— 

Mayden,  Frank  E,  3,667,852. 
Mayer,  Warren  Clifford:  See— 

Stovekcn,     Francis     Raymond;     and     Mayer,     Warren    Clif- 
ford .3 ,667, 999. 
Maynard,  John  T.,  to  Smith,  A.  O.,  Corporation.  Dynamoclectfic  con- 
trol circuh.  3,668,493,  CI.  318-345.000 
Mazzone.  Charles  P..  to  Stevens.  J.  P.,  &  Co..  Inc.  Apparatus  for 

dephasing  textured  yam.  3.667.090.  CI.  28-1. Ocf 
McBean,  John  W.:  See— 

Hokanson.  Lyie  W.;  and  McBean.  John  W..3.667,784. 
Mc  Cabe.  James  B.  DenUl  flou  reciprocator.  3.667,483.  &.   132- 

92.000 
McCall  Corporation:  See- 
Bunting.  Charles  W.;  Groeber,  David  P.;  and  PettIo,  Louis  W., 
3.661.032.  I 

McCarter.  William  L.:  See—  I 

Varrin.  Andre   J.;   McCarter.   William   L.;   and   Geisler.   Henry 
0.3.667,793.  ' 

McCarthy.  Reginald  J.,  to  Pershke,  Frank  F.,  Limited.  Core  gripping 

and  release  device.  3,667,696.  CI.  242-72. 
McClelland,  Robert  G.;  and  Raymond,  David  W.,  to  American  Seating 

Company.  Row  folding  seating  structure.  3,667. 171.  CI.  52-9.000 
McConnell,  Harden  M.;  and  Ullman,  Edwin  F..  to  Synvar  Associates. 

Oxazolidine-3-oxyl  derivatives.  3.668.214. CI.  260-307.00f 
McCormick,  James  Benjamin;  and  Johnson.  Leighton  ClifTbrd.  to 
Miles  Laboratories.  Inc..  mesne.  Applying  film  of  stain  to  tissue 
mounted  on  a  moving  slide.  3.667.896.  CI.  8-3.000 
McCune,  Clarence  G.;  Vincer.  John  C;  and  Graves.  Kenneth  E..  to 
California  Computer  Products.  Inc.  Card  punch  system  and  process. 
3,667,668.  CI.  234-15.000 
McDaniel.  Edgar  L.:  See—  I 

Young,  Howard  S.;  Anderson.  George  C;  and  McDaniell  Edgar 
L..3M8,245. 
McDonald.  William   K..  to  Teledyne.  Inc.  Columbium  bas«  alloy. 

3.667.940.  CL  75-174. 
McDonnell  Douglas  Corporation:  See— 

Anderaon,  Raymond  H..  Jr.;  Rawe.  Richard  A.;  and  W|iteson, 

Bennett  v.,  3,667.107.  "^ 

Thurston.  Charles T..  3.667.223. 
Mc  Donough,  Thomas  B.:  See- 
Brown,  Stephen  V.;  Mc  Donough.  Thomas  B.;  and  Shaffer,  John 
W, 3,667,992. 
McDowell,  Philip  R.;  and  Vekovious,  Charles  W.,  to  G  A  B  Automated 
Equipment  Limited.  Conditioning  grinder.  3.667,165.  CI.  51-35.000 
McDowell-Wellman  Engineering  Company:  See- 
Ban.  Thomas  E..  3.668.077. 
McFariin.   Robert    W.    Continuous    electrical   outlet   with   |round. 
3.668.601. CI.  339-14.00r 


i 


Wkii 


June  6, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  27 


McGhee.  Glenn  E:  See— 

Cochran.  David  S.;  and  McGhee.  Glenn  E.. 3.668.697. 
McGill  Manufacturing  Company.  Inc.:  See— 

Rader.  James  A..  3.667.82 1 . 
McGourty,  Thomas  K..  to  Time  Research  A  Development  Corpora- 
tion. Push  button  door  lock.  3.667.261 ,  CI.  70-301 . 
McGraw.  Robert  E.  Communication  sysum.  3.668.525.  CI.  325-1 .000 
McGraw-Edison  Company:  See- 
Lewis,  Charles  E.  3.668.5 1 1 . 

Riebs.  Richard  E.;  and  Kohlman.Curtis  J.  3.668.509. 
McHattie.  John  Alexander,  to  Marconi  Instruments  Limited.  Signal 

generators.  3.668.572.  CI.  333-8 1. 00b 
Mcintosh.  Brian  H.:  See— 

Nystrand.  Ernst  Daniel; and  Mcintosh.  Brian  H.. 3.667 .468. 
Mc  Intosh.  Ronald  C:  See— 

Purdy.  Haydn  v.;  and  Mc  Intosh,  Ronald  C, 3 ,668,694. 
McKee,  Lefler   H..  to  Sylvania   Electric   Products,  Inc.  Color  CRT 

screen  exposure  method.  3,667,947.  CI.  96-36.100 
McKenzie.  William  A.  Smoke  pollution  eliminator.  3.667.193.  CI.  55- 

227. 
McNab.  Ian  Roderick.  Electrical  brush  structure.  3.668.451,  CI.  310- 

298. 
McNeal.  Jack  D..  to  Beckman  Instruments.  Inc.  Electrical  circuit 

module  and  method  of  assembly.  3.668.299. CI.  I74-S2.0pe 
McNeely.  James  A.;  and  Russell,  Ernest  R..  to  Moog  Industries.  Inc. 

Auembly  tolerance  control  spacer.  3.667.789.  CI.  287-87.000 
Mead.  Dennis  E.  Vibratory  pile  feeder.  3.667.590. CI.  198-220. 
Meaden.  Geoffrey  William:  See- 

Gough.  John  Richard  Cox;  Meaden.  Geoffrey  William;  and  Price. 
Michael  Stuart  Thomas.3.668.284. 
Mearl  Corporation,  The:  See— 

Rivkind.  Leo  E..  and  Blum.  Adolph.  3.667.687. 
Measurement  Science  Corporation:  Sire- 

Ensign.  John  D. 3.667.213. 
Mechling.  EliH.  Frangible  target  apparatus.  3.667.420.CI.  1 18-6.000 
Medical  Development  Corporation:  See— 

Holbrook,  Legrand  K..  3.667.781 
Medin,  Gunnar  F.  A.;  and  Olsson.  Erik  G..  to  Forsvarets  Fabriksverk. 
Explosive  weapons  and  fragmentary  elements  therefor.  3.667,390. 
CI.  102-67  000 
Medovar,  Boris  Izrailevich:  See— 

Baglai.    Vitaly    Mikhailovich;    Latash.    Jury    Vadimovich;    and 
Medovar.  Boris  lzrailevich.3.667,719. 
Meermans.  Ronald  A.,  to  Park -Ohio  Industries.  Inc.  Radio  frequency 

transfer  switch.  3.668.354.  CI.  200-153.00s 
Meggs.  Daniel  H.;  and  Ryan.  John  W..  to  Mattel.  Inc.  Film  developing 

camera.  3.667.361. CI.  95-13.000 
Meier.  Robert  A.:  See— 

Blouick.  Raymond  B.;  and  Meier.  Robert  A. .3.668.029. 
Meilander.  Willard  C.  to  Goodyear  Aerospace  Corporation.  Method 
and  apparatus  for  vehicle  traffic  control.  3.668.403.  CI.  23S-1 50.230 
Meiser.  Charles  H.  Jr.:  See- 
Miller.   Bernard;   Lambert.   Harold;   and    Meiser,  Charles   H., 
Jr..3.667,277. 
Meitinger.    Heinz,  to   Times   Corporation.    Horological   instrument. 

3.667.2 10.  CI.  58-28.00b 
Meitl.  Harold  G:  See- 
Pool.  Stuart  D.;  and  Meitl.  Harold  G. 3.667.200.     - 
Melikian,  Gorken:  See— 

Biancardi.  Frank  R.;and  Melikian,  Gorken.3 .668,549. 
Mendel,  John  R.:  See- 
Jones,  George  F;  and  Mendel,  John  R., 3,668, 172. 
Menke,  Franz,  to  Eltro  G.m.b.H.  A.  Co.  Process  and  apparatus  regulat- 
ing the  fuel-air  mixture  in  internal  combustion  engines  operating 
with  carburetors.  3,667,739,  CI.  261-1 .000 
Menold,  Robert  F.:  See— 

Davison,  Ellison  L.;  Brinkhoff,  Cari  H.;  and  Menold,  Robert 
F.,3,667,834. 
Merck  &  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Cragoe,  Edward  J.,  Jr.;  and  Woltersdorf,  Otto  W.,  Jr.,  3.668.241 . 
Firestone.  Raymond  A.,  3.668.197. 
Jones.  Howard.  3.668,223. 

Shen,  Tsung-Ying;  MaUuk,  Alexander  R.;  and  Dom,  Conrad  P., 
Jr.,  3,668,212. 
Merges,  John  C,  Jr.;  Mills,  Glen;  and  Ware,  Richard  E.,  to  Sun  Oil 

Company.  Investment  casting  wax.  3,667,979,  CI.  106-268. 
Merriam,  Mylon,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Army.  Topographic 
map  and  procen  for  symbolizing  photographs.  3,667,948,  CI.  96- 
44.000 
Merrien,  Louis:  See— 

Morane,   Bruno;   Maurelli,   Manlio;   Paoletti,  Charles;   Merrien, 
Louis;  and  Sathicq,  Robcrt,3 ,667,652. 
Merrill,  Clifford  C;  and  Strombcck,  Carl  E.  Interlocking  metal  shingle 

construction.  3,667,1 84,  CI.  52-530. 
Mertens,  Johann,  to  Nuclear  Waste  Systems  Company,  mesne.  Mount- 
ing apparatus  for  remote  disengagement  and  engagement  of  submer- 
sible pumps.  3.667.715. CI.  248-327.000 
Meseck.  Eugene  T.:  See- 
Wright.  Edward  L.;  and  Meseck.  Eugene  T..3.667.285. 
Mesiah.  Raymond  N..  to  FMC  Corporation.  Chlorination  of  cyanuric 

acid.  3.668,204, CI.  260-248.00e 
Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm  Gesellschaft  mit  beschrankter  Haftung: 
See- 
Munding,  German;  and  Zeh,  Willi,  3,667,24 1 . 


Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm  G.m.b.H.:  See— 
Aumann,  Karl  H.,  3,667.704. 
Boek.  Helmut,  3.667.703. 
Messrs.  Heilmeier  &  Weinlein:  See— 

Brunner.  Rudolf.  3.667.868. 
Meul  Improvement  Company.  Inc.:  See— 

Koenecke.  William  J.  3.667.196. 
MeUllgesellschaft  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Heitmann.  Guenter.  3.667,933. 
Metallurgie  GmbH:  See— 

Krauth,  Axel;  and  Teiwes,  Hans-Jurgen.  3.668,292. 
Meuly,  Walter  C;  and  GradefT,  Peter  S.,  to  Rhodia.  Inc.  Process  for  ai- 
kylation  of  aliphatic  ketones  and  product.  3.668.255,  CI.  260- 
586.00r 
Meyer.  Andre;  and  Foulke.  Donald  Gardner,  to  Sel-Rex  Corporation. 
Proceu    of   electroplating    rhenium    and    bath    for    this    process. 
3.668.083.  CI.  204-43.000 
Meyer.  Jack  R..  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Measuring  closely  spaced  pulses 

using  time  expansion.  3.668.529.  CI.  328-129.000 
Meyers.  William  E.:  See- 
Hock.  Walter  L.;  and  Meyers.  William  E.,3.667.244. 
Meysenburg.  Raymond  Richard:  See— 

Wittren.  Richard  Arthur;  Meysenbarg.  Raymond  Richard;  and 
Tweedy,  Robert  Hugh.3 .667.504. 
Mi-Marker  Corporation:  See — 

Rogers.  Murray  K..  3.667.990. 
Michon.  Maurice,  to  Compagnie  Generale  d'Electricite.  Light  amplifi- 
er sUges.  3.668.536,  CI.  330-4.3 
Mick.  SUnleyH.:  See— 

Currie.  James  H.;  and  Mick.  Suniey  H..3.667.443. 
Micro-Mega  S.A.:  See— 

Seigneurin.  Michel.  3.667.125. 
Miesterfeld.  Frederick  O.:  See- 
Carp.  Ralph  W.;  and  Miesterfeld.  Frederick  0..3.667.8I2. 
Mihelic.  Edward  L.:  See— 

Hawthome.  John  O.;  and  Mihelic,  Edward  L.. 3,668,232. 
Masciantonio,  Philip  X.;  and  Mihelic,  Edward  L, 3,668, 1 21. 
Miles  Laboratories,  Inc.:  See— 

Centolella,  Albert  Peter;  and  Razor,  Billy  Gene,  3,667.966. 
McCormick.  James  Benjamin;  and  Johnson.  Leighton  Clifforti. 
3.667.896. 
Milewski.JohnV.:See- 

Shyne.  James  J.;  and  Milewski.  John  V.. 3.668.062. 
Miller.  Bernard;  Lambert.  Harold;  and  Meiser.  Charles  H.,  Jr..  to  Tex- 
tile   Research    Institute.    Apparatus    for    measurement    of  textile 
flammability  properties.  3.667.277.  CI.  73-1 5.00r 
Miller.  Conrad  H..  to  Hoyt  Corporation.  Incinerator.  3,667,407,  CI. 

I10-I8.00C 
Miller.  Donald  F.:  See— 

Czwakiel.  Bert  J.;  and  Miller.  Donald  F..3.667,282. 
Miller,  Edward  J.,  Jr.:  See— 

Roberu,  Steven  L.;  and  Miller,  Edward  J.,  Jr.,3,668,379. 
Miller,  George  A.,  to  Texas  Instruments,  Incorporated.  Processes  for 

nickel  plating  metals.  3,667,991 ,  CI.  1 1 7-50.000 
Miller,  George  J.,  to  SCM  Corporation.  Method  of  developing  latent 

electrosutic  images.  3,667,987,  CI.  1 17-37.01e 
Miller,  Murray  H.:  See- 
Face,    William    W.;    Kau.    Harold    W.;    and    MUler.    Murray 
H. 3,668.307. 
Milligan,  Charles  Leonard:  See- 
Hoy,  Kenneth  Look;  and  Milligan,  Charles  Leonard, 3,668. 1 83. 
Mills.  Glen:  See- 
Merges.  John  C,  Jr.;  Milk.  Glen;  and  Ware,  Richard  E, 3,667,979. 
Milton,  Harry  W..  Jr..  to  Marathon  Oil  Company.  Method  of  weU 

stimulation.  3,667.548.  CI.  166-305. 
Mine  Safety  Appliances  Company:  See— 

Davison.  Ellison  L.;  Brinkhoff.  Cari  H.;  and  Menold.  Robert  F., 
3.667.834. 
Miner.  George  Lindol:  See — 

Angilly.  Fredrick  Ernest.  Jr.;  Miner.  George  Lindol;  and  Sousa, 
Lionel  Anthony  James. 3.667, 195. 
Mining  Equipment  Manufacturing  Corporation:  See- 
Tabor.  John  R.  3.667.808. 
Minnesota  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 
Pavlik.  Frank  J.  3.668.233. 

Vogelgesang.  Peter  J.;  and  Holm.  John  D..  3.668.699. 
Minolta  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 
MaUuda.  Motonobu.  3.667.357. 
Murata.  Tomoji;  and  Ishihara.  Toshiaki,  3.668.376. 
Tanaka.  Hanimi.  3.667.363. 
Mirtain.  Henri,  to  Uniroyal  Englebert  France.  High  speed  radial  ply 

tires.  3.667.529.  CI.  152-361. 
Mi'sawa.  Masanam:  See— 

Nara,       Takashi;       Misawa.       Masanaru;       and        Komim. 
Toshio.3,668,071. 
Miskin.  Richard  B.  Baled  hay  hoading  apparatus  for  loading  onto  a 

transport  vehicle.  3.667.779.  CI.  280-473. 
Miskolczy.  Gabor;  and  Kaiser.  Robert,  to  Avco  Corporation.  Absorp- 
tion refrigeration  system.  3.667.25 1 .  CI.  62-476.000 
Mitchell.  James  A.:  See- 
Mack.  Ronald  H.;  Kondur.  Nicholas.  Jr.;  and  Mitchell,  James 
A. ,3,667.383. 
Mitchell.  James  P.;  and  Cohen.  Allan  R..  to  United  Aircraft  Corpora- 
tion. Dual  orifice  impingement  injector.  3.667,232.  CI.  60-258.000 


PI  28 


j 

LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6,11972 


MitiubiihiDenkiKibu.hikilC.i«h«.See-  ,..,.,, 

Fujikawa,  Kyoichiro;  and  Takamiya.  Saburo,  3.668,439. 
Kobayashi,  Kyoio.  3,668.357. 
KondcAkihiro.  3.668.551.  . 

T«keuchi.  Koichi;  Okada.  Takeo.  and  Aoki,  Shinichi.  3.668,350 
Miy>iawa.  Fumihiro.  to  Ricoh  Co.,  Ltd.  Shutter  releaie  time  prelimi- 
nary indication  device  for  a  pholo|raphic  camera  having  a  built-in 
lelf-timer.  3,667,367.0.95-53.300  ...... 

MWMh  ro.  Shoichi.  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co    Ltd.  Photoienii- 

tivTtemiconductor  device.  3,668.473.C1.  317-234.00r 
Mivazato.  Yo»hinobu:  S«e—  ,  .,,.  „i» 

Noguchi.  Hikoji;  and  Miyarato.  Yoahinobu.3.668.048_ 
Miiobuchi.  Yasuo;  and  Hothino.  !«ao,  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co. 
Ltd    Digital  optical   pattern   trantformation  syttem   with  optical 
memorie..  3.668.635.  CI.  340-146.30P  .^  w.,.r.Brin 

Mizuno.  Shuio,  to  Sanko  Engineering  Company.  Limited.  Water  iprin- 

kling lyitem.  3,667,498, CI.  1 37-1 19.000 
Mobil  Oil  Corporation:  S*«-  ,  ^*,  ,** 

Chen,  Nai  Yuen;  and  Lucki,  Stanley  J.,  3.668.266. 
Dennii.CharleiL..  3.668.619. 
DiBiasi.  Daniel  J.;  and  Zilit.Albin  J.  3.668.179. 
Haag.  Werner  O.;  and  Whitehur»t.  Darrel  Duayne.  3.668.271. 
MoellerA  Neumann  G.m.b.H.:  S«— 

Hamacher.  Paul  Friedrich.  3,667.335. 

Mohary,  PaulJ.:  S«— 

Beailey.  Jack  O.;  and  Mohary.  Paul  J. .3,668,506. 

Moir  Ralph  W.,  to  United  Statei  of  America.  Atomic  Energy  Commif- 
«ion  Apparatus  for  the  conversion  of  high  temperature  plasma  ener- 
gy into  electrical  energy.  3.668.065.  CI.  176-3.000 
Moldskrcd.  Oddmund.  Process  and  apparatus  for  the  prevention  of  ice 

formation  in  tunnels.  3.668.368.  CI.  219-213. 
Molex  Incorporated:  See— 

Bury.  Allen  J.  3.668.61 5.  ,  •     .  ^    .- 

Molins.  Desmond  Walter,  to  Molins  Machine  Company  Limited^  Ap- 
paratus for  producing  rod-like  articles.  3.668.045.  CI.  156-441 .000 
Molins  Limited:  See- 
Preston.  Edward  G.,  3.667.587. 
Molins  Machine  Company  Limited:  See— 
Molins.  Desmond  Walter.  3.668.045. 
Molitor,UlfW.:S*e-  „      .,         .  „   ...        ,,,, 

Aronsson.  Lars  Bertil;  Arnell.  Anders  Bertil;  and  Molitor.  Ulf 
W    1  667  393 

Monari,  Lawrence.  Artronomical  tele-objective.  3,667.827,  CI.  350- 

55.000 

Monrolin,  Jean  Louis:  S««—  .    ,,,_._- 

Lautier.  Alex  Honore;  and  Monrohn.  Jean  Louw.3 .668.570. 

Monsanto  Company:  See— 

Brinkman. George  H..  Jr..  3.668.169. 

Cook.  William  H.  3.668.096.  ,  ..„  ,.^ 

DAmico.  John  J.,  and  Webster.  Sidney  T.,  3,668.254 

King.  Henry  L.;  Ringwald.  Eugene  L.;  and  Randall.  James  C... 

3,668.187.  .  „     ^  „    ,  r^ 

King,  Henry  L.,  Ringwald.  Eugene  L.;  and  Randall.  James  C. 

3.668.188. 
Le  Blanc.  John  R.  3.668.1 64. 

Lonning.ThorJ.G.  3.668.041.  ,.^,  „,. 

Penquite.  Charles  R.  and  Barker.  George  E..  3.667,914. 
Ridgway.  James  S.  3.668.190. 
Sinusas,  Robert  R..  3,668.462. 
Montecatini  Edison  S.p.A.:  See- 

Bonvicini.  Alberto;  and  Canutore.  Giuseppe,  3.668.280^ 
Ragazzini.  Mario;  Caimi.  Alberto;  Carcano.  Donate;  and  Groppel- 
li. Giovanni.  3,668.167.  „  .    .    ,  .      a 

Moodey,  Roderick  K..  to  Lee-Morse  Company.  Spiral  element  and 

method  for  making  same.  3.667.276.CI.  72-371. 000 
Moody.  Roy  A.;  and  Caveney.  Jack  E..  to  Panduit  Corporation.  Flexi- 
ble strap  fastener.  3.667,7 10.  CI.  248-71.000 

Moog  Industries.  Inc.:  S«e-  ,  ^^,  ,«« 

McNeely.  James  A.;  and  Russell.  Ernest  R.  3.667.789. 

Moon.  Jacob  R.  Orthopedic,  surgical,  athletic  and  animal  bandaging. 
3.667,462,  CI.  128-169.000  ,       ,     .,; 

Moore,  Alvin  G.,  to  Hercules  «nc<>'PO'««';f '"'°n>h  •er'^^foj «'"»"- 
cally  measuring  pressure  changes.  3,667,293,  CI.  73-179.000 

Moore,  Ernest  Beatty:S«-  ..    i4:a7«i« 

Adamski,  Vincent  Wallace;  and  Moore.  Ernest  Beatty  3,667.8 18. 

Moorman.  Charles  J.;  and  Lehman.  Richard  H.  to  Bendix  Corpora- 
tion. The.  Mass  spectrometer.  3.668.384.  CI.  250-41. 9tf 

Morane.  Bruno;  Maurelli.  Manlio;  Paoletti.  Charles;  Mernen.  Louis; 
and  Sathicq.  Robert,  to  L'Oreal.  Method  and  apparatus  for  separate- 
ly packaging  two  liquids  which  are  to  be  simultaneously  dispensed. 
3.667 ,652, CI.  222-145.000  ^  ,      . 

Moreau,  Claude,  to  Commissariat  a  TEnergy  AtomiQue  Proceu  for  the 
fabrication  of  nuclear  fuel  elemenU.  3.668.283.  CI.  264-0.500 

Moraan.JustinW.Hairsetting device.  3.667.482.  CI.  132-9. 

Morgan,  William  A.,  to  Brown  A  Root.  Inc.  Method  and  apparatus  for 
connectingpipelines.3,667.128.CI.33-180.00r 

Morgenthaler.  Frederic  R..  to  Chu  Associates,  Inc.  Signal  procewing 
apparatus.  3.668,568,  CI.  333-30. 

**"lijim"a"  Taizo7Yamazaki.  Issei;  Mori.  Shunji;  Genchi,  Hiroshi;  and 
KaUuragi.  Sumio.3.668.638. 
Mori,  Takakaiu:  See—  ,  ^^,  ,,. 

Ito.  Shin;  Kubo,  Seitoku;  and  Mori,  Takaka2U.3 ,667,325. 
Morris,  Herbert,  Limited:  See- 

Davey,  Anthony  Writer,  3,668,444. 


e.  Ap- 


Yvonne 
poulain. 


Morrison,  Robert  C;  and  Kamienski,  Conrad  W.,  to  ^^'^"^"'^^^^^ 
tion  of  America.  Organolithium  Poiy"«'*"'»;ii^I^  *T^ 
thereof  in  polymerization  Processes^  3.W«.263Cr  260-^3. 

Morrow.  Josiph  G.  Conduit  plug.  ^ •^^\'f*^[^,\l^^^ ^°° 
Morton.  Paul  S  Charcoal  grill.  3.*f  ■***f '  'f  *-»,°;'  QOa 
Mortstedt.  Slen-Erik  Carburetor.  3.667.740.  CI.  "'".OOa 
Moskoviti.  Irving,  to  Riker  Communications  Inc..  mesne  Transmission 
system  for  over-lapping  pulses.  3.668,3I6,CI.  178.69.5 

Motorola.  Inc.:  See—  ,  ^  j   ^ii  Ai.  ir 

Cherry.  James  R.;  Byles.  Theodore   A  ;  and  Nilssen.  Ole  K.. 

3,66t.4l9.  .  „    ^  ^M.,  AAn 

Davis,  Walter  Richard;  and  Solomon.  James  f  .  3**"**",.        „ 
Hansen,  Robert  B.;  Ivas,  Thomas  W..  and  Slavik.  Willifra  H. 

Hutchinson.  Thomas  R.;  and  Caper.  Edward  J..  3.668.521. 
Olah.  Emery  E.  3.667.302.  .     ,^^.  ... 

Saltich.  Jack  L.;  and  Rutlcdge.  James  L..  3.668.481 . 
Schmidt.  Bernard  H.  Jr..  3.668.425. 
Mott  Geor|e  E..  to  Texaco  Inc.  Anchor  for  buoyant  marine  strvctures. 
3.6'67.23rCl.  61-46.5 

Mott.  James  D;  See-  .^   ,  x^-.  c«-i 

Todd.  William  L;  and  Mott.  James  D..3.667.557. 

Mottier.  Fr»ncois.  to  Aktiengesellschaft  Brown.  Boven  A  C 
paratus  for  electronically  evaluating  signals  in  mutual  phase-quadra- 
ture. 3,668.530.CI.  328-147.  ,      ,^ 

Mou  Fred  J.;  and  Shufran.  Stephen,  to  United  States  Steel  Corpora- 
tion. Soaking  pit.  3.667.409.  CI  1 10-1 73.00a  ^.   c  ., 

Moulin.  Jean;  and  Regneault.  Marcel,  to  Automobiles  Peugejt.  Fuel 
injecting  device  for  an  internal  combustion  engine.  3.667.5i».  ci. 

I23-I39.0as 
Mourey.  Mkhele  Yvonne  Christiane:  See- 

Mandineau.  Daniel  Paul  Henri;  Mourey.  Michek 
Chriatiane;  Pizzini.  Georges  Philippe  Henri;  and 
Jac(|ues  Constant.3 .668 .0 1 7 . 

Mowery.  James  R:  See-  ,  x^*,  ^oo 

Branton,  Donald  L;  and  Mowery.  James  R. 3. 667,499^ 

Muela  Negro.  Carmen.  Construction  of  filters.  3.667.606.  (fl.  210- 

193.000  .        .  .       ^1. 

Mueller.  George  R..  to  Case,  J.  I.,  Company.  Luminous  ammeter-volt- 
meter. 3.668,5 19.  CI  324-96.000  ...     ^ «.. 

Muhlfeld.  Frank  J.  Apparatus  for  teaching  electrical  cOncepU. 
3.667. 137. CI.  35-19.  .         » 

Mui  Billy  Y.  K..  to  Korfund  Dynamics  Corporation.  Air  wpport. 
3,667.707.  CI.  248-20.000  .       .    , 

Muir  Earl  B..  to  White  Motor  Corporation.  Torque  and  speed  control 
governor.  3.667.439.  CI.  123-140.0mc  ^.    ^    .     ,v     a- 

Muise  Gordon  J.,  to  United  Steel  Corporation.  Method  of  bonding 
oolvoropylene  to  rubber  and  the  method  of  making  insulated  electri- 
cal conductors  therefrom.  3.668,043,  CI.  1 56-321 .000 

Mulaskey  Bernard  F.,  to  Chevron  Research  Company  ParafTin  con- 
version. 3.668,268.  CI.  260-676.000 

Muller.  Henry,  to  Bio/Data  Corporation.  Apparatus  for  monitoring 
body  temperature  and  controlling  a  heating  device  to  mamuin  a 
•electedtemperature.  3.667.476. CI.  128-399.000 

Munding.  German;  and  Zeh.  Willi,  to  Mesaerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm 
Gesellschaft  mit  beschrankter  Haftung  Construction  of  a  chamber 
forcoollnghotgases.  3.667.241.  CI.  62-5.  ^      .   ^    »l 

Muraoka.  Masahide.  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co..  Ltd.  A)pparatus 
for  inspecting  AC  electric  relay  systems  during  the  dperation 
thereof  by  use  of  a  high  frequency  modulated  signal.  3.668.516.  ci. 
324  28X)0r 
Murau,  Tomoji;  and  Ithihara,  Toshiaki,  to  Minolu  Camera  Kabushiki 
Kaisha  Feed  conttol  device  for  a  photographic  typesetter. 
3.668.376.  CI.  235-151.220  .     ..  u 

Murfree.  James  A  .  Jr.;  Hubbuch.  Theodore  N.;  Nappier.  Henry  A.; 
Duncan.  William  A.;  and  Sandlin.  Billy  J  .  to  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica. Army.  Gas  generator  with  liquid  initiator.  3,667.21^.  tl.  oo- 
39.460 

"  H^bbudi*  Theodore  N.;  Murfree.  James  A..  Jr.;  Duncan,  William 
A.;  Sandlin.  Billy  J.;  and  Nappier.  Henry  A..3.667.23 1 
Murphy,  Edmund,  to  Cooling  Development  Ltd.  Air-  or  g^  moving 
equipment  for  use  with  heat  exchange-  and/or  ga»-scru»»bing  ap- 
paratus. 3.667.864.0.417-53.000 
Murphy.  Kenneth  Eari;  Eubank  William  Manon;  and  Williams.  Lamar, 
to  Deere  *  Company   Crop  deflector  attachment  for  agricultural 
tractors.  3.667,776,  CI.  280-1  SO.OOr 
Murray  Manufacturing  Corporation:  See— 

Kobryner,  Herman  H,  3,668.591. 
MusUfin.Fuat  Akhtemovich:See—  , 

Makarov,  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov.  Boris  NikolaevichjZa|orets. 
Anatoly  Mikhailovich;  Korolev.  Jury  Germanovich;  Syskov. 
Konsuntin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko.  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvonn 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lerner,  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  MusUfin.  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov.  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkjn.  Leonid 
iQBifovich;  Gryaznov,  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky  Izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov.  Petr  Yakovlevich.3.667.746. , 

Naas.EriingM.See-  ^^   ,  ,1*1  b<o 

Dragsund.  Inge  Kore;  and  Naas,  Eriing  M, 3,667,859.     [ 

""o^ES  RobS  W.  R.lb.,.  SU.1.,  C;  N«..  Do.Ul  W.;  ».<l 
preparing  a  printed  and  punched  card.  3,667.669,  CI.  234^24.tioo 


June  6, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  29 


Nagler.  Robert:  See— 

Susset.  Jacques  G;  and  Nagler,Robert.3.667.477. 
Nagoya  Yukagaku-Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Horiki.  Seinosuke.  3.667.988. 
Nakagawa.  Hiroyuki:  See— 

Otsuka.    Tokio;     Sasabe.     Shozo;     and     Nakagawa.     Hiroyu- 
ki.3.668,219. 
Nakagome.  Yukio;  Teramura.  Hiroichi;  Fukata.  Yasuo;  and  Ando,  Su- 
mitoshi.  to  Kadusai  Denshim  Denwa  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Time-divi- 
sional connection  system  for  a  plurality  of  digital  communication  cir- 
cuiU.  3.668,328. CI.  179-I5.0aq 
Nakajima,  Fumio:  See— 

Nikaido.    Akira;   Onda,    Mitsuo;    Nakajima,    Fumio;    Machida, 
Takayasu;  and  Sudo,  Shunji, 3,668,488. 
Nakamura,  Shinichi:  See— 

Kameoka,  Akio;  Nakamura,  Shinichi;  Makino,  Shinichi;  Endoh, 
Kenjiro;  and  Kuriyagawa.  Mamoru. 3.668.294. 
Nakanishi.  Michio;  and  Tashiro.  Chiaki.  to  Yoshitomi  Pharmaceutical 
Industries.     Ltd.     3-Chloro     dihydrodibenzazepine     derivatives. 
3.668.2 10, CI.  260-293.59 
Nakano,  Masashi:  See— 

itano,     Kohei;     Nakano,     Masashi;     and     Hashimoto,     Mitsu- 
ru,3,667,954. 
Naphtachimie:  See— 

Buisson.  Michel  A.  3.668.154. 
Nappier,  Henry  A.:  See— 

Hubbuch.  Theodore  N.;  Murfree.  James  A..  Jr.;  Duncan.  William 

A.;  Sandlin.  Billy  J.;  and  Nappier.  Henry  A. .3.667.23 1 . 
Murfree.  James  A..  Jr.;  Hubbuch.  Theodore  N.;  Nappier.  Henry 
A.;  Duncan.  William  A.;  and  Sandlin.  Billy  J. .3.667.219. 
Nara.  Takashi;  Misawa.  Masanaru;  and  Komuro.  Toshio.  to  Kyowa 
Hakko  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.  Process  for  producing  inosine.  3,668.071. 
CI.  195-28. 
Narayanan.   Venkatachala   Lakshmi;   Setescak.   Linda   Louise;   and 
Weisenborn.    Frank    Lee.    5,8-Dihydrona    phthyloxy    propanols. 
3.668.206.  CI.  260-268.0bc 
Narda  M  icrowave  Corporation.  The:  See— 

Asian.  Edward  E.  3.668.521. 
Nater,  Charles;  and  Buck.  Willard  E.  Optical  surface  inspection  ap- 
paratus. 3.667.846.  CI.  356-120. 
National  Cash  Register  Company,  The:  See- 
Cull.  Duncan  E.;  and  Culbertson.  Alvin  E..  3.668.66 1 . 
Frazier.  John  R.;  and  Longstreth.  Larry  D..  3.667.623. 
Percival.  John  O..  3.667.848. 
National  Equipment  Research  Inc.:  See— 

Venturelli.  Fred  W.;  and  Brigman.  Foy  L..  3.667.473. 
National  Rejectors,  Inc.O.m.b.H.:  See- 
Lindner.  Werner.  3,667.585. 
National  Research  Development  Corporation:  See — 
Bergman,  Imanuel.  3,668,101 . 

Malet.  Michael  Aniey;  and  Hills.  David  Leslie.  3,667,880. 
National  Twist  Drill  &  Tool  Co.:  See— 

Shaner.  Milo  W..  and  Cave.  Robert  S..  3.667.8S7. 
Nauman.  Edward  B.;  Szabo.  Ted  T.;  Klosek.  Felix  P.;  and  Kaufman. 
Stephen,  to  Union  Carbide  Corporation.  Devolatilization  of  liquid 
polymer  compositions.  3.668. 161.  CI.  260-2. SOe 
Nazarov.  Alexandr  Sergeevich:  See— 

Kadomsky.   Dmitry   Evgenievich;  and   Nazarov.  Alexandr  Ser- 
|eevich,3,668.S07. 
Necchi  S.p.A.:  See— 

Bianchi,  Nereo,  3.667.410. 
Perlino.  Silvano.  3.667.4 1 1 . 
Neelen.GregoriusTheodorus  Maria,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Seals 

between  coaxial elemenu.  3.667,348. CI.  92-83.000 
Neelen.  GregoriusTheodorus  Maria:  See— 

Siebert.    Hans    Joachim;    and    Neelen,    Gregorius    Theodorus 
Maria.3.667.349. 
Nefedov.  Petr  Yakovlevich:  See—  < 

Makarov.  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov.  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagorets. 
Anatoly  Mikhailovich;  Korolev.  Jury  Germanovich;  Syskov, 
Konstantin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko,  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin, 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lerner.  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Musufin,  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin.  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov.  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky.  Izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov.  Petr  Yakovlevich.3.667.746. 
Negishi,  Katuo:  See— 

01.  Kazuo;  and  Negithi.  Katuo,3.667,600. 
Neill.  W.James:  Ser- 

Mackey.  Richard  C;  and  Neill.  W.  James.3.667,569. 
Neitzel.  Ulrich  E.;  and  Butu,  Davis  S..  to  Great  Salt  Lake  Minerals  & 
Chemicals  Corporation.  Strong  salt  floor  comprising  halite  crystals. 
magnesium  sulfate  and  potassium.  3.667.980.  CI.  106-286. 
Nejib,UmidR.:See— 

Rozelle.    Donald    S.;    Rozelle,    Ralph    B.;    and    Nejib,    Umid 
R, 3 .668.450. 
Nelson.  Arthur  John.  Coupling  for  drill  suing.  3.667.252,  CI.  64-23.5 
Nelson, Gerald  v.:  See- 

O'Keefe.  WilKam  H.;  Colvert  James  H.;  Nelson.  Gerald  V.;  and 
Youngblood.  Douglas  J..3.668.1 14. 
Nelson,  Winston  L.  Puzzle  forming  regular  geometric  figures  from  a 
changeable  number  of  pieces  having  sequentially  increasing  surface 
areas.  3.667,760,  CI.  273-157. 


Nemeth,  Henry;  Nielsen,  Edwin  August;  and  Berkin.  Harvey,  to  Ideal 
Toy  Corporation.  Toy  phonograph  mechanism.  3.667.764.  CI.  274- 
9.00r 
Nepovim.  Zdenek.  to  Lindsay  Specialty  Products  Limited.  Cable  con- 
nector. 3.668,61 2, CI.  339-94. 
Nettleton,  Frank  S.:  See- 
Gardner.  Fred  M.;  Gervais.  Joseph  R.;  and  Nettleton.  Frank 
S..3,668,457. 
Neu,  Helmut:  See— 

Fiebelmann,  Peter;  and  Neu.  Helmut.3.668.070. 
Neubauer,  Ewald:  See— 

Kleinhagauer,     Otmar;     Cerwenka.     Peter;     and     Neubauer. 
Ewald.3,667.538. 
Neudeckcr.    Karl;    and    Theer.    Anton,    to    Agfa-Gevaert    Aktien- 
gesellschaft. Photographic  apparatus  with  means  for  adjusting  the 
exposure  control  in  dependency  on  the  sensitivity  of  film.  3,667,362, 
Cl.95-31.0fs 
Neumunz.  M..  &  Son.  Inc.:  See— 

Koref.  Ernest;  and  Petty.  Elijah  E..  3.667.920. 
NeuschoU.  Robert.  Fasteners  having  locking  keys.  3.667,526.  CI.  151- 

23. 
Newell.  Douglas  F..  to  United  States  of  America.  Navy.  Accelerometer 

monitoring  device.  3.667.300.  CI.  73-5 1 7.000 
Newell  Mfg.  Co.:  See- 

Pagel.  Armin  B..  3.667.825. 
Newman.  Harry  B.:  See- 
Franz.  Maurice  F.;  Herr.  Charles  H.;  Newman.  Harry  B.;  and 
Webber.  Philip  S  ,3,667,309. 
Newton,  Clifford,  to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited.  Apparatus 
for  producing  striped  colorations  on  dyeable  substrates  in  continu- 
ous form.  3.667,258.  CI.  68-205.00r 
Nexus,  Inc.:  See- 
Flanagan,  William  H.  3.668.610. 
Ng.  David  M.;  and  Rehkopf.  Charles  M.,  to  Sylvania  Electric  Products, 
Inc.  Optical  system  for  forming  a  windowed  web  in  a  color  cathode 
ray  tubescreen  structure.  3,667.355. CI.  95-1.000 
Nicholas.  Arthur  S.;  and  Kassouni,  Sarkis  M..  to  U.S.  Industries,  Inc., 
mesne.  Method  for  making  a  decorative  plastic  laminate.  3,668,034, 
CI.  156-245.000 
Nichols,  Thomas  G.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Techniques  for 

casting  encapsulated  coils.  3,668,583,  CI.  336-58.000 
Nicoloff,  Demetre  M.:  See— 

Blackthear,  Perry  L.;  Forstrom.  Richard  J.;  Dorman,  Frank  D.; 
and  Nicoloff.  Demetre  M.. 3.667,069. 
Nielsen.  Edwin  August:  See— 

Nemeth.    Henry;    Nielsen,   Edwin    August;   and    Berkin,   Har- 
vey.3,667,764. 
Nighan,  William:  See— 

Bullis.  Robert  H.;  and  Nighan.  William.3.668.S50. 
Nikaido,  Akira;  Onda,  Mitsuo;  Nakajima,  Fumio;  Machida,  Takayasu; 
and  Sudo,  Shunji,  to  Citizen  Watch  Co..  Ltd.  Synchronous  transistor 
motor  with  source  voltage  compensation.   3,668,488,  CI.  318- 
138.000 
Nilssen,  Ole  K.:  See- 
Cherry.    James    R.;    Byles,    Theodore    A.;    and    Nilssen,    Ole 
K, 3.668.4 19. 
Nippon  Denso  Company  Limited:  See— 

Kawashima.  Yoshichi.  3.668.504. 
Nippon  Denso  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Noguchi.  Masaaki;  Sumiyoshi.  Masaharu;  Sakakibara.  Shigeru; 
Ito,  Osamu;  and  Kato.  Takaaki.  3.667.322. 
Nippon  Electric  Company.  Limited:  See— 

Konishi.  Tatsuo;  and  Inaba,  Masao.  3.668.492. 
Yamamoto,  Hirohiko;  and  Shiraishi.  Masamichi,  3.668.424. 
Nippon  Kogei  Kogyo  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

WaUnabe,  TamoUu;  and  Onoue,  Fumio,  3,667,676. 
Nippon  Kokan  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See- 
Nomura,  Hirokazu;  and  Sasaki,  Akira,  3,668,364. 
Nippon  Selfoc  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Kitano,  Ichiro;  and  Matsumura,  Hiroyoihi,  3,667,832. 
Nippon  Steel  Corporation:  See— 

Shimizu,    Mineo;    Takechi,    Hiroshi;    Kajioka,    Hiroyuki;    and 
Kawaharada.  Minoru,  3,668,016. 
Nippon  Telegraph  &  Telephone  Public  Corporation:  See— 

Yamamoto.  Kazuyuki;  and  Matsuda.  Ryoichi.  3,668,312. 
Nishiie.  Kazuyoshi:  See- 
Abe,  Jinnosuke;  Watanabe.  Tetsuo;  Take.  Teruo;  Fujimoto.  Ken- 
taro;  Fujii,  Tadaahiro;  Takemura.  Kazunari;  Nishiie.  Kazuyoshi; 
Satoh.  Sakae;  Koide;  Tadashi;  and  Hotu.  Yasue.3,668.200. 
Nissan  Motor  Company.  Limited:  See— 
Irie.Namio.  3,667.323. 
Ohie.  Koichi;  and  Enomoto.  Koji,  3.667.228. 
Nissen.  Warren  I.:  See— 

Dorion,  Francis  W.,  Jr.;  Nissen,  Warren  I.;  and  Perry,  Roger 
L.,3,667,121. 
Nittan  Company,  Limited:  See- 
Sasaki.  Koju.  3,668,676. 
Nitto  Chemical  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Yoshino,  Takachika;  Saito,  Shigeru;  Ishikura,  Jun;  Sasaki,  YuUka; 
and  Sobukawa,  Masukuni,  3.668.147. 
Noble,  Arlen  B.  Phototypesetting  apparatus.  3.667,356, CI.  95-4.500 
Noble,  John  H.,  to  Stone  3l  Webster  Engineering  Corporation.  Nuclear 
conUinment  emergency  ventilating  system.  3,667,370.  CI.  98-33.00r 


PI  30 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JunbI6.  1972 


Nodm,  Ricmrdo;  mnd  Espino,  Manuel  R.  Ditpenting  package  and  tubat- 

tembly  therefor.  3,667,630, CI.  221-250. 
Noden,  Kattuji:  5er— 

Fujinami,  Akin;  Ozaki,  Toihiaki;  Horiuchi,  Fukashi;  Yamamoto, 
Sigeo;  Akiba.  Keiichiro;  Tanaka,  KaUutothi;  Ooba,  Shigehiro; 
Ooithi,    Tadashi;    Nodera,    Katsuji;    and    Kameda,    Nobuyu- 
ki.3.66S.2l7. 
Noguchi,  Hikoji;  and  Miyaxato,  Yoahinobtt,  taid  Miyaxato  aator.  to 
uid    Noguchi.    Plaitic    egg    package    spot    welding    apparatus. 
3,668.041.  CI.  1S6S83.000 
Noguchi,  Masaaki;  Sumiyoshi,  Maaaharu;  Sakakibara,  Shigeru;  Ito, 
Otamu;  and  Kalo,  Takaaki.  said  Noguchi,  taid  Sumiyoshi  and  taid 
Sakakibara  atsof*.  to  Toyota  Jidotha  Kogyo  Kabuihiki  Kaitha,  taid 
Ito  and  taid  Kato  assort,  to  Nippon  Denso  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Oil 
pressure  controling  device  for  automatic  transmission  with  hydrau- 
lic torque  converter.  3,667.322,  CI.  74-731.000 
Nomura,  Hirokazu;  and  Sasaki,  Akira,  to  Nipponf  Kokan  Kabushiki 

Kaisha.  Welding  method.  3.668.364,CI.  219-I2y()0r 
Nomura,  Sadao:  See — 

Kojima,  Hiroomi;  Nomura,  Sadao;  and  Kuma4a,\^kio,3,667,828. 
Nomura,  Yukihiko,  to  Alps  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  Slide  rlwostat  and  push- 
pull  switch  assembly.  3,668.397,  CI.  338-198.0M 
Nordell,  Carl  H.:  See-  1 

Crandall,  Richard;  and  Nordell, Carl  H.,3,667.602. 
Noren,  Tore  H.  Swingable  comb  for  cloting  magnetic  twiti^  for  con- 
trolling hot  rinte  water  in  a  dishwasher.  3,668^46,  CI.  200^1 .410 
Norian,  Roger  F.;  and  Koning,  Virgil  H.,  to  \ttpx  CorporationvJ[>ansi- 

tion  integration  switching  amplifler.  3,668,414.  CI.  307-104. 
Norin.  Robert  W.;  and  Roth,  Donald  J.,  to  ContViienUl  Can  Company, 
Inc.  Pulsed  liquid  wire  electrohydraulic  tyttert.  3,668,363.  CI.  219- 
149.000  7 

Norman.  Harry  B.  Air  circulating  device.  3,6^.872,  CI.  4 1 7-423. 
Norrit,  Melvin  N .  Drive  for  belt  conveyors.  ^.668.483.  CI.  3 1 8- 1 02. 
Norsk  Hydro-Elektrisk  Kvaelstofakti^«l»kab:  See- 

Alm,  Rasmus  Strande,  3,667,85 1 . 
North  American  Rockwell  Corporation:  See— 
Barrett.  Donald  H..  3.667,396. 
Farrand.  Willam  A..  3,668.042. 
Flanagan.  Joseph  E..  3,668,026. 
Kaufman,  Robert  H.;  and  Richardson.  Donald,  3.667 .993. 
North  Electric  Company:  S«e— 
Albert,GuyD.,  3.668,603. 
Northern  Electric  Company  Limited:  See — 

Campbell,  David;  and  Chamberland,  Real  Oscar,  3,668,333. 
Demirdjioghlou.  Sayman  Fadil;  and  Van  Dyk,  Robert  Maarten, 

3,668,698. 
Warner,  Wesley  John,  3,668 ,331. 
Norton  Company:  See— 

MacKay.  Joseph  H,  Jr.,  3,667.169. 
MacKay,  Joseph  H..  Jr.,  3,667,1 70. 
Norton.  Robert  K.,  to  Harris-lntertype  Corporation.  Gate  mechanism 

for  proceuing  a  stream  of  articles.  3,667,733,  CI.  271-64.000 
Norton,  Robert  K.:Sm- 

Kacmarcik,  Thomas  J.;  and  Norton,  Robert  K., 3,667 ,663. 
Nosier,  Heinz  Gunter;  Wetsendorf.  Richard;  and  Bellinger.  Hortt.  to 
Henkel  &  Cie  G.m.b.H.  Antimicrobic  wathing  agentt,  wathing  adju- 
vanu  and  cleaning  agenU.  3.668,1 33,  CI.  232-107.000 
Novak,  John  P.,  to  Inland  Steel  Company.  Method  of  treating  an  alloy 

steel  for  enameling.  3,668,022,  CI.  148-16.000 
Novatek,  Inc.:  See— 

Spaulding,  David  B.,  3,668,624. 
Nowak,  Bernard  E.;  Cottit,  Steve  G.;  and  Economy,  James,  to  Car- 
borundum Company,  The.  Printed  circuit  with  substrate  of  an  os- 
y benzoyl  polyester.  3,668,300,  CI.  174-68.300 
Nuclear  Fuel  Services.  Inc.:  See— 

Gammill,  Adrian  Monroe;  Guinn,  Franklir  Keith;  Bird,  Urban  S.; 
and  Housholder,  William  R.,  3,667.423. 
Nuclear  Waste  Sysums  Company:  See— 

Mertent,  Johann,  3 ,667 ,713. 
Nuclear-Chicago  Corporation:  See- 
Walker,  William  G..  3.668.393. 
Nukem  Nuklear-Chemie:  See— 

Krauth,  Axel; and  Teiwet,  Hans-Jurgen,  3,668,292. 
Nupnau,  Arthur  E.,  to  Bell  &  Howell  Company.  Fihn  cartridge  at- 

uching  apparatus.  3,667.833,  CI.  332-72. 
NutUll.  Fleet  E.:5ee- 

SummerTield,  William  F.;and  NutUll,  Fleet  E.,3,667,763. 
N.V.   Koninklijke  Nederlandsch   Machinefabriek   Voorheen  E.   H. 
Begemann:  See- 
Van  Herpt,  Comelis  Hendrikus  Jozephus,  3,668,177. 
V.MeUverpa:  See- 
Van  de  Bilt,  Pieter  Amoldus.  3,667,378. 
V.  Plastic  Indusuie  Van  Daalen:  See- 
Van  Daalen,  Leendert,  3,667,647. 
NysUand.  Ernst  Daniel;  and  Mcintosh,  Brian  H.,  to  Paper  Converting 
Machine  Company,  lac.  Sanitary  napkin  and  method  and  means  of 
producing.  3,667,468, CI.  128-290. 
Oakt  Power  Corporation:  See- 
Peck,  Donald  W.,  3,668,314. 
OX^onnor,  Thomas  J.  Structure  for  and  method  of  electro  erosion 

machining.  3,668,361 .  CI.  2 1 9-69.00c 
OfHcina  Medico-Ortopedica  Dott  Giovanni  Zumaglini:  See— 
Zumaglini.  Giovanni.  3,667,437. 


N 


N 


Ogura,  Mksuo;  and  Fukazawa,  Shinichi,  to  Hiuchi,  Ltd.  Casaatte-upc 

supplying  apparatus.  3,667,624.  CI.  2l4-8.30a 
Ohi«,  Koichi;  and  Enomoto,  Koji,  to  Nisun  Motor  Company,  Limited. 
Lubricating  circuit  of  an  automotive  power  transmiuion.  3,667,228, 
CI.  60-54. 
Ohio  Displays,  inc.:  See— 

Code.  Sunley  S.,  3,667.734. 
Ohmart  Corporation.  The:  See— 

Cahill,  Bonaventure  B.;  and  Lyon,  Wilfred  W.,  3,668,399.| 
Ohmega  Laboratories:  Set— 

Harbeson,  William  D.,  3,668,336. 
Ohta,  Eiichi:  See— 

Takeaaka,  Haruo;  Okuyama,  Hiroshi;  Hibino,  Noburo;  and  Ohta, 
Eiichi,3.667.283. 
Oi,  Kaxuo;  and  Negishi,  Katuo,  to  Kazuo  Oi.  Method  and  apparatus  for 

centrifugal  classification.  3,667,600,  CI.  209-144.000 
Oikawa.MiUuru:See—  I 

Okabc.  Tadao;  Tanaka.  Makoto;  Tamura.  Shoso;  Fukushima, 
Masakazu;  and  Oikawa.  MiUuru.3.668.002. 
Oil  Mop  latemational.  Inc.:  See- 
Rhodes,  Herbert  M.,  3,668,1 1 8. 
Gishi,  Hideo:  See-p^^ 

Ando.  Kuni^and'0ishi.  Hideo,3 ,668,072. 
Oka.  Tsunoru/io  Alps  Electric  Co..  Ltd.  Electric  switch  with  iknproved 

cam  oper^d  pivoted  contact.  3,668.343.  CI.  200-6.0bb 
Okabe,   .Tadao;    Tanaka.    Makoto;    Tamura.    Shozo;    Fukushima. 
Ma^azu.  and  Oikawa.  MiUuru.  to  HiUchi,  Ltd.  Shadow  mask  hav- 
focasing  function  and  method  of  making  same.  3,668^002,  CI. 
117-210. 
Okada.  Takeo:  See— 

Takeachi.  Koichi;  Okada,  Takeo;  and  Aoki.  Shinichi.3.668.330. 
Okajiraa.  Mataki;  and  Yokoyama.  Ryuzaburo,  to  Ricoh  Co..  Ltd.  Ad- 
ding machine  with  printing  device.  3.667.670.  CI.  23S-60.0rat 
Okamoto,  Tosiaki;  and  Inada,  Masami.  to  Aisin  Seiki  Company 
Limited.  Antiskiid  brake  control  mechanism.  3.667.81 1.  iCI.  303- 
2l.00f  I 

O'Keefe.  William  H.;Colvert  James  H.;  Nelson.  Gerald  V.;  an^  Young- 
blood,  Douglas  J.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Stabilized  amorphous  lilica-alu- 
m Ina  caUlytic  cracking  catalytU.  3,668. 1 1 4.  CI.  208- 1 20. 
Okuno.  Zenjiro:  See- 
Mac  hida.Hazime;  and  Okuno,Zenjiro,3,668, 1 27. 
Okuyama,  Hiroshi:  See— 

Takeaaka,  Haruo;  Okuyama,  Hiroshi;  Hibino.  Noburo;  and  Ohta. 
Eiichi.3.667.283. 
Olah,  Emery  E..  to  Motorola.  Inc.  Memory  mechanism  for  pushbutton 

tuners.  3.667.302.  CI.  74-10.370 
Oldham.  Ira  B.  Ill:  See- 

GrifTith.  Robert  L.;  and  Oldham.  Ira  B..  III.3.668.63 1 . 

Oldham.  Ira  B..  III.  to  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 

Fast   decode   character  error   detection   and   correction   system. 

3.668.632. CI.  340-146.100 

Olin  Corporation:  See— 

Fabiano,  Leonard  A.,  3,668,087. 
Keith.  Norval  A,  3,667,266. 
King,JohnB..  3.668.449. 
Olin  Mathieson  Chemical  Corporation:  See —  ^^ 

Breuer.  Herman.  3.667,930. 
Olivetti,  lag..  C.  A  C.  S.p.A.:  See— 

Rasoira,  Michelangelo,  3,667,303. 
Olsson,  Erik  G.:  See— 

Media,  Gunnar  F.  A.;  and  Olsson,  Erik  G, 3,667.390. 
Olympus  Optical  Co.,  Ltd.:  See- 
Sato.  Mataaki;  and  Saitou.  Shiniche.  3,668.371. 
O'Malley.  Thomas  J.,  to  Grayhill,  Inc.  Miniature  axial  bridgiig  rotary 

switch  with  improved  housing.  3.668.338.  CI.  200-1 1  OOa 
Onda,  MilBuo:  See— 

Nikaido,    Akira;   Onda,    Mitsuo;    Nakajima.    Fumio;    Machida. 
Takayatu;andSudo,Shunji,3,668,488.  I 

O'Neill,  John  Francis:See—  I 

Becker.  Floyd  Kenneth;  Dimmick.  James  Owen;  Lewis.  Theras 
Gordon;  and  O'Neill,  John  Francis,3,668,3 18. 
One,  Mitsuaki:  See— 

Yano.  Osahiko;  and  Ono.  MiUuaki,3,668,3 10. 
Onoue,  Fumio:  See— 

Watanabe,  Tamotsu;  and  Onoue,  Fumio, 3, 667, 676. 
Ooba,  Shigehiro:  See— 

Fujinami,  Akira;  Ozaki,  Toshiaki;  Horiuchi,  Fukashi;  Yamamoto, 
Sigeo;  Akiba,  Keiichiro;  Tanaka,  Katsutoshi;  Ooba,  Shigehiro; 
Oobhi,   Tadashi;   Nodera,    Katsuji;   and    Kameda,   Nobuyu- 
ki,3,668,2l7. 
Ooishi,  Tadashi:  See— 

Fujinami,  Akira;  Ozaki,  Toshiaki;  Horiuchi,  Fukashi;  Yamamoto, 

Sigeo;  Akiba,  Keiichiro;  Tanaka,  Katsutoshi;  Ooba,  Shigehiro; 

Ooishi,   Tadashi;   Nodera,    Katsuji;   and    Kameda,   Nobuyu- 

ki,3,668,2I7. 

Optic  Sciences  Corporation:  See— 

Appier,  Robert  L.;  and  Hoehn,  Hubert  H.,  3,667.849. 
OPTOmeehanisms,  Inc.:  See— 

Chiuyat.  Anwar  K„  3,668,301 . 
Orem,  Rowland  L.,  Jr.:  See- 
Daniels,  David  A.;  Orem,  Rowland  L.,  Jr.;  and  Lar4.  Edwin 
E, 3 ,668, 1 39. 
Ormond,  Alfred  Newman.  Method  and  apparatus  for  analog 
conversion.  3,668,690,  CI.  340-347.0nt 


to  digital 


June  6.  1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  31 


Oronzio  de  Nora  Impianti  Elettrochimici,  S.A.A.:  See— 

Loftfield,  Richard  E.;  Bailey,  Warren  R.;  and  Doolittle.  John  C. 
Jr..  3.668.104. 
Otbome.  Thomai  E..  to  Hewlett  Packard  Company.  Output  display  for 

ute  with  a  cakutator.  3.668.46 1 .  CI.  3 1 3-22.000 
Otburn.  Lloyd:  See- 
Barrow  ,  M  arvin  A . .  3 ,668 ,628. 
Otial.  Thaddeus  A.;  and  Ravai,  Richard  J.,  to  Westinghouse  Electric 
Corporation.  System  for  providing  continuously  variable  pump  pul- 
•et.  3.668.548, CI.  331-94.5 
Otinga,  Thco  Jan :  See- 
Van  Beck.  WUhelmui  Petrus;  and  Otinga.  Theo  Jan.3.668.148. 
Ottanna.  Oliver  A .;  See- 
French.  William  H;  and  Ossanna.  Oliver  A. .3,668.091. 

French.  William  H;  and  Ossanna.  Oliver  A. ,3,668,092. 
Ottbergt  Fabrikt  AB:  See— 

Lindblom.Thore.  3.667.619. 
Otterberg,  Rodney  P.:  See- 
Schwartz.  Robert  A.  D.;  and  Otterberg.  Rodney  P.  J.668.381 . 
Ostrowski.  Arthur  E.;  and  Basile.  Raffaele,  to  Allied  Tube  &  Conduit 
Corporation.  Apparatus  for  coating  surfaces  and  curing  the  same  at 
high  speeds.  3,667,095.  CI.  29-3. 
Ota.  Hiroshi,  to  Toyoda  Koki  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Side-dressing  ap- 
paratus for  a  grinding  machine.  3,667,445. CI.  125-11.000 
Ota,  l*ao,  to  Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.  Electrophoretic 

display  device  3.668.106,  CI  204-299 
Ottuka,  Tokio.  Sasabe.  Shozo;  and  Nakagawa,  Hiroyuki,  to  Sumitomo 
Chemical  Company,  Ltd.  Preparing  water  insoluble  anthraquinone 
dyettuffs.  3,668.219. CI.  260-325.000 
Otto.  Noel  A.,  to  Automatic  Switch  Co.  Self-recycling  actuator  and 

valve  incorporating  it.  3,667,502.  CI.  137-624.140 
Outboard  Marine  Corporation:  See- 
Cavil.  David  T.  3.667.441 . 
Kueny.  Don  F.;  and  Pollari.  Howard  M .,  3,667,43 1 . 
Puffer,  Edward  W.;  and  Duncan,  Howard  K.,  3,667,304. 
Oweni,  Frederick  H .;  and  Clovit.  James  S.,  to  Rohm  &  Haas  Company. 
Acrylic  modiHen  for  polycarbonamides.  3,668,274,  CI.  260-857.00g 
Owens,  Raymond  Clyde;  and  Thomas,  Lucius  Ponder,  to  RCA  Cor- 
poration. Kinescope  socket.  3,668,475,  CI.  3 1 7-61 .500 
Owens-Corning  Fiberglas  Corporation:  See— 

Gelin,  Robert  J,  3,667,891. 
Owent-lllinoit,  Inc.:  See — 

Schmersal,  Larry  J.,  3,668,688. 
Thomas,  Ian  M,  3,667,909. 
Oxenrider,  Bryce  C,  to  Allied  Chemical  Corporation.  Purirication  of 

polycarbonate  resins.  3,668, 18 1, CI.  260-47. 
Oxford  Pendaflex  Corporation:  See—  - — 

Jonai.  Frank  D.  3.667.854. 
Ozaki.  Toshiaki:  See— 

Fujinami.  Akira;  Ozaki.  Toshiaki;  Horiuchi.  Fukashi;  Yamamoto. 
Sigeo;  Akiba.  Keiichiro;  Tanaka.  Katsutoshi;  Ooba.  Shigehiro; 
Ooishi.   Tadashi;   Nodera,   Katsuji;   and    Kameda,   Nobuyu- 
ki,3,668,2l7. 
Ozdian,  Josef:  See— 

Brazda,  Ladislav;  Prochazka,  Miloslav;  Kuhn,  Vladimir;  and  Ozdi- 
an, Josef,3,667,203. 
Pacific  Handy  Cutter,  Incorporated:  See- 
Black,  Leonard  J.,  3,667,1 22. 
Pacific  VegeUble  Oil  Corporation:  See— 

Cummingt.  Lowell  O.,  3,668,1 39. 
Pack-Rite  Packaging  &  Crating  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Angelbeck.  John  A,  Jr.,  3,667,403. 
Packer,  Louis  L.:  See— 

Blecherman,  Sol  S.;   Ulion,   Nicholas  E.;  and  Packer,  Louis 
L, 3,668,3  86. 
Padalino,  Joseph  J.;  and  Tusrynski,  Alfons  A.,  to  Research  Corpora- 
tion. Pulse-width  frequency  modulation  device.  3,668,360,  CI.  332- 
9. 
Paddock,  Norman  Lovelace:  See- 
Proctor,  James  Ernest;  Paddock,  Norman  Lovelace;  and  Searle, 
Harold  Trevor,3.667.922. 
Paepke.  Horst.  to  Warner  &  Swatey  Company.  The.  HorizonUl  selec- 
tor jacks  and  their  actuation.  3.667,254,  CI  66- 50.00r 

Page,  Thomas  John:  See- 
Cleaver,   John   Stephen;   Guilford,   Peter;   Kimpton,   Frederick 
James;     Page,     Thomas     John;     and     Steinberg,     Norman 
Richard,3,667,lt9. 
Pagel,  Armin  B.,  to  Newell  Mfg.  Co.  Apparatus  for  dispensing  sheet 

material.  3.667,825,  CI.  3 1 2-39. 
Paggen   Harold  W.  Device  for  removing  dirt  and  corrosion  from  heat 

exchanger  cores.  3,667.488,  CI.  134-169. 
Paglee.  M  ario  Robert:  See—  j 

Krupa.  John  Eugene;  and  Paglee.  Mario  Rowrt.3 .668,36 1 . 
Palau,  Joseph;  and  de  Germond,  Jacques,  to  Suubli  Ltd.  Double-lift 

dobby.  3,667,507, CI.  139-71. 
Palermo,  Anthony  J.;  and  Husick,  Charles  B.,  to  Picker  Corporation. 

AdjusUble  collimator.  3,668,402,  CI.  250-105.000 
Palmer,  Alan  B.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Method 
of  securing  dense,  meUl-bonded  refractory  nitride  bodies  to  steel 
and  product.  3,667,099,  CI.  29-191.000 
Palmer,  Brian  Michael:  See- 
Martin,  David  Eric;  and  Palmer,  Brian  Michael,3,668,270. 
Palotsee,  John  J.  Golf  putter  with  aligning  device.  3,667,761,  CI.  273- 
186.00a 


Palsa,  Helmut:  See— 

Gerke,  Peter;  Baur,  Hans;  Rutkowtki,  Karl;  Binder.  Hans-Eugen; 
Palsa,  Helmut;  and  Fabianke,  Hartfflut,3,668,3 19. 
Panduit  Corporation:  See — 

Moody.  Roy  A.;  and  Caveney,  Jack  E.,  3,667,710. 
Pansini.  Andrew   L.  Swimming  pool  leaf  trap.  3.667,611,  CI.  210- 

244.000 
Panzer,  Norman.  X-ray  film  identification  means.  3,668,394.  CI.  250- 

67.000 
Paolctti,  Charles:  See— 

Morane,   Bruno;   Maurelli,   Manlio;   Paoletti,  Charles;   Merrien. 
Louis;  and  Sathicq,  Rot>ert,3,667,6S2. 
Paper  Converting  Machine  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

Nystrand,  Ernst  Daniel;  and  Mcintosh,  Brian  H.,  3,667,468. 
Pappadakis,  Nicholas  J.,  to  Tenneco  Chemicals,  Inc.  Matrix  material 
for  production  of  plastic  printing  plates.  3,668.038,  CI.  161-165.000 
Parish.  Albert  A.,  to  K.M.P.  Lake  Pump  Mfg.  Co.  Wind  vane  con- 
trolling direction  and  brake  meant.  3.667.861  .CI.  416-14.000 
Parisot.  Jean:  See— 

Vidal,  Jean;  Parisot,  Jean;  and  Lemoine,  Jacques.3.667,217. 
Park-Ohio  Industries,  inc.:  See— 

Meermans,  Ronald  A.,  3,668,334. 
Parke,  Davit  &  Company:  See— 

Eltlager,  Edward  F.;  and  Worth,  Donald  F..  3.668.205. 
Parker.  Harry  W..  to  Phillipt  Petroleum  Company.  Waterflooding 

method.  3.667.546.  CI.  166-274. 
Parker,  Levi  C;  and  Robertson,  Odes  B.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Hydrodesul- 

furization  process.  3,668,1 12,  CI.  208-89. 
Parket.  Ralph  C  Heat  transfer  roll.  3,667,542,  CI.  165-89.000 
Parkinson  Cowan  Limited:  See— 

Toth.  Bela  M.;  and  Thow,  ian,  3,667,447. 
Parnell,  James  A.,  to  Bautch  &  Lomb,  Incorporated.  Capacitive  trans- 
ducer. 3,668,672,  CI.  340-200. 
Parr.  Robert  A.,  to  Boeing  Company.  The.  Blade  inspection  system  and 

method.  3.667.862.  CI.  4 1 6-61 .000 
Parson.  Ronald  F.;  Sherman,  Richard  M.;  and  Webb.  Robert  M..  to 
Graco.  Inc.  Electrostatic  powder  coating  apparatut.  3.667.674.  CI. 
239-15. 
Pascente,  Joseph  E.,  to  Grigsby-Barton,  Inc.  Synchronous  switching 

circuit.  3,668,422,C1.  307-133.000 
Patel,  Anilkumar  U.,  to  Continental  Can  Company,  inc.  Easy-lift  pull 

Ub.  3,667.643.  CI.  220-54.000 
Patel.  Jitendra  A.;  Herbstman,  Sheldon;  Peck.  Reese  A.;  and  Wilton, 
Raymond  F.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Detulfurization  of  a  preoxidized  oil. 
3.668,1 1 7,  CI.  208-228. 
Paton,  David:  See— 

Colurt,  Michael  L.;  and  Paton,  David. 3.667.967. 
Patrick.  Donald  A.,  to  Prince  Manufacturing  Corporation.  Stroke  con- 
trol device  for  hydraulic  cylindert.  3.667.347.  CI.  91-404.000 
Patterton.  Wayne  A.  Treatment  of  organic  waste  productt.  3,668.120, 

CI.  210-60.000 
Pattison,  Richard  Arthur,  to  Electronized  Chemicab  Corporation. 

PorUble  electric  heat  gun.  3,668,370,  CI.  219-373.000 
Pauttian,  John  E.;  and  Fein.  Marvin  M..  to  Thiokol  Chemical  Corpora- 
tion. High-energy  propellant  containing  coated  hydrazinium  azide. 
3.667.524,  CI.  149-8.000 
Pavlik,  Frank  J.,  to  Minnesou  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Company. 
Esters  of  perfluoro-tertiaryalkyl  alcohols  and  hydrocarbyl  or  halo- 
hydrocarbyl  carboxylic  acids.  3,668,233,  CI.  260-47 1  OOc 
Paweck  AG:  See— 

Bergner,  Siegfried,  3,667,269. 
Pawl,  Walter  S.  Vehicle  anti-skid  and  anti-spin  signal  and  control 

device.  3,668,629, CI.  340-53.000 
Peak,  Leonard  R.  Tractor  pull  load  measuring  device.  3,667.291,  CI. 

73-l4I.OOr 
Pearson,  Derek  Gordon,  to  Associated  Lead  Manufacturing  Limited. 
Dust-free  lead  sUbilizer  for  synthetic  resins.  3,668,144.  CI.  252- 
400.000 
Pease,  Robert  A.,  to  Teledyne,  Inc.  Current  compensator  circuit. 

3, 668, 5 4 1. CI.  330-23.000 
Peck,  Donald  W.,  to  Oaks  Power  Corporation.  Dual  voluge  power 
system  for  use  with  vehicle  alternators  and  the  like.  3,668414,  CI. 
322-28.000 
Peck,  Reese  A.:  See— 

Patel,  Jitendra  A.;  Herbstman,  Sheldon;  Peck,  Reese  A.;  and  Wil- 
son, Raymond  F., 3,668, 1 17. 
Pedersen,  John  H.;  and  Bedford,  Michael  J.,  to  Burroughs  Corporation. 
Multiple    terminal   computer   control   system    for   group  polling. 
3,668,649.  CI.  340-172.500 
Pedinoff,  Melvin  E.:  See- 
Zimmerman.  Robert  L.;  Schweitzer.  Bernard  P.;  Garvin,  Hugh  L.; 
Pedinoff,  Melvin  E.;  and  Waldner,  Michael,3,66S,662. 
Pell,  Lawrence  W.;  See— 

Picard,   Jean    P.;   Dunigan,   Thomas   E.;   and    Pell,    Lawrence 
W.,3 ,667,387. 
Pellechia,Vincent  J.:  See— 

Sheppard,  John  E.;  and  Pellechia.Vincent  J. ,3,667.923. 
Pellman.  Robert  C:  See- 
Taylor.  John  H;  and  Pellman,  Robert  C.,3,667,790. 
Pendleton,  John   M.  Flowable  dunnage  apparatus  and  method  of 
packaging  with  flowable  and  compilable  inflated  dunnage  material. 
3,667,593, CI.  206-46. 
Pengo  Corporation:  See — 

Bennetti,  John  G.,  3,667,339. 


PI  32 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6, 1972 


Pennington,  Keith  S.;  Shelton.  Olenmore  L.,  Jr.;  and  Will.  Peter  M..  to 
International  Binineu  Machines  Corporation.  Three  dimensional 
zone  plate  grid  encoding  and  decoding.  3 ,667 ,8  3 1 ,  CI.  350- 1 62  .Osf 
Pennwalt  Corporation:  See— 

Cassella,  Vincent  Joseph,  Jr.,  3 ,668.1 24. 
King,  James  Ping.  3,668.193. 
Penquite.  Charles  R.;  and  Barker.  George  E..  to  Monsanto  Company. 
Apparatus  and  process  for  testing  exhaust  gas  catalyst  systems. 
3.667.914.  CI.  23-230. 
Percival.  John  O..  to  National  Cash  Register  Company.  The.  Semicon- 
ductor chip  bonding  method.  3.667,848, CI.  356-153.000 
Perla,  Martin  R.  Needle  positioning  mechanism  for  sewing  machines. 

3,667,4 12, CI.  I12-2l9.00a 
Periino,  Silvano,  to  Necchi  S.p.A.  Apparatus  for  automatically  sewing 

patch  pockets  onto  garmenu.  3,667,41 1,  CI.  112-121.12 
Perma  Productt  Co.:  See— 

Pryor.  James T..  3,667.666. 
Perrotti.  Emilio:  See— 

Mattucci.  Anna  Maria;  and  Perrotti.  Emilio.3.668,227. 
Perry,  James  R.,  Jr.,  to  Collins  Radio  Company.  J-K  Flip-flop  monosU- 

bie  multivibrator  apparatus.  3,668,534,  CI.  328-207.000 
Perry,  Roger  L.:  See— 

Dorion,  Francis  W.,  Jr.;  Nissen,  Warren  I.;  and  Perry,  Roger 
L..3,667,12l. 
Pershke,  Frank  F.,  Limited:  See- 
McCarthy,  Reginald  J.,  3.667,696. 
Persinger,  Laverne  O.;  and  Persinger,  Merle  L.,  to  Big  Boy  Manufac- 
turing Co.,  Inc.  Gas-operated  barbecue  grill.  3,667,449.  CI.  126- 
4l.00r 
Persinger,  Merle  L.:  See— 

Persinger.  Laveme  O.;  and  Persinger,  Merle  L. ,3 .667 ,449. 
Peraoner  AB:  See— 

Persson,  Bengt  Ake.  3,667,377. 
Persson,  Bengt  Ake,  to  Personer  AB.  Tying  mechanism  for  bales. 

3,667,377,  CI.  100-19.000 
Persson,  Henry.   Rute  cleaner  for  twist  drills.   3,667,080,  CI.    15- 

236.000 
Peterson,  Julius  T.:  See— 

Reque,  Albert  K.;  and  Peterson,  Julius T., 3,667 .259. 
Petit,  George  S.;  and  Wright.  Ralph  R.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Process  for  plating  uranium  with  meUl. 
3.668.084,  CI.  204-1.500 
Petit,  Robert,  to  Societe  Nouvelle  Spidem.  Cooling  device  for  a  con- 
tinuous casUng  wheel.  3,667,537,01.  164-278.000 
Petkunas,  John  A.:See— 

Kukla,    Frank    A.;    Kalmar,    Harold    B.;    and    Petkunas,    John 
A. ,3 ,668.616. 
Petree,  Edwyn  H..  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Army,  mesne.  Ap- 
paratus for  insetting  terminals  in  an  apertured  plate.  3,667,103,  CI. 
29-203.00V 
Petrzilka,  Theodor.  Process  of  producing  6(»,  10a-trans-6a,7,8,10o- 

tetrahdydrodibenzo(b,d)-pyrans.  3,668,224,  CI.  260-345.3 
Pettio,  Louis  W.:  See- 
Bunting,   Charles   W.;   Groeber,   David    P.;   and   Pettio,   Louis 
W. 3,668,032. 
Petty,  Elijah  E.:S<«- 

Koref,  Ernest;  and  Petty,  Elijah  E.,3,667.920. 
Petty  Geophysical  Engineering  Company:  See- 
Quay,  Roy  G.  3,668,61 8. 
Pfeifer,  Charles  F.  Vacuum  tester  for  packages  with  flexible  covers. 

3.667 ,281, CI.  73-37.000 
Pfeil,  Arthur  P.,  to  Arrow  Tank  Company,  Inc.  Lined  hollow  wood 

body.  3.667,639.  CI.  2 17-4  OOr 
Pfizer  Inc.:  See- 
Baxter.  Charles  A.  R.  3.668.208. 
Pfundstein.  Gerald  Bernard:  See— 

Egger,  Carl  Thomas;  Pfundstein. Gerald  Bernard;  and  Gillenwater. 
Donald  Lee.3.668.007. 
Philip.  Morris.  Producing  a  knitting  machine  needle  bed.  3.667.113, 

CI.  29-527.6 
Phillips  Petroleum  Company:  See— 
Branscum,ClaudD.,  3,668,122. 
D'Arcy.  Robert  M.;  Birtell,  James  C;  Hensley,  Emmery  P.;  and 

Pryor,  Robert  C.  3.667.744. 
Drake.  William  O..  3.668,28 1 . 
Holland,  Eric  0.3,668,078. 
Hughes,  William  B.,  3,668,086. 
Parker,  Harry  W,  3,667.546. 

Tabler,  Donald  C;  and  Johnson. Marvin  M.,  3,668,265. 
Walker,  Darren  W,  3,668,151. 
Wilt,  Masons.,  3,668,1 62. 
Phipps,  Charles  M.,  Jr.:  See- 
Boucher,  Raymond  R.;  and  Phipps, Charles  M.,  Jr.,3 ,667,533. 
Picard,  Jean  P.;  Dunigan,  Thomas  E.;  and  Pell,  Lawrence  W.,  to  United 
Sutes  of  America,  Army.  Self-destruct  land  mine.  3,667.387,  CI. 
102-8.000 
Picker  Corporation:  See- 
Palermo.  Anthony  J.;  and  Husick.  Charles  B.,  3,668,402. 
Pilger,  Allan  B.,  to  Singer  Company,  The.  Continuous  hysteresis  wiper 
for  electromagnet  in  inertial  guidance  system.  3,668,502,  CI.  318- 
653.000 
Pillsbury  Company,  The:  See— 

FriUberg,  Edward  L.;  and  Fellenz,  Donald  C,  3,667.962. 
Pioneer  Magnetics.  Inc.:  See- 
Wilkinson.  Bruce  L.,  3.668.589. 


Piper.    Roger    D..    to    Mallinckrodt   Chemical   Works.    Pro«cu   for 
precipiuting  luminescent  alkaline  earth  haloapatites.  3,668  141,  CI. 
252-301.4 
Pisanchyn,  John:  See—  -- 

Fuhrmann,    Robert;    Pisanchyn,    John;    and    Koff,    Fr|d    Wil- 
liam,3,668.l82.  I 

Pitters  Proprieury  Limited:  See— 

Bingham,  David  W.  3,667,522.  | 

Pitti"^  Joseph  J.;  and  Tassone,  George  A.,  to  Atreo  Manufacturing  Co., 

Inc.  Pool  cover.-4,667.070,  CI.  4-172.12 
Pittman,  Loyd  W.,  to  Pittman,  Ruth,  surviving  spouse  and  hek  of  said 
Pittman  deceased.  Multiple  masking  atuchment  for  photo  easel. 
3,667.844, CI.  355-54  000 
Pittman,  Ruth:  See—  ^^-  1 

Pittman,  Loyd  W,  3,667,844. 
Pizzini,  Georges  Philippe  Henri:  See—  ' 

Mandineau,    Daniel    Paul    Henri;    Mourey,    Michele    Yvonne 
Christiane;    Pizzini,    Georges    Philippe    Henri;    and    Poulain, 
Jacques  ConsUnt,3 ,668 ,0 1 7 . 
Piatt,  John  G.;  and  Isaacs.  Robert  O..  to  Flex-O-Lators.  In<.  Spring 

deck  fof  furniture  3,667.749. CI.  267-1 12.000 
Plenikowski.  Johannes:  See— 

Seifert.      Friedrich;      Bittscheidt.     Josef;     and      Pleqikowski. 
Joliannes.3.668.192. 
Plessey  Handel  und  Investments  AG.:  See- 
Fish.  Percy  J.;  and  Clark,  Malcolm  B.,  3,668,533 
Hutckings,  Leonard  Henry,  3,668,659. 
Wattcn,  Laurence  Ernest.  3.668.660. 
Plessey  Telecommunications  Research  Limited:  See- 
Kent.    Alan    Hugh;    and    Davis.    John    Christopher    H«mmond. 
3.667.301. 
Plumpe.  Hans;  and  Puis.  Walter,  to  Farbenfabriken  Bayei^  Aktien- 
gesellschaft.      Aryl-sulphonyl-semicarbazides      containing     heter- 
ocyclic acylamino  groups.  3,668,2 1 5,  CI.  260-307. OOd 
Polestak,  Walter  J.,  to  Celanese  Corporation.  Filaments  and  Tilms  of 

polymers  of  alkylene  sulfides.  3.668.060.  CI.  1611 73. 
Polkinghorn.  Melvin  William:  See- 
Burgess,  James  Patton;  Polkinghorn,  Melvin  William;  and  Br 
zoaowski.  Steve  Joseph,3,668,603. 
Pollari,  Howard  M.;  See—  "^^ 

Kueny,  Don  F.;  and  Pollari,  Howard  M. ,3,667 ,431 . 
Pollet,  Robert  Joseph:  See— 

Will«ms,  Jozef  Frans;  Heugebaert,  Frans  Clement;  and  Pollet 
Robert  Joseph.3,667 .957.  1 

Pollution  Monitors.  Inc.:  See—  I 

Lyshkow,  Norman  A,  3,667,918.  | 

Polly.  Jack  J,  Sr.  Vehicle  handle  bar  heater  3,667.3 1 5.  CI.  741-55 1  800 
Polymer  Corporation  Limited:  See— 

Juintky,  Victor,  and  Upfoid,  Ambrose  T.,  3,667,408. 
Polymer  Processing  Research  Institute  Ltd.:  See— 

Yazawa,  Masahide,  3,667,094. 
Pomeroy.J.  H.,&  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Gerwick,  Ben  C,  Jr.,  3.667.238. 
Pool,  Stuart  D.;  and  Meitl.  Harold  G..  to  International  Harvelter  Com 

pany.  Fruit  and  nut  windrower.  3.667.200.  CI.  56-328.00r 
Poole.  Thomas  A.:  See—  I 

Laplante.  Jerry  C;  and  Poole.  Thomas  A. .3.667.942.       | 
Popkov.  Ivan  Nikolaevich:  See — 

Krylov.  Vsevolod  Semenovich;  Popkov.  Ivan  Nikolaevich;  Magu- 
nov.  Robert  Leonidovich;  Puring,  Mikhail  Nikolaevich;  Bag- 
dwarov,  Khachatur  Saakovich;  Tsagina,  Raisa  Fedorovna;  and 
Popov.  Viktor  lnnokentievich,3,667,901 . 
Popov,  Lev  Mikhailovich:  See— 

Lapkin.  KonsUntin  Vasilicvich;  Romanov.  Georgy  Fedorovich; 
Goloviznin.      Vladimir      llich;      and      Popov.      Lev      Mik- 
hailovich.3.667.474. 
Popov,  Viktor  Innokentievich:  See—  i 

Krylov,  Vsevolod  Semenovich;  Popkov,  Ivan  Nikolaevich;  Magu- 

nov,  Robert  Leonidovich;  Puring,  Mikhail  Nikolaevich;  Bag- 

dasarov,  Khachatur  Saakovich;  Tsagina.  Raisa  Fedorovna;  and 

Popov.  Viktor  lnnokentievich.3.667.901 . 

Pops.  Horace,  to  United  SUtes  Steel  Corporation.  Method  of  making  a 

disper«ion-hardened  ferrous  alloy.  3.667,932,  CI.  75-0. 5bc 
Porepp,Hans.  Slide  fastener.  3,667,089,  CI.  24-205. 1 3c 
Porter,  Philip  J.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Bulb  ouUge  indicator 

for  multi-lamp  circuiu.  3,668,678,  CI.  340-25 1 .000  i 

Portland  Cement  Association:  See—  I 

Reeve,  Leo  C,  3,667,878.  I 

Posso,  Pierre  A.  Device  for  packaging  reels  of  magnetic  tape  or  the  like 

and  for  stowing  them  by  suspension.  3,667,595,  CI.  206-53,000 
Potash,  Hanan,  to  Sperry  Rand  Corporation,  mesne.  Peak  detection 

system.  3,668,532,  CI.  328-151.000 
Potterat.  Raymond-Gerard.  Instrument  for  presenting  an  object  to  be 

viewed.  3,667,634.  CI.  214-340.000 
Pottinger.  Eugene  A.;  and  Shelton.  Winston  L..  to  Commercial  Ap- 
pliances. Inc.  Means  for  melting  congealed  liquid  and  for  preventing 
congelation.  3.667,375,  CI.  99-408. 
PotU,  Austin  L.:  See- 
Barrow,  Marvin  A.,  3,668,628. 
Poulain.  Jacques  Constant:  See— 


Mandineau.  Daniel  Paul  Henri;  Mourey.  Michek 
Christiane;  Pizzini.  Georges  Philippe  Henri;  and 
Jacques  ConsUnt.3.668.0 17. 


Yvonne 
Poulain, 


June  6, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  33 


Pout,  Christopher  Ronald:  See— 

Burbidge,  Bernard  Whiting;  Keen,  Ian  Montgomery;  and  Pout, 
Christopher  Ronald, 3,668, 1 13. 
Power  Parts  Company:  See- 
Lock,  Harry  R,  3,667,318. 
Pratt.  Richard  D..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Corrugated  arcuate 

member  3.668.052. CI.  161-117.000 
Precision  Metalsmiths,  Inc.:  See— 

Horton.  Robert  A.;  and  Coghill,  Timothy  L..  3,668,160. 
Preston,   Edward  G.,   to   Molins   Limited.   Continuous   rod   making 

machines.  3,667,587, CI.  198-25.000 
Preus,  Paul;  and  Gallagher,  John  J.  Convertible  barrier  for  substances 

floatingonwater.  3,667.235,  CI.  61-1. 
Price.  Leonard  W .:  See— 

Goldin,  Morris,  and  Price.  Leonard  W.. 3. 667. 147. 
Price.  Michael  Stuart  Thomas:  See— 

Cough,  John  Richard  Cox;  Meaden,  Geoffrey  William;  and  Price, 
Michael  Stuart  Thomas,3.668,284. 
Prince,  Larry  W.  Toothbrush  with  ultraviolet  emitter.  3,667,454,  CI. 

128-24.2 
Prince  Manufacturing  Corporation:  See- 
Patrick,  Donald  A  .  3,667,347. 
Prince,  Martin;  Blanck,  Hillard;  and  Tarancon,  Gregorto,  to  Saleen 
Development  Corporation.  Removal  of  particulate  matter  from  gase- 
ous wastes  by  wet  collectors.  3, 667, 19 1, CI.  55-87.000 
Pritulsky,  James,  to  AMP  Incorporated.  Can  opener  switch.  3,668,342, 

CI.  200-5 2. OOr 
Privett,  Peter  Arthur.  Cultivation  recepUcle.  3,667,1 58.  CI.  47-1 7.000 
Prochazka,  Miloslav:  See— 

Brazda,  Ladislav;  Prochazka,  Miloslav;  Kuhn,  Vladimir;  and  Ozdi- 
an,  Josef, 3, 667, 205. 
Procter  *  Gamble  Company:  See— 
Barbera,  Melvin  A,  3,668,240. 
Proctor  A  Gamble  Company,  The:  See- 
Lucas,  Malcolm  B.;  Villanueva,  Jaime  P.;  and  Rowe,  Stewart, 
3,667,596. 
Proctor,  James  Ernest;  Paddock,  Norman  Lovelace;  and  Searle,  Harold 
Trevor,  to   Hooker  Chemical  Corporation.   Production  of  cyclic 
phosphonitrilic  chloride  polymers  3,667,922,  CI.  23-357.000 
Proctor,  Robert  H.,  to  Controls  Company  of  America.  Refrigeration 
system  with  evaporator  outlet  control  valve.  3,667,247,  CI.  62- 
217.000 
Prodger,  Brian  S.:  See- 
Kennedy,  MeNin  R.,  and  Prodger,  Brian  S, 3,667,672. 
Progressive  Products  Corporation:  See- 
Holmes,  Brandon  M .,  3,667,374. 
Propper  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.:  See- 
White.  Junes  C,  3,667,166. 
Pryor.  James  T..   to   Perma   ProducU  Co.    Foldable  storage   box. 

3.667.666.  CI.  229-16.00b 
Pryor.  Robert  C:  See— 

D'Arcy.  Robert  M.;  Birtell.  James  C;  Hensley,  Emmery  P.;  and 
Pryor,  Robert  C, 3,667.744. 
Pryof,  William  S.:Sre- 

Katsoulis,  Emanuel  G.;  and  Pryor,  William  S.. 3.668.014. 
Puffer.  Edward  W.;  and  Duncan.  Howard  K.,  to  Outboard  Marine  Cor- 
poration.   Riding   lawn   mower  friction   drive.    3.667.304.  CI.   74- 
197.000 
Pullman  Incorporated:  See— 

Kovalcik,  Edward  J.;  and  Dowling,  Edward  D.,  3.667,743. 
Puis,  Walter:  See- 

Plumpe,  Hans;  and  Puis,  Walter,3 ,668,2 1 5. 
Purdy,  Haydn  V.;  and  Mc  Intosh,  Ronald  C.  Electrical  contact-making 

keyboards.  3,668,694, CI.  340-365. 
Puring,  Mikhail  Nikolaevich:  See— 

Krylov.  Vsevolod  Semenovich;  Popkov,  Ivan  Nikolaevich;  Magu- 

nov,  Robert  Leonidovich;  Puring,  Mikhail  Nikolaevich;  Bag- 

dasarov,  Khachatur  Saakovich;  Tsagina,  Raisa  Fedorovna;  and 

-^         Popov,  Viktor  Innokentievich,3,667,901. 

Purnell,  John  M.,  to  Grovhac,  Inc.  Spray  gun.  3,667,682,  CI.  239- 

412.000 
Ouackenbush.  Nebon  E.:  See— 

Smestad,  Dale  E.;  and  Ouackenbush,  Nelson  E.,3,668,1 74. 
Quay,  Roy  G.,  to  Petty  Geophysical  Engineering  Company.  Identifica- 
tion and  classification  of  seismic  reflection  velocity  properties  on 
seismic  reflection  sections.  3,668,618,  CI.  340-15. Sds 
Ouinn,  Edwin  J.,  to  Uniroyal,  Inc.  Difunctionally  terminated  polymers 

and  method  of  their  preparation.  3,668,243,  CI.  260-535. 
Ouintana,  Ronald  P.;  Canon,  Lorrin  R.;  and  Lasslo,  Andrew,  to  United 
States  of  America,  Army.  Straight  chain  aliphatic  carboxylic  acid 
monoesters   of   1 ,3-dihydroxy-2-propanone.    3,668,226,   CI.    260- 
410.600 
Quiogue,  Virgilio  J.:  See- 
Reynolds,  Robert  J.;  and  Ouiogue,  Virgilio  J. ,3 ,668,665. 
Raab,  Andrew  F.,  to  Indak  Manufacturing  Corporation.  Electrical 

switches  with  external  return  springs.  3,668,353,  CI.  200-1  S3.00k 
Raddin,  Harry  A.:  See- 
Brooks,  Stanley  H.  W.;  and  Raddin,  Harry  A. ,3,668,286. 
Rader,  James  A.,  to  McGill  Manufacturing  Company,  Inc.  Guidance 
and  retention  cage  for  spherical  roller  bearing.  3,667,821,  CI.  308- 
212.000 
Radig,  Gary  A.,  to  Cooking  Testing  Co.  Rotary  ball  valve  for  wells. 
3,667.505.  CI.  137-630.140 


Radin.  Bernard  G.;  and  Vanderberg.  Lawrence  J.,  to  Ford  Motor  Com- 
pany. Low  liquid  level  indicator.  3.668,630.  CI.  340-59.000 
Radioear  Corporation:  See— 

Schwake.  William  O..  3.668,334. 
Raffaeli,  Corrado;  and  Somigli,  Guiliana.  Sound  playback  device  with 

improved  coil  spring  pick-up  arm.  3,668,343,  CI.  200-52.00r 
Ragazzini,  Mario;  Caimi,  Alberto;  Carcano,  Donato;  and  Groppelli, 
Giovanni,  to  Montecatini  Edison  S.p.A.  Proceu  for  concentrating 
aqueous  emulsions  of  fluorinated  polymers.  3,668,167,  CI.  260- 
29.60f 
Raley,  Charles  F.,  Jr.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Self-extin- 
guishing ethylene  copolymer  foams  comprising  a  ternary  mixture  of 
an  antimony  compound,  a  halogen-containing  compound  and  a 
bromine  compound.  3,668,155,  CI.  260-2.5 
Ralph,    Harold    J.    Self-disintegrating    diaper    liner    and    retainer. 

3,667,466,  CI.  128-287.000 
Ranco  Incorporated:  See— 

Kulick,  Andrew.  3.668.594. 
Randall.  James  C:  See— 

King.    Henry   L.;   Ringwald.    Eugene    L.;   and    Randall.   James 

C, 3.668.187. 
King.    Henry   L.;    Ringwald.    Eugene   L.;   and    Randall.   James 
C. 3.668. 1 88. 
Randall.  Ronald  H.:  See- 
Archer.  William   A.;  Randall.  Ronald  H.;  and   Lewis.  Richard 
M. 3 .668.508. 
Rao.  VenkaUramanayya  K..  to  Atomic  Energy  of  Canada  Limited 

Commercial  ProducU.  Heat  engines.  3.667,2 15.  CI.  60-24.000 
Rapp,  Theodore  Clyde,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours.  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Emulsions    of    water    in    halogenated    solvents    which    contain 
fluorinated  oil  and  water  repellenU.  3,668,163,  CI.  260-28. 50d 
Raskin,  Jerome  S.  Communication  system  having  means  for  causing  a 

distreu  signal.  3,668,526.  CI.  325-64.000 
Rasoira,  Michelangelo,  to  Olivetti,  Ing.,  C,  &  C,  S.p.A.  Machine  tool 

having  a  roUry  workable.  3,667,305,  CI.  74-818.000 
Ravas,  Richard  J.:  See— 

•  Osial,  Thaddeus  A.;  and  Ravas,  Richard  J. ,3,668,548. 
Rawe,  Richard  A.:  See- 
Anderson,  Raymond  H.,  Jr.;  Rawe,  Richard  A.;  and  Whiteson, 
Bennett  V.,3,667, 107. 
Raymond,  David  W.:  See— 

McClelland,  Robert  G;  and  Raymond,  David  W. , 3.667,171 . 
Razor.  Billy  Gene:  See— 

Centolella,  Albert  Peter;  and  Razor,  Billy  Gene.3.667.966. 
RCA  Corporation:  See— 

Barbin,  Robert  Lloyd.  3.668.580. 

Greig.  William  John;  and  Soden.  Ralph  Robert,  3,668,484. 
Krupa,  John  Eugene;  and  Paglee,  Mario  Robert,  3,668,561. 
Owens,  Raymond  Clyde;  and  Thomas,  Lucius  Ponder,  3,668.475. 
Robitschek,  George  Conrad,  3,668,668. 
Rou.  Donald  Alexander,  3,667,841. 
Schrader.  Edward  Robert,  3,668,58  I. 
Siekanowicz,  Wieslaw  Wojciech,  3,668,563. 
Smith,  Lawrence  Edward;  and  Cries,  Robert  Joseph,  3,668.463. 
Read,  Mervyn  H.  H.:  See— 

Blackham,  Norman;  and  Read,  Mervyn  H.  H., 3,668,520. 
Rech,  Jakob,  to  Burroughs  Corporation.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for 

corrugating  pliable  material.  3,667,268,  CI.  72-133.000 
Reeve.  Leo  C.,  to  Portland  Cement  Association.  Pump  construction. 

3.667.878.  CI.  418-173. 
Reeves.  Rosser  S..  Ill:  See— 

Wer  Bell.  Mitehell  L..  III.  3.667.570. 
Regec,  John  Jacob;  and  Roeber,  Henry  William,  to  Sylvania  Electric 
ProducU,  Inc.  Apparatus  for  cutting,  transferring  and  depositing  self- 
supporting  strip  material.  3,667 ,3 31,  CI.  83-98.000 
Regie  Nationale  des  U  sines  Renault:  See— 
Ballandras,  Pierre,  3,668.410. 
Leger,  Andre,  3.668.41 1. 
Regie  Nationale  des  Usines  Renault  &  Automobiles:  See— 

Tiberghien,  Pierre.  3.667.706. 
Regneault.  Marcel:  See— 

Moulin.  Jean;  and  Regneault.  Marcel.3.667.438. 
Rehkopf.  Charles  M.:  See— 

Ng.  David  M;  and  Rehkopf.  Charles  M..3.667,3S5. 
Reiber.  SUnley  C:  See— 

Graybill.  Robert  W.;  Reiber.  SUnley  C;  Nace.  Donald  W.;  and 
White.  Ellis  S..3.667.747. 
Reichhelm.  Robert.  Fuel  gasification  for  internal  combustion  engines. 

3.667.436.  CI.  123-1 19.00a 
Reid.  Lee  R.;  and  Williams.  Charles  Sumner,  to  Texas  Instruments.  In- 
corporated. Light  proceuing  device  utilizing  beamsplitter  having 
first  region  reflective  from  both  sides  and  second  region  which  is 
transparent.  3.668,406.  CI.  250-220. 
Reinfeld.  Nyles  V.  Control  apparatus  for  injection  molding  press. 

3.667.884.  CI.  425-149.000 
Reis.  Katharine  Maria.  Poruble  money  counting  machine.  3.667,484, 

CI.  133-8. 
Reiss.  Oscar,  to  APL  Corporation.  Core  pin  mounting  means  for  injec- 
tion molding  apparatus.  3,667,887. CI.  18-5. 
Ren.  Chung-Li;  and  Wang.  Han-Chiu,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories, 
Incorporated.  Waveguide  channel  diplexer  and  mode  transducer. 
3.668.564,  CI.  333-6.000 
Renfroe,  Hiram  H.  Patient  transporter.  3,667,073,  CL  5-81. 


PI  34 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


L 


June (.1972 


Reake.  Adolf:  See— 

Vattilevtky,  Anatole  N.;  and  Renke.  Adolf,3,667,978. 
RcDMblic  Corporation:  See— 

Stobhek,  Jolin  D.,  3,667,328. 
Reque.  Albert  K.;  and  Pttenon,  Julius T..  to  En|ineenn|  Development 

Co..  Inc.  Safety  tock.  3.667,259,  CI.  70-14.000 
Rctcarck  Corporation:  See— 

Padalino.  Joieph  J.;  and  Tutzyniki,  Alfont  A.,  3,668,360. 
Rettig,  Thomat  Afcert,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemoun,  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Photoinitiation    of    vinyl    polymerization    by    triaroylphotphinet. 
3.668.093,0.204-159.230 
Revertafold  Inc.:  See— 

Wilkins,  Edmond  J.,  3,667,531 . 
Rey,    Han«-Geor|;    Wielinger.    Hans;    and    Rieckmann.    Peter,    to 
Boehringer  Mannheim  G.m.b.H.  Diagnostic  agent.  3.668.076.  CI. 
195-103.5 
Reymond.  Welles  K.;  and  Ciecierski.  Walter  V.,  to  General  Datacomm 
Industries.  Programable  asynchronous  data  buffer  having  means  to 
transmit  error  protected  channel  control  signals.  3,668.645,  CI.  340- 
172.5 
Reynard,  Remi:  See— 

Chevalier.  Andre;  Grolet.  Pierre;  and  Reynard.  Remi.3 .667.1 12. 
Reynolds.  Eugene  E..  to  SCM  Corporation.  Registering  apparatus. 

3.668.378.  CI.  235-155. 
Reynolds,  James  F.:  See— 

Kuno,  Hiromu  J.;  Berson.  Bertrand  E.;  and  Reynolds.  James 
F..3,668,552. 
Reynolds.  Robert  J.;  and  Quiogue.  Virgilio  J.,  to  Burroughs  Corpora- 
tion. Apparatus  for  ensuring  timing  track  accuracy.  3.668,665,  CI. 
340- 1 74.10a 
RheinmeUll  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Romer,  Rudolf;  and  Hap,  Heinz,  3.667,395. 
Rhodes,  Herbert  M.,  to  Oil  Mop  International,  Inc.  Oil  mop  and 

method  ofusingsame.  3,668.1 1 8.  CI.  210-30. 
Rhodes,  Russell  R.,  to  Honeywell  information  Systems  Inc.  Logic 
sensing    circuit    having    switch    contact    anti-    bounce    feature. 
3,668,432. CI.  307-247.00a 
Rhodia,  Inc.:  See— 

Meuly,  WalterC;  and  Gradeff,  Peter  S.,  3,668,255. 
Rhone-Poulenc  S.A.:  See— 

Bertrand,  Guy;  and  Maison,  Jean  Marc,  3.668,253. 
Richards,  Elmer  A.,  to  Caterpillar  Tractor  Company.  Self-modulated 
input  clutch  for  vehicle  drive  transmissions.  3,667,583,  CI.   192- 
105.00a 
Richardson  Chemical  Cleaning  Service,  Inc.:  See— 

Schoenbeck.  Delbert  L.;  and  Kincaid.  Reece.  3.667,487. 
Richardson  Company.  The:  See- 
Stone.  Leslie  F.,  3,667.500. 
Richardson.  Donakl:  See- 
Kaufman,  Robert  H.;  and  Richardson,  Donald.3.667,995. 
Richter,  Lewis.  Aircompressor.  3,667,866, CI.  417-203.000 
Ricoh  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Miyagawa,  Fumihiro,  3.667.367. 

Okajima.  Maiaki;  and  Yokoyama.  Ryuzaburo.  3.667,670. 
Yoshikawa,  Kinichi,  3.668.648. 
Ridgway,  James  S.,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Polyamides  conuining  the 

0-phenylenediacetic  acid  moiety.  3.668.190,  CI.  260-78.00r 
Riebs,  Richard  E.;  and  Kohlman,  Curtis  J.,  to  McGraw-Edison  Com- 
pany. Power  supply  system  for  and  method  of  energizing  multiple 
level  loads.  3.668,509,  CI.  321-18.000 
Rieckmann,  Peter:  See— 

Rey,      Hans-Georg;      Wielinger,      Hans;      and      Rieckmann. 
Peter.3,668,076. 
Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Bethian,  Uwc;  and  Schutze. 
Ernst-Christian,  to  Chemische  Werke  Huls  Aktiengesellschaft.  Coat- 
ing   compositions    comprising    a    mixture    of    a    polyester    and 
aminoplatt.  3.668.277. CI.  260-8SO.OOO 
Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Biethan,  Uwe;  Hornung,  Karl- 
Heinz;  and  SchuUe.  Ernst-Christian,  to  Chemische  Werke  Huls  Ak- 
tiengesellschaft. Coating  compositions  comprising  aminoplasu  and 
polyester  blends.  3,668,276,  CI.  260-850. 
Riemhofer,    Franz;    Dittmann,    Walter;    Hornung,    Karl-Heinz;    and 
Schutze,  Ernst-Chriitian.  to  Chemische  Werke  Huelt  A.G.  Coating 
compositions     comprising     a     polyester     from      l.4-bis(hydrox- 
ymethyDcyclohexane.  3.668,275.  CI.  260-850.000 
Rieter  Machine  Works.  Ltd.:  See— 

Burgermeister,  Ulrich;  and  Gaggini,  Carlo,  3,667,204. 
Rigaku  Denki  Company  Limited:  See— 

Shimura,  Yoshihiro,  3,668,454. 
Rigbey,  Leo  J.:  See— 

Cuzner.    David    E.;    Rigbey,    Leo    J.;    and    Smith,    George 
M. 3 .668,487. 
Riggle.  Michael:  See— 

Joens,      Allan      D.;     Johnson,      Robert      W. 
Michael,3 ,668,675. 
Riker  Communications  Inc.:  See— 
Moskovitz,  Irving,  3,668,316. 
Ringwald,  Eugene  L.:  See- 
King,   Henry   L.;   Ringwald,   Eugene 

C.,3 ,668,1 87. 
King,   Henry   L.;   Ringwald,    Eugene 
C, 3,668,1 88. 
Rinkewich.  Isaac,  to  Rinko  Irrigation  Systems.  Inc.  Irrigation  devices. 
3,667 ,685,  CI.  239-542.000 


Rinko  Irrigation  Systems,  inc.:  See— 

Rinkewich,  Isaac,  3,667,685. 
Rinnergschwentner.  Hans:  See— 

SUiner.  Adolf;  and  Rinnergschwentner,  Hans.3,667,S6S. 

Ritchie,  Robert  C:  See- 

Smilgyt,  Bruno  S.;  and  Ritchie,  Robert  C.,3,668,37S. 
Rite  Autotronics  Corporation:  See— 
Schwaru.  Edwin  L..  3.668.61 1 
Rittenhouse.  Larry  E.:  See—  ', 

Evangelisti,  Carlo  J.;  and  Rittenhouse,  Larry  E., 3,668,647. 
Ritter,  Thomas  E.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Variable  ratio  lever 

mechanian.  3,667,3 1 4, CI.  74-5 1 8.000 
Rittiger,  Robert  S.;  and  Russell,  Charles  K.,  to  United  Sutes  St«el  Cor- 
poration.   Apparatus  for   measuring  oxygen   content  of  a   fluid. 
3,668,099, CI.  204-195.00s 
Rivkind,  Leo  E.;  and  Blum,  Adolph,  to  Mearl  Corporation,  The.  Ap- 
paratus lor  producing  high  expansion  foam.  3,667,687,  CI.  239- 
553.3 
Roach.  Albert  P.,  Jr.  Vandal  resistive  post.  3,667.405, CI.  109-SI  .000 
Robb,  Donald  A.:  See— 

Lindstrom,  Barry  E.;  and  Robb,  Donald  A. ,3,667,493. 
Robbins,  Roland  W..  Jr.,  to  United  Sutet  of  America,  Navy.  Bi^oyancy 
control  system  for  deep  diving  submersibles.  3,667,415,  Cl.   114- 
I6.00e 
Roberts,  Steven  L.;  and  Miller,  Edward  J.,  Jr.,  to  Westinghouie  Elec- 
tric Corporation.  Interface  apparatus  for  computer  indwdiiig  an  in- 
tegrator circuit  which  operates  to  permit  transfer  between  automatic 
and  manual  conUol.  3,668.379,  CI.  235-183. 
Roberts,  Warren  A.  Wheel  mounting  adaptor  for  use  in  wheelj balanc- 
ing. 3,667,299,  CI.  73-487. 
Robertshaw  Controls  Company:  See- 
Decker,  Cloyd  E.,  3,668,592. 
Korsgren,  Theodore  Y.,  3,668,347. 
RusseH,  William  H.,  3,668,372. 
Robertson.  H.  H.,  Company:  See— 

Tischuk.  Walter.  3.667.180. 
Robertson.  Odes  B.:  See- 
Parker.  Levi  C;  and  Robertson.  Odes  B. 3.668. 1 12. 
Robertson,  Ralston  Hodges.  Jr.,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incor- 
porated.   Combination    coin    telephone    and    extension    circuit. 
3.668,290,  CI.  179-6.30r 
Robin,  Harral  T.;  and  Boaz,  Virgil  L.,  to  Westinghouse  EleclrK  Cor- 
poration. Electrical  power  apparatus.  3,668,584,  CI.  336-60. 
Robinson,  Harold  J.:  See- 
Chase.  Eugene  W.;  and  Robinson,  Harold  J.,3 .668.089. 
Robinson.  Hugh  A.,  to  USM  Corporation.  Wave  generator  ci^nFigura- 

tions.  3.667.320,  CI.  74-640.000 
Robinson,  William  D.:  See- 
Kane,  Thomas  G.;  and  Robinson,  William  D.,3.668,1 66. 
Robitschek,  George  Conrad,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Transducing  head 

mount  apparatus.  3,668,668, CI.  340-1 74.IOe 
Roche.  Andre;  Amanrich,  Robert;  and  Cousserans,  Gilbert,  to  Azote  et 
ProduiU  Chimiques  S.A    Process  for  the  separation  of  mixtures  of 
phosphoric  and  nitric  acid.  3,667.904.  Cl.  23-107. 
Rockson.  Thomas.  Sterilizing  hand  dryer.  3.667.1  34.  Cl.  34-60.000 
Rodeghiero,  Reno  Antonio:  See— 

SchleUbaum,    John    Wayne;    and    Rodeghiero,    Reno    An- 
tonio,3,667,496. 
Roeber,  Henry  William:  See— 

Regee,  John  Jacob;  and  Roeber,  Henry  William. 3,667,33 
Rofi  Raimund  Finsterholzl  Elektrotechnische  Spezialfabrik:  S«^— 
Hubrich,  Rudolf.  3,668,596. 


Reno 
13). 


1 


and      Riggle, 


L.;   and    Randall,   James 
L.;    and    Randall,   James 


Rogers.  Edward  Parry.  Combination  lock  window  latch.  3,6671,263,  Cl. 

70-89.000 
Rogers,  May  B.:  See- 
Rogers,  Murray  K.,3,667.990. 
Rogers.  Murray  K.,  deceasedO  (b>  Rogers.  May  B.;  executrii^).  to  Mi- 
Marker  Corporation,  mesne.  Production  of  indicia  uponj  surface. 
3,667,990.  Cl.  117-38. 
Roggero,  Amaldo:  See— 

Corradini,  Giorgio;  Ghetti.  Giuseppe;  Cesca.  Sebastiano;  knd  Rog- 
gero. Arnatdo, 3,668.1 56. 
Rohm  A  Haas  Company:  See—  I 

Owens.  Frederick  H.;  and  Clovis.  James  S..  3.668,274.      I 
Viste,  Kenneth  L.;  and  Fleischfresser,  Marvin  H.,  3,667,9^1 
Rohrbacher,  Herbert  £..  to  Bergandi  Manufacturing  Company,  Inc. 
Wire  fabric  and  apparatus  and  method  for  making  same.  3,667,509, 
Cl.  140-3. 00c 
Romanov.  Georgy  Fedorovich:  See— 

Lapkin,  Konstantin  Vasilievich;  Romanov,  Georgy  Fedorovich; 
Goloviznin,  Vladimir  Ilich;  and  Popov.  Ldv  Mik- 
haaovich,3,667,474.  | 

Romer,  Rudolf;  and  Hap,  Heinz,  to  RheinmeUll  G.m.b.Hj  Dummy 

shell.  3.667,395, Cl.  102-92.700 
Rondestvedt.  Christian  S.,  Jr.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Com- 
pany. Aromatic  acid  chloride  process.  3,668,247,  Cl.  260-5(l400m 
Rooker,  Bobbie  E.:  See— 

Smitk,  Harry  A.;  and  Rooker,  Bobbie  E, 3,668,191. 
Rooks,  John  C,  to  Schjeldahl,  G.  T.,  Company.  Display  apparatus  hav- 
ing plural  gas  diode  stages.  3,668,64 1,CI.  340-168. 
Rooks.  John  C,  to  Schjeldahl.  G.  T..  Company.  Sequentially  addressa- 
ble alpha-numeric  gas  tube  display  device.  3.668.642.  Cl.  340-168. 
Rosen,  Harold  A.,  to  Hughes  Aircraft  Company.  Dual  mode  rotary 
microwave  coupler.  3,668.567, Cl.  333-21. 00a 


ana 

T 


\ 


June  6, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  35 


Rosenberger,  Thomas  R.:  See— 

Kirchner,  Myron  C;  and  Rosenberger,  Thomas  R, 3,668, 362. 
Rosene,  Robert  B.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Method  for  treat- 
ing subsurface  soils.  3,667,236,  Cl.  61-1 1. 
Rosengarten,  Hans-Jurgen:  See— 

Kamphues,  Hermann;  and  Rosengarten,  Hans-Jurgen. 3.667.622. 
Rosin,  Jacob;  and  Ang,  Frank  S.,  to  Chris-Craft  Industries,  Inc.  Produc- 
tion of  cyanoacetic  acid.  3,668,231,  Cl.  260-465.400 
Ross,  Albert,  to  Harris  CaloriHc  Company.   Electrically  ignited  gas 
torch  with  laminar  gas  flow  in  removable  tip.  3,667,895,  Cl.  431- 
255000 
Ross,  Donald  Alexander,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Method  of  and  ap- 
paratus for  reproducing  a  colored  image  by  electrophotographic 
means.  3,667,841  ,CI.  3SS-4.000 
Ross,  Donald  H.,  to  Super  Tire  Engineering  Company.  Industrial  tire 

mold.  3,667.882.  Cl.  425-1 17.000 
Rossman,  Donald  W.,  to  Elco  Corporation.  Strip-type  dip  receptacle. 

3.668,604, Cl339-I7.0cf 
Roth,  Donald  J.:  See— 

Norin,  Robert  W;  and  Roth,  Donald  J. ,3,668,365. 
Roto-Diesel:  See— 

Gamier,  Georges,  3,667,686.  ^ 

Rotographic  Machinery  Company,  The:  See— 

Helmig,  Richard  W.;  and  SteinmeU.  Floyd,  3,667,352. 
Steinmeu,  Floyd,  3,667,354. 

Ward,Henry  D.,  Jr.;  and  Steinmetz.  Floyd.  3.667.353. 
Rottmiller.  Edmund  H..  to  Stromberg  Datagraphix.  Inc.  Display  system 
utilizing  a  selectively  deformable  light  reflecting  element.  3.667,830. 
Cl.  350-161.000 
Roulund,  Poul  B.:  See— 

Leavitt,  Minard  A.,  and  Roulund.  Poul  B. .3.667.845. 
Rousseau,  Claude,  to  C.I.T.-Compagnie  Industrielle  des  Telecommuni- 
cations. Supervisory  circuit  for  electronically  monitoring  a  teleg- 
raphy line.  3.668,314, Cl.  l78-69.00g 
Rousscl-UCLAF:  See- 

Clemence,  Francois,  and  Le  Martret,  3,668,238. 
Rowe,  Stewart:  See- 
Lucas,     Malcolm     B.;     Villanueva,     Jaime     P.;     and     Rowe, 
Stewart,3,667,596. 
Rowell.  Lome  A.,  to  Horton,  John  T.,  mesne.  Vibratory  conveyor 

system.  3,667,1 35, Cl.  34-92.000 
Royal  Industries:  See- 
Evans,  Ralph  M,  3,668,033. 
Rozelle,  Donald  S.;  Rozelle,  Ralph  B.;  and  Nejib,  Umid  R.,  to  Mag- 
netech  Industries,  Inc.  Variable  induction  device.  3,668,450,  Cl. 
310-237000 
Rozelle,  Ralph  B.:  See— 

Rozelle,    Donald    S.;    Rozelle,    Ralph    B.;    and    Nejib,    Umid 
R, 3.668,450. 
RTE  Corporation:  See- 
Link.  Edwin  A.  3.668.609. 
Rubin,  Frank  F.  Bone  shaver  and  groover.  3,667,470,  Cl.  1 28-304.000 
Ruhle,   Helmut   W.,   to   Esso   Research   and    Engineering  Company. 
Catalysts  for  the  disproportionation  of  oleflns.  3.668.146.  Cl.  252- 
428. 
Ruland.  Andrew  Martin:  See- 
Hoover.  Merwin  Frederick;  Sinkovitz.  Gloria  Di  Marco;  and  Ru- 
land. Andrew  Martin,3,668,l  38. 
Rushmere,  John  Derek,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  1.,  and  Company. 

Manufacture  of  hydrogen  cyanide.  3.667.907.  Cl.  23-151.000 
Rusmini,  Sergio.  Press.  3.667,890.  Cl.  425-406.000 
Russ.  James  Frederick:  See- 
Harvey.  Ernest  Albert;  and  Russ.  James  Frederick.3 .668.26 1 . 
Russell.  Charles  K.:See- 

Rittiger.  Robert  S.;  and  Russell.  ChaHes  K.. 3.668.099. 
Russell.  Ernest  R.:  See— 

McNeely,  James  A.;  and  Russell,  Ernest  R, 3,667,789. 
Russell,  Kenneth  S.  Stove  ventilating  apparatus.  3,667,371,  Cl.  98- 

115.000 
Russell,  William  H.,  to  Robertshaw  Controls  Company.  Temperature 
sensing  device  and  apparatus  utilizing  the  same.  3,668,372,  Cl.  219- 
450.000 
Rusztowicz,  John  W.  Gripping  tool.  3,667,798,  Cl.  294-104. 
Rutkowski,  Eugene  V.,  to  TRW  Inc.  Rocket  powered  ground  effect 

machine  3,667,567, Cl.  180-117.000 
Rutkowski.  Kari:  See— 

Gerke.  Peter;  Baur.  Hans;  Rutkowski.  Karl;  Binder.  Hans-Eugen; 
Palsa,  Helmut;  and  Fabianke.  Hartmut.3.668,319. 
Rutledge,  James  L.:  See— 

Saltich,  Jack  L.;  and  Rutledge,  James  L., 3,668,48 1. 
RWK  Development  Co.:  See— 

Kilburn,  Robert  William,  3,667,242. 
Ryan,  John  W.:  See— 

Meggs,  Daniel  H.;  and  Ryan,  John  W., 3,667,36 1 . 
Ryden,  James  W.:  See— 

Abromavage,  John  C;  and  Ryden,  James  W., 3,667,780. 
S.A.  Brush  Company  Limited:  See- 
Smyth,  Donald  N.,  3,667,853. 
Saari,  Oliver  E..  to  Illinois  Toot  Works  Inc.  Power  device.  3,667,222, 

Cl.  60-51. 
Sachs,  Frederic;  and  Vanotti,  Guy,  to  Compagnie  Centrale  Sicli.  Fire 
extinguisher.  3,667,549, Cl.  169-3 1. OOr 


Sada,  Masao:  See— 

Shima,  Takesaburo;  Yamagishi.  Akio;  Sada.  Masao;  Yamamoto, 
Zenichi;andShiozaki.  Hasunaga,3,668,221. 
Sadowsky.  Charles,  to  Dactyiog  Company,  mesne.  Orienution  and 
linear  scan  device  for  use  in  an  apparatus  for  individual  recognition. 
3,668.633.  Cl.  340-146.3 
S.A.E.S.  Getters  S.p.A.:  See- 
Delia    PorU,    Paolo;    Zucchinelli.    Mario;    and    Emili,    Carlo, 
3,667,513. 
Safety  Company,  The:  See- 
Lee,  Joo  C,  3,668,469. 
said  Pittman  deceased:  See— 

Pittman,  Loyd  W.,  3,667,844. 
Sailer,  William  F:  See- 
Shields,   William    B.;   Willems,   Victor   H.;   and   Sailer,   William 
F.,3,668,472. 
Saito,  Shigeru:See— 

Yoshino,  Takachika;  Saito,  Shigeru;  Ishikura,  Jun;  Sasaki.  YuUka; 
and  Sobukawa,  Masukuni, 3,668, 147. 
Saito,  Tadashi:  See— 

Yoshida,  Shigeaki;  and  Saito,  Tadashi, 3 ,667, 95 5. 
Saitou,  Shiniche:  See- 
Sato,  Masaaki;and  Saitou,  Shiniche,3,668,57 1. 
Sakai,  Kunio;  Katsuragi,  Sumio;  and  Watanabe,  Sadakazu,  to  Tokyo 
Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  Character  reader  having  optimum  quan- 
tizauon  level.  3,668,637,  Cl.  340-146. 3ag 
Sakakibara,  Shigeru:  See— 

Noguchi,  Masaaki;  Sumiyoshi,  Masahani;  Sakakibara,  Shigeru; 
Ito,  Osamu;  and  Kato,  Takaaki,3,667,322. 
Sala,  Ennio:  See— 

Agrati,  Eugenio;  and  Sala,  Ennio,3 ,667,837. 
Saladin  A.G.:  See— 

Saladin,  Benno,  3,667,422. 
Saladin,  Benno,  to  Saladin  A.G.  Apparatus  for  transferring  a  particu- 
late material  to  a  web.  3,667,422,  Cl.  1 1 8-34. 
Saleen  Development  Corporation:  See- 
Prince,    Martin;    Blanck,    Hillard;    and    Tarancon,    Gregorio, 
3,667,191. 
Sallo,  Richard  L.;  and  Strieker,  Charles  D.,  to  United  Sutes  Steel  Cor- 
poration. Method  for  the  electrolytic  removal  of  drawing  or  rolling 
lubricants  on  steel  strands.  3,668,090,  Cl.  204-145.00r 
Salloum,  Charles  R.  Parking  device.  3,667,1 60,  Cl.  49-35. 
Saltich,  Jack  L.;  and  Rutledge,  James  L.,  to  Motorola,  Inc.  Hot  carrier 

pn-diode.  3,668,48 1 ,  Cl.  3 1 7-234.000 
Samczyk,  Casimir  S.,  to  Bell  &  Howell  Company.  Document  tur- 
naround with  improved  automatic  skew  correction.  3,667,752,  Cl. 
271-53.000 
Samuelian,  Maurice  P.:  See— 

Valbona,  Bruno  M.;  Emmons,  Robert  J.;  and  Samuelian,  Maurice 
P.,3.667.084. 
Sandco  Limited:  See— 

Torelli,  Aldo;  and  Jacquemet,  Andre,  3,667,626. 
Sanders  Associates,  Inc.:  See — 

Gabor,  William  D.,  3,668,695. 
Hale,  David  B,  3,668,687. 
Sandlin,BillyJ.:See— 

Hubbuch.  Theodore  N.;  Murfree,  James  A.,  Jr.;  Duncan,  William 

A.;  Sandlin,  Billy  J.;  and  Nappier,  Henry  A. .3.667,23 1 . 
Murfree,  James  A.,  Jr.;  Hubbuch,  Theodore  N.;  Nappier,  Henry 
A.;  Duncan,  William  A.;  and  Sandlin,  Billy  J..3 .667.219. 
Sandoz  Ltd.:  See— 

Von  Tobel,  Hans,  3,668,218. 
Sandoz-Wander.  Inc.:  See— 

Griot.  Rudolf  G..  3.668.234. 
Sandusky.  Bernard  J.,  to  Ford  Motor  Company.  Rocker  arm  assembly 
including  fulcrum  mounted  lubricant  deflector.  3.667,434.  Cl.  123- 
90.350 
Sandvikens  Jernoerks  Aktiebolag:  See— 
Karlsson,  Bengt  Sigvard,  3,667.584. 
Sandvikens  Jernverks  Aktiebolag:  See— 
Edsmar,  Kurt  G.,  3,667,096. 
SilfveHin,  Ade  William,  3.668,049. 
Sanford,  Robert  A.;  Johnson,  Robert  Reiner;  and  Summers,  Thomas 
Wade,  to  Brown  &  Williamson  Tabacco  Corporation.  Cigarette  with 
modified  paper  wrapper.  3,667.479,  Cl.  131-IS.OOO 
Sangamo  Electric  Company:  See— 

Carney,  Murray  C;  and  Speicher,  Ellis,  III,  3,667,700. 
Sanko  Engineering  Company,  Limited:  See — 

Mizuno,  Shuzo,  3,667,498. 
Sano,  Kazuya:  See— 

WaUnabe,  Shigern;  Yasuda,  Yukio;  and  Sano,  Kazuya,3.667,9S3. 
Sansevero,  Vincent  J.,  Jr.:  See— 

De    Mattia,    Victor    A.,    Jr.;    and    Sansevero.    Vincent    J., 

Jr.,3,667,216.  

Santa  Ynez  Research  Farm:  See—         ~^ 

Algeo,  John  W,  3,667,961. 
Santimauro,  John  F.;  and  Gerson,  Herman,  to  Allied  Chemical  Cor- 
poration. Process  for  the  preparation  of  N,N'-di-l-  anthraquino- 
nylphthalamide.  3,668,225, Cl.  260-368.000 
Sarem,  Amir  M.:  See— 

Dvoracek.  Louis  M.;  and  Sarem.  Amir  M., 3,668, 1 1 1. 
Sasabe,  Shozo:  See— 

Otsuka,    Tokio;    Sasabe,    Shozo;    and     Nakagawa,     Hiroyu- 
ki.3,668,219. 

\ 


PI  36 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June6.|1972 


re- 


Sataki,  Akira:  See— 

Nomura.  Hirokazu;  and  Saiaki,  Akira,3,668,364. 
Sataki.  Koju,  to  Ninan  Company,  Limited.  Alarm  device  with  mean*  to 
locate  an  erroneously  activated  detector.  3,668,676,  CI.  340-227.OOr 
Sauki,  Seiya,  to  Tekkotha  Co.,  Ltd.  Method  for  producing  manganese 

dioxide  containing  leu  poUuium.  3,667.906,  CI.  23-145.000 
Saiaki,  YuUka:S«r- 

Yoahino,  Takachika;  Saito,  Shigeru;  Ithikura.  Jun;  Sasaki,  YuUka; 
and  Sobukawa,  Maiukuni,3,668,l47. 
Sassano,  John  H.,  to  Weather  Control  Shutters,  Inc.  Shutter  operating 

mechanism.  3.667. 1 61, CI.  49-56.000 
Sathicq.  Robert:  See— 

Morane,  Bruno;  Maurelli,  Manlio;  Paoletti,  Charles;  Merrien, 
Louis;  and  Sathicq,  Rob«rt,3,667,6S2. 
Sato,  Masaaki;  and  Saitou,  Shiniche,  to  Olympus  Optical  Co.,  Ltd. 
Method  for  eliminating  noise  of  an  electric  appliance  and  device 
therefor.  3.668,571, CI.  333-79. 
Satoh,  Sakae:  See- 
Abe,  Jinnosuke;  Watanabe,  Tetsuo;  Take,  Teruo;  Fujimoto,  Ken- 
taro;  Fujii,  Tadashiro;  Takemura,  Kazunari;  Nishiie,  Kazuyoshi; 
Satoh,  Sakae;  Koide.Tadaihi;  and  Hotta,Yasue,3.668.200. 
Sattler,  Frank  A.,  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Cresylic  acid 
blends  of  polymeric  amide-imide-  eiter  wire  enamel*.  3,668.175,  CI. 
260-33.4 
Sattler.    Klaus-Dieter.    Apparatus   for   winding   coils   for   electrical 

machines.  3.667,5 10,  CI.  140-92.200 
Saunders,  Orson  v.:  See- 
Brown,  Richard  C;  and  Saunders,  Orson  V., 3,667,249. 
Sawagata,  Shinichi:  See— 

TsuneU,  Asahide;and  Sawagata,  Shinichi, 3, 667,824. 
Saxton  ProducU,  Inc.:  See- 
Firestone,  Jerome,  3,668,324. 
Scaramucci,   Domer,   to   Balon    Corporation.    Unstressed   seats   for 

between  flange  valves.  3.667.725. CI.  251-151.000 
Schaapveld,  Arnoldut  A.  W.:  See — 

Waning.  Hendrik;  Mannens,  Hubertus  A.;  and  Schaapveld,  Amol- 
dus  AW. ,3,667. 194. 
Schacher,     Willi;     and     Marschner.     Heinz,     to     Zahnradfabrik 
Friedrichshafen  AG.  Machine  tool  indexing  system.  3,667,580,  CI. 
I92-I2.00a 
Schaedler,  Raymond  J.;  and  Amuberg,  Lester  A.,  to  Chicago  Pneu- 
matic Tool  Company.  Air  shut-off  torque  responsive  control  valve 
unit  for  pneumatically  powered  tools.  3,667,345,  CI.  91 -59. 
Schaeffer.  William  D,  to  Union  Oil  Company  of  California.  Oxidation.  schwakerWiliiam^  67  to"  Radioear  Corporation.  Hearing  aid  with 


Schnell,  Gerhard,  to  Bosch,  Robert,  G.m.b.H.  Transporting  apparatus. 

3,667 ,564,CI.  180-79.100 
Schnepel,  Lawrence  S.  Torque  release  adapter  for  power-operated 

tools.  3,667,250, CI.  64-29.000 
Schoenbcck.  Delbert  L.;  and  Kincaid,  Reece,  to  Richardson  Chemical 
Cleaning  Service,  Inc.   Integrated  chemical  cleaning  apparatus. 
3,667,487.CL  134-108. 
Schoenlaub,  Robert  A.,  to  Edward  Orton,  Jr.,  Ceramic  Foundation, 

The.  Appvatus  for  thermal  analysis.  3.667,294,  CI.  73-1 90.00r 
Schrader,  Edward  Robert,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Method  of  energizing 
fully  persistent,  high  field,  high  homogeneity  magneu.  3.668.51 1 .  CI. 
335-216. 
Schrewelius.  Nils  GusUv,  to  Aktiebolaget   Kanthal.   Electrical 

tisunce  element.  3.668.599,  CI.  338-289. 
Schrillo  Company:  See— 

Wysong.  Paul  v.,  3.667,3  II. 
Schroder,  Rolf:  See— 

Engelsmann.  Dieter;  Maas,  Dieter;  Schroder,  Rolf;  and  Linke, 

Gerda,3.667.366. 

Schroeder,  Peter,  to  Weber.  Paul  AG.  Apparatus  for  keeping  a  i  late  of 

tension  consUnt  on  a  material  web  which  runs  between  successive 

pairs  of  driving  rollers.  3.667.664,  CI.  226-30. 

Schroeder,  Theodore  C,  to  Westinghouse   Air  Brake  Company. 

Lightweight  electromagnetic  relay.  3.668.578.  CI.  335-202.000 
Schuberth.  Christian;  and  Steigerwald,  Wolf-Erhard.  Layer  voltage  di- 
vider with  additional  impedances.  3.668.600. CI  338-320.000 
Schuler,  Haasjorg;  and  Dopslaff.  Hartmut.  to  Dopslaff,  Julius,  KG   Pro- 
portioning device,  especially  for  water  treatment  systems.  3,667,495, 
CI.  137-101.21 
Schulz,  Gerhard:  See— 

Berding,  Christoph;  Guenthert.  Paul;  Koehler,  Waldemajr;  and 
Schuh,  Gerhard,3,668,246. 
Schumacher,  Edward  R.  Laser  stimulator  assembly.  3,668,546,  CI. 

331-94.500 
Schutze,  Ernst-Christian:  See— 

Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Hornung,  Karl-Heir  z;  and 

SchuUe,  Ernst-Christian, 3,668,275. 
Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Biethan,  Uwe;  Hoirnung, 

KaH-Heinz;  and  Schutze,  Ernst-Christian,3,668,276. 
Riemhofer,  Franz;  Dittmann,  Walter;  Bethian,  Uwe;  and  Schuue, 
Erns^Christian,3. 668,277. 
Schwab,   Johann;   and    Magritsch,   Anna,   to   Scmperit   AG.    ^-belt. 
3,667,308.  CI.  74-233.000  ' 


of  olefins.  3,668,257,  CI.  260-604.0ac 
Schappcll,  Frederick  G..  to  Hercules  Incorporated.  1,3,3-Trimethyl- 
bis(a-r-butylperoxyisopropyl)  -1-phenylindane.  3,668,259,  CI.  260- 
610.00r 
Scheid,  James  £.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Navy.  Miniaturized  upe 

recorder.  3,667.762,  CI.  274-4.00d 
Scheide,  Juergen,  to  Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengesellschaft.  Proceu 

for  preserving  meat.  3,667,970,  CI.  99-169. 
Scheiter,  Milton  H.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Roller  traction 

drive  mechanism.  3,667,3 1 9,  CI.  74-66S.00k 
Schenck,  William  G.;  and  SUrk,  Eari  T.  Exercise  chair.  3,667,453,  CI. 

128-24.00r 
Scheuerer,  Guenter;  See— 

Becke,  Friedrich;  Fischer,  Adolf;  Hagen,  Helmut;  and  Scheuerer, 
Guenter,3 ,668,260. 
Schiefer,    Peter;   and    Findeiscn,    Bemd,   to    Mannesmann    Aktien- 
gesellschaft. Method  and  apparatus  for  determining  the  surface  level 
of  molten  material  in  a  mold.  3,667.296,  CI.  73-304.00r 
Schiller.  Charles  K.:  See- 
Fisher,   Mahlon   B.;  Schiller,  Charles   K.;  and  Ziemelis.  Ojars 
J.,3,668.388. 
SchjeMahl.  G.  T.,  Company:  See- 
Rooks,  John  C,  3,668,641 . 
Rooks,  John  C,  3,668,642. 
Schlecht,  Karl.  Dual  cylinder-concrete  pump.  3,667,869,  CI.  417- 

346.000 
Schletzbaum,  John  Wayne;  and  Rodeghicro,  Reno  Antonio,  to  Deere 
ft     Company.     Preuure-modulated     hydraulic     control     valve. 
3,667,496,  CI.  137-116.300 
Schlitz,  Jos.,  Brewing  Company:  See— 
Consuble,  Charles  F.,  3,667,589. 
Schlunke,  Jurgen;  and  Junk,  Dieter,  to  Joh.  Kleinewefers  Sohne 
Maschinenfabrik.   Smoothing   ruler   for   paper   glazing  calenders. 
3,667.380.  CI.  100-161. 
Schmersal,  Larry  J.,  to  Owens-Illinois,  Inc.  Gas  discharge  display  and 
memory  panel  having  addressing  and   interface  circuiu  integral 
therewith.  3,668.688.  CI.  340-324.00r 
Schmidt,  Bernard  H.,  Jr.,  to  Motorola,  Inc.  ComplemenUry  meUl 

oxide  semiconductor  exclusive  or  gate.  3,668,425,  CI.  307-216.000 
Schmidt,  Richard,  to  United  States  of  America,  Navy.  Method  of  mak- 
ing a  beryllium  tiuniumcomposite.  3,667,1 08,  CI.  29-480.000 
Schnall  Gunther:  See— 

Engel,  Herbert;  Hartwig.  Kari;  and  Schnall  Gunther,3,667,840. 
Schneeberger,  Robert  J.:  See— 

Asars,  Juris  A.;  and  Schneeberger,  Robert  J. ,3,668,396. 
Schneider,  Jean-Claude,  to  Fabrioue  dliorlogerie  Chs.  Tissot  et  fils 
S.A.  Drive  mechanism  for  an  indicator  of  the  day  of  the  month  in  a 
timepiece.  3,667.21 1, CI.  58-58.000 
Schneider,  Klaus,  to  Bosch,  Robert,  G.m.b.H.  Electromagnetic  detent 
means  for  sliding  spools  of  directional  control  valves.  3,667,723,  CI. 
251-68.000 


matic 
1,34^. 


changeable  battery  cover  conuining  RF  pickup  coil.  3,668,334,  CI. 
179-I07.00r 
Schwartz,  Edwin  L.,  to  Rite  Autotronics  Corporation.  ElectricU  con- 
nector assembly  and  timing  light  embodying  same.  3,668,611,  CI. 
339-75.00r 
SchwarU,  Robert  A.  D.;  and  Osterberg,  Rodney  P.  Prismatijc  light 

louver.  3,668,381,  CI.  240-106.000 
Schwartz,  Robert  A.:  See— 

Ducheaneau,  Jerome  G.;  and  Schwartz,  Robert  A. ,3,668, 
SchwarU,  Samuel  A.,  to  DaU  General  Corporation,  mesne.  Magnetic 

incrementing  detent.  3,668,443.  CI.  310-12.  | 

Schweitzer.  Bernard  P.:  See—  I 

Zimmerman.  Roben  L.;  Schweitzer,  Bernard  P.;  Garvin.  Hiigh  L^ 
Pediaoff.  MelvinE.;and  Waldner.  Michael.3.668,662.      i 
Schweizerische  Industrie-Gesellschaft:  See— 
Egh,Alwin,  3,667,351. 
Loeweathal,  Horst,  3,667,653. 
Schwiebert,  Phillip  D.;  and  Steck,  Edward  S.,  to  MacLean-Fo|^  Lock 
Nut  Co.  Conuincr  reuining  latch  mechanism.  3,667,401,  CI-  105- 
366.00d 
SCM  Corporation:  See- 
Miller.  George  J.,  3,667,987. 
Reynolds,  Eugene  E.,  3,668,378. 
Scope  Incorporated:  See— 

Williams,  Richard  E.;  and  Holford.  Warren  L.,  3,668,559. 
Scott,  Albert  Rockwood.  Automobile  towing  assembly.  3,667,^30,  CI. 

214-86.00a 
Scott  Equipment  Company:  See— 

Karman,  Lawrence  P.,  3,667,225. 
Scott,  H.  H.,  Inc.:  See— 

Von  Recklinghausen,  Daitiel  R.,  3,668,543. 
Scott  Paper  Company:  See— 

Adamt,  Whitney  R..  3.667.984. 
Ward.  Franklin  J..  3.667.994. 
Scovill  Manufacturing  Company:  Sec^^^--- 

Bauer.  Charles  L.,  3,668,348. 
Scoville,  Aadrew  E.:  See- 
Ambler,  Edward  Curtis;  and  Scoville,  Andrew  E., 3,668,470. 
Ambler.  Edward  Curtis;  Bush.  Walter  R.;  and  ScoviHe.  Andrew 
E..3^68.471. 
Seaco  Computer-Display  Incorporated:  See- 
Evans.  William  E.;  and  Harding.  Robert  C,  3,668.465. 
Searcy,  Roaald:  See— 

Cekork,      Thomas,      Jr.;      Evans,      George;      and      Searcy, 
Ronald,3,668,075. 
Searle,G.D.,&  Co.:  See- 
Hamilton,  Robert  W.,  3,668.251. 
Searle,  Harold  Trevor:  See- 


Proctor,  James  Ernest;  Paddock,  Norman  Lovelace;  and 
Harold  Trevor,3,667,922. 


Searle, 


June  6, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  37 


Seeburg  Corporation  of  Delaware,  The:  See— 

Wrabel,  James  Adam;  and  Casimer,  Joseph.  3,668,476. 
Seemann,  William  H.,  III.  Compound-curved  structure.  3,668,051,  CI. 

161-77. 
Seifert,  Friedrich;  Bittscheidt,  Josef;  and  Plenikowski,  Johannes,  to 
Chemische  Werke  Huls  A.G.  Croas-linked  isotactic  polybutene-l. 
3,668.192, CI.  260-79.50p 
Seigneurin,  Michel,  to  Micro-Mega  S.A.  Dental  handpiece.  3,667,125, 

CI.  32-26.000 
Sekmakas,  Kazys,  to  De  Soto,  Inc.  Unsaturated  ethers  of  polyalkoxy 
silanes  and  thermowtting  systems  containing  copolymers  thereof. 
3,668.272.  CI.  260-826. 
Scl-Rex  Corporation:  See — 

Meyer.  Andre;  and  Foulke.  Donald  Gardner.  3.668.083. 
Selenia  Industrie  Elettroniche  Associats  S.p.A.:  See- 
Berne.  Adriano;  Cesarotti,  Mario;  and  Benedetti  Michalagelli, 
Glauco,  3,668,537. 
Self  Energising  Disc  Brakes  Limited:  See- 
Hope,  Frederick  John  Charles.  3.667,778 
Self.  James  M.  Moldable  metal  powder  compositions  containing  an 

elastomer  and  silica  aquasols.  3.668, 168.  CI.  260-29.70s 
Sclig.  1. 1.  &  Sons,  Ltd  :  See- 
Goldberg,  A.  George,  3,667,691. 
Selley,  Wilbur-Webb,  to  Vactronics  Incorporated.  Height  changing 

mechanism.  3,667.774,  CI.  280-43.17 
Scmenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich:  See— 

Makarov.  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov.  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagorets. 
Anatoly  Mikhailovich;  Korolev,  Jury  Germanovich;  Syskov, 
Konstantin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko.  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin. 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lerner.  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Mustafin,  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin,  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov,  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky.  Izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov,  Petr  Yakovlevich, 3,667.746. 
Semour,   Norman  F.,  to   Key  Tronic  Corporation.   Keytop  mount. 

3.667,787. CI.  287-53.00h 
Scmperit  AG:  See- 
Schwab.  Johann;  and  Magritsch,  Anna,  3,667,308. 
Sergi  Bros..  Inc.:  See— 

Cappella,  Michael,  3,667,633. 
Sergo.  John  Robert.  Jr.,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incoiporated. 

Analog  to  digital  encoder.  3,668,691 ,  CI.  340-347. Oad 
Scsko,  William  J.  Fare  box  with  belt  conveyor  and  coin  size  detector. 

3,667,485.  CI.  133-8.000 
Sessler.  Gerhard  Martin;  Wallace.  Robert  Lee.  Jr.;  and  West.  James 
Edward,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated.  Touch-senii- 
tive  switch  employing  electret  foil.  3,668,417,  CI.  307-1 13.000 
Setescak,  Linda  Louise:  See- 
Narayanan,  Venkatachala  Lakshmi;  Setescak,  Linda  Louise;  and 
Weisenborn.  Frank  Lee, 3.668, 206. 
Setina.  John  R.  Automobile  partition  apparatus  having  horizontal  slid- 
ing window  portion  mounted  on  guard  plate.  3.667.801.  CI.  296- 
24.00r 
Severynse.  Gerard  T..  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Ionized  air  cleaning 

device.  3.668,008. CI.  134-1.000 
Sewell.  Curtis  O.  Door  threshold  and  fastener  assembly.  3.667,192,  CI. 

52-213. 
Sexton,  Paul  A.  Hand  type  fish  scaling  device.  3,667,086,  CI.  17-66. 
SFM  Corporation:  See- 
Smith,  Edwin  R.;  and  Cafolla,  Constantine  F.,  3,667,1 14. 
Shadduck,  Laurine  R  Food  chopper.  3,667,5 1 9,  CI.  1 46- 1 60.000 
Shaffer,  John  W:  See- 
Brown,  Stephen  V.;  Mc  Donough,  Thomas  B.;  and  Shaffer,  John 
W. 3,667,992. 
Shah,  Franklin  Bong-See;  and  Troutman,  Paul  Henry,  to  Industrial 
Nucleonics  Corporation.  Radiation  measurement  system  with  auto- 
matic standardization  using  a  rate  feedback  signal.  3,668,401,  CI. 
250-83.6 
Shaller  Tool  Works:  See— 

Vujasinovic,  Ado  N.,  3,667,72 1 . 
Shaner,  Milo  W.;  and  Cave,  Robert  S.,  to  National  Twist  Drill  &  Tool 
Co.  Combined  drill  and  reamer  construction.  3,667,857,  CI.  408- 
230.000 
Shapiro,  Alan  R.,  to  Bio-Design,  Incorporated.  Instrument  for  testing 

three-wire  electrical  outlets.  3,668,5 1 8,  CI.  324-51.000 
Shapiro,  Justin  J.  Device  for  deriving  limited  reciprocating  motion 

from  rotation  motion.  3,667,65  I ,  CI.  222-63.000 
Sharpe,  James  F.,  to  Acme  Highway  Products  Corporation.  Strip  in- 
serting apparatus.  3,667,105,  CI.  29-235. 
Shea,  Frank  Joseph.  PorUble  security  vault.  3,667,406, CI.  109-57.000 
Shea,  Frederick  L.;  Joo.  Louis  A.;  and  Martin.  Thomas  W.  Pitch  treat- 
ment means.  3.668.1  tO.CI.  208-45.000 
Shelby.  Richard  K.  Molding  machines.  3,667,885,  CL  425-155. 
Shell  Oil  Company:  See— 

Allimon.  Willard  F.  3.667.544. 
Anderson.  WUIiam  S..  3.668.1 25. 
Kiovsky.  Thomas  E;  and  Wald.  Milton  M,  3,668.109. 
Simpson.  Samuel  W..  3,667,280. 
Shelton,  Glenmore  L.,  Jr.:  See— 

Pennington,  Keith  S.;  Shelton,  Glenmore  L.,  Jr.;  and  Will,  Peter 
M.,3,667,831. 
Shelton,  Winston  L.:  See— 

Pottinger,  Eugene  A.; and  Shelton,  Winston  L., 3,667 ,375. 


Shen,  Ping  Kang,  to  Borden,  Inc.  Suspension  polymerization  of  PVC 
polymers  and  copolymers  at  reduced  temperatures.  3,668,194,  CI. 
260-86.300 
Shen,  Tsung-Ying;  Matzuk,  Alexander  R.;  and  Dorn,  Conrad  P.,  Jr.,  to 
Merck  A  Co.,  Inc.  Methylsulfinylmethylthiazole.  3,668,2 1 2,  CI.  260- 
302.00r 
Shepard,  Leonard  F.,  to  ILC  Industries.  Inc.  Ventilation  system  for  in*' 
flatable  pressure  garments.  3.667.460.  CI.  128-142.5  \« 

Sheppard.  John  E.;  and  Pellechia.Vincent  J.,  to  General  Instrument 
Corporation,  mesne.  Method  for  bonding  with  deposited  particulate 
glau.  3,667,925, CI.  65-43.000 
Sherman,  Richard  M.;  and  Webb,  Robert  M.,  to  Graco,  Inc.  Electro- 
static powder  coating  apparatus.  3,667,675.  CI.  239-15. 
Sherman,  Richard  M.:  See — 

Parson,   Ronald   F.;  Sherman,  Richard   M.;  and   Webb,  Robert 
M, 3,667.674. 
Sherrick  James  W,  to  Lord  Corporation.  Railway  car  having  resilient 

center  bearing.  3,667,820,  CI.  308-137.000 
Shiba,  Keisuke;  Akira,  Sato;  and  Tsubota,  Motohiko,  to  Fuji  Photo 
Film  Co.,  Ltd.  Spectrally  super  sensitized  silver  halide  photographic 
emulsion.  3,667,960,  CI.  96-124.000 
Shibazaki,  Yasuichi:  See— 

Kiyohara,  Shinzo;  and  Shibazaki,  Yasuichi,3,668,085. 
Shibuya,  Hideo:  See— 

Yamamoto,       Masayuki;       Toki,       Hisaahi;       and       Shibuya, 
Hideo,3,668,004. 
Shields,  William  B.;  Willems,  Victor  H.;  and  Sailer,  William  F.,  to  Gil- 
bert Associates,  Inc.  Ground  detection  circuit  for  a  D.C.  distribution 
network.  3,668,472, CI.  317-18. 
Shima,  Takesaburo;  Yamagishi,  Akio;  Sada,  Matao;  Yamamoto, 
Zenichi;  and  Shiozaki,  Hasunaga,  to  Sumitomo  Chemical  Company, 
Ltd.  Process  for  producing-aminoacids.  3,668,221,  CI.  260-326. 14t 
Shimada,  Satoshi,  to  Sony  Corporation.  Electron  type  fluorescent  dis- 
play device  with  planar  adjacent  control  electrode.  3,668,466,  CI. 
315-169.0tv 
Shimamura,  Masaru:  See— 

Irie,       Kouhei;       Kobayashi,       Misao;       and       Shimamura, 
Masaru.3,668,4S8. 
Shimizu,  Isamu:  See— 

Inoue,  Eiichi;  Shimizu.  Isamu;  and  Kobayashi,  Hajime, 3,667,949. 
Shimizu,  Kanryo:  See— 

Inaba,      Seiuemon;      Shimizu,      Kanryo;      and      Hashimoto, 

Yoshihiro,3,668,377. 

Shimizu,     Mineo;     Takechi,     Hiroshi;     Kajioka,     Hiroyuki;     and 

Kawaharada,  Minoru,  to  Nippon  Steel  Corporation.  Process  for 

producing    cold-rolled    steel    plate    high    in    the    cold-formability. 

3,668,016,  CL  148-2. 

Shimura,  Yoshihiro,  to  Rigaku  Denki  Company  Limited.  Fine  focus  X- 

ray  tube.  3,668,454,  CI.  3 1 3-57. 
Shiozaki,  Hasunaga:  See— 

Shima,  Takesaburo;  Yamagishi,  Akio;  Sada,  Masao;  Yamamoto, 
Zenichi;  and  Shiozaki,  Hasunaga,3,668,221. 
Shiraishi,  Masamichi:  See— 

Yamamoto,  Hirohiko;  and  Shiraishi,  Masamichi, 3,668,424. 
Shiratu,  Kazuo:  See— 

Amano,        Hiroyuki;        Iwano,        Haruhiko;        and        Shirasu, 
Kazuo,3,667,950. 
Shoemaker,  Carlyle  E.,  to  Bethlehem  Steel  Corporation.  Heat-stable 

rust  inhibitors.  3,668,021,  CI.  148-12.100 
Short,  Oliver  A.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Proceu 
for  preparing  nitrogen-free  platinum  powders.  3,667,935,  CI.  75- 
109.000 
Short,  Oliver  A.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Method 
of  making  printing  masks  with  high  energy  beams.  3,668,028,  CI. 
156-3.000 
Shryock,    Robert    Stanley.    Camper    Kitchen    and    utility    trailer. 

3,667 ,799,  CI.  296-23.00b 
Shufran,  Stephen:  See— 

Motz,  Fred  J.;  and  Shufran,  Stephen,3,667,409. 
Shull,  Bradford  K.:  See- 

Snoy.  Joseph  B;  and  Shull,  Bradford  K., 3 ,667 .501. 
Shyne,  James  J.;  and  Milewski,  John  V.,  to  General  Tedinologies  Cor- 
poration.   Three-dimensional   crystal    whitken   and    method   for 
preparation  thereof.  3,668,062, CI.  161-177.000 
Sicher,  Frederic  A.;  and  Gaysowski,  Joseph,  said  Gaysowski  auor.  to 
said  Sicher.  Automatic  machine  for  vending  fried  foods.  3,667,373. 
CI.  99-407. 
S.I.D.A.R.O.  Societe  Industrielle  de  Dispositifs  Automatiques  Robo- 
matic:  See— 

Weymann,  Charles  Terres,  3,667,577. 
Sidel,  Le  Havre:  See— 

Blanchard,  Hunert,  3,667,888. 
Siebert,  Hans  Joachim;  and  Neelen,  Gregorius  Theodorus  Maria,  to 
U.S.    Philips    Corporation.    Seal    for    piston-cylinder    assembly. 
3,667,349,  CI.  92-83.000 
Siekanowicz,  Wieslaw  Wojciech,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Broadband  cir- 
culator  wherein   difTential   phase   shift   varies  with   frequency   in 
predetermined  manner.  3,668,563, CI.  333-1.100 
Siemens  Aktiegesellschaft:  See— 

Von  Rauch,  Moriz,  3,668.393. 
Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft:  See — 
Bodlaj,  Viktor.  3.668.547. 
Duck.  Wolfgang,  deceased  Duck.  Hertha;  heir.  3,668.320. 


PI  38 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  4.1972 


Gerke,  Peter;  Baur,  Hani;  Rutkowtki.  Karl;  Binder.  Hani-Eugen; 
Paha,  Helmut;  and  Fabianke.  Hartmut,  3,668,3 19. 
Signetict  Corporation:  See— 

Camenzind.  Hans  R..  3,668,540. 
H earn,  William  E.,  3,668,538. 
JILan,  David  T,  3,668,430. 
Silagy,  Richard  J.,  to  Weatherhead  Company.  The.  Combination  brake 

warning  twitch  and  proportioning  valve.  3,667,810,  CI.  303-6. 00c 
Silfverlin.    Ade    William,    to    Sandvikeni    Jernverkt    Aktiebolag. 
Laminated  packing  material  with  spaced  parallel  reinforcing  mem- 
berf.  3,668,049, CI.  161-38.000 
Silver.   Joacph,    to   Crest    Ultrasonics   Corporation.    Load-sensitive 
generator  for  driving  piezo-  electric  transducers.  3,668,486,  CI.  3 1 8- 
116.000 
Simmons,  John  Richard:  See— 

Westbury,  Roy;  and  Simmons,  John  Richard, 3,667,344. 
Simon.  Gunter,  to  Didier-Werke  A.G.  Furnace  wall  particularly  for 

open-hearth  furnaces.  3.667,181, CI.  52-496.000 
Simonen.  Thomas  C:  See— 

Hendel,    Hani    W.;    Chu,    Tsu-Kai;    and    Simonen,    Thomas 
C, 3 ,668,066. 
Simpson,  Samuel  W.,  to  Shell  Oil  Company.  Method  for  determining 

the  freezing  point  of  a  hydrocarbon.  3.667.280.  CI.  73-17. 
Sims.  Willard  M..  to  Foster  Grant  Co.,  Inc.  Nylon  compositions  con- 
taining diisocyanate  mold  release  agenu.  3.668.171  .CI.  260-32.4 
Sinclair.  William  Y.,  to  Thomas  &  Betu  Corporation.  Matric  switch 
with  improved  fkxible  iniulative  spacer  arrangement  3,668,337,  CI. 
200-S.OOa 
Singer  Company,  The:  See- 
Eaton.  Bradley  C;  and  Masel.  Marvin,  3.668.693. 
Illcs.  Stephen  J.;  and  D'Orio.  Salvatore  A..  3.667.414. 
Kleinschmidt,  Johann  O.;  Walter,  Heinz  E.;  and  Holl,  Helmar  H.. 

3,667,413. 
Pilger,  Allan  B.,  3.668,502. 
Singleton,  Albert.  Hanger  bracket  and  driving  apparatus  for  plating 

barrels.  3 ,668 . 1 03 .  CI .  2042 1 3 .000 
Sinkovitz,  Gloria  Di  Marco:  See- 
Hoover,  Merwin  Frederick;  Sinkoviu,  Gloria  Di  Marco;  and  Ru- 
land,  Andrew  Martin,3,668,138. 
Sinusal,  Robert  R.,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Cathode  ray  tube  deflec- 
tion system  utilizing  electromagnetic  and  electrostatic  beam  deflec- 
tion. 3,668,462.CI.  315-23.000 
Sirrine,  Edwin  B.:  See— 

Mayberry.  Billy  T.;  and  Sirrine,  Edwin  B.,3,668,701 . 
Skafte,  Sunly  F.,  to  Williams  Furnace  Co.  Oven  heater  combination. 

3,667,450,C1.  126-85.00b 
Skrobisch,   Alfred,   to    Allard    Instrument   Corporation.    SegmenUl 

readout  device.  3,668.700.  CI.  340-378. 
Skromme,  Arnold  Burton;  Lindstrom.  Harold  Richard;  Henningsen. 
Etiar  August;  Beldin.  Royal  Lowell;  Sorlie.  DonaU  Thomas;  and 
Eckert.  Elmer  Richard,  to  Deere  A  Company.  Feed-mixing  ap- 
paratus. 3,667.734,  CI.  259-44.000 
Skutella.  SunisUus.  Oil  gauge.  3,667,295,  CI.  73-290. 
Slana,  Matthew  Francis,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated. 
Pulse  code  modulation  multiplex  system.  3,668.291  .CI.  179-I5.0ap 
Slavik.  William  tC.:  See— 

Hansen,   Robert   B.;   Ivat,  Thomas   W.;   and   SUvik,   William 
H.. 3.668.306. 
Sliva,  Martin   E.;  and  Kwok.  Roderic   P..  to  Johnson  A  Johnson. 

Sterilization  indicator.  3.667.916, CI.  23-230.00r 
Sluse.  Guy;  and  Joannes.  Gusuve.  to  Solvay  &  Cie.  Process  for  the 

coating  of  electrodes.  3,668,005,  CI.  1 17-215.000 
Smedley,  Anderson  B.:  See— 

Smedley,  Paul  A.;  and  Smedley,  Anderson  B. ,3 ,668,34 1 . 
Smedley,  Paul  A.;  and  Smedley.  Anderson  B.  Switch  for  power  lines  ac- 
tuated by  a  rotatable  supporting  insulator.  3.668. 341.  CI.  200-48. 
Smelt.  William  Harry:  See— 

Fereday. Sunley;  and  Smelt.  William  Harry,3,667,27l. 
Smeltzer.  John  F.  Combination  fishing  rod  and  flashlight  holder  at- 

uchment.  3.667.708.  CI.  248-39.000 
Smestad.  Dale  E.;  and  Quackenbush.  Nelson  E..  to  United  States  of 
America.  Army.   Heat  resisunt  coating  for  solder  connections. 
3.668, l74.C1.260-373.00b 
Smilgys,  Bruno  S.;  and  Ritchie,  Robert  C,  to  Veeder  IndusUies  Inc. 

Printer.  3,668,375.  CI.  235-94.00r 
Smith.  A.  O.,  Corporation:  See— 

Maynard.  John  T..  3.668.493. 
Smith,  A.  0.,-lnland  Inc.:  See- 
Johnson,  Milton,  3,668.024. 
Smith.  Chester  L.;  and  Szabo,  Louis  R..  to  United  Sutes  of  America. 

Army.  Flare  radiometer.  3.667.850.  CI.  356-1 86.000 
Smith.  Donald  D.  Air  deflection  plate  for  a  vehicle.  3.667,369,  CI.  98- 

2.120 
Smith,  Edwin  R.;  and  Cafolla,  ConsUntine  F.,  to  SFM  Corporation. 

Tool  changing  and  transfer  mechanism.  3,667,1 14,  CI.  29-568. 
Smith,  George  M.:  See— 

Cuzner,     David     E.;    Rigbey,  ~  Leo    J.;    and    Smith,    George 
M.,3 ,668,487. 
Smith,  Harry  A.;  and  Rooker,  Bobbie  E.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company, 
The.  Adducu  of  N-substituted  aziridines  and  organic  acid  an- 
hydrides. 3,668,191,  CI.  260-78.40r 
Smith  International,  Inc.:  See— 

Kellner,  Jackson  M..  3.667.8 17. 


Smith,  Lawrence  Edward;  and  Gries,  Robert  Joseph,  to  RCA  Corpora- 
tion. Ra«er  correction  circuit  utilizing  vertical  deflection  signals, 
and  high  voluge  represenutive  signal,  to  modulau  the  volta|e  regu- 
lator circuit.  3,668,463, CI.  31 5-27.0gd 
Smith,  LearyW:  See- 
Bryant.  Ellis  H.,  Jr.;  and  Smith.  Leary  W.,3,668.326. 
Smith,  Percy  L.:  See— 

Comstock,  Lowell  R.;  and  Smith,  Percy  L., 3,668,1 78. 
Smith,    Richard    E.,    to    Xerox    Corporation.    Developing   lystems. 

3,667,428,  CI.  118-637.000 
Smithermaa,  Eugene  A.  Method  for  handling  column  of  drill  pipe  dur- 
ing drilling  operations.  3.667.554,  CI.  175-57. 
Smyth.  Doaald  N..  to  S.A.  Brush  Company  Limited.  Liquid  feed  con- 
trol for  cleaning  apparatus.  3 ,667 ,85 3 ,  CI.  40 1  -29 1 .000 
Snam  Progctti  S.p.A.:  See— 

Mattucci,  Anna  Maria;  and  Pcnotti.  Emilio,  3,668.227. 
Snam  Progcttic  S.p.A.:  See— 

Corradini,  Giorgio;  Ghetti,  Giuseppe;  Cesca,  Sebastiano;  a^d  Rog- 
gero.  Amaldo,  3,668,156. 
Sniderman,  Albert,  to  Burroughs  Corporation.  Slotted  print  tVpe  belt 
with  angularly  disposed  type  mounting  strips.  3,667,384,  Cl-  101- 
1 1 1 .000 
Snoy,  Joseph  B.;  and  Shull,  Bradford  K.,  to  Twin  Disc,  Incorporated. 
Selector  valve  assembly  with  mechanical  latch.  3,667,501,  CI.  137- 
612.100  I 

Snyder.    Stephen    L.    Automatic    control    system    for    parachutes. 

3.667.705. CI.  244- 1 50.000 
Sobukawa,  Masukuni:  See— 

Yoshino.  Takachika;  Saito.  Shigeru;  Ishikura,  Jun;  Sasaki,  jYuUka; 
and  Sobukawa.  Masukuni, 3,668. 147. 
Socicte  Anonyme  des  Usines  Chautson:  See— 

Chart«t,  Andre,  3,667,1  II. 
Socicte  Anonyme  dite  Eublisaements  Cornard  k  Cie:  See— 

Leger.Robert,  3,667,091 . 
Societe  Anonyme  Francaise  du  Ferodo:  See- 
Maurice.  Jean.  3.667.321. 
Socicte  des  Accumulaleurs  Fixes  et  de  Fraction  (Societe  Anonyme): 
See- 
Godard.  Pierre.  3.668.418. 
Socicte  Forezienne  de  Moulinage  et  Texturation:  See— 

Hilairc.  Marcel  Marius  Adrien,  3.667.208. 
Societe    Gcnerale    de    Constructions    ElecUiques    et    Mefaniques 
(ALSTHOM):S«e- 

Chadtnson.  Pierre,  3,667.298. 
Societe  Industrielle  Honeywell  Bull:  See— 

Bankovic.  Atanasije  M..  3.668.437. 
Societe     Internationale     d'Application     de     Procedes     Injdustriels 
(S.I.A.*n.)S.A.:See— 
Viazri.  Pierre.  3.667.782. 
Societe  Nouvelle  Spidem:  See- 
Petit.  Robert.  3.667.537. 
Soden.  Ralph  Robert:  See— 

Greig.  William  John;  and  Soden.  Ralph  Robert.3 .668.484 
Solomon.  James  E.:  See- 
Davis,  Walter  Richard;  and  Solomon.  James  E.. 3 .668.440 
Solvay  &  Cie:  See— 

Sluse,Guy;and  Joannes.  Gustave.  3.668.005. 

Somif.li.Guiliana:  See— 

Raffacli,  Corrado;  and  Somigli,Guiliana.3,668,343. 
Sony  Corporation:  See— 

Shimada.  Satoshi.  3.668.466. 

Tokita,  TeUuo;  Fuse.  Yuzo;  and  Kaugiri.  Yoshiharu.  3,66|8,464. 
Sorlie,  Donald  Thomu:  See— 

Skromme,  Arnold  Burton;  Lindstrom.  Harold  Richard;  Henning- 
sen, Etlar  August;  Beldin.  Royal  Lowell;  Soriie,  Donald  Thomas; 
and  Eckert.  Elmer  Richard.3.667,734. 
Sotolongo.  Thomas  J.,  to  Thomas  A  Beiu  Corporation.  Lic|uid  tight 

Strain  relief  connector.  3.667.783.  CI.  285-161.000 
Sousa.  Lionel  Anthony  James:  See— 

AngiBy.  Fredrick  Ernest.  Jr.;  Miner.  George  Lindol;  and  Sousa, 
Lionel  Anthony  James.3,667,195. 
Spalding.  Donald  P..  and  Close,  James  G.  Coat  hanger  having  theft 

alarm.  3.668.680.  CI.  340-280.000 
Spaulding.  David  B..  to  Novatek.  Inc.  Method  and  apparatus  for  vehi- 
cle conuol  and  guidance.  3.668.624.  Cl.  340-32.000 
Special  MeUls  Corporation:  See— 

Boesch,  William  J..  3.667.938. 
Speicher.  Ellis.  Ill:  See- 
Carney.  Murray  C;  and  Speicher.  Ellis.  III.3.667.700. 
Spence.  Hilton  Wayne:  See— 

Matzcn.  Walter  T.;  and  Spence,  Hilton  Wayne.3,668,407. 
Spencer.   Francis  T..   to   West   Point-Pepperell.   Inc.    Appafatus  for 

preparing  flocked  fabric.  3.667,665.  Cl.  222-4 1 2.000 
Sperry  Rand  Corporation:  See- 
Kaplan.  Robert  P..  3,667.382. 
Mayberry.  Billy  T.;  and  Sirrine.  Edwin  B..  3.668,701 . 
Poush.  Hanan.  3,668.532. 
Spieth,  Radolf.  Threaded  ring.  3,667,525. CL  I51-21.00c 
Sprague  Electric  Company:  See— 

Fabricius,  John  H..  3,668.478. 
Sprecher.  Raymond  G.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Automatic 

locking  restraint  belt  linear  retractor.  3,667.806.  Cl.  297-3^8.000 
Sprong.  Edmund  Jay.  Fabric  pleaUr  guide.  3.667.677. CI.  223^34. 


.ic|ui< 


June  6.  1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  39 


Squibbs,  E.  R..  &  Sons.  Inc.:  See- 
Bernstein,  Jack;  Diassi,  Patrick  Andrew;  and  Weiscnborn,  Frank 
Lee.  3.668.198. 
St.  Lorant.  Steven  J.;  and  Dow.  Phillip  L..  to  United  States  of  America. 
Atomic  Energy  Commiuion.  Method  and  apparatus  for  precise  tem- 
perature control.  3.667,246.  Cl.  62-208.000 
Sta-Rite  Industries,  inc.:  See— 

Branton.  Donald  L.;  and  Mowery.  James  R..  3.667.499. 
Stadler.  Arnd  J.:  See- 
Frost.  Lincoln  J.;  and  Stadler.  Amd  J. .3.668. 100. 
StahlgruberOtto  Gruber  A  Company:  See— 

Gottauf.Georg.  3.667.528. 
Staley.  JohnH.:  See— 

Ballard.  Wesley  D.;  and  Staley.  John  H..3.667.07S. 
Stamicarbon  N.V.:  See— 

Geus,  John  W.;  and  Lemmens,  Jan  C.  3.668.149. 
Waning.  Hendrik;  Mannens.  Hubertus  A.;  and  Schaapveld.  Amol- 
dus  AW.  3.667, 194 
Standard  Alliance  Industries.  Inc.:  See— 

Czamecki.  Adolph.  3.667.399 
Standard-Farrington  Alarm  &  Signal  Corporation:  See- 
Sullivan.  Joseph  T..  3,667,419. 
Stanford  Research  Institute:  See— 

Comeliui,  William  L.;  and  Martner.  John  G..  3,667.424. 
Stanley  Works,  The:  See- 
Ambler.  Edward  Curtis;  and  Scoville.  Andrew  E.,  3,668,470. 
Ambler.  Edward  Curtis;  Bush.  Walter  R.;  and  Scoville.  Andrew  E., 
3.668,471. 
Stanzwerke  Glarus  AG:  See— 

Lintcr.  Rudolf.  3.667.709. 
Staprans,  Armand:  See— 

Symons.   Robert  S.;  Staprans,  Armand;  and   Butwell,  Robert 
J. .3.668.459 
Stark,  EaHT.:  See— 

Schenck.  William  G.;  and  Stark.  Earl  T. 3.667.453. 
StaubliLtd.:  See— 

Palau.  Joseph;  and  de  Germond,  Jacques.  3.667,507. 
StaufTer  Chemical  Company:  See- 
Below.  John  F.  3.668,282 
Coll-Palagos.  Miguel.  3.667.972. 
StaufTer- W acker  Silicone  Corporation:  See — 

Brennan,  James  Leo;  and  Ford.  Gerald  Paul.  3.668.180. 
Stevenson.  Joseph  Eugene.  3.667,993. 
Steane.  Richard  A.,  to  USM  Corporation.  Shoe  lasting  machines. 

3.667.077.  Cl.  12-8.300 
Steck, Edwards.:  See— 

Schwiebert.  Phillip  D.;  and  Steck.  Edward  S.. 3.667.401. 
Steel  Company  of  Canada  Limited.  The:  See— 

Heitmann.Guenter,  3.667.933. 
Steelcase  Inc.:  See- 
Fries.  Bernard  J.  3.667.7 1 6. 
Steigerwald.  Wolf-Erhard:  See— 

Schuberth. Christian;  and  Steigerwald.  Wolf-Erhard.3.668.600. 
Stein  Industrie:  See— 

Vidal.  Jean;  Parisot.  Jean;  and  Lemoine,  Jacques.  3.667.217. 
Steinberg,  John  Charles;  and  Gray.  Kenneth  Russell,  to  International 
Telephone  &  Telegraph  Corporation.  Dispersants  from  spent  sulflte 
liquor  3.668.1 23.  Cl.  252-8. SOc 
Steinberg.  Norman  Richard:  See- 
Cleaver.    John   Stephen;   Guilford.    Peter;    Kimpton.    Frederick 
James;     Page.     Thomas     John;     and     Steinberg.     Norman 
Richard.3,667,119. 
Steiner.  Adolf;  and  Rinnergschwentner,  Hans,  to  Daimler-Benz  Ak- 
tiengesellKhaft.   Driver  cab  of  commercial-type   motor  vehicles. 
3.667.565.  Cl.  180-89. 
Steinmetz.  Floyd,  to  Rotographic  Machinery  Company.  The.  Web  fed 

rotary  variable  repeat  cutter-creaser  system.  3.667,354,  Cl.  93-58.2 
Steinmetz,  Floyd:  See— 

Helmig,  Richard  W.;  and  SteinmeU.  Floyd.3.667,352. 
Ward,  Henry  D.,  Jr.;  and  Suinmetz,  Floyd,3, 667,353. 
Steiro,  Harry,  to  Wisconsin  Foundry  and  Machine  Company.  Self-con- 

uined  unloading  apparatus.  3,667,620. Cl.  214-l.OOp 
Stemler.  Jay  R..  to  Aluminum  Company  of  America.  Building  struc- 
tures. 3,667,1 82.  Cl.  52-497.000 
Stenstrom.  Lennart  Arvid.  to  Alfa-Laval  AB.  Apparatus  for  elec- 
tromagnetic heating  of  liquids.  3.668.358.  Cl.  219-10.650 
StephanofT.  Nicholas  N..  to  Fluid  Energy  Proceuing  &  Equipment 

Company.Fluidenergydryingroill.  3,667, 131.  Cl.  34-10. 
Sterlini,  Jacques,  to  Compagnie-Electro-Mecanique.  Proceu  for  the 
rational  exchange  of  heat  in  counter-  current  heat  exchanges  where 
the  exchanges  are  unbalanced.  3.667.230,  Cl.  60-65.000 
Stevens,  J.  P.,  &  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Mazzone,  Charles  P.,  3,667,090. 
Stevenson,  Joseph  Eugene,  to  SUufTer-Wacker  Silicone  Corporation. 
Method  for  coating  a  substrate  with  a  heat  Curable  silicone  rubber 
and  resulting  product.  3,667.993, Cl.  1 17-72.000 
Stewart.  James  R.;  See— 

Waksman.  David:  and  Stewart.  James  R.. 3.668.039. 
Stillwagon.  George  B..  Jr..  to  Gardner-Denver  Company.  Screwdriver 

with  bitstoring  handle.  3.667,5 1 8, CL  145-62.000 
Stivers.  George  S.:  See— 

Streb,    Alan    J.;    Stivers,    George    S.;    and    Kelly,    Howard 
R, 3,668,015. 


Stoffer,  C.  Daniel  W.,  to  Collins  Radio  Company.  Audio  comprewion 

circuit.  3,668,542, Cl.  330-23.000 
Stokey,  William  H.,  to  Allied  Machine  &  Engineering  Corporation. 

Holder  for  spade  drill.  3.667.768.  Cl.  279-83. 
Stolshek.  John  D..  to  Republic  Corporation.  Apparatus  for  removing 

insulation  from  electrical  conductors.  3.667.328,  Cl.  81-9.500 
Stone  &  Webster  Engineering  Corporation:  See — 

Noble,  JohnH,  3,667,370. 
Stone,  Leslie  F.,  to  Richardson  Company,  The.  Liquid  level  controller. 

3,667.500.  Cl.  137-386.000 
Stork  Amsterdam  N.V.:  See— 

Vertegaal,  Jacobus  G.,  3,667,426. 
Stossel,  Ernest.  Proceu  for  producing  polymeric  aluminum-  amido- 

potyphosphate.  3,667.903,  Cl.  23-105.000 
Stovall,  Ronald  J.:  See- 
Johnson,  Donald  W.;  Stovall,  Ronald  J.;  and  Wheclock,  Larry 
A, 3, 668, 684. 
Stoveken,  Francis  Raymond;  and  Mayer,  Warren  Clifford,  to  Johnson 
&  Johnson.  Flame  retardant  cellulosic  materials.  3.667.999,  Cl.  1 17- 
137.000 
Stracener.  James  R.:  See— 

Barbec.  Charles  L.;  Williams.  Harlan  D.;  and  Stracener,  James 
R, 3 ,668,682. 
Streb,  Alan  J.;  Stivers.  George  S.;  and  Kelly.  Howard  R..  to  Teledyne. 
Inc..  mesne.  High  versatile  radioisotope  thermoelectric  generator. 
3.668,01 5.  Cl.  136-202. 
Strieker.  Charles  D.:  See— 

Sallo.  Richard  L.;  and  Suicker.  Charles  D. 3,668,090. 
Strohmeyer,    Garry    G.,    to    Honeywell,    Inc.    Control    apparatus. 

3.668.686.  Cl.  340-324.00a 
Strojny,  Edwin  J.;  and  Frevel,  Ludo  K.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company, 
The.  Oxidation  of  2-(2.4-dichlorophenoxy)  ethanol  and  2-(2.4,S- 
trichlorophenoxy)  ethanol  with  nitric  acid  to  the  corresponding 
phenoxyacetic  acid.  3,668,244,  Cl.  260-521. 
Strombeck,  Carl  E.:  See — 

Merrill.  Clifford  C;  and  Strombeck,  Cari  E.,3,667, 1 84. 
Stromberg  Datagraphix,  Inc.:  See— 
ArUud.  Maurice  H..  3.667,839. 
Rottmilier.  Edmund  H.,  3.667,830. 
Stucky,  Duane  L.;  Donaldson,  Richard  G.;  and  Alexander,  Allen  D.,  to 
Industrial    Nucleonics   Corporation.    Measuring    system    support 
3.668.397.  Cl.  250-83. 30d 
Stull.  Frank  D.:See— 

Curran.  Edward  T.;  and  Stull,  Frank  D. 3,667.233. 
Stumpf.  Robert  J.,  to  Kimberiy-Clark  Corporation.  High  bulk  corru- 
gated nonwoven  fabric.  3.668,054. Cl.  161-128.000 
Sturdevant.  Eugene  J.,  to  Holotron  Corporation.  Surface  treatment  of 
photopolymer  film  used  for  recording  holograms.  3.667.946.  Cl.  96- 
35.100 
Sudo,  Shunji:  See— 

Nikaido.    Akira;   Onda,    MiUuo;    Nakajima,    Fumio;    Machida, 
Takayasu;  and  Sudo,  Shunji, 3,668,488. 
Sullivan,  Joseph  T.,  to  Standard-Farrington  Alarm  &  Signal  Corpora- 
tion. Precision  temperature  detection  and  alarm  system.  3,667,419. 
Cl.  116-106.000 
Sulzer  Brothers  Ltd.:  See— 

Inglin,  Anton  Xaver,  3,667,508. 
Sumitomo  Chemical  Company.  Ltd.:  See— 

Fujinami.  Akira;  Ozaki.  Toshiaki;  Horiuchi.  Fukashi;  Yamamolo, 

Sigeo;  Akiba.  Keiichiro;  Tanaka.  Katsutoshi;  Ooba.  Shigehiro; 

Oobhi.   Tadashi;   Nodera.   Katsuji;   and    Kameda.   Nobuyuki. 

3,668,217. 

Otsuka.    Tokio;    Sasabe,    Shozo;    and    Nakagawa,    Hiroyuki, 

3,668,219. 
Shima.  Takesaburo;  Yamagishi.  Akio;  Sada.  Masao;  Yamamoto. 
Zenichi;  and  Shiozaki.  Hasunaga.  3.668.22 1 . 
Sumitomo  Electric  Industries.  Ltd.:  See— 

Irie.  Tadasu;  and  Doi.  Kaname.  3.667,576. 
Sumitomo  Metal  Industries  Ltd.:  See— 

Kanokogi,  Tatsuro;  and  Yasumoto,  Kunio,  3,667.534. 
Sumiyoshi.  Masaharu:  See— 

Noguchi.  Masaaki;  Sumiyoshi.  Masaharu;  Sakakibara,  Shigeru; 
Ito.  Osamu;  and  Kato.  Takaaki.3.667.322. 
Summerfield,  William  F.;  and  NutUll.  Fleet  E.,  to  Mattel,  Inc.  Sim- 
plified Ulkingtoy.  3.667,763, Cl.  274-9.00r 
Summers,  Thomas  Wade:  See — 

Sanford,   Robert  A:;  Johnson,   Robert  Reiner;  and   Summers, 
Thomas  Wade,3,667,479. 
Sun  Oil  Company:  See- 
Hedge,  John  A.,  3,668,267. 

Merges,    John    C,    Jr.;    Mills.   Glen;   and    Ware.    Richard    E.. 
3,667.979. 
Sun-Rype  ProducU  Ltd.:  See— 

Colurt.  Michael  L.;  and  Paton,  David.  3,667,967. 
Sunds  Aktiebolag:  See— 

EngsUom,  Hans-Erik,  3,668,063. 
Sundstrand  Corporation:  See- 
Fair,  Donald  G.;  Baeverstad,  Harold  L.;  and  Fisher,  William  G., 
3.668,653. 
Super  Tire  Engineering  Company:  See- 
Ross,  Donald  H..  3.667.882. 
Surko,  Walter  E.,  Jr.;  and  Elliott,  James  W.,  to  Emhart  Corporation. 
Lock  core.  3,667,264,  Cl.  70-369. 


PI  40 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6. 1972 


Sunet,  Jacques  G.;  >nd  Nagler,  Robert,  to  Canadian  PatenU  and 
Development  Limited.  ImplanUble  vesical  stimulator.  3,667,477,  CI. 
l28-419.00e  .      ,         .  ^.  . 

Suumeyer,  Louis.  Sealing  and  guiding  device  for  a  shaft  driven  in  rou- 

tion.  3.667,766.CI.  277-22.000 
Suzuki,  Minoru.  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Ricoh.  Paper  feed  table  lifting 

device  for  a  printing  preu.  3,667,385,  CI.  101-232. 
Suxuki,  Nobuo:  See— 

Ichikawa,  Yauro;  YamashiU,  GenUro;  Tokashiki,  Michiyuki;  and 
Suzuki.  Nobuo,3,668.23S. 
Svenska  Dauregitter  AB.  See— 

Englund,  Gosta  Roland;  and  Ticc,  Richard  Reuben.  3,668,692. 
Swanke,  Roy  L.:  See— 

Keliey,  Raymond  F.;  and  Swanke,  Roy  L.,3,668,491. 
Swatman,  Peter  P.,  to  British  Leyland  (Austin-Morris)  Limited.  Carbu- 
retters for  internal  combustion  engines.  3,667,741 .  CI.  261  -50.00« 
Sweger,  Russell  P.,  to  Barber-Colman  Company.  On-off  time  propor- 
tioning summer-winter  thermostat  and  control  system  employing 
same.  3.667,539,  CI.  165-26.000 
Sybron  Corporation:  See— 

Hartnett,  James  J.;  and  Feigin,  Robert.  3,667,899. 
La  Force,  Walter  P.;  and  Woodhams,  Glen  A.,  3,667,1 24. 
Sykes,  Thomas  R.,  to  Gerrard  Company  Ltd.,  mesne.  Newspaper  bun- 
dle feeding  and  storing  system.  3,667,591, CL  l98-220.00r 
Sylvania  Electric  ProducU,  Inc.:  See- 
Anderson.  John  W.,  3,668,456. 
Brown,  Stephen  V.;  Mc  Donough,  Thomas  B.;  and  Shaffer,  John 

W.  3,667,992. 
Dale.  Ernest  A.;  and  Thomas.  Martha  J.  B..  3,668.455. 
Hedler.  Robert  A..  3.667,986. 
Johnson,  Alfred  D..  3,668,387. 
Kimball,  Stephen  F.,  3,668,391. 
Lagos,  CostasC;  Fowler,  Richard  A.;  and  Thomas.  Martha^J.  B., 

3.668,140. 
McKee.LcnerH,  3,667,947. 
Ng,David  M. ;  and  Rehkopf,  Charles  M,  3.667,355. 
Regec,  John  Jacob;  and  Roe ber,  Henry  William,  3.667,331. 
Symoni,  Robert  S.;  Staprani.  Armand;  and  Butwell,  Robert  J.,  to  Vari- 
an  Associates.  Coupled  cavity  slow  wave  circuit  and  tube  using  same. 
3,668,459,  CI.  315-3.500 
Synvar  Associates:  See— 

McConnell,  Harden  M.;  and  Ullman,  Edwin  F.,  3,668.214. 
Syikov,  Konstantin  Ivanovich:  See— 

Makarov.  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov.  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagorets, 
Anatoly  Mikhailovich;  Korolev.  Jury  Germanovich;  Syskov. 
Konstantin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko.  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin, 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lerner,  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Musufin,  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin,  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov,  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky.  Izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov.  Petr  Yakovlevich, 3,667,746. 
Szabo,  Louis  R.:  See- 
Smith,  Chester  L.;  and  Szabo,  Louis  R, 3,667.850. 
Szabo,  Ted  T:  See— 

Nauman,  Edward  B.;  Szabo,  Ted  T.;  Klosek.  Felix  P.;  and  Kauf- 
man, Stephen,3.668,l  61. 
Szinai,  Stephen  S.;  and  Lunn,  William  H.W.,  to  Lilly,  Eli,  and  Com- 
pany. Adamantane  compounds.  3,668,220,  CI.  260-326.1 10 
Szmuukovicz,  Jacob,  to  Upjohn  Company,  The.  1,  3-Aminoalcohols. 

3,668,l99.C1.260-239.00b 
Tabler,  Donald  C;  uid  Johnson,  Marvin  M.,  to  Phillips  Petroleum 
Company.  Disproportionation  of  alkylbenzenes.  3,668,265,  CI.  260- 
672. 
Tabor,  John  R.,  to  Mining  Equipment  Manufacturing  Corporation. 
Tunneling  machine  with  undem  spoil  barriers.  3,667,808,  CI.  299- 
33. 
Takabe,  Koichi:  See— 

Iwama,  Masakuni;  Fujiwara.  MiUuto;  Kojima.  TamoUu;  Takabe, 
Koichi;  and  Yamamoto.  Toshihiko.3. 667.956. 
Takahashi,  Keiichi.  Method  for  making  thermoplastic  synthetic  resin 

hollow  structure  articles.  3,668,288,  CI.  264-47. 
Takamiya,  Saburo:  See- 
Fujikawa,  Kyoichiro;  and  Takamiya.  Saburo,3,668,439. 
Take.  Teruo:  See- 
Abe,  Jinnosuke;  Watanabe,  Teteuo;  Take,  Teruo;  Fujimoto.  Ken- 
taro;  Fujii.  Tadaahiro;  Takemura.  Kazunari;  Nishiie,  Kazuyoshi; 
Satoh,  Sakae;  Koide,  Tadashi;  and  Hotta,  Yasue,3.668,200. 
Takechi,  Hiroshi:  See— 

Shimizu,    Mineo;    Takechi.    Hiroshi;    Kajioka.    Hiroyuki;    and 
Kawaharada,  Minoru.3.668,016. 
Takeda  Chemical  Industries,  Ltd.:  See— 

Eguchi,  Yoshitomo,  3,667,910. 
Takemura,  Kazunari:  See- 
Abe,  Jinnosuke;  Watanabe,  TeUuo;  Take,  Teruo;  Fujimoto,  Ken- 
taro;  Fujii,  Tadashiro;  Takemura,  Kazunari;  Nishiie,  Kazuyoshi; 
Satoh,  Sakae;  Koide,  Tadashi;  and  Hotta,  Yasue,3,668,200. 
Takenaka.  Haruo;  Okuyama,  Hiroshi;  Hibino.  Noburo;  and  OhU. 
Eiichi,  to  Fuji  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.  Means  for  measuring  thickness  of 
sheet  material.  3,667,283,  CI.  73-37.700 
Takeuchi,  Koichi;  Okada,  Takeo;  and  Aoki.  Shinichi,  to  Mitsubishi 
Denki     Kabushiki    Kaisha.     Vacuum     type    circuit    interrupter. 
3.668,350,  CI.  200-144.00b 
Tamai,  Yasuo;  and  Honjo,  Satoru,  to  Fuji  Shashin  Film  Kabushiki 
Kaisha.  Method  of  producing  electrophotographic  liquid  developers 
having  very  fine  coloring  material.  3,668,126,  CI.  252-62.1 


Tamboise,  Maurice  P.:  See— 

Brebant.  Robert;  and  Tamboise,  Maurice  P. .3,667,452.        | 
Tamura,  Shozo:  See— 

Okabe,  Tadao;  Tanaka,  Makoto;  Tamura.  Shozo;  Fuku»hima, 
Masafcazu;  and  Oikawa.  Miuuru,3.668,002. 
Tanaka,  Harumi,  to  Minolu  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Film  sen»itivity 
compensated  light  measuring  network  and  film  magazine.  3,667.363, 
CI.  95-31. Oca 
Tanaka,  Katsutoshi:  See— 

Fujinami,  Akira;  Ozaki,  Toshiaki;  Horiuchi,  Fukashi;  Yamtmoto, 
Sigeo;  Akiba,  Keiichiro;  Tanaka.  KaUuioshi;  Ooba,  Shigehiro; 
Ooishi.    Tadashi;    Nodera,    Katsuji;    and    Kameda.    Nibuyu- 
ki,3,668,217. 
Tanaka,  Makoto:  See-  ! 

Okabe,  Tadao;  Tanaka,  Makoto;  Tamura.  Shozo;  Fukuphima, 
Masakazu;  and  Oikawa.  MiUuru,3.668.0O2. 
Tanner,  Theodore  F..  to  General  Portland  Cement  Co.  Colored  ce- 
ment. 3.667,976.  CI.  106-97. 
Tarancon,  Gregorio:  See- 
Prince,        Martin;        Blanck,        Hillard;       and 
Gregorio.3.667.191. 
Tashiro.Chiaki:  See— 

Nakanishi,  Michio;  and  Tashiro,  Chiaki,3,668,210. 
Tassone,  George  A.:  See— 

Pitti,  Joseph  J.;  and  Tassone.  George  A. ,3,667,070. 
Taylor,  Jack  R.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Fuel  delivery  ap|:jaratus 

3.667.221,  CI.  60-39.74r 
Taylor,  John  H.;  and  Pellman.  Robert  C.  Knot  winder  for  tying  fish 

hooks.  3,667.790,  CI.  289-17  000 
Teague,  Dwight  Maxwell;  Bertrand  William  F  ;  Willson,  Philip  J.;  and 
Ammermann,  Frank  E.,  to  Chrysler  Corporation  Extrudable  refrac- 
tory fibrous  material.  3,667.975.  CI.  106-65  000 
Tecalemit  (Engineering)  Limited:  See— 
Grantham. Max  Edward,  3,667,574. 
Tecnico,  Inc.:  See— 

De  Lizasoain,  Gabriel  V.,  3,667,234. 
Teijeiro,  Benito  Jose  Calvino  Y.,  to  Magrini  Fabbriche  Riunile  Magrini 
Scarpa  e  Matnano  M.S.M.  S.p.A.  Blast  orifice  unit  for  self-blasting 


;oioKd  ce- 
Taijancon, 


compressed  gat  electric  circuit-breakers.  3,668,352,  CI.  200-  48.00r 
Teijin  Limited:  Set— 

Ichikawa,  Yataro;  Yamashita,  GenUro;  Tokashiki,  Michiyijki;  and 
Suzuki,  Nobuo,  3,668.235. 
Teiwes,  Hans-Jurgen:  See— 

Krauth.  Axel;  and  Teiwes,  Hans-Jurgen,3,668,292. 
Tekkosha  Co.,  Ltd.:  See—  ^^-^ 

Sasaki, Seiya,  3,667,906. 
Tektronix,  Inc.:  See—  -..^ 

Dalton.  Oliver;  and  Weidel,  Vaughn.  3,668.505. 
Tel-Tech  Corporation:  See— 

Fritkin.  George  A.,  3,668,562. 
Telautograph  Corporation:  See— 

Diamond,  Arthur  S  ;  and  Carr,  David  E.,  3.668,079. 
Teledyne.  Inc.:  Set— 

De  Long,  William  T.;  and  Corcoran,  Paul  T..  3,667.924. 

McDonald,  William  K.,  3,667,940. 

Pease.  Robert  A.  3,668.541.  ^ 

Streb,   Alan   J.;   Stivers,  George   S.;  and   Kelly,   How^d 

3,668,015. 
Wiesler,  Mordechai;  and  Macintyre,  John  S.,  3,668,044. 
Teledyne  ladusUies,  inc.:  See— 

Isley.  Walter  F.  3.667.433.  -^^ 

Teledyne  Mid-American  Corporation:  See— ""^- 

Church,  Herman  S.;  and  Clark.  Duane  J.,  3.667,726. 
Telefonaktiebolaget  L  M  Ericsson:  See— 

Hemdal,  Goran  Anders  Henrik.  3,668.330. 
Hemdal.  Goran  Anders  Henrik.  3.668,646. 
Templin  Associates,  Inc.:  See— 

Templin.GailH.  3.667.379. 
Templin,    Gail    H.,    to    Templin    Associates,    Inc.    Apparatus    for 

prefabricating  wood  structures.  3.667.379.  CI.  100-139.000  I 
Tenneco  Chemicals,  Inc.:  See— 

Pappadakis.  Nicholas  J,  3,668.058.  I 

Tenurelli.  Kenneth  D.,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Incorporated. 

Thermistor  control  circuit.  3,668,5 10.  CI.  323-8.000 
Teradyne,  Inc.:  See— 

Chamillard,  George  W.;  and  Winsor,  David  M.,  3,667,104 
Teramura.  Hiroichi;  See— 

Nakagome,  Yukio;  Teramura,  Hiroichi;  FukaU,  Yasuo;  and  Ando. 
Sumitoshi,3,668,328. 
Teumac.  Fred  Norman;  and  Harriman,  Lester  W..  to  Dow  Chemical 

Company,  The.  Cleaning  method.  3.668.009. CI.  134-2. 
Texaco  Inc.:  See— 

Eckert.GeorgeW.  3.667.152.  --.^ 

Flournoy,  Norman  E.,  3,667,894. 

Higgs,  Kenneth  O,  3,668,677. 

Mott.George  E.,  3.667.239. 

O'Keefe.  William  H.;  Colvert  James  H.;  Nelson.  Geraldj  V.;  and 

Yosngblood.  Douglas  J..  3,668,1 14. 
Parker.  Levi  C;  and  RoberUon.  Odes  B.,  3.668.1 1 2.         I 
Patel,  Jitendra  A.;  Herbstman,  Sheldon;  Peck,  Reese  A.;  land  Wil- 
son, Raymond  F.,  3.668.1 17. 
Texas  InstrumenU.  Incorporated:  See— 

Mauen.  Walter  T.;  and  Spence,  Hilton  Wayne,  3,668,407 

Miller.  George  A..  3.667.991 . 

Reid,  Lee  R.;  and  Williams,  Charles  Sumner,  3,668,406. 


June  6. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  41 


Texas  Oil  Electric  Co.:  See— 
^      Barbee,  Charles  L.;  Williams.  Harlan  D.;  and  Stracener,  James  R., 

3,668.682. 
Textile  Research  Institute:  See- 
Miller,  Bernard;  Lambert,  Harold;  and  Meiser,  Charles  H.,  Jr., 
3.667,277. 
Textron,  Inc.:  See- 
Black,  Daniel  A.;  Ingcrsoll,  Albert  A.;  York,  Ira  Bill  Lee;  and 

Jones,  David  0.3,667,340. 
Clark.  Gordon  J  ,  3.668,040. 
Thackray,  Chas.  F.,  Limited:  See— 

Charnley,  John,  3,667,456. 
Thackston,  Ann:  See- 
Anderson,  Charles  E.;  and  Thackston,  Ann;  executrix  of  said, 
3,667,572. 
Thackston,  Ann:  See- 
Anderson,    Charles    E.;    and    Thackston,    Ann;    executrix    of 
said.3.667,S72. 
Thaxton,  Karl  Lehman:  See— 

Bigliano.  Robert  Paul;  and  Thaxton.  Karl  Lehman.3,668,3 1 1 . 
Theer.  Anton:  See— 

Neudecker.  Kari;  and  Theer.  Anton.3,667.362. 
Theis,  Peter  F.  Multiplier  circuit  for  automatic  telephone  answering 

system.  3,668, 325. CI.  179-6. 
Thermo  Electron  Corporation:  See— 
Lazaridis,  Lazaros  J.,  3,667,745. 
Thibault.  Paul:  See- 

Fioravanti,  Jean;  Carriere.  Robert  Lucien;  Thibault,  Paul;  and 
Fioravanti,AlainJ.F.  R..3,667.4I6. 
Thiele,  Heinz;  Franke.  Konrad;  and  Becker.  Dietrich,  to  Zeiss  Ikon  Ak- 
tiengesellschaft.  Motion  picture  camera  with  means  producing  a  dis- 
solving effect.  3,667,836,  CI.  352-91.000 
Thillet.  Georges.  Closure  device  for  sealing  an  opening  in  a  wall  of  a 

pressurisable  chamber.  3,667,649, CI.  220-55.00y 
Thiokol  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 

Paustian,  John  E.;  and  Fein,  Marvin  M.,  3,667,524. 
Thomas  &  Betti  Corporation:  See- 
Sinclair.  William  Y,  3,668,337. 
Sotolongo,  Thomas  J.,  3,667,783. 
Thomas.  Ian  M..  to  Owens-Illinois,  inc. Method  for  the  preparation  of 
ultra  high  purity  SiO|  in  a  porous  bead  form.  3,667,909,  CI.  23- 
I82.00r 
Thomas,  John  Breniser:  See— 

Dowling,  Edward  Camp;  and  Thomas,  John  Breniser,3,668,433. 
Thomas,   Leonard   L.   Tobacco   smoke   filter.    3,667,481,  CI.    131- 

261.00b 
Thomas,  Lucius  Ponder:  See- 
Owens,  Raymond  Clyde;  and  Thomas,  Lucius  Ponder,3,668,475. 
Thomas,  Marshall  K.,  Jr.;  and  Thompkins,  James  N.,  to  United  States 
of  America,  Navy.  Controlled  atmosphere  gravity  cuting  system. 
3,667,535,  CI.  164-258.000 
Thomas.  Martha  J.  B.:  See—  "  - 

Dale.  Ernest  A.;  and  Thomas.  Martha  J.  B., 3.668,455. 
Lagos,  Costas  C;  Fowler,  Richard  A.;  and  Thomas.  Martha  J. 
B.,3.668.140 
Thompkins.  James  N.:  See- 
Thomas,  Marshall  K.,  Jr.;  and  Thompkins,  James  N, 3,667,535. 
Thompson,  Herbert  E.:  See— 

Flores,  Ralph;  and  Thompson,  Herbert  E, 3.668,658. 
Thompson,  Oria  D.  Barbecue.  3,667,376,  CI.  99-443. 
Thorn  Electronics  Limited:  See- 
Isaac,  Anthony  Leonard,  3,668,467. 
Thornton-Trump,  Walter  E.  Orchard  machine.  3,667,190,  CI.  53-59. 
Thow,  Ian:  See—  * 

Toth,BelaM.;andThow.Ian,3,667.447. 
Thurston,  Charles  T.,  to  McDonnell  Douglas  Corporation.  Hydraulic 
system  having  means  for  isolating  leaking  branch  circuits.  3,667,223, 
CI.  60-5 1 .000 
Tiberghien,  Pierre,  to  Regie  Nationale  des  Usines  Renault  &  Automo- 
biles. Antivibratory  devices  with  phase  reversal.  3,667,706,  CI.  248- 
9.000 
Tice,  Richard  Reuben:  See— 

Englund,  Gosu  Roland;  and  Tice,  Richard  Reuben,3,668,692. 
Tidswell,  Anthony  Clifford.  Floor  crane.  3,667,632,  CI.  214-130. 
Till,  James  Peter;  and  Hudson.  William  Jeffrey,  Jr.  Fan  and  clutch  con- 
trol circuit  for  an  air  conditioner.  3.667,245,  CI.  62-180. 
Time  Research  &  Development  Corporation:  See— 

McGourty,  Thomas  K.,  3,667,261 . 
Times  Corporation:  See— 

Meitinger,  Heinz,  3,667,210. 
Tischuk,  Walter,  to  Robertson,  H.  H.,  Company.  Fastening  means  for 
double-skin  foam  core  building  construction  panel.  3,667,180,  CI. 
52-309.000 
T.M.M.  (Research)  Limited:  See— 

Dakin,  John;  and  Campbell,  John  George,  3,667,087. 
Todd,  George  K.  Seedling  fiat.  3,667,1 59,  CI.  47-34. 1 30 
Todd,  William  L.;  and  Mott,  James  D.,  to  Hydril  Company.  Mud 
diverter  and  inside  blowout  preventer  drilling  tool.  3,667,557,  CI. 
175-242.000 
Toji,  Masuo:  See— 

Blackwell,  John;  and  Toji,  Masuo,3,667,897. 
Tokashiki,  Michiyuki:  See— 

Ichikawa.  YaUro;  Yamashita,  GenUro;  Tokashiki.  Michiyuki;  and 
Suzuki.  Nobuo,3,668,235. 


Toki,  Hisashi:  See— 

Yamamoto.       Masayuki;       Toki,       Hisashi;       and       Shibuya, 
Hideo.3.668.004. 
Tokita.  Tetsuo;  Fuse,  Yuzo;  and  KaUgiri,  Yoshiharu,  to  Sony  Corpora- 
tion. Deflection  compensation  for  temperature  changes  in  a  color 
picture  tube.  3.668.464,  CI.  3 1 5-24. 
Tokura,  Susumu:  See— 

Hosokawa.    Kenjiro;    Matsui,    Masao;    Endo.   Norio;   Ichikawa, 
Michio;  and  Tokura.  Susumu. 3, 668.001 . 
Tokyo  Shibaura  Denki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

lijima,  Taizo;  Yamazaki,  Issei;  Mori,  Shunji;  Genchi,  Hiroshi;  and 

Kauuragi,  Sumio,  3,668,638. 
Kurokawa,    Takaaki;    Yamada,    Junji;    and    Wada,    Makoto. 
3,667,927. 
Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Kameoka,  Akio;  Nakamura,  Shinichi;  Makino,  Shinichi;  Endoh. 

Kenjiro;  and  Kuriyagawa,  Mamoni,  3.668.294. 
Miyashiro,  Shoichi,  3,668,473. 
Mizobuchi,  Yasuo;  and  Hoshino,  Isao,  3,668.635. 
Muraoka.  Masahide.  3.668.5 1 6. 
Nagata,  Euuro,  3,667,669. 
Sakai,    Kunio;    ICatsuragi,    Sumio;    and    WaUnabe,    Sadakazu, 

3,668,637. 
Tsubouchi,  Denji;  Ito.  Susumu;  Toyou,  Eisuke;  and  Wada.  Kenji. 

3.668.513. 
TsuneU,  Asahide;  and  Sawagau,  Shinichi,  3,667,824. 
Tomiyama.  Eijiro;  and  Heim.  John  H..  said  Tomiyama  assor  to  Tomy 

Kogyo  Co..  Ltd.  Motor-driven  rolling  toy.  3.667,1 56.  CI.  46-243. 
Tomlinson,  Walter  John,  ill:  See— 

Chandross.  Edwin  Arthur;  Fork.  Richard  Lynn;  Lamola,  Angelo 
Anthony;  and  Tomlinson,  Walter  John,  111,3,668,663. 
Tomy  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 
Aoki.  Masaru.  3.667.154. 
Tomiyama,  Eijiro;  and  Heim,  John  H.,  3,667,156. 
Torelli,  Aldo;  and  Jacquemet,  Andre,  to  Sandco  Limited,  mesne.  Scal- 
ing means.  3 ,667,626,  CI.  2 1 4- 1 7. 
Torick,  Emit:  See- 
Allen,  Richard  G.;  and  Torick,  Emil,3,668,322. 
Torii,  Michihiro:  See— 

Ko.bayashi.  Seihin;  and  Torii.  Michihiro.3 .668,664. 
Torii,    Nozomu.    to    Aisin    Seiki    Company    Limited.    Door    lock 

mechanism.  3.667.792.  CI.  292-216. 
Torrence.    Samuel    L..    to    WesUvaco    Corporation.    Removal    and 

recovery  ofsulfur  oxides  from  gases.  3,667.908.  CI.  23-178.000 
Toth.  Bela  M.;  and  Thow.  Ian.  to  Parkinson  Cowan  Limited.  Gas-fired 

domestic  ovens.  3.667,447.  CI.  126-21. 
Towie,  Robert  G.:  See— 

Itzler,  Sidney;  and  TowIe,  Robert  G.. 3.667.336. 
Townsend  Engineering  Company:  See— 

Beasley.  Donald  L.,  3,667,52 1 . 
Townsend,  Keith  Gerald:  and  Harlow,  David  Arthur,  to  Bentley  En- 
gineering Company,  The.  Means  for  guarding  needle  latches  of  cir- 
cular knitting  machines.  3.667,256,  CI.  66-1 1 1.000 
Towsley,  LeRoy  M.:  See — 

Boland,  Daniel  Edmund;  Dewees,  Leonard  S.;  and  Towtley, 
LeRoy  M.,3,668,302. 
Toyo  Jozo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See- 
Abe,  Jinnosuke;  Watanabe,  Tetsuo;  Take,  Teruo;  Fujimoto,  Ken- 
taro;  Fujii.  Tadashiro;  Takemura.  Kazunari;  Nishiie,  Kazuyoshi; 
Satoh,  Sakae;  Koide,  Tadashi;  and  HotU,  Yasue.  3.668.200. 
Toyoda  Koki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See- 
Ota.  Hiroshi.  3.667.445. 
Toyou.  Eisuke:  See— 

Tsubouchi,  Denji;  Ito,  Susumu;  ToyoU,  Eisuke;  and  Wada,  Ken- 
ji,3,668,513. 
ToyoU  Jidosha  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See — 

Ito,  Shin;  Kubo.  Seitoku;  and  Mori,  Takakazu,  3,667,325. 
Noguchi,  Masaaki;  Sumiyoshi,  Masaharu;  Sakakibara,  Shigeru; 
Ito,  Osamu;  and  Kato,  Takaaki,  3,667,322. 
Tracked  Hovercraft  Limited:  See- 
English,  Christopher  Durrant.  3,667.398. 
Haynes,  Richard  Humphrey,  3,667,397. 
Tramuta,  Salvatore  S.:  See— 

Hubble,  William  Schenck;  Woods,  Kenneth  K.;  and  TramuU,  Sal- 
vatore S., 3,667,430. 
Traube,  Robert  J.,  to  FMC  Corporation.  Conveyor  sysUm.  3,667,588, 

CI.  198-38.000 
Traverse,  John  J.:  See— 

Whitehead,  Calvert  W.;  and  Traverse,  John  J.,3.668.248. 
Travis  Mills  Corporation:  See- 
Bassist,  Rudolph  G.,  3,667,255. 
Trepasso,  Louis  E.:  See— 

Forschirm,  Alex  S.;  and  Trepasso,  Louis  E., 3,668,000. 
Trigg,  Douglas  F.,  to  Canadian  Patenu  and  Development  Limited. 

Phase-locked  tracking  filter.  3,668.566.  CI.  333-17.000 
Trimble,  Averal  T.,  Jr.,  to  CaroChem  Corporation.  Method  of  dyeing 

natural  and  synthetic  fibers.  3,667,900,  CI.  8-l73.0(X) 
Tritenne,  Claude  H.  Skeet  shooting  arrangement.  3.667,389.  CI.  102- 

34.100 
Troster,  John  G.:  See- 
Johnston,  Norris;  and  Latker,  Mark,  3,667,601.    -^ 
Troutman.  Paul  Henry:  See- 
Shah.  Franklin  Bong-See;  and  Troutman.  Paul  Henry ,3.668,401 . 


PI  42 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6. 1972 


TRW  Inc.:  See- 

Brooki,  Robert  E.;  ud  Heflinger,  Lee  O..  3,668,405. 
Ehrlich,  Don  E,  3,668,363. 
Rutkowtki,  Eugene  v.,  3.667,567. 
Tsagina,  Raisa  Fedorovna:  See— 

Krylov,  Vtevolod  Semenovich;  Popkov,  Ivan  Nikoiacvich;  Magu- 
nov,  Robert  Leonidovich;  Puring,  Mikhail  Nikoiacvich;  Bag- 
daurov,  Khachatur  Saakovich;  Ttagina,  Raiu  Fedorovna;  and 
Popov.  Viktor  lnnokentievich.3,667.90 1 . 
Tsubota.  Motohiko:  See— 

Shiba,  Keituke;  Akira,  Sato;  and  TtuboU.  Motohiko.3.667,960. 
Tsubouchi,  Denji;  Ito,  Sutumu;  Toyota,  Eituke;  and  Wada.  Kenji,  to 
Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  Upright  type  bushing  current 
transformer.  3.668.51 3, CI.  323-60. 
Tsugami.Taisuke.  Digital  micrometer  caliper.  3,667, 127,  CI.  33-164. 
Tsuneta,  Asahide;  and  Sawagata.  Shinichi.  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric 
Co..  Ltd.  Method  for  adjusting  the  space  between  cathode  and  Tirst 
plate  grid  electrodes  in  an  electron  gun  member.  3,667.824,  CI.  316- 
23. 
Tsurumi.  Sukeo:  S««— 

Yasui,  Hideaki;  and  Tsurumi,  Sukeo,3,667,804. 
Tubal  Industries.  Inc.:  See— 

Kirchner,  Myron  C;  and  Rosenberger.  Thomas  R.,  3,668,362. 
Tuchens  Gerd  Actum,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  incorporated. 

Low  profile  waveguide  channel  diplexer.  3,668,565,  CI.  333-6.000 
Tuhro,  Richard  H.;  and  Kapsambelis,  Christot  B.,  to  Matsushita  Elec- 
tric    Industrial    Co.,    Ltd.     Scanner/decoder    multiplex    system. 
3.668,408, CI.  250-236.000 
Tuhro,  Richard  H.;  and  Kapsambelis,  Christos  B.,  to  Computer  In- 
dentics  Corporation.  Scanner/decoder  multiplex  system.  3,668.409, 
CI.  250-236.000 
Tulagin,  Vsevolod,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Quinacridone  pigments  in 

electrophotographic  imaging.  3,667,945,  CI.  96-1. 
Tuszynski,  Alfons  A.:  See— 

Padalino,  Joseph  J.;  and  Tuszynski,  Alfons  A. ,3,668,560. 
Tweedy,  Robert  Hugh:  See— 

Wittren,  Richard  Arthur;  Meysenburg,  Raymond  Richard;  and 
Tweedy,  Robert  Hugh,3,667,504. 
Twin  Disc,  Incorporated:  See— 

Snoy,  Joseph  B;  and  Shull,  Bradford  K.,  3,667,501. 
Udylite  Corporation,  The:  See— 

Zellmer,  Lynn  R.,  3,668.477. 
Ueda.  Hiroyuki:  See— 

Kurihara,  Sumio;  Araki,  Kazumi;  Ueda,  Hiroyuki;  and  Ikumo, 
Masahiko,3,668,073. 
Uhl,  George  A.;  and  Baillie,  Lloyd  A.,  to  Atlantic  Richfleld  Company. 

Process  for  charging  caUlyst.  3,668,1 15.  CI.  208-143.000 
Ulion,  Nicholas  E.:  See— 

Blecherman,    Sol    S.;    Ulion,    Nicholas    E.;    and    Packer,    Louis 
L.,3,668,386. 
Ullman,  Edwin  F.:  See— 

McConnell,  Harden  M;  and  Ullman,  Edwin  F, 3,668,214. 
Ullrich,   Walter;   Lohse,   Karl-Heinz;   Leuteritz,   Jochen;   Zeitzschel, 
Gunter;  and  Fasol.  Robert,  to  Licentia  Patent-Verwaltungs-G.m.b.H. 
Pressure  suppression  containment  for  a  liquid-  cooled  nuclear  reac- 
tor. 3,668,069,  CI.  176-38. 
Umeya,  Kaoru;  Watanabe,  Akira;  and  Gomi,  Shinpei,  to  Kureha 
Kagaku    Kogyo    Kabushiki    Kaisha,    and    Kyushu    Taika    Renga 
Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Proceu  for  preparing  a  molded  pitch-powder 
granule  system  with  an  improved  bonding  material  and  production 
produced  therefrom.  3,667,974,  CI.  106-58.000 
Union  Carbide  Corporation:  See— 

Comstock,  Lowell  R.;and  Smith,  Percy  L.,  3,668,178. 
Hoy,  Kenneth  Look;  and  Milligan,  Charles  Leonard,  3,668.183. 
Nauman.  Edward  B.;  Szabo.  Ted  T.;  Klosek.  Felix  P.;  and  Kauf- 
man.Stephen.  3.668.161. 
Union  Oil  Company  of  California:  See— 
Alley.  Starling  K..  3.668.264. 
Backlund.  Peter  Sunley,  3,667,928. 
Dvoracek,  Louis  M.;  and  Sarem,  Amir  M.,  3,668,1 1 1 . 
Fenton,  Donald  M.,  3,668,249. 
Schaeffer,  William  D.,  3,668,257. 
Uniroyal  Englebert  France:  See— 

Mirtain,  Henri,  3,667,529. 
Uniroyal,  Inc.:  See— 

Dannals,  Leiand  E.,  3,668.230. 
Hageman,  Howard  A..  3.668.258. 
Loveleu.  Frederick  C;  and  Hartz.  Roy  E..  3.668.279. 
Ouinn,  Edwin  J.,  3,668,243. 
United  Aircraft  Corporation:  See— 

Bala.  Mitchell  J.;  and  Blecherman,  Sol  S.,  3,667,421 . 
Biancardi,  Frank  R.;  and  Melikian,  Gorken,  3,668,549. 
Blecherman,  Sol  S.;  Ulion,  Nicholas  E.;  and  Packer,  Louis  L., 

3,668,386. 
Boucher,  Raymond  R.;and  Phipps,  Charles  M.,  Jr..  3,667,533. 
Bullis.  Robert  H.;  and  NIghan.  William.  3.668.550. 
De    Mattia,   Victor   A.,   Jr.;   and   Sansevero,   Vincent   J.,   Jr., 

3,667,216. 
Duchesneau,  Jerome  G.;  and  Schwartz,  Robert  A.,  3,668,349. 
Franz,  Thomas C,  3,668,0 13. 
Gardner,  Fred  M.;  Gervais,  Joseph  R.;  and  Nettleton,  Frank  S., 

3,668,457. 
Hasbrouck,ThadM.,  3,667,49 1. 
Hecht,  Ralph  J.;  and  Fenton,  Richard  J.,  3.667,939. 


,3,667,233. 

and  Reynolds.  James  F. 


.3.667.471. 
3.667.147. 


Kegelman,  Thomas  D..  3,668,389. 
Mitchell,  James  P.;  and  Cohen,  Allan  R.,  3,667,232. 
United  Kingdom  Atomic  Energy  Authoritiy:  See— 

Gough.  John  Richard  Cox;  Meaden,  Geoffrey  William;  a$d  Price, 
Michael  Stuart  Thomas,  3,668,284. 
United  Kingdom  Atomic  Energy  Authority:  See— 

Watson,  Christopher  John  Hamilton,  3,668,068. 
United  States  of  A  merica 
Air  Force:  See— 
Curran,  Edward  T.;  and  Stull,  Frank  D. 
Kuao.  Hiromu  J.;  Berson,  Bertrand  E.; 
3.668.552. 
Army;  See— 
Brown,  Donald,  3,668,590. 
Carter,  Vondell,  3,667,297. 
Doty,  Donald  B.;  and  Kugler,  Heinz  W. 
Goldin,  Morris;  and  Price,  Leonard  W., 
HeHwig.  Helmut  W..  3,668,293 

Hukbuch,  Theodore  N.;  Murfree,  James  A.,  Jr.;  Dundan,  Wil- 
liam A.;Sandlin,  Billy  J.; and  Nappicr,  Henry  A..  3.667,231. 
Jurkowski,  Chester  P.;  and  Kruzel,  MiUie  W.,  3.667,34!  . 
Lewis.  David  W  ,  3,667.394. 
Mernam.  Mylon.  3.667.948. 
Murfree,  James  A..  Jr.;  Hubbuch,  Theodore  N.;  Nappier.  Henry 

A.;  Duncan.  William  A.;  and  Sandlin.  Billy  J..  3.667,219. 
Pcttee.EdwynH,  3,667.103. 
Picard.  Jean  P.;  Dunigan.  Thomas  E.;  and  Pell,  Lawrence  W., 

3,667,387. 
OuBitana,  Ronald  P.;  Garson,  Lorrin  R.;  and  Lassie,  Andrew. 

3,668.226. 
Smcstad.  Dale  E.;and  Quackenbush.  Nelson  E..  3.668,^74. 
Smhh.  Chester  L.;  and  Szabo.  Louis  R..  3,667,850. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission:  See— 
^   Christonios,  Nicholas  C.  3.668,067. 

De  Freius.  C.  Trench;  and  Handwerk.  Joseph  W.,  3,668,285. 
Hendel,   Hans  W.;  Chu,  Tsu-Kai;  and  Simoncn,  Thomas  C. 

3,668,066 
Moir,  Ralph  W  ,3,668,065. 
Petit,  George  S.;  and  Wright,  RalphH.,  3,668,084. 
St.  Lorant,  Steven  J.;  and  Dow,  Phillip  L.,  3,667,246. 
Interior:  See- 
Belter,   John    W.;   Dockter,   Leroy;  and    Ellman,   Roibert 
3.668,145. 
Navy:  See— 
Bentkowsky,  Jerome;  and  Beran.  W.  Tait,  3,667,227. 
Burt,  Warren  T  ;  and  Hoffman,  Herman  J,  3.668,308. 
Cliakenbeard,  James  D.,  3,667,417. 
Eaaton,  Roger  L.,  3,668,527. 
Gill.  Henry  L.  3,667.553. 
Grantham.    Rodney    E.;    Malloy,    John    H.;    and    NYamock. 

Frederick  £.3.667,392.  ^ 

GrifTm,  William  C.  3,667.847. 
Jolwson.  Charles  H..  3.668.557. 
Johnson.  Donald  W.;  Stovall.  Ronald  J.;  and  Wheelo<jk.  Larry 

A..  3,668.684. 
KeDenbenz.Carl  W.,  3,668,483. 
Mackie,  William  L..  3,668.287. 
Newell,  Douglas  F.,  3,667,300. 
Robbins,  Roland  W..  Jr.,  3,667,4 IS. 
Scheid,  James  E.,  3,667.762. 
Schmidt.  Richard.  3.667,108. 

Thomas,  Marshall  K.,  Jr.;  and  Thompkins.  James  N..  3.^7,535. 
Velent.  Martin  A..  3.668,679. 

Warnock.  Frederick  E.;  and  Malloy,  John  H.,  3,667,34] . 
United  States  Steel  Corporation:  See- 
Hawthorne,  John  O.;  and  Mihelic,  Edward  L.,  3,668,232. 
Lucht,  Wilbert  A.,  3,668,020. 

Masciantonio,  Philip  X.;  and  Mihelic,  Edward  L.,  3,668,1^1. 
MoU.  Fred  J.;  and  Shufran,  Stephen,  3,667.409. 
Pops.  Horace.  3.667,932. 

Rittiger.  Robert  S;  and  Russell,  Charles  K..  3.668,099. 
Sallo.  Richard  L.;  and  Strieker.  Charles  D..  3.668.090. 
Zemberry,  William  L.,  3,668,517. 
United  Steel  Corporation:  See— 

Muisfi,  Gordon  J.,  3.668,043. 
Unitika  Ltd.,  and  Fujikeiki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Hada.Yukihiro,  3.667,292. 
Universal  Harvester  Co.,  Inc.:  See- 
Gibson,  Charles  M.,  3,667,198. 
Universal  Oil  Products  Company:  See— 

Bajek.  Walter  A.;  and  Boyd,  David  M.,  Jr..  3.668,392. 
Cyba.Henryk  A,  3,668,236. 
Cyba.Henryk  A,  3,668,237. 
Likneas,  David  M,  3,667.615. 
University  of  Minnesota.  The  Regents  of  the:  See — 

Blackshear.  Perry  L.;  Forstrom.  Richard  J.;  Dorman.  Frank 
and  Nicoloff,  Demetre  M.,  3,667,069. 
Up-Right,  Inc.:  See— 

Claxton.  Gerald  L.;  and  Horn,  Darrell  C,  3,667,201 . 
Upfold,  Ambrose  T.:  See— 

Jasinsky,  Victor;  and  Upfold,  Ambrose  T., 3,667,408. 
Upjohn  Company,  the:  See— 

Dougan,  Thomas  P.,  3,667,237. 
Szmuizkovicz,  Jacob,  3,668,199. 


June  6, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  43 


U.S.  Industries,  Inc.:  See- 
Nicholas,  Arthurs.;  and  KaBiouni,SarkisM.,  3,668,034. 
U.S.  Philips  Corporation:  See— 
Blucher.  Reinhart,  3.668,636. 
Goossens,  Urbaan  Paul  Marguerite,  3,668,390. 
Kasperkovitz,  WolfdietrichGeorg,  3,668,555. 
Neelen,GregoriusTheodorus  Maria,  3,667,348. 
Siebert,  Hans  Joachim;  and  Neelen,  Gregorius  Theodorus  Maria, 
3,667,349. 
Usher.  Scott:  See- 
Williams.  WilKam  D..  Jr.;  and  Usher.  Scott.3.667.3S8. 
USM  Corporation:  See- 
Hayes.  Stanley  I.,  Jr  .  3.668.056. 
Robinson,  Hugh  A.,  3,667,320. 
Steane.  Richard  A.,  3,667.077. 
Vactronics  Incorporated:  See — 

Selley,  Wilbur-Webb.  3.667.774. 
Valbona.  Bruno  M.;  Emmons,  Robert  J.;  and  Samuelian,  Maurice  P.,  to 
Dynamics  Corporation  of  America.  Lightweight  vacuum  cleaner. 
3,667,084,  CI.  15-323.000 
Valeron  Corporation.  The:  See- 
Walker,  Robert  W.,  3,667,856. 
Valletti.  Rose;  and   Arone,  Angela.   Foot  pedal  positioning  device. 

3,667.3  1 6.  CI.  74-560.000 
Van  Beek,  Wilhelmus  Petrus;  and  Osinga.  Theo  Jan,  to  Lever  Brothers 
Company.  Catalyst  prepared  by  homogeneous  precipiution  under 
high  temperature  and  pressure.  3,668. 148, CI.  252-440. 
Van  Daalen.  Leendert.  to  N.  V.  Plastic  Industrie  Van  Daalen.  Holder 
for  a  number  of  associated  individual  containers.  3,667.647.  CI.  220- 
23  400 
Van  de   Bilt.  Pieter  Arnoldus,  to  N.  V.  Metaverpa.  Wire  or  band 

strapping  machine.  3,667,378.  CI.  100-26.000 
van  der  Geer,  Willem  Jan,  to  Goodrich.  B.  F.,  Company.  The.  Process 

for  producing  fibrids  from  latex  foam.  3,668,195,  CI.  260-94.7 
van  der  Leiy,  Comelis;  and  van  der  Leiy,  Ory  Maasland.  Cultivating 

implements  3,667,55  I,  CI.  172-59. 
van  der  LeIy,  Ory  Maasland:  See- 
van      der      LeIy,      Cornelis;      and      van      der      Leiy,      Ory 
Maasland,3,667,551. 
Van   der  Wey,   Anton   F.    Device   for  cracking   the  shells  of  nuts. 

3.667.511. CI.  146-14 
Vanderberg,  Lawrence  J.:  See— 

Radin,  Bernard  G.;  and  Vanderberg.  Lawrence  J. ,3.668.630. 
Vanderslice.  James  T.,  to  International  Business  Machines  Corpora- 
tion. 1 .5  micron  raman  laser.  3,668,420,  CI.  307-88.3 
Van  Dyk,  Robert  Maarten:  See— 

Demirdjioghlou.   Sayman    Fadil;   and   Van    Dyk,   Robert   Maar- 
ten.3,668.698 
Vane.  Arthur  B.:  See- 
Dunn,  Vernon  E.;  and  Vane,  Arthur  B, 3,668.553. 
Van  Herpt.  Cornelis  Hdhdrikus  Jozephus.  to  N  V.  Koninklijke  Neder- 
landsch  Machinefabriek  Voorheen  E.  H.  Begemann.  Molding  masses 
for  producing  fiber  reinforced  plastic  articles,  methods  of  preparing 
such  molding  masses,  and  articles  produced  therefrom.  3.668.177. 
CI.  260-37. 
Vanotti,Guy:See— 

Sacht,  Frederic;  and  Vanotti.  Guy.3,667,549. 
Van  Uitert,  Le  Grand  G.:  See— 

Grodkiewicz,  William  H.;and  Van  Uitert.  Le  Grand  G.. 3.667.92 1 . 
Varian  Associates:  See- 
Dunn.  Vernon  E.;  and  Vane.  Arthur  B..  3.668.553. 
James,  Bertram  G.,  3,668,460. 
Lansdowne,  Kenneth  H.  3.668.535. 
Lien.  ErlingL.  3.668,544. 

Symons,  Robert  S.;  Staprans,  Armand;  and  Butwell,  Robert  J., 
3,668,459 
Varrin,  Andre  J.;  McCarter,  William  L.;  and  Geisler,  Henry  O.  Wedge- 
slide  latch.  3.667,793. CI.  292-2 1 6.000 
Varta  Aktiengeselbchaft:  See— 

Grune,  Horst;and  Winsel,  August,  3.668.01 1 . 
Jung.  Margarete;  and  Von  Doehren,  HansH..  3.668.012. 
Vassilevsky.  Anatole  N..  deceased  (by  Vassilevsky.  Irene,  executrix); 
and   Renke.  Adolf,  said  Vassilevsky.  Irene,  assor.  to  V.R.B.  As- 
sociates   Inc.    Light-weight    high-strength    cement    compositions. 
3.667.978.  CI.  106-105. 
VEB    Barkas-Werke.    Ifa-Kombinat    fur    Kraftfahrzeugteile    Renak- 
Werke:  See- 

Baumgart,  Walter.  3.667.684. 
Veedcr  Industries  Inc.:  See- 
Gamble.  John  G.  3.668.374. 

Smilgys.  Bruno  S.;  and  Ritchie,  Robert  C,  3,668,375. 
Vekovious,  Charles  W.:  See- 
McDowell,  Philip  R.;  and  Vekovious.  Charles  W, 3.667, 165. 
Vellent,  Martin  A.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Navy.  Automated 

analyzer  of  machine  operation.  3,668,679,  CI.  340-267 .OOr 
Ventron  Corporation:  See- 
Wade.  Robert  C,  3,667,923. 
Venturelli,  Fred  W.;  and  Brigman.  Foy  L..  to  National  Equipment 
Research  Inc.  Endo-tracheal  tube  adaptors  for  use  in  administering 
gases.  3,667.475.  CI.  128-351.000 
Vertegaal,  Jacobus  G.,  to  Stork  Amsterdam  N.V.  Device  for  applying 
glue  to  the  supporting  belt  of  a  screen  printing  screen.  3.667.426,  CI. 
118-123. 


Vetco  Offshore  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 
Ahlstone,  Arthur  G..  3.667.547. 
Vianova  Kunstharz  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Daimer,  Wolfgang;  and  Lackner.  heinrich.  3.668.098. 
Viazzi.  Pierre,  to  Societe  Internationale  d 'Application  de  Procedes  In- 
dustriels  (S.I. A. P.I.)  S. A.  Joints  for  connecting  pipes.  3,667,782,  CI. 
285-110.000 
Vicik,   Frederick,  to  Columbia  Broadcasting  System,  Inc.  Optical 

scanning  system.  3,667,360,  CI.  95-1 2.500 
Vickers  Limited:  See- 
Kennedy,  Oswald;  and  Harrison,  John  Ian,  3,667.273. 
Vidal,  Jean;  Parisot,  Jean;  and  Lemoine,  Jacques,  to  Stein  Industrie. 
Steam  gas  turbine  including  a  gas  turbine  and  a  steam  turbine  with  a 
steam  generator  at  the  downstream  end.  3,667,2 1 7,  CI.  60-39.02 
Vilain.  Robert  H.,  50%  to  Compagnie  Franciase  dTntrcprises  MeUl- 

liques.  Installations  for  submarine  work.  3.667.240.  CI.  61-46. S 
Villanueva.  Jaime  P.:  See- 
Lucas.     Malcolm     B.;     Villanueva,     Jaime     P.;     and     Rowe, 
Stewart.3.667,596. 
Vincent,  Jean-Marie:  See— 

Gauthier,  Charles;  and  Vincent,  Jean-Marie, 3.667.886. 
Vincer.  John  C:  See— 

McCune.  Clarence  G.;  Vincer.  John  C;  and  Graves.  Kenneth 
E. 3.667.668. 
Viste.  Kenneth  L.;  and  Fleischfresser.  Marvin  H.,  to  Rohm  &  Haas 

Company.  Bisxanthate  rice  herbicides.  3,667,931,  CI.  71-102.000 
Vitalo.  Alfred  Emanuel,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Incorporated. 

Automatic  personal  signaling  system.  3,668,3 17.  CI.  179-I8.0bf 
Vizza.  Joseph.  Brake  operated  transmission  shifter.  3.667.579.  CI.  1 92- 

4.00a 
Vogelgesang.  Peter  J.;  and  Holm.  John  D^  to  MinnesoU  Mining  and 
Manufacturing  Company.  Magnetic  viewer  for  disks  having  mag- 
netic polarity  alignment.  3,668.699,  CI.  340-373.000 
Vogl,  Otto  F.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours.  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Chloral 

copolymers.  3.668.1  84.  CI.  260-67.0tn 
Von  Doehren.  Hans  H.:  See- 
Jung.  Margarete;  and  Von  Doehren.  Hans  H..3.668.0I2. 
Von  Rauch.  Moriz.  to  Siemens  Aktiegesellschaft.  Apparatus  having 
evacuation  spaces  and  a  pumping  assembly.  3.668.393.  CI.  250- 
49.50a 
Von  Recklinghausen.  Daniel  R.,  to  Scott.  H.  H..  Inc.  Apparatus  for  am- 
plifier protection.  3.668.545. CI.  330-207  OOp 
Von  Tobel.  Hans,  to  Sandoz  Ltd.  Copper  phthalocyaninesulphonic 

acids.  3, 668.2 1 8.  CI.  260-314.500 
Voss,  Joseph  A.,  to  Kimberly-Clark  Corporation.  Applicator  tubes  for 

suppositories  and  the  like.  3.667.465,  CI.  128-271. 
Vosseler.    Gerhard,    to    Bernheim.    Erwin.    Resonators    for    driving 

timepiece  gear  trains.  3.668.442.  CI.  3 10-8.200 
Vrana.  Charles  K.;  and  Lawton.  Jacqulyn  G.  Apparatus  for  harnessing 
the  vertical  movement  of  ocean  tides  and  utilize  the  force  for 
generating  electrical  energy.  3,668,412,  CI.  290-53.000 
V.R.B.  Associates  Inc.:  See— 

Vassilevsky.  Anatole  N.;  and  Renke.  Adolf.  3.667.978. 
Vujasinovic.   Ado   N..   to   Shaller  Tool   Works.   Blowout   preventer. 

3.667,721. CI.  251-1.000 
Vyzkumny  ustav  strojirentke  technologic  a  ekonomiky:  See— 

Brany,  Jaroslav,  3,667, 1 68. 
Wacker-Chemie  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Bergmeister.  Eduard;   Heckmaier.  Joseph;  Kirst.   Paul-Gerhard; 
and  Wiest.  Hubert.  3.668,165. 
Wackerfuss,  Otto,  to  Franz  Kuhlmann  KG,  Prazisionsmechanik  und 
Maschinenbau.    Device    for    locking   a    rotatable    drawing    head. 
3.667,1 26,  CI.  3-79. 
Wada.  Kenji:  See- 

Tsubouchi.  Denji;  Ito.  Susumu;  Toyota.  Eisuke;  and  Wada.  Ken- 
ji.3.668.513. 
Wada.  Makoto:  See— 

Kurokawa,        Takaaki;        Yamada,        Junji;        and        Wada, 
Makoto,3,667.927. 
Wade,  Robert  C,  to  Ventron  Corporation.  Perparation  of  lithium, 
sodium  and  quaternary  ammonium  cyanoborohydrides.  3,667,923, 
CI.  23-358.000 
Waksman,  David;  and  Stewart,  James  R.,  to  Ceruin-Tced  Saint  Gobain 
Insulation    Corporation.    Method    for    jacketing    fibrous    ducts. 
3,668,039,  CI.  156-287. 
Walbrun.  CaH  J.;  and  Hanke.  Kenneth  Earl,  to  Kearney-National  Inc. 
Sectionalizing  and  protective  apparatus  for  single  house  transformer. 
3.668,35 1, CI.  200-144. 
Wald,  Milton  M.:See- 

Kiovsky,  Thomas  E.;  and  Wald,  Milton  M, 3,668, 109. 
Waldner,  Michael:  See- 
Zimmerman,  Robert  L.;  Schweitzer,  Bernard  P.;  Garvin,  Hugh  L.; 
Pedinoff,  Melvin  E.;  and  Waldner.  Michael.3.668.662. 
Walker.  Darrell  W..  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Company.  High  strength 

caulyst  pelleu.  3.668.1 5 1 .  CI.  252-466. 
Walker,  Robert  W.,  to  Valeron  Corporation,  The.  Small  point  retracta- 
ble boring  tool.  3,667,856,  CI.  408-1 58.000 
Walker,  William   G.,  to  Nuclear-Chicago  Corporation.  Scintillation 
camera  having  improved  peripheral  response.  3,668,395,  CI.  250- 
71.50r 
Wallace,  Robert  Lee,  Jr.:  See— 

Sessler,  Gerhard  Martin;  Wallace,  Robert  Lee,  Jr.;  and  West, 
James  Edward,3,668,4 17. 


899  O.G.— 15 


PI  44 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  6l  1972 


Walsh    Henry,  Jr.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Electrical  coil  as- 

lembly.  3,668.588. CI.  336-192.000 
Walter.  George,  to  Malco  Manufacturing  Company,  Inc.  Buu  cohnec- 

lor.  3,668,606,  CI.  339-19. 
Walter.  Heinz  £.:&«— 

Kleinschmidt,  Johann  O.;  Walter,  Heinz  £.;  and  Holl.  Helmar 
H. 3.667.413. 
Wang,  Fuh-Lin.  to  Contrologic.  Inc.  Single  package  bask  processor 
unit  with  synchronous  and  asynchronous  timing  control.  3,668,650. 
CI.  340-172.500 
Wang.  Han-Chiu:  See— 

Ren.  Chung-Li;  and  Wang,  Han-Chiu, 3,668,564. 
Waning,  Hendrik;  Mannens.  Hubertus  A.;  and  Schaapveld,  Arnoldus 
A   W.,  to  Sumicarbon  N.V.  InstaUation  for  extracting  gas  granules. 
3.667,194,  CI.  55-247.000 
Ward.  Franklin  J.,  to  Scott  Paper  Company.  Textured  release  paper. 

3,667.994.CI.  117-76. 
Ward.  Henry  D..  Jr.;  and  Steinmetz.  Floyd,  to  Rotographic  Machinery 
Company,   The.   Web   fed    rotary    variable    repeat   cutter-creaser 
system   3,667,353.  CI.  93-58  2 
Ware.  Richard  E. :5m— 

Merges.  John  C.  Jr  ;  Mills.  Glen;  and  Ware.  Richard  £.3,667.979 
Warner  &  Swasey  Company .  The:  See— 

Paepke.Horst,  3,667,254 
Warner,  Wesley  John,  to  Northern  Electric  Company  Limited.  Timing 
and  control  circuit  for  intercom  telephone  system.  3.668.331.  CI. 
179-84.00r 
Wamock.  Frederick  E.;  and  Malloy,  John  H..  to  United  Sutes  of 
America.  Navy.  Magnetic  weapon  link  transducer.  3.667,342.  CI. 
89-1.50d 
Wamock,  Frederick  E.:  See— 

Grantham.  Rodney  E.;  Malloy.  John  H.;  and  Wamock,  Frederick 
£.3.667,392. 
Watanabe.  Akira:  See— 

Umeya.  Kaoru;  Watanabe.  Akira;  and  Gomi.  Shinpei.3.667,974. 
Watanabe.  Katsumi.  Toy  phonograph.  3.667,765,  CI.  274-14. 
Watanabe,  Sadakazu:  See— 

Sakai.         Kunio;        Katsuragi.        Sumio;        and        Waunabe. 
Sadakazu,3.668.637. 
Watanabe,  Shigeru;  Yasuda.  Yukio;  and  Sano,  Kazuya.  to  Fuji  Photo 
Film  Co..  Ltd.  Color  photographic  positive  materials.  3.667.9S3.  CI. 
96-74.000 
Watanabe.  Tamotsu;  and  Onoue.  Fumio,  to  Nippon  Kogei  Kogyo  Co., 
Ltd.  Apparatus  for  electrostatically  coating  powders  on  a  workpicce. 
3,667.676. CI.  239-15.000 
Watanabe.  Tetsuo:  See— 

Abe.  Jinnosuke;  Watanabe.  Tetsuo;  Take.  Teruo;  Fujimoto.  Ken- 
taro;  Fujii.  Tadashiro;  Takemura.  Kazunari;  Nishiie.  Kazuyoshi; 
Satoh.  Sakae;  Koide.  Tadashi;  and  Hotta.  Yasue.3.668.200. 
Waterbury,  Nelson  J..  85%  to  Haskett.  F.  Barry,  and  15%  to  Martin. 
Joan  Hixon.  Filter  cigarette  incorporating  vitamin  A.  3.667,478.  CI. 
131-9. 
Watkins,  Jack  C..:  5e«— 

Barrow,  Marvin  A.,  3,668,628. 
Watson,  Christopher  John  Hamilton,  to  United  Kingdom  Atomic  Ener- 
gy Authority.  Plasma  conflnement  apparatus.  3.668.068,  CI.  176- 
3.000 
Watten.  Laurence  Ernest,  to  Plessey  Handel  und  Investments  A.G. 

Touch  wire  displays.  3,668.660.  CI.  340-365 .000 
Watts,  John  P.  Beater  mechanism  for  agricultural  row  crop  harvester. 

3.667,202,  CI.  56-330.000 
Watu,  Raymond  K.;  and  Chapman.  Walter  Harry,  to  El  Paso  Natural 
Gas   Company.    Photo    inspection    pod    assembly   for   pipelines. 
3.667.359,  CI.  95-11. 
Wayne.     Alex,    to     Delavan     Manufacturing    Company.     Strainer. 

3,667.616,  CI.  210-451. 
Wayne  Electronic  Products  Company:  See— 

Knoz,  Marion  D.,  3.668.474. 
Weather  Control  Shutters.  Inc.:  See— 

Sauano,  John  H,  3,667,161. 
Weatherhead  Company,  The:  See— 

Silagy,  Richard  J..  3.667,8  10. 
Weatherston,  Roger  C;  and  Duryea,  George  R.,  to  Cornell  Aeronauti- 
cal Laboratory,  Inc.  Two-stage  compressor  having  interengaging  ro- 
tary members.  3.667,874,  CI.  4 1 8-9  000 
Webb,  Robert  M.:S««- 

Parson,  Ronald   F.;  Sherman.  Richard  M.;  and  Webb.  Robert 

M. 3 ,667.674. 
Sherman.  Richard  M.;and  Webb.  Robert  M. 3.667.675. 
Webber.  Philips.:  5m- 

Franz.  Maurice  F.;  Herr.  Charles  H.;  Newman.  Harry  B.;  and 
Webber.  Philip  S.,3,667,309. 
Webbere,  Fred  J.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Aluminum  based 

alloy  bearing.  3,667.823,  CI.  308-237.000 
Weber,  Erich:  5«— 

Martin.  Johannes  Josef;  and  Weber,  Erich.3 ,667, 627. 
-Weber,  Klaus  D.:5«- 

Weber,  Klaus;  Becker,  Erwin;  and  Grosstuck,  Werner,  3.668.080. 
Weber.  Klaus;  Becker.  Erwin;  and  Grosstuck.  Werner,  to  Weber.  Klaus 
D.  Method  of  producing  separating  nozzles.  3.668.080,  CI.  204- 
9.000 
Weber.  Paul  AG:  5««— 

Schroeder,  Peter,  3,667,664. 


Webster,  Sidney  T.:  See— 

D'Amico,  John  J.;  and  Webster,  Sidney  T..3 .668.254. 
Weed.  Willtre  N..  to  Boeing  Company.  The.  Jet  engine  exhaus^  noiile 

system.  3,667.680. CI.  239-265.170 
Weidel.Va«ghn:5M- 

Dalton.  Oliver;  and  Weidel,  Vaughn,3.668,505. 
Weil.  Edward  D.;  and  Linder.  Jerome,  to  Hooker  Chemical  Corpora- 
tion. Halogenated  phenoxy  compounds.  3.668.242.  CI.  260-52 1  OOa 
Weinberger.  Lester,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Quinacridone  pigments  in 

electrophotographic  imaging.  3.667,943,  CI.  96-1  .Ope 
Weinberger.  Lester,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Quinacridone  pigmenu  in 

electrophotographic  recording.  3,667,944,  CI.  96-1 
Weisenborn,  Frank  Lee:  5**— 

Bernstein.  Jack;  Diassi.  Patrick  Andrew;  and  Weisenborn,  Frank 

Lee.3.668.198 
Narayanan.  VenkaUchala  Lakshmi;  Setescak,  Linda  Loubc;  and 
Weisenborn.  Frank  Lee.3.668.206. 
Weldotron  Corporation:  See—  | 

Zelnick.  Seymour;  and  Wildmoser.  Martin  Michael.  3. 667. $98. 
Wer  Bell.  Mitchell  L..  III.  to  Adair.  Michael  H  .  and  Reeves.  Rosser  S.. 
III.  Silencers  for  firearms,  internal  combustion  engines,  or  the  like. 
3.667.570.  CI.  181-36.  I 

Wernlund,  Roger  F.:  See- 
Cohen,   Martin   J.;   Wernlund,   Roger   P.;   and   CarrollJ  David 
I. ,3,468.382 
Wessendorf.  Richard:  See— 

Nosier,    Heinz    Gunter;    Wesacndorf.    Richard;    and    Bellinger. 
Hor«t,3,668,l35. 
West,  James  Edward:  See— 

Sessler,  Gerhard   Martin;  Wallace.  Robert  Lee,  Jr.;  an^  West. 
James  Edward.3.668.4 1 7 
West  Point-Pepperell.  Inc.:  See— 

Spencer.  Francis  T..  3.667.665. 
WestavacoCorporation:  See— 

Torrence.  Samuel  L..  3.667.908. 
Westbury,   Roy;  and  Simmons,  John   Richard,  to  Hobson.iH.   M.. 

Limited.  Position  control  servo  systems.  3.667.344. CI.  91-1.^00 
Westendord.  Werner,  to  Impulsphysik  GmbH    Method  and  arrange- 
ment for  testing  of  visibility  measuring  arrangemenu.  3.668,674.  CI. 
340-214.000  I 

Western  Electric  Company.  Incorporated:  See— 

Boland.    Daniel    Edmund;    Dewees.   Leonard    S.;   and    '^owsley 

LeRoyM.  3.668.302. 
Fuchs,FrancisJ..  Jr..  3.667,267. 
Keating.  John  M,  3.667.989. 
Westinghouse  Air  Brake  Company:  See—  --^ 

Allen. Clifford  W..  3.667.490. 
Schroeder.  Theodore  C,  3.668,578 
Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation:  See— 

Eisele,  Hermann;  and  Huggett.  Colin  E..  3.668,495. 
Hundttad.  Richard  L  ,  3.667.87 1 . 
Osial.Thaddeus  A.;  and  Ravas.  Richard  J.,  3,668.S4».~ 
Roberu.  Steven  L  ;  and  Miller.  Edward  J.  Jr..  3,668.379. 
Robin,  Harral  T  ;  and  Boaz.  Virgil  L.,  3,668,584. 
Sattler.  Frank  A  .3.668.175. 
Weston,  David   Flotation  of  copper-nickel  sulfide  ores.  3.667J690,  CI. 

241-20  000 
Weston,  Murray:  See— 

Weston,  Murray;  Anderson.  Dennis;  and  Cole,  Steve,  3,668,479 
Weston,  Murray;  Anderson,  Dennis;  and  Cole,  Steve,  70%  to  Weston, 
Murray,  and   30%  to  Fisher,  Fred.   Electronic  timing  apparatus. 
3,668,479, CI  317-I4I.OOS 
Weymann,  Charles  Terres,  to  S.I.D.A.R.O.  Societe  Industrielle  de 
Dispositifs  Automatiques  Robomatic.  Vehicle  speed  responsive  con- 
trols for  transmission,  clutch  and  engine.  3,667.577,  CI.  192-0.08 
Wharton,    Armistead.    to    Xerox    Corporation     Imaging    apparatus. 

3.667.842. CI.  355-8.000 
Wheelock,  Larry  A.:  5**— 

Johnson.  Donald  W.;'Stovall.  Ronald  J.;  and  Wheelock, 
A. .3.668.684. 
Whelan.  James  E..  to  General  Motors  Corporation, 
automatic  leveling  system.  3.667.775.  CI.  280-124. 
Whirlpool  Corporation:  See— 

Bottas.  Michael  J;  and  Difley.  Charles  R.  3.667.38 1 
White.  Ellis  S. :5m- 

Graybill.  Robert  W.;  Reiber.  Sunley  C;  Nace.  Donald  W. 
White.  Ellis  S..3.667.747. 
White,  James  C.  to  Propper  Manufacturing  Co..  Inc.  Apparatus  for 

grinding  glass  slides  or  the  like.  3 .667 . 1 66.  CI.  5 1  -92. 
White  Motor  Corporation:  5m— 

Muir,  Earl  B.  3,667.439. 
White.  Samuel  H.  Shoe  cleat.  3.667.141  .CI.  36-67. 
Whitehead.  Calvert  W.;  and  Traverso.  John  J.,  to  Lilly,  Eli,  ahd  Com- 
pany. 5»Chloro-2,4-bis(sulfamoyl)fluorobenzene  and  5-  chloro-2,4- 
bis(chlorosulfonyl)f1uorobenzene.  3,668.248.  CI.  260-543.(:|0r 
Whitehurst.  Darrel  Duayne:  5m— 

Haag,  Werner  O.;  and  Whitehurst.  Darrel  Duayne. 3.668,171. 
Whiteson,  Bennett  V.:  5m— 

Anderson.  Raymond  H..  Jr.;  Rawe,  Richard  A.;  and 
BeanettV.,3,667.107. 
Whitley.  James  Brooks;  and  lannicelli.  Joseph,  to  Huber.  J  M.  Cor- 
poratioa.  Method  for  producing  mineral  products.  3,667,689,  CI. 
241-15, 


Larry 
Semi-cto^d  loop 

and 


^h 


iteson. 


June  6, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  45 


Whittington,  Jimmie  L.:  See— 

Goodkind,  Karen  B.;  Hamilton,  Brett  B.;  Larson,  Ake  L.;  and 
Whittington.  Jimmie  L., 3.667. 1 36. 
Wielinger.  Hans:  5m— 

Rey.      Hans-Georg;      Wielinger,      Hans;      and      Rieckmann, 
Peter. 3. 668.076. 
Wiesenberger.  Jotef.  to  DUMAG  OHG.  Dr.  Ludwig  Kaluza  &  Co.  Ap- 
paratus for  mixing  a  plurality  of  gaseous  streams.  3.667.679, CI.  239- 
102. 
Wiesler,  Mordechai;  and  Macintyre.  John  S..  to  Teledyne.  Inc.  Ap- 
paratus for  bonding  semi-conductive  devices.  3,668,044,  CI.  156- 
366. 
Wiesl.  Hubert:  5m— 

Bergmeister.  Eduard;  Heckmaier.  Joseph;  Kirst.  Paul-Gerhard 
and  Wiest,  Hubert. 3,668, 165. 
WHdmoser,  Martin  Michael:  5m— 

Zelnick.  Seymour,  and  Wildmoser,  Martin  Michael,3,667,598. 
Wilhelm  Hegenscheidt  Kommanditgesellschaft:  5m— 

Dombrowski,Theodor,  3,667,329. 
Wilkerson  Corporation:  5m— 

Lindstrom,  Barry  £.;  and  Robb,  Donald  A.,  3,667,493. 
Wilkes  Pool  Corporation:  5m— 

Hoch.  Monroe  P.;  and  Barrera,  Joseph,  3.667,071. 
Wilkins.  Edmond  J.,  to  Reversafold  Inc.  Drape  slide  carrier.  3.667  531 

CI.  160-345. 
Wilkinson,  Bruce  L.,  to  Pioneer  Magnetics,  Inc.  Low  frequency  mag- 
netic core  inductor  structure.  3.668.589.  CI.  336-212  000 
Will.  Peter  M.:Sm- 

Pennington.  Keith  S.;  Shelton.  Glenmore  L..  Jr.;  and  Will   Peter 
M  .3.667.831. 
Willems.  Jozef  Frans;  Heugebaert.  Frans  Clement;  and  Pellet.  Robert 
Joseph,  to  Gevaert-Agfa  N  V.  Photographic  material  with  a  stabilizer 
antifoggantbidentate  compound.  3.667.957.  CI.  96-109 
Willems,  Victor  H;  5m- 

Shields.   William   B..   Willems.  Victor   H.;   and   Sailer.  William 
F..3 .668.472. 
Willett.  Robert  P.   Drilling  fluid  composition  and   additive  therefor 

3.668.1  29.  CI.  252-8  50p 
Williams,  Charles  Sumner:  5m— 

Reid,  Lee  R.;  and  Williams,  Charles  Sumner,3,668,406 
Williams,  Chester  I.  Tie  rod  configuration  for  sealing  the  threaded 

inner  end  of  a  shebolt.  3.667.720.  CI.  249-213. 
Williams,  Ehzabeth  P.:  5m— 

Ingersoll,  Clyde  E.;  and  Williams.  Reginald  V..  Sr..3.667.937. 
Williams.  Frederick  R..  to  Dreamland  Electrical  Appliances  Limited. 

Electrically  heated  pads  or  blankett.  3 .668,367,  CI  2 1 9-2 1 2 . 
Williams  Furnace  Co.:  5m— 

Skafte.  Stanly  F,  3,667.450 
Williams  Gold  Refining  Incorporated:  5m— 

Ingersoll.  Clyde  E.;  and  Williams.  Reginald  V..  Sr..  3.667,937. 
Williams,  Harian  D.:  5m— 

Barbee,  Charles  L.;  Williams,  Harlan  D.;  and  Stracener,  James 
R. ,3,668,682. 
Williams,  John  A.:Sm— 

Ingersoll.  Clyde  E  .  and  Williams.  Reginald  V..  Sr.,3,667,937. 
Williams.  Lamar:  5m— 

Murphy.  Kenneth  Earl;  Eubank  William  Marion;  and  Williams, 
Lamar,3,667,776. 
Williams  Patent  Crusher  &  Pulverizer  Co..  Inc.:  5m— 

Williams.  Robert  M..  3.667,694. 
Williams,  Reginald  V.,  Sr.:  5m— 

Ingersoll,  Clyde  £.;  and  Williams,  Reginald  V.,  Sr.,3,667,937. 
Williams,  Richard  E.;  and  Holford,  Warren  L.,  to  Scope  Incorporated. 

Audio  to  digital  converter.  3,668,559,  CI.  332-9.00r 
Williams,  Robert  M.,  to  Williams  Patent  Crusher  &  Pulverizer  Co.,  Inc. 

Material  reducing  hammer  mill.  3,667,694,  CI.  241-186.00r 
Williams,  William  D.,  Jr  ;  and  Usher.  Scott    Cold  emulsion  camera. 

3,667,358,CI.  95-II.OOr 
Willson,  Philip  J:  S««- 

Teague,  Dwight  Maxwell;  Bertrand  William  F.;  Willson,  Philip  J.; 
and  Ammermann,  Frank  £., 3,667,975. 
Wilson,  Raymond  F.:  See— 

Patel.  Jitendra  A.;  Herbstman.  Sheldon;  Peck.  Reese  A.;  and  Wil- 
son. Raymond  F. 3.668. 1 17. 
Wilt.  Mason  S..  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Company.  Treating  polybu- 

tadiene.  3.668. 162.  CI.  260-27 
Windmoller&  Hobcher:  5m— 

Bosse.  Frank.  3.668.046. 
Winnegrad,  Ronald  R.:  5m— 

Lamberti,  Vincent;  and  Winnegrad.  Ronald  R. 3,668, 1 34. 
Winsel,  August:  5m— 

Grune.  Horst;and  Winsel.  August.3.668.01 1. 
Winsor.  David  M .:  5m— 

Chamillard.  George  W.;and  Winsor.  David  M.. 3.667. 104. 
Wisconsin  Foundry  and  Machine  Company:  5m— 
Barlow.  Everett  P..  3.667.62 1 . 
Steiro.  Harry.  3.667.620. 
Witco  Chemical  Corporation:  5m— 

Barker.  Graham.  3.668.1 36 
Wittren.    Richard    Arthur;    Meysenburg.    Raymond    Richard;    and 
Tweedy.  Robert  Hugh,  to  Deere  A  Company.  Zero-leakage  spool 
valve  3,667,504, CI.  137-625.690 
Wolf.  David;  and  Balnk.  Edward    Monitoring  system.  3,668,625,  CI. 
340-38. 


Wolf,  Edgar:  5m- 

Marino,  Francis  C;  and  Wolf,  Edgar,3,668,669. 
Woltersdorf,  Otto  W,  Jr  :  5m- 

Cragoe,  Edward  J..  Jr  ;  and  Woltersdorf.  Otto  W.,  Jr.,3,668,241 . 
Wood.  Gerald  L.;  Kolster,  Harvey  L.;  and  Zeller,  James  £.,  to  Hallmark 
Cards,  Incorporated.  Merchandise  display  unit.  3,667,826,  CI   312- 
1 18.000 
Wood.  William  Wadsworth.  Updauble  film  apparatus  for  a  microfilm 

retrieval  system.  3.667.838. CI.  353-26.000 
Woodhams.  Glen  A.:  See- 
La  Force.  Walter  P.;  and  Woodhams.  Glen  A. ,3 .667. 1 24. 
Woods.  Kenneth  K.:  5m— 

Hubble.  William  Schenck.  Woods.  Kenneth  K.;  and  Tramuta.  Sal- 
vatoreS. 3,667. 430. 
Woolley.  James  L.:  See— 

Freiberger.  Ronald  D.;  and  Woolley.  James  L, 3,668,497. 
Wooster,  George  Sidney;  and  Kirss,  Voldemar,  to  Allied  Chemical 
Corporation.  Novel  polyurethane-urea  composition.  3,668,173,  CI 
260-32.60n 
Workman,  GrandellH.  Can  crusher.  3,667,386,  CI.  100-233.000 
Worth,  Donald  F.:  5m— 

Elslager,  Edward  P.;  and  Worth,  Donald  P. ,3,668,205. 
Wrabel,  James  Adam;  and  Casimer,  Joseph,  to  Seeburg  Corporation  of 
Delaware,  The.  Self-locking  enclosure  for  electronic  circuitry  and 
methodof  assembling  the  same.  3,668,476,  CI.  317-101. 
Wright,  Derek  Thomas,  to  Marconi  Company  Limited,  The.  Television 

camera  registration.  3,668,305, CI.  178-5.4 
Wright,  Edward  L.;  and  Meseck,  Eugene  T.,  to  Customline  Control 

Products.  Inc.  Leak  detection  system.  3.667.285.  CI.  73-40.500 
Wright.  John   S.   Color  and   motion   animations  for  transparencies. 

3.667.1 45.  CI.  40-106.530 
Wright.  Ralph  R:  5m— 

PeUt.GeorgeS.;and  Wright,  Ralph  R. 3.668.084. 
Wright.  William  M.  D..  to  Dayton  Wright  Associates  Limited.  Audio 
system   including  electrosutic   loudspeaker.    3.668.336.  CI.    179- 
1 1 1  OOr 
Wunder.  Heinrich.  KG:  See— 

Wunder,  Heinrich.  3.667,769. 
Wunder,  Heinrich,  to  Wunder,  Heinrich,  KG    Safety  ski  bindine 

3,667,769,CI.  280.||.35t 
Wysong,   Paul   V.,  to  Schrillo  Company.   Recirculating  ball  screw. 

3,667,31  1, CI  74-424. 80r 
Xerox  Corporation:  See— 

Anderson,  Harold  M.,  3,668,332. 
Hewitt,  Robert  £.,  3,667,427. 
Kamola,  Roman  C,  3,667,742. 
Norian,  Roger  P.;  and  Koning,  Virgil  H.,  3,668,414. 
Severynse.  Gerard  T.  3.668.008. 
Smith.  Richard  E..  3.667.428. 
Tulagin.  Vsevolod.  3.667.945. 
Weinberger.  Lester.  3.667,943. 
Weinberger.  Lester.  3.667.944. 
Wharton,  Armistead,  3,667,842. 
Yamada,  Junji:  5m— 

Kurokawa,        Takaaki;        Yamada,        Junji;        and        Wada. 
Makoto,3,667,927. 
Yamagishi.  Akio:  5m— 

Shima.  Takesaburo;  Yamagishi,  Akio;  Sada,  Masao;  Yamamoto. 
Zenichi;  and  Shiozaki.  Hasunaga.3.668,22 1 . 
Yamamoto,  Hirohiko;  and  Shiraishi,  Masamichi,  to  Nippon  Electric 

Company,  Limited.  Inverter  circuit.  3,668,424.  CI.  307-214.000 
Yamamoto,  Kazuyuki;  and  Matsuda,  Ryoichi,  to  Nippon  Telegraph  & 
Telephone     Public    Corporation.     Television     telephone    system 
3,668,3 12,  CI.  178-6.800 
Yamamoto,  Masayuki;  Toki.  Hisashi;  and  Shibuya.  Hideo,  to  Hitachi. 
Ltd.  Semiconductive  device  for  and  method  of  manufacturing  the 
same.  3.668.004. CI.  1 17-215.000 
Yamamoto.  Sigeo:  5m— 

Fujinami,  Akira;  Ozaki.  Toshiaki;  Horiuchi.  Fukashi;  Yamamoto, 
Sigeo;  Akiba,  Keiichiro;  Tanaka,  Katsutoshi,  Goba.  Shigehiro; 
Ooishi,    Tadashi;    Nodera,    Katsuji;    and    Kameda,    Nobuyu- 
ki,3,668,2l7. 
Yamamoto,  Toshihiko:  5m— 

Iwama,  Masakuni;  Fujiwara.  Mitsuto;  Kojima,  Tamotsu;  Takabe. 
Koichi;  and  Yamamoto.  Toshihiko.3,667.956. 
Yamamoto.  Zenichi:  5m— 

Shima.  Takesaburo;  Yamagishi.  Akio;  Sada.  Masao;  Yamamoto. 
Zenichi;  and  Shiozaki,  Hasunaga,3,668,221. 
Yamashita,  Gentaro:  5m— 

Ichikawa,  Yataro;  Yamashita,  Gentaro,  Tokashiki,  Michiyuki;  and 
Suzuki,  Nobuo,3,668,235. 
Yamazaki,  Issei:  5m— 

lijima,  Taizo;  Yamazaki,  Issei;  Mori,  Shunji;  Genchi,  Hiroshi;  and 
Katsuragi,  Sumio, 3,668,638. 
Yano,  Osahiko;  and  Ono,  Mitsuaki,  to  MaUushiU  Electric  Industrial 
Co.,  Ltd.    Magnetic   video   recording  and   reproducing  apparatus 
3,668,3  10,  CI.  178-6.60a 
Yano,  Yoshiaki:  5m— 

Ijiri,  Yoshinobu;  Yano,  Yoshiaki;  and  Yoshida,  Hiroshi,3.668.l  33. 
Yasuda.  Yukio:  5m— 

Watanabe.  Shigeru;  Yasuda.  Yukio;  and  Sano.  Kazuya,3,667,953. 
Yasui,  Hideaki;  and  Tsurumi,  Sukeo.  Seat  recliner.  3,667,804,  CI  297- 

362 
Yasumoto,  Kunio:  See— 

Kanokogi,  Tatsuro;  and  Yasumoto,  Kunio, 3,667, 534. 


PI  46 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JuN^6. 1972 


Yazawa,  Matahide,  to  Polymer  Processing  Research  Institute  Ltd. 
Method    for    heat-setting   of  crimps   of   artificial   filament    tows. 
3.667,094.  CI.  28-72.14 
Yokoyama,  Ryuzaburo:  See— 

Okajima,  Masaki;  and  Yokoyama,  Ryuzaburo.3.667,670. 
York,  Ira  Bill  Lee:  See- 
Black,  Daniel  A.;  Ingersoll,  Albert  A.;  York,  Ira  Bill  Lee;  and 
Jones,  David  0,3,667,340. 
Yoshida,  Hiroshi:  See— 

Ijiri,  Yoshinobu;  Yano,  Yoshiaki;  and  Yoshida,  Hiroshi, 3,668, 1  33. 

Yoshida,  Shigeaki;  and  Saito,  Tadashi,  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Ricoh. 

Two-component  diazotype  photosensitive  material.  3,667,955,  CI. 

96-9 1. OOr 

Yoshida,  Yuji;  Asada,  Noriyosi;  and  Funatsu,  Takao,  to  Matsushita 

Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.  Motor  driven  pump.  3,667,870,  CI.  41 7- 

357.000 

Yoshikawa,   Kinichi,  to   Ricoh   Co.,   Ltd.   Data   processing  system. 

3,668,648, CI.  340-172.5 
Yoshino,  Hiroyuki,  to  Honda  Giken  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Fuel  in- 
jection apparatus  for  an  internal  combustion  engine.  3,667,440,  CI. 
123-140.0mp 
Yoshino,  Takachika;  Saito,  Shigeru;  Ishikura,  Jun;  Sasaki,  Yutaka;  and 
Sobukawa,  Masukuni,  to  Nitto  Chemical  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.  Multiple 
promoted   iron  oxide-antimony   oxide   catalysts  for  oxidation   of 
olefins.  3,668, 147, CI.  252-432.000 
Yoshitomi  Pharmaceutical  Industries,  Ltd.:  See— 

Nakanishi.  Michio;  and  Tashiro,Chiaki,  3,668,210. 
Young,  Don  L.,  Jr.,  to  Controlex  Corporation.  Flexible  remote  control 

with  spaced  ball  bearings.  3,667.3 1 3,  CI.  74-501  OOp 
Young,  Howard  S.;  Anderson,  George  C;  and  McDaniel.  Edgar  L..  to 
Eastman    Kodak   Company.    Process    for    preparing   acrylic    acid. 
3.668.245. CI.  260-S33.00n 
Young,  James  C,  to  Iowa  State  University  Research  Foundation.  Inc. 
System  for  measuring  BOD  by  electrolysis.  3.668.102,  CI.  204- 
195.00b 
Young,   Robert   William,   to   Autic   Developments   Limited.   Liquid 
dispenser  with  separably  attached  measuring  device.  3,667,658.  CI. 
222-569. 
Youngblood.  Douglas  J.:  See— 

O'Keefe.  William  H.;  Colvert  James  H.;  Nelson.  Gerald  V.;  and 
Youngblood.  Douglas  J. ,3,668, 1 14. 
Zagorets.  Anatoly  Mikhailovich:  See— 

Makarov.  Gieb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov.  Boris  Nikolaevich;  Zagorets, 
Anatoly   Mikhailovich;   Korolev,  Jury   Germanovich;  Syskov. 
Konstantin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko.  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin. 
Semen  Semenovich;  Lerner.  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Mustafin.  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin.  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov,  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky,  Izrail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov,  Petr  Yakovlevich, 3, 667,746. 
Zahn,  Ulrich,  to  Aprecher  &  Schuh  AG.  Apparatus  for  controlling 
jumping  operations  for  a  program  control  equipped  with  stepping 
mechanism.  3,668,652,  CI.  340-172.500 
Zahnradfabrik  Friedrichshafen  AG:  See— 

Schacher,  Willi;  and  Marschner,  Heinz,  3,667,580. 
Zamarra,  Paul  A.  Disposable  syringe.  3.667.46 1, CI.  128-232.000 
Zbinden,  Hans  Rudolf;  and  Hiestand,  Armin,  to  Ciba  Limited.  Solu- 
tions of  curing  catalysts  for  polysiloxanes.  3,668,228, CI.  252-431. 
Zeh.  Willi:  Se«- 

Munding.  German;  and  Zeh.Willi.3 .667,241. 
Zeiss  Ikon  Aktiengesellschaft:  See — 

Thiele,  Heinz;  Franke,  Konrad;  and  Becker,  Dietrich,  3,667,836. 


Zeitzschel,  Gunter:  See— 

Ullrich.  Walter;  Lohse.  Karl-Heinz;  Leuteriu.  Jochen;  Zf  itzschel. 
Gunter;  and  Fasol,  Robert,3,668,069. 
ZeHer,  James  E.:  See— 

W004I,    Gerald    L.;    Kolster,    Harvey    L.;    and    ZelIeK    James 
£.3,667,826. 
Zellmer,  Lynn  R.,  to  Udylite  Corporation,  The.  Mounting  bracket  for 

lemicoiKluctor  rectifiers  to  heat  sinks.  3,668,477,  CI.  3 1 7- 1 00.000 
Zelnick,  Seymour;  and  Wildmoser.  Martin  Michael,  to  Weldolron  Cor- 
poration. Wrapped  pallet  load.  3.667,598, CI.  206-65.00s 
Zemberry.  William  L..  to  United  States  Steel  Corporation.  Magnetic 
particle  inspection  apparatus  wherein  the  accumulated  particles 
close  the  indicator  circuit.  3.668.5 1 7.  CI.  324-38.000 
Zenkner.  Kurt.  Oil  or  gas  burner  with  a  crou-current  blower  having 

return  flow  means.  3.667.893,  CI.  43 1 -79.  ' 

Zerand  Corporation:  See — 

Zemov,    Peter;   Gabel,   Thomas    H.;   and    Abler,    Nofman   C, 
3,667,751. 
Zernov,  Peter;  Gabel,  Thomas  H.;  and  Abler,  Norman  C,  tp  Zerand 
Corporation.  Carton  blank  aligning  apparatus.  3,667,7Sli  CI.  271- 
49.000 
Zhitov.  Boris  Nikolaevich:  See—  ' 

Makarov.  Gleb  Nikolaevich;  Zhitov.  Boris  Nikolaevich;  itigotett, 
Anatoly  Mikhailovich;  Korolev.  Jury  Germanovich;  Syskov, 
Konstantin  Ivanovich;  Filonenko,  Jury  Yakovlevich;  Dvorin, 
Semen  Semenovich,  Lerner.  Ruvim  Zinovievich;  Mustafin,  Fuat 
Akhtemovich;  Semenov,  Alexandr  Semenovich;  Erkin,  Leonid 
losifovich;  Gryaznov,  Nikolai  Sergeevich;  Lazovsky.  Urail  Mik- 
hailovich; and  Nefedov.  Petr  Yakovlevich. 3.667,746. 
Ziaylek. Theodore.  Jr  Tank  support.  3.667.7 1 4. CI  248-284  000 
Ziegler.  Oeorge  William.  Jr.,  to  AMP  Incorporated.  Coaxial  connector 

mounting  means.  3,668.608.  CI.  339-64.00m 
Zielinski.  Robert  O.  Submerged  oil  leak  control.  3,667,605   CI.  210- 

170.000 
Ziemelis,  Ojars  J:  See- 
Fisher,   Mahlon    B.;   Schiller.  Charles   K.;  and   Ziemelis,  Ojars 
J. ,3,668,388. 
Zilis,  Albin  J  :  See- 

Di  Biasi.  Daniel  J.;  and  Zilis.  Albin  J  .3,668.179. 
Zimmemian,  Robert  L.;  Schweitzer,  Bernard  P.;  Garvin,  Hugh  L. 
Pedinoff,  Melvin  E.;  and  Waldner,  Michael,  to  Hughei  Aircraft 
Company.  Acoustic  delay  line  memory  system.  3,668,662,  CI.  340- 
173. 
Zimmenaann,  Theodor:  See— 

Dienenthal, Herbert;  and  Zimmermann,Theodor,3,667,'^48. 
Zippe,    Gemot,    to    Gesellschaft    fur    Kernverfahrenstechqik    mbH. 
Method  for  the  fabrication  of  stiffening  corrugations  in  thin-walled, 
hard    sheets,    especially    of    circumferential    creases    in    tubes. 
3,667,265,  CI.  72-84. 
Zoppi,  Bruno,  to  Fabbrica  Italiana  Magneti  Marelli  S.p.A.  Servo  dis- 
tributors in  pneumatic  braking  systems  of  vehicles  wi^h  trailer. 
3,667,1 1  5,  CI  303-7. 
Zschocke,    Albrecht.    to    Badische    Anilin-    &    Soda-Fabrik    Aktien- 
gescllwhaft.      Production     of      l,2,4-oxadiazolidine-3,    ,5-diones. 
3.668,2 1 6.  CI  260-307. 
Zucchinelli,  Mario:  See- 
Delia    Porta,    Paolo;    Zucchinelli,    Mario;    and     En^ili,    Car- 
lo,3.667,513. 
Zumaglini,  Giovanni,  to  OfTicina  Medico-Ortopedica  Dott  Giovanni 
Zumaglini.  Orthopaedic  apparatus  for  traction  of  the  spinal  column. 
3.667.457.  CI.  128-75. 


LIST  OF  DESIGN  PATENTEES 

TO  WHOM 

PATENTS  WERE  ISSUED  ON  THE  6th  DAY  OF  JUNE,  1972 

NOTE.— Arranged  In  accordance  with  the  Hrst  signiHcant  character  or  word  of  the  name  (in  accordance  with  cltr  &nd 

telephone  directory  practice).  "v-c  ..  i- wi*  «uu 


Aarikka-Koru  :  8ee — 

Ruokonen,  Brkkl.  223,769. 
Abell.  Walter  L.,  Jr.,  and  H.  C.  Hogencamp.  Combined  mobile 
pedestal  mount  and  housing  for  a  coin-operated  television 
receiver.  223,779,  6-6-72,  CI.  D56 — 904. 
Acme  Highway  Products  Corp.  :  See — 

Berchou,  William  J.,  and  Bryan.  223,750. 
Akers,   Robert   M.,   assignor  of  a  fractional  part  interest  to 
Thomas   Pickering.   Moveable   signal   light   for  store  sales. 
223,783,  6-6-72.  CI.  D72— 1. 
Alttiebolaget  Electrolux  :  See — 

Lindstrom.  Karl  H.  223,773. 
Amerock  Corp. :  See — 

Lambert!,  Martin  R.  223.746. 
Antl,  Robert  E.  Game  board.  2*3,768,  6-6-72.  CI.  D34— 5. 
Aratanl.  Norio  :  See — 

Miyachi,  Einosuke.  and  Aratanl.  223.790. 
Arnoldy,   Henry  C,  and   W.   C.   Stanko.   Tonneau   cover  for 

dune  buggies.  223,754,  6-6-72,  CI.  D14— 27. 
Aspro,  Nlcnolas  Ltd.  :  See — 
File,  Harold  T.  223,759. 
Bennett.  Fay  M.  :  See — 

Phlllipg    Cecil  E..  and  Bennett.  223.786. 
Berchou.  William  J.,  and  F.  F.  Brvan,  to  Acme  Hlghwav  Prod- 
ucts Corp.  Sealing  element.  223.750.  6-6-72.  CI.  D13— 6. 
Berg.    David    E.    Pipette   storage   rack.    223.758,    6-ft-72,   CI. 

D16— 1. 
Bixler,  Loring  C,  A.  M.  Davis,  W.   S.  McCormick,  Jr..  and 
E.    R.    Wiener,    to   International    Business   Machines  Corp. 
Data  printer  keyboard  console.  223.762.  6-6-72,  CI.  D26 — 5. 
Boger.  Ernest  F.  Hammermill.  223.778.  6-6-72.  Cl.  D55 — 1. 
Bryan,  Freel  F.  :  See — 

Berchou.  William  J.,  and  Bryan.  223.750. 
Cessna  Aircraft  Co. :  Bee — 

Jones,  Jack.  223,749. 
Chestine,  iShlrley   D.   Combination   baby   bath   and   dressing 

stand.  223,760,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D23— 52. 
Construction  Specialties,  Inc.  :  See — 

Zampettl,  Patrick  L.  223.777. 
Coon,  James  A.,  and  E.  Theobald,  said  Theobald  assignor  to 

said  Coon.  File.  223,744,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D8— 90. 
Corrldon,    Juliana    M.    Pocket    book.    223,788,    6-6-72,    Cl. 

D87— 3. 
Craft,  Roger  L.,  to  Gray  Mfg.  Co.,  Inc.  Fork  lift  jack.  223,772, 

ft-6-72,  Cl.  D41— 1. 
Davis,  Arnold  M.  :  See — 

Bixler,     I>oring     C,     Davis,     McCormick.     and     Wiener. 
223,762. 
De  Souza,  Michael  E.  :  See — 

Swanson,  Walter  A.,  and  De  Souia.  223,774. 

Economou,    Hercules.    Shade   umbrella.    223,789,   6-6-72.   Cl. 
jyaa 3 

File,  Harold  T.,  to  Aspro,  Nicholas  Ltd.  Tablet.  223,759.  6-6- 

72,  Cl.  D16— 3. 
Fischer  &  Porter  Co.  :  See — 

Metzger.  Harold  W.  223,775. 
Gensemer,  Jack  P.  Dwelling  structure.  223,748,  6-6-72,  Cl. 

D13— 1. 
Gerlach,  John  R.  Door  handle  and  lock  plate  unit.  223,745, 

6-6-72.  Cl.  D8 — 170. 
Goodman,  Harold.  Toy  airplane.  223,770,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D34 — 15. 
Gorman,  Dewltt  Y.  Entertainment  center.  233,764.  6-6-72.  Cl. 

D26— 14. 
Gray  Mfg.  Co.,  Inc. :  See — 

Craft,  Roger  L.  223,772. 
Gruett,  Donald  G.,  to  Oil-Rite  Corp.  Liquid  level  gauge  or  simi- 
lar article.  223,776,  6-6-72.  Cl.  D52— 6. 
Haws  Drinking  Fountain  Co. :  See — 
Wright.  Allen  C.  223.781. 
Wright.  Allen  C.  223.782. 
Hogencamp,  Harold  C. :  See  — 

Abell.  Walter  L..  Jr.,  and  Hogencamp.  223,779. 
Honda  Glken  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaleba  :  See — 
Miyachi,  Einosuke,  and  Aratanl.  223,790. 
Honevwell  Inc. :  See — 

Quinn.  Peter  T.  223.780. 
Houghtaling,    Ted    G.    Golf    club    head    or   the  like.    223,766. 

6-6-72,  Cl.  D34— 5.  „      „ 

Houghtaling.   Ted   G.    Golf   club   head   or   the   like.    223.767, 

6-6-72,  Cl.  D34— 5. 
International  Business  Machines  Corp. :  See — 

Bixler,     Loring    C,     Davis,     McCormick,     and     Wiener. 
223,762. 


Johnson,  Sinclair  L.  D.  Hat.  223,742,  6-6-72   Cl   D2 257 

223  749 ''6i6-72'^rf   n''"*^'"^'*  ^""  ■^''■*^'"*'*  service  structure. 

^'.•JS!;'^*!'  ^*"'  ^•'  t°  Oro-Lange  Enterprises,  Inc.  High  chair. 
223,757,  6-6-72.  Cl.  D15 — 1. 

^^23746.  6^""2,  Ci:  DS-^l?"**'"'    ^°'^"    ^«<="t*=*>^°    »!»*«• 
Lindstrom',  Karl  Hugo,  to  Aktlebolaget  Electrolux.   Vacuum 

cleaner.  223,773,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D49— 14. 
McCormick,  Walter  S.,  Jr.  :  See — 

Bixler,     Loring     C,     Davis,     McCormick,     and     Wiener. 
223,762. 
McNamee.   Joseph   R.    Camper   for   a   pick-up   truck.   223,755. 

6-6-72,  Cl.  D14 — 27. 
Mel-Mar  Industries,  Inc. :  See — 

Palumbo,  William  J.  223,751. 
Metiger,  Harold  W.   Fischer  &  Porter  Co.  Glass  tube  flow- 
meter. 223,775,  6-6-72.  Cl.  D52— 6. 
Mlvachl,   Einosuke,  and  N.   Aratanl,  to  Honda  Glken  Kogyo 
Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Motorcycle.  223,790,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D90 — 8. 
Modern  Plastic  Sales  :  See — 

V'augban,  Woodrow  E.,  and  Reed.  223,743. 
Navara,    Joseph.    Triplex    board   used   in    pathology.    223,785, 
6-6-72,  Cl.  D83— 1.  ' 

Xihon  Kaiheiki  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha  :  See— 

Yasuo,  Kodiara.  223,763. 
Nunn,  Paul  B.  Bumper.  223,752,  6-6-72.  Cl.  D14 — 6. 
Oil-Rite  Corp. :  See— 

Gruett  Donald  G.  223,776. 
O'Leary,  Charles  M.  Design  for  a  table  with  reversible  top  or 

similar  article.  223,765,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D33 — 14. 
Oro-Lange  Enterprises,  Inc.  :  See — 

Kinstley,  Paul  S.  223,757. 
Palumbo,    William   J.,    to   Mel-Mar   Industries,   Inc.    Camper 

trailer.  223,751,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D14 — 3. 
Patrick,    Earnest    H.    Air   conditioner    for   vehicles.    223,761, 

6-6-72,  Cl.  D23— 142. 
Phillips,  Cecil  E.,  and  F.  M.  Bennett,  to  Saf-Pla  Corp.  Tape 

and  bandage  cutter.  223,786,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D83 — 12. 
Pickering,  Thomas  :  See — 

Akers,  Robert  M.  223,783. 
Quinn.  Peter  T.,  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Micro  flche  reader.  223,- 

780,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D61— 1. 
Reed.  Gerald  D.  :  See^ 

Vaughan,  Woodrow  E.,  and  Reed.  223,743. 
Rlos.    Gilbert,    to    Superior    Optical    Co.    Eyeglasses    display 

holder.  223,784,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D80 — 9. 
Roney,  Johnnv,  Jr.  Combination  vehicle  leveling  and  chocking 

unit.  223,771,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D41— 1. 
Ruokonen,  Erkki,  to  Aarlkka-Koru.  Child's  wheeled  toy.  223,- 

769,  6-6-72.  Cl.  D34— 15. 
Saf-Pla  Corp. :  See — 

Phillips.  Cecil  E..  and  Bennett.  223.786. 
Seals.   Bob   J.   Vehicle   tire  carrier  actuating  lever.   223.753, 

6-6-72.  Cl.  D14 — 6. 
Seldler,    David.    False    eyelash    holder.    223,787.    6-6-72,   Cl. 

D87— 1. 
Shinjo,  Katsumi.  Locking  nut.  223,747,  6-6-72.  Cl.  D8— 274. 
Stanko,  William  C. :  See — 

Arnoldy,  Henry  C,  and  Stanko.  223,754. 
Steinhart,  Saul  G.  Arm  chair.  223,756,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D15 — 1. 
Superior  Ootical  Co.  :  See — 

Rios,  Gilbert.  223,784. 
Swanson,  Walter  A.,  and  M.  E.  De  Souza.  Mop  wringer.  223,- 
774,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D4&— 29. 

Theobald,  El  win  :  See — 

Coon,  James  A.,  and  Theobald.  223,744. 

Vaughan,  Woodrow  E.,  and  G.  D.  Reed,  to  Modern  Plastic 
Sales.  Rake  head.  223,743,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D8 — 13. 

Wiener,  Edward  R. :  See — 

Bixler,     Loring    C,     Davis,    McCormick,     and    Wiener. 
223,762. 

Wright,  Allen  C,  to  Haws  Drinking  Fountain  Co.  Cylindrical 
drinking  fountain.  223,781,  6-6-72,  a.  D67 — 4. 

Wright,  Allen  C,  to  Haws  Drinking  Fountain  Co.  Polygonal 
drinking  fountain.  223,782,  6-6-72,  Cl.  D67 — 4. 

Yasuo,  Kodiara,  to  Nihon  Kaiheiki  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha. 
Switch.  223,763,  6-6-72,  CT.  D26— 13. 

Zampettl,  Patrick  L.,  to  Construction  Specialties,  Inc.  Deco- 
rative grille.  223,777.  6-6-72,  Cl.  D64— 2. 

PI  47 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


ISSUED  JUNE  6,  1972 

NOTE.-First  number,  class;  second  number,  subclass;  third  number,  patent  number 


CLASS  3 

I  3,667,069 

CLASS  4 

,172.12  3,667,070 

172.21  3,667.071 

CLASS  S 
24  3.667,072 

«l  3,667.073 

J37  3,667.074 

341  3.667,073 

CLASS! 
3  3,667.196 

2IC  3,667.197 

9<  3.667,898 

173  3.667.899 

3.667.900 
CLASS  II 
lA  3.667.076 

CLASS  12 
«3  3.667.077 

CLASS  13 
23  3.668.292 

}l  3.668.293 


480 

490 

494 

49S 

S08 

327.6 

368 

371 

374 

376 

60S 

628R 


3,667,108 
3,667.109 
3.667,110 
3.667,111 
3,667,112 
3,667,113 
3,667.114 
3.667.113 
3.667.116 
3,667.117 
3.667,118 
3.667,119 


10492 

103 

236 

230.02 

23024 

230.42 

323 


CLASS  IS 


3.667.078 
3.667.079 
3.667.080 
3.667.082 
3.667.081 
3.667.083 
3.667,084 


30 

66 

103 

19V 

63 
103 
107 
123 
143 
131 
178 

Il2lt 
209.1 
219 

230K: 

230B 

230lt 

232R 

283 

288E 

300 
337 
338 


CLASS  16 

3,667,083 
CLASS  17 

3,667.016 
CLASS  19 

3,667.087 
CLASS  23 

3.667,901 

3,667,902 

3,667.903 

3.667.904 

3.667.90S 

3.667.906 

3,667,907 

3,667,908 

3,667.910 

3.667.90') 

3.667,911 

3,667,912 

3,667,913 

3.667.914 

3.667,913 

3.667.916 

3.667.917 

3.667.918 

3.667.919 

3.667.920 

3.667.921 

3.667,922 

3.667,923 


CLASS  24 

II  fC  3,667,088 

203  13C  3,667,089 

CLASS  as 

ICF  3,667,090 

21  3.667,092 

32  3,667.091 

55.3  3,667.093 

72.14  3.667.094 


330 

123 

I48.4A 

160.6 

191 

193 

196.3 

203HC 

203B 

203V 

203 

235 

240 

423 


CLASS  39 


3.667.09S 
3.667.096 
3,667.097 
3,667.098 
3.667.099 
3.667.100 
3.667.924 
3.667,101 
3,667,104 
3.667.103 
3.667.102 
3.667,105 
3.667.106 
3,667.107 


CLASS  M 

15.3  3,667,120 

M  3,667,121 

286  3.667.122 

CLASS  32 

2  3.667.123 

22  3.667.124 

26  3,667,123 

CLASS  33 

79R  3.667.126 

I64R  3.667.127 

ItOR  3.667.128 

1«9  3.667.129 

CLASS  34 

I  3.667.130 

10  3.667.1 3 1 

11  3.667.132 
20  3.667.133 
*0  3.667.134 
92                      3.667.133 

CLASS  33 

«A  3.667.136 

I9A  3.667.137 

35C  3.667.138 

31  3.667.139 

CLASS  36 
4  3.667.140 

67B  3.667.141 

CLASS  3t 

66  3.667.142 

143  3.667.143 

CLASS  4« 
12  3.667.144 

106.53  3,667.143 

CLASS  42 

15  3,667,147 

<9  3,667,146 

CLASS  43 

43.13  3,667,148 

43.15  3,667.149 

44.6  3.667.130 

44.97  3.667.131 

CLASS  44 

3.667.152 


117  3.667.176 

213  3.667.192 

278  3.667.177 

292  3.667.178 

302  3.667.179 

309  3.667.180 

496  3,667,181 

497  3,667.182 
3,667.183 

530  3,667.184 

537  3,667,185 

512  3,667.187 

594  3.667.186 

CLASS  S3 

29  3.667.188 

3.667,189 

59  3.667.190 

CLASS  SS 
17  3.667. 191 

227  3.667.193 

247  3.667.194 

272  3.667.195 

312  3.667.196 

502  3.667.197 


43 

60 

185 


CLASS  6S 

3.667.925 
3.667.926 
3.667.927 


818 
866 


3.667,303 
3,667,325 


CLASS  66 

50B  3,667,253 

50R  3,667.254 

3.667,233 

111  3,667,236 

147  3,667,257 

CLASS  6S 

205R  3,667.258 


St 

CLASS  46 

30  3,667,153 

40  3,667,154 

146  3.667.155 

243M  3.667.156 

CLASS  47 

1.2  3.667.157 

17  3.667.138 

34.13  3.667.139 

CLASS  49 

3S  3.667.160 

56  3.667.161 

192  3.667.162 

462  3.667.163 

469  3.667.164 

CLASS  SI 

35  3,667,165 

92  3,667,166 

2I5H  3,667,167 

219  3.667.168 

379  3.667.169 

3«9  3.567.170 

CLASS  S2 

9  3,667.171 

64  3,667.172 

13  3,667.173 

100  3,667,174 

144  3.667.175 


CLASS  S6 

227  3.667.198 

320.2  3,667.199 

32IR  3.667.200 

330  3.667.201 

3.667.202 
CLASS  57 

3.667.203 
3,667.204 
3.667.203 
3.667.206 
3.667.207 
3.667.201 
3.667.209 


13 

52 

58.89 
139 
I40BY 
156 
I57TS 

CLASS  SS 

28B  3.667.210 

S«  3.667.211 

74  3.667.212 

126R  3.667,213 


CLASS 

13 

24 

37 

3902 

39.2IT 

39.46 

395IH 

3974R 

51 


S2VS 

53WW 

53R 

54 

S4.6A 

65 
218 
251 
270 


M 

3,667,214 

3.667.215 

3.667.216 

3.667.217 

3.667.211 

3.667.219 

3.667.220 

3.667.221 

3.667.222 

3.667.223 

3.667.224 

3.667.225 

3.667.227 

3.667.226 

3.667.228 

3.667.229 

3.667.230 

3.667.231 

3.667.232 

3.667.233 


IR 

I 
II 
36 
39 
46.5 


5 

10 
58 

136 
ISO 
208 
217 
223 
312 
476 


CLASS  61 

3.667.234 
3.667,235 
3.667.236 
3.667.237 
3.667,238 
3.667.239 
3.667.240 
CLASS  62 

3.667.241 
3.667.242 
3.667,243 
3,667,244 
3,667.245 
3.667.246 
3.667.247 
3.667,248 
3,667,249 
3,667,251 


CLASS  64 

23.5  3,667,232 

29  3,667.250 


CLASS  7* 

14  3,667,239 

•9  3.667.263 

159  3.667.260 

301  3.667.261 

369  3.667.264 

384  3.667.262 
CLASS  71 

34  3,667,928 

67  3,667.929 

92  3.667.930 

102  3.667.931 
CLASS  73 

55  3.667.266 

60  3.667.267 

67.9  3.667.287 

M  3.667.265 

133  3,667.268 

166  3,667.269 

236  3.667,270 

238  3,667,271 

245  3,667,272 

257  3,667.273 

291  3,667,274 

302  3,667,275 

371  3,667.276 
CLASS  73 

13B  3.667.278 
3.667.279 

I5R  3.667.277 

I7R  3,667.210 

37  3,667,211 

37.7  3,667,212 
3,667.283 

37.9  3,667,284 

40.3  3,667.283 

59  3,667,216 

67.7  3,667,217 

91  3,667.218 

117.3  3,667,289 

133  3,667,290 

MIR  3,667.291 

160  3.667,292 

179  3,667.293 

I90R  3,667,294 

290R  3,667,293 

304R  3.667.296 

339A  3.667,297 

403  3,667,298 

487  3,667,299 

517  3.667,300 


S.I 
10.37 

125.5 

126 

190 

197 

233 

340 

417 

424.8R 

425 

SOIP 

511 

S51.I 

560 

604 

609 

640 

665  K 

612 

731 

752C 

101 


CLASS  74 


3.667,301 

3.667.302 

3.667.306 

3.667.307 

3,667.303 

3.667.304 

3.667.308 

3.667.309 

3.667.310 

3.667.311 

3.667.312 

3.667.313 

3,667.314 

3,667.315 

3,667,316 

3,667,317 

3,667.318 

3.667.320 

3.667,319 

3,667.321 

3.667.322 

3.667.323 

3.667.324 


CLASS  7S 


5BC  3.667,932 

33  3.667,933 

«6  3,667.934 

109  3.667.935 

I34N  3.667.936 

165  3,667.937 

171  3.667.938 

3.667.939 

174  3.667.940 

178  AC  3.667.941 

214  3.667.942 

CLASS  II 

95  3.667.328 

524  3.667.327 

CLASS  12 

«  3.667.329 

CLASS (3 

3.667.330 
3.667.331 
3.667.333 
3.667.334 
3,667.332 
3.667.335 


3.667.959 
124  3.667.960 

CLASS  M 

2.12  3.667.369 

33R  3.667.370 

II5K  3.667.371 


98 

255 
362 

424 
513 


CLASS  S4 

101  3.661.294 

I  15  3.668.295 

414  3.668.296 

454  3.667.336 

CLASS  SS 
13  3.667.337 

41  3.667.338 

61  3.667.339 

71  3.667.340 

77  3.667.341 

CLASS  t9 
1  5D  3.667.342 

161  3.667.343 

CLASS  91 

3,667,344 
3,667,345 
3,667,346 
3.667,347 
CLASS  93 

3,667,.-148 
3,667.349 
3,667.330 


1 
59 
375A 
404 

83 

113 

CLASS  93 

I2R  3.667.351 

S8.2R  3.667.352 

3.667.353 

3.667.334 


1 
4.3 

lOCT 

IIHC 

MR 

12.5 

13 

31CA 

3IFS 

37 

44C 

44R 

53.3 
89A 


CLASS  9S 


3.667.355 
3.667.356 
3.667.357 
3.667.359 
3.667.358 
3.667,360 
3,667.361 
3.667.363 
3.667.362 
3.667.364 
3.667.366 
3,667,365 
3,667,367 
3,667.368 


IPC 

35.1 
36.1 
44 
48 

60 
61 

74 

90 

9IR 
100 
109 
114.1 


CLASS  96 


3.667.943 
3.667.944 
3,667.945 
3.667.946 
3.667,947 
3,667,948 
3,667,949 
3,667.950 
3,667.951 
3.667.952 
3.667.953 
3.667.954 
3.667,955 
3,667,956 
3,667,957 
3,667,958 


CLASS  99 

2R 

3.667.961 

78 

3.667.962 

86 

3.667.963 

90P 

3.667.964 

3.667.965 

91 

3.667.966 

105 

3.667.967 

I40R 

3.667.968 

I4IA 

3.667.969 

169 

3.667.970 

171R 

3.667.971 

404 

3.667.372 

407 

3.667.373 

408 

3.667.374 

3.667.375 

443R 

3.667.376 

CLASS  IM 

19 

3.667.377 

26 

3.667.378 

139 

3,667.379 

161 

3.667.380 

229A 

3.667.381 

233 

3.667,386 

CLASS  191 

19 

3,667,382 

93C 

3,667,383 

111 

3,667,384 

232 

3,667,315 

CLASS  IM 

8 

3.667.317 

28R 

3.667.388 

34.1 

3.667.389 

67 

3.667.390 

70 

3.667.391 

70.2R 

3.667.392 

70.2 

3.667.393 

78 

3.667.394 

92.7 

3.667.395 

01 

3,667.396 

CLASS  194 

I48LM  3.667.397 

3.667.398 

172S  3.667.399 

CLASS  Its 

239  3.667,400 

366D  3,667.401 

CLASS  196 

I  3,667.972 

54  3,667.973 

51  3,667,974 

65  3,667,975 

90  3.668,150 

97  3.667.976 

99  3.667.977 

•  05  3.667.971 

261  3.667.979 

216  3.667.980 

CLASS  19t 

12  3.667.402 

5«  3.667.403 

CLASS  IM 
I  3.667.404 

51  3.667.405 

57  3.667.406 

CLASS  116 
lie  3,667.407 

119  3.667.401 

173A  3,667,409 

CLASS  112 

67  3.667,410 

121.12  3,667,411 

2I9A  3.667.412 

220  3.667.413 

254  3.667.414 

CLASS  114 

16E  3.667.415 

42  3.667,416 

51  3,667,417 


PI  49 


PI  50 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  l>ATENTS 


235A  3.667.411 

CLASS  lU 

40  3.66t.070 

I0«  3.667.419 


CLASS 
2R 
10 
IS 
21 
22 

33.SCM 
37LE 
)• 


SO 
«9 
72 

7«r 

M 

•7 
91 

lOS.S 

137 

l3t.lF 

139.4 

210 

212 

215* 

231 

6 

7 
34 
4S 

49.S 

63 

123 
637 


117 

3.667.911 
3.667.912 
3.667.913 
3.667.914 
3.667.9tS 
3,667.916 
3.667.917 
3.667.9SI 
3.667.919 
3.667.990 
3.667.991 
3.667.992 
3.667.993 
3.667.994 
3.667.995 
3.667.996 
3.667.997 
3.667.991 
3.667.999 
3.661.000 
3.661.001 
3.66S.0O2 
3.661.003 
3.66S.004 
3.66>.O0S 
3.661.006 

CLASS  IIS 

3.667.420 
3.667.421 
3.667,422 
3,667.423 
3.667.424 
3.667,42S 
3.667.426 
3.667.427 
3.667.421 

CLASS  123 

240B  3,667,429 

4S3  3.667.430 


CLASS  123 

41.01 

3.667.431 

S2M 

3.667,432 

7IB 

3,667.433 

90.35 

3.667.434 

97B 

3.667.435 

I19A 

3.667,436 

I39AS 

3.667.431 

I39R 

3.667.437 

I40MC 

3.667.439 

I40MP 

3.667,440 

I4IE 

3,667,441 

I79F 

3,667.442 

I93r 

3,667,443 

24 


CLASS  134 

3,667,444 


CLASS  135 

IIDF  3,667,445 

CLASS  136 

9R  3.667,446 

2IA  3.667.447 

2SII  3.667.441 

4IR  3.667,449 

SSB  3.667,450 

IIOR  3.667.451 

3M  3.667,452 


CLASS  127 

31 

3.668.007 

CLASS  12S 

24R 

3.667,453 

24.2 

3,667,454 

66 

3.667.455 

75 

3,667.457 

92R 

3,667,456 

132 

3.667.45S 

142.5 

3,667,459 

3,667.460 

IM 

3.667.462 

194 

3.667.463 

214C 

3.667,464 

227 

3.667.467 

232 

3.667,461 

271 

3,667,465 

2t3 

3,667,469 

2t7 

3,667,466 

290 

3.667.46S 

304 

3.667,470 

325 

3.667.471 

334R 

3.667.472 

34S 

3,667,474 

SSI 

3,667,475 

399 

3.667.476 

4I9E 

3.667,477 

S9I 

3.667.473 

CLASS  132 

9  3,667,4(2 

92  3,667,413 

CLASS  133 
SR  3.667.414 

(  3.667.415 

CLASS  134 

1  3.66(.0OI 

2  3.661.009 
45  3.667.416 

101  3.667.417 

169A  3.667.411 

CLASS  136 

t6B  3.661.013 

I6D  3.66t.012 

t6F  3.66«.010 

t6R  3.66«.011 

120FC  3.66S.014 

202  3.66S.0I5 

CLASS  137 

11.5  3.667,419 

3.667.490 
3.667.491 
3.667.492 
3.667.493 
3.667.494 
3.667.495 
3.667.496 
3.667.497 
3.667.49S 
3.667.499 
3.667.500 
3.667.501 
3,667,502 
3.667.503 
3.667.504 
3.667.505 

CLASS  I3S 

3.667.506 

CLASS  139 

3.667.507 
3.667.50S 

CLASS  140 

30  3.667.509 

92.2  3.667,510 

CLASS  141 

130  3,667,512 

311  3.667,513 

CLASS  143 

34  3.667.515 

37R  3.667,514 

CLASS  144 

2S.1I  3,667,516 

20aE  3,667,517 

CLASS  145 

62  3.667,511 

CLASS  146 

14  3.667.511 

94R  3,667,520 

130  3,667,521 

131  3.667.522 
160  3.667.519 
221.1  3.667.523 

CLASS  14S 


17 

100 

101.21 

116.3 

IIS 

119 

31S 

3S6 

612.1 

624.14 

625.4 

625.69 

630.14 


156 

71 
ISS 


CLASS  131 

0  3.667.47S 

IS  3.667.479 

207  3,667,480 

2618  3,667.481 


2 

6.3 

9.5 
II. 5A 
12 
12.1 
16 
32.5 
126 
178 


8 

19 
95 

21C 
23 

176 
210 
361 

3 

II 
14 
79 
212 
215 
245 
249 
252 
267 
276 
287 
294 
309 


3.668.016 
3,668,017 
3,668.018 
3.668.019 
3.668,020 
3.668.021 
3.668.022 
3.668.023 
3.668.024 
3,668.025 

CLASS  149 

3.667.524 
3.668,026 
3.668,027 

CLASS  151 

3,667,525 
3.667.526 

CLASS  152 

3.667.527 
3.667.528 
3.667,529 

CLASS  156 

3,668,028 
3,668,029 
3,668,030 
3,668,031 
3.668,033 
3,668,032 
3.668.034 
3,668,035 
3,668.036 
3,668,037 
3,668.038 
3.668.039 
3.668.040 
3.668.041 
3.668,042 


321  3,668,043 

366  3.668.044 

441  3.668.045 

541  3.668.047 

553  3.668.046 

583  3.668.048 

CLASS  1S7 

126  3.667.530 

CLASS  I6« 

345  3.667.531 

371  3,667,532 

CLASS  161 

38  3.668.049 

39  3.668.050 
77  3.668.051 

117  3.668.052 

118  3.668.053 
128  3.668.054 
136  3.668.055 
159  3.668.056 
165  3.668.057 

3.668.058 

170  3.668.059 
173  3.668.060 
175  3.668.061 
177  3.668.062 

CLASS  162 

19  3.668.063 

171  3.668.064 

CLASS  164 

60  3.667,533 

83  3,667.534 

258  3.667.535 

260  3.667.536 

278  3.667.537 

283  3.667.538 

CLASS  165 

26  3.667.539 

47  3.667.540 

74  3.667.541 

89  3.667.542 

CLASS  16« 

125  3.667.543 

170  3,667,544 

269  3.667445 

274  3.667.546 

286  3.667.547 

305R  3.667.548 

CLASS  169 

31R  3.667.549 

CLASS  172 

59  3.667,551 
700  3.667,550 

CLASS  173 

147  3.667,552 

CLASS  174 

I5C  3,668,297 

23C  3,668,298 

52PE  3,668,299 

68.5  3,668,300 

88R  3.668,301 

121 A  3,668,302 

138J  3.668.303 

CLASS  175 

6  3.667.553 
57  3.667.554 

60  3.667.555 
73  3.667.556 

242  3.667,557 

246  3.667,558 

392  3.667.559 

CLASS  176 

3  3.668.065 

5  3.668.066 

7  3.668.068 
38  3.668.069 
40  3.668,070 

CLASS  177 

211  3,667,560 

245  3,667,561 

CLASS  178 

3.668.309 
3.668.306 
3.668.304 


6TA  3.668.326 

6C  3.668.325 

6.3R  3.668.290 

ISA  A  3.668.318 

15AP  3.668.291 

MAO  3.668.328 

ISFD  3.668.327 

18BF  3.668.317 

I8ES  3.668.319 

3.668.330 

I8J  3.668.329 

84R  3.668.331 

I00.2C  3.668.332 

3.668.333 

I07R  3.668.334 

lllR  3.668.335 

3.668.336 

CLASS  ISO 

5R  3.667.562 

68.5  3.667.563 

79.1  3.667.564 

89  3.667.365 

3.667.566 

117  3.667.567 

CLASS  ISl 

31B  3.667.568 

31R  3.667.569 

36A  3.667.571 

36R  3.667.570 

CLASS  1S2 

3.667.572 


5.4CD 

5.4HE 

5.4ST 

S.4M 

5.6 

6.6A 

6.7R 

6.8 
19 
69G 
69.5TV 
69.SR 


3.668.305 
3.668.307 
3.668,308 
3.668,310 
3.668.311 
3.668,312 
3,668,313 
3,668.314 
3.668,316 
3.668.315 


CLASS  179 


ICN 
IPC 

IVC 
IVE 
lA 


IS8R 

159.23 

164 

165 

181 

195B 

I95S 

195 

213 

279 

297R 

299 

301 

323 


3.668.289 
3.668.321 
3.668.324 
3.668.322 
3,668,323 
3,668,320 


220 


CLASS  IS4 

IS  3,667,573 

7R  3.667.574 

CLASS  ISS 

134  3.667.575 

345  3.667.576 


CLASS  192 


.08 

4A 

8R 

12A 

18A 

99A 

1 05  A 


3.667.577 
3,667.579 
3.667.578 
3.667.580 
3.667.581 
3.667,582 
3,667,583 


CLASS  193 

37  3.667.584 

CLASS  194 

101  3.667,585 

CLASS  19S 

28N  3,668,071 

29  3,668.072 

3.668.073 

62  3.668.074 

103.5R  3.668,076 

103.5  3,668,075 

CLASS  19S 

I  3,667486 

25  3,667487 

38  I  3.667.588 
127  3.667489 
220BA  3.667490 
220R  3.667491 

CLASS 

5A 

6BB 
11A 
19 
42T 
48R 
52R 


25 


3.668.091 
3.668.092 
3.668.093 
3.668.095 
3.668.096 
3.668.097 
3.668.098 
3.668.100 
3.668.102 
3.668.099 
3.668.101 
3.668.103 
3.668.104 
3.668.105 
3.668.106 
3.668.107 
3.668.108 

CLASS  2M 


200 

3.668437 

3.668445 

3.668438 

3.668439 

3,668440 

3,668441 

3,668442 

3,668443 

3.668444 

61.41  3.668,346 

76  3,668447 

80  3,668448 

82R  3,668449 

144B  3,667.871 

3,668450 

144  3,668451 

I48R  3.668452 

153K  3.668453 

153S  3.668454 

166C  3.668455 

172A  3.668456 

CLASS  201 

3.668.077 

CLASS  2S3 

3.668,078 

CLASS  204 


I. 
2 
9 
12 
30 
43 
57 
59R 
99 
101 
t43R 
I4SR 


3,668,084 
3.668.079 
3,668,080 
3,668.081 
3,668.082 
3,668,083 
3,668,085 
3.668.086 
3.668.087 
3.668.088 
3,668.089 
3,668.090 


16R 

46FR 

46R 

53 

57R 

58 

65S 


3.667.592 
3.667.593 
3,667,594 
3.667,595 
3.667.596 
3.667.597 
3.667.598 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


PI  51 


CLASS  2«S 

10  3.668.109 

45  3.668.110 

48AA  3.668.111 

89  3.668.112 

97  3.668.113 

120  3.668.114 

143  3.668.115 
216  3.668,116 
228  3.668.117 

CLASS  269 

12  3.667.599 

144  3.667.600 
196  1  3.667.924 
466  3.667.601 

CLASS  216 

30  3.668.118 

42  3.668,119 

60  3,668.120 

67  3.667,602 

130  3,667,603 

136  3,667.604 

170  3,667,605 

193  3,667.606 

198  3.667.607 

242  3.667.608 

3.667,609 

3,667,610 

244  3,667.611 

321  3.667,612 

336  3,667,613 

401  3,667.614 

451  3.667.616 

497.1  3.667.615 

CLASS  211 

128  3.667.617 

CLASS  212 

3.667.618 

CLASS  214 

IPB  3.667.619 

IP  3.667.620 

3.667,621 

6DK  3,667,628 

6A  3,667,622 

7  3,667,623 

8.SA  3,667,624 

10.5D  3,667,625 

17B  3,667,626 

23  3,667,627 

83.3  3,667,629 

86A  3,667.630 

3.667.631 

I30R  3.667.632 

145  3,667,633 

340  3.667,634 

515  3,667.635 

CLASS  215 

9  3,667,636 

3.667,637 

32  3,667,638 

CLASS  217 

4R  3,667.639 

CLASS  219 


450  3.668.372 

505  3.668.373 

CLASS  226 

234  3.667.647 

24.5  3.667.640 

26S  3.667,641 

39R  3.667,642 

41  3.667.648 

54  3.667.643 

55  Y  3.667.649 
82.5  3.667.645 
85R  3.667.646 
89A  3.667.644 

CLASS  321 

250  3.667.650 

CLASS  222 

63  3.667.651 

145  3.667.652 

217  3.667.653 

336  3.667.654 

412  3.667.665 

464  3.667.655 

524  3.667.656 

541  3.667.657 

569  3.667.658 

CLASS  223 

32  3.667.659 

34  3.667.677 

CLaSs  225 

1  3.667.660 

2  3.667.661 
96.5  3.667.662 

100  3.667.663 

CLASS  226 

30  3.667.664 

CLASS  229 


1045 

10.65 

60A 

61 

69C 

87 

98 

125R 
149 
158 
212 
213 
243 
373 
413 


3.668.357 
3.668.358 
3.668.359 
3.668.360 
3.668.361 
3.668.362 
3.668.363 
3.668.364 
3.668,365 
3,668.366 
3,668.367 
3.668.368 
3.668.369 
3.668.370 
3.668471 


16B 
SITS 


15 
24 


3.667.666 
3.667.667 

334 

3,667,668 
3,667,669 

CLASS  235 


CLASS: 


60MT 

3,667,670 

92C 

3,668.374 

94R 

3.668475 

96 

3.667.671 

98B 

3.667.672 

150.23 

3.668.403 

151  11 

3,668,377 

151.22 

3,668,376 

155 

3.668,378 

183 

3,668,379 

197 

3,668,380 

CLAJBS  239 

1 

3,667,673 

IS 

3.667,674 

3,667,675 

3,667.676 

102 

3.667.678 

3.667.679 

265.17 

3.667.680 

393 

3.667.681 

412 

3.667.682 

428.5 

3.667.683 

533 

3.667.684 

542 

3.667.685 

5534 

3.667.687 

585 

3.667.686 

CLASS  246 

106 

3.668481 

CLA 

kSS241 

1 

3.667.688 

IS 

3.667.689 

20 

3.667.690 

24 

3,667,691 

36 

3.667.692 

99 

3.667.693 

t86R 

3.667.694 

CLi 

kSS242 

55 

3.667.695 

72 

3.667.696 

3.667.697 

107.4 

3.667.698 

129 

3.667.699 

189 

3.667.700 

192 

3.667,701 

CL. 

^SS243 

1  M7  702 

53B 
ISO 

9 
20 
39 
48.2 

59 

71 
72 
75 


CLASS  244 

3,667,703 
3,667,704 
3,667.705 

CLASS  24S 

3.667.706 
3,667,707 
3,667.708 
3,667,717 
3,667.709 
3.667.710 
3.667.711 
3,667,712 


-4 


1885 

284 

327 

405 

487 

109 
213 


3,667.713 
3.667.714 
3,667.715 
3.667.716 
3.667.718 

CLASS  249 

3.667.719 
3.667.720 


CLASS 
4I.9TF 


43.5FL 

43.50 

49.5A 

67 

71.SR 

833D 


83. 3R 

83.6R 
105 
2IIJ 
216 
220SD 
220M 
229 
236 


256 

3.668.382 
3.668,383 
3.668.384 
3.668.385 
3.668.386 
3.668.392 
3.668.393 
3.668.394 
3.668.39S 
3.668.397 
3.668.398 
3.668499 
3.668496 
3.668.400 
3.668.401 
3.668.402 
3.668.404 
3.668.405 
3.668,406 
3.668.408 
3.668.407 
3.668.409 


CLASS  251 

1  3.667.721 

30  3.667.722 

68  3.667.723 

138  3.667.724 

ISl  3.667.725 

3.667.726 

172  3.667.727 


CLASS 

8.1 

8.SA 

8.SC 

8SP 

8.57 
59 
62.1 

63 

79.2 

794 

80 

88 

89 
107 
117 
149 
180 
181 
186 

3014P 
3014R 

301.5 

400 

421 

428 

431C 

432 

440 

448 

466 

477 

528 


252 

3.668.121 
3.668.122 
3.668,123 
3.668.129 
3.668.124 
3.668.125 
3.668.126 
3.668.127 
3.668.128 
3.668.130 
3.668.131 
3.668.132 
3.668.133 
3.668.134 
3.668.135 
3.668.136 
3.668.137 
3.668,094 
3.668,138 
3.668.139 
3.668.141 
3.668.140 
3.668.143 
3.668.142 
3.668.144 
3.668.145 
3.668.146 
3.668,228 
3,668,147 
3.668,148 
3.668.149 
3.668.151 
3.668.152 
3.668.153 


CLASS  254 

8R  3.667.728 

77  3.667.729 

86R  3.667.730 

I90R  3.667.731 

CLASS  259 

4  3.667.732 

6  3,667,733 

44  3,667,734 

151  3.667,735 

161  3.667,736 

164  3,667,737 

171  3,667.738 


CLASS 

24AR 

2.5FP 

2.5E 

5 

13 
I7R 
t8EP 
19R 
27 

284D 

29.3 

29.6BM 

29.6F 

29.6T 

29.7R 


266 

3.668.154 
3.668.155 
3.668.161 
3.668.156 
3.668.157 
3.668.158 
3.668.159 
3.668.160 
3.668.162 
3.668.170 
3.668.163 
3.668.164 
3.668.166 
3.668.167 
3.668.165 
3.668.168 


3I.8XA 

32.4R 

326N 

326R 

33.4R 

37EP 

37SB 

40R 

4IA 

46.5R 

47XA 

47C 

65 

67TN 

75NC 

75NH 

77 

78R 

78.4R 
79. 5P 
86.3 
94. 7R 

239AA 

239A 

239B 

239D 

239  1 

243C 


248C 
256.40 
268BC 
283S 

286R 

290A 

293.59 

294.9 

302R 

304 

307B 

307F 

3095 

314.5 

325 

326.11 

326  14T 

343.2R 

345.3 

368 

410.6 

429J 

448. 8R 

465.4 

471A 

47IC 

473G 

475PR 

485G 

48SH 

488 

497R 

501  12 

520 

521A 

533N 

534E 

53SR 

543R 

544M 

546 

555A 

S58R 

566R 

570R 

576 

586R 

593P 

604AC 

609F 

610B 

61IA 

622R 

653. IT 

665R 

671 

672T 

674SA 

674 

676R 

676 

683D 

683.9 

824R 

826 

850 


857PA 


3.668.169 
3,668,171 
3.668,173 
3.668.172 
3.668,175 
3.668.176 
3.668.177 
3.668.174 
3.668.178 
3.668.179 
3.668.180 
3.668.181 
3.668.182 
3,668.183 
3.668.184 
3.668.186 
3.668.185 
3,668.187 
3.668.188 
3.668.189 
3.668,190 
3,668,191 
3.668.192 
3.668.194 
3.668,195 
3.668.197 
3.668.196 
3.668.199 
3.668.215 
3.668.198 
3.668.200 
3.668.201 
3.668.202 
3.668.203 
3.668.204 
3.668.205 
3.668.206 
3.668.208 
3.668.207 
3.668.209 
3.668.210 
3.668.211 
3.668,212 
3.668.213 
3.668.216 
3.668.214 
3.668.217 
3.668.218 
3.668.219 
3.668.220 
3.668.221 
3.668.222 
3.668.223 
3,668,224 
3,668,225 
3,668,226 
3,668,227 
3,668.229 
3.668.230 
3.668.231 
3.668.232 
3.668.233 
3.668,234 
3.668.235 
3.668.237 
3.668.236 
3.668,238 
3.668.239 
3.668.240 
3.668.241 
3.668.242 
3.668.244 
3.668.245 
3.668.246 
3.668.243 
3.668.248 
3.668.247 
3.668.249 
3.668.250 
3.668.251 
3.668.252 
3.668.253 
3.668 .254 
3.668^55 
^..4^.2^6 
3.668,257 
3,668.258 
3.668459 
3.668.260 
3.668.261 
3.668,262 
3,668,263 
3,668.264 
3.668,265 
3.668.267 
3.668.266 
3.668.269 
3.668468 
3.668.270 
3.668.271 
3.668.273 
3.668.272 
3.668.275 
3.668.276 
3.668477 
3,668.193 


857G 
8S7L 
879 

897B 
897C 
944 


3.668.274 
3,668478 
3.668479 
3.668.280 
3.668481 
3.668482 


CLASS  261 

1  3.667.739 

39A  3,667,740 

$0A  3.667.741 

CLASS  263 

6E  3.667.742 

7  3,667,743 

40R  3.667444 

CLASS  244 

.5  3.668483 

3.668484 

3.668485 

26  3.668486 

46  3.668487 

47  3.668488 

CLASS  266 

21  3.667.746 

24  3,667447 

33R  3.667445 

42  3.667448 

CLASS  267 

112  3.667449 

CLASS  271 

44R  3.667450 

49  3.667451 

53  3.667452 

64  3.667453 

CLASS  272 
8P  3.667454 

70.1  3.667455 

86  3.667456 

CLASS  273 
106.50  3.667458 

I350  3.667.757 

152.1  3.667459 

157R  3.667460 

186A  3.667461 

CLASS  274 

4D  3.667.762 

9R  3.667463 

3.667464 

14  3.667465 


22 
95 

83 


CLASS  277 

3.667466 
3.667467 

CLASS  279 

3.667.768 


CLASS  206 

11.35M  3.667471 


11.3ST 

16 

30 

43.17 
124F 
I50R 
432 
473 
480 
502 


3.667469 
3.667470 
3.667472 
3.667473 
3.667474 
3.667475 
3.667476 
3.667478 
3,667479 
3,667477 
3,667480 


45 

110 
161 
173 
231 


CLASS  2S5 

3,667,781 
3,667,782 
3,667483 
3,667484 
3,6674*5 


CLASS  2S7 

20.94  3,667,786 

53H  3,667487 

58CT  3,667488 

87  3,667489 

CLASS  2S9 

17  3,667490 

CLASS  290 
38R  3,668,410 

38  3,668,411 

53  3,668,412 

CLASS  292 

216  3,667491 

3,667,792 
3,667493 

264  3,667494 

CLASS  394 

86.17  3,667,795 

88  3,667496 
103R  3,667497 
104  3,667498 

CLASS  296 

23B  3,667499 

23G  3,667400 

24R  3,667,801 

98  3,667402 

CLASS  297 

3,667403 


119 


362 
385 
388 

389 


3,667,804 
3,667405 
3,667406 
3,667,807 


CLASS  399 

33  3.667.808 

CLASS  366 

11  3.667,809 

CLASS  362 

59  3,667414 

CLASS  363 

6C  3,667410 

7  3.667415 

21AF  3,667412 

21EB  3,667413 

21F  3,667411 

3,667416 


CLASS 


2 
66 

88.3 

104 
106 

113 
117 
133 
208 
214 
216 
229 

235 


243 
247A 

257 
260 
262 
265 
279 
309 
310 


367 

3,668,413 

3,668,418 

3,668,419 

3.668,420 

3,668,414 

3,668,415 

3,668.416 

3.668.417 

3.668.421 

3.668.422 

3.668.423 

3.668.424 

3.668.425 

3.668.427 

3.668.428 

3.668.426 

3.668.429 

3.668,430 

3,668,431 

3,668,432 

3,668,433 

3,668,434 

3,668.435 

3,668,436 

3,668,437 

3,668,438 

3,668,439 

3,668,440 


CLASS  36S 

4A  3.667417 

92  3.667418 

135  3.667419 

137  3.667420 

212  3,667421 

213  3,667422 
237  3,667423 

CLASS  316 

8  1  3,668,441 

8.2  3,668,442 

12  3,668,443 

13  3,668,444 
77  3,668,445 
90  3,668,446 

166  3,668,447 
3,668,448 

236  3,668,449 

237  3,668,450 
248  3,668,451 
266  3,668,452 

CLASS  312 

39  3.667425 

118  3.667426 

CLASS  313 

7  3.668.453 

57  3,668,454 

92R  3,668487 

95  3.668488 

96  3.668489 
109  3.668.455 
220  3,668490 
318  3,668491 

3,668,456 
325  3,668,458 

346  3,668,457 


34 

22 

23 

24 

27GD 
107 
I69TV 
292 
323 


CLASS  315 


3,668,459 
3,668,460 
3,668,461 
3,668,462 
3.668,464 
3,668,463 
3,668,465 
3,668,466 
3,668.467 
3.668.468 

CLASS  316 

23  3.667424 

CLASS  317 

18D  3,668,469 

3,668,470 
3,668,471 
18R  3,668,472 

28R  3,668,474 

33SC  3,668,483 


61.5  3,668,475 

100  3,668,477 

lOlDH  3,668,476 

101 A  3,668,478 

14  IS  3,668,479 

234R  3,668,473 

3,668,484 
234  3,668.480 

3.668.481 
260  3.668.482 

CLASS  SIS 

102  3.668.485 

116  3.668.486 

128  3.668.487 
138  3.668.488 
227  3.668.489 
245  3.668.490 
305  3.668.491 
314  3.668.492 
345  3,668,493 
373  3,668,494 
400  3,668,495 
466  3,668,496 
471  3,668.497 
568  3,668,498 
587  3,668,499 
601  3,668,500 
632  3,668,501 
653  3.668.502 
665  3.668.503 

CLASS  326 

64  3.668.504 

CLASS  321 

2  3.668.505 

8C  3.668.506 

1 1  3.668.507 

18  3,668,508 

3,668,509 

CLASS  322 
28  3,668,514 

CLASS  323 
8  3,668,510 

22SC  3,668415 

43  5S  3,668411 

45  3,668412 

60  3,668413 

CLASS  324 

28R  3,668416 

38  3,668417 

51  3,668418 

96  3,668419 

106  3,668420 

3,668421 

158D  3,668423 

158T  3.668422 

162  3,668424 

CLASS  325 

1  3,668,525 

64  3,668,526 

115  3,668427 

352  3,668428 

CLASS  33S 

129  3,668429 
147  3,668430 

150  3.668431 

151  3,668432 
168  3,668,533 
207  3.668,534 

CLASS  329 

192  3,668,535 

CLASS  336 


4.3 

9 

17 
18 
23 

30D 
43 
207P 

I 

94.5 


3,668,536 
3.668437 
3.668.538 
3,668,539 
3.668.540 
3.668,541 
3.668.542 
3.668.543 
3.668,544 
3,668,545 


CLASS  331 


3.668,546 

3,668,547 

3.668.548 

3.668.549 

3.668450 

96  3.668451 

100  3.668452 

107G  3.668,553 

I07R  3.668454 

3.668455 

109  3.668,556 

112  3.668457 

CLASS  3S2 

7.51  3,668458 

9R  3,668,559 

3.668,562 

9  3,668,560 

31T  3.668.561 

CLASS  333 

I.I  3,668,563 


6  3,668464 
3.668465 

17  3.668466 

21 A  3.668467 

30R  3.668469 

30  3.668468 

70A  3,668470 

79  3,668471 

81 B  3.668472 

84R  3,668473 

95S  3,668474 

CLASS  335 

140  3,668475 

153  3,668476 

192  3,668477 

202  3,668478 

207  3,668479 

213  3.668480 

216  3,668481 

285  3,668482 

CLASS  336 

58  3,668483 

60  3.668484 

83  3.668485 

123  3,668487 

192  3,668488 

210  3,668486 

212  3,668489 

CLASS  337 

51  3,668490 

319  3,668492 
3,668493 

380  3,668494 

CLASS  33S 

32R  3,668496 

38  3,668495 

198  3,668497 

274  3,668498 

289  3,668499 

320  3,668.600 


CLASS 


I4R 


I7CF 

18B 

19 

41 

64M 

74R 

75R 

94C 

97C 

97R 
111 
198N 
206R 
258R 

CLASS 
4E 

15.5BH 
IS.SDS 
IS.SRC 
27NA 
27R 

32 
38R 

51 

S2D 

52H 

S3 

59 

146.1AX 
146.1 
I46.3AE 
146.3AG 

I46.3E 

146.3H 

146.3P 

I66R 

I67B 

168 


17tR 
172.5 


173FF 

173LS 

I73RC 

173SP 

173R 

174MA 


339 

3,668,601 
3,668,602 
3,668,603 
3,668,604 
3,668,605 
3,668,606 
3,668,607 
3,668,608 
3,668,610 
3,668,61 1 
3,668,612 
3,668,613 
3,668,609 
3.668,614 
3,668491 
3,668,615 
3,668,616 

340 

3,668,617 

3,668,619 

3,668.618 

3.668.620 

3,668,623 

3,668,621 

3,668.622 

3.668.624 

3,668,625 

3,668,626 

3,668.628 

3.668,627 

3.668.629 

3,668,630 

3,668,631 

3,668.632 

3,668,636 

3.668,634 

3.668,637 

3,668,633 

3,668.638 

3,668,635 

3,668,639 

3,668,640 

3,668,641 

3.668.642 

3.668,643 

3.668.644 

3.668.645 

3.668.646 

3.668.647 

3,668,648 

3,668.649 

3.668.650 

3,668,651 

3.668.652 

3.668,653 

3,66S.6S4 

3.668.661 

3,668.656 

3.668.663 

3.668.662 

3,668.655 

3.668.657 

3,668,664 


PI  52 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


I74TF 
174. lA 
I74.IC 
174. IE 

174.IF 

174. IM 

200 

20S 

214 

224 

227R 

236 

2SI 

267R 

210 

2S6R 
309.4 
32IR 
324A 


3.661.667 
3.66S.66S 
3.66l.6St 
3.661.666 
3.66t.66t 
3.661.669 
3.661.670 
3.661.671 
3.661.672 
3.661.673 
3.66S.674 
3,66t.67S 
3.66S.676 
3.661.677 
3.661.671 
3.661.679 
3.661.610 
3.66I.6SI 
3.66t.6<2 
3.66S.6I3 
3.66S.6I4 
3.668.6<S 


3.66«.6>6 

3.661.617 

324R  3.661,611 

344  3.661.619 

347AD  3.661.691 

347NT  3.66t.690 

347SY  3.661.693 

347P  3,661.692 

36S  3.661.659 

3,661.660 

3.661.694 

3.66S.69S 

3.661.696 

3.661.697 

3.661.691 

373  3.661.699 

371  3,66t.700 

409  3.66t.70l 

CLASS  343 

SPD  3.661,703 

SR  3.661.702 


CLASS  iM 

55 

3.667.127 

ISO 

3.667.121 

160 

3.667.129 

161 

3.667.130 

I62SF             3,667.131 

I7SCN             3.667.(32 

303 

3.667.S33 

CLASS  351 

III 

3.667.134 

CLASS  3S2 

72 

3,667.135 

91 

3.667.136 

242 

3.667.137 

CLASS  3S3 

26 

3.667.I3S 

27 

3.667.139 

CLASS  3SS 

3  3.667,140 

4  3.667,141 
t  3.667.142 


29  3.667.143 

54  3.667.144 

91  '    3,667.145 

CLASS  3S6 

120  3,667.146 

131  ,    3.667.147 

152  3.667.149 

153  j  3.667.l4t 
116  ^1  3.667.S50 
197  3.667.S5I 

CLASS  4*1 

263  3.667.SS2 

291  3.667.S53 

CLASS  4*2 

17  I     3.667.154 

CLASS  4M 

16  3.667.326 

114  3.667.855 

158  3.667.856 

229  3.667.858 


230 

148 
150 

14 

61 

138 

53 

122 

203 

222 

273 

346 

357 

423R 

424 


3.667,857 

CLASS  4IS 

3.667.859 
3.667.860 

CLASS  416 

3.667.861 
3,667.862 
3.667.863 

CLASS  417 

3.667,864 
3.667.865 
3.667.866 
3.667.867 
3.667.868 
3.667.869 
3.667.870 
3,667,872 
3,667.873 


-U 


CLASS4IS 

9  3.667.874 

56  3.667.875 

68  3.667.876 

121  3.667,877 

173  3,667.878 

202  3.667.879 

CLASS  425 

3  3.667.880 

40  3.667,881 

117  3.667.882 

119  3.667.883 

149  3.667.814 

155  3.667.885 

192  3.667.886 

242  3.667.887 

307  3.667.888 

314  3.667.889 

406  3.667.890 

408  3,667.891 

CLASS  431 

31  3.667.892 

79  3.667.893 

114  3.667.894 

255  3.667.895 


GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX 
OF  RESIDENCE  OF  INVENTORS 

(I  .S.  Slal»*s.  Territories  and  ArnirH  Forces,  tlie  (!oinni'>nweallli  of  Puerto  Rico,  and  the  (ianal  Zone) 


Classification  of  Designs 


DI3- 


257 

13 

90 

170 

179 

274 

1 


223.742 
223.743 
223,744 
223.745 
223.746 
223.747 
223.748 
223.749 
223.750 


DI4- 


DI5- 
DI6- 


3 
6 

27 


223.751 
223,752 
223.753 
223.754 
223,755 
223,756 
223,757 
223,758 


D23-  52 
142 

D26-  5 
13 
14 

D33- 

D34-   5 


223,759 
223.760 
223.761 
223.762 
223.763 
223.764 
223.765 
223.766 


D4I- 
049- 


15 


14 
29 


223.767 
223.768 
223.769 
223.770 
223.771 
223.772 
223.773 
223.774 


D52- 

D54- 
D55- 
D56- 
D61- 
D67- 


223.775 
223.776 
223.777 
223.771 
223.779 
223.780 
223.781 
223.782 


D72- 
D80- 
D83- 

D87- 

08I- 
D90- 


I 

9 
1 
12 
I 
3 


223.783 
223.784 
223.785 
223.786 
223.787 
223.788 
223.789 
223.790 


Alabama 1 

Alaska 2 

American  Samoa 3 

Arizona 4 

.\rkansas .S 

('alilornia 6 

(ianal  Zone 7 

(Colorado 8 

( ionnecl  icul 9 

Delaware 10 

District  or(!oluml)ia 11 

Florida 12 

(^eor^iia 13 

(>uam 14 

Hawaii I.S 

Idaho 16 

Illinois 17 

Indiana 18 

It.wa 19 

Kansas 20 


Kentucky 21 

Louisiana 22 

Maine ^^ 23 

Maryland 24 

Massachusetts 25 

Michigan 26 

Minnesota 27 

Mississippi 28 

Missouri 29 

Mcmtana 30 

Nebraska 31 

Nevada 32 

New  Hampshire 33 

New  Jersey 34 

New  Mexico 3.S 

New  York M) 

North  (Carolina 37 

North  Dakota 38 

Ohio .39 

Oklahoma 40 


Orejion ,  41 

Pennsylvania 42 

Puert«»  Rico 43 

Rhode  Island 44 

South  (iarolina 45 

South  Dakota 46 

Tennessee 47 

Texas 48 

llah 49 

Verm<mt 50 

Vir^iinia 51 

Virjiin  Islands .52 

Washington !\i 

West  Vir;:inia .54 

Wisconsin .55 

Wyoming! .56 

Li.S.  Air  Force  .57 

ILS.  Army .58 

l.S.  Navy 59 


(Vint  number  in  lisliny  demMrs  liK-ati<>fl  arrordinit  !••  above  key.      Refer  !■>  patent  number  in  body  of  the  Offirial  (Gazette  to  obtain  details  as  to  inventor 
name.  Kh  .ition.  el<  .1 


Patents 


1 

3.667.093 

3.667.361 

3.667.839 

3.668.479 

3.667.491 

3.668.239 

3.667,219 

3.667.386 

3.667.845 

3.668.494 

3.667.636 

3.668.267 

3.667,231 

3.667.417 

3.667.846 

3.668.514 

3.667.677 

3.668.311 

3.667,483 

3,667.424 

3.667.847 

3,668,525 

3,667.712 

3.668.626 

3.668,290 

3.667.435 

3.667.858 

3,668.526 

3,667,978 

1 1             3.667.948 

4 

3.667.123 

3.667.439 

3.667.863 

^                 3.668.532 

3,668.020 

12              3.667.101 

3.667.629 

3.667.448 

3.667.928 

3.668.538 

3.668.040 

3.667.159 

3.667.639 

3.667.449 

3.667.961 

3.668.540 

3.668.041 

3.667.161 

3.667.780 

3.667.450 

3.668.026 

3.668.543 

3.668.087 

3.667.232 

3.668.033 

3.667.466 

3.668.042 

3.668.544 

3.668.213 

3.667,234 

3.668.379 

3.667.481 

3.668.047 

3.668.546 

3.668.230 

3,667,242 

3.668,425 

3,667.505 

3.668.053 

3.668.553 

3.668.258 

3.667.337 

3.668.428 

3,667,509 

3.668.065 

3.668.554 

3.668.296 

3.667.364 

3.668.440 

3.667.52^ 

3.668.079 

3.668.560 

3.668.322 

3.667.379 

3.668.481 

3.667.544 

-  3.668.108 

3.668.567 

3.668.344 

3.667.453 

3.668.701 

3,667,547 

3.668.109 

3.668.589 

3.668.347 

3.667.478 

5 

3.667.073 

3.667,553 

3.668.111 

3.668.611 

3.668.348 

3.667.482 

3.667,407 

3,667.559 

3,668,125 

3,668,631 

3.66S,349 

3.667.693 

3.667.609 

3,667,562 

3,661,130 

3.661,632 

3.668.3S9 

3.667.755 

3.667.610 

3,667,566 

3,668,159 

3,668.643 

3.668.374 

3.667.774 

3.667.773 

3,667,567 

3.668.174 

3.668.644 

3.668.375 

3.667.838 

6 

3.667.107 

3.667.S69 

3.668.176 

3.668 .638 

3.668.386 

3.667.939 

3.667.122 

3.667.573 

3.668.209 

3.668.662 

3.668.389 

3.668.169 

3.667.129 

3.667,588 

3,668,214 

3.668.668 

3.668.457 

3.668.190 

3,667,136 

3,667.601 

3,668.249 

3,668,670 

3.668.470 

3.668.382 

3,667,147 

3.667.602 

3.668,257 

3,668.673 

3.668.471 

3.661.383 

3,667,160 

3.667.61 1 

3.668.264 

3.668.681 

3.668.490 

3.668.385 

3,667,163 

3.667.612 

3.668.268 

3.668.686 

3.668.549 

3.668.491 

3.667.169 

3.667.618 

3.668.282 

3.668.690 

3. 668 .5  SO 

3.668.531 

3.667.170 

3.667.651 

3.668.287 

3.668.697 

3.668.610 

3.668.601 

3.667.174 

3.667.659 

3.668.299 

3,668.702 

3.668.645 

13              3.667.570 

3.667.184 

3.667.660 

3.668.301 

t             3.667.243 

3.668.679 

3.667.625 

3,667.185 

3.667.668 

3.668.308 

3.667.372 

10              3.667.099 

3.667.688 

3.667.197 

3.667.672 

3.668.315 

3.667.454 

3.667.459 

3.667.689 

3.667.198 

3.667.683 

3.668.327 

3.667.469 

3.667.460 

3.668.326 

3.667.201 

3.667.701 

3.668.332 

3.667.493 

3.667.907 

3.668.583 

3.667.216 

3.667.715 

3.668.335 

3.667.533 

3.667.926 

3.668.614 

3.667.227 

3.667.721 

3,668,341 

3.667.545 

3.667,935 

15              3.667,673 

3.667.237 

3.667,730 

3,668,346 

3.668.289 

3,667.946- 

16             3,667,779 

3.667.238 

3,667,736 

3,668,369 

3.668.318 

3.667.984 

3,667,787 

3.667.246 

3,667.757 

3.668.381 

3. 668.4  32 

3.668.013 

17                3.667.095 

3.667.252 

3,667,762 

3.668.405 

3.668.671 

3.668.028 

3.667.171 

3.667.261 

3,667.763 

3.668.423 

9               3.667.084 

3.668.057 

3.667.187 

3.667.284 

3,667,790 

3.668.430 

3.667.110 

3.668.074 

3.667.188 

3.667,287 

3.667,796 

3,668.435 

3.667,137 

3.66S,0St 

3.667.119 

3.667.217 

3.667.797 

3.668.436 

3.667,264 

3.668.093 

3.667.200 

3.667.299 

3.667.805 

3.668,443 

3,667.281 

3.668.163 

3.667.214 

3.667.311 

3.667.807 

3,668.453 

3.667.306 

3.668.166 

3.667.222 

^^ 

3.667.318 

3.667.814 

3.668.459 

3.667.412 

3.668.168 

3.667.226 

3.667.328 

3.667.830 

3.668.460 

3.667.421 

3.668.184 

3.667.244 

3,667,332 

3,667.833 

3,668,461 

3.667.465 

3.668J47 

3.667.266 

PI  53 


PI  54 


GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  RESIDENCE  OF  INVENTORS 


II 


19 


20 


3.667.302 

3.667.304 

3.667.309 

3.667,315 

3,667.373 

3,667.401 

3,667.431 

3,667.437 

3.667.487 

3.667,500 

3,667,501 

3,667.503 

3.667.512 

3.667.519 

3.667.539 

3.667.561 

J.667.615 

3.667.637 

3.667.638 

3.667.643 

3,667.648 

3.667.650 

3.667.667 

3.667.700 

3.667.710 

3.667.722 

3.667.734 

3.667.752 

3.667.835 

3.667.852 

3.667.872 

3.667.878 

3.667.885 

3.667.896 

3,667.916 

3.667.918 

3.667.968 

3.667,987 

3,668,022 

3.661.100 

3.668.115 

3.668.236 

3.668.237 

3.668.251 

3,668,269 

3,668,272 

3,668,291 

3.668.306 

3.668.325 

3.668.338 

3.668.353 

3,661,362 

3.668.365 

3.668.392 

3.668.395 

3.668,419 

3,668,422 

3,668,449 

3.668.463 

3.668.469 

3.668.476 

3.668.528 

3.668.558 

3.668.588 

3.668,606 

3,668,615 

3,668,616 

3,668.653 

3.667.180 

3.667.247 

3.667.259 

3.667,425 

3.667,486 

3.667.494 

3.667.520 

3.667.821 

3.668.009 

3.668.023 

3,668.196 

3.668.201 

3.668.202 

3,668,220 

3,668,248 

3.668.323 

3.668.445 

3.668.475 

3.668.489 

3.668.497 

3.668.576 

3,668.584 

3.668,684 

3.667,291 

3.667.347 

3.667.369 

3.667.496 

3.667.521 

3,667,616 

3,667,708 

3,667,776 

3.667,866 

3,668,007 

3.668.102 

3.668.534 

3,667.530 

3.667.631 

3.667.826 


21 


22 


23 


24 


25 


26 


3.668.037 

3.667.327 

3.667.083 

3.668.340 

3.667.330 

3.667.090 

3.667.375 

3.667.346 

3.667.097 

3.667.479 

3.667.381 

3.667.142 

3.667.490 

3.667.383 

3.667.166 

3.667.990 

3.667.384 

3.667.191 

3.668.399 

3.667.399 

3.667.196 

3.667.149 

3.667.404 

3.667.267 

3.667.239 

3.667.433 

3.667.277 

3.667.333 

3.667.434 

3.667.285 

3.667,727 

3,667,443 

3.667.343 

3.667.795 

3,667.446 

3.667.3SI 

3,668,05 1 

3.667.S82 

3.667.387 

3.668.116 

3.667.583 

3.667.388 

3.668.118 

3.667.594 

3.667.406 

3.668.295 

3.667.597 

3.667.414 

3.668.657 

3.667.603 

3.667.461 

3.667,109 

3,667,605 

3,667.410 

3.667.430 

3,667,656 

3.667.502 

3.667.665 

3.667.671 

3.667.324 

3.667.994 

3.667.675 

3.667.340 

3.667.199 

3.667.681 

3.667.614 

3.667.206 

3.667.698 

3,667.640 

3.667.235 

3.667.716 

3.667.641 

3.667.286 

3.667.718 

3.667.687 

3.667.293 

3.667.720 

3.667.695 

3.667.300 

3.667.798 

3.667.705 

3.667.339 

3.667.806 

3.667.760 

3.667.342 

3.667.816 

3.667.783 

3.667.352 

3.667.823 

3.667.788 

3.667.353 

3.667.856 

3.667.841 

3.667,354 

3.667.857 

3.667,850 

3.667.392 

3.667.898 

3.667.899 

3.667.415 

3.667.909 

3.667.911 

3.667.423 

3.667.962 

3.667.919 

3.667.432 

3.667.966 

3.667.921 

3.667.467 

3.667.975 

^ 

3.667.965 

3.667.471 

3.667.993 

3.667.999 

3.667.492 

3.667.996 

3.668.000 

3.667.699 

3.668.034 

3.668.030 

3.667.745 

3.668.091 

3.668.033 

3,667,750 

3.668.092 

3.668.038 

3,667.771 

3.668.131 

3.668.060 

3.667,812 

3.668.155 

3.668.062 

3,667,849 

3.668.180 

3.668.066 

3.661,015 

3.668.191 

3.661.075 

3.668.038 

3.668.199 

3.668.081 

3.668.420 

3.668.205 

3.668.089 

3.668.483 

3.668.244 

3.668.096 

3.668.527 

3.668.307 

3.668.134 

3.668.557 

3.668.361 

3.668.136 

3.661.562 

3.661.477 

3.668.139 

3.668.629 

3.668.498 

3.668.146 

3.668.639 

3.668.524 

3.668.161 

.3.667.104 

3.668.529 

3.668.179 

3.667.116 

3.668.585 

3.668.181 

3.667.121 

3.668.603 

3.668.182 

3.667.155 

3.668.630 

3.668.189 

3.667.250 

3.668.634 

3.661.197 

3.667.251 

3.668.665 

3.668.198 

3.667.278 

3.668.675 

3.668.204 

3.667.279 

3.668.678 

3.668.206 

3.667.320 

3.668.680 

3.668.207 

3.667.368 

27      3.667.069 

3.668.212 

3.667.370 

3.667.086 

3.668.223 

3.667.470 

3.667.151 

3.668.225 

3.667.489 

3.667.172 

3.668.231 

3.667.515 

3.667.488 

3.668.234 

3.667.592 

3.667.581 

3.668.239 

3.667.713 

3.667.674 

3.668.255 

3.667.923 

3.667.724 

3.668.256 

3.667.964 

3.667.728 

3.668.261 

3.667.991 

3.668.064 

3.668.262 

3.668.043 

3.668.132 

3.668.266 

3.668.044 

3,668.233 

3.668.271 

3.668.056 

3,668.641 

3.668.279 

3.668.140 

3.668.642 

3.668.293 

3.668.164 

3.668.699 

3.668.298 

3.668.171 

28      3.667.818 

3.668.304 

3.668.194 

29      3.667.139 

3.668.317 

3.668.321 

3,667.179 

3.668.333 

3.668.370 

3.667.223 

3.668.337 

3.668.391 

3,667.280 

3.668.394 

3.668.404 

3.667.313 

3.668.412 

3.668.409 

3.667.403 

3.668.417 

3.668.432 

3.667.655 

3.668.431 

3.668,455 

3.667.694 

3.668.462 

3,668.456 

3.667.749 

3.668.484 

3.668.496 

3.667.759 

3.668.502 

3.668.518 

3.667.789 

3.668.506 

3,668.541 

3,667.844 

3.668.523 

3.668.545 

3.667.873 

3.668.539 

3.668.564 

3.667.914 

3.668.552 

3.668.565 

3.668.039 

3.668.556 

3.668.568 

3.668.114 

3.668.561 

3.668.617 

3.668.141 

3.668.563 

3.668.624 

3.668.351 

3.668.581 

3,668,625 

31      3.667.855 

^  3i668.586 

3.668.640 

32      3.667.070 

3.668.613 

3.668.696 

33      3.668.510 

3.668.623 

3.667,141 

3.668.687 

, 

3.668.663 

3.667.177 

3.668.695 

3.668.667 

3.667.248 

34      3.667.074 

^   3.668.691 

3,667.268 

3.667.078 

3.668.693 

3.667.314 

3.667.080 

35   ;   3.668.508 

3.667.319 

3.667.082 

36 

3.667.083 

3.667.088 

3.667.098 

3.667.105 

3.667.113 

3.667.114 

3.667.1  IS 

3.667.124 

3.667.132 

3.667.134 

3.667.132 

3.667.282 

3.667.316 

3.667.334 

3.667.336 

3.667.341 

3.667.343 

3.667.350 

3. 667.3  55 

3.667.360 

3.667.382 

3.667.402 

3.667.427 

3.667.428 

3.667.429 

3.667.541 

3.667.590 

3.667.598 

3.667.617 

3.667.633 

3.667.645 

3.667.678 

3.667.685 

3.667.692 

3.667,707 

3.667.742 

3.667.764 

3.667.785 

3.667.822  _ 

3.667.827 

3.667.829 

3.667.831 

3.667.842 

3.667.843 

3.667.854 

3.667.860 

3.667.174 

3.667.887 

3.667.903 

3.667.912 

3.667.915 

3.667.937 

3.667.938 

3.667.942 

3.667.943 

3.667.944 

3.667.943 

3.667.947 

3.667.951 

3.667.952 

3.667.958 

3.667.959 

3.667.969 

3.667.972 

3.667.973 

3.667.986 

3.668.008 

3.668.014 

3.668.025 

3.668.059 

3.668.082 

3.668.117 

3.668.129 

3.668.142 

3.668.143 

3.668.158 

3.668.172 

3.668.173 

3.668.229 

3.668.242 

3.668.250 

3.668.273 

3.668.300 

3.66S.302 

3.668.313 

3.668.316 

3.668.324 

3.668.387 

3.668.388 

3.668.414 

3.668.429 

3.668.468 

3.668.480 

3.668.501 

3.668.503 

3.668.512 

3.668.521 

3.668.322 

3.668.535 

3.668,569 

3.668.579 

3.668.382 

3.668.587 

3.668.591 

3.668.633 

3.668.647 

3.668.630 


37 


38 

39 


40 


41 


3.668.634 

3.668.635 

3.668.669 

3.661.700 

3.667.092 

3.667.103 

3.667.117 

3.667.192 

3.667.209 

3.667.462 

3.667.608 

3.667,635 

3,667.900 

3,667.929 

3.668.263 

3.668.336 

3.667.729 

3.668.145 

3.667.130 

3.667.164 

3.667.193 

3.667.221 

3.667.225 

3.667.233 

3.667.249 

3.667.290 

3.667.294 

3.667.420 

3.667.463 

3.667.516 

3.667.518 

3.667.348 

3.667.572 

3.667.596 

3.667.623 

3.667.662 

3.667.663 

3.667.726 

3.667.753 

3.667.754 

3.667.761 

3.667.767 

3.667.768 

3.667.775 

3.667J10 

3.667.848 

3.667.881 

3.667.884 

3.667.891 

3.667.893 

3.667.985 

3.668.032 

3.668.052 

3.668.077 

3.668.103 

3.668.104 

3.668.105 

3.668.150 

3.668.152 

3.668.153 

3.668.160 

3.668.185 

3.668.186 

3.668.240 

3.668.254 

3.668.354 

3.668.360 

3.668.363 

3.668.371 

3.668.380 

3.668.384 

3.668.397 

3.668.398 

3,668.401 

3.668.402 

3.668.403 

3.668.421 

3.668.482 

3.668.500 

3.668.511 

3.668.594 

3.668.605 

3.661.661 

3.668.685 

3.668.688 

3.667.144 

3.667.183 

3.667.236 

3.667.262 

3.667.336 

3.667.556 

3.667.725 

3.667.744 

3.667.802 

3.668.086 

3.668.120 

3.668.122 

3.668.151 

3.668.187 

3.668.188 

3.668.265 

3.668.281 

3.668.334 

3.668.474 

3.667.148 

3.667.202 


GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  RESIDENCE  OF  INVENTORS 


PI  55 


J.667.793 

3.667.871 

3.668.372 

48       3.667.073 

3.668,426 

3.668.183 

3.667.940 

3.667.882 

3.668.396 

3.667.106 

3,668,465 

3.668.252 

3.667.971 

3.667.897 

3.668.433 

3.667.128 
3.667.140 

3,668,618 

3.668.286 

3.668.505 
3.668.515 

3.667.917 
3.667.924 

3.668.438 
3.668.450 

3,668,619 
3,668.628. 

55  3.667,120 
3,667.138 

42 

3.667.071 

3.667.924 

3.668.472 

3.667.359 

3,668,651 

3.667.145 

-^^ 

3.667.131 

3.667.925 

3.668.485 

3.667.396 

3,668,672 

3,667.175 
3.667.260 
3.667.275 

3.667.133 

3.667.931 

3.668.486 

3.667.419 

3.668,677 

3.667.167 

3.667,932 

3.668.493 

3.667.431 

3,668,682 

3,667.441 

3.667.182 

3.667.977 

3.668.499 

3.667.464 

49      3,667,213 

3.667.444 

3.667.245 

3.667.979 

3.668.517 

3.667.473 

3,667,770 

3.667.458 

3.667,253 

3.667,989 

3.668.548 

3.667.323 

3.667.781 

3.667.468 

3.667.276 

3.667.992 

3.668.578 

3.667.343 

3.667.963 

3.667.473 

3,667.331 
3.667,340 
3,667.405 
3.667.409 

3,667.995 

'  3.668.006 

3.668.019 

3.668.021 

3.668.580 
3.668.590 
3.668.592 
3.668.598 

3.667.346 
3.667.550 
3.667.554 
3.667.555 

3.667.980 
3.668.607 

50  3.668.478 

51  3.667.108 

3,667.499 
3.667.504 
3.667.563 
3.667.589 
3.667.593 

3.667.436 

3.668.029 

3.668.604 

3.667.207 

3.667.620 

3.667.472 

3.668.031 

3.668.608 

3.667.557 

3.667.218 

3.667.621 

3.667.476 

3.668.061 

3.668.620 

3,667.634 

3.667.297 

3.667.646 

3.667.531 

3.668.090 

44      3.667.195 

3,667.666 

3.667.394 

3.667.682 

3,667.535 

3.668.094 

3.668.602 

3.667.702 

3.667.442 

3.667.738 

• 

3.667.542 

3.668.099 

45      3.667.288 

3.667.777 

3.667.599 

3.667.751 
3.667.808 
3.667.819 

3.667.568 

3.668.121 

3.667.908 

3.667.786 

3.667.894 

3.667,578 

3.668.124 

3.668.378 

3.667.799 

3.668.559 

3.667.825 

3.667,579 

3.668.137 

47      3.667.257 

3.667.817 

3.668.666 

3.668.024 

3,667,607 

3.668.138 

3.667.374 

3.667.861 
3.667.892 

53      3.667.312 

3.668.036 

3.667.711 

3.668.175 

3.667.794 

3,667.485 

3.668.050 

3.667.714 

3.668.193 

3.668.084 

3.667.517 

3.668.054 

3.667.743 

3.668.232 

3.668.110 

3.667.976 

3.667.680 

3.668.493 

3.667.747 

3.668.241 

3,668.157 

3.668.078 

3.667.801 

3.668.509 

3.667,756 

3.668.243 

3.668.226 

3.668,112 

3.668.027 

3.668,519 
3,668.609 
3.668.627 
3.668.683 

3,667,820 

3.668.274 

3.668.245 

3.668.162 

3.668.123 

3.667.834 

3.668.342 

3.668.303 

3.668.406 

3.668.622 

3.667.862 

3.668.366 

3.668.621 

3.668.407 

54      3.668.178 

3.668.703 

Design  Patents 


1 

223.779 

8 

223.774 

20 

223.749 

29 

223.743 

223.787 

223.786 

6 

223.744 

223.780 

24 

223.742 

223.772 

39 

223.766 

42 

223.773 

223.745 

9 

223.756 

223.788 

31 

223.758 

223.767 

48 

223.757 

223.765 

12 

223.761 

25 

223.748 

34 

223.770 

40 

223.752 

223.764 

223.781 

223.789 

223.768 

223.777 

223.753 

53 

223.755 

223.782 

13 

223.771 

26 

223.754 

36 

223.750 

223.783 

223,778 

223.784 

17 

223.785 

223.760 

223.762 

41 

223.751 

55 

223.776 

us.    GOVERNMENT  PRINTING   0FFICE:O- 


.1*72 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  of  the  UNITED  STATES  PATENT  OFFICE 

June  13,  1972  Volume  899  Number  2 


CONTENTS 

Pace 
Issue  of  June  13,  1972 ^ffj 

Patent  and  Trademark  Notices 

United  States  Adopted  Names 4og 

Legal  Journals — Proposed  Placing  of  Announcements 408 

U.S.  District  Court — Civil  Action  No.   791 — 72 408 

Title  37— Appeal  to  U.S.  Court  of  Customs  and  Patent  Appeals  ....  409 

Patent  Suits 409 

Patent  Notices 

E)edications 4jj 

Disclaimers 4jj 

Certificatesof  Correction  for  the  Week  of  June  13,  1972 412 

Condition  of  Patent  Applications 413 

Reissue  Patents  Granted 414 

Plant  Patents  Granted 415 

Patents  Granted 

General  and  Mechanical 417 

Chemical 544 

Electrical 734 

Design  Patents  Granted gOi 

Index  of  Patentees pj     1 

Indices  of  Reissues,  Plants,  and  Designs PI  50 

Classification  of 

Patents  (Including  Reissues) PI   51 

Designs  and  Plants PI  56 

Geographical  Index  of  Reaidenoe  ot  Inventors 

Patents  ancluding  Reissues) PI  57 

Designs  and  Plants 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  of  the  UNITED  STATES  PATENT  OFFICE 

June  13,  1972  Volume  899  -    Number  2 


CONTENTS    .         •.  !■  ;:„,:,*■ 

Issue  of  June  13,  1972 "  .  407 

Patent  and  Trademaric  Notices 

United  States  Adopted  Names .  408 

Legal  Journals — Proposed  Placing  of  Announcements 406 

U.S.  District  Court— Qvil  Action  No.  791—72 408 

Htle  37— Appeal  to  U.S.  Court  of  Customs  and  Patent  Appeals  ....  409 

Patent  Suits 409 

Patent  Notices                                                                                                    -^  **^"'^ 

Dedications 411 

Disclaimers 411 

Certificates  of  Correction  for  the  Week  of  June  13,  1972 412 

Condition  of  Patent  Applications 413 

Reissue  Patents  Granted 414 

Plant  Patents  Granted 416 

Patents  Granted 

General  and  Mechanical 417 

Chemical 644 

Electrical    .      . 734 

Design  Patients  Granted 801 

Index  of  Patentees PI     1 

Indices  of  Reissues,  Plants,  and  Designs H  SO 

Classification  of 

Patents  (Including  Reissues) PI  53 

Designs  and  Plants n  56 

Geographical  Index  of  Residence  of  Inventors 

Patents  (Including  Reissues) Tl  57 

Designs  and  Plants PI  59 


The  foUowinr  arc  mailed  uder  direction  of  the  Saperiatendent  of  Docamenta,  Goreraaient 
Printing  Office,  Waekiafton,  D.C..  20402,  to  whom  all  lahecriptioni  shoald  he  made  parable  and 
all  contmnniotiona  addressed: 

THE  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  (PATENTS  SECTION),  isaoed  weekir,  sabscription  $S».00 
per  aaaam,  foreicB  mailiac  $tiM  additioaal;  linsle  copies  12.00  each. 

THE  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  (TRADEMARK  SECTION),  l^aed  weekly,  sahscriptioa  $17.00 
per  annum,  foreign  mailins  $4.25  additional:   sinrlc  copies  40  cents  each. 

CUtCULARS   OF  GXNXRAL.  INFORMATION   naisialin   PATKNT8  or  TRAORMARKS. 

price  15  cents  each. 

PRINTED  COPIES  OF  PATENTS  are  furnished  by  the  Patent  Office  at  50  cents  each; 
PLANT  PATENTS  in  color.  $1.00  each;  copies  of  TRADEMARKS  and  DESIGN  PATENTS 
at  20   cents  each.   Address  orders  to  the   Commiasioner  of  Patents.  Waahiarton.  D.C.  202S1. 


Printins  authwixed  by  Section  ll(a)8  of  Title  S6,  U.S.  Code  P.O. 


407 


PATENT  OFFICE  NOTICES 


U^iad  SMatas  Adopted  Ni 

Ust  Mo.  31 
November  1, 1971  to  February  f »,  1972 


pubUsb  In  legal  JournalB  a  dignllled  announcement  of  audi 
announcement,    but    the   announcement   Bhall    not   contain   a 
represenUtion  of  special  competence  or  experience." 
The  proposed  changeB,  however,  would  not  be  construed  to 

permit  a  registered  attorney  or  agent  to  "distribute  (such 

The  foUowlng  nonproprietary  names  for  the  drugs  described    announcements)    to    other   lawyers,"    as   now   permitted    by 
h&T«  been  adopted  by  the  USAN  Council   (the  Nomenclature    dr  2-105.  .  ,^         ^         ,«, 

wiLttee  sponsored  by  the  American  Medical  Association,        The  sectlowL  if  amended  as  proposed,  would  read  as  fol- 
the  American  Pharmaceutical  AswKdation  and  the  United    jows:  | 

SUte.  PharmacopeUl  C<«';^««V^'^.Xn*'J^SnU^  Sta^eJ  1 1-3*«    ^*'«***<»«'- 

interested   manufacturers.   The   designation     United   Stat"  .  -  -.                    ,       -            • 

AH^Vari  Nunea"  fUBAK)  has  been  coined  to  dlstiguish  these  •                      •                      •                     •                           t 

tonfaU^  adopted  nonproprietary  names  from  other  nonpro-  (b)  The  use  of  simple  professional  letterheads,  calling  cards, 

nrleurr  names    Adoption  of  such  names  does  not  imply  en-  or  office  signs,  simple  announcements  necessitated  by  op«n- 

dorsement  of  the  products  involyed  by  the  A.M.A.  Council  on  m,  »„  offlce.  change  of  association,  or  change  of  »<»«'«••.«•; 

S.n«r  the   United    SUtes   Pharmacopeia   or    the   National  trlbuted  to  clients  and  friends,  and  Insertion  of  ^Btings  In 

^^  common  form  (not  dlspUy)  In  a  classified  telephone  or  dty 

Any  comments  or  suggestions  should  be  addressed  to  Doctor  directory,  dignified  announcements  addressed  to  lawyers,  in 

JoMDh  B.  Jerome.  Secretary,  United  SUtes  Adopted  Names  legai  journals  Intended  essentially  for  lawyers  only,  of  araU- 

C^JcU.  American  Medical  Association.  535  N.  Dearborn  St..  abmty  to  act  as  a  coo.ul^^^^^^^  "  "L."  ^Lf p^IS  S^e 


Chicago.  lU.  «0610. 

amldoral :  veterinary  feed  additive 

amoxicillin :  antibiotic 

butamirate  citrate :  antitussive. 

capobenlc  add :  anti-arrhytbmlc 

carbldopa :  decarboxylation  Inhibitor 

cephasolln :  antibiotic 

clindamycin  phosphate  :  antibacterial ;  antiparasitic 

dacarbazine :  antineoplastic 

dlmethlcone  850 :  soft  tissue  augmentation 

econaxole :  antifungal 

floxadUin:  antibiotic 

homosalate :  sunscreen 

lenperone:  tranqniliser 

methynodlol  diacetate :  oral  progestin 

nandrolone  cyclotate :  anabolic 

poitaplperiam  methylsulfate :  antichoUnerglc  ;  antisecretory 

polyglaetin :  absorbable  suture 

■edaxone  :  anti-inflammatory  ;  uricosuric 

■udoxicam :  anti-lnfiammatory 

taelamine :  CNS  agent 

tolindate:  antifungal 

tralonide :  topical  sterdd 


LegdlooiMb 

I8T  CFB  Parts  1,  2] 
Proposed  Plaetmg  of  Announeementu 
Notice  is  hereby  given  that  purwant  to  the  autiiorlty  con- 
tained in  section  31  of  Uie  Act  of  July  19. 1952  (66  Stat.  795 : 
36  U.8.C.  section  81),  the  Patent  Offlce  proposes  to  amend 
Titio  8T  of  the  Code  of  Federal  BegnUtions  by  revising 
111.846(b)  and  2.14(b).  __,  .        .  v 

All  perM>ns  are  Invited  to  present  their  written  views,  ob- 
Jecttoni,  recommendations,  or  suggestions  In  connection  with 
the  proposed  changes  on  or  before  July  18.  1972.  Such  views, 
objections,  recommendations,  and  suggestions  should  be  ad- 
dressed to  the  Commissioner  of  Patents,  Washington,  D.C. 
20282.  No  oral  hearing  will  be  hdd. 

The  proposed  changes.  If  adopted,  wUl  permit  agents  and 
attorneys  who  practice  before  the  Patent  Offlce  In  patent  or 
trademark  matters  to  pUce  dignified  announcements  In  legal 
joomala.  Intended  ewentially  for  lawyers  only,  to  the  effect 
that  th^  are  available  to  act  as  consultants  to  or  as  associates 


lawyers  In  the  practice  of  patent  law  before  the  Patent  Offlce 
where  such  announcements  are  permitted  by  local  custom,  and 
listings  and  professional  cards  with  biographical  data  In 
standard  professional  directories  shaU  not  be  considered  a 
violation  of  the  rule. 

i  2.14    AdvefiiHng.  ^ 

(b)  The  use  of  simple  professional  letterheads,  calling  cards, 
or  offlce  signs;  simple  announcements  necessitated  by  open- 
ing an  offlce,  change  of  association,  or  change  of  address,  dis- 
tributed to  dients  and  friends ;  Ustings  In  common  form  (not 
display^  In  a  classified  tdephone  or  city  directory ;  dlgnifled 
announcements  addressed  to  lawyers,  In  legal  Journals  In- 
tended essentially  for  lawyers  only,  of  availability  to  act  as 
a  consulUnt  to  or  as  an  associate  of  other  lawyers  In  the 
practice  of  trademark  law  before  the  Patent  Offlce  where  such 
announcements  are  permitted  by  local  custom;  and  Ustings 
and  professional  cards  with  biographical  data  in  sUndard 
professional  directories  are  not  prohibited. 

•  I        •  ^    •  • 

Dated:  Mgy  2,  1972. 

RICHABD  A.  WAHIi. 
Acting  OommUaioner  of  PatenU. 

Approved :  May  3,  1972. 

JAMIS  H.  Wakblim,  Jb.,  ^^ 

A««i«<aiit  Beoretary  for  Beienee 

and  Twhnology.  ~~^ 

[FB  Doc.  72-7160  ;  PUed  5-10-72  ;  8  :  4»  am] 


P^bliehed  in  J7  FB  9m;  May  11, 197t 


Uaited  StatM  Dtatikt  Covt  for  Ike 

I  District  of  Colombia 

BiPPu  Twist  Mills,  Inc.,  Plaintiff 
V. 

IifDxmTmiAi.  KMiTrmo  Co«po«atiom,  Defendant 
OivU  Action  Ho.  791— 7t 

OaOM  0»  PUBLlCATIOlf  ON  ABSBNT  D1«KDANT  III  TH»  UHITW) 

States  Distbict  Court  for  thb  Distwct  o»  Colombia 


\ 


The  object  of  this  suit  under  the  Patent  Laws  of  The 
408 


JxjNK  18,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


400 


such  other  and  further  rdief  as  may  to  this  Court  appear 
to  be  Just  and  equitable. 

On  motion  of  the  Plaintiff,  It  la  this  27th  day  of  April 
1972.  ordered  that  the  Defendant.  INDUSTRIAL  KNITTING 
COBPOBATION,  a  Canadian  corporation  having  a  principal 
place  of  business  at  500  Sauve  Street  W.  Montreal,  Quebec, 
Canada,  cause  its  appearance  to  be  entered  herein  on  or  be- 
fore the  fortieth  day  exclusive  of  Sundays  and  legal  holidays, 
occurring  after  the  day  of  the  first  publication  of  this  order ; 
otherwise  the  cause  will  be  proceeded  with  as  in  case  of 
default. 

WILLIAM  B.  BRYANT, 

Judge. 


TITLE  37-^ATENTS,  TRADEMARKS, 
AND  COPYRIGHrS 

Chapter  I — ^Patoit  Office,  Deportment  of  Commace 

Part  1 — Bdlxs  or  Pbacticb  in  Patknt  Cases 

Part  2 — Rules  of  Practice  in  Trademark  Cases 

Appeal  to  U.B.  Court  of  Cuttomt  and  Patent  Appeal* 

The  Commissioner  of  Patents  Is  amending  |i  1.301  and 
2.145  of  the  rules  of  practice  to  set  forth  the  time  In  which 
an  order  for  transmitting  a  transcript  to  the  Court  of  Cus- 
toms and  Patent  Appeals  should  be  filed  in  the  Patent  Offlce. 
Additionally,  for  the  purpose  of  clarification,  all  references  to 
"subsection"  In  |  2.145  have  been  amended  to  read  "para- 
graph." These  amendments  do  not  effect  any  change  in  prac- 
tice, but  merely  notify  parties  filing  appeals  of  the  time  neces- 
sary for  the  Patent  Offlce  to  copy  and  certify  a  transcript. 
Since  these  changes  Impose  no  burden  on  any  person,  notice 
and  public  procedure  thereon  are  deemed  unnecessary. 

Therefore,  pursuant  to  the  authority  contained  in  section 
41  of  the  Act  of  July  5,  1946  (60  Stat.  440 ;  15  U.S.C.  1123), 
and  section  6  of  the  Act  of  July  19,  1952  (66  Stat.  793 ;  35 
U.S.C.  6).  Parts  1  and  2  of  Chapter  I  of  Title  37  of  the  Code 
of  Federal  Regulations  are  hereby  amended  as  follows : 

1.  Section  1.301  is  amended  by  adding  a  new  sentence  at 
the  end.  As  amended,  i  1.301  reads  as  follows  : 

I  1.301     Appeal  to  U.B.  Court  of  Cuetomt  and  Patent  Appealt. 

Any  applicant  dissatisfied  with  the  decision  of  the  Board  of 
Appeals,  and  any  party  to  an  Interference  dissatisfied  with 
the  decision  of  the  Board  of  Patent  Interferences,  may  appeal 
to  the  U.S.  Court  of  Customs  and  Patent  Appeals.  The  ap- 
pellant must  take  the  following  steps  in  such  an  appeal :  (a) 
In  the  Patent  Offlce  give  notice  to  the  Commissioner  and  file 
the  reasons  of  appeal  (see  il  1.302  and  1.304)  ;  (b)  In  the 
court,  file  a  petition  of  appeal  and  a  certified  transcript  of  the 
record  within  a  specified  time  after  filing  the  reasons  of  ap- 
peal, and  pay  the  fee  for  appeal,  as  provided  by  the  rules  of 
the  court.  The  transcript  will  be  transmitted  to  the  Court  by 
the  Patent  Offlce  on  order  of  and  at  the  expense  of  the  appel- 
lant. Such  order  should  be  filed  with  the  notice  of  appeal,  but 
in  no  case  should  it  be  filed  later  than  15  days  thereafter. 

2.  In  i  2.145,  paragraph  (a)  Is  amended  by  adding  a  sen- 
tence at  the  end;  paragraphs  (b).  (c),  and  (d)  are  amended 
by  substituting  "paragraph"  for  "subsection."  As  amended, 
I  2.145  reads  as  follows  : 

I  2.145     Appeal  to  court  and  dvU  action. 

(a)  Appeal  to  U.B.  Court  of  Cuttomt  and  Patent  Appealt. 
An  applicant  for  registration,  or  any  party  to  an  interference, 
opposition,  or  cancellation  proceeding  or  any  party  to  an  ap- 
plication to  register  as  a  concurrent  user,  hereinafter  referred 
to  as  Inter  partes  proceedings,  who  is  dissatisfied  with  the 
decision  of  the  Trademark  Trial  and  Appeal  Board  and  any 
registrant  who  has  filed  an  affldavlt  or  declaration  under  sec- 
tion 8  of  the  act  or  who  has  filed  an  application  for  renewal 
and  Is  dissatisfied  with  the  decision  of  the  Commissioner 
(112.165.  2.184).  may  appeal  to  the  U.S.  Court  of  Customs 
and  Patent  Appeals.  The  appellant  must  take  the  following 
steps  In  such  an  appeal :  (1)  In  the  Patent  Offlce  give  notice 
to  the  Commissioner  and  file  the  reasons  of  appeal  (see  para- 
graphs (b)  and  (d)  of  this  section)  ;  (2)  In  the  court,  file 
a  petition  of  appeal  and  a  certified  transcript  of  the  record 
within  a  spedfied  time  after  filing  the  reasons  of  appeal,  and 
pay  the  fee  for  appeal,  as  provided  by  the  rules  of  the  court. 
The  transcript  will  be  transmitted  to  the  Court  by  the  Patent 


Offlce  on  order  of  and  at  the  expense  of  the  appellant.  Sach 
order  should  be  filed  with  the  notice  of  appeal,  but  In  no  eaae 
should  it  be  filed  later  than  15  days  thereafter. 

(b)  Notice  and  reatont  of  appeal.  (1)  when  an  appeal  Is 
taken  to  the  U.S.  Court  of  Customs  and  Patent  Appeals,  the 
appellant  shall  give  notice  thereof  to  the  Commissioner,  and 
file  in  the  Patent  Offlce,  within  the  time  specified  In  paragraph 
(d)  of  this  section,  his  reasons  of  appeal  spedflcally  set  forth 
in  writing. 

(2)  In  Inter  partes  proceedings,  the  notice  and  reasons 
must  be  served  as  provided  in  |  2.118. 

(c)  Civil  action.  (1)  Any  person  who  may  appeal  to  the 
U.S.  Court  of  Customs  and  Patent  Appeals  (paragraph  (a)  of 
this  section),  may  have  remedy  by  dvll  action  under  section 
21(b)  of  the  act.  Such  civilization  must  be  commenced  within 
the  time  specified  in  paragraph   (d)   of  this  section. 

(2)  If  an  applicant  or  registrant  in  an  ex  parte  case  has 
taken  an  appeal  to  the  U.S.  Court  of  Customs  and  Patent  Ap- 
peals, he  thereby  waives  his  right  to  proceed  under  section 
21(b)  of  the  act. 

(8)  If  a  party  to  an  inter  partes  proceeding  has  taken  an 
appeal  to  the  U.S.  Court  of  Customs  and  Patent  Appeals,  and 
any  adverse  party  to  the  case  shall,  within  20  days  after  the 
appellant  shall  have  filed  notice  of  the  appeal  to  the  court 
(paragraph  (b)  of  this  section),  file  notice  with  the  Com- 
missioner that  he  elects  to  have  all  further  proceedings  con- 
ducted as  provided  In  section  21(b)  of  the  act,  certified 
copies  of  such  notices  will  be  transmitted  to  the  U.S.  Court 
of  Customs  and  Patent  Appeals  for  such  action  as  may  be 
necessary.  The  notice  of  dection  must  be  served  as  provided 
in  i  2.119. 

(d)  Time  for  appeal  or  civil  action.  The  time  for  filing  the 
notice  and  reasons  of  appeal  to  the  U.S.  Court  of  Customs  and 
Patent  Appeals  (paragraph  (b)  of  this  section),  or  for  com- 
mencing a  dvil  action  (paragraph  (c)  of  this  section).  Is  60 
days  from  the  date  of  the  decision  of  the  Trademark  Trial  and 
Appeal  Board  or  the  Commissioner,  as  the  case  may  be.  If  a 
petition  for  rehearing  or  reconsideration  Is  filed  within  80 
days  after  the  date  of  the  decision,  the  time  Is  extended  to 
30  days  after  action  on  the  petition.  No  petition  for  rehear- 
ing or  reconsideration  filed  outside  the  time  specified  herdn 
after  such  dedsion,  nor  any  proceedings  on  such  petition  shall 
operate  to  extend  the  period  of  60  days  herdnabove  provided. 
The  times  si>edfied  herdn  are  calendar  days.  If  the  last  day 
of  time  spedfied  for  appeal,  or  commencing  a  dvll  action  falls 
on  a  Saturday,  Sunday,  or  legal  holiday,  the  time  Is  extended 
to  the  next  day  which  Is  ndther  a  Saturday,  Sunday,  nor  a 
hoUday.  If  a  party  to  an  inter  partes  proceeding  has  taken  an 
appeal  to  the  U.S.  Court  of  Customs  and  Patent  Appeals  and 
an  adverse  party  has  filed  notice  under  section  21(a)(1)  of 
the  act  that  he  elects  to  have  all  further  proceedings  con- 
ducted under  section  21(b)  of  the  act,  the  time  for  filing  a 
civil  action  thereafter  Is  specified  In  section  21(a)(1)  of  the 
act. 

Effective  date.  This  amendment  will  become  effective  upon 
its  publication  in  the  Federal  Register   (5-11-72). 

Dated  :  May  1,  1972. 

ROBERT  (JOTT8CHALK, 

Oommittioner  of  Patentt. 
Approved  :  April  28,  1972. 

James  H.  Wakelin,  Jr., 
Ateietant  Beeretary  for 
Science  and  Technology. 

[FR  Doc.  72-7159  ;  Filed  5-10-72  ;  8  :  49  ami 

PuWehed  in  47  F.R.  9176;  Mny  11,  197» 


rptaatSuUa 

Notices  under  85  U.S.C.  290  ;  Patent  Act  of  1962 

2.S09.888.  T.  Miller,  MAONIFTINO  AND  UQHT  CONCBN- 
TRATINO  DEVICE  FOR  TELEPHONE  DIALS.  Uod  Nov. 
16,  1971.  D.C.  N.D.  Ohio  (Qeveland).  Doc  C71-849.  ToMes 
Miller  v.  Oeneral  Telephone  Company. 

Z,7MM».  Sarle  and  Covington,  FLUID  APPARATUS.  «!•« 
Aug.  28,  1969.  D.C.  N.D.  Ga.  (AtlanU),  Doc.  13062.  Omrl  A. 
Covington,  Dorothy  B.  Manih  ami  O.  W.  Murphy  JnduMtrlae, 
Inc.  V.  D-K  Pneumatiet,  Inc.  Dismissed  by  consent  of  both 
parties  upder  Rule  41(a),  Oct  26. 1971. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


410 

S.7S4.XM.  W.  H.  WlUert.  INJKCTION  MOLDING  APPAKA 
TUB.  >M  Dec.  10.  1971.  D.C.  Conn,  ^'jf''^''^'^,^ 
424,  Egan  Machinery  Company  and  WUUam  H.   Willert  ^. 
Biftl  International,  Inc. 

«.,«1..15.  J.  D.  Banning.  PUSH  BUTTON  TELEPHONE 
NUMBER  SBLBCTOR.  Med  Nov.  4.  1971.  D.C.  S.D  Tex. 
(Houston).  Doc.  CA  71-H-1234.  Joe  Doyle  Banning  v.  aouth- 
teettem  Bell  Telephone. 

tlUSK,  C  K.  Compton.  BOTABY  MINING  MACHINE 
Cui^T^HEAD  WITH  BEAR  HEUCALLY  EXTENDING 
TBAN8VKB8B  OPENING.  Med  Apr.  9,  1969,  DC.  N.D.  Va. 
(Blklns).  DOC.  69-3-C.  Charle,  E.  Compton  ^^V  Manujactur- 
ing  Company  and  Polan  Induetrie,  v.  Rieh  Equipment  Com- 
pany. 

2.M«^1  B  A.  Coualno.  MAGNETIC  SOUND  TAPE,  Med 
NorJlwTl.  D.C.  N.D.  ni.  (Chicago).  Doc.  71c2679.  Faraday. 
Inc.  V.  KCJL  Corporation.  Case  Dismissed,  Nov.  11,  1971. 

23t7.MS.  Bogers,  Bender  and  Ten  Broeck,  MANUFACTUBE 
OP  FLEXIBLE  CELLULAB  MATERIAL,  Med  Nov.  14,  1969, 
D  C  N  J  (Newark),  Doc.  C-1365-69,  Diamond  Shamrock  Cor- 
poration V.  The  Goodyear  Tire  d  Rubber  Company.  Stipulation 
and  order  of  dismissal  of  action,  Jan.  6,  1972 


June  18,  1972 


tjmjsa,  Abraham  and  Metxger,  BOWLING  BALL  CARRl 
ING  CASE.  Med  Nov.  20,  1970,  D.C,  N.D.  111.  (Chicago),  Doc. 
70C2923,  Triangle  Leather  Oooda  Company  v.  Paul  Abraham 
and  Remain  Metzger.  On  stipulation,  ordered  first  amended 
complaint  be  dismissed  with  prejudice,  Aug.  5,  1971. 

S,068.M8.  UtUe  and  PoonJ,  PBODUCTION  OP  TRIS-2-HY. 
DROXYALKYL  ISOCYANURATES,  Med  Aug.  26,  1970,  D.C. 
NDNY.  (Utlca),  Doc.  70-CV-300,  Allied  Chemical  Corpo- 
ration V.  Bohenectady  Chemical;  Inc.  Stipulation  of  dismissal 
without  prejudice,  Jan.  14, 1972. 


S^».177.  J.  P.  Vlllo,  THREAD  LOCK  AND  METHOD  OP 
MAKING  THE  SAME,  Med  Dec.  8,  1969.  D.C.  N.D.  111.  (Chi 
cago),  Doc.  69C2S38,  Standard  Fretted  Steel  Company  v.  Corel 
Corporotiofi  and  U8M  Corporation.  Consent  Judgment ;  plain- 
tiff owner  of  patent  and  said  patent  Is  valid,  defendants  have 
Infrtnged,  May  3,  1971. 

S.4M,212.  A.  a.  Sylvester,  MULTIPLE  TOOTH  SUBSOIL 
PLOW.  Med  Jan.  17.  1972,  D.C,  W.D.  Okla  (Oklahoma  City), 
Doc.  72-39-C,  Cline  Induttriet,  Inc.  v.  Jamet  HarHton,  doing 
butineit  at  Harriton  Manufacturing  Co.  , 

S,474,US.  Q.  E.  Moore,  FABRIC  SPREADING  AND  FBEdI 
IXO  MACHINE,  Med  Nov.  17,  1969,  D.C.  Conn  (New  Haven). 
Doc.  13537,  R.  L.  Siottrom  Company  (Formerly  Sheetmatteir 
Corporation)  v.  Juliut  Kupfertchmid.  Stipulation  and  ordet 
dismissing  action,  Oct.  8. 1971.  I 

S.477,4M,  M.  Pujlnaga,  METHOD  OF  CULTIVATION  O* 
PENAEID  SHRIMP.  Med  Jan.  5.  1972,  D.C.  Del.  (Wilming- 
ton), Doc.  4306,  United  Statet  of  America  v.  MaHfarmt,  Ine. 
and  Mototaku  Fufinaga  alto  known  at  Oentaku  Hudinaga.  \ 
3.478,189,  P.  D.  Olson,  COLLAPSIBLE  KEYBOARD  TEACH- 
ING AID  EMPLOYING  EARPHONE  SETS  AND  PLURAL 
KEYBOARDS.  Med  Jan.  14.  1971.  D.C.  N.D.  III.  (Chicago), 
Doc.  72C118.  Mutitronic,  Inc.  v.  The  Wurliteer  Company.      I 

S,MO,eM,  V.  L.  OUnleckl,  SURFACE  TREATMENT  OF  EX- 
TRUDED PLASTIC  FOAM,  Med  Dec.  10,  1»71,  D.C,  CD. 
Calif.  (Los  Angeles),  Doc.  71-2918-BC,  Hunttman  Container 
Corp.  V.  Dow  Chemical  Co.  et  al. 

S,aM,»SS.  E.  L.  Smith,  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR 
PLUGGING  FURNACE  TAPS,  Med  Oct.  27,  1971,  DC.  Idaho 
(Boise),  Doc.  C-4-71-29,  Blwin  L.  Smith  v.  Roy  E.  Thorn. 
8.610315,  Gould,  Ueberman  and  Sarabla,  MOTION  PICTUBlE 
FILM  COLOR  CORRECTION  SYSTEM  AND  METHOD,  Med 
Oct.  27,  1971,  D.C,  8.D.N.Y.,  Doc.  71-C-4681.  Teletronipt 
Intemationah  Inc.  v.  JIeeve«  Telecom  Corp. 


June  13,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


4U 


DcdkatfoBs 

2,772,909.— fif<(;«rd  M.   Moberg,  Pompton   Plains,   N.J.   BAG 
SEAL.  Patent  dated  Dec.  4,  1956.  Dedication  filed  Feb. 
9,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  E.  J.  Brooke  Company. 
Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  term  thereof  remaining 

after  Oct.  1,  1970. 


3,649.722. — Denmel  Attmn  Hfieholton,  Springfield  Township, 
Hamilton  County,  Ohio.  HALOGBNATED  PHOSPHONO- 
ACBTATE  ESTBRS.  Patent  dated  Mar.  14,  1972.  Dedi- 
cation filed  Mar.  8.  1972.  by  the  assignee.  The  Procter 
d  Gamble  Company. 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  entire  remaining  term 
of  said  patent. 


2,796,277. — Winfred  M.  Brookt,  West  Orange,  and  Sigurd  M. 
Moberg,  Pompton  Plains,  N.J.  SHACKLE  SEAL.  Patent 
dated  June  18,  1957.  Dedication  filed  Feb.  9,  1972,  by 
the  assignee,  B.  J.  Brookt  Company. 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  term  thereof  remaining 
after  Oct.  1,  1970. 


2,890,652. — William  Emett  Henderton,  Lockport,  111.  METH- 
OD OF  PACKAGING.  Patent  dated  June  16.  1959.  Dedi- 
cation filed  May  24,  1971,  by  the  assignee,  Union  Carbide 
Corporation. 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  People  of  the  U.S.  the  remaining 
term  of  said  patent. 


2,899,230.— Sififwrd  M.  Moherg,  Pompton  Plains,  N.J.  COBD 
SEAL  AND  METHOD  OP  MAKING  THE  SAME.  Patent 
dated  Aug.  11,  1959.  Dedication  filed  Feb.  9,  1972,  by  the 
assignee,  E.  J.  Brookt  Company. 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  term  thereof  remaining 
after  Oct.  1,  1970. 


3,170.830.— S<a«rd  M.  Moberg,  Pompton  Plains.  N.J.  APPARA- 
TUS FOR  APPLYING  POULTRY  TAGS.  Patent  dated 
Feb.  23.  1965.  Dedication  filed  Feb.  9,  1972.  by  the  as- 
signee. E.  J.  Brookt  Company. 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  term  thereof  remaining 
after  Oct.  1,  1970. 


3,176,938.— Sigurd  M.  Moberg,  Bast  Orange.  N.J.  POULTRY 
TAGGING  DEVICE.  Patent  dated  Mar.  30.  1965.  Dedi- 
cation filed  Feb.  9,  1972.  by  the  assignee.  E.  J.  Brookt 
Company. 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  term  thereof  remaining 
after  Oct.  1,  1970. 


3,241,844.— Jaifie«  P.  Morley,  Morton  Grove,  111.  END  FACE 
SEAL  ASSEMBLY  WITH  INSTALLATION  RETENTION 
MEANS.  Patent  dated  Mar.  22,  1966.  Dedication  filed 
Mar.  16,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  Chicago  Rawhide  Mfg. 
Company. 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  remaining  term  of  aaid 
patent. 


3,278.214.— S^wrd  M.  Moberg,  Bast  Orange,  N.J.  SELF- 
LOCKING  SHACKLE  SEAL.  Patent  dated  Oct.  11,  1966. 
Dedication  filed  Feb.  9,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  E.  J. 
Brookt  Company. 

Hereby  dedicatee  to  the  Public  the  term  thereof  remaining 
after  Oct.  1,  1970. 


3,083,695.— Gerard  A.  Frank,  Allentown,  and  Karl  A. 
Schmuldt,  Ehnmaus,  Pa.  THERMO-COMPRBS8ION 
BONDING  APPARATUS.  Patent  dated  Apr,  2,  1963. 
Disclaimer  filed  Mar.  29,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  Weetem 
Electrio  Company,  Inc. 

Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claim  1  of  said  patent 


3,266,426.- Wi»/r«d  M.  Brooke,  West  Orange,  and  Sigurd  M. 
Moberg,  Bast  Orange,  N.J.  SHACKLE  SEAL.  Patent 
dated  Aug.  9.  1966.  Dedication  filed  Feb.  9,  1972,  by  the 
assignee.  E.  J.  Brookt  Company. 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  term  thereof  remaining 
after  Oct.  1. 1970. 


3,197,920.— £a{p/t  W.  Moore,  Hagerstown,  Md.,  and  Joeeph  X. 
Bowling,  Jr.,  Waynesboro,  Pa.  THROWING  WHEEL  AND 
PABTS  THBBEPOB.  Patent  dated  Aug.  8.  1965.  Dis- 
claimer filed  Mar.  17.  1972,  by  the  assignee.  The  Carbo- 
rundum Company. 

Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims  11.  12  and  14  of 
said  patent. 


3.376.272. — John  E.  Mattert  and  DarreU  D.  Bickt,  Loolsvllle. 
BCy.  POLYESTER  RESINS.  Patent  dated  Apr.  2.  1968. 
Disclaimer  filed  Mar.  16,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  Celaneee 
Coatingt  Company. 

Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims  2,  3.  5  and  6  of 
said  patent. 


3,404.367. — Wolfgang  Krank,  Gerhard  ScMckle  and  Erich 
Schuttlotfel,  Backnang,  Germany.  WAVEGUIDE.  Patent 
dated  Oct.  1.  1968.  Disclaimer  filed  Jan.  14.  1972,  by  the 
assignee,  Telefunken  Patentverwertungt  O.m.b.H. 

Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims,  6,  6,  7  and  8  of 
said  patent. 


3,540.886.— Robert  E.  Aneel  and  Charlet  M.  Taubman,  Cook 
County,  111.  ACIDIC  PHOTOCONDUCTIVE  RESIN 
BINDERS.  Patent  dated  Nov.  17,  1970.  Disclaimer  Med 
Dec.  17.  1971,  by  the  assignee.  DeBoto,  Inc. 

Hereby   enters  this   disclaimer   to  all   the  claims  of  said 
patent. 


3,573,042.— Terry  W.  MUligan,  Belmont,  and  Richard  W. 
Young,  Wellesley  Hills,  Mass.  PHOTOGRAPHIC  COLOR 
DIFFUSION  TRANSFER  PROCESSES  AND  FILM 
UNIT  FOR  USB  THEREIN.  Patent  dated  Mar.  30,  1971. 
Disclaimer  filed  Mar.  29,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  PoIoroM 
Corporation. 

Hereby   disclaims   the  portion  of   the  term  of   the  patent 
subsequent  to  Oct.  21, 1986. 


3,575,086.— W<JJ<om  E.  MeAdam,  Jr.,  Thousand  Oaks.  Calif. 
ADVANCED  FIRE  CONTROL  SYSTEM.  Patent  dated 
Apr.  13,  1971.  Disclaimer  filed  Feb.  10,  1972.  by  the  as- 
signee, Hughet  Aircraft  Company. 

Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims  8,  4,  5,  8,  10,  11, 
12,  13,  14,  15,  16,  22.  23,  24,  25  and  33  of  said  patent. 


3,606,566. — Dale  L.  Bethke,  West  Covina,  Calif.   BUSHING 
FOR  DRILL  JIGS  AND  THE  LIKE.  Patent  dated  Sept. 
20,  1971.  Disclaimer  filed  Mar.  8,  1972,  by  the  Inventor. 
Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claim  1  of  said  patent. 


3,301.961.— Jfor«n  A.   Odom,  Oakland.  Calif.   AUTOMATIC    3,608,809 —«obert  Holbrook  Cuthman,  Prlncetwi.  N.J.  AP- 


TBLBPHONE  CALL  TRANSLATING  AND  FORWARD 
ING  APPARATUS.  Patent  dated  Jan.  31,  1967.  Dedi- 
cation filed  Jan.  3,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  Ford  InduttHet, 
Inc. 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  remaining  term  of  said 
patent. 


PABATUS  FOB  UNI70BM  MULTIPLE-LEAD  BOND- 
ING. Patent  dated  Sept  28,  1971.  Disclaimer  filed  Jan. 
24,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  Weetem  Electric  Compony, 
Incorporated. 

Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims  11,  12,  18  and  IS 

Of  said  patent. 


412 


Be.  27,0T& 
Re.  27.132 
Re.  27,1«3 
Re.  27,173 
3,458,263 
3,475,88« 
3.48»,42S 
3,490.984 
3.494.936 
3.498.786 
3.509,194 
3,509,195 
3,535,291 
3,537,373 
3,551,865 
3.558,621 
3,561,003 
3.663,122 
3,567.683 
3,667,895 
3,568.783 
3,569,660 
3,569,682 
3,675,920 
3,577.156 
3,578,574 
3,679,493 
3,580,800 
3,681,228 
3,582,003 
3,682,734 
3,584,048 
3,684,312 
3,584,718 
3,585,305 
3,585,374 
3,586,618 
3,585,977 
3,586,306 
3.687,618 
3.587,716 
3,589.253 
"  3.590.708 
3.591,026 
3,591,153 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 
CcrdflciiiM  of  CoRWtkm  for  tkc  Wtk  of  Jtne  13,  1972 


June  18,  1972 


3.591,204 

3.691,784 

3,591,911 

3,693.027 

3,593,034 

3,594,277 

3,595,725 

3,596,145 

3,596,682 

3.596,712 

3,597,062 

3,697,647 

3,598,252 

3,598,455 

3,598,778 

3,599.009 

3.601,913 

3.602,043 

3,603,572 

3,604,643 

3,604,698 

3.604,790 

3.606,743 

3,607,000 

3,607,010 

3,607.817 

3,608.030 

3,608,173 

3,608,608 

3.609,112 

3,609,160 

3.609.746 

3.610.465 

3,611,312 

3,611,395 

3,612,176 

3,613,072 

3,613,782 

3,614,582 

3,614,978 

3,615,426 

3,615.499 

3,615,512 

3,615.560 

3,615.751 


3,616,965 

3,616,253 

3,616.344 

3.616,447 

3,616,460 

3.616.462 

3,616,573 

3.616,602 

3.616.693 

3.617,335 

3,617,349 

3,617,363 

3,618,032 

3,618,069 

3.618,102 

3,618,116 

3,618,371 

3,618,522 

3,618,730 

3,618,792 

3,619,136 

3,619,434 

3,619,488 

3,619,524 

3,619,652 

3,619,762 

3,620,340 

3,620.372 

3,620,433 

3,620,630 

3,620,685 

3,620,705 

3,620,712 

3,620,788 

3.620,899 

3,620,924 

3,621.055 

3,621,222 

3,621,308 

3,621,328 

3,621,302 

3,621.478 

3,621,617 

3,622.013 

3,622,341 


3,622,345 

3,622.460 

3,622,468 

3,622,514 

3,622,562 

3,622,563 

3,622,579 

3,622,618 

3,622,627 

3,622.654 

3.622.821 

3,622.826 

3,622.974 

3.622.982 

3.622,984 

3,623,044 

3,623.217 

3.623.323 

3.623.467 

3.623.579 

3.623.623 

3.623,656 

3,623,677 

3.623,684 

3,623,937 

3,623.990 

3,623.994 

3,624,000 

3,624,026 

3,624.124 

3,624.145 

3,624,200 

3,624,202 

3.624,224 

3,624.246 

3,624.335 

3,624,430 

3,624,522 

3,624,643 

3,624,772 

3,624,868 

3,624,937 

3.625.040 

3,625,194 

3.625.224 


3,625,848 

3,625.869 

3,625,408 

3.626.479 

3,625,609 

3.625.858 

3.625.812 

3.625.827 

3.625,867 

3,626.024 

8.626.327 

3.626.438 

3.626.805 

3,626,829 

3,626,905 

3.627.499 

3.627.578 

3.627.603 

3,627,648 

3,627,702 

3,627,726 

3,627,745 

3,627,755 

3,627,786 

3,627,789 

3,627,870 

3,627,920 

3,627,930 

3,628,237 

3,628,266 

3,628,285 

3,628,296 

3,628,371 

3,628,379 

3,628,602 

3,628,559 

3,628,692 

3,628,712 

3,629,091 

3,629,172 

3,629,199 

3,629,223 

3,629,287 

3,629,361 

3,629,367 


3,629,421 

3,629.423 

3,629,585 

3,629,682 

3,629,731 

3,629,786 

3,629,788 

3,629.845 

3.630.082 

3,630,351 

3,630.379 

3,630,390 

3,630,437 

3,630,465 

3,630,561 

3,630,672 

3,630,677 

3,630,679 

3,630,840 

3.631,024 

3,631,094 

3,631,105 

3,631,134 

3,631,368 

3,631,385 

3,631,510 

3,631,597 

3.681,726 

3,631,911 

3,631.960 

3,632.070 

3.632,211 

3,632.294 

3,632,335 

3,632,411 

3,632,445 

3,632,473 

3,632,662 

3,632,684 

3.632,714 

3,632,804 

3,632,878 

3,633,335 

3,633,339 

3,633,436 


3,683.945 

3,684.041 

3.684,583 

3.634.644 

3,634,738 

3,634,819 

8.634.821 

8.634.993 

3.636,132 

3.685.168 

3.635.241 

3,636.410 

3.636.679 

3,635,686 

3,635,785 

3,635.844 

3.635.845 

3,635.861 

3,635,863 

3,636,074 

3,636,164 

3,636,167 

3.636,300 

3.636,308 

3,636,495 

3,637,559 

3,637,586 

3,637,880 

3,638.435 

8,638,453 

3,638,496 

3,638,536 

3,638,649 

3,639,078 

3,639,197 

3,639,377 

3,639,479 

3,639,502^,^^ 

3,639.651 

3.639,696 

3.640.081 

3.640,222 

3.640.288 

3,640,420 

3,640,570 


3.640,604 

3.640.611 

3,640,640 

3,640,654 

3,640,906 

3,641,029 

3,641,120 

3,641,140 

3,641,178 

3,641,383 

3,641,487 

3,641,706 

3,642.037 

3.642,102 

3,642,168 

3,642,258 

3,642.49 

3.642.627] 

3.642,74q 

3,642.799 

3.642.914 

3,648,299 

3,643,39'? 

3,643,63t 

3,643,670 

3,643,698 

3,644,019 

3,644,18} 

3,644.199 

3,644.206 

3,644.562 

3.644.630 

3.644,947 

3,644,958 

3,646,121 

3,645,73p 

3,646,046 

3,647,182 

3,647,148 

3.647,560 

3,647,806 

3,647,920 

3,649.390 

3,649,655 

3,649,988 


PATENT  EXAMINING  CORPS 

R.  A.  WAHL,  Assistant  Commissioner 
F.  H.  BRONAUGH,  Deputy  Assistant  Commissioner 

CONDITION  OF  PATENT  APPLICATIONS  AS  OF  MAY  16,  1972 


PATENT  EXAMINING  GROUPS 


FUlac  Date 

oTblOMt 

New^M 

ABttOD 


CHEMICAL  EXAMINING  GROUPS 

QBNERAL  CHEMISTRY  AND  PETROLEUM  CHEMISTRY.  GROUP  110— M.  STERMAN,  Director 

Inorsanlc  Compoonds;  Inorganic  ComposltloDa;  Organo-MeUl  and  Organo-Metallold  Chemistry;  MetallurKy;  Metal  Stoek; 
Electro  Chemistry;  Batteries;  Hydrocarbons;  Mineral  Oil  Technology;  Labrleatlng  Composltlaiis;  Gaseous  CompccltUins; 
Foel  and  Igniting  DeTioea. 

GENERAL  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY,  GROUP  120-L  MARCUS.  Director 

Heterocyclic;  Amides;  Alkaloids;  Axo;  Sulfnr;  Misc.  Esters;  Carb<^ydrates;  Herbicides;  Poisons;  Medldnee;  Cosmetics;  Steroids; 
0x0  and  Ozy;  Qolnones;  Adds;  Carbozyllc  Acid  Esters;  Acid  Anhydrides;  Acid  Halides. 

HIGH  POLYMER  CHEMISTRY,  PLASTICS  AND  MOLDING,  GROUP  140-L.  J.  BERCOVITZ,  Director 

Synthetic  Resins;  Rubber;  Proteins;  Maeromoleciilar  Carb<rtiydrates;  Mixed  Synthetic  Reein  Comixieltiaas;  Synthetic  Reatns 
With  Natural  Polymers  and  Resins;  Natural  Resins;  Reclaiming;  Pore-Forming;  Compositions  (Part)  e.g.:  Coating;  Molding; 
Ink;  Adheeive  and  Abrading  Compositions;  Molding,  Shaping,  and  Treating  Processes. 
COATING  AND  LAMINATING,  BLEACHING,  DYEING  AND  PHOTOGRAPHY,  GROUP  IflO-A.  P.  KENT,  Director... 
Coating;  ProcesMS  and  Misc.  Products;  Laminating  Methods  and  Apparatus;  Stoek  Materials;  AdheslTS  Bonding;  Special  Cbem- 
IcalManufactures;  Special  Utility  Compositions;  Bleaching;  Dyeing  and  Photography. 
SPECIALIZED  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRIES  AND  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING,  GROUP  170— W.  B.  KNIGHT,  Director.. 
Fertilizers;  Foods:  Fermentation;  Analytical  Chemistry;  Reactors;  Sugar  and  Starch;  Paper  Making;  Glass  Mannfaetore;  Gas; 
Heating  and  Illuminating;  Cleaning  Processes;  Liquid  Purification;  Dlstlllatl(Hi;  Preaerfing;  Liquid  and  Solid  Separation;  Gas 
and  Liquid  Contact  Apparatus;  Refrigeration;  ConcentratlTS  Eyaporatora;  Mineral  Oils  Apparatus;  Misc.  Phytleal  Prooessee. 

ELECTRICAL  EXAMINING  GROUPS 

INDUSTRIAL  ELECTRONICS  AND  RELATED  ELEMENTS,  GROUP  2ia-N.  AN8HER,  Director. 

Generation  and  Utilization;  General  Applications;  Conversion  and  Distribution;  Heating  and  Related  Art  Condoeton;  Switches; 
Miscellaneous. 

SECURITY,  GROUP  220-R.  L.  CAMPBELL.  Director 

Ordnance,  Firearms  and  Ammunition;  Radar,  Underwater  HigioiHrig,  Directional  Radio,  T(»pedoes,  OelsintB  Bxplodag.  Radlo- 
ActiTe  BatUries;  Nuclear  ReactCHS.  Powder  Metallurgy,  Rocket  Fuels;  Radlo-ActlTe  MateriaL 

INFORMATION  TRANSMISSION.  STORAGE  AND  RETRIEVAL,  GROUP  280-J.  F.  COUCH,  Director 

Commanlcatlons;  Multiplexing  Techniques;  Facsimile;  Data  Processing,  Computatioo  and  CoovaniaD;  Storage  Dertosi  tad 
Related  Arts. 

ELECTRONIC  COMPONENT  SYSTEMS  AND  DEVICES.  GROUP  26&-W.  L.  CARLSON.  Director 

BemKIonductor  and  Space  Discharge  Systems  and  DsTices;  Electronic  Component  Circuits;  waTS  Tiaocmiaalosi  Unas  aad 
Networks;  Optics;  Radiant  Energy;  Measuring. 


PHYSICS.  GROUP  280— R.  L.  EVANS,  Director 

Photography;  Sound  and  Lighting;  Inmcators  and  Optics;  Measuring  and  Testing;  Geometileal  InstmnMnta. 
DESIGNS.  GROUP  280— R.  L.  CAMPBELL,  Director 

Industrial  Arts;  Household,  Personal  and  Fine  Arts. 

MECHANICAL  EXAMINING  GROUPS 

HANDLING  AND  TRANSPORTING  MEDIA,  GROUP  310— A.  BERLIN,  Direct<v 

Conveyora;  Hoists;  Eleraton;  Article  Handling  Implements;  Stan  Service;  Sheet  and  Web  Feeding;  D 


e;  Fluid  Sprinkling; 


Fire  Extlng^sheis;  CtOn  Handling;  Check  Controlled  Apparatus;  Classifying  and  Assorting  Solids:  Boats;  Ships;  Aeronanttes; 
Motol"  and  Land  Vehicles  and  Appurtenances;  Railways  and  Railway  Equipment;  Brakes;  Rigid  Flexible  and  Special  Recep- 
tacles and  Packages. 

MATERIAL  SHAPING,  ARTICLE  MANUFACTURING,  TOOLS.  GROUP  8aO-D.  J.  STOCKING,  Director 

Manufacturing  Processes,  Assembling,  Combined  Machines,  Special  Article  Making;  Metal  Deforming;  Sheet  Metal  and  Wire 
Working;  Metal  Fusion— Bonding,  Metal  Founding;  Metallurgical  Apparatus;  Plastics  Working  Apparatus;  Plastic  Block 
and  Earthenware  Apparatus;  Machine  Tools  for  Shapbig  or  Dividing;  W(»ic  and  Tool  Holders  Woodworking;  Tools;  Cutlary; 
Jacks. 

AMUSEMENT,  HUSBANDRY,  PERSONAL  TREATMENT,  INFORMATION,  GROUP  8aO-A.  RUEGG,  Director 

Amusement  and  Exercising  Devices;  Projecton;  Animal  and  Plant  Husbandry;  Butchering;  Earth  Working  and  Excavating; 
Fishing,  etc.;  Tobacco;  Artificial  Body  Members;  Dentistry;  Jewelry;  Surgery;  Toiletry;  Printing;  Typewriten;  StattoDery; 
Informatiim  Dissemination. 

HEAT.  POWER  AND  FLUID  ENGINEERING,  GROUP  840-M.  M.  NEWMAN.  Director. 

Power  Plants;  Combustion  Engines;  Fluid  MoUmi;  Pomps;  Tnrblnas;  Heat  Generation  and  Exchange;  Refrtgeratton;  VentQattoD; 
Drying;  Vaporizing;  Temperature  and  Humidity  Regulation;  Machine  Elements;  Power  TraosmlsBlan;  Fluid  Handling;  Lu- 
brication; Joint  Packing. 

CONSTRUCTIONS,  SUPPORTS,  TEXTILES,  CLEANING,  GROUP  880-T.  J.  HICKEY,  Director ^. 

Joints:  Fastaneis;  Rod,  Pipe  and  Electrical  Cooneeton;  Mtoeellaneons  Hardware;  Locks;  Bofldlaf  Straetans;  ClMora  Opanton: 
Bridges;  Closures;  Earth  Knglneeilng;  DillUng;  Mining;  rnmiture:  Reeeptadas;  Bopports;  CabiiMt  Btmetiue^Centrtftinl 
Separations;  Cleaning;  Coating;  Preaiing;  Agitating;  Foods:  Textiles;  Apparel  and  Shoes;  Sewing  Maehtnea;  windtag  and 
Reeling. 


3-18-71 

1-04-71 
8-03-71 

3-01-71 
11-09-70 

0-21-71 

2-11-71 

*-13-71 

4-19-71 

3-01-71 
1-19-71 

3-28-71 

3-01-71 

2-12-71 
4-21-71 
S-18-71 


Expiration  of  patenU:  The  patents  within 
ezpind  evUer  doe  to  ihorteoed  tenns  onder  the 

6W.  8trd  CoBgress.  approved  Aagwt  2S.  1964  ( ...„ , . 

as  U.S.C.  288.  Other  patents,  issued  after  the  datea  of  the  range  of  nnmbare  indicated  below,  may  have  expired 
the  same  rsaaons,  or  have  lapaed  under  the  provlMons  of  86  U.S.C.  IBlj 

PatMits HvmbmBl.'mjKmfXnXltO. 

Plant  Patsnta Nambase  IJBO  to  1.408. 


D  the  range  of  nombocs  Indleatad  bdow  oqita*  dmtag  June  1972,  exoapt  tboea  wbleb  may  have 

•  provtokn  o(  Pabito  Lnr  M,  TNh  CkM^TMi,  ippratW  Aivoft  8, 19M  («  nrt.  9«0)  Md  PabBo  Lmt 

(«  SUt.  764).  or  wUsh  vrnj  tasT*  hsd  tbtt  tvni  flartaOid  by  iWiililnig  mOm  tb«  pnrWoM  «( 

datea  of  the  rann  of  nambare  indicated  below,  may  have  expired  belsre  the  tan  tans  of  17  years  tar 


413 


REISSUES 

JUNE  13,  1972 

Matter  encloaed  In  Iwary  brackets  [  1  appears  In  the  original  patent  but  forma  no  part  of  this  reissue  specification  ;  matter 

printed  in  Italics  Indicates  additions  made  by  reissue. 


273S4 
ACYLATED  MiroSENES 
Matai  aad  YMohkro  Yaaada,  Tokyo,  Keizo 
Ua,  SUznoka,  mi  TwImM  HIrala  and  SUgctoaU 
WakaU,  TtAjo,  lapaa,  ariffiH  to  Kyowa  Hakko 
Koffo  Co^  Lid.»  Tokjo,  Japaa 
OiiSal  No.  3,429,894,  dated  Feb.  25,  1969,  Ser.  No. 
SiMlS,  Nor.  8,  1965.  Application  for  rdMW  Dec. 
31, 1969,  S«r.  No.  889,766 
Clidmi  priofUy,  appUodioa  Japaa,  Not.  7,  1964, 
39/62,886 
lit  CL  C87d  27/80 
VS.  CL  268—326.3  12  Claims 

Acylated  mitosenes  having  the  formula 


27,386 

PROCESS  FOR  AFTERTREATMENT  OF  COLORED 
FOLYAMIDE  FIBERS  J 

Kari  Soiion,  RlehcB,  SwMacriaBd,  Haas  Rafael,  Wefl  am 
Rhein,  Germany,  and  Walter  Stodnv,  BinnlQien,  SwM- 
zeriand,  asslgnori  to  J.  R.  Gdgy  A.G.,  Basel,  Switzcr- 


OCOB 


CHiOCONHi 


wherein  X"  is  OCHi,  NHCOR  or  OCOR,  R  is  H  or  OH, 
and  Z  is  H  or  CH|.  These  (xmipoonds  are  produced  by 
the  reductive  acylation  of  the  corresponding  mitosene 
compound,  lliey  are  useful  antibacterial  agents. 


No  Drawing.  Original  No.  3,490,859,  dated  Jan.  20, 1970, 
Scr.  No.  665,220,  Sept.  5,  1967,  wUch  is  a  continua- 
tion of  Ser.  No.  515,774,  Oct  22,  1965,  which  in  tnn 
is  a  dlririon  of  Scr.  No.  296,392,  My  19, 1963.  Appl- 
cation  for  veiasne  Sept  1,  1970,  Ser.  No.  68,805 
Clafans  priority,  aMHcation  Swltzeriaod,  Inly  31,  1962, 
1  9,156 

I        Int  CL  D06p  5/02 
U.S.  CL  8—165  10 

An  improvement  in  the  dyeing  and  printing  of  poly- 
amide  fibers,  comprising  as  an  after-treatment,  the  intro- 
ducticm  oi  such  fibers  which  have  been  freshly  dyed  or 
printed  with  a  fiber-reactive  dyestuff,  prior  to  the  con- 
venticmai  drying,  into  an  aqueous  bath  which  contains 
a  condensation  product  of  dicyanodiamide,  urea  or  tn 
amn^nnhifn  salt  of  a  mineral  acid  capable  of  splitting  off 
ammnnia,  and  formaldehyde;  the  i^  of  the  bath  is  ad- 
justed to  about  4  to  5.5,  and  the  bath  containing  the 
fibers  is  then  heated;  also  the  aforesaid  after-treatment 
baths  per  se. 

27J87 

INCREASING  THE  THERMOSTABILITY  OF 

MICELLAR  DISPERSIONS 

John  A.  Davis,  Jr.,  and  ^inmam  J.  Knroinan,  Litfleton, 

Colo.,  aarignon  to  MaraOon  Ofl  Conqpany,  Fladlay, 

Ohio 
No  Drawing.  Original  No.  3,493,047,  dated  Feb.  3, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  746,282,  Jvly  22, 1968.  AppMcation  for :   ' 

Oct  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,191 

Int  CL  E21b  43/22,  47/06 
U5.  CL  166—252  16  Claitis 

Thermostability  of  micellar  dispersions  containing  hy- 
drocarbon, aqueous  medium,  and  surfactant  can  be  shifted 
to  higher  temperatures  by  increasing  the  ratio  of  surfac- 
tant to  hydrocarbon  within  the  micellar  dispersion.  Such 
dispersions  are  useful  to  recover  crude  dl  in  a  tertiary 
oil  recovery  process  wherein  the  temperature  of  the  sub- 
terranean formation  is  as  high  as  200°  F.  or  more.  For 
example,  a  subterranean  fcMmation  at  a  temperature  above 
about  80*  P.  can  be  flooded  by  deagning  the  surfactant 
to  hydrocarbon  ratio  within  the  micellar  di^rsion  to  be 
stable  at  the  temperature  of  the  formation. 

I     I 

27,388 
ACCELERAIED  EPOXY-AMINE  RESINOUS  COM- 
POSniONS  CATALYZED  WITH  — SH  YIELDING 
MATERLAL 
Heinz  Udzasaan,  Cmrahoga  Falla,  (Mo,  anignor  to  The 

General  Tire  sRiriibcr  Con^any 
No  DrawiK.  Original  No.  3,554,967,  dated  Jan.  12, 1971, 
,      ,.,  ^       J.    .      ^    .  ,    •  r  !.♦  .„;♦        Ser.  NoTm^^Jan.  21. 1969.  Application  for  rei«ne 

A  sobd  state  display  device  employing  a  Ught  emit-       Mar.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  127,020  i 

ting  P-N  junction  adjacent  a  body  of  semiconductive  Int  CL  C08g  50/i¥  | 

material  exhibiting  moving  high  field  instability  effects.    U.S.  CL  268—47  EC  6  Ctaftns 

As  the  high  field  domain  travels  through  said  body,  elec-  A  sulfur  compound,  which  can  form  a  cure-accelerating, 
trons  from  said  domain  traverse  the  reverse-biased  P-N  SH-containing  compound  in  the  ivesence  of  an  amine 
junction  to  cause  the  emission  of  visible  light  from  the  curing  agent,  e.g.,  ethylene  trithiocarbonate,  is  added  to 
vidnity  of  said  junction.  The  intensity  of  the  emitted  light  an  epoxy  resin  composition.  The  resulting  composition  is 
may  be  modulated  by  varying  the  magnitude  of  the  re-  stable,  but  will  undergo  rapid  curing  at  low  temperatures 
verse  bias  applied  to  the  junction.  upon  the  addition  of  an  amine  curing  agent. 

414 


27,385 
SCANNED  LINE  RADUTION  SOURCE  USING  A 

REVERSE  BIASED  P*N  JUNCTION  ADJACENT  A 

GUNN  DIODE 
Cari  Peter  SanAank,  Bistaop's  Stortfmrd,  and  Michael 

Brian  Ndbms  Bntier,  Sawlwldgewafth.  England,  as- 

ligiion  to  Iirtanatlo&ai  Standaid  Elecmc  Corponttoo, 

New  York,  N.Y. 
Original  No.  3,447,044,  dated  May  27,  1969,  Ser.  No. 

643,201,  Ivne  2,  1967.  Application  for  reisne  Oct 

20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  871^10 

IbL  a  HOll  15/06 
VS,  CL  317—235  R  6  Claims 


June  18,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


415 


27,389 

PIPE  JOINT 

Caasina  L.  TOhnan  m,  343  Peters  Road, 

Harvey,  La.    70058 

Origtoal  No.  3,507,506,  dated  Apr.  21,  1970,  Ser.  No. 

667,260,  Sept  12,  1967,  whidi  is  a  contfamatton-in- 

Jtart  of  Ser.  No.  616,714,  Feb.  16,  1967.  AppUcation 
or  reissue  Jnne  5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  43,988 
Int  CL  F16r  15/00;  F161  23/00 
VS,  CL  277—171  9  Claims 

A  |Mpe  joint  seal  for  large  size  pipes  (such  as  10"  diam- 
eter or  larger)  in  the  form  of  a  tubular  member  having 
blunt  ends  is  adapted  to  be  disposed  in  blunt  end  recesses 
of  aligned  flanged  pipes  connected  together  under  stressed 
conditions,  such  as  by  studs.  Outer  annular  marginal 
grooves  near  the  ends  of  the  tubular  members  are  provided 
to  form  noses  that  concentrate  distortion  under  the  stressed 
condition  at  the  ends.  A  stiffening  collar  is  provided 
integral  with  the  middle  section  of  the  tubular  member 
for  disposition  between  adjacent  flanges  of  the  pipes.  The 


collar  may  extend  outwardly  beyond  the  studs  that  hold 
the  flanges  together  and  are  provided  with  apertures 
aligned  with  the  studs;  or,  alternatively,  it  may  not  extend 


^  ;cn' 


as  far  as  the  studs,  in  -vrbxch  case  shims  or  washers  are 
provided  about  the  studs  between  the  flanges  to  prevent 
distortion  of  the  flanges. 


PLANT  PATENTS 

GRANTED  JUNE  13,  1972  ^        ^ 

niMtratloiu  for  plant  patent!  are  oroally  In  color  and  therefore  it  to  not  practicable  to  reproduce  the  drawing 


3J»5 

AFRICAN  VIOLET 

Hcman  HoHkaap,  WwtiMr  Stranc  5-7,  Pottfach  19, 

4243  ladbnri,  G«nnaay 

Origknl  qwBcatlm  Oct  7,  1968,  Scr.  No.  765,700. 

mrtiiii  aad  tUs  appikadon  Oct  7,  1970,  Ser. 

No.  78396 

tat  CL  AOlh  5/00 
U  A  CL  Pit— 69  1  Claim 

A  hybrid  violet  of  a  descendant  of  a  cross  between  the 
Saintpaulia  ionantha  and  Saintpaulia  shumensis  species 
which  has  permanent  new  characteristics  including  strength 
of  stem,  fast  and  vigorous  growth,  profuse  flowering,  uni- 
form bouquet,  prolonged  blooming  period,  resistance  to 
disease,  reliability  in  initiating  new  plantlets,  retention  of 
flowers  past  maturity  on  their  respective  stems,  reliability 
in  new  plants  retaining  characteristics  of  the  parent  and 
pronounced  uniformity  throughout  the  life  cycle. 


f 


3;td8 

AFRICAN  VIOLET  . 

Harmann  Htridomm,  Wcrtker  Straaw  5-7,  Postfadi  19, 
4243  lMeIbm'8,  GMmany 
Original  afpUcatlon  Oct  7,  1968,  Scr.  No.  765,700. 
Divided  and  tUs  application  Oct  7,  1970,  Scr. 
No.  78,999 

Int  a.  AOlh  5/00 
VS.  CL  Pit— 69  1  Claim 

A  hybrid  violet  of  a  descendant  of  a  cross  between  the 
Saintpaulia  ionantha  and  Saintpaulia  shumensis  fpecies 
which  has  permanent  new  characteristics  including  strength 
of  stem,  fast  and  vigorous  growth,  profuse  flowering, 
uniform  bouquet,  prolonged  blooming  period,  resistance 
to  disease,  reliability  in  initiating  new  plantlets,  retention 
of  flowers  past  maturity  on  their  respective  stems,  reliabil- 
ity in  new  plants  retaining  characteristics  of  the  parent  and 
pronounced  uniformity  through  the  life  cycle. 


3,206 

AFRICAN  VIOLET 

Hermann  HoHkamp,  Wcrthcr  Stnuw  5-7,  Postfach  19, 

4243  iMclhuigi  Germany 

Original  appUcailon  Oct  7,  1968,  Ser.  No.  765,700. 

Diridcd  and  tUs  appUndon  Oct  7,  1970,  Scr. 

No.  78,997 

Int  CL  AOlh  5/00 
U J.  CL  Plt-69  1  Clafan 

A  hybrid  violet  of  a  descendant  of  a  cross  between  the 
Saintpaulia  ionantha  and  Saintpaulia  shumensis  species 
which  has  permanent  new  characteristics  including 
strength  of  stem,  fast  and  vigorous  growth,  profuse  flow- 
ering, uniform  bouquet,  prolonged  blooming  period,  re- 
sistance of  disease,  reliability  in  initiating  new  plantlets, 
retention  of  flowers  past  maturity  on  their  respective 
stems,  reliability  in  new  plants  retaining  characteristics  of 
the  parent  and  pronounced  uniformity  throughout  the 
life  cycle. 

3,207 

AFRICAN  VIOLET 

Hermann  H<rftkamp,  WerOcr  StrasM  5-7,  Postfach  19, 

4243  Imdburg,  Gcmiany 

Original  application  Oct  7,  1968,  Scr.  No.  765,700. 

Divided  and  this  application  Oct  7,  1970,  Scr. 

No.  78,998 

Int  CL  AOlh  5/00 
UA  CL  Pit— 69  1  Claim 

A  hybrid  violet  of  a  descendant  of  a  cross  between  the 
Saintpaulia  ionantha  and  Saintpaulia  shumensis  species 
which  has  permanent  new  characteristics  including 
strength  of  stem,  fast  and  vigorous  growth,  profuse  flow- 
ering, uniform  bouquet,  prolonged  blooming  period,  re- 
sistance to  disease,  reliability  in  initiating  new  plantlets, 
retention  of  flowers  past  maturity  on  their  respective 
stems,  reliability  in  new  i^ants  retaining  characteristics  of 
the  parent  and  pronounced  uniformity  throughout  the 
life  cycle. 

416 


Hermann 


Hoi 


3,209 
AFRICAN  VIOLET 
loMcamp,  Wother  Strasse  5-7,  Postfach  19, 
4243  Issclbarg,  Germany 
Origfaud  4»pUcation  Oct  7,  1968,  Scr.  No.  765,700. 
Divided  and  this  application  Oct  7,  1970,  Scry 
No.  79,001 

Int  a.  AOlh  5/00 
UA  CL  Pltr-69  1  Claim 

A  hybrid  vi(^et  of  a  descendant  of  a  cross  between^the 
Saintpaulia  ionantha  and  Saintpaulia  shumensis  species 
which  has  permanent  new  characteristics  including  strength 
of  stem,  fast  and  vigorous  growth,  profuse  flowering, 
uniform  bouquet,  prolonged  blooming  period,  resistance 
to  disease,  reliability  in  initiating  new  plantlets,  reten- 
tion of  flowers  past  maturity  on  their  respective  stems, 
reliability  in  new  plants  retaining  characteristics  of  the 
parent  and  pronounced  uniformity  throughout  the  life 
cycle. 

3,210 

AFRICAN  VIOLET 

Heimann  Hohkamp,  Weithcr  Strasse  5-7,  Postfach  19, 

4243  lasclbiirg,  Gcmiany 

Origfauri  application  Oct  7,  1968,  Scr.  No.  765,700. 

Divided  and  this  application  Oct  7,  1970,  Scr. 

No.  79,002 

Int  CL  AOlh  5/00 
VJS,  CL  Pit— 69  1  Cbdm 

A  hybrid  violet  of  a  descendant  of  a  cross  between  the 
Saintpaulia  ionantha  and  Saintpaulia  shumensis  species 
which  has  permanent  new  characteristics  including 
strength  of  stem,  fast  and  vigorous  growth,  profuse  flow- 
ering, unifonn  bouquet,  prolonged  blowning  period,  re- 
sistance to  disease,  reliability  in  initiating  new  plantlets, 
retention  of  flowers  past  maturity  (xi  their  re^>ective 
stems,  reliability  in  new  plants  retaining  characteristics 
of  the  parent  and  pronounced  uniformity  throughout  the 
life  cycle. 


PATENTS 

GRANTED  JUNE  13,  1972 

GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 

3,668,704  3,668,706 

PROTECTIVE  HEADGEAR  SHIELD  ATTACHMENT  FOR  SAFETY  HELMETS 

Robert  E.  Conroy,  305  Sooth  CHftoii,  Park  Rldfc,  DL,  and    WilHc  VdaMiucx,  311  North  Efllc,  Tnma,  CaM. 


John  H.  Hanger,  739  Lcc  Boulevard,  HlWdc,  DL 
CoBtlaiiatioB-lii-part  of  appHcatloa  Scr.  No.  12305,  Feb.  19, 
1970,  now  abandoned.  This  application  July  13, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  54,513 

Int  CL  A42b  3/00 

VS.  CL  2—3  R  16  Clafam 


An  inflatable  member  dimensioned  to  be  mounted  to  the 
inside  curvature  of  a  rigid  shell,  and  to  be  preferably  inserted 
within  a  slightly  oversized  foamed  elastomeric  envelope 
which  is  bonded  to  the  inside  curvature  of  said  shell.  Air  fill 
means  are  provided  so  that  the  user  can  inflate  the  member 
by  introducing  air  to  a  plurality  of  communicating  compart- 
ments within  the  member,  and  thereby  both  size  the  head 
gear  assembly  and  cushion  the  head  of  the  user  against 
shocks. 


3,668,705 

PROTECTIVE  HELMET  WITH  HOOD 

Walter  E.  Garbisch,  4215  W.  Hawtbomc  Trace,  Brown  Deer, 

Wis. 

Continuation-in-part  of  appUcatkm  Scr.  No.  23,209,  Mar.  27, 

1970.  This  appttcatfcNi  Oct.  29, 1971,  Scr.  No.  193,635 

Int.  CI.  A61f  9/04;  A42b  1/18 

II.S.CL2— 10  9ClainM 


A  helmet  has  an  integral  hood  which  fits  over  the  neck, 
and  part  of  the  shoulders  of  a  person  wearing  the  hebnet.  A 
transparent,  double-walled  face  shield  is  pivotally  attached  tt> 
the  hood  to  protect  the  face  of  the  wearer  of  the  hebnet 


Filed  June  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,982 
Int.  CL  A61f  9/00 
U.S.CI.  2-10 


A  shield  attachment  for  safety  helmets  and  the  like  having 
front  and  back  portions  and  a  bnm  circumscribing  a  lower 
edge  of  the  helmet  providing  a  band  of  shielding  material  and 
a  wire  firame  selectively  detachable  suspending  the  band  from 
the  brim  of  either  the  front  or  back  portions  of  the  helmet  in 
wrap-around  relation  to  the  head  of  a  wearer  of  the  hebnet 
so  as  to  provide  additional  protection  for  the  face  and/or 
back  of  the  neck  of  the  wearer. 


3,668,707 

LADY'S  HEADPIECE 

Gathalee  H.  WIHmm,  2808  35th  Street,  AaHarte,  N.Y. 

FBcd  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87339 

Int  CL  A42b  7/76;  A42b  5/00 

VS.  CL  2—207  2 


The  headpiece  discloaed  herein  is  constituted  of  a 
in  which  is  sbdably  mounted  a  spring  headcHp.  The  oeainl 
portion  has  a  length  materially  greater  than  that  of  the  dip  ao 
that  the  latter  has  a  range  of  movement  which  permiii  of 
many  variations  in  the  lengths  of  the  sheath  beyond  the  cndk 
of  the  dip,  thereby  enabling  the  accompUshment  of  many 
diffeient  drea  effects. 


417 


418 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

■     4 


June  13,  1978 


3,668,708  :      I                 3,668,710 

ARTmOAL  HEART  1       SHOWER  FACILITY 
James  A  Tlndal  Gardcna,  CaUf.,  aasignor  to  North  Ancrkaii    Jowph  F.  I>ow4,  P.O.  Box  92,  Hatch,  N.  Mcx. 

RockwcO  CorporatkMi  FIW  Feb.  23, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 18,071 

Filed  Dec.  23, 1969,  Ser.  No,  887,566  j          lat.  CL  A47k  i/22 

Int.  a.  A61f  1124  U.S.  CI.  4-  US                                                            7  Clal^i 

U.S.  CL  3—1  *  OxAnm 


An  artificial  heart  has  a  number  of  flat  structural  members 
arranged  circumferentially  about  a  central  support.  An  inner 
layer  of  material  confines  blood  to  chambers  of  the  artificial 
heart  and  an  outer  layer  of  material,  which  fully  encloses  the 
flat  structural  members,  defines  cavities  between  the  inner 
layer  of  material  and  the  outer  layer.  Fluid  is  pumped  into 
the  cavities  for  expanding  the  structural  members  to  cause 
heart  pumping  action  in  response  to  measured  values  of 
preselected  blood  chemistry  parameters.  The  structural 
members  contact  to  their  originusl  positions  to  complete  the 
pumping  action. 


3,668,709 
UQUm  RESERVOIR 
David    Harold    Sharp,   318    Lfamet    Crescent,    Strathmore, 
Quebec,  Canada 

FIM  Dec.  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  93,986 

Int  CL  E03d  3100, 3110 

VS.  CL  4-28  7  Clafans 


A  shower  facility  mounted  on  a  wheeled  frame  having  tow- 
ing, and  safety  equipment  for  transporting  the  facility  by  a 
powered  vehicle  firom  place  to  place  over  public  roadways. 
The  facility  is  divided  into  a  central  utility  section  and  two 
end  shower  sections.  The  utility  section  contains  the  equip- 
ment necessary  to  supply  water  and  power  to  the  shower  sec- 
tions with  the  shower  sections  each  containing  a  plurality  of 
individual  shower  units.  Each  shower  unit  is  divided  into  a 
dressing  unit  and  a  shower  stall  and  is  provided  with  a  coin- 
operated  means  which  can  spray  shower  water  and  disinfec- 
tant into  the  shower  stall  and  can  actuate  a  heat  lamp  to 
warm  the  dressing  room. 


3,668,711 

SWIMMING  POOL  COVER  AND  RESCUE  DEVICE 

Charles  J.  Licrmann,  3591  School  Road,  Murrysviik,  ftu, 

and  Joacph  G.  Moore,  200  Fafarvlew  Rood,  Fox  Chapd 

Borougli,Pa.  , 

Fled  Jan.  21,  1971,  Ser.  No.  108,278 

Int.  CL  E04h  3U6, 3118  \ 

lis,  CL  4—172.13  9 1 


Oniins 


A  discharge  arrangement  for  a  liquid  reservoir  such  as  a 
toilet  cistern,  in  which  the  cistern  is  of  an  airtight  type.  The 
arrangement  of  the  present  invention  is  that  the  cistern  is 
provided  with  a  liquid  outlet  port  with  a  compressible  seat 
surrounding  the  port.  The  seat  includes  a  liquid  passageway 
with  a  liquid  inlet  hole,  a  vent  hole  and  a  liquid  outlet  hole. 
Sealing  means,  such  as  floauble  ball,  is  adapted  to  mate  in 
sealing  arrangement  with  the  seat  There  is  also  provided 
suiuMe  means  for  preventing  the  seal  from  coming  into  seal- 
ing engagement  with  the  seat  during  discharge  from  the 
cistern.  In  the  case  of  manual  operation,  means  such  as  a 
handle  is  employed  for  initiating  liquid  discharge  from  the 
cistern. 


A  vertically  movable  frame  fits  around  the  inside  of  a 
swimming  pool  and  is  normally  located  at  its  bottom.  Extend- 
ing across  the  frame  is  a  plurality  of  parallel  slats  pivotnlly 
mounted  in  the  opposite  sides  of  the  frame  on  horizontal 
axes.  While  the  firame  is  at  the  bottom  of  the  pocd  the  datt 
are  disposed  edge  to  edge  in  a  common  plane  to  form  a  floor. 
Means  are  provided  for  raising  the  frame  to  the  top  of  the 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


419 


pool,  during  which  the  slats  pivot  on  their  axes  so  that  they   responds  to  an  increase  in  fluid  flow  through  and/or  fluid 
are  turned  on  edge.  At  the  top  of  the  pool  the  slats  are   pressure  in  the  weir,  due  to  a  flow  surge  or  other  conditioa 

that  raises  the  water  level  of  the  pool  at  the  weir,  to  close  the 


turned  back  into  a  common  plane  to  form  a  solid  cover  for 
the  pool. 


outlet.  When  the  excessive  flow  and/or  pressure  condition 
has  subsided,  or  returned  to  normal,  the  gate  weir  responds 
to  the  diminished  flow  through  and/or  pressure  in  the  weir  to 
open  the  outlet  again. 


3,668,714 

3  668  712  NONFLOODING  PERIMETER  SKIMMING  GUTTER  FOR 

PERIMETER  SKIMMINGGJJTTER  FOR  SWIMMING  y,,^  „.  ,^,  ^ZZ^^^Mm,,  N.V. 

Willi       I  B  I,      ^A*i      J\:I«rn     J   A.W-       ^^  Flkd  Jan.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  107,188 

William  J.  Baker,  403  LoudonvfUc  Road,  Albany,  N.Y.  ,^  ri  rAA*.  a/  ix   at  a 

""'?■; '^•l'^-f^;'^,r"*  UACI.4-172.I7''  » 

Int.CLE04h  J//d,  i/75 

U.S.CL  4—172.17  22ClainM 


A  perimeter  skimming  gutter  for  swimming  pools  is  pro- 
vided including  a  gutter  conduit  for  disposition  about  the 
perimeter  of  a  swimming  pool  and  adapted  to  carry  water  at 
a  level  below  a  predetermined  level  of  water  in  the  swimming 
pool,  a  retaining  wall  on  the  pool-side  of  the  conduit,  over 
the  top  of  which  wall  water  may  flow  from  the  pool  into  the 
gutter  conduit,  and  a  plurality  of  narrow  elongated  substan- 
tially horizontally  disposed  openings  through  the  wall  at  a 
height  to  maintain  a  predetermined  water  flow,  the  top  of  the 
wall  being  spaced  above  the  openings  at  a  height  to  retain  the 
pool  water  within  the  pool  perimeter  at  water  flows,  wave  ac- 
tions and  surges  up  to  a  predetermined  maximum,  while  al- 
lowing excessive  water  flows,  wave  actions  and  surges 
beyond  such  maximum  to  flow  over  the  top  of  the  wall  into 
the  gutter  conduit. 


A  nonflooding  perimeter  skimming  gutter  for  swimming 
pools  is  provided,  including  a  first  gutter  conduit  for  dispoci- 
tion  about  the  perimeter  of  a  swimming  pool,  and  adapted  to 
carry  water  at  a  level  below  a  predetermined  level  of  water  in 
the  swimming  pool,  a  retaining  wall  on  the  pool-side  of  the 
first  gutter  conduit  over  the  top  of  which  wall  a  skimming 
flow  of  water  may  run  from  the  po(d  into  the  first  gutter  con- 
duit, a  second  gutter  conduit  adapted  to  carry  water  at  a 
level  below  a  predetermined  level  of  water  in  the  first  gutter 
conduit,  and  a  fluid  flow  connection  between  the  two  gutter 
conduits  at  such  level  and  below  the  top  of  the  retaining  waU 
allowing  water  flow  fix}m  the  first  gutter  conduit  into  the 
second  gutter  conduit  whenever  the  water  level  on  the  first 
gutter  conduit  reaches  the  fluid  flow  connection,  thereby  in- 
hibiting filling  of  the  first  gutter  conduit  appreciably  above 
such  level. 


3,668,713 
FLUID  FLOW  AND/OR  FLUID  PRESSURE  RESPONSIVE 

GATE  WEIR 

Willlan  H.  Baker,  403  Loudoavllle  Road,  Albany,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  107,187 

Int.  CL  E04h  3116, 3118 

U.S.CL  4-172.17  30ClaiM 

A  fluid  flow  and/or  fluid  pressure  responsive  gate  weir  tot 

the  water  outlet  of  swimming  pools  is  provided,  which 


3,668,715 

FOOL  STRUCTURE  WITH  BUILT-IN  EXTERNALLY 

SUPPORTED  STEP-aJDE 

iMBe,  Ni-lBlr.  Vn.,  i iripi  i r  lo  Ciirri  Foas 
Corp.,  Nerfolii,  Va. 

Fitd  Feb.  5, 1971,  Ser.  Now  1 13,023 
lac  CLEMh  3/76,  i/i« 
U.S.CL4— 172  11 

A  molded  tub-like  structure,  with  a  petipheral  flanBt,  haw- 
ing  an  integrally  moldod  sliding  surface  projectii^  wall  abowt 


420 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  4972 


I  ^ 

the  peripheral  Hange  thereof  and  having  integraUy  molded  The  two  vesseb  are  dispowd  in  respc^ve  chambers  defined 
stept  U  disck)«ed  herein.  The  tub.  diding  surface,  and  steps  by  a  common  container  and  isolated  from  one  another  by  a 
are    unitarily    formed    of   comparatively    lightweight    ther-    partition  through  which  the  syphon  tube  pawes  In  one  em- 

bodiment  flushing  water  flows  into  the  flrst  chamber  dunng  a 


moplastic  sheet  material.  An  elevated  platform  is  disposed 
between  the  sliding  surface  and  steps,  and  it  is  reinforced  and 
structurally  supported  by  a  tripod  structure  having  plural  tu- 
bular support  members. 


flush  and  drains  therefrom  at  the  end  of  a  flush.  In  another 
embodiment  an  open-bottomed  container  adapted  to  b^ 
disposed  in  a  flushing  system  is  connected  to  the  firajt 
chamber. 


3,668,716 
SANITARY  APPARATUS 
James  OUani,  WUMtmi,  Mar  Crewe,  and  Charles  Lcwb 
GibbiM,  Naatwkfa,  boCk  of  Engfand,  assigiiors  to  Calmk 
Limited,  ChcaUrc,  EagteMl 

Filed  Jaly  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,877 

Claims  priority,  appHcatloa  Great  Brllalii,  Aug.  1, 1969, 

38,652/69 

lot  CI.  E03d  9/02 

VJS.  CL  4-226  10  Claims 


t 


3,668,717 
HANGER  FOR  DEODORANT  AND/OR  CLEANER  BARS 
Frank  J.  Curran,  Downers  Grove,  DL,  assignor  to  Frank 
CurranCo. 

Fled  Oct  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  77,919 

Int.  CL  E03d  9/02 

VS.  CL  4—231  7  aaims 


i^t^ 


-j?U^ 


+r 


The  invention  provides  a  deodorizing  apparatus  in  which  a 
flow  of  air  generated  by  movement  of  water  at  some  stage  in 
a  flushing  cycle  of  a  urinal,  water-closet  bann  or  the  like  con- 
venience is  directed  into  a  vessel  capable  of  receiving  a  liquid 
and  thence  passes  upwardly  through  the  sliorter  leg  of  a 
syphon  tube  and  downwardly  throi^  tlie  kmger  leg  a€  the 
syphon  tube  to  bubUe  from  the  longer  leg  of  the  syfrfion  tube 
through  a  deodorant  liquid  contained  in  a  second  vessel  from 
which  it  emerges  to  deodorize  the  surroimding  atmosphere. 


A  hanger  for  water  soluUr  toilet  deodorant  bars  having  a 
hook  shaped  upper  portion  for  attachment  and  a  lower  por- 
tion embedded  within  a  deodorant  bar.  A  plastic  plate  over- 
lies the  upper  portion  of  the  deodorant  bar  U>  retard  washing 
away  of  the  bar. 


3,668,718 

DRAIN  CONNECTION 

CMpcr  Cuschcra,  31650  Ncdtamh  Street,  Hayward,  CaHL 

Fled  Aug.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,262 

1M.  CL  E03c  1126 

VS.  CL  4— 288  7 

A  drain  for  showers  or  the  like  which  eliminates  the  need 
for  conventional  caulking  materials.  An  internally  and  exter- 
nally threaded  member  found  in  most  drains  is  modified  ad- 
jacent its  lower  internal  end,  and  between  such  member  and 


JusE  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


421 


a  drain  pipe  there  is  provided  a  specially  designed  gasket,    means  associated  with  the  support  structure  and  mattress  to 
The  internal  threads  of  the  member  adjacent  its  upper  end   change  the  configuration  of  the  opening  from  closed  to  open 


''^T-^ 

^ 


"T 


EZB 


II 


M 


^ 


^ 


At 


position  and  with  a  waste  receptacle  position  bek>w  the  open- 
ing in  the  mattress. 


-^ 


receive  a  nut,  the  latter  bearing  on  the  upper  end  of  the 
gasket,  urging  the  latter  into  sealing  engagement  between  the 
pipe  and  drain  member. 


3,668,721 

BABY  CRD 

Levaughn  Jenkins,  704  Wot  TidMMr  Street,  Comptoa,  CaHL 

Filed  Jan.  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,479 

Int  CL  A47d  9102,  9/04 

VS.  CL  5—109  5  ClaliBB 


3,668,719 

CONVERTIBLE  SOFA  BED 

Addle  B.  Romero,  New  Iberia,  La.,  assignor  to  The  Raymond 

Lee  Organizatkm,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y.,  a  part  interest 

Filed  Oct.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,509 

Int.  CLA47C  77/74 

U.S.CL5— 17  1  Claim 


A  baby  crib  and  bed  which  includes  a  mattress  supporting 
means  having  spaced  apart  parallel  rail  members  supported 
on  rollers  carried  by  an  underlying  frame  and  attached  to 
electrically  powered  mechanism  arranged  to  give  said  sup- 
porting means  a  planar  reciprocating  motion. 


3,668,722 
DUAL  OCCUPANCY  CRADLE 
Bcmic  Edward  Gidant,  860  Loring  Street,  San  Diego,  CaNf 
FBed  June  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45,709 

Int  a  A47c  21/00, 9/00 
VS.  CL  5-327  7 


A  double  bed  is  convertible  into  twin  sofas  having  a  com- 
mon back  and  disposed  back  to  back.  Headboards  and  foot- 
boards of  the  bed  form  end  arm  supports  for  the  sofas. 


3,668,720 

MATTRESS  SUPPORT  STRUCTURE 

Justin  J.  Wctzler,  703  SiKridan  Road,  Evanaloa,  II. 

Filed  Dec.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888357 

Int  CL  A61g  7/02 

VS.  CL  5—91  6  ( 

A  mattrem  support  structure  of  the  type  having  a  mattrem 
thereon  with  the  mattress  having  a  central  opening  and 


/ 


A  cradle  for  use  by  two  adults  simultaneously.  More 
specifically  it  is  easily  portable  equipment  for  accomodatioo 
of  one  prone  person  and  for  supporting  the  weight  of  a  su- 
perimposed prone  adult  perKm,  the  item  consiiting 


422 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972, 


tially  of  an  upholstered  base  whh  a  hammock  swung 
thereover.  The  item  is  coDapsiUe  and  the  height  of  the  hanv- 
mock  is  adjustable.  The  disclosure  includes  a  foot  rest  or 
bench  which  may  be  used  concurrendy. 


Ue  bottom  whidi  may  be  adjusted  to  induce  bees  to  make 
honeycomb  over  the  entire  foundation  area. 


3,M8,723 
PATIENT  RISER 
Frauds  H.  Bratton*  Avon,  Coml, 
Avon,  Conn. 

Filed  Jan.  14, 1971,  Scr.  No.  106,487 
Iirt.CLA47c2//00 
U.S.  CL  5—327 


to  Apnmd,  Inc., 


9Clafam 


3,668,725 
MOORING  BUOY 
Ebcrhard  Rcnz;  SiegfHed  Voas,  and  Guntcr  Eckc,  all  of  Ere-' 
merhavcn,  Germany,   aarignon  to  AWtkngcacOschaft 
Wcser  ,  Bremen,  Gcnnany 

FUed  May  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,089 
Claims  priority,  appttcatioa  Gcnnany,  May  10, 1969,  P  19  23 

955J 
Int.  a.  B63b  21/52, 21/04  ^ 

U.S.  a.  9—8  R  1^  Claims 


Support  means  for  use  in  combination  with  a  generally 
horizontally  disposed  seating  surface  for  supporting  persons 
while  in  a  sitting  position,  such  as  a  chair,  bed,  hospital  bed, 
chaise  lounge  or  the  like.  The  support  means  comprises  a 
pair  of  generally  vertically  disposed,  preferably  adjustable 
posts,  adapted  to  extend  from  the  floor  to  the  support  sur- 
face, these  posts  each  having  a  lateral  side  wall  secured 
thereto  and  extending  rearwardly  therefrom  and  adapted  to 
flank  a  person  sitting  on  the  support  surface.  The  lateral  side 
walls  are  each  provided  with  a  base  rail  portion  which  is 
adapted  to  engage  the  support  surface,  along  with  a  riser  rail 
coupled  to  the  top  of  the  lateral  side  wall  and  adapted  to  be 
engaged  by  a  person  sitting  on  said  support  surface  for 
assistance  in  rising.  The  post  support  means  connected 
rigidly  together  below  the  lateral  side  walb  to  hold  them  rigid 
in  the  absence  of  a  rigid  rear  wall,  or  a  rigid  rear  wall  means 
is  coupled  across  the  rear  of  the  lateral  side  walls,  and  is 
adapted  to  be  disposed  in  back  of  a  person  resting  on  the 
support  surface.  Preferably,  the  rigid  rear  wall  means  is  pro- 
vided with  a  base  rail  portion  for  engaging  the  support  sur- 
face. 


3,668,724 

HONEYCOMB  FOUNDATION 

Young  T.  Cho,  118-23  83rd  Avenue,  Kew  Gardens,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,791 

Int.  CLAOlk  47/04 

U.S.CI.  6— 11  OOaims 


A  honeycomb  foundation  resists  honeycomb  stretch  and  in 
a  honeycomb  frame,  tlie  honeycomb  foundation  has  a  mova- 


A  mooring  6uoy  wherein  a  horizontal  pivot  which  i! 
mounted  in  the  center  of  an  upright  cylindrical  buoyant  body 
supports  a  freely  pivotable  carrier  for  one  or  more  mooring 
hooks  and  is  connected  to  the  bottom  by  one  or  more  chains! 
The  carrier  normally  assumes  an  angular  position  in  whicb 
the  hook  or  hooks  are  located  at  the  general  level  of  th< 
upper  side  of  the  swimming  body  to  facHitate  attachment  of 
hawsers.  The  carrier  is  held  in  such  position  by  one  or  more 
counterweights  and/or  by  one  or  more  floats  which  can  fomi 
integral  parts  of  the  carrier.  ^.^ 


1  3,668,726 

AUTOMATIC  NUT-TAPPING  APPARATUS 
Katsumi  SUi^  8,  6<honie,  AsaM  Minamidori,  MisMnariku, 
Osakaslii,  Japan 

Filed  Jan.  16,  1970,  Scr.  No.  3,405 

Claims  priority,  application  Japu,  Jan.  20, 1969, 44/4607 

fart.  CL  B23g  1/04, 1/16 

VS.  CL  10—129  4  Claim^ 


A  bent  tap  in  a  nut-tapping  apparatus  is  provided  with  ab 
anti-fnction  sliding  means  arranged  in  paraQel  with  the  up, 
which  sliding  means  helps  the  Up  to  advance  by  the  lead  of 
its  own  screw  threads  during  the  upping  operation  when  it  is 
engaged  by  the  bent  portion  of  the  up  due  to  cutting  mo- 
ment. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


488 


3,668,727 

MACHINE  FOR  LASTING  SHOES 

A.  McCaMi,  Via  dl  Scorcola  15, 34100  Trieste,  Italy 

Filed  Nov.  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  874,120 

fart.  CL  A43d  3/12 

U.S.CL  12-15  6ClainK 


"'">'"">  "mil '>/n,iij>jiii:,,,„,.,,,,„^f^ 


The  present  invention  refers  to  a  machine  acting  as  a 
mechanical  shoehorn  to  put  lasts  in  shoes  such  as 
prefabricated  moccasins,  shoes  with  stitched  insoles  and 
other  types  which  must  be  placed  on  a  last,  the  shoehorn 
being  foot  operated. 


3,668,728 
MACHINE  FOR  DISASSEMBUNG  A  SHOE  FROM  A 

LAST 
Jacob  S.  Kamborian,  West  Newton;  Wla^slaw  Typrowicz, 
Belmont,  and  Gordon  S.  Anderson,  Framingham,  all  of 
Mass.,  assignors  to  Jacob  S.  Kamborian,  West  Newton, 
Mass.,  by  said  Typrowicz  and  Anderson 

Filed  Feb.  9,  1971,  Scr.  No.  113,831 

Int.CL  A43di//0 

U.S.  CL  12-15.1  19  daiois 


\ 


and  raise  tlie  quarter  of  the  shoe  above  the  bottom  of  the  lail 
and  push  the  raised  quarter  toewardly  over  the  bottom  of  the 
last  and  causing  a  bar  to  move  downwardly  against  the  bot- 
tom of  the  forepart  of  the  shoe  to  break  the  last.  Grippers  are 
provided  that  grip  the  forepart  portions  oi  the  shoe  and  move 
toewardly  to  remove  the  shoe  fixxn  the  broken  last  and  a 
second  bar  is  provided  thtt  is  raised  to  close  the  last  after  the 
shoe  has  been  removed  from  the  last. 


3,668,729 
SLIDING  APPARATUS  OF  A  MOVABLE  BRIDGE 
KuBio  Mori,  Sohka,  and  Yoshio  Sliln«e,  FiUhawa,  bolii  «f 
Japu,   asrignors   to   Nippon   Kokan    KabuaiiiU    Kaisha. 
Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Sept.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,068 
Claims  priority,  appHcatiiM  Japu,  Dec  28, 1969, 44/105076 

fart.  CL  EOld  15/10 
U.S.  a.  14—43  6 


There  is  disclosed  a  bridge  extendaUe  away  from,  and 
retracUble  back  towards,  a  quay,  and  including  winch 
means,  at  least  erne  flexible  connection  for  extending  the 
bridge  and  at  least  one  flexible  connection  for  retracting  the 
bridge,  said  flexiMe  connections  coupling  the  wmch  means  to 
the  bridge,  one  of  said  flexible  connections  being  wound  and 
the  other  unwound  by  the  vmich  means  upon  operation 
thereof  to  extend  or  retract  the  bridge,  and  weights 
suspended  from  said  flexible  connections  between  the  winch 
means  and  the  bridge.  When  a  boat  is  secured  to  the  out- 
board end  of  the  extended  bridge,  movement  of  the  weights 
allows  the  bridge  to  follow  movement  of  the  boat. 


3,668,730 
ROAD  SWEEPER  CONVEYOR 
Garred  N.  SchMnnnann,  Pomooa;  Kcmrft  W.  Warn,  Yorba 
Linda,  and  Donald  G.  MotlenacB,  Upland,  aU  of  CaHL,  as- 
sigaors  to  Wayne  Manufacturing  Company,  PooBona,  CaHL 
FBed  Sept  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69^53 
fart.  CL  EOlh  1/04 
U.S.  CL  15—83  3 


\ 


A  machine  for  disassembling  a  shoe  from  a  last  supported 
bottom-up  by  concomitantly  causing  a  pad  to  i^ress  against 


A  rotary  road  sweeper  conveyor  operable  within  a  shroud 
is  provided  with  debris  displacement  units  in  the  form  of 
spaced  longitudinally  flexible  arms  interoonnected  by  ter- 
minal squeegees  so  that  large  or  stiff  debris  { 


424 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197S 


to    AlOOMI 


by  the  squeegees  may  pass  through  the  open  spaces  between  3,668,733 

the  flexible  arms.  ^       SB<»  IKMJHNG  APPARATUS 

lUymood    M.    Ring,   «?iHjBuli,    na^    Mslgiioi 

Products,  Ibc^  AttanMote  T|ali^,  Fla. 
3,668,731  FIM  Mv.  1, 1»71,  Scr.  No.  1 19,459 

PAINT  BRUSH  HOLDER  lm.CLA4Tl  23/18 

Herbert  J.  McBride,  2936  Parieo  Way,  La  CrcMcnta,  CaHf.        us,  CL  15—267  A  cialnM 

Ffkd  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56.619  ^"lii- 

Iirt.CLA46b  5/02,  77/02 
U.S.CL  15-146  .    2  Claim 


A  paint  brush  holder  designed  for  mounting  on  an  exten- 
sion handle  to  allow  painting  of  high  places  without  the  use 
of  a  ladder.  It  employs  a  unitary  spring  member  securable  to 
the  handle  of  the  paint  brush  and  includes  a  helical  portion 
which  engages  the  threads  of  standard  extension  handles. 
The  helical  thread  portion  is  positioned  such  that  the  brush  is 
supported  at  the  throat  of  the  paint  brush  handle  in  approxi- 
mately the  same  position  as  a  normally  held  brush  is  sup- 
ported. The  spring  characteristic  of  the  member  provides  a 
flexibility  comparable  to  the  human  wrist  in  painting  opera- 
tion. The  body  of  the  holder  lies  along  the  brush  handle  and 
is  out  of  the  way  so  that  the  brush  may  be  used  in  a  conven- 
tional hand-held  manner  without  removal  or  interference. 
The  helical  portion  acts  as  a  holder  for  the  brush  when 
removed  from  an  extension  handle  whereupon  the  helical 
portion  can  engage  the  lip  of  a  paint  can  or  pail. 


3.668,732 
HAIR  BRUSH 
Robert  A.  Lardenois,  Hermes  (Oiic),  France 

Filed  May  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,867 
lBt.CLA46bJ/;6 
U.S.CI.  1S-159A 


3Claims 


Hair  brush  having  a  solid  rigid  base  member  with  a  plurali- 
ty of  spaced  recesses  formed  therein,  each  recess  having  a 
plurality  of  tufts  of  fine  bristles  being  bent  back  upon  them- 
selves and  a  single  thick  strand  of  a  length  greater  than  the 
length  of  tuft  of  fine  bristles. 


A  shoe-holding  apparatus  for  use  in  removably  supporting 
a  shoe  for  repairing,  polishing,  or  the  like,  including  an  elon- 
gate frame  having  an  upper  surface  adapted  to  supportingly 
engage  the  undersurface  of  the  shoe  sole.  A  shoe-gripping 
construction  includes  convergingly  operative  forward  and 
rearward  grip  members  for  dampingly  engaging  respectively 
the  forward  sole  edge  at  the  shoe  toe  and  the  heel  edge  at  the 
back  of  the  shoe.  The  forward  grip  member  is  operative 
through  a  leaf  spring  and  a  helical  ten«on  spring,  causing 
compound  gripping  action  on  the  shoe  sole  toe  edge  in 
directions  both  rearwardly  and  downwardly  of  the  shoe  sole 
supporting  frame.  The  shoe  gripping  mechanism  and  action  is 
selectively  variable  in  position  and  tension  for  accommodat- 
ing various  shoe  shapes  and  sizes. 


I       3.668,734 

VACUUM  CLEANER  SHAG  RUG  NOZZLE 

CONSTRUCTION 

Max  L.  Fairaizl.  Chagrin  Fds,  OMo,  and  John  F.  SchncerJ 

man,  Winfidd,  HI.,  assignors  to  HeaHh-Mor,  Inc.,  Chicago. 


Filed  Oct  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  82,565 
Int.  a.  A47I  9/02 
U.S.  CI.  15—328 


3  Claims 


A  vacuum  cleaner  nozzle  construction  having  a  usual  noz* 
zle  body  formed  with  an  elongated  cleaning  mouth  between  a 
pair  of  rug  surface  contacting  lips.  The  nozzle  body  is  con- 
nected to  a  usual  source  of  cleaning  suction.  A  skid  having  a 
pair  of  spaced  parallel  sledlike  runners  extends  below  the 
nozzle  lips  transversely  beneath  the  nozzle  body  raising  the 
nozzle  lips  a  sufficient  distance  above  a  deep  pile  shag  rug 
being  cleaned  so  that  the  nozzle  hpe  will  not  seal  into  the 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


426 


pile,  thus  allowing  air  to  circulate  through   the   pile   for    the  base  and  the  fiher  basket  are  cooperatively  flanged  lo 
removal  of  dirt.  The  nozzle  and  skid  are  pushed  through  the    support  the  filter  basket 

shag  rug,  the  suction  stands  the  rug  fibers  upright  for  clean-  

ing  and  for  uniform  appearance  of  pile. 

3.668,737 

AUTOMATIC  DOOR  CLOSER 
Horst  THInwin, 
Dorkcn  St  Maakd  KG.  I 

FIM  Nor.  6. 1969.  Sv.  H^  874.599 
Ctaims  priority,  appllcatka  GcnMoy,  Nov.  7. 1968,  P  18  07 

399.9 
Into.  POST  J/20 


3,668,735 

VACUUM  CLEANER  HEAD  FOR  CLEANING  AND 

COMBING  SHAG  CARPETING 

Fred  W.  Dupca,  4501  North  25th  Street,  Tacoma,  WmH. 

FUcd  Oct.  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,277 

Int  CL  A47I  9/02 


VS.  CL  15—397 


\ 


2  Clahm    U.S.  CL  16—55 


SClain 


Vacuum  cleaner  head  in  the  form  of  a  rake  for  cleaning 
and  combing  the  pile  of  a  shag  rug,  having  a  hollow  stem,  a 
hollow  body  and  a  number  of  hollow  rake-like  fingers  with 
elliptical  cross-sections  extending  downward  f^om  the  body 
section  parallel  to  one  another  and  arranged  in  a  number  of 
off-set  rows.  The  head  when  moved  back  and  forth  through 
the  pile  in  the  fashion  of  a  rake  will  lift  and  untangle  the  in- 
dividual strands  exposing  the  dirt  deep  within  the  carpet  to 
the  cleaning  action  of  the  vacuum  air  stream. 


3,668,736 
GROOMING  AND  CLEANING  DEVICE 
Nicholas  R.  Loscalzo,  Mdvflk,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Petcraft  In- 
dustrfcs  Incorporated,  MdviUc,  N.Y. 

Filed  Apr.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27,721 

Int  CL  A471  9/06 

VS.  CL  15—402  3  Claims 


For  grooming  the  coat  of  an  animal,  a  device  having  a 
working  appliance  and  a  collecting  appliance  connected  to  a 
vacuum  source,  and  a  flexible  hose  joining  the  appliances. 
The  working  appHance  comprises  a  tubular  handle  section 
connected  to  a  hose,  a  nozzle  end  defining  a  substantially 
planar  opening,  a  plurality  of  slotted  ribs  behind  the  opening 
to  receive  a  removable  currycomb  and  a  removable  depth- 
stop  comprising  a  rigid  member  extending  below  the  plane  of 
the  nozzle  opening.  The  collecting  appliance  is  a  filter  which 
includes  a  container  enclosing  a  removaUe  filter  basket  The 
container  has  a  base  with  a  tubular  vacuum  port  for  connec- 
tion to  the  vacuum  source;  the  ltd  is  similariy  provided  with  a 
tubular  opening  but  for  connection  to  the  flexible  hose  and 


An  automatic  door  in  which  a  closer  shaft  is  connected  at 
one  end  thereof  to  a  door  for  turning  movement  therewith 
and  carries  in  a  housing  in  which  the  cloaer  shaft  is  tumaMy 
mounted  a  cam  fixed  to  the  closer  shaft.  A  pair  of  followers 
carried  by  a  carriage  are  arranged  to  oppocite  sides  of  the 
shaft  and  cooperate  with  the  cam  to  move  the  carriage  in  a 
first  direction  during  turning  ai  the  shaft  and  cam  to  either 
side  of  a  rest  position  in  which  the  door  is  closed,  and  spring 
means  cooperate  with  the  carriage  to  be  stressed  to  an  in- 
creasing degree  during  movement  of  said  carriage  in  this  first 
direction,  while  damping  means  cooperate  with  the  carriage 
to  dampen  the  movement  of  said  carriage  in  a  direction  op- 
posite to  said  first  direction. 


3,668,738 

DEVICE  FOR  MAKING  A  LONGITUDINAL  CUT  INTO 

THE  NECK  OF  POULTRY 

Jacobus  G.  Vcrtcgaal,  Bojutci,  Ncthcriwis,  atsignitr  to 

Stork  Amsterdam  N.V.,  Anateivecn.  Nctkcrlaiidi 

FDcd  Feb.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  14,494 

'  Claims  priority,  appHoiUoa  NcdwrtaMk,  Mv.  25, 1969. 

6904551 
Int  CL  A22c  21/00 
UACL  17—11  4< 


A  device  far  making  a  longitudinal  cut  into  the  bade  of  the 
neck  of  poultry  by  means  of  a  rotating  disc  provided  akwf  in 
circumference  with  outwardly  protruding  knivca,  sepnrled 
by  downwardly  and  outwardly  protruding  guide  mcndiera  tkc 


426 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


whole  coopentmg  with  a  fixed  guide  and  having  an  inclined 
position  with  respect  to  the  horizontal. 


3,MS,739 
FISH  CLEANING  TROUGH  FOR  BOATS 
Elbert  G.  Lewli,  IM35  171k  Street,  SMMte,  Waih. 
FBed  Ja|y  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  S9,945 

luL  CI  A22c  25/06 
VS.  CL  17-53  2 


A  fish-cleaning  trough  adapted  to  be  easily  mounted  to  or 
removed  from  the  gunwale  of  a  boat  provides  a  convenient 
means  of  supporting  a  fish  as  it  is  cleaned  during  motions  of  a 
boat.  The  trough  is  suspended  over  the  water  as  the  fish  are 
cleaned  to  faciliUte  disposal  of  wastes  and  it  is  partially  open 
at  the  ends  so  that  rinse  water  and  organic  wastes  can  easily 
run  out,  whik  the  fish  remains  confined  to  the  trough. 

The  trough  is  attached  to  the  side  ot  a  boat  by  utilizing 
securing  means  including  pivotal  brackett,  hinges,  and/or  ad- 
justable clamps.  Materials  used  are  plastic,  wood,  galvanized 
metals,  or  other  protected  metals  to  avoid  and/or  to  inhibit 
corrosion  and  rusting. 


3,668,740 
HIGH  STRENGTH  STRAP  AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING  IT 
Lee  E.  Pmhtmb,  GmviBe,  Ohio,  Miifor  to  Owcaa-Coniiiig 
Flbcrglas  Corporatloa 

Fled  Nov.  27, 1970.  Ser.  No.  93,190 

Int.  Ci.  B32b  5/12;  B65d  63/00;  B65J  1/22 

VS.  CL  24— 16  PB  18  Claims 


June  IS,  197S 


WW 


3,668,741 
WIRE  JOINTS 
HoMtcaodt  23,  56  WuppirtaH 


•Lan^nMd, 

Filed  Sept.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  76,055  I 

Claims  priority,  appMcttoi  Gcnnany,  Sept.  30, 1969,  P  19 
j  49  203.6 

I         loft.  CL  B65d  6J/70  | 

VS.  CL  24—27  1  Ctaim 


\- 


A  joint  for  wires  serving  as  ties  for  bales  of  cotton,  wod, 
synthetic  fibers  and  the  like,  the  wire  ends  to  be  connected 
each  comprising  a  rebent  portion  forming  loops  which  define 
male  and/or  female  members  to  be  hooked  one  in  to  the 
other,  the  joint  having  means  to  reinforce  the  male  member 
so  that  it  withstands  the  maximum  tensile  stress  applied  to 
the  tie  without  disengaging  from  the  female  member,  the 
distal  ends  of  the  wire  preferably  being  secured  to  the  wife 
length  by  spot  welding. 


3,668,742 
COUPLING  FOR  WEBS 
Otto  Bartmanot,  6  Waidstr.,  Birgcl,  Durcn,  Germany 

Fled  July  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  57,446 
Claims  priority,  appllcatioB  Germany,  July  24, 1969,  G  69  29 

255.3 

InLCLF16gi/02 

VS.  CL  24—33  C  9  Claims 


\ 


A  coupling  is  disclosed  for  securing  adjacent  end  web  por- 
tions without  overlap  of  the  webs.  The  coupling  includes  se- 
ries of  spaced  loops  which  project  endwise  from  the  end  por- 
tions of  the  webs  and  are  held  in  intermeshing  relationship  by 
a  connector  which  is  threaded  through  the  intermeshing 
loops  and  comprises  a  pair  of  parallel  rods  which  are  freely 
movable  related  to  one  another  and  convexly  curved  in 
cross-sectional  profile  at  least  where  the  rods  make  contact 
with  each  other  and  which  are  enclosed  in  a  resilient  tube. 


A  high  strength  non-corrodible  strap  of  composite  materi- 
als for  support  or  securement  of  articles  and  a  method  of 
making  the  strap.  The  strap  is  reinforced  with  filaments,  such 
as  glass  fibers,  kwped  into  a  continuous  band  having  two 
sides  merged  in  the  middle  to  form  an  elongated  body  por- 
tion between  end  connecting  loops.  The  matrix  material, 
such  as  polyester  resin,  surrounds  and  protects  the  filaments 
from  abrasion  and  corrosion  while  the  filamenu  impart  high 
strength  to  the  strap.  Loop-shaped  thimbles  can  be  frUmcated 
into  the  loops  to  provide  bearing  surfaces  at  the  comiections. 
The  strap  with  associated  guides  is  particularly  useful  as  a 
hold  down  strap  to  anchor  underground  storage  tanks. 


Wi 


I  3,668,743 

STRAP  TENSKNONG  MIVICES 
Roiwi  li  Tamorlev. 


fled  Nov.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  92y493 
priority,  appHcatkm  Great  Britala,  Nov.  25, 1 
57,520/69 
taL  CL  A43c  1  l/OO;  A44b  21/00;  A62b  35/00 
U.S.C1.24— 66CT  3 

A  tensioning  device  for  a  strap  which  is  used  to  secure 
cargo  ia  position  and  in  which  the  tensioning  device  has  at 


\ 


i 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


487 


one  end  a  slidaMe  locking  means  and  at  the  other  end  a 
pivotal  locking  means  and  with  the  strap  wound  around  and 


through  the  tensioning  device  such  that  a  mechanical  ad- 
vanuge  of  at  least  3: 1  is  obtained  when  Uutening  the  strap. 


A  connector  clip  for  linking  a  pair  of  looped  straps  holding 
bundles  of  wires  or  similar  items  including,  a  solid  walled 
passage,  and  an  open  walled  passage,  the  open  walled 
passage  being  adapted  to  clip  omo  a  primary  strap  in  an  al- 
ready looped  position  after  which  the  second  strap  is  placed 
longitudinally  through  the  closed  passage  prior  to  loofwig 
around  a  second  bundle  of  wires. 


3,668,745 
SEAUNG  CLOSURE 
Carroll   P.    Knipp,   Aknm,   Ohio, 
Goodrich  Compaay,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec.  18, 1969,  Ser.  No.  873,760 
Int.  CL  A44b  19/32 
VS.  CL  24-205.1 


to   The   B.   F. 


9ClaimB 


edges  are  turned  under  and  the  teetii  overlie  the  other  fbce  of 
the  margin  when  the  slide  Caetener  is  in  the  locked  poiitioii. 
As  the  slide  tetener  closes,  sealing  Kps  on  the  seaHng  strips 
are  pulled  into  engagement  and  resiUently  oppose  the  forces 
produced  by  the  turning  under  of  the  edges  of  the  margins. 


3,668,746 
HOOK  HAVING  SLOTIED  ENTRY 
^  L.  Gower,  Roon  302, 1191  JeOsnea  Dovb 

ArUngloii,  Va. 

FBed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Sv.  No.  90,736 
lirt.  CL  A43c  11/08;  A44b  ISfOO 
U.S.  CL  24— 230.5  ^4 


3,668,744 
CONNECT<NI  CUP 
Roy  A.  Moody,  Floasmoor;  John  F.  SuWvaB,  Sooth  HoMand, 
and  Artte  J.  Thayer,  Tfariey  Park,  al  of  DL,  wrignitn  to 
Paadolt  Corp.,  Thiky  Park,  DL 

Filed  Oct  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  82,699  \ 
lot.  CL  B65d  63/06;  A44b  21/00 
VS.  CL  24—73  PB  16  Claiiw 


J9  v/y 


A  sealing  closure  between  two  margins  of  sheet  material  in 
which  each  margin  has  a  sealing  strip  continuously  applied  to 
one  face  of  the  margin  at  a  position  spaced  from  the  edge 
thereof  and  interlocking  teeth  of  a  slide  ftotener  fMtened  to 
the  edge  of  the  margin  at  the  sides  of  the  teeth  so  that  the 


Hook  means  for  fastening  a  chain-bound  article  securely  in 
connected  position,  access  to  the  throat  <rf  the  hook  being 
gained  through  a  slotted  entry  of  diameter  sufficiently  greater 
than  the  diameter  of  die  bar  stock  <rf  the  chain  with  which 
said  hook  is  used  to  permit  clearance  of  a  Imk  of  such  chain 
through  said  slotted  entry,  and  thus  permit  rapid  connection 
and  disconnection  thereof  while  minimizing  the  posnbility  of 
accidental  disengagement  of  said  hook  and  said  chain. 


3,668,747 
SNAPLOCK  FOR  SARTY  BELTS 
Gustav  Ocfcci,  Nordsrrtsdt,  GcnMmy,  MslgMr  to 
pan  GmbH,  KoMMk,  GcHMHiy 

FBed  Dec  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  94,678 

Vrtmet,  Dae.  8, 1969, 6942338 


U.S.  CL  24-241 


Int.  CL  A44b  13/00, 19/00 


A  map  or  cUp-on  lock  for  safety  belts  particulairty  suitable 
for  motor  vehicles  which  is  capable  of  being  clipped  onto  a 
bow  or  a  hoop  locked  to  the  vehide  body  conisting  of  a 
movable  lock  housing  and  a  locking  plate  sKdably  ^ifpfrtfd  in 
the  housing  and  including  a  recess  for  receiving  the  bow.  The 
locking  plate  also  includes  one  or  more  arresting  hooks  on 
the  sides  of  the  plate,  the  arresting  hooks  being  pivotaNy 
motmted  against  tiie  plate  and  tachtding  a  spring  urgiiv  the 
arrests^  hooks  fanto  dieir  kicking  position.  The  kxk  hoa^^ 


428 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


includes  an  abutment  which  prevents  pivoting  of  the  arrest- 
ing hooks  into  a  release  position  while  the  arresting  hooks 
are  locked  to  the  bow. 


3,66«,74S 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  WHISKER-REINFORCED 
METAL  MATRIX  COMPOSITES  BY  UQUID-PHASE 
CONSOUDATION 
AMTMth  P.  Divedui.  Fals  Onrch.  Va^  PmI  J.  Ure,  Bowto, 
Md.;  Fred  Ordway,  Jr.,  Bcthcada,  Md.;  Rabat  A.  Her- 
mamm,  Rodivflk,  Md.;  Onrttt  B.  Van  Bkarkaa,  Alexandria, 
and  Hcwy  Hain,  FaMas,  bath  af  Va.,  aarignors  to  Amer- 
kaa  Standard  Inc.,  Pais  Church,  Va. 

FOcd  Sept.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  857^76 

Iirt.  CL  B23p  1 7100;  B22f  3/24 

VS.  CL  29—419  10  Claims 


is  formed  on  the  insulator  to  define  an  angle  within  a  range 
between  20*  and  45*  to  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  insulator 
axis.  An  upwardly  facing  shoulder  is  formed  within  a  reduced 
opening  in  the  shell  to  define  an  an^e  within  a  range 
between  QTxo  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  shell  axis  and  S* 
less  than  the  insulator  shoulder  angle.  The  insulator  is  then 
inserted  into  the  shell  opening  until  the  downwardly  facing 
shoulder  on  the  insulator  abutt  the  upwardly  facing  shoulder 
within  the  shell  opening.  In  comi^eting  assemUy  of  the  spark 
plug,  the  insulator  is  forced  into  the  shell  to  deform  the  shell 
shoulder  by  cold  working  it  against  the  insulator  shoulder, 
thereby  forming  a  thermally  conducting  seat  between  th« 
shell  and  the  insulator. 


3,66S,750 

AUTOMATIC  PROCESSING  EQUIPMENT  FOR 

MICROELECTRONIC  CIRCUITS 

Lewis  L.  McAUhtcr,  Marion,  and  Wcacfl  D.  Popck,  Ccdai- 

Rapids,  both  of  Iowa,  aastgnnra  to  CoUna  Radio  Company, 

Dalaa,Tcx. 

Filed  Jaa  11, 1971,  Scr.  Na  105^94 
Int.  a.  B23p  23/04,  21/00 
VS.  CL  29— 33,M  18 


A  fiber-reinforced  metal  composite  of  desired  shape  is 
produced  by  consolidating  a  mixture  of  the  metal  matrix  and 
the  fibers  under  pressure  with  the  mixture  maintained  at  a 
temperature  in  which  the  matrix  system  is  partly  in  the  liquid 
phase  and  partly  in  the  soUd  phase,  utilizing  a  Uquid-phase 
extrusion  die  cavity  of  predetermined  volume.  With  approxi- 
mately one  quarter  of  the  matrix  system  in  the  liquid  phase, 
and  conuining  up  to  approximately  SO  percent  by  volume  of 
oriented  fibers  or  whiskers,  the  material  of  the  composite  bil- 
let is  exuuded  into  the  die  cavity  in  order  to  consolidate  the 
composite  billet  to  the  volume  of  the  die  cavity,  in  which  the 
desired  shape  is  to  be  formed.  Heating  is  discontinued  when 
the  cavity  is  filled  completely  by  the  semi-molten  metal  fiber 
composite. 


3,668,749 
SPARK  PLUG  SEAT 
Richard  S.  Podiafc,  Maumcc;  James  M.  Mack,  and  Michael  A. 
Brctsch,  both  of  Toledo,  al  ti  OMo,  assignors  to  Champion 
Spark  Plug  Company,  Tokdo,  OWo 

FBcd  May  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  35,043 

Int.  CL  r23q  3/70;  HOlt  13/00 

VS.  CL  29-25.12  7  Claims 


Equipment  for  automatically  processing  microelectronic 
circuits  for  application  in  circuits  defined  on  printed  circuit 
boards  and  the  like.  A  plurality  of  work  sutions  apply  insula- 
tive  backing  to  the  circuit  cases,  trim  and  form  the  leads,  and 
cold-flow  solder  ribbon  about  the  formed  leads.  Circuits  may 
be  automatically  loaded  into  the  equipment,  processed,  ai|d 
unloaded  following  the  completed  processing. 

'  3,668,751 

APPARATUS  FOR  CHAMFERING  TABLETS 
HanUi  SacU,  Sulta,  Japoi,  assignnr  to  SMonogi  &  Co.,  Ltd., 
Osaka,  Japan  i 

Fled  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50y400 

Claims  priority,  applkatkm  Japan,  June  30, 1969, 44/52031^ 

Aog.  28, 1969, 44/68424;  May  1 1, 1970, 45/40406 

Int.  CL  B23d  67/00;  B24b  7/00 

VS.  CL  29-76  15  Clalis 


=7?^ 


A  method  far  forming  a  gHketleaa  seat  between  an  insula- 
tor and  a  shdl  in  a  apaik  plug.  A  downwardly  facing  shoulder 


An  apparatus  for  chamfering  the  sharp  edges  of  phar- 
maceutical tablett.  The  apparatus  has  abrading  means  hav^ 


June  13,  1972 


\ 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


4» 


\ 


at  least  two  moving  surface  portions  having  a  grinding  or 
abrading  surface  which  is  sufficiently  hard  and  rough  to 
scrape  the  tablets.  A  guiding  member  is  disposed  above  the 
surface  portions  which  has  a  channel  interconnecting  inlet 
and  outlet  openings  and  having  a  cross  section  permitting  the 
unobstructed  passage  oi  the  tablets  while  holding  the  tablets 
oriented  in  a  predominantly  upright  yet  slightly  inclined  posi- 
tion with  one  of  the  sharp  edges  toward  the  surface  of  the 
surface  portions.  Two  grooved  segments  extend  along  parts 
of  the  length  of  the  guiding  member  connected  by  a  tubular 
segment.  Each  of  the  grooved  segments  extends  across  a 
respective  moving  surface  portion  along  a  line  which  inter- 
sects the  direction  of  movement  of  the  surface  portion  at  an 
angle  other  than  a  right  angle.  The  portions  of  the  channel 
extending  through  each  of  the  grooved  segments  is  a  groove 
opening  out  of  the  segment  and  opposed  to  the  correspond- 
ing grinding  and  abrading  surface  portion  and  spaced 
therefrom  to  leave  a  small  clearance  between  the  segment 
and  the  surface  portion.  One  of  said  grooved  segments 
orients  the  Ublett  with  one  of  the  circular  edges  against  the 
corresponding  surface  portion  and  the  other  of  the  grooved 
segments  orientt  the  tablets  with  the  other  of  the  circular 
edges  against  the  corresponding  surface  portion.  The  tubular 
portion  has  the  portion  of  the  channel  extending 
therethrough  twisted,  if  necessary,  to  change  the  orientation 
of  the  tablets  from  the  position  with  one  edge  against  the  sur- 
face portion  to  the  position  with  the  other  edge  against  the 
surface  portion. 


3,668,752 
COATING  ROLLER  AND  METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURE 
Edward  A.  CHfton,  Engkwood,  and  Artcmio  P.  Carrandi, 

Dayton,   both   of  OMo,  aasifnors  to  Dayco  Corporatioa, 

Dayton,  Ohio 

ConUnuatlon-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  6,623,  Jan.  28, 
1970,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Sept  2, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  70,926 

Int.  CL  B21b  31/08 

U.S.  a.  29-124  7  Claims 


A  coating  roller  and  method  of  manufacture  is  disclosed 
wherein  the  roller  is  comprised  of  a  magnetic  cylinder  and  a 
plurality  of  magnetically  attracted  roller  coverings  in- 
dividually supported  on  the  outside  surface  of  the  roller.  The 
edges  of  the  coverings  are  separated  to  define  distinct  coat- 
ing impressions  on  the  product  which  is  coated.  Each  cover- 
ing of  the  roller  is  easily  removed  and  replaced  as  required 
while  keeping  the  remaining  coverings  substantially  intact. 


3,668,753 
CONTACT  ROLLER  IN  A  SANMNG IWVICE 
KatsHji  HaasfBwa,  Nafoya  Ckj,  Japa%  aasivMr  to  KabosMd 
Isalwriio,  Nagoyn  Oly,  Jap— 

I  «f  appHcaliaa  Scr.  No.  757,278,  Sept.  4, 1968, 
Iris  appMcatiaa  ScpL  14, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

72,137 

lBt.CLB24b2i/74 

U.S.  CL  29-121  1  CUm 

In  a  sanding  device,  a  contact  roller  is  steel  material  having 

grooves  provided  at  an  equal  pitch  and  at  an  angle  in  relation 


to  a  longitudinal  axis  of  the  contact  roller  on  an  outer 
peripheral  surface  thereof  and  each  having  a  larger  width  at  a 
bottom  portion  thereof  in  comparison  with  that  of  a  top  por- 


tion; and  pressure  elements  fitted  displaceaUy  into  said 
grooves  for  applying  pressure  to  a  material  to  be  processed  in 
contact  with  a  belt  sander  mounted  thereon. 


3,668,754 
METHODS  OF  FORMING  PIPE  JOINTS 
Derek  Waiter  Boast,  PcadNmst,  HB  CrcMxaC,  ToMcrtdgc,  Lo» 
don.  No.  20,  Fi^and 

FBcd  Apr.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,834 
Int.  CLB23p  77/02 
U.S.CL29— 157  2 


^  •*<?  ■*'-*  •^ 


A  method  of  forming  a  pipe  joint,  w^tich  pipe  joint  is  of  the 
kind  in  which  an  external  peripheral  flange  is  provided  on  the 
pipe  and  a  nut  or  other  retaining  device  encircles  the  pipe  ao 
as  to  abut  the  flange  (or  a  member  in  engagement 
therewith),  v^ch  nut  or  retaining  device  can  be  engaged 
with  a  threaded  or  other  suitably  shaped  part  of  the  fitting  to 
which  the  pipe  is  to  be  joined  in  such  maimer  that  the  flange 
is  trapped  between  the  nut  or  retaining  device  and  part  of  the 
fitting.  Tne  method  comprises  forming  the  flange  as  an  asmu- 
lar  element  which  is  expanded  by  heating  and  is  then  shrunk 
on  to  the  pipe.  The  inner  periphery  of  the  ««"v'fir  i»lrmfmt 
and  the  outer  periphery  of  the  pipe  are  formed  with  inter-en- 
gaging projections  and  recesses. 


3,668,755 
BONDING  OF  METALLIC  MEMBERS  WITH  LITHIUM 
AND  LITHIUM  CONTAINING  ALLOYS 
Eari  L  Larw>  laiBsaigiBi.  lad.,  a^  RidMrd  H. 
WcslaiB,  Maac  aasfgpcr*  la  P.  R.  Maiary  *  Caw  faK^ 


Flad  Jaik  25, 1971,  Scr.  N*.  109^29 
Int.  CL  B32b  75/76. 15/20 
U.S.CL29— 199  42  < 

Bonding  of  copper  and  copper  containing  aBoya  or 
or  silver  containing  alloys  to  copper  or  copper  aHoya  at  to 
silver  or  silver  containing  alloys  through  the  uae  of  lithium  or 
a  lithium  containing  alloys. 


430 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE'                                   June  13,  191 

3,MS,756  1 3,66«,759 

METHOD  FOR  MAiONG  FLUID  CHANNELS  CASSETTE  HUB  LEADERING  HEAD 

Andre  A.  Wiraic,  Zwevegcm,  Bdgiuin,  assignor  to  N.  V.  TKvor  WWmi  Kendal,  RonkonlumM,  N.Y^ 

Bckacrt  S.  A.,  Zwevegcm,  Belgium  ti^lioiie  Cor^oradon,  Biid)|e|MMt,  Conn. 

FUed  Apr.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  817,431  FHed  Mar.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18^63 

ClalM  priority,  apiritTaHir-  FruKC,  Apr.  23,  1968,  149016  Int.  CL  B23p  19/00 

ImU  CLBlld  53/00;  B21k29J0O;B23p  15/26  U.S.  CL  29— 280  B                                                      6Claii|H 
U.S.CL  29-157  R                                                      7  Claims 


A  method  of  making  flow  channels  in  fluid  control  devices 
comprising  coining  into  the  surface  of  the  device  a  length  of 
hard  drawn  wire  having  an  appropriate  form,  and  removing 
the  length  of  wire  from  the  channel  thus  formed. 


3,668,757 
METHOD  OF  FORMING  A  HEAT  EXCHANGER 
Otto  E.  Ricdcr,  Etobkokc,  Ontario,  Canada,  assignor  to 
General  Impact  Extmslons  (Manufacturing)  Ltd.,  Toronto, 
Ontario,  Canada 

Ficd  July  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,919 

Int  CI.  B21d  53/02;  B21k  29/00 

U.S.  CI.  29- 1 57  J  R  4  Claims 


^^^^ 


A  device  is  provided  for  securing  a  length  of  leader  tape 
from  a  supply  thereof  to  a  reel  hub  having  a  slot  on  its 
peripheral  side  wall.  The  hub  is  initially  positioned  on  the 
base  of  the  device  with  a  segment  of  a  leadering  tape  pofi- 
tioned  adjacent  the  slot.  A  pair  of  spaced  die  members  are 
mounted  on  the  base  and  have  vertically  aligned  apertures 
therein  through  which  a  supply  of  frangible  rod  is  advanced. 
A  shearing  blade  is  slidably  mounted  in  the  device  for  move- 
ment between  the  die  members  and  is  reciprocated  by  an  air 
cylinder  between  extended  and  retracted  positions.  Upon 
movement  of  the  blade  from  its  retracted  position  to  its  ex- 
tended position,  the  blade  shears  the  portion  of  the  frangible 
rod  between  the  die  members  and  forces  the  sheared  rod 
portion,  with  the  tape  adjacent  the  hub,  into  the  slot  in  the 
reel  hub. 


3,668,760 

AIR  OPERATED  TERMINAL  INSERTION  DEVICE 

Stuart  J.  Bicderman,  Floral  Park,  and  Walter  E.  Jcicwski, 

Tuckahoc,  both  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to  North  American 

PhlUps  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

rFcb.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,998 
Int.  CL  H05k  13/04 
VS.  CL  29-203  B  1 1  Clalnis 


An  improved  method  of  forming  a  heat  exchanger  includ- 
ing the  step  of  forming  a  plurality  of  heating  tubes  integrally 
with  an  end  plate  and  by  an  impact  extrusion  process  and 
connecting  the  interior  passages  of  the  tubes  in  a  heat 
exchanger  circuit. 


3,668,758 

BONDING  OF  METALLIC  MEMBERS  WITH  ALKAU 

METALS  AND  ALKAU  METAL  CONTAINING  ALLOYS 

Ridwrd  H.  Knick,  126  CoMnt  Rand,  Wcatoii,  Maak,  and 

1 L  LancB.  9565  Copley  Drive  Indtaaapalli,  bid. 

:  of  vplcadoa  Scr.  No.  109329,  Jan.  25, 
1971.  TMi  nppBcndaB  Jaly  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  160,931 
tal.  CL  B32b  15/16, 15/20 
VJS.  CL  29—199  70  Clalmi 

Bonding  of  copper  and  copper  containing  alloys  or  silver 
or  silver  containing  alloys  to  copper  or  copper  alloys  or  to 
silver  or  silver  containing  alloys  through  the  use  of  alkali 
metal  or  alkali  metal  containing  alloys. 


An  air  operated  terminal  insertion  device  comprising  a  ftrst 
reciprocating  member  and  a  second  reciprocating  member 
which  is  attached  to  a  double  acting  pneumatic  cylinder  and 
frictionally  enjgages  the  first  member  concentricaDy  to  actu- 
ate the  same.  One  of  the  members  contains  a  stop  which  in- 
teracts with  the  other  member  to  limit  the  axial  movement 
therebetween.  A  pushrod  is  attached  at  one  end  to  the 
second  qpember  and  terminates  at  the  other  end  in  an  in- 
serter portion.  The  first  member  is  provided  with  a  transvefie 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


481 


slot  through  which  the  terminab  are  fed  for  insertion,  and 
elastic  means  on  this  member  provide  support  for  the  ter- 
minal immediately  prior  to  insertion  by  the  inserter  portion 
of  the  pushrod. 


3,668,761 

MACHINE  FOR  MANUFACTURING  ELECTRIC 

STORAGE  BATTERIES 

Richard  A.  Buttkc;  Anthony  Sabatino;  Danid  Orlando,  al  of 

Mihvaukcc,  and  William  H.  Bchrcns,  Radnc,  aV  of  Wb.,  ■». 

sigMMrs  to  Globc-UnioB  Inc.,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Original  application  Mar.  27, 1963,  Scr.  No.  268^59,  now 

Patent  No.  3^44,754.  Divided  awl  thb  application  Sept.  4, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  69,828 

Int.  CL  HOlm  37/00 

VS.  CL  29—204  D  9  OainH 


pads  being  applied  by  a  spiked  tool  adapted  to  be  centered  in 
and  by  the  peiforations  and  press  the  pads  against  the  sheet 


There  is  also  provided  a  dispenser  and  running  "conductor" 
lines  between  spaced  pads  on  the  work  sheet. 


Apparatus  for  aligning  conductive  portions  of  adjacent  cell 
element  assemblies  on  opposite  sides  of  battery  partition 
walls  so  that  an  intercell  weld  can  be  made  through  those 
walls  between  the  aligned  conductive  portions  includes  a  plu- 
rality of  pairs  of  bifurcated  aligning  extensions  depending 
from  an  aligning  head.  A  battery  support  is  positioned  below 
the  aligning  head  and  provision  is  made  for  producing  rela- 
tive movement  between  the  aligning  extensions  and  the  bat- 
tery support  so  that  the  extensions  can  be  brought  into  en- 
gagement with  conductive  portions  of  cell  element  assem- 
blies contained  in  a  battery  resting  on  the  battery  support. 
The  pairs  of  extensions  are  relatively  spaced  in  accordance 
with  the  relative  spacing  of  the  adjacent  conductive  portions 
of  the  battery  cell  element  assemblies  and  the  bifurcations  in 
each  pair  of  aligning  extensions  are  relatively  aligned  so  that 
the  extensions  will  engage  and  align  conductive  portions  of 
adjacent  assemblies.  Provision  is  also  made  for  testing  the 
position  of  the  ceU  element  assemblies  in  the  battery  as  well 
as  the  position  of  the  battery  per  se  on  the  battery  support. 
The  testing  arrangement  is  eflfective  to  produce  a  signal  in 
the  event  of  a  comi^etely  misaligned  battery  or  misaligned 
battery  cell  element  assemblies. 


3,668,762 
PREPARATION  OF  ARTWORK  MASTERS 
AlfrHl  Charlci  Omrk,  Conduit  L«ie,  Woodhun,  Mortimer 
Makhm,  Ei^hMd 

Fled  Oct  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80^79 
riorlty,  appBrmlwi  GrcM  Britain,  Oct.  13, 1969, 
50379/69 
Int.  CL  HOlr 
U.S.  CL  29—203  B  7  n.1— 

There  is  provided  apparatus  and  metfiod  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  artwork  masters  used  for  the  manufacture  of  printed 
circuit  boards.  A  grid  having  uniformly  spaced  perforations 
onto  which  a  work  sheet  for  the  master  is  applied  is  used  for 
proper  alignment  of  pressure  sensitive  pads  on  the  sheet,  the 


3,668,763 
WIRE  STRIP  AND  WRAP  BIT 
Percy  Leonard  MlcUewright,  SawNidywcHh,  and  Emcat 
Victor  Scaddan,  LoMlon,  both  of  rnglaiiil.  am^mm  m  in- 
temationai  Standard  Electric  Corpomdon,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FOcd  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,015 

Claims  priority,  appMcatfan  Great  Briton,  May  9, 1969, 

23,745/69 

InL  CL  Ii05k  13/04 

VS.  CL  29—203  DT  5  i 


A  wire-wrapping  bit  cuts  and  strips  a  wire  end  and  wraps  a 
terminal  in  one  operation  using  "fne"  ends  ot  insulated  wire 
(that  is,  not  intended  to  be  drawn  up  tight).  The  cutting  ele- 
ments are  removed,  and  an  easy-feed  wire  hold  guide  and 
length  gauge  are  provided,  whereby  wire  may  be  fed  through 
the  guide  up  to  a  striker  flange  on  the  shank  of  the  bit,  for 
determining  the  skinner  length  and  the  wire  held  *gpin«t 
withdrawal  by  being  trapped  in  the  skinner  (date.  A  collar 
surrounding  the  feed  guide  asaistt  the  feed  and  permits  wire 
to  be  fed  at  45*  to  the  bit  and  prevents  "snatoh."  An  expand- 
ing bit  shank,  and  a  feed  channel  extending  ite  length,  both 
assist  in  ejection  of  the  insulation  after  the  wrapping  opera- 
tion. 


3,668,764 
AUTOMATIC  TERMINAL  APPUCATOR  FOR 
INSULATED  NON-METALUC  IGNlTiON  TYPE  WIRES 
Manns  Randar,  Mwomsnai  Fals.  Wh,  «i^Mr  to  Aitoa 
•  wpany,  Ntm  Bcrito,  Wis. 
FUed  Dec.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  IOI3O6 
InfL  CL  HOlr  43/04,  9/00 
VS.  CL  29—203  D  13  CMaa 

A  terminal  applicator  for  attaching  an  electric  terminal  to 
the  end  of  an  insulated  non-metallic  Ignition  type  wire  having 
one  or  both  ends  of  the  wire  insulation  stripped  to  expose  a 
short  section  of  the  non-metallic  conductor.  The  wire  h  con- 
veyed in  a  step  by  step  manner  to  the  terminal  applicator. 
The  applicator  includes  a  die  set  having  a  movable  die  and  a 
fixed  die.  The  movable  die  includes  a  pusher  plate  which  it 


432 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


moved  downwardly  with  the  movable  die  to  partially  bend 
the  exposed  conductor  at  the  end  of  the  wire  downward  into 
the  path  of  motion  of  the  movable  die.  The  whole  terminal 
applicator  is  moved  toward  the  wire  to  seat  the  end  of  the 
wire  in  the  terminal  ears  of  an  electric  terminal.  The  motion 


3,668,766 

PIPE  COUPLING  DEVICE 

J.  Wane  Orttr,  WIcMla  Firih,  and  Martia  Duaae  Nchcr, 

Burkbumctt,  both  of  Tcx^  aMignon  to  Clba-G«igy  Cor* 

poratkm,  ANaky,  N.Y. 

FiM  Nov.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92,996 

Int.  CL  B23p  19104 

U.S.  CL  29—237  9  Claliaa 


of  the  applicator  is  used  to  bend  the  downwardly  bent  con- 
ductor back  against  the  outside  surface  of  the  insulation  so 
that  on  crimping  of  the  terminal  ears  around  the  insulation, 
the  exposed  end  of  the  conductor  of  the  wire  will  be  in  elec- 
trical conuct  with  the  terminal. 


3,668,765 
AUTOMOTIVE  VALVE  SPRING  COMPRESSING  TOOLS 
James  T.  Clark,  Ft  Morgan,  Colo.,  anignor  to  Clark-Feather 
Mannfacturing  Co.,  Fort  Morgan,  Colo. 

Filed  Aug.  28,  1970,  Scr.  No.  67,799 

Int.  CL  B25b  5112 

UACL  29-219  5  Claims 


A  pipe  coupling  device  is  provided  which  comprises  a  pair 
of  pajrallel,  telescopically  arranged  frames.  Each  frame  is  pro- 
vided with  means  for  holding  or  clamping  a  pipe  section.  The 
frames  are  connected  to  one  another  by  tension  springs. 
Manually  operable  means  is  employed  to  place  the  springs  in 
tension  so  that  the  joint  provided  by  the  mating  ends  of  pipe 
sections  coated  with  a  cement  has  constant,  resilient  pressure 
applied  thereto. 


3,668,767 
LINK  CHAIN  DETACHER 
Vcmon  H.  Bcbo,  Academy,  S.  Dak. 

Filed  Sept  22, 1969,  Ser.  No.  859,889 
lot  a.  B23g  7104;  B25b  1100 
U.S.  CL  29—283 


5Claia« 


A  C-shaped  frame  having  an  upper  horizontal  portion,  a 
vertical  side  portion,  a  lower  horizontal  portion  and  an  open 
side  with  an  elongated,  threaded  presetting  screw  vertically 
slidaUe  in  a  vertical  screw  slide  sleeve  on  the  forward  ex- 
tremity of  tlie  upper  horizontal  portion  in  axial  alignment 
with  a  valve  spring  seat  mounted  on  the  forward  extremity  of 
the  lower  horizontal  portion.  A  tUtaUc  lever  medially 
mounted  on  and  above  the  upper  horizontal  portion  and 
pivotally  coimected  at  its  forward  extremity  to  an  actuating 
nut  threaded  on  the  presetting  screw  above  the  screw  slide 
sleeve.  A  handle  member  pivoted  on  the  vertical  side  portion 
in  the  i^ane  oi  the  frame  and  a  toggle  link  connecting  the 
rear  extremity  of  said  tihaUe  lever  to  the  handle  member  so 
that  vertical  movement  of  the  handle  member  will  impart 
vertical  movement  to  the  presetting  screw  to  compress  the 
valve  spring  between  the  valve  seat  and  the  presetting  screw 
without  rotation  of  the  latter. 


A  portable  support  device  for  facilitating  the  detachment 
of  one  link  of  a  link  chain  from  another  includes  a  base  plate, 
an  abutment  plate  extending  at  an  angle  outwardly  of  the 
base  plate,  and  a  "bumping"  or  abutment  block  located  cen- 
trally of  the  base  plate.  A  clamping  arrangement  mounted  on 
the  bumping  block  clamps  a  first  link  in  the  chain  in  the  area 
of  the  intersection  between  the  base  and  abutment  i^ates. 
The  abutment  plate  is  angled  with  respect  to  the  base  plate 
so  as  to  permit  an  adjacent  link  lying  thereagainst  to  be  dis- 
placed transversely  with  respect  to  the  first  link  and  so 
disconnected  therefrom,  this  displacement  being  manually  ef- 
fected by  impacting  forces  and  the  bumping  block  serving  in 
absorbing  these  forces. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


488 


3,668,768 
METHOD  OF  REBUILDING  WORN  GEAR  TEETH  BY 
EXPLOSIVE  SWAGING 
Fred  Dc  Core;  Thaddsiu  A.  Pcakc,  aaMi  Ted  R. 
of  LoirisvlBc,  Ky.,  aaslganri  to  The  UnltMl  Slates  of . 
as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

Filed  June  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,162 

Int  CL  B22d  19110;  B23p  7100 

VJS.  CL  29—401  2  Clalim 


with  each  contact  of  the  semiconductor  device  engaging  a 
separate  one  of  the  strips  and  the  semiconductor  device  con- 
tacts are  bonded  to  the  strips.  The  terminals,  which  are  con- 
nected to  a  fiBme,  are  placed  in  ccmtact  with  and  bonded  to 


A  method  of  rebuilding  worn  gear  teeth  by  fitting  a  metal- 
lic driver  plate  around  the  top  lands  of  the  teeth  on  a  gear 
and  then  wrapping  a  sheet  of  explosive  material  around  the 
driver  plate.  Upon  detonation  of  the  explosive  material,  the 
driver  plate  is  driven  against  the  gear  teeth  and  the  gear  teeth 
are  swaged  or  bulged.  The  driver  plate  is  then  removed  and 
the  teeth  are  then  machined  or  ground  to  a  desired  dimen- 


the  strips.  The  assemUy  of  the  terminals,  interconnecting 
strips  and  semiconductor  device  is  then  removed  from  the 
plate.  A  package  is  formed  around  the  assemUy  with  the  ter- 
minals projecting  from  the  package. 


3,668,771 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  AFHXING 
FASTENERS  TO  A  MOVING  WEB 
Toivo  A.  Hdarincn,  NccMh,  Wb.,  ^rignor  to 
CorporatkMB,  Ncenah,  Wb. 

Filed  June  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45^62 
Int  CL  B23p  19100;  B23q  7110 
U.S.  CL  29-431  15 


sion. 


3,668,769 
ROLL  DIFFUSION  BONDING  METHOD 
Charles  E.  Conn,  Jr.,  Manhattan  Beach,  and  Robert  P.  Ncu- 
Btaaa,  Torrance,  both  of  Calif.,  assigiiors  to  North  Amer- 
icaa  Rockwcfl  Corporation 

Original  appHcatioa  Dec.  28, 1966,  Scr.  No.  605,419,  now 

Patent  No.  3,444,608,  dated  May  20, 1969.  Divided  and  thb 

application  Jan.  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  801,913 

IatCLB23p77/00 

U.S.  CL  29—421  4 1 


This  disckmire  pertains  to  a  method  of  facilitating  removal 
of  magneticaUy  responsive  filler  elements  fitxn  an  aHembled 
and  bonded  non-magnetically  respcmsive  workpiece  by  sub- 
jecting the  w(M-kpiece  to  a  magnetic  force  in  an  amount  suffi- 
cient to  distort  and  loosen  the  filler  elements. 


3,668,770 
METHOD  OF  CONNECTING  SEMICONDUCTOR  DEVICE 

TO  TERMINALS  OF  PACKAGE 
Sriecm  Ybccb  Hani,  MariMM  Tn    biM|i,  Marrfa  Co«ty, 

N  J.,  aarigvos*  to  RCA  Corim'alion 

Fled  M«y  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39389 

lot  CLB23p  7  7/00 
U.S.  CL  29—423  4  Oakw 

The  contacts  of  a  semiconductor  device  are  c<Mmected  to 
the  terminals  of  a  package  for  the  semiconductor  device 
through  metal  interconnecting  strips.  The  strip*  are  formed 
on  the  surface  of  a  plate  from  which  the  strips  can  be  easily 
pulled  away.  The  semiconductor  device  is  seaied  on  the  plate 


High  speed  apparatus  and  method  for  affixing  male  or 
female  snap  fasteners  to  a  moving  web  of  material  are 
described.  The  web  is  advanced  continuously,  wliile  snap 
fastener  components  are  petiodicaOy  positioned  in  recesses 
on  rotating  pUtem  above  and  below  the  web.  The  pUtem  are 
synchronized  with  web  velocity,  and  as  the  snap  fastener 
components  rotate  and  arc  brought  into  contact  with  the  web 
a  pressure  is  applied  between  the  platens  to  affix  the  com- 
ponents to  each  other  through  the  web. 


3,668,772 
AUTOMATED  SYSTEM  INCLUDING  INDEXING 
MECHANISM 
J 


13,1968, 


Scr.  Now  713,743,  ] 

Doc.  22, 1969, 

Scr.  N«.  ilMTt 

tat  CL  B23p  23100;  B234  7//0 

U.S.  CL  29—563  19  CMm 

An  indexing  system  including  an  indrring  table  and  a  preos 

unit  is  disclosed  in  which  a  device  is  provided  to  prevent  i«b- 


434 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197; 


f 


stantial  forces  from  being  applied  to  the  uble  support 
be«riii|«.  In  a  fint  embodiment,  a  coupling  arm  it  connected 
to  a  press  tool  support  unit  which  floats  radially  relative  to 
the  indexing  table  and  is  positioned  to  provide  contact 
between  the  indexing  uble  and  the  floating  press.  The  index- 
ing table  is  provided  with  a  bearing  surface  normal  to  the 
direction  of  the  force  applied  by  the  press  at  a  location  ad- 
jacent to  the  point  where  the  press  conucts  the  work  piece 
secured  to  the  Uble.  The  coupling  arm  bears  against  the 


to  a  successive  position  so  as  to  receive  the  next  blade-like 
insert,  oountin|  the  number  of  angular  indexing  itepa  im- 
parted to  the  drum,  and  returning  the  drum  or  housing  with 
its  assembled  blade-like  inierU  to  the  load-unload  sution 
when  the  requiaite  number  of  blades  have  been  inserted 


Uble  bearing  surface  so  that  the  force  applied  to  the  outer 
edge  of  the  indexing  uble  by  the  press  is  returned  directly  to 
the  tool  support  to  minimize  the  force  applied  to  the  Uble 
support  bearing.  In  a  second  embodiment,  a  pair  of  jaws  are 
provided  on  the  press  tool  support  unit  which  are  closed  be- 
hind a  mating  surface  on  the  work  piece  to  transmit  the  reac- 
tion force  directly  between  the  work  piece  and  the  press  unit 
and  to  prevent  any  of  the  reaction  force  from  being  applied 
to  the  Uble  structure. 


AUTOMATIC  INSERT  ASSEMBLY  SYSTEM 
EMPLOYING  ROTARY  TRANSFER  OF  THE 
WORKPIECE 
Rayasmkl    C.    Acktcrbcrg.    JaMsvBe,    Wis., 
Giddin^  *  LcwiB,  IKm  F<«d  4«  Lk,  Wis. 

FIM  ScpC  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,068 
^  IbL  CL  B23p  19100, 15102;  B23q  7110 
MS.  CL  29—429  31  Clatans 


to 


^^amt 


METHOD  of'  separating  SEMICONDUCTOR  CHIPS 
FROM  A  SEMIC<N«n>UCT(»  SUBSTRATE 
Hdnrat  Eger,  OkMag,  Gcrawny,  assigiior  to  Siemeu  Ak 
gcsellschitft,  IcrliB,  Gcnnany 

FHed  Oct  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,400 
Claiim  priority,  appHcartow  GcmuBy,  Oct.  16, 1969,  P 
I  216.8 

1 


U.S.  CL  29-578 


Int.  CL  BOIJ  17100;  HOll  5/00 


ktkit- 
19  52 
9ClainiB 


An  aaaembty  machine  and  method  are  provided  for  auto- 
matically imoting  and  fixing  blade-like  irnertt  in  a  torque 
converter  turbine  drum  or  like  article.  The  assembly 
mechanism  includes  automatic  apparatus  for  accomplishing 
the  requisite  assembly  motions,  including  securely  grasping  a 
turbine  drum  or  hou^ng  at  a  load-unload  station,  moving  the 
drum  or  housing  to  a  work  station,  stripping  a  blade-like  in- 
sert from  a  fieeding  magazine,  rolling  the  stripped  insert  into 
the  drum  or  housing,  angularly  indexing  the  drum  or  housing 


A  method  of  separating  semiconductor  chips  from  a 
semiconductor  substrate,  the  semiconductor  chips  being  ar- 
ranged within  the  substrate  and  including  circuit  components 
with  electrodes,  interconnectt  ot  the  like  conductive  mem- 
bers disposed  on  one  side  ol  the  substrate,  the  method  in- 
cluding the  steps  of  coating  the  one  side  of  the  substrate  with 
an  etchable  film  that  etches  without  attacking  other  materials 
arranged  on  the  semiconductor  substrate,  forming  contact 
holes  through  the  film  to  expose  the  conductive  members  by 
photoresist  and  chemical  etehing,  growing  additional  condi^- 
tive  members  at  the  exposed  first-mentioned  conductive 
members,  so  that  the  additional  conductive  members  par- 
tially cover  the  etchable  film  and  extend  over  to  neighboring 
semiconductor  chips,  etehing  away  the  etehable  film  so  that 
the  additional  conductive  members  extending  over  to 
neighboring  semiconductor  chips  are  exposed,  sticking  the 
semiconductor  substrate  on  to  an  elastic  foO  so  that  the  one 
side  thereof  fkces  the  latter,  scoring  the  other  side  of  the 
semiconductor  substrate  not  facing  the  elastic  foil  so  as  to 
provide  scribe  lines  outlining  the  semiconductor  chips  to  be 
separated,  breaking  and  stretehing  the  semiconductor  sub- 
strates adhering  to  the  elastic  foil,  so  that  the  semiconductor 
chips  provided  with  the  additional  conductive  members  are 
separated  from  each  other,  and  removing  the  individual 
semiconductors  from  the  elastic  foil. 


:  HEADS 


I  -      3,668,775"^  ^ 

METHOD  FOR  MANUFACTURING  MAGNETIC 
MtaMrv  Mortal,  Taywaka;  Takariri  SMraU,  Nejrafmrm  and 
SadaoMMMka,  Hirakato,  aB  ti  Jap—,  assig^inn  to  Mpt- 
saahltoEladrfcIa*MtrialCo.Ltd.,OMk«.Japa«  I 

Flad  Feb.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9,545  * 

elates  priority,  applkalkNi  JapM,  Feb.  13, 1969, 44/1 1273 

IiO.  CL  Glib  5/42;  HOll  7106 
VS.  CL  29—603  1  Ctato 

A  method  for  manufacturing  magnetic  heads  having  the 
Upe  travel  surface  partially  covered  with  a  non-magnetic 
material,  comprising  the  steps  of  mounting  a  head  core  with 
the  front  side  including  a  gap  of  a  predetermined  width  sub- 
stantially identical  with  a  predetermined  upe  travel  surface 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


486 


in  a  mating  recess  of  the  same  contour  as  the  core  front   mal  and  electrical  characteristics  of  the  material  such  thm 
formed  in  a  non-magnetic  frame  member,  and  grinding  said   radially  of  the  axis  of  discharge  the  tube  exhibits  high  ther- 

mal  conductivity  and  axially  of  the  discharge  the  tube  ex- 
hibits low  thermal  conductivity  and  a  semi-conductor  electri- 


-?     6 


head  core  and  said  frame  member  to  expose  part  of  the  core 
front. 


3,668,776 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  INTERSTITIAL  CONDUCTORS 

BETWEEN  PLATED  MEMORY  WIRES 

Joseph  M.  ShabccB,  La  Habra,  awl  John  Simoae,  Garden 

Grove,    both    of   Calif.,    aasigBors    to    North    American 

Rodiwd  CorporadoB 

Filed  June  12, 1970.  Scr.  No.  45,738 

Int.  CL  HOlf  7/06 

VS.  CI.  29—604  4  Claims 


cal  character.  The  tube  is  held  at  an  anodic  potential  whkh 
enables  employment  of  a  uiuque  starting  technique  and 
reduction  of  ionic  bombardment  between  the  plasma  and  the 
bore  of  the  tube.  Other  electrical  and  physical  configuratiom 
for  reducing  ion  bombardment  or  "sputtering"  are  discJoscd, 


woi  cakwau  n  «iUTrfE.T  naa  oorr*  1 
lira  o»  nnu  cuii  trcn^ux         -^l~"' 
»o*ro  TO  Km  UBMjiimi.  txmaictoia 


t       I 


OUT  smua  or  aunu  nm 
ma 


n*«  amoM  cue  iyczr.«u3s  K*n> 
o*"  «Mi«fl  vzn  oorrai  um 
wcnw  KHiua  k<  nm  raau 


gJICWTW    OOfTW    UTK    OUT    ODmi 

snm  wnDooML  to  namu  and 
rug  nATtc  mmb  kikm  g  naiu 


3,668,778 
METHODS  FOR  JOINING  ENDS  OF  WIRES  AND  THE 

LIKE 
Toricif  Undtvck,  Mfaystcr  DMciivci  15;  Lctf  Jnlmiia.  Betsy 
Kfdsbcrpvd  13,  bodi  off  Ori^  Norway,  and  Borgc  F. 
Haeglaiid,  deccMcd,  |i«c  of  ChrMM  "■tiiliiaMi    16, 

FBed  Apr.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  32,321 

■lipBcalloa  Norway,  Apr.  5, 1968, 1325/68 
lot.  CL  HO  Ir  9/00 
U.S.  CL  29—630  F  5  < 


t^Mvm  TCwnj  KxivRv  »r  a 

■JR 


Channeb  are  etched  in  a  relatively  thick  conducting  metal 
layer  of  a  double  metal  clad  dielectric  board.  The  channels 
are  coated  with  an  insulating  fibn.  The  uncovered  dielectric 
surface  of  a  single  metal  clad  dielectric  board  is  placed  over 
the  coated  channels  to  form  tunnels  for  plated  memory  wires. 
The  exposed  conducting  layers  of  the  boards  are  etched  into 
strips  orthogonal  to  the  tunnels  to  form  word  straps  for  the 
plated  memory.  The  conducting  metal  layers  comprising  the 
interstitial  conductors  between  the  tunnels  are  intercon- 
nected at  a  commrni  point 


3,668,777 
METHOD  OF  FOUMiNG  A  LASER  TUBE 
WflHam  H.  McMalMii,  Winter  Park,  fin.,  asalvMr  to  Coalnil 
Laacr^OriaMlo,  Ik.,  Oriando,  FlB. 
Original  appBcatioa  July  24, 1967,  Scr.  Now  655,652,  bow 
Patent  No.  3,544,915,  dalod  Dsc.  1, 1970.  DMdcd  mmI  tkk 
appMcilioa  Mar.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,770 
ial.  CL  HOlr  43/00;  1105k 
VS.  CL  29—628  3  CWm 

A  laser  construction  utilizes  a  gas  which  assumes  an  ionic 
state  at  the  discharge  temperature  and  in  the  active  discharge 
regkm  the  plasma  is  contained  and  "guided"  by  a  tube  ex- 
hibiting anisocropic  and  semi-conductor  properties,  pyrolytic 
carbon  being  used  m  an  example.  The  tube  utilizes  the  tlier- 


A  method  for  jmning  ends  of  wires  and  the  like  by  means 
of  an  explosive  charge.  A  connecting  tube  with  a  boro 
adapted  to  receive  the  ends  to  be  coonecied  is  provided  ««ih 
an  external  layer  of  exptoaive  charge  having  a  varyii^ 
geometrical  sliape  longtbidinally  of  said  tube  ao  as  to 
produce  after  detoaation  alternating  ports  off  diflcreot  oom- 
presswn  so  that  the  contact  surCace  between  the  tube  and  the 
ends  thereta  affeer  compression  fonns  a  more  or  leas  corru- 
gated profile  in  the  kmgitudinal  direction  in  order  to  fbrm  an 
axially  locked  connecti<m  ai  the  assembled  components. 


31,668,779 
METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  DOUBLE  INSULATED 

PLUGS 
Prtaeott  K.  TonMr,  FakrikM,  Com^  Mi^Mr  la 
Ebctrk  Coaapaiiy 

FBcd  Apr.  2, 1969.  Sv.  No.  812,624 
faM.  CL  Ht2g  75/00 
VS.  CL  29—629  3 , 

A  method  of  manufacturing  an  electrical  wirii^  device  ki 
which  the  electrical  connections  of  the  wiring  device  an 
positioned  witliin  double  insulation.  The  contacts  are  dectti. 
cally  and  mechanically  connected  to  the  conductors  of  a 


436 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  19'72 


cord  to  form  connections.  A  portion  of  each  contact  is  in-  dicate  where  their  ends  are  a  distance  of  90  feet  from  the 
serted  in  a  mating  recess  in  a  mold  and  a  preformed  insert  of  point  of  the  home  plate.  A  second  mark  on  each  cord  in- 
insulating  material  is  positioned  overlying  the  connections,    dicates  a  distance  of  180  feet  from  the  point  of  the  home 

plate.  A  third  reel  is  also  provided  and  the  cord  from  this  reel 
extends  along  the  bisector  of  the  angle  between  the  first  two 


The  insert  is  held  in  itt  position  overlying  the  connections 
and  the  contacts  are  maintained  in  the  recesses  while  a  body 
of  insulating  material  is  molded  around  the  insert  and  con- 
nections. 


3,668,780 
SELF  PROPELLED  PINKING  DEVICE 
Roy  M.  Cowdrcy,  Lake  Hiawatha,  NJ^ 
Sliiflcr  Cwapaay,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Food  Oct.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,150 
iBt  CL  B26b  25100 
U.S.CL  30-178 


*  «-. 


ilgaor  to  The 


7aalim 


It    <o 


26     2s 


cords.  A  third  rail  is  provided  on  the  flat  plate  to  indicate 
when  the  third  cord  is  being  drawn  along  the  proper  line. 
This  cord  has  a  mark  indicating  the  distance  from  the  home 
plate  to  second  base  and  from  hole  plate  to  the  pitcher's 


mound. 


3,668,782 
SLIDE  RULER  TO  ADJUST  LENGTH  OF  TYPI 

LINE 
Herbert  Hanft,  1412  Ivanhoc  Street,  Akxandrla,  Va. 
FUed  Oct  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,424 
Int.  CL  G06g  1102 
VS.  CL  33^174  R 


EWRirreN 


4Chriim 


j.;Vu — ^ 


A  hand  held  power  driven  pinking  cutter  having  a  rotary 
pinking  blade  driven  by  a  worm  and  worm  wheel  arrange- 
ment from  an  electric  motor.  The  pinking  blade  cooperates 
with  a  compUmentary  rotary  anvil  to  drive  the  same  and  to 
cut  a  pink  edge  on  fabric  material  placed  therebetween.  An 
endless  belt  positioned  about  two  guide  rdlers  on  opposite 
sides  of  the  anvil  is  driven  by  frictional  contact  with  the  ro- 
tary anvil  to  drive  die  device  forwardly  at  subctantially  the 
same  speed  at  which  the  cutting  action  is  taking  place.  The 
endloM  beh  nwy  have  molded  projectiam  or  spikes  extending 
from  the  surfrice  thereof  and  cooperate  with  complementary 
depressions  in  the  anvil  such  that  die  frictional  contact 
between  the  beh  and  the  anvil  is  substantially  great.  The 
blade  may  be  imbedded  between  resilient  members  to  in- 
crease the  frictional  contact  between  the  blade  and  the  anvil. 


A  slide  ruler  is  provided  to  determine  how  draft  Qopy 
should  be  marked  in  order  that  the  draft  might  be  recofned 
*with  spaces  added  or  taken  away  as  needed  in  order  that 
each  line  in  the  final  copy  will  end  at  a  predetermined  point 
to  provide  an  even  right  hand  border,  in  the  ruler,  the  slide 
base  carries  a  first  scale  with  fixed  left  hand  index  and  the 
slide  carries  a  second  set  back  scale  with  a  fixed  left  hand  in- 
dex, and  a  movable  right  hand  index  is  provided  so  that  a 
part  of  the  final  copy  hne  can  be  measured  between  the  fixed 
indices  and  the  remainder  of  the  final  copy  line  can  be  mea- 
sured between  the  fixed  index  on  the  slide  and  the  movable 
index. 


3,668,781 

BASEBALL  MAMC^O)  LAYOUT  MIVICE 

Harold  P.  Tclcr,  3929  Lor  Roa  Avenue,  Kent,  OMo 

Flhd  Fch.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,533 

loL  CL  A63c  19106;  GOlb  3110 

U.S.  CL  33—1  6 

A  device  for  laying  out  the  base  lines  and  the  locations  of 
the  bases  and  pitcher's  mound  oi  a  baseball  diamond.  A  flat 
five-sided  plate  overlies  home  plate  and  has  a  pair  of  rails 
which  extend  below  the  first  plate  and  abut  against  the  edges 
of  the  home  plate  on  the  base  lines  to  the  first  and  third 
bases.  A  pair  ci  reels  of  non-elastic  cord  are  mounted  on  the 
flat  plate  and  the  cords  from  these  reels  drawn  along  the 
right  and  left  rails,  respectively.  The  cords  have  marks  to  in- 


to Thiokol 


3,668,783 
SPLINE  WEAR  GAUGE 
VcrMM  A.  Riddel,  Mt.  Ofiw,  Mich., 
ChcBlcal  Corporaftkw,  Brislol,  Pa. 

Fled  Mar.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,668 
Int.  CL  GOlBi  13102 
U.S.CL33-179JR  7< 

The  spline  wear  gauge  disckised  herein  comprises  several 
forms  which  may  be  utilized  for  gauging  external  or  internal 
splines.  Each  form  comprises  two  gauge  members  having  cir- 
cumferentially  spaced  spline  teeth,  the  teeth  on  one  c^  the 
members  having  an  addendum  longer  than  the  teeth  oa  the 
other  of  the  members.  The  members  are  rotataUe  relative  to 
one  another  so  that  when  they  are  brought  into  positioa  ad- 
jacent the  spline  being  gauged  and  rotated  relative  to  one 
another,  one  of  the  members  contacts  the  sphne  teeth^  the 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


487 


spline  being  gauged  at  a  different  position  when  the  other  of   section,  with  thermal  input  to  a  succeeding  dryer  section  pio- 
the  members.  Any  wear  on  the  teeth  will  be  evident  by  a    vided  direcdy  or  by  heat  exchange  from  the  turbine  exhautt 


relative  rotational  movement  that  is  shown  visually  by  a  dial 
indicator  on  the  gauge  body. 


3,668,784 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  DRYING  LAUNDRY 
Walter  Dorwia  TcagHC,  Jr.,  Nyack,  N.Y.;   Aathony  PhUlp 
Moatalbaao,  Fresh  Meadow,  NJ.;  Andrew  A.  Oakcs,  Eat 
Rutherford,  NJ.;  Kdtb  Osborne,  RMfcfleld,  NJ.,  and 
Peter  E.  Suscy,  Cohimbus,  Ohk>,  assignors  to  Columbia  Gm 
System  Service  Corporatioa,  New  York,  N.Y. 
^    Filed  May  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  38,722 
Int.  CL  F26b  3110 
U.S.  CL  34— 10  21  Clafam 


gases,  at  least  one  section  using  impingement  air  in  drying 
relation  to  remove  moisture  fix>m  the  web. 


3,668,786 
FACILITY  FOR  HEATING  A  PRCXHJCT  IN  STRIP 
Jean   Jacques   Bamy,   Lyoa,   Fhmoe,   assigBor   to 
D'Etudes  ct  dc  vante  de  MalcrWi  Poor  b  Fabrkatioa  ct  k 
Faconnage  du  Carton  Ondah  MartJa,  RhoM,  Ftmcc 

FUed  May  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  823,123 
Claims  priority,  appMratloa  Vrwrnety  May  10,  1968,  151405 
Int.  CL  F26b  13110 
U.S.  CL  34—43  6  < 


-fa 


A  laundry  drying  method  and  apparatus  wherein  a  continu- 
ous flow  of  warm  relatively  dry  air  is  forced  tangentially  into 
the  curved  lower  portion  <rf  a  stationary  drying  chunber 
adapted  to  contain  wet  laundry  to  form  an  air  flow  following 
the  contours  of  the  chamber  and  which  separates  and  carries 
the  laundry  along  the  flow  path  for  full  exposure  to  the  warm 
air  and  rapid  drying  of  the  laundry. 


3,668,785 
INTEGRATED  DRYING  PROCESSES  SSD  APPARATUS 
Stephen  Anthony  Rodwfai,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Canada,  m- 
signer  to  Dominlan  Eagfawcring  Works,  Liniited,  IrOcWnf, 

FUed  June  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,643 

Clafans  priority,  appHcatloa  Canada,  Aug.  18, 1969, 59.712 

IntCLF26b5/y¥ 

U.S.  CL  34—14  6  CWbm 

Paper  or  other  webs  are  dried  in  a  composite  drying  cycle 
having  pre-heated  air  compressed  in  a  gas  turbine  to  provide 
compressed  air  as  a  mechanical  input  to  whistles  of  a  dryer 


A  heating  facility  for  strip  product  including  a  heating  bed 
over  which  the  strip  travels  and  variable  pressure  devices 
which  urge  the  strip  toward  the  bed. 


3,668,787 
VENTILATING  DEVICE  FOR  A  MULTICYUNDER 

DRIER 
NHs^hristiaB  Berg,  Tarakn,  awl  Maari  Aalos 
NaaataU,  both  o(  Flaland.  ssslgaiii  to  Vrimct  Oy, 
FiakuMi 

FBcd  Sept.  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,684 
Int.  CLF26b  77/02 
U.S.CL34— 111  6 


A  device  is  used  for  ventilating  a  pocket  of  a  muhicylinder 
drier.  The  pocket  consists  of  a  feh  guided  by  a  feh  roO.  A 


438 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  19T2 


partition  extends  transversely  to  the  felt  and  is  located  op- 
posite the  felt  roll  belonging  to  the  pocket.  The  invention  is 
particularly  characterized  in  that  the  marginal  part  of  the 
partition  pointing  toward  the  felt  roll  consists  of  sections 
each  of  which  has  its  own  adjusting  device  so  that  a  gap  of 
desired  width  for  the  flow  of  air  may  be  produced  between 
the  surface  of  the  felt  roll  and  the  edge  of  the  section. 


by  being  allowed  to  move  an  indicator  to  a  position  adjacent 
a  different  word  association  card  after  each  correct  answer  j 


I, 


3,668«788 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  DRYING  WAVILY 

RUNNING  STRIP  WITH  HOT  BLASTS 

Tadashi  Kobayashi,  1560-2  Hlgadiiliara  Icmna,  Fuji,  Japan 

Filed  Aug.  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  65,539 

Int.  CL  F26b  13100 

U.S.  CI.  34-156  2  Claims 


v^kn 


3,668,790 
VARIABLE  TERRAIN  MODEL 
Raymond  C.  WUtoo,  Worthing,  England,  assignor  to  The 
Singer  Company,  Blnghamton,  N.Y. 

Fled  Dec.  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  883,009 
Claims  priority,  appUcirtioa  Great  Britain,  Dec.  12, 1968, 

59,219/68 

7100 
VS.  CI.  35—12  N  2  Clali 


59,219/68 
I  Int.  a.  G09b  9108;  B64g 
5.  CI.  35—12  N 


i 


^•^ 


WB^ 


A..J  Li^  A.-i  Lf. 


*  I 


•  ; 


13- 


An  arrangement  for  drying  a  strip  of  stoclc  comprising  the 
steps  of  running  a  long,  thin,  continuous  strip  of  stock  having 
a  liquid  coating  thereon  through  a  drying  zone  between  over- 
laping  convex  blowing  facei  which  cause  said  strip  to  travel 
along  in  a  regular  wavy  nmning  pattern  by  blowing  film  of 
hot  air  onto  either  side  of  said  stock  which  consequently  is 
dried  while  nmning  in  a  practically  tension-firee,  extensible 
and  shrinkage  state. 


A  terrain  model  suitable  for  use  with  a  viewing  device  to 
simulate  terrain  features  of  the  real  worid  with  means  Ibr 
varying  in  a  controlled  manner  the  elevation  of  various  por- 
tions of  the  model,  thereby  allowing  the  contour  of  the  ter- 
rain to  be  changed  quickly  and  easily.  The  changes  are  ac- 
complished by  movaUe  actuators  located  beneath  a  deforma- 
ble,  elastic  sheet.  Means  are  also  provided  for  maintaining 
permanent  features,  such  as  buildings,  in  the  proper  vertical 
relationship  as  the  slope  of  the  surface  thereunder  is  varied. 


3,668,789 
TEACHING  AID  ¥OSL  RETARI^D  CHILDREN 
Jean  FcrfOMiB,  721  South  Green  Street,  Apt.  223,  Longvlew, 
Tex. 

FBcd  Dec.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,281 

Int.CLG09bi/02 

U.S.  CL  35—9  E  5  Chdms 


3,668,791 

FASTENER  FOR  SKI  BOOTS  AND  THE  UKE 

FOOTWEAR 

Otto  Salzman,  380  Roy  Avenue,  Dorval,  Quebec,  and  Paul 
Sahnuui,  976  MoKricfl  Road,  Mount  Royal,  Quebec,  both 

of  Canada 

Fled  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,559 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  July  8,  1969, 

34,356/69 

Int.  CL  A43b  23100 

MS.  CL  36-50  12  Claim 


An  apparatus  to  aid  in  teaching  retarded  children  which 
utilizes  word  association  cards  and  offers  rewards  for  correct 
answers.  The  proper  identification  of  a  word  or  a  picture  by  a 
student  results  in  the  student's  receipt  of  a  token  which  will 
be  exchanged  for  a  reward.  The  student  is  further  rewarded 


A  fastener  device  for  securing  the  flaps  of  ski  boots  while 
adjusubly  varying  the  tightness  of  the  boot  for  maximum  ski- 
ing efficiency,  comprising  a  longitudinally  extensible  and 
contracuble  strip  assembly,  hinged  at  one  end  to  one  flap  <A 
the  boot  and  having  its  other  end  adapted  to  be  hooked  to 
the  other  flap  of  the  boot,  manually  rouuble  means  for  ex- 
tending and  contracting  the  strip  assembly  and  means  to 
releasably  retain  the  strip  assembly  against  extension. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


489 


3,668,792 

BREAKAWAY  ATHLETIC  SAFETY  SHOE 

WUlian  A.  York,  41-56  Denaua  Street,  Etanhunt,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,994 

Int.  CL  A43b  23128 


MS.  CL  36—59  R 


I2Clains 


3,668,794 

CHANGE-SPEED  REDUCTION  DRIVE  TOR  A 

CONVEYOR 

JuHus  F.  Marquardt,  WcAAcitcr,  and  RonaM  A.  Wade, 
Chicago,  both  of  OL,  Mriiniiiii  to 


Company,  Chicago,  OL 

Plied  Nov.  13,  1969,  Scr.  No.  876,507 
Int  a.  B60p  1136;  Edit  3/16;  B65g  19/00 
UACL37-8  1 


^7  1-^ 


ifej 


iJk   ^f4 


i64. 


The  athletic  safety  shoe  has  an  upper  sole  mounted  on  the 
body  of  the  shoe  and  a  lower  breakaway  safety  sole  having 
traction  means  on  the  underside  thereof  and  releasibly  at- 
tached to  the  upper  sole  by  a  breakaway  safety  mechanism. 
The  upper  sole  has  a  downwardly  extending  rib  with  an  en- 
larged head  portion  attached  to  the  upper  sole  by  a  relatively 
narrow  neck  portion.  The  safety  sole  has  a  generally  trans- 
versely extending  grooved  track  configured  to  slideaUy 
receive  the  rib.  The  track  prevents  longitudinal  nnovement  of 
the  soles  relative  to  each  other  when  the  rib  is  disposed  in 
place  in  the  track.  The  safety  sole  has  a  retaining  part  en- 
gaged with  the  rib  adjacent  the  neck  portion  to  prevent  up- 
ward  movement  of  the  rib  out  of  the  track.  A  pressure  piece 
is  engaged  with  the  rib  and  nKxinted  on  the  safety  sole  under 
the  grooved  track.  A  spring  biases  the  pressure  piece  into 
factional  engagement  with  the  rib  to  prevent  the  rib  fixmi 
sliding  in  the  track  until  a  predetermined  tramvene  force  is 
applied. 


Mechanical  change-speed  reduction  drive  for  a  conveyor 
or  elevator  associated  with  a  bowl  for  scooping  up  earth.  The 
drive  comprises  a  hydraulic  motor,  a  pinion  coupled  thereto, 
a  flywheel  in  the  coupling,  a  crown  gear  meshing  with  the' 
pinion,  a  planetary  change-speed  unit  fixed  to  the  crown 
gear,  and  a  planetary  reducer  connecting  the  change-speed 
unit  with  driving  sprockeu  for  the  conveyor. 


3,668,793 
FOOTWEAR  AND  INSERT  THEREFOR 
Rudolf  Stohr,  TuttHngen/Wurtt,  and  Wcmcr  Stcber,  Rott- 
wcil,  both  of  Germany,  aaslgnoii  to  Justus  Rickcr  &  Co., 
TuttUngcn/Wurtt,  Gcnnauy 

FIM  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48^72 
Claims  priority,  appHcatioa  Gcmany,  Feb.  8, 1969,  P  19  34 

490J2 

Int.CLA61f5/00 

MS,  CL  36—71  9  ciahw 


3,668,795 

IDENTIFICATION  MEANS 

RonaM  C.  Barker,  Woton,  Macs.,  artgani  to  Applied 

Technology,  Incorporated,  IITiiaitiBn.  DcL 

Filed  May  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  828,183 

Int.  CLG09f  J/02 
VS.  CL  40—2.2  4 


A-SC  COT"   ,e 

1-234  -  876^4 


■ee 


10 


Identification  means  having  concealed  bearer  identifying 
indicia  in  the  form  cX.  a  hologram. 


An  insert  member  for  fitting  within  footwear,  having  a  toe 
cap  portion,  a  flexible  connecting  portion  and  a  tongue  por- 
tion supported  in  an  elevated  position  with  respect  to  the  sole 
of  the  footwear.  The  insert  member  is  a  synthetic  plastics 
material  molding,  and  can  have  a  cover  of  leather. 

899  O.O.— 17 


3  668  796 

COMBINATION  GREETING  CARD  AND  THREE 

DIMENSIONAL  ORNAMENT 

Mkhad  P.  Patterson,  Wayzata  Way  ApvtwMs,  Apt.  101. 

Wayzata,  Minn. 

FUed  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,665 

lat  CL  G09r  19/00 

U.S.CL  40-126  A  8  ClahH 

The  present  invention  relates  to  a  greeting  card  that  folds 

flat  for  mailing,  and  can  be  folded  into  a  three  dimeusioiui 


440 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE1 


June  13, 


197J2 


ornament  or  point  of  purchase  display  for  decorative  pur- 
poses, if  desired,  by  having  the  card  formed  into  prescored 


ztc 


channel-shaped  members  connected  by  links.  The  mounting 
member  encloses  the  mirr«r  and  includes  downwardly  ex- 
tending flanges  engageable  in  said  channel-shaped  membefls. 
The  mounting  member  is  wider  than  the  supporting  frame.  A 
pair  of  resilient  members  are  slideaUe  on  a  horizontal  ledge 
in  the  lower  end  of  said  mounting  member  and  engage 
between  said  ledge  and  said  frame  member  to  hold  the  parts 
assembled. 


M/f 


XAB 


panels.  After  the  card  has  been  received  it  can  be  easily 
folded  and  aasemMed  into  its  ornamental  form. 


3,668,799 
ART  FRAME  AiSSEMBLY 
Paul  A.  Sharron,  WlndMir,  Ontario, 
ProCab,  Inc.,  River  Rouge,  Mkh. 

Filed  Aug.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,519 
Int.  CL  G09f  7/72 
VS.  a.  40—152.1  ^^ 


to 


22Clai|ns 


3,668,797 

ILLUMINATED  SIGN 

Rowland  H.  Gray,  303  Sparlti  Avenue,  JcffersonvUlc,  Ind. 

FHcd  June  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  833,096 

Int.  a.  G09f  13/02 

VS.  CL  40-130  5  Claims 


A  device  for  storing,  displaying,  and  illuminating  selected 
message-carrying  signs  having  a  bracket  adapted  to  receive  a 
battery  where  a  tubular  receptacle  for  storing  such  signs  is 
secured  to  the  bracket  and  carries  means  for  displaying  the 
signs.  A  light  removably  connected  to  the  bracket  is  provided 
to  illuminate  the  signs  in  place  in  the  display  means. 


An  art  frame  anembly  made  of  four  aluminum  extrusions 
having  identical  transverse  cross  sections  where  the  art  ob- 
ject is  retained  in  the  frame  by  extruded  plastic  retainer  dips 
of  a  particular  construction.  In  the  fiilly  assembled  frame,  the 
dips  are  stressed  with  one  end  of  the  dip  releasably  locked 
in  a  cooperating  portion  of  the  frame  and  the  other  end  of 
the  dip  engaging  the  art  object.  Extruded  plastic  spacer 
strips  can  be  mounted  on  the  frame  to  provide  a  shadow  box 
effect  where  desired.  Modified  retainer  cUps  are  used  to 
mount  objects  of  different  thicknesses  and  depending  on 
whether  the  shadow  box  spacer  is  used. 


3,668,798 
MIRROR  FRAME 
Donald  N.  Meiil,  Mlnnfapolh,  Minn., 
Industries  Inc.,  MlnMapoiis,  Minn. 

FBed  May  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,629 
fart.  CL  G09f //;2 

VJS,  CL  40-152.1 


'  3,668,800 

RIFLE  BOLT  WITH  A  REMOVABLY  SECURED- 
STABILIZING  LUG  THEREON 
to  Designward  Harry  H.  Sctricd,  U,  New  Haven,  Conn.,  aarignor  to  Sturm, 
Rugcr  &  Co.,  Inc.,  Southport,  Conn. 

Filed  Aug.  24,  1970,  Scr.  No.  66,482  U^ 

Int.CLF41c7//00  ' 

11  Claims  U.S.CL42-116  8Cl*im8 


45."^  f34 


^^Jr'iS 


A  mirror  frtune  includes  a  mounting  member  and  a  sup- 
porting firanie.  The  supporting  frwne  comprises  a  pair  of 


A  cylindrical  breech  bolt  for  a  boh  action  rifle,  the  bolt 
having  a  lug-receiving  recess  formed  in  the  exterior  cylindri- 
cal surface  thereof  that  is  adapted  to  receive  a  separate  sta- 
bilizing lug  member.  The  separate  stabilizing  lug  member  is 
removably  secured  to  the  bolt  by  inwardly  extending  projec- 
tions integrally  formed  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  lug 
member,  the  inwardly  extending  projections  being  received 
in  holes  formed  in  the  annular  wall  of  the  bolt. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


441 


3,668,801 
DEVICE  FOR  SEPARATING  SHRIMP  FROM  OTHER  SEA 

ANIMALS 

Charles  B.  Metcalf,  Jr.,  3601  Swan  Lane,  nwaiula.  Fla. 

Filed  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,626 

Int.  CL  AOlk  73102 

UACL  43-17.1  3Claln» 


A  system  generally  employing  a  net  and  an  electrical  pulse 
generator  that  is  used  for  separating  shrimp  from  trash  fish, 
undesirable  sea  animals  and  miscellaneous  objects.  The  catch 
is  subjected  to  an  electrical  field  within  the  separator  which 
effects  only  the  shrimp.  The  unwanted  portion  of  the  catch 
not  efifected  by  the  electrical  field  passes  through  the  separa- 
tor and  back  into  the  water  as  it  is.  No  electronarcosis  or 
electrolaxis  is  produced  nor  is  any  of  the  fish  or  other  un- 
desirables efifected  in  any  manner  other  than  possible 
mechanical  diversion,  associated  with  the  physical  charac- 
teristics of  the  various  types  and  sizes  of  separators. 


3,668,802 
COMPACT  TACKLE  AND  UTIUTV  BOX 

Harold  Bcnward,  501  North  Eaton  Street.  AlUon,  Mich. 
FBcd  Nov.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,797 
Int.  CL  AOlk  97106 
V&,  CL  43—57.5  i  cWm 


A  container  box  and  a  holder  for  receiving  the  box.  the 
holder  having  a  clip  so  to  be  conveniently  supported  from  a 
belt  which  is  worn  by  a  person  such  as  a  fisherman,  the  box 
being  used  for  containing  tackle  which  is  thus  located  in  a 
convenient  and  handy  location  for  quick  and  easy  reach 
thereto. 


3,668303 

BALL  ROLLING  TOY 

George  J.  MiDcr,  2441  Arthur  Street,  Hollywood,  Fla. 

FDcd  Feb.  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  114,576 

Int.  CL  A63h  33100 


VS.  CL  46—1  R 


4ClainK 


two  handles  and  two  hubs  ctmnecting  the  device  together. 
The  side  rails  are  positioned  in  parallel  relation  to  one 
another  and  connected  together  by  connecting  means  or 
hubs.  Each  side  rail  has  a  side  track  positioned  about  its 
outer  inside  edge  that  is  a  mirror  image  of  the  other  side 
track.  The  distance  between  each  side  track  is  neariy  equal 
to  the  diameter  of  the  ball.  The  anti-wedge  rail  is  connected 
to  the  hubs.  The  anti-wedge  rail  has  an  anti-wedge  track  hav- 
ing an  outline  that  is  shaped  similar  to  but  df  a  smaller  acale 
than  the  outline  of  each  side  track.  The  distance  between  the 
anti-wedge  track  and  each  side  track  is  equal  to  the  radius  of 
the  baU  times  the  square  root  of  two.  The  centeiline  of  each 
rotauble  handle  is  offset  from  the  ccnterline  of  the  other 
handle.  Each  handle  projects  outwardly  from  opposite  sides 
of  the  device. 


3,668304 

ELASTIC  BAND  LOADED  TOY 

EmaBud  A.  Wlmloa,  2925  West  Toahy  Avenue,  Chicago,  OL 

FBcd  Imm.  27,  1970,  Scr.  No.  6,118 

Int.  CLA63ki  J/06 

UACL  46-17  6  Claims 


^  .* 


A  toy  structure  having  an  elastic  band  spanned  in  the  in- 
terior of  its  body  to  power  the  opening  of  its  elements,  or  to 
project  elements,  upon  actuation  or  impact. 


3,668305 

FLAT  DOLL 

Patrlda  A.  Colemaa,  820  West  Avcmc  A,  E&  City,  Okla. 

Filed  JoM  19,  1970,  Ser.  No,  47,252 

Int.  CL  A63h  3100 

U.S.  CL46— 151  2 


A 


y 


tK^  ^x^l  toy  induding  a  baD  and  an  oblong  device       A  doU  with  a  ftat  side  supported  by  proj^nioo.  extending 
that  mdudes  two  side  rails,  an  mtermediate  anti-wedge  rail,    from  the  feet  of  the  doU  imo  a  base  andfdt  ckSb«rS: 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  197 


'f 


442 

responding  to  the  doll's  figure  to  be  worn  by  the  doU  amd   and  loop  f«tener  element,  and  novel  Mealing  mean,  which 

Mcured  thereto  by  mean,  of  ub  portion,  extending  behind 

the  neck  of  the  doU  and  snapping  together. 


3,66M06 

AXLE  MOUNTING  FOR  TOY  VEHICLES 

RmmM  R.  PMiy.  MoMd,  Mimk,  MripHT  to  Tonka  Corpora- 


aClaiini 


FiM  Apr.  5. 1971,  Scr.  No.  130^96 
Int.  CLA63h  7  7/26 

VJS.  CL  46—201 


discourages  unauthorized  tampering  with  the  retaining  ele 
ments. 


^\^\^^^  V  \^^\^\^w  ^^ ' 


3,668309 

BEVELING  ATTACHMENT  FOR  BELT  SANDERS 

I  A.  Coon,  929  Drcvcr  Street,  Wert  SKramcmo,  CiOIf . 

Filed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,787 

Int.  CL  B24b  2H04, 21/16, 41/06 

UA  CI.  51—135  R 


15Cla4nB 


An  axle  mounting  for  a  toy  vehicle  wherein  the  vehicle 
chanis  has  side  walls  provided  with  transversely  aligned  up- 
wardly opening  notches  having  their  lower  closed  ends  offeet 
longitudinally  of  the  chassis  from  the  open  ends,  an  axle 
disposed  transversely  across  the  chassis  with  its  end  portions 
seated  in  the  lower  ends  of  the  notches,  and  a  body  member 
seated  downwardly  on  the  chassb  and  having  rigid  projec- 
tions depending  vertically  in  alignment  with  the  open  ends  of 
the  notches  and  into  the  horizontal  plane  thereof  to  engage 
and  retain  the  axle  in  seated  position. 


3668,807 
MOUNTING  DEVICE  FOR  WEATHER  SEALING 

INPUTS  IN  DOORS 
Edwin  R.  TlMNnpMm,  CanUdd,  Ohio,  assignor  to  ThompMHi- 
Canfiekl  Inc  Canfkid,  OWo 

Fled  Aug.  5, 1970.  Ser.  No.  61,096 

Int.  CL  E06b  7/16 

US.  a.  49-482  5  Claims 


Upwardly  diverging  elongated  boards  or  guide  plates  are 
arranged  above  the  upper  run  of  a  sanding  belt  and  either  is 
adapted  to  support  a  board  or  other  element  to  be  beveled 
on  the  Sander,  the  plates  being  adjustable  individuaUy  toward 
and  away  from  each  other  to  determine  the  depth  of  the 
beveling  operation  and  being  bodily  movable  to  take  ad* 
vantage  of  the  sanding  surface  on  the  belt  at  any  point  across 
the  width  thereof. 


3,668,810 

THEATER  WITH  SEPARATE  VIEWING  BOOTHS 

Eari   F.   Bankston,  Jackson,   Tenn.,   aaignor   to   Cabana 

Theatres,  inc.,  Jackson,  Tcnn. 
Coatinuatioa-lii-|Murt  of  appllcatioii  Ser.  No.  796,952,  Feb.  6, 
1969,  now  Patent  No.  3,545,143.  This  appUcation  July  17, 


U.S.  CL  52 


1970,  Ser.  No.  55,661 
Int.  CL  E04h  3/30 


A  mounting  device  for  snap  in  registry  in  the  bottom  edge 
of  a  hollow  metal  door  provides  a  channel  in  which  a  weather 
seaUng  insert  is  mounted  in  vertically  adjustable  relation 
thereto  so  as  to  be  operaUe  therein. 


3,668308 
WINDOW  GLASS  RETENTION  SYSTEM 
joMph  PertaM,  Hnnrtngtnn.  N.Y.,  assign  nr  to  American  Vd- 
cro,Inc 

FBcd  May  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  142,575 
InLCLEOSc  27/02 

US.  CL  49—465  ,  .^^1?*^ 

A  retention  system  for  window  frames  incorporatmg  hook 


7  Claims 


Theater  construction  with  a  series  of  separate  viewing 
booths  arrwged  in  one  or  nnore  rows  with  the  rows  curving 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


448 


about  the  screen  area  and  the  individual  booths  being 
directed  toward  the  screen  for  a  clear  viewing  thereof  by  the 
occupanu.  Each  booth  is  provided  with  an  observation  win- 
dow which,  in  size,  so  relates  to  the  screen  as  to  approxi- 
mately mask  at  least  three  edges  erf  the  screen  and  present  an 
impression  of  viewing  a  scene  occurring  immediately  occur- 
ing  outside  the  window.  The  areas  around  both  the  screen 
and  the  window  are  painted  a  flat  black  to  enhance  the  im- 
pression of  viewing  a  scene  rather  than  a  projection  on  a 
screen. 


U.S 


3,668313 
LAPPING  MACHINE 

to  R.  A.  SinkTiB 
A  FHs,  ~ 

Sm.  Na  781,212,  Dec  4, 1968, 
Mar.  23, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

127397 
Int.  CL  B24b  5/34,  7/04, 10/10 
CL  51-128  7 


3,668311 
COPING  AND  FASOA  TRIM 
Kenneth  Uoyd  PoOard,  73  Salok  Terrace,  West  Hill,  Ontario, 
Canada 

Filed  Apr.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26^42 

Int.  CL  E04d  7J/75 

VS.  CL  52—94  12  ciainH 


"^VFS 


-46 


Coping  and  fascia  trim  for  the  edge  of  a  building  structure 
is  comprised  of  a  pair  of  elongated  interconnectable  trim 
strips  each  having  a  continuous  anchor  flange  securable  to 
the  roof  and  a  skirt  depending  to  overlie  the  building  facade. 
The  strips  are  interconnected  by  a  tongue  and  stirrup  at  the 
skirt  edges  and  are  dimensioned  to  provide  spacing  between 
the  anchor  flanges  for  a  roofing  layer.  Optionally  the  trim 
may  accommodate  fascia  insulating  board  between  the  skirts 
and  roof  insulation  board  between  the  anchor  flanges. 


3,668312 

CUTTER-GRINDING  MACHINES 
Vladimir  Vlktorovkh  Idd,  ulitaa  Graftfo  15,  Kv.  6,  Zavdzhic, 
Gorkovduji  oblasti,  U.S.S.R. 

Filed  Mar.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,958 
Claims  priority,  application  U.S.SJL,  Apr.  1, 1969, 1316567 

Int.  CL  B24b  49/00 
U  A  CL  5 1 — 165.87  i  claim 


A  device  for  dressing  abrasive  wheels,  whose  essence 
resides  in  making  the  working  zone  free  with  a  view  to  utiliz- 
ing large  diameter  abrasive  wheels  and  worictng  large-sized 
articles,  characterized  by  the  provision  of  vertical  guide 
members  in  a  member  that  carries  an  abrasive  wheel, 
whereby  the  holder  of  a  dressing  tool,  which  travels  akmg  a 
guide  member  inclined  wx  an  angle  of  4S*  to  the  horizon, 
moves  the  abrasive  wtieel  towards  the  article  being  worked. 


In  a  surface  lapping  machine  in  which  workpieces  to  be 
lapped  are  confined  in  rings  placed  on  the  rotataUe  bed  of 
the  machine,  the  workpiece  or  workpieces  in  each  ring  being 
loaded  by  a  cover  and  the  rings  being  retained  on  the  bed  by 
arms  provided  with  rollers,  the  arms  being  disposed  in  star 
formation  and  forming  a  rotary  assembly  which  is  movable 
stepwise  around  a  vertical  or  substantially  vertical  shaft 
disposed  coaxially  or  substantially  coaxially  with  the  bed, 
while  at  the  periphery  of  the  bed  adjacent  to  the  stopping 
positions  of  the  rings  there  is  disposed  a  plane,  smooth  Ubie 
permitting  the  feeding  of  the  rings  to,  and  the  withdrawal  of 
rings  from,  the  bed  by  sliding,  there  is  provided  an  articu- 
lated arm  with  vertical  pivoting  axes  which  is  pivotally 
mounted  on  said  shaft,  this  articulated  arm  carrying  a  verti- 
cally guided  raising  means  engageable  with  said  cover. 


3,668314 
SURFACE  GRINMNG  DEVICE 
Conrad  T.  Frccrks,  St  Paul,  and  Fred  R.  Lacckc,  Jr.,  Wkilc 
Bear  Lake,  iMith  of  Minn.,  amignwi  to  MlnncMta  Miid^ 
and  MaBufactaring  Company,  St.  PanL  Mfam. 
Filed  Mar.  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  23,749 
InLCLB24b  7/00, 27/04 
U.S.CL51— 144  13 


A  method  of  and  an  apparatus  for  grindkig  a 

face  on  a  woricpiece  ^*iien  the  workpiece  is  pr ^ 

an  abrasive  bdt  moving  in  an  arcuate  path.  The  woricpiece  ■ 
hekl  by  the  apparatus  with  the  plane  at  which  the  planar  sur- 
face is  to  be  formed  oriented  generaDy  paraDd  to  the  aas  of 
the  arcuate  path  of  the  abrmivc  belt,  and  is  movnd  about  an 
axis  normal  to  and  intersecting  the  axis  of  the  areuate  path 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


p,««.  u«o  «^  p^-ure  rinata.  c^uc^  T::;:r:^1L^  ^^:Z^'^  ^^<^ 


444 

the  abrasive  belt  to  move  the  workpiece  toward  the  «**««>« 
beh  in  a  direetkm  nonnal  to  the  MM  of  the  path  of  the  abra- 

sive  belt.  When  the  plane  at  which  the  planar  lurface  to  be 
formed  is  tangent  to  the  abrasive  belt,  the  movement  of  the 
workpiece  toward  the  beh  is  halted  to  that  the  de«red  planar 

surface  is  formed  on  the  workpiece. 


June  13,  1972j 


ERRATA 


For  Oasses  52—28  thru  52—591  see: 
Patent  Nos.  3,668,826  thru  3,668.832 


ERRATA 

For  Oaaaes  52—6  and  52—94  see: 
Patent  Noe.  3,668,810  and  3,668,811 


3,66M15  

VraRATING  CLAMP  PRODUCT  SETTLER 
Ncboo  R.  Ifcwy.  wrf  Do-W  R.  Mfcldour.  both  of  Decatur, 
Ga^  asiiliwn  to  The  Woodman  Company,  Inc^  Decatur, 

Ga. 

ConlinuatiQO-fai-pvt  of  appttcatloa  Scr.  No.  714,862,  Mar. 

21. 1968.  Tills  appHcatkm  Mar.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  18.934 

IbL  CL  B65b  1/22 


VS.  CL  53—24 


26  Claims 


transversely  between  adjacent  springs  and  by  adhering  loi  i- 
gitudinally  the  plies  along  one  edge  portion. 

3.668,817 
SHRINK  TUNNEL  AND  METHOD  OF  SHRINKING  HLM 

I  ON  ARTICLES 

Sydney  Georr  Frederick  BcO.  AMona,  Victoria.  Australia,  as- 

tinor  to  W.  R.  Grace  *  Co..  New  York,  N.Y.  J 

OrlUliial  applcadon  Nw.  13, 1967,  Ser.  No.  682,306,  nvW 

PateiitNo.  3326,752.  Divided  rntd  this  appMcatkm  May  27L 

1970.  Ser.  No.  51,407  ., «  ^ 

Claims  priority,  applkatton  Australia,  Nov.  18, 1966, 14135 
Int.  a.  B65b  53106 
U.S.  CI.  53-30  3Clah|is 


A  product  settUng  arrangement  for  packages  of  flexible 
sheet  material  wherein  the  package  is  vigorously  agitated  by 
gripping  of  the  package  at  the  bottom  for  a  presettling  opera- 
tion and  at  the  top  for  a  final  settling  operation.  The  move- 
ment of  the  package  is  in  the  up  and  down  direction  with  the 
preferred  action  being  along  an  oscillatory  path  whereby 
multiple  component  force  is  applied  to  the  product  for  more 
efficient  settling.  A  control  circuit  is  provided  msunng 
proper  actuation  of  the  gripper  members  in  timed  relauon- 
ship  with  the  seahng  jaws  when  a  form  and  fill  machme  is 
utilized. 


This  invention  is  directed  to  shrink  tunnel  including  an  in- 
verted U-shaped  housing  having  a  hot  air  inlet  on  each  side 
near  the  bottom  thereof  and  an  air  outlet  below  the  top  of 
the  packages  passing  through  the  housing  with  the  inlets  and 
outleto  positioned  to  impinge  air  against  the  ends  of  a 
package  passing  through  the  tunnel  and  withdraw  a  large  part 
of  the  air  from  the  tunnel  before  it  can  rise  above  the  top  of 
the  package;  all  as  further  described  herein. 

'I  3  668  818 

SEMI-AUTOMATIC  CLOSURE  APPLICATOR 
Jack  H.  Holmes,  Cowichi,  Wash.,  assignor  to  Kwik  Lok  Cor- 
poration, Yakima,  Wash. 

Filed  Feb.  8. 1971,  Ser.  No.  108,401 

Int,  CI  965h  5 1/00,  57/02 

U.S.CL  53^67  14  Claims 


3.668316 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CONSTRUCTING 

FABRIC  ENCLOSED  SPRINGS 

Lloyd  W.  TtaompMMi.  AuitmA.  late  of  Wgh  Point.  N.C.  (by 

MBdnd  B.  Tkompaon.  adminlrtwirh).  aml^Mir  to  Cone 

poratlen,  GffoeMlMiro.  N.C 

Fled  Jvly  10. 1970.  Scr.  No.  53,785 

fan.  CLB65b  63/02 

VS.  CL  53-28  *•  CWms 

Web  matMial  is  folded  to  form  two  overiying  plies  m- 
tegraUy  connected  akmg  one  tongitudinal  edge  for  receiving 


A  power-cycled  machine  triggered  by  the  manual  veWcal 
presentation  thereto  of  a  bunched  bag  neck,  to  apply  m  con- 


JUNE  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


445 


fining  relation  to  said  neck  a  "Kwik  Lok"  type  of  bag  clo- 
sure. The  machine  receives  closures  in  strip  form,  each  clo- 
sure having  a  narrow  forward  opening  connecting  with  a 
heart-shaped  closure  aperture  forming  jaws  preventing 
escape  of  the  bag  neck  forced  through  said  opening  into  sakl 
aperture.  This  strip  is  advanced  during  the  second  half  of 
each  cycle  to  feed  the  foremost  closure  into  a  slot  in  a  clo- 
sure applying  rocker  with  the  latter  rocked  upwardly  into 
horizontal  position.  As  the  cycle  is  concluded,  the  rocker  is 
rocked  60°  downward  to  thus  incline  downward  the  foremost 
closure.  The  next  cycle  is  initiated  by  presenting  a  vertically 
bunched  bag  neck  manually  to  the  middle  ot  the  rocker,  the 
bag  neck  engaging  a  trigger  starting  the  motor  which  rocks 
the  rocker  to  swing  the  foremost  closure  back  up  to  horizon- 
tal position,  thus  flexing  the  jaws  therectf  about  the  bunched 
bag  neck  and  trapping  the  latter  in  the  closure  aperture.  The 
motor  automatically  stops  vriien  this  occurs,  and  starts  again 
to  complete  the  cycle  when  the  closed  bag  is  pulled  for- 
wardly  to  separate  the  foremost  closure  from  the  strip.  The 
next  following  closure  then  becomes  the  foremost  in  the  strip 
and  is  automaticaUy  fed  into  the  rocker  and  swung 
downwardly  60"  in  readiness  to  be  applied  to  a  bag  in  the 
next  following  cycle.  An  automatic  indexer  prevents  escape 
rearwardly  of  the  foremost  closure  while  being  applied  to  a 
bag  neck.  The  indexer  also  secures  the  balance  of  the  closure 
strip  against  being  pulled  forwardly  by  the  separation  of  the 
closure  on  the  bag  frx>m  the  rest  of  the  closure  strip.  Provi- 
sion is  also  made  for  optionally  feeding  through  the  machine 
bare  closures  in  strip  form  or  strips  of  such  closures  having 
labels  ^ued  on  the  individual  closures.  The  machine  also  has 
a  printer  for  printing  dates  or  code  markings  on  the  in- 
dividual closures  or  labels  as  they  pass  througli  the  machine. 


3.668.819 
VACUUM  DRYING  AND  STOPPERING  APPARATUS 
Charles  Edward  Hendiaw.  Ddran.  N  J.,  asrigiiui  to  PennwaM 
Corporation.  Philadelphia.  Pa. 

FOed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  113,182 

Iiit.a.B65bJ7/02 

U.S.  CL  53—102  3  tlalms 


C«w 


3/MHMMO 
PACKAGING  MACHINE 
L  Parvln.  MHbara.  and  DanglBB  Pi 
Grwc.  botk  «f  N  J.,  atel^Mfs  la  8Mad«d 
pcratlont  New  Yavfc.  N.Y. 

Origiaal  appRcadaa  Mar.  11. 19<S.Sv.  No.  712.209,  nan 

Patcat  No.  3.540.186.  DhMad  and  tfeb  appBcaltai  Mjr  9, 

1970.  Scr.  Na.  53^434 

fart.CLB65bi//M 

II.S.  CL  53—112  R  10 


A  packaging  machine  for  applying  cover  sheets  to  substan- 
tially rigid,  product-containing  trays  and  evacuating  and  seal- 
ing the  covered  trays.  The  product-containing  trays  are 
moved  in  succession  along  a  conveyor  at  a  substantially 
uniform  speed,  and  a  cover  web  is  tack-sealed  to  the  iftading 
edge  of  each  tray.  As  each  tray  moves  akmg  a  conveyor,  it 
draws  the  cover  web  over  it,  the  web  is  severed  at  the  trailing 
edge,  and  an  initial  seal  is  then  formed  between  the  cover 
sheet  and  tray.  Next,  the  tray  is  evacuated  dirough  opeainp 
left  in  the  initial  seal  between  the  cover  sheet  and  the  tray 
and  final  seals  to  close  the  evacuation  openings  are  made. 


3.668.821 
CUTTING  AND  WRAPPING  MACHINE 

J*   BcBSOBf  ocrtKClcy  HdlfHBy  ni«J»y 
Fisciwr,  Norwak.  Co—.,  aasignars  U 
Co..  lac  Bcrkcfcy  Hdgkte.  N  J. 

Fled  Jane  2^1970,  Scr.  No.  42.611 
Int.  CL  B65b  63/00 
U.S.CL53— 123  6 


Vacuum  drying  and  stoppering  chamber  with  elevator 
shelves  for  sealing  and  capping  bottles,  the  shelf  spacing 
being  infinitely  adjustable  to  accommodate  bottles  of  various 
sizes  with  maximum  efBdency. 


This  invcntioa  relates  to  an  apparatus  for  wrapping 
^ed  meat  products  with  paper  and  then  cutdng  the 


446 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


product  in  predetermined  lengths.  The  shingled  meat  product 
is  fed  between  two  layers  of  wrapiwig  paper  and  is  then  fed 
through  a  cutting  mechanim  which  periodicatty  moves  at  the 
speed  of  the  fied  p^^er  and  meat  A  reciprocating  blade  on 
the  cutting  mechanism  slices  through  the  paper  and  meat  at 
predetermined  intervab  leaving  an  individually  wrapped  por- 
tion ready  to  be  stored  or  transported. 


including  an  item  support  that  shifts  the  items  arcuately  and 
then  through  ft  restricted  opening  into  packed  array  in  a  con- 
tainer, and  container  advancing  means  that  also  operates  a 
gate  to  close  the  opening  during  container  advancement. 


FLOW  RESISTANCE  EQUALIZER  FOR  UQUID 
CIRCULATION  SYSTEM 
Gerald  F.  Maimloii,  608  BawMBrew  Court,  Napcrvflk,  ID., 
and  James  R.  ManirioB,  10336  South  Kofanar,  Oak  Lawn, 

DL 

Filed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,848 

iBLCLBOld  79/00 

U.S.  CL  55—159  7  Claiins 


3,668324 
DEVICE  FOR  SECURING  A  VALVE  IN  THE  NECK  OF  AN 

AEROSOL  VESSEL 
Nikolai  Nlkoteevkh  SoloaMNWv,  nlllm  BteamaBa,  16/18,  kv. 
16;  Vladlailr  Pavtovkh  bhaalu,  ulltsa  Blanmana,  8,  kv.  6, 
and  TahraldB-Olavs  ArMldovkh  Apsakms,  uHtsa  DIkJu,  ^L, 
kv.2,aHofRiia,U.S.S.R. 

FUed  Nov.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92,404 

Int.  CL  B65b  7/28 

VS.  CL  53-330  1  Clahn 


A  flow  equalization  fitting  for  balancing  a  water  circulation 
system  by  equalizing  the  flow  resistances  of  a  number  of 
water  utilization  devices  in  the  system,  comprising  a 
replaceable  oriflce  member  mounted  in  the  outlet  of  the 
fitting,  a  strainer  and  trap  located  in  the  fitting  ahead  of  the 
orifice,  with  a  dean-out  for  the  trap,  and  a  vented  air 
chamber  for  trapping  entrained  air  released  ahead  of  the  ori- 
fice. 


i: 


;».•.»..— 


wm 


3,668,823 
FORWARD  HORIZONTAL  PACKER 
McMn  E.  Larson,  Grand  RapMs,  Kflch.,  assignor  to  Rospatch 
CorporatkMi,  Grand  Rapids,  Mkh. 

FUed  Sept  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,126 

lit  CL  B65b  5110;  B65g  57/00 

US.  CL  53—250  3  Claims 


f        E 


A  device  for  securing  a  valve  in  the  neck  of  an  aerosol  ves- 
sel by  formii^  a  projection  on  the  setting  portion  of  the  valve 
body,  in  which  a  rod  is  mounted  in  a  housing  for  movement 
in  an  axial  direction,  and  a  series  of  spreadable  levers  con- 
centric with  respect  to  the  rod  are  secured  in  the  housing  for 
swinging  movement  in  longitudinal  planes  relative  the  rod. 
The  rod  cooperates  with  the  inner  surfaces  of  the  working 
ends  of  the  levers  so  that  during  the  working  stroke  of  the 
rod,  the  lever  spread  in  a  radial  direction  and  form  a  projec- 
tion on  the  setting  portion  of  the  valve  body.  The  levers  are 
provided  with  auxiliary  arms,  and  the  rod  with  a  projection 
adapted  to  cooperate  with  the  auxiliary  arms  during  the 
reverse  stroke  to  return  the  levers  to  the  initial  position. 


-ii  rf^" 


3,668,825 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  DETERMINING  THE 
DIFFICULTY  OF  REMOVING  POLLUTANTS  BY  WET 
SCRUBBING  ACTION  J 

Robert  W.  McDvatee,  Northbrook,  DL,  avigiior  to  National 
Dust  CoUcrtor  Corporatloa,  Skokk,  lU. 

FUed  Aag.  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  853,767 

lat.  CL  BOld  47/00,  45/12 

U.S.CL55-T21  20Clptais 


This  specification  discloses  the  packing  of  small  planar  or       A  method  of  determining  the  difficulty  of  removing  pollu- 
sheet-like  item*,  particulariy  ckMhing  labels,  into  containers,    tants  from  gas  including  the  steps  of  passing  a  sample  <^  the 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


447 


gas  through  a  wet  scrubber  stage  for  removing  some  of  the 
p<^utants  therefirom,  measuring  the  amount  of  pollutants 
remaining  in  said  gas  samfrie  after  passage  through  the  wet 
scrubber  stage,  and  adjusting  the  fn-essure  drop  across  the 
scrubber  stage  to  obtain  the  desired  level  of  pollutants 
remaining  after  passage  therethrough. 


3,668,826 
SUSPENDED  CEILING  SYSTEM 
Rkhard  N.  White,  Des  PWncs,  DL,  and  JoMph  D.  Wilkin, 
Tampa,  Fla.,  assignors  to  The  Cdotex  Corporation,  Tampa, 
Fla. 

Filed  Feb.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9^85 
--  Int.  a.  E04b  5/52 

VS.  a.  52—28  9  Clafam 


A  suspended  ceiling  system  having  a  repetitive  modular  ap- 
pearance includes  unique,  removable,  collapsible  frame  por- 
tions in  which  either  finished  panels  or  lighting  fixtures  can 
be  centrally  positioned  away  from  the  lower  plane  of  the 
modules  to  form  upwardly  recessed  coves. 


\ 


3,668,827 

METAL  STUDDING  AND  ADJUSTABLE  SHELF 

CARRIER 

Paul  Schwartz,  249  Brainard  Drirc,  Youngstown,  Ohk> 

Continuatkm-ln-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  826,427,  May  21, 

1969,  now  Patent  No.  3,562,970,  dated  Feb.  16,  1971.  This 

application  Sept  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,005 

lot  a.  A47b  57/06;  E04c  3/32 

U.S.  a.  52—36  3  Claims 


distorted  into  the  area  of  the  metal  member  so  as  to  hold  the 
same  in  adjusted  poskicni  in  the  metal  studding. 


3,668428 

BUILDING  CONSTRUCTION  FRAMEWORK  WITH 

RECEIVERS  FOR  BRACING  MEANS 

Gcorfc  E.  NIchdM,  25  EmI  DcMah  Road,  PhHwrtvUc,  N J., 

and    Howard   G.    WatkiM,    137    EmI    Rcvcr    Avcbuc, 

Northfldd,  N  J. 

FUed  Mar.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,129 
InL  CL  E04b  7/04 
VS.  CL  52-92  3  < 


A  building  construction  wherein  a  precut  building 
framework  is  initially  elected,  and  provided  with  receivers  for 
interposing  between  a  plurality  of  strengthening  and  bracing 
members. 


3,668,829 
FOOTING  TILE  FOR  TRANSVERSE  FLOW  OF  SEEPAGE 
Melvin  J.  Nelson,  1608  Machinac  Avenue,  So.  KOwaukcc, 
Wis. 

nicd  Mar.  16,  1970,  Scr.  No.  19,907 
Int.  CL  E02d  3J/02 
U.S.CL  52—169  2 


A  metal  studding  having  a  web  portion  with  spaced  apart 
sections  therein  and  oppositely  disposed  flanges  on  said 
spaced  apart  sections  and  oppositely  disposed  longitudinally 
extending  channels  formed  in  said  spskced  apart  sections 
together  with  an  elongated  metal  member  didably  engagea- 
ble  against  said  flanges  and  partially  within  said  channeb  so 
as  to  be  adjustable  thereof,  the  metal  member  having  a  con- 
figuration providing  for  the  reception  and  attachment  of  an 
elongated  shelf  supporting  arm,  portions  of  the  flanges  being 


A  transverse  tile,  preferably  of  molded  material,  to  be  em- 
bedded transversely  in  the  concrete  of  a  foundation  footing 
to  convey  seepage  water  ftt>m  an  exterior  drain  tile  to  an 
inner  drain  tile.  A  means  is  included  to  subsequently  provide 
a  drain  opening  in  the  panel  of  the  transverse  tile  after  the 
mason  work  has  been  done,  for  the  purpose  of 
seepage  to  flow  into  the  tile. 


448 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197^ 


3jUiJi30  3,668,832 

CHANNEL  MEMBER  HAVING  A  REMOVAL  SOW  WALL  PLASTIC  BUIUMNG  BLOCK 

PMcr  M.  Ftairi^  I*n>nii.  Oirtarto,  and  f^Mk  M.  Watts,  James  D.  Harman,  R.D.  #  1,  Hegins,  Pa. 
Toraalo,  OnlMte,  both  of  Caaada,  awignnn  to  nfairtHw  flM  Jwm  S>  1970,  Scr.  No.  43,758 

SlMmcaaeSyitan8,Do«niivtew,Oite1o,  Canada  Int.  CL  E04c  ;/;0 

Fled  Ai«.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,387  U.S.  CL  52-591  6Clatap 

Iitf.CLE06bJ/62 
VJS,  CL  52—400  8  OainM 


A  molding  strip  for  removably  mounting  and  securing  the 
marginal  edges  of  a  panel  to  a  support  structure  such  as  a 
window,  showcase  ami  the  like.  The  underside  of  the  strip  is 
attachable  to  the  support  structure,  preferably  by  a  pressure 
sensitive  adhesive.  The  topside  of  the  strip  has  a  permanent 
flange  along  one  side  edge  and  a  removable  flange  having  a 
bead  which  fits  into  a  groove  formed  in  the  top  side,  the  per- 
manent flange  suid  removable  flange  forming  a  channel 
which  receives  the  marginal  edges  of  the  panel.  The  remova- 
ble flange  can  be  removed  when  mounting  the  panel  on  the 
support  structure.  The  removal  flange  when  replaced  is 
biased  by  the  panel  to  releasably  lock  the  bead  in  the  groove. 
Several  grooves  may  be  provided  so  that  several  different 
thicknesses  of  panels  can  be  accommodated  by  a  single  strip. 


o^ 


A  plastic  building  block  comprising  a  pair  of  spaced  side 
walls,  a  front  end  wall,  a  rear  end  wall,  and  a  bottom  wall 
that  form  a  rectangular  box-like  shape  with  an  open  top. 
Each  side  wall  has  a  thickened  reinforced  layer  and  a  thinner 
border  area.  The  rear  end  of  each  side  wall  has  a  cut-away 
section  of  reduced  thickness  and  the  forward  end  of  each 
side  wall  includes  a  leading  section  that  extends  beyond  the 
front  end  wall.  Complementary,  angularly  oriented  tongues 
and  grooves  are  defined  between  the  leading  sections  of  a 
first  block  and  the  cut-away  sections  of  a  second  block.  Ad- 
jacent, identical  blocks  are  assembled  into  wall  sections  by 
sliding  the  tongues  of  the  first  block  into  the  grooves  of  the 
second  block,  or  vice  versa,  so  that  the  thinner  leading  sec- 
tions of  the  first  block  straddle  the  cut-away  sections  of  the 
second  block  and  overlap  the  joints  formed  therebetween. 
THe  thinner  border  area  of  an  upper  block,  which  is  coexten- 
sive with  the  exterior  face  of  said  block,  straddles  the  border 
area  of  a  lower  block,  said  border  area  being  coextensive 
with  the  interior  face  of  said  block.  Thus,  the  joints  formed 
between  the  upper  block  and  the  lower  block  are  overiapped. 


3,668331 
FURNACE  WALL  CONSTRUCTION 
Larrfe  H.  Sweet,  RanuonviBe,  aad  Ncbon  H.  Baker,  Jr., 
Niafara  Fab,  both  of  N.Y.,  aarignors  to  The  Carborundum 
Company,  NlagMV  FaBs,  N.Y. 

Flkd  Nov.  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  880,526 

Int.  CL  F23m  5/04, 5/02 

U.S.CL52— 484  2  Claims 


'  3,668,833 

APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  INCINERATING 

RUBBISH  AND  CLEANING  THE  SMOKE  OF 

INCINERATION 

William  Francis  Caldll,  Jr.,  8  Danccroft  Avenue,  GrccnviBe, 

RJ. 

Fled  Aug.  25,  1970,  Scr.  No.  66,682 
,  Int  CI.  BOld  50/00 

VS.  CI.  55-7  ^^^  14 1 


FAN 


_^ 


A*5yjjreR 


f 


»LltM^J^fKI9 


A  furnace  lining  wall  is  provided  by  securing  refractory  in- 
sulating bloclu  in  place  with  refractory  anchors  having  en- 
larged heads  fitting  in  depressions  in  the  worlung  face  of  the 
blocks  and  having  shanks  extending  into  the  block  and 
fastened  by  ties  to  the  furnace  frame. 


This  specification  discloses  apparatus  for  carrying  out  a 
method  of  incinerating  rubbish  and  cleaning  the  resultant 
smoke.  The  apparatus  comprises  essentially  a  fire  pit.  a 
plenum  where  smoke  is  collected,  a  filter,  an  after  burner,  an 
electrosutic  precipitating  chamber,  an  alkaline  water  wash,  a 
plain  water  wash,  a  filter,  and  a  motor  driven  exhaust  fan 
which  passes  clean  gas  to  a  stack. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


440 


3,668334  suing  from  the  main  Venturi  may  be  recycled  into  same 

SAMPLE  INJECTION  IN  GAS  CHRCAfATOGRAPHY  through  an  annular  pMsage  provided  around  the  said  main 

David  Robot  Dmh,  Stocktanmii-Taca,  Fn^and,  ■■igiinr  to  Venturi. 

I— p«>i«l  C^atmifmt  IiiA,^i4^  I  iffftH.  I.OndlMI,  ¥,Pffr<^  

FBcd  July  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,912 

dafam  priority,  appWcatfcw  Great  Britain,  Aug.  14, 1969,  3,668^36 

40,648/69  ELECTROSTATIC  PRECIPITATOR 

Int.  CL  BOld  15/08  Harry  L.  Rkfaardsoi^  New  York,  N.Ym  and  Robert  C.  Craig, 

U.S.CL55— 67                                                     12  dafam  Morristown,  N  J.,  Mrfgnan  to  Cbcmkal  CoMtnKtIon  Cor- 


-a 


•S^-6 


a 


00 


'0 


^ 


J- 


^ 


^ 


poration.  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  Jan.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,947 
Int.  CLB03C  J/47 
U.S.CL55— 131 


5ClaiaM 


Sample  injection  in  gas  chromatography  is  accomplished 
by  passing  a  sample  stream  separate  from  the  carrier  gas 
stream  and  diverting  it  into  the  carrier  gas  stream  through  an 
unrestricted  limb  by  adjusting  the  relative  pressures  of  the 
two  streams. 


3,668335 

ELECTROSTATIC  DUST  SEPARATOR 

Pierre  VIcard,  15  Cours  Engnie,  Lyon,  France 

Flkd  Feb.  3,  1970,  Scr.  No.  8,295 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Feb.  13, 1969, 6903675; 

Mar.  24, 1969, 6907777 

Int.  CL  B03c  3/36, 3/41 

U.S.  CL  55—107  7  Clafans 


In  an  electrostatic  dust  separator  having  a  ionizing  elec- 
trode axially  disposed  within  a  Venturi,  an  annular  nozde 
produces  a  spray  of  an  auxiliary  substance  in  the  gas  stream 
issuing  from  the  Venturi,  around  a  polarizing  electrode.  The 
coarse  particles  of  the  spray  are  electrified  by  influence  and 
they  attract  and  retain  the  finer  ionized  dust  particles  carried 
by  the  gas.  The  spraying  nozzle  may  be  disposed  within  an 
auxiliary  Venturi  to  increase  the  velocity  of  the  gas  and  to 
improve  impact  effects  between  the  dust  particles  and  the 
sprayed  particles.  The  kmizing  electrode  is  preferably  formed 
with  fins  to  enhance  the  ionizing  corona  discharge,  v^iile  the 
polarizing  electrode  is  on  the  contrary  smooth  to  avoid  any 
noticeable  discharge  effect.  The  gas  to  be  treated  may  be  fed 
into  the  inlet  of  the  main  Venturi  by  an  injector  noB^  to 
produce  a  negative  pressure  whereby  a  portion  of  the  gas  is- 


An  electrical  or  electrostatic  precipitator  is  provided  with 
a  grounded  collector  plate  upstream  of  the  electrically 
charged  wires.  The  plate  is  juxtaposed  adjacent  to  the  wires 
and  provides  greater  overall  removal  of  entrained  discrete 
particles  from  a  gas  stream. 


3,668437 
SEPARATOR  OF  THE  SEMIPERMEABLE  MEMBRANE 

TYPE 
Robert  I.  Gross,  Rodyn  Hgts.,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Pid 
tion.  Glen  Cove,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Feb.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  11,236 
Int.  CL  BOld  53/22 
U.S.CL55— 158  21 


A  separator  is  provided  that  is  particularly  suited  for 
separating  gases  from  liquids  by  selective  difhisioa  through  a 
semipermeable  membrane.  The  membrane  forms  an  enclo- 
sure into  which  dWusate  pscsfi  and  is  attached  to  a  flat  por- 
tion on  a  suffrice  of  a  supporting  core,  so  that  a  stm^  and 
leaktight  flat  seal  between  the  membrane  enclosure  and  the 
core  is  formed,  with  the  enclosure  interior  communicating 
with  a  discharge  passagr  in  ttie  core.  A  valve  is  provided  Cor 
shutting  off  flow  through  the  cove 
rate  or  viscosity  excccids  a  predetcnninod  i 


450 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


FLASH  ECONOMIZER 

C  McNdl,  43  PfeM  SirMi,  awl  John  A.  McNdl,  161 

kvoMK,  both  of  Anookvae,  Pa. 

Fkd  Dk.  7, 1»70.  Sn.  N©.  95327 

lot.  CL  BOld  19/00 

U.S.CL  55-191  lOCtalm 


June  18,  1972 

from  exhaust  tjttems  contiatt  of  a  series  of  afterburning^ 
steam,  fog,  spray  and  washing  chambers  which  remove  tox> 
ics.  hydrocarboas,  fly  ash  and  other  undesirables  before  thf 
fumes  arc  emitsed  to  the  Mmospherc.  The  sulfides  or  other 
chemicalt  removed  during  this  procea  are  placed  in  water 
solution  which  can  be  further  refined,  redainted,  neutralize*  I 
or  disposed  of 


3,668340  ^ 

AIR  CLEANER 
Richard  L.  Plerkk,  3256  Hamiwhire  Avenue  N,  Minneapolis, 
Minn. 

FUad  Mar.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,096 

Int.  CL  BOld  47/02 

VS.  CL  55-239  --  6  Clalnjs 


Apparatus  and  procedure  are  provided  for,  in  one  device 
or  apparatus  unit,  effectively  separating  out  pure  flash  or 
steam  from  a  blow-down  disdiarge  and  simultaneously  effec- 
tively recovering  heat  from  the  blow-down  discharge  and, 
particularly  from  the  nnwe  dense  portions  thereof.  Flash 
separation  is  accomplished  in  an  upper  portion  of  an  en- 
closed elongated  container,  condensate  recovery  and  circula- 
tion are  accomplished  in  a  lower  portion,  and  pressure  reduc- 
tion and  heat  recovery  are  principally  accomplished  in  a  baf- 
fle arch  area  below  the  flash  separation.  The  liquid  or  con- 
densate as  discharged  from  the  container  has  a  minimized 
temperature  such  that  it  can  be  directly  discharged  into  a 
sewage  system  without  tempering  it  with  and  wasting  added 
cooling  water.  A  maximized  efficiency  of  cooling  and  heat 
recovery  are  accomplished  in  the  same  container  with  an  ef- 
ficient to  a  maximum  recovery  of  pure  steam  or  flash. 


An  air  cleaner  utilizing  a  series  of  elongate,  inverted  U- 
shaped  air  foils  is  disclosed  herein.  An  oil  retaining  tray  is 
disposed  adjacent  the  air  inlet  of  an  enclosure  which  also  has 
an  air  outlet.  The  air  foils  are  disposed  in  the  air  inlet  above 
the  tray  with  the  lep  of  the  air  foils  extending  downwardly  to 
proximate  the  top  of  the  tray.  A  fan  is  utilized  to  force  air 
through  the  air  inlet,  over  the  legs  of  the  air  foils  and  then  up 
through  the  inside  of  the  air  foils.  Air  and  particles  of  dirt  en- 
trained in  the  air  are  accelerated  along  the  lega  of  the  air 
foils.  The  dirt  particles  attain  sufficient  inertia  to  plunge  into 
the  oil  in  the  tray  where  those  particles  are  retoined  while  the 
clean  air  passes  into  the  inside  of  the  air  foils. 


3,668,839 
AIR  POLLUTION  CONTROLLER 
Joseph  Mkarak,  Oodrtock,  and  WWam  W.  Jaxhefaner,  King- 
ston,  both   of  N.Y.,   aaslgnnn   to   Combustion   Control 
Devices,  PlierMim  NJ. 
CondniMtkNi  of  appimlM  Scr.  No.  758,445,  Sept  9, 1968, 

now  ahnndBMa.  TVk  aypfclfan  May  28, 1971,  Ser.  No. 

148,190 

int.  CL  Mid  47/12;  BOIJ  6/00 

VS.  CL  55—223  7  Clalma 


J^ 


L 


3,668341 

kNTI-POLLUnON  CHAMBER 

Howard  R.  Nunn,  2397  Main  Street,  Napa,  CaMf . 

Filed  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86373 

Int.  CL  BOld  47/00 

UACL  55-257   ^ 


IClafan 


^>^^^^ 


A  svrtem  (tor  sequential  removal  of  various  air  poButants  or       A  device  fbr  replacing  common  smoke  stacks  on  indi»trial 
mtvninahts  such  as  fly  ash.  chemicals  and  hydrocarbons  building  rooft.  Tim  device  indudea  a  multiple  number  of  pol- 


JUNE  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


4ia 


lution  sensing  devices  on  the  interior  of  a  chamber  which 
contains  a  multiple  number  of  spray  nozzles  which  produce  a 
high  pressure  fog. 

The  chamber  also  inchidelt  a  catch  basin  which  allows  the 
fluid  to  drain  off  into  the  sump. 


frame  and  means  cooperating  with  opposed  sides  of  the  filler 
cell  header  fnme  to  resiliently  urge  the  header  frame  into 
sealing  engagement  in  the  support  channels. 


3,668342 
VACUUM  CLEANER  AND  EXHAUST  HOUSING 
William  A.  Batson,  Pickens,  and  Charles  T.  FVomkncctat,  An- 
derson, both  of  S.Cm  acilgnni  ii  to  The  Stiver  Corapeny, 
New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21334 

Int.  CL  BOld  46/02 

VS.  CL  55-417  3  Claim 


3,668344 

GANG  LAWN  MOWER  WITH  SELF-SHARPENING 

MEANS 

Sahag  C.  AkguHaa;  Doiidd  G.  HalfMr,  «id  SkcrwM  C 

Hcth,  all  of  Radae,  Wis^  aaslgnnri  to  Jacoboca  Manulac. 

turing  Company.  Radnc,  Wis. 

Filed  Apr.  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  26,997 
lot  CL  AOld  75/30 
VS.  CL  56—7  7 


A  vacuum  cleaner  of  the  canister  variety  for  domestic  use 
having  upper  and  lower  housing  sandwiching  an  intermediate 
housing  therebetween.  An  air  inlet  is  formed  at  the  front  of 
the  upper  housing  and  an  exhaust  housing  is  secured  to  the 
rear  of  the  lower  housing.  A  dust  bag  is  positioned  between 
the  upprr  and  intermediate  housing  and  is  separated  from  a 
motor  blower  assembly  by  an  apertured  partition  wall.  A 
washable  permanent  secondary  filter,  fitted  about  a  wire 
form  frame,  is  positioned  on  the  dust  bag  side  of  the  aperture 
in  the  partition  wall  by  means  of  a  pair  of  skitted  ribs  which 
receive  a  portion  of  the  wire  frame  and  a  cam  shaped  rib 
which  also  holds  a  portion  of  the  wire  frame.  The  exhaust 
housing  includes  a  sliding  door  having  spaced  air  slots  and  a 
rear  wall  having  similar  spaced  air  slots  alternately  othet 
from  those  of  the  door.  A  hose  assembly  Mower  connection 
aperture  is  formed  in  the  exhaust  housing  adjacent  to  the 
slotted  rear  wall.  During  vacuum  operation  the  sliding  door  is 
positioned  in  front  of  the  hose  assembly  blower  aperture  and 
air  is  exhausted  from  the  motor-blower  assembly  through 
both  sets  of  slots,  but  during  blower  operation  the  door  is 
positioned  in  front  of  the  rear  wall  with  the  solid  portion  of 
the  door  closing  off  the  slots  in  the  wall  of  the  exhaust  hous- 
ing to  concentrate  all  the  exhaust  air  through  the  hose  as- 
sembly blower  connection  aperture. 


A  gang  lawn  mowing  machine  having  a  tractor  with  a 
prime  mover  and  ground  supporting  wheels.  A  plurality  of 
mowers  are  supported  on  the  tractor  and  are  driven  by  the 
tractor  in  the  cutting  action  of  the  mowers  te  that  the 
mowers  are  powered.  Pivot  mountings  support  the  mowers 
on  the  tractor  for  articulation  of  the  mowers  to  adjust  to  ir- 
regular ground  and  fbr  raising  the  mowers  to  a  transport 
position  compact  with  the  tractor.  A  mower  cutter  drive  train 
extends  between  the  tractor  prime  mover  and  each  at  the 
mowers  for  rotating  the  mower  cutter  in  a  mowing  direction 
of  roution.  A  reversing  drive  exists  between  the  prime  mover 
and  the  mowers  for  reversing  the  direction  of  rotation  of  the 
mower  cutters  and  thereby  sharpening  the  cutters  when  they 
are  rotated  in  the  reverse  direction. 


3,668343 
FILTER  SUPPORT  CONSTRUCTION 
Kari  L.  WcstHn,  and  Allan  R.  Gctain,  both  of  Louisvflle,  Ky., 
assignors  to  American  Air  FBtcr  Company,  Inc^  Loulsvlle, 
Ky. 

Filed  Apr.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,929 

IntCL  BOld  25/22 

U.S.  CL  55-501  3  aaiim 


3,668345 
LAWN  MOWER  APPARATUS 
James  M.  Parlwr,  Dccrfidd,  DL,  MrftBor  to 
tkiii,AMp,ll. 

Fled  Mar.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,753 
Int.  CL  AOld  S5/26 
U.S.CL  56—11.6 


18 


4j 


Gas  filter  apparatus  including  a  flow-through  filter  support 
frame  having  opposed  channels  to  receive  a  filter  cell  header 


An  improved  rotary  lawn  mower  having  a  self-contained 
power  take-off  arranged  in  one  comer  of  the  forward  edge  of 
the  mower  deck.  An  auxiUiary  unit,  having  a  blade  driven  by 
a  pulley  and  a  beh  extending  to  the  power  take-ofi,  is  sup- 
ported from  the  deck  and  is  movable  between  a  trimming 
position  in  which  the  Made  is  substantially  horizontal  and  an 
edging  position  in  which  the  blade  is  substantiaOy  verticaL  A 
cam  means  automatically  compensates  for  diaaacc  rhai^ri 
between  the  pulley  and  the  power  take-off  as  the  unk  ta 
moved  between  the  trimming  and  edging  positions. 


I 


462 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197 


3,668,846 

QUICK  DUMP  GRASS  CATCHER  FOR  LAWN  MOWER 

WwKT  P.  Kirifkl,  1301  ThooMt  FImc,  F«rt  Wortk,  Tex. 

Filed  May  12, 1971,  Set.  No.  142,463 

lBLa.A01di5/22 

VS.  CL  56—205  5  Clalmi 


1 


material  anchored  to  the  shaft  at  equally  spaced  poin 
blades  mounted  on  said  spiders  and  twisted  both  helically 
about  the  reel  axis  and  about  their  own  axes  the  bedplate 
having  a  surface  cooperating  with  said  blades  and  an  open 
front  baffle  surrounding  the  reel  at  top  and  back  and 
cooperating  with  the  blades  and  spiders  to  discharge  cuttings 
ahead  of  t^e  advancing  reel. 


i 


3,668,848 

FRUIT  PICKER 

Harry  H.  Gcrkli,  East  1st  Street,  Loogootec,  bid. 

FIM  May  21, 1971,  Ser.  No.  145,655 

laLClAOlg  19108 

VS.  CL  56—334 


IClaiin 


A  grass  catcher  for  use  with  a  power  driven  lawn  mower 
having  a  grass  discharge  duct  which  terminates  on  one  side  of 
the  mower,  and  is  arranged  to  discharge  grass  cuttings  in  an 
upward  and  rearward  direction,  in  admixture  with  a  stream 
of  air,  and  having  a  pair  of  elongated  handles  which  are 
inclined  upwardly  and  rearwardly.  in  parallel,  spaced  apart 
relation  to  each  other,  and  a  cron  bar  extending  between  the 
handles,  forwardly  diereof,  the  cro«  bar  being  bent  right  an- 
gulariy  intermediate  its  ends  and  having  end  portions  which 
are  perpendicular  to  its  intermediate  portion  and  which  ex- 
tend upwardly,  perpendicular  to  the  handles.  Comprises  an 
elongated.  substantiaUy  six  sided  box,  formed  of  sheet  metal, 
which  has  generally  parallel  sides  and  ends,  and  has  a  height 
greater  than  its  width  and  a  length  greater  than  its  height, 
which  in  use  is  arranged  substantially  horizontally  between 
the  upwardly  and  rearwardly  inclined  handles,  rearwardly  of 
the  cross  bar.  and  extends  above  and  bdow  the  handles.  The 
box  has  means  whereby  it  it  loosely  supported  on  the  han- 
dles, and  on  the  cross  bar,  and  is  secured  by  iu  own  weight. 
It  has  a  grass  inlet  on  its  front  end  which  in  its  operative  posi- 
tion  loosely   surrounds   the   opposing   end   of  the    grass 
discharge  (hict,  and  hat  air  vents  on  its  two  opposite  sides, 
near  the  top  thereof.  The  back  end  of  the  box  is  hinged  at  the 
top  whereby  it  may  be  swung  open,  for  convenience  in 
dumping  the  contents  of  the  box.  The  box  has  handles  on  the 
top  thereof  for  lifting  it  in  and  out  of  engagement  with  the 
mower,  and  for  dumping. 


3,668347 
ROTARY  CUTTING  REEL,  LEDGER  BLADE  AND 
BAFFLE  ASSEMBLY 
Cm^  \m  Aaaddl.  P.  O.  B«s  178,  BradoHoo,  Fla. 

I  «f  appBcaHna  S«r.  No.  849,964,  Anc.  14, 1969, 

doMd ,  whkk  la  a  CMliMMllo»4»'part  of 

appMcatioa  Ser.  No.  504,792,  Oct  24, 1965,  now  Patent  No. 

3,461,656,  dated  Aug- 19. 1969.  TldB  application  Feb.  26, 

1971,  Ser.  No.  119,365 

hd.  CL  AOld  55120 

VS.  CL  56—252  2  Claims 


Fruit  harvester  apparatus  for  removing  fruit  from  trees  and 
including  an  elongated  hollow  pole  with  a  fruit  picker  head 
mounted  on  one  end  and  a  pair  of  movable  jaws  mounted  on 
the  |»cker  head  to  cloae  behind  a  piece  oi  fruit  to  permit  the 
fruit  to  be  separated  from  a  tree.  The  jaws  and  the  linkage 
which  operates  the  jaws  are  retained  in  a  non-protruding 
position  with  respect  to  the  pole  and  picker  head  when  the 
jaws  are  not  in  use. 


1  3,668349 

LOCKABLE  ASSEMBLY  AND  RAKE-CULTIVATOR 
IMPLEMENT  FOR  USING 
Robert  W.  Bwkcr,  1519  Wot  Fourth  Avenue,  Sauit  Ste. 

Mark,NQcli. 

FVcd  Oct  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  80,995 

lot  CL  AOld  7100  ! 

VS.  CL  56—400.17  9  ClaMns 


A  reel,  bedplate  and  ba£Qe  combination  wherein  the  reel 
includes  a  central  shaft,  a  plurality  of  spiders  of  plate-like 


A  novel  gripping  assembly  for  holding  a  strap  element  to 
an  elongated  element  by  means  of  a  rotatable  flat  wedging 
cam  element.  A  rake-cultivator  imfdement  which  uses  the 
gripping  assembly  is  aho  described.  This  implement  includes 
a  plurality  of  tines  which  fan  in  and  out  for  cultivating  and 
raiung,  respectively,  by  movement  of  the  lockaUe  gripping 
assembly  along  the  handle  of  the  implement 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


468 


3,668350 

RAKE  AND  BROOM  COMBINATION 

Alan  D.  Horkey,  5221  Tokay  Drive,  Lot  106,  Hint,  Mkh. 

Filed  May  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  36,900 

Int.  a.  AOld  7/04;  A46b  15/00 

VS.  a.  56—400.04  3  Clafans 


control  station  and  a  rapidly  moving  aerodynamic  body,  and 
the  cable  includes  at  least  two  parallel  enamel-insulated  con- 
ductor wires  cemented  together  in  paraUel  relaticm  and  ex- 
tending centrally  through  a  tension  member  formed  by  a 
large  number  of  thin  individual  filaments  extending  parallel 
to  the  conductor  wires,  and  further  includes  a  comprising  su- 
perposed layers  wound  around  the  tension  member  in  op- 
posite respective  angular  directions.  The  apparatus  includes 
two  serially  arranged  wire  spinning  devices,  the  first  of  which 
has  a  fixed  spindle  provided  with  an  axial  bore  therethrough 
and  a  sutionary  guide  plate  arranged  dose  to  the  spinning 
head.  The  guide  plate  has  a  central  opening  for  the  conduc- 
tor wires  and  plural  openings  for  the  tension  member  fila- 
ment strands,  these  openings  being  arranged  in  a  circle  con- 
centric with  the  central  opening  and  at  angular  interval  of 
120".  The  first  wire  spinning  device  wraps  a  first  covering 
layer  in  one  direction  about  the  tension  strands  or  filaments, 
and  the  second  wire  spinning  device  wraps  an  outer  covering 
layer  in  the  opposite  direction  around  the  inner  covering 
layer. 


A  rake  and  broom  combination  including  a  hollow  handle 
having  a  hollow  broom  head  secured  to  its  lower  end.  The 
broom  bristles  are  secured  to  the  broom  head  and  form  an 
elongated  hollow  oval-shaped  structure.  A  shaft  is  slidaMy 
mounted  within  the  hollow  handle  and  has  a  rake  teeth  bar 
transversely  secured  to  its  lower  end  and  disposed  within  the 
broom  head.  Rake  teeth  are  secured  to  the  rake  teeth  bar 
and  extend  downwardly  within  the  oval  formed  by  the  broom 
bristles.  When  the  shaft  is  secured  in  its  upper  position,  the 
broom  bristles  extend  beyond  the  lower  end  of  the  rake  teeth 
and  the  combination  may  be  used  as  a  broom.  When  the*' 
shaft  is  secured  in  its  lower  position,  the  rake  teeth  extend 
beyond  the  broom  bristles  and  the  combination  may  be  used 
as  a  rake. 


\j6filHJiM 
AUTOMATIC  SPLICING  APPARATUS 
Vito  A.  Fuieo;  CkartH  T. 

Industries,  Inc.,  Gracasbora,  N.C 

FBcd  May  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  34374 
Int.  CL  B65h  69/06,  69/00 
VS.  CL  57—22  35 


3368351 

APPARATUS  FOR  MANUFACTURING  FLEXIBLE 

SIGNAL  TRANSMISSION  CABLE  FOR  AERODYNAMIC 

BODY 
Werner  HdaflMaa,  OttoiNWUi,  aad  Skghkd  Plahl,  Hi^ea 
Holtkausen,  both  of  Gcnnany,  aaslgnwri  to  Mcsscrschmltt- 
Boliow  GeseBschaft  mM  bcschranktcr  Haftuag,  Mnnchen, 
Geraiaay 
Origiaai  appBcatioa  Apr.  1, 1969,  Ser.  No.  812,277.  DMded 

aad  tkk  appMcatlea  Mar.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25316 
Claims  priority,  appHcatkm  Germany,  Apr.  6, 1968,  P  17  65 

133.1 

lat.  CL  HOlb  13/26 

U3.CL57— 18  2  Clafans 


T  -* C-Jri-J-L-J-HK jJiEggl 


An  automatic  s|^cing  apparatus  for  splicing  yam  by 
wrapping  filament  around  the  yam,  comprising  a  housing  and 
a  drive  means  mounted  therein  which  rotates  a  filament 
wrapping  wheel.  The  filament  wrapping  wiieel  has  a  filament 
supply  mounted  thereon  and  claniping  and  cutting  means 
secured  to  the  housing  hold  and  cut  the  yam  being  spliced.  A 
filament  holder  means  mounted  to  the  housing  retains  an  end 
of  the  filament  during  the  slicing  cycle  and  cuts  the  filamem 
at  the  end  of  the  cycle. 


The  apparatus  Is  used  to  form  a  small  diameter  flexible 
electrical  cable  for  transmitting  control  signals  between  a 


3368353 
FRICTION  CRIMPING  OF  SYNTHETIC  THREADS 
Otto  Lang,  Scfawdafort,  Gcnaaay,  aaripMr  to  riipBlstbn 
Georg  Schaier  St  Co.,  ^ibwthrfaii,  Ciiaiaaj 

HM  Jaw  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47385 
Clafans  priority,  appBcatioa  Gcnaaay,  Jaac  20, 1969,  P  19  31 

207.3 
laL  CL  D02g  1/OS 
U3.CL57-34IiS  9Clatei 

Friction  crimping  of  synthetic  threads  y/nth  the  aid  of  rotat- 
ing discs  characterized  by  the  employmeat  of  the  thread  to 
be  crimped  for  driving  the  discs.  There  may  be  a  simuhaae- 


454 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  IS,  1971 


Oils  crimping  of  two  threads  with  twists  of  the  same  or  of  op- 
ponte  hand,  cX.  v^iich  only  one  thread  serves  to  drive  the 


r 


discs.  Apparatus  for  carrying  out  the  method  of  friction 
crimping  is  abo  provided. 


imparted  to  the  strand  for  each  revolution  of  a  friction 
twister.  The  ditclosed  friction  twister  comprises  a  single  hol- 
low spindle  having  a  pair  of  oppositely  positioned  frictional 
engagement  means  therein.  The  twister  also  includes 
reversing  guide  means  which  allow  the  strand  to  enter  in  a 
substantially  rectilinear  path  through  one  end  of  the  axial 
bore  of  the  spindle,  come  into  engagement  with  a  first  one  of 
the  frictional  engagement  means  to  twist  the  yam,  pass 
through  the  reverse  guide  means,  thereafter  contact  the 
second  of  the  frictional  engagement  means,  and  finally  exit  in 
a  generally  rectilinear  path  through  a  second  end  of  the  axial 
bore  of  said  spindle.  In  practice  with  the  present  invention  a 
single  strand  or  a  plurality  of  strands  can  be  twisted  by  the 
use  of  a  single  friction  twister  spindle  and  a  plurality  of  turns 
of  twister  are  inserted  in  the  strand  or  strands  for  each  single 
revolution  of  the  twister  spindle.  -~^ 


SPINNING  FRAMES 
Lc  ChataHcr,  RlrdlriiHwi,  Firaiioc,  asslginr  to  Socktc 
dc  Cowtmcdoas  Macaoiqacs  dc  MuOkniw,  MuI- 


Flad  Jvly  2S,  1970,  Scr.  No.  S8,931 
CMm  yriortty,  ■pplcrtw  frmet,  Ang.  4, 1969. 69266S9 

tat  CL  DOlh  1112, 1120 
VS.  CL  57—58.89  8  CMam 


/   ii^.     \  /"       i 


A  spinning  frame  having  spindles  comprising  a  fixed  part 
for  the  admission  of  slivers,  and  a  rotary  spinning  bowl  part, 
is  so  arranged  that  the  bowl  can  be  belt  driven  at  relatively 
high  speeds,  and  the  two  parts  can  be  pivoted  apart  for  in- 
spection or  cleaning,  without  handling  of  driving  belts,  and  so 
that  the  drive  is  automatically  disengaged. 


3,668355 
TWISTER  AND  METHOD  OF  TWISTING 
Rkhamid  T.  Lccaon,  East  Grtcnwicfa,  and  Hans  H.  Rkhtcr, 
Warwick,  both  ol  RJ.,  assignors  to  Lecsona  Corporation, 
Warwlcii,  R  J. 

Filed  Jmc  22,  1970,  Scr.  No.  48,167 

Int.  CL  D02g  1/02, 1/04 

VS.  CL  57-77.4  28  OainiB 


Method  and  apparatus  are  disclosed  for  impartmg  false 
twist  to  textile  strand  wherein  a  plurality  of  turns  of  twist  are 


*  3,66Mg6 

FRICTION  TWISTER  ELEMENT 

H.  RicBlBr,  Warwick*  R.I.,  aHignor  to  Lecsona  Cer* 
poratkm,  Warwick,  RX 

CootfaiuatkMHln-pait  of  nn^kaihi  Scr.  No.  25,559,  May  6k 
1970.  TMsappHcatfanNw.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,552    ' 
InL  CL  D02g  1/04;  DOlh  7/92 
VS.  CL  57—77.4  19 


Disclosed  is  an  improved  friction  twisting  element  for  use 
in  a  textile  yvn  false  twist  spindle.  The  disclosed  friction 
twisting  element,  mounted  in  a  false  twist  spindle  capable  of 
rotation  about  its  longitudinal  axis,  engages  a  strand  of  yam 
and  imparts  a  plurality  ai  turps  of  twist  to  the  yara  (or  each 
revolution  of  the  spindle.  The  size  and  shape  of  the  friction 
twist  element  are  such  that  tension  fluctuations  in  the  yam 
are  minimized  during  the  operation  of  the  device.  The  size 
and  shape  of  the  friction  element  will  also  maximize  the  fric- 
tional engagement  between  the  element  and  the  yam  and  will 
avoid  yam  slippage  that  is  characteristic  of  a  friction  twisting 
element  that  has  a  large  variation  between  the  inside  and  out- 
side diameter  of  the  yam  engaging  surface. 


3,668,857 
METHOD  FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  CORD 
RonaM  S.  Coy,  and  Peter  L.  E.  Morteg,  both  of  Sutton  CoU- 
field,  England,  assignors  to  Dunlap  Hokiings  Limited,  Lon- 
don, England 

FBed  ScpC  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,008 
CUdnu  priority,  appHcatkia  Great  Britain,  Oct.  11, 1969, 
I  50,034/69 

*  Int.CLD02gi/4«  ' 

U.S.  CL  57-157  TS  ^14  Claims 

A  method  fbr  the  manufacture  of  cord  >»Mch  comprises 
passing  upwards  through  a  rotating  hollow  spindle  a  continu- 
ous filament  yam  substantiaUy  free  from  twist  and  simultane- 
ously drawing  off  from  the  spUxlle  a  continuous  filament  yam 
initially  in  a  twisted  condition,  passing  the  yam  through  a 
guide  means  thus  causing  the  yams  to  become  doubled  and 
form  a  cord  ki  which  the  yams  are  substantiaDy  firee  from 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


405 


twist.  Instead  of  two  separate  yams  a  continuous  length  of  and  counting  and  display  dcvfcea  for  the  minutes  and  for  the 


yam  may  be  used,  the  first  pcHtion  being  twisted  and  then 


hours  connected  in  series.  This  device  comprises  further  at 
least  one  commutator  to  switch  the  input  d  the  counter  of 
the  watch  onto  a  capacitor,  a  resistor  cimiging  said  capacitor, 
the  forward  or  backwaid  stepping  c^  iMs  counter  of  one  unit 
being  controlled  by  the  discharge  of  said  capacitor. 


3,668360 
HIGH  VOLTAGE  WATCH  POWER  SUPPLY 
Gunther  Rudalph  Dlcrsbock,  Watcrlwry,  Conn. 
Timcx  Corporatioa,  Watcrtniry,  Cona. 

F8cd  Nov.  5,  1970,  Scr.  No.  87,215 
Int.  CL  G04c  3/00 
VS.  CL  58—23  BA  8 


to 


doubled  with  the  second  portion  of  yam  of  which  the  follow- 
ing  is  a  specification. 


3,668358 
CLOCK 
Rudifcr  Havtwig,  Drcsdoocr  Strasse  36,  7032  SindcUfaigen, 
Germany 

FIM  Mar.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,062 
Ckdms  priority,  applkatkM  Germany,  Mar.  4, 1969,  P  19  10 

818.0 

Int.  CI.  G04b  45/00,  19/30 

VS.  CL  58—2  6  Claims 


A  clock  in  which  planetary  gear  wheels  provided  with 
inner  teeth  engage  on  stationary  elements  with  outer  teeth  to 
obtain  uniform  rotation  for  successive  gear  stages.  The  ec- 
centric drive  of  one  stage  necessary  for  engagement  is 
directly  effected  by  the  eccentric  shape  of  the  rotating  ele- 
ment of  the  preceding  stage.  The  rotating  elements  belonging 
to  each  stage  act  as  moving  elements  and  also  as  indicating 
elements  due  to  their  markings. 


3,668359 
TIME  SETTING  DEVICE  FOR  AN  ELECTRONIC  CLOCK 
Herbert  S.  Polin,  and  Gustavo  Kuha,  both  of  Veyrier,  Swit- 
zerland, assignors  to  Paul  Vogel,  Geneva,  Switzerland 

Filed  June  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43321 
Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Switzerland,  Mar.  7, 1969, 
-^  10164/69 

lat.  CI.  G04c  3/00;  G04h  27/00 
VS.  CL  58—23  R  5  Ciafans 


The  invention  relates  to  a  time  setting  device  for  an  elec- 
tronic watch  comprising  an  oscillator,  a  frequency  divider 


<* 

ytt 

^ 

^ 

lumr 

OC-AC 

— 

OOLTmt   1 

m*.Tmum\ 

"~^l 

1 

r?sin 


^* 


mnanm 

SISTtM 


A  power  supply  for  a  watch  including  voltage  multiplying 
means  or  transforming  means  to  increase  the  voltage  of  a 
power  cell  to  a  higher  voltage  capable  of  operating  electrical 
and  electronic  devices  used  in  watches  requiring  vohage 
higher  than  the  conventional  l.S  vohs.  These  include  highly^ 
efBciem  quartz  oscillators  and  dividing  units,  MOS  integrated 
circuits,  solid  state  indicating  systems,  crystals,  piezoelectri- 
cal  and  electrostatic  motors  and  piezoelectric  alarm  systems, 
and  associated  systems.  A  DC-AC  converter  or  chopper  is 
connected  respectively  to  a  voltage  multiplier  or  transformer 
and  the  high  voltage  output  therefrom  is  suitable  for  driving 
various  types  AC  or  DC  systems  used  in  watches.  The  use  of 
a  plurality  of  batteries  or  other  undesirable  structures  is 
thereby  avoided. 


3368361 
SOUD  STATE  ELECTRONIC  WATCH 
Hironritsu   Mhsid,  Niwmo,  Japai^   msigniw    to 
Kaisha  Suwa  Sclkoaha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Nov.  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  197^78 
Claims  priority,  applkatkm  Japan,  Nov.  17, 1970, 45/100709 

iBt  a  G04b  19/30;  H03k  19/14 
VS.  CL  58—50  R  10  Clalns 


A  watch  is  provided  with  a  liquid  crystal  display  system 
operable  at  high  leveb  oi  ambient  illumination  and  a  Tolid 
state  display  system  operable  at  low  levels  of  ambient  illu- 
mination. A  photo-transistor  selects  tite  display  system  i^ 
propriate  to  the  ambient  light  leveL 


456 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE' 


June  13,  1972 


3,668^2  venely  of  its  axis,  which  makes  it  possible  to  move  the  spline 

TIMEPIECE  SHOWING  THE  DATE  AND  DAY  OF  THE      into  conuct  with  the  gears  without  causing  daniage  even 

WEEK 
Guatar  SdMh,  Schraoibcrg,  Germany,  M%niir  to  Gebrudcr 

FIM  July  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  162,780 
ClaiiiM  priority.  appHcatfon  Germany,  Aug.  3,  1970,  P  20  38 

S52J 

Inc.  CL  G04b  19124 

U  A  CL  58—58  5  Claims 


A  timepiece  including  a  worm  device  operable  to  abruptly 
shift  a  drum  lever.  The  lever,  when  shifted,  is  operable  to 
abruptly  shift  date  and/or  time  indicating  means. 


3,668,863 
JUMPER  MEMBER  CONSTRUCTION  IN  A  CALENDAR 

WATCH 
MaaMtm  MIyasaka,  Shtmomwa,  Japan,  amignor  to  Kabushiki 
Kahha  Sawa  Seflwaha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FVcd  Jaiy  27, 1971,  Scr.  No.  166,531 
Claims  priority,  appHcatloa  Japan,  July  30, 1970, 45/75484 

Int.  CLG04b  79/24 
U.S.  CL  58—58  3  Claims 


In  a  calendar  watch,  a  jumper  mechanism  for  operating 
with  a  toothed  member  such  as  a  calendar  wheel  comprises  a 
thin  plate  connected  to  a  jumper  by  means  of  a  flexible  arm. 
The  plate  is  mounted  above  a  base  plate  in  a  construction 
such  that  the  jumper  lies  out  of  the  plane  of  the  thin  plate 
between  the  thin  plate  and  the  base  plate. 


when  the  teetb  of  the  spline  and  the  corresponding  teeth  in 
the  gears  are  not  in  register. 


'  3,668,865 

DIAL  AND  MOVEMENT  FIXING  STRUCTURE  FOR  A 

WATCHCASE  I 

Masahlde  HrabaymM,  Suwa,  Japan,  mtlgnnr  to  KabushOd 

Kalaha  Suwn  Scikoiha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Fled  June  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  151,021 

Clafam  priority,  application  Japan,  June  9, 1970, 45/491  If 

Int  CL  G04b  19106 

\}S.  CL  58— 127  B  10  ClaMm 


\ 


The  upper  portion  of  an  annular  structure  has  surfaces  for 
engaging  the  inner  face  and  the  periphery  of  a  dial.  The 
structure  is  notched  to  receive  a  projection  at  the  periphery 
of  the  dial  and  to  preventihereby  rotation  of  the  diid. 


3,668,866 
ALCOHOUC  CONCENTRATION  INDICATOR 
Herbert  Z.  Linid,  3610  Kirby  Drive,  Greensboro,  N.C. 
Continuatloa-ln-part  of  apfrikatfcm  Scr.  No.  35,416,  May  I, 
1970,  now  ^Mndoncd.  Thk  application  July  30, 1970, 
I  No.  59,565 

'  Int.  CL  G07c  1100 


U.S.  CL  58— 


3,668,864 

CALENDAR  WATCH  SETTING  STEM  WITH 

DISPLACEABLE  SPRING  BIASED  GEAR 

Mamoni  Miyasalu^  Nagano,  Japan,  amignor  to  Kabushild 

Kaisha  Suwa  Scikocha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  July  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  166,753 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  30, 1970, 45/66348 

Int.  CLG04b  79/24 
U.S.  CL  58—58  3  Claims 

In  a  calendar  watch,  the  watch  stem  has  three  positions 
available  for  independently  setting  the  time,  setting  the  date 
and  winding  the  watch.  Independence  of  these  functions  is 
achieved  by  the  use  of  gears  mounted  slidaUy  on  a  spline 
which  is  part  of  the  stem,  and  by  a  gear  displaceable  trans- 


52 


22Claiim 


2—1 


A  routing  dial-type  indicator  for  illustrating  the  approxi- 
mate theoretical  alcoholic  concentration  in  the  blood  of  an 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


467 


average  man  as  related  to  the  volume  of  alcohol  consumed, 
weight  of  the  individual,  and  time  elapsed.  The  indicator  in- 
cludes at  least  two  circular  scales,  oat  being  rotatable  with 
respect  to  the  other;  one  of  the  scales  representing  time,  the 
other  representing  alcoholic  concentration  in  the  blood.  A 
limit  means  is  provided  for  discreetly  rotating  one  of  the 
scales  throughout  a  prescribed  arc,  which  may  be  selectively 
varied  according  to  the  weight  of  an  individual. 


3,668,867 
COMPRESSOR  GAS  TURBINE  INSTALLATION 
PIctcr   van  Stavcren,  Pynackcr,   NctfacrUmib,   airignor  to 
Ncdcrlandm    Organlntle    Voor    Tocgepaat-Natuurwctcn- 
SchappdUk  Ondcraock  Ten  Bchocvc  Van  NUvcrhcid,  Han- 
dd  en  Vcrkccr,  Tbe  Hauge,  Ncthcriands 

Filed  Feb.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,390 
Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  Feb.  26, 1969, 

6903027 

InL  CL  F02c  9108 

U.S.  CL  60-39.28  2  ClaiuM 


bladder  positive  expulsion  device  in  which  the  propeilant  it 
hermetically  sealed  and  stored.  In  operation,  propeilant  ex- 
pulsion occurs  when  a  high  pressure  gas  forces  the  piston  as- 
sembly to  traverse  the  propeilant  tanks  longitudinaily  while 
the  metal  bladders  are  forced  to  roll  back  on  themsdvet  and 
follow.  As  a  result,  the  rolling  metal  bladders  are  plastically 
deformed  as  they  roU  around  the  initial  involution,  effectively 
turning  themselves  outside-in,  and  the  liquid  propellants  con- 
tained therein  are  expelled  through  a  flow  control  device  into 
the  thrust  chamber  assembly  for  combustion  and  thrust 
generation. 


3,668369 
FUEL  SPRAY  IGNITKm  ATOMIZER  NOZZLE 
ScrafhM  M.  De  CorM>,  Media,  and  Chntcr  A.  Jcracy,  Wa 
ford,  both  ol  Pu.,  amlgnias  to  Wcatfa«ho«Be  Electric  Cor- 
poration, Ptttsburfh,  Pn. 

FDcd  Jan.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  110,424 
InL  CL  F02g  UOO 
U.S.  CL  60—39.74  R  lO  ( 


A  compressor  gas  turbine  installation  provided  with  a  heat- 
exchanger  for  transferring  heat  from  the  exhaust  gases  of  the 
gas  turbine  on  to  the  compressed  energy-medium  and  a  com- 
bustion chamber  with  an  automatic  control  of  the  fuel  supply 
for  keeping  the  turbine-outlet  temperature  constant. 

As  a  compressor  at  least  one  centrifugal  fluid  vanes  com- 
pressor with  a  secondary  rotor  is  applied,  the  primary  rotor 
of  it  being  coupled  with  the  turbine. 

In  the  liquid  duct  to  the  compressor  an  adjusting  device  is 
incorporated  for  controlling  the  liquid  supply,  with  which 
device  the  power  delivered  by  the  compressor  gas  turbine  in- 
stallation can  be  controlled. 


A  liquid  fuel  spray  atomizer  nozzle  for  use  with  a  gas  tur- 
bine during  combustion  chamber  fuel  ignition,  comprising  a 
member  having  a  high  pressure  air  blast  passageway  for 
directing  a  stream  of  air,  angularly  in  relation  to  the  direction 
of  fuel  spray  firom  a  nozde  into  the  combustion  chamber,  so 
as  to  atomize  and  forcibly  blow  at  least  a  part  of  the  fuel 
toward  an  ignition  device  into  ignition  proximity  therewith. 
The  air  blast  can  be  blown  directly  across  the  fuel  spray  pat- 
tern or  may  be  directed  toward  a  side  of  the  spray  pattern.  In 
all  cases,  the  air  must  be  under  sufficient  pressure  to  deflect 
and  atomize  the  fuel  spray  sufficiently  to  provide  for  its  igni- 
tion by  the  spark  gap  or  other  igniter. 


3,668,868 
PREPACKAGED  LIQUID  ROCKET  POWERPLANT  FEED 

SYSTEM 


3,668,870 

COMBINATION  HYDRAUUC-PENUMATIC  SUSPENSION 

SYSTEM  FOR  VEHICLE  OCCUPANTS 

L^v  I  Krxvcki  Thin.  i..k.  r.M    .«i«»,  .«  Tk.  ii-i.^   ^"^  O.  HaU,  New  Bcrtfa^  Wis.,  assignor  to  Unlvcrval  Ofl 
Lcroy  J.  Krxyckl,  China  Lake,  CaMf.,  assignor  jtoThe  Unita)       products  Company,  Des  Plaines.  DL 

"'*'■"  Filed  Mar.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,487 

Int  CL  F15b  7100;  FOlb  3 1/00 


Stotes  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Navy 

Filed  July  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,918 

Int  CL  F02c  3/12 

VS.  CL  60—39.48  7  Clahm 


U.S.  CL  60—54.5  R 


2ClafaH 


A  propeilant  feed  system  for  a  rocket  having  mechanicaOy 
linked  pistons  attached  to  longitudinally  involuted  rolling 
metal  bladders.  Each  propeilant  tank  contains  a  rolling  metal 


A  vehicle  occupant  support  suspension  syttem  involving  a 
first  hydraulic  cylinder  interposed  between  an  occupam  sup- 
port and  the  vehicle  fiame.  A  connection  line  leads  firon  the 


458 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,49^2 


first  hydraulic  cylinder  to  a  second  hydraulic  cylinder.  The 
second  hydraulic  cylinder  has  a  fixed  member  and  a  movable 
member.  The  movable  portion  of  an  air  cylinder  that  has 
fixed  and  naovable  portionB  is  attached  to  the  movable 
member  of  the  second  hydraulic  cylinder.  The  movable 
member  of  the  second  hycfaraulic  cylinder  and  the  movable 
portion  of  the  air  cylinder  move  together  in  response  to  pres- 
sure both  in  the  second  hydraulic  cylinder  and  in  the  air 
cushion. 


3,668^1 
HYDRAUUC  REMOTE  CONTROL  DEVICE 
Hans  Bcmdt,  and  Hubert  Krmacr,  both  o(  Donau,  Germany, 
aMigaors   to   NcHWCg  Fcrtigiuigs  GmbH,   Mundcrkingcr 
Wurttemberg,  Germany 

nkd  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  S4358 
Claims  priority,  appMcatlon  Gcnoumy,  J«iy  16, 1969,  G  69  28 

117 

Int.  CL  FlSb  7100 

U.S.  CL  60— 54  J  R  6  Claims 


1  3,668373 

BIPROrELLANT  ROCKET  PROCESS  USING 
NITRIDABLE  FUEL 
wmiam  C.  Bmiman,  ^Odbmd,  Midi.,  Msijinr  to  The  Dqw 
Chemical  Canpa*y,  NOdfand,  ^flch. 

Filed  Oct  14, 1959,  Scr.  No.  846,509 

Int.  CL  C06d  5106, 5108, 5/10 

U.S.  a.  60—21 1  6  OafaM 

1 .  The  process  which  comprises  burning  in  a  self-4ustaining 

manner  and  within  a  rocket  combusion  chamber  having^  a 

directional  outlet  to  provide  thrust 

a.  a  nitridable  fuel  with 

b.  an  oxidizing  nitrogen  source  material  which  supplijes 
reactive  nitrogen  to  said  fuel  thereby  evolving  reaction 
products  containing  nitrides  and  free  hydrogen,  said 
nitrogen  source  material  being  selected  from  the  group 
consisting  of  guanidine,  1 ,6-diamino-5-guanidinc,  M- 
diamino-diguanidine  triaminoguanidine ,  5  -ami  no- 
tetrazole  and  hydroxylamine. 


A  hydraulic  remote  control  apparatus  is  provided  for  use 
in  operating  short-stroke  valves  located  in  the  piston  of  an 
adjustment  cylinder  for  adjustable  back  rests.  The  apparatus 
includes  a  pair  of  remotely  located  hydraulic  chambers  inter- 
connected by  means  of  a  fluid-carrying  conduit.  A  first 
hydraulic  chamber  is  provided  with  a  diaphragm  and  disk  ar- 
rangement which  spans  the  chamber  to  form  fluid-tight 
operating  and  control  compartments  therein.  A  second 
hydraulic  chamber  has  a  smaller  cross-section  than  the  first 
chamber  and  is  provided  with  a  rolling  elastomeric 
diaphragm  so  that  the  volume  of  the  second  hydraulic 
chamber  can  be  reduced  by  displacement  of  the  plunger  in  a 
manner  sufficient  to  deflect  the  rolling  diaphragm. 


3,668,872 
SOLID  FROPELLANT  ROCKET 
Albert  T.  Camp,  Indian  Head,  and  Alan  McConc,  Jr.,  Hyatt- 
svUk,  both  of  Md. 

Filed  Jan.  30, 1967,  Scr.  No.  614,525 

Int.  a.  C06d  5/00;  F23r  1/00 

U.S.  CI.  60—207  15  Claims 


T 


I  3,668374 

SHORING  APPARATUS 
JoMf  Krings,  Hans-Bockkr-Str.  23,  D-5139  Obcrbruch, 
many 

FHed  June  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  153,291 
Claims  priority,  appHcation  Germany,  June  30, 1970,  F  20  32 

155.5  1   - 

Int.  CL  E21d  5//2 
U.S.  CL  61-41  A  4  Claims 


Apparatus  for  shoring  the  walls  of  trenches  or  ditches  In- 
cluding fluid  motors  carried  by  a  framework  and  being 
adapted  to  cooperate  with  sheet  members  for  forcing  the 
sheet  members  into  place  to  support  the  trench  walls  and  for 
removing  the  sheet  members  after  work  has  been  completed. 


3,668375 
OFFSHORE  TERMINAL 
Otto  Sander,  and  Alexander  Ulpc,  both  of  Ducascklorf,  Gcr- 
mBnj.^Miipinri  to  Manncsnumn  AktitngmlhchafI 
dorf,  Germany 

Filed  July  15,  1970,  Ser.  No.  55,200 

Claims  priority,  appUcation  Germany,  July  23, 1969,  P  19  38 

1  018.8 

I  Int.CLE02b77/02 

U.S.  CL  61—46  1  Claim 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  utilizing  the  volatility  of  the 
combustion  products  of  solid  metallic  propellants  to  ac- 
celerate metal  combustion  products  to  gaseous  velocity  by 
recondensing  the  gaseous  products  in  the  rocket  envelope 
behind  the  throat  of  the  nozzle.  A  further  useful  effect  is  ac- 
complished by  the  reaction  between  the  steam  formed  in  the 
condensation  reaction  and  an  added  fuel  to  form  additional 
moles  of  woriung  gas. 


An    offkhore    terminal    is    constructed    firom    tubing' 
establish  a  resiliently  yielding  tower.  A  floating  platform 


to 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


459 


docking  and  cargo  handling  berth  is  linked  to  the  tower  by 
means  of  a  floating  collar  through  which  impact  forces  acting 
on  the  platform  are  reacted  into  the  tower.  Different  embodi- 
ments include  single  pipe  and  plural  pipe  tower  constructions 
as  well  as  outrigger-like  platforms  and  platforms  traversed  by 
the  tower. 


3,668376 
OFFSHORE  TOWER  APPARATUS  AND  METHCH) 
Albert  M.  Kochkr,  Howton,  Tcx^  aHignor  to  Brown  &  Root, 
Inc.,  Houston,  Tex. 

Filed  Apr.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,098 

Int.  a.  E02b  17/00;  E02d  21/00;  E04h  12/08 

U.S.  CL  6 1  —46.5  20  Claims 


V  * 


A  tower  suitable  for  use  in  ofHshore  well  operations  and  the 
like  including  a  plurality  of  sloping  jacket  legs  extending 
ftom  the  bed  of  the  body  of  water  to  a  position  above  the 
surface  of  the  body  of  water  for  supporting  a  platform 
thereupon.  The  jacket  legs  are  reinforced  by  a  surrounding 
shell  of  diamond  patterned  cross  braces  and  a  plurality  of 
girder  rings  lying  in  a  plurality  of  planes  normally  with  the 
central  axis  of  the  tower.  The  girder  rings  are  supported 
against  deformity  by  a  bicycle  spoke  reinforcing  system  at 
each  girder  ring  level. 

The  method  aspects  of  the  invention  include  constructing 
the  tower  in  a  generally  horizontal  posture  upon  a  plurality  of 
generally  upright  columns.  The  construction  steps  include 
forming  a  plurality  of  girder  rings  and  erecting  the  girder 
rings  upon  the  columns.  Jacket  legs  are  connected  between 
adjacent  girder  rings  along  the  length  of  the  oflishore  tower 
and  the  tower  legs  are  enclosed  within  an  outer  shell  of  cross 
bracings.  The  offshore  tower,  following  construction,  is 
launched  into  a  body  of  water  for  transportation  to  a  selected 
marine  site  by  constructing  the  tower  longitudinally  upon  a 
rail  having  one  end  thereof  lying  adjacent  a  sheet  pile  wall 
which  permits  the  lower  end  of  the  rail  to  be  positioned 
below  the  adjacent  water  level.  A  floatation  system  con- 
nected to  the  tower  and  the  wall  is  removed  to  permit  the 
base  of  the  tower  to  be  buoyandy  lifted  from  the  construc- 
tion support.  The  upper  portion  of  the  tower  rests  upon  a  rail 
bearing  guide  bracket  wliich  is  initially  positioned  above  the 
water  level.  The  rail  bearing  guide  bracket  may  be  lifted  off 
the  rail  by  an  incompreasiMe  fluid  and  the  tower  slides  into 
the  body  of  water.  Alternatively,  the  tower  may  be  jacked 
into  the  water  by  conventional  jacking  devices.  Upon  being 
erected  at  an  oflEihore  location,  conducton  may  serve  in  a 
dual  capacity  as  conductors  and  piles,  or  piles  may  be  in- 
serted into  skirt  pile  casings  surrounding  the  base  of  the 
tower  and  driven  into  the  bed  at  the  body  of  water  by  a  st- 
inger guided  by  a  rotating  truss. 


3368377 
PILE  SECTION  FOR  FORMING  A  PILOT  HOLE 
Gabrid  FucMcs,  Jr.,  1501  AMMPd  Avwnc,  SaMnwc,  PJL 
Original  appMcndon  Nov.  20, 1 967,  Smr.  No.  684,297,  nvw 

Patent  No.  3322,707,  which  h a  c— thwilJMi  tmymtot 

application  Scr.  Na.  609,102.  Jan.  13, 1967,  naw  PMcnt  No. 

3,449,958.  Divided  and  thk  ^ipMction  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  Na 

12392 
Int  CL  E02d  5/22;  E21b  11/00 
U.S.  CL  61—53  3  I 


This  invention  relates  to  apparatus  for  driving  a  concrete 
piling  formed  of  a  number  of  concrete  pile  sections  which  are 
spliced  together  to  form  a  piling  of  a  (M-edetermined  length 
including  a  dummy  pile  for  providing  a  pilot  hole,  special  pile 
sections  for  hard  or  other  special  driving  conditions,  and  a 
sleeve  for  splicing  the  pile  sections  together. 

The  same  technique  is  applied  to  forming  retaining  walls, 
bulkheads  and  even  to  light  poles,  telephone  poles  and  the 
like,  in  which  case,  the  poles  are  easily  repaired  or  replaced 
if  damaged. 


3,668,878 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  LAYING  RPELINES 
Jerry  J.  Jonct;  Ddbcrt  L.  Kccaon;  WittaBi  A.  Morgan,  and 
Joe  C.  Lodiridge,  al  of  Howton,  Tex.,  awignors  to  Brown 
&  Root,  Inc.,  Houston,  Tex. 

Filed  Apr.  9,  1969,  Scr.  No.  814358 

InL  CL  F16I 1/00;  B63h  25/42 

VS.  CL  6 1—72.3  2 1  Claims 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  laying  a  pipeline  on  a  sub- 
merged surface  from  a  vessel  which  is  provided  v^ith  one  or 
more  vessel  propulsion  units.  Tension  and  lateral  force  ex- 
erted on  the  pipeline  from  the  floating  vevel  are  detected. 
The  deviation  of  the  vessel  from  a  desired  pipelaying  coune 
is  also  detected. 

The  thrust  effect  of  the  vessel  propulsion  units  is  adjusted 
to  insure  that  the  desired  tension  is  exerted  on  the  pipeline. 
The  vessel  is  also  rotated  to  relieve  lateral  force  interacting 
between  the  venel  and  the  (npeline.  As  a  matter  at  nibor> 
dinated  priority,  the  thrust  effect  of  the  vesMl  propulsion 
units  is  adjustMl  in  an  effort  to  tend  to  restore  the  veael  to 
the  desired  or  predetermined  coune  and  maimain  the  vc 
on  this  course. 


460 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


3,668379  tainer  thereby  to  maintain  the  temperature  at  the  interface  ^t 

APPARATUS  FOR  BURYING  RISER  PIPE  the  saturation  temperature. 

Rob«rt  K.  <y ,  SlMiHr.  Calit^  — Jgnor  to  Shaftcr  Coocwtc  .        

Pipe  Co.,  Skaflor,  CaHf.  |  ,  ^^^^  -n, 

Filed  July  22. 1971.  Ser.  No.  165.026  AnsnRPTiVF  rBvTmmSlNr  MTTHOD  AND 

bL  CL  E02f  5110;  F16I  7/00;  E03I 5/00  ADSORPTIVE  CRYOPlJ«lNG  METHOD  AND 

II «  rL«l— 716  6CI«liM  APPARATUS 

VJi.  CL  oi     /^.o  JcuHjacqiMS  Thibauk.  Saint  Martin  DUrlivc,  and  Jacqiks 

Carle,  Saint  Martin  DUcra,  bolli  of  France.  aMi^Bor*  to 
L'Alr  Liqidde  Sodele  AnoByrae  pour  L'Etudc  ct  L*Exploita- 
tioB  dcs  Procedcs  Georfca  Claude,  Parte.  France  i 

Filed  July  16. 1970.  Ser.  No.  55.482  J 

Claims  priority,  application  FraMc.  Dec.  1, 1969. 6941309 
Int.  CL  BOld  5/00 
VS,  CL  62—55.5  \^10  Claims 

Apparatus  for  burying  flexible  pipe  with  atuched  risers 
employs  a  pair  of  parallel  upright  plates  defining  an  open-top 
slot  between  them.  Continuous  flexible  pipe  with  attached 
risers  is  guided  into  the  slot  while  the  plates  move  forward 
longitudinally  behind  a  trench-forming  machine,  the  lower 
portions  of  the  plates  traveling  in  the  trench.  Hold-down 
mechanism  in  the  slot  holds  the  pipe  down  for  subsequent 
covering  with  earth  as  the  trench  is  backfilled.  The  hold- 
down  mechanism  permits  the  attached  risers  to  pass  through 
the  use  of  a  pivoted  member  having  a  pair  of  arms,  one  of 
which  always  overlies  a  portion  of  the  flexible  pipe.  An  ac- 
tuator t>ar  connected  to  the  pivoted  member  is  engaged  by 
the  risers  to  swing  the  member  about  its  pivot  to  permit 
passage  of  each  riser  between  the  arms.  Also,  the  pair  of 
plates  are  pivotally  connected  to  the  trench-forming  member 
and  power  means  are  provided  for  swinging  the  pair  of  plates 
to  change  their  angular  position. 


iC      3 


-Tiz 


3.668.880 
CAPILLARY  INSULATION 
John  P.  Gille.  Littleton,  Colo.,  airignor  to  Martin  MarietU 
Corporatloa,  Frlcndsliip  Intl.  Airport.  Md. 

Filed  Oct.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81.440 

Int.  CL  F17c  13/00 

VS.  CL  62—45  12  Claims 


Cryopumping  method  and  apparatus  in  which  t>4ro 
cryopump  chambers  containing  adsorbent  are  successively 
cooled  and  used  to  evacuate  a  third  chamber  by  cryopump- 
ing.  The  first  chamber  to  be  cooled  is  used  to  evacuate  the 
second  chamber  when  both  of  the  pump  chambers  are  out  of 
communication  with  the  third  chamber  and  before  the 
second  chamber  is  cooled.  Then  the  first  chamber  is  put  into 
conununication  with  the  third  chamber  after  the  first  and 
third  chamber!  are  sealed  from  each  other. 


namtwrsi 
REFRlC 


3.668.882 

iGERATION  INVENTORY  CONTROL 

Jan  A.  Sarvtca.  MOHngton.  NJ.;  Kenneth  L  Zadu.  Oxshott. 

England,  aad  Mldiacl  C.  Mycn.  Tripoli.  Libya,  aadgnora  to 

E«o  Research  and  Fnglnwring  Company 

Filed  Apr.  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32^96 
Int.  CLF25b  45/00 
U.S.  CL  62-77  16 1 


A  capillary  insulation  assembly  for  insulating  low  tempera- 
ture liquids  consists  of  a  ceUular  core  defining  discrete  cells 
and  a  capillary  cover  having  at  least  one  or  nnore  openings 
per  cell  attadied  to  the  liquid  side  of  the  cellular  core.  A 
structurally  stable  liquid-gas  interface  forms  at  each  of  the 
bpeningi  preventing  the  entry  of  liquid  into  the  cell  and 
thereby  positioning  a  layer  cf  gas  between  the  liquid  and  the 
container  waD.  A  thermal  barrier  ui  the  form  of  an  insulative 
layer  is  interposed  between  the  capiUary  cover  and  the  con- 
tahwd  liquid  with  the  insulative  layer  being  operative  to  insu- 
late the  gas-liquid  interface  from  sutKooled  liquid  in  the  con- 


An  apparatus  and  process  for  controlling  refrigeration  in  a 
closed  cycle.  An  inventory  recorder  and  controller  in  com- 
munication ^iih  major  holdup  locations  in  the  refrigeration 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


461 


circuit  determines  the  amount  of  the  refrigerant  in  the 
system.  The  amount  is  measured,  recorded  and  maintained 
by  means  responsive  to  the  difference  between  a  set  value 
and  the  value  measured  by  the  inventory  recorder  and  con- 
troller. The  apparatus  and  method  is  applicable  to  a  mul- 
ticomponent  refrigerant  where  individual  control  is  main- 
tained over  each  component. 


A  variable  capacity  air  conditioning  system  for  heat  pump 
operation  using  small  centrifugal  compressors  and  including 
capacity  reducing  methods  to  prevent  overloading  when 
starting  ttp  the  compressors,  and  including  methods  to 
remove  the  refrigerant  liquid  from  the  evaporator  while  the 
system  is  not  in  use,  also  to  prevent  overloading  when  restart- 
ing. 


^      3,668384 
REFRIGERATION  SYSTEM.  HEAT  RECOVERY  SYSTEM. 

REFRIGERATED  GAS  COMPRESSION  SYSTEM  AND 

BRAYTON  CYCLE  SYSTEM 

William  H.  Nebgcn,  4824  43rd  Street.  WoodUde.  N.Y. 

FBcd  May  5. 1970.  Ser.  No.  34,717 

InL  CL  F25b ///O 

U.S.  CL  62—228  3  ClainH 

A  refrigeration  system  in  which  cold  refrigerant  liquid  is 
produced  by  permitting  refrigerant  vapor  to  flash  from  a 
batch  of  ambient  temperature  refrigerant  liquid  at  progres- 
sively decreasing  temperatures  and  pressures,  which  cools 
down  the  unvaporized  liquid.  Vapors  are  compressed  by 
refrigerant  compressors,  cooled  and  condensed  at  ambient 
temperature,  and  used  for  succeeding  refrigerant  Uquid 
batches. 

The  above  refrigerating  system  is  preferably  driven  by  a 
hot  refrigerant  liquid  at  progressively  decreasing  tempera- 
tures and  pressures,  thus  cooling  the  remaining  liquid  to 
about  ambient  temperature.  The  vapors  flashed  drive 
refrigerant  turbines,  each  of  which  drives  a  refrigerant  com- 
pressor, and  after  expansion  the  vapor  is  cooled  and  con- 
densed at  ambient  temperature. 

At  the  start  of  each  cycle,  as  the  batch  of  hot  refrigerant 
liquid  starts  to  flash  the  pressure  available  to  the  refrigerant 


expanders  is  at  a  maximum.  At  the  same  time,  as  the  batch  of 
ambient  temperature  refrigerant  liquid  starts  to  flash,  the 
compression  ratio  required  of  the  refrigenuit  compressors  is 
at  a  minimum.  Conversely,  at  the  end  of  each  cycle  the  pres- 
sure available  to  the  expanders  is  at  a  minimum  and  the  com- 
pression ratio  required  of  the  compressors  is  at  a  maximum. 
The  refrigerant  expanders  and  compressors  therefore  are 
valved  sequentially  so  that  at  the  start  of  the  cycle  the  expan- 


3.668.883 
CENTRIFUGAL  HEAT  PUMP  WITH  OVERLOAD     ^ 
PROTECTION 
John  D.  Ruff,  206  Bfaxh  Street,  and  Phillip  R.  Wheeler,  209 

Pine  Street,  both  of  Alexandria,  Va. 

Continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  37,779,  May  15, 

1970.  This  application  June  12,  1970,  Ser.  No.  45,603 

InL  CL  F25b  7/00 

U.S.CL62— 158  7  Claims 


]J^3s 


ders  are  in  series  and  the 
the  end  of  the  cycle  the 
compressors  are  in  series. 
In  another  form  of  the 
Brayton  cycle  engine,  air 
compressor  inlet  at  least 
0.9  to  1.1  of  a  calculated 
to  the  0.286  power. 


compressors  are  in  paraUel  and  at 
expanders  are  in  parallel  and  the 

invention,  in  an  open  recuperated 
is  compressed  with  refrigeration  at 
5(f  F.  below  ambient  and  to  from 
optimum  compression  ratio  raised 


3,668385 

AIR  COOLED  ARTinCIAL  ICE  RINK 

Siegfried  Kuebkr,  Ubcrllntcn,  Germany,  ■mlgnrii  to 

Kucbler  ft  Co.,  Singcn/Hobentwlcl.  Germany 

Filed  Oct.  23. 1970.  Ser.  No.  83^03 

Claims  priority,  appHcadoa  Germany,  Oct.  24, 1969,  P  19  53 

591.2 
Int.  CL  A63c  19/10 
VS.  CL  62—235  7 


An  air  cooled  artificial  ice  rink  including  a  plurality  of  in- 
dependent modular  units,  each  provided  with  a  stmilar  and 
removable  refrigerator. 


462 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197J2 


3  668^86  3,668,888 

FREEZING  APPARATUS  DEVICE  FOR  FROSTING  MUNKING  GLASSES 

Huh  Hofer,  LMnuuMkytaae  33, 9010  Kli«ciifurt,  Austria  DoaaM  J.  RodoMid,  PeraMukcn,  NJ^  ■■l^iinr  to  Froit-A- 

Flkd  Aat-  24,  1970,  Sw.  No.  66^340  Ghw  Corporatioii,  Trentom  N  J. 

CfaiiBS  priority,  appHcirtioB  Austria,  Aug.  29, 1969,  A  8308-  Filed  Mar.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  18,254 

-Ki^           ^^  Int.  CLF25d/ 7/02 

int.  CI.  F25c  7//2  U.S.  Q.  62-373                                                       9Clalite 

U.S.  CI.  62-346  8  Claims 


A  freezing  drum  in  an  apparatus  for  making  ice  cream 
from  a  liquid  mass  in  which  the  drum  is  immersed  comprises 
a  plurality  of  metallic  heat  exchange  elements  distributed 
throughout  the  interior  of  the  drum.  The  heat  exchange  ele- 
ments are  in  heat  exchange  contact  with  the  interior  wall  of 
the  drum  and  are  surrounded  by  a  refirigerant  filling  the  in- 
terior of  the  drum. 


3,668,887 
AIR  CONDITIONING  APPARATUSES 
Vakrio  Giordano  Ridio,  Lcgnago,  Italy,  aaslgiior  to  RMIo 
CondizkHMtori  S.A.S.  dl  Glordaiio  Ridlo  &  C,  Bevflacqua, 
Verona,  Italy 

FDed  Aug.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,902 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Italy,  Aug.  7, 1969, 20671  A/69 

Int.  CI.  F25d  23/12 
U.S.  CI.  62-262  1 1  Claims 


A  reversible  air  conditioner  having  a  casing  divided  in  a 
warm  and  in  a  cold  section  by  a  partition  wall,  a  motor  sup- 
ported in  said  wall,  partly  extending  in  one  and  partly  in  the 
other  of  said  sections  and  having  a  shaft  projecting  from 
either  its  ends,  a  fan  in  each  section  for  promoting  air  circu- 
lation in  each  section,  said  fans  being  of  combined  inlet  axial 
and  delivery  tangential  flow  type,  having  recesses  oppositely 
to  their  axial  inlets,  and  being  arranged  back-to-back  in  said 
sections  about  the  opposite  ends  of  said  motor  shaft,  and  the 
said  motor  being  subMantially  compenetrated  in  said  recesses 
of  fans. 


A  device  for  frosting  drinking  glasses  including  a  valve 
adapted  to  be  connected  to  a  supply  of  fluid  refrigerant  and 
an  actuating  means  for  opening  the  valve.  The  actuating 
means  includes  a  movable  platform  on  which  a  glass  to  be 
forsted  is  adapted  to  be  placed.  The  platform  is  moved  by 
pushing  the  glass  thereagainst  to  thereby  open  the  valve  ^ 
that  refrigerant  flows  into  the  glass. 


I  3,668,889 

GAS-OPERATED  REFRIGERATOR  HAVING  SEALED 
COMBUSTION  SYSTEM 
Olov  Tage  Magnuswm,  Bromma,  and  Kari  Gosta  Lennart 
Kcnncryd,  VaDingby,  both  of  Sweden,  amtgnnrs  to  Ak- 
ticbolaget  Ekctrohix,  Stockbofan,  Sweden 

Fled  Ang.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,131 

Claims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Sept  12, 1969, 

,  12566/69 

Int.  a.  F23J  1 1100;  F25b  15100 

U.S.  CL  62—476  1 1  ClaMns 


-ts 


A  heat-operated  refrigerator  heated  by  a  gas  burner  and  a 
heating  flue  associated  therewith  is  disposed  in  a  space  hav- 
ing an  apertured  exterior  side  wall.  The  heating  flue  and 
burner  form  parts  of  a  sealed  combustion  system  which  in- 
cludes a  flrst  conduit  for  supplying  aU  of  the  combustion  sup- 
porting air  to  the  burner  to  form  a  combustible  gas  mixture 
with  gas  supplied  thereto  and  a  second  conduit  for  withdraw- 
ing all  of  the  flue  gases  from  the  upper  end  of  the  flue.  The 
ends  of  the  first  and  second  conduits  removed  from  the 
burner  and  flue,  respectively,  are  open  and  terminate  in  the 
apertured  side  wall,  the  open  end  of  the  first  conduit  serving 
as  an  inlet  for  ambient  air  and  the  open  end  of  the  second 
conduit  serving  as  an  outlet  for  flue  gases.  The  flue  gas  outlet 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


468 


is  disposed  above  the  air  inlet.  The  air  inlet  and  flue  gas  out- 
let have  the  same  cross-sectional  areas  and  are  flush  with  the 
outer  surface  of  the  exterior  wall. 


3,668,890 

BRACELET  WITH  PLURAUTY  OF  INTERCHANGEABLE 

COUPLING  MEMBERS  FOR  VARYING  THE  LENGTH 

THEREOF 

Jacques  Broido,  18  Cbcmin  Challendia,  Geneva,  Switzerland 

Filed  Sept.  29,  1970,  Ser.  No.  76,432 

Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Oct.  16,  1969, 

15579/69 

Int.  CI.  A44c  5100 

U.S.  CI.  63—3  5  Oaims 


eludes  a  pair  of  angularly  sfMced  V-shaped  axial  projections. 
The  V-shaped  projectiotts  on  one  member  are  arranged 
between  the  V-shaped  projections  on  the  other  member  and 
together  define  a  generally  X-«haped  opening  therebetween. 
An  X-shaped  member  of  flexible  material  is  arranged  in  the 
opening  to  provide  a  drive  connection  between  the  members. 


A  watch  bracelet  comprises  a  pair  of  bands  and  a  coupling 
member,  for  example  loop-shaped,  chosen  from  a  set  of 
coupling  members  of  different  dimensions.  Two  free  ends  of 
the  band  are  provided  with  means  for  releasably  and  in- 
terchangeably fixing  a  chosen  coupling  member  to  the  bands 
to  form  a  bracelet  of  given  length. 


The  coupling  is  used  in  the  drive  train  of  a  belt  or  motorized 
drive  to  a  gear  reducer  and  in  a  variaUe  transmission  of  the 
disc  and  ball  galaxy  type.  A  flexible  coupling  together  with 
clearance  provide  for  limited  movement  between  an  input 
member  and  its  connection  in  the  drive  train  to  achieve 
desired  bearing  loading. 


3,668391  

FLEXIBLE  COUPLINGS  3,668393 

GusUvo  Brizzokai,  MHan,  Italy,   miiginr  to  Sodeta  Ap-  SYNCHRONOUS  UNIVERSAL  COUPLING 

pHcazloni  Gomma  Anthibranti  "SAGA"  S.p.A^  Milan,  Leopold  F.  Schmbt,  Uhaiitiamt  8,  D  7000  StuttgMt,  1,  Gcr- 

Italy  many 

Filed  Sept.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  76,924  FDed  Feb.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 17^67 

Claims  priority,  appMcalion  Italy,  Jan.  17, 1970, 19482  A/70  Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Aug.  12,  1970,  P  20  39 

Int.  CL  F16d  3162  965.9 

U3.CL64— 12                                                         6Claimi  Int  CL  F16d  i/iO 

MS.  a.  64-21  5  Clafam 


^rnm^^' 


6  3 


A  flexible  transmission  coupling  comprises  an  annular 
resilient  member  made  up  from  a  number  of  small  resilient 
plates  joined  and  to  end  to  form  a  ring.  The  shafts  to  be  cou- 
pled are  each  formed  with  a  fork  or  tripod  at  their  ends  and 
these  are  bolted  to  the  ring  at  the  junctions  of  the  plates  so 
that  their  ends  are  circumferentially  displaced  from  one 
another.  The  plates  have  a  stepped  configuration  with  paral- 
lel end  portions  displaced  from  one  another  in  a  direction 
normal  to  the  plane  of  the  plates  and  incorporate  a  loop  of 
reinforcing  wire  in  the  shape  of  a  figure  of  eight. 


3,668,892 
FLEXIBLE  DRIVE  COUPLING 
Richard  E.  Abch,  Lannon,  Wis.,  aiignor  to  Graham  Trans- 
mimions.  Inc.,  Mcnomonee  Fals,  Wis. 

Filed  Oct  29,  1969,  Scr.  No.  872,043 

Int  CL  F16d  3/64 

VS.  CL  64—14  8  Claims 

A  drive  coupling  between  two  rotatable  members  in  a 

drive  system  is  provided  wherein  each  of  the  members  in- 


A  synchronous  universal  coupling  comprises  inner  and 
outer  pivotal  parts  which  are  couples  by  a  coupling  member 
which  transmits  torque  between  the  parts  while  enabling  the 
parts  to  vary  their  relative  angular  positions  with  fiill 
synchronization.  The  coupling  member  is  in  the  form  ot  a 
cross  with  four  arms  at  right  angles  to  one  another,  two  of 
the  arms  having  a  common  bore  receiving  the  inner  pivotal 
part,  the  other  arms  having  a  common  bore  receiving  the 
inner  pivotal  part,  the  other  arms  having  aligned,  spaced 
bores  on  opposite  sides  of  tlie  inner  part  receiving  bolls  rol- 
lably  enga^d  with  respective  surfaces  of  the  inner  and  oolcr 
parts.  The  inner  part  may  be  cylindrical  to  fit  die  shape  of 
the  common  bore,  or  alternatively  the  inner  part  may 
prise  a  spherical  portion  received  in  tlie  coupling 
with  cylindrical  journals  rotatable  in  the  ends  of  the  coounon 
bore. 


464 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


to  Matsusiiita  Elec- 


3,66M94 
SLIP-CLUTCH 
Tdmji  YodUi,  Ncyafawa«  JapM^ 
trie  Indwtrlal  Ce^  Ltd.,  OMka,  Japu 

FVed  Sept.  14, 1970,  S«r.  No.  71,682 

Claims  priority,  appiicatioa  Japan,  Sept  19, 1%9, 44/76029; 

Oct  2, 1%9, 44/78822 

Int.  CI.  FI6d  7/02 

U.S.  CI.  64—30  R  "^  Claims 


I4«      ,10 


June  18,  1971: 


3,668,896 
'kNIXTING  of  GARMENTS 
Max  WflUam  Bctts,  Coventry,  and  Frank  Robinaon,  Bov- 
rowash,  both  of  England,  aHlgnon  to  CourUulds  Llmlte<L 
London,  England  I 

FDed  Sept  25, 1968,  Scr.  No.  762,416  | 

Claims  priority,  appUcatton  Great  Britain,  Sept  27, 1967, 

143,924/67 
lot  CL  D04b  7110 
_ 


f,  i»o/, 
7Clainls 


^ 


A  slip-clutch  having  frictionally  driving  and  driven  rotable 
members.  The  driving  members  are  supported  by  springs  so 
that,  when  the  coefiRcient  of  friction  between  the  driving  and 
driven  members  is  varied,  the  driving  members  are  radially 
shifted  or  displaced  to  have  varied  radius  of  the  circle  along 
which  the  driving  members  are  moved  whereby  the  variation 
in  the  radius  compensates  for  the  variation  in  the  coefficient 
of  friction  to  thereby  transmit  a  regulated  and  constant 
torque. 


■  <i 


3,668,895 

DEVICE  FOR  ACTUATING  THE  NARROWING  POINTS 

OF  TWO  NEEDLE  BED  KNrmNG  MACHINES 

ripm  to  Fabrlque  NatUoiMl  D'Armci  De  Guerre.  Sodcte 
Anooyme,  Honlriki-Lciie,  Bdghim 

FBcd  JM.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,481 

datam  priority,  appHcadoB  Belgium,  Feb.  7, 1969, 728048 

Int  CL  D04b  7/10 

UACL66— 70  lOatai 


A  method  of  knitting  a  garment  comprising  knitting  a  fifst 
portion  of  the  garment  in  the  form  of  a  tube  on  needles  of  at 
least  two  pairs  of  opposed  beds  of  a  machine,  which  pairs  of 
beds  are  laterally  movable  with  respect  to  one  another  and 
can  overiap.  widening  the  tubular  portion  by  introducing 
needles  on  at  least  one  pair  of  beds  at  a  poim  closer  to  those 
needles  of  another  bed  carrying  stitches  than  the  needles  of 
the  said  one  pair  of  beds  abready  carrying  stitches  which  are 
most  remote  from  the  said  needles  of  the  other  pair  of  beds, 
and  further  widening  the  tubular  portion  by  introducing  nee- 
dles in  following  courses  of  knitting  at  points  closer  to  the 
said  needles  of  the  other  pair  of  beds  than  the  needles  first 
introduced,  effecting  relative  lateral  movement  between  the 
pairs  of  beds  to  rearrange  the  stitches  into  separate  groups, 
one  group  on  each  pair  of  beds,  and  knitting  separately  on  to 
each  group  of  stitches  to  produce  a  further  tubular  portion 
on  each  pair  of  beds.  --^ 


3,668397 
DEVICE  FOR  SETTING  PIVOTALLY  MOUNTED  JACKS 

IN  A  PATTERN  WHEEL  -^      I 

Lester  Mbbcon,  Miami  Beach,  and  Donald  W.  Reagan,  Hi- 
akah,  both  of  Fla.,  aMignors  to  The  Singer  Company, 
York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,269 

Int  CLD04bi  7/04 

U.S.CL66-1R  9  Claims 


I,  Hi- 
New 


A  device  for  actuating  the  ruurrowing  points  of  two  needle 
bed  knitting  machines,  having  first  means  for  imparting,  to 
the  points,  a  movement  in  a  direction  parallel  to  the  plane  of 
the  associated  needle  bed.  second  means  for  varying  the 
distance  of  said  pointo  relative  to  the  said  plane  and  third 
means  for  imparting,  to  the  said  points  an  angular  shifting 
about  an  axis  passing  through  the  tip  of  the  latter. 


A  device  A  provided  for  setting  pivotally  mounted  jacks  in 
a  pattern  wheel.  Such  device  includes  a  means  for  roUtably 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


466 


supporting  the  jack  retaining  ring  of  the  wheel,  mechanism 
for  indexing  such  ring  by  rotating  the  ring  to  successively 
align  jacks  with  a  selectively  operable  jack  raising  lever,  and 
camming  means  for  flipping  over  raised  jacks  as  the  indexing 
mechanism  routes  the  jack-supporting  ring. 


thread  after  it  is  withdrawn  but  prior  to  it  being  cut  In  one 
form,  the  holder  device  consists  of  a  spring-biassed  stem 


3,668,898 
KNITTING  METHODS 
Max  WIHIam  Betts,  Coventry,  and  Frank  Robinson,  Bor- 
rowash,  both  of  England,  aMignors  to  CourtauMs  Limited, 
London,  England 

Flkd  Sept  23, 1968,  Scr.  No.  761,729 

Int  CL  D04b  7/70 

U.S.  CL  66—70  7  Claims 


slidable  up  and  down  a  tubular  support  and  having  a  thread- 
engaging  foot  for  co-operation  with  the  trapper  component 

3,668,900 
TAKE  DOWN  APPARATUS  FOR  CIRCULAR  SEAMLESS 

HOSE  KNITTING  MACHINES 
James  PccC,  Ncwarit,  Fulanil,  Mrfganr  to  Wert  Bridglord 
Machine  Co.  Umltod,  WeH  BrWI|lonl,  NottinghHB,  En- 
gland,  a  part  taiiiist 

FBcd  Aag.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,591 
Int  CL  D04b  15192 
U.S.CL66— 149S  H 


A  method  of  knitting  a  jersey  or  similar  garmem  comprises 
knitting  a  body  portion  of  said  garment  in  the  form  of  a  tube 
on  needles  of  a  first  pair  of  beds  of  a  knitting  machine, 
knitting  two  separate  sleeve  portions  in  the  form  of  tubes, 
one  sleeve  portion  being  knitted  on  each  of  two  second  pairs 
of  beds  of  the  knitting  machine  >»*ich  second  pair  of  beds  are 
laterally  movable  relative  to  and  capable  of  overiapping  the 
first  mentioned  pair  of  beds,  arranging  the  body  and  sleeve 
portions  adjacent  each  other,  traversing  all  the  needles  carry- 
ing stitches  with  a  yam  carrier  so  as  to  join  the  body  and 
sleeve  portions  and.  during  subsequent  knitting,  before  at 
least  some  of  the  courses,  reducing  the  number  of  wdes  in  at 
least  one  of  the  portions  by  transferring  stitches  of  wales  of 
the  portion  to  be  reduced,  adjacent  the  other  portion  to  the 
needles  carrying  adjacent  wales  and  decreasing  the  lateral 
spacing  apart  of  the  second  beds  by  a  number  of  needle 
pitches  equal  to  the  number  of  wales  by  which  the  portion 
has  been  reduced. 


3,668,899 
CIRCULAR  KNTTTING  MACHINE 
Sidney  B.  Grewcock;  Alan  Cooper,  both  of  Burboge;  Arthur 
Amos,  BarwcB,  and  Pmri  Sylvcatcr,  Htaickley,  aB  of  En- 
gland, Bwignnn  to  Barber  &  Nichols  Limited,  Burbage, 
Nc«r  Ifinckley,  England 

FBed  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,646 
Clalmi  priority,  appHcaliMi  Grcrt  Britain,  Dec.  18, 1969, 
61,795/69;  Apr.  16, 1970, 18,151/70 
Int  CL  D04b  15/61 
VS.  CL  66—140  S  2  Clafans 

A  multi-feed  circular  knitting  machine  having  a  yam 
changing  mechanism  at  each  feed.  A  guide  at  one  of  the 
feeds  is  threaded  up  with  an  elastomeric  thread.  Knife  ele- 
ments and  a  suction  tube  respectively  cut  and  normally  hold 
any  yam  withdrawn  from  knitting.  Adjacent  the  suction  tube, 
between  the  latter  and  the  cutting  point  is  a  holder  device 
and  a  trapper  component  co-operaMe  to  hold  the  elastomeric 


An  anti-twist  device  for  preventing  twisting  of  hose  as 
knined  on  a  circular  seamless  hose  luiitting  machine  of  the 
kind  including  a  sutionary  take-down  tube  along  which  a 
hose  is  pulled  under  suction.  The  device  includes  a  rotary 
cylindrical  dust  shield  arranged  co-axially  with  respect  to  the 
take-down  tube  and  driven  at  at  least  the  same  rotational 
speed  as  that  of  the  needle  cylinder  of  the  machine.  Fmcers. 
pivotally  mounted  on  the  dust  shieU,  are  movable  about  fkd- 
crum  pointt  to  operative  positions  in  which  they  interrupt  the 
passage  of  a  knitted  hose  downwardly  through  the  shield  and 
the  take-down  tube  and  to  inoperative  positions  in  which 
they  release  the  pressed-off  hose  for  free  passage  through  the 
dust  shieki  and  the  take-down  tube.  The  dust  shiekl  is  driven 
from  an  independent  electric  motor  k>cated  exteriorly 
thereof. 


466 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE! 


June  18,  19?2 


3,668,901 

KNITTING  METHOD  AND  KNTTTING  GARMENT 
Max  WiHuB  Bctts,  Covcirtry,  ami  Fnak  RoMmoo,  Bot- 
rawMh,  botk  •!  Eaglaad,  aMigaon  to  Cototaulds  Ltankcd, 


covered  slots  by  extending  from  exterior  the  needle  cylinder 
directly  to  the  slots.  A  needle  or  needles  with  a  large  head 
but  narrow  shank  may  be  inserted  in  the  needle  cylinder  at 
the  portion  where  the  element  covers  sinker  slots. 


Filed  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,173 

Claims  priority,  applicadoa  Great  Britain,  May  6, 1969, 

23,023/69 

iBt  CI.  D04b  7/10;  A41b  9/06 

U.S.CL  66-176  10  Claims 


3,668,903 
STRAIGHT  BAR  KNITTING  MACHINES 
Eric  Walter  Marriott,  Shinwlwd,  Eofland,  aislgiior  to  wnilpun 
CtKliwi  I  liidli  il  (  ^ 

ned  Mm-.  6, 1970,  Smr.  No.  17,063  f 

Claiim  priority,  appMcattoii  Great  Britain,  Mar.  8, 19691 
j  1436/69 

^       <  Int.  CL  D04b  7/00  | 

U.S.CL66— 82  ^    8CIalnis 


A  knitted  garment  comprises  a  tubular  knitted  lower  por- 
tion and  two  shoulder  portions,  each  shoulder  portion  com- 
prising a  series  of  U-shaped  courses,  each  end  of  each  U- 
shaped  course  of  each  shoulder  portion  being  joined  to  an 
end  al  a  wale  of  the  tubular  lower  pcwtimi.  The  tubular  lower 
portion  may  comprise  a  singje  tube  ccmstituting  the  body  of 
the  garment,  or  it  may  comprise,  three  tubes,  constituting  the 
body  and  two  sleeves  of  the  garment,  joined  by  a  single  tube 
constituting  the  part  of  the  garment  between  the  three  tubes 
and  the  shoulder  portions.  A  method  of  knitting  the  garment 
is  also  claimed. 


Production  of  rib  to  plain  fabric  on  a  straight  bar  knitting 
machine  having  quaUty  control  mechanism  for  the  fabric  to 
be  made  at  different  qualities,  starting  the  rib  fabric  with  first 
and  second  yams  by  successive  motions  of  the  frame  needles 
after  pre-tetting  weh  quality  control  mechanism  to  an  abnor- 
mally tight  quality  and  rendering  the  mechanism  effective  by 
pattern  control  means,  and  having  catch  bar  cam  controlled 
means  operable  for  abnormaUy  retracting  the  sinkers  and 
cam  shaft  shogging  means  for  rendering  the  cam  controlled 
means  effective  at  required  times. 


3,668,902       

(JYLINraS,  SINKERS,  NEEIH.E 

Charles  J.  Sanders,  203  30tli  Street,  Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

ContinuadoB-in-p«rt  of  applcllon  Scr.  No.  347,944,  Feb.  27, 

1964.  Thb  application  Apr.  30, 1968,  Scr.  No.  725,274 

Int.  CL  D04b  15/06. 15/24 

VS.  CL  66—54  30  Claims 


I  3,668,904 

DEVICE  FOR  AUTOMATICALLY  REGULATING  THE 
THREAD  CONSUMPTION  OF  WARPED  KNITTING 
MACHINES 
Kard   Murcnbeeld,   20-Cheniin   Soi^et    1234,   Vcss 
Geneva,  Swit»rland 

Filed  Apr.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,496 
I  Int.  CL  D04b  23/00 

U.S.  CL  66—86  A  ^  5 


CllimB 


An  element  affixed  to  the  top  of  a  needle  cylinder  to  cover 
at  least  the  upper  portions  of  some  or  aD  sinker  slots  and 
thereby  provide  the  needle  cylinder  with  a  smooth  upper 
edge  for  part  or  aU  <^  the  circumference.  Sinkers  ride  in  the 
lower  uncovered  portions  of  sinker  slots  to  wliich  an  element 
has  been  affixed.  Sinker  portions  extend  over  the  upper  sur- 
face of  the  element  and  extend  downwardly  to  engage  the 
lower  sinker  slot  portions  from  the  needle  cylinder  interior. 
Alternatively  sinkers  may  ride  in  the  lower  portions  of 


A  device  for  automatically  regulating  the  thread  consamp- 
tion  of  warp  knitting  machines  in  which  plural  warp  beams 


468 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


467 


are  propelled  from  a  mainshaft  by  respective  variaUe  drives 
is  provided.  Thb  device  consists  of  electrical  contact  means 
for  determining  the  r.p.m.  of  the  mainshaft.  together  with  a 
setting  device  means  for  fixing  the  desired  speed  of  thread 
consumption.  A  control  mechanism  is  also  provided  for  part 
of  the  device  which  includes  electrical  impulse  generator 
means  on  the  respective  warp  beams  for  indicating  thread 
consumption  together  with  a  counter  means  including  sub- 
tracting mechanism  means  for  measuring  the  difference 
between  desired  and  actual  values  d  thread  consumption 
and  having  output  signal  means  for  adjusting  the  r.p.m.  of  in- 
dividual warp  beams  through  said  variable  drive.  The  device 
further  includes  switching  means  for  adapting  the  control 
mechanism  means  for  successively  regulating  the  r.p.m.  of 
plural  warp  beams  of  one  or  more  warp  knitting  machines 
through  connection  with  the  electrical  impulse  generator 
means  and  the  variable  drives  of  the  respective  warp  beams, 
and  means  for  causing  switching  of  said  control  mechanism 
means  from  one  warp  beam  to  another  in  response  to  signal 
from  the  electrical  impulse  generator  on  the  warp  beam  last 
regulated  at  the  time  of  switching. 


3,668,905 

APPARATUS  FOR  CONTINUOUSLY  HUMIDIFYING 

MOVING  WEBS  OF  PAPER,  FABRIC,  OR  OTHER 

MATERIALS 

Jurgen   ScMunke,   Krefeid,  aaignor  to  Joh.   KMnewcltai 

Sohne,  Krcfdd,  GcmuN^ 

Hkd  Sept.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,768 
Claims  priority,  appBcntion  Germany,  Sept.  19, 1969,  P  19 

47  512J 

Int.  CL  D06c  1/08 

U.S.  CL  68—5  D  5  Claina 


second  locking  plunger  is  dimensioned  for  receipt  within  the 
narrower  pcxtion  of  the  slot  at  an  opened  orientation  of  said 


plunger.  Lock  means  is  provided  for  releaseably  securing  the 
second  locking  plunger  in  said  locked  orientation. 


3,668307 
KEY-CONTROLLED  IXXNl  LOCK 
John  V.  Pastra,  Jr.,  Panna  HiiglHi,  Ohio, 
Eastern  Company,  CWirriand,  OMo 

FBed  Feb.  19, 1971,  S«r.  No.  116^17 
Int.  CL  E05b  5/00 
U.S.CL  70—153 


to  The 


An  apparatus  for  humidifying  a  moving  web  of  material, 
especially  of  paper  and  fabric,  in  a  continuous  manner  in 
which  the  web  to  be  humidified  is  passed  through  housing 
means  and  above  the  humidifying  liquid  and  ultrasonic  oscil- 
lating means  atomizing  the  liquid. 


Harris, 


3,668,906 
LOCK  FOR  WINDOWS  AND  DOORS 
David  Joacphait,  PhiladelpMa,  Pa.,  assitnor  to  Max 
Rego  Park,  N.Y.,  a  part  fartcrcst 

Filed  Jan.  25,  1971,  Scr.  No.  109,103 
Int.  CL  E05b  6i/74 
MS,  CL  70—90  6  Claimt 

A  device  for  securing  a  pair  of  slideaUe  window  or  door 
sashes  in  a  fixed  frame  having  first  and  second  locking  plun- 
gers longitudinally  displaceable  in  a  housing  mounted  on  a 
first  of  said  sashes  so  that  said  plungers  are  respectively  dis- 
placeable into  and  out  of  securing  relation  with  said  frame 
and  the  second  of  said  sashes.  The  first  locking  plunger  is 
provided  with  a  keyhole-shaped  slot  therethrough,  while  the 
second  locking  plunger  is  positioned  to  extend  through  said 
slot  and  dimensioned  for  receipt  within  the  wider  portion  of 
said  slot  but  not  in  the  narrow  portion  thereof  at  a  first 
locked  orientation  at  which  the  first  locking  plunger  is 
retained  in  securing  relation  with  the  frame.  Further,  the 


A  swinging  door,  paddle-type,  key-controlled  flush  b<^ 
lock  made  primarily  of  metal  stampings,  having  a  handle  in 
the  deeper  part  of  a  two  level  recess  and  the  key  control  in 
the  shallower  part  of  the  recess  at  the  non-pivoted  end  of  the 
handle  such  that  the  key  control  is  readily  accessible  to  an 
operative  but  does  not  protrude  from  the  front  of  the  lock. 
The  key  control  includes  a  cam  selectively  movaMe  into  and 
out  of  the  path  of  a  member  which  retracts  the  boh  upon 
movement  of  the  handle  in  one  direction. 


3,668,908 

AUTOMOBILE  HOOD  LOCK  DEVICE 

Harold  Uvy,  P.O.  Box  205,  CHIIride  Park,  N J. 

FBed  Oct.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83,546 

Iat.CLE05b65//9 

U.S.  CL  70-240  2 


An  automobile  hood  lock  device  to  keep  tlie  hood  lodced. 
This  consists  of  an  arm  fMtencd  to  a  boh  which  is  already  on 


June  IS.  1972 


nP^MRPAT.   ATSin  MF.rWAMTr.AT. 


4A0 


468 


OFFICIAL  gazette: 


June  IS,  1972 


the  hood.  This  arm  goes  through  a  plate,  with  a  circular  hole, 
which  is  fastened  to  a  bolt  already  on  the  body  oi  the  car. 
The  arm  is  then  secured  by  a  padlock. 


3,668,909 

SETTABLE  KEY  AND  CXMMNG  MECHANISM 

THEREFOR 

Marvin  E.  Robctti,  Rcao,  Ncv^  aHtgaor  to  Locking  SyUcma, 

lnc«,  RcBO,  Ncv. 

Fled  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,211 

laL  CL  E05b  19/18 

U.S.CL70— 411  laOaina 


3,668,910 
EXTRUSION  HANDUNG  APPARAtUS 
Charles  B.  GcMry;  Robert  M.  Scnrioii,  both  of  Grand  Rapids; 
Jinliwi,  Hofward  L.  McDonald,  Grand 
Larry  G.  KMkr,  HwhovrBe,  aU  of  Mkh.,  as- 
I  to  Gmoo  Eqiripmnt,  Ik.,  Gnuid  Rapids,  Mich. 
Fled  Oct.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,362 
InL  CL  B21J  7/26;  B21c  23/00 
VS.  CL  72—24  15  Clafam 


jaws  which  close  on  the  center  line  of  the  extruded  products. 
The  jaws  are  movtsd  by  a  pneumatic,  or  other,  fluid  pressure 
system  which  is  carried  by  a  cart  which  supports  the  clamp- 
ing means.  The  pneumatic  pressure  system  is  recharged  by 
docking  with  a  pressure  source  at  one  end  of  the  travel  of  the 
clamping  jaw  cart  A  shear  press  is  mounted  on  a  track  fbr 
movement  independent  of  the  clamping  means  and  has 
power  means  operaUy  connected  thereto  for  movement  of 
the  shear  press  away  from  the  clamping  means  after  cutting 
of  the  extrusion  to  permit  gripping  of  the  cut  end  of  the  ex- 
trusion without  interference  firom  the  shear  press. 


3,668,911 

ROLLING  MILL 

Dario  Propcni,  Via  Vlttor  PInid  8,  MUmi,  It^ 

CoirtiB«atio»4«-part  of  appMcaHon  Scr.  No.  706^78,  Feb.  19, 

1968.  M«  FMcM  No.  3,552,164.  TUs  appHcatlon  May  25, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  56,992 

Cbihns  priority,  application  Italy,  May  27, 1%9, 17408  A/69 

Int.  CL  B21b  45/02 

VS.  CL  72-43  3  Clalmi 


A  system  for  selectively  coding  a  key  to  correspond  to  the 
code  for  any  <me  of  a  number  oi  differently  coded  locks  is 
provided  whereby  the  key  is  set  to  operate  any  given  one  of 
the  locks.  The  key  indudes  settaUe  bits  carried  upon  a  shank 
or  stem  each  at  the  bits  being  variously  settaUe  to  a  number 
of  coded  arrangements  thereof.  The  key  setting  means  serves 
to  set  the  bits  of  the  key  in  response  to  a  coifing  element  hav- 
ing predetermined  code  p<»tions  defining  the  code  for  the 
lock  which  is  to  be  operated.  For  example  a  punched  hole 
accounting  card  can  be  utilized  as  a  coding  element  The 
setting  means  receives  a  key  and  also  the  coding  element  and 
includes  sensing  portions  for  sensing  the  coded  portions  of 
the  coding  element  so  as  to  set  the  key  bits  in  response 
thereto. 


A  device  for  controlling  and  adjusting  the  cooling  and 
lubricating  liquid  flow  in  multi-stand  rolling  mills  for  metal 
bars  and  wire. , 


3,668,912 
SHOT  PEENING  APPARATUS 
Davis  L.  Baugkman,  and  James  H.  Carpenter,  both  of  Hag^ 
town,    Md.,   assignors  to  The  Carborundum   Comi 
Niagara  Falls,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  8,  19707SotM!<o.  53,083 
Int.  CL  C21d  7/06 
VS.  CL  72-53 


»PMy. 


13  Claims 


An  extrusion  handling  apparatus  which  grips  the  end  of  ex- 
truded products  and  stretches  them  as  they  are  extruded 
from  a  die  of  an  extrusion  machine.  The  apparatus  includes  a 
clamping  means  for  gripping  the  extruded  products,  the 
clamping  means  being  mounted  on  rails  to  move  linearty 
away  firom  the  extrusion  die.  Supports  for  the  extruded 
products  are  mounted  independently  of  the  clamping  means 
and  synchronized  to  move  with  the  clamping  means  beneath 
the  extruded  products  and  are  vertically  adjustable  with 
respect  to  the  damping  means  to  adjust  the  supports  for  dif 


I 


A  shot  peening  apparatus  includes  a  bank  of  a  plurality 


of 


conuBonly  mounted  centrifugal  shot  throwing  wheels  and 
fetent  siae  extruaons.  The  clamping  means  have  opposite   also  indudes  a  firee  moving  centrifugal  shot  throwing  whee . 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


469 


^  3,668,913 

APPARATUS  FOR  SHOT-PEENING  TURBINE  BLADES 
John  W.  Monk,  Huaili«lon  BeMh,  CaMt,  Msignnr  to  Metid 
Improvemeut  Company,  Inc. 

Fled  Oct.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  77,845 
lot  CL  C21d  7/06 
UACL  72-53      ^  ^  71 


3,668,915 

MACHINE  TOOL  FOR  PLASTIC  SHAPING  OR 

FASHIONING 

Rlbbnd^  Rnc  dc  nMrtsrt  48,  iVaascrfeHlgt 
bourg 

^     Filed  Apr.  28, 1969,  Scr.  N*.  819,912 
Lrt.  CL  B21J  7/10 
VS.  CL  72—76  3 


A  turntable  having  a  number  of  pairs  of  apposed  resilient 
gripping  members  mounted  on  nested  ring  members,  one  oS 
the  rings  having  its  axis  eccentrically  translatable  relative  to 
the  other,  the  translatable  ring  being  pressure-biased  in  one 
direction  transversely  to  its  axis  so  that  the  space  between 
the  rings  is  greater  at  one  end  of  a  diameter  to  allow  loading 
of  workpieces  between  gripping  members,  the  space  closing 
with  rotation  of  the  rings  to  provide  a  firm  grip  of  the  work- 
pieces  passing  through  a  subsequent  peening  zone,  a  portion 
of  each  workpiece  being  exposed  to  peening  action  and  a 
portion  shielded  therefirom. 


3,668,914 
METHOD  OF  STAMPING  METAL  CONVEX  ARTICLES 
FROM  SHEETS 
Bogdan  Vyacbeslavovich  Voitsekhovsky,  uUtsa 

Akademlcbnkaya,  2;  Viktor  Alexandirovicfa  Kuvshinov, 
uHtsa  Tercshkovoi,  2,  kv.  37;  Vladfanir  Nikdaevlch  Plaxin, 
uUtsa  mcba,  14,  kv.  65,  and  Vyacheslav  Akxandrovkh 
Ncvsky,  ulltsa  Tercshkovoi,  4,  kv.  60,  al  of  Novosibirsk, 
U.S.S.R. 

Filed  Dec.  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,624 

Int  CL  B21d  24/12, 26/02 

VS.  a.  72—57  7  Claims 


A  method  and  die  set  for  stamping  metal  blanks  into  con- 
vex articles  including  positioning  a  blank  between  a  punch 
and  a  ring-shaped  die  y/iulc  clamping  the  edge  of  the  blank, 
partially  deforming  the  blank  with  the  pundi,  and  then  forc- 
ing pressurized  fluid  between  the  punch  and  the  partiaUy 
deformed  blank  to  form  a  convex  article,  while  concurrendy 
effecting  controlled  inward  movement  of  the  edge  of  the 
blank  so  as  to  contnd  the  thickness  and  quality  thereof. 


A  machine  tool  for  plastic  shaping  or  fashioning  by  ham- 
mering, forging,  pressing,  etc.  in  which  the  shaping  is  accom- 
plished by  means  of  rocking  levers  having  arms  of  different 
lengths,  with  the  tools  for  effecting  the  woriung  strokes  being 
carried  by  the  shorter  arms  and  being  driven  by  the  longer 
arms. 


3,668,916 
DRAWING  OF  METAL  TUBING 
Harry  C.  Lcdcbur,  Craafleld,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Wean 
tries.  Inc. 

Filed  Jan.  19. 1970,  Scr.  No.  3,979 
Int.  CL  B21c  J/00 
VS.  CL  72—274  2 


The  method  of  controlling  the  wall  thickness  of  a  drawn 
metal  tube  by  applying  forces  on  the  tube  on  opposite  sides 
of  the  die  whereby  the  tube  leaves  the  die  at  a  higher  velocity 
than  the  velocity  of  the  tube  entering  the  die,  and  relating  the 
vekKities  in  a  ratio  to  produce  the  desired  wall  thickness  of 
the  drawn  tube. 


3,668,917 
PROCESS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  PRESS-FORMING  AND 

QUENCHING  A  STEIL  STOCK 
Nobom  Komatsn;  TakalasM  SnnU;  Tatasa  ilo,  d  of  Ni«oya> 
Shi;    YnshHsrn    Hara,    ndijaBMiiM 
Kenlcbi  Aaaluva.  IfaiUasld.  ai  of 


Fled  Jaik  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  5<4M 

ippli  bHw  JapsM,  im.  25, 1969, 44/6119 
Int.  CL  B21d  /  l/JO;  B2U  29f00 
U.S.CL72— 342  81 

The  inventioa  relates  to  a  pcoocH  and  appanttus  for  1 
forming  and  qumching  a  sted  stock  such  as  iliaiiiaagiii 


470 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


spring  for  automotive  dutch  u«.  In  the  invention,  the  stock 
is  prepwatorly  heated  to  itt  austenitizing  temperature  such 
as  about  800*  C.  or  ao,  placed  on  one  of  two  cooperating  die 
dements,  and  then  squeezed  therebetween  under  pressure, 
said  die  elements  having  working  surfaces  havmg  cor- 
responding   diroemioni    and   configurations   so    as    to    be 


June  18,  1973 


pressbrake  operation,  in  which  the  auxiliary  cylinders  servi 
particularly  to  support  and  maintain  maximum  parallelism  of 
the  ram.  A  control  device  is  also  disclosed  which  switches  th<i 


operation  of  the  auxiliary  cylinders  relative  to  the  main  cylin- 
ders and  which  further  regulates  the  upper  and  lower  limit 
positions  of  the  reciprocating  ram. 


brought  into  a  pressurked  and  heat-conducting  contact  with 
the  to-be-quenched  zone  of  said  stock,  thereby  said  stock 
being  press-formed  to  its  desired  shape  and  wholly  or  locally 
quenched  to  a  desired  hardness  such  as  H«C  60°  by  conduct- 
ing substantial  amount  of  heat  from  the  stock  to  the  <tie  ele- 
ments. 

3,668,920 
3,668,918  HYDRAULIC  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  A  METAL 

METHOD  FOR  MANUFACTURING  SHAFTS  FOR  FORMING  PRESS 

VEHICLES  Eugene  E.  Grankowski,  and  Lambros  A.  PnppMt  both  of 

Hdmut      Bcntekr,      BfakfcM;      FrMO-Josef      Hartmann,       Chicago,    lit,    assignors    to    Wyman-Gordon    Company, 
Paderbon,  and  Hrinz  HctaKkM,  ScUoas  Ncuhans,  all  fd       Worchcster,  Mass.  | 

Gcnnany   Msinon  to  Bcnlckr-Wcriw  Aktkngcadbchaft,  FSed  July  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,467  | 

KrdsPii<krboni,G<n»«.y  ^  [  Int.  CL  B21J  9/02 

FBed  Oct  2, 1969,  Ser.  No.  863,149  U.S.Ct  72-455  16  Claim 

Claims  priority,  appUcatioa  Germany,  Oct  23, 1968,  P  18  04 

673.6 

inta.B2ik;/;o 

U.S.  CL  72—364  '  Claim* 


•  r 


:~i 


^^ 


'MM/m/mm 


-maas^^i^ 


L. 


\ 


X 


a    i  o  k/     oo 


A  shaft  for  automotive  vehicles  or  the  like,  formed  as  a 
tube  tapered  at  both  ends,  wherein  the  tube  wall  is 
peripheraDy  thickened  at  one  or  more  points  extending 
beyond  the  reinforcement  obtained  by  the  tapering. 

3,668,919 

COMBINATION  BVDRAULIC  SHEARING  AND 

PRESSBRAKE  MACHINE 

Twfc«*  Ho^s.  Til.'  rf ^ "  i  i  n  ,    .    i«|.«« 

FRid  Sept  11, 197t,  Scr.  No.  71^1 
Cbdns  priority,  appHcatioa  Japu^  Sept  12, 1969, 44/72388 
lA  CL  B21J  9m 
M&,  CL  72—453  *  dataia 

A  combination  hydraulic  shearing  and  pressbrake  machine 
is  disclosed  which  inchides  auxiliary  hydraulic  cylinders  in 
addition  to  main  cylinders  to  actuate  the  ram.  The  auxiliary 
cylinders  are  heU  at  rest  during  the  shearing  mode  of  opera- 
tion but  actuated  together  with  the  main  cylinders  during  the 


There  is  disclosed  a  hydraulic  control  system  for  usfe  m 
combination  with  a  metal  forming  press.  The  hydraulic  con- 
trol system  is  adapted  to  exert  a  pressure  oo  the  frame,  the 
bed  and  the  crankshaft  of  the  metal  forming  press  which  ■ 
sufficient  to  carry  the  tonnafe  of  the  press  during  normal 
operation  and  which  is  sufBdent  to  secure  the  bed  and  the 
crankshaft  to  the  frame. 


/ 


June  IS,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


471 


3,668,921 
STIRRUP  FRAME  FOR  HYDRAULIC  PRESS 
MoiMi  Izraikvldi  BodtaiMi,  rikn  KiMcnrfdM,  3,  kv.  37; 
fVadcrik  Isnalfavtrli  Ki^MWvsky,  uMm  Shkndhwva,  59,  kv. 
76;  NHmW  Ivawwich  KM^mv,  aMlM  SWtadiaova,  42,  kv. 
76;  Jury  NDcolacridi  Karaov,  uBtMi  ShkadlMva,  59,  kv.  85; 
Andrd  Fcdorovlch  Nadtortimko,  uHlsa  Marala,  5,  kv.  3; 
Eduard  SaboatyMwvkii  Stevetiky-K«rilriqr,  Oktyabradty 
poodok,  Shtekobctomiy  don  7,  kv.  2,  and  LeoaM  Pavtovich 
Shorokhov,  ulltsa  SotriaWrtrtieskaya,  69,  kv.  65,  ^  of  Kn> 
matorsk,  U.S.S.R. 

FUed  Oct  10, 1969,  Ser.  No.  865,309 

Int  CL  B21J  13104 

U.S.  CL  72^455  7  daims 


•~t    /I  i< 


A  hydraulic  press  comprises  a  stirrup  frame  with  a  fixed 
cross-head  and  a  movable  cross-head,  the  frame  having  bear- 
ing plates  connected  to  one  another.  Two  pairs  of  side  plates 
fasten  the  bearing  plates  together  at  the  sides  thereof,  with 
provision  for  linear  displacement  for  the  side  plates  in  the 
direction  of  the  press  operating  force  and  optionally  for  rela- 
tive rotation  in  their  own  plane. 


3,668,922 
WEB  SAMPLING  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 
John  W.  FVmiiig,  Jr.,  and  Janes  Michad  McMuica,  both  of 
Cohunbus,  Ohio,  assignnri  to  Industrial  Nudeoidcs  Cor- 
poration 
Conrtnuarion  of  appicaden  Scr.  No.  601,750,  Dec  14, 1966, 
now  abandoned.  This  appMction  Aug.  13, 1970,  Scr.  N«. 

63,597 
Int  CL  B26d  1102;  GOlc  25100 
U.S.  CL  73—1  37 


3,668,923 
METER  PROVING  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 
Manria  H.  Grwt,  and  Lyk  R,  Vaa  Aradrit,  both  of 
Tex.,  assignori  to  M  A  J  Valve  CoMpwiy,  HnmlDa.  Tex. 
FBed  Jaw  19,  1970,  Scr.  No.  47,760 
Int  CLGOU  25/00 
U.S.  CL  73—3  10 


Meter  proving  method  and  apparatus  of  the  bidirectional 
type  for  calibrating  liquid  flow  devices.  It  empk>ys  a  four-way 
divertcr  valve  of  the  gate  type  which  is  connected  to  the  ends 
of  the  metering  loop  and  which  directs  the  flow  in  one 
direction  or  the  other  through  the  loop.  The  diverter  valve  is 
power  operated  and  capable  of  rapid  movement  between 
operating  positions.  A  leak  detecting  means  is  incorporated 
with  the  diverter  valve  and  is  used  to  indicate  leakage  past 
the  sealing  assemblies  which  would  interfere  with  the  accura- 
cy of  a  metering  run.  Means  including  an  electronic  system 
serves  to  provide  an  automated  cycle  of  operation. 


3,668,924 
TUNER  DRIVE  APPARATUS 
Alfred  A.  Cote,  Langbome,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Phllco-Ford  Cor^ 
poratlMi,  PhHaddphia,  Pa. 

FUed  Jvly  6, 1970,  Scr.  N«.  52^81 
Int  CL  F16h  35118 
U.S.  CL  74-10.7  4 


\ 


A  cutter  for  removing  samples  from  a  moving  web  com- 
prises a  knife  having  a  pair  of  cutting  edges  that  are  selective- 
ly urged  into  contact  with  the  web  being  cut  In  one  embodi- 
ment, the  blades  are  crossed  relative  to  each  other  while  in  a 
second  embodiment  the  tips  of  the  two  Uades  have  a  com- 
mon apex.  The  blades  may  be  positioned  so  that  they  slope 
with  or  against  the  web  being  cut.  The  samite  has  an  area 
coincident  with  an  area  monitored  by  a  gauge  to  enable  the 
gauge  calibration  to  be  determined. 


In  a  tuner  cord  drive,  a  tuner  drive  pulley  of  relatively 
small  diameter  includes  a  radially  extending  arm,  die  outer 
portion  of  which  protrudes  from  the  rim  of  the  pulley  and 
anchors  one  end  of  an  extended  coil  spring.  The  drive  cord  b 
wrapped  about  the  puOey  and  faichides  a  portion  that  esMKlB 
radially  faiwardly  through  a  periphery  slot  in  the  pulley.  TIk 
odier,  or  fk«e.  end  cf  die  extended  firing  is  afSjwd  to  the 
mentioned  cord  portion,  thereby  introdudi^  tcnsioa  in  the 
drive  cord. 


899  O.O.— 18 


472 


3,668,925 
^QTHOD  FOR  DETECIION  OF  ABNORMAL  MILK 
FMdorkk  K.  McMk,  D«wMn  Grove,  DL,  airigvar  to 

A  JohMim 

Orisiiial  nmMffrftf  May  22, 1967,  Set.  No.  640,021.  Divided 

and  tUs  appllcalfoB  Apr.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,622 

Int  a.  9OI11 33/04 

VS.  CL  73-61  R  1  Claim 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  13,  1972 


3^668,927 

BONJEHOLE  THERMAL  CONDUCTIVITY 

MEASUREMENTS 

Eddie  P.  HowcH,  PlaM;  Cart  A.  Yomnwiaii.  DaBaa;  JacH  E. 

HardiMNi,  Gartaad,  aR  of  Tcx^  and  Robert  E.  TribMe,  Prin- 

cctoB,  N J.,  aalfBon  to  Atlaatic  RMrfMd  Conpany,  New 

Yorlu  N.Y. 

nkd  Oct  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,224 

Int.  CLE2  lb  47/06 

VS.  CI.  73—154  4  Cl^im 


There  is  disclosed  the  method  of  filtering  milk  and  detect- 
ing the  existence  of  leukocytes  in  the  milk,  incidental  to  the 
filtration.  This  is  accomplished  by  passing  the  milk  through  a 
filter  element  having  a  coarse,  fiirst  fibrous  filter  zone  which 
filters  out  gross  impurities  present  in  the  milk  and  inunediate- 
ly  thereafter  passing  the  milk  through  a  finer,  following 
second  fibrous  filter  zone  of  higher  density  than  the  first  filter 
zone,  and  separating  the  filter  element  along  an  interface 
between  the  two  zones  and  e^tamining  the  inlet  surface  of  the 
second  filter  zone  to  detect  discoloration  which  is  indicative 
of  mastitis  in  the  cows  fh>m  which  the  milk  is  obtained. 


3,668,926 
APPARATUS  FOR  INMCATING  TORQUE  APPLIED  TO 

PIPE  ROTATED  BY  A  ROTARY  TABLE 

Leo  A.  Bdl,  VlBa  Maud,  Kappara  Road,  San  Gwann,  Malta 

Filed  Sept.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,660 

Int.  CL  GOll  3/14 

VS.  CL  73—136  R  9  Claims 


A  system  for  making  thermal  conductivity  measurements 
in  dry  boreholes.  A  probe  having  a  temperature  sensor,  a 
heater,  and  expander  means  is  inserted  into  a  borehole.  The 
expander  means  is  actuated  so  that  the  temperature  sensor 
contacts  the  sidewall.  The  heater  then  heats  the  sensor  and 
temperature  measurements  are  made  at  predetermined  inter- 
vals to  obtain  a  heating  curve.  The  slope  of  the  plot  for  tem- 
perature versus  logarithmic  time  is  linear  and  proportional  to 
the  conductivity. 


I  3,668,928 

NON-DESTRUCTIVE  HARDNESS,  TESTING  OF 
ARTICLES  SUCH  AS  CIGARETTES 
Manritz  L<ton  Strydom,  StcBctiboadi,  Sooth  Africa, 
to  Tobacca  RcMMxh  and  Development  Institute  Limited 

Filed  May  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,272 
Claims  priority,  appHcalian  South  Africa,  Oct.  15, 1969, 
I      60/7259;  May  16, 1969, 69/3457 
'    Int.  CI.  GOln  J//0.  GOlb  yi/0« 
U.S.  CI.  73-78  6qaims 


Apparatus  for  indicating  the  torque  applied  to  a  rotated 
member,  particularly  pipe  rotated  by  a  rotary  taUe  in  the 
drilling  of  a  well,  wherein  the  apparatus  is  connected  to  the 
drive  shaft  <^  the  rotary  table,  and  power  to  the  rotary  table 
is  supplied  through  the  apparatus. 


1 


^-  -cAa-p 


10 


©j 


A  cigarette  is  tested  for  hardness  by  inserting  it  into  a 
rubber  sleove  which  is  surrounded  by  ring*.  Air  is  paised 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


478 


through  the  annuli  formed  between  the  cigarette  and  the 
rings.  The  pressure  drop  is  measured  firstly  with  the  cigarette 
interior  as  is,  secondly  with  the  cigarette  interior  subjection 
to  a  first  suction  and  thirdly  with  the  interior  subjected  to  a 
second  suction.  The  pressure  drops  are  measures  of  the 
diameters  of  the  cigarette  at  the  various  interior  loadings. 
From  these  diameters  and  the  loadings  the  hardness  of  the 
cigarettes  may  be  computed. 


3,668,929 
METER  TANGENTS 
Donald  C.  Ruddy,  Willow  Grove,  Pa.,  asstgnor  to  The  Singer 
Compuiy,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70^80 

IntCLGOlfi/22 

VS.  CL  73—281  4  Clabm 


operable  to  generate  pulse  count  proportional  to  the 
logarithm  of  the  period  (rf  the  transducer  frequency.  Depend- 
ing upon  the  specific  parameter  to  be  read-out,  appropriate 
modifying  circuitry  modifies  the  count,  with  or  without 
memory  uniu,  to  develop  an  output  read-out  signal. 

3,66S»931 
MEASURING  THE  VELOCITY  OF  FLOW  OF  AN 
ELECTRICALLY  CONDUCTIVE  FLUID 
Klaus  Joochin  Zankcr,  Strcatky,  and  Derrick  Nomum  Har- 
rison, Gloucester,  both  of  En^and,  amignui  1  to  Kent  In- 
stnimcnto  Limited,  Luton,  Bedfordshire,  England 

Filed  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,605 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  July  24, 1969, 

37,358/69 

Int.CLG01c2//70 

U.S.  CI.  73-181  13Clafam 


«-- 


A  tangent  for  a  meter  having  a  plurality  of  tangent  mem- 
bers locked  in  adjusted  position  by  a  releasable  locking 
means  so  that  during  normal  operation  the  adjustment  com- 
ponents thereof  are  not  subject  to  strain,  wear,  or  the  action 
of  the  operational  working  forces.  Upon  release  of  the 
locking  means  the  tangent  can  be  adjusted  for  stroke  and 
timing  in  the  respective  longitudinal  and  transverse  directions 
by  rotation  of  separate  adjusting  screws.  Each  of  the  adjust- 
ing screws  is  held  captive  in  one  of  the  adjacent  tangent 
members  and  engages  a  threaded  portion  in  the  other  of  the 
adjacent  tangent  members,  whereby  rotation  of  said  screw 
causes  relative  motion  between  the  tangent  members  to 
move  the  same  toward  or  away  from  each  other. 


3,668,930 

^PARAMETER  READ-OUT  SYSTEMS  FOR  PRESSURE- 
FREQUENCY  TRANSDUCERS 
George  M.  Strauss,  Elmhunt,  N.Y.,  aarignor  to  KoUsman  In- 
strument Corporation,  Syooct,  N.Y. 

FBcd  Mar.  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  127,462 

Int  CL  GOll  7/] 2 

VS.  CL  73—386  20  CUbm 


se    I? 


'.  /  ^ 


'io 


An  electromagnetic  velocity  meter  is  described,  of  the  type 
in  which  an  electric  signal  is  generated  in  response  to  relative 
motion  between  the  velocity  meter  and  a  conductive  fluid  in 
a  magnetic  field  generated  by  means  in  the  velocity  meter,  to 
provide  a  measure  of  the  velocity  of  the  relative  motion.  The 
velocity  meter  is  particularly  useful  as  a  ship's  log,  and  may 
be  arranged  to  be  retracubly  mounted  in  a  ship's  hull.  A 
preferred  form  of  the  velocity  meter  is  circular  in  cro«  sec- 
tion and  has  a  pair  of  electrodes  for  sensing  the  electric 
signal,  the  electrodes  being  disposed  on  the  flow  meter  in  a 
manner  tending  to  minimize  misalignment  error.  It  also  has 
boundary  layer  trips  to  make  the  signal  generated/velocity 
characteristic  more  nearly  linear.  Another  preferred  form 
mounts  three  or  more  electrodes  for  measuring  components 
of  the  flow  velocity  in  different  directions,  whereby  the  drift 
angle  and  velocity  of  the  ship  may  be  computed. 

3,668,932 
GRAVITY  GRADIENT  METER 
Siegfried  Hansen,  Los  Angcks,  Crilf.,  aaslgnor  to  Hugkm  Ak^ 
craft  Company,  CuKer  City,  CaW. 

Filed  Dec.  4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  95^30 
Int.  CL  GOlv  7/00 
VS.  CL  73-382  12  ^ 


Read-out  systems  which  respond  to  an  input  signal  having 
a  frequency  value  that  is  variaUe  with  pressure  to  provide 
read-out  of  parameters  having  a  non-linear  relationship  to 
the  frequency  of  the  input  signal  employ  digital  circuits 


A  resilient  member  is  provided  with  fb«t  and  socond  local 
gravity   vector  determining  devices  aecured  thereto  mid 


\ 


474 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


siwoed  thereon.  Force  meara  is  attached  to  the  bar  to  bend  accurately  measuring  and  metering  a  preselected  quantity  of 

it.  The  output  of  the  local  gravity  vector  determining  devices  liquid  to  the  mixer,  mixing  the  weighed  sample  and  measured 

it  oooMcted  to  the  force  means  to  that  the  reiiiient  member 

is  bent  so  that  each  of  the  gravity  vector  determining  devices 

is  oriented  so  that  the  local  gravity  vector  is  parallel  to  its 

reference  axis.  The  local  gravity  vector  determining  device  is 

a  bubble  level  operating  under  a  flat  surface,  with  electrodes 

determining  bubble  position.  Four  force  moton  positioned 

around  a  stiff  central  spring  deflect  the  member. 


3,668,933 
AIRCRAFT  INSTRUMENTS 
Blom-Bakkc,  FsraBcs  vcl  7,  Osto  7,  Norway 

Filed  Mv.  30, 1970,  Str.  No.  23,945 
ClaiiM  priority,  appHcalfaMi  Norway,  Mar.  29, 1969, 1327/69 

Int.  CLGOU  7/72 
U.S.  CL  73—386  9  Clahns 


liquid,  and  withdrawing  the  resulting  homogeneous  liquid 
mixture  to  an  analyzer. 


I  3,668,935 

GAS  AND  LIQUID  INLET  SYSTEM  FOR 
CHROMATOGRAPHY 
Norman  C.  Codho,  Dbunood  Bar,  and  Brian  Thompson, 
Placcatia,  both  of  CaUf .,  aasigBors  to  Beckmai 
lac. 

FHcd  Apr.  2, 1970,  Scr.  N«.  25,020 

lirt.  CL  GOln  1/22 

VS.  CL  73—422  GC  8  Claims 


An  aircraft  height-indicator  shows  height  in  pressure-based 
units  that  correspond  to  intervals  of  vertical  distance  which 
increases  in  magnitude  as  height  increases  and  which  define 
economically  separated  fl^  levels.  Hei^t,  and  fUght  level, 
according  to  these  units  is  indicated  digitally,  intermediate 
values  being  shown  m  analog  by  a  pointer  against  n  equally 
divided  scale.  The  digital  and  analog  indications  are  taken 
from  the  rotational  position  of  a  cam  which  is  driven  to  coun- 
teract displacement  of  manometric  capsules  sensitive  to 
static  pressure  P.  and  which  is  profiled  to  provide  rotation 
dependent  on  P"  where  n  lies  between  0.4  and  0.8. 


3,668,934 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCT  SAMPLING 


to 

J  II,  1970,  Sat.  No.  45382 

priority,  appMcsflloB  GrcM  Britain,  June  23, 1969, 

31,607/69 

loL  CL  GOlB  1/28 

VS.  CL  73—421  R  6  Oafans 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  preparing  product  samples  for 

automatic  on-line  analysis,  wherein  a  programed  controller 

causes  a  Mries  of  steps  to  be  carried  out  in  sequence,  each 

for  a  preselected  time,  said  steps  including  withdrawing  a 

sample  trom  tlw  process,  accuraidy  weighing  a  preselected 

quantity  thereof,  discharging  the  weighed  sample  to  a  mixer. 


A  valve  mechanism  which  is  adapted  to  be  connected 
directly  to  the  inlet  of  a  gas  chromatographic  column  for 
selectively  directing  either  a  gas  or  a  liquid  sample  into  the 
column.  The  valve  mechanism  comprises  a  valve  body  having 
an  elongated  channel  extending  entirely  therethrough,  the 
channel  being  coaxial  with  the  column  when  the  valve  is  at- 
tached thereto  whereby  a  syringe  may  be  extended  through 
the  channel  into  the  column  for  direct  column  injection  of  a 
liquid  sample.  The  valve  body  receives  the  opposite  ends  of  a 
sample  loop,  sample  gas  inlet  and  outlet  tubes  and  a  carrier 
gas  inlet  tube.  The  valve  mechanism  also  includes  a  rotataUe 
valve  plug  which  is  operative,  in  a  first  position,  to  connect 
the  carrier  gas  inlet  tube  directly  to  the  elongated  channel  for 
injection  of  the  liquid  sample;  the  valve  phig  being  further 
operative,  in  the  first  position,  to  connect  the  sample  gas 
inlet  and  oudet  tubes  to  the  ends  o(  the  sample  loop  so  that 
the  loop  is  filled  with  the  sample  gas.  Upon  rotation  to  a 
second  position,  the  valve  plug  is  operative  to  connect  the 
carrier  gas  iidet  tube  to  the  dongated  channel  via  die  sample 
loop  whereby  the  carrier  gas  fhishes  the  sample  gas  trapped 
in  the  sample  loop  into  the  column. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


476 


3*668,936  3,668,938 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  SAMPLING  HERMETICALLY  SEALING  BOOT  WITH  ACTUATOR 

Rand  E.  HsrroB,  Stamiord,  CoML,  aMgBor  to  Tocfankoa  In-  FOR  THUMB  WHEEL  TYPE  SWITCHES 

i«rwMnts  CorporatfoH,  TarvTiewii,  N.Y.  Edward  A.  DiinHrj,  nBiisli.  N J.,  niiliiiiii  to  APM  Car- 

FBcd  Dec  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98^65  poraliam  Ei^lswood,  N  J. 

InL  CL  GOlh  1/14  Filed  Mm.  1, 1971,  Str.  No.  122^84 

U.S.a73-423A                                              3Claiin  Iirt.  a  F16J  75/50 

U.S.CL74— 18.1  3 1 


There  is  provided  a  method  and  apparatus  for  sampling  a 
viscous  liquid  by  aspiration  of  such  liquid  from  a  container  in 
an  off-take  tube  of  a  probe  insertable  in  the  container.  A  re- 
agent having  the  characteristic  of  a  solvent  is  added  to  the 
sample  to  dilute  it  within  the  probe  after  a  relatively  short 
distance  of  travel  oi  the  sample  within  the  probe.  The  re- 
agent is  fed  into  the  probe  at  a  first  predetermined  flow  rate 
and  the  admixture  is  aspirated  at  a  second  predetermined 
flow  rate  which  is  faster  so  that  the  sample  is  aspirated  at  a 
rate  determined  by  the  difference  between  the  first  and 
second  flow  rates. 


ERRATUM 

For  Claas  74 — 10  see: 
Patent  No.  3,668,924 


An  hermetically  sealing  boot  adapted  to  fit  the  Gko  of  a 
housing  having  one  or  more  thumb  wheel  actuators  arranged 
for  roution  about  an  axis  substantially  parallel  to  the  plane 
of  said  face.  The  device  is  formed  of  molded  flexible 
synthetic  resinous  material,  and  includes  one  or  more  insert- 
molded  rigid  actuators,  a  first  portion  of  which  {xojects  in- 
wardly of  a  sealing  wall  to  selectively  engage  an  actuator,  and 
a  second  portion  of  which  projects  outwardly  of  said  wall  to 
be  manually  engaged  for  transmitting  motion  to  said  actua- 
tor. Depending  upon  the  shape  of  the  boot,  the  actuator  may 
be  of  a  pivoting,  translationally-moving  or  nutating  type. 


3,668,939 
PLANE  OMNIDIRECTIONAL  ABSORBER 
Preston    H.    Schrader,   Middktown,   Ky.,    awigmw 
ChaiabcH  Inc.,  Milwaidwc  Wk. 

Filed  Nov.  13,  1969,  Scr.  No.  876,457 
iBt  CL  F16k  33/00 
VS.  CL  74—61  10 


to   Rex 


3,668,937 
KEY  SLIDE  LOCKING  MECHANISM 
Donald  V.  OXcaL  River  Grove,  DL,  assignnr  to  Motorola, 
Inc.,  Franldin  Parit,  DL 

FHcd  Mar.  31, 1971,  Scr.  No.  129,882 

Iill.CLF16hi5/;« 

U.S.  CL  74—10.33  5  dafaw 


A  key  slide  locking  mechanism  for  a  pushbutton  tuner  hav- 
ing a  boss  located  on  the  plunger  rod  which  engages  an  inter- 
face of  the  pushbutton  slide  in  the  locked  condition,  and  is 
disengaged  from  the  pushbutton  slide  in  the  unlocked  condi- 
tion. Widi  the  slide  and  rod  in  the  unlocked  condition  the 
rotataUe  presettaUe  tuner  cam  joined  to  the  plunger  rod  can 
rotate  through  an  arc  limited  by  an  indexing  slot  and  pressure 
pin  in  the  cam.  In  the  locked  or  contracted  position  the  boss 
on  the  plunger  rod  engages  the  interface  of  the  pushbutton 
Bbde  biMtng  the  rod  and  slide  apart  and  causing  the  pressure 
pm  indexed  through  the  cam,  plunger  rod  and  pushbutton 
slide  and  secured  by  a  "C"  washer  to  clamp  the  cam  to  iht 
phmger  rod. 


\/ 

^        '  jr~ 

f 

* 

*  ^     '^ 

>« 

^ 

^ 

^> 

^ 

L                                   1 

•    ft" 

n"-,  ■  —iw     M 

JKW  ^^ V 

t'i 

_!• 

€>-• 

A  vibratory  counterforce  system  for  countertialancing 
vibratory  forces  of  constant  frequency  acting  in  a  plane  com- 
prise* at  leait  one  planar  omnidirectiooal  dynamic  abaortMr. 
i.e.  an  auxiliary  mass  vibratory  system,  tlie  natural  tnqutaey 
at  wlttch  is  substantially  independent  at  tbtt  diraciioa  at 
vibratioa  in  the  plane.  When  used  in  sets  of  two  or  more,  and 


476 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


located  at  tpMed  apart  pointi  on  a  structure  subject  to  vibra- 
tory fofcei  of  comtant  frequency,  the  abaorben  act  to 
miniinite  the  vibcatkm  at  their  points  of  attachment  and 
respond,  both  to  tramtatory  forces  and  to  force  couples.  The 

abaorbers  or  counterforcc  units  are  particularly  uaeftil  when 
applied  to  the  b«e  of  a  vibratory  copveyor  because  they  can 
effectively  counterbalance  the  vibratory  forces  applied  to  the 
base  wittch  vary  both  in  amplitude  and  direction  according  to 
the  load  on  the  conveyor. 


tion  over  a  quench  tank,  the  jaws  being  movable  to  change 
the  position  of  the  casting  so  that  it  will  orient  properly  with 
the  quench  tank  and  thus  reduce  the  spacing  required  for  the 
assembly.  A  mechanism  for  actuating  the  jaws  from  a  release 
position  to  a  pick-up  position  and  again  back  to  a  release 


--  3,668,940 

RCyrATION  TRANSMISSION  MECHANISM 
Salvalar«  Avcm,  Newark,  and  Harry  L.  RidMrdaoa,  River 
Edge,  both  of  N  Jn  MrilBora  to  CmHas-WrigM  Corporatkm 

Fled  Jaly  9, 1970,  Scr.  Na  S3<436 

IiM.CLF16h  27/02 
VS.  CL  74-89.15  12 ' 


r-< 


I— 4 


The  rotation  transmission  mechanism  has  an  input  member 
connected  to  a  source  of  rotary  power  and  an  output 
member  connected  to  an  element  to  be  actuated.  A  cam  sup- 
ported for  both  rectilinear  and  angular  movement  is  disposed 
to  interconnect  the  input  and  output  members,  which  cam 
coacts  with  a  cam  follower  on  the  housing  of  the  mechanism 
to  effect  transmission  of  torque  from  the  input  member  to 
the  output  member  and,  at  predetermined  periods,  per- 
mitting only  rectilinear  movement  <rf  the  cam  thereby 
preventing  transmission  of  rotation  between  the  input  and 
output  members. 


position  together  with  a  locking  means  for  the  jaws  is  incor 
porated  to  operate  automatically  during  the  extension  and 
retraction  motion  of  the  slide  tube  aiid  slide  bar,  and  safety 
release  mounting  means  are  provided  for  the  assembly  to 
avoid  damage  due  to  possible  malfunction.~^"~^ 


3,668,942 

INDEXING  MECHANISM 

DoMdd  E.  Laadis,  and  Mohai^it  S.  Sidhu,  both  of  Cambridge, 

Ohio,  aarigMfs  to  The  National  Cash  Register  Company, 

Dayton,  Ohio 

Fled  June  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,815 
Int.  CL  F16h  29100;  B65h  17/22 
VS.CIU-1U  14 


3,668,941 

RETRIEVAL  APPARATUS  FOR  DIE  CASTING 

EQUmiENT 

M.  CaMsr,  Detroit,  Mtch^  aaripior  to 

Detroit  Cfl«F«qr,  IMrolt,  Mich. 

Ffled  Jnly  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,528 
tat  CL  F16h  27/02 
VS.  CL  74—89.17  5 

""  A  retrieval  apparatus  for  die  casting  equipment  which  in-  .^     .       *  j  ii_ 

cludea  an  extension  tube  for  reaching  into  a  die  casting  A  high-speed  indexing  mechanism,  for  moving  a  member 
machine  carrying  an  extension  bar  for  increasing  the  range  of  to  a  printing  position,  which  includes  an  mdcxmg  shaft  on 
the  reach,  there  being  pick-up  jaw«  on  the  extension  bar  for  which  are  mounted  an  indenng  drive  wheel  and  a  clulch 
clamping  an  ejected  casting  and  returning  it  to  a  drop  posi-    member  operated  by  a  cam  follower  arm.  A  cam  member 


Tirkn?    19      1Q79 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


477 


rotates  the  cam  follower  arm  to  drive  the  indexing  sliaft,  into  the  housing  space  where  it  has  fixed  to  same  the  drum 
which  moves  the  member  to  a  printing  position  by  means  of  gear  and  the  drum  carries  a  headed  pin  that  anchors  the 
the  indexing  drive  wheel.  The  clutch  allows  the  indexing  ^ 

shaft  to  be  rotated  in  one  direction  by  the  cam  follower  arm. 
A  second  clutch  member  is  mounted  on  the  indexing  shaft  to 
provide  a  drag  on  the  indexing  shaft.  To  provide  a  more  ac- 
curate indexing  mechanism,  a  ratchet  wheel  is  mounted  on 
the  indexing  shaft  to  control  the  length  of  rotation  of  the  in- 
dexing shaft  by  the  cam  follower  arm.  An  electromagnet 
operates  to  latch  the  cam  follower  arm,  thus  controlling  the 
operation  of  the  indexing  mechanism. 


3,668,943 
SINGLE  LEVER  CONTROL  FOR  TWO  LEVER  FUEL 

PUMP 
Robert  W.  Johnson,  Winfldd,  and  Robert  B.  Porter,  Mefar«Me 
Park,  both  of  DL,  assignors  to  International  Harvester  Com- 
pany, Chicago,  DL 

Filed  Aug.  10,  1970,  Scr.  No.  62,470 

Int.  CL  G05g  9/02 

JVS.  CL  74—471  R  1 1  Claims 


brake  chain  to  the  drum,  with  the  pin  head  cooperating  with 
a  stop  block  fixed  to  the  casing  to  form  a  chain  stop. 


A  beUcrank  lever  for  moving  a  speed-control  lever  and  an 
engine-start  lever.  The  beUcrank  lever  with  the  help  of 
springs  moves  in  a  first  portion  of  angular  movement,  the 
speed-control  lever  from  high  idling  speed  to  low  idling 
speed,  and  in  a  second  portion  of  angular  movement  angu- 
larly spaced  from  the  first  portion,  the  engine-start  lever  from 
the  position  for  running  s()eed  successively  through  a  position 
for  operating  at  excess  fuel  to  a  final  position  for  stopping  the 
engine.  The  speed-control  and  engine-start  levers  extend 
generally  in  opposite  directions  from  their  [Mvots,  which  are 
adjacent  the  pivot  for  the  beUcrank  lever. 


3,668,944 

SEALED  NON-SPIN  HAND  BRAKE  ARRANGEMENT 
Eldrcd  H.  Natachkc,  Boarbonnias,  m.,  anignor  to  Universal 

Rattway  Devices  Company 

Filed  July  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,194 

Int.  CL  G05g  1/08 

VS.  CL  74—505  4  Claims 

A  hanoorake  of  the  non-spin  type  for  railroad  cars  includ- 
ing a  front  casing  and  rear  attachment  plate  that  define  a 
housing  sp^ce  for  the  brake  operating  shaft,  ratchet  wheel, 
ratchet  wheel  clutch,  brake  release  mechanism,  and  drum 
gear,  that  is  sealed  from  the  elements  by  a  seal  applied 
between  the  two.  The  front  casing  is  indented  to  define  a 
mounting  space  for  a  single  wind  type  brake  drum,  which  is 
keyed  to  a  mounting  shaft  that  is  joumaled  between  the  cas- 
ing and  a  brake  drum  cover  plate  that  may  be  secured  to  the 
casing  in  various  positions  relative  thereto  depending  on  the 
particular  hand  brake  application  desired.  The  drum  extends 


3,668,945 
ROLLER  TAPPET  GUARD 
Eberhard  Hofmann,  Ncuhof,  Germany,  assignor  to  Rolicrt 
Bosch  GmbH,  Stuttgart,  Gcrnumy 

Filed  Mar.  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  19,165 
Claims  priority,  applicatioB  Germany,  Mar.  18, 1969,  P  19 

13  519.4 

Int.  CL  F16h  53/06 

VS.  CL  74—569  2  Ci^ov 


c^e^^^j; 


In  a  multicylinder  device,  such  as  a  fiiel  injection  pump, 
between  two  adjacent  roller  tappets  there  is  fixedly  held  in 
the  pump  housing  a  securing  pin  which,  by  virtue  of  parts 
thereof  cooperating  with  parts  of  said  roller  tappets,  prevents 
the  latter  from  turning  and  the  roUer  pins  from  axiaUy  sliding. 


3,660,946 
HIGH-RATIO  DRIVE  MECHANISM 
M.  Fahcy,  llililwwi.  and  John  C. 


EtodrkCer* 


Park,  botii  of  Md.,  1 

Deration,  ^^ttsoHnn,  Pa. 

FHcd  A««.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,109 
IiM.  CL  F16h  lS/06 
VS.  CL  74—640  10  < 

A  rotary  power  transmissaon  having  a  drive  shaft  and  a 
driven  shaft  in  paraUel  or  coaxial  alignment,  a  rigid  annuhis 
fixedly  mounted  around  the  drive  shaft,  the  driven  shaft  hav- 
ing a  flexible  tubular  end  portion  disposed  between  the  drive 
shaft  and  the  rigid  annulua.  and  means  inc  hiding  rollers 
between  the  drive  shaft  and  flexible  tubular  end  portion  for 


478 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


tramferring  torque  from  the  drive  shaft  to  the  flexible  tubular 
end  portion  by  frictional  drcumferentiai  engagement  and 


oounterborcs  of  a  spinneret  plate  then  punching  through  thei 
countersinks  to  form  npilliiries  is  improved  by  supporting] 
the  immediate  afea  of  each  counterbore  with  a  flat-head  pin 
anvil  during  the  forming  and  punching  steps. 


I 


3,668,949  

POWER  WRENCH  FOR  MAKING  UNDERWATER  PIPE 
CONNECTIONS 
Ray«MMl  W.  Walker,  Huatii«lmi  Bcw^  CaHf. 
Deep  Ofl  Tcchaology,  Im«,  Long  Beach,  C^f. 
Original  appikatloB  Nov.  26, 1968,  Scr.  No.  779,004,  now 
Patent  No.  3,593,408.  Divided  ami  this  appHcatioa  Dec.  17, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  99,031 
int.  CLB25b/ 7/00  ' 

U.S.  CL  81-57.13  8  Claims 


,1 


radial  compression  of  the  tubular  end  portion  between  the 
rollers  and  the  rigid  annulus. 


3,668,947 
GEARWHEEL  MACHINE 
J«nen  TndBrik  Wddorff,  Rodovre,  DcnoMrii,  asslgiior  to 
DMrfoes  A/S,  Nordborg.  Dewnarit 

FBed  Oct  2, 1970,  S«r.  No.  77,542 
CWnH  priority,  awiiifrtnii  Gcmaoy,  Oct.  10, 1969,  P  19  51 

100.3 

lot  CL  F16h  1128 

VS.  CL  74—804  2  Claims 


The  invention  relates  to  a  gerotor  mechanism  of  the  type 
having  an  internally  toothed  ring  member  which  surrounds 
an  eccentrically  displaced,  extemaUy  toothed  wheel  member 
having  one  less  teeth.  The  teeth  of  the  ring  member  have  the 
form  of  rollers  which  is  old  but  the  pitch  circle  of  the  ring 
member  has  a  particular  dianneter  relative  to  a  circle  which  is 
tangent  to  the  rollers  so  that  in  operation  the  rollers  are 
caused  to  rotate  continuously  in  one  direction  only. 


3,668,948 

METHOD 

Taylor  Fraaklla  Lavindcr,  Baisitt,  Vs.,  — ignnr  to  E.  I.  du 

Poirt  dc  NcMows  aad  CooipMy,  WlmiHgloa,  DcL 

racd  Mar.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,700 

Iirt.CLB21k5/20 

UACL76— 107S  2 


An  apparatus  for  making  an  underwater  pipe  connection 
including  one  or  more  power  wrench  means  adapted  to  be 
universally  or  multidirectionally  positioned  for  connecting, 
exemplarily,  a  pipeline  to  a  wellhead.  The  apparatus  includes 
a  pair  of  such  wrench  means  for  transporting  and  positioning 
a  spacer  pipe  between  a  wellhead  and  the  end  of  a  pipe  or 
fluid  flow  line  spaced  therefrom  and  cooperable  with  roUta- 
ble  coupling  means  carried  on  opposite  ends  of  such  a  spacer 
pipe  and  cooperable  with  a  fixed  connector  fitting  on  such  a 
wellhead  and  on  the  end  of  the  pipe  flow  line.  Specificidly,  a 
power  wrench  for  use  with  a  connector  means  including  ■ 
rouuble  externally  gear  toothed  collar  such  as  may  be  used 
in  the  oil  driDiog  industry  for  connecting  or  coupling  a  pipe 
to  a  connector  fitting  wellhead.  The  power  wrench  has  a 
movable  pivotal  jaw-like  member  cooperable  with  a  rotataWy 
mounted  worm  gear  for  holding  and  positioning  the  worm 
gear  in  driving  engagement  with  the  collar. 


3,668,950  ^ 

SUP  JCNNT  Nirr  WRENCH 
VlrgD  E.  Tyler,  7210  N.W.  45,  BcthMiy,  Okla. 

Fifed  Mar.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,955 
Int.  CL  B25b  13/28 
VJS,  CL  81— 9t 


A  spinneret  fabrication  process  that  includes  the  steps  of 
fiorming  a  countersink  in  the  bottom  of  previously  formed 


A  slip  joint  wrench  comprising  a  handle,  having  a  fixed  j«w 
formed  on  one  end  thereof,  forming  flat  surfaces  engayipf 
flaa  of  a  nut  to  be  turned.  A  movable  jaw  is  pivotally  con- 
nected to  the  fixed  jaw.  The  movable  jaw  has  a  generally 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


479 


concave  surfiace  forming  a  nut  surrounding  socket  with  the 
fixed  jaw  when  the  movable  jaw  is  pivoted  toward  the  handle. 


3,668,951 

FORCE-APPLYING  TOOLS 

Charles  Robert  Tafanage,  New  Canaan,  Conn.,  awlgnor  to 

New  Britain  Machinery  Company,  New  Britain,  Conn. 

Original  appMcaHon  May  10, 1967,  Scr.  No.  637,391,  now 

Patent  No.  3,506,500,  dated  Apr.  14,  1970.  Divided  and  tMs 

appikatfon  Oct.  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  871,337 

InL  CL  B25b  13/06,  7/02;  B22t5/00 

VS.  CL  81—121  R  10  Claims 


Force-applying  hand  tools,  such  as  wrench  sockets,  are  dis- 
closed produced  by  powder  metallurgy.  The  working  portion 
of  the  tool  comprises  a  porous  sintered  body  of  heat  treatable 
steel  composition  of  high  strength  having  an  average  density 
of  at  least  85  percent  of  true  density  and  having  an  adherent 
plating  of  a  protective  metal  coating  on  the  surface  thereof. 


3,668,952 

AUTOMOBILE  WHEEL  THEFT  PREVENTION  DEVICE 

John  H.  Tculsch,  29590  Hoover  RomL  Warren,  Mkh. 

Fled  Jan.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,773 

Int.  a.  B25b  13/02 

U.S.CL81— 125  12ClainK 


kLiiSiimil^— /  tkaaaX 


roller.  When  the  saddle  reaches  a  predetermined  position 
along  the  lathe  bed  the  cam  is  rotated  causing  the  roUer  to 
contact  the  ramped  portion  and  effect  an  abrupt  further  rota- 


tion of  the  cam.  Rotation  of  the  shaft  during  the  abrupt  rota- 
tion of  the  cam  causes  disengagement  of  the  drive  trans- 
mitting member  from  the  drive  of  the  saddle. 


3,668,954 
FORM  TOOL  HOLDER 
Robert  S.  Brown,  U,  GnHS  Lake,  Mich.,  assignor  to  Fcdcrri 
Screw  Works,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  May  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,759 
Int.  CL  B23b  29/10 
VS.  CL  82-36  7 1 


7^-E 


An  automobile  wheel  theft  prevention  device  consisting  oi 
an  automobile  lug  wrench  having  an  arcuate  spring 
therearound,  a  spring  biased  radially  movable  stud 
therethrough  and  a  round  lug  with  a  radial  opening  therein. 
The  round  lug  cannot  be  removed  by  means  oi  the  usual  lug 
wrench.  To  remove  a  wheel  having  the  round  lug  thereon, 
the  radially  movable  stud  on  the  lug  wrench  must  be  engaged 
in  the  opening  in  the  round  lug.  With  the  wrench  thus  locked 
onto  the  round  lug,  the  lug  may  be  removed  in  the  usual 
manner. 


A  form  tool  hinder  adapted  to  be  mounted  on  the  slide  of 
an  automatic  screw  machbie.  The  tool  holder  has  a  base  pro- 
vided with  a  guide  opening  in  which  the  shank  of  a  tool  carri- 
er is  slidably  fitted.  The  base  is  slotted  along  one  side  of  the 
guide  opening  to  define  a  deflectaMe  base  wall  which  can  be 
clamped  against  the  carrier  shank  to  lock  the  carrier  in  any 
desired  position.  The  base  has  a  key  on  its  lower  sur£Ke 
which  is  adjustable  about  a  pivot  axis  to  facilitate  squaring  of 
the  base  to  a  keyway  on  the  slide.  The  carrier  is  reversible  in 
the  base  guideway  for  either  upcutting  or  downctitting  and  it 
can  be  set  for  either  right  hand,  left  hand  or  zero  tool  relief. 


3,668,953 

STOP  MECHANISMS  FOR  LATHES  AND  OTHER 

MACHINE  TOOLS 

Jnies  Lonis  Jcanncrct,   13-21,  rac  Henri  GcHn,  79  Nkiet, 


FBed  May  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,273 
CUms  priority,  application  France,  May  21, 1969, 6916590 

Int.  CLB23b  27/00 
U5.CL  82-22  4ClidM 

A  stop  mechanism  for  controlling  the  advance  of  a  saddle 
of  a  screwcutting  lathe  comprises  a  cam  mounted  on  a  shaft 
operatively  connected  to  a  drive  transmitting  member.  The 
cam  has  a  ramped  portion  and  is  contacted  by  a  pressure 


Va. 


3,668,955 
GLASS  HANDLING  AND  CUmNG  SYSTEM 
Charles  F.  R^ipreckt,  and  IVmnk  Wftcr 
TcHL,  mripmn  to  Wtmmmtitr  Qms  Co., 

tcrcrttocach 

FBed  Sept.  8, 1978,  Scr.  No.  70,121 
fail.CLB26di/0« 
U.S.CL83— 6  8< 

A  system  for  handling  plate  glass  and  for  cutting  sum.  The 
system  includes  a  self-propelled  apparatus  on  trades  movable 
to  positions  adjacent  selected  bins,  cootainii^  the  substai- 
tiaOy  verticaBy  disposed  glass,  located  adjacent  tlie  tracks. 
The  apparatus  includes  a  tihable  top  assembly  for  tilting  to  a 


480 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JtJNE  13,  197J 


substantially  vertical  loading  position  for  loading  the  glass 
from  the  selected  bin,  and  includes  power-actuated  retrieving 
means  for  attachment  to  the  glass  to  pull  the  glass  from  the 
bin  to  the  top  assembly.  After  loading,  the  top  assembly  is 
moved  into  a  horizontal  position.  The  apparatus  includes 


lengths  a  continuously  moving  web  of  material.  Digitizer 
means  are  used  to  produce  signals  the  ratio  of  which  i« 
representative  of  the  desired  sheet  length  and  the  amount 
that  the  ratio  of  the  signals  varies  from  the  desired  sheet 
length  ratio  is  used  to  produce  an  error  signal  indicative  of 
whether  the  sheet  length  cut  is  shorter  or  longer  than  th^ 


means  for  scoring  the  glass  by  a  single  operator  shoving  a 
carriage  means  across  a  bridge  means  to  the  other  side  of  the 
apparatus  where  there  is  located  bumper  means  for  returning 
the  carriage  means  to  the  operator's  side  of  the  top  assembly 
and  trip  means  for  disengaging  the  cutter  means  from  the 
glass. 

3,668,956  

MiCROciRCurr  negative  cutter 
Douglas  W.  Whipple,  Hampton,  and  Eari  R.  BlymiUer,  WU- 
UauHburg,  both  of  Va.,  mmivtan  to  The  United  States  of 
America  as  rcprcaenicd  by  the  Administrator  of  tlie  Na- 
tional Aeronatuics  and  Space  Administration 
fUed  Aug.  4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  60^76 
Int  a.  B26d  3108, 5102 
U.S.  a.  83-8  2  Oalms 


predetermined  sheet  length  value.  Error  band  selecti^je 
means  receives  the  error  signal  produced  to  produce  a  signal 
characteristic  of  the  error  magnitude.  Means  are  provided  to 
be  responsive  to  the  error  band  selective  signal  for  correctiifg 
the  sheet  length  to  correspond  to  the  predetermined  she^t 
length  value  within  an  acceptable  tolerance. 


A  manually  operated  X-Y  coordinate  cutter  for  making 
surface  cuts  with  great  accuracy  in  all  three  cutting  dimen- 
sions. The  cutting  blade  is  rotated  to  cut  in  the  X  or  Y 
direction  and  adjusted,  in  combination  with  a  roller  which 
contacts  the  worlc,  to  make  cuts  of  uniform  depth  in  the 
work.  The  roller  and  cutting  blade  are  spring-mounted  to 
ride  smoothly  over  surface  irregularities  while  maintaining  a 
constant  cutting  depth.  A  pattern,  placed  between  a  translu- 
cent cutting  surface  and  a  translucent  workpiece,  is  illu- 
minated by  a  light  box  for  use  as  a  rough  guide  during  cutting 
operations.  X-Y  dimensions  of  the  cuts  are  laid  out  from  a 
reference  point  on  the  pattern  by  positioning  the  cutting 
blade  with  verniers. 


3,668,958 

AUTOMATIC  DISK  CUTTER 

Robert  E.  Kinry,  16  Wotwood  Road,  Auguita,  Mataie 

Fled  Nov.  5, 1970.  Scr.  No.  87^33 

int.  CL  B26d  7106 

U.S.  CL  83-88  20  Clahns 


3,668,957 
SHEET  LENGTH  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
Jay  Nido,  Catonsviiie,  Md.,  awignor  to  Koppcrs  Company, 
Inc. 

Filed  Aug.  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  848,469 
Int.  CL  B26d  5100 
U.S.  CL  83-37  15  Chdmi 

A  sheet  length  conuol  system  for  use  in  connection  with  a 
material  feeding  and  material  processing  apparatus  to  main- 
tain uniform  treatment  of  the  material  as  processed  by  the 
processing  apparatus  within  a  predetermined  and  desired 
tolerance.  Such  material  processing  apparatus  is  exemplified 
in  the  use  of  a  cutoff  machine  to  cut  into  equal  desired  sheet 


A  continuous  rotary  cutter  which  cuts  disks  from  square 
sheets,  such  as  paper,  from  a  roll  of  stock.  The  square  sheets 
are  fed  from  one  tape  conveyor  to  another  of  a  slower  speed 
for  overlapping  and  stacking  a  predetermined  number  of 
sheets,  which  stack  is  fed  to  and  grabbed  by  a  pair  of 
retractable  spears  which  pierce  the  stack  of  sheets  near  its 
comers  and  pull  it  onto  the  disk  cutting  table  against  a  pair 
of  continuously  rotating  cutting  disks.  A  collection  platform 
for  the  stack  may  also  be  used  for  supporting  the  stack  to  be 
grabbed  by  the  spears,  and  it  may  be  retracted  for  disks 
larger  in  diameter  than  the  pulling  distance  of  the  spears  to 
insure  release  of  the  suck  onto  the  cutting  table.  The  sheets 
on  the  cutting  table  are  then  clamped  together  axially  at  their 
centers  by  a  downward  reciprocable  rotataUe  center  clamp- 
ing pivot  means  which  presses  the  sheets  against  a  rotatable 
central  portion  of  the  cutting  Uble.  Then  one  of  the  two 
spears  releases  while  the  other  spear  positively  moves  the 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


481 


stack  tangentially  of  the  periphery  of  the  disks  to  be  cut  to 
start  the  stack  of  sheets  rotating  through  the  continuous  disk 
cutters,  the  friction  of  which  cutters  continue  to  rotate  the 
sheets  about  the  center  clamping  pivot  means.  As  soon  as  the 
disks  are  cut,  an  edge  clamping  pivot  means  near  the 
periphery  of  the  cut  disks  engages  the  stack  of  cut  disks  so 
that  the  routional  inertia  of  the  disks  imparted  by  the  cutters 
causes  the  disks  to  rotate  about  this  edge  clamping  pivot 
means  to  move  them  from  the  cutting  table  and  under  the 
take-off  rollers  of  the  discharging  conveyor,  and  thus  provide 
room  for  the  next  stack  of  sheets  to  be  cut.  The  overlapping 
stacks  of  cut  disks  may  be  fed  by  an  up-from-the-bottom  type 
stacker  conveyor  or  elevator  onto  a  pallet  for  removal  from 
the  machine.  The  feeding  means,  center  clamping  means, 
and  take-off  means  for  the  cut  disks  may  be  adjustable  simul- 
taneously, towards  and  away  from  the  disk  cutters  for  cutting 
different  diameter  disks. 


3,668,959 

PROCESS  AND  DEVICE  FOR  ADVANONG  AND 

SIMULTANEOUSLY  CENTERING  SHEET  MATERIAL 

Wolfgang  Max  Egon  Richtcr;  Edgar  Lab,  and  Hans  Werner 

SicbUft,  aU  of  Sccscn,  Germany,  amignora  to  Schnudbach- 

Lubcca-Wcrke  Akttengrarlhchafl,  Brauaschweig,  Germany 

Filed  Aug.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,1 17 

Clafans  priority,  application  Germany.  Aug.  12,  1969,  P  19  40 

912.2 

Int  CLB26di/00. 5/20 

U.S.  CL  83—48  12  OainH 


3,668,960 
ARRANGEMENT  FOR  LUBRICATING  THE 
PERFORATING  PINS  OF  TAPE  AND  CARD 
PERFORATORS 
Rudolf  Weber,  Olbninn,  and  Emil  Jahn,  Pforzhdm,  both  of 
Gcrmaay,  anignors  to  International  Standard  Electric  Cor- 
poration, New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  84,016 
Clafans  priority,  application  Gcnnany,  Oct.  28,  1969,  P  19  54 

2393 
Int.  CL  B26f  1114, 1/24 
U.S.  CL  83—  1 69  3  Claims 

A  self-lubricating  perforator  arrangement  wherein  a 
horizontal  guide  plate  for  the  perforating  needles  comprises 
parallel  upper  and  lower  partial  guide  plates  which  define  a 
capillary  gap  between  them.  A  unit  situated  above  the  partial 


plates  contains  an  oil  reservoir  which  communicates  with  tha 
capillary  gap  to  enable  a  regulated  lubrication  of  the  noedlei 
as  they  past  through  the  partial  plates  during  operation.  Abo 


'       >     4*  *• 


ti  Mi  III  I 


contained  in  the  unit  is  a  channel  directly  above  the  needles 
and  the  plates  to  receive  the  chads. 


3,668,961 

PORTABLE  BAND  SAW 

Donald  E.  Bhic,  1717  6th  Street,  N.W.,  Albuquerque,  N.  Mex. 

FDed  Dec  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,077 

lot  CL  B26d  J/46 

UJS.  CL  83—201.04  15 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  scroll  cutting  apparatus  which 
is  provided  with  a  feed  mechanism  which  automatically  as- 
sures centering  of  the  sheet  material  upon  each  advance 
thereof  prior  to  the  actuation  of  the  scroll  cutter.  The  feed 
mechanism  includes  a  first  feed  disposed  in  advance  of  the 
scroll  cutter  and  a  second  feed  between  the  scroll  cutter  and 
a  centering  stop.  Each  feed  has  associated  therewith  guide 
means  engaging  the  opposite  edges  of  the  sheet  material  with 
one  half  of  each  guide  means  being  fixed  and  the  other  half 
being  resiliently  mounted.  The  feed  mechanism  includes  rol- 
lers which  rotate  to  advance  the  sheet  material  and  which  are 
hunted  axially  thereof  so  as  to  transversely  hump  the  sheet 
material  in  cooperation  with  the  guide  means  so  as  to  perfect 
the  centered  feeding  of  the  sheet  material. 


There  is  disclosed  a  portable  band  saw  having  a  travelling 
band  cooperating  with  pulleys  so  located  that  the  front  and 
rear  band  portions  are  positioned  in  relatively  close  but 
spaced  relationship.  The  pulleys  rotate  parallel  axes.  Longitu- 
dinally spaced  guide  means  are  incorporated  which 
cooperate  respectively  with  the  front  and  rear  portions  ai  the 
band  so  that,  with  sMdjustment,  the  guide  means  cause  the 
band  to  be  disposed  with  the  rear  portion  in  desired  align- 
ment with  the  front  portion,  thus  permitting  the  portable 
band  saw  to  selectively  make  either  straight  or  angular  cuts. 


toO- 


3,668,962 
WEB-CUTTING  APPARATUS 
Eric  George  Arthv ' 
ford  limited,  Df ord, 

FBed  May  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36^95 
Clahns  priority,  appBcatton  Great  Brftahi,  May  13, 1969, 

24,298/69 
lot  CL  B26d  1/36,  1/56 
U  A  CL  83—323  4  CWam 

This  appUcation  describes  web  cutting  apparatus  compris- 
ing a  rotary  drum  having  a  substantially  radiaDy  inwardly  ex- 
tending shaped  slot  in  its  periphery,  drive  means  for  driving 
said  drum,  a  cutter  arm,  cam  means  which  is  adapted  to  con- 
trol the  movements  of  said  cutter  arm  and  winch  is  con- 
nected to  be  driven  by  said  drive  means,  the  control  of  the 
cam  means  and  the  shape  of  the  cutter  arm  being  such  tiiat  in 


482 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197: 


1 


operation  the  cutter  arm  will  cut  through  a  web  on  said  drum     ments  are  paased  one  roller  having  a  series  of  spaced  bladca 
at  said  slot  and  will  descend,  together  with  the  leading  edge     projecting  from  its  surface;  gaps  being  provided  in  this  roUer 


B^ 


of  the  trailing  portion  of  the  cut  web,  into  said  slot  and 
remain  in  the  said  slot  for  a  predetermined  period. 


ADJUSTABLE  LABEL  KNIFE 
Robert  A.  Davis,  Mundtlstn,  DL,  awignor  to  Xerox  Corpora- 
tioa,  Stamford,  Conn. 

Filed  Nov.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,775 

Jul  CL  B26d  25/12 

VS.  CL  83—346  8  Claiim 


'""         3,668,964 
CHOPPER  BODY 
Eric  EBIs  Lomas,  WaBatey,  Enghod,  assignor  to  Flbrcglaas 
Liaiilcd,  Ravcahcad,  St.  Hdcns,  Ijifaahhne,  Engbuid 

Filed  Aug.  22, 1968,  Scr.  No.  754,537 
Cialas  priority,  appHcatioB  Great  Britain,  Aug.  22, 1967, 

38,653/67 
Int  CL  B23d  25/12, 35/00 
VS,  CL  83—347  3  OaiinB 

Apparatus  for  chopping  sized  g)an  fiber  filaments  compris- 
ing twQ  co-operating  parallel  roUen  between  which  the  fila- 


between  successive  blades  to  reduce  the  area  of  this  roller  tti 
contact  with  the  filaments  at  any  given  time. 


An  adjustable  roller  type  knife  for  use  as  a  label  cutter  in 
article  addressing  machines.  The  knife  comprises  axially 
aligned  relatively  rotatable  roller  discs,  each  with  a  radially 
extended  arcuate  segment  which  cooperates,  on  rotation  c^ 
the  knife,  with  an  adjoining  anvil  roller  to  form  a  nip  for 
drawing  uncut  label  material  therethrough,  the  length  of 
label  material  being  a  function  of  the  composite  arcuate 
length  presented  by  the  segments.  A  knife  blade  is  carried  by 
one  disc  to  cut  the  label  material,  and  releasable  locating 
means  are  provided  to  enable  the  discs  to  be  turned  through 
controlled  arcs  relative  to  one  another  to  adjust  the  knife  for 
different  length  labels. 


3,668,965 

DEVICE  ON  CinmNG  FACIUTIES  FOR  PACKING 

MACHINES 

Rudolf  Kreunckmer,  Ludwigpbasii  35,  8963  Svikt  Mao^ 
Germany 

FUtd  Mar.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,162 
Claims  priority,  appUcadoB  Gcnnany,  Mar.  27, 1969,  F 19, 

15  611.7  I 

Int.  CL  B23d  19/06, 33/02 
\5S.  CL  83—476  5  Clatam 


A  gang-sHtting  machine,  particulaiiy  for  accurately  slitting 
web-like  sheets  in  which  a  plurality  of  rows  of  bags  or 
packages  have  been  preformed,  to  produce  rolls  of  the  bags 
or  packages,  comprising:  disc  knives  securingjy  mounted  on  a 
driven  shaft;  backing  means  in  the  form  of  a  guide  disc  for 
every  disc  knifie;  and  two  retaining  discs  for  each  knife,  the 
retaining  discs  being  of  a  smaller  diameter  than  each  disc 
knife  and  disposed  one  on  either  side  thereof,  whereby  the 
slit  strips  each  containing  one  row  of  bags  or  packages  are 
pressed  between  each  retaining  disc  and  its  associated  guide 
disc  and  are  guided  so  that  the  slitting  is  6otyt  only  on  tl^ 
seams  and  not  incorrectly  beyond. 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


488 


3y6o8y9o6 
FASTENER  FOR  METAL-WOOD  STRUCTURES 
A.  KtaKaM,  Cratwaod,  OL,  lignnr  to  Key  Rtwarch 
and  Development  Company,  Mercer  Uand,  Wash. 
^JVed  Sept.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,696 
Int.  CL  F16b  13/06 
U.S.CL  85-67  9Clabm 


stand  out  and  be  easily  read  by  the  viewer.  The  characten 
correspond  to  the  notes  in  the  chord  selected  by  the  indexing 
means.  In  this  manner,  all  the  notes  included  in  a  preselected 
chord  are  identified  and  located  at  their  respective  positions 
on  the  simulated  fingerboard. 


A  fastener  for  securing  a  structure  of  metal  and  wood 
together  wherein  the  metal  forms  at  least  one  outside  sur- 
face. The  fastener  comprises  three  parts:  a  pin,  a  locking 
sleeve  and  a  swaging  sleeve,  which,  when  properly  arranged 
within  an  aperture  or  straight  hole  in  the  structure,  is  in- 
stalled by  a  conventional  fastener  installing  tool.  The  three 
para  lock  together  during  the  fastening  procedure  and  sub- 
sequently: (a)  the  wood  and  metal  are  clamped  between  the 
pin  head  and  locking  sleeve  head,  (b)  both  ends  of  the  swag- 
ing sleeve  are  moved  radially  outwards,  thereby  penetrating 
the  wood  material  that  forms  the  wall  of  the  aperture,  and 
(c)  the  one  end  of  the  wood-penetrating  swaging  sleeve  ex- 
tends radially  along  the  inside  surface  of  the  metal  which  is 
parallel  to  the  pin  head  portion  that  overlaps  the  aperture 
diameter  at  the  metal  outside  surface,  so  that  the  metal  layer 
is  separately  clamped  between  that  pin  head  portion  and  one 
end  of  the  swaging  sleeve.  These  four  fastening  actions  then 
produce  a  permanent,  self-sealing,  untamperable  joint  for 
metal-wood  or  similarly  composed  structures. 


3,668,967 

CHORD  INDICATOR 

Albert  Malls,  4954  Hanklnc  Avenue,  Sherman  Oaks,  CaHf. 

Filed  July  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  58^90 

Int.  CI.  G09b  15/02;  GlOb  75/00 

U.S.  CL  84—471         _  6  Claims 


3,668,968 
EXPANSION  FASnaSER 

Henry  J.  Mowcy,  Ea^e  Drive,  Stamford, ' 

FUed  Apr.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  28/412 
laC  CL  F16b  13/06 
U^CL  85-83 


/3» 


The  fastener  has  a  spirally  wound  anchcn-  sleeve  which  is 
circumferentially  expanded  within  itt  mounting  hole  by  in- 
serting into  the  sleeve  an  anchor  bolt  or  screw  having  a  cross- 
section  larger  than  the  initial  internal  peripheral  outline  of 
the  sleeve  thereby  locking  the  sleeve  to  the  surrounding  wall 
material.  Initial  grip  of  the  sleeve  in  the  mounting  hole  is  pro- 
vided and  locking  is  further  strengthened  by  providing  on  the 
outside  fA  the  sleeve  teeth  wliich  bite  into  the  wall  material 
when  the  sleeve  is  inserted  and  expanded. 


3,668,969 

RECOIL  MEHANISM  FOR  MACHINE  GUNS  WITH  A 

HYMIAUUC  COUNTER-RECOIL  BRAKE 

Kari  Harbrccht,  Eisental  B.  Bmhl,  and  Gerhard  Munn,  Dua- 

scldorf,  both  of  Germany,  aartgwrt  to  Rhdnmctal  GmUI, 

Duaaeldorf,  Germany 

FUed  Mm-.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17^31 
Claims  priority,  appttcadoa  Gcmmpy,  Mar.  20, 1969,  P  19 

14  188.9 
InLCLF4  If  79/02 
U.S.CL89— 43R  5' 


^-^ 


a  m  m  t 


The  invention  involves  an  indicator  which  identifies  the 
various  musical  chords  and  displays  the  location  of  the  notes 
comprising  the  various  musical  chords  upon  a  simulated 
finger  board  of  a  fretted  stringed  instrument.  This  is  accom- 
plished in  the  instant  invention  by  providing  a  sliderule 
device  having  a  transparent  outer  member  with  indicia  im- 
printed thereon,  including  a  replica  of  a  fingerboard  and  a  se- 
ries of  characters  which  designate  the  particular  tone  which 
is  made  when  a  finger  is  pressed  down  at  that  point  on  the 
fingerboard.  The  device  further  includes  first  and  second 
slides  which  carry  a  plurality  of  spots  along  the  length 
thereof.  By  manipulation  of  the  slides,  and  thier  amociated 
indexing  means,  the  spots  are  positioned  behind  pre-deter- 
mined  characters  on  the  fingerboard  to  make  such  characters 


A  recoil-mechanism  for  machine  guns  with  a  hydraulic 
counter-recoil  brake,  wherein  the  recoil  energy  for  effecting 
the  weapon  advance  is  stored  and  writh  a  hydrauUc  braking 
piston  equipped  with  throttle  valves,  which  comprises  a 
cylinder  connected  with  reciprocating  parts  of  the  weapon 
and  receiving  a  hydraulic  braiking  piston.  A  housing  has  the 
cylinder  disposed  therein  for  longitudinal  displacement  and 
receiving  the  recoil-mechanism,  and  is  connected  with  im- 
movable parts  of  the  weapon  and  supported  on  both  sides  by 
resilient  abutmenu.  Additional  abutment  means  are  effective 
upon  the  braking  piston.  The  abutment  means  set  the  piMoa 
forwardly  during  the  return  stroke  of  the  cylinder  relatively 
to  the  latter,  such,  that  the  piston  rod,  formed  as  a  ram  aod 
extending  out  from  the  end  wall  of  the  cylinder,  is  suppofta- 


484 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197 


ble  during  the  forward  stroke  of  the  forward  resilient  abut- 
ment, before  the  cylinder  itself  has  reached  its  initial  posi- 
tion. 


3,668,970 
ROCKET  LAUNCHERS 
Arthur   Gwyntryn   Wakcrs,   Bcxky,   Eagland,   assignor   to 
Secretary  of  Stale  for  Dcfenae  in  the  Government  of  the 
United  Mngdom 

Filed  July  22, 1958,  Scr.  No.  750,262 

Int.CLF41f  J/(M 

U^.CL  89-1.819  2ClafaM 


ture  is  always  the  same  longitudinal  distance  from  the  cutting 
tools,  has  the  elongated  workpiece  pass  therethrough.  The 
fixture  has  two  reference  surfaces,  which  are  perpendicular 
to  each  other,  against  which  two  perpendicular  surfaces  of 
the  workpiece  are  urged  by  pressure  rollers  in  the  fixture  act- 
ing against  workpiece  surfaces,  which  are  parallel  to  the  sur- 
faces of  the  workpiece  engaging  the  reference  surfaces. 


1.  A  launcher  for  a  tubular  rocket  having  a  frame  compris- 
ing four  longitudinal  angle  beams,  one  at  each  comer  of  the 
frame,  a  lattice  of  struts  connecting  the  beams,  a  series  of 
transverse  plates  for  stiffening  the  frame  and  having  U- 
shaped  recesses  in  their  upper  edges,  and  a  U-section  trough 
welded  into  the  U-shaped  recesses;  a  guide  rail  support  fixed 
to  the  upper  surface  of  each  of  the  upper  two  angle  beams;  a 
plurality  of  spacers  at  intervals  along  the  upper  surfaces  of 
the  guide  rail  supports  the  spacers  varying  in  thickness  from 
zero  at  the  center  to  a  maximum  at  each  end  of  each  support 
the  thicknesses  being  so  graduated  that  the  upper  faces  of  the 
spaces  lie  on  a  smooth  curve;  and  two  guide  rails  bolted  to 
the  guide  rail  supports  and  in  contact  with  the  upper  surfaces 
of  the  spacers  whereby  each  said  guide  rail  is  constrained  in 
an  upwardly  curved  position,  towards  the  opposite  ends 
thereof 


3,66M71 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  MACHINING  AN 

ELONGATED  WORKPIECE 

Lcwb  A.  Dcvcr,  Ciacinnali,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Cincinnati 

MUacron  Inc.,  Cincinaili,  onto 

Filed  June  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  42,757 

Int.  CI.  B23c  3100 

U.S.CL90— UR  27  Claims 


Ih* 


19^ 


J^-. 


I  3,668,972 

OSTEOSYNTHETIC  PRESSURE  PLATE  CONSTRUCTION 

Martin  AUgowcr,  Cahinaatraae  2;  Stefan  Perren,  Kirchgasse 

1 1,  both  of  Chur,  and  Max  E.  Ruasenberger,  TannenstrasM 

26,  Schaffhauten,  aU  of  Swit»rland 

Originai  appHcalion  June  16, 1967,  Scr.  No.  646,542.  Divided 

and  this  applicntion  Apr.  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  828,069 

Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  June  22, 1966, 

1  9068/66 

I        Int  CL  B23c  7/00 

U.S.  CL  90— 1 1 C  \  1  Claim 


An  osteosyntnetic  pressure  plate  includes  a  slot  formatioi  i 
for  receiving  a  bone  fixing  screw  which  is  adapted  to  be 
secured  to  a  bone  part  which  is  to  be  mended.  The  slot  \$ 
formed  with  an  edge  which  includes  an  oUique  portion  or 
ramp  having  an  inclination  such  that  when  it  is  engaged  by 
the  underside  of  a  head  portion  of  a  bone  fixing  screw  there 
will  be  a  displacement  of  the  pressure  plate  in  a  direction  to 
move  the  ramp  portion  away  from  the  fixing  screw  and  to 
cause  the  plate  to  apply  a  pressure  to  hold  the  tx>ne  parts  in 
tight  engagement.  The  plate  is  advantageously  useable  with 
screws  having  heads  of  spherical  form  or  conical  form,  for 
example.  The  inclination  of  the  ramp  and  the  configuration 
of  the  walls  bounding  the  slot  of  the  pressure  plate  are  such 
that  there  will  be  a  uniform  and  even  shifting  of  the  plate 
having  the  slot  when  the  ramp  portion  of  the  walls  bounding 
the  slot  is  engaged  by  the  screw  head  to  cause  the  desired 
displacement  of  the  pressure  plate  in  order  to  displace  the 
bone  fragment  toward  tighter  engagement  with  the  adjacent 
bone  fragment  and  into  pressure  engagement  therewith. 


I  3,668,973 

HYDRAUUC  OIL  WINCH 

Matayuki,  Kado,  and  Masazo  Mlta,  both  of  Komatsu,  Japarf, 

assignors  to  KabushUd  Kaisha  Komatsu  Scisakusho,  Tokyq, 

Japan 

Fikd  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,754 
Claims  priority,  appHcadon  Japan,  June  30, 1969, 44/51348 

Int.  CL  FlSb  15126 
U.S.  a.  91—411  3  Claims 


An  elongated  workpiece,  which  is  maintained  under  ten- 
sion, is  machined  along  its  surfaces  by  relative  longitudinal 
movement  between  the  workpiece  and  a  support  for  a  pair  of 
perpendicularly  disposed  cutting  tools.  A  fixture,  which  is 
connected  to  the  support  for  the  cutting  tools  so  that  the  fix- 


A  hydraulic  oil  winch  wherein  the  driving  shaft  of  thr 
hydraulic  oil  motor  is  provided  with  a  ratchet  wheel,  and  a 
lock  pawl  is  pivotally  mounted  on  a  shaft  so  as  to  detachaUy 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


485 


engage  with  the  said  ratchet  wheel,  the  said  lock  pawl  being 
interlocked  with  a  hydraulic  oil  cylinder  mechanism  so  that  it 
may  be  engaged  with  the  said  ratchet  wheel  when  the 
hydraulic  oil  motor  is  running  forwardly  and  stopped,  and 
also  may  be  disengaged  from  the  ratchet  wheel  when  the  oil 
motor  is  running  reversely  by  change-over  operation  of  the 
change-over  valves. 


3,668,974 
RECIPROCATING  ENGINE 
Manfred  Otto  Hagdom,  Stockholm,  and  igcH  T-Son  Sand- 
berg,  Taby,  both  of  Sweden,  assignors  to  Akticbolagct  Elec- 
trolux,  Stockholm,  Sweden 

Filed  Jan.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,503 

Claims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Jan  29, 1969, 1 174/69; 

Dec.  16, 1969, 17298/69 

Int.  CL  £011  25106,  21/02 

U.S.  CL  91-242  10  Claims 


This  invention  relates  to  a  reciprocating  engine  which 
operates  with  a  compressible  working  medium  like  steam  and 
has  a  cylinder  and  a  cooperating  cylinder  head.  A  piston 
moves  forward  and  backward  in  the  cylinder  space.  Steam  is 
supplied  under  pressure  to  an  outer  space  in  the  cylinder 
head  and  the  flow  of  such  steam  to  the  cylinder  space  is  con- 
trolled by  a  valve  responsive  to  the  pressure  of  the  steam.  In 
order  to  regulate  the  flow  of  steam  into  the  cylinder  space  in 
the  first  part  of  each  forward  stroke  of  the  piston,  the  valve  is 
acted  upon  and  closed  by  steam  under  pressure  which 
becomes  available  to  perform  this  function  when  the  piston 
reaches  a  particular  position  in  each  forward  stroke. 


3,668,975 
DECELERATOR  MEANS  FOR  EXPANSIBLE  CHAMBER 

DEVICE 
Vaughn  A.  Nelson,  Downers  Grove,  III.,  assignor  to  Interna- 
tional Harvester  Company,  Chicago,  III. 

Filed  Oct.  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  80^67 

Int.  CL  FlSb  15/22 

U.S.  CL91— 409  17  Claims 


A  decelerator  means  for  a  hydraulic  motor  having  a  hous- 
ing, a  piston  movable  therein  defining  an  expansible  fluid 
chamber  within  said  housing,  fluid  ports  permitting  the  ad- 
mission or  exhaust  of  fluid  from  said  chamber,  the  decelera- 


tor means  comprising  a  movable  member  within  the  chamber 
having  an  expoaed  surface  capable  oi  substantially  doong  off 
said  port  upon  the  exhaust  of  fluid  firom  the  chamber,  said 
surface  having  interruptions  therein  so  as  to  provide  ntetering 
orifices  to  meter  the  exhaust  of  fluid  from  said  chamber  and 
retaining  means  interconnecting  said  housing  and  said  mova- 
ble member  for  maintaining  said  member  in  close  proximity 
to  the  port  but  permitting  sufficient  limited  movement 
whereby  the  admission  of  fluid  energy  into  said  chamber  will 
be  unimpeded  by  said  member. 


3,668,976 
FUGHT  REFUELING  RECEPTACLE  HAVING 
PRESSURE-INERTIA  RELEASE  VALVE 
Ellsworth  E.  Hiebcr,  1417  Uden  Avenue,  Chndrir,  CaUf.; 
Thonas  P.  Taqufaio,  310  Tonyon  RomI,  Sierra  Ma*«, 
Calif.,  and  Frank  Edwwd  HHIery,  30  West  Las  Flora 
Avenue,  Arcadia,  CaHf . 
Original  application  Apr.  1, 1968,  Scr.  No.  717,680.  Divided 
and  this  appttcatkm  Mar.  23,  1970,  Scr.  No.  24,930 
Int.  CL  FlSb  11 /OS,  13/04 
U.S.  a.  91—422  7  Clainis 


63H 


A  hydraulic  actuator,  which  is  particularly  adapted  for  use 
with  and  to  automatically  release  the  locicing  means  of  an  in- 
flight refueling  nozzle,  and  contains  a  cylinder  and  piston 
structure  connected  with  a  piston  rod,  the  piston  having  a 
piston  head  with  an  axial  flow  passage  controlled  by  a  valve 
nonnally  spring-urged  to  a  closed  position,  when  the  piston 
structure  is  in  a  holding  position  at  one  end  of  the  cylinder, 
but  adapted  to  open  under  a  suddenly  applied  hij^y  ac- 
celerating force  and  permit  movement  of  the  piston  to  the 
other  end  of  the  cylinder. 


3,668,977 
ACTUATOR  LOCK 
Glenn  S.  Bcidkr,  Elkhart,  Ind.,  nsrignnr  to  Pncumo  Dynamics 
Corporation,  Cleveland,  Oliio 

Filed  Nov.  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  89319 
Int.  CL  F15b  15/26 
U.S.a.92— 17  13  < 


An  actuator  lock  for  selectively  limiting  the  movements  of 
a  linear  actuator  comprising  an  axially  fixed  k>ck  shaft  having 
a  splined  portion  rotatable  into  and  out  of  alignment  with  a 
correspondingly  splined  portion  on  the  axially  movable  pmt 
of  the  actuator.  When  the  splined  portiom  on  the  lock  itaaft 
and  axially  movable  part  are  in  proper  alignment  with  each 
other,  the  axially  movable  part  is  free  to  move  axially  relative 
to  the  lock  shaft,  but  when  the  kxk  shaft  is  rotated  so  that 


486 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197S 


the  spUned  portions  are  out  of  alignment  with  each  other, 
axM  movement  is  limited  to  the  axial  clearance  between  the 
ends  of  the  spiined  portions.  The  relative  locations  and 
lengths  of  the  spiined  portions  on  the  lock  shaft  and  movable 
part  of  the  actuator  determine  the  lock  positions  and  extent 
of  permissible  axial  movement  when  the  lock  shaft  is  rotated 
to  a  locking  position. 


I  3,668,980 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  MANUFACTURING 
APERTURE  CARDS 
Frcdcrkfc  F.  Tone,  HoBcy,  N.Y.,  aasigiior  to  Eastman  Kodak 
Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Fled  Aug.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,f490 

Int.CLB31d 

U.S.  CL  93—1  R  28  ClaM 


3,668,978 

DIAPHRAGMS  FOR  HIGH  PRESSURE  COMPRESSORS 

AND  PUMPS 

John  C.  Bowcn,  Huntingdon  Valcy,  Pa.,  awignor  to  The  Du- 

riron  Company,  Inc.,  Dayton,  OMo 

FOed  Jane  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,957 

Int.  CLFOlb  79/00 

U.S.  a.  92-98  S  Clairo 


A  diaphragm  is  provided  for  high  pressure  pumps  and 
compressors  operating  at  pressures  of  the  order  of  30,000  psi 
and  higher,  the  diaphragm  having  a  greatly  extended  life  and 
comprising  a  meul  diaphragm  with  a  friction  reducing  and 
dirt  absorbent  film  in  contact  with  the  diaphragm  to  prevent 
fretting  corrosion.  The  film  can  be  on  the  diaphragm,  or  the 
clamping  portions  of  the  casing  in  engagement  with  the 
periphery  of  the  diaphragm,  or  on  both. 


3,668,979 
MANUFACTURING  PROCESS  FOR  A  FILE  FOLDER 
Andre  Raymond  Danid  Carivcn,  5,  rue  Saint  Pantaleon,  Tou- 
louse, France 

Filed  Oct.  7,  1969,  Scr.  No.  864,970 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Oct.  7, 1968, 5403; 

Nov.  29, 1968, 175902 

Int  CL  B31d 

U.S.CI.93— IR  4  Claims 


Apparatus  for  producing  an  aperture  record  card  from  ii 
substantially  continuous  web  of  cardstock  of  predeterminec 
thickness,  each  of  the  record  cards  having  a  shouldered  aper« 
ture  arranged  to  receive  a  film  chip  over  the  aperture.  The 
apparatus  comprises  the  combination  of  means  for  supplying 
a  substantially  continuous  web  of  the  cardstock  and  for  cont 
veying  the  web  along  a  predetermined  path.  Means  is  art 
ranged  to  emboes  the  web  as  it  is  moved  along  the  path,  for 
example  about  a  rotating  embossing  drum,  to  raise  a  portioi^ 
thereof  above  the  surface  of  the  surrounding  web.  The  enu 
bossing  means  is  arranged  to  raise  the  center  portion  highe^ 
than  the  peripheral  portion  of  the  web  being  embossed.  A 
grinding  means  is  spaced  from  one  surface  of  the  web  along 
the  path,  i.e.  peripherally  about  the  drum,  downstream  fron^ 
the  embossing  means  and  is  spaced  from  the  drum  a  distance 
greater  than  the  thickness  of  the  web  but  less  than  the  height 
of  both  portions  of  the  embossed  surface  of  the  web  abov^ 
the  drum  surface.  The  grinding  means  is  arranged  to  form  i 
rectangular  ground  area  on  the  raised  surface  of  the  webi 
Means  is  arranged  downstream  from  the  grinding  means  to 
apply  a  layer  of  a  fluid-impermeable  material,  such  as  molten 
thermoplastic,  to  the  ground  area  of  the  web  to  seal  and  pn> 
tect  the  surface  of  the  web.  Means  is  arranged  to  deembost 
the  ground  area,  and  means  is  arranged  to  form  an  aperturf 
through  the  web  in  the  ground  area. 


I 


3,668,981 
APPARATUS  FOR  SCORING  FIBER  CANS 
Charles  Henry  Turpin,  Louisvflle,  Ky.,  and  John  A.  Ryaij, 
JeffersonviUc,  Ind.,  aarignors  to  The  PfUsbury  Compan)(, 
Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Hkd  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,464 

lBLCLB3lb  1/16,1/34,43/00 

U.S.  CL  93—36^5  R  4  Clafan^ 


Process  for  manufacturing  file  folders  for  records  and 
documents,  said  file  folders  comprising  a  certain  number  of 
flaps,  with  one  face  of  each  flap  being  provided  with  three 
tiered  pockets  for  holding  the  docimients,  said  process  con- 
sisting of  using  two  sheets  of  flexible  material,  whereby  the 
narrowest  of  the  sheets  is  connected  to  the  widest  by  a 
stitching  or  by  a  line  of  ghie,  then  of  folding  over  the  two 
sheets  so  as  to  form  evenly  tiered  pockets,  all  objects  result- 
ing fhMn  said  process  and  arrangements  being  within  the 
scope  of  the  invention. 


The  outer  surface  of  the  body  of  a  fiber  can  is  scored  hy 
cutting  through  a  portion  of  its  thickness  from  the  outside 
thereof  with  a  cutting  blade  affixed  to  the  lower  end  of  a 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


487 


seaming  roll  which  simultaneously  crimps  the  lid  to  the  body 
wall  of  the  can.  The  cutting  blade  is  circular  in  configuration 
and  is  positioned  to  rotate  on  a  center  which  b  oflEset 
laterally  with  relation  to  the  center  shaft  of  the  seaming  roll. 
The  distance  that  the  rotation  axis  of  the  cutting  blade  is  off- 
set can  be  selectively  changed  to  precisely  control  the  cutting 
depth. 


A  machine  for  making  envelopes  has  an  apparatus  for  fold- 
ing the  closing  flap  of  envelopes  which  includes  a  rotary  pre- 
folding  cylinder  provided  with  fixed  abutment  edges  and  suc- 
tion holes,  a  mating  cylinder  having  a  rotary  folding  strip,  a 
stop  abutment  for  the  prefolded  envelope,  a  finish  folding 
cylinder  having  suction  holes  and  moving  in  the  opposite 
direction  to  the  prefolding  cylinder  and  a  pressing  segment 
cylinder  associated  with  the  finish  folding  cylinder. 


3,668,983 
VIBRATIONS  GENERATOR  WITH  MULTIPLE  SHAFTS 
IN  SERIES,  ESPECIALLY  FOR  VIBRATING  TAMPING 

MEANS 
Domcnko  DomenlglicCti,  Via  Nosetto  6,  BcOinzona,  Swltaer- 


IClaim 


3,668,984 

OPTICAL  CHARACTER  SPACING  SYSTEM  FOR 

PHOTOTYPESETTING 

Seymour    Rosin,    Massapcqna,    N.Y.,    aarignor    to    Harrh- 
Intcrtypc  Corpomtlon,  Ckvdnnd,  OMo 

FOed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,300 
IM.  a.  »4lh  2 1/22 
VS.  CL  95-4^  6  • 


3,668,982 
APPARATUS  FOR  FOLDING  THE  CLOSING  FLAP  OF 
ENVELOPES 
Kurt  Stcmmler,  Ncuwicd,  Germany,  assignor  to  Winkler  &    ^ 
DonncMer  Maschincnfabrik   und  Eisengieaacrei,  Ncuwicd 
Rhine,  Germany 

FHcd  Mar.  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  126,125 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  26, 1970,  P  20 

14  702.8 

Int.  CLB31b  27/00 

U.S.  CL  93-62  3  cWms 


Filed  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,075 
Int.  CL  EOlc  79/2^ 
VS.  CL  94—50  V 


L___^_..J 


A  character  image  projection  system  successively  projects 
image  bearing  li^t  beams  along  a  common  optical  axis 
toward  a  photosensitive  surface.  The  images  of  the  individual 
characters  are  spaced  on  the  photosensitive  surface  to  form 
lines  of  composition.  The  spacing  is  accomplished  by  coili- 
mating  the  image  bearing  li^t  beams,  then  diverting  the  col- 
limated  beam  by  means  of  a  movable  reflecting  surface  into  a 
refocusing  and  scan  lens  assembly  fitnn  which  the  light 
beams  emit  onto  the  photosensitive  surface.  The  position  of 
the  reflector  may  be  controlled  by  a  servo  mechanism  which 
responds  to  character  image  space  information  fit>m  a  com- 
puter. The  refocusing  and  scan  lens  aasembly  incorporates 
c<Mnpensatk>n  for  the  angular  potitica  of  the  reflecting 
member  whereby  the  character  images  remain  in  focus  and 
are  properly  spaced  even  though  the  photosensitive  surface  is 
maintained  flat  at  the  image  plane  of  the  system. 


3,668,965 
CAMERA  FLASH  INDICATING  SYSTEM 
Seikhl    Wazuml,    Toyoluwa,   Japan,    assignor   to 
Camera  Company  Limiled,  Osaka,  Japan 

FHcd  Dec  12, 1968,  Scr.  No.  783,241 
Int  CL  G03b  77/20.  GOIJ  7/52 
VS.  CL  95—10  C  7 


Minolta 


f5 


Vibrations  generator  especially  for  vibratiiig  tamping 
means,  characterized  in  that  it  comprises  a  plurality  of  rotat- 
ing shafts,  each  provided  with  its  own  eccentric  m— ei  and 
connected  to  each  other  in  series  by  means  <A  coupling  ele- 
ments ensuring  the  rotational  synchronism  and  tranmitting 
the  required  torque;  each  shaft  being  supported  by  a  single 
pair  of  rolling  bearings;  said  shafts  series  being  actuated  by  a 
device  which  applies  a  torque  to  at  least  one  of  the  two  ends 
of  said  shafts  series. 


A  camera  flash  indicating  signal  system  includes  a 
view  finder  and  a  mirror  loctted  in  the  finder  for  rcflectii^ 
light  from  a  transverse  path  to  the  finder  eyepiece.  A 
lens,  indicator  dement  and  electric  lamp  arc  spnced 
the  transverse  path.  The  indicator  element  is  located 
conjugate  position  of  the  eyepiece  throu^  tlie  iem 
lamp  is  visiMe  through  a  camera  fkom  window.  The  I 
connected  to  a  battery  through  a  series  connected  fint 


the 
»i» 


488 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


and  a  normally  open  second  twitch  coupled  to  the  camera 
shutter  button  for  closing  the  second  switch  before  shutter 
release.  The  first  switch  is  either  actuated  selectively,  or  by  a 
photocell  controlled  mechanism. 


June  18,  1972 


3,668,986 

UNDERWATER  IMAGING  SYSTEM  FOR  DEEP 

SUBMERGENCE  VEHICLES 

Irov  P.  Lcmairc,  Su  Gabriel,  Cam.,  aarignor  to  The  United 

States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Navy 

Filed  May  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  40,067 

Int.  CL  G03b  15103 

U.S.CL  95-11  4  Claims 


3,668,988 

EXPOSURE  CONTR(MJJNG  STRUCTURE  FOR 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS 
Dieter  Eiigilwiann,  UntertecMiv,  and  Rolf  Schroder,  Mu- 
nich, both  of  Germany,  aailgnors  to  AGFA-Gcvaret  Aktkn- 
gaeUschaft,  Lcvcrfcusen,  Gemany 

Filed  Nov.  5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  87,175 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Nov.  6, 1969,  P  19  55 

831.7 

Int.  CL  G03b  19/02,  9/02,  9/08 

UJS.  a.  95—1 1  R  14  Claims 


An  imaging  system  for  a  deep  submergence  vehicle  com- 
prising a  light  source;  positioning  means  mounted  on  the 
vehicle  for  selectively  extending  and  retracting  the  light 
source  with  respect  to  the  vehicle;  and  a  camera  receiver 
mounted  on  the  vehicle  for  viewing  the  area  lighted  by  said 
light  source. 


A  photographic  camera  wherein  the  diaphragm  is  adjusted 
by  a  scanning  member  which  scans  the  position  of  the  needle 
in  a  moving-coil  instrument.  The  scanning  member  is  free  to 
scan  the  needle  in  response  to  energization  of  an  electromag- 
net which  is  energizable  by  the  camera  release.  The  scanning 
member  then  opens  a  switch  which  deenergizes  the  elec- 
tromagnet whereby  the  latter  permits  an  impeller  to  propel 
the  blade  of  the  shutter  to  an  open  position  subsequent  to  ap- 
propriate adjustment  of  the  diaphragm. 


3,668,987 

ELECTRIC  SHUTTER  CONTROL  CIRCUITRY 

Toahio  Haywhi,  Osaka,  Japan,  aarignor  to  MinoMa  Camera 

Kabvshfti  KaMui,  Mtasami-ku,  Osaka,  Japan 

Filed  Aug.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66,766 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Aug.  29, 1969, 44/68755 

Int.  CL  G03b  7/16 
U.S.CL  95-11  R  4  Claims 


I 


3,668,989 
CAMERA  OPERATING  DEVICE 
Alfred   Winkler;    Anton   Thccr,   both   of   Munkh;   Johann 
Zanner,  Untcrhaching,  and  fVidolin  Hcnnig,  Munich,  all  of 
Germany 

FHed  Aug.  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  61,598 
Claims  priority,  appttcatkm  Germany,  Aug.  16, 1969,  P  19  41 

752.8 

Int.  CLG03b  79/00 

UAa.95— IIR  ISClalm^ 


Ftnt  and  second  switches  each  having  respective  first  and 
second  switdi  positions  establish  shutter  control  by  either  a 
fixed  timing  circuit  or  a  brightness  measuring  circuit  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  setting  of  a  distaiK:e  adjustment  ring.  The 
contactt  of  the  switches  are  mounted  on  a  routable  change 
over  ring  and  the  distance  adjustment  ring.  The  change  over 
ring  includes  means  for  setting  the  fla^  guide  number. 


A  still  camera  or  motion  picture  camera  wherein  a  wall  df 
the  housing  has  an  opening  for  a  firame  which  is  movable  in 
the  plane  of  such  wall  and  surrounds  a  diaphragm  which  is 
deformable  to  actuate  the  shutter.  Movements  of  the  firame 
with  reference  to  the  wall  are  used  to  actuate  one  or  more 
additional  switdies  which  control  the  motor  for  a  zoom  lens, 
to  open  or  complete  the  circuit  of  an  exposure  meter,  to  in- 
itiate or  terminate  a  fading  operation,  to  effect  rewinding  of 
film  and/or  to  initiate  or  terminate  other  operations  in  tht 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


489 


camera.  The  frame  can  perform  rotary,  pendulum,  reciproca- 
tory  and/or  other  movements  with  reference  to  the  housing. 


3,668,990 
PRINTED  CIRCUIT  GENERATOR 
Lawrence  P.  Hayes,  Johnson  City,  N.Y.,  aasignor  to  Interna- 
tional Business  Machines  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 
Filed  Dec.  10,  1969,  Ser.  No.  883,715 
Int.  CL  G03b  29/00 
U.S.CL  95—12  7  Claims 


Apparatus  for  exposing  incrementally  variable  length  lines 
on  a  photosensitive  surface  primarily  adapted  to  form  printed 
circuits.  An  elongated  slit  for  passing  light  is  covered  by  a 
plurality  of  independently  operable  gates,  each  controlling 
light  emission  from  a  unique  portion  of  the  slit.  Emitted  light 
is  then  controlled  by  a  shutter-lens  complex  to  impinge  on 
the  sensitized  surface  of  a  workpiece  which  can  be  indexed 
and  rotated  for  exposure  of  both  orthogonal  and  non- 
orthogonal  lines. 


3,668,991 
FOLDING  CAMERA 
Irving  ErIlchmaiO,  Wayland,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Polaroid  Cor- 
poration, Cambridge,  Mass. 

Filed  June  13,  1969,  Ser.  No.  832,945 

Int.  CI.  G03b  1 7/04 

\iJ&.  CL  95—39  31  Claims 


position  and  be  separated  for  more  compactness  in  the 
folded  position,  while  the  nnrror  fimctions  to  prevent  admis- 
sion of  light  into  the  camera  when  the  two  portions  are 
separated. 


3,668,992 
LENS  HOUSING  SUPPORT  LINKAGE  FOR  BELLOWS 
TYPE  CAMERAS 
Donald  M.  Harvey,  Rodicslcr,  N.Y.,  asslpinr  to 
Kodak  Company,  RodMstcr,  N.Y. 

FBed  May  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,679 
Int.  CLG03b  7  7/04 
U.S.  CL  95—39  4  < 


A  linkage  for  supporting  an  extendable  lens  housing  of  a 
bellows  type  camera  includes  two  identical  link  assemblies 
comprising  link  bars  maintained  in  symmetrical  relation  to 
each  other  by  meshed  spur  gear  segments.  The  compactness 
afforded  by  ^e  subject  linkage  construction  allows  the  link- 
age to  be  concealed  within  the  camera  bellows  without 
sacrificing  the  accuracy  with  which  the  lens  housing  is  main- 
tained in  parallelism  with  the  camera  body  member. 


3,668,993 
DEVICE  FOR  VIEWING  INDIOA 
Hiroshi  Kurie,  Tokyo-to,  Japui,  Mripinr  to  AiaM  Kogaku 
Kogyo  KabushlU  KaUw,  Tokyo-to,  Japan 

FUed  Aug.  1 1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62,896 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Aug.  27, 1969, 44/80767 

Int  CL  G02b  27/32;  G03b  19/12 
MS,  CL  95—42  10  < 


A  compact  folding  camera  of  the  self-developing  type 
comprising  a  housing  including  two  sectimis  coupled  by  a 
bellows  and  movable  relative  to  one  another  between  folded 
and  extended  positions.  One  section  includes  means  fat 
locating  a  ];rfiot06ensttive  element  in  positicHi  for  exposure 
and  means  for  processing  the  exposed  element.  The  second 
section  includes  an  objective  lens  and  a  mirror  for  reflecting 
light  from  the  lens  to  the  photosensitive  element  The  mirror 
is  movable  to  permit  viewing  through  the  lens.  The  second 
section  comprises  two  relatively  movable  portions,  one  in- 
cluding the  lens,  a  shutter,  components  of  a  viewing  and/or 
ranging  system,  and  a  motor  for  driving  the  shutter  and  the 
processing  means,  the  mirror  being  included  in  the  other  pot- 
tion  and  the  bellows  being  attached  thereto.  The  two  por- 
tions are  adapted  to  couple  with  one  another  in  the  extended 


A  device  for  viewing  one  of  a  plurality  of  indicia.  At  least 
one  pair  of  indicia  are  provided,  and  an  elongated  light- 
permeable  shaft  forms  a  carrier  which  carries  the  pair  of  in- 
dicia. The  indicia  are  angularly  displaced  by  1 8(f  about  the 
axis  of  the  shaft  and  are  axially  disfrfaced  therealong  by  a 
distance  at  least  equal  to  the  axial  space  occupied  along  the 
shaft  by  each  of  the  indicia.  A  transmission  is  available  to  the 
operator  for  rotating  the  shaft  about  its  axis,  and  in  one  angu- 
lar position  of  the  shaft  one  of  the  indicia  is  in  alignment  with 
a  frame  to  be  viewed  therethrough.  By  operating  the  trans- 


490 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


manon  it  i*  poMiUe  to  rotate  the  shaft  through  180°  while  at 
the  same  time  axially  displacing  the  shaft  by  a  distance  equal 
to  the  axial  distance  between  the  pair  of  in<ficia  in  a  direction 
which  will  enable  the  other  of  the  indicia  to  occupy  the  posi- 
tion formerly  occupied  by  the  first  of  the  indicia  when  the 
shaft  is  in  the  particular  angular  position  where  the  first  of 
the  indicia  is  in  alignment  with  the  frame,  so  that  in  this  way 
one  or  the  other  of  the  indicia  can  be  positioned  in  alignment 
with  the  frame  to  be  viewed  therethrough. 


June  IS,  1972 


to  respective  iris  leaves  and  pivoted  to  a  routable  setting 
ring,  further  includes  an  extra  leaf  pivoted  to  the  mounting 
ring  and  coupled  with  one  of  the  control  leaves  through  a  pin 
engaging  in  an  L-shaped  groove  whereby,  in  a  limited  in- 
wardly swung  position  of  the  iris  leaves,  further  rotation  of 
the  setting  ring  cams  the  extra  leaf  into  a  stop  position  ob- 
structing the  residual  aperture. 


3,66M94 

'     AUTOMATIC  DIAPHRAGM  APERTURE  ADJUSTING 

DEVICE  FOR  FLASH  PHOTOGRAPHY  W  CAMERA 

WITH  INTERCHANGEABLE  LENS 

YosMfusa  FuJH,  Kaindui  City,  Japan,  assignor  to  Minolta 

CaaMra  Kabmhik  Kalsha,  Mlnamiku,  Osaka,  Japan 

FUcd  Nov.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  879,014 

Claims  priority,  appHcaliM  Japui,  Nov.  25, 1968, 43/86242 

Int.  CL  G03b  7J16,  9/02, 1 7114 
MS.  CL  95—64  A  5  Claims 


A  diaphragm  aperture  adjusting  device  automatically  de- 
tectt  the  displacement  of  the  inner  cylinder  of  an  in- 
terchangeable lens  which  is  set  to  a  distance  value  for  focus- 
ing. The  diaphragm  aperture  of  the  lens  is  automatically  con- 
trolled to  the  value  in  accordance  with  the  displacement  of 
the  inner  lens  cylinder  by  adjusting  members  for  flash 
photography  provided  in  the  camera  body.  When  various  in- 
terchangeable lenses  with  different  axial  displacements  are 
employed,  the  adjustment  to  compensate  for  the  difference  is 
made  to  provide  proper  aperture  values. 


3,668,995 
nUS  DIAPHRAGM  WTTH  EXTRA  LEAF  FOR  COMPLETE 

CLOSURE 
Klaus  BardiMzky,  Bad  KmaMd^  Gcnany,  assignor  to  Jos 
Sdmddcr  &  Co.,  Bad  Ifrtiiniarh,  Germany 

Filed  Dsc.  18, 1969,  Ssr.  No.  886,425 
Claims  priority,  appMcaHoB  Gcmavy,  Dec  18, 1968,  P  18  15 

349.6 

Int.  CL  G03b  9106 

U.S.  CL  95—64  R  7  Clain« 


I 


Harold  E. 
N.Y., 
N.Y. 


FLUID  DISPENSING  APPARATUS 
Priffar,  and  Ralph  A.  KoM,  both  of  Rochester, 
to  Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rochester, 


Filed  Oct  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80^56 
Int.  CL  G03d  5104 
VS.  CL  95—89 


12  Claims 


A  device  in  wluch  a  disc  member  rotating  at  high  speed  ex 
pels  a  fluid  or  processing  solution  which  is  directed  into  1 
vortex  generated  by  the  disc  member.  The  vortex  causes  the 
solution  to  be  spread  uniformly  over  a  relatively  wide  area. 
With  this  manner  of  operation,  the  device  is  capable  d 
operating  with  very  small  quantities  of  processing  solutions. 
In  another  embodiment  of  the  invention,  a  plurality  of  such 
dispensing  devices  can  be  arranged  in  a  serial  relationship  so 
as  to  process  or  treat  a  moving  strip  of  material  in  a  continu- 
ous manner  by  subjecting  the  mate;rial  successively  to  dif- 
ferent types  oi  processing  solutions. 

3,668,997 
PROCESSING  OF  PHOTOGRAPHIC  MATERIAL 
Stmon  Ratopriky,  Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada,  sssignnr  to  WH^ 
Uam  C.  Jcphcott,  Toronto,  Ontario;  Jean  M.  Rkhard,  Wilt 
k>wdak,  Ontario  and  Ontario  Dcvckipment  Corporation^ 
Ontario,  Canada 

Filed  Aog.  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  848,042 
Clafans  priority,  appMcaUon  Great  Britafai,  Aug.  10, 1968, 

38333/68 

Int.  CL  G03d  3104 

VS.  CL  95—93  28  Claln^ 


An  iris  diaphragm  with  a  set  of  iris  leaves,  pivoted  to  a 
fixed  mounting  ring,  and  a  set  of  control  leaves,  articulated 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  the  processing  of  photo- 
graphic material  in  which  the  material  is  mounted  arcuatelr 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


4»1 


in  a  carrier  which  is  horizontally  disposed  with  respect  to  the 
axis  of  arcuation,  charged  in  its  lower  portion  with  processing 
liquid,  and  moved  about  the  axis  of  arcuation  while  at  the 
same  time  the  liquid  is  oscillated  in  a  non-horizontal  plane 
about  a  fulcrum  to  produce  a  wave  form  travelling  back  and 
forth  in  the  liquid  parallel  to  the  axis  of  arcuation.  A  web 
mount  may  carry  the  photographic  material  in  the  carrier, 
preferably  a  web  formed  of  polytetrafluoroethylene. 


3,668,998 

AIR  RETURN  SCOOP  FOR  AIR  HANDLING 

LUMIN  AIRES 

James  C.  Johnson,  Arlington,  Tex.,  and  Winfricd  Nddcr- 

Wcstennana,  VIcksburg,  Miss.,  assignors  to  Westinghouse 

Electric  Corporation,  Ptetsburgh,  Pa. 

Filed  Feb.  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  9,563 

Int.  CLF21V  29/00 

U.S.  CL  98-40  DL  2  Claims 


connected  to  the  blade  shaft  by  means  providing  for  relative 
angular  movement  between  the  Made  and  the  counterweight 
In  normal  dosed  position  the  blade  closes  against  a  stop  or, 
when  there  is  a  fdurality  of  blades  in  the  damper,  each  blade 
closes  against  the  adjacent  blade  and/or  its  shaft  which  thus 
functions  as  a  stop.  If  and  when  a  sudden  back  pressure  oc- 
curs, the  abrupt  gaseous  flow  impinges  on  the  blade.  Because 
of  the  relative  angular  movement  between  the  blade  and  the 
counterweight,  the  blade  starts  to  move  toward  the  closed 
position  almost  unhampered  by  the  inertia  of  the  counter- 
weight. The  blade  swings  closed,  shar|dy  striking  hs  stop  and 
flexes  upon  impact.  Because  the  blade  and  the  counterwei^ 
can  move  angularly  relative  to  each  other,  the  counterweight 
moves  beyond  its  normal  closed  position  in  order  to  absorb 
at  least  a  part  of  the  kinetic  energy  of  the  counterweight  A 
shock  absorbing  means  may  be  positioned  in  line  to  be  im- 
pacted by  the  counterweight  after  passing  itt  normal  ckised 
position  in  order  to  absorb  any  remaining  kinetic  energy  of 
the  counterweight. 


3,668,999 
FLUID  BACK  PRESSURE  DAMPER 
Raymond  L.  Alcy,  Toledo;  Gcorse  F.  HartmM,  Jr.,  Maumec, 
and  John  D.  EwaM,  Toledo,  iril  of  Olrio,  asslgnini  to  The 
American  Warning  A  Vcnifladiv,  Inc.,  Tdedo,  Ohio 
Filed  Sept  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  73,727 
Int  CL  F24f  13114 
U.S.CL  98—110  12 


A  fluid  back  pressure  damper  having  at  least  one  counter- 
balanced pivoted  blade  which  is  swung  open  by  the  flow  of  a 
gaseous  fluid  against  the  blade  and,  under  normal  conditions, 
which  is  swung  ckMed  by  the  mass  of  a  counterweight  when 
the  gaseous  flow  ceases.  The  blade  is  mounted  on  a  trans- 
verse shaft  along  a  line  spaced  from  its  median  line  and  is 
fabricated  from  flexible  sheet  material.  The  counterweight  is 


An  air  handling  luminaire  including  a  trofter  and  a  light 
transmissive  air  handling  door  assembly  which  includes  air 
return  passages  in  opposite  ends  of  the  door  assembly  con- 
structed and  arranged  to  direct  air  returning  through  the 
passages  away  from  the  lamp  cavity  toward  the  side  walls  of 
the  troffer  housing  to  thereby  completely  exclude  Ught  from 
exiting  from  the  fixture  through  the  air  return  passages.  The 
air  return  passages  further  having  included  therein  a  variably 
positioned  dampening  mechanism  to  control  the  volume  of 
air  returning  through  the  air  return  passages. 


3,669,000 
CELLULOSE  ETHER  FOAM  STABILIZERS  FOR  MALT 
BEVERAGES 
Edward  Segd,  Chevy  Ckase,  Md.,  wmA  Kenneth  G.  ScMM, 
Midland,  Mfeh.,  essi^ors  to  The  Dow  Chcnriari  CoopM^, 
^adland,  ^Och.  and  NOks  Laberstorisa,  Inc.,  rirhl.  Ind^ 
part  interest  to  cadi 

FDed  Sept  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  855,275 
Int  CL  C12h //;•« 
U.S.  CL  99—48  14 


£0 


'■iS^ 


»wwU4 


O  0L«  04  A«  — 

Cr-C4  HydroxyalkyI  carboxymethyl  cellulose  ethers  having 
a  Cr-C4  hydrox)^yI  MS  of  at  least  about  1.2  and  a  carbox- 
ymethyl DS  of  about  0.2-0.6  are  superior  ceOukise  ether 
foam  stabilizers  for  carbonated  mah  beverages.  They  are 
compatible  with  chemical  pasteurizing  agents  and  can  be 
used  to  improve  the  foam  properties  of  beverages  so  treated. 


3,669,001 
CUP  ASSEMBLY 
Dowdd  B.  Asen,  Bala  Cyawyd.  Pa., 
Inc.,  VaBcy  Forge,  Pa. 

Ficd  Apr.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,736 
Int  CL  A23I  l/OO;  B65d  83/06,  79/00 
VS.  CL  99—78  3 


to  Bev  Maid, 


Tapered  cups  of  foam  polymeric  material  containing  a 
comestible  food  product  are  provkled  with  a  cover  cooperat- 


492 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  19721 


ing  with  the  interior  surface  of  the  cup.  the  cover  has  a 
rounded  peripheral  flange  force-fit  with  the  interior  surface 
of  the  cup  and  a  curved  peripheral  tip  forming  a  secondary 
seal  with  the  cup  interior  surface. 


3,669,002 
DEVICE  FOR  HEATING  FRANKFURTERS  AND  THE 

UKE 
Briaa  Y.  Davidson,  34  Pincway  Boulevard,  WiUowdak,  On- 
tario, Canada 

Filed  May  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39,734 

Int.  CI.  A47j  27/62 

VS.  Ch  99—327  2  Claims 


tive  food  package.  First  and  second  clamps  are  supported  by! 
the  enclosure  means  and  clampingly  engage  first  and  second 
edge  portions  of  the  conductive  food  package,  respectively,, 
so  that  the  electrical  current  passes  directly  through  the  food 
package  and  at  least  some  of  the  food  contained  therein  to 
rapidly  and  effectively  heat  the  food. 


3,669,004 
TOASTEROVEN 
John  L.  Eaton,  Jr.,  Delanco,  N  J.;  Kenneth  L.  Richard,  New 
ton  Square,  and  Wahcr  M.  Schwartz,  Jr.,  Philadelphia, 
both    of    Pa.,    assignors    to    Proctor-SHex    Incorporated, 
Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Filed  Aug.  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  60,468 

Inta.A47J  27/62 

U.S.  CI.  99—331  10  Claim^ 


A  device  for  heating  a  franlcfurter  and  ejecting  the  frank- 
furter when  it  is  ready  to  be  served.  The  frankfurter  is 
located  in  a  desired  orientation  and  heated  by  at  least  one 
electric  heating  element.  An  ejector  mechanism  is  coupled  to 
a  control  lever  so  that  once  the  frankfurter  has  been  heated, 
the  control  lever  may  be  nioved  to  eject  the  frankfurter.  A 
timer  can  be  incorporated  in  the  device  to  activate  the  ejec- 
tor automatically  when  a  predetermined  time  interval  has 
elapsed.  The  timer  also  switches  off  the  electrical  heating  ele- 
ment when  the  franlcfurter  has  been  heated. 


3,669,003 

FOOD  HEATING  DEVICE 

Leonard  Tony  King,  4109  Cedar  Avenue,  Loog  Bench,  Calif. 

ConrinnatioiiHin-pnrt  of  appBcarton  Ser.  No.  629^15,  Apr.  7, 

1967,  now  abandoned.  TMs  appBcation  June  22, 1970,  Ser. 

No.  48,209 

IntCLA47J  27/62 

UACL  99-331  II  Claims 


A  toaster-oven  comprising  a  plurality  of  readily  releasabic 
components  including  a  chassis  component,  an  end  panel 
component  and  four  heating  element  components.  The  chas- 
sis component  comprises  a  common  heating  chamber  whichj, 
having  unique  venting  of  the  toasting  thermostat,  receives  k 
vertically  positioned,  food  supporting  carriage  movabl^ 
therein  in  a  toast  mode  from  food  receiving  position  to  foo^ 
toasting  position  and  which  receives  a  grill  component  i^ 
horizontal  position  movable  therein  in  an  oven  mode  from 
food  receiving  position  to  food  cooking  position.  The  heating 
element  componentt  are  related  to  the  reflecting  surfaces  c^ 
the  common  heating  chamber  so  that,  in  conjunction  wit^ 
modulation  of  the  power  input  to  certain  of  the  element  con^ 
ponents,  effective  cooking  in  both  the  toast  and  oven  modes 
of  operation  is  obtained.  Thus,  a  readily  serviceable  and  e^ 
fective  multipurpose  appliance  is  disclosed. 


1 


3,669,005  ^ 

IREAM  nLLER  APPARATUS 

James   Fuilerton,   Leonia,   NJ.,   aarignor  to   International 

Tdepbonc  and  Telegraph  Corporation,  Nutiey,  NJ. 

Fikd  June  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  42,639 

Int.  CI.  A2  Ic  9/00;  A23g  / 120 

U.S.  CI.  99-450.1  10  Clain^ 


This  disclosure  describes  a  food  heating  device  for  heating 
and  cooking  food  items  such  as  TV-dinners  which  are 
prepackaged  in  standard  electrically  conductive  containers. 
The  device  includes  a  rigid  enclosure  having  a  base  and  a 
cover  for  providing  access  to  the  interior  of  the  enclosure  to 
allow  insertion  or  removal  of  the  food  package.  The  food 
package  is  supported  on  the  base  and,  a  step-down  trans- 
former supplies  low  voltage  electrical  power  to  the  conduc- 


A  cream  filler  apparatus  is  provided  for  handling  pans  con- 
uining  cake  products  which  are  to  be  filled  with  cream  firan 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


488 


a  common  hopper  by  a  cream  injecting  nozzles.  The  ap- 
paratus includes  parallel  conveying  belts  which  move  the 
pans  to  two  waiting  stops  which  are  selectively  activated,  and 
the  pan,  when  positioned,  is  raised  by  a  lifting  frame.  The  lift- 
ing frame  is  pivotally  mounted  at  one  end  and  intermittently 
moved  by  a  lifter  assembly  under  the  control  of  a  driven  cam. 


3,669,006 
APPLIANCE  FOR  AND  METHOD  OF  PASTRY  MAKING 
Maurice  Wm.  Lee,  Sr.,  P.O.  Box  25,  Boley,  Okla. 
FUed  Oct.  23,  1970,  Ser.  No.  83,549 

Int.CLA21cy//00 
U.S.  CI.  99-450.3  4  ClainM 


A  hot  plate  type  base,  having  a  hingedly  connected  lid-like 
top  frame  or  cover,  is  provided  with  pie  dough  and  pie  filling 
receptacles  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  base.  Heated  plates, 
pivotally  mounted  by  the  top,  are  respectively  provided  with 
pie  dough  edge  trimming  and  crimping  dies  and  pie  dough 
shaping  dies  in  registering  relation  with  respect  to  the  recep- 
tacles on  the  base.  The  device  forms  a  grill  when  the  recepta- 
cles and  dies  are  removed  from  the  base  and  cover. 


3,669,007 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  ROLLING  AND 

TUCKING  FILLED  FOODSTUFFS 

Louis  Pulid,  1202  Point  Mew  Street,  Los  Angdcs,  CaHf. 

Filed  June  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  47,95 1 

IntCLA23gi/00 

U.S.  CL  99—450.6  20 


between  compression  belts  which  compress  the  outer  wrap 
edge  to  the  fint  outer  roD  layer. 

Foodstufb  which  are  tucked  as  wdl  as  rolled  may,  after 
the  first  partial  fold  is  made,  be  paned  between  converging 
guides  which  (rfow  the  longitudinal  edges  ai  the  wrap  up- 
wardly and  inwardly  to  form  side  tudcs  which  then  are  also 
rcdled  with  the  body  of  the  wrap  and  (IBer  by  the  method  and 
apparatus  described  above.  Preferably  the  engaging  forks  are 
caused  to  rotate  by  a  gear  and  rack  arrangement  which  sup- 
ports the  forks  on  opposite  sides  ci  the  conveyor  such  that 
they  may  be  cammed  toward  and  away  from  the  conveyor 
platens. 


3,669,008 

METHOD  TOR  PREVENTING  THE  MXXNlMATiON  €3¥ 

FOLMa>  NEWSPAPERS,  MAGAZINES  ETC.  DURING 

THE  TRANSPORT  THEREOF  IN  FLAKELIKE 

SUPERPOSED  STACKS 

Wahcr  Rdit,  Bbm%  ZMrkk,  SwteriMMl,  Mrigaor  to  Fcn«. 

Fehr  &  Rcist  A.G.,  HInwl,  Zwkh,  SwUaeriand 

Filed  JuM  1 1,  1970,  Ser.  No.  45,397 

Claims  priority,  appHcalioa  Aartria,  June  II,  1969,  A 

5529/69 

lat  CL  B30b  13/00 

U.S.CL100— 35  4( 


A  method  for  preventing  the  deformation  of  folded 
newspapers,  magazines  etc.  during  the  transport  thereof  in 
flakelike  superposed  stacks  comprises  forming  one  or  several 
stiffening  scores  on  the  folding  line,  said  sc<m«s  being 
preferably  arranged  perpendicular  to  the  folding  line. 


3,669,009 
REFUSE  COMPACTOR 
Thomas  H.  Pratt,  RFD  No.  1,  CoKord,  N  JL,  and  Mldwcl  L. 
Ricgcr,  B«x  337,  Pafaner,  Alaska 

Filed  Nov.  30,  1970,  Ser.  No.  93,563 
Int.  CL  B30b  J  5/16 
VS.  CL  100-52 


The  method  and  apparatus  take  an  outer  food  wrap  or  en- 
velope and  place  it  upon  one  of  a  plurality  of  continuously 
moving  platens,  each  with  a  hinged  section,  upon  a  conveyor 
and  processes  each  platen  with  its  wrap  beneath  an  auto- 
matic filler  tank.  The  hinged  portion  of  the  platen  is  then 
folded  to  make  a  first  transverse  fold  in  the  wrap  about  the 
filler,  and  then  the  wrap  is  engaged  with  opposed  reciprocat- 
ing transverse  forks  which  roll  the  filled  wrap  upon  itself 
about  a  line  transverse  to  the  conveyor  travel.  The  rolled 
foodstuff  is  then  sprayed  with  a  binder  liquid  and  passed 


This  invention  provides  a  refuse  compactor  which  com- 
presses household  trash  and  garbage  into  odor  and  moisture- 


494 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


proof  bags  and  teals  the  bap  to  prevent  re-expansion  or 
leakage.  This  device  utilizes  hydraulic  pressure  from  a  home 
water  pressure  system  to  actuate  a  double-action  piston 
which  is  controlled  by  means  of  a  four-way  valve.  The  dou- 
Ue-action  piston  is  connected  to  actuate  a  compression  plate 
to  compact  the  trash  and  garbage  into  the  bag  within  a  com- 
paction chamber  and  to  retract  the  compression  plate  to 
thereby  allow  the  user  to  remove  the  compacted  load.  The 
compaction  chamber  is  hinged  to  tUt  outwardly  to  aUow 
removal  of  the  bag  filled  with  the  compressed  trash  and  gar- 
bage. 


impermeable  zones,  the  permeable  zones  putting  into  com 
munication  with  each  other  the  two  faces  of  the  strip  are 
each  subjected  to  a  progressive  contraction  moving  from  the 
face  in  contact  with  the  suspension  towards  the  free  face  of 
the  support.  The  compression  pressure  is  obtained  by  passing 
the  suspension-strip  combination  between  press  cylinders. 


J. 


3,669,010 
IMPROVEMENTS  IN  GARBAGE  COMPACTORS 

Swcdm,  aHli^or  to  irmiiilwlM  AB,  Valsatuna,  Sweden 

nbd  Apr.  S,  1969,  S«r.  No.  814329 

aaima  priority.  appHadioa  SNwdwi.  Apr.  1 1, 1968, 4953/68 

InL  CL  B30b  15/ J8 
VS.  CL  100—52  6 


3,669,012 

APPARATUS  FOR  REMOVING  MOISTURE 

Franz  P.  Ncbd,  Muhlbcrg  11,  A  5132  Gcrctabcrf,  AiMlria 

F1M  May  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38346 

Claims  priority,  appJction  Anrtria,  Apr.  8, 1970, 3189/70 

Int  CL  B30b  9/20 

U.S.  CL  100— 131  9ClainM 


•- 

j» 

III 

k» 

/rj^^~ 

~1 

feSffi" 

■    a 

■V-7S 

■■"      \. 

"I  r    i 

■  - 
■ 

.-I 

In  a  garbage  compactor  for  compressing  refuse  and  other 
waste  material  in  open  containers  by  a  vertically  operating 
device  comprising  a  pbton  and  a  piston  rod  driven  by  an 
electric  motor  by  a  transmission  means,  a  means  activated  by 
compression  forces  exerted  against  the  downward  movement 
of  the  piston  to  automatically  return  the  piston  to  an  inactive 
position  above  the  upper  ed^  portion  of  the  container  by  a 
change  in  the  direction  of  rotation  of  the  electric  motor. 


Apparatus  for  removing  moisture  from  flowable  materijil 
by  the  actions  of  pressure  and  vacuum  comprises  a  housing 
provided  with  an  inlet  suction  opening  and  a  discharge  con- 
duit, a  hoUow  piston  rouubly  mounted  in  said  housing  and 
having  a  liquid-permeable  shell,  said  piston  is  oval  in  cross- 
section  and  defines  within  said  piston  a  cavity  and  with  said 
housing  a  handling  chamber  having  a  suction  end  and  a 
discharge  end,  a  backed  gate  mounted  in  said  housing,  a 
mechanism  positively  maintaining  said  gate  in  sealing  contact 
with  said  shell  between  said  discharge  and  suction  ends,  a 
vacuum  pump  and  a  liquid  pump  connected  to  said  cavity, 
and  an  adjustable  throttle  valve  controlling  the  cross-section 
of  said  discharge  conduit.  ">  "^ 


3,669,013 

^  CITRUS  FRUIT  SQUEEZER 

Jacob  Stdn,  210  East  Broadway,  New  York,  N.Y. 

nied  June  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47,737 

Int.  CL  B30b  5/02 

U.S.CL  100—211 


3,669,011 

METHOD  OF  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CONTINUOUS 

EXTRACTION  OF  UQUID  FROM  A  PASTY  SUSPENSION 

Guy    JacqufHn,    Grenoble,    France,    aHignor    to    Centre 

Technique  de  Llndustrie  dcs  Papicrs,  Cartons  ct  CcUuloscs, 

Grenobk-Garc,  Iscre,  France 

Filed  June  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47,037 
Claims  priority,  appHcalkm  France,  June  20, 1969, 6920821 

int  CL  B30b  9/24 
U.S.CL  100—118  4  Claims 


2Claiins 


A  device  for  the-  continuous  extraction  of  a  liquid  from  a 
pasty  suspensi<m  arranged  in  a  layer  on  a  support  strip  com- 
prising elastically  deformable  permeable  zones  separated  by 


A  disposable  one  piece  plastic  container  for  a  cut  piece  of 
citrus  fruit  which  comprises  a  hinge  member  integrally  con- 
necting two  semi-circular  parts,  each  having  a  senu-circular 
rim  around  the  outer  semi-circular  portion  thereof,  one  of 
said  parts  having  a  semi-circular  raised  portion  with  walls 
parallel  to  one  of  said  semi-circular  rims  to  enter  the  cut 
piece  of  fruit  inside  the  rind,  the  semi-circular  rim  on  tlie 
other  semi-circular  part,  entering  the  channel  formed 
between  said  paraUel  parts  to  prevent  backflow  of  the  fhtit 
juice,  and  an  opening  in  said  plastic  hinge  member. 


Tttilti:«     1Q      IQTO 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


405 


3,669,014 

MEANS  INCLUDiNG  TWO  DIE  SETS  FOR  EMBOSSING 

AND  APPLYING  FOIL  TO  A  SHEET 

EuffHM  S.  Spnw,  LMumd;  PMl  F.  McGrath,  Prrirtc  VBi«t, 

both  €i  Kam.,  and  StMdsy  W.  Otio,  Platte  City,  Mo.,  aa> 

aifnors  to  HaUnark  Cards,  IncorporaUd,  Kansas  CHy,  Mo. 

FDed  Ai«.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  854,105 

Int.  CL  B41k  3/14;  B44b  5/00;  B41c  1/08 

VS.  CL  101—3  R  11  aalms 


3,669,015 

NUMBERING  MECHANISM  FOR  AUTOMATIC 

PRINTING  OF  ORDER  NUMBERS  OR  THE  LIKE  IN 

LETTERS 

Richard  KUngspor,  Bandhagen,  and  John  Alebrant,  Johan- 

ncdMv,  both  of  Sweden,  tmigiton  lo  EaMke  AB,  Stockholm. 

Sweden 

FUed  June  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  837,192 
Claims  priority,  appBcatloa  Sweden,  June  27, 1968,  8811/68 

Int.  CL  B41J  1/22, 1/60 
VS.  CL  101—76  9  Clahm 


letter-written  form  on  value  prints,  distinguished  by  compri^ 
ing  number  wheels  carrying  on  their  periphery  the  rc^)ectiv« 
numbers  in  letters,  the  first  or  units  number  wheel  over  the 
numerals  in  the  series  "one"  to  "nine"  also  carrying  the  nu- 
merals in  the  series  "10"  to  "9"  i.e.  in  total  19  numerals, 
while  the  IDs  number  wheel  is  provided  with  the  eight  nu- 
merals in  the  series  "20"  to  "90"  and  a  ninth  numeral-five 
position  at  itt  periphery,  said  pootion  preferably  being  filled 
by  a  counterfeit-protecting  block  or  screen,  all  number 
wheels  furthermore  carrying  a  10th  numeral-free  position  at 
their  periphery,  said  position  also  preferably  being  filled  by  a 
counterfeit-protecting  block  or  screen. 


3,669,016 

SELECTIVE  PRINTER  INCLUDING  SETTABLE, 

RESILIENTLY  DRIVEN  TYPE  WHEELS 

Hermann  Kittel,  Stockheimer  Str.  16,  6  Frankfurt  am  Main, 

Germany 

FDed  Apr.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  28,621 
Clafans  priority,  appttcatioB  Germany,  Apr.  17,  1969,  P  19  19 

404.8 
InL  CL  B41J  7/48,  5/44 
VS.  CL  101-93  C  6 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  dry  engraving  sheets  of 
material  wherein  the  method  includes  holding  a  sheet  fixed  in 
a  first  position  while  die  stamping  a  layer  of  decorative  foil 
thereon  to  present  a  specific  design,  shifting  the  sheet  to  a 
second  position  in  alignment  with  an  embossing  die  while 
retaining  control  over  the  sheet  during  shifting  thereof,  and 
holding  the  sheet  fixed  in  the  second  position  while  em- 
bossing the  sheet  to  form  raised  areas  thereon  underlying  the 
foil  design  impression  in  exact  registration  therewith  to  simu- 
late an  engraved  design.  The  apparatus  includes  a  pair  of 
side-by-side,  oppositely  reciprocable  shuttle  bars  each  having 
a  series  of  vacuum  ports  therein  which  communicate  with  a 
vacuum  source  in  timed  relationship  to  the  reciprocation  of 
the  respective  bars.  The  shuttle  bars  thereby  alternately  shift 
new  sheets  into  position  for  processing  and  cooperate  to 
simultaneously  hold  fixed  one  sheet  for  foil  design  stamping 
thereof  and  another  sheet  for  strategic  area  emboning 
thereof.  " 


3,669,017 
SHEET  SENSING  MECHANISM 
AMicrt  George  Ronald  Gates, 


FBcd  Feb.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,962 
B  Claims  priority,  appBcatlon  Great  Britain,  Feb.  26, 1969, 

'  10^19/69 

InL  CL  B41ff  13140 
VS.  CL  101-235  8 

Printing  apparatus  including  a  movable  timet 
member  cooperabie  with  a  driven  slatted  sheet 
A  numbering  mechanism  for  automatic  printing  of  coun-    member  so  that  a  passing  sheet  in  contact  with  said 
terfeit-protectingsutementtof  order  numbers  and  the  like  in   member  wiU  cover  the  slot  and  cauM  the 


bonuHorevvo   i>«EEHrM0CHEO 


2KiSN 


/ 


Apparatus  is  provided  for  printing  available  coded  data 
having  type  wheels  individually  arrestaUe  in  a  printing  posi- 
tion and  resiliently  connected  to  a  drive  shaft  through 
springs.  Idler  means  are  provided  for  each  type  wheel  and 
each  idler  means  if  firmly  coupled  with  iti  respective  type 
wheel  and  resiliently  driven  by  a  shaft.  Means  including  at 
least  two  locking  wheeb  are  positioned  independently  of 
each  idler  means  and  of  each  other,  with  the  means  including 
the  locking  wheels  being  resiliently  driven  by  the  shaft.  In  ad- 
dition, meaiu  are  provided  for  arresting  each  locking  wheel, 
with  each  said  locking  wheel  being  provided  with  stop  means 
for  avoiding  advancement  of  the  idler  means  as  comfMred  to 
each  of  the  locking  wheels,  with  the  arresting  means  con- 
trolled by  the  data  to  be  printed  consecutively,  being  en- 
gaged altematingly,  one  each  for  one  printing  operation. 


496 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


be  urged  into  a  sheet  present  position  to  disenaUe  the  pres- 
sure roUer  raising  mechanism.  Absence  of  a  sheet  permits  the 


transferable  paper  for  receiving  a  thermographically 
reproduced  hectographic  mirror  image  thereon.  The  bottom 
sheet  is  a  relatively  heavy  weight  paper  for  receiving  a  pres- 
sure reproduced  hectographic  mirror  image  of  pressure 
formed  markings  on  the  bottom  sheet. 


sensing  member  to  enter  the  slot  and  thereby  remain  in  a 
sheet  absent  position. 


Jt>  /o 


1  3^9,020 

FIREBOMB  IGNITER  DEVICES  AND  COMPONENTS 
THEREFOR 

Hal  R.  Waite,  Fort  Wahon  Beach,  and  Cari  F.  Lucy,  Niceville, 
both  of  Fla.,  assignnn  to  Ordnance  Research  Incorporated, 
Fort  WaUoB  BcKh,  Fla. 

Filfl  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  3S,019 

IbL  CL  F42b  25114 

MS.  CI.  102—6         ^  5  CUn^ 


3,669,018 
LONG-WEARING  SILVER-HALIDE  GELATIN  OFFSET 
PRINTING  PLATE 
Charles  E.  Whcdock,  Boukkr,  CokK,  assignor  to  Interna- 
tional Business  Machines  Corporation,  Armonli,  N.Y. 
Filed  Sept  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,523 
Int.  CL  B41n  llOO,  3100;  G03f  7102 
U.S.  CL  101—456  7  Claims 

A  long-wearing  silver-halide  gelatin  ofEset  printing  plate 
having  a  photosensitive  emulsion  layer  of  about  3  mils  on  a 
metal  base,  preferaUy  aluminum,  which  is  subjected  to  long 
development,  after  light  exposure,  with  a  tanning  developer 
and  which  is  thereafter  belied  for  from  520  to  30  seconds  at 
a  temperature  of  from  275"  C  to  375*  C  to  thereby  achieve  a 
hardened  film  of  uniform  thickness.  The  thickness  of  the 
hardened,  baked  film  at  the  point  of  first  wear  on  the  printing 
plate  varies  from  about  3  to  7  microns.  In  comparison  with 
the  number  of  good  quality  prints  obtainable  from  heretofore 
known  plates,  e.g.,  SOD  to  1,000  prints,  the  present  plate 
gives  from  20.000  to  500,000  good  quality  prints. 


3,669,019 

DUAL  PURPOSE  HECTOGRAPmC  MASTER  UNIT 

Victor  Barouh,  Wcatbury,  L.  L;  Robert  Gknn,  Forest  Hills, 

both  ol  N.V.,  and  LooIb  Rok,  Uvingston,  N  J.,  assignors  to 

Eaton  ADen  Corp.,  Brooklyn,  N.Y.,  by  said  Rose 

FDed  Nov.  3, 1969,  Ser.  No.  873,576 

Int.  CL  B41m  5116, 5/18 

VJS,  CL  101-470  1  Claim 


Firebomb  igniter  devices  designed  to  spread  hundreds  o ' 
burning  particles  over  wide  areas  are  constructed  from  a 
stack  of  ring-shaped  wafers  encased  in  a  canister  surrounding 
an  explosive  fuse  unit.  The  wafers  are  compression  molded 
powder  mixtures  of  combiutible  metal  and  fluoroalkylenf 
polymer,  e.g.,  magnesium  metal  and  polytetrafluoroethyleni 
compacted  to  about  70  to  95  percent  of  ultimate  density. 
Upon  detonation  of  the  igniter  device,  the  wafers  break  into 
hundreds  of  small  particles  that  disseminate  to  distances  of 
100  feet  or  more  and  bum  for  several  seconds  providing  igni- 
tion points  for  areas  of  friel  concentration  within  a  firebom^ 
pattern. 


3,669,021 

MILD  DETONATING  FUSE  LOGIC  COMPONENTS 

John  H.  Spencer,  Fredericksburg;  Richard  T.  Ramsey,  Dah|> 

gren,  and  Warren  L.  GObertson,  Fredericksburg,  aD  of  \u^ 

assignors  to  The  United  States  of  America  as  represented  by 

the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

FDed  Aug.  27, 1969,  Ser.  No.  854,812 

Int.  CL  F42c  I5f00;  F42d  1/04 

US.  CL  102-22  15  Clain* 


A  master  unit  for  hectograirfiic  duplication  comprising  a 
folder  including  a  top  sheet  joined  to  a  bottom  sheet  forming 
a  file.  A  transfer  sheet  is  reversibly  disposed  between  the  top 
sheet  and  the  bottom  sheet  and  has  a  coating  on  one  side 
thereof  oi  a  pressure  and  heat  sensitive  pigmented  transfer 
material.  The  top  sheet  is  of  a  relatively  tight  weight  heat 


Mild  detonating  fuse  is  used  to  construct  explosive  circuit 
elements.  Specifically,  a  non-destructive  explosive  crossover, 
two  explosive  diodes,  an  explosive  gate,  an  explosive  switch, 
and  two  explosive  Y  junctions  are  disclosed. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


497 


3,669,022 
THIN  FILM  DEVICE 
Cari  James  Dahn,  Evanatoo,  and  Anthony  P.  Van  Den  Hcuvd, 
Homrwood,  both  of  m.,  — ignwi  to  IIT  Rncnrch  Institute, 
Chicago,  DL 

FBed  Aug.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,266 

Int.  CLF42b  3/72 

U.S.  CL  102—28  EB  5  CMnm 


3,669,024 
SIGNAL  GENERATING  APPARATUS 
Robfai  John  Davks,  li«ih— i,  ncai 
Kenneth  Capcwd,  MaMHoM,  both  «f 
to  EUett  Brothers  (London)  Umt 

Flkd  Mar.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,518 
Int  CL  F42b  5/08 
VS.  CL  102-70.2  R  4 


ezz 


A  thin  film  device  which  may  be  used  as  a  fuze  or  fuse. 
The  device  comprises  a  pair  of  conductive  layers  separated 
and  joined  to  opposite  faces  of  a  thin  insulating  layer  to 
thereby  form  a  three  layer  sandwich.  One  of  the  conductive 
layers  and  the  insulating  layer  have  a  plurality  of  pin  holes 
therein,  the  sides  of  each  being  coated  by  a  bridge  element  of 
low  density.  low  specific  heat  metal  so  as  to  short  circuit  or 
bridge  the  conductive  layers.  Terminal  means  are  connected 
respectively  to  the  conductive  layers  to  supply  electrical 
energy  which  passes  from  one  conductive  layer  to  the  other 
conductive  layer  via  the  metal  bridge  elements.  When  the 
electrical  energy  exceeds  a  predetermined  amount,  the 
bridge  elements  vaporize.  The  vaporization  of  the  bridge  ele- 
ments can  be  employed  to  initiate  detonation  of  an  explosive 
train  thereby  serving  as  a  fuze.  Alternatively,  the  device  may 
be  employed  as  an  electrical  fuse  wherein  the  vaporization  of 
the  bridge  elements  caused  by  electrical  energy  interrupts  the 
flow  of  electrical  energy  in  an  electrical  circuit. 


3,669.023 

SHOT  PROTECTOR 

Vernon  C.  Moehtanan,  and  Robert  J.  KMn,  both  ot  Florissant, 

Mo.,  assignors  to  Clin  Mathicson  Chemical  Corporation 

Filed  July  1, 1969,  Ser.  No.  838,069 

Int.  CL  F42b  7/08 

VS.  CL  102—42  C  8  Claims 


3     f  2 

r-* — ^4 


A  missile  fuze  arrangement  in  which  a  change  in  capacitive 
coupling  between  two  mutually  insulated  conductive  areas  on 
the  missile  skin,  arising  frx>m  contact  of  one  of  those  areas 
with  a  Urget  body,  results  in  a  change  in  alternating  current 
flow  through  that  coupling  from  a  generator  to  a  load,  the 
change  in  current  flow  providing  an  output  signal  to  detonate 
the  warhead  of  the  missile. 


3,669,025 

TAMPER  UNTT  FOR  MOBILE  TRACK  TAMPING 

MACHINE 

Franz  Plasser,  and  Josef  Tbcurcr,  both  of  Johannesfasae  3  A- 

1010,  Vienna,  Austria 

Filed  July  17,  1970,  Scr.  No.  55,786 
CUfans  priority,  application  Austria,  Aug.  8, 1969,  A  7689/69 

Int.  CLEOlb  27/76 
U.S.  CL  104—12  12  Claims 


A  one  piece  plastic  shot  protector  for  use  with  a  shot  shell, 
the  shot  protectcx'  having  a  lower  or  rearward  gas  obturating 
portion,  and  an  upper  or  forward  shot-receiving  pocket.  The 
shot  pocket  has  a  side  wail  including  a  plurality  of  adjacent 
petals  of  predetermined  thickness,  each  of  the  petals  being 
joined  to  the  pedal  next  adjacent  thereto  by  a  thin  web  of 
plastic,  and  the  terminal  forward  portion,  of  each  petal  being 
outwardly  flared.  Wad  retaining  means  may  be  included  in 
the  shot  pocket. 


A  structural  tamper  unit  is  verticaDy  movably  mounted  on 
a  mobile  track  tamping  machine.  The  tamping  tool  carrier  is 
pivotal  in  a  plane  parallel  to  the  track,  and  a  hydrauUcaUy 
operated  drive  means  for  vibrating  the  tamping  tool  carrier  is 
mounted  directly  on  the  carrier. 


3,669,026 
TRANSPORTATION  SYSTEM 
Gnwur  Mouritaen,  San  DiefO,  CaM., 


Contlnuation-te-p«ri  of  applcation  Ser.  No.  717,610,  Apr.  1, 
1968,  now  abandoned.  TMs  appBcaUon  May  18, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  37,978 
Int.  CL  B61b  13/04 
U.S.  CL  104— 118  ICk^mm 

A  transportation  system  uses  a  curved  trackway  in  the  nn- 
ture  of  a  trough  ami  a  special  vehicle  having  wliedi  ci^i^ii^ 
the  trough  such  that  in  maJdng  turns  the  wheeb  may  move 
such  that  the  center  of  gravity  may  be  dkplaffd  to  conyen- 
sate  for  centrifugal  forces.  Aerodynamic  wii^  may  be  on  the 


496 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


vehkk  to  develop  lift  forces  and  take  weight  off  the  wheels 
and  the  vehkde  may  be  contoured  to  the  shape  of  the  trough 


to  provide  an  air  cushion  between  the  vehicle  and  track  at 
high  speeds.  The  wheels  may  be  extended  so  that  the  vehicle 
may  also  travel  over  level  terrain. 


3,669^27 
TOW  TRUCK  CONVEVOR  SYSTEM 
Robert  Haass,  TVoy,  smI  Karl  R.  M.  Karlrtrom,  Rosevflk, 
both  of  Mich.,  aasipMrs  to  AMrkaa  Chata  ft  Cable  Com- 
pany. Inc.  New  Yorfc,  N.Y. 

Fled  im.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,234 

hd.CLB65g  17/42 

VS.  CL  104—172  BT  18  Claims 


June  IS,  1972 


structure  that  li  sufficiently  flexible  horizontally  to  accon- 
modate  curves  and  includei  closely  spaced  wheel  modules, 
each  of  which  is  ^ovided  with  a  pair  of  small  diamotfr 
wheels  that  ride  on  the  respective  track  rails,  with  the  wheel 
modules  being  spaced  so  that  the  wheels  are  disposed  every 
four  feet  on  either  side  of  the  train.  The  center  dll  structure 
is  suspended  firom  the  wheels  by  individual  knee  action 
suspensions  connecting  the  wheels  to  the  center  sill  structiu^, 
and  where  the  vehicle  is  self-propelled,  each  wheel  is  in- 
dividually driven  by  its  own  motor,  with  100  per  cent  dynam- 
ic braking  being  employed.  The  wheel  modides  also  each  in- 
clude a  cross  bearer  or  beam  plate  member  that  overlies  the 
wheels  thereof,  on  which  members  rest  the  train  load  support 


A  k>w  truck  conveyor  system  comprising  a  plurality  of  tow 
trucks  movable  along  a  floor  having  a  slot  therein.  A  con- 
veyor is  driven  within  the  floor  beneath  the  slot  and  has  driv- 
ing means  thereon  for  engaging  a  tow  pin  on  the  tow  truck  to 
move  the  tow  truck  along.  A  track  is  provided  for  the  con- 
veyor and  a  portion  of  the  track  is  adapted  to  be  moved 
laterally  to  cause  the  tow  pin  to  engage  a  cam  portion  for 
camming  the  tow  pin  upwairdly  and  out  of  engagement  with 
the  driving  means  on  the  conveyor. 


decks  that  are  In  the  form  of  freight  container  receiving  de^k 
plates.  The  deck  plates  are  sprung  on  the  wheels  underiyiag 
the  same  by  employing  an  elongate  fluid  tube  spring  on 
either  side  of  the  center  sill  for  each  deck  plate.  The  respec- 
tive fluid  tube  springs  extend  the  length  of  the  respective 
deck  plates,  and  each  deck  plate  is  supported  only  by  its  un- 
deriying  fluid  tube  springs,  which  are  interposed  between  the 
respective  wheel  suspensions  and  the  cross  bearers.  The  in- 
dividual decks  are  pivotally  connected  to  the  center  sill  ad- 
jacent either  end  of  same  and  rest  of  rollers  mounted  on  the 
respective  cross  bearers  that  are  oriented  so  that  the  center 
sill  may  readily  shift  laterally  of  the  respective  decks  as 
required  to  smoothly  round  curves  in  the  track. 


3,669,029 
ROT  AT  ABLE  HOT  METAL  DISCHARGING  CAR 
Neman     Lcsk,     MaauaroMcfc,     and     Mkcbd 
BrMiUjra,  both  ol  N.Y.,  aaslgMrs  to  TrcodweU  Corporattao, 
New  York,  N.Y. 

iVcd  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86^94 

Int.  CL  B61d  3/16,  5/04,  9/02 

VS.  CL  105—265  4  ClaifH 


3,669,028 

RAILWAY  TRAIN  FLUID  SUSPENSION 

Ivwi  L.  Joy,  1616  West  29tb  Street,  Topcka,  Kaos. 

Orfgiiial  appMcaHon  Feb.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  800^498,  now 

Patent  No.  3,557,707.  Divided  and  this  application  June  3, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  54,032 

Int.  CL  B61f  1/02, 3/16, 5/10 

VS.  CL  105—157  R  4  Clafans 

The  disclosure  relates  to  a  high  speed  one  car  railroad 

vehicle  that  can  be  SOO  to  2,000  feet  long  and  is  in  the  form 

of  a  millepede  like  running  gear  with  multiple  sets  of  closely 

^Mccd  wheels  and  carrying  k>ad  support  platforms  or  decks 

fior  freight  or  the  Hke,  in  which  the  running  gear  extends  the 

length  of  the  train  and  comprises  a  continuous  center  sill 


A  novel  fonm  of  dumping  mechanism  for  dumping  vessel 
cars  used  to  convey  molten  metals,  which  comprises  a  ladle, 
a  bale,  and  a  frame  for  supporting  said  ladle  and  bale  in  posi- 
timi  for  pouriag  the  metal,  the  frame  constituting  a  body  of  a 
railroad  car  mounted  on  standard  trucks,  and  means  for 
dumping  the  contents  of  the  ladle  comprising  a  rack,  wheel, 
and  pinion  structure  engaging  the  bale  at  either  end  thereof, 
and  a  drive  mechanism  for  the  bale  consisting  ci  a  continu- 
ous pull  chain  connected  to  a  collar  at  c»>e  end  oS  the  bale, 
said  pull  chain  being  engaged  by  sprockets  driven  by  a  motor 
so  that  by  electrically  driving  the  same,  the  bole  can  _be 
moved  in  engagement  with  the  rack  and  tilted. 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


4M 


3,669,030 
MANUFACTURE  OF  TOFFEE  AND  SIMILAR  PRODUCTS 
DomM  WiMars,  Hayes,  Fai^iait,  iiilpiir  to  Cslwi  A 


Filed  Mar.  17, 1970,  Scr.  Na  20333 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Mar.  20, 1969, 

14,695/69 
lot  CL  A21d  8/00;  A23p  1/00 
VS.  CL  99—138  17 


tion  substantially  beneath  the  top  surface  and  a  position  ex- 
tending horizontally  outward  fron  an  end  thereof;  the  flnt 
and  second  pairs  of  casters  being  generally  coplanar  when 
the  work  table  is  in  its  collapsed  position  so  as  to  allow  roOa- 
ble  movement  of  the  carrier  on  the  first  and  second  pairs  of 
casters. 


3,669,032 

LEGLESS  IRONING  BOARD 

627CharlssSlrosl,La( 

FUed  Feb.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13^26 

IM.  CL  A47b  57/00 

VS.  CL  108-97 


LcodaJ. 


Wis. 


A  continuous  process  for  manufacturing  toffee  is  provided 
in  which  all  the  various  stages  <^  the  traditional  batch  process 
of  toffee-making  are  re^Hoduced.  An  effective  agitation  of 
the  sugar  mixture  in  the  second  or  cooking  stage  of  the 
process  is  achieved  by  stirring  the  mixture  and  scraping  it 
firom  the  inner  surfaces  of  the  container  using  a  stirrer- 
scraper  which  has  no  central  axial  shaft.  Preferably  the 
stirrer-scraper  effects  a  major  agitation  of  the  sugar  mixture 
in  the  cooking  stage  of  the  process  by  the  provision  of  ad- 
jacent sections  of  helical  blades,  there  being  in  each  section 
an  inner  and  an  outer  helical  blade  which  are  arranged  to  im- 
part movement  to  the  sugar  mixture  in  opposite  directions 
within  each  section. 


An  ironing  board  for  pressing  garments.  A  legless  device 
with  fastening  elements  to  provide  mounting  of  the  ircming 
board  atop  a  drawer  or  atop  a  bread  board  of  a  cabinet. 


3,669,033 

MODULAR  SHELVING  AND  FURNITURE 

AlfoHo  Murda,  160-12  HigMaarl  Avcanc,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  May  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35^32 

Int.  CL  A47b  3/00 

U.S.  CL  108— 111  5 


3,669,031 
PORTABLE  COLLAPSIBLE  WORK  TABLE 
WOMe  E.  Cok,  Ryder,  N.  Dak. 

FDed  Aag.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,103 
InLCLA47bJ7/(M 


U.S.  a.  108—50 


7Clalnis 


A  work  table  for  carrying  tools  thereon  (e.g.  a  power  saw) 
which  is  roUaUy  transporuble  between  different  locations 
and  collapsible  in  a  manner  which  facilitates  loading  of  the 
woik  table  onto  the  the  bed  of  a  truck.  The  legs  of  the  work 
table  are  iNvotally  attached  thereto  and  moveable  between 
an  upright  position  and  a  collapsed  horizontal  position 
geneiidly  beneath  the  horizontal  top  surface  of  the  work  ta- 
ble. A  first  pair  of  casters  are  attached  to  the  front  legs  of  the 
table  and  a  second  pair  of  casters  are  attached  to  a  fiwne  ex- 
tension member  which  is  movaMe  between  a  coplanar  poai- 


The  invention  is  directed  to  a  modular  type  of  construction 
for  expansible  tables  and  shelving,  the  construction  being 
formed  solely  from  a  plurality  of  identical  units  wherein  each 
of  said  units  may  be  easily,  quickly  and  individually  engaged 
and  removed  for  attaining  and  ahering  the  surface  capacity 
of  said  tables  and  sheKing. 


3,669,034 

SHELF  DETACHABLY  SECURED  TO  AN  APERTURED 

BOARD  TO  FORM  A  DISPLAY  UNIT 

Howard  J.  Marsdak,  865  W.  North  Avcna,  Evi 

Fled  Apr.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  31,146 

litt.CLA47b5/00 

U.S.  CL  108— 152  3< 

A  shdf  or  tray  detachably  secured  to  a  conventional  i 
tured  board,  such  as  a  pegbonrd,  to  fixm  a  display  unit  The 
shelf  or  tray  is  secured  by  means  of  a  pair  of  wire 
having    hooking    segments   or    hooking 


500 


OFFICIAL  GAZETT 


J 


June  13 


bracketi  are  detachably  Kcured  to  the  shelf  or  tray  and  the 
hooking  Mgments  are   detachably  peg-hooked   into   the 


openings  in  the  apertured  board  so  as  to  engage  the  aper- 
tured  board  to  prevent  lateral  movement  aiKl  sway  of  the 
brackets  and  also  prevent  inadvertent  disassembly.       »^ 


3.669,035 

EXTRUDED  SHELVING  AND  EXTRUDED  SUPPORT 

MEANS  THEREFOR 

Miloii  J.  GnMHnaii,  10296  South  Mtam  Avcnne,  WMtdcr, 

CaKf. 

Flkd  Dec.  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,265 

Int.  CL  A47b  5/00 

VJS.  CL  108—152  5  Claims 


,  1912 
afroht 


menu.  Said  base  comprises  spaced  side  members  and 
kick-plate  having  means  for  self-interlocking  with  said  si4e 
members,  and  a  base  shelf  for  self-interlocking  with  said  side 


members.  The  rear  of  each  tide  member  is  interlocked  with 
spaced  upright  members,  which  uprights  have  means  for  sup- 
porting the  rear  of  the  base  shelf 


3,669,037 

PROPERTY  SAFE 

Joseph  RoMd,  253  •  10th  Avcauc,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  Nov.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,274 

Int.  CL  E05g  1/00;  A47b  45/00 


VS.  CL  10^— 


49 


bitegral,  extruded  shelf  structures,  and  integral,  extruded 
supporting  means  or  rails  therefor,  the  shelf  structure  having 
a  horizontal  article  supporting  shelf  or  shelf  part,  a  longitu- 
dinaUy  extending  brace  or  brace  means,  and  at  least  one  de- 
pending, longitudinally  extending  flange  at  the  rear  thereof. 
The  rail  is  adapted  to  be  attached  to  a  wall  or  other  support, 
and  said  raU  has  an  upwardly  opening  longitudinally  extend- 
ing groove  for  removable  reception  of  the  flange  of  the  shelf 
structure. 


3,669.036 
BASE  FOR  A  DISPLAY  RACK 
Howvd  J.  ^fanflMlr.  865  W.  North  Avcmw,  Evanrton,  DL 
Fled  Sept.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,799 

Ii«.CLA47bi/06 
U.S.  CL  108—153  6  Claiim 

A  base  for  a  display  rack  which  may  be  shipped  disassem- 
bled and  may  be  readily  assembled  and  interlocked  without 
the  use  (^  any  Ux^,  b(^,  nuts  or  extraneous  fastening  ele- 


A  safe  disassembled  into  two  sections  is  moved  irtto 
desired  location  and  the  sections  are  bolted  together,  forming 
a  composite  structure  which  is  larger  than  any  door  and  c^- 
not  be  carried  out  without  being  disassembled  first. 


3,669,038 

ORDER  TRANSFER  ASSEMBLY  FOR  PREVENTING 

HOLDUPS 

FraiUi  G.  Walsoa,  1708  North  Gnuidcc  Avcmw,  Coaipton, 
Cam. 

Filed  Aog.  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  849,091 
hA,  CL  E06b  7/00 
VS.  CL  109—12  1  aaln 

A  transparent,  order  delivery  chamber  dispoaod  at  counter 
height,  between  customer  and  attendant,  with  a  door  ad- 
jacent each  of  them.  The  customer's  door  is  opened  by  tfie 
atteiKlant,  by  remote  operation  of  a  revernUe  electric  motor. 


\ 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


001 


only  after  he  has  placed  the  requested  order  in  the  chamber 
from  his  side  and  secured  his  door.  An  adjacent  passage  al- 
lows prior  payment  and  change  making.  Thus  a  pane  of  bul- 


letproof glass  is  always  interposed  between  the  attendant  and 
a  "customer"  who  might  threaten  him  with  a  gun  or  other 
weapon. 


3,669,039 

REFUSE  BURNER  FOR  WOOD  WASTE,  BARK 

RESIDUES,  AND  OTHER  COMBUSTIBLE  SOLIDS 

Marvin  J.   Lernan,  Shdton,  Wash.,   assignor  to  Simpson 

Timber  Company,  Seattle,  Wash. 

Filed  Aug.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,522 

Int.  CL  F23g  7/02 

U.S.CL110— 7A  9  Claims 


A  conical  or  cylindrical  burner  for  burning  wood  wastes, 
bark  residues  and  other  combustible  solid  wastes  is  disclosed 
which  includes  an  insulating  lining  such  as  a  refractory 
material  applied  over  the  inner  surface  of  the  shell  of  the 
burner  to  retard  heat  loss.  The  insulating  liner  may  be  ap- 
plied in  situ  after  erection  of  the  burner  shell.  Rows  of  con- 
centrically arranged  grates  provide  means  for  delivering  pri- 
mary combustion  air  to  the  burning  zone.  The  overfire  and 
recirculation  air  system  includes  means  to  supply  ambient 
and/or  hot  recirculating  gases  in  a  predetermined  ratio  to 
keep  the  burner  temperature  within  a  predetermined  range. 
A  temperature  sensing  means  located  near  the  exhaust  open- 
ing at  the  top  of  the  burner  is  operatively  connected  to  a  con- 
troller which  automatically  adjusts  interconnected  dampers 
in  the  ambient  air  and  hot  recirculating  gas  inlets  of  the  over- 
flre  and  recirculati<xi  air  system  to  a  ratio  of  ambient  air  to 
recirculated  hot  gases  to  maintain  the  burner  temperature  es- 
sentially constant  even  with  variable  fuel  feed  to  the  burner. 
The  reftise  burner  is  capaUe  of  combusting  wood  and  bark 
residues  efBciently  with  significantly  reduced  visible  smoke 
and  particulate  matter. 


3.669,040 

ACCESS  DOOR  CONTROL  APPARATUS  FOR 

CONTROLLED  EMISSION  INCINERATOR 

Rldiard  F.  CmbmbIs,  ChBrnHc.  N«C>t  SHloor  to 
■MBtal  Control  Proilacts,  Ibc^  CharlaMc,  N.C. 
Flkd  Jaa.  25, 1971.  Scr.  No.  109387 
Iirt.  CL  F23g  5/12 
U.S.CL110— 8A 


<Q> 


The  improvement,  in  a  controlled  emission  incinerator  ap- 
paratus having  a  main  combustion  chamber  including  an  ac- 
cess door  mounted  for  movement  between  an  open  poaition 
for  loading  of  material  and  a  closed  position  for  burning  of 
the  material  loaded  and  an  independent  secondary  com- 
bustion chamber  for  burning  the  products  of  incomplete 
combustion  from  the  main  combustion  chamber,  of  ap- 
paratus for  preventing  undesirable  emissions  from  the  in- 
cinerator resulting  if  material  for  burning  is  loaded  into  the 
incinerator  when  the  temperatures  in  both  the  combustion 
chambers  are  not  in  the  desired  range.  The  apparatus  com- 
prises devices  independently  responsive  to  temperatures 
within  both  combustion  chambers  for  selectively  allowing 
movement  of  the  access  door  ftom  the  closed  position  to  the 
open  position  only  when  desired  temperature  ranges  are 
present  in  both  the  main  and  secondary  combustion  cham- 
bers. 


3,669,041 
DOUBLE  COMBUSTION  FIRING 
Emil  Schworer,  VBtcrs,  Swltacriaad,  aastgnor  to  Apparatcbau 
Aktientcseilschaft,  Trubbach,  St.  G.  la  Trubbach,  Switacr- 


FBcd  Jvac  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42.066 
Clahns  priority,  appUcatioB  SwMacrlaad.  M«y  29. 1969. 

8114/69 

Iia.CLF23g3//2 

U.S.CL  110—18  5ClainB 


.- 

.fl      i 

n* 

r   *»; 

f 

a- 

il 

^ 

f 

;:  -  i 

r^r 

« 

A  double  combustion  firing  for  solid  and  gaatiniis  hqaki 
fuels  having  a  sin^  fire  chamber  with  a  burner  noxz|e 

\\ 


502 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  IS 


,  197B 


directed  downwards  toward  a  grate  for  the  support  oi  the 
tdid  ftiels  and  having  a  feed  opening  for  the  solid  ftieb  and 
means  connected  to  the  burner  for  twitching  on  and  off  from 
a  control  circuit  operable  by  the  door  in  the  chamber  with  a 
control  circuit  for  the  burner  connected  so  that  when  the 
door  of  the  fire  chamber  is  open  the  burner  will  be  shut  ofif. 


main  frame  and  an  inner  clamp  member  along  the  dosing 
side  of  the  pattern.  Means  are  provided  for  horizontally  dis- 
placing the  auxiliary  clamp  member  to  clear  the  stitching  line 
upon  closure  of  the  pattern. 


3,669,042 

SECnONALIZED  STACK  WITH  CIRCUMFERENTIAL 

AND  RAMAL  EXPANSION  MEANS 

Ricfavd  E.  LawrcMse,  diwastd,  tale  of  22  Gkiiwood  RomI, 

Roslyn,  N.Y.  (Eileen  Lawrence,  executrix)  22  Glenwood 

Road,  Roslyn,N.Y.  11576 

FOcd  Apr.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27,355 

Int.  CLF23J  77/00 

U.S.CL110— 184  8  Claims 


^  3,669,043 

SEWING  MACHINE  FOR  THE  FORMATION  OF  A 
RECTANGULAR  STITCH  PATTERN 

Kan  Nlcoby,  BicicMM,  Gcmany 

FBed  Nov.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  86^36 
Ctains  priority,  applkaHoa  GcnoMiy,  Nov.  6, 1969,  P  19  55 

796.1 
lBLCLD05bi/72 
U.S.CL  112—76  10  ( 


A  sewing  machine  for  the  formation  of  an  endless  stitch 
pattern  has  a  two-pwt  clamping  frame  including  an  outer 


3,669,044 

MONOGRAMMING  INSERT  FOR  BUTTONHOLE 

ATTACHMENT 

KcBDcth  D.  Adams,  Madlsom  and  Charles  R.  Odcrmann, 

MontviOe,  b«th  of  N  J.,  awlgnori  to  The  Singer  Company, 

New  York,  N.Y. 

FVed  Mar.  10, 1971,  Ser.  No.  122,801 

brt.  a.  D05b  3/24 

VS.  CI.  1 12—17  6  Oali^ 


A  smokestack  has  axially  aligned  tubular  sections.  Each 
section  has  concentric  inner  and  outer  walls.  Accordion-like 
circumferential  flanges  on  the  inner  wall  of  each  section  per- 
mit relative  axial  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  walls. 
Other  accordion-like  circumferential  flanges  between  the 
inner  and  outer  walls  permit  relative  radial  and  circum- 
ferential expansion  and  contraction  of  the  walls.  Dynamic 
vibration  absorbers  are  provided  at  the  base  of  the 
smokestack.  The  sections  are  reinforced  by  flexible  internal 
braces  located  in  the  air  space  between  the  inner  and  outer 
walls,  and  secured  to  the  circumferential  flanges. 


A  device  adapted  for  insertion  into  an  e)usting  buttonhole 
atuchment  unit,  having  a  I'eed  blade  and  utilizing  a  gear 
driven  template  for  making  the  buttonhole,  which  will  permit 
the  making  of  monograms  and  other  designs  on  shirts,  hand- 
kerchiefs and  llie  like  when  the  unit  is  mounted  in  a  sewiag 
machine  with  (he  insert  installed  in  place  of  the  gear  driven 
template.  The  monogramming  insert  includes  a  platform 
mounting  the  monogrammer  cam  containing  the  X  and  hf 
tracks,  and  a  drive  train  coupling  the  cam  to  the  actuating 
pinion  of  the  buttonhole  attachment.  An  integrator  plate  to 
which  the  monogrammer  cam  follower  motions  are  trans- 
ferred couples  to  integrated  motions  to  the  feed  blade  of  the 
buttonhole  attachment,  thereby  causing  motion  of  the  work 
engaging  foot  of  the  attachment  as  required  for  the  making 
of  the  monogram  or  the  design. 


■  3,669,045 

MULTINCEDLE  QUILTING  MACHINE  FOR  THE 
MANUFACTURE  OF  PADDED  UPHOLSTERY 
Gtanaiao  L«idoiil,  133  Vta  Vcrdl,  21012  Cmmui 
Italy 

Fled  J«ly  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  55381 
CtahBB  priocHy,  awiMcaltai  Italy,  July  19, 1969, 19857  A/I 
laLCLUOSb  1 1/00,35/00 

U.S.CL112— 118  7< 

A  muhineedle  quilting  machine  for  manufacturing  continu- 
ously and  automatically  a  quilted  article  consisting  of  an 
outer  cover  material,  parallel  and  spaced  apart  strips  of  an 
elastic  intermediate  padding,  and  a  foundation  material.  In 
this  machine  the  padding  material,  continuously  supplied  by 
a  feeding  roil  is  cut  by  means  of  circular  blades  into  longitu- 
dinal strips  which  are  caused  subsequently  to  meet  with  the 


T 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


608 


foundation  material.  Then  said  strips,  which  are  spaced  apart 
a  predetermined  distance,  are  covered  by  the  cover  material 


which  adapts  to  the  form  of  the  padding,  and  the  assembly  is 
quilted  by  the  needles  of  the  machine  in  the  spaces  between 
one  padding  strip  and  the  next. 


3,669,046 
OVEREDGING  APPARATUS 
Donald  W.  Fowler,  Decatur,  Ga.,  assigiior  to  Textiles,  Inc., 
Newark,  N  J. 

FDed  July  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,158 

Int  a.  D05b  27/00 

U.S.a.  112—121.15  2Claiiu 


An  overedging  apparatus  in  which  a  fabric  article  having  a 
plurality  of  sides  is  transported  on  a  carrier  over  a  course 
having  a  plurality  ci  sides;  the  carrier  successively  presents 
each  side  of  the  article  to  a  different  sewing  machine  on  each 
course,  which  sewing  machine  applies  a  finished,  unravelaUe 
edge  to  each  ravelable  edge  of  the  article;  the  carrier  changes 
courses  without  reorientation. 


to 


3,669,047 
APPARATUS  FOR  MANUFACTURING  PANTS  AND 
TIGHTS 
Anw  Marivs  Hedegaard,  Hvidoyre,  Deunrk,  — Igiim 

RodMiiborg  SpoctahudtlMr  for  SylndiiitricB  A/S 

FDcd  Nov.  12, 1969,  Ser.  No.  875,628 
ClaiMs  priority,  appMrtloB  GrsM  Brita^  Nov.  12, 1968, 

53,717/68 

iaLCLD05b2H00 

UACL  112-121.15^  23CUM 

The  present  invention  relates  to  a  method  and  apparatus 

for  making  pantie  hoses  or  tights,  which  comprises  taking 


two  stocking  -  like  articles,  drawing  the  open  ends  of  these 
articles  onto  two  substantially  parallel  template  devices  each 
support  device  comprising  two  leaves,  slitting  each  article 
lengthwise  along  an  edge  of  its  support  device,  moving  the 


outer  leaf  of  each  support  device  into  substantial  alignment 
with  its  other  leaf  and  thereby  bringing  together  the  edges  of 
the  two  leaves  of  each  device,  and  joining  the  cut  edges  of 
the  two  articles  by  a  joint  extending  along  the  aligned  edges 
of  the  leaves. 


3,669,048 
DEVICE  FOR,  AND  METHOD  OF,  FEEDING  LIMP 
WORKPIECES  TO  AN  APPARATUS 
Geoffrey   Bernard  Dun,  TatsUdd,  Bear  Westwhaw,  aad 
Lcoaard  Ernest  York,  Harst  Green,  Oxted,  both  of  Eb- 
giaad,  asslgMirs  to  Slra  IwtltMe,  ChMehurst,  KcM,  E» 
glaml 

FBed  Ang.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,346 
Claiau  priority,  appMcatfaw  Great  Britain,  Aug.  18, 1969, 

41,148/69 
Iat.CLD05b  27/00 
U.S.CL112-121J6  20  < 


A  device  for  feeding  limp  workpieces,  especially  textile 
piece  parts  to  a  processing  apparatus  and  utilizing  a  flexible 
belt  member  entrained  around  rollers  and  disposed  over  a  ta- 
ble. The  belt  member  has  a  working  surface  fiicing  the  table 
which  can  adhere  to  a  portion  of  a  workpiece  near  an  outer 
edge  thereto  to  convey  the  latter  to  the  operating  zone  of  the 
apparatus  when  the  beh  member  is  driven  around  the  rollers. 
Some  of  the  rollers  are  bodily  movable  to  cause  the  beh 
member  to  conform  to  the  shape  of  the  outer  edge  of  the 
workpiece  which  can  be  straightened  at  the  beh  monber  dr- 
culatca  over  the  roOert.  Puckert  can  be  roBwved  bom  the 
workpiece,  or  gathers  produced  in  the  wotkpiece,  by 
trolling  the  tension  in  a  port  of  the  beh  member. 


899  O.G.— 19 


504 


rB 


JxjNE  18,  1972 


OFFICIAL  GAZETT] 

3  669049  I                  3,669,051 

PRESSER  TOOT  DEFLECrai  OF  A  FABRIC  EDGE  IN  A  STARTW  G  PLATFORM  FOR  A  ROOF  SEAMING 

SEWING  MACHINE  _  ^^       „      ^  _.  ^   .._...       . 

-.    .       M.,A«4«    TIW.H    Italv    Mihnnr  to  S-ikA.  VIrftolo  Maurice  A.  Conway,  GramMew,  Mo.;  Cart  C.  Pcridns,  Jr., 

^!!iudi&CMllanuly      '  ^^  Pn»»ri«  Village,  Kan..,  and  Norman  A.  BcUem,  Kamas  Chy, 

Rlmoidl  *^jj|j;;  ^^\„^^  s^.  N^  4838  Mo.,  asdf nors  to  Butkr  Manufacturing  Company,  Kanaas 

Clatais  priority,  apptadon  Italy.  July  29. 1969.  20219  A/69  CHy,  Mo.                    , ,  io,«  «^  ^i     ^  ««                1 

p™™j.        latTcL  DOSb  29106  ™««  May  12,  1970,  Ser.  No.  36,588 

IIS  CL  112-150                                                          «C»«»™  Int.CLB21di9/00                               I 

UACL112-15U  U.S.CL  113-54                                                      17  Claims 


A  presser  foot  deflector  is  provided  for  use  with  a  two  nee- 
dle sewing  machine  to  permit  simultaneous  assembly  and 
serge  stitching  at  the  edges  of  a  pair  of  fabrics  to  be  seamed. 
The  deflector  includes  a  longitudinal  guide  channel  located 
between  a  needle  hole  through  which  a  first  needle  is  moved 
to  perform  the  assembly  stitching  and  an  opening  through 
which  a  second  needle  is  moved  to  perform  the  serge 
stitching.  The  guide  channel  receives  the  edge  of  the  upper 
fabric  and  deflects  the  falwic  edge  upward  to  guide  the  edge 
between  the  needles  to  permit  the  second  needle  to  apply 
serge  stitching  to  the  edge  d  the  lower  fabric  and  the  first 
needle  to  simultaneously  apply  assembly  stitching  to  the 
upper  and  lower  fabrics  to  form  a  seam. 


3.669,050 
PUSH  BUTTON  PRESSER  BAR  RELEASE 
Kenneth  D.  Adanw,  Madiwm.  NJ.,  Mrignor  to  The  Sinscr 
Company.  New  Yorii.  N.Y. 

FUcd  May  25, 1971.  Ser.  No.  147.100 

InL  CL  D05b  29100 

U  A  CL  1 12—237  6  Claims 


The  platform  includes  a  machine  support  portion  con- 
nected with  a  pair  of  spaced  parallel  side  portions  having  a 
clamping  end  portion  secured  to  the  opposite  ends  thereof 
and  in  spanning  relationship  thereto.  Means  is  provided  for 
clamping  the  clamping  end  portion  to  an  associated  roof.  The 
clamp  mean*  may  take  the  form  of  a  separate  pair  of  locking 
pliers.  The  clamp  means  may  also  take  the  form  of  a  cam 
operated  clamp  means  for  clamping  the  roof  panels  between 
a  movable  clamp  member  and  a  portion  of  a  saddle  block 
which  supports  the  movable  clamp  portion.  Operating  means 
is  provided  for  operating  the  clamp  means  in  this  lattw  ar- 
rangement. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  113— 119  sec: 
Patent  No.  3,669,054 


A  linkage  arrangement  operating  on  the  presser  bar  as- 
sembly to  facilitate  the  release  and  controlled  descent  of  the 
presser  foot,  or  the  limited  ascent  of  the  presser  foot  upon 
the  operator's  depressing  a  lever  readily  accessible  from  the 
front  of  the  sewing  machine  and  immediately  adjacent  to  the 
sewing  area. 


3.669,052  ^^ 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  PREVENTING  iCE 
DAMAGE  TO  MARINE  STRUCTURES 
Joaeph  F.  ScUrtiiiirr.  Paaadna.  CalU^  asrigwir  to  Air  Lo- 
glrtka  Corp..  Pasadena.  CaBL 

,  Flkd  Jum  15, 1970.  Ser.  No.  46.273 

Iiit.CLB63bJ5/(»  !^ 

U.S.  CL  114-0.5  R  .  13  CW«» 

A  marine  well  drilling  platform  or  the  like  havmg  legs  ex- 
tending to  the  sea  floor  is  protected  from  ice  floes  by  com- 
minuting devices  at  the  water  line  for  breaking  the  ice  and 
thereby  preventing  crushing  or  overturning  of  the  platform. 
The  comminuting  devices  employ  high  velocity  impacts 
against  the  ice  to  cause  its  fracture  into  chips  as  distinguished 
from  cutting  action.  Rapidly  rotating  or  reciprocating 
mechanisms  with  large  "teeth"  for  making  impact  eQgage- 


JUNE  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


505 


ment  with  the  ice  are  employed  in  separate  embodiments. 
Comminuting  devices   mounted   for  sweeping  adjacent  a 


driving  a  punch  through  the  hole  in  a  manner  such  that  the 
surface  portions  of  the  blank  which  separate  the  hole  from 
the  edge  are  reoriented  so  that  they  extend  transversely  of 


mooring  buoy  in  one  embodiment  open  a  path  through  an  ice 
floe  for  protecting  the  buoy  and  a  ship  moored  at  the  buoy. 


3,669,053 

STEERING  SYSTEMS  ESPECIALLY  FOR  WATER 

CRAFTS 

Hugh  E.  Sorenson,  3818-A  North  37th  Street,  Mlhraukcc. 

Wis. 

ContinuatkMi-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  58,300,  July  27, 

1970.  This  application  Dec.  28,  1970,  Ser.  No.  101,616 

InL  CL  B63b  1128 

U.S.  CL  114—66.5  H  5  ClaioH 


A  water  vehicle  has  a  hull  which  normally  rests  in  the 
water.  When  the  vehicle  comes  up  to  high  speed,  it  is  sup- 
ported at  each  of  its  four  comers  by  any  suitable  means,  such 
as  hydrofoils,  pontoons,  or  the  like.  A  tongue  is  individually 
associated  with  each  of  the  rigid  interconnections  and  the 
tongues  are  pivotally  interconnected  to  simuhaneously  turn 
both  the  frx>nt  and  back  supports.  The  hydrofoils  or  pontoons 
are  tipped  to  act  as  underwater  ailerons  to  assist  in  banking 
and  turning. 


the  plane  of  the  blank.  These  surface  portions  are  utilized  as 
the  contact  surfaces  of  the  terminal  and  are  substantially 
greater  than  the  surface  area  available  for  contact  purposes 
on  the  edge  of  the  blank. 


3,669,055 
APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  SEALING  A  VESSEL 

OPENING 

Walter  F.  Buce,  1206  May  Lane,  BartlesvHle,  Okla. 

Filed  Nov.  15,  1971,  Scr.  No.  198.703 

Int.  CLB63b  43/76 

U.S.  CL  1 14—229  12  Clabm 


A  sealing  element  having  a  plurality  of  concentrically  posi- 
tioned inflatable  conduits  spaced  frt>m  one  another  by  inter- 
vening passageways  formed  by  an  outer  cover  has  means  for 
passing  fluids  into  the  conduits  and  passageways  and  for  posi- 
tioning and  maintaining  the  element  in  sealing  engagement 
over  an  opening  in  a  vessel. 


3.669.056 
ARC  PLASMA  PROPULSION  SYSTEM 
MOni  Wurmbraad.  1431  Soalh  AdMM,  rifihli 
John  L.  Doane,  60  Wadsworth  Street,  Apt  17D. 
bridge.  Mmb. 

Hkd  Sept.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  859,036 
lot.  CLB63h  77/00 
U.S.CL115— 12R  7 


3,669.054 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  ELECTRICAL 

TERMINALS 

Thomas    Dean    Demo,    Middktown.    and    Homer    Ernst 

Hcnscfaen.  Carlisk,  both  «f  Pa^  asslgnnn  to  AMP  Incor. 

poraScd.  Harrisburg.  Pa. 

Contimiatlen-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  716^491,  Mm. 

27, 1968.  mm  PateM  No.  3.503.036.  Thk  appMction  Mar. 

23. 1970.  Scr.  No.  21.566 

IM.  CL  H02ff  75/00 

U.S.CL113— 119  tnaliM 

Electricd  terminals  are  manufactured  by  stamping,  from 

sheet  metal  stock,  a  blank  for  the  terminal,  fwming  a  hole  in 

the  blank  which  is  spaced  from  an  edge  of  the  blank,  and 


An  arc  plasma  propulsion  system  for  propelling  a  buoyant 
structure  through  liquid  utilizing  a  directed  liquid 


606 


OFFICIAL  GAZETT 


J 


June  13,  197 


crested  by  a  continuing  or  a  pulsing  electric  arc  in  a  semi- 
coofined  body  of  liquid.  The  resulting  accelerated  liquid 
gtream  is  directed  rearwardly  through  a  divergent  passage 
and  is  effective  to  propel  the  itructure  forwardly  as  well  as  in 
a  changing  course  by  pivoting  the  propulsion  device  in  an  ap- 
propriate direction. 


releasing  means  to  the  king  pin  to  effect  steering  movenMnt 
of  the  outboafd  motor  after  release  of  the  releasaUe  means 


3,6^,057 
INFLATABLE  TRANSOM  SEALING  ARRANGEMENT 
WHHmb  J.  SMmanckas,  W— Irigaa,  DL,  assignor  to  Outboard 
Marine  Corporatkm,  WaiikcfBB,  m. 

FBed  July  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,665 

lirt.  CL  B63h  5/06 

UACLn5-34R  2Clainis 


Disclosed  herein  is  a  boat  huU  with  a  transom  having 
therein  an  aperture,  together  with  a  stem  drive  unit  mounted 
on  the  boat  hull  and  having  a  part  extending  through  the 
transom  aperture,  and  a  teal  extending  between  the  transom 
and  the  part  and  comprising  a  member  which  is  inflated  so  as 
to  sealii^ly  drcumferentiaUy  engage  both  the  part  and  the 
tranaona  to  prevent  pa«age  of  water  through  the  aperture 
and  around  the  part  into  the  hull. 

Also  disclosed  herein  is  a  method  of  sealing  the  transom  of 
a  boat  having  a  stem  drive  unit  extending  through  an  opening 
in  the  transom  and  including  the  steps  of  placing  an  inflatable 
member  around  the  drcumfierence  of  the  opening,  inserting 
the  stem  drive  unit  part  throu^  an  opeiung  in  the  inflatable 
member,  and  inflating  the  member  to  seaUngly  engage  the 
member  with  bodi  the  stem  drive  unit  part  and  the  boat 
transom.  Ahematively.  the  inflatable  member  can  be  placed 
on  the  stem  drive  unit  part  and  then  the  assembly  of  the 
stem  drive  unit  and  the  inflatable  member  can  be  property 
located  in  the  transom  opening  prior  to  inflation. 


in  response  tt>  the  application  of  a  steering  force  to  said 
releasing  means. 


J, 


3,669,059 

CLACKEI^  FOR  ATTACHMENT  TO  ARCHERY  BOV 

FraiUt  T.  Stuart,  2021  Lynahavcn  Road,  Fort  Worth,  Tex. 

Piled  Jan.  2, 1971,  Sier.  No.  108,111 

Int.  a.  F41b  5/00 

VS.  CL  1 16^67  R  2  Claliiis 


3,669,058 

NO  BACK  STEERING  FOR  AN  OUTBOARD  MOTOR 
WOfaMi  J.  ^lyiaarlras,  WaakccBB,  DL,  asstgnnr  to  Outboard 

Martaw  Corp«ralkm,  Wavkcgak,  DL 

FVcd  Jaly  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,780 

bLCLB63h  27/26 

U.S.CL115— 18R  3ClalinB 

Disclosed  herein  is  an  outboard  motor  having  releasable 
means  in  the  form  of  a  wrap  spring  engaged  between  a  king 
pin  and  a  swivel  bracket  for  preventing  relative  pivotal  move- 
ment between  the  king  pin  and  the  swivel  bracket.  Also  dis- 
closed herein  are  means  for  releasing  the  wrap  spring  includ- 
ing a  shaft  which  is  pivotally  carried  by  the  king  pin  co-axi- 
ally  therewith  and  has  means  for  disengaging  locking  engage- 
ment of  the  wrap  spring  between  the  king  pin  and  the  swivel 
bracket.  Also  disclosed  herein  are  means  connecting  and 


A  clacker  adapted  for  attachment  to  an  archery  bow.  The 
dacker  includes  two  metal  strips  of  aiKxlixed  aluminum,  a 
spring  element  that  is  sandwiched  between  the  metal  strips, 
and  an  adhesive  member  that  is  used  to  attach  the  above 
members  to  an  archery  bow.  The  spring  element  is  biased 
outwardly  fitom  a  bow  by  an  arrow  during  the  drawing  oi  a 
bow  string.  When  the  spring  elemem  moves  out  of  engage- 
ment with  aa  arrow,  the  spring  clement  will  slap  the  bow  and 
the  noise  produced  indicates  to  the  user  that  the  anow  has 
been  drawn  the  {:Hroper  distance.  ' 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


607 


3|669,060  older  increments  of  adhesive,  and  cobwebbing  of  older  incre- 

MASK  CHANGING  MECHANISM  FOR  USE  IN  THE         menu  of  adhesive  is  thus  reduced  or  eliminated.  A  stereo- 
EVAPORATION  OF  THIN  FILM  DEVICES  type,  or  rotogravure,  roller  tnnrfers  the  adhesive  from  the 

Derrick  J.  Page,  Export,  and  Paul  O.  Raygor,  ItwIb,  both  of  application  roller  to  the  surface  to  be  coated. 

Pa.,  aMigiwii  to  Wcstlnghouac  Ekctrk  Corporadoii,  Pitt-  

8burgii,Pa. 

fUed  Sept.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,217  3,669,062 

IiM.  CL  C23c  13/12  SLOT  APPLICATOR  MEANS 

U.S.  CL  118-7  15  Claiim   MUtoa  KaUlaiUdcs,  5^  GiOerd  Street,  BrwktMi,  MaH^  aad 

Gcrhart  P.  Klda,  49  RayaoMl  Street,  MaKkcrter^  Mm. 
-^  -^Contiaaadoa  of  appMcalloa  Scr.  No.  701,488,  Jam.  29, 1968, 

•^  BOW  abandoMd.  This  appMcatkia  Nov.  30,  1970,  Scr.  No. 

>^. ,  ..  [r^  93369 

*^  ^  Int  CL  B05c  3/10;  GOlr  27/02 

U.S.CL  118-9  7 


l-= 


Afjparatus  for  changing  a  mask  used  in  the  evaporation  of 
thin  film  electronic  components  formed  on  flexible  substrates 
by  vapor  deposition  techniques,  whereby  a  number  of  masks 
are  successively  brought  into  registration  with  a  substrate  for 
sequentially  depositing  a  series  of  thin  films  of  selected 
materials  including  semiconducting,  insulating,  or  conducting 
materials  through  the  mask  onto  the  substrate.  The  apparatus 
is  particularly  concerned  with  alignment  pins  for  enabling  re- 
gistration of  successive  patterns  to  be  vacuum  evaporated 
successively  onto  one  area  of  a  flexible  substrate  tape  with  an 
accuracy  of  ±1/^  The  area  of  the  substrate  tape  may  be 
changed  and  the  process  repeated  time  after  time  without 
opening  the  vacuum  system. 


3,669,061 
APPARATUS  FOR  APPLYING  REACTIVE  ADHESIVE 
Rdndcrt  ZuMevdd,  Famhaagi,  Eaglaiid,  aaslgiior  to  Van  Leer 
(U  JL)  Linhcd,  Loodon,  Ei^land 

FBed  Apr.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  812,594 
Claims  priority,  appHcatko  Great  Britain,  Apr.  2, 1968, 

15324/68 

UA.CLBO5C1/08,  11/10 

U3.CL  118—7  ^  6Clalim 


An  apparatus  is  provided  for  applying  a  reactive-curing 
multiple-component  adhesive  to  a  rapidly  moving  web  of 
non-porous  material.  The  components  are  fed  in  a  predeter- 
mineid  proportion  to  an  application  roller  and  an  additional 
nriler  rotating  at  different  circumferential  velocities.  The 
components  are  thereby  intimately  admixed  under  shear  and 
kneading  action,  fresh  adhesive  is  constantly  mixed  with 


The  combination  of  a  reservoir  containing  a  fluid  and  ap- 
plicator means  for  applying  the  fluid  to  means  carrying  a  plu- 
rality of  pellets  to  be  used  as  capacitors.  The  applicator 
means  includes  upper  and  lower  walls  connected  by  a  rear 
wall  so  as  to  form  a  slot  having  a  determined  length  and 
width.  A  channel  is  formed  in  one  of  the  walls  so  as  to  couple 
the  slot  to  the  fluid  containing  reservoir  aDowing  fluid  to  flow 
to  the  slot  in  a  controlled  manner.  The  applicator  means  ap- 
plies determined  amounts  of  the  fluid  to  the  means  carrying 
said  pellets  and  the  pellets  passing  therethrough.  An  addi- 
tional slot  means,  including  electrolyte  feed  means  thereto 
and  an  electrical  sensing  probe  therein,  receives  the  carrier 
and  treated  article  for  testing. 


33^,063 

BUTTER  SPREADER  AND  SUPPORT  FOR  EARS  OF 

COOKED  CORN 

Manud  Daaliake,  434  Vlcua  Street,  San  FrandMO,  CsJIf. 

Filed  Apr.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  131^48 

Iat.CLB05c///00 

U3.CL  118—13  6 


A  tube  open  at  one  end  for  receiving  compacted  butter 
and  a  manually  actuatable  piui^er  reciprocaMe  within  the 
tube  for  dispensing  butter  from  said  one  end  directly  onto  an 
ear  of  cooked  com  upon  moving  the  plunger  toward  said  one 
end  when  said  open  end  is  adjacem  to  the  ear  and  is  moved 
longitudinally  of  the  latter,  said  tube  including  finger-engafe- 
able  means  for  holding  the  tube  and  for  actuating  the 
plunger,  and  for  supporting  the  tube  on  its  side  when  not  in 
use.  the  (Hunger  being  a  unit  readily  separable  finxn  a  unitary 
tube  leaving  a  throu^  substantially  umform.  diameter  opCB- 
ended  bore  to  facilitate  cleaning  A  holder  is  provided  for 
supporting  the  ear  to  be  buttered  on.  but  spaced  abov«.  a 
horizontal  surface  and  for  rotating  the  ear  when  so  W|k 
ported,  and  for  manually  boUing  the  ear  after  buttering,  far 
eating  the  com. 


508 


OFFICIAL  GAZETT 


\ 


APPARATUS  FOR  IMPREGNATING  CORRUGATED 
CARDBOARD 
Watthcr  J.  HocUaicr;  JohHW  Wcnafaigcr;  Walter  Mayer; 
Karl  Zmtuulti;  HcrmaBB  Schrocdor,  and  Wcmcr  Braun, 
aH  of  VkiiM,  AiHtrla,  aadgaon  to  Boiae  Caxade  Corpora- 
tion Boiae,  Idaho 

Fifed  Feb.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9,581 

Int  CL  B05b  lSf04;  B31f  1/20 

U.S.a.  118—39  21  Claims 


June  IS,  19|r2 

pool  of  liquid  metal  is  supported  on  the  lower  insert  at  the 
orifice  thereof  by  surface  tension  forces.  Both  inserts  have 
downwardly  converging  inner  walls  leading  to  their  orifice  to 
facilitate  threading. 


3,669,066 
ADHESIVE  APPUCATOR 
Carl  E.  Smhh,  Webster,  N.Y.,  aaigiior  to  Xerox  Corporation, 
Stamford,  Conn. 

rMar.  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,179 
Int  CL  B05c  3/12  -^ 

U.S.  CI.  118-^50.1  6 


oraoon. 
Claims 


Apparatus  for  impregnating  longitudinally  travelling  corru- 
gated board  having  transversely  extending  flutes,  including 
suction  means  arranged  adjacent  one  longitudinal  edge  of  the 
board  for  establishing  a  vacuum  in  the  flutes  to  draw  a 
material,  such  as  an  impregnant,  therethrough.  The  invention 
is  characterized  by  the  provision  of  retaining  means  for 
preventing  undesirable  lateral  displacement  of  the  board  in 
the  direction  of  the  suction  means.  In  the  preferred  embodi- 
ment, the  retaining  means  comprise  longitudinally  extending 
endless  belt  means  responsive  to  the  vacuum  established  in 
the  flutes  for  clamping  the  moving  board  against  lateral  dis- 
placement without  crushing  the  flutes  or  causing  damage  to 
the  board.  Preferably  the  endless  belt  means  are  provided 
with  longitudinal  ribs  that  extend  within  corresponding 
grooves  in  the  rollers  upon  which  the  belts  are  mounted, 
thereby  preventing  lateral  movement  of  the  belt  means— and 
the  board — relative  to  the  rollers.  In  accordance  with  an  im- 
portant feature  of  the  invention,  flow  control  means  are  pro- 
vided for  accurately  controlling  the  speed  and/or  extent  of 
longitudinal  penetration  of  the  material  through  the  flutes. 


3,669,065 
REACTOR  SEAL 
R^WHid  C.  Smart,  Haaardvflk,  Conn.,  amignor  to  United 
Aircraft  CorporaliQa,  EaU  Hartford,  Conn. 

fVcd  Mar.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,390 

Int.  CL  C23c  13/10 

VS.  CL  1 18—48  3  Claims 


A  gas-tight  oven  containing  an  adhesive  well  in  external 
contact  with  tape  to  be  coated  and  in  internal  communica- 
tion with  the  oven  atmosphere.  Heating  the  oven  reduces  ad- 
hesive viscosity  and  increases  pressure,  forcing  adhesive  into 
contact  with  moving  tape.  Parts  requiring  frequent  cleaning 
such  as  doctor  blades,  adhesive  rollers  or  the  like  are 
eliminated.  An  alternative  embodiment  utilizes  an  extei;nal 
source  of  pressure.  ~.„,^ 


3,669,067 
APPARATUS  FOR  IMPREGNATING  CORRUGA1 
CARDBOARD 
Wcmcr  Achcrmann,  and  Ftranz  Achcrmann,  both  of 
Switierland,  aaiignori  to  Boiic  Caacadc  Corporation,  Boise, 
Idaho 

FUcd  SepC  27, 1968,  Scr.  No.  763,268 

Claims  priority,  application  Switaerland,  Sept.  29, 1967^ 

13688/67;  Aug.  14, 1968, 12478/68;  12479/68 

Int.  CLB05C  7/02,  ;;/06 

U.S.  a.  118-50  13CWnii 


In  apparatus  wherein  a  moving  wire  is  drawn  through  a 
reaction  tube  and  a  material  is  deposited  thereon,  a  reactor 
seal  is  provided  to  isolate  the  reactant  gases  within  the  tube 
from  the  surrounding  atmosphere.  The  reactor  seal  com- 
prises a  fitting  having  a  generally  vertically  disposed 
passageway  therethrough  within  which  is  disposed  a  pair  of 
aligned  ortficed  inserts  through  which  the  wire  is  drawn.  A 


Apparatus  for  impregnating  corrugated  cardboard  during 
the  manufacturing  process  forming  the  said  corrugated  card- 
board. A  vacuum  is  formed  within  the  corrugations  of  the 
cardboard  and  impregnating  material  is  introduced  into  the 
corrugations  under  the  influence  of  the  said  vacuum.  The  im- 
pregnating material  is  introduced  under  conditions  which 
may  be  varied  with  respect  to  composition,  temperature, 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


509 


viscosity  and  other  variable  process  parameters.  The  ap- 
paratus of  this  invention  includes  a  means  for  producing  a 
suction  on  one  edge  of  a  corrugated  cardboard  while  in- 
troducing impregnating  material  at  the  other  edge  of  the  cor- 
rugated cardboard  as  it  passes  through  the  impregnating  ap- 
paratus. 


3,669,070 

DISPENSING  DEVICE  FOR  DRY  WALL  TAPE  AND 

JOINT  CEMENT 

Forrest  E.  WaBacc,  P.O.  Box  24,  Vacavile,  Calif. 

Filed  Sept.  28,  1970,  Scr.  No.  75,818 

Int.CLB05c///(M 

U.S.  CL  1 18— 102  8  Claims 


3,669,068 

MATRIX  COATING  APPARATUS 

Norman  C.  GcHz,  2178  Pratt  Avenue,  Dcs  Plaines,  01.      .^ 

Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  866^98,  Oct.  15, 

1969,  now  abandoned.  This  application  May  25, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  40,945 

Int.  a.  B05c  1/02, 1/16 

U.S.CL  118—64  SCIainB 


A  matrix  coating  machine  in  which  the  n\atrices  are  moved 
by  flrst  and  second  conveyor  wheels  consecutively  through  a 
flrst  and  second  portion  of  an  arcuate  track.  In  the  preferred 
embodiment  of  the  invention,  api^cators  apply  coating  solu- 
tion to  defined  areas  on  the  sides  of  the  nui:rices.  The  coat- 
ing solution  is  supplied  io  the  appUcators  on  a  demand  basis 
as  determined  by  movement  of  the  matrices  along  the  arcu- 
ate path.  In  another  embodiment  of  the  invention,  the  entire 
matrix  is  coated  by  movement  through  a  tank  located  along 
one  portion  of  the  arcuate  path. 


3,669,069 

SURFACE  TEXTURIZER 

Ccdric  D.  BourbouUs,  1425  Tlcbcnor  Court,  Lafayette,  Calif. 

FUcd  Aug.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,291 

Int  a.  B44d  3/34 

U.S.  CL  1 18— 102  4  Claims 


28 


a* 


IB    i   18 


0J 


2B 


A  portable  tape  dispenser  for  dispensing  dry  wall  tape 
comprises  a  hopper  for  containing  a  supply  of  dry  wall  joint 
cement  in  fluid  form  and  means  serving  to  support  tlie 
hopper  from  the  waist  of  a  workman  in  a  manner  freeing 
both  of  his  hands.  A  roll  of  dry  wall  joint  tape  is  carried  and 
supported  for  roution  from  the  hopper  whereby  guide  means 
lead  the  tape  from  its  roll  into  and  out  of  the  supply  of  joint 
cement.  A  dispensing  slot  is  formed  between  a  stationary 
knife  edge  member  and  a  movable  knife  edge  member 
spaced  therefrom  to  receive  the  tape  therebetween.  The  two 
knife  edge  members  serve  to  remove  cement  from  opposite 
sides  of  the  tape.  However,  the  spacing  between  tlie  edges 
serves  to  permit  one  of  the  two  edges  to  leave  a  coating  of 
cement  of  predetermined  thickness  wlien  the  tape  is 
withdrawn  across  the  other  knife  edge  member.  A  comb  ele- 
ment is  disposed  in  conjunction  with  one  of  the  knife  edge 
members  so  that  the  coating  of  cement  apfdied  to  the  tape 
will  extend  in  spaced  longitudinal  lines.  A  trbwel  cleaning 
chute  extends  along  the  outer  edge  of  the  hopper. 


3,669,071 
UQUm  APPLYING  MEMBER 
Albert  George  Ronald  GMcs,  Lowlos,  Et^tand, 
Gcstctncr  Limited,  London,  Englnnd 

FUcd  May  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39^79 
Claims  priority,  application  GrcM  Britain,  May  22, 1969, 

26,136/69 
Int  CLB05C  77/00 
U.S.CL  118—264  6 


A  device  for  texturizing  painted  surfaces  in  which  a  plurali- 
ty of  Upered  S-shaped  resilient  petals  or  flaps  depend  from  a 
formable  backing  member.  The  petals  or  flaps  are  of  non- 
uniform length.  The  device  has  a  removable  handle  for  ease 
in  applying  it  to  wall  and  ceiling  surfaces. 


The  specification  discloses  a  priming  wick  for  use  in  print- 
ing apparatus  and  comprising  an  outer  fine  short  pile  materi- 
al, prferably  velvet,  surrounding  an  inner  abaorbent  reservoir 
structure,  preferably  synthetic  sponge  material.  Such  a  prim- 
ing wick  may  conveniently  be  used  for  applying  priming  solu- 
tion to  the  blanket  of  an  ofEtet  lithograf^iic  machine. 


510 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3,669.072 
DEVELOPER  APPARATUS 

Robert  W.  Rcynoldi,  Lo«  AawUm  imam  K.  BIbewi,  Mod- 

tct«y  Pirk,  Md  f^aack  J.  JaoMii,  N«tliridfle,  aO  of  CaUL, 

1 10  Xtrox  Corporatioa,  RodMrtcr,  N.Y. 

FVed  Fdk  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,539 

lot.  CLBOSb  5/02 

UA  0.118—637  SCloIim 


June  18,  1972 

opening  of  the  funnel  shaped  receptacle  which  contains  fresh 
water.  Brine  shrimp  eggs  are  placed  in  the  salt-water  solution 
and  when  hatched,  the  plug  in  the  ftinnel  shaped  receptacle 


is  withdrawn  allowing  the  hatched  brine  shrimp  to  enter  the 

recepucle  through  itt  bottom  opening,  and  are  captured 

'  therein  when  the  plug  is  reinserted  in  the  opening. 


An  apparatus  for  developing  electrostatic  images  wherein  a 
drum  or  belt  encircling  a  magnetic  member  has  developer 
particles  magneticaUy  attracted  to  its  surfiace  in  a  serrated 
surface  pattern  by  means  of  a  brush  shaper.  A  motor  routes 
the  drum  or  belt  carrying  the  shaped  developer  particles  and 
deposits  them  on  the  charged  surface  for  development.  The 
motor  in  a  reverse  rotation  phase  mixes  the  developer  parti- 
cles in  its  container,  preventing  partide  agglomeration. 


3,669,075 

AUTOMATIC  EGG  TURNER  FOR  INCUBATOR 

Albert  F.  Marsh,  14232  Brookhurst,  GordcB  Grove,  CaUf. 

Fled  Dec.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,161 

hA.  a.  AOlk  4 1106 

U.S.  CI.  119-44  lOCtotans 


3,669,073 
ELECTROSTATIC  IWVEUVING  SYSTEM 
Joseph  Sovit,  GtaMoc;  Rndslph  P.  Gmik,  CMcofo;  Harry  A. 
WayM,  EvmmIob;  ArviMl  R.  SiridUur,  Park  Forest,  and 
Jack  M.  Vaa  Eck,  Cycaio,  ■■  of  DL,  MsivMrs  to  American 
Photocopy  Eqoipinet  Conpony,  Evanrtoo,  DL 
FBsd  Apr.  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  813,531 
tat.  CL  G03g  13110 
US.  CL  1 18—637  9  Clains 


An  incubator  egg  turner  having  a  drive  motor  which  drives 
an  output  shaft  having  a  cam  thereon  which  moves  a  first  sin- 
gle pole  double  throw  switch  between  a  first  position  when 
the  cam  is  in  one  180°  portion  of  itt  roution  and  a  second 
position  when  the  cam  is  in  the  other  180*  of  rotation,  a 
timer  motor  which  drives  a  cam  which  moves  a  second 
switch  to  ahemately  connect  said  drive  motor  to  electrical 
power  through  said  first  switch  to  rotate  said  output  shaft 
1 80°  at  a  time,  and  there  being  provided  on  said  output  shaft 
a  crank  arm  which  is  connected  to  the  egg  grid  of  an  incuba- 
tor to  move  said  grid  from  one  posttior  to  another  each  time 
the  output  shaft  is  routed  180*,  and  including  a  test  circuit 
which  can  sdectively  connect  electrical  power  to  the  drive 
motor  no  matter  what  is  the  position  of  said  first  mentioiied 
cam,  and  anchor  rods  rigidly  connected  to  the  turner  by 
which  the  turner  can  be  removably  anchored  to  the  incu| 
tor. 


unw 


Liquid  developer  system  for  electrosutic  printing.  Latent 
images  carried  on  a  sheet  or  web  are  developed  by  distribut- 
ing a  liquid  carrier  containing  toner  particles  over  a 
foraminous  flexible  beh  unit.  The  latent  image  surface  is  con- 
ucted  with  the  liquid  developer  carried  on  the  foraminous 
flexible  belt,  and  excess  liquid  is  removed  from  the  contact 
area  through  small  openings  in  the  belt  surface. 


3,669,076 

ROTATABLE  HOPPER  LIVESTOCK  FEED  DISPENSER 
Jacob  B.  EUta,  Route  2,  P.O.  Box  21 16,  Oknnlgee,  Okla. 
Filed  June  24. 1970.  Scr.  No.  49,216 

Int.  CL  AOlk  5/02  I 

U.S.CL1 19-52  B  4  Claims, 


Cor- 


3,669,074 
BRINE  SHRIMP  HATCHERY 
Robert  Stailo,  BrooUya,  N.Y.,  OMignor  to  Mctaframc 
poratkMi,  Maywood,  N  J. 

Filed  July  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,804 
tat.  CL  AOlk  6i/00 
U.S.CL  119—2  5  Claims 

A  device  for  hatching  brine  shrimp  eggs  having  a  main 
receptacle  provided  with  a  removaUe  cover  for  containing  a 
sah-water  solution  in  which  the  brine  shrimp  eggs  are  to  be 
hatched.  The  cover  is  formed  with  a  central  opening  in  which 
is  seated  a  funnel  shaped  receptacle  having  an  opening  at  itt 
bottom  end.  A  plug  at  the  end  ot  a  rod  serves  to  close  the 


/''/M^/^/^yy 


A  feed  dispenser  apparatus  comprising  a  storage  hopper 
mounted  on  a  support  tower,  said  hopper  being  roUtaUe 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


6U 


about  itt  own  longitudinal  axis.  A  feed  dispensing  conduit  is 
carried  by  the  hopper  and  is  in  open  conununication 
therewith  for  receiving  the  feed  therefrom  and  dispensing  the 
feed  to  a  circular  or  annular  feed  trough.  The  dispensing  con- 
duit moves  simultaneously  with  the  rouuble  hopper  for  dis- 
tributing the  feed  substantially  uniformly  into  the  feed 
trough.  A  feed  screw  or  auger  mechanism  is  roUUbly 
mounted  within  the  feed  dispensing  conduit  for  faciliuting 
movement  of  the  feed  therethrough  and  discharging  of  the 
feed  therefrom. 


3,669,077 
DRINKING  NIPPLE  FOR  POULTRY 
Goaen  Splercnburg,  Hflvcrsum,  Netherlands,  assignor  to  N.V. 
Gcrccdschappcnfabriek  Spkrenburg,  Looscbrccht,  Ncther> 


Flkd  June  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,044 

Clainu  priority,  appttcatloa  Netherlands,  July  1, 1969, 

6910036 

tat.  CL  AOlk  7f02;  F16k  1/06,  1/44 

U.S.  CL  1 19—72.5  5  Clatam 


A  drinking  nipple  for  poultry  comprising  a  housing  having 
two  ball  valves  of  different  diameter  arranged  one  above  the 
other  on  their  seatt,  a  uppet  being  located  in  the  lower  end 
of  said  housing,  said  tappet  having  a  head  co-operating  with 
the  lowermost  ball  valve  and  a  stem  projecting  from  said 
housing,  the  distance  between  the  two  balb  being  such  that 
the  tappet  when  being  raised  first  lifts  the  first  ball  from  itt 
seat  and  upon  further  movement  of  said  tappet  the  first  ball 
lifte  the  second  ball  from  itt  seat. 


3,669,078 
LIVESTOCK  THEATER 
Wayne  H.  Smith,  Lcoti,  Kans. 

Filed  Aug.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,149 
tat.  CL  AOlk  13100, 29/00 
UACL  119-157 


5Clainis 


The  invention  is  a  livestock  treater.  It  has  a  frame  with  a 
reservoir  mounted  thereon.  A  dipper  within  the  reservoir  is 
tumably  connected  to  a  rubbing  device,  preferably  a  portion 


of  the  frame  connected  to  the  dipper.  More  particulariy,  the 
invention  is  a  cattle  treater  having  a  routable  rubbing  device 
integral  with  the  supporting  frame  for  a  reservoir  and  integral 
with  a  dipper  operable  to  remove  liquid  from  the  reservoir 
and  transfer  the  same  to  the  rubbing  device. 


3,669,079 

WATER  HEATER 

Robert  B.  Btack,  2925  Denver  Street,  Corpw  ChiMI.  Tex. 

FBed  Auv.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,775 

Int.  CL  F22b  7/00 

U.S.  CL  122—136  R  12 


Water  heaters  having  a  combustion  chamber  with  a  water 
jacket  and  having  flue  tubes  extended  fixxn  the  combustion 
chamber  with  surrouitding  water  tubes,  the  water  tubes  beinf 
connected  with  the  water  jacket  and  the  circulation  being  ar- 
ranged to  provide  for  passage  of  the  water  through  the  water 
tubes  surrounding  the  flue  tubes  and  through  the  water 
jacket  in  counterflow  relation  to  the  flow  of  productt  of  com- 
bustion throi^  the  combustion  chamber  and  through  the 
flue  tubes. 


3,669,080 

ELECTRONIC  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  INTERNAL 

COMBUSTION  ENGINE  INJECTORS 

Louis  A.   Monpetit,   LTtaaf-to-Vflfe,  FrMMe,  assifnor  to 

Sodetc  dcs  Prooedes  Modemes  d'bOection  Sopromi,  Les 

Murcaux,  FHune 

Fifed  Feb.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No.  9329 
Claims  priority,  appHcation  France,  Feb.  12, 1969, 6903274 

tat  CL  F02ni  51/00 
VS.  CL  123—32  EA  4  < 


An  arrangement  defining  the  duration  of  the  electronically 
controlled  injection  periods  in  an  internal  combustion  en- 
gine, by  returning  the  flip-flop  controlling  the  actuation  of  an 
injector  into  itt  prior  ccmdition  putting  an  end  to  the  opera- 
tion of  the  injector.  To  this  end,  a  uni-jimction  tramistor  is 
grourtded  through  one  base  while  the  other  base  is  subjected 
to  a  voltage  varying  in  accordance  with  the  operation  of  the 
engine  and  defining  the  actually  desired  duration  of  injectian. 
This  duration  is  thereby  brought  to  an  end  by  the  discharge 
of  a  condenser  fed  by  tlie  fbp-flop  and  connected  with  the 
emitter  of  the  uni-jimction  transistor  wfaHe  an  auxiliary 
transistor  tmamitt  the  voltage  of  the  discharged 
to  the  flip-flop  to  return  the  latter  to  ttt  prior  condition. 


512 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,669,M1 

ELECTRONICALLY  CONTROLLED  INJECTING 

ARRANGEMENTS  FEEDING  FUEL  UNIffiR  CONSTANT 

PRESSURE  INTO  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES 

Lemk  A.  Moivdit.  ChMila  dc  to  Bollc,  flwMt,  aniiiior  to 

Sodctc    dtt    praccdn    ModmMs    dl^)ectioa    Modcmcs 

SOPROML  Lci  Mnreavx,  Fraac* 

Filed  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,192 
ClaiBS  priority,  appiodioB  France,  May  23, 1969, 6916896 

bt.  CL  F02m  51/00 
VS.  CL  123-32  EA  5  Ctalms 


mounted  on  the  engine  by  screws  or  the  like  which  already 
exist  on  the  engine.  The  shell-halves  form  cooling-air 
passageways  by  the  engine  for  air  from  the  blower. 


3,669,063 
CARBURETOR  WITH  FUEL  SHUT-OFF  MEANS  HAVING 

A  FUEL-AIR  RATIO  ADJUSTMENT  MECHANISM 
Edward  F.  Fort,  Napervffle,  DL,  assignor  to  International 
Harvester  Conpany,  Chicago,  II. 

FOed  July  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,804 

Int.  a.  F02d  9/00;  F02n  7/12 

U.S.  CL  123—97  B  12  Ciainn 


13H 


5 


A  control  of  the  output  of  the  pump  feeding  fuel  under 
constant  pressure  into  the  manifold  of  an  internal  com- 
bustion engine,  said  pump  operating  under  control  of  an 
electronic  system  defining  the  frequency  and  duration  of  the 
injections.  Said  control  ensures  an  adjustment  of  the  output 
of  the  pump  in  accordance  with  the  actual  requirements  of 
the  engine.  For  instance  an  electric  motor  driving  the  pump 
is  fed  by  pulses  transmitted  electronically  in  synchronism 
with  the  injection-producing  signals  so  that  the  average  cur- 
rent feeding  the  motor  which  is  measured  by  the  integral  of 
said  pulses  may  match  such  requirements  with  a  delay  at  the 
beginning  or  end  of  the  pulse  if  required. 


3,669,082 

INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINE  HAVING  A 

COOLING-AIR  BLOWER 

Ernst  Hatz,  Ruhstorf,  Germany,  assignor  to  Motorenfabrili 

Hats  KG,  Ruiistorf,  Germany 

Filed  May  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,476 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  7, 1969,  P  19  23 

300.2 

Int.  CL  FOlp  1/02,  5/02, 1/10 

VS.  CL  123-41.65  5  Claims 


In  a  carburetor  construction  for  metering  liquid  fuel  for 
delivery  downstream  of  the  throttle  valve  to  a  spark-ignition 
engine,  means  are  provided  for  remotely  controlling  the  fuelf 
to-air  ratio  including  a  rapidly  operative  mechanism  fot 
shutting  off  the  fuel  source  during  periods  when  the  engine 
or  vehicle  is  decelerating  toward  a  predetermined  minimum 
speed  value. 


to  TRW  Inc 


3,669,084 
CARBURETION  SYSTEM 
Harvey  A.  Cooii,  Clcvdand,  Ohio,  aasignc 

Clcveiand,OWo 

Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  800,689,  Feb.  19, 

1969,  now  abandoned  ,  ContinuatioB-in-part  of  application 

Ser.  No.  608,887,  Jan.  12, 1967,  now  Patent  No.  3,475,011 

This  applintion  Oct.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81,165 

Int.  a.  F02n  69/00 

VS.  CL  123—139  AW  14  Claims 


An  internal  combustion  engine  having  a  cooling-air  blower  *  u    •       u 

such  as  an  axial  flow  fan  having  a  mounting  bolt  mounted  Individual  supply  pipes  connect  each  of  the  mtalce  ports  of 

diiecdy  on  the  cyUnder  head  of  the  engine  and  a  housing,  the  engine  to  an  air-fiiel  distributor  system  which  includes  an 

preferably  formed  in  two  theU-halves  connected  together  and  intake  air  manifold.  A  source  of  liquid  fuel  mamtained  at 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


518 


substantially  constant  pressure  is  connected  to  the  air-fiiel 
distributor  system.  A  plurality  of  individual  adjustable  throt- 
tle valves  are  disposed  respectively  within  the  supfriy  pipes 
and  are  interconnected  with  one  another  for  joint  movement. 
The  speed  (and  power)  of  the  engine  is  varied  by  manually 
varying  the  limit  of  adjustability  of  the  air-fiiel  distributor 
system.  The  throttle  valves  are  automatically  (as  contrasted 
with  manually)  adjusted  by  means  of  a  vacuum  controller 
and  throttle  valve  actuator  which  utilizes  after-throttle 
vacuum  as  an  operating  or  power  source  to  adjust  the  throt- 
tle valves  to  maintain  a  substantially  constant  manifold 
vacuum. 


generated  by  the  trigger  winding.  This  first  peak  trigger  pulse 
is  used  to  discharge  the  capacitor  after  it  has  been  charged 


3,669,085 
FUEL  INJECTION  APPARATUS  TO  COMPENSATE  FOR 
TEMPERATURE  AND  PRESSURE  VARIATIONS  IN  THE 

AMBIENT  ATMOSPHERE 
Kiyoshi  Miyaki,  Asaka,  and  Hiroshi  Kogure,  Tokorozawa, 
both  of  Japan,  assignors  to  Handa  Giken  Kogyo  Kabushiki 
Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Aug.  10,  1970,  Ser.  No.  62^28 

Claims  priority,  applicatk>n  Japan,  Aug.  8,  1969, 44/62302 

Int.  CL  F02d  1/04 

VS.  CL  123—140  MC  5  Claims 


E 

/0=^^ 

i  ■ 
<** 

■Tf 

3,669,086 

SOLID  STATE  IGNITION  SYSTEM 

LJubomir  Bcnk;  Peter  Dogadko,  both  of  Chicago,  and  Lwry 

Sansbury,  Eimhurat,  all  of  III.,  aaclgnors  to  Motorola,  Inc., 

Franklin  Park,  DL 

Filed  Sept.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  76^07 

Int.  CI.  F02p  3/06 

VS.  CL  123— 148  E  9  ClainM 

A  solid  state  ignition  system  is  constructed  for  use  with  the 
flywheel  magneto  of  either  single  or  multijde  cylinder  engines 
and  the  ignition  system  utilizes  a  capacitor  discharge  ignition 
circuit  arrangement.  High  energy  pulses  are  produced  by  a 
permanent  magnet  on  a  flywheel  rotating  past  a  charge- 
trigger  coil  assembly  which  induces  magnetic  flux  therein  to 
generate  and  store  energy  in  the  capacitor  of  the  ignition  cir- 
cuit. The  charge-trigger  coil  aasembly  is  a  single  constructed 
unit  having  both  a  capacitor  charging  coil  and  a  trigger  coil 
formed  on  a  single  paramagnetic  core.  Ignition  timing  ad- 
vance is  accomplished  simultaneously  with  and  as  a  result  (rf 
increased  engine  speed.  This  automatic  timing  advance  is  ac- 
complished by  utilizing  the  uniform  change  in  rise  time  of  the 
first   peak   of  a   trinary   peaked   pulse   waveform   that   b 


^ 


1.20 


«  /-ir 


1  7      « 


by  a  previous  trinary  peaked  waveform.  The  peak  following 
the  charge  peak  is  blanked  so  that  the  first  peak  of  the  next 
waveform  is  used  as  the  trigger  pulse. 


A  fuel  injection  apparatus  has  a  negative  pressure  chamber 
connected  to  a  suction  pipe  behind  a  throtUe  valve  for  regu- 
lating the  amount  of  fuel  injected  into  the  engine.  In  order  to 
compensate  for  temperature  and  pressure  variations  of  the 
ambient  atmosphere  and  maintain  the  fuel-air  ratio  at  an  op- 
timum value,  a  selected  amount  of  ambient  air  is  mixed  with 
the  suction  air  to  control  the  magnitude  of  the  negative  pres- 
sure in  the  chamber.  The  amount  of  air  is  regulated  by  a 
valve  controlled  by  a  temperature  sensitive  member  or  a 
pressure  sensitive  member  or  both. 


3,669,087 
LINE  THROWING  GUN 
James  C.  Hamrick,  and  Howard  G.  Ruddkk,  both  of  Char- 
lotte, N.C.,  assignors  to  Jet  Line  Products,  Inc.,  Matthews, 
N.C. 

FOed  Aug.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64446 

Int.  CL  F41f  7/00 

U.S.CL  124—11  llClaiuH 


A  gas  operated  line  throwing  g\m  for  casting  a  line  package 
across  a  relatively  non-accessible  area  such  that  the  trailing 
line  end  may  be  used  to  pull  a  heavier  electrical  Une  through 
the  area.  The  gun  includes  a  lightweight  barrel  defining  a 
continuous  tubular  passageway,  and  one  or  more  escapement 
ports  are  provided  which  extend  radially  through  the  barrel 
wall  for  releasing  the  gas  pressure  in  the  event  the  barrel  is 
obstructed  when  fired,  to  thereby  preclude  bursting  of  the 
same. 


3,669,098 

METHOD  OF  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  SHAPING  THE 

PROFILED  SURFACE  OF  A  ROTATING  TOCNL  VOtL 

PRODUCING  CYCLOID  THREAD  FLANKS  ON  SCREWS 

Gerhard  Stadc,  Berlin,  Gcnnany,  — ignnr  to  Finna  Hvtart 

Lindner  GmbH,  BarBn,  Gcraany 

Filed  Jnne  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45^442 
Clafans  priority,  appUcnlion  Ciiiawj,  Ang.  1, 1969,  P  19  39 

919U> 
InL  CL  B24b  53/06 
U.S.CL  125—11  12CWsns 

A  profiled  surface  of  a  rotating  tod,  such  at  a  grinding 
disk,  for  producing  cycloid  thread  flanks  in  screw*,  is  «**»pm< 
by  a  dressing  device  positionable  in  engagement  with  the  sur- 
face of  the  disk  which  forms  the  threads.  The  dressing  device 
is  movable  along  a  generated  screw  Une  determined  m  a  heli- 
cal line  of  contact  between  the  screw  being  produced  and  an 


514 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


imaginary  counter*acrew  in  engafcment  with  the  screw.  The 
dressing  device  includes  a  traverse  bar  on  which  diamond 
dressing   points   are   positioned   and   the   traverse   bar   is 


June  18,  1972 


formed  as  a  hood  at  the  other  end.  A  centrifugal  fan  is  pro> 
vided  in  the  oven  at  the  hood  used  to  circulate  air  around 
and  through  the  rack.  An  air  inlet  is  provided  in  the  oven 
waU  that  opens  adjacent  the  Can  intake.  The  oven  is  ftirther 
provided  with  an  outlet  fitted  with  a  catalytic  afterburner. 
During  heating  of  the  oven  to  400*-S00°  C.  for  cleaning, 
fresh  air  is  drawn  in  throu^  the  inlet,  circulated  throughout 
the  oven  interior,  and  exhaust  gases  pass  out  through  the  af- 
terburner. 


mounted  for  selectively  moving  the  dressing  point  along  the 
generated  screw  line  in  contact  with  the  profiled  surface  of 
the  disk  so  that  the  proper  profile  for  forming  cycloid  thread 
flanks  is  obtained. 


3,M9,091 
WITHDRAWN 


3^9,089 

SWING  ARM  FOR  HOLDING  A  DRESSING  DEVICE 

Henry  F.  Swcnson,  22  Hobnchfll  Lane,  Roadand,  NJ. 

Filed  Dec.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,654 

bit.CLB24bii/;2 


3,669.092 
FIREPLACE  GRATE  FOR  BURNING  PAPERS 
Keith  G.  BoMcr,  2213  Sooth  McCabk,  Spokane,  Wash. 
FIM  July  10, 1970,  Sar.  No.  53,782 

Int.  CL  F23h  13/02  ^ 

U.S.  CL  126— 165  5  Claimsl 


U.S.CL  125-11  R 


6Clahii8 


A  swing  arm  for  holding  a  dressing  device  is  adapted  for 
mounting  on  a  column  or  base  portion  of  a  machine  tool. 
The  swinging  end  of  the  arm  is  disposed  to  hold  a  threaded 
dressing  member  while  the  arm  is  swung  in  an  arc  around  a 
pivot  shaft.  The  pivot  shaft  retains  a  pivot  joint  which  ih- 


A  fireplace  grate  with  a  framework  of  expanded  meta 


eludes  a  roller  thrust  bearing  disposed  between  the  fixed  and  which  is  provided  with  supports  enabling  the  grate  to  be  al 

the  movable  member  with  a  spring-type  washer  urging  the  tentatively  positioned  in  a  horizontal  orientation  for  buminj 

fixed  and  the  routable  member  together  in  a  determined  logs  in  the  conventional  manner  or  to  be  positioned  uprighi 

frictional  relationship.   An  O-ring  is  seated   in  a  groove  for  burning  newspapers,  magazines  and  the  like, 
formed  at  the  roller  raceway  so  as  to  seal  the  thrust  bearing 
as  well  as  provide  a  dust  seal  and  vibration  dampener. 


3,669,090  

METHOD  OF  CLEANING  AN  OVEN  WITH  INTERNAL 
AIR  CIRCULATION 
Anton  LadhhiH  Jui«,  An  Gcrlchtriioppd  6,  6348  Herborn, 
and  Erhard  Lcdwon,  ScMbikcnwkt  10,  6349  Guntcrsdorf, 
both  ol  Gcmany 

FRed  May  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,128 
CWnv  priority,  appicitfow  GcroMny,  Aus.  18, 1969,  P  19  41 

935J 

InL  CL  F24c  15/32 

VS.  CL  126—21  A  9  Clainis 


»-1 


n  I 


;  ~o  o  o  oooooo  oo 


■.y.-MM-2n'M'MZ^: 


»l=  I  -  coooo^joooo     B^s 


'^OOOUOUUUUUJ 


A  self-cleaning  oven  is  provided  with  a  rack  w^iich  is  sub- 
stantially closed  at  its  sides,  fiilly  open  at  one  end,  and 


3,669,093 
APPARATUS  *0R  GIVING  MEDICAL  TREATMENT  BY 

IRRADIATION  FROM  RADIOACTIVE  SUBSTANCES 
Knrt  Saucrwdn,  DMenburgcr  Wcg  3,  Dusstldorl,  and  Hans 

Goedccke,   Wcimarer   Strasse   59,   Mctlnwnn   Rhindand, 

both  of  Gennany 

Filed  Dec.  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,128 
Claims  priority,  appUcatloa  Germany,  SepC  5, 1969,  P  19  41 

015.8 

Int  CL  A61J  1100;  A61n  5/10;  G21f  5/00 

U.S.CL  128-1,1  lOClaInk 

Apparatus  for  treating  human  or  animal  patients  by  local 
irradiation  from  a  radioactive  substance  comprises  a  hollow 
probe  closed  at  one  end  for  introduction  into  a  natural  or 
surgically  produced  opening  in  the  body  of  the  patient  and  a 
capsule  which  contains  a  quantity  of  the  radioactive  sub- 
stance and  is  fixed  to  the  end  of  a  flexible  but  k>ngitudinal 
thrust-transmitting  cable  which  propels  the  capsule  between 
the  interior  of  a  shielding  block  and  the  interior  of  the  probe 
which  is  fixed  to  the  block  by  a  delivery  tube  through  whidi 
the  cable  extends.  The  cable  passes  through  a  passage  in  the 
block  and  when  the  capsule  is  situated  in  the  interior  of  the 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


516 


block  the  cable  extends  fhmi  the  block  through  an  opening 
in  the  end  of  the  Mock  remote  fiom  the  delivery  tube, 
around  the  greater  part  of  the  periphery  of  a  driving  wheel 
which  is  situated  in  the  housing  containing  the  shielding 
block,  through  a  storage  tube  to  a  terminal  stop.  The  cable  is 
proved  against  the  driving  whed  by  spring-k>aded  roOers  so 
that  it  is  moved  when  the  driving  ^i^ieel  rotates  and  the 
storage  tube  extends  between  the  housings  oi  two  photo-elec- 
tric assemblies  which  detect  the  movement  of  the  end  of  the 


a  human  body  to  detect  radiations  to  convert  them  into  dec- 
trie  signals,  and  a  coaxial  cable  adapted  to  transmit  said  con- 
verted electric  signals  to  an  external  measuring  device  for  de- 


tected  outputs.  The  coaxial  cable  includes  a  layer  of  cartxxi 
powders  interposed  between  an  insulating  layer  adjacent  a 
core  conductor  and  a  shield  conductor. 


cable  remote  from  the  capsule  and  respond  by  controlling 
the  movements  of  the  driving  wheel.  The  effective  length  of 
the  storage  tube,  measured  between  the  two  photo-electric 
cell  assemblies  is  equal  to  the  distance  traveled  by  the  radia- 
tion capsule  between  the  interior  of  the  block  and  the  end  c^ 
the  probe  so  that  the  two  photo-electric  cell  assemblies  stop 
the  driving  wheel  when  the  capsule  is  either  in  its  position  at 
the  closed  end  of  the  probe  or  in  its  position  within  the 
block. 


3,669,096 

SELF-DONNING  SPHYGMOMANOMETER  CUFF 

Mathew  HurwRi,  63  Oakland  Avenue,  Anbomdak,  Mass. 

FHad  Apr.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26^83 

Int.  CL  A61b  5/02 

US.  CL  128—2.05  C  2 


3,669,094 

DEVICE  AND  METHOD  FOR  MEASURING 

INTRACRANIAL  PRESSURE 

WnUam  T.  Heyer,  Santa  Barbara,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  Hcycr- 

Schultc  Corporation,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

FOcd  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,654 

Int.  CL  A61b  5/00;  A61m  27/00 

VS.  CL  128—2  8  Clafam 


sure  without  substantially  affecting  the  existing  pressure  by 
introduction  of  the  measuring  and  drainage  means. 

A  physiological  drainage  catheter  and  a  method  of  using 
the  same  to  provide  a  means  for  measuring  intracranial  prefr- 


3,669,095 
CATHETER-TYPE  SEMI-CONDUCTOR  RADUTION 
DETECTOR  FOR  IN^JtTION  INTO  A  HUMAN  BODY 
TctnUi  Kobaywhi,  Yokohama  shi;  Scttcfai  Takayaw^L  Tokyo, 
and  Tohni  Sugka,  Yokohama-shl,  aU  of  Japan,  assignors  to 
Tokyo  Shibnura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd^  Kawasaki^hi,  Japan 
Flkd  Aug.  22, 1967,  Scr.  No.  662v463 
Clainis  priority,  application  Japan,  Aug.  25,  1966,  41/79743; 
^  Nov.  14, 1966, 41/74423;  Mar.  16, 1967, 42/16082 

Int.  CL  A61b  5/04 
U.S.CL128— 2.1R  lOCIainM 

A  catheter  type  semiconductor  radiation  detector  is  com- 
prised by  a  semiconductor  detector  adapted  to  be  inserted  in 


A  self-donning  sphygmomanometer  cuff  with  adjustable, 
self-donning  features  which  simplify  the  attachment  of  the 
cuff  to  an  arm  or  leg  by  the  person  utilizing  said  cuff.  The 
cuff  has  an  elasticized  strip  portion  secured  at  one  end  to  a 
non-stretchable  portion  of  the  cuff  body  which,  in  combiiia- 
tion  with  cooperating  connector  means  provides  adjustable 
initial  cuff  tension  around  the  appendage  before  it  is  secured 
to  the  appendage  by  conventional  means. 


3,669,097 

LUNG  EXERCISING  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD 

Edward  Fits,  27  Uaniair  Road,  Aril  on.  Pa. 

Coatiaaatloa.iB-part  of  appBeatien  Scr.  No.  680,657,  Nov.  6. 

1967,  new  cbandetd.  This  appBcadon  Jnnc  19,  1969,  Scr. 

No.  843,894 
Int.CLA6Ib5/0« 
U.S.  CL  1 28-2.08  1 1  CMm 

A  device  and  method  for  increasing  the  capacity  and 
strength  of  lungs  having  an  expansible  t>ellows  chamber,  an 
inlet  to  the  chamber  connected  to  a  conduit,  a  mouthpiece  at 
the  end  of  the  conduit  for  breathing  into  it,  and  a  selcctivnly 
adjustable  valve  in  the  conduit  for  constricting  the  possafs 
fi'om  the  mouthpiece  to  the  inlet,  whereby  a  force  in  excess 


516 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


of  the  nonnal  pressure  developed  by  the  lungs  is  required  to 
expand  the  bellows,  and  an  outlet  for  said  chamber  with  a 


June  13,  1972 


3,669.099 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  EVERTING  A 

FLEXIBLE  PROBE  INTO  A  CAVITY 

DanM  SHvcnnm,  5969  South  BinnfaigliMn,  Tuka,  Okliu 

Condnuatloii-lii-part  of  appHcatioa  Scr.  No.  498,653,  Oct.  20, 

1965,  now  Patent  No.  3,502,069.  TMs  appikatloa  Dec.  1, 

1969,  Scr.  No.  881,065 

Int  CL  A61b  05/00 

VS.  CL  128—2  M  27  Claim 


valve  and  variable  control  therefor  adapted  to  open  the  out- 
let when  the  bellows  has  been  expanded  a  preselected 
amount. 


3,669,098 
ENDOTRACHEAL  TUBE 
NagMhige  TakahMU,  Tokyo,  JapMi,  asrignor  to  Olympus  Op- 
tical Com  Ltd.,  Tolqro,  Japan 

FBed  Sept.  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  860,272 

Claiim  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  Oct  5, 1968, 43/86558 

Int.  CL  A61b  1/06 

VS,  CL  128—6  4  Clabm 


4      ,5    9  0^ 


^1     1.'^' 


In  this  invention  a  flexible  thin-walled  tubing  probe  is 
everted  into  a  body  cavity  carrying  with  it  a  medical  instru- 
ment which  can  be  a  long  slender  cylindrical  means.  The 
length  of  tubing  b  everted  and  folded  over  itself  to  provide  a 
double-walled  tubing  having  an  outer  wall,  an  inner  wall, 
with  an  annular  space  between,  and  with  a  central  longitu- 
dinal passage  inside  the  inner  wall.  The  two  ends  are  sealed 
to  close  this  volume  and  means  are  provided  to  fill  the  closed! 
annular  volume  with  a  gas  or  liquid.  The  sealed  tubing  ends 
are  attached,  sealed  to,  or  held  in  contact  with  a  short  cylin-i 
drical,  tube  which  is  used  as  a  handle  or  nozzle,  throughj 
which  the  tubing  is  everted  into  a  body  cavity.  The  long 
cylindrical  element  presses  on  the  other  folded  (back)  end  of 
the  tubing.  This  causes  fluid  to  be  moved  from  the  back  end 
to  the  front  end,  causing  the  tubing  to  be  everted  through  the 
nozzle.  The  cylindrical  element  meanwhile  moves  forward 
with  the  tubing,  through  the  nozzle,  into  the  cavity.  Various 
methods  of  sealing  and  attaching  the  tubing  to  the  nozzle  are 
illustrated. 


An  endotracheal  tube  comprising  a  flexiUe  tube  adapted 
to  be  bent  in  a  plane  and  connected  at  its  rearward  end  to  a 
control  body  in  the  form  of  a  cylindrical  guide  member.  A 
pair  of  string  means  extend  lengthwise  in  the  wall  of  the  flexi- 
ble tube  at  diametrically  opposite  positions  in  the  cross-sec- 
tion thereof  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  neutral  plane  of 
the  flexure  of  the  flexible  tube  with  their  forward  ends 
secured  to  the  forward  end  of  the  flexible  tube  while  their 
rearward  ends  are  connected  to  control  means  in  the  control 
body  so  as  to  be  actuated  thereby  so  that  the  flexible  tube  is 
rendered  to  be  stiffened  without  allowing  the  flexure  thereof 
by  tightening  the  string  means  by  operating  the  control 
means  thereby  facilitating  the  insertion  of  the  endotracheal 
tube  into  the  trachea  while  the  flexible  tube  is  rendered  to  be 
flexible  by  slackening  the  string  means  by  the  operation  of 
the  control  means  so  that  the  operation  of  the  bronchoscope 
inserted  into  the  endotracheal  tube  is  facilitated. 

At  least  one  light  conducting  optical  system  such  as  a  fiber 
optical  system  is  provided  which  extends  lengthwise  in  the 
wall  of  the  flexible  tube  with  the  forward  end  thereof  ter- 
minating at  the  forward  end  of  the  flexible  tube  while  the 
rearward  end  thereof  is  adapted  to  receive  the  illuminating 
light  from  an  external  light  source  at  a  position  adjacent  to 
the  control  body  so  as  to  illuminate  the  trachea  into  which 
the  flexible  tube  is  inserted  by  the  light  transmitted  through 
the  light  conducting  optical  system  to  be  forward  end  thereof 
for  facilitating  the  insertion  <^  the  flexible  tube  which  is  now 
stiffened  so  as  to  maintain  its  rigid  straight  form  into  a 
desired  position  in  the  trachea  by  observing  the  trachea 
through  the  endotracheal  tube. 


3,669,100 

VIBRATING  APPARATUS  FOR  TREATMENT  OF 

FEMALE  DISORDERS 

George  A.  Csanad,  14625  Detroit  Avenue,  Panna,  Ohio 

FIM  June  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,027 

Int.  CL  A61h  1/00 

U.S.  CI.  128-32         ^  3  Claims 


Female  disorders  in  animals  are  treated  by  electricaUr 
vibrating  in  the  vagina  of  the  animal  a  generally  penis-shaped 
instrument  having  means  for  gradually  releasing  and  di^ 
tributing  medications,  such  as  hormone  gels,  antibiotics  and 
the  like  during  the  vibration  process.  The  instrument  is  pro- 
vided with  an  elongated  slot,  preferably  sinusoidal  in 
character,  containing  or  adapted  to  contain  the  medication 
desired.  The  vibrational  energy  penetrates  well  beyond  the 
contacting  surfaces  of  the  vagina  and  thus  assists  in  the 
development  or  redevelopment  of  certain  lazy  oar 
degenerated  muscles  that  appear  to  be  responsible  for  such 
disorders  as  female  frigidity,  certain  menstrual  or 
menopausal  disorders  and  the  like. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


617 


3,669,101 
DEVICE  FOR  THE  RINSING  OF  BODY  CAVITIES 
WiUy  Kleiner,  FiKhmarlitpiatz  9,  8640  RappcrswU,  Switzer- 
land 

Filed  Mar.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  17,458 

Claims  priority,  appUcation  Switzerland,  Mar.  11,  1969, 

3831/69;  Mar.  2, 1970, 2983/70 

Int.  CI.  A61h  9/00 

U.S.  CI.  128-66  7  Claims 


inter-connected  therewith  so  as  to  positively  locate  one  with 
respect  to  the  other  and  prevent  relative  translational  and 
rotational  displacements  tliereof,  a  plurality  of  struts  inter- 
connecting the  platform  and  a  body  jacket  positioned  about  a 
patient,  and  means  for  adjusting  the  lengths  of  the  struts  so  as 
to  select  the  magnitude  of  the  tensile  stress  imparted  through 
the  platform  and  skuU-gripping  mechanism  to  the  cervical 
spine  of  a  patient  equipped  with  such  body  jacket  and  having 
such  mechanism  secured  to  his  skull. 


3,669,102 

ORTHOPEDIC  TRACTION  APPARATUS 

Norman  M.  Harris,  411  30th  Street,  Oakland,  CaUf. 

Filed  June  9,  1969,  Scr.  No.  831,427 

Int  a.  A6  If  5/04 

U.S.  CL  128—84  R 


5ClainB 


Traction  apparatus  for  externally  splinting  the  cervical 
spine  to  effect  fixation  thereof.  The  apparatus  is  charac- 
terized by  providing  adjustment  of  the  height,  tilt,  rotation 
and  anterior  and  posterior  position  of  the  patient's  head 
while  affording  no  or  only  minor  inconvenience  during  an- 
terior or  posterior  surgical  procedures  while  the  traction  ap- 
paratus is  in  position  on  a  patient.  The  traction  apparatus  in- 
cludes a  skull-gripping  mechanism  adapted  to  grip  a  patient's 
skull  and  thereby  be  fixedly  related  thereto,  a  platform  or 
device  supporting  the  skull-gripping  mechanism  and  being 


3,669,103 

ABSORBENT  PRODUCT  CONTAINING  A 

HYDROCELLOIDAL  COMPOSITION 

Billy  Gene  Harper;  Robert  NBm  Baihaw,  and  Bobby  Lcroy 

Atkins,  all  of  Lake  Jackson,  Tex.,  awignors  to  The  Dow 

Chcniicai  Company,  Mldtand,  ^fich. 

Filed  May  31, 1966,  Scr.  No.  553,684 
Int  CL  A61I 15/00 
VS.  CL  128—156  8  Clabm 

Articles  having  improved  abtorbency  for  aqueous  body 
fluids  consist  of  body-conforming  supports  containing  dry, 
soUd  water-swellable,  water-insoluble  polymeric  sorbents 
which  are  lightly  cross-linked  polymers,  such  as  polyvinylpyr- 
rolidones, sulfonated  polystyrenes,  sulfonated  polyvinyl- 
toluenes,  poly-sulfoethyl  acrylates,  poly-2-hydroxyethyl  acry- 
lates,  polyacrylates,  hydrolyzed  polyacrylamides  and 
copolymers  of  acrylamide  with  acrylic  acid. 
Illustrative  of  the  im55 


A  device  for  rinsing  the  bucal  cavity  which  comprises  a 
mouthpiece  adapted  to  be  fitted  into  the  mouth  and  provided 
with  discharge  ports  trained  upon  the  teeth  and  gums  of  the 
user,  a  connection  fitting  adapted  to  be  placed  upon  a  faucet 
spigot,  a  line  connecting  the  mouthpiece  with  this  fitting,  and 
a  control  valve  along  the  line  for  selectively  connecting  the 
mouthpiece  via  a  venturi  to  a  dispenser  for  a  mouth-treating 
liquid,  to  a  discharge  port  opening  into  the  wash  basin,  and 
to  the  mouthpiece. 


3,669,104 
IMPLANT  GUN 
James  B.  Wyatt  Stamford;  Peter  D.  George,  Eaiton,  and 
Kenneth  Van  Dyck,  Weston,  all  of  Conn.,  assignors  to 
Pfizer  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  15,  1970,  Scr.  No.  46,159 

Int  CL  A61m  5/00 

V.S.  CL  128—217  6  CMnm 


Subcutaneous  implant  gun  for  dispensing  pellets  comprises 
case  with  hollow  needle  attached  thereto.  Plunger  in  align- 
ment with  hollow  needle  reciprocates  to  expell  pellets 
through  needle  as  pellets  are  positioned  in  path  of  plunger 
travel.  Reciprocable  bushing  in  alignment  with  hollow  needle 
supportingly  surrounds  plunger.  Trigger  pivoted  to  case  k. 
connected  to  reciprocable  bushing  and  plunger,  and  linkage 
system  between  trigger  and  bushing  and  plunger  causes  bush- 
ing and  plunger  to  move  in  direction  o{  hollow  needle  when 
trigger  is  depressed.  Bushing  and  plunger  move  away  from 
hollow  needle  when  trigger  is  released. 


3,669,105 

BRACE  FOR  ARTICULATED  UMBS 

Ignathis  F.  CastigMa,  500  East  77th  Street,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FHcd  Oct  28,  1969,  Scr.  No.  870,024 

IntCLA61f  J/00 

U.S.CL128— 80C  12 1 

A  brace  for  limiting  a  pair  of  limbs  articulated  to  each 
other  at  a  joint  therebetween  to  swinging  movement  with 


518 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


respect  to  each  other  only  about  a  tingle  axit.  Thus,  the 
brace  may  be  a  knee  brace  for  limiting  upper  and  lower  leg 
limbs  (ot  swinging  movement  relative  to  each  other  only 
about  a  sin^  horizontal  axis  passing  through  the  knee  joint 
A  pair  of  limb-engaging  components  are  shaped  respectively 
to  engage  the  limbs  on  one  side  thereof  at  locations  spaced 
from  the  joint,  and  a  pair  of  arms,  which  are  fixed  to  these 
components,  extend  into  overiapping  relation  at  end  regions 
of  the  arms  which  are  pivoted  to  each  other  for  limiting  them 
to  swinging  movement  about  an  axis  which  will  coincide  with 
the  single  axis  about  which  the  limbs  wiU  be  free  to  turn.  A 


joint-engaging  components  is  adapted  to  engage  the  joint  at 
the  side  of  the  limbs  opposite  from  the  limb-engaging  com- 
ponents, and  a  pair  of  relatively  stiff  members  extend  from 
the  pair  of  limb-engaging  components  around  to  the  region 
of  the  joint-engaging  components  where  the  latter  together 
with  these  relatively  stiff  members  are  pivoted  to  each  other 
for  free  swinging  movement  with  respect  to  each  other  about 
an  axis  which  also  will  coincide  with  the  above  single  axis.  In 
this  way.  while  the  limbs  will  be  free  to  swing  with  respect  to 
each  other  about  this  single  axis  which  passes  through  the 
joint,  they  are  prevented  from  turning  with  respect  to  each 
other  about  any  other  axis. 


3,669,106 
SURGICAL  DRAPE  WITH  ADHESIVE  ATTACHMENT 

MEANS 
Mark  S.  Schrading,  Mcnodia,  and  Terry  L.  Winters,  Neenah, 
both  of  Wis.,  assignors  to  Khnbcriy-Clark  Corporation, 
Ncciiah,Wis. 

Filed  July  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  58^36 

Int  a.  A61f  13/00 

US.  CL  128—132  D  6  Claims 


A  disposable  surgical  drape  sheet,  of  the  type  having  a 
nonwoven  sheet  for  placing  over  a  surgical  patient  and  hav- 
ing a  reinforced  fenestration  area  with  a  fenestration  to  ex- 
pose an  operative  area,  is  provided  with  a  pair  of  elongated 
strips  of  normally  tacky  and  pressure-sensitive  adhesive  along 
one  pair  of  opposed  edges  of  the  fenestration.  A  pair  of 
removable  peel  strips  covering  the  adhesive  strips  are 
removed  before  using  the  sheet,  thereby  exposing  the  adhe- 
sive and  permitting  the  sheet  to  be  secured  to  the  patient. 


June  13,  197? 


3,669,107 
LAP  COVER  AND  RESTRAINER 
John  T.  Poacy,  1739  Meadowbrook  RomI,  Altadena,  C^U. 
FIM  Feb.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  14,043 

i        ULCL  A61f  13/00 
t— 134 


VS.  CL  128— U 


lOOairai 


A  patient  is  restrained  in  a  chair  by  a  lap  cover  preferabfy 
made  of  a  terrydoth  sheet  and  extending  from  the  waist  of 
the  patient  downwardly  over  his  luiees.  A  waist  strap  secured 
to  the  top  of  the  lap  cover  is  fastened  behind  the  back  of  thje 
chair,  and  a  knee  strap  secured  to  a  portion  of  the  lap  cover 
below  the  knees  of  the  patient  is  fastened  to  a  portion  of  the 
chair's  lower  supporting  structure.  One  form  of  the  lap  covot 
includes  an  enclosure  below  the  knee  strap  disposed  around 
the  patient's  lower  legs  and  feet.  A  harness  can  be  fastened 
to  the  top  of  the  lap  cover  and  extended  over  the  shouldecs 
of  the  patient  and  secured  behind  the  back  of  the  chair  tp 
hold  the  patient's  upper  torso  against  the  back  of  the  chair. 


3,669,108 
VENTILATOR 

Lcif  J.  SuBdbioai,  Castro  Valley,  and  Louis  A.  OlUvicr,  Mcnlo 
Park,  both  ef  CaUf.,  aasigiiors  to  Vcriflo  Corporatioii, 
Richmond,  Calif. 

Filed  Oct  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  867,804 

Int.  Ci.  A62b  7/02 

U.S.  CI.  1 28— 145.8  ^  45  Clain^ 


VSa 


A  ventilator  capable  of  both  pressure-cycled  and  volum<  - 
cycled  operation.  A  main  valve  connects  a  gas  supply  condu  t 
to  a  downstream  conduit  when  the  pressure  in  a  command 
signal  conduit  reaches  a  first  predetermined  pressure  level 
and  closes  off  the  downstream  conduit  from  the  gas  suppljy 
conduit  when  the  pressure  in  the  command  signal  conduh 
drops  below  a  second  predetermined  pressure  level.  In  the 
expiratory  cycle,  the  command  signal  conduit  and  the 
downstream  conduit  are  bled  to  atmospheric.  The  inspirai 
cycle  may  be  initiated  ( 1 )  by  the  patient  breathing  in 
thereby  lowering  airway  pressure,  or  (2)  after  a  time  1; 
following  the  commencement  of  said  expiratory  phase,  the 
duration  of  said  time  lapse  being  determined  as  a  set  multiple 
of  the  time  of  the  preceding  inspiratory  phase.  The  expirato- 
ry phase  may  be  initiated  ( I )  by  the  achievement  of  a 
predetermined  airway  pressure  or  (2)  upon  the  delivery  of  a 
predetermined  volume  of  gas. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


619 


3,669,109  3,669.112 

BREATHING  APPARATUS  "       ONE-PIECE  NIPPLE,  PACIFIER  AND  THE  LIKE 

Stairiey  John  Chcflcrs,  Scaford,  and  MkhMi  Harvey  Giynn,  EUsabcth    Magcr,   Ceiagnr-I  lailithalt    Hdga   Sdmlz,  and 

Hook,  both  d  EmiMid,  — ignnn  to  Slebe  GormaB  A  Com-  Peter  Schaiz,  both  of  HcMdberi,  aH  of  Germany,  SMliMrB 

pony  llmHrii,  niimliigliai.  Surrey,  Ei^land  to  Fhrma  Carl  Plaat,  Kola,  Gcrasaay 

FBed  July  31, 1969,  Ser.  No.  846393  Filed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  11 

ClainH  priority,  appHcatkia  Great  Britain,  Aug.  8,  1968,  Claims  priority,  appttcatloa  Gcmaay,  Jan.  21,  1969,  P  19  02 


37,903/68 
Int.  CL  A61m  16/00 


VS.  CI.  128—147 


r\ 


772.6 

Int.  CI.  A61J  11/00;  A61f  5/01;  A61J  1 7/00 
1  Clafan   U.S.  CI.  128-252  2  Claims 


In  breathing  apparatus,  inhalation  valve  means,  which  al- 
lows gas  to  be  inhaled  from  an  inhalation  conduit,  is  situated 
directly  within  the  path  of  flow  of  the  exhaled  gas  so  that,  in 
operation,  heat  is  transferred  from  the  exhaled  gas  to  the  in- 
halation valve  means.  The  flow  of  warm,  exhaled  gas  over  the 
inhalation  valve  means  raises  the  temperature  of  the  valve 
means  and  reduces  the  likelihood  of  ice  formation. 


3,669,110 
COMPRESSIBLE  BIOMEDICAL  ELECTRODE 
George   M.    Low,   Deputy    Administrator   of   the   National 
Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration  with  respect  to  an 
invention  of,  and  James  D.   Frost,  Jr.,  6404  Mobud, 
Houston,  Tex. 

FUed  Nov.  5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  87,222 

Int  CL  A61n  1/04 

U.S.CL128— 2.1E  2  Claims 


5   

* 

\^  m 

'f 

»"«"■    Si 

:4 

In  a  hypodermic  syringe,  automatic  retraction,  achieved  by 
interposing  resilient  means  between  the  barrel  and  the 
plunger.  ^ 


A  one-piece  nipple,  pacifier  and  the  like  has  a  bag-shaped 
sucking  portion,  a  disc-shaped  part  engaging  the  lips,  a  part 
located  between  the  two  and  forming  a  base  of  the  bag- 
shaped  portion,  and  an  outer  part  located  upon  the  other  side 
of  the  disc.  The  device  is  particulariy  characterized  in  that 
the  base  part  has  a  lesser  wall  thickness  than  the  other  parts. 


A  preferred  embodiment  of  an  electrode  which  incor- 
porates a  silicone  rubber  sponge  which  is  immediately  ad- 
jacent to  a  chlorided  silver  disk  carried  in  a  silicone  rubber 
base,  the  electrode  being  covered  with  a  thin  leak-proof  vinyl 
coating  for  storing  electrolyte  solution  from  the  point  of 
manufacture.  The  sponge  rubber  holds  the  electrcdyte  until  it 
is  required  at  the  time  of  usage.  A  force  on  the  exterior 
causes  the  electrolyte  to  moisten  the  skin  to  provide  good 
ohmic  contact  with  the  subject. 


3,669,111 

AUTOMATIC  RETRACTING  HYPODERMIC  SYRINGE 

Ben  B.  Dubncr,  84  Marcus  Avenue,  New  Hyde  Park,  N.Y. 

FDed  May  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39,084 

im.  CL  A61m  5/00 

VS.  a.  128—218  P  3  Clahns 


3,669,113 
INHALATION  DEVICE 
Roger  Edward  CoDingwood  Akouayan,  Wllmslow,  Fnglawl, 
and  Harry  Howdl,  deceased,  late  of  Castk  DonalngtoB,  En- 
gland (Eunice  Cockbum  HowcB,  executrix),  assignnn  to 
FIsoBs,  Limited,  London,  England 
ContiauatioB-iB-part  of  appbcatiea  Ser.  No.  745,774,  July  18, 
1968,  which  is  a  continuatioB-iB-part  of  appUcatioB  Ser.  No. 
532,271,  Mar.  7, 1966.  This  application  June  18, 1969,  Ser. 

No.  871,468 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  May  16, 1969, 

25,067/69;  Jan.  8, 1969, 1,206/69;  May  16, 1969, 25,069/69; 

June  7, 1968,27,210/68 

Int  CL  A61m  15/00 

VS.  CL  128-266  25  Claims 


\ 


A  method  and  device  for  dispensing  a  particulate  medica- 
ment material  from  a  container.  The  container  provided  with 
at  least  one  powder  outlet  is  rotated  by  pneumatic  means 
about  an  axis  of  the  container.  The  axis  of  rotation  is  caused 
to  precess  so  as  to  describe  a  path  of  precession  which  is  con- 
tained within  a  generally  conical  surface  of  precession,  and 
the  axis  of  rotation  of  the  container  is  at  an  angle  to  the  axis 
of  the  generally  conical  surfaces  of  precession.  This  cauaes 
the  walls  of  the  container  to  undergo  repeated  changes  in 
radial  acceleration  with  respect  to  the  axis  of  the  generally 
conical  surface  of  precession,  which  chanpes  of  acceletatkw 
are  of  sufficiem  magnitude  to  overcome  the  centriftigal  and 
cohenve  forces  «1uch  hoM  the  pattides  of  powder  in  plaoe 
upon  the  wall  of  the  container. 


520 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,669,114 
SANITARY  NAPUN 
Bruno  P.  Moranc,  Paris,  France,  aMigno 

Filed  June  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47,260 
Clafam  priority,  appHcadon  France,  June  24, 1969, 6921 148 

Int.  CL  A61f  13116 
U.S.  a.  128—290  8  Claim* 


A  port  passes  through  the  wall  to  the  passage  for  the  purpose : 
of  draining  fluid  from  the  region  surrounding  the  tube.  A 
to  L'Oreal,  Paris,  peripheral  cuff  surrounds  the  wall  and  is  fastened  thereto  on 
each  side  of  the  port,  the  cuff  ballooning  away  firom  the  wall 
to  leave  a  cavity  therebetween.  The  cuff  is  made  of  a  flexiblf 
openpore  silicofie  rubber  sponge  which  provides  a  larg^ 


number  of  restricted,  but  continuous,  passages  from  outside 

of  the  cuff  to  the  cavity,  and  an  increased  surface  area 

„     .  ,  .  1      I.     *K  II-  «f  „u.^,u^.,.    thereby  to  screen  or  filter  fluid  which  reaches  the  port  from 

Sanitary  napkm  composing  a  plurality  of  balls  of  ateorbem  J  ^  ^^^^^  ^^  ^^^  ^  ^.^^^ 

nriatenal  which  are  movable  with  respect  to  each  other  «,       «  ^^^^^^  ^^^^  ^^  ^^^^^^  ^^^ 

that  the  shape  of  the  napkm  may  conform  to  the  configura-        ^^.y    ^^^^^       ^^^^^^^^  ^.^^  surrounding  tissue. 

tion  of  the  body  of  the  user.  *  / 


3,669,115 
SURGICAL  INSTRUMENT  WITH  TRUNNIONED  HINGE 

MEANS 
Frederick  J.  Melges,  Battle  Creek,  Mkh.,  assignor  to  Rymel 

Corporation,  Sierra  Madre,  Calif. 

Continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  19^29,  Mar.  13, 

1970,  wliich  is  a  continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No. 

780,463,  Dec.  2, 1968,  now  Patent  No.  3,566^73,  dated  Mar. 

2, 1971.  This  application  Mar.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  19328 

Int.  CL  A61b  171326,  19/08;  A44b  21/00 

VS.  a.  128—305  2  Claims 


I  3,669,117 

COMBINATION  TEETHER  AND  PACinER 
Murry  Herbst,  43  West  23rd  Street,  N.  Floral  Park,  N.Y. 
Filed  Apr.  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  30,645 
Int.  CI.  A61J  77/00 
U.S.CL  128—360 


8ClaidB 


A  surgical  instrument  is  provided  particularly  suited  for 
use  in  circumcision  operations  comprising  a  clamping  and 
holding  member  adapted  to  be  readily  formed  of  molded 
plastic  material  and  especially  constructed  for  use  in  circum- 
cision operations  involving  the  use  of  conventional  hospital 
instruments  such  as  a  probe,  scalpel,  hemostat,  and  the 
clamping  and  holding  member  comprising  side  members 
pivotally  connected  at  their  ends  by  a  novel  tnmnioned  hinge 
joint.  In  a  preferred  form  the  instrument  includes  in  com- 
bination with  the  clamping  and  holding  member  a  cutting 
member  pivotally  mounted  on  the  clamping  and  holding 
member  and  guided  in  cooperative  operating  position,  and 
which  instrument  is  sufficiently  inexpensive  so  that  it  can  be 
discarded  after  the  end  of  the  operation  thereby  obviating 
the  need  of  sterilization  for  reuse. 


A  combination  teether  and  pacifier  in  the  form  of  a  thin 
walled,  flexible  body  having  nipple,  guard  and  teething  por- 
tions which  are  hollow  and  in  communicating  relation  ^o 
each  other. 


UTERBWl 


3,669,118 
DISPLACEMENT  DEVICE 
Miguel  Angel  Colon-Moraks,  GJ».0.  Box  4547,  San  Ji 
P.R. 

Filed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89,688 

Int.  a.  A61b/ 7/42 

U.S.  a.  128—361  4  Claiiw 


Juan, 


3,669,116 

DRAINAGE  CATHETER  WITH  ANTI^LOGGING 

MEANS 

WaHam  T.  Beyer,  SanU  Barbara,  CaUf.,  aarignor  to  Heycr- 

Schnlte  Corporation,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

Flkdjaly  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,655  ^     .    .  .    .  «j 

Int  CI.  A61in  27/00  This  disclosure  is  directed  to  a  mechamcal  device  to  enact 

U.S.  CL  128—350  R  4  ClalnM    left  uterine  displacement  to  prevent  or  treat  supine  hypoten- 

A  physiotogical  drainage  catheter  comprising  an  elongated   sive  syndrome^  in  a  patient,  e^g..  during  Cesarean  Section 

tube  with  a  central  axis  and  a  peripheral  wall  surrounding  it.    operations.   '^-    -*  *'"'" 


The   device   includes   an   adjustable   stanchion 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


581 


adapted  to  be  suitably  supported  adjacent  a  patient  to  which 
there  is  connected  an  adjustable  arm  and  associated  com- 
pression means  for  effecting  left  displacement  of  the  uterus. 
The  device  is  constructed  for  universal  adjustment  in  any  of 
the  three  axial  planes  so  as  to  be  readily  adjusted  to  any  par- 
ticular patient. 


3,669,119 

ADJUSTABLE  ELECTRODE  MEANS  FOR  A  SLEEP 

INDUCING  MACHINE 

Paul  S.  Synunes,  ComwaU  Heights,  Pa.,  assignor  to  American 

Clinic,  Inc.,  Seattle,  Wash. 

Filed  Mar.  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  16,441 

Int.  a.  A61n  1/04 

U.S.  a.  128—410  4  Claims 


3,669,121 
AXIAL  FLOW  THRESHING  AND  SEPARATING  MEANS 

WITH  A  LOAD  DISTRIBUTING  THRESHING  ROTOR 
Edward  WiUlan  Rowlaad-Hin,  Lancaster,  Pa.,  avignor  to 
Sperry  Rand  Corporation,  New  Holland,  Pa. 

Filed  June  30,  1970,  Ser.  No.  51,082 

Int.  CL  AOlf  7/06 

U.S.  CL  130—27  T  6  Claims 


A  mask  adapted  to  be  worn  on  the  head  of  a  person  in- 
cludes more  than  two  electrodes  adapted  to  couple  electrical 
pulse  signals  to  provide  parallel  current  paths  from  a  pulse 
source  to  the  head  of  the  person  to  induce  sleep  or  relaxa- 
tion. Flexible  members  couple  the  signals  to  different  sur- 
faces of  the  person's  head.  Adjustment  means  are  associated 
with  at  least  one  of  the  flexible  elements  to  vary  the  state  of 
compression  thereof  and  thereby  balance  the  current  paths 
between  the  two  current  paths  provided  by  the  two  elec- 
trodes. 


3,669,120 

DEVICE  FOR  STARTING  OR  STIMULATING  HEART 

CONTRACTIONS 

Lars    Stig    Nielsen,    Copenhagen,    Dennaark,    assignor    to 

Christian  Rovsing  A/S,  Copenhagen,  Denmark 

Filed  July  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  53,55? 

Claims  priority,  application  Denmark,  July  1 1, 1969, 3765 

Int.  CL  A61n  1/36 

VS.  CL  128-419  P  7  Clainv 


^ 


!l 


^ 


-^ 


ILICIIIC 

tllClit 

— I — 


^ 


MPUFICI 


■^ 


-^ 


•yf 


l*»M"«»lt 


'» 


■MtTtllE 


writ       */ 

CIIMIT     t*"^ 


/f*» 


/»- 


■y  wmniit 


*ocmt 


3 


ii>-TNn  j^. 

uaiuTM  V 
-^ ^i 


-^  CIKDlt   ^^ 


v;^ 


A  Pacemaker  of  the  demand  type  having  an  output  control 
circuit  arranged  to  control  the  produced  pace  impulses  in 
such  a  manner  that  the  amplitude  of  each  impulse  is  slightly 
less  than  that  of  the  preceding  impulse.  When  the  amplitude 
has  decreased  below  the  threshold  value  so  that  a  heart  im- 
pulse fails  to  occur  within  a  predetermined  period,  a  reset 
circuit  will  cause  another  pace  impulse  to  be  produced  hav- 
ing a  given  initial  amplitude. 


An  axial  flow  threshing  and  separating  rotor  of  an  agricul- 
tural combine  has  a  plurality  of  axially  extending  threshing 
means  circumferentially  arranged  to  enter  the  threshing  zone 
at  different  times  for  distribution  of  the  threshing  load. 


3,669,122 
AXLAL  FLOW  COMBINE  WITH  A  ROTARY  DISCHARGE 
Edward  William  Rowiand-Hill,  Lancaster,  Pa.,  assignor  to 

Sperry  Rand  Corporation,  New  Holland,  Pa. 
Continuation-ia-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  51,082,  June  30, 
1971.  This  application  June  10,  1971,  Ser.  No.  151,682 
Int.  CL  AOlf  12/44 
U.S.  CL  130—27  T  16  ( 


^'K7U 


The  axial  flow  combine  has  two  threshing  and  separating 
units  in  side-by-side  relation  that  receive  cut  crops  in  the 
front  and  discharge  threshed  material  in  the  rear  through 
downwardly  facing  openings  to  a  rotary  discharge  assemMy. 
A  grain  pan  and  a  grain  cleaning  mechanism  are  positioned 
underneath  the  axial  flow  unit  to  receive  and  clean  separated 
grain.  The  grain  cleaning  mechanism  extends  rearwardly  sub- 
stantially further  than  the  axial  flow  units.  The  rotary 
discharge  assembly  comprises  a  deflector  shield  pivotally 
mounted  to  the  discharge  of  the  axial  units,  a  curved  trans- 
verse grate  and  a  four-bladed  beater.  The  beater  is  rotatabiy 
mounted  above  the  grate  to  sweep  the  discharged  crop 
material  across  the  grate  and  impel  it  rearwardly  in  an  up- 
wardly curved  arc  over  and  rearwardly  of  the  rear  end  of  the 
grain  cleaning  mechanism. 


522 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3^9,123 
STOVER  SAVER  FOR  COMBINES 
McMb  V.  CMJdkrt.  Ncwtom  Kuh.,  and  Vcrlfai  Wiggm, 
BwKToll,  S.  Dalu,  MrigBOff  to  IlwrtoB  Corporrtion,  Hch- 
ton,  Kant. 

FBcd  Jan.  19, 1971,  Ser.  No.  107,731 

lat  CL  AOlf  12140 

\}S.  CL  130—27  R  9  Claims 


A  chopper  unit  secured  to  a  combine  centrifiigally  chops 
and  blows  residue  received  from  the  strawwalkers  of  the 
combine  downwardly  and  rearwardly  through  the  open  bot- 
tom of  the  chopper  housing  into  an  arcuate  receptacle  having 
a  rearwardly  extending,  volute  eduction  tube  at  one  end 
thereof,  and  thence  throu^  an  upwardly  and  rearwardly  ex- 
tending spout  leading  from  the  tube.  The  lowermost  edge  of 
the  front  wall  of  the  chopper  housing  is  disposed  forwardly  of 
the  axis  of  rotation  of  the  chopper  and  cooperates  with  the 
opposite  end  of  the  receptacle  to  define  an  inlet  through 
which  secondary  air  currents  are  drawn.  Three  species  of  the 
invention  embody  alternative  forms  ci  agitated  feeder  slides 
which  deliver  stover  frtxn  the  reciprocating  shaker  shoe  of 
the  combine  to  the  inlet  where  it  is  drawn  into  the  receptacle 
and  admixed  with  the  chopped  residue  for  subsequent  air 
conveyance  through  the  tube  and  the  spout.  The  spout  is 
open  along  the  bottom  stretch  thereof  to  permit  the  induc- 
tion of  outside  air  thereinto  as  the  admixture  travels 
therethrough. 


3,669,124 
ANTI-DUST  DEVICE  FOR  A  COMBINE 
FraM  J.  Dc  Cocnc,  and  GIbcrt  J.  Stnibbc,  both  of  Zcddgem, 
Bdfhim,  ■MJgnor*  to  Ciayaen  N.V.,  Ztdslgtm.  Bdgiuni 

FOmI  Nov.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,507 

Claims  priority,  appiicatkm  Belgium,  Nov.  14, 1969, 741666; 

Oct  15, 1970, 50525 

Int.  CL  AOlf  12118 

MS.  CL  130—27  R  23  Clafam 


An  anti-dust  device  for  a  combine  having  a  feeder  housing 
with  a  discharge  end  disposed  adjacent  to  a  threshing 
cylinder,  the  feeder  housing  including  a  conveyor  for  deliver- 
ing crop  material  into  the  threshing  cylinder.  The  anti-dust 


device  includes  a  plate  pivotally  mounted  transversely 
between  the  upper  portion  of  the  feeder  housing  and  the 
threshing  cylinder,  thereby  obstructing  the  movement  of  dui| 
from  the  threshing  cylinder  back  through  the  feeder  housing. 
The  plate  is  spring  biased  to  normally  assume  a  position  in 
close  proximity  to  the  circumference  of  the  threshing 
cylinder  but  is  moveable  outwardly  therefrom  by  the  engagei- 
ment  therewith  of  crop  material  rotating  with  the  cylinder.  | 
This  invention  relates  to  combines  and  more  particular  t6 
anti-dust  devices  for  controlling  the  internal  flow  of  air  hav 
ing  dust  particles  suspended  therein. 


3,669,125 

TAILINGS  RETURN  DISCHARGE  FOR  AXIAL  FLOW 

COMBINES 

Edward  WilUani  Rowland-HiU,  and  Horace  G.  McCarty,  botk 
of  Lancaster,  Pa.,  assignors  to  Sperry  Rand  CorporatioQ, 
New  Holland.  Pa. 

Fflcd  June  23,  1971,  Scr.  No.  155,921 

Int.  CL  AOlf  7106 

MS.  CL  130-27  T  12  CWn^ 


The  tailings  fetum  discharge  for  an  axial  flow  combine 
feeds  tailings  to  the  oppositely  and  adjacently  downwardly 
rotating  feed  augers  of  the  respective  feed  sections  of  two 
axial  flow  units  of  a  combine  and  has  a  horizontal  condtiit,  a 
tailings  return  auger  within  the  conduit  and  intermediate  and 
end  ducts  connecting  the  conduit  to  the  axial  unit  feed  seo- 
tions,  respectively,  for  passing  tailings  into  the  crop  feed.  The 
tailings  return  auger  has  a  member  over  the  end  duct  to 
prevent  the  accumulation  of  crop  material  thrown  by  thf 
feed  auger  that  is  rotating  at  the  duct  exit  opposite  to  th^ 
direction  of  feed  of  the  tailings  return  auger. 


I  3,669,126 

FILTERS  FOR  TOBACCO  SMOKE 
Elie  MIchd  Souasa,  and  Jabboor  Habaycb,  both  of  Anunad, 
Jordan,  assignors  to  Lemo  Limited,  Grand  Cayman,  British 
W.  Indies 

Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  768,210,  Oct  8, 1968, 
now  abandoned.  This  appHcatlon  Feb.  24, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

100,736 
Int  CL  A24b  15102;  A24d  01106;  A24f  13106 
MS.  CL  131—10.9  3  Claims 

The  specification  discloses  a  filter  for  tobacco  smoke 
which  includes  a  basic  substance,  such  as  calcium  hydroxide, 
which  is  capable  of  reacting  with  acid  gases  present  in  the 
tobacco  smoke  to  remove  certain  of  the  undesirable  impuri- 
ties in  the  tobacco  smoke,  and  to  provide  in  the  filter  water 
through  which  the  tobacco  smoke  is  drawn  to  cool  it  and  to 
remove  particulate  matters  which  otherwise  would  be  carried 
by  the  tobacco  smoke  into  the  body  of  the  smoker. 


t 


3,669,127 
i  FILTERED  TOBACCO  PIPE 
Kcrmeth  L.  Owens,  P.O.  Box  121,  Payson,  Ariz. 
Filed  June  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,424 

IntCLA24fO//22 
U.S.  CL  131—194  3  Clataai 

A  filtered  tobacco  pipe  is  provided  with  a  bowl,  a  stem  and 
a  filter  chamber  and  heat  exchanger  connecting  the  bowl  and 
the  stem.  The  filter  chamber  and  heat  exchanger  is  made  d 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


528 


aluminum  and  provided  with  fins  to  efficiently  cool  the  hot 
smoke  and  condense  the  moisture  therein.  The  filter 
chamber  itself  is  provided  with  a  tapered  bore  and  adapted  to 


be  easily  filled  with  tobacco  which  absorbs  the  smoke  con- 
densates. An  irregular  spheroid  is  placed  over  the  opening  to 
the  stem  in  the  upered  end  of  the  filter  chamber  to  prevent 
the  filter  material  from  plugging  the  opening. 


3,669,128  ^ 

DEVICE  FOR  FILTERING  TOBACCO  SMOKE 

Joseph  H.  Cohen,  1 1 10  Venetian  Way,  Miand,  Fla. 

Filed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,969 

Int  a.  A24f  01 130,  01/04 

MS.  a.  131—261  B  4  Cfadms 


backcombed  matted  mass  of  hair  and  is  removably  located 
and  held  in  place  with  requisite  nicety  and  certainty  by  the 
teeth  of  attachable  companion  combs.  The  fatwic  base  of  the 
wiglet  is  preferably  but  not  necessarily  sewn  atop  the  ring  by 
way  of  threads  which  are  threaded  through  holes  provided 
therefor  in  the  ring. 


3.669,130 

HAIR  COMBS 

Frank  G.  Petroczky,  416  N.  Ma^  Avenue,  Oak  Park,  DL 

Filed  June  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  153,693 

Int  CL  A45d  24/04 

MS.  CL  132— 138  g  ClaiuM 


A  device  for  filtering  tobacco  smoke,  comprising  a  filter 
assembly  that  includes  a  chamber  in  which  a  measured  quan- 
tity of  liquid  is  contained,  the  front  and  the  rear  wall  of  the 
chamber  each  having  an  opening  formed  therein  through 
which  smoke  is  drawn  and  a  plug  of  filter  material  located  in 
and  extending  through  the  opening  in  the  rear  wall,  the  body 
of  the  article  on  which  the  device  is  secured  being  manipu- 
lated prior  to  the  smoking  thereof  to  saturate  the  material  in 
the  opening  with  the  liquid  as  contained  in  the  chamber, 
wherein  smoke  as  drawn  through  the  chamber  and  saturated 
material  is  filtered  and  cooled  prior  to  being  inhaled  by  the 
smoker.  The  compartments  forward  and  rearwardly  of  the 
chamber  may  house  filters,  such  as  cotton  pads,  which  func- 
tion to  remove  additional  unpurities. 


3,669,129 
WIGLET  ATTACHING  DEVICE 
David  Scrcbrin,  MobOe,  Abu,  assignor  to  Venture  Enterprises, 
Inc.,  MobBe,  Aku 

Filed  Oct  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,295 

Int  CL  A45d  8/00 

MS.  CL  132—46  R  6  Claims 


A  wiglet  positioning  and  attaching  device  characterized  by 
a  plastic  or  an  equivalent  ring  or  collar  having  means  for 
anchoring  a  base-equipped  wiglet  in  a  given  ready-to-use 
position.  The  ring  or  collar  is  adapted  to  encompass  a 


The  hair  combs  have  two  sets  of  curved  teeth,  the  two  sets 
being  aligned  in  alternating  sequence.  The  curvature  of  the 
teeth  of  the  respective  sets  of  teeth  is  in  opposite  directions 
and  the  teeth  oi  one  set  cross  the  teeth  of  the  other  set.  At 
the  outer  or  tree  end  of  the  teeth,  fntxigs  are  provided. 


3,669,131 

COIN  COUNTING  AND  ROLLING  APPARATUS 

James  W.  Parker,  3344  EMt  WcMoa,  Phocrix,  Aril. 

FUed  Sept  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,715 

lot  CL  G07d  9J00 

MS.  CI.  133—8  A  3 


In  order  to  facilitate  and  expedite  manual  counting  and 
rolling  of  bulk  coins  o{  a  given  denomination,  apparatus  is 
provided  for  semiautomatically  grouping  bulk  coins  into 
small  equal  groups,  each  group  constituting  a  predetermined 
fraction,  such  as  one-tenth  of  a  roll.  The  apparatus  consists 
generally  of  two  counter-members  hinged  together  with  the 
upper  member  having  a  predetermined  number  0(  compart- 
ment openings  dimensioned  to  accept  the  number  of  coins 
corresponding  to  the  above-mentioned  fraction  oi  a  roll  and 
the  lower  member  having  a  chanitd  disposed  beneath  the 
compartment  openings  of  the  upper  member.  In  operation, 
bulk  coins  <^  the  appropriate  denomination  are  manually 
worked  into  the  compartment  openings  until  all  have  ac- 
cepted the  maximum  number  of  coins.  The  upper  member  is 
then  swimg  away  leaving  the  number  of  coins  constituting  a 
roil  laying  in  the  channel  of  the  lower  member  from  which 
they  may  be  manually  slid  into  a  coin  wrapper.  To  chm^ 
coin  denomination,  the  unit  comprising  the  upper  and  lower 


524 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


counter  members  is  removed  from  a  base  and  replaced  with  a 
similar  unit  with  appropriately  dimensioned  compartment 
openings  for  receiving  the  new  denomination  to  be  counted. 
The  base  has  three  compartments  including  a  first,  central 
compartment  for  storing  uncounted  coins  and  including  the 
support  for  the  counter  apparatus,  a  second  compartment  for 
storing  coin  wrappers  where  they  are  easUy  accessible,  and  a 
third  compartment  for  storing  rolled  coins. 


3,669,132 
DISHWASHING  APPARATUS 

Wesley  Mamrose,  Magnus  Lane  R.D.  #5,  Irwin,  Pa. 
Filed  Sept.  29, 1970,  S«r.  No.  76,560 
Iirt.  a.  B08b  3102,  15/00 
U.S.  CI.  134—58  D 


fixed  or  adjustable  preselected  volumes,  through  respective 
first  pressure  regulators  while  maintaining  the  discharge  pres- 
sures of  the  two  first  pressure  regulators  in  such  predeter 
mined  ratio.  The  flow  of  the  two  gases  to  the  chambers  is 
then  interrupted,  and  the  two  gases  are  thereafter  discharged 
from  the  respective  chambers  to  a  common  discharge  line 
through  respective  second  pressure  regulators  while  main- 
taining the  discharge  pressures  of  the  two  second  pressure 
regulators  in  such  predetermined  ratio.  The  apparatus  in- 
cludes adjusuble  means  for  conjointly  adjusting  both  the  first 


3  Claims 


Om* — »-- 


OotB »«— 


A  dishwasher  arrangement  in  which  food  particles 
separated  from  the  articles  being  washed  are  separated  from 
the  water  being  circulated  to  effect  the  washing  by  momen- 
tarily stopping  the  circulation  of  the  water  in  the  washing 
chamber  to  permit  the  level  of  water  in  the  sump  to  rise  suffi- 
ciently to  sweep  the  food  particles  out  of  an  opening  pro- 
vided in  a  washing  chamber  wall. 


and  second  pressure  regulators  so  that  the  discharge  ratio* 
thereof  are  equal  and  equal  to  the  predetermined  ratio.  A 
reversing  shut-off  valve  may  be  used  to  connect  the  chamj- 
bers  to  the  first  pressure  regulators  or  to  discharge  the  cham- 
bers through  the  second  pressure  regulators.  A  magnetically 
biased  torsion  resistant  lever  may  be  used  to  conunonly  bias 
the  pressures  of  the  first  and  second  pressure  regulators  and 
also  to  adjust  the  respective  pressure  ratios.  The  respective 
first  and  second  pressure  regulators  for  each  gas  may  *^ 
combined  into  a  single  unit. 


3,669,133 
COLLAPSIBLE  ROD 
JoMph  Hyman,  Newton  Center,  MaM.,  assignor  to  Hycor, 
Inc.,  Wobum,  Mav. 

.     Fikd  June  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  44,239 
Int.  CI.  A45b  9/00 
U.S.  CI.  135-45  16  Claims 


*  3,669,135 

FLUmiC  DEVICE  FOR  MODULATING  THE 

TEMPERATURE  OF  COOLING  UQUID  IN  A  GARMEN1 

James  B.  Starr,  St.  Paul,  Midu,  airignor  to  The  United  States 

of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

Filed  Nov.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  92,366 

Int.  a.  F15c  1/14 

VS.  CL  137-81.5  3  Claii4s 


A  collapsible  rod  structure  adopted  to  be  used  as  a  cane, 
the  structure  comprises  a  plurality  of  tubular  sections 
tethered  together  by  a  cord  and  separable  to  form  a  compact 
bundle. 


3  669  134 

METHOD  FOR  MIXING  PRESSURE  GASES 

PARTICULARLY  FOR  RESPIRATORS  AND  MEDICAL 

DEVICES 
Gunter  Dobrltz,  Lubeck,  Germany,  assignor  to  Dragerweric 
Alitiengescttschaft,  Lubecit,  Germany 

Flkd  June  11, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45^72 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  20,  1969,  P  19  31 

354J 

Int.CI.G05d///00 

VS.  CI.  137-7  2  Claims 

In  a  method  for  mixing  two  gases  in  a  predetermined  ratio, 

the  two  gases  are  supplied  to  respective  chambers,  having 


A  fluidic  device  for  controlling  the  temperature  of  cooling 
liquid  in  a  garment,  such  as  a  space  suit.  A  power  port  is  pro- 
vided through  which  cold  fluid  enters  the  device  and  first  alid 
second  output  ports  are  provided.  The  first  output  port  is 
connected  to  tubes  in  the  garment  and  the  second  output 
port  is  vented  to  a  return  system.  A  warm  water  port  is  c<)n- 
nected  to  the  first  output  port  and  first  and  second  control 
ports  are  provided  for  controlling  the  amount  of  cold  fluid 
entering  the  first  output  port.  An  adjustable  valve  is  provided 
in  the  second  output  port  for  varying  the  resistance  to  flow  of 
liquid  through  the  second  output  port. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


526 


3,669,136 

FUEL  DELIVERY  SYSTEM  FOR  A  PLURALITY  OF 

AIRCRAFT  ENGINES 

Giorgio  Parcnti,  Parma,  Italy,  assignor  to  Siai-Marchctti 

S.p.A.,  Vartae,  Italy 

Filed  Mar.  26,  1970,  Ser.  No.  23,066 
Chdms  priority,  application  Italy,  Mar.  25,  1969,  14516  A/69 

Int  a.  G05d  7/06 
U.S.a.  137— 113        ^  3  Claims 


/ 


In  an  aircraft,  a  fuel  tank  is  provided  for  each  engine  and  a 
fiiel  feed  pump  in  each  tank  feeds  fuel  from  the  tank  to  the 
associated  engine.  A  fuel  ejector  in  each  tank  returns  fuel  to 
the  tank  and  a  fuel  conduit  connects  the  fuel  pump  and  fuel 
ejector  to  the  associated  engine.  A  fuel  transfer  circuit  inter- 
connects the  tanks  and  a  normally  closed  valve  therein 
prevents  fuel  transfer  from  one  tank  to  the  other.  A  switch  in 
each  tank  is  responsive  to  the  fuel  level  therein  and  opens  the 
valve  to  transfer  fuel  when  the  fuel  level  in  the  tank  reaches 
the  switch. 


3,669,137 
FLUID  ACTUATED  PISTON  VALVE 
Colin  John  Kirk,  "Whispers,"  125  Dukes  Ride,  Crowthome, 
England 

nied  Aug.  14,  1970,  Ser.  No.  63,861 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Aug.  26,  1969, 

42,403/69 

Int.  CLF  15b  27/02 

U.S.  CL  137- 1 19  4  Claims 


A  piston  valve  of  the  kind  in  which  a  piston  is  movable  lon- 
gitudinally of  a  housing  having  ports  for  fluid  to  be  controlled 
by  the  piston  between  two  operative  positions  in  each  of 
which  at  least  some  of  said  ports  are  interconnected  in  dif- 
ferent pairs  through  passages  in  the  piston,  by  actuating  fluid 
pressure  applied  to  the  end  of  the  piston  appropriate  to  the 
movement  required,  the  actuating  fluid  pressure  for  effecting 
the  movement  in  one  direction  being  applied  from  a  source 
externally  of  the  valve  and  the  actuating  fluid  pressure  for  ef- 
fecting movement  in  the  other  direction  being  derived  from 
one  of  said  ports  when  the  piston  has  been  moved  in  said  one 


direction.  Said  one  port  is  connected  to  an  end  portion  of  the 
housing  adjacent  the  relevant  end  face  of  the  pbton  through 
a  restricted  passage  and  a  closable  control  orifice  leads  from 
the  passage  between  the  restriction  therein  and  said  end  por- 
tion of  the  housing,  the  control  orifice  being  openable  to 
prevent  the  actuating  fluid  pressure  from  rising  sufficiently  to 
effect  movement  of  the  piston  in  said  other  direction  and 
closable  to  permit  the  actuating  fluid  pressure  to  reach  a 
value  sufficient  to  effect  movement  of  the  piston  in  said  other 
direction  when  said  movement  is  to  be  effected. 


3,669,138 

BALL  COCK  CONSTRUCTION  INCLUDING 

HORIZONTAL  INLET  MOUNTING  AND  ANTI-SYPHON 

DEVICE 
AdoH  Scboepe,   1620  North  Raymond  Avenue,  FuUcrton, 
CaUf.,   and    Frcdric    E.    Schmuck,    535    Century    Drive, 
Anaheim,  Calif. 

FUcd  July  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  51397 

Int.  CI.  F16k  45/00 

VS.  CL  137—218  5  ClaimB 


A  horizontally  extending  water  inlet  body  is  mounted 
through  a  sidewall  of  a  toilet  flush  tank  above  the  tank  upper 
water  level  and  an  inner  end  portion  thereof  is  telescoped  by 
a  water  outlet  body  vrith  a  water  valve  positioned  between 
inner  ends  of  said  bodies.  An  annular  water  outlet  chamber 
formed  between  inner  end  portions  of  the  inlet  and  outlet 
bodies  is  downwardly  connected  communicating  with  a 
generally  vertical  water  outlet  tube  projecting  downwardly, 
preferably  to  below  a  flush  tank  lower  water  level.  A  float 
telescopes  the  water  outlet  tube  guided  thereby  in  upward 
and  downward  movement  with  the  flush  tank  water  level,  the 
float  controlling  the  valve  through  a  generally  horizontally 
extending  pivotal  acuating  arm  on  the  valve  connected  to  the 
float  through  a  vertical  connecting  link.  A  water  chamber  of 
the  float  is  compacted  in  the  float  portion  telescoping  the 
water  outlet  tube  to  give  float  balanced  movement  desfHte 
float  horizontal  projection  therefrom  and  coimection  to  the 
valve  actuating  arm  horizontally  spaced  from  the  water  outlet 
tube  guiding.  A  frusto-conical,  resilient  material,  anti-syphon 
member  is  positioned  within  the  annular  water  outlet 
chamber  of  the  water  outlet  body  normally  sealingtiTwardly 
against  the  water  inlet  body,  but  annulariy  expanding  away 
from  the  water  inlet  body  upon  water  under  pressure  being 
admitted  through  the  valve  into  the  water  outlet  chamber 
and  downwardly  through  the  water  outlet  tube.  During  such 
annular  expansion  of  the  frusto-conical  member,  the  walls 
thereof  seal  air  relief  openings  through  the  water  outlet  body 
communicating  with  the  air  in  the  flush  tank  above  the  upper 
water  level  thereof,  but  in  non-expanded  condition  0[  the 
fnisto-conical  member,  attempted  syphoning  air  forces 
against  the  upstream  side  of  the  frusto-conical  member  nuy 
draw  air  through  an  air  vent  opening  of  said  fiiisto-coaical 
member  and  from  the  tank  air  through  the  outlet  body  air  re- 
lief openings  to  relieve  any  syphoning  forces  upwardly 
through  the  water  outlet  tube. 


526 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  197S 


3(669(199 

SERVICE  TOOL  FOR  GAS  MAINS 

Gtorge  Glides,  200  UdnglMi  AvcMW,  Oyster  Bay.  N.Y 

Red  Oct.  26, 1970,  Scr.  N*.  83373 

bt.  CL  1123b  41/08;  F16e  41/04 

UACL 137-317  12 


a  purgative  tource  connected  by  means  of  a  purgativ^ 
conduit  to  at  least  one  measuring  point; 

at  least  one  pressure  sensitive  element  connected  by  means 
of  a  tactile  conduit  with  said  purgative  conduit. 

The  suction  dredging  installation  is  characterized  in  that 
the  tactile  conduit  is  mounted  for  a  considerable  part  of  i«i 
length  in  the  purgative  conduit  of  said  measuring  point, 
resulting  in  a  simplification  of  assembling  the  conduits,  and  a 
protection  against  damage  and  an  insulation  against  excessive 
cooling  of  the  tactile  conduit. 


In  the  servicing  of  gas  mains  or  the  like,  in  the  preparatory 
procedures  for  which  a  seal  is  achieved  by  substituting  a 
thrust  plug  for  a  rotary,  threaded  plug  to  permit  repair  or 
other  maintenance  service  to  the  main  without  leakage,  the 
use  of  an  improved  service  tool  or  apparatus  having  a  body 
which  is  readily  assembled  on  the  main  outlet  pipe  to  define 
a  sealable  passage  thereon,  and  having  a  shaft  or  rod  capaUe 
of  being  manipulated  in  axial  and  rotative  movements  within 
said  passage.  As  a  consequence  of  the  rotative  movement, 
the  threaded  plug  is  removed  clearing  a  path  along  which  ac- 
cess is  gained  to  the  main  outlet  opening,  foUowing  which  the 
thrust  plug  is  installed  by  an  axial  stroke  of  said  rod. 


3,669,140 
SUCTION  MtEDGING  INSTALLATION 
R«Bkc  vaa  dcr  Vera,  Jatplww,  Ncthcrlaads,  asrifnor  to  N.V. 
InfeiyranbvnM  Voar  Syitenra  En  Octroofen  Spanrtaal, 


'^-^- 


*  3,669,141 

FAUCET  MOUNTING  MEANS 
WDHam  C.  Schnllt,  Bnma  Deer,  Wb^  ■■iinw 
Faucets,  Ibc^  Mlwaaikae,  Wh. 

Fifcd  Nov.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,006 
im.  CL  F161 5/00 
US,  CL  137—359 


toMBwaukic 


i 


Means  for  mounting  a  faucet  on  a  counter  top,  vertical 
wall  or  other  surface,  and  without  the  necessity  of  having  any 
access  space  on  the  other  side  of  the  surface.  The  means  in- 
cludes a  threaded  back-up  plate  which  can  be  inserted  in  an 
opening  in  the  counter  top  or  other  surface  for  positioning  on 
the  other  side  of  the  surface,  and  which  can  be  securely  at- 
tached to  a  mounting  plate  located  on  top  of  the  counter  or 

other  surface,  l  I 

A  method  ot  mounting  a  faucet  on  and  fix>m  one  side  of  a 

surface. 


Coirtteudoa  of  appBcatkm  Scr.  No.  817,719,  Apr.  21,  1969, 
■ow  aboadoMd.  This  appHcalioa  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

115316 

Iirt.CLF16k  49/00 
VS.  CL  137-334  8  Claims 


3  669  142 
EXPANSim^E  TUBE  VALVE  WITH  LOW  PRESSURE 

BLEED 

Charles  C.  Gcrbic,  San  Anadmo,  CaW.,  aarignor  to  Grove 

Valve  and  Regulator  Company,  Oakland,  CaUf. 

Flkd  Oct  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8U1 1 

Int.  CL  G05d  16/16 

VS.  CL  137—489 


)  Grove 
ClaiUs 


f*    »t 


Suction  dredging  installation  is  provided  comprising  a  con-  A  presume  regulating  system  including  a  main  valve  With 

vey  pipe  for  conveying  a  suspension  of  dredging  spoil  and  an  expansible  tube  stretched  over  a  cylindrical  barrier  so  that 

water,  said  convey  pipe  being  provided  with  at  least  one  flow  occurs  around  the  barrier  only  when  a  pressure  fluid  in 

pump.  a  control  chamber  around  the  tube  is  overcome  by  upstream 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


927 


preMure.  A  pilot  valve  senses  downstream  pressure  and 
opens  when  it  drops  to  a  predetermined  level  to  exhaust  the 
-control  chamber  to  a  low  pressure  zone.  Flow  around  the 
barrier  is  increased  by  evacuating  the  control  chamber  to  a 
zone  within  the  valve  housing  at  a  pressure  lower  than 
downstream.  This  occurs  in  a  zone  wherein  the  static  pres- 
sure of  the  downstream  fluid  line  is  converted  by  the  flowing 
stream  to  a  high  velocity,  low  static  pressure.  In  areas  where 
an  atmospheric  bleed  is  not  objectionable,  a  second  pilot 
valve  may  be  provided  to  exhaust  the  control  chamber  to  at- 
mosphere if  downstream  pressure  drops  to  a  set  lower  level. 


element  and  the  egress  opening  and  a  resilient  anti  drain 
back  valve  is  interposed  between  the  back  pressure  valve  and 


3,669,143 

FLOW  STABILIZER  FOR  PILOT-OPERATED 

MODULATING  VALVE  SYSTEM 

James  R.  Rccac,  Santa  Ana,  CaHL,  asrignnr  to  Cal-Vai  Co., 

Costa  Mesa,  Caif. 

Original  appttcatira  Nov.  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  874,449,  now 

Patent  No.  3,592423.  Divided  and  this  application  Feb.  10, 

1971,  Scr.  No.  114,216 

Int.  CL  G05d  16/00 

VS.  CL  137—512.3  9  CWnM 


:  -/' 


the  bottom  wall  in  oveilying  relationship  to  the  spaced  en- 
trance openings. 


3,669,145 
CENTRAL  VACUUM  CLEANER  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
Allan  Holstroai,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignnr  to  Ease 
Inc.,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

FDed  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,994 
InL  CL  A471 5/38 
VS.  CL  137—567  6 


■•        » 


The  valve  system  comprises  a  main  valve  including  a 
diaphragm-operated  poppet  separating  an  inlet  side  from  an 
outlet  side,  a  pilot  valve  for  opening  and  closing  the  main 
valve  in  response  to  a  predetermined  pressure  or  flow  condi- 
tion, and  a  restrictor  (for  example,  the  inlet  nozzle  of  an 
ejector)  coupled  to  pass  fluid  from  the  inlet  side  to  a  flow 
stabilizer  and  to  the  pilot  valve.  The  flow  stabilizer  is  con- 
nected between  the  ejector  and  a  diaphragm  chamber  in  the 
main  valve.  The  stabilizer  passes  fluid  from  the  ejector  to  the 
diaphragm  chamber,  and  at  other  times  from  the  diaphragm 
chamber  to  the  ejector,  at  a  restricted  rate  for  slowly  opening 
and  closing  the  main  valve  in  response  to  slow  or  small 
changes  in  the  demand,  and  at  much  faster  rates  for  rapidly 
opening  and  closing  the  main  valve  in  response  to  sudden 
and  sutetantial  changes  in  the  demand. 


to 


3,669,144 
OIL  FILTER 
Robert  Palmai,  Preston,  Ontario,  Canada, 

Gk>bc  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Original  application  Dec  4, 1968,  Scr.  No.  781,135.  DMded 
and  tMs  application  Jane  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,995 
Int.  CL  F16k  15/14 
U.S.  CL  137-525  2ClaiM 

An  oil  filter  including  a  casing  having  a  filter  elemem 
therein.  The  casing  has  a  bottom  wall  with  a  centrally  located 
egress  opening  and  a  plurality  of  circumferentially  spaced  en- 
trance openings  surrounding  the  egress  opening.  A  pressure 
relief  valve  is  interposed  between  the  kywer  end  of  the  filter 


A  secondary,  smaller  vacuum  pump  is  connected  to  the 
system's  dust  collecting  tank  to  maintain  a  predetermined, 
minimiun  vacuum  in  the  tank  when  the  primary  vacuum 
pump  is  not  in  use.  When  one  of  the  covers  sealing  the 
system's  several  outlets  is  removed  to  insert  a  cleaning  at- 
tachment, the  sudden  rush  of  atmospheric  pressure  into  the 
tank  momentarily  ctoses  a  first  pressure  switch,  which  actu- 
ates the  primary  pump.  The  primary  pump  motor  is  kept 
energized  through  a  holding  circuit  including  a  normally- 
closed  pressure  switch,  which  finally  opens  and  deenergjzes 
the  motor  for  the  primary  pump,  when  the  system  pressure 
has  been  lowered  to  a  predetermined  minimum  value.  The 
secondary  pump,  nevertheless,  continues  to  lun. 


3,669,146  

POWER  ASSISTED  STEERING  SYSTEM 
Frederick  J.  AdaoM,  CsiilBn,  near  SksMsrd 
dgnor  toCam  Gears  fiBili il,  HBcMn  III i If la lisMi i , 


M.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  5,295 

Int.CLF16k;i/i4 
U,S.  CL  137— 596J1  3  CWm 

A  power  assisted  rack  and  pinion  vehicular  stecrinf  syMMB 
in  which  a  double  acting  hydraulic  power  cylinder  is  con- 
nected to  the  rack.  A  power  fluid  pump  is  connected  to  the 
hydraulic  cylinder  through  a  manually  operated  torquo-trsas* 
mitting  and  torque-responsive  control  mechanism  inchKSag  a 
housing,  a  routaMe  work  input  shaft  adapted  to  receive  a 


528 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


steering  wheel,  a  rotauble  work  output  shaft  on  which  the  and  replaced,  a  single  operating  member  controls  the  bypass 

pinion  is  formed,  a  torsion  rod  connected  fast  at  opposite  function,  simultaneously  isolating  the  fluid  treating  assembly, 

ends  to  the  work  input  and  output  shafts,  a  valve  sleeve  con-  The  bypass  valve  housing  has  concentric  inlet  and  outlet 

nected  for  joint  rotation  to  the  work  output  shaft  and  a  plu-  ports,  and  is  connected  to  the  fluid  treating  assembly  with  a 
rality  of  poppet  valves  mounted  on  the  valve  sleeve.  The 


work  input  shaft  is  so  constructed  and  arranged  to  actuate 
the  poppet  valves  in  response  to  relative  rotation  between  the 
work  input  and  output  shafts  and  to  control  the  flow  of  fluid 
between  the  pump  and  the  hydraulic  cylinder  to  move  the 
rack  in  a  direction  corresponding  to  the  direction  of  rotation 
of  the  work  input  shaft. 


3,669,147 
POWER  TRANSMISSION 
Robert  G.  FarrHl,  Royal  Oak,  Mich.,  aaslgiior  to  Spenry  Rand 
Corporatfcm,  Troy,  Mkh. 

Filed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116,375 

IntCLFlSb  75/77 

U^.  CL  137—625.6  3  Claims 


K 


)\Ss£!SJL 


l«lfll 


single  bolt,  coakial  with  the  ports.  The  operating  membei 
permits  mounting  of  a  control  knob  on  either  of  two  opposite 
sides  of  the  valve  housing.  The  valve  mechanism  incorporates 
a  single  gasket  for  sealing  between  the  edges  of  three  space< 
valve  vanes  and  an  interior  surface  of  the  valve 


A  power  assisted  directional  control  valve  for  hydraulic 
power  systems  has  a  sliding  spool  actuated  by  a  differential 
piston.  A  follow-up  valve  is  telescoped  within  the  spool  and 
controls  the  admission  and  release  of  pilot  pressure  fluid  to 
and  from  the  large  side  of  the  actuating  piston.  To  enable  the 
main  spool  to  be  shifted  in  the  event  of  failure  of  the  pilot 
pressure  supply,  an  auxiliary  pilot  valve  is  opened  upon  over- 
travel  of  the  normal  pilot  valve  and  admits  pressure  fluid 
trapped  by  the  main  spool  to  both  sides  of  the  actuating 
piston. 


3,669,148 
BYPASS  VALVE  FOR  FLUID  TREATING  ASSEMBLY 
Robert  BvrkhaMcr,  Jr.,  Fart  AtUamm,  Wk.;  Don  Edward 
Hcskctt,  ViHa  Park,  aMi  Fraisk  Krydcr  Hoover,  Evanston, 
of  DL,  assigann  to  Morton-Norwich  Products,  Lac, 
1,11. 

FIM  Nov.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  879,378 

lBt.a.F16k  77/02 

U.S.  CL  137— 63S.29  11  Oaina 

In  a  bypass  valve  adapted  to  selectively  bypass  a  fluid 

treating  assembly  while  a  fluid  treating  element  is  removed 


Ian 
LlIK 


3  669  149 
DIRECT  SLUICE  VALVE  FOR  PIPES  CONVEYING 
PRODUCTS  AT  HIGH  TEMPERATURE 
Robert  JuUen  Joacph  Gidchon,  Aix-ks-Bains,  Savole,  France 

Filed  July  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,961 
Claims  priority,  appttcation  France,  July  30, 1969, 6925638 

Int.  CLF16k  77/06  ^ 

U.S.  a.  137—625.48  2  Claims 


A  valve  of  the  direct  sluice  type  for  high  temperature  ap- 
plications including  a  cooperating  closing  member  and  an  as- 
sociated wedge  for  protecting  the  valve  seating  in  its  open 
position  from  injury  caused  by  the  conveyed  fluids  tending  to 
adversely  affect  the  seating.  The  valve  is  also  adapted  to 
facilitate  the  evacuation  of  products  reverting  from  a  decok- 
ing  of  a  distillation  column  without  opening  the  valve  during 
the  processing  or  cracking  gas  of  petroleums  under  high  ten^ 
perature. 

'  3,669,150 

HYDRODYNAMIC  SURCX  ABSORBING  APPARATUS 
WBhctan  Sydow   Everett,  S«ita  Paula,  CaUf., 
Ancrkan  Air  FBlcr  Company,  Inc. 

FUcd  Mar.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,910 

Int.  CL  F16i  55/04 

US.  CL  138—26  7  Cfarins 

A  hydrodynamk  surge  absorbing  apparatus  for  connection 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


520 


to  a  header  pipe  in  a  sewage  piping  system  comprises  a 
closed  spherical  vessel  incorporating  a  swiri  chamber  in  the 
form  of  an  inverted  truncated  cone.  This  cone  has  an  upper 
tangential  inlet  connected  to  the  header  pipe  and  a  lower 
central  outlet  at  the  truncated  apex  portion  conununicating 
with  the  interior  of  the  vessel  at  a  level  below  liquid  normally 
filling  a  portion  of  the  vessel.  Surges  in  the  header  pipeline  of 


3,669,152 
BUTTERFLY  DAMPER 
Lawrenee  M.  Petersen,  Rockford,  DL,  assignwr  to 
■MU  Company,  Rodiford,  DL 

FUcd  Aug.  10, 1970,  Scr.  Nou  62,407 
Int.  CL  F15d  7/02 
U.S.  CL  138-46 


the  system  result  in  liquid  flow  through  the  swirl  chamber 
into  the  vessel  to  compress  air  or  gas  above  the  liquid  in  the 
vessel  and  liquid  flow  out  of  the  vessel  back  up  through  the 
surge  chamber  to  the  line  the  resistance  to  such  flow  being 
controlled  by  the  geometry  of  the  swirl  chamber  and  gas 
pressure  in  the  vessel  so  as  to  effectively  absorb  the  surges  in 
the  piping  sewage  system. 


\  3,669,151 

HYDRAULIC  SYSTEM  ACCUMULATOR 
ARRANGEMENT 
Wflttam  T.  Fleming,  Boonton,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Kiddie,  Walter 
&  Company,  Inc.,  Bcilcvffle,  N  J. 

FUcd  Nov.  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  879,851 

lot  CL  F16I 55104 

VS.  CL  138—31  9  Claims 


A  butterfly  damper  is  operated  by  a  worm  gear  mounted 
on  the  blades  of  the  damper,  the  Made  assembly  beiqg 
separably  mountaUe  on  the  neck  of  a  discharge  unit. 


3,669,153 

PIPE  CAP 

Clctus  Weaver,  1215  Sprii^  Street,  NOcUgan  Chy,  Ind. 

FUcd  Sept.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  861,857 

InL  CL  F16i  57/00 

VS,  CL  138—89  2  Claims 


A  device  for  capping  a  pipe,  particularly  for  an  un- 
derground pipe.  This  device  serves  to  keep  dirt,  mud,  water 
and  the  like  from  entering  an  underground  pipe. 


3,669,154 
OPEN  SHED  DOUBLE  UFT-JACQUARD  MACHINE 
Heinz     Horak,     Huttwi,     Switacrtand,     assignnr    to     Ap- 
paratcfabrik  AG  Huttwil,  HuttwU,  Bern,  Switzerland 

FUcd  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  115,465 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Switacrtand,  Feb.  19,  1970, 

2358/70 
Int.  CL  D03c  3/08 
VS.  CL  139—63  4  ( 


An  accumulator  arrangement  for  providing  constant  pres- 
sure high  flow  rates  in  hydraulic  systems.  The  accumulator 
piston  has  a  piston  area  directly  connected  to  a  container  of 
pressurized  gas  and  an  annular  piston  area  of  larger  diameter 
which  is  connected  to  the  container  through  a  pressure  regu- 
lator. The  regulator  senses  the  container  pressure  and  the 
pressure  acting  on  the  annular  piston  area  and  increases  the 
pressure  on  the  annular  piston  area  as  the  container  pressure 
decreases  during  expansion.  Between  high  flow  periods, 
when  the  accumulator  is  refilled  by  hydraulic  fluid  under 
pressure,  the  gas  acting  on  the  small  diameter  piston  is 
recompressed  and  forced  back  into  the  container  and  the  gm 
acting  on  the  annular  piston  area  is  vented  to  the  atmosphere 
through  the  regulator. 


There  is  disdosed  an  open  shed  double  Uft-Jacquard  loom, 
comprising  lifting  blades  and  open  shed  bladea,  a  plurality  of 
rod  means  each  possessing  two  resilient  leg  members  posi- 
tioned to  cooperate  with  said  Made*.  Each  leg  member  is 
equipped  with  two  tongues  respectively  cooperating  with  an 
associated  lifting  blade  and  open  shed  Made,  and  a  dri«« 


-A^^BSS^ 


580 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


mechanism  and  guide  meam  provided  for  the  open  ihed 
blades  serves  to  move  said  open  shed  blades  alternately  at  an 
incHnf****"  up  and  down  with  req>ect  to  said  rod  means,  so 
that  the  rod  means  remaining  in  the  open  shed  pootion  al- 
ways come  into  engagement  with  an  awociated  open  shed 
blade.  Punching  needles  are  arranged  transverse  to  the  leg 
members  of  the  rod  means  for  selectively  acting  upon  the  in- 
dividual leg  members,  and  guide  rails  are  associated  with  the 
leg  members  of  the  rod  means.  The  guide  rails  are  movable 
transverse  to  said  leg  members  and  act  attemately  upon  the 
free  ends  of  said  leg  members,  said  guide  rails  retaining  the 
leg  members  of  said  rod  means  remaining  in  the  upper  shed 
position  in  an  engaged  position  with  the  associated  lifting 
blades  thereof  at  the  side  of  the  associated  lifting  blade  which 
is  ascending  into  the  upper  position.  There  is  also  provided 
guide  rail-drive  means  for  moving  said  guide  rails  prior  to 
reaching  the  upper  position  of  the  upwardly  moving  lifting 
Mades  towards  such  associated  upwardly  moving  lifting 
blades  and  away  from  the  lifting  blades  moving  downwardly. 


gripper  jaws.  Two  pivotable  cam  levers  project  outwardly 
from  a  side  of  the  body  and  are  moved  inwardly  to  open  the 
jaws  when  the  caan  contact  a  side  of  a  shuttle  box. 


SHRINKABI 


3,669,157 
ILE  TUBULAR  FABRIC 
Hubert  C.  Woodal,  Jr^  WfaalMi  Sakm;  Horace  L.  fWcman, 
Burlii^itom  and  Noah  C  CiwitwiMi,  WlaitoB  Satem.  aB  of 
N.C.,  assignnrs  to  CaroMaa  Narrow  Fabric  CompMiy,  Win- 
ston Salon,  N.C. 
Contfaiuatton-tn-part  of  wm/Mfttkm  Scr.  No.  302,028,  Oct  22, 
1965,  now  abandonrd.  lUs  applcaHeii  June  1, 1970,  Scr. 
,  No.  41,997 

InL  CL  D03d  3f02 
>— 387 


VS.  CL  139- 


IClafan 


3,669,155 
WEAVING  MACHINES  WITH  CONTINUOUS  WEFT 

FEED 
RaysMnd  Dewas,  120  Boolrvard  dc  Safait-Qucntin,  Amiens, 
France 

FHcd  Apr.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,131 
Claims  priority,  appHcatioa  Lncoibourg,  Apr.  30, 1969, 

58543 

Int.  CL  D03d  47/18 

VS.  CL  139—123  5  Claims 


A  woven  tubular  fabric  which  is  formed  of  a  set  of  warp 
yams  extending  longitudinally  thereof  and  a  filling  yam  inter- 
woven with  the  warp  yams  and  extending  circularly  around 
the  tubular  fabric.  The  filling  yam  is  heat  shrinkable  while 
the  set  of  warp  yams  is  non-shrinkable  so  that  the  woven  tu- 
bular fabric  will  shrink  in  a  radial  direction  upon  the  applica- 
tion of  heat,  while  the  longitudinal  dimension  remains 
unchanged. 


-^-tz£ 


The  arrangement  according  to  the  invention  consists  in  the 
provision,  over  at  least  one  part  of  the  length  of  one  of  the 
strips  of  which  the  tape  consistt,  of  perforations  c<xrespond- 
ing  to  the  dimensions  and  to  the  pitch  of  the  teeth  of  the 
wheel  on  the  engaging  radius  of  the  said  strip,  while  the  cor- 
responding perforations  of  the  other  band  or  bands  are  given 
an  additional  length  of  a  magnitude  and  direction  cor- 
responding to  the  difference  in  length  between  the  engaging 
arc,  based  on  the  middle  fiber,  by  which  engagement  is  made 
with  the  strip  or  strips  having  enlarged  perforations,  on  the 
one  hand,  and  t^t  by  which  engagement  is  made  with  those 
having  normal  pmforations,  on  the  other  hand,  this  arrange- 
ment being  applicable  in  the  converse  manner  to  the  respec- 
tive strips  in  oth^  parts  of  the  upe. 


3,669,158 
CONTINUOUS  CARBON  FIBEtL  TAPES 
LcsHe  Nathan  PhilHps,  FaraiionNigh,  England,  assignor  to 
Mintatcr  of  Technolo|y  In  Her  Britannic  Majesty's  Govern- 
ment of  the  United  Kfaitdoai  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern 
Ireland,  London,  En^and 

Filed  Mar.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,265 
Claims  priority,  appHmllnn  Great  Britafa^  Mar.  10, 1969, 
12,448/69;  Nov.  6, 1%9, 54,452/69 

Int.  CL  D03d  15/00  \ 

U.S.  CL  139—420  R  10  Clalnd 


3,669.156 

GRIPPER  SHUTTLES  FOR  LOOMS  FOR  WEAVING 

Ian  S.  Porter,  BarMley,  EaghMl,  artgnnr  to  Wlaon  &  Loor 


3Clainis 


Fled  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  11,796 
Int.  CL  D03d  47/24 
U.S.CL  139-125 


A  weaving  kxrni  gripper  shuttle  with  an  elongated  body 
having  a  recess  in  the  top  coirtaining  two  pairs  of  weft 


Tape  containing  continuous  high  strength  high  modulus 
carbon  fibers  and  optionally  also  glass  fibers  suitable  for  usf 
as  prerimpregnated  tape  in  mechanical  winding  processes  ip 
disclosed  wherein  there  is  a  light  cross-weave  (tf  1-10  fila- 
ments of  fine  glass  fiber  at  a  frequency  of  about  10-2  thread  > 
per  inch. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


581 


3,669,159 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  INTRODUCING 

LIQUID  INTO  VEHICLE  TIRES 

Rojr  L.  OwcM,  jTn  602i4M  laih  Street,  CorMn,  Ky. 

FHed  Aag.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,151 

Int.  CL  F17c  13/02 

U.S.CL141— 1  6CWnK 


3,tf#9,16I 
DRIVE  MBCHANBM  FOR  TREE  HARVESTERS 

WaririiVMm  Ragraairf  L.  Maav 
PiBorla,  Hd  DhhU  E. 
WasUngtom  al  of  ■.,  a^lpinn  la  riliipBii  Trader  Co., 
Peoria,IB. 

FHed  July  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58<465 
InLCLAOlg2J/02 
U.S.  CL  144—3  D  15 


A  device  for  filling  tires  with  a  solution  of  calcium  chloride 
in  water  comprising  a  vessel  having  inlet  means  adapted  to 
continuously  introduce  liquid  into  the  vessel,  outlet  means 
adapted  to  continuously  remove  liquid  from  the  vessel,  and 
means  for  transmitting  the  liquid  from  the  vessel  to  a  tire.  A 
mesh  hopper  is  disposed  within  the  vessel  beneath  the  liquid 
inlet  means.  The  mesh  hopper  is  adapted  to  retain  particulate 
material  but  is  readily  pervious  to  liquid. 


3,669,160 
MACHINE  FOR  AUTOMATICALLY  FORMING,  FILLING, 

CLOSING  AND  SEALING  CARTONS 
Robert  J.  Mistarx,  Northbrook,  lU.,  assignor  to  Cberry-BureO 
Corporation,  Chicago,  DL 

Origfaud  application  Nov.  9, 1964,  Scr.  No.  409,911,  now 

Patent  No.  3,405,505.  Divided  and  this  appBcatioo  July  26, 

1968,  Ser.  No.  754,136 

Int.  CL  B65b  43/42;  B67c  3/00 

U.S.CL141— 160  5ClainH 


A  drive  mechanism  for  a  tree  harvester  including  a  frame 
movaUy  mounted  on  a  vehicle,  the  drive  mechanism  being 
secured  to  the  frame  along  with  delimbing  and  shear  assem- 
blies arranged  on  opposite  sides  of  the  drive  mechanism,  the 
drive  mechanism  comprising  an  endless  track  trained  about  a 
drive  sprocket  and  refers,  the  rollers  supporting  a  portion  of 
the  track  in  alignment  with  the  delimbing  assraibly,  grapples 
being  operaMe  to  secure  a  tree  in  driven  engagement  with 
the  supported  track  portion  while  permitting  the  tree  to  be 
axially  moved  relative  to  the  delmibing  assembly  and  shear 
assembly  for  processing. 


3,669,162 
CHAIN  SAW  WITH  GEAR  DRIVE 
Finn   T.   Irgens,   MBwaniwc,   Wis.,   asslgwnr   to 
Marine  Corporation,  Waukegan,  Wis. 

FHed  Apr.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,526 
InLCLB27b77/0« 
U.S.  CL  143—32  R  4 


This  invention  relates  to  a  filler  unit  for  a  machine  fix* 
tomatically  forming,  filling,  dosing  and  sealing  cartons. 


Disclosed  herein  is  a  compact,  lightweight  gear  drive  for  a 
chain  saw  which  includes  a  combination  cutting  chain 
sprocket  and  internal  gear.  The  sprodcet  is  in  tlie  fom  of  a 
ring  with  a  plurality  of  internal  teeth  whicfa  mesh  wMi  tlw 
teeth  of  a  pinion  gear  located  within  the  sprocket  and  dii»«u 
by  the  engine.  The  sprocket  has  **^"*'g^  recesses  in  its 
periphery  to  receive  thie  (hive  tangs  of  the  cutting  chain,  hi 
one  embodiment,  tlie  chain  sprocket  is  supported  in 
trie  relation  to  the  output  slurft  of  the  engina  bjr  a 
located  interioriy  of  the  internal  teeth  on  the  t 


532 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


BAND  SAW  WITH  SAWDUST  EJECTION  MEANS 
R.  CnMW,  6803  irinyliiirj  Bouicwd,  Sain 

M«. 

F1M  Apr.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2M42 

Int.  CL  B27b  13102 

UACL  143—157  A  7  Ctalms 


A  band  saw  in  which  vertically  spaced  wheels  driving  the 
band  serve  as  centrifugal  impellers  and  the  housing  portions 
enclosing  the  wheels  have  volute  form,  the  upper  housing 
portion  having  a  central  inlet  and  an  outlet  directing  air 
downward  to  the  work  area,  the  lower  housing  portion  in- 
cluding inlet  passage  means  leading  firom  the  work  area  to 
the  central  portion  thereof,  and  an  outlet  remote  from  the 
work  area  directing  air  and  sawdust  exteriorly  of  the  housing. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  144 — 3  D  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,161 


3.669,164 
DUAL  BELT  MACHINE  FOR  TRIMMING  PROJECTIONS 

FROM  GLOBULAR  ARTICLES 

James  P.  Cox,  Bumaby,  Brltith  Cohunbia,  Canada,  assignor 

to  John  iBgHs  Fnncn  Foods  Company,  Modesto,  Calif. 

Original  application  Feb.  21, 1968,  Scr.  No.  707,152,  now 

Patent  No.  3,538,969.  Divided  and  this  application  July  6, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  52,563 

Int.  CL  A23n  15102 

U.S.  CL  146-81  5  Claims 


»',»' 


3,669,165 
PRE-SUCED  MUFFIN  AND  PRE-SUCING  APPARATUS 
Hubert  E.  Tobcjr,  Maywood;  Aipiwii  M.  Mariult,  CrcaridB; 
John  W.  Hood,  Rlv«rvate,  and  Dw  L.  Irvin,  MooimcWa,  al 
of  N  J.,  aMJinnri  to  Intarnatioaal  Tsicphoae  and  Tckgraph 
Corporation,  Nutky,  N  J. 

FDcd  Apr.  24,  1970,  Scr.  No.  31,469 

Int.a.B26di/0« 

U.S.  CL  146—98  5  Claims 


The  invention  describes  a  pre-sliced  English  mufifin  havinj  [ 
a  knife  edge  peripheral  cut  niade  from  the  edge  of  the  mufFi^ 
radially  inward  a  predetermined  amount.  The  cut  is  posi| 
tioned  so  that  the  top  and  bottom  portions  are  approximately 
equal.  The  cutting  facilitates  the  forking  and  subsequen| 
separation  of  the  top  portion  from  the  bottom  portion  of  th^ 
muffin.  The  pre-sliced  muffin  is  produced  by  slicing  apj- 
paratus  comprising  an  undulating  guide  and  a  plurality  of  sef 
ries  arranged  rotating  cutter  disks  spaced  so  that  the  mufRi^ 
can  be  fed  by  suitable  conveyor  means  into  the  apparatus.  A 
first  blade  of  the  series  makes  a  partial  peripheral  cut  witl^ 
the  rotating  blade  and  stationary  guide  cooperating  to  imparf 
rotation  to  the  muffin.  Each  successive  rotating  blade  makei 
a  partial  peripheral  cut  to  produce  a  finished  muffin  having  i  i 
complete  peripheral  cut  to  a  predetermined  amount. 


3,669,166 

FILTER  CHANGING  DEVICE 

Roger  Colin,  Orthcz,  France,  BBrignor  to  Socicte  Anonymc 

dttc:  Aquitaine-Organico,  Courbcvoic,  France 

Fikd  Dec.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,091 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Mar.  10, 1970,  7008543 

Int.  CLB29f  J/00 
U.S.  CL  146—174  ^  8  Claimi 


The  device  includes  two  coaxial  filters  in  a  cylindrical  bod; 
positioned  in  the  flow  line  perpendicular  to  the  direction  o 
discharge  of  a  plastic  extruder.  By  merely  rotating  the  cylinr 
drical  body  on  its  axis,  one  of  the  filters  is  connected  with  th^ 
extruder  discharge  while  the  other  filter  is  disconnected  frori 
the  extruder  discharge  and  may  be  opened  for  cleaning  by 
removing  an  end  plug. 


By  engagement  of  pad  means  with  the  upper  side  of  a 
globular  article,  it  is  rolled  along  guideways  in  a  compound 
rotation,  which  periodically  moves  a  projection  of  the  article 
through  the  slot  of  the  guideways.  Such  compound  rotation  is 
effected  by  moving  pad  means  above  guideways  in  a 
direction  generally  lengthwise  of  the  guideways.  Such  pad 
means  are  spaced  parallel  belts  one  of  which  travels  faster 
than  the  other.  Knife  blades  are  rotated  closely  beneath  the 
guideways  to  sever  projections  of  articles  extending  through 
the  slot  of  the  guideways. 


I  3,669,167 

SAUSAGE  SUCING  APPARATUS 

Hoyd  S.  GabcL  5008  N.W.  Stcanaon,  OUaboma  City,  Olda. 

^    Fikd  Aug.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6U02 

I  Int.  CL  B26d  1128 

U.S.  CL  146—98  4  Clalnii 

A  sausage  slicing  apparatus  which  includes  a  conveyor  for 

horizontally  moving  an  elongated  package  of  sausage  in  a 

horizontal  direction  while  supporting  the  sausage  in  a  cradle. 

A  plurality  of  banks  of  rotary  driven,  disk-shaped  cutter 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


588 


blades  which  are  horizontally  ofbet  or  staggered  to  sequen- 
tially engage  the  sausage  package  are  provided  in  a  position 
to  cut  through  portions  of  the  sausage  package  in  sequence, 
with  minimum  power  required  to  effect  complete  cutting  of 
the  entire  sausage  package  into  patties  or  sausage  disks. 


Stripper  fingers  are  provided  and  extend  between  adjacent 
disk -shaped  cutter  blades  of  the  apparatus  for  preventing  the 
adherence  to  the  blades  of  fatty  materials  from  the  sausage, 

and  consequent  plugging  of  the  blades  and  an  increase  in 
power  requirements  of  the  apparatus. 


3,669,168 

CONTAINER 

Dale  A.  Bcaudin,  1503  Hackett  Street,  Bdoit,  Wis. 

FUed  July  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  52,010 

Int.  CL  B65d  100 

U.S.  CI.  150—0.5 


3Clainis 


^  A  container  for  canned  or  bottled  beverages  in  the  form  of 
a  golf  umbrella  comprising  a  semi-circular  elongate  support 
member  having  a  handle  portion  and  a  bottom  portion  at- 
tached thereto;  a  flexible  circular  elongate  outer  mantle  is 
provided  to  form  a  circular  cylindrical  portion  between  the 
handle  and  bottom  portion.  An  upper  mechanism  runs  the 
fiill  axial  length  of  the  outer  mantle  and  provides  access  to 
the  interior  of  the  cylinder. 


to  Morris  White 


3,669,169 
LADIES  HANDBAG 
MBton  Lublincr,  Jericho,  N.Y.,  awignoi 
FasMons,  Inc.,  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 

FDed  ScpC  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72^91 
InL  CL  A45c  13126 
U.S.  CL  150—33  8  Cfadn 

A  ladies  handbag  having  a  side  wall  to  which  a  pair  <A  con- 
nector members  is  secured  in  longitudinally  spaced  align- 
ment, each  connector  member  having  a  pair  of  spaced  paral- 
lel connector  means  extending  parallel  to  the  longitudinal 
axis  of  the  handbag  and  defining  an  upper  and  lower  pivot 


seat.  A  handle  having  a  c<Mmector  element  at  each  end,  is 
pivotally  connected  to  the  upper  pivot  seat  and  an  ortuunen- 


tal  member  having  a  connector  element  at  its  upper  end  is 
pivotally  connected  to  the  lower  pivot  seat. 


3,669,170 

U-SHAPED  CLIP  NUT 

Donald     R.     Schuster,     Coimbus,     Ohio, 

WcstinghouK  Ekctrfc  Corporatton,  Ptttsborgh,  Pa. 

Filed  June  22,  1970,  Scr.  No.  48,058 

Int.  CLF16b  J  7/04 


to 


U.S.  CI.  151—41.75 


9ClainM 


A  U-shaped  clip  nut  in  which  the  base  leg  and  nut  leg  are 
joined  by  a  bight  portion  extending  only  acroes  an  inter- 
mediate part  of  the  total  width  of  the  clip  nut  with  clamping 
fingers  being  formed  of  the  remaining  width  and  being  cantil- 
evered  at  the  free  end  of  the  nut  leg  and  directed  toward  the 
base  leg. 


3,669,171 
FASTENER  ASSEMBLY 
Morris  Yavitch,  1008  Benedict  Canyon  Drive,  Beverly  Hills, 
CaBf. 

Filed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,137 
lot.  CL  A47g  3100;  F16b  39102 
VS.  CL  151-44  5  I 


Apparatus  for  use  with  a  boh  and  nut  to  hold  down  a  water 
closet  to  a  flanged  member  with  a  slot  therein,  which  is 


534 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


economical  to  produce  and  install.  The  fastener  assembly  in- 
cludes a  sheet  metal  member  with  a  center  portion  bent  into 
a  U-shape  for  reception  in  said  slot  to  resist  turning,  a  hole  in 
the  center  for  receiving  the  shank  of  the  bolt  so  it  can  project 
through  the  slot  and  through  the  water  closet,  and  turned- 
over  ends  for  engaging  the  bolt  head  to  prevent  it  from  turn- 
ing. The  assembly  also  includes  a  cap  with  an  upper  washer- 
like portion  through  which  the  boh  shank  can  project  and 
flared  side  walls  whose  lower  end  can  rest  on  the  water 
closet,  and  a  cover  with  tapered  inner  walls  for  snugly  engag- 
ing the  side  walls  of  the  cap. 


June  18,  1972 


3,669,172 
PROTECTIVE  CHAIN  ASSEMBLY  FOR  TIRES 
Robert  N.  Stcdmam  Chmkothc,  DL,  assigMr  to  CaterpOlar 
Tractor  Co.,  Peoria,  OL 

Filed  July  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  58,063 

Int.  CLB60C  27/20 

U.S.  CI.  152-171  24  Claims 


20 


~  A  pneumatic  tire  or  the  like  has  a  protective  chain  as- 
sembly wrapped  therearound.  The  chain  assembly  comprises 
a  plurality  of  rings  coupled  together  by  notched  and  co- 
planar  cylindrical  coupling  means  which  also  serve  as  tread 
sections  on  the  periphery  of  the  tire.  Each  coupling  member 
attaches  two  of  the  rings  together  to  form  a  tire  chain  as- 
sembly exhibiting  multi-directional  flexibility.  In  addition,  the 
integrated  chain  assembly  is  reversible  and  the  dimensions 
thereof  may  be  selectively  varied  to  provide  various 
earthworking  functions,  such  as  compacting.  In  the  preferred 
embodiment,  one  group  of  such  coupling  members  forms 
master  coupling  members  or  joints  for  assembly  and  disas- 
sembly purposes. 


3,669,174 
WHEELS 
Iain  C.  Mills,  Sutton  CoMfidd,  Ei^hnd,  Mdgnor  to  Dunlop 
Holdii«B  Limitod,  LoodoB,  EngluMl 

Filed  Jaw  17,  1970,  Ser.  No.  47,083 
Ciaiins  priority,  aimHcaHoM  Great  Britain,  June  27, 1969, 

32,551/69 

Int.  CLB60b  25/20 

U.S.  CL  152-375  8  OainH 

A  wheel  for  a  pneiunatic  tire,  particularly  for  use  on  racing 

cars,  provided  with  at  least  one  localized  projection  axially 

inwards  of  the  wheel  rim  for  preventing  aidally  inwards  dis- 


placement of  tlie  tire  bead  from  the  wheel  rim  flange  and 
into  the  wheel  well.  In  one  form  of  wheel,  the  projections  are 


3,669,173 
PNEUMATIC  TIRES 
Maurice  A.  Yoni«,  WMltli^oa,  UcMkM,  England, 
to  DuiJop  Hnliinp  I  Iniii  il,  London,  FaglMfl 

Filed  Sept.  15, 1969,  Ser.  No.  858,159 
Clainis  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Sept  26, 1968, 

45,650/68 
InL  CL  B60c  9120 
MS,  CL  152—361  7  dalnn 

A  breaker  layer  for  a  pneumatic  tire  comprising  rubber-im- 
pregnated glass  cords  or  yams  of  filaments  each  having  a 
diameter  between  O.OOOS  and  0.0008  inches. 


studs  screwed  or  rivetted  into  the  wheel.  The  projections  are 
preferably  provided  on  wheels  having  very  wide  bead  seating 
portions. 


Dodge* 


3,669,175 

BEAD  EXPANDER 

BiHy  L.  Sorcnsaa,  and  Ray  A.  Scott,  both  of  Fort 

Iowa,  awignnri  to  Tlie  Coals  Company,  Inc. 

Continuation-ill-part  of  appBcatlon  Ser.  No.  753,555,  Aug. 

19, 1968,  now  abandoned.  Tlds  application  Sept.  29, 1969, 

Ser.  Na  861,564 

Int.  a.  A60c  25100 

U.S.  CL  157— 111  6  Claind 


An  apparatus  for  expanding  tire  beads  into  seating  rela- 
tionship with  a  vehicle  rim  characterized  by  a  rim  sealing  sur- 
face on  the  member  and  a  generally  cylindrical  tire  side  waO 
sealing  surface  around  the  rim  supporting  surface  and  fixed 
to  the  base. 


3,669,176 

DRIVE  SYSTEM  FOR  CONTINUOUS  CASTING  PLANTS 
Heribert  KraU,  Wunburg;  Hdnint  Maag,  Hochbcrg;  Otto 
Hcmnaan,  WnnlMirg,  and  Rudolf  Pod,  Nnmbcrg,  al  «f 
Germany,  aidgnnri  to  Siemens  Aktlengcadbchaft,  Berlin  if. 
Munich,  Germany 

FOed  Sept.  18, 1969,  Ser.  No.  858,982 
Ciaiau  prioritf,  application  Gcmumy,  Sept.  21, 1968,  P  17 
I  83032.9 

Int.  CL  B22d  / 1100, 27/08 
VS.  CL  164—4  6  Clalim 

A  drive  system  for  drawing  a  strand-shaped  casting  out  of 
the  mold  of  a  continuous  casting  plant  comprises  drive  roUeis 
engageable  with  the  strand  and  mechanically  driven  by  an 
electrohydraulic  stepping  motor  which  is  controlled  by  elec- 
trical pulses  from  a  programmable  monitor  so  that  the  cast- 
ing is  drawn  in  accordance  with  a  predetermined  operating 
sequence,  preferably  such  that  after  a  given  drawing  travoi 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


586 


the  drive  rollers  remain  at  rest  or  are  reversely  driven  in  ac-    it  is  produced  and  lowered  from  the  crucible.  The  discharged 
cordance  with  the  cooling  and  contraction  of  the  previously    alloy  is  in  rod  shape  and  is  thereafter  cut  into  predetermined 


ELECTWOHYDAAuuC 
STCPPiMO  MOID* 


drawn  strand  of  material,  whereafter  the  drawing  and  con- 
traction cycle  is  repeated. 


3,669,177 
SHELL  MANUFACTURING  METHOD  FOR  PRECISION 

CASTING 
John  E.  lagalis,  Pentwater,  Mich.,  and  Charles  Yakcr,  Sum-    lengths  or  placed  in  any  other  form  for  the  selected  applica- 
mh,  NJ.,  assignors  to  Howmct  Corporatloa,  New  Yorti,    tion. 
N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  8, 1969,  Ser.  No.  855,94 1  

Int.  CI.  B22c  9/00 
U.S.  CI.  164—26  16  Claims 

3,669,179 

PROCESS  OF  BONDING  MOLTEN  METAL  TO 

PREFORM  WITHOUT  INTERFACIAL  ALLOY 

FORMATION 

Alfred  P.  Federmi,  9744  ffhn  man  Road,  Chtattriand.  Oida 

FBed  Mar.  5, 1969,  Ser.  No.  804,641 

Int.  CL  B22d  11/04,1 9/00, 25/06 

VS.  CL  164—66  4  < 


The  preparation  of  a  composite  shell  mold  for  precision 
casting  wherein  portions  of  the  shell  mold  of  large  (fimension 
and  complicated  shapes  are  formed  by  the  lost  wax  process 
while  other  portions  are  formed  by  conventional  molding  or 
permanent  molding  techniques  for  joinder  into  a  composite 
maid. 


3,669,178 

DIRECT  REDUCnOfiPROCESS  AND  SIMULTANEOUS 

CONTINUOUS  CASTING  OF  METALUC  MATERIALS  IN 

A  CRUCIBLE  TO  FORM  RODS 
Roger  Pkrre  Theiocn,  Lmenibourg  City,  Luxembourg,  m- 

rignor  to  Continental  Ore  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Continuation-in-part  of  appBcation  Ser.  No.  736,1 13,  June 
11, 1968,  now  abandoned.  This  appMcatJon  June  9, 1969,  Ser. 

No.  840  J94 

Int.  CLB22d  22/02.  7  7/70 

U.S.  CL  164—50  1  Claim 

A  continuous  casting  technique  of  ferro-alloys  is  provided 
wherein  a  water-cooled  copper  cruciUe  having  a  relatively 
enlarged  upper  portion  and  a  reduced  lower  portion  defining 
a  relatively  small  reaction  zone.  One  or  more  electrodes  are 
introduced  either  of  a  consumaUe  or  non-consumaUe 
variety.  In  either  of  these  approaches,  metal  oxide,  reducing 
agent,  flux  and  addition  materials  are  dispensed  in  the  cruci- 
ble and  the  desired  reaction  is  initiated  between  the  lower 
end  of  the  electrode  and  a  conveniently  located  negative 
pole.  Relatively  high  temperatures  are  attained  and  upon 
melting  of  the  slag,  the  alloying  reacticm  takes  place  in  con- 
tinuous fashion.  This  reaction  is  enhanced  by  induction  stir- 
ring which  ensures  the  uniform  dispersion  <^  the  several  in- 
gredients introduced  into  the  reaction  zone.  As  the  molten 
alloy  is  formed,  it  is  separated  and  gradually  lowered  at  a 
controlled  rate.  lht>visi(His  are  made  for  cooling  the  alloy  as 


W//. 


4-^ 


A  unitary  composite  metal  article  formed  of  two  dianmilar 
metals  and  the  process  for  making  the  same  by  heating  a  sub- 
strate metal  to  a  bonding  temperature  which  is  below  the 
melting  point  of  both  the  substrate  and  the  casting  metal; 
bringing  the  heated  substrate  and  die  mohen  casting  metal 
into  contact  in  an  artide-fofming  mold  in  the  absence  of  an 
oxidizing  atmosphere  until  wetting  and  molecular  arWiearin  at 
the  interface  has  been  attained;  and  rstahiiahing  a  rate  of 
heat  transfer  between  the  molten  casting  metal  and  tlie  solid 
substrate  which  will  cause  chilling  and  solidification  of  tlie 
casting  metal  at  the  interface  before  formation  of  an  intcrfa- 
cial  alloy  can  occur.  The  resulting  composite  article 
repreaentt  a  molecular  bond  of  the  casting  metal  to  the  sub- 
strate at  the  interface  and  is  free  from  any  visible 
alloy  stratum. 


890  O.O.— 20 


536 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3,669,180 

PRODUCTION  OF  FINE  GRAINED  INGOTS  FOR  THE 

ADVANCED  SUPERALLOYS 

Jowph  B.  Moore,  JupMcr  Tcqucsta,  uid  Roy  L.  Athey,  North 

Pataa  Beach,  hoth  of  Ffau,  Mtlgnori  to  United  Afarcraft  Cor- 

poratloa.  East  Hartford,  Coon. 

Filed  Jaa.  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,908 

lat.  CL  B22d  27106,  25/06 

UACL  164-122  1  Claim 


June  18,  1972 


3,669,182 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CONTINUOUS 

CASTING  WITH  GYRATING  MOLD 

Chih-Chung  Waag,  Lexington,  Ma«.,  SMignor  to  Kennecott 

Copper  Corporathm,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  Dec.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  99,076 

Int.  a.  B22d  77/02,  27/OS 

U.S.  CL  164—831  ^  9  Claims 


'   -^ 


-* 


The  highly  alloyed  superalloys  are  cast  as  a  well  stirred 
two-phase  liquid/solid  mixture  into  a  heated  mold  and 
solidified  with  the  maintenance  of  a  well  stirred  two-phase 
layer  preceding  the  axially  advancing  solidification  front  to 
provide  a  homogeneous  ultra-fine-grain  ingot. 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  continuous  casting  of  an  ingoi 
from  a  molten  metal  employing  a  mold  having  a  conica: 
opening  passing  vertically  through  it  and  a  mechanism  foi 
gyrating  the  mold  about  a  point  without  rotating  the  mole 
about  a  vertical  axis.  The  rate  of  gyration  of  the  mold  is  re 
lated  to  the  rate  of  continuous  withdrawal  of  the  ingot  from 
the  mold. 


3,669,183 
ROTARY  REGENERATIVE  HEAT  EXCHANGERS 


3,669,181 

POURING  APPARATUS  WITH  SUBMERGED 

DEFLECTOR  PLATES  FOR  CONTINUOUS  CASTING 

HaM  Schrcwc,  Dutoburg-UngelihHm,  Germany,  aasisnor  to 

Manneunann  AktieafCsellBchaft,  Duaaeidorf ,  Germany 

Filed  Oct.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83,426 

Claims  priority,  applicatkm  Gcnnuiy,  Nov.  20, 1969,  P  19  59 

097.7 

Int.  CLB22d  77/70 

U.S.  CL  164—281  3  Claims 


Kari  Heinz  Mock,  Neckargemuend,  Germany,  aMlgnor  t4 
SvcBska  Rotor  Maritiner  Aktkbolag,  Nacka,  Sweden 
Fllad  Aug.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,954 
Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Germany,  Sept.  9,  1969,  P  19  42 

485.4 

Int.  CL  F28d  79/00 

U.S.  CL  165—9;  H  Claim^ 


Particulariy  oriented  deflector  plates  are  disposed  in  front 
of  submerged  ports  for  charging  a  mold  during  continuous 
casting  cf  steel. 


A  rotary  regenerative  air  preheater  is  provided  a  linliage 
for  adjusting  the  positions  of  movable  and  spring-biased  see- 
ing plates  or  strips  relatively  to  the  matrix.  In  tliis  linkage  is 
included  a  hydraulic  servo  motor  governed  by  impulses  from 
means  sensing  changes  of  the  length  of  the  linkage  caused  1^^ 
a  foreign  body  or  the  like  passing  between  a  sealing  element 
and  the  matrix  and  forcing  tlie  sealing  element  away  from  the 
matrix.  At  such  occasions  the  servo  motor  is  actuated  to 
move  the  sealing  element  further  away  from  tlie  matrix  to 
allow  the  passage  of  the  foreign  body  whereby  damage  is 
avoided. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


587 


3,669,184 

APPARATUS  FOR  HEATING  AND  COOLING  A 

BUILDING 

John  K.  Franzreb,  Route  2,  P.  O.  Box  252,  Kingston,  Tenn. 

Filed  July  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  57,083 

Int.  CL  F24f  3100 


MS.  Ci.  165—50 


10  Claims 


An  apparatus  for  productively  utilizing  the  heat  from  waste 
liquids  discarded  by  industrial  plants,  such  as  power  plants, 
for  heating  and  cooling  buildings,  such  as,  greenhouses,  and 
to  prevent  thermal  pollution  of  bodies  of  water,  such  as  rivers 
and  lakes,  into  which  the  waste  liquid  is  ultimately 
discharged  at  a  low  temperature.  For  heating  a  buUding,  the 
heated  liquid  is  discharged  directly  onto  the  building  roof  at 
the  ridge  thereof  to  flow  down  the  sloping  roof  sides  and  is 
then  deflected  against  the  side  walls  of  the  building  for  heat- 
ing the  roof  and  said  walls.  The  liquid  is  then  collected  in 
troughs  for  recycling  through  the  industrial  plant  and  back  to 
the  apparatus,  or  may  be  discharged  to  waste.  For  cooling 
the  building  the  heated  liquid  is  discharged  by  the  apparatus 
upwardly  from  above  the  roof  to  effect  evaporative  cooling 
of  the  droplets.  The  cool  liquid  falling  on  the  roof  flows  down 
its  sloping  sides  for  cooling  the  building,  and  is  thereafter 
cascaded  over  louvers  for  recooling  the  liquid,  heated  by 
contact  with  the  roof,  before  the  liquid  is  discharged  into  the 
trough  from  which  it  can  be  recycled  or  carried  off  to  waste. 


3,669,185 

MODULAR  HEAT  EXCHANGER  CONSTRUCTION 

Howard  J.  Bare,  1721  South  Bhiff  Rood,  Los  Angdca,  Calif. 

Filed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,247 

Int.  CL  F28f  9114 

U.S.  CL  165—158  4  Ciainw 


A  heat  exclumger  construction  is  disclosed  herein  that  is 
assembled  from  selected  prefabricated  components  which  in- 
clude an  outer  shell  for  housing  a  tube  assembly  having  a  plu- 
rality of  tubes  carried  as  a  unit  l>y  tube  sheets  and  having 
snap-lock  retainers  releasably  secured  to  the  shell  tat  holding 
the  tube  unit  circulating  fixed  position  within  tlie  slieU 
Means  are  provided  for  circuhating  one  fluid  through  the 
tube  and  for  circulating  anotlier  fluid  around  the  tube  within 
the  shell  for  effecting  an  exchange  of  heat  therebetween. 


3,669,186 
DISTRIBUTCm  FOR  PLATE  TYPE  HEAT  EXCHANGERS 

HAVING  END  HEADERS 
James  J.  Scfaauis,  La  Croaae,  Wis.,  aarignnr  to  The  Traae 
Company,  La  Croaae,  \^ls. 

Filed  Dec  10,  1969,  Scr.  No.  883,840 


Int.  CL  F28r  3100 


U.S.  a.  165—166 


4ClainH 


A  plate  type  heat  exchanger  having  a  corrugated  fin  fluid 
distributor  particularly  adapted  for  use  with  end  headers  is 
shown.  The  distributor  length  is  a  function  of  the  passage 
width,  port  width,  and  characteristics  of  tlie  distributor  fin 
material  by  which  substantially  uniform  heat  exchange  fluid 
distribution  across  the  width  of  a  plate  type  heat  exchanger 
passage  is  obtained. 


toGcmOl 


3,669,187 
BLOW-UP  PREVENTER 
Granison  T.  Alexander,  Jr.,  Hounu^  La., ; 

Tool  Company,  Houma,  La. 

Continuatkm-in-part  of  appBcatfcm  Scr.  No.  31,965,  Apr.  27, 

1970,  now  Patent  No.  3,602^06.  TMs  appiclhwi  Nov.  25, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  92,595 

Int.  CL  E21b  23100 

U.S.  CL  166—217  p:«„  2 ' 


An  apparatus  for  arresting  upward  motion  of  a  wireline 
tool  blown  up  a  production  pipe  by  sudden  exccanve  down 
hole  pressure  or  fluid  flow.  The  apparatus  of  the  invention  in- 
cludes a  wedging  member  having  an  oUique  lower  face,  a 
connector  member  having  a  generally  »n^*«nt  obBque  upper 
face,  and  means  tot  suspending  a  wirdine  tool  therefrom.  It 
also  includes  means  for  supporting  the  wedging  iwembw 
within  the  aimulus  of  the  well  pipe  and  means  for  lUdably 
coupling  the  wedging  member  and  the  connector  member, 
whereby  relative  convergent  motion  between  the  two  mem- 
bers moves  the  members  into  a  braking  or  wedging  attitude. 
The  apparatus  also  includes  means  for  importing  relativc 
convergent  motion  to  the  wedging  and  connector  memhen 
when  the  apparatus  is  in  an  unloaded  state. 

\ 


538 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,669,188 

HEAT-GUIDED  HYDROXIDE  PLUGGING 

R«y  D.  Coin,  sad  Eiwta  A.  RklMrdMii,  both  of  Hmnton, 

To^  OHigMnlo Skd  (M  CoHVMqr.  New  York, N.Y. 

Flkd  Jaly  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,235 

tat  CL  E21b  331138, 43/24 

VS.  CL  166-270  9  Oainm 

Selected  portions  of  a  near  weU  region  of  permeable  earth 

formations  arc  plugged  by  adjusting  the  temperature  so  that 

the  selected  portions  are  the  hottest  portions  within  the  re- 


liner  and  a  packer  in  a  flow  conductor,  expanding  the  liner 


^7  gunutct 


/  ^t,  tout  ar  0iir»»tfM 

**T So "l^ 

—  *—  Jf   "•     ■«^/ "■'•' 

■*'BI     —  ^ —  —   —  tse'i' 

' —  ^  -®  —    —  — ""^^ — tiM*r 


V.  mi.!    )    " T 


gion,  permeating  the  region  with  heat-responsive  plug-form- 
ing liquid  and,  after  plugging  has  occurred  in  the  hotter  por- 
tions, displacing  unreacted  plug-forming  liquid  from  the 
cooler  portions. 


into  sealing  and  anchored  engagement  in  the  flow  conductor 
and  then  setting  the  packer  in  the  liner. 


3,669,191 
METHOD  OF  FIGHTING  A  FIRE 
William  L.  LMnBitoii,  Sharon,  Man.,  a«igiior 
Mutuai  RcKarch  Corporatton,  Norwood,  Mass. 
FUed  Feb.  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  115,041 
Int.  CL  A62c  3100 
UA  CL  169—1  A 

A  method  of  fighting  a  fire  comprising  the  steps  of 
discharging  an  ablative  fluid  towards  the  fire  from  an 
elevated  position  relative  to  the  floor  of  the  structxire  to  be 
protected,  and  manually  applying  an  ablative  fluid  to  the  fire. 


to  Factory 


nClahns 


3,669,189 
METHOD  FOR  INHIBITING  THE  DEPOSITION  OF  WAX 

FROM  A  WAX-CONTAINING  OIL 
Paai  W.  Fischer,  Whitticr,  CaHC,  aaignor  to  Union  OU  Com- 
pany of  CaUfomla,  Los  Anfdcs,  CaHf. 

Flkd  Oct  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84,916 
tat  CL  C23I 11112, 15100;  E21b  43125 
U.S.  CL  166-279  18  Claiins 

A  method  for  inhibiting  the  deposition  of  wax  from  wax- 
containing  petroleum  and  other  wax-containing  oils  in  which 
a  small  amount  of  a  wax  deposition  inhibitor  comprised  of  a 
copolymer  of  ethylene  and  a  monoethylenically  unsaturated 
ester  is  added  to  the  petroleum. 


\  3,669,192  ^  \ 

APPARATUS  FOR  HARVESTING  CEREAL  GRAINS, 
LEAFY  VEGETABLES  OR  HOED  VEGETABLES 
Wckfad,  Bohnhofrtraac  1,  Hdninfcn,  Krds  Goppin- 
gCBfGcrauay 

Orlgiiud  appHciHoB  June  23, 1966,  Scr.  No.  560,972,  now 

Patent  No.  3,521*439,  dated  July  21, 1970.  DIvfckd  and  tUs 

application  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  11,378 

tat  CLAOld  27/00 


U.S.  CL  171—40 


3  669  190 

METHODS  OF  CONffLETING  A  WELL 

Philip  S.  Siicr,  DaBaa,  and  Harry  E.  Schwcgman,  Carroiiton, 

hoth  of  Tex.,  aidinnrt  to  Oth.  Engtaiccfing  Corporation, 

Dalas,Tcx. 

Coirtlanatlon-ia-part  of  appHcatlon  Scr.  No.  803,507,  Dec.  24, 

1968,  now  abandoned  ,  which  is  a  dMrion  of  appHcation  Scr. 

No.  605370,  Dec.  29, 1966,  now  PMcat  No.  3*498,376.  This 

HHiBiBtlM  Dk.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,889 

tatCLE21b4J/a0.4i/70 

U&  CL  166—315  27  dakni 

A  method  of  completing  a  well  by  installing  in  the  well  a 
flow  conductor,  performing  various  operations  such  as  ce- 
menting the  flow  conductor  in  die  well  bore,  drilling  out  ex- 
ccM  cement  from  the  flow  conductor,  perforating  the  casing 
at  deared  locations,  and  the  like,  installing  a  liner  in  the  flow 
conductor  of  smaller  internal  diameter  than  the  internal 
diameter  oi  the  flow  conductor  to  {m>vide  an  internal  seal 
surfiace  and  oppositely  facing  stop  shouldeis  in  the  flow  con- 
ductor, setting  a  packer  in  the  liner,  and  dien  installing  an 
inner  production  flow  conductor  in  the  well  and  securing  it 
to  the  packer.  A  setting  tool  for  simultaneously  locating  a 


19Clafam 


A  unit  for  harvesting  hoed,  leafy  and  stalk  crops  includes  i 
frame  and  a  draw  bar  extending  from  the  frame  for  towing  a 
the  unit  along  a  path  lateraUy  adjacent  and  parallel  to  the 
travel  of  a  tracSor,  with  the  harvesting  unit  extending  rear- 
wardly  and  laterally  of  the  tractor.  A  crop  carrier  may  be 
drawn  by  the  tractor  and  the  harvesting  unit  may  be  drawq 
by  the  crop  carrier.  The  harvesting  unit  includes  a  guid0 
scoop  and  associated  power  driven  means  for  moving  har- 
vested material  along  the  guide  scoop  and  into  the  crop  carri- 
er. Various  known  harvesting  devices  may  be  im 
terchangeabiy  mounted  to  extend  along  the  forward  edge  of 
the  scoop  and  substantially  perpendicular  to  the  path  o' 
travel. 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


539 


3,669,193 
GANG  BOLT  LOCKING  ARRANGEMENT 
Hugh  Cooper,  RochcBe;  Dak  S.  WhitchotMC,  and  George  E. 
WobMc.  both  of  Kcwanee,  aU  of  DL,  Mslgnors  to  Kcwancc 
Machinery  A  Conveyor  Co.,  Kcwanee,  DL 

Filed  Dec.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,549 

tat  CL  AOlb  21108, 23/06 

VS.  CL  172-570  8  Claims 


3,669,195 
FOLDING  IMPLEMENT  CARRIER 
E.  Gffscn,  and  PfaflHp  H.  NvckalB,  hoth  ef 
Ark.,  BsslgiBri  to  PbmI  Abbott  Coa^pn«y,  toc^  Bfythcvac, 
Arfc. 

Fled  Apr.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25«484 

tat  CL  AOlb  65/02 

VS.  CL  172—31 1  3  ClataH 


-/te 


•J9a       jge 


Clamping  means  for  a  piece  of  farm  machinery,  more 
specifically  a  disc  harrow.  The  clamping  means  assures  the 
proper  tightening  and  positioning  of  one  or  more  discs  which 
are  concavo-convex  in  shape  upon  a  shaft.  The  clamping 
means  includes  a  reaction  member  such  as  an  anchor  nut  for 
the  threaded  end  of  the  gang  bolt  or  tie-rod  which  reaction 
member  or  anchor  nut  has  a  series  of  threaded  holes  through 
it  and  carries  tightening  screws  or  bolts  and  a  clamping  plate 
which  has  a  central  opening  embracing  the  shaft  but  not  con- 
nected to  the  shaft  said  plate  being  spring-like  in  character 
and  engageaUe  by  the  tightening  screws  whereby  the  plate  is 
adapted  to  be  forced  by  its  outer  surface,  or  at  least  the  mar- 
gin thereof  against  the  surface  of  the  disc  which  is  adjacent 
to  it  whereby  the  gang  bolt  is  placed  under  proper  tension 
and  the  disc,  or  discs,  and  spacers  between  discs  are 
adequately  pressed  together  under  spring  tension.        ^^ 


3,669,194 
SIDE  SHIFTING  IMPLEMENT  APPARATUS 
James  W.  Zurek,  Lombard,  IB.,  assignor  to  tatcmationai 
Harvester  Company,  Chicago,  ID. 

FUed  Jan.  22,  1970,  Scr.  No.  5,067  ^ 
tat  CL  AOlb  69/08 
U.S.  CL  172-280  8  ClainH 


w-'^^S 


A  mechanism  for  mounting  and  selectively  positioning  a 
front  mounted  implement,  such  as  a  mower,  on  a  vehick,  the 
mechanism  having  means  for  manually  selecting  a  lateral 
disposition  c^  the  imptement  relative  to  the  longitudinal  axis 
of  the  carrier  and  also  operative  for  autonuttically  producing 
lateral  displacements  of  the  impkmem  frvnn  the  selected 
position  in  response  to  corresponding  actuations  of  the  car- 
rier's steering  apparatus  wherein  such  actuations  are  deter- 
minative of  the  turning  radius  of  the  vehicle. 


Apparatus  having  fixed  and  movable  portions  for  support- 
ing a  plurality  of  earth-working  implements  with  such  ap- 
paratus extending  substantially  beyond  the  sides  of  a 
propelling  vehicle  when  in  use  and  folded  to  inoperative  posi- 
tion when  not  in  use  as  wcU  as  while  travelling  and  maneu- 
vering. The  movable  portions  of  the  apparatus  are  pivotally 
supported  a  substantial  distance  from  the  ends  of  the  fixed 
portion  and  the  fixed  and  movaUe  portions  are  generally  co- 
sxtensive  in  operative  position. 


3,669,196 
UNIVERSAL  DRILLING  RIG 
Lyk   W.   Hokanson,   KirfcloDd   Lake,  Ontario;   JanMS   R. 
Savase,  Swastika,  Ontario;  E.  Peter  Smith,  Kkkland  Lake, 
Ontario;  Gilbert  Levangk,  and  WBHam  Kfam,  both  of 

Swastika,  Ontario,  al  of  Canada,  asilgi to  Heath  & 

Sherwood    DriBfaig    United,    Kfaidwid    Lake,    Ontario, 


10 


Flkd  Jan.  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104^84 
tat  CL  E21b  15/00 
VS.  CL  173—44 


A  drilUng  apparatus  for  exploratory  oil  and  gas  drilling  is 
provided,  such  apparatus  having  a  derrick  comprising  a  plu- 
rality of  component  parts  for  assembly  on  site.  Componentt 
of  the  derrick  are  hingedly  connected  for  ease  and  con- 
venience of  erection.  Hydraulic  means  are  provided  for  the 
various  operative  functions  of  the  apparatus.  The  primary 
motive  power  is  supplied  from  an  internal  combustion  engine 
source  which  may  be  augmented  as  desired  to  enabk  the  ap- 
paratus to  be  employed  throughout  a  wide  ranpe  of  drilling 
operations. 


540 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,669.197  3,669,199 

CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  ROCK  DRILLS  DRILLING  APPARATUS 

Lmi-cscc  B.  HaMom  PfaM,  aod  Walacc  W.  Arthur,  Denver,  Roy  H.  CuUen;  Jfanmie  R.  Akcr,  and  Wffliani  E.  Burke,  •■  of 

botk  of  Colo.,  aHigBon  to  Gardner-Denver  Company,  Houston,  Ttx^  aaaignon  to  Youngstown  Sheet  and  Tube 

Quincy,  DL  Company,  Youngstown,  OWo 

Original  application  Mar.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  808,925,  now  Filed  Mar.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,120 

Patent  No.  3,561,542.  Divided  and  this  application  Sept.  11,  J        Int.  CL  E21b  3/08 

1970,  Ser.  No.  71,404  U.S.  Q.  175-106 
Int.CI.  E21c5/76,  7//0 


3  Claims 


U.S.  CI.  173-19 


5  Claims 


An  automatic  control  system  for  a  guide  shell  mounted 
roclc  drill  including  a  control  circuit  having  pneumatically 
operated  valves  for  providing  pressure  fluid  to  the  drill 
hammer,  rotation  motor  and  feed  motor  and  for  controlling 
drill  hole  flushing  medium.  Sensors  mounted  on  the  drill 
guide  shell  provide  for  reversal  of  the  feed  motor  and 
reduced  drill  power  upon  reaching  the  forward  end  of  the 
guide  shell,  and  shutdown  of  the  drill  upon  reaching  the  rear- 
ward end  of  the  guide  shell.  The  control  circuit  includes  a  se- 
ries of  control  valves  for  selection,  at  will,  by  the  drill  oj)era- 
tor  of  a  particular  operating  sequence  or  condition  of  the 
drill.  A  control  valve  is  included  for  providing  an  operating 
sequence  which  includes  operation  of  the  drill  at  reduced 
power  for  a  predetermined  period  of  time  for  collaring  a  drill 
hole.  The  control  system  also  includes  pressure  proportioning 
valves  for  automatically  regulating  the  feed  motor  pressure  to 
be  proportional  to  the  drill  percussion  motor  supply  pressure. 

3,669,198 
FLUID  OPERATED  DROP  HAMMER  WITH  VALVED 

PISTON 
Roger  M.  Emott,  Somenham,  near  Ipswkfa,  England,  as- 
signor  to  The   BritUi   Sled   PIHng   Company   Limited, 
Claydon,  Ipawlch,  Suffolk,  England 

FDed  Mv.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  18,239 
Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Great  Britain,  Mar.  1 1, 1969, 

12314/69 

Int.  a.  E02d  7/10;  FOll  21/04 

VJS.  CL  173-127  10  CUdms 


A  drop  hammer  has  an  operating  ram  in  which  valve-con- 
trolled conduit  means  interconnect  opposite  ends  of  a 
cylinder  of  the  ram  to  allow  fluid  to  transfer  between  the 
ends  of  the  cylinder. 


This  invention  relates  to  drilling  apparatus  having  a  flexibU  i 
drill  string,  a  motor  supported  by  the  drill  string,  two-stag< 
planetary  gear-reduction  means  driven  by  the  motor,  and  a 
drill  bit  driven  by  the  gear-reduction  means.  In  the  geari 
reduction  means  the  second  stage  sun,  planet  and  ring  gears 
have  increased  longitudinal  dimension  for  carrying  the  in; 
creased  torque  loading,  and  the  second  stage  planet  gears  ari 
split  into  sections  and  supported  at  each  end  of  each  section 
to  prevent  excessive  outward  deflection  of  their  bearing 
shafts. 


3,669,200 

AUTOMATIC  PARKING  DEVICE 

Paul  J.  OdcU,  1 16  Starkdalc  Road,  Steubenville,  Ohio 

Filed  Oct  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  868,751 

Int.  CI.  B62d  5/00 


U.S.CI.  180— 1  AS 


9  Claims 


An  apparatus  for  automatically  parking  automobiles  hay- 
ing a  steering  means  including  a  steering  post  and  a  transmis- 
sion with  a  reverse  gear.  The  device  includes  first  gear  means 
on  the  steering  post,  second  axially  and  transversely  di$- 
placeable  gear  means  and  third  gear  means  operatively  con- 
nected to  be  driven  by  the  transmission  drive  shaft  in  reverse 
gear.  The  second  gear  means  is  selectively  operatively  posi- 
tioned between  the  first  and  second  gear  means  to  transmit 
the  roution  of  the  drive  shaft  to  the  steering  post  to  effect 
turning  of  the  steering  wheels.  Timing  means  control  the 
direction  of  rotation  of  the  third  gear  means  so  that  the  steer- 
ing wheels  of  the  vehicle  are  rotated  in  a  first  direction  and, 
after  a  predetermined  period  of  time,  rotated  in  the  reverse 
direction  in  order  to  accomplish  the  desired  parallel  parking . 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


541 


3,669,201  3,669,203 

MOTOR  DRIVEN  ICE  VEHICLE  AIR-COOLING  APPARATUS  FOR  AUTOMOTIVE 

Frederick  A.  TaykMr,  32548  Rtverpoint,  New  Baltimore,  Mich.  ENGINE 

Filed  May  19,  1970,  Ser.  No.  38,791  Solchiro  Honda,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assignor  to  Honda  Glkcn 

Int.  CI.  B62m  2  7/02  Kogyo  Kaboshiki,  Kalsha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

U.S.  CI.  180-6  R  2  Claims  Filed  July  31,  1969,  Ser.  No.  846,476 

Claims  priority,  appUcatkin  Japan,  Aug.  8,  1968,  43/55808; 

Aug.  30, 1968, 43/61735 

Int.  a.  B60h  1/16 

VS.  a.  180—54  A  8  Claims 


*-#  ■•■ — ,5 


A  vehicle  body,  such  as  that  of  a  boat,  with  laterally 
spaced  rearwardly  mounted  runners,  and  first  pivot  means 
mounting  said  runners  for  limited  travel  about  the  axis  of  said 
pivot,  and  substantially  transverse  to  the  direction  of  travel,  a 
forward  mounted  ski  or  runner  with  second  pivot  means 
mounting  said  ski  or  runner,  for  arcuate  travel  about  the  axis 
of  said  second  pivot  means  to  steer  the  vehicle:  a  bracket  as- 
sembly secured  to  the  rear  of  the  vehicle  by  and  including 
laterally  spaced  parallel,  opposed  channels,  a  propulsion  unit, 
having  a  motor  and  drive  wheel  mounted  upon  a  frame,  said 
frame  carrying  spaced,  parallel  slide  members  to  be  received 
in  said  channel  members  to  resist  lateral  or  forward  and  rear- 
ward movement  of  the  mounting  assembly,  but  to  afford  up 
and  down  sliding  travel  in  said  channels  to  accomodate  the 
propulsion  unit  to  irregularities  in  the  surface  over  which  the 
vehicle  is  driven,  with  means  attached  to  said  frame  engagea- 
ble  with  further  means  secured  to  the  rear  portion  of  the  boat 
to  establish  a  limit  for  the  downward  travel  of  said  unit. 


3,669,202 
FOUR  WHEEL  DRIVE  VEHICLE 
Adolph  Leslie  Andersen,  Monroe,  Wash. 

Filed  Oct.  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  78,851 
Int  a.  B62d  5/06;  B60k  1 7/34 
U.S.  CI.  180—50 


A  vehicle  is  provided  which  has  an  engine  space  having  an 
opening  arrangement  for  the  admission  of  air  when  the  vehi- 
cle is  in  motion.  Air  moves  into  the  engine  space  along  a 
determinable  passage.  An  engine  is  arranged  in  the  engine 
space  in  intercepting  relationship  with  the  passage  to  be 
cooled  by  air  flowing  therethrough.  The  engine  includes  a 
double  wall  exterior  forming  an  air  jacket  into  which  air  is 
forced  under  pressure  by  a  blower  in  order  to  provide  a 
second  source  of  cooling  for  the  engine.  The  double  wall  ex- 
terior includes  inner  and  outer  walls  connected  by  heat  trans- 
mitting plates  and  provided  with  cooling  fins.  The  air  jacket 
is  connected  to  a  passenger  space  into  which  heated  air  is  ad- 
mitted by  a  shut-off  valve.  The  engine  may  have  cylinders  ar- 
ranged either  longitudinally  or  laterally  of  the  vehicle  and  the 
forced  air  cooling  may  be  provided  in  such  a  manner  as  to  be 
in  opposite  direction  to  the  natural  cooling  through  the 
aforesaid  space. 

3,669,204 
SURFACE,  MATERIAL  AND  HEALTH  PROTECTIVE 
COMBINATION  DEVICE 
1  Claim    PHer  Andrews,  190  Gebhardt  RomI,  Pcnfleld,  N.Y. 

Original  application  June  17, 1963,  Ser.  No.  288,159,  now 
abandoned.  Divided  and  this  appBctfion  Feb.  21, 1966,  Ser. 

No.  532331 

Int.  CI.  B67d  25/20 

MS.  CI.  180—69.1  12  Clabm 


A  four  wheel  drive  vehicle  in  which  both  the  front  and  rear 
wheek  are  driven  and  steered.  The  front  and  rear  axle  hous- 
ings extend  rigidly  firom  a  differential  and  the  axles  are 
pivoted  about  a  central  vertical  pivot  in  an  equal  but  op- 
posite direction  so  that  the  rear  wheels  completely  track  the 
front  wheels. 


K  ^^^ 


A  fluid  retaining  receptacle  device  having  at  least  one 
separate  material  retained  therein  for  retaining  fluid  which 
drips  therein  generally  from  the  motor  or  a  fluid  retaining 
housing  portion  of  the  motor  vehicle  which  may  be  a  car, 
truck,  bus  and  a  boat.  The  receptacle  device  may  be  disposed 


542 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


under  at  least  one  portion  of  the  motor  vehicle,  may  be 
removably  secured  and  supported  in  at  least  one  portion  of  a 
structure  which  is  removably  secured  and  suspendingly 
disposed  beneath  at  least  one  portitMi  of  the  motor  vehicle. 
Absorbent,  porous,  catalyst  material  and/or  oil  eating  bac- 
teria and  the  like  is  retained  in  the  device  for  increasing  the 
rate  of  oxidation  and  thickening  of  the  retained  fluid, 
whereby  at  least  lives  are  saved  and  accidents  are  prevented 
on  the  highways;  fluid  pollution  inside  of  a  boat  is  prevented; 
further  pollution  of  the  air  we  breathe  is  prevented;  millions 
of  dollars  arc  saved  for  the  cities,  Sute  and  Fed.  Gov.  com- 
bined and  at  least  $35.00  is  saved  for  motor  vehicle  owners. 

3,669,205 
VEHICLE  GUIDANCE  SYSTEMS 
David  W.  I.  Brooke,  Waffiniford,  England,  assignor  to  Inter- 
national Harvester  Company  of  Great  Britain  Limited,  Lon- 

Contf^naSon  of  application  Ser.  No.  865,932,  Oct  13,  1969, 
now  abandoned.  This  appliaitkNi  May  19, 1971,  Ser.  No. 

145,006 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Oct.  16,  1968, 

49,141/68 

Int.  CI.  B60k  27/00 

VS.  CL  180—98  1<>  Claims 


automatic  vehicles  which  travel  along  guiding  cables  buried 
in  the  roadways  connecting  the  several  areas.  The  vehicles 
are  steered  and  their  drive  systems  controlled  by  means  of 
steering  and  drive  control  signals  generated  at  a  central  con- 
trol station  and  transmitted  by  the  guiding  cables  to  sensing 
elements  on  the  vehicles.  A  signal  generator  on  each  vehicle 
transmits  continuous  back  signals  to  the  control  station 
through  the  cables  and  intermittent  position  signals  through 
sensing  elements  at  stopping  stations  along  the  roadways. 

3,669,207  ^ 

VEHICLE  GUIDANCE  SYSTEMS 
Peter  Berncrs  Fdgctt,  and  George  Robert  Whitfield,  both  of 
Reading,  Englnnd,  ass^nors  to  International  Harvester 
Company  of  Great  Britain  Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  Oct.  13,  1969,  Ser.  No.  865,930 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Oct.  16, 1968, 

,  49,136/68 

Int.a.B60k27/06 

U.S.  CI.  180-981  8  Claims 


B 


Ei 


B 


3-;g: 


L^ I 


^JiissJ 


1 


P.S.Di 


15 


^2^^ 


^12 


afmiJ 


INPUT 

srtanwa 


'16 


A  magnetic  sensing  head  arrangement  for  guiding  a  vehicle 
incorporates  a  pair  of  detectors  so  connected  as  to  give  a  dtf- 
ference  output  as  a  result  of  a  received  electromagnetic 
signal,  and  a  single  detector  positioned  between  them.  By  ap- 
plying the  difference  signal  from  the  two  detectors  and  the 
output  from  the  single  detector  alternately  as  the  signal  input 
and  the  reference  input  to  a  phase  sensitive  detector  the 
vehicle  may  be  guided  to  follow  a  path  either  directly  over  a 
guide  wire  or  midway  between  two  guide  wires  which  carry 
"the  same  current  in  opposite  directions. 

3,669^06 
CONTAINER  TRANSPORTING  SYSTEM 
Hans  Tax,  and  Rudiger  Frankc,  both  of  Munich,  Germany, 
assignors  to  said  Tax,  by  said  Frankc 

FBcd  Aug.  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  851,248 
Claims  priority,  applicatioa  Germany,  Aug.  21, 1968,  P  17  98 

090.4 

Int.  CL  B62d  1/24 

VS.  CL  180-98  M  Oatm 


A  system  for  guiding  a  vehicle  under  control  of  a  guidr 
member  enables  the  vehicle  to  be  guided  in  a  path  whicj 
may  be  immediately  above  or  offset  from  the  guide  membeij. 
The  position  of  the  vehicle  in  relation  to  the  guide  member  is 
uniquely  determined  by  receiving  signals  in  two  differed 
ways  having  strengths  of  interaction  which  vary  differentlV 
with  distance  from  the  guide  member.  The  nature  of  th^ 
system  enables  a  warning  to  be  given  immediately  upon  an  i 
malfunction  in  a  part  of  the  system. 


3,669,208 

VEHICLE  GUIDANCE  SYSTEMS 

David  William  Ingham  Brooke,  BrightwcU,  England,  assigncr 

to    Intcmational    Harvester    Company    of   Great    Britain 

Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  Oct  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  865,931 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Oct  16, 1968, 

49,140/68;  Dec.  4, 1968, 57^98/68 

IntCLB60fc  27/06 

U.S.CL  180-98  6  Claims 


A  vehicle  guidance  system  in  which  a  vehicle  may  be 
guided  to  follow  accurately  any  one  of  a  number  of  paths 
laterally  offset  different  predetermined  distances  from  a  sin- 
gle guide  wire  using  a  magnetic  sensing  head  arrangement 
Containeis  transported  on  containerships  and  the  like  are  which  does  not  have  to  operate  from  a  null  p(»ition  above 
trisferred  betwceTstorage  and  shipping^as  by  means  of  the  guide  wire.  Preferably  the  vehicle  «  guided  along  a  path 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


548 


determined  by  a  selected  value  of  the  ratio  between  the  ef- 
fective gradient  and  the  vertical  component  of  the  elec- 
tromagnetic field  and  the  strength  of  the  vertical  component 
of  the  electromagnetic  field  at  the  vehicle,  the  selection  of 
the  desired  path  offset  a  predetermined  distance  from  the 
guide  member  being  made  by  the  use  of  a  variable  electrical 
device  such  as  a  potentiometer. 


for  engaging  said  brake  mechanism  when  a  given  vacuum  in 
said  vacuum  chamber  is  released  and  for  maintaining  said 


3,669,209  > 

VEHICLE  GUIDANCE  SYSTEMS 
David  Willian  Ingham  Brooke,  BrightwcU,  Engbmd,  assignor 
to   International    Harvester    Company    of   Great    Britain 
Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  Oct  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  865,933 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Oct  16, 1968, 

49,142/68;  Dec.  4, 1968, 57^99/68 

IntCLB60k  27/06  ^^ 

U.S.  CI.  180-98  >8  Claims 


A. 


E 


B35 


x> 


.i     MmmfT 


E 


JL? 


PSD 


eefBfeta 


^ourmiT 


fTsme 


'it 


brake    mechanism    engaged    until    said    given    vacuum    is 
restored  within  said  vacuum  chamber. 


3,669,211 

REMOTE  CONTROL  AUTOMOBILE  THEFT 

PREVENTION  MECHANISM 

Herman  GOgoff,  241  Beach  137th  Street,  Rodtaway  Park, 

N  Y 

Filed  Apr.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29330 
Int  CL  B60r  25104 
U.S.CL180— 112  5 


A  vehicle  is  guided  at  a  desired  angle  in  relation  to, 
preferaWy  parallel  to,  the  lines  of  constant  magnetic  field 
strength  resulting  fix>m  a  guide  wire  carrying  an  electric  cur- 
rent by  using  two  magnetic  detectors  which  are  positioned  on 
the  vehicle  in  a  line  having  a  substantial  component  in  the 
direction  of  advance  of  the  vehicle. 

This  method  of  guiding  a  vehicle  has  particular  application 
in  turning  a  vehicle  at  the  end  of  a  traverse  along  a  line  of 
constant  gradient  of  magnetic  field  strength  under  the  con- 
trol of  the  guide  wire. 


3,669,210 
AUTOMOTIVE  SAFETY  DEVICE 
Fred  F.  Haefner,  R.D.  #2,  Evans  City,  Pa. 

Filed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  90,718 
Int  CL  B60r  25108 
VS.  CL  180—103  8  Claims 

In  an  automotive  vehicle  having  a  brake  mechanism  and  a 
key  actuated  switching-ignition  mechanism  to  start  a  power 
plant,  an  automotive  safety  device  having  a  first  engaging 
means  for  engaging  said  brake  mechanism  when  said 
switching-ignition  mechanism  is  deactivated  and  maintaining 
said  brake  mechanism  engaged  while  said  switching-ignition 
mechanism  is  off,  a  releasing  means  for  releasing  said  first 
engaging  means  and  for  maintaining  said  first  engaging 
means  disengaged  while  said  switching-ignition  mechanism  is 
-^on,  an  actuating  means  for  actuating  said  releasing  means 
when  said  key  actuates  said  switching-ignition  mechanism 
and  connected  to  said  releasing  means  by  electrical  lead 
means,  a  vacuum  chamber  enclosing  said  electrical  lead 
means  and  extending  from  adjacent  said  actuating  means  to 
adjacent  said  releasing  means,  and  a  second  engaging  means 


A  mechanism  including  a  tamper-proof  housing  which  is 
mounted  on  the  distributor  of  an  automobOe.  The  housing 
contaiiu  a  normally  open  electrical  switch,  which  is  series- 
connected  to  a  portion  of  the  electrical  conductor  which 
connects  the  automobile  spark  coil  to  the  distributor  and 
which  extends  through  the  interior  of  the  housing,  and  a 
combination  lock  which  is  operable  to  actuate  the  switch  to 
closed  position.  The  lock  is  operated  remotely  from  the  pas- 
senger side  of  the  automobile  instrument  panel  through  the 
medium  of  cooperating  devices  including  a  roUtaMe  linkage, 
a  rack  and  pinion  assembly  and  a  manual  actuator  that  is 
conveniently  accessible  to  the  seated  operator.  Ahematively. 
a  "key"  may  be  used  in  place  of  the  manual  actuator.  The 
mechanism  is  automatically  retunicd  to  "protective  condi- 


544 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


tion."  i.e.,  with  the  switch  in  open  position,  by  a  pull  cable  guitar,  which  comprises  a  plate  of  light  material,  such  as 
which  is  operated  manually  or  by  the  opening  of  a  door  of  paper,  plastics,  foamed  plastics,  metal  or  the  like,  said  plate 
the  automobile,  as  desired.  having  pipes  or  cells  formed  therein  or  fixed  thereto,  said 


3,669,212 

AIR-PROPELLED  VEHICLE  AND  METHOD  FOR 

DRIVING  AND  STEERING  SAID  VEHICLE 

Wmiam    Edouard   Dcsbarats,    1289   La   Salle   Street,   Bale 

ConcaH,  Quebec,  Canada 

FUed  Apr.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,230 

Int.  CI.  B60v  1114 

U.S.  CI.  1 80—  1 20  2  Claims 


y     6i    « 


i—r 


4f»   ^* 


An  air-propelled  vehicle  having  an  air  tunnel  on  either  side 
of  the  central  longitudinal  vertical  plane  of  the  vehicle  and 
an  air  thrust  source  forwardly  of  the  tunnels  blowing  a  jet  of 
air  of  predetermined  magnitude  into  each  of  the  tunnels.  A 
baffle  assembly  diverts,  for  steering,  a  portion  at  least  of  one 
jet  into  the  other  jet  whereby  to  modify  the  relative  mag- 
nitudes of  the  jets. 


v\ 


pipes  or  cells  being  filled  with  fluid  under  high  pressure, 
thereby  increasing  flexural  rigidity  of  said  vibrating  plate 
without  appreciable  increasing  its  weight. 


'  3,669,215 

PASSIVE  RADIATOR  FOR  USE  IN  A  BASS  REFLEX 

LOUDSPEAKER  SYSTEM 

Takco  Kikuchi,  and  HiMwki  HasMno,  both  of  Tokyo,  Japan, 

assignors  to  Sansui  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FDed  Feb.  8, 1972,  Scr.  No.  113,492 

Claims  priority,  appHcatkm  Japan,  Feb.  12, 1970, 45/13507 

Int.  CL  GlOk  13100;  H04r  7100 
U.S.  CL  181—32  R  7  ClainHi 


3,669,213 
SEISMIC  GAS  EXPLODER  APPARATUS 
John  C.  MoBcrc,  San  Marino,  CaHf.,  aMignor  to  Wcatcm 
Gcophyrical  Company  of  America 

FUed  Nov.  29, 1968,  Ser.  No.  780,082 

Int.  CL  GOlv  1138 

MS.  CL  181—0.5  NC  1  Claim 


3,669,214 
VIBRATING  PLATE  FOR  SOUND  INSTRUMENT 
Hideo     Matmura;     Ktwihiko     Imagawa,     and     Murare 
Yodiiheko,  aU  of  Hamakila-ahl.  Shizuoka-ken,  Japan,  a»- 
signon  to  Nippon  Gakki  Sdio  KabusliikI  Kaliha,  Hania- 
matsu-aiii,  Shiiuoka-ken,  Japan 

FDed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 13^44 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  13, 1970, 45/1 1987 

InL  CL  GlOk  13100;  H04r  7100;  GlOc  3106 
MS,  CL  181—32  R  6  ClainH 

A  vibrating  plate  for  a  sound  instrument,  such  as  a 
diaphragm  of  a  loudspeaker,  a  sounding  board  of  a  piano  or 


«   17  13 


A  passive  radiator  formed  of  a  drone  cone  for  use  in  a  bast 
reflex  loudspeaker  system  wherein  a  centering  device  for 
suspending  the  central  part  of  the  drone  cone  within  a  basket 
frame  is  made  of  elastic  wire  members. 


3,669,216 

MODEL  AIRPLANE  MUFFLER  CONSTRUCTIONS 

Donald  H.  Spies,  919  AmlMrst  Lane,  Wttmcttc,  IlL 

Filed  Jnly  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  159,979 

Int.  CL  POln  1108, 1114;  FOln  7110 

MS.  CL  181—40  14  Clain^ 


A  gas  exploder  seismic  wave  source  which  includes  a 
closed  chamber  for  receiving  a  mixture  of  combustible  gases. 
Means  are  provided  to  detonate  the  combustible  mixture 
thereby  producing  gaseous  detonation  products.  Vacuum- 
operated  exhaust  means  are  coupled  to  the  chamber  to  ex- 
haust the  detonation  products  from  the  chamber. 


A  lightweight  sheet  metal  model  airplane  muffler  in  th< 
form  of  a  hollow  shell  having  symmetrical  airfoil  charaC' 
teristics  and  defining  an  internal  expansion  chamber  for  eX' 
haust  gases.  Outlet  ports  are  provided  in  the  camber  regions 
of  the  shell  where  they  communicate  with  the  vacuum 
pockets  which  are  established  by  the  slipstream  during  flight 
and  the  low  pressure  air  in  such  pockets  assists  in  evacuating 
the  chamber. 


3,669,217 

ESCAPE  SLIDE  POSITIONING  TUBE 

Jolin  M.  Fisher,  622  Sackett  Avenue,  Cuyahoga  Falls,  Ohio 

Filed  Noy.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89^28 

^Int  CL  A62b  1120 

MS.  CI.  182-48  8  Clain^ 

A  positioning  tube  for  an  escape  slide  of  the  type  used  for 

aircraft  having  a  long  inflatable  ramp  which  is  inflated  firon^ 


June  13,  1972                           GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL                                         646 

the  folded  condition  to  the  extended  position  in  which  the  lo-    continuous  conduit  formed  by  the  pipes  and  connecting  tu- 

cation  and  attitude  of  the  ramp  is  controlled  by  an  inflauble    bular  elements  is  diverted  at  each  holder  through  a  hole  in 

tube  attached  to  the  underside  of  the  ramp  for  engagement 

with  the  aircraft  fuselage  to  which  the  ramp  is  attached  for 

biasing  tne  ramp  outward  from  the  fuselage.  Manifolding  is                         ^*y^ ♦V'*     z*    '/^^.^-^  ♦V^    } 

provided  for  rapid  mflation  of  the  positioning  tube  smiultane-                    ^ly^^    ^"^^^S^y*  itj/^^     ^^^ 

?n/^  1                    \      })  \      i 

1      j                                                                          oA^^^^"'    ft<^^e        •e^v^^i;--?^  t!<?:^P 

a^i^^^N^^p                                                                      '                ^"^                    -«    -^- 

^'ao-A^^Or*  -^ 

\v\\Vr*'                                           **^*  ^^  °^  **  P'P*  *"**  ^  related  passage  through  the  holder 

\  ¥0\S^^""^"^                             ^°  **^*  spinning  ring  of  that  h<4der. 

«-\v^^^^<^ 

3,669,218 
PORTABLE  STEPS  FOR  A  VEHICLE  OR  THE  LIKE 
Joshua  D.  HaD,  NDcsau  Army  Depot,  Aemmd-Su,  APO  New 
York,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  144,929 

InL  a.  E06c  5102 

MS.  CL  182—97  5  ClaiuK 


A  step  assembly  is  hingedly  connected  at  its  upper  end  in 
depending  relation  to  a  horizontal  platform  by  a  support  rod 
pivotally  connected  to  the  platform  for  swinging  movement 
of  the  step  assembly  between  an  upright  utility  position  and  a 
retracted  stored  position. 


3,669,219 
MEANS  FOR  SUPPLYING  A  PLURALITY  OF  SPINNING 

RINGS  WITH  FLUID  LUBRICANT 
Andrew  J.  Wayson,  Nccdham,  and  Richard  T.  Dc  Stefano, 
Everett,   both   of   Mass.,   assignors   to   Merriman,   Inc, 
Hingham,  Mass. 

FBcd  Oct.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81322 
Int.  CL  DOlh  7162 
U.S.CL184-7A  11  Claims 

Fluid  lubricant  supply  means  for  a  plurality  of  sintered 
metal  spinning  rings  on  a  spiiming  firame  in  which  each  ring 
holder  has  a  small  pipe  cast  in  position  in  the  body  of  the 
holder  with  the  ends  of  the  pipe  extending  beyond  the 
holder.  The  pipe  ends  of  adjacent  hoklers  are  connected  by 
flexible  tubular  elements  applied  after  the  holders  are  in  posi- 
tion on  the  ring  rail.  Some  of  the  lubricant  fed  through  the 


ously  with  inflation  of  the  ramp  and  before  the  ramp  is 
completely  unfolded  and  extended.  Releasable  fasteners  of 
three-dimensional  fabric  having  resilient  hook  flbers  hold  the 
ramp  in  the  folded  condition  until  it  is  inflated  to  prevent  en- 
gagement with  the  ground  prior  to  inflation  and  positioning. 


3,669,220 
EXCHANGEABLE  GREASE  GUN  TIP 
Karl  Ivan  Andcrason,  NoRarpsvagcn  3D,  Marlcstad,  Sweden 

Fflcd  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,702 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  12, 1969,  G  69 

09  955 
Int.  CLF16n  5/02, 27/02 
U.S.  CL  184— 105  C  6 


15    %     13 


*  t        '3 


An  interchangeable  grease  gun  tip  swingably  engaged  to  a 
clamping  jaw  socket  and  provided  with  a  nut  on  its  rear  end 
for  engagement  with  the  front  end  of  a  grease  gun 
mouthpiece  and  aligning  the  tip. 


3,669,221 

BRAKE  INSTALLATION  ESPECIALLY  FOR 

COMMERCIAL-TYPE  VEHICLES 

Hdmnt  Hasc,  Solzhach  (Mnrftal)*  Germany,   iiilgnir  la 

Dafankr-Bcns  Akticngcscllschalt,  Stnttgart-UntcrlM  i  i hi hn, 

Germany 

Filed  June  18,  1970,  Scr.  No.  47364 
ChOms  priority,  application  Gcmuwy,  June  25,  1969,  P  19  32 

084.4 
Int  CL  F16d  65160,  51/50 
MS.  CL  188-79.5  K  21  Claims 

A  brake  installation  especially  for  commercial-type  velii- 
des,  in  which  the  brake  shoes  are  actuated  by  a  brake  cam 
shaft,  possibly  with  the  assistance  of  compressed  air,  and  in 
which  an  automatic  readjusting  mechanism  is  provided  tlutt 
includes  a  friction  member  arranged  between  the  bralce  cam 
of  the   brake  cam  shaft  and  a  control  disk;  the  friction 


546 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


member  is  effective  in  the  axial  direction  of  the  brake  cam 
shaft  and  is  movable  with  respect  to  a  relatively  fixed  part  of 


the  brake  in  the  circumferential  direction  within  predeter- 
mined limits. 


3,669,222 
GUIDING  AND  DAMPENING  DEVICE 
AUra  Takamra;  KaniU  Kiurii;  SiriNvo 
HiroiM  Nakatani,  al  o(  c/o  Inazawa  Wotks  of  MHsuUsM 
Denki  KabwhiU  KbMm,  No.  1100,  Inokuchl-cfao,  Inaaiwa, 
AlcU  Prefecture,  Japan 

Origiiial  appMcarton  Jan.  12, 1968,  Scr.  No.  697^25,  now 

Patent  No.  3,554,321.  DMded  and  this  applcatton  Aug.  31, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  68^85 

InL  CL  B66b  7102 

U.S.  CL  187—95  5  Clafam 


A  device  for  guiding  an  elevator  car  along  a  guide  rail 
comprises  a  plurality  of  rotatable  rollers  positioned  in  sym- 
metrical relationship  around  a  peripheral  transverse  portion 
of  the  guide  rail.  Each  roller  is  biased  into  pressure  contact 
with  the  guide  rail  by  a  dampening  spring,  whereby  impulsive 
or  vibrational  forces  applied  by  the  guide  rail  during  move- 
ment of  the  elevator  car  are  effectively  absorbed  by  the  dam- 
pening spring  rather  than  being  transmitted  to  the  elevator 
car.  Means  are  also  employed  for  rapidly  attenuating  any 
vibrational  or  rocking  movement  of  the  elevator  car  caused 
by  either  operation  of  an  elevator  door  opening-and-closing 
mechanism  or  translational  movement  of  the  elevator  car 
along  the  guide  rails. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  188—79.5  K  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,221 


June  18,  197^ 


3,669,223 
ROPE  GRIPPING  DEVICE 


f«r&e^ 


Carter  H.  Arnold,  317  Rocky  Point  Road,  Pake  Vi 
Estates,  CaUf. 

Filed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  69,71 1 

Int.  CL  F16d  59102;  B66d  5116 

US.  a.  188—118  9  cialmi 


A  device  for  gripping  a  wire  rope  or  the  like  wherein  a  paii 
of  opposed  jaws  are  urged  longitudinally  of  the  rope  anc 
camming  means  is  provided  for  urging  the  jaws  toward  eact 
other  into  gripping  relation  with  the  rope  in  response  to  suet 
longitudinal  movement.  The  particular  combination  oi 
gripping  jaws  and  camming  surfaces  achieves  an  optimunl 
gripping  effect.  In  the  illustrative  form  of  the  invention  the 
device  on  which  the  gripping  means  is  used  moves  along  tho 
length  of  a  fixed  rope.  Means  is  provided  for  actuating  the 
gripping  jaws  when  the  relative  speed  between  rope  and 
device  exceeds  a  predetermined  amount  regardless  o: ' 
whether  the  rope  or  the  device  is  stationary. 


3,669424 
AUTOMATIC5  DOUBLE  ACTING  SLACK  ADJUSTERS 
Henry  R.  BHIctcr,  Dccrfleld,  DL,  assignor  to  Sloan  Valve  Com- 
pany, Cliicato,  DL 

Filed  Dec.  21,  1970,  Scr.  No.  100,204 

Int.  CL  F16d  65166 

MS.  CL  188-202  19  CMad 


A  slack  adjuster  of  the  double  acting  type  for  railway  can 
has  three  spin  nuts  arranged  on  a  threaded  rod.  The  spin  nuti 
are  variably  operated  to  take  up  or  let  out  slack  in  the  brake 
rigging  and  have  clutch  surfaces  cooperating  with  clutch  sur 
faces  adjacent  the  spin  nuts  to  stop  their  rotation.  The  spin 
nuts  are  normaBy  clutched  to  prevent  unintended  relative 
movements  under  operating  conditions  of  vibration  and 
shock.  Economical  standard  tubular  parts,  and  simple  spin 
nuu  are  employed  and  arranged  for  ease  of  assembly  and  re 
liable  operation. 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


647 


3,669,225 

VEHICLE  SUSPENSION  UNIT 

Alexander  Eric  Moakon,  and  Harold  Hannan,  both  of  Brad- 

ford-on-Avoa,  England,  assignors  to  Moalton  Developments 

Limited,  Bradford-on-Avon,  Wiltshire,  England 

Filed  Jan.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  108,760 

Claims  priority,  appUcatioa  Great  Britain,  Jan.  30, 1970, 

4,624/70 

Int.  CL  F16f  9108 

MS.  CL  188-298  4  Claims 


3,669,226 
PISTON  ASSEMBLY  FOR  DUAL-NETWORK  DISK- 
BRAKE  SYSTEM 
Helmut  Marschall,  Frankftart  am  Main;  Wolfgang  Kansmer- 
mayer,  Frankftul/Fcchcnheim;  Hans  Albert  Bcllcr,  Bad 
VUbel;  Heinz  Hahm,  Walldorf/Hessen,  and  Juan  Bdart, 
Frankfivt  am  Main,  all  of  Germany,  amignors  to  MSnA 
Tencs  GmbH,  Frankfurt  am  Main,  Germany 
Original  appUcatkm  June  9, 1969,  Ser.  Na  831,400,  n««r 
Patent  No.   3,601,233,  wUcfa  b  a  diriilon  of  appllcatkm 
Ser.  No.  681^30,  Nov.  8, 1967,  now  Patent  No.  3,490,565, 
dated  Jan.  20, 1970.  Divided  and  this  applcatlon  Dec.  18, 
1970,  Ser.  No.  99,407 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Nov.  16, 1966,  T  32523; 
Dec.  16, 1966,  T  32765;  T  32766;  T  32768;  T  32769;  Dec.  17, 
1966,  T  32784;  T  32785;  Dec  7, 1967,  T  33161 
Int.CLB60t7y/2« 
U.S.  a.  188—345  8  ClalnK 


7M  7o»* 


The  invention  provides  a  diaphragm-type  hydraulic  dis- 
placer  unit  of  the  kind  which  includes  a  piston-like  member 
arranged  to  move  inwardly  and  outwardly  of  a  cylinder-like 
member,  the  annular  gap  between  the  piston  and  cylinder 
being  bridged  by  a  flexible  diaphragm  and  in  which  during 
operation  the  ration  between  the  maximum  stroke  of  which 
the  unit  is  capable  and  the  maximum  effective  bore  of  the 
diaphraf^n,  occurring  in  operation,  is  at  least  1.2:  1 ,  and  may 
be  2  :  1  or  more,  and  in  which  during  all  operative  conditions 
the  pressure  across  the  unsupported  diaphragm  loops  ex- 
ceeds 100  pounds  per  square  inch. 

The  invention  is  concerned  with  ensuring  longevity  of  the 
diaphragm  in  such  a  unit  and  provides  that  the  unit  shall  have 
the  following  features  in  combination: 

a.  the  flared  flanks  of  the  piston  and  the  inner  wall  of  the 
cylinder  skirt  are  tapered  in  opposite  directions  such  that 
over  the  maximum  stroke  permitted  in  operation,  the  effec- 
tive bore  of  the  diaphragm  increases  as  the  piston  moves 
inwardly  of  the  cylinder  and  such  that  the  dimension  of  the 
effective  bore  of  the  diaphragm,  when  the  piston  is  in  its 
innermost  position  is  between  15  percent  and  25  percent 
greater  than  the  dimension  of  the  effective  bore  of  the 
diaphragm  when  the  piston  is  in  the  outermost  position  of  its 
permitted  stroke; 

b.  the  piston  flanks  and  the  inner  wall  of  the  skirt  are  so 
constructed  that  the  ratio  between  the  effective  bore  of  the 
diaphragm  and  the  loop  radius  of  the  diaphragm  will  always 
be  greater  than  11:1  throughout  the  permitted  stroke,  with 
the  loop  radius  being  maintained  substantially  constant 
within  10  percent  throughout  the  permitted  stroke; 

c.  that  the  diaphragm  is  initially  moulded  in  the  shape 
which  it  would  be  forced  to  adopt  when  the  piston  is  ad- 
vanced to  a  position  further  into  the  cylinder  than  would 
be  occasioned  during  its  normal  operation  in  the  permitted 
stroke; 

d.  the  cord  reinforcement  of  the  diaphragm  consists  of  at 
least  two  plies  having  a  bias  angle  of  between  30°  and  50° 
inclusive; 

e.  the  thickness  of  the  diaphragm  is  such  that  the  ratio 
between  the  loop  radius  of  the  diaphragm  and  the  thickness 
of  the  diaphragm  is  always  greater  than  2 : 1  throughout  the 
permitted  stroke. 


A  vehicle-brake  system  having  a  tandem  or  twin  master 
cylinder^for  delivering  the  brake  fluid  to  independent  trans- 
mission networks  each  connected  with  one  compartment  of  a 
disk  brake  whose  actuating  cylinder  is  located  on  one  side  of 
the  brake  disk  and  receives  at  least  one  piston  defining  its 
working  compartments  or  chambers  therein.  A  pair  of 
pistons  are  provided,  so  that  the  chambers  are  disposed  to 
one  side  of  the  direct-acting  piston  while  the  other  piston  ap- 
plies pressure  to  the  brake  housing  or  to  a  force-transmission 
frame  extending  around  the  disk.  A  double-acting  valve 
maintains  the  effective  crocs-section  of  the  actuating  as- 
sembly in  spite  of  loss  of  pressure  in  one  of  the  transmission 
networks. 


3,669427 
ARTIST'S  CARRYING  CASE  AND  EASEL 
Glen  M.  Alford,  2885  WindfaB  Avcmk,  AMadcna,  Calif. 
Flkd  Aug.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,770 

Int.  CLA47b  27/02 
U.S.  CL  190—  1 1  10  Ci^nK 


Artist's  carrying  case  characterized  by  a  partitioned 
rectangular  box  having  a  top  compartment  closed  by  a  lid 
which  may  be  angularly  elevated  to  form  an  easel  and  ako 
provide  access  to  the  top  compartment.  A  second  partition 
forms  a  lower  compartment  which  is  accessible  through  a 
slot,  closed  by  a  slideably  removable  bar.  which  it  tlien 


548 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


secured  to  the  face  of  the  easel.  Foldable  legs  with  nesting 
angle  braces  are  disposed  adjacent  the  second  partition  when 
the  case  is  ^ing  transported. 


3,669,228 
LUGGAGE  CONSTRUCTION 
Heary  L.  Kotkins,  Serttk,  Wash.,  asrignor  to  Skyway  Lug- 
gate  Cooipaay,  Seattle,  Wash. 

Filed  Apr.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,240 

Int.  CL  A45c  3f00 

VS.  CL  190-41  R  4  Claims 


A  luggage  case  having  a  pair  of  inwardly  facing  opposed 
concave  relatively  rigid  molded  shells  adapted  to  abut  each 
other  when  the  case  is  in  a  closed  condition.  Each  of  the  sec- 
tions includes  a  rigid  framework  strip  extending  around  the 
confronting  edge  of  the  sheU  and  includes  a  means  for  secur- 
ing the  strip  to  the  shell  which  includes  a  hole  in  the  strip 
where  the  strip  is  in  contact  with  the  interior  of  the  section. 
The  hole  is  filled  by  a  rigid  material  resistant  to  shear  and 
compatible  with  and  bonded  to  the  material  of  the  concave 
sheU. 


when  the  prime  mover  is  again  energized.  The  control  valve 
also  includes  a  modulating  sleeve  which  is  slidably  mounted 
on  the  valve  spool.  When  the  valve  spool  is  moved  to  a 
clutch-engaged  position  to  open  a  pressure  inlet  port  to  com- 
municate same  with  an  outlet  port  leading  to  the  clutch 
mechanism,  the  modulating  sleeve  is  moved  to  a  position  par- 
tially blocking  the  flow  of  pressurized  fluid  to  a  fluid  return 
port  to  thereby  modulate  the  pressure  of  the  fluid  flowing  to 
the  outlet  port  communicating  with  the  clutch  mechanism.  In 
this  way,  the  modulating  sleeve  provides  smooth  clutch  ac- 
tuation. Additionally,  the  control  valve  controls  the  flow  of 
lubricating  oil  to  the  clutch  mechanism  and  the  actuation  of 
an  hydraulically  actuated  brake  mechanism  for  holding  the 
PTO  shaft  against  rotation. 

I  3,669,230 

I       DRIVE  FOR  SHIPS  "^ 

Walter  Burkhardt,  and  Herbert  WcfOer,  both  of  WIttcn,  Ger- 
many, assignors  to  Lohniann  &  Stottcrfoht  Aktkn- 
gcscUschaft,  Wittcn,  Germany 

Filed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,798 
Claims  priority,  appUcatloa  Germany,  SepC  5, 1969,  P  19  45 

797.7 

Int.  a.  F16d  21/02;  F16h  37/06 

VS,  CI.  192-41.8  ^  ClaM 


3,669,229 
POWER  TAKE-OFF  CONTROL  VALVE 
Ronald  J.  Ronayne,  and  Edwin  Kcttarilnt.  both  of  Charki 
City,  Iowa,  awlgnnrii  to  WMtc  Fann  Eqidpmcnt  Company, 
Clevdand,Oliio 

Filed  Feb.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  9,489 

lntCLF16d  67/02 

VS.  CL  192—12  C  *  Claims 


A  drive  train  for  ships  with  plural  engines,  plural  input  and 
common  output  reduction  gearing  coupled  to  the  propeUer 
shaft.  Resilient  shift  clutches  couple  each  engine  to  the 
reduction  gear.  Each  reduction  gear  input  is  received  by  p 
hollow  shaft  and  coupled  to  the  input  of  the  respective  shift 
clutch.  The  hollow  shaft  U  geared  to  an  auxUiary  shaft  f<|r 
driving  auxiliary  equipment.  ^ 

I  3,669,231  ^^ 

SYNCHRONIZED  ELECTROMAGNETIC  CLUTCH 
Arnold  Schindd,  Fairlawn,  and  Vincent  E.  Coyle,  Waynfe, 
both  ol  NJ.,  assignors  to  The  Singer  Company,  New  Yor|i, 

N  V 

Fled  Dec.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  94,716 

Int.CLF16d2i/;0,27/;0  ^ 

U.S.  CL  192-53  D  3  Claiihs 


The  contrcrf  valve  controb  the  actuation  of  an  hydrauli- 
cally actuated  clutch  mechaiusm  situated  between  a  power 
input  shaft  and  a  power  take-off  (PTO)  shaft  on  a  tractor. 
The  control  valve  has  a  biasing  spring  arrangement  which 
will  move  the  valve  spool  of  the  control  valve  from  a  dutch- 
engaged  position  to  a  dutch-disengaged  position  when  the 
pressure  of  the  operating  fluid  delivered  to  the  control  valve 
falls  below  a  predetermined  value.  Such  a  loss  of  pressure 
will  occur  when  the  prime  niover  driving  the  pump  which 
develops  the  fluid  pressure  is  stopped.  The  automatic  clutch 
deactivation  requires  positive  actuation  of  the  clutch 
mechanism  to  reconnect  the  PTO  shaft  with  the  input  shaft. 


A  synchronized  electromagnetic  clutch  is  provided  having 
input  and  output  members  which  are  provided  with  circum- 
fercntially  disposed  teeth  which  align  with  each  other  by 
means  of  a  flow  of  magnetic  flux  so  that  axially  disposed 
teeth  on  the  face  portions  of  the  respective  members  wiU  be 
in  position  to  fuUy  engage  when  the  members  arc  attracted  to 
each  other. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


549 


3,669,232 
RETRACTION  SPRING  FOR  CLUTCHES,  BRAKES  AND 

LIKE  DEVICES 

Gerald  D.  Robwcdcr,  Peoria,  and  Willis  E.  Windlsh,  Pckin, 

both  of  ni.,  assignors  to  Caterpillar  Tractor  Co.,  Peoria,  DL 

Filed  Sept.  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  69,240 

Int.  CL  F16d  J  9/00 

u-i-,  II  ClaioH 


U.S.  CL  192—85  A 


3,669,233 
SIMULTANEOUSLY  OR  ALTERNATIVELY  ENGAGED 
^-^  FLUID  CLUTCHES 

Hcbnut  Kraus,  and  Kurt  Facflcr,  both  of  Schwdnfurt  am 
Main,  Germany,  assignors  to  Fichtci  St  Sachs  AG,  Schwcin- 
furt  am  Main,  Germany 

Filed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  116^73 

Clahns  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  4, 1970, 20  10 

--         014.5 

Int.  a.  F16d  25/10 

VS.  CL  192—87. 1 1  8  Clahns 


spaced  and  connected  to  the  input  shaft,  two  friction  discs 
respectively  secured  on  the  output  shafts  against  rotation 
while  axially  movable,  and  two  pressure  plates  suspended 
from  one  of  the  input  discs  by  tangentially  elongated  leaf 
springs,  the  friction  discs  and  pressure  plates  being  axially  in- 
terposed between  the  input  discs,  and  the  pressure  plates 
being  moved  toward  and  away  from  their  inoperative  posi- 
tions by  a  hydraulic  motor  having  annular  pistons  about  the 
clutch  axis  which,  with  other  wall  elements,  enclose  the 
cylinder  compartments  of  the  motor. 


3,669034 
FLUID  CONTROLS  FOR  ENGINE  AND  FORWARD- 
REVERSE  TRANSMISSION 
Harold  M.  Mathers,  Seattle,  Wash.,  anignor  to  Mathers  Con- 
trols, Inc.,  Seattle,  Wash. 
Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  730,017,  May  17, 
1968,  now  Patent  No.  3,543,891.  This  application  Feb.  24, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  13,496 
Int.  CL  B60k  29/00,  21/00 
VS.  CL  192-.098  12  ( 


A  clutch  or  brake  comprises  at  least  one  annular  piston 
reciprocally  mounted  therein  to  be  selectively  moved  to  com- 
press an  annular  pressure  plate  against  a  friction  disc  for 
clutching  or  braking  purposes.  A  plurality  of  circum- 
ferentiaily  disposed  U-shiatped  resilient  pincher-like  retraction 
springs  each  comprises  parallel  first  and  second  leg  portions 
connected  together  by  an  intermediate  portion.  The  springs 
are  arranged  to  have  each  first  leg  portion  engage  the  piston 
to  urge  it  towards  its  retracted  position  and  away  from  the 
pressure  plate.  In  one  embodiment  of  this  invention,  employ- 
ing a  single  piston,  the  second  leg  portion  of  the  spring  en- 
gages in  a  recess  formed  on  a  housing  having  the  piston 
mounted  therein.  In  a  second  embodiment,  employing  two 
back-to-back  pistons  each  positioned  adjacent  to  a  friction 
disc,  each  leg  portion  of  the  spring  engages  a  respective  one 
of  the  pistons  to  urge  them  towards  each  other. 


This  invention  relates  to  control  mechanism  for  propulsion 
systems  wherein  single  lever  control  of  clutch  aind  engine 
governor  is  provided.  More  specifically,  this  invention  relates 
to  such  control  mechanism  wherein  the  sequence  of  applica- 
tion of  clutch,  engine  governor  and  shaft  brake  actuation 
signals  is  controlled  in  an  automatic,  predetermined  manner 
to  reduce  engine,  clutch  and  gear  train  wear. 

A  propulsion  control  system  is  also  provided  with  a  master 
control  which  is  connected  with  a  replaceable  air  drive  unit 
either  mechanically  or  pneumatically.  The  air  drive  unit  is 
premanufactured  to  desired  specifications  for  performing 
operational  functions,  including  automatic  neutral  delays 
between  forward  and  reverse  directional  modes  and  speed  in- 
terrupt delays,  so  that  malfunction  of  one  component  of  the 
air  drive  unit  may  be  corrected  by  replacing  the  entire  unit. 


Torque  is  transmitted  from  an  input  shaft  to  either  one  or 
both  of  two  coaxial  output  shafts  by  two  input  discs  axially 


3,669^35 
MALFUNCTION  ISOLATION  APPARATUS  FOR 
SELECTIVE  VENDING  MACHINES 
James  A.  Brecdcn,  Oak  Grove,  Mo^  aisignnr  to  The  V« 
Company,  Kansas  Cky,  Mo. 

FOcd  Jan.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2330 
Int.CLG07f  y;/oo 

U.S.CL194— 10  4( 

A  selective  vending  machine  having  switching  circuitry 
which  permits  the  continued  purchase  of  other  selectiom  hi 
the  event  that  the  dispensing  mechanism  of  one  or  more 
selections  malfunctions  due  to  jamming  or  component 
failure.  The  circuitry  is  responsive  to  the  operational  condi- 
tion ot  the  dispensing  mechanisms  of  the  various  aelectioia 
and,  if  a  particular  mechanism  malfunctions,  the  operatiiv 
circuit  to  customer  actuatable  lelectian  switches  is 
reesublished  although  the  normal  cycle  is  not  completed  due 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


550 

to  the  malfunction^  Additionally.  ^^rj^^^'f^^J^  DOUBLE  ^^  PWNTCR 

malfunctioned  mechanism  18  disconnected  from  Its  associated   ^^^^  ^  ^^  ^^^^^  p»k,  md  Evmi  L.  Ragtand,  H 

Atherto.,  both  ol  CaM.,  "-itw"  to  AmerlcMi  RtgM  Cor- 

poradoi^SaB  Carlos,  CaHf. 
„  Fll«d  May  4,  1970,  S«r.  No.  34^7 

lot  CL  B41J  U32 
VS.  CL  197-49 


13  Claims 


selection  switch  to  prevent  energization  thereof  untU  the  mal- 
function is  corrected. 

A  helical  printing  wheel  having  an  alpha  and  numeric  heli- 
cal type  element  paths  one  being  offset  from  the  other  by 
3669436  substantially  one-half  a  character  width  to  provide  for  th< 
KEYBOARD  FOR  A  PRINTING  MACHINE  elimination  of  dead  space  on  the  wheel 

Rkh«d  W.  PtaBan,  La  Fayette  HflL  P^.  awlgnor  to  Varl-  I       __ 

typcr  Corporatloa,  Hanover,  N  J.  I  3,669,238 

Filed  Feb.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  9,502  ■  CONVEYORS 

Int.CLB41j5/0«  ,*rn.i««   Hugh   L.   Folkes,   St.   Leonards-oiHSea,   and   Grrfiam   F. 

U.S.  a.  197-98  "  «^»«»^       Devenkh,  Liverpool,  both  of  Eagfauid,  asilgiiors  to  Dunlop 

HoldiBfs  Limkcd,  London,  England 

Fited  Sept.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  71^28 

Claims  priority,  appUcatloB  Great  Britain,  Oct.  8, 1969, 

49,340/69 

I  Int.  CI.  B66b  9/72 

U.S.C1. 198-16  ^--^  3Clalro8 


A  keyboard  operated  composing  machine  comprising  a 
plurality  of  members  which  effect  selection  of  printing 
characters  and  certain  other  functions  of  the  machme.  Each 
character  or  function  selection  member  has  a  correspondmg 
key  on  the  keyboard  and  projects  into  proximity  to  a  cor- 
responding drive  element  opcratively  connected  to  a  cage, 
which   is  intermittently  reciprocated  by  a  power  driven 
mechanism,  when  one  of  the  keys  is  depressed  a  predeter- 
mined distance.  Means  are  provided  for  selectively  placing  a 
drive  element  and  particular  selection  member  into  engage- 
ment when  a  corresponding  key  is  depressed.  Further  depres- 
sion of  the  key  actuates  the  power  driven  mechanism  for 
reciprocating  the  cage  through  one  cycle,  thereby  driving  the 
engaged  member  to  effect  selection  of  the  printing  character 
or  machine  function  corresponding  to  the  depressed  key.  The 
design  of  the   keyboard  is  such  that  existing  manuaUy 
operated  machines  can  be  readily  converted  to  power  driven 
ones  without  drasticaUy  reorganizing  the  basic  structure  of 
the  machine. 


The  invention  relates  to  guides  for  maintainmg  convejjor 
belts  in  the  desired  path  when  traveUing  through  a  bend,  for 
example  at  the  bottom,  or  top.  of  an  incUned  conveyor.  TTie 
guides  act  on  the  load  carrying  surface  of  the  conveyor  for 
concave  bends  and  on  the  lower  surface  of  the  beU  for  con- 
verse bends.  The  guides  can  comprise  various  forms  of  statoc 
members,  auxiliary  beltt  or  endless  chains. 

I  3,669,239 

METHOD  AND  MEANS  FOR  UNLOADING  ARTICLES 

FROM  A  CONVEYOR 

Walter    Harper    Martin,    San    Antonio,   Tex.,    assignor   to 

RcfrigeratiOB  Eaclnccring  Corporadon,  San  Antonio,  Te». 

FBed  Jan.  13, 1971,  Ser.  No.  106,173 

Int  CI.  B65g  47/00.  75/00 

U.S.  CL  198—25  ^ 

Means  for  unloading  articles  from  a  grid-type  conveyor 
unit  comprising  a  rotary  brush  mounted  for  free-wheeling 


IClJllH 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


561 


rotation  about  an  axis  lying  transverse  to  the  longitudinal    veyor  apparatus  for  moving  packages  in  either  of  two  op- 
movement  of  the  conveyor  and  being  positioned  on  the  con-    posite  directions  away  from  and  toward  the  main  conveyor 
veyor  unit  below  its  grid  and  intermediate  its  ends,  the  rotary   line.  Control  over  movement  of  packages  on  the  accumulat- 
ing conveyor  is  exercised  in  response  to  sensing  of  the 


brush  serving  to  push  the  products  off  the  grid-type  conveyor 
unit  as  its  bristles  project  therethrou^. 


3,669,240 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  ORIENTING 

ARTICLES 

Edward  E.  Ross,  San  Rafad,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Dd  Monte 

Corporation,  San  FrandKO,  Calif. 

Filed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  116,525 

Int.  CLB65g  47/26 

U.S.  CL  198—31  AA  13  ClainH 


Method  and  apparatus  for  lengthwise  orientation  of  elon- 
gated tapered  articles.  Articles  of  random  lengthwise  orienta- 
tion are  moved  along  a  path  over  a  surface  having  an  up- 
standing ridge  extending  diagonally  across  the  path.  Con- 
veyor means  are  provided  to  move  the  articles  relative  to  the 
surface  so  that  the  articles  spin  about  their  longitudinal  axes 
and  migrate  to  a  side  of  the  surface  in  a  direction  toward 
their  small  ends  where  they  are  collected  together  in  com- 
mon orientation  for  conveyance  to  further  processing  steps. 


3,669^41 
PACKAGE  ACCUMULATING  C<N«rVEYOR 
Charles  Challch,  SbMnu^,  N.C.,  asrignor  to  Taylor  Manufac- 
turing Company,  SdWmry,  N.C. 

Filed  Nov.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89^49 
Int.  CL  B65t  47144 
U.S.  CL  198—102  9  OaioM 

Packages  are  temporarily  acomiulated  from  a  main  con- 
veyor line,  in  the  event  of  a  blockage  of  the  packages  from 
normal  movement  therealong,  and  are  subsequently 
redelivered  to  the  main  conveyor  line  by  a  reversible  con- 


presence  and  absence  of  the  excessive  number  of  packages 
on  the  main  conveyor  line  as  pointed  out  more  fiHly 
hereinafter. 


to 

ct 


3,669,242 
ROLLER  CONVEYOR 
Robert    J.    Bcrthdat,    Pltssls  Trrrise.    Fi 
Sodctc  AnonyuM  dite:  EtabHascmcnts  Jacqi 
FOs,  Paris,  France 

FOed  Nov.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89358 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  Ang.  25,  1970, 7031010 

Int.  CL  B65g  7  J/02 
U.S.CL  198-127  R  4 


A  conveyor  constituted  of  a  plurality  of  successive  series  of 
identical  rollers,  each  series  being  associated  with  a  laterally 
extending  feeler  for  controlling  rollers  adapted  to  drive  rol- 
lers of  an  upper  series  in  the  direction  of  movement  of  a 
load.  Movement  of  the  rollers  is  predicated  upon  actuation  of 
a  feeler  by  a  load  so  as  to  move  the  latter  in  predetermined 
indexed  relationship  on  the  conveyor. 


3,669,243 
CONVEYOR  ROLL  ARRANGEMENT 

WB  a^^^  ■  ^  ^      ^P^^^^^W^k^^^^^a        G^^k^^flW^h^^^^^^        ^^^H^A^b^^^^^t^  J 

ncmiaBB  FSCBMKBCTy  dCBUUUWBt  9wllSCnMM«  i 

Gcorg  Fischer  AG,  Sdnfflumsen,  SnUml— d 

Filed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  116432 

Clalnu  priority,  applkatian  Switacrtand,  Mar.  6, 1970, 

3298/70 

Int.  CL  B65g  13104 

U.S.CL  198-127  R  6< 

A  conveyor  roll  arrangement  provides  for  a  hollow  rol 
body  that  is  joumaDed  for  rotation  about  a  roO  ade  that  is 
supported  by  two  dongated  supports;  and  damping  raens 
are  provided  for  supporting  eadi  roO  axle  end  on  a  iuppoit 
and  has  two  normally  substantially  paraUd,  normally  ttdiMai- 
tially  equidistant  dongated  plates  with  aligned  apertures 
which  receive  the  tcH  axle  end.  and  ac^usliiv  means  whicfa 


552 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


can  vary  the  distance  between  the  plates  near  one  end  rela- 
tive  to  the  distance  near  the  other  end  oi  said  plates,  so  as  to 


with  at  least  one  loading  station  and  a  plurality  of  discharge 
sutions  at  predetermined  places  along  the  track  circuit.  Each 
cargo  carrying  device  has  a  nornudly  level  load  carrying 
member  which  can  be  tilted  at  any  selected  sution  so  that 
cargo  can  slide  gravitationally  into  a  chute  or  other  conveyor 
means  at  the  selected  sution,  on  either  side  of  the  track.  The 
drive  chain  is  retained  in  such  a  manner  that  it  maintains  all 
of  the  cargo  carrying  devices,  such  units  properly  disposed 
on  the  tracks  without  any  need  for  additional  guide  members 
or  specially  shaped  tracks.  The  invention  is  susceptible  U?  utfi 


clamp  effectively  and  in  exact  predetermined  position  the 
roll  axle  ends. 


3,669,244 
CONVEYOR 
waHam  Gordoa  Pi^diii,  Milwaukee;  Walter  L  Smith,  Brook- 
field;  Wayne  A.  Smith,  Shorcwood,  and  Eugene  F.  Lc  Ten- 
dre,  Suaex,  aH  of  Wis.,  iMignors  to  Jos.  SchUtz  Brewing 
Company 

Filed  Oct.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  870,033 

Int.  CL  B65g  15/00, 1 7/00, 1 9/00 

VS.  CL  198-137  13  Clrims 


in  systems  having  load  carrying  members  which  are  trays  of 
sufficient  area  to  support  a  large  cargo  load,  for  example,  a 
postal  sack,  or  where  the  load  carrying  members  can  be  rela- 
tively narrow  slats  such  that  a  plurality  of  slats  support  an 
elongated  loading.  For  example,  the  U.S.  Pat.  to  AtanasofTet 
al.  No.  3,233,720,  issued  Feb.  8,  1966,  and  owned  by  the  as- 
signee of  the  present  application,  shows  a  basic  arrangement 
of  a  plurality  of  relatively  narrow  slats  wherein  several  slats 
can  carry  a  large  elongated  load,  such  slats  being  sequentially 
tilted  at  any  selected  sution  for  discharge. 


1 

SETS 


A  conveying  mechanism  for  conveying  articles  such  as  bot- 
tles or  cans.  The  conveyor  is  fabricated  from  a  series  of 
modular  sections  connected  together  in  a  manner  to  provide 
precise  alignment  of  the  endless  conveyor  chains. 

The  en^ess  conveyor  chain  is  guided  for  movement  on 
flexible  plastic  wear  strips  which  are  snapped  into  position  on    u.S.  CI.  198— J79 
the  guide  tracks. 


I  3,669,246 

APPARATUS  FOR  TRANSPORTING  STACKS  OF  SHE! 

OR  THE  LIKE 
Walter   Risi,  Fraucnfcid,  Switzerland,  assignor  to  Martini 
Buchbindcrdmaschlnenfabrik  AG,  Fraucnfcid,  Switzerland 

Filed  Mar.  12, 1971,  Ser.  No.  123,531  < 

Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Mar.  16, 1970, 
I  3875/70  I 

Ii 


nt.  CL  B42c  19/00;  B65g  15/00 


11  Claims 


3,669,245 

TILT  TYPE  CONVEYORS 

Robert  D.  Woolen,  Rockvlle;  Warren  D.  NcaL  WalkcrsviOe, 

and  George  J.  Elnlcldt,  Glen  Bundc,  aD  of  Md.,  aaslgnors  to 

AcrojH-Gcncnd  Corporation,  D  Monte,  Calif. 

FHcd  Jul  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  2,638 

laL  CL  B65g  15/00 

VS.  CL  198—155  14  Claims 

A  closed  loop  conveyor  provides  a  simple  arrangement  of 

tracks  on  which  roU  a  plurality  of  cargo  carrying  devices 

which  are  connected  to  each  otlier  by  means  of  a  drive  chain 

adjacent  one  of  the  tracks  and  which  chain  is  driven  by  a 

sprocket  wheel.  The  chain  is  of  a  type  having  horizontally 

and  vertically  pivotal  links  so  tliat  flexibility  is  provided 

whereby  the  tracks  can  have  horizontal  bends  and  vertical 

slope,  the  cargo  carrying  devices  thus  being  enabled  to  follow 

a  track  system  which  may  extend  circuttously  on  the  floor  of 

a  warehouse  and  then  rise  to  another  floor  and  ultimately 

return  to  tlie  first-mentioned  floor.  The  system  is  provided 


Transporting  apparatus  for  stacks  of  sheets  in  bookbinding 
or  like  machines  has  an  endless  chain  coupled  to  equidistant 
holders  which  can  transport  stacks  past  one  or  more 
processing  stations.  Each  holder  has  a  first  jaw  which  is  cou- 
pled to  the  chain  and  is  confined  to  movement  in  a  stationary 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


668 


guide  member  to  prevent  tilting  or  other  stray  movements  of 
the  holder  with  reference  to  the  chain,  and  a  second  jaw 
which  is  movable  toward  and  away  from  the  first  jaw  and  car- 
ries a  set  of  paraUel  toothed  racks  meshing  with  pinions 
which  are  mounted  on  a  shaft  rotatable  in  a  bore  of  the  first 
jaw.  A  torsion  spring  biases  the  second  jaw  toward  the  first 
jaw,  and  a  helical  spring  serves  to  normally  hold  the  second 
jaw  against  movement  toward  the  first  jaw  but  to  permit 
movement  of  the  second  jaw  away  from  the  first  jaw  under 
the  action  of  cams  which  can  be  engaged  by  a  follower  pro- 
vided on  the  second  jaw.  The  means  for  disengaging  the  heli- 
cal spring  fixmi  the  shaft  for  the  pinions  in  order  to  permit 
movements  of  the  second  jaw  toward  the  first  jaw  under  the 
action  of  the  torsion  spring  comprises  a  rod  which  engages 
one  end  of  the  helical  spring  and  has  a  follower  which  can 
engage  one  or  more  stationary  cams  adjacem  to  the  path  of 
the  holders  to  thereby  enlarge  the  internal  diameters  of  con- 
volutions of  the  helical  spring  and  to  thus  cause  its  disengage- 
ment from  the  shaft. 


3,669,247 
CONVEYOR  SYSTEM  AND  ATTACHMENTS  THEREFOR 
Willis  Clark  Pulvcr,  Oak  Lawn,  DL,  Msignor  to  Vdten  & 

Pulvcr,  Inc.,  Chlci«o  Ridge,  DL 
ConHnnation  of  application  Ser.  No.  787,075,  Dec  26, 1968, 
now  abandoned.  This  application  Mar.  17, 1971,  Ser.  No. 

125,360 

Int.  CL  B65g  1 7/00, 15/30 

VS.  CL  198—189  15  Claims 


There  is  disclosed  a  conveyor  system  and  various  forms  of 
attachments  therefor  for  carrying  foods  and  the  Uke  includ- 
ing an  articulated  roller  chain  conveyor  having  a  support 
reach  and  a  return  reach,  support  means  for  the  conveyor 
along  the  support  and  return  reaches  thereof,  and  a  plurality 
of  attachments  engagable  with  the  roller  chain  conveyor  and 
comprising  a  one-piece  body  or  synthetic  organic  plastic 
resin  and  including  a  base  and  a  pair  of  legs  depending 
therefix>m  and  a  pair  of  support  flanges  extending  respective- 
ly outwardly  from  the  legs  and  away  from  each  other,  the 
base  having  a  support  surface  extending  in  use  laterally  of  the 
associated  n^er  chain  for  supporting  foods  and  the  like 
thereon  along  the  support  reach  of  the  conveyor,  the  legs 
thereof  being  engagable  with  the  roller  chain  conveyor  and 
the  support  flanges  supporting  the  conveyor  along  the  return 
reach  thereof  whereby  the  suppcxt  surfaces  are  maintained 
out  of  contact  with  any  adjacent  structure  along  the  entire 
path  of  the  conveyor  so  as  to  maintain  the  support  surfaces 
free  of  contamination. 


3,669,248 
TRAY  FORWARDING  MECHANISM 
Paul  Hargash,  Saginaw,  MBdu,  asrignor  to  The  Dow  < 
Company,  ^Odland,  Mcfa. 

Fled  Jan.  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  893 
Int.  CL  B65g  25/08 
VS.  CL  198—221  3  < 

A  mechanism  for  pushing  forward  filled- trays  such  as  pulp 
or  plastic  trays  comprising  a  shoe  means  having  a  slanted 


face  inclined  to  flushly  engage  the  tray  sidewall,  and  ifi^itly 
lift  the  same  while  forwarding  such  that  the  sidewaO  is  lifted 
into  pressure  engagement  against  the  underside  of  a  stop 
means  or  stop  block  disposed  above  the  shoe  means.  The 
stop  block  and  shoe  means  cooperately  operate  to  place  tiie 


tray  sidewall  substantially  in  compression  during  forwarding. 
Such  a  mechanism  is  aidvantageously  used  for  forwarding 
filled  trays  between  various  stations,  conveyors,  elevatm-  lifts 
and  the  like  as  are  used  in  automatic  wrapping  or  p«»<''fBging 
apparatus,  and  with  a  minimum  incidence  of  tray  breakage. 

3,669,249 
POCKET  CUP  FOR  AMMUNITION 
James  Bernard  Turner  Foster,  67  West  37th  Street,  Bayouc. 
NJ. 

Filed  July  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  55,674 
Int.  CL  F42b  39/00 
VS.  CL  206-3  1 


An  ammunition  clip  for  carrying  small  arms  cartridges, 
comprising  parallel  opposed  squared  C-section  channels  for 
slidably  receiving  the  bases  of  cartridges,  a  strut  parallel- 
spacing  the  channels,  and  a  member  for  preventing  the  car- 
tridges from  sliding  free  of  the  channeb;  embodiments  in- 
clude a  flat-unfolding  one-piece  clip,  and  one-way  charging 
and  discharging  provisions. 


3,669,250 

POCKET  ORGANIZER  FOR  GOLFERS 

Fayc  M.  Marctfca,  13688  Hannon,  Romriui,  Mich. 

Filed  July  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  51,785 

IM.  CL  A45c  15/00 

VS.  CL  206—38  R  4 


A  golf  acceasofy  for  carrying  in  the  pocket  and 
up  i^y,  which  indudes  a  flexible,  txiple-poucfaad,  tigliisn<||ir 


554 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JtJNE  13,  1975: 


unit  4tif**««  to  receive  and  ttore  a  bail  spotter  in  one  holding  poclcet  fonned  by  upper  and  lower  transverse  shelvei 
pouch,  a  cleat  cleaner  and  peen  repair  tool  in  a  second  hinged  both  to  the  shelf  panel  and  to  a  front  locking  panel 
pouch,  and  one  or  more  golf  tees  in  the  third  pouch. 


3,669,251  

DISPLAY  CARTONS  AND  CONVERTIBLE  SHIPnNG 

AND  DISPLAY  CARTONS  AND  BLANKS  THEREFOR 

noyd  L.  PMiiw,  Jr^  WtMUM-Sdcm,  N.C,  — »inr  to  R.  J. 

Rcyaolds  ToImooo  Conpaay,  Wh■llM•5■l»i^  N.C. 

nfed  Apr.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25^1 

Int.  CL  B65d  5150 

U.S.  a  206-44  R  9CUdim 


Display  carton  for  articles  having  a  broad  display  side  and 
a  narrow  supporting  side,  and  which  tend  to  be  unstable 
when  resting  on  their  narrow  sides  without  lateral  support. 
The  carton  provides  that  lateral  support  by  means  of  two  in- 
wardly facing  support  flaps  which  cooperatively  engage  the 
articles  on  both  their  front  and  back  sides  and  also  on  their 
left  and  right  sides.  The  articles  are  thus  supported  securely 
with  the  display  sides  generally  vertical  and  readily  visible. 

The  display  carton  may  be  made  from  a  blank  formed  only 
for  its  construction,  or  it  may  be  formed  from  a  convertible 
shipping  carton  by  removing  part  of  the  shipping  carton.  A 
blank  for  forming  such  a  shipping  carton  is  disclosed. 


The  latter  panel  holds  the  transverse  shelves  in  place  bj^ 
abutting  the  other  end  closure. 


I      3,669,254  ^ 

CLOSURE  STRUCTURE  FOR  PAPER  BAGS 

Chris  A.  Chrysanthli,  Daly  City,  and  George  Chris  Kmi- 

riogkw,  Saa  Frandsco,  both  of  CaUf.,  aarignors  to  Alex  A 

Chrysanthb,  Dale  City,  Calif,  and  Tony  Haklcaoa,  part  iif- 

tercsttoeach 

FIted  Nov.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88^00 

Int.  CI.  B65d  33120 

MS.  CI.  206—57  A  3  Claims 


3,669,252 
SURFACE  PROTECTION  MATERIAL 
Emcit  C.  EvMM,  Appkton,  Wb.,  wrigiwr  to  KimberiyClark 
Cwpurirtw,  Nfcnih.  Vi\» 

I  of  applkalioB  Scr.  No.  837,563,  June  30, 1969, 
This  appHortkm  Mar.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No. 
122,180 
Iirt.  CL  B65d  85100;  B32b  5118,  7102 
MS,  a  206-46  FW  7  Oakm 

A  protector  sheet  material  serving  as  packing  material  for 
fine  furniture  and  its  combination  with  the  fbmiture  and  a 
surrounding  contacting  container  in  such  manner  as  to  in- 
hibit marking  or  buffing  of  the  furniture  in  shipment.  The 
protector  sheet  material  has  a  foam  surface  for  contacting 
the  furniture  and  a  paper  backing  for  contacting  the  con- 
tainer in  such  manner  that  slippage  in  shipment  occurs 
preferentially  between  the  container  and  paper  backing. 


*    17, 


^^^ 


^s^ 


l^inj 


3,669453 
MSPLAY  CARTON  WITH  INNER  SHELF  PANEL  AND  AN 

ARTICLE  HOLDING  FEATURE 
Jfamy  J.  HmIm,  Dw  Hiliii,  DL,  MrigMir  to  Wcycrhaeuier 
CoMpony,  TaooMa,  WmIl 

FBs4  Doc  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,579 

Iirt.  CL  B65d  5150 

U.S.  CL  206— 45.14  lOOafani 

A  display  carton  having  an  open  fit>nt  panel  to  display  an 

article,  and  a  central  ihelf  panel  parallel  to  and  between  the 

front  and  back  panels  of  the  carton.  The  carton  has  an  article 


A  paper  bag  having  ~a  bottom  wall,  an  open  upper  end,  a 
front  and  rear  wall  in  opposed  relation  connnected  by  side 
walls  foldable  to  collapsed  positions  between  said  front  and 
rear  walls  and  expandable  to  positions  at  right  angles  to  said 
front  and  rear  walls. 

The  upper  marginal  portion  of  the  rear  wall  is  co-planar 
therewith,  and  the  corresponding  upper  marginal  portion  of 
the  front  wall  is  folded  to  overlie  the  outer  surfaces  of  the 
front  wall.  When  the  upper  end  of  the  bag  is  collapsed  over 
articles  in  the  bag,  the  inner  surface  of  said  marginal  portion 
on  said  rear  wall  and  the  outwardly  exposed  surface  on  said 
marginal  portion  on  the  front  wall  will  be  parallel,  one  above 
the  other  and  contiguous  therewith,  and  the  upper  end  pcv- 
tiont  of  said  side  walls  will  be  infolded  to  lie  between  said 
front  and  side  waDs,  as  the  upper  free  edges  of  said  side  walls 
terminate  at  said  marginal  portions. 

A  coating  of  a  conventional  non-tacky,  pressure  sensitive 
adhesive,  such  as  latex  gum  is  inseparably  bonded  to  said 
iimer  and  exposed  surfaces  on  said  marginal  portions,  which 
adhesive  coatings  are  adherent  to  each  other  so  that  by  un- 
folding the  folded  margioal  portion  to  a  poottion  coplanar 
with  the  front  wall  and  preMing  it  against  the  marginal  por- 
tion of  the  rear  wall  the  bag  will  be  ti^y  sealed  against  in- 
gress or  egress  of  gaseous  or  liquid  fluids  into  or  out  of  the 
bag  at  the  open  end. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


555 


3,669,255 
ENDCAPPED  CYLINDRICAL  PACKAGE 
J.  RayowB,  Sprli«  Lai»,  NJ.,  ssslgnnr  to  Unloa 
CarMdc  Corporaskm,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FHed  Dec.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,497 
lot  CL  B65d  65144, 85166 
U.S.CL206— 59F  13 


ing  package   structure   maintaining  sufficient   confinement 
pressure  to  preserve  a  deflected  condition  of  the  i^ojections. 


3,669,258 
CARRIER-OPENER  COMBINATION 
Carmen  T.  Masda,  WcatdMStor,  DL,  asslgiiiir  to 
Caa  Company,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jane  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,789 
Int.  CL  B65d  17116,  71/00, 85/62 
VS.  CL  206—65  C 


Cylindrical  objects,  particularly  those  with  readily 
damaged  ends  such  as  rolls  of  sheeting  and  the  like,  are  pro- 
tected in  special  packaging  comprising  protective  end  caps 
and  heat  shrunk  outer  wrapping  of  plastic  film  which  en- 
velopes the  cylindrical  objects  and  the  end  caps. 


3,669,256 

SURGICAL  BLADE  PACKAGE 

Ezekid  J.  Jacob,  25  Monroe  Place,  Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,509 

Int  CL  A61b  19/02;  B65d  83/00 

VS.  CL  206—63.2  R 


SClaims 


\ 


A*^ 


A  surgical  blade  package  having  improved  puncture  re- 
sistance and  a  simplified  three-ply  wall  structure  comprises 
two  superimposed  walls,  each  of  which  is  formed  of  an  outer 
layer  of  foil  material  and  an  inner  layer  of  a  protective 
padding  secured  thereon  by  an  intermediate  adhesive 
Stratum.  The  three-ply  walls  are  sealed  together  adjacent  or 
along  their  edges  to  define  therewithin  a  compartment  con- 
taining a  surgical  blade. 


3,669,257 

PACKAGE  FOR  A  PLURALITY  OF  ARTICLES 

Joseph  A.  Ja^ckc,  2623  Tcxd  Drive  Katomaaoo.  Mich. 

FUcd  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76 

Int.  CL  B05d  71/00 

VS.  CL  206-65  4 


16 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  carrier-opener  combination  in- 
cluding a  carrier  and  a  plurality  of  containers  having  ends 
provided  with  tear-out  portion,  the  carrier  being  constructed 
as  a  one-piece  molded  member  having  a  plurality  of  T- 
shaped  openings  as  viewed  in  horizontal  plan  in  each  of 
which  is  adapted  to  be  disposed  an  enlarged  head  of  one  of 
the  tear-out  portions,  each  head  having  a  longitudinal  axis  of 
a  larger  dimension  than  a  transverse  axis,  and  each  (rf  the 
openings  or  channete  including  an  arm  of  the  T  which  is 
generally  of  the  size  of  the  longitudinal  dimension  whereby 
each  enlarged  head  and  its  associated  opening  b  interlocked 
by  imparting  relative  roution  between  the  container  and  the 
carrier. 


3,669459 
CONTAINER  AND  BLANK  THEREFOR 
Henry  W.  Brandl,  Newark,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Wagner  Ekdrk 
Corporatioa 

FDcd  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54^60 
Int.  CL  B654  73/02,  85/24 
VS.  CL  206—65  F  4 


\ 


\ 


A  foldaUe  container  aiKl  blank  therefor,  which  blank  in- 
cludes twro  rows  of  complementary  tabs  and  score  lines  defin- 
ing a  pair  of  side  flaps  and  a  pair  of  end  flaps.  Adjacent  tabs 
are  spaced  by  slots  v^nch  accommodasc  the  lead  wires  ct 
electrical  resistors  positioned  to  underly  the  tabs.  The  skle 
A  package  for  a  group  of  caramel  apples  incorporates  a  flaps  are  foklaWe  over  the  lead  wires  and  the  and  flaps  are 
pair  of  locating  strips  having  resilient  projections  engageable   folded  over  the  end  portions  of  the  side  flaps  to  coopMc  the 
with  the  opposite  end  indenutions  of  an  apple,  the  surround-   container. 


556 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,669^60 
METHOD  OF  SORTING  PARTICULATE  ARTICLES 
Kurt  H.  Hoppmnuu  •»!  Hont  A.  Sdwbcr,  both  of  Falb 
Church,  Va.,  mmtguon  to  Hoppmann  Corporation,  Spring- 
Held,  Va. 

FHed  Apr.  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  135,225 

Int.  CL  B07c  5/00 

VJS,  CL  209-73  20  Clalnis 


r.,g 


/°       da, 


interrupt  bracket,  damping,  and  pendulum  cocking  an<l 
releasing  mechanism  stops  and  clamps  the  contact.  The  pen- 
dulum, from  which  a  hammer  is  suspended,  is  released  tO 
strike  and  rebound  from  the  contact  crimp  portion. 
Photodiode  sensing  means  determine  the  distance  of  rebound 
and  accordingly  a  chute  directing  plate  assembly  is  set  to 
later  direct  the  contact  into  the  appropriate  soft,  too  hard,  or 
conUct  not  tested  chute.  The  contact  fall  interrupt  bracket  is 
rotated  away  from  the  contact  fall  path  and  the  contact  falk 
further  and  is  diverted  by  the  chute  directing  plates  into  the 
appropriate  chute.  Diversion  into  the  non-tested  chute  js 
caused  by  malfunctions  of  the  machine,  e.g.,  failure  to  clamp 
the  contact  when  the  pendulum  hammer  strikes  the  contact. 
In  a  second  embodiment  there  is  provided  an  anvil  having  a 
groove  to  retain  a  specimen.  A  pendulum  suspending  a 
hammer  portion  is  released  and  the  hammer  rotates  around 
an  axis  to  strike  the  specimen  and  rebound  in  a  return  arc 
path.  The  return  path  length  is  in  accordance  with  hardness. 
On  an  adjustably  settable  swinging  frame  are  mounted  an  an- 
ally aligned  photosensitive  element  and  a  light  source.  The 
frame,  anvil  and  pendulum  elements  are  relatively  positioned 
such  that  the  aligned  element  and  source  are  along  the 
hammer  return  path  so  as  to  enable  the  specimen  hardness  to 
be  measured. 


Method  of  sorting,  including  feeding,  orienting  and  count- 
ing, particulate  articles  such  as  coins,  shells,  candy,  pills  and 
the  like,  wherein  the  articles  are  placed  upon  a  rotating  inner 
plane  and  centrifugally  discharged  through  a  peripheral  gaug- 
ing aperture  defmed  at  the  edges  of  a  rotating  inner  plane. 
The  peripheral  aperture  is  defined  by  a  pair  of  top  and  bot- 
tom outer  gauging  rings  rotated  at  speeds  similar  to  or  at 
variance  with  the  ^routing  inner  plane  according  to  the 
character  of  the  articles  being  counted.  Abo,  the  size  of  the 
gauging  aperture  may  be  varied  by  vertical  adjustment  of  the 
top  outer  ring  to  accommodate  centrifugal  discharge  articles 
of  varying  dimension.  The  discharge  articles  may  be  guided 
tangentially  and  single  file  past  a  conventional  photo  electric 
or  similar  counting  device.  The  rotating  inner  plane  may 
have  a  horizontal  surface,  alternately  a  concave,  convex  or 
contour  profile. 


3,669,262 

REMOVABLE  CARD-HANDUNG  CARTRIDGE 

U  Roy  E.  Gcrlach,  Minneapolis;  Gordon  P.  Johnson,  and 

David  A.  Tandcski,  both  of  St.  Paul,  aU  of  Minn.,  assignors 

to  Spcrry  Rand  CorpomOim^  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  828,858 

Int.CI.B07cJ/;0 

VS.  CI.  209-10.5  26  CWips 


3,669,261 
HARDNESS  TESTING  MACHINE 
Norbcrt  L.  Monln.  Ptoccatia,  Crflf.,  a«lgnor  to  Hughes  Air- 
craft  ConqMny,  Cuhwr  City,  CaHL 

FHed  Mv.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,963 

Int.  a.li07c  5/00 

VS.  CI.  209—74  14  daims 


A  machine  and  method  for  non-destructive  testing  of  the 
crimp  portions  of  substantially  all  electrical  contacts  in  a 
production  run  and  sorting  accordingly  of  the  contacts  into 
chutes.  From  a  hopper  conucts  are  fed  by  gravity  along  a 
sloping  track,  and  dropped  one  by  one  down  a  chute.  A  faU 


A  removable  card-handling  cartridge  for  retaining  a  plu- 
rality of  cards  in  a  side-by-side  relationship  for  use  by  a  card- 
handling  apparatus  is  described.  Included  in  the  removable 
cartridge,  is  a  pluraUty  of  end-coded  cards  retained  by  a  plu- 
rality of  coded  card-retaining  pins,  the  pins  being  selectively 
actuataUe  for  permitting  the  selection  of  individual  ones  of 
the  end-coded  retained  cards  for  access  to  the  card-handling 
apparatus.  In  addition  to  the  card-retaining  pins,  an  improved 
gating-rod  arrangement  few  providing  auxiliary  support  of  the 
cards  is  shown.  An  improved  high-resistance  fluid  nozzle  ar- 
rangement is  iUustrated  for  keeping  the  cards  separated  while 
in  the  retained  position.  The  entire  renaovaWe  cartridge  is  il- 
lustrated in  a  form  permitting  the  removal  of  the  cartridge, 
together  with  the  cards  retained  therein,  with  a  minin^mi 
amount  of  disconnection  fi-om  the  card-handling  apparatus. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


567 


3,669,263 
APPARATUS  FOR  SORTING  PRODUCTS  ACCORDING 
TO  THEIR  LENGTHS 
Raymond  E.  Babb,  Frcmoat,  CaHf.,  awignor  to  Genevieve  L 
Hanscom  (fomicriy  Geaevievc  L  Magnuaoa)  and  Genevieve 
L  Hanscom,  Robert  Magnuson,  Lob  J.  Thomson  (fonneriy 
Lois  J.  Duggan),  trustees  of  tiic  estate  of  Roy  M.  Magnuson, 
part  interest  to  each 

Filed  Jan.  21,  1971,  Ser.  No.  108^10 
-  Int.  CL  B07c  1/14 

VS.  CL  209-82  14  Claims 


first  position  it  restricts  the  flow  of  air  with  the  grain  through 
the  opening  so  that  the  grain  can  be  cleaned  by  an  airstream 
created  by  the  blower  and  in  a  second  position  leaves  the 


^r: 


'cp^ 


-^F 


r~ 


^^HrQ^"^:c"i 


An  electrical  apparatus  for  sorting  products  according  to 
their  lengths.  In  this  apparatus  the  products  are  passed 
through  a  scanning  zone  which  is  provided  with  a  light  sensi- 
tive cell  and  a  source  of  illumination  arranged  so  that  illu- 
mination of  the  light  sensitive  cell  is  interrupted  while  the 
product  is  passing  through  the  scanning  zone  and  an  electric 
pulse  is  generated  while  the  product  is  in  this  zone.  This 
pulse  is  transmitted  from  the  photocell  amplifier  to  the  toggle 
flip-flop  which  provides  one  input  to  an  And  gate  in  the  cir- 
cuit which  controls  the  energization  of  the  solenoid  valves 
controlling  the  air  blasts  that  deflect  the  product  according 
to  their  lengths.  This  pulse  is  also  transmitted  from  the 
photocell  amplifier  to  a  signal  expanding  device  which  con- 
trols a  gate  between  an  oscillation  generator  and  an  elec- 
tronic counter  so  that  pulses  are  transmitted  from  this 
generator  through  this  gate  to  the  counter  for  the  duration  of 
the  expanded  pulse  to  provide  a  measure  of  the  product 
length.  The  expanded  pulse  is  also  supplied  to  delay  circuit  to 
provide  a  strobe  pulse  to  the  logic  of  this  apparatus  which 
supplies  three  outputs  corresportdiiig  to  the  long,  medium 
and  short  product  lengths.  These  outputs  are  connected  to 
separate  product  length  flip-flops  which  are  connected  to  the 
And  gates  provided  to  the  circuit  controlling  the  air  blast 
control  valves.  Each  of  the  And  gates  have  a  pair  of  inputs, 
one  of  which  is  supplied  by  the  output  of  the  toggle  flip-flop 
and  the  other  of  which  is  supplied  by  the  product  length  flip- 
flops.  Thus,  the  And  gates  control  which  of  the  air  blast  sole- 
noid valves  is  to  be  energized.  If  the  long  product  flip-flop 
supplies  a  signal  to  the  long  product  And  gate  then  the  long 
product  air  blast  valve  is  opened  and  if  the  medium  or  short 
flip-flop  supplies  the  control  signal  to  the  medium  or  short 
And  gate  then  the  medium  or  short  air  blast  valve  is  opened. 


3,669,264 
BUCKET  ELEVATOR  WITH  GRAIN  CLEANER 
James  G.  Bryant,  Creeacastk,  Ind.,  assignor  to  Bryant-Potl, 
Inc.,  CoatesviBe,  HenAlcks  County,  Ind. 

FBed  Nov.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,742 

Int  CL  B07b  4/02 

VS.  CL  209- 138  5  CMum 

A  grain  cleaner  for  a  bucket  elevator  having  a  downflow 

grain  passage  opening  into  an  upflow  air  passage  connected 

to  a  blower.  A  valve  is  positioned  in  the  opening  so  that  in  a 


-opening  unrestricted  so  that  a  large  volume  of  grain  can  flow 
freely  through  the  grain  passage  and  lower  portion  of  the  air 
passage. 


3,669,265 
CLASSIFYING  APPARATUS  WITH  ADJUSTABLE  FINES 

OUTLET 

Kurt  H.  Conley,  214  Grandvlew  Avenue,  Hamden,  Conn. 

Filed  July  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  842,540 

Int.  CL  B04c  3/06 

VS.  CL  209— 144  13  ClainiB 


5'X  1  u=77^«  ,« 


In  a  centripetal  classifier  an  adjustable  "fines'*  oudet  open- 
ing is  provided  consisting  of  a  circular  amy  of  vertical  elon- 
gated trapezoidal  segments  which  are  mounted  by  shafts 
through  apertures  in  a  horizontal  apron.  There  are  five  "con- 
trol" segments  spaced  equally  around  the  drck  whose  lower 
shaft  ends  engage  five  respective  arcuate  slots  in  a  rotatable 
cam  plate  dispoard  beneath  the  apron.  Between  adjacent 
ones  of  the  control  segments  are  located  four  interleaved  "• 
slave"  segments  having  shorter  shafts  which  do  not  rngfr 
the  arciute  slots.  A  horizontal  rod  is  attached  to  the  cam 
plate  and  paases  through  the  encloaure  and  terminatra  in  a 
handle  outside  of  the  enclosure.  When  the  handle  is  pulled 
out  or  pushed  in,  the  con  plate  rotates  and  the  lower  slMft 
ends  of  the  control  segments  are  tilted  inwardly  or  outwanfly 
thereby  tilting  or  pivoting  the  trapeaoidal  sepnents  outwardly 
and  inwardly  to  change  the  effective  size  of  the  outlet  opeor 
ing  and  hence  the  fines  "cut."  Since  the  contioi  and  slave 
segmentt  are  interleaved,  the  slave  segments  are  stmilarly 
caused  to  pivot. 


I 


558 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


3,669,266 
MINEKALS  SEPARATION  PROCESS 
N.  TMilin.  md  Jtmua  D.  JiiliMtMi  both  «f  Baton 
to  Ethyl  CorporatkNi,  New  York, 


N  Y 

Filed  Sept  15, 1969,  Ser.  No.  858,124 

iM.  a  ii03d  H02 

vs.  CL  209—166  *  ^^"^ 

Titanium  oxide  containing  concentrates  are  recovered 
from  sand  competed  in  the  particle  size  range  of  100  mesh 
and  smaUer  of  titanium  oxides,  heavy  metal  sUicates.  and  sU- 
ica.  A  plural  stage  flotation  process  is  used.  In  the  first  stage 
the  sand  in  the  above  sire  range  is  subjected  to  flotation 
using  air  and  an  anionic  collector  to  yield  a  heavy  mineral 
concentrate.  The  second  stage  flotation  involves  treating  this 
heavy  mineral  concentrate  with  nitrogen  and  an  anionic  col- 
lector to  float  off  the  heavy  n»etal  silicates,  the  titanium  oxide 
concentrate  remaining  in  the  tailings- 


j  3,669,268 

1    FLUID  FILTER  DEVICE 
Cari  A.  BrowB,  Blniyi«lM«,  Mfcfc.,  asrignor  to  Parkcr-Ha#- 
yfia  Corporottom  CkvdMid,  Ohio 

FVmI  Apr.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,225 
lBt.a.B014  27/;0 
UACL  210-90  " 


3,669,267 
FILTER  PRESS  PLATE  PROCESS  AND  APPARATUS 
WiUaiii  L.  Hutton,  East  Hamptoii,  N.Y.,  aarignor  to  T. 
Slwivcr  *  ConpMiy,  IKm  Harriwrn,  N J. 

Fled  July  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,798 
IotCLB01di7/02 
VS.  CL  210-75  15 


A  fluid  filter  device  having  a  housing  defining  a  fluid 
chamber  with  first  and  second  inlet  portions  connected  to  a 
fluid  inlet  and  an  intermediate  portion  connected  to  a  fluid 
outiet.  A  cylindrical  filter  element  is  disposed  in  the  inter- 
mediate portion  and  is  so  arranged  that  fluid  flows  fi-om  the 
inlet  portions  into  the  interior  of  the  filter  element,  radially 
through  itt  walls  and  into  the  intermediate  portion.  Pressure 
responsive  means  are  provided  to  move  the  filter  element  in 
response  to  a  predetermined  pressure  increase  in  the  inlet 
portions  to  simultaneously  open  fluid  communication 
between  both  inlet  portions  and  the  intermediate  portion, 
whereby  fluid  flows  from  the  fluid  inlet  to  the  fluid  outiet 
bypassing  the  filter  element  at  opposite  ends  thereof. 


I 


Process  and  apparatus  for  chamber-type  filter  presses 
formed   with   a   plurality   of  filter   plates,   each   having   a 
peripheral  ft-ame  and  an  integral  partition  plate  dividing  the 
frame  into  filter  cakie  receiving  recesses  with  filter  cloths 
within  the  recesses  and  pressed  into  grooves  on  the  interior 
periphery  of  the  filter  plate  by  caulking  strips  to  retain  the 
cloths  against  the  surface  of  the  plates;  the  {rfates  have  a  first 
inlet  port  extending  through  the  frame  on  one  edge  thereof 
radially  outwanfly  of  the  filter  doth  for  communication  with 
a  corresponding  inlet  in  adjacent  filter  plates,  a  second  inlet 
port  extending  through  the  frame  on  a  side  thereof  opposite 
the  first  inlet  port  for  communicating  with  a  corresponding 
inlet  in  the  adjacent  fihcr  frfates,  both  at  the  inleu  conunu- 
nicate.  outwardly  of  the  filter  cloths,  with  the  recesses 
formed  in  the  fiher  plates,  and  at  least  one  outiet  port  on 
each  side  of  the  partition  plate  for  discharging  fluid  flowing 
through  the  filter  cloths  from  the  filter  plate.  The  filter  press 
is  utilized  in  a  process  for  filtering  fluid  containing  solid  sub- 
stances suspended  therein  which  is  initially  supplied  under 
pressure  to  tiie  lower  of  the  inlet  ports  and  flows  along  the 
surfaces  of  the  filter  cloths  towards  the  upper  of  the  inlet 
ports   whereby   the   fluid   is   recirculated   and   distributed 
through  the  upper  ports  until  the  press  is  filled  with  fluid,  and 
thereafter  the  fh^  to  be  filtered  is  supfdied  to  both  the  lower 
and  upper  ports  to  maintain  an  even  distribution  of  pressure 
in  the  press  while  filtered  effluent  is  continuously  drained 
therefrom. 


3,669,269 
INDUSTRIAL  PLANT  FOR  RECOVERING  SOLIDS  FROM 

UQUIDS 
Sdwync  P.  Klnacy,  Carvfte,  Pa., 
Engineers,  Inc.,  CanMfle,  Pa. 

feUcd  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,580 
'  Int.  CLBOld  50/00 

U.S.  CL  210— 122  nClafans 

~    I 


to  S.  P.  Klopey 
S80 


Apparatus  for  the  removal  of  solids  from  liquids  and  con- 
centrating the  solids  through  the  use  of  strainers.  SoUd-laden 
water  or  other  liquid  is  passed  tiuougli  an  automatic  self- 
cleaning  strainer  wherein  the  strainer  media  is  cleaned  by 
clean  water  flowing  in  a  reverse  direction,  relative  to  the  flow 
of  dirty  water  therethrough.  The  backwash  water  is  passed 
through  a  low  pressure  routing  screen  type  strainer  assemUy 
where  the  solids  are  removed  and  the  clean  water  returned  to 
the  outlet  of  the  self-cleaning  strainer.  Accumulated  solids 
are  continuously  removed  from  the  surface  of  the  scijeens 
and  discharged  outside  of  the  strainer  assembly. 


June  IS,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


559 


3,669,270 
WATER  SOFTENER  AND  A  DEVICE  COMBINED 
THEREWiTH 
Ernst  Flogd,  Nkdcrschdd,  Germany,  ailgnnr  to  Franckache 
Ebenwcrkc  AG,  AdoUshnttc,  Nkdrrschrld  (DOkrds),  Ger- 
many 

Filed  Jan.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,511 

Clafans  priority,  application  Germany,  Jan.  24, 1969,  P  19  03 

492.5;  Jan.  27, 1969,  P  19  03  833.6 

Int  a.  BOld  23U0 

U.S.  CL  210— 123  IClafan 


Apparatus  for  softening  water  including  a  tank  which  is 
filled  with  an  ion  exchange  composition  and  which  is  open  at 
its  upper  portion.  The  tank  includes  an  inlet  pipe,  an  outiet 
pipe  and  a  valve  for  controlling  the  flow  at  the  inlet  pipe  to 
maintain  a  constant  level  of  liquid  in  the  tank.  A  backwash 
pipe  is  connected  between  a  branch  on  the  inlet  pipe  and  a 
branch  of  the  outiet  pipe.  A  drain  cock  is  provided  at  the 
lower  portion  of  the  tsink. 


3,669,271 

SIPHON  TYPE  SLUDGE  REMOVAL  SYSTEM  FOR  A 

SEWAGE  SETTLING  TANK 

Robert  F.  McGivcm,  1404  Holy,  Cohunbus,  Ohk> 

FOcd  Dec  11, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  97,078 

int.  CL  BOld  2i/24 

U.S.CL210— 128  8 


tant  to  the  operation  of  the  siphon  to  maintain  constant  this 
relationship  of  the  levels  of  the  liquids  in  the  two  tanks.  This 
is  accomplished  by  a  control  arrangement  for  controlling  the 
discharge  of  the  sludge  from  the  sludge  tank  in  accordance 
with  variations  in  the  level  of  the  liquid  in  the  settling  tank. 


3,669472 

BAND  FILTER  WITH  VACUUM  SUCTION  CHAMBER 

Friedrich  Bilabd,  Im  Lohl  12,  674  Landaa,  Plals,  Germany 

FBed  Apr.  30, 1970,  Scr.  N«.  33,261 

InLCL  BOld  ii/00 

U.S.CL210— 152  9( 


A  vacuum  band  filter  comprises  a  continuously  moving 
filter  band  having  lower  and  upper  runs  with  the  upper  run  of 
the  band  forming  a  trough  to  which  is  fed  the  liquid  to  be  fil- 
tered, and  a  vacuum  exhaust  and  liquid  collecting  chamber 
disposed  below  and  in  liquid-tight  engagement  with  the  upper 
run  of  the  filter  band.  The  section  of  the  band  subjected  to 
the  vacuum  action  is  divided  into  filtration  and  drying  zones, 
aiKi  poscibly  one  or  more  rinsing  zones  therebetween,  with 
intermixing  of  the  liquids  of  adjacent  zones  being  prevented 
by  passing  the  portions  of  the  band  intervening  between  ad- 
jacent zones  al>ove  the  preceding  liquid  level  in  the  filter 
trough-  More  particularly,  the  band,  in  passing  from  the  fil- 
tration zone  to  a  rinsing  zone,  or  in  passing  f^tMn  a  fliit 
rinsing  zone  to  a  second  rinsing  zone,  is  led  roof-fhshion 
above  the  liquid  level,  and  the  band,  in  passing  finon  the  fil- 
tration or  rinsing  zone  to  the  finid  drying  zone,  has  the  end  of 
the  trou^-shaped  section  extended  upwaxdty  from  the  liquid 
level.  PreferaUy.  each  of  the  zones  has  its  independent 
vacuum  compartment  fitted  with  individual  means  to  control 
the  degree  of  the  vacuum  and  to  separately  discharge  the  dif- 
ferent liquids  collected. 


A  siphon  arrangement  for  removing  sludge  from  the  bot- 
tom of  a  sewage  settling  tank  and  discharging  it  into  a  sludge 
unk  from  which  it  is  removed.  The  inlet  of  the  siphon  is  sub- 
merged in  the  sewage  adjacent  the  bottom  of  the  setding 
tank  and  its  outlet  is  submerged  in  the  sludge  discharged  into 
the  sludge  tank.  The  siphon  is  carried  by  a  float  supported  by 
the  liquid  in  the  settling  tank,  the  level  of  which  may  vary  as 
more  or  leu  sewage  to  be  treated  flows  into  the  tank.  The 
level  of  the  sludge  in  the  sludge  tank  will  always  be  lower 
than  the  level  of  the  liquid  in  the  settling  tank  and  it  b  impor- 


ERRATUM 

For  Oass  210—169  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,297 


3,669473 
DEVICE  FOR  RELEASING  FILTER  CAKE  IN  FILTER 

PRESS 
Kcn-khlro  Kurtta,  Suka,  J^lM^  Mslgnnr  to  Knrlta  Machin- 
ery Manufarturtag  Company,  Liadled,  Osaka,  Japan 
«1led  Ang.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,049 
lBt.CLD01d2J/J2 
U.S.  CL  210—225  7  < 

ie       2019        „  as 


A  plurality  of  hangers  provided  witii  roDers  are  movaMy 
mounted  on  wavelike  rails  disposed  above  a  row  of  fiher 


560 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTl 


June  18,  1972 


plates  and  in  parallel  with  the  direction  in  which  the  filter 
plates  are  moved.  Springs  whose  upper  ends  are  connected  to 
the  hangers  support  the  opposite  ends  of  a  rod  firom  which 
suspends  the  upper  portion  Ol  a  fiher  cloth  disposed  along 
the  surfoces  of  each  two  adjacent  filter  plates.  When  the 
niter  plate  is  released  for  transport,  the  hangers  with  rollers 
are  thereby  moved  and  the  filter  cloth  is  subjected  to  vibra- 
tion produced  by  provision  of  the  wavelike  rails  and  springs. 


3^9«274 

MAGNETIC  STRUCTURE  FOR  TREATING  UQUIDS 

CCWTAINING  CALCAREOUS  MATTER 

George  M.  Ifapp,  aad  McrrB  F.  Kottmricr,  5800  Dempster 

Street,  Morton  Grove,  DL 

Fled  Dec  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,643 

Int.  CL  Mid  J5/06 

U.S.  CL  210—222  1  Claim 


A  structure  for  subjecting  liquids  having  a  dissolved  and 
suspended  calcareous  content  to  magnetic  lines  of  force.  The 
liquid  is  caused  to  pass  around  a  number  of  permanent  mag- 
nets developing  lines  of  force  through  which  the  liquid  moves 
in  a  path  intersecting  such  lines  of  force.  This  is  achieved  by 
mounting  the  magnets  in  a  non-ferrous  carrier  with  the  poles 
thereof  in  opposed  relationship,  i.e.,  north  to  north,  and 
south  to  south.  The  liquid  is  confined  in  such  a  manner  so 
that  it  has  a  substantially  helical  flow  path  enabling  the  lines 
of  force  to  be  cut  at  right  angles  thereto. 


I  3,669,276 

SHOE  DISPLAY  BAG  AND  SYSTEM 

Warren  L.  Woods,  SaH  Laiw  Chy,  Utah,  assignor  to  Wibvond 

Inc.  , 

FBcd  Nov.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,468 

Int  CI.  A47f  7/0«  ' 

U.S.C1.2I1— 34  15Clai«is 


A  shoe  display  bag  which  includes  a  flexible  sheet  having  a 
top  end,  a  bottom  end.  a  rear  section,  and  spaced  side  mem- 
bers; a  plurality  of  flexible  support  members  connected  to 
the  opposite  spaced  side  members  of  the  flexible  sheet  in  a 
spaced  relationship  to  form  a  plurality  of  pockets  between 
the  top  and  bottom  ends  of  the  sheet  each  sized  to  receive  at 
least  one  shoe;  and  attaching  means  connected  proximate  the 
top  end  of  the  sheet  to  hang  it  in  a  substantially  vertical  sup- 
port position.  The  bag  can  be  used  to  market  an  inventory  of 
shoes  of  various  sizes  and  types  by  displaying  each  type  of 
shoe  in  the  inventory  of  each  predetermined  size  in  a 
separate  vertically  supported  display  bag. 


3,669,275 
APPARATUS  FOR  REMOVING  OIL  FROM  WATER 
Ned  E.  DowM,  Rakigh,  N.C.,  assignnr  to  Hcrcuks  Incor- 
porated, Wftanlngiton,  DeL 

FOcd  N«v.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,782 

Int  CL  E02b  15/04 

VS.  CL  210—242  3  Claims 


'  I  3,669,277 

CABINET  STORAGE  RACKS 

WiBlam  N.  Becsley,  Jr.,  2755  Apple  Blossom.  Salt  Lake  City, 

Utah  I 

Fled  Feb.  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  114,165 

lot  CL  A47f  7/00  ' 

U.S.CL  211^49  0  17  Claims 


Improved  equipment  for  removing  oil  from  the  surface  of  a 
body  of  water  is  disclosed.  To  a  previously  known  apparatus 
comprised  of  an  oleophilic  fibrous  batt  having  one  or  more 
perforated  pipes  embedded  in  it  for  taking  away  adsorbed  oil, 
there  is  added  a  flexible  shield  covering  the  area  where  the 
pipe  or  pipes  are  located.  The  shield  prevents  water  from  en- 
tering into  the  area  of  the  pipes  and  being  pumped  off  with 
the  oil. 


Two  tier  storage  and  dispensing  racks  comprising  a  frame 
of  components,  fabricated  of  sheet  material,  comprising  in 
assembled  combination,  upper  and  lower  ramp-defining 
members  together  with  stabilizing  and  reinforcing  members. 
Provision  is  made  for  quickly  assembling  the  components 
without  special  tools,  and  the  components,  when  assembled, 
can  be  installed  in  a  household  kitchen  cabinet  or  secured  to 
related  vertical  walls,  or  the  like,  alone  or  in  combination 
with  additional  racks  of  like  configuration  arranged  vertically 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


561 


whereby  the  rack  or  racks  are  rigidly  maintained  for  receiv-    overstretchings  of  the  web  portions  in  the  case  of  tvristed 

ing   cylindrical    containers   to    be   stored   and   sequentially    plug-in  units. 

removed  in  first-in,  first-out  fashion.  • 


3,669,280 

3,669,278  MOBILE  LOGGING  VEHICLE  AND  METHOD  OF 

DISPLAY  SHELF  DIVIDER  SKIDDING  LOGS 

Giles   F.   Hcroy,   Adrian,   Midi.,  assignor  to   Angola  Wire  Dwight  A.  Garrett,  and  Hcins  A.  MueMbwier.  both  oT  Enum- 

Products,  Inc.,  Angola,  lad.  claw.  Wash.,  assignors  to  Garrett  EnuoKlaw  Co.,  Eaum* 

Fikd  Sept.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,531  claw.  Wash. 

Int  CL  A47(  5/00  FOcd  Oct  20. 1969,  Scr.  No.  867,659 

U.S.CL211— 184                                                          4  Claims  Int  CL  B66c  7  7/06 

U.S.  CL212— 7  3 


i 


3,669,279 
MULTIPLE  HOLDING  ARRANGEMENT 
Ernst  Burgard,  Tanun,  and  Jarn|odwn  Grow,  Stuttgart- 
Frdbcrg,  both  of  Gcrouay,  — Ignors  to  International  Stan- 
dard Electric  Corporathw,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44^29 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  12,  1969,  P  19  29 

768.8 

IntCLA47g;9/0« 

U.S.CL  211-41  6ClataM 


The  multiple  holding  arrangement  according  to  the  inven- 
tion consists  of  two  guide  plates  of  the  same  kind,  which  are 
specially  shaped  and  provided  with  rows  of  lamination-like 
resilient  web  portions  comprising  widenings.  The  resiUent 
web  portions  serve  to  compensate  for  thickness  tolerances  of 
plug-in     units,     and     the     widenings     serve     to     avoid 


An  improved  divider  for  display  shelves  having  a  plurality 
of  spaced  openings  therethrough.  The  divider  comprises  a 
corrugated  wire,  or  the  like,  which  is  releasably  attached 
between  shelf  openings  by  means  of  novel  brackets.  When  at- 
tached to  a  shelf,  the  wire  forms  a  vertical  divider.  Each 
bracket  comprises  a  flat  member  with  a  depending  tab  having 
a  pair  of  opposed,  hooked  edges  for  engaging  a  shelf  opening 
singly  or  together.  The  spacing  between  the  hooked  edges 
and  the  member  preferably  tapers  to  less  than  the  thickness 
of  the  shelf  so  that  the  bracket  is  urged  against  the  shelf 
when  moved  in  a  plane  parallel  to  the  shelf.  Embossings  are 
provided  on  the  bracket  to  facilitate  in  welding  the  bracket 
to  the  wire. 


A  mobOe  logging  vehicle  is  provided  with  an  arch  that 
mounts  a  telescopic  boom.  A  fairlead  is  secured  to  the  outer 
end  of  the  boom.  A  haul-in  line  is  secured  at  one  end  to  a 
winch  mounted  on  the  vehicle,  passes  over  a  load  nrfler  in 
the  fairiead,  and  is  secured  at  an  outer  end  to  a  grapple.  An 
opening  line  is  secured  at  ont  eiKl  to  a  winch  nsounted  on  the 
boom  and  passes  between  spaced  guide  roUers  on  the  fiurlead 
to  position  the  grapple  in  the  open  position  on  a  log.  With 
the  fairiead  on  the  outer  etid  of  die  boom  the  grapple  may  be 
positioned  by  the  operator  of  the  vehicle  and  doaed  on  the 
log  at  the  optimum  attitude.  The  grapple  is  maintained  in  this 
general  attitude  as  the  boom  and  hiuU-in  line  are  retracted. 
Curved  bearings  are  provided  which  allow  the  boom  to  ex- 
tend and  retract  under  loading,  A  method  of  skidding  logs  i> 
also  disclosed. 


3,669081 
VEHICLE  MOUNTED  HOIST 
Frank  G.  Woodskle,  MBwankee,  Wis.,  and  Richard  F.  Urot, 
Bowili«  Gncn,  Ohio,  Msignnrs  to  said  Woodstdc,  by  said 
Urea 

OrlglDal  appBcatioB  Jnne  5, 1967.  Scr.  No.  643,637,  now 

Patent  No.  3,543,944.  Divided  Mid  tids  appBealloB  Ang.  31, 

1970,  Scr.  N«.  68,412 

lot  CLB66C  25/62 

U.S.CL212— 144  1 


yi»      /r     >♦*/»*  '^ 


A  box  frame  reinforced  by  the  waUs  of  oil  reservoirs  has  a 
prefabricated  tubular  core  sleeve  on  wliich  mast  bearings  are 
assembled  in  inherent  aUgnment  The  structure  of  the  main 
and  jib  booms  in  such  as  to  yield  high  ratio  of  strength  in 
relation  to  weight  and  the  tying  of  the  hinge  points  of  the 
boom  and  operating  cylinder  to  each  other  as  well  as  to  the 
mast  gives  stsbility.  A  worm  gear  connected  to  the  lower  end 
of  the  mast  provides  for  36(f  rotation  accommodMed  by 
swiveled  hydrauUc  manifold  connections.  The  staNlJTcr  legs 
are  not  only  strong  per  se  but  brace  the  hoist  firame. 


562 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTB 


June  13,  1972 


3,669482 

PALLET  LOADING  APPARATUS 

Kameth  G.  CarlMim  11350  North  \wUty  Drive,  Mcquon, 

FfM  June  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  44,288 

bt.  CL  B65g  57/24 

VS.  CL  214—6  P  7  Clainis 


Apparatus  for  loading  cartons  on  a  pallet  includes  a  pallet 
loading  bin  with  a  vertically  reciprocal  fork  lift,  a  retractable 
tubular  apron  movable  firom  a  position  covering  the  loading 
bin  to  a  position  exposing  the  loading  bin  and  a  sw6ep  bar 
which  is  movable  firom  a  recessed  position  in  a  slot  between 
two,  ball-transfer  tables  to  an  extended  position  over  the  end 
of  the  retractaUe  apron.  The  ends  of  the  sweep  bar  are 
secured  to  a  pair  of  spaced  chains  which  are  movaUe  lon- 
gitudinally of  the  apparatus  to  move  the  sweep  bar  firom  the 
recessed  position  to  the  extended  position  over  the  retracta- 
ble apron  to  successively  push  rows  of  pre-arranged  cartons 
onto  the  apron.  When  f!Ue^,  the  apron  is  retracted  to  deposit 
the  cartons  on  a  pallet. 


3,669483 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  DEHACKING  BRICK 

Joha  J.  Brvwi,  Jr^  Star  City,  N.C.,  anigiior  to  Forrcft 

Paschal  MachfaMry  Company,  Slvcr  City,  N.C. 

Filed  Mar.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  126,615 

Int.  CL  B65g  59/02 

U.S.  CL  214—8.5  C  10  Claiim 


between  bricks  from  the  upper  portions  of  the  stacks  and 
bricks  from  the  lower  stack  portions.  The  blending  of  the 
bricks  eliminates  marked  color  gradients  sometimes  present 
in  the  original  stacks.  I 


3,669484 
CONTAINER  SUPPORTING  APPARATUS  IN  THE 
CONTAINER  SHIP 
Uhbro  TabncU,  Chiba;  AUra  Iwaml;  YasiiUro  Harlta,  both  of 
Tokyo,  and  Toshlaki  Yamamoto,  Kanagawa,  all  of  Japwi, 
aasiKMNrs  to  Mitsui  Shipbuilding  and  EngiMcriiig  Co.  Ltd., 
Tokyo,  Japan 

FDcd  Sept.  28,  1970,  Ser.  No.  76,024  ' 

Claims  priority,  applicatloa  Japan,  Oct.  15, 1969, 44/82354 

Int  CI.  B65g  1/20  1 

U.S.  CL  214—10.5  R  5  ClafaH 


Container  supporting  apparatus  in  the  container  ship  hav- 
ing container  supporting  members  at  middle  stage  in  the  con- 
tainer hold,  the  supporting  members  being  adapted  to  be  au- 
tomatically projected  into  the  container  cell  and  retracted 
therefrom  by  sensing  containers  above  the  supporting  mepn- 
bers  and  beneath  them. 


3,669485 

APPARATUS  FY)R  MOUNTING  AND  POSITIONING  OF 
EXCAVATING  DEVICES 
Dean  O.  Ncff,  415  West  8th  Street,  Rochester,  Ind. 
Continuatioo-ln-pMt  of  appikthm  Ser.  No.  786443,  Dec.  23, 

1968,  now  abandoned ,  wfakh  is  a  contlmiatlon-ln-part  at 

application  Ser.  No.  670,039,  Sept.  25, 1967,  now  abandoned. 

This  H>pUcation  Oct  5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  77,885         , 

Int.  a.  E02f  J/74 

U.S.CL214— 138C  lOClallm 


Brick  stacked  in  courses  comprised  of  double-layer  rows 
within  which  the  face  sides  of  the  individual  pairs  of  super- 
posed bricks  may  be  confronting  are  dehacked  by  sequen- 
tially removing  complete  successive  courses  from  each  stack, 
and  pairing  courses  from  the  upper  and  k>wer  portions  of  the 
stacks  such  that  the  respective  double-layer  rows  thereoi  are 
in  alignment.  Successive  double-layer  rows  are  then  removed 
simultaneously  from  each  pair  of  courses,  and  the  upper 
layer  of  each  such  unit  is  everted  and  aligned  with  the  lower 
layer  to  form  a  single-layer  line  of  bricks  all  having  their  face 
sides  facing  upwardly  and  alternating  in   row  groupings 


L 


--r — ^jn~-. 

^ \\  ^-^ 


The  invention  is  an  apparatus  for  operabiy  mounting  ex- 
cavating devices,  such  as  backhoe  assemUies,  especially 
adapted  to  facilitate  excavating  in  limited  spaces.  The  device 


564 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  197J 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


563 


IS  a  wheel-mounted  L-shaped  frame  having  a  front  transverse 
leg  and  a  rearwardly  extending  leg.  Along  the  rearwardly  ex- 
tending leg  is  affixed  a  support  adapted  to  receive  an  ex- 
cavating assembly,  such  as  a  backhoe,  to  extend  opcraWy 
mto  the  angle  formed  by  the  legs  of  the  L-shaped  frame. 


3,669486 
PUBUC  WORKS  MACHINES 

Yves  M.  Gauchet,  ScnUs,  FnMce,  aarignor  to  Sodete  Anonyms 
Podito 

Filed  Dec.  30, 1969,  Ser.  No.  889,073 

Claims  priority,  appUcallon  France,  Feb.  6, 1969, 6902730 

Int  CL  B66f  9/00 

VS.  CL  214—138  R  4  c|,|„ 


being  means  withfai  the  cavity  at  the  lower  end  of  the  dipper 
stick  for  releasably  taking  up  slack  in  the  flexible  connector 
to  provide  a  desired  amount  of  snugness  or  looseness  in  the 
connection  between  the  bucket  and  the  dipper  stick,  with, 
however,  the  male  and  female  pressure  members  always 
being  engaged  in  a  manner  which  wiB  prevent  rotating  move- 
ment or  undesired  swinging  of  the  implement  relative  to  the 
dipper  stick.  A  guide  roller  in  the  female  pressure  member 
coacts  with  one  of  the  connector  links  to  allow  the  bucket  to 
be  snugged  up  in  most  positions. 


3,669488 
METHOD  OF  HANDLING  AND  STORING  CONTAINERS 

AT  A  SHIPPING  TERMINAL 
Robert  R.  Young,  Danvflc,  CaHf .,  Mslgnia  to  Katai 
tries  Corporation,  Oakland,  Cdlf. 

Original  application  Mar.  29, 1968,  Ser.  No.  717,174, 

Patent  No.  3,543,952,  dated  Da&  1, 1970.  DhMsd  Mid  tl* 
appMcarton  June  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  59,825 
Int  CL  B65g  1/06 
U.S.  CL  214— 152  2< 


This  invention  relates  to  a  pubUc  works  machine  compris- 
ing a  platform  equipped  with  a  driver's  cabin  which  is  fast 
therewith  and  is  oriented  in  the  direction  of  translation  of  the 
machine,  and  with  an  operating  equipment  comprising  a  jib 
articulated  on  the  platform  about  an  axis  9  disposed  substan- 
tially to  the  side  of  the  driver's  cabin,  while  this  jib  is  con- 
tituted  by  two  elementt  articulated  with  respect  to  one 
another  about  an  axis  which  is  substantiaUy  perpendicular  to 
the  axu  of  osciUation  of  the  jib  on  the  platform,  wherein  the 
axis  of  articulation  of  the  two  elements  of  the  jib  may  be  in  a 
substantiaUy  vertical  position,  in  which  it  is  di^xMed  substan- 
tially plumb  with  the  front  face  of  the  driver's  cabm,  while 
the  relative  roution  of  the  two  articulated  elements  of  the  jib 
may  be  at  least  equal  to  90"  and  whUe  rotation  preventing 
means  may  integrate  the  two  elements  of  the  jib. 


3,669487 

PRESSURE  PLATE  AND  LINKAGE  CONNECTION 

BETWEEN  A  DIPPER  STICK  AND  AN  IMPLEMENT 

Roy  O.  Billings,  6621  West  WIsconsta  Avenue,  Milwaukee, 

Wis. 

Filed  July  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  55,910 

Int  CL  B66c  3/00 

U.S.CL  214-147  G  11  Claims 


A  system  for  handling  large,  heavy  containen  of  relittively 
uniform  shape  at  a  shipping  terminal  including  a  vertical 
storage  housing,  a  stacker  crane  for  inserting  containen  mto 
and  removing  containers  firom  the  storage  tadhty,  a  carrier 
crane  for  loading  containers  into  and  unk>ading  containers 
from  a  carrier  at  a  terminal,  conveyor  units  for  transporting 
containers  and  being  movable  along  a  predetermined  path 
into  and  out  of  transfer  stations  at  the  carrier  crane  and  the 
stacker  crane,  a  conveyer  for  moving  containers  between  an 
input/output  sution  for  the  terminal  and  the  transfer  sution 
at  the  stacker  crane,  and  a  control  center  induding  computer 
means  for  coordinating  the  movement,  storage,  ksading  and 
unloading  of  containers  by  the  cranes,  conveyer  units  and 
conveyer. 


3,669489 
HIGHWAY  CLEANER 
Norbert  Mattkon,  5102  West  14th  Stract,  Lubbock,  Tex. 
r  Filed  Aug.  1 1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62,944 

^  Int  CL  B60p  J/00 

VS.  a.  2 14—353  29  ClainM 


The  lower  end  of  the  dipper  stick  of  a  crane  has  spaced 
plates  with  L-shaped  engaging  edges  forming  a  female  pres- 
sure member  which  coacts  with  a  male  pressure  plate  in  the 
upper  end  of  an  implement  such  as  a  clamsheU  bucket.  A 
short  flexible  connector  is  connected  at  its  lower  end  to  the 
male  pressure  plate  and  has  itt  upper  end  within  the  space 
between  the  two  plates  of  the  female  pressure  member,  there 


Litter  and  refuse  along  the  side  of  a  highway  is  picked  up 
by  dragging  a  series  of  chains  akmg  the  ground.  Dragging 


June  13,  1972 


m71\rT?T?AT     AXTT^  Ajrfntr  A  XTT/-I  A  T 


564 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


lead  chains  cause  the  litter,  such  as  cans,  to  start  rolling. 
Each  lead  chain  terminates  with  a  plate  to  which  are  at- 
tached two  intermediate  chains.  Most  of  the  refuse  rides  and 
rolls  along  the  top  of  the  intermediate  chains,  each  of  which 
terminate  with  another  pUte.  Three  follow  chains  are  at- 
tached to  each  of  these  plates  and  the  refiise  rides  along  the 
top  of  the  follow  chains  to  be  swept  into  a  basket. 


the  outlet  opening  and  having  its  front  end  close  to  the 
discharge  end  of  the  first  of  the  parallel  augers  and  its 
discharge  end  close  to  the  front  end  of  the  next  of  the  paral- 
lel augers,  which  itself  ends  at  the  outlet  opening  of  the  grain 
tank. 


3,669490 
CONTAINER  HANDLING  VEHICLE 
Janes  R.  D©yk,  Lckcrtcr,  Engtand,  avlgnor  to  Towmotor 
Corporatfoa,  Ctevdand,  OUo 

FBed  Juc  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,232 

hrt.  CL  B60p  1/64 

VS.  CL  214-392  7  Claims 


3,669,292 

MOVABLE  PLATFORM       ^^ 

Euflene  F.  Turn,  1741  4th  Avenue  South,  Sorttlc,  Wash. 

Filed  Feb.  28, 1968,  Scr.  No.  709,137 

Int.  CL  B60p  1/02 

U.S.  CL  214— 620  1  Clajm 


-/fi? 


M 


\ 


An  operator  driven,  wheeled  vehicle  is  provided  having  a 
U-shaped  configuration  which  is  adapted  to  partially  encom- 
pass a  load  container,  said  vehicle  being  adapted  to  grasp  and 
lift  the  load  by  means  of  retractable  hooks  mounted  on 
telescoping  masts  on  the  U-shaped  arms,  which  hooks  mate 
with  corresponding  openings  in  container  comer  brackets 
whereby  said  container  may  be  transported,  lifted  and 
Stacked  for  storage. 


y^-ft 


This  invention  is  for  a  movable  platform  capable  of  moving 
containers  weighing  up  to  50.000  (>ounds.  The  movable  plat- 
form must  be  able  to  go  under  a  container  on  blocks,  and 
then  be  elevated  so  as  to  lift  the  container  off  the  blocks  for 
moving  to  a  new  location.  The  movable  platform  comprises  a 
set  of  wheels  which  contact  a  floor  and  also  comprises  the 
load  deck.  There  is  an  extendable  means  between  the  frame 
for  the  wheels  and  the  load  deck  so  that  the  vertical  position 
of  the  load  deck  with  respect  to  the  wheels  can  be  varied. 
Normally,  these  large  containers  are  placed  on  blocks  having 
a  height  of  6  inches.  Therefore,  it  is  necessary  that  the  mova- 
ble platform  be  able  to  go  under  a  container  on  a  6  inch 
block.  With  this  in  mind,  1  have  invented  this  movable  plat- 
form which  from  the  floor  to  the  top  of  the  load  deck  encom- 
passes a  distance  of  approximately  5  finches.  With  this  low 
vertical  height,  the  movable  platform  can  be  moved  un- 
derneath a  container  on  the  6  inch  blocks  and  then  the 
movable  platform  elevated  so  as  to  lift  the  container  off  the  6 
inch  blocks  for  movement  to  a  new  location- 


3,669,293 


3,669,291 

GRAIN  TANK  UNLOADING  DEVICE  FOR  COMBINES  p^EXIBLE  LEAF  SPRINGS  FOR  KICKERS  AND  CLAMPS 

Frans  J.  D«  Coene,  Zcddgem,  Bdgium,  asrignor  to  Clayson  ^^^  ^^^  STACKERS 

N.V., Zcdeigcn, Bdgittai                        „,,«  Darrd  L.  Bryan,  and  L^ry  D.  Maisch,  both  of  Overland 

Filed  July  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  57^9  ^^k^,  LlgnoaMtoPadlk^rand  Foundry  Cm- 

Claims  priority,  application  Bdgium,  July  30,  1969, 49355  "|^  Bellevie  WwhT 

InL  CL  B60p  7/42                    „^,  '        Hied  June  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  50,032 

U.S.CL  214-519                                                11  Claims  Int  Q.  B66f  9/00 

U.S.  CL  214— 767  4  Claims 


The  invention  comprises  an  improved  grain  tank  unloading 
device  for  agricultural  machines,  more  especially  combine- 
harvesters  of  the  type  having  a  grain  tank  for  temporary 
storage  of  the  harvested  material,  wherein  two  parallel  augers 
are  mounted  on  top  of  the  grain  tank  bottom  extending 
across  the  direction  of  travel,  one  of  said  augers  having  its 
discharge  end  at  the  outlet  opening  of  the  grain  tank,  in  com- 
bination therewith  a  third  auger,  nnounted  perpendicular  to 
both  of  said  parallel  augers,  at  the  grain  tank  side  opposite  to 


,-Jk:^-^?^ 


A  material  handling  vehicle  including  a  load  handling  head 
mounted  upon  the  end  of  a  boom,  said  load  handling  head  in- 
cluding a  load  carrying  platform,  a  pair  of  clamping  arms  and 


t"^-' 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JUNE  18,  1972 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


565 


a  pair  of  kicking  or  platform  sweeping  arms.  The  clamping 
arms,  used  for  retaining  the  load  in  place  upon  the  platform, 
are  of  a  flexible  spring  material  enabling  them  to  equalize 
pressure  on  and  conform  to  the  irregular  loads  without 
damage  to  the  clamps.  The  pair  of  kicker  arms,  likewise  of  a 
spring  material,  are  used  for  removing  the  loads  from  the 
platform  and  are  flexible  so  that  they  may  exert  pressure 
against  unevenly  shaped  loads  without  material  damage  to 
the  "kickers"  or  load  removed. 


3,669,296 
SAFETY  CONTAINER 
Dennis  H.  Drew,  and  Pwd  F.  HcclM,  Iwth  of  1126  Huff  Sinct, 
San  Bernardino,  Ciilf. 

Hkd  Nov.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,829 
Int.  CL  li65d  35/02;  A61J  1/00 
VS.  CL  215—9 

J4 


3,669,294 
SAFETY  CLOSURES 
Claudio  PetronciU,  45  Koroniko  Rond,  and  Gavin  Muldrew 
Park,  192  Comfoot  Street,  both  of  Wanganui,  New  y^u^i 
^^  Filed  June  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,697 

Claims  priority,  application  New  Zealand,  June  19,  1969, 

156850;  Oct  28, 1969, 158232 

Int.  CI.  H61J  1/00;  B65d  55/02 

U.S.CL  215-9  11  Claims 


A  safety  closure  with  an  outer  ring  mounted  over  the 
threaded  cap  for  a  bottle  with  an  annulus  extending  in  from 
the  outer  ring  engageable  in  a  groove  on  the  outer  surface  of 
the  cap  and  with  a  ^lutch  engagement  between  the  annulus 
and  the  side  of  the  groove  at  one  limit  and  preferably  the 
upper  limit  of  axial  movement  between  the  ring  and  the  cap. 


3,669,295 
SAFETY  CAP  FOR  CONTAINER 
WiUiam  Horvath,  Chatham,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Diamond  Inter- 
national Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  65,971 

Int.  CL  B65d  55/02,  41/22 

U.S.CL  215-9  8  Claims 


\N 


A  metal  aerosol  type  canister,  the  top  of  which  is  cylindri- 
cal and  is  provided  with  three  annular  grooves  forming  three 
annular  ribs,  each  of  which  ribs  has  a  narrow  gap,  all  three  of 
which  gaps  are  aligned  axially.  A  mark  is  provided  on  the 
cannister  body  which  is  ahgned  with  said  gaps  and  low 
enough  to  be  exposed  to  view  when  a  safety  cap  is  applied  to 
cover  the  canister  top.  This  cap  is  a  hollow  cylinder  having 
an  internal  lug  which  must  be  aligned  with  said  gaps  in  order 
for  the  cap  to  be  applied  to  or  removed  from  the  canister. 
Such  alignment  is  facilitated  by  an  external  mark  on  the  cap 
which  is  radially  aligned  with  said  lug.  Above  said  lug,  the 
cap  is  provided  with  an  annular  internal  recess  for  holding  a 
pair  of  plastic  rings  snapped  in  place  in  said  recess  so  as  to  be 
trapped  therein,  in  end-to-end  relation.  Semi-annular  slots 
are  formed  in  the  cap  in  the  area  of  said  recess  to  accom- 
modate two  finger  engaging  lugs,  one  of  which  extends  radi- 
ally outwardly  from  each  ring  for  use  in  manually  routing 
said  rings  independently  of  each  other.  Each  ring  also  has  a 
locking  lug  extending  radially  inwardly  therefrom  and  these 
lugs  must  both  be  axially  aligned  with  said  mark  on  said  cap 
and  the  mark  on  the  canister  for  the  cap  to  be  applied  to  or 
removed  from  the  latter.  Circumferentially  spaced  on  said 
rings  and  outwardly  exposed  through  said  semi-annular  slots 
are  code  marks  for  enabling  a  person  who  understands  the 
code  combination  to  set  the  rings  to  properiy  align  the  inter- 
nal ring  lugs  for  facilitating  applying  the  cap  to  or  removing 
the  same  from  the  container. 


3,669,297 
AUTOMATIC  SIPHONING  FILTRATION  DEVICE 
Allan     H.     WilUncer,     New     RocheBe,    N.Y., 
Mctaframe  Corponrtioa,  Maywood,  N J. 

Filed  June  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  43,040 
IbL  a  E04h  3/20;  BOld  27/08 
VS.  CL  210—169  28 


to 


A  uniury  closure  cap  having  a  skirt  receiving  and  snap- 
fitted  on  the  end  of  a  container  neck  to  close  the  mouth  of 
the  container  and  also  to  rotatably  support  the  closure  cap 
on  the  neck.  A  radially  inwardly  directed  locking  flange  car- 
ried within  the  container  mouth  is  formed  with  a  plurality  <rf 
relatively  spaced  gaps  and  the  cap  has  support  means  extend- 
ing into  the  mouth  and  supporting  a  plurality  of  lugs  which 
project  radially  beneath  and  in  axial  abutment  with  the  flange 
when  the  cap  is  operatively  applied.  These  lugs  are  posi- 
tioned and  proportioned  for  registry  vnth  the  respective  gaps 

so  that  in  a  predetermined  position  of  angular  orientation  of  An  automatic  siphoning  filtration  device  having  a  filter 
the  cap  on  the  contamer  they  are  no  longer  operative  and  the  receptacle  provided  with  communicating  compaiuientt  to 
cap  may  be  removed  from  the  container  simply  by  releasing  receive  a  siphon,  filtering  materials  and  a  pump  for  use  with 
the  snap-fit  m  known  manner.  an  aquarium  to  circulate  the  aquarium  water  for  the  purpoae 


JlTltfR    I.'*      1Q70 


566 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


of  filtration.  The  siphon  is  provided  with  a  tube  having  an 
end  submerged  in  the  aquarium  water,  whereby  the  siphon- 
ing action  is  aulomiticaUy  started  when  water  withm  the 
filter  receptacle  is  removed  from  the  siphon  compartment. 
The  filtering  materials  are  held  within  containers  positioned 
in  their  respective  compartments  located  between  the  siphon 
compartment  and  the  pump  compartment.  The  pump  a  pro- 
vided with  a  tube  to  return  clear  water  to  the  aquanum. 
whereby  the  aquarium  water  flows  from  the  siphon  compart- 
ment, through  the  containers  holding  the  filtering  materials, 
into  the  pump  compartment. 


3,669^98 
MATERIAL  HANDLING  BOX 
Robert  L.  Silver,  R«d»e,  and  Adrton  J.  Schmidt,  West  AlUs, 
both  ol  Wis.,  aasigiion  to  Triple  E  Corporation,  Racine, 

Wis. 

Filed  Oct.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,779 

Int.  CI.  B65d  7/55, 27/02 

VJS.  CI.  220-4  R  *  Claims 


porating  such  insulation,  are  disclosed.  The  insulation  is  an 
intumescent  composition  made  from  a  particulate  mixture  of 
elastomeric  polymeric  materials,  a  phenolic  or  comparably 
rettn,  a  moiiture-Ubcrating  substance,  and  certain  other  addi^ 
tives.  and  produces  a  hard  porous  char  of  low  thermal  con- 
ductivity when  subjected  to  elevated  temperatures.  Although 
the  mixture  may  be  used  in  granular  form,  it  is  preferably 
combined  with  an  elastic  or  flexible  resinous  binder  to  enable 
the  mixture  to  be  bonded  and  molded  to  the  shape  required 
for  its  use.  Depending  on  the  particular  appbcation  involved, 
the  insulation  may  be  used  with  or  without  additional  protec- 
tive facings.  A  representative  product  utilizing  a  layer  of  such 
insulation  betv«en  metal  facings  is  a  container  construction 
designed  for  the  shipment  of  hazardous  materials  such  as 
radioactive  wastes,  the  construction  being  characterized  by 
an  inner  steel  drum  within  an  outer  steel  drum  and  having 
the  space  between  the  drums  filled  with  the  insulation. 


}  3,669,300  ^ 

CONTAINER  WITH  LOCKING  ACTUATOR 

Mkhad  D.  Thomas,  640  Fern  Court,  Elmhurst,  Dl. 

FUed  Dec.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  102,680 

Int.  a.  B65d  43/16;  E05f  /  l/M 

VS.  CI.  220-36  13  Ctaliiis 


A  metol  material  handling  box  for  industrial  use  which  is 
fabricated  from  sheet  steel  to  form  a  particularly  rigid  and 
strong  box  that  can  be  used  for  transporting  and  storing  arti- 
cles. The  box  is  fabricated  from  four  simUarly  formed  sides 
which  provide  a  double  thickness  leg  at  each  comer  and  also 
provide  a  support  for  the  bottom  of  the  box  at  an  elevated 
position  from  the  floor. 


3,669,299 
MECHANICAL  AND  THERMAL  DAMAGE  PROTECTION 

AND  INSULATION  MATERIALS  USABLE  THEREFOR 
Doyle  P.  Jones,  Ariinfton,  Va.;  Robert  C.  Kohm,  and  Donald 

V.  Perkins,  both  of  South  Bend,  Ind.,  assignors  to  Unlroyal, 

Inc. 

Ftkd  Oct  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,417 

Int.  CL  B65d  7/22 

U.S.CI.  220— 10  6  Claims 


>S*S«SSi^V<?%2«%?^^ 


A  container  including  a  main  body  having  a  cover  pivota- 

ble  between  open  and  closed  positions.  Drive  and  locking 

means  are  interposed  between  the  container  body  and  caver 

for  pivoting  the  cover  between  its  open  and  closed  positions 

and  locking  the  container  cover  to  the  body  in  either  of  the 

positions.  The  means  includes  an  actuator  supported  for 

reciprocal   movement   between   extreme   positions   on   the 

body,  with  cooperating  surfaces  on  the  actuator  and  the 

cover.  The  cooperating  surfaces  have  a  drive  means  on  the 

intermediate  portion  thereof  for  moving  the  cover  between 

opened  and  closed  positions  in  response  to  movement  of  the 

actuator  between  extreme  positions,  and  first  and  second 

locking  means  adjacent  opposite  ends  of  said  intermediate 

portion  of  said  cooperating  surfaces  for  maintaining  the 

cover  in  either  position,  as  desired. 


Insulation  material  capable  of  providing,  for  any  given 
thickness  thereof,  a  superior  combination  of  thermal  and 
mechanical  damage  protection,  as  well  as  products  incor- 


}  3,66931 

UNDERCUT  THREAD  CLOSURE 
Donald  E.  WItkIn,  Warren,  Pn.,  aMitnor  to  Nirttonal  FW 
Company,  Irvine,  Pa.  I 

FBcd  June  1 1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45,449  I 

r  lBtCLB65d  47/04 

U.S.  CL  220^39  R  «  CMnm 

A  tiiread  system  for  use  on  screw  type  closure  structures 
for  high  pressure  vesseta  and  the  like  wherein  a  helical  fillet 
blends  the  undercut  of  the  vessel  waU  to  the  first  thread, 
thereby  lessening  stress  concentrations  in  the  vessel  wall.  The 
fiUet  is  shaped  such  tiiat  at  aU  points  around  the  helical  path 


KOQ 


mriTTnTAT.  n A7.17!TT<1? 


JiiVE   ia     1Q79 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


667 


described  by  the  leading  surface  of  the  first  thread,  the    closure  and  one  base  bearing  through  resilient  material  on 
ti-ansition  from  that  surface  into  the  undercut  is  by  means  of  the  vessel.  ^^^ 


3,669,304 
RELEASABLC  CLOSURE  MECHANISM 
Harvey  Gordon  HanMn,  Sunnyvale,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  Syl- 
vanla  Electric  Products  Inc. 

FUed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Ser.  No.  103,619 

Int.  CL  B65d  45/32 

VS.  CL  220—55  K  7  f^^^ 


the  desired  fillet.  In  some  embodiments  the  fillet  is  in  the 
form  of  a  quarter  of  an  ellipse. 


3,669,302 

MOLDED  COVER  AND  VENT  FOR  ELECTROLYTIC 

CAPACITORS 

Mark  Markarlan,  WllUamstown,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Sprague 

Electric  Company,  North  Adams,  Mass. 

Filed  Aug.  24,  1970,  Ser.  No.  66,367 

Int.  CL  B65d  57/76 

U.S.CL  220-44  R  ,  lOCWms 


This  releasable  closure  comprises  a  butterfly  spring 
separating  a  base  plate  and  a  movable  weight  that  are  coaxial 
and  have  interspersed  fingers  on  the  peripheries  thereof.  A 
first  loose  garter  spring  is  located  completely  in  first  annular 
grooves  in  the  peripheries  of  the  plate  fingers  and  under  first 
lands  on  the  weight  fingers  to  keep  the  plate  and  weight  axi- 
ally  spaced  apart.  A  second  tight  locking  ring  spring  is 
located  in  second  annular  grooves  in  the  plate  fingen  and  on 
second  lands  on  the  weight  fingers.  The  second  spring  ex- 
tends beyond  the  peripheries  of  the  base  plate  and  weight 
and  protrudes  into  a  mating  groove  in  a  vehicle  to  hold  the 
closure  securely  therein.  Forward  motion  and  rotation  of  the 
vehicle  and  closure  causes  the  loose  spring  to  be  ejected. 
Upon  impact  with  the  ground,  forward  movement  of  the 
weight  compresses  the  butterfly  spring  and  causes  the  second 
spring  to  slip  off  the  second  lands  and  completely  into  the 
second  grooves  to  release  the  closure  and  a  self-erecting  an- 
tenna in  the  vehicle. 


3,669305 
CONTAINER  AND  CLOSURE  THEREFOR 

A  molded  cover  of  high  melting  organic  polymer  is  molded        Marshall,  M^^ttl^Tn.  "^'   ^  ***   "^•^"' 
around  a  low  melting  vent  of  organic  polymer.  The  combina-       Company 
tion  IS  suitable  for  sealing  electrolytic  devices.  n^  p^.  5, 1970,  Ser.  So.  8,960 

Int.  CL  B65d  43/W,  21/02, 51/16 

3,669303  UACL  220-60  R 

SEAL  FOR  THE  COVER  OF  A  VESSEL  WITH  A 

CIRCULAR  OPENING 

Pierre  LauniQr,  106  Boulevard  de  b  Rdne,  Vcnnlilct,  France 

FUed  Jan.  13,  1971,  Ser.  No.  106^10 

Clalnia  priority.  appMcntton  fiance.  Feb.  4, 1970,  7003962 

lot  CL  B6Sd  53/00 

VS.  CL  220-46  MS  g  caain. 


A  seal  for  location  between  a  vessel  and  a  closure,  which 
seal  is  of  omega  cross-section,  one  base  being  fast  with  the 

899  O.G.— 21 


A  container  having  a  closure  retention  groove  is  combined 
with  a  closure  having  a  retention  bead.  The  closure  is  formed 
so  that  the  portion  thereof  between  the  closure  rim  and  the 
retention  bead  grips  the  portion  of  the  container  between  the 
retention  groove  and  the  container  rim  to  secure  the  closure 
to  the  container.  The  container  wall  section  between  the 
points  on  the  rim  and  retention  groove  comprises  two  inter- 


568 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


secting  tubstantiaUy  straight  sidewall  sections,  each  being 
inclined  at  an  acute  angle  to  a  line  through  the  points  of  con- 
uct  of  the  container  and  closure.  One  of  the  substantially 
straight  sidewall  sections  also  serves  as  a  lower  stacking 
shoulder  which  rests  upon  the  rim  of  the  next  lower  con- 
tainer in  a  stack  of  identical  containers. 


the  cups  through  that  bottom  opening.  Each  projection  has 
an  inwardly  convex  surface  of  substantial  vertical  extent 
formed  with  a  central  recess  to  achieve  the  desired  one-at-a- 
time  withdrawal,  and  each  projection  is  preferably  in  the 
form  of  a  bowed  ribbon  joined  to  the  remainder  of  the  strip 
only  at  its  upper  and  lower  ends. 


3^9306 

ARTICLE  CARRIER  HAVING  IMPROVED  PARTITION 

STRUCTURE 

flomcr  W.  Forrcr,  Joncsboro,  Ga.,  aasigiior  to  The  Mead  Cor> 

poratfon 

Filed  Dec.  VI 969,  Ser.  No.  881^58 

Int.  CL  B65d  75100 

U,S.  CI.  220-113  9  Claims 


3,669,307 
PLASTIC  CUP  DISPENSER 
Adolph  Pfuad,  MftEord,  N J^  tad  Morton  Sobd, 
I  to  SoMlMliirtiki,  Wcit  EaUoB,  Pa. 
FVed  Nov.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87^450 
Int  CL  B6511  HOC 
U.S.  CL  221—63 


3,669,308 
TRANSFER  ASSEMBLY  FOR  CYLINDRICAL  MEMBERS 
Ben  E.  Werner,  GoMen,  and  Rkhard  D.  Sctty,  Lakcwood, 
both  of  Colo.,  aasigDon  to  UR  Induatrici,  Inc.,  Golden, 
Colo. 

Filed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44^15 

Int.  CL  B65g  60100 

U.S.CL221— 119  19Clalni4 


A  basket-style  article  carrier  having  bottom,  side  and  end 
walls  and  a  multi-ply  handle  connected  at  its  ends  with  the 
end  walls  is  provided  with  improved  transverse  partition  ele- 
ments wherein  a  partition  strip  is  foldably  joined  to  one  ply 
of  the  handle  in  conventional  fashion  and  a  reinforcing  strip 
is  foldably  joined  to  the  partition  strip  along  the  generally 
transverse  fold  line.  An  anchoring  tab  foldably  joined  to  the 
end  of  the  reinforcing  strip  which  is  remote  from  the  handle 
is  secured  to  the  side  wall  in  flat  face  contacting  relation  by 
means  of  glue  or  other  suitable  means.  Preferably  the 
anchoring  Ub  is  foldably  joined  to  a  portion  of  the  top  edge 
of  the  aMociated  side  wall.  If  desired,  more  than  one  parti- 
tion structure  may  be  em|doyed. 


Faatmi,  Pa., 


4Clahm 


A  plastic  cup  dispenser  includes  a  housing  to  receive  a 
stack  of  plastic  cups,  and  a  resilient  plastic  strip  which  is 
mounted  within  the  housing  above,  and  in  encircling  relation 
to  the  bottom  opening  of  the  housing  so  that  projections  ex- 
tending inwardly  from  the  strip  in  a  circular  array  and  having 
a  special  shape  will  be  engaged  by  rims  of  the  cups  at  the 
bottom  of  the  stack  to  ensure  the  one-at-a-time  withdrawal  of 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  transfer  assembly  for  automati- 
cally transferring  or  distributing  a  continuous  supply  of  mem- 
bers from  a  main  source  into  a  plurality  of  carriers.  The 
transfer  assembly  includes  a  continuously  routing  drum 
loader  having  storage  chutes  spaced  about  the  periphery 
thereof  for  continuously  receiving  members.  The  carriers 
into  which  members  are  to  be  distributed  are  mounted  so 
that  they  pass  around  the  axis  of  rotation  of  the  drum  1( 
in  unison  therewith  and  in  alignment  with  lower  ends  of 
chutes.  Each  chute  is  provided  with  a  gate  at  its  lower  ei 
and  means  are  provided  for  serially  operating  the  gate  to 
dispense  a  predetermined  number  of  members  into  each  car- 
rier. Each  carrier  is  also  provided  with  escapement 
mechanisms  which  repeatedly  dissipate  the  energy  of  the 
falling  members  received  therein  and  which  also  serve  tp 
spaced  vertically  adjacent  members  within  a  carrier. 


ally  ac 
INESI 


3,669,309 
MACHINES  FOR  SEQUENCING  ELECTRONIC 
COMPONENTS 
Vincent  P.  Roomo,  Daavcn,  Man.,  Mdgnor  to  USM  Corpora- 
tion, Fkmlngton,  N  J. 

FUcd  June  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,830 
Int.  CL  B6Sh  5126 
U.S.  CL  221-225  5  Clalnis 

For  providing  a  continuous  feed  strip  of  programmed  elec- 
tronic components,  a  plurality  of  components,  releasable  b 
selected  predetermined  order  from  their  respectively  unique 
sources,  is  fed  to  a  conveyor  carrying  them  seriatim  to  a  tap- 
ing station.  The  conveyor  includes  a  series  of  articulated  car- 
riers movable  relative  to  the  delivery  zones  of  dispensers  and 
adapted,  respectively,  to  exercise  full  and  continuous  control 
of  each  component  until  released  therefrom  to  be  Uped. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


569 


Production  is  thereby  insured,  even  at  a  high  rate  of  opera- 
tion, of  a  programmed  component  supply  tape,  its  com- 


the  ruptured  diaphragm,  actuates  a  salt  water  battery  which, 
in  turn,  fires  a  cartridge.  The  cartridge  gases  act  upon  a 


«       *» 


piston  to  displace  an  attached  rod  thereby  actuating  a  high 
pressure  valve  causing  inflation  of  flotation  bags. 


3,669,312 

CONTROL  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  FLUID  DISPENSERS 
Alexander  Kuckens,  BcBcvuc  20,  2  Hamburg  39,  and  Wed- 
.,       ,        ^    ,      .  gang  Niehaus,  Sandhride  15,  2104  Hamborg-Ncvfraben, 

poncnts  uniformly  and  closely  spaced  as  desired  and  none       both  of  Germany 
missing  or  damaged.  FBed  Dec.  8,  1969,  Ser.  No.  883,094 

Claims  priority,  appHcation  Germany,  Dec.  7,  1968,  P  18  13 

^  3.669310  ^\^.\ 

BALUNGGUN  U:S  0.222-70       "•^<^""'" 

EU  A.  Zackheim,  Norwich,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Juks  SOver,    ^-^'^^^^     '"  " 

Norwich,  Conn. 

FDed  Oct.  15,  1969,  Scr.  No.  866,639 

Int  CL  B65h  3100 

U.S.  CL  221-279  1  Claim 


/f- 


•" 


^' 


A  tablet  dispenser  is  disclosed  which  is  particulariy 
adapted  to  function  as  a  balling  gun  for  animals.  It  includes 
an  elongated  barrel  portion  for  holding  a  plunger  and  a 
widened  mouth  portion  with  an  accordion  fold  for  retaining 
tablets  in  place. 


3,669,311 
UNDERSEA  PRESSURE  SENSTTIVE  ACTUATOR 
VirgU  A.  FoMen,  Jr.,  Falmouth,  and  Joiimiy  MOcr,  Jr., 
Fredcrkksburg,  both  of  Va.,  awignort  to  llw  Unltnl  States 
of  America  as  reprocntcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 
FBed  Apr.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31^93 
Int  CL  B67b  7124 
U.S.  CL  222—3  1  Claim 

A  pressure  sensitive  actuator  for  use  in  underwater 
recovery  systems.  A  diaphragm  is  selected  so  as  to  burst  at  a 
predetermined  depth.  Water  entering  the  actuator,  through 


I 


i^ih. 


sm::ms. 


Fluid  flow  taking  place  fix>m  a  dispenser  amf  is  blocked  or 
released  by  an  electromagnet.  The  release  is  effective  by  a 
start  signal  such  as  a  dropped  coin  or  a  pushed  button.  The 
flow  of  fluid  continues  for  a  time  determined  by  a  timing  cir- 
cuit. The  timing  circuit  has  a  counter  which  counts  the 
number  of  start  signals  by  causing  counting  stages  to  become 
energized  in  dependence  of  the  number  of  start  signals 
received.  Energization  of  the  different  counting  stages  causes 
a  variation  in  the  current  supplied  to  a  resistance-capacitance 
timing  circuit,  thus  varying  the  timing  of  the  timing  circuit  to 
allow  the  same  quantity  of  fluid  to  flow  for  each  individual 
portion  dispensed,  regardless  of  the  static  pressure  of  the 
fluid  remaining  in  the  dispenser. 


3,669313 

AEROSOL  DISPENSER  HAVING  FLEXIBLE 

COLLAPSIBLE  PRODUCT  CONTAINING  SAC 

Jeaa  Marand,  and  Fdix  RoawilDt,  both  of  SL  BcmH,  F>MMt. 

amlgaoi  s  to  Ctta-C<%y  CarpaiBUim 
CMrtiaaatton  of  appHcation  Scr.  No.  766449,  Oct.  It,  1968, 
now  ahsadsntd.  TMs  appBcatisn  Fcfc.  2, 1971,  Ssr.  Now 

112,055 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  Oct  11,  1967,  12401t 

IM.  CL  BOSb  7130;  B654  35128 
U.S.  CL  222—95  3  O^m 

An  aerosol  dispenser  of  the  type  in  which  the  propellant 
and  the  product  to  be  dispens^  are  kept  separato  until 
dispensed.  The  dispenser  has  an  outer  container  with  a  valve 
means  on  said  outer  container.  A  propellant  cartridge  is  pro- 
vided in  said  outer  container  and  is  coupled  to  said  valve 
means.  At  least  one  fluid  tight  flexible  sac  is  provided  in  said 
outer  container  and  contains  the  product  to  be  dispensed  in  a 


570 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


fluid  condition,  and  means  is  provided  coupling  said  sac  to 
said  valve  means  for  aspirating  the  contents  of  the  sac  when 


3,669315 
UQUm-USPENSING  APPARATUS  HAVING 
ELECTROMAGNETICALLY  OPERATED  VALVE 
Alexander  Kuckciw,  Bdrvue  20,  2  Hamburg  39,  Germany 

Hied  June  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59^68 
Claims  priority,  appHcaHoii  Germany,  June  28, 1969,  P  19  3i 

935J 
Int.  CL  B67d  1108  | 

MJS,  CL  222—148  13  Claim 


the  valve  means  is  opened  to  allow  propellant  to  flow  from 
said  propellant  cartridge.  The  sac  collapses  due  to  the  at- 
mospheric pressure  around  it  as  the  contents  are  aspirated. 


3,669,314 

UNDER  DASH  HOT  AND  COLD  DRINK  DISPENSER 

Harford  E.  Goings,  5428  Center  Drive,  Camp  Springs,  Md. 

filed  Sept.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,607 

Int.  CL  B67d  5152 

U.S.CL  222-136  4  Claims 


A  concentrate  container  has  a  downwardly  directed  outle 
passage  provided  with  an  internal  valve  seat  and  an  outlet 
downstream  thereof.  A  valve  member  is  acconunodated  in 
the  outlet  passage  and  consists  of  a  tubular  first  portion  of 
magnetizable  steel  within  which  but  with  clearance  from  the 
inner  surface  of  which  a  valve  seat  engaging  streamlined 
second  portion  is  centered  and  positioned  by  sluup-edged 
struts  or  webs  extending  across  the  clearance.  An  elec<- 
tromagnetic  device  is  so  positioned  as,  when  energized,  to  lifk 
the  valve  seat  engaging  second  portion  out  of  contact  with 
the  valve  seat  so  that  concentrate  can  pass  from  the  outlet 
under  the  influence  of  gravity.  Means  is  provided  for  admix|- 
ing  water  with  the  thus-dispensed  concentrate  to  produce  a 
beverage  or  other  mixed  liquid. 


ERRATUM 

For  Claas  222 — 129  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,358 


I  3,669316 

CARTRIDGE  VALVE  DISPENSER  WITH  PRESSURE 
REGULATING  VALVE 
Douglas  F.  Coracttc,  Los  Anfcki,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  DIamonfl 
International  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  July  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  58383 

Int.  CLB67d  5/54 

U.S.  CL  222— 193  12  Claln^i 


A  hot  and  cold  drinlc  dispemer  ft>r  under  dash  mounting  in 
motor  vehicles  includes  a  refiigeratioa  unit  for  cooling  water 
in  an  insulated  container,  a  heat  exchanger  associated  with 
the  radiator  water  for  heating  water  and  a  plurality  of  flavor 
concentrates  mounted  on  the  side  of  tlie  container.  Vacuum 
from  the  vehicle  engine  provides  the  force  for  moving  water 
and  flavors  in  the  apparatus  and  a  dispenser  head  is  provided 
for  dispensing  hot  water,  cold  water,  and  one  or  nmre  flavors 
as  desired. 


A  valve  plunger  movable  through  an  opening  in  the  wall  of 
tlie  product  container,  cooperates  with  a  valve  housing  whif  h 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


571 


receives  product  from  the  container  and  vwth  a  propellant 
cartridge  carried  by  such  housing  within  the  container. 
Discharge  of  the  propellant  through  a  passage  in  the  plunger 
in  aspirating  relation  to  a  passage  from  the  valve  housing  in- 
duces a  flow  of  product  which  is  discharged  together  with  the 
propellant  into  the  atmosphere.  A  resiliently  defonnaUe  an- 
nular valve  within  the  product  container  is  clamped  between 
the  valve  housing  and  the  container  wall  with  its  inner 
periphery  in  sealing  engagement  with  the  valve  plunger  to 
prevent  leakage  of  product  externally  of  the  plunger  through 
the  opening  in  which  the  plunger  moves.  The  outer 
peripheral  portion  of  the  valve  projects  outwardly  from  the 
housing  and  across  an  annular  channel  encircling  the  housing 
to  sealingly  engage  an  annular  valve  seat  concentric  with  the 
annular  channel.  The  channel  communicates  with  the  at- 
mosphere through  the  aforesaid  opening  and  atmospheric  air 
entering  said  channel  may  unseat  the  valve  to  permit  influx 
of  atmospheric  air  into  the  container  for  pressure  equalizing 
purposes.  One  or  more  grooves  or  passages  opening  from  the 
channel  through  the  valve  seat  at  locations  normally  covered 
by  the  valve,  are  uncovered  in  the  event  the  valve  is 
deformed  by  an  internal  supefatmospheric  pressure  so  as  to 
be  depressed  into  the  annular  channel  and  rocked  about  the 
inner  edge  of  the  valve  seat  whereby  to  uncover  the  vent 
passage. 


3,669,317 
DEVICE  FOR  UNLOADING  BULK  MATERIAL  FROM 
RESERVOIRS 
Gcorgy  Semenovlch  Ivchenko,  Donctskoi  oUasti,  pereulok 
Scmafory,  5"b":  Anatoly  MlkhaOovkfa  Berestovol,  Donet- 
skoi  oMasti,  Pnwpel(t  MetaUurgov,  35,  kv.  42;  Vladislav 
Fedorovich  Khanchas,  Donctskoi  oMasti,  24  kvartal,  19,  kv. 
4;   Nina   Ivanovna   Oriitskaya,   Donctskoi   oMasti,   uHtsa 
Scclicnova,  57,  kv.  60,  and  Anatoly  Pavkivich  Nlkodimov, 
Donctskoi  oblasti,  ulltsa  Artcma,  46,  kv.  33,  all  of  Zhdanov, 
U.S.S.R. 

Filed  May  7,  1969,  Scr.  No.  822359 

InLCLB65gi/;2 

U.S.CL  222-195  3  Claims 


A  device  is  provided  for  unloading  bulk  materials  from 
reservoirs  by  the  use  of  the  energy  of  a  compressed  gaseous 
medium.  The  device  comprises  elastic  sloped  walls  disposed 
in  the  reservoir  at  the  bottom  thereof,  the  walls  having  a  plu- 
rality of  spaced  passages  therein  which  are  connected  to  a 
system  for  the  intermittent  supply  of  a  gaseous  medium  into 
the  passages  for  imparting  vibratory  motion  to  the  sloped 
walls,  i.e.,  movement  towards  and  away  from  the  walls  of  the 
reservoir.  Between  the  passages  in  the  elastic  walls  there  are 
provided  pcNxms  sections  which  permit  the  flow  of  com- 
pressed gaseous  medium  therethrough  and  into  the  reservoir 
to  impart  fluidity  to  the  bulk  material  therein. 


3,669318 
FEEDER  FOR  HIGH  PRESSURE  AUTOCLAVE 
Mchmet    Adnan    Gokad.    Heogbton,    Mich., 
Michigan  Technological  Univcnity,  Houghton,  Mich. 
flM  Oct  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,018 
IntCLG01f7//7« 
U.S.  CL  222—307  |2 


to 


A  material  handler  for  a  high  pressure  autoclave  includes  a 
combination  of  a  body  and  a  dished  in  cross  section  material 
carrier  relatively  arranged  in  a  telescoping  manner.  The 
material  carrier  can  be  withdrawn  fix>m  the  body  to  a  carry- 
ing position  or  telescoped  into  the  body  to  eliminate  the 
volume  of  the  carrier.  The  body  and  carrier  move  in  a 
passage  to  alternately  position  the  carrier  at  a  material 
transfer  opening  or  in  the  autoclave.  The  carrier  is 
telescoped  into  the  body  after  material  is  removed  therefrt>m, 
and  while  still  in  the  autoclave,  to  eliminate  its  volume  and 
avoid  transferring  atmosphere  from  one  position  to  the  other. 
The  body  and  carrier  combination  has  a  sealed  engagement 
in  the  passage. 


3,669319 
METERING  CUM  DISPENSING  APPARATUS 
Manud  Sanz,  Geneva,  SwRaeriand,  awignnr  to  Mlcromcdlc 
Systems,  Inc^  Pkladelphia,  Pa. 

Flkd  Apr.  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  812,177 

Claims  priority,  appHcatioa  Switiaiand,  Apr.  2, 1968, 

4868/68;  Aug.  19, 1968, 12496/68 

latCLGOlf  ;;/06 

U.S.  CL  222-309  16  CWmi 


ZJ^) 


Apparatus  for  repeatedly  metering  and  dispensing,  by 
means  of  a  piston  pump,  predetermined  quantities  of  liquid 
via  a  switching  valve  to  which  are  connected  inlet  and  outlet 
conduitt  for  the  liquid.  The  pump  and  the  valve  are  actuated 
in  timed  relation  by  a  drive  mechanism  powered  by  an  elec- 
tric motor  which  is  controlled  by  selectively  operable  means 
that  automatically  cut  off  the  motor  supply  once  the  piston 
has  completed  a  stroke.  There  are  also  provided  means  for 
varying  the  length  of  the  piston  stroke  to  adjust  the  volume 


572 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


of  said  quantities  and  means  for  displaying  to  the  outside  a 
number  indicative  of  this  volume. 


June  18,  1972 


3^9320 
RESERVE  LIQUID  STORAGE  AND  DISPENSING  DEVICE    us.  CI.  222— 4i 
Thoaas  H.  PurccU,  Jr.,  RaMgh,  N.C.,  assigiior  to  ESB  Incor- 
porated 

Filed  Oct.  13,  1970,  Ser.  No.  80,268 

Int  CI.  B67d  5/42 

U.S.  CI.  222—389  4  Claims 


3,669,322 

MEASURING  AND  DISPENSING  CONTAINER 

Andrew  C.  Pophr^o,  2028  Wcbatcr  Street,  S«iger,  CaUf . 

Filed  Apr.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,330 

Int.a.G01f  77/26 

SClaims 


"^ 


A  reserve  liquid  storage  and  dispensing  device  is  described 
in  which  liquid  stored  in  a  container  is  dispensed  by  the  mo- 
tion of  a  piston.  The  piston  is  a  tank  containing  high  pressure 
gas,  the  gas  supplying  the  energy  required  to  cause  the  piston 
to  move. 


3,669,321 
NOZZLE  HEAD  FOR  SPRAYING  AEROSOL 
RlBnoMike  Susukl,  Tokyo;  Hfaroshl  Hoahl,  Narathino;  Shlnkhl 
AraU,  FuMbMhl,  and  Takashl  Ohsliita,  Tokyo,  all  of 
to  Rak»  Yuahi  Kabiahikl  KaUia,  Tokyo, 


FHcd  Apr.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  28,907 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Apr.  18,  1%9,  44/30142; 

44/35682;  44/35688 

Int.  CL  B65d  83/00 

US,  CL  222—402.24  6  Clalma 


The  present  invention  relates  to  a  nozzle  head  for  spraying 
aerosol  and  provides  a  novel  nozzle  head  for  spraying  aerosol 
which  head  can  eliminate  the  defect  that  the  leakage 
remained  in  the  valve  passage  through  the  nozzle  occurs  even 
when  the  nozzle  head  valve  is  closed  by  stopping  the  depres- 
sion thereof  and  which  can  prevent  the  leakage  of  the 
remaining  liquid  immediately  after  the  release  of  the  nozzle 
head.  The  construction  which  characterizes  the  present  in- 
vention is  suoh  that  two  valves  are  interposed  in  the  passage 
through  which  the  aerosol  liquid  is  sprayed,  the  first  valve 
being  disposed  adjacent  to  the  container  while  the  second 
valve,  adjacent  to  the  nozzle  orifice;  and  the  spring  for  the 
second  valve  is  weaker  than  that  for  the  first  valve  so  that 
when  spraying  is  stopped,  the  first  valve  is  first  closed  so  that 
the  flow  of  the  liquid  from  the  container  is  stopped  and  then 
the  second  valve  adjacent  to  the  nozzle  orifice  is  closed  so 
that  the  leakage  of  the  liquid  remained  in  the  valve  passage 
can  be  completely  prevented. 


A  container  for  free  flowing  granular  and  other  particulate 
materials  having  a  dispensing  chute  arranged  to  dispense 
predetermined  quantity  of  material  each  time  the  container  ia 
inverted.  The  chute  and  the  supporting  structure  therefor 
folds  with  the  container  to  that  the  container  can  be  shipped 
flat  and  when  erected  for  filling  the  chute  and  its  supporting 
structure  are  simultaneously  erected  into  operating  position. 


umxi 


3,669,323 

ONE-WAV  VALVE  INSERT  FOR  COLLAPSIBLE 

DISPENSING  CONTAINERS 

Roycc  Kenneth  Harker,  Lombard;  Warren  WUion  Prickctt, 

Elgin,  both  of  U.,  and  Kurt  Fritz  Roctch,  Andcmach,  Gcr 

many,  iMignors  to  American  Can  Company,  New  Yoric, 

N.Y. 

Filed  Dec.  12,  1969,  Ser.  No.  884,484 

Int.  CI.  B65g  35/38 

VS.  CL  222-490  7  Clainai 


A  collapsible  dispensing  container  tube  having  a  ther 
moplastic  headpiece  united  to  a  tubular  body  with  a  one-waj 
valve  insert  positioned  in  the  upper  part  of  the  tube  to  per 
form  an  anu-suck-back  function  by  blocking  the  flow  of  aii 
into  the  tubular  body  when  manual  pressure  on  the  tubulai 
body  is  released  after  the  dispensing'of  a  desired  portion  o  ' 
product  from  the  tube. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


578 


3,669,324 

COVER  MATERIAL  FEEDING  AND  FORMING 

APPARATUS  FOR  A  QUILTING  MACHINE 

Glannino  Landoni,  133,  Via  Verdi,  21012  Cassano  Magnago, 

Italy 

^       FHed  July  15,  1970,  Ser.  No.  55,138 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  July  19, 1969, 19856  A/69 

Int.  CI.  A41h  43/00;  D06J  I/OO,  1/10 
U.S.  CL  223-32  7  Claims 


3,669,326 

SPARE  TIRE  AND  WHEEL  CARRIER  FOR  TRAVEL 

TRAILERS,  MOTOR  HOMES,  PICKUP  TRUCKS, 

CAMPERS,  AND  THE  LIKE 

Chester  S.   Podraza,  CMeafo,   H.,   wrignor  to  Blacfcstone 


Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.,  Chicago,  IB. 

Filed  Dec.  4, 1969,  Ser.  No.  882,151 
Int.  CL  B62d  43/02 
\}S.  CL  224—42.21 


'w.     5' 


Apparatus  for  feeding  cover  material  into  a  quilting 
machine  and  simultaneously  forming  the  same  for  covering 
longitudinal  strips  of  elastic  padding  supported  on  a  lower 
base  material  in  order  to  obtain  padding  materials  tin  the 
form  of  attached  tubes  filled  with  said  strips.  The  cover 
material  is  fed  along  a  plane  surface  by  a  belt  provided  with 
nails.  Such  surface  has  projecting  parts  with  the  same  cross- 
section  and  size  as  the  padding  tubes  to  be  manufactured. 
The  cover  material  is  gradually  forced  to  adapt  itself  to  such 
projecting  parts  by  means  of  chains  running  in  the  cavities 
therebetween  and  in  the  same  direction  as  the  cover  material 
itself.  These  chains  are  driven  by  pairs  of  sprockets  mounted 
on  two  parallel  shafts  and  at  the  end  of  said  projections,  the 
cover  material  is  contacted  with  the  padding  strips  and 
directed  to  the  needles  of  the  quilting  machine. 


3,669,325 

QUICK  DRAW  HOLSTER 

Ben  R.  Furman,  9651  Elm  Street,  TayfcM-,  Mkrh. 

Filed  Apr.  26,  1971,  Ser.  No.  137,309 

Int.  a.  F41c  33/02 

MS.  CL  224-2  C 


TClaims 


A  rigid  holster  having  a  spring  biased,  pivotable,  arcuate 
lever  arm  positively  engaging  the  trigger  guard  to  prevent  the 
displacement  of  the  firearm  from  the  holster.  The  lever  is 
released  from  locking  position  by  a  spring  k>aded  push  but- 
ton. The  replacement  of  the  firearm  and  the  locking  and  un- 
locking may  be  accomplished  by  a  simple  one  hand  move- 
ment. 


UT7 


A  spare  tire  and  wheel  carrier  secured  to  the  rear  bumper 
of  a  vehicle,  particularly  a  travel  trailer  and/or  motor  home, 
pickup  truck,  camper,  and  the  like,  whereby  the  tire  and 
wheel  is  normally  positioned  to  be  carried  on  a  pivotal  arm 
supported  on  a  mounting  member  behind  the  rear  door  of 
the  vehicle,  with  the  arm  maintained  at  an  inclined  angle  so 
that  the  weight  is  supported  on  the  mounting  member,  and 
with  the  arm  adapted  to  be  pivoted  through  an  arc  past 
center  to  position  the  tire  and  wheel  outwardly  away  from 
the  door  to  permit  the  door  to  be  opened,  and  wherein  the 
arm  is  in  a  vertical  plane  substantially  parallel  with  the  rear 
door  of  the  vehicle. 


3,669327 

FORMS  FEEDING  TRACTOR  AND  JAM  DETECTOR 

THEREFOR 

Albert  A.  Dowd,  VcstaL  N.Y.,  awignnr  to  International  Bud- 

ncas  Machines  Corporation,  Armooii,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  61^08 
Int  CL  B65II 29/12 
U.S.CL  226-11  7< 


A  fixed  belt  support  is  peripherally  grooved  to  receive 
headed  tractor  drive  pins  which  project  through  perforations 
within  an  endless  pin  support  belt  conforming  to  the 
periphery  of  the  fixed  support.  The  ends  of  the  pins  project 
through  similar  perforations  in  an  overlying  endless  drive  beh 
and  also  a  perforated  form  carried  thereon.  A  spring  biased 
"floating"  pressure  shoe  carries  a  third  endless  cover  beh 
having  similar  perforations  which  finally  receive  the  ends  of 
the  pins  and  sandwichs  the  form  between  the  drive  beh  and 
the  cover  belt  to  facilitate  forms  alignment  and  continuous 
precision  in  feeding. 

A  microswitch  on  a  fixed  block  is  operatively  coupled  to  a 
forms  detecting  lever  carried  by  the  shoe  to  setiae  the 
absence  of  a  form,  the  presence  of  a  correct  form  or  jamming 
of  the  form  between  the  floating  pressure  shoe  and  the  un- 
derlying drive  belt. 


574 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3,669^28 
YARN  FEEDING  AND  TENSIONING  APPARATUS 
Liiigi  CastdM,  Via  OpWd  16,  GumUm,  Italy 

Filed  JwM  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,667 
Clainu  priority,  applicatioB  Italy,  June  21, 1969, 18520  A/69 

Iia.CLB651i/7/i2 
VS.  CL  226—97  2  Claims 


June  18,  1972 


3,669,330 
YARN  HANDLING  APPARATUS 
Hdmut  RMtcr,  WattwM,  Switaerland,  awiganr  to  HdMricin 
Patent  Corporatioa,  New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,787 

Claims  priority,  appUcatioa  Switicrlaiid,  Jriy  8, 1969, 

10397/69 

Into.  Glib  79/22 

U.S.  CI.  226—174  II  Claims 


J^ 


A  device  for  controUaUy  guiding  yams  in  textile  machines 
consisting  of  a  hoUow  member  through  which  the  yam  is 
caused  to  pass  by  nozzle  means  which  controUably  supply 
compressed  air  into  said  hoUow  member. 


Apparatus  for  driving  individual  selected  driving  rollers  in 
a  multipstation  textile  machine  wherein  the  rollers  are  shifta- 
ble  longitudinally  between  a  braking  position  and  an  ac- 
celerating position  on  a  main  drive  shaft. 


3,669,329 
PIPE  TENSIONING  UNIT 
James  P.  Blanchet,  ArHngton;  Charles  M.  Hotcs,  Edmonds, 
and  Thomas  J.  Reynoldi,  Seattle,  aU  of  Wash.,  aasignon  to 
Wcatern  Gcw  Corporatloii,  Everett,  Wash. 

FDed  Nov.  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  85,951 

Int.  CL  B65h  /  7/24, 25/22 

VS.  CL  226—108  8  Claims 


3,669331 

FREE  FLOAIiNG  PRESSURE  ROLLER  MEANS  AND 

RETRACTING  MECHANISM  FOR  FILM  DRIVE 

Walter  RcaoU,  7044  Mary  Ellen  Avenue,  HoUywood,  CaUf. 

Filed  Mar.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,965 

Int.  CL  Glib  75/29 

U.S.  CI.  226-17^  5  ClirimB 


Apparatus  for  laying  offshore  pipelines  including  a  pipe 
tensioning  device  for  maintaining  a  constant  tension  and 
thereby  an  optimum  catenary  upon  the  pipe  during  the  laying 
thereof  including  a  pair  of  pipe-engaging,  opposed  caterpillar 
type  tractor  units  operable  to  impart  continuously  effective, 
longitudinally  applied  forces  to  the  pipe  line  extending  from 
the  apparatus  into  the  body  of  water  and  resting  upon  the 
bottom. 


Slippage  of  a  wide  film  engaged  by  a  driving  capstan  is 
prevented  by  resiliently  urging  a  pair  of  rollers  mounted  in  a 
free  floating  yoke  structure  against  the  drive  capstan.  The 
yoke  structure  is  guided  by  a  frame  means  which  also  in- 
cludes cam  means  for  effecting  the  urging  of  the  yoke  struc- 
ture. A  lever  element  terminating  in  a  hook  is  arranged  to  en- 
gage a  bearing  on  the  free  end  of  the  capstan  to  stabilize  the 
same  when  the  pressure  rollers  are  in  engagement  with  the 
capstan. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


675 


3,669,332 
TERMINAL  TAB  STRIP  AND  APPUCATOR 
Qucntin  Berg,  c/o  Berg  Electronics,  Inc.,  142  Reno  Street, 
New  Cumberland,  Pa. 

Filed  Apr.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27,099 

Int.  CL  HOlr  9/76 

U.S.  CL  227-80  10  aaims 


A  flexible  strip  provides  elongated  weld  tabs  integrally 
connected  sequentially  and  lengthwise,  being  also  grouped  in 
integral  transverse  sets.  The  strip  is  fed  dovmwardly  into  the 
guide  slot  of  a  feeding,  staking  and  cut-off  assemUy,  which 
includes  a  vertically  acting  feed  and  cut-off  sub-assembly 
slideably  mounting  a  feed  bar,  and  a  tab  staking  and  cut-off 
punch  sub-assembly,  to  which  the  first  named  sub-assembly  is 
pivoted.  The  assembly  is  reciprocated  vertically,  with  a  slight 
relative  lost  motion  of  the  relative  stationary  feed  bar,  by 
means  of  a  reversing  air  cylinder  operation  of  the  staking 
punch  sub-assembly,  which  in  turn  drives  the  feed  and  cut-off 
sub-assembly  through  a  tog^e  unit;  and  that  unit  produces  a 
swinging  action  of  the  feed  and  cut-off  sub-assembly  relative 
to  the  other  sub-assembly  to  clamp  and  unclamp  the  terminal 
strip,  to  cut  the  latter  into  tab  sets,  and  to  stake  the  tabs  into 
a  printed  circuit  panel. 


3,669,333 
BONDING  WTTH  A  COMPUANT  MEDIUM 
Alexander  Coucoulas,  Bridgewatcr  Township,  SomerMt  Coun- 
ty, NJ.,  assignor  to  Western  Electric  Company  Incor- 
porated, New  York,  N.Y. 
Conthiuation-fai-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  651,41 1,  July  6, 
1967.  This  appUcation  Feb.  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  7,473 
Int.  CL  B23k  21/00 
VS.  CL  228—3  12  Clahns 


3,669,334 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FMt  FEEDING  DISCRETE 

PARTS  TO  A  COLD  HEADING  MACHINE 

Joh^k  W.  Miirtfiing.  Rocky  HH,  Com^  Mrignor  to  CoiMacts, 

mcufporigOt  TrcuicnncMf  c4ISA» 

FUed  June  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,291 
InL  CL  B23k  21/00;  B23p  3/02 
VS.  CL  228—3  4  • 


i^Asvi^vo\'.S-^^i\y 


The  machine  is  described  with  reference  to  the  production 
of  cold  bonded  composite  electrical  contacts.  A  cold  heading 
machine  is  altered  to  permit  contact  facing  material  to  be  fed 
into  the  coning  punch  assembly  in  discrete  pieces  such  as 
balls,  cylinders  or  the  like.  Ordinarily,  pieces  severed  from  a 
wire  feed  are  delivered  directly  to  the  header  die.  In  the 
present  invention,  the  coning  punch  acts  as  a  carrier  cji  this 
material  to  the  header  die.  The  preferred  apparatus  is  in- 
herently self-timing,  loading  the  contact  facing  material  into 
the  coning  punch  at  its  "rest"  position.  Opti<mally,  individual 
body  and  facing  components  may  be  initially  bonded  as  by 
brazing,  and  fed  to  the  cold  heading  machine  by  the  ap- 
paratus of  the  invention,  elimmating  wire  feed  and  severing 
entirely.  By  virtue  of  the  invention,  facing  and  body  com- 
ponents need  not  be  of  the  same  diameter,  coning  sluq)es  are 
optimized,  and  a  larger  variety  of  heading  diameters,  facing 
thicknesses  and  heading  ratios  may  be  obtained.  Stronger  in- 
terfacial  bonding  is  also  achieved. 


3,669,335 

BACKING  STRIP  FOR  SINGLE  SIDE  WELDING  OF 

STEELS 

Masayasu  Arikawa;  Motoad  KaM;  Katsuro  lio,  and  ToaMo 

Tanafca,  all  of  Kaaagawa-Jtca,  Japan,  awigaori  to  Kohe 

Steel  Ltd.,  Kobcdil,  HyogOi^wn,  Japan 

FUed  July  14,  1969,  Scr.  No.  841,420 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  26, 1968, 43/53151 

Int.  CL  B23k  5/22 
VS.  CL  228-50  4  CMam 

I       6      5 


iimm<mmm3»^f^. 


y^^^^^^^^^^^ 


.f* 


44L|UKfc. 


«< 


■M»- 


•4« 


t,» 


A  plurality  of  independendy  displaceable  pins  are  em- 
ployed to  apply  bonding  pr^iire  to  a  compliant  medium  at 
widely  spaced  bonding  sitesfThe  pins  permit  compensation 
for  workpiece  irregularities  between  the  bonding  sites  such  as 
substrate  waviness,  warpage.  lack  of  paraUelism,  etc.,  while 
the  compliant  medium  compensates  for  localized  workpiece 
irregularities  such  as  variations  in  the  thickness  of  leads 
and/or  land  areas. 


The  disclosure  is  an  improved  type  of  a  backing  strip  par- 
ticularly adapted  for  use  in  the  single  side  welding  of  steels. 
The  means  of  the  invention  is  suitable  for  welding  operations 
such  as  at  a  high  location  or  in  the  field  and  permits  the 
welding  of  a  curved  surface  or  of  complex  shapes  owing  to 
the  flexibility  afforded  by  its  special  design.  The  backing  strip 
embodied  in  this  disclosure  consists  of  a  cylindrical  body 
made  of  a  heat  contractive  synthetic  plastic  with  flux  fDled 
therein,  the  former  of  which  is  designed  to  shrink  by  heat  to 
thereby  enck>se  the  flux  which  consists  of  powder  or  grain 
metal  oxides,  metal  carbonates  or  the  like. 

Upon  application  of  the  said  baclung  strip  to  the  undersur- 
face  of  the  welding  groove,  there  is  provided  flexibility  suffi- 
cient to  compensate  for  the  misalignment  in  the  undersur- 


576 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


faces  of  the  welding  groove  or  in  the  curved  surface,  thus 
presenting  superior  adapubility  over  conventional  methods. 


June  13,  1972 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  228 — 5  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,478 


3,669,338 

PACKING  CONTAINER  OR  THE  UKE 
Richard  R.  Comtll,  Ncwcomenlowii,  Ohio,  ami  WOliaiii  F. 
KocMer,  State  CoOeflC,  Pa^  anigiiors  to  Richani  CorneU  & 
Aaaodatcs,  Ncwcomentowa,  Oiito 

Filed  July  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,192 

Int.  CL  B65d  13100 

VS.  CL  229-23  IT  5  ClaioM 


3.669,336 
ELONGATED  ARTICLE  CONTAINER 
Ray  M.  RoMaaoB,  Rochcrtcr,  N.Y.,  antgnor  to  Wcycrhaeuacr 
Company,  Tacoma,  Wash. 

Fikd  Mar.  23, 1971,  Scr.  No.  127,107 

Int.  CL  B65d  5/50,  5/58 

VS.  CL  229- 14  C  .     «  Claims 


An  elongated  ccMitainer  for  a  rifle  or  the  like  is  of  basically 
standard  design  but  has  an  improved  pressure  plate  and 
locking  flap  assembly.  A  pressure  plate  and  supporting  panel 
are  hingedly  connected  to  a  side  panel  and  the  pressure  plate 
is  provided  with  an  outwardly  extending  locking  flap  which 
has  a  longitudinal  dimension  approximately  equal  to  that  ai 
the  pressure  plate.  An  aperture  is  provided  in  the  locking 
plate  in  order  to  acconrmodate  the  article  to  be  packed.  The 
locking  flap  is  folded  back  over  the  rifle  and  is  locked  in 
place  after  which  tiie  external  front  closure  panel  and  top 
panel  are  locked  in  the  closed  position. 


A  container  is  disclosed  that  comprises  one  or  more  base 
units  of  substantiaUy  U-shaped  section  over  which  one  or 
more  cover  units  of  inverted.  substantiaUy  U-shaped  section 
are  received  with  the  side  walls  on  the  cover  units  con- 
tiguously embracing  the  side  walls  on  the  base  units.  Each 
base  and  cover  unit  is  engaged  by  at  least  one  strap  means 
when  the  units  are  assembled  as  a  container.  Moreover,  when 
multiple  base  and/or  cover  unite  are  employed  to  provide  a 
composite  container  of  greater  overall  length  than  the  length 
of  the   individual   base   and   cover  units,  the   abutments 
between  successive  base  units  are  staggered  in  relation  to  the 
abutmente  between  successive  cover  unite.  This  resuh  can 
best  be  achieved  by  employing  modular  base  and  cover  unite. 
In  any  event,  both  the  base  and  cover  unite  are  preferaUy 
folded  into  their  U-shaped  configuration  fix}m  sheet  material 
that  has  been  incised  with  V-shaped  rabbett  along  predeter- 
mined fold  lines  that  are  preferatdy  reinforced  with  hinge 
means.  End  closure  members  may  be  positioned  within  the 
container  transversely  thereof  and  retained  either  by  fric- 
tional  engagement  with  the  base  and  cover  unite  or  other 
securing  means  operative  therebetween. 


3,669337 

PACKAGING  SLEEVE  WITH  HEAT-SHRINKABLE 

PROTECTION  SLING  AND  BLANK  FOR  PRODUCING 

SAME 
Giemi  E.  StniUc,  New  York,  N.Y.,  asslgiwr  to  Diamond  Inter- 
national Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,413 

Int.  CL  B65d  5/58, 81/10, 85/30 

VS.  CL  229—14  BA  6  Claims 


I  3,669^39 

CONTAINER  HAVING  MULTI-PLY  BOTTOM  AND 
UPRIGHT  WALLS 
Paul  SchilUnf ,  Pirtf*-— .  La.,  assignor  to  Crown  Zdlcrboch 
Corporatioa,  San  Fraodsco,  CaMf . 

FDed  Apr.  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  133,614 
Int.  CL  B65d  13/00 
VS.  CL  229—23  A  "^ 


Mwrboch 
7ClidmJ 


A  tubular  packaging  sleeve  and  blank  in  which  a  heat- 
shrinkable  membrane  or  sleeve  is  integrally  incorporated  in 
the  blank  construction,  and  after  assembly  of  the  blank  and 
insertion  of  an  article  in  an  erected  sleeve,  the  application  of 
heat  causes  a  protective  sling  to  be  intimately  formed  about 
the  article  and  to  suspend  the  article  in  protective  relation- 
ship in  a  package. 


A  container  or  box  made  of  two  integral  blanks  of  flexibls 
material  is  formed  with  panels  hingedly  connected  together^ 
which  provide  walls  all  of  multi-ply  thickness  with  each  wa| 
of  one  pair  of  opposite  walls  comprising  spaced  apart  pliea 
forming  an  air  space  therebetween.  The  bottom  wall  is  of  at 
least  three  ply  thickness  to  provide  strength  and  cushioning. 
Anchor  flaps  hingedly  connected  to  at  least  some  of  the 
panels  of  each  blank  secure  the  container  into  a  substantially 
rigid  structure.  Stitching  in  the  form  of  staples  secure  various 
of  the  anchoring  flaps  and  wall  plies  together. 


T.rwTi:.      1  Q        1  OTO 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


577 


3,669,340 

FOLDED,  ONE-PIECE,  LIQUID-TIGHT  TRAY  AND 

BLANK  FOR  FORMING  SAME 

Alfred  W.  Kinney,  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  assignor  to  PhOUps 

Petroleum  Company 

Filed  Dec.  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,003 

Int.  CL  B6Sd  5/24 

VS.  CL  229-31  10  Claims 


comers  which  structure  con^nises  a  holding  tab  disposed  as- 
tride the  carton  comers  and  which  is  foldably  joined  along 
angularly  related  fold  lines  to  an  anchoring  strap  and  an 
anchoring  panel  which  in  turn  are  foldably  joined  respective- 
ly to  the  carton  side  and  bottom  walls.  The  fold  line  between 


A  folded,  one-piece,  liquid-tight  tray  and  blank  for  forming 
same.  The  blank  is  of  rectangular  configuration  having  cor- 
ners. A  plurality  of  score  lines  are  formed  on  the  Uank  for 
forming  a  tray  having  a  bottom,  side  and  end  walls,  out- 
wardly extending  edge  rims,  and  a  comer  fcrid  libe  of  triangu- 
lar configuration  in  each  tray  comer  for  forming  a  comer 
supporting  colunm.  The  comer  fold  lines  define  a  tab  at  each 
comer  each  of  which  has  two  cut  lines  for  inserting  as- 
sociated edge  rims  therein  and  nudntaining  the  folded  sup- 
porting column. 


3,669,341 
DISPENSER  FOR  CONTINUOUS  BUSINESS  FORMS 
William  W.  HuglMs,  EacnsviDe,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Wcstvaco 
Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  SepC  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,356 

lot  CL  B65d  5/22 

VS.  CL  229—33  1  Claim 


the  anchoring  flap  and  side  wall  is  spaced  inwardly  from  the 
fold  line  between  the  anchoring  panel  and  the  bottom  wall 
and  the  anchoring  panel  is  foldably  joined  tq^e  bottom 
panel  so  as  to  accommodate  movement  of  the  anchoring 
panel  out  of  the  plane  of  the  bottom  wall  during  the  forma- 
tion of  the  carrier. 


3,669343 

HOLDER  FOR  TETRAHEDRON  PACKAGES 

Darwfai  R.  Howard,  140  Mdroae  Avenue,  KcnBworth,  DL 

Filed  Mar.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  119,705 

Int.  CL  B65d  5/50,  71/00 

VS.  CL  229—42  7 


Z3-« 


A  support  device  for  tetrahedron  packages  consisting  of  a 
single  strip  of  material  folded  into  a  pleated  structure  c<msist- 
ing  of  altemating  V-  and  inverted  V-shaped  compartmenU, 
the  vertices  of  the  V's  being  proportioned  to  snugly  receive 
the  vertical  fins  of  the  tetrahedron  packages,  and  a  support 
strip  extending  across  each  of  the  open  ends  of  the  V's  ar- 
ranged to  support  the  horizontal  fins  of  each  of  the 
tetrahedron  packages. 


3,669344 
CARTON  WITH  CAPPED  LID 
Rolf    Urban    Andermon,    Malmo,    awl    Lennart    Gcrliard 
Pcrsson,  Lund,  both  of  Sweden,  assignon  to  AB  Alwrlnnd 
&  Rausing,  Lund,  Sweden 

Filed  Mar.  10,  1970,  Scr.  No.  18,075 
Cbims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Mar.  31, 1969, 4485/69 

Int.  CL  B65d  5/66 
VS.  CL  229-44  CB  8  Claims 


A  container  for  packaging,  shipping,  and  dispensing  con- 
tinuous business  forms  having  top  panels  and  side  panels 
which  are  flared  outwardly  to  open  the  container  permitting 
access  to  the  interior  thereof  with  a  locking  means  on  the  top 
panels  to  retain  the  container  in  an  open  condition  during  the 
dispensing  operation. 


to  The  Mead 


3,669^42 
ARTICLE  CARRIER 
JamoR.  Funkhouscr,  DoravOle,  Ga., 
Corpor^lon 

FOcd  Dec  11, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,298 

Int.  CL  B65d  33116 

VS.  CL  229-40  5  Claims 

An  article  carrier  of  the  open  ended  wrap-around  type 

having  foldably  joined  top,  side  and  bottom  walls  is  provided 

with  article  engaging  and  retaining  structure  at  ite  bottom 


A  carton  provided  with  a  capped  lid  formed  by  folding 
flaps  inwardly  to  form  a  lid  which  fitt  over  and  around  the 
top  of  the  carton  to  enable  redoting  after  opening.  An  inner 
seal  may  be  provided  so  as  to  view  the  contente  before  open- 
ing the  carton  and  means  for  engaging  the  reclosesMe 
capped  lid  with  the  carton  may  also  be  provided. 


578 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3^9.345  3,669^7 

RECLOSABLE  COMPOSITE  PACKAGE  FLAT-BOTTOM  PLASTIC  BAGS 

Raymond  A.  Cote,  Charlotte,  N.C.,  anlsiior  to  Rie«ri  Paper  Gerald  M.  Plata,  Cllaaip•iv^  awl  Jan»  B.  Hoon^Arcola, 

CarporatloB,  New  York,  N.Y.  both  d  DL,  Million  to  NaUonal  DMIkn  and  Chonlcal 

Filed  Jaa.  7, 1971,  Ser.  No.  104,730  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

IBL  CL  B«5d  5/54  Original  appHcatkw  Jan.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  2,020,  now 

U  s  ri  229— SI  TS                                                         4  Claims  Patent  No.  3,606,822.  Divided  and  thb  application  June  7, 

1971,  Ser.  No.  150,616 


iiita.B65djy/;o 


U.S.  a  229-58 


2Claiim 


The  disclosure  relates  to  a  package  for  foodstufb  and  the 
like  including  a  sealed,  redosable  pouch  or  bag  carried  by  a 
sealed  parallelepiped  carton  structure.  The  carton  is  opened 
by  the  removal  of  a  tear  sthp  and  is  so  configured  that  the 
tear  strip  removal  forms  a  telescopically  redosable,  lockable 
chest-type  cover,  i.e.,  a  cover  which  is  adapted  to  completely 
overlap  and  be  securely  "locked"  to  the  side  and  front  walls 
of  the  opened  carton  upon  hinging  movement  about  a 
horizontal  axis  in  the  carton  rear  wall. 


A  flat-bottom  plastic  bag  produced  from  an  extruded 
length  of  gusseted  thermoplastic  material  which  can  be 
snapped  open,  as  is  customary  in  bagging  operations,  will 
have  self-sustainii^  walls,  and  wiU  remain  erect,  resting  upon 

its  flat  bottom,  during  the  filling  operation. 


396699346 

QUICK  OPENING  C(»4TAINER 
Jamca  R.  Lccaer,  JeffcraoovOe,  Ind.;  FirandB  R.  Rdd,  Nfln- 
ncapnlh,  MIbb.;  ClMrici  H.  Turpia,  LodavOe,  Ky.,  wad 
Jack  J.  RiltM,  MiBMavaMa,  MlHL,  asdigBors  to  Tbe  PHMni- 
ry  Company,  MkmwipBBi,  Rflnn. 

FBcd  Jn|y  3, 1969,  Ser.  No.  838,926 
Ii«.CLB65di/26 
VS.  CL  229—51  BP  12 


3,669,348 

APPARATUS  FOR  SENSING  DIGITAL  INFORMATION 

Pan!  Thcvk,  Obcmdorf ;  Adolf  Sdmddcr,  Ahobcmdorf,  and 

Hont  JaknbMchk,  Obcmdorf,  ■■  of  Gcmmy,  asrignors  to  , 

dy  pla  Werke  A.G.,  WHhehnshaven,  Germany  J 

FBed  May  3, 1971,  Ser.  No.  139,536 

Clalnu  priority,  appHcatkHi  Germany,  May  22, 1970,  P  20  24 

928.9 

Int.  CI.  G06c  23m,  1 5126 

U.S.  CL  235— 60  R  12  Clataae 


A  cylindrical  dough  can  including  a  body  wall  formed  from 
two  rectangular  sheets  of  approximately  equal  size  bonded 
together  with  two  pairs  of  corresponding  edges  out  of  align- 
ment so  as  to  form  two  extensions.  The  txxly  wall  is  made 
into  a  tube  with  the  extensions  bonded  togiether  in  over- 
lapping relationship  along  a  permanent  longitudinally  extend- 
ing seal.  Within  the  body  wall  is  a  thin  fluid  impervious  seal- 
ing liner,  e.g..  a  foil  having  a  mechanically  weak  but  fluid 
tight  inner  seal  isolated  from  the  longitudinal  seal.  A  provi- 
sion such  as  a  tear  string  is  used  for  severing  the  outer  sheet 
along  a  line  spaced  circumferentially  from  the  overlap  area. 
When  pulled,  the  string  penetrates  the  complete  thickness  of 
the  outer  sheet  thereby  providing  a  flap  which  serves  as  a 
pull  tab.  When  the  pull  tab  is  lifted,  tenskxt  is  transmitted 
from  the  outer  extenswn  to  the  inner  extension  through  the 
permanent  seal  thereby  separating  adjacent  cut  edges  of  the 
inner  sheet  from  one  another.  The  inner  seal  is  then  opened. 


The  ordinal  series  of  the  pins  of  a  pin  carriage  are  sensed 
by  ordinal  sensing  wheels  which  are  advanced  and  returned 
by  a  common  reciprocating  drive  bar  carrying  a  connecting 
spring  for  each  sensing  wheel.  The  first  end  of  the  connecting 
spring  abutt  a  step  of  a  rim  portion  and  the  second  end  abuts 
a  spoke  portion  of  the  same  sensing  wheel  in  the  zero  posi- 
tion. The  set  pat  stops  the  sensing  wheel  during  advance 
movement  in  the  corresponding  digital  position,  so  that  the 
first  end  of  the  connecting  spring  passes  this  step  while  the 
drive  bar  moves  on  with  the  other  connecting  springs  to 
sense  the  set  pins  of  the  other  orders.  During  the  return  of 
the  sensing  wheels,  the  second  ends  of  the  connecting  spring! 
act  successively  on  the  respective  spoke  portions  to  return  al] 
sensing  wheels  to  the  zero  position. 


Sr 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


579 


39669^349 

AIR  FLOW  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
William  K.  Han,  Jr.,  1221  Frito-Lay  Tower,  Dallas,  Tex. 
Continuation-in-part  of  appbcatkm  Ser.  No.  577,298,  Sept  6, 
1966,  now  abandoned.  This  appHcadon  May  8, 1967,  Ser.  No. 

636,748 

Int.  CL  G05d  III  16;  F24f  13104 

UACL  236-13  lOCWms 


^^v^ 


A^^S'ASSswAVA'-ww'^rv;- 


W's^AVW 


A^^^^^^^^^^^^^^v,^^^^^ 


Environmental  temperatures  are  controlled  by  selectively 
proportioning  air  flow  from  a  pair  of  air  flow  paths  by 
generation  of  a  force  proportional  to  temperature  and  depen- 
dent solely  upon  temperature  for  oppositely  and  propor- 
tionally changing  registration  of  small  openings  in  pairs  of 
perforated  plates  laterally  disposed  in  the  air  flow  paths. 


3,669350 
AUTOMATIC  TEMPERATURE  CONTROL  APPARATUS 

FOR  POULTRY  HOUSES  AND  THE  LIKE 

BiUy  C.  White,  511  West  Sypcrt  Street,  Nashville,  Ark. 

Filed  Dec  11, 1970,  Ser.  No.  97,111 

Int.  CLF24f  7  7/02 

VS.  CL  236—49  6  Claims 


3,669351 

CIRCULATION  WATER  HEATER  WITH  DOMESTIC 

HOT  WATER  SUPPLY 

Hans  Meier,  RcMcMd,  aad  FrWtiaf  Cwo«r,  SoMivni,  both 

of  Germany,  amlgnnri  to  Joh.  VaBaM  KG,  Remechrid, 

Germany 

Filed  Aug.  7,  1970,  Ser.  No.  62,054 
Claims  priority,  appMcatkm  Austria,  Sept  9, 1969, 8891/69 

liiLaF24di/(M 
U.S.CL237— 19  1  Claim 


r-H  K+Hfffmtti 


J 


1  r 


-^- — 1 


h- 


r*>^=^ 


.-1 


O^-' 


A  feed  line  leads  from  a  water  heater  to  a  radiator  and  to  a 
heat  exchanger  for  domestic  water.  A  return  line  has 
branches  from  both  the  radiator  and  the  heat  exchanger  to  a 
valve  which  communicates  with  the  return  trunk  to  the  water 
heater. 


3,669352 

AUTOMATIC  SPRINKLER  SYSTEM 

PHer  C.  Zaphiris,  73  MaO  Drive,  Commack,  L.  I.,  N.Y, 

Filed  Oct.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  82,014 

lM.CLA01g  27/00 

U.S.  CL  239-70  9 


Temperature  control  apparatus  for  a  building  having  a  ven- 
tilation opening  therein  over  which  a  closure  is  movable  in 
opposite  directions  to  vary  the  opening  size  and  wherein  a  se- 
ries of  temperature  ranges  erf  a  muhi-stage  thermostat  cor- 
respond respectively  to  stationary  positions  of  the  closure. 
When  the  temperature  in  the  building  rises  or  falls  beyond 
any  of  the  ranges,  the  direction  of  closure  movement  is  elec- 
tromagnetically  selected,  followed  by  movement  of  the  clo- 
sure toward  and  adjacent  stationary  position  corresponding 
to  the  next  temperature  range. 

The  invention  is  characterized  by  the  provision  of  a  limit 
switch  individual  to  each  directional  movement  in  each  tem- 
perature range,  and  a  trolley-type  switching  hog  roller  mova- 
ble with  the  closure  and  adapted  to  travel  back  and  forth 
across  these  switches.  During  this  travel,  the  switch  cor- 
responding to  the  next  sutionary  position  the  curtain  is  to 
occupy  vrill  be  actuated  to  arrest  the  cksaure  in  the  latter 
position. 


J8^ ^ 


™^ 


5-5 


A 

\ 

A  system  for  controlling  the  operation  of  a  plurality  of 
sprinklers  distributed  over  an  area  to  be  irrigated  includes  a 
timer  clock  wheel  mounting  a  plurality  of  indexer  clips  which 
successively  actuate  a  photoelectric  switch  located  t>elow  the 
dock  wheel.  The  photoelectric  switch  controls  the  on-ofT 
operation  of  the  variously  k>cated  sprinklers  in  succession  in 
accordance  with  the  time  positions  of  the  indexer  cUpa. 


580 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,669359 

PIVOT  MOVE  AGRICULTURAL  DUUGAIION  SYSTEM 

WITH  IMPROVED  WATER  DISTRIBUnON  AND 

SPRINKLER  HEAD  UTILIZED  THEREWITH 

Rkbard  E.  Hummi,  FMria,  DL,  and  Rj^moiid  F.  Lippitt, 

BcthcMla,  Md^  — ignnw  to  L.  R.  Nebon  Mfg.  Co^  Inc., 

Peoria,  DL 

fUed  July  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,809 

lot  CL  B05b  3112 

MS.  CL  239—177  3  CUdm 


A  pivot  move  agricultural  irrigation  sprinkler  system  in 
which  at  least  a  plurality  of  longitudinally  spaced  sprinkler 
heads  adjacent  the  outer  end  portion  of  the  conduit  assembly 
are  arranged  to  distribute  the  source  of  water  within  the  ad- 
jacent portion  of  the  conduit  assembly  onto  the  forward  por- 
tion of  the  adjacent  sprinkler  head  pattern  area  at  an  average 
application  rate  which  is  greater  than  the  average  application 
rate  at  which  the  water  is  applied  to  the  rear  portion  of  the 
adjacent  sprinkler  head  pattern  area,  the  water  applied  to  the 
forward  portion  of  the  sprinkler  head  pattern  area  being  dis- 
tributed with  a  distribution  pattern  which  rises  rapidly  to  a 
maximum  adjacent  the  leading  portion  of  the  spriiikler  head 
pattern  area  and  a  sprinkler  head  for  use  in  such  a  pivot 
move  system  embodying  a  stream  diffusing  member  mounted 
for  movement  into  and  out  of  the  path  of  water  flowing  from 
the  outlet  during  each  cycle  of  operation  and  a  mechanism 
for  effecting  repeated  cycles  of  operation  which  include  step- 
by-step  incremental  rotational  movement  in  an  operative 
direction  and  rotational  movement  in  a  reverse  direction,  one 
cycle  including  an  operative  movement  of  an  arcuate  extent 
greater  than  360°  but  less  than  720°  and  a  reverse  movement 
of  an  arcuate  extent  equal  to  the  operative  movement  less 
360°. 


3,669,354 
FLUID  INJECTORS 
Lawrence  Edward  Hdycr,  Ascot,  England,  assignor  to  J&T 
Engineers  (Ascot)  Limited 

Filed  Sept.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,226 

Int  CL  B05b  9100 

U.S.  O.  239—126  16  Claims 


77  e 


zzzzzzzzzzn 


The  invention  comprises  a  fluid  injector  including  a 
discharge  passage,  and  a  tip  sealing  valve  for  controlling  fluid 
discharge  through  said  passage,  said  tip  sealing  valve  being 
responsive  to  a  fluid  differential  operative  thereon  in  a  non- 
discharge  condition  of  the  fluid  injector  to  close  said 
discharge  passage,  said  tip  sealing  valve  being  responsive  to 
another  fluid  differential  operative  thereon  in  a  discharge 
condition  of  said  fluid  injector  to  permit  fluid  discharge 
through  said  discharge  passage,  said  tip  sealing  valve  com- 
prising first  and  second  relatively  movaUe  parts  with  a  spring 
means  interposed  between  said  parts,  said  first  part  having  a 
cross-sectional  area  effective  to  the  pressure  of  fluid  flowing 


in  said  fluid  injector  in  the  non-discharge  condition  thereof 
such  that  said  fint  part  will  be  seated  in  closure  relationship 
with  said  discharge  passage,  and  said  second  part  being 
responsive  to  the  pressure  of  said  fluid  in  said  fluid  flow  to 
compreu  said  spring  meaiu  against  said  seated  first  part,  by 
which  the  force  with  which  said  first  part  is  seated  is  a  func- 
tion of  said  fluid  pressure  effective  cross-sectional  area  of 
said  first  part  and  the  rating  of  said  spring  means. 


^  3,669,355 

IRRIGATION  APPARATUS 

Adolph  C.  Jurgcas,  5135  North  Keating  Avenue,  Chicago,  lU. 

Filed  Nov.  12, 1968,  Scr.  No.  774,656 

Int.  CL  B05b  3100 

U.S.  CL239— 177  12  Claims 


Irrigation  apparatus  including  a  water  supply  pipe  sup- 
ported by  a  plurality  of  carriages  spaced  therealong,  the  car- 
riages having  wheels  spaced  in  the  direction  of  movement 
and  on  opposite  sides  of  the  pipe,  and  vertically  retractable 
and  extendible  in  response  to  unevenness  in  the  ground  tend- 
ing to  support  the  pipe  evenly,  and  cables  supporting  the  pvpt 
at  a  plurality  of  points  between  the  carriages  and  from  points 
on  the  carriages  spaced  transversely  of  and  on  opposite  sides 
of  the  pipe. 


3,669,356 
SPRINKLER  HEAD  APPARATUS 
Earl  J.  Senninger,  deceased,  late  of  Orange  County,  Fla.  (by 
Annette  M.  Senninger,  executrix),  assignor  to  Senninger  Ir- 
rigation, Inc.,  Orlando,  Fla. 

Filed  Nov.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  87,380 

Int.  CI.  B05b  3102 

U.S.  CL  239—239  8  Claims 


A  step  by  step  rotatable  sprinkler  head  apparatus  of  the 
impulse  arm  type  is  provided  having  improvements  in  the  im- 
pulse arm  water  engaging  portion  in  which  two  separate 
curved  surfaces  are  employed,  one  for  repelling  the  impulse 
arm  and  the  other  for  providing  a  better  distribution  of 
water.  The  sprinkler  head  also  has  a  new  nozzle  with  remova- 
ble inserts  for  changing  the  wear  surface  without  replacing 
the  complete  nozde  portion  ot  the  sprinlder  head.  Improved 
internal  water  vanes  and  rear  spreader  iK>zzle  having  internal 
angular  vanes  are  also  provided. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


581 


3,669,357  3,6^,359 

INJECTION  AND  DISTRIBUTION  UNIT  FOR  A  LAWN  AEROSOL  MECHANICAL  BREAK-UP  NOZZLE  INSERT 

SPRINKLER  SYSTEM  John  Richard  Focht,  Yonkav,  N.Y.,  asrignor  to 

Charles  A.  Overbcy,  16  BougainviUea  Drive,  Cocoa  Beach,  Valve  Corporation,  Yonkcrt,  N.Y. 

fla.  Filed  Sept  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73437 

Filed  Aug.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,143  Int.  CL  BOSb  7/i4 

Int.  CL  A62c  5102;  B05b  7126  MJ&.  CL  239—491 
U.S.  CL  239— 310                                                        7  Claims 


O 


,    r 


=s^ 


7 


X 


qS^^ 


J!L 


aD=i 


3^ 


An  injection  and  distribution  unit  for  a  lawn  sprinkler 
system.  The  unit,  which  includes  a  reservoir,  transfer  tube 
and  connector,  injects  liquid  fertilizers  and  pesticides  into  the 
lawn  sprinkler  system.  The  fertilizer  or  pesticide  is  injected 
upstream  of  the  pump  and  is  mixed  with  water  passing 
through  the  sprinkler  system  and  distributed  to  the  lawn  or  to 
nursery  stock.  The  injection  and  distribution  unit  does  not 
materially  reduce  flow  through  the  system  and  is  easily  con- 
nected to  existing  pump  suction  pipes  made  of  galvanized 
iron,  polyvinal  chloride  (PVC),  polyethylene  and  other 
materials. 


3,669,358 

MIXING  AND  DISPENSING  APPARATUS 

Jan  Waldnun,  13  Raadhuisplein,  Zandvoort,  Netherlands 

FUed  Dec.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  96360 

Clahns  priority,  appUostion  Netherlands,  Dec.  10, 1969, 

6918495 

Int.  a.  B67d  5156 

UA  CL  111—119  -^  14  Claims 


A  'mixing  and  dispensing  apparatus  comprises  at  least  one 
horizontal  main  cylinder  having  a  row  of  inlet  openings  at  its 
top  and  a  row  of  outlet  openings  at  its  bottom.  Two  pistons 
are  displaceable  in  the  cylinder  in  such  manner  that  they  may 
either  be  independently  displaced,  or  simultaneously  dis- 
placed at  a  constant  distance  from  each  other.  At  the  end  of 
each  displacement,  only  one  opening  is  uncovered.  For 
preparing  a  dilution  series,  a  separate  inlet  opening  is  pro- 
vided for  the  liquid  to  be  diluted  and  the  other  inlet  openings 
are  connected  with  a  feed  line  for  the  diluent. 


An  insert  for  adapting  the  product  passage  of  a  conven- 
tional aerosol  dispenser  actuator  comprises  a  hollow  pin 
member  and  an  overfitting  cap  member  which  together  form 
a  swirl  chamber  and  feed  passages  for  mechanical  nebuliza- 
tion  purposes. 


3,669,360 
FUEL  INJECTION  NOZZLES 
Basil  Edward  Knight,  Pinner,  England,  assignor  to  CJi.V. 
Limited,  Birmingham,  England 

Filed  July  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,908 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  July  7,  1969, 

34,132/69 

Int.  CI.  B05b  1130  ^ 

U.S.  CL  239-  533  1 5  aaims 


„a=^. 


A  fuel  injection  nozzle  comprising  a  supply  orifice  through 
which  fuel  flows  to  a  combustion  space  of  an  associated  en- 
gine a  resiliently  loaded  valve  member  which  co-operatct 
with  a  seating  to  prevent  the  flow  of  fiiel  through  the  supply 
orifice  until  the  pressure  of  fiid  applied  to  the  valve  member 
from  an  inlet  attains  a  sufiSciently  high  value,  the  mechanical 
connection  between  the  valve  member  and  die  resilient 
means  which  loads  the  valve  member  being  divided  to  deffaie 
a  variable  volume  chamber.  Fuel  is  supplied  to  the  chamber 
from  the  inlet  and  means  is  provided  to  limit  the  maximum 
volume  of  Hut  chamber  the  arrangement  being  that  fbd  flow- 
ing throu^  the  inlet  initially  flows  at  a  restricted  rale 
through  the  supply  orifice  and  viien  said  chamber  has  at- 
tained its  maximum  volume  the  valve  member  is  lifted  to 


582 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


allow  substantially  unrestricted  flow  through  the  supply  ori- 
fice. 


3,669^1 

ELECTROMAGNETIC  FUEL  INJECTORS  FOR 

INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES 

Hcrvc  Gucrct«  VcnaOks,  FVaaoe,  wrignnr  to  Sodctc  dcs 

Proccdcs   Modemcs  dlAjcctioii   Sopromi,   Lcs   Mureaux, 

France 

FDcd  July  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53340 

Claims  priority,  appttcafdon  Fnuwc,  Aug.  1, 1969, 6926491 

Int.  CL  B05b  1130 

U.S.  CL  239—585  8  Claims 


June  13,  1972 


second  laterally  spaced  parallel  rigid  tubes,  first  and  second 
rotatable  water  conducting  means,  and  a  ball  and  socket 
water  conductinf  shower  head  support.  The  first  rotatable 
means  is  connected  to  said  outlet  and  a  first  end  of  said  first 
tube,  with  said  second  means  being  connected  to  second 
ends  of  said  tint  and  second  tubes,  and  said  ball  and  socket 
water  conducting  shower  head  support  mounted  oh  a  second 
end  of  said  first  tube.  Said  water  conducting  assembly  per- 
mits the  shower  head  associated  therewith  to  be  adjustably 
disposed  at  any  desired  position  within  an  imaginary  circle 
that  has  a  radius  that  is  the  distance  between  the  center  of 
rotation  of  said  first  water  conducting  means  and  the  center 
of  the  outlet  from  said  head  when  said  first  and  second  tubes 
are  longitudinally  aligned  with  one  another.  ^ 


An  electromagnetically  controlled  injector  for  internal 
combustion  engines  adapted  to  cut  out  the  effects  on 
uniformity  of  feed  of  all  parasitic  phenomena  such  as  the 
rebounds  of  the  needle  and  modifications  in  the  pressure 
prevailing  in  the  feed  pipes.  To  this  end,  the  liquid  fuel  is 
protected  against  the  formation  of  waves  by  a  throttling  of 
the  incoming  liquid  in  a  channel  extending  laterally  of  the 
stationary  armature  or  else  axially  through  the  latter  directly 
into  the  needle.  Thus  it  is  possible  to  obtain  for  the  curve  of 
injected  fuel  amounts  vs.  time  a  straight  line  between  the 
desired  minimum  and  maximum  amount  values. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  239—544  sec: 
Patent  No.  3,669,419 


3  f  D699363 
APPARATUS  FOR  HEATING  GRAIN 
Joseph  M.  Peebles,  Wayiata,  Minn.,  assignor  to  The  Ptllsbury 
Company,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Filed  Dec.  15,  1969,  Scr.  No.  884,925 

Int.  CI.  B02b  1108 

U.S.  CL241— 8  I  3  Claims 


396699302 

ADJUSTABLY  MOVABLE  SHOWER  HEAD  SUPPORTING 

ASSEMBLY 
Leonard  G.  Mcycrhoier,  1567  Stoncman  Place,  Anaheini, 
Calif.,   and   Cari   E.   Meycrhofcr,   9772    Lullaby    Lane, 
Anahdm,  Calif . 

Filed  Aug.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No.  61,652 

Int  CL  B05b  15108 

\}S.  a.  239-587  4  Claims 


An  adjustably  movable  water  conducting  assembly  for  use 
with  a  fixed  water  outlet  and  a  shower  head  to  dispose  said 
head  at  a  desired  position.  The  assembly  includes  first  and 


Grain  such  as  wheat  is  heated  to  improve  the  yield  of  high 
grade  flour  by  elevating  the  wheat  and  allowing  it  to  fall  re- 
peatedly through  a  steam-filled  vessel  thereby  providing  intit 
mate  contact  between  the  steam  and  the  individual  grains  fof 
a  period  of  about  30  to  40  seconds.  The  temperature  of  the 
wheat  is  raised  to  about  85°  F.  and  maintained  at  this  tern 
perature  for  about  2  to  4  hours  before  milling. 


3,669,364 
STRESS^RIENTED  FILAMENT  WINDING  IN 
COMPOSITE  PANELS 
David  I.  Siaizcr,  Playa  dd  Rey;  Aliwrt  Toy,  Gardcna;  I>avi< 
G.  Atteridge,  Santa  Monica,  and  Louis  H.  FandK,  Los  An- 
geles, aU  of  CaHL,  assignors  to  North  American  Rockwi  ~ 
Corporation 
Divisioa  of  Ser.  No.  646,582,  June  16, 1967,  Pat.  No.  3^37 
FOed  Feb.  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  14,701 
Int.  CI.  B65h  75106 
U.S.CL  242-1  5 

Removable  terraced  peripheral  edges  on  a  rotating  man- 
drel are  adapted  to  receive  successive  windings  of  thin  filar 
ment  in  a  pluraEty  of  separate  layers  to  form  reinforced  comf- 
posite  panels.  The  mandrel  edges  are  reversed  m  positioa 
between  each  winding  step  to  permit  winding  of  filaments  al 
stress-oriented  cross-ply  angles  with  a  minimum  of  filament 


Lwci 

CUni 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


588 


wastage,  after  which  the  workpiece  components  are  diffusion 
bonded  together.  Rare  earth  oxides  are  used  in  stop-off 


but  not  sufficient  to  rock  the  switch  to  a  position  where  it 
opens  and  closes  a  second  switch.  In  this  case  a  latching  relay 
is  actuated  by  a  timing  delay  circuit  closed  and  the  spinning 
cycle  continues,  if  the  traverse  chain  has  not  been  complete- 


coatings  to  prevent  bonding  of  workpiece  materials  to  man- 
drel surfaces. 


3,669,365 

TOROIDAL  COIL  WINDING  MACHINE 

Joaeph  A.  Loturco,  102  Ccntnd  Avenue,  Bridgeport,  Conn. 

Filed  Jan.  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  841,638 

Int.  CLHOlf  47/05 

U.S.  CL  242—4  B  18  Claims 


3,669,366 
ELECTRO-BUNCH  ATTACHMENT 
Marvin  N.  Trotter,  Andenon,  S.C.,  aMigMir  to  J.  P.  Stevens 
&  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  25,  1971,  Scr.  No.  109353 
Int.  CL  B65h  54136;  DOlh  1138 
MS.  CL  242-26,41  4  Oaiim 

Prevention  of  winding  bad  bunches  on  bobbins  in  a 
manually  doffed  spinning  frame  when  the  traverse  chain  or 
mechanism  is  incompletely  rewound  is  effected  by  a  double 
switch  actuated  by  a  projection  or  cam  on  a  spinning  frame 
ring  rail.  When  the  traverse  chain  is  completely  rewound,  the 
ring  rail  can  rise  only  sufficient  to  maintain  a  switch  closed 


ly  rewound  at  the  start  of  winding  the  ring  rail  rises  to  a  posi- 
tion where  the  second  of  the  above  switches  is  closed  before 
the  latching  relay,  and  this  results  in  stopping  the  spinning 
frame,  which  can  only  be  started  by  manual  reset. 


3,669367 
AEROPLANES  HAVING  VARIABLE  SWEEP  WINGS 
Arthur  NcviUe  Rhodes,  and  Denis  Edward  Btockbanrn,  both  «l 
Preston,  England,  avignon  to  BritUi  Aircraft  CorponrtioB 
Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  Feb.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1 1378 
Clainu  priority,  appHcatkm  Great  Britain,  Feb.  14, 1969, 

8301/69 
Int.CLB64ci/40 
U.S.  CL  244-46  8 


Machine  for  winding  wire  onto  a  toroidal  core  by  rotating 
a  wire  carrying  shuttle  interlinked  with  said  core.  A  drive 
motor  rotates  the  shuttle  in  a  transmission  terminating  in 
peripheral  shuttle  driving  and  supporting  rc^ler  means.  The 
motor  also  drives  through  a  variable  speed  transmission  to  a 
core  holder  which  includes  a  pair  of  resiliently  biased, 
pivoted  arms  with  drive  roller  joumalled  thereon  to  support 
and  index  said  core  in  timed  relation  with  the  shuttle  rota- 
tions. An  actuating  lever  is  connected  to  said  core  support 
arms  to  effect  release  of  the  core  from  its  header.  The  shuttle 
support  has  suitable  linkage  to  separate  the  ends  thereof  to 
permit  removal  of  the  core  from  the  shuttle. 


An  aircraft  having  variable-sweepback  wings  accom- 
modated in  longitudinal  slots  formed  in  the  sides  of  die  air- 
craft fiiaelage,  each  slot  being  provided  with  sets  of  upper 
and  lower  doors  «1iich  are  located  above  and  below  the  wing 
and  co-act  with  the  wing  to  keep  the  gaps  between  the  wing 
surfaces  and  the  upper  and  lower  edges  of  the  slot  substan- 
tially closed  in  all  sweepbock  positioas.  The  upper  and  lower 
door  sets  are  spring-biassed  towards  one  another  by  means  of 
a  mechanism  comprising  a  pair  of  armt  pivoted  at  a  coaunoo 
pivot  point  and  inter-connected  by  a  bisMJng  spring,  their 
outer  ends  being  connected  respectively  to  the  upper  and 
lower  door  sets.  The  arrangement  is  that  as  the  swocp-back 
angle  is^  increased,  the  wing  wedges  the  upper  and  lower 
doors  apart  against  the  bias,-  and  when  the  wiof  dcflecia  ver- 
tically, it  moves  one  door  set  verticaUy  with  it  and  the  reac- 


584 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


tkm  of  the  biasing  spring  causes  the  other  door  set  to  follow 
by  moving  simultaneously  in  the  same  sense. 


3y669930o 

MECHANICALLY  OPERATED  ERECTABLE 

STRUCTURE 

JaoMS  C.  Bd,  Jr^  Uoionlowii,  OUo,  airignor  to  Goodyctf 

Acrospacc  CorporatkNi,  Akron,  Ohio 

FVcd  Nov.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  877^27 

fat.  CL  E04h  12134;  B65h  75100 

U.S.  CL  242—54  A  6  Claims 


The  invention  relates  generally  to  extensible  and  retracta- 
ble structure  and  more  particularly  to  such  a  structure  which 
may  be  used  as  a  rigid  support  for  loads  applied  axially 
thereof  and/or  laterally  therealong,  and  where  no  fluid  pres- 
surization  is  required,  but  that  stability  is  attained  by  the 
mechanical  interrelation  of  the  structure  itself.  Essentially, 
the  bands  of  flexible  curved  metal  are  slidaUy  interrelated 
and  bent  back  on  theyiselves  to  achieve  the  structural  con- 
cept. 


to 


3,669,369 

WINDING  SHAFT 

Gcorg  Konrad  Emich,  Damitadt,  Germany, 

MaschfaMufabrik  Gocbd  GmbH,  Darmstadt,  Germany 

FDcd  July  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  844,267 

ClafaiH  priority,  appHcatfcwi  Germany,  July  27, 1968,  P  17  74 

616.6 

Int  CL  B65h  19104 

MS,  CL  242—56.9  2  Claims 


U.2 


3,669,370 
TAPE  TENSION  CQNTROL  APPARATUS 
Peter  Arthnr  Mason,  London,  England,  asrignor  to  Interna- 
tional Standard  Electric  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FOcd  June  15,  1970,  Scr.  No.  46^53 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  June  18, 1969, 

J  30,938/69  ^ 

llatCLB651i2i/0a,25/2« 

U.S.  CL  242-75.45  8  CWn^ 


Winding  shaft  with  a  plurality  of  lap  creels  and  bushings  or 
disks  driven  by  a  revolving  shaft  with  anti-friction  bearings  in 
the  form  of  needle  bearings  interposed  between  the  lap  creels 
and  the  bushings  or  disks. 


An  apparatus  for  controlling  the  tension  and  acceleratior 
of  a  strip  being  unwound  from  a  spirally  wound  roll  include 
means  for  rotatably  mounting  the  roll  about  its  center,  a  sto] 
member  disposed  against  a  peripherial  portion  of  the  circum 
ference  of  the  roll  for  establishing  tension  in  the  strip  bein, 
unwound,  means  for  allowing  the  center  of  the  roll  to  a;, 
preach    the    stop    member    as    the    diameter    of   the    roll 
decreases,  and  brake  means  for  applying  braking  force  to 
each  side  of  the  roll  for  maintaining  the  tension  of  the  strip  at 
a  constant  level 


1 


3,669371 
JET-PROPELLED  AIRCRAFT  HAVING  VERTICAL  AND 

HORIZONTAL  FUGHT  PROPERTIES 
Peter  Romhlld,  and  Eugen  Hcrpier,  Markdorf,  Germany,  a» 
signors  to  Dornier  System  GmbH  Fricdricfashafcn,  Bodense 
Germany 

Filed  Aug.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  60,511 
Claims  priority,,  application  Germany,  Aug.  9, 1969,  P  19  40 

754.6 

Int.  CLB64C  27/22 

U.S.  CL  244—7  K  4  Claim4 


This  invention  relates  to  a  jet-propelled  aircraft  havii^ ; 
both  vertical  and  horizontal  flight  properties  which  comprises 
tail  unit  means  mounted  on  a  rotor  head  which  means  act  as 
rotor  blades  during  vertical  flight,  jet  arm  means  mounted  on 
the  rotor  head  and  having  jet  nozdcs  thereon,  jet-deflecting 
means  in  the  jet  arms  for  conveying  to  the  arms  the  rear- 
wardly  emerging  gas  jet  serving  for  the  forward  thrust,  and 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


585 


means  for  pivoting  the  jet  arms  into  and  out  of  an  effective  3,669^74 

position.  COMBINED  ENDLESS  LOOP  FILM  AND  ENDLESS  LOOP 

MAGNETIC  TAPE  CARTRIDGE 

Paul  Catalano,  Manh—H,  and  Jokn  Bkkd,  Oarinliv,  botk  o( 

3,669,372  n.Y.,  asrignors  to  Retention  Conunnnlcallon  Systenw,  Inc., 

DEVICE  FOR  DISPLAYING  RUGS  OR  LIKE  New  York,  N.Y. 

MERCHANDISE  STORED  IN  FORM  OF  ROLLS  FBed  Apr.  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  818,683 

Bcmulphui  A.  Dc  Jong,  Gouda,  Netherlands,  avignor  to  Joh.  int  a  B65k  1 7/48;  G03b  23/02, 21/00 


Frlcdr.  SchneMer,  Vorst  Post  Schenkc  uber  Halvcr,  Gcr-  VS.  CL  242—55.19  A 
many 

FOed  Feb.  5,  1971,  Ser.  No.  112,889 
Claims  priority,  appttcatlon  Germany,  July  31, 1970,  P  20  38 

034.1 

Int.  CL  B65h  79/06 

U.S.  CL  242—55  9  Claims 


10 


A  device  for  displaying  merchandise  consisting  of  sheet 
material  convolutely  wound  to  form  a  roll.  The  device  in- 
cludes means  for  raising  such  a  roll  to  a  desired  level.  It 
further  includes  motor  driven  means  for  rotating  the  roll 
after  it  has  been  positioned  at  the  desired  level  to  unwind  a 
desired  length  of  material  fix>m  the  roll,  or  to  rewind  previ- 
ously unwound  material  upon  the  roll. 


3,669373 
METHOD  OF  TAKING  UP  YARNS  OF  SYNTHETIC 
FIBERS 
Kikoo  Hori,  and  YoshHo  Sato,  both  of  Matsuyama,  Japan,  as- 
signors to  TeUin  Ltd.,  Oiaka,  Japan 
Contlnuntlon-ln-part  of  applcatkm  Ser.  No.  726,156,  May  2, 
1968,  now  abandoned.  TMs  appHcadon  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

52355 

Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Japan,  May  9, 1967, 42/29364 

Int.  CL  B65h  54/34, 54/00 

US.  CL  242—18  EW  4  Clalns 


A  pair  of  reels  holding  endless  loops  of  film,  and  magnetic 
recording  tape,  respectively,  are  nested  wholly,  or  partly  with 
one  reel  located  within  an  unobstructed  space  beneath  the 
rim  of  the  other;  when  partly  nested  (FIGS.  2-4)  the  film  reel 
rotates  about  an  axis  inclined  with  respect  to  the  axis  of  tape 
reel,  so  that  the  film  reel  dips  (through  an  opening  in  a  cen- 
tral support)  into  the  unobstructed  space  within  the  tape  reel 
to  enable  the  lower  edge  of  film  to  clear  the  diametricaUy  op- 
posed upper  edge  of  the  reel.  When  wholly  nested  (FIGS,  la 
and  lb),  one  reel  (either  film  or  tape)  is  nested  completely 
within  the  other  with  co-planar  axes  of  rotation,  the  flhn  and 
tape  being  taken  off  and  guided  to  projection  and  reproduc- 
tion positions,  respectively. 


3,669375 
WEB  OR  STRIP  MATERIAL  HANDLING  APPARATUS 
John  M.  Bmton,  North  Harrow,  Mddkaex,  Fnglanrt,  aalgni 
to  Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18^96 
Claims  priority,  appHcalkm  Great  Britain,  Mar.  21, 1969, 

14,938/69 
Int.  CL  B65h  23/06,  51/20 
VS.  CL  242—75.4  4 


i 

/ 


A  method  of  taking  up  waste  yams  of  non-uniform  quality 
occurring  at  the  start  and  stoppage  of  talung  up  yams  onto 
waste  yarn  take-up  members  situated  below,  and  coaxially 
with,  take-up  bobbins  in  a  yam  take-up  apparatus  having 
many  spindles,  characterized  in  that  the  waste  yams  are 
traversed  on  the  said  members. 


Web  material  is  processed  through  a  magazine  mechanism 
which  ftorei  a  quantity  of  such  web  material,  thereby  to  per- 
mit successive  rolls  of  the  web  material  to  be  spBoed  tofether 
without  stopping  the  proceming.  The  magaiint 
two  relatively  movable  sections  which  come 
gradually  as  web  material  is  given  up  from  the  mafajmr  dur- 
ing the  si^ictng  operation;  and  gradually  part,  after  qilidnf  is 
effected,  thereby  to  refill  the  magarine.  Means  is  diicloaed 


586 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


for  SMuring  that  the  movement  of  the  relatively  movable 
magazine  parts  do  not  cause  uridulation  or  the  like  within  the 
web  material. 


SYSTEM  FOR  CONTEOLLING  APPLICATION  OF 
BRAiONG  FORCE  TO  A  ROLL  OF  SHEET  MATERIAL 
Raywsnd  L.  R.  Locas,  c/o  Olllcc  Tedi.  133  Bh  Rm  Monnyra, 
Prechac,  France 

Red  Aug.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62^10 
Clatam  priority,  appicatfoB  Fnmet,  Sept.  1 1, 1969, 6931050 

Int.  CLB65h  25/2^.25/22 
VS.  CL  242—75.45  7  Clahns 


tional  tpeed  of  the  winding  means  is  initiaUy  adjusted  relative 
to  the  axial  speed  of  the  product  length  to  loosely  encircW 
the  mandrel  with  a  relatively  short  leading  section  of  the 
product.  The  leading  section  is  then  temporarily  held  against 
the  mandrel  and  the  speed  of  the  winding  means  is  increased 
while  axially  reciprocating  the  mandrel  to  produce  an  evenly 
distributed,  closely  packed  and  tightly  wound  coO.  Upon 
completion  of  the  coO  forming  operation,  the  mandrel  is  axi- 
ally withdrawn  from  the  coil,  and  the  coil  is  discharged  firon^ 
the  apparatus. 

3,669^78 
FISHING  REEL  WITH  MANUAL  OR  MOTOR  DRIVE 
Toshiaki  Miyamae,  292  NisU-Iwata,  HIgashl-Osaka,  Japan 

Filed  Oct.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,550 

Clakv  priority,  appHcatioa  Japan,  Aug.  12,  1970,  45/80884£ 

Aug.  17, 1970, 45/71922 

17aain» 


lat  CI.  AOlk  89/02 


VS.  CL  242—84.1  A 


y 


A  system  for  controlling  the  application  ai  braking  force  to 
a  roll  of  sheet  material  in  ^t/bkh  a  sensing  member  controlled 
by  the  diameter  of  the  unwinding  xxM,  moves  a  cam  surface 
to  actuate  a  contrcd  device  that  in  turn  controls  the  energiza- 
tion of  a  brake  for  such  roU,  the  cam  surface  being  adjusuble 
to  provide  a  braking  force  that  may  be  varied  from  zero  to  a 
predetermined  amount  between  the  extreme  ranges  <^  the 
maxin'M'"  and  minimum  roll  diameters. 


3^9^77 
COILING  APPARATUS 
Martin  Givar,  Waslbora;  Ckarlss  E.  CoaloB,  Worcester,  and 
Alfred  R.  Lctcr,  Lfwwilnstfr.  al  of  MaH.,  mripmn  to  Mor- 
gan Coastmctloa  Company,  Worcester,  Mass. 
FVsd  Dsc  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,516 
Int.  CLB21C  47/00 
U.S.  CL  242-82  8  Claims 


In  a  power  flriven  fishing  reel  construction,  a  power  unit 
includes  a  torque  motor;  a  power  transmission  unit  is  adapted 
to  be  associated  with  a  speed  change  actuating  i^t;  the 
speed  change  actuating  unit  comprises  a  cylindrical  cam 
means  and  an  actuating  |rfate  interposed  between  spring 
members;  the  contrd  of  the  reeling-in  speed  u  effected  by 
selective  engi^ement  of  a  pair  of  dog  clutch  meaiu;  and 
detachable  spool  means  can  be  changed  over  to  be  indepen- 
dently operable  either  by  disconnecting  further  clutch  means 
out  of  engagement,  or  by  displacing  a  speed  change  le>|er 
into  neutral  position. 

1  3,669379 

I  YARN STAND  \ 

Morrto  PMHp,  2519  Grwid  Avtmic,  BroM,  N.Y. 
Fled  May  IB,  1970,  Scr.  No.  38^2 
Int.  a.  B65h  49/02;  D02h  7/00.  D03J  5/08 


VS.  CL  242—131 


SOateiB 


Apparatus  and  method  for  forming  a  coil  by  winding  an  ax- 
ially advancmg  product  length  around  a  mandrel.  The  rota- 


A  cylinder  knitting  machine  yam  stand  which  has  an  outer 
ring  of  yam  hcdders,  an  inner  ring  of  yam  holders,  and  one  or 
more  intermediate  rings  of  yam  holders  between  the  inner 
and  outer  rings.  Spaced  apart  voids  are  provided  in  the  stand 
between  the  inner  and  outer  rings  «>  that  cones  of  yam  can 
be  inserted  from  the  underside  of  the  stand  onto  the  yam 


June  IS,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


687 


holders  of  at  least  the  inner  ring  and  the  innermost  of  the  in-    supporting  the  tape  between  such  loops  and  providing  an  in- 
termediate rings. 


3,669380 
APPARATUS  FOR  WINDING  ELECTRICAL  COILS 
Savcrio  Caitaglrone,  DanvlBc,  B.,  assignor  to  General  Electric 
Company 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  11,455 

Int  CL  B65h  54/28 

U.S.CL242— 158R  7  Claims 


dication  of  the  pneumatic  attraction  forces  applied  to  such 
loops  and  hence  of  the  length  of  the  loops  in  the  chambers. 


3,669382 
STRIP  POSITIONING  APPARATUS 
Richard  J.  Stnulna,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  Canada, 
Conpvtlag  Devices  of  Csaads  Unrilcd,  Ottawa, 
Canada 

FUed  Jaly  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  843,108 
Int.  CL  B65h  23/18,  25/22;  G03b  21/44 
U.S.CL  242-186  4 


A  multiple  coil  winding  machine  for  winding  a  plurality  of 
layer  wound  coils  on  a  single  insulating  winding  form  com- 
mon to  all  of  the  coils,  with  insulating  sheets  common  to  all 
of  the  coils  inserted  between  layers  of  the  coils.  The  wire 
payoff  carriage  transverses  in  an  axial  direction  with  respect 
to  the  winding  arbor  carrying  the  insulating  winding  form,  to 
provide  the  desired  number  of  turns  in  each  layer  of  the  coil. 
In  presently  availaUe  multi|^  coil  winding  machines  the 
traversak  of  the  wire  payoff  carriage  is  effected  by  a 
reciprocating  drive  mechanism  including  a  cardioid  cam 
drive  having  two  null  points,  one  oocwring  at  each  reversal 
in  the  direction  of  movement  of  the  wire  payoff  carriage,  and 
providing  certain  amount  of  dwell  in  movement  of  the  wire 
payoff  carriage  at  each  reversal.  A  separate  reversal 
mechanism  acting  between  the  wire  payoff  carriage  and  the 
reciprocating  drive  mechanism  driving  the  wire  payoff  car- 
riage provides  an  accelerated  reversal  at  each  reversal  of  the 
wire  payoff  carriage  traverse. 


A  strip  positioning  apparatus  in  which  the  strip  is  wound 
between  two  motor  driven  spools.  A  sensor  provides  a  signal 
representing  actual  position  to  a  control.  A  desired  pusMon 
signal  b  also  applied  to  the  contrcri  and  a  diffieience  signal 
applied  to  contrcrf  windings  on  the  moton.  Tension  is  main- 
tained on  the  strip  material  by  applying  signab  to  the  control 
windings  in  an  opposite  sense  and  die  signals  varied  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  amount  of  strip  material  on  eadi  spooL 


3,669381 
TAPE  RECORDER  REELING  CONTROL  DEVICE 
Guntcr-Karl    Schmidt,    Constance,    Gcnnany,    assignor    to 
UCENTIA     Patcnt-Vcrwataiags-GmbH,     FrankAvt     am 
Main,  Gcnnany 

FUed  Dec.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99313 
Claims  priority,  appttcatlon  Germany,  Dec.  19, 1969,  P  19  63 
^  687.4 

Int.  CL  Glib  ;5/5«.2i/72 
U.S.  CL  242— 182  3  Cl^nw 

In  a  tape  recorder  tape  reeling  device  including  a  plurality 
of  buffer  chambers  each  for  containing  a  pneumatically 
drawn  tape  loop  forming  part  of  a  buffering  length  of  tape 
between  a  transducer  bead  and  a  reel,  a  tape  tension  sensor 


MOVIE  PROJECTOR  ADAPTED  TO  USE  BOTH  A  FILM 
CARTRIDGE  AND  AN  OPEN  REEL 
Tatsosuke     KadowaU,    Kaaagawa,    Jm/tm,    aaslgpsr    la 
Kabushfld  KaUrn  Rlcoli,  Toiiy*,  Japmi 

FBcd  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,651 
ClalnM  priority,  ^ipBcalfcm  Jsyam  Dec.  19, 1969, 44/102774 

bBt.CLG03b  2  J/02 
VS.  CL  242—192  5  • 


A  movie  projector  has  a  reel  support  arm  mounted  in  its 
housing  for  movement  between  a  retracted.  fUm  cartridfc  at- 
taching position  and  a  projected  red  moiinling.positioo.  and 
has  a  film  feed  spindle  adjacent  its  outer  end.  A  fDm  stripper 
pawl  and  a  film  threader  arc  cooperable  with  film  in  a  car- 
tridge attached  to  the  support  arm  to  fiecd  the  fUm  automati- 
cally to  a  film  gate,  and  are  connected  to  a  drivtqg  means  by 


588 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


operating  mechanitin  including  a  clutch.  A  control 
inechanism  for  the  clutch  is  operated,  responsive  to  move- 
ment of  the  support  arm  to  its  projected  position,  to  disen- 
gage the  clutch  means  and  maintain  the  clutch  means  disen- 
gaged while  an  open  reel  is  mounted  on  the  projected  reel 
support  arm. 


section.  Wings  are  connected  to  the  central  fuselage  sectior 
and  a  tail  assembly  is  connected  to  the  aft  portion  of  the  aft 
fuselage  section.  Many  ot  the  component  parts  of  the  aircraft 
are  interchangeable  and  the  aircraft  is  especially  suited  foi 
use  as  a  drone  for  towing  aerial  targeu. 


SPINDLE  CONSTRUCncm  FGSi  TAPE  TRANSPORT 
Ridiwd  A.  HallMway,  Swirtofi,  CaHf^  Mrifwir  to  Canridfe 
TdevWom  Imm  New  Yark,  N.Y. 

Fifed  JiuK  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50^04 

Int.  CL  G03b  1/04;  Glib  15/32 

VS.  CL  242—194  44  Claims 


An  improved  spindle  for  mounting  a  tape  reel  of  a  tape 
cartridge  for  rotation  wherein  the  spindle  includes  the  shaft 
provided  with  a  rotor  for  insertion  into  the  hub  of  the  tape 
rceL  The  rotor  has  detent  means  which  cooperate  with  inner 
peripheral  teeth  on  the  reel  hub  to  couple  the  reel  to  the 
spindle  rotor  for  rotation  about  the  axis  of  the  spindle  shaft. 
The  invention  is  especially  adapted  for  use  with  a  reel-over- 
reel  cartridge  wherein  a  pair  of  co-axial  spindles  are  adapted 
to  be  connected  with  the  two  reels  of  the  cartridge. 


3,669,385 

AIRCRAFT  OF  IMPROVED  AND  SIMPLIFIED 

CONSTRUCTION 

Eari  GIsBlx,  Baldwta,  and  Jchi  W.  McComas,  laUp,  both  of 

N.Y.,  awigaors  to  FafarchU  iMliiitrfes,  Ik.,  Moatgomcry 

Cmiaty,  Md. 

FHcd  Oct.  8, 1970.  Scr.  No.  79,197 

iBt.  CL  B64c  1/26 

VS,  CL  244- 13  15  Claiiiia 


ERRATUM 

For  Oast  244 — 46  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,367 


3,669,386 
AIRFOIL  INCLUDING  FLUIDICALLY  CONTROLLED 

JET  FLAP 

WUli  F.  Jacobs,  and  Maxhislliaa  F.  Platxcr,  both  of  Atiaiita, 
Ga.,  assignors  to  LoddMcd  AircrafI  Corporatloa,  Burbanlt^ 
CaHf. 

Filed  May  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,270 

Int.  CL  B64b  1/36;  B64c  15/14 

VS.  CL  244—52  8  Claim^ 


Controlled  deflection  of  a  jet  flap  emanating  from  an  aif- 
foil  is  accomplithed  by  control  fluid  streams  aligned  at  a  sub- 
stantial angle  to  the  fluid  jet  which  produces  the  jet  flap.  Dis- 
closed embodiments  show  the  use  of  the  fluidically  con- 
trolled jet  flap  to  adjust  the  attitude  and/or  airfoil  loading  of 
an  aircraft,  to  generate  oscillatory  lift  forces  for  flight  flutter 
testing  of  an  aircraft,  and  to  generate  and  control  gusts  in 
wind  tunnels. 


I  3,669,387  ^^^ 

CONTROL  DEVICE  FOR  AIRCRAFT  UNDERCARRUGEg 

AND  TRAP-DOOR  HOUSING  CLOSURE 
Row  Ludcn,  NcuOy  S/Sdae,  France,  aMigiior  to  Secfele 
Mcasfar,  Paris,  Franoc  I 

Fifed  JuK  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,495  ' 

aalms  priority,  appMcaHoB  FVaBcc,  June  27, 1969, 6921852 

Int.  CL  B64c  25/16 
VS.  CL  244—102  SL  7 


An  aircraft  of  improved  of  simplified  construction  having 
forward  and  aft  generally  cylindrical  and  substantially  identi- 
cal fuselage  sections  that  are  connected  to  a  central  fuselage 
section  that  bouses  an  engine  that  has  an  inlet  located  above 
the  forward  fuselage  section  for  powering  the  aircraft  in 
flight.  The  central  long  axis  of  the  aft  fuselage  section  is 
located  above  the  central  long  axis  of  the  forward  fuselage 


A  control  device  for  a  retractable  aircraft  undercarriage 
and  for  the  trap-<loor  closing  its  housing,  with  their  actuating 
and  locking  members  and  control  members  supplying  them 
in  mechano-hydraulic  sequences  from  a  general  undercar- 


JUNE  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


589 


riage-lifting  conduit  and  a  general  undercarriage-lowering 
conduit  jack  serves  for  actuating  the  trap^loor,  and  a  first 
slide-valve  distributor  and  a  second  sUde-valve  distributor 
cooperate  in  supplying  the  jack.  A  first  kinematic  coupling  is 
controlled  by  the  retracted  position  of  the  undercarriage  and 
places  the  first  slide-valve  in  a  characteristic  undercarriage- 
up  position  and  in  a  non-characteristic  position.  A  second 
kinematic  coupling  is  contrived  by  the  down  position  of  the 
undercarriage  and  places  the  second  slide-valve  in  a  charac- 
teristic position.  A  mechano-hydrauUc  means  connects,  in 
the  non-characteristic  positions,  the  opening  chamber  of  the 
trap-door  jack  to  the  high-pressure  supply,  with  hydraulic 
locking,  and  the  closure  chamber  to  the  low-pressure  supply. 


tached  to  the  plate  and  the  base,  with  the  corresponding  one 
end  of  the  rods  rigidly  secured  and  the  other  end  located  in 
resilient  means;  in  a  preferred  arrangement,  the  plate  has  an 
upwardly  extending  flange  and  a  flexible  member  is  bearingly 
inserted  between  the  flange  and  the  adjacent  side  wall  of  the 
tub. 


3,669,388 
ELECTRONICALLY  CONTROLLED  AND 
PYROTECHNIC  CREW  ESCAPE  SYSTEM  AND  METHOD 
Rudolf  Van  Krcuainflen,  Torrance,  CaHt.,  assignoi^to  Explo- 
sive Technology,  Fdrfidd,  CaUf. 

Fifed  Oct.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  872,023 

Int  CL  B64d  25/00 

VS.  CL  244—138  R  8  Claims 


Pyrotechnic  crew  escape  system  having  electronic  switches 
and  time  delays  for  sequencing  the  flring  of  pyrotechnic 
devices  in  the  ejection  and  recovery  of  a  crew  member  from 
an  aircraft. 


ERRATUM 

^  For  Qass  244 — 7  A  see: 

Patent  No.  3,669,371 

3,669389 
TUB  WASHING  MACHINE  SUPPORT  STRUCTURE 
Kazuhiro  Goto,  London,  Ontario,  Canada,  aMignor  to  GSW 
Limitcd-GSW  LimMcc 

Fifed  July  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,905 

Int.  CL  F16J  15/02 

VS.  CL  248-22  4  Claims 


3,669,390 

FISHING  POLE  HOLDER 

Caldon  M.  Ntebon,  P.O.  Box  481,  Ephrain,  Utah 

Fifed  May  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,093 

Int.  CL  AOlh  97/10 

VS.  CL  248—42 


rr 


A  support  for  a  fishing  rod,  the  device  oooapriMng  a  unhary 
structure  formed  of  configurated  wire  having  stiCr  properties, 
the  device  including  a  horizontal  arm  having  at  its  rear  end  a 
hook  which  is  fitted  over  the  rear  end  of  the  fishing  pofe  han- 
dle, the  forward  end  of  the  amt  having  a  cradle  upon  winch  a 
forward  portion  of  the  fishing  pole  handle  can  rest,  the  for- 
ward portion  of  the  arm  being  adjacent  to  a  downwardly  ex- 
tending leg  the  lower  end  of  the  leg  having  means  for  being 
inserted  either  into  the  grouiKl  or  support  or  else  being  fitted 
into  a  bracket  mounted  upon  a  boat,  thus  comprising  a 
means  for  supporting  a  fishing  pt^. 


3,669,391 

MECHANICAL  SHOCK  AND  SWAY  ARRESTCHk 

Leonard  S.  Sueoo,  366  Mapfe  HH  Drive,  IlarlriMnch,  N J. 

FHed  Oct  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,659 

Int.  CL  FI61 3/16 

U.S.  CL  248— 54  R  11 


An  upright  tub  of  a  washing  machine  is  supported  above  a 
base  on  a  plate  which  in  turn  is  supported  by  flexible  rods  at- 


A  mechanical  arrestor  for  protecting  equipment,  such  as 
high  temperature  piping,  vessels  or  the  like,  against  diode 
loading  or  undesirat>ie  vibratory  movement  while  permitting 
requisite  movement  of  the  equipment  due  to  nomuJ  changes 
in  the  temperature  or  thermal  movement  of  the  equipment. 
The  arrestor  is  comprised  of  a  rigid  strut  unit,  which  is  ad- 
justable in  effective  length  and  is  anchored  at  one  end  to  a 
stationary  structure  and  at  its  other  end  to  the  equipment, 
and  a  control  unit  which  is  coupled  to  and  automatically  ad- 
justs the  effective  length  of  the  strut  unit  in  respooae  to  said 
changes  in  temperature  or  thermal  movement  ai  the  equip- 
ment. 


590 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


3  669JS92  bracket  includes  at  least  three  spaced  apart  areas  of  grippini 

COLLAPSIBLE  STAND-UP  TRAY  HOLDER  conuct  with  said  support  structure  wherein  downward  pre.^ 

WOtan  C.  SMUMlcn,  4402  DdfodU  Cfrde  North,  Pahn  Bcsch 

FBcd  Sept.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  856,534 

Int.  CI.  A47g  29/00 

II.S.  CL  248— 121  4Clalim 


sure  on  said  snip-on  bracket  will  enhance  the  binding  rela- 
tionship between  said  bracket  and  said  support  structure. 


The  device  of  this  invention  is  a  collapsible,  tray  holder 
having  an  upper  tray  cradle,  universally  adapted  to  hold  a 
variety  of  different  types  of  trays,  an  upright  support,  and  a 
base.  The  cradle  portion  includes  a  rear  stabilizer  and  a 
spring  loaded  front  clasp  designed  to  receive  and  hold  trays 
of  different  sizes  and  shapes.  The  base  and  the  cradle  are 
connected  to  the  upright  with  locking  hinge  connections 
forming,  when  anembled.  a  subrtantially  C-shaped  support. 
The  tray  cradle  may  be  unlocked  and  folded  at  the  hinge 
connections,  parallel  to  the  Ufwight,  with  or  without  a  tray 
therein.  The  base  connection  may  also  be  unlocked  for 
pivotal  movement  to  coUapse  the  holder  to  an  1-shaped  con- 
figuration for  shipment  or  storage. 

3,6o9,393 
ADJUSTABLE  SUPPORT 
TiMBas  O.  PaiM,  <>  ilwtahii  aliH  of  the  National  Aeronanlks 
and  SpMC  AdalBtalratkw  with  rMpcd  to  an  tatvcntkin  of, 
and  ThonMS  W.  Andrews,  2029  North  Grand  Oaks,  Al- 

tadcM,Callf. 

Filed  Jniy  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,968 

Int.  CL  F16ai  13/02 

U.S.CL  248-188.4  2Clalnis 


I  3,669395 

SHELF  AND  POLE  BRACKET 
Howvd  G.  Gchrkc,  Rock  Falls,  DL,  nvignor 
Brothers,  Inc.,  Sterling,  m. 

Fled  Dec  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  94,673 
Int.  a.  A47f  5/00 
VS.  CL  248—235 


to  Lawrcnoe 


7aaiii> 


An  adjustable  support  by  which  the  distance  at  which  a 
member  is  supported  with  respect  to  a  base  may  be  altered,  is 
readily  accessible  for  adjustment  at  a  point  remote  from  the 
supported  member  with  respect  to  the  base,  and  includes  a 
junction  with  the  supported  member  which  is  capable  of 
limited  universal  movement  to  accommodate  misahgnment 
of  the  supported  member  with  respect  to  the  base. 


3,669,394 

SNAP-ON  BRACKET 

Wyan  R.  Loucks,  1 1224  East  Lambert,  EI  Moatc,  Calif. 

Filed  July  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,171 

Int.  CL  F16ni  13/02 

U.S.  CL  248-221  __  .     ^9^ 

A  snap-on  bracket  of  unitary  resilient  construction  adapted 
to  be  releasably  positioned   on  a  support  structure.   The 


The  present  invention  relates  generally  to  a  combinied 
closet  shelf  and  pole  bracket,  and  more  particularly  to  a 
novel  and  improved  structural  arrangement  in  which  the  ele- 
ments comprising  the  bracket  are  readily  attachable  and 
detachable  with  respect  to  each  other.  The  embodiment  of 
the  invention  disclosed  herein  includes  a  horizontally 
disposed  bracket  member  attachable  at  one  extremity  to  a 
vertical  work  surface  and  formed  at  its  opposite  extremity 
with  a  first  depending  section.  A  second  bracket  member  is 
in  the  form  of  a  brace  bar  diagonally  disposed  with  respect  to 
the  horizontal  bracket  member.  The  upper  end  of  the  brace 
bar  engages  the  underside  of  the  outer  portion  of  the 
horizontal  bracket  member  and  is  formed  with  a  second  de- 
pending section  adapted  to  engage  the  inn^  surface  of  the 
first  depending  section,  said  section  having  an  interlocking 
connection.  A  pole  support  forms  an  extension  of  the  second 
depending  section. 


Strfct, 


I  3,669,396 

BRICKLAYERS'  TOOL  HOLDER 
Charles    P.    GanHkr,    5253    South    Penvylvania 

Littktoa,  Colo. 

Filed  Nov.  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  86,103 

Int.  CL  A47f  7/00 

U-S.  a.  248—309  ,^      1  Ctalm 

A  bricklayers'  tool  holder  comprising  a  umtary  structure 
consisting  of  a  pair  of  open  top  and  bottom  containers  for 
receiving  levels  and  other  tools,  and  a  bracket  consisting  of  a 
length  of  strap  iron  bent  to  form  a  vertically  extending  arm 
fastened  to  the  containers,  a  horizontal  member  extending 
away  from  the  containers,  the  lower  surface  of  said  member 
being  in  a  plane  with  the  bottom  of  the  containers  for  bearing 
on  the  upper  surface  of  a  scaffold,  a  downwardly  ejrtending 
portion,  a  second  horizontal  member  for  contacting  the 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


591 


lower  surface  of  a  scaffold,  and  a  downwardly  inclined  arm 
terminating  in  an  upturned  end  which  provides  a  hook  for 
receiving  the  strap  of  a  tool  bag.  The  two  horizontal  mem- 


bers of  the  bracket  together  with  the  bottom  edges  of  the 
containers  form  a  clip  for  mounting  the  holder  on  a  scaffold 
by  sliding  movement. 


3,66937 
VEHICLE  SEATS 
Nod  Lc  Mire,  BOancoart,  France,  BaslgiHii  to  Regie  Natlonak 
Dcs  Usincs  Renault,  BIBanconrt  (Hants  dc  Sdnc)  France 
and  AntouMbBcs  Peugeot,  Paris,  Fbrancc 

Filed  May  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34^30 

ClainM  priority,  appHcntiou  France,  May  8, 1969, 6914745 

Int.  CL  B60r  21/10;  B61I 1/00;  EOlb  7/00 

VS.  CL  248—371  i  Claim 


'  1 


A  seat  for  automotive  vehicles  of  the  like,  rigid  with  a  first 
section  and  movable  in  translation  in  relation  to  a  second 
section  secured  to  the  floor  of  the  vehicle.  The  first  section 
carries  at  least  one  transverse  pivot  pin  for  the  seat  which  lies 
substantially  at  the  upper  level  of  said  movable  section  and  is 
adapted  to  move  parallel  to  itself  in  conjunction  with  said 
first  section.  A  member  is  rigid  with  said  movable  section  and 
formed  with  a  zone  of  lesser  strength,  the  seat  is  secured  at  at 
least  one  point  to  said  member.  The  point  of  securing  being 
shifted  longitudinally  in  relation  to  the  transverse  pivot  pin  of 
the  seat  and  capable  of  performing  a  limited  movement  of 
rotation  about  said  transverse  pivot  pin. 


3,669,398 
ADJUSTABLE  SEAT  SUPPORTING  ASSEMBLY 
David  S.  Robinson,  Detroit,  Mich.,  assignor  to  Lear  Sicgkr, 
Inc.,  Santa  Monica,  CaUf. 

Filed  July  23,  1970.  Scr.  No.  57,692 
Int.  CL  F16ni  11/24, 13/00;  B60n  1/02 
VS.  CL  248-373  16  ClaioM 

An  adjustable  seat  supporting  aiaemUy  including  a  pair  of 
spaced  seat  support  members  aitd  base  means.  The  seat  sup- 
port nMApbers  are  supported  on  the  base  means  by  ekMigated 


levers.  Each  lever  is  pivotally  connected  to  the  base  meant 
and  independently  (nvotaUy  connected  to  the  seat  support 
members.  There  are  two  sets  of  levers  on  each  side  of  the  as- 
sembly. The  levers  on  each  side  of  the  a«embly  have  ends 
fiunng  one  another  with  notches  therein.  Control  links  and 
latching  plates  are  secured  to  the  seat  support  members  for 
selectively  allowing  the  levers  to  pivot  to  nd^t  the  vertical 


^"'^iD 


position  of  the  seat  support  members.  The  improvement 
comprises  the  use  of  a  torsion  bar  associated  with  the  levers 
at  the  rear  of  the  assembly.  The  torsion  bar  is  twiited  to  react 
between  the  seat  support  members  and  the  rear  levers  to 
urge  the  rear  levers  to  pivot  in  a  manner  to  raise  the  rear  por- 
tion of  the  seat  support  members. 


3,669,399 
MECHANISM  FOR  THE  TILTABLE  SEAT  OF  A  CHAIR 
John  Stewart  Wager,  Northampton,  Enghmd,  aaiignoi    to 
Univcml  Ol  Product!  CoafWBy,  Dci  FWms,  DL 

Filed  Oct.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,998 

Claims  priority,  appHctdoa  Great  Brttain,  Oct  4, 1969, 

48865/69 

InL  CL  A47c  3/023 

VS.  CL  248—373  6 


A  pivot  mechanism  for  a  chair  seat  in  which  a  torsion  bar 
is  fastened  at  its  ends  within  a  tube  and  to  the  underside  of  a 
seat.  A  support  member  fastens  the  tube  for  relative  rotation 
about  its  own  axis  to  a  seat  base.  The  tube  has  a  transverse 
opening  therein  through  which  an  arm  rigidly  attached  to 
said  torsion  bar  extends.  The  arm  is  pocitionable  with  xtwptct 
to  an  abutment  on  the  support  member  by  means  of  a 
manually  operable  torque  varying  mechaninn. 


/' 


592 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3,669,400 
VEHICX£  SEATS 
B.  Lowe,  Northamploii,  Eaghmd,  airignor  to  Univcr- 
itf  OM  Products  Compuiy,  Des  Pfadms,  DL 

FHed  July  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  57,970 
lot  a.  F16in  13100 


June  13,  1972 


Theodore 
Calif. 


3,669,402 
MOLD  FOR  A  HOLLOW  BLOCK 
Panbon,  2485  Hidden  Valley  Road,  La  Jolla, 


Filed  July  10,  1970,  Ser.  No.  53,905 
Int.  CI.  B28b  7104 


U.S.  CL  248— 400 


II  Claim  ^^'  C'-  249- ISO 


SClaims 


A  vehicle  seat  having  a  seat  part  and  a  base  part  with  a  gas 
spring  interposed  therebetween.  A  source  of  compressed  gas 
forms  part  of  the  vehicle  scat  and  is  fixed  to  the  base  part 
and  connected  to  the  gas  spring.  The  seat  frequently  entaib  a 
pump  to  form  the  source  of  compressed  gas.  The  pump 
preferably  has  a  unique  piston  arrangement  whereby  an  O- 
ring  seals  a  piston  to  a  cylinder  in  the  pump  during  the  com- 
pression stroke  and  allows  gas  passage  past  the  piston  during 
the  recovery  stroke. 


3,669,401 

FIBER  GLASS  REINFORCED  MOLD  FOR 

CEMENTmOUS  BUILDING 

Ricardo  J.  Ocanpo.  Ncvaro,  Mexico  City,  Mexico,  assignor  to 

Joacph  Abdow,  Miami  BcmIi,  Fla. 

Filed  Mar.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  19,429 

Int.Cl.E04g7//02 

U.S.  CI.  249-27  1<>  Claims 


A  mold  for  a  hollow  block  such  as  one  formed  of  concrele 
in  which  the  mold  includes  a  pair  of  outer  side  walls,  end 
walls  therefor  and  inner  walls.  Portions  of  the  lower  ends  of 
the  inner  walls  terminate  above  the  lower  ends  of  the  outer 
side  walls  to  form  spaces.  Pivotally  mounted  vanes  extend 
downwardly  and  outwardly  from  between  the  inner  walls  and 
through  the  spaces,  which  vanes,  together  with  a  pallet,  form 
the  bottom  of  the  mold.  The  vanes  are  yieldingly  urged  out- 
wardly but  yield  inwardly  when  the  pallet  is  lowered  and 
pressure  is  applied  to  the  top  of  the  block,  whereby  the 
formed  block,  can  be  removed  through  the  bottom  of  t|ie 
mold. 


3,669,403 
HYDRAULIC  PRESSURE  MODULATOR  FOR  USE  IN 
ADAPTIVE  BRAKING  SYSTEMS 
Michael  Siavln,  and  Ralph  W.  Carp,  both  of  Baltimore,  Md., 
aarignors  to  The  Bendtx  Corporation 
Origiiial  appUcatkm  Mw.  13, 1968,  Ser.  No.  712,672,  nmir 
Patent  No.  3^94,671.  Divided  and  this  application  Oct.  20, 
,         1969,  Ser.  No.  867,840  , 

I  Int.  a.  F16k  31142 

U.S.  a.^25 1  -30  6  Clalins 


A  mold  form  of  plastic  material  for  forming  a  building  of 
cementitious  material  having  structural  features  which  enable 
its  re-use  and  being  constructed  of  fiber  glass  reinforced 
polyester  resin  with  reinforcing  elements  incorporated 
therein  to  provide  sufficient  strength  requirements  to  effec- 
tively form  a  concrete  building. 


A  vacuum  actuated  hydraulic  pressure  modulator  for  use 
in  an  adaptive  braking  system  for  automobiles,  trucks  and  the 
like,  which  is  interposed  in  the  vehicle  hydraulic  brake  line 
between  the  master  cylinder  and  the  wheel  cylinders  to  be 
controlled  in  response  to  error  signals  generated  in  an  adap- 
tive braking  system  control  channel  includes  a  diaphragm 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


593 


and  a  cooperating  displacement  rod  within  the  modulator 
body  which  are  (xxitioned  in  accordance  with  the  volumetric 
rate  of  air  admitted  to  one  side  of  the  diaphragm  by  a  sole- 
noid valve  which  opens  in  response  to  an  error  signal 
generated  by  the  adaptive  braking  system  control  channel 
when  the  vehicle  wheels  attain  a  certain  dynamic  condition. 
The  displacement  rod  cooperate  with  a  ball  valve  to  nor- 
mally allow  free  communication  between  the  master  cylinder 
and  wheel  cylinder;  however,  when  the  air  is  admitted 
through  the  solenoid  valve  in  response  to  the  error  signal  the 
displacement  rod  is  displaced  so  as  to  isolate  the  wheel  cylin- 
ders from  the  master  cylinder  and  additionally  to  rapidly  at- 
tenuate the  hydraulic  pressure  at  the  wheel  cylinders.  In 
response  to  the  decreasing  brake  pressure  at  the  wheel  cylin- 
ders, the  wheel  begins  to  accelerate  to  its  vehicle  speed.  At 
another  dynamic  wheel  condition,  the  error  signal  is  extin- 
guished thereby  closing  the  solenoid  valve.  The  modulated 
diaphragm  and  displacement  rod  are  now  repositioned  so  as 
to  slowly  increase  the  braking  pressure,  the  rate  of  pressure 
increase  being  determined  by  the  amount  of  air  leakage 
across  the  modulator  diaphragm.  If  wheel  acceleration,  in 
spite  of  the  increasing  brake  pressure,  increases  to  a  third 
reference  level,  a  modulator  bypass  valve  is  opened  in 
response  to  a  second  control  channel  error  signal  so  as  to 
pneumatically  shut  the  aforementioned  diaphragm  causing 
the  displacement  rod  and  diaphragm  to  be  repositioned  more 
rapidly,  thus  increasing  the  brake  pressure  at  a  more  rapid 
rate,  which  rate  is  determined  by  the  size  of  the  bypass  valve. 


3,669,404 
CLOSURE  DEVICE  ON  A  PIPE  CONDUIT 
frledrich  Kakcr,  Mannedorf,  Swhxerland,  atrigmrr  to  Eacher 
Wyts  Limited,  Zurich,  Switzerland 

Filed  Mar.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,080 

Claims  priority,  appttcatioo  Switzerland,  Mar.  20, 1969, 

4357/69;  Apr.  15, 1969,5788/69 

Int.  CL  F16k  25100 

MS.  CI.  251—172  1  Claim 


ing  shaft  lying  outside  the  passage  throu^  «^ch  material 
flows  through  the  valve.  Thie  shaft  carries  a  lug  fixed  on  it 
which  extends  into  the  passage  and  is  pivotally  connected 
with  the  flap  near  the  center  of  the  latter.  Rocking  of  the 
shaft  about  its  axis  causes  the  flap  to  be  moved  towards  and 
away  from  its  seating.  In  order  to  ensure  that  the  flap,  after 
being  moved  clear  of  its  seating,  swings  into  a  position  per- 


pendicular to  its  closed  position  in  the  passage,  a  linkage  is 
provided.  This  linkage  comprises  two  arms  and  two  links. 
The  arms  are  carried  on  the  shaft  and  are  normally  stationary 
during  operation.  The  links  are  connected  with  the  arms  and 
the  flap.  The  angular  setting  of  the  arms,  and  hence  of  the 
flap  can  be  changed  by  means  of  an  adjusuble  stop  mounted 
on  the  casing. 


3,669,406 
BALL  VALVE 
Howard  V.  Moore,  Long  Bewrh,  Calif.,  aasignor  to  Padllc 
Valves,  Inc.,  Long  BcKh,  CaHf. 

Filed  Feb.  10, 1971,  Ser.  No.  114,195 

Int.  CL  F16k  5106 

U.S.  CL  251—315  9  Claina 


A  rotary  valve  to  be  mounted  in  a  pipe  conduit  and  includ- 
ing an  elastically  yieldable  packing  cylinder  fixed  at  one  end 
by  means  of  a  short  radial  collar  confmed  between  the  hous- 
ing and  a  section  of  said  conduit,  and  an  annular  sealing  seat 
fixed  to  the  rotatable  ball  member.  The  packing  cylinder  is 

arranged  in  a  counterbore  formed  in  the  walls  of  said  hous-        The  rotary  ball  valve  includes  a  generally  annular  seal 
ing,  and  covers  a  space  in  said  counterbore.  The  space,  in  the    which  is  held  in  place  by  an  edge  anchored  annular  retainer, 
closed  position  of  said  closure  member,  being  brought  under    The  retainer  is  oversized  for  the  valve  housing  and  on  instal- 
liquid  pressure  so  as  to  press  the  free  end  of  said  packing    lation  resides  in  a  state  of  compression, 
cylinder  onto  said  seat.  


3,669,405 
FLAP  VALVE 
Heinz  Baum,  Saarbnicken,  Germany,  assignor  to  Jansen  Th. 
GmbH,  Rohrbach,  Germany 

Filed  Feb.  23,  1971,  Ser.  No.  117,941 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Feb.  23, 1970,  P  20  08 

359.4 

Int.  CL  F16k  31144 

U.S.CL251— 279  6  Clatam 

The  specification  describes  a  flap  valve  with  a  generally 

transversely  extending  flap  arranged  to  be  operated  by  a  driv- 


3,669,407 

VALVE  STEM 

James  E.  Mundt,  Mcirtor,  Ohio,  and  Milan  Powdl,  Angola, 

Ind.,  assignors  to  The  Wcatherhead  Company 

Original  appHcaiion  Nov.  20,  1967,  Ser.  No.  684,285,  now 

Patent  No.  3,587,157.  Dtvided  and  this  appUcatkm  Jum  1, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  54,060 

lot  a  F16k  25100, 29100 

MS,  CL  251—334  4  Ckakmm 

A  cold  forged  valve  stem  for  a  three-way  valve  includes  a 

conical  valving  portion  provided  by  a  conical  skirt  of  work 

hardened  material.  The  skirt  is  radially  deflectable  to  insure 


594 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197:; 


proper  seating  and  hardened  to  reduce  wear.  An  oppositely 
facing  conical  valve  teat  it  also  work  hardened.  The  valve 
ttem  it  cold  formed  from  cylindrical  ttock  without  scrap.  The 
skirt  is  formed  by  first  upsetting  an  intermediate  head  and 


Novel  jack  means  particularly  adapted  for  use  in  the  sytte^ 
and  preferred  electrical  control  circuitry  are  disclosed. 


£\9 


subsequently  further  upsetting  such  head  while  backward  ex- 
truding a  tubular  skirt.  Subsequently  the  tubular  skirt  is 
deformed  by  a  conical  tool  to  a  conical  shape.  The  opposite 
end  of  the  valve  ttem  it  forward  extruded  to  a  polygonal 
shape  to  provide  a  wrenching  portion. 


3,669v408 

METAL  TO  METAL  SEA  FOR  EXTREME 

TEMPERATURE  APPUCATIONS 

David  W.  Baxter,  Jr.,  Syfanar,  CaHf .,  SMigiior  to  Textron  Inc. 

Filed  JaiL  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2314 

lirt.CI.F16k  57/00.  7/226 

U.S.  CL  251—359  9  Claimt 


^r\. 


Disclosed  is  an  electromagnetically  operated  force  motor 
which  f>ositions  a  valve  member  with  respect  to  a  valve  seat 
to  open  and  close  a  valve,  thereby  controlling  the  flow  of 
fluid  through  a  chamber  which  is  sealed  with  respect  to  the 
force  motor.  The  valve  seat  is  maintained  in  position  by  a 
mechanical  bond  which  provides  a  fluid-tight  seal  under  ex- 
treme temperature  conditions,  for  example,  cryogenic  appli- 
cations. 


3,669,409 
VEHICLE  ATTITUDE  STABILIZATION  AND  CONTROL 

SYSTEM 
John  Eranosian,  175  PhflUpt  Road,  Woodtide,  CaUf. 
Filed  Dec.  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  97,774 
Int.  CL  B66f  7\26;  B60s  9\02 :  B66f  3122 

DS.  CL  254-45  8  Claims 


3,669,410 

HOIST  CONVERSION  UNIT  FOR  SMALL  TRACTORSi 

I F.  Burr,  32  North  KaMwha,  Burlthanimii,  W.  Vs. 

Fled  July  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,941 

latL  CL  B66C  23/60 

VJS,  CL  254—139.1  2 


A  system  for  stabilizing  and  controlling  the  attitude  of  a 
vehicle  with  respect  to  the  underlying  terrain  when  stationary 
by  means  of  double  acting  jacks  including  means  for  pressure 
equalization  therebetween  is  disclosed.  Electrical  control  cir- 
cuitry providing  means  for  fully  automatic  leveling  including 
a  novel  pendulum  actuated  electrical  switch  is  described. 


The  invention  comprises  an  attachment  for  a  hoist  as- 
sembly for  attachment  to  a  self-powered  vehicle  having  a 
front  power  takeoff  comprising;  a  gear  case  assembly  cou- 
pled to  the  fore  frame  of  the  tractor;  a  shaft  extending 
horizontally  through  said  gear  case;  a  reeling  drum  and  a 
ratchet  wheel  mounted  on  said  shaft;  a  rele^oable  pawl 
mounted  on  said  gear  case  assembly  for  engagement  with 
said  ratchet  wheel,  a  hoisting  boom  having  means  for  mount- 
ing on  the  fore  frame  of  the  tractor,  brace  means  for  said 
boom  supported  on  said  gear  case  assembly  and  a  cable 
trained  around  said  reeling  drum  and  extending  over  t^ 
upper  end  of  said  boom. 


3,669,411 

«  LOAD  BALANCER 

Lome  J.  McKendrIck,  5131  Surfwood  Drive,  MUford,  Mich 

Fled  Mar.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,986 

InL  CL  B66d  7/00 

U.S.  CI.  254—168  6  Claims 


A  pneumatic  load  balancer  having  a  hoist  cylinder  adapted 
for  attachment  to  an  overhead  support  such  as  a  hook,  rail, 
trolley  or  the  like  having  a  piston  assembly  disposed  in  the 
cylinder,  a  fluid  chamber  and  a  lifting  cable  which  is  wound 
around  a  dual  set  of  pulleys  with  one  end  anchored  with 
respect  to  the  cylinder  and  the  other  end  arranged  for  at- 
tachment to  a  load.  One  set  of  pulleys  is  fixed  against  motion 
near  the  center  of  the  cylinder  and  the  other  set  is  carried  by 
the  piston  assemUy  to  reel  in  or  to  unwind  the  cable  from  the 
cylinder  upon  movement  of  the  piston  assembly  by  means  of 
fluid  pressure.  A  pneumatic  control  system  is  provided  which 
comprises  a  monostat  in  the  form  a  pilot  pressure  operated 
fluid  pressure  regulator  having  a  built-in  relief  valve  and 
which  is  fitted  to  the  cylinder  inlet  and  which  can  be 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


595 


operated  either  through  pilot  or  mechanical  connections  to 
adjust  the  pretture  of  fluid  available  at  the  inlet  of  the 
cylinder  in  correspondence  vkith  the  load  carried  by  the  ca- 
ble. Valve  means  are  also  provided  which  are  normally  open 
to  communicate  the  fluid  chamber  with  atmosphere  and 
which  closes  upon  an  increased  pressure  in  the  chamber  to 
thereby  dampen  upward  movement  of  the  cable. 


to  the  fence  post  external  resinous  sheath,  preferably  an  in- 
tervening C-shaped  wire-connector  member  it  utilized  which 
it  removably  frictionally  engaged  at  a  telectable  continuum 
of  elevations  along  the  fence  post  sheath.  The  kywer  portioa 
of  the  fence  post  might  include  an  angular  anchor-pUte  ad- 
mirably suited  to  maintain  the  fence  post  perpendicular  to 
the  earth's  surface. 


3,669,412  3,669^14 

CIRCUITRY  FOR  CONTROLLING  AN  ELECTROSTATIC  MIXING  APPARATUS 

COPIER  Gordon  D.  Love,  171  Battcnca  Road 

Mas«ya  Ogawa,  Osaka,  Japui,  aaslgiior  to  Minolta  Camera  FBmI  Mar.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  80M99 

KabushUd  Kaisha  Claims  priority,  appBcaHan  GtmI  Britain,  Mar.  25, 1968, 

Filed  Dec  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,072  14363/68 

Cbdmt  priority,  applicatioa  Japu,  Dec.  31,  1968, 44/730  Int  CL  BOlf  7/26 

Int.  CL  GOig  15/00  VS.  CL  259—8                                                             13  ClainM 
U.S.  CI.  355—3                                                               6  Clainv 


42     6     43 


A  safety  relay  is  serially  connected  with  a  manual  switch 
for  initiating  operation  of  an  electrostatic  copier.  A  first  con- 
tact of  the  relay  maintains  current  in  the  relay  coil,  a  second 
contact  interconnects  the  power  source  with  a  high  voltage 
generating  source,  and  a  third  contact  interconnects  the 
power  source  with  a  discharge  circuit.  A  two-position  switch 
has  a  flrst  position  for  connecting  a  voltage  storage  device  to 
a  power  source  and  a  second  position  for  actuating  a  flash 
circuit.  Another  relay  releases  the  safety  relay  with  the  two- 
position  switch  in  the  second  position. 


3,669,413 
ELECTRICAL  FENCE  CONSTRUCTION 
Ralph  L.  Laibic,  14008  North  24th  Street,  Route  6,  Omaha, 
Ncbr. 

Filed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,979    ^ 
Int.  CL  EOlk  J/00 
VS.  CI.  256— 10  3  Claims 


Ov    I  V^fr 


h^-+ 


There  is  described  electrical  fencing  comprising  a  plurality 
of  upright  elongate  fence  posts,  each  fence  post  comprising 
an  upright  rigid  metallic-rod  adapted  to  be  embedded  into 
the  earth,  said  metallic-rod  carrying  an  uprighdy  extending 
resinous  electrically-insulative  resinous  slieath  disposed  at  an 
elevation  common  to  the  fencing  current-carrying  conductor 
wire(s).  Although  the  tonductor  wire  might  be  tied  directly 


Apparatus  for  mixing  solid  material  with  a  liquid  wherein  a 
mixer  device  comprising  a  casing  and  an  impeDer  is  mounted 
below  an  outlet  at  the  bottom  of  a  subsidiary  vessel.  Liquid 
and  solid  material  are  continuously  supplied  to  the  subsidiary 
vessel,  separately  or  together.  Material  within  the  casing  is 
expelled  outwardly  by  the  impeDer  and  is  subjected  to 
thorough  mixing  and  disintegration.  Further  material,  drawn 
downwardly  in  the  subsidiary  vessel,  is  directed  towards  the 
mixer  casing  by  inwardly  and  downwardly  sloping  side  walb 
of  the  subsidiary  vessel. 


3,669,415 

MACHINE  FOR  MIXING,  PLASTICATING  AND 

PRESSING  OUT  OF  PLASTICS,  RUBBER  AND  OTHER 

HIGHLY  VISCOUS  MAIERIALS  AT  CONTROLLED 

PRESSURE 

Hcnrik  Niciandcr,  SchaufeiboyirtiBsst  58,  CH-8055  Zurldi, 

SwltaeriwMl 

Fled  Feb.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,215 
Claims  priority,  appHcatioB  SwitxerlMMl,  Feb.  11, 1969, 

2011/69 

Int.  CL  BOlf  9/02 

U.S.  CL  259— 12  20  Ckdim 


A  mixing  and  plasticating  machine  which  comprises  a  mix- 
ing and  plasticating  cylinder,  an  axially  moval>le  mixing  and 


596 


OFFICIAL  GAZETT 


d 


June  13,  1972 


plasticating  rotor  with  passages,  the  shaft  of  said  mixing  and 
plasticating  rotor  being  connected  to  a  rotary  drive  outside 
the  mixing  and  plasticating  cylinder,  and  an  axially  movaWe 
pressing  piston.  Said  mixing  and  plasticating  rotor  and  said 
pressing  piston  are  axially  movable  independently  of  each 
other  in  said  mixing  and  plasticating  cylinder. 

3,669,416 
METHOD  AND  AN  APPARATUS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION 

OF  DISPERSIONS  OF  DYESTUFFS 

Fritz  Svttcr,  and  lUidrcaB  Maicr,  both  of  Prattdn,  Swttxer- 

land,  assifiiers  to  Boas  AG,  Basel,  Swhzcrlaiid 

Filed  Nov.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,893 

Claims  priority,  appUcatioB  Switzeriand,  Dec.  10, 1969, 

18481/69 

Int.  CI.  BOlf  7/05.  15102 

MS.  CI.  259-21  4  Claims 


outlet  passage  tapering  inwardly  and  ending  in  a  transverse 
slot.  Air  under  pressure  is  emitted  in  the  form  of  jets  into  the 


tapering  end  part  of  the  nozzle  on  the  outside  of  the  concrete 
mix  flowing  therethrough. 


I  3,669,418 

METHOD  OF  SPRAYING  CONCRETE 
Charics  E.  Cornwdl,  and  James  H.  BKkuB,  both  of  Alexan- 
dria, Va.,  aaiignon  to  Jcnninss  Bailey,  Jr.,  Frederick,  Md. 
Filed  July  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  841,298  I 

Int.  CI.  B28c  5106  ' 

U.S.  CI.  259-147  4  Claims 


The  present  invention  relates  to  a  method  for  the  produc- 
tion of  dispersions  of  dyestuffs,  in  which  the  initial  in- 
gredienu  are  fed  individually  and  at  different  locations  and 
stages  into  a  continuously  operating  mixing  and  kneading 
machine  and  are  processed  therein.  The  dyestuff  pigments 
are  first  mixed  and  degassed  with  slight  heating  whereafter 
they  are  conveyed  in  sliding  motion  into  the  apertures  of  the 
mixing  and  kneading  machine  and  in  such  a  manner  that  the 
material  falls  into  the  machine  adjacent  the  periphery  of  the 
cross-section  of  the  filling  aperture  leaving  in  the  center,  a 
free  space  for  the  exhaustion  of  gas.  In  addition,  the  inven- 
tion relates  to  an  apparatus  for  carrying  out  this  method 
comprising  a  continuously  operable  mixing  and  kneading 
machine,  having  a  routable  and  simultaneously  oscillatable 
shaft  with  worm  blades,  said  machine  being  provided  with 
spatially  separated  filling  apertures,  a  beatable  conveyor 
worm  and  a  drop  chute  for  feeding  dyestuff  pigments,  the 
said  drop  chute  having  conical  enlargements  at  its  upper  and 
lower  end  and  a  downwardly  open  slide  cone  having  a  central 
upwardly  directed  exhaust  pipe,  which  is  provided  in  the  end 
region  of  the  lower  conical  enlargement. 


A  method  of  producing  concrete  includ<»  admixing  with 
dry  cement  the  amount  of  water  for  producing  complete 
setting,  thoroughly  beating  the  cement  and  water,  and  adding 
substantially  dry  sand  or  aggregate.  The  water-cement  mix- 
ture is  usually  too  stiff  to  be  workable,  but  is  reduced  by  the 
beating  action  to  a  less  viscous  product,  capable  when  ag- 
gregate is  added  thereto  of  being  blown  into  a  reinforcing 
material  such  as  a  wire  screen  and  of  penetrating  through  the 
screen  into  contact  with  a  backing.  The  amount  of  water  is 
preferably  of  the  order  35  -  37  lbs.  per  100  lbs.  of  cem«nt. 
The  equipment  for  carrying  out  the  spraying  may  be  such 
that  compressed  air  alone  is  used  to  provide  the  power  for 
stirring  and  to  transport  the  material. 


3,669,417 
METHOD  OF  MIXING  AND  PLACING  CONCRETE 
Charics  E.  Cornwcil,  Alexandria,  Va.,  assignor  to  Jennings 
Balky,  Jr.,  Frederick,  Md. 

Filed  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,198 
Int.  CI.  B28c  5106 
U.S.CL  259-147  ^Clalins 

Concrete  is  produced  by  mixing  cement  with  substanUaUy 
the  exact  amount  of  water  needed  to  produce  a  setting  of  the 
cement,  and  the  mixture  is  then  thoroughly  agitated  until  its 
viscosity  is  substantially  reduced.  Dry  sand  or  other  ag- 
gregate is  then  added,  and  mixed  with  the  slurry.  This  mix- 
ture is  then  pumped  under  pressure  to  a  nozzle,  which  has  an 


3,669,419 
ATOMIZING  NOZZLE,  PARTICULARLY  FOR  OIL- 
BURNERS 

Jorgen  Hartvlg  Petersen,  Nordborg,  and  Ldf  VIggo  Sturlason, 

Sondcrborg,  both  of  Denmark,  assignors  to  Danfom  A/S, 

Nordberg,  Denmark  | 

Filed  Jan.  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  106,054 

Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Germany,  Feb.  18, 1970,  P  20  07 

342.1  I 

Int.  a.  B05b  1126 
MS.  a.  239-544  4  CWma 

The  invention  relates  to  an  atomizing  nozzle  having  a  tubu- 
larly shaped  housing  with  an  outlet  orifice  at  one  end  thereof. 
An  annularly  shaped  member  having  a  frustoconically  shaped 
backing  surface  is  adjacent  the  orifice.  A  frustoconically 
shaped  shell  member  is  held  in  position  against  the  backing 
surface  with  a  screw  member  having  a  frustoconically  shaped 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


5d7 


male  surface.  Grooves  or  slots  are  provided  in  the  shell 
member  and  either  or  both  of  the  frustoconically  shaped  sur- 


faces are  cooperable  with  the  grooves  or  slots  to  provide 
fluid  flow  passages. 


3,669,420 
AUXILIARY  AIR  FUEL  MIXTURE  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
FOR  REDUCING  AUTOMOTIVE  EXHAUST  EMISSIONS 
Ray  D.  Loudenslagcr,  St.  Petersburg,  Fla.,  ttignor  to  Au- 
tomotive Exhaust  Control  Corporation,  St.  Petersburg,  Fla. 
Continuatkm-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  17,520,  Mar.  16, 
1970,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Nov.  17,  1971,  Ser. 

No.  199.456 

Int.  CI.  F02m  7124 

U.S.  CI.  261— 23A  4  Claims 


3,669,421 
COOLING  MEDiUM-MOVING  DEVICES  FOR  GAS- 
UQUID  CONTACTING  APPARATUS 
Edmund   Murphy,   La  Spcda,   Italy,   amig^r  to 
Devdopments  Ltd.,  Lucerne,  Switaeriand 

FOcd  Mar.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,068 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Mar.  24, 1969, 

15,194/69 
Int  a.  BO  If  J/04 
U.S.  CI.  261—25  7 


A  generally  sealed,  thermally  insulated  diffusion  chamber 
is  coupled  via  a  capillary  tube  to  the  fuel  bowl  of  an  automo- 
tive internal  combustion  engine  with  the  capillary  tube  ter- 
minating at  the  upstream  end  of  the  diffusion  chamber  in  a 
fuel  jet  nozzle  which  directs  fuel  into  a  venturi  leading  into 
the  diffusion  chamber.  A  plurality  of  small  air  inlet  holes  up- 
stream of  the  venturi  intersects  the  fuel  leaving  the  jet  nozzle 
to  effect  a  low  temperature  thermally  and  molecularly 
changed  air  fuel  mixture  which  is  highly  difFused  and  which  is 
delivered  by  means  of  insulated  tubing  from  the  diffusion 
chamber  to  the  intake  manifold  downstream  of  the  carbure- 
tor under  a  delayed  or  partially  retained  action,  greatly 
reducing  exhaust  emissions,  especially  during  deceleration  of 
the  vehicle. 


The  operating  fluid  supply  means  for  the  fan-driving  tur- 
bine of  a  cooling  medium-moving  device  for  a  gas-liquid  con- 
tacting apparatus  comprises  a  plurality  of  supply  pipes,  one 
of  which  is  designed  to  supply  fluid  to  a  main  nozzle  or  noz- 
zles to  effect  the  operation  of  the  turbine  and  the  other  or 
others  of  which  is/are  designed  to  supply  fluid  to  a  secondary 
nozzle  or  nozzles  to  assist  the  driving  of  the  turbine  and/or 
is/are  provided  with  a  fluid  outlet  aperture  or  apertures,  the 
fluid  issuing  from  which  does  not  assist  in  driving  the  turbine, 
whereby  the  operating  fluid  may  be  selectively  distributed 
amongst  any  one  or  more  of  said  pipes  so  as  to  vary  the 
speed  of  rotation  of  the  turbine  as  desired. 


3,669,422 
AERATION  APPARATUS 
Rkhard  J.  Nog^J,  Winfidd,  III.,  assignor  to  Keene  Corpora- 
tion 

Filed  Oct.  19,  1970,  Ser.  No.  81,994 

Int.  a.  BOlf  7116 

MS.  CI.  261—34  1 1  Claims 


An  aerator  for  use  in  waste  water  treatment  plants  for  im- 
parting oxygen  to  liquid  moving  through  the  system  including 
a  buoyant  pontoon  having  a  central  opening  designed  to  float 
on  the  liquid.  A  motor  mounted  on  the  pontoon  has  its  shaft 
extending  axially  through  the  pontoon  opening  and  propdler 
blades  are  attached  to  the  end  <A  the  shaft  for  pumping  the 
liquid  up  through  the  opening  and  outwardly  therefrom  for 
imparting  oxygen  to  the  liquid.  A  shelf  located  on  the  pen- 


598 


OFFICIAL  GAZETT 


J 


June  13,  19f2 


toon  upper  surface  is  dry  when  the  unit  is  not  in  operation 
and  therefore  tends  to  counterbalance  the  downward  pull  of 
the  propeUers  during  starting.  As  a  portion  of  the  pumped 
liquid  fUls  the  tray,  it  acu  as  a  baUast  for  the  unit  during  the 
pumping  operation. 


3,669,423 
CARBURETOR 
Yiiklo     Hoteho,     KatniU;     Kofehiro     Yasada,     Hitachi; 
YochUiicc  Oyama,  HMadii;  Takao  Tcrantahi,  HHachi,  and 
Scikott  Suxnki,  HHacbi,  aB  o(  Japui,  aHigiion  to  Hitachi, 
Ltd.,  Toliyo,  Japaa 

Filed  May  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,076 
Claims  priority,  appHcattm  Japan,  May  21, 1969, 44/38734 

laL  CL  F02m  69/04 
U.S.C1.  261— 36A  5  Claims 


I  3,669,425 

WATER  COOLING  TOWER 
John  H.  Copdaad,  Borough  of  Ringwood,  N  J., 
T.  &  T.  Indwtrics,  Inc.,  Franklin  Lakes,  NJ. 
Filed  July  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  59,559 
Int  CI.  BOld  45/00;  BOlf  3/04 
VS.  a.  261—79  A 


A  carburetor  capable  of  suitably  controlling  the  fuel  flow 
rate  over  the  entire  operational  range  of  the  associated  en- 
gine using  a  three-dimensional-type  fluidic  device. 


U.S.Ci.  261-44  R 


*-_r-5e 


^^Mfc^ 


to  p. 


4Clalins 


3  669  424 

CARBURETOR  OF  VAIUAbLe-AREA  VENTURI  TYPE 

Masaji    Shk>bara,   Chlgaaaki    City,   and    Gcnji    Watanabe, 

Tokyo,  both  of  Japan,  assignors  to  Nissan  Motor  Company, 

Limited,  Kanagawa-ku,  Yokohama  CHy,  Japan 

Filed  Dec.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,141 

Int.  CI.  F02m  3/08 


A  water  cooling  tower  is  shown  which  comprises  a  blower 
opening  into  the  bottom  of  the  tower  for  introducing!  or 
blowing  air  into  the  tower.  A  continuously  walled  wet 
decking  arranged  in  a  spiral  mounted  above  the  air  inlet  port 
and  having  a  large  number  of  regularly  spaced  projections  ar- 
ranged in  an  inclined  checkerboard  or  step  like  pattern  to 
control  the  counterflowing  air  and  water  in  the  tower.  A 
spray  tree  for  introducing  water  into  the  vessel  is  mounted 
above  the  wet  decking  and  a  mist  eliminator  mounted  above 
the  spray  tree.  The  mist  eliminator  is  also  constructed  in  the 
form  of  a  continuously  spirally  wound  vertical  wall  with  ad- 
jacent surfaces  of  the  eliminator  wall  being  separated  by  a 
multiplicity  of  step  like  baffles. 

j  3,669,426 

I  FURNACES 

Robert  Gcorjge  Whitehouse,  Womboume,  England,  assignor 
to  Fcrro  Corporation  I 

Filed  Oct.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  83,701  I 

Claims  priority,  appikatioa  Great  Britain,  June  26,  197  9, 
I  31,118/70 

'  Int.  a.  F27b  9/24 

U.S.  CI.  263^8  R  4  Claims 

I  - 


2  Claims 


A  carburetor  of  the  variable-area  venturi  type  for  an  inter- 
nal combustion  engine,  adapted  to  reduce  the  amount  of 
hydrocarbons  in  the  exhaust  gases  emitted  from  the  engine 
during  idle  operation  of  the  automotive.  The  carburetor  in- 
cludes additional  passages  by-passing  the  carburetor  throttle 
valve  and  means  to  adjust  an  air-fuel  ratio  and  amount  of  a 
fuel  mixture  to  be  supplied  to  the  engine  during  the  idle 
operation. 


A  direct  fired  tunnel-type  continuous  heat  treating  fur- 
nace, particularly  adapted  to  fire  porcelain  enamel  articles, 
wherein  the  conventional  muffle  has  been  eliminated  in  Cavor 
of  a  system  of  perforate  refractory  shapes,  so  disposed  to 
channel,  and  directly  and  evenly  distribute,  heat  from  the 
burners  of  said  furnace  throughout  its  hot  zone. 


3,669,427 
GOLF  BALL  RETRIEVER 
Gcndd  J.  Curtk,  8806  GIca  Loch,  Houston,  Tex. 
Filed  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,169 
Int.  CL  A47f  13/06 
UACL  294-19  SCWms 

A  golf  ball  retriever  having  pivotally  mounted  claw  mem- 
bers which  are  yieldably  urged  toward  closed  position,  and 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


599 


which  are  held  in  open  position  by  trigger  mechanism 
operated  by  engagement  with  the  ball  to  be  retrieved  to 
cause  the  claw  members  to  snap  closed  on  the  ball.  The 
trigger  mechanism  includes  means  for  adjusting  the  sensitivi- 
ty thereof  so  that  the  mechanism  operates  in  response  to  very 


top  of  housing  provides  continuous  annular  outlet  which 
receives  air  under  pressure  from  a  blower  through  a  central 
inlet  in  hood.  The  blower  receives  air  from  inside  and  outside 


light  contact  with  the  ball  to  actuate  the  claw  members. 
Sighting  means  is  provided  for  positioning  the  mechanism  ac- 
curately over  the  ball  by  manipulation  with  an  extensible 
telescoping  handle. 


3,669,428 
TOBACCO  HEATING  AND  CURING  APPARATUS 
Donald  E.  Jones,  Clinton,  N.C.,  assignor  to  Vann  Industries, 
Inc.,  Clinton,  N.C. 

^     Filed  June  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  41389 
Int.  CL  F23I  9/04 
VJS.  CL  263-19  D  10  Clahns 


Stratioa  & 


3,669^29 
TOBACCO  CURING  APPARATUS 
Robert  C.  Dew,  New  AttMoy,  LmL,  aailgnnr  to 
Tiritcggr  Co.,  Inc. 

FBcd  Mv.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  128,272 
IBL  CL  F23I 9/04 
U.S.  CL  263— 19  D  H 

Tobacco  curer  for  enclosed  space  having  open  top  com- 
bustion chamber  with  heat  exchanger  housing  surrounding 
and  spaced  therefix>m.  Horizontal  top  of  housing  connected 
to  depending  side  wall  with  air  inlet  adjacent  bottom  of  hous- 
ing. Angulariy  spaced  radial  outlets  in  housing  discharge  but 
air  and  products  of  combustion.  Conical  hood  spaced  from 


the  enclosed  space  and  air  discharged  from  aimular  outlet 
moves  at  greater  velocity  than  air  and  products  of  com- 
bustion discharged  from  radial  oudets. 


3,669,430 
TWO-STAGE  LIME  MUD  CALCINER 
George  G.  Copdand,  Wcatcm  Springs,  DL,  — ignor  to  Cope- 
land  System  Inc.,  Oak  Brook,  DL 

FUed  Aug.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,544 

Int.  CL  F27b  15/00 

U.S.  CL  263—21  A  6  Oafam 


A  pipeless  tobacco  curing  apparatus  including  a  cylindrical 
heat  chamber  having  a  plurality  of  releasable  heat  outlets  ex- 
tending radially  therefrom  and  a  conical  hood  mounted  in 
spaced  relation  with  respect  to  a  slanted  roof  supported  by 
brackeu  releasably  secured  to  the  chamber.  Air  is  forced  by 
a  blower  intermediate  the  hood  and  roof  in  directions 
generally  radially  of  the  chamber  and  over  the  heat  outlets 
while  being  controlled  by  a  series  of  air  deflectors. 


A  two-stage  system  for  calcining  lime  mud.  In  the  first 
stage  the  lime  mud  is  mixed  with  kraft  black  liquor  and  dried 
in  a  fluidized  bed  or  spray  dryer,  using  as  a  source  of  heat  for 
drying,  the  hot  exit  gases  fixmi  the  second  stage,  fai  the 
second  stage,  the  dried  mixture  of  mud  and  black  liquor 
solids  is  calcined  in  a  fluidized  bed  operation  carried  on  at 
temperatures  between  1400*  and  190(f  F.  The  dried  black 
liquor  solids  are  used  as  fbel  for  the  calcining  operation.  The 
hot  exhaust  gases  from  the  second  stage  calcining  operatkin 
are  recycled  to  the  first  stage  and  are  used  to  dry  the  kraft 
black  liquor  in  the  first  stage  drying  system.  Calcined  product 
is  continuously  removed  from  the  second  stage  calcining 
operation  and  conveyed  back  to  the  recausticizing  system  for 
reuse  in  the  process. 


899  O.O.— 22 


600 


OFFICIAL 


3,669,431 

BOAT  PULLING  APPARATUS  FOR  DIFFUSION 

FURNACE  AND  METHOD 

ABdrb  LcBM,  Siuuiyvak,  and  Lioiid  A.  Kirton,  Saratoga, 

both  of  CaUf.,  anignon  to  Signctics  Corporatioii,  Sun- 

nyvak,  CaHf. 

Filed  Jan.  25,  1971,  Scr.  No.  109,232 

Int.  CI.  F27b  9100 

U.S.  CI.  263-28  II  Claims 


Boat  pulling  apparatus  for  use  with  a  diffusion  furnace  hav- 
ing motive  means,  means  connecting  the  motive  means  to  the 
boat,  and  means  for  controUing  the  operation  of  the  motive 
means  whereby  the  boat  is  withdrawn  at  a  predetermined 
rate  of  speed  from  the  diffusion  furnace. 


3,669,432 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  CEMENT  FROM  CEMENT 

SLURRY  AND  A  PLANT  FOR  CARRYING  OUT  THE 

PROCESS 

Klaus  Erik  Gudc,  Vlnim,  and  BJorn  Lund,  Kobenhavn  F, 

both     of     Denmark,     ass^nors     to     Akticsekkabet     Niro 

Atomizer,  Soborg,  Denmark 

Filed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  69,801 

Claims  priority,  appUcatkui  Denmark,  Sept  10, 1969, 

4850/69 

Int.  CL  F27b  7120 

U.S.  CI.  263-32  R  7  Claims 


Cement  is  produced  from  cement  slurry  which  is  spray- 
dried  and  preheated  by  means  of  exhaust  gas  from  a  kiln. 
The  heat  exchange  between  the  exhaust  gas  from  the  kiln 
and  the  spray-dried  material  is  controlled  observing  certain 
temperature  limits,  whereby  an  efficient  elimination  of  harm- 
ful alkalies  is  obtained.  Saving  of  investment  is  possible  due 
to  the  fact  that  the  luln  can  be  constructed  shorter,  or  the 
capacity  of  an  existing  kiln  can  be  increased. 

3,669,433 

WIRE  ROPE  SUSPENSION  SYSTEM  AND  ROPE 

CONNECTOR  FOR  ROTARY  DRYERS  AND  THE  LIKE 

George  P.  Hurrt,  235  Hm  Street,  Jackwtn,  OdiC. 

FBed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  103,634 

Int.  CL  F27b  7120 

UACL263-33R  WCliOms 

A  rotary,  horizontally-extending  tube-dryer,  kiln,  washer 

and  the  Uke,  suspended  by  sets  of  wire  ropes  from  over  head 


GAZETTE      "  June  13.  1972 

sheaves  for  rotation  Each  of  the  wire  ropes  and  its  sheave 
are  rotauble  independently  of  the  others,  and  each  rope 
comprises  a  length  connected  at  its  ends  by  a  connector  to 
make  it  endless,  and  each  connector  includes  elements  to 
enable  shifting  the  length  thereof  bodily  relative  to  the  body 
of  the  connector  to  distribute  the  wear  to  different  portions 
of  the  rope  to  prolong  its  life.  Each  connector  is  also  con- 
structed to  enable  replacement  of  any  rope  independently  bf 


.JfM=^ 


the  others  without  jacking  up  the  tube  or  shifting  the  sheave 
over  which  the  rope  extends,  and  guide  elements  on  one  or 
more  connectors  of  each  set  of  ropes  cooperate  with  sta- 
tionary members  to  support  the  connectors  when  out  of  con- 
tact with  the  sheaves  or  tube.  Also,  the  tube-supporting  wire 
ropes,  in  some  installations,  support  the  tube  against  lateral 
swaying  without  the  use  of  rollers  in  fixed  positions  at  the 
sides  of  the  tube,  a  pair  of  supporting  sheaves  being  provided 
for  each  rope. ' 


3,669,434 
AH»ARATUS  FOR  MELTING  PARTICULATE  METAL 
Gunter  Geek,  and  Hans  Jurgen  Langhammer,  both  of  Hagen, 
Germany,  assignors  to  Klockner-Werke  AG,   Dulsburg, 
Germany 
Original  application  Oct.  1,  1969,  Ser.  No.  862,762.  Divided 
and  this  application  Jan.  13,  1971,  Ser.  No.  106,127 
Claims  priority,  application  Gennany,  Oct  2, 1968, 
P  18  00  610.5 
IntCLC21c  5/00 
U.S.  CL  266-2^  S  lo  dalni 


An  upright  elongated  in  part  refractory  lined  melting 
chamber  in  which  a  charge  of  particulate  metal  is  melted  by 
the  flame  of  a  lance  such  that  the  metal  of  the  charge  melts 
and  Howl  onto  the  bottom  wall  of  the  chamber  and  thereby 
becomes  interposed  between  the  flame  and  the  bottom  wall, 


Tttmis   io     tant 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


601 


whereby  the  bottom  wall  is  protected  from  the  flame  of  the 
interposed  metal.  An  outlet  is  provided  beneath  the  flame  for 
evacuating  the  melted  metal  from  the  melting  chamber. 


3,669,435 
ALL^ERAMIC  GLASS  MAKING  SYSTEM 
Carl  G.  Silverberg,  Sturbridge,  Mass.,  assignor  to  American 
Optical  Corporation,  Southbridge,  Mass. 

FUed  Feb.  26,  1970,  Ser.  No.  14^99 

Int.  a.  F27b  3100 

U.S.  CL  263— 40  R  23  Claims 


3,669,437 
HOLDER  FOR  AN  OXYGEN  SUPPLY  PIPE 
Hans- Joachim  Wernicke,  Neucnhain,  Tamras,  Germany,  m- 
signor  to  Messer  Gricsheim  GmbH,  Frankfurt  am  Main, 
Germany 

FBed  Dec  17,  1970,  Ser.  No.  99,004 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec.  22, 1969,  P  19  62 

653.0 

Int.  CL  C21c  7100 

U.S.  CL  266—34  LM  6  Claims 


System  for  producing  high  quality  laser  glass  including  an 
all-ceramic  meltcr  with  an  integral  orifice  tube.  One  impor- 
tant embodiment  of  the  invention  includes  an  all-ceramic 
hollow  bladed  stirrer  with  means  for  rotating  the  stirrer  in 
any  desired  direction  and  at  controllable  speed. 


3,669,436 
APPARATUS  FOR  PREHEATING  SCRAP 
Roland  KemnwtmucUer,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Amer- 
ican Waagncr-Biro  Company,  Inc.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Filed  Apr.  14,  1970,  Ser.  No.  28,456 
Int.  CLC21C  J/00 
U.S.CL  266-13  9Clains 


■7-7-7-7-7-7T777-77-77VT7777' 


An  apparatus  for  operating  furnaces  in  metal-treating 
plants.  The  furnaces  require  a  charge  made  up  at  least  in  part 
of  scrap  metal.  The  scrap  metal  is  preheated  prior  to 
reaching  the  fiimace,  either  by  making  use  of  Special  burners 
or  by  utilizing  waste  heat  which  is  available  in  the  plant  The 
scrap  in  a  suitable  container  is  preheated  and  then  delivered 
in  this  condition  to  the  furnace  so  that  the  extent  to  which 
heat  must  be  supplied  in  the  furnace  itself  is  reduced. 


A  holder  for  an  oxygen  supply  pipe  for  a  vacuum  furnace 
having  a  lid  including  a  sleeve,  said  sleeve  being  disposed 
around  said  pipe.  A  pressurizable  sealing  means  is  disposed 
in  the  sleeve  and,  when  pressurized,  forms  a  releasable 
vacuum  seal  between  the  interior  of  the  sleeve  and  the  exteri- 
or of  the  pipe.  Operating  means  are  provided  for  pressurizing 
the  sealing  means. 


3,669,438 

RAIHATOR  HOLDING  DEVICE 

McNcd  Panndl,  210  Knowlcs  Street,  KOgore,  Tex. 

FUed  Oct-  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  83,124 

Int.  a.  B25b  1118,  1122;  B25q  1104 

MS.  CL  269—20 


ICIaim 


A  hydraulic  holding  and  poaitioning  device  having  a  rotata- 
ble  arm  in  a  horizontal  plane  and  a  header  pivotable  in  a  ver- 
tical plane. 


602 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1978 


V. 


3^9«439 
CLAMP 

10775  FootMB  Boulevard,  Cupcrtiw>, 


Cam. 


FIM  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52^13 

ULCLJU3q3U8;B25b  1124,5/14 
U.&CL269— 130 


ICfarim 


second  form  of  the  invention  uses  the  same,  or  essentially  the 
same,  partially  threaded  nut  and  guide  yoke,  but  uses  a  poa- 
tive  pivot  pin  for  guiding  the  partially  threaded  nut  in  and  o^t 
of  engagement  with  the  threaded  shaft.        ~^^  ^^ 

I  3,M9,441 

METHOD  AND  SYSTEM  FOR  AUTOMATICALLY 

ASSEMBLING  UMP  WORKPIECES,  SUCH  AS 

GARMENT  SECTIONS  AND  THE  UKE 

Harry    B.    MtoasJaa,    Bronx,    N.Y.,    awignMr    to    Ivanh^e 

Research  Corporatloii,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FDed  Apr.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2S,838 

Int.  CL  B42b  1/02;  B65h  5/30 

U.S.  CI.  270—53  7  Claiiiis 


The  present  invention  provides  a  clamp,  which  includes  a 
seat  arranged  to  engage  the  wall  of  a  body  of  varying  dimen- 
sions. Confronting  the  seat  in  spaced  relation  is  a  flexible 
member  which  engages  the  wall  of  the  body  to  urge  the  body 
toward  the  seat  to  be  clamped  thereby.  The  flexible  member 
is  anchored  at  one  end  and  at  the  other  end  is  attached  to  a 
mechanism  for  releasably  (irging  the  flexible  member  to  en- 
gage the  body  at  varying  degrees  of  force  for  a  clamping  ac- 
tion in  cooperation  with  the  seat.  The  seat,  the  flexible 
member  and  the  mechanism  are  supported  by  a  base  to  pro- 
vide a  unitary  structure. 


3,669,440 

QUICK  ENGAGING  AND  DISENGAGING  NUT 

MECHANISM 

Ray  Kartasuk,  Liacoinwood,  and  Ray  Gloridto,  Oak  Park, 

both  of  DL,  assigBors  to  WOtoa  Corporatkm,  Cook  County, 

ID. 

ContiBuatkMHlB-part  of  appMcattoii  Scr.  No.  860,661,  Sept 

24, 1969,  BOW  abandoned  This  appHcadoa  June  18, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  47,302 

Int.  CL  B25b  1/12;  F16h  1/16 

VS.  CL  269- 181  19  Claim 


-100 


Method  and  system  for  automatically  assembling  limp 
workpieces,  such  as  garment  sections  and  the  like  in  which  a 
succession  of  first  workpieces  are  transported  by  a  coifi- 
pound  conveyor  system,  and  an  overhead  ramp  displaces  a 
portion  of  eaic^  of  the  first  workpieces  away  from  the  con- 
veyor to  provide  a  clearance  space  for  insertion  of  a  succes- 
sion oi  second  workpieces.  The  conveyor  system  includes  a 
pair  of  spaced  parallel  conveyor  belts  defining  a  gap  between 
them,  and  the  ramp  has  a  Inkling  end  extending  down  into 
the  gap  to  engage  beneath  the  first  workpieces  with  the  ramp 
sloping  upwardly  and  widening  in  the  direction  of  advance- 
ment for  elevating  the  dis|4aced  portions  of  the  first  work- 
pieces. Transfbr  apparatus  is  arranged  to  reach  into  tlie 
clearance  space  beneath  the  ramp  to  deposit  the  second 
workpieces  onto  the  conveyor  belt  benea^  the  ramp,  and 
first  clamping  means  hcidt  another  portion  of  the  first  woik- 
piece  on  the  other  belt.  The  ramp  descends  to  merge  the  first 
and  second  workpieces.  The  belt  beneath  the  ramp  ter- 
minates and  is  replaced  by  a  pair  of  conveyor  belts  defining  a 
gap  corresponding  with  the  desired  line  of  attachment 
between  the  merged  workpieces,  this  attachment  being  Ac- 
complished at  a  fastening  station  including  additional  cUurtp- 
ing  means,  ex|ending  along  on  either  side  of  the  attachmc 
line. 


Kter 


3,669,442 
COLLATOR 
Wilbur  E.  TlMBUs,  Wayne,  N  J., 
Corporation,  Northbrook,  DL 

Fled  Sept.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,666 
lMt,CLB65h  39/02, 31/36 
lis.  CL  270—58 


(lent 


to  General  Bindkv 


8Clai|m 


A  screw-threaded  device  as  for  use  in  a  vise  or  other 
clamping  mechanism  which  includes  a  threaded  shaft 
received  in  a  partially  threaded  nut  The  threaded  shaft  is  ax- 
ially  movable  under  an  axial  actuating  force  at  a  rapid  rate, 
and  is  incrementally  advanced  axially  by  a  rotative  force 
thereon,  the  screw  threads  oi  the  shaft  being  automatically 
moved  into  or  out  of  engagement  with  the  partial  threads  cxf 
the  nut  upon  rotation  of  the  shaft  in  advancing  or  retracting 
direction.  One  spring  coacts  between  the  nut  and  a  guide 
yoke  on  the  sliaft  to  guide  the  nut  in  and  out  of  engagement 
with  the  shaft,  while  a  second  spring  on  the  yoke  bears 
against  the  shaft  and  tends  to  turn  the  yoke  with  the  shaft.  A 


A  collator  wherein  an  inertial  roller  projects  successive 
sheets  toward  a  gate,  and  the  roller  support  intercepts  sheets 


June  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


606 


that  may  bounce  back;  idlers  adjustable  with  respect  to  feed 
rollers;  a  paper  deflector  imparting  a  concave  aspect  to 
sheett  moving  onto  a  stacking  ubie;  and  idlers  larger  than 
driven  rollers  in  juxtaposition  peripherally  with  adjacent 
idlers. 


3,669,443 

METHOD  AND  SYSTEM  FOR  AUTOMATICALLY 

FORMING  PARTS  FOR  GARMENTS,  AND  THE  LIKE 

Douglas  G.  Nolies,  New  Canaan,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Ivaalioc 

Research  Corporatfoa,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Apr.  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,607 

Int.  CL  B65h  45/00 

VS.  CL  270—69  ^12  Claims 


card  guide  channel  for  a  subsequent  use  or  operation  on  the 
card.  The  two  card  guide  channels  have  a  conunon  section 


and  a  selectively  operated  pivotal  vane  guides  the  card  from 
said  first  channel  to  said  second  channel. 


A  method  and  system  for  automatically  forming  parts  for 
garments  and  the  like  is  described  wherein  limp  workpieces 
such  as  garment  sections  which  are  precut,  are  fed  to  an 
alignment  sution  to  register  a  desired  predetermined  crease 
line  of  the  workpieces  in  precision  alignment  with  a  fold  line 
defined  by  the  nip  of  a  pair  of  merging  endless  conveyors. 
The  aligned  workpieces  are  then  deposited  on  the  conveyors 
with  the  predetermined  crease  line  aligned  with  the  fold  line, 
and  the  conveyors  begin  moving  so  that  they  can  draw  the 
workpiece  between  them  and  simultaneously  fold  it  along  the 
desired  crease  line.  The  conveyors  transport  the  fokled  work- 
pieces,  such  as  pocket  sections,  downwardly  past  a  pres- 
surized region  and  back  to  an  elevated  workpiece  delivery 
plane  where  the  conveyors  diverge.  An  attachment  station  in 
operative  alignment  with  the  delivery  plane  receives  the 
folded  workpieces  and  fastens  the  sides  to  each  other  along  a 
predetermined  attachment  line,  for  example  to  form  a  sewn 
pocket  assembly. 


3,669,444 
CARD  HANDLING  APPARATUS  FOR  CARDS  IN  DATA 
PROCESSING  MACHINES 
Frederik  TJado  Vmi  Namen,  NUawfcn.  Netlierlands, 
to  The  Singer  Company,  RocJicBier,  N.Y. 

FDcd  Oct  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,422 
lot  CLB65h  5/06. 29/20 
UACL  271—3  11 

The  invention  relates  to  an  apparatus  for  transferring  a 
data  card,  such  as  a  magnetic  stripe  ledger  card,  from  a  first 
card  guide  channel,  which  leads  from  the  card  feed  entrance, 
into  a  working  position  or  station,  to  a  second  card  guide 
channel  which  leads  from  said  working  position  to  a  parking 
or  waiting  position.  The  apparatus  comprises  means  which 
cooperates  with  the  card  feed  mechanism  and  with  the  card 
to  be  parked,  and  while  maintaining  that  cooperation,  tran»- 
fers  the  card  fiom  the  first  card  guide  channel  to  the  second 
card  guide  channel  and  holds  it  in  said  second  card  guide 
channel,  pending  a  requirement  to  return  the  card  to  the  first 


3,669,445 
DE-STACKING  DEVICE  FOR  SHEET  METAL  BLANKS 
Bernard  J.  WaBIs,  25200  Trowbridge  Avenue,  Dcarbora, 
Mkh. 

FOed  Sept.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,400 
Int.  CL  B65h  3/08 
U.S.CL  271-26  6< 


A  de-sUcking  device  for  a  stack  of  sheet  metal  blanks  hav- 
ing a  vertically  movable  head  adapted  to  engage  the  top  of 
the  stack  of  blanks  and  a  saw-tooth  Made  on  the  head 
adapted  to  engage  the  edge  of  the  topmoct  blank  and  up- 
wardly movable  for  peeling  the  topmost  blank  fix>m  the 
stack. 


DOCUMENT  FEEDING  APPARATUS 
Dcrc  Lctdmortii;  RonaU  JalMi  Fnmk  EUd,  Wchryn, 

^rn  Tt^g  rni^itnn  al  sf  railaail.  awhai la 


FDed  Sept.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,200 

daiou  priority,  appBcaHon  Grant  Britain.  Sept.  5, 1969, 

444»26/69 

Int.  CL  B65ii  3/50 

VS.  CL  271-29  8  CUw 

Document  feeding  apparatus  has  proviuon  for  supporting  a 

stack  of  documents  above  and  spaced  away  fi'om  a  vacuum 

feeding  drum.  A  suction  shoe  is  interposed  between  the  stack 

and  the  drum  and  has  a  depression  in  that  face  nearer  to  the 

stack.  The  leading  edge  of  the  lowermost  document  of  tlie 

stack  is  attracted  into  the  depression  so  that  it  is  separated 

from  the  stack  and  a  knife  is  moved  into  the  gap  betwisen  the 

atuacted  edge  and  the  stack  to  maintain  the  separation.  The 

suction  shoe  is  then  withdrawn  to  allow  the  separated  edge  to 

move   into   contact   with   the    vacuum   drum   which   tlien 

withdraws  the  lowermost  document  completely  from  the 

stack. 


604 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


A  refinement  allows  the  thickness  of  document  in  the 
depression  of  the  vacuum  shoe  to  be  examined  in  order  to 
detect  the  separation  of  more  than  one  ^document  or  to  de- 


15". 


ir^"""" 


&UCT10M 


tect  failure  of  a  document  to  be  separated  before  the  feeding 
cycle  is  proceeded  with. 


3,669,447 
SHEET  PROPELLING  APPARATUS 
Lyman  H.  Turner,  Pittsford,  and  Rhinehart  A.  Manzek, 
Rochester,  both  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Xerox  Corporation, 
Stamford,  Conn. 

Filed  Sept.  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  70,833 

Int.  Ci.  B65h  9116 

U.S.  CL  271-53  8  Claims 


"lagimm 


rality  of  bins  where  they  are  collected  in  stacked  relation, 
comprises  a  series  of  pusher  fingers  spaced  along  an  endles$ 
chain  which  is  driven  in  synchronism  with  a  source  of  supply 
of  the  articles  so  that  the  pusher  fingers  move  in  behind  each 
article  as  it  is  fed  to  the  stacker  and  pushes  it  until  it  i| 
diverted  into  one  of  the  bins.  The  drive  for  the  pusher  fingerf 
is  such  that  the  fingers  remain  in  substantiaUy  perpendicular 
relation  to  the  plane  of  the  article  whether  it  is  being  diverted 
into  a  bin  or  is  being  moved  along  a  horizontal  path  over  one 
bin  to  the  next,  and  the  fingers  are  lifted  from  engagement 
with  a  diverted  sheet  as  it  enters  a  bin  so  as  not  to  force  the 


leading  edge  of  the  article  against  the  side  of  the  bin  am 
damage  it. 

To  insure  the  article  being  dropped  horizontally  into  a  bin 
rather  than  dropping  in  at  an  angle,  means  are  provided  ir 
the  bin  for  supporting  the  article  in  a  horizontal  position  unti 
the  entire  article  is  within  the  confines  of  the  bin  at  which 
time  the  support  means  moves  from  beneath  the  article  and 
allows  it  to  drop  dovm  into  the  bin  in  a  horizontal  or  flat  con] 
dition.  To  aid  in  stacking  the  articles,  one  end  portion 
thereof  is  provided  with  an  aperture  which  drops  down  ovei 
an  inclined  spindle  projecting  upwardly  from  the  bottom  oi ' 
the  bin. 


3,669^9 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  FORMING 

REFRACTORY  PANELS 

Robert  R.  Hayes,  EocUd;  John  L.  FuOcr,  Shaker  Heights,  am 

James  R.  Stockham,  Lakrwood,  aU  of  Ohio,  aHlgiiors  td 

Oglebay  Norton  Company,  Cleveland,  Ohk> 

Filed  Apr.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,114 

Int.  CL  B65h  29132 

U.S.  CL  271-74  3  Clain4 


Sheet  propelling  apparatus  for  use  with  a  sheet  stacking  as- 
sembly which  includes  a  shaft  member,  a  hub  member  af- 
fixed thereto,  and  a  plurality  of  blade  members  extending 
from  the  hub  member  to  contact  sheet  material  fed  along  a 
sheet  path.  The  blade  members  are  made  from  a  flexible 
material  of  predetermined  shape  and  thickness  and  formed  to 
make  a  helix  an^e  with  the  shaft  axis^^oM^m  about  20°  to 
about  50°  to  impart  one  component  of  thrust  on  the  sheet 
material  at  right  angles  to  the  sheet  path  and  another  com- 
ponent of  thrust  in  the  same  direction  of  the  sheet  path. 


3,669,448 
SHEET  FEEDING  AND  STACKING  APPARATUS 
Stanley  R.  Schieven,  Webster,  and  Gcrtfd  A.  Sampson,  Pm- 
IMd,  both  of  N.Y.,  aasigwn  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company, 

Rochester,  N.Y. 

FBed  June  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  42,104 

Int.  CL  B65h  29160, 29126, 31126 

U.S.CL271— 64  12  Claims 

An  apparatus  for  feeding  she^t-like  articles  along  a  path 
and  selectively  diverting  them  into  one  or  the  other  of  a  plu- 


U.^JI 


An  improved  apparatus  for  forming  refractory  panels  in- 
cludes a  shredder  assembly  for  shredding  asbestos.  Vacuum 
or  suction  is  applied  to  an  upper  portion  of  a  mix  tank,  which 
is  partially  filled  with  water,  to  pneumatically  introduce  th^ 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13.  1971! 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


605 


shredded  asbestos  and  a  silica  flower  into  the  mix  tank  at  a  crum;  the  lever  forward-portion  carries  at  least  one  projectile 
level  below  the  water  line  to  facilitate  the  formation  of  a  that  is  adapted  to  be  catapulted  fi-eely  upwardly  rearwardly 
refractory  slurry  in  the  mix  tank.  This  refractory  slurry  is 
then  conducted  to  a  holding  tank  and  from  there  to  an  as- 
sociated vacuum  box  molding  assembly.  The  vacuum  box 
molding  assembly  includes  a  universal  contour  plate  as- 
sembly for  forming  a  mold  cavity  which  is  flooded  with  the 
refractory  slurry.  Vacuum  or  suction  is  applied  to  the  mold 
cavity  to  draw  off  water  from  the  slurry  and  form  a  wet  cake 
panel.  After  the  universal  contour  plate  assembly  has  been 
pivoted  to  a  raised  position,  a  vacuum  lift  head  on  a  radial 
arm  machine  pneumatically  engages  the  wet  cake  panel  and 
transfers  it  to  a  conveyor  which  transports  the  wet  cake  panel 
to  a  drying  oven. 


3,669,450 

PORTABLE  AND  ADJUSTABLE  MINIATURE 

BASKETBALL  GOAL 

John  W.  Mason,  Danville  Street,  Lancaster,  Ky. 

Filed  Aug.  4,  1969,  Scr.  No.  847,116 

Int.  CI.  A63b  63104 

U.S.  CI.  273-1.5  R  7  Claims 


therefrom  toward  the  operator  who  attempts  to  retrievably 
capture  the  projectile  in  mid-air  with  an  appropriate  recepta- 
cle. 


3,669,452 
TABLE  GAME  TOP  INSERT  FOR  CHANGING  CONTOUR 

OF  TABLE  GAME  SURFACE 
Charles  F.  Foley,  3908  Mcrrlam  RomI,  Minnctonka,  Mhm., 
and    Charles     D.     McCarthy,    Route    3,     Box     217BA, 
Deephaven,  Minn. 

Filed  July  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  54,508 

Int.  a.  A63b  65112 

MS.  CI.  273—101  4  ClainH 


A  portable  miniature  basketball  goal  for  use  by  small  chil- 
dren has  a  base  adapted  to  rest  on  a  flat  supporting  surface 
and  carries  a  vertical  standard  to  which  is  secured  a 
backboard  carrying  a  hoop.  The  base  includes  a  platform  for 
receiving  anchor  means  and  has  flat,  vertically  extending 
front  and  side  walls  surrounding  the  front  and  side  edges  of 
the  base.  The  walls  are  devoid  of  sharp  comers  throughout. 
Brace  means  extend  between  the  base  and  vertical  standard 
to  secure  the  latter  in  vertical  position,  and  the  brace  means 
are  confined  within  the  boundaries  of  and  are  completely 
shielded  by  the  walls,  so  that  the  danger  of  physical  injury  to 
a  child  from  collision  with  the  goal  or  brace  means  is 
minimized,  and  recovery  of  a  ball  fumbled  in  the  playing  area 
is  made  easy. 


3,669,451 
CATAPULT  GAME  INCLUDING  STRIKING  WALLET 
AND  RECEIVER 
Dale  K.  Wdboum,  P.O.  Box  26,  Ncola,  Iowa 

Filed  July  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,726 
Int.  CL  A63b  63100 
VS.  a.  273—95  R  7  ClainK 

A  portable  amusement  device  that  also  trains  and  develops 
the  manual  dexterity  and  coordination  skills  of  a  wide  range 
of  human  subjects.  The  amusement  device  generally  com- 
prises a  pivotal  lever  member  having  a  rearward-portion  and 
a  forward-portion  extending  in  opposite  directions  from  a  ful- 


A  table  game  normally  for  four  players  which  is  adaptable 
for  use  with  two  or  more  players,  up  to  four,  by  the  insertion 
of  playing  surface  adapter  pieces  that  transform  the  game 
board  into  a  usable  item  for  a  fewer  number  of  players  than 
normal.  The  game  board  has  goals  or  pockets  and  inclined 
surfaces  leading  to  each  of  the  goals.  The  insert  disclosed 
herein  provides  a  false  floor  so  that  at  least  one  of  the  sur- 
faces normally  leading  to  the  goal  will  be  changed  to  a  sur- 
face to  urge  a  game  piece  to  roll  toward  the  goals  in  use, 
when  less  than  the  full  number  of  players  are  playing  the 
game. 


3,669,453 

ROTATABLE  POINTER  DRIVEN  AND  INDEXED  BY  THE 

ROTOR  OF  AN  ELECTRONICALLY  CONTROLLED 

MOTOR  HAVING  PERMANENT  MAGNET  POLES 

John  L.  Dn  Bols,  1 137  Noycs  Street,  Evanatoa,  DL,  and  Louk 

F.  Grcin,  6804  North  Wolcott  Avcmic,  Chicago,  DL 

Filed  Sept.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,458 

Int.  CL  A63f  5104 

MS.  CI.  273— 14 1  A  5  CWn 

An  electronic  game  which  includes  a  motor  with  its  output 

shaft  connected  to  a  non-integral  gear  train  for  driving  a 

pointer  and  in  which  the  pointer  may  randomly  stop  at  any  of 

a  number  of  discrete  positions.  The  motor  is  energized  in 

response  to  contact  made  by  the  user  between  a  pair  of  ter- 


eo6 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197!! 


minak  and  the  motor  rotates  the  pointer  such  that  it  stops  in 
a  random  manner  after  the  circuit  has  been  interrupted  with 


the  indexing  depending  unpon  the  permanent  magnets  of  the 
motor  stopping  the  rotor  of  the  motor  at  discrete  positions. 


3,669,454 
TWO-SPEED  GOLF  MAT 
Arthur  Koloiicl,  2661  South  Course  Drive,  Apt.  510,  Pom- 
paao  Beach,  Fla. 

Filed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  299 

Int.  Ci.  A63b  67102 

MS.  CL  273—  1 76  F  2  Claims 


A  golf  putting  mat  for  both  indoor  and  outdoor  use  in 
which  grass-simulating  mat  material  has  directionally 
oriented  pile  that  resists  the  motion  of  the  ball  in  one  longitu- 
dinal direction  of  the  mat  more  than  in  the  reverse  direction. 
Natural  slow  and  fast  conditions  are  obtained  by  using 
monofilament  synthetic  fibers  2  to  10  mils  in  diameter,  with 
2,000  to  8,000  fibers  per  square  inch  extending  one-eighth  to 
three-eighths  inches  above  the  mat  bacldng  and  oriented 
between  5'  and  15'  off  normals  Detachable  or  nondeuchable 
putting  holes  are  provided  at  both  ends  of  the  mat. 


3,669,455 
TAPE  RECORDING  DEVICE 
RodaMb  Cicaldtt,  Roma,  Italy,  artgwnr  to  Antovox  S.pJL, 
Rone,  Italy 

FBed  Mar.  3, 1969.  Scr.  No.  803,692 
Claims  priority,  appMctton  Italy,  Oct  9, 1968, 40334  A/68 

latLCLGWh  15120, 15124 
U.S.  CL  274—4  E  12  Oaiim 


u* 


a  single  connecting  plate,  which  is  in  turn  actuated  by  an 
sembly  which  also  governs  the  cassette  slip-in,  cassette  posi- 
tioning and  ejecting  units. 


I  3,669,456 

CASSETTE  MOUNTING  AND  DISMOUNTING  DEVICE 
Yuio  Otdd,  Toltyo^o,  Japan,  aHi|iior  to  Bdtdi  Kabushil|l 
Kaidia,  Tokyo-to,  Japan 

Filed  Dec  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,117 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  21, 1969, 44/12511 

Int.  CL  Glib  2 J/70 
U.S.  CL  274—4  C  3  Clain* 


A  device  comprising  a  casing  for  receiving  a  cassette,  la 
suspending  plate  for  swingably  lowering  or  elevating  the  eat- 
ing, a  tumbler  spring  for  automatically  receiving  and  e^^- 
pelling  the  cassette  in  and  out  of  the  casing,  means  for  auto- 
matically displacing  the  cassette  and  casing  to  an  o(>erating 
position  comprising  a  locking  lever  and  a  slidable  plate,  a 
cassette  dismounting  plate  having  a  push  button,  and  a  knife- 
edged  member  rotatable  aroimd  a  fixed  point  in  accordance 
with  the  displacement  of  the  dismounting  plate,  so  that  when 
a  cassette  is  pushed  into  the  casing  past  a  predetermined 
point,  the  cassette  is  automatically  brought  into  the  operable 
position,  and,  when  the  push  button  is  depressed,  the  cassette 
is  automatically  removed  from  the  operable  position  and  eif- 
pelled  from  the  casing. 


3,669,457 

CASSETTE-LOADING  MEANS  FOR  CASSETTE  TAPE 

RECORDER 

Yodiiknni  Noiawa;  Mitsuo  Isliilunva,  and  Jui^iro  Kiltuchi,  aB 
of  Nagano,  Japan,  awignori  to  Sankyo  Kofaku  Kogyo 
Kabnshiki  Kafaha,  Nagano,  Japan 

FBcd  Mar.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,695 
Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Japan,  Mar.  3,  1969,  44/163 
44/19205;  44/19206;  July  24,   1969,  44/70748;  July 
1969,44/72084 

Int.  CL  Glib  75/24 
U.S.  CL  274—4  E  8  ClainH 


>97; 


The  tape  recording  device  comprises  a  mechanism  wherein       A  Upe  cassette-loading  means  including  a  tape  cassette 
the  change  from  one  speed  mode  to  another  is  controlled  by   receiving  means  which  is  mounted  on  a  tape  recorder  for  UD- 


f 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


607 


ward  and  downward  movement  between  a  lowered  operating 
position  and  a  raised  non-operating  position.  The  cassette 
receiving  means  is  provided  with  a  cassette  ejector  to  eject 
the  tape  cassette  out  of  the  receiving  means  thereby  per- 
mitting it  to  be  easily  withdrawn  or  removed.  As  the  tape  cas- 
sette is  manually  inserted  into  the  receiving  means  against 
the  action  of  the  ejector,  the  sliding  movement  of  the  cas- 
sette results  in  the  automatic  lowering  of  the  receiving  means 
to  the  lowered  operating  position  where  the  tape  cassette  is 
in  operative  association  with  the  tape  recorder  elements.  The 
cassette  receiving  means  is  operatingly  connected  to  the  tape 
recorder  body  through  at  least  two  parallel-extended  levers 
which  are  pivotally  articulated  at  their  opposite  ends  to  the 
receiving  means  and  the  tape  recorder  body,  respectively,  so 
that  the  receiving  means  undergoes  the  vertical  movement 
while  constantly  maintaining  a  parallel  relation  to  the  tape 
recorder  base. 


surrounds  the  opening  therein.  A  movable  seal  means  is  in 
surrounding  sealing  engagement  vrith  the  spindle  housing. 


A  water  pump  seal  including  a  lip-type  sealing  member 
restrained  in  a  sealing  position  to  a  containing  case  and  en- 
gaging the  outer  periphery  oi  a  cylindrical  face  seal  member 
for  the  purpose  of  providing  a  pressure  balance  seal  by 
eliminating  the  commimication  of  water  pressure  to  the  rear 
face  of  the  face  seal  member.  The  face  seal  member  is  held 
concentric  with  a  shaft  to  be  received  by  the  seal  and 
restrained  from  rotation  by  a  spring  secured  to  the  face  seal 
member  at  one  end  and  to  the  case  at  its  other  end.  Such 
manner  of  rotation  restraint  and  the  use  of  a  lip-type  sealing 
member  further  contribute  to  increased  seal  life. 


Hammond 


^^  3,669,459 

OSCILLATING  SPINDLE  SEAL 
Mila  M.  Baas,  Kafaunano,  Mkh.,  malgnor  to 

Machinery  Buflders,  Inc.,  Kidamaaoo,  Mich. 

Filed  Mar.  31, 1970.  Scr.  No.  24,188 

Int.  CL  F16J  15100 

U.S.  CL  277— 174  11  ClaiuK 

A  sealing  assembly,  particulariy  adapted  for  use  with  an 
electrochemical  grinding  nuu:hine,  for  permitting  relative 
radial  oscillation  and/or  axial  reciprocation  between  a  spin- 
dle housing  and  a  hood.  The  hood  is  provided  with  an  elon- 
gated opening  therein  through  which  passes  the  spindle  hous- 
ing, the  elongated  opening  permitting  the  spindle  housing  to 
radially  oscillate.  The  seal  assembly  comprises  a  stationary 
seal  means  which  is  in  sealing  engagement  with  the  hood  and 


3,669,458 
WATER  PUMP  SEAL 
Marion  J.  Witzenburg.  Peoria.  111.,  assignor  to  Caterpillar 
Tractor  Co.,  Peoria,  OL 

Filed  Sept.  25,  1970.  Scr.  No.  75,625 

Int.  CI.  F16j  15132 

U.S.  CI.  277-38  6  Claims 


Said  stationary  and  movable  seal  means  are  slidingly  and 
sealingly  interconnected. 


to  SchrlBo  Com- 


3,669,460 
SCREW  SEAL 
Paul  V.  Wysong.  Northridgc.  CaHf., 
pany.  SqMilvcda,  CaHf. 

FHed  Feb.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  117,605 
Int.  CL  F16J  75/76 
U.S.  CL  277—24  10 


A  screw  seal  for  providing  a  dynamic  seal  between  a  screw 
and  a  nut  is  disclosed.  The  seal  which  may  be  coupled  to  a 
nut,  is  incorporated  within  a  carrier  disposed  about  the  screw 
and  includes  a  chipping  surface  for  ^pping  away  foreign 
matter  on  the  screw,  a  wiping  surface  for  wiping  the  screw 
and  sealing  member  which  forms  a  seal  between  the  nut  and 
screw. 


3,669,461 
PISTON  RING 
ShunJi  TogamL  Zushi,  Japo^  assignw  to  Nippon  PIrtoa  Rii^ 
Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FDed  May  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,825 
Cbdms  priority,  application  Japan,  May  20,  1969. 44/45818 

InL  CL  F16J  9100 
UA  CL  227—235  R  2 


A  cast  iron  piston  ring  which  has  an  atwular  groove  cut  at 
the  outer  periphery  and  a  stainless  steel  insert  sprayed  into 
the  annular  groove. 


608 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,669,462 
THREE  AND  FOUR  LEAF  MACHINE  TOOL  COLLETS 
Hubert  J.  Parsons,  Horsehcads,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Hardinge 
Brothers  Inc.,  Elmira,  N.Y. 

Filed  Apr.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,456 

Int.  CI  B23h  3 1/20 

U.S.  CI.  279—51  12  Claims 


stantially  horizontal  wheel-supported  bed  having  end  mend' 
bers  connecting  a  pair  of  side  members.  Guide  rails,  that  aU' 
tomatically  align  the  material  pieces  dropped  on  the  cart,  arc 


A  machine  tool  collet  of  the  three  or  four  leaf  type  includ- 
ing a  cylindrical  body  having  a  longitudinal  axis,  a  collet  head 
at  the  outer  end  of  the  body,  a  plurality  of  radial  slots  extend- 
ing parallel  to  the  longitudinal  axis  for  dividing  the  body  and 
the  head  into  a  plurality  of  arcuate  segments,  the  slots  having 
a  narrow  forward  portion  and  an  enlarged  portion  rearwardly 
of  the  forward  portion,  each  of  the  arcuate  segments  ad- 
jacent the  enlarged  portion  of  the  slots  comprising  an  arcuate 
disunce  of  approximately  50°.  Alternatively,  if  the  arcuate 
segments  are  machined  to  be  substantially  flat,  then  the 
degree  of  arc  of  the  segments  may  be  as  much  as  approxi- 
mately 70°. 


3,669,463 
CARRIAGE  PUSHER  HANDLE  RELEASE 
AllNui  M.  Boudreau,  Bedford,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Hedstrom 
Company,  Bedford,  Pa. 

Filed  Nov.  19,  1970,  Ser.  No.  90,953 

Int.Cl.B62b./7/00 

U.S.  CL  280—47.37  6  Claims 


The  conventional  telescoping  pusher  handle  for  a  baby 
carriage  slides  in  housings  attached  to  the  carriage  frame. 
Spring-loaded  pins  are  mounted  on  one  or  both  legs  of  the 
pusher  handle.  These  snap  into  properly  placed  openings  in 
housings  when  the  handle  is  fully  extended.  To  collapse  the 
handle,  one  presses  these  pins  inward  with  his  fingers  so  that 
they  disengage  from  the  registenng  openings  in  the  housings, 
allowing  the  handle  to  slide  downward.  The  present  release 
employs  saddle-shaped  triggers  which  can  be  rocked  easily 
by  the  operator  so  that  they  depress  the  pins,  thereby 
facilitating  release  of  the  pusher  handle. 


3,669,464 

MATERIAL  CART 

Leonard  J.  Linzmeier,  244  Bird  Street,  Sun  Prairie,  Wis. 

Filed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62,436 

Int.  CL  B62b  3/10 

VS.  CL  280—47.34  1  Claim 

A  material  handling  car  that  automatically  aligns  elongate 

material  pieces  that  are  dropped  thereon.  The  cart  has  a  sub- 


attached  to  the  end  members  inwardly  of  the  side  members 
and  extend  upwardly  and  outwardly  from  their  points  of  at  - 
tachment. 


3,669,465 

DUAL  WHEEL  STEERING  MEANS 

Matthew  Vacante,  500  Dawson  Lane,  Jerldio,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  6,4970,  Ser.  No.  61,685 

Int.  CL  B62d  1/04 

VS.  a.  280—87  R 


6Claini 


A  dual  hand  wheel  steering  assembly  is  adapted  to  be  sub- 
stituted for  the  conventional  steering  wheel  on  vehicles.  The 
assembly  consists  of  left  and  right  hand  wheels  and  a  gear 
box  which  is  mounted  on  the  existing  steering  shaft.  Horn 
buttons  are  provided.  An  instrument  psmel  and  an  air  bag 
safety  device  may  be  mounted  on  the  gear  box  between  thp 
hand  wheels  for  the  protection  of  the  operator. 


^  3,669,466 

CABLE-STEERED  VEHICLE  HAVING  A  CABLE 
TENSIONING  AND  ACTUATING  ASSEMBLY  THEREFOit 
William  George  Spencc,  2375  Wilson  Avenue,  Apt.  8,  Moif 
trcal  260,  Quebec,  Canada 

Fikd  Dec.  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  99,963 
Int  CL  B62d  1/00 
VS.  CL  280-91  1 1  Clainp 

A  steering  cable  assembly  adapted  to  tension  and  actuate  ^ 
steering  cable  adapted  to  tension  and  actuate  a  steering  cablie 
in  a  cable-steered  vehicle.  A  cable  assembly  of  the  above 
type  which  includes  two  spools  to  attach  and  wind  the  ends 
of  the  cable,  a  bevel  gear  coaxially  secured  at  one  end  of 
each  spool,  the  toothed  faces  of  the  bevel  gears  facing  each 
other  in  spaced-apart  relation,  along  a  common  steering  axl^, 
at  least  one  of  the  two  gears  is  rotatable  around  the  common 
steering  axle,  a  locking  element  is  arranged  to  engage 
between  the  teeth  of  each  gear  to  releasably  lock  the  geais 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


609 


together  for  concomitant  rotation,  and  when  disengaged,  to 
allow  relative  rotation  between  the  two  gears  and  the  at- 


tached spools  upon  insertion  and  rotation  of  a  toothed  tool  in 
meshing  engagement  with  both  gears. 


3,669,467 
VEHICLE  ELASTOMERIC  SUSPENSION  SYSTEM 
Dcnnb  L.  Dunlap,  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  and  Darrd  L.  Bryan, 
Overland   Park,   Kant.,   a«ignon   to   Padflc   Car   and 
Foundry  Company,  Bellevue,  Wwh. 

Filed  Feb.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  50,042 

Int.  C1.B60g  77/22 

U.S.  CL  280—124  9  ClainM 


An  elastomeric  rear  axle  suspension  system  for  a  vehicle 
consisting  of  spherical  springs  of  an  elastomeric  material  and 
elastomeric  support  pads,  the  spherical  springs  and  support 
pads  being  in  position  between  a  support  mounted  to  the  axle 
and  the  vehicle  frame.  The  spherical  springs  and  support 
pads  contact  the  frame  when  the  vehicle  is  loaded,  and  the 
spherical  springs  lift  the  frame  away  from  the  support  pads. 
Rebound  cables  control  excessive  motion  which  would 
separate  the  axle  from  the  frame. 


^  3,669,468 

WHEELED  TOY 
Everett  W.  Rich,  424  West  Pardee  Lane.  Stockton,  CaHf. 
Filed  Jan.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  7,096 

Int.  CLB62k  9/00, 27/00 
VS.  CI.  280-267  3  cWnis 

A  three-wheeled  vehicle  including  an  occupant  supporting 
body  having  front  and  rear  ends  with  a  center  front  wheel 


joumaled  fh>m  the  front  end  of  the  body  for  rotation  about  a 
fixed  horizontal  transverse  axis  and  having  foot  pedals  opera- 
tively  associated  therewith  for  driving  the  front  wheel.  A  pair 
of  opposite  side  rear  wheels  are  joumaled  from  opposite  ends 
of  a  horizontal  rear  transverse  axle  assembly  and  the  axle  as- 


sembly is  oscillatably  supported  from  the  rear  of  the  body  for 
angular  displacement  about  a  rearwardly  and  upwardly 
inclined  axis.  Further,  the  body  includes  a  seat  structure  for 
the  occupant  of  the  vehicle  and  controls  for  oscillating  the 
rear  axle  assembly  are  supported  from  the  body  for  actuation 
by  an  occupant  seated  on  the  seat  structure. 


3,669,469 
ARTICULATED  VEHICLE  FRAME 
NBi  Magnus  HarteUut,  Gothenburg,  Sweden, 
tiebolaget  Volvo,  Gothcnb«irg,  Sweden 

Filed  Dec.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,512 
Int.  CL  B62d  53/02 
VS.  CL  280-492 


toAk- 


SCIaliM 


An  articulated  vehicle  frame,  preferably  for  cross  country 
vehicles,  comprising  an  articulation  mounted  between  the 
front  and  rear  wheel  axles  and  dividing  the  frame  in  two  por- 
tions, in  which  the  articulation  consists  of  a  universal  joint 
mounted  in  the  longitudinal  vertical  plane  of  symmetry  of  the 
frame  and  hingedly  connecting  the  two  frame  portkmt  with 
each  other  and  two  linlcs  mounted  on  both  sides  of  the 
universal  joint  in  the  longitudinal  direction  of  the  frame, 
which  links  are  rotatably  connected  with  the  frame  portions 
in  a  plane  situated  below  a  horizontal  plane  through  the 
universal  joint. 


to 


3,669,470 
CONNECTOR  ENCLOSURE 
Johannis  M.  Deurioo,  Enkbuim,  Nctherlaadi, 
Draka  Kabd  N.V.,  Amsterdam,  Ncthcriands 

Filed  June  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  43,1 17 
Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  Aug.  12,  1969, 

6912273 
Int  CL  F16I 27/00 
U.S.  CI.  285-45  3 

To  connect  two  apparatuses  a  connector  assembly  is  used 
comprising  two  connector  units  and  a  plurality  of  conduc- 
tors, and  to  protect  said  conductors  a  connector  enclosure  k 
provided  consisting  of  an  inner  member  (tf  non  dastic 
material,  which  member  is  constructed  with  two  fliiciilale 
inner  tubes  adapted  to  be  coupled  with  the  said  two  comiec- 
tor-uniu  and  with  an  outer  tube,  which  is  coupled  telescopi- 


610 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


c«Uy  and  rouubly  about  a  limited  angle  with  the  coupling  tions  or  notchet  on  the  other  coupling  part  in  such  a  mannei 
extrejnitiet  of  the  inner  tubes  opposite  the  articuUteextremi-  as  to  favor  relative  rotation  of  the  parts  in  one  direction 
ties  of  said  inner  tubes;  and  as  an  outer  enclosure  a  bellow  or 


sleeve  of  elastic  material  is  used,  said  connector  assembly 
permits  a  limited  relative  movement  of  the  connector  units, 
which  is  for  an  improved  protection  of  the  conductors 
against  damage  through  imprudent  use. 


while  restraining  with  greater  force  the  rotation  of  the  part  i 
in  the  opposite  direction. 


3,M9^71 
FLEXIBLE  CONNECTING  DEVICE 
watem  H.  Fctfrii,  Jr^  Swldk  Brook,  NJ., 
Uidroyal,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fikd  May  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,788 
Int.  CLF16li  7/72 
U.S.CL  285-49  H 


to 


3,669,473  ^ 

FLEXIBLE  COUPLING 
Ronakl  C.  MarUn,  WatervOe,  OMo,  and  Marty  E.  Slxt,  lowk 
City,  Iowa,  aMifiiors  to  Advance  Dralnaie  Syitcnw,  Incj, 
Watcrvfflc,  Ohio 

FIM  Dec.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,149 

IntCLF161 47/06 

U.S.  CI.  285- 197  8  Clain^s 


A  flexible  connector  for  isolating  noise  and  vibration  in  a 
pipeline.  The  connector  includes  a  casing  having  a  pair  of 
openings  at  opposite  ends  thexeoi  which  define  an  internal 
chamber.  A  pair  of  axially  spaced  tubular  nnembers  extend 
into  the  internal  chamber  throu^  the  opening*  and  are  con- 
nected to  corresponding  portions  of  the  pipeline.  A 
diaphragm  surrounds  each  of  the  tubular  members  for  flex- 
ibly fastening  and  sealing  each  of  the  tubular  members  to  the 
casing. 

The  foregoing  abstract  is  not  intended  to  be  limiting  as  to 
the  scope  of  the  invention  in  any  way. 


3,669,472 
COUPLING  DEVICE  WITH  SPRING  LOCKING  DETENT 

MEANS 
Clarence  A.  NadiMiy,  Downey,  CaW.,  aoignor  to  E.  B.  Wig- 
gtaM,  Inc  Los  Anfclca,  Calf. 

Fled  Feb.  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  112,126 
Int.  CL  F161  75/00 
US. CL  285-87  lOClalms 

A  detachable  couf^ing  device  for  joining  pipe  and  tubing 
members  in  end-to-end  relation  and  providing  an  hermetic 
seal,  comprising  an  axially  contractible  two-part  coupling 
structure  in  which  the  parts  are  routably  united  by  screw 
thread  meam  and  are  operable  to  compress  enclosed  O-ring 
sealing  members  with  respect  to  the  connected  tubing. 
Tightening  of  the  coupling  parts  is  readily  accomplished,  but 
untightening  and  particularly  accidental  loosening  is 
restrained  by  unique  releasable  detent  means  in  which  spring 
fingers  carried  by  one  of  the  coupling  parts  engage  indenta- 


Flexible  coupling  for  interconn<icting  tubular  lateral  line 
with  unbroken  tubular  main  line  comprises  T-shaped  tubular 
body  section  having  first  leg  with  second  leg  integrally  con- 
nected to  first  leg  at  angle  thereto.  Slot  in  first  leg  extends 
full  length  thereof  so  that  first  leg  may  be  expanded  open  and 
snapped  onto  unbroken  tubular  main  line  to  facilitate  inter- 
connection of  tubular  lateral  line  with  main  line  when  lateral 
line  is  secured  to  free  end  of  second  leg  of  tubular  body  sep 
tion.         -       1 

3,669,474 
COUPLED  JOINT  OF  AXIALLY  ALIGNED  ELONGATE^ 

MEMBERS 
Richard  M.  Bode,  7403  Fifth  Avenue,  Kenoaha,  Wis. 
Filed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,928 
Int.  CLF16I  79/02 

U.S.  CL  285-365  >« 


'^if& 


';» 


A  coupled  joint  of  axially  aligned  elongated  members, 
which  members  may  be  tubular  members  or  solid  rods,  or 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


611 


may  have  rectangular  transverse  cross  sections  which  are 
solid  or  hollow,  has  opposed  flanges  on  the  adjacent  ends  of 
the  elongated  members  and  a  plurality  of  clamping  bands  or 
jaw  members  holding  said  flanges  together  in  aligned 
abutting  relationship.  The  opposed  flanges  may  be  formed  in- 
tegrally at  the  adjacent  ends  of  the  elongated  members  or 
may  constitute  portions  of  ferrules  secured  to  the  ends  of 
said  members.  Said  opposed  flanges  have  squared  end  sur- 
faces in  abutting  relationship  with  each  other,  opposed  out- 
wardly diverging  surfaces  and  aligned  peripheral  surfaces. 
The  jaw  members  have  web  portions  peripherally  embracing 
the  flanges  and  a  plurality  of  opposed  pairs  of  fingers  which 
extend  substantially  axiaUy  under  the  web  portions  and  exert 
a  vise-like  grip  on  the  outwardly  diverging  surfaces  Of  the 
flanges  to  maintain  the  flanges  in  aligned  abutting  relation- 
ship. Washers  may  be  disposed  between  said  outwardly 
diverging  surfaces  and  the  opposing  ends  of  said  fingers.  A 
^recess  may  be  provided  in  each  of  said  flanges  to  form  a 
chamber  of  substantially  trapezoidal  axial  section,  and  a 
gasket  of  similar  axial  section  fills  said  chamber. 


operated  in  either  direction,  the  actuating  sleeve  will  move 
axially  relative  to  the  clutch  gear  to  apply  a  preload  thereon. 
The  coupling  connection  includes  a  pair  of  spaced  tabbed 


3,669,475 

COMPRESSICm  COUPLINGS 

Lawrence  F.  LuckenbiU,  and  Frank  C.  Hackman,  both  of 

Decatur,  DL,  aarignon  to  Mudcr  Co.,  Decatur,  DL 

Fled  Mmy  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,706 

IntCLF161 27/02 

U.S.  a.  285—348  1  Claim 


guide  washers  slidably  supported  between  the  actuating 
sleeve  and  the  clutch  gear  and  a  coil  spring  interposed 
between  the  washers. 


3,669,476 
SELECTIVE  FRONT  WHEEL  DRIVE  HUB 
Dcnncy  R.  WUson,  Ossian,  LmL,  assignor  to  Dana  Corpora- 
tion, Toledo,  OMo 

FUcd  June  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  156,631 

Int.  CL  F16d  7/06 

U.S.  CL  287—53  R  10  dainv 

A  drive  hub  is  provided  having  an  iimer  actuating  sleeve 

operatively  connected  to  and  selectively  controlled  by  a 

manual  external  actuator  and  wherein  a  cou{^g  connection 

is  provided  between  the  actuating  sleeve  and  a  cooperating 

outer  clutch  gear,  so  that  when  the  manual  actuator  is 


3,669,477 
HUB  AND  SHAFT  SECUREMENT  MEANS 

Michael    D.    Ulch,    South    WdBcct,    Mmc,    

Wcsdaghottsc  Electric  Corporation,  PHtaburgk.  Pa. 
Filed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,985 
Int.  CL  F16d  7/06 


to 


U.S.  CL  287-52.07 


3ClidnM 


A  fabricated  pipe  coupling  for  connecting  meeting'ends  of 
a  pair  of  pipe  sections,  the  coupling  including  a  tubular 
member  rolled  from  steel  to  form  a  cylindrical  center  portion 
having  outwardly  flaring  portions  at  each  end  thereof,  the 
outwardly  flaring  portions  being  provided  with  cylindrical 
end  portions  to  define  a  gasket  and  follower  channels.  Rigid 
end  rings  which  define  end  flanges  are  welded  to  the  tubular 
member  for  entrapping  the  followers  and  the  gaskets  in  the 
channels.  Each  follower  ring  is  endless  and  rigid  and  is  in- 
serted into  the  chamber  prior  to  enclosing  the  chamber  with 
the  end  ring.  The  end  rings  have  a  plurality  of  circum- 
ferentially  spaced  thread  holes  for  receiving  set  screws,  the 
set  screws  being  utilized  to  advance  the  follower  rings  against 
the  gaskets  to  cause  the  gaskets  to  deform  and  provide  seals 
with  the  end  of  the  pipe  sections.  A  further  reinforcing  sleeve 
member  is  provided  about  the  tubular  member  and  is  welded 
to  the  tubular  member  and  to  the  end  rings. 


^;^^^Mn\\\^ 


A  hub  and  shaft  securement  arrangement  is  provided  in 
which  a  spring  clip  having  a  loop  portion  and  a  tongue  por- 
tion is  arranged  with  an  extension  thereof  between  the  loop 
and  tongue  portions  disposed  within  a  hub  so  as  to  be 
squeeze  between  flattened  portions  on  it  and  an  inserted 
shaft  and  with  the  tongue  end  in  compressing  relationship 
relative  to  the  hub  and  the  loop  portion  compressingly  en- 
gaged between  the  other  termination  of  the  hub  and  a 
shoulder  formed  by  a  cross  groove  in  the  shaft.  This  clip  ar- 
rangement, then,  provides  a  securement  means  which  may 
mount  a  fan  hub  on  either  end  of  a  double  shafted  motor, 
and  yet  still  may  secure  the  hub  to  the  shaft.  It  also  provides 
a  securement  means  which  eliminates  close  tolerance 
requiremenu  between  various  faces  and  shoulders  on  the  hub 
and  shaft. 


3,669,478 
MACHINE  AND  PROCESS  FOR  SEMICONDUCTOR 
DEVICE  ASSEMBLY 
Rkhard  J.  Dwond,  North  Syraewc;  Edwvd  J.  FroKMk, 
Aabum,  and  John  J.  McCarthy,  Port  Byron,  al  ef  N.Y.,  as- 
signors to  General  Ekdrlc  Company 

Fled  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,042 
lat  CL  B23k  7/20 
U.S.  CL  228—5  13  OahM 

A  machine  and  process  are  discioced  for  sr  iiiNhig  a  plu- 
rality of  semiconductor  devices  having  heat  sinks  tnWaDy 


612 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


united  in  a  common  strip.  A  track  is  provided  for  allowing  a 
heat  sink  strip  to  be  sequentially  transported  throu^  a  plu- 
rality <rf  assembly  sutions.  A  magazine  is  provided  for 
dispensing  heat  sink  strips  to  the  track.  The  strip  is  advanced 
by  fingers  engaging  regularly  recurring  apertures  in  the  strip. 
The  heat  sink  strip  is  first  burred  and  then  a  solder  preform  is 


T    *t  [T/" 


S^SSS^ISSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSS^^  ^- 


both  top  and  bottom  portion  for  extending  a  post 
therethrough  with  a  plurality  of  tabs  mounted  on  each  of  the 
side  walls,  one  of  each  of  the  tabs  lying  in  a  plane  paralle 

ft 


stamped  onto  the  strip  at  spaced  intervals  overlying  the 
burrs.  Lead  carrying  headers  are  fed  into  association  with 
spaced  foot  portions  of  the  strip.  A  dispenser  feeds  a  solder 
ball  to  a  window  in  each  header.  A  forming  and  pick  up 
mechanism  positions  sub-assemblies  including  semiconduc- 
tive  elements  and  internal  connectors  on  the  heat  sink  strip 
overlying  the  solder  preforms. 


3,669,479 
STRUCTURAL  CONNECTIONS 
Harold  A.  Payne,  252  Bering  Avenue,  Toronto,  18  Ontario, 
Canada 

Filed  Nov.  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  89,314 

Int  a.  F16b  7104 

U.S.  CL  287—189.36  C  8  Claims 


A  device  adapted  for  connection  to  a  structural  element  of 
the  type  having  a  longitudinally  extending  channel  formed 
therein.  The  device  may  be  used  for  connecting  two  or  more 
such  structural  elements  to  one  another.  The  device 
preferably  consists  of  two  plate  elements  which  are  folded 
preferably  adjacent  to  side  edges  to  form  two  pairs  of  out- 
wardly directed  lugs  and  two  pairs  of  inwardly  directed 
ridges.  The  device  includes  clamping  means  which  may  be  in 
the  form  of  a  clamping  screw  for  pulling  the  main  body  por- 
tions of  the  plates  together  to  cause  the  plates  to  pivot  about 
the  ridges  to  force  the  lug  members  away  from  one  another 
into  locking  engagement  within  the  channel  structure  of  one 
structural  element. 


3,669,480 

GUARD  RAIL  DEMOUNTABLE  SOCKET 

E.  FugMc,  9740  S.W.  167th  Street,  Perrine,  Fla. 

FUed  May  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  139,654 

Int.CLF16b2//00 

MS,  a  287-20.95  2  Claims 

A  demountable  socket  for  receiving  guard  rail  posts  having 

a  front  wall  and  a  pair  of  side  walls  forming  an  opening  at 


with  the  front  wall  and  the  other  of  the  tabs  extending  at 
right  angle  to  the  first  named  tabs  with  openings  in  the  tabs 
for  fastening  the  socket  to  a  form  for  pouring  concrete. 


3,669,481 

COUPLING  OR  LOCKING  MEANS 

Hermann  Gostav  Adolf  Bcrgmann,  Stockmnd,  Sweden,  a^ 

signor  to  Liber  Shovel  Co.  A.G.,  Zuf ,  Switzerland 

Filed  May  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  827,259 

Claims  priority,  appUcation  Sweden,  May  27,  1968,  7065/68 

Int.  CI.  E05c  3128 


U.S.  CL  292—49 


8  Claim  I 


In  a  means  for  coupling  or  locking  two  parts  together,  onje 
part  is  provided  with  a  preferably  conical  stud  which  can  be 
inserted  against  a  stop  in  a  conical  recess  in  the  other  part. 
One  or  preferably  two  or  more  spring  actuated  latchii^ 
members  pivotal  about  shafts  at  right  angles  to  the  axial 
direction  of  the  stud  are  free  to  enter  an  enlarged  section  of 
the  recess  so  that  the  latching  members  like  barbs  of  a  hook 
or  harpoon  prevent  the  stud  from  returning.  An  operating 
device  rotatable  or  axially  displaceable  within  the  stud  and 
actuated  from  one  or  both  ends  thereof  effects  the  return  of 
the  latching  members.  The  means  may  be  used  for  coupling 
together  two  machine  parts,  e.g.  in  a  chuck  or  the  like,  as  a 
hose  coupling,  in  a  safety  lock  system  for  vehicles  etc. 


3,669,482 
CLOSURE  FASTENER 
Dominick  J.  DcFazio,  8022  Glenwood  Avenue,  Youngstowi^ 
Ohio 

Filed  May  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  824,956 
Int.  CL  E05c  19106 
VS.  CL  292—80         ^  2  Claims 

This  invention  relates  to  a  door  check  or  closure  fastener 
which  is  operable  to  retain  a  door  positively  in  open  position 
in  a  primary  locking  position  and  upon  further  opening  of  the 
door  operable  to  automatically  release  the  closure  fastener  to 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


618 


permit  closing  of  the  door,  all  of  the  above  operations  being  said  screws,  hooks,  or  the  like,  being  at  least  1 .5  times  k>nger 
accomplished  without  manual  intervention  with  the  ctosure  than  the  difference  between  the  spacing  of  said  screws. 


3,669.483 
\  CHAIN  DOOR  LATCH 

Fred  A.  Trachsler,  617  Tenth  Avenue,  San  Frandsco,  Calif. 
Filed  Dec.  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  97,869 
Int.  CL  EOSc  ;  7136 


VS.  a.  292—264 


A  chain  latch  for  a  swingable  door  wherein  a  first  member 
adapted  to  be  secured  to  one  side  of  a  door  has  a  slot  for 
receiving  a  stud  on  one  end  of  a  flexible  chain  whose  op- 
posite end  is  secured  to  a  second  member  adapted  to  be 
secured  to  the  jamb  of  the  door.  A  rigid  strip  having  a  plu- 
rality of  spaced  teeth  is  shiftably  mounted  on  the  first 
member  and  is  movable  into  a  position  with  the  spaces 
between  the  teeth  in  alignment  with  the  slot,  whereby  the 
stud,  when  disposed  in  the  slot,  will  be  releasably  held  in  a 
fixed  location  therein.  Means  is  provided  to  releasably  secure 
the  strip  to  the  first  member. 


3,669,484 
BUMPER  FOR  MOTOR  VEHICLES 
Bcmhard  Bcmitz,  Hannover,  Germany,  Msigaor  to  Continen- 
tal Gmnmi-Werke  Aktiengcselisciiaft,  Hannover,  Germany 
Filed  Dec.  17,  1969,  Scr.  No.  885,679 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Oct  19, 1968,  P  18  15 

655J 
Int.  CLB60r  79/05 
U.S.  CL  293—71  R  9  ciainM 

A  bumper  structure  with  attached  strip  of  yiekiable 
resilient  material  such  as  rubber,  for  motor  vehicles  in  which 
the  strip  is  stretched  in  longitudinal  direction  while  engaging 
the  bumper  at  least  over  portions  thereof  and  being  con- 
nected to  said  bumper  by  screws,  hooks,  or  the  like,  extend- 
ing through  holes  in  said  bumper,  the  total  of  the  length  of 


hooks,  or  the  like,  when  the  strip  is  detached  from  the 
bumper  and  the  spacing  between  the  holes  in  said  bumper. 


fastener  other  than  manually  opening  and  closing  of  the 
door. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  294 — 19  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,427 

3,669,485 

REFUSE  CONTAINER 

David  T.  Stihler,  4602  Sylvania  Avenue,  Toledo,  Ohio 

FUed  Jan.  11, 1971,  Ser.  No.  105,420 

Int  CL  B65f  1112 

\iJ&.  CL  294—73  3 


11  Claims 


An  open  topped  refuse  container  fabricated  from  fiber 
reinforced,  hard  resinous  material.  The  end  and  side  walls 
and  the  bottom  are  unitary  in  construction.  The  walls  taper 
outwardly  so  the  open  top  is  larger  than  the  bottom  and  tl»ere 
is  an  outwardly  extending  lip  formed  at  the  upper  edge  of  the 
side  and  end  walls.  The  end  walls  have  extra  reinforcing 
layers.  Two  vertically  spaced  channels  are  removably  bolted 
at  the  outside  of  the  reinforced  end  walls  for  receiving  the 
tines  of  a  lifting  fork.  Retaining  straps  extend  vertically 
across  between  the  channels.  The  container  has  a  lid  that  is 
hinged  to  the  lip  at  the  front  or  back. 

3,669,486 

CORNER  CLIP  AND  BALE  LIFTING  METHOD 

James  A.  Pasic,  Aberdeen,  Wash.,  assignor  to  Ovalstrappii^ 

Inc.,  Hoquaim,  Wash. 
Continuation  of  appUcation  Scr.  No.  836,281,  June  25,  1969, 
now  abandoned.  This  application  Aug.  17,  1970,  Scr.  No. 

64,610 
Int  CI.  B66c  1112 
VS.  CI.  294-74  5 


A  comer  clip  n  formed  of  a  single  strip  of  metal  into  a 
horizontal  leg  which  fits  beneath  the  top  run  of  a  strap,  a  vcr- 


614 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


tical  leg,  and  a  loop  which  fit*  beneath  the  side  run  of  a  strap. 
The  loop  and  horixontal  leg  have  lateral  upturned  ends  for 
confining  the  strap  in  the  clip.  In  the  method  the  strap  is 
spaced  from  the  side  of  the  bale  of  the  loop  of  the  cUp  and 
the  lifting  force  is  applied  at  each  comer  at  an  an^  of  sub- 
stantially 45*. 


tion  or  in  a  completely  fold-down  position,  and  suitable  buUt- 
in  load  carrying  supports. 


\ 


3,669,487 

TOOL 

•  D.  Roberts,  4406  Ollani  Drhe,  Kauxirlle,  Tenn^  and 

Claude  A.  Hiiwrr  Ravle  1,  Box  114,  Htakd,  T«u. 

racd  Nov.  9, 1970,  Sar.  No.  87,660 

lM.CX.B25b5l04 

VS.  CL  294—104  •  Ctalms 


3  669  489 

COMBINED  BAG,  SEAT  AND  STOOL  STRUCTURE 

Thomas  Rock,  39  ^Voodtaiid  Avcbuc,  Eart  Oranfe,  N J. 

Filed  July  30, 1970,  S«r.  No.  59,414 

Int.  CL  A47c  7162 

VS.  CI.  297-21'<  4  CUtm 


A  tool  including  a  set  of  jaws  mounted  in  one  end  of  a  hol- 
low extension  whose  other  end  is  secured  to  a  handle  which 
includes  a  trigger.  Shield  means  disposed  between  the  handle 
and  jaws  isolates  the  operator's  hand  so  that  the  jaws  on  the 
extension  can  be  presented  to  a  hazardous  work  region 
without  exposing  the  operator's  hand  to  injury.  A  linkage 
system  disposed  within  the  hoUow  extension  and  handle  con- 
nects the  trigger  to  one  of  the  jaws  so  as  to  positively  move 
the  jaw  between  open  and  closed  positions  upon  movement 
of  the  trigger.  Tooth  means  in  one  jaw  mesh  with  cavity 
means  in  the  opposing  jaw  of  the  set  to  securely  grasp  a  ob- 
ject therebetween. 


A  foldable  maW-purpose  structure  adapted  in  the  folded 
sute  to  serve  as  a  carry-bag  and  a  two-legged  stool,  and  inj 
the  unfolded  sute  as  a  backed  seat.  The  structure  includes  a 
frame  having  U-shaped  major  and  minor  sections,  the  ends  of 
the  legs  of  the  minor  section  being  pivotally  connected  to  the 
legs  of  the  major  section  at  a  point  adjacent  the  feet  thereof] 
the  yoke  portions  of  the  sections  being  bent  outwardly  in  op4 
posing  directions  to  define  a  stool  surface.  A  fiexible  coverj 
ing  is  marginally  joined  to  the  legs  of  the  fi^ame  to  define  thi 
seat  and  back  panels,  and  side-pieces  are  joined  to  the  legs  to 
provide  gussets.  A  broad  strap  overlying  the  stool  surface  is 
detachably  connected  between  the  back  and  seat  panels  to 
provide  a  seat  for  the  stool  as  well  as  a  bag  closure. 


3  669  488 
FOLD-DOWN  SEAT  MECHANISM  FOR  VEHICLES 
Chvles  Derricksoii,  Jr.,  and  Robert  A.  Rodgers,  both  ol  Fort 
Wayne,  Ind.,  mApton  to  IntcnMiieiial  Harvester  Com- 
pany, Chkago,  DL 

FBed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  65^38 

Int.a.B60n7/70 

VS.  CL  296—66  1^  Clatais 


1  J  669  490 

FLOOR  PRESERVING  SHOE  FOR  PLATFORM 
ROCKERS  AND  THE  LIKE 
Doris  Y.  Bcrtolet,  R-D.  #1,  Oley,  Pa. 

Fikd  Jan.  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  105,029 

Int.  CI.  A47c  i/02 

U.S.  CI.  297-272  *  Clata# 


■^1     'I 


Li 


This  invention  relates  to  a  floor  preserving  shoe  of  re«lieM 
material  and  of  substantially  channel-shape  for  closely  fitting 
about  the  foot  portion  of  a  piece  of  ftimiture.  such  as  a  plat- 
form rocker.  The  bottom  surface  of  the  shoe  is  preferably 
concave  across  the  width  so  that  the  weight  of  the  furniture 
wUl  flatten  the  curvature  and  in  so  doing  the  sidewaUs  of  the 
shoe  will  more  firmly  engage  said  foot  portion. 


A  folding  seat  mechanism  for  vehicles  such  as  station 
wagons  and  panel  trucks  wherein  a  passenger  seat  is  folded 
down  so  that  the  backs  of  both  the  seat  back  and  seat 
cushion  provide  additional  cargo  carrying  space.  The 
mechanism  includes  torsion  bars  connected  to  bias  the  seat 
back  into  an  upright  position  and  a  linkage  mechanism  join- 
ing the  seat  back  and  cushion  and  effective  to  transmit  the 
folding  motion  (rf  one  into  the  folding  motion  of  the  other. 
The  mechanism  also  includes  latching  medianisms  effective 
to  hold  the  seat  back  and  cushion  in  either  an  upright  posi- 


3,669,491  ^ 

GANGING  DEVICE 
Emcit  A.  Wcdock,  Sturgls,  Mich.,  assignor  to  The  Stiu|l8 
Conpaay,  StvrglB,  Mich. 

nkd  June  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  44,361 
Int.  a.  A47c  UI24 

VS.  CL  297—248  ^ ' 

A  chair  ganging  device  includes  an  elongated  member  hav- 
ing an  attaching  element  pivotally  connected  to  a  tubular 


MurgB 
iCIaUM 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


616 


member  of  one  chair.  A  resilient  clamp  element  adjacent  the   over  an  extended  period  of  time  without  the  person  develop- 
attaching    element    indudes    a    snap    cavity    adapted    to   ing  a  pain  in  his  posterior.  An  arcuate,  lateral  foot  rest  per- 


rr-.-^y!^- 


rennovably  engage  a  similar  juxtaposed  tubular  member  of  an 
adjacent  chair. 


to  Peterson 


3,669y492 
RECLINING  CAR  SEAT 
AmoU  E.  PHerson,  Glendidc  CaMf., 
Baby  Prodncts,  Holywood,  Cyif . 

FDed  May  27, 1971,  Ssr.  No.  147,540 

UL  CL  A47d  1/10 

VS.  CL  297—253  8  CWhm 


An  infant  car  seat  with  its  own  headrest  so  constructed 
that  it  is  pivoted  from  the  upper  end  and  is  capable  of  being 
moved  to  a  reclining  position  fi'om  the  standard  sitting  posi- 
tion without  interfering  with  the  top  of  the  automobile  seat 
on  which  it  is  mounted  or  the  headrest  associated  with  such 
an  automobOe  seat.  The  invented  infant  seat  is  also  con- 
structed to  provide  a  rugged  and  safe  infant  car  seat  which 
because  of  the  unique  pivoting  structure  can  be  compactiy 
folded  for  storage,  handling  or  shipping. 


3,669,493 
^  CHAOt 

J.  Hardfa«  Vowks,  106  Dooka  Drive,  Toronto,  17  Ontario, 


FBed  Nov.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  86,408 
Int  CL  A47c  7/50.  7/00 
VS.  CL  297-429  8  CMnm 

A  chair  adapted  to  support  a  person  so  that  his  weight  is 
distributed  between  his  posterior  and  his  knees.  The  chair  in- 
cludes a  knee  support  and  a  seat  support  sloping  generally 
downward  toward  the  knee  support  The  sloping  seat  and  the 
knee  support  co-operate  to  shift  a  portioa  of  the  perKxi's 
weight  onto  the  knee  support  so  that  the  weight  borne  by  the 
person's  posterior  u  reduced,  thus  permitting  use  of  the  chair 


mits  the  person  to  place  his  feet  in  a  number  of  comfortable 
positions. 


3,669,494 
MODULAR  FURNITURE  PIECES 
Hartant  H.  Lebnwycr,  Srlililsilnhiiii  Strasse  189, 8  Munich, 
13,  Germany 

FBed  Apr.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,975 
Clafans  priority,  appllcatloa  Gcmany,  Apr.  11, 1969,  P  19  18 

540.1 
Int.  CL  A47c  7/00 
U.S.  CL  297-440  23  < 


A  unit  for  constructing  modularized  body  supporting  furni- 
ture pieces  comprising  a  box  having  an  outwardly  upturned 
trough  around  the  bottom  portion  and  an  upholstered  cap 
covering  the  upper  portioa  thereof.  The  upholstered  cap  can 
be  of  such  configuration  as  to  provide  a  snaring  suffiKe  on 
the  top,  or  it  can  be  such  that  it  provides  a  body  supportiBg 
surCKc,  such  as  a  backrest,  on  the  ade  theraot  The  tnM^ 
inchides  means  for  aUgning  adjacent  units  m  the  ooutm  of 
oonstructtng  a  fiimiture  piece  wkh  a  phirality  of  unte.  U> 


616 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


shaped  dip*  are  wed  to  attadi  adjacent  umti  together.  By 
combining  teat  unHs  and  support  units,  various  piecM  of  ftir- 

niture  can  be  constructed. 


3,669^95 
UPHOLSTERED  SEATING  FURNITURE 

nidJwKl5,1970,Scr.No.4MM  ' 

CWiM  priority.  Binilli  liii  Piiwij.  JoM  16, 1969,  P  19  30 

583.0;  Dec.  5, 1969,  P  19  61  153.1 

im.  CL  A47c  1/12, 5100,  7/02 

VS.  CL  297-445  10  Clalins 


June  IS 


,  1971 
0  bknl- 


seat  and  back  portions.  The  seat  and  back  unit  is 
molded  in  substantially,  i.e.  generally,  flat,  over-all  conditioo, 
in  which  it  may  be  stored  and  shipped,  and  is  conditioned  for 
mounting  on  the  chair  frame  by  bending  about  the  interven- 
ing connecting  portion.  The  latter  is  formed  to  provide  for 
controlled  bending  with  avoidance  of  sharp  localized  bends, 
and  to  provide  for  such  lateral  flexing  of  the  seat  and  back 


This  invention  relates  to  uphcdstered  seating  furniture 
which  comprises  a  unit  of  upholstered  seating  furniture 
which  includes  a  plurality  ai  framing  elements  made  from 
rigid  foam  and  a  plurality  of  upholstering  elements  made 
from  soft  foam  wherein  the  improvement  comprises  at  least 
one  opening  defined  in  at  least  some  of  the  framing  elements, 
the  surfrK:e  of  rigid  foam  around  said  opening  being  in  a  com- 
pressed condition,  a  layer  ci  semi-rigid  foam  at  least  partly 
covering  at  least  one  framing  element,  said  semi-rigid  foam 
serving  as  both  a  base  for  the  seat  and  back  and  as  a  resilient 
base  for  s(rft  foam  in  other  parts  of  said  unit 


3,669,496 

CHAIR  AND  SEAT  AND  BACK  UNIT  THEREFOR 

A.  ChMioliM,  Tcaqilc,  Tex.,  — Ignnr  to  American 

Desk  Manufactariag  Company,  Teaspte,  Tex. 

Fled  Dec  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,725 

lot  CL  A47c  4/02,  7/00 

U.S.  CL  297—445  33  Claims 


portions  as  to  conform  to  a  sitter's  position,  such  as  a 
slouched  position,  and  to  prevent  stress-induced  edge  cracks. 
The  teat  and  beck  unit  it  attached  to  the  chair  frame  by  bolts 
engaging  internally  threaded  fastening  elementt  molded  in 
titu  in  the  plattic  unit,  the  boltt  extending  through  and 
beyond  the  fattening  elemenu  and  biting  into  the  plastic  to 
lock  the  bolts  against  unintentional  unscrewing. 


3,669,497       ^ 
CHAIRS 
Hcwry  Maasonact,  Nurieux,  Ain,  France 

Fled  Feb.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  10,176 
Claims  priority,  appHcatioa  France,  Feb.  17, 1969, 69039519 

Int  CL  A47c  1/12 
MS.  a.  297-445  2  Claims 


A  chair  comprises  a  6«me,  which  may  be  somewhat  flexi- 
ble, and  a  unitary  blow-molded  plastic  teat  and  back  unit  in- 
cluding a  hollow,  relatively  non-bendaUe  teat  portion,  a  hol- 
low, relatively  non-bendable  back  portion,  and  a  relatively 
bendaUe  portion  intervening  between  and  connecting  the 


A  tectionaMzed  chair  compriting  a  stand  including  two 
pairs  of  legs  joined  by  a  crost  bar  and  a  unit  comprising  an 
integral  back  and  seat,  the  cross  bar  having  inclined  and 
divergent  rear  and  frx>nt  faces  and  the  lower  surface  of  the 
seat  being  provided  with  formations  for  centering  the  seat 
relative  to  and  attaching  it  to  the  inclined  faces  and  the 
lateral  or  side  edges  of  the  seat  fitting  between  the  upper 
ends  of  the  two  pairs  of  legs. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


617 


3,669,498  desired.  This  structural  shell  is  then  joined  to  a  decorative, 

~^^  ^AT  STRUCTURE  molded  polypropylene  trim  shell  which  covers  the  rear  of  the 

jiMB  9.  ivieyeiB,  ami  Arvor,  ana  nnciiOHB  wowwm,  ▼tiiii> 
more  Lake,  both  of  MJcJu,  assigaiws  to  Hoover  B^  Md 
Beani^  Conpany,  SaHne,  nflcii. 

Filed  Aug.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  60317 

Int  CL  A47c  7/20,  7/14;  B60n  1/06 

U.S.  CL  297-452  14  Claims 


Ji J 


structural  shell  and  which  includes  a  recessed  portion  to  ac- 
commodate the  seat  supporting  pan  of  a  chair  base  which  is 
secured  to  the  structural  shell,  through  the  trim  shell. 


A  seat  structure  consisting  of  a  seat  cushion  unit  and  a  seat 
back  unit  wherein  each  of  said  units  comprises  a  foam  body 
and  a  spring  assembly  embedded  in  the  body.  The  seating 
units  are  mounted  on  a  frame  and  each  spring  assembly  in- 
cludes a  plurality  of  spaced  linear  springs  which  project  from 
the  foam  body  and  are  attached  to  the  frame  so  as  to  mount 
the  seating  unit  on  the  frame.  In  the  seating  cushion  unit,  the 
linear  springs,  border  wire  and  bolster  wires  cooperate  to 
provide  desired  seating  resilience  and  the  spring  end  portions 
are  snapped  over  upstruck  tabs  formed  on  the  frame.  In  the 
seating  back  unit,  the  spring  end  portions  extend  through 
mounting  slots  in  the  frame.  In  both  imits,  the  springs  are 
connected  by  bolster  wires  and  the  foam  bodies  are  formed 
with  grooves  aligned  with  the  bolster  wires  to  eiuible  moimt- 
ing  of  the  seat  structure  covering  on  the  foam  bodies  by  at- 
tachment to  the  bolster  wires. 


3,669,500 
BALANCE  WEIGHT  FOR  VEHICLE  WHEELS 
Kurt   Hans   Dietrich   Ende,   OMtmcUingen,   Wi 
Gcnnany,  assignor  to  DIonys  Hoteann,  Maachinenfabrft 
GmbH,  Onstmcttiagen,  (Wurttemberg),  Gcnnany 
Filed  Dec.  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  887,794 
Claims  priority,  appHcirtioa  Gcmaay,  Dec.  23,  1968,  F  18  16 

669J 

Int  CL  B60b  13/00 

VS.  CL  301-5  B  3  Claims 


3,669,499 
CHAIR 
Frana  Scmploniiis,  Kcntwood,  and  Stcplwn  B.  Kolii,  Grand 
Rapids,  both  of  Mkh.,  aat^gnon  to  Siceicate  Inc.,  Grand 
Rapidb,  I^Och. 

Filed  Dec  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  102,592 
Int  CL  A47c  7/00,  7/02 
VS.  CL  297—455  18  daiam 

The  specification  discloses  a  chair  whose  structural 
strength  is  derived  from  a  molded,  high-impact  polystyrene 
structural  shell.  The  face  of  this  shell  is  covered  with  suitaUe 
cushioning  and  upholstery  and  arms  may  be  provided  if 


A  balance  weight  with  a  separate  and  adjustable  hniding 
dip  for  balancing  vehicle  wheels.  The  balance  weight  is  com- 
prised of  a  balance  weight  piece  and  an  adjuatabic  holding 
clip  which  is  interconnected  to  the  balance  weiglit  piece. 


618 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


3,M9401 
VEHICLE  WHEEL  CONSTRUCTION 

B  Motor  Whad 


I  Str.  No.  735457,  June  6, 1968, 
I  Mar.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

16454 

UtL  a.  WtOb  3/00,  7/00 


at  the  discharge  end.  Discharge  openings  in  the  screw  hou*- 
infi  below  the  flights  of  increased  pitch  of  each  screw  con- 
veyor diverge  outwardly  toward  the  discharfe  end  and  allow 
the  fuel  to  flow  uniformly  by  gravity  into  the  path  of  ga*  flow 
for  discharge  into  the  combustion  chamber  of  the  ftimace. 


VS.  CL  301—37  R 


18 


3vt69,S03 

APPARATUS  FOR  HANDLING  AND  PROCESSING 

CURRENTS  OF  GAS-BORNE  DRY  SOFT  POWDERS 

Walter  ZiaaMnnwi,  FaMuskfiaatraiw  Ua,  89  Augriwri, 

Germany 

Filed  Jaly  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  843,450 

JmL  CL  B65g  33/58,  53/04 

U.S.CL  302-64  6Clalim 


A  vehicle  disc  wheel  constructicm  wherein  at  least  a  por- 
tion of  the  outboard  £sce  ci  the  disc  and/or  rim  of  a  conven- 
tional steel  disc  wheel  is  covered  by  an  ornamental  plastic 
wheel  cover.  The  cover  has  its  inner  and  outer  margins  in 
contact  with  the  wheel  but  intermediate  itt  margins  the  cover 
is  spaced  outwardly  firom  the  outboard  face  of  the  wheel.  The 
void  between  the  cover  and  wheel  face  is  filled  by  a  low  den- 
sity adhesive  material  such  as  polyurethane  foam  which  ad- 
herently secures  the  cover  permanently  to  the  wheel. 


3,669,502 
PNEUMATIC  SPREADER  STOKER 
M«vta  J.  LcMm  Shdlom  Wash.,  aoslgMir  to 
[       ThiBbcrCoiq^aiiy.  Seattle,  Wash. 
I  FRed  Jan.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,002 

'  lBtCLF23k  J/02 

UA  CL  302—19  9 


Solid  coatings  are  disclosed  that  are  particularly  useful  foi 
lining  or  application  to  the  inner  walls  of  processing  equip- 
ment, for  preventing  the  formation  of  deposits  from  currenti 
of  gas  and  soft  powders.  The  coatings  are  especially  suited 
for  use  in  mills,  particularly  baffle  rimmed  grinding  track 
mills,  classifiers,  sifting  rotors,  cyclones,  and  piping,  mori 
particularly  in  bends.  Apparatus  is  disclosed  provided  with 
linings  of  soft  elastic  material  having  a  hardness  within  the 
range  of  10  to  50  Shore,  such  as  rubber  foam,  and  in  some 
instances  the  soft  elastic  material  is  coated  with  a  wear-re 
sistant  cover  layer,  such  as  natural  rubber. 


3,669,504 

CONTROL  VALVE 

Stanley  L.  Stokca,  Floiiasant,  Mo.,  aislgMr  to  Wagnet 

Electrk  Corporation,  Newark,  N  J. 

FUed  May  28, 1978,  Scr.  No.  39,869 

Int  CI.  B60t  8/26.  11/34 

UA  CL  383—6  C  18  Ctalm^ 


An  improved  pneumatic  spreader  stoker  is  disclosed  for 
delivering  a  controlled  amount  of  pulverent  fuel  at  a  uniform 
rate  over  the  grate  of  a  combustion  fiimace.  Fuel  feeding 
means  uniformly  feeds  the  ftid  into  the  path  of  gas  flow  from 
a  high  velocity  air  jet  for  discharging  the  fuel  into  the  com- 
bustion chamber  of  the  furnace.  A  pair  of  opposed,  powered 
rotary  dampers  are  disposed  in  the  path  of  gas  flow  ahead  of 
the  fiiel  infeed  for  evenly  and  alternately  increasing  and 
decreasing  the  quantity  and  pressure  of  gas  dehvering  the 
fiiel  to  the  combustion  chamber.  A  bypass  conduit  having  air 
flow  control  means  therein  bypasses  the  rotary  dampers  and 
allowi  a  minimum  of  gas  flow  to  the  combustion  chamber  at 
all  times.  The  fbel  feeding  means  comprises  a  pair  ci  rotary 
•crew  conveyors'prdferaMy  operated  90"  to  180*  out  of  phase 
with  one  another  and  <fispooed  m  side-by-eide  relation  for 
delivering  fbel  flrom  an  infeed  end  to  a  discharge  end.  The 
flights  of  each  of  the  screw  conveyors  are  of  increased  pitch 


A  control  valve  for  use  in  a  hydraulic  brake  system 
having  a  pressure  source  and  a  pressure  responsive  brake 
is  provided  with  an  aligned  and  interconnected  pair  0f 
proportioning  members  in  series  flow  relation  which  re- 
spectively proportion  the  fhiid  pressure  supplied  from 
said  source  to  said  brake.  One  of  the  proportioning  mem- 
bers is  actuated  in  response  to  suiq;>lied  fluid  pressure  from 
the  source  in  excess  of  a  predetermined  value  to  effect 
the  ai^lication  of  proportionally  reduced  pressure  to  the 
brake,  and  tfie  other  of  the  proportioning  members  is 
aligned  with  and  slidably  received  in  the  one  proportion- 
ing member  being  actuated  in  response  to  the  propor- 
tionally reduced  pressure  of  another  predetennined  valpe 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


619 


predeterminately  in  excess  of  the  first  named  predeter- 
mined value  to  further  proportionally  reduce  the  pressure 
applied  to  said  brake. 


3,669,585 

CONTROL  VALVE  AND  SYSTEM 

Edward  J.  Falk,  St.  Louis,  Mo.,  assignor  to  Wagner 

Electric  Corporation,  Newarit,  N  J. 

FUed  Apr.  28, 1978,  Ser.  No.  32,584 

Int  CL  B68t  17/22,  8/26 

U.S.  CL  383—6  C  15  Claims 


A  control  valve  is  provided  in  a  horizontally  split  brake 
system  having  separate  fluid  pressure  sup{^es  \^ierein  at 
least  (me  Ivake  of  the  front  and  rear  brake  sets  is  c<hi- 
nected  in  each  system,  and  said  control  valve  includes 
separate  spring-loaded  proportioning  pistons  generally 
operable  in  said  systems  in  re^xMise  to  a  i^edetermlned 
value  of  the  fluid  pressures  sui^lied  thereto  from  said 
fluid  i»-essure  supplies  to  thereafter  prt^wrtion  the  fluid 
pressures  applied  to  the  rear  brakes.  Upon  the  failure  of 
one  system,  the  propMtioning  piston  of  the  other  or  oper- 
ating system  is  operable  not  only  against  its  spring  load 
but  also  against  the  ^spring  load  of  the  proportioning  ih»- 
t(m  in  the  failed  one  system  to  increase  the  predetermined 
value  of  the  supplied  fluid  pressure  at  which  the  propor- 
tioning actuation  thereof  is  effected. 


3,669,586 

CONTROL  VALVE 

Joeepii  E.  PqpiB  and  Stanley  L.  Stokes,  Florfasant,  Mo., 

aas^gnors  to  WagMr  Electik  CorporatioB,  Newark,  N  J. 

Filed  Apr.  28, 1978,  Scr.  No.  32,611 

Int  a.  B68t  17/22,  8/26 

VS,  CL  303—6  C  13  Claims 


A  control  valve  for  use  in  a  dual  hydraulic  brake  sys- 
tem having  a  switch  actuating  pistcm  movable  to  opposed 
translatory  positions  to  energize  a  driver  warning  circuit 
upon  the  fidlure  of  one  of  the  dual  systems.  A  pcopor- 
tioning  valve  is  also  provided  and  is  operable  generally 
in  response  to  supplied  fluid  pressure  of  one  of  the  8y»- 
terns  to  effect  a  proportionally  reduced  applioUion  thereof 


through  the  omtrol  valve.  The  proportioning  valve  has 
one  end  thereof  slidable  in  an  end  of  the  switch  •^•h^ting 
piston,  and  upon  the  translatory  movement  of  said  switch 
actuating  piston  to  one  (rf  its  translated  positions,  an 
additional  area  on  said  proportioninf  valve  is  rnqMned 
to  the  supplied  fluid  jHVssure  which  thereafter  effects  a 
different  proportionally  reduced  apfrfied  fluid  pressure. 


Stanley  L.  Stokes, 


3,669,587 
CONTROL  VALVE 


Mo., 


Electric  CorporatlMB, , 

FHed  Apr.  U,  1978,  Scr.  No.  33 
lit  a  B68t  8/26, 11/34 
VS,  CL  383-6  C 


to  W 


22  Chdms 


A  control  valve  for  use  in  a  hydraulic  brake  system  is 
provided  with  a  spring  loaded  piston  which  carries  a 
proportioning  member.  The  proportioning  member  is  ac- 
tuated in  response  to  supplied  fluid  pressure  in  excess  of  a 
predetermined  value  to  effect  the  triplication  of  a  pro- 
portionally reduced  fluid  pressure  through  the  control 
valve,  and  the  piston  is  movable  against  its  spring  in  re- 
qwnse  to  another  predetermined  value  in  excess  of  the 
first  named  predetermined  value  acting  thereon  to  increase 
the  applied  fluid  pressure.  The  actuation  of  the  proportion- 
ing member  is  thereafter  resumed  in  response  to  a  third 
predetermined  value  predeterminately  in  excess  of  the 
other  predetermined  value  of  the  supplied  fluid  pressure 
acting  thereon  to  further  cBtCL  proportionally  reduced  in- 
creases in  the  applied  fluid  pressiu'e. 


WHEELSPEED  INFORMATION  SIGNAL 

PROCESSING  SYSTEM 

Naiiadcr  S.  AIM,  11981  BE.  Mh  St, 

RcBtiM,Wa*.    N855 
FDcd  IBM  8, 1978,  Scr.  No.  44,296 
_^  _  btCLB68t«/72 

U.S.  CL  383—21  R  n 


MIBM 


A  braking  system  whidi  includes  means  for  generating 
signals  having  predefined  reUtia«iships  with  reject  to 
wfaeelqieed  information  signals  having  undeaifed  frequency 


620 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


components.  The  error  signal  in  an  anti-skid  system  is 
effectively  differentiated  in  a  circuit  which  provides  a  pos- 
itive sinusoidal  signal  at  gear  (or  landing  gear  trudc) 
frequency  which  is  utilized  in  the  wheelspeed  informa- 
tion signal  processing  system  to  cancel  an  undesired  gear 
walk  generated  negative  sinusoidal  signal  component  also 
at  gear  frequency  which  is  superimposed  upon  the  true 
wheelspeed  information  signals. 


June  13,  1972 


3,669,511 

SYSTEM  FOR  PHASE  LOCKING  ON  A  VIRTUAt 
CARRIER  RECEIVED  BY  AN  ASYMMETRICAL 
RECEIVER 
David  M.  MoCky,  Santa  Ana,  and  Naif  D.  Salman, 
Orange,  Calif.,  assignors  to  North  American  Rockwell 
Corponitioa  | 

FUcd  Sept  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,949 

Int.  CL  H04b  1/30  ^ 


VS.  CI.  325—329 


4  aalDks 


3,669,509 

CONTROLLER  FOR  A  SiOD  CONTROL  SYSTEM 

Malcolm  D.  Jones,  BcUeviUc,  Mkh.,  assignor  to  Kelsey- 

Haycs  Company,  Ronnhis,  Mich. 

FUcd  Anc  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,300 

Int  CL  B60t  8/08;  F17d  1/14 

U.S.  CI.  303—21  F  19  Claims 


^ 

f^  'i^  -''^ 

,„,,,,,,7--^ 

m^ 

7^//. 

^^^^M 

4^*<:^,a 

^^'^^^^W 

-^t:„^^ 

«"L=L^^ 

It 

.  -T^^S^  KSK^totS 

m\ 

^ 

/ut        h 

"Of; 


A 


I  mM. 

■  I       -^ 


— r— 


\ 


^8Sf" 


M*T 


A  hydraulic  brake  controller  for  a  skid  control  system 
in  which  the  controller  uses  hydraulic  amplification  and 
response  generally  proportionally  to  the  magnitude  of  an 
error  signal. 


3,669^10 
BRAKING  PRESSURE  DISTRIBUTING  DEVICES 
Michel  Goetticr,  BUlancoort,  France,  assignor  to  Regie 
Nationale  des  Usincs  Renault,  BUlancourt,  and  Auto> 
mobiles  Peugeot,  Paris,  France 

FDcd  Dec  17, 1969,  Ser.  No.  885,690 
Claims  priority,  applicadoB  France,  Dec.  23,  1968, 

180,046 

Int  CL  B60t  8/18 

\}&,  CL  303—22  R  1  Claim 


The  present  invention  is  directed  to  a  phase-lock  system 
which  can  derive  a  demodulating  carrier  reference  signal 
for  use  in  a  suppressed  carrier  quadrature,  amplitude  mod- 
ulating digital  data  transmission  system  which  does  not 
require  the  transmission  of  a  low  level  carrier  or  pilot 
tones. 

The  system  operates  by  multiplying  the  equalized  re- 
ceived cross  coupled  signal  in  each  channel  by  a  specified 
function  of  the  decoded  n-Ievel  data  signal  of  both  chan- 
nels and  subtracting  the  products  and  dividing  the  results 
by  the  error  signal  coefficient  to  arrive  at  an  error  signal 
which  is  proportional  to  the  phase  error  between  the  de- 
modulating carrier  reference  signal  and  the  suppressed 
transmitting  carrier.  The  derived  error  signal  can  be  made 
independent  of  data  signal  level  values  and  the  received 
signal  levels  even  in  the  presence  of  severe  intersymbol 
interference  and  cross  coupled  terms.  The  derived  phase 
error  signal  is  then  fed  back  to  a  variable  oscillator  pno- 
viding  the  demodulating  carrier  reference  signal  to  change 
the  phase  of  the  reference  signal  so  as  to  reduce  the  errpr 
signal  towards  zero. 


'  3,669,512 

IMPACT  TOOL  AND  COMPOUND  HANDLE- 
RETAINING  WEDGE  THEREFOR 
Worthel  C.  Parks,  Boshnell,  111.,  assignor  to  Vaughan  i ; 
Busfanell  Mfg.  Co.,  Hebron,  111. 
FUtd  Not.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  90,578 
Int.  CL  B25g  3/28 
VS,  CL  306—33  1  Claibi 


This  distributor  comprising  a  body  provided  with 
means  for  regulating  the  braking  fluid  pressure  and  dis- 
posed between  the  master-cylinder  and  the  rear  brakes  of 
the  vehicle,  has  a  pivot  pin  carried  on  said  body  and  ro- 
tatably  rigid  with  a  pair  of  arms  of  which  one  is  in  tem- 
porary contact  with  the  frcmt  face  of  the  control  piston 
of  the  device,  the  other  arm  carrying  an  inertia  weight. 


A  compound  wedge  adapted  to  be  pressed  into  the  con- 
formably slotted  distal  end  of  a  fresh  wooden  impact 
tool  handle  in  order  to  spread  such  end  and  compress  the 
wood  thereof  outwardly  against  the  walls  of  the  eye  in  the 
head  of  the  impact  tool  and  thus  permanently  tighten  the 
handle  and  head  together.  The  wedge  exerts  a  spreading 
action  in  both  lateral  directions  and  it  is  comprised  of  a 
resilient  compressible  plastic  material  having  a  modulus 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


of  elasticity  which  substantially  matches  the  shrinkage 
and  expansion  factor  of  the  wood  which  it  displaces  so 
that,  as  the  moisture  content  of  the  wood  evaporates  and 
shrinkage  takes  place,  the  restorative  property  of  the 
wedge  compensates  for  such  shrinkage.  Conversely,  as  the 
shrunken  wood  absorbs  moisture  and  regains  size,  the 
wedge  is  forcibly  contracted.  Thus,  in  any  condition  of 
the  wood,  the  handle  remains  tight.  An  impact  tool  em- 
bodying such  a  wedge. 


3  669  513 
BRAKING  CmCUlf  WITH  FLUID  PRESSURE 

CONTROL  VALVE 

Donald  L.  Smith,  Peoria,  III.,  assignor  to  Caterpillar 

Tiractor  Co.,  Peoria,  111. 

Original  appUcation  Oct.  22,  1968,  Scr.  No.  769,482,  now 

Pitfent  No.  3,539,228.  Divided  and  this  application  May 

11, 1970,  Ser.  No.  48,718 

Int.  CL  B60t  15/04 
UA  CL  303—50  16  Claims 


^•\  H^   ^13  WS 


m-si 


^^^^ 


A  pressure  control  valve  of  the  inverter  type  is  em- 
ployed in  a  hydropneumatic  braking  circuit  and  com- 
prises spaced  pistons  reciprocally  mounted  therein  and 
connected  together  by  a  rod  for  simultaneous  movement. 
Selective  pneumatic  actuation  of  the  pistons  sequentially 
opens  and  closes  spaced  poppet  valve  members,  slidably 
mounted  on  the  rod,  for  engaging  a  normally  disengaged 
hydraulic  brake  or  the  like. 


3,669,514 

GASEOUS  BEARING  WITH  STABILIZER 

Ryuji  Wada,  HirosU  SuzuU,  and  Masno  Nakato,  Asahi- 

macU,  Japan,  assignors  to  Toyoda  KoU  Kabushiki 

Kaisha  (trading  as  Toyoda  Machine  Works,  Ltd.) 

Filed  May  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  41,440 

Oaims  priority,  application  Japan,  May  30,  1969, 

44/50,662 

Int  CL  F16c  17/16 

UA  CL  308—9  4  Claims 


621 

several  tens  of  thousands  to  several  hundred  thousands 
revolutions  per  minute.  Gas  bearing  has  rotating  shaft 
surrounding  housing  with  bearing  bush  inserted  between 
shaft  and  housing  so  that  clearance  of  gas  fihn  are  pro- 
vided on  mside  and  outside  of  bearing  bush.  Bearing  bush 
has  inclmed  nozzles  which  incline  in  direction  opposite  to 
rotation  of  shaft.  Pressurized  gas  is  supplied  through  nozr 
zles  to  rotate  bearing  bush  at  appropriate  speed  and  in 
same  direction  as  rotating  shaft.  Gas  lubricating  fihn  is 
formed  by  pressurized  gas  at  internal  and  external  clear- 
anas  of  bearing  bush  whereby  rotating  shaft  is  supported 
by  bearmg  bush  on  fihn.  *'i~  «« 


3,669,515 

X  u       ^  ^^^^  BEARING  STRUCTURE 

Takeo  Nojima,  ChlhiJien,  Japan,  assigMr  to  Jupitor 

Coiporatkm  of  Washington,  SeSTwash. 

.  T"S?  ^  ^'  1^*»  Ser.  No.  49,453 

UA  CL  308—16  5  ri,i„. 


U>-J 


The  present  invention  relates  to  a  roller  bearing  struc- 
ture wherein  the  axis  of  the  force  bearing  wheel  is  mount- 
ed at  an  angle  of  20  to  30  degrees  relative  to  the  major 
force  component  exerted  upon  the  structure.  The  struc- 
ture IS  such  that  the  main  force  supporting  roUer  bear- 
ings are  captured  by  three  bearing  races  providing  three 
point  contact  with  each  bearing,  thus  eliminating  the 
need  for  a  cage. 


3,669,516 

PUMP 

James  H.  Lanoo,  Anoka,  Mian.,  aarignor  to 

Graco  lac,  MimicapolbrMiM. 

Filed  Mar.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16J76 

UA  CL  30ft-36.1  „  ci.,^ 


S-'S^ 


Present  invention  relates  to  gas  bearing  with  stabilizer 
intended  to  elevate  occurence  range  of  whirl  phenomenon 
thereby  reliably  preventing  deterioration  of  rotating  ac- 
curacy due  to  phenomenon  and  seizure  of  bearings  to  ex- 
tend service  life  of  gas  bearing  for  high  speed  rotation  at 


A  pump  for  fluid  slurry  materials  is  provided  with 
bearing  and  sealing  portions  and  with  one-way  valve 
constructions  which  permit  tiie  pumping  of  slurry  mate- 
rials and  prevent  such  materials  from  penetrating  bear- 
mgs,  seals  and  valves  in  such  a  way  as  to  cause  binding 
or  other  problems  in  Uie  operation  of  such  parts.  The 
bearing  and  sealing  constiuction  includes  a  plurality  of 
annular  members  which  essentially  completely  fill  a  spe- 
cified critical  area  or  space  within  an  annular  beaiins 
and  sealing  section  located  between  retativdy  movable 
inner  and  outer  cyUndrical  surfaces.  Each  such  section 
includes  a  radially  resilient  scraper  member,  which  has 
a  scrapmg  edge  resilientiy  engaging  one  of  the  cylindrical 
surfaces  and  an  opposite  edge  spaced  from  the  other 


622 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


cylindrical  surface.  The  scraper  member  is  supported  and 
guided  immediately  adjacent  its  scraping  edge  by  two 
relatively  rigid  annular  members  or  bearing  wall  portions, 
one  on  each  side  of  the  scraping  edge.  A  rcsUienUy  com- 
pressed annular  fiUer  member  of  expansible  material, 
such  as  rubber,  is  located  immediately  adjacent  the  oppo- 
site edge  of  the  scraper  member  and  thus  prevents  slurry 
material  from  penetrating  into  the  space  between  said 
opposite  edge  and  the  remaining  cylindrical  surface.  In 
one  form,  the  bearing  and  sealmg  section  also  includes 
one  or  more  ceramic  or  other  hard  nonmetallic  annular 
bearing  or  gland  members. 

The  one-way  valves  in  the  pump  include  metallic  valve 
ball  members  supported  in  sliding  engagement  with  non- 
metallic  plastic  or  ceramic  guiding  portions  and  valve 
seats.  ^^^^^^^^_ 

HYDROSTAHC/HTORODYNAMIC  SHAFT 
BEARING  ARRANGEMENTS 
Edward  Victor  Lawson  Hushes,  SoUhaU,  En^and,  as- 
signor to   Corporatkm  of  The   City   of   Coventry, 

^''*'^mS^  24, 1970,  Set.  No.  66,412 
Ctadms  priority,  appUcatioB  Great  Britain,  Aug.  26, 1969, 
'  42,418/69 

Int  CL  F16c  33/66 
UA  CI.  308—122  5  Claims 


.r-D 


conically  formed  lower  end.  A  bearing  box  separably 
formed  having  a  complementary  shape  is  press  fit  within 
the  carrier.  The  bearing  box  is  thin  walled  made  of  sheet 
bearing  material  while  the  carrier  walls  are  of  thicker  di 
mension,  of  non-bearing  material  and  provide  support  for 
the  bearing  load  exerted  thereon. 


I  3,669,519 

ANTICREEP  BEARING  ASSEMBLY  FOR  AN 
ANTIFRICTION  BEARING 
Tadanobu  Takahadil  and  Knnlhiko  Usami,  Fujisawa. 
Japan,  assignon  to  N4pp<Hi  Seiko  Kabushikl,  Tokyo^ 
Japan 

Filed  Dec  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  94,450 

Claims  priority,  application  Ji^an,  Dec  9,  1969, 

44/116,336 

Int  CL  F16c  33/30 

U.S.  CL  308—236  3  Claims 


Hydrostatic/hydrodynamic  shaft  bearing  arrangements 
are  disclosed  in  which  joumalling  of  a  shaft  in  a  bear- 
ing body  is  provided  with  at  least  one  journal  portion 
formed  with  helicoidal  relief  for  effecting  hydrodynamic 
pumping  of  lubricant  from  low  pressure  lubricant  supply 
passageway  means  in  the  bearing  body  to  plain  bearing 
joumalling  or  location  of  the  shaft  relative  to  the  bear- 
ing body  via  separate  high  pressure  lubricant  flow  pas- 
sageway means  in  the  bearing  body  for  hydrostatic 
lubrication  at  said  plain  bearing  journaling  or  location. 


l-A 


Anticreep  bearing  assembly  provided  with  an  anticretfp 
ring  for  frictional  engagement  with  each  of  a  pair  0f 
radically  spaced  annular  surfaces.  The  anticreep  ring  hav- 
ing a  resilient  property  is  provided  with  at  least  two  out- 
wardly or  inwardly  expanded  arched  portions  and  an  in- 
termediate arched  portion  between  the  outwardly  or  in- 
wardly expanded  arched  portions.  The  anticreep  ring  is 
fixed  at  its  seated  position  by  engagement  of  at  least  a  por- 
tion thereof  with  an  annular  groove  which  is  formed  at  a 
deviated  position  upon  a  fitting  periphery  surface  of  out^r 
ring  or  inner  ring. 


3,669,520 

SHELF  AND  LINER  ASSEMBLY 

Robert  A.  Jansen,  Columbus,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Westing- 

honse  Bectric  Corporation,  PIttsbnrgh,  Pa. 

Filed  Aug.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,225 

Int  a.  A47b  88/00 

U.S.  CL  312—351  7  Clal«is 


3,669,518 

FOOrnEP  BEARING 

Gtebert  KoUer,  Stnttent,  Germany,  assignor  to  SKF 

KngeUageifabiikcn  Gjn.l>A,  Schwclnfnrt  Germany 

Filed  June  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,906 

Claims  priority,  appHortioB  Gcmumy,  June  19,  1969, 

G  69  24  371.6 

Int  CL  F16c  17/10,  33/04 

VS.  a.  308—156  7  Claims 


A  footstep  bearing  for  ginning  and  twisting  ^indies 
comprising  a  carrier  having  a  cylindrical  interior  and  a 


The  invention  provides  an  easily  mountable  and  dis- 
mountable  shelf  which  is  supported  on  the  inner  liner 
of  a  refrigerator  at  its  rear  side  by  fillet  grooves  integrally 
molded  in  the  inner  liner  and  at  its  front  side  by  resilient 
legs  of  an  angled  member,  forming  a  portion  of  the  frame 
of  the  shelf,  which  are  disposed  in  apertures  integrally 
molded  in  the  inner  liner. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


623 


ERRATUM 


For  aass  325—329  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,511 


3,669,521 
TIME  »NSED  STATIC  BEAM  H(HX)GRAPHIC 

STORAGE  SYSTEM 

John  B.  Tatt,  Vestal,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  International 

BnaincsB  Machines  Coiporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Ser.  No.  103,663 

Int  CL  G02b  27/00 

UA  CL  350-3.5  7  Claims 


suu  MM  urn 


between  the  two  axes  of  beam  deflection.  The  relay 
ouptical  system  of  the  invention,  therefore,  is  re- 
flective, and  is  less  subject  to  optical  losses,  less  expensive, 
and  easier  to  align,  than  the  prior  art  refractive  relay 
systems.  Electronic  means  may  also  be  provided  in  the 
relay  system  of  the  inventi<»  to  compensate  for  any 
interaction  produced  by  the  system  between  otherwise 
orthogonal  scan  axes. 


3,669,523 

PROTECnVE  EYESHIELD 

OUver  J.  Edwards,  Jr.,  Rochcalcr,  N.Y.,  asMg 

Rntheon  CoiBpavy,  Lcxiagtoa,  Mail. 

FBad  JnM  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  48,396 

.TO  ^  ,«  Int  CL  GWb  2i/7tf 

VS.  CL  350—57  7 


to 


A  finite  segment  of  coherent  light  issued  by  a  pulsating 
light  source  is  utilized  to  read  out  images  of  information 
patterns  from  a  plurality  of  holograms.  An  arrangement  of 
reflecting  mirrors  provides  a  reflecting  path  by  virtue  of 
which  the  light  segment  passes  through  each  hcrfogram  at 
differentially  timed  intervals  in  the  time  domain  to  cause 
different  images  of  said  patterns  to  be  read  out  sequen- 
tially from  said  holograms  and  onto  a  plane  array  (or 
arrays)  erf  photodetectors  disposed  in  the  path  of  said 
images.  The  sensing  of  information  at  the  sense  array 
provides  a  light  pulse  position  sensing  signal  to  control 
automatic  gain  control  in  the  sense  amplifiers.  The  coinci- 
dence of  a  readout  gate  signal  with  differentially  timed 
light  pulse  position  signals  causes  electrical  information 
pattern  signals,  corresponding  to  said  infwmation  patterns, 
to  be  read  out  at  said  differentially  timed  intervals. 


3,669,522 

REFLECTIVE  RELAY  OPTICAL  SYSTEM  FOR 

TWO-AXIS  DEFLECTION 

Robot  J.  Andcraoli,  Rockvflle,  Md ,  ■mignni  to 

The  Sbgcr  Company 

PHed  Mar.  207T970,  Ser.  No.  21,307 

,^„   ^  Int  CL  G02b  77/00 

VS.  a.  350—6  5  ciafans 


An  eyeshield  which  applies  reduced  peak  pressures  to 
the  head  of  a  user,  comprising  a  mounting  base  and  an 
eye  seal  section  interconnected  by  a  rubber  spring  section 
which  rolls  upon  itself  when  subjected  to  recoU  and  other 
pressures,  and  including  an  axial  aperture  with  covering 
flaps  adapted  to  automaticaUy  open  when  the  device  is 
subjected  to  relatively  light  pressures. 


3  669*524 

BRIGHT  nXUMINATOR  FOR  MICROSCOPES 

Mcgmnn  SUo,  Toljo,  Jm^  asrignor  to  NIbmmi 

m  I      !5r*^'«'  *\/^»  Ser.  No!61,280 
Claims  priority,  aiiplicaiion  Japan,  Ang.  8,  1969, 


f.^mni'm^  Mvwr- 


J  4 


A  reflective  optical  system  is  provided  which  serves 
baacaUy  to  relay  a  laser,  or  other,  beam  from  a  first 
deflector  to  a  second  deflector  in  order  to  achieve  two 

dimewional  scanning  of  the  beam.  A  spherical  mirror      This  invention  provides  a  high  briahtness  iUnmm.*i«. 
«  used  m  the  reky  system  to  achieve  optical  coupling  device  for  microJS^^^c  dSS^^STa  uSJ'S^ 


624 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1975 


a  condenser  system  consisting  of  a  condenser  lens  and  a 
collector  lens,  an  iris  diaphragm,  a  heat  ray  absorbing  fil- 
ter, a  light  guide  and  a  cylindrical  mirror.  The  iris  dia- 
phragm and  the  filter  are  i^aced  between  the  collector 
lens  and  the  cendenser  lens.  One  end  of  the  light  guide  is 
placed  very  close  to  the  condenser  lens  and  at  the  other 
end  of  the  light  guide  the  cylindrical  mirror  is  placed.  The 
cylindrical  mirror  has  a  finished  and  chromium  plated 
mirror  surface  and  entrance  surface  functioning  as 
diffuser. 


3  669  525 
UQUm  CRYSTAL  COLOR  FILTER 
Jamea  E.  Adams,  Ontario,  and  Werner  E.  L.  Haas, 
Webster,  N.Y.,  aadgjaon  to  Xerox  Corporation,  Stam- 
ford, Conn. 

FUed  Jan.  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,367 

Int  CL  G02f  1/24 

UA  a.  350—158  15  Claims 


being  supported  for  rotation  relative  to  the  first.  Th« 
rotatable  element  is  circular  and  is  rotatably  driven, by 
means  of  a  friction  roller  drive  which  engages  the  rim 
thereof.  The  amount  of  light  entering  the  cabin  through 
the  window  is  controlled  by  rotating  the  rotatable  element 
relative  to  the  fixed  element,  either  by  means  of  a  manua 
control  or  in  response  to  a  light  sensitive  detector. 


3,669^27 

WIDE  ANGLE  PHOTOGRAPHIC  OBJECTIVE 

HAYING  NONSPHERICAL  SURFACES 

David  L.  Fuller,  Atlanta,  Ga.,  assignor  to 

Scripto,  Inc.,  Atlanta,  Ga. 

FUed  Dec.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  94,830 

Int  CL  G02b  13/18 

VS.  a.  350—189  11  Claim^ 


/e\ 


J^ 


ilt>Vi' 


An  optical  filter  system  capable  of  transmitting  a  single 
wavelength  band  or  a  plurality  of  wavelength  bands  of 
incident  radiation  while  simultaneously  rejecting  substan- 
tially all  other  wavelengths  of  incident  radiation  is  de- 
scribed. The  optical  filter  system  utilizes  liquid  crystal 
films  having  c^tical  negative  properties. 


3,669,526 
AUTOMATIC  ELECTRIC  SELF^YNCHRONIZING 

POLARIZING  WINDOWS 

AiviB  Weiss,  342  N.  Cordova,  Bwbank,  Calif.    91505 

Contimation  of  application  Scr.  No.  660,115,  Aug.  11, 

1967,  now  Patent  No.  3,521^0,  dated  July  21,  1970. 

Divided  and  tiris  appUcation  Sept  2,  1969,  Scr.  No. 

863,742 

Int  a.  G02b  27/28 
U.S.  CL  350—159  10  Claims 


A  wide  angle  photographic  objective  is  disclosed  using 
lens  elements  whose  surfaces  are  axially  symmetrical  in 
the  vertical  plane  to  define  an  axi-symmetric  optical  sys- 
tem and  whose  surfaces  are  concentric  in  the  horizontal 
plane  about  a  common  axis  of  revolution  to  define  a  con- 
centric optical  system.  Excellent  correction  of  spherical 
aberration  is  attained  for  the  axial  system  by  the  use  of 
an  aspheric  front  surface  for  the  objective  and  correction 
for  spherical  aberration  for  the  concentric  system  is  con- 
tributed largely  by  separate  lens  means.  Substantially 
cylindrical  tangential  and  sagittal  images  for  the  objec- 
tive with  little  residual  astigmatism  is  also  achieved  by 
the  use  of  a  specially  constructed  lens  group  which  also 
contributes  substantially  to  correction  for  lateral  color 
in  the  axi-symmetric  system. 


'  3,669,528 

DEVICE  FOR  PRODUCING  IDENTinABLE  SINE 

AND  COSDfE  (FOURIER)  TRANSFORMS  OF  IN- 

PUT  SIGNALS  BY  MEANS  OF  NONCOHERENT 

OPTICS 

Joim  M.  Richards<Hi,  Malibo,  CaUf.,  asBignw  to  Huglies 

Aircraft  Company,  Culver  City,  CaUf . 
ContinnatIon4i-part  tA  aiiandoned  ai^Ucation  Ser.  No. 
770,230,  Oct  24,  1968.  Tids  appUcation  Jnly  8,  1971, 
Scr.  No.  160,852 

Int  CL  G02b  27/38 
U.S.  CL  350—205  13  Qaims 


Fourier  transforms  are  produced  on  an  output  pline 
A  first  polarizing  window  element  is  positioned  over  a   when  input  images  are  projected  by  means  of  spatially 

incoherent  light  through  a  pair  of  transparencies  each 
having  a  Fresnel  zone  pattern  thereon.  The  system  is  de- 


window  opening  in  the  wall  of  an  aircraft  cabin  and 
fixedly  attached  to  the  cabin  wall.  A  second  polarizing 


wiiKlow  element  is  positioned  over  this  opening  in  over-  signed  to  operate  as  close  to  the  geometrical  optics  limit 
lying  relati(»ship  to  the  first  element,  this  second  element  as  is  practically  feasible. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


3,669,529 
OPTICAL  SYSTEM  FOR  VARYING  THE  POWER 
RANGE   AND    SCALE   SPACING   IN    A    LENS 
MEASURING  INSTRUMENT 

David  Guyton,  Brooldine,  Mass. 

(5505  Hontington  Pai^way,  Betliesda,  Md.    20014) 

Ffled  Jan.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  234 

Int  CL  A61b  $/00, 3/02 

UA  CL  351—17  4  Claims 


^16  ,10         .B 


'w  \  \  \  s  \  X^IS.  ■.  ^■  V  V  ^  v^ 


2::^ 


^^=n 


In  an  instrument  for  measuring  the  refractive  power  of 
lenses  having  a  target,  a  scale,  and  a  converging  lens,  an 
auxiliary  lens  system  added  to  the  converging  lens  is  dis- 
closed which  allows  manipulation  of  power  range  and 
scale  spacing  independently  of  one  another. 


3,669,530 

LENS  FOR  TARGET  IMAGE  DISPLACEMENT  IN 

A  LENS  MEASURING  INSTRUMENT 

David  Guyton,  Brooidinc,  Mass. 

(5505  Hnntiiigton  Parlcway,  Bcthesda,  Md.     20014) 

FUed  Jan.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  5,705 

Int  CI.  A61b  3/00,  3/02 

UA  a.  351—17  5  Claims 


In  a  lens  measuring  instrument  or  optometer  of  the  type 
employing  a  target,  scale,  and  converging  lens  for  meas- 
uring the  power  of  a  lens  or  the  power  error  of  an  eye 
in  two  principal  meridians,  means  are  disclosed  for  mov- 
ing an  image  of  one  orthogonal  target  segment  through 
the  plane  of  an  image  of  another  such  target  segment 
facilitating  simultaneous  measuremem  of  the  two  me- 
ridians and  allowing  the  use  of  a  plurality  of  types  of 
targets. 


3,669,531 
COMBINATION   CARTRIDGE   CONTAINING   RE- 

MOVABLE  TAPE  MAGAZINE  AND  REMOVABLE 

FILMSTRIP  HOLDER 

Donald  A.  Yoongblood,  111  Dolly  Lane, 

ChalfontPa.     18914 

Original  application  June  14,  1968,  Ser.  No.  739,909, 

which  is  a  continnation  of  application  Ser.  No.  535,149, 

Mar.  17,  1966.  Dirided  and  this  application  Apr.  6, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  25,707 

Int  a.  G03b  J7/00 
UA  CL  352—31  5  chdms 

An  audio-visual  cartridge  containing  a  removable  film- 
holder  having  an  endless  filmstrip  mounted  thereon  and  a 
removable  magazine  containing  an  endless  audio  tape 
mounted  therein.  The  cartridge  has,  adjacent  the  opening 
of  its  compartment  which  receives  the  filmholder,  a  win- 
dow or  framing  aperture  against  which  the  filmstrip 
moves;  adjacent  the  window  are  a  pair  of  slots  for  re- 
ceiving the  film  strip  drive  sprockets.  The  filmholder  also 
contains  an  angularly-mounted  mirror  for  directing  the 


625 

projection  light  beam  through  the  portion  of  the  filmstrip 
adjacent  the  window.  The  cartridge  also  has,  adjacent 
the  opening  of  its  compartment  which  receives  the  maga- 


zine, openings  for  providing  access  to  the  audio  tape  fw 
moving  same  from  a  protected  to  an  operative  position 
via  aligned  openings  in  the  magazine. 


3,669,532 
PROJECTOR  CONTROL  APPARATUS 
Erwin  E.  Figge,  Dcs  Plaines,  IlL,  Joseph  H.  Lancer,  Jr., 
Arcadia,  Calif.,  and  Edward  H.  Lodge,  WUmette,  DlZ 
assignors  to  Bell  tt  Howell  Company.  Chicaso.  DL 
FUed  Mar.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,607 
■  ^^  _  Int  a.  G03b  2i/(?2 

UA  a.  352—78  C  9  Claims 


A  motion  jMcture  film  projector  control  anmratus  which 
automatically  selects  the  operational  mode  of  the  projector 
to  accommodate  the  particular  film  format  to  be  displayed. 
Upon  the  outer  surface  of  the  lower  wall  of  a  film  car- 
tridge is  placed  a  label  having  an  electrically  conductive 
surface.  The  mounting  module  of  the  projector,  which 
receives  the  cartridge,  includes  parallel  electrical  contacts. 
The  contacts  are  aligned  for  engagement  with  the  conduc- 
tive surface  of  the  label  upon  positioning  of  the  cartridge. 
In  this  manner,  a  circuit  is  completed  which  serves  to 
actuate  predesignated  machine  functions  corresponding  to 
the  film  format. 


3^669433 

CAMERA  DEVICE 

Sabino  J.  De  Angeiis,  87—03  23S0i  Court, 

Bdlcrose,  N.Y.    11427 

FUed  May  6, 1971,  Ser.  No.  140,777 

.TO  ^   ,.<.  Int  CL  G03b  79/7« 

UA  CL  352— 95  3  (^„,^ 

A  device  for  a  motion  picture  camera,  having  a  triner 
with  a  flexible  rod  which  wiU  alternately  make  contact 


626 

with  electrical  contacts  so  as 
shoot  for  wide  an^,  single 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


to  change  the  camera  to 
frame  or  telephoto.  The 


-9-9  L  ~  I        (  J     ,   '  ^  _    .* 


or  beyond  the  position  which  it  is  to  occupy  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  c<^  stroke,  then  in  a  sec<Mid  or  opposite 
direction  for  the  copy  stroke,  and  finally  in  the  first  direc- 
tion again  back  to  the  home  position.  A  control  circuit 
controlled  by  cam  actuated  switches  controls  the  move- 
ment of  the  original  in  syndircHiization  with  movement 
of  the  zxxpi  material.  A  cam  actuated  switdi  is  provided 


V*  'J  '» 


device  also  includes  spring  return  means  for  the  trigger 
rod.  

3  M9f534 
SLIDE  PROJECTOR  AND  VIEWER 
Erich  Hofmani,  Kriftel,  Taoims,  Ernst  Kndl,  Kronberg, 
Tamu,  Wcnor  Hans  Johaimseii,  Frankfurt  am  Main, 
Robert  ObafadBi,  Nea  Iscnbing,  and  Josef  Scheibcl, 
Ober>Morlai,  Germany,  aflrignors  to  Brann  Aktien- 
gesdbdiaft,  nraidEfiirt  am  Mama,  Germany 
FDed  June  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  837,100 
Int  CL  G03b  21100,  23/00 
VS.  CI.  353—21  18  Clahns 


which  is  operable  before  the  machine  can  be  cycled  to 
move  the  carriage  to  the  home  position  when  the  machine 
is  turned  on  in  the  event  the  carnage  has  been  stopped 
in  a  position  other  than  the  home  position.  A  time  relay 
is  provided  which  is  activated  simultaneously  with  a  cam 
actuated  knife  switch.  When  the  relay  cuts  out  the  direc 
tion  of  movement  ot  the  carriage  is  reversed. 


0- 


DATA 


J, 


3,6<9,53< 

COPYING  ATTACHMENT  FOR  A 

PHOTOCOPYING  MACHINE 

Kenneth  N.  Scott,  P.O.  Box  213,  Toyah,  Tex.    7978^ 

FDai  Dec  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,548 

Int  CL  G031  27/62 

VS,  CL  355—40  21  ClaM 


A  sUde  projector  and  viewer  wherein  the  housing  sup- 
ports a  pivotable  insert  provided  with  a  gate  for  slides 
and  carrying  an  optical  element  which  acts  as  a  magnifying 
lens  in  one  angular  position  and  as  a  component  of  a 
condensing  lens  in  another  angular  position  of  the  insert. 
The  jvojection  lamp  directs  light  through  the  condensing 
lens  in  the  one  position  of  the  insert  whereby  such  light 
passes  through  the  slide  in  the  gate  and  through  a  projec- 
tion lens  so  that  the  image  of  the  slide  is  projected  onto 
a  screen.  In  the  other  position  of  the  insert,  the  operator 
can  look  through  the  magnifying  lens  of  the  insert  and 
a  slide  in  the  gate  to  see  an  enlarged  image  because  the 
gate  then  extends  across  the  path  of  a  second  light  source, 
either  a  separate  lamp  or  a  reflector  which  directs  some 
light  issuing  from  the  {H'ojection  lamp  against  the  under- 
side of  the  slide. 

ERRATUM 

For  Class  355 — 3  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,412 


PHOTOCOPY  MACHINE 
Alfred  M.  Hyocaka,  Morton  Grove,  and  Charies  W. 
Gtebdhanacn,  BoiEalo  Grove,  DL,  and  Arthur  L.  Kauf- 
man, Wcfltoort,  Conn.,  aarignon  to  ^pecd-O-Print  Busi< 
nesi  MacUncs  Corporation,  CUcafo,  111. 
Filed  Jan.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,534 
Int  CL  G03f  15/00, 15/04 
VA  CL  355— S  8  Clahns 

An  electrostatic  photocopy  machine  moves  a  grairfiic 
original  on  a  carriage  from  an  intermediate  normal  or 
"home"  position  first  in  one  direction,  to  a  position  at 


?>- 


A  machine  for  copying  data  to  be  incorporated  in  taX 
statements,  or  the  like.  The  data  is  in  the  form  of  in- 
formaticm  carried  on  sets  of  strips  slidably-mounted  on 
a  supporting  feeder  plate.  The  machine  has  a  seat  to  re- 
ceive the  loaded  feeder  i^te.  The  seat  is  aligned  with  a 
fixed-positioning  plate  located  over  the  exposure  area  of 
a  photo-copying  machine.  Another  seat  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  positioning  plate  contains  a  removable  aligned 
receiving  {date  on  which  the  strips  are  slidably-received 
after  they  hate  been  copied.  The  strips  have  end  lugs 
engageable  by  electrically-controlled  drive  pawls  carried 
on  carriages  connected  to  sets  of  endless  sprocket  chains 
mounted  on  the  chassis  of  the  machine,  llie  strips  hai^ 
end  markers  sensed  by  photoelectric  sensing  elements 
mounted  on  the  carriages  coimected  to  oot  set  of  endless 
sprocket  chains.  A  prograooming  electrical  circuit  opef- 
ates  the  sprocket  chahi  motws  and  drive  elements  to  se- 
quentially move  sets  of  related  strips  to  specific  cc^ying 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


627 


positions  on  the  positioning  plate,  and  thence  to  the  re- 
ceiving plate.  Limit  switches  control  the  cycle  of  opera- 
tions so  that  the  machine  stops  when  all  the  information 
strips  have  been  copied  and  delivered  to  the  receiving 
plate. 

3,669,537 

AUTOMATIC  COPYING  AND  BINDING  MACHINE 

Yngoro  Kobayasfal,  Tokyo,  Japan,  avignor  to 

Ricoh  Co.,  Ltd.,  TolEyo,  Japan 

Filed  Aug.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,736 

Ciafana  priority,  application  Japan,  Ang.  30,  1970, 

V  45/68,803 

Int  a.  G03b  27/62 
VA  a.  355—50  10  Claims 


An  automatic  copying  and  binding  machine  capable  of 
automatically  producing  duplicates  of  original  documents 
to  be  copied  and,  when  necessary,  binding  the  duplicates 
together.  The  duplicates  produced,  either  bound  or  not 
bound,  and  the  originals  from  which  the  duplicates  are  pro- 
duced may  be  stamped  or  sealed  or  have  other  simple 
clerical  operations  optionally  performed  thereon  and 
copies  and  the  original  are  automatically  returned  to  the 
operator  situated  in  front  of  the  machine.  Suitable  means 
are  accordingly  disclosed  for  changing  the  direction  of 
movement  of  the  original  and  the  copies  within  the  ma- 
chine, comprising  cooperating  sets  of  rollers  arranged  at 
right  angles  to  each  other  and  which  respectively  engage 
and  release  the  processed  sheets  in  response  to  the  actua- 
tion of  sensing  switch  means. 


ILLUMINATION  SYSTEM 
Raymond  L.  Fowler,  Lexington,  Ky.,  assignor  to  Interna- 
tional Bosfaieas  Machines  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 
FUcd  Aug.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68J64 
Int  CL  G03b  27/5¥ 
UA  CL  355— «7  5  ciafans 


A  plane  mirror  illumination  system  for  illuminating  a 
docummt  plane  of  a  dociunent  copying  machine  in  such 
a  manner  that  the  light  intensity  at  any  point  of  the 
document  phme  varies  inversely  to  the  rehitionship  known 
as  the  cosine  fourth  power  law.  This  compensates  for 
the  attenuation  of  light  by  the  focusing  lens  according 
to  the  cosine  fourth  power  law  and  provides  a  uniform 
illumination  level  on  the  image  plane. 


to  KahnshlH 


3,669,539 
MICROFILM  CAMERA 

Sasamn  Oknyama,  Tofaro,  Tap  an,  aarignni 
KaiAa  Mcok  Tokyo,  Japm 
Coiitiiiinitio»-tai.part  of  appMcatlon  Scr.  No.  33,177,  May 
8, 1970,  wUcfa  is  a  continntion  of  appHcation  Scr.  No. 
769  W,  Oct  23,  1968.  lUa  qn>lka£MJnly  9,  1970, 
Scr.  No.  53,494 

Claims  priority,  appHcntkni  Japan,  Oct  28,  1967, 
42/69,251,  42/69,252 
.,«   ^  Int  CL  G03b  27/5« 

VS.  CL  355—64  9  Claims 


A  microfilm  copying  camera  has  a  fixed  horizontal  base 
adapted  to  receive  an  object  to  be  photographed  and  a 
lens  movable  vertically  along  a  fixed  optical  axis.  A  cam- 
era body  is  located  above  the  lens  with  means  ixx>vided 
for  moving  the  body  horiztrntally  transversely  of  the  op- 
tical axis.  Means  are  provided  for  advancing  roll  fihn  in 
a  film  plane  above  an  aperture  in  line  with  the  optical 
axis.  The  aperture  is  defied  on  one  side  by  a  frame  edge 
fixed  with  respect  to  the  camera  body  and  on  the  other 
side  by  a  movable  masking  edge  which  moves  in  a  di- 
rection opposite  to  that  of  the  camera  body  relative  to 
the  optical  axis  whereby  the  size  of  the  aperture  may  be 
changed  without  moving  the  center  of  the  aperture  away 
from  the  optical  axis.  A  variable  film  advance  is  pro- 
vided to  move  the  film  a  distance  corresponding  to  the 
size  of  the  aperture.  As  an  aid  to  the  selection  of  the 
proper  aperture  means  are  provided  for  projecting  through 
the  lens  prior  to  the  operation  of  photographing  a  rec- 
tangle of  light  delineating  the  area  which  will  be  imaged 
on  the  film. 


OPTICAL  DBPTH  FINDER  AND 

»n.i^  w   «  ELEMENTS  THEREFOR 

WUItaBaJ.  Raltnian,  Ncedham,  Rrank  R.  Waaaon,  Jr., 
Okclmtf or^  aad  Gordon  C.  Mad^cnaic,  North 
Bfflaic^Maaa.,  aarigwrn  to  Rnytheoa  Company,  Lm- 
ington,  Maas. 

FDcd  Anf.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,206 
VS.  CL  35^"^  "^'^ '''''' '^'''''      , 


An  improved  optical  depth  finder,  and  elements  there- 
for, for  depth  sounding  and  detection  of  submerfed  targets 


628 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


from  an  airborne  vehicle.  The  disclosed  system  uses  a 
coherent  beam  of  polarized  Ught  from  a  laser  directed 
downwardly  toward  the  surface  of  a  body  of  water  and 
processes  the  polarized  surface  specular  reflected  energy, 
energy  reflected  by  submerged  targets  within  the  beam, 
and  energy  reflected  by  the  bottom  of  the  body  of  water 
to  derive  the  desired  information.  Means  are  provided 
selectively  to  attenuate  the  reflected  energy  in  accordance 
with  the  particular  source  thereof  so  as  to  permit  the 
dynamic  range  of  the  processor  of  the  reflected  energy 
to  be  reduced  and  the  system  to  be  used  when  the  height 
of  the  airborne  vehicle  changes  or  condition  of  the  water 


that  any  contaminate  on  the  cell  windows  will  have  mini 
mum   effect.   The   sensor   includes   a   sample  container 
mounting  assembly  that  rotates  the  sample  containei* 
from  an  upright  loading  position  to  an  inverted  operating 
position.  The  sample  is  introduced  into  the  flow  cell  by 


vanes. 


3,669,541 

DIRECT  DISPLAY  OF  UGHT  IMAGES  WITH 

PICOSECOND  RESOLUTION 

Michel  Albert  Dngoay,  Summit,  NJ^  assignor  to  Bell 

Telephooe  Labontories,  Incorporated,  Murray  HUl  and 

Berkeley  Heights,  N  J. 

FQcd  Inne  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,838 

Int.  a.  GOlc  3 /OS;  G02f  1  /28 

UA  CL  356—5  18  Claims 


OUT 


nUC   WBMT 

aaatmmm 


mjrwre 

■Clot 


jr<2):i 


nut    )CCMT 
OSCMMMTOK 


gravity  and  air  pressure  feed.  A  back,  flush  of  the  sample 
container  with  the  sheath  fluid  is  provided  to  assure  a 
complete  count  and  system  cleanliness.  An  automatic  cut- 
off that  senses  a  stream  of  air  bubbles,  and  a  tuning  fork 
calibration  system  are  also  provided. 


SUTTEIIINC 

MCDIUM 

24 


UIMIM 
21 


MO«I2011T«L    7= 


HtOIUM- 
M 


10  21 

t 


c-^ 


VEHTICAL     ^_<^ 
POLARlZtK^ 

2t  t- 


1-22 


I  3,669,543 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  STAND- 
ARDIZING DENSITOMETERS 

Angelo   Vaccaro,   Port  Washington,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 
^  Columbia  Controls  Research  Corporation,  Glen  Cove, 

N.Y.  1 

FOed  Feb.  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  9,284 
Int  CL  GOln  21120.  21/48.  33/16  ' 

UA  CL  356—42  7  Claims 


B- 


A  light  image  such  as  a  picosecond  optical  pulse  gen- 
erated by  a  laser  or  an  optical  echo  signal  generated  by 
picture  ranging  system,  is  disjdayed  directly  with  ihco- 
second  resolution.  A  laser  pulse,  for  example,  is  made 
incident  upon  a  scattering  medium  to  produce  a  scattered 
form  of  the  pulse  which  is  viewed  by  the  naked  eye,  a 
camera  or  other  display  device  through  an  optical  gate 
which  functions  as  a  camera  shutter  having  an  extremely 
short  framing  time  of  the  order  of  a  few  picoseconds  or 
less.  The  optical  gate  utilizes  a  material  in  which  bire- 
fringence is  optically  induced  by  an  optical  control  pulse 
of  high  intensity  and  incosccond  duration.  Other  appli- 
cations, including  optical  read-out  of  computer  memories 
formed  by  stacks  of  photographs  or  holograms,  are 
described. 

'       3,669,542 

UQL1D  BORNE  PARTICLE  SENSOR 

David  F.  CapcUaro,  Palo  Alto,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Coulter 

Electronics,  Inc.,  Hialeah,  Fla. 

Filed  Oct.  9,  1969,  Ser.  No.  865,098 

Int.  CL  GOln  1/00.  15/02,  21/06 

U.S.  a.  356—36  9  Clafans 

An  optical  particle  sensor  determines  the  number  of 

particles  suspended  in  a  liquid  sample  by  measuring  the 
scattering  of  a  focused  light  beam  projected  through  a 
flowing  stream  of  the  liquid  sample.  The  sensor  includes 
a  flow  cell  having  a  pair  of  windows.  Sheath  liquid  flows 
through  the  flow  cell,  and  the  sample  liquid  is  introduced 
into  the  center  region  of  the  sheath  liquid.  The  liquid 
sheath  shields  the  particles  from  the  cell  walls  and  ac- 
curately positions  the  particles  at  the  focus  of  the  light 
beam.  The  light  beam  is  focused  on  the  liquid  sample  in 
the  center  of  the  fluid  flowing  through  the  flow  cell  so 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  standardizing  two  den- 
sitometers to  have  the  same  reading  for  samples  having 
the  same  optical  density  even  thou^  both  densitometers 
are  not  identically  calibrated  by  reading  the  sample  with 
one  densitometer  and  noting  its  density.  An  opaque  screen 
having  an  aperture  is  then  positioned  before  the  light  en- 
trance of  the  densitometer  with  the  size  of  the  aperture 
being  adjusted  to  produce  the  same  densitometer  reading 
as  the  sample.  An  opaque  screen  having  the  same  size 
opening  is  then  placed  before  the  light  entrance  of  the 
second  densitometer  and  this  second  densitometer  is  ad- 
justed to  have  the  same  reflectivity  reading  as  the  first 
densitometer.  A  sample  accordingly  having  the  same  opti- 
cal density  will  be  read  identically  by  both  meters.  Also, 
the  openings,  accurately  sized  for  desired  density  readings 
may  be  used  for  calibrating  a  densitometer. 


*  3,669,544 

APPARATUS  FOR  THE  ELIMINATION  AND/OR 

DETECTION  OF  SCATTER  SIGNALS  IN  ATOMIC 

FLUORESCENCE     SPECTROSCOPY     ANALYSIS 

MEANS 

Zindel  H.  HcUer,  Plainvicw,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Tcchnition 

Instraments  Cmporation,  Tairytown,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,540 

Int  a.  GOln  21/52.  21/54 

VS.  a.  356—85  .      .  6  Claims 

New  and  improved  apparatus  for  eliminatmg  and/or 

detecting  scatter  signals  from  the  radiation  scattered  by 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


scattering  particles  in  the  sample  flame  of  atomic  fluores-  3,669,546 

cence  spectroscopy  analysis  means  are  provided,  and  com-    DEVICE  FOR  SPECTROGRAPHIC  ANALYSIS  OF  A 
prise  means  to  convert  the  scattered  radiation  to  relatively  LIQUID  METAL 

high  frequency  scatter  signals  which  occupy  a  higher  fre-    '*■?  Marcel  Virioget  Le  Mcsnfl-Saint-Dcnis,  France,  as. 

signor  to  Soditl  Francaise  dlnstrvme^i  dc  Controlc 
et  d*Analyses,  Yvdincs,  Frtmcc 

FUed  Oct  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  83,801 
Claims  priority,  application  Fhmcc,  Oct  28,  1969, 

6936939 

Int  a.  GOIJ  i/iO,  i/00 

UA  CL  35^-86  13  claims 


iiciTicroN 
MouirioHMuaci 

HOOULATOH 
HCAM 


quency  region  of  the  output  signal  frequency  spectrum  than 
that  occupied  by  the  atomic  fluorescence  analysis  output 
signal,  and  means  to  separate  said  scatter  signals  from  said 
output  signal  to  eliminate  the  former  from  the  latter  and/ 
or  to  enable  detection  of  said  scatter  signals. 


3,669,545 
APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  ANALYSIS 

BY  ATTENUATED  TOTAL  REFLECTION 

Anthony  C.  Gilby,  Darien,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Wilks 

Scientific  Corporation,  South  Norwalk,  Conn. 

Filed  May  6, 1971,  Ser.  No.  140,677 

Int  CL  GOIJ  3/00:  GOln  1/10 

VS.  CL  356—74  ig  Claims 


There  is  disclosed  a  novel  family  of  crystal  probes  for 
use  in  making  spectroscopic  studies  by  the  technique  of 
attenuated  total  reflection.  In  prior  art  crystals  used  for 
probe  type  measurements,  only  approximately  half  the 
radiant  energy  passing  through  the  crystal  reached  the  de- 
tector. There  is  disclosed  herein  a  class  of  crystals  in 
which  one  face  serves  simultaneously  to  both  totally  re- 
flect energy  into  the  crystal  and  transmit  energy  out  of 
the  crystal.  As  a  result,  substantially  all  the  entering  energy 
reaches  the  detector.  There  is  also  disclosed  a  novel, 
double  beam  instrument  which  employs  a  crystal  of  the 
type  referred  to  herein.  In  this  instrument  a  portion  of 
the  radiaticMi  is  directed  into  the  crystal  and  thence  to  the 
detector.  A  reference  beam  of  the  radiation  is  passed  di- 
rectly to  the  detector.  By  means  of  a  chopper  and  an 
electronic  circuit  there  is  provided  a  ratio  readout  of  the 
sample  and  reference  beams. 


Apparatus  for  receiving  a  light  beam  from  a  selected 
region  of  an  electric  arc  and  transmitting  it  without 
alteration  into  a  spectrograph,  comprises  a  sealed  en- 
closure having  a  controlled  atmosphere,  a  concave  re- 
ceiving mirror  which  is  adjustable  in  position  relative 
to  two  perpendicular  axes,  a  flat  mirror,  a  flat  dividing 
mirror  which  divides  the  beam  into  a  main  fraction, 
which  forms  a  real  image  at  the  spark  point  of  the 
spectrograph,  and  a  secondary  fraction  which  controls 
the  position  of  the  receiving  mirror. 


3,669,547 

OPTICAL  SPECTROMETER  WrfH  TRANSPARENT 
REFRACTING  CHOPPER 

'^^."-.,'?'"?  ^"'  Berkeley  Heights,  NJ.,  assignor  to 
Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  HiU 
and  Berkeley  Heights,  Njr         "^     "-»  ^  "*" 

Filed  Sept  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  71,910 
,^„   ^  Int  CL  GOIJ  J/0« 

UA  a  356-93  6  Cbims 


HONOCHI)OU«TM(il| 


'It  tEiw  rii)J^ 

A  sensitive  and  versatile  apparatos  is  described  for 
measuring  the  optical  properties  <rf  materials.  A  trans- 
parent refracting  chopper  is  used  to  alternately  disphice 
the  radiation  from  the  source  into  the  sample  and  refer- 
ence beams.  Both  transmittance  and  reflection  measure- 
ments can  be  made  using  this  apparatus. 


3,669,548 
'^*SSi?R^?,^*^"**"^"NG  A  SHIPS  HEADING 

S^^,S^,S    ^    ELECIRO^PTICAL    ANGLE 
MEASURING  DEVICE 
Daniel  E.  Akman,  San  Dicfo,  CaBf.,  asriffor  to  the 
Unit^  StatM  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secre- 
taiy  of  the  Navy 

FUed  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,502 
WTO   ^    „,  Int  CL  GOlc  7/02 

UA  CL  356—141  j  n^m 

Surveying  means  and  method  are  shown  for  measuring 
the  angles  of  a  triangle  one  comer  of  which  is  on  an  un- 


680 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


w,      1  ♦*  A«  ««*«.«!  «v*tem  establishes  a  base  line,    The  holes  have  surfaces  which  support  secondary  cmis- 

'^*'^''Z.^3lSrSi«5?S>*^^.omov.m»;  «on.  T^  coordinates  of  U..  objcc.  «.  diu.  <l««u«d 


p^  »/V 


'22      ''« 


of  the  platform  without  altering  any  of  the  angles  of  the 
triangle.  Measurement  of  two  angles,  yields  the  thu-d. 


|Vi^^^^  K^^^O_  S^^-^O 


by  detecting  which  hole  is  flooded  or  denied  electron)  i 
from  a  photocathodc  due  to  the  existence  of  the  object. 


3  669|549 

OPICELECmONIC  DEVICE  JFOTITTO  MMOTE 
MEASUREMENT  OF  THE  SfflFTS  OF  A  MOV- 
ABLE  OBJECT  .  ^  .^         «  _.       -  j 

Jen  R.  Beawn,  Boulogne,  Joseph  F.  Comer,  Paris,  and 
Roland  J.  Hoaran,  L'Hay-lee-Roses,  Fnmce,  assignors 
to  Ofice  National  d'Etndes  ct  dc  Rccberches  Aero- 
gpatiaica,  Cliallllo»5ous-BagiMiix,  France 
^^FDed  June  18, 197«,S«.  No.  47,332 
CUma  priority,  appplication  Rrance,  June  20,  1969, 

hd.CLG»lh  11/26 
VS.  CL  356—152  *  CtataM 


3  669  551 
ANALOG  DATA  REDUCfnON  CIRCUIT  FOR  A 
ROTATING  SPECTROPHOTOMETER  WHEREIN 
THE  UGHT  PASSING  THROUGH  A  SELECTED 
CHAMBER  IS  COMPARED  WITH  ALL  OTHERS 
Pan!  E.  Bncher  and  Ttiomas  Picnnko,  Bronxrillc,  N.Yi, 
asBigBora  to  Union  Carbide  Coiporati<Mi,  New  Yorf, 

N  Y 

Filed  Apr.  15, 1971,  Ser.  No.  134,338 

iBt  CL  GOln  21/24         ^ 

UA  CL  356-^197  1  Claiii 


man  mM.ri^t€» 


V\ 


44 


T 


^ 


Apparatus  for  distant  measuring  of  the  displacement 
about  a  fixed  leference  position  of  a  solid  object  carrymg 
at  least  one  optical  sigjiting  mark,  comprising  optoelec- 
tronic devices  each  including  a  photomultipUer  tube  and 
each  having  a  main  sighting  axis,  a  conductive  target  m 
each  one  of  said  devices  on  which  an  electronic  image  of 
said  object  is  formed,  means  for  causing  an  electron  beam 
to  periodicaUy  scan  said  target,  a  small  aperture  in  said 
target  letting  through  a  thin  electron  beam,  means  for 
amplifying  the  current  of  said  beam,  means  for  deriving 
from  said  ampl^ed  current  an  electric  signal,  and  com- 
puter means  f  w  c<»nbinu]ig  the  signals  delivered  by  all  of 
said  devices  into  other  signals  representing  the   com^ 
ponents  of  said  displacemmt  in  a  three-dimensional  co- 
OTdinate  system.       ' 

3,6^9,599 

COORDINATE  DETECTOR 
John  M.  Grant,  Granada  Hflta,  and  Albert  D.  Stoby, 
)atau  CaUfn  aaignois  to  International  Tele- 
nd  Tei^ra^  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
FOcd  Mar.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21^1 
Int  CL  GOlb  11/26:  HOU  39/12 
U.S.  CL  35^>152  13  Chums 

An>aratus  to  detect  the  Cartesian  at  angular  co- 
ordinates of  an  object  having  a  different  chromatidty  or 
light  intensity  than  its  background  so  as  to  make  its 
discernment  possible.  An  electron  multiplier  is  employed 
which  has  colunms  and  rows  of  holes  in  a  dielectric. 


Known  rotating  spectrophotometers  have  a  scries  of 
cuvettes  arranged  concentrically  around  a  horizontally 
rotatable  disc  so  that  when  the  disc  is  rotated,  centrifugal 
force  mixes  and  transfers  reagents  and  samples  to  the 
cuvettes.  As  each  cuvette  passes  a  light  source,  the  absorb- 
encc  of  each  individual  sample  is  detected  and  measured 
photometrically,  and  is  converted  to  an  electrical  signal 
pulse.        -  

3,669,552 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  SPREADING 
AND  COUNTING  FILAMENTS  IN  A  YARN 
Josiah  Alfred  Briscoe,  Harrogate,  England,  assignor  to 
Imperial  Chemical  Industries  limited,  London,  Eng- 
land     ^  I 
FUed  July  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,464  I 
Cfadms  priority,  appUcation  Great  Britain,  July  9,  1969, 
I           _        34,582/69 


UA  a.  35^—199 


Int  CL  GOln  21/22 


8 


Claims 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  counting  filaments  in  a 
yam  by  gripping  the  filaments  between  smooth  surfaces 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


681 


which  are  capable  of  making  line  contact  to  spread  the 
filaments  into  a  single  layer  array,  which  may  be  checked 
before  counting. 

3,669,553 

SPOT  MONITOR  AND  VIEWING  APPARATUS 

FOR  FILM  PRINTING 

James  E.  Harvey,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Eastman 

Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

FBed  Mar.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  17,814 

Int.  CI.  GOln  21/22 

U.S.  CI.  356—202  4  Claims 


A  spot  monitor  system  for  use  during  film  printing 
including  a  flexible  fiber  optic  rod  and  a  lens  assembly 
to  permit  the  operator  to  view  the  monitored  portion 
of  a  film  from  a  convenient  location. 


3,669,554 
DEVICE  FOR  ANALYZING  CHROMATOGRAPHIC 

DISK  IN  A  SPECTROPHOTOMETER 
Oswald  Horer  and  Eugen  Bujor,  Budiarcst.  Rumania, 
assignors  to  Institutul  de  Vlrusologic  'Stefan  S  Nicohie,'* 
Bucharest,  Rumania 

FUed  July  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  59,080 
Claims  priority,  application  Romania,  Aug.  11,  1969, 

60,776 

Int  CI.  GOlj  3/50 

U.S.  CL  356—244  3  Claims 


3,669,555 

PHOTOGRAPH  ALBUM  PAGES  AND  METHOD 

OF  MAKING  THE  SAME 

William  W.  Holes,  1610  S.  18th  Ave.,  and  Roger  A. 

Wcnstrom,  1710  10th  Arc.  S.,  both  of  St  Clond,  Mbm. 

56301 

FUed  Mar.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,164 

Int  CI.  B42f  13/06 

U.S.  CI.  402—8  2  Cfadms 


An  album  ccxnprises  front  and  rear  covers  and  a  plu- 
rality of  pages  bound  by  flexible  straps  and  hinge  ele- 
ments to  the  covers.  A  plurality  of  adhesive  coated  seg- 
ments are  applied  to  (^posite  sides  of  each  page  and  each 
segment  has  a  removable  liner  element  covering  its  exterior 
surface.  The  attachment  segments  serve  to  mount  irfio- 
tographs  and  other  materials  on  each  surface  of  the  page. 

The  process  of  making  the  album  page  c(Mnprises  mov- 
ing a  sheet  of  album  page  material  through  a  predeter- 
mined path  of  travel  and  applying  the  hinge  elements  and 
the  hinge  binding  tape  to  a  longitudinal  edge  of  the  page. 
A  plurality  of  strips  of  adhesive  coated  attatchment  ma- 
terial is  simultaneously  applied  on  opposite  sides  of  the 
sheet,  and  the  sheet  is  then  cut  by  a  cutting  medium  into 
individual  pages. 

3,669,556 

AUTOMATIC  MACHINING  CENTER 

Roiiert  Lehmkuhl,  Cindnnad,  (Miio,  asrignor  to  Tlie 

Carlton  Madiinc  Too!  Company,  Cincinnati,  Oiiio 

Filed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62,507 

Int  CL  B23c  1/00 

VS.  a.  408—10  6  Chdms 


The  invention  refers  to  a  device  adaptable  to  common 
single-  or  double-beam  spectrophotometers,  which  per- 
mits serial  determination  of  substances  impregnated  on 
disks,  and  which  consists  in  a  mechanism  for  changing 
and  centering  of  the  disks  mounted  in  a  holder  within 
the  cell  compartment  of  the  spectroj^otometer.  A  manu- 
ally or  an  automatic  sample  change  is  made  from  within 
or  without  of  the  cell  compartment  of  the  spectropho- 
tometer. The  control  disk  is  mounted  in  a  mobile  holder, 
which  can  be  adapted  to  the  sample  holder  or  in  front 
of  the  reference  beam,  depending  upon  the  spectropho- 
tometer type. 


An  automatic  machining  center  having  a  free  floating 
spindle  in  a  head  for  carrying  a  tool,  the  head  being 
secured  to  a  vertical  saddle,  which  in  turn  is  secured  to 
a  column,  which  in  turn  is  secured  to  a  horizontal  saddle, 
and  a  method  for  advancing  head  and  spindle  to  a  pre- 
determined position,  then  advancing  the  spindle  until  it 
contacts  the  wOTk  surface,  then  employing  a  spindle 
clamp  and  surface  sense  memory  clamp  and  feeding  die 
head  and  ^indle  at  a  predetermined  rate  until  the  tool 
reaches  a  medetermined  depth. 


889  O.O.— 2a 


632 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,669^57 

APPARATUS  FOR  DETECTING  BROKEN  TOOLS 

Archibald  S.  Mitdidl,  East  Detroit,  Mkh.,  assignor  to 

La  SaUe  Machine  Tool,  Inc^  Warren,  Mich. 

FDed  May  5, 1970,  S«r.  No.  34,694 

Int  CI.  B23b  49/00 


U.S.  a.  408—16 


14  Cbdms 


a  plurality  of  radial  arms  on  which  are  supported  retract 
able  work,  supporting  shuttles  movable  toward  and  from 
working  positions  adjacent  the  tapping  and  drilling  aS' 
semblies  mounted  on  the  annular  table.  Means  are  pro- 
vided for  rotating  the  turret  to  successive  working  post 
tions.  A  novel  clamp  and  positioning  means  are  mounted 
on  the  shuttles  for  holding  and  accurately  positioning  a 
work  supporting  cartridge.  Novel  multiple  spindle  tapping 
and  drilling  assemblies  permit  tapping  and  drilling  from 
different  angles,  simultaneously  of  a  plurality  of  rigidly 
held  work  pieces  mounted  on  the  shuttles. 


Apparatus  for  monitoring  the  condition  of  machine 
tools  for  the  purpose  of  detecting  a  broken  or  missing 
tool.  The  apparatus  consists  of  an  electric  current  carry- 
ing tool  sensing  probe  which  is  rotatably  mounted  adjaceiit 
a  tool  to  be  monitored.  When  the  tool  is  in  proper  condi- 
tion, rotation  of  the  probe  through  a  jH-edetermined  angle 
will  result  in  contact  of  the  probe  with  the  tool.  In  the 
case  of  a  broken  or  missing  tool  condition,  such  as  when 
the  tool  has  been  broken  off,  no  contact  between  probe 
and  tool  will  be  obtained  resulting  in  an  electric  signal 
indicative  of  this  tool  condition.  A  rotary  solenoid  is  em- 
ployed to  rotate  the  tool  sensing  pcohe,  and  in  one  form 
of  the  invention  a  second  probe,  parallel  to  the  first  probe, 
is  connected  to  ground  for  completing  the  circuit  when  the 
tool  to  be  detected  is  in  proper  condition.  In  another  form 
of  the  invention,  the  second  probe  is  omitted  and  the  drive 
spindle  for  the  tool  is  connected  to  ground. 


3,669,559 

CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  STEAM  TURBINES 

TetsDzo  Sakamoto,   Yokohama-shi,  and  Aidoml  Torii, 

Kamaimra-drf,   Japan,   assignors  to   Tokyo   Shibaura 

DenU  KabushiU  Kaislia  (also  known  as  Tokyo  Shi. 

baora  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.),  Hoiikawa^cho,  Kawasaki<dii, 

Kanagawa-ken,  Japan 

FUed  Jnly  14, 1969,  Ser.  No.  848,135 

Claims  priority,  iqiplication  Japan,  Jnly  15,  1968, 

43/49,028 

Int.  CL  FOlb  25/06 

VS.  CL  415—10  10  Claind 


3,669,558 

APPARATUS  FOR  SIMULTANEOUSLY  DRILLING 

AND  TAPPING  A  PLURALITY  OF  WORK  PIECES 

AT  EACH  OF  A  PLURALITY  OF  POSITIONS 

Nib  Ho^nd,  Short  Hills,  N  J.,  assignor  to 

Tri>Ordinate  Corporation 

Continnation  of  abandoned  application  Ser.  No.  763,043, 

Aug.  9,  1968.  This  application  Mar.  1,  1971,  Ser.  No.    regardless  of  the  distribution  of  the  operative  fluid" froni 
119.807  *u^  servo-valve,  and  a  dump-valve  driven  by  "   "'>'"- 


A  steam  turbine  control  system  including  a  valve  meant 
for  regulating  the  flowrate  of  steam  supplied  to  the  tur 
bine  in  response  to  an  electric  signal  is  featured  by  th( 
combination  of  a  servo-motor  for  driving  the  valve  meani  i 
upon  reception  of  comparatively  high  pressure  oil  at 
its  operative  fluid,  a  servo-valve  for  distributing  the  operj 
ative  fluid  to  the  servo-motor  in  accordance  with  the 
above  mentioned  electric  control  signal,  a  by-pass  valve 
inserted  in  the  fluid  path  from  the  servo-valve  to  th^ 
servo-motor  for  the  purpose  of  operating  the  valve  means 
in  the  closing  direction  in  response  to  a  trip  signal  which 
supersedes  the  electric  control  signal  at  an  emergency. 


119  807 

Int  a.  B23b  39/20,  47/22, 47/32 
VS.  a.  408—43 


4  Claims 


the  servo-valve,  and  a  dump-valve  driven  by  a  com- 
paratively low  pressure  operative  fluid  for  driving  this 
by-pass  valve  in  response  to  the  above  mentioned  trip 
signal 


3  669  560 

CONTROL  bEVICE  POr'sTOPPING  ROTATION 

OF  WATER  TURBINE 

Asao  OisU  and  Shozzo  Sasfaino,  Hitachi,  Japan,  assignors 

to  Hitachi,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FUed  Oct  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  78,810 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct  9, 1969, 

44/80,788,  44/80,789 

Int  Ct  FOlb  25/06 

U.S.  CI.  415—41 


2  Cfadmi 


The  apparatus,  intended  primarily  for  simultaneously 
drilling  and  tapping  a  plurality  of  work  pieces  at  each  of  a 
plurality  of  working  positions  includes  an  aimular  table 
supporting  a  plurality  of  tapping  and  drilling  assemblies 
at  a  plurality  of  spaced  working  positions.  Rotatably 
mounted  within  the  annular  table  support  is  a  turret  having 


Mr 


ksr 


^ 


The  opening  of  a  guide  vane  is  locked  or  maintaineo 
in  its  present  position  at  the  time  a  water  turbine 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


633 


stopped  upon  removal  of  a  load,  and  the  guide  vane  is 
started  to  be  closed  after  a  time  interval  predetermined  by 
the  opening  of  the  guide  vane  locked  or  in  response  to  a 
predetermined  rotational  speed  of  the  water  turbine. 


3,669,561 

HYDRODYNAMIC  PUMP 

Richard  C.  Mott,  Har^ood  Hciglits,  111.,  assignor  to 

Honeywell  Inc.,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Filed  Oct  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,418 

^  Int  CLF01d//i6;F03b  5/(70 

U.S.  CI.  415—90  10  Claims 


A  high  pressure,  low  volume,  hydrodynamic  pump 
comprising  a  sleeve,  a  shaft  rotatable  within  the  sleeve, 
means  to  vary  the  gap  between  the  shaft  and  the  sleeve, 
and  an  outlet  in  the  sleeve.  When  submerged  in  or  other- 
wise provided  with  a  supply  of  fluid  such  as  oil,  relative 
motion  between  the  sleeve  and  the  shaft  results  in  the 
establishment  of  a  hydrodynamic  pressure  between  the 
sleeve  and  the  shaft  which  pressure  can  be  increased  or 
decreased  by  decreasing  or  increasing  the  gap  between  the 
sleeve  and  the  shaft. 


^  3,669,562 

EXTRACTION    TURBINE    WITH    A    SERVO 
ACTUATED    BALANCED    GRID    VALVE 
FOR  EXTRACTION  CONTROL 
John  M.  McNaUy,  WalUngford,  and  Albert  H.  Molette, 
Jr.,  Media,  Pa.,   assignors  to  Westinghouse  Electric 
Corporation,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

FUed  Jan.  12, 1971,  Ser.  No.  105,798 

Int.  CI.  FOld  9/00,  1/00,  17/00 

VS.  a.  415—159  11  Claims 


forces  on  the  contacting  interfaces  of  the  two  rings  are 
minimized  by  providing  an  annular  balandng  member 
secured  directly  to  the  rotatable  ring  and  acted  upon  by 
the  high  pressure  elastic  fluid  in  a  manner  to  substantially 
balance  the  pressure  forces  on  the  rotatable  ring,  there- 
by enabling  the  grid  valve  to  be  utilized  in  higher  pres- 
sure systems  without  increasing  the  effort  required  to 
operate  the  valve. 


3,669,563 
CENTRIFUGAL  FAN 

Robert  Lee  Coibctt  Jr.,  22732  Lake  Road  W., 

Rocky  Riyer,  Ohio    44224 

FUed  Feb.  10, 1971,  Ser.  No.  114,150 

Int  CL  F04d  17/08,  29/26.  29/00 

VS.  a.  415—211  13  Claims 


^/o 


^s 


There  is  disclosed  herein  a  centrifugal  fan  for  circulat- 
ing atmosphere  gas  in  an  annealing  furnace.  A  circular 
base  plate  carries  a  plurality  of  radially  disposed,  upward- 
ly  projecting  blades,  each  blade  having  a  main  blade  por- 
tion providing  a  leading  surface  tilted  backwardly  and 
an  upper  edge  portion  curved  forwardly  with  respect  to 
the  direction  of  rotation  of  the  fan.  Each  blade  is  re- 
inforced at  its  trailing  side  by  a  support  which  tilts  for- 
wardly and  converges  upwardly,  the  upper  edge  of 
the  support  intersecting  and  being  secured  to  the  main 
blade  portion.  The  fan  is  disposed  within  a  central  open- 
ing of  a  full-flow  load  support  diflfuser  having  an  intake 
opening  equal  to  the  diameter  of  the  fan  and  substantially 
unrestricted  outlet  means. 


3,669,564 

COAXIAL  HEUCOPTER  ROTOR  SYSTEM  AND 

TRANSMISSiON  THEREFOR 

Marvin  GariinUe,  Ctereland,  OUo,  aaalgnor  to 

Hettcorporation,  PhibMlelphia,  Pa. 

FUed  Mar.  26,  1970,  Ser.  No.  22,898 

,^^   ^,  Int  CI.  B64c  27/70 

VS.  CL  416-121  9  citliM 


In  an  extraction  turbine  provided  with  a  grid  valve  Disclosed    is    a    helicopter   control    system    having    a 

having  a  stationary  port  ring  and  a  rotatable  port  ring  unitized  rotor  and  transmission  assembly  for  a  craft  t^ng 

actuated  by  a  servomotor  for  controlling  the  flow  of  a  coaxial  counter-rotating  rotors.  The  assembly  is  gimbal 

highly  pressurized  elastic  fluid,  such  as  steam,  pressure  mounted  so  that  the  transmission  achieves  directk>nal 


634 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


control  without  altering  blade  pitch  and  the  rotor  head 
is  of  simplified  construction  to  achieve  collective  control 
of  the  blades.  

IMPULSE  TURWNE  PROPULSION  DEVICE  FOR 

MARINE  CRAFT 

MelTilk  W.  Bcarddey,  40  WiBdwwd  DrlTc, 

ScTcraa  Park,  Md.    21146 

Filed  Sept  25, 197t,  Ser.  No.  75,420 

IiiLCLFi4di7/W  __ 

UA  CL  416—185  5  Claims 


June  13,  1972 


3,669,567 
GETTERING 

Paolo  Delia  Porta  and  Elio  Raboslii,  MOaii,  Italy,  as- 

riJCBon  to  SJ^JBA  Getters  S.p.A.,  MBlan,  Italy 

Filed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,319 

Ciafans  priority,  applkatioB  Italy,  Inne  14, 1969, 

18,187/69,  Patent  865,904 

Int  a.  F04b  37/02:  HOlk  1/52;  HOIJ  7/18, 17/26 

US.  CL  417—48  22  Claims 


A  getter  device  comprising  an  evaporable  getter  metal 
and  &-st  and  second  sources  of  gas;  means  for  releasing 
the  gas  from  the  first  source  priw  to  and  preferably  also 
during  evaporation  of  the  getter  metal;  and  means  foi 
releasing  the  gas  from  the  second  source  during  the  lattei 
part  of  the  period  of  getter  metal  evaporation. 


■»Ttii  tum't* 


An  impulse  propulsion  wheel  for  boats  and  the  like 
having  a  plurality  of  blades  spaced  around  the  circum- 
ference of  a  wheel  and  having  open  spaces  between  them. 
Tlie  blades  being  shaped  to  have  at  least  two  distinct 
radii  of  ctirvature  on  the  face  of  the  blade  and  being 
mounted  to  have  the  greatest  curvature  nearest  the  center 
of  the  \(*eel  and  to  have  the  tip  of  the  blade  enter  the 
water  at  substantially  right  angles  to  the  surface  of  the 
water  at  the  design  speed. 


3,669,56o 
PUMP 

Donald  Pattenon  McLcod,  CheHenham,  England,  a» 

signer  to  Dowty  Technical  Developments  Limited 

FUed  May  1, 1970.  Scr.  No.  33,716 

Claims  priority,  appHcatioa  Cfreat  Britain,  Mar.  14, 1970 

12,355/70 

Int  CL  F04b  23/14 

US.  CL  417—203  7  Claimi 


3  669.566 

ROTOR  coNmajcnoN 

GMton  Bonqnaidci,  Alx  «■ '""'▼•^^"i*"!,^ 
Co«y,  Maneiile,  Frtnce,  anigBon  to  Sodete  Ntdonale 
bdnatricDe  AuoipaHale,  Pwta,  »««* 

PBad  May  15. 1970.  Ser.  No.  37,826 
aaima  prioeily,  apidik-irtian  France,  Biay  20,  1969, 

Int  CL  B64c  27/38  _  , 

UA  CL  416^134  18  Claims 


A  swash  plate  pump  having  means  to  boost  liquid  into 
the  low  pressure  port  of  the  pump  which  comprises,  a 
groove  in  the  interior  of  the  pimip  casing  adjacent  to  the 
valve  and  facing  towards  a  surface  of  the  rotary  cylinder 
block,  a  connection  between  the  pimip  inlet  port  and  the 
groove  and  means  to  feed  liquid  into  the  casing  to  enter 
the  said  groove.  The  motion  of  the  cylinder  block  over  the 
said  groove  is  arranged  to  urge  the  liquid  into  the  inlet 
port  by  virtue  of  the  viscous  drag  exerted  by  the  cylinder 
block  on  the  liquid  in  the  groove. 


I 


A  connecting  element  particularly  useful  for  connecting 
a  variable  pitch  rotor  to  a  hub  comprises  a  flexible  elon- 
gated portion  formed  <rf  str<mg  and  resilient  fibres  indi- 
vidually enclosed  and  agglomerated  by  a  vulcanised 
elastomer. 


3,669,569  , 

APPARATUS  FOR  CONTROLLING  THE  DELIVERfY 

QUANTTTY   OF   ADJUSTABLE   AXIAL   PISTON 

PUMPS 

Lndwig  Wacenadl,  Vofaringcn,  Germany,  aarignor  to 

Constantin  Ranch,  Ufan  (D«nnbeX  Germany 

Filed  Apr.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  31,563 

Claims  priority,  anpHcation  Germany,  Apr.  25, 1969, 

P  19  21  298.7;  Feb.  2, 1970,  P  20  04  577.6 

Int  CL  F04b  1/26 

US.  CL  417—222  5  Claims 

An  apparatus  for  regulating  the  delivery  quantity  of 

adjustable  piston  pumps,  including  a  control  apparatus 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


685 


constituted  of  a  two-chamber  slide  valve  permitting  con-  pistons  form,  respectively,  an  ootcr  movable  train  and  an 
trol  over  the  pumps  without  varying  the  auxiliary  hy-  inner  movable  train  reciprocating  in  opposition,  means  <rf 
draulic  fluid  pressure.  One  ot  the  chambers  of  the  slide 


"r^^^-^ 


valve  is  in  communication  with  a  servo  valve,  and  the 
other  chamber  in  conmiunication  with  a  control  circuit 
regulated  by  a  control  device  adapted  to  provide  the 
required  regulated  delivery  conditions  for  the  pumps. 


3,669,570 

POWER  REGULATION  FOR  FLUID  MACHINES 

Conrad  Richard  Himmler,  Lea  Easarts  le  Roi,  France, 

assignor    to    Manncsmann-Meer    AktiengeseUschaft, 

Moencbengladbadi,  OhterUrchwec  Germany 

Filed  Mar.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  17,444 

Int  CL  F04b  1/30,  13/64 

UA  CL  417—222  6  Claims 


21    20    A  a  S7    K  H         M 


A  swash  plate  fluid  pump  or  motor  is  controlled  for 
constant  power  through  fluid  regulation  control  devices 
operating  with  feedback  which  provides  for  hyperbolic 
regulating  characteristics  as  between  fluid  flow  and  oper- 
ating pressure.  The  regulator  includes  a  control  piston 
and  a  regulator  valve  piston  in  a  casing  the  relative  posi- 
tion of  which  is  determined  through  feedback  from  the 
control  piston-swash  plate  linkage. 


3,669,571 

TANDEM,  FREE-PISTON  MACHINE 

Henry  Benaroya,  41  Bonlerard  dn  Commandant  Charcot 

NcnillyHHn^dne,  FVance 

FOcd  Dec.  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,637 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Dec.  27,  1968, 

181,237 
Int  a.  F04l>  17/00, 35/00;  F02b  71/00 
US.  CL  417—341  16  Claims 

Tandem,  free-piston  machine  including  at  least  one 
group  of  compress<H-  pistons  connected  to  drive  pistons, 
the  latter  forming  at  least  two  groups  which  comprise 
each  two  pairs  of  drive  pistons,  these  two  pairs  working 
in  two  drive  cylinders  arranged  in  alignment  and  the  two 
drive  pistons  of  each  pair  working  in  opposition  in  the 
corresponding  drive  cylinder,  the  outer  drive  portions  of 
said  two  pairs  being  connected  by  a  central  rod  and  the 
inner  drive  pistons  of  said  two  pairs  being  connected 
by  a  linking  element  mounted  slidably  on  said  central 
rod,  so  that  the  outer  drive  i»stons  and  the  inner  drive 


synchronization  being  provided  between  the  outer  mov- 
able train  and  the  inner  movable  train. 


3,669,572 

CONSTANT  FLOW  IMPING  SYSTEM 

WilUam  R.  King,  1909  SuMhlne  Square, 

Longview,  Tex.    75601 

Filed  June  8,  1970,  Scr.  No.  44,383 

Int  CL  F03b;  F04b  9/08, 17/00,  35/00 

UA  CL  417—390  17  Claimi 


A  system  for  providing  liquid  at  high  pressure  at  a  sub- 
stantially constant  flow  rate  including  a  fluid  powered 
pump  operated  by  power  fluid  supplied  at  a  lower  pres- 
sure, the  power  fluid  also  being  supplied  in  a  desired 
proportion  to  an  accumulator  which  discharges  to  the 
fluid  powered  pump  at  the  beginning  of  each  stroke  of  the 
pump. 

3,669,573 

NOISELESS  AQUARIUM  PUMP 

David  LcTcnaohn,  New  York,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Continental  Pet  Inaovatioas,  Inc. 

FUed  Oct  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83,312 

.,„'!!?•  "•  ^^^  ^^^^'  ■'^/o^;  H02k  33/00. 35/00 

us.  CL  417—416  5  cinlma 


A  vibrator  pump  is  disclosed  which  is  mounted  on  a 
rigid  base  member  for  absorbing  vibrations  resulting  in  a 
quieter  running  pump. 


636 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3  669  574 

I«EP  WATER  PUMPlkc  OF  FLUIDS  AND 

SEMI'FLUIDS 

John  T.  Bioadfoot,  12714  Anrora  Atc.  N., 

Seattle,  Wash.    98155 

FDcd  Mar.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,501 

tat  CL  Ff4b  43/08,  43/12.  45/06 

UA  CL  417—477  3  Claims 


reciprocation  of  the  plunger,  the  sleeve  experiences  a 
random  folding  and  unfolding.  The  sleeve  thus  acts 
somewhat  like  a  water-tight  container,  supplementing 
the  packing  around  the  plunger  shank  and  containing 
any  liquid  which  seeps  past  the  same.  The  paper-thin 
nature  of  the  sleeve  enables  it  to  be  economically 
produced  in  the  form  of  a  smooth  cylinder,  since  its  thin 
walls  readily  permit  collapsing.  This  is  in  sharp  contrast 
to  thlck-walled  flexible  bellows  or  accordion-like  dc' 
vices  which  are  costly  to  tool  and  to  produce. 


3,669,576 

FUEL  PRIMING  PUMP 

Joseph  P.  Uttle,  Morton,  and  Jenry  A.  Clonse,  Washing' 

ton,  DL,  asB^on  to  Caterpillar  Tractor  Co.,  Peoria, 

ni.  . 

FOed  Jane  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,117  ^ 
Int.  CI.  F04b  21/03,  39/10 
U.S.  CL  417—571  1  ClaN 


A  rotary  peristaltic  pump  for  pumping  fluids  and  semi- 
fluids  in  underwater  locations  includes  a  semi-circular 
piece  of  compressible  tubing  disposed  around  the  inner 
arcuate  surface  of  a  substantially  water-tight  housing 
with  pimip  action  obtained  by  a  pair  of  power  driven  com- 
pression wheels.  A  check  valve  mounted  on  the  housing 
and  communicating  with  the  interior  thereof  is  used  to 
maintain  a  predetermined  pressure  differential  between 
the  interior  and  exterior  of  the  housing. 


3,669,575 

SEALED  PLUNGER-TYPE  PUMP 

Frank  S.  Bcdtcrcr,  134  Far  Horizons  Drive, 

KwftffB,  Conn.    06612 

FUed  Mar.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,165 

lot  CL  F04b  39/10 

VS.  CL  417—555  6  Claims 


A  manually  actuated  fuel  priming  pump  for  an  internal 
combustion  engine  comprises  a  one-piece  housing  having  a 
barrel  terminating  at  its  lower  end  in  a  flange  disposed 
transversely  to  the  barrel.  A  plunger  is  reciprocally  mount- 
ed in  a  chamber  of  the  barrel  to  selectively  pump  fuel 
from  a  first  to  a  second  valve  located  in  the  flange  of  the 
housing.  The  plunger  has  an  annular  groove  formed  there- 
around  which  seats  an  annular  ring  of  low  friction  mate- 
rial therein.  An  0-ring  seal  is  also  disposed  in  the  groove 
to  urge  the  annular  ring  into  intimate  contact  with  wall 
portions  defining  the  duunber. 


3,669,577 

VARIABLE  mCH  SPEED  GEAR  PUMP 

Swan  G.  Swanson,  Rte.  1,  Rode,  Mich.    49880 

FUe4  Dec  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  103,263 

Claims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Jan.  2, 

32/70 

tat  CL  FOlc  1/18.  21/16;  F04c  15/04 

VJS.  CL  418—21  9  Qaims 


1970, 


A  hand  pump  comprising  a  cylinder  and  reciprocatable 
plunger  therein,  the  shank  of  the  plunger  passing  out 
through  an  apertured  end  fitting  of  the  cylinder.  To  pre- 
vent leakage  of  liquid  past  the  end  fitting  between  the 
latter  and  the  shank  of  the  plunger,  there  is  secured  to 
the  cylinder  end  and  to  the  sliank  adjacent  the  handle 
thereof  a  tough,  paper-thin,  impervious,  flexible  and  col- 
lapsible plastic  sleeve  having  its  ends  respectively  con- 
nected to  the  cylinder  and  hub  of  the  handle.  During 


■  V 


A  gear  type  fluid  pump  having  pumping  gears  pro- 
vided with  boosting  channels  and  cooperating  head  chan- 
nels which  su|^ly  fluid  from  the  pressure  side  of  the  pump 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


687 


via  the  boosting  channels  to  the  mating  pockets  of  the 
associated  pumping  gear  to  thereby  improve  the  efficiency 
of  the  pump.  The  oil  admitted  into  and  carried  in  the 
boosting  channels  is  slung  radially  outwardly  therefrom 
by  centrifugal  force  into  the  gear  pockets  of  the  mat- 
ing gear  to  thereby  reduce  the  tendency  of  the  fluid  being 
pumped  to  be  vaporized  in  these  pockets  as  the  gears  dis- 
engage on  the  inlet  side  of  the  pump,  thus  reducing  gas- 
sification  in  the  pump  and  wear  on  the  gear  pumping 
teeth. 


3,669,578 

PUMPING  APPARATUS 

Fnuak  J.  Nameny,  5320  Beacon  Hill  Road, 

Minnetonka,  Minn.     55343 

FUed  Sept  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,970 

tat  CL  FOlc  5/00:  F04c  5/00;  F03c  3/00 


VS.  a.  418—45 


8  Claims 


A  pump  for  fluids  and  gases  is  disclosed  in  which  the 
fluid  is  squeezed  through  an  annular  cavity  by  a  rotating 
pressure  plate  eccentrically  driven  by  a  drive  shaft.  The 
annular  cavity  is  formed  by  bonding  a  rubber  membrane 
over  an  annular  groove.  The  pressure  plate  has  an  annu- 
lar toroidal  compression  member  which  gyrates  about  the 
drive  shaft  forcing  the  membrane  into  the  annular  cavity. 
The  membrane  is  protected  from  frictional  forces  by  a 
special  cavity  shape  and  dual  sets  of  bearings  in  the 
pressure  plate.  Variations  include  driving  a  second  pump 
from  the  other  side  of  the  pressure  plate. 


3,669,579 
COMPRESSORS 
Alan  Carter,  Eastiiam,  near  Tenbnry  Wells,  England,  as- 
dgnor  to  The  Hydrovane  Compressor  Company  Lim- 
ited, Redditch  Worcesterriifav,  England 

Filed  July  28, 1970,  SerTNo.  58,764 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Great  Britain,  Joly  29,  1969, 

38,000/69 

Int.  CI.  FOlc  21/04;  F04b  49/00;  F04c  29/02 

VS.  CL  418—83  6  Claims 


a  deflecting  wall  on  which  the  oil  is  deposited.  Thereafter 
the  compressed  air  passes  through  a  separator  which  re- 
moves the  remaining  oil  from  it. 


3,669,580 
APPARATUS  FOR  MAINTAINING  THE  INTIltNAL 
AIR  PRESSURE  DURING  THE  PRODUCHON  OF 
SIZED  PLASTIC  PIPE 
Hans  Umbach,  Sladein,  and  Hans  Jena,  Nn«mhciv>  Ger- 
many,  assignon  to  Dynamit  Nobel  AG,  Troisdorf, 
Germany 

FUed  Aug.  29,  1969,  Ser.  No.  854,224 

Int.  CL  B29d  23/00 

VS.  CL  425—3  12  n.i».. 


A  device  for  maintaining  the  internal  air  pressure  dur- 
ing the  manufacture  of  a  sized  synthetic  polymer  pipe 
by  providing  a  ferromagnetic  sealing  stopper  disposed  in 
the  interior  of  the  pipe  and  a  magnetic  field  for  holding 
the  stopper  in  a  relatively  fixed  position.  To  yield  suffi- 
cient holding  force,  the  sealing  stopper  has  portions  of 
reduced  cross-sectional  area  between  portions  of  expanded 
cross-sectional  area. 


3  669  581 

MOLD  PRESS  FOR  flRE*  CURING  APPARATUS 

Robert  F.  Manrer  and  Robert  D.  McVay,  Cofambos, 

and  Donald  L.  HommcL  Canton,  (Hrio,  asrisDora  to 

UBilcd  McGiU  CoiponrtioB,  Cohuibas,  Ohio 

FUed  Jan.  8,  1971,  Scr.  No.  105,035 

Int.  CL  B29h  5/20 

VS.  a.  425—34  9  ri.i— 


^///•^/////z. 


A  tire  curing  apparatus  of  the  pot-heater  type  is  pro- 

,„^  vided  with  a  mold-press  construction  incorporating  a  coni- 

,    ^  cally  shaped  shell  for  support  of  a  fluid-ram  assembly 

A  compressor  of  the  eccentric  vane  type  in  which  a  which  results  in  a  substontial  reduction  in  the  total  weight 

mixture  of  compressed  air  and  oil  is  delivered  through  a  of  the  apparatus  without  a  corresponding  decrease  in  the 

number  of  ports  distributed  along  the  length  of  the  com-  structural  strength.  The  frusto<onicaUy  shaped  shell  and 

pressor  stator  into  a  chamber  which  affords  a  sump  and  ram  assembly  are  cooperatively  configured  to  provide  a 


688 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


sin^point  suspension  for  the  ram-assembly  which  uni- 
formly distributes  stress  forces  throughout  the  structure 
and  facilitates  precise  alignment  of  the  ram  assembly  with 
the  press  body.        , 

« 

DIE  AND  PUNCH  A^KMBLY  FOR  COMPACTING 
POWIWR    MATEiOAL   HAYING    DEFLECIION 
COMPENSATOR 
Jom*  E.  Snith,  BtamioihaB,  Mich^  anliiior  to 

WolTCflM-Pciitraidz,  Ine^  Lincobi  Puk,  Mkh. 

Filed  Jan.  25, 1971,  Ser.  No.  109,37< 

bt  CL  B3fb  11/02, 15/22 

VS,  CL  425—78  16  Claiins 


June  13,  1972 


3,M9,5S3 

APPARATUS  FOR. MANUFACTURING  SPIRALS 
FROM  THREADS  OF  SYNTHETIC  THERMO- 
PLASnCS  MATERIAL 

Gaido  N«gro,  NcnlfcB,  Gcmiainr,  assfgnor  to 

Mdomattk  Lcnzc  ft  Co. 

Filed  Ang.  31, 197»,  Ser.  No.  68,168 

CfadnM  priority,  appUerthm  Gcmuuiy,  Sept  2,  1969, 

P  19  44  371.1-16 

Int  CL  B29c  17/00 

VS,  CI.  425—214  10  Claims 


A  die  and  punch  assembly  for  use  on  a  powder  com- 
pacting press  for  making  articles  compacted  from  a  pow- 
der and  including  a  deflection  compensator  which  allows 
the  punch  to  remain  engaged  with  and  support  the  com- 
pacted article  after  the  conqiacting  pressiu-e  applied  to  the 
article  is  relieved.  The  assembly  comfHises  a  die  plate  ap- 
proi»'iatdy  mounted  to  the  press  and  includes  one  or  more 
die  cavities,  each  of  which  has  a  punch  slidably  and 
snugly  disposed  therein.  The  pimch  is  actuated  by  a 
punch  upper  support  which,  in  turn,  is  slidably  carried  by 
a  pair  of  posts  extending  below  the  die  plate  to  permit 
reciprocable  movement  of  the  punch  within  the  die  cavity. 
A  second  punch  sui^xMt  slidably  carried  by  the  posts  is 
positioned  below  the  punch  upper  support  and  operatively 
connects  the  punch  upper  support  to  an  actuating  ram 
which  selectively  causes  reciprocation  of  the  punch  within 
the  die  cavity.  A  core  rod  is  iNrovided  having  one  end  dis- 
posed within  a  longitudinal  bore  formed  in  the  punch, 
while  the  other  end  of  the  core  rod  is  fixedly  mounted  to 
a  core  rod  support  which,  in  turn,  is  fixedly  supported  be- 
tween the  punch  upper  and  lower  supports  by  the  pair  of 
posts.  The  punch  lower  support  carries  the  deflection  com- 
pensator which  comi«ses  a  bushing  flxedly  mounted  with- 
in a  centrally  disposed  bore  in  the  punch  lower  support 
and  in  which  the  upper  end  of  the  actuating  ram  is  slidably 
mounted  for  relative  reciprocable  movement.  The  actuat- 
ing ram  has  an  end  portion  extending  through  the  bush- 
ing and  carries  an  axially  adjustable  enlarged  head  adapted 
to  engage  the  ui^r  surface  of  the  punch  lower  support 
to  move  the  punch  supports  and  thus  the  punch  down- 
wardly in  the  die  cavity,  while  an  enlarged  axially  adjust- 
able intermediate  portion  of  the  actuating  ram  is  adapted 
to  engage  the  lower  portion  of  the  bushing  to  impart  an 
upwardly  directed  force  to  the  punch  supports  to  drive 
the  punch  upwardly  into  the  die  cavity  to  compact  the 
powder  material  into  a  compacted  article.  The  punch  ac- 
tuating mechanism  is  provided  with  a  spring  loaded  lost 
motion  link  to  bias  the  punch  end  into  engagement  with 
the  compacted  article  to  prevent  damage  thereto  when 
the  punch  actuating  ram  is  retracted  to  relieve  the  com- 
pacting pressure  aK>lied  to  the  article  during  compaction. 


This  invention  concerns  an  apparatus  for  manufacturin; ; 
a  spiral  from  a  thread  of  synthetic  thermoplastics  mate- 
rial. The  apparatus  includes  a  housing  defining  a  cylii»- 
drical  chamber  having  a  drum  rotatably  mounted  therein 
ion  continuous  rotation.  As  distinct  from  pri<Hr  arrange- 
ments, thevhouiing  is  heated  and  includes  a  spirally-shaped 
thread  guide  groove  in  the  cylindrical  surface  of  the  cham- 
ber and  the  drum  has  a  smooth  surface. 


'  3,669,584 

MELT-SPINNING  APPARATUS 
Seibi  Yamada  and   Harold  TaUzawa,  Matsnyama-shl, 
Japan,  aas^nors  to  Tei^  Limited,  Osalu,  Japan 

Fne«  Oct  22, 1969,  Ser.  No.  868,407 

Claims  priority,  appUcatioa  Japan,  Oct  24,  1968, 

43/77,475 

Int  CL  DOld  13/02 

V&,  a.  425-^72  3  Clainii 


In  a  melt-spinning  apparatus  comprising  a  spinning  as- 
sembly extruding  molten  filament-forming  polymeric  ma- 
terials into  a  number  of  filaments,  a  spinning  chimney 
provided  below  the  spinning  assembly,  in  which  a  stream 
of  fluid  quenches  said  filaments,  flowing  from  the  back 
part  of  the  ctumney  to  the  front  opened  part  thereof,  and 
a  shutter  provided  between  said  spinning  assembly  and 
spinning  chimney,  said  shutter  having  an  opening  through 
which  extruded  filaments  pass;  said  shutter  is  divided  into 
at  least  two  parts  within  a  plane  of  the  shutter  in  order 
to  facilitate  a  threading  operation  at  the  beginning  of 


JUNE  18,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


689 


the  spinning  operation  and  an  observation  of  the  spinneret 
surface  during  the  spinning  operation  by  moving  one  of 
said  parts. 


3  669  585 

CONTINUOUS  STRV  MOLDING  APPARATUS 

Carroll  P.  Kmpp,  Akron,  Ohio,  Miiipior  to  The  B.  F. 

Goodrich  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Feb.  26, 19^,  Ser.  No.  14,553 

Int  a.  B29f  3/00 

153.  CL  425—109  3  Claims 


The  continuous  molding  of  an  elastomeric  sealing  strip 
on  a  tape  for  a  slide  fastener  in  which  a  preformed  strip 
of  elastomeric  material  is  applied  to  a  tape  as  it  is  con- 
tinuously fed  into  a  mold  cavity  on  the  periphery  of  a 
rotating  heated  curing  drum.  The  tape  and  preformed 
strip  are  enclosed  in  the  mold  cavity  by  a  metal  beh 
wrapped  around  a  portion  of  the  curing  drum  arid  driven 
at  the  same  speed  as  the  drum.  The  molded  elastomeric 
sealing  strip  and  tape  are  enclosed  in  the  mold  cavity 
at  a  molding  temperature  for  a  period  of  time  necessary 
to  cure  the  sealing  strip  on  the  tape  after  which  the  tape 
is  released  and  carried  away  from  the  curing  drum. 


^         3,669,586 

APPARATUS  FOR  MAKING  FLEXIBLE  TUBING 

WITH  ANNULAR  CORRUGATIONS 

Vance  M.  Kramer,  Pcrrysborg,  (Niio 

(%  Crashproof  Tnhbag  Co.,  McComb,  OUo    45858) 

FUcd  June  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,865 

Int  €1.  B29c  17/00 

VS.  CL  425—109  4  Claims 


segments,  each  of  which  coimects  together  two  adjacent 
discs  in  a  manner  to  permit  extension  of  the  segment  to 
increase  the  axial  spacing  between  the  respective  two  discs. 
The  mandrel  has  radial  ports  so  that  the  sleeve  may  be 
expanded  by  internal  pressure  to  make  a  preliminary  im- 
pression in  the  uncured  rubber  caused  by  the  edges  of  the 
circular  openings  of  the  discs. 


APPARATUS  FOR  FILLING  MOLDED  COOKIES 

Charies  R.  Werner,  Grand  Rapids,  rUrfc.  ■■JiBiii  to 

Werner  Lehara,  Inc.,  Grand  RapMa,  Mkh. 

FUed  Mar.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  19,966 

Int  CL  A21c  00/00:  A23g  3/00 

U.S.  CL  425— 112  23  Claims 


\ 

0>^f>t 

(ll 

-  .     fl) 

An  apparatus  and  process  for  making  filled,  molded 
cookies,  the  apparatus  combining  a  depositing  hopper  and 
nozzle,  and  a  folding  apparatus,  with  an  embossing  die 
roller.  The  combination  is  made  possible  by  inverting 
means  for  inverting  the  embossed  patty  prior  to  the 
depositing  of  the  filling,  so  that  the  depositing  occurs  on 
the  bottom  of  the  cookie  patty.  The  inverting  means  is 
preferably  a  belt  adapted  to  grip  the  bottom  of  the  patties 
so  as  to  carry  them  with  the  pattern  side  down  and  then 
deposit  them  on  a  second  belt  for  the  filling  and  folding 
operations. 


3,669,588 

APPARATUS  FOR  MANUFACTURING 

CONSTRUCTION  ELEMENTS 

Feniando  CavalH,  MorUo  Snperiote,  nd  Pleio  Crctti, 

YacaOo,  Switzerland,  anignon  to  Eras  Camponovo, 

Chiasso,  SwitKcfaud 

Filed  May  19, 1969.  Sor.  No.  825.744 

Claims  priority.  anpUcatfon  Itely,  May  20, 1968, 

16,711/68;  Jan.  15, 1969, 11^5^/69 

Int  CL  B29b  7/22 

UA  CL  425—113  3 


Method  and  apparatus  for  making  rubber  tubing  witfr 
annular  corrugations  and  uniform  wall  thickness.  The 
apparatus  includes  a  tubular  cylindrical  mandrel  adapted 
to  receive  a  sleeve  of  extruded  rubber,  and  an  axially  ex- 
tensible external  form  adapted  to  be  received  over  the 
mandrel  and  sleeve.  The  form  inclixles  a  {durality  of 
axially  spaced  parallel  discs  each  having  a  circular  open- 
ing coaxial  with  the  respective  circular  openings  of  the 
Other  discs,  and  a  i^urality  of  resilient  extensible  spring 


If    H 


Apparatus  for  manufacturing  construction  elements  in 
the  form  of  plates  or  panels  or  the  lilce,  utilizing  cement 
con^omerate  ami  granules  of  mert  material,  comprises 
a  frame  carrying  a  hopper  and  a  reciprocating  pluiiger 
for  compressing  material  that  emerges  dowmrardly  from 
the  hopper.  The  {Hunger  has  a  downwardly  forwaidly  in- 
clined leading  edge,  and  the  resistance  of  the  compnaMd 


640 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


I 


material  to  the  plunger  forces  the  whole  machine  rear-  ledge,  a  pair  of  plates  are  pivoted  into  engagement  with 
wardly  over  its  supporting  surface  instead  of  forcing  the  the  upper  surface  of  the  projecting  edge  to  clamp  the  in- 
compressed  material  forwardly.  Reinforcing  elements  can  sole  over  the  molding  chamber.  The  edges  of  the  clamp- 
be  introduced  into  the  material  through  a  slot  in  the  ing  plate  are  provided  with  notches  to  provide  clearance 
plimger.  ^°'"  ^^*  hooked  pins  so  that  the  pins  will  not  interfere  with 

— — ^^— ^^■^—  the  clamping  operation. 

3,669^9 

APPARATUS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  MEM- 

BERS  HAVING  A  SMOOTH  SHEATHING  AND 

OF  ACCURATE  SHAPE,  AND  THEIR  APPLICA; 

TIONS  TO  THE  STRUCTURAL  ELEMENTS  OF 

SUBMERGED  F0IL9 

Amin  Inks  Edmond  Bordat,  Paris,  FVancc,  assignor  to 

.Sodcte    Nadonalc    ImfautrieDe    Acrospitfalc,    Paris, 

Fnmcc  

Filed  Mar.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,200 
Claims  priority,  appUcatkHi  FWmcc,  Apr.  11,  1969, 

6911246 

IiiLCl.B29ci/00 

UA  CI.  425—116  5  Claims 


Donato 
S.p.A., 


3,669,591 
APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING 
COMPOSITE  FIBERS 
Enzo    Fermi    and    Francesco   SassancIU,    San 
Milanese,  Italy,  assignors  to  Snam  Progetti 
Milan,  Italy 

Filed  Mar.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,563 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Mar.  11, 1969, 
I  13,914/69 

I      Int  CL  DOld  3/00 
U.S.  CL  425—131  6  ClainMl 


The  disclosure  is  particularly  concerned  with  the  pro- 
duction of  submerged  struts  for  hydrofoil  craft.  The  struts 
are  produced  by  sheathing  a  basic  element  with  plastics. 
The  sheathing  is  carried  out  in  a  mould  which  has  at  least 
one  degree  of  freedom  in  relation  to  the  structure  to  be 
sheathed. 

3,669,590 

APPARATUS  FOR  MAKING  SHOES 
Antonio  Nova,  Oscar  Nova,  and  Renzo  Nova,  Legnano, 
MDan,  Italy,  assignors  to  OflBdne  Mecomiche  Antonio 
NoTS,  Lcgnano,  Mlfaus,  Italy 

FUed  Mar.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,658 

Claims  priority,  appllcatkHi  Italy,  Apr.  11, 1969, 

51395/69 

Int  CL  B29f  1/12 

VS,  a.  425—119  1  Claim 


A  spinning  head  for  melt  spinning  of  composite  fila- 
ments comprised  of  two  polymers  of  equal  semi-circular 
cross-section  in  which  the  mating  faces  of  a  distribution 
plate  and  a  spinneret  plate  form  two  separate  annular 
cavities  each  communicating  with  a  different  polymer 
supply  contained  in  the  distribution  plate.  A  plurality  of 
extrusion  holes  in  the  spinneret  plate  have  their  upper 
end  portions  of  semi-circular  cross-section  communicating 
with  one  of  the  annular  cavities  and  the  remaining  por- 
tions of  circular  cross-section  communicating  with  thp 
other  annular  cavity.  ~^ 


^JECTK 


3,669,592 

INJECTION  MOLDING  MACHINES 

Manuel  S.  Miller,  Bethel,  Vt.,  assignor  to  G-W  Plastic 

En^bieers,  Inc.,  Bethel,  Vt 

FUad  Apr.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,567 

Int  CL  B29c  7/00;  B29f  1/14 

U.S.  CL  425—155  4  Clalds 


The  apparatus  is  provided  with  a  molding  chamber  hav- 
ing sidewalls  with  a  ledge  formed  thereon  about  the  pe- 
riphery of  the  chamber.  A  last  having  the  upper  portion 
of  the  shoe  including  an  insole  with  a  projecting  ed^e  is 
placed  over  the  chamber  such  that  the  projecting  edge  of 
the  insole  rests  on  the  ledge.  Hooked  pins  are  provided  on 
the  last  for  holding  the  insole  in  proper  position  prior  to 
placement  on  the  ledge.  When  the  insole  is  resting  on  the 


Mechanism  is  provided  for  removing  the  runner  and 
sprue  assembly  from  the  mold  to  a  point  of  disposal 
apart  from  the  work,  in  timed  relation  to  the  molding 
cycle,  preferably  in  a  unitary  cwnbination  with  a  knock- 
off  device  carried  with  such  mechanism  on  a  common  tra- 
versable support,  and  particularly,  but  not  exclusively, 
adapted  for  operation  with  submarine  gated  or  back  gated 
molds. 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


641 


3,669,593 

MOLD-CLOSING  MEANS  FOR  MOLDING 

MACHINES 

Wilhelm  Cyriaz,  W.R.  Ncostadterstrassc  81, 

Kotdngbrunii,  Anstria 

Filed  Feb.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,235 

Int  a.  B29f  1/06 


U.S.  CL  425—186 


10  Claims 


A  machine  for  compression  or  injection  molding  has 
a  fluid-operated  pressure  intensiiier  inserted  between  a 
fixed  end  plate  and  a  movable  platen  riding  on  tie  bars 
between  that  end  plate  and  a  co-operating  stationary 
platen,  the  pressure  intensifier  acting  through  an  inter- 
posed pressure  piece  upon  closure  of  the  mold  formed  by 
two  halves  carried  on  these  platens.  The  pressure  piece 
consists  of  two  parts  of  substantially  the  same  axial 
length,  either  or  both  of  which  may  be  extensible,  at  least 
one  of  which  is  slidably  guided  for  transverse  movement 
out  of  alignment  with  the  other  part  preparatorily  to  an 
opening  of  the  mold.  With  the- mold  open,  the  two  parts 
lie  alongside  each  other  in-^he  space  between  the  end 
plate  and  the  movable  platen. 


3  669  594 
MODULE  THERMOFORMING  MACHINE 
Gayiord  W.  Brown,  Beaverton,  Edward  J.  RusseU,  Glad- 
win, and  Charles  E.  Howe  and  Bradley  A.  Schnepp, 
Bcaverton,  Mich.,  assignors  to  Koehrins  Company. 
MUwaukec,  Wis. 

FUed  Apr.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  26,840 

Int  a.  B29c  17/03, 17/04 

VS.  CL  425—186  53  Claims 


3,669,595 

MOULDING  APPARATUS 

Benid  Zippd,  Lai^eiihaiB,  aad  AXnd  SchiteckoMn, 

E8diwe8|e,  GenoMny,  asaigMm  to  Richanl  Zippcl  A  Co. 
KG,  Eschwegc  Gcraiany 

E^^  ^•*»-  *•'  **^®'  «•'•  No.  12,968 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Germany,  Feb.  22,  1969, 


A  synthetic  plastic  sheet  thermoforming  machine,  pref- 
erably of  modular  construction,  and  incorporating  eleva- 
tor, heating,  molding,  and  Lowerator  stations.  Sheet  carry- 
ing carts  move  through  the  machine  in  a  circuitous  paUi 
from  a  loading  station  at  which  unformed  sheets  are 
loaded  to  the  carts  to  an  unloading  station  at  which 
formed  sheets  are  removed  from  the  carts. 


VS.  CL  425—188 


P  19  09  050.7 
Int  CL  B29c  3/02 


19  Claims 


r 


A  mould  processing  arrangement  for  a  multi-component 
plastics  material  moulding  plant  is  disclosed.  The  arrange- 
ment comprises  a  number  oi  moulds  mounted  cm  an  end- 
less conveyor  and  each  of  the  moulds  is  provided  with 
a  self-locking  mould  closure  and  an  associated  opening 
and  closing  mechanism,  which  is  operated  by  means  of 
an  actuating  lever.  The  conveyor  is  intermittently  driven 
so  as  to  traverse  each  of  the  moulds  successively  through 
a  mould  filling  station,  a  curing  station  and  a  mould  re- 
moval sution.  A  pair  of  mould  closure  actuating  devices 
are  located  adjacent  the  conveyor.  The  first  of  these  de- 
vices is  located  down-stream  of  the  filling  station  and  is 
arranged  to  engage  the  actuating  levers  of  successive 
mould  closures  so  as  to  close  and  lock  the  respective 
moulds.  The  second  actuating  device  is  located  up-stream 
of  the  removal  station  and  is  arranged  to  engage  the 
actuating  levers  so  as  to  open  each  mould  before  it  readws 
the  mould  removal  station. 


3f6v9fS99 

APPARATUS  FOR  HOT  RUNNER  INJECI10N 
MOULMNG      . 
Anthony  James  Savoiy,  Haadswoith  Wood,  England,  as- 
signor to  Joseph  Locas  (Indnstrics)  Umtted,  Birminc- 
ham,  Fjigi^iyf 

Filed  Dec.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,968 
aaims  priority,  appUcation  Great  Britain,  Dec.  9,  1969, 

59,936/69 

int  CL  B29c  1/00 

US.  CL  425—192  g  Cfadan 


Apparatus  for  hot  runner  injection  moulding  comprises 
a  fixed  die  part  and  a  movable  die  part,  the  fixed  die  part 
and  the  movable  die  part  dining  therebetiveen  a  die 
cavity.  An  injection  nozzle  is  carried  by  the  fixed  die  part 
and  a  hot  runner  box  having  therein  a  passafe  ooi»- 
municating  with  the  bore  in  the  injection  nozzle  so  that 
in  use  molten  qmtfaetic  resin  flows  from  a  leaervoir 
through  the  passage  and  the  bore  in  the  injection  mwy|f 
into  the  die  cavity.  Further  the  apparatus  tfwJ^MJf^  i^ 
leasable  latch  means  noovable  between  first  and  ■^rond 


M2 

(q)entive  positions,  such  that  in  the  first  operative  posi- 
tion the  latch  meam  secures  the  fixed  die  part  to  the  hot 
numer  box  and  in  the  second  operative  position  the  latch 
means  secures  the  fixed  die  part  to  the  movable  die  part  so 
that  the  hot  runner  box  can  be  removed  without  dis- 
turbing the  fixed  die  part 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


APPARATUS  FOR  TriljPRODUCTKMM  OF 

SMALL  C0NCRE1E  ELEMENTS 

WdteBV  Scteeider,  MnhariwM  8,  and  Kkms  Schneider, 

sSdra  IS,  both  of  21Sd  Butehiidc,  Gcnnany 

^^TlfcSM«j22,l»70,Ser.No.3M21 

CUdBM  priority,  aMHolloii  Gemaajr,  May  12,  1969, 

P  19M2633iSr9. 1H9,  P  19  «  098.1 

lM,CLWlMb7/00 

VJS,  CL  425-^16  ^  ClaUns 


3,M9,S99 
HYDKOMECHANICAL  CLAMP 
Theodore  O.  Soidcr,  Daytoa,  Ohio,  and  Michael  D. 
Tccpic,  FonriidB  Otsr,  Iiid^  aarfgMin  to  NatioBai  Auto- 
matic Tool  CoavMDT,  Idc 

FUcd  Dec  8, 1978,  Scr.  No.  96,856 

I^  CL  Bi9f  1/00 

VA  CL  425—242  10  Clahna 


Manufacturing  of  small  concrete  elements  is  improved 
by  compacting  the  concrete  mix  in  a  mould  and  removing 
any  possible  filling  surplus  during  compaction,  the  surplus 
being  removed  in  a  plurality  of  steps.  A  novel  apparatus 
for  the  production  of  small  concrete  elements  comprises 
an  upwardly  open  mould  and  a  press  ram  which  is  mov- 
able in  a  vertical  direction  and  the  ram  plate  of  which  may 
cover  the  free  upper  cross  section  of  the  mould  said  ram 
plate  being  provided  with  means  for  the  removal  of  a 
filling  surplus  from  the  mould,  which  means  is  movable 
in  a  vertical  direction  independently  of  the  ram. 


An   injection   molding   machine    having   mold    halves 
which  receive  pressurized  plastic  therein.  The  machine  in- 
cludes a  base,  a  first  platen  fixed  on  the  base,  for  holding 
one  of  the  mold  halves,  and  a  back  plate  mounted  on  the 
base  and  spaced  from  the  said  first  platen.  Tie  rods  pass 
between  and  are  mounted  to  tlie  first  platen  and  the  back 
{date.  A  second  platen  is  movably  carried  on  the  tie  rods 
between  the  first  platen  and  the  back  plate  and  holds  the 
other  of  the  mold  halves.  Projecting  hollow  members  on 
the  back  plate  extend  toward  the  moving  platen  and  totally 
surround  the  tie  rods.  Open  portions  are  provided  on  the 
second  platen  for  receiving  the  projecting  members  when 
the  mold  halves  are  in  the  open  position.  Drive  means  ad-i 
vance  the  second  platen  toward  the  first  platen  for  closing 
the  mold  halves.  Blocking  members  are  interposed  between 
the  projecting  members  and  the  moving  platen  when  the 
mold  halves  are  in  the  closed  position.  Load  cells  are  pror 
vided  on  each  of  the  tie  rods  for  clamping  the  mold  halves 
together  during  injection  of  pressurized  plastic,  the  loadl 
cells  driving  the  back  plate,  the  projecting  members,  and 
the  second  platen  with  one  mold  half  thereon  into  clamp- 
ing relationship  with  the  first  mold  half  on  the  fixi 
platen. 


3,669,598 

APPARATUS  FOR  MOLDING  AND  EJECTING 

PLASTIC  ARTICLES 

Alvin  S.  Tncker,  Bartiett,  DL,  assignor  to 

Phil^^  Petiolcinn  Company 

FUcd  Nov.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  880,341 

Int  CL  B29f  1/00, 1/14 

UA  a.  425—249  7  Claims 


George 


L 


3,669,600 
lOLDING  MACHINERY 
F.  MdiCan,  Jr.,  Aiflddlcton,  Mass., 
USM  Corporsrtioii,  Flcmb^n,  N, 
Filed  Oct  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  863,82 
IiitCLB29f  i/Oi 
U.S.  a.  425—245 


Method  and  apparatus  for  molding  and  ejecting  plastic 
articles  having  protrusions  extending  from  a  base  of  the 
article.  Movable  blades  between  the  core  elements  assure 
proper  filling  of  the  mold  and  function  to  eject  the  molded 
articles  from  the  mold  core  section. 


Machinery  for  molding  articles  including  a  device  for 
metering,  mixing  and  dispensing  a  measured  quantity 
of  multiple  component  mixture  to  a  plurality  of  molds. 

The  dispensing  apparatus  and  molds  are  provided  widi 
cooperative  elements  effective  whereby  the  ^rue  passage 


June  13,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


643 


of  the  dispensing  device  is  automatically  self-cleaning 
after  each  shot  of  material. 


3,669,601 

APPARATUS  FDR  INJECTION  MOLDING 

Bruno  LaimiM,  1010  BodIc  Domilie, 

St.  Hyadathc,  QMbec,  Canada 

FUed  Sept  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,724 

Int  CL  B29f  1/00 

U.S.  CL  425—249  7  Claims 


3fM9,Ci3 
DEVICE  FOR  PRODUCING  HOLLOW  ARTTCLKS 

WHnelm  Keller,  "    ~  —  " 

Kall«M>iraU  ai 
aarigMWB  to  said 
IcnowsU 

m  t       .1^^^^'  ^»  l*^*  Scr.  No.  33,391 
Claims  priority,  application  Gcnnany,  Apr.  30,  1969, 
P  19  22  090.7 

.T .  ^   ...  t^Cl  B29d  23/03 

UA  CL  425-326  4  cudms 


my^^/A\ 


An  injection  molding  machine  incorporating  at  least 
two  pairs  of  mating  molding  dies  sandwiched  between  a 
pair  of  press  platens,  the  extruder  being  provided  with  a 
reciprocal  manifold  having  nozzles  to  cooperate  with  each 
of  the  pairs  of  molds,  the  manifold  being  movable  to  an 
advanced  position  for  injection  and  to  a  retracted  position 

to  permit  opening  of  the  mold  pairs. 


3  669  602 
APPARATUS  FOR  FILLING  CONTAINERS  OF 

ihermoplastic  synthetic  material 

Gerhard  Hansen,  47  Hofencr  Steaase,  D7013  Ocffingen 

Krds  WalbUngen,  Germany 

FUed  May  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,549 

Claims  priority,  appUcafion  Germany,  May  13, 1969, 

P  19  24  338.0 

Int  CL  B29c  5/06;  B65b  5/02 

UA  CL  425—317  g  Clafans 


A  device  for  producing  hollow  articles  such  as  bottles, 
cans  and  the  Uke  made  of  thermoi^astic  material  by  the 
blowing  process  is  provided  with  a  mold  wluch  is  moved 
from  the  spny  nozzle  at  a  receivmg  station  to  an  arti- 
cle discharge  station.  The  mold  is  connected  at  two  spKxd 
pomts  with  levers  the  far  ends  of  which  are  operatively 
connected  with  cam  grooves  or  with  cam  tracks  on  the 
machine  frame  so  that  the  mold  is  initially  moved  sub- 
stantially vertically  away  from  the  spray  nozzk  and  then 
laterally  or  inclined  toward  one  side  toward  the  article 
discharge  station. 

3,669,604 

APPARATUS  FOR  PROCESSING  FLOWABLE 

PARTICULATE  SOLID  MATERIAL 

Franz  P.  Nebel,  MnUbei|  11, 

A5132  GcretdMTg,  AnaMa 

r^.  t^  IM.^  *'»  **^«»  Scr.  No.  38,688 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  23,  1969. 
P  19  26  371.9 

^^  CI  UH  3/06 
US,  CL  425—379  4 


The  invention  concerns  an  apparatus  for  the  produc- 
tion, filling  and  closing  of  a  container  made  from  thermo- 
plastic synthetic  material,  having  a  container  moulding 
device  and  having  a  filling  mandrel  adapted  to  be  raised 
and  lowered.  The  apparatus  has  a  grab  device  for  the 
reception  of  pieces,  particularly  elongate  pieces  of  filling 
material  which  is  adapted  to  pivot  above  the  container 
located  in  the  moulding  device  and  serves  to  feed  the  fill- 
ing material  into  the  ctmtainer. 


A  beatable  duct  defines  a  passage  of  annular  cross-sec- 
tion. A  rotary  piston  feeder  has  an  outlet  connected  to  said 
passage.  Said  feeder  is  operable  to  force  said  material 
through  said  passage.  Shaping  means  are  arranged  to  re- 
ceive said  material  from  said  passage  and  to  shape  said 
material. 


3,669,605 
HYDRAULIC  PRESS 
Arthur  J.  Reflly,  1232  59th  9L, 
^  -ai      ^       Downem  Gnwre,  Bl    60515 
SS^^ti^^'^SS^  ypBcalioB  Scr.  No.  842,651, 
Sf  122,194  -PPBortion  Mar.  8,  mirSer! 

flQ   n     *^,2»^^^/<>*/A21c/7/(W 

VA  CL  425 — 398  g  CUms 

A  hydraulically  operated  pie  tart  and  pastry  sheU  form- 
ing press.  The  hydrauUc  cylinder,  reservoir,  pomp  and 
hydrauLc  conduits  are  located  in  the  base  of  the 


644 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


below  the  forming  area  U>  prevent  contaminaticm  of  the  parts.  The  side  wall  of  the  liner  is  shaped  to  form  a 

paatry  by  the  hydraulic  fluid.  Fluid  flow  to  and  from  the  button-shaped  head  in  the  plastic  web  when  the  pressure 

hydraulic  cylinder  is  controlled  by  a  valve  which  is  c^r-  of  the  descending  male  die  on  the  sheet  assists  in  moving 

ated  by  a  pair  of  levers,  both  of  which  must  be  manipu-  outer  portions  of  the  side  wall  of  the  liner  inwardly  to 
lated  fn:  proper  cycling  of  the  press.  The  press  has  a  die 

support  plate  which  is  bearing  guided  on  squared  columns  .                         . 


to  insure  uniform,  accurately  formed  shells.  A  replen- 
ishing circuit  provides  high  speed  cycling  of  the  press  with 
a  low  pressure  return  stroke  for  operator  safety.  Thermo- 
statically operated,  electrical  heaters  are  provided  in  a 
fixed  die  head  to  heat  one  of  the  replaceable  dies  by 
conduction. 


form  the  reduced  neck.  The  protrusions  formed  are  par- 
ticularly useful  as  fasteners  for  egg  cartons  and  are  formed 
in  conventional  differential  pressure  thermoforming  ma- 
chines as  a  part  of  the  overall  operation  of  forming  the 
egg  carton  itself. 

'  3,669,M7  ^ 

SIMPLIFIED  DIODE  CIRCUIT  FOR  SEQUENTIALLY 

FLASHING  FHOTOFLASH  LAMPS 

Sang-Chul  Kim,  ClcTelaod  Heigkls,  Ohio,  assignor  to 

General  Qcctric  Company 

Filed  Jan.  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,653 

IbL  a.  F21k  5/02 

U.S.  a.  431—95  12  Claimt 


3  669  606 
APPARATUS  FOR  FORMING  PROTRUSIONS  WITH 
ENLARGED    HEAD    PORTIONS    IN    THERMO- 
PLASTIC SHEET  MATERIAL 
G^terd  W.  Brown,  BcaTcrton,  Mich.,  assignor  to 
Kodurfaig  Company,  Milwanltee,  Wis. 
Filed  Fab.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  800,844 
fiat  CL  B29c  17/03 
UJS.  CL  425-^398  20  Claims 

Methods  and  apparatus  for  forming  protrusions  with 
enlarged  heads  in  thermoplastic  synthetic  plastic  sheets 
wherein  a  male  part  aa  one  die  enters  a  female  part  on 
another  die  having  a  stretchable,  resilient,  bell-shaped  liner 
with  a  reciprocable  bottoming  pin  therein  which  is  pushed 
inwardly  by  the  male  die  part  to  distort  the  liner  so  that 
the  outer  portions  of  the  side  wall  of  the  liner  are  col- 
lapsed inwardly  and  form  the  reduced  neck  on  the  pro- 
trusion formed  in  the  plastic  web  by  the  male  and  female 


A  simplified  diode  type  of  circuit  for  causing  sequential 
flashing  of  photoflash  lamps  from  firing  pulses  of  electrical 
energy.  The  basic  circuit  consists  of  four  flash  lamps 
connected  in  series  in  a  closed  electrical  loop.  Diodes  are 
connected  "criss-cross"  between  diagonally  opposite  lamp 
junctions  of  the  series  loop,  and  the  circuit  is  adapted 
for  connection  to  a  source  of  firing  pulses  across  one  of 
the  flash  lamps.  Circuit  modifications  are  disclosed  for 
different  numbers  of  flash  lamps. 


CHEMICAL 


3,669,608 
PROCESS  FOR  COLORING  NATURAL  AND  SYN- 

THEHC  POLYAMIDE  FIBERS  IN  THE  PRESENCE 

OF  IMIDAZOLINE  COMPOUNDS 
Hans  Wegmoilcr,  Riclien,  Alois  KIccmann,  Basel,  and 

Rudolf  Keller,  Richoi,  Switzerland,  assignors  to  Ciba- 

Gdgy  AG,  BmkI,  Switzcriand 

NoDrawfaig.  FBed  Sept  15, 1969,  Ser.  No.  858,111 
Cbdas  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Sept  19,  1968, 

14,063/68 

list  CL  D06p  3/14 

VS,  CL  8—54  18  Clafans 

Process  for  the  dyeing  and  printing  of  natural  and  syn- 
thetic polyamide  ^res  with  a  dye  liquor  which  liquor 
contains  an  anionic  reactive  dye,  a  compound  of  the 
fwrnula 


wherein 

R  represents  an  aliphatic  hydrocarbon  radical  having  1 
to  23  carbon  atoms  in  the  main  chain,        ~^-. 

Ri  represents  hydrogen,  an  unsubstituted  or  substitute< 
lower  alkyl  group,  or  an  unsubstituted  or  substitute< 
phenyl  group, 

Y  represents,  together  with  the 


N- 


— C 


\. 


[ 


N 


^ 


V 
i,  J 


--H    X® 


N- 

I 


group,  the  radical  of  a  partially  saturated  diazole  cf 

diazine  ring,  and 
X  represents  die  anion  of  an  inorganic  or  organic  add, 

and  opticHially  a  non-ionogenic  and/or  anion-active 

tenside,  as  weU  as  further  auxiliary  agents;  | 

premixed  dye  assistant  composition  suitaMe  therefore  and 

dye  liquor  containing  the  aforesaid  compound. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


646 


3,669,609 
N.METHYLOLACRYLAMIDE  TEXTILE  FINISH 
CONTAINING  CITRIC  AOD  OR  DiCYANDI. 
AMIDE 
RolMrt  George  Weyker,  North  Plainicld,  WUiiam  Fred< 
cricic  Baitinger,  Jr.,  HflldMrongh  Townsiiip,  Somerset 
County,  and  John  Gregory  de  Marco,  Somerville,  NJ., 
assignon  to  American  Cyanamid  Company,  Stamford, 
Conn. 

No  Drawing.  FUcd  Dec.  31,  1970,  Scr.  No.  103,346 
Int.  Ci.  D06in  15/54 
US.  CL  8—116.3  3  Claims 

This  invention  relates  to  textile  finishes  emfrioying  N- 
methylolacrylamide.  More  particularly,  it  relates  to  (1) 
aqueous  solutions  of  N-methylolacrylamide  containing 
citric  acid  or  dicyandiamide  (2)  the  method  of  treating 
cellulose-containing  textile  materials  with  the  solutions 
and  (3)  the  textile  materials  thus  treated. 


3,669^10 
FLAME-RESISTANT  WOOL 
Mendel  Friedman,  Lafayette,  CaUf .,  assignor  to  die  United 
States  ol  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of 
Agricnltnrc 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Feb.  12,  1970,  Ser.  No.  11,015 
Int  CL  D06m  3/02, 13/00 
US.  a.  8—128  2  Claims 

The  flame  resistance  of  wool  fibers  and  blends  of  wool 
fibers  is  enhanced  through  reaction  with  bis-(^-chloro- 
ethyl)  vinyl  |Aosphonate  in  the  presence  of  a  free  radical 
generating  catalyst.  The  wool  fibers  may  be  modified 
by  a  reducing  agent  prior  to  contact  with  the  phosphonate. 


3,669,611 
PRODUCTION    OF    ORNAMENTAL    MULTITONE 

EFFECT  ON  POLYAMIDE  TEXTILE  MATERIALS 

Shiro  Sldmanchi,  Saboro  Yoshida,  and  Ko|i  Mnro,  Osaka- 

fn,  Japan,  assignors  to  Tcljfai  Limited,  Osaka,  Japan 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Oct  3,  1966,  Ser.  No.  583,922 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct  11,  1965, 

40/62,278;  May  16,  1966,  41/31,311;  Ang.  22, 

1966,41/55,175 

Int  a.  D06p  1/40,  3/24,  5/00 
VS.  a.  8—14  g  Claims 

A  method  for  producing  an  ornamental  multitone  effect 
on  a  polyamide  textile  material  which  comprises  padding 
the  surface  of  said  polyamide  textile  materially  locally 
with  a  dye  rate  controlling  agent,  fixing  said  dye  rate  con- 
trolling agent  on  said  polyamide  fiber,  washing  the 
so-treated  polyamide  fiber  so  as  to  form  areas  having 
differing  rates  of  dyeing  and  thereafter  dip  dyeing  said 
material  with  anionic  dyestuff. 


3  669  612 
USE  OF  CYCLIC  AMIDINE  POLYMERS  AS 
CORROSION  INHIBITORS 
Robert  R.  Annand,  St.  Louis,  and  Derek  Redmorc,  Ball- 
wfai,  Mo.,  and  Brian  M.  Rnditon,  ^miiamsHUe,  N.Y., 
assignors  to  Petrolite  Corporation,  Wilmington,  Del. 
No  Drawing.  Original  application  Oct  22,  1965,  Ser.  No. 
^  502,636,  now  Patent  No.  3,531,496,  dated  Sept  29, 
1970.  Divided  and  tliis  appUcation  May  15,  1970,  Ser. 
No.  37,857 

Int  a.  C23f  11/00,11/08 
VS.  a.  21—2.5  10  aaims 

The  use  of  cyclic  amidine  polymers  as  corrosion  inhib- 
itors. These  polymers  are  formed  (1)  by  reacting  cyano- 
hydrins  with  (2)  cyclic  amidine-forming  polyamines  to 
form  polyaminonitriles;  and  by  further  reacting  these  poly- 
aminonitriles  intermolecularly  or  with  a  polyamine  under 
cyclic  amidine-forming  conditions  to  form  the  polymers. 


„  3,669,613 

^S?9£  '^^  INmBITING  SULFIDE  CRACKING 

Of  ^WffiTALS    Wrra   A    HYDROGEN   SULFHK. 

ALDEHYDE  REACTION  PRODUCT 
John  A.  Kmx,  BUI  R.  KecMy,  and  Rctinald  M.  Lasatcr, 

Duncan,  Okla.,  assignors  to  HaUAwton  Company, 

Duncan,  Okla.  ^-^—r-iv, 

No  Drawing.  Continnation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 
615,323,  Feb.  13, 1967.  TUs  appUcation  Apr.  27, 1970, 
Scr.  No.  32,356 

.T«   ^.   «  hKLCLC23t  11/16.  11/04 

VS.  a.  21-2.7  14  oaims 

Inhibitipn  of  hydrogen  sulfide  cracking  in  ferrous 
metals  is  gained  through  the  use  of  the  reaction  product 
of  an  aldehyde  and  hydrogen  sulfide  prepared  in  the 
presence  of  an  acid  wherein  the  reaction  product  may 
be  formed  in  situ,  added  to  a  hydrogen  sulfide  contain- 
ing environment  or  coated  on  a  ferrous  metal  before  it  is 
exposed  to  such  an  environment. 


,„_,  3,669,614 

o<  u^T^SP  ^*  DISINTERRING  A  CASKET 
""SlSc  '•  ?"?»  "***  W.  74tii  St,  La  Grange,  DL 

S?SvJSj^""a5ti**^  "^  ""^"^"^  '--• 

FHed  Sept  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,492 


Method  for  disinterring  a  casket  while  minimizing  the 
presence  of  germs  and/or  undesirable  odon.  In  carrying 
out  the  method,  a  hole  is  drilled  through  the  vault  and  into 
the  casket,  and  a  probe  is  inserted  into  the  casket  through 
the  hole.  A  liquid  in  the  form  of  a  finely  divided  mist,  and 
a  gas  are  simultaneously  sprayed  into  the  casket,  and  the 
casket  is  then  removed  from  the  vault. 

The  apparatus  of  the  invention  comprises  a  probe  hav- 
ing a  gas  pipe  and  a  liquid  delivery  pipe  within  the  gas 
pipe.  The  gas  pipe  has  an  opening  in  the  side  adjacent  to 
one  end,  and  the  liquid  delivery  pipe  has  a  no2zle  for  spray- 
ing a  mist  of  liquid  through  the  opening.  Means  are  also 
provided  for  delivering  a  liquid  to  the  nozzle  and  a  gas  to 
the  opening. 


3,669,615 
CORROSION  INHIBmNG  METHOD 

WUHaA  Brace  M«twr,  929  Tcmine  Ave., 


_^     /Long  Beach,  CaBf.    90804 
awing.  C( — " — "—  •-       -    -       - 


Ser.  No. 
Sept  28, 1970, 


No  I>Mwiiig.jbontinnation.|n^»ait  of  ai 
829,842,  ^y  5,  1969.  vST^  "  ' 
Ser.  No.  76,221 

.T«  ^  •    ^  Int  a.  C23f  7//0 

VS.  CL  21—2.7  10  -_ 

A  liquid  corrosion  inhibitor  and  method  designed  for 

use  by  water  treatment  plants  for  the  control  of  corrosion 


646 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


of  municipal  industrial,  commercial  and  domestic  metal  ing  materials,  preferably  steel  miU  waste  products,  such 

Dioins  systems,  wherein,  as  the  inhibitor  is  economicaUy  as  flue  dust,  precipitator  dust,  blast  furnace  gas  scrubber 

a^ed  to  the  flowing  water  supply  in  minute  dosages,  it  sludge,  mill  scale,  dust  from  basic  oxygen  steel  produc- 

oassivates  the  surface  of  the  metal  piping  as  it  deposits  tion  and  the  Uke,  and  calcium  oxide  bearing  materials, 

sTadf-controUed  film  of  insoluble  zinc  phosphate.  One  of  such  as  limestone  and/or  dolomite,  plus  a  soUd  carbo- 

the  orefcrred  inhibitors  includes  zinc,  sulfamate,  and  naceous  fuel,  such  as  coke  or  coke  breeze,  as  required  and 


preferred 

orthophosphatc  ions.  To  be  effective,  the  pH  must  be 
controlled  to  within  the  range  of  5-9. 


CORROSION  INHmniNG  COMPOSITIONS 
ANDMEIHOD 
WiHiam  Brace  Mmay,  Liag  Beach,  Califs  and  Mcari 
A.  Kbe,  PortawMfh,  and  Thomas  Edward  Kelly, 
Chaapeake,  Va^  awiinnii  to  Virgfaiia  Chemicals  Inc., 
Portsmondi,  Va. 
No  Drawing.  CoirtiBDatloB-taHpart  of  application  Ser.  No. 
76,221,  Sept  28,  1970.  TWa  appUcadon  Sept  28,  1971, 
Ser.  No.  184,620 

Int  a.  C23f  11/00 
UA  CL  21—2.7  15  Claims 

Compositions  and  method  for  inhibiting  corrosion  of 
ferrous  and  non-ferrous  water  pipes  by  inclusion  of  a  zinc 


in  proportions  to  produce  a  dicakium  ferrite  sinter  on 
igniting  and  sintering,  and  adding  to  said  raw  materials 
admixture  sintered  fines  from  a  previous  sintering  opera- 
tion to  the  extent  of  about  30-30%  and  preferably  about 
30-40%  by  weight  of  said  raw  materials  admixture  and 
for  purposes  oi  controlling  the  process,  improving  strength, 
storageability  and  sintering  properties,  and  igniting  the 
resultant  admixture  and  sintering  into  a  uniformity  well 
burned  sinter. 


3,669,619 
PRODUCTION  OF  DIAMMONIUM  HYDROGEN 
HEXAFLUOROALUMINATE  AND  ALUMINUM 
FLUORIDE 
Norman  W.  Meyors,  EtoMcokc,  Ontario,  Canada,  assignor 
to    Electric   Rednction   Company   of   Canada,   Ltd., 


Idlngton^  Ontario,  Canada 

.  -  .         NoDnwfaig.  FOcd  Jan.  29,  1970,  Ser.  No.  6,967 

compound  and  a  phosphate  compound  in  the  water  such    claims  priority,  applicatioo  Great  Britain,  Jan.  30,  1969, 

..-,-,-_.- -1.  5436/69  ^ 

Int  CL  coif  7/02 


that  the  weight  ratio  of  zinc  ion  to  ^osirfiate  ion  is  sub- 
stantially 1  to  1.  Zinc  ion  concentration  is  in  the  range  of 
less  than  one  to  about  five  parts  per  million. 


3  669  617 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  DIRECTIVE  REMOVAL 
OF  90s  FROM  WASTE  GAS 
Norbcrt  LowicU,  Dnisimrg-Hamborn,  and  Hans  Teggcrs, 
Wetneling,  Germany,  aaignon  to  GriUo-Werke  Aktien- 
gescliacliaft,  DoiriNirg-HamiMra,  Germany 
No  Drawing.  FOcd  Dec  17,  1969,  Ser.  No.  886,000 
Claims  priority,  i^pikation  Germany,  Dec.  13,  1969, 
P  19  62  587.7 
Int  a.  BOld  53/16.  53/34 
UA  CL  23 — 2  S  21  Claims 

Process  of  treating  waste  gas  which  contains  SO3  and 
is  at  a  relatively  high  temperature,  above  its  dew  point, 
which  comprises: 

(a)  c(Hitacting  the  gas  at  said  elevated  temperature 
with  an  absorbent  comprising  (1)  an  amphoteric 
component  and  (2)  a  basic  component,  wherein  the 
amphoteric  component  (1)  is  at  least  one  member 
of  the  group  oxides,  hydrated  oxides  and  hydroxides 
of  aluminum,  zinc,  iron  and  manganese,  and  basic 
component  (2)  is  at  least  one  member  of  the  group 
oxides  and  hydroxides  of  alkali  metals  and  alkaline 
earth  metals,  for  abs(Mption  erf  SO3  from  the  gas  and 
thereby  lowering  the  dew  point  of  the  gas  to  a  lower 
dew  pcMnt; 

(b)  utilizing  at  least  part  of  the  gas  as  a  heating 
medium  in  a  heat  exchange  whereby  the  gas  is  cooled 
to  a  relatively  low  temperature  but  above  said  Iown- 
dew  point. 


3  669  618 

METHOD  OP  PRODUCING  DICALCIUM 

FKOUTE  SINTER 

FVed  Capvd,  Nca  fanrimci,  Germany,  aarisior  to 

Repnbllc  Sleel  Corpontioa,  CkTciand,  OUo 

FDed  Mar.  3, 1969,  S«r.  No.  803,926 

Int  CL  COlg  49/00 

VJk  CL  23--51  R  13  Claims 

Method  of  producing  dicalcium  ferrite  sinter 


\J3.  a.  23—52  11  Claimal 

Diammonium  hydrogen  hexafluoroaluminate  is  formed 
by  reacting  an  aluminimi-containing  material  with  fluo- 
silicic  acid  at  a  pH  sufficient  to  inhibit  precipitation  of 
aluminum  fluoride  trihydrate.  The  F:A1  atomic  ratio  of 
the  resulting  solution  is  increased  to  at  least  5:1  and  the 
solution  is  reacted  with  ammonia  at  a  pH  below  about  S 


3,669,620 
MANUFACTURE  OF  ARAGONTTE 
Michael  Camm  Bennett  and  Sidney  David  Gardiner, 
London,  Fjigland,  aasifnors  to  Taie  ft  Lyle  Limited^ 
London,  En^Umd 

FVcd  Sept  8, 1969,  Ser.  No.  855,902 

Int  CL  COlf  11/18 

VJS,  CL  23—66  7  Claims 


IMP    IVe-fcM 


-Mate 


(2CaOFeiOi) 


Calcium  carbonate  in  needle  crystal  form  is  made  by 
disserving  lime  in  aqueous  sucrose  solution  and  treating 
the  solution  with  carbon  dioxide,  the  sucrose  being  free 
from  crystal  poisons.  If  the  sucrose  is  to  be  re-used  it 


of  improved  properties  which  comprises:  preparing  an  must  be  treated  e.g.  by  anion  exchange  resin  to  remove 
admixture  of  raw  materials  containing  iron  oxide  bear-  crystal  poisons. 


\ 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


647 


3,669,621 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  A  SUBSTANTIALLY 
PHOSPHATE  ION.FREE  AMMONIUM  FLUORIDE 
SOLUTION 

Manfred   Scimlzc,    0|rfaden,    and   Werner   Schabacher, 
Leverkusen,  Germany,  aarignors  to  Farbenfabriken 
Bayer  Alctiengesellscluift,  Leverimsen,  Germany 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Jnly  1,  1970,  Ser.  No.  51,703 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Ang.  23,  1969, 
P  19  42  925.5 
Int  a.  COlc  1/16. 11/24.  33/00 
\3S,  CI.  23—88  4  Claims 

Hexafluorosilicic  acid  solutions  are  freed  of  phosphate 
ions  by  addition  of  ferric  ion  and  introduction  of  ammo- 
nia gas  to  precipitate  ferric  phosphate.  Substantially 
phosphate  ion-free  ammonium  fluoride  solutions  are 
obtained  from  the  hexafluorosilicic  acid  solutions. 


3,669,622 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF 
CONDENSED  PHOSPHATES 
Dictmar  Zobel,  Wittenberg,  Germany,  assignor  to  VEB 
Stickstoffwerit  Picsteritz,  Wittenberg  Lnthentadt,  Ger- 
many 

^       No  Drawing.  FUed  Nov.  3,  1969,  Ser.  No.  873,649 
Int.  CL  COlb  25/30.  25/38 
UACL23— 107  ^    8  Claims 

Condensed  phosphates  are  prepared  by  heating  in  the 
presence  of  air,  at  a  temperature  of  BSO'-SOO"  C,  a 
mash  of  (Mthophosphates  containing  up  to  40%  nwrfe  of 
phosphite,  keeping  the  gram  atom  Na:P  ratio  between 
3:2  and  2:1  and  adding  up  to  1%  mole  of  concentrated 
nitric  acid  or  a  nitrate  salt  The  product  is  of  improved 
colw.  The  process  is  preferably  conducted  by  recycling 
the  products. 


3,669,623 
METHOD  FOR  THE  REGENERATION  OF  HYDRO- 
^igf«IC  ACID  FROM  SPENT  PICKLE  LIQUOR 
AND  LIKE  SOLUTIONS  "V^w« 

Robert  J.  AlUson,  CoraopoUs,  Paul  E.  Hatfield,  Beaver, 
and  Robert  Fhuierman,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  assignors  to 
Dravo  Coiporation,  pltobnrgk.  Pa.  "«««»"  » 

^^Iffii'Sf^'iSr'jJj  *!•  ^^  Ser.  No.  566,310.  now 

and  tUs  appOcation  Aug.  25,  1969,  Ser.  No.  870,697 

TTfl  ^  -,  Int  CL  COlb  7/(W 

UA  CL  23-154  ^  q,,^ 


verter  where  the  liquor  is  contacted  by  hot  combustion 
gases  and  water  vapor,  hydrogen  chloride  and  a  metallic 
oxide  are  produced.  The  liquor  is  diaperaed  in  a  dosed 
environment  and  contacted  therein  with  hot  combustion 
gases  and  vapors  from  the  oonvertn'  at  a  temperature 
where  the  water  vaporizes  to  concentrate  and  preheat  the 
liquor  which  is  then  collected  in  the  environment  followed 
by  transfer  of  concentrated  preheated  Uqoor  to  tbt  con- 
verter while  gases  and  vapors  are  withdrawn  from  the 
closed  environment  into  an  absorption  column  and  ooq- 
tactcd  with  a  countercurrent  stream  of  liquid  absorbent 


3,669,624 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  HIGH  AVERAGE 
PORE  VOLUME  SOACK 
John  L.  Warthen,  Baltfanora,  and  Tbomas  H.  Cheavew. 
Y^aTn^  Md.,  asaignors  to  W.  R.  Grace  ft  Co.,  New 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Jnly  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  53,645 

•  TO  ^  .  Int  CL  COlb ii/00 

UA  CL  23—182  R  10  Claims 

The  present  process  produces  a  high  pore  volume  silica 
of  about  2  to  2.65  cc./g.  where  substantially  all  of  the 
pore  diameter  is  narrowly  distributed  between  about  100 
A.  to  500  A.  pore  diameter.  By  the  present  process,  silica 
IS  slurried  in  a  weak  hydrofluoric  acid  solution  followed 
by  filtration.  The  wet  silica  is  washed  thoroughly  with 
alcohol  to  remove  all  water  and  acid,  and  dried.  The 
sUica  then  is  given  a  mild  thermal  treatment.  The  «id 
product  silica  has  about  a  50  percent  greater  pore  vol- 
ume than  an  unprocessed  silica. 


3,669,625 

PRODUCTION  OF  BARIUM  HYDROXIDE 

Hans^oachlm  RohAnra,  LothrlngciriiMae  16. 

Hombcrg  (Lower  RUne),  Germany 

^  6S'!!7^?L!?*11*''SS?'!^S?^  "*  application  Ser.  No. 
674,671,  Oct  11, 1967.  TUs  anpiicadoa  Dec  31   1970 
Ser.  No.  103,313  ivuauion  uec  ji,  ir/n. 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Oct  13,  1966, 

S  106,476 

UACtw-m--'^  «"'"'"'  4  CI— 

Production  of  barium  hydroxide  by  oxidation  of  bar- 
ium sulfide  containing  solutions  with  molecular  oxygen 
contaming  gases  in  the  presence  of  an  alkali  metal  hv- 
uroxide. 


A  method  for  regenerating  hydrochloric  acid  from 
^nt  pickle  liquors  by  charging  the  liquor  into  a  con- 


3,669,626 

INTERACTION  CORRECnON  IN  CONTINUOUS 

FLOW  ANALYSIS 

*fti?v7*^  Woodtand  Hms^  nd  JnBns  Mcva.  Jr 

Santa  Monica,  CaUt,  mrifMn  to  WLoSS^^TLmZ 

toriea.  Van  NnyTolBfr'^  ^  ^^*****  ***'^ 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Nov.  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  86,971 

UA  CL  23-2^"^  ^^  '''''  '''"^  ,  o^ 

A  method  for  correcting  for  interaction  between  suc- 
cessive flmd  samples  in  continuous  flow  analysis  comnrises 
analyzing  a  series  of  fluid  standards,  two  of  wSXare 
Identical.  TTic  standards  are  analyzed  in  any  oSerlS 
which  one  of  the  identical  standard,  is  pi«id^^ 
standard  of  higher  concentrational  value  aST  ^r 
IS  preceded  by  a  standard  of  lower  concentratioolf  ^ 

^Tcfis  "^  ^.^  ^"**«  ^^  »  reiteraliCreS: 
^Z  P;S=«»"^«  provides  an  accurate  estimate  of  S«l 
non  and  a  cah-brauon  curve  corrected  for  intenSoi 

r^"d  ?o°  ^te^til^^^  ^^  ^^  ^^- 


\ 


648 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3  669  627 

MWTHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  DETERMINING 

^OT    COI^)MTION    OF    A    HYDROCARBON- 

CONTAINING  FUEL  MIXTURE 

Walter  D.  Mills,  Mold,  Wales,  asslgiior  to  SheU  Oil 

CoauMoy,  New  Yori^  N.Y. 

FDed  Mar.  5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  16,786 

Claims  piiorlty,  application  Great  Britain,  Mar.  10,  1969, 

Int  a.*G«lB  31/12  ^  ^ 

UA  CI.  23—230  PC  9  Claims 


June  13,  1972 


3  669  629 

APPARATUS  FOR  DETERMINING  FAT 

CONCENTRATION  IN  MATERIALS 

Nikolai  Parfentievicli  Paramonov,  Ulitsa  Mampes  2, 

kv.  3,  Jurmala,  U.S.S.R. 

FUed  Apr.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32,035 

Int.  a.  GOln  33/26 

U.S.  a.  2>— 259  3  Claims 


Apparatus  and  method  for  determining  the  composi- 
tion of  a  hydrocarbon-containing  fuel  mixture  by  oxidiz- 
ing a  sample  of  the  mixture  to  completion  and  determm- 
ing  the  dielectric  constant  of  the  fully  oxidized  material. 


3  669  628 
BURNER  AND  FEEDSTOCK  INJECTIONASSEM- 

ELY  FOR  CARBON  BLACK  REACTOR 
Bortoii  F.  Latham,  Jr.,  HoDSton,  and  William  B.  Croll, 
Dnmas,  Tex.,  asstgnors  to  Continental  Carbon  Com- 
pany, HoDston,  Tex. 

Filed  July  31,  1970,  Ser.  No.  59,961 

lnt.a.COlbJi/00 
UA  CI.  23—259.5  1®  Claims 


The  present  invention  relates  to  apparatuses  for  deter 
mining  fat  concentration  in  materials. 

The  apparatus  comprises  an  extractor  which  is  fittec 
with  a  vibrator  to  impart  vibrations  to  solvent  and  mate 
rial  under  test  contained  therein  and  is  connected  to  sol 
vent-measuring  and  solution-measuring  hoppers  at  it! 
inlet  and  outlet,  respectively,  through  controlled  valves 
and  an  evaporator  with  a  built-in  condenser  to  separate  fa 
from  solvent  and  condense  solvent  vapour. 


*  3,669,630 

APPARATUS   FOR    THERMOCATALYTIC    NEU- 
TRALIZING   OF    EXHAUST    GASES    OF    AN 
INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINE 
Sergei  Scrgeevich  Filatov,  Ulitsa  Belorechenskaya  36, 
kv.  4,  and  Mikhail  Maximovich  Konorev,  Teatralnv 
percalok  5,  kr.  2,  both  of  Sverdlovsk,  U.S.SJR. 
FUed  Feb.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  10,724 
Int  CI.  BOIJ  9/04 
VJS.  CI.  23—288  F  3  Claims 


A  burner  and  feedstock  injection  assembly  for  a  carbon 
black  reactor  having  three  amcentric  pipes: 

a  center  pipe  for  feedstock; 
a  second  pipe,  surrounding  the  center  pipe; 
a  third  pipe,  surrounding  the  second  pipe; 
and  a  phirality  (preferably  three)  of  fuel-oil  pipes  dis- 
dosed  within  the  annulus  between  the  second  and  third 

the  ends  of  each  of  these  fuel-oil  pipes  being  equipped 
with  a  spray  nozzle  inclined  at  an  angle  with  respect 
to  the  axis  of  the  center  pipe.  These  fuel-oil  pipes  are 
for  the  introduction  of  combustion  fuel  into  the  reactor, 
preferably,  the  assembly  also  includes  a  substantially 
cone-shaped  flameholder  device  mounted  concentrically 
about  the  third  pipe  at  the  end  thereof,  such  cone  flaring 
outwardly  toward  the  interior  of  the  reactor,  such  cone 
being  comprised  of  a  plurality  of  vanes  or  louvers  each 
of  which  is  twisted  at  the  outer  ends  thereof. 


Apparatus  for  thermocatalytic  neutralizing  of  the  ex- 
haust gases  of  an  internal  combustion  engine  comprises  a 
separation  chamber  of  a  cyclone  type,  communicating  at 
the  upper  portion  thereof  with  the  exhaust  manifold  of 
the  associated  internal  combustion  engine  and  also  com- 
municating at  the  lower  portion  thereof  with  the  lower 
portion  of  a  chamber  receiving  thereinside  a  supply  of  a 
catalyst,  the  last-mentioned  chamber  also  communicating 
with  ambient  atmosphere.  The  communicatiwi  between 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


649 


the  separation  chamber  and  the  catalyst  chamber  includes 
a  heat  exchanger  associated  with  a  burner  device  for  heat- 
ing the  exhaust  gases  by  means  of  indirect  heat  exchange 
through  tubular  conveyers  of  the  heat  exchanger.  The 
combustion  products  of  the  burner  device  are  neutralized 
in  an  auxiliary  catalyst  chamber.  There  is  no  fluid  com- 
munication between  the  burner  device  and  the  exhaust 
manifold  of  the  engine,  which  makes  it  possible  to  reduce 
counter  pressure  in  the  exhaust  manifold  of  the  engine 
and  improve  the  stability  of  the  burner  device  operation. 


3,669,631 
REMOVAL  OF  MATERIALS  FROM  ION 
EXCHANGE  RESINS 
Lee  A.  Dietrich,  BcUbrook,  Joiin  C.  Dikeman,  West  Car- 
rollton,  and  Kenneth  R.  Johnson,  West  MUton,  Ohio; 
said  Dietrich  and  Dikeman  assignors  to  the  United 
States  Atomic  Energy  Commission 

FUed  Jan.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1,483 

(FUed  under  Role  47(a)  and  35  U.S.C.  116) 

Int.  a.  BOH  J/00;  BOIJ  9/04 

VS.  CL  23—342  4  CUdms 


«CID- 

C*TM.TtT  - 

MjOt- 


Mmmc   I 


nuinm*    — J 


[ntTKATC 


NCCOVCttT 
PKOCCSt 


MOCCM 

PNOOUCTt 


A  process  for  removal  of  materials  from  spent  ion 
exchange  resin  wherein  the  spent  resin  is  mixed  with  an 
acidic  solution  including  a  catalyst  and  hydrogen  per- 
oxide, and  the  mixture  is  heated  to  a  temperature  at  which 
the  exothermic  reaction  of  the  mixture  is  initiated  and 
maintained  at  that  temperature  until  the  reaction  is  com- 
pleted. The  resulting  solution  may  be  filtered  and  the 
filtrate  further  processed  to  recover  the  desired  materials. 


3,669,632 
METHOD  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF 
SPHERICAL  PARTICLES 
Johannes  B.  W.  Kanlj,  Zevenaar,  and  Arend  J.  Noothout, 
Oosterbeek,  Netherlands,  asrignors  to  Reactor  Centrum 
Nederiand,  The  Hague,  Nediolands 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Sept  27,  1968,  Ser.  No.  763,390 
Int  CL  coif  75/00 
UAC1.2J-345  lOCIahns 

A  method  is  disclosed  of  preparing  spherical  particles 
of  actinide  hydroxide  gel,  which  particles  can  be  con- 
verted by  thermal  treatment  into  spherical  oxide,  and  if 
carbon  has  been  incorporated  into  the  gel,  carbide  par- 
ticles. 

Spherical  actinide  oxide  and  carbide  particles  are 
needed  in  nuclear  technics. 

An  actinide  hydroxide  sol  is  mixed  with  a  solution  of 
one  or  more  ammonium  donors  and  subsequently  gelled 
by  dispersion  into  a  hot  liquid  nonmiscible  with  water. 


3,649,633 
CONTINUOUS  PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION 
gF_    "SMPHONITRILIC     CHLORIDE     CYCUC 

m\3Li  Y  IV11£RS 
Sidney  Beinfest,  Berkeley  Heights,  Zenon  Jacura,  North 
Piainfieid,  and  PhUIlp  Adams,  Murray  HUl,  N  J.,  as. 
id^ors  to  MUbnaster  Onyx  Corporation,  New  York, 

FUed  Ang.  19, 197«,  Ser.  No.  65,074 
,r^  ^   ^         Int  Ci.  COlb 27/00,  25/00 
US.  CI.  23—357  7  CBdnis 

In  the  production  of  phosphonitrilic  chloride  cyclic 
polymers  by  the  reaction  of  ammonium  chloride  with 
PCI5,  substantial  improvements  are  obtained  by  injec- 
tion of  PCls  and  CI3  into  the  reaction  zone  to  form  the 
PCI5;  treating  phosphonitrilic  chloride  polymers  con- 
tained in  an  inert  organic  solvent  with  water  to  segregate 
a  major  portion  of  the  linear  polymers  to  an  aqueous 
phase  and  a  major  portion  of  the  cyclic  polymers  to  an 
organic  solvent  phase;  and  incorporating  these  improve- 
ments further  into  a  continuous  method. 


3,669,634 
METAL  COMPOSITES 
John  E.  Peters,  Chagrin  FaUs,  OUo,  and  FVed  J.  RoO> 
finke,  BronxYiUe,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Chase  Brass  and 
Copper  Company  Incorporated,  Clevehmd,  Ohio 
FUed  June  18, 1968,  Ser.  No.  737,984     ^ 
*"*•  CL  B22f  J//6 
U.S.  CI.  29-182.1  7  CUdms 

Powder  metal  composites  and  mill  products  formed 
thereof  are  disclosed  in  which  two  metal  components  are 
admixed  in  powder  form  and  compacted  under  conditions 
which  maintain  the  component  metals  in  substantially  un- 
alloyed condition.  Rhenium  and  rhenium-refractory  metal 
mixtures  cwnprise  a  first  component,  while  metals  such  as 
gold,  silver  and  copper  having  high  electrical  and  thermal 
conductivity  comprise  the  other  component. 


3,669,635 
TANTALUM  ANODES  AND  METHOD 
„„,      .  OF  PRODUCING 

WUey  M.  Baldwin,  Winston-Salem,  and  Raymond  Mon- 
roe,  Jr.,  Ciemmons,  N.C.,  aasignon  to  Western  Electric 
Company,  Incorporated,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  June  11, 1969,  Ser.  No.  837,992 

J^ClEllf  3/00 

VS.  CI.  29—182  5  cW^ 

A  tantalum  anode  having  a  high  CV  per  unit  weight 
IS  produced  by  blending  tanulum  powder  and  a  mixture 
of  tantalum  oxide  and  carbon.  The  mixture  is  heated  in  a 
vacuum  to  produce  tantalum  anodes. 


3,669,636 
CARBURETOR  FUEL-AIR  PROPORTIONING 
ir  uu    «    ^  MECHANISM 

Iowa    52641,  and  Owen  L.  Gairelson,  P.O.  Box  lo£ 
FamUngton,  N.  Mex.     87401  ^ 

Filed  Oct  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  867,457 

UACI.  48— 180P  13Ctainis 

A  gaseous  fuel-air  proportioning  mechanism  for 
carburetors  comprising  a  pair  of  valves  spaced  down- 
stream and  upstream  of  a  fuel  delivering  point  in  the 
bore  of  a  carburetor  with  one  being  the  throtUe  vaWe 
and  located  in  proximity  to  the  manifold  of  the  enaiiie 
and  the  other  being  an  air  metering  valve  of  lesser  diam- 
fi"i  r,*^  carburetor  bore  and  located  upstream  of 
the  throttle  valve  and  upstream  of  the  fuelinlct,  so  that 
tiiere  is  a  relatively  constant  pressure  drop  across  the 
air  metering  valve  and  the  fuel  metering  point  The 
rnechanism  includes  a  fuel  metering  system  having  a 
fuel  valve  with  a  cam  shaped  edge  operated  sequentiluj 
with  the  air  metermg  valve  to  regulate  the  quanti^Mrf 


660 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


fuel  inducted  into  the  carburetor  bore  with  the  fuel  rality  of  energy<onducting  filamente  or  multifUamente 
!^tL^  J^«m  h«in^  Soniinated  with  the  throtUe  with  a  heat-sublimabk  or  heat-volatile  binder  material  in 
metering  system  bemg  co-ordinatea  wim  uic  ^  ^^^^^  arrangement,  heating  the  resulting  bundle  of 

energy-conducting  filaments  or  multifilaments  cemented 


valve  and  air  metering  valve  so  that  they  are  operated 
sequentially.  ^^^^^^^_^ 

3  M9  637 
ODORANT  REPLACEMENT  IN  GAS  STMARK 
DouU  L.  Klan,  Bairingtoo,  and  Carl  D.  Landahl,  Chl- 
cato,  IIL,  ttrignors  to  Institotc  of  Gas  Tectanolosy, 

^^"**^ra^  May  8, 197«,  Ser.  No.  35,906 
int.  CI.  COIJ  i/2S 
UA  a.  48—195  1*  Claims 


Odor  fading  of  odorants  in  gas  streams  is  counteracted 
by  adding  odorants  from  an  enclosed  container  through 
a  permeable  membrane  over  selected  time  periods.  The 
conteiner  is  preferably  seU-destructing  after  the  odorant 
is  exhausted.  ^^^^^^^^^ 

3  669  638 
METHOD  OF  FRODUCWG  BONMD  RAND^ 
ORIENTED  GLASS  FIBER  MATS  AND  BATIS 
Robert  Wong,  Gnmiille,  and  Homer  G.  Hfll,  Newark, 
wSTa-SS.  to  Oweni^omliig  Ftt««gf  Corporation 
^Sted  Dec  11, 1968,  Ser.  No.  783,072 
Tiie  portkm  of  tiie  term  of  the  patent  wtaequent  to 
Octl3,1987,haal5en«sclatoed 
Filed  Dec  11, 1968,  Ser.  No.  783,072 
iBt  CL  C03c  25/02 
'  UJS.  CL  65    3  *    Claims 

The  method  of  producing  bonded  randomly  oriented 
glass  fiber  mats  and  batts  wherein  the  binder  is  apphed 
to  the  glass  fibers  of  the  mats  or  batts  in  a  gel  thickened 
state.  The  gel  thickened  binder  can  be  sprayed  mto  an 
air  stream  which  carries  the  glass  fibers  to  a  foraminous 
collection  surface.  The  globules  of  gel  are  caught  and  re- 
tained by  the  fibers  gathered  on  the  coUection  surfaces© 
that  UtUe  binder  leaves  with  the  exiting  air  stream.  Tlic 
improved  method  reduces  air  pollution,  improves  binder 
transfer  efficiencies,  and  the  strength  of  the  finished  bond- 
ed mat.  ^^^^^^^^^__ 

3  669  639 
METHOD  FOR  PRODUCnON  OF  FUSED  ENERGY- 

CONDUCTING  STRUCTURE 
Torn  Inoiw,  Nl*l«oniiya-alii,  Tetsnya  Yainada,  Taiiara. 
yyiri-^i    and  Seizo  Nognclii,  AmagasaU^U,  JaP»>, 
anigMirs  to  Nippon  Sheet  Gbun  Co^  Ltd.,  Osalu, 

'■*"    Med  Oct.  17, 1969,  S».  No.  867,260 
ClaiBM  priority,  applicirti«Hi  Japan,  Oct.  23,  1968, 
■^  43777,179 

I^  a.  C03c  23/20,  19/00 
UA  CL  65—4  ^     7  Claims 

A  method  for  the  production  of  a  fused  energy- 
conducting  structure,  which  comprises  cementing  a  plu- 


with  said  binder  material  thereby  to  cause  sublimation  or 
vaporization  of  said  binder  material,  and  heat-fusing  said 
energy-conducting  filaments  or  multifilaments  with  one 

another.  ^^^^^^^^__ 

3,669,640 
REFRACTORY  ELEMENTS  FOR  A  GLASS  FLOAT 

FURNACE  WALL 
Edsard  Brichaid,  lumet,  and  Joseph  Declaye,  Mourtier- 
sor-Sambre,  Beldam,  anignors  to  Glavcrbcl,  Water- 
macl-Boitsfort,  Belgium 

Filed  Oct  29, 1969,  Ser.  No.  872j099 

Claims  priority,  application  Luxembourg,  Oct  30,  1968, 

1  57,196 

I     Int  CL  C03b  18/00  . 

UA  CI.  65—182  R  ^19  Claim^ 


!£2ZSQ«ZZ2Z229 
22 


A  furnace  tank  for  use  in  the  production  or  treatment  o : 
glass  floating  on  a  bath  of  molten  material  has  at  leas« 
one  wall  formed  of  a  refractory  element.  The  element 
comprises  a  refractory  body  having  a  refractory  coating 
different  in  composition  from  the  body  adhering  to  at  least 
a  portion  of  that  face  which  is  directed  toward  the  interior 
of  the  tank.  The  refractory  coating  is  preferably  appUed 
to  a  face  of  the  body  in  the  flowable  state  and  sets  in  situ. 


V  3,669,641  _! 

PRODUCTION  OF  COMPLEX  NTTROMIOSPHATfi 

FERTILISERS 
Robert  Copin,  SaiDy-Ia-Bowse,  and  Robert  Sinn  and 
Charies  BooiUy,  Bulty-Ies-Mines,  France,  asri^ors  lo 
Sodete  Chtaniqncs  des  Charbonnages,  Parte,  France 

Filed  Jan.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  7M,700     \ 
Claims  priority,  application  Fkance,  Feb.  1,  196», 

138,335 

lBta.C65b///0(5 

VJ3.  CI.  71—35  ^  Claims 

Process  for  the  production  of  nitrophosphate  fertilisers 

which  comprises:  .    . 

(i)  Digesting  calcium  phosphate  with  aqueous  nitric 
acid  in  the  presence  of  recycled  nitrogen  oxide-containing 
gas. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


(ii)  Cooling  the  solution  obtained  by  digestion  to  crys- 
tallise calcium  nitrate  tetrahydrate, 

(iii)  Separating  the  crystallised  calcium  nitrate  tetra- 
hydrate, 

(iv)  Processing  the  mother  liquor  to  form  a  nitro- 
phosphate fertiliser  therefrom. 


12?S!L    -«j 


651 


(v)  Thermally  decomposing  the  separated  calcium 
nitrate  in  the  presence  of  calcium  carbonate  and  of  the 
off-gas  from  the  digestion  step  (i),  said  off-gas  containing 
carbon  dioxide  which  has  been  added  thereto,  and 

(vi)  Recycling  the  nitrogen  oxide-containing  off-gas 
from  the  decomposition  step  (v)  to  the  digestion  step  (i). 


3,669,642 
AWHLOXY  AND  ARYLMERCAPTO  -  N-METHOXY- 

ETHYLACETAMIDOMONOTHIO   AND   DITHIO. 

FHS?!!!?^™*  ^ND  PHOSPHONATES  AND  THEIR 

UTILITY  AS  HERBICIDES 
Uewellyn  W.  Fancher,  Orinda,  and  Reed  A.  Gray,  Sara- 

toga,  Calif.,  aarignors  to  StmaStr  Chemical  Company, 

New  Yoric,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Application  Oct  20, 1967,  Ser.  No.  676,698, 

now  Patent  No.  3,520,956,  which  is  a  continnation-in- 

part  of  appli<»tion  Ser.  No.  463^22,  June  11,  1965. 

Dmded  and  this  appUcation  Mar.  19,  1970,  Ser.  No. 

x4,"/7 

w.«  ^  Int  CL  AOln  9/i6 

US.  CL  71-87  6  Claims 

Compounds  corresponding  to  the  formula 

O  X    R 

ArYCHfCNHCHK^HjOCHtsl^^ 

CRJ 

in  which  X  and  Y  are,  independently,  oxygen  or  sulfur, 
Ar  is  lAenyl,  nuclear  chlorinated-i^nyl,  or  naphthyl 
groups,  the  chlorination  is  from  1  to  5  chlorine  atoms, 
inclusive,  R  is  lower  alkyl  or  lower  alkoxy  and  R»  is 
lower  alkyl.  The  naphthyl  nuclei  are  bonded  through 
either  the  a  or  /J  nuclear  carbon  atom.  The  above  com- 
pounds are  effective  herbicides,  particularly  for  the  con- 
trol of  grasses  and  broadleaf  plants  with  both  pre-emer- 
gence  and  post-emergence  activity. 


3  669,643 

METHOD  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  SMALL 

COBALT  PARTICLES 

BrteB  G.  Bagley,  Watchoog,  and  Janet  Nicholas  Caridea, 

BernardsriDe,  N  J.,  aarignois  to  BcD  Telephone  Labor*. 

toriea.  Incorporated,  Mnrray  KD,  NX 

FOed  May  5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  34,680 
Int  CL  HOlf  1/20 
UA  a.  75- J  AA  9  oahns 

Fine  particles  of  magnetic  materials  are  the  basic  op- 
erational   constituents    of   devices   nich   as   permanent 


magnets  and  magnetic  recording  tapes.  Hie  use  of  fine  co- 
balt particles  for  such  devices  has  been  limited  by  the  diffi- 
culty of  producing  such  particles  with  the  magnetically 
more  desirable  hexagonal  crystal  structure.  The  disclosure 
here  contemplates  the  production  of  fine  particles  contain- 
mg  hexagonal  metallic  cobalt  by  a  simple  and  potentially 
economic  process  involving  precipitation  from  eolation  by 
a  strong  reducing  agent  This  process  can  be  successfully 
performed  if  the  solution  contains  minor  quantitiea  of 
ions  of  Or,  Pt,  As,  Ca,  Ge  and/or  Ta  in  addition  to 
cobalt  ions. 


3,669,644 
RECLAMATION  OF  COPPER  FROM 
,    _  ^  COPPER.<XAD  STEEL 

Jack  Sato,  Dyer,  Ind.,  aasigMr  to  SCM  CorporatioQ. 
Ckretend,  Ohio  t-»~~-f 

Filed  Feb.  3, 1971,  Ser.  No.  112,208 


4^ 

copemcM 
ences 


eote 


Jl. 


One 


Ui- 


tCALt 


.^L. 


I  J 
t»auuu»t 

arywv»A/T 


MarMmu. 
ar  'eaoucr 


\^» 


taucro>i 


9 


T 


Cuprous  powder  of  desirable  quaUty  is  produced  by 
roasUng  pieces  of  copper-clad  ferrous  metal  such  as  steel 
in  air  between  about  1500'  F.  and  about  1950'  F.  untU 
copper-rich  scale  is  formed  containing  minor  iron  con- 
tent; separating  the  scale  from  base  metal;  magneticaUy 
cleaning  the  separated  scale  to  remove  iron  content 
therefrom. 


.„_  3,669,645 

METHOD  FOR  OPERATING  AN  OXYGEN 
TOP-BLOWING  CONVERTER 
Masashi   OiaU,   IVflcUhiko   aSuALYST  fTataiMS 
KoicUro  Naito,  and  Kaznhiko  Qkamtto!  KiteSHhn! 
JjgJJ*  «ri«non  to  Nippon  Steel  CorpotaAiirT 

Con^narioiHis^part  of  appUcation  Ser.  No.  640,093, 
May  22,  1967.  This  TP^iitthtn  Jnne  1  1970  Sm^ 
No.  42^508  ■«««»«««  -•■»  1,  ir^f ,  Sar. 

Clahns  priority,  appUcatioa  JapM,  May  23,  1M6. 

41/32,830^  ^^ 

»To  ^  «    .       Int  CL  C21c  5/i2 

U.S.  CL  75—60  2 


A  method  for  operating  an  oxygen  top-blowing  con- 
verter characterized  by  precisely  judging  the  final  carbon 
content  of  the  steel  bath  contained  in  the  converter  for 
Je  manufacture  of  km-carbon  steel  by  detecting  the 
flow  of  waste  gas  generated  from  the  converterat  the 


662 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


final  stage  of  oxygen  blowing  while  keeping  conditions  of  metal  which  remains  in  the  slag  blanket  and  combines 
of  operating  the  converter  at  constant  ones  for  the  same   with  oxygen. 
sUge  of  blowing. 


3  669  646 

PROCESS  FOR  AUTOGENOUS   SMELTING   OF 

CX>PPER  ORE  CONCENTRATES  AND  CHARGE 

PRODUCT  THEREFOR 

John  T.  CoHom,  628  6tii  Ayc^  San  Manncl,  Ariz.     85631 

Filed  Nov.  21, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878,785 

iDt  a.  CMb  5/08, 15/00, 15/06 

UA  CI.  75—74  21  Claims 


3,669,648 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  HIGH 
PURITY  METALLIC  TITANIUM 
Shumzo  Homma  and  Minoru  Harada,  Takaoka-shi,  Japan, 
assignors  to  Nippon  Soda  Co.,  Ltd.,  Toicyo,  Japan 
No  Drawing.  Filed  July  25,  1969,  Ser.  No.  845,026 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  7,  1968, 
I  43/53,082 

*     Int  CL  C22b  53/00 
VS.  a.  75—84.5  7  Claims 

High  purity  metallic  titanium  sponge  which  has  an 
extremely  low  hydrogen  gas  content  produced  by  reduc- 
ing titanium  halides  with  a  metallic  alkali  metal  at  a| 
temperature  of  between  600°  C.  and  800°  C,  digesting 
at  over  900°  C.  for  at  least  one  half  hour  and  leachins 
with  an  aqueous  solution. 


iFOI 


3,669,649 

PROCESS  FOR  RECOVERY  OF  BERYLLIUM 

Robert  S.  Olson  and  Joseph  P.  Surls,  Jr.,  Walnut  Creek, 

Calir.,  assignors  to  The  Dow  Chemical  Company,  Mid* 

land,  Mich. 

Continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  514,179, 
Dec.  16, 1965.  This  appUcation  Jan.  30,  1970,  Ser. 
No.  7,130 

Int.  CI.  C22b  59/00 

^ UA  CI.  75—101  7  Clafani 

'  Beryllium  values  are  separated  from  other  metal  values 

,  .  such  as  ferric  iron,  aluminum,  thorium  and  rare  earth 
Process  for  smelting  copper  autogenously,  and  an  ore  ^^j^^^  ^^  ^  ^^^^^^  comprising  heating  an  aqueous  slurry 
charge  product  comprismg  copper  ore  concentrate  com-  ^j^^^^jj,  ^j^^  beryllium  values  are  present  initially  as  solids 
pacted  with  carbonaceous  fuel  mto  nodules  suitable  tor  ^^  ^  temperature  of  at  least  145°  C.  for  at  least  20  minr 
charging  directly  into  a  converter  furnace  for  autogenous  ^^^^  p.^^j  hydrogen  ion  concentration  at  the  end  of  the 
smelting  therein.  Finely  divided  siliceous  flux  may  also  be  j^^^jj^g  pg^iod  is  controlled  within  the  range  of  from  about 
compacted  and  intimately  mixed  with  the  ore  concentrate  ^  ^^  ^^^^^^  ^^^^  normal.  After  the  heating  step,  solubi- 
and  fuel.  Fuel  and  flux  are  added  to  a  given  or  concen-  jj^^^  beryllium  values  are  separated  from  solid  residual 
trate  in  accordance  with  the  composition  of  the  concen-  ^^^^  ^^j^^^  ^^^  ^^^^^j.  impurities  by  filtration  or  othef 
trate  in  amounts  sufficient  to  augment  the  heat  value  of  conventional  liquid-solid  separatory  techniques 
the  sulfur  and  iron  of  the  ore  to  insure  autogenous  smelt- 
ing and  to  produce  the  desired  silica-iron  ratio  in  the  con- 
verter slag.                   

3,669,647 
METHOD  OF  RECOVERING  METALLIC  BRASS 
FROM  THE  SKIMMING  OF  A  BRASS  MELTING 
FURNACE 
Alfred  R.  Barbour,  nttsbnr^  Pa.,  assignor  to  Roesdng 
Bronze  Company,  Mars,  Pa. 
No  Dnwi^.  Continuation  of  appUcation  Ser.  No. 
661,785,  Ang.  21,  1967.  This  appUcation  Dec.  22, 
1969,  Ser.  No.  887,358 

Int  CL  C22b  15/14, 19/30 
UAO.  75— 76  ^         4  Claims 

A  method  of  recovering  metallic  brass  from  the  skim- 
mings of  a  brass  melting  furnace,  which  skinunings  may 
consist  of  approximately  equal  parts  of  metal  and  metal 
oxides,  comprising  heating  the  skimmings  to 


PRODUi 


CTION 


3,669,650 
OF  COPPER  COMPOUNDS  AND 
COPPER  METAL  POWDER 

Benjamin  Elstein,  2  Fichman  St.,  and  Roman  Fein, 

8  Freakel  St.,  both  of  Ramat  Aviv,  Israel 

No  Drawhif.  FUed  Mar.  26,  1970,  Ser.  No.  23,004 

Claims  priority,  application  Israel,  Mar.  27,  1969, 

31,921 
Inf.  CI.  C22b  15/08;  COlg  3/04.  3/06 
VS.  CI.  75—101  4  Cbdds 

The  present  invention  relates  to  a  process  for  the  pro- 
duction of  coiner  compounds  from  copper  cement,  which 
comprises  first  at  least  partially  oxidizing  the  copper  ce- 
ment and  afterwards  reacting  the  oxidized  copper  cement 
with  hydrochloric  acid.  If  desired,  the  thus  obtained 
^  cuprous  chloride  is  further  reacted  so  as  to  convert  it  into 

oAiacs,  i«u,p..».u8  ii«..«.5  ».^.^.^^.^^j^&  1.7,^ Tn    other  copper  compounds.  The  reaction  may  be  conducted 
ture  somewhat  above  the  melting  point  of  the  metal  in    .  ^*^       ^i.^_^r.u  .•  _.j 

lurc  swuiBwuai  awy^  u»     v      e  i^ ^,:  j„  ^f  u^r-nn    m  such  manner  that  part  of  the  copper  cement  is  converted 

the  presence  of  a  fluxing  agent  comprising  oxide  of  t)oron  ^  *^*~ 

(for  example,  in  anhydrous  Rasorite  concentrate)  and 
sodium  carbonate  which  causes  formation  of  a  slag 
blanket  and  reducing  the  viscosity  of  the  slag  blanket  by 


into  high  grade  copper  metal  powder. 

I    

3,669,651 
REDUCTION  OF  FERRIC  IONS  IN  CYCUC  PROC- 
ESS OF  LEACHING  AND  PRECIPITATION  OF 
COPPER 
Henry  R.  Spcdden,  John  A.  Apps,  and  Donald  F.  Low«, 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  assignors  to  Kennecott  Copper 
Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Apr.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  28,874 

Int  CI.  C22b 

U^.  CI.  75—104  3  CUdms 

Ferric  sulfate-sulfuric  acid  leaching  of  naturally  oc- 


adding  metal  which  remains  in  the  slag  blanket  and  com- 
bines with  oxygen,  significantly  increasing  the  amount  of 
metaUic  brass  which  coalesces  into  droplets  which  settle 
from  the  slag  blanket.  The  added  metal  may  comprise  at 
least  one  of  the  metals  of  the  group  consisting  of  calci- 
um, aluminum,  silicon,  manganese  and  titanium.  In  the 
heating  step  the  components  may  be  present  in  approxi- 
mately the  following  proportions:  25,000  pounds  of  skim- 
mings, 715  to  1430  pounds  of  oxide  of  boron  (for  exam- 
ple, in  1 100  to  2200  pounds  of  anhydrous  Rasorite  con- 
centrate), 100  pounds  of  sodium  carbonate  and  50  pounds   curring,  copper-bearing  materials,  such  as  copper  minerals 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


in  mine  waste  dumps,  and  recovery  of  the  dissolved  cop- 
per by  precipitation  on  metallic  iron  are  carried  out  on  a 
cyclic  basis,  with  reduction  of  ferric  ions  prior  to  the 
copper  precipitation  step.  The  pregnant  leach  solution  is 
treated  with  a  controlled  quantity  of  a  water  soluble  re- 
ductant,  such  as  sulfur  dioxide  or  ammonium-bisuifite, 
for  a  suflBcient  period  of  time  in  the  presence  of  activated 
carbon  as  a  catalyst  to  minimize  the  ferric  ion  content 
thereof  while  substantially  completely  consuming  the  ac- 
tive ions  of  the  reductant  so  wasteful  consumption  of  the 
iron  precipitant  will  be  prevented  while  insuring  most  ef- 
fective precipitation  of  the  copper,  and  so  as  also  to  pro- 
vide nourishment,  when  ammonium  bisulfite  is  employed 
as  the  reductant,  of  iron-oxidizing  bacteria  normally  pres- 
ent in  the  leach  solution. 


653 


3,669,655 

OHMIC  CONTACTS  FOR  GALLIUM  ARSENIDE 
D       ...  «  ^        SEMICONDUCTORS 
Ronald  H.  Cox,  DaUas,  and  Hans  A.  Strack,  Richardson, 

M^s,*!??""  ^  '^*"*  Insfrnments  Incorporated! 
Original  appUcation  Dec  2,  1966,  Ser.  No.  598.701  now 

and  this  appUcation  Dec  3,  1969,  Ser.  No.  881.927 
rrc   ^   «    .-     Int  CL  C22c  5/00 
VS.  CL  75—173  R  2  Claims 

Silver-base  alloys  containing  indium  and  germanhmi 
are  used  as  ohmic  contacts  for  gallium  arsenide  semicon- 
ductor devices.  "»«wu 


3,669,652 
C  ARBUIUZ^G  STEELS  CONTAINING  CHROMIUM 
WiUiam  P.  Young,  U  Grange,  and  John  A.  Halgren, 
Downers  Grove,  Bl.,  assignors  to  International  Har- 
vester Company,  Chicago,  Dl. 

FUed  Apr.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,884 
,T«   ^   -  Int  a.  C22c  i9//^ 

UA  a.  75-126  C  1  Claim 


iM 


r 


r 

:: 

:? :;::; 

-!:;:s, "" 

-,-V!>    S,--- 

5    >.  ^     " 

-^  .1.^.  :;;: 

- 

<;    ''.  s       — 

s 

_ 

-  -    — -  — —  SA0~  0                 

■ BAM- A 

_ 

X                I  X 

^  3,669,656 

^iSS^  5iS,^^!S?^'NG  ROD,  METHOD  FOR 
W^^G   SAME   AND   NOVEL   APPUCATIONS 

'**!!L^'-?l"'*y  "^  '•  R*ch«rt  Uwrence,  IndianapoUs. 

SSiis,"Sr*"  *"  ^'  "*  **"""'^  *  ^**-  Sic!!i2Km. 

No  Drawiiig.  Filed  Mtay  11,  1970,  Ser.  No.  36.489 

Tungsten  base  weld  rod  aUoy  contains  40  to  80%bv 
weight  tungsten;  5  to  40%  nickel  and  1  to  25%  iron. 


9*m  IN  sutrrtMrns  or  am  imcm 


A  family  of  steels  having  both  high  hardenability  and 
high  impact  strength  properties  that  include  0.18%-0.28% 
carbon,  1.01%-!. 17%  manganese,  0.15%-0.17%  molyb- 
denum, 0.48%-0.60%  chromium,  and  trace  amounts  of 
nickel. 


3,669,657 
COATWG  COMPOSITIONS  AND  METHODS 
1^1       11^    1.         AND  ARTICLES 
D<gor  N.  Adams,  CIcTcUmd  Hdgiits,  and  Donald  L 
jMiser,  Lakewood,  Ohio,  aa^oofs  to  Har^^taC 
type  Corporation,  ClevSland,^io  "•'rts-Inteiw 

^i??^8*  Continnation-ln-part  of  appUcations  Ser  TV« 
«40,352,  640  353,  640,354.  640,355/^"eb"llri957* 
This  appUcation  Mar.  29,  1969.  Sw    No    \lSS 

Oct  7, 1986,  has  been  disclaimed 
UACL  9^1.8    "^^^^^'0, 

sur^t""S  '"^'"'^^'^  ^  ^'"^^"^^  ^°r  impart^  dSSd 

resmous  binding  agent  containing  discrete  solid  particles 
of  water  insoluble  inorganic  material.  Piracies 


3,669,653 
FERROUS  BASE  ALLOY 
Arthur  T.  Cape,  Monterey,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Coast 
Metab,  Inc.,  Little  Ferry,  N  J. 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Aug.  5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  61,448 
.TO    ^.   —      Int.  CI.  C22c  J9/20,  59/50 
VS.  CI.  75—128  D  5  CUdms 

A  high-carbon  ferrous  base  alloy  is  described,  contain- 
ing chromium  and  nickel,  and  relatively  large  amounts 
of  vanadium,  the  alloy,  due  to  its  vanadium  content, 
having  a  high  impact  resistance,  and  excellent  wear  or 
erosion  resistance.  The  aUoy  is  particularly  useful  for 
making  castings,  such  as  sand  slinger  buckets,  and  the  like. 


3  669  658 
t.™k  .,"1**™*^'*S"^  PWNIING  PLATE 

VS.CLH-^'^  «»  ''"■■  «^  '^"       !Z. 
which  y,el<b  .  vBibl.  image  upoD  «posure  to  U,ht  com^ 


3,669,654 
FOAMED  METAL 

^*'^*  U*f}7»  ''•»  *"'®"  R«i««.  La.,  assignor  to 
1.^    wx    5hyl  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Oct  30,  1970,  Ser.  No.  85,814 
.TO  ^   ..    «        Int  CL  B31d  5/a? 
UA  a.  75—20  F  13  claims 

Foamed  metab  having  improved  cellular  structure  and 
strength  are  produced  by  melting  the  metal,  thickening  the 
molten  metal  with  a  gaseous  viscosity  increasing  agent, 
thmmng  the  thickened  metal  to  a  desired  viscosity  by  hold- 
ing for  a  period  of  time,  and  foaming  the  metal.  In  the 
tlunmng  step  the  metal  may  be  held  until  it  solidifies, 
which  furnishes  a  convenient  interval  for  shipping  the  pre- 
thickened  metal  to  a  new  location  for  the  foaming  step 


^^/S^TP^  O^  A^SnGLE-METAL  PRINTWr 

voL^rngv?ffi52S^®^WA^E^ 

vuLjriNG   DEVELOPMENT  AND   DFr'OATriwr' 

This  invenUon  reUtes  to  a  process  for  the  nrnJiS^ 
of  a  single  meul  pdndD,  plate  from   "r^^J^^^^ 


654 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


layer  thereon  which  contains  an  iminoquinone  diazide  of 
the  following  formula 

N— SOiR  " 


June  13,  1972 


SOiN 


V 


wherein 

R  is  aryl  or  substituted  aryl, 

X  is  hydrogen  or  alkyl,  or  forms  a  polymethylene  mime 
group  with  Y  and  the  N  atom  to  which  X  and  Y  are 
attached,  ^  ^      , 

Y  is  alkyU  aryl,  substituted  aryl,  or  part  of  the  aforcmen- 

tiooed  polymethylene  imioe  group,  and 
R'  is  hydrogen,  halogen,  alkyl  or  alkoxy, 
and  a  resin  whidi  is  soluble  in  an  aqueous  alkaU  solution, 
in  which  process  the  reproduction  material  is  image-wise 
exposed  under  an  original  and  developed  by  means  of  a 
weakly  alkaline,  aqueous  solution,  thereby  baring  those 
areas  of  the  support  which  correspond  to  the  non-trans- 
parent areas  of  the  original.  After  exposure  and  develop- 
ment, the  reproduction  material  is  coated  with  an  alkah- 
resistant  lacquer  and  then  decoated  with  a  solution  which 
is  more  strongly  alkaline  than  the  solution  used  for  de- 
velopment, thereby  baring  the  areas  of  the  support  which 
were  under  the  tranH)arent  areas  of  the  wlginal  dunng 
exposure,  while  the  areas  corresponding  to  the  non-trans- 
parent areas  of  the  original  remain  lacquered. 


3,669,662 

CYCUC  POLYISOPRENE  PHOTORESIST 

COMPOSITIONS 

Ram  K.  AgnihotrU  FbUdll,  N.Y.,  aaigiior  to 

tfonal  Biisinc«  Machhics  Corporatkm,  Armoak,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Oct.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,853 

Int.  CL  G03c  i/52 

VS.  CI.  96—75  8  Claims 

A  light-sensitive  photoresist  composition  comprised  of 

a  cyclized  polyiaoprene  polymer  and  a  bis-diazide  njioto- 

initiator;  and  light-sensitive  elements  coated  with  such 

compositions.  ^ 


3,669,660  „. 

UTHOGRAPHIC  PLATE  DEVELOPING  COMPOSI- 
TION AND  PROCESS  OF  USE  THEREOF 
Eaoene  Golds,  Momey,  and  Alfred  Tandien,  New  York, 
N.Y.,  Maignon  to  Pdydirome  Corporation,  Yenkcrs, 
N  Y 

No  brawlBg.  FBed  May  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  39,572 
iBt  CL  G03f  7/02  ^  „  ^ 

VS.  CL  96—33  •  Claims 

Developing    compositions    for    negative-acting    litho- 


PREPARATION  OF  SILVER  HAUDE  GRAINS  AND 

PHOTOGRAPmC  EMULSIONS 
Charles  E.  Wheelock,  Boulder,  Colo.,  assignor  to  Intema< 

tional  Business  Machines  Corporation,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Dec.  17,  1970,  Ser.  No.  99,274 

Int.  CL  G03c  1/02 

VS.  CL  96—94  12  Claimi 

Silver  halide  grains  of  controlled  size  are  obtained  by 
preparing  a  soluble  silver  halide-ammonia  complex  in 
water,  with  or  without  a  carrier,  and  then  depositing 
solution  drops  of  controlled  size  into  a  chilled  non-aque- 
ous immiscible  fluid.  This  results  in  the  formation  Of 
discrete  spheres  of  silver  halide  solution,  which  spheres 
are  subsequently  treated  to  remove  the  ammonia,  and 
precipitate  discrete  grains  of  silver  halide  having  a  pre- 
selected size.  Where  a  carrier  is  not  present  in  the  original 
solution,  subsequent  dispersion  of  the  silver  halide  grains 
in  a  carrier,  such  as  gelatin,  forms  a  photographic  emul- 
sion. The  practice  of  this  invention  is  especially  useful 
in  producing  stiver  halide  grains  of  substantially  uniform 
size  for  use  in  a  light-sensitive  emulsion  having  excellent 
contrast,  and  sensitivity.  Where  the  silver  halide  par- 
ticles are  uniformly  large  the  resulting  emulsion  is  al^ 
capable  of  high-speed  exposure. 


PROCESS  O 


3,669,664  -^_    i 

STRENGTHENING  PRESENmi2ED 

LITHOGRAPHIC  PLATE  WITH  LACQUER  EMUl^ 

__ _  qiON 

graphic  pLtM  sensitized  with  substantially  water-insoluble  Ronald  Alfred  Charies  Adams,  St  Maiy  Cray,  Kent, 
diazonium  compounds  comprising  aqueous  solutions  of  England,  aasigiior  to  Algraphy  Limited,  St.  Pauls  Cra^, 
water-soluble  sulfonic  acids  or  water-soluble  salts  of  sul-         - 


fonic  acids. 


3,669,661 
METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  THIN  FILM 

&MW^r^0B0Av        ^^  w^-t  TV    9  A  *«w     aaaua|^v    \/u     a    ^Acauv/|^  ca^iiiv    ^tiui.AU|^    paci»>w     ta    «v«u- 

Derrick  J.  '««^'W*«J«^™^™"    fej^l?  r««!;'   forced  by  treating  the  plate  with  a  liquid  composition 
fold.  Pa.  anigiion  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corpo-    ^^^^^^^  ^  dispersion  in  a  vehicle  liquid  of  a  solution 


Kent,  EngUvid  i 

No  Drawii«.  FUed  Jom  20,  1969,  Scr.  No.  835,212 1 
Claims  priori^,  application  Great  Britain,  June  21, 1968, 
1  29,820/68  I 

I         lot  a.  G03r  7/02  I 

U.S.  a.  96-^33  2  Claims 

The  image  on  a  planographic  printing  plate  is  rein- 


ratloii.  P^llll^nri^  Pa* 
^^    FUed  Mar.  6, 1970,  Ser.  No,  17,197 

laL  CL  G03c  5/00 

U,S.  CL  96— 36.2 


of  a  photopolymerisable  resin  having  unsaturated  double 
bonds  in  a  scdvent  therefor.  The  solution  of  resin  may  be 
8  Claims  obtained  by  treating  an  exposed  plate  having  a  photopo- 
lymerisable resin  layer  with  a  solvent  to  dissolve  unex- 
posed photopolymerisable  resin  on  said  plate. 


FROM 
D  FOR 


M^lijZ/M 


jfio<s5''r>'>.>N«j*j* 


3,669,665 
PROCESS  FDR  MAKING  RESIST  STENCILS 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  STRIPPING  FILMS  AND 
USING  SAME 
Mark  A.  Frfgtnhmiu,  Poogfekccpiie,  Daniel  J.  Lasky, 
Wappiagen  Falb,  and  Harold  C  Weisel,  PawUng,  N.Y., 
aarifnn  to  tatemational  Bostncas  Machines  Corpora- 
tion, Amank,  N.Y. 

FUed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  116,317 

Int  CL  G03c  5/00 

VS.  CL  96—36  10  Claims 

This  disclosure  is  concerned  with  a  method  of  produc-       The  separable  layers  of  a  photographic  stripping  fihn, 

ing  a  thin  fibn  transistor  on  a  substrate  by  evaporating  consisting  of  a  composite  of  a  layer  of  sensitive  unexposed 

layers  of  various  materials  from  sources  positioned  at   emulsion  (e.g.  silver  halide)  carried  upon  a  permanent 

various  angles  to  the  substrate  normal.  support  layer  (e.g.  cellulose  nitrate)  and  stripped  from 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


655 


the  temporary  support  layer  and  smoothly  adhered  to  an 
object  surface  with  the  permanent  support  lay«-  adjacent 
the  surface.  The  emulsion  layer  successively  receives 
image-wise  exposure  to  light  in  a  fast  exposure  {vocess, 
photographic  development  and  relief  development;  the 
last  by  an  etch-bleach  process.  The  underlying  support 
layer  is  dissolved  image-wise  with  high-fidelity  through 
the  relief  stencil  in  the  emulsion  layer.  Exposed  areas  of 
the  object  surface  then  receive  aqueous  based  process 
handling  (e.g.  etching  or  plating)  through  the  aqueous 
resistant  axnposite  master  stencil  formed  by  the  emul- 
sion and  support  layers. 


3  669  666 
MEIHOD    FOR    D^nTEGRATED    CIRCUIT 
MASK  FABRICATION  AND  ASSEMBLY 
USED  THEREWITH 
David  Kleitman,  Loa  Altos  Hllb,  Lewis  K.  RusseU,  Liver- 
more,  and  Alan  B.  Grebene,  Sunnyvale,  CaBf .,  asdg^Mrs 
to  Signetki  Corporation,  Sunnyvale,  Calif. 
FDcd  Dec  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  882,905 
Int  CL  G03c  5/04 
VS.  CL  96—41  10  Claims 

A  method  for  integrated  circuit  mask  fabrication.  After 
the  integrated  circuit  has  been  designed,  the  masks  for 
making  the  integrated  circuits  are  prepared  by  preparing  a 
number  of  negatives  and  positives  from  the  circuit  which 
has  been  designed.  Each  of  the  negatives  or  positives  is 
modified  by  paste-ins,  cut-outs,  ink-ins  or  erasures  to 
provide  on  the  negative  or  the  positive  the  pattern  for  the 
particular  mask  desired.  In  the  method,  no  critical  dimen- 
sion need  be  adhered  to  for  modifying  the  negatives  or 
positives  because  each  negative  is  automatically  related  to 
the  other.  All  critical  perimeters  or  location  edges  for  the 
circuit  are  accurately  reproduced  in  accordance  with  the 
original  from  which  the  negative  or  positive  was  prepared. 
The  lines  which  form  the  circuit  are  wide  enough  so  that 
non-critical  hand  paste-ins,  ink-ins,  erasures  and  the  like 
can  be  utilized.  Each  modified  negative  is  converted  to  a 
positive.  These  positives  and  any  converted  positives  can 
then  be  photographed  by  the  use  of  a  conventional  reduc- 
tion and  step  and  repeat  processes  to  provide  the  actual 
masks  which  are  utilized  in  fabricating  integrated  circuits. 


3,669,667 

PREVENTING  SPEED  LOSS  IN  OXYGEN 

SENSITIVE  PHOTO-RESIST  LAYERS 

Eugene   R.  Skarvinko,   Binghamton,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

International  Business  Madiinea  Coiporation,  Armonk, 

N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  FDed  Dec  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  100,437 
Int  a  G03c  1/46 
VS.  CL  96—68  4  aaims 

A  method  for  preventing  loss  of  photographic  speed  of 
an  oxygen  sensitive  photoresist  by  providing  a  layer  of 
inert  gas  producing  material  over  the  standard  photoresist. 
The  gas  producing  material  liberates  gas  during  the  ex- 
posure step  thus  protecting  the  resist. 


3,669,668 
PRESENSTIZED  PRINTING  PLATE  COATED 
WITH  COLORANT 
Leonard  James  Watidnson   and   Brian  Joseph   Moore, 
Yorkshire,  Fjigland,  assignors  to  W.  H.  Howson  Lim- 
ited, Scacroll,  Leeds,  England 
No  Drawing.  Continuation  of  abandoned  application  Scr. 
No.  639,612,  May  19,  1967.  TUt  appUcation  June  4, 
1971,  Scr.  No.  150.234 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  May  26, 1966, 

23,754/66 

laL  CL  C03c  1/68 

VS.  CL  96—86  P  8  Claims 

A  i»'esensitised  printing  {date,  such  as  a  presensitised 

photolithographic  printing  plate  or  a  presensitised  fboUy- 


engravers  plate,  comprising  a  plate  of,  for  example, 
aluminum,  zinc,  magnesium  or  coK)er  having  thereon  a 
coating  of  a  light-sensitive  resin  selected  from  starch  cin- 
namate,  cellulose  cinnamate,  polyvinyl  cinnamate,  starch 
furfurylacrylate,  cellulose  furfurylacrylate  and  polyvinyl 
furfurylacrylate  resins,  and  a  colorant 


3,669,669 
CYCLIC  POLYISOPRENE  PHOTORESIST 
^  COMPOSITIONS 

Dould    L.    Klein,    Ponghkecpsie,    N.Y.,    Michael    W. 
Maclntyre,  South  Borlfaigton,  Vt.,  and  Lawrence  J. 
Rothman,  Ponghkeepsic,  N.Y.,  assignon  to  Interna- 
tional Business  Marines  ConMnation,  Amo^.  N.Y. 
Piled  Oct  28,  1970,  Ser.  ^^84.833^ 
.T-    «.    ..  Int  CL  G03c  7/52 

UA  CI.  .W-91  N  5  chhns 

A  cychzed  polyisoprene/aryl  bis-azide  sensitized  nega- 
tive photoresist  for  semiconductor  device  manufacture 
containing  a  maximum  of  1.3%  sensitizer,  and  charac- 
terized by  the  three  parameters 

(a)  the  percentage  of  uncyclized  isoprene  (or  mono- 
mer) units  as  a  function  of  sensitizer  content,  repre- 
sented by  the  symbol  R,  where.  R=percent  uncy- 
(lized  polyisoprene /percent  sensitizer. 

(b)  the  ratio  of  internal  to  terminal  double  bonds  in 
a  cyclized  material  as  a  function  of  sensitizer  repre- 
sented by  tile  symbol  Q,  where  Q=IR  absorbance 
of  internal  C=C/IR  absorbance  terminal  C=C/per- 
cent  sensitizer,  and 

(c)  a  combined  sensitizer  dependent  figure  of  merit 
function  K  where  K=QRS  with  the  foUowing  maxi- 
mum limits  set  to  the  parameters: 

Gmax=0.47,  /?Bu«=13.0,  and  Knmx=7.94 


3,669,670  . 
PHOTOGRAPHIC    COMPOSITIONS    CONTAIN- 
St9  J!?*-'**''™'^^<>J^''UM  COMPOUNDS  AS 
DEVELOPMENT  ACTTVATORS  AND  IMAGE 

^"^^•J*"*^  ■**  ^^'"*«rt  '•  HnmpWett,  Rochester, 
N.Y.,  assignors  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Roches- 
ter, N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Dec  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  94^68 

,^^  ^  Int  a.  G03c  i/06 

^•?:S»'.'t-«!«     .        .  14  Claims 

ucrtam  ois-isothiuromum  compounds  having  an  inter- 
mediate ureylene  or  ether  moiety  provide  activation  of 
a  silver  halide  developing  agent  upon  heating  in  the  ab- 
sence of  a  separate  development  activator.  A  photographic 
element  or  composition  containing  the  bis-isothiuronhim 
compounds  and  a  silver  halide  devetoping  agent  can  con- 
tain other  addenda  suitable  in  photographic  elements  and/ 
or  compositions.  The  described  bis-isothiouranium  com- 
pounds can  also  provide  stabilization  of  a  resulting  de- 
veloped image. 


,,^ 3^669,671 

^9WF:S!^^'"^     MLVER     HALIDE     PHOIO- 
GRAPHIC  EMULSIONS  CONTAINING  YELLOW 

Mttaknni  Iwama,  Isabnro  Inonc,  Tcnio  Hanawa.  Kcvo 
^famoto,  and  Takaya  So/Tokyo,  JapSTS^^ 

New  compounds  of  tiie  general  formula 


X— COCH— CONH 


i 


OOBi 


I 


656 

^itlierein  X  is  — CCCH,),  or 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


w 


-<^ 


W  is  hydrogen,  C«_i8  acylamino,  lower  alkoxy,  halogen 
or  lower  alkyl; 

Rj  is  an  aliphatic  hydrocarbon  radical  having  1-18  car- 
bon atoms;  Y  and  Z  are  each  hydrogen,  halogen,  lower 
alkoxy,  lower  alkyl  or  — COORa;  A  is  hydrogen,  halo- 
gen or— OCORs; 

Ra  and  Ra  are  each  lower  alkyl 

are  found  to  be  useful  as  yellow-forming  color  couplers 
of  the  protected  type  in  light-sensitive  silver  halide  photo- 
graphic emulsions.  These  compounds  can  be  synthesized 
from  readily  available  starting  materials  with  ease  and 
at  cheap  cost. 

3,669,672 

SUPERSENSmZED  SILVER  HALIDE 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  EMULSION 

Ketake  ShilM,  RcikU  OU,  and  Tadao  SUahMo,  Kana- 

to  FdJI  Photo  Fam  Co^  Ltd^ 


'■•f 

3 


No  Drawfaif.  FOed  Jan.  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  1,837 
Claiiiis  pilMfty,  appUcalioD  lapan,  Ian.  10,  1969, 
44/1,947 
InL  CL  G03c  1/14 
VS,  CL  96—126  10  Claims 

A  spectrally  sensitized  silver  halide  photographic  emul- 
sion, having  improved  sensitivity  in  the  red-sensitive 
region,  yet  no  increase  in  fogging,  comprising  a  com- 
bination of  a  pentamethinecyanine-type  dye  and  an  aro- 
matic heterocyclic  compound  having  a  thio-keto  structure 
is  disdosed. 


3,669,673 
RECORDING  OF  A  CONTINUOUS  TONE  FOCUSED 

IMAGE  ON  A  DIFFRACTION  GRATING 

Charles  Chung  Sen  Ih,  Trenton,  and  Midacl  Jay  Lorie, 

Eaat  Bninswick,  N J.,  asrignon  to  RCA  Corporation 

FOed  Oct  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83,424 

lot  CL  G03c  5/00 

VJS,  CL  96—38.3  4  Claims 


,^_  .. ~       exfmea, 

MtxMatff   ^wESnp  fffTfi^tff 


A  recording  medium  blank  is  employed  comprising  a 
substrate  having  a  diffraction  grating,  composed  of  a 
plurality  of  spaced  line  ridges,  on  a  surface  thereof,  to- 
gether with  a  photoresist  disposed  on  this  surface  which 
fills  the  spaces  between  adjacent  line  ridges.  This  provides 
a  substantially  smooth  exterior  surface  of  the  phot(M«sist 
which  is  situated  in  proximity  with  the  respective  tops  of 
the  Une  ridges  making  up  the  diffraction  grating.  By  ex- 
posing such  a  recording  blank  to  a  focused  image  of  any 
complex  object  and  then  developing  the  photoresist,  a 
diffraction  grating  with  modulated  efficiency  is  formed, 
constituting  a  synthetic  focused  image  hologram;  which 
displays  the  origiiud  focused  image  when  properly  viewed. 
A  stamping  master,  which  can  be  prepared  from  this 
modulated  grating  record,  is  useful  in  embossing  replica- 
tions on  thermoi^astic  material,  such  as  vinyl  for  in- 
stance. 


3,669,674 
COMPOSmON  FOR  PRODUCING  FRIED 
COATED  COMESTIBLES 
Signnwd  L.  Khic  Bronx,  N.Y.,  Gilbert  FfaikeL  South 
AmlMty,  NJ.,  and  Monroe  B.  Shcrain,  Brooldyn,  N.Y., 
■aaignon  to  DCA  Food  Indnatrks  Inc.,  New  Yoric, 
N.Y.  I 

No  Drawing.  Cootinnation  of  an>Hcation  Ser.  Nol 
553,026,  May  26, 1966,  now  Patent  No.  3,514,294, 
dated  May  26,  1970.  This  appUcation  Dec 
1969,  S«r.  No.  882,312 
The  portion  of  tiie  term  of  tfie  patent  anbseqncnt 
May  26, 1987,  has  been  disdaimed 
Int  CL  A23I 1/00 
U.S.  CL  99--1  3  Cbifans 

A  foodstuff^  is  prepared  for  frying  by  successively  al- 
ternately ai^lying  to  the  foodstuff  dry  powder  coatings 
and  batter  coatings.  Each  coating  contains  60  to  90 
parts  starch,  1  to  9  parts  leavening,  1  to  15  parts  sugar 
and  1  to  IS  parts  salt,  the  batter  containing,  in  addition, 
85%  to  200%  water  based  on  the  weight  of  the  dry 
ingredients.  The  coatings  nuy  contain  additives  such  as 
dry  milk  solids.  Synergism  exists  at  ratios  of  1  to  8 
parts  sugar  to  2  to  12  parts  salt,  2  to  12  parts  salt  to 
1  to  4  parts  leavening,  and  1  to  8  parts  sugar  to  1  tp  4 
parts  leavening. 


^  3,669,675 

FLOW  ABLE  STABILIZER  SUSPENSIONS 

AnlH-ey  P.  Stewart  Ir.,  and  John  D.  Falk,  Coming,  loWa, 

assignors  to  Allied  Chemical  Corporation,  New  Yorii, 

N.Y. 

No  brawhig.  FUed  July  15,  1969,  Scr.  No.  841,996 
Int  CL  A23i  1/04  \ 

U.S.  CI.  99—1  8  Claims 

Liquid  stabilizer  suspensions  are  prepared  by  pelletizing 
a  stabilizer  powder,  coating  said  pellet  with  a  soluble  food 
material  and  suspending  the  coated  pellet  in  a  saturated 
aqueous  solution  of  the  same  coating  material  or  ofher 
food  material  which  inhibits  dissolution. 


3,669,676 

FEED  INTAKE  UMITING  COMPOSITION 

FOR  CATTLE 

Melvin  R.  Karr,  LuUiock,  Tex.,  and  Dean  E.  Hodge,  St 

Loois,  Mo.,  assignors  to  Ralston  Pnrina  Company,  St 

Louis,  Mo. 

No  Drawing.  Ffled  July  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  54,557 
Int  a.  A23k  1/00 
U.S.  CL  99—7  6  Cfadms 

A  composition  has  been  developed  which  has  been  found 
to  effectively  and  efficiently  limit  protein  or  feed  supple- 
ment intake  to  a  prescribed  amount  in  cattle  when  added 
to  the  supidement  and  which  in  turn  allows  self  feeding 
of  the  supplement.  The  composition  which  has  been  found 
to  effectively  limit  supplement  intake  contains  materials 
which  also  individually  contribute  to  the  nutritional  bal- 
ance of  the  feed  supplement  comprising  a  mixture  ctf  fish 
oil,  diammqnium  phosphate,  ammonium  sulfate  and  meat 
meal. 


me 


3  669  677 

METHOD  OF  MAiONG  PROTEINACEOUS  SOY 
COMPOSITION   HAVING    REDUCED    MICRO- 
ORGANISM COUNT 
Loois  Safar,  Evergreen  Paifc,  and  Ining  Melcer,  Park 
Forest,  n.,  assignors  to  The  Griffith  Laboratories,  Inc., 
Chica80,Ill. 
No  Drawing.  Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 
631,596,  Apr.  18, 1967.  TUs  application  Feb.  18, 1970, 
Scr.  No.  12,461 

Int  a.  A23J 1/14 

\}&,  Cl.  99U-17  8  Clahns 

A  method  for  producing  a  soy  concentrate  which  has 

reduced  bacterial  activity  wherein  (1)  defatted  soy  bean 

material  is  extracted  with  a  liquid  extracting  medium  at 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


the  isoelectric  pH,  (2)  the  liquid  extract  having  an  un- 
desired  soluble  beany  flavor-conferring  material  is  re- 
moved and  insoluble  soy  protein  material  is  recovered, 
(3)  subjecting  this  insoluble  material  to  bactericidal 
heating  at  at  least  about  160'  F.  at  a  acid  pH  or  pH  in 
the  vicinity  of  the  isoelectric  pH  to  reduce  the  bacterial 
activity,  (4)  raising  the  pH  of  the  heated  soy  protein 
material  to  6  to  10.5,  and  (5)  drying  the  material. 


667 


that  wUl  not  weep  or  run  at  elevated  temperatures,  which 
retams  desirable  mouth  feci  characteristics  of  the  un- 
treated oil. 


3,669,678 
FOOD  COMPOSITION  PREPARED  FROM  WHEV 

AND  COMMINUTED  SESAME 

John  H.  Kraft  ^nnetka,  DI.,  assignor  to  John  Kraft 

Sesame  Corporation,  Puis,  Tex. 

No  Drawfaig.  Continnation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 

731,290,  May  22, 1968.  Ihis  appHcadon  Nov.  16, 1970, 

Ser.  No.  90,055 

Int  CL  A23c  21  /GO;  A23I 1  /OO;  A21d  13/00 
UA  CL  99-28  13  ciahns 

A  composition  in  liquid,  semi-solid,  or  solid  form  is 
prepared  from  comminuted  sesame  and  whey,  which  is 
useful  as  a  food  or  as  an  ingredient  of  foods,  especially 
as  a  drink  or  beverage,  and  in  bread,  cakes,  candy,  ice 
cream,  and  other  bakery  products  and  confections. 


^„„ 3,669,682 

REFRIGERATED  DOUGH  COMPOSITIONS  AND 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  SAME 

Charles  William  Lntx,  dark,  N  J.,  assignor  to  FMC 

^    ^  _  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawhig.  Filed  Apr.  15,  1970,  Scr.  No.  28,923 
>To  ^  ^  Int  CL  A21d  2/02 

U  A  q.  99—90  NF  ^  cUns 

Inhibiting  crystalline  growth  in  acid  pyrophosphate- 
leavened  refrigerated  dough  compositions  by  adding  to 
the  dough  mix  a  polyphosphate  having  an  average  chain 
length  of  from  4  to  8. 


^ 


3,669,679 

GREEN  BEAN  DECAFFEINATION  EMPLOYING 

FLUORINATED  HYDROCARBONS 

Hans  P.  Panzer,  Stamford,  Conn.,  Robert  S.  Yare,  New 

City,  N.Ym  and  Malcolm  R.  Forbes,  Reeds  Ferry,  N.H., 

usignors  to  General  Foods  Corporation,  White  PlaiiB, 

No  Drawfaig.  Filed  Apr.  24,  1970,  Scr.  No.  31,778 

Int  CL  A23f  1/10 

UA  a.  99-70  10  Claims 

Decaffeination  of  green  coffee  is  achieved  by  extraction 
with  fluorinated  hydrocarbons. 


3,669,683 
BAKED  GOODS 
Sfanon  S.  JackcL  Westport,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Wyandotte 
,»j    ^_>?«™f«»'«  CoiponrtloB,  Wyandotte,  Mich. 
M^'V!?^^'"'^?''^^^^^  *^  ■PpMcntlon  Scr.  No. 
s!f 'no' 77741  -PPlication  Oct  2,  1970, 

The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  snbscqorat  to 
Oct  27, 1987,  has  bcoi  disclafancd 

A  method  of  improving  the  dough  conditioning  of  yeast- 
raiscd  bakery  iM-oducts  which  comprises  mixing  with  the 
ingredients  of  said  bakery  products  a  mixture  of:  (A) 
a  mixture  of  conjugated  polyoxyalkylene  compounds  cor- 
responding to  the  formula: 

H0(CaH40).(C,H«O)b(CaH4O)cH 
wherein  fr  is  an  integer  sufficiently  high  to  provide  a 
molecular  weight  of  at  least  about  900  for  oxypropylcne 
base  and  wherein  a-f  c  is  an  integer  sufficiently  high  to 
provide  5  to  90%  of  the  total  molecular  weight  of  the 
compound,  and  (B)  a  mixture  of  mono-  and  diglycerides. 


3,669,680 
PEROXIDE  EXTRACTION  OF  TEA  LEAF 

Martfai  Gurkln,  Bardonia,  N.Y.,  and  Gary  Warner 
Sanderson  and  Yictor  Vernon  Stoder,  Englewood,  N  J., 
assignors  to  Thomas  J.  Lipton,  Inc.,  Englewood  Cliffs, 

NJ. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Nov.  12,  1969,  Ser.  No.  876,044 

Int  CL  A23f  3/00 

UA  Cl.  99-77  11  ciafans 

A  process  for  extracting  whole  and  spent  tea  leaf  using 
peroxide  solutions,  including  the  steps  of  bringing  per- 
oxide into  contact  with  tea  leaves  in  the  presence  of 
moisture  to  extract  tea  solids  removing  the  leaf  residue 
from  the  extract  and  drying  the  filtrate  if  desired,  to  re- 
cover the  dried  tea  soUds. 


3,669,681 
SHCMtTENING  COMPOSTION  CONTAINING  SIU- 
CON  DIOXmE  AND  A  BRIDGING  AGENT.  AND 
BAKED  GOODS  CONTAINING  SAME 

^^?^!i.-R*.  **'***^'  ■'^«  ^^«*«'^  ^<*-  Frederick  M. 
Kctdi,  Hemct  CaBf.,  and  Thomas  S.  Wong,  Danbnry, 

Conn.,  assignors  to  General  Foods  Corporation,  White 
Pfadns,  N.Y. 

^ -ii"'^''*'  CoBtinottion-ln-part  of  appUcation  Scr.  No. 
723,601,  Apr.  23,  1968.  This  appUcation  Dec.  9.  1970. 
Scr.  No.  96,649 

.T„  ^  .».  Irt.  CL  A21d  7J/(W;  A23d  5/00 

UA  CL  99—86  \i  ci,|n,s 

The  present  invention  relates  to  a  shortening  which  is 
particularly  useful  in  products  which  are  heated  prior  to 
consumption.  Edible  oils  are  mixed  with  silicon  dioxide 
and  a  bridging  compound  and  the  result  is  a  shortening 


3,669,684 
PROCESS  FOR  FLAVORING  FOODS 
^*';^^*"''*r;  ****»St,  Sprfaig  Momit  Pa.     19478 
kH^T^:  Conttanation  of  application  Scr.  No. 

mf 4.1K:  iJ5,?4'-  ^  '''"^"^ '-  "» 

U.S.CL  99-100^  ^^^'^/^^'^^^  4  Ciafans 

A  process  of  modifying  the  flavor  of  a  fresh  natural 
food  IS  described  which  includes  the  treating  of  a  fresh 
natural  food  with  an  atmosphere  containing  an  odor 
charactenstic  which  is  capable  of  being  absorbed  by  the 
food  and  continuing  the  treatment  while  preserving  the 
food  in  its  fresh  state  until  the  necessary  flavor  modifica- 
tion of  the  food  has  occurred.  By  this  means,  fresh  whole 
eggs,  fresh  whole  fruit  and  vegetables,  and  nute  may  have 
then-  flavors  modifyed  to  suit  the  taste. 


.»......_  3,669,685 

I^PARATTON  OFFRIED  POTATO  PRODUCE 

?li*  ^^''' ^■**'**'»**' "«*  K^  HwhJimilchinond, 
Calif.,  »4rBon  to  the  United  Stitcs  oTAoSra  m 
^represented  by  the  Secretuy  of  Agrlcnltm*^ 
4?S[!!^SVf''!S^!''i^^^:?^  "*  ■PpUcatlon  Scr.  No. 

S^f  Na'STiw  '""••  ^  ""*'^  "^  "'  ^^•^ 

U.S.CL  99-103    "^^^^^^^  ,^^ 

The  mvention  enables  the  production  of  fried  produS 
of  desirable  properties  from  raw  stock  which  exhibits 
excessive  browning  tendencies  and  which  would  nonnally 


658 


OFFICIAL  GAZETT 


I 


June  13 


,  im 


yiekl  fried  products  of  excessively  dark  color.  Typically, 
pieces  of  raw  potato  are  immersed  for  a  sh(Mt  time  in  a 
liquid  refrigerant  (such  as  liquid  nitrogen  or  dichlwodi- 
fluoromethane),  leached  with  warm  water,  and  fried  in 
edible  oil. 


METHOD  OF  HEAT  TEMPERING  POTATOES 
PRIOR  TO  FURTHER  PROCESSING 

TtaoniM  J.  Schoch,  tthaca,  N.Y^  and  Icny  L.  Sloan, 
BeaTcrton,  Oreg^   aarfgnon  to  Lamb-Weston,   Inc^ 

No  Drawtngnnied  Inly  22,  1969,  Ser.  No.  843,737 

lot  a.  A231 1/12 

VA  CL  99^1»3  1  Claim 

A  process  ot  pretreating  potatoes  prior  to  further  proc- 
essing in  which  whole  unpeeled  potato  tubers  or  peeled 
potato  pieces  are  heated  to  an  internal  temperature  of 
between  about  122'  F.  and  140*  F.  for  a  period  of  be- 
tween about  3  and  24  hours  to  increase  the  association 
of  the  starch  molecules  in  the  starch  granules  without 
gelatinization  of  the  starch.  The  process  produces  a  firm 
potato  tissue  which  resists  physical  breakdown  during  fur- 
ther processing. 


3,M9,687 
PROCESS  OF  PREPARING  FROZEN  PUDDING 
CCNMPOSIIION 
Aufutfaie  D.  lyErcole,  White  Piaini,  N.Y.,  aarignor  to 
Gcaend  Focdi  Corporaiion,  WUtc  Plains,  N.Y. 
No  Dnwii«.  Flkd  May  5,  1969,  Ser.  No.  822,022 
Int  CL  A23g  5/00;  A231 1/14 
VA  CL  99—139  5  Claims 

Preparing  a  frozen  pudding  by  cooking  pudding  ingre- 
dients containing  a  modified  food  starch  at  a  temperature 
of  from  about  230*  to  about  260"  F.,  cooling  the  cooked 
mix  to  about  100*  F.  and  freezing. 


3*669,690 
PROCESS  FOR  RECOVERY  OF  MEAT  ESSENCES 


MaaaUdc  Nonaka,  Moraia,  Caltf.,  anIgBor  to  the  United 
States  ai  America  as  rcprcatntcd  by  the  Secretary  of 

No  DiawiBg.  FDcd  Jan.  26,  1971,  Ser.  No.  109,965 

lot  CL  A231 1/22 

IJA  CL  99^140  R  10  Oatais 

Process  for  recovering  volatile  flavor  essences  from 
meat  and  meat  products,  using  di-n-butyl  phthalate  as  an 
extraction  or  entrapment  mediiun.  . 


3,669,691 
PRODUCE  COATING 
Charles  F.  Dc  Long,  New  York,  N.Y.,  and  Thomas  H. 
Shepherd,  Hopewell,  N  J.,  aarignors  to  Nattonal  Patent 
Development  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Continnation-in>part  ot  appHcation  Ser.  No.  872,016, 
Oct  29, 1969.  IVs  appttcatlon  Jan.  13,  1970,  Sen 
No.  2,632  , 

Int  CL  A23b  7/16 

:iains 


VS.  CI.  99^168 


COMESTIBLE  STAimizER  COMPOSITION 
Hal  J.  Thonrntum,  Gretna,  La.,  assignor  to  DCA  Food 

bidiistries.  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawiiw.  FUed  Not.  S,  1969,  Ser.  No.  874,365 
Int  CL  A231 1/04;  A23g  3/00 
VA  CL  99—139  9  Claims 

A  stabilizer  composition,  particularly  useful  for  sta- 
bilizing comestible  coatings  such  as  sugar  glazes,  is 
formed  from  a  major  amount  of  malto-dextrin,  and 
minor  amounts  of  tapioca  dextrin  and  gel-forming  sub- 
stances. The  incorporation  of  such  a  composition  into 
a  glayj*-  comprising  sugar  and  water  results  in  a  comestible 
coating  which  is  non-tacky  and  is  resistant  to  extremes 
in  ambient  atmospheric  conditions. 


3,669,689 
FORTIFICATION  OF  FOOD  OR  ALCOHOUC 
BEVERAGES  WITH  COPOLYPEPTIDES 
Kazno  HoAino,  Tokyo,  and  Akio  Kanemitsn,  Machida- 
aht  Ji9a%  assignors  to  Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd^ 
Tokyo,  Ji^an 
No  Drawing.  Continnation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No. 
765,986,  Oct  8,  1968,  wUch  is  a  continnation-in-part 
of  application  Ser.  No.  384,517,  Jnly  22,  1964.  TUs 
appiicatioB  Ang.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,918 
Claims  priority,  application  Juan,  Jnne  30,  1963, 
38/37,803;  Ang.  22, 1963^38/43,773 
Int  CL  A231 1/26 
VA  CL  99—140  R  16  Claims 

A  food  product  or  alcoholic  beverage  flavor  fortified 
with  ornithine-aspartate  copolypei^ide  or  omithine-as- 
partic  acid  copolypeptide.  The  additive  is  especially  bene- 
ficial with  food  defident  in  amino  acids,  such  as  rice. 


25  CI 


Produce  is  coated  with  hydrophilic  polymers  that  per- 
mit a  reduced  rate  of  water  vapor  transmission  and  selec- 
tive permeability  to  gas  transport.  The  polymer  is  either 
a  water  insoluble,  organic  solvent  soluble  hydrophilic 
polymer  consisting  of  polymers  of  a  hydroxy  lower  alkyd 
acrylate,  a  hydroxy  lower  alkyl  methacrylate,  a  hydroxy 
Iow«-  alkoxy  lower  alkyl  acrylate  or  methacrylate  or  a 
water  soluble  polymer  ai  a  hydrophilic  hydroxyalkyl  acry- 
late or  methficrylate. 


Bthac 


3,669,692 
WATER    AND    OXYGEN    IMPERMEABLE 
COMMINUTED  MEAT  PRODUCT  CASING 
Albin  F.  TWbak,  DanriOe,  DL,  aaiigBor  to  Tee-Pak,  Inc. 
Continnation-isMart  of  iwiication  Ser.  No.  833,423,  Jinne 
16,  1969,  whidi  is  a  contianation-faHprt  of  appica- 
tion  Ser.  No.  518,116,  Jan.  3,  1966.  TUs  application 
Jnne  30, 1969,  Ser.  No.  865,541 
The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  snbseqnent  tp 
Feb.  2, 1988,  has  been  disdaimed  \ 

Int  CL  A22c  13/00;  B32b  15/08  I 

VA  CL  99—176  2  ClnfaiM 

A  casing  suitable  for  the  encasing,  processing,  and  stor- 
age of  products,  such  as  comminuted  meat  products  re- 
quiring low  oxygen  and  moisture  permeability  comprises 
a  base  foil  member  comprising  metal  foil,  the  base  foil 
member  being  coated  on  opposite  sides  with  a  continuous 
layer  of  a  thermoplastic,  at  least  ooe  layer  of  which 


JiWE  18,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


659 


thermoplastic  is  heat  scalable,  and  folded  and  formed  into   borides  or  carbides,  and  0  to  50  volume  percent  metal  are 
a  contmuous  tube  havmg  an  adherent,  stretch-resistant,   sintered  or  hot-pressed  to  form  arti^Sfj^liThnviS 

low  porosity,  a  golden  color,  pcr^iration  resistance  and  a 
*?  high  luster  when  polished. 


HtAT- 

SCALAILI 

PLASTIC 


10 


J 


longitudinally  extending  seam  formed  by  heat  sealing  the 
thermoplastic  layers  at  said  seam. 


3,669,693 

GERMANIA-SIUCA  GLASSES  AND  METHOD 
OF  COAUNG 
Robert  H.  Dalton,  Coming,  and  Eugene  F.  RiebUng, 
Horsehcads,  N.Y.,  asrignors  to  CorniM  Glass  Works. 
Cfwnlng,  N.Y. 

^-H?!^  Original  applicatton  Jnne  24, 1968,  Ser.  No. 
739,211,  now  Patent  No.  3,542,572.  Divided  and  this 
application  Mar.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,972 
Int  CL  C23f  7/02;  HOll  3/00 
VACX,  117-201  8  Claim. 

This  mvention  relates  to  glass  compositions  consisting 
essentially  of  GeOj  and  SiOj  which  are  especially  suitable 
as  protective  insulating  surface  layers  on  sUicon  semicon- 
ductor devices. 


3,669,694 

PERCOLATOR  COFFEE  BASKET  AND 

FILTER  ASSEMBLY 

^"i^'*,  R.  Nauhdmer,  La  Grange,  and  Farees  Uddta 

P"*^P***^  "^  assignors  to  Sunbeam  Corpora- 
tion, Chicago,  DL 

Filed  Mar.  30, 1971,  Ser.  No.  129,408 

.TO  ^  .»  Int  CL  A47j  i7/{?« 

UA  CL  99-310  6  CUdms 


5^ 


3,669,696 
ru.      e      ^  „     OPnCALGLASS 
Ic^  SnzuU,  SagamihanhsU,  Hideo  Yaani,  Tokyo,  and 

SSSfw'l?^  ^?"**'!?'-*'''  '•?»»  assignore  to 
Kabnsfaiki  I^drim  Ohara  Kogaku  Gansn  Seizosho, 
Sagamihara-shi,  Kanagawa-ken,  Japan 

Filed  July  9, 1969,  Ser.  No.  840,382 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Sept  16,  1968, 

43/67,808 

,T  c  ^.  ,-.  '■*•  ^'  C*^  ^/^'  ^/^<  3/30 

VA  CI.  106—47  Q  3  ctohns 

This  invention  relates  to  the  optical  glass  of  high  refrac- 
tion and  low  dispersion  having  a  basic  composition  in  the 
ii^TJ'^  ^^'  28-42%.  YaO,  2-25%,  UaO,  5-55%,  ThO, 
2-45%  of  weight  ratio.  In  the  attached  drawings,  FIGS.  1, 
2,  3,  4  and  5  are  triangular  diagrams  showmg  the  st^le 
region  of  glass  formation  in  the  composition 

BaOrYiOj-LaaOrThOa 
four  component  series.  FIGS.  6,  7,  8  and  9  are  triangular 
diagrams  showing  the  stable  region  of  glass  formation  in 
the  composition  ratios  of  the  BjOrYaOrLajOrThOrBaO 
five  component  series.  FIG.  10  is  an  Nrf-**/  diagram  show- 
ing the  optical  value  of  some  examples  in  the  tables. 


3,669,697 

^    „„ .        DELAY  LINE  GLASS 

Cyril  Frands  Drake,  Hariow,  and  Robert  Walter  James 
Amos,  New  Barnet  Em^land,  anignors  to  btn^ 
tfon^StandardElectric  Coiporation,  New  YoriL  N.Y. 
No  Drawtaig.  FBed  May  28,  1970,  Ser.  No.  4&70 

UA  CL  106-5?"  ^•^•^^^^'^/^^  ,a^ 

.  A  silica/alkaU-metal  oxide  glass  composition  foTusc 
in  precision  ultrasonic  delay  lines.  By  adding  Fead  as  a 
significant  constitutent,  a  relatively  high  alkali-metel  oxide 
content  can  be  used  without  degrading  acoustic  per- 
formance resulting  in  lower  temperatures  being  necessary 
to  produce  a  homogenous  glass. 


A  cylindrical  unitary  brewing  basket  and  filter  assembly 
for  electric  coffee  percolators  is  formed  with  a  plastic 
basket  and  woven  mesh  filters.  The  top  of  the  brewing 
basket  is  open,  and  the  bottom  (rf  the  basket  has  a  number 
of  ribs  which  extend  outwardly  from  the  center  of  die 
basket  in  4>oke-like  fashion.  A  woven  mesh  filter  is  se- 
cured against  the  upper  surface  of  the  spoke-like  ribs  in 
the  interior  of  the  basket  C^nings  are  formed  in  the 
upper  portion  of  the  side  wall  of  the  plastic  basket  to 
receive  plastic  frames  which  contain  overflow  openings. 
Woven  mesh  filter  strips  are  secured  across  the  inside 
surface  of  the  overflow  openings  of  each  of  the  frames. 


3,669,698 
«„,«  SEAL  GLASSES 

WmamA.  Graf,2gi«ighby,  and  Jaroilaw  Kohnt, .«. 

""^^"'i2^7&fs:^«aS7?"^ 

VA  a.  loJS^  "^'^  '''''  '''''  ^/^  5  ciahn. 
Seal  glass  compositions  direcUy  scalable  to  tantalum 
and  suitable  for  use  as  parts  of  hermetically  scaled  tan- 
talum electrolytic  capacitors,  including  an  effective  amount 
of  chroouc  oxide. 


3,669,695 
TITANIUM  AND/OR  ZIRCONIUM  NITRIDE  BASED 

ARTICLES  OF  JEWELRY 
Raj^  K.  Der,  WOmfaigton,  DeL,  and  Alan  B.  Pabncr, 
Cohmbla,  Md.,  aarignota  to  E.  L  du  Pont  de  Nemoun 
and  Company,  Wifaidngton,  Del.  . 

No  Drawimt.  FUed  Nov.  21,  1969,  Ser.  No.  878,890 
Int  CL  C04b  35/52,  37/00;  B22f  3/00 
VA  CL  106—43  14  Clafans 

Fine-grained  mixture  of  30  to  99  volume  percent  re- 
fractory nitride,  0  to  45  volume  percent  refractory  oxides. 


3,669,699 

INORGANIC  COATING  COMPOSmON 

Km«o  Dot,  Onda,  Jim  NakaJhwLfcSa  ]SL_-_. 

^^f^ar^I^  '""y  "»  l^Ser.  No.  59,032 

VA  CL  106^4^^  "^  '''''  ^  ''^'       ^  CI— . 

An  inorganic  coating  composition  is  provided  whS 

composes  (1)  a  weak  alkaline  aqueous  sohrtioo  of  an 


I 


660 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  ^-       June  13,  19*2 

alkali  metal  silicate  and  (2)  at  least  one  condensed  phos-  to  said  halohydrin  groups  being  from  1:0.6  to  1:1.5,  as 
phate  pr^>ared  by  heating  a  mixture  of  (A)  a  phosphate  well  as  high-molecular-weight  lipophilic  radicals  and/or 
having  an  average  composition  formula:  polysiloxane  radicals. 

MOxPaOB-yHaO 

wherein  M  represents  a  metal  selected  from  the  group  con- 
sisting of  Al,  Mg,  Ca,  Cu,  Fe,  Mn  and  Zn,  the  atomic 
ratio  Ml?  is  0.25-1.0,  each  of  x  and  y  is  a  real  number  and 
(B)  a  calcinated  double  oxide  of  (a)  a  metal  selected 
from  Group  11  of  the  Periodic  Table  or  (b)  at  least  one 
metal  selected  from  transition  metals  and  metals  of  Group 
IV  of  the  Periodic  TaUe. 


3  669  700 
CEMENT  COMPOSITION  FOR  LINING  PIPE 
Horace  1.  Beach  aad  Howard  J.  En  Dean,  Houston,  Frank 
E.  Fnmiey,  Monaliana,  and  Dick  Yates,  MkUand,  Tex., 
awignnn  to  Gvlf  Research  ft  Development  Company, 

No  Drawing.  FUcd  Apr.  17,  1969,  Ser.  No.  817,165 

IntCLCO4bii/02 

UA  CL  106—98  .     ^6  CiaiDM 

A  cement  composition  fw  lining  steel  pipe  by  centrif- 
ugal casting  of  a  slurry  of  the  cement  composition  com- 
prising sand  particles  of  imiform  particle  size  to  avoid 
gradation  of  the  sand  during  the  centrifugal  casting  of 
the  lining  and  portland  cement  in  a  concentration  ade- 
quate to  just  fill  the  voids  between,  and  wet  the  surface 
of,  the  sand  particles.  A  small  amount  of  fly  ash  pozzolan 
is  included  in  the  compositicm  to  increase  the  fluidity  of 
the  stiff  sludge  formed  by  mixing  the  cement  composi- 
tion with  water  used  in  the  casting.  After  centrifugal  cast- 
ing of  the  lining  in  the  pipe,  the  pipe  is  stored  in  an 
undisturbed  condition  until  initial  set  begins  after  which 
the  lining  is  steam  cured  and  water  flooded. 


3,669,703  ' 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  TREATMENT  OF  FLY  ASH 

AND  PRODUCT  | 

John  T.  Penaachetti,  St  Catharines,  Ontario,  and  Joseph 

F.  Bonx,   Burlington,  Ontario,  Canada,  assignors  to 

Enercon   International   Limited,   Hamilton,    Ontario, 

Canada 
No  Drawing.  Original  application  Dec.  4,  1967,  Ser.  No. 

687,465,  now  Patent  No.  3,533,819,  dated  Oct  13, 

1970.  Divided  and  this  application  May  5,  1970, 

No.  34,874 

Int  CL  C04b  31102,  31/10 
U.S.  CL  106—288  B  3  Claikns 

A  process  for  treating  fly  ash  to  obtain  a  multiplicity 
of  valuable  products  including  a  quality  controlled  sin- 
tered aggregate  product,  an  iron  concentrate  product,  an 
improved  pozzolan  product,  and  a  carbon  product  which 
includes  the  itep  of  air  classification  of  fly  ash  or  a  fly  ^sh 
fraction.       \ 


),  Ser. 


3,669,704 
NON-CURLING  DECALCOMANIA  PAPER  COM- 
PRISING    A     DISCONTINUOUS     POLYMER- 
STARCH  PARTICLE  BARRIER  LAYER 
Iliomas  L.  Reiling,  200  Wafaint  St, 

Dcdham,  Mass.    02026 
FBcd  Nov.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  880,722     ' 
Int  CL  B41m  3/12 
U.S.  CL  117— 3.6^  ^  11  Claims 


3,669,701 
UGHTWEIGHT  CEMENTS  FOR  OIL  WELLS 
Edwfai  W.  Blederman,  Jr.,  Hlghstown,  N  J.,  assignor  to 
Cities  Scrrlcc  Oil  Company,  Tnlsa,  Okla. 
Filed  Oct  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,050 
tat  CL  C04b  7/24,  7/34 
U.S.  CL  106—120  4  Claims 

Disclosed  herein  is  a  lightweight  cement  which  utilizes 
small  cenospheres  primarily  consisting  of  silica-alumina. 
This  material  known  as  float  ash  is  essentially  that  por- 
tion of  fly  ash  that  floats  on  water  and  has  a  specific 
gravity  around  0.7.  The  lightness  of  float  ash  and  its 
inherent  compressive  strengh  make  it  desirable  as  an  in- 
gredient for  decreasing  the  weight  and  improving  the 
strength  of  oil  well  cements. 


BARRIER  LAYER 


3,669,702 
SIUCONE  EMULSIONS 
Ubkh  Ran,  Hlldcn,  Rhinehmd,  Herbert  Frotscher,  Lan- 
gcnfcld,  RUneland,  and  Manfred  Petzold,  DnsscMorf- 
Holdianicn,  G«nuuiy,  assignors  to  Bohme  Chemie 
GeseDsdaft  mbH,  Dnsscldorf-Holflurosen,  Germany 
No  Drawi^.  Continoation-faHMVt  of  application  Ser.  No. 
687,134,  Dec  1,  1967.  This  appUcation  May  7,  1970, 
Ser.  No.  35,586 

Clafans  priority,  awllcation  Germany,  Dec.  22,  1966, 

B  90,419 
bit  a.  C08h  3/18 
VS.  CL  106—287  4  CUdms 

An  aqueous  silicone  emulsion  for  treating  fibrous  mate- 
rials, containing  an  oily  polysiloxane  and  as  an  emulsify- 
ing a0ent  a  partially-reacted  polymeric  compound  which 
contains  hydrogen  atoms  attached  to  aminonitrogen  atoms 
and  halohydrin  groups,  the  ratio  of  said  hydrogen  atoms 


A  water  releasable  decalcomania  paper  includes  a  base 
member  supporting  several  layers,  e.g.,  a  non-porous  bar- 
rier layer,  a  non-blocking  adhesive  film  top  coating  and 
the  decalcomania  printing  or  lacquer.  The  non-porous 
barrier  layer,  containing  individual  particles  of  starch 
and  a  discontinuous  polymer  phase  preventing  contact 
between  at  least  some  of  the  starch  particles,  prevents 
passage  of  water  into  the  base  during  application  of  the 
top  coating,  the  latter  forming  the  adhesive  for  the  decal- 
comania printing  and  made  up  primarily  of  dextrin.  A 
polyvinyl  alcohol  or  methyl  cellulose  layer  may  be  de- 
posited on  the  dextrin,  the  dextrin  being  mechanically  or 
chemically  broken.  The  decalcomania  paper  may  be  of  the 
simplex  or  duplex  type  and  may  be  of  the  "&ice-down" 
or  "slide-off'  variety.  --  ^\ 


3,669,705 
CORROSION  RESISTANT  ARTICLES  HAVING 
ZINC  SURFACE  AND  PROCESS  FOR  PREPAR- 
ING THE  SAME 

James  G.  Morrison,  CoraopoHs,  Pa.,  assignor  to 
Nati<Hial  Steel  Corporation 
No  Drawing.  Filed  July  9,  1969,  Ser.  No.  840,517 
Int  a.  B44d  1/34;  B05b  5/02;  C09d  5/08 
15S,  CL  117—17  25  Claims 

Articles  having  a  zinc  surface  subject  to  white  rusting 
are  coated  with  lecithin  to  improve  the  corrosion  resist- 
ance. The  invention  is  especially  useful  for  retarfling 
white  rusting  of  galvanized  steel. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


661 


3,669,706 
FUSING  PROCESS  AND  DEVICE 
James  F.  Sanders,  Hudson,  Wis.,  and  Ronald  R.  Baum- 
gartner,  White  Bear  Lake,  and  Laszio  D.  Fango,  StiU- 
water,  Minn.,  assignors  to  Minnesota  Mining  and  Man- 
ufacturing Company,  St  PauL  Minn. 

FUed  Oct  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81,809 

Int  CI.  C23c  3/00 

UA  CL  117—21  11  aaims 


A  process  and  device  for  fusing  powdered  thermoplas- 
tic marking  media  images  to  the  surface  of  a  receptor 
sheet,  e.g.  in  a  copying  machine.  The  fuser  device  has  a 
fuser  roll  with  a  radiant  energy  transmissive  drum  covered 
by  a  radiant  energy  transmissive  resiliently  compressible 
layer  which  is  coated  with  a  radiant  energy  absorbing  outer 
skin.  A  stationary  source  of  radiant  energy  and  a  reflector 
therefor  are  mounted  within  the  fuser  roll  to  provide  a 
band  of  intense  radiation  focused  upon  the  skin  at  a  loca- 
tion generally  corresponding  to  the  zone  of  receptor  con- 
tact. 

The  process  involves  the  steps  of  applying  a  thermo- 
plastic toner  powder  image  to  the  fuser  roll,  contacting 
the  powdered  image  with  a  receptor  surface,  and  simul- 
taneously focusing  intense  radiant  energy  on  the  radiant 
energy  absorbing  layer  bearing  the  contacted  image  until 
the  powder  fuses  and  adheres  to  the  receptor  surface,  and 
separating  the  receptor  from  the  roll.  A  powdered  image 
can  also  be  transferred,  e.g.,  from  a  semiconductive  image 
source,  to  the  surface  of  the  roll  by  simply  passing  the  roll 
over  the  source  bearing  the  powdered  image. 


fillers  and  contains  low  surface  energy  fillers,  such  as 
fluorinated  organic  polymer  materials  having  a  surface 


3-.?/ 


energy  not  greater  than  about  50  dynes/cm.,  blended 
therein. 


3,669,708 
^^Sf^I9^  ™E  MANUFACTURE  OF  FLEXI- 
JuTE^ls^^  AND  ORTHOPEDIC  BANDAGE 

WUly  Ernst  Reber,  Rennweg  73;  and  Henry  Nint  Korn- 
baoame  2,  both  of  BaseL  Switzerland;  Josdf  Haas, 
bn  Melriacbcr  71,  Bfamingen,  Switzerland;  and  Hans 

ES!I[;  K"T*?  "^'^^^^  ZiiPPfa*^,  Bodcnweg  12, 
bodi  of  Ariesheim,  Switzerland 

^*i{f!S^^®?S"?2??'^'*^  »'  appMcatioB  Ser.  No. 
^fii.  iJj^i  ■PpBcatlon  Mar.  11, 1970, 

Claims  priority,  appUcatton  Switzerland,  Mar.  20.  1964. 

3  619/64  *■"»-», 

uj».  CL  117—33  3  Claims 

A  process  for  the  manufacture  of  flexible  surgical  and 
orthopedic  bandage  materials  essentiaUy  comprising  1  2- 
epoxy  resm  impregnated  glass  fibre  fabric  having  a  high 
J^""!!^"**"*  *°**  ^^'^**  bandage  materials  can  be  shaped 
and  hardened  at  physiologically  acceptable  temperature 
and  withm  surgically  acceptable  time  interval  to 
mechanicalJy  sUff  surgical  and  orthopedic  permanent  sup- 
portmg  dressings,  wherein  in  a  first  stage  a  flat  structural 
material  which  is  porous  or  suitable  for  use  as  bandage 
tor  patients  is  impregnated  with  a  liquid,  curable  1,2- 
epoxy  resin-curing  agent  composition  and  then  in  a 
sc^nd  stage  the  wet,  tacky  surface  is  sprinkled  with  a 
sufficient  amount  of  a  finely  powdered  fiUer,  and  any 
excess  of  filler  is  removed  mechanicaUy,  to  form  a  dry- 
non-tacky,  smooth  surface  on  the  resin  impregnated  flat 
material.  The  so-obtained  flexible  bandage  being  adapted 
for  conversion  into  mechanically  stiff,  hardened  surgical 
and  orthopedic  permanent  supporting  dressing  on  the 
body  of  a  patient. 


3,669,707 

FIXING  PROCESS 
Charies  A.  Donnelly,  Sooth  St  Paul,  Minn.,  and  James 
F.  Sanders,  Hodson,  Wis.,  assignors  to  Minnesota  Min- 
ing and  Mannfactuting  Company,  St  Paul,  Mfam. 
Filed  Oct  17, 1969,  Ser.  No.  867,176 

,T«  ^  tat  CL  B44d  7/09¥ 

UA  CL  117-21  6  Claims 

Particulate  thermoplastic  toner  is  fixed  on  a  receptor 
surface  by  direcUy  contacting  the  toner  with  a  silicone 
elastomer  surface  while  the  toner  is  in  a  fused  state 
responsive  to  the  adhesive  nature  of  the  silicone  elastomer 
and  to  the  adhesive  nature  of  the  receptor  to  provide  for 
the  substantially  complete  retention  of  the  toner  on  the 
receptor  surface  in  a  fixed  condition.  Preferably,  the 
sUicone  elastwner  is  free  of  high  surface  energy  fillers 
and,  most  preferably,  is  both  free  of  high  surface  energy 


3,669,709 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  PHOTOGRAPHIC  BASE 

MATERIAL 

^^T  ^^  "^  NobuMko  Mhiagawa,  SUznoka. 
Japan,  assignors  to  Fnji  Photo  fETco.,  Ltd^KaS 
gawa,  Japan  ^  ^^  ^m»- 

No  Drawing.  FUed  June  1,  1970,  Ser.  No.  42,515 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  May  31,  1969, 

44/42,801 

lT«nif,     ,.     tat  CL  B44d  7/¥¥ 

UA  CL  117—34  1^  China 

A  method  of  making  a  photographic  base  material  hav- 
ing suitable  adhesive  properties  with  respect  to  a  sub- 
sequenUy-apphed  photographic  light-sensitive  emulsion, 
said  method  comprising  applying  to  a  substrate  of  poly- 
ethylene fihn  or  a  polyethylene^oated  paper  a  menSer 


662 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  a  first  material  hav- 
ing suitable  adhesive  properties  with  respect  to  a  sub- 
sequently-applied light-sensitive  emulsion  and  a  second 
material  having  suitable  adhesive  properties  with  respect 
to  a  subsequently-applied  light-sensitive  emulsion  after 
being  subjected  to  an  electrical  discharge  treatment  to  a 
dry  thickness  of  from  0.5  to  3  microns,  drying  the  re- 
sulting coating  to  a  water  content  of  from  5  to  30% ,  by 
weight,  based  on  the  total  weight  of  the  coating  and  sub- 
jecting the  resulting  coated  substrate  to  a  corona  dis- 
charge treatment. 


3,M9,710 
PRESSURE  SENSITIVE  COPYING  SHEET 
Shiro    Kimm,    Teiuo    KobayashL    and    Sadao   Ishige, 
KaM«»ni,  lapM,  ■wifnfi  to  FdJI  Photo  Film  Co^ 
Ltd.,  Kaaagawa,  lapm 

No  DrawlBg.  Filed  May  7,  1970,  Ser.  No.  35,596 

CfadiiH  priority,  appUcatkm  Japan,  May  7,  1969, 

44/34,968 

Int  CL  B41m  5/22 

U«8b  CL  117—36.2  10  Claiins 

A  i»e«sure  sensitive  copying  sheet  having  as  a  color 

former  a  compound  reiH'esented  by  the  following  formula: 


atoms,  or  a  benzyl  group;  and  wherein  R4  represents  an 
aryl  group  are  disclosed. 


3,669,712 
PRESSURE^ENanVE  COPYING  PAPERS 
Sidro   Kiomra,   Teivo   Koteyarid,   and   Sadao   Iddgc, 
Kaaagawa,  and  Masataka  Klritanl,  Shimoka,  Japan, 
asaignon  to  Fta^  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.,  Kanagawa, 
Japan 

No  Drawing.  FOcd  Jane  26,  1970,  Ser.  No.  5033 
Cbdnu  priority,  appUcatkm  Japan,  June  27, 1969, 
1  44/50,819 

Int  CL  B41m  5122 
U.S.  a.  117.-36.2  3  Claims 

A  pressure  sensitive  copying  paper  containing  a  co^r 
former  having  the  general  formula 


wherein  Ri  and  R3  each  is  an  alkyl  group  having  from 
1  to  5  carbon  atoms,  wherein  R3  is  an  acyl  group,  and 
wherein  R4  is  an  aryl  group  is  disclosed. 


wherein  Ri  and  Ra  each  is  an  alkyl  group  having  1  to  S 
carbon  atoms. 


3,669,711 
PRESSURE-SENSnTVE  COPYING  PAPER 
SUro   Umnra,    Tcnw   KobayaflU,    aiid    Sadao   laUge, 
Kanatawa,  and  Masataka  Klritani,  Shbnoka,  J^mui, 
to  Fufi  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.,  Kanagawa, 


No  Drawins.  FOcd  May  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  40,481 
Cfadms  priority,  application  Japan,  May  23, 1969, 

44/40,056 

latu  CL  B41m  5122 

UJ.  CL  117— 36J  7  Cialms 

Pressure-sensitive  copying  papers  containing  a  fluoran 
derivative,  having  the  following  general  formula 


3,669,713 
TRANStER  ELEMENTS  AND  PROCESS  FOR 
PREPARING  SAME 
Douglas  A.  Newman,  Glen  Cove,  and  Allan  T.  SchkHz- 
hwer.  Locust  Valley,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Colombia 
RiUMm  and  Carbon  Mamifactnring  Co.,  Inc.,  Glen 
Cove,  N.Y. 

Continiiatio»4n-part  of  ai^Ucatfon  Ser.  No.  738,496^ 

June  20,  1968.  TVs  appUcatton  Dm.  31,  1969, 

Ser.  Now  889,577 

The  portion  of  the  twm  of  the  patent  snbseqnait  to 

May  6, 1986,  has  been  dtacfadmed  [ 

Int  CL  B41m  5tl0  ' 

U.S.  CL  117—36.4  8  Cfadms 


Ri 


yAgrLo 


V 


wherein  Ri  and  Ra  each  represents  an  alkyl  group  having 
from  1  to  5  carbon  atoms;  wlierein  Rg  represents  a  hy- 
drogen atom,  an  alkyl  group  having  fnun  1  to  5  carbon 


A  pressure-sensitive  transfer  sheet  or  ribbon  compris- 
ing a  porous  fabric  having  on  the  surface  thereof  a  sponge 
layer  of  a  foamed  synthetic  thermoplastic  resin,  said 
fabric  containing  a  supply  of  {H^ssure-transferable  ink. 
In  use,  the  ink  is  exuded  through  the  sponge  layer,  which 
is  present  at  the  ink-releasing  surface,  so  that  the  pattern 
of  the  filaments  of  the  fabric  is  not  transmitted  to  the 
formed  images. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


663 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  1 17-- 36.9  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,747 


3,669,714 
PLATING  OF  POLYSTYRENE 
Donald  Fkid  WDey,  Big  Spring,  Tex.,  aasignor  to  Coadcn 
Oil  A  Chemical  Conqpa«y,  Big  Spring,  Tex. 
No  Dnwiiv.  Filed  Jnne  17,  1969,  Ser.  No.  834,130 
Int  CL  B44d  11092;  C08f  15/00;  C23b  5/60 
U.S.  a.  117^7  A  5  Claims 

The  brightness  of  metal  plating  upon  polystyrene 
mended  parts  is  greatly  enhanced  by  blending  a  small 
quantity  of  less  than  about  15%  of  a  terpolymer  of 
acrylonitrile,  butadiene  and  styrene  with  the  polystyrene 
before  molding.  The  polystyrene  before  blending  pref- 
erably contains  a  small  quantity  of  preformed  rubber  in 
the  polymer. 


3,669,715 

METHOD  OF  PREPARING  A  METAL  PART  TO  BE 

SEALED  IN  A  GLASS<:ERAMIC  COMPO^TE 

Edward  Meyer,  Pnsssfl,  Pa.,  assignnr  to  Syivania 

Electric  Prodncts  Inc. 

Origfaud  appHcatton  Sept  20,  1968,  Ser.  No.  761,164. 

Diridcd  and  this  applkatton  Jone  17,  1970,  Ser.  No. 

46,883 

Int.  CL  B32b  7/00 
MS.  CL  117—53  1  Clafan 


Disclosed  are  techniques  for  fabricating  metal-ceramic 
articles  wherein  a  hermetic  seal  is  desired  between  the 
metal-ceramic  jointure.  The  technique  involves  utilization 
of  a  powdered  ceramic  ctmtaining  a  binding  material 
which  is  compressed  in  a  mould  around  the  metal  part  a* 
parts  to  be  incorporated  therein.  Tl^  green  part  so  formed 
exhibits  superior  strength  and  the  article  is  mudi  easier 
to  handle  for  subsequent  firing.  Also  disclosed  is  a  glass- 
ceramic  powder  composition  ideally  suited  to  this  ivocess, 
together  with  methods  for  treating  the  metal  parts  to  in- 
sure a  hermetic  seal. 


3,669,716 
HIGH  ENERGY  CURING  OF  PHOTOPOLYMERIS^ 

ABLE  NONAIR  INHIBITED  POLYESTER  RESIN 

COATINGS 
Alex  C.  KeyL  Wahmt  Creek,  CaHf.,  and  Mary  G.  Bfodic, 

Chicago,  ED.,  aasignoES  to  The  Sherwin-Williams  Com- 
pany, Qevefamd,  OUo 
No  Drawins.  Cootfamatkm-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No. 

701,023,  Dec  5,   1967,  now  Patent  No.  3,511,687, 

wUch  b  a  contimiadon-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No. 

360,359,  Apr.  16, 1964.  TUs  appUcatkm  May  11,  1970, 

Ser.  No.  3M14 

The  portion  of  the  term  off  the  patent  subsequent  to 

May  12, 1987,  has  been  discbdmcd 

Int  CL  B44d  1/50 

U.S.  CI.  117—62  16  Claims 

Miotopolymerizablc   nonair   inhibited    polyester  resin 
coatings  having  a  thickness  of  1  to  12  mils  (0.00 1  to 


0.012  inch),  preferably  containing  a  photosensitizer,  are 
cured  by  subjecting  them  to  light  waves  within  the  range 
of  1850  to  4000  angstroms.  The  process  is  useful  in  fcMTn- 
ing  coatings  on  metal,  wood  or  other  substrate  but  is 
especially  valuable  for  producing  cured  resinous  coatings 
on  wood,  e.g.,  plywood  panel 


3,669,717 

METHOD  OF  COATING  SHAPED  ARTICLES  OF 

PLASTiaZED  POLYVINYL  CHLORIDE 

Amira  AumaBn  aM  AnmsH  sopo,  &aHi(BWv>Kcn,  ana 
Yoko  KMa,  Tokyo,  livai,  aaicMm  to  AJtaomoto  Co., 
Inc.,  Tofa'o,  Japan 

FDed  Sept  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  74,832 
Claims  pitorfty,  appJtaHun  Japaa,  Sept  30, 1969, 
44/77,921 
InL  CL  B32b  27/JO;  B44d  1/14 
U.S.  CL  117—72  6  OafaM 

The  tendency  of  plasticized  PVC  surfaces  to  become 
tacky  because  of  plasticizer  migration  is  remedied  by  a 
coating  essentially  consisting  of  poly-7-alkyl  glutamate 
held  to  the  PVC  sur&ce  by  a  primer  coating  of  homo- 
polymers  or  copolymers  of  PVC  having  a  low  degree  of 
polymerization  (500  or  less). 


3,669,718 
SOLVENT  RESISTANT  ALXENYL  AROMATIC 
RESINOUS  SHAPED  ARTICLE 
T.  Chfa,  MkUand,  KamMth  R.  Hock,  Gbdwto, 
and  Floyd  B.  Ni«ic  Mlilani,  Mkh.,  asrignnrs  to  The 
Dow  Chemkai  Coapnigr.  MMlaMi,  Mkh. 
No  Dniwh«.  FDed  Oct  28,  1969,^.  No.  871,946 
Int  CX  B32b  27/30 
U.S.  CL  117—72  8  Chd^ 

Polystyrene-type  resinous  articles  are  provided  with  a 
protective  coating  of  a  styrene  or  vinyl  ether  maleic  anhy- 
dride copolymer  salt  which  provides  a  solvent  resistant 
coating  and  prevents  stress  cracking  and  softening  of  the 
styrene-type  article. 


3,669,719 

COMPOSITE  ARTICLES  HAVING  METALLIC 
COATING    WITH     HIGH     TEMPERATURE 
LUBRICITY 
CUnton  M.  Docdc,  Hamdca,  and  Eugene  E.  Combs, 

NorOford,  Conn.,  aarignors  to  Qnaatnm,  Inc.,  WalUng- 

f  Old,  Conn. 

No  Drawii^  FBcd  Mar.  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  15,866 

Int  CL  C23c  7/00 

U.S.  CL  117—93.1  PF  6  Chdms 

Metal  coatings  on  non-metallic  and  metallic  substrates, 
including  bearing  metal  alloy  coatings  exhibiting  lubricity 
at  high  temperatures,  are  prepared  by  directing  a  plasma 
flame  at  a  non-metallic  substrate,  such  as  a  polyimide 
substrate  or  a  metal  substrate  such  as  titanium,  stainless 
steel,  etc  and  injecting  into  one  of  the  gas  streams  enter- 
ing the  said  plasma  flame  a  co(^r-nickel-indium  alloy 
in  solid  particulate  fcMin  and  depositing  on  the  said  8Ul>> 
strate  an  adherent,  dense  coating  having  high  temperature 
surface  lubricity. 


3,669,720 

PRINTING  AND  COATING  METHOD 

Robert  K.  Ranmr,  Byaniiin,  DL,  aalinnf  to 

Inca  Ua^  be,  Norttkrook,  luT 

Original  appikatkm  May  14,  1965,  Ser.  No.  455,936. 

Divided  and  thb  appBcaHo*  June  25,  1969,  Ser.  No. 

850,292 

Int  CL  B44d  1/44 
U.S.  a.  117—9331  5  CWm 

A  method  for  coating  web  and  object  surfaces  wherein 
a  formulation  including  a  coating  compmieot  dispersed  in 
a  solvent  vehicle  is  deposited  onto  the  web  or  obfect  sur- 
face which  is  th«D  subjected  to  uUrascmic  irradiation  for 


899  0.0. — 24 


664 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


facilitating  vaporization  of  the  solvent  constituent  in  the 
formulation    and/or    polymerization    and    crosshnking 


June  13,  1972 


withiA  the  coating  component  while  on  the  web  or  object 
surface.  

3  669  721 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  CONTINUOUS  PRODUCTION 

OF  COATED  TUBULAR  STRUCTURES 

Engcn  Jager,  Bomlitz,  Gcrmaiiy,  assignor  to  Wolff 

Wateode  Akftengcadbchafl,  Wakrodc,  Gcraumy 

FDcd  Feb.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,440 

Claims  priority,  appikatioii  Germuy,  Feb.  21,  1969, 

P  19  08  698.7 

lot  CL  B05b  13/06:  B44d  1/10 

UA  CL  117—95  2  Claims 


A  {M-ocess  for  the  continuous  production  of  coated  tubu- 
lar structures  by  simultaneously  venting  from  one  side 
and  impregnating  with  a  coating  material  from  the  other 
side,  a  tubular  structure  and  an  apparatus  for  carrying 
out  the  process. 

3,669,722 

FREE  FLOWING  PELLETS  OF  UNCURED 

ELASTOMERIC  MATERIAL 

William    A.    IHdiop,   Baton    Rouge,    La.,    assignor   to 

Copolymer  Rubber  ft  Chemical  Corporation,  Baton 

Rouge,  La. 

Filed  June  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  836,416 
bit  a.  B32b  25/08;  B44d  5/08 


VS,  CL  117—100  C 


5  Clafans 


3,669  723 
SPRAY  DEPOSITION  OF  SIUCON  POWDER 
STRUCTURES 
Norman  Lawrence  Pair,  Shcphcrdf  Croft  Ridge,  Ware- 
ham,  Englawl,  aad  RoMa  Lawford  Brown,  44  Ley- 
bourne  Ave.,  Ensbury  Park,  Boumcmondi,  England 
Continnation  off  ap^catlon  Scr.  No.  614,855,  Feb.  9, 

1967.  This  application  Jan.  21,  1970,  Scr.  No.  4,449 
Claims  prioitty,  application  Great  Britain,  Feb.  9,  " 

5,565/66 

Int.  CL  B44d  1/097 

U.S.  CL  117-a05J  2  Claims 


»,  1966L 


I 

Spray  depoation  of  silicon  powder  by  projection  from 
a  flame  gun  on  to  a  preheated  former,  which  may  be 
capable  of  being  rotated  or  reciprocated  to  facilitate  con- 
tinuous and  even  deposition  of  silicon  powder  on  the 
former.  The  former  may  be  formed  of-silicon  or  silicon 
nitride,  in  which  case  both  the  former  and  the  silicon 
compact  formed  thereon  by  the  projected  powder  are 
heated  in  an  atmosphere  of  nitrogen  or  ammonia  to  con- 
vert the  silicon  to  silicon  nitride.  As  an  alternative,  the 
former  is  coated  with  a  soluble  release  agent  before  spray- 
ing and  the  former  and  codipact  formed  thereon  are  im- 
mersed in  a  solvent  to  dissolve  the  soluble  release  agent 
to  release  the  compact,  which  is  then  heated  in  an  at- 
mosphere of  nitrogen  or  ammonia  to  convert  the  siUcon 
to  silicon  nitride. 


I  3  ^9  724 

METHOD  OF  VAPOR  DEPOSITING  A  TUNGSTE^  > 
TUNGSnSN  OXIDE  COATING 
Warren  L,  Brand,  Sunnyvale,  CaHf ^  assignor  to 
Motorote,  Inc.,  RrankUn  Park,  IlL 
Original  application  Jan.  26,  1968,  Scr.  No.  700,817. 
Divided  and  this  appUcation  Sept  28,  1970,  Scr.  Na 
76,333 

Int  CL  C23c  11/08, 11/00. 13/00 
U.S.  CL  117—106  R  3  Oafans 


and  Sulphur 


Free  flowing  pellets  of  tacky  elastomeric  material  in 
which  the  elastomeric  material  forms  a  core  coated  with 
one  or  more  layers  in  which  the  outermost  layer  is  a  hard 
non-tacky  layer  containing  a  film  forming  material. 


Viiiniih 


I 

A  timgsten-tungsten  oxide  electrical  resistance  film 
deposited  by  passing  a  gaseous  mixture  containing  oxygen 


June  18.  1972 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


665 


and  tungsten  hexacarbonjA  vapor  in  contact  with  a  suit- 
able substrate  maintained  at  a  temperature  sufficiently 
high  to  decompose  the  carbonyl  vapor.  The  sheet  resist- 
ance of  the  deposited  film  can  be  varied  from  SO  ohms 
per  square  to  5,000  ohms  per  square  by  controlling  the 
molar  ratio  of  oxygen  to  tungsten  hexacarbonyl,  thereby 
determining  the  ratio  of  tungsten  to  tungsten  oxide  in  the 
cermet  film.  The  film  is  particularly  suited  for  use  as  a 
resistor  in  the  fabrication  of  integrated  circuits,  and  is 
compatable  with  diffused  active  components  of  semicon- 
ductor devices. 

3,669,725 
FLAMEPROOFING  OF  POLYESTER-CELLULOSE 
FIBRE  MATERIALS 
Hermann  Nachbur,  Domadi,  Joerg  Kern,  Obcrwil,  Basel- 
Land,  and  Arthur  Maedcr,  Thcrwil,  Switzerland,  as- 
signors to  Ciba  Limited,  Basel,  Swltzeriand 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Mar.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  24,391 
Chdms  priority,  application  Switzcriaad,  Mar.  31,  1969, 

4,858/69 
Int  CL  C09d  5/18, 3/28 
VS.  CL  117—136  12  Clafans 

A  process  for  the  flameproofing  of  mixed  fiber  mate- 
rials of  polyester  and  cellulose  is  provided  in  which  an 
aqueous  preparation  is  applied  to  these  materials,  which 
contains  a  reaction  product  of  a  nitrogen  compound,  a 
phosphonopropionic  acid  amide,  formaldehyde  and 
optionally  an  alkanol.  Afterwards  the  materials  are  dried 
and  subjected  to  a  heat  treatment.  The  fiber  materials 
then  have  a  very  good  permanent  flame  resistance.  Pre- 
ferred fiber  materials  are  polyester-cotton  mixed  fabrics. 


3,669,726 

SYNTHETIC  ORGANIC  FIBER  RESISTANT 
TO  YELLOWING 
Edgar  Kari  Tfaidcr,  Powhatan,  Va.,  assignor  to  E.  I.  dn 
Pont  dc  Nemours  and  Company,  Wilmington,  Del. 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Aug.  13,  1969,  Scr.  No.  849,904 
Int  CL  1132b  27/34,  27/14 
U.S.  CL  117—138.8  N  3  Claims 

Polyamide  and  other  synthetic  polymeric  fibers  of  in- 
creased whiteness  and  reduced  tendency  to  yellow  are 
obtained  by  coating  the  same  with  definec  amounts  of 
discrete  particles  of  carbon  black  of  colloidal  size. 


3  669  727 
IMPREGNATION  AND*  LAMINATION  RESIN  SOLU- 

TIONS,  METHODS  AND  ARTICLES  PRODUCED 

THEREBY 
Douglas  G.  Raymond,  Parma  Heights,  Ohio,  asrignor  to 
SCM  Corporation,  Clevcbmd,  Ohio 

No  Drawing.  FDcd  Mar.  4.  1968,  Scr.  No.  709,930 

Int  CL  B27k  3/34;  B21h  1/34 

U.S.  CL  117—148  13  Clafans 

New  melamine  acrylate-polyester  resin  solutions  and 
impregnation  methods  suitable  for  use  in  impregnating 
or  coating  paper,  wood,  cloth,  fabric,  asbestos,  and  other 
webbed,  fibrous  or  porous  base  materials  are  provided. 
These  impregnated  base  materials  are  suitable  for  fusion 
to  a  substrate  to  form  laminated  composite  articles. 


3  669  728 
METHOD  FOR  PROYIDING  OPAQUE,  MICROCEL- 
LULAR,  FILM  COATINGS  ON  SUBSTRATES  AND 
THE  RESULTANT  PRODUCT 
JcnuDc  A.  Sdncc.  PMtsbmifc,  Pa.,  ssrdinni  to  PPG 
Industries,  Inc.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
Continnatio»faHMrt  of  applications  Scr.  No.  741.502, 
July  1, 1968,  and  Ssr.  No.  745,433,  Jnly  17, 1968.  Ufa 
appiicatton  June  22,  1970,  Scr.  No.  48,199 
Int  CL  C07d  3/48 
\3S,  CL  117—161  UA  21  Cfadms 

The  disclosed  invention  relates  to  films  from  a  novel 
latex  mixture  which  are  non-porous,  microcellular  and 


opaque  iii  the  absence  of  an  opacifying  agent.  The  pr^>- 
aration  of  the  films  of  the  disclosed  inventicm  comprises 
providing  control  techniques  for  entri^ping  a  sufficient 
amount  of  a  liquid  non-solvent  for  the  polymer  in  the  poly- 
mer matrix  of  a  latex  after  the  continuous  phase  removal, 
so  that  upon  evaporation  of  the  nonsolvent  from  a  co- 
alesced and  tack-free  polymer  matrix,  a  resulting  opaque 


and  continuous,  non-porous  film  is  produced  which  will 
have  minute,  discrete  and  substantially  closed  voids  and 
which  is  opaque  in  the  absence  of  an  opacifying  agent  such 
as  pigment.  The  disclosed  invention  also  relates  to  opaque 
films  with  enhanced  optical  properties  {M'oduced  by  the  in- 
clusion of  pigments,  fluorescent  materials  and  optical 
brighteners  in  the  opaque  films  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
maximize  their  effectiveness  therein. 


3,669,729 

METHOD  FOR  PRODUCING  ARTICLES  HAVING 
PIGMENTED  COATINGS  WITH  IMPROVED  HID- 
ING ABILITY  AND  THE  RESULTANT  PRODUCT 

MTOIDC  A«  SdBVy  PlttaMVB|  PlLf  MHSWV  tO  PPG 

Continuation-faHpart  of  appBcntions  Scr.  Now  741,502, 
July  1, 1968,  and  Scr.  No.  745,433,  Jn|y  17, 1968.  TUs 
application  June  22,  1970,  Scr.  No.  48,999 
Int  CL  C09d  3/48 

U.S.  CL  117—161  UA  17 


The  disclosed  invention  relates  to  improved  opaqtie 
films  which  are  continuous,  microcellular  and  non-porous 
possessing  unusual  hiding  ability  and  opacity.  The  films  of 
this  invention  are  pr^ared  from  a  novel  latex  mixture 
comprising:  non-elastomeric  polymeric  material,  water, 
non-solvent  for  the  polymeric  material  in  a  weight  ratio 
of  non-solvent  to  polymer  solids  of  about  0.05  to  about 
3: 1.0  and  an  opacifying  pigment  in  a  weight  ratio  of  pig- 
ment to  polymer  solids  of  from  about  0.1  to  about  5:1. 
The  non-solvent  is  selected  such  that  it  has  a  boiling  point 
range  above  that  of  water  and  having  sufficiently  low 
volatility  to  remain  entrapped  in  the  polsrmeric  matrix 
when  the  composition  has  reached  a  quasi-rigid  or  tack- 
free  state  when  applied  as  a  film.  Once  the  film  has  be- 
come tack -free  the  non-solvent  is  evaporated  so  as  to  leave 
behind  minute,  closed  cells  which  enhance  the  hiding  and 
opacity  of  the  film.  The  disclosed  invention  also  relates 
to  opaque  films  with  enhanced  optical  properties  produced 
by  the  inclusion  of  colored  iMgments,  dyes,  fluorescent 
materials  and  optical  brighteners  in  the  unusually  opaci- 
fied films  in  such  a  manner  as  to  maximize  their  effective- 
ness therein. 


666 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


MODIFYING  BARRIER  LAYER  DEVICES 


MMtklPad 


LoaMlltr  Biifclfhf.  Pa^  ■wlinnr  to  Bcu  u^ytn^ma  %rw  a 

lXilSokM,lKorpontod,MamyHmaad   ^^'S^SH^^ii^ 


3,M9,732  ^ 

PROCEDURE  FOR  MAKING  SEMfCONDtTCTOR 
DEVKXS  OP  8MAIX  DIMENSIONS 


Am.  1,  19M,  Scr.  No.  74MM. 
^^  Afr.  24,  197i,  Ser.  No. 


AAtwil, 

■oA.  NY 
FRid  May  H,  M^S«r.*  No.  837,495 


31,73t 
U5.  a  117— 2M 


btCLHtU  9/00 


9,711/tt 

4  cbiM  lBt>  Cl  Hf  U  7/00 

US.  a  117— XU 


Ma- 
is, IMS, 
3  CMm 


-• 

^» 

-    ' 

A  method  is  described  for  ivoducing  surface  bamer 
diodes  with  predetermined  barrier  heights.  At  least  two 
metals  are  mixed  in  a  predetermined  proportion  and  de- 
posited on  a  silicon  substrate.  Sufficient  heat  is  api^ied 
to  cause  the  metals  to  react  with  the  substrate,  forming 
a  mixed  metal  silicide  region.  By  varying  the  iM-oportions 
of  the  metals  a  desired  barrier  height  can  be  achieved. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  117— 201 
Patent  No.  3,669,693 


A  method  for  making  a  high  speed  field  effect  tran- 
sistor of  the  planar  type  with  Schottky-barrier  or  junc- 
tion contacts,  in  which  all  apertures  required  for  pro- 
duction of  electrodes  in  an  insulating  layer  covering  the 
semiconductor  body  are  produced  simultaneously. 

A  field  effect  transistor  in  which  the  gate  electrode 
surrounds  the  drain  electrode  in  a  loop  while  the  source 
electrode  is  subdivided  and  its  parts  essentially  surround 
the  gate  electrode.  The  contact  lands  of  the  gate  electrode 
are  arranged  essentially  outside  the  region  of  capadtive 
influence  of  the  source  electrode.  A  semiconductor  sur- 
face is  metalliaed  by  depositing  metal  through  a  mask 
aperture  smaller  than  the  surface  to  be  metallized  fol 
lowed  by  heating  to  cause  the  metal  to  wet  the  surface 
aiKl  spread  over  the  entire  surface. 


I 


3,<i9,731 

SILICON  DEVICB  HAVING  A   LEAD-PLICATE 
THEREON  AND  METHOD  OF  FORMING  THE 
SAME 
G«iU  C  Hift,  ChMlw  flpilili,  Ps^  Mrfpor  to 

Cmral  Bladik  Coipawy 
FBad  iMa  3t,  19i9,  Ser.  No.  »7,717 


to 


3,M9,733 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  THICK-FILM 

HYNtID  CIRCUIT 

I^Tor  Rkhaii  ABtagtam  ludtaiools,  Ind., 

RCA  CovpofaiMMi 

FBcd  Dec  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,629 

lot  CL  Htlc  7/00, 17/00;  B44d  1/18 

UA  CL  117—212  3  ClaM 


U.S.  CL  117— 281 


38, 1969,  Ser.  No. 
CL  H811 3/00 


7  Claims 


»m.r  re  ttLieom 


aimmemmiuTt 


itf /* 


A  transparent,  screen-printable  insulation  compositioji 
for  protecting  components  of  a  hybrid  integrated  circuit 
comprising  a  transparent  synthetic  resin,  mica  flake  and 
resin  solvent  in  such  proportions  as  to  be  screen-printable. 
Also,  a  method  of  making  a  hybrid  integrated  circuit  in 
which  passive  components  are  trimmed  after  the  protec- 
tive coating  is  applied. 


A  shnry  of  an  oxide  of  lead  and  an  organic  vehicle 
is  prepared  and  »pf^td  by  suitable  means  to  a  dean  sili- 
con wafer.  The  organic  vehicle  is  allowed  to  volatilize. 
The  silicon  waf^  is  then  heated  in  an  oxygen  atmosphere 
to  a  temperature  at  least  above  the  eutectic  of  the  oxide 
of  lead  and  siliccm  dioxide  and  jHeferaUy  above  the  liq- 
oidus  for  that  composition,  and  maintained  at  that  tem- 
perature for  a  short  time  to  form  a  lead-sOicate  glass  of 
desired  thickness.  By  cooling  the  silicon  wafer  at  a  con- 
trolled rate,  the  glass  removes  or  getters  any  impurities 
whidi  might  degrade  the  performance  of  any  P-N  junc- 
tion therein  by  diffusion  during  the  process  and  there- 
after protects  the  silicon  wafer  from  the  ambient. 


'  3,M9,734  _^ 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  ELECTRICAL  CONOTC 
nONS  TO  A  GLASS-ENCAPSULATED  SEMI 
CONDUCTOR  MEVICE  _     .^  „ 

Charles  Inter  Jacob,  Tcna  Hairte,  and  G«rali  Wayne 
Lawtom  lail— pnMs,  ImL,  mdw^m  to  RCA 

ratk» 

Filed  Amg.  5, 1978,  Scr.  No.  61^6 
fat  CL  C83c  15/00;  B44d  1/14 
UA  CI.  117—217  "^ 

Method  of  making  electrical  connections  to  a  glass- 
encapsulated  semiconductor  device  having  aluminum  con- 
tact pads  on  a  silicon  dioxide  passivation  layer.  The 


Wayne 
Com- 

Claiaa 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


667 


method  comprises  etching  away  the  glass  over  the  c(hi- 
tact  pads  with  a  solution  that  etches  rapidly  but  does  not 
attack  the  aluminum  and  which  contains  a  soluble  com- 
pound of  a  metal  having  an  electrode  potential  below 
aluminum  in  the  electrochemical  series.  The  metal  com- 
pound is  present  in  high  enough  concentration  to  deposit 


J*« 


on  the  aluminum  surface  faster  than  the  etchant  can 
remove  it.  A  thicker  layer  of  solder-wettable  metal  is 
then  electrolessly  deposited  on  the  first  metal  layer  and 
solder  bumps  may  then  be  formed  on  the  second  metal 
layer.  The  second  metal  layer  may  be  composed  of  the 
same  metal  as  the  first. 


3,669,735 

METHOD  FOR  ACTIVAIING  A  SEMICONDUCTOR 

ELECTRON  EMTITER 

Dcuis  GlcadoB  Fhher,  Prtocctoii,  N  J.,  anigBor  to 

RCA  Corporatioa 

Filed  Sept  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,537 

Int  a.  H81i  7/S2,  7/44 

U.S.  CL  117—224  18  Claims 


SENSITIZING  THE  SURF9CE  WITH 
(BUM  AND  OXYGEN 


tCATWGTOaBOlTSJS'C 


I 


COOLING  TO  ABOUT  25*  C      | 


RE-SENSITIZING  THE  SURFACE 
WITH  CESIUM  4N0  OXYGEN 


The  method  for  activating  a  semiconductor  to  maxi- 
mize its  electron  ^mission,  especially  photoemission,  in- 
cludes the  steps  of  sensitizing  a  cleaned  semiconductor 
with  at  least  a  strongly  electronegative  material  and  a 

Strongly  electropositive  material,  thereafter  beating  the 
semiconductor  to  a  temperature  of  between  about  470"  C. 
±10'  C,  and  590°  C.±10"  C,  then  resensitizing  the 
semiconductor  with  at  least  a  strongly  electropositive 
material. 


3  669  736 

TEXTILE  MATERIAL  HAVING  A  DURABLE  ANTI- 
STATIC PROPERTY  AND  THE  FIBERS  TO  BE 
USED  FOR  rrS  PURPOSE 

Shigeni  Fnjhrara,  Kc^JI  Nagae,  and  TobmmbI  OknhasU, 
Tokyo,  Japan,  aasigiiors  to  TeifiB  United,  Osaka, 


No  Drawing.  Filed  May  26,  1969,  Scr.  No.  827,931 
Claiflu  priority,  appBcalloa  Japan,  Jum  4,  1968, 

43/37,735 

lat  CL  C88r  47/12 

U.Sw  CL  117—226  5  d^iiH 

Electrically  conductive  fibers  composed  of  (1)  a  sub- 
strate which  is  a  fiber  of  synthetic  organic  polymer  and 
(2)  a  coating  adhered  to  said  substrate,  said  coating 
being  of  average  thickness  of  0.5  to  15  microns  and 
comprising  a  matrix  of  a  hardened  resin  mixture  of  an 
acrylonitrile-butadiene  copolymer  and  a  phenolic  resin 
compatible  with  the  copolymer,  and  finely  divided  sflver 
and/or  carbon  dispersed  in  said  matrix.  The  electrically 
conductive  fibers  have  a  very  durable  electric  conductivity 
as  well  as  excellent  functional  properties  of  normal  tex- 
tile fibers. 


3,669,737 

YAFORfLAIED  CBBMBT  RBflVTOR 

Warai  L.  kaii,  94t  PMte«8,  Apt  36, 

Snonrala,  CaW .    94886 

of  BHiilcrtM  Sw.  No.  788,817,  Jm.  26, 

1968.  TMs  appHcadaa  Sept.  28, 1978,  Ser.  No.  76,332 

iiiL  CL  B44d  1/lB;  H81c  7/00 

U.S.  CL  117—227  2 


^^^H 


A  tungsten-tungsten  oxide  electrical  resistance  film  is 
deposited  by  passing  a  gaseous  mixture  containing  oxy- 
gen and  tungsten  hexacarbonyl  vapor  in  c<mtact  with  a 
suitable  substrate  maintained  at  a  temperature  suffideotly 
high  to  decompose  Ae  carbonyl  vapor.  The  sheet  resist- 
ance of  the  dqwsited  film  can  be  varied  from  50  ohms 
per  square  to  5,000  ohms  per  square  by  ccmtroOing  the 
molar  ratio  of  oxygen  to  tungsten  hexacarb<myl,  thereby 
determining  the  ratio  of  tungsten  to  tungsten  oxide  in  the 
cermet  film.  The  film  is  particularly  suited  for  use  as  a 
resistor  in  the  fabrication  of  integrated  circuits,  and  is 
compatible  with  diffused  active  components  pf  semioon- 
ductor  devices. 


3,669,738 
POLYESTER  COATED  WIRE 
Steve  G.  Cotlii,  Baflato,  BarHiri  B.  N^wak, 
'  James  EcoMoay,  Baftao,  N.Y, 

...        _  ,N.Y. 

FBed  May  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  828,652 
fat  CL  B44d  1/42. 1/094, 1/097 
UA  CL  117—232 


llCUms 


A  wire  insulated  with  an  impervious  cntybenzoyl  p(rfy- 
ester  coating  which  can  be  produced  by  drawing  the  wife 
having  a  porous  coating  through  a  die. 


668 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,669  739 
PROCESS  FOR  RECOVHIY  OF  ST^CHi^ 
GLUTEN  BY  WASHING  A  DOUGH  OF  WHEAT 

FLOUR  «.  _^  ._  «.  .. . 

Eilk  Plar*^  Schcekntaa  1,  Stoddwfan  K.  fw^cn 
rnllMBlliw  III  r"rt  <rf  iMikatioM  Scr.  No.  476,128  and 
Ser.  No.  476,129,  both  July  36,  1965.  TUs  appUcation 
Jbm  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,469 
Claims  priority,  appilcatioB  Sweden,  Aug.  4,  1964, 

9,413/64 

Int  CL  C131 1/02 

UA  CL  127—67  »  Claims 


through  the  modules  causing  displacement  of  liquid  from 
and  turbulence  in  the  individual  tubes  thereof,  the  settlinj 


A  process  fpr  recovery  of  wheat  starch  and  gluten  from 
a  dough  of  wheat  flour,  as  compared  with  all  other  flour 
starches,  by  simultaneously  mechanically  treating  and 
spray  washing  the  dough  with  a  starch  absorbing  liquid,  the 
latter  of  which  is  quickly  carried  away  from  the  recovery 
region  so  as  to  preclude  an  undue  build-up  of  wash 
liquid,  with  the  dough  being  subjected  to  repeated  shred- 
ding and  cutting  actions  by  the  improved  disposition  and 
use  of  improved  scrapers,  spreading  and  cutting  members 
revolving  with  a  rotatable  shaft  extending  axially  within 
a  perforated  semi-circular  troughed  treatment  zone, 
whereby  the  gluten  network  of  the  dough  mix  is  more 
efficiently  broken  down,  and  the  starch  is  washed  there- 
from, and  the  reformed  gluten  lumps  respectively  being 
recovered  in  different  areas  for  further  predetermined 
treatment  or  commercial  use. 


surfaces  being  scrubbed  clean  by  the  high  liquid  velocitiep 
achieved. 

3  669  742 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CLEANING 
SETTLING  TUBE  MODULES 
Alfred  F.  Slecfata,  Corvallis,  Orcg.,  Gordon  L.  Culp, 
Kcnncwlclc,  Wasii.,  and  Ridianl  G.  Dunnalioc,  Cori> 
valHs,  Oreg.,  assignOTS  to  Neptune  Microfioc,  Incorpo^ 
rated,  Corvallis,  Oreg. 

Filed  July  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  59,425 

Int  CL  B08b  9/00 

UA  CL  134-*23  2  Claims 


3,669,740 
METHOD  OF  CLEANING  POLYAMIDE 
PRODUCING  APPARATUS 
Akira  Yamamoto  and  Keiichi  Moriyama,  Mihara-shi, 
Japan,  assignors  to  Teijin  Limited,  Osaka,  Japan 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Oct  24,  1969,  Scr.  No.  869,361 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  Nov.  5,  1968, 
43/81,161 
Int  a.  B08b  9/02 
VS.  CL  134—22  3  Oaims 

A  method  of  cleaning  polyamide  producing  apparatus 
is  disclosed,  namely,  contacting  the  coating  on  the  appa- 
ratus, at  a  temperature  above  200°  C,  with  a  composition 
comprising  at  least  25  weight  percent  of  one  or  more 
organic  carboxylic  acids  having  a  boiling  point  above 
220"  C. 

3,669,741 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  AIR-CLEANING 

SETTLING  TUBE  MODULES 
Richard  G.  Dnnnaboc  and  Gary  B.  Bondahl,  Corvallis, 
and  Paul  W.  Rotii,  Salem,  Orcg.,  assignors  to  Neptune 
Microfloc,  Incorporated,  CorvaOis,  Oreg. 

FUed  Jan.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  110,398 
Int  CL  B08b  9/00 
VS.  CL  134—22  R  3  Claims 

Settling  tube  modules  are  cleaned  of  deposited  mate- 
rial by  injecting  air  below  them  while  they  are  immersed 
in  the  liquid  of  the  settling  basin.  The  air  flows  upwardly 


Settling  tube  modules  are  cleaned  of  deposited  mat(s- 
rial  by  reciprocating  the  module  while  immersed  in  tic 
liquid  of  the  settling  basin  to  cause  relatively  rapid  mic- 
tion of  the  liquid  through  the  individual  settling  tubts 
thereof.  Good  cleaning  is  achieved  when  the  edge  of  the 
module  is  reciprocated  through  an  amplitude  of  about 
two  inches  and  the  velocity  of  the  module  in  the  liquid 
during  the  reciprocation  attains  a  value  of  at  least  tvjo 
inches  per  second. 


3  669  743 
RECHARGEABLE  ELECTROCHEMICAL  CELL 
WTTH  SOLID  ZINC  SALT  COMPLEX  ELEC- 
TROLYTE 

Frank  E.  SwindeUs,  AiUngton,  Va.,  assignor  to 
Mclpar,  Inc.,  FaUs  Church,  Va. 
FUed  Apr.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  815,717 
Int  CL  HOlm  21/00,  35/00 
VS.  a.  136—6  15  CWms 

An  electrochemical  cell  has  a  zinc  electrode  and  a 
silver  electrode  between  which  is  positioned  a  solid  n<^- 
hygroscopic  electrolyte  in  the  form  of  a  complex  com- 
pound of  a  anc  salt  with  ammine,  hydrazine,  hydroxyl- 
amine,  or  aniline;  such  as  zinc  chloride  ammine.  A  further 
layer  of  silver  chloride  may  initially  be  disposed  between 
the  solid  complex  and  the  silver  electrode,  or  may  sub- 
sequently be  formed  in  that  location  upon  charging  of 
the  cell.  The  preferred  salts  to  be  converted  to  the  copi- 
plex  are  zinc  chloride,  zinc  bromide,  and  zinc  sulfate. 


JiniE  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


669 


3,669,744 
HERMETICALLY  SEALED  NICKEL-HYDROGEN 
STORAGE  CELL 
Boris  loadcvich   Tscntcr,   NaUdinaya   utttsa   dom   41, 
korpns   1,  in^.  9;  VyaclicdaT  Mikiurilovlch  Scrgecv, 
Guanskaya  uiitsa  15,  kv.  10;  and  Alczaadr  Ilidi  KIoss, 
Onukaya  nUtsa  13,  kr.  12,  aD  of  Leidiipad,  U.S.SJt 
FUed  Feb.  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  118,645 
Int  CL  HOlm  29/02 
VS.  CL  136—28  2  Clainis 

The  present  invention  relates  to  chemical  sources  of 
electricity,  and  more  specifically  to  hermetically  sealed 
nickel-hydrogen  storage  cells. 

A  hermetically  sealed  nickel-hydrogen  storage  cell  with 
positive  nickel-oxide  electrodes  and  negative  hydrogen 
electrodes  according  to  the  invention  is  characterized  in 
that  the  thicknesses  of  the  negative  and  positive  electrodes 
are  in  the  ratio  of  from  1:1  to  1:20;  the  volume  of 
electrolyte  and  the  volume  of  the  pores  in  said  electrodes 
and  said  separator  are  in  the  ratio  from  5:10  to  9:10; 
and  there  is  0.5x10"'  to  2x10-'  cubic  metres  of  gas 
per  kilogram  (mass)  of  nickel  hydroxide  in  the  positive 
nickel-oxide  electrode. 


(3)  A  third  layer,  interposed  between  the  first  and  sec- 
ond layers,  of  a  seau-penneable  membranous  layer. 
The  net  effect  of  this  multi-layer  separator  is  to  pro- 
vide a  variance  in  separator  material  characteristics 
normally  to  and  transversely  between  the  electrodes. 


3,669,745 
ACCUMULATOR   ELECTRODE  WTTH   CAPACTTY 

FOR  STORING  HYDROGEN  AND  METHOD  OF 

MANUFACTURING  SAID  ELECTRODE 
Klaus  Bcccu,  Oncx,  Geneva,  Switzerland,   assignor  to 

BatteUe   Memorial   Institute,   International   Division, 

Carouge,  Geneva,  Switzcriand 
No  Drawing.  Continuation  of  abandoned  application  Ser. 

No.  726,234,  May  2,  1968.  This  appUcation  Apr.  24, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  29,746 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Switzeriand,  May  2,  1967, 

6,333/67 

Int  CL  HOlm  35/02 

VS.  CL  136—20  ^  2  Claims 

An  accumulator  electrode  with  capacity  for  storing  hy- 
drogen, having  an  active  component  constituting  at  least 
40%  by  weight  of  the  electrode  and  consisting  of  a  hy- 
dride of  a  metal  belonging  to  the  third,  fourth  or  fifth 
group  £>f  transition  elements.  The  electrode  further  con- 
tains nickel,  copper,  silver,  iron  or  chrome-nickel  steel 
alloyed  with  the  active  component  and  comprises  a  metal- 
lic supporting  structure.  A  method  of  manufacturing  this 
electrode,  comprises  preparing  a  metal  powder  contain- 
ing the  active  component  and  said  other  metal  and  sinter- 
ing said  powder  in  hydrogen  at  700  to  1000"  C. 


3,669,746 
SEPARATORS  FOR  SECONDARY   ALKALINE 
BATTERIES  HAVING  A  ZINC-CONTAINING 
ELECTRODE 
John  L.  Devitt,  DoiTcr,  and  Donald  H.  McClelland, 
Littleton,  Colo.,  assignors  to  The  Gates  Rubber  Com- 
pany, Denver,  Colo. 

FUed  Aug.  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  62,225 
Int  CL  HOlm  43/02,  3/00 
VS.  CL  136—30  16  aaims 

A  sealed  or  resealably  safety-valved  alkaline  zinc  elec- 
trode-containing battery  cell  is  disclosed  employing  a  mul- 
ti-layer separator  material  which  is  composed  of: 

(1)  A  first  layer  in  close  engagement  with  the  zinc 
electrode,  microscopically  homogeneous,  non-reticu- 
lated, highly  absorbing  and  retentive  of  electrolyte, 
and  providing  a  uniformly  wetted  interface  with  the 
zinc  electrode  substantially  lacking  occluded  voids; 

(2)  A  second  layer,  contiguous  to  the  opposite  polarity 
electrode,  which  is  composed  of  the  same  material 
as  the  first  layer,  or  of  a  more  porous,  reticulated 
and  less-retentive  material  than  the  first  layer;  and 
optionaUy, 


3,669,747 
HEAT-SENSmVE  COPY-SHEET 
Geoffrey  C.  NichdaoB,  St  PMd,  and  Dowdd  J.  Ncwnun, 
White  Bear  Lake,  Min^  aarigMn  to  MtaMMte  Min- 
ing and  Manufadaring  Coopiny,  St  Panl,  Minn. 
No  Drawing.  FDed  Jnly  10,  1970,  Ser.  No.  54,003 
bt  CL  B41m  5/18 
VS.  CL  117 — 36.9  8  aainv 

An  integral  heat-sensitive  copy-sheet  contains  a  pro- 
tonatable  chromogenoos  dye-forming  color  progenitor 
and  a  cocrystal  adduct  of  an  organic  amine  and  volatiliza- 
ble  organic  acid. 


3,669,748 

THERMAL  BATTERY 
WflUam  N.  McCuOoogh,  JopHa,  Mc,  and  Edwin  E. 
^(racUca,  deceased,  late  of  JnpBu,  Mo^  by  DoraOy 
H.  SpracUai,  legal  reprcscaMhrc,  Ji^Hn,  M«».;  said 
McCuDoogk  anignor  to  Eagic-Plcher  Industries,  Inc., 
CindnnatL  OUo 
Continuatton  of  application  Scr.  No.  763,483,  Sept  16, 
1968.  TIpis  application  June  8,  1970,  Scr.  No.  48,797 
Int  CL  HOlm  21  /14. 17/06 
VS.  CL  136—83  T  2  Clainis 

A  thermal  battery  having  a  plurality  of  stacked  elec- 
tro-chemical couples  each  including  a  pair  of  positive 
and  negative  electrodes  between  which  is  sandwiched  a 
solid  electrolyte  liquifiable  when  sufficiently  heated  to 
provide  substantially  instantaneous  battery  activation, 
and  a  plurality  of  insulating  rings  each  associated  with 
a  different  pair  of  electrodes  and  enclosing  the  peripheral 
edge  of  only  one  of  the  electrodes  of  the  associated  pair 
for  preventing  alloys  which  form  by  chemical  interaction 
of  the  electrolyte  and  one  or  more  of  the  electrodes  from 
bridging  and  thereby  short-circuiting  the  electrode  pair. 
In  a  preferred  thermal  battery,  the  insulating  ring  of 
each  couple  also  encloses  the  peripheral  edge  of  the 
electrolyte,  preventing  the  electrolyte,  when  liquified, 
from  leaving  the  space  between  the  electrodes  and  thereby 
increasing  the  battery  internal  resistance  and  decreasing 
its  output  voltage. 


3,669,749 

METHOD  OF  OPERATING  ELECTROCHEMICAL 
CELLS  WITH  INCREAffiD  CURRENT  IMENSriT 
AND  OXYGEN  EFFICIENCY 
Robert  J.  ADen,  Sangns,  and  Hcvy  G.  Petrow,  Can- 
bridge,  Mass.,  asaii^on  to  Proloted  Company,  Cam- 
bridge, Man. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Mar.  20,  1968,  Ser.  No.  719,292 
Int  a.  HOlm  27/00 
VS.  CL  136—86  R  4  dates 

This  disclosure  is  primarily  concerned  with  the  dis- 
covery of  the  improvement  in  the  current  density  and 
oxygen  efSciency  of  alkali  media  fuel  ceUs  and  the  like 
effected  by  the  introduction  into  the  cathode  region  there- 
of of  a  source  of  oxidizable  boron. 


3,669,750 

FUEL  CELX,  SYSTEM 

Walter  Juda,  I^xtngton,  Masi;,  aarignor  to  Protolech 

Incorporated,  Cambridge,  Mam. 

Continuatton  of  application  Ser.  No.  260,457,  Feb.  25, 

1963.  TUs  appUcatton  Dec  24, 1968,  Scr.  No.  78S,6t7 

bt  CL  HOlm  27/00 

VS.  CL  136    86  g  Ch^ 

Stacked  fuel  cells  in  which  successive  anode  and  cathode 

electrodes  are  ^onm  suppOTts  juxtaposed  with  a  tUn  im- 


670 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


pervious  conductive  layer.  Each  anode  support  is  pro-    a  temperature  of  at  least  300  degrees  C.  to  render  the 
v^  with  a  thin  hydrogen-permcable  layer  at  the  side    electrolyte  molten  and  anhydrous.  Peroxide  and  siqwr- 


thereof  facing  the  electrolyte.  Hydrogen-containing  fuel 
is  reformed  in  situ  by  providing  reformation  catalysts 


oxide  may  function  as  the  electrochemical  oxidant  of  the 
cell.  , 

.   I 

CELL,  SPRING' 
Kaye,  Iniiigloii, 


p/r.  Malory  ft  Co^  bc^  indianapolis,  Ind. 
errNor7434 


FflcdScptL-, 

faitCLH01m2i/iO 
U.S.  CL  136—114 


8  Claims 


internally  of  the  anode  supports  within  the  pores  thereof. 
Fuel  and  oxidant  are  applied  to  one  end  of  the  anode 
and  cathode  electrodes,  and  vents  are  provided  at  the 
opposite  end.  Venting  is  assisted  by  electrode  tapering  or 
tilting.  

3,M9,751 
ELECTRIC  BATTERY  COMPRISING  A  FUEL 
CELL  HYDROGEN  GENERATOR  AND  HEAT 
EXCHANGER 

Peter  D.  Riduan,  164  Lcadi  Atc^ 

Paifc  Ridge,  N  J.    •7656 

Filed  Mar.  15, 1967,  Scr.  No.  623,465 

bit  CL  HOlm  27/14 

VS.  CL  136    86  C  22  Claims 


.^fL. 


—r 


SB 


1^ 


1^ 


^K      'i' 


A  reserve  type  cell  with  a  charge  volume  of  electrolyte 
held  confined  in  a  closed  cylinder  with  a  frangible  en( 
wall  closure  and  a  front  piston  closure  operable  by  a 
spring  held  compressed  until  cell  activation  is  desired,  at 
which  time  the  spring  is  released  to  hydrostatically  press 
the  fluid  electrolyte  to  fracture  the  bottom  frangible  tai 
and  to  express  the  electrolyte  to  operating  cell  space  siu-- 
rounding  the  electrolyte  cylinder  and  the  actuating  spring. 


An  electric  battery  of  very  high  capacity  per  pound. 
The  preferred  embodiment  is  a  self-balancing  system 
having  a  hydrogen-oxygen  fuel  cell,  a  circulating  KOH 
electrolyte  and  a  hydrogen  generator  in  which  an  Si-Al 
mixtiuv  is  reacted  with  the  electrolyte  to  produce  hydro- 
gen and  an  insoluble  aluminum  silicate,  thus  taking  up 
the  water  generated  in  the  fuel  cell.  In  the  fuel  cell  the 
electrodes  preferably  have  a  hydrophobic  surface  on  the 
gas  side  and  a  hydroi^ilic  bubble  barrier  on  the  electro- 
lyte side. 


3,669,752 
METHOD  OF  OPERATING  FUEL  CELL 
Robert  L.  Norack,  HanoTcr,  Mass.,  David  M.  Monhon, 
Knoxvllle,  Tenn.,  and  Walter  Ivda,  Lodiigtoa,  Mass., 
ass^Kiiors  to  Prototech  Company,  a  division  of  Bolt 
Bcranck  and  Newman  inc.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Oiigfanl  appUcation  Apr.  4,  1966,  Scr.  No.  539,768,  now 
Patent  No.  3,471,334,  dated  Oct  7,  1969.  Divided 
and  tUs  application  Aug.  4,  1969,  Scr.  No.  847,033 
Int  CL  HOlm  27100 
U.S.  CL  136—86  5  Claims 

Electrolytic  cell  operation  in  which  the  electrolyte  is 
agitated  near  one  of  a  pair  of  electrodes  and  a  barrier  is 
interposed  between  the  electrodes  and  is  physically  com- 
bined with  structure  of  (me  of  the  electrodes.  The  cell  may 
have  an  alkali-metal  hydroxide  electrolyte  maintained  at 


3  669  754 

PROCESS  OF  MAKING  A  MOLDED  NEGATIVE 

ELECTROIME 

Robert  E.  Ralston,  Sprtag  Valky,  and  Yang  Ling  Ko, 

Tairytown,  N.Y.,  assigmin  to  P.  R.  Malloiy  *  Cfr, 

Inc.,  IndianwoUs,  Ind. 

Filed  June  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  832,899 

Int  CL  HOlm  Um 

UA  a.  136—126  3  Claims 


rAMKATKN)  or    MOLDCO    HCCATIVC    CLKTMODC 


^ 


loTHtr 


-t 


r  n 


0    ^INC    at-TM      I 

:iiiMC  o«        -T^' 

«   MATfltl*!.     _1 


COMPACT    ANOK    IMTCKlAi 

ahouno  comBuctd*  -^  ^ 


>- 


It/CCt   6<ICe»<    AM»0«    fWOM 
MOLD    AMO    PLaCf    IN 


>cc  A*«oot  n  p<-<»  >r^» 


A  base  or  support  of  conducting  metal  provided  with  a 
zinc  surface,  alloyed  or  electroplated,  is  amalgam  alloyed 
with  mercury,  and  has  bonded  to  said  amalgam  a  porous 
body  of  zinc  particles  individually  amalgam  covered  with 


[ 


June  18,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


671 


mercury  and  bonded  to  each  by  mutual  common  layers  of 
amalgam,  and  said  mercury  amalgam  serving  also  to  bond 
the  porous  body  to  said  conducting  base. 


3,669,755 

BATTERY  CLOSURE  DEVICE 

Donald  W.  Hughes,  Jr.,  3908  S.  Rambla  Oricnta, 

Malibo,  CaUf.    90265 

FOcd  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,049 

Int  CL  HOlm  1/06 

U.S.  CL  136—170  10  Claims 


■v>:^ 


This  invention  relates  to  apparatus  for  simultaneously 
opening  or  closing  all  of  the  cell  openings  of  a  multi-cell 
storage  battery.  The  closure  device  takes  the  form  of  a 
slider  unit  that  may  occupy  either  of  two  positions;  one 
of  the  positions  exposing  all  of  the  cell  openings  for 
servicing,  and  the  other  of  said  positions  sealing  all  of  the 
cell  openings,  except  for  venting  purposes. 


3  669  756 
VEHICLE  COUPLDVG 'weighing  DEVICE 
Richard  S.  Bradley,  Fairmont  Minn.,  asslgiior  to  Art^ 
Way    Manufactgrlng    Company    Incorporated,    Arm- 
strong,  Iowa 
Orighial   appUcation  Inly   2,    1969,   Ser.   No.   838,438. 
Divided  and  this  appUcation  Oct  29,  1971,  Scr.  No. 
193,929 

Int  CL  GOlg  19/Oi 
UA  CL  177—136  u  Claims 


An  electromechanical  weight-measuring  system  for 
weighing  successive  and  cumulative  loads  deposited  in  a 
load-receiving  medium  employs  a  plurality  of  elastic  de- 
formable  elements  supporting  tlie  receiving  medium  at 
a  plurality  of  predetermined  load  points.  The  elastic 
deformable  elements  are  each  positioned  intermediately 
of  a  load  point  and  a  related  ground-engaging  supporting 
unit  and  each  has  affixed  thereto  an  electrical  strain  gage 
medium  interconnected  in  a  circuit  for  amplifying  and 
indicating  changes  in  the  weight  imposed  upon  the  re- 
ceiving medium.  The  invention  of  this  divisional  appUca- 
tion employs,  in  addition  to  a  plurality  of  ground-engaging 


support  means  interconnected  by  the  elastic  elements 
with  the  receiving  medium,  a  second  ground-engaging 
supporting  unit  having  an  above  ground  support  connec- 
tion element  together  with  a  weight-responsive  coupling 
device  interconnecting  said  last-mentioned  support  con- 
nection element  with  one  of  the  crucial  load  points  of 
the  receiving  medium,  said  coupling  device  comprising  a 
substantially  horizontal,  elastic  weight-bendable  member 
having  one  of  its  end  portions  connected  to  said  last- 
mentioned  support  connection  element  and  having  another 
end  connected  and  affixed  to  partially  suppcMt  said  re- 
ceiving medium.  One  of  said  connections  of  said  deform- 
able coupling  elements  is  mounted  for  oscillation  on  a 
substantially  horizontal  axis  extending  longitudinally 
thereof.  Electrical  strain  gage  means  is  mounted  on  said 
deformable  elastic  member  and  is  interconnected  with 
the  electrical  circuitry  of  the  strain  gages  of  said  other 
units  to  interpose  as  a  factor  in  measurement  of  overall 
load  weight  that  proportion  of  weight  superinqtosed  on 
said  coupling. 


' 3,669,757 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  AND  USING  DICED 

SINGLE  CRYSTAL  IMPURTTY  SOURCE 

Monis  KanfBMNH,  Loa  Angelas^  CallL,  and  Bcmmd  B. 

Shnllz,  Wapidnaiis  Falls,  N.Y.,  ■■^aprs  to  btaiwH 

tioaal  Bwrinsm  Macbines  Corporatbm,  Ataao^  N.Y. 
FDcd  Mar.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,798 
Int  CL  BOIJ  17/36 
U.S.  CL  148—1.6  8  Chtes 

A  method  for  producing  homogenous  dilute  dopant 
material  for  use  in  growing  semiconductor  device  crys- 
tals of  desired  resistivity  from  a  melt  which  includes  the 
dilute  dopant  material.  The  method  comprises  providing 
the  dilute  dopant  material  in  single  crystal  alloy  form, 
measuring  the  resistivity  of  the  crystal  along  its  length, 
cutting  a  portion  of  the  crystal  having  resistivities  within 
a  desired  range,  slicing  said  portion,  polishing,  dicing  and 
cleaning  the  slices,  and  weighing  out  the  required  amount 
of  diced  dopant  material  as  needed  for  the  growth  of  a 
semiconductor  device  crystal  of  desired  resistivity  from 
a  melt  which  includes  the  diced  dopant  material. 


3,669,75S 

PROCESS  FDR  REMOVING  CONTAMINANTS 

FROM  ZIRCONIUM  SURFACES 

Charles  R  Kottnj,  San  Jose,  CaHL,  ssslganr  to 

General  Electric  Conqpaay 

No  Drawing.  FUcd  Mar.  20,  1968,  Scr.  No.  714,441 

Int  CL  C23c  S/00;  C23f  5/02 

U.S.  CL  148—6.14  12  Cfadms 

A  process  for  removing  residual  contaminants,  such 

as  fluorides  remaining  after  acid  etching,  from  zirconium 

alloy  surfaces.  This  process  is  especially  useful  in  the 

fabrication  of  fuel  rods  for  nuclear  reactors  in  which 

fuel  material  is  encased  in  zirconium  alloy  tubes.  In  a 

preferred  embodiment,  the  sur&ce  is  treated  with  soditui 

hydroxide  at  elevated  temperature,  rinsed  with  water  and. 

if  desired,  preoxidized. 


3,669,759 

THERMOMECHANICAL  TREATMENT  FOR  IM- 
PROVING   DUCnUTY    OF    CARBIDE-STABI. 
UZED  AUSTENm  STAINLESS  STEEL 
Tatsno  Kondo  and  Hajhne  Nakajtan,  Takal-Mnra,  and 

RynUchl  Nagasaki,  MHo^fal,  Japan,  msltn to 

Atomic  Energy  Research  Instttatc  Tokyo,  Japan 

FDed  Sept  24, 1969,  Ser.  No.  860,683 

Oahns  priority,  appHcalion  Japn,  Sept  27, 1968, 

43/69,496 

lit  CL  C21i  l/OO 

U.S.  CL  148—123  11 

An  austenite  stainless  steel  having  snperhM  ductility  at 
high  temperatures  is  obtained  by  subiectittg  Ae  caitiide- 


672 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


stabilized  austenite  stainless  steel  to  solution  heat  treat- 
ment, cold-working  said  steel  more  than  15%,  and  an- 


JUNE  18,  197S 


TIME  CF  fCAT  TREATMENT    (HOURl 
10"'  I  (0 


l6Cr-IONi-IMo-Ti 

lb)3<7/.  VWRKED 
900  °C 

,10)  30% 
AORKEO 
850T; 


^  io'  io^ 

TIME  OF  ►CAT  TREATI^T    (SECOND) 


nealing  it  at  a  temperature  between  850'  C.  and  950'  C. 
for  less  than  four  hours. 


3  669  760 
METHODS  OF  PRODUCD<fG  DIFFUSION  REGIONS 

IN  SEMICONDUCTOR  BODIES 
HiM-Martin    Reia,    Heflbromi-Bocldagca,    and    Peter 
Conn,  Maasenbadi,  Gennaay,  aarignora  to  licentia 
Pateat-Vcrwaltiing9-Gjii.bA,    Frankfort    am    Main, 
Germany 

Filed  Oct  19, 197t,  Scr.  No.  81,692 

Claims  priority,  appUcation  Germany,  Oct  18,  1969, 

P  19  52  632.0 

Int  a.  HOll  7/54 

VJS,  CL  148—1.5  5  Claims 


16   79 


^    3,669,762 
METHOD  FOR  HEAT-TREAIING  OF 
HOT  ROLLED  RODS 

KdnoMike   Tdieo,   Soita,   Kazno    Kosngi,   Ikeda,   an 
TadaoU  Kamise,  AmagawiM,  Japan,  asrignors  to  Snmif 
tomo  Electrk  Industries,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan  i 

^         FUed  Sept  18, 1969,  Ser.  No.  859,122 

bt  CL  C21d  9/52.  9/64. 1  /60  ' 

U.S.  CL  148—18  9  Claims 

Heat  treatment  of  hot  rolled  wire  rod  to  provide  a 
microstnicture  of  improved  ductility  and  cold  working 
properties  to  permit  the  rod  to  be  drawn  without  further 
heat  treatment  by  immersing  the  wire  rod,  while  the  hot 
rolled  rod  is  at  a  temperature  level  above  the  temperar 
tiu'e  at  which  allotropic  transformation  of  the  austenite 
commences,  into  a  heated  water  bath  of  sufficient  tem|- 
perature  level  to  permit  the  generation  of  a  steam  en- 
velope and  film  uniformly  around  and  on  the  surface  of 
the  rod  to  control  the  rate  of  cooling  of  the  wire  rod. 
A  surface  activating  agent  may  be  added  to  the  water 
bath  to  control  the  stability  and  period  of  maintenance 
of  the  steam  film  on  the  surface  of  the  wire  rod.  The 
heated  wire  rod  to  be  treated  is  continuously  fed  by  a 
coiler  down  into  a  container  within  which  the  water  batji 
is  disposed,  the  coiler  causing  the  wire  rod  to  form  into 
a  concentric  coiled  bundle. 


3  669  763 

TRAVELING  SOLVENT  MIETHOD  OF  GROWING 

SILICON  CARBIDE  CRYSTALS  AND  JUNCTIONS 

UTILIZING  YTTRIUM  AS  THE  SOLVENT 

Ronald  J.  Perasek,  Cliardon,  Ohio,  assignor  to 

General  Electric  Company 

FUed  Sept  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  74,265 

Int  CL  HOll  7/42:  BOIJ  17/02. 17/20 

VS.  CL  148—171  7  Claims 


A  method  of  producing  a  diffusion  region  in  a  semi- 
conductor body  in  which  the  semiconductor  body  is  cov- 
ered with  an  insulating  layer,  a  diffusion  window  in  the 
insulating  layer  and  a  recess  in  the  semiconductor  are 
produced  in  one  operation  by  ion  bombardment  and  a 
diffusion  region  is  diffused  into  the  semiconductor  body 
through  a  wall  of  the  recess. 


3.669,761 

PATENTING  OF  STEEL  WIRES  WITH  LEAD 

Knrt-Jnrgeii  Sdnlze  and  Joachim  Jimg,  Oberbrach,  Gcr- 

many,  assignors  to  Gbmzstoll  AG,  WnppertaL  Germany 

FUed  July  8,  1970,  Scr.  No.  53,115 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  July  19,  1969, 

P  19  36  909.6 

Int  a.  C21d  9/64. 1/56 

VJS,  a.  148—15  5  aalms 


A  "sandwich"  is  formed,  comprising  a  layer  of  yttrium 
metal  positioned  between  and  in  contact  with  two  wafers 
of  silicon  carbide.  The  sandwich  is  heated,  preferably  in 
a  specific  sequence  of  temperature  and  time,  so  that 
one  of  the  wafers  is  hotter  than  the  other  and  the  yttrium 
melts,  whereby  Slicon  carbide  at  the  hotter  interface  dis- 
solves in  the  yttrium,  and  this  solvent  zone  travels  through 
the  hotter  wafer  and  causes  growth  of  a  silicon  carbide 
crystal  on  the  cooler  wafer.  By  using  p-t>T)e  and  n-type 
wafers  together  and  by  introducing  certain  impurities 
into  the  yttrium,  an  abrupt  p-n  junction  can  be  formed. 


i' ^:^  ">~ 


Apparatus  and  method  for  substantially  reducing  the 
entrainment  of  lead  in  the  patenting  of  steel  wires  using 
a  molten  lead  bath  wherein  a  thin  slotted  plate  is  floated 
on  the  surface  of  the  bath  with  the  emerging  wires  pass- 
ing through  the  slots  thereof  and  a  layer  of  a  granulated 
amorphous  carbon  is  deposited  on  top  of  the  plate  to 
cover  said  slots. 


3,669,764 

PROCESS  FOR  COATING  METAL  FLAKES 

Carleton  R.  Bradshaw,  681  Lowell  Ave.,  Central  Islip, 

N.Y.     11722,   and   Hal-Cnrtis   Felsher,    144   Bounty 

Lane,  Jericho,  N.Y.    11753 

Divtaion  of  application  Ser.  No.  832,543,  May  12,  1969, 

which  is  a  continoation-in-part  of  api^ication  Ser.  No. 

633,341,  Mar.  29,  1967,  which  Is  a  continnation-tai- 

part  of  appUcation  Ser.  No.  532,493,  Jan.  25,  1966, 

which  In  torn  is  a  conUnoatlon-in-part  of  appUcation 

Ser.  No.  133,324,  Aog.  23, 1961.  This  appUcation  Ang. 

3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,646 

Int  CL  C23f  7/0% 
U.S.  CL  148—6.15  R  21  Claims 

Metal  flakes,  particularly  flakes  of  copper  or  copper 
alloys,  are  admixed  with  water-in-oil  emulsions  wherein 
the  aqueous  phase  is  a  solution  of  a  polyvalent  metal  acid 
phosphate  salt  such  as  zinc  and/or  aluminum  acid  phos- 
phate, and  the  emulsion  is  evaporated  off  to  provide  the 
flakes  with  an  oxidation  resistant  metal  acid  phosi^ate 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


678 


coating.  On  treatment  of  the  coated  flakes,  either  in  the 
original  admixture  or  after  separation  from  the  emulsion, 
with  a  polyvalent  metal  compound,  such  as  calcium  oxide. 


/^yutuit^ikm.  Or/or 


flermt  ^Jtmry 


Catrrc  /^/m.  /^.i.j 


^'facnc. 


J 


there  is  produced  an  oxidation-  and  water-resistant  coat- 
ing. The  resulting  product  may  be  treated  with  additional 
stabilizing  materials,  such  as  vinyl  stabilizers  or  chelating 
agents. 


3,669,765 
PROCESS  FOR  COAUNG  metal  FLAKES 
Carieton  R.  Bradshaw,  681  LoweU  Arc,  Central  IsUp, 
N.Y.    11722,  and  Hal-Cortis  Feishef,  114  Boonty 
Lane,  Jerkho,  N.Y.     11753 
Continnation-in-part  of  appUcation  Scr.  No.  633,341,  Mar. 
29, 1967,  which  is  a  conHnoation-in-part  of  application 
Scr.  No.  532,493,  Jan.  25,  1966,  which  in  tnm  is  a 
contfamatioB-fai-part  of  anpHcatlon  Scr.  No.  133,324, 
Aog.  23.  1961.  lUs  appUcation  May  12,  1969,  Ser. 
No.  832,543 

Int  CL  C23f  7/0% 
U.S.  CL  148—6.16  6  Clafans 


An-if-r  Mem  Oxx 

♦ 

1 

/>***»*  1 

♦■ 

fikrm.  fumas 

1 

UtAT 

s 

J 


Metal  flakes,  particularly  flakes  of  copper  or  copper 
alloys,  are  admixed  with  water-in-oil  emulsions  wherein 
the  aqueous  phase  is  a  solution  of  a  polyvalent  metal  acid 
phosphate  salt  such  as  zinc  and/or  aluminum  acid  phos- 
phate, and  the  emulsion  is  evaporated  off  to  provide  the 
flakes  with  an  oxidation  resistant  metal  acid  phosphate 
coating.  On  treatment  of  the  coated  flakes;  either  in  the 
original  admixture  or  after  separation  from  the  emulsion, 
with  a  polyvalent  metal  compound,  such  as  calcium  oxide, 
there  is  produced  an  oxidation-  and  water-resistant  coat- 
ing. The  resulting  product  may  be  treated  with  additional 
stabilizing  materials,  such  as  vinyl  stabilizers  or  chelating 
agents. 

^  3,669  766 

FORMATION  OF  COATING  ON  COPPER 
CONTAINING  MATERIAIS 
Afltsonosake    FUawa,    20-21,  l-chomc,    Matsngaoka, 
Kngennma,  Ftejisawa^hl,  KanagawaJwn,  Japan;  and 
Hamo  Oisfai,  21-7,  5<honic  Nakano-ko;  Kkfaltaro 
Saroya,  7-14,  2-dionic  NOnami-dM,  Tanadii-shI;  and 
AUra  Nagai,  17,  2-chome,  Fnkoro-nuuM,  nta-ko,  tf 
of  Tokyo,  Japam  and  YosUtaro  Nagal,  15-3,  l-chomc, 
NisUkamata,  Ota-ko,  Jqpan 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Not.  28,  1969,  Scr.  No.  880,929 
Int  CL  C23f  7/00 
UA  a.  148—6.24  1  Claim 

A  method  of  industrially  forming  verdigris  on  a  surface 
of  an  article  of  copper  or  an  alloy  thereof  within  a  short 


period,  which  resembles  that  naturally  formed,  so  as  to 
prevent  the  surface  from  corrosion  and  to  give  a  decora- 
tive and  artistic  appearance,  by  treating  such  a  surface 
with  a  solution  containing  ammonium  sulphate  and  dier- 
curic  chloride  or  further  treating  with  an  ethyl  nitrate 
solution. 


3,669,767 
DOPING  PROFILE  FOR  GaP  MODES  IMPROVED 
ELECTROLUMINESCENT  EFFICIENCY 
WUUam  H.  Hackctt  Jr.,  and  Donald  L.  Scharfcttar,  Mor- 
ristown,  and  Lawrence  J.  Vancrin,  Jr.,  Watchmg, 
N  J.,  assignors  to  BcB  Tdcphonc  Labontorics,  Incor- 
ponted,  Morray  HUI  and  Berkeley  Heigtats,  NJ. 
FUed  Aog.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  851,987 
Int  CL  HOll  7/46;  H05b  33/00 
MS,  CL  148—171  2 


15- 


P-TWE 


r^- 


33' 

n-Trn 


The  diffusion  of  relatively  mobile  acceptor  dopant  atoms 
away  from  the  epitaxially-grown  p-n  junction  of  a  gallium 
phosphide  electroluminescent  device  during  the  epitaxial 
growth  process  causes  the  degradation  of  electrolumines- 
cent efficiency.  This  diffusion  can  be  prevented  by  the  in- 
clusion of  the  mobile  acceptor  dopant  as  a  minor  dopant 
in  the  n-region  in  essentially  the  same  concentration  as  is 
present  as  the  major  dopant  in  the  p-region. 


3,669,768 
FABRICATION  PROG^  FOR  UGHT  SENSTIIVE 

SnJCON  DIODE  ARRAY  TARGET 
WUBam  E.  Beadle,  StaUi«  Spri^,  Kcncth  E.  BcMon, 
AUcntown,  James  R.  Madwws,  Reading,  and  Loob  H. 
Von  Ohisen,  Jr.,  Grccwilelds,  Pa.,  anignors  to  Bcfl 
Teleiriione  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Muray  HOI  and 
Berkeley  Heights,  N  J. 

Filed  Dec  4, 1969,  Ser.  No.  882J3S 

Int  a.  HOll  7/44 

VS.  CL  148—187  2  dates 


srg;sfcs  1 

noroimiociumt ! 

I 

. 

1 

■      ■    T 

■ 

WATWOtr 

wnmoijT 

rcPBorraHM. 

r  oiatTDi  W) 

X 

ASTcaeiiNi 

OCKM 

B 

1 

I        TMMNIM 

BB        utmjt.  MMnnoeoi 
rHOuaUMK 

1 

B         raMoewucTwt 

VOUK 

1 

X 

canraa 

In  the  fabrication  of  silicon  diode  array  targets  for 
video  camera  tubes  the  initial  FN  junction  diode  dif- 
fusion heat  treatments  using  a  boron  source,  i»x>duces  a 
P  type  sheet  resistance  in  the  range  of  10  to  500  ohms 
per  square.  Values  below  this  range  produce  a  boron 
rich  glass  which  is  difficult  to  remove  without 


674 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


defects.  Values  above  this  range  do  not  produce  suf- 
ficient boron  rich  glass  to  be  effective  in  gettcnng  certain 
impurities.  This  diffusion  is  foUowed  by  treatment  at 
a  temperature  comparable  to  the  diffusion  temperature, 
for  an  appreciable  period  in  a  nitrogen  atmosphere  to 
minimize  the  occurrence  of  certain  defects  The  heat 
treatment  of  the  semiconductor  slice  may,  altemaUvely, 
terminate  with  a  rapid  cooUng  or  quenching  step. 

Following  the  second  impurity  diffusion  into  the  light 
sensitive  face  of  the  target  an  annealing  treatment  is 
performed  for  about  one  hour  at  a  relatively  low  tem- 
perature in  a  reducing  atmosphere,  typically  hydrogen, 
to  minimize  dark  current. 


a  hole  size  larger  than  the  phosphor  deposits  of  the  screen. 
The  re-etching  occurs  in  several  stages  and  a  densitometer 
associated  with  one  such  stage  measures  the  hole  size  and 
derives  a  voltage  used  to  control  the  etching  time  so  that 
the  apertures  of  the  re-etched  mask  are  precisely  con- 
trolled to  a  desired  size. 


3,669,769 

MEraOD  FOR  MINIMIZING  AUTODOPING  IN 
EFTT AXIAL  DEPCgmON        „..,,. 

Vb^  Staidelfliisem  Geniw,  BwnardM.  KemUge, 

SS!^m  J«clloo.  N.Y^  IME.  KroeU,  Sta^PBt- 

Rote.  Gcnna^,  nd  H.  Bei«taid  Poge^  GwjJ- 

vflk,  N.Y.,  Mri^on  to  IirtwMlloud  Bmdatm  MacUnM 

CorporatkM,  Annoiik,  NAT.  -^    -^  --« 

PltodSe|iL29,197*,Sw;.No.76^ 

Int  CL  HOU  7/36:  C23c  13/00 

UA  CL  148— 175  '  curais 

Autodoping  is  minimized  during  the  growth  of  an  epi- 
taxial layer  on  a  semiconductor  substrate  by  using  a 
gaseous  reaction  mixture  that  deposits  the  initial  capping 
layer  at  a  relatively  slow  deposition  rate.  The  reaction 
mixture  contains  a  relatively  minor  portion  of  a  semi- 
conductor compound  along  with  the  earner  gas.  Subse- 
quently, a  second  gaseous  reaction  mixture  containing  a 
greater  portion  of  a  compound  of  a  semiconductor  ma- 
terial is  used  to  complete  the  deposition  of  the  epitaxial 
layer.  This  is  done  naerely  to  reduce  the  total  growth 
cycle.  ^^^^^^^^^_ 

3,66f,T7«  _     ^ 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  ABRASION-RESBTANT 
imAL-COATED  GLASS  PHOTOMASKS 
Natkn  FcMitoia,  KcadaB  P«k,  N J^  urifnor  to 
RCA  CorporalloB  .,,,^, 

No  Drawtaf.  Filed  Fefc.  8.  1971j  Ser.  No.  113,767 
lot  CL  C23f  17/00:  HOSk  3/06      ^  ^  ^ 
UjS.  Q.  156    3  *  Cuums 

Method  of  making  a  large-area  naet^l-coated  glass 
article  of  the  type  which  must  resist  abrasion,  comprising 
forming  a  relatively  thick  pattern  of  metal  on  a  trans- 
parent glass  substrate  by  an  electroless  deposition  of 
nickel-phosphorus  on  the  substrate  and  hardening  the 
nickel-phosphorus  layer  by  heat  treatment  at  tempera- 
tures not  higher  than  about  250°  C. 


3,669,772 
METHOD  FOR  PRODUCING  FLEXIBLE  IMAGE 

TRANSPORTING  FIBER  OPTIC  CONDUTT 

Rkhard  R.  Strack,  Staibridgc,  Mass.,  aaigBor  to  Amcri- 

caa  Optfcal  CoiporatfoB,  Soodibrldfe,  Man. 

Filed  Joly  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  51,977 

Int.  a.  C03c  15/00:  G«2b  5/16 

VS.  CL  156—15  7  Claims 


A  process  for  essentially  completely  elinunating  acid 
soluble  cladding  from  an  optical  fiber  bundle.  An  add  solu- 
ble clad  coherent  optical  fiber  bundle  is  coated  with  an 
acid  resistant  coatmg  except  for  an  area  adjacent  each 
end,  and  the  resulting  exposed  areas  are  acid  leached 
to  remove  all  the  acid  soluble  glass  therefrom,  leaving  a 
flexible  area  adjacent  each  end.  The  fibers  in  these  areas 
are  fused  together  holding  the  fibers  in  coherency.  The 
ends  of  the  bundle  are  removed  from  about  the  middle 
of  the  fused  sections,  and  the  acid  resistant  coating  rej 
moved.  The  acid  leachable  cladding  is  then  leached  froni 
the  remainder  of  the  bundle,  leaving  a  flexible,  image 
transporting  bundle  having  fused  coherent  opposite  ends 


3  669  773 

METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  SEMICONDUCTOR 

DEVICES 

Clifford  A.  Uvl,  BlUcrica,  Mats.,  ataigiior  to 

Alpha  Indostries,  Inc.,  Newton,  Mass. 

Filed  Feb.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  13,710 

Int.  CL  HOll  5/00  _  . 

UA  CL  156—17  7  Clafai^ 


3,669  771 

PROCESS  OF  ETCHING  A  SHADOW  MASK 

Mvtia  L.  Lcmer,  RtTcr  Forest,  DL,  aarignor  to  Zenith 

Radio  Corporation,  Chicago,  ID. 
FBed  Ian.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  6,619 

Int  CL  C23f  1/02  _ 

UA  CL  15*-8  9  Clafans 


J^ 


Control 
Voltage 
Control 

t 


_::: 


Proportnnol 
'Controller 


Oxide 
Stripper 
a  Rinse 


W1«»    ,  -, ,  2nd  .  ^  /irH  ,  ^  ,  4fh   ,  J^  P 
.  Sloy  rTstogt  IT  Stoqe  TTstoge  1   \' 

I        iitt-)  lib-)  lie-*  iiiJ      I    [_[ 


rl2 


Rinse 
iecorlx>niz( 
Blacken 
D  I.  Rinse 


A  shadow  maak  for  a  color  television  tube,  having  a 
pattern  of  apertures  dimensioned  as  required  for  screen- 
ing, is  farther  etched  after  the  screening  process  to  attain 


In  manufacturing  silicon  mesa  diodes,  the  method  of 
forming  metal  contacts  on  the  upper  surfaces  of  the 
mesas  by  an>lying  a  layer  of  conductive  nuiterial  over  the 
entire  surface  of  the  wafer  includmg  the  upper  surfaces 
of  the  mesas  and  the  silicon  oxide  coating  on  the  re- 
mainder of  tl»  wafer.  The  wafer  is  positioned  with  the 
mesas  downward  and  placed  in  contact  with  a  thin  layer 
of  an  uncured  epoxy  resin  so  as  to  cause  resin  to  adhere 
only  on  the  conductive  material  overlying  the  un)er  sur- 
faces of  the  mesas.  After  curing  the  resin,  the  wafer  is 
subjected  to  an  etchmg  solution  to  dissolve  the  conduc- 
tive material  except  the  contacts  to  the  upper  surfaces  of 
the  mesas  which  are  protected  by  the  cured  epoxy  resin. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


676 


3,669,774 

LOW  TEMPERATURE  SIUCON  ETCH 

John  Pickett  DiannkM,  Princeton,  N  J.,  aaignor  to 

RCA  Corporation 

FDcd  Not.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878,320 

Int  CL  HOU  7/50,  7/5¥ 

UA  a.  156-17  3  dafans 


Filed  Jbm  23, 1969.  Ser.  Nori35366 
lie  -m  ...    _  li*.  CL  HOlb  ii/26 
UA  CL  156-^54  5  cfcdm. 


eXM4USr.» 


MOUit 


/?-<- 


JtL- 


I  tumimw 


'MUiikM 


•in; 


I'-O 


-¥-»- 


ft 


As«Mr  ar  ^ot-vMrnemKr  «4st»iti  frtMrn^mtitnai 


A  mechanically  polished  silicon  wafer  is  etched  to  re 
move  surface  damaged  material  and  give  a  smooth  sur 


face  by  etching  at  a  temperature  of  from  about  800  to  .        ™«^o<l  o^  maintaining  a  sheathed  cable  in  service 

1050"  C.  in  a  gas  mixture  consisting  of  a  carrier  gas  ^  providing  it  with  a  protective  enclosure  of  insulating 

of  Hj,  He  or  a  mixture  thereof,  a  small  concentration  of  ^^^^^  effective  to  isolate  tiie  cable  from  attack  by  sti-ay 

a  gas  reactive  with  SiOj  such  as  HF,  ClFj  or  BrFj  and  ^'^^^^^s  .^^^i^  safeguarding  the  cable  from  loss  of  its 

a  small  concentration  of  a  gas  reactive  silicon  such  as  P'^cssurmng  gas  charge. 

HBr,  HI,  HCl,  CI,,  Br„  or  Ij.  ^^,^_^^^ 


3  669  775 
RmOVAL  OF  BORON  AND  PHOSPHOROUS^ON- 

TAINING  GLASSES  FROM  SIUCON  SURFACES 
Roy  A.  Porter,  WfattehaD,  Pa.,  aarigMtr  to  B«n  Tdcphooe 

L^oratori^  Incorporated,  Moray  HOI  and  Bcrfcdcy 
HafUs,  N J. 

No  Drawing.  FDad  Dec  29,  1969,  Ser.  No.  888,827 
,,„  _  Int.  CL  HOll  7/50 

UA  CL  156—17  10  Clafans 

Boron  and  phosphorous-doped  glasses  which  are 
formed  on  silicon  surfaces  during  electronic  device  man- 
ufacture may  be  chemically  removed  by  a  method  in- 
cluding the  steps  of  treatment  with  a  solution  of  a 
suitable  chelating  agent  having  a  pH  of  at  least  9.0  at 
room  temperature  and  a  temperature  of  at  least  85'  C, 
followed  by  treatment  with  an  oxidizing  agent,  followed 
by  repeated  b-eatment  with  the  chelating  agent  solution. 


.^....^^  3,669,778 

METHOD  FOR  THE  PROPUCTION  OF  FIBROUS 

SHEET  MAfnOALS 
To^  Bomp  RawwwasB,  AhjkoU  DenMfc.  ■whniii  to 
Kari  Kriiritoi  Koha  I^oyer,  aAr^YI^^dSIa  ^ 
nnt      _.  55^ ''•^»- 3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  8,180 
Clafani  priority,  application  Great  Britato,  Feb.  4.  1969. 

5,943/69  ^ 

WTO   ^   «,  Int  CL  B29f  5/0¥ 

UA  CL  156—62.2  4  Qafans 


iSM 


«.*% 

—  o    % 


3,669,776 
--^         NOVEL  NICKEL  ETCH  PROCESS 
FVederick  Waher  Eppenstcfaier,  Sonthfleld,  Mich-  as- 
signor to  M  A  T  Chemicals  Inc  New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawfaif.  Filed  Mar.  26,  1969,  Ser.  No.  810,824 
•TO  ^  ,.  Int  CL  C23g  7 /i5 

UA  CL  15^18  ^  13  ctaims 

A  metbod  is  ix-ovided  for  imparting  decorative,  light 
diffusing  and/or  non-reflective  etching  to  nickel  surfaces 
which  includes  immersing  objects  having  clean  nickel  sur- 
faces in  a  solution  having  a  pH  within  the  range  of  9-12 
and  containing  a  nickel  oxidant,  etiiylenediamine  and  a 
source  of  sulfate  ion,  for  a  period  of  time  sufficient  to 
form  crystals  on  the  nickel  surfaces,  withdrawing  the  ob- 
jects with  the  crystal  formation  thereon  from  the  solution, 
removing  any  remaining  solution  from  the  nickel  surfaces, 
and  immersing  the  objects  in  a  crystal  solvent  to  dissolve 
tile  crystals,  and  removing  the  objects  wiUi  tiie  etched 
mckel  surfaces  thereon,  the  pattern  of  Uie  etching  being 
substantially  tiie  same  as  tiie  original  crystal  formation 
tiiereon.  Further,  solutions  arc  provided  for  imparting  tiie 
d«»rative,  light  diffusing  and/or  non-reflective  etch  and 
objects  having  disposed  thereon  decorative,  light  diffusing 
and/or  non-reflective  etched  nickel  surfaces 


fZV 


In  the  production  of  fibrous  slteet  materials  by  an  air- 
laying  process  adjusting  the  moisture  content  of  the 
fibrous  layer  at  a  value  of  at  least  6%  by  weight  and  em- 
bossing said  fibrous  layer  at  a  temperature  of  above 
100'  C. 


3,669,779 

PRODUCTION  OF  PILE  FABRICS 

David  E.  Gordon,  Ln  Gm^c,  Ga.,  ms^mt  U 

MIBken  Raiearcfe  CofpomlioB,  Spvt^bMk. 

FDed  Dec  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  102J09 

,r«  ^         Iirt.  CL  D05c  75/00;  B32h  5/00 

UA  CL  156—72  3  ,^,.^ 

Method  of  back-coating  pile  carpet  containing  pile 

yams  bound  by  embedment  in  a  relatively  impervious 

polymer  layer  comprising  the  steps  of  perforating  the 

impervious  layer  to  permit  passage  of  gases  thendironA 

and  apiriying  a  heat  bondable  polymeric  bock-ooating  to 

the  perforated  carpet. 


676 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  197!! 


3.M9789  

MBTBOD  FOR  KEMOTELY  SEALING  PLASTICS 

USING  ULTRASONIC  ENERGY 
Howaid  Dmm,  Sccaae,  and  ThomM  B.  Smct,  Plymouth 
YaDcy,  Pa^   ■nrignniTi  to  UltnMMic  Syatemi,  Inc^ 
FamiiBfdikf  N.Y. 

CoBtiaB«tfoii4B-p«rt  of  appHcatlM  Scr.  No.  540^35, 
Apr.  5,  1966.  TUs  appUortion  Aug.  1,  1969,  Scr. 
No.  866.947 

Int.  a.  1129c  27/08;  B32b  31/16 
UA  CL  156—73  7  aalms 


on  mandrels  having  opposing  winding  surfaces  havin^ ; 
components  normal  to  the  axis  of  the  mandrel.  Such 
articles    include    pressure   vessels,   pipe   having   threadk 


wound  in  at  both  ends,  pipe  having  overhanging  collais 
at  both  ends,  or  pipe  threaded  at  one  end  with  an  over- 
hanging collar  at  the  other  end. 


3  669  783 
METHOD  OF  FORMING  A*PANEL  WITH  A  ROUGH 

TEXTURED,  PRINTED  SURFACE 

Robert  G.  Wkeckr,  CorvalUi,  Greg.,  anignor  to  Wood 

Processes,  Oregon  Ltd.,  CorvalUs,  Dreg. 

FUed  Not.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,486 

Int.  CI.  B32b  33/00  ^  ,  ^ 

UA  a.  156—90  12  aalnis 


A  method  and  means  for  remotely  sealing  plastics 
wherein  an  undriven  member  of  two  members  is  clamped 
or  held  in  relation  to  a  member  being  ultrasonically  ener- 
gizBd,  and  whereby  fusion  of  plastic  jmnts  takes  place, 
the  tool  not  being  in  contact  with  the  joints. 


18 


'^ 


I  ii>n  l^'■^f^^>■T^  ■m'» 


K) 


^^^M^ 


3,669,781 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  FABRIC  WITH  A  FILLER 

OF  GREATER  AREA  THAN  THE  FABRIC 
Charles  A.  Lee  aad  Waircn  E.  Fttibcck,  Knoxiillc,  Tcnn., 
assipion  to  Applcton  Wire  Works  Corporition,  Apple- 
ton,  Wis. 
Original  application  Apr.  29, 1966,  Scr.  No.  546,460,  now 
Patent  No.  3,559,810.  Divided  and  this  i^Ucation  Mar. 
30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,324 

IiitCLB32bJi/2<9 
UA  CL  156—84  7  Claims 


^y^////yy.^//;'}7//?'^^^- 


A  puckered  fabric  is  formed  by  stretching  a  plurality 
of  rack  filaments  lying  in  parallel  relationship  with  one 
another,  depositing  a  stabilized  non-woven  web  of  filler 
material,  sewing  or  stitching  cross  filaments  over  said 
filler  and  to  the  rack  filaments  and  then  shrinking  the  rack 
or  cross  filaments  in  at  least  one  direction. 


3,669,782 
METHOD  FOR  COMPENSATING  FOR  RESIN 
SHRINKAGE  IN  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  A 
FILAMENT  WOUND  ARTICLE 
Jack  Lowric  McLnty,  ftOiwaiikee,  Wis.,  assignor  to 
UniTcrsal  OO  Products  Company,  Dcs  Plaines,  ID. 
FDed  May  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,180 
Int  CL  B32b  1/0% 
MS.  a.  156—84  8  aaims 

An  improved  method  of  producing  a  filament  wound 
article  utilizing  a  mandrel  of  unique  construction.  This 
invention  is  useful  in  producing  filament  wound  articles 


A  preformed  panel  is  provided  with  a  textured,  printed 
surface  by  first  adhering  a  spongy  compressible  fiber  web, 
having  a  substantially  uniform  thickness  and  a  high  m<HB- 
mre  content,  to  a  surface  of  said  panel.  A  decorative  pat- 
tern sheet  is  then  secured  over  the  web,  and  the  resultant 
assembly  is  compressed  by  means  of  a  textured  metal 
surface  caul  plate  having  its  textured  surface  disposed 
adjacent  the  decorative  pattern  sheet.  The  assembly  is 
maintained  under  heat  and  pressure  conditions  for  a  suffi- 
cient time  for  substantially  drying  the  web  and  luroducing 
bonding  of  the  assembly,  which  retains  the  impression  of 
the  caul  plate. 

I  3,669,784 

PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  A  SOFT  AND 
TENAaOUS  NONWOVEN  FABRIC 
Tadashi  Yokota,  Kyoto,  and  Taizo  Asai,  OCm,  Japan, 

assignors  to  Nippon  CloA  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.,  UIcy|o- 

Ini,  Kyoto,  Japan  ^       ^,      ^  ^^J. 

No  Drawing.  FHcd  Jan.  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  8,097 

Int  a.  B32b  35/00 

UA  CL  |5fr-148  ,  ^  .     1«  Clatais 

A  process  for  preparing  a  nonwoven  fabric  composing 
forming  a  uniform  mat  of  fibers  from  Vi  to  5  inches  in 
length  and  from  0.5  to  10  in  denier,  needle-punching  said 
mat  from  600  to  6000  times  per  square  inch  by  means  of 
a  needle  lo<Mn  provided  with,  felting  needles  of  from 
number  30  to  number  46  to  thereby  form  a  fiber  sheet 
having  a  weight  of  at  least  150  g./m.'  and  an  apparent 
density  of  at  least  0.15,  impregnating  said  sheet  with  a 
bonding  agent  liquid  comprising  an  anionic  latex  of  a 
high  molecular  weight  elastic  material,  a  nonionic  sur- 
face active  agent  having  a  HLB  of  at  least  1 1  and  a  cloud 
point  of  from  30  to  85*  C,  and,  as  an  indispensable  com- 
ponent, if  there  is  no  protecting  effect  of  said  surface  ac- 
tive agent,  an  ionizable  organic  or  inorganic  metallic 
salt  to  coagulate  said  latex,  wherein  the  content  of  said 
high  molecular  weight  elastic  material  is  at  least  10%  by 
weight  of  the  total  weight  of  said  bonding  agent  liquid, 
wherein  the  content  of  said  nonionic  surface  active  agent 
is  from  5  to  30  parts  by  weight,  per  100  parts  by  weifiiht 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


677 


of  said  high  molecular  weight  elastic  material,  and  where- 
in the  amount  of  said  metallic  salt  is  sufficient  to  coagu- 
late said  high  molecular  weight  material,  so  as  to  deposit 
from  20  to  50  parts  by  weight  of  said  high  molecular 
weight  material  per  100  parts  by  weight  of  fiber  com- 
ponent; elevating  the  temperature  of  said  impregnated 
bonding  agent  liquid  to  a  temperature^above  its  coagula- 
tion temperature  to  thereby  coagulate  substantially  all 
of  said  high  molecular  weight  material  without  migration 
in  the  direction  of  the  sheet  thickness. 


preferably  coated  on  one  or  both  surfaces  with  a  small 
amount  of  similarly  depolymerizable  pressure-sensitive 
adhesive,  can  be  used  to  join  glass  or  other  inorganic 
substrates.  When  subjected  to  heat,  the  rubber  dep<rfym- 
erizes  and  volatilizes  and  the  frit  thereafter  fuses,  resilt- 
ing  in  a  strong  ncMiporous  inorganic  seal.  One  use  for 
the  product  is  in  the  formation  of  color  TV  picture  tubes. 


3  669  78S 
METHOD  FOR  FABRICATING  A  MULTIPLE 
GLAZED  UNIT 
George  H.  Bowser,  New  Kensfaigton,  Vernon  A.  Shoop, 
Springdale,  Stanley  J.  Pyzewsid  and  Renato  J.  Mazzoni, 
Tarentnm,  and  Jolm  P.  Bologna,  Lccdiimrg,  Pa.,  as- 
signors to  PPG  Industries,  Inc^  Pittdmrgh,  Pa. 
Filed  Mar.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,762 
Int  CL  C03c  27/70 
UA  CL  156—109  1  aaim 


A  method  for  fabricating  multiple  glazed  units  from  a 
composite  element  composed  of  an  elongated  strip  of 
mastic  sealant  material  having  a  flexible  carrier  tape 
adhered  to  one  surface  and  a  resilient  spacer-dehydrator 
element  adhered  to  the  opposite  surface.  The  composite 
element,  described  above,  is  assembled  and  suitably 
packaged  for  use,  shipment  or  storage.  Thereafter,  a  seg- 
ment of  said  element  is  removed  from  the  package,  in- 
serted between  opposed,  marginal  edge  portions  of  a  pair 
of  spaced  glass  sheets  and  sealed  by  said  mastic  to  pro- 
duce a  finished  unit. 


3  669  786 

METHOD  OF  LAMl^ATINGiPLASTIC  FOAM 

Frands  C.  Moore,  3935  Aitfaington  Blvd., 

Indianapolis,  Ind.     46226 

Continnation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  583,469, 

Sept  30, 1966.  This  application  Feb.  19, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  12,708 

Int  CL  B29c  17/03 
UA  a.  156—163  H  Claims 


Laminating  a  plastic  foam  to  a  surface-treated  polyolefin 
film  by  heating  the  film  to  a  temperature  approximating 
or  slightly  exceeding  its  disorientation  temperature  and 
thereafter  contacting  the  film  and  foam. 


3  669  787 

FLEXIBLE  DEFORMABLE  SELF-SUPPORTING 

GLASS  FRIT  SEALING  TAPE 

Uw  Wallace  Coradl,  Mound  Vlllafe,  Mfam.,  assignor 

to  Minnesota  IVOidng  and  Manrfactnring  Company 

FUed  Ang.  8, 1968,  Scr.  No.  751,088 

,T„   ^  ...  Int  CL  C09J  7/02 

UAa.  161— 167  4Clalnis 

Sheet  material  formed  from  glass  frit  bonded  with  a 

minor  amount  of  heat-depolymerizable  rubbery  polymer. 


3,469,788 
BULKED  NONWOVENS 
William  T.  Allman,  Jr.,  AAland,  Va.,  and  Charles  W. 
Joscirfi,  RodK  Hm  and  Ralph  G.  HIoIm,  Jr.,  Spartan- 
burg, S.C.,  assignon  to  Cclanesc  Coiporatioa,  New 
Yoik,N.Y. 
No  Diawing.  ContionatkNi-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 
558,177,  Mar.  15,  1966,  wUch  te  a  dhMon  of  apnUca. 
tion  Scr.  No.  266,123,  Feb.  20,  1963,  which  in  tnin  is 
a  division  off  appHcatioa  Ser.  No.  778,248,  Dec  4, 
1958,  now  Patent  No.  3,100,328,  dated  Aug.  13,  1963. 
TUs  application  Oct  If,  1909,  Ser.  No.  870,385 
Int  CL  D04h  3/16 
U.S.  CL  156—167  4  Clahni 

A  process  which  cominises  extruding  a  sohttion  of  a 
lower  alkanoic  acid  ester  of  cellulose  to  form  filaments, 
moving  the  filaments  about  while  in  a  tnutually  adhesive 
condition  to  cause  them  to  become  randomly  directed  and 
bonded  to  one  another  at  spaced  points,  collecting  them 
in  a  form  of  a  bonded  non-woven  web  and  contacting  the 
non-woven  web  with  steam  to  thereby  imfH-ove  the  phys- 
ical properties  of  the  web,  i.e.,  covering  power,  resilience, 
insulation,  strength,  density  and  hand. 


_^ 3,669,789 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  PLASnC  FIBER^FTICAL 

FLAT^ 
MIklo  UtsngI  and  Takahiro  Ohta,  MiBanrf^sUgnMnacU, 
Kanagawa,  Japan,  assfgnori  to  F^  Photo  FBm  Co- 
Ltd.,  ^^iii^—L.— htgTa  mar  hi,  Kanagawa,  fnp— 
FUed  Mar.  23, 1970,  Scr.  Na  21,741 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Mar.  22, 19<9, 
44/21,779 
Int  CL  B29d  11/00;  B32b  31/00 
U.S.  CL  156 — 182  1 


A  method  of  making  plastic  fiber-optical  plates  by 
laminating  a  iHmiber  of  transparent  plastic  sheets  using 
layers  of  an  adhesive  having  a  low  refractive  index,  slic- 
ing the  resulting  laminated  Mock  to  form  thin  sheets  and 
laminating  the  thin  sheets  using  layers  of  an  adhesive 
having  a  low  Refractive  Index  is  disclosed. 


3  669  790 
PROCESS  FOR  MAKING  NON-WOVEN  FABRICS 
HoIUs  H.  Bascom  and  John  J.  Gred,  Lirennafa,  CaW., 
assignors  to  Orcon  Corporation.  Urcimorc,  Call. 
FUed  Oct  31, 1966,  Scr.  No.  590,910 
Int  CL  B31c  13/00 
U.S.  a.  156—162  14  Chdms 

1.  A  method  of  making  non-woven  fabrics  of  the  kind 
in  which  longitudinally  extending  warp  strands  are  bonded 
to  transversely  extending  fill  strainls,  said  method  com- 
prising, 
guiding  a  plurality  of  warp  strands  longitudinally  over  a 
support. 


678 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


winding  a  fill  strand  about  the  warp  strands  and  the  sup- 
port to  pull  the  fill  strand  into  engagement  under 
tension  with  the  warp  strands  supported  by  the  sup- 
port while  applying  a  binder  to  bond  the  warp  and 
fill  strands  together  and  thereby  make  a  non-woven 

fabric,  ^  _.       j 

interposing  a  conveyor  belt  between  the  support  and 
the  fabric  formed  by  the  bonded  warp  and  fill  strands, 
and  transporting  the  non-woven  fabric  along  the  sup- 
port by  positive  drive  of  the  belt  and  frictional  con- 
tact of  the  fabric  on  the  belt  to  eliminate  fabric  dis- 
tortion resulting  from  direct  drive  of  the  fabric. 


June  13,  1972 


releasable  coating  has  been  removed  is  thereupon  taken 
up  upon  a  roller.  The  steps  of  feeding,  coating,  advanc- 


GAS  RELEASE  FROM  CELLULOOT  CASING  BY 
MULTIPLE  PERFORATIONS 
>  I.  Bridriaii,  ChMiiriiB.  ML,  awigaor  to 
TM-Pak,  bCn  CUcafo,  m. 
,is»  mvpJkadkm  Dec  13.  1W7,  Ser.  No-  f^'"*- 
DiTidcd  aod  tUa  appikatioD  Dec  11,  1970,  Ser.  No. 

*^**^*  Int.  CL  B29c  19/00  «  ^  ^ 

VS,  CL  154—244  '  Claims 

A  method  of  venting  fluids  from  antificial  tubular  cas- 
ings made  by  the  viscose  process  comprises  perforating 
multipk  small  holes  in  a  discrete  area  of  the  cellulose 
xanthate  casing  during  regeneration  thereof.  The  holes 
are  subsequently  patched  by  application  of  a  solid  fihn 
patch,  such  as  regenertaed  celluloae  film,  onto  the  gel 
casing  with  a  water-activated  adhesive,  such  as  alpha- 
cyanomethyl  acrylate  monomer. 


ing  and  removiag  are  all  syndu-onized  to  provide  a  con- 
tinuous operation. 


3,M9,7n  

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCTION  OF  VAPOR 
PERMEABLE  SHEET-LIKE  MATERIALS 
KowMriu  Mlliakawa  aid  HtroflU  Hattorl,  Shiga,  Toyo- 
Mko  HOtoda,  Kjoto,  and  YosUnori  M;"*«»dd,  Sh^ 
Japan,  MrigMn  to  T«qro  Rayon  KabosUU  Kaisha, 

NoDrawing.  FUed  Oct  14,  IWS,  Ser.  No.  767,475 
Clafana  priority,  appBcatfon  lapan,  Oct  13,  1967, 
42/65,611 
bt  CL  B32b  7/04;  B44d  1/44 
VJS,  CL  156—249  II  Clainis 

A  process  for  producing  vapor  permeable  sheet-like 
materials  which  comprises  coatmg  a  solution  of  a  film- 
forming  polymeric  material  on  a  support  material,  and 
applying  a  gas  stream  at  a  flow  rate  of  from  1  meter  per 
second  to  50  meters  per  second  on  the  coated  surface, 
until  a  dense  gelated  layer  forms  on  the  surface  when  the 
coated  material  is  thereafter  subjected  to  a  coagulating 
step.  The  vapor  permeable  sheet-like  material  is  finally 
coagulated.  

3  669  793 
CONTINUOUS  TRANSFEr'pROCESS  FOR  COAUNG 
RIGID  ELONGATE  WORK 
RvBond  T.  Blilnii.  318  Moot  Pleasant  Ave^ 
AmUcr.Pa.    19002 
Contfautioa  off  applcaftoa  Scr.  No.  740,011,  Apr.  22, 
196S,   wUcfa  is  a  dhMon  off  appUcatfon  Scr.  No. 
280,035,  May  13,  1963.  TWa  appUcalton  May  7,  1970, 
Ser.  No.  37,386 

Int  CL  B44c  i//6 
UA  a.  156—238  7  Claims 

This  invention  pertains  to  a  method  for  coatmg  rela- 
tively rigid  elongate  work  and  comprises  the  steps  of 
feeding  a  film  containing  a  heat  releasable  coating  ma- 
terial from  a  feed  roll  through  a  coating  station  while 
drivingly  advancing  a  relatively  rigid  elongate  workpiece 
along  a  flat  surface  through  the  coating  station  where 
the  heat  releasable  coating  material  is  supplied  to  the 
work  by  heating  and  pressing  a  roller  having  a  resilient- 
ly  yieldable  heat  conducting  external  surface  against  the 
film  and  the  workpiece.  The  film  from  which  the  heat 


I  3,669,794 

EXTRUSION  COATING  OF  A  HEAT  FUSIBLE 

FOAMffilEET 

Conrad  F.  Maznr,  Chippewa  FaUs,  Wis.,  aarignor  to 

Standard  OU  Coonany,  Chicago,  DL 

Filed  Jan.  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  791,393 

Int  CL  B29c  19/00 

VJS.  a.  156—244  15  CWmi 

A  iMTocess  for  continuously  coating  a  polystyrene  foanl 

sheet  with  a  resinous  polymeric  material  comi»ising:  (1) 

melting  said  resinous  polymeric  material,  (2)  extrudinf 

said  resinous  polymeric  material  through  a  flat  film  di^ 

(3)  contacting  the  molten  resinous  polymeric  material 

with  the  heat  fusible  foam  sheet  and,  (4)  compressin 

the  sheet  an4  resinous  material  to  form  a  laminate 

lutxiuct  j 

METHOD  FOR  MAKING  A  LAMINATED  BODY  OI 

PU ABLE  1HIN  LAYER  MATERIALS 
Maaahidc  Yasawa  and  HamUaa  TanL  Jpfcycs  Japan, 
aasignon  to  Polymer  Pruccastog  Research  Inatitatc  Ltd., 

***  pffi  Mar.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  17,577  I 

Int  CL  B32b  31  /OO,  31  /lO;  B65c  5/00  ' 

UA  CL  156—265  ^ 


Method  for  making  a  laminated  body  <rf  pliable  thin 
layer  materials  obtained  wholly  or  mainly  from  a  uni- 
axially  stretched  film  piled  in  lengthwise  and  crosswise 
directions  which  comprises  at  least  one  cycle  of  steps  of 

(1)  supplying  a  pliable  thin  layer  material  obtamed 
wholly  or  mainly  from  uniaxially  stretched  film  con- 
tinuously from  the  crosswise  direction  as  a  weft 
above  another  pliable  thin  layer  material  running 
continuously  in  the  lengthwise  direction  as  a  warp, 

(2)  nipping  the  end  of  the  weft  by  a  pair  of  holders 
one  from  upward  and  the  other  from  downward  at 
the  feeding  side  of  the  weft,  ^  ^  , 

(3)  moving  the  nipped  weft  by  a  distance  substantiaUy 
equal  to  the  width  of  the  warp  in  crosswise  dir«|C- 
tic«. 


June  18,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


679 


(4)  cutting  the  weft  into  pieces  one  after  another  so  as 
to  make  the  length  of  each  piece  substantially  equal 
to  the  width  of  the  warp  above  the  selvage  of  the 
warp  at  the  feeding  side, 

(5)  freeing  the  nipped  end  of  the  weft  above  the  other 
selvage  of  the  warp  to  allow  the  cut  pieces  to  fall 
on  the  warp,  one  after  another,  intermittently  to 
form  a  piled  layer  without  leaving  gaps  between  each 
successive  weft. 


3,669,799 
ELECTRICALLY  CONIROLLED  HAND  TOOL  FOR 

FRICnON-FUSING  NON-METALUC  STRAP 

Omar  J.  Vildns,  Northbrook,  and  Robert  J.  F^,  Moont 

Proqiect,  m.,  aasignorB  to  Signode  Corporation 

FOcd  June  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  46,727 

Int  CL  B32b  31/20 

VS,  CL  156—359  9  OaiaM 


3  669  796 
ADHERING  RESINS  TO  SUBSTRATES,  ESPECIALLY 

METAL,  BY  RADIATION 
"*!5f  'aS^  M«yfi*  Hcighl^  and  Ivor  Pntt,  Strong. 

Tillc,  OUo,  and  Richard  A.  Yon^,  Bolbdo  Grove,  DL, 

assii^nto  SCM  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawfaig.  Flicd  Oct  3,  1968,  Scr.  No.  764,959 
,^^  _  Int  a  B29c  27/a¥ 

UA  CL  156—272  u  Clainis 

A  process  for  coating  by  radiation  a  substrate,  and 
especially  one  having  a  metallic  surface,  with  a  substan- 
tially catalyst-free  system  containing  a  polymerizable 
organic  unsaturated  resin  susceptible  to  free-radical  catal- 
ysis; and  the  resulting  jM-oduct.  In  one  form,  a  fihn  of 
the  resin  is  superimposed  upon  the  substrate  while  a  fac- 
ing side  of  either  the  resinous  film  or  substrate  is  con- 
tacted at  any  time  prior  to  such  radiation  with  an  organic 
substituted,  radiation-responsive  silane,  or  derivative 
thereof  such  as  a  siloxane  or  polysiloxane  of  the  silane. 
TTiereafter,  the  film  and  substrate  are  subjected  to  the 
high  energy  radiation  to  adhere  one  to  the  other. 

The  process  is  also  adapted  for  coating  articles  with 
normally  air-inhibited,  thermosetting  resins  by  a  two-step 
process,  wherein  the  resin  film  is  first  passed  through  one 
treating  zone  eflfective  to  impart  mass  integrity  and  there- 
by define  a  sheet,  and  the  sheet  together  with  the  silane 
and  the  substrate  is  then  passed  through  another  treating 
zone  effective  substantially  to  complete  the  cure  of  the 
resin  and  simultaneously  adhere  the  sheet  to  the  substrate, 
at  least  one  of  the  treating  zones  comprising  exposure  to 
high  energy  radiaticm. 


.««„^  3,669,797 

METHOD    OF   MANUFACTURING   COMPOSITE 

BODIES  OF  METALS  AND  POLYOLEFINS 
Yoalriaki  FUuuawa,  YosUtaka  Iwata,  and  SUgchara 
SaknraL  Tokyo^o,  Yapan,  assignors  to  IVfltsobisU  Kaiei 
Kogyo  KabasMU  Kaisha,  Tokyo-to,  Japan 

Filed  July  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  838404 
Claima  priority,  appUcatfon  Japan,  Jnly  6,  1968, 
43/47,424;  Jnne  3, 1969,  44/43^62 
.r«  ^  IntCLC09J5/W 

UA  g.  156-316  13  cUdms 

In  the  manufacture  of  composite  bodies  of  metals  and 
polyolefins,  a  binder  is  used  essentially  consisting  of  a 
member  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  maleic  add- 
vinyl  acetate  copolymer,  acrylic  add-vinyl  acetate  co- 
polymer, esterified  maleic  acid-vinyl  acetate  copolymers 
and  esterified  maleic  acid-styrene  copolymers  and  the 
composite  bodies  are  pressed  at  a  temperature  higher 
than  the  melting  point  of  polyolefins. 


3.669  798 

PRESSURE  sENsrirrvE  cohesion 
Jamcfl  D.  Brown  and  Carl  A.  Urancck,  Bartksviile, 

OUa.,  aaaignon  to  Phillips  Pctrolcnm  Company 
No  Drawfaig.  FUed  Nov.  18,  1970,  Scr.  No.  90,783 
»ro   ^   —^       Int  CL  C09J  5/a>.  i/25 
UA  CI.  156-334  u  Clafans 

Surfaces  arc  bonded  together  with  an  adhesive  formula- 
tion which  is  an  unsaturated  polymer  of  a  cyclic  mono- 
olefin  and  a  tackifier,  e.g.,  an  ester  of  a  partially  hydro- 
genated  rosin. 


A  tool  for  friction-fusing  overlapping  strap  portions 
including  an  electric  motor  for  oscillating  a  rocker  mem- 
ber, with  the  rocker  member  being  connected  to  an  output 
member  for  initially  intermittently  rotating  a  strap  grip- 
ping member  in  a  first  direction  to  withdraw  one  strap 
portion,  and  further  including  a  lever  for  sensing  tension 
in  said  one  strap  portion  for  converting  the  intermittent 
rotary  motion  of  the  output  member  into  oscilalting  move- 
ment, whereby  one  strap  portion  is  moved  relative  to  the 
other  strap  portion  to  effect  interface  melting  therebe- 
tween. The  shaft  of  the  electric  motor  has  an  eccentric 
portion  integral  therewith  and  a  sleeve  is  slidably  mounted 
thereon  and  received  within  a  cavity  in  the  rocker  mem- 
ber. The  cavity  in  the  rocker  member  is  generally  semi- 
circularly  shaped,  and  the  sleeve  has  arcuate  upper  and 
lower  portions  that  are  seated  within  the  cavity.  A  ratchet 
and  pawl  mechanism  is  provided  for  converting  the  inter- 
mittent rotary  motion  of  the  output  member  into  oscillat- 
ing movement,  and  actuation  of  the  ratchet  and  pawl 
mechanism  is  controlled  by  the  tension  sensing  lever  which 
has  a  pawl  latching  portion  formed  integrally  therewith 
that  releases  the  pawl  when  a  predetermined  amoimt  of 
tension  is  drawn  in  one  strap  portion. 


APPARATUS  FOR  FABRICATING  SANITARY 

NAPKINS 
Graves  T.  GoR,  Wwc  Sboab,  S.C.,  anigDor  to  Ricfd 
Textile  Corporation,  Wan  Shoa^  S.C 
Filed  Feb.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,780 
Int  CL  B32b  31/06;  A61f  13/18 
VS,  CL  156—383  14  CUmm 

An  apparatus  for  fabricating  sanitary  napkins  having 
an  elongate  wrapper-enclosed  pad  and  wrapper  tabs  ex- 
tending  longitudinally  from  opposed  ends  of  the  wrapper- 
enclosed  pads  including  means  lot  feeding  a  ccmtinnoDS 
web  of  pad  material,  means  for  cutting  the  pad  material 
into  individual  pads,  conveyor  means  for  successively 
receiving,  spacing  and  advancing  the  individiial  pads, 
means  for  feeding  a  continuous  web  of  wrapper  material 
and  for  successively  receiving  and  positioning  the  pads 
on  the  wrapper  material,  means  for  fdding  opposite  edge 
portions  of  the  wrapper  material  in  overlapping  rdntion 
around  the  pads,  means  for  applying  adhesive  between 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


680 

the  overlapping  portions  of  the  wrapper  material  for  sc- 
aring ^eedge  ^ons  to  each  other,  and  cutting  means 


June  13,  1972 


for  cutting  the  connecting  wrapper  tab  portions  inter- 
mediate sifccessive  wrapper-enclosed  pads  to  complete  the 
formation  of  the  individual  sanitary  napkins. 


3,669,801 
AIRPLANE  TOOLING 
Richaid  L.  Jarvis,  North  Olmstead,  and  Writer  KuHy, 
AiSmi,  OWoTiMdgiiofS  to  American  Aviation  Corpc 

oSS'.^ru2S;'Siv.  20,  1968,  ^^r   No    777,362. 
mlSed  iid  this  appHcation  May  21,  1970,  Ser.  No. 

***^     hA.a.Bnh3i/i4:Bnd3/oo 

IIA  CL  156-383  ^  CUdms 


metal,  the  jig  including  supports  for  the  ribs  and  spars 
individual  resistance  heating  means  for  applying  heat  and 
pressure  at  each  of  the  joints,  of  the  wing  skeleton  The 
second-stage  jig  for  bonding  the  skin  to  the  wing  ske  eto 
includes  a  means  for  tensioning  the  skin  over  the  skeletoi 
as  well  as  fluid  pressure  expansible  means  to  provide  th< 
bonding  pressure  in  all  areas  where  the  skin  is  bonded  ^ 
the  ribs  and  spars.  The  ribs  of  the  wings  have  flanges  mto 
which  transitory  reinforcing  means  closely  fit  to  prevent 
deflection  of  the  flanges  under  the  bonding  pressure  ap- 
pUed  thereto,  a  transitory  reinforcing  means  being  seg- 
mented such  that  they  may  be  pulled  out  through  cutouts 
in  the  ribs  of  the  wings  after  the  bonding  operation  is  com- 

^  A  further  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  bondinfe 
of  a  plurality  of  ribs  and  a  torque  tube  of  an  aircraft  con- 
trol element  io  assembled  relation  by  means  of  a  liquid 
epoxy  resin  in  a  tube  cradle  and  rib  clamping  jig  which 
maintains  the  parallel  relationship  of  the  ribs  at  a  fixe^ 
angular  and  lateral  position  with  respect  to  the  tube. 

The  invention  provides,  in  the  second  stage  in  the  crei 
tion  of  a  bonded  aircraft  contiol  element,  a  jig  whid 
has  pivoted  contoured  arms  to  clampingly  engage  the  skin 
in  areas  in  register  over  the  ribs  and  trailing  edge  such 
that  the  areas  to  be  bonded  receive  the  proper  bonding 
pressure.  This  pressure  is  supplied  by  means  of  a  fluid 
pressure  expansible  means  and  manifold  system  connected 

thereto.  ,    ,         ♦ 

In  addition  to  the  air  frame,  wing  and  contiol  element 
jigs,  the  invention  includes  a  jig  for  bonding  a  frame 
member  for  an  airplane  cutout  to  tiie  periphery  of  the 
cutout  which  is  a  transitory  self-supporting  jig  having  op- 
posing members  which  may  be  moved  into  and  out  bf 
clamping  engagement  witii  the  margin  of  the  skin  defining 
the  cutout  by  means  of  screw  means  connecting  the  two 
opposing'  members.  The  opposing  pressure  applying  sur- 
faces of  the  two  members  include  at  least  one  fluid  pres- 
sure expansible  means  for  application  of  the  proper  bond- 
ing pressure  and  a  brief  description. 


Ar~ 


Briefly,  the  invention  relates  to  jigs  for  placing  air- 
craft component  parts  in  assembled  relationship  and  pro- 
viding tiie  pressure  to  bond  tiiem  into  a  stressed  skin  con- 
struction. .  e     1  „ 

A  generic  concept  to  the  invention  is  the  use  of  selec- 
tively actuated  pressure  applying  surfaces  over  the  areas 
to  be  bonded  while  tiie  parts  are  held  in  tiieir  proper  rela- 
tive locations.  ,     ^     j-        * 

One  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  the  bonding  ot 
an  upper  aft  fuselage  section  comprising  flanged  bulkhead 
sections  and  stringers  and  a  stressed  skin  tiiereover  m  a 
single-stage  jig  having  fluid  expansible  diaphragm  over 
each  of  Uie  areas  to  be  joined,  the  fluid  expansible  dia- 
phragms being  in  one  half  of  a  jig  which  is  pinned  to- 
gether to  hold  each  of  the  bulkhead  stringer  and  skin 
components  in  proper  relation  while  providing  a  reaction 
force  upon  Uie  application  of  the  bonding  pressure  by 
means  of  the  introduction  of  pressure  into  the  diaphragms. 

A  second  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  the  con- 
struction of  a  skeleton  of  a  wing  paving  a  main  tubular 
spar  and  a  trailing  edge  spar  with  flanged  ribs  of  stamped 


3,669,802  ^  , 

APPARATUS  FOR  MANUFACTURING  A  MUL-g- 
PLY  TUBE  SECTION  CONSISTING  OF  AT  LEAST 
TWO  WEBS  OF  PLASTICS  MATERIAL  SHEETING 
AND  INTENDED  FOR  USE  IN  THE  MANUFAC- 
TURING OF  BAGS  ^  ..  ^ 
Richaid  Feliluunpa',  Lengericli,  Wcstplialia,  Germany, 
assignor  to  WindmoUer  &  Hoischer,  Wes4>halia,  Ger- 
many 

Filed  Mar.  24, 1969,  Ser.  No.  809,841 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  25,  1968, 
W  41,937;  Aug.  16,  1968,  P  17  86  095.6 

Int.  a.  B32bi/00  ! 

VS.  CI.  156—387  10  Clahns 

An  imprint  is  to  be  provided  on  one  of  the  sheeting  sur- 
faces defining  an  interface  between  the  plies.  One  of  the 
webs  of  plastics  material  sheeting  is  subjected  to  a  known 
surface-activating  treatment  on  one  surface  so  that  the 
same  is  adapted  to  be  printed  upon.  Said  surface  is  pro- 
vided with  the  desired  imprint,  which  is  subsequentiy 
thermally  dried  and  cooled  thereafter.  The  other  sheeting 
web  or  webs  is  or  are  heat-treated  to  cause  it  or  them  to 
assume  a  condition  which  corresponds  as  closely  as  pos- 
sible to  the  condition  of  the  printed  sheeting  web,  and  is 
also  subjected  to  a  surface-activating  treatment.  The  sheet- 
ing webs  are  then  superimposed  with  laterally  offset  edges 
and  so  that  their  activated  surfaces  contact  each  other 
and  the  printed  surface  of  the  printed  sheeting  is  covered 
by  an  adjacent,  unprinted  sheeting  web.  The  sheeting  webs 
which  are  thus  superimposed  are  bonded  together  by  the 
action  of  pressure  heat.  The  resulting  multi-ply  sheeting 
web  having  offset  edges  is  formed  into  a  tubing  in  known 
manner  in  that  the  edges  of  each  sheeting  ply  are  joined 
by  an  adhered  or  heat-sealed,  longitudinal  seam. 


JlWE  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


681 


3,669,803 
AIRPLANE  TOOLING 
Richard  L.  Jarris,  North  Olmsted,  and  Walter  Knily, 
Akron,  Ohio,  assignors  to  American  Aviation  Corpo- 
ration, Cleveland,  Ohio 
OrlgiiuU  appUcation  Nov.  20,  1968,  Ser.  No.  777,362. 
Divided  and  this  appUcation  May  20,  1970,  Ser.  No. 
39,003 

Int  CL  B32b  31/02 
VS.  a.  156—477  9  Orims 


pivoted  contoured  arms  to  clampingly  engage  the  skin  in 
areas  in  register  over  the  ribs  and  tiailing  edge  such  that 
the  areas  to  be  bonded  receive  the  proper  binding  pressure. 
This  pressure  is  supplied  by  means  of  a  fluid  iwcssure  ex- 
pansible means  and  manifold  system  connected  thereto. 

In  addition  to  the  air  frame,  wing  and  control  element 
jigs,  the  invention  includes  a  jig  for  bonding  a  frame 
member  for  an  airi^ane  cutout  to  the  periphery  of  the 
cutout  which  is  a  transitory  self-supporting  jig  having  op- 
posing members  which  may  be  moved  into  and  out  of 
clamping  engagement  with  the  margin  of  the  skin  defining 
the  cutout  by  means  of  screw  means  coimecting  the  two 
opposing  members.  The  opposing  pressure  applying  sur- 
faces of  the  two  members  include  at  least  one  fluid  pressure 
expansible  means  for  application  of  the  proper  bonding 
pressure  and  a  brief  description. 


3  669  804 
.    APPARATUS    FOR    BONDING    CONTINUOUS 
FLEXIBLE    STRANDS    COATED    WITH    A 
THERMOPLASTIC  ADHESIVE  TO  THE  SUR- 
FACE OF  MOVING  VENEER  STRIPS 
Victor  H.  Clausen,  Bcllevne,  and  Arnold  Zweig,  Olympia, 
Wash.,  assignors  to  Simpson  Timber  Company,  Scatdc, 
Wadi. 

FOed  May  11, 1970,  Ser.  No.  35,978 

Int  a.  B32b  31/20.  31/10 

VS.  a.  156—544  5  Clrims 


Briefly,  the  invention  relates  to  jigs  for  placing  aircraft 
component  parts  in  assembled  relationship  and  providing 
the  pressure  to  bond  them  into  a  stressed  skin  construc- 
tion. 

A  generic  concept  to  the  invention  is  the  use  of  ^lective- 
ly  actuated  pressure  applying  surfaces  over  the  areas  to  be 
tx)nded  while  the  parts  are  held  in  their  proper  relative 
locations. 

One  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  the  bonding  of 
an  upper  aft  fuselage  section  comprising  flanged  bulkhead 
sections  and  stringers  and  a  stressed  skin  thereover  in  a 
single-stage  jig  having  fluid  expansible  diaphragm  over 
each  of  the  areas  to  be  joined,  the  fluid  expansible  dia- 
phragms being  in  one  half  of  a  jig  which  is  pinned  together 
to  hold  each  of  the  bulkhead  stringer  and  skin  components 
in  proper  relation  while  providing  a  reaction  force  upon 
the  application  of  the  bonding  pressure  by  means  of  the 
introduction  of  pressure  into  the  diaphragms. 

A  second  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  the  con- 
struction of  a  skeleton  of  a  wing  having  a  main  tubular 
spar  and  a  trailing  edge  spar  with  flanged  ribs  of  stamped 
metal,  the  jig  including  supports  for  the  ribs  and  spars, 
individual  resistance  heating  means  for  applying  heat  and 
pressure  at  each  of  the  joints  of  the  wing  skeleton.  The 
second-stage  jig  for  bonding  the  skin  to  the  wing  skeleton 
includes  a  means  for  tensioning  the  skin  over  the  skeleton 
as  well  as  fluid  pressure  expansible  means  to  provide  the 
bonding  pressure  in  all  areas  where  the  skin  is  bonded  to 
the  ribs  and  spars.  The  ribs  of  the  wings  have  flanges  into 
which  tiansitory  reinforcing  means  closely  fit  to  prevent 
deflection  of  the  flanges  under  the  bonding  pressure  ap- 
plied thereto,  a  transitory  reinforcing  means  being  seg- 
mented such  that  they  may  be  pulled  out  through  cutouts 
in  the  ribs  of  the  wings  after  the  bonding  operation  is  com- 
pleted. 

A  further  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  bonding 
of  a  plurality  of  ribs  and  a  torque  tube  of  an  aircraft  con- 
trol element  in  assembled  relation  by  means  of  a  liquid 
epoxy  resin  in  a  tube  cradle  and  rib  clamping  jig  which 
maintains  the  parallel  relationship  of  the  ribs  at  a  fixed 
angular  and  lateral  position  with  respect  to  the  tube. 

The  invention  provides,  in  the  second  stage  in  the  crea- 
tion of  a  bonded  aircraft  contiol  element,  a  jig  which  has 


Continuous,  flexible  strands  having  a  thermoplastic 
adhesive  applied  thereto  are  continuously  bonded  to 
crowded  together  strips  of  random  width  wood  veneer  by 
means  of  multiple,  independently  mounted  shoe  mem- 
bers in  pressure  contact  with  the  surface  of  the  veneer, 
the  shoes  being  of  a  length  to  follow  undulations  which 
occur  in  veneer  sliced  from  a  log  with  a  rotary  lathe.  The 
first  of  the  shoes  contacting  the  adhesive  coated  strands 
is  heated  to  keep  the  thermoplastic  adhesive  on  the  strands 
in  a  flowable  state  as  they  pass  under  and  are  pressed 
against  the  surface  of  the  veneer  strips.  The  remainder  of 
the  shoes  are  cooled  with  a  cooling  medium  to  cool  the 
adhesive  on  the  strands  sufficiently  to  bond  the  strands 
to  the  veneer  surface. 


3,669,805 
DEVICE  FOR  FOLIMNG  ONTO,  AND  JOINING 
WITH,  ONE  ANOTHER  TWO  SIDE  EDGE  POR- 
TIONS OF  A  HEAT  SEALING  FOIL 
Sverre  Engvoll,  Spanga,  Swedes,  aoigBor  to  Arcaco 
Aktiebolag,  Stocfchofan-ValBniliy,  Sfvcdos 
Filed  Not.  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  877,920 
Oaims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Nor.  22,  1968, 
15,971/68 
Int  a.  B65c  9/36;  B32b  31/20 
VS.  CI.  156—567  2  Cfarinv 

An  apparatus  for  folding  over  and  joining  togetlier  the 
opposite  flaps  of  a  heat  scalable  foil  wra^ied  around 
three  sides  of  a  cigarette  pack.  At  tlie  folding  and  sealing 
station  a  first  shoe  is  moved  across  t^e  fourth  side  of 


682 

the  pack  to  foW  down  the  first  flap.  As  this  shoe  is  re- 
tracted a  freely  rotatable  heated  cylindrical  roller  is  piv- 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


otally  swept  across  the  fourth  side  fit)in  the  opposite  di- 
rection, simultaneously  folding  the  second  flap  over  the 
first  one  and  heat  sealing  the  two  flaps  together. 


3fiWf86o 
BONDING  PRESS  HAVING  IMPROVED 

SUPPORT  BASE  STRUCTURE 
Robert  Holbiook  OMfcmm  Helittoi  VBey.  Pa^^as- 
dipMr  to  Wcflteni  Electric  Compuiy,  iMorporated,  New 

^"**  ^inid  Dec  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,588 
InL  CL  B32b  31/00;  B02c  11/08 
VS.  CL  156— 580  *  ClaliiM 


bulkhead  sections  and  stringers  and  a  stressed  skin  therd- 
over  in  a  single-stage  jig  having  fluid  expansible  dia- 
phragm over  each  of  the  areas  to  be  joined,  the  fluid 
expansible  diaphragms  being  in  one  half  of  a  jig  which 
is  pinned  together  to  hold  each  of  the  bulkhead  stringer 
and  skin  components  in  proper  relation  while  providing 
a  reaction  force  upon  the  application  of  the  bonding 
pressure  by  means  of  the  introduction  of  pressure  into 

the  diaphragms.  ] 

A  second  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  the  con- 
struction of  a  skeleton  of  a  wing  having  a  main  tubular 
spar  and  a  trailing  edge  spar  with  flanged  ribs  of  stamped 
metal,  the  jig  including  supports  for  the  ribs  and  spars, 
individual  resistance  heating  means  for  applying  heat  and 
pressure  at  each  of  the  joints  of  the  wing  skeleton.  The 
second-stage  jig  for  bonding  the  skin  to  the  wing  skeleton 
includes  a  means  for  tensioning  the  skin  over  the  skeleton 
as  well  as  fluid  pressure  expansible  means  to  provide 
the  bonding  pressure  in  all  areas  where  the  skin  is  bonded 
to  the  ribs  and  spars.  The  ribs  of  the  wings  have  flanges 
into  which  transitory  reinforcing  means  closely  fit  to 
prevent  deflection  of  the  flanges  under  the  bonding  pres- 
sure applied  thereto,  a  transitory  reinforcing  means  being 
segmented  such  that  they  may  be  pulled  out  through 
cutouts  in  the  ribs  of  the  wings  after  the  bonding  opera- 
tion is  completed. 


A  bonding  press  is  disclosed  which  comprises  a  ram, 
a  support  base  to  carry  components  to  be  bonded,  a 
platten  which  moves  the  support  base  towards  the  ram, 
a  diaphragm  which  moves  the  platten  in  response  to  ap- 
plications of  fluid  pressure  and  a  cantilever  mounted 
beam  having  its  free  end  attached  to  the  support  base. 


AIRPLANE  TOOLING  _  ^ 

Rkhaid  L.  larrls,  NoiA  Ofaiutcad,  and  Waiter  Knlly, 

Akraa,  Okie,  m^iit^an  to  Amokan  Aviatioii  Corpo- 

raUoB.  CkvclaBd,  Okie 
OriSoil  appHcatloa  Not.  20,  1968,  Scr.  No.  777,362. 

DMdcdaiid  Ihta  appllcatfcm  May  21,  1970,  Scr.  No. 

39^478 

IM.  CL  B32b  31  /14,  3/04 
U.S.  CL  156—581  2  Claims 

Briefly,  the  invention  relates  to  jigs  for  placing  air- 
craft component  parts  in  assembled  relationsltip  and  pro- 
viding the  pressure  to  bond  them  into  a  stressed  skin 
construction. 

A  generic  concept  to  the  invention  is  the  use  of 
selectively  actuated  pressure  applying  surfaces  over  the 
areas  to  be  bonded  while  the  parts  are  held  in  their 
IHoper  relative  locations. 

One  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  the  bonding 
of  an  upper  aft  fuselage  section  comprising  flanged 


A  further  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  bonding 
of  a  plurality  of  ribs  and  a  torque  tube  of  an  aircraft 
control  element  in  assembled  relation  by  means  of  a 
liquid  epoxy  resin  in  a  tube  cradle  and  rib  clamping  jig 
which  maintains  the  parallel  relationship  of  the  ribs 
at  a  fixed  angular  and  lateral  position  with  respect  to  the 

tube.  .  •     .u 

The  invention  provides,  in  the  second  stage  m  the 
creation  of  the  bonded  aircraft  control  element,  a  jig 
which  has  pivoted  contoured  arms  to  clampingly  engage 
the  skin  in  areas  in  register  over  the  ribs  and  trailing 
edge  such  that  the  areas  to  be  bonded  receive  the  proper 
bonding  pressure.  This  pressure  in  suppUed  by  means  of 
a  fluid  pressure  expansible  means  and  manifold  system 
connected  thereto. 

In  addition  to  the  air  frame,  wing  and  control  element 
jigs,  the  invention  includes  a  jig  for  bonding  a  frame 
member  for  an  airplane  cutout  to  the  periphery  of  the 
cutout  which  is  a  transitory  self-supporting  jig  having 
opposing  members  which  may  be  moved  into  and  out  of 
clamping  engagement  with  the  margin  of  the  skin  de- 
fining the  cttout  by  means  of  screw  means  connecUng 
the  two  opposing  members.  The  opposing  pressure  apply- 
ing surfaces  of  the  two  members  include  at  least  one 
fluid  pressure  expansible  means  for  application  of  the 
proper  bonding  pressure  and  a  brief  description. 


June  18,  1972 


\ 


CHEMICAL 


688 


3,669,808 
ROLLING  APPARATUS  FOR  THE  ROLLING 
TOGETHER  OF  CURVED  GLASS  SHEETS 
WITH  INTERPOSED  PLASTICS  SHEETS  TO 
FORM  A  LAMINATE 
Knit   Klotzbach,   Wfttener   Strassc    3,   Dnsseldorf-Rjitti, 
Germany,   and   Johann   Hcrzog,    Stocknmcr   Kirsch- 
■traase  1,  Dnawldorf-Nord,  Germany 

Filed  loly  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  56,781 

Claims  prifwity,  appUcatioB  Gcrmaqy,  Jnly  23,  1969, 

G  69  29  022.8 

InL  a.  B30b  3/04;  B32b  31/00 

U.S.  CL  156—582  15  Claims 


-M 


relative  speed  of  the  parts  is  su<^  that  friction  welding 
is  occurring  and  traps  a  stop  located  in  a  predetermined 
position  such  that  one  of  the  part  holders  is  stopped  in  a 
predetermined  angular  position  relative  to  the  other.  The 
trap  fingers  are  carried  by  the  holder  for  the  part  which 
requires  location  and  the  stop  may  be  carried  by  the 
other  holder  or  mounted  on  the  frame  of  the  machine. 


3,669,810 
HEAT  SEAL  TOOL 
iOans  Domke,  Stnttgait-WeOinidoif ,  Germany, 
to  F^.  HesMr  Maaririfufabrik  AG,  StatlgutOlad 
Cannstatt,  Gcmuuiy 

Filed  Mar.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  19,402 

Claims  prioiity,  application  Gcrmasy,  Mar.  15,  1969, 

P  19  13  294.6 

liiL  CL  B29c  19/02;  B32b  31/20 

US.  CL  156—583  5  ClalBH 


Apparatus  for  rolling  together  superimposed  curved 
sheets  to  form  a  curved  laminate  comprises  a  pivoted 
frame  in  which  are  mounted  two  opposed  groups  of  pres- 
sure roller  units.  Each  unit  comprises  pressure  rollers  car- 
ried on  a  guide  rod  slidably  and  rotatably  mounted  in  a 
hollow  housing  which  contains  a  spring  biassing  the  guide 
rod  to  one  end  of  the  housing.  The  housings  of  the  pres- 
sure roller  units  are  individually  adjustable  in  position 
on  the  housing  so  that  the  apparatus  can  be  set  so  that 
the  combined  roller  gap  defined  between  the  opposed 
groups  of  pressure  rollers,  has  any  desired  curvature. 


3,669,809 
APPARATUS    AND    METHODS    FOR    FRICTION 
WELDING  PLASTIC  PARTS  WHICH  REQUIRE  A 
PARTICULAR  RELATIVE  ANGULAR  ORIENTA- 
HON 
Gaylord  W.  Brown,  Bcavertim,  ftfidi.,  assignor  to 
Koeluing  Company 
Ffled  Ang.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  849,732 
Int  a.  B30b  3/02;  B32b  31/22 
VS.  CL  156—582  16  Claims 


Friction  welding  machinery  and  methods  wherein  axial- 
ly  aligned  part  holders  hold  synthetic  plastic  parts  which 
are  to  be  friction  welded  togeth«-.  The  part  holders  are 
relatively  rotated  and  a  speed  sensor,  in  the  form  of  radial- 
ly expansible  and  contractaUe  stc^  fingers,  operates  under 


Heat  seal  tool  for  making  seams  on  foils  of  thermo- 
plastic material  in  which  the  heat  conductor  is  formed  as 
a  band  and  arranged  opposite  to  the  work  surface  of  the 
seal  bracket  with  a  thin  insulating  layer  disposed  there- 
between;  and  elastic  bias  arranged  against  the  baiui  for 
uniform  contact  of  the  latter  against  the  seal  bracket 


3,669,811 
AIRPLANE  TOOLING 
Ridiard  L.  larris,  24258  Cwwntr  Road,  North 
Ohio    44070,  and  Waiter  KnDy,  2290  TMppiet  Blvd.; 
Akron,  OUo    44312  ^^ 

Original  application  Nor.  20, 1968,  Scr.  No.  777,362,  now 
Patent  No.  3,616,075,  dated  Oct  26,  1971.  DiHdcd 
and  this  application  May  21,  1970,  Scr.  No.  48,606 
Int  CL  B30b  3/04,  15/34 
VS.  CL  156—583  6 


Briefly,  the  invention  relates  to  jigs  for  placing  aircraft 


the  influence  of  centrifugal  force  to  indicate  when  the  component  parts  in  assembled  relationship  and  providing 


684 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


reduced  by  a  series  of  holes  drilled  from  two  directions 
into  the  block  at  90"  to  one  another  so  that  a  great 
number  of  equal  size  columns  equidistantly  spaced  con- 


mAS£  SHIFTER  WOl 


the  pressure  to  bond  them  into  a  stressed  skin  construc- 
tion. 

A  generic  concept  to  the  invention  is  the  use  of  selec- 
tively actuated  pressure  applying  surfaces  over  the  areas 
to  be  bonded  while  the  parts  are  held  in  their  prc^r 
relative  locations. 

One  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  the  bonding  of 
an  upper  after  fuselage  section  comprising  flanged  bulk- 
head sections  and  stringers  and  a  stressed  skin  thereover 
in  a  single-stage  jig  having  fluid  expansible  diaphragm 
over  each  of  the  areas  to  be  joined,  the  fluid  expansible 
diaphragms  being  in  one-half  of  a  jig  which  is  pinned 
together  to  hold  each  of  the  bulkhead  stringer  and  skin 
components  in  proper  relation  while  providing  a  reaction 
force  upon  the  application  of  the  bonding  pressure  by 
means  of  the  introduction  of  pressure  into  the  diaphragms, 

A  second  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  the  con- 
struction of  a  skeleton  of  a  wing  having  a  main  tubular 
spar  and  a  trailing  edge  spar  with  flanged  ribs  of  stamped 
metal,  the  jig  including  supports  for  the  ribs  and  spars, 
individual  resistance  heating  means  for  applying  heat  and 
pressiu-e  at  each  of  the  joints  of  the  wing  skeleton.  The 
second-stage  jig  for  bonding  the  skin  to  the  wing  skeleton 
includes  means  for  tensioning  the  skin  over  the  skeleton 
as  well  as  fluid  pressure  expansible  means  to  provide  the 
bonding  pressure  in  all  areas  where  the  skin  is  bonded 
to  the  ribs  and  spars.  The  ribs  of  the  wings  have  flanges  nect  the  heated  and  cooled  sides  of  the  block.  This  per- 
into  which  transitory  reinforcing  means  closely  fit  to  mits  heating  and  cooling  of  a  substrate  within  a  very 
prevent  deflection  of  the  flanges  under  the  bonding  pres-  few  minutes, 
sure  applied  thereto,  a  transitory  reinforcing  means  being 


Jo. 


segmented  such  that  they  may  be  pulled  out  through 
cutouts  in  the  ribs  of  the  wings  after  the  bonding  opera- 
tion is  completed. 

A  further  portion  of  the  invention  relates  to  bonding 
of  a  plurality  of  ribs  and  a  torque  tube  of  an  aircraft 
control  element  in  assembled  relation  by  means  ^^  *    _.-   ^,    ,^, 
liquid  epoxy  resin  in  a  tube  cradle  and  rib  clamping  jig    U.S.  CI.  161—37 
which  maintains  the  parallel  relationship  of  the  ribs  at 

a  fixed  angular  and  lateral  position  with  respect  to  the 

tube. 

The  invention  provides,  in  the  second  stage  in  the  crea- 
tion of  a  bonded  aircraft  control  element,  a  jig  which 
has  pivoted  contoured  arms  to  clampingly  engage  the 
skin  in  areas  in  register  over  the  ribs  and  trailing  edge 
such  that  the  areas  to  be  bonded  receive  the  proper  bond- 
ing pressure.  Hiis  pressure  is  supplied  by  means  of  a  fluid 
pressure  expansible  means  and  manifold  system  con- 
nected thereto. 

In  addition  to  the  air  frame,  wing  and  control  element 
jigs,  the  invention  includes  a  jig  for  bonding  a  frame 
member  for  an  airplane  cutout  to  the  periphery  of  the 
cutout  which  is  a  transitory  self-supporting  jig  having 
opposing  members  which  may  be  moved  into  and  out 
of  clamping  engagement  with  the  margin  of  the  skin  de- 
fining the  cutout  by  means  of  screw  means  connecting 
the  two  opposing  members.  The  opposing  pressure  apply- 
ing surfaces  of  the  two  members  include  at  least  one  fluid 
pressure  expansible  means  for  application  of  the  proper 
bonding  {Mvssure  and  a  brief  description. 


3  669  813 

AUTO  BODY  SECTIONAL  SHAPING  FORMS 

Alfred  Andrea,  15  French  Terrace, 

Watertown,  Mass.    02172 

Fled  Mar.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,301 

lot  a.  B32b  3114 

4  Clattns 


of 


3  669  812 

SUBSTRATE  SUPPORT  MODULE 

Friedcr  H.  EuriiB,  Rodicster,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Hie 

Bcndix  CorporatfcHi,  Rodiester,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,321 

Int  CL  F25b  29/00 

UA  a.  165—26  7  aaims 

A  substrate  support  for  controlling  the  temperature  of 

a  substrate  during  outgassing,  deposition,  sputter  etching 
and  bias  sputtering,  and  after  deposition.  This  support 


Preshaped,  interlocking  sectional  forms  constructed 
rigid  plastic  can  be  used  to  mold  plastic  used  for  rC' 
pairing  damage  to  automobile  bodies. 


FR&l 


3,669,814 

•PRINTED  INSERTS  AND  FEED 

MEANS  THEREFOR 

Hans  G.  FaMfai,  York,  Pa.,  Mrignor  to  Adrancc 

EnterprisM,  Ibc,  York,  Pa. 

Pfled  Feb.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  15,058 
Int.  CL  B32b  3/10 


comprises  a  block  of  thermal  conducting  material  having    UA  CL  161 — 37  6  CUims 

heating  means  at  one  side  and  cooling  means  at  the  op-       Inserts  to  be  attached  by  adhesive  to  a  carrymg  piece 
posite  side.  The  material  cross  section  of  the  block  is   such  as  a  rapidly  moving  printed  web  for  newspapers. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


685 


^Jff^^K  f'^A-  ^*  "^^  *^".^.  P'"«-P"°t'^  and  pro-  films,  are  joined  by  tapes  of  laminate  material  comprising 

vded  with  feedmg  means  comprising  a  pluraUty  of  self-  layers  of  like  materialVto  form  a  lining  wWchhTuS 
closmg  or  disappearmg  holes  engageable  by  pin-type  feed  suosian 

wheels  of  feeding  mechanism  and  formed  by  incisions 


, 3,669,815 

STRUCTURAL     LIGHT-WEIGHT     PANEL     FOR 
CRYOGENIC  AND  ELEVATED  TEMPERATURE 
APPLICATIONS 
Rameah  R.  Desai,  Teaneck,  and  George  D.  Dohn,  Park 
Ridge,  NJ.,  asrignors  to  Balsa  Development  Corpora' 
tlon,  Northvale,  N  J. 

FUed  Feb.  10, 1971,  Ser.  No.  114,201 

Int  CI.  B32b  2/14;  B65d  25/18 

U.S.  CL  161—37  9  Claims 


A  structural  light-weight  panel  of  high  strength,  having 
thermal  insulation  properties  that  render  the  panel  par- 
ticularly suitable  for  cryogenic  and  elevated  temperature 
applications.  The  panel  is  constituted  by  a  composite  core 
bonded  to  a  carrier  membrane  or  laminated  to  facing 
skins,  the  core  including  at  least  one  layer  formed  by  a 
series  of  balsa  beams  in  spaced  parallel  relation,  the  spac- 
ing between  the  beams  being  filled  with  slabs  of  foam 
plastic  material  whose  K-factor  is  similar  to  that  of  balsa, 
whereby  the  overall  thermal  insulating  characteristics  of 
the  composite  core  are  eflFectively  equivalent  to  that  of 
a  homogeneous  core  composed  entirely  of  foam  plastic 
material,  whereas  the  structural  characteristics  of  the 
composite  core  are  far  supericH*  thereto. 


made  in  the  strip  of  said  inserts  so  as  to  form  flaps  which 
are  temporarily  bent  from  the  plane  of  the  inserts  but 

which  are  restored  to  the  plane  upon  affixing  the  inserts 
to  the  printed  web. 


tially  impermeable  to  liquids  and  gases  at 
peratures. 


cryogenic  tem- 


U.S.  CL  161—44 


3,669,817 

REVERSDLE  FLOORING 

James  G.  McDevitt,  117  N.  Adelaide, 

Fenton,  Mkik     48430 

Filed  Mar.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  19,915 

Int  a.  B60r  27/00 


11  Claims 


Xo 


A  flooring  for  use  within  an  automobile  or  the  like 
consisting  of  a  carpet  material  bonded  to  a  fiberboard 
material,  the  two  bonded  materials  being  cut  to  a  recti- 
linear shape,  and  being  adapted  to  be  disposed  in  a  hori- 
zontal position  on  the  permanent  floor  of  a  vehicle  with- 
out interfering  with  the  side  wall  structure  of  the  vehicle. 
The  bonded  materials  form  a  flooring  which  may  be  se- 
lecUvely  reversed  from  one  surface  to  the  other  depend- 
ing upon  its  required  use  within  the  automobile. 


_.^ 3,669,818 

TEXTILE  PRODUCT  AND  PROCESS 
^m^'  ^S^  H  5™««»  ^^  aislgiior  to  Deeri^ 

A  pnnted  textile  fabric,  and  a  process  of  producing  the 
same,  wherem  a  pile  fabric  having  a  patterned  surface 
construction  is  printed  with  a  design  superimposed  on  the 
patterned  surface  of  the  fabric  out  of  registry  therewith 
to  provide  a  product  particularly  adapted  for  use  in 
carpets,  towels,  upholstery,  and  the  like 


^_  3,669,816 

li    ^M    i'^^^^'NG  FOR  CRYOGENIC  TANK 

I  ^  •  fSS****  Shreveport,  La.,  Arthur  R.  Dnlfy,  Worth- 
ington,  OUo,  and  Eogene  S.  Lyman,  Northfield,  Minn., 
jgjPiors  to  G.  T.  SchJeldaU  Company,  Northfield; 

^^*i?!?'?**?S:^*IS*.  ^  ■PPBortion  Ser.  No.  862,788, 
^UllS'  "W*"^"  ©«*•  1»  IW.  Ser! 

UA  CL  161—38  3  ciidms 

Tnis  invention  relates  to  a  lining  for  use  in  cryogenic 
tanks  wherein  sheets  of  laminate  material  comprising  mul- 
tiple layers  of  woven  polyethylene  terephthalate  fibers 
alummum,  and  stress-oriented  polyethylene  terephthalate 


3,669,819 
.^  ^   ..    ^         CARPET  MATERIAL 
Dieterltiselioa,  Hohcnsackscn, Gem«T. Mtaaor to  Cml 
Frendenbeis,  Wdnhdm-BeritoSi,  GtSuunT 

aaims  i»riority,  application  Switzerland,  May  7.  1969 

7,842/69  • 

Ui.  CL  161-^  ^^-^^^/^^  ,_^ 

Carpet  consisting  esscntiaUy  of  a  needled  non-woven 
neece  haying  a  floorside  and  a  tread  side,  substantially 
honzontaUy  extending  fibers  forming  the  body  of  the 
fleece  and.  securing  the  fibers  of  the  body  of  the  fleece 
together,  generally  vertically  extending  needled  fibers  hav- 
ing looped  sections  on  the  floor  side  of  the  fleece  and  free 
fiber  ends  adjacent  the  tread  side  thereof,  the  floor  side  and 


686 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13, 


19f72 
!  con- 


thc  tread  side  being  distinguished  from  each  other  in  that    made  from  two  component  elements,  each  having 
the  floor  side  harbors  said  looped  sections  and  is  m-    tiguous  surfaces  in  the  assembly  which  surfaces  become 
pregnated  with  a  binder  securing  fibers  of  the  fleece  to-   coalesced  in  the  integral  structural  member.  One  of  the 

components  is  formed,  partially  gelled,  and  before  oHn- 
plete  gellation,  is  engaged  with  the  other  component  which 


fe^ 


gether  and  forming  a  backing  for  the  carpet,  while  the 
tread  side  is  substantially  free  of  binder  and  has  said 
fiber  ends  disposed  therein  and  adjacent  thereto. 


t 


3,669,82e 

CELLULAR  STRUCTURE 

Cari  K.  Fredericks,  Sot  Dtego,  CaHf .,  asrignor  to  Coritte 

CorpontioB,  San  Diego,  CaUf . 

CoBtiiiiuitioii^B-nrt  <ti  awUcadon  Scr.  No.  865,087, 

Oct  9,  1969.  Tills  application  June  19,  1970,  Ser. 

No.  47,710 

Int.  CL  B32b  3/12.  3/28 
UA  CL  161—68  12  Claims 


is  at  that  time  ungelled.  With  the  two  components  thus 
assembled,  the  overall  member  is  cured  to  produce  a  uni- 
tary structural  member  having  at  least  one  lengthwise  cell. 
The  process  is  especially  useful  in  producing  components 
for  operating  louvers.  -.^ 


3,669,822 

FILM-TISSUE  PAPER  ADHESTVE  LAMINATES 
Samuel  H.  Cowen,  Soothficld,  Mich.,  assicaor  to  { 
Chemed  Corporation,  Chidnnati,  OUo 
Continoatioii-in-part  of  an>lication  Str.  No.  780,075,  Nov. 
29,  1968,  which  is  a  contlnnation-in-part  of  applicalion 
Stf*.  No.  695,710,  Jan.  4,  1968.  This  application  Jan. 
11, 1971,  Ser.  No.  105,480 

Int  a.  B32b  3/28 
VS.  CL  161—130  5  CItims 


A  cellular,  honeycomb-like  structure  comprised  of  a 
plurality  of  elements  in  stacked  or  juxtaposed  relation, 
and  each  having  a  pattern  of  corrugations.  At  least  every 
other  element  is  characterized  by  a  plurality  of  pairs  of 
sections  of  dissimilar  length  which  each  define  a  corru- 
gation. The  corrugations  of  adjacent  elements  intemest 
to  define  closed,  generally  triangular  cells.  It  is  charac- 
teristic of  the  structure  that  the  peaks  or  nodes  of  the 
corrugations  of  each  element  engage  upon  the  internode 
portions  or  slopes  of  the  corrugations  of  the  adjacent 
element.  During  assembly  this  enables  relative  movement 
between  the  elements  until  internesting  is  achieved.  It  is 
also  characteristic  of  the  structure  that  each  cell  is 
defined  by  one  comidete  intemodal  section  and  portions 
of  a  pair  of  intemodal  sections  of  two  adjoining  elements. 
Various  configurations  of  the  structure  for  various  pur- 
poses are  disclosed. 


ADHESIVE 


The  invention  disclosed  is  an  adhesively  bound  lami- 
nate formed  of  a  thin  thermoplastic  film  pre-embossed 
throughout  substantially  the  entire  surface  area,  and  hav- 
ing at  least  one  tissue  paper  layer  adhesively  bound  there- 
to by  means  of  an  aqueous-base  adhesive  composition. 


i 


3,669,823 

NON-WOVEN  WEB 

Dennis  E.  Wood,  Penficid,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Cnilator 

I  Corporation,  East  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Ffled  June  4, 1969,  Ser.  No.  830,373  \ 

Int.  CL  B32b  3/18;  D04h  5/00 

VS.  CL  161-141  8  Claims 


3,669,821 

FIBER-REINFORCED  PLASTIC  STRUCTURAL 

MEMBER 

Mcrie  F.  Sharp,  Defanont,  Pa^  aaignor  to  H.  H. 

Robertson  Coaspaagr,  PHtriitgh,  Pa. 

Fled  Ans.  2, 1968,  Scr.  No.  749,887 

ik  CL  B32b  1/00 

VS.  CL  161—127  3  Oaims 

Rber-reinforced  plastic  structural  members  arc  fabri-       This  w^  comprises  fibers  arranged  in  random  fashion 
cated  with  at  least  one  lengthwise  cell.  The  members  are    lengthwise,   widthwise,  and  depthwise  of  the  web  and 


June  18,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


incorporating  therein  continuous  elements,  such  as  fila- 
ments, which  are  foam-coated  and  which  bond  adjacent 
fibers  in  the  regions  of  crossing  of  the  fibers  and  the 
foam-coated  elements,  thereby  bonding  the  web  into  an 
integral  structure.  The  continuoiu  elements  may  be  ar- 
ranged as  weft  or  as  warp  elements  of  the  web,  or  may 
be  arranged  as  both  weft  and  warp  elements,  or  in  random 
fashion. 


687 

by  a  two-step  process,  wherein  the  resin  fihn  is  first  passed 
through  one  treating  zone  effective  to  impart  mass  in- 
tegrity and  thereby  define  a  sheet,  and  the  sheet  together 
with  the  metal  ester  and  the  substrate  is  then  passed 
through  another  treating  zone  effective  substantially  to 
complete  the  cure  of  the  resin  and  simultaneously  adhere 
the  sheet  to  the  substrate,  at  least  one  of  the  treating  zones 
comprising  exposure  to  high  energy  radiation. 


3,669,824 

RECOVERABLE  ARITCLE 

Robert  L.  Hess,  Menlo  Paifc,  CaUf  ^  assignor  to 

Raychcm  Corporation,  Menlo  Paric,  Calif. 

Filed  Aug.  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  852,830 

Int  CL  B32b  7/02,  7/10 

VS.  CL  161—166  11  Claims 


3,669,826 
LAMINAIED  STRUCTURES 

**??SL*i.^^5yi5?'*^  Charies  N.  TomUnso.,  Sato. 
CoUfleid,  and  Ahm  White,  WythaB,  EiSS^mSSn 

to^Jjte  Srfety  Glaa.  Co5«5  iBS;  lSS 
NoDrawfan.  FBed  Maj  If,  if»,  Sar.  No.  825,975 
Claim  priority,  appMcntaGpg  Biltniii,  May  24, 196^ 

VS.  CL  m-K  ^  ■'^  ^^^^'  '''''  ,  ciri-s 

In  a  process  for  increasing  the  adhesion  at  the  inter- 
face between  a  synthetic  plastics  material  and  a  thin 
transparent  material  deposited  upon  a  vitreous  material 
surface  in  a  laminated  structure,  the  transparent  mate- 
rial IS  selected  from  an  electro-conductive  metal  fihn  and 
an  electro-conductive  film  covered  by  a  film  of  metal 
oxide,  and,  prior  to  lamination,  is  treated  with  a  solu- 
tion of  a  potassium  salt  electrolyte,  washed  and  dried 


The  present  invention  relates  to  a  heat-recoverable  ar- 
ticle particularly  adapted  for  use  as  a  covering  on  wires, 
cables  and  the  like.  More  particularly,  the  invention  re- 
lates to  a  helical  heat-recoverable  tape,  having  an  outer 
wall  of  heat-recoverable  material  and  an  inner  wall  which 
comprises  a  material  which  is  fusible  at  the  temperature 
at  which  the  tape  recovers  so  that  when  the  tape  is  placed 
around  an  article  and  heated  to  cause  recovery,  the  fusible 
inner  surface  will  flow  to  cause  a  good  seal  between  the 
tape  and  article. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  161—167  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,787 


3,669,825 

ADHERING  RESINS  TO  SUBSIRATES,  ESPECIALLY 

METAL,  BY  RADIATION 

Roger  P.  Hall,  Mayfidd  Hdgfats,  OUo,  aaiisnor  to 

SCM  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawiii.  Coiitiiinirti<ni>in>part  of  aj^Ucatioiis  Ser.  No. 
S^lfi.^S:!.  ^^'  *^'»  "^  Ser.  No.  737^576,  June 
likstl  •PPBcatlon  Oct  3,   1968,  Scr.  No. 

-TO  ^  ..    InLCLB32b5i/2«/C09ji/7¥ 

VS.  CL  161—188  19  Claims 

A  process  for  bonding  by  radiation  a  substrate,  and 
especially  one  having  a  metallic  surface,  with  a  substan- 
tially catalyst-free  system  containing  a  polymerizable  or- 
ganic unsaturated  resin  susceptible  to  free-radical  catalysis; 
and  tile  resulting  product.  In  one  form,  a  fihn  of  the 
resin  is  superimposed  upon  tiie  substrate  while  a  facing 
side  of  either  the  resinous  film  or  substrate  is  contacted 
at  any  time  prior  to  such  radiation  with  an  organic  sub- 
st:tuted,  radiation-respcwisive  ester  of  a  metal  acid,  such 
as  titanic  acid  or  zirconic  acid.  Thereafter,  the  fihn  and 
substrate  are  subjected  to  the  high  energy  radiation  to 
adhere  one  to  the  other.  In  anotiier  form,  normally  air- 
inhibited,  thermosetting  resins  are  bonded  to  substrates 


3,669,827 

SOLVENT  RESISTANT  POLYETHYLENE 

CONTAINERS 

'"SJS?'""^**""   Kolyer,   Moirfa   TownsUp.   Morris 

«)^PKm  to  Allied  Chemical  Corporation,  New  Yoriil 

No  Drawing.  Filed  May  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  39,511 

UA  CL  vk^2^^'  ^'^  ■^*»'  '''''•  ^7/^%  ci^ms 

A  meUiod  of  preparing  hoUow  polyethylene  containers 

Z^^u\  °^^?°  ^"  ^  rotational  casting  whereby  the 

polyethylene  is  rotationaUy  molded;  a  copolymer  of  rthyl- 

u\aaa^  ^^l'.^  ^^'P'^^^  *^  meUiacrykte  or  a  vinyl  ester 
IS  added;  moldmg  is  continued  to  bond  a  layer  of  the 
«>poIymer  to  tiie  polyetiiylene;  a  catalysed  andVromotoJ 
lac^  solution  is  added;  and  casting  continuSTZS 

T^L^r^'^'^'^l  '^^'^^^^^  ^°'  the  lactam  to  form 
It  ^  t^  layer  bonded  to  tiie  copolymer.  The  proc- 
SfnH^H™'  ?°"  r"^  polyetiiylene  containers  having  a  ^y 
bonded  nylon  Uner  which  is  resistant  to  solvente 


3,669328 

***™®5/ffi?J?^^ARING  COLORED 
RUBBER  LAMINATES 
TerayosU    UmmotoL    fi^.^ii.  i        w  ^  ^ 

sttnon  to  ftmiKut—*^   '^ — •    •   i> 


A  colored  rubber  it  prei»i«d  b»  itkkiiu  t>>.Mh..  ~l 

enT^nt^e  ^^^S^^^'^^^^^S^J^ 
ene-propylene  rubber  and  an  inorganic  fiUerinto  WSh. 
colonng  and  cross-linking  agem  hM^be«  bkSdS^ 
vulcanmng  tiie  resulting  assembly  «>»naed.  and 


688 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


9,669^29 

PAPER  AND  PAPER-LIKE  FDROUS  STRUCTURES 

FROM  MIXTURES  OF  NATURAL,  ARTIFIOAL  AND 

SYNTHETIC  FIBERS 

CoracHo  CaMo;  Eiio  DuteUt,  botk  of  Tcrni;  Italo  IncolHiiso, 

MBaa,  aad  FraaccMO  Protoapataro,  Tcrni,  aD  of  Italy,  ai- 

slgMin  to  MoBftccatiac  Edtaoo  S.M.,  Milan,  Itoly 

FiM  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,047 
Claims  priority,  applicatkHi  Italy,  Feb.  4, 1969, 12383  A/69 

Int.  CL  D21f  77/00.  D21li  5112 
U.S.CI.  162— 146  9  Claims 

There  are  disclosed  paper  and  paper-like  fibrous  structures 
comprising  natural  or  artificial  cellulose  fibers  and  synthetic 
fibers  which  are  fibers  of  a  propylene  polymer,  such  as 
polypropylene  consisting  essentially  of  isotactic 
polypropylene  made  up  of  isotactic  macromolecules,  and 
having  a  melt  index  of  from  0.5  to  50,  said  propylene 
polymer  fibers  having  a  length  not  exceeding  20  mm  and  a 
count  not  greater  than,  and  preferably  lower  than.  2.5  dtex. 
The  fibrous  structures  may  also  comprise  a  polymeric  bind- 
ing agent,  which  can  be  a  basic  condensation  polymer  or 
copolymer  of  epichlorhydrin  with  at  least  one  member 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  primary  and  secondary 
aliphatic'amines.  aromatic  amines  and  heterocyclic  amines. 


June  13,  1971! 


J 


3,669,831 

DISCHARGING  NOZZLE  ASSEMBLY  FOR  PRODUCIN( 

EQUALIZED  DISTRIBUTION  OF  PRESSURIZED  FLUID 

IN  AN  ELONGATED  DRYING  CHAMBER  | 

Joaeph  H.  Dupasqidcr,  5855  N.W.  Skyline  Drive,  West  Una, 

Greg.  I 

Filed  Aug.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,368 

Inta.D21f5//«     ^  I 

U.S.  a.  162-290  2  Claims 


3,669330 
BROKE  RECEIVER  CHAMBER  FOR  THE  DRYER 
SECTION  OF  A  PAPERMAKING  MACHINE 
Stairiey  C.  WUiania,  Pointe  Claire,  Quebec,  Canada, 
to  Donrinkm  rnilmnhn  Works,  Limited,  LacUne,  Quebec, 


A  pipe  for  delivering  steam  under  pressure  to  the  longitu- 
dinal center  of  the  elongated  steam  chamber  terminates  in  a 
discharging  nozzle  assemUy  comprising  two  identical  but  op- 
positely positioned  nozzles  located  in  a  plane  parallel  to  the 
longitudinal  center  line  of  the  chamber  and  discharging  in 
opposite  directions  respectively.  A  baffle  or  divider  plate,  at- 
tending along  the  axial  line  in  the  end  of  the  pipe  and  at  the 
entrance  to  the  nozzles  and  extending  perpendicular  to  the 
plane  of  the  nozzles,  equalizes  the  flow  through  the  nozzles, 
causing  an  even  circulation  throughout  the  length  of  t^e 
chamber. 


FDed  Dec.  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,075 
Claiim  prkirity,  appHartioii  Canada,  Dec.  27, 1968, 038731 

Int.  CL  D21f  1166 
\}S.  CL  162—264  4  Claims 


3,669332 

COATED-PARTICLE  FUEL  AND  FERTILE  ELEMENT 

FOR  NUCLEAR  REACTORS  AND  METHOD  OF 

OPERATING  SAME 

Alfred  Boettcber,  Haugmat  11, 51  Aacben,  Germany 

Flkd  Jan.  15, 1968,  Scr.  No.  698,009 

Clafans  priority,  appHortkNi  Germany,  Jan.  17, 1967,  K 

I  61180 


Int.  CLG21C  J/06 


MS.  CL  176—68 


6Claini8 


G«APNirE 
JNCLU 


U^ 


A  broke  receiver  chamber  located  beneath  the  dryer  sec- 
tion of  a  pa)>ermaking  machine  which  includes  an  upper  door 
assemUy  which  provides  access  to  the  chamber  for  the 
broke,  a  lower  door  which  allows  removal  of  the  broke  from 
the  chamber,  and  either  seals  or  an  upper  door  operating 
system  which  precludes  passage  of  air  upwardly  from  the 
chamber  into  the  dryer  section.  The  upper  door  assembly 
may  comprise  a  first  set  of  doors  and  a  second  set  of  doors 
therebeneath  with  an  air  lock  inbetween,  the  upper  door 
operating  system  including  a  motor  and  a  first  door  actuator 
connected  to  the  first  set  of  doors  and  a  second  door  actua- 
tor connected  to  the  second  set  ci  doors  and  an  interlock 
within  a  controller  to  prevent  simultaneous  opening  of  the 
first  and  second  doors. 


A  fuel  element  for  nuclear  reactors  which  comprises 
coated  fuel  and  breeder  particles  in  which  coated  particles 
containing  the  fuel  have  diameters  of  at  most  half  the  diame- 
ters of  coated  particles  containing  the  fertile  material,  the 
coated  particles  being  embedded  in  a  graphite  shell  or 
received  in  a  vacuum-tight  metal  shell;  the  different  particle 
sizes  of  the  coated  particles  containing  the  fiiel  and  fer^e 
material  mechanical  discrimination  between  them. 


to 


3,669333 
NUCLEAR  FUEL 
Paul  De  Bocck,  Mol;  Bernard  Martcd,  Middeikcrkc, 
Jozef   Schi^vers,   Dessel,   aU   of   Bdgium,   assignors 
Belgonucleaire,  S.A.,  BruxcOet,  Belgium 

Fled  Sept  30, 1968,  Ser.  No.  763,761 
Clafans  priority,  application  Belgium,  Sept.  29, 1967, 49,002 

Int.CI.G21ci//5  I 

U3.  CL  176-68  4  Claims 

A  fiiel  rod  which  contains  a  stack  of  fiiel  pellets  held  in 
position  in  a  lower  cladding  tube  by  an  inner  tube,  secured 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


689 


inside  the  lower  cladding  tube  above  the  fuel  pellets,  the 


inner  tube  engaging  both  the  upper  fuel  pellet  in  the  stack 
and  an  upper  tube. 


3369334 
CORE  PLUG  FOR  NUCLEAR  REACTOR  AND  METHOD 

OF  OPERATING  REACTCNl 
Ralph  H.  Khunb,  Sbnsbury,  Conn.,  awltimi  to  CombiMtion 
Engfaieering,  Inc.,  WlndMr,  Coon. 

Filed  Oct  29, 1968,  Ser.  No.  771,443 
IntCLE2  lb  27/04 
U3.  CL  176—87  ^ 


A  core  plug  for  replacing  a  fuel  assembly  of  a  reactor  with 
the  plug  being  devoid  of  nuclear  fiiel  and  having  a  high  flow 
resistance  such  as  to  permit  only  sufficient  coolant  flow 
through  it  for  adequately  cooling  the  plug.  In  the  operation 
of  the  reactOT,  should  a  fuel  assembly  within  the  central  re- 
gion of  the  core  become  defective,  this  defective  assembly 
wiU  be  removed  and  there  will  be  a  reshufOing  of  the  fuel  as- 
semblies so  as  to  produce  an  open  assembly  space  at  the  ou- 
termost core  region.  There  wiD  then  be  placed  in  this  space  a 
core  plug  having  the  aforementioned  flow  characteristics. 


3,669335 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  VITAMIN  B,.GLUCOSIDE 
Yukio  Suzuki,  Kuraahikl,  Japan,  Mrigiioi   to  HayMblbua 
Company,  Okayama-shI,  Okayama,  Japan 

Filed  Apr.  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  28311 
Int  CL  C12d  5104 
U3.  CL  195-28  R  6  ClaluM 

The  present  invention  relates  to  a  process  for  preparing 
vitamin  Bt-glucoside  starting  from  a  <^igosaccharide  having  a 
glucoside  linkage,  such  as  mahosc.  liquefied  starch  or 
sucrose  and  the  like,  as  the  raw  material  using  the  microbial 
cell  or  the  enzyme  contained  therein  (trans  glucocidaae)  of 
the  species  of  Mucor. 


3,669336 

METHOD  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  COENZYME  A 
Yoriik)  Nakao,  Ibaraki;  Attsuao  Kuno,  Suita;  Saburo  Ya> 

matodani,  Minoo;  Fnmihikn  Tanalra.  Snita,  and  Tsutonu 

No^,  Nishfaiomiya,  al  of  Japan,  aasignnii  to  Takeda 

Chemical  Industries,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japmi 

FBed  Apr.  14, 1967,  Scr.  No.  630303 
Cfadms  priority,  appMcadon  Japas,  Apr.  16, 1966, 41/24234 

Int  CL  C12d  13106 
U.S.  CL  195—28  N  15  n*Um 

Coenzyme  A  is  produced  in  a  good  yield  by  incubating 
hydrocarbotis-assimilating  microorganisms  belonging  to  the 
genera  Corynebacterium,  Brevibacterium,  Pseudomoius  or 
Arthrobacter  in  a  culture  medium  comprising  a  carbon 
source  consisting  mainly  of  hydrocarbons  containing  not  leas 
than  10  percent  (volume/volume)  of  mnmal  paraffins  dt  nine 
to  23  carbon  atoms,  and  recovering  coenzyme  A  accumu- 
lated in  the  culture  broth. 


3369337 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  3^3,4- 

DIMETHOXYPHENYDI^ALANINE  BY  RESOLUTION 

Robert  F.  Parcel,  Aaa  Arbor,  Mldt,  MsigBni  to  Pwhc,  Darii 

tt  Compuiy,  Detroit  Mleb. 

Filed  Mar.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24313 

Int  CL  C12d  7J/00 

U.S.  CL  195—29  1  cWa 

N-acetyl-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)alanine  is  converted  by 
the  enzymatic  action  of  an  acylasc  from  Aspergillus  orytpe  to 
3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyI)-L-alanine,  leaving  as  an  unreacted 
byproduct  N-acetyl-3-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl>-I>-alanine.  The 
process  is  preferably  carried  out  in  the  presence  of  ammonia 
to  adjust  the  pH  to  the  desired  value  within  tlie  range  of  6.0 
to  9.0,  and  in  the  presence  of  cobaltous  ions  in  a  concentra- 
tion of  10-*  to  5  X  10-«  M.  3-(3,4-i:>imethoxyphenyl)-L- 
alanine  is  converted  to  3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)-L-alanine  by 
cleavage  of  the  ether  groups. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  177-^136  see: 
Patent  No.  3,669,756 


3369338 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  ANTIBIOTICS  CONTAINING 

THE  AMINOCYCLITCH.  SUBUNTT 

Wayne  Thomas  Shkr;  KeuKtb  L.  Rhriit,  Jr^  a^  Darid 

Gottlieb,  al  of  Urbana,  DL,  aarignori  to  University  of  B- 

Unois  Foundatien,  Urbana,  DL 

Coatfaiuatio»4a-part  of  appfcatiun  Scr.  No.  842,712,  Jnly  17, 

1969.  This  applcation  Mar.  17, 1978,  Scr.  No.  20,433 

lat  CL  C12d  9100 

VS.  CL  195-29  12  d^H 

The  method  of  making  an  antibiotic  containing  an  amino- 
cyclitol  subunit  A  microorganism  mutant,  incapable  of 
biosynthesizing  the  aminocyclitol  molecule  but  wtndi 
molecule  the  unmutated  microorganism  biotynthesizes  in  the 
formation  of  an  antibiotic  when  cultivated  in  a  nutrient  medi- 
um  having  no  added  aminocyclitol,  is  grown  in  the  presence 
of  an  added  aminocyclitol  until  .substantial  antibiotic  activity 
is  imparted  to  a  culture  medhun,  and  the  antibiotic  k 
separated  from  the  medium. 

Streptomyces  fradiae  ATCC  21401  mutant  grown  in  the 
presence  of  added  streptamine  gives  hybrimycins  Al  and  A2, 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


690 

and  when  grown  in  the  pretence  of  2-epi8treptamine  gives 

hybrimycini  B 1  mkI  B2.  - 

Stnptomyces  rimosus  forma  paromomycinus  ATCX  21483 

mutant  grown  in  the  presence  of  added  strcptamme  gives 

hybrimycins  C 1  and  C2. 
The  hybrimycins  have  antibiotic  activity. 

3.649<839 

STIMULATORY  EFFECT  OF  ORGANIC  ACIDS  IN 

CmUC  ACID  FERMENTATION 

jaka  H.  Fried,  Walcrlord,  C«u^  aarigMr  «•  "*«'  ^^^  ^^^ 

York,  N.Y.  ^  ^^, 

FBcd  Dec.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  96,623 
lBtCLC12d//0<« 

UACL 195-37  ..  i^^^ 

A  process  for  producing  citric  acid  with  certain  Candida 
rtrains  by  aerobtcaDy  fermenting  an  aqueous  carbohythrate- 
containmg  nutrient  medhun  in  tiie  presence  of  an  added 
aliphatic  tricartxwylic  acid  such  as  n-hexadecylcitnc  acid  or 
trans-aconitic  acid. 


June  13,  1972 


3,669,843 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  URICASE 
Kmd  Aummp,  and  Jon  Leo  Mdricr,  both  of  Fanim, 
Dennuvk,  Mrignon  to  Novo  Tcrapeutkk  Laboratortun 
A/S,  Copcahafoi,  Dcaourk 

FBcd  Aug.  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,907 
ClainM  priority,  appBcaHok  Grnt  Britain,  Aug.  19, 1968, 

39,537/68 

l0L  a.  C07g  71028;  C12d  13110  -- 

U  A  CL  195—66  R  *  hiatal 

Production  of  the  enzyme  uncase  by  aerobic  cultivation  o 

a  strain  of  Bacillus  fastidiosus  or  a  variant  thereof. 


to 


3,669,840 
GLUCONIC  ACID  PRODUCTION 

J.    HaldMr,   Bhwdii^on.    Mfa«^ 
ca  Labomory,  Ik.,  St  Pant,  Minn. 
fBed  Nov.  25, 1969.  Sw.  No.  879^07 
Int.  CL  C12d  1102 
UACL195— 36R  "^ 

Gluconic  acid  is  produced  by  a  fermwtotion  pr?c«i  m 
which  an  inoculum  of  tiie  fUngua  AtpcrgiUw  niger  u  tranh 
ferred  to  a  first  production  medium  containmg  a  source  of 
glucose  at  a  time  when  tiie  glucose  oxidaieactivity  of  the  in- 
oculum is  increasing  at  its  maximum  rate.  The  ftingus  myceli- 
um can  be  separated  from  tiie  production  meAum  at  harvw^ 
time  and  reused  in  successive  production  media  without  tiie 
need  for  added  nutrientt  until  such  time  as  nutrients  are 
needed  to  revive  tiie  g^icose  oxidase  activity. 


I  \  669344 

METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  PROTEASE  BY 
MICROORGANISM 
Kunimori   Nlwa,  2-160,  Kannon,  Kawasaki-shi;   Hiroahin 
ShflMi,  10-2-204,  Tsnjido-daachl,  Fujisawa-shI;  Masahim 
Yasunaga,   5,   Zenbu-cho,  Hodogoya-Ku,  Yokohama-sU 
Yoahki  HIroae,  1155,  Nakamaruko,  Kawaaaki-ahi;  Teru^ 
SMro,  2-2-2^  Matsnnami,  CUgasaki-shi,  aU  of  Kanagaws 
kcn,Japan     | 

rOmA  Sept.  23, 1970,  Stat.  No.  74331  ^ 

datana  priority,  appHcalion  Jap«,  Oct  3. 1969, 44/79033 
IntCLC12d7i/iO 

UACL 195-66  R  ^    ^.^        f^^ 

Certain  microorganisms  <rf  Bacillus,  Candida  and  Rhodo- 
torula  produce  protease  when  cultured  on  a  medium  contaii  i- 
ing  an  organic  acid  as  the  predominant  source  of  carbon. 

I  3^69345 

METHOD  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  FENTTTOL 

FROM  PENTOSE  BY  USING  BACTERIA 

Tonrio  bnal,  Tokyo;  Mntano  Shimanmra,  SiUtama;  Juidd 

Yoshltakc,  Sattana,  and  Hkoshl  OMwa,  Saltana,  aD  of 

Japan,  assignon  to  Godo  Shusd  Kabnshikl  Kaisha,  Tokjm, 

Japan 

FBed  Jnly  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  840,158 

Claims  priority.  appHration  Japan,  Mar.  4, 1969, 44/15860 
toi.  CL  C12d  13100  I 

U.S.  CL  195—43  ^  ClataiB 

Method  for  the  preparation  of  xylitol,  ribitol  and  anobitol 
by  converting  xylose,  ribose  and  arabinose  into  the  pentitol 
by  the  action  of  a  strain  of  Corynebacterium,  No.  208  or 
variation  of  said  strain  or  strains  belonging  to  Corynebacteri- 
um on  a  culture  medium  comprising  a  carbon  source,  a 


3369341 
ATTACHMENT  OF  ENZYMES  TO  SnJCEOUS 

MATERIALS 
E.  MBkr,  BaBwIn,  Mo.,  aarignnr  to  Monsanto  Com- 

pww,  St  Louis,  Mo. 

FBed  Feb.  11. 1970,  Str.  No.  10354 
Iirt.  CL  C12k  IIOO;  C07g  7/02 

U3.CL  195-63  .  ^*  2?**!!5  -..  —  

Enzymes  are  attached  to  siliceous  materials  by  silation  ot  ^^^  ^^^^^  inorganic  salts  and  Uiiamine  or  a  tiiiaminc- 
tiie  siliceous  material  to  introduce  functional  groups  wmcn  ^^j^j^j^j^jn  5^^^^^  The  pentose  is  added  to  Uic  culture  medi- 
are  tiien  linked  to  an  enzyme  by  means  of  crossliniang  ^^  ^^  ^^  optimal  point  of  time  during  cultivation  tiiereby  to 
agents.  The  products  are  enzymaticaUy  active  heavy-duty  ^^^^^^  ^^^  pentose  into  tiie  pentitol  and  permit  recovery  of 
composites  in  which  tiie  enzyme  is  covalentiy  attached  via  ^.^     ^^^j 

the  crossUnking  agent  and  an  organosUane  to  tiie  sUiceous  *- 

material.  I  3,669346 

T7Z7Z PROCESS  FOR  OBTAINING  AND  PRESERVING  STABLE 

3369342  "^""^  BACTERULVARUNTS  | 

PURIFICATION  OF  ^-ASPARAGINA^  ^^  p„^  „rip^  to  Albert  RoOand 

Maano  Tanak«  Tetno  Ok^.Tat«o  f^  'i^}!!^'^^^     TZmUft^J^ 

filed  Mar.  23, 1970.  Ser.  No.  21.765  | 

Clalnu  priority,  appttcatlon  Great  Britain,  Mar.  25, 1961 
I  15372/69 

I  lBtCLC12kJ.--  . 

U3.CL  195-96  ^     10  Claims 

The    invention    provides    a    process    for    obtainmg   and 


.„      .MochiniU,Shiauoka-kcn,aB  of  Japan, 

to  Kyowa  Hnkko  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 
FBad  May  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  826365 
Clafans  priority.  appfcaHon  Japan,  May  24, 1968. 43/34748 
IntCLC07g7/02« 

U3.CL  195-66  A  ^   ^^55*^ 

The  present  disclosure  is  directed  to  a  process  for  purifying 

an 


rhe  present  disclosure  is  directed  to  a  process  for  punfying       '"^  ^^^^  bacterial  variants  arising  from  patiiogenic 

an  enzyme  preparation  of  L-asparaginase  obtamed  from  an  P;*^      *  ^^^j^  bacteria,  tiie  said  process  comprising  sutv 

L-asparaginase-producing  microorganism  belongmg  to  the  or  n      p^    ^cteria.  in  an  aceUular  medium,  at  tiie  monjent 

genus    Serratia.    wherein    said  ,«»*^««3!!»«"    P'^l"^  ofTiipltTto  the  action  of  an  inducing  agent.  «pec»dly 
S,geti.erwiti»  tiie  Lw»paraginase.fk:t<«  which  maco^^ate^^  oLTm^JSTb;  o«notic  shock,  so  as  to  do  away  witii  tiie  ceU 

eSymatic  activity  of  L-asparagmasc;  tiie  unprovemcmt  which  P'^'^^^^uiJuring  tiie  varianu  obtained  on  an  osmoticaUy 

comprises    separating    tiie    inactivating    factors    from    L-  ^' ..        ^  aceUular  nutrient  medium.  The  bacterial  van- 

Mparaglnaae  during  some  stage  of  tije  purification  P«>c««  by  ^^     ^^^^  can  be  used  for  tiie  preparation  of  vaccaies 

Stinrout  said  factors  witi.  tiie  addition  of  an  morgamcMh  «»  ^  oou«  .^^o-djagnostics  and  tiie  identification  of 

and  recovering  purified  L^-paraginase  havmg  an  effective  ^^^'J^jf *,^  atoes.es. 
anti-tumor  activity. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


601 


3.669347 

PROCESS  FOR  SEPARATING  STEAM-VOLATILE 

ORGANIC  SOLVENTS  FROM  INDUSTRUL  PROCESS 

WASTEWATERS 

Ernst   Fcdcr.    NMcrkaasd;    Kurt    DcadMrs,   Rand,   and 

Gnnthcr  Cichovsky,  Niederkaaad,  ai  of  Gcnnany,  as. 

signors  to  DynanUt  Nobd  Aktirnrsfilschalt,  Troisdorf. 
Germany 

FOed  July  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  844^50 

Clatos  priority,  application  Gcnnany,  July  26, 1968,  P  17  92 

147.0 

Int  CI.  BOld  3/06 

U3.CL  203-14  6Clalnis 


tion  on  the  recessed  area.  Fusible  fillets  may  also  be  used  to 
form  rigid  bridges  over  parts  of  Uie  recessed  area.  A  specific 
product  is  an  integrally  fonned.  rigidly  supported.  reUoivc^ 
stress-free  electroplated  mirror. 


Steam-volatile  organic  solvents  are  removed  from  process 
watte  waters  by  intimately  mixing  the  process  waste  waten 
with  steam  to  form  an  azeotropic  steam  mixture,  withdrawing 
the  azeotropic  steam  mixture  from  the  resultant  mixture  of 
steam  and  water,  and  condensing  said  azeotropic  steam  mix- 
ture. The  major  amount  of  process  waste  water,  thus  freed  of 
solvent  content,  is  discharged  as  general  sewage.  An  ap- 
paratus designed  to  conduct  said  process  is  also  described. 


3369348 
PURIFYING  PR(^>YLENE  GLYCOL  MONOESTERS 

USING  Vacuum  distillation 

Paul  Scklcn,  CIndnmti,  OUo,  aaslgnor  to  The  Proctor  & 
Gamble  Company,  CIndnnnd,  Ohto 

FBed  Dec  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,772 
Int  CL  BOld  J/70 
U3.  CL  203—94  10  ClainM 

A  method  of  purifying  propylene  glycol  monoester  emul- 
sifiers  utilizing  non-moleciUar  vacuum  distillation. 


3,669349 

COMPLEXLY  SHAPED  ARTICLES  FORMED  BY 

DEPO^TION  PROCESSES 

Fcrenc  J.  Schmidt  Ardmore,  Pa.,  aarignoi  to  General  Electric 

Company 

Original  appUcatfon  Dec.  27, 1966,  Scr.  No.  604,799,  now 

Patent  No.  3315,662.  DIvkied  and  thb  appBcation  Oct  16, 

1969,  Scr.  No.  871,008 

Int  CL  C23b  7/00,  7/06, 5/4S 

U3.CL204— 11  2 


33693S0 

METHOD  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  ABRASIVE 

BRUSHING  ELEMENTS 

Cedo  Draca,  2165  Barnes  Street  St  Laanol,  Mainnl  JU. 

Quebec,  Canada  ^^ 

FBed  Jnly  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  843,090 

Int  CL  C23b  7/00, 5/48 

U3.CL204— 16  17, 


An  abrasive  brushing  element  such  as  a  wire  bristle,  a  strip 
or  a  plate  having  the  tip  and  a  tubttantial  portiort  thereof 
clad  with  a  layer  of  a  metal  such  as  nickel,  wherein  is  bound 
a  layer  or  more  of  very  fine  abrasive  powder,  such  as  tung- 
sten carbide.  The  article  is  produce  by  crushing  a  material  of 
high  hardness  to  a  very  fine  particle  size  and  imparting  an 
electrosutic  charge  at  the  surCsce  tiiere<rf.  The  fine  partides 
are  tiien  caused  to  electrostatically  adhere  at  the  tip  and 
along  a  substantial  portion  of  the  brushing  elemem  while 
metal  plating,  preferably  with  nickel  at  least  that  portion  of 
the  brushing  element. 


3369351 
METHOD  OF  ELECTRODEPOSTTING  ONTO  STAINLESS 

STEEL 
Bnic«!  J.  Ganrey,  Cleveland,  OUo,  aMigiiiii  to  Kewancc  OR 
Coapaay,  Bryn  Mawr,  Pa. 

FBcd  Sept  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70358 
Int  CL  C23b  5/56, 5/50;  BOld  45/12 
U3.CL204— 25  dCfadoB 

A  process  by  which  a  metal  may  be  plated  on  a  stainless 
steel  metal  substrate  whereby  the  final  electro-plated  com- 
posite possesses  gready  improved  adherence.  Sakl  process  in- 
volves the  electrodeposition  of  a  chromium  strike  layer  on 
the  suinless  steel  base  metal  which  is  then  followed  by  a 
nickel  strike  layer  prior  to  plating  of  said  metal.  The  chromi- 
um strike  layer  may  be  deposited  from  any  standard  chromi- 
um elecuodeposition  plating  baths.  The  nickel  strike  layer 
may  be  deposited  from  a  "Woods  strike"  nickel  electroplat- 
ing bath  which  can  be  either  bromide  or  chloride.  The  bro- 
mide type  is  preferred  and  the  composition  and  operating 
conditions  of  said  bath  comprise: 


NiBft 

HBr 

Current  Density 

Bath  temperature 


100-800  g./l. 
0.2-20%  by  weight 
5-200  a.s.f. 
60-1 15*  F. 


Perforations  in  the  recessed  area  of  a  surf  ace  mokl  are  pro- 
vided to  produce  smooth,  even,  relatively  stress-five  deposi- 


3369352 

ELECTROPLATING  GOLD 

Eart  D.  Winter*,  QwdMrtrnm,  Pa.,  maifiii  to 

Laboratories,  Inretpiwatsd,  Mnrray  HBL  N J. 

FBed  Oct  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  868,777 

IntCLC23b5/2« 

U3.  CL  204-46  2 

The  removal  of  dissolved  oxygen  prior  to  and  during  plat- 
ing from  certain  electroplating  baths  such  as  citrate  and 
phocphate  buffered  gold  cyanide  plating  baths,  by  introduc- 
ing nitrogen  gas  or  a  chemical  reducing  afcat  such  « 
hydrazine  or  sulfite  ions  into  thr  bath,  results  both  in  in- 


692 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


cieaaed  plating  efficiencies  of  up  to  98  percent  and 
decreased  thickness  variation  of  the  plated  deposit,  over  the 
normaUy  encountered  current  density  range. 


June  13,  197S 


3,669333 
COUMARIN^ARRIER  ADDITION  AGENT  FOR  NICKEL 

BATHS 
C.  BsKk.  Cki'ilMMl.  Ohks  asslpinr  to  ClwmetrMi 
iaB,CMa«o,II. 

FBsd  July  15, 1969,  Scr.  Na  842,027 
IiM.  CL  C23b  5108,  5/46;  BOlk  3/00 
UJS.  CL  204—49  *®  Ctalms 

An  improved  coumarin  addition  agent  is  disclosed  for  use 
in  nickel  electrodeposition  baths,  wherein  the  coumann  is 
adsorbed  on  a  bath-insoluble,  frUble,  porous  carrier  material 
to  produce  a  composition  adapted  to  be  placed  in  the  filter 
commonly  employed  in  plating  baths. 


"t 


3,669354 

ZINC  ELECTROPLATING  ELECTROLYTE  AND 

PROCESS 

Edwwd  P.  Harbuiakt  Alai  Pwk,  Mich.,  assifiior  to  M  &  T 

Cbemkab  lac.  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  Aug.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,734 
lBLCLC23b  5/70, 5/46 
U.S.  CL  204— 55  R  MCIalms 

In  accordance  with  certain  of  its  aspects  this  mvention  re- 
lates to  a  process  <rf  producing  bright  zinc  electrodeposits 
which  comprises  passing  current  firom  an  anode  to  a  metal 
cathode  through  an  aqueous  bath  composition  containing  at 
least  one  zinc  compound  providing  zinc  ions  for  electroplat- 
ing zinc,  a  bath-soluble  polyether,  and  at  least  one  non-aro- 
matic a,  fi-  unsaturated  carbonyl  compound  for  a  time  period 
sufficient  to  deposit  a  bright  zinc  electrodeposit  upon  said 
cathode. 


3,669356 

PROCESS  rOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  COLORED 

PROTECTIVE  COATINGS  ON  ARTICLES  OF 

ALUMINUM  OR  ALUMINUM  ALLOYS 

Ove  Chrktophsr  Gtdde,  G«ipc(ar«t  24,  1713  Gryum,  Not 

way 

Flc«  Jane  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  835,668 
Claims  priority,  appHcatioii  Norway,  June  21, 1968,  2459/ 

lot  CL  C23b  9/02:  BOlk  1/00 
VS.  CL  204-58  ^  Clali* 

A  process  is  applied  for  the  production  of  colored,  protec- 
tive coatinp  on  articles  of  aluminum  or  aluminum  alloys  by 
passing  an  alternating  current  between  a  previously  anodi- 
cally  oxidized  aluminum  article  and  a  counter-electrode  im- 
mersed in  an  acid  aqueous  bath  containing  salts  of  metals 
capable  of  coloring  the  aluminum  oxide  layer,  the  alternating 
voltage  supplied  being  modulated  as  to  its  amplitude  and/or 
frequency  so  as  to  make  it  asymmetrical  thereby  to  control 
the  color  tone  on  the  aluminum  article.  The  asymmetrical 
voltage  may  be  produced,  for  example,  by  supplying  two  or 
more  alternating  voltages  of  different  amplitude,  frequency 
and/or  phase,  or  by  using  a  direct  voluge  superimposed  on 
the  alternating  voltage. 


I  3369357 

ELECTROLYTIC  CHLORINATION  AND  PH  CONTROL 

OF  WATER 

Thomas  A.  Kirkham,  Lextagloii;  John  W.  Amokl,  Wlfaning- 

ton.  and  Anthony  J.  Ghiffrlda,  North  Andovcr,  afl  of  "— 

aas^Bors  to  Ionics  Incorporated,  Watcrtown,  Ma 

Fled  July  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,636 

Int.  a.  C02b  1/82;  BOlk  3/10 

UACL204— 151  6  Claims 


imuiH' 


3369355 
CONTROL  OF  INTEGRAL  COLOR  ANODIZING 

PROCESS 

Rkterd  L.  Smith,  Lfvcnnorc,  CaW.,  assignor  to  Kahcr  AIu- 

nfaiuin  &  Chenkia  Corporation,  Oakland,  Calif. 

FHcd  Jul  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6316 

IbL  CL  C23b  9/02;  BOlk  3/00 

VS.  CL  204—58  ^  Claims 


JCnCAMOLYTC       OtttCOinjjurTt 

iiHO  CMLOWC  aa     MOmwoacNWS 


A  process  for  controUing  an  integral  color  anodizing 
process  to  minimize  the  effect  of  variations  in  electrolyte 
bath  composition,  temperature  and  the  like  upon  the  color  of 
the  anodic  oxide  coatings  comprising  developing  a  voltage- 
time  relationship  to  obtain  a  desired  color  and  controDrng  the 
anodizing  process  in  accordance  with  the  developed  voltage- 
time  relationship. 


A  swimming  pool  water  sterilizer  and  the  method  involved 
in  the  operation  are  disclosed  employing  a  two  electrode 
compartment  electrolytic  cell  with  said  compartments  bemg 
separated  by  a  cation  selective  membrane.  A  concentrated 
alkali  metal  chloride  salt  solution  is  fed  to  the  anode  com- 
partment wherein  on  application  of  a  decomposition  voltage 
there  is  formed  therein  essentially  chlorine  gas  and 
hypochlorous  acid.  The  migration  of  water  from  the  anode 
compartment  to  the  cathode  compartment  as  a  result  of  the 
solvation  of  the  alkali  metal  ions  (Na*)  which  passes  to  the 
cathode  compartment  through  the  cation  membrane  altows 
the  formation  of  a  caustic  solution  and  hydrogen  gas  within 
the  cathode  compartment.  The  effluents  resulting  from  both 
compartments  are  fed  into  the  recirculated  pool  water  for 
sterilization.  The  pH  of  said  water  can  be  controUed  by 
discharging  to  waste  any  excess  basic  catholyte  at  predeter- 
mined intervals  at  pre-set  periods  of  time. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


698 


ELECmoc^^^MArun^r  '"'l!!?*^-  *^   L°   ******"   *****^   submitted   from   xhc 


Motors  Corponrtlom  Detroit,  Mich. 
Coatimiatioa  of  appHcatioii  Scr.  No.  664,770,  Aag.  31, 1967, 

whichisacontimMtion-lii.pMtofapplicidoaScr.No. 
446389,  Apr.  7, 1965.  This  appicadoa  Moy  21, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  37394 

Int.  CL  B23p  1/00 

VS.  CL  204—143  M  4  ciain 


vantages  in  uniformity  and  increased  rate  of  depositions  are 
achieved. 


An  electrochemical  machining  electrolyte  which  forms  a 
specific  electrochemical  erosion  inhibiting  film,  which  film  is 
susceptible  to  removal  by  tiie  application  of  high  current 
densities  and  potentials  thereto.  The  principal  ingredient  of 
the  preferred  electrolyte  for  forming  this  specific  film  is  at 
least  one  salt  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  sodium 
chlorate,  potassium  chlorate,  sodium  perchlorate  and  potassi- 
um perchlorate.  pH  modifiers  such  as  sodium  hydroxide, 
sodium  carbonate,  sodium  borate  and  the  like  may  be  added. 
pHs  between  about  6.7  and  1 1  are  the  most  effective. 


3,669359 

PROCESS  AND  COMPOSITIONS  FOR  PROTECTING 

IMAGES  VVTTH  RESIN  FILMS 

Stewart  H.  Merrill,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  MsipMr  to  Eastman 

Kodak  Company,  RodMstcr,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  854314 
Int.  CL  G03g  13/22;  BOlk  5/02 
VS.  CL  204—181  8  Claims 

Novel  process  and  compositions  are  provided  for  forming 
protective  coatings.  The  compositions  feature  a  graft 
copolymer  suspension  in  an  electrically  insulating  carrier 
vehicle.  The  copolymer  is  comprised  of  a  linear  backbone 
chain  formed  of  an  unsaturated  polymer  soluble  in  the  carri- 
er vehicle,  having  grafted  thereto  pendant  side  chains  sub- 
stantially all  of  which  are  insoluble  in  the  carrier  vehicle.  A 
developed  image-bearing  member  which  is  contiguous  with 
an  electrically  conductive  backing  is  placed  in  close  proximi- 
ty to  an  electrode  and  a  bias  potential  is  applied  between  the 
electrode  and  the  conductive  backing.  While  thb  potential  is 
being  applied,  the  copolymer  suspension  is  appUed  to  the 
image-bearing  surface  of  the  member  to  deposit  a  uniform 
resin  layer. 


3369361 
R.  F.  DISCHARGE  CLEANING  TO  IMPROVE  ADH^PON 
John  H.  Cash,  Jr.,  and  Joe  P.  Kccne,  both  of  Rkluv^boa, 

Tex.,  assignors  to  Texas  Instruments  Incorporated, 

Tex. 

«  Filed  Aug.  28,  1967,  Scr.  No.  663,707 
Int.  CL  C23c  15/00 
VS.  CL  204- 192  3 

A  method  of  cleaning  a  semiconductor  substrate  in  an 
inert  gas  atmosphere  by  use  of  R.  F.  energy  is  disclosed.  The 
field  of  R.  F.  energy  is  controlled  by  a  magnetic  field  which  is 
perpendicular  to  the  electric  fieW  of  the  R.  F.  .energy. 
Preferably,  the  R.  F.  energy  is  at  a  frequency  of  13.560  MHz 
with  a  power  of  approximately  500  watu. 


3369362 
DEVICE  FOR  MEASURING  AN  ACTIVITY  OF  CUPRIC 

IONS 
Hiroshi  HiraU,  and  Masanao  Aral,  both  of  Osaka,  Japtm,  so- 
signors  to  Matsushiu  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka, 
Japan 

Filed  Apr.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27376 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Apr.  20,  1969,  44/30419; 

44/30420 

Int.  CLGOln  27/46 

U.S.  CL  204—  1 95  M  5  fTh— 


3369360 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  APPLYING  A  FILM  TO 

A  SUBSTRATE  SURFACE  BY  DIODE  SPUTTERING 
Terence  J.  Knowlcs,  Oak  Park,  and  Danid  A.  Eaton,  Cldcago, 
both    of   OL,    asrignori    to    Zcakh    Radto    Corporatkm. 
Chkato,!!.  k-— — . 

FBed  Apr.  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24371 
Im.  CL  C23c  15/00 
U.S.  CL  204-192  lOCUms 

Diode  sputtering  apparatus  deposits  a  film  on  a  substrate 
surface  while  protecting  the  substrate  against  overheating 
and  other  adverse  effects  due  to  election  bombardment.  A 
magnetic  field,  transverse  to  an  electric  fiekl  between  the 
cathode  and  substrate  surface,  is  rotated  about  the  cathode- 


A  device  for  measuring  an  activity  of  cupric  ions  comprises 
a  selective  electrode  and  a  reference  electrode  iaunefsed  m  a 
solution  contafaiing  cupric  k>ns,  ssdd  selective  electrode  iD> 
duding  a  cuprous  sulfide  sintered  plate  having  a  lead  con- 
nected to  one  surftce  thereof,  whereby  only  another  suffice 
contacts  with  said  solution. 


694 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,1(69363  3,669«865 
TGCHNKXJE  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  nON  OXIDE  APPARATUS  FOR  UNIFORMLY  PLATING  A 
FILMS  BY  CATHOMC  SPUTTERING  CONTINUOUS  CYUNDUCAL  SUBSTRATE 
FfMk  Grwoi  PCtan,  Nullcy;  HWfan  Robert  SlncWr,  MBm,  PMcr  P.  Scalnko,  Rodtaidale,  and  Endl  ToMo,  Brifkloii, 
-        ..---..    - -. »-«      .  ..    -  .- —    — . to  HoMgrwdl,  Ibc^  MtauMapolli, 


,  al  of  N J.,  oirifMn  to 
,  Murray  HH,  N  J. 
FVmI  Dm.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,478 
lot  CL  C23c  15100 
VS.  CL  204—192  6 


both  of  Maik, 

MIbb- 

OrickMl  oppMcKWi  iam.  3, 1966,  Scr.  No.  S  18,184,  now 
Pattat  No.  3406,546.  Divided  and  thb  appHcatioii  Jan.  22 
I       1970,  Scr.  No.  10,689 
I  IntCLBOlki/OO  | 

U.S.  CL  204—206  3  Clalitis 


,  ,,,t    Wi • >• >• iir 


,w,,,>iirjri) 


fitiiiiimr^tiir-i^^-rrr'  <>  >  >>  "-r~> 

•-11 


Ttnananm 
'in  am  mum 


A  technique  for  the  preparation  of  iron  oxide  films 
designed  for  use  as  photomasks  for  thin  fihn  and  semicon- 
ductor processing  involves  sputtering  iron  in  a  carbon 
monoxide  ambient  containing  carbon  dioxide  upon  a  sub- 
strate member. 


3,669,864 

POLAROGRAPmC  ELECTRODE  APPARATUS  AND 

METHOD 

Robol  R.  Flkc,  5012  LeMaas  Drive,  Indianapnliii.  Ind. 

Filed  Sept.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  854,660 

Int.  CL  GOln  27146 

MS.  a.  204—195  R  5  Claims 


Apparatus  for  electroplating  copper  onto  a  wire  substrate 
at  very  high  speeds  and  continuously,  and  associated  copper 
electrolytes  and  plating  methods.  An  essentially  hollow 
cylinder  is  provided  as  a  plating  cell  through  which  the  wire 
can  be  advanced  and  along  which  recirculated  electrolytes 
can  be  passed.  Recirculation  inlets  are  provided  to  commu- 
nicate with  the  central  passage  and  are  arranged  to  ionize  the 
fluid  uniformly  and  inject  it  into  the  passage  so  as  to  be  dis- 
tributed uniformly  about  the  passing  wire  and  to  be  directed 
symmetrically  and  radially  against  the  wire  and  then  diverted 
symmetrically  and  with  agitation  along  the  wire  toward  an 
exit  port.  Novel  associated  electroplating  methods  and  elec- 
trolytes, such  as  copper  cyanide  and  copper  sulfate,  are  also 
described.  The  resuh  is  to  plate  copper  very  quickly,  yet 
uniformly,  onto  the  wire  to  provide  a  substrate  of  controled 
surface  configuration  for  subsequent  plating  of  thin  magnetic 
films. 


3,6694166 
APPARATUS  FOR  OBTAINING  WIRES  FOR  MAGNETIC 

MEMORIES 
Reoc  Feraaad  Victor  Girard,  Grcnolile,  and  Jacques  Lc  Gull- 
Icnn,  Avriic,  both  of  France,  aarignors  to  Socktc  Indus- 
tridle  Honcywd  Bal,  Paris,  France 

FUcd  Apr.  1,  1970,  Scr.  No.  24,635  I 

Cbdau  priority,  appHcatioa  France,  Apr.  3, 1969, 6910210 

Int.  CL  C23b  5168,  5/58 
VS.  CL  204^207  1 1  CWms 


40 


46si, 


A  polarographic  electrode  assembly  comprising  a  confined 
working  electrode  is  described.  The  electrode  assembly  is 
adapted  to  fit  against  a  portion  of  a  thin  layer  chromatogram 
to  form  a  pcdarographic  cell  in  which  the  electrodes  of  the 
electrode  aa^wsnUy  are  all  in  contact  with  an  isolated  zone  of 
the  thin  layer  containing  a  spot  of  substance  to  be  assayed.  A 
method  of  using  tlie  polarographic  electrode  assembly  to 
assay  materials  separated  by  thin  layer  chromatography 
without  elution  of  the  spou  containing  the  substance  is  also 
described. 


An  apparatus  for  the  continuous  fabrication  and  testii^  of 
a  wire  having  a  conductive  core  covered  with  a  thin  magnetic 
film,  wherein  the  conductive  core  is  pulled  with  sul»tant^y 
zero  tension  through  apparatus  in  which  a  magnetic  filfa  is 
deposited  on  the  core  and  treated,  and  wherein  the 
completed  wire  is  then  pushed  through  apparatus  in  whidh  its 
ph)»cal  properties  are  measured. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


N 


6d5 


3,669367  3,669369 

OPTICAL  SURFACE  GENERATING  APPARATUS  ELECTROLYTIC  CELLS 

Iwao  P.  AdacU,  Lndngloa,  Maas.,  aaslgBor  to  htk  Corpora-  Derek  Arthur  B«rto%  BMb^M 

tlon,  Lexington,  Maas.  Jobnaoa  A  CoaipoBy  (Laadaa) 

FBcd  Apr.  15, 1968,  Scr.  No.  721,471  PBcrf  Oct.  1, 1969,  Sw.  No.  862361 

Int.  CL  B23p  J/02.  C23b  5/76;  E05d  15/22  Clainu  priority,  appHcatien  Great  Britain,  Oct.  1. 1968. 

U.S.  a.  204-224                                                    14  Claims  ^                   46328/68 

laLCLBOlkiAM 
U.S.  CL  204-268  7 


to  A. 


A  surface  generating  system  wherein  a  polishing  electrode 
comprising  a  continuous  stream  of  electrolyte  is  used  to 
selectively  polish  an  optical  blank.  During  movement  over 
the  blank's  surface,  the  electrode  is  selectively  energized  by  a 
sensor  element  synchronously  moving  over  a  guide  retaining 
information  regarding  contour  errors  on  the  surface  blank. 


3,669,868 
LAYER  THICKNESS  INDICATING  DEVICE  FOR 
ELECTROLYTICALLY  DEPOSITED  MATERIALS 
Hans-Wilhdm  Ueber,  and  Rolf  Kramer,  both  of  Berlin,  Ger- 
many, assignors  to  Fcmstcucrgeratc  Kurt  Odsch   KG, 
Charlottcnburg,  Germany 

Filed  July  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,472 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Aug.  1, 1969,  P  19  39 

125.4 

Int.  CLBOlk  J/00 

VS.  CL  204—228  1 0  ClainK 


_^  .  CUNKMr  ^  „ 

tfoum        ^-^ 


TO  oEcnournc 

BOM 


A  device  for  indicating  the  thickness  of  a  layer  of  material 
deposited  in  an  electrolytic  bath.  In  the  device,  the  output 
signal  from  a  constant  voltage  source  is  fed  to  a  voltage  pro- 
portioning circuit  wherein  the  input  voltage  is  proportioned 
according  to  the  current  density  and  efficiency  of  the  elec- 
trolytic bath  and  for  the  deposition  equivalent  and  the 
specific  weight  of  the  particular  material  to  be  deposited  in 
the  electrolytic  bath.  The  thus  proportioned  voltage  signal  is 
then  integrated  with  respect  to  time  and  an  indication  of  the 
integrated  value  provided  as  a  continuous  measure  of  the 
thickness  of  the  layer  of  material  being  deposited  in  the  elec- 
trolytic bath. 

889  O.Q.— 25 


An  electrolytic  cell  with  spaced-apart  electrodes  in  a  row 
so  constructed  that  the  inter-electrode  spaces  are  in  series  so 
that  the  electrolyte  flows  through  them  in  succession. 
Preferably  the  electrodes  are  at  least  1  centimeter  thick  and 
the  inter-electrode  spaces  communicate  with  one  another 
only  by  way  of  holes  through  the  electrodes.  The  electrodes 
may  be  wedge-shaped. 


3,669370 
ELECTROCOATING  EQUIPMENT 
Charles  C.  Boost,  Oakland  CHy;  WlUam  S.  Mitcbcfi,  and 
David  M.  Morton,  both  of  Evawflc,  aB  of  Ind.,  asslgnon 
to  George  Koch  Sons,  Inc.,  EvaasvBc,  Ind. 

Filed  Oct.  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  864,066 

InL  CL  C23b  13/00;  BOlk  5/02 

VS.  CL  204—297  1 1  CWiw 


A  hanger  assembly  for  electrocoating  equipment  charac- 
terized by  the  use  of  a  series  of  resilient  metal  bus  sprinp  or 
wipers,  at  ground  electrical  potential,  in  various  wiping  ar- 
rangements for  achieving  less  system  resistance,  and,  there- 
fore, improved  operating  results. 


696 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


3^^  M|  and  second  ranges,  a  positive  or  negative  image  is  fonned  on 

fifUTTERINGAPPAlATUS  HAVING  A  CONCAVE         a  given  electrode,  depending  on  whether  the  electrode  or  the 
SOURCE  CATHOOE  nupension  is  sensitive  to  the  radiation  used. 

J»l  A.  ElnVim  Mkl  R«l>«t  R.  R.  Hodto.  both  ««  EBdf»«i.  ,    

N.Y^  idpwrs  to  imu-rtoMl  B«shwss  Machtoss  Car-  j  ijU9jn3 

HYDROFINING-HYDROCRACKING  PROCESS 

IcriMky.  jnd  Jam  R.  KMrsB,  Pries  Vcrdss 
both  ef  Cant,  assiffMrs  to  Chevron  Rassarch  Con- 

pinr,  Sm  FraadMO,  CaM. 

CoirtfaMWtle»te.part  of  aimlcoHso  Ssr.  No.  760^26,  ScpL 

IS,  196S,  BOW  aboodetJ.  TUs  appHcatloa  Mar.  31, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  24,317 

I^  CL  ClOt  13106, 23102;  COlb  33128 

U.S.CL20S-59 


N  Y 
Fled  ScpL  ioi  1969,  Ssr.  No.  856,762 
lirt.CLC23c  75/00 
U.S.CL  204-298 


Sputtering  apparatus  in  which  the  sputtering  cathode  is 
concave  to  produce  a  focusing  effect  on  dislodged  particles 
and  concentrate  the  particles  toward  a  point.  The  substrate 
being  coated  is  movably  mounted  to  construct  the  desired 
coating  configuration.  A  modification  is  to  orient  single 
crystal  bits  on  the  cathode  surface  to  further  enhance 
preferential  directicnial  emission  during  sputtering. 


Vsevoiod  Talagln. 


to  Xerox  Cor^ 


3,669,872 
IMAGING  SYSTEM 
Rochester,  N.Y., 
r  N  Y 

ofij^applcatioa  Od.  17, 1967,  Scr.  No.  675,892.  Divided 

aad  this  applcatiosi  Jan.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12,532 

lot  CL  B01l[  5102;  C23b  13/00 

VS.  CL  204—299  3  Chhns 


/ 


m       ir         «  ' 


UIMUUMUIMUItUlllllfa, 


A  method  <rf  selectively  producing  positive  or  negative 
photoelectrophoretic  copies  is  described.  A  suspension  of 
photosensitive  particles  sensitive  to  a  first  range  of 
wavelengths  is  placed  between  two  electrodes,  one  of  which 
is  transparent  and  the  other  cS.  which  has  a  surface  sensitive 
to  a  second  range  of  wavelengths.  When  a  field  is  imposed 
across  the  suspension  and  an  nnage  is  projected  through  the 
transparent  electrode  using  radiation  in  only  one  of  said  first 


A  hydrofinin^-hydrocracking  process  which  comprise  i 
contacting  a  hydrocarbon  feed  containing  more  than  50  parts 
per  million  of  organic  nitrogen  and  substantial  amounts  of 
materials  boiling  above  200*  F.,  said  feed  being  sdected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  petroleum  distillates,  solvent- 
deasphalted  petroleum  residua,  shale  oils  and  cool  tar  distiV 
lates.  in  a  reaction  rone  with  hydrogen  and  a  catalyst,  a  t 
hydrofining-hydrocrackiog  conditions  including  a  tempera- 
ture in  the  range  400'  to  950"  F.,  a  pressure  in  the  range  800 
to  3,500  psig,  a  liquid  houriy  space  velocity  in  the  range  O.l 
to  5.0,  and  a  total  hydrogen  supply  rate  of  200  to  20,000 
SCF  of  hydrogen  per  barrel  of  feedstock,  removing  ammonio 
from  the  effluent  fit)m  said  reaction  zone,  and  recovering 
hydrofined  and  hydrocracked  productt  from  said  reactiop 
zone,  said  catalyst  comprising: 

A.  A  gel  matrix  comprising: 

a.  at  least  1 5  weight  percent  silica, 

b.  alumina,  in  an  amount  providing  an  alumina-to-silicB 
weight  ratio  of  15/85  to  80/20, 

c.  Nickel  or  cobah,  or  the  combination  thereof,  in  the  form 
of  metal,  oxide,  sulfide  or  any  combination  thereof,  in  an 
amount  of  1  to  10  weight  percent,  based  on  said  matrix, 
calculated  as  metal, 

d.  Molybdenum  or  tungsten,  or  the  combination  thereof,  in 
the  form  of  metal,  oxide,  sulfide  or  any  comWnatioti 
thereof,  in  an  amount  of  5  to  25  weight  percent,  bas^ 
on  said  matrix,  calculated  as  metal; 

B.  A  crystalline  zeolitic  molecular  sieve: 

a.  containing  less  than  5  weight  percent  sodium, 

b.  containing  ions  selected  from  Mn,  rare  earths  <rf  atomic 
numbers  58  to  71,  and  alkaline  earths  Mg,  Ca,  Sr  and 

Ba, 

c.  being  substantially  free  <rf  any  catalytic  loadmg  naetab, 

d.  being  in  particulate  form  and  being  dispersed 
throughout  said  matrix  by  cogelation  of  said  matrix 
around  said  sieve; 


i 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


697 


3,669376 
HF  EXTRACTION  AND  ASPHALTENE  CRACKING 


3,669,874 
METHOD  OF  INCREASING  CATALYST  ACTIVITY  IN 
SOUR  CRin)E  CATALYTIC  REfXNtMERS 
WHiiMi  G.  Roorii,  Swosay,  Tck.,  assignsi  to  PMMps  Petrols.   TTmlnT  ffiiiii  Tl' Tlpihp.  !■  .  ■■■Ifiii  in  UiJ | 

Ol  ProdoCtS  CoilBpMQr,  DBS  PkdMB,  DL 

Filed  Dec  IS,  1970,  Ssr.  No.  99^06 

b«.CLC10i  77/04,  7 //OO 
U.S.  CL  208—87  6  < 


FBed  Oct.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81333 
Int.  CL  ClOg  35100, 39100 
MS.  CL  208—79  5 


jl_ 


IT 


rCff 


V;x 


•> 


A  method  of  operating  at  least  two  catalytic  reformers 
which  produce  recycle  streams  of  different  sulfur  content  in 
which  a  portion  of  the  lower  sulfur  content  stream  is  recycled 
to  the  unit  producing  the  higher  sulfur  content  recycle  steam 
to  reduce  the  sulfur  content  of  the  stream  recycled  to  the 
latter  reformer. 


3,669375 
TWO-STAGE  REFORMING  PROCESS 
Charles  J.  Plank,  Woodbury;  Pharci  G.  Waldo,  Wcoonah, 
and  Hwry  G.  Doherty,  Pitman,  aB  of  NJ.,  assignors  to 
MobO  00  CorporatioB 

FUed  Oct  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  865310 

Int.  CL  ClOg  35J08,  39/00 

VS.  CL  208—65  6  Clafans 


A  hydrocarbonaceous  black  oil  is  subjected  to  HF  extrac- 
tion for  the  separation  of  hetero  compounds  and  highly  con- 
densed aromatics  ftxMn  a  leas  soluble  raffinate.  The  extract 
phase,  after  separation  of  the  raffinate.  but  contaming  HF,  is 
subjected  to  cracking  conditions,  and  preferably  in  the 
presence  of  a  hydrogen  donor.  The  eflDuem  is  separated  to 
recover  the  HF  which  is  recycled  to  the  extraction  zone. 


3369377 

MULTI-CHAMBER  FLUIDIZED  BED  CATALYTIC 

REACTOR 

Hdu  G.  Fl1cdrici^  Hiostan,  Tcs^  MslgMr  to  PMi«-To 

Chemical  Corpcnrtioii,  HoaHoii,  To. 

FBed  Feb.  5. 1970,  Scr.  No.  8334 
lot.  CL  BOIJ  9/20,  1 1/04;  ClOg  13/18 
U3.CL  208-164  3 


A  naphtha  hydrocarbon  fraction  is  reformed  in  a  plurality 
of  catalytic  reforming  zones  under  conditions  which  are  par- 
ticularly selective  for  effecting  naphthene  dehydrogenation  in 
a  first  stage  and  paraffin  cyclization  to  form  aromatics  in  a 
second  stage  so  that  below  about  5  wei^t  percent  of 
naphthenes  remain  in  the  paraffin-rich  charge  posed  to  the 
second  stage  operated  at  a  space  velocity  greater  than  3 
LHSV  and  maintained  at  a  (>ressure  below  about  100  psig. 


A  fluidized  bed  reactor,  vertically  divided  into  two  or  more 
upper  compartments  or  chnnbers  which  are  connected  to 
each  other  by  a  lower  mixing  chamber,  provides  a  fhiidized 
bed  system  wherem  tiie  fluidized  catalyst  can  be  used  in  one 
of  the  upper  chambers  and  then  by  random  movemeat  ptm 
mto  the  tower  mixing  chamber  hence  into  another  upper 
chamber  where  it  can  be  regenerated.  This  compact  syaieai 
requires  a  minimum  of  equipment  and  gives  a  maximum  of 
operating  efficiency. 


698 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


TREATMENT  OF  HALYSATE  SOLUTION  FOR 
REMOVAL  or  UREA 

e  T>iMM<i.  mi       1 ""  "-  — '  *"-'—'  ^ 

I,  belli  «f  CiriK.,  MriiPWB  10  Tlw  UaMcd 
I  of  H— ilf  m  iimiilirl  bjr  thi  SacriCvy*  Dcpart- 
t  of  HmMi*  EdBcallMi  Mid  Wdlvt 

I  of  apvMartlM  So*.  No.  78M17.  Dm.  2, 1968, 

[Mi  1H>*Tf*«««  Nov.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

92364 

lot  CL  BOld  13100 

VS.  CL  210—22  15  Clakm 


The  membrance  can  be  in  the  form  of  a  spiral  or  layers  ex- 
tending perpendicular  \o  the  axis,  to  increase  the  membrane 
area  within  a  backet  ct  given  size.  The  membranes  can  ex- 
tend radiaUy  with  respect  to  the  axis  of  rotation,  and  supply 
and  removal  conduits  can  be  positioned  to  continually  flow 
water  in  an  outward  radial  direction  to  prevent  the  build-up 
of  polarization  layers  on  the  membrane  surfaces. 


■5> 


r 


Ox 


3,669,880 
RECIRCULATION  DIALYSATE  SYSTEM  FOR  USE  WITH 

AN  ARTmCIAL  KIDNEY  MACHINE 
LawcMC  B.  Manurtx,  Shiiaiaii  Oaks,  aDd  Mkhasl  A.  GrccD- 
bawB,  Los  Ai«Bks,   both  of  Cait.,   assignnw   to  CO 
AcraspMC  Corporallom  Vaa  Nvys,  Calf. 

Filed  Juw  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  837,714 

Int.  CL  BOld  13100;  C02b  7/56. 1142 

UA  CL  210—22  11  Clahna 


T 


OlU.)^S£/f 


A  treatment  of  dialysate  solution  whkh  circulates  past  the 
membrane  of  an  artificial  kidney  for  removal  of  urea,  which 
solution  empk>ys  a  combination  of  urease  to  break  down 
urea  to  ammonium  carbonate,  and  zirconium  phosphate  in 
the  stdution  as  a  structure  for  the  removal  of  amuKmium 
ions. 


r'     €1 


54  OALYSArC 


<^ 


OtMttV 


't^-^ 


lA 


3,669379 

FLUID  SEPARATION  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD 

P.  BcnteuHB,  Arcadte,  CdIL,  assigpar  to  Dresser  b- 

diialrfas,  Ikm  Saata  Ana*  CalL 

CoodnuatkNi-ia-part  of  applcaHsa  Scr.  No.  652,920,  July  12, 

1967.  now  abaaiinnwi.  nris  appBcaHoa  Dec  15,  1969,  Scr. 

No.  885,099 

latCL  BOld  ii/OO.  7 J/OO 

UACL  210-23  20  Claims 


i^..^ 


A/Wir/c/At.    . 


n 


SALT  WATIR 


2o 


^^       _     CONCtNTRATlO 


^ 


f  RtiM  WATER 


A  recirculating  dialysate  system  for  use  with  an  artificials 
kidney  in  which  the  total  volume  of  dialysate  solution  is  con- 
trolled. After  leaving  the  artificial  kidney,  the  urea  in  the 
solution  is  removed  in  a  zirconium  phosphate  column  coi^- 
taining  urease  and  the  other  waste  products  are  removed  in  a 
carbon  column  containing  activated  carbon  and  hydrated  zir- 
conium oxide.  The  solution  passes  through  the  dialysa^ 
reservoir  (or  container)  where  it  was  originally  introduced 
and  where  the  level  of  solution  indicates  the  amount  of  fluW 
removed  from  the  body.  Downstream  of  the  dialysate  reser- 
voir, the  solution  is  reconstituted  by  the  addition  of  magnesi- 
um and  calcium  (removed  in  the  zirconium  phosphate 
column)  so  that  these  substances  will  not  be  removed  firoin 
the  blood  in  the  kidney.  The  rate  at  which  water  passes  from 
the  blood  into  the  dialysate  solution  can  be  controlled  by 
controlling  the  pressure  of  the  dialysate  solution  on  the  dialy- 
sate side  of  the  kidney  membrane,  so  that  sufficient  water 
can  be  removed  to  arrive  at  water  balance  in  the  patient. 


A  separation  process  of  the  reverse  osmosis  type  useful  for 
generating  fresh  water  by  forcing  salt  water  against  a  semi- 
permeable membrance  that  allows  only  pure  water  to  pass, 
which  uwt  centrifugai  fbicea  created  by  rocatiiig  basket  to 
build  up  a  prcMure  head  of  water  supptied  to  the  basket  to 
force  wttcr  through  the  membrance.  The  pure  water  can  be 
expdled  by  a  nozzle  in  a  directicm  to  help  rotate  the  basket. 


I  3,669381 

THIN  LAYER  CHROMATOGRAPHIC  METHOD 
Erika  CrcaMr,  laMbrack,  Aaalria,  aad  Thaddaaa  Kraik, 
Vadas,    HiihliasliiB.    aBstpsars   to    Daiurs 
BctriHl  "**Bf-^k**— y^*****^ 

TScpt.  2. 1969,  Scr.  No.  854,456 
laLCL  BOld  7  7/06 

U.S.CL  210-31  ,     . 

A  method  for  the  chromatographic  separation  of  sub- 
stances,   wherein    the    improvement   comprises   the   steps 


13CidiM 


June  18,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


dipping  or  wetting  one  edge  of  the  surface  of  a  non-porous 
solid  constituting  the  stationary  phase  into  or  by  a  liquid  oon- 


This  invention  proposes  the  use  of  granular,  finely  divided 
alumina  (AUQi)  as  an  insoluble,  chemicaDy  inert,  high  tem- 
perature filtration  medium  in  systems  requiring  ultra-fine  fil- 
tration, such  as  in  steam  turbine  power  plants,  chemical 
processing,  pharmaceutical  manufacturing,  and  the  like. 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  utilizing  this  heavy  and  dif- 
ficultly handled  material  is  also  proposed.  The  method  and 
apparatus  are  characterized  by  high  filtration  rates,  extreme 
clarity  of  efQuent,  rejuvenation  dt  the  lAedium,  and  the 
prevention  of  medium-contamination  of  the  effluent. 


3369,883 

FOAM  FLOTATION  SEPARATION  SYSTEM 

PARTICULARLY  SUITABLE  FOR  SEPARATING 

IMSSCH.VED  PROTEIN  COMPOUNDS  AND  TOXIC 

METALUC  IONS  FROM  AQUARIUM  WATER 

Goido  HnckUcdt,  Prinwnwct  22a,  813  Stambcrg,  Md  Ner^ 

bert  Tunze,  Amsdstrabe  14,  8011  Ncukerferioh  near  Mu- 

Bidi,  both  of  Germany 

CoiHiwmtioa  ia  part  of  appjcarioii  Scr.  No.  793338,  Jaa.  22, 

1969,  warn  abaarteiwd  TMs  appBcatioa  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  66,073 

lot  a  B03d  im 

U.S.  CL  210—44  3  CUtaM 

Foam  flotation  separation  <rf  dispersoids  such  as  firlltrids 
and  high  molecular  weight  compounds  in  dispersions  is  car- 


ried out  by  drawing  the  dispersion  into  a  pump  which  then 
passes  it,  as  motive  fluid,  through  a  venturi  to  draw  in  air  and 
effect  an  air  emuhioo-type  mixture.  Thereafter,  the  mixture 
passes  into  a  separation  column  w^ieretn  the  very  smaU  air 
bubbles  in  the  emulsion  are  allowed  to  pass  out  of  the  liquid. 
During  the  passage  through  the  liquid,  dispersoid  molecules 
are  adsorbed,  in  the  prior  art  manner,  by  the  smaB  bubbles. 


stituting  the  mobile  phase,  and  making  sakl  hquid  rise  by 
spreading  on  said  surfrice  as  a  continuous  liquid  film. 


3369382 
METHOD  OF  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  FILTERING 
Gene  Hfars,  Binnlnghaa^  Midk,  aasignor  to  HydronMtloa  Eo- 
giaccrlng  Compaay,  Uvoaia,  Mich. 

FVcd  Oct.  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  863,920 

Int.  CL  BOld  23110, 39106 

U.S.  CL  210—33  6  ClainK 


which  results  in  the  formation  of  a  dispersoid-containing 
foam  that  is  removed  from  the  top  of  the  separation  colunan. 
A  substantially  dispersoid-free  liquid  is  withdrawn  from  the 
lower  section  of  the  column.  Particularly,  the  level  of  toxic 
compounds  in  aquarium  water  is  effectively  controlled  by 
removing  dissolv^  protcinaceous  compounds  from  the  water 
in  this  manner. 


3369384 

METHYL  ALKYL  SIUCONE  GREASE  CONTAINING 

ZH^  NAPHTHENATE 

John  H.  Wright,  EhMra,  N.Y.,  aaslgBor  to  Gcacral  Electric 

Compaay 

Coatiaaatloa-lB-part  of  appBcatlea  Scr.  No.  26,153,  Apr.  6, 

1970,  whkh  b  a  coatiauatioa-la-^art  of  appHcatloa  Scr.  No. 

762,322,  Sept  16, 1968.  This  appMcalfaNi  Jaac  29, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  50390 
lat  CL  ClOm  7/50,  7120 
VS.  CL  252—36  1 2  CWaH 

A  grease  composition  containing  a  polysiloxane,  the  or- 
ganic substituents  of  which  are  primarily  methyl  radicals  and 
Ca  to  Cm  alkyl  radicals,  a  thickener,  and  zinc  naphthenate. 
The  presence  of  the  zinc  naphthenate  in  the  grease  provides 
corrosion  resistance  to  iron  and  iron  alloy  metal  surfaces  to 
which  the  grease  is  applied.  The  composition  may  be 
prepared  by  heating  the  polysiloxane  and  the  thickener 
together  at  a  temperature  of  about  240"  C  with  mixing,  cool- 
ing the  mixture  partially,  adding  the  zinc  naphthenate  during 
the  remainder  of  the  cooling  period,  and  then  milling  the 
resulting  material.  The  grease  composition  was  used  to 
lubricate  door  hinges  on  houses  and  automobiles. 


3369385 
ELECTRICALLY  INSULATING  CARRIER  PARTICLES 
John  F.  Wright,  aad  Brace  J.  RaMa,  both  ef  RuihialM,  N.Y., 
aasigaan  to  EaaiMB  Kodak  Caaipaay,  RadwsUr,  N.Y. 
FBcd  Feb.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8316 
lat.  CL  G03t  9100 
VS.  CL  252—62. 1  6  rislaii 

Carrier  particles  useful  in  devekiping  electrostatic  chaife 
patterns  are  provided  with  a  thin  layer  in  insulating  material 
by  glow  discharge  treatment. 


LIQUID  DEVELOPER  FOR  ELECTROSTATOGRAPHY 
Geonc  E.  Koad,  Park  RUfs,  N  J^  ass^ar  to  PMIp  A.  HasM 

TiiaSlwiallsa  la  pail  ei  B|ipBi  sllia  Scr.  Na.'3y7338,  Sept. 

18, 1964.  nrii  appBcaliHi  Sept  II,  1968, 9m.  Na.  767331 

IaLCLG03g  9/04 

U.S.  CL  252-62.1  30^ 

A  liquid  electroctatogiaphic  imafe  developer  romtiiicod  of 
the  following  five  constituents;  a  petroleum  fractioti 


700 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


finic  tolvent,  a  solid  film-fcxming  fixing  agent,  a  solid  disper- 
sant,  a  solid  charge  director,  and  a  submicron  solid  electro- 
scopic  pigment  material.  The  fbdng  agent  and  the  dispersant 
are  dissolved  in  the  solvent.  The  charge  director  is  carried  by 
the  solvent  being  either  dispersed  or  dissolved  therein.  The 
pigment  material  is  insoluble  in  the  solvent  and  is  dispersed 
therein.  The  solvent  evaporates  at  least  as  fast  as  kerosene 
and  slower  than  hexane;  it  has  a  K.B.  number  less  than  35,  a 
dielectric  constant  less  than  3V^,  a  flash  point  of  at  least  100° 
F,  and  a  room  temperative  viscosity  of  between  0.5  and  2.5 
centipoises.  The  solvent  is  non-toxic,  practically  odorless, 
highly  resistant,  and  non-polar;  it  evaporates  rapidly  slightly 
below  the  char  point  of  paper.  The  film-forming  fixing  agent 
is  non-tacky  and  forms  a  tough  film;  it  has  a  good  solvent 
release  and  it  forms,  upon  evapwation  of  the  solvent,  a 
coherent  film  that  binds  the  pigment  material  in  place,  and 
bonds  well  to  an  electrostatographic  surface. 


The  electrical  insulating  materials  according  to  the  invention 
contain  anilines  bearing  special  substituents  as  the  agents  for 
increasing  electric  strength. 


3,669^7 
PIEZOELECTRIC  CERAMIC  COMPOSITIONS 
MMamlliu  Nkhida,  Osaka-sM,  Osaka-hi,  and  Hiroiiiu  Ouchi, 
Toyooaka-sirf,  Osaka^ta,  both  of  JapM,  assignort  to  Mat- 
sushita Electric  ladnstrial  Co.,  Ltd.,  Kadoma,  Osaka,  Japan 
Filed  July  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  846,037 
Chims  priority,  appHcalloii  Japan,  Aug.  8, 1968, 
43/56898.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  subsequent  to 
Sept.  IS,  1987,  has  been  disdalmed. 
Int.  CL  C04b  35/46, 35/48 
VS.  CL  252—62.9  7  Claims 


ncs.vsmt^xi, 


/tno. 


Piezoelectric  ceramic  compositions  having  very  high 
mechanical  quality  factors  and  electromechanical  coupling 
coefficients  and  high  stabilities  in  resonant  frequency  and 
mechanical  quality  factor  over  a  wide  temperature  range 
comprising  th<e  solid  solutions  defined  by  the  lines  connecting 
points  A,  B,  C,  D  and  E  and  the  lines  connecting  points  F,  G, 
H,  I,  J  and  K  of  the  diagram  of  FKj.  2  and  further  containing 
from  0. 1  to  S  percent  of  MnO|. 


3,669389 
GRANULAR  CERAMIC  HEAT  CARRIER  AND  METHOD 

FOR  MANUFACTURE  THEREOF 
Dlomkl  nkh  Juxrok,  SvcnUovskoi  obfaHtl,  uL  Gagarfaia  4,  kv. 
4,  and  Valentin  Vasilicvich  Saparov,  Sverdlovskoi  oblasti, 
ul.  Gagarina,  4,  kv.  2,  both  of  Bogdanovich  Sverdlovskoi 
obiast,  U.S.S.R.  ^^ 

Filed  Dec.  20, 1968,  Scr.  No.  785,764 
im.  CL  C04b  i5//0.  C09k  i/02 
U.S.CL  252-71  10  Claims 

A  granular  ceramic  heat  carrier  for  use  in  conjunction  with 
chemical  processes,  the  granules  of  which  heat  carrier  con- 
tain the  oxides  of  aluminum,  silicon,  chromium  and  iron,  and 
a  method  of  manufacturing  said  granular  ceramic  heat  carri- 
er comprising  preparing  a  mix  from  alumina,  fire  clay  and 
chrome  are  powders  and  a  binder. 


3,669390 

BUILDERS  FOR  SYNTHETIC  DETERGENT 

COMPOSITIONS  BASED  ON  CARBOXYETHYL 

DERIVATIVES  OF  POLYALCOHOLS 

Martin  M.  Tcsskr,  Edison,  and  Morton  W.  Rutcnberg,  North 

PhdnficM,  botk  of  NJ.,  assignors  to  National  Starch  and 

Chcmkal  Corporatkm,  New  Yorii.  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  25, 1971,  Ser.  No.  119,011 
lata. did  7/26 
US.  CL  252-89  3  Claims 

Builders  for  use  in  synthetic  detergent  compositions  are 
described;  said  builders  comprising  compounds  of  the  class 
of  carboxyethyl  ethers  of  selected  polyalcohols  and  their 
salts. 


3,669,888 
ELECTRICAL  INSULATING  MATERIALS  BASED  ON 
OLEFIN  POLYMERS 
Frana  Vl^ucrsdlB:  Ftranz  Fcfchtoaayr,  both  of  Ludwigshafcn, 
and  Hdnz  riMMishiii.  RiMikwUhal,  aB  of  Germany,  as- 
signors   to    Badlschs    AoHIb-    St    Sodn-Fabrik    Aktlen- 
gesellschaft,  Ludwigshafen/Rhine,  Germany 

FUed  June  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  832,107 
dates  priority,  apptteatfoBGcmiMiy,  June  14, 1968,  P  17  65 

5833 

Int.  CL  C08f  45/60;  HOlb  3/18 

VS.  CL  252—63.2  3  Clatans 


V//////////}^/////////A 


Electrical  insulating  materials  based  on  olefin  polymers 
and  containing  agents  for  increasing  their  electric  strength. 


DavM 


3,669,891 
CHEMICAL  COMPOSITIONS 
John    Makofan    Greenwood,   ArUngton,   Mass.,   and 
Howard  Stokes,  LlanUwcb,  Camuutben,  Wales, 
to  Lever  Brothers  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,105 
Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Great  Britala,  May  30, 1969, 

27,463/69 

Int.  a.  CI  Id/ 7/00 

U.S.  CL  252—90  10  Claims 

Cleansing  compositions  adapted  to  emit  visible  light  during 
use,  and  which  are  thereby  capable  of  conveying  useful  infor- 
mation to  the  user,  are  disclosed. 


3|669yo93 
AEROSOL  SPRAY  CLEANER-POUSH 
Roger  L.  Abkr,  WWte  Bc«r  Lake,  wmA  David  L.  Strand 
Maplewood,  both  of  KflwL,  aasigiion  to  MbuMSoU  AfOniai 
and  Manulacturiai  Company,  SI.  Paid,  Minn. 
FUed  Jan.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  795.081 
lBta.Clld77/00 
UA  CL  252—90  4  Claini^ 

An  aerosol  spray  cleaner-polish  composition  having  im- 
proved ^oss  and  rebuff  characteristics  which  provides  a  dr« 
readily  visible  non-plugging  foam.  At  least  about  18  parts  by 
weight  of  certain  compatible  detergents  per  100  parts  of  non 
volatile  solids  are  included  in  aerosol  floor  cleaning  am 
polishing  compositions  of  the  type  comprising  aqueou 
styrene  and/or  acrylic  film  forming  polymer  emulsions. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


701 


3,669,893 

INHIBrnNG  AGENTS,  WASHING  COMPOSITIONS  AND 

SOLUTIONS  CONTAINING  THE  SAME,  AND 

ntOCESSES  FOR  USING  THE  SAME 

Fredric  B.  Ctarkc,  Walcrtown,  Maas.,  and  Jote  W.  Lyom,  St 

Louis,  Mo.,  ■wignnis  to  Monsanto  Company,  St.  Louh,  Mo. 

ContfaHiadon  of  appMcatkm  Scr.  No.  746320,  July  22, 1968, 

now  abandoned.  This  appllraHon  Feb.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

113,032 
Int.  CL  CI  Id  7/06 
VS.  a  252-156  2  CiaiBK 

This  invention  relates  to  novel  methods  for  washing  rigid 
materials  such  as  glass  bottles  with  a  novel  washing  solution 
containing  a  novel  inhibiting  agent,  which  effects  a  syner- 
gistic inhibiting  action,  consisting  of  a  combination  of  ( 1 )  a 
gluconate  material  such  as  sodium  gluconate,  (2)  an  amino- 
phosphonate  such  as  amino  tri( methylene  phosphonic  acid) 
and  (3)  an  alkylidene  diphoephonic  acid  such  as  1 -hydroxy, 
1  -ethylidene  diphosphonic  acid. 


3,669,894 
PREPARATION  OF  HIGH  TEST  CALCIUM 
HYPOCHLORITE 
John  P.  Faust,  Hunden,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Olin  Corporatkm 
Filed  Sept  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,130 
Int.  CLCOlb  77/06 
U.S.  CL  252—187  3  dafam 

Calcium  hypochlorite  compositions,  suitaUe  for  bleaching 
and  sanitation  uses,  are  provided  which  have  lowered  rates  of 
propagation  of  decomposition  when  heated.  These  novel 
compositions  contain  75  to  82  percent  of  calcium 
hypochlorite  and  6  to  12  percent  of  water,  balance  usual 
diluents  of  calcium  hypochlorite  including  calcium  chloride, 
carbonate,  hydroxide  and  sodium  chloride. 


3,669,895 

SODIUM  HYDROSULFTTE  STABILIZATION 

COMPOSITION 

Shiri  Shastri,  OakviOe,  Ontario,  Canada,  assignor  to  Vfa^inia 

Chemicals  Inc.,  Fortamoutli,  Va. 

FUed  Aug.  31,  1970,  Ser.  No.  68,537 
Int.  CL  COlb  17/98;  D21c  9/70 
U.S.  a  252-188  llOaiim 

The  present  discovery  entails  a  new  means  for  stabilizing 
mixtures,  containing  prinuurily  sodium  dithionite,  fi-om  spon- 
taneous decomposition  and  "ignition"  by  the  action  of  water. 
Specifically,  the  invention  comprises  stabilization  of  sodium 
hydrosulfite  against  spontaneous  decomposition  in  the 
presence  of  water,  using  effective  quantities  of  additives, 
which  still  in  no  way  lessen  the  bleaching  activity  that  would 
be  developed  by  an  equivalent  quantity  of  sodium 
hydrosulfite.  The  stabilizing  agents  consist  of  oxalic  acid  and 
a  water  soluble  inorganic  carbonate.  This  mixture  can  be 
further  improved  as  to  stabilization  and  bleaching  effect  by 
the  addition  of  borax  (NatBiG,  *  10  H,  O).  The  Ueaching  ef- 
fect may  be  improved  by  adcUng  a  water  soluble  inorganic 
sulfite. 


3,669396 

INORGANIC  WHITE  PIGMENTS  CONTAINING 

OPTICAL  BRIGHTENERS  AND  PROCESS  FOR  THEIR 

MANUFACTURE 

Erick  Prctalngcr,  RIehen,  Swhicthmd,  and  DIctcr  Gta«.  Hue*- 

faigen,  Germany,  assignors  to  ab»<Mgy  AG,  Basel,  Swk- 

xcrlaad 

Filed  Dec  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,627 

elates  priority,  appMcalion  SwRacriand,  Dec.  5, 1968, 

18198/68 

Int.  CL  C09k  7/02.  C09c  3/00 

VS.  CL  252— 301 J  W  %  r^.!— 

The  invention  concerns  a  process  for  the  manufacture  of 

inorganic  white  pigments  containmg  optical   brightenen. 


characterized  in  that,  in  an  aqueous  suspension  of  an  inor- 
ganic white  pigment  which  contains  a  dispersion  of  at  least 
one  optical  brightener  which  is  sparingly  scriuUe  in  water, 
dispersed  by  means  of  non-ionic  surface-active  agento,  pro- 
perty-improving auxiliary  substances  for  such  pigmento  are 
precipitated  or  adsorbed  on  these  pigments  in  a  manner 
which  is  in  itself  known  by  admixing  the  property-Improving 
auxiliary  or  admixing  the  components  for  the  formation  of 
such  a  property-improving  auxiliary  if  several  components 
for  its  formation  are  necessary,  and  the  pigments  treated  in 
such  manner  are  separated  fi-om  the  aqueous  phase,  washed 
and  dried.  The  invention  provides  a  valuable  method  for 
homogeneously  distributing  optical  brightening  agents  in 
combination  with  white  pigments  in  plastics. 


3,669,897 
DIVALENT  EUROPIUM  ACTIVATED  ALKALINE  EARTH 

METAL  SULFATES  AND  METHOD  OF  PREPARATION 
Anscte  Wachtd,  ParHn,  N  J.,  aarignor  to  Wcstlngtense  Elec- 
tric Corporation,  Ptttsbnrgh,  Pa. 

Filed  Nov.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,765 
Int.  CL  C09k  1/22;  COlf  77/46 
U.S.  CL  252—301.4  S  4 


S,«arai  wMg  <hir>iiiiiii 


■m 

;   \X~^^-^ 

n 

^'"'^^^^      ^/''''^^               \ 

• 
7 

' 

• 

' 1 — 1 — ■ — 1     — 1 i — 1 — I 1 

«.•      •.(   •.•Hi* 


Divalent  europium  activated  alkaline  earth  metal  sulfites 
wherein  the  metal  is  at  least  one  of  calcium,  barium,  or  stron- 
tium, and  europium  is  present  in  atom  percent  of  the  al- 
kaline-earth metal  of  from  about  0.4  to  7.  The  compositions 
emit  very  efficiently  in  the  near-uhraviolet  upon  short 
wavelength  ultraviolet  excitation.  A  preferred  mode  of 
preparing  the  compositions  is  set  forth  whereby  the  composi- 
timi  is  precipitated  from  solution. 


w. 


3fD699898 
FOAM  PROTECTION  CW  PLANT  LIFE 


Fled  Feb.  7, 1969,  Sar.  No.  797,689 

ipiiBrartan  Canada,  Dae.  12, 1968, 037,610 
Int.  CL  AOlg  7  J/00 
U.S.  CL  252—307  17  CMh 

There  is  described  a  foam  concentrate  finom  wfakh  foanii 
to  be  used  to  protect  vegetation,  for  example  from  froct  can 
be  produced.  The  concentrate  comprises  a  neutraliaed 
protein  hydrolysate  staNlirrd  with  specified  proportions  of 
iron  and  lignosulfonate.  A  method  of  protecting 
using  the  above  foams  is  also  described. 


702 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JUNE  13,  1972 


3,669399 

MKXOCAPSULAR  OPACIFIER  SYSTEM 

E.  VMriiiiiM,  DMrfMd;  Edwwd  F. 
F««l,  Md  Shrarik  SknO,  CWowS  •■  Of  Hn 
U.  S.  PlyfiMd4:hMBpiM  Papm  IBC^  New  York,  N.Y. 

rwUhMialiiM  !■  lit  nf  iipMrlliTn  '^  *^  ""^  ^*''<  '^  "^^ 

1968,  BOW  Patoit  No.  X5S5,149.  Thta  applifHnn  Apr.  29, 

1969,  Scr.  No.  820,267 

IbL  CL  BOIJ  13/02:  B44d  7/02;  C09d  5/00 

U.S.a.  252-316  42Ctaiiiii 


such  an  emulsion  includes  effecting  with  the  beater  a  thin, 
continuous  water  phase  around  very  small  particles  of  oil, 
continuously  withdrawing  a  primary  thick  emulsion  to  a  dilu- 
tion zone,  a;id  continuously  diluting  it  to  a  desired  water  or 
dilution  liquid  content. 

I  \  669  901 

CORROSION  INHIBITOR  COMPOSITION  CONTAINING 

ZINC,  SULFAMATE,  AND  PHOSPHATE  IONS 
WUUam  Bruce  Nforrty,  929  Tcrraiiic  Avenue,  Long  Beach, 

Caw.  I 

OritfaMd  applicalioB  Sept.  8,  1970,  Scr.  No.  76,221,  now 

aboadoBcd  ,  CentiBuattoa-lii-part  of  appllcatioa  Scr.  No. 

892,842,  May  5, 1969,  now  abandoned.  Divided  and  thii 

appttolkm  Oct  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83,203 

int.CLC23i7//;6. ;;//« 

vs.  CL  252—387  9  Claims 

A  liquid  corrosion  inhibitor  and  method  designed  for  use 
by  water  treatment  plants  for  the  control  of  corrosion  of  mu- 
nicipal, industrial,  commercial  and  domestic  metal  piping 
systems,  wherein,  as  the  inhibitor  is  economically  added  to 
the  flowing  water  supply  in  minute  dosages,  it  passivates  the 
surface  of  the  metal  piping  as  it  deposits  a  self-controlled  film 
of  insoluble  zinc  phosphate.  One  of  the  preferred  inhibitors  is 
"ziiu:->ulfamate-orthophosphate."  To  be  effective,  the  pH 

must  be  controlled  to  within  the  range  of  5-9. 


Opacifiers  comprising  air-containing  microcapsules  having 
an  average  particle  diameter  of  predetermined  size  with  pig- 
ment particles  incorporated  in  the  microcapsular  structure 
provide  highly  opaque  surfaces  when  coated  onto  and/or  in- 
corporated into  fibrous  and  non-fibrous  substrates.  The 
opacifiers  are  produced  by  heating  liquid-containing  precur- 
sor microcapsules,  which  contain  the  pigment  particles  in 
their  structure,  at  temperatures  sufficient  to  expel  the  liquid 
and  provide  air  in  the  microcapsules.  The  microcapsular 
opacifiers  have  an  average  particle  diameter  below  about  2 
microns. 


3,669,900 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CONTINUOUS 

PRODUCTION  OF  OIL-IN.WATER  EMULSIONS 

Lowd  O.  Cnwmtois.  Sm  AMctaao,  CaHff..  aMigiMr  to  Padflk 

VcfcUMc  OB  Corporattoo,  Saa  Fraadaco,  CaHf . 

FIM  May  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  821^35 

Int  a  BOld .  BOlf  9108,  7100 

vs.  CL  252—359  C  5  Ciabna 


S3 


EMULHOH 


A  system  and  device  for  producing  an  oil-in-water  emul- 
sion of  high  water-inaoluMe  liquid  content,  e.g.,  containing 
70  percent  to  about  93  percent  of  such  liquid  or  oil.  An  ini- 
tial receptacle  receives  streams  of  oil,  water,  and  emulsifying 
agent,  while  beater  means  subdivides  the  oil  component  and 
forms  such  oil-in-water  emulsion.  An  exit  portion  or  chamber 
and  an  aperture  therein  are  connected  by  a  conduit  to  a 
second  or  dilution  receptable,  wherein  predetermined 
amounts  of  dilution  water  are  introduced  and  thoroughly  ad- 
mixed with  the  emulsion.  The  continuous  process  for  forming 


\  3,669,902 

DICYCLOHEXYLTHIOUREA  CORROSION  INHIBITOR 

COMPOSITION 
Robert  Eurne  nmer,  Wankcfan,  DL,  aaripinr  to  Abbott 
Laboratorin,  North  CUcaio,  m. 

Flie4  Sept.  22, 1970,  So-.  No.  74^491 
Int  CL  C23I  7 //76.  C23t //06 
U.S.  a  252-391  2  dafaml 

Dicydohexylthiourea  can  be  provided  in  a  liquid  composi 
tion  ready  for  addition  to  an  acid  bath  as  a  corrosion  inhibi- 
tor.   The    highly    insoluble    dicydohexylthiourea    is    com- 
pounded for  this  purpose  with  dimethylacetamide  and  a 
specific  wetting  figent. 

I      

3,669,903 

CATALYTIC  CRACKING  PROCESS 
Jean  M.  Bourgnet,  and  Frandi  D.  Hart,  both  of  U  Vcsinet 
France,  Mriffiors  to  Mobil  Oil  Corporation  (tormcrl] 
Soeony  MobB  OU  Coaapony,  Inc.)  | 

Continuation  of  applicatioa  Ser.  No.  471,785,  June  24,  1965, 
BOW  abandoned,  aod  262,258,  Mar.  1, 1963,  now  abandonedl 

and  62,870,  Oct  17,  1960,  now  Patent  No.  3,193^1931 
This  application  June  16, 1966,  Ser.  No.  557,910.  The  portion 
of  the  term  of  the  patent  subsequent  to  July  7,  1981,  has 
been  disclaimed. 

Int.  CL  BOIJ  77/40 
U&  a  252-485  2Clain4 

Hydrocarbon  conversion  catalysts  comprising  crystalling 
aluminosilicates  containing  rare  earths  and  other  metals  fironl 
Groups  IB  through  Vin  of  the  Periodic  Table,  and  having  a 
low  alkali  metal  content.  They  are  useful  in  hydrocarbo* 
conversion  processes  such  as  cracking,  hydrocracking 
hydrodesulfurization,  alkylation,  dehydrogination,  and 
hydrogenation. 

3,669,904 

PARTICLES  FEATURING  GAMMA  ALUMINA 

Edward   B.  Comdiue,  SwarthnMire,  Pa.,  and   David   W. 

Kocater,  Wliadactoa,  DeL.  aasignors  to  Air  Products  an^ 

,  Inc.,  Philadelphia,  Pa.  , 

FUcd  May  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  41,632 

iM.  a  Boiy^im,  mos,  11132  \ 

vs.  CL  252-465  3  Claim 

A  propensity  to  form  gimuny  mixtures  with  water  is  a 
troublesome  characteristic  <rf  a  technical  grade  of  boehmite, 
said  power  comprising  a  total  ignition  loss  of  about  25  per- 
cent, a  volatile  alc<rfK>l  content  corresponding  to  less  than  1 
percent  carbon,  minor  amounts  of  amorphous  alumina  and  a 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


708 


major  amount  of  alpha mono  hydrate.  A  portion  of  the 
technical  boelmiite  is  mildly  calcined  at  400°-S00°  C.  for  at 
least  IS  minutes  to  provide  a  dehydrated  alumina  powder, 
which  then  mixed  with  a  significantiy  larger  amount  of  the 
uncalcined  technical  grade  of  boehmite,  can  be  mixed  with 
water  for  providing  a  plastic  mixture  suitable  for  riiaping  into 
catalyst  particles.  The  catalyst  particles  are  calcined  above 
about  600*  C.  for  more  than  1  hour  in  the  presence  of  steam 
to  form  attrition  resistant  particles  of  gamma  alumina  having 
the  pore  size  distribution  desirable  in  certain  types  of 
catalysts. 


mospheric  conditions,  which  are  manufactured  by  heating  a 
mixture  of  powder  of  vitreous  binding  material  and  powder 
of  semiconductive  metal  oxide  dispersed  in  the  former 


3,669,905 
ELECTRICAL  CONDUCTORS 
Ian  Leitch  McDougaH,  and  Mkhad  Charles  Lock,  both  of 
Sutton  ColdlMd,  England,  assignors  to  Imperial  Metal  In- 
dustries (Kynoch)  Limited,  Birmii«bam.  Fi^ianri 
Fled  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,277 

Claiiii  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  May  13, 1969, 

24^70/69;  SepL  26, 1969, 47,555/69 

Int.  CL  HOlb  J/02 

VS.  CL  252—5 12  10  ClalnH 

An  electrical  conductor  comprising  at  least  one  core  hav- 
ing superconducting  properties  and  embedded  in  a  matrix  of 
a  plastic  material,  said  core  comprising  at  least  one  supercon- 
ductor filament  having  a  maximum  thickness  of  five  microns, 
preferably  one  micron.  Also  methods  of  manufacture  of  such 
a  conductor. 


3,669,906 
CATALYST  FOR  PURinCATION  OF  EXHAUST  GASES 
FROM  MOTOR  VEHICLES  AND  INDUSTRIAL  PLANTS 
Edgar  Kobcrstcia,  Alacnau,  and  Eduard  lakatoa,  Hivtb-Her- 
Bttlbclm,  both  d  Germany,  aasignorB  to  Deutsche  GoldHind 
Sflber<Scbeideanstah  Vormats  Roesrier,  Frankfurt  (Main), 
Germany 

Coatlauatioa-ln-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  581,163,  ScpL 

22, 1966,  BOW  abandoned.  This  application  Aug.  19, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  64,957 

Claims  priority,  applkatk>n  Germany  Sept.  24, 1965,  D  48276 

Int  CL  BOIJ  77/06,  77/22 
VS.  CL  252-^465  19  Chdns 

There  is  provided  a  catalyst  for  the  purification  of  exhaust 
gases  from  industrial  processes  and  motor  vehicles  by  com- 
bustion of  oxidizable  impurities  contained  therein  to  carbon 
dioxide  and  water  and  removal  of  nitrogen  oxide  at  elevated 
temperatures  in  contact  with  air  consisting  essentiaMy  of  a 
calcined  mixture  of  eta  and  gamma  aluminum  ox.Je  and 

heavy  metal  oxide  compounds  the  element  chromium  and  at 
least  one  other  heavy  metal  selected  from  the  group  consist- 
ing of  nickel  or  copper  with  nickel,  the  quantity  of  such 
heavy  metal  oxide  compounds  being  SS  to  90  weight  percent, 
the  molar  proportion  of  the  chromium  to  the  other  heavy 
metal  being  between  about  1:0.5  and  1:2.5  calculated  as  ox- 
ides and  the  majority  of  the  particles  of  the  heavy  metal 
oxide  compounds  being  of  a  size  of  from  O.S  to  S  ^i,  whereby 
the  heavy  metal  oxide  compounds  have  been  formed  by 
precipitating  chromium  from  a  solution  of  ammonium 
bichromate  with  a  soluble  salt  of  said  other  heavy  metal  or 
metals,  and  whereby  said  calcining  of  said  mixture  having 
been  done  at  400''-800°  C,  preferably  in  an  oxygen-contain- 
ing atmosphere. 

3,669,907 
SEMICONDUCTIVE  ELEMENTS 
Tadao     Kohasld,     Yokohama,     and     Kazunobu     Tanaka, 
Kawasald-shL,  both  of  Japan,  assignors  to  Matsushita  Elec- 
tric Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan 

Filed  Dec.  1, 1967,  Scr.  No.  687,229 
Cbdms  priority,  application  Japan,  Dec.  7, 1966, 41/80696 
Int.  CL  HOlb  1/06;  C03c  17/00 
U.S.  CL  252— 518  4  Chdnm 

Semiconductive  elements  having  a  specific  resistivity  of  the 
semiconductor  range  (that  is,  10*  to  10*  ohm-cm)  which 
have  an  ohmic  resistance  even  in  an  considerably  high  elec- 
tric field  and  are  highly  durable  in  adverse  physical  and  at- 


powder.  Further,  the  dielectric  strength  and  the  uniformity  oi 
resistivity  of  said  semiconductive  elements  can  be  improved 
by  adding,  to  the  mixture,  powder  of  an  oxide  whose  conduc- 
tivity is  much  higher  than  that  of  said  semiomductive  metal 
oxide. 


3^669,908 
ALKAIHENYL  PYRIDINES  AND  PYRAZINES  AS 

PfXFUMES 
John  B.  Hall,  Rnnvon,  N  J.,  awigHW  to  ImcmaHonal  Flavon 
*  Fn«ranocs,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  2,  1969,  Scr.  No.  854,787 
Int.  CL  CI  lb  9/00 
U,S.  a  252-522  3Cliin 

Novel  alkadienyl  substituted  pyridines  and  pyrazines,  per- 
fume and  fragrance  compositions  containing  such  substituted 
pyridines  and  pyrazines  and  processes  for  producing  same. 


3,669,909 

CATALYST  FOR  PREPARATION  OF  UNSATURATED 

ALDEHYDES  AND  ACIDS 

Jamal  S.  Eden,  Akron,  OMo,  assignor  to  The  B.  F.  Goodrich 

Compmiy,  New  Yorli,  N.Y. 
Original  application  Aug.  28, 1967,  Ser.  No.  663,557,  which  is 
a  continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  483,862, 
Aug.  30,  1965,  now  Patent  No.  3,401,198.  Divided  aad  this 
appHcatioa  Fch.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18^97.  The  portioa  of  the 
term  of  the  pirtcnt  sabscqnent  to  June  24,  1906,  has  been 
disclaimed. 

Int  CL  BOIJ  77/52 
VS.  CL  252—435  1  Clahn 

Unsaturated  acids  and  aldehydes,  as  acrylic  acid  and 
acrolein,  are  prepared  together  in  excellent  yields  by  the  ox- 
idation of  an  olefin  as  propylene  in  the  presetice  of  a  catalyst 
containing  a  UA  metal  molybdate,  as  strontium  molybdate. 
tellurium  oxide  and  phos|rfK>rus  pentoxide. 


both  of 
In- 


3,669,910 
MANUFACTURE  OF  FOAMS 
GcoOrey   EagMsh,  and   Brian  Arthnr 
Manchester,  Fjigiand,  amigaors  to  : 
dustrlcs  United,  London,  Eaglaad 
ContinttalloB4n-part  of  appBcatfon  Scr.  No.  732,033,  May  27, 
1968,  now  ahanrtonwl.  TUb  appBcnthm  Feb.  22, 1971.  Scr. 
No.  117,797 
InL  CL  COSJ  1/18 
VJS.  a.  260—2.5  N  17  ClidnM 

Manufacture  of  rigid  polyamide  foams  by  producing  a 
foam  of  molten  polyamide  in  presence  of  a  non-ionic  surface 
active  agent,  especially  an  alkylene  oxide  condensate  with  an 
alkanol,  alkylamine  or  alkylphenol  containing  10  to  20  car- 
bon atoms,  and  then  cooling  below  the  melting  point  to 
solidify  the  polyamide. 

3,669.911 
PROCESS  AND  CC»fPOSIT10NS  FOR  MAKING  POROUS 
LOW  DENSITY  THERMOSET  RESINS  FROM  WATER-IN- 

RESIN  EMULSIONS 
Danld  J.  Ni^var,  Lake  Jaekaen,  Tex.,  aarf^Mr  to  IW  Dow 
Chemical  Company.  Midtaid,  ROdk 

Fled  Sept.  26, 1969.  Scr.  No.  861^460 

IM.  CL  C08g  53/08;  C08f  47/08 

U.S.  CL  260-2J  N  30CI*h 

The  difficulty  in  readily  removing  water  fhxn  cured  water- 

in-thermoaettable  resin  emulsions  hm  been  overcome  by  ad- 


704 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


ding  to  the  emulsion  firom  about  O.OOS  to  10  parts  per  100 
parts  of  emulsion  of  a  polyalkylene  oxide  block  copolymer, 
nonionic  surfactant  wherein  the  hydrophobe  portion  of  the 
nonionic  surfactant  has  a  midecukur  weight  of  at  least  about 
1 ,000.  Dewatering  of  the  cured  emulsion  may  be  readily  ef- 
fected even  at  ambient  temperatures  and  at  elevated  tem- 
peratures without  cracking  or  damage  to  the  porous  ther- 
moset  resin. 


June  13,  1972 


METHOD  OF  MAKING  DEEP  OCEAN  BUOYANT 

MATERIAL 

Ray  F.  HkitM,  DavtdMwvilk,  Md^  ■MJgnnr  to  The  UnMcd 

States  of  America  as  rcprcacntcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Navy 

ContlBuatloii-lii-part  of  appMcatioa  Scr.  No.  409,032,  Dec.  4, 

1964,  BOW  alwmdoiwd.  This  applcatloa  May  24, 1968,  Scr. 

No.  747,052 

bt.  CL  COSj  1114;  BOlj  13102 

MS.  CL  260—2.5  B  3  Oalms 


A  buoyant,  nonabsorbent,  high-strength,  low-density,  bulk 
filler  material  which  can  be  readily  mixed  and  cast  for  use  in 
the  displacement  of  sea  water  at  great  ocean  depths.  The 
materid  of  varying  pellet-size  is  formed  by  dropping  epoxy 
resin  into  a  bed  of  microspheres  under  ambient  conditions. 
The  droplets  absorb  the  microspheres  thereby  forming  un- 
cured  pellets,  the  size  of  which  is  controlled  by  the  size  of  the 
droplet.  They  are  then  cured  for  several  hours  at  an  elevated 
temperature. 


3,669,913 

SOLUTION  COMPOSITIONS  OF  SILOXANE- 

OXYALKYLENE  COPOLYMERS  AND  AMINE 

CATALYSTS  AND  USE  FOR  MANUFACTURE  OF 

POLYURETHANE  FOAM 

Edward  Lewis  Morehouse,  New  City,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Union 

Carbide  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
ContiBiuitioa-lB-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  842,751,  May  5, 
1969,  BOW  abandoned  ,  which  b  a  continuatioii-in-part  of 
appUcatioD  Scr.  No.  131,765,  Apr.  6, 1971;  said  842,751, 

May  5, 1969,  which  Is  a  dlvUoa  of  application  Ser.  No. 

573,133,  Aug.  12, 1966,  now  Patent  No.  3,505,377,  dated 

Apr.  7, 1970.  This  applicatioa  Nov.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  92,145 

Int.  CL  C08g  22146,  31/32;  C09k  3/00 
VS.  CL  260—2.5  AH  16  Claims 

A  solution  composition,  particularly  useful  for  the  manu- 
facture of  flexible  polyether  urethane  foam,  is  provided  com- 
prising water,  a  hydrolytically  stable  siloxane-oxyalkylene 
block  copolymer,  an  amine  polyurethane-foaming  catalyst 
and  a  water  soluble,  silicon-free  organic  surfactant  which  is 
capable  of  raising  the  cloud  point  of  the  solution.  Suitable  or- 
ganic surfactants  include  those  having  the  general  formula, 
C»Hi»C«H4(C)CtH4)eOH,  wherein  e  represents  any  number 
from  about  9  to  about  20  inclusive,  llie  compositions  may 
also  contain  water  soluble  organic  solvents.  The  presence  of 
the  organic  surfactant  serves  to  protect  the  solution  from 
physical  separation  when  subjected  to  adverse  temperattire 
conditions  which  may  be  encountered  during  shipment  oi 
storage.  A  process  for  the  manufacture  of  poiyurethane  foam 
is  also  provided  in  which  the  foam-forming  reaction  mixture 
comprises  a  polyether  polyol,  a  polyisocyanate  and  the 
aforesaid  solution  composition. 


3,669,914 

PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  VfNYUDENE  CHLORIDE 
POLYMERS 
Owen  L.  Stalfard,  NfldlMid,  and  Robert  K.  TarxwcO,  Bcavtr- 
ton,  both  of  Mkh^  aarignort  to  The  Dow  Chemical  Com- 
pany, MIdimid,  Mich. 

Condmialioii  of  appBcatioii  Scr.  No.  813,343,  Apr.  3, 1969, 

BOW  abBwdomd ,  wliich  is  a  conliaualioD-in-part  of 

appHcatioB  S«r.  No.  620,217,  Mar.  1, 1967,  which  b  a 

coodnuatioB-iB-pMt  of  applcation  Scr.  No.  329,992,  Dec.  12, 

1963,  now  abandoned.  This  appBcadon  Aug.  13, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  63,656 
Int  CL  C08f  1/13, 3/28 
U.S.  CL  260— 17  R  3  Oalms 

This  invention  is  concerned  with  a  process  for  polymeriz- 
ing vinylidene  chloride  monomer  in  a  modified  emulsion 
polymerization  system  to  produce  readily  isolatable,  particu- 
late, high  deittity  pcdymer  at  a  rate  significantly  faster  than 
achieved  by  conventional  suspension  type  polymerization. 
The  process  utilizes  an  oil  phase  of  vinylidene  chloride 
monomer  dispersed  in  an  aqueous  phase  containing  certain 
water-soluble,  free-radical  polymerization  catalyst,  cellulose 
ethers,  wetting  agents  and  coagulants. 

3,669,915 

FLOCCULANTS  FROM  STARCH  GRAFT  COPOLYMERS 

Duane  A.  Jones,  Minneapolia,  MIbb.;  George  F.  Fanta,  and 

Robert  C.  Burr,  both  of  PMria,  m.,  ailgnorn  to  The  United 

States  of  Amolca  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of 

Agriculture 

Filed  Sept.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,491 
Int  CL  B03d  3/06;  C08f  1/OS,  29/00 
VS.  CL  260—17^  GC  10  Chdms 

Highly  active  flocculants  for  removing  siliceous  wastes  and 
other  finely  divided  solid  suspensions  from  water  are 
produced  from  starch  by  graft  copolymerization  with  a  ca- 
tionic  monomer  having  quaternary  ammonium  substituents. 


SOLUTlDN< 


3,669,916 
OF  A  GRAFT  COPOLYMER  OF 
CELLULOSE 
Osakazu  Nakao;  Saburo  Nakagawa;  Juldil  Hlrose;  Shigeyuki 
YamaiakI;  Talushl  Amano;  Toshk)  Nakamura,  and  Hlroyu- 
ki  Yamamoto,  all  of  Shizuolui  Prefecture,  Japan,  assignors 
to  Tomoegawa  Paper  Manufacturing  Company  Limited, 
Chuo-ku,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FDed  June  1 1,  1969,  Ser.  No.  832,452 
Int.CLC08c2//i2 
U.S.CL260— 17^GC  1  Ctafan 

The  present  invention  is  directed  to  a  solution  of  a  graft 
copolymer  of  ceBulose  comprising  a  polar  organic  solvent  or 
a  mixed  solvent  containing  a  polar  or  organic  solvent, 
nitrogen  dioxide  and  a  graft  copolymer  of  cellulose.  Such 
solution  is  capable  of  dissolving  cellulose  and  various  Icinds 
of  polymers. 


3,669,917 

COPOLY AMIDE  FIBERS  OF  REDUCED  STICKINESS 

CONTAINING  A  NORMAL  PARAFFIN 

Satoahl   Ando;   Yusaku   Tanaka,   both   of  Osaka;   Mfaioru 

Kojlma,  and  KyoicU  Fmfanura,  both  of  Osaka^,  all  of 

Japan,  asrignon  to  KanegBfuchI  Boaekl  KabushiU  Kaisha, 

Tokyo,  Japan  and  Snia  VIkohi  Nazionale  Industria  Ap> 

plicazioni  Viscosa  S.p.A.,  Milan,  Italj^ 

Contlnuatk>n-in-part  of  appBcation  Scr.  No.  601,756,  Dec.  14, 

1966,  now  abandoned.  This  appBcatioB  July  27, 1970,  Ser. 

No.  58,457 
Claims  priority,  applcatlon  Japan,  Dec.  23,  1966,  40/79725 

lOLCLCWg  20/38 
VS.  CL  260—78  R  4 

A  copolyamide  fiber  of  reduced  stickiness  which  consists 
sntially  of  a  fibers  forming  copolyamide  consisting  of  70  - 


.^•»-iT7lT/-lT   AT       r^    A  »71j"P'PL' 


June  18.  1972 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


706 


95  percent  by  weight  of  polycaproamide  polyhexamethylem 
adipamide  and  30  -  S  percent  by  weight  of  at  least  one  oi 
comonomers  copolymerizable  therewith  and  from  0.01  to  5 
percent  by  weight,  based  on  the  copolyamide,  of  at  least  one 
normal  paraffin  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of 
methane  series  hydrocarbons  represented  by  the  formula 
Ci,H,,.^,  wherein  n  is  an  integer  of  from  14  to  70,  dispersed 
homogeneously  throughout  said  copolyamide. 

3,669,918 

BITUMINOUS  COMPOSITIONS  CONTAINING  HIGH 

MOLECULAR  WEIGHT  ETHYLENE/PROPYLENE 

COPOLYMER 

Charles  F.  Raley,  Jr.,  Midfauid,  Mich.,  assignor  to  The  Dow 

Chemical  Company,  MkUand,  Mich. 

FOed  June  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  834,543 
Int.  CL  C08f  45/52;  C09d  3/60 
VS.  CL  260—28.5  6  Clainw 

Bituminous  compositions  having  improved  impact  strength 
at  both  high  and  low  temperatures  comprise  asphalt  and  an 
ethylene/propylene  copolymer  having  a  molecular  weight 
from  about  50,000  to  about  100,000. 


3,669,919 

POLYACRYLONTTRILE  PROCESS 

Antony  E.  Champ,  Chariottc,  N.C.,  assignor  to  Cdanesc  Cor> 

poratioB,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  16, 1969,  Ser.  No.  833^40 

Int.  CL  C08f  45/24 

VS.  CL  260—29.6  AN  6  Clafans 

An  improved  method  of  producing  a  polyacrylonitrile  ex- 
trusion solution  particularly  suited  for  the  production  of 
shaped  articles,  especially  fibers,  which  eliminates  several 
process  steps  previously  associated  with  the  polymerization 
of  the  acrylic  polymer  and  the  subsequent  formation  of  the 
extrusion  solution.  The  method  is  particularly  applicable  to 
high  acrylic  polymers  such  as  those  containing  more  than 
about  85  percent  acrylonitrilc  wherein  the  polymers  are 
formed  by  aqueous  suspension  polymerization  methods.  The 
wet  acrylic  polymer  produced  is  directly  used  in  an  extrusion 
process  by  solvating  the  polymer  with  a  lower  alkyl  nitrile, 
such  as  acetonitrile,  to  form  the  extrusion  solution.  The  sol- 
vation is  accomplished  by  adjusting  the  polymer  water  con- 
tent to  about  1  to  40  percent  by  weight  of  the  polymer,  ad- 
ding sufficient  acetonitrile  to  provide  a  polymer-solvent  mix- 
ture of  20  to  70  percent  of  polymer  solids  by  weight  and  sub- 
sequently heating  the  mixture  under  at  least  autogeneous 
pressure  to  above  the  atmospheric  boiling  point  of  the  sol- 
vent to  form  a  homogeneous  polymer  solution. 


3,669,920 
CARBON  FIBER-REINFORCED  POLYURETHANE 
COMPOSITES 
Geoffrey  Arthur  Haggis,  Manchester;  Michael  Edward  Bcnct 
Jones,  and  Michael  Horace  Knight,  both  of  Runcorn,  all  of 
EnglaBd,    amigBors    to    Imperial    Chemical    Industries 
Ltanitcd,  LoBdoB,  Eagbad 

Filed  Mar.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,065 
^^Claims  priority,  appllcatfam  Great  Britain,  Mar.  27, 1969, 

16A«8/69 
InL  CL  C08g  51/10 
VS.  CL  260-37  N  6 


Fiber  reinforced  synthetic  resin  composites  suitable  for  use 
e.g.  in  aerofoil  blades  for  compressors,  turbines  and  the  like 
in  which  the  fibers  are  carbonized  fibers  and  the  resin  is  the 
product  of  curing  an  isocyanate  terminated  prepolymer  ob- 
tained by  a  reacting  a  polyisocyanate  with  a  polyol  at  least 
one  of  which  contains  a  cyclic  group  in  a  chain  between  two 
functional  (i.e.  hydroxyl  or  isocyanate)  groups,  and  has  a 
heat  distortion  temperature  of  at  least  50"  C,  and  the  fibers 
form  from  20  to  73  percent  by  weight  of  the  composite. 


3,669,921 
COPOLYESTER  MELT  ADHESIVE 
Joseph  W.  Drokc;  Janea  E.  Hataway,  and  Nicholas  C 
al  of  Kiapport,  Tenn.,  avigBan  to  Eartman  Kodal 
•,  N.Y. 
part  of  appBcadoa  Sir.  No.  845^54,  J^  28, 
1969, BOW BhaBdotd , whfch h a f nIhBMiiwi Ib  pm lof 
appHcatioB  Ser.  No.  725,938,  MBy  1, 1968.  aw 

This  appttcatioB  Feb.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  113,595 
InL  CL  C08k  1/02 
VS.  CL  260—40  R  21 

Copolyestcrs  useful  as  melt  adhesives  in  the  bonding  of 
fabrics,  meta^  glass,  wood,  rubber,  plastic  sheets  and  other 
products  to  produce  a  bond  which  will  resist  the  action  of 
heat,  steam,  dry  cleaning  solvents  and  the  like,  said 
copolyester  being  derived  from  (1)  terephthalic  acid,  (2) 
adipic  acid,  (3)  ethylene  ^ycol,  and  (4)  1 ,4-butanediol  or 
derivatives  of  these  four  components.  These  copolyesters  are 
advantageously  improved  by  the  incorporation  therein  of 
specific  amounts  of  either  sodium  stearate  or  titanium  diox- 
ide. 


3,669,922 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  COIXHIED 

POLYMER  POWDERS  OF  CONTROLLED  CHARGE  AND 

PRINTING  CHARACTERISTICS 
Raymond  C.  Bartach,  and  Fnmk  Lcnnmi,  both  of  CinchuMll, 
Ohh>,  assijiors  to  National  DistiBers  and  Cheadcal  Cor- 
poration, New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,513 
Int.  CL  COBf  1/86;  G03g  9/02 
VS.  CL  260—41  R  18  CWns 

A  process  is  provided  for  preparing  colored  polymer  pow- 
ders with  controlled  charge  and  printing  characteristics  when 
used  as  toners  in  electrostatic  printing.  The  process  com- 
prises a  controDed  heating,  melting,  and  dispersion  c^  a 
polymer  in  the  presence  of  water  and  surfactant.  The 
polymer  contains  a  coloring  agent  and  a  specially  selected 
charge-directing  agent,  such  as  a  nigrosine  dye  or  a  metal 
powder.  Colored  powders  can  thus  be  obtained  composed  of 
spherical  particles  which  have  exceptioiudly  fine  printing 
characteristics,  when  used  as  toners  in  electrostatic  printing 
processes,  and  which  have  controlled  average  size  and  size 
distribution. 

3,669,923 

SELF-EXTINGUISHING  THERMOPLASTIC  MOLDING 

COMPOSmONS 

Haas  nntz,   LudwigBhalen(Rhh»),   Gcmaay,  mrigaar  to 

Badbche  AaOfai-  tc  Soda-Fabrik  AkticBraiMschalt,  Lad- 

wigrinfen,  Rhfaie,  GcrmaBy 

OmHmiathm  of  appBcation  Scr.  No.  643^21,  June  6,  1967, 

now  abandoned.  TUs  applcatfam  Oct  26, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

84,178 
Claims  priority,  applkatkNi  Germany,  June  23,  1966,  P  16 

69  652.9 
Int.  CL  C08f  45/14, 45/62 
U.S.  CL  260— 41  C  lOdataH 

Thermofriastic  molding  compositions  containing  a  styrene 
polymer  and,  as  flame  retardants,  an  organic  chlorine  com- 
pound, an  organic  bromine  compound  and  an  iron  complex 
of  a  nitrosonaphthol  dye. 


3,669,924 
STABILIZED  POLYVINYL  NITRATE  AND  PROCESS 
Edaard  Dbbbm,  aad  Jarg  BiiHibbiiiiii,  both  of  Zartch,  SaH- 
acriaad,  amlgaori  to  WiilniagBiBiihli 
Buhrle  AG,  Zarich,  J 


Fled  Sept.  11, 1969,  Scr.  No.  857434 

irlarlly,  appitartsB  UwllMilaBil,  Sept.  19, 1968, 

14042/68 

Int.  CL  COif  1/92 

VS.  CL  260—45.9  R  12  CMmm 

A  novel  stabilized  polyvinylnttrate  and  a  process  for  the 


706 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


^--JUNE  18,  1972 


production  thereof  including  the  precipitotion  of  the  com- 
pound from  organic  tdutioiis  containing  same. 


3,M9,925 

THERMALLY  STABLE  DYEABLE  POLYESTERS 

HAVING  IMFROVED  DYED  UGHTFASTNESS 

HtVT  L.  Kte;  Emm  L.  RiN^vaM.  both  of  Gary,  N.C^  nic 

Mate  Coatpaay.  SL  Lavk,  Mo. 
CoatiaaatloiHia-part  off  awrlh-**'"  Scr.  No.  824,092«  May  13, 
1969,  and  a  continuatloo-ln-part  of  789,528,  Jan.  7,  1969, 
now  abandoned,  and  a  oontinaation-in-part  of  873333, 
Nov.  13, 1969.  This  appMcatioo  Apr.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32,676. 
The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  subsequent  to  June  6, 
1989,  has  been  dlsdaimcd. 

brt.CLC08g77/0« 
U.S.CL  260-45.95  9CIatai. 

Modified  polyester  fUaments  having  over  conventional 
polyester  filamentt.  improved  inherent  thermal  subility  in 
the  presence  of  oxygen  and  inherent  disperse  dye  uptalce. 
without  the  significant  loss  in  dye  Ughtfastness  typical  of  such 
modified  filaments,  are  produced  from  terephthalic  acid; 
glycols;  small  amounte  of  mixtures  of  compounds  having  a 
^ical  general  formula:  R.OlG-0),-H.  where  R  is  an  alkyl 
group  containing  an  average  of  from  about  8-20  carbon 
atoms;  G  is  a  hydrocarbon  radical  selected  from  the  group 
consisting  of  ethylene,  propylene  and  isomers  thereof,  bu- 
tylene  and  isomers  thereof,  and  mixtures  of  the  above;  and  x 
has  an  average  value  of  from  8-20.  and  is  about  equal  to  or 
greater  than  R;  small  amounts  of  manganous  ion;  and  small 
amounte  of  a  hindered  phenol  preferably  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  4.  4'-butylidenebis  (6-t-butyl-m-cresol) 
and  2.  2'-butylidenebis  (6-t-butyl-m-cresol).  Polyfimctional 
chain-branching  agentt  in  amounte  up  to  about  0.7  mole  per- 
cent, based  on  the  weight  of  the  dicarboxylic  acid  or  ester- 
forming  derivative  thereof,  may  be  added,  whereby  the 
polymer,  with  the  chain  terminators  described  above,  can  be 
polymerized    to    higher    molecular    weighte    by    ordinary 
polymerization  techniques. 

3^9,926 

STABIUZING  PLASTIC  WITH  BORATED 

DIHYDROXYDIPHENYL  SULFIDE 

Hcaryk  A.  Cyba.  Evaaaton,  DL,  aaaitiMr  to  Universal  CO 

Prodacts  Company,  DCS  PlafaMs,  m. 
Contfnnatkm-ln-part  off  appHcaUon  Scr.  No.  462,754,  June  9, 
1965.  TWs  appBcatioB  JWK  21, 1967,  Ser.  No.  647,643 

lBt.CLC08ff<<5/5« 
U  A  CL  260— 45.95  11  Ciataia 

Subilizing  plastic  by  incorporating  therein  a  minor  but  sta- 
bilizing concentration  of  borated  dihydroxydiphenyl  sulfide. 


productt  are  superior  in  evenness  and  whiteness  and  can  be 
evenly  and  beautifully  dyed. 

3,669,928 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  HIGH 

MOLECULAR  WEIGirr  POLYBENZOXAZINONES 

Gunlcr  Lorau;  Manfkvd  Galua;  YfiHwmm  Gkaslcr,  and 

GuBtlwr  NIacbk,  ai  off  Domatcn,  German,  aarignnrs  to 

Farbcntabrikcn  Bayer  AktkBfCMOKliift,  Lmrkumi,  Gcr- 

many 

FDcd  June  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50^22 
Claims  priority,  appHcatton  Germany,  July  1, 1969,  P  19  33 

212.8 

Int.  CLC08g  20/20,  JO/02 

VS.  CL  260-47  CP  /•  Ctataia 

Improvement  in  the  production  of  high  moleqilar  weight 
polybenzoxazinones  fi-om  bis-anthranilic  acid  derivatives  and 
dicarboxylic  acid  dihalides  followed  by  ring  closure  of  the 
polyamidocarboxylic  acid  obtained,  wherein  ring  closure  is 
effected  by  a  liquid  or  dissolved  dehydrating  agent  in  an  or- 
ganic solvent. 


3,669,929 

METHOD  OF  PREPARING  AROMATIC  RESINS  AND 

PRODUCTS  THEREOF 

Norman  BUow,  Loa  Anfdcs,  CaM.,  assignor  to  Hughes  Air- 

craft  Company,  Culver  O^,  CaHL 

Cootinuatkm-in-pBrt  of  appUcaHon  Scr.  No.  665,261,  Sept.  5, 

1967,  now  abandaacd.  This  appBcarton  Jan.  7, 1971,  Ser.  No. 

104,818.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  sobseqnent  to 

Jan.  12, 1988,  has  been  disclaimed. 

IntCLCOSgii/OO 

U.S.  CL  260 47  R  "^  Claims 

Improved  lacquer,  varnish,  and  plastic  compositions  utiliz- 
ing aromatic  polyphenylene  polymers  having  a  mean  molecu- 
lar weight  of  not  over  1,000  ±  500,  reacted  with  a  curing 
agent,  as  a  polymethylol  aromatic  compound  in  the  presence 
of  a  polymerization  catalyst,  prepared  in  solution  in  a  low 
boiling  solvent  of  about  50"  to  1 20"  C. 


3  669  927 

POLYCONDENSING  BISCHYDROXYALKYL) 
THEREPHTHALATES  IN  THE  PRESENCE  OF  SMALL 
AMOUNTS  OF  A  GERMANIUM  COMPOUND  AND  A 
STERICALLY  HINDERED  BISPHENOL  OR  TRISPHENOL 
Iwao  TcraaaU;  YocWo  Hamra;  Toahio  Okamoto;  Tsokasa 
Shim;  MiliM  KoIum»,  aad  Knuyukl  Kllamara,  •■  off 
^^  Jurf.    amlgnnr-    to    AmU    Kasd    Kofyo 

[aUm,  Kllalai,  Osaka,  Japan 
Fled  JML  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  823 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Jan.  27,  1%9,  44/5276; 
Mar.  13,1969,44/18843 
IiiLCLC08|Ji//0 

UAa.260-47C  ^^^"^ 

Producing  of  polyeaters  by  using  a  germamum  compound 
as  a  polycondensation  catalyst,  the  improvement  compriaing 
effecting  the  potyoondensation  of  the  glycol  eaters  obtained 
from  aromatic  dicaibox^  acids  and  gjycob  or  eater-forming 
derivatives  theretrf  in  the  picaenoe  of  O.OOl  to  3  percent  by 
weight  of  at  levt  one  comfwund  selected  frxmi  sterically  hin- 
dered bisphenols  and  sterically  hindered  trisi^ienols.  By  this 
method  a  stabilizee  operation  is  secured  and  the  resultant 


I  ^  3,669,930         

THERMALLY  STABLE  THERMOSETTING  RESIN 
Tomohiko  Asah«a;  Naoya  Yoda,  both  off  KaoMkura-shl,  and 
Muneyoshl  MInani,  OtaiKilil,  al  off  Japwi,  asrifnon  to 
Toray  Imhiatrfca,  Inc.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

EUed  Nov.  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  874,407 
Claims  priority,  applkatkm  Japan,  Nov.  5,  1968,  43/80337 
I    Dec.  13, 1968,43/90910 
*       Int.  CL  C08g  20/20 
UACL  260-47  CZ  1  Clahn 

The  present  invention  provides  a  thermosettmg  resm  excel- 
lent in  thermal  stability,  mechanical  properties  and  electrical 
properties  which  is  obtained  by  reacting  dimaleimide  with  ai 
amide  in  mohen  state. 


I      3,669,931 
POLYETHYLENE  TEREPHTHALATE  FILMS 
CONTADONG  HYDRATED  ALUMINUM  SIUCATE  FOR 

LESS  SHRINKAGE  AND  ABRASION 
DwrcO  D.  Annl^  Taytora;  Kdth  D.  Dodaon,  Gr«"'f^<^ 
Paul  M.  Sykaa,  Taytora,  al  of  S.C  aaripMin  to 
Corporatkm,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  Jvly  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,025 
*  tat  CL  B32b  27120, 27/36;  DOlf  7/06 

UACL  260-75  R  ^      ^^*.^^"™ 

A  polyethylene  terephthalate  film  is  produced  havmg  im- 
proved abrasion  resistance  and  low  shrinkage  properties  by 
the  dispersing  m  the  film  of  hydrated  aluminum  siUcate.  The 
improved  fihn  has  a  coefficient  of  friction  in  the  range  of  0.3 
to  about  1 .0  and  the  hydrated  silica  ranges  from  0.01  percent 
to  about  0.5  percent  by  weight  of  the  polymer  and  hM  a  par- 
ticle size  from  about  300  to  1000  millimicrons.  The  fihn  has 
an  intrinsic  viaco«ty  of  0.2  to  about  1.0  and  after  biaxiaHy 
stretching  is  heated  at  215-  C.  -  235"  C.  for  a  period  of  time 
to  complete  crystallization. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


T07 


3,669,932 

ACCELERATION  OF  SULFUR  VULCANIZATION  OF 

POLYURETHANES 

Jcaa-Marle  Massaabrs,  Cknnonl  Fcrrand,  Fmcc,  aarignnr 

to    Compagnk    Gcncrale    dcs    EstabHaacnciits    Mfchcttn, 

ralsoa  sodalc  MkhcUn  &  Ck,  Ocrmoiit  Fcrrand,  Franoc 

Filed  Oct  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,155 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Oct  27, 1969, 6936837 

Inta.C08c22/J4 
U.S.  CL  260—75  NC  8  Claiim 

The  sulfur  vulcanization  of  sulfiir-vulcanizable  unsaturated 
polyurethanes  can  be  accelerated  by  using  as  an  accelerator 
an  organic  compound  having  at  least  one  aikenyl  radical  at- 
tached to  a  nitrogen  atom,  the  accelerator  being  attached  to 
the  sulfiir-vulcanizable  polyurethane  molecule  itself  and/or 
being  an  ingredient  of  a  sulfur-vulcanizable  polyurethane 
mixture  or  recipe. 


3,669,933 
THERMALLY  STABLE  DYEABLE  POLYESTER  HBERS 
HAVING  INHERENT  OIL  STAIN  RELEASE  PROPERTIES 
Hcary  L.  King;  Eugene  L.  lUagwaM,  both  of  Cary,  N.C.,  and 
James  C.  RandaU,  Jr.,  Bartksvillc,  Okla.,  aasignors  to  Mon- 
santo Company,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
CoatlnuatkHi-hi-part  off  appHcatton  Scr.  No.  789,528,  Jan.  7, 
1969,  now  alMUMtoBcd  ,  and  a  continuatton-la-part  off 
824,092,  May  13,  1969,  and  a  continuattoii-in-part  of 
874,638,  Nov.  6, 1969.  This  appHcatton  Apr.  28, 1970,  Scr. 
Na  32v675.  The  portton  off  the  term  of  the  patent  saboequent 
to  Jane  6, 1989,  has  been  diflciaimed 
IatCLC08g/7/0« 
U.S.  CL  260—77  n  Claiim 

Thermally  stable  fiber-forming  polyesters  having  inherent 
oil-stain  release  properties  and  inherent  disperse  dye  uptake 
are  produced  from  dicarboxylic  acids,  or  reactive  derivatives 
thereof,  glycols  and  small  amounte  of  mixtures  of  compounds 
having  a  typical  general  formula:  R— 0(G— O].,— H;  where 
R  is  an  alkyl  group  conuining  an  average  of  about  8-20  car- 
bon atoms;  G  is  a  hydrocarbon  radical  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  ethylene,  propylene  and  isomers  thereof, 
and  mixtures  of  the  above;  and  x  has  an  average  value  at 
least  equal  to  or  greater  than  9,  no  greater  than  about  20. 
and  about  equal  to  or  greater  than  R. 

^  3,669,934 

IMPROVED  ELASTOMERIC  FIBERS 
Martin  Edca  Epatdn,  Warren  Township,  SoncrsH  Connty; 
Arnold  Joacph  RoocnthaL  Morris,  and  Joacph  Gcrmano 

Snntanisto,  Unfan,  ai  off  N J.,  aaslq to  rilamai  Cor- 

porattoo  of  America,  New  York,  N.Y. 

ppHcatton  May  26, 1964,  Scr.  Na  370371,  now 
!  No.  3436,803.  DMdcd  and  this  appHcatton  Mar.  9, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  22,732 
Int  CL  DOlf  7/06;  D02j  1/12 
VS.  CL  260-77.5  SP  2  CWns 

Improved  elastomeric  fibers  are  disclosed  and  claimed 
which  are  comprised  of  ahemating  hard  and  soft  segmentt, 
i.e.,  polyesterurethane  copolymers,  wrherein  the  fibers  are  im- 
proved in  properties,  particularly  permanent  set.  The  fibers 
of  this  invention  have  utility  in  conventional  textile  uses. 

3,669,935 
THERMALLY  STABLE  POLYESTER  FIBERS  HAVING 
INHERENT  OIL.STAIN  RELEASE  PROPERTIES 
Henry  L.  Ung;  Eugene  L.  Rk^wald,  both  of  Cary,  N.C.,  and 
James  C.  RandaH,  BartkavOe,  Okla.,  asalgniiis  to  MoMan- 
to  Company,  St  Loola,  Mo. 
CoMimMttoi»4B-p«rt  of  appHcatton  Scr.  No.  789328,  Jan.  7, 
1969,  now  ahandowd  ,  Coadnnatton-toipart  of  appHcatton 
Scr.  No.  824,092,  May  13,  1969.  TMs  awiHirthm  Nov.  6, 
1969,  Scr.  No.  874,638.  The  portton  of  the  term  off  the  patent 
subsequent  to  June  6, 1989,  has  been  disclaimed 
IntCLC08g/7/0« 
U.S.CL260— 77  11  ClafaiM 

Thermally  stable  fiber-forming  polyesters  having  inherent 


oil-stain  release  properties  are  produced  from  dicarbox^ 
acids,  or  reactive  derivatives  diereof.  ^ycoh  and  smaO 
announte  of  mixtures  of  compounds  having  a  typical  general 
formula:  R— 0(G— O],- H.  where  R  is  an  alkyl  group  con- 
taining an  average  of  at  least  eight  carbon  atoms;  G  is  a 
hydrocarbon  radical  selected  firom  the  group  consisting  of 
ethylene,  propylene  and  tsomen  thereof,  and  mixtures  ci  the 
above;  and  x  has  an  average  value  at  least  equal  to  or  greater 
than  9.  and  no  greater  than  about  20. 


3,669,936 
P(H.YIHMERCAPTO-S-TRIAZINES 
Franz  Regenaas  Oristahtraaae  45,  Licstal;  Peter  Chrtotoph 
Schtombom,  DomUweg  1,  TherwU,  and  Hai^Jorg  HeBcr, 
Vorderbergweg  la,  Riehen,  all  ofSwltaerland 

Fled  Ai«.  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  852,452 
Claims  priority,  appHcatton  Switacriand,  Ai«.  30, 1968, 

13088/68 
Int  CLCOSg  22/04 
U.S.  a.  260—773  AQ  9  rw— 

Polydimercapto-s-triazines  and  crosslinked  polydimercap- 
to-s-triazines  are  useful  as  lacquers  and  adhesives.  An  em- 
bodiment is  a  copolyroer  of  2-[Bi8-(2-ethylhexyl)-amino]- 
4.6-dimercapto-s-triazine  and  2-(N-n-butyl-N-/3-hydrox- 
yethylamino)-4,6-diinercapto-»-triazine  crosslinked  with  hex- 
amethylene  diisocyanate. 


3,669,937 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  POLYIMIDES 

Wilfricd  Zccher,  Cotogne-StamBbdm,  and  Rudolf  Mcrtca, 

Levcrkuscn,  both  off  Germany,  aarignori  to  Fartcafafarikcn 

Bayer  AktiengcacOacfaafft  Levcrkuacn,  Germany 

FDcd  Mar.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  810,787 

daima  prtority,  appHcatton  Germany,  Apr.  5, 1968,  P  17  70 

137.0 
lot  CL  C06g  22/02 
VS.  CL  260—77.5  R  5  d^ns 

Process  for  the  production  of  polyimides  by  reaction  of  a 
urea  and  a  cyclic  dicarboxylic  acid  anhydride  containing  at 
least  one  additional  functional  group  capable  of  condensa- 
tion or  addition. 


3,669338 
REMOVAL  OF  VOLATILES  FROM  POLY  AMIDES 
V.  Dale,  Woedbridte,  aisd  G«ar«e  R. 
both  off  N  J.,  aaslgHnri  to  Cdanca 
York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  17, 1970,  Sv.  Ho.  20393 
Int  CLC08f  20/20 
U3.CL  260-78  R  2< 

An  improved  method  for  facilitating  removal  of  volatite 
materials  from  polyamides  to  be  used  in  molding  operations, 
without  effecting  the  polyamide's  relative  viscosity  or  impair- 
ing ite  physical  properties,  is  presented  wherein  the  polya- 
mide  forming  monomer  is  polymerized  in  the  presence  of 
small  quantities  of  1 .4  diaminocydohexane  adipate. 


3,669,939 
CONDENSATION  POLYMERS 
Atoa  StMart  Baker,  Stoi^h,  and  Dcrak  Jahn  Wi 
■laransffhld.  bath  off  Fngliail,  ■liga  in  to  Impariai  < 
eal  IndMtrks  Lksyicd,  Landan,  Ei^lB^ 

Ficd  Jn|y  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,692 
Ctoh—  prtority,  appHcaHsa  Crtat  Britaia,  J— c  16, 1»70, 

29,125/70 

IatCLC08t77/02 

U.S.  CL  260—78  A  3  CMm 

Polymers   are   prepared    by   condensing    a    polyhydroxy 

monocarboxylic  acid  of  formula  (OH)Jl— COOH,  wherein  m 


708 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JiTSE  13,  1972 


ia  an  integer  from  two  to  six  and  R  is  a  hydrocarbon  radical  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  nitrile,  amidine,  — (C- 

containing  up  to  22  carbon  atoms  to  which  the  hydroxyl  XY)»Z(CXY),CN.  alkyl  imidates.  thioalkyl  esters,  thioaryl 

groups  are  atuched  and  optionally  interrupted  by  or  contain-  esters,  thiolalkyl  esters,  thiolaromatic  esters,  alkyl.  omega- 

ing  a  hetero  atom,  with  other  condensable  species  which  ex-  hydroperhaktalkyl.   perhaloalkyl.   perhaloalkene.   perhaloal- 

dude  thow  containing  more  than  one  carboxyl  group  or  a  kyne.  aryl.  lower  alkyl  ester,  aryl  ester,  carbourea.  and  per- 

group  ^uivalent  to  more  than  one  carboxyl  group.  The  halo  lower  alkyl  amidine. 


polymer  per  se  or  when  attached  to  another  moiety  are  use- 
ful in  coating  compositions 


I 


3,669,940 
TWO-STEP  BULK  POLYMERIZATION  OF 
PIVALOLACTONE 
Paul  J.  A.  DcHune,  smI  Harm  P.  Rogaar,  both  of  Amster- 
dam, Netherlands,  assignors  to  ShcU  OU  Company,  New 
York,  N.Y. 

FUed  Oct  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  864,990 

Claims  priority,  appttcatioa  Netherlands,  Mar.  10, 1969, 

6903704 
Int.  CUCOSg  7  7/07  7 


3,669,942 
COPOLYMERS  OF  VINYL  ESTERS  OF  BRANCHED 

ACIDS 
William  J.  Van  Wotrenen;  PIctcr  Dc  Carpentier,  both  of 
Ddft,  and  Wilkm  H.  M.  Nleuwcnhuls,  Amrtcrdam,  aU  of 
Netherlands,  i^signors  to  SheU  OU  Compuiy,  New  York, 

N.Y.  I  ■-- 

Flletf  June  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,326 
Clatans  pfWitr,  application  Great  Britain,  July  3, 1969, 
I  33,543/69        > 

'      Int.  CL  C08f  15/40 
VS.  CL  260—78^  R  1 1  Claims 

Copolymers  of  (a)  a  vinyl  ester  of  an  alpha-branched,  satu- 


U.S.  CI.  260— 78.3  R  6  Claims 

Between  50  and  85  per  cent  of  a  beta-lactone  such  as  ^j^j^^j"  jjjphatic   monocarboxylic   acid  of  five-20  carbon 

pivalolactone  is  bulk  polymerized  in  an  initial  reactor  at  a  atoms,  (b)  an  alpha,beta-ethylenically  unsaturated  carboxylic 

maximum  temperature  of  300°  C.  The  polymerization  is  then  ^^^^  ^f  three  to  five  carbon  atoms,  (c)  a  monovinylaromatic 


continued  in  at  least  one  subsequent  reactor.  Preferably,  the 
reactors  are  gear  pumps. 


3,669,941 
POLYTRIAZAPENTADIENE  POLYMERS 
Edwin  Dorfman,  Grand  Island;  WiDiam  E.  Emerson,  both  of 
Grand  Island;  Claude  T.  Bcwa,  Jr.,  Niagara  Falls,  and  Rus- 
adl  L.  K.  Carr,  Grand  Island,  aU  of  N.Y.,  airignors  to 
Hooker  Chemical  Corporation,  Niagara  Falls,  N.Y. 
Continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  533,418,  Mar.  11, 
1966,  now  Patent  No.  3y489,727.  This  application  Sept.  23, 


compound  of  ei^t  to  nine  carbon  atoms,  (d)  a  2-hydroxyal- 
kylester  or  an  amide  of  an  alpha,beta-ethylenically  unsatu- 
rated carboxylic  acid  and,  optionally,  (e)  a  C,-C4  alkyl  ester 
of  acrylic  or  methacrylic  acid  and  their  preparation  are 
described.  These  special  copolymers  are  especially  suiteble  in 
water-thinnable  compositions,  particularly  in  electrodeposita- 
ble  compositions  to  produce  pore-free  coatings  or  films. 


'  3,669,943 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  CONJUGATED  DIOLEFIN 
POLYMfJl  WFTH  REDUCED  COLD  FLOW 


1%9,  Scr.  No.  860,413.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  Kod  Komatsu,  Yokohama;  Eltaro  Okuya,  Yokkaichi;  Kit- 


patent  subsequent  to  Jan.  13, 1987,  has  been  disclaimed. 
Int.  CI.  C08g  33/06 
VS.  CL  260—78.4  N  18  Claims 

This  invention  relates  to  triazapentadiene  polymers  having 
at  least  one  triazapentadiene  unit  of  the  formula: 


4 


CXY)»Z(CXY) 


NH 

,4-: 


NH, 


•N=C- 


suyoshi  Tomioka,  Yokohama;  Masato  Sakai,  Yokkaichi; 
ShigeU   Hayashi,   Yokkaichi;   Hidetoshl   Yasunaga,   Yok- 
kaichi, and  AUra  Kogure,  Tokyo,  aU  of  Japan,  assignors  to 
Japan  Synthetic  Rubber  Co.,  Ltd.,  Chuo-ku,  Tokyo,  Japan 
Filed  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,619 
Oahns  priority,  application  Japan,  May  31, 1969, 44/41719 

Int.  CL  C08d  1/32;  C08f  19/08, 1/28 
VS.  CL  260— 8a7  13  Clafans 

A  process  for  producing  a  homopolymer  or  copolymer  of  a 
conjugated  diolefin  by  polymerizing  a  conjugated  diolefin 
alone  or  copolymerizing  a  conjugated  diolefin  with  a  vinyl 
aromatic  hydrocarbon  in  the  presence  of  a  lithium-type  in- 
itiator in  a  hydrocarbon  solvent,  characterized  in  that  the 


wherein  each  X  is  selected  from  chlorine  and  fluorine,  each 
Y  is  selected  from  halogen  and  perhalo  lower  alkyl,  m  and  n 

are  positive  integers  greater  than  zero,  x  is  from  3  to  1  mil-  ,..•••   j- 

lion,  -(CXY)«Z(CXY),-   is  a  divalent  polyhalo  organic  quantity  of  said  mitiator  required  for  the  polymerization  is  di 

radical  where  the  sum  of  m  plus  n  plus  the  number  of  equiva-  vided  into  two  portions.  A  and  B,  in  a  molar  ratio  of  A  :  B  - 

lent  units  in  Z  is  at  least  4  and  Z  is  at  least  one  member  ofthe  1  :  3  to  1 5,  and  said  portion  A  is  added  at  the  outset  to  m- 

group  of  perhalo  lower  alkyiene.  perhalo  lower  alkylidene.  itiate   the   polymerization,   and   when   the   conversion   tc 

omegahydroperhalo    lower    alkylidene,    keto,    oxy,    thio,  polymer  ha,  reached  20  to  60  percent  by  weight  s«d  p^^^ 

cif^viH-  c.i^n*.  B  is  added  to  the  polymerization  system  to  carry  out  th< 

suiioxiae,  suiione,  polymerization    untU   it   is   substantially   completed.    Th« 

Hjq_0—  polymer  obtained  by  the  present  process  retains  the  desirable 

I  properties  Which  a  conventional  conjugated  diolefin  polymei 

has,  and  is,  in  addition,  characterized  by  reduced  cold  flow. 


wherein  R  is  selected  from  perhalo  lower  alkyl  and 
omegahydroperhalo  lower  alkyl,  polyperfluorooxyalkylene 
where  each  alkyiene  unit  has  from  two  to  ten  carbon  atoms 
and  the  units  are  from  2  to  35  in  number,  poly(perfluoroal- 
kylene  dioxy)  where  each  alkyiene  unit  has  from  two  to  ten 
carbon  atoms  and  the  units  are  from  2  to  35  in  number,  per- 
fluoroalkylene  dioxy,  perhalo  lower  alkylamino,  perhalo- 
cydopentylene,  periiak>cyck}hexylene,  perhalopyridinediyl, 
perhalopyrazolidinediyl,  pertialopyranylene,  per- 

halopiperidylene,  perhalophenylene,  perhalonaphthalenediyl, 
perhalodicalinylene,  oxadiazolyiene,  triazolylene, 

triazinylene,  and  aryl  perhalo  lower  alkyiene  wherein  sub- 


3,669,y44 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  CHLOROPRENE 

COPOLYMER 

Toshfo  Sakomura;  Akihiko  Shimizu;  Takaynki  iOno,  and  At' 

sushi  KiU,  aU  of  Yamaguchi,  Japan,  assignors  to  Toyo  Sodi  i 

Manufacturing     Co.,     Ltd.,     Nanyo-cho,     Tsuno-gun, 

Yamaguchi,  Japan 

Filed  Aug.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,943 
Clahns  priority,  application  Japan,  Aug.  14, 1969, 44/64306 
Int.  a.  C08d  7/09, 3/14, 3/02 
stituents  on  the  said  aryl  group  are  selected  from  hydrogen,  U.S.  CL  260—82.1  ^  Claim  i 

lower  alkenyl,  chloro,  fluoro,  lower  alkoxy,  nitro.  nitroso,      A  process  for  producing  a  chloroprene  copolymer  whicl  i 
cyano,  and  alkoxy  carbonyl;  and  terminal  groups  individually  comprises  copolymerizing  chloroprene  with  acrylonitrile  ai 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


709 


at  least  one  component  and  another  monomer  which  can  be 
easily  copoiymerized  with  chloroprene  in  the  presence  of  a 
halogenated  aliphatic  hydrocarbon  having  at  least  one 
bromine  bond,  with  a  free  radical  initiator. 


polymer  which  comprises  continuously  polymerizing  alpha- 
methylstyrene  dissolved  in  an  inert  organic  reaction  medium 
at  a  concentration  o(  from  about  S  to  about  20  weight  per- 
cent which  has  been  precooled  to  a  temperature  between 
about  0  and  about  —SCf  C  in  the  presence  of  water  and  a 
Friedel-Crafts  halide  at  atmospheric  pressure  and  substan- 
tially adiabatic  conditions. 


3,669,945 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  A  HOMOPOLYMER  OR 
COPOLYMER  OF  ETHYLENE  WITH  NOVEL  CATALYST 
Kohci  Nakaguchi,  Kobe;  Tomozumi  Nishikida,  Itami-shi; 
Shohachi  Kawasumi;  Kenichi  Maemoto,  both  of  Taludsuld- 
shi;  Takcso  Sano,  Ibaraki-shi;  Yoshiliazu  FuJU,  Takatsuki- 
shi;  Kokhi  Harada,  Ibaraki-shi,  and  Krijyu  Ueda,  NUhama- 
shi,  all  of  Japan,  assignors  to  Sumitonio  Chcmkai  Com- 
pany, Ltd.,  Osalu,  Japan 

Filed  Mar.  6,  1967,  Scr.  No.  620,615 
Chdms  priority,  application  Japan,  Mar.  8, 1966, 41/14524 

Int.  CL  C08f  15/04 
VS.  CL  260-85.3  R  18  Clahns 

A  process  for  the  homopolymerization  and  copolymeriza- 
tion  of  ethylene  using  a  catalyst  composed  of  ( 1 )  a  substance 
obtained  by  treating  with  an  alcohol  a  reaction  product  of  a 
vanadium  compound  and  a  phosphoric  acid  or  its  derivative, 
or  a  mixture  thereof  and  (2)  an  organo-aluminum  compound 
having  the  composition  formula,  R.AlXa-,  wherein 
R  is  a  hydrocarbon  group  having  one  to  eight  carbon  atoms; 
X  is  a  group  selected  from  halogen,  alkoxy  group  and  hy- 
drogen; and  n  is  a  positive  number  not  more  than  3. 


3,669,948 

METHOD  FOR  PRODUCING  POLYoOLEFINS 

Shfapo  Konotsunc;  Atsuyukl  Kachi;  Takao  Tonoikc,  and  KInya 

Mori,  aO  of  Yokohamashi,  Japnn,  aasignon  to  Chtaao  Cor> 

poration,  Osaka,  Japan 

FDcd  ScpC  4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  69,919 

InC  a.  C08f  7/56, 3/10 

VS.  CL  260—93.7  iQ  Clafans 

Polypropylene  or  copolymer  of  propylene  with  another  o- 
olefin  is  produced  by  polymerizing  propylene  or  propylene 
together  with  another  a-olefin.  at  a  temperature  below  80"  C, 
in  the  presence  of  a  three  component  catalyst  system  consist- 
ing of  TiCls  orTiCU  •  l/3AICIa,(atrialkyaluminimiordialkyl- 
aluminum  halide,  and  polyethylenegiycol  dialkyfethcF  or 
polyethylenethioglycol  dialkylthioether.  and  substantially  in 
the  absence  of  any  solvent,  whereby  a  number  of  advantages 
can  be  obtained  such  as  not  only  the  exemption  from  usual 
drawbacks  of  solvent  polymerization,  for  example,  solvent 
loss,  increase  of  cost  necessary  for  solvent  recovery,  etc.;  but 
also  the  fact  that  the  product  can  be  used  directly  to  molding 
without  removing  amorphous  polypropylene  (APP);  increase 
in  polymerization  rate;  no  formation  of  appreciable  atactic 
polymer  is  the  copolymerization  of  propylene;  higher  bulk 
density  ofthe  product;  easy  removal  of  catalyst;  etc. 


3,669,946 
METHOD  FOR  PREPARING  POLYVINYL  CHLORIDE  BY 

SUSPENSION  POLYMERIZATION 
Shuaichi    Koyanagi;   Shigenobu   Ti^hna,   both   of   Naoetsu; 
Toshlhide    Shfanizu,    Okata-Machl,    Nakakubiki-gun,    and 
Kanihiko  Kurimoto,  Nakakuhild-gun,  d  of  Japan,  aa- 
signors  to  SUnctsu  Chemfcal  Company 

FUcd  Aug.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68485 
Int.  a.  €9913/30, 1/11, 1/88 
VS.  CL  260—87.5  R  17  Clafans 

Vinyl  chloride  or  a  mixture  of  vinyl  monomers  containing 
vinyl  chloride  in  the  ratio  of  at  least  SO  percent  of  the  mix- 
ture is  subjected  in  a  polymerization  vessel  to  suspension 
polymerization  in  an  aqueous  medium  containing  a  suspend- 
ing agent  and  an  oil-soluble  catalyst.  The  inner  walls  as  well 
as  the  stirring  blades  and/or  the  condenser  with  which  the 
vessel  is  equipped,  are  coated  with  a  polar  organic  com- 
pound, dye.  and/or  pigment.  The  amount  of  polymer  scale 
deposited  on  the  inner  walls  of  the  vessel  is  reduced. 


3,669,949 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  A  CIS-1,4  DIOLERN 
Jin  Sun  Yoo,  South  Holland,  IIL,  assignor  to  Atlantic  Richfield 
Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  28, 1%9,  Set.  No.  845,4% 
Int.CI.C07ci//0,  //II2 
U.S.CL260-680B  21  Chums 

A  solid  phase  catalyst  composition  comprising  a  complex 
of  iron  or  cobalt,  a  Group  V-A  electron  donor  ligand.  and  a' 
non-protonic  Lewis  acid  and  reducing  agent  on  a  solid,  acidic 
silica-based  support.  Exemplary  is  a  complex  comprising 
ferric  acetylacetonate.  bis(diphenylphosphino)ethane,  and 
triethylaluminum  on  a  solid,  acidic  silica-based  support. 
Use  of  such  catalysts  in  the  copolymerization  of  monoolefin 
hydrocarbons  with  diolefln  hydrocarbons  is  disclosed. 


3,669,947 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  ALPHA- 
METHYLSTYRENE  POLYMER 
Henry    Kahn,    Arttngton    Heights,    and    Takco    Hokama, 
Chicago,  both  of  OL,  assignors  to  VcWcd  Chemical  Cor- 
poration, CMcago,  DL 

Filed  Feb.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  8,030 
Int.  a.  C08f  7/04, 1/08 
VJS.  CL  260-93  J  S  g  Oahns 

A   process   for   the    production   of  alpha-methylstyrene 


3,669,950 
DIPYRAZOLO[3AB:3,4D]-PYRIDIN.3-ONES 
Haas  Hochn,  Ttgirnhshn,  Md  EtmM  Schnlac 
both  of  Gcnnany,  assign  nri  to  E.  R.  Squftb  A  Som,  Inc., 

New  York,  N.Y. 

FOcd  Dec.  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,179 

Int.  CL  C07d  31/44 

VS.  CL  260—295.5  T  12  ClaiiH 

New  dipyrazolo[3,4— fr:3'.4'-d]pyridin-3-ones  and  their 
saltt  are  useful  as  central  nervous  system  depressants.  This 
type  of  compound  also  increases  the  intraceUular  concentra- 
tion of  adenosine-3',S '-cyclic  monophosphate. 


710 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3,669^51 
REACTIVE  AZO  DYESTUFFS  CONTAINING  A- 
FLUOROPYIMIDINYL  GROUP 
HaBft-SwBMl  BlHi,  RvndMid,  and  Erkk  iOaiilw,  Odcnthal- 
IlrtwhMt.  bath  «f  Gcnaaay,  — Ifiiii  to  Farbeniabrikcii 
Bayer  AkUMfCMlKiMll,  LcTcrkiiMB,  Gcrmuy 
FUed  Sept.  1, 1967,  Scr.  No.  664,943 
Claims  priority,  appttcatfcm  Gcnnany,  Sept.  10, 1966,  F 
50181;  Mar.  25, 1967,  F  51942 
Int.  CL  C09b  45114,  62/24;  D06p  1/38 
VS.  CI.  260- 146  D  24  Claims 

Reactive  dyestuffs  of  the  formula 


D-N- 

1 
R 


rR» 


LRi 


Megalalosamine  is  prepared  by  treating  one  of 
megalomicin  A,  megalomicin  B,  megalomicin  C,  and 
megalomicin  Ct.  or  mixtures  thereof  with  aqueous  acid. 
Megalalosamine  2',4"-diacylates  and  megalalosamine 
3,2'.4"-triacylates  are  prepared  by  treating  megalalosamine 
in  a  basic  medium  with  an  acylating  reagent  of  a  hydrocar- 
bon carboxylic  acid  or  a  hydrocarbon  sulfonic  acid. 
Megalalosamine  3-moncacylates  are  prepared  by  subjecting  a 
megalalosamine  3,2',4"-triacylate  to  mild  hydrolysis.  Mixed 
3,2',4"-triacylate  esters  of  megalalosamine  are  prepared  by 
treating  one  of  megalalosamine.  a  S-nwnoacylate  thereof,  or 
a  2',4"-diacylate  thereof  in  a  basic  medium  with  an  acylating 
reagent  of  a  hydrocarbon  carboxylic  acid  or  a  hydrocarbon 
sulfonic  add.  3-Tetrahydropyranyl-2',4"-diacyl- 

megalalosamines  are  prepared  by  treating  a  megalalosamine 
2',4"-diacylate  with  dihydropyran  in  the  presence  of  acid. 


in  which  D  is  the  residue  of  an  organic  dyestuff,  R  is 
hydrogen  or  a  lower  alkyl,  R|  is  hydrogen  or  a  substituent,  R, 
is  hydrogen,  halogen,  substituted  or  unsubstituted  alkyl,  alke- 
nyl,  aralkyl  or  aryl  radical,  carboxylic  acid  ester  radical,  car- 
boxylic acid  amide  radical,  alkyl-sulphone,  or  aryUulphone; 
and  F  IS  fluoro;  and  process  for  the  preparation  of  such 
dyestuffs.  These  dyestuffs  are  particularly  useful  in  dyeing 
materials  containing  hydroxyl  groups  and  nitrogen,  e.g. 
regenerated  cellulose,  wool,  silk,  synthetic  polyamide,  and 
polyurethane  which  dyeings  possess  excellent  fastness  to  wet 
processing  and  good  fastness  to  washing,  milling  and  potting 
on  wool. 


3,669,954 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  SEMIPERMEABLE 
MEMBRANES 
Otto  S.  Scfaacffkr,  Arcadia,  CaMf.,  aarifnor  to  The  United 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  In- 
terior 

FUcd  May  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  34,578 
InL  a.  C08b  3/22;  BOld  13/00;  B29h  7/20 
VS.  CI.  260—230  R  3  Claims 

Semipermeable  membranes  having  improved  reverse  os- 
mosis properties  are  prepired  by  crosslinking  cellulose 
acetate  methacrylatc  membranes  in  an  aqueous  persulfate- 
bisulfite  redox  system.  The  resulting  membranes  exhibit  su- 
perior long-term  reverse  osmosis  properties  and  find  particu- 
lar utility  in  desalination  of  water. 


3  669  952 

9-DIHYDROMEGALALdsAMINE  AND  ESTERS 

THEREOF  AND  METHODS  FOR  THEIR  MANUFACTURE 

AfaM  K.  MaBans,  West  Orange,  NJ.,  asrignor  to  Sobering 

Corporatfcm,  BloonfieM,  N  J. 

Filed  Oct.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  865,956 

lBtCLC07c  47/75 

U.S.  CL  260-210  AB  ^  Claims 

9-Dihydromegalalosamine  and  ester  derivatives  thereof 
and  their  pharmaceutically  acceptable  acid  addition  salts  are 
novel  macrolides  exhibiting  antibiotic  activity. 

9-Dihydromegalalosamine  and  ester  derivatives  thereof  are 
prepared  by  treating  megalalosamine  and  ester  derivatives 
thereof  with  an  alkali  metal  borohydride  in  an  inert  solvent. 
9-Dihydromegalalosamine  2',4"-diacylate8.  9- 

dihydromegalalosamine  3.9,2',4"-tetraacylates  and  9- 
dihydromegalalosamine  3,9,1 2.2',4".pentaacylates  are 
prepared  by  treating  9-dihydromegalalo8amine  in  a  basic 
medium  with  an  acylating  reagent  of  a  hydrocarbon  carbox- 
ylic acid.  9-IXhydrome8alakxanune  3.9-diacylates  and  9- 
dihydromegalakMamine  3.9.12-triacylate8  are  prepared  by 
subjecting  a  9-dihydromegalalosanune  3,9.2'.4"-tetraacylate 
and  a  9-dihydromegalak)samine  3,9,12,2',4"pentaacylate. 
respectively  to  mild  hydrcdysis. 


I  3,669,955 

QUATERNARY  PYRIDINIUM  SALT-STARCH  ETHER 
DERTVATTVES 
Glenn  Arden  Hull,  Oak  Park,  DL,  assignor  to  CPC  Intema- 
tkmallnc 

FUed  Dec.  26, 1968,  Scr.  No.  787,259 
Int.  CL  C08b  19/01     ^ 
U.S.  CL  260— 233  J  R  3  Claimi 

A     quaternary     pyridinium     salt-polyol    ether     product 
represented  by  the  formula: 


it» 


B 


-Ri 


'^N^ 


-Ri 


ci- 


1— CHr-C  H-CHj-0-R 


where  R„  Rt,  R,.  R*  and  R,  are  hydrogen  or  methyl  and  R  i 
starch 


■    I 


3,669,993 

MEGALALOSAMINE  AND  ESTERS  THEREOF  AND 

METHODS  FOR  THEIR  MANUFACTURE 

Alan  K.  MdbuM,  West  Orai^e,  NJ.,  aarijinr  to  Schering 

CorporaCkiB,  Bloooiflcld,  N  J. 

FUed  Oct.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  865,957 

Int  CL  C07c  47/18 

VS.  CL  260—210  AB  14  Claims 

Megalalosamine  and  ester  derivatives  thereof  and  their 

pharmaceutically  acceptable  acid  addition  salts  are  novel 

macrolides  exhibiting  antibiotic  activity. 


3,669,956 

4.SUBSTl'l'UTEDAMINO-PHENYLACETlC  ACIDS  AND 

DERIVATIVES  THEREOF 

Joachim  Borcfc;  Johann  Dahm;  Volkcr  Koppe;  Joaef  Kramer ; 

Gustov     Shonrc;    J.    W.    Hermann    Hovy,    and    Emit 

Schorscber,  aB  of  Darmatadt,  Germany,  airignors  to  E. 

Merck  A.  G.,  Dwiwtadt,  Germany 

Fllad  Jnly  22, 1968,  Scr.  No.  746,326 

Claims  priority,  appUcatk>n  Germany,  July  22, 1%7,  M  7488J; 

Jan.  8, 1968,  M  76850;  Feb.  23, 1968,  M  77363;  Mar  " 

M  77429         I  -- 

Int.  CL  C07d  41/04 

VS.  CL  260—239  BF  .  .    ***  Claims 

As  a  group  of  exttaordinarily  active  anti-inflammatory 

agents,    4-aminophenyl    acetic    acids    substituted    at^  the 


4  7488^; 
1,1961, 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


711 


nitrogen  and  phenyl  positions,  and  derivatives  thereof,  e.g., 
3-chloro-4-ptperidino-a-methyl  acetic  acid,  3-methyl-4- 
piperidino-a-methyl  acetic  acid,  and  4-piperidino-naphthyl 
acetic  acids. 


3,669,957 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  SOMUM 
AMnCILLIN 
Charles  A.  Robfanon,  1402  Carroll  Brown  Way,  and  Arthur 
C.  Adams,  255  Elmwood  Avenue,  both  of  West  Chester,  Pa., 
assignor  to  American  Home  Products  Corporation,  New 
York,  New  York 
Continuation  of  application  Ser.  No.  699,776,  Jan.  23, 1968. 
This  application  Apr.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,750 
Int.  CL  C07d  99/16 
VS.  CL  260—239.1  7  Claims 

A  process  for  producing  sodium  ampicillin  in  crystalline 
form  by  first  preparing  the  soluble  diethylamine  salt  of  am- 
picillin by  the  reaction  of  anhydrous  ampicillin  with 
diethylamine  in  methylene  chloride,  adding  thereto  a 
methylene  chloride  solution  of  sodium  2-ethylhexanoate,  and 
then  obtaining  high  yields  of  high  purity  sodium  ampicillin  in 
crystalline  form  by  adding  acetonitrile  to  the  mixture. 


3,669,958 

6.[  N-<SUBSTITUTEI>-IMIDO  YL). 

AMINOACETAMIDOIPENCILLANIC  ACIDS 

Charles   Truman    HoMrcge,    Camillus,    N.Y.,   assignor   to 

Bristol-Myers  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

nied  June  29,  1970,  Ser.  No.  50,997 

Int.  CL  C07d  99/14,  99/24 

U.S.  CL  260-239.1  12  Claims 

6-(N-(substituted-imidoyi)aminoacetamido]penicillanic 
acids  and  their  salts  are  valuable  as  antibacterial  agents, 
nutritional  supplements  in  animal  feeds,  therapeutic  agents  in 
poultry  and  animals,  including  man,  and  are  especially  useful 
in  the  treatment  of  infectious  diseases  caused  by  Gram-posi- 
tive and  certain  Gram-negative  bacteria,  most  particularly 
those  caused  by  the  Proteus  genus.  6-[N-(Phen- 
ylacetimidoyl)-aminoacetamido]penicillanic  acid,  a  preferred 
embodiment  of  the  invention,  is  prepared  by  Raney  nickel 
hydrogehation  (SO  p.s.i.,  R.T.)  of  an  aqueous  solution  of 
sodium  '  6-(3-benzyl-l,2,4-oxadiazole-S-one-4- 

acetamido)penicillanate  which  is  prepared  in  turn  by  reac- 
tion of  6-aminopenicillanic  acid  with  3-benzyl-l,2,4-ox- 
adiazole-S-one-4-acetyl  chloride. 


3,669,959 

THIENO-DIAZEPIN-ONES 

Otto  Hromatka,  and  Dieter  Binder,  both  ol  VIenw,  Auilria, 

amignors  to  Invag  Aktici^pHcllBchatt,  Zurich,  Switacrland 

Filed  Dec.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,020 

Claims  priority,  applknthm  Auatria,  Dec  10, 1968,  A 

12016/68;  Feb.  5, 1969,  A  1132/69 

Int.  CL  C07d  53/02,  63/18 

VS.  CL  260—2393  B  19  < 

Thieno-diazepine  derivatives  of  the  formula 


is  hydrogen,  lower  alkyl,  aryl  or  trifluoromethyl;  R«  is 
hydrogen,  lower  alkyl,  aryl,  trifliioromethyi,  halogen,  nitro, 
lower  alkoxy  or  NR«Ra  in  which  R«  and  R«  are  independently 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  <tf  halogen,  lower  alkyl 
and  acyl;  R,  is  hydrogen,  lower  alkyl  and  when  n  n  0,  R,  is  a 
lower  alkanoyloxy  or  hydroxy  group;  the  symbols  R|  and  R« 
being  lower  alkyl  or  acyl  or  one  of  them  being  hydrogen  and 
the  other  acyl  when  n  is  1  or  when  R,  is  a  lower  alkanoyloxy 
or  hydroxy  group  and  the  acid  addition  salts  thereof  are  use- 
ful as  muscle  relaxants  and/cn-  sedatives  (tranquilizers). 


3,669,960 
NOVEL  AMIDES  OF  34NDOLYLACETIC  ACID 
Tadashi  Okamoto,  Asbiya-sM;  Tiuyodd  KobayMhl,  Mlnoo- 
sM,  and  Hisao  Yamamoto,  Nishfaiomlya-sfai,  dl  of  Japan,  a»- 
signoTB  to  Snraltonio  Chemical  Company,  Ltd.,  Onka, 
Japan 

FUed  Aug.  18,  1969,  Ser.  No.  851,063 
Claims  priority,  applk»tkm  Japan,  Sept  10,  1968,  43/65457; 

43/65458 

Int  CLC07d  26/56 

U.S.  a.  260—240  J  1  Claim 

Novel  3-  indolylacetamide  derivatives,  and  salts  thereof, 

useful  for  antiinflammatory  agents,  which  are  represented  by 

the  formula. 


CH— CO- 


\ 


R> 


A. 

wherein 

Ri  and  R«  independently  signify  hydrogen,  methyl  or  ethyl; 
Rt  signifies  €,-€4  alkyl.  dialkylaminoalkyl.  aralkyl,  cycloal- 
kyl,  cycloalkylalkyl,  carboalkoxyalkyl,  carbobenzyloxyalkyl, 
hydroxyalkyl  or  heterocyclic  ring;  R,  signifies  hydrogen  or  al- 
kyl, Ri  and  R3  being  conjugated  to  form  a  heterocylic  ring; 
lt(  signifies  alkoxy,  alkyl  or  halogen;  and  R«  signifies  styryl  or 
methylenedioxyphenyl.  These  derivatives  are  produ<^  by 
reacting  a  corresponding  3-  indolylacetic  acid  with  a  cot- 
responding  amine  derivative  or  reacting  an  N'-acylphenyl 
hydrazine  derivative  of  the  formula. 


/ 


or  its  salt  or  its  hydrazone  derivative  with  a  keto  amide 
derivative  of  the  formula. 


R,— CO— CHr 


-CH-CO-N 


Ri 


Ri 


Ri  O 


\ 


CH— R4 


wherein  one  of  the  symbols  X  and  Y  is  a  direct  carbon-to- 
carbon  linkage  and  the  other  is  a  — S —  group;  n  is  O  or  1 ;  R, 


wherein  R,,  Rt.  R*,  Rt,  R*  and  R«  are  as  defined  above. 


3,669,961 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF 

HYDROXYBENZYL  ESTERS  OF  CYANURIC  ACID 

Jack  C.  Gfflca,  Shaker  Hdghta,  Ohio,  artgnnr  to  The  B.  F. 

Goodrich  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBcd  May  27, 1969,  Ser.  No.  828^6 

tat.  CL  C07d  55/38 

VS.  CL  260—248  NS  20  OahH 

Hydroxybenzyl-substituted  isocyanurates  are  prepared  by 

the  condensation  reaction  of  a  phenol  with  cyanuric  acid  or  a 


712 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


partial  ester  of  cyanuric  acid  and  formaldehyde.  The  hydrox- 
ybenzyl-«ubctituted  iaocyanurates  and  particularly  3,S-dial- 
kyl-4-hydroxybenzyl  isocyanurates  and  useful  stabilizers  for  a 
wide  variety  of  organic  materials  including  olefin 
homopolymers  and  copolymers. 


3,669,962 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF 
HYDROXYBENZYL-SUBSTITUTED ISOCYANURATES 
Peter  D.  Smhh,  Clevdand,  and  George  Kktecka,  Falrview 
Park,  both  of  Ohio,  aHi^Mtn  to  The  B.  F.  Goodrich  Com- 
pany, New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  828^77 
laL  CL  C07d  55/38 
VS.  CL  260—248  NS  17  Claims 

Hydroxybenzyl-substituted  isocyanurates  are  prepared  by 
the  reaction  of  a  phenol  with  cyanuric  acid  or  a  partial  ester 
of  cyanuric  acid  and  formaldehyde  in  an  alcoholic  reaction 
medium.  The  hydroxybenzyl-substituted  isocyanurates  and 
particularly  3,S-dialkyl-4-hydroxybenzyl  isocyanurates  are 
useful  stabilizers  for  a  wide  variety  of  organic  materials  in- 
cluding olefin  homopolymers  and  copolymers. 


3,669,963 

SUBSTITUTED  AMINO-S-TRIAZINES 

GactiM  F.  D'Aldio,  South  Bend,  Ind.,  aaiigiior  to  Walter  J. 

MoMCcUi,  ClevclaMi,  Ohio,  a  part  intcrcat 
Original  appiicatioa  May  15,  1967,  Ser.  No.  638,654.  Divided 
and  this  appHcatloa  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5399 
Int.  CL  C07d  55/20 
VS.  CL  260—249.6  7  Clainis 

Triazine  compounds  are  disclosed  which  are  derivatives  of 
symmetrical  triazine  having  two  radical  of  the  structure 


R>  10      Rt 


R> 


Rt 


R« 

— N— N,  — N— CHR«(CHR<).— N,  or  — N— Z— N, 

B»  B*  R> 


there  being  at  least  one  metal  coordinating  group  of  the 
structure  — CHR^OOM.  wherein  M,  Z,  R*.  Rj  and  R*  are  as 
defined  hereinafter.  These  compounds  are  useful  for  coor- 
dinating with  and  removing  metals  from  solutions  or  for 
prepaiing  resins  capable  of  removing  metals  from  solutions 


3,669,964 
SUBSTITUTED  AMINO^TRIAZINES 
F.  D'AkMo.  South  Bend,  Ind.,  Mriginr  to  Walter  J. 

OriflBal  appBcnthm  May  15, 1967,  Str.  No.  638,654.  Divided 

and  this  appBcatioa  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,391 

Int.  CL  C07d  55/18 

VS.  CL  260—249.8  6  Claims 

Triazine  compounds  are  disclosed  which  are  derivatives  of 

symmetrical  triazine  having  one  radical  of  the  structure 


Bi 


R> 


R>  R>      Ri  B> 

I      /        I  /  L         / 

-N-N        ,-N-CHR«(CHR«>irN        ^or-N^Z-N 

R*  B»  R* 


there  being  at  least  one  metal  coordinating  group  of  the 
structure  — CHRK:00M,  wherein  M,  Z,  R«,  R»  and  R*  are  as 
defined  hereinafter.  These  compounds  are  useful  for  coor- 
dinating with  and  removing  metals  from  sdutions  or  for 
preparing  resins  capable  of  removing  metals  from  solutions. 


June  13,  1972 


3,669.965 
1-LOWER  ALKYL  OR  ALKYLENE  SUBSTITUTED-6,7- 

METHYLENEDIOXY-4(  lH>OXOCINNOLINE-3- 

CARBOXYUC  ACIDS  AND  METHODS  FOR  MAKING 

AND  USING  SAME 

William  A.  WMtc,  Fountalntown,  Ind.,  Mrignor  to  EU  LIB] 

and  Company,  Indianapoila,  Ind. 
Continuation  of  Ser.  No.  796,546,  Feb.  4, 1969,  abandoned. 
Filed  Dec.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,880 
Int.  CL  260  340.5;  C07d  51/08 
VS.  CL  260—250  A  19  Claims 

1-Lx>wer  alkyl  or  alkenyl  substituted-6,7-methylenedioxy' 
4(lH)-oxocinnoline-3-carix>xylic  acids,  active  against  Gram- 
negative  bacteria  and  Mycoplasma  organisms  and  methods 
for  the  preparation  and  use  thereof. 


PYRAZINE  DERIVATIVES  AND  PROCESS  FOR  THEIR 
PREPARATION 
Vittorio  Ambrogi,  Bremo,  and  Witty  Logemann,  Mttan,  botl  i 
of  Italy,  Msignors  to  Carlo  Erba  S.pJL,  Mian,  Italy 
Filed  Mar.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,389 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  June  18,  1969,  18301  A/69; 
Mar.  26, 1%9, 14581  A/69  | 

Int.  CL  C07d  99/24 
VS.  a.  260—250  R  15  Clainis 

Pyrazine  derivatives  wherein  a  pyrazine  ring  is  introduced 
into  benzenesulphonyl-urea  compounds,  typified  by  the  com- 
pound ^ 


/% 


\n^ 


■CONH-CHrCHi 


■^^ 


SOrNHCONH 


are  disclosed.  These  compounds  have  hypoglycemic  proper- 
ties and  are  useful  in  the  treatment  of  diabetic  conditions. 


'  3,669,967 

PHARMACOLOGICALLY  ACTIVE  QUINAZOLINONE 
COMPOUND,  ITS  USE  IN  PHARMACOLOGICAL 
PREPARATIONS  AND  PROCESS  FOR  ITS 
VREPARATION 
Karl-Heniz    Bohxe,    Bcnsbcrg-Klppckauacn,    and    Dietrich 
Lorenz,  Kleinhurden,  Post  B.  Bensburg,  both  of  Germany, 
assignors  to  Troponwcrkc  Dinklagc  &  Co.,  Berliner 
Cologne-Mulhclm,  Germany  ^^^ 

Filed  July  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,247 
Clahns  priority,  application  Germany,  July  18, 1969,  P  19 
I  588.9 

'        Int.  CL  C07d  51/48 
VS.  CL  260—256.4  Q  2  Clalma 

2-Methyl-3-  N-[  3-(  4-phenylpiperazinyl-(  1 )  )-2-hydrox- 
ypropyl-(l)]-anilino  quinazolinone-(4)    and    its    non-toxi^ 
acid  addition  s«dts  which  have  a  strong  cataleptic  activity 


rcriiiBiij, 

StraaM, 

1 


s«dts  wb 
TRIAI 


3,669,968 
lLKOXY  QUINAZOLINES 
Hans-Jurgcn  E.  Hess,  Old  Lyose,  Conn.,  assignor  to 
Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FIM  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,541 
Int.  CL  C07d  51/48 
VS.  CL  260-256  J  R  15  Clafana 

A  series  of  .novel  2-substituted-4-amino-6,7,8-trialkox- 
yquinazolines  have  been  prepared,  including  their  acid  addi- 
tion salts.  These  compounds  are  useful  in  therapy  as  potem 
antihypertensive  agents.  Methods  for  their  preparation  are 
described  in  detail,  including  various  synthetic  routes  leading 
to  the  required  novel  intermediates. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


718 


3,669,969 
BENZIMIDAZO  [2,1-B]  QUINALOZIN.12-(6HX>NES 
WUUam  H.  W.  Lunn,  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  assignor  to  EU  LUly 
and  Company,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Filed  Nov.  24,  1969,  Scr.  No.  879,579 
Int.  CL  C07d  57/12 
VS.  CL  260—256.4  F  6  Claims 

Benrimidazo  [2,l-b)quinazolin-  12(6H)ones,  immunosup- 
pressives and  agents  for  treatment  of  auto-immune  diseases, 
are  prepared  via  (1)  reacting  a  2-chlorobenzimidazole  with 
an  anthranilic  acid  or  ester,  (2)  reacting  a  2- 
aminobenzimidazole  with  an  anthranilic  acid  or  ester  in  the 
presence  of  trifluoroacetic  acid  or  (3)  reacting  a  2-methyl- 
mercaptobenzimidazole  with  an  anthraniloyl  halide  hydroha- 
lide. 


3,669,970 

3,5,6-SUBSTITUTED-6^TRIFLUOROMETHYL)- 

HYDROURACILS 

Albert  William  Lutz,  Montgomery  Township,  and  Richard 

WiUiam   Fccny,  Hightstown,   both  of  NJ.,  assignors  to 

^  American  Cyanamid  Company,  Stamford,  Conn. 

Continuation-in-part  of  appUcation  Scr.  No.  804,708,  Mar.  5, 

1969,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Mar.  17, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  20,382 
Int.  CL  C07d  51/30 
VS.  CL  260—260  1 1  Claims 

Herbicidal       3 ,5 ,6-substituted-6-(  trifluoromethyl  )-hydrou- 
racils  are  provided  having  the  formula: 


wherein: 

X  is  halogen  or  lower  alkyl; 

Y  is  halogen; 

Ri  is  halogen,  hydroxy,  alkoxy  or  haloalkoxy;  and 
Rt  is  hydrogen,  alkyl,  substituted  alkyl,  phenyl,  cyclohexyl 
cyclopentyl,  substituted  phenyl,  or  alkenyl. 


3,669,971 

N^SlllSTrnJTED-POLYHYDROCYCLOALKANOIB 
JQUINOLINES  CARBOXAMIDES 
JuHus  Dlamand,  Lafayette  HU,  Pa.,  mrignor  to  WIBIam  H. 
Rorcr  Inc.,  Fort  WaaMngtiw,  Pa. 

FDcd  Dec.  27, 1968,  Scr.  No.  787,613 
Int  CL  C07d  39/00, 51/70, 37/02 
VS.  CL  260—286  R  4  Claims 

The  compounds  of  this  invention  are  useful  in  the  treat- 
ment of  nuunmals  for  auricular  tachycardia.  They  are  effec- 
tive, potent  anti-arrythmic  agents  with  a  wide  safety  margin 
between  effective  doses  and  toxic  doses.  For  example,  one  of 
the  compounds  of  this  invention  is  approximately  equipotent 
to  quinidine  sulfate,  with  an  equally  long  or  longer  duration 
of  action,  but  is  only  one-half  as  toxic  as  quinidine  sulfate. 


3,669,972 
P-AMINOARYLALKANAL  DERIVATIVES 
Joachim  Borck;  Johann  Dahm;  VoBccr  Koppc;  Joacf 
Gustav  Schorrc;  Jan  WIBcm  Hovy,  and  Ernst  Schonchcr, 
aO  of  Darmstadt,  Germany,  malgnori  to  Merck  PMcnt 
GcscOschaft  mit  bcschranklcr  Haftung,  Darmstadt,  Ger- 
many 
Continuation-in-part  of  applicMion  Scr.  No.  746^26,  July  22, 
1968,  and  845,076,  July  25, 1969.  Tfah  appHcatkm  Jan.  7, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  1,310  / 
Clainis  priority,  application  Germany,  Jto.  7,  1969,  P  19  00 

^585.7 
lot  CL  C07d  29/36 
VS.  CL  260—293.73  16 

p-Aminoarylaklanals  of  the  formula 


CHi).H 


CHO 


and  the  corresponding  aldehydic  functional  derivatives 
thereof,  wherein  R  and  R'  are  H  or,  collectively,  — CH 
CH— CH  CH— ;  R"  is  halogen,  NO,,  CH,,  CH,,  CF„ 
CH,S,  CjHeS  or,  when  R  and  R'  collectively  are  — CH 
CH— CH  CH— ,  H;  m  is  0-2;  and  Alk  is  alkylene,  have  an- 
tiphlogistic, analgesic,  antipyretic  and  other  valuable  phar- 
macological activities. 


3,669,973 

ANTIPHLOGISTIC  P-AMINOARYLALKANOL 

DERIVATIES 

Joachim  Borck;  Johann  Dahm;  VoBur  Koppc;  Joacf 

Gustav  Schorcc;  Jan  WBcm  Herman  Hovy,  and  EnMt 

Schorschcr,  aU  of  Darmstadt,  Germany,  assigiioi  i  to  Merck 

Patent  GeacDschaft  mM  hcartiranktrr  Haftung,  Damtadt, 

Germany 

Conrinuatfcm-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  746^26,  July  22, 

1968.  This  appttcatkm  Jn(y  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  845,076 
Claims  priority,  applkatkm  Germany,  July  27, 1%7,  M  74  881; 
Jan.  8,  1968,  M  76  850;  Feb.  23,  1968,  M  77  363;  Mar.  1, 
1968,  M  77  429;  Aug.  1, 1968,  P  17  95  036.6 
IiiLCLC07d29/J6 
U.S.  CL  260—293.73  31  ClainM 

As  antiphlogistic  agents  having  activities  as  l-perfaydro- 
azepinyl;  as  indomethacin  and  much  lower  acute  toxicities, 
there  are  provided  compounds  of  the  formula 


CHRf-CHjRi 


wherein 

Ri  represents  a  free,  esterified  or  etherified  OH-group; 

Ri  represents  H,CH3orC2Hs; 

Rj  represents  H.  F,  Hal,  NO,,  NH,,  CH,,  CiH.,  CH,S  or 

CHsS; 
R.  and  R,  represent  H  or,  together,  -CH  CH-CH  CH; 
Q  is  pyrrolidine,  piperidinoorhomopiperidino,  I-perhydro- 

azepinyl;  and 
Hal  represents  CI.  Br  or  I ; 

With  the  provision  that  when  Rt  and  R«  represent  H,  R,  does 
not  represent  H,  as  well  as  the  acid  addition  salts  and  quater- 
nary ammonium  salts  thereof. 


3,669,974 

NJVl-DISUBSTITUTED  BENZAKpDINES 

Bffl  Elpem,  White  Plains,  and  James  R.  Shrvlf,  Bron,  both  of 

N.Y.,  aarignan  to  USV  Pharmaceutical  CorporaUoa 
Contfaiuatloa-ln-part  of  appBcatlon  Scr.  No.  845,030,  Jnly  2S 
1969,  now  abandoned.  This  appBcatlon  Mar.  25, 1971.  Scr. 

No.  128,125 
Int.  CL  C07d  29/28 
VS.  CL  260—293.79  7  ^ 

Compounds  of  the  formula 


50-|"^- 


X(CHi) 


714 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


wherein  R  is  lower  alkyl,  cycloalkyi,  phenyl,  naphthyl. 
pyridyl.  or  substituted  phenyl,  R'  is  hydrogen,  lower  alkyl. 
lower  alkoxy.  or  halogen, 

R"' 
is  dialkylamino  or  a  heterocyclic  ring,  n  is  an  integer  from 
2-4,  and  X  is  oxygen  or  sulfur,  possess  hypoglycemic  activity. 

3  669  975 
CERTAIN  6-METHYL.3.PYIUDYL  PHOSPHATES, 
CORRESPONDING  THIO  PHOSPHATES  AND     . 
DERIVATIVES  THEREOF 
Dairicl  Demway,  VOtewrbMuc;  DmM  Fttloa,  and  Jacques 
Dncrct,  botk  of  Lyoa,  •■  of  France,  avlgiiors  to  Pechincy- 
Profl,  LyoB,  Fraace 

FIM  Aug.  11, 1969,  Scr.  No.  849,139 

Claims  priority,  appMcartoa  Great  Britain,  Aug.  9, 1968, 

38,130/68 

Int.  CL  C07d  31150 

U.S.  a  260-294.8  K  13Ctali» 

An  insecticidal  composition  having  the  formula: 


June  13,  1972 


tion  to  hydroxyl-containing  polymeric  substrates  as  modify- 
ing agents. 


3,6^9,978 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  SEMI- 
SYNTHETIC PENICILLIN  INTERMEDUTE 
Robert  P.  Ddst,  Malvcm,  Pa^  aasignor  to  American  Home 
Products  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

jncd  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,567 
Int.  a.  C07d  99/70.  99//6 
MS.  CL  260—301  6  Clabna 

A  novel  process  for  the  preparation  of  an  intermediate 
mixture  which  is  useful  in  the  production  of  penicillanic  acid 
derivatives  is  described.  The  main  component  of  the  inter- 
mediate mixture  is  2-I(6-amino-3.3-dimethyl-7-oxo-4-thia-l- 
azabicyclo[3,2.0  hept-2-yt)  carbonyl]-!.  2-benzisothiazol- 
3(2H)-one-l  ,1-dioxidc  hydrochkMide. 


B'O 


CHt 


a) 


and  a  process  for  preparing  it  are  described. 
The  process  consists  of  reacting  a  halide  salt  having  the 

formula 


R  X 

R'O 


3,669,979 

NOVEL  PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  2- 

BENZOTHUZOLYL-PHENOL  AND  DERIVATIVES 

THEREOF  EMPLOYING  PHOSPHORUS  TRICHLORIDE 

AS  A  CATALYST 
Harlan  B.  fyeyennutli,  Eaalen,  Pa.,  assignor  to  GAF  Cor- 
ponrtkm.  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  Dec  14, 1967,  Scr.  No.  690376 
Int.  CL  C07d  91144, 85148, 49/38 
VS.  CL  260—304  6  Claima 

A  method  of  preparing  heterocyclic  derivatives  selected 
from  the  formul 


-ci 


with  hydroxy-4  methyl-2  pyridine. 

In  practical  use  the  composition  is  diluted  with  acetone.  It 
is  active  against  a  large  variety  of  insects  and  mites. 


3,669,976 

^HYDROXY•AND  M^IERCAPT0.5.THIAZOLINYL.2'- 

PYRIMNES 

Kwt  Gttbkr;  Urs  Meyer,  both  of  Riclicn,  and  Hans  UMdi 

Brvchbttfeta-,  Bwd,  iril  of  Swilacrland,  amignors  to  Gclgy 

Ckcnrical  Cofporatlon,  ArtUcy,  N.Y. 

OrigiMl  appHcatloii  Sept  25,  1968,  Scr.  No.  762,653,  now 

Patent  No.  3^35325,  dated  Jan.  8, 1971.  Dhrldcd  and  thk 

appMcatioB  June  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53<417 

Claims    priority,    application    Switzeriand,   Sept   29,    1%7, 

13636/67 
Int.CLC07dJ;/50 
VS.  CL  260—294.8  D  1  Claim 

Pyridyl-(2>-phasphates  and  phosphorothicates  are  dis- 
closed which  have. in  5-pasition  at  the  pyridine  nucleus  a 
thiazolinyl-(2)  grouping  aund  which  are  insecticidal  and  acar- 
icidal  agents  useful  in  the  control  of  insects  and  Acarinae, 
and  more  particulariy  of  cattk  ticks.  Compositions  contain- 
ing these  novel  compounds,  methods  for  controlling  insects 
and  Acarinae  therewith,  and  novel  2-hydroxy-  and  2-mercap- 
to-5-thiazolinyl-(2')-pyridines  useful  as  intermediates  in  their 
production  are  also  docribed. 


to  J.  P. 


3,669,977 
NOVEL  CYCUC  COMPOSITIONS 
GiuHana  C.  Tcaoro,  Dobbs  Ferry,  N.Y. 
Stcvcm  &  Co.,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Orifinal  ainiMcarton  June  8, 1967,  Ser.  No.  644^46,  now 
Patent  No.  3^12,922,  dated  May  19, 1970.  Dhrkled  and  this 
application  Feb.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,996 
Int.  CL  C07d  91/68 
VS.  CL  260—301  *  Claims 

This  invention  concerns  the  preparation  of  novel  cyclic 
NJ^'-substituted  sulfamide  derivatives  and  to  their  applica- 


c-/V\ 
■^J       1 

wherein  X  is  selected  from  hydrogen,  lower  alkyl,  lower  al  ■ 
koxy,  and  halogen;  Y  is  selected  from  hydroxy  and  X;  Z  is 
selected  from  nitrogen,  oxygen,  !ind  sulfur  by  reacting  an  o- 
anunobenzenetluol,  o-aminophenol,  or  o-  aminoaniline  and 
substituted  derivatives  thereof  with  an  ortho-subetituted 
benzoic  acid  or  2-substituted  naphtholic  acid  in  the  presence 
of  a  catalyst  comprising  phosphoriis  trichloride.  The  con^ 
pounds  produced  by  the  process  of  the  present  invention  are 
useful  as  sUbilizers  in  various  organic  media,  e.g..  orgamc 
plastics,  oils.  etc.  and  as  intermediates  in  the  production  of 
dyestuffs  and  fluorescent  compounds. 


*  3,669,980 

2-AMIDO^AMINO  PENICILLANIC  ACIDS  AND 

RELATED  COMPOUNDS 

Richard  Bogash,  PhOadclpMa;  MBton  Wolf,  West  Chestci-, 

and  John  H.  Siihttdt,  Wng  of  Prumta,  al  of  Pa.,  aasignovs 

to  ABMricaa  Home  Prodncts  Corporathin,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FVcd  July  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  843,783 
Clabns  priority,  appHcatlon  Great  Britafai,  Sept.  17, 1968, 

44  184/68 
Int.  a.  C07d  99/16,  99/24 
U.S.  CL  260-304  6aalms 

This  invention  concerns  2-amido-6-aminopenicillanic 
acids,  2-amido-6-haloimidopeniciIlins,  2-amido-6-alkoK- 
yimidopenicillins.  2-amido-7-amino<ephalosporanic  acids.  2- 
amido-T-haloimido-cephalosporins  and  2-amido-7-alkox- 
yimido-cephalosporins  which  are  useful  as  intermediates  In 
the  preparation  of  synthetic  penicillins  and  cephalosporins 
having  potent  antibiotic  activity.  FurAer.  it  relates  to  a 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


715 


procMS  for  the  preparation  of  these  intermediates  from  are  useful  as  intermediates  for  the  preparation  of  pyridoxine. 

penicillins  and  cephalosporins.  Still  further,  it  concerns  the  The   starting  materials   arc   heated   at   a   temperature   of 

preparation      of      6-aminopenicillanic      acid      and       7-  100*-lS0ir;  c.  in  the  presence  of  a  dienophile  (AHC=CH- 

aminocephalosporanic  acid  by  the  respective  hydrolysis  of  2-  B.  wherein  A  and  B  are  trans  and  each  is  an  electron- 

amido-6-aminopenicillanic         acids         and         2-amido-7-  withdrawing  group)  until  evolution  (rfCOt  ceases, 
aminocephalosporanic  acids. 


3,669,981 
S-CHLOROMETHYL  COMPOUNDS  OF  2- 
MERCAPTOBENZOTHIAZOLES,  2- 
MERCAPTOBENZOXAZOLES,  AND  2- 
MERCAPTOBENZIMIDAZOLES 
John  p.  Pera,  and  Fred  W.  Raths,  both  of  Memphis,  Tena., 
aas^nors  to  Budunaa  Laboratories,  Inc^  Memphis,  Tcnn. 
Filed  Oct.  30,  1969,  Scr.  No.  872,732 
Int  CL  C07d  91/44, 85/48, 49/38 
VS.  CL  260—306  10  ClainH 

S-chloromethyl  compounds  of  2-mercaptobenzothiazoles, 
2-  mercaptobenzoxazoles,  and  2-  mercaptobenzimidazoles 
prepared  by  reacting  a  metal  salt  of  2-mercap- 
tobcnzothiazole,  2-  mercaptobenzoxazole,  2-  mercap- 
tobenzimidazoles, or  substituted  compounds  thereof  with 
bromochloromethane  in  an  aqueous  system  in  the  presence 
of  a  surfactant  are  useful  as  intermediates. 


3,669,982 

METHOD  FOR  PREPARING  13,4-THLU)IAZOLE-2- 

YLUREAS 

Toay  CcbiOo,  ABentown,  and  John  Aldcmiaa,  Alburtis,  both 

of  Pa.,  assignors  to  Air  Products  and  Chemicals,  Inc., 

town.  Pa. 

Fled  Jan.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  830 
Int  CL  C07d  91/62 
VS.  CL  260—306.8  D  15 

Certain  2-alkylamino-l,3.4-thiadiazole  compounds  are 
reacted  with  phosgene  in  the  presence  of  boron  trifluoride, 
the  reaction  product  of  whidi  is  subsequently  reacted  with  a 
secondary  amine  to  provide  fiilly  substituted  1 ,3.4-thiadiaz(ri- 
2-ylurea  compounds. 


3,669,963 

PYRAZOLOTHIAZEPINES  AND 

ISOXAZOLOnilAZEPINES 

Leo  Ralph  Swctt,  and  JanMS  Daaid  Ratalcxyfc,  both  of  Wan- 

kcgan,    DL,    amignnri    to    Abbott    Laboratories,    Nortii 

rWri^n,  f  - 

CondttuatkMi<4n-part  of  appbcathm  Scr.  No.  750,430,  Auf.  1, 
1968,  now  abandoned.  TMs  applkalloo  Ai«.  20, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  65,698 
Int.  CL  C07d  85/22 
U.S.  CL  260— 307  H  11  Chdns 

7.8-Dihydro-4-oxopyTazolo[3.4-d]  [1.3]thiazepines  which 
may  be  substituted  in  the  1-,  3-.  S-,  7-  and/or  8-  position  and 
the  corresponding  i8oxazok}[5,4-d]  [l,3]thiazepines  which 
may  be  substituted  in  the  3-,  S-.  7-  and/or  8-  position  are 
prepared  by  converting  a  S-aminopyrazc^  which  may  be 
substituted  in  the  1-  and/or  3-positions  or  a  S-aminoisoxazole 
which  may  be  substituted  in  the  3-position  into  a  Schiff  base 
and  subsequent  condensation  of  the  Schiff  base  with 
thioglycolic  acid  or  a  substituted  thioglycolic  acid.  The  new 
compounds  are  useful  anti-inflammatories. 


3,669,984 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  4-METIiYL-5- 

ALKOXY-OXAZOLES 

Sidney  Frank  Schacrcn,  Bcnfcen,  Switaeiland,  amignor  to 

Hoffmann-La  Roche  Inc.,  Nutky,  N J. 

FBed  Mar.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,110 
Cfadms  priority,  appHcathwi  Switaeriand,  Mar.  25, 1969, 

4464/69 

Int  CL  C07d  85/44 

VS.  CL  260—307  R  6  ClainH 

A  process  for  the  preparation  of  4-methyl-5-alkoxy-ox- 

azoles  fix>m  5-alkoxy-4-oxazc^ylacetic  acids,  which  products 


3,669,985 

13,2-OXAZABORINIMS  AND  METHOD  FOR 

PREPARING  THE  SAME 

TburafaiUidi  Padmanalhan,  HlgMand  Part,  N  J.,  msignnr  to 

American  Cyanamid  Conqpany,  Stanford,  Omul 
Orighial  application  May  27, 1968,  Scr.  No.  7324>45.  DMdcd 
and  this  apphcation  Oct  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,820 
Int  CLC07d  27/^ 
U.S.CL260— 310A  1  Ckte 

Condensed  difluoro  or  diacetoxy  1,3,2-oxazaborinides  are 
prepared  l^  treating  (a)  a  condensation  product  of  a 
naphthostyril  with  an  active  ketooiethylene  compound,  such 
as  barbituric  acid  or  its  NJM-dialkyl  derivatives,  an  indan- 
dione,  an  oxindcrie  or  a  pyrazolone,  (b)  a  condensation 
product  of  an  o-hydroxybenzaldehyde  with  an  aromatic 
amine,  or  (c)  an  ortho-<benz-a2(ri-2yl)-naphthol  or  phenol, 
the  azole  being  oxazole.  thiazole  or  imidazt^,  with  either  ( 1 ) 
boron  trifluoride  disserved  in  ether,  or  (2)  orthoboric  acid, 
benzeneboronic  acid  on  esten  thereof,  in  acetic  acid  in  the 
presence  of  acetic  anhydride,  at  reflux.  The  difluoro  and 
diacetoxy- 1. 3 ,2-oxazaborinides  are  characterized  by  afBntty 
for  polyesters  when  applied  by  disperse  dyeing  methods  and 
fluoresce  on  the  fiber.  Similar  effects  are  obtained  on  nylon 
and  aceute  and  to  some  extent  on  nKxlified  polyacryloaitrile. 


3,669,986 
SUBSTITUTED  DtSPDUVENTADECANES 
D.  Porter.  Indianapolis,  Ind^  aMpMr  lo  El  L% 


of  appBcadoa  Scr.  No.  702320,  Vsb.  S, 
1968,  now  Patent  No.  3334,054.  nds  appBcatloa  Fch.  27, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  15365 

1M.CLCV74  27/08, 3 1/44 
U.S.  CL  260— 326J  D  4Cli*M 

Novel  substituted  dispiropentadecanes  having  activity  as 
central  nervous  system  depressants,  vasodilators,  anti-in- 
flammatory agents  in  animals,  and  as  soil  fungicidca. 


3,669,987 
SALTS  OF  INDOLE  DERIVATIVES  AND  A  PROCESS  FOR 

PREPARING  THE  SAME 
Nobayaaa  Sato,  Itaml  sM;  TosMo  Nakamara,  Md  HhasM 

Takcnaka,  both  of  Ihan«Mri,  di  of  Jsvan,  asaipMn  la  Sn- 

ndteaM  Chemical  Company,  Ud^  Osaka,  Japca 
Fled  Apr.  9, 1968,  Scr.  No.  719,939 
ClaiaH  priority,  appBratlcn  Japan,  Apr.  11, 1967, 42/23337 

Int  CLC07d  27/36 
U.S.  CL  260— 326.13  A  4CtahH 

Alkali  metal  salu  or  organic  amine  molecular  compounds 
of  such  l-acyl-3-indolylaliphatic  acid  derivatives  as  l-<p- 
chlorobenzoyl)-2-methyl-S-methoxy-3-indol^acetic  acid,  1- 
cinnamoyl-2-methyl-S-methoxy-3-tndolylacetic  acid  or  1- 
nicotinoyl-2-methyl-S-methoxy-3-indolylacetic  acid  are 
prepared  by  dissolving  about  1  mole  <^  said  l-acyl-3-in- 
dolylaliphatic  acid  derivative  in  acetone  or  roetiianol.  react- 
ing in  the  presence  of  a  small  amount  at  water  the  resultant 
solution  with  about  O.S  mole  ot  alkali  metal  carbonate,  or 
about  1  mole  of  alkali  metal  bicarbonate  or  with  about  1 
mole  of  an  organic  amine  and  distilling  off  acetone  or 
methanol  and  water  from  the  reaction  mixture  to  yieU  the  al- 
kali metal  sah  or  organic  amine  molecular  compound. 

Alkaline  earth  metal  or  aluminum  sah  or  said  l-acyl-3-in- 
dolylaliphatic  add  derivative  is  prepared  by  reacting  a  solu- 
ble salt  of  alkaline  earth  metal  or  alumtnum  with  an  aqueous 


716 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


solutioii  containing  said  alkali  metal  salt  of  l-acyl-3-in- 
dolylaUphatic  acid  derivative.  These  alkali  metal  salts  or  or- 


4 


ganic  amine  molecular  compounds  are  enable  to  make  solid 
injections  for  anti-inflammatory  drugs. 


METHOD  OF  ISOLATING  AND  PURIFYING 

SULPHONEPHTHALEIN  DERIVATIVES  OF 

IMINODIACETIC  ACID  AND  ITS  SALTS 

Antmria  Emr,  and  Rndotf  Pribtt,  both  of  Praque,  Ciech- 

odovaUa,    mA^natt   to    CcakosktvciMka    akadcmk   vcd, 

Praque,  CieclMMlovakia 

FDcd  Oct.  22, 1968,  Scr.  No.  769,703 
Claiim  priority,  appUcarton  CzcdMMlovakia,  Oct.  25, 1967, 

754947 
Iiit.Cl.C07d«9/06 
UACL260— 327S  4CtoIim 

Object  of  the  invention  is  isolation  and  purification  of 
sulphonephthalein  derivatives  of  iminodiacetic  acid, 
prepared  in  the  known  numner  by  condensing 
sulphonephthaleins  having  free  3  and  3'  positions,  with  for- 
maldehyde and  iminodiacetic  acid.  The  method  consists  in 
precipitating  aqueous  solutions  of  alkali  metal  salts  of  said 
derivatives  m  inscriuUe  salu  with  bivalent  cations  selected 
from  the  group  consisting  of  barium,  calcium  and  strontium, 
isolating  the  precipitate  in  pure  condition  by  washing,  dis- 
solving the  precipitate  in  an  acid,  precipiuting  said  bivalent 
cations,  separately  the  filtrate,  adding  alkali  metal  cations  to 
the  resulting  liquid  and  isolating  the  sulphonophtha'ein 
derivative  of  iminodiacetic  acid  in  the  form  of  its  alkali  metal 
sah  by  adding  a  water-miscible  non-solvent  such  as  ethanol 
and  separating,  washing  and  drying  the  precipitate. 


wherein  R,  is  a  hydrogen  atom  or  methyl  group;  Ri  is  methyl, 
2-methyl-l-propenyl,  2-methoxycarbonyl-l-propenyl,  phenyl 
or  3.4-methylenedioxyphenyl  group  when  R,  is  a  hydrogen 
atom,  or  methyl  group  when  R,  is  methyl  group;  Rs  is  a 
hydrogen  or  a  halogen  atom  or  methyl  group;  and  Y  is  an  ox- 
ygen or  a  sulfur  atom;  which  carboxylate  is  useful  as  an  in- 
secticide and  is  prepared  by  the  esteiification  of  the  reactive 
derivatives  of  the  carboxylic  acid  with  the  furylmethyl  or  the- 
nyl  compounds. 

I  3,669,990 

HETEROCYCUC  ORGANO-ALUMINUM  COMPOUNDS 
.      AND  THEIR  PREPARATION 
Lawrence  H.  Sheplicrd,  Jr.,  Salon  Rouge,  La.,  aasigDor  to 
Ethyl  Corponthm,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FDed  Dec.  31, 1969,  Ser.  No.  889,740 
lot  a  C07d  15110 
\iJ&.  CL  260—340.6  21  Cbdtm 

Organoaluminum  compounds  possessing  an  alumina-2-oxa 
cyclo-oct-4-cne  moiety  having  a  vinylic  substituent  in  the 
seven  position  are  described.  These  are  prepared  by  reacting 
an  oxacyclopent-3-ene  with  a  nonionic  organoaluminum 
compound  possessing  an  aluminacyclopent-3-ene  moiety, 
preferably  in  the  presence  of  a  stable  Lewis  Base.  The  com- 
pound possessing  the  aluminacyclopent-3-ene  moiety  may  be 
used  in  preformed  condition  or  it  may  be  formed  in  situ  dur- 
ing the  course  of  a  one-step  reaction.  The  compounds  pos- 
sessing the  7-vinylic  alumina-2-oxacyclooct-4-ene  moiety 
yield  novel  alka<fienols  on  hydrolysis. 

3,669,991 

N-ARYL-SUBSTTTUTED  DIALKANOLAMINO- 

POLYURETHANES 

Erkh  Elmers,  Krcfdd,  Gcrmaay,  awignnr  to  Farbenfabrfka 

Bayer  AktfeBfltsdschafl,  LevcrfclltM^  GcnuMiy,  F  52853 

Continuatloa-la-part  of  appBctlon  Scr.  No.  735411*  June 

10, 1968,  BOW  abandoned.  This  appHcation  Sept.  25, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  75,714 

Claims  priority,  appUcatton  Gennany,  July  4, 1967,  F  52  853 

IiitCLC08g  47/04, 22/06 

U.S.  CI.  260-34.2  9  Claln 

The  invention  relates  to  N-aryl-substituted  dialkanolamino 

polyurethane  compounds  containing  alkyl  or  aryl  termina 

groups  and  corresponding  to  the  formula 


R» 


>°-Fl 


Ri 


/ 


\v/ 


-CHjOC— CH C 

CHa      CHt 


Ri-NH- 


O 

i- 


3,669,989 
CYCLOPROPANECARBOXYLIC  ACID  ESTERS 
Nobwhife  Itaya,  ^Onoo-ehi;  Katano  Kamndilta,  Toyonaka- 
lU;  Toifaio  MhutMd,  lDrakata-«hl;  Shigeyoshl  IQtamura, 
Toyaaak»4hl;  Shii\|l  Nakal;  NobuyuU  Kamcda,  both  of 
TaiaiBiiiiashi:  Kcfaad  FiUhnoto,  Kyoto,  and  Yodtosi 
Okuno,  Tnyonalra  sM.  aB  of  Japan,  BMignnn  to  Sumltonio 
Chenkal  Coapaiy,  UL,  OMka,  JapMi 

FDcd  May  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  827,903 
CWms  priority,  appUcatfam  Japan,  Jane  13,  1968,  43/41107; 

43/41108 
Iirt.  CL  C07d  63112, 5116 
U  A  CL  260—332.2  R  7  Clafans 

Novel  phenyloxy-furybnethyl  or  -thenyl  2,2-dimethyl  3- 
substituted  cyclopropane  carboxylate  of  the  formula: 


TR.  .  r  Ri  O  O       "1 

O-LiH-CHi-A-CH^eH-O-fi-NH-R-NH-fi-O-l— J 


O  Ri  Ar  Ri 

R,-NH-C-0-CH-HiC-N-HiC-HC— 


or 


Rt 


ro  0  Ri 

i-C-NH— B-NH-C— O— CH— 


Ar  Ri        "1 

CH-O-i- 


CHt-N— CHr- 


O  O 

C-NH-R-NH-C-Ri 


in  which  Ar  denotes  aryl,  R  is  alkylene  or  arylcne,  R,  is  alky 
allyl  methoxymethyl  or  aryl,  R,  is  H  or  — CHj,  R,  is  — O— IJ4 
or  — S— R4  or 


R4  is  alkyl  or 


\ 


Rs 


Ri 


-k 


Ar 

I. 


H-CH»-N— Bi 


June  18,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


717 


Rt  is  H  or  alkyl  or  aryl.  R«  is  alkyl  or  aryl,  n  is  1  to  about  10, 
preferably  1  to  about  S,  and  a  process  for  their  production. 


3,669,992 
PREPARATION  OF  AMINOTETRAHYDROPYRANS 
Paul  R.  Stapp,  BartlesviOe,  Okla.,  assignor  to  Phillips  Petrole- 
um Company 

Filed  Apr.  18,  1968,  Ser.  No.  722,193 
Int.  CLC07d  7/04 
U.S.  CL  260-345. 1  8  Claiim 

Aminotetrahydropyrans  are  prepared  by  reacting 
halotetrahydropyrans  with  ammonia  or  certain  primary  or 
secondary  amines  in  the  presence  of  water  and  an  alcohol 
generally  within  a  temperature  range  of  from  100°  to  500"  C. 
These  aminotetrahydropyrans  and  useful  as  spasmolytic  an- 
tihistamine drugs. 


3,669,993 

HIGH  TEMPERATURE  BiS(EPOXYALKYL) 

CARBORANE  ADHESIVES 

Robert  L.  Bamea,  CMfton,  and  Dairfei  Grafrtefai,  Morristown, 

both  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  The  Singer  Company,  New  York, 

N.Y. 

Filed  Sept  25, 1968,  Ser.  No.  762,614 
Int.  CL  C07d  109102, 107102 
U.S.  CL  260—348  R  6  Clatam 

The  process  of  providing  an  adhesive  junction  between  two 
wotkpieces  having  opposing  smooth  surfaces  comprising  the 
steps  of  mixing  material  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of 
bis(epoxy butyl  )carborane,  bis(epoxypentyl)carborane,  and 
bis(epoxyhexyl)carborane,  with  a  curing  agent  selected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  boron  trifluoride  ethylamine  and  4,4'- 
diaminodiphenylsulfone,  applying  said  mixture  to  the  oppos- 
ing surfaces,  joining  the  suifaces  and  allowing  the  workfneces 
with  the  nuxture  therebetween  to  harden  under  heat  and 
pressure. 


3,669,994 

ANTHRAQUINONE  DYESTUFFS 

Edwin  Dennis  Harvey,  Mandwstcr,  and  Frank  Lodge,  Hud- 

dersfleld,  Iwth  of  Fjigiand,  assianoiii  to  Imperial  Clwmical 

Industries  Limited,  London,  Ei^buid 

ContinuatloD-bi-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  724,632,  Apr.  4, 

1968,  now  abandoned ,  wUdi  b  a  continuatton-in-part  of 

application  Scr.  No.  436381,  Mar.  1, 1965,  now  abandoned. 

This  applicatioii  Jan.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No.  1,047 

Claims  priority,  appiicatkm  Great  Britain,  Mar.  25,  1964, 

12,680/64 
InL  CL  C09b  1150, 1/54 
VS.  a.  260—380  3  Claims 

Mixtures  of  disperse  anthraquinone  dyestufiEs  which  are  ob- 
tained by  reacting  a  leuco  derivative  of  a  l:5-dihydroxy-4:8- 
di(  amino,  hydroxy  or  alkylamino)  -2-(hydroxyaryl  or  alkox- 
yaryOanthraquinone  with  an  aldehyde,  and  the  use  of  the 
said  mixtures  for  coloring  synthetic  textile  materials. 


3,669,995 
POLY(ORGANOTIN)  MERCAPTIDE  POLYMERS  AND 
.^     RESINS  STABILIZED  THEREWITH 
Joseph  Path,  and  Donald  L.  Dcardorfl,  both  of  Barrington, 
R  J.,  assignors  to  Tduier  Apex  Company 
Origtaial  application  July  26,  1966,  Scr.  No.  568,061,  now 
Patent  No.  3^18,223.  Divided  and  this  application  Oct.  30, 
1969,  Scr.  No.  870,786 
InL  CL  C08f  45/62 
VS.  CL  260—399  12  Ciafam 

Poly(organotin)  mercaptide  condensation  polymers  useful 
as  stabilizer  for  vinyl  resins  are  prepared  by  reacting  an  or- 
ganotin  compound  with  a  polyfunctional  polymercapto  ester 
derived  from  a  polyhydric  alcohol  containing  more  than  two 
hydroxy!  groups,  which  is  esterified  with  a  mercapto  acid  so 
as  to  leave  one  hydroxyl  group  unesterified,  and  the  latter  is 
esterified  with  an  aUphatic  or  aromatic  monocarboxylic  acid. 


3,669,996 

ll-ilALO-104>YO-3,7,ll.TRLALKYL-2-ALKENOiC  AND 

2,6-ALKADIENOIC  ACIDS  AND  ESTERS  THEREOF 

John  B.  SIddaB,  975  CaMonrfa  AvcMc.  Prio  Aho,  CaNf.,  and 

Jcu  Pierre  Cahne,  BriBdholalrMN  1,  8117,  "-"nntfrB. 

Switaeriand 

Division  of  appiicatkm  Ser.  No.  23,512,  Mar.  27, 1970, 
which  is  a  contfawation-in-part  of  appBialion  Scr.  No. 
666,461,  Sept.  8, 1967,  now  abandoned.  Tl*  appBcatiea  Jn|y 
2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,137 
Int  CL  C07c  69/66;  AOla  9/24 
VS.  CL  260—408  13  Oalna 

Hydrocarbon  carboxylic  acids,  esters,  akx>hc^,  ethers, 
amides  and  dialkji  phosphonates  with  a  carbon  atom  chain 
length  of  from  12  to  17  carbon  atoms  substituted  at  C-6 
and/or  C-10  with  ketal  groups,  and  which  are  substituted  at 
C-3.  C-7  and  C-11  with  (lower )alkyl  or  ( lower )alk>1idene 
groups  optionally  saturated  or  unsaturated  between  C-2,3 
and/or  C-5,  6  or  C-6,7  or  C-7,8  and/or  C-9,10  or  C-10,1 1 
or  C-l  1,12,  or  optionally  substituted  with  (iised  groupings  at 
C-2,3  and/or  c-6,7  or  C-10,1 1  and  optionally  substituted  at 
each  of  positions  C-2,3, 6,7, 10  and  1 1 ,  are  arthropod  matura- 
tion inhibitors. 


3,669,997 

lO^XO-1  l-ALKYLIDENE.337.DIALKYL-2,6- 

ALKADIENOIC  ACIDS  AND  ESTERS  THEREOF 

Jean  Pierre  Calame,  FaRandc^  SwItKriand,  and  Jate  B.  SU- 

dal.  Pale  AHo,  CaHf.,  cmlgnori  to  Zoecoa  Corporattai, 

Pafe  Alto,  CaHf. 

Continoatioa-faMPart  of  application  Scr.  No.  666,461,  Sept.  8, 

1967,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Mar.  27, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  23,512 
Int  CL  C07c  69/66;  AOln  9/24 
VS.  CL  260—410.9  R  8  Cbrinv 

Hydrocarbon  carboxylic  acids,  esters,  alcohols,  ethers, 
amides  and  dialkyi  phosphonates  with  a  cartx>n  atom  chain 
length  of  from  12  to  17  carbon  atoms  substituted  at  C-6 
and/or  C-10  with  keto  groups,  and  which  are  substituted  at 
C-3,  C-7  and  C-l  1  with  (lower)  alkyl  or  (tower)  alkylidene 
groups  optionally  saturated  or  unsaturated  between  C-2,3 
and/or  C-5,6  or  C-6.7  or  C-7,8  and/or  C-9,10  or  C-10,1 1 
or  C-l  1,12,  or  optionally  substituted  with  fused  groupings  at 
C-2,3  and/or  C-6,7  or  C-IO.l  1,  and  optionally  substituted  at 
each  of  positions  C-2,3,6,7,10  and  1 1,  are  arthropod  matura- 
tion inhibitors. 


3,669,998 

CHLORO-NITRO  SUBSTITUTED  PHENYL  ESTERS  OF 

ALIPHATIC  ACIDS 

Takeshi  Manekata,  and  Eixabwro  Uchlda,  both  of  IwaU-sM, 

Japaa,   assignors  to   Kiireha   Kagaku   Kogyo   Kaboahiki 

Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Japaa 

Filed  June  19, 1967,  Scr.  No.  647,195 
Chdms  priority,  appUcatton  Japan,  June  21, 1966,  41/48254; 
Mar.  14, 1967, 42/16017;  May  17, 1967, 42/31333 
Int.  CL  C07c  69/24.  69/62 
VS.  CL  260—410.5  12  Cli^M 

There  are  disclosed  herein  chloro-nitrophenyl  esters  of 
aliphatic  acids  having  fungicidal  activity. 


3,669,999 
STORAGE  STABILITY  OF  TETRAKIS  NICKEL 
COMPOUNDS 
Ralph  Levinc,  Freehold,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Cities  Scrvke 
paay.  New  York,  N.Y. 

F8ed  Dec.  4, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  95,325 
IM.  CL  COTf  75/04 
VS.  CL  260—439  R  6 

The  storage  subility  of  tetrakis  nickel  compounds,  such  as 
tetrakis  (triorganophospliite)  nickel  compounds,  can  be  in- 
creased by  storing  said  compounds  under  a  protective  blan- 
ket selected  from  alcohols  and  aliphatic  hydrocarbons. 


718 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3^70,000 

PROCESS  OF  PRODUCING  DIFFICULTY  SOLUBLE 

METAL  GLUCONATES 

Otto  Zdii,  Sthmliliw,  GcriM^r,  Mrii«or  to  Job.  A. 

■■■rltliir  GoibH,  CkialwlM  Fabrik,  Ludwigihafen/RliiiM, 

Gcraaay 

Flkd  J«K  19, 1970.  Scr.  No.  47.724 
hd.  CL  C07J  15/02;  C07c  59/10 
U^CL2M-439R  SCtahm 

Difficulty  soluble  metal  gluconates  are  obtained  by  passing 
a  monovalent  metal  gluconate  solution  through  a  cation 
exchange  material  charged  with  the  metal  ion  corresponding 
to  the  metal  ion  of  the  difficulty  solutde  metal  gluconate. 


3.670,001 
ORGANOALUMINUM  HALIDES  AND  THEIR 
PREPARATION 
H.  Sbcphard.  Jr..  Baton  Rouae,  La.,  mdwator  to 
EdiyI  Corporattfoii,  New  Yerfc.  N.Y. 

fVcd  Jvly  2. 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,077 
lot  CLCOTf  5/06 
U.S.CL  260-448  A  41Cbiiim 

Organoaluminum  halides  in  which  the  aluminum  atom  car- 
ries a  substituted  all^caibinyl  group  or  a  substituted 
cyclopropylcarbinyl  group  are  formed  by  reacting  an  alu- 
minacyclopent-3-ene  moiety  with  a  primary  aliphatic 
nnonohalide.  The  resuhant  organoolimnnum  halides  are  ver- 
satile intermediates.  Hydrolysis  yields  substituted  1-alkenes 
and  ring  substituted  methylcydopropanes,  respectively. 
Novel  classes  of  substituted  cydopropanes  are  producible  in 
this  manner. 


3,670,002 
OXIDATION  OF  THIOLS  TO  THIOLSULFONATES  AND 

SULFONIC  ACIDS 

Mbig  Nan  Shcag,  Chcnry  m,  N  J.,  and  John  G.  Z^Jacck. 

Strailard.  Pa^  sssignori  to  Attootk  RkMMd  Company. 

New  York,  N.Y. 

CoaHmnlioii-fai-pict  of  appfcatfoo  Scr.  No.  703,907,  Feb.  8, 

1968.  now  abandonfd.  Thk  appMcadon  Feb.  20. 1970,  Scr. 

No.  13.180 

Int.  CL  C07c  143/00 

VS.  CL  260-453  R  10  Clafans 

Method  for  the  oxidation  of  thiols  to  produce  thiolsul- 

fonates  or  sulfonic  acids  using  an  organic  hydroperoxide  as 

the  oxidizing  agent  and  a  mcdybdenum-containing  catalyst. 


June  13,  1972 


to 


3.670.004  ^ 

THIOCYANO  SUBSTITUTED  ACRYLATES  AND 

PROPIONATES  AND  THEIR  USE  AS  PESTICIDES 

Stonley  J.  Budunan;  John  D.  Biickman;  John  D.  Pcra.  a^ 

Fred   W.   Raths.   a8   of  Menvhis,  TcbBm 

Buckman  Laboratories.  Inc.,  Mcaiphh,  Tcbb. 

Fled  Jan.  7. 1969.  Scr.  No.  789.620 

Int  CL  C07c  161/02 

VS.  CL  260—454  13  Ctalis 

The  new  compounds  2-thiocyanoacrylate8,  2-thiocyanD- 

2,3-dibromopfDpionates.  and  2-thiocyano-2,3- 

dichloropropionates,   which   are   useful   as  pesticides,   and 

methods  of  preparing  the  same  are  described. 


3^670,003 
PREPARATION  OF  PHENYLENE  DDSOCYANATE  BY 
THERMAL  DECOMPOSITION  OF  CORRESPONDING 
MNITRILE  SULFITE 
AMb  E.  Trcvfltyan.  Gtaiwood.  omI  Ivars  Vccbostiks.  Park 
Forest,  both  of  DL.  asrifaors  to  AtkuMk  Rfchfldd  Com- 
pMiy,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBcd  June  12, 1969,  Ser.  No.  832,857 
Int.  a.  C07c  7/9/04 
U.S.  CL  260—453  P  16  Claims 

A  solvent  system  employed  in  the  preparation  of  phen- 
ylene  diisocyanates  in  h^  yields  and  purity  from  phenylene 
di(nitnle  sutfitet)  wherein  the  nhrile  sulfite  groups  are  either 
meta  or  para  to  each  other,  is  disclosed.  The  solvents  em- 
ployed are  paraffinic  hydrocarbons  often  having  about  4  to 
16  carbon  atoms.  Solvent  recycle  is  advantageously  em- 
ployed in  the  decomposition  of,  for  instance,  benzene- 1,4- 
di(nitrUe)  sulfite)  to  improve  product  yield  without  decreas- 
ing purity. 


*  3,670,005 

DIPHENYLMETHANE  POLYISONITRILES 

Ivar  Ugl,  LKirkiwM,  Germany,  torignnr  to  Fatcnlabrllom 

Bayer  Aktkagiwischrfl,  Levcrkuscii,  Gcmuuiy 
Corthiaatton  of  appMcsHsn  Scr.  No.  588,656,  Sept.  26, 1966. 
■ow  aboBdof  d  ,  wMch  Is  a  i  iiiithnisrtnn  of  appikaSton  Scr. 
No.  264,707,  Mar.  12, 1963,  aow  abudoa 
appMcalkNi  Mar.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,999 
Int  CLC07C  779/02 
U.S.  CL  260—465  G 
A  symetrical  polyisonitrile  of  the  formula 


7Claiim 


CN 


NC 


wherein  R  is  hydrogen  or  alkyl  containing  one  to  three  aa- 

bon  atoms  inclusive 

R'  is  hydrogen,  alkyl  containing  oncto  three  carbon  atoms 

inclusive  or  chloro 
R"  is  hydrogen  or  —  NC. 


1  3,670,006 

AMMOXIDATION  OF  SATURATED  HYDROCARBONS 
Keith  M.  Taytor,  BaBwin,  Mo.,  assignor  to  Monsanto  Com- 
pany, Si.  Louis,  Mo. 

Fled  Nov.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  877,468 
Int.  CL  C07c  727/02 
U.S.  CL  260-465.3  5 

Method  for  the  production  of  acrylonitrile  or 
methacrylonitrile  from  propane  or  isobutane  employing  & 
catalyst  containing  antin?ony,  uranium  and  tungsten. 


Clains 


T 


1  3,670.007 

AMINOMALONITRILE  AND  METHOD  OF 
PREPARATION  THEREOF 
James  P.  Ferris,  Troy,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  The  Salk  Institute  for 

Bk>k>gical  Studies,  San  Diego,  Calif. 
CoatinnatiOB>in-p8rt  of  appBcatloB  Scr.  No.  506,415,  Nov.' 4, 
1965,  BOW  abandoBcd.  This  appHcaAkm  Nov.  21, 1967, : 
No.  684,649 
Int.  CL  C07c  727/20        \ 
U.S.  CL  260-465.5  10  Claims 

The  chemical  aminomalononitrile  and  methods  for  making 
it  comprising  reacting  oximinomalononitrile  or 
phenazomalononitrile  with  approximately  stoichiometric 
amounte  of  one  of  the  group  consisting  of  unoxidized  alu- 
minum, zinc  and  soditmi  dithionite.  Formation  of 
aminomalononitrile  using  zinc  must  take  place  in  an  acid 
solution.  In  each  case,  the  reaction  mixture  is  externally 
cooled  until  the  initial  exothermic  reaction  is  substantiaOy 
complete.  Preferably,  the  aminomak>nonitrile  so  formed  is 
isolated  as  a  sah  such  as  the  hydrochloride,  hydrobromide 
and  toluenesulfonate. 


June  18,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


719 


^  3,670,008 

AMMOXIDATION  OF  SATURATED  HYDROCARBONS 
Keith  M.  TayhMT,  BaOwin,  Mo.,  assigBor  to  MoasBBto  Com- 
pany, St  Lenis,  Mo. 
CoBtinnatkHHin-port  of  appHcatkMi  Scr.  No.  801,789,  Feb.  24, 
1969,  BOW  abandoned.  Thk  appBcatfon  Dec.  21, 1970.  Scr. 
No.  100.482 
iBt  CL  C07c  121/32 
VS.  CL  260-465  J  4  CWns 

Method  for  the  production  of  acrylonitrile  or 
methacrylonitrile  from  propane  or  isobutane  employing  a 
catalyst  containing  iron  and  bismuth. 


3,670,009 
AMMOXIDATION  OF  SATURATED  HYDROCARBONS 
Kdth  M.  Taylar,  Balwfa.  Mo.,  ■iiigBm  to  l^toMSiilo  Cob»- 
pany,  SL  Louis,  Mo. 

Conllmialioo4»iMirt  of  appBcatfoa  Scr.  No.  788,084,  Dec  30, 

1968,  now  abandoned.  TMs  appBcadon  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  100,548 

.   Int.  CL  C07c  727/02 
U.S.  CL  260—465  J  ^4  CWna 

Method  for  the  production  of  acrykmitrile  or 
methacrylonitrile  firom  propane  or  isobutane  employing  a 
catalyst  containing  the  oxides  of  molybdenum,  boron  and  tin. 


3,670,010 

TRIFLUOROMETHYL  ACYLATED  UREA  CARBAMATES 

G.  TcBch,  El  Ccrrito,  Cidif.,  ssslgnnr  to  Staafhr 

I  ConpoBy,  New  Yorl^  N.Y. 

FHed  May  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  822,316 

InL  CL  C07c  725/06 

U.S.  CL  260—479  C  4  ClainH 

Acylated  urea  carbamate  compounds  having  the  formula 


in  which  R,  and  I^  are  independently  selected  firom  an  alkyl 
radical  of  from  1  to  about  8  carbon  atoms,  inclusive, 
cydohexyl,  lower  alkenyl  of  from  about  3  to  about  4  carbon 
atoms,  inclusive,  phenyl  and  substituted  phenyl  in  which  the 
substituents  are  lower  alkyl,  lower  alkoxy,  nitre  and  halogen; 
R  and  R«  are  independently  selected  from  hydrogen,  alkyl  of 
from  1  to  about  8  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  cydohexyl,  lower 
alkenyl  of  from  about  3  to  about  4  carbon  atoms,  inclusive, 
and  trifluoroacetyl;  provided  that  at  least  one  of  R  or  Rj  is 
trifluoroacetyl;  and  R4  is  selected  from  hydrogen,  methyl  or 
when  only  one  of  R  or  R,  is  trifluoroacetyl  then  R4  can  be 
trifluoroacetyl.  These  compounds  are  prepared  by  the  reac- 
tion of  an  appropriate  carbamoyloxyphenyl  urea  and 
trifluoroacetic  anhydride.  The  compounds  are  useful  as  her- 
bicides. 


3,670,011 

ACETOACETATE  OF  2-HYDROXYMETHYL-5- 

NORBORNENE 

Anthony  Gilford  Moody,  and  Robert  Owen  Syracox,  both  of 

RuBoorn,  Fjigland,  BsrigBorii  to  Imperial  ClicBiicai  bidus- 

trics  Limited,  LoBdoB,  EBglaBd 

Origtaal  appikartoB  Aug.  28, 1967,  Scr.  No.  663,546,  bow 
PaiciM  No.  3,520,843,  dated  July  21, 1970.  DMdcd  and  ttah 

applcatlon  Mmt.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,688 
ClafaBs  priority,  appikatkm  Great   BritidB.  Sept.  5,  19M, 

39,583/M 
Int.  CL  C07c  69/72 
U.S.  CL  260-483  1 

1 .  The  acetoaceute  of  2-hydroxymethyl-S-norbomene. 


3,670,012 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  ACRYUC  ESTER 
SMcMro  Shodn;  Noboo  Ito,  and  Toshkv  MU,  ai  of  N^oya, 
Japan,  asslgnnri  to  Toagosd  Chcnkal  Indnstry  Co.,  Ltd., 
Tokyo,  JapMi 

FBcd  May  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  828,1 15 
InL  CL  C07c  69/54 
VS.  CL  260—486  AC  8  CWm 

A  process  for  producing  acrylic  ester,  wluch  comprises 
reacting  with  each  other  in  liquid  phase  acetylene,  carbon 
monoxide,  niclcel  carbonyl.  an  acid  and  an  alcohol,  charac- 
terized in  tliat  the  concentration  of  nickel  carbonyl  in  the 
reaction  liquid  is  10  to  40  percent  by  weight  and  that  the 
reaction  is  10*  to  30*  C. 

In  accordance  with  the  present  process,  it  has  been  found 
that  the  amount  of  propionic  ester  produced  by  side  reaction 
becomes  conspicuously  small. 


3,670,013 
SYNTHESIS  OF  PARTIAL  ESTERS  OF  CERTAIN 
POLY(NEOPENTYL  POLYOLS)  AND  ALIPHATIC 
MONOCARBOXYUC  ACIDS 
RaynKMd  T.  LdblHcd,  Newark,  DcL,  ■■Jjani  to  Hcrcnks  in- 
corporated, WBmington.  DcL 

Filed  Oct.  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  867,087 
Int.  CL  C07c  67/00 
U.S.  CL  260—488  J  6  CWw 

Disclosed  is  a  process  for  partially  esterifying  certain 
neopentyl  polyol  material  with  certain  aliphatic  monocartxnc- 
ylic  acid  material,  and  for  condensing  the  resulting  partial 
esters.  The  partial  esterificatkm  and  condensation  are  carried 
out  substantially  simultaneously  in  a  reaction  zone  in  a  tem- 
perature range  in  whkh  ( 1 )  substantially  all  of  the  water 
formed  in  the '  esterification  and  condensation  reactknis 
evaporates  from  the  reaction  mixture  as  it  is  formed,  and  (2) 
aliphatic  monocarfooxyUc  acid  material  evaporates  to  blanket 
the  reaction  mbitore  with  aliphatic  monocarlwxylic  ackl 
vapor  with  sufficient  heat  to  minimize  condensation  and 
return  of  water  vapor  in  the  reaction  zone  above  the  reaction 
mixture  to  the  reaction  mixture. 


3,670,014 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  ALLYL 
ESTERS  OF  CARBOXYUC  ACIDS 
Hans  Fcraholz,  FIsdibBch/TaBBas;  Hans-JoBcMn 
Franktart  am  Main,  and  Friedrich  Wnnder,  FlonkciBi  aai 
Main,  aU  of  Germany,  BCiipinri  to  Faibwcrkc 
Aktidvcsclbchafl   vonnali   Mdster   Lndaa  A 
Fraalcfkirt  am  MaiB,  GcrBumy 

Filed  July  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  842,329 

Clainu  priority,  appttcatkM  Germany,  July  19, 1968,  P  17  68 

9MS;  Nov.  2, 1968,  P  18  06  761 J 

InL  CL  C07c  67/04 

VS.  CL  260—497  A  7  Oatas 

Preparation  of  allyl  esters  of  cartxjxylic  acids  in  the  gase- 
ous phase  by  reacting  propylene,  oxygen  and  carboxylic  acids 
at  elevated  temperatures  in  the  presence  of  a  catalyst  comist- 
ing  of  an  inert  carrier  and  a  salt  of  a  noble  metal  of  the  8tb 
group  of  the  periodic  system  and  0.01  to  20  per  cent  by 
weight  of  bismuth. 


3,670,015 

ETHANECARBONYL-IO-DIPHOSPHONIC  ACID, 

WATER-SOLUBLE  SALTS  THEREOF  AND  PROCESS 

FOR  PREPARATICm 

JanMs  B.  Prentice,  lUplcy,  lad.,  awliBiir  to  TIk  Procter  Jk 

GaaiUc  Coaipaay,  Cbdaaati,  OUo 

FBcd  Dec  23.  1968,  Scr.  No.  786.428 

iBt.  CL  COTf  9/JS;  Clld  3/J6 

VS.  CL  260—502.4  P  9  OatoM 

A      process      for      preparing      ethane      carbonyl- 1 .2- 
diphosphonates  which  comprises  reacting  2-haloethane-i- 


720 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JxjNE  18,  197S 


hydroxy- 1.1-diphosphonic  acid  with  at  least  3  equivalents  of 
a  base  having  a  pK«  up  to  about  10.  This  process  yields  a  salt 
of  ethane  carbonyl-l,2-dipho«phonic  acid  which  can  be  con- 
verted to  the  free  acid. 


3^70,016 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  ACRYUC  OR 
METHACRYUC  ACID 
Goria  Miwve;  Roberto  Crocc,  Erta,  and 
luito  Anfado,  di  of  Italy,  aMignnri  to 

RM  JuM  16, 1969,  Sot.  No.  833,749 
Oaiins  prioflty,  appHcalloa  ttaly,  June  24, 1968, 18117  A/68 

tat  CL  C07c  57/04 
VJS.  CL  260—526  N  13  Claliiia 

Preparing  acrylic  or  methacrylic  acid  by  mixing  a  polyox- 
ymethylene  methyl  or  ethyl  diester  with  a  carboxylic  acid 
corresponding  to  that  present  in  ester  form  in  the  diester,  the 
mixture  is  vaporized  at  180*  to  40(fC,  and  the  vapors  passed 
at  180*  to  450*C  over  a  catalyst,  namely  an  aluminum  or 
magnesium  silicate  or  the  like  or  an  oxide,  hydroxide  or  car- 
bonate of  a  metal  of  group  la  or  Ila,  or  boron  or  aluminum. 


3,670,017 
PRCXMJCnON  OF  UNSATURATED  AUPHATIC  ACIDS 
Wfliani  John  IMl,  Capd,  aad  Edward  James  Gaason,  Klnf 
swood,  both  of  Eivtand,  aarignon  to  TlM  DtatOcrs  Com- 

pMy  Unitod,  EdUmrih,  Scnttaad 
Cooltoulioa  of  ayiilraHnM  Scr.  No.  596,086,  Nov.  22, 1966, 
now  aNuMtwttiP  Thb  ap|ilctlon  Jan.  12, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

105,952 
CtaJms  priority,  appMcatkm  Great  Britain,  Dec.  16,  1965, 

53352/65 
Int.  CL  C07c  51/32 
VS.  CL  260—530  N  7  Claims 

This  invention  has  to  do  with  a  process  for  preparing 
(ineth)acryUc  acid  by  reacting  (meth)acrolein  and  molecular 
oxygen  in  the  vapor  phase  at  elevated  temperature  in  the 
presence  of  a  catalyst  composition  consisting  essentially  of 
antimony,  mcdybdenum,  vanadium,  cobalt  and  oxygen. 


Ri  is  hydrogen  or  alkyl, 
Rs  is  hydrogen  or  alkyl, 
X  is  halogen,  and 
Z    is    halogen.    Typical    is    N-dichloroacetyl-4-t-butyl 
cyclohexylamine  useful  for  repelling  animals. 


3,670,020 
CATALYTIC  CONVERSION  OF  NTTRILES  TO  AMIDES 
LcsHe  D.  Moore,  La  Grange,  DL,  aarignnr  to  Naico  Chemical 
Comp«iy,CMcago,IIL  I 

Conttainallon-faHpart  of  appMcnlien  Ser.  No.  551,197,  May  19, 
1966,  now  abandoMd.  TUs  applcatlon  July  10, 1969,  Scr. 
I  N«.  840318 

'       Int  CL  C07c  103/00 
VS.  CL  260—561  N  8  ClaiBV 

A  method  of  producing  amides  by  reacting  nitriles  with 
water  in  the  presence  of  certain  basic  catalysts.  It  is  specif 
cally  directed  to  producing  acrylamide  from  acrylonitrile. 


SEDI 


3,670,021 
CATALYZED' HYDROLYSIS  OF  NTTRILES  TO  AMIDES 
Richard  W.  Gmti,  a^  Irvtag  L.  Midor,  both  of  Ondnnati, 
OUo,  aaslfnors  to  National  Distillers  and  Chemical  Cov- 
poratkMi,  New  Ycrk,  N.Y. 

FUod  Dec  14, 1967,  Scr.  No.  690,431 
Int  a.  C07c  103108 
VS.  CL  260-561  R  12  Clainis 

Process  for  the  hydrolysis  of  organic  nitriles  to  form  the 
corresponding  amides  by  a  reaction  catalyzed  by  the 
presence  of  Group  VIII  or  HB  metal-containing  compounds 
or  complexes  at  a  pH  range  of  from  about  6.0  to  12.S,  and 
preferably  in  the  presence  of  a  catalyst  coordinating  con^- 
pound. 


3,670,018 
(ARYLOXYARYL)  ARYLPHOSPHORUS  COMPOUNDS 
Ira  B.  John,  Marblehe«l,  Mass,,  aasignar  to  Monsanto 
Rcsewch  Corporation,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
Orifllaid  ainrfiTf**""  May  28, 1965,  Scr.  No.  459,931,  now 
PMcnt  No.  3,576361.  Divided  and  this  appHcatioa  June  19, 
1970,  Ser.  No.  59302 
Int  CLC07f  9/50 
U.S.  CL  260—545  P  4  Clainis 

Cyano  (aryloxyaryl)   arylphosphines,  and   cyano(arylox- 
yaryl)  arylphosphine  sulfides  have  been  prepared. 


3,670,022 
CONTINUOUS  HIGH  TEMPERATURE  PROCESS  FOR  O- 

METHYLPSEUDOUREA  HYDROCHLORIDE 
Frederic  Charles  Schacffer,  Daricn,  Conn.,  aasigDor  to 
ican  Cyanamid  Company,  Stamford,  Conn. 

FUtd  Nov.  26, 1969,  Ser.  No.  880,31 1 

Int.  CI.  C07c  123100 

VS.  CL  260—564  E  10  Claims 


SESSK'-AA-: 


1 

o- 

Amcr- 


3,670,019 
CERTAIN  N-DIHALOACETYLCYCLOHEXYLAMINES 
Richard  N.  Knowks,  HockcMfai,  DeL,  assignor  to  E.  L  du  Pool 
de  Nemours  and  Company,  WImlngton,  DcL 

Fled  Apr.  20, 1967,  Scr.  No.  634,131 
InLaC©7ciOi/72 
VS.  CL  260—561  HL  9  Claims 

N-Dihaloacetylcyclohexylamines  of  the  formula: 

Ri  O    X 


wherein 


Anhydrous  methanol,  cyanamide,  and  hydrogen  chloride 
are  brought  into  contact  in  the  presence  of  from  about  100 
percent  to  300  percent  excess  methanol  at  temperatures 
ranging  from  40*-80*  C.  Reaction  proceeds  rapidly  to 
produce  crystab  of  O-methylpseudourea  hydrochloride 
which  are  conveniently  separated  and  recovered  from  the 
mother  liquor.  The  rapidity  of  the  reaction  and  the  formation 
of  the  product  as  crystals  make  the  process  particularly  ad- 


JUNE  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


7S1 


vantageous  for  preparing  O-methylpoeudourea  hydrochloride 
on  a  continuous  bMis. 


3370,023 
POLYFUNCnONAL  CARBONYL  NTTRIDE  OXIDES 
David  S.  Brealow,  Madelyn  G«rdem,  DcL,  asslgBiii  to 

■■di^ DSL 

I  Oct  4, 1966,  Scr.  No.  584,113,  now 
:  No.  3304317.  DIvhIed  and  tUs  appBcathm  May  13, 
1969,  Ser.  No.  839,123 
Int  CL  C07c  13110% 
U3.CL260— 566A  9ClaiBH 

This  invention  relates  to  ptdyfiinctional  carbonylnitrile  N- 
oxides  and  their  carbonyl  hydroximoyl  halide  and  carbcmji 
nitrolic  acid  precursors  as  new  compositions  of  matter. 


3370324 
PROCESS  F(Ht  THE  PRODUCTION  GS  AA'- 
DIAMINOIMARYL  ALKANES 
Hdnrich  Krtanm,  Krefcid-Bodtum;  Artur  Botta,  and  Her- 
mann SchadU,  both  of  KreMd-Vcrdlivcn,  al  of  Gcmany, 

to    Farbcaiahrikcn    Bayer    AlrtWiysflhchalt, 
.Germany 

I  of  apphclloH  Scr.  No.  485,123,  Sept.  3, 1965, 
I ,  and  747314,  July  17, 1968,  now 
abandoned.  TUs  application  June  24, 1969,  Ser.  No.  838,045 

Int.  CL  C07c  87IS0 
VS.  CL  260—570  D  5  CWum 

Production  of  4,4'-diaminodiaryl-aUcanes  by  reacting  a 
ketone  and  a  salt  of  an  arotnatic  ainine  at  normal  pressure, 
under  anhydrous  conditions  and  in  a  meh  of  the  amine,  said 
diaryl  alkanes  being  useful  for  the  production  of  plastics,  the 
preparation  cX.  polyamides  and  as  hardeners  for  epoxy  resins. 


3,670,025 

N,N,N',N'-TETRAKISKP-DI  ACYCUC  HYDROCARBYL- 
AMINO-niENYL)-P-ARYLENEIMAMINE 
Peter  Vincent  Suai,  MWiHibsx,  and  Noma   Ann  Weston, 
SomerviUe,  both  of  NJ.,  awrignors  to  American  Cyanamid 
Company,  Stanford,  Conn. 

Origfaial  appBcntion  Jan.  5, 1967,  Scr.  No.  607390,  now 

PMcat  No.  3,484,467,  dated  Dec  16,  1969,  widdi  ta  a 

conrtnnatlon-in-pnrt  of  appBcatfon  Scr.  No.  333,728,  Dec.  26, 

1963,  now  abandoned ,  which  is  a  wmtinnation.hi.part  of 

appHcntion  Scr.  No.  281,056,  May  16, 1963,  now  abandoned. 

Divided  and  this  application  Dec.  6, 1968,  Scr.  No.  781,973 

Int.  CL  C07c  87/50,  87/64 

VS.  CL  260—576  5  Clafam 

Diaryl-(N,N-diarylaminoaiyl)aniinium  salts  represented  by 

the  formula: 


[R— B— N- 
t 


r^l.N_^.„, 


}- 


wherein  A,  B,  D,  E  and  F  represent  bivalent  benzene  or 
bivalent  naphthalene  radicals;  n  is  1  or  2;  R,  R,.  R,  and  R« 
represent  hydrogen,  alicyl,  alkoxy,  alkenyl.  aralkyi,  aryl,  al- 
kar^,acylor 


.B« 


\. 

radicals,  said  R,  and  R«  in  turn  representing  hydrogen,  allcyl, 
alkenyl.  aralkyi.  aryl.  alkarjd  or  acyl  radicals;  said  A.  B.  D.  E 
and  F  and  R  through  R,  which  are  other  than  hydrogen  being 
either  unsubstituted  or  substituted  with  inert  groups  such  m 
lower  alkyl,  lower  alkoxy,  hydroxy,  cyano,  carboxy.  sulfo. 
halogen  and  the  like;  and  X~  represents  an  anion;  are  usefiil 
as  infrared  absorbers.  Illustrative  species  <^  the  aminium  salts 
are  (1)  bis(pKliethylamhx>phenyl)[NJ4-bis(p> 


diethylaminophenyl)-p-aminophenyl]aniinium    hexafluocoar- 
senate.  (2)  bis(p-ethylaniinophenyl)[NJ4-bia(p- 

ethylaminophenyl)-p-anunoipheiqrt]aminium     hexafluoroar- 
senate.  (3)  bis(pKliedi^anunophenyl)[N.N-bis(p- 

diethyIaminophenyl)-4'-aniinobiplienylyl]aminium  hex- 

afluoroarsenate  and  (4)  biB(4-(biB(2-hydrox- 

yethyl)anunoJphenyl)-{NJ4-bis(4.Ibis(2-hydrox- 
yethyl)amino]phenyl)-4-aininopbenyl]anumum  hex- 

afluoroantimonate.  The  sahs  are  made  by  reacting  the  ap- 
propriate NJ4JM'J«I'.tetrakis(p-dialkyIamkKiphenyl)-p-|rfien- 
ylenediamine  with  an  appropriate  sOver  salt.  For  example, 
salt  (1)  above  is  made  by  reacting  N.NJ^'.N'.tetrakis(p- 
diethylaminophenyl)-p-phen^nedianiine  with  silver  hex- 
afluoroarsenate  in  a  solvent,  such  as  dimethyUbrmamide  or 
acetone,  and  cooling  the  reaction  mixture  to  precipitate  the 
product  sah.  The  intermediate  N,NJ4'.N'-tetrak»(p-dial- 
kylaminophenyl)-p-phenylenediamine  compounds  are 
formed,  for  example,  by  reacting  p-nitrohak>ben2ene  with  p- 
phenylenediamine  to  form  N.Ni4'J^'-tetrakis(p-nitrophen- 
yl)-p-phenylenediamine.  followed  by  reduction  of  the  nitio 
groups  to  amino  groups  by  hydrogenation  in  the  presence  of 
a  catalyst,  such  as  palladium  on  charcoal,  and  alkylation  of 
the  amino  groups  with  an  alkylating  agent,  such  as  an  alkyl 
halide.  The  aminium  sahs,  which  absorb  broadly  in  the  near- 
infrared  region,  may  be  incorporated  into  various  materials 
to  increase  the  infived  absorption  thereof.  A  prticmd  use  is 
the  incorporation  of  the  salts  into  plastics  from  which  optical 
lenses  for  sunglasses,  weklen'  goggles  and  the  like  are  made, 
such  lenses  affording  protection  to  the  eye  against  infrared 
radiation. 


3,670,026 
UNSATURATED  HYDROXY  KETONES 
H*>s  Dletatar  Lamparsky,  Dnhtndart,  and  Roman  Mwbct, 
Riehen,  both  of  Swhanland,  msignini  to  Givandnn  Cor^ 
porathm,  Ddawaaaa,  N  J. 

Origfaul  application  Dec.  7. 1965,  Ser.  No.  512,216,  now 
Patent  No.  3,470,209.  Divided  Md  thb  appBcatian  Sept.  26, 

1968,  Scr.  No.  794^11 
Clainis   priority,   application   Switaerland,  Dec    11,   1964, 

15996/64 
Int  CL  C07c  49/82, 49/24 
VS.  CL  260—592  1 1  —  -i, 

Processes  and  intemediates  for  novel  ketones  useful  in  per- 
fumery on  account  of  their  desirable  olfactory  properties 
which  ketones  have  the  formula: 


B*-HC  1  II 

\         CH-CH-C-R' 

V 


I 


3,670,027 
DETERGENT  COMPOSITKMSS 
iUI  M.  Prieetley,  North  Bergen,  and  James  H. 
Demareat,  both  of  N  J.,  aasjgnnri  to  Lever  Brothan 
pany.  New  York,  N.Y. 
Original  appBcaHin  Ang.  25, 1969.  Ser.  No.  869,9tS,  whidl 
is  a  rsthinaHsn  of  aiyBcntlen  Ser.  Na^  647433,  Jnae  IB. 

appBcallon  Scr.  No.  365^,  May  6, 1964,  now  ahmidoMd , 

whichlsa  rsttiBnllsn  hi  paitof  iiplfBllia  8g.  Wt 
725,505,  Apr.  1, 1958,  BMr  ahaaisMd ,  airi  €8346,  OcL  h. 

I960,  new  iba ■  DWdsdaadtMsapilrallia  Ai»  »l 

1970,  Sir.  Now  65399 
taLCLC07c  49/76 
U3.CL260-593R  1 

Novel  sulfoxides  having  the  general  formula 

CuHa(0  CHiCHOr-B— B 


i 


7 


722 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


wherein  X  it  O  when  R  it  a  monovalent  radical  selected  from 
the  group  cooMdng  of  ^yceryl,  acetonyl.  2<hloroeth^,  2- 
iodoethyl,  2.mercaptomethyl  ethyl.  2-niethoxyethyl,  2-ethox- 
y-ediyl,  and  2-aIlyloxyethyl,  and  X  is  an  integer  from  1  to  2 
when  R  is  mediyl.  These  sulfoxides  are  useftil  as  suds-subiliz- 
ing  additives. 

As  intmnediatet  for  the  preparation  of  sulfoxides  that  are 
uaeftil  as  suds-stabilizing  additives,  there  are  aho  disckwed 
the  compound  dodecyloxyethoxyethyl  chloride  and  sulfides 
having  the  general  fomiula 


CuHh(0  CHiCHi)r-S— B 


wherein  X  is  O  when  R  is  the  monovalent  acetonyl  radical, 
and  X  is  an  integer  fsoaa  1  to  2  when  R  is  the  methyl  radical. 


June  18,  1971! 


3^70,028  

FRODUCnON  OF  2-METIIYL-2>HEPTEN-6-ONE 
Hcrkcrt    MocUcr,   FrairiMllMl/Uppcr    PalaltaMte;    Harald 
KochI,  and  HonI  PwuBcr,  both  af  LodwIgphafM/Rhlw, 
aH  ef  GcnBaay,  Msignnri  to  Badische  AaUn-A  Soda- 
Fabffk  ilMliagiaillsrhsit.  Ludwigshafin/RbiBe. Gcnnaay 
Filed  Sept  20, 1968,  Scr.  No.  761,328 
tat.  CL  C07c  49120 
U  A  CL  260—593  9  Oafans 

The  production  of  2-methyl-l-hepten-6-ones  (important 
for  organic  syntheses  of  perfumes  and  carotenoids)  by  isome- 
rization  of  2-mcthyl-l-hcpten-6-one  by  means  of  finelly  di- 
vided palladium  or  compounds  of  divalent  palladium  as 
isomerization  catalysts. 


3,670,029 

PREPARATION  OF  UNSATURATED  ETHERS 

Michael  G.  RomaiMll,  New  York,  N.Y^  assignor  to  Esso 


3,670,031 

BENZOHYDROQUINONES 

Urs  Gleor,  XlMrwfl;  Rudolf  Riian.  Bottiiyi«cn,  and  Ufarkl 

Schwictcr,  RahMch,  al  of  SwUasrland,  aaslgnnri  to  Hoffr 

.La  Roche  1m.,  Niiticy,  N  J. 

Has  Feb.  14, 1963,  Scr.  No.  258,609,  now 
Pateat  No.  3,517,070,  dated  Jwe  23, 1970,  wUch  is  a 
divWoB  of  appMcalloa  Scr.  No.  831,027,  Ai«.  3, 1959,  now 
Patent  No.  3,1 18,914,  dated  Jan.  21, 1964.  Dhridcd  and 

appKcaltoa  Mar.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21,176 
Cbfans    priority,    appBcattoa   Swilaerland,   Aug.   7,   1958, 
62670/58;  Kv%.  28, 1958, 63369/58;  Nov.  4, 1958, 65910/58 
lBta.C07c4i/22  ' 

M&,  CL  260—613  D  1  data 

This  invention  relates  to  2,3-dimethoxy-S-methyl-6-gera- 
nyl-geranyl-l,4<benzohydroquinones  which  is  an  inter- 
mediate in  the  preparation  of  the  corresponding  chromanolt. 
This  benzohydroquinone  and  its  corresponding  chromanols 
are  usefril  as  antioxidants  for  foodstufb.  feedstufb.  vitamin 
preparations  and  the  like. 


3,670,032 
PREPARATION  OF  UNSATURATED  ALCOHOLS  AND 

ETHERS 

Mlchad  G.  RcmsnrM,  New  York,  N.Y.,  asslgnar  to 
Rcocarch  and  EaglBwriag  Compony 

FOod  Mar.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  806,673 

lBt.CLC07c4//06,47/70 
U.S.  CL  260-614  AA  8  Clalias 

Unsaturated  alcohols  and  ethers  are  prepared  throu^  the 
reaction  of  C4  to  C«  aliphatic  conjugated  diolefins  with  water, 
a  lower  alkanol  or.  mixtures  thereof  in  the  presence  of  a  zero 
valent  palladium  based  catalyst  system.  The  preferred 
catalyst  is  tetrakis(triphenyl-plKi«phine)palladium  alone  or  in 
combination  with  a  basic  material  such  as  a  quaternary  am- 
monium hydroxide.  Where  one  of  the  coreactants  is  water, 
the  reaction  is  conducted  in  the  presence  of  a  solvent.  The 
unsaturated  alcohol  and  ether  productt  can  be  catalyticafly 
hydrogenated  to  plasticizer  alcohols  and  ether  solvent  media. 


FBed  Mm-.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  808,672 

fat.  CLC07c<//06. 47/70 
UA  CL  260-612  D  13  Clateis 

Unsaturated  ethers  are  prepared  through  the  reaction  of  C4 
to  C«  aliphatic  conjugated  diolefins  with  a  monohydroxy  al- 
cohol in  the  presence  of  a  catalyst  system  based  upon  zero 
valent  nickel.  The  preferred  catalyst  system  is  made  up  of  a 
zero  valent  nickel  material,  a  phosphine  or  isonitrile  activator 
and  further,  if  desired,  an  inorganic  or  organic  base 
cocatalyst  The  reaction  is  conducted  at  moderate  tempera- 
ture and  pressure  conditions.  The  unsaturated  ethers  can  be 
catalytically  hydrogenated  to  useful  ether  solvent  media. 


iChJns 


3,670,030 
ALKYLAT10N  OF  PHENOUC  COMPOUND 
ABca  K.  Sparks,  Dcs  PIsteii,  DL,  ariginr  to  Universal  OB 
Producte  Coaspany,  Dcs  Plaiacs,  OL 

Fled  Fch.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,196 
ta«.CLC07cJ7/74 
UA  CL  260—613  D  9  daioas 

Water  in  a  controlled  concentration  is  added  in  the  alkyla- 
tion  of  a  phenolic  compound  with  an  olefin  in  contact  with 
alumina  catalyst.  This  serves  to  prolong-  the  activity  of  the 
catalyst  to  effect  the  alk^tion  reaction  and  particularly 
ortho-alkylation. 


3,670,033 
PROCtsS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  2,6- 
DIALKYLPHENOLS 
SUn-Ichl  Izawa;  Katsuyukl  Nakanura,  both  of  Tokyo,  abd 
YoshlyuU  MIzoguchI,  Intma-gua,  aU  of  Japaa,  assignors  to 
Asahikasd  Kogyo  Kabusblkl  Kalsha,  Osaka,  Japan 
FOed  Apr.  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  818,776 
Clatans  priority,  appHcadon  Japan,  May  2,  1968,  43/83622; 
.        May  11, 1968,43/83618 
I  lat.  CL  C07c  37112 

U.S.  CL  260—621  R  ^ 

This  invention  discloses  a  process  for  the  preparation  of 
2,6-dialkylphenols  which  comprises  reacting  cyclohexanope 
with  either  formaldehyde  or  acetaldehyde  in  the  vapor  phase 
at  a  temperature  of  from  150"  to  SSCT  C.  in  the  presence  of  a 
particul^  catalyst.  I 

As  a  catalyst,  a  compound  of  metals  of  Group  la  of  the 
Periodic  Table  of  the  Elements  is  empk>yed  in  this  invention, 
and  a  compound  of  metals  of  Group  IVa  and  Va  of  the 
Periodic  Table  of  the  Elements  may  be  empk>yed,  as  a 
promoter,  together  with  the  above  mentioned  catalyst  for  the 
purpose  of  increasing  the  yield  and  selectivity  of  the  product. 
In  contrast  with  the  conventional  methods,  the  present 
process  can  be  economicaOy  and  simply  carried  out  to 
produce  2,6-dialkylphenol  in  high  yield  with  a  great  industri- 
al advantage. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


728 


3,670,034 

PROCESS  FOR  AROMATIC  SUBSTITUTION 

Robert  E.  RoMbmm,  CohunMa,  S.C.,  MdpMr  to  Natfonai 

DistMcrs  aad  Cbsialcal  Corporalioa,  New  York,  N.Y. 

CotbwiaHea  hi  pott  of  appHcartaa  Scr.  Now  631,917,  Apr. 

19. 1967,  now  sbaaJoasd  ,  Cumlaualluii  !■  |wat  of 

appMcattoa  Scr.  No.  282,559,  May  23, 1963,  aow  abaiMloBcd , 

Coatiaualkii^Di^  of  ipplcalkM  8«r.  No.  282,594,  May  23, 
1963,  BOW  abandoMd,  CoirtbnMtioa-bi-part  of  appMcattoa 
Ser.  No.  282,595,  May  23,  1963,  now  abaadoacJ.  This 
AppMcalloa  Mar.  21,  1969,  Scr.  No.  809,379.  The  porttoa 
of  the  tern  of  the  patent  saboequent  to  May,  11, 1988,  bM 


iMtLCLtXrrc  39/24. 25/04 
VS.  CL  260—623  H  10 

Substituted  aromatic  derivatives  are  prepared  by  reacting 
an  aromatic  compound  v^th  a  group  VIII  platinum  metal  salt 
wherein  the  substituent  introduced  is  derived 'from  the  anion 
portion  of  said  group  Vm  platinum  metal  sah  and  said  sak  is 
regenerated  in  situ,  in  the  presence  of  a  source  of  the  anion 
being  introduced  into  the  aromatic  compound  other  than 
said  sah,  by  oxidation  with  oxygen  or  a  multivalent  transition 
metal  ion  which  is  in  its  highest  valence  state. 


3,670,035 

PREPARATION  OF  POLYHYDRIC  ALCOHOLS  FROM 

CARBOHYDRATES 

Robert  J.  CapOi,  and  Leon  W.  Wright,  both  of  WOmlngtoa, 

DcL,  Bsslgnori  to  Attes  Chendad  Industries,  Inc.,  WOmfaig- 

toa,IM. 

Orlgfaial  appMcattoa  Mar.  7, 1968,  Scr.  No.  711,212,  now 
Patent  No.  3,538,019,  dated  Nov.  3, 1970.  DIvkled  and  thk 
appMcattoa  Jan.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,01 1 
lat.  CL  C07c  31/26 
US,  CL  260—^5  C  7  dafam 

Metalic  nickel  and  finely  divided  nickel  phosphate  sup- 
ported on  an  inert  carrier  wherein  the  total  nickel  is  from  12 
to  4S(f  %  by  weight,  based  on  total  weight  of  catalyst,  the 
phosphate  (PO4)  content  is  from  0.60  to  23  percent  by 
weight,  based  on  the  total  wei^t  of  catalyst,  and  the  ratio  of 
total  nickel  to  phosphorus  is  greater  than  2.84. 


3,670,036 

STABILIZED  METHYLENE  CHLORIDE  FOR  HIGH 

TEMPERATURE  APPUCATIONS 

Thomas  A.  Vivian,  Midfauid,  Mich.,  Mriganr  to  The  Dm 

Chcmkal  Company,  Mldkaid,  Mkh. 
^  Filed  Feb.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  8,037 

Int.  CL  C07c  1 7/42,  1 7/40 
U.S.  CL  260—652.5  R  10  OafaM 

Methylene  chloride  stabilized  with  l-IO  percent  by  weight 
of  a  nitroalkane,  0.1  to  S  percent  by  wei^t  of  an  alkylene 
oxide  and  0-10  percent  of  a  dialkoxyalkane  has  been  found 
to  be  especially  }{ood  for  high  temperature  applications  even 
in  continuous  or  intermittent  contact  with  a  reactive  metal 
such  as  aluminum. 


to  Emo 


3,670,037 
CATALYST  SYSTEM 
John  J.  Dttgaa,  Sarala,  Oatarlo,  Caaada, 
Rcaearcb  aad  F.agia>»riag  Conpaay 

Filed  Feb.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  800,713 
laLCLC07c  27/06 
U.S.  CL  260—656  R  6 

An  improved  catalyst  system  for  selectively  fH-eparing 
monohalogenated  olefins,  e.g.  vinyl  chloride,  wherein  a  mix- 
ture containing  an  olefin,  hydrogen  halide  and  source  of  ox- 
ygen is  reacted  with  a  catalyst  system  containing  a  palladium 
halide,  e.g.,  palladium  chloride;  a  ferric  halide,  e.g.  ferric 
chloride  and  an  alkali  metal  halide  ^i^ierein  the  alkali  metal  is 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  sodium  and  potassium, 
e.g.  sodium  chloride.  The  reaction  is  conducted  at  a  tempera- 


ture in  the  range  of  between  350"  and  650*.  The  halide 
moiety  of  the  catidyits  employed  are  identical  and  cor- 
respond to  the  hak)flenated  hydrocarboa  produced. 
Monoludogenated  olefins  such  as  vin^  chloride  are  impor- 
tant and  valuable  commercial  products,  porticulariy  m 
precursors  for  polymeric  materials. 


Ethyl 


1969, 


3,670,038 
CHEMICAL  PROCESS 
Shcphwd,  Jr..  Batea  Rmi«c  La. 

Now  York,  N.Y. 

Of  applcaliM  Scr.  Na.  M2467,  Folk  25, 

No.  3,597,487,  dalod  Ai«.  8, 1971.  TUs 
Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,170 
bLCLC07Ji/02 
U.S.  CL  260-665  R  IOCWm 

Dialkylmagnesium  compounds  undergo  a  smooth,  uncata- 
lyzed  chain  growth  reaction  with  ethylene  or  other  nonnaUy 
gaseous  monoolefins  provided  the  reaction  is  conducted  in  a 
single  phase  liquid  reaction  system.  Aronutic  hydrocarbons 
or  weakly  basic  ethers  are  employed  as  the  solvents.  The  di- 
alkylmagnesium reactants  used  are  those  vkiiich  are 
completely  dissolved  in  the  solvent  under  the  chain  growth 
conditions  being  used.  The  process  often  involves  less  un- 
desirable side  reactions  than  a  comparable  chain  giowth 
reaction  involving  an  organoaluminum  compound. 


3,670,039 

FRACTIONATION  OF  C,  BICYCUC  AROMATIC 

HYDROCARBONS  BY  TETRAHALOPBTHALIC 

ANHYDRIDE  COMPLEX  FORMATION 

L  Davis,  WBailagtoa,  DcL,  sislgaii  to  Sua  OM 

poay,  PbMadelpMa,  Pa. 

FBed  May  1, 1970.  Scr.  No.  33,949      ° 
fat.  CL  C07c  7/00 
U.S.  CL  260— 674  N  6 

Mixtures  of  Cu  bicyclic  aromatic  hydrocarbons  containing 
dimethylnaphthalenes  are  difficult  to  fractionate  by  conven- 
tional techniques  such  as  distillation  or  crystallization.  How- 
ever, by  dissolving  a  totrahalophthalic  anhydride  in  such  a 
mixture  at  an  elevated  temperature,  followed  by  subsequent 
cooling,  a  solid  complex  of  oertaia  hydrocarbons  and  the  an- 
hydride is  formed.  Separation  of  the  solid  cora|rfex  from  the 
cooled  mixture  and  its  subsequem  decomposition  results  in  a 
product  that  is  substantially  richer  in  those  dinaeth^- 
naphthalenes  which  are  preferentiany  complexed.  Upon 
further  processing,  these  dimethybiaphthalenes  have  utility  in 
the  production  of  dyes. 


3,670,040 

FRACTIONATION  OF  C,  BICYCLIC  AROMATIC 

HYDROCARBONS  DI  OR  TRIANHYDRIDE  COMPLEX 

FORMATION 

Ronald  L  Davk,  WHasfaigloa,  DcL,  assigaor  to  Saa  OM 

paay,  Phfladdphia,  Pa. 

Flkd  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,950 
fat.  CL  C07c  7/00 
U.S.  CL  260—674  N  8  ' 

Mixtures  of  Cu  bicyclic  aromatic  hydrocarbons  containing 
trimethyfaiaphthalenes  are  difficuh  to  fractiooate  by  conven- 
tional techniques  such  as  distillation  or  crystalUzatioo.  How- 
ever, by  contacting  such  mixtures  with  the  diaahydride  of 
1,2,4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic  acid,  the  dianhydride  of 
1,2,3.4-benezenetotracarboxylic  acid  or  the  trianhydride  of 
1 ,2,3.4,5 ,6-benzenehexacarboxylic  acid,  a  solid  complex  of 
certain  hydrocarbons  and  the  polyanhydiide  is  focmed. 
Separation  of  the  solid  complex  and  its  subsequent  decom- 
position results  in  a  complexate  that  is  substantiaDy  richer  m 
those  trimethylnaphthalenes  which  are  preferentially  com- 
plexed. These  trimethylnaphthaknes  can  be  demethylatod  to 
dimethylnaphthalenes  which  have  utility  in  the  productioo  of 
dyes. 


724 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3^70,041 
HYDROGENATION  PROCiSS 
wmmk  G.  Juki.  SMtowk,  Md  RoImmI  Ubcn,  DkUMon, 
both  of  Thu,  — Iginw  to  MuimmKii  CoavMy.  St  Louta, 

Mo» 

FDcd  June  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,216 

loL  CL  C07c  7/00;  ClOg  31/14 

VS.  CL  260—674  H  13  daiim 

An  improved  method  for  the  selective  hydrogenation  of 
olefinic  unsaturated  impurities  present  in  an  aromatic 
hydrocarbon  feed  which  comprises  contacting  the  aromatic 
hydrocarbon  feed  with  a  suitable  selective  hydrogenation 
catalyst  and  hydrogen  under  hydrogenation  conditions  until 
the  activity  of  the  catalyst  is  diminished,  subsequendy  reju- 
venating the  catalyst  with  hydrogen  and  a  hydrocarbon  liquid 
at  elevated  temperatures  and  thereafter  contacting  the 
regenerated  catalyst  with  additional  quantities  of  the  aro- 
matic hydrocarbon  feed. 


June  13,  197!  i 


3,670,045 

ABA  BLOCK  POLYMERS  OF  POLYLACTONES  AND 

POLYETHERS 

Joseph  Victor  KokriM;  RcM  Mario-Joseph  Roberts,  and 

Frank  Pan!  Dd  Ghidico,  al  of  Chartsstom  W.  Va.,  as- 

signon  to  Unloa  Carbide  Corporathm,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FOad  Doc  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,923 

brt.  a  C08g  45/00;  COSd  9/02 

VS.  CL  260—830  R  7 

The  invention  relates  to  novel,  solid,  substantially  water-in- 
soluble ABA  block  polymers  in  which  the  A  blocks  compriae 
recurring  linear  lactone  units  and  the  B  block  comprises 
recurring  oxyethylene  units.  The  block  polymers  have  utility 
as  plasticizers  for  polyvinyl  chloride  resins,  as  surfactants, 
and  as  dye  assists  for  polypropylene  fiber. 


3,670,042 
MODIFIED  OXIDATIVE  DEHYDROGENATION 
CATALYSTS 
Louis  J.  Croce,  Seabrook,  Tea.;  Lafanools  Briars,  Princeton, 
and  Maifonls  GaUfta,  Oghlaad  Park,  both  of  NJ.,  aa- 
signon  to  PMro>Tca  Chcndcal  Corporathin,  Houaton,  Tex. 
ContfaiuatkNi-in-p«t  of  appBcatton  Scr.  No.  459,878,  May  28, 
1965.  TMs  applkartton  Sept.  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,543 
IntCLC07c5/7« 
U.S.CL  260-680 E  23ClaInis 

Oxidative  dehydrogenation  of  organic  compounds  with 
catalyst  comprising  a  metal  ferrite  with  a  Periodic  TaWe 
Group  niB  metal  or  metal  compound  as  a  catalyst  modifier. 
For  example,  butene  is  oxidatively  dehydrogenated  to  bu- 
tadiene-1,3  with  a  catalyst  comprising  manganese  ferrite 
modified  with  a  minor  amount  of  cerium  oxide. 


3,670,043 

OLEFIN  CONVERSION  PROCESS  USING  COMPLEXES 

OF  TL  ZR  AND  HF  WITH  ORGANOALUMINUM  AS 

OLEFIN  REACTION  CATALYSTS 

DonaM  H.  Knbicck,  and  Emcit  A.  Zucch,  both  of  c/o  PhOUps 

PMrolenm  Co.,  BMliesvtte,  OUa. 

Origfaial  appBcaHen  Mv.  28, 1968,  Scr.  No.  717,027,  now 

abandoned ,  wUch  Is  a  conttanathm-te-part  of  appikathm  Scr. 

No.  635,657,  May  3, 1967,  now  abandonrd.  Divklcd  and  this 

appMcathm  Mar.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,096 

InL  CL  C07c  3/62 

US.  CL  260—683  D  12  Ciatais 

Olefins  are  converted  into  other  olefins  having  different 

numbers  of  carbon  atoms  by  contact  with  a  homogenous 

catalyst  active  for  disproportionating  an  olefin  into  other 

olefins  of  both  higher  and  lower  carbon  atoms  comprising  a 

coordination  complex  of  zirconium,  titanium  or  hafiiium 

together  with  an  aluminum-containing  catalytic  adjuvant. 


I  3,670,046 

COPOLYMERS  OF  BIS-OXAZOUNES  AND  DITinOL 

COMPOUNDS  AS  CURING  AGENTS  FOR 

POLYEPOXIDES 

Donah!  A.  TonaHa,  and  Bruce  P.  Thfll,  both  of  MMhud, 

Mkh.,  assignors  to  The  Dow  ChenUcai  Company,  Midland, 

Mkh. 

Filed  June  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  833,759 

Int.  CLCOSg  45/72,  45/00 

U.S.  CL  260—830  S  13  Clakps 


\ 


r       R'  o  O  ^'  t 


H8-R"-SH  or  H|8-  ^ 


wherein  R  =  alkylene,  arylene  or  arylalky'ene 
R'  =  hydrogen  or  lower  alkyl 
R''=alkyteBe,    arylene,    arylalkylene,    cycloalkylene 

or  substituted  cycloalkykne  groups 
X  -  — O—  or  — S— 

»  0  or  1 

=  molar  quantity  of  monomers   and  degree  of  poly- 
merization of  polymers. 
Also  with  excess  of  either  I  or  11  the  polymer  ^ 


m 

y 


3,670,044 
CATALYTIC  DEHYDROGENATION  PROCESS 
Lewis  E.  DKhman,  and  Dand  W.  Walker,  both  of  Bart- 
kivflk,  OUa.,  MripMWi  to  PMHpi  PMrakum  ComiMny 
Fled  July  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  843^39 
InL  CL  BOIJ  / 1/12;  C07c  5/18 
U.S.  CL  260— «833  llCtahns 

Cycloalkanes,  arylalkanes,  and  alkanes,  such  as  n-butane, 
when  diluted  with  steam  are  dehydrogenated  in  the  presence 
of  gaseous  hydrogen  or  mixtures  of  gaseous  hydrogen  and 
gaseous  oxygen  to  less  saturated  compounds  with  a  catalyst 
composition  comprising  a  Group  vm  metal  or  a  mixture  of  a 
Group  VIII  metal  and  a  Group  IVa  metal  deposited  on  a  sup- 
port, such  as  a  Group  II  aluminate  spinel. 


^N- 


\ 


im»{ 


or  — SH  end  groups  which  react  with 


o 


0 


to  yield  epoxy  resin  copolymers,  when  G  is  the  moiety 
bridging  between  oxirane  groups  in  a  polyepoxide  adapted  to 
be  cured  to  obtain  an  epoxy  resin:  and  processes  for  making 
the  above.  The  resins  are  adapted  to  be  employed  as  adhe- 
sives,  and  as  thermoplastic  to  thermoset  polymers  for 
production  of  plastic  articles  of  manufacture. 


June  18,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


725 


3,670,047 

EPOXY  RESINS  ETHERIF1ED  WITH  ETHYLENICALLY 

UNSATURATED  ALCOHOLS  AND  COPOLYMERIZED 

WFTH  CARBOXY  C<MVTAINING  MONOMERS 

Bcmhard     Brocckcr,     Hamburg,    Germany,     Mrigmii     to 

RdchhoU-Albcrt-Chcniie     ^kticngfarlhrhafl.     Hamburg, 

Germany 

FDed  Oct  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862,939 
Oafans  priority,  application  Swltseriand,  Oct.  8,  1968, 
15278/68 
but.  CLCO»g  45/04 
VS.  a  260-837  R  n  Oalin 

Water-dilutable  vinyl  modified  pcrfyether  resins  produced 
by  etberifying  an  epoxide  compound  with  an  unsaturated 
monohydric  alcohol  containing  at  least  one  ethylenic  double 
bond,  copolymerizing  the  etherified  product  through  itt  cen- 
ters of  unsaturation  with  an  ehtylenically  unsaturated  carbox- 
ylic  compound  and  neutralizing  the  copolymer  wherein: 

a.  the  epoxide  compound  is  selected  from  the  group  con- 
sisting of 


CH, — CH-CH,-0-X. 

\/ 

(OH).. 
CH| — CH-CHt— 0-Y-OCHi-CHCHjOR 

V  in 

(CHi — CH-CHt-Oi-Y. 

V 

(CHi — CH-CH»-0)i-(Ri-0-CHt-CH-CH|).,-0-Ri 

o  6b. 


3,670,048 

GRAFT  COPOLYMERS  OF  UNSATURATED 

POLYETHERS  ON  POLYAMIDE  AND  POLYESTER 

SUBSTRATES 

Eugene  Edward  Magat,  and  David  TaiMcr,  both  of  WBni^- 

ton,  DcL,  Bsslgnim  to  E.  L  du  Pont  de  NenuNvs  and  Cons- 

pany,  Wflndngton,  DeL 

Conthiuatton  of  appBcation  Scr.  No.  863,047,  Dec  30, 1959, 

now  mtmudomd  ,  ConHnnation-in^mrt  of  application  Scr.  No. 

499,754,  Apr.  6, 1955,  now  ahandowtd ,  and  503,790,  Apr. 

25, 1955,  now  abandoned ,  which  is  a  dIvWan  of  appHcathm 

Scr.  No.  735,288,  May  14, 1958,  now  Patent  Na  3,188,228. 

This  appMcatloa  Sept.  9,  1966,  Scr.  No.  578,414 

Int.  CL  C08g  41/04 

VS.  CL  260—857  G  12  Chdnv 

Dye  receptive  polymers  may  be  prepared  by  grafting 

polyethers  containing  ethylenic  unsaturation  onto  a  fiber 

forming    polyamide    backbone.    The    graft    copolymer    is 

prepared  by  passing  a  polymer  whose  surface  is  coated  with 

the  vinyl  monomer  through  a  zone  of  irradiation. 


3,670,049 

BOWLING  LANE  FINISH  CONTAINING  A 

POLYURETHANE  AND  A  POLYOLEFIN 

Alex  H.  Steta,  Wankcgan,  DL,  and  WIMani  D.  Coder,  Jr., 

Akron,  Okto,  aasignors  to  The  Dexter  Corporatkm,  Wfaid- 

sor  Locks,  Conn,  and  Brunswick  Corporation,  Chla«a,  II. 

Conthioation4B.part  of  appBcation  Scr.  No.  642^32,  May  31, 

1967,  now  abandoned.  This  appBcadon  May  15, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  37,876 
Int  CL  C08g  41/04 
VS.  CL  260—859  R  7  Ch^ns 

A  moisture  curable  polyurethane  coating  composition, 
suitable  for  finishing  bowling  lanes,  contains  fi-om  about  0.2 
to  about  10  percent  by  weight,  based  on  the  weight  of  the 
polyurethane  prepolymer,  of  a  finely  divided  slip  agent  such 
as  polyethylene. 


and 


(CHi — CH-CH,-0)-(R,-0-CH,-CH-CH,).,-0- 
0 


(OH).' 
Rj-(0-CH,-CH-CH»-0-R). 


.!>. 


wherein  X  is  an  alkyl,  acrylic'  or  cycloalkyl  group, 
Y  is  an  alkylene,  arylene  or  cycloalkylene  group, 
n '  is  0  or  a  small  integer, 
Hi  is  0  or  a  small  integer, 
R I  is  an  aliphatic  or  aromatic  group,  and 
R  is  an  aliphatic  or  aromatic  group. 

b.  the  unsaturated  monohydric  alcohol  has  three  to  20  car- 
bon atoms  and  the  etherification  is  carried  out  by  heating, 

c.  the  carboxylic  compound  is  an  a,/3-ethylenicaUy  unsatu- 
rated monocarboxylic  or  polycarboxylic  acid,  an  anhydride 
and/or  a  half  ester  with  monoalcohob  having  one  to  four  car- 
bon atoms,  optionally  containing  vinyl  or  vinyhdene  com- 
pounds, and  the  copolymerization  reaction  is  carried  out  with 
heating  so  that  the  reaction  {Mxxlucts  have  an  acid  number  ot 
at  least  25,  and 

d.  the  neutralization  n  carried  out  in  the  presence  of  am- 
monia, strong  organic  nitrogen  bases  or  mixtures  thereof  so 
that  the  reaction  products  are  dispersible  in  or  dilutable  with 
water. 


3,670,050 

METHOD  FOR  PRODUCTION  OF  MODIFIED 

OXYMETHYLENE  POLYMERS 

Clabe  J.  Castner,  Nutky,  NJ.;  Robert  V.  Rusao,  Brooklyn, 

vN.Y.,  and  RaynMnd  A.  Bcrard,  WcstUdd,  N J.,  asslg to 

Cdancse  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  46^20 
Int.  CL  C08g  1/24, 39/10 
VS.  CL  260-860  12  ClafaM 

Disclosed  herein  is  method  for  production  of  modified  ox- 
ymethylene  polymers  by  a  coupling  reaction  of  an  ox- 
ymethylene  polymer  and  a  dissimilar  organic  polymer  with  an 
isocyanate  or  an  isothiocyanate.  The  method  comprises  the 
consecutive  steps  of  ( 1 )  forming  an  admixture  ot  an  organic 
tin  catalyst  and  the  reactive  componenu;  and  then  (2)  ad- 
ding an  organic  phosphite  to  enhance  the  reaction  rate. 
When  this  sequence  is  followed  a  synergistic  reaction  rate  is 
observed. 


3,670,051 
CARBONATE  CONTAINING  COPOLYMERISATlCm 
PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESS  FOR  THEIR  PRODUCTION 
Fcrdlaaad  Scngc,  KrcfeM;  Knrt  Wckrauch,  and  Lndwig  Bel- 
tcabruch,  both  of  KrcfeM-Bockua,  ai  of  Gcnna«y,  aa- 
■ignors  to  Farbentahrlkcn  Bayer  IklifniiMlwhrfi.  Lever- 
kttsea,  GeruMny 

Fled  Jan.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,648 
Clafans  priority,  appBcatton  Gcnnany,  Jan.  31, 1969,  P  1904 

651.6 
Int.  CL  C07c  69/00;  C08g  39/10 
VS.  CL  260—873  10  Oatan 

New  polymeric  products  are  provided  which  correspond  to 
the  statistical  formula 


726 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1975 


r        A   A'  TR'  n- 

X  11  Lr  "Ji 

I 

N— H" 


1 


I 

o 


iB-O'cO-Ari-O-J-COAn  I 

J  Hi       li   J. 


Q' 


An 

.1 
o 
I 
c=o 

I 
o 

I 

An 


Jm 


-ip 


in  which  A  is  hydrogen  or  the  methyl  group, 
A'  is  hydrogen  or  the  radical 


carbon  atoms,  halogen,  an  hydroxy  group  or  a  phenolic  radi- 
cal which  if  bound  directly  or  via  a  methylene  group,  an  ox- 
ygen or  sulphur  atom,  a  sulphonyl  or  sulphoxide  group,  or  » 
silane  group, 

»  is  the  >C=0  or  the  >80;  group; 

B  is  oxygen  or  an  optionally  nucleus-substituted  phenoxy 
radical  which  may  be  Imked  to  the  benzene  ring  either 
directly  or  via  a  carbon,  oxygen,  sulphur  or  siUcon  atom,  with 
the  proviso  than  when  r  is  0,  B  is  hydrogen,  [ 

Ar,  is  a  bivalent,  optionally  nucleus-substituted  aromatfic 
radical  which  may  contain  a  free  hydroxy  group, 
Ar,  is  a  monovalent,  optionally  nucleus-substituted  aromatic 

radical, 

Q  and  Q'  are  the  endgroups  of  the  copolymerizates  as  they 

are  formed  by  the  copolymerization  reaction  initiated  by 

ionic  catalysts  or  free  radicals, 

^  is  an  integer  between  about  9  and  about  1 ,000, 

m  is  an  integer  from  about  5  to  about  200, 

n  is  an  integer  from  0  to  about  200, 

( is  0  or  1  and 

p  is  an  integer  from  I  to  about  15. 

These  new  polymers  are  eq)eciaUy  useful  in  the  production 
of  thermal  and  hydrolysis  resistant  thermoplastic  resins. 


R  is  a  hydrogen;  halogen;  a  lower  alkyl  group  having  up  to  six 
carbon  atoms;  a  phenyl  group;  a  vinyl  group; 
an  ester  group 

0 

-l-o-y 

of  a  monohydric  alcohol  containing  the  hydrocarbon  radical 
Y  of  those  alcohols  which  contain  up  to  about  18  carbon 
atoms  including  methanol,  ethanol.  propanol,  isopropanol, 
butanol,  isobutanol,  hexanol,  octanol,  lauryl  alcohol,  stearyl 
alcohol  and  the  like; 
an  ester  group 

o 
II 
-0-C-Z 

of  a  monocarboxylic  acid  containing  the  hydrocarbon  radical 
Z  of  acids  including  acetic,  propionic,  butyric,  benzoic  and 
the  like  adds; 
the  amide  group 

0 

II 
-C-NHi: 

the  nitrile  group  — C  »  N 

or  an  alkyl  ether  group,  preferably  those  containing  up  to  oc- 

toxy  eight  carbon  atoms  including  methoxy,  ethoxy,  allyloxy, 

hexoxy,  ocotxy  and  the  like; 

R'  is  hydrogen,  halogen,  methyl  or  nitrile, 

R"  is  hydrogen  or  a  lower  alkyl  group  having  up  to  about  six 

carbon  atoms, 

R'"  is  hydrogen,  a  lower  alkyl  group  havmg  up  to  about  six 


,  3,670,052 

THERMOPLASTIC  VINYL  RESIN  COMPOSITIONS,  AND 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURE  | 

KazM  Sdto,  Syracuse,  N.Y.;  ItiuOd  Tanaka,  and  IcWro 
Saho,  both  of  Osaka,  Japan,  assignors  to  Kanegafuchi 
Cbemkal  Iwlustry  Company  Limited,  Osaka,  Japan 
Contlnuatlo»4n-part  of  appHoitlon  Scr.  No.  470,235,  Aug.  7, 

1965,  now  abandoned  ,  and  502,545,  Oct  22, 1965,  now 
abandoned.  This  application  June  27, 1969,  Set.  No.  837,309 
Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Japan,  Jan.  25,  1965,  40/3925; 
j  40/3927  j^ 

I       Int,CI.C08f /9/0«.4i/72  P 

U.S.  CI.  260-876  R  lOCWms 

Production  of  synthetic  vinyl  resins  having  pronounced  re- 
sistance to  color  deterioration,  while  also  manifesting  high 
impact  strength  and  transparency,  utilizing  a  butadiene  graft 
polymer  formed  by  the  sequential  addition  to  a  polymer  or 
copolymer  of  butadiene  of  from  80  to  30  parts  of  monomers 
for  each  100  parts  of  totol  resin  content,  said  monomers  con- 
sisting of  from  5  to  80  percent  vinyl  aromatic  compound, 
from  5  to  50  percent  of  methyl  methacrylate,  and  from  5  to 
60  percent  oi  acrylonitrile.  the  process  being  characterized  in 
that  at  least  80  percent  of  the  butadiene  particles  at  the  start 
are  less  than  0.1  m  in  diameter  and  arc  dispersed  in  an  aque- 
ous emulsion  which  contains  from  0.5  to  10.0  parts  of  a  for- 
maldehyde aulfoxylic  salt,  and  catalytically  effective  amounts 
up  to  three  parts  of  peroxide,  for  each  100  parts  of  resinous 
constituents  used,  said  particle  size  being  maintained  at  least 
until  polymerization  of  the  monomeric  matenal  has  been  ef- 
fectively begun,  said  butadiene  graft  polymer  bemg  mdepen- 
dently  useful  but  also  being  capable  of  blending  with  a  resin 
of  the  vinyi  chloride  type  to  produce  a  final  resm  of  greaUy 
enhanced  properties. 


3,670,053 

PRODUCTION  OF  MODIFIED  POLYPROPYLENES 
M«ts«»  Senw»l,  and  Todilhiro  Ndi^Itasn,  both  ol  Yokkafchl- 
I*nN«r-iipK«  to  MllsubteM  PHrociie»lcal  Coopany 

Limited,  Tokyo^  JnpM  „„,«,,  I 

FUed  Dec.  3, 1969,  Ser.  No.  881,91 1  I 

Claims  prlnrlty,  appHortlon  Japm^  Dec  10, 1968, 43/8^31 

tat.  CL  C08f  15/04 
VS.  CL  26#— 878  B  ^      ».  .  ^  Ontais 

Heterobtock  copolymers  of  propylene  and  ethylene  con- 
taining an  isotactic  polypropylene  segment  and  two 
copolymer  segments  in  which  the  quantities  of  the  three  seg- 
ments are  specific,  and  in  which  the  ethylene  (polymen«d) 
contents   in   the   copolymer  segments   are   specific,  which 


June  18,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


787 


heteroblock  copolymers  are  produced  by  three  successive  3,670,067 

steps  of  polymerization  with  the  monomer  feeds  in  specific      S(ALiaXTHIO  ETHYL)  PH0SPH<NU>TH10AMIDATE 
mole  ratlDs  of  C,/C„  the  ratio  bein^zero  (zero  C,  quantity)  HiroaM  TmcMya,  AiWyn-di;  Knaio  Mnkai,  NUriBoarfyn-rti; 
for  the  first  step.  Akio  KloMn,  fkfdniMj 

Kobe;  Tc 


3,670,054 

BLOCK  COPOLYMERS  HAVING  REDUCED  SOLVENT 

SENSITIVITY 

Harold  E.  De  La  Mnre,  B  Ccrrito,  CaHf .,  and  Alfred  W. 

Shaw,  Staoford,  Coon.,  mrignnri  to  Shd  Ofl 

New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  Oct.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  872,387 
tat.  CL  COBf  15/04, 27/24 
U.S.  CL  260—880  B  4  Clafam 

Block  copolymers  are  provided  which  exhibit  reduced  sen- 
sitivity to  organic  solvents  which  comprise  block  copolymers 
of  at  least  one  elastomeric  conjugated  diene  polymer  block, 
block  copolymerized  with  at  least  two  monovinyl  arene 
polymer  blocks,  all  chains  also  containing  either  polyethylene 
or  butadiene  blocks,  this  latter  block  at  least  being 
hydrogenated  to  an  extent  sufficient  to  reduce  the  original 
double  bonds  by  at  least  about  80  percent. 


3,670,055 
COMPOSITIONS  COMPRISING  A  MIXTURE  OF 

SULFUR-VULCANIZABLE 

ETHYLENE/PROPYLENE/DiCYCLOPENTADIENE 

COPOLYMERS  WITH  SULFUR  VULCANIZABLE 

ETHYLENE/PROPYLENE/BUTADIE^  COPOLYMERS 

Naoarcno  CaneH;  Paolo  Loi«l;  Alberto  VdvMaorl,  and  Um- 

bcrto  FHri,  al  of  Nflfam,  Italy,  amigiiors  to  The  B.  F. 

Goodrich  Company,  Akron,  Ohw 

FBed  Apr.  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,865 
ClaiinB  priority,  appilcatloii  Italy,  Apr.  2, 1969,  14983  A/69 

lot  CL  C08f  29/12;  C08d  9/08 
U.S.  CL  260—889  5  Clafam 

There  are  disclosed  new  unsaturated  sulfur-vulcanizable 
compositions  comprising  mixtures  of  at  least  one  unsatu- 
rated, substantially  amorphous.  sulfiir-vulcanizable 
copolymer  of  ethylene,  propylene,  and  dicyclopentadiene 
with  at  least  one  unsaturated,  substantially  amorphous,  sul- 
fur-vulcanizable copolymer  of  ethylene,  propylene  and  bu- 
tadiene. The  compositions  are  unsaturated  and  vulcanizable 
to  elastomers  having  excellent  mechanical  and  dynamic  pro- 
perties by  means  of  sulfur-containing  recipes,  at  vulcaniza- 
tion rates  appreciably  higher  than  can  be  obtained  with  the 
sulfur-vulcanizable  copolymers  of  ethane,  propylene  and 
dicyclopentadiene  alone. 


Toyonaka  shi;  Kalaulariri  Tanaka,  Takmawta  ihl.  Ti 
OoWii,  and  HInmi  Takcda,  imtii  of  Mlmw-ikl,  al  of  Japm^ 


to 
JapoB 

FBed  Nov.  10, 1969,  Scr.  Now  875^5 
IM.  CL  COT!  9/24;  AOln  9/36 
U.S.  CL  260—948  9 

A  phospborothioamidate  having  the  formula. 


\-Ji 


bT 


— S— CHCHjSR, 
ORi      CHjXR, 


wherein  R|  is  an  alkyl  having  up  to  four  carbon  atoms,  Rt 
and  Rj  are  individually  a  hydrogen  atom,  an  alkyl  having  up 
to  10  carbon  atoms,  a  cycloalkyl  having  up  to  6  carbon 
atoms,  a  phenyl,  an  aralkyl  having  up  to  eight  carbon  atoms 
or  an  alkenyl  having  up  to  five  carbon  atoms,  R4  and  R«  are 
each  alkyl  having  up  to  five  carbon  atoms,  and  X  is  an  ox- 
ygen or  suHiir  atom,  which  may  be  effective  used  aii  an  in- 
secticidal,  acaricidal  and  fungicidal  composition. 

The  phospborothioamidate  b  prepared  by  ( I )  dealkylating 
a  thionophosphoric  acid  amidate  having  the  formula. 


S  Ri 

(»iO),P-N 


wherein  R|,  Rt  and  R,  are  as  defined  above,  with  an  alkali 
hydrosulfide,  to  prepare  a  phosphate  having  the  formula. 


■  RiO         on 


(2)  condensing  the  thus  obtained  phosphate  with  a  halogen 
compound  having  the  formula. 


3,670,056 
POLYVINYL  ALCOHOL  FIBER  REINFORCED  POST- 
CHLORINATED  POLYVINYL  CHLORIDE  RESINS 
Charles  A.  Hcibcrgcr,  Princeton,  umI  Henry  O.  Mottcm,  Far 
HIBs,  both  of  N  J.,  amigwnn  to  Air  Products  and  Chcmkak, 
Inc.,  AUentown,  Pa. 

FBmI  Dec  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,205 
Ib«.  CL  COW  29/22,  29/24 
VS.  CL  260-897  C  7  OaiaH 

Post-chlorinated  vinyl  chloride  resins  including 
homopolymers  of  vinyl  chloride  and  copolymers  thereof  with 
an  ol^n  such  as  propylene,  having  hi^  impact  strength 
together  with  an  adequate  meh  flow  rate  are  prepared  by  in- 
corporating polyvinyl  alcobd  fibers  into  the  resin.  The 
polyvinyl  alcohol  fibers  are  completely  hydrolyzed,  about 
one-eighth  to  one-half  inch  in  length,  about  1  to  10  denier 
and  have  a  degree  of  ptdymerization  in  the  range  of  300  to 
3,000. 


Hal  CH  CH,8R« 
CHiXRi 


wherein  Hal  represents  a  halogen  atom,  and  R4,  R^  and  X  are 
as  defined  above. 


3,678,058 

METHOD  OF  REDUCING  SELF-GENERATED 

ELECTRICAL  NOISE  IN  COAXIAL  CABLE 

Charfcs  F.  Bnmcy,  Mllpitai,  CaBf  ,  aalimar  to  GTE  Tjliaaia 


Fled  Feb.  1, 1971,  Scr.  Na.  111,292 
faiL  CL  B29c  25/00;  HOlb  11/06,  7/J8 
VS.  CL  264—22  4 

A  mediod  of  reducing  or  mininuzing  internally 
electrical  noise  in  coaxial  cable  consistina  at  the 


899  O.G.— 26 


728 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


heating  the  cable  sufficiently  to  heat-soften  the  dielectric   powdered  thermosetting  resin,  powdered  catalyst  for  the 

filter   aoolving  an  ahernating  vohage  acro«  the  inner  and   resin,  and  a  pigment,  mixing  together  the  mdividual  batched 

.  tvj  ••••-•  ^^  ^^^^  components  in  a  container  to  form  a  heterogeneous 

„  mixture  wherein  said  individtial  batches  still  have  retained 

their  separate  identities,  transferring  the  heterogeneous  mix- 
ture to  another  container  to  effect  at  least  one  re-stratifica- 
tion, and  subjecting  the  mixture  to  a  moulding  treatment 
under  increasing  temperature  and  pressure  until  the  resin 
hardens. 


outer  conductors  of  the  cable,  cooling  the  cable  while  main- 
taining the  ac  bias  across  it,  and  thereafter  removing  the  ac 
bias. 


3^70,059 
METHOD  <»•  PRCMHJCING  A  SMN-COVERED  FOAMED 

THERMOPLASTIC 

ThooM  W.  WfaMlcMl,  2  Overlook  Laoe,  BaMinorc  Md. 

ContlnuatioD-ln-pwt  of  appMnrton  Scr.  No.  736^1,  Apr.  2, 

1968,  BOW  abaodoMd ,  wych  b  a  dhrkkm  of  appHcaHon  Scr. 

No.  506305,  Nov.  8, 1965,  now  Palciit  No.  3,461,496,  dated 

Aug.  19, 1969.  TMi  appHcatioa  Dec.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

887  982 

Int.  CL  B29d  T\04,  7120,  7/24, 27/00 

VS.  CL  264-48  4  Claims 


3,670,061 

INTRODUCING  NITROGEN  GAS  INTO  THE  MELT  TO 

IMPROVE  FUSED  CAST  REFRACTORIES 

Juna  Nakayaaa,  and  YuUo  Fukalau,  both  o(  Tokyo,  Japan, 

•Hicmin  to  Aaahi  GlaH  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 
Contlnaation  of  applkatkiB  Scr.  No.  767,507,  Oct  14, 1968, 
now  abandoned.  This  appBcatkia  Oct.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

85,267 
Claims  priority,  appllcatkM  Japan,  Nov.  7,  1967,  42/71134 

Int.  CL  C04b  35/62 
VS.  CL  264-82  1  Clata 

In  the  production  of  a  dense  fused  refractory,  a  dry  gas  is 
introduced  into/onto  a  charge  of  refractory  raw  materials  in  a 
melting  furnace.  In  particular,  dry  nitrogen  gas  is  introduced 
through  the  bores  of  hollow  electrodes  used  in  an  electric  arc 
furnace.  The  resulting  melt  is  poured  into  a  mould  where  it  is 
solidified  or,  alternatively,  is  allowed  to  cool  in  the  furnace 
where  it  is  solidified. 


3,670,062 
METHOD  FOR  FORMING  PLASTIC  ARTICLES 
Casinlr  W.  NowicU,  Toledo,  Olrio,  OMlgnor  to  Owcna-Dlinofe 
Inc. 

OrigiBal  appUcation  July  26, 1967,  Scr.  No.  656,116,  now 
Patent  No.  3,590,426.  Divided  and  this  applicatkMi  Mar.  23, 
1      1970,  Scr.  No.  24,927 
I       Int.  CL  B29d  23/03 
VS.  CL  264-97  «  Claln4 


Method  of  producing  foamed  thermoplastic  material  hav- 
ing a  low-density  core  and  at  least  one  integral,  high-density, 
thin  skin,  the  material  being  suitable  for  the  production  of 
three-dimensionally  formed  articles  on  a  continuous  basis.  A 
narrow  strip  of  the  thermoplastic  material  is  extruded  at  a 
high  linear  rate  from  an  arcuate  mouth  die,  immediately  sur- 
face^hilled  to  produce  the  skin,  and  laterally  expanded  over 
a  curved  mandrel  to  avoid  distortions  such  as  wrinkling. 
Operating  parameters  are  critically  controlled. 


3,670,060 

A  METHOD  FOR  MANUFACTURING  ARTfflClAL 

MARBLE 

Antonino  Cuflaro;  Franccaco  Caitronovo;  Achille  Bruno,  aO 

of  Pricrmo,  and  Gianhdgi  Rancati,  Carlnl,  all  of  Italy,  a»- 

slgnon  to  MedB,  S.p.A.,  Carini,  Italy 

FBed  Dec.  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  883,620 
dafans  priority,  appHcalion  Italy,  Dec  10, 1968, 41851  A/68 

Int.  CL  B28b  7/36;  B29c  1/04,  9/00 
VS.  CL  264—77  7  Clafam 

Artificial  variegated  marble  is  produced  from  natural  stone 
in  particulate  form,  i.e.  in  the  form  of  powder  or  granules,  by 
a  method  which  comprises  provkling  individual  batches  of 
cotor  components  consisting  of  the  particulate  natural  stone. 


Method  therefor  is  provided  for  injection  molding,  at  one 
station,  a  substantially  flat,  disc-shaped  parison  while  simul- 
taneously blow  molding,  at  a  second  sution.  a  cup-shaped 
container  from  a  previously  formed  parison.  The  apparatus 
for  performing  such  method  has  common  clamping  meaos 
for  closing  the  injection  mold  and  the  blow  molds  with  the 
clamping  means  arranged  to  provide  maximum  clamping 
force  at  the  injection  mold  and  only  minimal  forces  at  the 
blow  molds. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


729 


3,670,063 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  SHEETS 
HARDENABLE  TO  FORM  MOLDED  ARTICLES 
George  Bcrthoid  Edward  Schuder,  Tkkswcil,  England,  as- 
signor to  Redland  Bricks  United,  Rdgatc,  Surrey,  England 
Contlnuatkw-ln-part  of  i^pHcatkw  Scr.  No.  561,549,  June 
29, 1966,  now  abandoned.  This  appifcation  Sept  8, 1969, 
Scr.  No.  856,008 
Claims  priority,  appHcatk»  Great  Britain,  July  12,  1965, 
29,471/65;  Apr.  12, 1966, 15,160/66 
Int  CL  BOIJ  2/22 
VS.  CL  264- 115  4  Claims 


A  mouldable  sheet  material  is  formed  (rf  a  substantially 
homogeneous  mixture  of  finely  divided  inorganic  material 
such  as  mineral  waste  dust  in  a  proportion  of  at  least  SO  per- 
cent by  weight,  a  hardenable  resin,  such  as  a  polyester,  epoxy 
or  acrylic  resin,  in  a  proportion  of  not  more  than  30  percent 
by  weight,  and  additionally  a  fibrous  material  such  as  glass 
fibers,  asbestos  fibers,  orsisal  fibers.  The  mixture  has  a 
dough-like  consistency  and  is  torn  to  a  fluffy  mass  which  is 
deposited  on  a  conveyor.  The  f\\iffy  mass  is  compacted  into  a 
sheet  in  which  substantially  all  the  fibers  lie  in  the  plane  of 
the  sheet  but  in  random  directions.  The  fluffing  disperses  the 
fibers  to  the  extent  that  they  can  be  pressed  into  the  plane  of 
the  sheet  during  the  compaction  step. 


3,670,064 

FORMING  PRECISE  REINFORCED  RECESSES  IN 

THERMOPLASTIC  FOAMS 

Cbrencc  K.  Edwards,  865  MottImm  Street,  and  Lawrence  D. 

Edwards,  2816  Roccmont  Avenue,  both  of  Mcdford,  Orcg. 

Filed  Nov.  4,  1969,  Scr.  No.  873,953 

Int  CL  B29d  27/00 

U.S.  a.  264—130  4  Clahm 


and  by  speed  of  penetration  together  with  limitati<m  o( 
lateral  die  area.  The  material  dispiaced  by  receu  fcnnation  is 
all  usefully  emfrfoyed  tluxNigh  fusion  and  condensation  to 
reinforce  the  wills  of  the  components  in  the  very  areas  where 
they  are  thinned  and  where  the  merchandise  is  to  be  nested 
in  them. 


3,670,065 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  DOSAGE  UNITS  OF  A  TYPE 

RESEMBLING  TABLETS 
Kari  Gunnar  ErikMon,  Idunavgcn  5,  Udfa^o,  and  Arnold 

Mangcn,  Roccnborpgatan  27,  Karlrtad,  both  of  Swodoi 
ContinuatfcHi.in-pwt  of  appBcalloa  Scr.  No.  677,653,  Oct  20, 

1967,  now  abandoned.  Thk  appMcalion  June  13, 1969,  Scr. 

No.  833,184 

Claims   priority,  appHcathm  Sweden,  June  19,  1968,  8362 

Int  CLA61k  27/72 
U.S.  CL  264— 131  7  Clabw 

Granules  composed  of  a  medicine  and  at  least  one  sub- 
stance delaying  dissolution  of  the  medicine  in  the  gastroin- 
testinal tract  are  incorporated  in  a  melt  of  a  carrier  sub- 
stance, said  dissolution-delaying  substance(8)  having  a  higher 
melting  temperature  than  the  carrier  substance  and  remain- 
ing all  the  time  unmolten  in  the  melt,  said  meh  with  its  un- 
molten  granules  then  being  formed  into  dosage  units  by  mere 
casting  in  casting  moulds.  Medicine  particles  without  dissolu- 
tion-delaying substance  may  additia«ially  be  incorporated  in 
the  melt  and/or  in  a  surface  layer  on  the  dosage  units. 


3,670,066 

METHOD  OF  COMPRESSION  MOLDING  A 

THERMOPLASTIC  ARTICLE  WITH  WALLS  OF 

VARIABLE  THICKNESS 

Emery  I.  ValyL  52  Sycaasorc  Avenue,  Rivcrdyc,  N.Y. 

Original  appttcatton  June  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  834,233,  now 

abandoned  ,  whkrh  is  a  contlnuatkM  of  appMcatkM  Scr.  No. 

618,862,  Feb.  27, 1967,  new  abandoned.  DMdcd  «id  tUs 

appHcathM  Nov.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  875,303 

Int  CI  B29c  3/00,  17/14;  B29t  1/00 

U.S.CL  264-148  1 


The  invention  relates  to  a  novel  method  for  making  im- 
proved packaging  components  of  thermoplastic  foam. 
Recesses  of  predetermined  size,  shape  and  depth  are  pressed 
into  ^eets  of  the  foam  material  by  the  combined  effect  of  a 
die  or  hob  structure  maintained  at  a  temperature  which  will 
not  melt,  but  will  substantially  soften  the  material,  such 
structure  being  forced  into  the  material  by  a  pressure  which 
would  be  inadequate  to  effect  penetration  tf  the  material 
were  not  progressively  softened  as  the  die  advances.  Each 
work  piece  is  pre-coated  on  the  face  to  be  recessed  with  an 
appropriate  release  agent.  The  lateral  walls  of  the  recess  are 
protected  against  heat  shrinkage  by  limitation  of  temperature 


A  method  for  molding  articles  having  variable  thickness 
walls  from  thermoplastic  material.  An  amount  of  plastic 
slightly  in  excess  of  that  required  to  fill  a  mold  cavity  is 
severed  from  an  extruded  quantity  and  introduced  into  the 
cavity.  The  mold  is  closed  to  bufld  up  pressure  and  force  the 
material  throughout  the  cavity.  The  excess  material  cauaes  a 
pressure  build  up  above  tlie  necessary  mokhng  prewurc  and 
causes  a  plunger  in  an  overflow  well  to  retract  under  the  ex- 
cess pressure  so  as  to  cause  the  overflow  well  to  receive  the 
excess  material.  Pressure  can  be  maintatnfid  on  material  in 
the  well  during  cooling  to  maintain  the  cavity  filled  when 
shrinkage  occurs.  Where  adjacent  thick  and  thin  waU  por- 
tions are  formed  in  the  article,  the  thick  waU  forming  portion 
of  the  cavity  may  contain  another  well  which  recetvos 
material  at  a  pressure  slightly  lower  than  tlie  overflow 
and  this  excess  material  may  then  be  forced  back  into  the 
cavity  under  pressure  to  insure  filling  thereof. 


730 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JiWE  18,  1972 


3^70,067 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  ILLUMINATCD  PANEL 

W.  riiiifti^li.  EhI  Avon,  and  flosrd  W. 

both  «l  N.Y^  Mlf""  to  A-T'O  Inc., 

OUo 

OriihMl  aiipllcirtloa  Jan.  2, 1968,  Ser.  No.  694,967,  BOW 

PM»I  No.  3,545,110.  DIvldMl  and  thb  applcatlon  Feb.  13, 

1970,  Sot.  No.  11,124 

iHL  a.  B28b  1/48;  B29c  6/00 

UACL  264-154  4ClalB» 


total  extrusion  suiface  area.  The  ceUulosic  fibers  prepared  by 
these  procesMs  exhibit  unique  and  highly  desirable  physical 

I 


"^ 


<    ililQ^l^S^SSS^^^^^m! 


lUOS 


p 


3S 


'•re 


and  structural  characteristics  for  use  in  forming  new  and  im- 
proved nonwoven  fabrics  and  disposables. 


An  electrohmiinescent  panel  having  ^  shell  formed  of  light- 
transmitting  material  and  having  an  indicia  bearing  face  to  be 
illuminated.  An  electrohmiinescent  member  is  positioned  ad- 
jacent the  ace  within  the  sheD  which  is  filled  with  potting 
compound  to  a  level  encapsulating  the  member.  The  shell 
can  be  formed  with  an  open-ended  wall  extending  inwardly 
from  the  indicia  bearing  face  to  provide  a  socket  for  a  con- 
trol member. 


'  3,670,070 

PROCESSES  FOR  MOLDING  POLYURETHANE  FOAM 

ARTICLES 
DanM  Appkton,  Topsflcid,  Mass.,  assignor  to  USM  Corpora- 
tioa,  Boston,  Mass. 

FDcd  Dec.  17, 1968,  Scr.  No.  784,361 

iBt  CL  A43d  65100;  B29h  7108 

U.S.  CI.  264-244  «  CW« 


3,670,068 
PROCESS  OF  SPINNING  A  NOVEL  MODACRYUC  FIBER 
WDford  DoMrid  JoMa,  Jintlmimn.  Pa.;  Jamas  Peter  Baldino, 
WcstnMMt,  N  J.,  Md  SMncy  M>lamsd,  EBdns  Park,  Pa.,  as- 
dgnon  to  Rohn  *  HaM  Company,  PUfaMMpUa,  Pa. 
Original  appikation  Oct  17, 1966,  Scr.  No.  586,929,  now 
Patent  No.  3,516,903.  Divided  and  tlris  application  Mar.  4, 
1969,  Scr.  No.  833,214 
InL  CL  DOlf  7/00, 3110 
U.S.  CL  264-182  10  Claims 

A  method  of  making  a  nxxlacrylic  fiber,  said  fiber  having  a 
skin  wherein  the  chlorine  and  nitrogen  content  are  each  at 
least  20  percent  less  than  in  the  core  of  the  fiber.  The  skin  ef- 
fect occurs  when  certain  critical  copolymer  compositions  of 
acrylonitrile  and  vinylidene  chloride  are  used  and  when  par- 
ticular spinning  bath  conditions  are  employed,  namely, 
spinning  into  65-75  percent  nitric  acid  at  from  about 
75»-100«l»w  C. 


Process  for  molding  polyurethane  foam  articles,  particu- 
larly for  molding  polyurethane  foam  outsoles  onto  shoe  up- 
pers in  which  relative  speeds  of  development  of  foam  and 
viscosity  in  the  mixture  are  controlled  through  a  coaction  of 
mixed  catalysu  ia  the  reactive  mixture. 


1 


3,670,071 
METHOD  OF  l^ANUFACTURE  OF  A  COATED  VALVING 

MEMBER 

David  L.  Walchk,  and  Pctcr  J.  Schmidt,  both  of  Cincinnati, 

Ohio,  assignors  to  Xomox  Corporation,  Cindnnari,  Ohio 

FIM  July  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,370 

tot  CL  B29b  3100;  F16k  U22 

U.S.  Ci.  264— 273  13  ClalnJ 


3,670,069 
PROCESS  FOR  FORMING  HYDROXYETHYL 
CELLULOSE  FIBERS  HAVING  HIGH  WATER 
ABSORPTION  AND  HIGH  WATER  RETENTION 
PROPERTIES 
Rdd  L.  MllrhiB,  Musiirtown;  Ttemm  E.  MnBer,  \ 
Hngk  D.  fluism.  \jam^  ya/»Kj*  and  Robert  S.  Tabkc,  Par* 
itpprnqr,  irii  •(  N  J^  ■■!>»«  to  immwUoi 
and  Tdipaph  Corpondkim  New  York,  N.Y. 

fled  ScpL  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,573 
lac  CL  DOlf  i/00 
U.S.  CL  264-187  1 

Rbrous  cdlukwic  product*  are  prepared  by  extruding  cel- 
luloae  lolutiom  thiough  fiber  fomiing  devicct.  These  fiber 

(bcaiiag  devices  Oompriae  porous  extrusion  media  containing 
a  cootroUed  number  and  distribution  of  discrete  Ikam  paths. 
These  flow  paths  constitute  at  least  about  10  percent  of  the 


All  areas  of  the  butterfly-type  valving  member  which  may 
be  exposed  to  attack  by  corrosive  substances,  are  coated  with 
a  protective  material  of  the  class  of  tetrafluoroethylene  or 
equivalent  substance,  by  a  high-pressure  and  higli-tempera- 
ture  mokling  process;  the  process  involving  withdrawing  «ip- 
port  from  a  journal  end  of  the  valve  member  during  a  critical 
phase  of  the  molding  procedure  to  ensure  adequate  coating 
of  said  journal  end  including  the  customary  turning  center 
holeth«a«of. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


781 


3,670,072 

HEMATOLOGICAL  STAIN  SYSTEM 

Thomas  Mauthncr,  Uvooia,  Midi.,  amJinnr  to  Cambrldfe 

Chemical  Product*,  Inc.,  Detroit,  Midi. 
ConrtnnatiOB-to-pnrt  of  application  Scr.  No.  517,139,  Dec.  28, 
1965,  BOW  abnndoDcd.  This  appMcadoB  Jan.  15, 1969,  Scr. 
No.  791,500 
InL  CL  GOln  1/00, 1/30, 33/16 
VS.  CL  424—3  3  Claims 

A  hematological  stain  system  comprising  a  solution  of 
Wright's  stain,  a  modified  buffer  and  a  thiocarbamyl  fixative 
glycerine  and  a  lower  alkanol. 


3,670,073 
HYDROPHILIC  POLYMER  CONTAINING  AEROSOL 

Thonms  R  Shepherd,  HopewcB,  and  Frands  E.  Gould,  Prin- 
ceton, both  of  NJ.,  assignnn  to  National  Patent  Devdop- 
niCBt  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Dlrtaion  of  S«-.  No.  743^26,  July  10, 1968,  Pat  No.  3,574,822, 
whkh  b  a  continuatton-fai-pnrt  of  Ser.  Na  654,044,  July  5, 
1967,  continuation-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  650,259,  June  30, 
1%7,  abandoned,  continuatton-tai-pMl  of  Ser.  Na  567,856, 
July  26, 1966,  Pat  Na  3,520,949. 

TWs  appikation  Scpt9, 1970,  Ser.  Na  70,890 
Int  a.  A61k  7/00,  7/02,  7/70 

VS.  CL  424—47  9  Claims 

An  aerosol  composition  is  prepared  containing  a  hydroxyl 

containing  hydrophilic  acrylate  or  methacrylate. 


3,670,074 
SUNSCREEN  FORMULATION  CONTAINING 
TRIETHANOLAMINE  NEUTRALIZED  2-HYDROXY-4- 
METHOXY-BENZOPHENONE-5^ULFONIC  ACID 
Abraham  J.  Doner,  deceased,  late  of  North  NfflamI  Beach,  Fla. 
(by  Cyril  Doner,  executor),  assignor  to  M8cs  Laboratories, 
Inc.,  Elkhart,  Ind. 
Conthiuatkm-in-part  of  appHcation  Scr.  Na  698,679,  Dec.  18, 
1967,  now  abandoned.  This  appUcation  Jan.  22,  1971,  Scr. 
No.  108,961 
Int  CL  A61I 23/00 
VS.  CL  424—60  7  Clafam 

An  active  sunscreen  ingredient  comprised  of  2-hydroxy-4- 
methoxy-benzophenone-5-sulfonic  acid,  neutralized  with 
triethanolamine,  and  formulated  with  various  compatible 
vehicles  to  produce  effective  sunscreens  for  human  use. 


3,670,075 
PROCESS  OF  PREPARING  A  PROTEASE  INHIBITOR 
Viktor    Mauldd,    and    Zdcnek    Padr,    both    of    Prague, 
Cwchoslovakta,  assignors  to  Spofa,  United  Pharmaceutical 
Worlu,  Prague,  Cieciioslovalda 

Filed  May  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  37,007 
Claims  priority,  appttcatkw  Cxcchodovakia,  May  19, 1969, 

3534/69 
Int  CLA61k  7  7/00 
U.S.a.424— 110  3  Claims 

Process  for  preparing  a  protease  inhibitor  from  animal 
pancreas,  for  instance  hog  and  cattle  pancreas,  following  ex- 
traction of  insulin  therefrom  with  a  dilute  mineral  acid,  such 
as  phosphoric  acid,  comprising  the  steps  of: 

1 .  extracting  moist  cut-up  pancreas  material  with  60  to  70 
percent  aqueous  ethanol  having  a  pH  of  1 0- 1 3 . 

2.  removing  the  ethanol  from  the  extract  by  evaporation 
under  decreased  pressure  and  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding 
40»C., 

3.  cooling  the  remaining  concentrated  extract  whereby  li- 
poids present  therein  are  separated  out  and  removing  the 
separated  lipoids, 

4.  introducing  a  water-soluble  inorganic  salt  and  preferably 
ammonium  or  magnesium  sulfate,  whereby  a  precipitate 
comprising  an  protein  complex  is  separated  out  and  recover- 
ing the  precipitate, 


5.  forming  a  suspension  of  the  precipitate  frx>m  step  4 
in  water  having  a  pH  of  5.5  to  7.5  and  heating  the  suspension 
to  a  temperature  of  50*  to  80*C,  introducing  trichloracetic 
or  sulfosalicyUc  acid  into  the  suspension  in  a  concentration 
of  2  to  3  wei^t  percent,  cooling  the  resulting  mixture  to  a 
temperature  of  15"  to  20° C,  whereby  the  proton  is  sepa- 
rated out  as  a  precipitate  and  separating  off  said  albumin 
precipitate, 

6.  adjusting  the  pH  of  the  filtrate  to  a  pH  of  7.0  to  7.5. 
saturating  the  filtrate  with  sodium  chloride  in  an  amount  of 
25  to  30  g/ 100  ml  filtrate  and  acidifying  the  saturated  fil- 
trate with  hydrochloric  acid  to  provide  a  pH  of  1.0  to  3.0 
whereby  the  inhibitor  is  separated  out  as  a  precipitate. 

7.  subjecting  the  precipitate  from  step  6  to  successive 
washings  with  a  buffered  sodium  chloride  solution  whose  pH 
is  successivdy  increased  from  1.7  to  9.0  and  separately 
recovering  the  fractions  from  each  washing,  combining  the 
fractions  recovered  in  the  pH  range  of  3.0  to  6.0,  subjecting 
the  combined  fractions  to  deionization  and  recovering  the 
pure  inhibitor. 


3,670,076 
DENTAL  PROPHYLAXIS  COMPOSITION  COMPRISING 

ALUMINA  OF  PARTICULAR  PARTICLE  SIZE 
Joseph  C.  Muhier,  IndianapoMs,  ImL,  assignor  to 
University  Foundation,  Bloomington,  Ind. 

Filed  Mar.  31,  1970,  Scr.  Na  24,354 
Int  CL  A61k  7/76 
U.S.CL  424-157  6 

A  mixture  of  relatively  large  and  relatively  small  alpha  alu- 
mina particles  (comprising  between  about  2.5  percent  and  10 
percent  small  particle  size  alumina  and  balance  large  particle 
size  alumina)  provides  a  superior  abrasive  component  for  a 
dental  prophylaxis  paste  adapted  for  infrequent  application 
to  the  teeth. 


3,676,077 

FUNGICIDAL  AND  INSECTICIDAL  METHODS  AND 

COMPOSITIONS  EMPLOYING  PYRIMIDiNE 

DERIVATIVES 

Peter  Frank  Hilary  Freeman;  Margaret  Claire  Shcphard,  and 

Brian  Kenneth  Sncll,  all  of  Bracknd,  Fngland.  asrignors  to 

Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  June  3, 1968,  Scr.  Na  733,770 
Claims  priority,  appHcation  Grcnt  Britain,  June  14, 1967, 

27,482/67 
Int  CL  AOln  9/36,  9/22 
VS.  CL  424-200  6  Claima 

Fungicidal  and  insecticidal  pyrimidine  derivatives  of  the 
formula 


R«-/^Y-NR«Ri 

Y 

NRiI 


iRt 


and  salu  thereof  The  Ri  -  Rr  substituents  may  all  be 
hydrogen  or  various  organic  radicals. 


3,670,078 
CONTROL  OF  HOOKWORM  LARVAE  EMPLOYING  A 
MIXTURE  OF  CERTAIN  PHOSPHATE  ESTERS 
Wmrnn  R.  Cnlfman,  and  Itenms  E.  DnOcy,  both  of 
fla,  amipnrs  to  Prt  CkcmlcalB,  Inc.,  Mhm 

FBcd  Febw  24, 1970,  Scr.  Na  13,798 
InL  a  AOU  9/36 
VS.  CL  424—212  5 


Effective  control  of  hoolcworm  larvae  in  liennels,  dog  runs, 
yards,  and  like  areas  habited  by  hookworm  susceptible 


732 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


domestic  animals  is  provided  by  contacting  the  area  with  a 
composition  con^Hising  an  aqueous  mecfium  containing 
pesticidal  amounts  of  a  first  compound  having  the  formula: 


R— o    o  X 


and  a  second  compound  having  the  formula: 


R-0    o         R"  o         R'" 

R'-O 


June  18,  1972 


— N 


V 


0-li-O-R 


— \y         y-- 

)0-CH=OH-^  \-0- 


C-O-R 

ii 


\/ 


where  in  the  formulae,  R  and  R'  are  lower  alkyl  having  one 
to  five  carbon  atoms,  R"  and  R'"  are  hydrogen  or  lower 
alkyl  having  one  to  five  carbon  atoms,  X  is  halogen, 
preferably  chlorine,  and  Y  is  hydrogen  or  halogen,  preferably 
chlorine. 


wherein  R  is  a  lower  alkyl  group,  or  a  non-toxic  acid  addition 
salt  thereof  as  the  active  ingredient. 

I  3,670,082 

METHOD  OF  CONTROLLING  RICE  BLAST  AND 
SHEATH  BLIGHT  DISEASE  WITH  3,4.DICHLORO^ 
HYDROXYIMINOMETHYLPYRfDAZINE-l^XlDE 
YodrihacM  Watwabe,  Kog»«ua,  and  Maswii  Ogata,  Kobe, 
both  o(  Japaa,  aarigBon  to  ShkHMgi  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  Asaka, 
Japan 

ContlnuatloB-in-fart  of  appttcatWrn  Ser.  No.  743,950,  July  U, 
1968,  BOW  abandoned.  This  appttcation  Oct  21, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  82,812 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  11,  1967,  42/44822 

Int.  CL  AOln  9/22 
U.S.  CI.  424-250  2  CW"" 

A  method  of  preventing  and  controlling  a  rice  blast  disease 
and  sheath  blight  disease  which  comprises  applying  thereto 
as  an  active  inpedient  3,4-dichloro-6-hydroxyiminomethyl 
pyridazine  1 -oxide. 


3,670,079 

ANABOUC  AGENTS 

Dolores  J.  PMandH,  Rahway,  and  Gkn  E.  Arth,  Cranford, 

both  of  N  J.,  aarignors  to  Merck  &  Co.,  Inc.,  Rahway,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct.  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  78,636 

Int.  CLA61k  27/00 

VS.  CI.  424 241  3  Claims 

The  present  invention  relates  to  the  use  of  certain  steroid 
compounds  as  anabolic  agents. 


3,670,080 

PROCESS  FOR  STABILIZATION  OF  A  COMPOSITION 

OF  2a,3a.EPITHIO.ANDROSTANES  AND  COMPOSITION 

OBTAINED  THEREBY 
Masaharu  Wrata,  Suita,  Japnn,  assignor  to  Shk>nogi  &  Co., 
Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan 

Flkd  Mv.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,826 
Clafans  priority,  appHcation  Japan,  Mar.  6, 1969, 44/171 18 

Int.a.C07c77i/00 
VS.  CL  424—241  ^6  Claims 

A  very  stable  composition  of  2a,3a-epithio-androstanes 
comprising  2a,3a-epithio-androstane,  basic  substance  and/or 
surface  active  agent,  and  a  process  for  preparation  thereof. 
The  composition  is  useful  as  a  medicament,  because  it  can  be 
stored  for  extended  times  and  shows  strong  anabolic, 
myogenic,  androgenic,  uterotropic,  antiestrogenic,  antiu- 
terotropic  and  antifertility  activities. 


^  3,670,083 

GERMINE-DIACETATE  IN  THE  TREATMENT  OF 

MYASTHENU  GRAVIS 

Edward  M.  Cohen,  Norristown,  Pa.;  Edward  J.  J.  Grabowskli 

Westflcid,  N  J.,  and  Rezso  Aczd,  Chalfont,  Pa.,  assignors  U 

Merck  &  Co.,  Inc.,  Rahway,  N  J. 

Fikd  Feb.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  9,439 

Int.  CI.  A61k  27/00 

U.S.  CI.  424-256  2  Claims 

Germine-3,15-diacetote  is  prepared  by  transesterification 

of  germine-3,16-diacetate.  This  novel  compound  has  been 

found  to  be  useful  in  the  treatment  of  myasthenia. 


10O< 


3,670,084 

METHOb  OF  TREATING  PSORIASIS  WITH 

CYCLOHEXIMIDE 

Lcopoldo  F.  Montes,  4319  Kenncsan  Drive,  Birmingham,  Ala. 

Filed  June  20,  1969,  Scr.  No.  835,230 

Int.  CI.  A61k  27/00,  27/00  I 

U.S.  CI.  424-268  6  Claims 

Cydoheximide  composition  for  use  in  treating  psoriasis. 
Cycloheximide  dispersed  in  a  pharmaceutically  acceptable 
topical  carrier  and  topically  applied  to  psoriasis  affected  area 
of  skin. 


3,670,081 
ANTI-DEPRESSANT  PHARMACEUTICAL 

COMPOSITION  CONTAINING  N- 
(3,4DI(ALKOXYCARBONYL)CINNAMYLl 

IMINODIBENZYL  AS  THE  ACTIVE  INGREDIENT 

jMn  Cahn,  Paris,  France,  and  Mar-Pho,  Sodetc  dTtude  ct 

dTxplollatfon  de  Marques,  Parii,  ¥naet 

Origiaai  application  Mar.  21, 1967,  Scr.  No.  624,729,  now 

Patent  No.  3,523,944.  DIvMcd  and  this  application  Oct.  13, 

1969,  Scr.  No.  870,738 

Claims  priority,  appUcatkHi  Great  Britain,  Mar.  25,  1966, 

13,362/66 
IntCLA61k  27/00 
VS.  CL  424—244  5  Claims 

Anti-depressant  pharmaceutical  composition  containing  N- 
[3,4-di(alkoxycarbonyl)cinnamyl]iminodibenzyl  of  the  for- 
mula: 


3,670,085 
INJECTABLE  THERAPEUTIC  TETRAMISOLE 
I         FORMULATIONS 
David  Ernest  Pryor,  Balwyn,  Victoria,  and  Bruce  Adam 
Forsyth,  Croydon,  Victoria,  both  of  Australia,  assignors  to 
Imperial  Chemical  Induitrlca  of  Anatralia  and  New  Zea- 
land Limited,  Melboumc,  Victoria,  AuatraMa 
Filed  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,641 
Claims  priority,  appttcadon  Australia,  July  12, 1969, 
1  58312/69 

I  Int.  CL  A61k  27/00 

VS.  CL  424—270  2  Clali^ 

Aqueous  injectable  solutions  of  tetramisole  comprising 
tetramisole  acetate  or  hydrochloride  equivalent  to  at  least  6 
percent  w/v  of  L-tetramisole  base  and  from  0. 1  to  0.5  inclu- 
sive mole  per  liter  of  solution  of  a  sodium  salt  of  citric,  tar- 
taric or  phosphoric  acid,  the  pH  of  the  solution  being  ad- 
justed to  the  range  of  from  2  to  4  by  addition  of  tartaric, 
citric  or  phosphoric  acid. 


June  13,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


783 


3,670,086 
INJECTABLE  TETRAMISOLE  COMPOSITIONS 
David  Ernest  Pryor,  Balwyn,  Victoria,  and  Bruce  Adam 
Forsyth,  Croydon,  Victoria,  both  of  AustraUa,  assignors  to 
Imperial  Chemfcal  Industries  of  Australia  and  New  Zealand 
Limited,  Mdboume,  Victoria,  Australia 

Filed  July  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  54,642 
Claims  priority,  appttcation  Australia,  July  21, 1969, 
58311/69 
Int.  a.  A61k  27/00 
U.S.  CL  424—270  8  Claims 

Aqueous  injectable  solutions  of  tetramisole  which  com- 
prise tetranusole  citrate,  tartrate,  or  phosphate  equivalent  to 
at  least  6  percent  w/v  of  L-tetramisole  base,  the  pH  of  the 
solution  being  adjusted  to  the  range  of  from  2  to  4  by  addi- 
tion of  tartaric,  citric  or  phosphoric  acid. 


3,670,088 
METHOD  OF  TREATING  HYPERCHLORHYDRL\ 
AND/OR  ASSOCUTED  CONDmONS 
Wilbur  Uppraann,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Canada,  assignor  to 
Aycrst,   B4cKcnna   and   Harrison,   IJmitfd,   SL   Laurent, 
Quebec,  CanMla 
Continuatkm-in-part  of  appHcatioa  Scr.  No.  826,657,  May  21, 
1969.  This  appttcation  Oct  14, 1969,  Ser.  No.  866,396 
IntCLA61k  27/00 
U.S.  a.  424—275  5  Clafans 

A  method  for  preventing  the  secretion  of  excessive 
amounts  of  hydrochloric  acid  in  the  stomach  of  humans  suf- 
fering from  hyperchlorhydria  and/or  associated  conditions, 
by  administering  an  effective  amount  of  a  compound  of  the 
formula 


CHi      CHi 


3,670,087 
METHOD  OF  LOWERING  INTRAOCULAR  PRESSURE 
Olfeo  John  Lorenxetti,  Forth  Worth,  Tex.,  assignor  to  Miles 
Laboratories,  Inc.,  Elkhart,  Ind. 

Filed  Oct  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81,430 
Int.a.A61k27/00 
U.S.  CL  424—273  7  Claims 

Oxymetazoline  and  xylometazoline  preferably  in  the  form 
of  an  aqueous  solution  of  their  hydrochlorides  are  effective 
in  lowering  intraocular  pressure  when  applied  topically  to  the 
eye  and  are  therefore  useful  in  the  treatment  of  glaucoma. 


CHi 


wherein  R  is  hydrogen  or  methyl. 


ELECTRICAL 


3.670,089 
APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTROSLAG  REMELTING  OF 
METALS  WITH  MOLTEN  SLAG  INTRODUCTION 
Boris  Eviraievkh  PMm;  Jwjr  Vadteovfch  Lalarii; 
hralevkh  Mcdovar;  J«ly  Gcorglevlch  EtMtiwnko,  aH  of 
KkT,  and  MIUmI  Markovkh  KUmt»  ElcktronI,  al  of 
U.S^1L,  aMltMri  to  iMtitat  EkktrosvarU  Im.  E.  O. 
Paioaa,  Kiev,  U^.SJL 
Coattaaallo»4»fart  of  appHcatkM  Scr.  No.  592,054,  Nov.  4, 
1966,  BOW  ibMidoMd ,  ind  61,014,  July  9, 1970,  now 
alMUKioacd ,  which  b  a  dWWoa  of  appHcatfon  Scr.  No. 
592,054, ,  ConttaoadoB  of  appllcatloii  Scr.  No.  10,419,  Feb. 
1 1, 1970,  mm  abaadooed  ,  aad  10,485,  Feb.  11, 1970,  now 
abandoMd  ,  which  ii  a  coodiraalioii-iii-part  of  appHcadoa  Scr. 

No.  592,054,.  TUi  appttcHkm  Sept  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,637 
Claims   priority^   application   Australia,  Oct.  25,   1966,  A 

9973/66 

Int.  CL  H05b  3/60 

U.S.  CL  19—9  54  Claim 


steel  cxires  respectively  are  joined  together  by  a  stn^  shot  or 
detonation.  According  to  tlw  invention  each  of  the  line  ends 
to  be  joined  is  provided  with  an  exposed  core  end  on  which  is 
firmly  wedged  a  separate  steel  sleeve  having  an  outer  diame- 
ter approximately  equal  to  that  of  the  line,  a  main  connecting 
tube  of  aluminium  endosing  the  adjacent  steel  sleeves  and 
parts  of  the  line  ends  is  provided  with  an  exterior  layer  of  ex- 
plosive charge  which  during  detonation  compresses  said  main 
connecting  tube  around  the  line  ends  and  simultaneously 
around  the  steel  sleeves  which  thereby  are  compressed 
around  the  core  ends  so  that  an  effective  mutual  anchorage 
of  the  components  of  the  joint  is  obtained 


:ncs< 


3,670,091 

ENCAPSULATED  ELECTRICAL  COMPONENTS  WITH 

PROTECTIVE  PRE-COAT  CONTAINING  COLLAPSIBLE 

MICROSPHERES 
FrankUn   D.   Frantz,  WoodtMrd,   Vt.;   Salvatore  J.  AccBo, 
Shwon  SpringFt  N.Y.,  and  Harold  I.  GcBcr,  Naahua,  N.H., 
asrignors  to  Sqrague  Ekctrk  Company,  North 
Mas. 

Filed  May  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  145,365 

Int.  CL  H05k  5/06 

U.S.  CL  174-52  PE  6  Claims 


An  electroslag  plant  or  apparatus  in  which  molten  slag  can 
be  introduced  through  the  lower  portion  of  a  crucible  device, 
either  through  its  sidewall  or  bottom  plate,  into  the  bottom  of 
the  remelting  zone,  which  occurs  in  an  electroslag  remelting 
process,  in  an  amount  sufficient  to  achieve  a  predetermined 
depth  in  the  remelting  zone.  The  plant  can  can  use  single  or 
plural  consumable  electrodes  and  in  some  embodiments  has 
a  bottom  plate  weld  lug  to  enhance  efficient  current  flow. 
The  achievement  of  the  predetermined  depth  is  signalled 
when  current  flows  as  a  result  of  the  bottom  introduced  slag 
contacting  and  closing  a  circuit  through  an  energized  elec- 
trode pre-positioned  in  the  remelting  zone. 


A  compressible  medium  is  dispersed  throughout  a 
somewhat  flexible  matrix,  so  as  to  provide  a  pre-coat  for  en- 
capsulated  electrical  components  that  reduces  the  stresses 
occurring  thereon.  The  stresses  relieved  could  be  produced 
either  from  the  component  or  from  the  outer  encapsulant 
The  design  of  the  system  is  such  that  the  low  pressures  ex- 
erted during  the  apphcation  of  the  final  coating  do  not  sub- 
stantially collapse  or  render  useless  the  effective  stress  reduc  • 
ing  characteristics  of  the  intermediate  pre-coat. 


3,670,090 
ARRANGEMENT  IN  EXPLOSION  JOINING  OF  HIGH 
TENSION  LINES  AND  THE  LIKE 
Tor  Ostcng,  2831  Raufoas,  Norway 

FBcd  Dec.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  94,344 
Chdms  priority,  appHcatloa  Norway,  Dec.  6, 1969, 4828/69 

Int.  CL  H02g  15/08 
U.S.  CL  174-90  3  Claims 


'  3,670,092  

HERMETICALLY  SEALED  ELECTRICAL  FITTING 
Kenneth    W.    Updyfce,    PcorU,    and    Wflliam    J.    Grebner, 
Mctamora,  both  of  ID.,  assignors  to  Caterpillar  Tractor  Co., 
Peoria,  m.  I 

Filed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,704  | 

Int.  CLHOlb  77/26 
VS.  CL  174—152  R  2  Claims 


The  present  invention  relates  to  detonation  joining  of  high       A  hermetically  sealed,  insulated  fitting  for  providing  elefc 
tension  lines  and  the  lUce  in  which  the  line  ends  and  their   trical  continuity  across  a  waU  of  an  mtemaUy  pressuriz^ 

734 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


785 


housing,  an  opening  in  the  wall  tapering  outwardly  toward 
the  housing  interior,  a  threaded  flanged  electrical  element 
penetrating  the  opening  with  a  flexible  insulating  member  ar- 
ranged about  the  element  and  being  formed  with  a  taper 
generally  mating  with  the  tapered  opening  tlie  tapered  sur- 
face being  formed  with  a  plurality  of  stepped  ridges,  the 
flanged  electrical  element  being  effective  to  urge  the  tapered 
insulating  member  into  sealing  engagement  with  the  tapered 
hole  and  the  element  itself. 


3,670,095 
CATHODE  RAY  TUBE  "SET-UP"  CIRCUITRY 
AnumvhMD,  OnlrHrhi,  and  Robert 
Wheckr,  Elba,  both  of  N.Y.,  BMJpinri  to  Sytvania  Ebctrk 
ProdHCtB,  lac 

FBed  Oct  30, 1970,  Ser.  Na  85^2 
Int.  CL  H04a  9/20 
US.  CL  178—5.4  R  7  < 


1l 


3,670,093 
ELECTRIC  CRYOCONNECnON 
DanM  Gouaiy,  SeyMlnct,  France,  awfgnor  to  L'AIr  Uquide, 
Sodete  Anonymc  Pour  LXtude  Et   LTxploitation   Dcs      ^  ^ 
Procedes  and  Georges  Claude  and  Compmgjide  Gcnerale      l^ct.  t-^nWaog 
D'Electrldtc,  Paris,  France 

FDed  Jnnc  28,  1971,  Scr.  No.  157,357 
Claims  priority,  appHcatkm  France,  June  30, 1970, 7024202 

Int.  CL  HOlb  7/34 
VS.  CL  174—15  C  9  Claims 


I  *'-'"■«» 


K-^ 


An  electric  cryoconnection  operating  under  very  cold  con- 
ditions comprising  an  inner  elongated  cold  chamber  enclos- 
ing a  plurality  of  electric  leads,  said  cold  chamber  being 
housed  inside  a  hot  chamber  with  the  interposition  of  heat  in- 
sulating material  and  resting  on  a  cradle  constituted  by  trans- 
verse cables.  Over  each  cable  there  are  fitted  balls  lying  in 
contacting  relationship  with  the  cold  chamber  and  separated 
by  washers.  Said  balls  and  washers  are  held  in  position  on  the 
cables  by  stops  while  the  cables  are  held  fast  by  guys. 


3,670,094 
STRAIN  RELIEF  WIRE  HOLDER 
WIffiam  R.  Mattson,  Gloaccstcr,  Mass.,  asBifnor 
Electric  Products,  Inc. 

Filed  Oct.  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  83,698 
Int.  CL  HOlr  13/58 
VS.  CL  174-65  R 


to  Sylvania 


2Claims 


A  strain  relief  element  for  electrical  supply  wires  for  use 
with  small  electrical  api^iance  fixtures.  The  strain  relief  ele- 
ment is  in  the  shape  of  a  wedge  «4iich  is  inserted  firom  the 
outside  oi  the  fixture  through  a  wire-way  opening.  When  the 
wedge  is  in  place,  it  compresses  the  supply  wires  to  the  inner 
fixture  wall  and  permanently  locla  itaelf  to  the  fixture  body. 


Control  circuit  apparatus  for  effecting  "set-up"  of  a  color 
cathode  ray  tube  in  a  color  television  receiver  includes  a  first 
switching  means  for  selectively  coufriing  and  decoupling  a 
magnitude  alterable  video  signal  source  and  a  plurality  of 
parallel  connected  "null"  circuit  arms  each  having  an  altera- 
ble impedance  which,  in  turn,  is  coupled  to  circuitry  having 
an  electron  device  coupled  to  an  impedance  with  the  elec- 
tron device  coupled  to  a  potential  source,  a  chrominance 
signal  source,  and  a  cathode  electrode  of  the  cathode  ray 
tube  and  the  impedance  coupled  to  a  potential  reference 
level.  The  circuitry  is  "bridge-lilce"  in  operation  inhibiting 
current  flow  through  the  "null"  circuits  at  "black  level" 
setting  of  the  video  signal  source  aiKl  at  a  "service"  position 
or  decoupling  of  the  video  signal  source. 


3,670,096 
REDUNDANCY  REDUCTION  VII»X>  EP4CODING  WITH 
CROPPING  OF  PICTURE  EDGES 
James    Charles    Candy,    Conveat    StatloB;    Gladys    Marie 
Franke,  Matawu,  and  Frank  WOhun  Mounts,  Colts  Neck, 
all  of  N  J.,  assipwrs  to  Bd  Tdephoae  Laboratories,  Incor- 
porated, Murray  HH,  Berkeley  Ililghli,  N  J. 

Hied  June  15, 1970,  Six.  No.  46,292 
InL  CL  H04n  7/12 
VS.  CI.  178—6  17 


In  a  conditional  repleniihment  video  system  a  coder  aekdi 
only  those  samples  fiom  an  input  video  signal  which 
represent  a  signiificant  change  in  ampHtiide  for  their  cor- 
responding spatial  points  within  the  video  firanw.  A  buffer 
memory  in  the  coder  stores  the  lelected  samples  prior  lo 


736 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


their  being  transmitted  to  a  receiving  location.  In  response  to 
an  overload  signal  from  the  buffer  memory,  all  selection  by 
the  coder  is  stopped  for  an  interval  at  least  as  long  as  one 
video  frame,  and  a  special  code  word  is  coupled  into  the 
buffer  memory.  In  a  friuraUty  of  video  frames  fcrilowing  the 
cessation  of  all  selecting,  only  those  samfries  ttom  the  center 
area  of  the  video  frame  are  processed  by  the  coder  for  trans- 
mission to  a  receiving  location.  Upon  receiving  the  special 
code  word,  the  receiver  apparatus  esublishes  a  constant 
video  amplitude  at  the  edges  of  the  picture  outside  of  the 
center  area.  After  the  above-mentioned  plurality  of  video 
frames  has  elapsed,  the  number  of  samples  processed  in  each 
video  frame  is  increased  at  a  rate  of  one  line  of  picture  ele- 
ments per  frame  along  each  edge  of  the  center  area  of  the 
picture  until  the  entire  video  frame  of  samples  is  again 
processed  by  the  coder.  Visual  indication  that  only  the  center 
area  of  the  picture  is  being  processed  is  given  to  the  party  in 
a  visual-telephone  system  whose  activity  is  causing  a 
cropping  of  the  picture  either  by  means  of  a  display  device 
such  as  a  pilot  light  or  by  means  of  a  novel  circuit  in  which 
the  video  picture  which  he  sees  of  the  other  party  is  cropped 
by  substantially  the  same  amount  as  the  picture  which  he  is 
transmitting. 


June  13,  1972 


3^70,098 
OPTICAL  SCANNING  APPARATUS 
Adrianus  Karpd,  PriMpect  Hgls.,  DL,  asrignor 
Radio  Corporaliem  Chicago,  DL 

fUed  M«r.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17^45 
Int.  CL  H04a  1/00 
VJS,  CL  178—6 


to  Zcnkh 


11  Claims 


&fr=3>^ 


^         1  Scanner 
H-'^l  Stutter 


I  s««p    J      p—- j  ,eJ|G2!2a  „|-^ 


I 


3,670,097 
STEREOSCOPIC  TELEVISION  SYSTEM  AND 
APPARATUS 
James  L.  Jones,  Saa  Jose,  CaHf .,  assignor  to  The  United  States 
of  America  as  represented  by  the  Administrator  of  the  Na- 
tional Aeronautics  and  Space  AdmhiistratioB 

FOed  Oct  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  867,842 

Int  CL  H04n  7/00 

VS.  CL  178-6.5  17  Claims 


An  object  to  be  studied  or  analyzed  is  flooded  with  light 
from  a  laser.  The  light  field  transmitted  from  the  object, 
which  might  for  example  be  a  transparency  or  a  vibrating 
surface,  is  received  by  a  photodetector.  Another  portion  of 
the  laser  light  or  radiation  is  deflected  throughout  a  scanning 
pattern  and  also  caused  to  fall  upon  the  photodetector.  An 
optical  system  included  in  the  reference  beam  path  brings  the 
reference  beam  to  a  focus  (either  real  or  virtual  image)  at  a 
selected  distance  from  the  active  surface  of  the  photodetec 
tor.  As  a  result,  the  electric  signals  developed  by  the 
photodetector  represent  a  cross-section  of  the  light  field, 
transmitted  from  the  object,  located  a  distance  from  the 
photodetector  surface  which  is  the  same  as  the  distance 
therefrom  to  the  focus  of  the  scanned  reference  beam.  Dif- 
ferent cross-sections  of  the  signal  field  from  the  object  may 
be  displayed  merely  by  modifying  the  optical  system.  De 
pending  on  the  manner  in  which  the  electric  signals  an 
processed,  they  may  be  caused  to  represent  either  a  direc 
image  or  a  hologram  of  the  cross-section  being  visualized.  B^ 
using  the  electric  signals  to  drive  a  television-type  monitor,  j 
real-time  display  is  reproduced. 


3,670,099 

FACSIMILE  SYSTEM  UTILIZING  PRE-SCAN 

DETECTION  OF  INDICU 

Donald  S.  OHvcr,  Acton,  Maas.,  Mslgnor  to  Itck  Corporatioa, 

Lexington,  Mass. 

FDcd  Mar.  18, 1968,  Scr.  No.  713,689 
Int  CL  H04n  1112,  7112 
UACL178— 6    .  21 


•*■> 


A  novel  stereoscopic  remote  viewing  system  is  provided  in- 
cluding a  remote  camera  unit  having  means  for  projecting  a 
pair  of  binocular  images  of  a  remote  object  through  a  com- 
mon lens  system  onto  the  sensitive  face  of  a  single  television 
camera  tube  for  transmission  to  a  viewing  unit  having  a 
television  picture  tube  which  may  be  viewed  through  a 
binocular  image  separation  system  that  enaUes  the  viewer  to 
see  a  stereoscopic  image  of  the  remote  object  Means  are 
provided  in  the  remote  camera  unit  for  inverting  one  of  the 
two  images  and  then  causing  the  two  images  to  be  projected 
mirror  synmaetrically  onto  the  camera  tube  duough  the  com- 
mon lens  system.  Because  of  this  image  symmetry,  distortion 
pnxhiced  by  the  lem  lyttem  or  camera  tube  similarly  affects 
both  inoages.  Means  are  provided  in  the  image  separation 
system  of  the  viewing  unit  for  transposing  the  transmitted  in- 
verted image  and  producing  binocular  separation  of  the 
images. 


Ti       , ^ 


14 


3Jf]    OAT*  JTtJZKnOH 

LINK     '^f  cincurr»T 


A  facsimile  system  connected  to  a  transmission  line  of 
limited  bandwidth  has  a  novel  optical  scanner  which  scans 
dau-bearing  segments  of  a  document  at  normal  speed  and 
blank  segments  at  a  higher  speed  to  conserve  the  limited 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


737 


bandwidth  of  the  transmission  line.  In  addition  to  the  usual 
reading  head,  the  scanner  includes  a  first  data-detecting  head 
to  scan  the  document  a  fixed  distance  in  advance  of  the  read- 
ing head  and  generate  signals  indicative  of  the  presence  or 
absence  of  data  in  scanned  segment.  These  signals  are  ap- 
plied to  drive  mechanism  to  control  the  speed  of  the  scanner 
so  that  blank  segments  are  "read"  more  rapidly  than  data- 
bearing  segments.  This  results  in  significant  time  savings  in 
scanning  and  allows  compression  of  a  greater  amount  of  in- 
formation into  the  transmitted  signal.  A  second  data-detect- 
ing head  controls  the  skipping  of  blank  lines  and  further  im- 
proves the  performance  of  the  system. 

The  invention  is  accordingly  drawn  to  an  apparatus  for 
"reading"  the  contents  of  a  document  at  different  speeds  de- 
pending on  the  presence  or  absence  of  indicia  at  various  seg- 
ments of  the  document  and  comprises  a  reading  head,  driving 
means  for  moving  the  reading  head  at  a  controlled  speed 
with  respect  to  the  document,  an  optical  indicia-detecting 
head  spaced  from  the  reading  head  and  movable  across  the 
document  in  advance  of  the  reading  head  to  generate  control 
signals  indicative  of  the  presence  or  absence  of  indicia  in  ad- 
vance of  the  reading  head,  and  means  for  controlling  the 
speed  of  the  driving  means  in  accordance  with  the  control 
signals  generated  by  the  indicia-detecting  head  to  thereby 
move  the  reading  head  over  indicia-bearing  segments  of  the 
document  at  one  speed  and  over  indicia-free  segments  of  the 
document  at  a  greater  speed  to  thereby  reduce  the  time 
required  to  read  and  reproduce  the  contents  of  the  docu- 
ment. 


3,670,100 

AUTOMATIC  REFERENCE  LEVEL  SET  FOR 

TELEVISION  CAMERAS 

John  A.  Briggs,  SaH  Lake  Chy,  and  Ronald  C.  Ward.  Taylor- 

sviiic,  both  of  Utah,  assignors  to  Teicmation,  Inc.,  Salt  Lake 

CHy,  Utah 

Filed  Mar.  29, 1971,  Ser.  No.  129,061 

Int  CL  H04b  5116 

\}JS.  CL  178—7.1  6  aaims 


Methods  and  apparatus  for  automatically  establishing  the 
voltage  levels  in  a  television  camera  which  represent  signal 
amplitude  levels  corresponding  to  the  black  and  white 
reference  levels  by  sensing  the  voltage  level  of  a  video  signal 
channel  as  the  image  of  the  scene  to  be  televised  is  scanned, 
comparing  the  sensed  signal  with  a  reference  signal  and 
establishing  a  digital  signal  indicative  of  whether  the  voltage 
of  the  sensed  signal  is  greater  or  less  than  that  of  the 
reference,  storing  the  digital  information  and,  if  desired,  al- 
tering the  information  stored  upon  command  from  the  com- 
parator, estaUishing  an  output  voltage  signal  having  a  mag- 
nitude determined  by  the  stored  or  altered  digital  informa- 
tion and  modifying  the  Mack  and  white  levels  from  the 
camera. 


3,670,101 
FILM  SCANNING  SYSTfM  UNEARTTY  APPARATUS 
John  FraBds  BuUMrowsId,  BrnhisHi,  N.Y.,  Msignor  to  Syl- 
vania  Electric  Products  Inc. 

Filed  Sept  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,761 
Int  CL  IHMb  5184 
UA  CL  178—7.2  1 


u 


29 


--^ 

9» 

eCTtCTOH     1 

1 

'-3J 

nociss     1 

4         ^37 

TO  eeccivex 

OK  r»KMSMITTUt 


In  a  flying  spot  scanner  system  having  a  flying  spot  scanner 
tube  with  a  curved  faceplate,  film  scanning  linearity  and 
focus  is  improved  by  a  film  guide  means  having  an  outwardly 
curved  surface  exerting  an  outward  and  guiding  force  on  a 
continuously  moving  photographic  film. 


3,670,102 

FILM  INSERTION  AND  REMOVAL  DEVICE  FOR  USE 

WITH  A  CATHODE  RAY  TUBE 

John  Marez,  S«i  Diego,  and  Alan  R.  Hatch,  La  JoBa,  both  of 

CaHf.,   assignors  to  The  United  Stales  of  America  m 

represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

Filed  Mar.  2, 1971,  Ser.  No.  120,233 

Int  CL  H04n  5164;  G03b  27160 

VS.  CL  178—7.8  8  ClafaiM 


.^i^ 


An  assembly  which  facilitates  the  insertion  and  removal  dt 
a  sheet  of  film  which  is  positioned  adjacent  the  face  of  the 
cathode  ray  tube.  Film,  such  as  that  employed  in 
photochromic  techniques,  positioned  against  the  face  of  a 
cathode  ray  tube  generating  an  ultra-violet  beam,  for  exam- 
ple, can  be  drawn  into  intimate  contact  witii  the  faceplate  of 
the  cathode  ray  tube  by  means  of  a  partial  vacuum  applied 
between  the  film  and  the  faceplate  through  a  conduit  in  a 
member  of  the  assemUy  which  receives  the  faceplate  portion 
of  the  cathode  ray  tube.  Because  of  the  chemical  coatings  on 
the  film  and  the  wanner  temperature  aMociated  with  the 
operation  of  photochromic  equipments,  the  film  frequently 
sticks  to  the  facei^te.  Since  photochromic  film  has  »«-M*i»<f 
life,  it  requires  relatively  frequent  replacement  which  is  ac- 
complished by  inserting  a  sliding  member  between  first  and 
secoiMl  members,  the  sliding  member  having  a  roUer  poii* 
tioned  along  iu  bottom  edge  and  parallel  emboMraenti  along 
itt  sides  for  "peeling"  the  film  from  the  faceplate  of  the 
cathode  ray  tube  without  marring  or  disfiguring  the  surface 
of  the  faceplate. 


788 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3,670,103 
GRAPHICAL  INPUT  TABLET 
Larr7  K.  Baslv, 
ito 


June  18,  19751 


3,670,105 
PHASING  SYSTEM  FOR  FACSIMILE  RECORDERS 
of  B«itoa,  Mms^   Dcwwd  J.  HoiKk,  MmUc  BMch,  N.Y.,  — Ignnr  to  Iirtcni4> 
Conpray.faKMCMriirM|e,MMB.  tloiMl  SaumlroB  Syrttwt,  WyMMtanch,  N.Y. 

Apr.  irS68;S«n^722;335.  dow  FDhI  Dec  5.  1969,  S«.  N«».  882,483 

Patau  No.  3,591,718.  DhrtdedMMltMiappHcatioa  Apr.  28,       _  _  .,„  Int.  CL  H04ii //i6 

1971.  Scr.  No.  138,203  U^  CI.  178-69.5  F 

Iirt.a.G08c  27/00 
VS.  CL  178—19  1  Ctalm 


An  a-c  potential  field  is  established  on  an  electrographic 
ublet.  A  stylus  that  may  be  used  to  write  upon  the  tablet 
comprises  a  capacitive  pickup  to  provide  a  potential 
represenutive  of  the  stylus  position.  The  potential  field  is  al- 
ternately switched  at  a  rapid  rate  between  vertical  equipoten- 
tials  and  horizontal  equipotentials  in  synchronism  with  out- 
put analog  switches  coupled  to  the  stylus  to  provide  an  X 
analog  signal  output  and  a  Y  analog  signal  output  representa- 
tive of  the  horizontal  and  vertical  coordinates,  respectively, 
of  the  stylus  tip  above  the  tablet. 


3,670,104 
CIPHERING  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 
Per  Rcidcr  Abnhanaen,  tgdlcr,  Norway,  a«ignor  to  Intcma- 
tkmal  Staadard  Ekctrk  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FOcd  Dec.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,654 

Cialnu  priority,  appNcatiea  Norway,  Jan.  16,  1970,  151/70 

Int.  CI.  H041 9/00 

U.S.  CI.  178-22  SCtaliM 


rrLM^m**itrm» 


A  phasing  system  for  facsimile  recorders  seeks  to  match 
pulses  from  the  received  signal  with  recorder  generated  pul- 
ses. When  the  recorder  is  out  of  phase  with  the  received 
signals,  a  controlled  width  pulse  interrupts  the  power  to  the 
recorder  motor  causing  a  predetermined  slippage  until  phas- 
ing is  correi 


ected. 


to 


3,670,106 
STEREO  SYNTHESIZER 
Robert    A.    Orban,    Eaat   Palo    Ako,    CaHf., 
ParMOund,  Inc^  Smi  Fraadwo,  CaHf. 
ContinuatkN>-ln-part  of  appHcatlon  Scr.  No.  667,216,  Sept 
12, 1967,  now  abandoned.  TMs  appttcation  Apr.  6, 1970,  S(  r. 
I  No.  25,775 

'  Int.  CL  H04r  5100 

4ClaiaH 


MS.  CL  179—1  G 


MOM 


IN 


-«|  Hf»)j 


1^ 


A  stereo  synthesizer  for  synthesizing  a  stereo  output  fron^  a 
monophonic  input,  according  to  which  a  source  of 
monophonic  sound  signals  is  connected  to  two  sound  chan- 
nels, the  signals  being  applied  directly  to  the  two  sound  chan- 
nels and  also  in  delayed  fashion  thereto  by  means  of  a  net- 
work transfer  function  so  as  to  reinforce  the  direct  signals  in 
one  channel  and  oppoM  them  in  another  channel  as  a  func- 
tion of  frequency.  The  network  transfer  function  is  such  that 
the  amplitude  of  the  frequency  response  is  independent  of 
frequency  while  the  phase  response  varies  as  a  function  (tf 
frequency. 


The  present  invention  is  rdated  to  a  method  and  apparatus 
to  avoid  overprinting  at  the  end  of  teleprinter  lines  on  page- 
printing  tekprinten  when  a  coding  rignal  is  used  for  en- 
ciphering (rf  teleprinter  mfi^fi.  This  is  accomplished  by 
enciphering  the  tint  of  three  procedure  characters  (two 
CARRIAGE  RETURN  and  one  LINE  FEED)  m  the  normal 
manner  while  die  next  two  characters  are  not  enciphered.  At 
the  receiving  end,  the  first  CARRIAGE  RETURN  is 
retrieved  a*  normal,  and  the  next  two  characters  are  pasMd 
in  plain  text  without  deciphering. 


3,670,107 
WORD  AND  LETTER  SPACING  ARRANGEMENT  FOR 
HUMAN-SPEECH  TYPEWRITERS  | 

Mcgncr  V.  EaMalan,  962  Hyperion  Atomk, 

Calf. 

FBed  Dec.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97^92 
Int.  CL  GIOI //76 
UACL179— ISA  f 

In  speech  lecognition  phenomena,  each  phonetic  informa- 
tion is  contained  within  major  peaks  of  the  sound  wave.  The 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


789 


longest  time  period  between  these  major  peaks  has  a  time 
limit  according  to  the  lowest  pitched  voice,  which  is  con- 
sidered to  be  45  cycles  per  second.  Thus  any  longer  time 
period  that  may  occur  between  the  major  peaks  is  considered 
as  termination   point  of  a  sf>ok,en  word,  and  a  signal   is 


3,670.108 

DECENTRALIZED  LOCAL  TELEPHONE  SYSTEM 

BJom   Andersen,  Oib,  Norway,  assignor  to  Max  Manus 

Landoya,  Askes  and  George  Manns,  Oslo,  Norway 
ContlnuatkMi  of  appttcatten  Scr.  No.  603,027,  Dec.  19.  1966, 
now  abandoned.  This  application  Feb.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

14.759 

Claims  priority,  application  Norway,  Jan.  6, 1966, 161441 

Int.  CL  H04m  3100 

MS.  CL  179— 18  J  4  Claims 


I — EJ 


An  intercommunication  system  the  stations  of  which  con> 
tain  at  least  one  electro-acoustic  transducer,  a  duplex  ampli- 
fier and  an  electronic  connections  device  which  in  coopera- 
tion with  an  electronic  control  circuit  common  to  all  stations 
continuously  transmits  synchronization  pulse  trains  over  one 
pair  of  conductors  to  all  stations.  Over  a  second  pair  of  con- 
ductors, connection  is  estaUished  between  the  calling  station 
and  the  called  station,  if  this  called  station  is  not  busy.  All 
stations  are  connected  in  parallel  at  the  same  conununicatifni 
time.  For  each  simultaneous  communication  desired,  an 
extra  pair  of  conductors  (conmiunication  line)  b  parallei- 
connected  to  all  stations  together  with  one  connection  device 


in  each  station  and  in  the  common  control  circuit.  This  is 
made  possible  by  the  synchronizing  pulse  train  and  the  coin- 
cidence  of  these  pulses  and  a  calling  pulse. 


3,670,109 
TELEPHONE  TRANSLATING  APPARATUS 
Derek  Leybura,  MWMauga,  Ontario;  BcnHrd  R.  Montague, 
DoOard  des  Onncaux,  Quebec,  and  Henry  K.  Mattfla,  Roi- 
boro,  Quebec,  al  of  Canarta,  asrignnrs  to  Bd  Canada, 
Montreal,  Quebec,  Cannda 

Hkd  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,493 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  July  3, 1969, 
33,656/69 
Int  CL  H04q  3147 
UAQ.  179— 18ET  9 


produced  to  operate  the  carriage  of  the  typewriter.  There  is 
also  provided  means  for  preventing  repetition  of  printing 
phonetic  symbols  during  a  spoken  word.  And  further,  there  is 
provided  means  for  allowing  repetition  of  phonetic  symbok 
to  be  typed  during  a  spoken  word,  when  so  spoken  in  some 
languages. 


A  telephone  system  translator  for  translating  input  codes 
each  made  up  of  a  number  of  code  digits  into  translations 
each  made  up  of  a  number  of  information  bits  including  a 
decoder  to  initiate  a  direct  route  connection  and  capable  of 
providing  an  alternate  route  when  a  direct  route  is  not  availa- 
ble. The  invention  also  extends  to  the  provision  of  two  trans- 
lator preference  units  and  an  exclusion  gate  unit  capable  of 
selective  connection  to  one  or  both  of  the  translator 
preference  units  and  also  extends  to  the  exclusion  gate  unit 
including  a  plurality  of  stages  each  associated  with  a  respec- 
tive decoder  stage;  each  of  the  exclusion  gate  stages  is  capa- 
ble of  being  rendered  non-responsive  if  a  prior  call  is  being 
handled  by  another  one  of  said  exclusion  gate  stages. 


3,670,110 

TELEPHONE  LINE  TRANSFER  CIRCUIT  USING 

DISJOINT  ROUTING  NETWORK  FOR  PARTIAL 

DECODING 

to  Northern  Electric  Company  Ilmlled,  ^tentrinl,  Queboe, 
Canada 

FOcd  Feb.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  117,550 
Int.  CL  H04ni  3138 
U.S.CL179— 18AD  11 


An  intercom  telephone  system  having  a  relay  counter 
which  includes  a  disjoint  routing  contact  network.  For  single 


i 


740 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


digit  dialled.  For  two  digit  codes,  a  transfer  circuit  connected  | 

to  one  of  the  10  outputs  is  activated  by  a  transfer  signal  ap- 
plied to  the  first  input  after  the  first  digit,  to  switch  the  ring- 
ing source  to  a  second  input  of  the  routing  network  After 
the  second  digit  is  dialled,  ringing  applied  to  the  second  input 
is  partiaUy  decoded  by  the  routing  network  onto  one  of  four 
of  the  outputs.  The  remaining  decoding  onto  one  of  10 
further  outputt  for  two  digit  stations  is  effected  by  two  relays 
in  the  transfer  circuit  slaved  to  two  corresponding  relays  in 
the  relay  counter.  Thus,  a  portion  of  the  routing  network  is 
reused  on  the  second  digit  of  two  digit  calls  for  partial  decod- 
ing. 


3,670,111 
REPERTORY  DIALER  TELEPHONE  SET  WITH 
REGISTER  STORAGE  OF  THE  DIGITS 
AUen  A.  Bukotky;  Mfchi«l  A.  Flavin,  both  of  <»«««?«»*♦ 
Ind.;  Donald  G.  HOI,  BouMer.  Colo.;  Donald  D.  Huizin^ 
IndlanapoHt,  and  James  F.  RUchcy,  Cannel.  both  of  Ind., 
anignors  to  BcU  Telephone  Uboratories,  Incorporated, 
Murray  HUl,  Berkeley  Heights,  N  J. 

Filed  Dec.  2, 1969,  Ser.  No.  881,515 

Int.  CI,  H04ni  1/45 

VS.  CI.  1 79-90  B  3  Claims 


fluid  glass  composition  which  solidifies  as  a  monolithic  body 
in  bonded  relation  to  the  head 


I  3,670,113 

»4^1}CER  HEAD  AUi 


VIDEO  TRAN^UCER  HEAD  AUGNMENT  APPARATUS 
Peter  Bragas,  Itnmi,  Germany,  assignor  to  Blaupunkt-Werki 
GmbH,  Hildesheim,  Germany 

Filed  Oct.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,068 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Oct.  17, 1969,  P  19  5: 

369.4 

Int  a.  Gl  lb  5142, 5/56 

VS.  a.  179—100.2  B  8  Claim  i 


In  an  electronic  type  repertory  dialer  telephone  set,  direct 
station  selection  for  recording  or  automatically  dialing  out  is 
provided  by  a  name  button  switch  array,  each  ^jutton  ac- 
cessing an  associated  shift  register  memory.  A  clock  pulser 
and  counter  circuit  initiates  an  automatic  call  sequence  m 
response  to  the  electronic  detection  of  dial  tone  after  a  par- 
ticular memory  has  been  designated. 


To  align  transducer  heads  on  a  rotating  carrier,  so  that  the 
gap  extends  exactly  radially  and  is  property  placed  on  the 
carrier,  a  drum-shaped  support  is  provided  with  magnetic 
transducer  heads  (preferably  simUar  to  the  video  heads)  fac- 
ing inwardly  aod  accurately  located  to  define  the  orientation 
of  the  video  transducers  on  their  carrier.  One  of  the  heads  is 
energized  and  the  signal  read  from  the  other.  The  head  on 
the  carrier  is  then  adjusted  until  the  observed  signal  is  a  mw- 
imum.  which  wUl  occur  only  upon  accurate  alignment.  The 
heads  are  then  fixed  in  place  on  the  carrier  by  means  of  an 
adhesive,  for  example  introduced  in  grooves  between  the  ee- 
rier and  the  head. 


3,670,112 
AIR  BEARING  MAGNETIC  HEAD  WITH  GLASS  SLIDER 

BODY 
James  F.  Rusuzyk,  and  Duanc  R.  Secrlst,  both  of  S«i  Joae, 
CaHf.,  aaigBon  to  International  Burinas  Machines  Cor* 
poration,  Arnionk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  18, 1969,  Ser.  No.  850,765 
Int.  CL  Glib  5/60, 5/10, 5/42 
UACL  179-100.2  P  3  Claims 

An  air  bearing  sUder  assembly  includes  a  U-shaped  mag- 
netic head  and  a  monolithic  glass  body  which  is  formed  in 
the  glassy  state  so  as  to  chemically  as  well  as  physically  bond 
the  head  thereto,  a  nonmagnetic  gap  in  the  base  of  the  head 
being  disposed  at  an  air  bearing  surface  of  the  glass  body  to 
faciliute  noncontact  magnetic  recording.  The  slider  assembly 
is  fabricated  using  a  mold  having  a  central  cavity  which 
defines  the  desired  configuration  of  the  glass  body  and  which 


,  3,670.114 

ELECTROMAGNETIC  TRANSDUCER  HEAD  HAVWG 

BIAS  FREQUENCY  GAP  AND  AN  INTELLIGENCE 

FREQUENCY  GAP 

Keith  O.  Johmon,  Topanga  Canyon,  and  Kent  D.  BroadbcM, 

San  Pedro,  both  of  CaBf.,  asrignors  to  MCA  Technolocy, 

Inc  1 

Contiiiuation4n.part  of  application  Ser.  No.  786,293,  Dec.  13, 
1968,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Nov.  17^  1969,  S- 

No.  877,305 
Int.  CI.  Glib  5/20,  5/24 

U.S.CL  179-100.2  C  *^^ 

An  improved  electromagnetic  transducer  head  is  prov  «ed 
for  high  quality  audio  recording  and  which  includes  a  folded 
shim  mounted  in  the  gaps  of  its  magnetic  core  to  enhance  the 
recording  operating  characteristics  of  the  head.  The  particu- 
lar transducer  head  to  be  described  includes  a  magnetic  oorc 
having  a  first  section  of  minimum  volume,  on  which  a  high 
frequency  bias  winding  is  wound  for  recording  purposes,  with 
reUtivcly  low  power  and  heating  effects;  and  having  a  second 


» Ser. 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


741 


section     of     relatively     large     volume     on     which     the   plunger  moves  out  of  engagement  with  the  leaf  spring  so  that 
record/playback  intelligence  signal  windings  are  wound,  and   the  leaf  spring  is  unstressed,  and  a  third  unstable  position 


yofi^.aapii- 


^'JfA  Annfifmre^ 


which  exhibits  the  desired  low  frequency  response  for  high 
quality  playback. 


3,670,115 
CURRENT  COLLECTOR  FOR  VEHICLES  OF  ELECTRIC 

TOY  AND  MODEL  RAILROAD  INSTALLATIONS 
Robert  Munzing,  Numberg,  Germany,  assignor  to  Mas  Ernst, 
Numberg,  Germany 

Filed  June  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  44,486 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  6,  1969,  P  19  28 

^25.6 
Int.  CI.  B60I  5/00,  9/02,  9/16 
U.S.  CI.  191—45  R  5  Claims 


17     18 


7    12   13      1^   6  12  16 

J \  /    A  /    I 


—15 


2   8 


A  rail  vehicle  for  toy  and  model  railroads  in  which  a  heli- 
cal thin  electrically  conductive  spring  wire  has  one  end  in 
sliding  engagement  with  an  electrically  conductive  wheel  axle 
having  an  electrically  conductive  railroad  wheel  mounted 
thereon,  whereas  the  other  end  of  said  helical  spring  wire  is 
in  electrical  engagement  with  a  plate  adapted  to  be  con- 
nected to  an  electric  current  consumer. 


3,670,116 

ELECTRICAL  SWITCHES 

Edward  Cryer,  Higham,  near  Burnley,  England,  assignor  to 

Joseph  Lucas  (Industries)  Limited,  Birmingham,  England 

Filed  June  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45,001 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  June  17,  1969, 

30,534/69 
Int.  a.  HOlh  13/28 
\}J&.  a.  200—6  BB  1  Claim 

An  electrical  switch  includes  a  body,  a  conductive  support 
member  carried  by  the  body,  a  pair  of  electrically  intercon- 
necting conductive  leaf  springs  carried  by  said  support 
member  and  extending  in  opposite  directions  therefix>m  and 
fixed  contacts  carried  by  the  body  and  engageable  by  the  leaf 
spring.  An  operating  member  is  pivotally  mounted  on  the 
body  and  engageable  with  the  leaf  spring  to  move  the  leaf 
spring  relative  to  the  fixed  contacts,  and  the  switch  has  a  first 
stable  position  in  which  a  plunger  holds  one  of  the  leaf 
springs  stressed,  a  second  stable  position,  reached  by  moving 
the  operating  member  in  one  angular  direction,  in  which  the 


reached  by  moving  the  operating  member  in  the  opposite  an- 
gular direction  in  which  the  leaf  spring  is  again  unstressed. 

3,670,117 
ELECTRIC  SWITCHBOARD  WITH  ROCKER  MOVABLE 

CONTACT  MOUNTED  ON  A  WHEEL 
Lc  Roy  D.  Yancey,  Bountiful  City,  Utah,  aarignor  to  MjOor 
Corpor^ion,  Chicago,  DL 

Filed  Mar.  9, 1967,  Ser.  No.  621,984 

InL  CL  HOIh  15/06 

U.S.CI.  200— 16C  16ClaiaM 


A  switchboard  having  a  base  with  parallel  grooves  and  flat 
lateral  strips  spacing  the  grooves,  electrical  conductive  rods 
positioned  in  the  grooves,  and  a  contact  blade  secured  to  one 
end  of  a  lever  mounted  on  a  programming  wheel  so  that  the 
blade  contacts  a  rod  in  a  groove  when  the  progranuning 
wheel  bottoms  on  the  opposite  sides  of  a  groove.  Conductive 
rails,  normal  to  the  conductive  rods,  can  be  secured  to  the 
switchboard  to  coact  with  a  conuct  plate,  in  electrical  con- 
tact with  the  contact  blade,  which  is  urged  against  the  rails 
with  a  coiled  spring  coacting  between  the  contact  plate  and 
the  contact  blade. 


3,670,118 
WINDSCREEN  WIPER  MOTCMtS 
Brian  Stowe,  Wahall,  Englaiid,  amlgnwr  to  Joseph  Lucm  (In- 
dnstrics)  Limited,  Birmiagham,  Eaglaad 

Filed  Jan.  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1,168 
Clainu  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jan.  17, 1969, 

2,825/69 

Int.  CL  HOlh  9/08 

U.S.  CL  200-47  2  CUm 

A  windscreen  wiper  motor  includes  a  limit  switch  which  is 

secured  to  the  casing  of  the  motor,  co-operating  location 

means  provided  on  the  limit  switch  and  the  casing  for  locat- 


742 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


ins  the  limit  switch  in  the  desired  position  relative  to  the  cas-   and  the  plate  has  projections  extending  towards  the  strips  so 
ing.  The  limit  switch  carries  a  resUient  tongue  which  engages   that  a  force  applied  adjacent  the  center  of  the  cover  wiU  ac- 

tuate  at  least  one  of  the  switches. 


the  casing  to  retain  the  limit  switch  in  engagement  with  the 
casing. 


IliP 


In  addition,  the  plate  is  releasably  secured  to  the  cover 
through  an  emblem  which  prevents  relative  movement 
between  the  respective  elements. 


3,670,119 
SWITCH  WITH  IMPROVED  ACTUATOR  MEANS 
Walacc  A.  Gcbhardt,  and  Prcatkc  R.  Corn,  both  of  Logan- 
sport,  IwL,  anIgMtrs  to  Swflciws  bcorporatcd 
Flkd  Mar.  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,139 
Int.  CL  HOlh  35100 
U.S.  CL  200-52  R  31  Clnlms 


to  TRW  Inc., 


3,670,U1 
ELECTRICAL  SWITCH 
John  Arthur  Howe,  ChilwcB,  England, 
Cleveland,  OMo 

FIted  July  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  53362  "" 

Claiim  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  July  14, 1969, 

35356/69 

Int.  CL  HOlh  13128 

UA  CL  200—67  G  3  Clatai^ 


A  switching  mechanism  that  is  adapted  to  be  incorporated 
into  a  teat  to  sense  the  presence  dL  an  occupant  and  actuate 
a  switch  in  response  thereto.  The  switching  mechanism  in- 
cludes a  switch  supported  in  a  housing  and  having  a  movable 
element  with  an  actuating  system  cooperating  with  the 
switch.  The  actuating  system  includes  an  elongated  member 
having  one  end  connected  to  the  su(>port  and  a  free  end 
spaced  from  the  support.  The  elongated  member  extends 
generally  parallel  to  the  upper  surface  of  the  seat  and  is 
deflected  from  normal  in  response  to  an  occupant  in  the  seat. 
An  elongated  actuating  arm  cooperates  with  the  element  and 
the  free  end  of  the  first  elongated  member  to  move  the  ele- 
ment between  the  first  and  second  positions  in  response  to 
deflection  of  the  elongated  member  thereby  actuating  the 
switch.  The  switclung  mechanism  further  includes  automatic 
adjustment  means  to  compensate  for  manufiacturing  and  age 
variations  of  the  seat. 


An  electrical  switch  includes  a  first  pivotally  mounted  ac  - 
tuating  member,  the  rocking  movement  of  which  is  trans- 
mitted to  a  second  pivotally  mounted  actuating  member 
whose  rocking  movement  effects  the  operation  of  a  leaf 
spring  over  its  dead  center  position  to  open  and  close  the 
switch  contacts.  The  said  first  actuating  member  has  a  de- 
pending lug  which  engages  with  and  rides  over  sloping  ramps 
forming  part  of  the  said  second  actuating  member. 


3,670,120 
HORN  ACTUATING  MEANS 
P(«ntlcc  R.  Com,  and  Walaoe  A.  GcUMrdt,  both  of  Logan- 
sport,  lad.,  asrivMn  to  SwUcImb,  Inc. 

FRed  Jan.  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105^57 
Int.  CL  HOlh  9100 
UA  CL  200-61.55  14Chtait 

A  horn  actuating  mechanism  for  actuating  elongated 
spaced  metal  strip  switches  forming  part  of  the  steering 
wheel  of  an  automobile.  The  actuating  mechanism  includes  a 
flexible  cover  cooperating  with  a  base  supporting  a  pair  of 
switches  that  exteiid  in  opposite  directions  from  a  central 
portion  of  the  steering  wheel  with  the  cover  having  a  rigid 
plate  connected  at  the  center  thereof.  The  rigid  plate  has  fi«e 
ends  that  overlie  the  inner  ends  of  the  respective  switches 


I  3,670,122 

WARNING  DEVICE  FOR  DUAL  CIRCUIT  HYDRAUUC 
BRAKE  SYSTEMS 
Joan  Belart,  Waldorf,  and  Uirkh  Sddd,  Wehr,  both  of  Ge- 
many,  asrignw*  to  nTtodoitrlct,  Inc. 

Fled  Dec.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95^08 
Claims  priority,  appHcadon  Gennany,  Dec.  10, 1969,  P  19  ti  1 

845.2 
Int.  CL  HOlh  J3/J«.i/42  ^ 

U.S.CL200-t2D  _,         ,         *.CW»" 

A  warning  device  for  indicating  the  failure  of  one  circuit  In 
a  two-circuit  brake  system.  Two  pistons  in  a  closed  cylinder 
are  normally  balanced  by  the  pressure  from  one  circuit  aid- 
ing on  the  outside  of  one  piston  and  the  pressure  from  the 
other  circuit  acts  on  the  outside  of  the  other  piston.  The  in- 
side ends  of  the  pistons  arc  tapered  cam  surfaces  against 
which  a  cam  follower  is  spring  biased.  A  contact  switch 
movable  with  the  cam  follower  is  closed  when  the  pistons 
move  to  either  end  of  the  cylinder  due  to  a  pressure  faUure  w 
one  circuit. 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


748 


A  pressure  medium  groove  is  provided  connecting  the  wall  is  solid  and  is  provided  with  a  plurality  of  internal  Ion- 
space  between  the  two  pistons  to  the  chamber  in  which  the  gitudinal  grooves  extending  parallel  to  and  symmetrically 
switch  is  located.  This  latter  chamber  is  vented  to  the  at-  disposed  about  the  axis  of  the  chamber.  When  the  contacts 
mosphere.  This  draws  attention  to  a  leaking  seal  of  either  or   are  closed  the  fixed  contact,  which  is  in  close-proximity  to 

the  inner  wall  of  the  chamber,  extends  past  the  grooves 


both  pistons  of  the  warning  device.  A  check  valve  is  provided 
between  the  space  between  the  two  pistons  and  the  at- 
mosphere to  allow  leaking  hydraulic  fluid  to  flow  out  while 
preventing  foreign  matter  fix>m  entering  the  brake  system. 


3.670,123 

MULTI-POINT  TO  COMMON  POINT  DEAD  TANK 

SWrrCH  HAVING  VACUUM  INSULATED  CONTACTS 

AND  VACUUM  INSULATED  TERMINALS 

Elmer  L.  Luchrlng,  Cleveland  Heights,  Ohio,  assigii 

JosiyB  Mfg.  and  Supply  Company,  Chloi«o,  DL 

Flkd  Apr.  29, 1971,  Scr.  No.  138^62 

Int  CL  HOlh  33m 

U.S.CL200— 144B  4Clabm 


to 


A  vacuum  switch  has  means  for  selectively  opening  or 
closing  one  or  more  of  plural  contact  sets  each  having  a  sta- 
tionary contact  and  a  relatively  movable  contact.  Terminals 
for  the  stationary  contacts  are  provided  within  an  electrically 
dead  tank  which  provides  the  vacuum  enclosure  for  the  con- 
tacts and  also  for  terminal  conductors. 


3,670,124 

BLAST  ORinCE  UNIT  FOR  SELF-BLASTING 

COMPRESSES  GAS  ELECTRIC  CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 

Benito  Joae  Caiviw>  y  TcUdro,  BrrgMnn,  Italy,  assignor  to 

MAGRINI  Fabbffichc  Rlo^le  M^rW-Scarpa  c  Mi^mw 

M.S.M.  SwpJL,  MUnn,  Italy 

Fled  Apr.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  134,268 
Clalnis  priority,  appMclton  Italy,  Apr.  16, 1970, 23393 
Int.  CL  HOlh  33170 
U.S.  CL  200—148  R  5  Tlilwi 

An  axial  blast  breaking  chamber  for  self-blasting  com- 
pressed gas  electric  circuit  brealiers  wherein  the  chamber 


thereby  inhibiting  flow  of  quenching  gas.  Flow  of  quenching 
gas  remains  inhibited  until  the  chamber  and  attached  mova- 
ble contact  are  displaced  sufficiently  to  withdraw  a  portion  of 
the  longitudinal  grooves  below  the  lower  end  of  the  fixed 


contact. 


3,670,125 

BLAST  NOZZLE  FOR  SELF-BLASTING  COMPRESSED 

GAS  ELECTRIC  CIRCUIT-BREAKERS 

Bcnho  Jose  CaMno  y  TcQciro,  ■^-g-— ,  Italy,  assign  ni  to 

MAGRINI  Fabbricbc  RnWlc  Mi«rlid  •  Scvpa  c  M^nano 

M.S.M.  S.pJi.,  Mian,  Italy 

Fled  Apr.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  134^69 
ClafaBS  priority,  applcation  Italy,  Apr.  16, 1970,  23394  A/70 

Int.  CL  HOlh  ii/70 
U.S.CL200— 148R  6i 


An  axial  blast  breaking  chamber  for  self-blasting  com- 
pressed gas  electric  circuit  breakers  wherein  the  chamber 
wall  is  provided  with  a  friuraKty  of  radial  holes  having  an  en- 
trance to  the  inside  of  said  breaker  chamber  duough  a  ring- 
like feeding  groove  coaxial  to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the 
chamber.  When  the  contacts  are  closed  the  fixed  contact, 
which  is  in  dose  proximity  to  the  inner  waU  of  the  chmnber, 
extends  past  the  feeding  groove  thereby  inhibitinf  flow  of 
quenching  gas.  Flow  of  quenching  gas  remahis  inhibited  until 
the  chamber  and  attached  movable  contact  are  ititfrlartd  suf- 
ficiently to  withdraw  the  feeding  groove  and  radial  holn 
below  the  lower  end  of  the  fixed  contact 


744 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3,670,126 
COMPRESSE1M2AS  CIRCUIT  INTERRUPTER  HAVING  A 

PAIR  or  RAPID  TRANSFER  INSULATING  NOZZLES 
Robert  M.  RoMt,  Pfttsbarfh,  Piu,  awlgiior  to  Wcsdnghouw 
Electric  CorporatkM,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Filed  July  1, 1969,  Ser.  No.  838,157 

iBt  CI.  HOlh  33154 

VS.  CI.  200- 148  R  5  Claims 


June  13,  1972 


whereby  a  cam  lblk>wer  type  of  switch  contact  actuator  is 
Diased  into  adjustaUe  continuous  contact  with  the  peripheral 
siuface  of  each  of  the  cams.  Means  are  provided  for  effecting 
rotation  of  the  shaft,  upon  which  the  cams  are  disposed,  at  a 
predetermined  substantially  constant  rotational  velocity. 
Further  means  are  provided  to  be  responsive  to  tokens  sup- 
plied thereto  for  controlling  and  initiating  the  operation  of 


A  gas-blast  type  of  circuit  breaker  is  provided  having  a  pair 
of  separable  contacts  with  a  pair  of  contractable  insulating 
nozzles  disposed  closely  adjacent  the  point  of  separation  of 
the  separable  conucts.  In  one  embodiment  of  the  invention, 
there  is  provided  a  pair  of  tubular  separable  contacts, 
through  which  the  gas  exhausts,  and  a  pair  of  spaced  con- 
jractable  insulating  nozzles  are  provided  to  locate  the  arc 
quickly  axially  and  to  control  the  gas-flow  conditions. 


3,670,127 
IflGH  VOLTAGE  CIRCUIT  BREAKER  OF  LOW  UQUID 

TYPE 
Ii«e  G«rd,  Ludv&a,  Sweden,  ■■ipinr  to  Aamamia  Svenriui 
EMdrWui  Aktlebolaaet,  Vaatema,  Sweden 

FBed  Apr.  21, 1971,  Ser.  No.  133,934 

lot  CL  HOlh  Ji/75 

U&  CL  200—150  B  7  Claims 


the  timing  apparatus.  A  suitable  slot  adapted  to  receive 
tokens  is  provided  with  a  removable  stop  for  arresting  the 
motion  of  a  coin  and  further  means  are  provided  for  generat- 
ing a  signal  in  response  to  the  presence  of  the  token.  Th« 
signal  is  utilized  to  initiate  operation  of  the  timer.  Prior  to  th« 
end  of  the  timing  cycle  of  operation,  the  removable  stop 
means  is  actuatod  to  allow  release  of  the  token  into  a  collec 
tion  receptacle,  j 


3,670,129 

ELECTRICAL  CONTACT  MEMBERS 

Sidney  J.  Cherry;  Albert  Banea,  both  of  Elinin,  and  Paul  O 

Waybind,    Montour    Falls,    al    ol    N.Y.,    assignors    to 

Wcstinghouse  Electric  Corporation,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Filed  Aug.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  64,362 

iBt  CL  HOlh  1102 

U.S.  CL  200- 166  C  7  CtoM 


In  a  high  voltage  circuit  breaker  of  low  liquid  type  the 

breaking  chambers  are  pressurized  to  prevent  the  circuit 

breaker  from  restriking  when  breaking  capacitive  loads.  All 

"the  seals  required  for  these  pressurized  chambers  are  located 

below  the  liquid  level  in  each  chamber. 


3,670,128 

ADJUSTABLE  TIMER  HAVING  ROTATING  CAM  AND 

WIDE  RANGE  VARIABLE  DWELL 

Makofan  J.  Estrcm,  Edina,  Minn.,  avignor  to  The  Comelhis 

Company,  Anoka,  Minn. 

Divtaion  of  Ser.  No.  795^89,  Jan.  2, 1969,  abandoned. 
FOed  Oct.  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  865,904 
InL  CL  HOlh  3142 
U.S.  CL  200—153  17  Chdme 

Adjustable  timing  apparatus  for  actuating  individual  switch 
contact  assemblies  at  various  predetermined  times  during  the 
cycle  of  rotation  of  a  shaft  including  a  plurality  of  cams 
characterized  by  the  inclusion  of  a  peripheral  involute  ac- 
tuating surface  which  further  includes  a  switch  contact 
resetting  portion.  Individual  switch  contact  assemUies  are 
removably  disposed  in  operative  position  adjacent  to  a  cam 


Electrical  make  and  break  contact  members  for  use  in  a 
vacuum-type  circuit  interrupter  including  a  casing  forming  an 
evacuated  chamber  with  a  pair  of  separable  contacts  con- 
tained therein  and  composed  of  copper  (or  other  simUar 
metal),  the  contacting  surface  of  each  contact  having  a  non- 
continuous  coating  of  a  refractory  material,  covering  the 
major  part  of  the  contact  surface  and  whereby  during  disen- 
gagement of  the  contacts  the  welding  and  high  erosion  rate 
of  copper  caused  by  an  electric  arc  in  a  vacuum  is  minimized 
vj>y  the  refractory  material  coating. 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


745 


3,670,130 

IMPROVEMENTS  IN  ELECTROSTATIC  RELAYS 

John  Christopher  Greenwood,  Pinner,  England,  assignor  to 

International  Standard  Electric  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  24.  1970.  Ser.  No.  13,450 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Mar.  7,  1969, 

12,221/69 

tet.CL  HOlh  29/00.  .57/00 

U.S.  CI.  200- 1 83  21  Claims 


tured  by  exposing  dough  pieces  to  a  microwave  field  of  an  in- 
tensity and  duration  to  elevate  the  temperature  of  the  dough 


A  relay  is  provided  which  includes  a  drop  of  conducting 
liquid,  for  example  mercury,  and  means  for  subjecting  the 
drop  to  an  electro-static  field  to  effect  movement  of  the  drop 
between  at  least  two  positions.  This  movement  causes  the 
conductive  drop  to  interconnect  different  contacts,  switching 
the  relay  from  one  state  to  another. 


piece  sufficient  to  initiate  the  generation  and  expansion  of 
gases  in  the  dough  piece  and  the  complete  fmx>fing  thereof 


3,670,131 
ADJUSTING  AND  CONTROLLING  REED  RELAYS 
Jcan-Loids  Beaud,  Ncuchatel,  SwItMrland,  Msignor  to  Hailer 
A.  G.,  Bern,  SwItMrland 

FDed  June  3,  1970.  Ser.  No.  43,134 

Clafans  priority,  application  Switzerland,  June  6, 1969, 

8605/69 

InLCl.H05b 

U.S.  CL  219—7.5  5  ClalnM 


A  process  for  adjusting  and  checking  reed  relays  comprises 
locally  heating  one  of  the  two  switching  tongues  by  a  high 
frequency  heating  system,  and  deflecting  both  switching  ton- 
gues simultaneously  by  magnetic  force,  so  that  the  switching 
tongue  exposed  to  high  frequency  heating  undergoes  a  per- 
manent ntaterial  deformation. 


3,670,132 
ENVIRONMENTAL  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR 
MICROWAVE  PROOFER 
Harold  B.  Kaufman,  Jr.,  New  York;  Robert  F.  Schiffniann, 
Brooklyn,  and  Emcit  W.  Stein,  New  York,  aB  of  N.Y.,  as- 
signors to  DCA  Food  Industries  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
FOed  July  13,  1970,  Ser.  No.  54,157 
Int.  CL  H05b  9106 
U.S.  CL  219—10.55  22  Clains 

An  environmental  control  for  a  microwave  cavity  which 
provides  a  controlled  air  temperature  and  relative  humidity 
in  the  cavity  particulaiiy  suitable  for  use  in  a  microwave 
proofer  in  which  a  yeast-leavened  dough  is  proofed  and  ma- 


3,670,133 
MICROWAVE  DRYING  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD 
Lambcrtus  AdnUraal,  CoquMam,  BrttUi  CohunMn,  CMMdn, 
•srignor  to  MncMOan  Blocdei  Ltanitod,  Vancouver,  BrMrii 
Columbia,  Canada 

Filed  June  3, 1971,  Ser.  No.  149,651 
Int  CL  H05b  9106 
U.S.CL  219-10.55  18 1 


Apparatus  and  method  for  drying  moisture-laden  dielectric 
materials  by  microwave  energy  and  including  directing 
microwave  energy  from  a  generator  to  opposite  sides  fA 
material  to  be  dried.  Means  is  provided  for  protecting  the 
generator  from  microwave  energy  reflected  by  the  material. 
It  is  preferable  to  include  means  for  controlling  the  output  of 
the  generator  in  accordance  with  the  moisture  content  of  the 
portion  of  the  material  exposed  to  the  microwave  energy. 
This  is  accomplished  by  measuring  energy  transmitted 
through  the  material,  and  controUing  the  output  of  the 
generator  inversely  relative  to  the  level  of  the  transmitted 
energy. 


3,670,134 
MICROWAVE  OVEN  NO-LOAD  SENSCHt 
Arnold  M.  Bucksbanm,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  assignnr  to 
Amana  Refrigeration,  Inc.,  Anunn,  Iowa 

Filed  Jan.  26,  1971,  Ser.  No.  109,818 
Int.  CL  H05b  9106 
US.  CL  2 19— 10.55  12  CWnv 

A  no-load  sensor  is  disclosed  for  protection  of  the  elec- 
tromagnetic wave  energy  generator  in  an  electronic  heating 
apparatus  including  a  magnetized  body  of  a  ferrimagnetic 
materia]  disposed  within  the  waveguide  launching  section. 
Improved  magnetic  fiekl  producing  means  include  a  field 
concentrator  associated  with  a  permanent  magnet  naember. 
Embodiments    are    also    provided    within    a    waveguide 


746 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


lauaching  section  having  a  reduced  cnm  sectional  area  ad- 
jacent to  the  ferrimagnetic  body  to  concentrate  profMgated 
electnMMgnetic  waves  with  a  resultant  decrease  in  the 


the  opposed  electrode,  a  pause  time  following  each  pulse 
voltage  is  adjusted  by  predetermined  small  incremental 
amounts  in  accordance  with  the  vottage  conditions 
developed  acrosa  the  gap. 


>J, 


^v.  V.  ^^  V.  V  A  AvVvvv.  v.v.v.':^ 


^S3 


material  requirements  for  exciting  electron  spin  action  to 
direct  reflected  energy  from  a  load  to  energy  absorbing 
means. 


3^70,135 
ARC  WELDING  ELECTRODE  AND  PROCESS  FOR 
STAINLESS  STEEL 
J.  ZvaMit,  Wtatttkr,  CalL,  aastrmr  to  Sloody  Com- 


3^70,137 

METHOD  OP  SPARK  SINTERING  ELECTRICALLY 

CONDUCTIVE  PARTICLES  ONTO  A  METALUC 

SUBSTRATE 

KiyesU  laouc,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assign  or  to  Lockheed  AfarcrafI 

CorporatieB,  Bwrbairii,  Caif. 

CortfaiuaHoB  of  appMcatlM  Ser.  No.  611,497,  Nov.  30, 1966, 

Mw  abMMloMd ,  wUch  Is  a  dhWM  of  appHartkn  Scr.  No. 

356,714,  Apr.  2, 1964,  now  Palsirt  No.  3340,052,  dated 

Sept.  5,  1967.  wMch  is  a  relhuisrtwi  In  part  of  appMcKion 

Ser.  No.  247387,  Dec.  26, 1962,  Mm  Patent  No.  3350,892, 

dated  May  10, 1966.  TUs  appMctloa  Feb.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No. 

10,090 
QainM  priority,  appMcatioB  Japan,  Dec.  26,  1961,  36/47409 

hrt.  CL  B23k  9/04 
US.  CL  219—76  3  Claim 


24,1969, 

tof 


VS.  CL  219—137 


of  lOTRcatfoB  Ssr.  No.  879,045,  Nov. 

No.338S352,whklilsa 

Ser.  No.  777v405,  Nov.  20, 1968, 

JuM  2, 1971,  Ser.  No.  149371 

Irt.CLB23k  9/00 

18 


Mv      om     oca     oo*     ooa 
MOLE  X   in,uOR.iD£. 


' — 1*^ 


A  method  of  spark  sintering  electrically  conductive  parti 
des,  e.g.  copper,  nickel,  ferrochromium  and  tungsten  car 
bide,  onto  a  metallic  substrate  (e.g.  of  nickel,  iron  or  steel)  iii 
which  a  mass  of  particles  is  positioned  along  the  substrate  iii 
light-contacting  relationship  therewith.  An  electric  current 
pulse  is  applied  across  the  mass  of  particles  to  effect  a  spark 
discharge  among  them  and  between  the  mass  and  the  sum 
strate  to  sinter  the  particles  to  one  another  and  to  the  subl 
strate.  The  method  also  increases  the  fatigue  resistance  of 
iron  and  steel  when  tungitten  carbide  is  spark-sintered 
thereto. 


There  is  disclosed  an  arc  welding  process  for  stainless  steel 
and  a  flux-cored  electrode  particularly  useful  therein  which  is 
formulated  of  componentt  having  relatively  low  moisture  ab- 
sorptivity. 


3,670,136 

ELECTRIC  DISCHARGE  MACHINING  METHOD  AND 

APPARATUS 

Nhpo  Sallo,  and  Kndriko  Kob«yaairi,  both  of  Nagoya, 

JapM,  Miifnn  to  MksriMrf  Denki  KabushOd  Kaisha, 

CUyodft-kia,  Tokyo,  Japaa 

FUsd  Feb.  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  7398 

CWn  prkrtty,  appHcattoa  JapM,  Feb.  4, 1969, 44/8326 

IM.  CL  B23p  im 

U3.  CL  219—69  C  7  Claims 


3,670,138 
'    WELDING  EQUIPMENT 
Lester    C.    Schmiegc,    and    WcMieli    C.    Zdulf,    both    df 
Kalamazoo,  Mich.,  assignors  to  American  Wbc  Ckith  Con^ 
pany,  Parchment,  Mkh. 

Coatiauation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  722326,  Apr. 

18,  1968,  now  Patent  No.  3353,416.  This  application  Dec.  7 

1970,  Ser.  No.  95328 

Int.  CLB23k  9/70  ^ 

U3.CL  219-114  5Clalii^ 


Upon  electric-discharge  machining  a  workpiece  by  mter-       A  weMing  apparatus  including  a  pair  of  electrode  con- 
mtttently  applying  pulse  v<rftages  across  a  gap  between  it  and    nected  by  ek>agated  electrical  conductors  to  a  transformer 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


747 


and  a  circuit  for  controlling  the  duration  and  strength  of  the 
welding  current.  One  electrode  is  mounted  upon  a  handle 
containing  a  nomudly  open  switch  which  is  dosed  when  said 
one  electrode  is  prMcd  against  an  object.  Qosure  of  said 
switch  initiates  a  current  flow  which  is  accurately  terminated 
after  a  predetermined  period  of  time  controlled  by  the  cir- 
cuit. 


3370,139 
WELDING  HEAD 
Anthony  K.  Paa<UiriB,  St.  Louis;  Arthur  L  Frederick,  Webster 
Groves,  and  Edward  J.  Wciitfurt,  St  Loois,  al  of  Mo.,  as- 
signors  to  The  Pan4Jir1s  Wddnort  Co.,  St  LouIb,  Mo. 
Filed  Dec.  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  99324^ 
lot  CL  B23k  9100 
U3.CL  219-130  II 


F< 


3370,140 
JOINING  OF  TUBES  TO  TUBE  PLATES 
Frank  TImhmk  Roberts,  Kent  Ei^iaMl 
Wheeler  JolH  Broim  BoOcn  Limited, 


Fled  Feb.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  13360 
Clalnw  priority,  applraHsn  Great  Britabs.  Feb.  27, 1969, 

10319/69 
brt.  CL  B23k  9110 
MS.  CL  219—137  3  CWm 

This  invention  relates  to  the  jcxning  of  tubes  to  tube  sheets 
in  alignment  with  bores  throu^  the  latter.  These  bores  are 
slightly  larger  in  diameter  than  the  outside  diameters  of  Ac 
tubes.  An  annular  filler  insert  is  positioned  adjacent  the  end 


of  the  bore  in  engagement  with  the  end  of  the  tube.  When  a 
non-consumable  electrode  arc  weld  is  made,  the  insert  mells 
and  becomes  united  with  the  end  of  the  tube  and  the  tube 


sheet,  the  shape  and  size  of  the  insert  being  such  that  the 
resulting  join  has  a  smooth  crevice-free  contour,  between  the 
tube  and  the  tube  sheet. 


3370.141 

HUMIIHFIER 

DavM  R.  DtaMS,  4801  N.  W.  34,  OklahoMi  Oty,  OUn. 

FDcd  Apr.  15, 1971,  Ser.  No.  134349 

IM.  CL  F22b  1128 

MS.  CL  219-271  5 


A  welding  head  having  a  wire  guide  tube,  through  which  a 
welding  wire  extends,  located  in  and  positioned  longitu- 
dinally of  a  housing  with  its  wire  discbarge  and  in  alignment 
with  a  flux  discharge  opening  provided  in  the  housing.  A 
plate,  made  of  electricaUy  insulating  material,  b  slidably 
mounted  on  the  housing  and  is  connected  to  the  wire  guide 
tube  for  longitudinal  adjustment  of  the  nozzle  to  determine 
the  amount  of  projection  of  the  welding  wire  through  the  flux 

discharge  opening.  The  plate  includes  a  guide  portion  ex- 
tending into  an  elongate  slot  formed  in  and  arranged  longitu- 
dinally of  the  housing,  the  guide  portion  cooperating  with  the 
slot  margins  to  guide  the  plate,  and  hence  the  wire  guide 
tube,  longitudinally  of  the  housing.  Fastening  means,  made  erf 
an  electrically  insulating  material,  extends  through  an  elon- 
gate hole  formed  in  the  plate  and  arranged  kmgitudinally  of 
the  housing,  the  fastening  means  intercoimecting  the  plate 
and  housing  to  retain  the  plate  in  longitudinally  adjusted 
positions.  Pivot  means  mount  the  wire  guide  tube  to  the  plate 
on  a  transverse  axis,  while  wire  guide  tube-pivoting  means 
selectively  move  the  wire  guide  tube  about  the  axis  to  adjust 
the  position  of  the  wire  discharge  end  laterally  of  the  flux 
discharge  opening. 


A  boiler  formed  by  a  water  containing  vertically  disposed 
casing  having  a  heater  in  its  depending  end  portion  is  pro- 
vided with  a  steam  outlet  at  its  upper  end  portion.  An  over- 
flow tube,  connected  with  the  depending  end  portion  of  the 
case,  drains  minerals  and  salts  tending  to  accumulate  in  the 
bottom  of  the  casing.  A  thermal  twitch  secured  to  the  de- 
pending end  of  the  case  operates  a  water  flow  controlling 
solenoid  valve  which  refills  the  casing  in  response  to  tem- 
perature changes  of  the  casing  in  converting  water  contained 
thereby  to  steam. 


3370,142 
RECESS  MOUNTED  ELECTRIC  AIR  HEATER 
Jobs  T.  Attridgs,  Mmwvc,  Cosw^  asiigMr  to  W. 
Electric  CorporattoB,  Pmanvgh,  Pa. 

FBed  Mny  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  40394 
list  CL  H05b  3102;  F24b  3104 
MS.  CL  219—367  6 


A  recess  mountable  electrical 
cover  supporting  on  its  inner  surface  the 


witha 
of 
the 


748 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


cover  in  a  tilted  open  position  for  acceH  to  the  inner  surface 
upon  placemem  in  a  reoe«.  The  invention  m  particularly  ap- 
plicable to  electrical  heaten  for  wall  mounting  in  which  the 
cover  is  placed  within  the  recess  and  temporarily  secured  in  a 
tilted  open  position  for  the  completion  of  electrical  connec- 
tion. A  tilt  and  alignment  mechanism  is  provided,  such  as  by 
brackets  extending  firom  the  cover  engaging  pins  within  the 
recess,  for  permitting  the  cover  to  be  placed  in  the  tilted 
open  position.  Upon  closing  of  the  cover,  while  the  brackets 
on  the  cover  side  on  the  pins,  there  is  preferably  provided 
direct  alignment  of  apertures  for  fasteners  to  permanently 
secure  the  cover  to  an  underlying  support.  Other  features  in- 
clude a  deflector  partially  enclosing  a  heater  element  to 
define  a  primary  air  path  over  the  heater  element  while  also 
permitting  a  secondairy  air  path  to  the  rear  of  the  deflector. 
Also,  a  front  grill  is  provided  that  is  secured  to  the  cover  by 
an  overhanging  edge  disposed  in  a  groove  in  the  upper  edge 
of  the  cover  and  a  sin^  fastener  secures  the  grill  and  cover 
proximate  the  lower  edge  thereof. 


punch  output,  and  plugboard  pro^m  for  controlling  th(i 
operations  of  start,  stop,  read,  add,  subtract,  compare,  insert , 


3,670,143 
ELECTRIC  HEATING  UNIT  FOR  CLOTHES  DRYERS 
Fred  J.  Zcnx,  Bcrrfen  Sprtags,  Mkh^  assignor  to  Whlripool 
Corponftkm,  Benton  Harbor,  Mkh. 

FUed  Apr.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,388 

Int.  a.  HOlc  1/02;  F24h  3/04 

U.S.CL219— 375  12  Claims 


^ 


«ry,  ^<  ^31 

cmmm  «arxT 


^ 


fe=g 


l-@ 


mmtc£»t**ct 


EF^ 


-¥  ^ 


HP— qj| — 


h® 


®  ® 


T 


delete,  print,  0unch,  etc.  The  processor  can  perform  tWe 
operations  of  transfer  of  information,  add,  compare,  and  edi ; 
It  can  use  80-,  90-,  or  160-  column  cards. 


I 


3,670,145 
TAPE  FEED  SYSTEM 
David   C.    Alliris,   Edmonds,   Wash., 
Mechanisms,  Inc.,  Mountlakc  Terrace,  Wash. 
FBcd  Dec.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,444 
Int.  CI.  G03b  1/24,  G06k  13/05 
U.S.  CI.  235— 61.11E 


to   Interface 


SClainis 


A  heater  box  assembly  for  an  electrically  heated  clothes 
dryer  has  a  pair  of  spac»J  insulators  with  a  wire  heating  ele- 
ment wound  around  the  two  insulators  and  with  adjacent 
turns  spaced  apart.  The  support  for  the  heating  unit  includes 
at  least  one  spring  acting  on  at  least  one  insulator  to  apply  a 
tension  on  the  wire  heating  element  to  compensate  for  the 
change  in  length  of  the  wire  element  due  to  thermal  expan- 
sion. The  box-like  support  is  snugjy  deceived  in  a  flanged 
opening  of  a  wall  of  the  dryer  to  form  the  heated  air  inlet  for 
the  dryer  and  mounting  means  induding  one  or  nnore  tabs  on 
the  box  for  insertion  into  one  or  more  corresponding  slots  in 
the  flanged  opening  and  a  sin^e  fastener  for  securing  the  box 
at  a  side  removed  from  the  position  of  the  slot  or  slots. 


^  3,670,144 

ELECTRONIC  PLUGBOARD  CONTROLLED  DATA 
PROCESSOR 
Mary  Abm  BrcsMn,  PWhilfipMa;  Georfs  R.  Cofar, 
Doyicatown,  both  ol  Pa.;  Chariss  A.  Lcc,  Stamford,  Conn.; 
DowM  O.  Ncddaarfep,  WMow  Grove;  Albert  J.  Romeo, 
Sprta^BcId,  both  «f  Pa.;  EtmbIo  G.  ScvOa,  New  York, 
N.Y^  and  T«rl^  Sckac,  NorrMowm  Pa.,  aarignon  to 
Sparry  Rand  Corporatfam  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBad  Jme  18, 1962,  Scr.  No.  203,071 
lA  CL  G06(  7/12,  7/00,  15/00 
VS.  CL  235—61.9  21  CWns 

An  electronic  processing  unit  having  solid  state  com- 
ponents and  including  a  punched  card  reader,  printer  and 


A  tape  feerf  system  together  with  an  optical  reader  for 
reading  dau  from  the  Upe.  A  drive  capstan  having  inner  and 
outer  flanges  defining  a  tape  holding  region  is  driven  by  a 
step  motor.  One  of  the  flanges  is  spring-loaded  so  that  the 
Upe  is  gripped  between  the  two  flanges.  Spring-loaded  tape 
guide  devices  k>cated  above  and  Ixlow  the  center  <rf  the  cap- 
stan each  have  idler  wheels  urging  the  tape  against  the  cap- 
stan in  an  arrangement  such  that  the  tape  passes  around  sub- 
stantially more  than  90*  of  the  capstan.  A  cylindrical  lens  and 
light  source  provides  light  in  a  slit  pattern  on  the  flat  surface 
so  that  high  intensity  light  is  reflected  to  the  reader  for  read- 
ing data  from  the  tape. 


3,670,146 
SIGNAL  CONVERTER 

en  GuBMr  Sodcnlron,  fuaatamitptaak  37,  Stockbotan; 
BcftI  NOBsan,  PettmbcrgsvafBD  86,  Hafmlcii,  and  Mb 
Evert  Johan  StaM,  HiortslitHi  18,  Stocfcaand,  al  o(  Sweden 
FBcd  Dec.  4,  1969,  Scr.  N^  882,752 
Int.  CL  G06k  7/08;  Glib  5/00 
U,S.CL235— 61.11D  7ClaliBB 

In  a  signal  converter  for  reading  of  information  recorded 
on  a  magnetic  tape  and  for  conversion  of  said  information  to 
a  language  suhaUe  for  punched  tape,  dau  Upe,  dau  com- 
munication or  the  like,  the  magnetic  tape  comprising  two  In- 
formation-carrying channels,  one  of  which  contains  digit  bits 
and  the  other  the  corresponding  inverse  digit  bits,  and  each 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


749 


digit  having  a  control  bit  which  starts  the  digit,  and  the  signal    such  as,  for  example,  the  interval  required  for  setting  up  the 

converter  comprising  machine  preparatory  to  production,  repair  and/or  adjustment 

a  magnetic  tape  reader  for  successive  reading  of  the  bits  in    of  tools  thereof.  A  timing  device  actuatable  by  the  switch 

the  information-carrying  channels,  means  which  device  is  identifiable  with  the  particular  pur- 

a  digit  store  with  a  number  of  locations  for  parallel  storage    po6e(s)  for  which  said  machine  is  "out  of  production"  or  in 

oi  a  digit,  which  number  corresponds  to  the  number  of  "down  time"  is  operable  with  the  counter  or  recorder  to 

digit  bits  per  digit, 
a  code  transformer  for  re<oding  the  stored  information  to 

the  suitable  language,  and 
a  reading  unit  for  the  release  of  each  one  of  the  digits  thus 

re-coded, 
the  improvement  which  resides  in  that  the  signal  converter 

includes 
1.  a  synchronizing  chain  connected  between  the  reader 

and  the  digit  store  and  provided  with  a  starting  step. 


ST" 


2.  a  number  of  intermediate  steps  corresponding  to  the 
number  of  digit  bits  per  digit,  and 

3.  an  end  step,  where  the  control  bit,  which  is  simultan- 
eously recorded  in  both  channels  mentioned,  is  arranged 
partly  to  re-set  the  chain  and  partly  to  1-set  the  first 
intermediate  step  of  said  chain  when  reading  the  first 
digit  bit,  said  digit  bits  and  said  inverse  digit  bits  being 
arranged  to  successively  1-set  the  successive  steps  of 
the  chain,  and 

4.  a  number  of  gates  corresponding  the  number  of  inter- 
mediate steps  with  an  input  connected  to  the  correspond- 
ing intermediate  step  and  another  input  connected  for 
being  fed  from  the  channel  containing  the  digit  bits,  so 
that  each  respective  gate  is  opened  for  each  digit  bit 
in-order  to  transmit  said  bit  to  the  location  in  the  digit 
store  which  corresponds  to  its  position. 


f©-.- 


record  the  reason(s)  or  purpose(s)  for  said  "down  time" 
whereby  it  may  be  visually  noted,  analyzed  and  utilized  for 
corrective  and  record  purposes.  The  instrument  includes  tim- 
ing means  for  recording  on  said  recorder  the  total  production 
time  and  total  "down  time"  for  the  machine  for  any 
preselected  time  period. 


3,670,148 
SELECTIVE  SIGNAL  TRANSMISSION  SYSTEM 
Adrian  J.  Mooes,  Ncwhal,  CaHf.,  airigMir  to  Lear 
Inc.,  Santa  Monica,  CaUf. 

Filed  Sept.  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  71,751 
\ni.C\.GQ«l  15/50, 11/00 
U.S.CL  235— 150.2  13 


3,670,147 
ELECTRONIC  INSTRUMENT  FOR  DETERMINING  AND 
TOTALI2UNG  THE  REPETITIVE  OPERATION  OF  A 
MATERIAL  FABRICATING  MACHINE 
Richard  B.  Wright,  448  Saiat  Andrews  Drive,  Akrao,  Ohio 
Ftkd  Oct  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  863y493 
Int.  CL  H03k  23/03 
MS.  CL  235—92  J  4  Cfadiw 

An  electronic  instrument  for  determining  and  totalizing  the 
operation  and  production  output  of  a  material  fabricating 
machine  such  as  a  machine  tool  lathe,  punch  press,  drill  press 
and  the  like,  and  which  instrument  includes  an  element  that 
is  responsive  to  a  workpiece  fabricating  member  of  the 
machine  to  actuate  a  counter  or  recorder  capable  of  sennng 
the  workpiece  fabricating  performance  of  the  said  member 
and  totalizing  the  number  of  fabricating  cycles  of  said 
machine.  The  instrument  also  includes  switch  means  actuau- 
blc  by  the  operator  to  indicate  that  the  machine  is  temporari- 
ly out  of  production  for  a  selective  predetermined  interval 


A  plurality  of  high-gain  ami^ifiers  equal  in  number  to  the 
number  of  inputs  of  a  signal  voter  diat  selectively  transmita 
the  signal  applied  to  one  of  its  inputs,  depending  upon  the 
relative  input  signal  amplitudes  is  discloced.  The  outputs  of 
the  amplifierB  are  connoted  to  drive  the  mpective  mpuli  of 
the  voter  and  the  output  of  the  voter  is  fed  back  to  die  inputs 
of  the  amplifiers  in  a  sense  to  cause  the  output  of  the  voter  to 
track  an  external  signal  appbed  to  the  amplifier  drivinf  die 
transmitting  input  of  the  voter.  Preferably,  the  amplifien  arc 
of  the  differential  type,  the  output  of  the  voter  being  con- 
nected to  the  inverting  input  and  redundant  autopilot  compu- 
ters being  coupled  to  the  respective  non-inverting  inputs,  and 
the  output  of  the  voter  it  coupled  by  an  isolating  opcraticaal 
amplifier  to  aircraft  control  surface  actuators. 


760 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


3,670,149  channel,  U  farther  processed  for  particle  analysis  purposes. 

AUItNMATIC  fUGKT  COtmOL  SYSTEMS  During  the  procossing.  the  pulse  amplitude  is  reduced  by  the 

MnwdMae- 


to  ElMt 


HM  JM.  2S,  1979,  Sw.  N^  6,371 
I  prtarily.  applcatfoa  GtmI  Britain,  Jam,  29, 1969, 
5,069/69 
IM.  a.  G06g  7f78;  B64c  13/50 
VS.  CL  235—150.22  4 


fUlSE 


ao 


>-fta 


SMM£ 

■ 
NOLO 


«fc 


MUMTKNI 
OCTKTW 


vi! 


<j&. 


C«,90 


moccssoH 


^ 

^ 


same  amplification  factor  as  that  of  the  accepting  channel,  sc 
as  to  return  all  pulses  to  their  initial  relative  amplitudes. 


I 


The  specification  discloses  an  aircraft  control  apparatus 
for  supplying  a  "flare-out  phase"  pitch  demand  signal  for  an 
aircraft  automatic  pilot  of  such  a  character  as  to  render  the 
autopilot  less  dependent  on  the  values  of  the  aircraft  flight 
system  constants  which  are  subject  to  variation  from  aircraft 
to  aircraft  as  a  result  of  tolerances  in  manufacture.  The  con- 
trol apparatus  develops  an  electrical  pitch  demand  signal 
represented  by:- 


3,670,151 

CORRELATORS  USING  SHIFT  REGISTERS 

George  F.  LiMlay;  Shdby  F.  SuUvan,  both  of  Arodla,  am 

Harper  John  WMtekonac,  Hadcnda  Heights,  aU  of  CaHf 

assignors  to  The  United  States  of  America  as  represented  b] 

the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

FUtd  June  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,880 

Int  CL  G06|  7/79.  G06f  15134 

U.S.CL235-lfl  7Clalni^ 


'W|Ur.  =  [^l(''  +  ^»'')(l 


T,»(i+r,«) 


where 

0  is  the  aircraft  pitch  angle, 

/i  is  the  aircraft  altitude, 

A  is  the  rate  of  aircraft  vertical  descent, 

5  is  the  Laplace  operator, 

Ku  Kt,  Ki  are  flight  systems  constants  of  the  aircraft, 

r,.  r,,  7s  are  time  constants  of  the  aircraft  flight  system. 
Optionally,  a  signal  component  dependent  upon  changes 
from  a  predetermined  value  in  the  aircraft  airspeed 
may  be  added  into  the  pitch  demand  iignal  ifdnare- 


3,670,150 

DYNAMIC  RANGE  SPUTTER  FOR  AN  ANALYZER  OF 

PARTICLE-PRODUCED  PULSES 

Walter  R.  Hon*  MlanI  Lakti,  and  DavM  R.  FlfucnM,  Hi- 

akak,  both  of  Fla.,  iMipinn  to  Coulter  Elcctronks,  Inc., 

inysali,  Fla. 

FBsd  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,189 
IiBLCLH03ki  7/30,5/20 
U.S.CL235— 15IJ  26ClalM 

Generated  pukes,  having  raiKlom  amplitudes  relative  to 
particle  sizes  which  lie  in  an  especially  wide  range,  are  fed 
into  a  phirality  of  parallel  channels,  at  the  input  of  each  of 
which  tliere  is  an  amplifier.  Each  amplifier  has  a  different 
amplification  factor  and  saturates  in  response  to  a  cor- 
respondingly related  maximum  input  pube  magnitude,  so  as 
to  define  a  subrange  ct  acceptable  pulses.  Saturation  of  a 
particular  amplifier  disables  its  channel  and  enaUes  the  ad- 
jacem,  lower  amplification,  higher  channel  to  accept  or  be 
saturated  by  the  same  pulse.  Each  pulse,  when  accepted  by  a 


A  correlator  comprising  a  set  of  multivibrators  which  ale 
serially  connected  to  form  a  shift  register,  each  multivibrator 
having  a  set  and  a  reset  output  lead,  indicating  its  binary 
state.  Each  multivibrator  is  oonnectable  to  a  doclcing  source 
for  shifting  the  states  of  the  muMvibratocs.  One  of  the  mul- 
tivibratofi  at  one  end  of  the  series,  the  input  multivibrator,  is 
connecuble  to  a  source  of  signals.  generaUy  bilevel  signals  or 
pulses,  each  pulse  having  a  predetermined  time  duration  or  a 
multiple  thereof.  Means  are  operatively  connected  to  the 
output  leads  of  the  multivibrators  for  summing  the  outputt  ai 
the  multivibrators  for  each  shift  of  binary  states,  the  sum 
being  a  maximum  for  a  particular  combination,  or  coding,  of 
binary  states  of  the  multivibrators  of  the  shift  register.  The 
means  naay  comprise  a  plurality  of  output  resistors,  one  for 
each  multivibrator,  each  resstor  having  one  end,  the  input 
end.  connected  to  one  only  of  a  set  or  reset  output  lead  cf  a 
multivibrator,  the  specific  combination  <rf  connections  being 
chosen  in  a  manner  so  that,  with  an  i^iplied  input  ugnaL  a 
particular  combination  of  bmary  states  <rf  the  multivibrators 
will  result  in  a  maximum  total  output  signal. 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


761 


3,670,152 

RESET  ERRCMl  DETECl'ING  PULSE  COUNTER 

Knrt  Kratl,  AMhigm,  Gcmany,  aMgnor  to  J. 
K.G.,  AMngcB,  Gcmany 

FBcd  Mar.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,689 
ClalnM  priority.  oppMctloii  Gcnaany,  June  20. 1969.  P  19  31 

367.8 

Int  CL  G06c  15/42 

U.S.CL  235-144  HC  21  ClafaiM 


gions.  For  example,  the  areas  may  be  metal  electrodes  whidi 
appear  light  and  are  located  on  a  dark  substrate.  This  object 
is  placed  beneatii  a  light-sensing  element  such  as  an  optical 
fiber.  The  object  is  then  scanned  in  different  directions  under 
computer  control,  by  producing  relative  movement  between 
it  and  the  light-sensing  element  to  ascertain  the  shapes  of  a 
number  of  these  areas,  and  the  position  within  each  such 
area  of  a  characteristic  point  such  ai  the  center  of  gravity  or 
the  center  of  one  particular  edge,  of  each  such  area.  The 
coordinates  of  these  points  are  compared  with  reference 
coordinates  previously  stored  in  the  computer  memory  for 
calculating  the  translational  and/or  the  rotational  movement 
required  to  center  the  object  and  for  imparting  this  move- 
ment to  the  object. 


3,670,154 

PARALLEL  DIGITAL  DIFFERENTIAL  ANALYZER 

James  A.  McMwray,  Hlgyaadt,  N J.,  iwlfpiir  to  Etectronic 

Associates  lac.  Lous  Braudi.  N  J. 

Filed  Sept.  14,  1970.  Scr.  N«.  71,883 

Int  CL  G06f  7/38 

U.S.  CI.  235-152  2  Claims 


The  counter  comprises  a  i^urality  of  rotatable  digit  wheels. 
A  pinion  bridge  carries  pinions  and  tends  to  assume  an 
operative  position,  in  which  said  piniotis  are  in  mesh  with 
resf)ective  ones  of  said  digit  wheels  and  operable  to  rotate 
the  same.  The  pinion  bridge  is  movaUe  from  said  operative 
position  to  an  inoperative  position,  in  which  said  pinions  are 
disengaged  firom  said  digit  wheels.  Resetting  means  are 
operable  to  move  said  pinion  bridge  to  and  hold  it  in  said  in- 
operative positi<ni  and  to  rotate  said  digit  wheels  to  a 
predetermined  reset  position.  Feeler  means  are  engageable 
with  said  digit  wheels  and  said  pinion  bridge  and  operable  to 
a  reset-confirming  position  when,  and  only  when,  said  digit 
wheels  and  said  pinion  bridge  are  in  said  predetermined  reset 
position  and  said  operative  position,  respectively.  Indicating 
means  are  adapted  to  derive  from  the  position  of  said  feeler 
means  an  indication  when  said  feeler  means  are  operated  to  a 
position  short  of  said  reset-confirming  position. 


i::j*    /•*    ,'•  /»• 


3,670,153 

MACHINE  IMnXMENTED  METHOD  FOR 

POSmONING  AND  WSPmCTSNG  AN  OBJECT 

Lawrence  Arnold  Rcnpcrt,  Rfagoca,  and  Edward  PMHp  Hd- 

pcrt,  KcBdal  Park,  both  of  N J.,  asslg^inrs  to  RCA  Corw 

poratlon 

Fled  Oct  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,055 
Int  a.  G06(  15/46 
U.S.CL  235— 151.11  11 


fyc^-E^" 


JU  130         ai  IM 


^ 


The  specification  discloses  a  parallel  digital  differential 
analyzer  employing  a  first  register,  a  circulating  adder  and  a 
plurality  of  JK  flip-flops  for  updating  the  adder,  the  flip-flops 
being  controlled  from  a  clock  source.  The  polarity  and  mag- 
nitude of  the  overflow  is  detected  by  polarity  sensitive  logical 
single  shot  multivibrators  connected  to  the  output  of  a 
selected  JK  flip-flop. 


3,670,155 
HIGH  FREQUENCY  FOUR  QUADRANT  MULTIPLIER 
Paul  H.  Grobcrt,  Thoi— nil  Oakca,  OriH.,  isdyinr  to 
munlcations  A  Systaaa,  Inc. 

FBcd  Jnly  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,480 
Int  CL  G06|  7/16 
UA  CL  235—194  7 


The  object  it  is  desired  to  position  has  areas  thereon  whose      There  is  disclosed  a  four  quadrant  multiplier  for  producing 
peripheral  edges  are  boundries  between  light  and  dark  re-   the  In  polar  product  of  a  pair  of  extremely  high  frequency 


762 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


sgined  signal  voltages.  The  invention  features  the  use  of  a 
conventional  analog  nuxers  and  a  phase  linearizing  loop  to 
achieve  four  quadrant  multiplication  with  low  distortion. 


3,670,156 

PORTABLE  WORK  STAND  CABINET  AND 

ILLUMINATION  SOURCE  UNIT 

DoaaM  R.  Schmidt,  Route  1  P.O.  Box  93  B,  Worthlngton, 

Minn. 

Filed  Oct  5, 1970,  Ser.  No,  77,936 

Int.  CL  F21v  33100 

MS,  CI.  240—2  ^  Claims 


light  restricting  path  means  forming  a  transversely  unob 
structed,  open  ended  light  path.  Spaced,  opposed  front  sur 
face  mirrors  define  a  portion  of  the  path  along  which  light  is 
reflected  back  and  forth  between  the  mirror  surfaces  to 
emerge  at  the  open  end  as  a  uniform  flood  of  light.  Thi 
absence  of  transverse  surfaces  avoids  any  collecting  of  diri 
which  would  cause  streaks  to  be  printed  on  film  printed  wit! 
the  concentrated  light. 


3,670,158 
PROJECTOR 

Norio  Suzuki,  and  Yojl  Furukawa,  both  of  Kawasaki^hL 
Japan,  assigaors  to  Toliyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd, 
Kawasakl-shi,  Japan 

Filed  Oct.  13,  1969,  Set.  No.  865,814 

Claims  priority,  appHcatioa  Japui,  Oct  15,  1968,  43/8949< ; 

Dec.  28, 1968,43/114282 

Int.  CI.  F2lr  13114, 17100;  F21m  3118 

U.S.  CI.  240—41.5  \  3  Claimjs 


A  heavy  castor  mounted  work  stand  cabinet  forms  the  sup- 
port base  for  a  fixed  vertical  stanchion  extending  up  a 
backside  of  the  stand.  The  stanchion  pivotally  supports,  at  its 
top  end,  an  elongated  arm  which  extends  outwardly  above 
and  past  the  front  face  of  the  work  stand.  Adjustable  means 
are  provided  for  supporting  the  arm  either  at  right  angles  to 
the  stanchion  or  at  an  obtuse  angle  with  respect  thereto. 
Pairs  of  parallel,  spaced  apart  fluorescent  light  sources  are 
positioned  along  forward  and  downwardly  facing  faces  of  the 
stanchion  and  of  the  arm.  respectively,  and  the  faces  of  the 
stanchion  and  the  arm  are  each  provided  with  surfaces  of 
high  light  reflecting  capability,  said  surfaces  facing  outwardly 
fix>m  each  other  at  an  obtuse  angle.  The  weight  and  length  of 
the  arm  and  the  weight  of  the  stand  are  such  that  the  device 
will  not  tip  even  when  tlie  stand  is  empty  and  the  arm  is  in  its 
horizontal  position.  Shelves  in  the  cabinet  are  provided  for 
the  storage  of  work  tools  and  supplies  which,  when  so  stored 
make  the  unit  more  suble  and  less  susceptible  to  accidental 
tipping. 

3^70,157 

REFLECTIVE  CONDENSING  SYSTEM  FOR 

CONCENTRATING  ILLUMINATION  AT  AN  APERTURE 

Hcrliert  E.  Bracg,  M— alWId  Towaship,  Warren  County,  N  J., 

— Ignnr  to  Dc  Luxe  Gcaerai  Incorporated,  New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

CoirtiaMtiM-ia-pwt  of  appHcatkn  Scr.  No.  739,772,  June 

25, 1968,  now  abuuloned.  TMs  appllcatloa  Oct.  28, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  84,720 

IM.  CL  F21v  7/00 

U.S.  CL  240-41 J5  4  Claims 


A  projector  comprising  a  lamp  unit  encloung  a  concave 
reflector,  a  tight  source  disposcd'at  a  vicinity  of  focus  point 
of  said  reflector,  a  front  lens  secured  at  the  open  end  of  said 
reflector,  and  a  retaining  ring  engaged  to  the  peripheral 
edges  of  said  lamp  unit  is  mounted  on  a  supporting  frame  by 
means  of  the  adjusting  screws  and  a  coil  spring  which 
resiliently  biasing  said  lamp  unit  to  the  frame.  The  frame  is 
provided  on  its  inner  surface  with  projections  which  engage 
the  outer  surface  of  the  reflector,  whereby  adjustment  of  the 
adjusting  screws  renders  the  lamp  unit  slidaUy  movable  so 
to  aim  the  optical  axis  without  using  a  nwunting  ring. 


3,670,159 

HIGH  LEVEL  UGHT  PALE  INCLUDING  MEANS  FOR 

LOWERING  UGHTS  FOR  SERVICING 

Paul  A.  Mmerbcmd,  230  McLeod  Avenue  West,  Winstod, 

Minn. 

Fled  May  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  36^96       ^ 
Int.  CL  F21v  21136 
U.S.  a.  240—65  9  Clala* 


*ti. 


The  final  condensing  lens  element,  commonly  used  in  a 


system  for  concentrating  light  at  an  aperture,  is  replaced  by   of  the  pole. 


Apparatus  to  service  an  unusually  high  light  pole  is  dis- 
closed. The  lights  on  the  pole  are  supported  by  a  ring  having 
latches  capaMe  of  engaging  support  members  at  the  top  of 
the  pole.  The  lights  are  lowered  by  moving  a  retriever  ring  up 
the  pole  to  disengage  the  latches  and  carry  the  support  ring 
to  the  bottom.  Motive  power  is  suppUed  by  an  electric  motor 
which  is  connected  to  the  retriever  ring  by  three  steel  cables 
traveling  up  the  inside  of  the  pole  and  over  puUeys  at  the  top 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


768 


3,670,160 
LAMP  AND  SOCKET  DECORATIVE  LOCKING  DEVICE 
Leonard  B.  Flowers,  753  Valley  Chaae  Road,  BloomHeld  Hih, 
Mich.,  and  Vincent  F.  Okuniewski,  5136  Gerald  Street, 
Warren,  Mich. 

Filed  May  20, 1971,  Ser.  No.  145348 

Int.  CL  F21v  15100 

U.S.  CL  240- 102  A  |0  ClainM 


^^x^ 


^< 


A  decorative  protective  and  locking  closure  for  a  lamp  and 
socket  combination  is  disclosed.  Complementary  section 
members  have  interlocking  features  which,  when  engaged, 
provide  a  protective  closure  and  covering  device  secured 
about  a  lamp  and  socket  combination  so  that  the  lamp  can- 
not be  removed  without  disengagement  of  the  complementa- 
ry section  members  forming  the  closure. 


3,670,161 

COMBINED  HIGH  AND  LOW  FREQUENCIES  FOR 

TRACK  CIRCUIT 

Hcitfy  C.  SlUcy,  Adams  Barin,  N.Y.,  asrignor  to  General 

Signal  Corporation,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,236 

Int.  CL  B61I 23130 

VJS.  CL  246-40  6  Clahm 


particle  analyzer  employs  the  principle  of  crossed  electric 
and  magnetic  fields  to  obtain  perfect  double  focusing  and 
high  resolution.  The  electric  field  is  radial  in  direction  and 
proportional  in  magnitude  to  the  radius  of  the  analyzer  at  any 


point  in  the  fUght  cytinder  and  is  normal  to  the  magnetic 
field.  A  suitaUe  source  of  ions  is  provided  to  permit  in- 
troduction of  ions  into  the  analyzer  and  a  suitaUe  ion 
receiver  is  provided  to  receive  ions  from  the  analyzer. 


3,670,163 
RAIHCHXXSICAL  EXAMINATION  APPARATUS 

Li^us,    Mcudon,    Fiwwe,    awig to 

Generale  de  RadMogle,  Paris,  Wnuet 

Filed  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52^05 
Claims  priority,  appHcatioB  France,  July  16, 1969, 6924187 

Int.  CL  G03b  41116 
VS,  CL  250—50  1 


— »» 


•t-  rx] 


^ 


E 


nUMSMTTOI 


L 


OFTCCTOK 


OUTPUT 

-INDlOTIOM 

MNtLS 


SJ^ 


A  continuous  rail  alternating  current  track  circuit  has  been 
provided  having  shunts  at  extreme  ends  for  terminating  the 
circuit.  A  track  transminer  is  coupled  to  the  rails  for  center 
feeding  the  circuit  with  a  first  signal  having  an  associated  ef- 
fective range  less  than  the  distance  to  the  shunt.  The  im- 
provement for  providing  accurate  detection  of  a  vehicle 
shunt  between  the  termination  shunt  and  the  end  of  the  ef- 
fective range  of  the  signal  includes  a  transmitter  located  at 
each  end  of  the  track  circuit  coupled  to  the  rails  for 
propagating  a  second  signal  at  least  to  the  range  end  of  the 
first  signal.  Means  at  the  range  end  of  the  second  signal 
modulates  the  first  and  second  signals  in  the  rails  to  high  and 
low  side-band  frequencies  and  a  detector  means  at  each  end 
of  the  track  circuit  responds  to  at  least  one  side-band 
frequency  for  detecting  the  modulated  frequency  and  provid- 
ing indication  of  vehicle  presence  when  the  side-band 
frequency  is  interrupted. 


3,670,162 

CHARGED  PARTICLE  ANALYZER 

Robert  E.  Elmore,  Tuba,  OUa.,  assignor  to  Avce  Corpora- 

tioB,  Tuba,  Okla. 

ContlnuatioB-iB-part  of  appHcatioB  Scr.  No.  61,068,  Aug.  5, 

1970,  DOW  abandoned.  This  application  Sept.  23.  1970,  Scr. 

No.  74,694 

VlA.C\.m\l  39134 

U.S.CL  250-41.9  ME  ISCialnH 

A  charged  particle  analyzer  for  analyzing  charged  particles 

with  respect  to  their  specific  mass  is  disclosed.  The  charged 


9 

\^^|^>4g^JL 

w 

A  support  for  a  patient,  such  as  a  chair,  table  or  the  like,  b 
movably  mounted  on  a  track  to  slide  horizontally,  or  move 
up  and  down,  the  track  itself  being  rotatable  within  a  ring- 
like fi-ame  forming  a  common  structural  support  for  the  pa- 
tient supporting  device,  as  well  as  for  an  X-ray  examining 
system  including  an  X-ray  source  and  an  X-ray  receiver,  so 
as  to  position  the  patient  to  have  the  region  of  the  patient's 
body  to  be  examined  at  the  center  of  the  ring-shaped  struc- 
ture. The  X-ray  examining  device  itself  is  mounted  on  a  two- 
axis  gimbal,  having  its  center  of  roution  coincident  with  the 
center  of  the  ring-shaped  structure,  so  that  the  same  region 
of  the  patient's  body  can  be  examined  fixnn  all  angular  posi- 
tions in  three  dimensions,  that  is,  can  be  sphericaDy  ex- 
amined. 


764 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


3^70,164 

PERSONNEL  PLUTONIUM  MONITOR 

III  ill  aril  W    Hudr.  SMrta  Bartara;  Robert  B.  Kiiowka, 

^3i;  iiJTs-S. -d  WW-.  C  Ptal«,  boti  •! 

S«rB.rb«,  •■  o(  CdM.  «-fW  to  Tl«  United  St-« 

J^LSTW  u-i..«i»1  by  tl«  United  St-«  Atomk 


FBed  Aaf.  18.  ly^O,  S«.  No.  64,713 
lBt.CLG01t//76 

VS.  CL  25ft--«3-3  R 


3,670466 

TIME  DIVISION  MULTIPLEX  OPTICAL 
COMMUNICATION  SYSTEM 

TekphoM  Labwvtorfct,  bcorporated,  Murray  HB.  N  J 
FlltdDK.28,1970.S«r.No.l01,9«0 

hrt.  CL  H04b  9/00 

UACL  250—1 


SClalim 


outmiti  I 


0-l9» 

?  » If 


f"***'^' 


"<**«'■  i 


C"«*«-« 


^l_v^^  i«t^^  A^^^  X^^ 


^ 


40-4 


ilGNAL 
4    3     2    1 
»     ■   tf 


h[i 


eYNCMKONIUTIOM 
SICNAl. 


^ 


PM.3C 
UNCMTO* 


A  system  for  monitoring  a  zone  for  the  presence  of  a 
source  of  plutonium  in  which  the  updated  background  level 
S  gamma  Vay.  is  combed  with  the  reading,  obtamed  when 
a  possible  carrier  of  a  gamma  ray  source  enten  the  ron^ 
Counting  is  initiated,  and  an  alarm  is  sounded  when  tiie 
counting  after  a  predetermined  period  of  tune  accum»Jat« 
to  a  value  in  exci  of  the  background  total  plus  a  sipuficant 
sutistical  deviation  as  a  factor  of  the  background  total. 


3,670,165 

OPTICAL  TIME  DEMULTIPLEXER  UTILIZING  A 

SINGLE  CONTROL  PULSE  PER  FRAME 

Tr.«  Stewart  KtacL  Bridfewaicr  TowmIi^^  aMigBor  to  BeO 

wLS;rL.taS;ri«!^^  Murray  Hm,  NJ. 

Filed  Dec.  9,  lyrO,  S«r.  No.  96*438 

tat  CL  H04b  9/00 
VS.  CL  250-199  ^  ^^^'^ 


Time^vision  multiplexing  and  demultiplexing  of  N  opti- 
cal pulse  code  modulated  signab  is  achieved  by  means  ofa 
cas;»ded  array  of  N  polarization  rotators  ^d  «oaat^ 
polarization  selective  prisms.  At  the  multiplexer,  the  N  putoe- 
encoded  signals,  polarized  along  a  fint  direction,  arc  coupled 

bit-by-bit  into  the  respective  rotators  by  means  of  their  «»- 
sociaied  prisma.  Simuhaneously.  pulses,  having  a  repetition 
rate  equal  to  the  bit  rate  of  tiie  individual  signals  are  apphed 
to  aUof  the  rototors.  including  a  90- rotttion  in  the  direction 

of  polarization  of  tiie  signals.  This  permitt  the  signals  to  pass 
through  the  rotator-prism  pairs  and  to  enter  into  a  common 
transmission  path  as  a  time-division  multiplexed  sigiuU.  At 
the  receiver,  the  multiplexed  signal  enters  a  demultiplexer 
comprising  an  identical  array  of  polarization  rotators  and 
polarization  prisms.  Simultaneously,  synchronized  pulses,  ap- 
Sied  to  the  rotators,  effect  a  90»  rotation  in  the  dm^n  of 
polarization  of  the  signals,  causing  tiie  prism  to  deflect  each 
of  the  signals,  bit-by-bit  along  W  different  wavepatiis. 

In  a  second  embodiment,  traveling  electrical  pulses  are 
employed  to  produce  tiie  90*  rotation  of  tiie  signal  polariza- 
tion. 


>  pr 


S8SP- 


IS  J^i     »     I' — '"  afHSfsTT 


3,670,167 

PROXIMITY  SWITCHING  EQUIPMENT  

Nonnan  Arthur  Forbes,  LoutovUte,  Ky.,  assignor  to  American 
Standard  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

rMay  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  37,077 
taLCLH01Ji9//2 
U.S.CL250-221  12CI#nis 


I 


A  single  optical  control  pulse  per  frame  is  utilized  to  spa- 
tially separate  tiie  linearly  polarized  channel  pulses  of  time 
multiplexed  optical  PCM  signal  in  an  optical  time  demul- 
tiplexer, the  basic  unit  of  which  comprises  an  active  medium 
in  which  birefringence  can  be  optically  induced  a  polariza- 
tion separator  in  optical  series  therewitii  to  deflect  out  of  the 
unit  channel  pulses  to  be  detected,  and  a  delay  device  which 
selectively  delays  Uie  control  pulse  and  causes  it  to  by-pjtts 
the  separator.  A  pluraUty  of  such  units,  equal  m  number  to 
tiie  number  of  channels  to  be  demultiplexed,  are  disposed  m 
optical  series  in  the  transmission  path  of  the  signal. 


Covers  equipment  for  a  plumbing  fixture,  such  as  a  wash 
basin.  lavIJory.  eto..  employing  a  Ph°»°;«'"t"*=7,L^ 
struc^ire  mounted  witiiin  a  view  tube  pomtod  m  tiie  duocOon 
of  tiie  user  of  tiie  plumbing  fixture.  The  photo  ceU  structure 
wiU  recognize  or  respond  to  tiie  presence  or  absence  of  a 
Sr  in  tiincinity  of  tiie  plumbing  fixture.  The  ceU  may  act 
as  a  triager  or  switch  to  initiate  Uie  operation  of  tiie  plumbmg 
fixture  to  transmit  water  tiieretiirough  and  tiien  control  ap- 


JUNE  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


766 


paratus  to  shut  off  the  flow  of  water  to  the  plumbing  fixture 
after  the  user  has  removed  his  hands  from  the  wash  basin  or 
has  removed  himself  fix>m  the  view  of  the  photo  cell  struc- 
ture. ^ 


3,670,168 
UGHT  DIRECTION  SENSOR 
George   M.   Low,   Deputy   Adninistralor  of  the   National 
Aeronautics  and  Spnee  Admlnlihration  with  reqpoct  to  an 
Invention  of,  and  Alan  R.  JohiMton,  1226  OHvdanc,  La 
Canada,  Cdlf. 
~^  FBed  Oct  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,220 

Int.  CL  GOIJ  1/36;  GOlb  11/26;  GOlc  1/00 
VS.  CL  250—225  15  Oafans 


A  light  direction  sensor  is  disclosed  for  providing  third  axis 
control  of  spacecraft.  The  light  direction  sensor  comprises  a 
direction-sensitive  modulator  positioned  before  a  set  of  tele- 
scopic light  gathering  optics  which,  in  turn,  is  followed  by  a 
detector.  The  direction-sensitive  modulator  comprises 
birefringent  crystal  means  cut  at  suitaUe  angles  so  that  the 
retardation  suffered  by  the  light  beam  would  be  dependent 
upon  the  direction  from  which  the  light  beam  is  incident 
upon  the  crystal  means.  The  crystal  means  b  coupled  with  an 
electro-optic  phase  modulator  which  adds  a  sinusoidal  retar- 
dation to  the  li^t  beam.  The  crystal  means  and  modulator 
are  positioned  between  crossed  polarizers  to  convert  the 
beam  retardation  to  intensity  varying  at  a  certain  frequency. 
The  transmitted  intensity  is  then  collected  by  the  telescopic 
optics  and  led  to  the  detector. 


3,670,169 

COLOR  GRADIENT  DETECTOR  DEVICE 

Ephraim  W.  Hague,  Potomac,  Md.,  assignor  to  The  United 

Stetcs  of  America  as  represented  1^  the  Postmaster  General 

Filed  Aug.  18.  1970,  Scr.  No.  64,724 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  39/12 

VS.  CL  250-226  10  Claims 


3,670,170 

NON. VISIBLE  ELECTROMAGNETIC  RADIATION 

MEASURING  DEVICE 

John  M.  Stevens,  Upper  Dirby,  and  Ridmrd  R.  Maxwd, 

Media,  both  of  Pa.,  ■Mignoii  to  Jolm  M.  Stevens,  Wot 

Chester,  Pa. 

FBed  Mar.  15,  1971,  Ser.  No.  124,667 
Int.  CL  GOld  5/34 
VS.  CL  250-229  7  ( 


i  »4b  '8 


A  non-visiUe  electromagnetic  radiation  measuring  device 
which  incorporates  a  photoconductive  ceU  responsive  to 
electromagnetic  waves  of  wavelength  in  the  range  of  3700 
angstroms,  a  microammeter  connected  in  series  with  the 
photoconductive  cell  and  a  variable  resistor  connected  in  the 
circuit  to  vary  the  current  flow  through  the  photoconductive 
cell.  A  switch  has  its  arm  connected  to  an  apertured  shutter 
and  is  responsive  to  an  external  push  button  to  both  close  the 
photoconductive  cell  circuit  and  to  simultaneously  register 
the  shutter  aperture  with  an  opening  in  the  device  housing 
which  communicates  with  the  photoconductive  cell  to 
thereby  admit  electromagnetic  waves  to  the  ceU  for  measur- 
ing purposes.  Release  oi  the  push  button  automatically 
releases  the  switch  arm  to  both  open  the  photoconductive 
cell  circuit  and  to  move  the  shutter  aperture  out  of  registry 
with  the  housing  opening. 


3,670,171 
ATOMIC  BEAM  TUBE  HAVING  A  HOMOGENIOUS 
POLARIZING  MAGNETIC  FIELD  IN  THE  RF 
TRANSITION  REGION 
Richard  F.  Lacey,  PMbody,  Mask;  Leoawtl  S.  Cutter,  Urn 
Attos  HIBs,  and  Wilson  S.  Turner,  Los  Gfltea,  both  of  Caitf., 
assignars  to  Hcwictt-Packard  Company,  Paio  Alto,  CaML 
FOcd  Jane  30,  1969,  Scr.  No.  837,398 
Int  CL  GOln  27/78;  HOls  1/00 
VS,  CL  250-41 J  8 


4      •Ha     »' 


A  color  gradient  detector  device  is  disclosed,  allowing  for 
the  performance  of  postal  meter  mark  discrimination,  which 
requires  a  scanning  step  followed  by  a  signal  producing  and 
detecting  step.  The  device  has  a  sensor  head  connected  to  an 
electronic  circuit  comprising  a  dual  input — single  output 
signal  amplifier  followed  by  a  signal  discriminator  and  detec- 
tor. 


An  atomic  beam  tube  has  a  magnetic  C-field  region  which 
produces  a  very  uniform  static  magnetic  polarizing  field 
transverse  to  the  path  of  the  atomic  beam.  The  C-fiekl  is 
produced  by  two  coils  wound  inside  a  tubular  member  and 
longitudinally  aligned  with  the  atomic  beam.  The  two  coils 
are  spaced  apart  a  predetermined  distance.  A  magnetic  field- 
producing  ba£De  shield  b  disposed  in  the  C-field  region  ad- 
jacent to  the  atomic  beam  for  assisting  in  the  maintenance  of 
a  uniform  C-field. 


756 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,   1972 


3^70,172 

CHARGED  PARTICLE  GENERATING  AND  UTIUZING 

David  E.  Goldeii,  Cambrkl|c,  Mam.,  Mrignor  to  Advanced 

niMMih  iHlnnMiit  Systom,  Inc.,  Ausdn,  Tex. 

FDcd  Apr.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,075 

Int.  CL  GOln  23/02 

VS,  a  250-43  J  R  18  Ctoims 


mesh,  whereupon  a  switch  automatically  changes  the  connec- 
tion of  the  field  winding  so  that  the  latter  and  the  exciter  coil 
produce  aiding  fields  that,  together  with  the  armature  fiel^. 
turn  the  armature  shaft  in  its  normal  direction. 


HELMHOLZ   COIL 


r^  LJ  '^V 


3,670,174 

SWITCHING  cmcurr  for  electrical  devices  of 

MOTOR  VEHICLES"^ 

Naoji  SakaUlMni,  Kariya,  Japui,  SHignor  to  Aisin  Seid 
Kabushiki  Kdiha,  Kariya-dii,  Aichl-kcn 

Flkd  Dec.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No,  100,863 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Dec.  26, 1969, 44/ 
Int.  Cl.  H02g  3/00 
VS.  CL  307—10  R  6  Claifw 


T 

A 

«/106t 


22 


SQUARE 
JAVE       I  i 


r^ 


SER 


r^ 


A  cylindrical,  retarding  potential  difference  type  electron 
monochromator  with  exceptionally  high  energy  resolution  in- 
cludes an  electron  beam  source  having  essentiaUy  zero  trans- 
verse velocity  in  a  region  that  is  maintained  essentially  free 
from  magnetic  fields.  This  device  can  also  be  used  as  an  elec- 
tron energy  analyzer.  In  the  electron  spectrometer  the  elec- 
tron beam  passes  through  a  chamber  having  a  gas  to  be 
analyzed  and  then  impinges  upon  an  electron  collector  or 
electron  energy  analyzer.  A  sawtooth  scanning  potential 
waveform  is  applied  to  the  chamber,  a  square  wave  of  higher 
frequency,  to  a  retarder  electrode.  The  collector  current  as  a 
function  of  the  instantaneous  value  of  the  sawtooth  potential 
measures  the  electron  resonances  of  the  gas.  The  electron 
resonances  identify  the  various  constituents  of  the  gas  and 
determine  the  partial  pressures  of  the  individual  constituents. 
The  device  described  herein  to  produce  a  monoenergetic 
electron  beam  or  to  energy  analyze  an  electron  beam  applies 
equally  well  to  other  charged  particles  such  as  atoms  or 
molecules. 


3,670,173 

STARTING  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  INTERNAL 

COMBUSTION  ENGINES 

Gerhard  Pfhifcr,  Markgroeningen,  Germany,  assignor  to 

Robert  Boach  GmbH,  Stuttgart,  Germany 

Filed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  90,614 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Nov.  21, 1969,  P  19  58 

444.2 

Int.Cl.F02n77/0« 

U.S.  CI.  290-38  R  10  Qaims 


»  7» 


A  switching  circuit  for  a  motor  vehicle  comprises  a  plurali- 
ty of  switches  for  a  horn  and  other  electrically  operated 
devices   of  the   motor   vehicle,   all   these   switches   being 
disposed  on  the  vehicle  steering  wheel  so  as  to  make  com- 
mon use  of  a  single  slip  ring  of  a  horn  switch  provided  for 
electrical  connection  between  the  steering  wheel  and  steering 
post  of  the  rnoto*  vehicle  in  general.  Upon  closure  of  the 
horn  switch,  a  horn  relay  connected  between  a  bus  and  the 
collector  of  a  transistor  is  energized  to  sound  the  horn  since 
then  conduction  is  caused  in  that  transistor,  whereas,  when 
the  other  switches  are  closed,  a  constant  voltage  at  a  point 
between  the  switches  and  a  constant  voltage  line  of  the 
switching  circuit  is  divided  into  desired  fractions  by  means  of 
resistances  provided  respectively  to  those  other  switches  and 
a  fixed  resistance  provided  between  the  aforesaid  point  and 
the  constant  voluge  line.  These  voltage  fractions  are  utilized 
to  energize  desired  relays  of  the  devices  associated  with  the 
switches  via  transistors,  zener  diodes  and  the  like. 


I  3,670,175 

ARRANGEMENT  FOR  SUPPLYING  ENERGY  TO 
DEVICES  AS  HIGH  POTENTLU^  FOR  EXAMPLE  F0R 
OPERATING  PURPOSES 
Jorgen    Zinck-Petersen,    and    Berti    Lundovist,    both    of 
HokMcn,  Sweden,  Msignors  to  Allmanna  Svtnska  Ekk- 
triska  Aktiebolagct,  Vasteras,  Sweden 

Filed  Dec.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  99,343 

Int.  a.  HOlh  3/26 

U.S.  CL  307—64  ^  8  Oplms 


The  electric  starting  motor  for  an  internal  combustion  en- 
gine has  itt  auxUiary  field  winding  and  series  exciter  coU  fo 
connected  in  an  electric  starting  circuit  that  the  field  winding 
and  exciter  coU  produce  opposed  magnetic  fields  that, 
together  with  the  armature  field,  tend  to  turn,  but  do  not  ac- 
tuaUy  turn,  the  armature  shaft  in  reverse  direction  untU  the 
starting  pinion  and  gear  of  the  internal  combustion  engine 


Ay^r  Mr  for 


f\imp 


An  arraigement  for  supplying  electric  energy  to  operating, 
measuring  and  indicating  devices  placed  at  the  potential  of  a 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


767 


high  voltage  line.  When  current  flows  through  the  line,  the 
energy  is  transmitted  from  the  line  to  said  devices  through  a 
saturated  current  transformer.  When  the  line  has  no  load, 
however,  the  energy  is  transmitted  from  an  energy  source  at 
earth  potential  through  a  routing  electric  generator  at  high 
potential. 


generates  operating  signab  by  utilizing  the  control  ngnal 
produced  by  the  signal  generator  for  every  predetermined 
time  difference,  and  a  plurality  of  locker  group  circuits  which 
are  connected  to  the  control  circuit,  and  whose  charge-day 
(or  hour)  -  indication  shifting  operations  are  controlled  by 


3,670,176 

SWITCHING  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  DISCONNECTING 

HIGH  VOLTAGE  DIRECT  CURRENT  LINES 

Werner  Faust,  Zentralttrawi  101,  5430  WcCtinaen,  Switier- 

land 

Filed  Apr.  5,  1971,  Scr.  No.  131.143 
CUInu  priority,  appHcatkm  SwitKriand,  Apr.  10, 1971, 

5325/70 

Int.  CL  HOlh  33/16 

U.S.  CL307— 136  "     6  Clafam 


SWHAL   SCNKArO* 


LOCK(«    oaoup  cincuira 


-mtif^ 


r^EM^ 


the  operating  signals  produced  for  every  predetermined  time 
difference.  After  the  locker  group  circuit  of  a  preceding 
stage  has  been  controlled,  the  locker  group  circuits  of  the 
following  stages  are  individually  and  successively  controlled 
without  duplicate  control. 


3,670,178 

CONTROL  CIRCUIT  WITH  ANTI^WITCHING  AND 

ANTI-NOISE  CIRCUITRY 

Cari  E.  Atkins,  Montdair,  NJ.,  — iftirni  to  Wagner  Electric 

Corporation 

Filed  Apr.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,548 

Int.  CL  H02h  7/20 

UA  CL  307—202  5  ClalnM 


A  switching  arrangement  for  disconnecting  a  high  voltage 
direct  current  line  and  commutating  the  line  current  includes 
a  first  isolator  switch  arranged  in  parallel  to  the  commutating 
system  and  a  second  isolator  switch  arranged  in  series  with 
this  parallel  circuit  which  latter  is  connected  across  the  high 
voltage  line  through  the  second  isolatoi  switch.  The  commu- 
tating system  includes  two  variable  resistance  branches  con- 
nectible  in  parallel  with  the  first  isolator  switch  for  commu- 
tating the  load  current,  each  such  branch  includes  a  control- 
lable electric  valve  in  series  with  the  variable  resistance,  the 
valves  are  rendered  conductive  in  alternation  so  that  the  re- 
sistance branches  are  likewise  connected  in  alternation  in 
parallel  with  the  first  isolator  switch,  and  the  values  of  the  re- 
sistances in  the  respective  branches  are  increased  in  steps  in 
the  time  intervals  during  which  they  do  not  carry  current. 
Disconnection  of  the  line  is  initiated  by  opening  the  first 
isolator  switch  thus  to  commutate  the  load  current  to  the  two 
paralleled  resistance  branches,  the  load  current  is  progres- 
sively reduced  as  a  result  of  the  stepped  increases  in  re- 
sistance values,  and  lastiy  the  second  isolator  switch  is 
opened  thus  to  complete  the  line  disconnection. 


3,670,177 
COIN-LOCKER  CONTROL  DEVICE 
Komci  Inouc,  and  MasayukI  Iguchl,  both  of  Hbncji,  Japan,  as- 
signors to  Kabushiki   Kaitha  Kokud  Kikai  Scbakutho, 
Himcji-slil,  Hyogo-kcn,  Japan 

FHed  Dec.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,962 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Dec.  18,  1969, 44/120733 

Int.  CL  G07f  5/18;  HOlh  43/00 

U.S.  CL  307- 141.4  8  Clafam 

A  coin-locker  control  device  comprising  a  signal  generator 

which  produces  a  control  signal  when  a  unitary  period  dl 

time    has    passed,    a    control    circuit    which    successively 


1 


..^ 


V' 


e 

L 


V 


24 

a 


X 


K'.A 


44  > 


'T 


m^  — ^r 


i. 


"^ 


-4- 


W^ 


^^-^L^l 


..-'» 


Z- 


./ 


A  phase-shifting  circuit  connected  in  the  output  circuit  dL 
the  first  amplifier  stage  in  a  control  circuit  causes  cancella- 
tion of  transient  signals  at  the  input  terminals  of  the  amplifi- 
er. The  magnitude  of  such  transients  appearing  on  the 
neutral  line  is  reduced  by  a  resistance  between  nominal 
ground  and  the  neutral  line  and  a  filtering  capacitor  between 
the  neutral  line  and  true  ground.  A  safety  capacitor  con- 
nected between  true  ground  and  the  bias  circuit  of  a  switch 
of  the  control  circuit  prevents  a  change  in  the  sute  of  the 
switch  if  the  wrong  circuit  terminal  is  connected  to  the  hot 
terminal  of  the  power  source.  Circuitry  for  degrading  the  am- 
plification of  low-frequency  sinusoidal  components  of  the 
output  of  the  final  amplifier  stage  is  provided. 


768 

3,670,179 
ELECTRICAL  dRCUIT 
Wtattrap  Scdcy  Ptkc,  Princctoo,  N  J., 


OF.FICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  197E 


a 


Fled  Oct  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  82,945 
Int  a  Gllc  19/00;  H03k  23108 
VS.  CL  307—221 


cuits  connected  in  a  parallel  summing  relation  to  the  coDi 
tors  of  the  corresponiding  transistors  in  the  other  modulator 
to  RCA  Cor-  circuit.  The  base  of  each  transistor  is  biased  with  a  square 
wave  signal  in  a  manner  such  that  the  phase  of  the  signal  ap- 
plied to  each  transistor  is  180°  out  c^  phase  with  the  bias 


10  Claims 


sneet/ 


A  shift  register  employing  a  plurality  of  complementary 
flip-flop  circuits  with  noncapacitive  interstage  coupling. 


3,670,180 

INTERVALOMETER 

Herbert  P.  GroMlaMMi,  LeiiH|loa;  JaoM*  O.  McDonoiigh, 

CoMord,  md  JaoMS  K.  Roboie,  Lexington,  aU  of  Mask, 

aMigBors  to  Concord  Control  Inc.,  Boalon,  Maa. 

FUed  Nov.  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  877^93 

Int.  CL  H03k  1 7/30. 1 7/28;  F41f  3/04 

MS.  CL  307—244  3  Clalmt 


•■;: 
o4.; 
or 

m;; 


— ;i   :i~ 


sSl 


ms;  i 


-at 


'■:■■ 


^^ 


signal  applied  to  the  other  transistor  of  the  same  modulator 
and  is  90°  out  of  phase  with  the  bias  signal  applied  to  either 
of  the  transistors  in  the  other  modulator.  A  transistor  bridge 
input  circuit  is  provided  which  permits  the  value  of  the  cir- 
cuit input  to  be  a  known  voltage  multiplied  by  the  number  of 
degrees  of  phase  shift  desired. 


«*: 


*- 


*:  «i; 


of 
In- 


«; 


3,670,182 
HIGH-SPEED  PULSE  DELAYING  CIRCUIT 
Tsuyodii  Koono;  Katauo  Nakaxato,  and  Sntoahi  be,  aU 
Kodoma,   ^pan,   assignors   to    MatsmhiU    Electric 

diHtrial  Company,  United,  Osaka,  Japan  ■ 

FDcd  Sept.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  72,981  I 

Claims  prterHy,  appHcattoa  Japan,  Sept.  17, 1969, 44/75037 

Int.CLH03k;7/26 
MS.  CL  307^293  2  Claipis 


A  solid-state  rocket  firing  intervalometer  is  disclosed 
which  employs  a  plurality  of  SCRs  (siUcon  controlled 
rectifiers)  for  controlling  the  launching  of  respective  electri- 
cally flred  rockets,  the  gate  circuit  of  each  ^CR  being 
responsive  to  an  input  voltage  above  a  predetermined 
threshold  for  triggering  the  SCR  thereby  to  fire  the  rocket. 
The  charging  of  a  capacitor  provides  a  progressively  rising 
control  voltage  and  a  voltage  divider  applies  a  different  por- 
tion of  the  rising  control  voltage  to  each  of  the  gate  circuits. 
Accordingly,  each  rocket  is  fired  when  the  respective  portion 
of  the  control  voluge  reaches  the  gate  circuit  threshold  of 
the  respective  SCR. 


3,670,181 
SHIFTING  PHASE  IN  A  TELEVISION  CAMERA 
DonaM  E.  Panly,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  asrignor  to  Tdcma- 
tion.  Inc.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

FHcd  Mar.  29, 1971,  Ser.  No.  128^39 

Int  CL  H03k  1/12 

MS.  CL  307—262  6  Oaims 

Methods  and  apparatus  for  electrical  phase  shifting  com- 

prising  a  pair  of  trannitor  phase  modulator  circuits  having 

the  collectors  of  the  transiston  in  each  of  the  modulator  cir- 


This  specification  discloses  a  high-speed  pulse  delaying  cir- 


cuit having  its  extremely  slight  minimal  delay  and  adapted  for 
use  as  a  time-base  circuit  for  a  wideband  oscilloscope.  The 
pulse  delay  circuit  comprises  essentially  an  integrator  consist- 
ing of  «  resistor,  a  capacitor  and  a  grounded  resistor  con- 
nected to  the  capacitor  in  series  and  a  high-speed  pulse 
generator  using  an  avalanche  transistor.  The  grounded  re- 
sistor has  such  a  low  resistance  that  the  waveform  of  the  in- 
tegrator output  resulting  from  the  integration  (rf  a  rectangu- 
lar input  pube  has  a  sharp  rising  portion  at  a  position  cor- 
responding to  the  leading  edge  of  the  rectangular  pulse, 
thereby  to  reduce  the  minimal  delay  time.  Provision  of  a  volt- 
age adjustment  circuit  is  made  for  varying  the  emitter  poten- 
tial of  the  avalanche  transistor  to  vary  the  delay  time. 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


7G9 


3,670,183 
TWO-TERMINAL  NEGATIVE  RESISTANCE  DEVICE 
EMPLOYING  BIPOLAR-UNIPOLAR  TRANSISTOR 
COMHNATION 
DavM  Joaeph  Agcr,  GnmdMinrgh,  and  Ian  WWam  Stanley, 
Ipcwkh,  both  of  Eaftand,  aMtgnon  to  The  Poit  Office,  Lon- 
don, Ei^iland 

FHed  Dec.  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  100,623 
Claims  priority,  appBcatton  Great  BritaiB,  Jan.  2, 1970, 

191/70 

Int  CL  HOlc  7/10 

U.S.  a.  307— 304  12ClainH 


1*1 


^-sl 


B 


2N3ei9 


BfTOa 


-^ $" 


This  Specification  describes  electrical  networks  having  two 
terminals  and  exhibiting  negative  dynamic  resistance  charac- 
teristics achieved  by  the  use  of  a  field  effect  transistor  having 
its  gate  electrode  connected  to  one  of  the  terminals  and  con- 
nected  in  a  resistive  bias  circuit  to  control  the  base  current  of 
a  bipolar  transistor  having  its  collector-emitter  path  con- 
nected in  a  circuit  from  one  to  the  other  of  the  terminals. 
Both  voltage  controlled  and  current  controlled  networks  are 
described  and  examples  of  the  use  of  negative  feedback  ar- 
rangements to  improve  network  linearity  are  given. 


tion  of  the  resistance  of  the  photocell  due  to  the  intensity  of 
incident  light.  Further  included  is  a  negative  feedback  trans- 
mitting element  from  the  output  side  of  the  second  transistor 
to  the  grounded  poim  of  the  resistor  included  in  the  source 
circuit  of  said  field  effect  transistor.  The  resistor  placed 
between  the  source  of  said  field  effect  trmsittor  and  the 
grounded  point  may  be  a  variable  or  semifixed  type,  there 
may  be  connected  in  paralld  with  the  variable  resistor  a  cir- 
cuit including  a  first  resistor,  a  heat  sensitive  resistor  element 
and  a  second  resistor  all  connected  in  series,  the  junction  of 
the  first  resistor  and  the  heat  sensitive  reststor  element  or 
second  resistor  is  connected  to  the  base  of  the  second 
transistor.  Still  further,  an  additional  resistor  may  be  con- 
nected between  the  power  source  and  either  or  both  of  the 
gate  of  said  field  effect  transistor  and  the  base  of  the  second 
transistor. 


3,670,185 
INDUSTRIAL  TECHNIQUE 

Clifford  Vcrmctte,  Houston,  Tex.,  assiginor  to 
Technology  Corporation 

FUed  Apr.  15,  1970,  Ser.  No.  28,797 
lBLCLH03k  7  7/60 
MS.  CL  307-304  3 


3,670,184  ^ 

LIGHT  SENSITIVE  AMPLIFIER  CIRCUIT  HAVING 
IMPROVED  FEEDBACK  ARRANGEMENT 
GUan  IdeL  Tokyo,  and  Saburo  Numata,  Saitama-ken,  both  of 
Japan,  assignors  to  Tokyo  Shlbaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd., 
Kawasaki-shI  and  FaJI  Shashin  Kouki  Kabushiki  Kaisha, 
Saitama-ken,  Japan 

FDcd  Feb.  9, 1971,  Ser.  No.  113,979 

Clahns  priority,  appikatkm  Japan,  Feb.  13,  1970,  45/11970; 

45/11971;  Feb.  18, 1976, 45/13404 

Int.  CL  H03k  3/42;  HOIJ  39/12 

MS.  CL  307-31 1  13  Claims 


2<C 


25J 


iPHOTOOONDUCnvt  I    ^ 


IfkBSiL. 


^ 


31-: 


iii 


?fec 


> 


2SC 


2SC 


(Mf>W«CM 
CWVWG  DEVICE 


A  light  sensitive  amplifier  circuit  arrangement  for  detect- 
ing light  comprising  a  source  follower  field  effect  transistor 
having  at  least  one  resistor  connected  to  its  gate  as  well  as 
between  itt  source  and  ground;  a  second  transistor  whose 
base  is  connected  to  the  field  effect  transistor,  and  whose 
collector  is  connected  to  a  power  source  through  a  resistor;  a 
constant  voltage  supply  element  connected  between  emitter 
of  the  second  transistor  and  ground;  a  photocell  connected  in 
a  negative  feedback  loop  disposed  between  the  gate  of  the 
field  effect  transistor  and  the  output  side  of  the  second 
transistor;  and  a  load  connected  to  the  output  side  of  the 
second  transistor  and  which  driven  in  response  to  the  varia- 


An  illustrative  embodiment  of  the  invention  relates  to  a 
circuh  for  a  nuclear  magnetic  logging  tool  in  which  two  sets 
of  two  parallel  connected  field  effect  transistors  (FET),  are 
coupled  to  respective  gate  voltages  that  are  of  equal  mag- 
nitude and  kA  opposite  polarity.  During  polarixation,  the 
FETs  are  in  a  low  impedance  conditioh  to  avoid  being  sub- 
jected to  large  voltages.  The  metlKXl  of  Uaaing.  together  with 
the  parallel  connection  of  die  FETs  ensures  symmetrical  volt- 
ages with  respect  to  grouiKl  acroas  the  cofl.  At  the  end  of 
polarizing,  the  coil  voltage  reveries  causing  conduction  to 
occur  in  a  Zener  diode  which  is  connected  acroas  the  coil. 
When  the  reverse  voltage  of  the  coil  drops  below  a  predeter- 
mined level,  the  Zener  diode  stops  conducting  and  the  circuit 
rings  at  its  resonant  frequency  for  a  few  milUsecoods.  To 
further  reduce  the  charge  in  the  circuit,  a  low  value  critical 
damping  resistance  is  applied  acroas  the  coil  through  «""^hDf 
field  effect  transistor.  After  most  of  the  stored  charge  has 
been  dissipated,  both  FET  sets  are  switched  to  a  hi^  im- 
pedance state  in  order  to  apply  the  formatioo  fluid  nurkar 
magnetic  resonance  signal  to  the  downhole  amplification 
system  input. 


899  O.G.— 27 


760 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE    , 


June  13,  1972 


3,670«186 

piEzoEu:cTRic  m:vice  utilizing  lithium 

GERMANATE 
VcnMMi  Hobdca:  GMrr  JoMph  Rkh,  and  DuM 


SiBwwt  RolMrtmi,  ■■  at  Mahcn,  EkglHid,  aarignon  to 


FBcd  J«ly  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  163326 
CWm  priority,  opplktrtoii  Groit  Britain,  July  20, 1970, 

35,026/70 

Int.  CL  HOlv  7/00 

VS.  CL  310-9^  5  Claims 


open  contact!,  and  arm  mounted  in  the  housing  and  actuaUe 
to  close  said  contacts,  a  magnetically  permeable  core,  a 
spring  yteldably  urging  said  core  in  travel  to  actuate  said  arm 
to  close  said  contacts,  a  solenoid,  effective  when  energized  to 
counter  said  spring  and  reverse  the  travel  of  said  core  to 
open  said  contacts;  said  contacts  being  assembled  in  and  pro- 


£ 


jC       m': 


A  device  using  the  piezoelectric  effect  wherein  the  materi- 
al in  which  the  piezoelectric  effect  takes  place  is  lithium  ger- 
manate,  LitOeOs. 


jiisSSJik^ 


*4t 


3,670,187 

IRONLESS  DIRECT-CURRENT  MACHINE  HAVING  A 

NORMAL  CONDUCTING  ROTOR  AND  A 

SUPERCONDUCTING  EXCITATION  SYSTEM 

EfOB  TkttM,  Nunibcri,  Gcraaay,  MrigDor  to  Siemens  Altticn- 

gcsdlschafl,  Bcrin  and  Munich,  Germany 

Filed  June  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  149,941 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  5, 1970,  P  20  27 

673.7 

Int.  CLH02I(  23/22 

U.S.CL  310-10  2Ctoims 


jecting  from  a  plug,  the  housing  having  a  socket  to  removably 
receive  said  plug  to  facilitate  replacement  of  worn  contacts, 
and  a  closure  adapted  to  enclose  both  plug  and  socket  to  re- 
sist introduction  of  moisture  and  dirt  into  said  housing;  one 
said  contact  having  a  flat  face,  and  the  other  contact  having 
an  arcuate  face,  to  effect  a  rocking,  wiping,  cleansing  action 
upon  closing  of  the  contacts.  ^ 


'  3,670,189 

GATED  PERMANENT  MAGNET  MOTOR 
Paul  Peter  Monroe,  109  EaM  San  Antonio  Drive,  Long  Beach, 
Calif. 

FHed  Apr.  30, 1971,  Scr.  No.  138^91 

Int.  CL  ii02k  23/04 

U.S.CL310— 46  6  Claims 


An  ironless  direct-current  machine  with  a  rotor  having  a 
rotor  winding  of  normal  conductivity  and  being  equipped 
with  a  superconducting  excitation  system  is  provided  with 
compensation  coils  electrically  coupled  with  the  rotor  and 
uaversed  by  the  rotor  current.  The  superconducting  excita- 
tion system  has  super-conducting  heteropolar  excitation  coils 
disposed  between  the  compensation  coils  and  the  rotor  wind- 
ing. The  compensation  coils  are  dimensioned,  arranged  in 
proximity  to  the  excitation  coils  and  have  ampere-turns  such 
that  the  sum  of  the  torque  forces  arising  from  the  coaction  of 
the  field  of  the  compensation  coils  with  the  current  flowing 
through  the  exciution  coils  substantially  cancels  the  torque 
forces  arising  from  the  coaction  of  the  rotor  winding  field 
with  the  current  flowing  through  the  exciution  coils. 


3,670,188 

ELECTROMAGNETIC  RECIPROCATING  MOTOR 

Anton  Voros,  Jr.,  15886  DmmU,  Detroit,  Mich. 

FOcd  July  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  163,257 

Int.  CLH02k/ 7/00 

UACL310— 17  8ClalmB 

An  electromagnetically  reciprocating  motor  aasemMed  in  a 

housing,  and  including  an  electrical  circuit  having  normally 


A  self-starting  permanent  magnet  motor,  particularly  a 
type  which  will  operate  on  batteries,  or  alternate  half  cycle 
current,  consisting  of  a  fore  and  aft  stator  assembly.  Both 
fore  and  aft  stator  assemblies  embody  an  identical  number  of 
permanent  magnets  of  preferred  ceramic  material  and  hi^ 
permeabiUty  soft  iron  inductors,  combined  into  hybrid  m^ 
netic  poles.  A  multi-pole  permanent  magnet  rotor,  having 
permanently  fixed  north  and  south  poles  is  sandwiched 
between  the  fore  and  aft  stator  assembUes  on  a  rotataUe 
shaft.  The  rotor  is  caused  to  rotate,  due  to  a  gating  action 
which  akemates  the  poles  one  complete  cycle  with  each 
transverse  passing  of  the  rotor  poles  between  the  sutor  pc^es. 
Because  of  this  action,  fifty  per  cent  of  the  energy  required 
to  do  a  specific  amount  of  work  is  derived  from  the  pea)c 
energy  product  of  the  permanent  magnets. 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


761 


3,670,190  3,670,192 

ELECTRIC  MOTOR  AND  HIGHER  SPEED  FAN  ROTATING  ELECTRICAL  MACHINE  WITH  MEANS  FOR 

ASSEMBLY  PREVENTING  DiSCllARGE  FROM  COIL  ENDS 

Robert  W.  GocbcL  Spriiqificid,  OMo,  wsignor  to  Roi>Mns  St  Anders  R.  Andcrssoo,  and  Lars-Goran  VlrslMri,  both  of 
Myers,  Inc.,  Springfield,  Oldo  Vastcras,  Sweden,  amipinri  to  ADnnna  Svcnrita  EUk/- 

FBcd  Mar.  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  123354  triska  AHirboli^rt,  VaaHim,  Sweden 

Int.  CL  H02k  9/06  FBcd  Oct  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,955 

U.S.CL310— 60  6ClainM  Clainv  priority,  appifcalkm  Sweden,  Oct.  29, 1969, 14763/69 

InL  CL  H02h  7/085 
VS.  CL  310—196  5  ' 


A  stator  and  a  rotor  of  an  electric  motor  are  enclosed 
within  a  housing  which  also  encloses  a  fan  mounted  for  rota- 
tion with  respect  to  the  rotor  shaft.  The  housing  also  encloses 
a  transmission  unit  which  connects  the  fan  to  the  rotor  shaft 
for  rotation  of  the  fan  at  a  speed  substantially  higher  than 
that  of  the  rotor  shaft.  Preferably,  the  transmission  unit  in- 
corporates a  stub  shaft  which  is  supported  for  rotation  in 
parallel  spaced  relationship  to  the  rotor  shaft  and  is  con- 
nected to  the  rotor  shaft  and  the  fan  hub  by  corresponding 
sets  of  drive  wheels. 


3,670,191 

SINGLE-PHASE  MOTORS 

Max  Ahh,  6  Tamarack  Road,  Port  Chester,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105^81 

Int.  CL  H02k  19/14 

U.S.CL310— 163 


lOChdms 


Rotor  comprises  a  conductive  disc  pierced  by  a  pluraUty  of 
iron  cores  spaced  a  distance  from  edge  of  disc  and 
equidistant  from  each  other.  Stator  comprises  a  plurality  of 
U-shaped  solenoids  positioned  about  rotor,  with  disc  approxi- 
mately centered  within  the  U-shape.  Flux  is  propagated  in 
lines  parallel  to  rotor  shaft  and  in  a  series  of  relatively  narrow 
bands  tangential  to  disc  radius. 

Alternately,  flux  lines  parallel  to  rotor  shaft,  perpendicular 
to  rotor  and  directed  in  relatively  narrow  bands  at  an  an^ 
tangential  to  to  rotor  disc  circumference  are  generated  by 
means  of  a  single  coil  set  within  a  circtilar  iron  pole  piece 
having  a  U-shaped  cross  section  with  slots  cut  into  legs  of  the 
U,  which  is  directed  inward  and  positioned  above  and  below 
the  rotor. 


In  order  to  prevent  glow  discharge  from  coil  ends  of  a 
rotating  electrical  machine  to  adjacent  grounded  machine 
parts,  the  cofl  end  is  provided  on  the  outside  of  its  insulation 
with  a  conducting  layer  which  is  connected  to  ground  by  a 
voltage  dependent  impedance,  such  as  a  resistance,  whose 
impedance  decreases  as  the  voltage  increases. 


3,670,193 

ELECTRIC  LAMPS  PRCMHJCING  ENERGY  IN  THE 

VISIBLE  AND  ULTRA- VICH.£T  RANGES 

Luke  Thorii^ton,  Berkeley  Heights,  and  Lods  J.  Pmascan- 

dola.  North  Borgcn,  both  of  NJ.,  assignors  to  Duro-Tcat 

Corporatkm,  North  Bergen,  N  J. 

Continualion  of  appHcation  Scr.  No.  654,148,  Jidy  18,  1967, 

now  abandoned.  This  appikatfan  May  14, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

37,433 
InL  CL  HOIJ  61/44 
U.S.  CL  313— 108  R  17  ( 


/" 

I'nu.v^i  tm  111.  nil 


,2  /iiS 


Electric  lamps  having  spectral  radiation  characteristics  ap- 
proximating natural  daylight  with  a  controlled  amount  of 
energy  in  the  near  and  nuddle  ultraviolet  ranges  which  also 
produce  light  of  sufficient  intensity  and  proper  colix'  to  make 
them  usable  as  general  illuminants. 


3,670,194 
COLOR-CORRECTED  HIGH-PRESSURE  MERCURY 
VAPOR  LAMP 
WaUam  A.  Thornton,  Jr.,  Crmrford,  Mid  MeMn  C.  Ui 
Wyckoff,  both  of  N J.,  iidgargs  to  Weslii«boan 

/^  III      ■  ■■  an!  II  M     B^^^^M^B^^     ^^ 

Fled  jMk  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109^02 
InL  CL  HOIJ  61/44, 61/48 
VS.  CL  313—109  9 


Color-corrected  high-pressure  mercury-vapor  lamp  pro- 
vides good  color  rendition  of  illuminated  objects,  and  espe- 
cially good  color  rendition  of  flesh  tones.  The  lamp  utilizes  a 
particular  phosphor  coating  principaDy  comprising  a  two- 
component  Mend.  One  of  the  phoaphor  Meixl  componentt 
provides  an  emission  in  the  shorter  wavelength  region  of  die 
visible  spectrum  peaking  at  from  440  nm  to  470  nm,  and  an 
example  of  this  component  is  a  strontium  chloroplKMphato 
having  an  apatite  structure  and  activated  by  a  divalent  eu- 
ropium. The  other  phosphor  component  provides  an  emii> 
sion  in  the  longer  wavelength  region  of  tlie  visible  spectrum 
peaking  at  fhmi  60S  nm  to  630  nm,  and  an  example  of  diis 


762 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


phosphor   component   it   yttrium   phosphate-vanadate   ac- 
tivated by  lervalent  europium.  For  the  foregoing  examples. 


provided  with  a  minimum  of  disruption  of  the  electrical  cir- 
cuit parameten  necessary  for  electron  beam-RF  wave  in- 
teraction. The  phase  velocity  chvacteristics  of  the  parallel 
plate  support  and  helix  dday  line  structures  are  substantially 
similar. 


3^70,197 
DELAY  UNE  STRUCTURE  FOR  TRAVEUNG  WAVE 

DEVICES 
Robert    McCowan    Ui«cr,   W>yl—d,    Mms.,    asstgnor    to 
Raytheon  CoopMiy,  IfnrtBghm,  Mms. 

FBed  Feb.  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  118,791 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  25134 

VS.  CL  315— 3J  4  Claims 


the  relative  weight  ratio  ol  the  one  phosphor  component  to 
the  other  phosphor  component  is  from  O.OS:  1  to  0.4: 1 . 

3,670,195 
METAL  VAPOUR  DISCHARGE  LAMP 
Takco  Kaacgaya,  Tokyo;  Yutaka  Imahort,  KawasaU;  Aklra 
Ohta,  SagaMlhara;  Tadao  KoMh,  Fi^Jkawa,  and  Akio 
Ohara,  Yolusoka,  al  of  Japoa,  assigMirs  to  Nippon  Hoso 
Kyokai,  Tokyo  aad  Tokyo  Shiboora  Electric  Co.  Ltd., 
Kawasakl-shI,  Japoa 

Filed  Mar.  17. 1971,  Scr.  No.  125^21 

Claims  priority,  appHcatloB  Japoa,  Mar.  20,  1970,  45/23097; 

Mar.  27, 1970, 45/25379 

lot.  CL  HOIJ  77/06 

UA  CL  313-217  9  C»«»» 


RFIN 


RFOUT 


Umm) 


^i^mm&^'x^i^^f^^^mvi'^ 


An  RF  wave  periodic  delay  line  is  disclosed  having  thermal 
energy  dissipation  and  support  structure  of  an  insulating 
material  with  reduced  "dielectric  loading"  between  adjacent 
elements.  For  devices  requiring  internal  attenuation  to 
prevent  undesired  oscillations  the  appropriate  attenuator 
structure  is  mounted  independently  of  the  dissipation  and 
support  structure. 


A  metal  vapor  discharge  lamp  wherein  the  ratio  of  the  ef- 
fective diameter  to  the  length  of  the  electrode  body  used 
therein  and  the  ratio  of  said  effective  diameter  to  the  current 
of  said  discharge  lamp  are  so  designed  to  have  specified 
values. 

3,670,196 
HELDC  DELAY  LINE  FOR  TRAVELING  WAVE  DEVICES 
Bortoa  H.  Sarith,  Lndagloa,  Mass.,  assignnr  to  Raytheon 
Compaay,  Lcxiagtoa,  MaM. 

Fifed  Feb.  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  118,256 

lot.  CL  HOIJ  25134 

VJ&.  CL  315—3.5  13  Claims 


I  3,670,198 

SOLII><«TATE  VmCON  STRUCTURE 

Knit  Lebovcc;  FWMk  H.  Hkhchcr,  both  of  WflUamstowH 

Mms.,  and  Horst  M.  Preier,  Vlcaaa,  Aastria, 

Sprague  Electric  Company,  North  Adams,  Mass. 

^1fe4  ScpL  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862,338 

Into.  HOIJ  i7/4« 

U.S.  CL  315—11  21  Cbims 


Klacbrm  B«aM. 


A  heHx  type  wave  propagating  delay  line  structure  for  high 
power  broadband  traveling  wave  devices  is  disclosed  having  a 
paraDd  plate  transmission  line  support  arrangement  with  a 
dielectric  interface.  Improved  thomal  energy  dissipation  is 


1^ 

lUumlMotkm. 


A  charge  storage  vidicon  camera  structure  is  provided  by 
covering  a  thia  semiconductor  wafer  with  a  semi-insulating 
layer.  A  spacial  optical  pattern  is  projected  onto  this 
pbotoelectricaly  active  material  and  transformed  into  a  time 
sequence  of  electrical  codes  which  can  be  subsequently 
reconverted  into  an  optical  image. 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


768 


3,670,199 

CATHODE  RAY  TUBE  HAVING  AUXILIARY 

DEFLECTION  PLATE  TO  CORRECT  PINCUSHION 

DISTORTION 

James  D.  Hawcs,  Psitlaari,  Orcg.,  ssilpiir  to  Tcklroaix,  lac, 

Bcavcrtoa,  Orcg. 
Coatiaaaiioa  of  appMcalloa  Scr.  No.  845,740,  Jaiy  28, 1969, 
■ow  abaadoaed.  This  appMcatloa  Apr.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

23,097 

Int.  CL  HOIJ  29i50, 29174 

U.S.CL  315-13  R  12  Claims 


performed  by  time  sharing  the  writing  electron  beam,  there 
being  no  interference  with  the  stored  trace  because  of  the 
small  time  spent  in  writing  the  cursor.  The  sweep  voltage  for 
the  viewed  signal  is  produced  by  a  binary  counter  driven  by  a 
clock.  The  horizontal  position  of  the  cuiaor  is  presented  in 
binary  form.  An  astable  multivibralor  determines  the 
frequency  of  writing  the  cursor  and  drives  a  monoataWe  mul- 
tivibrator that  determines  the  duration  of  the  cunor.  The 
output  signal  ct  the  monostable  multivibrator  and  its  comple- 
ment control  logic  circuitry  that  couptes  the  sweep  voltage  in 
binary  form  or  the  cursor  horizontal  positioa  in  binary  form 
to  a  digital  to  analog  convertor,  the  output  of  which  drives 
the  horizontal  deflection  system  of  the  storage  tube,  resulting 
in  time  shared  horizontal  deflection  of  the  electron  beam  in 
the  store  and  non-store  portions  of  the  viewing  screen.  Also, 
the  monostable  multivibrator  output  signal  and  its  comple- 
ment controls  circuitry  which  results  in  time  shared  vertical 
deflection  of  the  electron  beam  in  the  store  and  non-store 
portions  of  the  viewing  screen.  The  cursor  b  vertically  writ- 
ten by  a  sine  wave  oscillation  starting  from  a  predetermined 
vertical  position  in  the  non-stored  portion  of  the  viewing 
screen.  In  addition,  the  astable  multivibrator  output  controls 
the  writing  electron  gun  to  blank  the  electron  beain  during  its 
deflections  between  the  viewed  signal  and  the  cursor  and 
vice- versa. 


A  cathode  ray  tube  having  two  electron  beams  and  as- 
sociated deflection  systems  is  described  in  which  an  auxiliary 
deflection  plate  is  employed  between  two  pairs  of  vertical 
deflection  plates  at  their  outputs  to  correct  pincushion  distor- 
tion. A  correction  signal  is  produced  by  a  control  circuit  and 
applied  to  the  auxiliary  deflection  plate  in  response  to  a  ramp 
voltage  input  corresponding  to  the  horizontal  sweep  signal. 
The  correction  signal  is  a  positive  going  peak  shaped  voltage 
so  that  the  auxiliary  deflection  plate  tends  to  vertically 
deflect  the  beams  away  from  such  plate  at  both  the  start  and 
end  of  the  horizontal  sweep  signal  to  correct  pincushion 
distortion  while  not  deflecting  such  beam  appreciatively  at 
the  center  of  such  sweep  signal. 


3>,670aOO 

NON-STORE  CURSOR  WRITING  ON  A  STORAGE  TUBE 

Fraads  L.  Fleldhig,  Moatdair,  N  J.,  airignor  to  lotcmational 

Telepboac  aad  Telegraph  Corporatkm,  Nutlcy,  N  J. 

Filed  Nov.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  86,497 

lnt.CLH01J4J/iO 

UACL315-12  8  Claims 


3,670,201 
GAS  DISCHARGE  DISPLAY  DEVICE  WITH 
PERIMETRICAL  CATHODE 
Harry  Veron,  Framingiiam,  Mass.,  tignnr  to  Spcrry 
Corporatioa 

Filed  July  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,761 
InL  a  H05b  J  7/00 
U.S.  CL  315—169  TV  6 


This  technique  employs  a  split-screen  storage  tube  wherein 
the  top  half  oi  the  viewing  screen  stores  the  video  signal 
being  viewed,  and  the  bottom  half,  having  a  non-store 
characteristic,  is  used  for  the  cursor.  In  order  that  the  same 
deflection  system  can  be  used  for  both  the  viewed  signal  and 
the  cursors,  the  writing  of  the  viewed  signal  and  the  cursor  is 


A  display  device  employing  a  planar  array  of  elements 
disposed  on  a  dielectric  substrate.  The  dielectric  substrate  is 
affixed  to  a  metallic  plate  v^iich  functions  as  an  anode  ele- 
ment in  an  electrical  discharge  while  a  perimetrical  ntetallic 
strip  serves  as  a  cathode  element.  These  components  are 
disposed  between  two  non-conductive  plates  in  which  a  par- 
tial vacuum  is  created  and  backfilled  with  an  inert  gas.  The 
non-conductive  plate  proximate  the  display  surface  of  the 
array  of  elements  is  transparent  enabling  an  undistorted  view 
of  the  segments.  A  relatively  large  potential  appliad  between 
the  anode  and  the  cathode  elements  smtains  the  ckctrical 
discharge  thereby  providing  a  source  of  free  clictiuui  in  the 
area  between  the  elements  and  the  transparent  piate.  Tbc  ap- 
plication of  a  small  bias  voltage  between  selected  sognwata  of 
the  array  of  elements  and  the  anode  element  produces  a  thin 
luminous  sheath  over  the  energized  segments  which  providaa 
a  sharply  defined  display. 


764 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


3,670002 
ULTRASTABLE  CAUBRATED  UGHT  SOURCE 

O.  PafaK,  AduriiriiUatec  o(  tke  NalioMl  Acronauda 

•lid  Space  k&mMkltnMom  wUh  reipcct  to  ui  invcntioB  of; 
MkhMl  F.  Hddt,  3530  N««i  Ro«l  1.  Apt.  40,  Scobrook, 
Tex.;  Join  E.  Novotay,  3904  ArMagtoa  Square  Drive  021, 
aad  Naraaappa  K.  Shankar,  702  Gllpia  Street,  both  of 
HoiMtoa,  Tex. 

Filed  July  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  59,956 

bit.CLH05bi7/02 

VS.  CL  315-297  ^  Claim* 


3,670,204 

SPARK  GAP  SYSTEM  FOR  MAGNETICALLY 

QUENCHED  SURGE  VOLTAGE  ARRESTER 

Robert  Greater,  Zurich,  SwUacrland,  aMignnr  to  Aktlen- 

tcedkchafl  Brown,  Bovcri  &  Ck,  Baden,  Switaotaid 

Filed  July  6, 1971,  Ser.  No.  159,688 
Claim  priority,  appHcatkn  Switicriaiid,  July  23, 1970, 

1  11161/70  ^ 

I       Int.  CL  li02h  9/06 
VS.  CL  317—613  2  Clafam 


Light  from  an  electrically  powered  light  source  is  optically 
monitored  by  a  transducer  which  converts  the  optical  sigftal 
to  an  electrical  error  signal.  The  error  signal  is  compared 
with  a  reference  signal  and  a  signal  representing  the  dif- 
ference between  the  reference  and  the  error  signals  is 
generated.  The  difference  signal  is  employed  to  control  an 
electronic  switching  network  which  in  turn  regulates  the 
electrical  power  input  to  the  light  source  to  maintain  a  con- 
stant light  level  at  the  optical  monitor. 


3,670,203 

METHOD  OF  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  IMPARTING  AN 

ELECTRICAL  CHARGE  TO  A  WEB  OF  FILM  OR  PAPER 

OR  THE  UKE 
Thomas  C.  Whitmorc,  Jr.,  Rochcitcr,  and  Robert  G.  Cun- 
Biagham,  Plttsford,  both  off  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Eastman 
Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Filed  Apr.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,816 

Int.  CL  H05f  3/00 

VS.  CL  317-2  R  4  Claims 


A  spark  gap  system  for  a  surge  voltage  arrester  of  the  mag 
netically  quenched  type  is  composed  of  a  stack  of  superposed 
plates  each  of  which  is  provided  with  a  recess  which  defines 
an  arc  chamber  and  a  pair  of  spaced  electrodes  therein  and 
between  which  an  arc  can  be  struck  and  lengthened  by  the 
magnetic  field.  The  pairs  of  electrodes  in  adjacent  arc  cham^ 
bers  are  electrically  connected  in  parallel,  and  an  arrange- 
ment of  duett  which  provide  an  inter-communication 
between  adjacent  chambers  permit  the  ionized  gas  formed  by 
an  arc  in  either  chamber  after  being  lengthened  to  pass  to  the 
other  chamber  to  assist  in  striking  an  arc  in  the  latter 
chamber  as  the  arc  in  the  first-mentioned  chamber  is  extin- 
guished. The  arc  is  thus  enabled  to  be  transferred  back  and 
forth  between  adjacent  arc  chambers  until  the  current  has 
been  reduced  to  such  an  extent  that  no  further  arc  can  be 
sustained. 


I  3,670,205 

METHOD  AND  STRUCTURE  FOR  SUPPORTING 
ELECTRIC  COMPONENTS  IN  A  MATRIX 
Corbin  Dixon,  ami  John  J.  Larew,  both  of  Wayncrimro,  V^, 
assignors  to  General  Electric  Company 

Filed  Mar.  25,  1970,  Ser.  No.  22,495 

Int  CL  HOSk  1/04       ^  , 

U.S.  CI.  317—101  CE  6  Clainis 


n        17     M 


•  w,      .  ••, 


An  electrical  charge  is  applied  to  a  moving  web  of  flexible 
material  such  as  film  or  paper  by  transporting  the  web  over  a 
grounded  roller  while  maintaining  a  stationary  electrically 
charged  plate  adjacent  to  the  web  but  spaced  slightly 
therefrom.  A  direct  current  voltage  of  the  required  sign  and 
magnitude  is  apfrfied  to  the  plate  from  any  suiuUe  source 
such  as  a  generator  or  battery.  Alternatively  the  f^ate  can  be 
grounded  and  the  voltage  applied  to  the  roller. 


12  16         13     ^V 


Electric  components  are  held  at  selected  positions  of  a 
matrix  defined  by  a  plurality  of  rows  and  columns.  An  upper 
plate  containing  rows  of  conductors  and  a  lower  plate  con- 
taining columns  of  conductors  sandwich  the  components  and 
complete  a  matrix  structure  wherein  the  components  are 
securely  held  and  are  in  good  electrical  contact  with  external 
circuitry. 


noa 


i-kiTcniT/^T  AT     r*  K  '71?TTI7' 


TirvF  1.^    1079 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


765 


3,670006  3,670,206 

PROTECTION  AGAINST  ELECTRICAL  SHOCK  MICROELECTRONIC  PACKAGE,  BUSS  STRIP  AND 

Richard  Cummhig  Sircom,  WIndior,  Nova  Scoda,  Canada,  as-  PRINTED  CIRCUIT  BASE  ASSEMBLY 

signor  to  Easlech  Limited  Vram  E.  Hovnaidan,  Sherman  Oaks,  ami  Edward  KltzmOer, 

Filed  Apr.  12, 1971,  Ser.  No.  133,158  Manhattan  Beach,  both  of  CaHL,  Mrigaon  to  Logic  Dynam- 

Clafans  priority,  appttcathm  Canada,  Oct  6, 1970, 094^82  ks.  Inc.  B  Scgundo,  C^H. 

Int.  CL  H02h  3/28  med  July  13,  1970,  Ser.  No.  54,325                  '' 

U.S.CL  317-18  D                                                    21ClalnM  IM.  CL  HOSk  7/04 

U.S.  CL  317— 101  CM  6  I 


•m  i   t 


To  reduce  the  danger  of  electrical  shock  in  two-wire  non- 
grounded  electrical  systems,  the  leakage  current  from  line  L 1 
to  ground  is  balanced  by  an  injected  current  from  ground  to 
line  LI,  and  similarly  the  leakage  current  from  line  L2  to 
ground  is  balanced  by  an  injected  current  from  ground  to 
line  L2. 

In  this  way,  the  leakage  current  from  line  LI  to  ground 
cannot  pass  through  a  human  body  from  ground  to  L2,  since 
-4iie  leakage  current  form  a  closed  current  loop. 


3,670,207 

MODULAR  MATRIX  WITH  PLUG  INTERCONNECTION 

William  A.  Scabury,  HI,  Highland  Road,  Ulster  Park,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  25,  1970,  Ser.  No.  75,408 

Int.  CI.  HOSk  1/04 

U.S.CL3i7— lOlDH  7  Claims 


A  space-saving  assembly  including  a  printed  circuit  card 
with  aligned  sets  of  wire  lead  mounting  terminals  such  as 
holes  therethrough  arranged  in  modulariy  spaced  parallel 
rows,  a  strip  including  ground  and  voltage  supply  busses 
separated  by  insulation,  located  on  the  card  between  the 
holes  of  each  of  the  aligned  sets  with  a  wire  lead  from  each 
strip  extending  into  respective  diagonally  opf>osite  holes  d 
each  set,  and  Dual-ln-Line  Packages  (DIP)  located  over  the 
buss  strip  with  the  package  wire  leads  extending  into  the 
respective  holes  of  the  respective  set  to  be  soldered  to 
respective  printed  leads  on  the  card,  with  the  buss  strip  under 
the  DlPs  acting  as  the  heat  sink  for  the  DIPs.  An  alternative 
embodiment  of  the  buss  strip  has  one  of  the  conductive 
busses  formed  in  a  U-shaped  section  providing  buss  elenoents 
above  and  below  the  other  buss  thereby  shielding  the  latter. 
A  second  alternative  embodiment  of  the  buss  strip  has  three 
busses  with  three  respective  leads  for  each  set  of  holes  to 
provide  ground  and  voltage  at  two  different  potentials  to 
each  DIP. 


3,670,209 
PULSE  GENERATOR  COMPRISING  SERIALLY 
CONNECTED  MAKE  AND  BREAK  RELAYS,  TIMING 
CIRCUIT,  FLIP-FLCN*  AND  MONOSTABLE 
MULTIVIBRATOR 
Harold  R.  Hcnsen,  Wlnstoo-Salem,  N.C.,  aarignor  to  Wesle 
Electric  Company,  Incorporated,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Fled  May  3, 1971,  Ser.  Na  139,680 
Int.  CL  HOlh  47/00 
VS.  CL  317—135  R  6 


A  HKxlular  matrix  with  plug  interconnection  including  at 
least  two  individual  modular  matrix  boards  of  insulating 
material  essentially  alike  in  construction  with  each  board 
having  an  upper  and  a  lower  face,  upper  conductive  mem- 
bers secured  to  the  upper  face  and  lower  conductive  mem- 
bers secured  to  the  lower  face,  detachable  contacts  secured 
to  the  boards,  certain  of  the  contacts  being  electrically  united 
to  the  upper  conductive  members  and  certain  of  the  contacts 
being  electrically  united  to  the  lower  conductive  members, 
certain  of  the  contacts  having  wire  wrap  tails  extending 
beyond  the  boards  with  the  wire  wrap  tails  of  individual 
boards  being  electrically  united  together  whereby  a  series  of 
individual  boards  may  be  wired  together  to  produce  the 
equivalent  of  a  large  matrix. 


E^IqM — i 


^   ^ 
[^-&- 


Pulse  signals  are  produced  by  serially  connected  make  and 
break  contacts  of  respective  relays.  A  timing  circuit  turns  a 


766 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


flip-flop  on  and  off  to  correspond  to  the  beginning  and  end  of 
a  pube.  When  the  flip-flop  is  turned  on.  the  make  contacts 
are  closed  to  initiate  a  pulse  and  when  the  flip-flop  is  turned 
off,  •  mooosuble  multivibrator  causes  the  break  contacts  to 
open  and  end  the  pulse.  The  timing  circuit  includes  an  on 
selecting  circuit  and  an  off  selecting  circuit  which  operates 
independently  of  each  other. 


3,670^10 

ELECTROLYTIC  CAPACITOR  HAVING  A  HEAT 

DISSIPATING  CENTER  THEREFOR 

EbB  F.  Blase,  PIckcM,  S.C^  aasigMir  to  Sangamo  Electrk 

Compaay,  Spriagllcld,  DL 

Filed  Mar.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  126,577  . 
UL  CL  HOlg  9/00 
VS.  CI.  317—230  10  Claims 


M  «? 


l^' 


June  18,  1972 


3^70,212 

CAPACITOR  WITH  AZEOTROPIC  ELECTROLYTE  FOR 
WIDE  TEMPERATURE  RANGE  OPERATION 

Danid  J.  Anderson,  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  aisipMr  to  P.  R.  Mai- 
lory  ft  Cob  lac^  Inaanainifc,  bd. 

of  appMcadoB  Scr.  No.  648,251,  June 
lis  appBcaHon  July  9, 1969,  Ser. 
No.  840,504 
Int  CL  H01|  9/00 

lOClalras 

An  electrolyte  comprising  a  binary  organic  system  which 
forms  in  the  correct  proportions  an  azeotropic  composition 
having  a  boiling  point  higher  than  that  of  either  of  the 
system's  pure  components  and  a  solvent  inert  to  the 
azeotropic  mixture. 


23,  1967,  now  al 


U.S.  a.  317—230 


'  3,670,213 

SEMICONDUCTOR  PHOTOSENSITIVE  DEVICE  WITH  A 

RARE    EARTH    OXIDE    COMPOUND    FORMING    A 

RECTIFYING  JUNCTION 

Takashl  Nakagawa;  TadaiU  Tsutaumi,  both  of  Tokyo,  and 

Hiroo  Horl,  Kawasaki,  al  of  Japan,  assignors  to  Tokyo 

Shlbaura  Electrk  Co.,  Ltd.,  Kawasaki-shi,  Japan 

Filed  May  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39381 

Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Japan,  May  24,  1969,  44/39883; 

1    June  17, 1969,44/47325 

I        Int.  CL  HOll  15/00 

VS.  CL  317—234  R  7  ChduH 


An  electrolytic  capacitor  designed  to  reduce  its  internal 
operating  temperatures  by  incorporating  an  elongated  solid 
metal  arbor  into  the  center  of  the  circular  convolute  winding. 
By  placing  the  arbor  into  thermal  contact  with  the  capacitor 
container  and/or  an  external  metallic  member,  the  arbor 
functions  as  a  heat  sink  to  reduce  the  operating  internal  tem- 
perature of  the  capacitor. 


-IS  IS 


3,670411 
SWITCHING  CONDENSER  ELEMENT  FOR  SWITCHING 

AN  ALTERNATING  CURRENT 
Akio  Kunaita,  Kodalra;  Kcnlddd  SuniU,  HadrioJI,  and 
Koddd  Kkta,  YokolMna,  dl  of  Japan,  asaigBors  to  ntacfal, 
Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Fled  Ai«.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  65,995 
daims  priority,  appMcatlon  Japan,  Aug.  29, 1969, 44/68843 

Int.  CL  HOlg  9/00 
VS.  CL  317—230  9  Clafans 


A  semiconductor  device  comprising  a  substrate  made  of.' 
semiconductor  materials  such  as  silicon,  germanium  and 
compounds  of  the  elements  of  Groups  ID-V,  and  at  least  one 
layer  defining  at  least  one  junction  therewith,  said  layer  being 
made  of  a  mixture  of  a  rare  earth  element  and  titanium  oxid< : 
and/or  zirconium  oxide. 


I  3,670,214  ^--  "^ 

VOLTAGE-DEPENDENT  RESISTORS 
Siegfried  Hcndilk  Hagsn,  FmmashigrI,  Eindhoven,  Nether 
lands,  assignor  to  VS.  PhMps  Corporatfc»,  New  Yorit,  N.Y^ 

Ffled  Jan.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  5,738 
Clafans  prtorty,  appHcatton  NctlMrtands,  Jan.  31, 1969, 

6901538 

Int.  CL  HOll  9/00,  9/06 

VS.  CL  317—234  R  2  ClidnA 


A  condenser  using  a  dielectric  material  of  Pb(Zr-Ti)Os 
system  is  used  as  a  starting  ccmdenser  for  a  single  phase  in- 
duction nootor,  so  that  the  ferroelectric  material  is  heated  by 
an  ahemating  current  flowing  through  the  condenser  to  a 
temperature  near  the  Curie-point  Xhetect  and  that  the  im- 
pedance of  the  condenser  changes  considerably. 


Voltage-dependent  resistor  comprising  a  foil  of  insulating 
material  in  which  semiconductor  grains  are  embedded,  which 
project  from  the  foil  on  both  sides  and  are  in  contact  with 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


767 


electrode  layers  applied  to  both  sides  of  the  foil,  the  grains    electrode.    The    voltage    variable    resistor    modified    with 
having  a  diameter  of  not  more  than  ISO  m  and  consist  of  a    lanthanum  oxide  (LacOs)  and/or  yttrium  oxide  (YfOs)  has 


t^^<■<:<•^«<«^<^^WW.««:<W«V^ 


HP 


the  electrical  properties  theretrf  improved  by  the  further  ad- 
dition of  cobalt  oxide  (CoO)  and  manganese  oxide  ( MnO). 


III-V  compound,  preferably  GaP  having  an  energy  gap  of  at 
least  1.1  eV. 


3,670,215 
HEAT  DISSIPATOR  FOR  INTEGRATED  COtCUIT 
ScynMMT  Wilkcns,  Wantagk,  and  Edmund  G.  Trunk,  East 
Meadow,  both  of  N.Y.,  aarignors  to  The  Stavcr  Company, 
Incorporated,  Bay  Shore,  LJ.,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  76,035 

Int.  a.  HOll  3/00,  5/00 

VS.  CL  317-234  R  24  Clafans 


3,670,217 
THYRISTOR  WITH  A  CONTROL  DEVICE  AND  HAVING 

SEVERAL  CONTROL  ELECTRCM^S 
Cari  Ingvar  Boki(|o,  and  Bcngt  Alan  Sclnnan,  both  of  Lnd- 
vika,  Sweden,  artgnnn  to  AHnnanaa  Siinska  Ekklriska 


Continuation  of 
now 


Thk 


Ser.  No.  712,770,  Mar,  13, 1968, 

Aa«.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No. 
63,911 
Clafans  priority,  appUcatfain  Sweden,  Mar.  16,  1967,  3639/67 

Int.  CLHOM///(W,  75/00 
U.S.  CL  317— 235  R  3« 


A  heat  dissipator  for  a  semiconductor  component  of  the 
type  having  L-shaped  heat  conductive  tabs  extending 
therefrom  comprising  a  stamped  sheet  metal  body  having  two 
pairs  of  oppositely  fiscing  fingers  struck  from  said  sheet  metal 
body  and  bent  out  of  the  plane  thereof.  One  of  said  pairs  of 
fingerB  functions  as  resilient  snap  means  adapted  to  holdin^y 
receive  the  body  of  the  semiconductor  device.  The  other  pair 
of  fingers  are  L-shaped  to  correspond  with  die  shape  of  said 
heat  conductive  tabs  and  are  adapted  to  snugly  engage  op- 
positely facing  surfaces  thereof  in  planar  heat  conductive 
relationship.  The  dissipate  body  has  two  wing  portions  ex- 
tending in  diverging  relationship  in  a  generally  opposite 
direction  from  said  two  pairs  of  fingers. 


,^ 


A  thyhstor  has  a  control  device  connected  between  a  base 
layer  and  an  emitter  layer.  The  base  layer  is  provided  widi  a 
(riurality  of  connecting  electrodes  one  at  the  center  and 
several  around  the  periphery.  A  control  device  is  connected 
to  the  central  electrode  while  a  capacitor  is  connected 
between  the  emitter  electrode  and  the  peripheral  electrodes. 


3,670,216 
VOLTAGE  VARIABLE  RESISTORS 
TakcaU  Maniyana,  Osaka;  TniMnM  Annadja,  Tokyo, 
YoaUo  Hdo,  Osaka,  aB  of  Japan.  aaslgHnrB  to 
Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.,  KadooM,  Osaka,  Japan 

Fled  Feb.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  10,959 
Clafans  priority,  applieation  Japan,  Feb.  24,  1969,  44/14792; 
Mar.  7,  1969, 44/18238;  Aug.  15,  1969,  44/65498;  44/655M; 
44/65501;  44/65502 

Inl.CLH01eJ722 

VS.  CL  317-238  8  Clain» 

A  voltage  variable  resistor  comprising  a  sintered  wafer 
consisting  essentially  of  zinc  oxide  (ZnO)  and,  as  an  additive, 
lanthanum  oxide  (LaiO^)  and/or  yttrium  oxide  (YfOs)  and 
two  electrodes  applied  to  opposite  surfaces  oi  said  sintered 
wafer,  at  least  one  <A  said  two  electrodes  being  a  silver  paim 


3,670^18 
MONOLITHIC  HETEROEPITAXIAL  MICROWAVE 
TUNNEL  DB 
Rndalf  R.  Angnrt,  Lafan  leach,  mtk  Richard  L. 
AaaMM,  botfi  of  CsM.,   iiiigiiiri  to  North 
Rockwd  Corparalian 

of  ^iiMcrtsn  Ser.  Nou  805,304,  Mar.  7, 1969, 
lis  applcailsn  Aa«.  2, 1971,  Sor.  No. 
16M52 
InLCL  HAH  ii/00,i3/00 
U.S.  CL  317—235  R  15  CWnM 

A  monohthic  heteroepitaxiol  microwave  tunnel  diode  with 
a  vertical  tunnel  junction  is  manufactured  frxnn  an  insulating 
substrate  on  which  a  Uiyer  of  p-type  semiconductor  matnial 
has  been  grown.  A  layer  of  dielectric  thin  fitan  is  placed  over 
the  p-type  semiconductor  \myvi  and  where  an  ohmic  contact 
is  desired  an  opening  is  formed  in  the  dielectric  thin  fihn.  A 
circuit  metal  is  then  aUoyed  to  the  p-type  semiconductor 


768 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


material.  A  similar  opening  is  fonned  where  a  tunnel  junction    by  pre-doping  a  surface  layer  of  an  N-doped  zinc  chalcoge- 
is  desired   and   a  second   metal   is  alloyed  to  the  p-type    nide  substrate  by  in-diffiision  of  a  Group  III  metal  to  condi- 
tion it  for  conversion  to  P-type  conductivity,  and  converting 
the  pre-doped  surface  layer  to  P-type  conductivity  by  doping 


Surfodfe  Layer  of  Substrate  Materiel 
Doubly  Doped  with  Go  or  In  ond  with  Zn(p-Type) 


1. 


n-Doped  ZnSe,  Zn  S,  or  ZnS/ZnSe 


I 


T 


semiconductor  material.  An  n-type  semiconductor 
formed  during  the  second  alloying. 


3,670^19 
CURRENT  UMTTING  TRANSISTOR 
TbooMs  M.  Fredcrikacm  ScollMiak.  Arlx^ 
torola,  bK^  FrMkltai  PmIi,  OL 

FUcd  Dw.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,760 
Int.  CLHOll  79/00 
VS.  CL  317—235  R 


N. 


it  with  zinc.  The  pre-doping  and  conversion  stej»  may  be 
conducted  either  simultaneously  or  sequentially.  WeU 
defined  PN-junctions  are  produced,  with  majority  carriei^ 
concentrations  on  the  P-conductivity  side  of  the  junction  of 
region  is    at  least  10'*  to  10"  holes  per  cubic  centimeter. 

I    

3,670,221 

VOLTAGE  VARIABLE  RESISTORS 

Kazuo     HanuuBoto;     MkMo     MalMMka,     and     Takeshi 

to  Mo-"     MMuyama,  all  al  Osaka,  Japan,  asiignnrt  to  MatausWta 

ElectrkIiidiMlriaiCo.,LtiL,Kadoiiia,Onka,Japoa  , 

FIW  Nov.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  880,758     .,._..,] 

Claims  priority,  applicatioii  Japan,  Dec  2,  1968,  43/88824; 

4  Claims  43/88825;  Dec.  3, 1968, 43/88861;  43/88862  . 

Int.  CL  HOll  3/22  \ 

VS.  CL  317-238  7  Claiiw 


A  transistor  which  may  be  fabricated  on  a  chip  is  disclosed 
whose  beu  remains  at  about  a  constant  value  with  collector 
current  up  to  a  desired  percentage  above  the  maximum  rated 
load  value  therettf  and  then  Calls  oB  very  rapidly,  whereby 
the  collector  current  never  exceeds  a  desired  value.  This  is 
accomfdished  by  providing  a  resistor  using  the  emitter  diffu- 
sion, within  the  base  region  of  the  transistor  and  then  passing 
all  of  the  emitter  current  through  this  resistor.  At  a  designa- 
ble  value  of  current  flow,  transittor  action  is  locally, 
enhanced  at  the  remote  end  of  this  emitter  resistor  and  the 
current  gain  of  the  transistor  is  thereby  degraded  as  hi^ 
level  injection  conditions  are  artificaUy  established  in  this  lo- 
calized region. 


3,670,220 

PN  JUNCTIONS  IN  ZNSE,  ZNS,  OR  ZNS/ZNSE  AND 

SEMICONDUCTOR  DEVICES  COMPRISING  SUCH 

JUNCTIONS 

Zottaa  K.  Kn,  SkoUc,  and  Robert  J.  RobtamHi,  Paris  Rklae, 

boCh   of   DL,    Mslfnri   to   Zailh    Radio   Corporatkm, 

CMcafOfH. 

FVed  Feb.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  119^40 

Im.  CL  HOll  7/62 

VS.  CL  317—237  27  CWnH 

PN-junctions  are  formed  in  a  wide  band  gap  zinc  chakoge- 

nide  (i.e.,  zinc  selenide,  zinc  sulfide  or  a  zinc  sulfo-selenide 


\ 


^^ 


'////'////////^  '-/y///'/'  ^Z'//A- 


'^^.<.ii<.i(i<(a«, 


<^.^Aiiii<^<<^4- 


Vohage  variable  resistors  comprving  a  sintered  wafer  coa- 
sisting  essentialy  of  zinc  oxide  (ZnO),  O.OS  to  8.0  mcde  per- 
cent of  bismuth  oxide  (BitO,)  and  O.OS  to  10.0  mole  percent 
of  at  least  one  member  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of 
niobium  oxide  (Nb,0,),  zirconium  oxide  (ZiO,),  vanadium 
oxide  (V,0,)  and  tungusten  oxide  (WOa)  and  two  electrodes 
applied  to  opposite  surfaces  of  said  sintered  wafer,  at  least 
one  of  said  two  electrodes  being  a  silver  paint  electrode. 


I  3,670,222 

HIGH  VOLTAGE  CERAMIC  CAPACITOR  ASSEMBLY 
Roy  Nakata,  Brya  Mawr,  and  John  A.  Oppd,  AMan,  both  ol 

Pa.,  aasignen  to  General  Electric  Connpany 

FBtd  June  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  157,265 

Int.  CL  HOlg  1\13 

UACL  317-261  SCtaliW 

A  ceramic  capacitor  assembly  for  high  voltages  comprising 
a  plurality  of  ceramic  capacitor  blocks  disposed  in  stacked 
relation  within  a  tubular  insulating  housing.  A  spacer  ring  of 
insulating  material  is  associated  with  each  block  for  main- 
taining the  peripheries  of  the  Mocks  radially  spaced  from  the 
insulating  housing  by  a  predetermined  minimum  amount  suf- 
ficient to  effectively  prevent  ionization  in  the  gaps  between 
the  peripheries  of  the  btocks  and  the  tubular  housing.  Each 
spacer  ring  is  anchored  to  its  associated  ceramic  block  in 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


769 


such  a  manner  that  all  portions  of  the  spacer  ring  that  are    tion  motor.  The  system  includes  voltage  and  frequency  regu- 
disposed  radially  outward  of  the  periphery  of  the  ceramic    lators  and  an  inverter.  In  order  to  avoid  the  damaging  effects 

of  reverse  currents  and  excessive  voltages  due  to  hyper- 


block  are  located  in  a  position  axially  spaced  from  each 
ceramic  block. 


3,670,223 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING 

VIBRATIONS  OR  IMPULSES 

Henri  Lovls  Eticnne  Pommcrct,  37  Boulevard  Suchet,  Paris, 

France 

FUcd  Mar.  5,  1971,  Scr.  No.  121,506 

Clainu  priority,  applicatioa  FruKc,  Mar.  6, 1970, 121506 

Int.  CL  H02k  33m 

U.S.CL318— 124  6ClalnH 


This  device  for  producing  vibrations,  oscillations  or  impul- 
ses to  be  converted  if  necessary  into  unidirectional  impulses 
or  into  linear  movements  comprises  a  reversible  magnetic 
yoke  and  core  assembly  for  either  driving  piles,  sheet  piles  or 
the  like,  or  generating  alternating  current,  or  for  measuring 
vibration  and  the  like. 


3,670424 

SPEED  AND  VOLTAGE  CONTROL  MEANS  FOR  AN 

ALTERNATING-CURRENT  MOTOR,  PARTICULARLY  A 

POLYPHASE  INDUCTION  MOTOR 
Amc  Jcucn,  Nordborg.  Denmark,  asrignnr  to  DanfcMS  A/S, 

Nordborg,  Denmark 
ContinuatkNi  of  appUcalkMi  Scr.  No.  806,655,  Mar.  12, 1969, 
BOW  abandoned.  This  applcalioii  Feb.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

116,657 

lot  CLH02p  5/40 

U.S.  CL  318—227  2  OainM 

The  invention  relates  to  a  speed  and  voltage  control  system 

for  an  alternating  current  motor  such  as  a  polyphase  induc- 


VOLTAOE       ..^ 


racoucNCY 
i«e«uL«ro«      MPULSC 

ENCMhW 


«»- 


So-  -M 


synchronous  speed  operation  upon  reducing  motor  speed, 
the  direct  current  voltage  is  made  the  independent  variable 
with  the  control  frequency  being  dependent  on  the  actual 
direct  current  voltage  at  the  inverter. 


3,670,225 
SYSTEM  FOR  BRAKING  ELECTRIC  MOTOR  VEHICLES 
Takashl  KItaoka,  and  Afchv  ShhrMhoJI,  bolh  of  AoH^nU, 
Japan,  aalgnon  to  Mttsubiahi  DcaU  KabuaMki  Kahha, 
Tokyo,  Japan 

FDed  June  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,718 
Clafans  priority,  appHcatkNi  Japam  June  19, 1969, 44/48600 

iBtCL  1102k  i//4 
VS.  CL  318—270  3 ' 


MMTOCttAPM 


•    I 

V 


An  electric  motor  vehicle  having  at  least  one  DC  traction 
motor  is  provided  with  a  braking  system  including  a  DC 
chopper  device  for  controlling  the  speed  of  the  traction  mo- 
tor, and  a  voltage  detector  for  detecting  the  voltage  acrois  a 
capacitor  during  regenerative  braking  of  the  motor  vehicle 
and  providing  a  triggering  signal  whenever  the  detected  volt- 
age exceeds  a  predetermined  magnitude  due  to  the  interrup- 
tion of  a  load  consuming  the  regenerative  power.  The  trigger- 
ing signal  is  appUed  to  a  switching  thyristor  connected  acroM 
the  chopper  device  to  fire  the  thyristor  thereby  preventing  a 
further  increase  in  the  capacitor's  voltage.  Abo  a  high  speed 
current  decreasing  device  having  a  predetermined  time  delay 
is  actuated  in  response  to  the  triggering  signal  and  dten  an  as- 
sociated line  switch  is  opened  to  interrupt  the  circuit 


3,670426 
DEVICE  FOR  THE  CONTROLLED  ACTUATION  OF  THB 

BASKET  OF  A  WASHING  MACHINE 
Lambcrto  Maaa,  Pordcnans,  Italy,  aalpMr  lo  lailiii  A. 
Zaaoari  S.p.A.,  Povricnanc,  Italy 

fUi  May  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,184 
Claims  priority,  spphtaHsa  Raly,  M«y  17. 1969, 16948  A/69 

int.  CL  H02p  ,  D06r  33f00;  H02m  If 08 
VS.  CL  318—345  3  CWm 

A  speed  governing  device  for  washing  machines  for  over- 
coming  the  defect  of  generating  radiofrequancy  noicea 
without  using  any  filter.  In  addition,  the  device  oxploita  the 
advantages  of  DC  motors  in  general  without  suffering  fktnn 
the  inconveniences  tberetrf^  ^ic  arrantement  eventially 
comprises  a  DC  motor  fed  through  a  constant  current  trans- 


770 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


fonner  and  a  rectifier  having  rectifying  element*  whose  open- 
ing is  controOed  by  a  device  which  deliven  opening  pulses 
synchronized  with  the  zeros  of  the  AC  feeding  current  until 


June  13,  1972 


3,670,228 
DIGITAL  FINE-COARSE  SERVOMECHANISM  FOR  A 
SINGLE  ELEMENT  PRINTER  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
Donald  P.  CrcMby,  RidgtlteM,  Conii^  mm^t^m  to  Spcrry 
Corporatkm,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FIM  Dec.  12, 1969.  Ser.  No.  884,744 

lot  CLGOSb  77/75 

VS,  CL  318— 5f4  1 1  Ci«M 


the  speed  of  the  motor  is  below  a  predetermined  value,  while 
the  delivery  of  pulses  is  discontinued  as  the  predetermined 
value  aforementioned  is  exceeded. 


h^ 


f7 


S  ratter 
agnail 


ELECTRICAL  AUTCHMATIC  PILOT 
WalUr  Kuttdkr,  Kid,  Md  Gcrd  Htairt,  KM-Bkrbck,  both  of 

GcHMMy,  MripHH  to  Andmtx  ft  Co.,  GjiUkIL,  Kid- 

WOuGcroM^r 

Fled  Oct.  13,  1970,  Ser.  No.  80^438 

Int.  CL  GOSd  7/00;  B63h  25102 

U.S.  a  318-581  9CWim 


Uct 


KKCtotl^ 


^B3 


JfjMtIM  MP<«» 


-4^ 


A  single  element  printer  selection  servomechanism  for 
selectively  positioning  a  spherical  printing  head  to  one  of  a 
plurality  of  priatmg  poritiont  arrayed  about  the  printing  ele- 
ment. Each  printing  position  comprises  a  type  characttr 
disposed  within  a  sector  on  the  surface  of  the  printing  ele- 
ment. An  error  signal  representative  of  ttie  difference 
between  actual  and  commanded  pontion  of  the  printing  de- 
ment energizes  a  motor  to  roughly  poiition  the  sector  of  the 
printing  element  containing  the  selected  type  character.  Fute 
positioning  means  provide  a  signal  to  precisely  position  the 
midpoint  of  the  sector  of  a  selected  type  character  after  the 

enor  ftig«al  hat  been  reduced  to  zero  and  rough  positioning 
taken  place.  Circuit  means  are  also  provided  for  braking  the 
motor  when  its  speed  reaches  a  predetermined  amount  rela- 
tive to  the  amiriitude  of  the  error  signal.  -^^ 


4>- 


--*   --(2)r 


hutmm 
CMM«Ki«w>nc« 


I 


.&;*MAU.«n, 


I 


3,670,229 
BATTERY  CHARGING  SYSTEMS 
Paul  ABthony  Harris,  Walsal,  Engtead,  aasigiior  to  Joseph 
Lucas  (Industries)  Limhcd,  Birmiagham,  England 

FSed  Nov.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  91,414 
Clahns  priority,  appHcadoB  Great  Britain,  Dec.  2, 1969, 
I  S8,725/69 

I  IbL  CL  H02i  7106 

U.S.  CI.  320—59  2  ClalaM 


Our  invention  relates  to  an  automatic  pilot  for  a  ship  of  the 
type  equipped  with  a  gyrosco(»c  compass  indicating  the  true 
heading  of  the  ship  and  with  a  manually  adjustable  selector 
set-up  in  accordance  with  the  selected  or  desired  course.  An 
electrical  error  stpial  indicating  the.  difference  of  the  true 
heading  from  the  selected  course  controb  a  trigger  circuit 
which  in  itt  turn  controls  a  naotor-operable  steering  gear  for 
actuating  the  rudder  of  the  ship.  As  a  resuh,  the  rudder  is  so 
actuated  as  to  keep  the  error  signal  to  a  minimimi.  For  the 
purpose  <rf  our  invention  a  correcting  signal  is  superimposed 
on  the  error  signal  for  steering  the  ship  along  a  track  coincid- 
ing with  a  "locating  line."  This  is  a  line  connecting  the  points 
in  which  electro-magnetic  waves  received  firom  two  stationa- 
ry radio  stations  have  the  same  phaae-an^.  The  error  signal 
is  produced  by  a  PID-network  controlled  by  a  radio  naviga- 
tional receiver  installed  on  the  ship.  As  a  result,  the  auto- 
matic pflot  whooe  sdector  has  been  set  up  in  accordance 
with  th«>«ppioxunate  azimuth  of  the  locating  line  will  so 
steer  the  ship  as  to  keep  the  sum  of  the  error  signal  and  the 
correcting  signal  to  zero.  This  means,  however,  that  the  ship 
will  travel  along  a  track  comciding  with  the  locating  hne. 


^^;,nf^.^_  -i^^^' 


A  battery  charging  system  of  the  kind  using  a  permanent 
magnet  alternator  with  its  output  controlled  by  thyristors  as- 
sociated with  a  full  wave  rectifier  has  an  osciUator  controlled 
by  vohage  sensitive  means  for  determining  whether  or  not 
the  thyristors  conduct.  The  oscillator  operates  through  the 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


771 


intermediary  of  a  capacitor  which  is  charged  by  the  oscillator 
and  discharges  through  the  gate-cathodes  of  the  thyristors. 
and  the  discharge  path  includes  a  load  in  the  collector  circuit 
of  an  output  transistor  in  the  osciUator.  This  collector  load  is 
bridged  by  a  low  resistance  path  so  that  the  collector  load 
does  not  reduce  the  discharge  current  of  the  capacitor. 


3,670432 
PROTECTED  POWER  SUPPLY 


3,670,230 

ACTIVE  FILTER  CAPACITOR  FOR  POWER  SUPPLY 

SWITCHING  REGULATORS 

JaoMS  J.  RooMy,  ApalacUm  and  Augiistyn  Z.  Walach,  En- 

dkott,  both  «f  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Intcmadoaal  Busiacas 

MachlMS  CorporaUon,  AraMirii,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  100,110 

Int  CL  H02m  1114 

U.S.CL321— 10  9  Claims 


An  active  filter  capacitor  circuit  for  DC  voltage  regulation 
in  power  supply  systems  with  the  active  capacitor  consisting 
of  an  amplifier  and  a  transistor  output  stage  driven  by  the 
amplifier. 


3,670031 

APPARATUS  FC»  MONITORING  FLOW  OF  CURRENT 

IN  A  CONDUCTOR 

George  Albert  Farqulur  Maddkk,  c/o  The  EnglUi  Electric 

CompMiy  limited,  Stafford,  England 

FBcd  Feb.  8,  1971.  Ser.  No.  113,472 
Claiim  priority,  appBcatfcn  Great  Britain,  Feb.  6, 1970, 

5,868/70 

IbL  CL  H02m ,  G08b  27/00.  HOlf  27/06 

UA  CL  321—12  7  Clahns 


Apparatus  for  monitoring  the  flow  of  recurring  pulses  of 
direct  current  in  a  conductor.  The  apparatus  includes  mag- 
netic means  coupled  to  the  conductor  for  establishing  a  mag- 
netic field  in  a  known  discrete  path  in  response  to  the  recur- 
ring pulses  and  sensing  means  for  generating  a  signal  when  a 
magnetic  field  is  established.  The  apparatus  can  be  included 
in  a  rotatable  rectifier  system  having  a  plurality  of  rectifier 
arms,  a  magnetic  means  being  coupled  to  a  conductor  in 
each  rectifier  arm.  The  magnetic  means  are  disposed  in  a  cir- 
cular arrangement  so  that  they  may  generate  a  signal  in  a 
common  stationary  sensing  means  as  they  rotate  and  pass  the 
sensing  means. 


to  LTV 


Ling  AMcc,  lac, 

FBed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Ser.  Na  87,690 
IiR.  CL  H02n  1108, 1/18 
VS.  CL  321—14 


12 


A  plural-phase  rectifier  having  triggerabk  SCRs  for  rectifi- 
cation, with  an  oscillator  energized  fixMn  the  output  of  die 
rectifier  for  triggering.  A  diode  in  each  trigger  lead  with  the 
cathode  thereof  coimected  to  the  trigger  at  the  SCR  to 
prevent  inter-SCR  triggering  when  the  power  supply  is  short- 
circuited.  Under  short-circuit  the  power  supfdy  ceases  to 
operate  within  a  fraction  of  a  cycle  of  the  ahenuiting  ciurent 
being  rectified. 


3,670,233 
DC  TO  DC  CONVERTER 
Neale  A.  Zcimcr,  BtlMot,  wd  Wayw  B.  JohnMW,  Loa  Allea, 
both  cl  CaHf .,  artgnors  to  GTE  Aotomalic  Eieclric 
torics  iMorporatcd,  Northlakc,  DL 

Hied  Apr.  12, 1971,  Ser.  No.  133,035 

faitaG05f//5d 
U.S.CL323-I7  4 1 


A  circuit  for  efRcientiy  converting  unregulated  direct  cur- 
rent voltage  into  a  regulated  direct  current  voltage  of  lower 
magnitude  across  a  load  in  which  a  capacitor  and  an  inductor 
are  used  to  store  electrical  energy  with  a  switch  to  altenuttely 
connect  and  disconnect  the  circuit  to  the  unregulated  voltage 
source,  the  switch  being  conUoUed  by  a  circuh  in  which 
zener  diodes  are  used  to  detect  variations  in  regulated  voh- 
age and  turn  the  switch  "on"  or  "ofT'  in  response  to 
and  falls  in  load  voltage  from  a  predetermined  value. 


3,670,234 
PULSE  WIDTH  MODULATED  VOLTAGE  REGULATOR 
Janci  M.  Joyce,  HnHriik,  Ala.,  aHlpNr  to 
'eraaraliaa.  ArMoak.  N.Y 
Jaac  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  51,052 
InL  CL  H02ai  3/32 
U.S.CL  321-18  7( 

A  regulated  power  supply  of  the  driven  power 
type.  The  widths  of  the  driver  pulses  are  controlled  by  a 


772 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


inodulation  waveform  which  varies  in  accordance  with  varia- 
tiom  in  the  r^ulated  output  from  the  reference  potential. 
The  driver  trantittort  are  amultaneoualy  turned  on  during 
the  dwell  periods  of  the  modulation  waveform  to  dissipate 
current  in  the  windings  of  the  interstage  transformer  and 
switch  off  the  power  transistors.  The  transformer  is  a  current 
transformer  which  includes  positive  feedback  windings  on 
the  secondary  side.  The  turns  ratio  of  the  positive  feedback 


nnuTB) 
conn.  AWE 


circuit  is  connected  to  receive  a  composite  signal  formed  by 
mixing  the  filter  output  and  sawtooth  generator  signals,  and 
to  compare  the  composite  signal  against  a  reference  signal. 
The  comparator  provides  a  phase-shifted  output  signal  pot 
controlling  the  inverter  frequency  to  compensate  for  the  u  n- 
wanted  low-frequency  modulation. 


I VVW 1     It 


(MtMiirf  wmmni 


3^70035 

MOTOR  CONTiUH.  SYSTEM  WITH  COMPENSATION 

FOR  LOW.FREQUENCY  VARIATIONS  IN  MOTOR 

ENERGIZING  VOLTAGE 

Bcntoa  Bcjach,  SMta  Ana,  CaHf.,  SMJgnnr  to  Borg- Warner 

Corporadoo,  Chkage,  DL 

Fled  Sept  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,472 

iBt  CL  Ii02m  1/08 

U.S.CL321— 18  9  Claims 


Fraquancy  Regulatinq 
Signol 


3.670036 
CONVERTER  STATION  HAVING  PARALLEL- 
.  CONNECTED  STATIC  CONVERTERS 
Ake  Ekstron,  LadvOta,  Sweden,  — ignnr  to  Alhnanna  Sv^n- 
sak  Elcktriska  Aktiebolafct,  Vartcras,  Sweden 

F«cd  Jan.  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,433 

Claims  priority,  appMoiSkMi  Sweden,  Jan.  27,  1970, 967 

Int  CL  H02BI  7/00 

VS.  CL  321—27  R  3  Claims 


winding  and  the. secondary  current  winding  associated  with 
each  power  transistor  is  set  equal  to  the  inverse  current  gain 
of  the  transistor  to  ensure  a  fixed  gain  when  the  transistor  is 
in  saturation.  A  regulated  low  current  voltage  is  applied  to 
the  midpcMnt  of  the  primary  side  of  the  transformer  to  pro- 
vide low  power  switching  of  the  power  transistors.  A 
transistor  switch  connected  frmn  the  regulator  output  to  the 
primary  side  of  the  transformer  removes  the  driver  pulses 
from  the  inverter  in  the  event  ci  a  component  failure. 


A  converter  station  for  high  voltage  direct  current  includes 
two  substantially  identical  parallel  converter  branches  pro- 
vided with  control  systems  therefore  which  limit  the  control 
angles  of  the  converters  of  the  branches  upwards  or 
downwards.  A  balancing  arrangement  is  provided  to  assure 
equal  current  distribution  between  the  two  converter 
branches  when  they  are  forced  so  far  in  one  direction  that 
the  limit  value  emitter  for  the  converters  of  one  of  the  con- 
verter branches  becomes  active.  The  balancing  arrangement 
includes  a  device  responsive  to  the  difference  between  the 
current  in  the  two  branches  to  regulate  the  control  liystem  o( 
the  converter  of  the  other  branch.  This  arrangement  may  in- 
clude cross  connections  between  the  limit  value  emitter^  to 
control  converters  of  both  converter  branches. 


I  3,670,237 

APPARATUS  FOR  THE  SMOOTH  SWITCIONG-ON  Cf 
AN  ELECTRICAL  LOAD 
Egon  Hubd,  Numbcrg,  and  Gerhard  Hoeber,  Ingolstadt,  both 
of  Germany,  assignors  to  Schubert  &  Salicr  Maschlnen- 
fabrlk  AktieBtcacllscliafI,  Ingolitadt,  Germany  i 

riled  Dec.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,839 
Claims  priorily,  appUcadon  Germany,  Dec.  23, 1969,  P  1964 
I  376.6  I 

}  Int.  a.  H02m  7/72  I 

VS.  CL  32 1  -47  13  Claims 


A  phase-shift  stabilizer  is  connected  in  series  with  an  in- 
verter to  provide  a  selective  phase-shift  of  the  individual  tim- 
ing pulses  paned  to  the  inverter,  while  maintaining  a  con- 
stant average  frequency  of  these  timing  pulses.  A  rectifier 
circuit  in  a  feedback  line  from  the  inverter  output  side  pro- 
vides a  control  vtritage  signal  which  modifies  the  phase-shift 
of  each  timing  pulse  in  a  direction  and  by  an  amount  ap- 
propriate to  oAet  undesired  low-frequency  fluctuation  in  the 
average  output  voltage  fix>m  the  inverter.  The  phase-shift  sta- 
bilizer includes  a  sawtooth  generator  for  producing  a  con- 
stant amplitude  output  signal  varying  in  firequency  as  a  func- 
tion of  a  frequency  regulating  sig^.  A  filter  is  connected  to 
provide  a  signal  which  is  a  function  of  the  undesired  low- 
frequency  modulation  of  the  inverter  output.  A  comparator 


»tSK  rtmtiX-X 


trmmmrjrM^ 


'4^-^ 


Tf' 


^^Im 


/' 


taut        B 


aitcrtti  MM  JO 


\ 


MM 

__    9 


jl  0m^0^  HKnt0M 


Mtsmrjmf  sii»m 


In  apparatus  for  the  smooth  switching-on  of  an  electrical 
load  a  supply  line  transformer  feeds  a  rectifier  having  its  out- 


JUNE  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


778 


put  connected  jointly  with  a  synchronization  stage  and  with  a 
run-up  or  starting  stage.  Two  such  stages  are  connected  to 
the  outputs  of  the  respective  rectifiers,  each  of  the  stages  in- 
cluding capacitor  means,  resistor  means  and  selectors  for 
varying  the  capacitor  means  and  the  resistor  means,  the 
capacitor  means  of  the  two  stages  being  connected  in  series 
at  a  connection  point  for  supplying  a  contn^  voltage.  A  limit- 
ing value  switch  has  its  input  connected  with  the  limiting 
value  switeh  and  with  an  electrical  load  for  controlling  the 
voltage  supplied  to  such  electrical  load. 


ing  flaws,  herein  magneto-sensitive  diodes  are  used  so  as  to 


3,670,238 
ROTARY  DYNAMOELECTRIC  MACHINE  HAVING 
HIGH-RESISTANCE  ROTCNt 
Lcroy  B.  Rook,  NokonlB,  DL,  asrignor  to  Ronk  Electrical  In- 
dustries, Inc.,  NokonlB,  DL 

Filed  June  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  153,567 

Int.  CL  H02m  5100 

U.S.  CL  32 1  —55  25  Claims 


::?^,-ji. 


provide  a  remarkably  higher  detecting  sensitivity  than  of  the 
conventional  detector  such  as  a  search  coil  or  Hall  generator. 


3,670040 

METHOD  FOR  DETERMINING  THE  DISTANCE  TO  A 

FAULT  ON  POWER  TRANSMISSION  LINES  AND 

DEVICE  FOR  ITS  REALIZATION  ON  D.C.  LINES 

Vastty  Makarovlch  Maranchak,  Lcfortonsky  vaL  7/6, 

9,  kv.  12;  Vladknir  NIkolarvlch  Novdn,  Utrennyaya 

10,  korpus  2,  kv.  43,  and  Stanislav  Petrovlch  Veisky, 
Lobaneva,  4,  kv.  36,  al  of  MoMOur,  i;.S.S.R. 

FBed  June  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,025 
Int.Cl.G01ri;/0« 
U.S.  CL  324—52  3 


A  rotary  dynamoelectric  machine  having  a  generally  annu- 
lar stator  including  first  and  second  primary  windings 
oriented  at  9(f  electrical  phase  relationship  with  respect  to 
one  another,  the  second  winding  having  approximately  0.845 
the  number  of  effective  turns  of  the  first  winding.  An  induc- 
tion rotor  of  the  machine  has  a  cylindrical  laminated  fer- 
romagnetic core  positioned  within  the  stator  for  rotation 
about  a  central  axis  thereof  when  the  stator  is  energized  by 
an  a.c.  power  source.  The  rotor  is  of  single-bar  squirrel-cage 
construction  having  a  plurality  of  electrically  conductive  bars 
each  extending  the  length  of  the  core  adjacent  the  cylindrical 
surface  thereof.  Conductive  end  rings  at  the  ends  of  the  rotor 
electrically  are  connected  to  the  ends  of  the  bars  at  the 
respective  ends  of  the  core.  The  bars  and  end  rings  provide  a 
secondary  winding  and  are  physically  dimensioned  such  as  to 
provide  this  secondary  winding  with  a  relatively  high  re- 
sistance, viz.,  at  least  twice  the  resistance  of  a  rotor  of  con- 
ventional commercial  design.  The  windings  are  intercon- 
nected with  a  source  of  single-phase  a.c.  power  source  to 
permit  the  machine  to  be  used  either  as  a  self-starting  rotary 
phase  converter  for  supplying  three-phase  power  to  a  load  or 
as  a  motor  having  low  inrush  current. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  323 — 17  see: 
Patent  No.  3,670,233 


3,670,239 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FDR  MAGNETIC  FLAW 

DETECTION  BY  USING  MAGNETO-SENSITIVE  DIODES 

ToaUo  Shfaniwa,  Duma,  snd  Talauo  lOroshiBM,  Mlnoo,  both 

of  Japan,  aaignors  to  Sundtomo  Metal  Industries  Limited, 

Osaka,  J^ien 

FDed  Mar.  19,  1970,  Scr.  No.  21,062 
Int.CLG01rii//2 
U  A  CL  324-37  4  Claini 

This  invention  relates  to  method  and  apparatus  for  inspect- 


•        :-l 


■^ 


-/ 


/LJ 


.»'■»:. 


TtMX    MfTwrnu. 


A  method  for  determining  the  distance  to  a  fault  on  power 
transmission  lines  from  the  time  of  propagation  of  elec- 
tromagnetic waves  along  the  line,  in  which  at  least  at  one 
point  on  the  line  the  timer  interval  is  measured  between  the 
instant  of  arrival  of  the  leading  edge  of  a  wave  occurring  at 
the  fault  and  propagated  towards  said  point  on  the  line 
around  the  loop  formed  by  the  line  wires,  and  the  instant  of 
arrival  of  another  wave  occurring  likewise  at  the  fouh  and 
propagated  towards  said  point  around  the  loop  formed  by  the 
line  wires  and  earth,  after  which  the  distance  to  the  fauh  is 
found  as  a  function  of  the  measured  time  interval. 

A  device  for  applying  the  above-disck>sed  method  on  d.c. 
power  transmission  lines,  comprising  a  series  combination  of 
a  wave-receiving  unit  connected  to  the  power  tram  mission 
line  via  voltage  dividers  and  a  time-interval  measuring  unit, 
with  the  wave-receiving  unit  incorporating  at  least  two  trana- 
fonners  whose  primaries  are  comiected  via  vohage  dividers 
to  the  unlike  poles  of  the  power  transmission  Une  and  whose 
corresponding  secondaries  are  ctMnbined  in  pairs  and  oon- 
nected  via  rectifiers  to  said  time-interval  measuring  unit,  with 
some  secondaries  being  connected  series-aiding  so  diat  they 
devek>p  a  signal  proportional  to  the  electromafnetic  wave 
propagated  from  the  fauh  around  one  <A  the  two  said  loops 
and  the  remaining  secondaries  being  connected  in  series  op- 
position so  that  they  devek>p  a  signal  proportioaal  to  Ae 
electromagnetic  wave  propagated  firom  the  fruih  around  the 
other  loop. 


774 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  19712 


3^70441  passage  of  the  first  tone,  the  electric  filter  is  then  sequentiaQy 

AUMO  FREQUENCY  MARKER  SYSTEM  retimed  to  pa$8  in  the  predetermined  order  the  remaining 

Geergc    M.    L«w,    AcHag   AdaWMralor   of   the   Natfoaal  tones  of  the  predetermined  tone  grouping. 

iil;Ed«»dA.Cohn,1021Scf1ppiDrivcCtaff«.  i  ,^,^,^, 

CriK^  Md  aimky  L.  Mamm,  358  Su  J«mi  W«y,         I  3.670443 


RM  A«t>  11. 197^  Scr.  Nik  63,193 
ULCLGOlr  23/14 


VS,  CL  324-79  R 


PHYSICAL  DISPLACEMENT  MEASURING  SYSTEM 
UTILIZING  IMPEDANCE  CHANGING  THE  FREQUENCY 
OF  AN  OSCILLATORY  CIRCUIT  | 

laClaiim   Guy  L.  Fovgcrt,  LfaMoki;  JokB  L.  Rothcry,  Marbkhoid,  both 
of  Maas^  ami  RayMwd  H.  MBcr,  Wvwkk,  RJm  MsigiMrt 


rK 


-r^ 


,43^ 

Mur 

c 

^ 

SS^ 

— 

X 

-      -  s- 

dMCr 

oSSxe 

A  system  for  providing  a  precise  temporal  display,  or 
record,  of  the  firequendes  through  which  a  sweeping  audio 
frequency  signal  is  swept,  is  disclosed.  A  sweeping  audio 
frequency  signal,  of  which  the  exact  frequency  with  respect 
to  time  is  unknown,  is  applied  as  an  input  to  a  pulse  genera- 
tor for  the  purpose  of  generating  a  train  of  pulses  having  a 
pulse  repetition  rate  which  is  the  same  as  the  frequency  of 
the  applied  signals.  The  train  of  pulses  is  applied  to  a  mixer 
circuit  for  the  purpose  of  being  mixed  with  a  signal  having  a 
known  frequency  with  respect  to  time.  The  beat  frequency 
signals  generated  by  the  mixer  circuit  are  applied  to  an  ap- 
propriate display  device,  such  as  a  chart  recorder,  for  the 
purpose  of  providing  the  desired  display  or  record. 


3,670,242 

A  SELECnVE  PAGING  RECEIVER  AND  DECODER 

EMPLOYING  AN  ELECTRONIC  FILTER  MEANS 

Charles  F.  McGarvcy,  Ringwood,  NJ^  assignor  to  Lew  Sie- 

gkr,  bK^  Suita  Monica,  CtM. 

Fifed  Dec.  3,  1969,  Scr.  No.  881,817 

bit  CL  H04b  moo 

U.S.  CL  325—55  42  Claims 


^. 


•4 


f  I ^  Jl 

'  •     »-    — n 


:Z 


A  preset  tone  grouping  arranged  in  some  predetermined 
order  in  tone  encoded  paging  signals  is  detected  by  attempt- 
ing to  sequentially  pass  said  tone  encoded  signals  through  an 
electric  filter.  The  electric  filter  is  initially  arranged  to  pass 
only  the  first  tone  c^  the  predetermined  order  and  upon  the 


to  Federal  I 

CoBtiBUftio»4aiP«rt  of  applrsjiow  Scr.  No.  331,225,  Dec.  17, 
1963,  MOW  abMdMMd ,  MM  592^2,  Nov.  7, 1966,  wm 
abuidoMd ,  ud  730,539,  May  20, 1968,  i 

This  ■pfMcoHeB  Feb.  27, 1970,  S«r.  No.  14,937 

Int.  CL  GOlr  27126, 27100 

VS.  CL  324—57  R  3  ClaiiM 


An  analog  data  transmission  system  having  as  the  trans- 
mitting means  an  oscillator  with  a  tuned  circuit  and  means  to 
vary  the  tuning  of  this  circuit  by  an  incremental  value  by  la 
switching  means  operating  repetitively,  the  entire  system  in- 
cluding a  receiving  means  having  a  frequency  discriminator 
followed  by  a  voltage  sensitive  readout  device  which  mea- 
sures the  difference  between  the  two  alternate  frequencies  of 
the  oscillator  caused  by  the  switching. 


3,670,244 
STRAY  ELECTRICAL  ENERGY  DETECTOR  CIRCUIT 
JaoMs  H.  Trim,  Hurst,  Tex.,  aasigDor  to  LTV  Aerospace  Co^ 
poratioa,  Dalas,  Tex. 

Filed  June  29,  1970,  Scr.  No.  50,613 
Int.  CL  GOlr  31102, 19/14 
VS.  CL  324—72  10  < 


7  "  r 


A  circuit  for  detecting  stray  electrical  energy  in  aircraft 
ordnance  circuits  and  providing  a  warning  signal  if  the  str«y 
electrical  energy  has  such  characteristics  as  to  cause  operfi- 
tion  of  pyrotechnic  device,  such  as  an  igniter,  if  appliod 
thereto. 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


776 


3,670,245 
LOGIC  CLIP 
Gary  B.  Gordon,  CupcrtlBO,  Caif., 
Packard  Coa^Muiy,  Palo  Alto,  CaW. 

Fifed  Mv.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,757 
hd.CLGOlr  15/12,31/02 
VS.  CL  324—73  R 


f  Hewlett- 


r 

Q 

•^ 

K-t 

.r" 

1 

_A::_    ^^ 

'^ 

^«, 

o 
w 


A  device  which  clips  onto  dual  in-line  integrated  circuit 
(referred  to  herein  as  I.C. )  package  has  a  visual  indicator  for 
each  pin  or  lead  on  the  I.C.  package  to  indicate  the  logic 
state  on  each  pin  or  lead,  and  the  device  determines  which 
leads  are  connected  to  the  power  supply  and  ground  and  uses 
the  voltage  across  those  leaids  to  power  itself. 


3,670,246 

UNDER-VOLTAGE  MONITORING  DEVICE  HAVING 

TIME  DELAY  MEANS  FOR  REGULATED  POWER 

SUPPLIES 

Joseph  R.  Gatdy,  Woodsldc,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Forbro  Design 

Corp.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19^58 

Int.  CL  GOlr  19/16 

VS.  CL  324-133  7  Claims 


frequency  ranging  from  1  cycle  to  100  cycles  per  second,  ap- 
plying said  voltage  to  two  points  wiiich  are  immersed  wteliia  a 
conductive  liquid  mass  dose  to  the  free  surface  thereof  and 
distant  from  each  other  by  several  lulometers  in  order  to 
create  in  said  liquid  mass  between  said  points  and  ckMC  to 


f/' 


3,670,247 
METHOD  AND  IWVICE  FtNt  RAMATING 
MEGAMETRIC  RADIO  WAVES 
Henri  Gnlton,  134,  r«c  PKrronct 
Jean  Jacqws  Hn|oa,  dnwasid,  late  of 
Simone  Jeanne  Georfctle  Hngon,   21,  rvc  de 
Aairfercs,  FVanoc;  Marie  Jcamw  Augvtfe,  16,  nw  da  Pnle, 
Satet  Bamabc-Marsdie,  Francs,  and  Enrife  Hugon,  101 
Boofevard  dc  Paris,  CasaUaMa,  Morocco  (bdrs) 
Fifed  May  31, 1961,  Scr.  No.  122,367 
ClainM  priority,  appMtaHsn  FHhmc,  May  31, 1960, 828676 
Int.  CL  H04b  13/00;  HOlg  1/34, 1/04 
VS.  CL  325-28  20  datans 

1.  A  process  for  radiating  megametric  radio  waves  which 
consists  in  generating  an  alternating  voltage  at  extremely  low 


3^      ''*r 


-•^^ 


rU 


^ 


ifiimhmimmmmmjthiVihmm, 

said  free  surface  current  streams  parallel  to  said  free  surfrice 
and  capable  of  generating  by  radiation  electromagnetic 
waves  propagating  far  off  at  said  extremely  low  frequency, 
and  rendering  negligible  the  perturbations  of  said  waves 
under  the  action  of  the  induction  effects  produced  by  the  ap- 
plication of  said  current  to  said  points. 


A  regulated  power  supf^y  for  use  with  voltage  sensitive 
devices  such  as  integrated  circuits  is  monitored  for  low  volt- 
age conditions.  When  the  monitored  voltage  drops  below  or 
remains  below  a  predetermined  level  for  longer  than  a 
predetermined  period  of  time  an  inhibit  signal  is  provided. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  325 — 55  see: 
Patent  No.  3.670,242 


3,670048 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CONVERTING  MULTI- 
PULSE  COMMANDS  INTO  COMMAND  UNITS  FOR 
TRANSMISaON 
Fritz   Hofrnann,    Munidi,    Germany,   amlgnor   to   Mcamr- 
schmltt-Bolkow   GeaellacbiA   mit   bcschranlctcr   Haflnng, 
OttobnuB  near  Munich,  Germany 

Filed  July  9,  1969,  Scr.  No.  840^412 
Claims  priority,  appHcatioa  GcmMay,  July  18, 1968,  P  17  63 

685.0 
Int  CL  H04b  1/04 
U.S.CL  325-141  8 1 


In  a  method  of  transmitting  cyclically  formed  commands, 
in  the  form  of  individual  pulses,  over  a  transmission  channd 
which  is  restricted  in  iu  transmission  capacity,  security 
against  interference,  or  both,  the  individual  pulses  are  com- 
bined to  form  larger  command  units  which  units  are  cycli- 
cally transmitted.  The  balance  of  pulses  remaining  within  a 
transmission  cycle,  during  formation  of  the  larger  command 
uniu,  is  transferred  to  the  respective  following  train  iniminn 
cycle.  The  apparatus  includes  an  input  buffer  providing  an 
output  command  in  the  form  of  a  number  of  individual  pufeet 
related  to  a  certain  time  period.  A  first  gate  circuit  connocts 
the  buffer  with  the  forward-counting  input  of  a  forward- 
backward  counter,  and  die  counter  is  connected,  througb  a 
second  gate  circuit  and  an  output  amplifier,  with  a  tran»> 
micter  furniing  the  mput  of  a  traimMilon  channel  The  oiitp 
put  of  the  second  gMe  circuit  is  connected,  through  a 


776 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


ittg  buffer,  with  the  backward-counting  input  of  the  counter. 
Tbe  two  buffers  and  the  two  gate  circuit!  are  controlled  by  a 
common  timing  ftage,  with  the  respective  timing  sequences 
for  the  individual  components  being  coordinated  in  a 
selected  manner. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  325—370  see: 
Patent  No.  3,670,275 


ing  circuitry  of  an  FM  system  for  receiving  binary  informa- 
tion in  the  form  of  an  FM  signal.  The  frequency  of  the 
received  FM  signal  is  determined  by  transforming  the  FM 
signal  into  a  series  of  pulses  having  voltage  transitions  occur- 
ring at  a  frequency  determined  by  the  received  signal  and  by 
measuring  the  time  lapse  between  successive  voltage  transi- 
tions in  the  series  of  pulses.  The  system  is  responsive  only  to 
frequencies  in  a  predetermined  frequency  operating  range, 
and  produces  a  binary  output  signal  to  indicate  the  binary  in- 
formation represented  by  a  received  FM  signal  in  the 
frequency  operating  range  of  the  system.  ^^ 


3,670,249 

SAMPLING  DECODER  FOR  DELAY  MODULATION 

SIGNALS 

George  John  Mcstcncr,  Adon,  Mrn^  assigRor  to  RCA  Cor- 

poratloB 

FVed  Masy  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  140^86 

IbL  a.  H03k  9/04 

UACL  328-110  4  Claims 


I 


3,670451 
SYSTEM  FOR  DEMODULATING  AN  AMPLITUDE- 
MODULATED  TELEGRAPHIC  WAVE  OR  WAVES 
Soteklchi    SUataai;    Kazuo    Kawal,    both    of    Tokyo, 
HMctaka  YaMgidaira,  Ohmiya,  al  of  Japan,  asrignon  to 
Kokasal    DcnsUa    Dcnwa    Kabushihi    Kaisha,    Tokyo-to, 
Japfen 

FUcd  ScpC  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,082 
Claims  priority,  applicatioa  Japan,  Sept.  12, 1969, 44/72463 

Int  CL  H03k  9102 
UACL329-10f  2  Claims 


HfTBtlMCt 

coot 


I 


J««a£^r^^ 


|L3 


cam^ 


svar- 
MC7W 


A  decoder  is  disclosed  for  an  input  delay  modulation  infor- 
mation signal  in  which  a  uansition  occurs  at  the  center  of  a 
bit  cell  containing  a  "  1 "  and  a  transition  occurs  at  the  boun- 
dary between  two  successive  bit  cells  containing  "Os."  The 
polarities  of  the  information  signal  a  quarter  of  a  bit  cell 
prior  to  and  a  quarter  of  a  bit  cell  following  the  center  of  a 
bit  cell  are  compared  and  a  first  decoded  signal  is  generated 
when  the  polarities  are  different  The  polarities  of  the  infor- 
mation signal  at  the  beginning  and  end  of  a  bit  cell  are  com- 
pared and  a  second  decoded  signal  is  generated  when  the 
polarities  are  different.  The  first  and  second  decoded  signals 
are  applied  to  an  "and"  gate  to  produce  an  NRZ  output 
signal. 


Aitma   t 
SMnMcnws  U-i  ' 

CtKUIT 


3- 


^  ueuoKY 


^ 


CIRCUIT 


OUTPUT 

cmcwT 


3,670,250 
FM  SYSTEM  FOR  RECEIVING  BINARY  INFORMATION 
Georr  A  FMtkin,  SOvcr  Sprtag.  Md.,  asrigpor  to  Td-Tcch 
CorponrtloB,  Rockvflk,  Md. 

Red  May  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,526 

Int.  CL  11041 27/74 

VS.  CL  329—104  14  Claims 


A  system  for  demodulating  at  least  one  amplitude-modu^ 
lated  telegraphic  wave  by  comparing  a  detected  envelope  ol 
the  amplitude-modulated  telegraphic  wave  with  a  threshok 
level,  in  which  the  detected  envelope  is  converted  to  digital 
code  units  for  each  signal  element  of  the  amplitude-modu-j 
lated  telegraphic  wave  while  the  threshold  level  is  also  in4 
dicated  by  a  reference  code  unit,  so  that  the  above-men-* 
tioned  comparison  operation  is  performed  by  digital  cir- 
cuitry. The  reference  code  unit  is  corrected  by  the  use  of  ar 
accumulated  refult  of  successive  ones  of  the  above  com 
parison. 


COUW—    ClUCUIT 


ernanonai 
7CWiBi 


IMOKJITa* 


A  system  for  determining  the  frequency  of  an  oscillating 
signal  is  provided.  The  system  can  be  used  in  the  demodulat- 


3,670,252 

FREQUENCY  MODULATION  DEMODULATION  SYSTEM 

GerakI    Rabow,    Nntky,    NJ.,    asrigaor    to    Intcmalkiiial 

Tdcphoac  and  Telegraph  Corporalkm,  Nutky,  N J. 

FIlMl  June  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  829,399 

Int.  CL  H03d  3/00 

UACL  329-112 

A  ccHnbined  maximizing-iterative  FM  demodulator 
wherein  the  FM  demodulator  ai  an  iterative^  FM  demodulator 
cou|4ed  directly  to  the  input  for  the  FM  signal  to  be  demodu^ 
lated  is  replaced  by  a  maximizing  FM  demodulator.  The  maxi- 
imizing  dennodulator  provides  an  output  signal  approximating 
the  input  FM  signal.  The  iteration  circuit  or  circuits  ai  the 
iterative  demodulator  then  operates  on  this  output  signal  and 
the  input  FM  signal  to  provide  the  demodulated  output 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


777 


signal.  The  coarser  the  approximation  by  the  maximizing    receiver.  The  feedback  circuit  included  in  the  phase  shift 
demodulator  the  less  complex  is  the  implementation  thereof,   oscillator  is  particularly  useful  in  improving  the  selectivity  of 


J::H^ 


m^vT 


'       '^C/ifCUfT 


^23 


^{ 


ovTfvr 


9Mt   on 

eonMwrrxB 

CIRCUITS 


W 


The  threshold  improvement  is  greater  than  that  achieved 
with  an  iterative  demodulator  alone. 


3,670,253 

AC.  POWER  AMPLIFIER 

Arthur  L.  Ncwcomb,  Jr.,  Route  4,  P.O.  Box  321,  Yorktown, 

Vs.,  and  Rfchard  N.  Young,  7  Hondo  Court,  Hampton,  Va. 

Flied  June  18,  1970,  Scr.  No.  47,441 

InLa.H03fi//« 

U.S.  CL  330-17  5  Claim 


a  radio  receiver  working  in  the  continuous  wave  (C.W.) 
mode. 


3.670,255 
FHASE-LOCK-STABILIZED  SYSTEM  FOR  GENERATING 
CARRIER  FREQUENCIES  USABLE  IN  MULTmJEX 
COMMUNICATION 
GiuUano  De  NIcolay,  and  PIcro  Vcnturlni,  both  of  MUaa,  Ita- 
ly, assignors  to  Sodcta'  Itallana  TdccomunicazkMl  SkoMos 
S.p.A.,  MUaa,  Italy 

Filed  Nov.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,535 
Claims  prtority,  applkatioa  Italy,  Nov.  13, 1969, 24367  A/69 

Int.  CL  H03b  3/04 
U.S.  CL331— 25  6< 


ai» 


"-^v^i 


A  high  power,  low  distortion,  A.C. 
laboratory  and  special  applications. 


3,670,254 

UNDERDAMPED  AUDIO  PHASE  SHIFT  OSCILLATOR 
FOR  INCREASING  SELECTIVITY  OF  RAMO  RECEIVER 
Avncr  Barzdy,  New  York,  N.Y.,  asaignor  to  L  Jordan  Kunik, 
New  York,  N.Y.,  a  part  Interest 

FUed  Oct.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,538 

Int.  a.  H03r  ;/i6 

U.S.  CL  330— 107  10  Clalnv 

Underdamped  audio  phase  shift  oscillator  connected 
across  the  audio  voltage  amplifier  section  of  a  radio  receiver 
that  sharply  increases  the  selectivity  or  the  response  to  signal 
of  predetermined  frequency  and  simultaneously  relatively  at- 
tenuates  aU   other   frequencies  transmitted   to   output   of 


f,-lt4H«i  <^-MUto 


A  voltage-responsive  carrier-frequency  oscillator,  with  a 
limited  range  of  adjustability  designed  to  compensate  for 
frequency  drifts,  works  through  a  frequency  divider  into  a 
phase  comparator  also  receiving  a  relatively  low  base 
frequency  harmonically  related  to  the  desired  carrier 
frequency.  The  output  of  the  phase  comparator  is  fed  back  to 
the  oscillator  to  maintain  a  predetermined  phase  relationship 
between  the  two  low  frequencies.  The  phase  comparator  in- 
cludes a  pair  of  differentiation  circuits,  deriving  respective 
pulse  trains  from  these  low  frequencies,  and  a  flip-flop  al- 
power  amplifier  for  temately  set  and  reset  by  interieaved  pulses  from  the  two 
trains;  the  integrated  output  wave  of  the  flip-flop  constitutes 
the  feedback  volUge  controlling  the  output  frequency  of  the 
oscillator. 


to 


3,670,256 

LASER  GUIDE  CONSTRUCTION 

William  H.  McMahan,  Wlirtcr  Park,  Fla.,  aHlgw 

Lascr-Orlaado,  lac,  Orlaado,  Fla. 

Origfaal  appttcalkMi  Jaly  24, 1967,  Scr.  No.  655,652,  awr 

Palest  No.  3,544,915.  Divided  a^  this  appMcatioB  Mar.  9, 

1970,  Scr.  No.  17,461 

lBtCLHOlsi/02 

U.S.  CL  331-94.5  8i 

A  laser  construction  utilizes  a  gas  which  assumes  an 
state  at  the  discharge  temperature  and  in  the  active  diacharfe 


778 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


■iSJ 


779 


region  the  plasma  is  contained  and  "guided"  by  a  tube  ex- 
hibiting anisotropic  and  semi-conductor  properties,  pyrolytic 
carbon  being  used  as  an  example.  The  tube  utilizes  the  ther- 
nul  and  electrical  characteristics  of  the  material  such  that 
radially  of  the  axis  of  discharge  the  tube  exhibits  high  ther- 
mal conductivity  and  axially  of  the  discharge  the  tube  ex- 


enables  employment  of  a  unique  starting  technique  and 
reduction  of  ionk  bombardment  between  the  plasma  and  the 
bore  of  the  tube.  Other  electrical  and  physical  configurations 
for  reducing  ion  bombardment  or  "sputtering"  are  disclosed. 


I       ^     3,670,258 

FREQUENCY-DOUBLED  NEODYMIUM  DOPED  GLASS 

LASER  UTILIZING  A  LmilUM  NIOBATE  CRYSTAL 

Peter  C.   MagMuMc,  West  Brookfkld,  Mass.,  assignor  tq 

Amcrlcaa  Optical  Corporation  Sovthbridge,  Mass. 

filed  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,626 

laLCLH0U3ll0,3llI 

U^.  CL  331— 94.5      -  ^--^  1  Claiiq 


hibits  low  thermal  conductivity  and  a  semi-conductor  electri- 
cal character.  The  tube  is  held  at  an  anodic  potential  which 
enables  em|doyment  of  a  unique  starting  technique  and 
reduction  of  ionic  bombardment  between  the  plaSma  and  the 
bore  of  the  tube.  Other  electrical  and  physical  configurations 
for  reducing  ion  bombardment  or  "sputtering"  are  disclosed. 


3,670,257 

METHOD  OF  GAS  ION  LASER  ACTION 

WOfaB  H.  McMaluM,  Wimcr  Park,  Fla.,  assignor  to  Control 

I  asfr  OilamVi,  Inc.,  Orlando,  Fla. 

Original  appBcatioB  Juiy  24, 1967,  Ser.  No.  655,652,  now 

PMent  No.  3,544,915.  Divided  and  this  application  Mar.  9, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  17*460.  The  portiod  of  the  term  of  the 

patent  sabwqnent  to  Dec  1, 1987,  has  been  disclaimed. 

Int.  CL  HO  Is  3/02 

US.  CL  331-94.5  *  Clafans 


A  frequency-doubled  neodymium  doped  glass  laser  is  pro*> 
vided  in  which  a  narrow  spectral  bandwidth,  high-radiancf 
neodymium  doped  glass  laser  is  used  to  irradiate  a  lithiunfi 
niobate  crystal  which  is  cut  and  aligned  with  the  laser  so  that 
the  crystal  and  laser  are  at  the  proper  phase  matching  angld. 
A  Q-switching  device  is  included  in  the  optical  cavity  of  the 
laser  to  control  the  initiation  of  the  laser  oscillations  thu^ 
permitting  the  attainment  of  higher  peak  power. 


3,670,259 
DOUBLE  Q-SWrrCH  LASER       ^^^ 
Charles  Gilbert  Young,  Storrs,  Conn.,  assignor  to  American 

Optical  Corporation,  Southbridge,  Mass. 
Contiauation-ia-part  of  appUcation  Scr.  No.  831,558,  June  9j 
1969,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Apr.  13, 1970,  Scr 
1  No.  27,529 

V       Intel.  HO  Is  i/y; 

U.S.  CL  331-94.5  9  Clainp 


A  laser  construction  utilizes  a  gas  which  assumes  an  ionic 
state  at  the  discharge  temperature  and  in  the  active  discharge 
region  the  plasma  is  contained  and  "guided"  by  a  tube  ex- 
hibiting anisotropic  and  semi-conductor  properties,  pyrolytic 
carbon  being  used  as  an  example.  The  tube  utilizes  the  ther- 
mal and  electrical  characteristics  of  the  material  such  that 
radially  of  the  axis  ai  discharge  the  tube  exhibits  high  ther- 
mal conductivity  and  axially  of  the  discharge  the  tube  ex- 
hibits low  thermal  conductivity  and  a  semi-conductor  electri- 
cal character.  The  tube  is  held  at  an  anodic  potential  which 


In  a  laser  apparatus,  both  ends  of  the  laser  rod  are  simul- 
taneously 0-switched  effectively.  A  rotating  mirror  is  pro- 
vided, in  a  particular  arrangement  with  fixed  mirrors,  to  pro- 
vide effectively  two  counter-rotating  mirrors  for  Q-switching 
of  both  ends  of  the  laser  rod. 


3,670,260 
CONTROLLED  OPTICAL  BEAM  FORMING  DEVICE 
Charles  J.  Koestcr,  Sudbury,  and  Charles  Hemas  Swope, 
HoHlBton,  both  of  Mass.,  assignors  to  American  Optical 
Corporation,  Southbridge,  MaM. 

FOcd  May  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,576 

Int  CL  G02b  27/00,  HOls  3/05 

US.  CL  331—94.5  24  Claims 


sively  disposed  between  a  cathode  housing  and  an  anode  in 
hermetically  bonded  relationship  with  one  another  and  with 
the  cathode  housing  and  the  anode  to  form  a  laser  gas  con- 
taining hermetic  enveloping  assembly.  The  respective  cylin- 
drical bodies  define  aligned  discharge  confining  axial  longitu- 
dinal bores  and  aligned  gas  return  off-axis  longitudinal  bores 
isolated  from  the  discharge  confining  bores  except  in  the 
vicinity  of  the  cathode  housing  and  in  the  vicinity  of  the 


\a)        IS 


A  controlled  optical  beam  forming  device  distributes  the 
light  from  a  coUimated  source  such  as  a  laser  within  a  con- 
trolled solid  pattern  with  any  desired  relative  intensity  dis- 
tribution. The  device  is  formed  of  two  optical  elements.  The 
first  element  apportions  the  beam  into  a  plurality  of  extensive 
zones.  The  second  element  diffuses  the  light  in  the  zones  to 
form  a  beam  having  the  desired  form  and  distribution. 


3,670,261 

ANODE  DESIGN  FOR  GAS  DISCHARGE  LASERS 

Abel  S.  HaMcd,  Pales  Vcrdcs  Peninsula,  and  David  D.  Hal- 

locl(,  Palos  Verdcs  Estates,  both  of  CaHf.,  assignors  to 

Hughes  Abtraft  Company,  Culver  CHy,  Calif. 

Filed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  87^16 

Int  CL  HOls  J/02 

VS.  CL  331-94.5  5  Claims 


The  disclosed  laser  anode  arrangement  includes  a  tubular 
anode-containing  body  of  ceramic  material  bonded  to  an  end 
of  an  elongated  cylindrical  body  which  defines  a  laser  gas 
containing  discharge-confining  longitudinal  bore.  The  bore  of 
the  anode-containing  body  is  axially  aligned  with  the 
discharge-confining  bore  and  has  a  diameter  greater  than 
that  of  the  discharge-confining  bore.  An  electron  collecting 
anode  surface  is  provided  by  a  metal  coating  bonded  to  the 
inner  lateral  surface  of  the  anode-containing  body.  The  metal 
coating  may  include  a  base  layer  of  a  molybdenum-man- 
ganese mixture  and  a  nickd  layer  bonded  to  the  base  layer. 
The  metal  coating  extends  around  the  end  of  the  anode-con- 
taining body  away  from  the  discharge-confining  body  and  is 
brazed  to  a  metal  sleeve  to  provide  an  electrically  conductive 
path  to  the  metal  coating.  A  coolant  such  as  ordinary  tap 
water  may  be  passed  in  direct  contact  with  the  outer  lateral 
surface  of  the  discharge-confining  body  and  a  portion  of  the 
outer  lateral  surface  of  the  anode-containing  body.  The  coo- 
lant is  electrically  insulated  fix>m  both  the  metal  anode  coat- 
ing and  the  electrically  conductive  path  thereto. 


anode.  A  coolant  is  passed  in  direct  contact  with  the  outer 
lateral  surface  of  the  bonded  cylindrical  bodies  in  an  annular 
coolant  flow  channel  between  the  outer  lateral  surface  of  the 
cylindrical  bodies  and  an  annular  axial  magnetic  field 
generating  arrangement  coaxially  disposed  about  the  cylin- 
drical bodies.  Improved  gas  return  flow  at  relatively  low  tem- 
perature results,  enabling  the  achievement  oi  high  efificiency, 
high  power  laser  operation. 


3,670,263 
LASER  STRUCTURE 
Joseph   W.   KantorskI,  Southbridge,   Mass.;   David   A.   U 
Marrc,  and  Donald  A.  Sndth,  both  of  Woodstock,  Conn., 
assignors  to  American  Optical  Corporation,  SouthbrMgc, 
Mass. 

Filed  June  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  833330 
Int  CL  HOls  3/02;  HOIJ  19/58 
U.S.  CL  331— 94.5  1 


The  composite  laser  structure  is  self-aligning  and;  there- 
fore, individual  elements  thereof  are  easily  replaceable 
without  oontemporaneous   adjustment   The   method   for 

fabricating  and  assembling  the  composite  structure  is  also 
described. 


3,670,262 

GAS  LASER  WITH  DISCHARGE  AND  GAS  RETURN 

PATHS  THROUGH  A  COMMON  CYUNDRICAL  BODY 

David  D.  HaBocfc,  Palos  Vcrdcs  Estates,  awl  Abd  S.  Ilalstfrl. 

Palos  Vcrdcs  PCnlMala,  both  of  Ctttt.^  ssslgisri  to  Hughes 

Atarcraft  Company,  Cuhrcr  City,  CaBf. 

FBcd  Oct  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,475 

Int  CL  HOls  J/00 

UA  CL  331—94.5  3  Clafans 

In  the  disclosed  gas  ion  laser  a  pluraUty  of  axially  aligned 

electrically  insulating  elongated  cylindrical  bodies  are  succes- 


3,670064 
ASTABLE  Min^nVDRATOR 

Sinixo  Wakal,  Kyoto, 


FBcd  Mar.  22, 1971,  Ssr.  Now  126«4St 
priority,  appBcatte  J^M.  Mv.  27, 1970, 45/263S1 
btCLH03kJ/2«2 
U.S.  CL  331—113  R  I  data 

A  multivibrator  circuit  comprising  a  base  bias  supplying 
circuit  for  a  transistor  which  is  connected  with  at  laaM  one 
diode  in  paralld  with  a  resistor  for  obtaining  stable  teo^^cn- 
ture  and  voltage  characteristics.  This  resistor  serves  to  over- 
come the  problem  of  the  ccMstion  of  variatsons  in  bias  volt- 
age directly  proportional  to  the  supply  voltagr  whicii  is 


780 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


caused  by  the  insertion  of  the  diode.  Thus  it  is  possible  to 
Start  and  stop  oscillation  of  the  multivibrator  circuit  even 


lation    is    obtained    by    variation    of    the    latter    resistor. 
Preferably,  the  latter  circuit  also  includes  a  transistor  in 


"^T^ 


^/' 


4 


♦^ 


12 


( 


3}5. 


when  the  supply  voltage  is  reduced  to  a  considerably  lower 
voltage. 


3,670,265 
TUNING  FORK  STABILIZED  TRANSISTOR  DRIVE  FOR 

TIMEPIECES 

Kari    Schmitt,    Achcrn,    Germany,    assignor    to    Gehap 

GcseHschafI  fur  Handd  und  Patentverwertung  mbH.  &  Co. 

Kg,  Gcmiany 

Conttanatloii-ln-part  of  appHcatioa  Ser.  No.  719,782,  Apr.  8, 

1968,  now  Patent  No.  3,579,974.  This  appOcation  July  14, 

1970,  Ser.  No.  54,759 

Int.  a.  G04c  3100;  H03b  5130 

MS.  CL  331— 1 16  M  7  Claims 


l^e 


An  electronically  controlled  movement  mechanism  for 
time  pieces  and  the  like  having  an  electronic  oscillatory  cir- 
cuit stabilized  by  means  of  a  tuning  fork  resonator,  the  ends 
of  the  tuning  fork  legs  carrying  small  permanent  magnets 
which  face  the  axial  ends  of  the  yoke  of  an  oscillation  and 
drive  coil  assembly  over  air  gaps,  thereby  being  directly 
excited  by  the  extraneous  magnetic  field  of  the  oscillation 
and  drive  coil  assembly.  The  moving  magnetic  field  of  the 
oscillating  permanent  magnets  is  fed  back  into  the  oscillation 
and  drive  coil  assembly  to  stabilize  its  oscillatory  frequency. 
The  circuit  is  further  stabilized  by  a  field-responsive  resistor 
in  parallel  with  the  resistance  of  the  oscillatory  circuit  and  in- 
teracting with  the  oscillating  permanent  magnets. 


emitter-follower  connection  and  having  its  base  electrode  fed 
from  the  output  of  the  multivibrator  through  other  voltage 
divider  means. 


3,670,267 

MICROWAVE  SWITCH  UTILIZING  LATCHED 

FERRIMAGNETIC  MATERIAL  IN  COUPLING 

APERTURE  OF  WAVEGUIDE  COUPLER 

Shojiro    Nakahara,    and    Hidetoshi    Kurebayashi,    both    ol 

Kamakura,  Japan,  assignors  to  Mitsubishi  DcnU  Kabusiiiici 

Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Feb.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1 1,939 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  19, 1969, 44/12389 

Int.  CI.  HOlp  1110 
U.S.  CI.  333— 1.1  6  Claim^ 


3,670,266 
PHASE^OHERENT  FREQUENCY-SHIFT  MODULATION 

SYSTEM  FOR  OSCILLATION  MULTIVIBRATOR 
Patrick  dc  Laagc  dc  Mcvx,  Saint-Gcrmain-«n-Layc,  France, 
assignor  to  Ugne  Tckgraphiqucs  ct  Tdephonlqucs,  Paris, 
Fraaee 

Filed  Dec.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  98,383 
Claims  priority,  appHcatioa  France,  Jan.  14, 1970, 7001 141 

Int.  CLH041 27/72 
U.S.  CL  332— 14  3  Claims 

A  modulation  system  for  a  free-oscillating  multivibrator 
consisting  of  an  operational  amplifier  having  a  first  non- 
phase  inverting  input,  a  second  phase-inverting  input  and  an 
output,  combined  with  two  feedback  circuits  respectively 
coupling  said  output  to  said  first  and  second  inputs.  One  of 
said  circuits  consists  of  a  voltage  divider,  while  the  second  in- 
cludes a  capacitor  in  series  with  a  resistor.  Frequency  modu- 


Two  rectangular  waveguides  are  interconnected  by 
coupling  aperture  in  which  a  ferrimagnetic  body  is  disposed 
At  least  one  latching  conductor  extends  through  the  body  in 
the  axial  direction  of  the  waveguides  or  in  a  direction  per 
pendicular  thereto.  A  pulse  current  flowing  through  the  con' 
ductor  causes  a  change  in  direction  or  magnitude  of  the  mag" 
netization  of  the  ferrimagnetic  body.  This  permitt  an  elecf 
tromagnetic  wave,  apf^ied  to  either  one  of  the  input 
waveguide  ends,  to  appear  at  that  output  end  at  which  th(i 
wave  did  not  previously  appear. 


1 


3,670,268 

WAVEGUIDE  HYBRID  JUNCTION  WHEREIN  A  WALL 

OF  THE  E-ARM  IS  CONTIGUOUS  WTTH  A  WALL  OF 

THE  H- ARM 

WOHam  R.  ConBcmey,  Necdham,  Mam.,  assignor  to  Raytheo^ 

Company,  Lexington,  Mam. 

Filed  Apr.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  28^94 
InL  CL  HOlp  5112 

U.S.  a.  333—11  3 

A  waveguide  hybrid  junction  for  microwave  energy  in 
which  the  various  arms,  i.e.,  the  E-arm,  and  two  sidearms, 
are  fabricated  from  rectangular  waveguides,  the  E-arm  hay- 
ing a  9Cf  bend  formed  therein  in  close  proximity  to  the  plan^ 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


781 


of  the  joint  between  such  arm  and  the  H-arm.  A  tuning  post, 
located  at  the  90°  bend  of  the  E-arm,  is  used  to  compensate 


At  least  a  portion  of  a  signal  conductor  extends  through  the 
length  of  material  to  provide  a  path  for  electrical  signals. 
Both  balanced  and  unbalanced  lines  are  disclosed. 


for  field  distortion  so  that  electrical  symmetry  of  the  hybrid 
junction  is  maintained. 


3,670,269 
AUTOMATIC  TRANSVERSAL  EQUALIZER 
Arthur  T.  Starr,  New  Bamet,  and  David  G.  Edwards,  Ton- 
bridge  Wells,  both  of  England,  assignors  to  Xerox  Corpora- 
tion, Stamford,  Conn. 

Filed  Nov.  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  87,546 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Apr.  21,  1970, 

19,039/70 

IntCLH04bJ/04 

U.S.CL333— 18  ^  10  Claims 


JCjP^  li^V^v^      r-J^ 


***•  I-IIMI 

fllTOl 


jHv^^ 


An  equalizing  circuit,  intended  to  be  inserted  between  the 
transmission  link  and  the  receiver  of  an  electrical  informa- 
tion transmission  system,  the  equalizer  being  arranged  to 
have,  within  a  preselected  bandwidth  of  audio  frequencies, 
an  amplitude  frequency  response  in  the  form  of  a  family  oi 
similar  curves,  the  equalizer  including  comparison  means 
which  is  responsive  to  the  difference  between  the  outputs  of 
the  equalizer  at  two  different  frequencies  of  which  at  least 
one  is  within  the  said  bandwidth  to  thereby  automatically 
select  a  predetermined  one  of  the  said  curves. 


3,670,270 

ELECTRICAL  COMPONENT 

William    T.    Storey,    n.    West    Chester,    Pa.,    assignor    to 

Tcchnitrol,  Inc.,  PhHMMphia,  Pa. 

Continiiation-in-part  ci  application  Ser.  No.  629,139,  Apr.  7, 

1967,  now  abandoned.  This  application  Apr.  15, 1968,  Ser. 

No.  725,570 

Int  CL  H03h  7130,  7136 

MS.  CL  333—30  8  Claims 

A  distributed  constant  electrical  component  which  may  be 

utilized  as  a  transmission  or  a  delay  line  is  disclosed  which 

utilizes  a  length  of  non-conductive  material  such  as  a  matrix 

of  polytetrafluoroethylene  in  which  is  dispersed  particles  of  a 

magnetic  material  such  as  powdered  iron  or  powdered  fer- 

rite.  Alternatively,  a  length  of  ferrite  material  may  be  used. 


There  also  is  disclosed  a  device  which  may  be  used  as  a 
variable  delay  line  which  includes  means  for  varying  the 
spacing  between  portions  of  the  length  of  material. 


3,670,271 
TWO  PORT  MAGNETOELASTIC  DELAY  LINE 
Carmine  F.  Vasile,  Greenlawn,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Hazcltine 
Corporation 

Filed  Sept.  18,  1970,  Ser.  No.  73,287 

Int.  CL  H03h  7130 

VS.  CL  333—30  14  ClaioK 


"-. 


A  two  part  magnetoelastic  delay  line  in  which  the  coupling 
elements  of  an  electromagnetic  coufriing  structure  are  ar- 
ranged in  a  cdinear  configuration  at  the  end-face  of  a  piece 
of  single  crystal  yttrium  iron  garnet  (YIG)  to  which  elec- 
tromagnetic energy  is  coupled.  The  sample  of  YIG  is  located 
in  an  axially  varying  magnetic  bias  field  whose  lines  c^  mag- 
nitude include  concentric  circles  of  constant  magnitude 
which  increase  in  value  radially  from  a  point  near  the  center 
of  the  end-face  of  the  YIG,  and  the  coufiding  devices  are 
positioned  so  that  each  device  crosses  the  same  circle  of 
magnitude  only  once,  and  so  that  the  couf^ing  devices 
together  traverse  the  maximum  number  of  concentric  circles 
of  magnitude  of  the  bias  field  at  the  end-face.  Alternate  em- 
bodiments are  also  considered. 


3,670,272 
RELAY  SWITCHING  APPARATUS 
Gundokar  Braumann,  Munich;  WaMcr  Uor,  Hofenschaltlan^ 
and  Albert  Hubcr,  UnterpCaffeBhoisa,  al  of  Germany,  as* 
signers  to  Siemem  Aktirngfs»llschalt,  Bcriln  and  Munich, 
Germany 

FHed  Oct.  27,  1970,  Ser.  No.  84,441 

Clainw  priority,  appHcatioB  C y,  OcL  31, 1969,  P  19  54 

952.1 

Int.  CL  HOlh  67/04 

U.S.CL335— 112  UdahM 

A    relay    switching    apparatus    of   particular    utility    in 

telephone  switching  installations  is  described.  The  apparatus 


782 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


includes  a  plurality  of  magnetically  actuataMe  switching  ar- 
rangements encapsulated  in  a  protective  cartridge.  The  mag- 
netic circuits  of  each  switching  arrangement  includes  first 
and  second  polestrips  and  an  armature  having  its  movable 
end  extended  into  an  air-gap  formed  by  the  two  polestrips. 
The  operating  parts  and  the  supports  for  the  operating  parts 
are  clamped  in  a  self-gripping  manner  onto  at  least  one 
separator  piece  which  determines  the  size  of  the  air-gap,  and 
these  parts  are  so  secured  to  one  another  as  to  form  a 
mechanical  unity.  The  switching  arrangements  are  divided 
into  at  least  two  construction  groups  with  the  construction 
groups  being  positioned  one  over  the  other,  and  the 
switching '  arrangements  are  placed  in  each  construction 


passing  through  the  clip.  A  flux  diverting  shield  is  placed 
over  the  relay  in  an  adjusted  position  to  provide  the  relay 
with  a  predetermined  sensitivity  to  the  magnetic  field. 


I 


3,670^74 

EXPLOSION-PROOF  VALVE  OPERATOR 
John  E.  Ellison,  Newington,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Skinner  Preci- 
sion Industries,  Inc.,  New  Britain,  Conn. 

Filed  Oct.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  78,513 

Int.  a.  HOlf  7108 

U.S.  CI.  335-2601  3  Claims 


group  such  that  pairs  are  formed  with  the  switching  arrange- 
ments in  the  other  construction  group.  The  switching  ar- 
rangements are  clamped  between  the  above  described  sup- 
ports, and  a  case  connects  the  supports  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  form  therewith  a  protective  cartridge  enclosing  all  of  the 
switching  arrangements.  The  construction  groups  formed  a 
switching  arrangement  compressed  against  the  sides  of  the 
walls  of  the  cartridge  by  pressure  strips.  Each  pair  of 
switching  arrangementt  have  a  common  electrical  energizing 
circuit  which  includes  a  winding  and  a  soft  iron  yoke  with  the 
shoulders  of  the  yoke  extending  outside  of  the  cartridge  and 
being  magnetically  coupled  to  the  second  pole  pieces  in  the 
cartridge. 


A  valve  operator  wherein  a  solenoid  housing  has  a  cylindri- 
cal side  wall  and  integral  bottom  wall  having  an  opening  for 
receiving  an  armature  sleeve  assemUy.  The  bottom  wall  of 
the  solenoid  housing  is  supported  on  a  nut  secured  to  the 
sleeve  assembly  and  having  a  radially  extending  flange  sub- 
stantially coextensive  with  the  bottom  housing  waU  for 
providing  a"  metal-to-metal  connection  therebetween,  and 
means  including  an  end  closure  for  the  top  of  the  housing 
compressively  clamping  the  bottom  housing  wall  against  the 
flange  of  the  nut  to  form  a  flameproof  gas  cooling  escape 
path. 


3,670,273 
CURRENT  RESPONSIVE  SWITCHING  MODULE 
Robert  G,  Rkt,  Mllwankcc,  Wb.,  aMigMir  to  Squwe  D  Com- 
pany, Park  RMr.  DL 

FDed  Dec.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,163 
Int.  a.  HOlh  51128 
UA  CL  335—204 


SCIaims 


A  reed  relay  mounted  within  a  housing  is  responsive  to  a 
magnetic  fiekl  induced  in  a  flux-conducting  clip  mounted  on 
an  outer  surface  of  the  housing  by  current  in  a  conductor 


3,670,275 

ELECTRONIC  AND  AUTOMATIC  SELECTOR  DEVICE 

CONNECTED  TO  AN  ANTENNA  ARRAY  FORMED  BY 

TWO  OR  MORE  ANTENNAS 

Kakvi  Juhani  KaUonaki,  Ouhi;  Martd  EcMa  Tluri,  Tapiola, 

and  Scppo  Mirtti  Vakkila,  Hdalnki,  ay  of  Flnlaiid,      ' 

to  Virisala  Oy,  Vautoa,  FlnlMid 

Fitod  Apr.  14, 1970.  Ser.  No.  28,408 

Inl.  CL  H<»4b  7108 

U.S.  CI.  325 370  11  Claim » 

Aji  electronic  automatic  selecting  device  has  an  antenm 
array  consisting  of  two  or  more  antennas  pointing  in  different 
directions  for  the  purpose  of  selecting  and  connecting  to  a 
service  receiver  that  antenna  from  which  the  desired  radio 
signal  is  best  obtained.  The  selection  is  carried  out  by  a 
selecting  device  and  a  search  receiver  having  a  low  frequenci 
output,  from  which,  when  receiving  a  frequency  modulated 
emission,  a  noise  signal  is  obtained  proportional  to  the  S/I^ 
ratio  of  the  signal  received  by  the  receiver.  This  signal  steei^ 
the  selecting  device.  In  accordance  vath  the  present  inven- 
tion the  selecting  device  includes  a  noise  handling  unit  the 
input  of  which  receives  the  noise  voltage  from  the  search 
receiver  and  the  output  of  which  is  large  when  the  search 
receiver  receives  a  signal  with  a  poor  S/N  ratio  and  smag 
when  the  search  receiver  receives  a  signal  with  a  good  S/f4 
ratio.  There  is  a  vohage-to-frequency  converter  the  operatinig 
frequency  of  which  is  determined  by  the  output  voluge  of 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


788 


the  noise  handling  circuit,  whereby  the  output  frequency  is 
high  when  the  output  voltage  is  large  and  is  low  when  the 
output  ventage  is  small,  a  pulse  oscillator  which  oscillates  at  a 
constant  frequency  and  which  gives  the  search  command,  an 
electronic  change-over  switch  which  upon  receiving  the 
search  command  from  the  pulse  oscillator,  sequentially  con- 
nects, steered  by  the  voltage-to-fi«quency  converter,  the  an- 
tennas of  the  antenna  array  to  the  search  receiver,  and  which 
after  sampling  all  antennas  returns  to  zero.  There  is  also  a 
circuit  for  comparing  the  signals  obtained  from  the  various 
antennas  to  the  input  of  which  are  fed  the  pulses  from  the 
voltage-to-frequency  converter  and  the  output  of  which 
produces  a  pulse  when  during  a  search  cycle  an  antenna  giv- 


II 1 


3.tr 


«^&}s^H  Sn 


cp 


IE 


■■Q 


I^-EIItS 


«•     4     *     4» 


ing  a  signal  with  a  better  S/N  ratio  than  any  other  antenna 
previously  sampled  during  the  search  cycle  is  connected  to 
the  search  receiver,  and  a  memory  circuit  to  the  input  erf 
which  is  fed  from  a  dividing  circuit  constituting  a  part  of  said 
electronic  change-over  switch,  the  number  in  binary  form  <rf 
each  of  the  antennas  connected  to  said  search  receiver  dur- 
ing the  search  cycle.  This  binary  number  moves  to  the  output 
of  the  memory  circuit  only  when  an  output  pulse  is  obtained 
from  the  signals  comparing  circuit.  Finally  there  is  an  elec- 
tronic switch  controlled  by  said  memory  circuit  and  connect- 
ing the  service  receiver  to  that  antenna  of  the  antenna  array 
from  which  the  search  receiver  during  the  search  cycle  has 
received  the  signal  vnth  the  best  S/N  ratio. 


3,670,276 
HERMETIC  TRANSFORMER 
Charles  Theodore,  Haotlnttoa  BcMh,  Calif.,  assignor  to  LTV 
Ling  Altec,  Inc.,  Anaheim,  CaW. 

Filed  Feb.  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 14,440 

IM.CL  HOlf  27/02 

U.S.CL  336-92  llClaiim 


interstices  between  the  core-coil  structure  and  the  enclosing 
case  arc  filled  with  at  least  one  insulating  piece  and  nu- 
merous refractory  beads  in  addition  to  oil.  The  oil  is 
restricted  to  the  internal  volume  that  is  under  high  electrical 
stress. 


3,670,277 
UNITARY  INSULATION  AND  TERMINATION  MEMBER 
Charles  L.  Decker,  Charlottcsvile,  ami  Edward  G.  Tudc, 
Waynesboro,  both  of  Va.,  asslgiMirs  to  General 
Company 

Filed  Dec.  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887^6 
Int.  CLH02f  2  7/iO 
U.S.  CI.  336— 192  9 


An  improved  means  for  providing  coil  wire  tormtnations  in 
electrical  coils  used  in  relayi  and  the  hke,  which  utilizes  a 
unitary  insulation  member  carrying  electrically  conductive 
terminal  means  and  captivating  ctnchcs  %^uch  secure  the 
winding  terminations  and  portions  of  the  insulation  without 
need  of  adhesive  tapes,  yams  or  other  additional  assembly 
securing  elements. 


3,670,278 

BONDED  CORE  STRUCTURE  COMPRISING  A 

PLURALITY  OF  GLASS  COATED  ELECTRICAL  STEEL 

S^ETS 
Kari  Foster,  and  Joseph  SeUd,  both  of  Plurtwih,  Pa.,  m- 
signors  to  Wcstinghouse  Electric  Corporatton,  PIttsbuigb, 
Pa. 

Original  appHcatioa  Sept.  2, 1966,  Scr.  No.  576,963,  now 

PiMCBt  No.  3,528,863,  wUch  b  a  coiidmialio»4»f«1  of 

appHcafdoB  Scr.  No.  556337,  Jiac  9, 1966,  mm  ahMdoMd. 

Divided  and  tMs  appHcatioa  June  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  46^76 

laLCL  HOlf  27/24 
U.S.  CL  336—213  5  < 


A  hermetically-sealed  completely  oil-filled  high  voltage 
transformer  of  small  size  and  rugged  construction  for  use 
over  a  wide  range  of  ambient  temperature  and  amlnent  pres- 
sure. Required  expansion  bellows  are  desirably  small  because 


An  oriented  silicon  steel  product  and  method  for  produc- 
ing the  same  is  described  in  which  improved  magnetostric- 
tion and  strain  sensitivity  are  obtained  fa^  means  of  bonding  a 
thin  glass  layer  to  the  surface  of  the  sted. 


Q. 


W( 


3^70,279 
MAGNETIC  CORES  AND  METHODS  OF 
'  CONSTRUCTING  SAME 

BcMaB-Ob, 

of  Pa^ 
>ii>iili,Pa. 

May  14, 1971,  Scr.  Na.  143^29 

lat.  CL  HOlf  2  7/04. 41102 
U.S.  CL  336—217  |7  < 

Magnetic  cores  of  the  stadced  type,  and  methods  of  ooo- 
structing  same,  having  stepped-lap  joints  between  adjoiaiat 


784 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  19711 


leg  and  yoke  portions  of  the  core.  The  length  dimensions  of 
the  leg  and  yoke  laminations  are  changed  in  opposite 
directions  from  layer  to  layer  of  the  magnetic  core,  while 
maintaining  the  midpoints  of  the  laminations  in  each  leg  and 


ments  in  the  container  after  the  cover  has  been  attached,  Xt  t 
close  off  the  bonom  of  the  container  such  that  the  hardens  • 
ble  material  may  be  retained  therein,  and  to  cause  the  con  • 


June  18,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


786 


tact  elements  to  pivot  togethier  at  their  conuct  ends  und^ 
the  force  of  gravity  whereby  the  switch  is  accurately 
calibrated  and  the  contact  elements  are  protected  during  as  r 
sembly. 


yoke  position  in  alignment.  This  arrangement  offsets  the  ends 
of  the  laminations  from  one  another,  at  each  end  of  each  leg 
and  yoke  portion,  in  a  predetermined  stepped  pattern,  with 
the  stepped  patterns  of  adjoining  leg  and  yoke  portions  being 
complementary  to  provide  the  desired  stepped-lap  joints. 


u 


3,670,280 
CIRCUIT  BREAKER 
Erwin  Nafck,  HfighHw,  Gcmany,  aMlgnor  to  Robert 
BoKh  GmbH,  StattgHrt,  GcrmHqr 

FOcd  Dec.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98^88 
ClafaBS  priority,  appbcatiM  Gcmuuiy,  Dec  19, 1969,  P  19  63 

666.9 

Iirt.  CL  GOlk  5/62,  HOlh  i7/52, 67/07 

U^.CL337— 111  4Ctafaia 


3,670,282 
SNT  UMITING  DEVICE 
Toabto  Itob;  Todilo  ^OyMllolo,  and  YidcM  Wada,  aU  ef 
Amagasaki,  Japan,  Mrignnn  to  MHiubidii  Denkl  KabusbiU 
Kakha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Flkd  Aug.  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  847,924 

Claims  prIorHy,  appHcatfcm  Japan,  Aug.  7, 1968, 43/5595{ 

Int.  CL  HOlb  85/06 

VS.  d  337-21  9  Clainn 


J 


A  unitary  structure  of  two  opposite  electrodes  insulated 
from  each  other  by  a  soMd  insulation  is  connected  to  a  hoMS- 
ing  including  cylinder  and  piston  means.  A  current  limiting 
material  with  self-restoration  centrally  extends  through  tbe 
structure  except  for  the  external  portion  <rf  the  outer  elec- 
trode  and   contacts   the   piston.   To   jwevent   the   material 
A  circuit  breaker  has  a  support  on  which  a  one-piece    vaporized  upon  a  flow  of  overcurrent  from  externally  leaking 
bimetaUic  strip  u  mounted.  The  strip  has  two  arms  which   O-rings  or  a  metaUic  gasket  can  be  disposed  between  the 
together  define  a  substantiaUy  U-shaped  configuration,  and  a    structure  and  housing.  Alternatively  the  housmg  may  be 
pOTtion  narrower  than  one  of  the  arms  and  fast  with  the  same    jointed  to  the  structure  through  mctal-to-metal  or  metal-to- 


as  well  as  with  the  support.  A  first  electrical  conUct  is  pro- 
vided on  the  support  and  a  cooperating  second  electrical 
conuct  on  the  other  of  the  arms  and  heating  of  the  bimetallic 
strip  due  to  occurrence  of  an  overioad  in  a  circuit  in  which  it 
is  interposed,  causes  temporary  bending  defonnation  of  the 
other  arm  and  of  the  narrower  portion  in  mutually  opposite 
directions,  thereby  resulting  in  interruption  of  the  circuit  due 
to  disengagement  of  the  electrical  contacts. 


insulation  contact  under  pressure,  shrink  fit,  welding  or  braz- 
ing. 


assignor  to  Thcnn-I>- 


3,670483 
MOTOR  OVERLOAD  PROTECTOR 
Ronald  L.  HoMcn,  MandMd,  Ohio,  assignor  to 
Disc,  Incorporated,  Mansfldd,  Obk> 

Filed  Oct  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  77,635 
i  Int.a.H01hJ7/52 

U.S.  a.  337  J354 


llClaiiis 


3,670081 

THERMALLY  RESPONSIVE  SWITCH  AND  METHOD 

FOR  MAKING  THE  SAME 

Wilttam  D.  Rattan,  ParauHMint,  CaHf.,  aalgnor  to  Robcrtshaw 

Controb  Company,  Richmond,  Va. 

Filed  Apr.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  131,205 
Int.  CL  HOIh  37/04,  37/52,  61/06 
U.S.  CI.  337-112                                                        8  Claims 
A  thermally  responsive  switch  and  method  for  making  the 
same  in  which  a  base  container  having  a  cover  supports  a 
pair  of  contact  elements,  including  at  least  one  bimetallic  ele- 
ment, and  is  filled  with  a  hardenable  material  cured  at  the 
desired  operating  temperature  of  the  switch  to  form  an  in- 
tegral support  base.  The  contact  elements  each  have  a       A  motor  overload  protector  is  disclosed  which  mcludei  a 
protruding  tab  which  cooperates  with  an  interior  wall  of  the   cantilever  mounted  bimetal  snap  element  provided  with  a 
base  conuiner  so  as  to  properiy  position  the  contact  ele-    — "-=• * *  '-  *- -*  "^^  '"""  .i««,«t  m^v-  th* 


mobile  contact  at  its  free  end.  The  snap  element  moves  the 


mobile  contact  into  and  out  of  engagement  with  the  fixed 
contact  carried  by  the  body.  A  central  stop  post  is  provided 
by  the  body  located  to  engage  the  central  portion  of  the  snap 
element  when  the  contacts  are  open.  A  pull-in  calibration 
screw  engages  the  opposite  side  of  the  bimetal  when  the  con- 
tacts are  closed  to  calibrate  the  temperatures  on  opening. 
The  snap  travel  of  the  installed  snap  element  is  reduced  to 
limit  the  stresses  imposed  on  the  bimetal  and  reduce  the 
tendancy  to  fatigue  or  crack.  Contact  life  is  improved 
because  the  contacts  reliably  snap  both  open  and  closed. 


3,670,284 
RANGE  UMITER  FOR  A  THERMOSTAT 
Jean  R.  Fortier,  South  Orange,  and  Donald  P.  Wrobd,  Allen- 
dak,  both  of  NJ.,  airignors  to  Federal  Padfk  Electric 
Company,  Ncwarli,  N J. 

Filed  Mar.  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,669 
^--  Int.CI.H01hi7/(M.J7/75 

U.S.  CL  337-360  6  ClalnK 


A  thermostat  is  described  having  a  bimetal  that  actuates  a 
snap-switch  for  maintaining  the  temperature  of  the  room  at 
approximately  a  given  set-point.  A  knob  operates  a  cam  for 
controlling  the  resting  position  of  the  bimetal  to  determine 
the  temperature  set-point.  The  knob  has  a  series  of  radial  fin- 
gers which  can  be  broken  away  individually,  and  the  stationa- 
ry structure  of  the  thermostat  has  a  fixed  lug  that  can  be  bent 
up  into  the  path  of  the  knob  fingers.  Certain  fingers  of  the 
knob  are  broken  away  and  the  lug  is  bent  into  the  space  left 
free  of  fingers.  The  remaining  fingers  limit  the  rotation  of  the 
knob  and  thus  limit  the  range  of  adjustment. 


3,670,285 

VARIABLE  RESISTANCE  CONTROL  WITH  END 

COLLECTOR 

Jack  A.  English,  Elkhart,  Ind.,  aarignor  to  CTS  Corporation, 

Elkhart,  Ind. 

Filed  Mar.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,969 
Int.  CL  HOlc  9/02 
VS.  CL  338—  1 75  22  Claims 

A  variable  resistance  control  is  provided  wherein  a  contac- 
tor is  pinched  between  a  resistance  element  and  a  collector. 
The  resistance  element  and  cdlector  lie  substantiaUy  flatwise 
thereby  providing  uniform  pressure  on  the  contactor  pinched 
therebetween.  The  contactor  is  constrained  to  rotate  upon 
rotation  of  a  driver  rotatably  supported  in  a  housing.  To 
minimize  cost  of  the  control  a  portion  of  the  collector  is  util- 
ized to  close  the  housing.  The  driver  has  axially  opposed 


shoulders  bearing  against  the  outer  faces  of  the  housing  and 
collector  to  hold  the  same  in  place.  The  housing  is  formed  of 


a  one  piece  flexible,  creep  resistant  material  with  integral 
resilient  legs  for  mounting  the  control  to  a  panel. 


3,670,286 
POTENTIOMETER  ADJUSTABLE  BY  ROTATABLE 

DRUM 

Mogcns  W.  Bang,  and  David  A.  Olson,  both  of  Rklgway,  Pa., 

aastgnors  to  Stackpoie  Carbon  Conpany,  St  Marys,  Pa. 

Filed  June  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  150,302 

Int.  CL  HOlc  9/02 

VS.  CL  338—180  8  < 


The  front  wall  of  the  elongated  case  of  a  linear  motion 
potentiometer  is  provided  with  a  longitudinal  slot,  in  which  a 
slide  is  disposed.  The  slide  carries  a  bridging  contact  inside 
the  case,  where  it  engages  spaced  parallel  resistor  and  collec- 
tor elements.  In  front  of  the  case  and  parallel  to  the  slot  are  a 
stationary  lead  screw  and  a  manually  rotatable  cylindrical 
drum,  both  supported  from  the  case.  The  drum,  when 
rotated,  rotates  internally  threaded  cylindrical  means 
mounted  on  the  screw  and  thereby  moves  it  along  the  screw 
and  drum.  The  slide  is  connected  with  the  rotatable  means  so 
that  the  slide  will  be  moved  lengthwise  of  the  case  when  the 
drum  is  rotated. 


3,670,287 
ELECTRICAL  CONNECTOR  ASSEMBLY 
August  L  Kcto,  SharpcvMc,  Pa.,  assign  nr  to  Wc 
Electric  CorporatkNi,  PlltslMrgh,  Pa. 

Filed  Aug.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64383 
InCCLHOlr  yy/JO 
U.S.CL339— 12R  20  < 

A  toad-break  electrical  connector  assembly  inchidiag  a 
plug-in  cable  connector  having  a  probe  which  includes  a  fim 


786 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


eltctriaa  conductor,  and  a  bushing  assembly  which  includes  engagement  within  the  first  receptacles.  A  portion  of  *«  A^ 
a  second  conductor  adapted  to  engage  the  first  conductor  of  receptacles  ovetiie  the  cover  plate  to  prevent  accidental 
the  cable  connector.  A  magnetic  clamp  is  disposed  in  the 


removal  thereof.  A  tongue  associated  with  the  second  recep 
tacles  is  resiliently  latched  in  an  aperture  provided  in  th( 
web. 


bushing  assembly  which  prevents  removal  of  the  cable  con- 
nector from  the  bushing  assembly  when  the  magnitude  of 
current  flowing  through  the  first  and  second  electrical  con- 
ductors exceeds  a  predetermined  magnitude. 


3^70,290 
CLECTRICAL  CONNECTOR 
WDhdm  Aafrie,  and  Ham  G.  MartiiMCk,  both  of  Hunlsvflk, 
Ala. 

FiM  Apr.  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  136,006 

hA.CLmU  23152, 23154 

VS.  CL  339—78  MP  10  Clalm^ 


3,670,288 

TORSION  CONTACT  ZERO-INSERTION  FORCE 

CONNECTOR 

William  Rpbcrt  Evans,  HunuMlBtowa,  Pa.,  assignor  to  AMP 

Incorporated,  HjurrislMurt,  Pa. 

FIM  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  115,358 

lat.  CL  HOlr  13/62 

VS.  CL  339-74  R  7  Claims 


Disclosed  is  a  connector  for  receiving  the  edge  of  a  printed 
circuit  board,  ceramic  substrate  or  other  circuit  boards  of  the 
like.  The  connector  contains  a  plurality  of  pre-twisted  con- 
tacts that  are  untwisted  for  zero-force  insertion  of  a  circuit 
board  after  which  they  are  released  to  return  toward  their 
original  position  making  electrical  contact  with  such  board. 


A  separable  tlat  cable  connector  having  each  pair  of  mat- 
ing electrical  contacts  fully  isolated  from  one  another  by 
means  of  insulating  compartments  extending  rearwardly  from 
the  mating  face  of  the  plug  half.  The  plug  body  is  an  integral, 
molded  plastic  member  with  two  rows  of  compartments 
separated  by  a  central  wall.  Two  flat  conductor  cables,  in- 
troduced through  the  rear  of  the  plug,  have  exposed  conduc- 
tors extending  forward  along  the  central  wall,  with  the  in- 
ductor ends  being  secured  in  grooves  defined  by  projections 
on  the  central  compartment  wall  spaced  back  from  the  mat- 
ing face.  The  receptacle  half  of  the  connector  has  an  outer 
housing  adapted  to  receive  the  plug  body  and  forward-pro- 
jecting spring  contact  elements  with  arcuate  surfaces  for  en- 
gagement with  the  exposed  conductors  in  the  plug.  Spring 
contact  elements  of  the  receptacle  are  disposed  so  that  their 
rearwardly  extending  ends  are  alined  in  four  spaced-apart 
rows  to  facilitate  soldering  thereto  of  conductors  of  round 
wire  or  flat  conductor  cables. 


3,670,289 
TANDEM  MATING  RECEPTACLES 
Peter  Martte  Bnwcr,  Mcdnaksbarg.  Pa.,  assignor  to  AMP 
lacorporalHl,  Harrtebnrg,  Pa. 

Filed  J«M  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,735 

Int.  CL  HOlr  13/54 

VS.  CL  339-91  R  3  Cl^ 

An  assembly  of  tandem  mated  recepudes  including  first 

receptacles  connected  by  a  web  and  adapted  for  bulkhead 

mounting.  A  plurality  of  second  receptacles  is  provided  with 

*  a  removable  cover  plate  and  are  partially  received  in  mating 


4ClallM 


3,670,291 
CONNECTING  DEVICE 
Banando  Gania,  2691  Hoi  Road  Northwest,  North  Canton, 
Ohio 

FBed  May  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,208 
Int.  CL  HOlr  13/54;  A44b  19/02 
VS.  CL  339—92  M 

A  connecting  device  for  joining  together  two  panels  end- 
to<nd  of  various  sizes  and  materials.  Each  panel  includes|  a 
plurality  of  pivotally  mounted  tog^e  arms  which  are  al- 
ternately positioned  with  respect  to  arms  on  the  opposite 
panel.  The  tonle  arms  are  also  positioned  so  that  their  ends 
overiap  and  interiock  when  in  closed  or  engaged  pocition.  A 

top  and  bottom  bar  partially  connectt  and  properly  poaitioitt 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


787 


the  two  panels.  The  top  bar  may  be  provided  with  a  bolt  or 
other  means  to  secure  the  interlocked  toggle  arm  ends 
together  against  the  bottom  connecting  bar  when  in  closed 
position.  A  slide  member  is  provided  with  two  pairs  of  slida- 


aligned  with  ferrule  member  means  of  the  inner  contact 
member  extending  outwardly  from  the  dielectric  means.  One 
of  the  axially-spaced  ferrule  means  has  a  first  section  of  sub- 
stantially annular  construction  and  a  second  section  extend- 


ble  cams  to  operate  the  toggle  arms  which  are  provided  with 
corresponding  cams.  The  device  is  connected  and  discon- 
nected by  opposite  movement  of  the  slide  member  with  the 
cams  pivoting  the  toggle  arms  open  or  closed  by  engaging 
mating  cam  surfaces. 


3,670,292 

GROUNDING  FOIL  FOR  ELECTRICAL  CONNECTORS 

William  K.  Tracy,  Roacncad,  CaHf.,  asslgMir  to  InlnrnatioMi 

TdepboM  aMi  Tdcgraph  Corportton,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBcd  Jan.  29,  1970,  Scr.  No.  6,900 

Int.  CL  HOlr  23/06,  23/08 

U.S.CL339— 143R  3 


ing  substantially  tangentially  outwardly  from  the  first  section 
so  that  a  drain  or  ground  wire  of  a  shielded  cable  can  be 
crimped  between  the  first  and  second  sections  while  a  center 
conductor  of  the  cable  is  crimped  in  the  ferrule  member 
means  of  the  inner  contact  member. 


3,670,294 
MULTIPLE  CONTACT  ELECTRICAL  CONNECTOR 
Gordon  L.  Johnson,  Jamestown,  N.Y.,  and  Thnmas  E. 
noc,  Warm,  Pa.,  Msignon  to  Sytvanta  Ekctiic  Prodndi 


FOed  Oct.  19,  1970,  Scr.  No.  81^47 
Int.  CL  HOlr  13/50,  9/08 
VS.  CL  339-195  M 


4Claiim 


A  grounding  foil  having  one  or  more  cavities  therein 
formed  of  tangs.  The  surface  of  the  tangs  integral  with  the 
foil  members  contacts  electrical  elements  inserted  in  the 
cavities  formed  by  the  tangs.  The  front  edge  surface  of  the 
tangs  do  not  contact  the  electrical  elements,  thus  prolonging 
both  the  use  of  the  electrical  element  and  preventing  failure 
of  the  tangs.  A  relatively  large  number  of  tangs  may  be  pro- 
vided which  occupy  a  sufficient  area  so  that  should  failure  of 
one  of  the  tangs  occur,  the  remaining  tangs  will  provide  sufB- 
cient  electric  contact  as  well  as  support  so  that  the  electrical 
element  supported  in  the  tangs  wih  not  be  displaced-  The 
tangs  may  be  designed  so  that  the  tang  portion  integral  with 
the  foil  has  a  greater  stiffness  than  the  tip  portion  of  the  tang. 


3,670,293 
SHIELDED  WIRE  CONNECTORS 
WilUam  Joseph  Garvcr,  HarrlslMrg,  Pa.,  aaslgnor  to  AMP  In- 
corporated, Harrisbnrt,  Pa. 

Filed  Aog.  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  65,462 
IntCLH01r/7/;« 
U.S.CL  339-177  MP  SOaiiM 

A  shielded  caUe  electrical  connector  is  provided  with  a 
coaxial  contact  section  having  iimer  aiKl  outer  contact  mem- 
bers separated  from  each  other  by  a  dielectric  means  which 
carries  the  inner  contact  member.  The  outer  contact  member 
is  provided  with  axially-spaced  ferrule  means  coaxiaOy 


An  electrical  connector  assembly  consisting  of  a  connector 
block  of  insulative  material  having  a  (riurality  of  connector 
pins  established  therein.  The  pin  receiving  openings  in  the 
block  each  have  a  cylindrical  shape  portion  which  extends 
into  the  block  a  predetermined  distance  until  it  interconnects 
and  aligns  with  a  rectangular  shaped  portion  which  extends 
on  through  to  the  opposing  surfiace  <^  the  Mock.  The  connec- 
tor pins  for  this  assembly  each  consist  of  a  cylindrical  shaped 
male  end,  a  centrally  located  retaining  portion,  and  a  rectan- 
gular shaped  wirewrap  end. 


3,670,295 
TERMINAL  BLOCK  AND  TERMINAL  CONNECTOR 
Hans  Raymond  Efc,  Dcs  PWncs,  and  Walter  L.  Doctor,  Jr., 
Scfaatunburg,  both  of  DL,  aarii^ori  to  Underwriters  Safety 
Device  Co.,  Chicago,  PL 

FBed  Dec.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101^07 
tatCL  HOlr  9/00 

U.S.CL  339-198  S  16CWm 

The  terminal  Mock  has  a  plurality  of  pandleling  apertures 
for  receiving  Mades  of  different  types  of  terminal  connectors. 
One  type  of  connector  is  U-diaped  with  two  generally  paral- 
lel spaced  apart  blades  interconnected  at  their  bases.  Each  of 
the  blades  has  a  locating  projection.  Anodier  type  of  connec- 
tor is  of  the  spade  type  with  two  spaced  apart  co-planar 
blades  connected  to  a  co-planar  base  portion  of  the  spade 
type  connector.  A  plurafity  of  notches  are  formed  on  one 
face  of  the  terminal  block  and  each  notch  is  located  idjaoem 


788 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


to  and  opens  into  one  of  the  aperture*.  A  slot  extends  into 
the  one  face  of  the  block  between  and  communicating  with 
at  least  two  adjacent  apertures.  The  projections  cooperate 
and  mate  with  the  notches  to  maintain  each  blade  of  a  U- 


storage  batteries  and  the  like.  The  illustrated  embodiment  in- 
cludes a  tapered  plug  member  adapted  to  conuct  an  internal 
complementary  surface  of  a  metallic  battery  insert.  An  inter- 
nally threaded  cap  swively  supports  the  upper  extremity  of 
the  tapered  plug  member,  and  a  spring  washer  is  interposed 
between  the  underside  of  the  cap  and  an  upper  surface  of  the 
tapered  plug. 


to 


3^70^98  ^ 

ELECTRIC  CONTACT  BLADE  CRIMP 
Fcrdninand  Khimpp,  Jr^  Mountalnride,  NJ..  aHignor 
Hcyman  Manufacturing  Company,  Kenlworth,  N  J. 
FDcd  Dec.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,118 
Int.CI.H01r///0« 
U.S.  CL  339— 276  T  6  Claims 


shaped  connector  located  centrally  of  the  aperture  mto 
which  it  is  received  and  to  prevent  movement  of  the  blades 
against  a  side  waU  of  the  aperture.  The  slot  receives  the  base 
portion  of  the  spade  type  connector  with  the  blades  thereof 
received  in  the  two  adjacent  apertures. 


3,670,296 

WIRE  TERMINATION  BLOCK  CONSTRUCTION 

Joseph  H.  MacKeniie,  Jr.,  431  Prairie  Avenue,  Wllroette,  111. 

Filed  Jan.  27, 1971,  Ser.  No.  110,080 

Int.  CL  HOlr  9/00 

VS.  CL  339— 198  H  *  Claims 


An  electric  plug  blade  has  a  crimp  using  the  neck  width  for 
part  of  the  crimp  finger  length  improving  the  strength  and 
reducing  the  resistance  of  the  blade.  Other  gripping  fingers 
may  be  offset  from  each  other,  extending  the  latitudinal 
distance  between  one  fingertip  and  an  opposite  fingertip.  The 
crimp  works  especially  well  with  thin  stock  blades. 


I 


3,670,299 
SPEAKER  DEVICE  FOR  SOUND  REPRODUCTION  IN 

iUQUID  MEDIUM  , 

hn,  Yukon,  Okla.,  assignor  to  LTV  Ling  Al^, 
inc.,  Oklahoma  City,  Okla.  i 

Filed  Mar.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,623 

Int  CL  GOlv  1 100  ' 

U.S.  CI.  340—8  R  6  Cl^ms 


A  wire  termination  block  construction  is  provided  wherein 
various  components  thereof  may  be  readily  extruded  and  in- 
terfitted  so  as  to  form  a  block  of  desired  length  and  configu- 
ration. 


3,670,297 
BATTERY  CONNECTOR  ASSEMBLY 
Waiter   Erienbach,   Selma,  Ind.,  assignor  to   Diinois  Tool 
Works  Inc.,  Chkago,  III. 

Filed  Mar.  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  16,420 

iBt  CL  HOlr  7/08 

VS.  CL  339-232  *  Claims 


^,30fy2^^ 


xo 


JL6 


The  present  invention  relates  generally  to  electrical  con- 
nectors and  more  particularly  to  electrical  connectors  for 


Apparatus  for  transducing  electrical  signal  energy  to 
acoustic  energy  for  projection  within  liquid  medium.  Such 
speaker  device  consists  of  a  sealed  housing  enclosure  which 
is  formed  of  resilient  material  such  that  it  includes  at  least 
one  generally  planar  side,  and  a  permanent  magnet  cooperat- 
ing with  an  electromagnetic  drive  coil  are  operatively 
disposed  within  said  enclosure  in  suitaUe  affixure  to  drive 
the  planar  side  of  the  housing  means  so  that  it  acts  as  the 
sound  producing  vibratile  member  in  contact  with  the  liquid 
medium. 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


789 


3,670300 
SPOT-TYPE  BRAKE  WEAR  INMCATOR 
Otto  Dcpcnheucr,  Bad  Homburg,  Germany,  awlgntir  to  ITT 
Induitriet,  Inc^  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,118 
Clainu  priority,  appHcadon  Germany,  Oct.  13,  1969,  P  19  SI 

475.1 

Int.  CL  B60t  ;  7/22.-  G08b  21100 

VS.  CL  340—52  A  4  Claims 


This  electrical  warning  device  for  indicating  brake  lining 
wear  includes  an  electrical  circuit  which  is  closed  by  means 
of  the  brake  shoe  coming  into  electrical  conuct  with  a  con- 
tact element  carried  by  the  brake  shoe  retaining  spring  when 
the  brake  lining  wears  down  to  a  predetermined  thickness. 
The  contact  element  is  electrically  insulated  from  the  retain- 
ing spring. 


3,670,301 

VEHICLE  ANTI-THEFT  DEVICE 

Larry  D.  Douglas,  San  Francisco,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Pete 

Fakulak  and  Lucilc  A.  Pakulak,  San  Francisco,  CaHf. 

Filed  Mar.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,018 

Int.  CI.  G08b  13100 

VS.  CL  340—65  7  Claims 


to 

r~~~"47"."' 


A  light-weight  portable  alarm  device  is  readily  installed 
upon  a  mobile  unit  and  sounds  an  alarm  for  a  predetermined 
time  interval  in  the  event  that  an  unauthorized  person  at- 
tempts to  move  the  unit.  The  alarm  is  operable  whether  or 
not  the  wires  of  an  associated  electrical  circuit  are  cut,  and  it 
is  insensitive  to  changes  in  temperature,  atmospheric  pres- 
sures, moisture,  dust  or  vibration. 


3^7<U02 

CENTRAL  TRAFnC  SIGNAL  CCWTROL 
Gregory  Sttdoa,  Bronx,  aMi  James  B.  Ruddem  Manhattan, 
both   of   N.Y.,    assignors  to   Marbciltc   Compmiy,    Inc. 
Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Nov.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  878,762 
.-^  InL  CL  G08g  7/07 

U.S.  CL  340—40  5  CI^m 

Two  lines  interconnect  a  central  traffic  signal  control  sta- 
tion with  a  local  control  station.  The  two  lines  carry  signab 


from  the  central  station  to  the  local  station  that  determines 
whether  the  local  station  is  under  local  or  central  control. 
When  on  central  control,  the  two  lines  carry  signals  that 
cause  the  traffic  signal  at  the  local  station  to  advance  to  the 
next  condition.  In  addition,  the  system  includes  circuitry  that 
establishes  a  predetermined  interval  in  which  the  central  sta- 


■fcoSuTm 


4j^«      s^ 


tion  is  conditioned  to  receive  signals  over  the  two  lines  from 
the  local  station  indicative  of  a  predetermined  condition, 
such  as  the  main  thoroughfare  signal  being  green  so  that  a 
shift  between  local  and  central  control  may  be  effected 
without  interrupting  the  smooth  flow  of  traffic  during  the 
changeover,  and  so  that  central  control  may  continuously 
monitor  the  operation  of  the  local  control  station. 


3,670,303 
TRANSPONDER  MONITORING  SYSTEM 
John  S.  Dame,  Oak  Park,  m.,  assignor  to  Motorola,  Inc., 
FrankUn  Park,  DL 

Filed  Aug.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67^75 

Int.  CL  G08b  29100 

VS.  a.  340—146.1  C  25  ClainH 


A  transponder  monitoring  system  includes  a  fixed  location 
interrogation  station  and  transponder  units  carried  by  vehi- 
cles, with  the  transponder  units  being  irfaced  in  an  activated 
transmit  mode  in  response  to  interrogation  pulses  transmitted 
by  the  interrogation  station.  The  messages  received  at  the  in- 
terrogation station  are  verified  by  the  transmission  of  verifi- 
cation pulses  on  a  bit  by  bit  basis,  with  failure  of  verification 
causing  a  vehicle  transponder  unit  to  be  reset  to  begin  trans- 
mission over  again.  This  permits  an  orderly  response  from 
the  vehicle  units  to  be  obtained  even-  though  several  units 
may  be  within  the  interrogation  field  at  the  same  time  and 
may  be  simultaneously  attempting  to  transmit  information  to 
the  interrogation  sution.  Upon  completion  of  TrnnimiMinii  of 
an  error  free  (verified)  message  from  a  transponder,  the 
transponder  is  disabled  firom  further  transmiaaon  until  the 
vehicle  leaves  the  interrogation  field. 


790 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


3,670304 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  DETECTING  ERRORS 

READ  FROM  MOVING-MAGNETIC-STORAGE  DEVICE 

WITH  DIGITAL  INTERFACE 

Rail  A«ii Brwftt";  BiM""*"  ^'  Floriiio,  Longmot, 

and  Fr«d  W.  Nkcwt,  BouMt,  ■■  of  Colo.,  aM%iion  to  In- 

terMtional  BiuiBCM  Machines  CorporatkMi,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,143 

Int.  CI.  G06k  5/00 

VS.  CL  340— 146.1  F  16  Claims 


by  developing  and  bleaching  the  piwtographic  plate.  Corre- 
lated output  signals  of  varying  intensity  are  formed  in  tlie 
output  plane  at  the  locations  occupied  during  the  recordu|g 
process  by  the  transparent  maslcs  which  most  closely  cor- 
respond to  the  unknown  character.  Each  Ot  a  plurality  of  pin- 
holes positioned  at  the  locations  corresponding  to  each  mask 
transparency  transmits  the  central  value  of  a  correlated  out- 
put signal.  A  photodetector  aligned  with  each  pinhole  senses 
the  transmitted  central  value  and  produces  a  current  signal 
that  is  processed  in  a  postprocessor  to  provide  an  output 
signal  that  is  indicative  of  the  corresponding  known 
character. 


'"f     \mi»m.m  ^ . 


aeiur 


niucB   _iii|ia» 


A  data  signal  read  from  magnetic  tape  is  converted  from 
an  analog  signal  into  a  digital  sign^by  hard  limiting.  This 
hard-limited  data  signal  is  combined  with  an  indication  as  to 
whether  the  amplitude  of  the  digital  signal  is  above  a 
predetermined  threshold  and  then  passed  to  the  control  unit 
operating  with  the  tape  drive.  The  control  unit,  in  turn,  de- 
tects the  data,  checks  for  parity  error,  phase  error,  and  am- 
plitude error  and  provides  control  signals  back  to  the  tape 
drive.  These  control  signals  are  used  to  change  the  predeter- 
mined threshold  used  by  the  tope  drive.  The  predetermined 
threshold  is  changed  by  these  control  signals  in  accordance 
with  detection  of  a  history  of  good  daU  and  in  accordance 
with  errors  in  the  record  block. 


J. 


I  3,670,306^    \ 

PROCESS  FOR  DATA  COMMUNICATION  BETWEEN 
DATA  PROCESSING  SYSTEMS 
David  J.  Fox,  Phoenix;  JaM  E.  King,  Sun  Cky,  and  Orazio 
Nardeili,  Phoenix,  aU  of  Arli.,  Msignors  to  HoncyweU  Inf^r^ 
mation  Systems  Inc.,  Wakham,  Mass. 

Filed  Mar.  1, 1971,  Ser.  No.  120,021 

bit  CL  G06f  75/76 

U.S.  CI.  340—172.5  19  ClaiAis 


3,670305 
LENSLESS  OPTICAL  RECOGNITION  SYSTEM 
WilUaoi  T.  MakMcy,  Sudbury,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Sperry 
Rand  Corponrtio0 

Filed  Sept.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76^69 

Int.  CL  G06k  9/00;  G02h  27/38 

VS.  CL  340- 1463  P  12  Claims 


A  lensless  recognition  system  including  a  hologram  having 
interference  patterns  therein  corresponding  to  known 
characters.  The  interference  patterns  are  fcmned  by  a 
character  beam  wliich  passes  through  a  transparent  mask  of 
the  character  to  be  recorded  and  intersects  a  reference  beam 
on  a  photographic  plate.  In  tlw  recognition  process  quasi- 
monochromatic  incoherent  illumination  firom  an  unknown 
character  transmits  tlirough  the  hologram  which  is  obtained 


1       XHTeam/^* 

•    eruMt  otxinmeut                               \ 

anrmBim  Of  ftrsr  amtnai  muimm 

*4 

um  mete  oruar  emtuuti  Mtisai  | 

iNfonttftr/efj 


Of  SM*ir 

mlUteS  BACH 


A  process  is  disclosed  which  provides  for  dato  communica- 
tion among  two  or  more  dato  processing  systems  intercon- 
nected by  a  single  physical  conmiunication  channel.  A  com- 
munication is  initiated  by  utilizing  one  of  a  plurality  of 
storage  areas  in  the  memory  of  one  of  the  dato  processing 
systems.  Dato  and  control  information  necessary  for  prepar- 
ing for  a  communication  is  stored  in  a  storage  area  to  await 
processing  by  the  appropriate  dato  processing  system.  While 
the  control  information  from  one  storage  area  is  being 
processed,  control  information  relating  to  a  different  commu- 
nication may  be  stored  in  another  storage  area.  In  this 
manner,  many  communications  among  the  dato  processing 
systems  may  be  processed  in  an  apparently  parallel  fashioi). 


I 


3,670307 
INTERSTORAGE  TRANSFER  MECHANISM 
Richard  F.  AhmM,  Pate  AMo,  CaM.;  Phllp  S.  DMiiwr,  OmIii- 
log;  Ckarlai  V.  FMosan,  Fleasairtvlllc  both  of  N.Y.;  RapMl 
J.  Robckm  Palo  Alto,  and  John  R.  Wknbldd,  Saratoga, 
both  of  CaMf .,  assignors  to  Intcniatloaal  Biishiws  Machines 
Corporathm,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec.  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,467 
Int.  CL  Gllc  9/00;  G06f  13/00 
VS.  CL  340— 1723  10  CI*nB 

Described  is  an  interstorage  transfer  mechanism  suitoble 
for  use  in  a  storage  control  system  for  a  two-level  storage, 
wherein  the  storage  system  includes  a  high-speed  storage 
against  which  requests  for  dato  are  processed  and  a  slower, 
larger-capacity  main  storage.  Requests  can  be  received  and 
serviced  concurrently  at  a  plurality  of  request  ports  in  the 
system  where  they  ate  buffered  in  the  request  stacks.  A  tag 
stmage  serves  as  an  index  to  the  dato  concurrently  resident 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


791 


m  high-speed  storage  and  a  directory  storage  acts  as  an  index 
to  data  currently  in  main  storage.  Requests  for  dato  in  each 
port  cause  the  tog  storage  to  be  interrogated  to  determine 
whether  the  desired  dato  is  in  high-speed  storage.  If  not,  then 
the  desired  dato  is  retrieved  from  main  storage  and  placed 
into  high-speed  storage  by  the  interstorage  transfer 
mechanism.  Priority  means  for  accessing  said  high-speed 
storage  are  provided,  said  interstorage  transfer  mechanism 
being  given  first  priority  to  access  said  high-speed  and  tag 
storages  in  case  of  conflicts  in  access  between  said  in- 
terstorage transfer  mechanism  and  at  least  one  of  said  plu- 
rality of  request  ports.  Means  are  provided  for  choosing  a 


trol  signals  and  of  a  plurality  of  control  flip-flop  circuits 
within  the  cell.  Those  fi^>-flop  circuits  receive  dato  signal  in- 
puts from  the  bus.  The  same  bus  dao  provides  daU  inputs  for 
a  dato  flip-flop  circuit  and  for  a  dato  store  witiiin  the  ceD. 
Dato  input  to  the  bus  is  provided  by  way  of  the  coupling  k>gic 
from  a  program-selected  one  of  the  dato  flip-flop  circuit,  the 
store,  an  external  source,  or  from  program.  Additional  k>gic 
allows  communication  among  cdb  by  way  of  sdective  iiJter- 
connection  of  their  respective  intracefl  buses  as  determined 
by  further  program  control  signals. 


"S 


L_C 


r       • 


1£ 


i7 


n 


va 


E! £- 


£ f; 


3,670309 

STCMIAGE  CONTROL  SYSTEM 

Gene  M.  AmdaM,  Saralaca;  Rkhard  F.  AnoU,  Palo  Alto, 

~     '      V. 


\ 


"  ^-i- 


3j 


Tf-l 


target  address  in  High-speed  storage  wherein  said  desired 
dato  will  be  relocated.  The  tog  indexing  said  torget  address  is 
updated  by  said  interstorage  transfer  mechanism  to  reflect 
the  new  dato.  Means  are  further  provided  for  invalidating  all 
requests  currently  in  transit  at  the  time  said  tog  is  changed  to 
insure  dato  integrity  in  case  said  requests  refer  to  old  dato  in 
said  target  line.  The  aforementioned  togs  contain  a  bit  in- 
dicating that  the  corresponding  address  in  high-speed  storage 
has  recently  been  accessed.  Cold  generator  means  are  pro- 
vided for  periodically  resetting  this  bit  in  each  tag  to  mark 
the  corresponding  high-speed  storage  physical  address  as  a 
candidate  for  replacement  target. 


^  3,670306 

DISTRIBUTED  LOGIC  MEMORY  CELL  FOR  PARALLEL 

CELLULAR-LOGIC  PROCESSOR 
David  Morris  Totctanan,  Eatootown,  N  J.,  asrignor  to  Bd 
Tckphone    Laboratortes,    Incorporated,    Murray    Hil, 
HncMfty  N  J^« 

FBed  Dec  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101311 
Int.  CL  G06f  13/00, 15/16 
VS.  CL  340—1723  21 


^to 


CONTROL 
UNIT 


/•le- 


)  r I  l"  r 1  i* 

f*  CELL  i:  CELL  ^ 


rii 


^14 


CELL 


Z:"—  CELL 


IS' 


both  of  CaHf.;  PMIp  S.  Daabcr, 
Frdman,  PleaaaDtvOe,  both  of  N.Y.; 
Palo  Alto,  CaHf.;  ilcrtert  Schorr, 
John  R.  WlenUdd,  Saratoga,  Caif., 
tkmal  BuafaMss  Macfatncs  Corporatkm, 

Filed  Dec.  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,469 
iBt  a.  Gllc  9/00;  G06f  13/00 
U.S.CL  340-1723  29 


J. 
cuff,  N.Y.,  aBd 
to 
N.Y. 


II 


"S 


l_i 


.    J. 


1£ 


i^ 


m 


\f=^ 


u. 


=? ^ 


L         t. 


t- 


^ 


t 


In  a  parallel  cellular  logic  processor  including  a  program 
control  unit  and  a  fdurahty  of  logic  memory  cells,  dl  dato  in- 
puts, except  intercell  inputs,  for  any  cdl  are  channeled 
through  common  input  coupling  logic  to  a  one-bit  intraceU 
bus.  The  coupling  logic  is  enabled  or  disabled  in  accordance 
with  predetermined  combinations  of  stotes  of  program  con- 


Described  is  a  storage  control  system  for  a  tw»4evel 
storage  system.  The  system  includes  a  high-speed  storage 
against  which  requests  for  daU  are  proceaed  and  a  slower, 
larger-capacity  main  storage.  Requests  for  dato  arc  received 
in  terms  of  logical  addresses.  Requestt  can  be  received  con- 
currently at  a  phirality  <rf  request  ports  where  they  are  buf- 
fered in  request  stacks.  A  tag  storage  serves  as  an  index  to 
the  dato  currently  resident  in  hi^i-flpeed  storage,  and  a 
directory  storage  acts  as  an  index  to  dato  currently  in  main 
storage.  A  sequence  interlodc  generator  is  iackKled  which  in- 
toriocks  requestt  in  the  plurality  oi  request  stacks  to  insure 
that  requestt  to  the  same  storage  area  are  performed  in 
proper  sequence  to  insure  dato  integrity.  When  a  request  is 
serviced,  the  logical  address  is  transformed  into  a  plurality  of 
physical  addresses  in  high-speed  storage.  The  correapoadtng 
tags  from  the  tag  storage  and  the  correapotiding  dato  firom 
the  hi^i-speed  storage  are  concurraitly  fetched.  A  com- 
parison is  made  of  the  tap  with  the  transformed  addrMS  to 
determine  whether  the  requested  dato  is  tai  Mgh-apeed 
storage.  Since  request  to  the  same  storage  entity  in  high- 
speed Storage  or  tag  storage  can  be  made  concurrently  by  aD 
request  portt.  confbct  resolvers  are  included  to  reMlve  con- 
fbctt  arising  from  simultaneous  requestt  to  either  of  theae 
two  storages.  High-speed  storage  is  dhrided  into  storage 
modules  capable  of  sfanuhaneous  operation  such  that 
requestt  firom  the  phiraKty  of  request  portt  can  be  serviced 
concurrendy.  if  compariaon  of  the  tags  tndtcate  that  the 
requested  dato  is  avaflaMe.  the  request  is  serviced.  An  hi- 


899  O.G.— 28 


792 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


tentorage  transfer  mechanism  is  included  such  that  if  the 
requested  data  is  oot  available  in  high-speed  storage,  then  the 
data  is  retrieved  from  main  storage  and  placed  into  high- 
speed storage  for  subsequent  processing  of  the  request.  Con- 
currently with  interstorage  transfer,  processing  of  other 
requesto  from  the  request  ports  is  permissible.  In  the  replace- 
ment of  data  from  main  storage  to  high-speed  storage,  provi- 
sion is  made  for  also  replacing  data  from  high-speed  storage 
to  main  storage  if  such  be  necessary. 


9.670^10 
METHOD  FOR  INFORMATION  STORAGE  AND 
RETRIEVAL 
Baui  U.  Bharwud,  Rockcslar,  N.Y^  and  Harry  Kaplowltx, 
Auuuidale,    Va.,   aarigBors   to   Infodata   Systems    Incor- 
porated, Wcbrtcr,  N.Y. 

FBcd  Sept  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,953 

lirt.  Ci.  G06f  7110 

VJ&.  CL  340—  niS  22  Claims 


Si. 


OKDnaiOITK 

tirmm 
raNToi  n  XMot  fu 


wmorncrTDia 


'^■^   "^ 

"WW 

G 

tarn  aa 

■■ 

mm 

yum 

OtlMMTt 

ac  Kn 

its  corresponding  row  of  switches  or  indicating  lamps  re- 
peatedly in  sequence  over  the  conductors.  Persistence  causes 


cam  mam  wii-B 


■wn 


•^     ma     I    r-r«nrV-» 


_  '    II I  r^       UVWl  


the  lamps  to  cotitinuously  display  the  contents  of  the  cor- 
responding storage  units  while  the  switches  alter  the  contents 
in  the  storage  units  intermittently  connected  to  them. 


3,670,311 
DATA  PROCESSOR  CONSOLE  COMMUNICATIONS 

SYSTEM 
Frederick  C  Aumaiim  m,  Chdimford,  Mml,  and  GcraM  V. 
r,  Jr^  WMttiar,  OrilL,  asrignors  to  Digilai  Equipmort 
,  Mayaard,  Maa. 
FRed  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91.132 
laC  CL  G06(  3114;  H04q  1 1/00 
U&  0.340-172^  llClaliiM 

A  data  processing  system  which  multiplexes  signals 
between  the  central  processing  unit  and  a  console  unit  over  a 
single  set  of  conductors.  Sets  of  indicating  lamps  and 
switches  in  the  console  unit  correspond  to  storage  units  in 
the  central  processor  unit  Selector  circuits  respond  to  recur- 
ring sequential  gating  signals  to  connect  each  storage  unit  to 


3,670,312 

WRITE  STATION  FOR  A  MAGNETIC  STORAGE 

MEMUM 

Berne  D.  Broadbent  Orange,  CaUf.,  avlgnar  to  Hughes  Afar- 

craft  Company,  Culver  City,  CaUf. 

FUcd  Oct  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,597 

Int  a.  Gllc  19/00, 11/04, 11/14 

VS.  CL  340—174  SR  21  Clafam 


A  data  storage  and  retrieval  system  based  upon  a  three  file 
concept  is  disclosed.  The  computer  oriented  system  com- 
prises at  least  an  index,  search,  and  data  file.  Access  to  the 
file  structure  is  through  the  index  file  wherein  a  plurality  of 
keywords  are  stcH«d.  Each  keyword,  either  individually  or  in 
combination,  is  used  to  identify  one  or  more  data  records 
stored  in  the  data  file.  A  (rfurality  of  paths  through  the  search 
file,  called  chains,  whose  links  comprise  links  addresses,  pro- 
vide a  connection  between  the  index  and  data  files. 

Keywords  are  automaticaUy  generated  from  field  values 
contained  in  data  records.  Updating  of  these  fiekl  values  in- 
itiates the  automatic  updating  of  keywords  in  the  index  and 
search  files. 

In  addition,  to  conserve  file  space,*the  allocation  of  space 
for  keywords  in  the  index  file  is  made  adjustable. 

Provision  is  made  for  marking  items  as  deleted  and  for 
bypassing  deleted  items  during  searching. 

Provision  is  also  made  for  the  addition  of  a  sin^e  item  as  a 
data  record  without  using  the  loading  procedure  used  to  ini- 
tially load  the  data  base. 


i^T 


A  magnetic  shift  register  including  a  fine  magnetic  wire 
recording  medium,  the  wire  being  wound  under  tension  in  a 
helix  around  a  substrate  including  a  cylindrically  disposed 
polyphase  advance  array  which  includes  a  plurality  of  drivd 
windings  oriented  transverse  to  the  axis  of  the  magnetic  wire 
so  that  a  series  of  spaced  magnetic  domains,  sequentially 
formed  at  the  input  end  segment  of  the  magnetic  vrire  by  a 
drive  field  produced  by  one  of  the  drive  winding,  can  be 
propagated  through  the  length  of  the  magnetic  wire  by  the 
polyphase  advance  array  when  current  pulses  are  applied  to 
the  drive  windings.  A  write  winding  fastened  adjacent  the 
magnetic  wire  toward  the  input  end  thereof  can  selectively 
impede  propagation  of  and  cause  destruction  <rf  the  magnetic 
domain  in  selected  storage  segments.  A  read  winding 
disposed  toward  the  output  end  of  the  magnetic  wire  senses 
magnetic  domains  propagated  therethrough  past  the  write 
winding  such  that  the  absence  of  a  nuignetic  domain  from  a 
spaced  storage  segment  of  the  magnetic  wire  represents  a 
digital  ZERO  and  the  presence  of  a  magnetic  domain 
represents  a  digital  ONE. 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


798 


3,670,313  ' 
DYNAMICALLY  ORDERED  MAGNETIC  BUBBLE  SHUT 

REGISTER  MEMORY 
wnUan  F.  Bcausoieil,  Poughkccpric;  Davfcl  T.  Brown,  and 
Ernest  L.  Walker,  both  of  WappingMrs  FaBs,  aO  of  N.Y.,  as- 
signors to  International  Business  Machines  Corporatfon, 
Armonk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  126,822 

Int  CI.  Gllc/ 7/74,  / 9/00 

U.S.  CI.  340—174  TF  8  Claims 


ray.  The  reference  read-out  signal  and  the  information 
signals  are  sensed  and  applied  to  a  gating  means,  such  as  an 
AND  gate,  wliich  operates  only  on  the  coincidence  of  the 
reference  and  information  signals,  thereby  eliminating  stray 
noise  in  the  output. 


_^"N  — 


,vi  «J  I  < 


An  information  storage  matrix,  such  as  an  array  of  mag- 
netic cores,  is  provided  with  a  separate  reference  storage 
device  which  is  driven  bv  the  same  read-out  driver  as  the  ar- 


3,670,315 
MAGNETIC  DISK  MEMORY  SPINDLE  ASSEMBLY 
Robert  R.  Fowler,  10625  Northridr  HH  Drive,  Chatsworth, 
CaBf. 

FBcd  May  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  37,235 

Int  CL  GOld  15/28 

MS,  CL  340—174.1  C  9  Ctahns 


^  IM  12  13  «4        !  I 


This  specification  discloses  a  bubble  domain  memory  in 
which  data  is  arranged  for  immediacy  of  access  in  ac- 
cordance with  its  last  use.  The  memory  comprises  a  plurality 
of  parallel  shift  registers  in  which  data  can  be  accessed  in 
parallel.  In  other  words,  each  of  the  shift  registers  contains  a 
bit  of  a  page  or  word  so  that  by  the  performance  of  one  shift- 
ing operation  all  of  the  bits  of  the  page  or  word  can  be  ac- 
cessed. DaU  in  each  shift  register  is  arranged  in  its  order  of 
last  use  so  that  the  access  position  K  of  a  shift  register  having 
K  bit  positions  contains  the  last  bit  of  information  used  and 
the  position  K— 1  preceding  the  access  position  K  in  the  shift 
register  contains  the  bit  of  dau  used  just  previously  to  the 
dau  in  the  access  position  K  and  so  on.  In  these  shift  re- 
gisters the  shift  positions  are  arranged  in  loops  for  shifting 
the  dau  between  the  positions  of  the  shift  register.  Two  such 
loops  are  provided,  one  of  the  loops  contains  all  the  shift 
positions  so  that  data  in  any  position  in  the  diift  register  can 
be  shifted  into  the  access  position  K  of  the  register  for  read- 
ing or  writing.  The  other  loop  contains  all  the  positions  of  the 
shift  register  but  the  access  position  K.  This  second  loop  is 
for  reordering  the  data  in  the  shift  register  in  order  of  last  use 
after  data  has  been  shifted  into  the  access  position  K  for 
reading  or  writing  by  the  first  loop. 


3,670,314 

READ  GATING  CIRCUIT  FOR  CORE  SENSING 

Lawrence  A.  Tate,  Poughkerpdr,  N.Y.,  nrtgnor  to  Inlema- 

tkmal  Business  MnchfaMs  Corporatloa,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  14, 1960,  Scr.  No.  35,994 

Int  CL  Gllc  5/0«,;  7/06 

MS.  CL  340—174  RC  32 


A  spindle  assembly  provides  orthogonal  reference  surfaces 
for  receiving  an  annular  mounting  member  for  a  memory 
disk  assemUy  having  corresponding  orthogonal  reference 
surfaces  disposed  about  a  central  axis.  A  spindle  having  a 
central  bore  concentric  with  a  central  axis  turns  within  a 
housing  on  widely  spaced  bearings.  The  spindle  includes  an 
annular  reference  surface  perpendicular  to  the  central  axis 
and  a  conical  surface  concentric  with  the  central  axis.  A  seg- 
mented collet  has  an  internal  conical  surface  mating  with  the 
conical  surface  of  the  spindle  as  well  as  a  cylindrical 
reference  surface  wiuch  is  octhogonal  to  the  first  reference 
surface  and  concentric  with  the  central  axis.  Pins  transmit 
routional  force  from  the  spindle  to  the  collet  and  a  cage 
holds  the  coUet  against  the  spindle.  A  drawbar  extends  from 
the  cage  through  the  central  bore  of  the  spindle  and  controls 
movement  of  the  cage,  thereby  allowing  die  disk  assembly  to 
be  selectively  engaged  or  disengaged.  The  assembly  com- 
bines suble  operation  with  economy  and  ease  of  manufac- 
ture. 


3^70^16 

CONTROL  FOR  DISC  DRIVE  AP^ARATIS 

D.  Matthews;  Martin  O.  HamdiM  r^M*  J. 

and  Bareld  S.  YaM.  al  af  Smi  J«M.  CalL.  a«lgBS«a  to 


FBed  Aii^  24, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  64,524 
Int  CL  Glib  5/i«.5/«2 

U.S.CL  340-174.1  C  lOtimm 

A  disc  drive  control  for  a  disc  drive  apparatus,  widdi  con- 


794 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


tiol  durina  each  oower-on  sequence,  tests  the  various  con-    lineariy  increasing  signal  at  the  oun>ut  of  the  phase  detector 
trd.  during  eacn  power-on  sequ  ^^^^  ^^  triggering  a  meter  device  or  the  like.  Spurious 

signate  including  signals  of  the  operating  frequency  or  of  in- 
correct phase  are  nullified  in  the  phase  detector  circuit  and 
accordingly  do  not  trigger  the  metering  circuit.  The  metering 


trol  functions  individually  and  sequentiaUy  to  ascertain  if  the 
disc  drive  apparatus  is  in  proper  working  order. 

3,670,317 

INSTRUMENT  DRIVE  SYSTEM  FOR  FLUID  METERING 
Uster  R.  Overy,  Fort  Wayi«,  1«L, --Ig-or  to  Tokbelm  Cor- 

Doratloa 

FBcd  Mar.  16. 1971,  Ser.  No.  124^44 

lat.  CL  GO«c  19/48, 19116 

U.S.CL  340-198  lOCWms 


circuit  may  include  a  pair  of  transistors  connected  in  parallel 
so  that  both  of  the  transistors  conduct  equally  when  a  nuU 
condition  is  received  at  the  output  of  the  load  ceU.  This  equal 
conduction  is  then  measured  by  means  of  lamps  or  the  like 
which  may  be  connected  in  series  with  each  of  the 
transistors. 


3,670,319 
ELECTRICAL  ALARM  DEVICE  FOR  OIL  FILTERS 

RE^CmSIVE  TO  WATER  SEMMENT  LEVEL 
Yoririo  Olrta^  HifMM-MalMyaM,  Japn,  Mignor  to 
KHd  KabwMU  KiWm,  Tokyo,  JapM 

FlMl  A««.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,049 
Iirt.  CL  GOOb  21100;  FOln  1 1110 
U.S.  0.340— 244  C  ^ 


atf  u» 


The  invention  relates  to  an  improvement  in  a  fluid  meter- 
ing appvatus  which,  in  the  prior  art,  commonly  comprises 
three  or  more  elements  mounted  tofether  in  stacked,  inter- 
fhting  relatioc^iip.  wherein  the  kmermost  dement  is  a  meter 
having  an  output  shaft,  wherein  the  inMrmediate  element  or 
elements  have  input  and  output  AaH.  mens,  wherein  the  up- 
pennort  ekment  haa  at  leart  an  input  shaft  and  wherein  the 

input  shaft  of  each  element  is  coupled  with  the  output  shaft 
means  of  the  subjacent  dement 


3,670,318 
LOAD  CELL  OUTPUT  CIRCUrr 
G«>ne  H.  FathaMr.  D«atar,  DL,  aarigMr  to  Ealoa  Yak  A 
TowM  bK.,  Mortoa  Grofvc  n. 

FRsd  July  7, 1969,  Str.  No.  839,289 
lirt.  CL  GOSc  19100 
U.S.CL340-199  .^        *^°^ 

A  load  wei^ung  system  tnchidmg  an  otciUator  for  supply- 
ing a  signal  to  a  load  ceU  and  at  the  same  time  supplying  a 
like  signal  to  a  phase  detector  circuit  The  output  of  the  load 
cell  is  coupled  throug)i  an  amplifier  to  the  input  of  the  phase 
detector  circuit  and  changes  in  k>ading  on  the  ceU  produce  a 


An  alarm  device  for  oil  filters  responsive  to  the  water  sedi- 
ment level  in  the  filter  inchides  a  pair  of  electrodes  which  are 
short-circuited  when  the  sediment  reaches  a  predetermined 
level.  Short-circuiting  of  the  electrodes  energizes  an  alanm 
circuit  which  includes  an  amplifier  connected  to  the  elec- 
trodes and  a  relay  coil  connected  to  the  output  of  the  ampli- 
fier. First  and  second  pairs  of  switching  contacts  controDed 
by  the  relay  omI  complete  a  circuit  between  the  amplifier  and 
coil  and  a  source  in  the  normal,  ufl^actuated  states  thereof. 
These  conucti,  when  actuated  responsive  to  energization  of 
the  relay  coU.  complete  a  circuit  to  an  indicating  device  and 
to  a  reset  switch  and  break  the  circuit  between  the  coU  and 
amplifier.  Opening  of  the  reset  switch  de-actuates  the 
switching  contacts.  ^ 


TQfi 


rk-o-crnx  A  T    n  A»7l?T"T'1? 


TftMP    19     1075! 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


795 


3,670320 

POSTURE  IMPROVING  DEVICE 

Robert  D.  Pataacr,  6475  Bayard,  Long  Beach,  CaHf. 

FHed  July  6, 1970,  Set.  No.  52,172 

lat  CL  G08b  3100 

MS.  CL  340—279 


IClaim 


larged  cover  member  engages  the  switch  button  and  is  spring 
biased  firom  a  partition  wrall  toward  a  retaining  ring  secured 
in  an  enlarged  opening  in  one  <^  the  parts.  A  plug  outlet  is 
provided  on  the  enclosure  parts  to  supply  a  separate  com- 
bined battery  and  push  button  unit  to  ctfect  operation  of  the 
unit  separate  and  apart  firom  the  sound  producing  and  loud 
speaking  unit 


3,670322 
PROGRAMMABLE  KEYBOARD 

Palcat-Vcrwaltuag»<;jB.hJL,  FVanUort,  Gcrasaiiy 
FBed  Aug.  17, 1970,  Scr.  Now  64,439 
Claims  priority,  appMcatfoa  Gcrasaay,  Aug.  16, 1969,  P  19  41 

671.8 
IiitCLG06f  J/74 
U.S.  CL  340—324  A  10  < 


A  posture  improving  device  that  includes  a  housing  as- 
sembly having  two  belt  segments  extending  from  opposite 
sides  thereof,  which  device  may  be  adjustably  mounted  to  en- 
circle the  waist  of  a  user  when  he  is  standing  with  correct 
posture  and  with  his  stomach  muscles  taut.  The  device  lightly 
conucts  the  waist  portion  of  the  user  when  he  is  so  standing, 
but  upon  the  user  assuming  an  incorrect  posture  in  which  his 
stomach  muscles  are  allowed  to  sag,  additional  tension  is 
placed  on  the  belt  segments  that  results  in  an  electric  circuit 
being  completed  within  the  housing  to  actuate  a  buzzer  or 
other  sound  reproducing  device  to  warn  the  user  that  his 
posture  is  incorrect.  The  device  is  compact,  light  in  weight 
and  may  be  worn  by  a  user  without  the  device  being  con- 
spicuous. 


3,670321 
POCKET  NOISE  MAKING  AND  ALARM  DEVICE 
Savas  P.  Savldcs,  92-09  Rockaway  Boulevard,  Rockaway 
Beach,  N.Y. 

FBcd  Nov.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,675 
Lst  CL  G08b  i/;(7 
U.S.  CL  340— 384  3i 


/ 


MAQE  REPEAT 

MEMCRT 


WTEN5ITY 
CMOMT 


]-CaOMGMtfRK 

WraUB.  SEWES 
'COfMRTB) 


A  programmable  keyboard  having  a  plurality  oi  informa- 
tion input  elements  constituted  by  small  cathode-ray  tubes 
connected  to  present  a  display  of  the  type  of  information  to 
which  they  relate. 


3,670323 
IMAGE-DISPLAY  DEVICES  COMPRISING  PARTICLE 
UGHT  MODULATORS  WITH  STORAGE 
Alaa  Sobd,  and  Joacpli  Maridia,  both  of  EvaMtua. 
sigaors  to  Zcakh  Radio  Corporatioii,  Chkaga,  DL 
FBcd  Dec.  14, 1970,  Sm.  No.  97^67 
iBt  CL  G02I 1130 
U.S.  CL  340-324  R  21 


A  personal  noise  making  and  alarm  signal  device  which 
can  be  worn  in  the  pocket  of  a  garment,  comprising  two  con- 
cave parts  opposingly  connected  together  at  their  periphe- 
ries. Within  the  enclosure  is  an  electric  sound  producing 
device,  including  an  electromagnetic  speaker,  sounding 
board  means  carried  by  the  electromagnetic  speaker  and  by 
one  of  the  parts,  a  cone  carried  by  one  of  the  parts  and  hav- 
ing its  small  opening  lying  dose  to  the  loud  speaker  device 
and  a  combined  battery  and  push  button  switch  device  con- 
nected in  circuit  relation  with  the  sound  producing  and  loud 
speaker  devices,  the  combined  battery  and  switch  contact 
device  including  a  switch  button  unit  adapted  to  be  alternate- 
ly extended  and  retracted  for  engagement  with  the  battery 
contacts  or  disengagement  of  the  battery  contacts.  A  com- 
bined battery  and  switch  may  be  confined  within  the  enclo- 
sure or  may  be  a  separate  unit  and  wired  to  the  sound 
producing  and  loud  speaker  device.  When  the  combined  bat- 
tery and  switch  device  is  disposed  in.  the  enclosure  an  en- 


An  image-display  panel  is  composed  of  horizontd  rows 
and  vertical  columns  of  illumination-control  cdls,  each  of 
which  includes  anisometric  particles  of  suq>endod  magnetic 
material  that  normally  obstruct  light  but  become  oriented  to 
pass  light  in  response  to  the  application  of  a  magnetic  field. 
Individually  associated  with  dJIferent  cdls  are  a  plurality  of 
magnetic  storage  elemcntt  that  effect  control  at  the  appiica- 
tion  of  the  fields  to  the  cells.  A  like  plurality  of  aagnctic- 
field-producing   devices   are    individually    associatrd    with 


796 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


respective  cells  and  storage  elements.  In  response  to  vertical 
synchronizing  signals,  conditioning  pulses  are  selectively  ap- 
plied to  respective  rows  of  the  field-producing  devices  in 
order  to  create  in  the  corresponding  storage  elements  respec- 
tive field  components  of  magnitudes  insufficient  to  orient  the 
particles  in  the  associated  cells  for  light  control.  In  response 
to  horizontal  synchronizing  signals,  control  pulses  are  selec- 
tively applied  to  respective  columns  of  the  field-producing 
devices  in  order  to  create,  in  the  corresponding  storage  ele- 
ments, respective  field  components  of  magnitudes  sufficient, 
together  with  the  respective  field  components  created  in 
response  to  the  conditioning  pulses,  to  establish  in  the 
respective  cells  resultant  fields  sufficient  to  orient  the  af- 
fected particles  for  light  control.  At  the  same  time,  the  am- 
plitude of  the  conditioning  or  control  pulses  is  modulated  by 
video  signals  so  that  the  total  magnitude  of  each  of  the 
resultant  fields  is  proportional  to  the  instantaneous  video 
level.  The  storage  elements  thereafter  serve  to  maintain 
orientation  of  the  particles  until,  finally,  in  response  to 
synchronizing  signals,  the  storage  elements  are  periodically 
de-activated  in  time-correspondence  with  successive  intervals 
of  the  video  information.  In  one  extension  of  the  basic  disclo- 
sure, a  manually  movable  magnet  is  employed  to  write  addi- 
tional information  into  the  display. 


3,670324 

ANALOG-DIGITAL  SHAFT  POSITION  ENCODER 

John  B.  Trevor,  3rd,  Fecks  Lane,  Locust  Valley,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,270 

Int.  CL  H03r  13120 

VS.  CL  340-347  SY  10  Claims 


COt/tfTAMD  fMASe 

oerecroR 

AMPL IFISR  " 


SJSMAL  PllOCe3SIM9 


cotMrr  oieecr/oN 
S/SMAL    a£NeeATOR 


CLOCte  SOUIfCE- 


Encoding  equipment  in  which  the  output  signals  of  a  posi- 
tion encoder  such  as  a  shaft  position  encoder  are  sampled  for 
counting  only  during  a  short  sampling  period  in  each  cycle  of 
the  output  signals.  The  sampling  period  is  determined  by  a 
signal  from  a  clock  source,  and  the  clock  source  is  used  to 
synchronize  the  operation  of  the  entire  counting  system. 
Thus,  the  chances  that  spurious  counts  will  be  created  by 
spurious  signals  is  minimized.  The  shaft  encoder  preferably 
produces  two  trains  of  output  pulses  in  quadrature.  The  out- 
put pulses  are  coimted  by  an  up-down  counting  system  which 
displays  a  digital  nimiber  representing  the  shaft  position 
together  with  a  plus  or  minus  sign  to  indicate  the  direction  in 
which  the  shaft  has  been  rotated. 


achieved  by  employing  a  transistor  in  the  bias  source  ol 
identical  type  and  similar  characteristics  to  the  discriminator 
transistor.  The  discriminator  transistor  has  an  emitter-coUeci 
tor  circuit  which  includes  a  load  resistor,  and  the  outpM 
which  is  developed  across  the  load  resistor  is  amplified  by  a 
conunon  emitter  transistor  amplifier  circuit.  The  transistor  of 
the  amplifier  circuit  is  an  N-P-N  type,  while  the  transistor  of 
the  discriminator  circuit  is  a  P-N-P  type.  In  addition  to  em< 


ploying  a  bias  source  responsive  to  ambient  temperature,  w 
second  bias  source  is  used  to  reduce  the  collector-emitter 
potential  of  the  discriminator  transistor  responsive  to  ten^ 
perature  increases.  The  second  bias  source  utilizes  ^ 
thermistor  in  addition  to  the  emitter-collector  potential  of  a 
bias  supply  transistor  in  order  to  compensate  for  the  non- 
linear temperature-output  characteristics  of  silicon 
photodiodes. 


3,670,326 
DIGITAL  TO  LOG-ANALOG  CONVERTER 
Edwin  A.  SkMUM,  Loa  Aitoa,  and  Lee  E.  Scaggs,  Mountaia 
View,  both  of  CaUf.,  aHigDors  to  Time/Data  Corporation, 
Palo  AHo,  Calf. 
CoDtiBuatloa-ln*part  of  apfritcatioa  Ser.  No.  775,216,  Sept.  3, 
1968,  now  abandoned.  This  appHcatloa  Nov.  23,  1970,  Scr. 
1  No.  91,860 

I       Int  CL  H03k  WOA 
U.S.  CL  340—347  DA  10  Clalnw 


Jl 


i^K/r    Woffo 


Mill 


3^70325 
ANALOG  TO  DIGITAL  ENCODER 
Ycrvand  Mthevorian,  CJnrlnnart,  OMo,  SHiciior  to  D.  H. 
Baldwin  Company,  Cindnnad,  Oiiio 

Filed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,501 
Int  CL  GOSc  9/06 
U.S.  CL  340— 347  P  11  Claims 

A  photoresponsive  device  employing  a  sUicon  photocell  to 
excite  on  illumination  of  the  photocell,  a  transistor  in  a  dis- 
criminator circuit  and  drive  the  transistor  from  a  non-con- 
ducting to  a  conducting  condition.  The  photovoltaic  output 
of  the  silicon  photodiode  is  added  to  the  direct  current 
potential  of  a  bias  source  to  exceed  the  threshold  conduction 
potential  of  the  discriminator  transistor.  Thermal^  stability  is 


A  system  for  converting  digital  information  into 
logarithmic  (log)  analog  form  is  disclosed.  The  characteristic 
and  mantissa  for  each  converted  digital  work  are  determined 
separately  and  then  summed.  The  characteristic  and  mantissa 
are  determined  utilizing  a  linear,  resistive  network. 


June  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


797 


3,670327 
CONTINUOUS  WAVE  RADAR  SYSTEMS 
John  Dickens  Clare,  and  Stanley  Bruce  Marsh,  both  of  Mal- 
vcm,   EngiaBd,  aHignon  to   Minister  of  Supply   in   Her 
Majesty's  Government  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  London,  England 
Filed  Nov.  1, 1956,  Scr.  No.  619,904 
InL  CL  GO  Is  9/44 
U.S.  CL  343—8  1  Claim 


the  former  constitutes  simultaneously  the  transmitting  and 
receiving  antenna  and  the  latter  active  VF  element  con- 


1   Qui—"  MMIMC  ■" 


".  IT  utilkMK 


iitiiar 


■SD"^^Hn3~' 


Kri.CCTO* 


I.  A  continuous  wave  radar  system  comprising  a  trans- 
mitting channel  and  a  receiving  channel,  a  first  hctcrodying 
means  included  in  said  receiving  channel  to  convert  the 
received  signal  to  an  intermediate  frequency,  a  reference 
signal  channel  including  a  second  heterodyning  means  cou- 
pled to  said  transmitting  channel  for  converting  a  portion  of 
the  transmitted  signal  to  an  intermediate  frequency,  phase 
comparison  means  coupled  to  the  intermediate  fi'equency 
outputs  of  said  receiving  and  said  reference  channels  for 
producing  an  output  proportional  to  the  phase  relationship 
between  the  channels,  phase  adjusting  means  included  in  said 
reference  channel  and  coupled  to  said  phase  comparison 
means  for  maintaining  a  fixed  phase  relationship  between 
channels,  amplitude  comparison  means  cou|4ed  to  the  inter- 
mediate frequency  outputs  of  said  receiving  and  said 
reference  channels,  amplitude  adjusting  means  included  in 
said  reference  channel  and  coupled  to  said  amplitude  com- 
parison means  for  maintaining  a  fixed  amplitude  relationship 
between  said  channels,  circuit  means  for  applying  a  portion 
of  said  reference  signal  to  said  receiving  channel  in  opposi- 
tion to  cancel  the  noise  component  of  said  received  signal,  a 
detector  coupled  to  said  receiver  channel  and  to  said 
reference  clumnel  to  provide  an  output  proportional  to  the 
doppler  frequency  difference  between  the  received  signal 
and  the  reference  signal. 


tttaatjc  ojctLflos 


io  ook  paocsMoe 


stitutes  both  the  radio  frequency  energy  generator  for  the 
system  and  the  receiver  down-converter  for  the  system. 


3,670,329 
METHCH)  OF  MEASURING  AIRCRAFT  PARAMETERS 
USING  IXH*PLER  TECHNIQUES  AND  ALTITUDE  HOLES 
Kdth  C.  M.  Glen,  MonlrMi,  Quebec;  John  F.  Habcri,  PaliMe 
Claire,  Quebec;  Ham  W.  Banmana,  Moolrc^  Qwbar, 
Rdn  PUbe,  Dolard  dcs  Omcmix,  Quebec,  al  of  Canada, 
assignors  to  Canadian  Marconi  Company,  Montreal, 
Quebec,  Canada 

FBcd  Oct  5, 1970,  Scr.  Na  77,803 
Int  CL  GOls  9/46 
VS.  a.  343—9  4  ( 


^ 


^ 


^ 


TTTTT 

k  khUh 

11111/ 


m 


3,670,328 
TUNNEL  DIODE  MOVEMENT  DETECTOR 
Austin  Mardon,  SanU  Barbara,  and  Robert  N.  NlelMn,  Jr., 
Woodland  Hilb,  both  o(  CaMf.,  acrignors  to  American 

Nudconkf  Corponiioii,  Gkndi^  CaHf . 

Filed  Nov.  29,  1968,  Scr.  No.  785,005 

Int  CL  GOls  9/46,  9/50 

VS.  CL  343—8  8  Claims 

This  disclosure  involves  a  radar  system  designed  primarily 
to  give  an  indication  whenever  the  relative  distance  between 
the  source  of  electromagnetic  energy  and  the  reflecting  sur- 
face changes.  It  is  particulariy  adaptable  for  use  in  indicating 
the  sink  or  climb  rate  of  an  aircraft  alternatively  in  indicating 
the  opening  or  closing  rate  as  required  in  avoidance  systems. 
It  employs  a  single  antenna  and  a  single  active  RF  element; 


In  FM/CW  airborne  radar  systems,  the  presence  of  altitude 
holes  at  multiples  of  half  the  wavelength  of  the  modulating 
frequency  has  presented  problems  in  that  these  altitude  holes 
represent  "blind"  spots.  In  accordance  with  tite  invention,  it 
has  been  discovered  that  these  altitude  holes  can  be  used  to 
advantage  by  detecting  the  Doppler  rtnfts  aaM)ciated  with 
several  altitude  holes  and  using  the  data  tfius  obtained  to 
solve  a  like  number  of  stmuhaneous  equations,  and  to 
thereby  obtain  aircraft  fli^t  parameters.  The  disclosure 
treats  of  the  tlieory  behind  the  invention  and  describes,  in 
general  terms,  a  system  for  detecting  altitude  liokt  and  the 
Doppler  shifts  associated  therewith. 


■■ 


798 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972' 


3^70,330 

RADAR  COLLISION  AVOIDANCE  INDICATOR 

R«b«t  F.  Rlg»^  CtarlottevBe,  V«^ -rigDor  to  Sparry  R«id 


Fled  jBly  6, 1970,  Sa.  No.  52^29 
lot.  CL  GOls  7/12 
U.S.CL343— IIR  12 


3,670332 
DIRECTION  FINDING  DEVICE 

,  NwvdwUk,  NctiMriMidK,  ■■■iiinr  to 

HimiiMlBhwInriMm  N.  V.,  Noordwilk,  NcCbcrH 


FIM  ScpL  10, 1969,  Ser.  No.  856^59 
ClafaiH  priority,  ty^Man  NcttatrtuMb,  Sept.  19, 1968, 

6812918 

iBt  CL  GOls  9/02 

VS.  a.  343—16  R  6  ClalnM 


-^  r->. 


-M 


!.>..»  |.  "|^*^«i ^i.. 

— x^ 


I 


A  collision  warning  and  collision  avoidance  radar  naviga- 
tion system  employs  combined  modified  tau-proximity  colli- 
sion warning  criteria  to  derive  an  improved  presentation  on  a 
radar  plan  position  cathode  ray  indicator.  An  intruding  target 
is  labelled  dangerous  if  the  target  is  below  a  predetermined 
range  or  if  the  ratio  of  intruder  closing  range  to  his  range  rate 
is  less  than  a  predetermined  value. 


Direction  finding  device  with  a  high  directivity  antenna 
with  a  narrow  beam,  and  a  pair  of  interferometer  elements 
with  a  periodical  radiation  pattern.  The  signals  obtained  from 
the  high  directivity  antenna  and  the  interferometer  elemenb 
respectively  are  compared  in  such  a  way,  that  by  means  of 
the  comparison  results  a  distinction  can  be  made  between 
signal  sources  in  different  sectors  of  the  beam  of  the  hi^ 
directivity  antenna. 


*       3,670,331 
SCANNING  MEANS  AND  METHOD  FOR  SEARCH 
RADAR 
Otto  E.  RMcabMh,  Ncptiuw,  N  J.,  aasigiior  to  The  Unkcd 
Stoics  of  Atocrica  as  teprcacated  by  the  Secretory  of  the 
Araiy 

FBed  July  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  55,499 

Iirt.  CL  GOls  9/06 

U.S.CL343— IIR  BOatai 


w4< 


3,670,333 
AuioMATIC  SWEEP  ELECTRONIC 
OOUNTERMEASURES  SYSTEM 
OHvcr  H.  Wkw,  WUlcabora,  N.V.,  aailganr  to  General  Elec- 
tric Cotopany 

ffktd  Apr.  27, 1960,  Ser.  No.  25,165 
InLCLIi04k  J/00 
VS.  CL  343—18  E 


6CU1L 


-MiH] 


According  to  this  inventicm,  an  electronically  scanned 
radar  antenna  array  is  rapidly  scanned  over  a  plurality  of  ad^ 
jacent  beam  positions,  to  avoid  the  possibility  of  fast-moving 
targets  escaping  detection.  The  radar  PRE  is  increased  to 
yield  the  same  unambiguous  range  and  target  echo  sensitivity 
compared  to  a  slow-scan  system.  In  a  noodification  of  this 
concept,  rapid  interlaced  scanning  is  provided  to  reduce  the 
probability  of  second-time-around  echoes  entering  adjacent 
beam  positions. 


1 .  An  automatic  sweep  jamming  system  having  a  high  d«ty 
cycle  and  rapid  acquisition  rate  for  jamming  victim  transmis- 
sion systems  comprising  transmitter  means  capable  of  being 
swept  very  rapidly  over  a  prescribed  frequency  spectrum  f<x 
radiating  electromagnetic  energy,  tuning  control  means  cou- 
pled to  said  ttansmitter  for  sweeping  said  spectrum  repeti- 
tively, receiver  means  capable  of  rapidly  sweeping  said 
prescribed  frequency  spectrum  to  detect  electrcxnagnetic 
energy  from  victim  transmission  systems,  and  means  indud- 


JUNE  13,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


TW 


ing  said  transmitter,  said  tuning  control  means  and  receiver 
means  for  automatically  reducing  the  sweep  rate  of  said 
transmitter  means  for  a  predetermined  period  in  response  to 
detection  of  victim  electromagnetic  energy. 


equivalent.  Array  nulls  are  then  rotated  independendy  of  the 
main  beam  by  varying  the  relative  weights  given  to  the 
sigi^^  associated  with  the  transducers  comprising  each  ele- 
ment. 


^  3,670,334  3,670,336 

ATTITUDE  CONTROL  SYSTEM  ELECTRONIC  TECHNIQUE  FOR  AN  ALL-ELECTRONIC 

Alfred    F.   Gaheea,   Jr.,   Gka   BunUe,   Md.,   aaslgBor   to  CYLINDRICAL  ARRAY  BEACON  ANTENNA 

Wcstlaghottsc  Electric  CorporatioB,  Pitlsbargh,  Pa.  Gregory    G.    Charitoa,    Calabaaas;    Rabsft    J.    Haarattjr, 

Fikd  Mar.  24, 1969,  Ser.  No.  809,779  Northridfe,  and  HirMi  K  Ohta,  Verfce,  al  of  CaiL,  aa- 

fat.  CI.  GOls  9/02,  9/44  sigBors  to  I1ii-»aHnnal  Tdcphooe  and  Tdsr^ 

U.S.  CL  343—7.4  2  Clainu       ttoo.  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  May  11, 1970,  Ser.  No.  36,050 
laLCL  GOls  7/44 
U.S.  CL  343— 106  10 « 


'-rr 


^       c 


00a  ^t 


=5 — E^*^«*k«-C4]«o»  v 


'^ 


-wn- 


d^h^ 


It^^ k  ourrvT 


r- 


■E 


A  radar  system  for  use  on  an  aircraft  or  spacecraft  for 
determining  and  controlling  the  attitude  of  the  system  anten- 
na or  of  the  craft,  the  system  including  an  antenna  unit 
producing  four  equiangularly  spaced  beams  each  of  which  is 
angulariy  ofbet  by  a  substantial  amount  from  a  center 
reference  axis,  and  means  for  applying  radar  pulse  signals  to 
each  beam  in  succession  and  for  deriving,  from  the  received 
pulses  returning  from  the  ground,  range  and  velocity  infor- 
mation which  is  employed  for  orienting  the  antenna  unit  or 
the  craft  on  which  the  system  is  mounted  so  as  to  impart  a 
vertical  orientetion  to  the  antenna  system  reference  axis. 


A  system  for  generating  the  ami^tude  modulation  func- 
tions to  apply  to  the  individual  columns  of  radiating  elements 
in  a  cylindrical  array  antenna  for  the  TACAN  system.  Two 
harmonically  related  low  frequency  modulation  wavefixns 
are  contemplated,  and  nteans  are  provided  for  adjusting  the 
radio-frequency  phase  of  the  higher  of  these  two  aperture  ex- 
citation componentt  relative  to  the  RF  phase  of  the  carrier 
component.  The  resuh  is  broadening  of  the  "operating  lobe" 
of  the  nnodulation  pattern,  permitting  operation  over  a 
broader  band  of  frequencies  and  a  wider  raitge  of  elevatioii 
angles  in  a  cylindrical  array  of  moderate  size. 


3,670337 

3,670,335  RADIO  NAVIGATION  BEAC(W  UTILIZiNG  A 

ARRAYS  Wrra  NULLS  STEERED  INDEPENDENTLY  OF    COMMUTATOR  WHICH  SUPPLIES  RADIO  FREQUENCY 

MAINBEAM  „  _  _^,_,__  IN  SUCCESSION  TO  SEVERAL  AERIALS 

Peter  Hfawh,  Panippany,  NJ.,  artgnnr  to  BcB  Tclepbow  Charles  WiBlam  Earv.  Loadoa.  aad  FrMKis  GOsa  Overtarr. 
Laboratories,  Ineorporatod,  Murray  HBL  Beriaky  Hdgkia,  ^^SeT  hSTaTEli^^  ^^  ' 


NJ. 

FBed  June  8, 1967,  Ser.  No.  ^44^39 
IntCLHOlq  J/26 
U.S.  CL  343—100  SA 


ITUK 
t  PNAM 


CaHley, 

dard  Electric  C«rp««llom  New  York,  N.Y 

FBed  Jaa.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  4,653 
ClaiaM  priority,  appBcaHoa  Great  Britolm  Feb.  5, 1969, 

6,157/69 
Iirt.  CL  GOls  7/76 
U.S.CL343— 108  8 


The  directions  of  selected  nulls  in  the  characteristic  pat- 
tern of  an  array  of  signal  converting  elementt  are  controlled 
independently  of  the  direction  of  the  main  beam  of  this  pat- 
tern and  substantially  independendy  of  the  strength  of  the 
main  beam.  This  is  done  by  constructing  each  signal  convert- 
ing element  either  of  two  mutually  perpendicular  dipole 
transducers  and   an   omnidirectional   transducer,  or  their 


A  radio  navigation  beacon  is  provided  having  a  linear  array 
of  equally  spaced  aerials  and  means  which  commutate  radio- 


800 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


frequency  to  each  said  aerial  in  succession  so  as  to  produce 
bi-directional  constant-velocity  scanning  of  the  array. 
Further  means  induding  an  aerial  for  radiating  radio- 
frequency  energy  of  a  frequency  which  differs  by  a  fixed 
amount  from  the  radio  frequency  which  is  commuuted  to 
the  array.  The  sign  <^  frequency  difference  is  changed  at 
each  half  period  of  conunutation  to  the  array. 


terms  of  frequency  the  distance  and  angle  of  elevation  fron 
the  receiver  to  the  beacon.  In  the  receiver,  the  frequency  in 


3^70,338 
RADIO  NAVIGATION  RECEIVING  EQUIPMENT 
ChMks  WWan  Earp,  HaapitMd,  London,  England,  as- 
signor to  Internirtloiial  StMidutl  Electrk  Corporatfcm,  New 

York,  N.Y. 

FIM  Fd).  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  9,802 
Oabm  priority,  appMcnrfcw  Great  Britain,  Mar.  7. 1969, 

12,225/69 

Int.  CL  GOls  1140 

UACL343— 108M  11  Claims 

A  beacon  which  simulates  a  moving  source  provides 

signals  from  which,  at  a  receiver,  there  is  determined  in 


2 

■' t 

4 


¥ryrr 


It  t 


h^i 


e 


formation  is  used  to  define  a  non-rectilinear  glide  path  or  ap 
proach  track  for  an  aircraft.  This  is  achieved  with  summin] 
and  multiplying  equipment  in  a  defined  relationship. 


DESIGNS 

JUNE  13,  1972 


223.791 
SKI-SHOE 

I  BnnidL  Paris,  Fhocf,  aarip 
^VappcarSiliaH,lKre,Fhuice 
^^WW  Ang.  2«,  197t,  Scr.  No.  24,6«3 
Clatans  priority,  application  France  May  5,  1970 
Tom  of  patent  7  years 

UAa.D2-27.     '*«•'»-<»* 


223,793 

COMBINAIICm  HOB,  CUTTESL  AND  EDGER 

FOR  GARDENING 

Amdo  De  FK  Jr,,  M4  Rinrfiaw  Drive, 

Totowa  BoTO^  NJ.    §7512 

FUed  Dec  26, 1967,  Scr.  No.  9,9«9 

Tcna  of  Miciit  14  y« 

,,„ Iita.DS— 0/ 

U.S.  CL  DS— 11 


223,792 
,         ,    ..  FISHERMAN^  SHOE 

LWB  L.  MartD^MWaMi,  Mick,  aoignor  to  Sdentiik 

FIbd  Jan.  3«,  197t.  8or.  No.  21,155 

Term  of  patent  14  yeais 

*T.  ^  ,^  lnt.a.D2— (W 

U.8.  CL  D2— 310 


223,794 
xMj  ^  J^P^  ^^AJ^VOR  A  LAWN  RASE 

Fled  Feb.  24,  VPnTSm.  No.  21, 


U.a.CLDt— 13 


Tamof  natwti4. 
Iirt.CLIM-.0i 


aoi 


802 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


223L795 
BLADE  BOLDER 


June  13,  1972 


UM  F.  CoTtar,  BartMi,  Cogifc, 

Wteki.NcwBrilBia,       _  ^_ 
Fitod  Oct.  12, 197§,  Ser.  No.  25,42t 
Tcm  of  piivl  14  yean 
liiLCLDS— 05 
UA  CL  DS— lt7 


toThcSteiky 


223.79S 

CONTROL  KNOB  FOR  A  THERMOSTATIC 

VALVE  Or  the  like 

leM  E.  G.  JeMM,  Hotai,  mv  Nordbori,  and  Nidi  P.  G 
GnnrcrsM,  AfnrtMihofl,  Dcmark,  — Iganra  to  Du4 
foM  A/S,  Nordborg,  Dcuuxk 

FDcd  Ang.  19.  If7«,  Ser.  No.  24^9 
Tcm  of  Mtoal  14  yr  — 
iBtCLDS— 07 
VS,  a  Dt— 14« 


223,79< 
COMBINED  DOOR  HANDLE  AND  LOCK 
HOUSING  SET 
William  I.  Hoftu,  Jr.,_AlliighnBiy  OMMty,Pa^ 
to  BInMnft  of  PlUibwrih*  PlUdNugk*  Fa. 
rulhwaifcia  !■  part  of  dcdga  appUcaliou  Ser.  No. 
2M29,  Not.  If,  19«9,  a^  Ser.  No.  29.194,  Not. 
2«,  19<9.  TUs  tvfUkatkm  Imc  1,  |970,  Ser. 
No.  23,251 

T«m  of  patent  14  yean 
iBi.  CL  D8— 07 
VJS.  CL  Dft— 13S 


223,799 

CONTROL  KNOB  FOR  A  THERMOSTATIC 

VALVE  OR  THE  LIKE 

Jem  E.  G.  IcMen,  Holm,  aear  Nordborg,  and  Nleb  P.  G. 

GraTcrsen,  AogHtenbori,  Dcmnark,  aaigBors  to  Dan- 

f oai  A/S,  Noidborg,  Denuvk 

FDcd  Aog.  19, 1979,  Ser.  No.  24,572 

Term  of  pateat  14  yean^^  ^. 

lat  CL  DS— 07 
U.S.  CL  D8— 149 


,1-1 


U 


^' 


223,797 

CONTROL  KNOB  FOR  A  THERMOSTATIC 

VALVE  OR  THE  LIKE 

IcM  E.  G.  JcMCB,  Hofan,  near  Nordborg,  and  Nicb  P.  G. 

GraTCfMn,  AngHtenboig,  Dimmarb,  aarignors  to  Dan- 

fom  A/S,  Nordborg,  Dcnmarli 

Filed  Ang.  19, 1979,  Ser.  No.  24,5M 
Term  of  patent  14  yi 
InLCLDS— 07 
U.S.  CL  DS— 149 


223,899 
CONTROL  KNOB  FOR  A  THERMOSTATIC 
VALVE  OR  THE  LIKE 
lens  E.  G.  Jensen,  Hobn,  near  Nordborg,  and  Niels  P.  G. 
GraTcrscn,  Angnstenboig,  Denmark,  aarfgnors  to  Dan- 
foes  A/S,  Nordboig,  DcHaark 

FUed  Ang.  19, 1979,  Ser.  No.  24,565 
I    Teniiof{alNiAl4j|;eart 

U.S.  CL  D8— 142 


IntCLDS— 07 


oe\A 


/MTTTTnT  AT.   n  A  •ZTTT^TW 


June  13.  1972 


June  13,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


808 


223,991 

CONTROL  KNOB  FOR  A  THERMOSTATIC 

VAI^YE  OR  THE  LKE 

lens  E.  G.  IcMen,  Halm,  lygNordbot^  and  NIeh  P.  G. 

GraTcrscn,  A^gnslennorgii  Denmaifc,  aasiipaors  to 
fom  A/S,  Nordborg,  Deamark 

FBcd  Ang.  19, 1979,  Ser.  No.  24,571 
Term  of  Mtcat  14  yean 
InL  0.08—07 
U.S.  a.  D8— 142 


Edwii  F< 


FUed  Sept  24, 

of 


U.S.CLD9— 2 


14  L 


223,892 
CARRIER  HANDLE  FOR  GARMENT  HANGERS 
laBMS  A.  BeOand,  319  Wlidwood  Road,  Wnicmie,  Minn. 
53999;  and  Eugene  Brown,  2699  Mayfair  Atc;  and 
DaTid  De  Wnke,  193  WOdwood  Road,  both  of  Wbke 
Bear  Lake,  Minn.    53999 

FDcd  Dec  14, 1979,  Ser.  No.  26,446 
Tcnn  of  patent  14  yean 
Int.  oTdS— 05 
U.S.  CL  D8— 154 


223,995 

COMBINED  BOTTLE,  WRAPPING  AND  PRODUCT 

IDENnnCATKW  LABEL 

Gfancmte  Pnli^l,  %  Dr.  1m.  MMtmo  AXl^ 

217  Via  Padora,  29127Kabn,  Italy 

Filed  Jnly  16, 1979,  Ser.  No.  24,994 

ClaioM  priority,  appBcation  Italy  May  29, 1979 

Term  of  patwt  14  years 

IaLCLD9-«i 

VJS,  CL  D9— 19 


223  893 

SUPPORT  FOR  RQNFORCING  ROD 

HaroU  A.  Uchnecker,  12898  Nntwood  St, 

Garden  GroTc,  CaW.    92649 

FDcd  Oct  28, 1979,  Ser.  No.  25,692 

Tcrmof  Mtentl4yc 

InLOlDS— OJ 

VS.  a  D8— 228 


223,896 
lUG  OR  SIMILAK  ARTICLE 
Ted  L.  BcaTcr,  Roodl^  DL,  imigBor  to 

Can  Compmsy,  ine..  New  York,  N.  Y. 
FBcd  Jan.  4, 1971,  Ser.  Na  193,937 


U.S.CLD9— 49 


Term  of  patent  14 
InLCLD9— 07 


804 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


223,St7 

BOTILE  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

:  F.  ThoMmi,  FWrMi,  Conk,  aniffor  to  LcTcr 

BraMMn  CmmwTNcw  York,  N.Y. 

flM  FakVirrt  Scr.  No.  1144«3 

Ttnn  of  palMt  14  yean 

WtClW-Ol 

VS.CLD9—41 


June  13,  1972 


223,81t 

MILK  CASE  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 
Howard  H.  Mdhraia,  HawBtw  Coaly,  (Ndo,  aarignor  to 

BocdMi.  hic^  Now  York,  N.Y. 
CoatfaradoB-faHPait  off  dMign  aapttcatioB  Str.  No.  15,365, 
Ja&  IS,  1M9,  BOW  PalMrt  No.  217y44«,  dated  Mnr  5, 
1979.  TUi  appttadioB  Feb.  9, 197I,  Scr.  No.  21,367 


VS,  CL  D9— 177 


of 

laL 


G7W—03 


223,808 

JAR  OR  aMBLAR  ARTICLE 

Ted  L.  BcaTcr,  RoaeDo,  DL,  aarignor  to  Contineiital 

Cm  CoMpo^,  iM.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FDcd  Feb.  11, 1971,  Ser.  No.  114,754 

T«mi  off  patait  14  yean 

IiiLai>9— Oi 

U.S.CLD9— 44 


223,811 

FLUID  DISPENSER  PACKAGE 

Louis  v.  Nigra,  Sangns,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Tiie  GOlettc 

Compaoy,  Boston,  Mass. 

FUcd  Oct  3f ,  1978,  Scr.  No.  25,757 

Tcnn  of  patort  14  yean 

Iiita.D9-^i 

UA  CL  D9— 219 


223,889 

CARTON  FOR  GLASSES 

Ridiard  K.  Oslasbac  Lancaster,  OUo,  aarignor  to 

Anchor  Hoadng  Corpoiation,  Lancaster,  Ohto 

Fllad  Sept  17, 1978,  Scr.  No.  25,838 

Term  off  patent  14  yean 

Int£1.b9— Oi 

VS,  CL  D9— 176  * 


223312 

CLOSURE  FOR  UQUID  CONTAINERS 

Monis  A.  Long,  Lakewood,  Colo.,  assignor  to  Yorker 

Mannfactaring,  Inc^  Denver,  Colo. 

Filed  Jan.  25, 1971,  Ser.  No.  109,727 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CI.  D9— (?7 

VS.  CL  D9— 287  \^ 


T.n^n     1  O        1  a<70 


June  18,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


805 


223,813 

CHAIR 

Rntk  Fiancken,  11  Rne  Upic,  Paris,  FVance 

Filed  Oct  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,435 

Claims  priority,  appUcatlon  Vnact  May  8, 1970 

Term  ta  patent  3V&  years 

_^^  _  Into.  D6— 02 

U.S.  CL  D15— 1 


223316 
».-.._.  .   -^      <^^  ■AG  CART 
Ri^ard  A.  OnUe,  Little  Rock,  Aik.,  airignor  to  Otatton 

Ateanfactnring  Company  iMoiponrtad,  SBoam  Sprino, 
Ark. 

FBed  Aag.  18, 1978,  Scr.  No.  24^86 
Term  off  potnrt  14  yema 

.T«  ^  ,.  latCLDU— i¥ 

U.S.  CL  D14— 3 


223317 

„^       ^       ALL-TERRAIN  VEHICLE 

Wmiam  E.  HalopoS,  San  Joic,  CaBf.,  amignor  to  FMC 

Corporation,  San  Joae,  CaBf. 

Filed  Oct  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25^59 


223314 

BUILDING 

DaTid  P.  Ney,  4800  N.  Keystone  Ave., 

Indianvolis,  Ind.     46205 

FUcd  Jvly  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  23,805 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D25— 03 

U.S.  CL  D13~l 


U.S.  CL  D14— 3 


Term  off  pnteit  14  years 
I^  a.  D12->ii 


223315 

PEDESTAL  MOUNTED  TELEPHONE  STATION 

James  Warren  Ericawn,  IndlanapoHs,  Ind.,  and  Donald 

Michael  Genaro,  Hawortk,  N  J.,  assignors  to  BeU  Tele- 

piKMM  LalKiratoiies,  Incorporated,  Mnrray  HOI,  NJ. 

FUcd  Oct  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,295 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

..„  ^  iBt  a  D25— 99 

U.S.  CL  D13— 1 


223318 
ROLLER-B^  TRAILER 

Kaisha  To^o  Snckiio  Skmyo  WiIiiIiTT;  Tokyo,  Ji 
Filed  Dec  4, 1978,  Scr.  No.  2M97/ 
Term  off  patent  14  y< 

„„ lat  CL  D12— ^/<7 

U.S.  CL  D14— 3 


806 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


223J19 

SEALING  snap  FOB  imSUDING  ROOF  OF  A 

VBHKXB  OB  8DMILAR  ARIKXB 

-  19  Wtirtkav 


June  18,  1972 


priority. 


US.  CL  D14— 4 


of  Mint  14. 
iBtCLDll— i6 


Sir.No.a3(7M 

taDcc31,1969 


223^22 

SNOW  SLED  BODY 

ABm  W.  Lni,  2C41  llSdi  Art,  NW^ 

MlMWopnlh.  MJM.    55433 

FIM  Doc  14, 1^«»  Sor.  No.  2<,4t5 

Tom  of  Mteat  14  yean 

iBt  CLDH^U 


VJS,  CL  D14— 24 


CCir=.— ^--=L— = 


223,S2t 

SNOWMOBILE  HOOD 

Kurt  B.  Borioi,  Lake  BhdE,  DL,  aarignor  to 

Tcztroa  be,  ProTtdimcc,  R.L 

FBed  Not.  19, 1979,  Scr.  No,  2<,975 

Tcm  of  paieat  14  yens 

I^  CLD12— 76 

U.S.  CL  D14— 24 


223,823 

COMBINED  CASTER  CHAR  AND 

TRAY  FOR  INVALID 

Thomas  E.  Bowea,  Bhaiiufcaai,  Ahu,  aaripMr  to  Sooth- 

eafltcn  Mctab  DhMmiofUA.  Indwtries,  Inc. 

FIM  Apr.  17, 1979,  Ser.  No.  22,487 


U.S.  CL  D15^1 


Tcnn  of  point  7  y 
latdLDi— 02 


223^1 
SNOWMOBILE  HOOD 
Kart  B.  Boehni,  LAe  Blat,  DL, 

Tertroa  lac,  ft  u*  Mete,  RJ. 

FIM  Dec  14, 1979,  Scr.  No.  26,457 

Tcrai  of  pateat  14  years 

IbL  CL  D12— 76 

U.S.  CL  D14— 24 


to 


223,824 
FRAME  FOR  A  CHAR 
John  W.  CaMwcD,  2292  FfnecreBl  Drlre, 
AHadeaa,  Calif  .    91991 
Filed  Ans.  26, 1979,  Ser.  No.  24,796 
1    Term  of  pateirt  14  years 
I  IBLCLD6— 02 

UjS.  CL  D15— 1 


June  13,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


807 


223325 
INSECT  ELECTROCUTING  TRAP 
Robert  D.  Kahn,  RockrlBe  Ceatie,  N.Y, 

Fedtro,  Uc,  RockiOe  Centre,  N.Y. 

FDed  Mm,  15, 1971,  Ser.  No.  124,618 

Term  of  paieat  14  years 

lBtCLD22— 06 

U.S.  CL  D22— 19 


to 


RbmbU  G. 


DUPLEX  STRAINER  UNIT 


OUo 
FIM  Siipt  8, 1J979,  Ser.  Now  24^82 


U.S.  CL  D23— 4 


Term  of  jalBal  14 
lBtClD23— 07 


223,826 

FISHING  ROD  HANDLE 

Van^  R.  HarrelL  71  Lyaaflcld  Road, 

Memphis,  Tena.    38138 

FUed  Not.  27, 1979,  Scr.  No.  26,187 

Term  of  pafeirt  14  years 

IntCLD22~05 

U.S.  CL  D22— 23 


223429  

EAVES  TROUGH  SHIELD 

FMah  M.  Cook,  28SS4  E.  Rlrer  Road, 

Penysbail,  Ohio    43551 

Ffled  Oct  2, 1979,  Ser.  No.  25,758 

Term  of  paieat  14 

IatCLD23— 07 

U^CLD23— 42 


223,827 

IN-UNE  FUEL  FILTER 

Carlo  VeccU,  ATcaida  Uao  4,  Saa  Bartoto  Naacalpan, 

Estado  de  Mexico,  Mexico 

FIM  laly  9,  1979,  Scr.  No.  23,874 

Term  of  pirtait  14  years 

iBt  CL  1>23— Oi 

U.S.  CL  D23-4 


223339 
COMBINATION  UnUTYSINK  CAN 
WASHER  SANfTBEB^ 

FUed  My  27,  mTSr^N^.  24,131 
Tena  of  aalsat  14  ^ 
Iatd.IM3-02 
VS.  CL  D23— 59 


"aa  r 


y^ 


808 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1972 


J. 


223,131 
SnZ  BATH  „„ 

,  WoRMtar,  M«sB^  MrigDor  to  JMR 

...        M,  IBC^  WorcMtcr,  Mass. 

FIM  Inc  11*  1970,  Scr.  No.  23,438 
Tem  of  patent  14  yean 
lBLdrD23— 02 
UA  a.  D23— 51 


223334 

DIGITAL  TA?E  RECORDER 
WilUam  R.  GuMI,  HmttaftM.  N.Yn  "jifnor  to  Digital 

Flkd  Oct  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,493 
Term  of  pateiit  14  yean  ^ 
lirt.  d  bl4— 02 
UA  CL  D26— 14 


223,832 
ELECTRONIC  CALCULATOR 
Richard  H.  Penny,  New  YoA,  N.Y.,  and  Rodney  W. 
Fyficid,  New  Canaan,  Conn.,  assignors  to  Spcrry  Rand 
Corporatton,  New  Yori^  N.Y. 

FUed  May  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,137 

Teim  of  pateat  14  yean 
Int  CL  D14— 02 
UACLD26— 5 


223,835 

PAGING  RECEIVER  HOUSING 
Arthur  W.  Schmidt,  Chicago,  m.,  assignor  to  Zenith 
Radio  Corporation,  Chicago,  111. 
FUad  Dm.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,265 
1  Term  of  patent  14  yean 
'        bit  CL  D14— Oi 
VS.  CL  D26-*14 


223,833 
VIDEOTELEPHONE  TRANSCEIVER 
CONTROL  UNIT 
Henry  Dnybm,  Soirfh  PaMldcM^  aad  Rcmbcrt  Ryan 
StolMS,  Middletown,  CaW.,  riaJgnnrn  to  BeU  Telephone 
Ldbontortea.  bcorporatod,  Mvnrny  Hffl,  NJ. 
CoBtiaaatloBJB'Port  of  dcsiga  araBcatioa  Ser.  No.  15,753, 
Feb.  12,  1M9.  TUi  appHcattoB  Apr.  30,  1970,  Ser. 

No.  22,733 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 
bt  CL  1>14— 03 
VJS,  CL  D26— 14 


223,836 
ANTENNA 
John  J.  Robt,  3875  WaWo  Atc,  Bronx,  N.Y. 
Filed  Dec.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,577 
I     Term  of^atast  14  yean 

VS.  CL  D26— 14 


10463 


Int  CL  D14— Oi 


June  13,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


809 


223,837 

COMBINED  BOOK  SUPPORT  RACK  AND  PLANTER 

Roy  C.  Martin,  294  HanoTcr  St,  Boston,  Mass.    02113 

Filed  May  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,171 

Term  of  patMt  14  yean 

Int  CL  D6— 99 

U.S.  CL  D33— 2 


223340 

KITCHEN  CABINET 

Raymond  Locwy,  New  YoHk,  N.Y. 

(%  CEX,  39  Atcmm  dlan,  Paris  16e,  France) 

FDcd  May  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,005 


VS.  CL  033— 19 


Term  of  patunt  14  yean 
lntarD6-(M 


L 


i 


223,838 

DOUBLE  DESK 

Anton  J.  VaUc,  183  Elmhnrst  Einihnrst  HL    60126 

FDed  Apr.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,424 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IntCLD^— 05 

VS.  a.  D33>-7 


223A41 

COMBINED  SOAP  TRAY  AND  TOY  RECEPTACLE 

Richard  Bohan,  88  Edgcwood  Place, 

Edgewater,  N  J.     87020 

Filed  Ang.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,512 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D6— 99 

U.S.  CL  D33— 24 


223,839 

COCKTAIL  TABLE 

Leroy  Mikell,  768  Qoincey  St,  Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,186 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IntCLD6— «J 

U.S.  CL  D33— 14 


11221 


223,842 

COMBINED  PHONOGRAPH  RECORD  AND  SUP. 

PORT  FOR  FIGURE  TOY  OR  THE  LIKE 

F^ank  J.  Knghta,  Redowlo  Beach,  and  Richard  L.  May, 

Manhattan  Beach,  Calif .,  asdigBUffs  to  MatteL  Inc., 

Hawthorac,  CaHf. 

FDed  Dec  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,382 
Term  of  patent  14  yean 
int  CL  U21— 01 
U.S.CLD34— 4 


810 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


22M43 

EXERCISING  WEIGHT 

Tow  U,  3t9  Akatm  At«^  Apt  15, 

(MdHi,C«lif.    94<1S 

FIM  Dm.  4, 1979,  Scr.  No.  tt,2S7 

Ttm  of  paint  14  yoan 

bt  CL  D21— 02 

U.S.CLD34— 5 


June  13,  1972 


223,84< 

GAMEBOARD 

Rkh«4  D.  Siirith,  f  13  N.  LilMrty  St. 

AritaHtoou  Va.    22295 

Filed  Feb.  iS^l,  Sor.  No.  115^906 

Tcrai  of  ntiUmt  14  yean 

lit  CL  D21— o; 

U.S.CLD34— 5 


223  844 

HOOP  ROuiNG  DEVICE 

Yirsll  K.  Rath,  112  S.  Peari  St,  JancsvUk,  Wis. 

Filed  Dec  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,482 

Tenn  of  patnt  14  yean 

Lit  CL  D21— Oi 

UA  CL  D34— 5 


53545 


223,847 

ACTIVITY  TOY 

Clayton  Aiutia  UagUl^  Mt—rapolto,  MIbb.,  aadgaor 

to  General  Foods  Corporation,  Wbtte  PlafaH,  N.Y. 

FBed  Oct  3«,  1978,  Scr.  No.  25,748 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  mi— 01 

VA  CL  D34-45 


223,845 

POKER  GAME  BOARD 

Theodore  Lane  Roberaon,  8  HOianeit  Rood,  Box  619, 

Ofden  DoMS,  Portage,  Ind.    46368 

Continnation-in.part  of  derign  awlicatlon  Ser.  No.  21,237, 

Feb.  3,  1970.  Ililf  application  Jan.  29,  1971,  Ser. 

No.  111,172 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 
Int  CL  mi—Ol 
VS.  CL  D34— 5 


223  848 

ANIMAL  FIGURE  SEAT  FOR  PLAYGROUND 
APPARATUS 
Steven  A.  Hennfaig  and  Philip  G.  MlUer,  Anderson,  bd., 
asrignon  to  American  naygroond  Device  Co.,  Anmtt' 
son,  Ind. 

Filed  Dec  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,340 
I   Term  of  patent  14  yean 
I         Int  CL  D21— Oi 
VS.  a.  D34— 15 


June  13,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


811 


223,849 
COMBINED  DIAL  AND  HANDS  FOR  A 
WATCH  OR  THE  LIKE 
Sondra  J.  Skherman,  VnA  RIsndows,  N.Y., 

Stmtime  Watch  Co.,  Inc.,  Roslyn,  N.Y. 
Fled  Not.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,812 
Term  of  potent  3V&  y( 
IntCLDlO— 07 
VS.  CL  D42— 1 


to 


223,852 
CLOCK  OR  fflifiLAR  ARTICLE 
Cari  N.  JihMiin,  iiciiii,  laic  of  Siralfted,  Com^  hy 
Jean  H.  Jnhicnn,  ocoHrix  of  Ike  cdale  of  Carl  N. 
MrimMT  to  General  1 
FBcd  Mar  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  22,917' 
Tent  of  patent  14  ^ 
Int  CL  DIO— Oi 
U.S.aiM2— 7 


223350 
COMBINED  DIAL  AND  HANDS  FOR  A 

WATCH  OR  THE  LIKE 

Sondra  J.  Sirhcnwin,  192— 24A  69fh  Cirdc, 

F^t*  Meadows,  N.Y.    11365 

FDed  Not.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,816 

Term  of  patent  3Vi  yean 

Int  CL  DIO— 07 

U.S.  CL  D42— 1 


/ 


223,853 
(XOCK  <W  SIBfllAR  AjtlKLE 
Cari  N.  Johncan,  daecaasd,  late  of  Stiatftnd,  Conn.,  hy 
Jean  H.  JohMcai,  eseontiir  of  the  cdnle  of  Cari  N. 

Bsrignor  to  General  Elactrii 

FDcdlMay  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,916 
Term  of  MiMt  3M  ytan 
Int  CL  DIO— 07 
U.S.CLD42— 7 


223^51 
CLOCK  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 
Cari  N.  Johnson,  deccamd,  late  of  Stratford,  Conn., 
and  Waiter  A.  Stapleton,  Sr.,  AOIfoid,  Conn.,  by  Jean 
H.  JohncoB,  csccntrii,  awitnoia  to  General  Electric 
Compaay 

FDed  Mmr  11, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,915 
Term  of  patent  3V4  yc 
^  IntCLDlO-^i 

VS.  CL  D42— 7 


,a  n  ■i.ii 


812 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


223J54  223,837 

CONTAINER  CLOSURE  OR  THE  LIKE  WATCH  TEOTSTAfn)           ^   _     . 
Immct  B.  Swttt.  BwrfaHto^  a^  Jack  V.  Croyk,  Woon-    Andre  Ldmiaiai  and  Aimc  ™»2[i«".  V*f"'5f'*^"^ 

r^-?!  cShI      ^^  Fonda,  Switttriaiad 

^^^p£d  An«.  27  1>7«.  Ser.  No.  24.724  FDed  Dec  7, 197«,  Ser.  No.  2M45 

TiSiiilSiMyir  Claliii.pftorlty.a»lfcatlo«Swlti«rlaiidlMell,1970 

lot  057-07  ^•T/*Urtl'5iH7/" 

Ui».a.D44_l  U.S.CLD52-.1       ^^ «« »**^^ 


223355 

EMERGENCY  UGHTING  UNIT 
Frank  D.  Shaw,  143  Bcimondaey  St, 

Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada 
Filed  June  29, 197f ,  Ser.  No.  23,7«2 


223,858 

COIN  DISPENSER 

Lonia  C  McDheran,  (123  Velaaco  St, 

Dallai,Tci.    75214 
FDed  Oct  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,478 
I  Term  of  pot»t  14  yean 
^      lot  CL  D31— Misc. 
U.S.  a.  D52— 4 


Tcnn  of  patent  14  y( 


Int 


U.S.CLD48— 26 


223,856 

PORTABLE  HAND  STEAMER 

Clifford  E.  Gnbc,  NDea,  DL,  aaaipior  to 

Aaodatad  Mob,  Incorponrted 

FUcd  Dec  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,540 

Term  of  patent  14  ye 

Int  CL  D15--a5 

U.S.  CL  D49— 13 


223359 

CIRCULAR  SLIDE  RULE 

Jesse  H.  Jefferies,  Houston,  Tex. 

(18515  Vineland  Drive,  Naann  Bay,  Tex.    77058) 

Filed  Feb.  20, 1971,  Ser.  No.  119,444  -~^ 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  DIO— 0< 

U.S.  CL  D52— 6 


June  13,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


81B 


223,800 

TRANSISTOR  RADIO 

Shoio  Inud,  Osaka,  Japan,  assignor  to  Sharp  KabnsUki 


g»ui»»^  Osaka,  Japan 
Filed  Dec  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  20,664 


U.S.  CL  D56— 4 


Term  of  patent  14  years 
Int  CL  D14-0i 


223363 
MICROFILM  VIEWER 
J«y  Sucre,  Eston,  Pa.,  and  WlBiam  Adam  Hoffman, 
CoUincswood,  NJ.,  aaslgnon  to  Bnmn^  Corpora- 
tion, Detroit,  Mkh. 
Continnatio»faHart  of  dasifn  application  Ser.  No.  17,680, 
June  12.  1969.  TUs  application  Ang.  26,  1970,  Ser. 
No.  24,700 

Term  of  patent  14 
Int  CL  D16— 05 
U.S.  CL  D61— 1 


223361 

PROIECnON  VIEWER  CABINET 

Jerry  T.  Melton,  Tampa,  Fla.,  assignor  to 

Teieme,  Inc.,  TUnpa,  Fla. 

-^  Filed  Feb.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21378 

Term  of  patmt  14  yean 

Int  CL  D16— OJ 

U.S.  CL  D61— 1 


223364 
PAINT  IRA  Y 

Ellsworth  Vines,  WeOcsisy  Hills,  Mask, . 

Bakfanore  Bmshcs,  Inc,  Boston,  Mass. 

FDed  Mar.  10, 1971,  Ser.  No.  123,126 

Term  of  patmt  14  years 

IntCLD4— 0¥ 

U.S.  CL  D64— 18 


223362 

COPY  CAMERA  SUPPORT  STAND 

Anthony  T.  Clarkson,  S65S  N.  Maria  Drirc, 

I^MSon,  Aiix.    85704 

FDed  Apr.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,644 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D16— 99 

U3.  a.  D61— 1 


223365 

CALCULATOR 
SUro  Anal  and  Minora  Mnmta, 
NisUkawa,  Tokyo,  mti  ~ 
gawa^ten,  Japan,  mrignnrs  to 
Tokyo,  Japan 

Fled  Oct  12, 1970.  Ser.  No.  25331 
Claims  prioiity,  ap|dkBilun  Japan  Apr.  13, 1979 
Tens  of  patent  14  y 
Int  a.  D18— 07 
U.S.  CL  D64— 11 


,1 


814 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1972 


UA  CL  D7fl 


UA  CL  D71— : 


SEWING  MACHINE 

«  Yoafaiald  EcmU,  Tokyo,  JapMi,  atrignor  to  Janomc 

Scwfa«  Machtae  Co^  Ltd^  Tokyo,  Japaa 

Filed  Apr.  7, 197f ,  Scr.  No.  22,3«3 

Tcnn  of  patent  14  yean 

IhLCLDIS— 4)6 

VS.  CL  D70— 1 


223,M9 

AIRPLANE  .     ^..     - 

Charlea  H.  Harkamp,  AfiaBia,  Ga^Mi^  to  Lo«kl»eed 

^4ircraft  Corporatioii,  Bwbank,  Calif . 
FDed  Oct  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,512 
.   Term  of  patent  14  yean 
I  lot.  CL  D12— 07 

UA  CL  D71— 1 


June  13,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


815 


223370 
DUAL  PEN  HOLDER 
Richard  K.  EmcU,  Gica  Rock,  aad  Michael  P.  Araonc, 
Fainiew,  NJ.,  aalgMn  to  Kreirier  Mamrfactoring 
CoiporatioB,  North  Beifea,  N  J. 

Flted  Sept  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  24,855 
Tcnn  off  patent  14  years 
Int.  CL  D19— 02 
U.S.  CL  D74— 5 


223,073 
DISPLAY  STAND 
J.  JarecU,  Gwdate,  Wit., 

BZ  PMUr  ComonlloB 

FDed  Not.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2Mt3 

Tern  of  patnt  3V&  years 

IntCLIM— 06 

VS,  CL  D80— 9 


to 


^  223,871 

CARBUKKTUR 
Jiro  Sakai,  1954-6  Yahatamachi;  and  Joaichi  KawagncU, 
322  Oaza-koyama,  both  of  Snzaka,  Nagano  Prcfednre, 
Japan;    and    MIchihIro    Noda,    1,  4-chomc,    Sbowa, 
CUrynmachl,  HeUkai-gnn,  AicU  Prefecture,  Japan 
Filed  July  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  24,062 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Japan  Feb.  5, 1970 
Term  of  patent  14  years 
Int.  CL  D15— 07 
UA  a.  D77— 1 


1 


223,874 

ELECIRIC  BRUSH  STERILIZER 

Charles  M.  Elite,  812  Nalches,  Liberty,  Mo. 

Filed  Mar.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,706 

Tens  of  patent  14  years 

IntCLD24— 99 

VS.  CL  D83— 1 


64a68 


223,872 

DISPLAY  STAND 

James  J.  JarecU,  Greendate,  Wb.,  aarignor  to 

EZ  Palntr  Corporation 

FDed  Nov.  U,  1070,  S^.  No.  26,162 

Term  off  patent  3Vi  years 

IntCLD6— 06 

U.S.  CL  D80— 9 


223,875 

ORTHOPEDIC  DRILL  GUIDE  TARGET 
WDBan  X.  HaDoran,  440  Fair  Drire, 

Cocta  McM,  CaHf.    92,626 

Filed  Dec.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,361 

Tcnn  of  patent  14  years 

InL  CL  D24— 02,  03 

VS.  CL  D83— 1 


r 


816 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  13,  1971 


223,876 

HAND  MASSAGER 

Ronld  O.  Hilfer,  Elmkiint,  DL,  i 

Aaodirted  Mlb,  be 

Filed  Dec  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,391 

Tcnn  of  patent  14  yean 

lBtCLD24— 02 

U.S.  CL  D83— 1 


to 


223*879 

SMOKING  DEVICE  FILTER  CARTRIDGE 
Milton  P.  Chenack,  Weit  He«p;tead,  N-Y^aalgiior  to 
Dclcraa  Prodncis,  lac.  New  York,  N.Y. 
Filed  Dec  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,467 
I  Term  of  pateat  14  yean 
'        Intc5.D27— Oi 
U.S.  CL  D85— 6 


223  877 
RADIOTELEMETRY  TRANSMITTER  FOR 

MONITORING  HEART  RATE 

Roger  Mkhad  Glaaer,  266—07  137tli  Ave., 

Lanrelton,  N.Y.    11413 

Filed  Dec  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,669 

Term  of  patoit  7  yean 

lot  a.  D24— 02 

U.S.  CL  D83— 1 


223,880 
COMB 
JameslEdsar  I^kcr,  Chicago,  111^  assignor  to  The 
Gllette  Company,  Boiton,  Masi. 
Filed  Not.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,023 
J   Term  of  patent  14  yean 
I         lBtCLD28-0i 
U.S.  CL  D86—S 


W^M" 


223,881 

COMBINATION  SHOE  BRUSH,  POLISHER 

AND  DAUBER 

David  Belbow,  280  lat  Ave.,  Redwood  City, 

CaUf.    94063  ^ 

Filed  June  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,735 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IntCLD4— 99 

VS.  a.  D86— 11 


223,878 

COMBINED  CIGARETTE  UGHTER  AND  ASH  TRAY 

Sanmel  J.  Koch,  %  Korez  Indnetrles,  831  Malcohn 

Road,  BarHngamc,  Calif .    94010 

FOed  Aug.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,294 

Tenn  of  patoit  14  yean 

Int  CL  D27— Oi 

U.S.  CL  D85-.2 


223,882 

COIN  TRAY 

Jostfai  D.  Chrtetenaen,  6808  W.  69fli  St, 

Overiand  Park,  Kans.    66204 

Fled  June  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,256 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

InL  a.  D3-07 

VS.  CL  D87— 1  \^ 


June  13,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


817 


223,883 

HXUMINABLE  MAKEUP  MIRROR  OR 

SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

John  C.  ShalToy,  Fahfleld,  Conn.,  aarignor  to 

General  Electrk  Company 

Filed  Apr.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,741 

Term  c^  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D28— Oi 

U.S.  a.  D86— 10 


223,886 
STORAGE  BOX 
Irwin  J.  FerdinMid,  Glencoe,  and  Irwin  R.  Knlbersh, 
Morton  GroTe,  IlL,  andgnon  to  The  Hlrah  Company, 
Skcikie,IlL 

Filed  Mar.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,918 
Term  of  patent  3V6  yean 
IntCLD3— 99 
U.S.  CL  87—1 


223387 

TIRE 

lafai  C.  Mffla,  Sntton  Coldlleld,  England,  aaignor  to 

Dunlop  Holdings  Limited,  Birmingham,  i?jfi«»«i 

Filed  Aog.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,560 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britaia  Mar.  4, 1970 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D12— 75 

U.S.  a.  D90— 20 


223,884 

ARTIFICIAL  EYELASH 

Jan  Dean,  New  York,  N.Y.,  and  Milton  Schwarz, 

Westport,  Conn.,  asslgnon  to  Rcvlon,  Inc 

Filed  Ang.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,591 

Tom  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  a.  DM— 04 

VS.  CL  D86— 10 


223,885 

ILLUMINABLE  MAKEUP  MIRROR 

Jeffrey  D.  Bransky,  Cohmbas,  Ind.,  assl0M>r  to  Arrin 

Industries,  Inc,  Columbus,  Ind. 

Filed  Oct  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,308 

Tenn  of  patent  14  yean 

lata.  D6— 07 

U.S.  CL  D86— 10 


223,888 

TIRE 

Eric  Clifford  Bardeft  Erdington,  Unningham, 
assignor  to  Dunlop  Holdlngi  Limited,  Biimingham, 
England 

Ffled  Dec  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,505 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain  July  3, 1970 

Term  of  pat^  14  years 

Int  CL  D12— 75 

U.S.  CL  D90— 20 


818 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  18,  1971 


BEVERAGE  SMOOTHER  UNIT 

GMtfi  B.  Knrikk,  Jr.,  P.a  Box  S321, 

MiUMlHi,  T«L.    7»12 

FIM  Mw.  27,  lf7f,  Sw.  No.  22,077 

Ton  off  piteal  14  y« 

btCLDlS— 99 

U.S.CLD94— 3 


223390 

SEMIFROZEN  lUICE  DISPENSER 
OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 
Robert  B.  Hartley,  CohnoUa  Heights,  Mtaa., 

The  Gonelhn  Cobum^jt,  Aaoha,  Mhn. 
FIM  Not.  9, 197Mcr.  No.  25,901 
1  Tcfv  off  potest  14  yean 
r      lotCLDlS— 08 
US.  CL  D94— 3 


to 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 

TO  WHOM 
PATENTS  WERE  ISSUED  ON  THE  13th  DAY  OF  JUNE,  1972 

NoTB.— Arranged  in  accordance  with  the  firat  significant  character  or  word  of  the  nane  (in  accortlaacc  with  city  and 

taiepboae  directory  practice). 


A-T-OIac.:5M— 

Coolbaugh.  Richard  W.;  and  Engek.  Floyd  W.,  3.670.067. 
AB  Akerhind  ft  Ranting:  Ste— 

Andertaon,    Rolf    Urban;     and     Penton,     Lennart    Gerhard. 
3.669,344. 
Abbott  Laboratories:  See— 

Hiraer.  Robert  Engene.  3.669.902. 

Swett.  Leo  Ralph;  and  Raujczyk.  Janes  Daniel.  3.669.983. 
Abbott.  Panl.  Company.  Inc.:  5m— 

Green.  Edgar  E.;  and  Nnckob.  Phillip  H..  3.669.i9S. 
Abelow.  Joseph:  See— 

Nevarez.  Richard  J..  3.669,401 . 
Abler  Roger  L.;  and  Strand.  David  L..  to  MinneaoU  Mining  and  Manu- 
^t"n^|Co«pwiy.  Aerosol  spray  cleaaer-polish.  3.669.892,  CI. 

Abrahansen,  Per  Reider.  to  International  Standard  Electric  Corpora- 

tioa.  Ciphering  method  and  apparatus.  3.670.104,  CI.  1 78-22.000 
Acello,  SalvatOK  J.:  See— 

Frantz,  Franklin  D.;  Acello.  Salvatore  J.;  and  Geller.  Harold 
I..3 ,670.09 1. 
Achermann.  Franz:  See— 

Achermann.  Werner;  and  Achermann.  Franz.3,669,067. 
Achermann,  Werner;  and  Achermann,  Franz,  to  Boise  Cascade  Cor- 
poration.   Apparatus    for    impregnating    corrugated    cardboard. 
3,669 .067.  CL  118-50.000  •"     • 

Achterberg.  Raymond  C.  to  Giddinp  *  Lewis.  Inc.  Automatic  insert 
assembly    system   employing    rotary   transfer   of  the   worfcpiece. 
3,668.773.  CI.  29-429.000 
Ackermann.  Jacob;  Croce,  Roberto;  and  Reguzzoni.  Riccwdo.  to 
Societa'  ItaUana  Resine  S.p.A.  Procem  for  preparing  acrylic  or 
methacryHc  acid.  3,670,01 6,  CL  260-S26. 
Aczel,  Rezso:  See- 
Cohen,  Edward  M.;  Gnbowski.  Edward  J.  J.;  aad  AczeL  Rez- 
so,3,670.083. 
Adachi.  Iwao  P..  to  Itek  Corporation.  Optical  surface  generating  ap- 
paratus. 3.669.867.  CL  204-224.000 
Adams,  Dolor  N.;  and  Fauser,  DonaU  L.,  to  Harris-Intertype  Corpora- 
tion. Coating  compositions  and  methods  and  articles.  3.669,657,  CL 
96-1.8 
Adams,  Frederick  J.,  to  Cam  Gears  Limited.  Power  assisted  steering 

system.  3,669.146,  CL  137-596.200 
Adams,  James  E.;  and  Haas,  Werner  E.  L.,  to  Xeros  Corporation. 

Liquid  crystal  color  Alter.  3,669,525,  CL  350- 1 58.000 
Adams.  Kenneth  D.,  to  Singer  Company,  The.  Push  buttoa  presser  bar 

ralease.  3,669,050,  CL  1 12-237.000 
Adams.  Kenneth  D.;  and  Odermann.  Charles  R..  to  Singer  Company. 
The.  Monogramming  insert  for  buttonhole  attachment.  3.669.044. 
CL  112-77.000 
Adams,  PhiUip:SM- 

Beiafnt,  Sidney;  Jacun.  Zeaon;  tad  Adaat.  Phillip.3 ,669.633. 
Adams.  RoMid  Alfred  Charles,  to  Algraphy  LimilMl.  Procem  of 
stnagtheniaa  presensitiied  lithographic  plate  with  bMMiuer  emnUon. 
3,669,664.  CI.  96-33.000 
Adams^rthur  C:  See— 

Robiaaon,  Charles  A.;  and  Adams,Arthur  C..3,669,957. 
Adminal,  Lambertas,  to  Mac  MiBaa  Bloedel  Limited.  Microwave  dry- 

iag  appaiatai  aad  method.  3,670,133,  CL  219-10.550 
Advaacc  Draiaage  Systems,  lac.:  See— 

Martia.  Roaald  C;  and  Sixt.  Matty  E.,  3,669,473. 
Advaacad  Raaaaich  lastrameat  Systems,  lac.:  See— 

Ooldea.  David  B..  3.670.172. 
Aerojet-General  Corporation:  See— 

Wootea.  Robert  D.;  Neal.  Wanen  D.;  aad  Eiafeldt.  Oaofge  J.. 
3.669.24S. 
Ager.  David  Jotepk;  aad  Staaley.  laa  William,  to  Poet  Office.  The.  Two 
terminal   negative   resieteace   device   employfaig   bipolar-unipolar 
traaaiBtor  combination.  3.670.I83.CL  307-304.000 
Agfa-Oevaert  AktieageseBschalt:  See— 

EBgelsmaaa.  Dieter,  aad  Schroder.  Rolf.  3.668.988. 
Wiafcler,  Atfrad;  Tbaer,  Anton;  Zanner,  Joluuw;  ud  Hennii, 
FridoUa,  3,668.989. 
Agnihotri.  Ram  K..  te  Interaational  Business  Machines  Corporation. 
Cyclic  polyisopreac  photoresist  compoeitiotts.  3.669.662.  CI.  96- 

Air  Lo^ietics  Corporation:  See— 

Sckirtttager.  Joseph  F,  3,669,052. 
Air  Pradacts  aad  Ckeaicak.  lac:  See- 

Cebalo,  Tony;  aad  Alderaaa.  Joha  F.,  3,669.982. 

CoraeUus.  Edward  B.;  aad  Koeeter.  David  W..  3.669.904. 

Heiberger.  Cherles  A.;  aad  Mottera,  Henry  O.,  3.670.056. 


Aisin  Sefti  Company  Limited:  See— 

Komatsu,     Noboru;    Suzuki.    Takatoshi;     Ite.     Takno;    Hara, 
Yoshitera;  and  Asakura,  Kouichi.  3,668.917. 
Aisin  Seiki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 
Sakakibara,  Naoji.  3.670.1 74. 
Ajiaomoto  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Akamatsu,  Akira;  Togo,  Kazashi;  and  Kida.  Yoko,  3,669,7 1 7. 
Akamatsu,  Akira;  Togo,  Kazashi;  and  Kida,  Yoko,  to  Ajinomoto  Co., 
Inc.  Method  of  coating  shaped  articles  of  plasticiaed  polyvinyl 
chloride.  3, 669,71 7. ClT 1 7-72 .000 
Aker,  Jimmie  R.:  See— 

Cullen.    Roy    H.;    Aker,    Tmimie    R.;    and    Burfce,    William 
E.,3,669,199. 
AkguKan,  Sahag  C;  Hafher,  Donald  G.;  and  Heth,  Sherman  C,  to 
Jacobsen  ManunKturing  Company.  Gang  lawn  mower  with  self-shar- 
pening means.  3,668,844.  CL  S6-7.000 
Aktiebolaget  Electrokix:  See— 

Hagdora,  Manfred  Otto;  aad  Saadberg,  KjeU  T-son,  3,668.974. 
Magnuaaon,  Olov  Tage;  and   Kenneryd,   Kari  Goste   Lennart. 
3.668489. 
Aktiebolaget  Volvo:  See— 

Hartelhis.  Nils  Magnus.  3.669.469. 
Aktien-GesseDschaft  'Weaer':See- 

Renz.  Eberhard;  Voss,  Siegfried;  and  Eeke,  Guater,  3,668,725. 
Aktiengeselbchaft  Brown,  Boveri  A  Cie:  See— 

Greuter,  Robert,  3,670.204. 
Aktieaelsfcabet  Niro  Atomizer:  See— 

Gnde,  Klaus  Erik;  and  Lund,  Bjora,  3,669,432. 
Alderman,  John  F.:  See— 

Cebalo.  Toay;  and  Alderman.  John  F..3,669,982. 
Alebrant,  Joha:  See— 

Kliagspor,  Richard;  aad  Alebraat,  John, 3, 669 ,01 5. 
Aleuader,  Oraniaon  T.,  Jr.,  to  Gem  Oil  Tool  Compaay.  Blow-ap 

preveater.  3,669,1 87. CL  166-217.000 
AUbrd,  Glen  M.Artim's  carrying  case  aad  eaaeL  3.669.227.  CL  190- 

11.000 
Algraphy  Limited:  See- 
Adams,  Roaald  Alfred  Chariet.  3.669.664. 
Allais.  David  C.  te  laterface  MechanisaM.  lac.  Tape  fbed  system. 

3,670.145.  CL  235-61.1  le 
Allen.  Robert  J.;  and  Retrow.  Henry  G..  to  Prolotech  Company. 
Method  of  operating  electrochemical  cells  with  iacnaaed  cutreat 
deasity  aad  oiygea  slRcieacy.  3,669.749.  CL  1 3^-86. 
Alley.  Raymond  L.;  Hartmaa.  George  F.,  Jr.;  and  Bwald.  Join  D.,  to 
Americaa  Warmiag  ft  Veatilatiu  lac..  The.  Fhud  back  pnasun 
damper.  3.668.999.  CL  9t- 1  IO.OMT 
AUgower.    Martia;    Perrea.    Stefaa;    aad    Rusaeaberger.    Max    E. 

Osteosynthetic  presMire  plate  ooMtnM:tioa.  3.66S.972.  CL  90-1 1 . 
Allied  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 

Kolyer,    John    McNanghloa;    and    Kvaglit.    Aftert    Andrew. 

3,669.827. 
Stewart,  Aubrey  P..  Jr.;  aad  FaOt.  John  D..  3.669475. 
AlUngton.  Trevor  Richard,  to  RCA  Cotporatiea.  Method  of  makim  a 

thiek-Ota  hybrid  circuit  3.669,733,0. 117-212.000 
Allison.  Robert  J.;  Hatfield.  Paul  E.;  aa<l  Frumeratea.  Robert,  te  Dravo 
Corporatioa.  Method  for  the  rageaeratioa  of  hydrochloric  acid  from 
speat  pickle  iiqaor  and  Hke  sohtiona.  3,669.623,  CL  23-1 54. 
Allmaa,  William  T.,  Jr.;  Joseph,  Charles  W.;  aad  Hi«hu.  Ralph  G..  Jr., 
to  Celaaese  Corporatioa.  Baftad  aoa  wovens.  3,669,788,  CL  156- 
167.000 
ADmanna  Svenska  Elektriska  Aktiebob^et:  See— 

Anderason,  Anders  R.;  and  Virsberg.  Lars-Goran.  3.670.192. 
Bok^.  Cart  Ingvar;  aad  Sehmaa,  Beagt  AUaa.  3.670.2 1 7. 
Ekstrom.Ake.  3.670.236. 
Gaid.  tage.  3.670,127. 

Zack.  Peteraea.  Jorgea;  aad  Laadoviat.  BeitU.  3.670.1 75. 
Aloma  Products,  lac.:  See— 

Riag.  Raymomi  M..  3.668.733. 
Alpha  ladustries,  lac.:  See— 
Levi,  Cliffbrd  A..  3,669.773. 

Abck,  Richard  E.,  to  Orahaa  TraamiMioM,  be.  PlexMt  drive 

coupBag.  3,668,892,  CL  64-14.000 
Alth,  Max.  Siagle-phaae  motors.  3,670,191, CL  310-163.000 
Ahmaa,  Daaiel  E.,  to  Unitad  Steles  of  AaMrica.  Navy.  Method  for 

determfadnt  a  ship's  headiac  emotovina  aa  elactrcMiptical  angle 


letermfadna  a  ship's  headiag  emptoying  aa 
leamtfiac  device.  3.669i4Mn.  316*141.000 
oaayaa.  Rofer  Edward  Cottngwood;  aad  How 


Ahoaavaa.  Roger  Edward  Cottngwood;  aad  Howai.  Hanjr 

(by  HowaB.  Eaaka  Cockbwra;  eiaeMrit).  to  Fhont.  Lhnhad 
halatioa  device.  3,669,1 1 3,  CL  1 2t-266 

Amaaa  RelHasratioa.  tec.:  See— 

Bncksbanm,  Arnold  M.,  3,670.1 34. 


ni 


PI  2 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  13, 1972 


June  13. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    3 


Amaao,  Takaihi:  S*e— 

Nakto.  Ottkan;  Nakafawa.  Saburo;  Hiroae,  Juichi;  Yanazaki, 
Shigeyuki;     Amaao,     TakaAi;     Nakaman.     Tothio;     and 
Yaaiamoto.Hiioy«ki,3,669.916. 
Anbrogi,  Vittorio;  aad  Logemana.  Willy,  to  Erba,  Carlo.  S.d.A. 
Pyrazine  derivathrm  aad  proccM  for  their  preparation.  3,669.966, 
CI.  260-250.00r 
Amdahl,  Gene  M.;  Arnold,  Richard  F.;  Dauber,  PhiMp  S.;  Freiman, 
Charica  V.;  Robelen,  RuiteU  J.;  Schorr,  Herbert;  and  Wierzbicki, 
John  R..  to  international  Bnsiaem  Machines  Corporation.  Storage 
control  system.  3.670.309,  CI.  340-1 72.SOO 
,  Amemiya.  Toshioki:  See— 

Masuyama,      Takeshi;       Amemiya,      Toshioki;      and       lida, 
Yodiio.3,670,216. 
American  Air  Filter  Company,  Inc.:  See- 
Everett.  Wilhelm  Sydow,  3. 669. 1  SO. 
Westlin,  Karl  L.;  and  Getzin,  Allan  R.,  3.661,143. 
Americaa  Aviation  Corporation:  See— 

Jarvis,  Richard  L.;  and  Knlly.  Walter,  3,669.S01 . 
Jarvis,  Richard  L.;  KiiOy.  Walter.  Calusen.  Victor  H.;  Zweig.  Ar- 
nold; aad  Eagvoll.  Sverre.  3.669.103. 
Jarvis.  Richard  L.;  and  Kully.  Walter.  3.669.S07. 
American  Can  Company:  See— 

Marker.  Roycc  Kenneth;  Prickett.  Warren  Wilioa;  aad  Roesch, 
Kurt  Fritz.  3.669.323. 
American  Chain  A  Cable  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

Maaae.Robert;aad  Karlstrom.KariR.  M..  3.669.027. 
American  Clinic,  inc.:  See— 

Symmes,  Pauls.,  3,669,1 1 9. 
American  Cyananid  Company:  See— 

Lutz.  Albert  William;  and  Feeny.  Richard  William.  3.669,970. 
Padmanathan,  Thurairajah,  3,669 ,98S . 
Schaefer,  Frederic  Charles,  3,670,022. 
Susi,  Peter  Vincent;  aad  Weston,  Norma  Ann,  3,670.02S. 
Weyker.  Robert  George;  Baitinger,  William  Frederick,  Jr.;  and  De 
Marco.  John  Gregory.  3.669.609. 
American  Desk  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 

Chiaholm.  William  A..  3.669.496. 
American  Home  Products  Corporation:  See— 

Bogash.  Richard;  Wolf.  Milton;  and  Selbtedt.  John  H..  3.669.980. 
Dent,  Robert  P..  3,669.978. 
American  Nucleonics  Corporation:  See— 

Mardon,  Autdn;  and  Nieben.  Robert  N..  Jr..  3.670.328. 
American  Optical  Corporation:  See— 

Kantorski.  Joseph  W.;  La  Marre.  David  A.;  and  Smith,  Donald  A., 

3.670,263. 
Koester,  Charles  J.;  and  Swope,  Charles  Hennas.  3.670.260. 
Magnantc.  Peter  C.  3.670.2S8. 
Silverbcrf.Cari  0.,  3.669.43S. 
Strack.  Richaid  R.,  3,669,772. 
Young.  Charles  OUbert.  3,670.2S9. 
Americaa  Photocopy  Equipment  Company:  See— 

Savit.  Joseph;  Guzik.  Rudolph  P.;  Weyne.  Hany  A.;  Saklikar.  Ar- 
vind  R.;  aad  Van  Eck.  Jack  M..  3,669,073. 
Aaerican  Re|^l  Corporation:  5m— 

Wagner.  Robert  L.;  and  Ragland.  Evan  L..  11. 3.669.237. 
Americaa  Standard,  Inc.:  See— 

Divecha.  Amamatfa  P.;  Lare.  Paul  J.;  Ordway.  Fred,  Jr.;  Hermann, 
Robert    A.;   Van    Blaricon.   Orville    B.;    and    Hahn,    Henry, 
3,668.748. 
Forbes.  Norman  Arthur,  3,670.167. 
American  Velcro,  Inc.:  See— 

Perina,  Joseph,  3.668.808. 
American  Waagner-Bero  Company.  Inc.:  See— 

KemmetmueUer.  Roland.  3.669.436. 
Americaa  Warming  *  Ventilating  Inc..  The:  See- 
Alley.  Raymond  L.;  Hartman,  George  F..  Jr.;  and  BwaM,  John  D., 
3,668.999. 
American  Wire  Cloth  Company:  See— 

Schmiege.  Lester  C;  and  Zeluff.  WendeU  C.  3.670.1 38. 
Amos.  Arthur.  See— 

Orewcock.  Sidney  B.;  Cooper.  Alan;  Amos.  Arthur;  and  Sylvester. 
Paul.3.668.899. 
Amoi.  Robert  Waher  Janet:  See- 
Drake,  Cyril  Francia;  and  Amos,  Robert  Walter  James.3 .669.697. 
AMP  Incorporated:  See— 

Bruner,  Peter  Martin.  3.670,289. 

Desso,  Thomas  Dean;  aad  Heaschen.  Homer  Ernst.  3,669,034. 
Evans.  William  Robert,  3.670.288. 
Carver.  William  Joseph.  3,670,293. 
(    Anderaen,  Adolph  Leslie.  Four  wheel  drive  vehicle.  3,669^2.  CI. 
180-SO.OOO 
Anderaen.  Biom.  to  Menus.  Max,  and  Maaus,  George.  Decentralised 

local  telephone  sysum.  3,670,I08,CI.  I79-I8.00J 
Anderson,  Daaiel  J.,  to  Mallory.  P.  R..  A  Co.  Inc.  Capacitor  with 
azeotropic    electrolyte    for   wide   temperature    range    operation. 
3.670,212,a  317-230.000 
Anderson.  Gordon  S.:  See— 

Kamboriaa.  Jacob  S.;  Typrowicx.  Wladyslaw;  aad  Anderson,  Gor- 
don S..3.668.72S. 
Anderson.  Robert  J.,  to  Singer  Company.  The.  mesne.  Reflective  reUy 

optical  system  for  two-asia  daflaction.  3,669,322,  CI.  3S0-6.000 
Anderston.  Anders  R.;  and  Virsberg.  Lara-Ooran.  to  Albnanna  Sven- 
ska  Elektriska  Aktiebolaget.  Rotating  electrical  machine  with  means 
for  preventing  discharge  form  coil  ends.  3.670.192.  a.  310-196000 


to 


Andersson.  Karl  Ivan.  Exchangeable  grease  gun  tip.  3,669.220,  Gl. 

184-lOS.OOc  I 

Andersaoa,  Rolf  Urban;  and  Persson,  Lennart  Gerhard,  to  AB  Aker- 
lund  *  Reusing.  Carton  with  capped  lid.  3.669.344.  CI.  229-44.0cbr 
Ando,  Satothi;  Tanaka.  Yusaku;  Kqjima.  Minoru;  and  Fujimurk. 
Kyoichi,  to  KaaegaAichi  Boseki  Kabushiki  Kaiaha.  and  Snia  Viscosa 
Nazionale  Industria  Applicazioni  Viscosa  S.p.A.  Copolyamide  fibers 
of  redaced  stidclnem  containing  a  normal  paraffin.  3,669.917,  CI. 
260-78.00r 
Andrea,  Alfred.  Auto  body  sectional  shaping  forms.  3,669,813,  CI. 

161-37.000 
Andresen.  Rolf;  Piorino,  Benjamin  C;  and  Niccore,  Fred  W.,  to  Inter- 
national Business  Machines  Corporation.  Method  and  apparatus  for 
detecting  errors  read  from  moving-magnetic-storage  device  with 
digiul  interface.  3,670,304, CI.  340-146.r0f  < 

Andrews.  Peter.  Surface,  material  and  health  protective  combinati<in 

device.  3.669,204, CI.  180-69.1 
Andrews,  Thomas  W.:  See- 
United  Sutes  of  America.National  Aeronautics  and  Space  A  I- 
miaistratian.  Administrator.  3.669.393. 
Angele  Wilhelm;  and  Martineck,  Hans  G..  to  United  Sutes  of  America. 
National  Aeronautics  aad  Space  Admiaistratioa.  Electrical  connejc- 
tor.  3,670,290.CI.  339-75.0mp 
Angola  Wire  Productt.  Inc.:  See— 

Heroy,  Giles  F.  3.669.278. 
Annand.  Robert  R.;  Redmore,  Derek;  and  Rushton,  Brian  M. 
Petrolite  Corporation.  Use  of  cyclic  amidine  polymers  as  corrosion 
inhibitors.  3.669,612. CI.  2I-2.S00 
Annis,  Darrell  D.;  Dodson,  Keith  D.;  and  Sykes,  Paul  M.,  to  Celaneae 
Corporation.  Polyethylene  terephthalate  Alms  containing  hydrated 
aluminum  silicate  for  less  shrinkage  and  abrasion.  3,669.931,  CI. 
260-7  5. OOr 
Anschutz  A  Co..  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Kundler,  Walter;  and  Hingst.  Gerd.  3,670,227. 
APM  Corporation:  See—  "^ 

Dimitry.  Edward  A..  3.668.938. 
Apparatebau  AktiengeselbchafL  See— 

Schworer.  Emil.  3,669,041 . 
Apparatefabrik  A.G.  Huttwil:  See— 

Horak.  Heinz.  3.669.1  S4. 
Appleton,  Daniel,  to  USM  Corporation.  Processes  for  molding  poljfa- 

rethane  foam  articles.  3,670.070. CI.  264-244.000 
Appleton  Wire  Works  Corporation:  See- 
Lee.  Charles  A;  and  Furbeck.  Warren  E.,  3,669,78 1 . 
Applied  Laser  Technology  Incorporated:  See- 
Barker.  Ronald  C,  3.668,79S. 
Apps,  John  A.:  See— 

Spedden,    Henry    R.;    Apps,    John    A.;    and    Lowe.    Donald 
F..3.669.65I. 
Aprand,  Inc.:  See— 

Bratton,  Francis  H.,  3,668,723. 
Apsalons.  Talvalds-Olavi  Amoldovich:  See— 

Solomonov.  Nikolai  Nikolaevich;  Ishanin.  Vladimir  Pavlovich;  akid 
Apsalons.  Talvalds-Olavs  Amoldovich,3,668,824. 

Aral,  Maaanao:  See- 

Hiratt.  Hiroahi;  and  Arai.  Masanao.3,669.862. 
Araki,  Shinichi:  See— 

Susuki.  Rinaosuke;  Hoshi,  Hiroahi;^  Araki,  Shinichi;  and  Ohsh|te, 
Takashi,3,669.321. 
Arenco  Aktiebolag:  See— 

Engvoll.  Svarre,  3.669,80S. 

Jarvis.  Richard  L.;  Kully,  Walter;  Calusen,  Victor  H.;  Zweig.  f  r- 
nold;  aad  Engvoll.  Sverre,  3.669.803. 
Arnold,  Carter  H.  Rope  gripping  device.  3,669.223.  CI.  188-188.00(1 
Arnold.  John  W.:  See— 

Kirkham,  Thomu  A.;  Arnold,  John  W.;  aad  Giufrida.  Anthony 
J..3.669.I57. 
Arnold,  Richard  P.:  See- 
Amdahl.  Gene  M.;  Arnold.  Richard  F.;  Dauber.  Philip  S.;  Freiman. 
Charles  V.;  Robelen.  Russell  J.;  Schorr,  Herbert;  aad  Wierz- 
bicki. John  R.,3 ,670,309. 
Arnold,  Richard  P.;  Dauber.  Philip  S.;  Freiman,  Charles  V.;  Robelen, 
Russell  J.;  and  Wierzbicki.  John  R.,  to  International  Buaiaess 
Machines  Corporation.  Interstorage  transfer  mechanism.  3.670.307, 
CI.  340-172.500 
Arth.  Glen  E.:  See— 

Patanelli,  Dolores  J.;  and  Arth.  Glen  E..3.670,079. 
Arthur.  WaUace  W.:  See— 

Hanson,  Lmirence  B.;  and  Arthur,  Wallace  W.,3,669.197. 
A  rtos  EngineeriBg  Company:  See— 

Randar,  Magnus,  3,668.764. 
Art's- Way  Maaafacturing  Company  Incorporated:See— 

Bradley.  Richard  S..  3.669.7S6. 

Arumugham.  Rangaswamy;  aad  Wheeler,  Robert  Charles,  to  Sylvania 

Electric  Prodacte.  Inc.  Cathode  ray  tube  set-up  circuitry.  3.670.^93, 

CI.  178-5.40r  I 

Asahara.  Tomohiko;  Yoda.  Naoya;  and  Minami.  Nuneyodii.  to  Tony 

Industries,  Inc.  Thermally  sUble  thermosetting  resin.  3.669.930,  CI. 

260-47. Ocz 

Asahi  Glass  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Nakayama,  Junn;  and  Pukatsu.  Yukio.  3.670.061 . 
Asahi  Kaaei  Kocyo  Kabuihiki  Kaiiha:  See— 

Teraaaki,  hrao;  Kimura.  Yoahio;  Okamoto.  To^hw;  Shima.  Tsu- 
kasa;  Kokao.  Mitauo;  and  Kitamura.  Kazuyuki.  3.669.927. 


Asahi  Kogaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Kurai,Hiroshi,  3,668,993. 
Asahikasei  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Izawa,  Shia-lchi;  Nakamura,  Katouyuki;  and  Mizoguchi,  Yoshiyu- 
ki,  3,670,033. 
Asai,  Taizo:  See— 

Yokou,  Tadashi;  aad  Asai,  Taizo,3.669.784. 
Asakura,  Kouichi:  See— 

Komatsu.    Noboru;    Suzuki,    Takatoshi;    Ito.    Takuo;    Mara. 
Yoshiteru;aad  Asakura.Kouichi,3,668.9l7. 
Asaao.  Shiataro:  See— 

Bazter,  Larry  K.;  and  Asano,  ShinUro,3,670.l03. 
Asea.  Donald  B.,  to  Bev  Maid,  Inc.  Cup  assembly.  3.669,001.  CI.  99- 

78.000 
Athey.  Roy  L.:  See- 
Moore.  Joseph  B.;  and  Athey.  Roy  L.,3,669,1 80. 
Atkins,  Bobby  Leroy:  See- 
Harper.  Billy  Gene;  Bashaw,  Robert  Niles;  and  Atkins,  Bobby 
Leroy,3,669.103. 
Atkins,  Cari  E.,  to  Wagner  Electric  Corporation.  Control  circuit  with 

anti-switching  and  anti-noise  circuitry.  3.670,178, CI.  307-202.000 
AUantic  Richfield  Company:  See— 

Howell,  Eddie  P.;  Youngmaa,  Carl  A.;  Hardison,  Jack  E.;  and 

Tribble.  Robert  E,  3,668,927. 
Sheng,  Ming  Nan;  and  Zajacek.  Joha  G.,  3.670.002. 
Trevillyan.  Alvin  E.;  aad  Vecbastiks.  Wars.  3.670,003. 
Atlas  Chemical  Industries.  Inc.:  See— 

Capik.  Robert  J.;  and  Wright.  Leon  W..  3,670,033. 
Atteridge,  David  G.:  See— 

Sinizer,  David  1.;  Toy.  Albert;  Atteridge.  David  G.;  and  Fanelli, 
Louis  H.,3,669,364. 
Attri,  Narinder  S.  Wheelspeed  information  signal  processint  system. 

3.669.308,  CI.  303-21  .OOr 
Attridge,  John  T.,  to  Westinghouse   Electric  Corporation.   Recen 

mounted  electric  air  heater.  3.670.142,  CI.  219-367.000 
Augarde.  Marie  Jeanne:  See— 

GuttOB.  Henri;  and  Hugon.  Jean  Jacques.3,670.247. 
August.  Rudolf  R.;  and  Palmquist.  Richard  L..  to  North  American 
Rockwell  Corporation.  Monolithic  hcteroepiuxial  microwave  tunnel 
die.  3,670.2l8.a.  317-233. 
Aumann.  Frederick  C,  III;  and  Butler,  Gerald  V.,  Jr.,  to  Digital  Equip- 
ment Corporation.  Data  processor  console  communications  system. 
3,670,311.  CI.  340-172.500 
Aunstnip.  Knud;  and  Mahler.  Jom  Leo,  to  Novo  Terapeutisk  Labora- 
torium  A/S.  Process  for  the  production  of  uricase.  3.669.843.  CI. 
l9S-66.00r 
Ausdall.  Carl  Van.  RoUry  cutting  reel,  ledger  blade  and  baffle  as- 
sembly. 3.668.847.  CI.  56-232.000 
Automobiles  Peugeot:  See— 
Guettier,  Michel,  3.6694 10. 
Le  Mire,  Noel.  3.669.397. 
Automotive  Exhaust  Control  Corporation:  See— 

Loudenslager.  Ray  D..  3.669.420. 
Autovoz  S.p.A.:  See— 

CicateiU,  Rodolfo,  3,669,433. 
Avco  Corporation:  See— 

Elmore,  Robert  E..  3,670,162. 
Avena,  Salvatore;  and  Richardson,  Harry  L.,  to  Curtisa-Wright  Cor- 
poration.  RoUtion  transmission   mechanism.   3,668.940.  CI.   74- 
89.130 
Ayent.  McKenna  and  Harrison.  Limited:  See— 

Lippmann,  Wilbur,  3.670.088. 
Babb.  Raymond  E..  1/2  to  Hanscom,  Genevieve  I.,  formerty  Magnuson, 
Genevieve  I.,  aad  1/2  to  Haascora,  Genevieve  I.,  Magnuaoa.  Robert, 
Thomson.  Lois  J.,  formerly  Dusgan,  Lois  J.,  trustees  of  the  estete  of 
Magnuson.  Roy  M.  Apparatus  fur  sorting  products  according  to  tlieir 
lengths.  3.669.263.  CI.  209-82.000 
Backus,  James  H . :  See— 

ComweU.  Charles  E.;  and  Backus.  James  H..3.669.418. 
Badami,  Angelo  V.;  Ebcrt.  Ekkehard.;  Kemlagc.  Bernard  M.;  Kroell. 
Karl  E.;  aad  Pogge,  H.  Bernhard,  to  International  Bustaem  Machines 
Corporation.   Method   for   minimizing   in   ezpitazial  deposition. 
3,669,769.  CI.  148-173.000 
Badische  Anilin-  A  Soda-Fabrik  Aktieagesellschaft:  See— 
Hiau,  Hans.  3.669.923. 

Mueller.  Herbert:  Koehl.  Harald;and  Pommer.  Horst,  3.670.028. 
Wuerstlia.   Franz;   Feichtmayr.   Franz;   aad   Eilingsfeld.   Heinz. 
3,669,888. 
Bagley,  Brian  G.;  and  Carides,  James  Nicholas,  to  Bell  Telephone 
Laboratories,  Incorporated.  Method  for  the  preparation  of  small 
cobalt  particles.  3.669.643.  CI.  7S-0.3aa 
Bailey.  Jennings.  Jr.:  See— 

ComweU.  Charles  E..  3.669.41 7. 
ComweU.  Charles  E.;  aad  Backus.  James  H..  3.669,41 8. 
Baitinger,  William  Frederick,  Jr.:  5er- 

Weyker.  Robert  George;  BaitiBger.  William  Frederick.  Jr.;  and  De 
Marco,  John  Gregory.3.669.609. 
Bajars,  Laimonis:  See— 

Croce,       Louis       J.;       Bajars.       Laimonis:       and       Cabliks, 
Maigonis,3,670,042. 
Baker,  Alan  Stnart;  and  Walbridge.  Derek  John,  to  Imperial  Chemical 
faidustries  Limited.  Coadeasatioa  polymers.  3.669.939.  CI.  260- 
^J.OOa 


Baker,  Nelaoa  H..  Jr.:  See- 
Sweet.  Larrie  H.;  and  Baker.  Nelson  H..  Jr..3,668  J31. 
Baker,  WiUiam  H.  Perimeter  skimmiag  gutter  for  swimming  pools. 

3,668.7 1 2,  CL  4-172.170 
Baker,  William  H.  Fhiid  flow  and/or  fluid  pressure  respoasive  late 

weir.  3,668.7 13.  CI.  4-172.170 
Baker.   William    H.    Nonflooding   perimeter   skimming   gutter   for 

swimming  pools.  3.668.7 1 4.  CI.  4-1 72.1 70 
Baldino.  James  Peter:  See- 
Jones.  Wilford  Donald:  Baldino,  James  Peter;  aad  Malamed.  Sid- 
aey.3,670,068. 
Baklwin,  D.  H.,  Company:  See— 

Mathevosiaa,  Yervand,  3.670.323. 
BaUwin,  Wiley  M.;  and  Monroe,  Raymond,  Jr.,  to  Western  Electric 
Company,  Incorporated.  Tantalom  anodes  aad  method  of  produc- 
ing. 3,669,633,  CI.  29-182.000 
Ball,  William  Joha;  aad  Gasson.  Edward  James,  to  Distillers  Company 
Limited,  The.  Production  of  unsaturated  aliphatic  acids.  3.670.017. 
CI.  260-S  30.00a 
Balsa  Development  Corporation:  See— 

Desai,  Ramesh  R.;and  Dohn,  George  D..  3.669413. 
Balzers  Patent-  und  BeteUigungs-AktiengeseUachaft:  See— 

Cremer,  Erika;  and  Kraus.  Thaddaus.  3.669.88 1 . 
Bang.  Mogent  W.;  and  Olson.  David  A.,  to  Stackpole  Carbon  Com- 
pany.  Poteatiometer  adjuateble  by  routable  drum.  3.670.286.  CI. 
338-180.000 
Bankston.  Eari  F..  to  Cabana  Theatres.  Inc.  Theater  with  separate 

viewing  booths.  3.668.8 10,  CI.  32-6.000 
Barber  A  Nicholls  Limited:  See— 

Orewcock.  Sidney  B.;  Cooper.  Alan;  Amos.  Arthur;  and  Sylvester. 
Paul,  3,668.899. 
Barber-Colman  Company:  See- 
Peterson.  Lawrence  M..  3,669,132. 
Barbour,  Alfred  R.,  to  Roessing  Bronze  Company.  Method  of  recover- 
ing metallic  bran  from  the  skimminp  of  a  bram  melting  fiimace. 
3,669.647,  CI.  73-76.000 
Bardutzky.  Klaus,  to  Schneider.  Jos.,  A  Co.  iris  diaphragm  with  extra 

leaffor  complete  closure.  3,668.993,  CI.  93-64. 
Bare.  Howard  J.  Modular  heat  exchanger  construction.  3.669.183,  CI. 

163-138.000 
Barker,  RonaU  C.  to  Applied  Later  Technology  Incorporated. 

Identification  means.  3,668,795,  CI.  40-2.200 
Barnes.  Robert  L.;  and  Grafstein,  Daaiel.  to  Singer  Compaay.  The. 
High  temperature  bis(cpoxyalkyl)  carlMranc  adheaives.  3,669.993. 
CI.  260-348.000 
Baray,  Jean  Jacques,  to  Societe  d'Etadeaet  de  Veate  de  Materieb  pour 
la  Fabrication  et  le  Faconnage  du  Carton  Ondule.  Facihty  for  heat- 
ing a  product  in  strip.  3,668,786,  CI.  34-43. 
Barougb,  Victor;  Gleaa,  Robert;  and  Roae,  Louis,  said  Rose  uaor.  to 
Eaton  AUen  Corporation.  Dual  purpose  hectocraphic  master  unit 
3.669,019.CI.  101-470.000 
Barragan,  Jacques,  to  Stokvis,  R.   S.,  A   FOs.   Lappiag  Machine. 

3,668,8I3,CI.  51-128.000 
Bartmana,  Otto.  Coupling  for  webs.  3,668,742,  CI.  24-33.00c 
Bartsch,  Raymond  C;  aad  Lermaa,  Frank,  to  National  Distillers  aad 
Chemical   Corporation.    Process   for   the    preparation   of  colored 
polymer  powders  of  controlled  charge  and  printint  characteristics. 
3, 669.922.  CI.  260-41.000 
Barzely.  Avaer,  40%  to  Kunik,  1.  Jordan.  Underdamped  aadio  phMe 
shift  oscillator  for  increasing  selectivity  of  radio  receiver.  3,670,254. 
CI.  330-107.000 
Bascomb.  HoUis  H.;  and  Greci.  John  J.,  to  Orcoa  Corporatioa.  Procew 

for  making  non-woven  fabrics.  3.669.790.  CI.  136-162.000 
Bashaw.  Robert  NUes:  See- 
Harper,  BiUy  Geae;  Bashaw,  Robert  Niles;  and  Atkins.  Bobby 
Leroy,3,669.l03. 
Baas,  Miles  M.,  to  Hammoad  Machinery  Builders.  Inc.  OaciUatiag  spia- 

dle  seal.  3.669,459,  CI.  277-1 74. 
Batson,  William  A.;  aad  Fromknecht.  Charles  T., 
The.  Vacuum  cleaner  and  exhaust  bousing. 
417.000 
BatteDe  Memorial  Institute:  See— 

Beccu,  Klaus.  3.669,745. 
Batzer,  Haas:  See— 

Reber.  WiUy  Ernst;  Nigst.  Henry;  Haas.  Joaef;  Batzer.  Hi 
Znppinger.  Paul.3.669.708. 
Baughmaa.  Davis  L.;  aad  Carpenter.  Janet  H.,  to  Carbotvndam  Coa- 

pany.  The.  Shot  peening  apparatm.  3.668.912.  CI.  72-33.000 
Baum,  Heinz,  to  Jansen  Th.,  G.m.b.H.  Flap  valve.  3.669,403.  CI.  251- 

279.000 
Bauman.  WiUiam  C,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Biprapellaat 

rocket  process  using  nitridable  fuel.  3.668.873,  CL  60-21 1 .000 
Baumans,  Haas  W.:  See— 

Glegi.  Kehh  C.  M.;  Haberl,  John  F.;  Biumau.  Him  W.;  gad 
Piibc,  Reia,3.670.329. 
Baumgartaer.  Roaald  R.:  See— 

Senders.  James  F.;  BaumgartMr,  Ronald  R.;  mid  Paraao.  Lasslo 
D..3.6«9,706. 
Bazter,  David  W.,  Jr.,  to  Teztron  Inc.  Metal  to  metal  teal  for  eitieae 

temperature  applications.  3.669,408,  G.  23 1-339.000 
Bazter,  Larry  K.;  aad  Asaao,  Shiataro.  to  Skiatroa  Company,  lac. 
Graphical  iaputteblet  3,670.103,  a.  178-19.000 


,  to  Singer  Company. 
3.668.842,  CI.   33- 


and 


PI  4 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JuNil3,19;2 


BMch.  Hone*  J.;  Ba  Deaa.  Howard  J.;  Frawley,  Fraak  E.;  aad  Yatet. 
Dick,  to  0«lf  Ranardi  ft  Davelopaiaat  CoMpaay.  Cmaeat  cooipou- 
tkM  fcr  liatat  pipa.  3.«69.700.  CI.  10«-9I.006 
Baack,  Sidaay  C,  to  Ckaaatroa  CoipontiMM.  Coaaaria-carriar  addi- 

tk»«a<a«lfcr«fckaH»alka.3.6W.I53.a.2O4-»».O0O 
BaadlaTwUHaa  E.;  Baawa.  Kaaaath  B.;  Mathaw*.  Jaaat  R.;  aad  Voa 
OklMa.  Loaii  H..  Jr..  to  BaB  Talaplraea  Uboratoriaa,  laeocporatad. 
Fabricatioa  procaw  for  HtM  Maiithre  rilkoa  dk>de  array  target. 
3.6«9.7«I.CI.  14<1S7.000 
Baaa.ClaadaT..Jr.:S«r- 

Doctaaa.  Bdvia;  BaiarMM.  WiUiam  E.;  Beaa.  Claude  T..  Jr.;  aad 
Carr.  Raeaeil  L.  K.  J.669.94 1 . 
Beaidalay.  MelviUe  W.  bapube  tarbiae  propahioa  device  for  marine 

craft.  3.669.565.CI.  416-II5. 
Baaad.  Jeaa-Loait,  to  Hailar  A.G.  Adjvstiag  aad  coatroUtag  reed 

relays.  3.670.131. CI.  219-7.5 
Beaadia.  Dale  A.  Coataiaar.  3.669.161.  CI.  ISO-O.SOO 
BeaaaoteQ.  WiBiaai  P.;  Browa.  David  T.;  aad  Walker,  Eraeat  L..  to  In- 
teraatioaal  BaiJaew  Machiaes  Corporatioa.  Dyaaaiicany  ordered 
magaetic  babble (UftragiMeraieaMfy.  3.670.313.CI.  340-174.0tf 
Beautiliae  Showcaie  Syilaaa:  Set— 

Fraak.  Petar  M.;  aad  Watta.  Fraak  M..  3.66S.I30. 
Bebo.  Veraoa  H.  Uak cbaia  datacbar.  3.661.767. CI.  29-2S3. 
Becca.  Klaa*.  to  BatteUe  Meaiorial  lattitate.  Accaaiulator  electrode 
vttk  capacity  fer  •toiiag  hydrogeo  aad  aethod  of  mannfacturing 
■aid  electrode.  3.669.74S.C1. 136-20. 
Beckarat.  Fraak  S.  Sealed  pluagar-type  paaip.  3.669.S7S.  CI.  41 7-5SS. 
Becka^aa  lastmaieata.  lac.:  Sm— 

Coelho.  Noraua  C;  aad  Tbompaoa,  Briaa.  3,66S,93S. 
Baealay.  WiUiaai  N..  Jr.  Cabiaat  storage  racks.  3.669.277,  CI.  211- 

49.00d 
Bebreas.  WUIiaa  H.:  5m- 

Buttke.  Ricbwd  A.;  Sabatiao,  Anthoay;  Orlando,  Daniel;  and 
Bebreas.  WOliaa  H..3.66t.761. 
Beidlar.  Oleaa  S..  to  Faeaao  Dyaaaics  Corporation.  Actuator  lock. 

3.661.977.  CL  92-17.000 
Bciafeat.  Sidney;  lacara,  Zenoa;  aad  Adams,  Pbillip.  to  MillmasUr 
Oayx  Corporatioa.  Coatiaooas  procen  for  the  preparation  of 
pkotpkoaitrilic  cklocida  cyclic  poiyaen.  3.669,633,  CI.  23-3S7.000 
Bejach,  Beatoa,  to  Borg-Wamer  Corporation.  Motor  control  system 
witk  coapeaaatioa  for  low-  frequency  variations  in  motor  energizing 
vohaaa.  3,670,233, CL  321-lS.OOO 
Balart,  Jaaa:  Stt— 

Manckall,  Haiant;  Kaaaaraayar.  Wotfgaat:  Better,  Haas  Al- 
bert; Haha.  Heiaz;  aad  Belart,  Juaa.3. 669.226. 
Bclart,  Jaaa;  aad  Seidei.  Ulrich.  to  ITT  ladustries.  lac.  Wamiag  device 

for  daal  circuit  hydraalic  brake  systeas.  3.670,122.  CI.  200-S2.00d 
Belgoaacleaire.  S.A.:  S*e~ 

Da    Boack,    Paul;   MaitaeU    Beraard;   aad    Schrqvers,   Josef. 
3,669.133. 
Bell  4  Howell  Coaqtaay:  See— 

Figge.  Brwia  E.;  Laacor.  Joseph  H..  Jr.;  aad  Lodge.  Edward  H.. 
3.669.532. 
Ball  Caaada:  See— 

Laybara.  Daiak;  Moatagaa.  Beraard  R.;  and  Mattila,  Heary  K.. 
3.670.109. 
BaO.  Jaaas  C.  Jr..  to  Ooodyaar  Aarosaace  Corporatioa.  Mackaaically 

operated  erecUUe  structure.  3,669.36S,C1. 242-54.00a 
Bell.  Leo  A.  Apparatus  for  iadicatiag  torque  applied  to  pipe  routed  by 

a  rotary  table.  3,66t.926.  CL  73-136.00r 
Bell.  Sydaey  George  Frederick,  to  Grace.  W.  R.,  *  Co.  Shriak  tunnel 

aad  aetkod  of  sWakiagfUa  oa  articles.  3.661.817.0. 53-30.000 
Ben  Telepkoaa  Laboratories,  bicorporatad:  See— 

Baglay.  Briaa  G.;  aad  Carides,  James  Nickolas,  3,669.643. 
Beadle.  Wffliaa  B.;  Beaaoa.  Keaaath  E.;  Matkews.  Jaaes  R.;  and 

Voa  Okkea.  Louis  H..  Jr..  3.669.768. 
Bakoiky.  ABaa  A.;  Flavia.  Mickaal  A.;  HiU,  DoaaM  G.;  Huiziaga, 

DoaaM  D.;  aad  Ritckey.  Jaaes  P..  3,670,1 1 1 . 
Caady,  JaaMs  Ckarlas;  Fraaka.  Gladys  Marie;  aad  Mounts.  Frank 

WiOiaa,  3,670.096. 
Duguay.  Michel  Albert.  3,669,541 . 
Hackett,  Wiliaa  H.,  Jr.;  Schafetter,  DoaakI  L.;  aad  Varaeria, 

Lawreaca  J.,  Jr.,  3,669,767. 
Hirack,  Petar.  3.670.335. 
Kaaiaow,  Ivaa  Paal,  3.670,166. 
Kasel.  Tracy  Stewart.  3,670.165. 
Lapeeltar.  Marta  PaaL  3.669.730. 
Peters,  Fraak  Groom;  Siaclair,  William  Robert;  and  Sulfivan, 

MMaaViKaat.  3.669463. 
Portar,  Roy  A.,  3,669,775. 
Sao,  OarraB  Daaa.  3.669,547. 
Taalaaa,  David  Morris,  3,670,308. 
Wiatars.  Eari  D.,  3,669;852. 
BaOaa,  Noiaaa  A.:  Scr— 

Coaway.  Maarica  A.;  Perkias,  Cari  C,  Jr.;  aad  BeOea,  Noraan 

BeUer.  Haas  Albart:  5w- 

MaraehaB.  Hekaat;  Kaamermayer.  Wolfgang;  Beller,  Haas  Al- 
bert; Haka.  Haku;  aad  Belart,  Juaa4.669.226. 
Bahak  KabadUki  KaWn:  See- 

Olaki,Yaao.3j669,4S6. 
Baaaioya,  Haary.  Taadaa,  frea-pisioa  aackiae.  3.669471.  CL  417- 
341.000 


i 


Beackiaer.  Job  A..  G.a.b.H.:  See— 

ZeiM.  Otto.  3,670.000. 
Beadix  CorponitkNi.  The:  5m— 
BasaHa.  Friadar  H..  3.669.812. 
Slavia.  Michael;  aad  Carp.  Ralph  W..  3.669.403. 
Beaaett.  Mickaal- Caaa;  aad  Gardiaer.  Sidaey  David,  to  Tata  4  L|rle 

Liaited.  Maaafacture  of  aragoaita.  3.669.620.  CL  23-66.000 
Beaaoa  EqutpaaBt  Co..  lac.:  5m— 

Beaaoa.  Ernest  J.;  aad  Fiacher.  Charlea  G..  3.668.82 1 . 
Beaaoa.  Braast  J.;  aad  Fischer,  Charles  G.,  to  Beaaoa  Eqaipaeat  C\o., 

lac.  Cattiag  aad  wrappiag  machine.  3,668,82 1 ,  CI.  53-123.000 
Beason.  Keaaetk  B.:  5m— 

Beadle,  WiBiam  E.;  Beason.  Keaaeth  B.;  Mathews.  James  R. 
Von  Oblaan.  Louia  H..  Jr..3.669.768. 
Benteler.  Hehnat;  Fraaz-Joacf;  aad  Hefendehl.  Heint.  to  Beatebr- 
Werke  AktieageaeBackaft  Metkod  for  maaufacturiag  skafto  for 
vehicles.  3.66I.918.CL  72-364.000 
Benteler-Werke  AktieageseUachaft:  5m— 

Benteler.  Hetanut;  Fraas-Josef;  aad  HefendehL  Heiaz.  3.668.9 1 1 
Beaward.  HaroM.  Compact  tackle  aad  utUity  boz.  3.668.802.  CL 

57.500 
Berard.  Raymond  A.:  See— 

Castaer,  Claire  J.;  Rusao,  Robert  V.;  aad  Berard.  Rayaoad 
A.,3.670JOSO. 
Bereatovoi,  Aaaloly  Mftkaitovich:  5m—  ' 

Ivchenko,  Oeorgy  Seaeaovich;  Bereatovoi.  Aaatoly  Mikhailovich; 
KhanchM,   Vladialav   Fedorovich;   aad   Nikodlaov,  Aaaloly 
Pavlovich.3.669,317. 
Bereza,  Albert:  See— 

Ckerry.    Sidaey    J.;    Bereza,    Albert;    and    Waylaad,    Paul 
O.,3,670,l29. 
Berg,  Nib^kriMiaB;  aad  Soiaiaaa.  Maari  Aatos.  to  Valaet  Oy.  Vaa- 

tilating  device  for  a  multicyliader  drier.  3.668.787,  CI.  34- 1 1 1 .004 
Berg.  Ouentia.  Terminal  Ub  strip  aad  applicator.  3,669,332,  CI.  237- 

80.000 
Berger.  Charles  V..  to  Uaiversal  OU  Products  Compaay.  HP  Extraction 

and  asphalteae  crackiag  process.  3 .669.876.  CI.  208-87 .000 
Bergmaaa,  Heraaaa  Oustav  Adolf,  to  Libu  Shovel  Co..  A.G.  Coupling 

or  locking  aaans.  3.669.41 1 .  CI.  292-49.000  I 

Berndt.  Haas;  aad  Kreuzer,  Hubert,  to  Neuweg  Fertigaags  GabH. 

Hydraulic  reaote  control  device.  3,668,87 1 ,  a.  60-54.500 
Bernitz,  Berakard.  to  Coatiaeatal  Gaaai-Werke  AktieageaeUschaft. 

Buaper  for  aotor  vehicles.  3,669,484,  CI.  293-71  .OOr 
Berriaaa.  Lester  P.,  to  Draaaer  ladustrias,  lac.  aesae.  Fhiid  aeptra- 

tioa  apparatiaaad  aetkod.  3.669.S79.CI.  210-23.000 
Berry,  Currie  B.,  Jr..  to  Ethyl  Corporation.  Foamed  metal.  3.669,654, 

CI.  75-20.00f 
Berthelat.  Robert  J.,  to  Societe  AaoayaM  dite:  Eubliaaementt  Jacques 

Berthelat*  Fib.  Roller  conveyor.  3.669.242.  CL  I98-I27.00r 
Bertolet.  Doria  Y.  Floor  preaerviag  shoe  for  platform  rockers  aad  the 

like.  3.669.490.  CI.  297-272.000 
Bessoa.  Jeaa  R.;  Cumer.  Joseph  P.;  aad  Hoanu.  Rolaad  J.,  to  Office 
Natioaal  d*Etudes  et  de  Recherches  Aerospatiales.  Opto-electronk 
device  for  the  reaote  aeasureaeat  of  the  shifts  of  a  aovable  object. 
3.669449.  a.  356-152.000 
Betts.  Maz  WlUaa;  aad  Robiasoa.  Fraak.  to  Courtaulds  Limited. 

Kaittiagofgaraeatt.  3.668.896.  CL  66-70. 
Betts.  Maz  WHiam;  aad  Robtesoa.  Fraak.  to  CourUakls  Limited. 

Kaittiag  methods.  3.668.898. CL  66-70. 
Betts.  Maz  WBliam;  aad  Robiasoa.  Fraak.  to  CourUulds  Lhaked. 

Kaittiag  method  aad  kaktiag  garaeat.  3.668.90 1 .  CI.  66- 1 76.000 
Beuk.  Ljuboak;  Dogadko.  Peter,  aad  Saasbury,  Larry,  to  Motofola. 

Inc.  SoBd  state  igaitioa  systea.  3,669,086,  CL  1 23-l48.00e         I 
Bev  Maid,  inc.:  Sm-  I 

Aaen,  Doanid  B.,  3.669.001. 
Bharwaai.  Bansi  U.;  aad  Kapkiwitt.  Harry,  to  lafodaU  Syateaa  lacor- 
portted.  Method  for  iaforaatkni  storage  aad  ratrieval.  3.670410. 
CL  340-172.500 
Bibeau.  Jaaas  K.:  See— 

Reyaolds.  Robert  W.;  Bibeau.  Jaaes  K.;  aad  Jaasea.  Francis 
J..3.669,072. 
Bickel.  Joha:  5m— 

Catalaao.  Paul;  and  Bickel.  John4. 669.374. 
Biedermaa.  Edwm  W.,  Jr..  to  Cities  Service  Ofl  Compaay.  Light  w«ight 

ceaeats  for  oil  wells.  3.669,701.  CL  106-120.000 
Biaderaaa.  Staart  J.;  aad  Jezewski,  Walter  E.,  to  North  Aaeficaa 
Philips   Corporatioa.    Air    operated    termiaal    insertioa    device. 
3.668.760.  Cl.29-203.00b  I 

BiehMnatikLe«se*Co.:5M-  I 

Negro.  OlMlo.  3,669413.  ! 

Biea,  Haas-Saauel;  aad  Klaake,  Erich,  to  Farbeafabrikea  Bayer!  Ak- 
tieageaellichaft  Reactive  azo  dyestafb  contaiaiag  a-  fhioropyiaidi- 
aylgroap.  3j669,951,CL  260-146.4 
Bilabel,    Friadrieh.    Bead    filtar    with    vacoua    sucttoa    chaaber. 

3,669,272.  CL  210-152. 
Billeter,  Heary  R.,  to  Sloaa  Vahre  Compaay.  Autoaatic  doable  actiag 

slack  adjusurs.  3.669.224.  CL  188-202.000 
Billiags.  Raymond  T.  Continuous  traasfer  procem  for  coating  rigid 

elongate  work.  3.669,793.  CI.  156-238.000 
BilliBp,  Roy  O.  Prassura  plate  and  finkafe  coaaectioa  between  a 

dipper  stkk  aad  aa  iapleaaat  3,669,217,  CL  214.|47.00g 
Bilow.  Normaa,  to  Hugkes  Aircraft  Compaay.  Method  of  preparing 
aromatic  reaias  aad  products  thereof.  3.669.929.  CI.  260-47 .OOr 


June  13. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    5 


Biader,  Dieter:  5cc— 

Hromatka,Otto;  aad  Biader.  Dieter ,3 .669.959. 
Biaswaager  Glass  Co.:  5m— 

Rupprecht,  Charles  P.;  aad  Wiker,  Fraak,  3,668,955. 
Bio-Sciaace  Laboratories:  5m— 

Thiers.  Ralph  E.;  aad  Meya,  Julius.  Jr.,  3.669.626. 
Bischoff.  Diear,  to  Freadeaberg.  Carl.  Carpet  material  3.669419.  CL 

161-66.000 
Bishop.  William  A.,  to  Copolymer  Rubber  4  Chemical  Corporatioa. 
Free  flowiag  paiett  of  uacurad  elastomeric  material  3.669,722.  CL 
117-IOO.OOc 
Black.  Robert  B.  Water  heater.  3.669.079,  CI.  1 22-1 36i)0r 
Blackbura.  Deais  Edward:  5m— 

Rhodes.  Arthur  Neville;  aad  Blackbura.  Denis  Edward,3 .669,367. 
Blackstoae  MaaaCacturiag  Co.,  lac.:  5m— 

Podraza,  Cheater  S.,  3,669426. 
Blaachet.  Jaaes  P.;  Hotes,  Charles  M.;  and  Reynolds.  Thomas  J.,  to 
Westera  Gear  Corporation.  Pipe  teaaioaing  uait.  3.669,329.  CL  226- 
108.000 
Blase.  Emil  F..  to  Saagamo  Electric  Company.  Electrolytic  capacitor 

haviag  a  heat  diaaipatiag  center  therefor.  3,670,210,C1.  317-230. 
Blaupuakt-Wcrke  GmbH:  5m— 

Bragas.  Petar.  3.670.1 13. 
Blom-Bakke.  Arae.  Aircraft  instrumentt.  3,668,933,  CL  73-386.000 
Blommendaal,    Ronald,    to    Christiaaa    Huygenslaboratorium    N.V. 

Directioartadiag  device.  3,670432.  CI.  343-1 6.00r 
Blue,  DoaakI  E.  PorUble  band  saw.  3,668.961 .  CI.  83-201 .040 
BlymUler.Ear1R.:5M-  . 

Whipple.  Douglas  W.;  aad  BIymUler,  Eari  R..3,668,9S6.    ^ 
Boast.  Derek  Waher.  Methods  of  forming  pipe  joints.  3.668.754.  CI. 

29-157.000 
Bode,  Richard  M .  Coupled  joiat  of  azially  aligned  ek>ngated  members. 

3,669.474.  CL  285-365.000 
Boetteber.  Alfred.  Coated-particle  fUel  aad  fertile  elemeat  for  aaclear 

reactors  aad  method  of  operating  same.  3,669.832,  CI.  176-68.000 
Bogash,  Richard;  Wolf,  Milton;  and  Sellstedt,  John  H.,  to  American 
Home  Prodacts  Corporatioa.  2-Amido-6-amino  peniclllanic  acids 
and  related  compounds.  3.669,980,  CI.  260-304.000 
Bohme  Chemie  GeseDschaft  mbH :  5m— 

Rail,  Ulrich;  Frotscher.  Herbert;  and  PetzoM,  Manfred,  3,669,702. 
Boise  Cascade  Corporatioa:  5m— 

Achermann,  Werner;  and  Acheraiann.  Franz,  3.669.067. 
HoeUager.   Walther   J.;  Weaaiager,  Johaaa;   Mayer.  Walter; 
Zocgeraitz.  Kari;  Schroetter,  Hermann;  and  Braun,  Wereer, 
3,669,064. 
Bokijo,  Cari  ingyar;  and  Sehman,  Bengt  Allan,  to  Alhnanna  Svenska 
Elektriska  Aktiebolaget.  Thyristor  with  a  control  device  aad  haviag 
aeveral  control  electrodes.  3,670.2I7,CI.  3l7-23S.OOr 
Bologna,  John  P.:  See- 
Bowser,  George  H.;  Shoop,  Vernon  A.;  Pyzewaki.  Stanley  J.;  Maz- 
soai.  Rebato  J.;  aad  Bologna,  John  P.,3.669.785. 
Bolater,  Keith  G.  Fireplace  grate  for  buraiag  papers.  3.669,092.  CI. 

126-165.000 
Boltze.  Karl-Heiaz;  aad  Lorenz,  Dietrich,  to  Troponwerke  Dinklage  4 
Co.  Pharmacologically  active  quaazoliaone  compound,  its  use  in 

Sharaacological  preparatioas  and   procen  for   its   preparatioa. 
,669.967,  CI.  260-256.40q 
Boadahl,  Gary  B.:  5c«— 

Duanahoe.   Richard   G.;   Bondahl.  Gary   B.;   aad   Roth.   Paul 
W.4.669.741. 
Boost.  Charles  C;  Mitchell.  Williaa  S.;  aad  Hortoa.  David  M.,  to 
Koch.  George.  Soas,  Inc.  Electrocoatiag  equtpaeat  3.669.870.  CI. 
204-297. 
Borck.  Joachia;  Daha,  Johann;  Koppe,   Volkar;  Kraaer.  Josef; 
Shorn,  Gttstav;  Hovy,  J.  W.  Heraaan;  aad  Scboiacber,  Erast.  to 
Merck.  B..  A.G.  4-SubstitatadaakK>-pheaylacetic  adds  and  deriva- 
tives thereof.  3469,956,  CL  260-239  .Obf 
Borck,  Joachia;  Daha,  Johaaa;  Koppe,   Volker;  Kramer,  Josef; 
Sckom,  Gaatav;  Hovy,  Jan  WiUem;  aad  Schorscher,  Erast,  to  Merck 
Patent  Oesellschaft  ait  baackrankter  Hafkung.  P-Aaiaoarylalkaaal 
derivativea.  3,669,972,  CL  260-293.730 
Borck.  Joachim;   Dahm,   Johaaa;   Koppe.   Volker;  Kramer,  Josef; 
Schorea.  Gaatav;  Hovy,  Jaa  Willea  Heraaa;  aad  Schoracher,  Braat. 
to  Merck  Pateat  Gaaellachaft  ait  beachraakte  r  Haftuag.  Aatiphlo- 
giatic  p-aaiaoarylalkaaol  derivativea.  3.669.973.  CI.  260-293.730 
Bordat.   Aadre   Jalea   Edaoad,   to   Societe    Nationale   laduatrielle 
Aeroapatiale.  Apparataa  for  the  prodactk>a  of  aeabers  haviag  a 
aaoota  ahaating  and  of  accurate  akape.  aad  tkeir  applicatioaa  to  the 
atractaral  eleaeala  of  submerged  foib.  3.669489,  CL  1 8-42.00d 
Borg-Waraer  Corporatioa:  5re— 
Beiack.  Benton,  3.670.235. 
Bosch,  Robert,  G.m.b.H.:  5m— 

Hofhiaaa.  Eberfcard.  3.668.945. 
Nagele.  Brwia.  3.670480. 
Pflagar,  Garkard.  3470,1 73. 
BotU,  Artar.  See— 

Kriaa,  Heiarick;  Botta,  Artar;  aad  SckaeiU.  Heraaaa,3 ,670,024. 
Botteabrack,  Ladwig:  See— 

Seage,    Ferdiaaad;    Weirauch,    Kart;    aad    Botteabruch,    Lad- 
wTg.3,670451. 
Boudreaa,  Albaa  M.,  to  Heditrom  Compaay.  Carriage  pusher  haadle 

release.  3,669,463,  CL  280-47.370 
Bottilly,  Charles:  5m— 

Copia,  Robert;  Siaa,  Robert;  aad  Boailly.  Charles,3,669,64 1 . 


Boarbo«lis,CadrkD.SarCBoeleztariMr.  3.669,069.  CI.  118-102.000 
Bourgaat,  Jaaa  M.;  aad  Hart,  Francis  D..  to  Mobil  Oil  Corporatioa. 

Catalytic  crackk^  proceaa.  346«.903.CL  252-455. 
Bourquardez.  Gastoa;  and  Cofiy.  Reae  Loaia.  to  Societe  Natkaak  la- 
daatriaBa  Aeroapatiale.  Rotor  coaatf»ctk>n.  3.669466,  CL  416- 
134.000 
Boaz,  Joeepk  P.:  See— 

Peaaachctti.  Joha  T.;  aad  Booz.  Joeaph  F.4469.703. 
Bowea.  Joha  C.  to  Duriroa  Compaay.  lac..  TIm.  Diaphragms  for  high 

preaaara  coapraaaon  and  paapa.  3461,978.  CI.  92-98400 
Bowaer.  Geotga  H.;  Skeop.  Vamen  A.;  PyaaarAi.  Stanley  J.;  Manoai. 
Reaato  J.;  aad  Bofogaa.  Joka  P..  to  PPG  laduatries,  toe.  Method  for 
fobricatiag  a  muMple  glaaad  aak.  3,669,783.  a.  1 56-109.000 
Bradley,  Rickard  S..  to  ArtVWay  MaaaCBetBring  Coapaay  lacor- 
porMed.  Vehicle  coapliag  weighiag  device.  3.669.756.  CL  177- 
136.000 
Bradahaw,Carletoa  R.;  aad  Felaher.  Hal-Cartia.  Prea  for  coating  aetal 

flakes.  3.669.764.  CL  148-6.1  Sr 
Bradskaw,  Cartetoa  R.;  aad  Felsher.  Hal-Curtis.  Procem  for  coating 

metal  fkkes.  3,669,765. CL  148-6.160 
Bragas,  Peter,  to  Blaapuakt-Werke  GmbH.  Video  traasdncer  bead 

akgaaeatapparatut.  3,670.1  I3,CL  179-100.20b  * 

Bragg,  CecB:  5m— 

Derc.     Romaa;     EiteL     RoaakI     John     Fraak;     aad     Bragg. 
CecU4.669.446. 
Bragg,  Herbiert  E..  to  De  Laze  Geaeral  Incorporated.  Reflective  con- 
densing  system   for  concentratiag   iUuminatioa   at   aa   aperture. 
3.670.1 57,  CL  240-41450 
Brand,  Warren  L.,  to  Motorola,  Inc.  Method  of  vapor  depositiag  a 

tuopton-tungstea  ozide  coating.  3,669,724.  CI.  1 17-106.o6r 
Brand.  Warrea  L.  Vapor-plated  cermet  resistor.  3469,737.  CL  117- 

227.000 
Brandi.  Heary  W.,  to  Wagaer  Electric  Corporatioa,  mesne.  Coatainer 

aad  blaak  therefor.  3,669459.  CL  206-65 .OOf 
Brattoa,  Fraacia  H.,  to  Apraad,  Inc.  Patieat  riaer.  3,668,723.  CI.  5- 

327.000 
Braumaaa.  Guadokar;  Klor.  Walter;  and  Huber,  Albert,  to  Siemena 
AktieageaeDachaft.  Relay  switchiag  apparatus.  3,670472,  CL  335- 
112.000 
Braun  AktiengeseUachaft:  5m— 

HofiaiaaB.     Erich;     Krall.     Erast;     Johaaaaea.     Werner    Haas; 
Oberheim,  Robert;  aad  Scbeibel.  Joeef.  3.669434. 
Braua.  Jurgea:  5m— 

Uhlig.  Fritz;  aad  Braan.  Jurgea.3,669.659. 
Braun,  Wereer:  iee— 

Hoelzinger,   Walther   J.;   Wenninger.  Johaaa;   Mayer,  Wahar; 
Zoegeraitz,      Kari;      Schroetter,      Hermaaa;      and      Braua, 
Weraer4 .669.064. 
Brechbuhler.  Haas  Ulrich:  5m— 

Gubler,    Kurt;    Meyer.    Urs;    ud    Brechbakler.    Haas    UI- 
rich4.669,976. 
Breedea,  Jamea  A.,  to  Veado  Coapaay,  The.  Malfknction  iaolation  ap- 
paratus for  selective  vending  machines.  3,669435,  CI.  194-I0XX)0 
Breger,  William  N.  Eaviroameatal  coatrol  capsule  aad  ayatem  therefor. 

3, 66949 1,  CL  128-1. 
Breiteamoaer,  Jurg:  5m— 

Daame,  Eduard;  aad  Breiteamoaer,  Jurg4.669.924. 

Brealin.  Mary  Aaae;  Cogar.  George  R.;  Lee.  Charlea  A.;  NeddanriaB. 

Doaald  O.;  Romeo.  Awert  J.;  SeviOa.  Brnaato  G.;  aad  Sekae.  Tork- 

jcU.  to  Sperry  Read  Corporatioa.  Electroaic  ptajghoard  coauoBad 

dauproccaaor.  3.670.1 44.  CL  235-61.9 

Brealow.  David  S..  to  HamUea  lacorporated.  PolyflMctioaal  carbonyl 

aitride  ozides.  3470.023. CL  260-566.00a 
Bratach.  Michael  A.:  5m— 

Podiak.  Rkkard  S.;  Mack.  Jaaea  M.;  aad  Bratack,  Mkkael 
A.4.668.749. 
Brickard,  Edgard;  aad  Dackya.  Joaapk.  to  Glavarbel  Refractory  ale- 

meato  for  a  glaa  fk>at  furaace  waB.  3.669.640.  CI.  65-1  S2.00r 
Bridgaford.  Douglaa  J.,  to  Taa-Pak.lnc.  Gas  release  froa  calkdoee  caa- 

iag  by  aahiple  perforatioaa.  3.669.791. CL  156-244.000 
Briggs,  Joha  A.;  aad  Ward,  Roaald  C.  to  Teleaatioa.  lac.  Aatomatic 

reference  level  set  for  television  caaaras.  3.670,100.  CL  178-7.100 
Briscoe,  Joeiah   AMrad.  to  laperial  Chaaical  kidastrias  Liakad. 
Method  aad  apparatas  for  spraadiag  aad  coaatiag  IBaaaats  ia  a 
yam.  3469452.  CL  356-199. 
Briatol-Myars  Coapaay:  5m— 

Holdfaga,  Charles  Traaaa.  3469,958. 
British  Aircraft  Corporatioa  Limited:  5m— 

Rhodes,  Arthur  NeviBe;  aad  Bhwkbara,  Deais  Edward.  3469467. 
Britiek  Scientific  tastraaaat  Reeeaick  Aaaocietioa:  See— 

Daaa.  OaoOltay  Beraard;  aad  York.  Leonard  Emeet.  3469441. 
British  Steal  PiUM  Coapaay  Uaiilad.  TIm:  5m- 

EBwtt.  Roger  M.,  3,669,198. 
Brisniaai,  Oaatavo,  to  Societe  AppBcaiiani  Oaaaa  AatMknnti 

'SAGA' S.p.A.  Flesibic  coaptafL  3,6614*1.  CL  64-12. 
Broadbeat.  Berae  D..  to  Hagkea  Aircraft  Company.  Write  i 

magaetic  storage  madam.  3470412. CL  340-l74.«ar 
Broadbeat.  Kea«  D.:  5m— 

Johnaoa,  Kettli  O.;  aad  Broadbeas.  Keat  D.4470.II4. 
Broadfoot,  Joka  T.  Daap  water  pampiag  of  Aaiia  and 

3,669474.  CL  417-477.000 
Brodie.  Mary  O.:  See— 

Keyl.  Alez  C;  aad  Brodie.  Mary  0^469,716. 


fere 


899  CO.— 29 


PI  6 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  13. 1912 


BtOMker,  Berakud.  to  Rekhhold-Albert-Chemie  Aktieat***UKhaft. 

Bpoiy  nates ~M||iinfod  with  ethjrlMically  nanturatad  akohob  and 

copotyaerited  im^~«$fbosy  coatateiag  ■onomen.  3,670.047.  CI. 

2«OaS7. 
BroUo,  JacQ— ■■  BraMlet  with  plvnlity  of  iaterchaaMtbte  coupling 

■•■ban  for  vaiyiag  tha  laagtk  tharaof.  3.66I.S90.  G.  63-3.000 
Brooka,  David  W.  I.,  to  lateniatioBal  Harvettar  Compaay  of  Graat 

Britaii  Liaited.  aiaaae.  Vakicle  guidaacc  lystami.  3,669.205,  CI. 

ltO-91.000 
Brooka,  David  Wiliaa  laghan,  to  lataraatioBal  Harvailar  Coapaay  of 

Oraat  Britaia  Liaited.  metoc.  Vahicla  guidaace  lyttemi.  3.669.20S. 

CI.  It0-9t.000 
Brooke,  David  WyUam  lagham,  to  Intematioaal  HarveAar  Conpany  of 

Oraat  Britaia  Liaitad.  aeaac.  Vehicle  guidance  syttemi.  3.669^09. 

CI.  ISO-98.000 
Brown  ft  Root.  Inc.:  Set— 

Jones,  Jerry  J.;  Keaaon,  Delbert  L.;  Morgan,  William  A.;  and 

Lochridge.  Joe  C.  3.668,878. 
Koebler,  Albert  M..  3.668.876. 
BrowB,  Carl  A.,  to  Parker-Haanifin  Corporatioa.  Fluid  filter  device. 

3.669^68.  CI.  210-90.000 
Brown.  David  T.:  See— 

BcausoieU,  Willian  F.;  Brown,  David  T.;  and  Walker,  Ernest 
L..3 ,670,3 13. 
Brown.  Gaylor  W.,  to  Koehring  Company.  Apparatus  for  forming 

protrusioas  with  enlarged   head  portions  in  thermoplastic  sheet 

maurial.  3,669.606,  CI.  42S-398. 
Brown,  Oaylord  W.,  to  Koehring  Compaay.  Apparatus  and  methods 

for  friction  welding  plaatic  parU  which  require  a  particular  relative 

angular  orientation.  3.669.809.  CI.  tS6-S82.000 
Browa.  Oaylord  W.;  Russell.  Edward   J.;  Howe.  Charles  E.;  and 

Schaepp.  Bradley  A.,  to  Koehring  Compaay.  Module  thermoforming 

machiae.  3.669^94.  CI.  42S-186. 
Browa.  James  D.;  and  Uraaeck,  Carl  A.,  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Com- 
pany. Praaaure  sentitivc  cohaiion.  3,669.798,  CI.  156-334.000 
Brown,  John  J.,  Jr..  to  Forrest  Paachal  Machinery  Company.  Method 

aad  apparatus  for  dehacking  brick.  3.669.283.  CI.  2  l4-8.S0c 
Browa,  Robert  S..  D.  to  Federal  Screw  Works.  Fonn  tool  holder. 

3.66S.9S4.CI.  82-36.000 
Brown,  Robin  Lawfbrd:  See- 
Parr.  Nonaan  Lawrence;  and  Brown.  Robin  Lawford.3,669,723. 
Brueleaans,  Karel  Bernard  Marie,  to  Fabrique  Nationale  d'Armes  de 

Guerre.  Societe  Anonyme.  Device  for  actuating  the  narrowing  poinu 

of  two  needle  bed  knitting  machines.  3,668.895,  CI.  66-70.000 
Bruner.  Peur  Martin,  to  AMP  Incorporated.  Tandem  mating  recepu- 

cles.  3.670^89.C1. 339-91. OOr 
Braao,  Achilla:  St*— 

Cuffaro,  AntoBiao;  Castronovo,  Francesco;  Bruno,  Achillc;  and 
Rancati,  Oiaaluigi.3.670.060. 
Brunswick  Corporatioa:  See— 

Steia.  Alei  H.;  and  Coder.  WUIiam  D.,  Jr..  3,670.049. 
BrutoB,  John  M..  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Web  or  strip  material 

handHag  apparatus.  3.669.373,  CI.  242-75.400 
Bryan,  Darrel  L.:  Ste— 

Danlap,  Deanis  L.;  and  Bryan,  Darrel  L.. 3 ,669,467. 
Bryan,  Darrel  L.;  and  Maiach,  Larry  D..  to  Pacific  Car  and  Foundry 

Compaay.  Flexible  leap  springs  for  kickers  and  clamps  for  log 

stackers.  3.669,293,CI.  214-76^000 
Bryant,  Jaaas  0.,  to  Bryant-PofT,  Inc.  Bucket  elevator  with  grain 

cleaner.  3.669,264,  CI.  209-1 38.000 
Bryaat-Poff,  lac:  See- 
Bryant.  James  G..  3.669.264. 
Bnce.  Walter  F.  Apparatus  aad  method  for  sealing  a  vessel  opening. 

3.669.055.  CL  114-229.000 
Bucher,  Paul  E.;  aad  Picunko.  Thomu.  to  Union  Carbide  Corporation. 

Aaalop  data  radactioB  circnh  for  a  rotating  ipectrophotometer 

whereia  the  light  pasatag  through  a  aelected  chamber  a  compared 

with  an  others.  3.669.551.  CI.  356-197.000 
Buckmaa.  Joha  D.:  See— 

Backmaa,  Stanley  J.;  Buckman.  Joha  D.;  Pera,  John  D.;  and 
Raths,  Frad  W.4.670.004. 
Bucknaa  Laboratoriea,  lac.:  Stt— 

Buckaaa.  Staaky  J.;  Bncknan.  Joha  D.;  Para,  Joha  D.;  and 

Raths.  Frad  W..  3.670.004. 
Pera.  Joha  D.;and  Ratha.Fred  W.,  3.669,981 . 
Buckmaa,  Staaley  J.;  Buckman,  John  D.;  Pera.  John  D.;  and  Raths, 

Fred  W.,  to  Buckmaa  Laboratories.  Inc.  Thiocyano  substituted  acry- 

latea  aad  propioaataa  aad  their  uae  u  peaticidea.  3.670.004,  CI.  260- 

454.000 
Buckabaua.  AtaoU  M..  to  Aaaaa  Refrigeration,  Inc.  Microwave  oven 

no-load  seasor.  3.670.I34.CI.  219-10.550 
Budaaa.    Moiaei    brailevich;    Kuaaovsky.    Frederik    Isaakovich; 

Kapitaaov.  Nikolai  Ivaaovich;   Karxov.  Jury   Nikolaevich;   Nad- 

tochaako,     Aadrai     Fedorovich;     Slaveuky-Kotvitsky,     Eduard 

Saboa^raaovkh;  aad  Shorokhov,  Leonid  Pavlovich.  Stirrup  frame 

for  hydraulic  pren.  3.668.921 ,  CI.  72-455. 
Bujor.  Bagaa:  See— 

Horar.  Oswald;  aad  Bujor,  Bugea,3,669.554. 
Bukoakv.  Allaa  A.;  Flavia.  Michael  A.;  HUl.  Doaald  G.;  Hnizinga. 

Donaild  D.;  aad  Ritchay.  Jaaea  F..  to  BaD  Telephone  Laboratories, 

lacorporatad.  Repertory  dialer  telephone  set  with  register  storage  of 

the  difitt.  3,670.1 1 1 .  CI.  l79-90.00b 
Bulharowski.  Joha  Francis,  to  Sylvania  Electric  Products.  Inc.  Film 

scanning  system  Uaearity  apparatus.  3.670.101,  CI.  178-7.200 


irijs 


Bunker.  Robert  W.  Lockable  assembly  and  rake-cultivator  implement 

for  usiag  same.  3,668.849,  CI.  56-400.170 
Burgard,  Ernst;  and  Gross,  Jumjochen.  to  International  Standard  Blai- 
tnc  Corporatioa.  Multiple  holding  arrangement.  3,669,279,  CI.  21   - 
41.000 
Burke,  William  E.:  Stt- 

CuUen,    Roy    H.;    Aker,    Jiamie    R.;    and    Barke.    WiUiaAi 
E..3.669.I99.  | 

Burkhaher.  Robert.  Jr.;  Heskett.  Don  Edward;  and  Hoover,  Fraaik 
Krvder.  to  Morton-Norwich  Products,  Inc.,  meaae.  Bypaaa  valve  for 
fluid  traatiag  aaaembly.  3,669,148, CI.  137-625.290 
Burkhardt,  Ckarlea  E.:  See— 

Millaop,  William  Q.;  EUis,  Belvin  B.;  and  Burichardt,  Chai 
B..3 .670.279. 

Burkhardt,  Walter;  and  Wedler,  Herbert,  to  Lohmaaa  ft  Stolterfottt 
Aktiengesellschaft.  Drive  for  ships.  3,669,230.  CI.  192-48.800        ] 
Burtiagton  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 

Fusco,  Vito  A.;  Ogden,  Charles  T.;  aad   lUman.  Walter  fI., 

3,668.852. 

Bumey,  Charles  F..  to  GTE  Sylvaaia  Incorporated.  Method  of  reducing 

self-generated  electrical  noise  in  coaxial  cable.  3,670,038.  CI.  264^ 

22.000 

Burr,  John  F.  Hoist  conversion  unit  for  small  tractors.  3,669.410,  0. 

254-139.100 
Burr.  Robert  C:  See- 
Jones,    Duaae    A.;    FanU,    George    F.,;    and     Burr,    Robeh 
C.J,669.9I5. 
Burton,  Derek  Arthur,  to  Johnson,  A.,  ft  Company  (London)  Liaita^. 

Electrolytic  cells.  3,669.869,  CI.  204-268. 
BuuAG:See— 

Sutter,  Friu;and  Maier,  Andreas.  3.669,416. 
Butler,  Gerald  V,  Jr.:  See— 

Aumann,  Frederick  C.  10;  and  Butler.  Gerald  V..  Jr.. 3 .670.3 1 1 . 
Butler.  James  W..  to  Laurentian  Concentrates  Limited.  Foam  protei 

tion  of  plant  life.  3,669,898,  CI.  252-307. 
Butler  Manufacturing  Compaay:  See— 

Conway.  Maarice  A.;  Perkins,  Cart  C,  Jr.;  and  Bellem,  Norman 
A.,  3.669.051. 
Buttke,  Richard  A.;  Sabatino,  Anthoay;  Oriaado,  Daaiel;  and  Behreni  i. 
William  H..  to  Globe-Uaion.  Inc.  Machine  for  manufacturing  elet 
trie  storage  batteriea.  3.668.761 .  CI.  29-204.00d 
Cabana  Theatrea.  Inc.:  See— 

Baakaton.  Earl  F..  3.668.810. 
Cahill.  William  Francis,  Jr.  Apparatus  and  method  for  incinerating  rub- 
bish and  cleaning  the  smoke  of  incineration.  3,668,833.  CI.  SS-7.000 
Cahn,  Jean,  to  MAR-PHA,  Societe  d'Etude  et  d'ExploiUtion  de 
Marques.Anti-depressant  pharmaceutical  composition  containing 
[3,4-di(alkoiycarbonyl)  ciaaaayl]  iainodibenzyl  as  the  active 
gradient.  3,670jD8 1 ,  CI.  424-244. 
Cat- Val  Co.:  See- 
Reese,  JamesR.,  3.669,143. 
Calame.  Jean  Pierre;  and  Siddall.  John  B.,  to  Zoecon  Corporation.  10 
oxo-ll-alfcylideae-337-dialkyl-2,6-    alkadienoic    acids   and    esteii 
thereof.  3,669,997,  CI.  260-4 I0.90r  T 

Calame,  Jean  Pierre:  See— 

Siddall,  John  B.;  and  Calame,  Jean  Pierre,3,669.996. 
Caldo.  Comelio;  Danielli.  Esio;  IncoUingo.  Italo;  aad  ProtospaUro, 
Francesco,  to  Montecatiai   Edison   S.p.A.   Paper  and   paper-like 
fibrous  structures  from  mixtures  of  natural,  artificial  and  synthetic 
fibers.  3,669,829,  CI.  162-146. 
Callard  ft  Bowaer  Limited:  See- 
Waters,  Peter  Donald,  3,669.030. 
Calmic  Limited:  See— 

CHara.  Jamea;  aad  Gibbias.  Charles  Lewis.  3.668.7 16. 
Caltagirone.  Saveiio.  to  General  Electric  Company.  Apparatus  fi 

wiadiag  electrical  coils.  3.669.380.  CI.  242-158.00r 
Caluaea,  Victor  H.;  aad  Zweif,  Arnold,  to  Simpaoa  Tinber  Company 
Apparataa  for  bonding  continuooa  flexible  straads  coated  with 
thermoplastic  adhesive  to  the  surface  of  moving  veneer 
3.669.804.  CI.  156-544.000 
Calusen.  Victor  H.:  See— 

Jarvis.  Richard  L.;  Kully.  Walter.  Calusen.  Victor  H.;  Zweig,  A 
aold;  aad  Eagvoll,  Svem.3,669.803. 
Calviao  y  Teiieiio.  Beaito  Joae.  to  MAGRINI  Fabbriche  Riun 
Magrini-Scarpa  e  Magnano  M.S.M.,  S.p.A.  Blast  orifice  unit  for  self- 
blaating  compraaaes  gas  electric  circuit-breakers.  3.670.1 24.  CI.  200- 
148.00r  I 

Calviao  y  TeifeUD.  Beaito  Jose,  to  MAGRINI  Fabbriche  Ruinitfc 
Magriai-Scarpa  e  Magaaao  M.S.M.,  S.p.A.  Blast  noszle  for  self- 
blaMiag  compressed  gas  electric  circuit-breakers.  3,670,125,  C 
200-I48.00r 
Cam  Gears  Limited:  See— 

Adaas,4'redarick  J..  3,669.146. 
Caabridge  Cheaical  Products,  lac:  See— 

Manthner,  Thoaas,  3,670,072. 
CameU,  Nazzareno;  Longi,  Paok>;  VaWasaori,  Alberto;  aad  Flisi.  Un 
berto.  to  Goodrich,  B.  F.,  Company,  The.  Compositions  comprising 
a  mixture  of  sulfur-  vnkaniiable  ethylene/piopylene/dicyclopen- 
tadieae  copolyaers  with  sulfur  vulcaaizabla  ediylene/propylene/ bu- 
tadiene copolyaers.  3.670.055,  CI.  260-889.000 
Caap.  Albert  t.;  and  McCoae.  Alan.  Jr.  Solid  propellaat  rockei. 

3,668472.  CL  60-207.000 
Canadian  Marcoal  Coapaay:  See— 

Glegg.  Keith  C.  M.;  Haberl,  John  F.;  Bauaaas.  Hans  W 
Pube.Rein  3.670.329. 


JUNBl3,1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    7 


Caady,  James  Charies;  Fraake,  Gladys  Marie;  aad  Mouats.  Fraak  Wil- 
liam, to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Incoiporetad.  Reduadancy 
reductioB  video  eacodiag  with  croppiag  of  picture  edges.  3,670.096, 
CI.  178-6.000 
Caaaer,  Hcnaaa  M.,  to  Sterliag  Detroit  Coapaay.  Retrieval  apparatus 

for  die  castiag  equipaeat.  3.668.941 ,  Ct.  74-89. 1 70 
Cape.  Arthur  T..  to  Coast  Metals,  inc.  Ferrous  base  alloy.  3.669.653. 

C1.75-128.00d 
Capellaro.  David  F.,  to  Coulter  Electronics.  Inc.,  aesae.  Liquid  borne 

particle  sensor.  3.669,542,  CI.  356-36.000 
Capewell,  Williaa  Keaneth:  See— 

Davies,  Robin  John;  and  Capewell,  William  Keaneth,3,669,024. 
Capik,  Robert  J.;  sad  Wright,  Leon  W.,  to  Atlas  Cheaical  Industries, 
Inc.    Preparatioa    of    polyhydric    alcohols    from    carbohydrates. 
3,670,035, CI.  260-635. 00c 
Cappel,  Fred,  to  Republic  Steel  Corporatioa.  Method  at  producing  di- 

cakium  ferriu  sinter.  3.669,61 8,  CI.  23-5 1  OOr 
Carboruadum  Compaay.  The:  See— 

Baughmaa,  Davis  L.;  and  Carpenter.  James  H..  3.668.912. 
Cottis.  Steve  G.;  Nowak,  Bernard  E.;  and   Economy,  James, 

3,669,738. 
Sweet,  Larrie  H.;  and  Baker,  Nelson  H.,  Jr..  3.668,83 1 . 
Carides,  James  Nidiolas:  See— 

Bagley,  Briaa  G.;  aad  Carides.  James  Nicholas.3.669,643. 
Carivea.  Aadre  Raymoad  Daniel.  Manufacturing  procea  for  a  file 

folder.  3.668,979.  CI.  93-1. 
Carle,  Jacques:  See— 

Thibauh,  Jean-Jacques;  and  Carle,  Jacques,3,668,88 1 . 
Carlson,  Kenneth  G.  Pallet  loading  apparatus.  3,669.282,  CL  214- 

6.00p 
Carhoa  Machine  Tool  Compaay.  The:  See— 

Lehmkuhi;  Robert,  3,669^556. 
Carolina  Narrow  Fabric  Company:  See— 

Woodall.  Hubert  C,  Jr.;  Freeman,  Horace  L.;  and  Goodman. 
Noah  C,  3,669,157. 
Carouge.  Frithjof:  See- 
Meier,  Hans;  and  Carouge,  Fritlqof,3,669,3SI. 
Carp,  Ralph  W.:  See— 

Stavia,  Michael:  and  Carp,  Ralph  W.,3.669,403. 
Carpenter,  James  H.:  See— 

Baughmaa.  Davis  L.;  aad  Carpenter,  Jaaea  H.,3.668.912. 
Carr.RuaaeUL.K.:See- 

Dorfmaa.  Edwin;  Emerson.  William  E.;  Beaa.  Claude  T..  Jr.;  aad 
Carr,  RusseH  L.  K..3.669,94l . 
Carraadi,  Artemio  P.:  See- 
Clifton,  Edward  A.;  and  Carrandi,  Artemio  P.,3 ,668,752. 
Carter,  Alan,  to  Hydrovane  Compreasor  Company  Limited.  The.  Com- 

preaaora.  3.669.579.C1. 418-83. 
Carter.  J.  Wame;  aad  Neher.  Martin  Duane,  to  Ciba-Geigy  Corpora- 
tion. Pipe  coupling  device.  3,668.766,  CI.  29-237.000 
Cartridge  Television,  lac:  See— 

Hathaway,  Richard  A..  3,669,384. 
Cash,  John  H.,  Jr.;  and  Keene,  Joe  P.,  to  Texas  Instraaentt,  Incor- 
porated. R.  F.  discharge  cleaning  to  improve  adheaion.  3,669,861, 
CI.  204-192. 
CaatelU.  Laigi.  Yara  feeding  and  tensioning  apparatus.  3,669,328,  CI. 

226-97.000 
CastigHa,  Igaatius  F.  Brace  for  articulated  limbs.  3,669,105,  CI.  128- 

80.00c 
Castaer,  Claire  J.;  Raaao,  Robert  V.;  aad  Bcrard,  Raymond  A.,  to 
Celaaeae  Corporatioa.  Method  for  productioB  of  modified  ox- 
--^ yaethyleae  polymers.  3,670,050,  CI.  260-860.000 
Caatroaovo,  Francesco:  See— 

Cuffsro,  Antoniao;  Caatroaovo,  Francesco;  Brano,  Achille;  and 
Raacati.  Giaalui|i,3.670,O6O. 
Catalaao,  Paal;  aad  Bickel,  Joha,  to  ReteatioB  Connuaicatioa 
Syateaa,  lac.  Coabiaad  eadlen  loop  film  and  endlea  loop  magnetic 
tape  cartridge.  3.669.374.CI.  242-55.19 
Caterpillar  Tractor  Coapaay:  See— 

Gtttaaa.  Nathaa;  Moeer.  Raymoad  L.;  OMeaburg.  Dorrance;  aad 

Sundertia.  Doaald  E..  3.669,161 . 
Little,  Joaeph  P.;  aad  Clouae.  Jerry  A.,  3.669.376. 
Rohweder,  Gerald  D.;  aad  Wiadiah,  WilHa  E.,  3,669.232. 
Smith,  Doaald  L.,  3,669.5 1 3. 
Stedaaa.  Robert  N..  3.669.1 72. 
Witseabarg.  Martioa  J.,  3,669,458. 
Caterpillar  Tractor  Corporatioa:  See— 

Updyke.  Keaaeth  W.;  aad  Orebaer,  WiUiaa  J.,  3,670,092. 
C.A.V.  LfaaUad:  Stt- 

Kairirt.  BaaU  Edward,  3.669.360. 
CavalH.  Peraaado;  aad  Cratti.  Piero.  to  Eros  Caapoaovo.  Apparatus 

for  aaaafhctariag  coastrwctioa  eleaeatt.  3.669.588.  CI.  25-41  .OOr 
CCI  Aeroapaoe  Corporatioa:  Stt— 

Maraats.  Laareace  B.;  aad  Greeabaua.  Michael  A..  3.669.880. 
Cebalo,  Toay;  aad  Alderaaa,  Joha  F.,  to  Air  Products  aad  Chaaieals, 
lac.  aethod  for  prapariag  l.3.4-thiadiatola-2-  yluraaa.  3,669,982. 
CI.  260-306.80d 
Celaaeae  Corporatioa:  Stt— 

Alfaaaa.  Williaa  T..  Jr.;  Joaeph.  Chariea  W.;  aad  Higgiaa.  Ralph 

0,  Jr.,  3.669,788. 
Aaaia,  Danafl  D.;  Dodaoa,  Keith  D.;  aad  Sykea.  Paul  M., 

3,669,931. 
Castaer,  Clain  J.;  Ruaao,  Robert  V.;  aad  Berard,  Rayaond  A., 

3,670,050. 
Cheap,  Aatoay  E.,  3,669,919. 


Date,  Raghuaath  V.;  aad  Furaess,  George  R.,  3,669,938. 

Celanese  Corporatioa  of  Aaeriea:  See— 

Bpstaia,  Marta  Edea;  Roaeathal,  Araold  Joseph;  aad  Saataagelo, 
Joseph  Geraaao.  3.669.934. 

Celotai  Corporatioa.  The:  See- 
White,  Richard  N.;  and  Wilkin,  Joaeph  D.,  3,668,826. 

Centra  Technique  de  llndustrie  des  Papiers,  Cartons  et  CelluloeesiSee- 

Jacquelia,  Guy,  3,669,01 1. 
Ceakoaloveaska  akadeaie  vad:  S«r— 

Ear,  Aatoaia;  and  PribU.  Rudolf,  3.669.988. 
Chalich.  Claries,  to  Taylor  Manufacturing  Coapaay.  Package  aecnaa- 

lating  conveyor.  3.669.241 ,  CI.  198-102.000 
Cheap.  Aatoay  E..  to  Celanese  Corporatioa.  Polyacryloaitrile  process. 

3,669.9 19.  CL260-29.6aa 
Chaapioa  Spark  Phig  Coapaay:  See— 

Podiak.  Richard  S.;  Mack.  Jaaas  M.;  aad  Bretach.  Michael  A^ 
3,668,749. 
Chapman,  Eric  George  Arthur,  to  Dford  Limited.  Web-cuttiag  ap- 
paratus. 3,668,962,  CI.  83-323.000 
Chariton,  Gregory  G.;  Haaratty,  Robert  J.;  and  Ohu,  Hiraa  H.,  to  bi- 
teraational   Telephone    aad    Telegraph    Corporatioa.    Elactroaic 
technique  for  aa  all-electronic  cylindrical  array  beacoa  aataaaa. 
3,670,336, CL  343-106.000 
Chsae,  Ascher,  to  Geaeral  Foaa  Plastics  Corporatioa.  Pool  structara 
with   built-ia   externally  supported   step-sttde.   3,668,715,  CI.  4- 
172.000 
Chase  Braa  and  Copper  Coapaay  lacorporatad:  See— 
Petera,  Joha  E.;  aad  Rollfinke,  Fred  J..  3.669.634. 
Cheaveas.  Thoaas  H . :  See— 

Wartbea.  Joha  L.;  and  Cheaveas.  Thomas  H.4>69.624. 
Chaffers.  Staaley  Joha;  and  Glynn.  Michael  Harvey,  to  Siebe  Goraaa 

ft  CoajpaayLiaitad.  Braathiag  apparatus.  3,669.109.  CL  128-147. 
Cheaed  Corporation:  See— 

Cowea,  Saauel  H..  3,669422. 
ChemetroB  Corporatiaoa:  See- 
Beach.  Sidney  C.  3.669.853. 
Chemical  Constructioa  Corporation:  See — 

Richardaoa.  Harry  L.;  aad  Craig.  Robert  C,  3,668.836. 
Cherry.   Sidney   J.;   Bereza.   Albert;   and    Waylaad.    Paul   C,   to 
Weatiaghottse  Electric  Corporation.  Electrical  coatact  aMaban. 
3.670.1 29,  CI.  200-166.00C 
Cherry-Burell  Corporatioa:  See— 
Miatarz.  Robert  J.,  3,669,1 60. 
Cbevroa  Reaearch  Compaay:  See— 

Jaflie.  Joaeph;  and  KittrelL  Jaaea  R..  3.669.873. 
Chiahola.  Williaa  A.,  to  American  Desk  Maaufocturiag  Coapaay. 

Chair  aad  aaat  aad  back  uait  therefor.  3.669.496.  CL  297-445.000 
Chisao  Corporatioa:  See— 

Koootaaae,  Shiro;  Kachi,  Atsuynki;  Toaoike.  Takao;  aad  Mori. 
Kiaya.  3.669.948. 
Chiu,  Thoaas  T.;  Hock,  Kenneth  R.;  aad  Nagle,  Floyd  B..  to  Dow 
Cheaical  Coapaay.  The.  Solveat  reaiataat  alkeayi  aroaatic  reaiaoua 
ahaped  article.  3.669.7  IS.a.  1 17-72.000 
Cho.  YonnyT.  Honeycoabfoundatioa.  3,668.724,  CL  6-11.000 
Chriatiaaa  Hnygeaaiaboratoriaa  N.V.:  Set— 

Bloaaea&il,  Ronald,  3.670.332. 
Christiaa  Rovsiag  A/S:  See— 

Nialaea.  Lan  Stig,  3,669,1 20. 
Chrysaathia,  Alex  A.:  See— 

Chryaaathia.  Chria  A.;  aad  Kourtoglou.  George  Chris,  3,669^54. 
Chrysaathia,    Chris    A.;    aad    Koartogloa.    Oaorge    Chris.    1/4    to 
Chrysaathia,  Ales  A.,  aad  1/4  to  Haldeaoa.  Tony.  Cloaara  atrwcfara 
for  paper  bags.  3.669.254.  a.  206-57. 
Ciba  Liaited:  See— 

Nachbur,  Henaaaa;  Kara,  Joerg;  aad  Maadar,  Arthar.  34M,72S. 
Ciba-Oei^  AB:  See— 

Praiaager,  Erich;  and  Ging,  Dieter,  3,669,896. 
Ciba-Geigy  AG:  See— 

WegauUer,    Haas;    Kleeaaaa,    Alois;    aad     KeBar,    Rudolf. 
3469,608. 
Ciba-Geigy  Corporatioa:  See- 
Carter,  J.  Warae;  aad  Neher,  Martia  Dsbm,  3.661,766. 
Maraad,  Jeaa;  and  RoaaaakM,  FeUx.  34694 1 3. 
Cicatelli,    Rodotfo,   to    Autovox    S.pA.   TaM    raeordiag   device. 

3.669.455.  CI.  274-4.00e 
Cinciaaati  MOacraa  inc.:  See— 

Dever,  Lewia  A.,  3.668,971. 
Citiea  Service  Coapaay:  Stt— 

Uviae.  Ratoh.  3.669.999.  ^ 
Cities  Sarrioe  Oa  Coapaay:  Sae-^ 

Biederaaa.  Edwia  W..  Jr..  3.669.7«l. 
Clara.  Joha  Dickeas;  aad  Marsh.  Staalmr  Braoa.  to  Uailad  Kh^ioa  of 
Oraat  Brilaa  aad  Northern  tnimi,  Mteislar  of  f  apply  la  Hor 
M^eaty'a  Oovaraaeat  of  the.  Coat 
3.670.327.  CL  343-8.000 
Ctarfc.  AM^ad  Chaelaa.  Prapaiatiaa  of  artwork  aaataa.  34M.7tt.  CL 

29-203.00b 
Clark.  JaaMa  T..  to  Claffc-Faathar  Maaafacfrha  Co.  Aa 

vahra  apriag  coapiaaiM  taola.  346I.H5.  CL  29^  I94MW 
Clark-Paather  Maaafoctariag  Co.:  Sine— 

Clark.  Jaaae  T..  34MJ6S. 
Clarke.  Fredric  B.;  aad  Lyoaa,  Joha  W..  to  I 
hMtiag  affeats.  washteg  coapositioas  aad 

>e.  aad  processes  for  aaiag  the  aaaa.  34*9493.  CL  2S2-I  M.1 


PIS 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JuNBl3,197i 


^^'"^oToill^fFl^  J;  Md  Stmbb*.  OUbeft  J.  3.669.124. 

D«CMM,Pt«»  J.,  3.6*9.391.  ,_^^         ,       ^ 

CteBMM*.  MdMid  P.,  to  Baviraaaiealal  Coatrol  Prodwis,  lac.  Acceia 
door    CMtral    Mpuatiia    for    ooatrolM    •mkakm    iaciMntor. 
3jM9jMO  CL  1  l6-t  00* 
CMIM^  M«'«H  A.;  .mI  Cwf««ll.  Am«toP.  to  ?«r»  CwP«?«»?? 
Coatiac  roller  aad  aathod  of  maaafMrture.  3.66S.7S2,  CI.  29- 
124.00& 
CV>«M,J«rryA.:Sw—  .  ^^- ,« 

LMte.  JoMph  P.;  Hd  CkHMt.  Jany  A.,J.669.576. 
Coart  Malab.  lac.:  Sm— 


Coats 


Capa.  AftkarT..  3.669.6S3. 
CMBpaar,  lae..  TIm:  Sm— 
Socaawa.  Billy  L.;  aad  Scott.  Ray  A..  3.669.1 7S. 


Coder.  WiiliaaD..  Jr.:  Sm-  ,.,**^* 

Slaia.AlaiH4aadCodar.Waila«D..Jr..3.670.049. 

CoallM.  Noraiaa  C:  aad  Thoai|MOB.  Brian,  to  Beckaaa  toitiiimentt. 

lac.  Oaa  aad  Uqaid  iaiat  qntem  for  cliroaiato(raphy.  3.66S.935.  CI. 

73-422.0tc 
Cofiy.lleaaLoBiKSM—  .  ,,^«,xx 

Bowqaafdat,Oaatoa;  aad  Cofly.  Reae  LoaH.3 ,669.366. 

^^Bmlia.  Maiy  Aaaa;  Cogar,  Oeorfe  R.;  Lae.  Chariee  A.;  Naddea- 
riep.  DoaaM  O.;  RoaMO.  Ai)ert  J.;  Sevilla.  EiaeMo  O.;  aad 
Sakar.TorkiaB.3 .670.144. 
Cohea.  Edward  A.:  Sm—  _,  ^  ^  . 

Uattad  Stataa  of  AMricaJ4atioaal  Aeroaaatics  aad  Space  Ad- 
■iBMfatkM,AdBiaittrator.  3.670.241. 
Cohea.  Edward  M.;  Orabowtki.  Edward  J.  J.,  aad  Ac»l,  Reao.  to 
Merck  ft  Co..  lac.  Geraiiae-diacetate  in  the  treataieat  of  nyastheaia 
graTk. 3.670.013. 0.424-236.000  .     ,^«.,.  ,., 

ColMa.  Joaeph  H.  Device  for  fihena(  tobacco  laoke.  3.669.1 2t,  CI. 

131.261.00b  .       .     .     w.- 

Cole.  Rayaoad  A.,  to  Riet«l  '«P«  Corporation.  Reclowble  compoute 

aackage.  3.669.343.  CI.  229-3 1  .Ota 
ColTwillie  E.  PorUMe  coUapsiblc  work  table.  3.669.031.  CI.  lOt- 

30.000 
Coleaua.  Patricia  A.  Flat  doU.3.66t.t03.  CI.  46-1 3 1.000 

Colaaaa.  WiWaa  R.;  aad  DafTey.  TlKNBaa  E..  to  Pet  Cheatcab.  Inc. 

Coatrol  of  kookwora  larrae  eaptoyiac  a  aUare  of  certain 

pbo-tarta  artery  3.670.07I.  CI.  424-2 1  i.(»0 
Colnjloy  D.;  aad  Riehaidwa.  Edwia  A.,  to  SheU  OU  Coapaay.  Heat- 

gaidad  kydioxide  piaggiag.  3.669.IM.C1. 166-270.000 
CoUa.  Roger,  to  Sociata  Aaoayae  dite:  Aqaltaiae-Orgaaico.  Fiher 


ckaagiag  device.  3.669.1 66.  CL  146-174.000 
oUMRadif 


— --~d*»Coamaay:SM—  ,._.« 

McABhlar.UwiiL.;  aad  Popek.WeacflD..  3.661.750. 

CokM-Moralaa.    Migael    Angel-    Uterine    diq»laceaent    device. 

3.669.11 1.  CL12t-361. 000 

Colnabia  Coatrok  Raeaarck  CorporatioB:  S«e— 

Vaocaio.  Aagrio.  3,669443. 

Colaabia  Oaa  Sytlaa  Service  Cofporatioe:SM- 

TaMBa,  Wahw  Doiwia,  Jr.;  Moatalbaao,  Anthony  Pkilip;  Oakee. 

Aadraw  A.;OaborBe.  Keith;«d  Saaey.  Pater  E.,  3,661.714. 

Colaabia  Ribbon  aad  Carboo  Maaafcctariag  Co.:  See-  ^^^  , , , 

Newaaa.  Doagbs  A.;  aad  Scbkilxhaaer.  ABaa  T..  3.669.713. 

Coaba,BagBaeE.:SM—  „,^*--,« 

Doede.  CUaloa  M .;  aad  Coabt.  Eageae  E..3 .669,7 1 9. 

Coabaation  Cortaol  Devicaa:  See—  ,.  ... 

MiMiak.  Joaapk:  aad  Jaiheiaer.  Williaa  W ..  3,66«.t39. 

CoabnaHoa  EagiMariag.  IMCJ  Sc«- 

Uaab.  Ralpk  H..  3.669334. 
CoaaaaicatioaaASyHaaa,  lac.:  Sm—  _ 

Orobart.  Pari  H..  3.670.1 33. 
Coapag»ia  Oaaeitta  da  Radiologic:  See— 

L4u.Pian«.3>70.1«3. 
Coapagaia  Oeaerala  d'Electricite:SM- 

fi^y.Daaial.  3.670.093.  „.,.„_       ._  u 

Coapa^iie  Oeaerala  dea  EtabHaaemeats  MicheUa.  raiwa  aociale 
MiSeliaftCie:SM- 

llMaoMbia,  JaMKMarie,  3,669.932. 
Coapatiag  Devioae  of  Caaada  Liaitad:  See— 

tttuiw.  RiekHd  J.,  3.669,312. 
Coacord  Coatrol.  lac.:  Sm—  ^        ^  -  , 

OroaaiaMMi,  Herbert  P.;  McDoaoagb.  Jaaet  C:  and  Roberge. 
JaaaiK.,  3,670,110. 
Coae  Mlb  Corporatioa:  See— 

Thoap«w.LloydW..3,66S.tl6.  v.  ._      .... 

Cooky.  Kart  H.  Oaaiyiag  apparataa  witk  adjaaabk  fiaes  oatlat. 

3M».263.CI.  209-144.000 
Coloa,  ClwHaa  E.;  See  •  ■■  ...  am j 

OBm.    Marth;    CaOoa,    Ckarlaa    E.;    aad    Uagar,    Alfred 

Coaa.  Ckailai  E.,  Jr.;  aad  Neaaaaa.  Robert  P..  to  N«*  Aaeitom 
RoekwaB  Ceipanlkia.  RoH  diUMoo  boadiag  aethod.  3.66t.769. 
CL 29-421.000  _  „ ..    .   .  „ 

Cooaeraey.  WBBaa  R..  to  Raytfcaea  Coapaay.  Wavagaide  kybrid 
jaactiDa  wharala  a  wa  of  the  E-ara  ia  oeatigaoBS  with  a  waU  of  tke 

ir«r3,670,2*l,a.  333-11.000  ^.^ 

Coaroy.  Robert  E.;  aad  Haager.  Joka  H.  Protective  kead  gear. 
3>6t.7O4.CL2-3.00r 
waada  Raaek:  See— 
WagaaeeB.  Ladwig.  3.669.369. 


Coatacti.  lacoproialad:  See^ 

Maktediag.  Joka  W ..  3 .669  J34. 
Coatiaealal  Caa  Coapaay.  lac.:  See— 

Maack.  Carawa  f..  3.669.231. 
Coatlaeatal  Carbai  Coapaay:  See— 

Utkaa.  Bartoa  P..  Jr.;  aad  CraU.  WiUka  B..  3.669.621. 
Coatiaeatal  Oaaai-Warke  AktiaageeeBackafk  See— 

Baraits.  Berakard.  3.669.484. 
Cootiaaatal  Ore  Corporatioa:  See— 

Tkeisea.  Roger  Pkrra.  3.669.1 7S. 
CoBtiaental  Pat  baovatioaa.  Inc.:  See— 

Leveaaoka.  David.  3.669.373. 
Coatrol  Laaar-Orkado.  lac.:  See— 
McMakaa.  WBka  H..  3.661.777. 
McMahaa.  WUliaa  H..  3.670.236. 
McMakaa.  WiUkaH..  3,670.237. 
Conway,  Maarica  A.;  Parkiaa,  Car!  C.  Jr.;  and  Belka.  Noraaa  A.,  (o 
Bntkr  Manatectaring  Coapaay.  Startiag  pktfora  for  a  roof  Mak- 
ing aackiae.  3.669.03 1 .  CI.  1 1 3-34.000 
Coaae.  Peter  See— 

Rek.  Haaa-Martin;  aad  Coaae.  Peter.3.669.760.      ,  _^  ^.^     , 
Cook.  Harvey  A.,  to  TRW  lac.  Carbaretion  tyatea.  3.669.014.  <^L 

123-139. 
Coolbaagh.  Rlckwd  W.;  ukI  Engeh.  Floyd  W..  to  A-T-O  be.  Method 

ofaakkgiBaaiaated  paaeL  3.670.067.  CL  264-134.000 
Cooling  DevelopaeBtt  Ltd.:  See— 

Marpky.Edaand.  3.669.421.  ,....««  a. 

Coon.  Jaa«  A.  Beveliag  attackaent  for  belt  naden.  3.66S409.  CL 
Sl-13S.00r 

Cooper.  Alan:  Sm—  ^    ^  ^„  , , 

Otewcock.  Sidney  B.;  Cooper.  Alan;  Aaoe.  Artbar.  and  Sylvester, 

PaaU.66t.t99.  ^.      ^ 

Cooper.  Hagh;  Whitehoaae.  Dak  S.;  aad  Woable.  George  £..  to 

Kewanee  Machkery  *  Coaveyor  Co.  Oaag  boh  lockkg  arrange- 

aent.  3.669.193,  CL  1 72-570.000 

Copekad,  George  G..  to  Copekad  Systeat,  Inc.  Two-stage  lone  and 

cakiaer.  3.669,430,  CL  263-2 1 .00a 
Copekad.  Joka  H..  to  P.T.  A  T.  Indastries.  Inc.  Water  coolmg  tower. 

3.669.423.  CL  261 -79.00a 
Copekad  Systeas,  lac.:  See— 

Copekad.  OeorgeO..  3.669.430. 

Copa.  Robert;  Slaa.  Robert;  and  BouUly,  Charies.  to  Sockte  aiiai«|oe 

des  Ckarboaaagee.  Prodaction  of  coapkz  nitropkoephate  fertilis«r». 

3.669.641.  CL71-33.000 

CopoWaer  Rabker  *  Cbeaical  Corporatioa:  See— 

Bkkop.WiKaa  A..  3.669.722.  _ 

CorbettTRobertLee.  Jr.Ceatriftegalfto.  3.669.563.  CL  413-21 1.00( 
CorliU  Corporatioa:  See— 

Ff«derlckt.Carl  K..  3.669.120. 

Cora, Praatice R.: Sm—  .     «  .^,«... 

Oebkaidt  WaBace  A;  aad  Com.  Prentice  R..3.670.1 19. 

Com,  Prentke  R.;  aad  Gebbardt.  WaBace  A.,  to  Switckes,  lac.  Horn 


ktlMaeaa.  3.670,120,  CL  200-61.350 
iMCoapaay,  The:  See— 


CoraeBaa  L . 

Batfaa.Mifcoia  J.,  3.670.121. 

Coraeliaa,  Edwwd  B.;  aad  Koester.  David  W.  to  A>r /n^wk  aad 
Ckaaink.  lac.  Partlcka  faatariag  gaaaa  akaiaa.  3,669.904.  CI. 
252-465.000  ^ ,.       ^       .      _ 

CoraaB.  Lew  WaUaoe.  to  MiaaeeoU  Mkiag  aad  Maaatectunag  Coa- 
paay. Flaaftk  dafocaabk  wtf-aupportiag  gkn  IHt  seaMag  t«pe. 
3,669,7t7,Cl  161-1674)00 

ConeU,  Rkhari  A  AaockteK  See-  ,,,«,,.  ' 

Coraen,RkkaidR.;aadRoekkr,WiUkaF.,3,669.33t. 
CoraeB,  Rkkaad  R.;  aad  Koakkr.  WiBka  F.,  »  Coraell.  Rfckaid  A 
Aaodatea.  Packkg  coatakar  or  tke  Uke.  3.669  J3t,  CL  229-23.0bt 


Coraiag  Olaa  Worfca:  See— 
Dalloa.l 


Robert  H;  aad  Rkbliag.Eagaae  P..  3,669.693. 

ComweB.  Ckailes  E..  to  Baiky.  Jeaaiage.  Jr..  mmm.  Method  of  aisag 
iadpkciagooacr«te.3,669,4l7.CL  259-147X100 

CoraweB.  Ckailes  E.;  aad  Baekaa.  Jaa«  H.,  ^  ■■"•yj""'»»?i''  • 

meaae.  Method  oTspraykg  coacrea.  3.669,411.  CL  239-147.000 
Corporatioa  of  tke  City  orCovaatry:SM- 

Hagkes.  Edward  Victor  Lawaoa.  3,669.517.  ^      „^^ 

CorsetU.  Doa^  P.,  to  Dkaoad  l«ten«*»^  Corporatka.  Oiitr^ 
vahe  dkpeaMr  with  prasanra  ragaktag  aaha.  3.669J16.  CL  }22- 
143.000 
Coedea  OB  *  Cbeaical  Coapaay:  See- 

WBey,DoMUFkkl.  3,669.714.  ,         ,^ 

Cote,  Alftad  A.,  to  Phiko-Ford  Corporatioa.  Taaer  drive  apparatas. 

3.6M.924. 0174-10.700 
Coltk.  save  O.;  Nowak,  Beraaid  B.;  aad  Ecoaoay.  J«»~',^,Car- 
boraadaa  Coapaay.  The.  Polyester  coaled  wire.  3.669.73t,  CI. 
1I7-2S2.000 
Cottea.  WOHaa  Lkailad:  Sm- 

Marriott.  Eric  WaBer.  3.661.903. 
Coocoaka.  Akxaader.  to  Wealem  EkctrK  Coapaay.  lacorpor«ted. 

Boadiag  with  a  coaplkat  aedka.  3.669,333.  CL  228-3.000 
CoaHMBkctraaica,  lac.:  See— 

CapeBarOjDavid  P..  3,669.542.  ,^-..-„ 

Hfltt.  W  Jter  R.;  aad  Figaatoa.  David  R..  3.670,150. 
CoartaaK  Liaitad:  Sm-  ^  ,  ^^.  ..^ 

Beta,  Mai  WBBaa;  aad  Robtasoa.  Fraak.  3.668,t96. 
Betia,  Mas  WiBiaa;aad  RoWaaon.  Frank.  3.66t  J9t. 
<     Betto,  Mas  WIBiaa; aad  Robinson.  Fraak.  3Mt.901. 


JUNgl3.1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


Cowdrey.  Roy  M..  to  Skger  Coapaay.  The.  Self  propeBed  piakkg 

device.  3.66t.7t0.CL  30-178. 
Cowea.  Saaaal  H..  to  Cheaed  Corporattoa.  Fila-tiisua  paper  adhe- 
sive kaiaates.  3.669.t22.CI.  161-130.000 
Coi.  Jaaes  P..  to  lag^.  Joka,  Fronaa  Foods  Coapaay.  Deal  belt 
aachiae  for  triaaiag  projectioas  froa  gkbakr  artieks.  3.669.164, 
CL  146-11. 
Cos.  RoaaM  H.;  sad  Strack.  Haas  A.,  to  Texas  lastniaeats,  lacor- 
poratad.   Ohate  contacts  for  galUum   arsenide   aaicoadactors. 
3.669.655,  CL74-173.00r 
Ceyk.ViaceatE.:SM- 

Sckiadel.  Araold;  aad  Coyk,  Vincent  E..3.669.23I. 
CPC  International  tac:  See— 

HaU.Okaa  Ardea,  3.669.935. 
Craig,  Robert  C:  Sw— 

Rkbardaon,  Harry  L.;  aad  Craig,  Robert  C..3 .668.836. 
Crane.  Herbert  R.  Band  nw  witk  sawdast  eiectioa  aeans.  3.669.163. 

CL  143-157. 
Creaer.    Erika;    and    Krans.    Thaddaiu.    |o    Bakan    Patent-    and 
Bateiligangs-Aktangaallachaft      Thu      kyer      chroaatocraphic 
aetkod.3.669.ttl,CL  210-31. 
Cretti,  Pkro:  See— 

CavaOi.  Fenuado;  aad  Cretti,  Pkro.3 ,669,588. 
Croce,  Loais  J.;  Bqars,  Laiaoais;  aad  Gabliks,  Maigonk.  to  Petro-Tci 
Cbeaical     Cmporation.      Modified     oxidative     dehydroaeaatioa 
catalysts.  3,670,042.  CL26O-«t0.00e 
Croce.  Roberto:  5«r— 

Ackeraaaa.  Jacob;  Croce.  Roberto;  aad  Reguzaoni.  Riocar- 
do.3.670.016. 
Crosby,  Donald  P..  to  Sparry  Rand  Corporation.  Digital  fine-coarse 
arvoaeckanisa   for   a   sagk   ekaMot   prater   control   systca. 
3.670^28.  CL  318-594.000  •  ^^ 

Crown  ZeUerbach  Corporation:  See— 

SckiDing.  Paul.  3,669.339. 
CmU,  WiUiaa  B.:  See- 

Latkaa,  Barton  F.,  Jr.;  and  Crull,  WilUarn  B, 3,669,628. 
Cryer.  Edward,  to  Lucas.  Joseph.  (Industrict)  Limited.  Electrical 

switckes.  3.670.11 6. CL  200-633.000 
Csaaad.  George  A.  Vibratug  apparatus  for  treataeat  of  femak  disor- 
ders. 3.669.I00.CL  128-32. 
CTS  Corporation:  See— 

English.  Jack  A,  3.670,285. 
Cuffuo,  Aatonino;  Catronovo.  Francesco;  Bniao.  AchiUc;  and  Raa- 
cati,  Giaaluigi,  to  MediL  S.p.A.  Method  for  manufacturiag  artificial 
aarbk.  3,670,060.  CL  264-77.000 
CaUen.  Roy  H.;  Aker.  Jkiak  R.;  aad  Burke,  WiUiaa  E..  to  Young- 
stown  Sheet  and  Tube  Company.  Drilling  apparatas.  3.669.199,  CI. 
175-106.000 
Cnlloa,  John  T.  Procea  for  autogenous  laelting  of  copper  ore  con- 
centrates and  charge  prodnct  therefor.  3.669.646.  CL  75-74.000 
Culp,  Gordon  L.:  See— 

Skchu.  Alfred  F.;  Culp.  Gordon  L.;  aad  Dannahoe.  Rkhard 
G.3.669.742. 
Caaer,  Joeeph  P.:  See— 

Bcsson,   Jean   R.;   Cnmer,    Joseph    F.;   aad    Hoaraa.   Roknd 
J..3.669.549. 
Cuaaiags.  Lowell  C,  to  Pacific  Vegetabk  Oil  Corporation.  Method 
aad  apparatus  (or  coatkuous  production  of  oil-k-water  emubioas. 
3,669,900,  CI.  252-359.00C 
Cunnkghaa,  Robert  0.:  See— 

Whitaore,     Thomu     C.     Jr.;     and     Cunningham,     Robert 
O..3.670.203. 
Carktor  Corporatioa:  See— 

Wood,  Deaan  E.,  3.669,823. 
Cuma,  Frank  J..  Co.:  See— 

Carraa.  Fraak  J..  3.668.7 1 7. 
Curraa.  Frank  J.,  to  Cnrran,  Frank  J..  Co.  Hanger  for  deodorant  and/or 

ckaaer  ban.  3,668.71 7.  CL  4-23 1 .000 
Cartk.  Gerald  J.  Oolf  baO  ratrkver.  3.669,427.  CL  294-19.000 
Cartisa-Wright  Corporatioa:  See— 

Avmui,  Sahratora;  aad  Richardson.  Harry  L..  3.668.940. 
Caachera.  Caner.  Drak  coaaectioa.  3,668,7 1 8,  CI.  4-288.000 
Cudunaa,  Robert  Holbrook,  to  Western  Ekctrk  Coapaay.  lacor- 
poratad.  Bonding  prea  havmg  iaproved  support  base  structure. 
3.669.806.  CL  156-580.000 
Cutter.  Leoaard  S.:  See— 

Lacey,   Rkhard   P.;  Cutter,   Leoaard   S.;   aad  Taraer  Wiboa 

S..3.670.I71. 

Cyba,  Hearyk  A.,  to  Uaiversal  Oil  Prodack  Company.  Stabiliztag 

pkstk  with  borated  dihydrozydipheayl  sulfide.  3.669,926,  CI.  260- 

45.950 

Cyriax.    WiBielm.    MoU-closkg    means    for    mohUng    machkes. 

3.6694W.CL  425-186. 
Caehovaky.Oaather  See— 

Feder.  Emst;  Oeseken.  Kurt;  end  Csehovsky.  Gnnther,3.669.847. 
Dahm.  Johaan:  See- 
honk,  Joachia;  Daha,  Johaan;  Ko«pe.  Volker,  Kraaer,  Josef; 
Shorn,   Oastav;   Hovy,   J.   W.    Heraaaa;   aad   Schoncfaer. 
Erast,3,669,9S6. 
Borck,  Joaehha;  Daha,  Jobaaa;  Koppe.  Volker.  Kraaer,  Joaef; 
Sckom,    Oastar,    Hovy,    Jaa    WiBea;    aad    ScborKher, 
Brast.3.669.972. 
Borck.  Joaehha;  Daha.  Johaan;  Koppe,  Volken  Kraaer,  Josef; 
Schoree.  Onstev;  Hovy.  Jaa  WiUem  Hcrmaa;  aad  Schorscher, 
Erast.3.669.973. 


PI    9 


Daha.  Cari  Jaasea;  aad  Vaa  Dea  HeaveL  Aathoay  P.,  to  IIT  Research 

batitate.  Thk  flki  dovtoe.  3,669.022.  CL  102-28. 
Daiakr-Baat  AktiaafaaaflKkafl:  See— 

Haae,Hehaat.  3,669.221. 
D'AkBo.  Oaataaa  P.,I0«  ta  MoaaceU.  Wnhar  J.  Sahetitated  aaiao-s- 

triaaiaes.  3,669,963.01. 260-249.600 
D'Aklio.  Gaetaao  F..10«  to  MoaaceBi.  Walter  J.  SabetitaiMl  aaino-e- 

triaaiaee.  3.669.964.  CL  260-249.800 
DaHoa.  Robert  H.;  aad  RiebKag.  Eageae  P..  to  Comkg  Oka  Works. 
Geraaaia-rilica  gkaes  aad  aethod  of  ooatiag.  3.669.693.  CL  1 17- 
201.000 
Daae.  Joha  S..  to  Motorola,  lac.  Traasponder  aoaitoriag  syatoa. 

3. 670.303. CL  340- 1 46.10c 
Dana  Corporation:  See— 

Wikoa.  Deaaey  R.,  3^69,476. 
Daafba  A/S:  See— 

Jeasea,  Arae,  3.670.224. 

Petersea,  Jorgen  Hartvig;  aad  Stvrlaaon.  Leif  Viggo.  3.669.419. 
WaldorfT.  Jorgen  Frederik.  3,668,947. 
Danktti.  Exio:  See— 

Caldo.     Coraetto;     DaawlN.     Eaio;     lacoHkgo.     Itak;     aad 
Protospataro.  Fraacesco.3 ,669.829. 
Daaihdce.  Maaael.  Batter  spreader  aad  support  fbr  ears  of  cooked 

com.  3.6694)63.  CL  1 18-13.000 
Date.  Raghaaath  V.;  aad  Paraaas,  Oeorge  R.,  to  Cekaeae  Corporatioa. 

Reaovalof  voktiksfroa  polyaaides.  3.669,938,  CL  26O-78.O0r 
Dauber,  PhiiipS.:See- 

Aadahl,  Ocae  M.;  Araold.  Richard  P.;  Dauber.  Philip  S.;  Fraiaaa, 
Charles  V.;  Robdea,  RaaaeB  J.;  Schorr.  Heri>ert;  aad  Wkrx- 
bkkLJokaR.,3.670309. 
AraoU.  Richard  P.;  Daaber.  PhiBp  S.;  Frehaaa.  Charles  V.; 
Robelen.  RnsaeU  J.;  aad  Wkrabkki.  Joha  R..3.670.307. 
Dauae.  Edaard;  aad  Breiteaaoaer.  Jurg,  to  Werfcaaagaaaduaaafkbrik 
OerUkoa-Buhrk   AG.   StabiKzed   polyvkyi   aitrate   aad   piocesa. 
3.669.924.  a.  260-45.9  ' 

Davey,  RoaaM  E.;  ToaHasoa.  Charles  N.;  aad  White,  Alaa.  to  Ttaplax 
Safety  Oka  Coapaay  Liaited.  Laaiaated  strvcteres.  3.669426. 
CL  161-196.000 
Davidsoa.  Briaa  Y.  Device  for  keatkg  friwkfWrters  aad  the  Bke. 

3.669,002,  a.  99-327.000 
Davies.  Robia  Joha;  aad  Capewefl.  Wifliaa  Keaaeth.  to  EBiott 
Brothers  (London)  Liaited.  Signal  geaerating  apparatas.  3.6694)24. 
CI.  l02-70.20r 

Davk.  Robert  A.,  to  Xerox  Corporatioa.  Adjuatabk  label  kaife. 

3.668.963.0.83-346.000 
Davk.  RoaaM  I.,  to  Sua  Oil  Coapaay.  Fractioaatioa  of  Cm  bicydk 

aroaatk  hydrocarbons  by  tttrahakphthaHc  aahydride  coapkz  fbr- 

aatioa.  3,670,039,0. 260-674.00a 
Davk.  RoaaM  I.,  to  Sua  Oil  Coapaay.  Fractioaatioa  of  Cn  Meydk 

aroaatk  hydiocarboas  by  di  or  trianhydride  coapkx  fotaatioa. 

3.6704)40.  CL260-6744)0n 
Dnyco  Corporation:  See— 

CBfloa,  Edward  A.;  aad  Carraadi.  Arteak  P.,  3,668,752. 
DCA  Food  ladastrks,  lac.:  See- 

Kaafaaa,  HaroH  B..  Jr.;  Schiffkaaa.  Robert  P.;  aad  Stak.  Braeat 

W.,  3.670.132. 
Kkg.  Sigaaad  L.;  FkkeL  OiH>ert;  aad  Sberak.  Moaroe  B., 

3,669.674. 
Thoapeoa.  Hal  J.,  3.669.688. 
De  Aagelk.  Sabiao  J.  Caaera  device.  3,669.533,  a.  352-95.000 
Deaas,  DavM  Robert,  to  laperial  Cbeaical  ladaatriee  Liaited.  Saapk 

iajection  a  gas chroaatography.  3.668,834.  CL  55-67.000 
Deans,  Howard;  aad  Sagar,  Thoaas  B..  to  Uhraaoak  Syakas.  lac., 
mesae.  Method  for  remotely  seaBag  pkstks  usiaa  altraaoak  eaem 
3,669,780,  CL  156-73.000  " 

DeardorfT,  DouM  L.:  See— 

Path,  Joaeph:  aad  DeardorfT,  DoaaM  L..3 ,669.995. 
Oe    Boeck.    Paal;    Martael.    Bernard;    aad    Sehriivers.    Joaef.   to 

Belgonuckaira.  S.A.  Nuclear  fbel.  3.669433.  CI.  1 76-68.000 
De  Carpeatier.  Piater  See— 

Van  Wastraaea.  WiOha  J.;  De  Carpeatier.  Pklar,  aad  Nioawai- 
hak.  WBka  H.  M.3>69,942. 
Docker,  Charka  L.;  aad  Talk,  Edward  O..  to  Gaaeral  Elaetik  Coa- 
paay. Unitnry  iasaktion  aad  tenaiaatioa  member.  3.670477.  CL 
336-192.000 
Deckye.  Joesyh:  See— 

Briehavd.  Bdgard;  aad  Dackye.  Joeeph4.669.640. 
DeCoeae.  Fraas  J.,  to  Ckysoa.  N.V.  Orak  taak  aakadkg  daviee  for 

coabiaes.  3.669491. CL  214-519.000 
De  Coaae.  Fraas  J.;  aad  Strabbe,  Oflbert  J.,  to  Ckysoa  N.V.  Aa«4a« 

device  for  a  coabiae.  3>69,1 24.  Q.  1 90-27 .OOr 
De  Cora.  Fred;  Peake.  Thaddeas  A.;  aad  ManhaB,  Ted  R.,  to  Uakad 
States  of  Aaerica.  Navy.  Method  of  rebalMkg  worn  gear  teeth  by 
expkeiva  swafiag.  3468,768,  a.  29-401 .000 
De  Corao.  Sarallao  M.;  aad  Jasaey,  Claalar  A.,  to  W« 
trk  Corporatioa.  Paal  spray  igailiea  i 
60-39.74r 
Deep  Oi  Techaokgy,  lac.:  See- 

Waftar,  Rqraoad  W..  3,668.949. 
Daeriag  MBUkoa  Rsaaich  Corporatio 
Oofdoa.  DavM  E..  3469.779. 
Stark.  Daaki  C.  3.6694 18. 
De  Fazk,  Doakick  J.  Cloaara  faaeaer.  3.669.482.  CL  292-MjBii 


34«t4«*.CL 


PI  10 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  13. 1972 


,  to  Nstioaal  Patent 
3,669.691.  CI.  99- 


Dairt,  RebMt  P..  to  Aa«fkaa  Hoa*  Pradwti  Cofyontea.  PracMa  for 
dM  mniwetim  of  Mai-cyatiMtk  psakUHa  tatoni«diM.  3.M9.97t, 
CLi«0«301.000 
4»  J«at.  BcrwUplHM  A.,  to  PrMr,  Jok..  ScIhmMw.  Dovic*  for  display- 
IMM  or  Uko  BMclMadiaa  alorad  to  for*  of  folh.  3.669.372.  CI. 
24i.SrO0O 
D«UlMiM.PfaakPMU:S(«- 

Koladta.  JoMpk  Victor.  Robom.  Rom  Ifario-JoMph;  aad  D«l- 
OMke.  PMBk  Paol.3.670.04S. 
Do  La  Man.  HaioM  B.;  and  Skaw.  Albod  W..  to  SImI  Oil  Coapaay. 
Block  cofolyaan  kavtag  radacod  tolveat  aaautnrity.  3.670.0S4,  CI. 
260aM.00b 
Dal  Moate  Corporatioa:  S**~ 

Boat.  Bdwaid  E..  3.669^40. 
de  Loag.  Ckarlaa  P.;  and  Shapherd,  Thoaas  H 
Devakipaeat  Corporatioii.   Produce  coating. 
16t.000 
Da  Lua  OoMial  Incoiporatad:  Sm^ 

Bran.  Haibait  £..  3.670,1  S7. 
De  Marco.  John  Gregory:  See— 

Weykar.  Robert Ooorge;  Baitinger.  William  Frederick,  Jr.;  and  De 
Maroo.  Joka  Oretory4.669.609. 
Da    Ma«x.    Patrick    Da    Laage.    to    Lignes    Telagraphiquea    et 
Talapkoaiuat.  Pkaaa-cokaraat  fnqaency-tkift  modalatioa  lyrten 
for  oaciOalioa  aahmbrator.  3.670.266.  CI.  332-14.000 
Deaoaay.  DaMil:  PiUoa.  Daaiel;  aad  Ducret.  Jacqiiea.  to  Packiaay- 
Progil.  Certain  6-flMthyl-3-pyridyl  phoephatea.  correwonding  thio 
pkoapkalaa  aad  derivatives  thereof.  3.669.97S.CI.  260-294.S0k 
De   Nicolay,   Oiaiiaao;   aad   Veaturini.   Piero,  to   Socieu  Italians 
TalacoaaaakaikMi  SiaaeBs  S.p.A.  Phaaa-lock-«tabiliiad  tyttem 
for  gaannfiig  carrier  freqiieacies  usable  in  auhiplBz  coaauaica- 
tioa.  3.670^S,C1. 331-25.000 
Depeaheaer.  Otto,  to  ITT  ladustrie*.  lac.  Spot-type  brake  wear  indica- 
tor. 3.670.300.  a.  340-S2.00a 
Derc,  Roaaa;  Eital,  RoaaM  Joha  Fraak;  and  Bragg.  Cecil,  to  Intema- 
tioaal  Coapaten  Liaited.  DocuaMOt  feeding  apparatus.  3.669.446. 
CL  271-29.000 
D'Ereoh.  Augustine  D..  to  General  Foods  Corporatioa.  Procen  of 

preparing  ftosea  pudding  coapoalwa.  3.669.617.  CL  99-1 39.000 
Derleth,  Robert  J.,  to  Motor  Wheel  Corporatioa.  Vehicle  wheel  con- 

sti«ctioa.  3.669401. CL  301-37. 
Darrickaoa,  Ckarlaa,  Jr.;  aad  Rodgers.  Robert  A.,  to  International  Har- 
vaator  Coapaay.  FoU-dowa  seat  aecbaaita  for  vakiclet.  3.669.4St. 
CL  196  66.000 
Daaai.  Raaesk  R.;  aad  Doha.  George  D.,  to  Balsa  Developaeat  Cor- 
poratioa. Strndaral  light-weight  panel  for  cryogenic  aad  elevated 
laaparatare  applications.  3.669.SIS.C1. 16I-37.(W0 
Detbarata,  WiUaa  Edouard.  Air-propallad  vehicle  aad  aethod  for 

driviagaadilaeiiBgiakl  veUck.  3.669.212.  CL  110-120.000 
DaaalaafB,  Kait:  See— 

Feder.  Ernst;  Daaalaan.  Kurt;  and  Csehovsky.  Ounther4.669.S47. 
Deagnrae.  Paul  J.  A.;  aad  Rogaar,  Ham  P..  to  Shell  Oil  Coapany.  Two- 
step  baft  polyaeriiatioa  of  pivalolactone.  3,669.940,  CI.  260-78.30r 
Designward  ladastriea.  Inc.:  See— 
MekU  Doaald  N..  3.66t,79t. 
Deaaond.  Rickard  J.;  Froaxzek.  Edward  J.;  and  McCartky.  Joha  J.,  to 
Gaaaial  Electric  Coapaay.  Machae  aad  procea  for  aeaicoaductor 
device  aaaabiy.  3.669.471.  CL  22S-S.000 
Deaao.  Tboaaa  Deaa;  aad  Henachen.  Hoaer  Emat.  to  AMP  Incor- 
poralad.  Method  of  aaauCscturiag  electrical  teraiaak.  3.669.0S4. 
CL  113-119.000 
DaStefiuM.  Rkhaid  T.:  Scc- 

Wayaoa.  Aadnw  J.;  and  DeStefano.  Richard  T.4.669  J19. 
DeorkM.  Jokaaaia  M..  to  Draka  Kabel  N.  V.  Connector  encloaure. 

3,669.470.  CL2tS-4S. 
Deutsche  Gold-  and  Silber-Scheideanatah  vonnala  Roeaaler  5m— 

Kobarateia.  E4pr.  aad  Lakatoa.  Eduard.  3.669.906. 
Devaaiih.Grahaa  F.:  See— 

Foftat.  Hu|h  L.;  aad  Deveauh.  Grahaa  F..3.669.23S. 
Dover.  Lewia  A.,  to  Ciacianati  Milaeroa  lac.  Metkod  aad  apparatua  for 

aackiaing  aa  eloatated  workpiece.  3,66t,97 1 .  CI.  90-1 1  .OOr 
Devitt,  Joka  L.;  aad  McCMIaad.  DoaaU  H.,  to  Oataa  Robber  Com- 
pany. Tba.  Separalora  for  aacoadary  alkaliae  batteriea  having  a  sinc- 
coataialH  alMtfoda.  3,669.746.  a.  1 36-30.000 
Dew.  Robert  C.  to  Strattoa  k  Terategge  Co.,  inc.  Tobacco  curing  ap- 
paratua. 3.669.429.  CL  263-1 9.00d 
Dewaa.  Rayaond.  Weaving  aachinea  with  coatiauoua  weft  feed. 

3.669.15S,CL  139-123. 
Dcttar  Corporatioa:  See— 

Slaia.  AkaH^aadCodar.Wiiliaa  D..  Jr..  3.670.049. 
Diaaoad  laternatioaal  Corporation:  5m— 
Coraatta.  Doi«las  F..  3.6694 16. 
Horvalk.  WiOka.  3^9.293. 
StruMe.  Gleaa  E..  3.669437. 
Diaaoad  JaBaa.  to  Rorer.  Williaa  H..  lac.N-<Subetituted-polyhydro- 
cydaaOuM   [b]   -aiaolinaa  carboiaaidas.   3.669.971.  CI.   260- 
2t6.00r 
Dietapkoaa  Corporatton:  See— 

Kendall.  Trevor  WiOiaa,  3,661.739. 
Dierabock,  Guather  Rndalph.  to  Tunes  Corporation.  High  voltage 

watch  power  aupply.  3.668.860.  CL  S8-23.0ba 
Diaaal  Kiki  Kabusk&i  Kaiaka:  See- 
Ohtaai.Y«diio.3j(70419. 


Dietrick.  Lee  A.;  Dikeaaa.  Joka  C;  and  Johnaon.  Kenneth  R 
Dietrich  aad  aaid  Kikeaaa  aaaora.  to  the  United  Satea  of  Aaeriica. 
Atomic    Energy    CoamJaaioa.    Removal    of   materiaia    fTom    i 
exchange  reaina.  3.669,631 , CI.  23-342.000 
Digitnl  Eouipaeat  Corporattoa:  See— 

Auaaui,  Fradarict  C,  lU;  aal  Butler,  GeraU  V..  Jr.,  3.6704 1 1 
Dikeaaa,  Joha  C:  5m— 

Dietrick,  Lee  A.;  Dikeaaa.  John  C;  and  Johaaoa.  Kenneth 
R.4,669,631. 
Diaitry,  Edward  A.,  to  APM  Corporation.  Heraetically  aaahag  boot 
with  actuator  for  thuab  wheel  type  awitchea.  3,668,938,  CL  74 
18.100 
Dinea.David  R.  Huaidifier.  3,670.141. CL  219-271.000 
Dioaya  Hofaaan  Maachinenfobrik  GabH:  5m— 

Bade.  Kurt  Haaa  Dietrich.  3,669400. 
Dismnkea,  Joha  Pidiett,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Low  temperature  aiticon 

etch.  3,669,774. CL  1S6-I7.000 
DiatiUers  Coapaay  Liaited,  The:  5m— 

Bail,  WiUiaa  Joka;  aad  Oaaoa,  Edward  Jamea,  3,670,017. 
Divecka.  Aaamath  P.;  Lare,  Paul  J.;  Ordway,  Fred.  Jr.;  Heraann, 
Robert  A.;  Van  Blaricon.  Orville  B.;  aad  Haka.  Heary,  to  American 
Standard.   Inc.   Proceaa   for   producing   whiaker-reinforced   metal 
matrix  compoaitta  by  liquid-phase  coaaotidatioB.  3,668.748,  CI.  29- 
419.000 
Dixon,  Corbin;  and  Larew,  Joha  J.,  to  General  Electric  Coapany 
Method  aad  itiucturc  for  tapporting  electric  coaponenu'  in  i 
matrix.  3,670.203, CI.  3t7-101.0ce 
Dixoo-Bate,  B.,  Liaited:  See— 

Robertt.  Richard  Walter,  3,668.743. 
Doaae.  Joha  L.:  5m— 

Wurabraad.  Mikai;  and  Doaae,  John  L. 4. 669,036. 
DobriU.  Gunter,  to  Dragenrerfc  AktiengeaeDachafl.  Method  for  aixin| 
preaaure  gaaea  particulariy  for  reapiratora  aad  medical  devices 
3.669.1 34,  Cl.  137-7.000 
Doctor.  Watter  L.,  Jr.:  5m— 

Ege.  Hana  Rayaond;  and  Doctor.  Walter  L.,  Jr.4,670.29S 
Dodaon.  Keith  D.:  See— 

Annis.    Darrall    D.;    Dodaon,    Keith    D.;    and    Sykes.    Pau 
M.4.669.931. 
Doede.  CUatoB  M.;  and  Combs.  Eugene  E.,  to  Quantum,  Inc.  Com 
poaite  articles  having  metallic  boating  with  high  temperature  hibrict 
ty.  3.669,719, Cll  17-93. Ipf 
Dofadko,  Peter  5m— 

Bauk.  Ljubonir;  Dogadko,  Peter;  and  Saatbury;  Larry  ,3.669.086 
Doherty.  Harry  G.:  5m— 

Plaak,  Charles   J.;  Waldo.   Pharez,  O.;  and   Doherty,   Harr; 
G.4.669.87S. 
Doha.  Geone  D.:  See— 

Daaai,  Raaesfc  R.;  and  Dohn,  George  D.4.669,8  IS 

Doi,  Kazoo;  Nak^iaa,  Jun;  Takahashi,  Hisaaitstt;  and  Toaokawa 

Hideo,  to  Matsaahiu  Electric  Worka,  Ltd.  Inorganic  coating  coa 

poaitfam.  3.669.699,  CL  106-74. 

Demenighetti,  Doaenico.  VibratioBS  generator  with  multiple  shafte  fa  i 


I.  eneciaUy  for  vibratiag  tamping  means.  3.668,983.  CI.  94-50 
Doaiaioo  Bndnearing  Works,  Liaited:  5m—  ^ 

Rodwin,  Stephen  Anthony,  3,668.713.  ^^ 

WiOiaas.  Staaley  C.  3.669.830. 
Doake,  Klaus,  to  Fr.  Heaaer  Maschinenfobrik  A.G.  Heat  seal  too  . 

3.669.810.  CL  156-583.000 

Doner.  Abraham  J..  deceaaedO  (by  Doner,  Cyril;  executor),  to  Milea 

Laboratoriea.        Inc.        Sunacreen        fomulation        coataining 

triethanolamine  neutralized  2-hydroxy-4-methosy-benzophenonc-S' 

•ulfoBic  acid.  3,670.074.  CL  424-60.000  | 

Doner.  Cyril:  5m—  I 

Doner.  Abraham  J.4.670.074.  I 

Donnelly.  Charlea  A.;  and  Saaders,  Jamea  F..  to  MinneaoU  Mining  and 

Manufacturing  Company.  Fixing  proceaa.  3 .669,707,  CI.  1 1 7-2 1 .000 

Dorfaaa.  Edwin;  Eaeraon.  Williaa  E.;  Bean.  Claude  T.,  Jr.;  aad  Carf . 

RuaaeO  L.  K..  to  Hooker  Cheaical  Corporatioa.  Polytriazapeif- 

tadieae  polyaefa.  3.669.941.  CL  260-71.4 

Dorkea  A  Maakel  KG:  5m— 

TUIaann,  Horat.  3.668.737. 
Domier  Syatca  GabH:  5m— 

Roahikl.  Peter;  and  Herpfer.  Eugen.  3,669471 . 
Douglas,  Lvry  D.,  to  Pakulak,  Pete,  and  Pakulak,  Lucile  A.  VehicI 

anti-thafl  device.  3,670401 ,  CL  340-65.000 
Dow  Ckeaical  Coapany.  Tke:  5m—        ^^ 
Bauaan.  WiBiam  C.  3,668.873. 
Ckhi.  Thoasaa  T.;   Hock.  Kenneth  R.;  and  Nagle.  Floyd  B.. 

3,669,718. 
Hargaah,  Paul,  3,669448. 
Harper.  Billy  Gene;  Baahaw.  Robert  Nilea;  and  Atkina.  Bob^y 

Leroy,  3,669.103. 
N^var.  Daaiel  J..  3,669.9 1 1 . 

Oboa.  Robert  S.;  and  Surla.  Joseph  P..  Jr.,  3.669.649. 
Raley.  Charlea  F..  Jr.,  3.669.9 1 8 . 
Segel,  Edward;  and  SchefTel.  Kenneth  G..  3.669.000. 
Stafford.  Owen  L.;  and  TarzweO.  Robert  K.,  3.669.914 
Toaulia,  DomM  A.;  aad  Thill.  Bruce  P..  3.670.046. 
Vivian.  Tkoaaa  A..  3.670.036. 
Dowd.  Albert  A.,  to  International  Buaineaa  Machinea  Corporatioi 
Forau  feeding  tractor  and  jam  detector  therefor.  3.669427.  CL  22^- 

Dowd.  Joeeph  F.  Shower  facility.  3.668.7 10.  CL  4-145.000 


f 


JUNB13,1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


Pill 


Dowaa.  Ned  E.,  to  Hercalea  lacorporated.  Apparataa  for  removiag  oil 
from  water.  3.669473.  Cl.  210-242.000 

Dowty  Techaical  Developaeau  Liaited:  5m— 
McLeod.  Doaald  Patteraon.  3.669468. 

Doyle,  Jaaea  R.,  to  Towaotor  CoiporatioB.  Container  handling  vehi- 
cle. 3,669.290,  CI.  214-392.000 

Draca,  Cedo.  Method  for  the  production  of  abraaive  bruahiag  eie- 
acna.  3,669,850,  Cl.  204-16.000 

Dragerwerk  AktiengeaellachafI:  5m— 
Dobritz.  Oanter,  3.669.1 34. 

Draka  Kabel  N.V. :5m- 

Deurloo,  Johaanit  M.,  3,669,470. 

Drake,  Cyril  Francis;  and  Amoi,  Robert  Walur  James,  to  International 
Staadard  Electric  Corporation.  Delay  liae  glaaa.  3,669.697,  CI.  106- 
53.000 

Dravo  Corporation:  See— 

AlKaon,  Robert  J.;  Hatfield,  Paul  E.;  and  Fruaeraan,  Robert, 
3,669,623. 

Drehmaa,  Lewia  E.;  aad  Walker.  Darrell  W..  to  Philipa  Petroleum 
Company.  Catalytic  dehydrogenation  procesa.  3.670,044.  CI.  260- 
683.3 

Dreaaer  Induatries,  Inc.:  See— 

Berriaaa,  Lester  P..  3,669,879. 

Drew,  Dennis  H.;  and  Hecht,  Paul  F.  Safety  conuiner.  3,669,296,  CI. 
215-9.000 

Driver.  Michael  C:  See— 

Page.  Derrick  J.;  and  Driver,  Michael  C, 3 ,669 ,66 1. 

Droke,  Joseph  W.;  Hauway.  James  E.;  and  Ruiain,  Nicholas  C,  to 
Eataaa  Kodak  Company.  Copolyester  melt  adhesive.  3,669,921, 
€1 260-40.00r 

Dubaer,  Ben  B.  Automatic  retracting  hypodermic  syringe.  3.669,1  II, 
CLI28-2l8.00p 

Du  Boia,  John  L.;  and  Grein,  Louts  F.  RoUUbIc  pointer  driven  and  in- 
dexed by  the  rotor  of  an  electronically  controlled  water  having  per- 
manent magnet  poles.  3,669,4S3. CI.  273-14I.OOa 

Ducret.  Jacquea:  5m— 

Deaoaay,  Daneil;  Pilfon.  Daniel;  and  Ducret,  Jacques,3,669,97S. 
Duffey,  Tboaaa  E.:  See— 

Coleman.  William  R.;  and  Duffey,  Thomaa  E..3,670.078. 
Duffy,  Arthur  R.:  5m— 

Saith.    Eraaet    L.;    Duffy,    Arthur    R.;    and    Lyman.    Eugene 
S.4.669,816. 
Dugaa.  John  J.,  to  Eaao  Research  and  Engineering  Coapaay.  Catalyst 

system.  3,670,037,0. 260-6S6.00r 
Duggan,  Lois  J.,  trustees  of  Um  eaUte  of  Magnuaon,  Roy  M .:  5m— 

Babb,  Raymond  E.,  3,669.263. 
Duguay,  Michel  Albert,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratoriea,  Incorporated. 
Direct  display  of  light  imagea  with  picoaecond  reaolution.  3,669441, 
CL  356-5.000 
Daalap.  Deaaia  L.;  and  Bryan.  Darrel  L..  to  Paciflc  Car  aad  Fouadry 
Company.  Vehicle  elaatomeric  suspension  system.  3,669.467.  CI. 
280-124.000 
Dunlop  Holdinp  Limited:  See— 

Folkea,  Hugh  L.;  aad  Deveniah.  Grahaa  F..  3.669.238. 
Goy.  Ronald  S.;  and  Moring.  Peter  L.  E..  3.668.857. 
Milk,  lain  C,  3,669,174. 
Young.  Maurice  A.,  3,669,1 73. 
Duaa.  Geoffrey  Beraard;  and  York.  Leonard  Emeat,  to  Sira  laatitute, 
foraerly  kaowa  aa  Britiah  Scieatinc  Inatrument  Reaearch  Asaocia- 
tioB.  Device  for,  and  method  of,  feeding  limp  workpiecea  to  an  ap- 
paratua. 3.669,048,  CL  112-121.260 
DuBaahoa.  Richard  0.;  Boadahl,  Gary  B.;  and  Roth,  Paul  W.,  to  Nap- 
tune  Microfloc,  Incorporated.  Method  and  apparatua  for  air-clean- 
ing MttUng  tube  moduiea.  3,669,741. CL  l34-22.00r 
Dunnahoe.  Richard  G.:  5m— 

Slechu,  Alfred  F.;  Culp.  Oordoa  L.;  and  Dunnahoe,  Richard 

G.,3.669,742. 

Dupaaquier,  Joseph  H.  Diachargiag  nozzle  aaaenbly  for  producing 

oqualtzad  distribatioB  of  prasaurtaed  fluid  in  an  etoagatad  dryiag 

chamber.  3.669431,  CL  162-290.000 

Dupea,  Fred  W.  Vacuum  cleaner  head  for  cleaning  and  combing  shag 

carpeting.  3,668.733,  CL  15-397.000 
du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Coapany:  5m— 
Her,  Ralph  K.;  aad  Palaer,  Alan  B.,  3,669.695. 
Knowlea.  Richard  N..  3,670,019. 
Uviader.  Tayfor  FraakUn.  3.668.948. 
Magat,  Eugene  Edward;  and  Tanner,  David.  3.670J>48. 
Tinder,  Edgar  Kari.  3.669.726. 
Duriron  Coapaay.  Inc..  The:  See— 

Bowen.  John  C.  3,668,978. 
Durkoppwerke  GabH:  5m— 
Nicolay.  Kari.  3.669,043. 
Duro-Teat  Corporatioa:  5m— 

Thoriagtoa.  Luke;  and  Paraacandola,  Louia  J.,  3.670.193. 
Dynaait  Nobel  AO:  5m— 

Uabach.  Haaa;  aad  Jeaa.  Hans.  3.669480. 
Dynaait  Nobel  Aktiengesellschaft:  5m— 

Feder,    Ernst;    DaaalaerB.    Kurt;    aad    Csehovsky,    Guather, 
3,669447. 
Eagie-Picher  ladaatriea.  inc.:  5m— 

McCullough.  WiUaa  N..  ami  Sprackiea.  Edwta  B..  deceaaed 
Spracklea.  Dorothy  H.;  legal  rapreaeatttive,  3.669.748. 
Earp.  Charlea  WiUiaa.  to  iatematioaai  Staadard  Electric  Corporatioa. 
Radio  aavigatioa  receiviag  equipaMut.  3,670438.  CL  343-lOS.OOa 


Earp.  Charlea  WBUaa;  aad  Overbury,  Francia  OIlea,  to  Iatematioaai 
Staadard  Blaclric  Corporatioa.  Radio  aavigatioa  beacon  utiHshig  a 
coaaaator  which  auppiiaa  radfo  frequency  in  aacceaaion  to  aeverni 
aeriala.  3,670437.  CI.  343-108.000 
Eaatech  Liaitad:  See— 

Sireoa.  Rickard  Cuaahig.  3.670406. 
Eaataaa  Kodak  Coapaay:  5m— 
Brutoa.  Joka  M..  3.669475. 
Droke,  Joaepk  W.;  Hauway,  Jaaea  E.;  aad  Raaaia,  Nickolaa  C. 

3.669,921. 
Haiat.  Great  M.;  aad  Huaphlett,  Wilbert  J.,  3,669.670. 
Harvey.  DonaM  M..  3.668.992. 
Harvey.  Jaaea  E.  3.669.553. 
Merrill.  Stewart  H.,  3.669,859. 
Peiffer,  Harold  E.;  and  KohL  Ralph  A.,  3,668,996. 
Schievea.  Stanley  R.;  and  Saapeon,  Gerald  A..  3.669.448. 
Tone.  Frederick  F..  3,668.980. 
Whitaore,    Tkoaaa   C,   Jr.;    aad    Cuaaiaghaa,    Robert    O., 

3,670403. 
Wright.  John  F.;  and  Rubin.  Brace  J.,  3,669,883. 
Eaton  Allen  Corporation:  5m— 

Barough,  Victor;  Glenn,  Robert;  aad  Roae,  Louis.  3,669.019. 
Eaton,  Daaiel  A.:  See— 

Kaowles,  Tereace  J.;  aad  Eatoa,  Daaiel  A.,3,669,860. 
Eatoa.  John  L..  Jr.;  Richard,  Keaaeth  L.;  and  Schwartz,  Walter  M.,  Jr.. 
to   Proctor-Saes   Incorporated.  Toaster-oven.   3.669,004,  Cl.  99- 
331.000 
EatOB  Yale  *  Towne.  Inc.:  See— 

Fathaaer.  George  H.,  3,6704 18. 
Ebert.  Ekkehard,:  5rc— 

Badami,  Angelo  V.;  Ebert.  Ekkehard.;  Keaiage.  Bernard  M.; 
Kroen,  Kart  E.;  aad  Poggc,  H.  Bernhard4.669.769. 
Ecke,  Gunter  5m— 

Renz,  Eberhard;  Voss,  Siegfried;  aad  Ecke,  Guater ,3 ,668.725. 
Economics  Laboratory,  Inc.:  5er— 

Hatcher,  Herbert  J,  3,669,840. 
Economy.  Jaaea:  5m— 

Cottia.     Steve     G.;     Nowak,     Bernard     E.;     and     Econoay. 

James4.669,73>. 

Eden.  Jamal  S.,  to  Goodrich.  B.  F..  Compaay.  The.  Catalyst  tor 

preparation  of  unaaturated  aldehydea  and  acids.  3.669,909.  CI.  252- 

435.000 

Edwards,  Clarence  K.;  and  Edwards,  Lawrence  D.  Foraias  precise 

reinforced  receaaes  in  thennoplaatic  foama.  3.670.064.  CI.  264-130. 
Edwarda.  David  G.:  5m— 

Starr,  Arthur  T.; aad  Edwarda.  David  G.4.670469. 
Edwards,  Lawreace  D.:  5m— 

Edwards,  Clareace  K.;  aad  Edwarda,  Lawreace  D.,3,670,064. 
Edwarda,  Oliver  J..  Jr.,  to  Raythooa  Conqaay.  Protective  eyeahieid. 

3.669423. CL  350-57.000 
Ege.  Hana  Raymoad;  aad  Doctor,  Walter  L..  Jr.,  to  Underwrilera 
Safety    Device    Co.    Terminal    block    aad    tormiaal    coanector. 
3,670.295, CL  339-198.00a 
Eger,  Helaut,  to  Sieaens  AktiengeaelhchafL  Method  of  aeparatiag 
aemiconductor  chips  from  a  aeaiconductor  aubatraa.  3,668,774.  CL 
29-578. 
Eilingafeld.  Heinz:  5m— 

Wueratlin,      Franz;      Feichtaayr,      Fraaz;      aad      EiliagafeU, 
Heiaz.3 .669,888. 
Eimers.  Erich,  to  Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengeaellachaft  N-aryl-eub- 

sUtutad dialkaaolaaiao-  polyBrethaaaa.  3.669 .99 1. CL  260-34.200 
Einfeldt,  George  J.:  5m— 

Wooton.  Robert  D.;  Neal,  Warrea  D.;  and   Einfeldt,  Geoine 
J.4,669445. 
Eitel.  Ronald  John  Frank:  5m— 

Derc,     Roaaa;     EiaL     Roaakl     Joha     Fraak;     aad     Bragg. 
CecU.3,669,446. 
EkstroB.  Aka,  to  AUaaaaa  Svaaska  Elaktriaka  Aktiabotafat  Cos- 
verier     autioa     haviag     parallel-ooBnected     static     convertera. 
3.670436.  CL  321-27. 
Electric  Reduction  Coapaay  of  Canada.  Ltd-  5m— 

Meyera.  Normaa  W.,  3.669.619. 
Electroaic  Aaaociataa,  lac.:  5m— 

McMurray,  Jaaaa  A.,  3.670,154. 
Elliott  Brothera  (Loadoa)  Liaited:  5m— 

Daviea.  Robia  Joha;  and  CapeweU,  Williaa  Keaaeth.  iM9fiU. 
Parfcaan.  Williaa  Tereace;  aad  MaoCc 
Maiwall.  3.670,149. 
Elliott,  Roger  M.,  to  Britiah  Steal  Piiteg  Coapaay  UaHad.  The. 
operated  drop  heaaer  with  valved  piaton.  3>69,198,  CL  173- 
127.000 
Ellia,BelviaB.:5M- 

MiOsop.  WiUiam  Q.;  EUia.  Belvia  B.;  aad  Bwfchardt.  Charlea 
E..3 .670479. 
EUia.  Jacob  B.  RotataMe  hopper  Kvealock  food  diapaaaar.  3469jB?6. 

CLII9-52.00b 
EUiaoa,  Joka  B.,  to  Skiaaar  Pradatoa  Inilaitri 
valve  operator.  3,670474,  CI.  333-260.000 
Elmgrea.  Jari  A.;  and  Rodite.  Robert  R.  R.,  to  1 
Mackiaea  Corporation.  Ipatariag  anpaalaa 
aource  catkode.  3,66947 1 . 0. 204-298.000 
Ehaore,  Robert  E..  to  Avco  Corporatioa. 
3.670,162.  CL  250-41. 


PI  12 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JUNB13.1972 


tter«for.3,669JI4, 


ladMlriM  LiaiMd.  Maaabctara  oTfoMM.  3,M9,9 10.  CI.  260-2.S0a 
EaglWi.  Jack  A.,  to  CTS  Corpontkw.  Variable  rasataacc  oootrol  with 

•ad  coOactor.  3.670.2IS.  CI.  331-175.000 
BafToO,  Svem.  to  Areaoo  Aktiebolat.  Davie*  for  foldiag  oato.  aad 
iotoou  witk,  oae  aaotber  two  tide  adgc  portioas  of  a  heat  saafiag  foil. 
3.6«9405.CL  IS6-S67.000 
EagvoB,  Svana:  Sm— 

Jarrie.  Riekaid  L.;  Kally.  Walter.  Cahnea,  Victor  H.;  Zweif.  Ar- 
aoU;  aad  BacvoU.  Sv«nc4.6«9.t03. 
BaaliB,  Priedar  H..  to  Baadfai  Corporatioa.  The.  Sabetrate  support 

■odak.  3,669412.  CL  16S-26.000 
Eavkoaaiaatal  Coaliol  Prodacta.  lac.:  Sm— 

Cleaeats.  Rickaid  P.,  3 .669.040. 
BppaarteiaOT,  Pradericfc  Walter,  to  M  *  T  Cheaikah  lac.  Novel  akkel 

etch  procato.  3.669,776. a.  I S6-II.000 
EpMaia.  Maitia  Edaa;  Roaeathal.  Araold  Joeeph;  aad  Saataagelo. 
Joaapk  Oaraaao,  to  Calaaaaa  Cofpontioa  of  Aaierica.  Elattoaieric 
ffberL  3.669.934.  CL  260-77  3tB 
1.  Joha.  Vehicle  atlita«te 


Btt:  aad  9aUt,  Jaaae  R..  to  USV  Phanaacwrtical  Corpora-  Fabriqae  Natioaale  d'Ararae  da  Oaam.  Societo  Aaoayaie:SM- 

.  3.669.974.  CL  260-293.790  Braeleaiaa«,KaNlBeraard  Marie.  3.66I.I9S. 

;MdFaia,Roaiaa.PfodaclkMoreopparcoaipowide  Factory  Matoal  Reeouch  Corporaliea:  Sm- 

~ii^doopMrMtdpo«dar.3.669.6SO.CL7S-l01.  LhriagMoa.WiUlaaiL..  3,669.191. 

fwelhaaBkn  Jair  Oaorcievieh:  Sm—  Padler.  Kait:  iec— 

Patoiu  ItoffiB  BvaeAevich;  LataU.  Jary  Vadtaorich;  Medovar.  Kraas.HefaBat;  aad  Padler.  Kart4.669.233. 

•otW  InaiieviS;  BaieUaaeako.  Jaly  OwMgiavieh;  aad  K«aev.  Pahey.  Thoaiae  M.;  aad  Mmtael.  Joha  C.  to  WMtiaghoue  BIwrttie 

MfthalMMkovich3.670,0t9.  CorporatioB.   Higli-ntio  drive   aackaaiBB.   3,661,946.  CL  74- 

Haaa.WiliaaiE.:Se*—  640.000 

Dofftaaa.  Bdwia;  Baeiaoa.  WUUaai  B.;  Beaa.  Claade  T..  Jr.;  aad  PaigeBbauai.  Mark  A.;  Ladcy.  Daatel  J.;  aad  WeieeL  Harold  C.  to  la- 

Carr  RaeeelL  K. 4,669.941.  teraatkmal  Batinaw  Machiaea  Corporatioa.  Preoeas  for  aiaUag  re- 

Batch.  Oeon  Kowad.  to  Maachiaeafabrik  Ooebel  OaibH.  Wiadiag  siat  ttaacilt  tnm  photographic  Krippiag  fibaa  aad  for  aaiag  aaBe. 

■hafi.  3  669.369.  CI.  242-S6.900  3.669.66S.  CI.  96-36.000 

Bar.  Aatoaia:  aad  PriWL  Radolf.  to  Caakoalovaaaka  akadaaie  ved.  FairaiiL  Mai  L.;  aad  Sehaaaraaa.  Joha  P..  to  Heakh-Mor.  lac. 

Method  of  iwlateg  aad  parifViag  lalphoaa-  phthaleia  derivatives  of  Vacaaa  cleaaer  shag  tag  aonle  coastmctraa.  3.661.734.  CI.  19- 

iaiaodiacetic  add  aad  ia  aaka.  3.669.9t8. CI.  260-327.00a  321.000 

EaDeaa  Howard  J.:  5m—  FaitchiM  ladaatries,  lac.:  Sm— 

Beach.  Horace  J.;  Ba  Deaa.  Howard  J.;  Prawley.  Fraak  E.;  and  Ohatz.  Bari;  aad  McCoaas.  Jeaa  W..  3.6694>5. 

Yatea,  Dick.3  669  700  Felk.  Edward  J.,  to  Wagaer  Electric  Corporatioa.  Coatrol  valve  aad 

Bade,  Kart  Haas  Dietrich,  to  Dkayt  Hofteaaa  Maachiaeafabrik  systea.3.669.30S.CI.303-6.00c 

OabH.Balaaceweightforvehiclewheels.3.669.S00.a.301-5.00b  Falk. Joha D: Sm-                 ^„  ^  .  ^    ^  ,kx«x,. 

2Mdo  Takaya:  S«»—  Stewart.  Aabrcy  P..  Jr.;  aad  Falk.  Joha  D.4.669.679 

hraaa.  Masdcaai;  laoae.  Isaburo;  Haaaawa.  Tervo;  Sakaaoti.  Fahui.HaasO.  Pre-pnatedfauertsaadfeeda 

Kearo;aadEado.Takaya,3.669>71.  CL  161-37.000 

Eaeicoa  faitoraatiaaal  Liaitad:  Sm—  Faacber.  Llewellya  W .;  aad  Gray,  Reed  A.,  to  Staaffor  Cheaical  Coa- 

Peaaachetti,  Joha  T.;  aad  Boax.Joaeph  P..  3.669.703.  paay.       Aryloxy       aad       arytaaercapto-N-aetboEyethy       lacet- 

Eaceb.  Plovd  W  ■  Sm—  aaidoaoaothio  aad  dithi  pboaphatas  aad  phosphoaates  aad  their 

CooRaagh.  Richard  W.;  aad  Bafsls.  Floyd  W..3.670,067.  atility  aa  herWddea.  3.669.642. CL  71-87.000 

Eaaelaaaaa.  Diator.  aad  Schroder.  Rolf,  to  Agfo-Oevaert  Aktiea-  FaBelli.LoBisH.:SM- 

'    Bnosarc  coatroiUag  stnctaia  for  photographic  ap-  Siaiwr,  David  I.;,  Toy.  Albert;  Atteridge.  David  0.;  aad  Faaeln, 

3.66t.9lt;CL9S-ll.00r  Loals  H.4.669.364. 

EagMi.Oeoflbar.  aad  Moaatflcid.BriaaArttBr.  to  lasperid  Cheaical  Faau.  Oeorge  P..:  dW— 

^^^^    .-.<---                     -,.—---_  j,,,^    Daaa*^  A.;    Paata,    George    P..;    and    Barr.    Robert 

C.4,669,9IS. 
Farago,  Lasilo  D.:  Jm — 

Saaden.  Jaaes  F,;  Baaagartaer.  Ronald  R.;  aad  Farago.  Lasafo 
D.4.669.706.    ' 
Farfoeafobrikea  Bayer  AktieageaeUachaft:  Sm— 

Biea.  Haaa-Saaael;  aad  Klauke.  Brich.  3.669.95 1 . 

Efaaera.  Erich.  3.669.991. 

Kraia.     Heiarich;     Botta,    Artur.     aad     SchaeiU.     Heraaaa. 

3.670.024. 
Loreas.  Gaater.  OaUaa.  Maaf^ed;  Oiessler.  Wotfgaag;  aad  Niachk, 

Gaatber.  3.669.921. 
Schalae.  Maaflwd:  aad  Schabacher.  Weraer.  3.669.621 . 
Seage.  Perdtaaad;  Weiraach,  Kurt;  aad  Botteabracb.  Ludwig. 

3,670,091. 
Ugi.  War.  3,670.009. 

Zacher,  WUfkad;  aad  Mertee.  Rudolf.  3.669.937 
FarbwerU  Hoecbst  Aktieageaelbchaft  voraala  Meistor  Luchu  A 
BrwaiagiSM— 
Perahob.  Haas;  Schaidt,  Haas-Joachia;  aad  Wunder,  Friedrich, 
3.670.014. 
FarreO.  Robert  0.,  to  Speny  Raad  CorporatioB.  Power  tfaaniMioa 

3.669.I47.CL  137-625.600 
Pasco  ladaatries.  lac.:  Sm—  -^-^  ^-^ 

Hobtroa.  Alba.  3.669.145. 
Erieatoeh.  Wallar.  to  IKaois  Tool  Works.  bM.  Battery  coaaector  aa-    Path.  Joseph:  aad  DeardorfT.  DoaaM  L..  to  Tefcnor  Apex  Coapuy. 

toably.  3,670,297.  a  339-232.000  "''  "''     "'  ""  "*" 

Eriichaaa,    Irviag.    to    Polaroid    Corporatioa.    Foldiag 

3,661,99 1.  CL  99-39. 
Brae  Caapoaovo:  Sm— 

CavaBi.  Peraaado;  aad  Cretti.  Piaro.  3.6694M. 
ESB  laeorporatod:  Sm— 

ParceU,  Thoaas  H.,  Jr..  3.669.320. 

Eaaha  AB:  Sm— 

Klappor.  Richard;  aad  Alebraat.  Joha,  3.669.019. 
Esso  Reeearch  aad  Bagjaaeriag  Coapaay:  Sm— 

Da^a.  Joha  J..  3.670,037. 

RoaaaaBi.  Mtehael  C.  3,670.029. 

RoaaaaU,  Michael  O..  3,670,032. 

SaiMMi.  Jaa  A.;  Zacks.  Kaaaath  L;  aad  Myeis,  Michael  C. 

3.66t4l2. 

Esli«a.MalcohaJ.,toCoraeliu8Coapaav.The.AdiuaUbletiaerhav. 
tag  rotatioa  caa  aad  wide  raage  variable  dweU.  3.670,12«.  CL  200-    Federal  Products  Corporatioa:  Sm- 
ifi  (Nb  Poagere,  Gay  L.;  Rothery,  Joha  L.;  aad  MiOer.  Rayaoad  H. 

3.670.243.  -- 

Federal  Screw  Works:  Sm- 

Browa.  Robert  S..  H.  3.661,994. 
Federaaa.  Alfred  P.  Procea  of  boadbig  aoHea  aetal  to  prefera 

without  iaterCacW  alloy  foraatioa.  3.669.179.0. 164-66. 
Feeay.  Rtehard  Wlliaa:  Sce- 

Lutz.  Albert  WiOiaa;  and  Feeay.  Richard  Williaa.3.669.970. 


slabiliiarioa  aad  ooatrol  syatea. 
3.669.409.  CL  254-S6.000 
Eriw,  Caito,  S.p.A.:  Sw— 

Aabrogi.  Vittorio;  imI  LotaoiaaB.  Willy,  3,669.966. 
Erikssoa.  Kari  Gaaaar.  aad  Maagea.  AmoM.  Procea  for  produciag 
dosMa  aaits  of  a  type  resnaMhig  tablets.  3.670.065.  CI.  264- 
isilmo 


PoMorgaaMia)    aeroaptide    pQlyaers    aad 

tberawiaiT.669^9.  CL  260-399.000 
Pathaner,  Odorge  H.  to  Batoa  Yale  A  Towae.  lac.  Load  eel  outpat 

circuit.  347041t.CL  340-199.000 
Pauaer.  Doaald  L.:  Sm — 

Adaas.  Dolor  N.;  aad  Pauaer.  Doaald  L.4.669.657 
Faust.  Joha  P..  to  Olia  Corporatioa.  Preparatioa  of  high  test  caldaatf 

hypochlorito.  3,669  J94.  CL  252-1 17.000 
Faust.  Weraer.  Switchtag  arraagaaeat  for  diacoeaecttag  high  voltage 

dirM^t  carreat  ttaea.  3.670.116.  CL  307-1 36.000 
Feder.  Braet;  Daeelaars.  Karti|  aad  Caehovafcy.  Gaatber.  to  DyaaaH 

Nobel  AktieageeeOscbeft  Procea  for  separating  stoaa-volatfle  or- 

gaaic  aohrmrts  flaa  hidastrial  procea  waste  waters.  3.669447.  CI 

203-14.000 
Federal  Pacific  Electric  Coapaay:  Sm— 

Fortier.  Jeaa  R;  aad  Wrobel.  Doaald  P..  34704M. 


Ethyl  Corporatioo: 

Banv.  Carrie  B.,  Jr.,  3.669.654. 

Saaden.  Robert  N.;  aad  Johastoa.  Jaaes  D..  3,669.266. 

Shepherd  LawrwMa  H..  Jr..  3.669.990. 

-  -  -  I H..  Jr..  3.670.001. 


Shepherd.  Uwreace  H..  Jr.,  3,670,038. 
Evaaa,  Eraeat  C,  to  Kiaberh-Clark  Corporatioa.  Saifoce  protectioa 

aatoriaL  34694S2.CL  206-46.0ta 
Evaaa,  WiWaa  Robert,  to  AMP  lacorporated.  Torsioa  coatact  sero-in- 
I  force  coaaector.  3470411.  a.  339-74.00r 


Feichtaayr.  Praax:  Sm— 
WaerstUa.      Fraaz; 

__  Heiax4.669.88S. 

Evetatt.  Wifteba  Sydow.  to  Aaericaa  Air  Filter  Coapaay,  lac.    Fefai.  Roaaa:  Sm— 


Feichtaayr.      Fraas;     aad      EiHngsfeld, 


Hydrod! 

26.000 


lyaaaic  sarga  abeorMag  apparataa.   3.669.150.  CI.    138 


BwaM  Joha  D  *  SM'— 

ABay.  Rayaoad  L.;  Hartaaa.  George  P..  Jr^  aad  BwaM.  Joha 
D.4.66i,999. 
Exploiiv*  Tachaelofjr:  Sm— 

Vaa  Kfaaaiagsa.  Radolf,  34694S8. 


BIsteta.  Beajaahi;  aad  Pefai.  Roaaa4.669.65e. 
Feldkaaper.  Richard,  to  WiadaoUer  *   Holacher.  Apperatas  for 

aaaufoctnrbig  a  auW-ply  tube  aectioa  coaaiatiag  of  at  leaat  two 

weba  of  plastics  aaterial  siMetbig  aad  faitmidod  for  aae  bi  the  aaaii- 

foctarbigorbags.  3.669402.0. 196-387. 
FeMstoia.  Natkaa,  to  RCA  Corporatioa.  Method  of  aakiai  abraaioB- 

resistaatBetal-amtMlgiaapholoaaaks.  3,669.770, CL  I56-3X)00 


June  13, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  13 


Peltett,PeMrBeraers;  aad  Whitfield.  George  Robert,  to  latoraalioaal    Poke*.  H 
Harveator  Coapaay  of  Great  Britahi  Liaitad.  aesae.  Vehicle       Liaiitod 
gaidaace  systeas.  3.669407.  CI.  180-98.000 
Febher,  Hal-Cartis:  Sm- 

Bradahaw.  Carletoa  R.;  aad  Febher.  Hal-Cnrtb4.669.76S. 
Bradshaw.Cailetoa  R.;  aad  Febher.  Hal-Cartis4.669.764. 


Ferae.  Fekr  *  Reitt  AG:  Sm- 

Rdst,^ 


.Walter.  3469408. 
Pergasoa.  Jeaa.  Teachnig  aid  (or  retardMi  childrea.  3.668.789.  CL  35- 

9.00e 
Perai.  Baxo;  aad  Praaceaco.  Sua  Doaaio  Mtlaaese,  to  Sana  Piogetti 

S.p.A.  Apparataa  for  producmg  coaposite  fibers.  3.669491.  CL 

425-131. 


L.;  aad  Davaabh.  Orahaa  P..  to  Daatop  HoMms 
3469431,  CL  198-16.000 
Pofbae,  MalcekB  Rj  Sw- 

Paaaer.    Haaa   P4    Yata.   Robert   S.;   aad    Porbea.    Maloola 
R.4469479. 
Forbee,  NoraMa  Arthur,  to  Aaarfcaa  Slaadaid,  lac.   PiosiBi^ 

iwiteUageqaipaaaL  3470. 1 67.  CL  250-221400 
Forbro  Deaiga  Corporatioo:  Sm— 
Gately.  Joeeph  R..  3470446. 
Porrer.  Hoaer  W^  to  Mead  Corporatioa.  The.  Artide  carrier  baviag 

haprovad  paitilioa  atractate.  3469406.  CL  220-1 13.000 
Porreet  PaeclMl  Machiaery  Coaipaay: 
Browa.  Joha  J..  Jr..  34694S3. 


Pryor.  David  Eraeet;  aad  Porafth.  Braea  Adaa^34704t5. 
Pryor.  David  Eraeat;  aad  Por^.  Brace  Adaa4470486. 
Port.  Edward  P..  to  latoraalioaal  Harveator  Ca 
t»tl  abut-off  aeaaa  haviag  a  fael-  air  ratio 
3.6694S3.CLI23-97.00b 
Fortier.  Jeaa  R.;  aad  WrobeL  DoaaM  P..  to  Federal  PadAc  Electric 
Coapaay.  Raaga  Haitor  for  a  thenaoetaL  3.670484.  CI  337- 
360.000 
Fostor.  Jaaes  Beraard  Tamer.  Pocket  cNp  for  aaaaaitioa.  3469449. 
a.  206-3.000 

Biectric  Corpora- 


ngaeroa.  David  R.:  Sm— 

Hogg.  Walter  R.;  aad  Figucroa.  David  R..3.670, 1 50. 
Fike,  Robert  R.  Potarograpbic  electrode   epparataa  aad  aethod. 

3.669464.  CL  204-195. 
Filatov.  Sergei  Sergeevich;  aad  Koaorev.  Mikhail  Maxiaovich.  Ap- 
paratus for  thenaocatahrtic  aeutraliziag  of  exhaust  gaaes  of  aa  iator- 
aal  coabaatioa  eagba.  3.669.630.  CL  23-288.00f 
Fiak,  Fraak  J.,  to  laperiel  Maaufoctoring  aad  Ei^eeriag  Coapaay. 
AatoaMted  syslea  iacbidiag  faidexiag  aechaaisa.  3.668.772.  CL 
29-963.000 
PlakeL  OBbert:  Sm— 

Khig.    Sigauad    L.;    FiakeL    OiR>ert;    aad    Sheraia.    Moaroc 
B.4469474. 
Fioriao,  Beniaain  C:  Sc« — 

Aadreeea.   Rolf;    Plorino.    Bedaain   C;    aad    Niccore,    Fred 
W.4.670404. 
Fitchbacher,  HaraMaa,  to  Fischer,  Georg.  AG.  CoBvcyor  roll  arraage- 

aeat  3.669443.  CL  I98-I27.00r 
nachcr.  Charies  G. :  5m— 

Beaaoa.  Eraeat  J.;  aad  Piacher.  Charles  0..3 ,668.821 . 
Fncher,  Oeofg.  AG:  5m— 

Fbchbacher.  Heraaaa.  3.669443. 
Fischer,  Paal  W..  to  Uaion  Oil  Coapaay  of  CaUforaia.  Method  for  ia- 
hibitiiig  the  depoaitioa  of  wax  froa  wax-coataiaiag  oil.  3.669,189. 
CL  166-279. 
Fisher.  Deaab  Oleadoa,  to  RCA  Corporatioa.  Method  for  activatfaig  a 

Maicoadactordectroaeaitter.  3469.735.  CI.  1 17-224.000 
Fisher.  Joha  M.  Escape  slide  positioaag  tobe.  3.669417.  CL  182- 

48.000 
Pisoas.  Liaited:  Sm— 

Altouayaa,   Roger  Edward  CoOiagwood;  aad   Howell,   Harry. 
3.669.113. 
Pits.  Edward.  Luag  esercisbig  apparatus  aad  aethod.  3.669497.  CL 

128-2.080 
FI«via.MiehadAuSM- 
Mky 
Doaald  D.;  aad  Ritchey.  Jaaa  P.4470.1 1 1 
Fleaag.  Joha  W..  Jr.; 
Nucboaica  Corporatioa,  aeaae.  Web 
paratua.  3.668.922.  CL  73- 1. 
Pleafaig.  WiBiaa  T..  to  Kidde.  Waiter  *  Coapeay.  lac.  Hydraulic  NoahC.4469.197 

systoa  accaautalor  arraageaeat  3.669. 1 9 1 ,  CL  1 38-3 1 .000  Praeaaa.  Pator  Fraak  Hiary ;  Shephard,  M 

Plbi.  Uaberto:  Sm-  Briaa  Ksaaeth.  to  haaeriel  Cb 

CaaeU.  Nanaieao;  Loagi.  Paolo;  Vdvaaaori.  Alberto;  aad  FKai.        aad  loaectifMd  aataoda  aad 
Uaberto4470499.  deii»ali»ee.  3410477.  CL  424-200 

FlogeL  Eraat,  to  Praack'sche  Eiseawerke  AG.  Water  aofleaer  aad  a    Fraarks.  Caasad  T.;  aad  Laacka.  Prad  R^  Jr^  to 

deviceeoabiaedtherewith.3469470,CL2IO-123.  Maaafoetarbv  Coapaa     '     ' 

Flowers.  Leoaard  B.;  aad  Okunwwski,  Vacent  P.  Leap  aad  socket        51-144400 

decorative  tocUaidevice.  3.670,160.  CL240-I02.00a  Prebaaa.  Chailaa  V.:  Sm- 

PMC  Corporatioa:  Sm-  AaidaM.OeaeM.;AraoU.  Richard  P 

Latx.Charlea  WiOiaa.  3.669482.                                                                    Charlea  V.;  Robalea.  Rosea  J.; 
Focht.   Joha   Richard,   to   Precisioa   Valve   Corporatioa.   Aeroeol              bicki,  Joha  R.4470409. 
aechaaicalbreak-epaossbiaaert.  3469.359.  CL  239-491.000                   AraoU.  Richard  F^  Dauber.  PMBp  S^ 
-        -- nj.;«i4WbiBbiSLJob 


Perahob.  Haaa;  Schaidt.  Haaa-Joaehia:  aad  Wuadar.  Friedrich.  to    Forsyth.  Brace  Ad^:  Sm— 
Parbwerke  Hoeckat  AktieageaeHscbafl  voraab  Maiater  Ladua  A 
Bruabg.  Procea  for  tla  aaaaCacture  of  allyl  eaton  of  carboxyKc 
adda.  3.670414.  CL  260-497 .00a 
Peraataaergerato  Kart  Oebch  KG:  5m— 

LbbM.  Haaa-WUbebB;  aad  Kraaser.  Rolf.  3.669468. 
Ferria.  Jaaea   P..  to   Salk   laatitute   for  Biologicd  Studies,  The. 
AauMaaloaoaitrib  aad  aethod  of  preparattoa  thereof.  3,670.007, 
CL  260-465.5 
Ferro  Corporattoa:  Sm— 

WhitobouM,  Robert  George.  3,669,426. 
Petiah.  WiUiaa  H..  Jr.,  to  Uauoyd,  fa^.  Ftexibb  coaaectiag  device.    Poetor.  Karl;  aad  Seidd,  Joeeph,  to  W< 

3469,47 1 .  CL  285-49.000  tioa.  Boaded  core  stractaia  ooaprWag  a  plarai^  of 

Fibraglaa  Liaited:  Sm-  electrical  stod  aheels.  3470478.  CL  336-21 3.000 

Loaas,ErteEBis,  3.668,964.  Poster  Wheeler  Joha  Browa  BoBen  Ltaabed:  Sm— 

Fichtol  A  Sachs  AG:  Sm-  Reberb,  Daalal  Fraak  Thoam.  3.670,140. 

Kraua.Hefaaut;eadFadbr. Kurt. 3,669433.  Pongere.  Guy  L.;  Rothery,  John  L.;  aad  MBtor.  Rayaoad  H..  to 

Fieldiag.  Prancb  L..  to  latoraatioad  Teiepkoac  aad  Telegraph  Cor-        Pederd  Produda  Cocposatioa.  aeaae.  Pbpaicd  ilbpbrsaial  aea- 

poratioa.  Noa-store  cursor  writiag  oa  a  storage  tabe.  3,670400.  CI.        sariag  systea  atiHsiag  bapedaace  chu^i^  the  ftanaaaij  of  aa 

3 1 5-1 2.000  oociDatory  cbcait.  3.670443, CL  324-97.00r 

PIgga,  Brwia  B.;  Laacor.  Joeeph  H..  Jr.;  aad  Lodge,  Edward  H..  to  Ben    Powbr.  DoaaM  W..  to  Taxtlaa.  ha.  OvaradgiM  lyparaf.  3469446, 

A  Howell  Coapaay.  Projector  ooatrol  apparataa.  3.669432.  CL       CL  112-121.150 

3S2-78.00C  Fowbr.  Rayaoad  L..  to  foteraarioad  Biiibiii  Marhiass Corporatioa. 

lUaabuahM  Mstea.  3.669438.0.  355-67.000 
Powbr.  Robert  R.  Magaatic  dbk  aeasory  apiadb  Maeably.  34704 15. 

CL  340-1 74.10c 
Fox,  DavU  J.;  Kiag.  JaM  B.;  aad  NaaddB.  Oraxw  J^  to  HoaeyweU  fan 
foraatioa  Stsihu.  lac.  Pre  tea  for  date  coaaaajcatiaa  betwaea 
date  proeaaaiBg.  3470406.  CL  340- 1 72.900 
Fr.  Heaaer  Maachawafobrik  A.G.:  Sm- 

Doake.  Kbaa.  3.6694 10. 
Praaceeco,Sea  Doaato  MBaaeae:  Ser— 

Fbtai.  Baao:  aad  Ptaacaaeo.  Saa  Doaaio  MiaBaaa446949 1 . 
Ftaaek^Mhe  Bbaawarka  AG  J^e- 

Flofd,  Eraat,  3.669470. 
Freak.  Peter  M.;  ead  Watta.  Fraak  M..  to  tisBlilai   Ihowcaa 
Sysseas.  OmmmwI  BMabM  bavbig  a  eeaovd  side  wdL  3466430.  CL 
52-400.000 
Praake.  Gladys  Marie:  Sm— 

Caady,  iBaas  Ckaika;  Fraaka.  Gladys  Maiir,  mi  Ummm^  Piaak 
Waba4470496. 
Praake,  Radjgsr;  Ser— 

Tax.  Haaa;  aad  Praake.  RBdipBr4469406. 
Praatx.  Fraaklb  D.;  AcaOa.  SafraSeea  J.;  aad  Oeller.  HaroM  1..  to 
Sprsfae  Bbctrie  Coapaay. 
with   pfotoctiva   pia-ooal 
3.670,09 l.CL  1 74-92.0pa 
Praax-Joeeft  Sm— 

Baatala.  HeiaBt;  Praaa-Joaer;  aad  lieHaadaM.  Hehw4.66i.9l8. 
Praasrab.  Joha  K.  Apparataa  for  heatiag  aad  cooNag  a  baidba. 

3469.1 84,  CL  169-90.000 
Fiawtey.  Fraak  E.:  Sw— 

Beach.  Horace  J.;  Ea  Deaa.  Howard  J.;  Prawley.  Fraak  E.;  aad 
YaMe.Diek4469.700. 
Frederick,  Artiaa  L:  Sea— 

PaatfMa.  Aathooy  K^  Frederick.  Artbar  L;  aad  Wabifort.  Edward 
J.4.670.139. 
Fredericks.  Cart   K..  to  Coctte  Corporatioa.  Cdbbr 
3.669420.  CL  161-68400 

M-.  to  Motatoa,  lac.  Casraat 


Bakosky.  Alba  A.;  Fbvia,  Michad  A.;  Hfll.  Doaald  G.;  Hamaga. 
"ay.  Jaaes  P.4470.1 1 1 . 

idcMuBea.  Jaaes  Michael,  to  ladastrid 


3.67041*.  CL  317-239. 
pliag  Bwthod  aad  ap-    Pra«aaa,  Hotaee  L.:  Sw— 

WoodaH,  Habert  C.  Jr.; 


a  Horace  L.;  aad 


Clai(a;aad 
Uabed. 


kiiaba 
61414. 


346t4l4.  CL 


PhBipt-;Pi 


FoMea,  Virgfl  A..  Jr.;  aad  Milbr,  Jobay.  Jr..  to  UdSed  StaSaa  of  Aaw-  Robalea.  RaaeeB  J.;  aid  WieiaUcki.  Joha  R  J470407. 

ba.  Navy.  Uadeiaea  pressaw  seasbive  actaator.  346941  l.CL  222-  Freadeaberg. Cart  Sm- 
3.000  BbdMiff.Dialar.  3469419. 

Foby.  Charles  P.;  aad  McCarthy.  Charles  D.  Tabb  gaae  top  iasert  for  Fray.  Robait  J.:  Sm— 
chaagi^coatoaroftabbgaaMsarfoce.  3469492.  CL  273-101.000  Vildas.  Baar  J.;  aad  Piey.  Robert  J,446^799. 


V4 


PI  14 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  13. 1972 


tke 


PraMiastli.  Harin  B..  to  OAF  CocpontioB.  Novel  Ptomm  for 
ModaetkM  of  2-  kMsolkiuolyl-pteBol  ud  darhmtiras  tkMMf   - 
SovtM  BkoulMra*  trkkloride  u  a  catalyM.  3.669.979.  CI.  260-304. 

fJII  j^iTTto  Pftaar  lac.  Stuaalatory  affw:t  of  orgaaic  acidt  ia 
dbrtcMUfemaMatiM.  3.669.139.  CI.  195-37.000 

Pitadaaa  Maadal.  to  UaHad  Statoaof  Aaarica.  Agncvitare.  Flaae-re- 
iMMtwooL  3.669.610.  CL  t-12S. 

Priadr.Joli..Scliaaid«r.5M-  ^^^  ,,^ 
da  Jo«|.BanHapiiat  A..  3.669372. 

Friadriek.  Haiu  O..  to  Fatro-Tai  Chaakal  Cotporatioa.  Mahi- 

^haa^  flakUnd  bad  catolytk  nactor.  3.669.177.  Q.  20S-164.000 

Fritkia.  OMWfa  A.,  to  Tel-Tach  Coiporattoa.  FM  tjrMMi  for  raccivtag 
biaary  iaforaatioa.  3.670.2S0.  CI.  329-104.000 

Froakaackt.ChafleaT.:SM-  ^    ^^  ^    ,  ,  x*.  .^, 

Balaoa.  WttUM  A.;  aad  Froakaeckt.  Charlas  T..3.668.S42. 

Froauak.  Edward  J.:  Sm—  ^  ,       ^  ^^^  _^     ,  . 

DMtooad,  RkiMid  J.;  Froaxzak.  Edvard  J.;  aad  McCarthy.  Joha 
J..3.669v«7«. 
Froit.  Jamct  D..  Jr.:  Sm— 

Uattad  Sutoa  of  Aaierica.Natioiial  Aeroaautict  aad  Space  Ad- 
BitairtiatMM.  Adauatetrator.  3.669.1 10. 
Froit-A-Olaas  Corporatioa:  Ste— 

Rodouki.  DomU  J..  3.66t,US. 
Frolacher.  Herbert  Sm—  ..^,     ,    ^  ,  ^x«  ^a* 

RaB.  UWch;  Ftotadwr.  Herbert;  aad  Pctiold.  Maafred.3.669.702. 
FrwaenBaa.  Robert:  Set— 

AlHaoa.    Robert    J.;    Hatfield.    Paul    E.:    aad    Frumennan. 

Robert.3.669.623.  ..  ..  ,  ^.  .„ 

Faeatea.  Gabriel.  Jr.  File  aectioa  for  fomiag  a  pilot  bole.  3,66S.>77, 

Fagato,  Jaaes  E.  Oaard  rail  deaiouatable  socket.  3.669,410.  CI.  287- 

20.9S0 
Fail  Fholo  Fiha  Co..  Ltd.:  ie«— 

Kaaagai.  Tmmo;  aad  Miaagawa,  Nobahiko.  3.669.709. 

Kiaiara.  Sbito;  Kobayaihi.  Terao;  aad  Uhige.  Sadao.  3.669.7 10. 
Kiaiara.  Shiio;  Kobayadii.  Terao;  bhige.  Sadao;  aad  Kiritaai. 
Maaataka. 3.669.71 1.  ^  ^.  .      . 

Kiaara.  Shiro;  Kobayaahi.  Terao;  lahige,  Sadao;  aad  Kintaai, 

Maaataka.  3.669.712.  ^      ,..„«, 

Shiba.  Keit  ake;  Ohi.  RaikU;  ami  Shishido,  Tadao.  3.669.672. 
Utaagi.  Mikio;  aad  Okta.  Takahire.  3.669.7S9. 
Yoaeiawa.  Teruhiko;  Kobayaahi.  Keuaao;  aad  Kobayashi.  Tenio, 
3.669.6St. 
Fuji  ShMhia  Kouki  Kabuahiki  Kaiaha:  See— 

Idei.  Oiiua;  aad  Numata.  Sabaro.  3.670,1 84. 
Fuju.  YoahiAua.  to  Miaolto  Camera  Kabvahiki  Kairiia.  Automatic 
diaphragm   aperture  adjuttiag  device  for  flaah  photography  in 
camera  with  mtorchaageable  lea*.  3.668.994.  CI.  9S-64.00a 
Fajii.  Yoahikaza:  Se«—  .   -^  w    •.■ 

NakacacU,  %6^i;  Niahikida.  Tomofumi;  Kawaaimi.  Shohachi; 
Maemoto.  Keaichi;  Saao,  Takeao;  Fuju,  Yoahikazu;  Harada. 
Koichi;  aad  Ueda.  Keiiyw.3.6«9,94S. 

FHjimoto.Keimai-.Sw—  .  »    ...     „. 

Ittya.  Nobaihige;  Kamoahito.  Katauzo;  Mizutaai.  Toahw;  Kitamu- 

ra.  Shigeyoahi;  Nakai.  Shiaji;  Kameda.  Nobuyuki;  Fujimoto, 

Keimei;  aad  Okuao,  Yaaitoei.3.669.989. 
TMchiya.    Hiioahi;    Kuaio.    Niriiiaomiya-Shi:    Kimura.    Akto; 

Kawaao.    tamiaori:    Fujimoto.    Keimei;    0«ki.  Joihiaki; 

Yamamoto.  Sigao;  Okaao.  Yoaitoai;  Taaaka.  Katautoahi;  Ooitbi, 

Tadaahi;  and  Takeda,  Hiaami.3.670.0S7. 

Fuiimnra.  Kyoichi:  Sm—  ..  „  .. 

Aado.  Satoahi;  Taaaka,  Yasaku;  Kojima,  Minora;  aad  Fujimura. 
KyoicU4.669.917. 
Fuito.Tataaro:  See—  _  ^  .-     v     •.- 

Taaaka.  MaMo;  Oka.  Tetuo;  Fujm.  Tatsaro;  aad  Mochizaki, 
KatM4.669.i42. 
Fajiwara.  Shigani;  Nagae.  Keaji;  aad  Okuhathi.  Tomomi.  to  Teqin 
Limitod.  Textile  maUrial  having  a  durable  aatiitatic  property  and 
the  fibeiBto  be  need  for  itt  purpoae.  3.669,736.  CI.  117-226. 

Fttkataa.  Yakio:  Ser— 

Nakayama,J«Ba;aadFakati«.Yukio.3.670.061. 

Fvkawa.  MittWMMikc;  OiAi,  Hamo;  Saruya.  Kichitaro;  Nagai.  Akira; 
aad  Nani.  YoAitafo.  Formatioa  of  coatiag  oa  copper  coatauing 
matarialir3.669.766.  CI.  148-6.240  ,  ,      ,  .^    ^        .    ^.. 

Pukanwa.  Yodiiaki;  Iwata.  Yodiitaka;  and  Sakurai.  SWgehara,  to  Mit- 
aabiriU  Kaaei  Kogyo  Kabuahiki  Kaidw.  Method  of  maaufocturing 
compoiHa  bodiaa  of  metab  aad  poiyolafiat.  3.669.797.  CI.  IS6- 

FaUar!  David  L..  to  Scripto.  faK.  Wide  angle  photographic  objective 

haviM  aoaapherical  Mifhcea.  3.669.S27.  CI.  3S0-1 89.000 
Fuller.  Joha  L.:Sm—  ......  , 

Hayes.   Robert   R.;   Feller.   Joha    L.;   and   Stockham,   James 

R  J,669  449. 
FaUertoa,  Jam«.  to  lateraatioaal  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Corpora- 

tioa.CraamfUlarapparat«s.3.669.00S,Cl.  99-460.100 
Funkhoaaar.  James  B..  to  Mead  Corporatioa.  the.  Article  earner. 

3.669342.  CL  229-40.000 
Farbeck.WaTTeaB.:SM—  «»,,«,.. 

Lea.  Chariaa  A.;  aad  Farbeck.  Warrea  E..3 .669.78 1. 
Fanaan.  Bmi  R.  Oakk  draw  hobtor.  3.669.32S,  CI.  224.2.00c 
Fameas,OeorgeR.:SM—  .^^««-. 

Data.  Ragkaaath  V.;  aad  Furaem.  Oeorge  R..3 .669.938. 
Furakawa.  Yoji:  Ser— 

SusaU.  Norio;  aad  Farakawa,  Yoii.3.670,1  S8. 


Faseo.  Vito  A.;  Ogdaa.  Charies  T.;  aad  lUman,  Waltor  F..  to  Buriiagtoa 
ladastrias.  lac.  Automatic  spUciag  apparatas.  3.668.892.  CI.  97- 
22.000 
G-W  PlMtic  Eagiaeers.  Inc.:  See— 

MiBer.  Maauel  t..  3.669.592.  .....««« 

Oabel.  Floyd  t.  Sauaage  sUcing  apparatos.  3.669.167.  CI.  146-98.000 
Gabliks.  Maigoais:  Ser—  ^       «  w.iv 

Croce.      Louia      J.;      B^ars.      Laimoais;      aad      Oabliks. 
MaigoaiB,3.670.042. 
Oaaddert.  Melvin  V.;  aad  Wiggert.  Veriin.  to  Hesatoa  Corporatioa. 

Stover  saver  for  combines.  3.669.123.  CI.  130-27 .OOr 
OAF  Corporatioa:  Ser— 

Freyermuth.HarlaaB..  3.669,979.  

Gaheea.  Alfred  F..  Jr.,  to  Westiaghoaae  Electric  Corporatioa.  AltHais 

controlsystom.  3.670.334. CI.  343-7.4     ,  ^^.  .,^  ^.  ,,,  ,,, 
Omdoa,Oeor|e.  Service  tool  for  gas  mains.  3.669.139.  CI.  137-317. 
Oattuit.  Berate  Edward.  Dual  occupaacy  cradle.  3.668.722,  CI.  S-327. 
Galhis.Maafred:  Set-  .      „.  .,  ..m-    wi. 

Loreaz.  Gnater.  Gallus.  Maafred;  Oieasler.  Wolffaag;  aad  Nnchk. 
Gunther.3 .669,928. 
Gaanoe.  Thomas  E.:  See— 

Johasoa,  Gordoa  L.;  aad  Gannoe,  Thomas  E.,3.670.294. 
Gaatzler.  Charles  Y.  Bricklayen  tool  holder.  3.669396.  CI.  248- 

309.000  »^ 

Garbiach.  Walter  B.  Protective  helmet  with  hood.  3.668.705,  CI.  V 

10.000 
Garcia.  Banancio.  Conaecting  device.  3.670391 .  CI.  339-92.00m 
Oard.  Inge,  to  AUmaana  Sveaska  Elektriaka  Aktiebolaget.  High  voltage 

circuit  braier  of  low  liquid  type.  3.670.1 27.  CI.  200-1 50.00b 
Gardiner.  Sidney  David:  See—  .^  ,  ^^„  ^-^ 

Beaaett.  Michael  Camm;  and  Gardiner.  Stdaey  David.3.669.620. 
Gardaer-Denver  Compaay:  S««—  ,  ,^«  .«- 

Hanson.  Laurence  B.;aBd  Arthur.  Wallace  W.,  3,669,197. 
GarfinUa.  Marvin,  to  Helicorporatioa.  Coaxial  helicoptor  rotor  system 

and  transmission  therefor.  3,669.564.  CL  416-121.000 
Garretsoo.  Keith  H.;  aad  Garretaoa.  Owen  L.  Carburetor  foel-air  pro- 

portioning  mechanism.  3,669,636.  CL  48-180.00p 
Ganetaon,  Owea  L.:  See—  .    ,  xx«  *,* 

Garretsoa.  KeRh  H.;  and  Garretaoa.  Owea  L.3.669.636. 
Garrett.  Dwight  A.;  and  Muehlbauer,  Heinz  A.,  to  Garrett  EaumcUa 
Co.  Mobile  bg^g  vehicle  and  method  of  skidding  k>gs.  3.6693M) 
CL  212-7.000 
Garrett Eaumclaw Co.:  Sre-  ,  ^^« -■« 

Garrett.  Dwigkt  A.;  and  Muehlbauer.  Heiaz  A..  3.669.280. 
Garver.  William  Joaeph.  to  AMP  Incorporated.  Shielded  wire  connec 

tors.  3.670393.  CL  339-1 77.0mp  ..    ^  ,    ,   . . 

Garvey.  Bruce  J,  to  Kewanee  Oil  Company.  Method  of  electrodepoei 

tion  onto  stainlem  stoel.  3.669.85 1  .CL  204-25.000 

Gassoa.  Edward  James:  See—  ,  ^  ,«  « . , 

Ban.  William  Joha;  and  Gassoa,  Edward  James3 .670.017. 

Gatoly.  Joaeph  R..  to  Forbro  Design  Corporatioa.  Under-voltate  moni- 

tormg  device  having  time  delay  means  for  regulated  power  supplies. 

3.670346.  CL  324-1 33.  .  .    .    .    «v  I 

Gates.  Albert  George  Ronald,  to  Oestetner  Limited.  Sheet  sensm| 

mechaaism.  3.669.017.  CL  101-235.000  ,   . .     ., 

Gates.  Albert  George  Ronald,  to  Gestetaer  Limited.  Liquid  applying 

member.  3.669.07 l.CL  1 18-264.000 
Gates  Rubber  Company.  The:  Srr—  .  ,^«  ,^x 

Devitt.  John  L.;  and  McClelland.  Donald  H..  3.669.746. 
Gauchet,   Yves  M.,  to   Societe   Aaonyme   Poclam.   Public  worte 

machines.  3.6693S6.CL  214-1 38.00r 
Gebhardt  WaUaco  A.;  and  Cora,  Prentice  R.  to  Switohes  Incorporated. 

Switch  with  improved  actuator  means.  3,670,119,  CL  20O-52.0Or 
(3ebhardt.WallaoaA.:SM-  ,.,«.,« 

Cora.  Preatioe  R.;  aad  Gebhardt.  Wallace  A.3.670.120. 
Gebrader  Junghus  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Sckolz.Ouatar.  3.668.862.  «,    u       «,  J 

Oeck.  Ganter;  and  Langhammer.  Hans  Jargen.  to  Ktockner-Werfee 

AG.  Apparatus  for  melting  particulate  metal.  3.669.434,  CL  266- 

33  00s 

Gedde,  Ove  Chriatopher.  Procem  for  the  production  o^ «**<'7^Pr<{*5*" 

tive  coatiap  oa  articles  of  aluminum  or  aluminum  alloys.  3,669,896. 

CL  204-58.000  ^  u  *  /^ 

OEHAP  Oeselbc^aft  (teer  Haadel  nod  Patenverwertuag  m.b.H  *  Co. 

KG:  See- 

Schmitt.Kafi3.670.26S.  „v  «       ^ 

Gehrke.  Howard  O.,  to  Lawrence  Brothers.  Inc.  Shelf  and 

bracket  3.669395.  CI.  248-235.000 
Geigy  Chemical  Corporation:  See-  „     ....  .^.       „        „t.  . 

Clubler.   Kurt;   Meyer.   Urs;   and   Brechbuhler,   Hans   Ulncli. 
3  669  976. 
Oeite.  Norman  c!  Matrix  coating  apparatus.  3.669.068.  CL  1 18-64.000 
Geller,  Harold  I.:  Sm—  ^  „  ..^     u    _ij 

Fraatz,  Fraakha  D.;  AceUo.  Salvatore  J.;  and  Geller.  Har<fd 

L3.670.091. 
Gem  Oil  Tool  Company:  See— 

Alexaader.GraaisoaT..  Jr..  3.669.187. 
General  Bindnu  CorporatioB :  See— 

Thomas.  WiBwr  E..  3.669.442. 
General  Electric  Compaay:  Sm— 

Cahagirone.Saverio.  3.669310.^      ^^    ,««-.« 

Decker.  Charies  L:  and  Tutle.  Edward  G.  3.670377. 

Desmoad.  Richard  J.;  Froaxzak.  Edward  J.;  and  McCarthy,  John 

J    3  669  478 
Dixon.'cortiin;  aad  Larew,  Joha  J.,  3,670305. 


kCo. 

4 


June  13. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  15 


Graff,  William  A.;  and  Kohut,  Jaroslaw,  3.669.698. 
Huth.  Gerald  C.  3,669,731. 
Kim,  Saag-ChuL  3,669.607. 
Konecay,  Charles  R.,  3,669,758. 
NakaU,  Roy;  aad  OppeL  John  A.,  3,670322. 
Perosek,  Ronald  J.,  3.669.763. 
^      Schmidt.  Fereac  J..  3.669,849. 
Turaer.  Prescott  K.,  3,668,779. 
Wiaa.OUvcrH..  3.670333. 
Wright.  Joha  H..  3.669384. 
General  Foam  Plastics  Corporation:  Sre— 

Chese.  Ascher.  3,668,7 1 5. 
General  Foods  Corporation:  See— 

D'Ercole,  Augustine  D.,  3.669.687. 

Panzer,  Hans  P.;  Yare.  Robert  S.;  and  Forbes.  Malcolm  R., 

3.669.679. 
Shoaf,  Myron  D.;  Ketch,  Frederick  M.;  aad  Wong,  Thomas  S., 
3.669,681. 
General  Impact  Extrusioas  (Maaufacturing)  Ltd.:  See— 

Rieder.  Otto  E,  3,668,757. 
General  Motort  Corporation:  5m— 

LaBoda,  MitchcU  A.,  3.669,858. 
Geaeral  Signal  Corporation:  See— 

Sibley,  Henry  C.,  3,670.161 . 
Gentry,  Charles  B.;  Scanlon,  Robert  M.;  Rumery.  Jerome;  McDonald, 
Howard  L.;  aad  Keeler,  Larry  G.,  to  Granco  Equipment,  Inc.  Extra- 
sion  handling  apparatus.  3,668,9 10,  CI.  72-24.000 
George,  Peter  D.:  See— 

Wyatt,  James  B.;  George,   Peter   D.;  and   Vaa   Dyck,  Kea- 
Beth,3.669,104. 
Geoscience  Limited:  See— 

Mouritzen,  Gunner,  3,669,026. 
Gerbic,  Charles  C,  to  Grove  Valve  snd  Regulator  Compaay.  Ezpaasi- 

ble  tobe  valve  with  low  prenure  bleed.  3,669,142,  CL  1 37-489. 
Gerkin,  Harry  H.  Frait  picker.  3,668348,  CI.  56-334.000 
Gerlach,  Le  Roy  E.;  Johason,  Gordoa  P.;  and  Tandeski,  David  A.,  to 
Sperry    Rand   Corporation.    Removable   card-handling   cartridge. 
3,669362,  CL  209-80.500  ^ 

Oestetner  Limited:  See— 

Gates.  Albert  George  Ronald.  3.669.017. 
Gates,  Albert  George  Ronald,  3,669.07 1 . 
Getzin,  Allan  R.:  See— 

Westlin,  Kari  L.;  aad  Getzin,  Allan  R.3,668343. 
Gibbins,  Charles  Lewis:  See— 

O  Hara,  James;  aad  Gibbins,  Charles  Lewis,3 ,668 ,716. 
Giddings  k.  Lewis,  Inc.:  Sre— 

Achterberg.  Raymond  C,  3,668,773. 
Giebelhausen,  Charies  W.:  See— 

Hyoaaka.  Alfred  M.;  Giebelhausea.  Charles  W.;  and  Kaufman, 
ArtharL.3.669.535. 
Giessler,  Wolfgang:  See— 

Loreaz.  Ounter;  Gallus.  Manfred;  Giessler,  Wolfgang;  and  Nischk, 
Gunther3 ,669.928. 
Gilbertsoa.  Warrea  L.:  Sec- 
Spencer,  Joha  H.;  Ramsey,  Richard  T.;  and  Gilbertaon,  Warren 
L.3. 669.021. 
Gilby,  Aatlwny  C.  to  Wilks  Scientific  Corporation.  Apparatus  and 
method  for  aaalysis  by  atteauated  toUl  reflectioa.  3.669345.  CI. 
356-74.000 
Gilgofr.    Herman.    Remote   control    automobile    theft    prevention 

mechaaism.  3,66931 1,CL  180-1 12.000 
Gille,  John  P.,  to  Martin  Marietu  Corporation.  Capillary  insulation. 

3,668380,  CL  62-45.000 
Gillemot,  George  W.,  to  Plummer,  Walter  A.  Method  of  protecting 
metol-clad  cables  from  attack  by  stray  cuneats.  3.669,777.  CI.  156- 
54.000 
Gilles,  Jack  C,  to  Goodrich,  B.  F.,  Compaay,  The.  Procem  for  the 

5reparatioa  of  hydroxybensyl  esters  of  cyanuric  acid.  3,669.961 .  CL 
60-248.0BS 
Gilvar.  Martia;  Coaloa,  Charles  E.;  and  Lleger,  Alfred  R..  to  Morgan 

Construction  Compaay.  Coiling  apparatus.  3,669.377.  CL  242-82. 
Oing .  Dieter  See— 

Preininger,  Erich;  aad  Giag,  Dieter.3,669,896. 
Oirard,  Rene  Fernaad  Victor;  and  Lc  OuiUenn,  Jacques,  to  Societe  In- 
dustrieDe  Honeywell  Bull.  Apparatas  for  obtaining  wires  for  mag- 
netic memories.  3.669366.  CL  204-207. 
Oittfrida,  Aatboay  J.:  Sm- 

Kirkham.  Thomas  A.;  Araold.  Joha  W.;  and  Oiafrida.  Anthony 
J..3.669357. 
Giveudaa  Corporatioa:  See— 

Lamparsky.  Hans  Dietmar;  aad  Marbet,  Roman,  3.670.026. 
Glaatz.  Eari;  and  McCoom.  Jeaa  W..  to  Fairchild  Industries.  Inc.  Air- 
craft of  improved  aad  simplified  coastructioa.  3.669315,  CI.  244- 
13.000 
GlanzstofrAG:Srr— 

Schulze,  Kurt-Jurgea;  aad  Jung,  Joachim,  3,669,761. 
GlaverbeL  See— 

Brichard,  Edgard;  aad  Declaye,  Joseph,  3.669,640. 
Oleg|.  Keith  C.  M.;  Haberi.  Joha  F.;  Baemaas.  Haw  W;  and  Piibe. 
Ren.  to  Caaadiaa  Marcoai  Compaay.  Method  of  meaaariag  aircraft 
parameters  using  doppler  techniques  and  altitude  botes.  3,670329, 
CL  343-9.000 
Glean,  Robert:  See— 

Barough,  Victor;  Gleaa,  Robert;  aad  Roee,  Loaii3.669,019. 


Globe-Uaioa,  lac:  See— 

Buttke,  Richard  A.;  Sabatino,  Aathoay;  Orlaado,  Daaiel; 
Behrens,  WWam  H.,  3.668.761 . 
Gloor,  Urs;  Roagg.  Radolf.  aad  Ulrich.  Schwieter,  to  Hoffmaaa-La 

Roche  bic.  Bcazohydroquiaoaes.  3.670.031.  CL  260-613.00d 
Gloridso,  Ray:  See— 

Kartasuk,  Ray;  aad  Oloridao,  Ray3,669,440. 
Glyan.  Michael  Harvey:  See— 

Cheffers,  Stanley  John;  and  Glynn,  Michael  Harvey ,3 .669.1 09. 
Godo  Shttsei  Kabashflti  Kaisha:  See- 

Imai,  Tomio;  Shimamura,  Matsao;  Yoshitake,  Jaichi;  aad  OMwa. 
Hitoshi,  3,669.845. 
Goebel.  Robert  W..  to  Robbins  A  Myers.  Inc.  Electric  motor  and 

higher  speed  foa  assembly.  3.670.190.  CI.  310-60.000 
Goedecke,  Hans:  Sre— 

Saiierwein,  Kurt;  and  Ooedecke,  Haas,3 ,669.093. 
Goea,  Richard  W.;  and  Mador,  Irviag  L.,  to  Natioaal  DistiBers  aad 
Chemical  Corporation.  Catalyxed  hydrolysts  of  aitrilea  to  emides. 
3,670,02 1 ,  CL  260-561  OOr 
Goings,   Harford   E.   Uader  dash   hot   and   cold   drink  dispenser. 

3,669314,CL222-13.00g 
Goksel,  Mehmet  Adnaa,  to  Michigan  Techaological  Uaiveratty.  Feeder 

for  high  pressure  autocUve.  3,669,318.  CI.  222-307.000 
Golda,  Eagene;  and  Taudien,  Alfred,  to  Polychrome  Corporatioa. 
Lithographic   plate  developiag  compositioa  aad  procem  of  use 
thereof.  3,669,660,  CI.  96-33!0O0 
Golden,  David  E.,  to  Advanced  Research  lastnimeat  Systems,  lac. 
Charged  particle  generatiag  and  utilizing.  3,670,172,  CL  2SO-43.50r 
Gooderam,  Leoda  J.  Leglem  ironing  board.  3,669,032.  CL  108-97.000 
Goodman,  Noah  C:  See— 

Woodall,  Hubert  C,  Jr.;  Freeman,  Horace  L.;  aad  Goodman, 
NoahC.3.669,157. 
Goodrich,  B.  F.,  Company.  The:  See— 

Cameli,  Nazzareao;  Longi,  Paolo;  Valvassori,  Alberto;  aad  Fliai. 

Umberto,  3,670,055. 
Eden,  Jamai  S.,  3,669,909. 
Gilles.  Jack  C,  3,669,961. 
Krapp.  Carroll  P.,  3 ,668.745 . 
Krupp.  CarroD  P..  3,669315. 
Smith,  Peter  D.;  and  Kletecka,  George.  3,669,962. 
Goodyear  Aerospace  Corporatioa:  See- 
Bell,  James  C,  Jr.,  3.669368. 
Gordon,  David  E.,  to  Deeriag  MilHkea  Research  Corporatioa.  Prodoc- 

Uon  of  pile  fabrics.  3,669,779,  CL  1 56-72.000 
Gordon,  Gary  B..  to  Hewlett-Packard  Compaay.  Logic  cBp.  3.670345. 

CL  324-73. OOr 
Gore.  Graves  T.,  to  Riegel  Textile  Corporation.  Apparatas  for  Cabricat- 

iag  saaitary  napkins.  3,669,800,  CI.  156-383.000 
Goto,  Kazuhiro.  to  GSW  Limitcd-GSW  Limitee.  Tub  waahiag  machine 

support  structure.  3.669389,  CL  248-22.000 
Gottlieb.  Devid:  See— 

Shier,  Wayne  Thomas;  Riaehart.  Kenneth  L..-  Jr.;  aad  OooUab. 
David3.669338. 
GouM.  Fraacis  E.:  See— 

Shepherd.  Thoaus  H.;  aad  GoaM.  Francis  E..3.670.073. 

Goumy.  Daniel,  to  L'Air  Liqaide.  Societe  Anonyme  Poor  I'Etade  et 

ITxploitotion    des    Procedes    Georges   Ctaude    aad    Cnmni^nifi 

Generale  d'Electricite.  Electric  cryocooaactioa.  3.670.093,  CL  174- 

IS.OOc 

Gower,  Roger  L.  Hook  having  slotted  entry.  3.6U.746.  CL  24-230.S00 

Goy.  Ronald  S.;  aad  Moriag,  Peter  L.  E..  to  Dualop  Holdings  Limited. 

Method  for  the  maaafoctore  of  cord.  3,668j857.a.  S7-IS7.0ts 
Grabowski.  Edward  J.  J.:  See- 

Cohen.  Edward  M.;  Grabowski.  Edward  J.  J4  aad  AcaaL  Ras- 
so3.670.OI3. 
Grace.  W.  R.,  A  Co.:  Sm— 

Ben,  Sydaey  George  Frederick,  3.668,8 17. 
Warthea,  Joha  L.;  aad  Cbeavaae.  Thomas  H..  3.669.624. 
GracoIncjSM— 

Larson.  JamesH..  3.669316. 
Graff.  wyUuB  A.;  aad  Kobot,  Jaraalaw,  to  Geaeral  Ekctik  C« 

Seal  glaases.  3,669.698,  CL  106-54.000 
GrafMem,  DaaieL  See— 

Baraes.  Robert  L.;  aad  Oiaftteia.  Daaiel.3 .669.993. 
Graham  Traaamiaawas,  lac.:  See— 
Abch.  Richard  E.  3,661.192. 
Graaco  Equipment.  Inc.:  See— 

Geatry.  Charlas  B.;  Scaaloa.  Robert  M.;  RaaMry.  fainma.  Mc- 
Doaald.  Howard  L.;  aad  Keeler.  Larry  G..  3.6M.910. 
Graakowaki,  Engeae  E.;  aad  Pappas,  Lambros  A.,  to  ^ 
Compaay,  meaae.  Hydraalic  cootrol  system  for  a  aMtal 
pram.  3.668.920.  Q.  72-455.000 
Great.  Joha  M.;  aad  Stolzy.  Albert  D..  to  lateraatioaal ' 
Telegraph  Corporatioa.  Coordiaate  detector.  3jM93S0.  CL  3S6- 
152.000 
Gray,  Reed  A.:  See— 

Faacher,  Llewelya  W.;  aad  Gray,  Reed  A.,3.669.642. 
Gray.  Rowkad  H.  Ohimiaated  siga.  3Mt.797.a.  40-130. 
Grebeae.  Alaa  B.:  See— 

KWtmaa.    David;    RoaseB.    Lewis    K.;    aad    Giabaao. 

Grebaer.  WilMam  J.:  See— 

Updyke,  Kenieth  W;  aad  Grebaer.  WBHom  J.3j6704»2. 


PI  16 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JuNB  13.1972 


Offttci  Joks  J 

iMMMls  Holta  H.;  aad  Orad.  Joka  J..3.M9.790. 

OraM.  Bdnr  B.;  mi  Nackoh.  Pkillp  H..  to  Abbott.  PmI.  Conpaay. 
lM/l>MSitteptMMatearriar.3^9.l9S.CI.  172-311.000 

Ota^ih^B  MichMl  A»  Sm— 

Maraatt,  Laaiaace's.;  tad  Onaabaaai,  Michaal  A..3.669  J7t. 

Maraats.  Uaiaaca  ».;  aa4  Oraaabaaa.  Mickaal  A..3,6«94I0 

Onaawood.  Joha  Chrirtopbar,  to  lalaraatioaal  StMdard  Blactrk 

Coaaaay.BlMtnMtatkraiayt.3.t70,130,  CI.  200-132. 
Oraeawood.  Joka  Matcotai;  aad  Stokaa.  DavM  Howard,  to  Lcvar 
Bfotkan  Coaipaay.  Ckaaieal  ooaiiKMHioas.  3.669.t91.  CL  2S2- 
90.000 
Giaia.  Loaii  F.:  5«r— 

Da  Bob.  Joka  L.;  aad  Otaia.  Loan  F..3.669 .433.  ^ 

Oiaater.  Robert,  to  AktiaataMBKbalt  Browa.  Bovari  *  Cie.  Spark  gap 
mteai  for  aiacaatkaBy  qaaacbad  sarfe  vottafa  arrartar.  3.670.204, 
CI.  317-61.500 
Orcwcock.  Sidaay  B.;  Cooper.  Atao;  Aaioe,  Artkur;  aad  Syivetter. 
Paal.  to  Barber  Jk  Nicbolb  Liaihed.  Circular  kaittias  aiachine. 
3.661499.  CL  66-140.000 
Oriffitk  Laboratofiat.  tec..  Tbe:  S«e— 

Sair.  Loak;  aad  Malcer.  Inriaa.  3.669.677. 
rfcaftScr— 


Grilk>-Werka  AktteatMdlKfcaft: 

Lowicki.Norbart;aadTe|fin.  Haas,  3.669.617. 
Grobert.  Paal  H..  to  CoBaaalartioM  4  Syrtent.  tec.  Higb  frequeacy 

fourqaadraataahipiier.  3.670.ISS.C1. 23S-I94. 
OroM.  Jar^iocbea:  5«r— 

Burgard,  Eraat;  aad  Greta.  Jurajocbea 3,669,279. 
OroH.  Robert  I.,  to  PaU  Corporatkm.  Separator  of  the  leoiipermeable 

■eabraae  type.  3.668.S37.  CI.  SS-1  S8.000 
Graasbudde.  WUK.  Wire  jouU.  3.668.74 1 .  CI.  24-27 .000 
Grototeoa.  Herbert  P.;  McDoaough.  James  O.;  aad  Roberge.  Jamei 
K.,  to  Coacofd  Coatrol.  tec.  latervalometer.  3.670.180.  CI.  307- 
244.000 
Groasaaa.  MOtoa  J.  Extruded  skeWiag  aad  extruded  anpport  meaai 

therefor.  3.669.03S,CI.  108-IS2. 
Grove,  Mairia  H.;  aad  Vaa  Arsdale,  LyIe  R.,  to  M  ft  J  Valve  Com- 
paay.  Meter  proviag  nethod  aad  apparatua.  3,668,923, CI.  73-3.000 
Grove  Vahre  aad  Regulator  Conpany.  S*e— 

Gerbk,  Cbarlea  C,  3,669.142. 
GSW  LiaiUad-OSW  Linitaa:  See- 

Ooto.  Kazahiro.  3.669.389. 
GTE  Autoaiatic  Electric  Laboratoriea  tecorporated:  See— 
Zelhaer.  Neale  A.;  aad  Jokaaoa,  Wayae  B..  3,670,233. 
GTE  SyWaaia  tecorporated :  See— 
Baraey.  CkariM  P..  3.670.0S8. 
Gubler.  Kart;  Meyer.  Urs;  aad  BreckbuUer,  Haas  Ulrich,  to  Geigy 
Cbeakal  Corpwattea.  2-HTdroxy-aad  2-aiercapto-S-tkiazoUayl-2'- 
pyridiaes.  3,669.976.0. 260-294.8 
Gude.  Klaus  Erik;  aad  Laad.  Bjora,  to  Aktieaelakabet  Niro  Atoaiixer. 
Proceaa  for  producing  caaeat  fraa  ceaeat  shirry  aad  a  plaat  for 
carrying  oat  the  proceaa.  3.669,432.  CL  263-32.00r 
Oneret.  Hcrve.  to  Sociale  des  Procedaa  Moderaea  dinjectioa  Soproai. 
Electioaagaetic  fbel  tejectora  for  iatoraal  coabuatioa  eagteea. 
3.669361.  CL  239-585.000^ 
Guettier.  Mickel.  to  Regie  Natioaale  dea  Usmes  ReaauH.  aad  Automo- 
biles Peugeot.  Brakiag  pressure  distribntteg  devices.  3.669^10.  CI. 
303-22. 
Ouickon.  Robert  Jattan  Joeepb.  Direct  ilnfce  vahre  for  pipes  coaveyiag 

prodactaatkigktaaperatare.  3.669.149.  CL  137-625.480 
Gulf  Reaearck  Jt  DevaiDpaeat  Coapaay:  5m— 

Beack.  Horace  J.;  Ea  Deaa.  Howard  J.;  Prawley.  Fraak  E.;  aad 
Yatea.  Dick.  3.669.700. 
Gurkia.  Martin;  Saideraoa.  Gary  Warner;  and  Stader.  Vkrtor  Vernon, 
to  Liptoa.  Tboaaa  J.,  lac.  Peroxkie  extraction  of  tea  leaf.  3.669.680, 
CL  99-77.000 
Gutaaa,  Natkaa;  Moaer,  Rayaoad  L.;  Oldeaburg,  Dorraace;  aad  Sua- 
derlia.    Doaald    E..    to    Caterpillar    Tractor    Coapaay.    Drive 
aeckaaiaafortfaekarvestera.  3.669,I6I,CL  144-3. 
Guttoa,  Heart;  aad  Hugoa,  Jean  Jacquea.  deceaaedO  (by  Hugoa, 
Siaoac  Jeaaae  OeornetteOAagarde,  Marie  JeaaaeOHugon,  Eaile; 
keirs).  Method  aad  device  for  radiatteg  aegaaetric  radio  waves. 
3,670347,  CL  325-28.000  ^        . 

Guytoa.  David.  Optical  systoa  for  varying  tke  power  raage  aad  scale 

ipadag  ia  a  laasaeaaarteg  testraaeat.  3,669329,  C\.  351-17. 
GnytoaTDavid.  Leas  for  foiVBd  iaage  diaplaceaeat  ia  a  leaa  aeaauring 

inatmaeat.  3,669330.  CL  351-17. 
Gttzik.RBdolpfcP.:SM-  .  ^.^      ^ 

Savit.  Joaapk:  Oazik.  Radolpk  P.;  Wayae.  Harry  A.;  Sakl&ar.  Ar- 
viad  R.;  aad  Vaa  Bck.  Jack  M.3.6«9,073. 
Haas,  Joaef :  See— 

Rabar.  WiOy  Ernst;  Niot.  Heniy;  Haaa.  Joaef;  Batxer,  Haaa;  and 

Zappinger,  Paul.3.669.708. 

Haas.WanMrE.L.:SM- 

Adaaa.  JaaeaE.;  aad  Haaa.  Werner  E.  L.3.669325. 

Habayeb.  Jabboor  See- 

SowMa.  Elie  Mtebel;  aad  Habayeb,  Jabbottr3,6«9,126. 

Habarl,JokaF.:Sa-  ..       «,       \ 

Oletg,  Kdtk  C.  M.;  HaberL  Johi  P.;  Banant.  Haas  W.;  and^ 
PHbe,Reia3.670329. 
Hackett,   Wflliaa    H.,   Jr.;   Schafetter,   Doaald    L.;   aad   Varacrm. 
Lawreace  J.,  Jr.,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratoriea,  tecorporated. 
Dopiag  profile  for  gap  diodes  improved  electroluaiaeaceBt  efficicii- 
cy.  3,669,767,CL  148-171.000 


Hackaaa,  Fraak  C . :  See—  ^  ^ .; 

Luckeabill,  Lawreace  F.;  aad  Haekaaa,  Fraak  C..3.669.475. 
Haeteer.  Fred  F.  Automotive  aafety  device.  3.669310.  CI.   180- 

103.000 
Haeglaad.  Borge  F.:  See— 

Liadtveit.     Torteif;     Johasea.     Leif;     aad     Haeglaad,     Borge 
F.3,668,778. 
Haeglaad,  MaritSM-  ^     . 

Liadtveit,     Totleif;.  Jokaaea. .  Leif;     aad     Haegtead,     Borge 
F.3.668.778. 
Haffaer,  Doaald  G. :5m—  ^    ^^ 

Akguliaa,  Sak^  C;  Haffaer.  Doaahl  G.;  aad  Hetk.  Skcrmaa 
C.3,668,S44. 
Hagdora,  Maaflred  Otto;  and  Saadberg.  KjeU  T-aoa,  to  Aktiebolaget 

Electiotax.  Redpiocatiag  eagiae.  3.668,974,  CL  91-242.000 
Hagea.  Siegfried  Headrik,  to  U.S.  Pkaipa  Corporatioa.  VoRage-depea- 

deatiaatatora.  3,670314,  CL  317234. 
Haggia,  OeofTTey  Arthur.  Jones.  Michael  Edward  Beaet;  aad  Kaight. 
Michael  Horace,  to  Imperial  Cbeaical  laduatriea  Liaited.  Carboa 
fibre-renforced   polyurethane    coapoaitea.    3,669,920,   CL    260- 
37.00n  j 

Hahm,  Heiax:  See — ^| 

Marachall,  HetaBut;  Kammermayer,  Wolfi|aag;  Beller,  Haas  Al- 
bert; Hahm,  Heinz;  and  Belart,  Juaa,3.669,226. 
Haha,  Heary:  See— 

Divecka,  Aaamatk  P.;  Lara,  Paul  J.;  Ordway,  Fred,  Jr.;  Heraaaa. 
Robert    A.;    Vaa    Blaricoa.    Orville    B.;    and    Haka.    Hen- 
ry ,3 ,668,748. 
Haiat,  Great  M.;  aad  Humphlett.  Wilbert  J.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany.  Pkotograpbic  compoaitions  containing  bia-   iaotbiuroniua 
coapounda   as   devekwaent   activators   aad    iaage    stabilisers. 
3,669,670,  CL  96-95.000 
Haldesoa,  Toay:  5m—  ^  ^  ,  ^ 

Chrysaathis,  Ckris  A.;  and  Kourtoglou,  George  Ckria,  3,669354. 
HaUhiU,  Martm  O.:  See- 
Matthews,  Rickaid  D.;  HaHkOL  Martin  O.;  Sordello,  Frank  J.;  and 
Yaag.Han>MS.3,670316. 
Halgren,  Jokn  A.:  Sire- 
Young.  Williaa  P.;  aad  Haterea.  Joha  A.,3.669,652.  , 
HalL  Gartk  O.,  to  Universal  Oil  Producu  Coapaay.  CoabteatkM 
hydraulic-paeuaatic   suspeasion   system    for   vehicle   occupantt 
3,668.870,  CL60-54.50r 
Hall.  John  B.,  to  tetofnatioaal  Ftevors  *  Fragrances,  tec.  Alkadienyl 

pyridmea  aad  pymzmes  as  perfumes.  3.669.908,  CL  2S2-S22.000 
HaU,  Joshua  D.  Portable  stops  for  a  vehicle  or  the  like.  3.669,218,  CL 

182-97.000 
HaU,  Roger  P.,  to  SCM  Corporatkm.  Adheriag  reams  to  substrates, 

especially  metal, by  radiatioa.  3,669325, CL  161-188.000 
HaU.  Roger  P.;  Pratt,  Ivor,  aad  Yoaag,  Rkhard  A.,  to  SCM  Corpora 
tion.  Adhering  lasias  to  substrates,  especially  meuL  by  radiatioa 
3,669,796,  CL  1  S6-272.000 
HaU.  WiUiaa  K..  Jr.  Air  flow  coatrol  system.  3.669.349.CI.  236-13 
HalUburtoa  Coapaay:  See— 

Kaox.  John  A.;  Keeney,  BiU  R.;  and  Laaater,  RegiaakI  M. 
3.669,613. 
HaUaark  Carda,  tecorporated:  5m— 

Spaw.  Eugeaa  S.;  McGratk,  Paul  F.;  aad  Otto.  Staaley  W 

3  669  014 

HalkKk.'Oavkl  D.;  aad  Halstad.  Abel  S..  to  Hugbes  Aircraft  Coapany! 

Gas  laaer  with  diackarge  aad  gas  latura  paths  through  a  coaaon 

cyBadrical  body.  3.670362.  CL  331-94.500 

HaUock.  Davkl  D.:  5m— 

Halsted.  AbelS.;  aad  HaUock,  David  D.3.670,261 . 
HaliMd.AbalS.:SM- 

HaUock,  David  D.;  aad  Haktad,  Abel  S.3.670,262. 
Halsted,  Abel  S.;  aad  HaUock,  David  D.,  to  Hugkes  Aircraft  Coapaay 

Aaode  design  for  gaa  diackarge  hnera.  3,670361,  CL  331-94.500 
Haaaaoto,  Kazaa;  Matauoka,  Mickto;  aad  Maaayaaa,  Takeahi.  Ui 
Matsaahite  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.  Voltage  variable  resiston. 
3,670321.0.317-238. 
Haaaood  Machiaery  BaiMett,  lac.:  5m— 

Bass.  MUesM..  3.669.459.  .  .      «.  .     J 

Hamrick.  James  C;  aad  Roddick.  Hbward  O..  to  Vet  Lrae  Producti. 

lac.LteetkrowiBggua.3>69.087.CL  124-11. 
Haada  Gikea  Kogyo  Kabuakiki  Kaiaha:  5m- 

Miyaki.  Kiyoahi;  aad  Kognre.  Hiroahi.  3.669.085. 
Haaft.  Herbert  SUde  ruler  to  adjaat  leagth  of  typewritten  ha 

3.661.782.  CLJ3-174.00r 
Haako.  Jiaay  J.,  to  Weyerhaeuaer  Coapaay.  Dinky  carton  wi 
inner  shelf  paaei  and  a  holding  feature.  3.669353. 0.  206-45  '"^ 
Haaretty.  Robert  I.:  Sm— 

Oarlton.  Oaagory  O.;  Haaratty.  Robert  J.;  aad  Ohu, 
H.3.6703S6. 
Haaacoa.Geaeviave  1.:  See— 

Babb.  RayaoMi  E..  3.669363. 

Babb.RayaoMlE.. 3.669363.  .^    ^  .     ._ 

Haaaea.  Gerhard.  Apparatus  for  fiWag  containers  of  the  taermoplastjc 

synthetic  aateftel.  3.669.602.  CI.  18-5.0bf  ...        ^^ 

HaaMtt.  Harvay  Oordon.  to  Sylvaaia  Blectik  Products,  tec.  Rckaaabk 

\eteia«aaeka*a.3.669.J04.a.«0.55.00k        „  _^      ^ 

Haasoa.  Laaraace  B.;  aad  Ardiar.  WaUace  W..  to  Gardaer-Deevar 

cSmpaay.  Contiol  system  for  rock  driUs.  3.669.197. 0. 173-19.000 

Hanson.  Richaid  E.;  and  Lippitt.  Raymond  F..  to  Nekon.  L.  R..  M^. 

Co.;  tec.  Pivot  aM>ve  agricuhnral  irrigattoa  system  with  improved 


rton  witk 
kS.I40 

a.  Hirai 


June  13. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  17 


water  diatributwa  aad  spriakler  kead  utilized  therewith.  3.669.353. 
CL239rl  77.000 
Haasawa.  Terao:  5m— 

Iwaaa.  Maaakuai;  laoue.  laburo;  Haasawa.  Terao;  Sakaaoti. 
Kearo;  aad  Eado.  Takaya.3,669,67 1 . 
Happ,  George  M.;  aad  Kottmeier,  McrriU  F.  Magaelk  structara  for 
treatteg  Uqnids  contauiag  cakareous  matter.  3,669,274,  CL  210- 
222.000 
Hara,  Yoskiteru:  5m— 

Komatsu.    Nobora;    Suzuki,    Takatoaki;    Ito.    Takuo;    Hara. 
Yoskiteru;  aad  Aaakura.  Kouicki,3.668.917. 
Harada.  Koicki:  5m- 

Nakagacki.  Kokei;  Nishikida.  Tomozumi;  Kawasumi.  Shohachi; 
Maeaoto.  Keakki;  Sano.  Takezo;  Fujii,  YosUkaai;  Harada. 
Kokki;  aad  Ueda.  Keijyu3,669,945. 
Harada,  Mteoni:  5m— 

Hoaaa,  Skuauo;  aad  Harada,  Minoru,3,669,648. 
Harbrecht,  Karl;  and  Mean,  Gerhard,  to  Rheinmetall  G.m.b.H.  Recoil 
mechaaiam  for  auwhme  guas  with  a  hydraulk  counter-recoil  brake. 
3,668,969,  CL  89-43.000 
Harbulak,  Edward  P.,  to  M  ft  T  Chemkak  lac.  Ziac  ekctroplating 

electrolyte  and  proccm.  3,669.854,  CI.  204-55. OOr 
Hardinge  Brothers  Inc.:  See— 

Parsoas.  Hubert  J..  3.669.462. 
Hardiaoa.  Jack  E.:  See— 

Howell.  Eddk  P.;  Youngaaa.  Cari  A.;  Hardkoa.  Jack  E.;  aad 
Tribble.  Robert  E..3,668,927. 
Hardy.  Rkhard  W.;  Knowlen,  Robert  B.;  Sandtfer.  Cecfl  W.;  and  Plake, 
William  C,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Atomk  Energy  Commis- 
sion. Personnel  plutonium  monitor.  3,670,1 64,  CI.  25O-8r30r 
Hargasb.  Paul,  to  Dow  Cbemkal  Company.  The.  Tray  forwarding 

mechaaum.  3,669348,  CL  198-221. 
Hartte,  Yaauhiro:  See— 

Tabuchi,  khiro;  Iwami.  Akira;  Harito,  Yaauhiro;  and  Yamamoto, 
Toakiaki.3.669384. 
Harker.  Royce  Keaaetk;  Prkkett.  Warren  Wikon;  and  Roeack,  Kurt 
Fritz,  to  American  Can  Company.  One-way  valve  insert  for  coUapsi- 
bk  dkpensag  containers.  3,669,323,  CL  222-490.000 
Harmaa.  Harold:  See— 

Moulton.  Akxander  Eric;  and  Herman.  Harokl.3.669.225. 
Hannan.  James  D.  Pkstk  buiUing  bkxk.  3,668,832,  CL  S2-591 . 
Harper.  BUly  Gene;  Baskaw,  Robert  Niks;  and  Atkins.  Bobby  Leroy,  to 
Dow  Chemkal  Company,  The.  Absortwnt  product  conteining  a 
hydrocolkidal  composition.  3,669.103,  CL  128-156.000 
Harris.  Max:  See— 

Joaepkart.  David.  3.668,906. 
Harris,  Norman  M.  Orthopedk  tractwn  apparatus.  3,669,102,  CL  128- 

84.00r 
Harrk.  Paul  Anthony,  to  Lucas.  Joseph,  (Industries)  Limited.  Battery 

chargrag  systems.  3,670.229,  CL  320-59.000 
Harris-latertype  Corporation:  See- 
Adams.  Dolor  N.;  and  Fauser.DonaML..  3.669 .657.    . 
Rosin.  Seyaour.  3.668.984. 
Harrisoa.  Derrick  Norman:  See— 

Zaaker.     Klaus     Joachim;     and      Harriaon,     Derrick      Nor- 
man3,668,931. 
Hart.  Fraack  D.:  See— 

Bourguet,  Jean  M.;  aad  Hart.  Fraack  D..3 .669.903. 
HarteHus,  Nik  Magaas.  to  Aktkbolaget  Volvo.  Artkulatad  vehkk 

frame.  3,669.469.  CL  280-492.000 
Hartmaa,  George  F..  Jr.:  Sm- 

Alky.  Raymoad  L.;  Hartmaa.  George  F..  Jr.;  aad  EwaM.  Joha 
D.3.668.999. 
Hartwig.  Rttdiaer.  Cteck.  3.668358,  CL  58-2. 

Harvey,  Doaald  M..  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Lena  bousug  sup- 
port Unkage  for  beUows  type  cameras.  3.668,992.  CL  95-39.000 
Harvey.  Edwm  Deaak;  aad  Lodge.  Fraak.  to  Imperial  Ckemical  tedas- 
tries  Liaited.  Aatkraquteoac  dyeatefb.  3.669.994,  CI.  260-380.000 
Harvey.  Jaaea  E..  to  Eastmaa  Kodak  Compaay.  Spot  moaitor  aad 

vkwing  apparatas  for  film  printing.  3.669353.  CL  356-202.000 
Hase.  Heteiut.  to  Daimkr-Benz  AktkngeseUschaft.  Brake  iasteUatioa 

especiaUy  for  commercial-type  vehkks.  3.669,22 1 ,  CL  1 88-79 .00k 
Haseaawa.  Katsnji.  to  Kabushiki  Kaiaha  Meiaan  Seiaakusho.  Contact 

roller  te  a  saadiag  device.  3.668.753, CL  29-121.000 
Haahiao.  Hkaaki:  &e- 

Kikucki.  Takeo;  aad  Haakino,  Hkaaki3,669.2l  5. 
HaskrA.0.:5M- 

Beaud,  Jeaa-Louia.  3.670.1 3 1 . 
Hateway,  Janet  E.:  See — 

Droke,  Joseph   W.;  Hateway.  James  E.;  and  Ruasin.  Nicholas 
C.3,669,921. 
Hatch.  AlaaR:  Sm- 

Marez,Jokn:aadHatok.AteaR.3,670.102. 
Hatcher,  Herbert  J.,  to  Ecoaomics  Laboratory,  lac.  Gluconk  acid 

production.  3,669.840.  CL  19S-36.00r 
HatfkM.  Paul  E.:  See— 

AUiaoa.    Robert    J.;    Hatfwkl.    Paul    E.;    aad    Frumeraan. 
Rob«rt,3,669,623. 
Hathaway,  Richard  A.,  to  Cartridge  Tekviaioa,  tec.  Spindk  construc- 

Uon  for  tape  traaaport.  3,669384,  CL  242-194.000 
Hattori.  Hiroahi:  See— 

Mitsakawa.  Konosake;  Hattori,  Hiroshi;  Hikoda.  Toyohiko;  aad 
Masubuchi,  Yoshinori,3.669,792. 


Hatx.  Erast.  to  Motoraafabrik  Hats  KG.  tetaraal  coabostioa  eagiae 

kavteg  a  cooUag-air  Mower.  3,669.082.  CL  123-41.650 
Haager.  Joha  H. :5m- 

Coaroy.  Robert  B.;  aad  Haagar.  Joha  H.3.668.704. 
Hautala.  Eart:  See— 

Weaver.  Mark  L.;  aad  Haatala.  Earl3 .669.685. 
Hawea.  JaaMs  D..  to  Tektroaix.  lac.  Cathode  lay  taba  kavag  aaxiHary 
deflectioa  plate  to  correct  ptecashioa  distortioa.  3^70.1 99.  CL  3 15- 
13.00r 
Hayashi.Shigaki:5M- 

Koaatau.  Koei;  Okuya.  Eitaro;  Toauoka.  Katauyoahi;  Sakai. 
Maaato;  Hayaahi.  Shigeki;  Yasaaaga.  Hidetoahi;  aad  Kofare. 
Akira3 .669,943. 
Hayaahi.  Toahio.  to  MiaoRa  Caaera  KabaaUki  Kakha.  Electric  akatter 

control  circaitry.  3.668.987.  CL  95-1 1.00r 
Hayes.  Lawraace  P.,  to  teteraatioaal  Basaea  Machiaea  Corporatioa. 

Priatod  circait  geaerator.  3 ,668,990.  CI.  95- 1 2.000 
Hayea.  Robert  R.;  FuUer,  John  L.;  aad  Stockkaa,  Jaaea  R..  to  Ogkbay 
Nortoa  Coapaay.  Method  aad  apparatas  for  foraiag  refractory 
paaek.  3.669.449.  CL  271-74.000 
Hazeltiae  Corporatioa:  See— 

Vaaik.Caraiae  F..  3.670371. 
Health-Mor.tec.:5M- 

Fairaixl.  Max  L.;  aad  Schaeeraaa.  Joha  F..  3.668.734. 
Heath  ft  Sherwood  DrilUag  Liaited:  See— 

Hokaaaoa.  Lyk  W.;  Savage.  Jaaea  R.;  Saitk.  E.  Peter.  Levaagk. 
Giteert;  aad  Klaaa.  WiUiaa.  3.669.196. 
Heberkin  Patent  Corporatioa:  5m— 

Ritter.  Hehnut.  3.669330. 
Hecht.PanlF.:SM- 

Drew.  Deaak  H.;  aad  Hecht.  Paul  F.3 ,669396. 
Hedegaard.  Arne  Marias,  to  Rotheaborg  Spermteiaskiaer  for  Sy-iadus- 
trien  A/S.  Apparatus  for  aaaufacturiag  paats  aad  tigkto.  3>69.047, 
CL  112-121.15 
Hedstrom  Company:  See— 

Boudreau,  Alban  M..  3.669.463.    , 
HefeadebL  Hemz:  See— 

Bentekr,  Hehnut;  Fraas-Joaef;  aad  HefeadeU.  Heiaz3 .668.918. 
Heiberger,  Ckarlea  A.;  aad  Mottera,  Heary  O.,  to  Air  Prodacta  aad 
Chemkak.  tec.  mesae.  Polyvayl  alcohol  fiber  reiaforcad  post- 
chteriaated  polyvtey!  chk>rkie  nun.  3.670.056.  CL  260497.00c 
Heidt,MkhaelF.:5ee- 

Uaited  States  of  Americajilational  Aeronaatics  aad  Space  Ad- 
ministratioa.  Admiaistrator.  3.670302. 
Heiazaann.  Werner;  and  Pfahl,  Skgfried.  to  Meaarschaitt-Boikow 
GeseUschafl  ait  beschraakter  Halteag.  Apparatus  for  araaatecter- 
teg  fkzibk  sigaal  cabk  for  aerodynamk  body.  3.668.851.  CL  57- 
18.000 
Helkorporatkn:  See— 

Garfmkk.  Marvm.  3.669364. 
HeUer.  Haaajorg:  See— 

Regeaass.  Fraaz;  Scklumbora,  Peter  Christopk;  aad  Hafler.  Haa- 
qorg3,669,936. 
HeUer,  Ziadel  H.,  to  Technicon  Instruments  Corponttea.  Apparatas 
for  the  elimiaatkn  and/or  detection  of  acatter  aigaak  a  atoak 
fluoreaceace  apectroeoopy   aaalysk  aeaas.   3,669344.  O.   356- 
85.000 
Helmuen,  Toivo  A.,  to  Knaberly-Clark  Corporatioa.  Method  aad  ap- 
paratus for  affixing  fasteaen  to  a  moving  wab.  3.668.771.  CL  29- 
431.000 
Helpert.  Edward  PkUip:  See— 

Rempert.       Lawreace       AraoM;       aad       Helpert.       Edward 
PkUip3.670.l53. 
Helyer.  Lawrence  Edward,  to  J  ft  T  Eagiaeen  (Ascot)  Liaited.  Raid 

tejectors.  3.669354.  CI.  239-1 26.000 
Heagstler.  J..  K.G.:  5m— 

Kratt,  Kurt.  3.670.152. 
Heaaig.  Fridolia:  See— 

Wiakkr.  Alfred;  Theer.  Aatoa;  Zaaaer.  Jobaaa;  aad  Haaaia. 
FridoUa3.668,989. 
Heary,  Nekoa  R.;  aad  Middour,  Doaald  It.,  to  Woodaaa  Coapaay, 

tec..  The.  Vibrattegclaap  product  aettkr.  3.668,815,  CL  53-24. 
Henachen,  Homer  Ernat:  See— 

Deaao.  Thoau  Deaa;  and  Henachen.  Hoaer  ErBSt3, 669.054. 
Henahaw.  Charlaa  Edward,  to  Peaawak  Corporatioa.  Vacaaa  dryiM 

and  atoppering  apparataa.  3.6683 19. 0. 53-102.000 
Herbat.  Murry.  Coabaation  taether  aad  pacifiar.  3.669.1 17.  CL  I2S- 

360.000 
Hercaka  tecorporated:  See — 

Brvslow.  David  S..  3.670/123. 
Dowas.  Nad  E..  3.669375. 
LaibfHed.  Rayaoad  T..  3,670.013. 
Heraaaa,  Robert  A.:  5m— 

Divecha.  Aaaraath  P.;  Lara.  Paul  J.;  Ordway.  Fred.  Jr^  Heraaaa. 
Robert    A.;    Van    Blaricoa.    OrviUe    B.;    aad    Haha.    Hea- 
ry3,668,74S. 
Heroy,  Gitea  F..  to  Aaaate  Win  Prodacta.  tec.  Dkptey  riatf  divMar. 

3.669371.  CL  21  l-li4.000 
Herpfer.  Eugea:  See— 

RomhUd.  Peter,  aad  Herpfer.  Eagea3.669.37 1 . 
Herrmaaa.  Otto:  5m— 

KraU.  Heribert;  Maag.  HeteiBt;  Herrmaaa.  Otto:  aad 
doir3 .669.1 76. 


PI  18 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  13, 1972 


Method  and 


Hwroa,  Rud  E..  *b  Tscteicoa  lattniiiieiitt  Corporation 

appumtmfor  napUat-  3.661.936.  CI.  73-423.00s 
H«rio|.JoiMaB:5«— 

KbttbMk,  Kwt;  aad  Henot.  JoiMBii.3.669.801. 

HMkstt.  Doa  Edwwd:  Sm—  .       ^..  „      .. 

Bvikkator.  Robert.  Jr.;  Heiketl.  Don  Edward;  and  Hoover.  Frank 
Krydat. 3.669.141.  ,..„«.. 

Haas,  Hana-Jaffan  E..  to  Pfiacr  Inc.  Trialkoiy  quiaaxohne*.  3,669.968, 

CL260-2S6.S0r 
HMt.  Robert  L..  to  Raychem  Corporation.  Recoverable  article. 

3.669.824.  CI.  161166.000 
Haattoa  Corporation:  See— 

Oaeddert.  Melvin  V.;  and  Wiggen.  Verlin.  3.669.123. 
Heth.  Sheraan  C:  See— 

Akguliaa.  Sahaf  C;  Haffaer.  Doaakl  O.;  and  Heth.  Sherman 
C.3.668.144. 
Hewlett-Packard  Company:  See— 
Gordon.  Gary  B.,  3,670,243. 

Lacey,  Richard  F.;  Cutter,  Leonard  S.;  and  Turner  Wilaon  S., 
3,670.171. 
Heyer,  William  T.,  to  Heyer-Schulte  Corporation.  Device  and  method 

for  meamiriag  intracranial  pteaaure.  3,669,094,  CI.  128-2. 
Heyer,  WtlUam  T..  to  Heyer-Schuhe  Corporation.  Drainage  catheter 

with  aati-clogging  means.  3.669.1 16.  CI.  l28-3S0.00r 
Heyer-Schulte  Corporation:  See— 
Heyer.  WiUiam  T..  3.669.094. 
Heyer.  WiUiam  T..  3.669,1 16. 
Heymaa  Maaufactaring  Company:  See— 
Khimpp.  Ferdniaand,  Jr.,  3,670,298. 
Hieber.  EllswoTth  B.;  Taquino,  Thomas  P.;  and  Hilleryi  Frank  Edward. 
Flight  refueling  recepucle  having  pressure-inertial  release  valve. 
3.668.976.  CI.  91-422.000 
Hiebcher.  Freak  H.:  See- 

Lehovec,     Knit;    Hielscher,     Frank     H.;    and    Preier,    Horst 
M..3,670,198. 
Higgins,  Ra^h  G.,  Jr.:  See— 

AUman,  William  T.,  Jr.;  Joseph,  Charles  W.;  and  Higgins,  Ralph 
G.,Jr.,3,669.788. 
Hikoda.  Toyohiko:  See— 

Mitsukawa,  Koaosuke;  Hattori,  Hiroshi;  Hikoda,  Toyohiko;  and 
Masttbuchi,  Yoahiaori,3,669,792. 
HiU,  Donald  G.:  See— 

Bttkosky.  AUea  A.;  Flavin,  Michael  A.;  HUl,  Donald  G.;  Huizinga, 
Donald  D.;  and  RHchey.  Janes  F..3,670,l  1 1 . 

Hill,  Homer  G.:Ser— 

Wong.  Robert;  and  HiU,  Homer  G..3 .669 .638. 
HUlery.  Fraak  Edward:  See- 

Hieber.  EUswortb  E.;  Taquino,  Thomas  P.;  and  Hillery,  Frank  Ed- 
ward.3 .668.976. 
Himmler.  Conrad  Richard,  to  Mannesmann-Meer  Aktiengesellschaft. 

Power  regulation  for  fluid  machines.  3.669.S70.CI.  417-222.000 
HingBt,Gerd:S«e— 

Kundler.  Waller;  and  Hingst.  Gerd.3 ,670,227. 
Hinton,  Ray  F..  to  United  SUtes  of  America,  Navy.  Method  of  making 

deep  oceaa  buoyant  material.  3.669.912.  CI.  260-2.S0b  "" 

Hiau.  Haas,  to  Badische  AaiUa-  *  Soda-Fabrik  AktiengeseUschaft. 
Self-citinguiahing  thermoplastic  molding  compositions.  3,^9,923, 
CI.  260-4 l.OOc 
Hirabayashi,  Maaahide.  to  KabushUci  Kaiaha  Suwa  SeUcosha.  Dial  and 
movement  fixing  structure  for  a  watchcase.  3,668.86S.  CI.  S8- 
I27.00b 
Hirau.  Hiroshi;  ami  Aral.  Masanao.  to  Mattushiu  Electric  Industrial 
Co.,  Ltd.  Device  for  measuring  an  activity  of  cupric  ions.  3,669,862, 
CI.  204-1 9S.00m 
Hirau,  Masabaru,  to  Shionogi  St.  Co.,  Ltd.Process  for  sUbilitation  of  a 
composition  of  Iff,  %L:epithio-androatane*  and  composition  ob- 
tained thereby.  3.670.0ib.  CI.  424-241 .000 
Hirner.  Robert  Eugene,  to  Abbott  Laboratories.  Dicyclohezylthiourea 

corrosion  inhibitor  composition.  3.669.902,  CI.  232-39 1 .000 
Hirose.  Juichi:  See—  ! 

Nakao,  Oaakatu;  Nakagawa,  Saburo;  Hirose,  Juichi;  Yamasaki, 
Shigeynki;     Amano,    Takeshi;     Nakamura,     Toshio;     and 
Yaaaaoto.  Hiroyuki,3,669,9 16. 
Hiroee  Yoskio:  itf 

NKra.  Kunimori;  SUbai,  Hiroshiro;  Yasunaga,  Masahiro;  Hirose. 
Yoshio;  and  Skiro,  Teruo.3.669.844. 
Hiroshima,  Tatsuo:  See— 

Shiraiwa,  Toduo;  and  Hiroshima,  Tatsuo.3.670.239. 
Hira.  Gene,  to  Hydromation  Engiaeerini  Company.  Method  of  and  ap- 
paratus for  fUtering.  3.669.882,  CI.  210-33.000 
Hirach.  Peter,  to  BeU  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated.  Arrays 
with  n«Us  steered  independently  of  main  beam.  3,670,335,  CI.  343- 
lOO.Oaa 
Hitachi,  Ltd.:  S««- 

Hohiko.    Yakio;    Ytmada,    Koichiro;    Oyana,    Yoihithige; 

Teraaiahi,  Takao;  aad  Suzuki,  Seikou,  3,669,423. 
Kumada,  Akio;  Suzuki,  Kenkiehi;  and  KitU.  Kenichi,  3,670,21 1 . 
Oishi,  Asao;  and  Saahino,  Shozzo,  3,669,360. 
Hoarau,  Rolaad  J.:  See— 

Beaaoa.   Jeaa   R.;   Cumer.   Joaeph    F.;   and    Hoarau,    Roland 
J..3.669,549. 
Hobdea,  Maurice  Vernon;  Rich,  George  Joseph;  aad  Robertson, 
Daaiel  Stewart,  to  National  Research  Development  Corporation. 


Piezoelectric  devices  utUizing  lithium  germauate.  3.670,186,  CI 
310-9.300 
Hock,  Kenneth  R.:  See— 

Chiu,   Thomaa    T.;    Hock.    Kenneth    R.;    aad    Nagle,    Floy( 
B..3,669.718. 
Hodge.  Deaa  E.:  5«r— 

Karr.  Melvin  R.;  and  Hodge,  Dean  E..3.669.676. 
Hoeber.  Gerhard:  See— 

Httbel.  Egon;  and  Hoeber,  Gerhard,3.670.237. 
Hoehn,  Hani;  and  SchuUe,  Erait.  to  Squibb,  E 


3,669,930, 


k 
CI. 


Sons 
260 


Inc.Dipyrazolo(3,4-^:3,4D]-pyridin-3-ones. 
295,50t 
Hoedkger,  Walther  J.;  Wenninger.  Johann;  Mayer,  Walter,  Zoeger 
nitz,  Karl;  Schroetter,  Hermann;  and  Braun,  Werner,  to  Boiw 
Cascade  Corporation.  Apparatus  for  impregnating  corrugated  card 
board.  3.669,064,  CI.  1 18-39.000 
Hofer.  Haas.  Free^g  apparatus.  3,668,886. CI.  62-34S.000 
Hoffmann-La  Roche  Inc.:  See— 

Gkmr,  Urs;  Raegg,  Rudolf;  and  Ulrich,  Schwieter,  3,670.03 1. 
Schaeren.  Sidney  Frank.  3.669.984. 
Hofmann.  Eberhaid.  to  Bosch.  Robert.  G.m.b.H.  Roller  tappet  guard 

3.668.945. CI.  74-569.000 
Hofmann.  Erich;  KruU,  Ernst;  Johannsen,  Werner  Haas;  Oberheim, 
Robert;  and  Scheibel.  Josef,  to  Braun  Aktiengesellschaft.  Slide  pro ' 
jector  and  viewer.  3,669,334, CI.  3 S 3-2 1. 000 
Hofmann,     FriU,     to     Messerachmitt-Bolkow     GeseUschaft     mit 
beschrankter  Haflung.  Method  and  apparatus  for  converting  multi' 
pulse  commands  into  command  units  for  transmission.  3,670,248^ 
CI.  325-141.000 
Hogg,  Walter  R.;  and  Figueroa,  David  R.,  to  Coulter  Electronics,  Inc 
Dynamic  range  splitter  for  an  analyzer  of  particle-produced  pulsei , 
3,670,150, CI.  235-I5I.3 
Hoglund,  Nib,  to  Tri-Ordinate  Corporation,  mesne.  Apparatus  for 
simuhaneously  driUing^nd  tapping  a  plurality  of  work  pieces  at  each 
of  a  plurality  of  positioas.  3,669,558,  CI.  408-43.000 
Hogue,  Ephraim  W.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Postmaster  Genera . 

Color  gradient  detector  device.  3,670,169.C].  250-226.000 
Hohsho,  Yukio;  Yamada,  Koichiro;  Oyama.  Yoshishige;  Teranishi, 
Takao;  and  Suzuki,  Seikou,  to  Hiuchi,  Ltd.  Carburetor.  3,669,423|. 
CI.  261 -36.00a 
Hokama.  Takeo:  See— 

Kahn,  Henry;  and  Hokama,  Takeo,3,669,947. 
Hokanson,  Lyie  W.;  Savage,  James  R.;  Smith,  E:  Peter;  Levangie,  Gil- 
bert; and  Klaai,  William,  to  Heath  *  Sherwood  Drilling  Limited . 
Universal  drilling  rig.  3.669,196,  CI.  173-44.000 
Holdcn,  Ronald  L.,  to  Therm-O-Disc,  Incorporated.  Motor  overloal 

protector.  3,670.283.  CI.  337-3S4.000 
Holdrege,  Charles  Truman,  to  Bristol-Myers  Company.  6-(N-(Sub- 
stituted-imidoyD-aminoacetamido]  peaciUanic  acids.  3,669,958,  C|. 
260-239.100 
H<^,  WOIiam  W.;  and  Weastrom,  Roger  A.  Photograph  album  pages 

and  method  of  making  the  same.  3,669.555.  CI.  402-8. 
Holmes,  Jack  H.,  to  Kwik  Lok  Corporation.  Semi-automatic  closune 

appHcator.  3,668,8 1 8, CI.  53-67.000 
Holftrom,  Allan,  to  Fasco  laduttries.  Inc.  Central  vacuum  cleaner  coi  - 

trol  system.  3,669,145, CI.  137-567.000 
Homma,  Shumzo;  and  Harada,  Minoru,  to  Nippon  Soda  Co.,  Lb  I. 
Process   for   the    preparation    of   high    purity    metallic    titaniuia. 
3,669.648,  CI.  75-84.500 
Honda  Oiken  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See- 
Honda,  Soichiro,  3.669,203. 
Honda,  Soichiro.  to  Hoada  Giken  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Air-co<f- 

ing  apparatus  for  automotive  engine.  3,669,203,  CI.  1 80-54. 
HoneyweU  Inc.:  See— 

Mott,  Richard  C:,  3,669,561 . 
Semienko,  Peur  P.;  and  Toledo,  Emil,  3,669,865. 
HoneyweU  Information  Systeffls,  Inc.:  See— 

Foi,  David  J.;  King,  Jane  E.;  and  NardeUi,  Orazio  J.,  3,670,306. 
Kongo,   Toshio.    Combination    hydraulic    shearing   and    pressbral^e 

machioe.  3.66S.9I9,CI.  72-453. 
Honn,  James  B.:  See- 

Platz,  Gerald  M.;  aad  Honn,  James  B.,3.669,347. 
Hood,  John  W.:&e- 

'  Tobey,  Hubert  E.;  Mastuk,  Alphonse  M.;  Hood,  John  W.;  and 
'       vin.  Dee  L.,3,669.165. 
Hooker  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 

Dorfman,  Edwin;  Emerson,  WilUam  E.;  Bean,  Claude  T.,  Jr.;  a«d 
Carr,  RuskU  L.  K.,  3,669,941 . 
Hoover  Ball  and  Bearing  Company:  See- 
Meyers,  Joha  S.;  and  Wolofski,  Nicholas,  3,669,498. 
Hoover,  Frank  Kryder:  See— 

Burkhaher.  Robert,  Jr.;  Heskett.  Don  Edward;  and  Hoover.  Fra^k 
Kryder.3,669,148. 
Hoppmann  Corporation:  See— 

Hoppmaan,  Kurt  H.;  and  Schober,  Horst  A.,  3.669,260. 
Hoppmaan,  Kurt  H.;  aad  Schober,  Horat  A.,  to  Hoppmann  Corpora- 
tion. Method  of  sorting  particulate  articles.  3,669,260,  CI.  209- 
73.000 
Horak,  Heinz,  to  Apparatefabrik  A.G.  HuttwU.  Open  shed  double  lift- 

jacquard  machine.  3.669.1 54.  CI.  139-63.000 
Horer,  Oswald;  and  Bujor,  Eugen,  to  Institutul  dc  Virusologie  'Stefan  S. 
Nicola  E*.  Device  for  analyziag  chromatographic  disc  ia  a  sp^- 
trophotometer.  3,669.554,  CI.  356-244. 


June  13,1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  19 


Hori,  Hiroo:  Sec— 

Nakagawa,      Takeshi;      Tsutaumi,      Tadashi;      aad      Hori, 
Hiroo,3,670,2l3. 
Hori,  Kikno;  aad  Sato.  Yoshito.  to  Teijin  Ltd.  Method  of  takiag  up 

yarns  of  synthetic  fibers.  3.669.373.  CI.  242-1 8.0cw 
Horkey.  Alan  D.  Rake  and  broom  combination.  3.668.850.  CI.  56- 

400.040 
Horton,  David  M.:  See— 

Boost,  Chariet  C;  MitcheU,  William  S.;  and  Horton,  David 
M, 3,669,870. 
Horvath,  WiUiam,  to  Diamond  Interaational  Corporation.  Safety  cap 

forconUiner.  3,669.295,01.  215-9.000 
Hoshi,  Hiroshi:  See— 

Susuki,  Rinnosuke;  Hoshi,  Hiroshi;  Araki,  Shiaichi;  and  Ohshiu, 
Takashi,3 ,669,32 1. 
Hoshino,  Kazuo;  aad  Kanemittu,  Akio,  to  Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Co.. 
Ltd.  Fortillcatioa  of  food  or  alcoholic  beverages  with  copoWdcd- 
tides.  3,669,689. CI.  99-1 40.00r  »~ /t^i- 

Hotes,  Chariet  M .:  See— 

Blanchet,  James  P.;  Hotes,  Charles  M.;  and  Reynolds,  Thomas 
J.,3,669,329. 
Houck,  Deward  J.,  to  International  Scanatron  Systems  Corporation. 

Phasing  system  for  facsimile  recorders.  3,670,1 05,  CI.  178-69.5 
Hovnanian,  Vram  E.;  and  Kitzmiller,  Edward,  to  Logic  Dynamics,  Inc. 
Microelectronic  package,  buu  strip  and  printed  circuit  base  as- 
sembly. 3,670.208,CI.  317-101. 
Hovy,  J.  W .  Hermann:  See— 

Borck,  Joachim;  Dahm,  Johann;  Koppe,  Volker;  Kramer,  Josef; 
Shorre,    GusUv;    Hovy,    J.    W.    Hermann;    and    Schorscher, 
Ernst.3,669,956. 
Hovy,  Jan  WUIem  Herman:  See— 

Borck,  Joachim;  Dahm,  Johann;  Koppe,  Volker;  Kramer,  Josef; 
Schoree,  GusUv;  Hovy,  Jan  Willem  Herman;  and  Schorscher. 
Emst,3,669,973. 
Borck,  Joachim;  Dahm,  Johann;  Koppe,  Volker;  Kramer.  Josef; 
Schorre,  GusUv;  Hovy,  Jan  Willem;  and  Schorscher, 
Ernst,3,669,972. 
Howard,  Darwin  R.  Holder  for  tetrahedron  packages.  3,669.343.  CI. 

229-42.000 
Howe,  Charles  E.:  See- 
Brown,  Gaylord  W.;  Russell,  Edward  J.;  Howe.  Charies  E.;  and 
Schnepp,  Bradley  A. ,3,669,594. 
Howe,  John  Arthur,  to  TRW  Inc.,  mesne.  Electrical  switch.  3,670,121. 

CI.  200-67. OOg 
HoweU,  Eddie  P.;  Youngman.  Cari  A.;  Hardison,  Jack  E.;  and  Tribble, 
Robert  E..  to  Atlantic  Richfield  Company.  Borehole  thermal  con- 
ductivity measurements.  3.668.927,  CI.  73-1 54.000 
HoweU,  Eunice  Cockburn:  See— 

Altounyan,    Roger    Edward    Collingwood;    and    HoweU,    Har- 
ry ,3,669,1 13. 
Howell,  Harry:  See— 

Altounyan,    Roger    Edward    Collingwood;    and    HoweU.    Har- 
ry,3,669,M3. 
Howmet  Corporation:  See— 

IngalU.John  E;  and  Yaker,  Charies,  3,669, 1 77. 
Howson,  W.  H.,  Limited:  See— 

Watkinson,  Leonard  James;  and  Moore,  Brian  Joseph,  3,669,668. 
Hroraatka,  Otto;  and   Binder,   Dieter,  to  Invag  Aktiengesellschaft. 

Thieno-diazepin-ones.  3,669,959,  CI.  260-239.300 
Hubel,  Egon;  and  Hoeber,  Gerhard,  to  Schubert  k  Salzer  Maschinen- 
fabrik  AktiengeseUschaft.  Apparatus  for  the  smooth  switching-on  of 
an  electrical  load.  3,670,237,  CI.  321-47.000 
Huber,  Albert:  See— 

Braumann,     Gundokar;     Klor,     Walter;     and     Huber,     Al- 
bert,3 ,670,272. 
Huckttedt,  Guido;  and  Tunze,  Norfoert.  Foam  floution  separation 
system  particularly  suiuble  for  separating  dissolved  protein  com- 

rDunds  and  tozic  raeUUic  ions  from  aquarium  water.  3,669,883.  CI. 
10-44.000 
Hughes  Aircraft  Company:  Se«— 
BUow,  Nonnan.  3.669,929. 
Broadbent,  Berne  D..  3,670,312. 
Hallock,  David  D.;  and  Halsted,  Abel  S.,  3,670,262. 
Halsted,  Abel  S.;  and  Hallock,  David  D.,  3.670,261. 
Moulin.  Norbert  L.,  3,669.261 . 
Richardson,  John  M.,  3,669,528. 
Siegfried,  Hansen,  3,668,932. 
Hughes,  Donald  W.,  Jr.  Battery  cloture  device.  3,669,735,  CI.  136- 

170.000 
Hughes,   Edward   Victor  Lawson,  to  Corporation  of  the  City  of 
Coventry.  HydrosUtic/hydrodynamic  shsdTt  bearing  arraaaementt. 
3,669,5 17.  CI.  308-122. 
Hughes.  WUliam  W..  to  Westvaco  Corporation.  Dispenser  for  continu- 
ous busiaeas  forms.  3.669.34 1 ,  CI.  229-33.000 
Hugon,  Emile:  See— 

Gutton,  Henri;  and  Hugon,  Jean  Jacques,3,670,247. 
Hugon,  Jean  Jacques:  See— 

Gutton,  Henri;  and  Hugon,  Jean  Jacques,3,670,247.    . 
Hugon,  Simone  Jeanne  GeorgetU:  See— 

Guttoa,  Henri;  and  Hugon.  Jean  Jacques.3.670.247. 
Huiziaga.  Doaald  D.:  See— 

Bukosky.  AUea  A.;  Flavin,  Michael  A.;  HUl,  Doaald  G.;  Huiziaga. 
Donald  D.;  and  Ritchey.  James  F..3.670,l  1 1 . 


Hull,  Glenn  Arden,  to  CPC  International  Inc.  Quaternary  pyridiaiam 

aah-starch  ether  derivatives.  3,669,955,  CI.  260-233. 30r 
Hulley,  Bereard  James,  to  Imperial  Chemical  ladustries  Limited. 

Method  aad  apparatus  for  product  sampHag.  3,668,934,  CI.  73- 

421.00r 
Hummel,  Doaald  L.:  See— 

^Manrer,  Robert  F.;  Mc  Vay,  Robert  D.;  aad  Hummel,  Donald 
L.,3,669.S8I. 
Humphlett,  Wilbert  J.:  See- 

Haist,  Grant  M.;  aad  Humphlett.  WObert  J.,3,669,670. 
Hunt.  PhUip  A.,  Chemical  Corporatioa:  See— 

Kosel,  George  E.,  3,669,886. 
Hurst,  George  P.  Wire  rope  suspension  system  aad  rope  connector  for 

rotary  dryers  and  the  lUce.  3,669,433,  CI.  263-33.00r 
Hurwiu,  Mathcw.  Self-doaning  spfaygmomaaometer  caff.  3,669,096. 

CI.  I28-2.05C 
Husa,  Richard;  and  Stark,  James  A.  Method  for  diainterrine  a  casket. 

3,669,614,  CI.  21-2.000 
Husni,  Saleem  Ynees,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Method  of  coaaectiag 

semiconductor  device  to  terminate  of  package.  3,668,770,  CI.  29- 

423.000 
Huth,  Gerald  C,  to  General  Electric  Compaay.  Silicon  device  having  a 

lead-sUicate  thereon  and  method  of  forming  the  same.  3,669.73 1 .  CI. 

117-201.000 
Hutton.  WUliam  L.,  to  Shriver  T.,  A  Compaay,  Inc.  Filter  preas  plate 

process  and  apparatus.  3,669,267,  CI.  210-75.000 
Hycor,  Inc.:  See— 

Hymaa,  Joseph.  3,669,1 33. 
Hydromation  Engineering  Company:  See— 

Hirs,  Gene,  3,669,882. 
Hydrovane  Compressor  Compaay  Limited,  The:  See- 
Carter,  Alan,  3,669479. 
Hymen,  Joseph,  to  Hycor.  Inc.  Collapsible  rod.  3,669,133,  CI.  135- 

45.000 
Hyosaka.  Alfred  M.;  Giebclhauscn,  Charies  W.;  and  Kaufiaan,  Arthur 

L.,  to  Speed-O-Print  Business  Machiaes  Corporatioa.  Photocopy 

machine.  3.669.535. CI.  355-8.000 
Mei,  Gijun;  and  NumaU.  Saburo,  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co..  Ltd.. 

and  Fuji  Shashin  Kouki  KabushUii  Kaisha.  Light  sensitive  amplifier 

circuit  having  improved  feedback  arrangement.  3,670,184,  CI.  301- 

3 1 1 .000 

Idei.  Vladimir  Viktorovich.  Cutter-grinding  machiaes.  3.668.812.  CI. 

51-165.87 
Igochi,  Maaayuki:  See— 

iBOue,  Komei;  and  iguchi,  Masayuki, 3,670.177. 
lida.  Yoahio:  See— 

Masuyama.      Takeshi;      Amemiya.      Toehioki;      aad      lida. 
Yoshio.3.670,216. 
HT  Research  Institute:  See— 

Dahn,  Carl  James;  and  Van  Den  Heuvel,  Anthony  P.,  3.669,022. 
Her,  Ralph  K.;  and  Palmer.  Alan  B.,  dn  Pont  dc  Nemours.  E.  i.,  and 
Company.  Titanium  and/or  zirconium  nitride  baaed  articles  of  jewel- 
ry. 3,669,695,  CI.  106-43.000 
Hford  Limited:  See- 
Chapman,  Eric  George  Arthur,  3,668,962. 
niinois  Tool  Works.  Inc.:  See— 

Erienbach.  Walter,  3,670,297. 
niman,WaHerF.:See— 

Fusco,    Vlto    A.;    Ogden,    Charies   T.;    and    lUman,    Walter 
F.,3,668,8S2. 
Imagawa,  Katsuhiko:  See— 

Mauuura,       Hideo;      Imagawa,      Katsuhiko;      and      Mnrase. 
Yoshihiko,3,669,2l4. 
Imahori,  Yutaka:  See— 

Kamegaya,  Takeo;  Imahori,  Yutaka;  OhU,  Akira;  Kaaoh.  Tadao; 
andOh8ra,Akio,3,670.I95. 
Imai,  Tomio;  Shimamura.  Mutsuo;  YoahiUke,  Juichi;  aad  Ohiwa, 
Hitoshi.  to  Godo  Shuaei  KabushUii  Kaisha.  Method  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  pentitol  from  pentoee  by  using  bacteria.  3,669.843.  CI.  195- 
43.000 

Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited:  See- 
Baker.  Alaa  Stuart;  aad  Walbridge.  Derek  John.  3.669.939. 

Briscoe.  Josiah  Alfred.  3.669.552. 

Deans,  David  Robert.  3,668.834. 

Engliah.  Geoffrey;  and  MountTield.  Brian  Arthur,  3.669.910. 

Freemaa.  Peter  Frank  HUary;  Shepherd.  Marfaret  Claire;  aad 
Snell.  Brian  Kenneth.  3.6704)77. 

Haggis.  Geoffrey  Arthur;  Joaes.  Michael  Edward  Bcaat;  aad 
Knight.  Michael  Horace.  3.669.920. 

Harvey.  Edwin  Dennis;  and  Lodge,  Frank.  3.669.994. 

HuUey.  Bernard  James.  3.668.934. 

Moody.  Anthony  Gifford;  aad  Symcos.  Robert  Owea.  3,670.01 1 . 
Imperial  Chemical  ladustries  of  Australia  aad  New  Zaataad  Liailad' 
See— 

Pryor.  David  Eraest;  aad  Forsyth.  Btwce  Adam.  3.670.08S. 

Pryor.  David  Ernest;  aad  Forayth.  Brace  Adam.  3.670.086. 
Imperial  Maaufacturing  aad  Eagiaeeriag  Comply:  See— 

Piak,  Fraak  J.,  3,668,772. 
Imperial  Metal  ladustries  (Kyaoch)  Linilad:  See— 

Mc  Dougall,  laa  Leiteh;  aad  Lock.  Michael  Chariet.  3.66930S. 
Incalnks,  lac.:See— 
Remer.  Robert  K.  3.669.720. 


PI  20 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JUNB13.1972 


iBiiiiMtoan.  It^o:  Sw— 

Caldo.     CotmHo;     DuiielU.     Ezio;     lacoUiago.     lulo;     and 
Prolo^MUaio.  PraaeMco.3.M9.829. 
MtaM  Uahtnitf  PoMdttioB:  Sm- 

Makter.  tompk  C.  3.670.076. 
latfMtftel  N»cl«o«tci  Corpontioa:  Sm— 

PlaaiBt.  Joka  W..  Jr.;  aad  McMaUaa.  Janet  Michaal.  3.6M.922. 
lndMtfto  A.  Zaauri  S.p.A.:  Sm- 
Mam,  Laabwto.  3.670.226. 
lafodau  SyHMis  tacoipontod:  S*€^ 

Bhanraai.  Baw  U.;  and  Kaplowttt.  Hany.  3.670.310. 
Infonaatioa  StorafB  Syttaaii.  lac:  Sar— 

MattlMwa.  tLkkui  D.;  HaUhUl.  Maitia  O.;  Sordello.  Frank  J.;  and 
Yaag.  Harolds..  3.670.316. 
iapUs.  Joha  E.;  Md  Yakar.  Ckartot,  to  Howmat  Corporatioa.  Shell 
nanntecturiai  method  for  preciaon  catting.  3,669.177.  CI.  164- 
26.000 
Inglia.  Joha.  Froaea  Foods  Coaipaay :  See- 
Cox.  Jaaes  P..  3.669.164. 
iaottc.  Ittbaro:  Stt— 

hrama.  Mankaai;  Inoue.  Iiabwo;  Hanxawa,  Teruo;  Sakamoti. 
Kenro;  and  Ewio.  Takaya,3 .669.67 1 . 
faKWC.  Kqroahi.  to  Lockheed  Aircraft  Corporation,  mesne.  Method  of 
spark  sintering  elactncally  conductive  particles  oato  a  metallic  snb- 
MraU.  3.670.137.  CI.  219-76.000 
Inoue.  Komei;  and  Iguchi,  Maaaynki.  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Kokuei  Kikai 
Seisakniho.  Coin-locker  control  device.  3.670.177,  a.  307-141.400 
Inoue.  Touru;  Yamada.  Tetmya;  and  Noguichi,  Seixo.  to  Nippon  Sheet 
Glass  Co..  Ltd.  Method  for  production  of  fused  energy-  conducting 
structure.  3.669.639. CI.  6S-4.000 
Institnt  Elektros  varki  fan.  E.O.  Patoaa:  See— 

Paton.  Boris  Evgenievich;  Latash,  Jury  Vadiroovich;  Medovar, 
Boris  iznilevich;  EneUanenko,  July  Georgievich;  and  Kljuev. 
Mikhail  Markovich,  3.670.0S9. 
Institute  of  Gas  Technology:  See— 

Klass.  Donald  L.;  and  Landahl.Cari  D..  3.669.637. 
laititutul  de  Virusologie  'Stefan  S.  Nicola  E':Se«— 
Horer.  Oswald;  and  Bujor,  Eugen,  3.669  .SS4. 
Interface  MechaaiimB,  Inc.:  See— 

AUaia,  David  C..3.670.14S. 
InteraatioBal  Business  Machines  Corporation:  See— 
Agnihotri,  Ram  K..  3.669.662. 

Amdahl. Gene  M.;  AnK>ld.  Richard  P.;  Dauber.  Philip  S.;  Freiman, 
Charles  V.;  Robelen,  RusmU  J.;  Schorr,  Herbert;  and  Wien- 
bicki.  John  R..  3.670.309. 
Andresen.  Rolf;  Fiorino,  Benjamin  C;  and  Niccore,  Fred  W.. 

3.670.304. 
Arnold.  Richard  F.;  Dauber.  Philip  S.;  Freiman.  Charles  V.; 

Robelen,  RusaeU  J.;  and  Wierzbicki,  John  R.,  3,670,307. 
Badami.  Anfelo  V.;  Ebert,  Ekkehard.;  Kemlage.  Bernard  M.; 

Kroell.  Kari  E.;  and  Poae.  H.  Bernhard.  3.669.769. 
BeausoleU.  waiiam  F.;  Brown.  David  T.;  and  Walker.  Ernest  L.. 

3.670.313. 
Dowd.  Albert  A..  3.669327. 
Ebngrcn,  Jarl  A.;  and  Rodite,  Robert  R.  R.,  3,669.S7 1 . 

Faigeabaua,  Mark  A.;  Laaky,  Daniel  J.;  and  Weiael,  Harold  C. 
3.669.66S. 

Fowler.  Raymond  L..  3.669,338. 

Hayes.  Lawrence  P.,  3,668,990. 

Joyce,  James  M..  3.670.234. 

Kaufmann,  Morrit;  and  ShulU,  Bernard  R.,  3,669.737. 

Klein,  Donald  L.;  Mac   Intyre,  Michael  W.;  and   Rothman, 
Uwrence  J..  3.669.669. 

Middelboek.  Simon;  and  SasK>,  Giovanni,  3.669,732. 

Rooney,  James  J.;  and  WafaKsh.  Augustyn  Z.,  3,670,230. 

RnsMxyk.  JaaMS  P.;  and  Sacrist.  Duane  R..  3.670.1 1 2. 

Skarviako,  Eugene  R..  3.669.667. 

Tah,  John  B..  3.669.321. 

Tate.  Lawrence  A..  3.670.3 14. 

Wheelock.  Charles  E.,  3,669.01 8. 

Wheeiock.  Charles  E..  3.669.663. 
Intematioaal  Computers  Limited:  See— 

Deic.  Roataa;  Eitel.  Roaahi  John  Frank;  and  Bragg.  Cecil. 
3.669.446. 
faitemational  Flavors  *  Fragrances,  tec.:  See- 
Han.  John  B..  3.669.908. 
lateraatloaal  Hai  teeter  Company:  See— 

Derrickaon.  Charles.  Jr.;  and  Rodgers,  Robert  A..  3.669.488. 

Port.  Edward  P..  3.669,013. 

Johnson.  Robert  W.;  and  Porter.  Robert  B..  3.668.943. 

Mar^uardt.  Julias  P.;  and  Wade.  Roaahi  A..  3.668.794. 

Nelson.  Vaughn  A..  3.668.975. 

Young.  William  P.;  and  Halgren.  Joha  A.,  3,669.632. 

Zarak.  JaaMS  W..  3.669.194. 
laleraatioaal  Harvaslar  Coapaay  of  Great  Briuin  Limited:  See- 
Brooke.  David  W.  I..  3.669.203. 

Brooke.  David  WHiam  lagham,  3,669,208. 

Brooke.  David  WiBiam  Ingham,  3,669,209. 

Fellcett.  Pater  Berners;  and  Whitfield.  George  Robert,  3.669,207. 
bteraational  Scaaatron  Systems  Corporatioa:  5«r— 

Hoack.  Deward  J..  3,670.103. 
tateraatioaal  Staadard  Electric  Compaay:  See— 

Greeawood.  John  Christopher.  3.670.1 30. 


IntcraatioBal  Standard  Electric  CorporatioB:  See— 

Abrahamsen.  Per  Reider.  3.670.104.  ~^ 

Burgard.  Ernst;  and  Gross,  Jur^jochen.  3.669.279. 

Drake.  CyrU  Praada;  aad  Amoa,  Robert  Waher  James.  3.669,697. 

Earp,  Charles  WiBiam;  aad  Overbary,  Praads  Giles.  3.670.337. 

Barp.  Charles  William.  3.670.338. 

Mason.  Peter  Arthur.  3,669.370. 

Micklewright.   Percy    Leonard;    and    Scaddaa,    Ernest    Victor. 

3.668.763. 
Weber.  Radoif;  aad  Jakn,  Emil,  3.661,960. 
bteraational  Telepboae  and  Telegraph  Corporation:  See— 

Charlton,  Gregory  G.;  Hanratty,  Robert  J.;  aad  Ohta,  Hiram  H.. 

3.670.336. 
Fielding.  Francb  L..  3.670.200. 
FuUerton,  James.  3.669.003. 
Oraat.  John  M.;aad  Stolzy.  Albert  D.,  3,669.330. 
Mitchell.  Reid  L.;  MuUer,  Thomas  E.;  Steveaa.  Hugh  D.;  and 

Tabke,  Robert  S.,  3.670.069. 
Rabow,  Gerald.  3,670.252. 

Tobey,  Hubert  E.;  Maaiuk.  Alphonse  M.;  Hood.  John  W.;  aad  Ir- 
vin.  Dee  L,  3,669,163.  ^ 

Tracy.  William  K..  3.670.292. 
tevag  Aktiangesellaehaft:  See— 

Hromatka. Otto;  and  Binder.  Dieter.  3.669.959. 
Ionics  Incorporated:  See— 

Kirkham,  Thomas  A.;  Aroold,  John  W.;  aad  Giufrida.  Anthony  J.. 
3.669,837. 
Irgens.  Finn  T..  to  Outboard  Marine  Corporation.  Chain  saw  with  gear 

drive.  3.669.162.CL  143-32. 
Irvin,  Dee  L.:  See— 

Tobey,  Hubert  E.;  Masiuk.  Alphonse  M.;  Hood,  John  W.;  and  Ir- 
vin, Dee  L.,3,669,I6S. 
be.  Satoahi:  See — 

Konno.  Tsuyodii;  Nakaxato,  Katsuo;  and  lae,  Satoshi.3.670.182. 
Ishanin.  Vladimir  Pavlovich:  See— 

Solomonov.  Nftolai  Nikolaevich;  Ishanin.  Vladimir  Pavlovich;  and 
Apsalons,  TaWalds-Olavs  Araoldovich.3.668.824. 
ishige.  Sadao:  See—  . 

Kimura.  Shiro;  Kobayashi.  Teruo;  and  Ishige,  Sadao,3,669,7 1 0. 
Kimura.  Shiro;  Kobayashi.  Teruo;  Ishige,  Sadao;  aad  Kiriuni, 

Masataka.3 .669.711. 
Kimura.  Shiro(  Kobayashi,  Teruo;  Ishige.  Sadao;  and  Kiritant, 
Masataka.3.669.712. 
Ishikawa.  Mitsuo:  See- 

Nosawa.    YoAikuni;    Ishikawa.    Mitsuo;    and    Kikuchi,    Jun 
jiro,3.669.4S7. 
luya.  Nobushige;  Kamoshitt.  Katauso;  Mizutani.  Toshio;  Kitamura, 
Shigeyoshi;  Nakai.  Shinji;  Kameda,  Nobuyuki;  Fujimoto.  Keimei; 
and   Okuno.   Yositosi,   to   Sumitomo   Chemical   Company.   Ltd 
CyclopfopanecarboxyUc  acid  esters.  3,669,989, CI.  260-332.20r 
Itek  Corporation:  See— 

Adachi.  Iwao  P.,  3,669.867. 
Oliver,  Donald  S..  3.670.099. 
Ito.  Nobuo:  See— 

Shoda.  Shichim;  Ito.  Nobuo;  and  Miki.  Toshiro.3.670.01 2. 
Ito.  Takuo:  See— 

Komatsu.    Noboru;    Suzuki,    Takatodii;    Ito,    Takuo;    Kara 
Yoshiteru;  and  Aiakura.  Kouichi.3.668.917. 
Itoh,  Toshio;  Miyamoto.  Toshio;  and  Wada,  Yuichi,  to  Mitaubish 
Deaki  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Current  limiting  device.  3.670.282.  CI 
337-21. 
nr  Induitriei.  lac:  See— 

Belart.  Juan;  and  Seidel,  Ulricfa,  3,670,122. 

Depenheuer.  Otto,  3,670.300. 

Ivanhoe  Researeh  Corporation:  See— 

Minaaian.  Hairy  B..  3.669.441 . 

Noiles,  Douglas  G..  3.669.443. 

Ivcheako,  Oeorgy  Semeaovich;  Berestovoi.  Aaatoly  Mikhailovidi, 

Khaachas.    Vladislav    Fedorovich;    aad    Nikodimov.    Aaatol; 

Pavlovich.   Device  for  unloading  bulk  material  from   rcaervoira 

3,669 .3 17,  CI.  222-195.000  I 

Iwama,  Maaakuni;  Inoue,  Isaburo;  Hanxawa,  Teruo;  Sakamoti,  Kenroj; 

and  Endo,  Takaiya.  to  Konishiroku  Photo  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.  Ligh^ 

sensitive  silver  halide  photognphic  emnliioet  coataiaiag  yellov 

coupler*.  3.669,671.01. 96-100.000 

Iwami,  Akiri*.  See— 

Tabuchi.  Ichiro;  Iwami.  Akira:  HariU.  Yasuhiro;  and  Yamamotc 
Toshiaki.3 .669.284. 
Iwamoto.  Akira:  See- 

Takeaaka,  Shigeo;  aad  Iwamoto.  Akira.3,669,949. 
IwaU.  Yoahitaka:  See— 

Pukaxawa,      Yoshiaki;      IwaU.      Yoshitaka;      and      Sakura). 

Shigeharu.3 .669.797. 

Izawa.  Shin-lchi;  Nakamura.  Katauyuki;  aad  Mizoguchi,  Yoshlyuki.  tb 

Atahikasei  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Procem  for  the  preparation  of 

2.6-dialkypheaols.  3.670.033.  CI.  260-621  OOr 

J  *  T  Eagiaeers  (Ascot)  Limited:  See— 

Helyer.  Lawrence  Edward.  3.669.334. 
Jackal.  SimoB  S.,  to  Wyandotte  Chemicals  Corporation.  Bakes  good  > 

3,669,683,  CI.  99-91.000 
Jacob,  Chartes  Junior;  and  Lawtoo,  OeraM  Wayne,  to  RCA  Corpon 
tion.  Method  oT  making  electrical  connections  to  a  glass-  eacapm 
lated  aemicondactor  device.  3.669.734.  CI  1 1 7-2 1 7. 
Jacob.  Exekiel  J.  Surgical  blade  package.  3.669,236,  a.  206-63.20r 


JUNB  13. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  21 


Jacobs,  WiUi  P.;  aad  Platzer.  Maximlian  P..  to  Lockheed  Aircraft  Cor- 
poratkw.  Airfoil  iacludiag  fluidically  conuolled  jet  flap.  3.669  J86, 
CI.  244-32.000 
Jacobaen  Maauhcturiag  Compaay:  See— 

Akguliaa.  Sahag  C;  Haffner,  DonaM  O.;  and  Heth.  Shermaa  C, 
3,668,844. 
Jacquelia,  Guy.  to  Ceatre  Technique  de  llnduatrie  d«s  Papiers,  Car- 
tons at  CeUaloaas.  Method  of  aad  apparatus  for  coatiauoas  extrac- 

tioa  of  liquid  from  apaaty  saspeaiion.  3,669,01 1,  CI.  100-1 11.000 
Jacura,  Zeaon:  See— 

BeinfiBst.  Sidney;  Jacura.  Zenon;  aad  Adams.  Phillip4.669.63  3 . 
Jaffa.  Joseph;  and  Kittrell.  James  R..  to  Chevron  Research  Company. 

HydroTming-hydrocracking  process.  3.669.873.  CI.  208-59.000 
Jager.  Eugen.  to  WoUT  Wakrode  AktieageseDschaft.  Process  for  the 
coatiauoas  production  of  coated  tabular  structures.  3,669.72l.  CI. 
117-93.000 
Jahn,  Emil:  See- 
Weber,  Rudolf;  aad  Jahn,  Emil.3.668,960. 
Jakubaachk.  Horst  See— 

Thevis.  Paul;  Schneider.  Adolf;  and  Jakubaachk.  Horst4.669.348. 
Janicke.  Joeeph  A.  Package  for  a  plurality  of  articles.  3.669457.  CI. 

206-63.000 
Jansen,  Francis  J.:  See- 
Reynolds,  Robert  W.;  Bibeau,  James  K.;  and  Jaasen,  Franca 
J.,3,669,072. 
Jansen.  Robert  A.,  to  Westiaghousc  Electric  Corporation.  Shelf  and 

liner  assembly.  3.669420.  CI.  312-331 .000 
Jansen  Th.,  G.m.bil.:  See— 

Baum,  Heinx,  3.669.405. 
Japaa  Atomic  Energy  Research  Institute:  See— 

Kondo,   TaUuo;    Nakajima,    Haiime;   and    Nagasaki,    Ryukichi, 
3.669.759. 
Japan  Synthetic  Rubber  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Komatsu.  Koei;  Okuya.  Eitaro;  Tomioka.  Kattuyoehi;  Sakai, 
Masato;  Hayaahi.  Shigeki;  Yasunaga.  Hidetoshi;  and  Kogure, 
Akira,  3.669.943. 
Jarvis,  Richard  L.;  and  Kully.  Walter,  to  American  Aviation  Corpora- 
tion. Airplane  tooling.  3.669.801 ,  Q.  1 56-383.000 
Jarvis,  Richard  L.;  an<rKully,  Walter,  to  American  Aviation  Corpora- 
tion. Airplane  tooling.  3,669,807,  C\.  1 56-581 .000 
Jarvis,  Richard  L.;  and  Knlly,  Walter.  Airplane  tooling.  3,669.81 1.  CI. 

156-583.000 
Jarvis.  Richard  L.;  KuUy,  Walter;  Calusen.  Victor  H.;  Zweig.  Arnold; 
and  EagvoO.  Sverre.  to  American  Aviation  Corporation  Simpson 
Timber  Company  Arenco  AktieboUg.  Airplane  tooling  Apparatus 
for  bonding  continuous  flexible  strands  coated  with  a  thermoplastic 
adhesive  to  the  surface  of  moving  veneer  strips  Device  for  folding 
onto,  and  joining  with,  one  aaother  two  tide  edge  portioat  of  a  heat 
sealing  foil.  3.669,803,  CI.  156-567.000 
Jaxheimer.  William  W.:  See— 

Misarek,  Joseph;  and  Jaxheimer,  William  W  4,668.839. 
Jeanneret.  Jules  Louis.  Stop  mechaaismB  for  lathes  and  other  machine 

toob.  3,668.953,  CI.  82-22.000 
Jena,  Hans:  See— 

Umbach,  Hans;  aad  Jena,  Hans.3,669480. 
Jenkins,  Levaughn.  Baby  crib.  3,668,721,  CI.  3-109.000 
Jensen,  Arae.  to  Daafom  A/S.  Speed  and  voltage  control  means  for  an 
alteraating-  current  motor,  particuUriy  a  polyphase  induction  motor. 
3,670.224.  CI.  318-217. 
Jenaea.  Harold  R.,  to  Westera  Electric  Company.  Incorporated.  Pube 
generator  comprising  serially  connected  make  and  break  relays,  tim- 
ing circuit,  flip-flop  and  moaoatable  muhivibntor.  3,670,209,  CI. 
317-I33.00r 
Jephcott.  William  C..:  See— 

Ratowsky,  Simon,  3,668.997. 
Jersey,  Chester  A.:  See— 

De  Corso,  Serafino  M.;  and  Jersey.  Chester  A. .3.668,869. 
Jeaewski.  Walter  E.:  See— 

Biedemaa.  Stsart  J.;  and  Jeiewski.  Waher  E.,3.668.760. 
Joh.  Kleinewefers  Sohne:  See— 

Schlunke,  Jurfea,  3,668.905. 
Johaantea.  Werner  Haas:  See— 

Hofinann.    Erich;    Krall.    Ermt;    Johannsen,    Weraer    Hans; 
Oberheim.  Robert;  and  Scheibel.  Joaef4.669434. 
Johat.  Ira  B.,  to  Moasaato  Research  CorporatioB.  (Aryk>iyaryl) 

arylphosphorus  compounds.  3.670.0 1 8.  CI.  i60-343.00p 
Johnaea,  Leif:  See— 

Liadtveit.     Torleif;     Johnten.     Leif;     and      Haegland.     Borge 
F.4.668.778. 
Johnson  ft  Johnson:  See— 

Mesek.  Frederick  K..  3,668,923. 
Johnson,  A.,  *  Company  (London)  Limited:  See- 
Burton,  Derek  Arthur,  3,669.869. 
Johnaoa.  Oordoa  L.;  aad  Oaanoc,  Thomas  E..  to  Sylvaaia  Electric 
Products,  Inc.  Muhipb  contact  electrical  coaaector.  3.670494.  CI. 
339-l93.00m 
Johnson,  Oordoa  P.:  See— 

Geriach,  Le  Roy  E.;  Johnson,  Gordon  P.;  and  Tandeski,  David 
A.4.669.262. 
Johnaoa,     James     C;     aad     Neider-Westenaaaa,     Wiafried,     to 
Weatinghouse  Electric  Corporatiaii.  Air  retura  tcoop  for  air  haa- 
dliag  luminaires.  3,668.998.  CI.  98-40.0dl 
Johnson.  Keith  O.;  aad  Broadbeat.  Keat  D..  to  MCA  Technology,  Inc. 
ElectroBWgaetic  transducer  head  having  a  bias  frequeacy  gap  aad  an 
inteHifence  frequency  gap.  3.670,114. CI.  I79-I00.20c 


Johnson,  Kenneth  R.:  See- 
Dietrich,  Lee  A4  Dikeaaa,  Joha  C;  aad  Johasoa,  KewMth 
R.4.669,631. 
Johaaoa.  Robert  W.;  aad  Porter.  Robert  B..  to  teternatioaal  lliriHar 
Compaay.  Siagla  lever  control  for  two  lever  fbel  pump.  3.668.943. 
CI.  74^471. OOr 
Johnson.  Wayae  B.:  See— 

ZeUaer.  Neale  A.;  aad  Johaaoa,  Wayae  B.,3.670,233. 
JohastOB,  Alaa  R.:  See— 

Uaited  States  of  America.Nataaaal  Aeronautics  aad  Space  A4- 
miniatration.  Administrator.  3.670.168. 
Johaaton.  Jamea  D  j  5ar 

Sanders.  Robert  N.;  aad  JohMlon.  Jamea  D.4.669466. 
Jones.  Donald  E..  to  Vann  Industries,  Inc.  Tobacco  haatiag  aad  carte 

appantas.  3.669.428.  CI.  263-l9.00d 
Jones.  Doyle  P.;  Kohra.  Robert  C;  aad  Peikias.  DomU  V..  to 
Uniroyal.  Inc.  Mechanical  aad  thermal  damaas  pcolactioa  aad  iaau- 
latioB  materiab  nsabb  therefor.  3.669499.  CL  220-10. 
Jones.  Duaac  A.;  Fanta,  Georfls  P..;  aad  Burr.  Robert  C.  to  Uailed 
Sutes  of  America.  Agricuhura.   Ploccahwts  horn   starch  naft 
copolymers.  3.669.91 3.  CL  260-17.4gc 
Joaes.  James  L..  to  Uaitad  States  of  America.  Nattoaal 
and  Space*  Administration.  Stereoacopic  televisioi 
paratus.  3.670.097.  CL  178-6.500 
Jones,   Jerry   J.;   Keeaoa.   Deftert   L.;   Morgan.   WiWnm   A.;  aad 
Lochridge.  Joe  C,  to  Brown  *  Root.  Inc.  Method  aad  apparatas  for 
laying  pipelines.  3,668478.CL  61-72.300 
Jones,  Malcobn  D.,  to  Kdaey-Hayes  Compaay.  ControDer  for  a  skid 

control  system.  3.669409,  CI.  303-2 1  .OOf 
Jones.  Michael  Edward  Beaet:  See— 

Haggk.  Geoffrey  Arthur;  Joaes.  Michael  Edward  Benet;  aad 
Knmht.  Michael  Horace4.669.920. 
Jones.  WiVord  DoaaM;  Baldiao.  James  Peter,  aad  Metamed.  Sidaey.  to 
Rohm  ft  Haas  Compaay.  Proceas  of  spiaaiM  a  aovel  modacrylie 
fiber.  3.670.068.  CI.  264-182.000 
Joaeph.  Charles  W.:  See- 

ADman.  William  T..  Jr.;  Joaeph.  Charlea  W.;  aad  Higghm.  Rateh 
G.,Jr.4.669.788. 
Josephart.  David,  1/2  to  Harris,  Max.  Lock  for  wiadows  aad  dooca. 

3,668.906,  CI.  70-90.000 
Joslyn  Mfg.  aad  Supply  Compaay:  See— 

Luehring,  Ebner  L.,  3,670,123. 
Joy,  Ivan  L.  Railway  traia  fluid  saapeasioa.  3.669.02S.CI.  103-157.000 
Joyce,  James  M.,  to  latcrnatioaal  Businem  Machines  Corporatioa. 
Pulse  width  modubted  voltage  regulator.  3.670.234.  CL  321-18.000 
Juda.  Walter.  See— 

Novftck.      Robert      L.;      MohMob.     David      M.;     and     Juda. 
Walter,3,669.752. 
Juda,  Walter,  to  Prototech  lacorporated.  Fuel  ceB  system.  3^69.730. 

CI.  136-86.000 
Juhl,   William   G.;  and   Liben.  Roland,   to  Moaaaalo  Compaay. 

Hydrogenation proceat.  3,670.04 1, CI.  26O-«74.00h 
Jung,  Anton  I  adbtaui;  aad  Ledwoa.  Eikard.  Method  of  ( 
oven  with  internal  air  circubtioa.  3.669.090.  CL  126-21. 
Jung,  Joachim:  See— 

Schahe,  Kart-Jartea:  aad  Juag.  Joachim4.669.76 1 . 
Jupilor  Corporatioa  of  Washington:  See— 

Nojima.  Takeo.  3.6694 1 5. 
Jurgens.  Adolph  C.  Irrigation  apparatus.  3,669455.  CL  239-177. 
Juxvuk.  Diomid  Dich;  and  Saparov,  Vabatin  Vaailievieh. 
ceramic    heat   carrier   aad    method   for   maaafactare    tberaor. 
3, 669.889.  CI.  232-71.000 
Kabushiki  Kabha  Kokuei  Kikai  Sebaknaho:  See- 

Inouc.  Komei;  and  Iguchi.  Marayuki.  3.670.1 77. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Komatsu  Seiaakuho:  See— 

Kado.  Mauyuki;  aad  Mita,  Maaaao,  3^8.973. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Meiaaa  Sebakasho:  See— 

Haaegawa,  KalBi^i.  3.66S.753. 
Kabushiki  Kaiaha  Ohara  Kogaku  Garaau  Seiaoaho:  See- 
Suzuki.  Ichiao:  Yasui.  Hideo;  and  Naaba.  Kazukiko,  3.669.6M. 
Kabuahiki  Kaiaha  Riooh:  See— 

KadowakLTatsasuke,  3.669483. 
Okayaaa.  Saaamu,  3,6694^9. 
Kabashiki  Kaiaha  Sawa  Seikoaha:  See— 
Hirabayaahi,  Mamdiide.  3,668,863. 
Mhaui.  Hifomittu.  3.668461 . 
Miyasaka.  Mamoru.  3.668463. 
Miyaaaka,  Mamora.  3.668464. 
Kabashiki  Kaiaha  Toyou  Chao  Keakyasko:  See— 

Komataa.    Nobora;    Sazaki.    TakaloaU;    ho.    Takao;    Han. 
Yoshiter«;aad  Aaakara.  Koaichi.  3.668.917. 
Kachi.  Atsayuki:  See— 

Koaotsuae.  Shiro;  Kachi,  Ataayuki;  ToaMke.  Takao;  aad  UaiL 
Kiaya4 .669.948. 
Kado,  Mauyuki;  aad  Mita.  Maaaao,  to  Kabaaiyki  Kaiika 
Sebakasho.  Hydraalic  oil  wiach.  3,668.973.CL  9MI.000 
Kadowaki,  Tatsaeuke,  to  Kabashiki  Kaiaha  Ricoh.  Movie 
adapted  to  uaa  both  a  film  cartridge  aad  aa  oaea  naaL  3.6694(3.  CL 
242-192.000 
Kagaaovaky.  Frederik  baakovich:  See — 

Badmaa.  Mobai  Ixraibvich;  Kagaaovaky,  Praderik  la^nTbh. 
Kapitaaov.  Nikolai  hraaovieh;  Karaov,  Jary  Nikolaavick;  Nad> 
tocheako.  Aadrei  Fedorovich;  SlavaHky-KotviMky.  Itaard 
Sebostyaaovich;  aad  Shosokhov,  Laowd  PavlmricMMI^ll. 


PI  22 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  13.1972 


Kaha,  HMry;  aad  Hokaaa,  Takeo.  to  Velsicol  Chemical  Corporation. 

PiocMi   far   tka   prodiwtioa    of   alpha-methylttyreB*    polymer. 

3.6M.947.CL  260-93.S0« 
Kalui,  Jay  Daa  C,  to  LTV  Liag  AHac.  lac.  Speaker  device  for  touad 

raproteetkw  ia  HqaU  madiam.  3.670.299.  CI.  340-1  .OOr 
Kaiaer  Ahnaiaaai  *  Ckeaical  Corpocation:  St— 

takh,  Ridiard  L..  3.6694SS. 
Kaiear.  Friodrldi,  to  Wyn.  Backer  Limited.  Cloture  device  on  a  pipe 

coadait.  3.669.404. CI.  2S1-I72.000 
KalMT  ladaatriat  Corporatioa:  Set— 

Yoaac.  Robert  R..  3.669.2tt. 
Kalbiaa.  Magaer  V.  Word  aad  letter  ipaciBg  arrangeraeat  for  human- 

rBcktypevritcn.  3.670.I07.CI.  179-1. On 
AktleagoeellKhaft:  Sm— 


aad      Schmidt, 


Uhlig.  Fritz;  aad  Braaa.  Jurgea.  3.669 .639. 
Kallaaowiki.  Peter.  Sm— 

KeDar.      Wiftetaa;      Kalleaoirdci.      Peter; 
Petar,3.M9.603. 
Kalliaaidee.  Miltoa;  aad  Kleia.  Oerhart  P.  Slot  applicator  meant. 

3.669.062. CI.  llS-9.000 
KalKomaki.  Kalevi  Jahaai;  Tiuri.  Martti  Eelit;  aad  Vakkila.  Seppo  Mat- 
ti.  to  Vaiaala  Oy.  Electroaic  and  automatic  selector  device  con- 
aectad  to  aa  aateana  array  formed  by  two  or  more  aateaaat. 
3.670.275.  CI.  325-370.000 
Kamboriaa.  Jacob  S.;  Typrowicz.  Wladytlaw;  aad  Aaderaoa.  Gordon 
S.,  taid  Typrowicz  aad  taid  Aaderton  aaaort.  to  mid  Kamborian, 
Jacob  S.  Machine  for  ditataembling  a  thoe  from  a  latt  3.668.728.  CI. 
12-IS.lOO 
Kameda,  Nobayuki:  S*e— 

lUya.  Nobuthigc;  KamoahiU.  Katrnzo;  Mizntani.  Tothio;  Kitamu- 
ra,  Shigayoahi;  Nakai.  Shinji;  Kaneda.  Nobuyuki;  Fujimoto, 
Keimei;  aad  Okuao.  Yoaitoti.3,669.989. 
Kamegaya.  Takeo;  Imahori.  Yutaka;  Ohu,  Akira;  Kanoh,  Tadao;  aad 
Ohara.  Akto.  to  Nippon  Hoto  Kyokai,  and  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric 
Co..Ltd.Metalvai>ottrdiichargelamp.  3,670,195,0.  313-217.000 
Kamiaow.  Ivaa  Paul,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratoriet,  Incorporated. 
Tine  dhrition  multiplex  optical  communication  lyttem.  3,670,166, 
CI.  250-199.000 
KaniK.Tadaoki:  See— 

Takeo.        Keiaotuke;        Kotugi,        Kazuo;        and        Karaite, 
Tadaoki.3.669.762. 
Kammermayer.  Wotfgaag:  See— 

Manckall.  Hdnut;  Kammermayer,  Wolfgang;  Belter.  Han*  Al- 
bert; Hahm.  Heiaz;  and  Belart,  Juan.3 .669,226. 
Kanoahita.  Katauao:  See— 

haya.  Nobathige;  KamothiU,  Kattuzo;  MizuUni,  Tothio;  Kitamu- 
ra.  Shigeyoihi;  Nakai.  Shinji;  Kameda.  Nobuyuki;  Fujimoto, 
Keinei;  aad  Okuao,  Yoeitoti.3.669.989. 
Kaaegafbehi  Boaaki  Kabuihiki  Kaisha:  5«r— 

Aado.  Satoahi;  Taaaka.  Yunku;  Kojtma.  Minora;  and  Fujimura, 
KyoicM.  3.669.917. 
Kaaegaftichi  Chemical  laduttry  Company  Limited:  S*e— 

Sailo.  Kazuo;  Tanaka,  Takethi;  and  Saito,  Ichiro,  3,670,052. 
Kaaemitiu,  Akio:  See— 

Hoahiao,  Kazuo;  aad  Kanemitsu,  Akio,3 ,669.689. 
Kaaij.  Johaaaet  B.  W.;  aad  Noothout,  Arend  J.,  to  Reactor  Centrum 
Nederlaad.   Method   for   the   preparation   of  tpherical   partictet. 
3.669.632. CI.  23-245.000 
Kaaoh.  Tadao:  See— 

Kamegaya.  Takeo;  Imahori.  Yutaka;  Ohu.  Akira;  Kanoh,  Tadao; 
aad  Ohara.  Akio.3.670.l9S. 
Kaatordti.  Jowph  W.;  La  Marre.  David  A.;  and  Smith,  Donald  A.,  to 
American  Optical  Corporatioa.  Later  ttnicture.  3,670,263,  CI.  331- 
94.500 
Kapitanov,  Nikolai  Ivanovich:  See— 

Budmaa.  Moiwi  Izraitevich;  Kaganovtky,  Frederik  Itaakovich; 
KapiUBOv.  Nikolai  Ivanovich;  Karxov,  Jury  Nikolaevich;  Nad- 
tocheako.   Aadrei   Fedorovich;  Slavettky-Kotvittky.   Eduard 
Sebottyaaovich;  aad  Shorokhov,  Leoaid  Pavlovich,3,668,921 . 
Kaplowitz.  Harry:  See— 

Bharwaai.  Baaai  U.;  and  Kaplowiu,  Harry ,3 ,670,3 10. 
Karlitrom.  Karl  R.  M.:  S<e- 

Maan.  Robert;  and  Karlstrom.  Karl  R.  M..3.669.027. 

Kan.  Melvta  R.;  wd  Hodge.  Dean  E.,  to  Raltton  Purina  Company. 

Feed  iatake  llmitiag  compoaition  for  cattle.  3.669,676.  CI.  99-7.000 

Kartaaak,  Ray;  aad  Otoridto,  Ray.  to  Wilton  Corporation.  Quick  en- 

gagiag  aad  diaengagiag  nut  mechanitra.  3,669.440.  CI.  269-1 8 1 .000 

Karaov.  Jury  Nikolaevich:  See— 

Budmaa,  MotMi  Itraitevich;  Kataaovsky,  Frederik  luakovKh; 
Kapilaaov,  Nikolai  Ivaaovich;  Kanov.  Jury  Nikolaevich:  Nad- 
tocheako.  Aadrei  Fedorovich:  Slavetdiy-Kotvitiky.  Eduard 
Sebottyaaovich;  and  Shorokhov,  Leonid  Pavlovich,3,668,921 . 
Katagai.  TtHaeo;  aad  Miaagawa,  Nobuhiko,  to  Fuji  Photo  Film  Co., 
Ltd.  Method  of  makiag  a  photographic  bate  materiaL  3,669,709,  CI. 
117-34.000 
Katwro,  lio:  Stt— 

Manyaaa.  Arikawa;  Motomi.  Kano;  Katsuro.  lio;  and  Tothio. 
Taaaka.3.66943S. 
Kaufaaa.  Arthar  L.:  See—  _     . 

Hyowka.  Alfiad  M.;  Oiebelhauten.  Chartet  W.;  and  Kaufman, 
Arthur  L.3.669.535. 
KauflBaa,  Harold  B..  Jr.;  Schifhiaan,  Robert  F.;  and  Stein,  Emett  W ., 
to  DCA  Food  ladaatria*.  lac.  Eaviroameaul  coatrol  tyttem  for 
microwave  proofer.  3,670,132,  CI.  219-10.550 


Kauftaaaa.  Morria;  aad  Shultz,  Bernard  R..  to  latematioaal  Buihien 
Machine*  Corporatioa.  Method  of  making  and  uting  diced  tingte 
cryttal  impurity  aource.  3,669,757, CI.  148-1.600 
Kawai.  Kazuo:  See— 

Shiataai.     Sotokichi;     Kawai.     Kazuo;     aad      Yaaagidaira, 
Hidctaka.3 ,670,251. 
Kawano,  Samiaori:  See— 

Ttuchiya.    Hirothi;    Kunio,    Nithinomiya-Shi;    Kimura,    Akio; 

Kawaao,     Suminori;     Fujimoto,     Keimei;    Ozaki,    Tothiaki; 

Yamamoto.  Sigeo;  Okuao.  Yotitoei;  Taaaka.  Katautothi;  Ooithi, 

Tadaahi;  aad  Takeda.  Hiiami.3,670,057. 

Kawawmi.  Shohacki:  See— 

Nakagttchi,  Kohei;  Niihikida.  Tomozumi;  Kawuumi,  Shohachi; 
Maemoto.  Keaichi;  Saao,  Takezo;  Fujii.  Yothikazu;  Harada 
Koichi;  aad  Ueda,  Kei)yu.3,669,945 . 
Kaye,  Oordoa  E.,  to  Mallory.  P.  R.,  A  Co.,  lac.  Reterve  cell,  tpring- 

controOed.  3,669.753, CI.  136-114.000 
Keeter,  Larry  G.:  See— 

Geatry,  Charlet  B.;  Scanlon,  Robert  M.;  Rumery,  Jerome;  Mc 
Donald,  Howard  L.;  and  Keeter,  Larry  G.,3,668,910. 
Keene  Corporatioa:  See— 

Nogaj,  Richard  J.,  3,669,422. 
Keeae,  Joe  P.:  See— 

Caah.  Joha  H..  Jr.;  and  Keene,  Joe  P.,3,669.861. 
Keeney,  Bill  R.:  See— 

Knoz,    John    A.;    Keeney,    Bill    R.;    and    Laaater,    Reginak 
M. 3.669,61 3. 
Keenon,  Delbert  L.:  See— 

Jonet,  Jerry  J.;  Keenon,  Delbert  L.;  Morgaa,  William  A.;  an( 
Lochridge,  Joe  C. 3.668.878. 
Kelter,  Rudolf:  Sec- 

Wegmulter,  Hant;  Kteemann,  Aloii;  and  Kelter,  Rudolf,3.669,608 
KeUer,  Wilhehn;  KaUenowtki,  Peter;  and  Schmidt,  Peter,  taid  Keltei, 
Wilhelm,  and  taid  Kallenowtki,  Peter.  Device  for  producing  holloa  > 
artidet  from  thcrmoplutic  tynthetic  maUrial.  3,669,603,  CI.  425- 
326. 
Kelly.  Thomat  Edward:  See- 
Murray.  Williaffi  Bruce;  Kite.  Mearl  A.;  and  Kelly,  Thomat  Ed- 
ward.3,669.616. 
Keltey-Hayet  Company:  See— 

Jonet.  Malcota  D.,  3,669,509. 
Kemlage.  Bernard  M.:  See— 

Badami,  Angelo  V.;  Ebert,  Ekkehard,;  Kemfaue,  Bernard  M] 
KroeU,  Karl  E.;  and  Pogge,  H.  Bemhard,3,669,769. 
KemmetmueUer,  Rolaad,  to  American  Waagaer-Bero  Company,  Ind. 

Apparatus  for  preheating  tcrap.  3,669,436,  CI.  266-1 3.000 
Kendall,  Trevor  William,  to  Di<^hone  Corporation,  metne.  Cattett( 

hub  leadering  head.  3,668,759,  CI.  29-200.00b 
Kennecott  Copper  Corporation :  See— 

Spedden,  Hanry  R.;  Appt,  John  A.;  and  Lowe,  Donald  F, 

3,669.651. 
Wang.Chih-Chung,  3,669,182. 
Kenneryd,  Karl  GotU  Lennart:  See— 

Magnution,    Olov    Tage;    and    Kenneryd,    Karl    GotU    Lei^- 
nart,3,668^89. 
Kent  Inttnimenti  Limited:  See— 

Zanker,    Klaui    Joachim;    aad    Harriton,    Derrick    Normal^. 
3,668,931  J 
Kern,  Joerg:  See-\ 

Nachbur,  Hermann;  Kern,  Joerg;  and  Maeder,  Arthur,3,669,725. 
Ketch,  Frederick  M.:  See— 

Shoaf,  Myron  D.;  Ketch,  Frederick  M.;  and  Wong.  Thomas 
S..3,669,6I1. 
Keto,  Augutt  1..  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Electrical  con- 
nector ataembly.  3.670,287,  CI.  339-1 2.00r 
Ketteriing,  Edwin:  See— 

Ronayne,  Ronakl  J.;  and  Ketteriing,  Edwin,3,669,229. 
Kewanee  Machinery  ft  Conveyor  Co.:  See- 
Cooper,  Hugh;  Whitehouie,  Dale  S.;  and  Womble,  George  fl., 
3,669,193. 
Kewanee  Oil  Company:  See— 

Garvey,  Bnioe  J.,  3,669,85 1 . 
Key  Rewarch  and  Devetepment  Company:  See— 

Kincaid,  Chartet  A..  3,668,966. 

Keyi,  Atei  C;  aad  Brodte,  Mary  G.,  to  Sherwin-Williams  Company, 

The.  High  energy  curing  of  photopolymerizable  non-air  inhibited 

polyetter  retin  coatingt.  3,669,7 1 6,  CI.  1 1 7-62.000 

Khaja.  Fareet  Uddin:  See— 

Nauheiner.  Robert  R.;  and  Khaja,  Farees  Uddin,3,669,694. 
Khanchas.  Vladislav  Fedorovich:  See- 

Ivcheako,  Gaorgy  Semenovich;  Berestovoi,  Anatoly  Mikhailovicli; 

KhaachM,  Vladislav  Fedorovich;  aad   Nikodimov,  Anato|y 

Pavlovich.3,669,317. 

Kida,  Yoko:  See— 

Akamattu,  Akira;  Togo,  Kazathi;  aad  Kida,  Yoko,3,669.7l7. 
Kidde,  Walter  k.  Compaay,  lac:  See— 
Ftemiag.  Wiliam  T,  3.669.1 3 1 . 

Kikuchi.  Juajiro:  See— 

Nozawa.    Yothikuni;    Ithikawa.    Mittuo;    and    Kikuchi.    Jua- 
jiro.3.669v457. 
Kikuchi.  Takeo;  and  Haahino,  Hitaaki,  to  Santui  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  Pat- 
live  radiator  for  nte  in  a  ban-reftex  loud-tpeaker  tyttem.  3,669,215, 
CI.  lSl-32.00r 
Kim,  Saag-Chul,  to  Geaeral  Btectric  Compaay.  Simplified  diode  circilit 
for  tequentially  flathing  photoflaah  lampt.  3,669,607,  CI.  431-95. 


June  13.1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  23 


Kimberly-Cterk  Corporatioa:  See— 
Evaat.  EraestC.  3.669.252. 
Hefaaiaea.  Toivo  A..  3.668.77 1 . 
SchradiBg.  Mark  S.;aad  Wiaters.  Terry  L..  3.669.106. 
Kimara.  Akio:  See— 

Ttuchiya.    Hirothi;    Kuaio,    Nithinomiya-Shi;    Kimura.    Akio; 
Kawaao,    Sumiaori;    Fujimoto,    Keimei;    Osaki,    Tothiaki; 
Yamamoto,  Sigeo;  Okuao,  Yodtoai;  Taaaka.  Kattutoahi;  Ooithi, 
Tadathi;  aad  Takeda,  Hitami.3,670.057. 
Kimura.  Shiro;  Kobayuhi,  Teruo;  aad  Ithige,  Sadao,  to  Fiqi  Photo  Film 
Co..  Ltd.  Pretaure  natitive  copyiag  theet.  3.669.710.  CI.   117- 
36.200 
Kimura.    Shiro;    Kobayaahi,    Teruo;    Ithige,    Sadao;    and    Kiritaai, 
Mantaka,  to  Fuji  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.  Premurc-tcatitive  copyini 
paper.  3.669.71 1.  CI.  1 17-36.200 
Kimura.    Shiro;    Kobayathi.    Teruo;    Ithige.    Sadao;    aad    Kiritaai, 
Mantaka.  to  Fmi  Photo  Film  Co..  Ltd.  Premura-teatitive  copyiag 
papers.  3.669.712.  CI.  1 17-36.200 
Kimura,  Yothio:  See— 

Teraiaki,  Iwao;  Kimura,  Yothio;  Okamoto,  Tothio;  Shima.  Tra- 
kau;  Kohno,  Mittuo;  and  Kitamura,  Kazuyuki,3 ,669,927. 
Kincaid,  Chartet  A.,  to  Key  Retearch  and  Developmeat  Company. 

Fntener  for  metal-wood  ttructuret.  3.668.966.  CI.  85-67.000 
Kiag.  Heary  L.;  Riagwald,  Eugene  L.;  aad  Randall.  James  C,  Jr.,  to 
Moasaato  Compaay.  Thermally  ttabte  dyeabte  polyeatert  haviag  im- 
proved dyed  ligfatfatuett.  3,669,925,  CI.  260-45.950 
Kiag.  Heary  L.;  Riagwaki.  Eugeae  L.;  aad  Randall.  Jamet  C.  Jr.,  to 
Moataato  Compaay.  Thermally  tUbte  dyeabte  polyetter  fiben  hav- 
ing inherent  oil  lUin  releaie  propcrittet.  3.669.933,  CI.  260-77.000 
Kiag,  Heary  L.;  Ringwatd,  Eugeae  L.;  aad  Raadall.  Jamet  C.  to  Moa- 
UBto  Compaay.  Thermally  steble  polyester  fibers  haviag  iahereat  oil 
tuin  reteate  propertiet.  3,669,935,  CI.  260-77.5tp 
Kiag,  Jane  E.:  See- 
Vox,  David  J.;  Kiag,  Jaae  E.;  aad  Nardelli. Orazio  J..3,670,306.  ' 
Kiag,  Leoaard  Toay.  Food  heating  device.  3,669,003,  CI.  99-33  i  .000 
King,  William  R.  Conttaat  flow  pumping  tyttem.  3,669.572,  CI.  417- 

390.000 
Kinney.  Alfred  W.,  to  PhiDipt  Petroleum  Company.  FoMed,  one-ptece, 

liquid-tight  tray  and  blank  for  forming  same.  3.669,340,  CI.  229-3 1 . 
Kinney,  Alfred  W.;  and  Marthall,  Frederick  P.,  to  Phillip  Petroteum 
Company.  Container  and  cloture  therefor.   3.669.305.  CI.   220- 
60.00r 
Kinney.  S.  P..  Engiaaers.  Inc.:  See— 
Kiaaey.  Sehvyne  P..  3.669,269. 
Kinney,  Sehvyne  P.,  to  Kinney,  S.  P.,  Engineert,  Inc.  Induttrial  plant  for 

recovering  tolidt  from  liquidt.  3,669,269.  CI.  210-122.000 
Kino,  Takayuki:  See— 

Sakomura.  Toahio;  Shimizu,  Akihiko;  Kino,  Takayuki;  and  Kite, 
Attuthi,3,669,944. 
Kinnl,  Tracy  Stewart,  to  Bell  Tetephoae  Laboratoriet.  lacorporated. 
Optical  time  demuhipteier  utilizing  a  tingte  control  piilte  per  frame. 
3.670.1 65.  CI.  250-199.000 
Kiatey.  Robert  E.  Automatic  ditk  cutter.  3,668,958,  CI.  83-88.000 
Kiritaai.  Matataka:  See— 

Kimura.  Shiro;  Kobayathi,  Teiuo;  Ithige,  Sadao;  aad  Kiritaai, 

MaMtaka,3.669.71l. 
Kimura.  Shiro;  Kobayathi,  Tenio;  Ithige,  Sadao;  aad  Kiritaai, 
Matataka,3,669,7l2. 
Kirk,  Colin  John.  Fluid  actuated  pitton  valve.  3.669,137,  CI.  137- 

119.000 
Kirkham.  Thomas  A.;  Arnold,  John  W.;  and  Giufrida,  Anthoay  J.,  to 
loaics  lacorporated.  Electrolytic  chloriaation  aad  pH  coatrol  of 
water.  3.669.857.  CI.  204-1 5 1 .000 
Kirton,  Lionel  A.:  See— 

Lentt.  Aadrit;  aad  Kirton.  Lionel  A..3.669.43 1 . 
Kiw.  Mearl  A.:  See- 
Murray,  William  Bruce;  Kise.  Meart  A.;  aad  Kelly.  Thomu  Ed- 
ward.3 .669.6 16. 
KiU.  Auuthi:  See— 

Sakomura,  Tothio;  Shimizu,  Akihiko;  Kino,  Takayuki;  and  Kite, 
Atauthi.3.669.944. 
Kitamura.  Kazuyuki:  Set— 

Terasaki.  Iwao;  Kimura.  Yothio;  Okamoto,  Toshio;  Shima.  Ttu- 
kan;  Kohao,  Mitsuo;  aad  Kitamura,  Kazuyuki,3.669.927. 
Kitamura.  Shigeyothi:  See— 

lUya.  Nobuthige;  KamothiU.  Kattuzo;  Mizuteni,  Tothio;  Kitamu- 
ra, Shigeyotti;  Nakai.  Shinji;  Kameda.   Nobuyuki;  Fujimoto. 
Keiatei;  aad  Okuao.  Yoaitoti,3.669.989. 
Kitaoka.  Takaahi;  mA  Shiiaihoji.  Akira.  to  Mitsubishi  Daaki  Kabusbiki 
Kaisha.  System  for  brakiag  electric  motor  vehictes.  3.670.225.  CI. 
311-270.000 
Kitta.  Keatehi:  See— 

Knmada.  Akio;  Suzuki.  Kenkicbi;  aad  KitU.  Kenichi.3 ,670,2 1 1 . 
Kittel,  Hermaaa.  Selective  priater  including  tetubte  retiUently  driven 

typewhaab.3.669.016.CI.  101 -93.00c 
KittreU,  Junes  R.:  See- 
Jaffa.  Jonph;  aad  KittreU.  Jamet  R.4.669.S73. 
KitzmiUer.  Edward:  See— 

Hovnaaiaa.  Vram  E.;  aad  KitzmOler.  Ed  ward  3. 670.208. 
Kteat,Willtem:See- 

HokaaaoB,  Lyte  W.;  Savage,  Jamet  R.;  Smith,  E.  Peter.  Levaagte. 
Gilbert;  and  Klaas,  Wmiam,3,669,196. 
Klan.  Doaald  L.;  aad  Laadahl.  Carl  D.,  to  lattitute  of  Gat  Techaology. 
Odoraat  repUcemeat  in  gat  ttreamt.  3.669.637. CI.  48-195.000 


Klauke.  Erich:  See— 

Biaa.  Haaa-Samael;  aad  Klauke.  Erich.3,669,9Sl . 
Kteemaaa.  Aloit:  See— 

Wagmulter.  Haas;  Kteemaaa.  AMs;  aad  Kelter,  Radolf4.669.6M. 
Kteia.  Donald  L.;  Mac  iatyre.  Michael  W.;  aad  Rothmaa.  Lawreaoe  J., 
to      lateraatioaal      BatiaeM      MacklMe     Corporattoa.     Cyclic 
polyiaopreae  photoresist  compoaitioae.  3.669.669. CI.  96-91.00a 
Ktein.  Gerhart  P.:  See— 

KaOiaaides.  MUtoa;  aad  Kteia,  Gerhart  P..3.669.062. 
Kteia.  Robert  J.:  See- 

Moehlmaa.  Veraoa  C;  aad  Kteia,  Robert  J..3 ,669,023. 
Kteiaar,  WiBy.  Device  for  the  riasiag  of  body  cavities.  3,669.101.  CL 

128-66. 
Kteiamaa.  Mitehel:  See— 

Letk.  Normaa;  aad  Kteinman.  Mitebel,3,669.029. 
Kteitmaa.  David;  RuateH.  Lewit  K.;  aad  Grebeae.  Alaa  B..  to  Sigaetics 
Corporatioa.  Method  for  integrated  circuit  mask  fobricatioB  aad  as- 
sembly uted  therewith.  3.669.666.  CI.  96-41.000 
Ktetecka.  George:  See- 
Smith,  Peter  D.;  and  Ktetecka,  George .3 ,669 ,962. 
Klingtpor,  Richard;  aad  Atebrant,  John,  to  Eatehe  AB.  Namberiag 
mcchanitm  for  automatk  priatiag  of  order  aumben  or  the  like  ia  tet- 
ten.3.66a.015. CI.  101-76. 
Klippaa  GmbH,  Firma:  See— 

Ockel,  GutUv.  3.668.747. 
Kljuev,  Mikhail  Markovteh:  See— 

Patoa,  Borit  Evgeatevkh;  Latash,  Jury  Vadiatovkh;  Madovar. 
Borit  Izraitevkh;  Emeliaaenko,  July  Georgtevich;  aad  Khaev. 
Mikhail  Markovich.3.670.089. 
Klockner-Werke  AG:  See- 
Geek,  Guater;  aad  Laaghammer,  Haat  Jurgea,  3.669.434. 
Klor.  Walter:  See— 

Braumaaa.     Guadokar;     Klor.     Walter;     aad      Haber.     Al- 
bert.3 .670.272. 
Kloet,  Atezaadr  lUch:  See— 

Tieater.  Borit  lowtevkh;  Sergeev,  Vyachetlav  Mikhailovick;  aad 
Kloes,  Atezaadr  Ilich4.669.744. 
Ktetzbach.  Kurt;  aad  Herxog,  Johaan.  Rolling  apparatut  for  the  nrlKag 
together  of  curved  glaat  thecti  with  iaterpoaed  plattict  tbaets  to 
form  a  laminate.  3,669.g08.Cl.  156-582.000 
Klug.  Sigmuad  L.;  Fiakel.  Gilbert;  aad  Sheraia.  Moaroe  B..  to  DCA 
Food    laduttriet   lac.   Compoaitioa   for   produciag  fried  coaiad 
comeitibtet.  3.669.674.  CI.  99-1.000 
Klumb,  Ralph  H.,  to  Combuttion  Engineering,  lac.  Core  phig  for 
nuclear  reactor  and  method  of  operating  reactor.  3.669434.  CL 
176-87.000 
Klumpp,  Ferdaiaaad.  Jr.,  to  Heymaa  Manufacturing  Compaay.  Elec- 
tric coatact  blade  crimp.  3.670.298.  CI.  339-276.00t 
Knight.  Basil  Edward,  to  CJ^.V.  Limited.  Fuel  iajactioa  aoizks. 

3.669460.  CI.  239-533.000 
Knight.  Michael  Horace:  See— 

Haggit.  Geoffrey  Arthur;  Joaet,  Mtehael  Edward  Beaet;  aad 
Kaight,  Mtehael  Horace4.669.920. 
Kaight.  Waraer  P.  Qukk  dump  gran  catcher  for  tewa  mower. 

3.668.846.  CI.  56-205.000 
Knowten,  Robert  B.:  See- 
Hardy,  Richard  W.;  Knowten,  Robert  B.;  Saadifer.  Cecil  W.;  aad 
Pteke,  William  C..3.670.I64. 
Knowlet.  Rtehard  N..  to  Da  Poat  de  Nemourt.  E.  I.,  aad  Conpaay. 
Certain    N-dihalb-acetyteyctebeiylamiaas.    3,670.019.   CL    260- 
561. OhI 
Knowles,  Terence  J.;  and  Eaton,  Dantel  A.,  to  Zenith  Radio  Corpora- 
tion. Method  aad  apparatut  for  applying  a  film  to  a  tubctrate  tarface 
by  diode  sputteriag.  3.669,g60.  CI.  204-192.000 
Kaoi,  John  A.;  Keeney.  BOl  R.;  aad  Lasater.  Reginald  M..  to  HalUbur- 
tOB  Company.  Method  for  iahibitiag  sulfide  crackiag  of  matab  with  a 
hydrogea  tulfide-aldehyde  reactioo  product  3.669.613.  CI.  21- 
2.700 
Ko.  Yuag  Liag:  See— 

Ralttoa.  Robert  E.;  aad  Ko,  Yuag  Liag.3.669.754. 
Kobayathi.  Kazuhiko:  See— 

Saito.  Nagao;  aad  Kobayathi.  Kazuhiko4.670.l  36. 
Kobayashi.  Kesaaao:  See- 

Yonezawa.    Terahiko;    Kolwyaahi,    Keaaaao;    aad    Kobayathi, 
Teruo,3,669,658. 
KolMiyathi.  Tadaahi.  Method  and  apparatus  for  Arnmm,  wavUy-r^wiM 

ttrip  with  hot  blattt.  3.668.788.  CI.  34-1 56. 
Kobayashi.  Tenio:  Sac— 

Kimura.  Shiro;  Kobayashi,  Teruo;  aad  bhige.  Sadao.3,669.710. 
Kimura.  Shiro;  Kobayashi,  Teruo;  khiga.  Sadao;  aad  Kirteai. 

Matataka4.669.711. 
Kimura.  Shiro;  Kobayaahi,  TenKt;  taUge.  tadao;  aad  Kirtl^ 

Matalaka.3.669.712. 
Yoaesawa,   Temhiko;   Kobayashi.    Kesaaao;   aad    Koteyaski, 
Tenio,3.669.6SI. 
Kobayashi.  Tataiyi;  Takayaaagi.  SaacU;  aad  tmf^  Tohia.  to  Tokyo 
Shibaura  Electric  Co..  Ltd.  Catheter-type  nmir<iadaiia<  tadiatina 
detector  for  insertion  into  a  human  body.  3.M9J09S.CL  I2g-2.10r 
Kobavaahi.  Tnyoahi:  See— 

Okamoto,    Tadashi;    Kobayashi,    TsayoAi;    aad    Ys 
Hisao,3.669.960. 
Kobayashi.  Yagoro.  to  Ricoh  Co..  Ltd.  Aatonatk  eoayiag  aad  I 
machiae.  3,669437, CI.  355-50.000 


PI  24 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


KoUSlMlLtd. 

MaMiyaM,  Adkawa;  Motoai,  Kaao;  KatMro,  Uo;  tad  Tothio, 
,iM9Mi. 

r,  aai  Lakatot,  Bdiurd,  to  D«Hlwhe  OoM-  aad 
lak  Koikr.  Catalyit  for  pwificatioa  of 
■olor  ««liklM  aad  iadaatrial  plaato.  3.669.906. 
CL2S2-4«S.0OO 
Koch,  Ooori*,  Som.  lac.:  Sm— 

Booit.  Ckarlw  C;  MhciMO.  WUIiaai  S.;  aad  Hortoo.  David  M.. 
3.6M.I70. 
KoeU.  HaraM:  Sm— 

MMBar.  Harbart;  Koahl.  Haiald;  aad  Poaiaiar.  Honu3.670.028. 
KodUar,  AHlatt  M..  to  Browa  A  Root.  lac.  Offshore  lower  apparatus 

aad  aiatlMd.  3MIJ76.CI.  61-46.5 
KoaUar.WiUaa  P.:  Sm- 

CoraaO.  Rkkard  R.;  aad  Koehlar,  WUIiaai  F..3 .669.331. 
Koakriag  Coapaay:  Set— 

Browa.  Gaylor  W ..  3.669.606. 

Browa.  Gaylord  W.;  Raaall.  Edward  J.;  Howe.  Charles  E.;  aad 

Schaapp.  Bradlay  A..  3.669494. 
Browa.  OayhMd  W..  3.669.109. 
Koaalar.  Charlaa  J.;  aad  Swopa,  Charles  Hermas,  to  AaMricaa  Optical 
Corporatioa.  CoatroDed  optical  beaa  forsiaa  device.  3.670,260. 
CL  331-94.300 
Koaatar ,  David  W .:  Sm— 

CofMHaa.  Edward  B.;  aad  Koetler.  David  W.. 3.669.904. 
Kogara.  Akira:  Sac— 

KoaialM,   Koei;  Okuya,   Eharo;   Tomioka,   Katsuyoshi;   Sakai, 
MMato;  Hayashi.  Shigeki;  Yasuaaga.  Hidetoshi;  aad  Kogure, 
Akira3.669.943. 
Kogare.  Hinidhi:  Sar— 

Miyaki.  Kiyodd;  aad  Kogure.  Hirodii.3.669.08S. 
Kohaahi,  Tadao;  aad  Taaaka,  Kazuaobu.  to  Matsashha  Electric  ladus- 
trialCo..  Ltd.  Scaiicoadactive  elemeatt.  3.669,907.  a.  2S2-S  18.000 
Kohl.  Ralph  A.:  5w- 

Peiffar,  Harold  E.;  aad  Kohl.  Ralph  A..3.66S.996. 
Kohler.  Oiabart,  to  SKP  KageDaferfkbrikea  Cai.b.H.  Footstep  bear- 
tag.  3,669.3 18.  a.  308-1S6.000 
Kohao.  If  itaao:  Scr— 

Teranki.  iwao;  Kiaiura,  Yoshio;  Okamoto,  Toshio;  Shima.  Tsa- 
kaaa;  Kohao.  Mittuo;  aad  Kitaaura.  KazHyukt.3.669,927. 
Kohni.  Robert  C:  Sw— 

Joaes.   Doyle   P.;    Kohra.    Robert   C;    aad    Perkias.    Dooald 
V.4.669,299. 
Kohut,  Jaroslaw:  See — 

Graff,  Williaa  A.;  aad  Kohat,  Jaroslaw  ,3,669,698. 
Koiiaia,  Miaora:  See— 

Aado,  Satoahi;  Taaaka.  Yuaaku;  Kofiaia.  Miaom;  aad  Fujimura, 
KyoicU3.669.917. 
Kokasai  Deashia  Deawa  Kabushiki  Kalaha:  See— 

Shiataai.  Sotokichi;  Kawai,  Kanio;  aad  Yaaagidaira,  Hidetaka, 

3.670351. 

Koleake,  Joaeph  Victor,  Roberts,  Reae  Marie-Joseph;  aad  Del-Giu- 

dice,  Praak   Paal,  to  Uaioa  Carbide  Corporatioa.   ABA   block 

polyaiersof  polylactoaesaad  polyethers.  3,670.043, CI.  260-830.00r 

Kolk,  Stephea  B.:  See— 

Seaploahis.  Fraas;  aad  Kolk.  Stephea  B.,3.669.499. 
KoUsaiaa  iastnuaeat  Corporatioa:  See— 

Straass,  Georfs  M.,  3,668,930. 
KokMel,  Arthar.  Two-speed  golf  mat  3,669,454,  CI.  273-1 76.00f 
Kolyer,  Joha  McNaaghtoa;  aad  Kve|lis,  Albert  Aadrew.  to  Allied 
Chaaical  Corporattoo.  Sohreat  laaataat  polyethylene  coataiaers. 
3,669327.  CL  161-227.000 
Koaam.  Ko«i;  Okan,  EUaro;  Tonioka,  Katwyoihi;  Sakai.  Masato; 
HayaAi,  Shifaki;  YasuMga,  Hidetoshi;  aad  Kogure,  Akira,  to  Japan 


June  13.197:! 


Syiithatlc  Rabhar  Co..  Ltd.  Process  fbr  prodadag  coajagated 
dtoiafti  polyaier  wMi  radaced  ooM  How.  3,669,943,  a.  260-80.700 
Koaiatsa,  Nobora;  Sasaki,  Takatoshi;  ho,  Takno;  Hara.  Yoshitere;  aad 
Asakm,  KoaidU,  to  Kabushiki  Kaiaha  Toyota  Chao  Keakyusho. 
aad  Aiiia  Saiki  Coaipaay  Liaiited.  Process  aad  apparatus  for  press- 
ig  a  steel  stock.  3.668.91 7.  CI.  72-342. 


fonahigaad 
KoaspriaatorAl 

Laadgfaa.Ouaaar  Arae  Leoaard,  3,669,010. 
Koado,  Taaota:  Sar— 

Usaaioto,      Tarayoshi;       Yokou,       Masao;      aad 

TaaK>ta3,669.828. 

Koado,  Titsuo;  Nak^iiaia,  H^|iaie;  aad  Nagasaki,  Ryakichi.  to  Japan 

Atomic  Baargy  Rasaareh  iastitute.  Thenaossechaaical  treatneat  for 


Kondo, 


apfoviog  dactlity  of  carbide-atabiUaad  austenite  staialess  steel. 
3.669.7S9.CL  141-12.300 
Koaocay,  Charles  R.,  to  Oeaeral  Electric  Coaipaay.  Process  for  remov- 

iaa  foataaiiaaats  tmm  sircoaiaai  surfKes.  3.669.7S8.CI.  148-6.14 
Koafchireka  Phole  ladaalry  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

hraaia,  Maaakaai;  iaoue,  Isaburo;  Haazawa,  Teruo;  Sakaaioti, 
Kearo;  aad  Bado.  Takaya.  3.669.67 1 . 
Koaao.  Tsayoahi;  Nakasato.  Katsuo;  aad  be,  Satoshi,  to  Matsusbiu 
Electric  hdaatriri  Coapaay.  Liailad.  High-speed  puke  delayiag  cir- 
cuit 3.670.1 82.  CL  307-293. 
Koaorev.  hi  ikhail  Maahaovich:  Sea- 
Filatov.    Saiwi    Sargaevich;    aad    Koaorev.    Mikhail    Mai- 
iaravieh3.669.630. 
KoaotMne.  Shiio;  Kachi.  Atsayaki;  Toaoike,  Takao;  aad  Mori.  Ktnya, 
to  Chiaao  Corporatioa.   Method  for  prodociag  poly  a-olafias. 
3.669.948. CL  260-93.700 


Koppe.  Volker:  See- 

Borck.  Joachha;  Dahai,  Johaaa;  Koppe,  Volker,  Kraaier,  Joee^ 

Shorra,  Oostav;   Hovy,  I.   W.   Hemaaa;  aad   SchorscbeiL 

EnMt.3,669*9S6. 

Borck,  Joachtai;  Dahai,  Johaaa;  Koppe,  Volker;  Kraaer,  Joseft 

Schorrs.     Oastav;     Hovy,     Jaa     wiOeai;     aad     Schorschei; 

Erast.3.669.972. 

Borck,  Joachha;  Dalua,  Johaaa;  Koppe,  Volker,  Kraaier,  Joseit 

Schorae.  Oosttv;  Hovy.  Jaa  WUIen  Hemaa;  aad  Schorscher. 

EraM,3.669.973. 

Koppers  Coapaay,  lac.:  See—  "^^ 

Nido.  Jay.  3.668,937. 

KorpeL  Adriaaas,  so  Zeaith  Radio  Corporatioa.  Optical  scaaaiag  ap> 

paratas.  3.670.098,  CI.  1 78-6.000  [ 

Kosel,  George  E.,  to  Haat,  Philip  A.,  Chaaical  Corporatioa.  Lfaiuii 

deveh>perforelactroetatography.  3,669,886,  CL  252-62.1  ^ 

Kosugi,  Kazao:  See— 

Takeo,        Keinosake;        Kosugi,        Kaxuo;        aad        Kaaise, 

Tadaoki,3.669,762. 

Kotkias,  Heary  L.,  to  Skyway  Laggage  Coapaay.  Luggage  coastruc  ■ 

tion.  3,669328, CL  190-41. OOr 
Kottaeier,  MerrUl  F.:  See— 

Happ. George  M.;  aad  Kottaeier.  McrriD  F.3.669,274. 
KoartogkM,  George  Chris:  See— 

Chrysaathis.  Chris  A.;  aad  Kourtoglou,  George  Chris.3. 669354 
Koyaaagi.  Shaaichi;  T^jiaa.  Shigenobu;  Shiaisu,  Toshihide;  aad  Kui- 
riaoto,  Kaxuhiko,  to  Shiaetsu  Chcaical  Coapaay.  Method  fof 
preparing     polyviayl     chloride     by     niipention     potyaerizatioa. 
3,669.946,  CL  260-92.800  i 

Kraft,  Joha  H.,  to  tesaac,  Joha  Kraft,  Corporatioa.  Food  coapositioa 
prepared  froa  whey  and  coaainuted  sesaae.  3,669,678,  CI.  99l 

Krall,  Heribert;  Maag.  Hehnut;  Hcmnann,  Otto;  and  Post,  Rudolf,  ti 

Sieaeas  AktieqgescUschaft  Drive  system  for  coatiauous  casting 

plants.  3.669,1 76,  CL  164-4.000       ^^  | 

Kraaer,  Josef:  See—  I 

Borck,  Joachha;  Daha,  Johann;  Koppe,  Volker,  Kraaer,  JoseC 

Shorre,   Gastav;    Hovy,   J.    W.    Hermann;    and    Schorscher, 

Emst,3,669.956.  i 

Borck,  Joachha;  Daha,  Johaan;  Koppe.  Volker,  Kraaer,  Josec 

Schom,    Gustav;     Hovy.    Jan     Willem;    aad     Schorscher, 

Enist.3.669.972.  \ 

Borck,  Joachha;  Daha,  Johann;  Koppe,  Volker,  Kraaer,  Joset 

Schorec,  Otistav;  Hovy,  Jaa  Willem  Herman;  aad  Schorschee, 

Enist,3.669.973. 

Kramer,  Rolf:  See»- 

Lieber,  Haas-WUbeba;  and  Kramer,  Rolf,3,669,868. 
Kramer,  Vaace  M.  Apparatus  for  making  flexible  tubing  with  annula^ 

comigatioas.  3.669,586,  CL  425-109. 
Kratt,  Kurt,  to  Heagstler,  J.,  K.G.  Reset  error  detecting  pulse  counteiL 

3,670,1 52.  CL  23S-144.0hc 
Kraus.  Helmut;  aad  Fadler,  Kurt,  to  Fichtel  A  Sachs  AG.  SimulUnei- 
ousty  or  aheraatively  eagaged  fluid  clutches.  3,669,233,  CI 
87.110 
Kraus,  Thaddaas:  See— 

Cremer,  Erika;  aad  Kraus.  Thaddaus.3.669.881 . 
Kreuschmer,  Rudolf.  Device  oa  cuttiag  fecilities  for  packiag  machinct . 

3.668.965. CL  83-476.000 
Kreuaer.  Habart:  See—  -^~^^ 

Berodt,  Haas;  and  Kreuzer,  Hubert,3,668,871 . 
Kriaa,  Heinrich;  Botu,  Artur;  aad   Schaeill,  Heraaan,  to  Fai 
beafhbrikea  Bayer  AktieageseDschaft.  Procea  Cor  the  production  of 
4,4'-diaaiaodiaryl  alkanes.  3,670,024,  CL  260-S70.00d  , 

Kriags,  Joaef.  Shoring  apparatus.  3,668374,  CL  61-41 .00a 
Krock,  Richard  H.;  aad  Larsea,  Earl  f.  Boading  of  aetallic  memben 
with  alkali  metab  and  alkali  metal  coataining  alloys.  3,668,738,  CL 
29-199.000 
Krock,  Richard  H.:  See—         .  " ----^ 

Larsea,  Earl  L;  aad  Krock,  Richard  H.3,668,7SS. 
Kn>alLKariE.:Se«- 

Badami,  Aagalo  V.;  Ebert,  Ekkehard,;  Kemhue,  Bernard  M 
KroeU,  Karl  E.;  and  Pogge.  H.  Bemhard3.669.769. 
Kroyar.  Karl  Kriatiui  Kobs:  See— 

Raaauasaa.  Torbea  Borup.  3,669,778. 
KruU.  Erast  See— 

Hofkaaaa.    Erich;    KruU.    Erast;    Johaaasea.    Werner    Han^ 
Oberheim,  Robert;  and  Scheibel,  Joeef.3,669334. 
Krupp,  CarroU  P..  to  Goodrich,  B.  F.,  Compaay,  The.  Sealiag  closure 

3,668.745,  CL  24-205.100 
Krupp.  Carroll  P..  to  Goodrich.  B.  F.,  Coapaay,  The.  Coatiaaous  strip 

aoMiag  apparatus.  3,6693>S.CL  18-4.00b 

Krzycki,  Leroy  J.,  to  Uaited  States  of  America,  Navy.  Prepackaged 

liquid  rocket  powerplaat  feed  system.  3,668,868,  CL  60-39.480        I 

Kubicck,  Doaald  H.;  aad  Zaech,  Ernest  A.  Olefia  conversioa  procea 

usiag  coaplezes  of  Ti,  Zr  aad  Hf  with  organoalumiiHim  u  olefih 

reactioa  catalysts.  3,670,043, CL  260-683.0M 

Kucbeat,  Alexander;  aad  Niahaas,  Wolfgang.  Control  arraageaent  fo^ 

fluid  dispeasers.  3.6693 1 2, CI.  222-70.000 
Kuckeas,  Alesaader.  Liqaid-dispeasiag  apparatus  having  electromai  - 

aetically  operatad  valve.  3,6693  IS,  CL  222-148.000 
Kaebler  *  Co.,  Fiiaa:  See—  ^ 

Kuebler,  Siegfried,  3,6683*5. 
Kaebler,  Siegfried,  to  Kaebler  A  Co.,  Fmaa.  Air  cooled  artificial  io  i 
riak.  3,668,885,  CL  62-235.000 


laneh 

1 


1 


June  13, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  23 


KageUischcr  Georg  Schafer  4  Co.:  Set— 

Laag.  Otto,  3,668353. 
Kaha,  Gustavo:  Set— 

PoBa,  Herberts.;  and  Ruhn, OusUvo,3.668,859. 
Knily,  Walter  See- 

Jarvis,  Richard  L.;  aad  Kully,  Walter3,669,80l . 
Jarvis,  Richard  L.;  aad  Kully,  Writar3.669,807. 
Jarvis,  Richard  L.;  aad  Kully,  Walter3,6693l  I. 
Jarvis,  Richard  L.;  Katty,  Walter,  Cahuea,  Victor  H.;  Zweig,  Ar- 
aold;  aad  EagvolL  Sverre,3,669,803. 
Kumada,  Akio;  Suzuki.  Kenkichi;  and  Kitu,  Kenichi.  to  Hitachi.  Ltd. 
Switching  condeoser  element  for  switchina  aa  aheraatioa  current 
3,67031  l.CL  317-230.000 
Kun,  Zohaa  K.;  aad  Robiasoa,  Robert  J.,  to  Zeaith  Radio  Corporation. 
P-N  junctions  in  ZnSe,  Zns,  or  ZnS/ZnSe  aad  semiconductor  devices 
comprisiag  such  juactioas.  3,670.220.  CI.  317-237. 
Kuadler,  Waher;  aad  Hntgit.  Gerd.  to  Anschatz  *  Co.,G.m.b.H.  Elec- 
trical automatic  pUot.  3,670327,  CL  3 1 8-58 1 . 
Kunii,  Kazushi:  See— 
--.     Takamura,    Akira;    KunU.    Kazushi;    Seharada.    Saburo;    aad 

Nakataai.  Hiroshi,3,669.222. 
Kaaik,  I.  Jordan:  See— 

Barzely,  Avner.  3,670,254. 
Kuaio,  Nishiaomiya-Shi:  See— 

Tsuchiya,    Hiroshi;    Kunio,    Nishinomiya-Shi;    Kimura,    Akio; 
Kawano,     Sumiaori;     Fujimoto.     Keimei;     Ozaki,     Toshiaki; 
Yamamoto,  Sigeo;  Okuno,  Yoeitosi;  Taaaka,  Katsutoshi;  Ootshi, 
Tadashi;  and  Takeda,  Hisami3,670,057. 
Kuno.  Mitsuzo:  See— 

Nakao,  Yoshio;  Kuno,  Mitsuzo;  Yaaatodaai,  Saburo;  Taaaka,  Fu- 
aihiko;  aad  Noiiri,  Tsutomn.3,669,836. 
Kurebayashi,  Hidetoshi:  See— 

Nakahara,  Shojiro;  and  Kurebayashi,  Hidetoshi,3.670.267. 
Kareha  Kagaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

MuaekaU,  Takeshi;  aad  Uchida,  Eizaburo,  3,669,998. 
Kurd.  Hiroshi.  to  Asahi  Kogakn  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Device  fbr 

viewiag  indicia.  3.668,993,  CI.  95-42.000 
Knrimoto,  Kazuhiko:  See— 

Koyaaagi,  Shuaichi;  Tajima.  Shigenobu;  Shimizu,  ToshUiide;  and 
Kariaoto,  Kaxuhiko,3 ,669,946. 
KariU,  Kea-khiro,  to  KariU  Machiaery  Maaufacturiag  Coapaay, 
Liaited.  Device  for  releasing  flher  cake  m  fUter  press.  3,669373,  CL 

KuriU  Machinery  Maaufacturiag  Coapaay,  Liaited:  See— 

Kuritt,  Kea-lchiro,  3,669373. 
Kuvshiaov,  Viktor  Alexandrovich:  See— 

Voitsekhovsky,    Bogdaa    Vyacheskvovich;    KuvshoMv,    Viktor 
Alexandrovich;   Plaxia,   Vladiair   Nikolaevich;   and    Nevsky. 
Vyacheslav  Alexandrovich3.668,9l4. 
Kveglis,  Albert  Andrew:  See— 

Kolyer,     John     McNaughtoa;     aad     Kveglis.     Albert     An- 
drew,3,669327. 
KwUt  Lok  Corporation:  See— 

Hohnes,  Jack  H.,  3.6683 1  >. 
Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Hoshiao,  Kazuo;  aad  Kanemitsu,  Akio,  3,669,689. 
Taaaka,  Masao;  Oka,  Tetuo;  Fujio,  Tatsaro;  aad  Mochizuki, 
Kazuo,  3,669.842. 
Lab.  Edgar:  See— 

Richter.  Wolfgang  Max  Egon;  Lab.  Edgar,  aad  SiebKst.  Hans 
Wemer3,668,959. 
LaBoda,  MitcheU  A.,  to  General  Molon  Corporatioa.  Electrochemical 

machiaiag.  3,669.858.  CI.  204-143. 
Lacey,  Richard  F.;  Cutter,  Leoaard  S.;  aad  Turner  WUson  S.,  to 
Hewlett-Packard  Company.  Atomic  beam  tube  havhig  a  hoaogeai- 
OBS  polaridag  aagaetic  field  in  the  RF  transition  region.  3.670,171. 

Laibk,  Ralph  L.  Electrical  feace  coastractioa.  3,669.413,  CL  256- 

10.000 
Lahwsae,  Bruao.  Apparatas  for  iajectioa  aoldiag.  3,669,601,  CL  425- 

249. 

L'Air  Liquide,  Societe  Aaoayae  Pour  I'Etude  et  I'ExpkMUtioa  das 
Procedes  Georgn  Ckade  and:See— 
Gouay,  DaaM.  3.670.093. 
I'Air  Uqaide.  Sodete  Aaoayae  Pour  I'Etude  et  fExploitatioa  des 
Procadas  Georges  ClaBde:See— 
Thibaak.  Jeas-Jaeqaea;  aad  Carle.  Jacques.  3.6683*  I  ■ 
Ujus,  Pierre,  to  Coapagak  Geaerak  de  Radiok>gk.  RadMogkal  ex- 

aaiaaioa  apparatus.  3,670,163,0. 250-50.000 
Lakatos,  Edaard:  See— 

Koberslafai,  B^ar.  aad  Lakatos.  Edaard3.669.906. 
UMarr8,DavidA.:S«e- 

Kaatoraki,  Joseph  W.;  La  Marre,  David  A.;  aad  Saith.  Doaald 
A.3.670.263. 
Laab-Weatoa.  lac:  Sar— 

Schoch.  Thoaas  J.;  aad  Shaa.  Jerry  L..  3.669,686. 
Laaiparsky.  Haas  Dfetaar.  aad  Marbet.  Roaaa,  to  Givaadaa  Corpora- 
tioa. Uasatoratad  hydroxy  ketoaes.  3.670.026. CI.  260-592.000 
Laacor,  Joaeph  H .,  Jr. :  See— 

Piua,  Brwfai  E.;  Laacor.  Joseph  H.,  Jr.;  aad  Lodge,  Edward 
H.3.669332. 
LaadahLCariD.:See- 

Kk«.  Doaald  L.;  aad  Laadahl,Carl  D.,3,669,637. 


J.;  aad  Wakel.  HaoM 


Laadk,  Doaald  £.;  aad  Sidha.  Moha^)it  S..  to  Nathiaal  CMh  Ragklar 

Coapaay,  The.  Indaiiag  aMchaoka.  3Mt.942.  CL  74-1 25.000 
Laadoai.  Giaaaiao.  MuWoaadk  ^oMaf  aachiae  for  the  aaaufactaia 

of  padded  uphoktary.  3.669.04S.CL  112-1 18.000 
Laadoai.  OiaaaiM>.  Cover  aatarial  IhsrHag  aad  formiag  apparatus  for 

a  qaUtiag  machiae.  3.669324.  a.  223^3lO0O 
Lang.  Otto,  to  KagaBkehar  OwMg  Sckafcr  *  Co.  Frktioa  criapiM  of 

synthatk  threads.  3.668353,  CL  57-34. 
LaaghaaaMr,  Haas  Jurgaa:  See- 
Geek,  Guatar;  aad  Laaghaaaer.  Hans  Jargaa3.669,434. 
Lardeaois,RabertA.  Hair  brash.  3.668.732,  CL  lS-lS9.00a 
Lare,  PaalJ.:Se»— 
Divecha,  Aaamath  P.;  Lare,  Paal  J.;  Ordway,  Fred.  Jr.;  Hanuaai. 
Robert    A.;    Vaa    Blaricoa.   OrvUk    B.;   aad    Haha.    Haa- 
ry3.668,748. 
Larew,  Joha  J.:  See— 

Dixoa.  Corfoia;  aad  Larew.  John  J..3,670,205. 
Larsea.  Eari  1.;  aad  Krock.  Richard  H.,  to  Malory,  P.  R.,  ft  Co.,  lac. 
Boadiag  of  aetallic  aeabers  with  hthiua  aad  litUaa  rnatainai  al- 
loys. 3.668,755,  CL  29-199.000 
Larsea,  Eari  I.:  See— 

Krock,  Richard  H.;  and  Larsea,  Eari  1.3,668,758. 
Larsoa,  Jaaes  H.,  to  Graco  lac.  Puap.  3,6693 1 6, CL  308-36. 100 
Larsoa,  Mdvia  E.,  lo  Rospatch  Corporatioa.  Forward  horisoatal 

packer.  3,668323,  Q.  53-250.000 
LaSaUe  Machine  Tool,  Inc.:  See- 

MitcheO,  ArchibaM  S.,  3.669357. 
Lasater.  Reginald  M.:  See— 

Knox.    John    A.;    Keeney.    BUI    I 
M.3.669,613. 
Lasky,  Daaiel  J.:  See— 

Faigeabaua,  Mark  A.;  Lasky.  Daaiel 
C.3.669.66S. 
Latash.  Jury  Vadiaovich:  See— 

Paton.  Boris  Evgeaievich;  Latash,  Jary  Vadhaovieh;  Modovar, 
Boris  IzraUevich;  Eaeliaacako,  July  Georgievich;  aad  KHaev. 
MikhaUMariiovich3,6704M9. 
Lathaa,  Burton  F..  Jr.;  aad  CruB,  WUbaa  B.,  to  Coatiaeatal  Carbon 
Coapaay.  Buraer  and  feedstock  tajectioa  aaseabhr  for  catboa  Hock 
reactor.  3,669,628, CL  23-259300 
Launay.  Pierre.  Seal  for  the  cover  of  a  vassd  with  a  cveakr  nnsaias 

3.669303.  CI.  220-46.0nM 
Laureatiaa  Coaceatrates  Liaited:  See— 

Butkr,  Jesses  W.,  3,669398. 
Laviader,  Taylor  FraakUa,  to  Du  Pout  de  Neaours,  E.  I.,  aad  Coa- 
paay. Method.  3Mt.948.CL  76-107.00s 
Lawreaoe  Brothers,  lac.:  See— 

Gehrke,  Howard  G.,  3.669395. 
Lawreace.  J.  Rkhard:  Set— 

Murphy.  Pettr  C;  aad  Lawreace.  J.  Richard3,669356. 
Uwreace,  Rkhard  E.,  deceased  Lawranca,  Bilaao;  axacMriz.  Sac- 
tioaalised  stack  with  drcuafereatial  aad  radial  expaaska  aiaai 
3,669,042,  CL  1 10-184.  " 

Lawtoa,  Gerald  Wayae:  See- 
Jacob,  Charles  Juaior,  aad  Lawtoa,  GeraM  Wayae.3.669.734. 
Lear  SiMlar.  lac.:  See— 

McOarvoy.  Charles  B..  3.670342. 
Moses.  Adriaa  J..  3.670.148. 
Robiasoa,  David  8.,  3,669.398. 
Le    Chatdkr,   Jacques,   to   SodeU    Akadeaae   de    Coaatrwdteas 
Mecaaiqaas  de  Mulhoose.  fpiaaiag  ffraaas.  3368334.  CL  37- 
58.890 
Ladabur.  Harry  C,  to  Weaa  faidustries.  toe.  Drawaa  of  aatal  titks 
3,668,9 1 6.  CL  72-274.000  ^^ 

Ledwoa,  Erhard:  See— 

Juag,  Aatoa  I  adklaas;  aad  Ledwoa.  Erhard33694>90. 
Lee.  Charles  A.;  aad  Fariwck.  Warrea  E..  to  Applaaa  Wtaa  Works 
Corporatioa.  aasae.  Method  of  aakkg  fabrk  wMi  a  i 
area  thaa  the  fhbrk.  3369.78 1 .  CL  1 56-84. 
Lee.  Charles  A.:  Set— 

Brasla.  Mary  Aaae;  Cogar.  George  R^  Lae,  Charlas  A.;  N« 

a,  DoaaM  O.;  Roaao,  Albert  J.;  SavMa.  Ernesto  O.; 
ie,Tof^eB3.670.l44. 
Lee,  Maarice  Wa.,  Sr  AppKaaca  for  aad  aethod  of  i 

3,669,006,  CL  99-4503 
Lee,  Rayaoad,  Orgaaisatioa,  The:  See— 

Roaara,  A4dk  B..  3,668,7 1 9. 
Laaeoa,  RichoMMd  T.;  and  Richter,  Haas  H.,  to  I 

Twklar  aad  aethod  of  twWkg.  3368355.  CL  57-77.400 
Laesoaa  Corporatioa:  See— 

Leeeoa.  RkhawMd  T.;  aad  Richar.  Haas  H..  33683SS. 
Rkhter.  Haas  H.,  3368356. 
Laeaer.  Jaaras  R.;  Raid.  Fraack  R.;  Turpto,  Charlsa  H.;  aad  Hiks.  lack 

k'TS^SfZ""^-  '*•  "^  "-*  — ^-  ••-•■^- 

Le  OuMera,  Jacqass:  See— 

Girard,      Reae      Faraand      Victor,      aad      La      TTlMaa 
Jaeqaes,3.669,866. 
LahakahL  Robert,  lo  Carltaa  Machiae  Tool  Caapaoy.  Tka.  Aoao- 

aatk  aachioiag  caatar.  3369356.  CL  dOt-loiOBO 
Lehovec.  Krat;  Hiekcher.  Fraak  H.;  aad  Prokr.  Hani  hi..  lotaaHaa 
Bk^  Coapaay.  Seld-«au  vidiooa  MnKlaM.  S37«.l9t,  STjlS- 
11.000 


PI  26 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JUNB13.1972 


UMkM.  lUnMirf  T..  to  Hwcmtot  lacorpormtad.  SynthMit  of  partial 
I  of  cwtata  aoMMopMtyl  polyoli)  aad  aUpkatk  aooocarboi- 
cMa.  S,«70JbI3.CL  IMMliOQi 
mmmm;  lro«  » ..  to  UoMod  StatM  of  Aaarica.  Navy-  Uadotwalar  imat- 
iM  MM  lor  *mf  ■alHiiariMic*  ^.okklM.  3.6«I.9I6^.  MI  1 .000 
Lmmiu  Marvia  J.,  to  Siapaoa  Tiabar  Coapaay.  Raftea  baraar  for 
^lowi  VMU.  bark  t-idJn^  otter  eoabmtibla  aolids.  3.6694)39. 
CL110-7.00a  ^  .  ^  ^ 

LMBaa.  Marvte  J.,  to  SbapMHi  Timber  Coaipoay.  PaauBnatic  iprMder 

■toker.  3.669.502.  CI.  302-19.000 
U  Mire,  Noai.  to  Ratia  NaUonak  dat  Uww«  Renaak,  and  Aatomo- 
baa*  PaatMt  Vakicia  mt>.  3,669.397.  CI.  241-37 1 .000 

Laao  Linilad:  S« 

SooMa.  Blie  Micbal;  aad  Habayab.  Jabbour.  3.669.1 26. 
LcoM.  Aadrii:  ami  Kirton.  Lionel  A.,  to  Signetics  Corporation.  Boat 

polHag  apparetoi  and  difhuion  furnace  and  method.  3,669,431,  CI. 

263-21.000 
LapaaHar.  Martia  Nal,  to  Bell  Telephoae  Laboratoriea,  lacorporated. 

Modiiytag  barrier  layer  device*.  3.669.730.  CI.  1 1 7-200.000 
Lermaa.  Fraak:  Sst— 

Baitacb.  RaymoMi  C;  and  Lermaa,  Frank,3,669.922. 
LenMr.  Martia  L..  to  Zmith  Radio  Corporation.  Prooeat  of  etchmg  a 

•hadaw  aaak.  3.669.77 1 .  CI.  1  S6-«. 
LeA.  Noraiaa;  aad  Kleiaaiaa.  Mitcbel,  to^readweU  Corporauon. 

RotataMe  bot  aeUi  diKbargtag  car.  3.669.029.  CI.  10S-26S.000 

L«  Teadre.  Bat«ae  I'"  ^**— 

Pafdk.  WaiiMB  Gordon;  Smith.  Walter  I.;  Smith.  Wayne  A.;  and 

Le  Taadra.  Evfeac  F..3.669.244. 
Lovaagia.  Oilbart:  Stt— 

HokaasoB,  Lyk  W.;  Savage,  Jame*  R.;  Smith.  E.  Peter.  Levangie, 
Gilbert;  aad  Klaas.  Williaffl.3.669.196. 
Lavoaaohtt,  David,  to  Contiaental  Pet  Innovationa,  Inc.  Noitelem 

aquarium  pvmp.  3.669,S73.  CI.  4 1 7-4 1 6.000 
Lever  Brothen  Company:  See— 

Oteeawood.    Joha    Makofan;    and    Stoket.    David    Howard. 

3.669.191. 
Prieatley.  Hill  M.;  and  Wibon.  James  H..  3.670.027. 
Levi.  Clifford  A.,  to  Alpha  laduatries.  lac.  mesne.  Method  of  produc- 

iMsemicoadBCtor devices.  3.669.773.CI.  IS6-17.000 
Levine.  Ralph,  to  Cities  Service  Company.  Storage  stabUity  of  tetrakis 

■ickel  compouda.  3.669.999.  CI.  260-439.00r 
Levy.  Harold.  Automobile  hood  kwk  device.  3,66«.90S.  CI.  70- 

240.000 
Lewis.  Elbert  O.  Fish  cleaning  trough  for  boaU.  3.66S,739.  CI.  17- 

53.000 
Leybura.  Derek;  Montague.  Bernard  R.;  and  Mattila,  Henry  K.,  to  Bell 
Caaada.  Telephoae  traasbting  apparatus.  3,670.I09.C1. 179-18.0et 
Libert.  Roiaad:  See— 

Juhl.  WiUiaffl  O.;  and  Libers.  Roland.3 .670.04 1 . 

Libtt  Shovel  Co..  A.O.:  5m— 

Bergmmin.  Hermann  Ouatav  Adolf.  3.669 ,4S  I . 
Licoatia  Palaat-Vecwaltanga-O.m.b.H.:  See— 
MaOebreia.  Raiaer.  3.670.322. 
Reia.  Haaa-Martia;  aad  Coaie.  Peter.  3.669.760. 
Schmidt,  Gaaler-Karl.  3.669.31 1. 
Lieber.  Haaa-Wilmlm;  awl  Kramer.  Rolf,  to  Fernsteuergerate  Kurt 
Oelach  KO.  Layer  thickness  indicating  device  for  electrolytically 
deposited  maUiialB.  3.669.I6S.  CI.  204-»S.000 
Uarmaan.  Charles  J.;  aad  Moore.  Joaeph  0.  Swimming  pool  cover  and 

taacae  device.  3,661.71 1, CI.  4-171130 
Ligaea  Talagraphiqaes  et  Telephoaiqaes:  See— 

De  Meu>.  Patrick  De  Laage.  3 .670.266. 
UBy.  BH.  aad  Company:  See- 
Luna,  WWiutH.^.,i  JS69M9. 
Porter.  Heiaehel  D.,  3,669,916. 
White.  William  A..  3.669.965. 
Uadaer.  Herbert.  GmbH.  Firma:  S««- 

Stade.  Gerhard.  3.669.011. 

Lindsay.  George  P.;  SaOivaa.  Shelby  F.;  aad  Whitehouae.  Harper  John, 

to  UaHed  Stalea  of  America.  Navy.  Correlators  using  shift  registers. 

3.670.151. CL  235-111.000  ^    ^ 

Uadtvdt.  Torletfi  Johaaea.  Leif;  aad  Haeglaad.  Borge  F..  deceasedO 

(bv  Haatlaad,  Merit;  legal  repreaeatative).  Methods  for  joiaiag  ends 

of  wireaiadt^  Ike.  3.66i.7f».  CL  29-630. ^ 

Liaameier.  Leoaaid  J.  Material  cart.  3.669.464.  CI.  2tO-47.340 
Lippitt,  Raymoad  P.:  5m— 

Haaaoa.  Riehwd  E.;  aad  Lippitt.  Raymoad  F..3.669.3S3. 
Uppmaaa,  Wiibar,  to  Ayerst.  McKeaaa  aad  Haniaon.  Lnnited. 
Medwd  of  tteadag  hyperchhMhydria  aad/or  aaaociated  coaditions. 
3.670.0tt.CL  424-275. 
Upioa.  Thomas  J.,  lac.:  5m— 

Garkia.  Marthi:  Saaderson.  Gary  Waraer;  and  Studer,  Victor  Ver- 
aoa,  3,669,6*0. 
Little.  Joeaph  P.;  aad  Clooaa.  Jerry  A.,  to  CatorpUlar  Tractor  Com- 

peay.  Fuel  primhig  pump.  3.669.S76.  CI.  417-S7I  .000 
Uviaoioa.  William  L..  to  Factory  Mutual  Reaearch  Corporation. 
Method  of  ll|htiH*(in  3'M9>I91>C1- 169-l.OOa 

Llater.Al(MR.:SM-  ^    .,  ^„   ^ 

Gilvar.    Marlfai;    Coaloa.    Charles    E.;    and    Linger.    Alfred 
R.4.669.377. 
LochrMge.JoeC.:5M-  _„. 

Jonee,  Jerry  J.;  Keeaoa.  Delbert  L.;  Morgaa.  Wdham  A.;  and 
Lochridge.  Joe  C..3.66S.S7t. 


Lock.  Michael  Charles:  See-       ^ 

Mc  Dougan,  lea  Leitch;  and  Lock.  Michael  Charles.3.669.905. 
Lockheed  Aircraft  Corporation:  See— 

Inoue.Kiyoshi.  3,670,1 37. 

Jacobs.  WiUi  P.;  and  PUtxer,  MaximUian  P..  3,669.386. 
Locking  Systems.  Inc.:  5m— 

Roberts.  Marvin  E..  3,668.909. 
Lodge,  Edward  H.:5««-  .    .       „.       ^ 

Figge.  Erwin  B.;  Lancor.  Joaeph  H..  Jr.;  and  Lodge.  Edward 
H. .3.669.532.  .^ 

Lodge,  Frank:  See— 

Harvey.  Edvia  Deaaii;  aad  Lodge,  Frank.3,669.994. 
Logemaan.  Willy:  See— 

Ambrogi.  Vittorio;  and  Logemann,  Willy. 3. 669 .966. 
Logic  Dynamics.  Inc.:  5m— 

Hovnanian,  Vimm  E.;  and  Kitzmiller.  Edward,  3.670.208. 
Lohmann  ft  Stolterfoht  Aktiengesellachaft:  5««— 

Burkhardt,  Walter;  and  Wedler,  Herbert.  3,669.230. 
Lohmeyer.  Hartmut  H.  Modular  furniture  pieces.  3.669.494.  CI.  297- 

440.000 
Lomas.  Eric  Ellis,  to  Fibreglam  Limited.  Chopper  body.  3,668.964.  CI 

83-347. 
Longi.  Paolo:  5e«—  .  ~.  . 

Cameli.  Nazxmeno;  Longi.  Paolo;  Valvaasori.  Alberto;  and  Flui, 

Umberto.3.t70.0SS. 

L'Oreal:5ee- 

Morane,  Bruno  P.,  3.669,1 14. 

Lorenz.  Dietrich:  See— 

Bohze,  Kari-Heinz;  and  Lorenz,  Dietrich,3,669,967 

Lorenz.  Guntor,  Gallus.  Manfred;  Oiessler.  Wolfgang;  and  Nischk 
Gunther.  to  Faibeafabrikea  Bayer  AktiengeaellKhafl.  Proceu  foi 
the    production   of  high    molecular   weight   polybenzoxazinonesi 
3,669,928.  CI.  260-47.0cp  ^,         .1 

Lorenzetti,  Olfeo  John,  to  Miles  Laboratories.  Inc.  Method  of  lowermg 
Intraocular  preaaure.  3.670.087.  CI.  424-273.000  ] 

Loscalto.  Nicholu  R..  to  Petoraft  Industries  Incorporated.  Grooming 
and  cleaning  device.  3,668.736.  CI.  1 5-402.000  J 

Loturco,  Joseph  A.  Toroidal  coil  winding  machine.  3.669.365.  CI.  242 

4.00b 
Loucks.  Wynn  R.  Snap-on  bracket.  3.669,394, CI.  248-22 1 .000 
Loudenslager,  Ray  D.,  to  Automotive  Exhaust  Conuol  Corporation 
Auxiliary  air  fiiei  mixture  control  system  for  reducing  automotive  ex 
hauatemistiont.  3.669,420.  CI.  26 1 -23.00a 
Love.  Gordon  D.  Mixing  apparatus.  3.669,414,  CI.  259-8.000 
Lowe,Charles  B.,  to  Universal  Oil  Productt  Company.  Vehicle  aeau . 

3,669.400. CI.  248-400.000 
Lowe.  Donald  P.:  5m—  , 

Spedden.    Henry    R.;    Apps.    John    A.;    and    Lowe,    Donalf 
F..3.669.65I. 
Lowicki.   Norbert;   and   Teuers,   Hans,   to  Orillo-Werke   AkUen- 
gesellschafl.  Process  for  the  directive  removal  of  S03  from  wast^ 
gas.  3.669.617.CI.  23-25.000 
LTV  Aeroapace  Corporation:  5m— 

Trim.  James  H..  3.670,244. 
LTV  Ling  Altec,  lac:  5ee— 

Kahn.  Jay  Dee  C.  3.670.299. 
Theodore,  Charles,  3,670,232. 
Theodore,  Charles,  3,670.276. 
Lubliner,  Milton,  to  White,  Morris.  Fashions,  Inc.  Ladies  handbaj 

3.669.1 69.  CI.  150-33.000 
Lucas,  Joaeph.  (ladustries)  Limited:  5ee— 
Cryer.  Edward,  3.670,1 16. 
Harris.  Paul  Anthony.  3.670.229. 
Savory.  Anthony  James.  3.669.596. 
Stowe.Briaa.  3.670.1 18.  . 

Lucas.  Raymoad  L.  R.  System  for  conttolling  apphcation  of  brakulg 
force  to  a  roll  of  sheet  material.  3.669.376.  CI.  242-75.450 


Lucien.  Rene,  to  lociete  Messier.  Control  device  for  aircraft  undercar 
riages  and  trap-door  housing  closure .  3 ,669,3  87 ,  CI.  244- 1 02  .Osl 

LuckenbiU.  Lawrence  F.;  and  Hackman.  Fraak  C.  to  Mueller  Cf 
Compression  ceupUnp.  3.669.475.  CI.  285-348.000 

Lucy,  Carl  F.:  5m^ 

Waite.  Hal  R.;  and  Lucy.  Cari  F.3.669.020. 

Luecke.FredR.,Jr.:5M—  .,,.... 

Freerks.  Coarad  T.;  and  Luecke.  Fred  R..  Jr..3.668.8 14. 

Luebring.  Elmer  L..  to  Joslyn  Mfg.  and  Supply  Company.  Muhi-poiat 
to  common  pohit  dead  tank  switeh  haviag  vacuum  iasalated  coatacis 
aad  vacuum  inauUted  terminaU.  3.670.123.  CI.  200-144.00b,     ~^ 

Lund.  Bjom:  5m— 

Gude.  Klaus  Erik;  and  Lund.  Bjom .3 .669.4 32. 

Lund.  Herbert  Z.  Alcoholic  concentration  indicator.  3.668.866.  CL  5  I 
I52.00r 

Lundgren.  Gunner  Ame  Leonard,  to  Komprimator  AB.  Garbage  co^ 

pactors.  3,669 JOIO,  CI.  100-52. 

Lundovist,  Bertil:  See—  ...,,...„ 

Zinck.Peteraen.Jorgen;andLundovist.Bertil.3.670.175. 

Lunn.  WiUiam  H.  W.,  to  LUly,  Eli.  aad  Company.  Beniimidazo[2. 
b]qumazolin-12(6H )  ones.  3.669.969.  CL  260-256.40f  i 

Lurie.  Michael  Jay:  5m—  ,  ,.,«  ^,- 

Sen  Ih.  Charles  Chung;  aad  Lurie,  Michael  Jay ,3,669 .673.  I 

Lutz,  Albert  WUIiam;  and  Feeny,  Richard  WUliam.  to  Americkn 

Cyaaamid  Company.  3.5.6-Substituted  -6-(trifluoromethyl)  hydrou 

racils.  3,669,970,  CL  260-260.000 


I- 


JUNB13.1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  27 


Lute.  Charles  WiUiam,  to  FMC  CorporatioB.  Refrigerated  dough  com- 
positions and  procett  for  preparing  same.  3.669,682,  CI.  99-90 .Onf 
Lyman,  Eugene  S.:  5««— 

Smith,    Emset    L.;    Duffy,    Arthur    R.;    end    Lyman.    Euiene 
S.,3,669,816. 
Lyons.  John  W .:  5m— 

Clarke,  Fredric  B.;  and  Lyons,  John  W..3,669.893. 
M  ft  J  Valve  Company:  5m- 

Grove,  Marvin  H.;  and  Van  Arsdale,  Lyie  R.,  3.668,923. 
M  ft  T  Chemicals  tec:  See— 

Eppeatteiaer.  Frederick  Waher,  3.669.776. 
Harbulak.  Edward  P.,  3.669.854. 
Maag,  Helmut:  See— 

Krall,  Heribert;  Maag,  Helmut;  Herrmann.  Otto;  and  Posl.  Ru- 
dolf,3,669,176. 
Maaae,  Robert;  and  Karbuom,  Karl  R.  M.,  to  American  Chain  ft  Cable 
Company.  Inc.  Tow  truck  conveyor  system.  3,669,027,  CL  104- 
172.0bt 
MacComac,  James  Kenneth  Maxwell:  5m— 

Parkmaa,  Wiliam  Terence;  and  MacConnac.  James  Kenneth 
Muwell.3,670,149. 
Mac  Intyre,  Michael  W.:  See— 

Klein,   DonaU   L.;  Mac   Intyre,   Michael   W.;  and   Rothman, 
Lawrence  J..3,669.669. 
Mack.  James  M.:  Sec— 

Podiak.   Richard   S.;   Mack,   James   M.;   aad    Bretach.   Michael 
A. .3 .668,749. 
Mackenzie,  Gordon  C:  See— 

Rattman,  Wiliam  J.;  Wasson,  Frank  R.,  Jr.;  and  Mackenzie,  Gor- 
don C..3.669.340. 

MacKenzie,  Joseph  H..  Jr.  Wire  termination  block  construction. 

3,670.296.  CL  339-198.00g 
Mac  Millaa  Bloedel  Limited:  5«e— 

Admiraal,  Lambertus,  3,670,1 33. 
Maddick.  George  Albert  Farquhar.  Apparatus  for  monitoring  flow  of 

currentinaconductor.  3,670.23 1, CI.  321-12. 
Mador,  Irving  L.:  See— 

Goete,  Richard  W.;  and  Mador.  Irving  L.,3,670,021. 
Maeder.  Arthur:  5m— 

Nachbur,  Hermann;  Kern.  Joerg;  and  Maeder,  Arthur,3,669,72S. 
Maemoto,  Kenichi:  See— 

Nakaguchi.  Kohei;  Nishikida,  Tomozumi;  Kawawmi,  Shohachi; 
Maemoto.  Kenichi;  Sano,  Takezo;  Fujii.  Yoshikazu;  Harada, 
Koichi;  and  Ueda,  Ketjyu,3 ,669,945. 
Magat.  Eugene  Edward;  and  Tanner,  David,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours, 
E.  1..  and  Company.  Graft  copolymers  of  unsaturated  polyetbers  on 
polyamide  and  polyester  subsUates.  3,670.048,  CI.  260-857.00g 
Mager,  Elisabeth;  Schulz,  Helga;  and  Schuiz,  Peter,  to  Plaat,  Cari.  Fir- 
ma.  One-piece  nipple,  pacifier  and  the  like.  3,669,1 1 2,  CI.  1 28-252. 
Magnante,  Peter  C,  to  American  Optical  Corporatwn.  Frequency- 
doubled  neodymium  doped  glam  laser  utilizing  a  lithium  niobate 
crystal.  3,670,258,  CI.  331-94.300 
Magnuson.  Genevieve  1.:  5ee— 

Babb.  Raymond  E.,  3.669,263. 
Magnuson.  Robert.:  5m— 

Babb.  Raymond  E..  3.669.263. 
Magnuason,  Olov  Tage;  and  Kenneryd.  Karl  Gosu  Lennart,  to  Ak- 
tiebolaget  Electrolux.  Gas-operated  refrigerator  having  sealed  com- 
bustion system.  3,668,889,  CI.  62-476.000 
MAGRINI  Fabbrkhe  Riunite  Magrini-Scarpa  e  Magnano  M.S.M., 
S.p.A.:  5m— 
Calvino  y  Teijeiro.  Benito  Jose,  3,670,1 24. 
MAGRINI  Fabbriche  Ruinite  Magrini-Scarpa  e  Magnano  M.S.M., 
S.p.A.:  5m— 
Calvino  y  Teijeiro.  Benito  Jose,  3,670,1 25. 
Mahler,  Jom  Leo:  5re— 

Aunstnip,  Knud;  and  Mahler.  Jom  Leo,3 ,669,843. 
Maier.  Andreas:  See— 

Sutter.  Fritt;  and  Maier,  Andreas.3,669.4 1 6. 
Maisch,  Larry  D.:  5e«— 

Bryan,  Darrel  L.;  and  Maisch.  Larry  D..3.669.293. 
Major  Corporation:  5ee— 

Yancey.  Le  Roy  D..  3.670,1 17. 
Mails.  Albert.  Chord  indicator.  3,668,967,  CI.  84-47 1 .000 
Mallams,  Alan  K.,  to  Schering  Corporation.  9-Dihydromegalalosamine 
and  esters  thereof  and  methods  for  their  manufacture.  3,669,952,  CI. 
260-2l0.0ab 
Mallams,  Alan  K.,  to  Schering  Corporation.  Megalalosamine  aad  esters 
thereof  and  methods  for  their  manufacture.  3,669,953.  CL  260- 
210.0ab 
Mallebrein.  Reiner,  to  Licentia  Pateat-Verwahungs-G.m.b.H.  Pro- 
grammable keyboard.  3,670.322.  CL  340-324.00a 
Mallory.  P.  R.,  ft  Co.  Inc.:  See- 
Anderson.  Daniel  J..  3,670.212. 
Kaye,  Gordon  E.,  3,669,753. 
Laraen,  Eari  I.;  and  Krock,  Richard  H.,  3,668.755. 
Murphy.  Peter  C;  and  Lawrence,  J.  Richard.  3.669.656. 
Ralston.  Robert  E.;  and  Ko,  Yung  Ling.  3.669,754. 
Maloney,  William  T.,  to  Sparry  Rand  Corporation.  Lenslem  optica) 

recognition  system.  3.670,305,  CI.  340-146.30p 
Mamrose.  Wesley.  Dishwashing  apparatus.  3.669.1 32,  CL  134-58.00d 
Maaatt,  Stanley  L.:  5m— 

United  Stetes  of  America,National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Ad- 
miaistntion,  Administrator,  3,670.241 . 


eqaaUaer 


Mangea.  Arnold:  5m— 

Erikaaoa.  Kari  Gunner;  aad  Maagea.  Araold.3.670.06S. 
Maaaeamaa  AktieagaaaUachaft:  5m— 

Sander.  Otto;  aad  Ulpe.  Alexaader.  3.66847S. 
Mannesmaan  Aktieageaellachaft:  5m— 

Schrewa.  Haaa.  3.669.1 8 1 . 
Maaaesmaan-Maer  Aktieageaellachaft:  5m— 

Himmler.  Coarad  Richard.  3.669.570. 
Maanion.  Gerald  P.;  and  Mannion.  James  R.  Flow  rasistaaci 

for  hquidcircalatioa  system.  3.668  J22.CL  55-159.000 
Maaaba.  James  R.:  See— 

Mannion,  Gerald  F.;  and  Mannion.  James  R..3.66I422. 
Mansfeld.  Viktor,  and  Padr.  Zdeaek,  to  SpoCa,  Uaited  Pharmaeeatieal 
Works.  Proeem  of  preparing  a  protease  inhibitor.  3.670.075.  CL 
424-1 10.000 
Menus,  George:  5m— 

Andersen,  Bjom.  3.670.108. 
Manut.  Max:  5m— 

Andersen.  Bjom,  3.670,108. 
Manzek,  Rhinehart  A.:  See— 

Turner,  Lyman  H.;  aad  Manzek,  Rhinehart  A..3 .669,447. 
MAR-PHA.  Societe  d'Etnde  et  d'Exploiution  de  Marques:SM— 

Cahn.  Jean.  3,670.08 1. 
Maraachak.  Varily  Makarovich;  Novella.  Vladimir  Nikolaevieh:  aad 
Veiaky.  Staaislav  Petrovich.  Method  for  determiaiag  the  distaace  to 
a  fauh  on  power  transmisaioB  lines  and  device  for  its  reaKaatioa  oo 
DC.  liner  3,670.240,  CL  324-52. 
Marand,   Jean;   and   Rousaelot,   FeKx.  to  Ciba-Geigy  Corporation. 
Aerosol  dispenser  haviag  flexible  coilapsibte  product  coataiaiaa  sac. 
3,669.3 1 3.  CL  222-95.000 
Marantz.  Laurence  B.;  aad  Greenbaam.  Michael  A.,  to  United  Stetes 
of  America,  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare.  Treatment  of  dialysate 
solution  for  removal  of  urea.  3,669,878,  CL  210-22.000 
Maranu,  Laurence  B.;  aad  Greeabaum,  Michael  A.,  to  CCl  As.  _. 
Corporation.  Recirculation  dialaate  system  for  use  with  aa  artil 
kidney  machine.  3,669.880,  CL  210-22.000 
Marbelite  Company,  Inc.:  5m— 

Siklos.  Gregory,;  and  Rudden,  James  B.,  3,670.302. 
Marbet,  Roman:  5m— 

Lamparsky.  Haas  Dietmar;  and  Marbet.  Roman.3,670,026. 
Mardon,  Austin;  and  Nielsen,  Robert  N.,  Jr.,  to  American  Nucleonics 
Corporation.  Tunnel  diode  movement  detector.  3.670.321.  CI.  343- 
8. 
Maretka.  Faye  M.  Pocket  organizer  for  golfers.  3,669.250.  CL  206- 

38.00r 
Marez,  John;  aad  Hatch,  Alan  R.,  to  United  States  of  America.  Navy. 
Film  insertion  and  removal  device  for  use  with  a  cathode  ray  tobe 
3,670,1 02,  CL  178-7.800 
Marforio,  Nerino,  to  Virginio  RimoMi  ft  Co.,  S.p.A.  Preaaar  foot 
deflector  of  a  fabric  edge  in  a  sewing  machine.  3,669.049.  CL  1 12- 
ISO.OOO 
Markarian.  Mark,  to  Sprague  Electric  Company.  Molded  cover  aad 

vent  for  electrolytic  capacitors.  3.669.302.  CL  220-44.00r 
Markin.  Joseph:  5m— 

Sobel.  Alan;  and  Markin.  Joaeph.3 .670.323. 
Marquardt.  Julius  P.;  and  Wade.  Ronald  A.,  to  Intemational  Harveater 
Company.  Chaage-apeed  reduction  drive  for  a  conveyor.  3.668.794. 
CL  37-8.000 
Marriott,  Eric  Walter,  to  Cotton,  William  Limited.  Straight  bar  kaittma 

machiaes.  3.668.903.  CL  66-82.000 
Marachak.  Howard  J  Shelf  detachaMy  aecured  to  an  apertured  board 

toform  adiaplay  unit.  3.669.034. CI.  108-152.000 
Marschak.  Howard  J.  Base  for  a  diaplay  rack.  3.669.036.  CL  lOS- 

153.000 
Marschall,  Helmut;  Kammermayer,  Wolfgang;  Beller.  Haas  Albert; 
Hahm.  Heinz;  and  Bebut.  Juan,  to  Tevcs,  Alfred,  G.m.b.H.  Piaton  aa- 
tembly  for  dual-network  diak-brake  system.  3,669.226.  CL  lgS-34S. 
Marsh,  Albert  F.  Automatic  egg  turner  for  incubator.  3.669II7S.  CL 

119-44.000 
Marsh.  Stanley  Brace:  5m— 

Clare.  Joha  Dickens;  and  Marsh,  Stanley  Braced. 670.327. 
Marshall.  Frederick  P.:  5m- 

Kinney,  Alfred  W.;  and  MarshaU,  Frederick  P..3.66930S. 
ManhaU,TedR.:5«e- 

De    Core.    Fred;    Peake.    Thaddeus   A.;   aad    MatahaN,   Ted 
R.4.668,768.  ^^ 

MarteeL  Bemard:  5m— 

De      Boeck,      Paul;      Martael,      Bernard;      aad      Schriivafa. 
Josef.3.669.833. 
Martin  Mariette  Corporatioo:  5m— 

Gillc,John  P.,  3,668.880. 
Martin.  RonaM  C;  aad  Sixt,  Matty  E.,  to  Advaace  Draiaage  : 

Inc.  Flexible  coupling.  3.669.473.  CI.  285-197.000 
Martin.  Walter  Harper,  to  Refrigaratioa  Eagiaeariag  Cc 
Method    aad    aMaas   for   ualoadiag   articles   Cram    a 
3.669,239,  CL  198-25.000 
Martiaeck.  HaasG.:  5m— 

Angele  Wilhefaa;  aad  Martiaeck,  Haas  G.  J.670.290. 
Martiai  Bnchbiadereimaachiaeafabrik  AG:  5m— 

Rial.  Walter.  3.669.246. 
Mas,  Erast:  5m— 

Maaziag.  Robert.  3.670.1  IS. 
Meaayeaa.  Arikawa;  Motomi.  Kaao;  Kataaro.  Uo;  aad  Toehio.  Taaaka. 
to  Kobe  Steel  Ltd.  Backiag  strip  for  siagie  side  weldiM  of 
3.669J35.CL  228-50.000 


PI2S 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  13. 1971 


McCMia.TlKMiMA.Machia«forl«tiagshoet.  3.661.727.  CI.  12-15 
McCarthy.  CkuiM  D.:  Sm— 

Fotoy.  CkwlM  F.;  mmd  McCarthy,  Chartet  D..3.669.4S2. 
McCarthy.  Joha  J.:  5m— 

DcMioad.  Richard  J.;  Fronxxek,  Edward  J.;  and  McCarthy,  Johi 
J..3.669.47I. 
McCarty.  Horace  O.:  S**— 

Rowlaad-HiU.      Edward      WUHan;      and      McCarty.      Horao 
3.M9.I4SO.CL  273-1. SOr  0.,3.6«9.I2S. 

Mmob.  PMar  Arthw.  to  taHataatioMl  Standard  Elactric  Corporation.    McCMfaind.  ponaU  H.:  fee- 
Tap*  laukMi  coMTol  apparaUM.  3,669^70.  CL  242-7S.4S0  Devitt.  John  L.;  and  McCleUand.  Donald  H..3 .669.746. 
MaMOWMt,  Honr.  Chain.  3.669,497.0. 297-44S.                                 McCoaaa,  J*aa  W.:  S**- 

•Maria.  to  Coapagnia  Oenaral*  das  BtabltMeaenti  Olanta.  Earl;  and  McComat.  Jean  W..3.669.3SS 

■Hn  &  C 


MatoUnMitehcik  Ooabal  OabH: 

Enilch.OM(|Konnd,  3.669,369. 
Maaeia,  Camm  T.,  to  Continental  Can  Company.  Inc.  Carrier-opanar 

OMnbiMtion.  3,669,2St.CL  206-6S.00c 
hlMhih.  AlphoMS  M.:  Sm- 

Tohty.  Hnbwt  E.;  Maaink.  AlphonM  M.;  Hood.  John  W.;  ami  Ir- 
viB.I>ML.4.M9.16S. 
MaM*.  Jota  W.  Portable  and  ndjastabla  miniatare  baaketbaU  goal. 


Miehalin.  raiaoa 


Cie.  Acoelaratiaa  of  Mitar  vul-    McCoae.  Alaa .  Jr. :  S««— 


caaiiatioaof  polyarathaaet.  3.669.932.  CI.  260-73. One 
MaaabacM.  Yoahinori:  S«t- 

MitMkawa,  Konoaalie;  Hattori.  Hiroahi;  Hikoda.  Toyohiko;  and 
Maaabachi.  Yodiiaori3.669.792. 
Mawoka.  Sadao:  5m— 

MoriU.  MiaofB;Shinki.  Takadu;  and  Masaoka.  Sadao.3.66t.77S. 
Maaavaaia,  Takeahi:  5m— 

Haaaaolo,    Kaao;    Mataaoka,     Michio;     and     Masuyaaa. 
Takeshi3.670.221. 
Manvaaa,  Takeshi;  Aaeaiya.  ToAioki;  aad  iida.  Yoshio.  to  Mat- 
saaUta  Electric  iadaatrial  Co..  Ltd.   Vottagc  variable  resiston. 
3.670^16.  CL3l7-23t. 
Mathers  Coatrola,  lac.:  5m— 

Mathett,  HaraU  M..  3.669.234. 
Malheta.  HaraU  M.,  to  Mathers  Controb,  bK.  FInid  contfob  for  en- 

giae  aad  forward-ieverse  transmission.  3.669.234.  CL  192-O.09S 
Mathevesina.  Yermad.  to  Baldwin.  D.  H.,  Company.  Analog  to  digital 

encoder.  3,67032S.CI.  340-347. 
Mathews.  Jamae  R.:  5m— 

Beadle.  WilUem  E.;  Beneon.  Kenneth  E.;  Mathews.  James  R.;  and 
Voa  Ohhea.  Loata  H..  Jr.,3.669.76S. 
Mataaoka.  Michio:  5m— 

Hamamoto.     Kazao;     Matsaoka.     Michio;     aad     Masuyama. 
Takeshi4.670.221. 
Mataashita  Electrk  iadastrial  Co..  Ltd.:  5m— 

HamaaMto.  KnaM;  Matsaoka.  Michio;  and  Masuyama.  Takeshi, 

3,670.221. 
Hifata.  Hirorid;  aad  Ar«,  Masaaao,  3.669.162. 
Kohaahi.  Tadao;  and  Tanaka.  Kazanobu,  3.669,907. 
Maaayama,  Takeshi;   Amemiya.   Toshioki;   and   Iida,   Yoshio, 

3.670.216. 
Moritn,    Mhwra;    Shiraki.    Takeshi;    aad     Masaoka,    Sadao, 

3,66t.77S. 
Niriiida.  Maamaitaa:  aad  Ouchi.  Hiromu.  3.669.IS7. 
Yoahii.  Tetsai,  3.66t.t94. 
Mataashita  Electric  Iadaatrial  Compaay.  Limited:  5m— 

Koaao, Tsayoshi;  Nakaaato.  Katsuo;  aad  be.  Satoshi.  3,670,1 12. 
Mataaahita  Bbctik  Works.  Ltd.:  5m- 

Doi.     Kaiao;    Wak^ifaaa.    Jaa;    Takahaahi.     Hisamittu;    and 
ToBokawa.  HidM>,  3,669.699. 
Mataashita  Electraaics  Corporatioa:  5m— 

Wak^.  Shaao.  3.670.264. 
Maiaaam.  Hideo;  haaaawa.  Katsahiko;  aad  Mnrase,  Yoshihiko,  to  Nip- 
pon Oakki  Seiao  KalNHhiki  Kaisha.  Vibratiag  plate  fbr  soand  instru- 
.3.669.214.  CI.  111-32 


Camp.  Albert  T.;  and  McCone,  Alaa.  Jr.,3,668,872 
McCnDoagh.    WiKam    N.;    aad    Spracklen,    Edwin    B.,    decease< 
Spraekbn,  Dorothy  H.;  legal  repreaeatative,  said  McCullough  assori 
to  Eagle-Picher  faidnstries.  Inc.  Thermal  battery.  3,669,748.  CI.  1 36 
83.00t 
McDevitt.  James  O.  Reversible  flooring.  3,669.8 1 7,  CI.  1 6 1 -44.000 
McDonald,  Howard  L.:  5m— 

Gentry.  Chariei  B.;  Scanlon.  Robert  M.;  Rumery.  Jerome;  Mc 
Donald.  Howard  L.;  and  Keeler,  Larry  O.,3.668.9l0. 
McDonough,  Jamea  O.:  5m— 

Orossimon,  Herbert  P.;  McDonough,  James  O.;  snd  Roberge, 

James  K.,3,670,1 80 

Mc  Dottgall.  Ian  Leitch;  aad  Lock,  Michael  Charles,  to  Imperial  Mcta 

Industries  (Kynoch)  Limited.  Elec^al  conductors.  3,669,90S,  CI 

2S2-SI2.000  ^ 

McOarvey,  Charles  E.,  to  Lear  Siegler.  Inc.  Selective  paging  receive^ 

and  decoder  employing  an  electronic  filter  means.  3.670342.  Ce 

325-55.  1 

McGivera,  Robert  F.  Siphon  type  sludge  removal  system  for  a  sewage 

setUingtaak.  3.669.271. Cl.  210-128.000 
McOrath.PaulF.:SM- 

Spew.    Eugene    S.;    McGrath.    Paul    F.;    aad    Otto.    Staalei 

W..3.669.0I4.  I 

McOvainc.   Robert   W.,   to   National   Dust  Collector  Corporationi 

Method  aad  apparatus  for  determining  the  difficuhy  of  removing 

polhitantt  by  wet  scrubbing  action.  3.668.825.a.  55-21. 000  T 

Mc  Kendrick.  Lome  J.  Load  balancer.  3.669.41  l.CI.  254-168.  I 

Mc  Larty.  Jack  Lowrie.  to  Universal  O^  Products  Company.  Method 

fbr  compensnting  fbr  resin  shrinkage  in  the  production  of  a  filament 

wound  article.  3,669,782,  Cl.  1 56-t4.000  I 

McLean.  Oeorge  F.,  Jr.,  to  USM  Corporation.  Molding  machinery! 

3.669.600.  Cl.  425-245.000  ' 

McLeod.   DoaaM    Pattersoa.   to   Dowty   Technical   Developmenti 

Limited.  Pump.  1.669368.  Cl.  417-203.  ' 

McMahaa.  William  H.,  to  Control  Laser-Orlando,  Inc.  Method  o' 

fbrmhigalaMr  tube.  3,668.777. Cl.  29-628 
McMahaa.  William  H..  to  Coatrol  Laaer-Oriaado.  Inc.  Laser  guidti 

construction.  3.670356,  Cl.  33 1  -94.500 
McMahaa.  William  H..  to  Control  Laser-Orlando.  Inc.  Method  of  ga  i 

ion  laser  action.  3.670.2S7.C1.  331-94.500 
McMullea.  James  Michael:  5ee- 

Fleming.  Joha  W.,  Jr.;  aad  McMuOen,  James  Michael,3,668.922 
McMurray.  James  A.,  to  Electronic  Associates,  Inc.  Parallel  digital  dif 
_  ferentialanaylaar.  3.670.154.  Cl.  235-152.000 

Mrtlh^*'Rfchiid''D.;' Haiihin.  Mwtia  O.;  Soidello.  Fraak  J.;  aad    **«?•"?'•  '<*■  ?*  J  ^  Uo^n».  Albert  H^  Jr..  to  Westiafhoase  Elec 
Yaai.  HaroM  8.,  to  Infoiaation  Storage  Systems.  faK.  Control  for       trie  Con»ofat»a  Eitraction  turbuM  with  a  servo  actuatedbalance^ 

dbc drive  appermaa.  3.6703 16.  CL  340-174. 10c  .-«II^.T*i!*.!?'5«*^i*??  2*"«"i'  w  'J'd*^,:*^'  * ' '"'  °?^..  -,- 

ym^ji,  Henry  kT:  5m—  McNeil.  Dalph  C;  and  McNeil.  John  A.  Flash  economizer.  3,668,838 , 

y  Leybam.  Derek;  Montague,  Bernard  R.;  and  Mattila,  Henry    ..^'.'''."J-       . 
K  3  670  109  McNeil,  John  A.:  5re— 

Matliaoa,  Noiheit  A.  Highway  cleaner.  3.669.289.  Cl.  214-353.000  McNeU.  Dalph  C;  and  McNeil.  John  A.,3,668,838 

MatlKM.  WiHM  t.,  to  Syhruiia  Ebctric  Products.  Inc.  Strain  relief   Mc  Vay,  Robert  D.:  Set-  .       ^        .  ..  .  ^       * 

wire  holder.  3.6704M4.CL  l74-65.00r  Maurer.  Robert  F.;  Mc  Vay,  Robert  D.;  and  Hummel,  Donaki 

Maarer.  Robert  F.;  Mc  Vay.  Robert  D.;  aad  Hummel,  Donald  L..  to  L.3,669381. 

United  McGOl  Corporation.  Mold  prem  for  tire  curing  apparatus.    Meed  Corporation.  The:  See— 
3,66938 1,  CL  425-34.000  Forrer.HomerW,  3,669.306. 

Maathaer.  Thomaa.  to  Cambridge  Chemical  Productt.  tac.  Hematolog-  Fuakhouser,  James  B..  3.669342. 

icalslahiiyMaa.  3^70,072,  Cl.  424-3.000  MedU.S.p.A.:5ee- 

Maiwel,  Richard  R.:  Sm—  Cuffaro.  Antoaiao;  Castronovo,  Francesco;  Bruno,  AchDle;  am 

gtevena,  John  M.;  and  Maxwell.  Richard  R.3.670.170.  Rancati,  Oianhiigi.  3.670.060. 

Mayashibera  Company:  5m—  Medovar,  Boris  iaiwilevfch:  5m— 

g«saki,Ynkio.  3.669.835.  Paton.  Boris  Evgenievich;  Lataah.  Jury  Vadimovich;  Medovai^ 

Mayer,  Waller  Sm—  Boris  Ixrailevich;  Emeliaaeako.  July  Georgievich;  aad  Kliaev|, 

Hoahteier,  Wahhw  J.;  Wenaiager,  Johaaa;  Mayer,  Walter;  MikhdlMarfcovieh3 .670,019. 

Zoegeniti,     Kari;     Schroetler.     Henaana;     aad     Brana.    Mehl.  Doaald  N..  to  Desigaward  Industries,  lac.  Mirror  (nasi. 

W«^3,669,064.  3.668.798,  CL  40-152.100  [ 

Mamr.  Conrad  P..  to  Standard  Ofl  Compaay.  Estmsion  coating  of  a    Meier.  Haas;  aad  Carouge.  Frithjof.  to  VaOlant.  Joh..  KO.  Cifculation 

~  ~    156-244.  waterbeaterwithdomesiichotwatersttpply.  3.6693SI,C1.237-19.i 

Meisterling,  John  W.,  to  Contacts.  Incoprorated.  Method  and  a» 

pantos  for  feeding  discrete  parts  to  a  cold  heading  machinel 

3.669334.  CL  228-3.000 

Melamed.  Sidaey:  5m— 

Jones.  Wilferd  Doaald;  BaMino.  James  Peter,  and  Melamed.  Sid  - 
ney.3.670.068.  \^ 

Melcer.  Irving:  See— 

Sair.  Lottb;  aad  Melcer,  Irvteg3 .669.677 


3.669.794.  CL  156-244. 
Maoa,  Lamberto,  to  iadastrie  A.  Zaaassi  S.p.A.  Device  for  the  con- 
iroBad  actaalioa  of  the  basket  or  a  washing  machine.  3.670326.  Cl 
311-343. 
Maaoai,  Renato  J.:  5m— 

Bosrser.  George  H.;  Skoop.  Vernon  A.;  Pysewski.  Stanley  J.;  Max- 
aoni.  Reaato  J.; aad  Bobigaa.  Joha  P.3.669.785. 
MCA  Techitology.  lac.:  See— 

Johasoa.  Kehh  O.;  aad  Broadbeat.  Keat  D..  3.670.1 1 4 


McAUbtor,  Lewb  L.;  aad  Popek.  Weacil  D.,  to  CoHhis  Radio  Com-  Melges.  Frederick  J.,  to  Rymel  Corporatioa.  Surgical  iastmmeat  wit  i 

pan.  Aatoaatk  ■rocsmiag  eaaipmeat  for  mieroelectroaic  circuitt.  tmaaioaed  hiage  meaas.  3.669.1 15. CL  128-305.000 

S,6M,750.  CL  29-33.00m  Melpar.  lac.:  5m- 

McBride.  Herbert  J.  Paiat  brash  holder.  3.668.731.  CL  15-146.000  Swtadelb,  Frank  E..  3.669.743. 


June  13, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


MentaeU.  John  C:  5m— 

Pahey.  Thomas  M.;  and  Mentxel.  John  C.3.668.946. 
Merck  4  Co..  tac.:  5m— 

Cohea,  Edward  M.;  Orabowski,  Edward  J.  J.;  aad  Acael.  Reao 
3,670,013.  *    •~* 

PataaeUi.  Dobres  J.;  aad  Arth.  Gba  E..  3,670.079. 
Merck.  E..  A.G.:  5m— 

Borek.  Joachim:  Dahm.  Johana;  Koppe,  Volker,  Kramer,  Josef; 
!^2S*i«"*"=  "***^'  '  ^-  ""■«»■:  "^  Schoiecher.  Ernst. 

Merck  Patent  GeseBschaft  mit  beschraakte  r  Haflnag:  5m- 

Borck.  Joachim;  Dahm.  Johaaa;  Koppe,  Volker.  Kramer.  Josef. 

E?iS7i69"973'  ""'^'  '"  ^"^  "•"■"•  "**  *«*<»«*•'. 
Merck  Patoat  GeeeOschaft  mit  beschraakter  Haftuag:  5m— 

Borck.  Joachhn;  Dahm.  Johann;  Koppe.  Volker.  Kramer,  Joeef; 

w^;,®"^*'  "^^y-  ^^  ^""^J  •■<»  Schorscher.  Ernst. 
~"  3a009,972. 

MerriO^tewart  H..  to  Eastmaa  Kodak  Company.  Ptooem  and  com- 
posibras  for  protecting  imsges  with  resin  filmi.  3.669.859,  CL  204- 

Merriman.  Inc.:  5m— 

»*     ^■'C*^'  ^ediew  J.;  and  DeStefano.  Richard  T..  3.669.219. 
Mertea.  Rudolf:  5m— 

ZedMr.  WUfred;  aad  Merten,  Rndolf.3.669.937. 
Meaek,  Frsderick  K..  to  Johnson  ft  Johnson.  Method  tor  detection  of 

abnormal  milk.  3.668.925.  CL  73-61. OOr 
Mesleaer,  Oeorge  Joha.  to  RCA  Corporatioa.  Samphag  decoder  for 

detoy  modulation  signals.  3.670.249,  CL  328-1 10.000 
Meeser  Oriesheim  GmbH:  5m— 

Weraicke.  Haas-Joachim.  3.669.437. 
Messerschmitt-Bokow  Oeseltachaft  mit  be«:hrmnkter  Haftang:  5ee- 

Heta«iann.Werner.andPIWil.Siegfned,  3,668,851. 

Hofiaann,  Frits,  3,670,248. 
Metaframe  Corporation:  5m— 

Staaio.  Robert,  3.669.074. 

WilUnger.  Alba  H..  3.669.297. 
Metal  Improvement  Company.  Inc.:  5M— 

Morris.  John  W.,  3,668,91 3. 

Metcatf.  Charles  B..  Jr.  Device  for  separating  shrimp  from  other  sea 

animah.  3.668.801. CL  43- 17. 1 00    '^  *  *"  «»•'*■ 

Meyer,  Edward,  to  Sylvanb  Electric  Products.  Inc.  Method  of  nreoar- 

".U.7T;,a.W-5?oS   -"^   "   ■  8— ceramic   composite. 

Meyer.  Un:  5m— 

Gabler     Kurt;    Meyer.    Urs;    aad    Brechbahbr.    Haas    Ul- 
nch.3 .669.976. 
Meyerhofer.  Carl  E.:  5m— 

kieyerhoCsr.  Leoaard  G;  aad  Meyeriiofsr.  Cart  E.3.669362. 
Meyeritofer.  Leoaard  0.;  aad  Meyeritofer.  Cart  E.  Adiastably  movabb 

shower  head  sapportiag  assembly.  3.669362.  Cl.  239-587.000 
Meyen.  Joha  S.;  aad  Wolofkki.  Nichobs.  to  Hoover  BaO  aad  Beariat 

Company.  Seat  structure.  3.669.498.  Cl.  297-452.000 
Meyers.  Norman  W..  to  Electric  Reduction  Company  of  Canada.  Ltd. 
Production  of  diammonium  hydrogen  hesafluoro-  aluminate  and 
elvBiaam  fluoride.  3.669,619.  CL  23-52.000 
Meya,  Julius,  Jr.:  5m— 

w.  J***"'  ^'^^  ^•'  *^  ***y"'  '•"«•  Jr.3.669,626. 

Michcoa,  Leuter;  aad  Reagan,  DoaaU  W.,  to  Siager  Compaay,  The. 

?i!^.o'i?'-n.f  ^  .KT®*^  mounted  jacks  in   a  pattern  wheel. 
3,668.897.  CL  66-1. OOr 

Michigaa  Techaobgical  University:  5m— 

Goksel.  MeksMt  Adnaa,  3,669,3 1 8. 

Mickbwright,  Percy  Leonard;  aad  Scaddaa.  Ernest  Victor,  to  latarna- 

Sa!.7'6?Sl9.'2felSt  '''^"^    ''"•  '^  ■«•  '"^  «^ 

Micromedic  Systems.  Inc.:  5m— 
Sans.  Manuel.  3.669.3 1 9. 

Middelhoek.  Shnon;  and  Sasso.  Giovanni,  to  International  Bashtom 
Machines  Corporation.  Procedure  for  making  semiconductor 
devices  of  smaa  dimensions.  3.669.732.  CL  1 1 7-212.000 

Middoar.  DonaU  R.:  See- 

^,^.**i^l}**^*^  R.:nnd  Middour.  DonaM  R.3.668.815. 
Miki.  Toahiro:  5m— 

Skoda.  Skickiro;  ho.  Nobuo;  and  Miki,  Tosbiro,3.670.0l2. 

Miles  Laboratories,  lac:  See— 

Doaer.  Abraham  J.,  3,670.074. 

Loreaiatti.  Olbo  Joha.  3.670.017. 

.....  **ff  ••  ^•■«';  ""^  Sckelfel.  Kenaetk  O..  3.669,000. 
MOIer.  George  J.  BaU  rolling  toy.  3^68.803,  Cl.  46- 1 . 
MiUer.  Jokny.  Jr.:  5M— 

w...  ''**'•■•  ^^  ^•'  ''••  "••  Mill*'.  Johny,  Jr.3.66931 1 . 
Milbr.  MaMMl  S..  to  0-W  Pbstic  Eagiaeen.  faic.  iaiectioa  aoUiat 
machiaes.  3,669392.  CL  425-155.  • 

Milbr.  Raymoad  H.:  5m- 

^^S'VI'.JPJ^^   ^■'   »<»««>«nr.   Jokn    L.;   and   Milbr.   Raymond 
H..3.670343. 

MiUer.  Robert  B..  to  Monaaato  Compaay.  Attaehmeat  ot  easymea  to 
sthoeoas  materiab.  3,66934 1 .  CL  1 95-63. 

^^V^Tf'  '*"'  ^-  "'*'■  I***'  ^*  PO**  i»ci"di>8  "MM  for  loweriag 

hghts  for  serviciag.  3.670.1 59.  Cl.  240-65.000 
MiOmaster  Oayx  Corporatioa:  5m— 

"  ■        ,  Sidaey;  Jacara.  Zeaoa;  aad  Adams.  PUllip.  3^9,633. 


PI  29 


Wkeeb.  3.669.174.  d. 


MiUs.  Uda  C.  to  Dualop  Holdiags  Limited 
152-375.000 

^^  ^^  D.  to  Shei  OU  Compmiv.  Method  aad  appantas  for 
delanaiaiig  the  coa-  petition  oft  hydirocaiboa-coataiaiag  fbd  ait- 
tara.  3.669,627.  a.  23-230.0pc  »»mgraeimtt 

^iSf'*!^^''''^  ^•'  >■•.  BtMa  B.;  aad  Barkhardt.  Charies  E.  to 
WemkighoMe  Electric  Corporation.  Magnetic  eoras  aad  metkods  of 
«S??*r'***"»  "^  3.6703H.  a.  336-2rrooo  ^^ 

Milwaakee  Faacets.  fato.:  5m— 

Schaht,  WIBfaua  C.  3.669,141. 
Mfaiagawa.  Nohahfto:  5m- 

w^  "^TtP*'  T"**^;  ead  Miaagawa.  Nobukiko3 .669.709. 
Mhumi.  Naneyoshi:  5m— 

Asahara.     Tomohiko;     Yoda.     Naoya;     aad     Miaami.     Na- 
aeyoshU.669.930.  •"«•. 

Miaasiaa,  Harry  B.,  to  hraahoe  Research  Corporatioa.  Method  aad 
system  fbr  autometically  assembUag  Kmp  woritpiecea,  sack  as  ear- 
ment  secttons  and  tke  like.  3.669.441.  CL  270-53.000 
Mmneaota  Mining  aad  Maaufisctariag  Compaay:  5as~ 
AWer  Roger  L.;  aad  Stiaad.  David  L.,  3^69392. 
Cornell.  Lew  Wallaoe.  3.669.787. 
DoaaeBy  Charies  A.;  aad  Saadeis,  Jaam  F..  3,669,707. 

L^V^^a^J'  "^  La«*«.  fnd  R..  Jr..  3.668314. 
Nickobon.  Geoffrey  C;  aad  Newman.  Donald  J..  3^69.747. 
Sanders.  James  P.;  Baamgartaer.  RoaaU  R.;  aad  Faraao.  Laazio 
D.  3.669.706.  — r-.  w-w» 

Miaoha  Camera  Compaay  Liailad:  5e*— 
Wanmi.  Seiicki,  3.668.985. 

See- 


Mmolte  Camera  Kabnsbiki 

Fujii.  Yoshif^isa.  3.668.994. 
Hayaaki.  Toakio.  3.668.987. 
Ogawa.  Masaya.  3.669.4 1 2. 
Mbarek.  Joeeph;  aad  Jaahebier.  WiBmm  W..  to  Combostfoa  Coatiol 
DeviCM.  mesae.  Air  poOatkm  coatroOer.  3.668339. CL  55-223.000 
Mistarx.  Robert  J.,  to  Cherry-Burell  Corporatioa.  mesae.  MarhJan  for 
automatically     forming,     filling,     dosteg    and     sseMnt    cvtons. 
3.669.160.  CL  141-160.000  ^^*     carwas. 

Mita,Maaaao:5M- 

Kado.  MateyukU  ead  Mita.  Masaao.3.668.973. 
Mrtchen.  ArchibaU  S..  to  LaSalb  Machiae  Tool.  lac.  Apparatas  for 

detectiag  broken  toob.  3.669357.  CL  408-16.000 
Mitchell.  Reid  L.;  MuBot,  Tkomns  E.;  Stevens.  Hugh  D.;  and  Tnbke. 
Robert  S..  to  Interaational  Tebpkooe  and  Tebgrnpk  Corporatioa 
ftoetmtm  forming  kydroxyetkyi  ceBahme  fibers  havteg  Ugh  water 
ebaorptioa  aad  high  water  reteatioa  properties.  3.670.069.  a.  264- 

MitckeH.  William  S.:  5m— 

M.3.669.870. 

MitsabUii  Deaki  KabaskOcI  Kabha:  5m— 

itoh.  Toahio;  MijraaMto.  Toduo;  aad  Wada,  Ytichl,  3,670312 
Kitaoka.  Takeshi;  aad  Shiradtoji.Aki«.  3.67032?: 
Nakakara.  Skofiro:  mi  Knrabayaaki.  HMetoeki.  3.670367. 

wi.Jfi25  S'^i.'^  Kobeyeaki.  Kaxakfto.  3.670.136. 

Miteabbbi  Keaei  Kogyo  KabasUki  Kabha:  5m- 

Fttkazawa.  Yoahbki;  hrata.  Yoahitaka;  aad  Sakarai.  Shigehara. 

Mitsabbhi  Petrochemical  Compaay.  LhaRad:  See— 

Seaaarl.  Mutsoo;  aad  Nakejima.  Toakikiro.  3.670.053. 
Mitsui.  HiromitsH.  to  Kabaskiki  Kabka  Suwa  Seftoska.  Solid  I 

tronfc  watek.  3.668361 .  CL  58-50.00r 
Mitsui  SkipbaiUiag  aad  Fagteeering  Co..  Ltd.:  5m- 

ThbacU.  Ichiro;  Iwami,  Akira;  Harita.  YMahiro;  aad  Yi 

ToAlakl.  3,669314.  — -»o,aauii 

Mitsukawa.  Koooeake;  Hattori.  Hiroski;  Hftoda.  Toyokiko;  Md  Maaa- 

bucki.  YoskuMri.  to  Toyo  Rayon  Kabnskid  Kabka.  Procem  fbr 

?56?24900o' "^  P*™**"***  "keet-  like  meterinb.  3M9392. CL 

**irtL^'''?^"l?  ^'*'.  "*"***•  •»  »*•«»•  o»-  f^nto 

Kabushiki  Katsha.  Fael  i^ectioa  appantas  to  compeasate  for  tom- 
peratan  aad   araaaara   variatioas  ia   the  embieat 
3.669.085.  CL1T3-I4O.  —""1 

Miyamae.   ToshiakL    Rskiag    real 
3.669378.  CL  242.84.10a 

Miyamoto,  Toshio:  5m— 

^i_  "^'  '^^^'  Miyawjto,  Toahio;  aad  Wada.  YaichU4703t2. 
Miyasaka.  MaaMra.  to  KabasMki  Kabka  Sawa  Seftoaha.  Jumper 

member  eoaatruction  in  a  caleadw  watek.  3>6t363.CL  SS.5t.060 
Miyasaka.  Mnmorn.  to  Kabnskiki  Kabka  Sawa  --"-iriha    '^'radnr 

watek  aetting  stem  witk  dispteoeeMe  vriM  Ueaed  nav  1  668  laa 

Mbogachi.  YoaWyaki:  Sse- 

Ixawa,  Shin-lchi;  Nakamara.  Kateayaki;  aad  MboMchL 
kU,6704>33.  —m-^ 

Mbataal.  Toahio:  5m- 

"■y^  5L**!?*!C'  '^•*i«*.  R*»o;  Mbataai.  TosMo; 

raJMgejPoS^  Naka^   Ihi^  Kameda.  Nohayaki; 

Keimai;  aad  Okaao.  Ynaltoai3,669.999. 
MeMiOilC«rpofathM:5e»- 

Boargaet.  Jeaa  M.;  aad  Hart.  Fraaeb  D..  3.669.903. 

"3!iw375*"  ' '  *"***•  '*'~'  °  •  "*  °'*^-  "•^'O-* 


elec 


PI  30 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JUNB  13,1972 


Moekinki,  Kuao:  Sm— > 

TuMlw.  Mmm;  Okk.  T«tw>:  Pajio,  Tatanro;  m*  Mochiniki. 
Ka»M4.6M.t42. 
Mock.  Kail  Hcte,  to  SvcMka  Rotor  llukiMr  Aktiebolag.  Rotary 

iMMmlhtlMttnckuig«n.  3.6«9.1S3.a.  163-9.000 
Modn^  H«uy  J.  bpamk>a  CutOMr.  3.66l.9«l.  a.  85-13.000 
llookhMB,  Voraoa  C.;  Md  Kkia.  Robert  J.,  to  OHa  MmUmoo  Choai- 

cal  Corporatioa.  Shot  protactor.  3,M9,023.  CI.  102-42.00c 
Molatia,  Albert  H..  Jr.:  Sm— 

McNally.  Joba  M.;  aad  Molette.  Albert  H..  Jr..3.6«9,S62. 
Molere.  Joba  C.  to  Wettera  Oeopbytkal  Coaipaay  of  America. 

Seisaic  gas  exploder  appantas.  3,669,213,CI.  Ill-O.Smc 
MoaacelU.  Waller  J.:  Sm- 

D'AleUo.  Oaalaao  P..  3,669.963. 
D'AleHo,  Oaetaao  P..  3.669,964. 
Moapetit,  Loaii  A.,  to  Societc  des  Procedet  Moderaea  dlajection 
Soproai.  Electroak  coatrol  tytten  for  iateraal  coabvitioB  eagine 
iajectore.3,669j0t0.a.  123-32. 
Moapetit,  Loaii  A.,  to  Societe  des  Precedes  Modcraes  dlajection 
Moderaes  SOPROMl.  BlectroaicaUy  coatroiled  iajectiag  arraage- 
■eats  feediag  AmI  aader  coastaat  pressure  ioto  iateraal  conbustioB 
eagiaes.  3,669,011, CI.  123-32. 
Moaroe,  Paal  Peter.  Gated  peraiaaeet  magaet  motor.  3.670.189,  CI. 

310-46.000 
Moaroe,  Rayaood,  Jr.:  See— 

BaMvia,  Wiley  M.;  aad  Monroe,  Raymoad.  Jr.,3.669.63S. 
Moasaato  Coapaay:  See— 

Clarke.  Fredric  B.;  aad  Lyoas.  Joba  W..  3.669.893. 

Jttbl,  William  O.;  aad  Libers,  Rolaad,  3,670,04 1 . 

Kiag,  Heary  L.;  Riagwald,  Eugeae  L.;  aad  Raadai,  James  C,  Jr.. 

3,669,923. 
Kbig,  Heary  L.;  Riagwald,  Eugene  L.;  aad  Raadai,  James  C,  Jr., 

3,669,933. 
Kiag.  Haary  L.;  Riagwald,  Eugeae  L.;  aad  Raadall,  James  C, 

3,669,933. 
Miller,  Robert  E..  3,669,84 1 . 
Taylor,  Keitb  M.,  3,670,006. 
Taylor,  Keitb  M.,  3,670,008. 
Taylor,  Keith  M.,  3,670,009. 
Moasaato  Reaearcb  Corporatioa:  See— 

Jobas,  Ira  B.,  3,670,018. 
Moatague,  Benuurd  R.:  See— 

Leybura,  Derek;  Moatague,  Bernard  R.;  aad  Mattila,  Heary 
K.3.670.109. 
Moatalbaao,  Aatboay  Pbilip:  5m— 

Teague,  Wahar  Dorwin,  Jr.;  Moatalbaao,  Aatboay  Pbilip;  Oakes. 
Aadrew  A.;Osborae.  Keith;  and  Susey.  Peter  E.3.668,784. 
Moatecatiai  Ediaoa  S.p.A.:  See— 

Caldo,     Coraelio;     Daaielli,     Exio;     lacolliago,     Italo;     and 
Protospataro,  Fraacesco,  3,669,829. 
Moatea,  Lcopoldo  F.  Method  of  treatiag  psoriasis  with  cycloheximide. 

3,670,084.  CL  424-268.000 
Moody,  Aatboay  Oiffiord;  aad  Symcox,  Robert  Owea,  to  Imperial 
Chemical  ladaatries  Limited.  Acetoacetate  of  2-hydroxymethyl-S- 
aorboraeae.  3,670.01 1 ,  CI.  260-483.000 
Moody,  Roy  A.;  SalUvaa,  Joba  F.;  aad  Thayer,  Arlie  J.,  to  Panduit  Cor- 
poratioa. Coaaector  clip.  3,668,744,  CI.  24-73.0pb 
Moore,  Briaa  Joeepb:  Sm— 

Watkiasoa,  Leoaard  James;  aad  Moore,  Brian  Joseph,3,669,668. 
Moore,  Francis  C.  Method  of  lamiaatiag  plastic  foam.  3,669,786,  CI. 

1S6-163.000 
Moore,  Howard  V.,  to  Pacific  Valves.  Inc.  Ball  vaWe.  3.669.406,  CI. 

251-313. 
Moore,  Joseph  B.;  and  Athey,  Roy  L.,  to  Uaited  Aircraft  Corporation. 
Prodactioa  of  llae  graiaed  iagots  for  the  advaaced  superalloys. 
3,669.180,  CI.  164-122.000 
Moora,  Josaph  0.:  Sm— 

Liermaaa,  Charles  J.;  aad  Moore,  Joseph  0.,3.668.7 1 1 . 
Moore,  LesUe  D.,  to  Nafco  Chemical  Company.  Catalytic  coaversion 

of  aitriles  to  amides.  3,670,020,  CI.  260-561 .00a 
Moraae,  Braao  P.,  to  L'Oreal.  Saaitary  aapkia.  3,669,114,  CI.  128- 

290. 
Mofvhoaae,  Edward  Lewis,  to  Uaioa  Carbide  Corporation.  Solution 
coapoMtioas    of   siloxaae-oxyalkyleae    copolyaen    and    amine 
catalysts  aad  use  for  aaaufacture  of  polyuretbane  foam.  3,669.913. 
CI.  260-2.5ah 
Mor|aa  CoestnictioB  Coapaay:  See— 

OUvar,  Martbi;  Coaloa,  Charles  E.;  aad   Lleger,  Alfred   R., 
3,669,377. 
Morgaa,  William  A.:  5m- 

loaes,  Jerry  J.;  Keeaoa,  Delbert  L.;  Morgaa,  William  A.;  aad 
Locbridge,  Joe  C.4.668,878. 
Mori,  Kiaya:  5m— 

Koaoltaae.  Shiro;  Kacbi,  Atsuyvkt;  Toaoike,  Takao;  aad  Mori, 
KiavaJ  ,669,948. 
Mori,  Kuaio;  aad  Sbirage,  Yosbio,  to  Nippon  Kokan  Kabusbiki  Kaisba. 

SHdbig  apparatus  of  a  movable  bridge.  3,668,729,  CI.  14-43.000 
Moriag,  Peter  L.  E.:  See— 

Ooy.  RoaaM  S.;  aad  Moriai.  Pear  L.  E..3 ,668.857. 
Merita,  Miaorv;  SUiaki.  Takadii;  lad  Masaoka.  Sadao.  to  Matwshiu 
Electric  ladaetrial  Co..  Ltd.  Method  for  maaaCscariag  magnetic 
heads.  3,668,773, CI.  29-603.000 
Moriyama.  Keifebi:  See— 

Yamamoto.  Akira;  aad  Moriyama,  Keiichi,3 ,669.740. 


Morris,  Joba  W.,  to  Metal  improvemeat  Compaay,  lac.  Apparatus  km 

sbot-peeniMturMae  blades.  3,668,913,01.  72-S3.000 

Morriaoa,  James  O..  to  Natk>aal  Steel  Corporatioa.  Corrosioa  resistaal 

artklea  baviag  a  siac  sarface  aad  procem  for  preparing  the  same 

3,669,705.  CI.  117-17.000 

Morteaaea,  DoaaMO.:  5m— 

Scharaaaa,  Oarred  N.;  Want,  Kerait  W.;  aad  Morteasaa,  Doaak 
O.,3,668.730. 
Mortoa-Norwicb  Products,  Inc.:  5m— 

Burkhaher,  Robert,  Jr.;  Heskett.  Don  Edward;  aad  Hoover,  Fraak 
Kryder,  3,649,148. 
Moaer,  Rayaoad  L.:  5m— 

Outaaa,  Nathaa;  Moser,  Rayaoad  L.;  Oldeabvrg,  Dorraace;  aa<l 

Suaderim,  Donald  E..3,669.161 . 

Moses,  Adrian  J.,  to  Lear  Siegler,  lac.  Selective  sigaal  traasmimiofl 

system.  3,670,148,C1. 235-150.2 
Motley,  David  M.;  aad  Sataaaa,  Naif  D.,  to  North  Americaa  Rockwel 
Corporatioa.  System  for  phase  lockiag  on  a  virtual  carrier  receive* 
by  an  asymmetrical  receiver.  3,669,5 1 1 ,  CI.  325-329.000 
Moiomi,  Kaao:  5m— 

Masayasu.  Arikawa:  Motomi,  Kano;  Katsuro.  lio;  aad  Tosbio 
Taaaka,3.669,33S. 
Motor  Wheel  Corporation:  See—  ^^^^ 

Derieth.  Robert  J..  3,669.301 . 
Motoreafabrik  Haft  KG:  5m— 

Hatz.Erast,3j669.082. 
Motorola.  Inc.:  See— 

Beuk,  Ljubofflir;  Dogadko,  Peter;  aad  Sansbury,  Larry,  3,669,086. 
Brand,  WarreaL.,  3,669,724.  '"--- 

Dame.  Johns..  3,670.303. 
Frederiksen,  Thomas  M.,  3.670.219. 
O'Neal,  DoaaU  V..  3.668.937. 
Mott.  Richard  C,  to  Hoaeywell  lac.  Hydrodyaamic  pump.  3,669,561 

CI.  415-90.000 
Mottem,  Henry  O.:  See— 

Heibcrger, Charles  A.;  and  Mottem,  Henry  O., 3,670,056. 
Moulin,  Norbert  L.,  to  Hughes  Aircraft  Company.  Hardness  testin] 

machine.  3.669.26 1 ,  CI.  209-74.000 
Moultoa,  Alexaadcr  Eric;  and  Herman,  Harold,  to  Moultoa  Develop 
meats  Limited.  Vehicle  suspeasioa  aait  3,669,225,  CI.  1 88-298.000 
Moultoa,  David  M.:  See— 

Novack,     Robert     L.;     Moultoa,     David     M.;     and     Juda, 
Walter,3,669,752. 
Mouhon  Developments  Lnnited:  5m— 

Mouhon,  Alexander  Eric;  and  Herman,  Harold,  3,669,225. 
MounUReld,  Briaa  Arthur:  5m— 

Eaglisb,  Geoffrey;  aad  Mountfield,  Brian  Arthur,3,669,910 
Mounts,  Fraak  WiKam:  See— 

Caady,  James  Charles;  Fraake,  Gladys  Marie;  aad  Mouats,  Fraai 

WiBiam.3,670.096. 

Mouritzea,  Ouaaar,  to  Geoscieace  Limited.  Traasportation  system 

3,669,026,  CI.  104-118.000 
Muehlbaaer,  Heiax  A.:  5m— 

Garrett,  Dwigbt  A.;  aad  Muehlbauer,  Heiaz  A.,3,669,280. 
Mueller  Co.:  5m— 

Luckenbill,  Lawrence  F.;  aad  Hackmaa,  Fraak  C,  3,669,475. 
Mueller,  Herbert;  Koehl,  H|arald;  aad  Pommer,  Horst,  to  Badisch^ 
Anilin-  A  Soda-Pabrik  AkiJengeaellschait.  Production  of  2-methyl-2f 
bepten-6-OBe.  3^670.028.  CL  260-593.  I 

Muhler,    Joseph    C,    to    ladiaaa    University    Foundation.    Dental 
prophylaxis  composition  comprising  alumina  of  particular  particle 
sise.  3.670.076.C1.  424-157.000 
MuUer,  Thomas  E.:  See- 
Mitchell,  Reid  L.;  MuUer,  Thomas  E.;  Stevens.  Hugh 
Tabke.  Robert  S..3.670.069. 
Muadt,  James  E.;  aad  Powell.  Milan,  to  Weatherhead  Company 

Valve  stem.  3.669,407.  CI.  251-334.000 

Munekata,  Takeshi;  aad  Uchida,  Eixaburo,  to  Kureha  Kagaku  Kogyo 

Kabusbiki  Kaisba.  Chloro-nitro  substituted  phenyl  esters  of  aliphatic 

acids.  3.669.998,  CI.  260-410.5 

Munn,  Gerhard:  See— 

Harbrecht,  Karl;  and  Munn, Gerhard,3,668,969. 
Munziag,  Robert,  to  Mas,  Ernst.  Current  collector  for  vehicles  of  elecf- 

trie  toy  and  model  railroad  installations.  3,670,1 1 5. CI.  1 91  -45.00r 
Muraae,  Yoshihiko:  Sm— 

Matsuura,      Hideo;      Imagawa,      Katsuhiko;      aad      Muraa4. 
Yoshihiko4.669,2t4.  I 

Murcia,  Alfonso.  Modular  shelving  and  ftomiture.  3,669,033,  CI.  1081- 

111. 
Mureabeeld,  Karal.  Device  for  aatomatically  regulatiag  the  thread 
consumption  of  warped  knitting  machines.  3,668,904,  CI.  66-86.OO1 
Muro,  Koji:  See— 

Shiaaachi,  Shiro;  Yoahida,  Sabaro;  aad  Muro,  Koji,3,669,61 1 . 
Murphy,  Edmuad,  to  Cooliag  Developmeau  Ltd.  Cooliag  medhifl4- 
moviag  devices  for  gas-liquid  contacting  apparatus.  3,669,421,  C|. 
261-25. 
Murphy,  Peter  C;  and  Lawrence,  J.  Richard,  to  Mallory,  P.  R.,  *  Co 
lac.  Tuagstea  base  wehliag  rod,  method  for  makiag  same  aad  aoval 
applicatioBsof  aae.  3.669,656.  CI.  75-176.000 
Murray,  William  Bruce.  Corrosioa  inhibitiag  method.  3,669,615 

21-2.7 

Murray,  William  Bruce.  CorrosioB  inhibitor  compositioB  coBtainiaft 
dac,  sulfamate,  aad  phosphate  ioas.  3,669,90 1 ,  CI.  252-387.000 


particif 

D.;  aai 
uiy,The[ 


Bovel 

i,c|. 


JUNB13.1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


r^^ 


Murray.  William  Bruce;  Kise.  Mcarl  A.;  aad  Kelly,  Thomas  Edward,  to 
Virgiaia  Chemicals  lac.  Corrosioa   iahibitiag  compositioas  and 
method.  3,669,61 6,  CI.  21-2.700 
Myen,  Michael  C:  5m- 

Sarstea,   Jaa   A.;   Zacks,   Keaaeth    1.;   aad    Myen.    Michael 

C. 4.668.882. 

Nachbur,  Hermann;  Kern.  Joerg;  and  Maeder.  Arthur,  to  Cibe  Lnatted. 

Flameproofing  of  polyester-ceUuloee  fibre  materials.  3,669,725,  CI. 

117-136.000 

Nadsady,  Clarence  A.,  to  Wiggias,  E.  B.,  lac.  CoupKug  device  wHh 

spriag  lockiag  deteat  meaas.  3,669,472,  CI.  285-87.000 
Nadtocheako,  Aadrei  Fedorovich:  5«r— 

Budmaa,  Moiaei  Izrailevich;  Kacanovsky,  Frederik  Isaakovich; 
KapiUaov.  Nikolai  Ivanovich;  Karaov,  Jury  Nikolaevich;  Nad- 
tochenko,   Andrei    Fedorovich;   Slavetsky-Kotvitsky,    Eduard 
Sebostyanovich;  and  Shorokhov,  Leonid  Pavlovich,3,668,921. 
Nagae,  Keaji:  See— 

Fujiwara,        Shigeru;        Nagae,        Kenji;       and        Okuhashi. 
Tomomi.3 .669.736. 
Nagai,  Akira:  See— 

Fukawa,  Mitsuaosuke;  Gishi,  Haruo;  Saruya.  KicUtaip;  Nagai. 
Akira;  aad  Nagai.  YoshiUro,3,669.766. 
Nagai.  Yoshitaro:  5m— 

Fukawa,  Mitsunosuke;  Gishi,  Haruo;  Saruya,  Kichitaro;  Nagai. 
Akira;  and  Nagai.  YoshiUro.3.669,766. 
Nagasaki.  Ryukichi:  5m— 

Kondo,    Tatsuo;     Nakajima,     Huime;     and     Naaasaki.     Ryu- 
kichi,3.669.759.  -•— .       7 

Nagele,  Erwin,  to  Bosch,  Robert.  G.m.b.H.  Circuit  breaker.  3,670,280, 

Nagle,  Floyd  B.:  See— 

Chiu,    Thomm    T.;    Hock,    Kenneth    R.;    and    Nagle,    Floyd 
B.,3,669,718.  ^^ 

Naito,  Koichiro:  See— 

Gishi,  Masashi;  Shimada,  Michihiko;  Nakayama.  Yuii;  Naito, 
Koichiro;  and  Okaraoto.  Kazuhiko,3,669,645. 
Nqvar,  Daniel  J.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Process  and  com- 
positions for  making  porous  low  density  thermoset  resins  from  water- 
in-resia  emubioas.  3,669,91 1 ,  CI.  260-2.50a 
Nakagawa,  Saburo:  See— 

Nakao,  Osakazu;  Nakagawa,  Saburo;  Hirose,  Juichi;  Yamazaki. 

Shigeyuki;     Amano,     Takeshi;      Nakanura,     Toshio;     and 

Yamamoto,  Hin>yuki,3,669,916. 

Nakagawa.  Takeshi;  Tsutsumi.  Tadashi;  and  Hon,  Hiroo,  to  Tokyo 

Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  Semiconductor  photosensitive  device 

with  a  rare  earth  oxide  compound  forming  a  rectifyini  junction. 

3,670,213,CI.317-234.00r  yngj-cuon. 

Nakaguchi,    Kohei;    Niahikida.    Tomozumi;    Kawasumi,    Shohachi; 

Maemoto,  Kenichi;  Sano.  Takezo;  Fujii,  Yoshikazu;  Harada,  Koichi; 

aad  Ueda.  Keijyu.  to  Sumitomo  Chemical  Company,  Ltd.  Procem  for 

producing  a  homopolymer  or  copolymer  of  ethylene  with  novel 

catalyst.  3.669,945,  CI.  260-8S.30r 

Nakahara,  Shojiro;  and  Kurebayashi,  Hidetoshi,  to  Mitsubishi  Denki 

Kabusbiki  Kaisha.  Microwave  switch  utilizing  latched  ferrimagnetic 

material  in  coupliag  aperture  of  waveguide  coupler.  3,670,267,  CI. 

Nakai,  Shinji:  See— 

Iteya,  Nobusbige;  Kamoshitt,  Katsuzo;  Mizuuni.  Toshio;  Kitamu- 
ra,  Shigeyoshi;  Nakai,  Shinji;  Kameda,  Nobuyuki;  Fujimoto. 
Keimei;  and  Okuno,  Yositosi,3,669.989. 
Nakajima.  Hajime:  See— 

Koado.    Tatauo;    Nakajima.    Hajime;     and     Nagasaki,    Ryu- 
kichi.3.669.759. 
Nakajima,  Jua:  See— 

Doi,     Kazuo;     Nakajima,     Jua;     Takahashi,     Hisamitsu;     aad 
Toaokawa.  Hideo.3,669,699. 
Nakajima,  Toshihiro:  See— 

Sennari,  Mutauo;  and  Nakajima,  Toshihiro,3,670.0S3. 
Nakamura.  Katauyuki:  See— 

Ixawa,  Shia-khi;  Nakamura,  Katauyuki;  aad  Mizoguchi,  Yoshiyu- 
ki,3,670,033. 
Nakamura,  Toshio:  5m— 

Nakao,  Oaakaxa;  Nakagawa,  Saburo;  Hirose,  Juichi;  Yamazaki, 
Shigeyuki;     Amano.     Takaahi;      Nakamura,     Toshio:      and 
Yamamoto.  Hiroyukl,3.669.9 1 6. 
Sato,      Nobuyasa;      Nakamura,      Toshio;      aad      Takeaaka, 
Hiroshi,3,669,987. 
Nakao,   Osakazu;   Nakagawa,    Saburo;   Hirose,   Juichi;    Yamazaki, 
Shigeyuki;  Amaao,  Takeshi;  Nakamura,  Toshio;  aad  Yamamoto, 
Hiroyuki,  to  Tomoegawa  Paper  MaaufBcturiag  Compaay  Limited.  A 
solutioaof  a  graft  copolymer  of  celulose.  3,669.916,  CI.  260-17.4 
Nakao,  Yosbio;  Kuao,  Mittuzo;  Yamatodani,  Saburo;  Taaaka,  Fu- 
aihiko;  and  Nojiri,  Tsutoau,  to  Takeda  Cheaical  ladustrias,  Ltd. 
Method  for  the  production  of  coenzyme  A.  3,669,836,  CI.  195-28. 
Nakala,  Roy;  aad  Oppel,  John  A.,  to  Oeaeral  Electric  Compaay.  High 

voltage  ceramic  capacitor  assembly.  3,670,222,  CI.  317-261.000 
Nakataai,  Hiroehi:  See— 

Takaaara,    Akira;    Kaaii,    Kazashi;    Seharada,    Sabaro;    aad 
Nakataai,  Hirodii.3,669,222. 
Nakato,Masao:5M- 

Wada,  Ryuji;  Suzuki,  Hiroshi;  and  Nakato,  Masao,3,669,SI4. 
Nakayama,  Junn;  and  Fukatsu,  Yukio.  to  Asahi  Olaa  Co.,  Ltd.  la- 
troducbig  aitr«^a  gas  iaio  the  meh  to  improve  fused  csat  refracto- 
ries. 3,670,061,  CI.  264-82.000 


Neal,  Warrea  D.;  aad  Erafeldt,  George 


PI  31 

Nakayama,  Yuji:  See— 

Oiabi,  Masashi;  Shimada,  Miebibiko;  Nakayama.  Yuji;  Nailo, 
Koichiro;  aad  Okaaoto,  Kazahiko.3,669,645. 
Nakaxato,  Katsao:  5m— 

KoBBO,  Tsuyoshi;  Nakazato,  Katsuo;  aad  ha,  Satoshi4,670.182. 
Nako  Chemical  Coapaay:  See- 
Moon.  Leslie  D.,  3,670,020. 
Nameay,  Fraak  J.  Pumpiag  apparatus.  3,669478,  a.  418-45. 
Naaba,  Kazuhiko:  5m— 

Suzuki,  Ichizo;  Yasui,  Hideo;  aad  Naaba,  Kazuhiko^, 669,696. 
Nardelli,  Orazio  J.:  See- 
Vox,  David  J.;  Kiag,  Jaae  E.;  aad  NardeU.  Orazio  J.4.670  J06. 
Natioaal  Automatk  Tool  Coapaay,  Inc.:  See— 

Saider,  Theodore  O.;  aad  Teeple,  Michael  D.,  3,669^99. 
Natioaal  Cash  Register  Compaay,  The:  5m— 

Laadte,  Doaald  E.;  and  Sidha.  Mobaajit  S.,  3,668,942. 
Natioaal  Distillers  aad  Chemical  Corporatioa:  See— 

Bartsch,  Raymond  C;  aad  Lermaa,  Fraak,  3,669,922. 
GoeU.  Richard  W.;  and  Mador.  Irving  L.,  3.670.02 1 . 
Pbtz. Gerald  M.;  aad  Hoan.  James B.,  3.669.347. 
Robiasoa.  Robert  E.,  3.670,034. 
Natioaal  Dust  Collector  Corporatioa :  See— 

McDvaiae.  Robert  W.,  3,668,825. 
Natioaal  Foige  Coapaay:  5m— 

Witkin.  Donald  E.,  3,669,301. 
National  Patent  Developnient  Corporation:  See— 

de  Long,  Charles  F.;  aad  Shepherd,  Thomas  H.,  3,669,69 1 . 
Shepherd,  Thomas  H.;  aad  Gould,  Fraacis  E.,  3,670,073. 
National  Research  Development  Corporatioa:  5m— 

Hobdea,  Maurice  Veraoa;  Rich,  George  Joseph;  aad  Robertaoa, 
Daaiel  Stewart,  3,670,186. 
National  Starch  aad  Chemical  Corporatioa:  See— 

Teaaler,  Martia  M.;  aad  Ruteabeig,  Mortoa  W.,  3,669,890. 
NatioBal  Steel  Corporatioa:  Sm- 

Morrison.  James  G.,  3.669.705. 
Natschke,  Ektred  H..  to  Universal  Raihray  Devices  Compaay.  Sealed 

non-spin  hand  brake  arrangement.  3,668.944.  CI.  74-505. 
Nauheimer,  Robert  R.;  aad  Khaja,  Faroes  Uddia,  to  Suabeam  Corpora- 
tioB.  Percolator  coffee  basket  and  filter  assembly.  3,669,694,  CL  99- 
310.000 
Nauman,  Edward  F.:  See— 

VaasiHades,    Anthony    E.;    Nauman.    Edward    F.;    and    Shroff, 
Shrenik  ,3,669,899. 
Neal,  Warren  D.:  See— 
Wooten,  Robert  D. 
J.,3,669,245. 
Nebel,  Fraaz  P.  Apparatus  for  removing  moisture.  3,669,012,  CI.  100- 

121.000 
Nebel,  Franz  P.  Apparatus  for  processiag  flowable  partkulate  sobd 

material.  3.669,604,  CI.  425-379. 
Nebgen,   WiUiam   H.   Refrifsratioa  system,   heat  recovery  system, 
refrigerated  gas  compression  system  aad  Brayton  cycle  system. 
3.668.884,  CI.  62-228.000 
Neddenriep,  Donald  O.:  5m— 

Breslin,  Mary  Aaae;  Cogar,  George  R.;  Lee,  Charles  A.;  Neddea- 

riep.  Doaald  O.;  Romeo.  Albert  J.;  Sevllla.  Ernesto  G.;  aad 

Sekse.  Torkjell.3 ,670, 1 44. 

Nederlandse  Orgaaisatk   Voor  Tolgepast-Natuurweten  Schappeliik 

Ondeszoek  Ten  Behowe  Van  Nijvirheid:  5m—  »t— »- 

van  Suveren,  Pieter,  3,668.867. 

NefT,  Dean  O.  Apparatus  for  mounting  aad  positioaiag  of  escevatiai 

devices.  3,669,285.  CI.  2I4-138.00C 
Negro,  Guido,  to  Bielomatik  Leuze  k  Co.  Apparatus  for  maaafbetar- 
ing   spirals   from    threads   of  synthetk    thermoplastics   material. 
3.669483.  CI.  425-214.000 
Neher,  Maitia  Daaae:  See— 

Carter,  J.  Warae;  and  Neher.  Martia  Duaae.3.668,766. 
Neider-Weetermann.  Wiafried:  5m— 

Johasoa.  James  C;  aad  Neider-Westermaaa.  Wtafried,3.668.998. 
Nelsoa.  L.  R..  Mfg.  Co..  lac.:  5m- 

Haasoa.  Rkhard  E.;  aad  Lippitt,  Raymoad  P..  3.669453. 
Nelsoa.   Melvia   J.   Footbig   tik  for  traasvene   flow   of 

3.668.829.  CI.  52-169. 
Nelson.  Vaughn  A.,  to  latemational  Harvester  Company.  DeceUerator 

BMaas  for  ezpaasibk  chamber  device.  3.668.975.  CL  91-409.000 
Naptaae  Mkrefloc,  iacorporatad:  See— 

Duaaaboe,  Rkhard  G.;  Boadahl.  Gary  B.;  aad  Roth.  Paal  W., 

3,669.741. 
Skchta.  Alfred  P.;  Calp.  Gordoa  L.;  aad  Daaaaboe.  Richard  G., 
3,669,742. 
Neumaaa,  Robert  P.:  5m- 

Cona,  Charles  E.,  Jr.;  aad  Neumaaa,  Robert  P.4.66S.769. 
Neawaf  Feitigiiati  GabH:  See— 

Bemdt,  Haas;  aad  Kreuser,  Hubert,  3.668.87 1 . 
Nevarez,  Rkhard  J.,  to  Abekw,  Joseph,  mesae.  Fiber  glan  inbiftiiiied 

moU  for  cemeetitioasbaikUag.  3.669.401. a.  249-2fo00 
Nevsky.  Vyacbaakv  Akieadrevicb:  See— 

Voitaekbovaky.  Bofdaa  Vyachaalavevkb;  KvnbbMv,  Vftior 
Alezaadrovkh:  Pkxia.  Vladiair  Nikolaavkh;  mi  N««rin. 
Vyacbeak«Akxaadn>«icb4,668.914.  ' 

New  Britain  Machinery  Coapaay:  See 

Tafaaage,  Charles  Robert.  3,668,93 1 . 
Newcomb,  Arthur  L.,  Jr.;  aad  \omt^  Riebard  N. 
er.  3,670^53,  CL  330-17.000 


.  A.  C.  power  aaplifi- 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


Juial3.197^ 


NoMk*.  MsMUds,  10  UalUd  StatM  of  Aawka.  Agik«lt««.  PfOCM4 
forracevwyor«MlMMacM.3^9.«90.CI.9*-140.00r 


i.7«». 


PI  32 

NkMM«,OMAOTC4M<N«waui.DeMMM>M.747.  

MwM  *^'<»««—  ft  •  wH  IclilolifcMir.  rtllii "  "  ^"' — "•  »twK^»    NoodMMrt.  Anad  J.:  Sm— 
"SoJESlliSfirST!!^^  m^  pracM  for  KuQ. JoImu#.  1. W; aad Noothct. ArMd J.3.M9^32 

Hlrirnra  rrai  «  •  Sm—  BiadwaM,  Staart  1.;  sad  J«M«iki.  Water  B.,  3.Mt,7M. 

nViiaiM    lor   PioriM.   Ba^aaia  C;  aad   Niccora.   Piad   NectkAaMfkaaBock«anCone«8tioa:SM- 

Miekate.  Oaona  B4  aad  Watkiaa.  Howaid  O.  BaiMiaf  ooaMractioa  Coaa. ChariaaE..  Jr.; aad  Naaaaaa.  Robart  P..  3.6M.76 

"aSi^r^  ^SUn  faTUrfa,  —aa.  ijMjn;  CI.  52-  5i/»«»!L«>E«^^«'«*«f^ 

MMA  Slialiaaa.  Joiiali  M.;  aad  Siaioaa.  Joha,  3.66t.77t. 

Nkhokoa,  Otmnt  C;  aad  Natnaaa.  DoaaM  J..  10  Miaaaaota  Miaiag  Siaiiar.  Darid  L;  Toy.  Albatt;  Attaridfa.  DairU  O.;  aad  FaaaBi 

aad  Maaabctaiiat  Coapaay.  Haat-aaMttva  copy-aiaat  3.W9.747.  ,  Lo«»»  "  •  ^***i^.  ... 

CL  1  I7-S«.t00  Tiadal,  Jaaaa  A.,  3.661,701. 

Nieolay.  KarL  to  Darkopawarka  OabH.  Saviat  aacUaa  for  the  for-  NortiMra  Bleetric  Coapaay  Uaitad:  Sm— 

^SimVrmm^SSS^^^  Waraar.  Waalay  Joka,  3.670.1 10                              ^.^      ^ 

NUo.  Jav  10  Koaaara  Coaaaay.  kc.  Skaat  laafth  coatrd  ayslaa.  Nova,  AaUaio;  Nova,  Oacar.  aad  Nova,  Raaxo,  to  Offldaa  Mao- 

3S6M57VCL  tSSr         '^'                    ^^               ^  eaakka  Aatoaia  Nova.  Apparatoa  for  aakiai  liMaa.  3.669.S90.  CI 

'      ''teacSat—  425-119. 

7i  liinadar  aad  Whfcaa*.  W  «»Wfc— t  ,^  .**9,3 1 1.  Nova,  Oacar  Sw— 

liaarik  MaeUaa  far  aixii«,  f^ni^*^  aad  praaiBg  out  of  Nova,  Aatoab;  Nova.  Oacar.  aad  Nova,  Raaao4 .669^90. 

rabbar md oMmt MeUy viMMwiiaateriak at coatrolied pre»-  Novm, Raaao: S««--                            ^^         „          ,**«.«« 

k^~3^41S  CL2S9-I2000  Nova,  Aatoato;  Nova,  Oacar.  aad  Nova,  Reaao,3,669.590. 

HSSi:L!k^wirirSMi^  Rovaiat  A/S.  Davie,  far  .tartiag  or  Noya*,Rob2tL^~IUa.D.vldM.^^^ 

■rii— fatt—  wHS ffltfarrtnt  3  669  120  CL  12t-419.  Coapaay.  Matlwdef  oparatiatAMlcaB.  3.669.7S2,CI.  136-16.000 

HuZTmSLrtN  JtXm-  Novella,  VladiairNftolaavtek:lw- 

liSfirSih; idS^  Robart N..  Jr.,3.670,321.  "^^T^^  ^'^J'l'^L  J^oV"*""  '***^'^ 

Mlelaoa,Caldaay.PI*lat  pole  bolder.  3.669390.  CI.  241-42.000  •«*  X!SZ'.'*f^'^'**^«  V'       -^ 

- -  Novo  Terapeatiik  Laboratoriaai  A/S:  5m— 

AaaMmp.  Kaad;  aad  Mahler.  Joni  Leo.  3.669,143 
Novotay.  Joha  E.:  Sm— 

Uahad  Stataa  of  Aaerica,Natioaal  Aeroaaatks  aad  Space  A 
■iaiatratiaa.  Adaiaiatralor.  3.670,202 
Nowak.  Beraard  B.:  S*e— 

Cottia,     Steve     C;     Nowak.     Bernard     B.;    aad     Ecoaoat. 


Niaaweahaia.  WHaa  H.  M.:  Sm— 

Vaa  Waaliaaaa.  WWaa  J.;  Da  Carpeatiar.  Plater,  aad  Nieavea- 
hak.  WIBaa  H.  M.3.669,942. 
Ni|al.Haaiy:SM- 

Rebar,  WMy  Braat;  Nigit,  Heary;  Haaa,  Joaef;  Balser,  Haat;  aad 
Zappii^ar,  PaaU.669.70S. 
Nikodhaov.  Aaalaly  Pavlovich:  St»— 

Ivchaako.  Gaargy  Saaaaovkh;  Baiaalovoi.  Aaatoly  Mikhailovkh 


t 


plaMk  artielea.  3.670.062.  CL  264-97.000 
Noiawa,  Yoahikaai;  tahikawa,  M  toao;  aad  Kikuchi.  Jaqiro.  to  Saakyo 
Kogaka  Kogyo  Kabaahiki  KaiAa.  Caaaatla-kMdfaig  aeaas  for  caf- 
lette  tape  racoader.  3.669.4S7.  CL  274-4. 
Nackoto,  Phillip  H.:  Ste— 

Oraaa,  Edfar  E.;  aad  Nackob.  Phillip  H..3.669.19S 
Naaau.  Sabaro:  Set— 

ldei,Giiaa;andNaaata,SabaroJ.670.1S4.  

Naaa.  Howard  R.  Aati-poUntioB  chanber.  3.661.841 .  CL  SS-2S7.00a 
N.V.BakaartSA.:SM- 

Wieae,  Aadre  A..  3,66S.7S6. 
N.V.  OeraadtchaMaafabriak:  St- 
Spieraabarg.Oosea.  3,669.077. 
N.V.  lataieanbareau  voor  Syateaeaea  Octrooiea  Spaattaal:  Ste- 
rn dm  \t*,Romk».l,669.l40. 
Oakes.  Aadraw  A.:  St€— 

Teagae.  Wafcar  Dorwia,  Jr.;  Moatalbaao.  Aatboay  Philip;  Oakat. 
Aadrew  A.;  Oaborae.  Keith;  aad  Saaey.  Peter  E..3.66S.7«4.     . 

Obarheia.  Robait:  Sm—  I 

Hoteaaa.    Erich;    KruU.    Braat;    Johaaaaea.    Weraer    Hadi; 
Oberheha,  Robert;  aad  Scheibel.  Joaef.3 .669434. 
Ockel.  Gastav.  to  KUppaa  GabH,  Firma.  Saaph>ck  for  afety  belta. 

3.66S.747.CL  24-241.000 
OdeO.  Paul  J.  Aatoaaticparkaf  device.  3,669.200. CL  ISO-l.Oaa 
Oderaaaa.  Charles  R.:  Se*— 

Adaaa,  Keaaath  D.;  aad  Oderaaaa,  Charles  R.3.669,044. 
Office  Natioaal  d'Etadea  at  de  Recherches  AeroapatialesiSM— 

Basaoa.  Jaai  R.;  Caaer.  Joaeph  P.;  aad  Hoaraa.  Rolaad  J.. 
\  3,669,349. 

OfHciaa  Meccaakhe  Aatoaio  Nova:  Sm— 
U^^  oUtwiOallaa.  MaAad;  Oiaalar.  Wolf|Hi|;  aad  Nischk.  Nova.  Aatoaio;  Nova,  Oacar,  aad  Nova,  Reaao,  3,669,390 

ammAar  %Mi»  911  Ogita.  Masam:  att— 

MfaAu/ i^Illtel^Md  OMshL  Hkoaa  to  MataaahiU  Electric  ladaa-  Wataaabe.  Toshihachi;  aad  Ogata.  Maaara3.670.0S2. 

Mi^ikUa'  -   '  «M—  Ogdea.  Charles  T.:  Sm— 

"     |!?g%l!5T5L7liii.h»kM.   To«B«ai:  KawaaaaL  Shohachi;  Pasco.    VHp    A.;    Ogdea.    Charles    T.;    aad    Dlaaa.    Walfer 


P8vlovich3.669,317 
NBaaoa,  Baitil:  Sm— 

Sodaialroa,  OiB  Oaaaar,  Nikaoa,  BartB;  aad  Stahl.  NBs  Evert 
Johaa3.670.146. 
Nippoa  Ctolh  ladaaUy  Co..  Ud.:  Sm— 

YokeCa,Tad«M:  aad  Asai,Taiao.  3.669.7S4. 
Nippoa  Oakki  Saiao  Kabaahfti  Kaiaha:  Sm- 

Malsaara,  Hideo;  faaagava.  KataaUko;  aad  Maraaa,  Yoahihiko, 
3,669314. 
Nippoa  Hoao  Kyokak  Sm— 

Kaaegaya.  TAeo;  laahori,  Yataka;  Ohta,  Akira;  Kaaoh.  Tadao; 
aad  Ohm.  Aklo,  3,670,193. 
Nippoa  Kayaka  Kabaahfti  Kaiaha:  Sm- 

Takaaaka,  Shtaao;  aad  iwaaoto,  Akira,  3.669.949. 
Nippoa  Kogaka  K  JL.:  5m- 

8hio.Magaaa,  3,669324. 
Nippoa  Kokaa  KabaahiU  Kaiaha:  Sm- 

Mori,  Kaato;  Md  Shiraaa.  Yoahio.  3.668.729. 

Nippoa  Pirtoa  Riac  Co..  Ltd.:  Sm- 

Togaai.  Sha^  3.669.461 . 
Nippoa  Seiko  Kabaahiki:  Sm— 

TakahasU,  Tadaaoba;  aad  Usaai,  KaaBiiko,  3.6693 19. 
Nippoa  Sheet  Olaa  Co..  Ltd.:  Sm- 

laoae.  Toara;  Yaauda.  Tetaaya;  aad  Nogaichi.  Sein.  3.669.639. 
Nippoa  Soda  Co..  Ltd.:  Sm— 

Hoaaa,  Shaaao;  aad  Harada,  Miaora,  3,669.648. 
Nippoa  Steal  Corporatiaa:  Sm— 

Oiahi,  MaaaaU;  Shhaada,  Michihfto;  Nakayaau,  Yuji;  Naito. 
Koiehtaa;  aad  Okaaoto.  Kaaahiko,  3,669,643. 
Niachk.Oaather:SM- 


F.3.66S452.  , 

Ogle.  Robert  K..  to  Shafter  Coacrete  Pipe  Co.  Apparataa  for  barylBg 

riser  pipe.  3.668379.  CL  61-72.600 
Oglebay  NertoaCoapaay:  Sm— 

Hayaa.  Robert  R.;  FaOer.  Joha  L.;  aad  Stockhaa.  Jaaes  R.. 
3M9.44f.  I 

Ohara,AUo:S«t-  .      ^      .  .  i 

Kaaagaia.  Takao;  laahori.  Yataka;  Ohta.  Akin;  Kaaoh,  Tad^: 

aad  Ohaia,  Akio3.670.l95. 
OUara.  Jaaes;  aad  0»Maa.  Charlea  Lewis,  to  Calaic  Uaitad.  SeMa- 


Maaaoio.  Kanichi;  SaM>.  Takeio;  Faii^  Yoahikan;  Harada, 
Koichi;  aad  Uada.  Ka<iya3.669.94S. 
Motor  Coapaay,  Liaitod:  Sm— 
.jtoha(a.Maayi;aadWataaaba,Oaaji»3,669^24. 
Niwa,  KaaiaodTSftai,  Hiroshko;  Yaaaaaga,  Maaahiro;  Hvoae. 
YoaUa;  aad  Shiro.  Tarao.  Method  of  prodacag  prolaaae  by 
aiBiBOHaaJM.  3.669344.  CL  19S-66.00r 
Nofi^.  Rkhafd  J.,  to  Kaaaa  CorporatkM.   Aeratioe  apparataa. 

3M9^22.CL  261-34. 

*^l£l!o£^^aada.Trtaaya;arfNopi^S«to3.669339.  'jTSK'Ti?*-^"'^  **"*^ 

''^"Wr.L^rj&teS^  ^^j:^X.;Ohi.ReBchi;aadShi.hido.Tadao3^^72. 

TaMjUI  CL  27B.49J000  OWwa,  Hitoahi: Sm—  .  ,  ^,       .  ,«^.i_ 

nSS  xii;  to  j5torCo.po.alo.  of  Waahiagtoa.  B.U  b«Mteg  ^'^J^^iB^S^"^  **"'^=  Yoahitoke.  Jaichi;  aad  OWfa, 

^tt;5a».3.6693l7cL308-Ui»0  «^u.  "5?f*^*t!:"' 

MniM.  TaatAM^  Sam—  Ohahita,  TakasW:  Sm— 

HiiVYSi£Kaa».Mil«ao;  Yaaatodaai.Sabwo;Tatoka,Fa-  Saaaki,  Ri<>>««ka:  HoAi,  Hiioahi;  Araki,  Shiaichi;  aad  OhAha, 

aRdko;aadN«jiri.Taatoaa3369336.  TakaaW3.669321. 


JUNB13,1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  33 


Ohta.  Akira:  Sm- 

Kaaegaya.  Takeo;  laahori.  Yataka;  OhU.  Akira;  Kaaoh.  Tadao; 
aad  Ohara.  Akio3.670,l  95. 
Ohta.  Hiraa  H.:  Sm— 

Charltoa.  Gregoty  G.;  Haaratty,  Robert  J.;  aad  Ohta,  Hiraa 
H.,3,670336. 
Ohta,Takahiro:SM— 

Utaagi,  Mikio:  aad  Ohta,  Takahiro3.669.789. 
Ohtaai.  Yoshio.  to  Diesel  Kiki  Kabaahiki  Kaiaha.  Electrical  alarm 


device  for  oil  flBars  respoasivc  to  water  sediaeat  level.  3.670319,    Otto,  Staaley  W.:  Sm— 
CI.  340-244.00C                                                                                                ^p^^     Eegeae    S  ■ 
Oishi.  Asao;  aad  Sashiao,  Shoiao,  to  Hitachi,  Ltd.  Coatrol  device  for  ~   ' '''-'' 


Oaborae,  Keith:  Sm— 

Teagae.  Wahar  Dorwia.  Jr.;  Moataftaao.  Aadtoay  Philip:  Oakea. 
Aadrew  A.;  Osborae.  Keith;  aad  Saaey.  Petn  E.,3,668.784. 
Osteag.  Tor.  Arraagsaeat  la  eaplostow  joiaia^  of  high  teasioa  toes  —d 

the  Hke.  3.670.090.  CL  174-90.000 
OteU.  Yaao.  to  Bahak  Kabaahiki  Kaiaha    Caaaatte  aoaatiag  aad 

dlMoaatiag  device.  3,669,456.  CL  274-4. 
Otis  Bagiaeeriiag  CorporaHoa:  Sm— 

Sam,  Phillip  S.;  aad  Schwegaaa.  Harry  B..  3.669,190. 


P.; 


Otto,    Staaley 


a3.669387. 


McOrath.    Paal 

,        .  W.3,669,014. 

•toppiag  roUlioB  of  water  turbiae.  3 ,669360.  CL  4 1 5-4 1 .000  Ouchi.  Hiioaa:  Sm— 

Oishi.  Harao:  Sm—  Nishida,  Maaaahsu;  aad  Oiichi  Hir 

Fakawa.  Mitaaaoaakc;  Oishi.  Hanio;  Samya,  Kichitaro;  Nagai,  Ontboaid  Mariae  Corporatioa-  Sm— 

Akira;  aad  Nagai,Yoahitaro3.669.766.  irgeaa,FiaaT.,  3.669.162. 

Oishi.  MasaaU;9hhaada.Michihiko:Nakayama.Yaji;  Naito.  Koichiro;  Shiaaackas.  WiUiaa  J..  3.669.037 

aad  Okaaoto,  Kaxahiko,  to  Nippoa  Steel  Corporatioa.  Method  for  Shtaaaackas.  WiBiaa  J    3  669i>S8 

operatiag  aa  oiygea  top-blowiag  coa verter.  3 ,669.645 .  CL  75-60.  Ovalatrappag.  lac  ■  Sm— 

Oka.  Tetao:  Sm—  Pa£.  Jaaaa  A..  3.669.4S6. 

Taaaka.  Masao;  Oka.  Tetuo;  Fujio.  Tatsuro;  and  MocUzuki.  Overbuy,' FraMk6ilss:SM— 

nfc.-JI^!^:ik!t!:*^  ^*^'  Charlea  Wifliaa;  aad  Overbary,  Fraacia  Giles3.670337. 

^tSi^iS^^"^.    u..Ka.»      WW             v«    wu  0^'*nr.ChartoaA.W.ctioaaaldi.trib«ioaaaitforalawa.priakler 

Onhi.  Masashi;Shtaada.  Michaiiko;Nakayaaa.  Yuji;  Naito.  systaa.  3.669,357^.  239-310.000 

Ofc.-Ji;?'?^i!^r**J"**i?x"'*w°lTj**'          „.           .  0'^.L«»'».  to  Tokhala  Corporatioa.  hatraaait  drive  syaaa  tor 

Okaaoto,  TadaBh«Kobayaahi.Ts«yoshi;^dYaaaBoto.Hisao,  to  Su-  flaidaeteriag.  3.670317.0.340-198.000 

■'^"JL  aSf^.9i5l!rS'Jb*^  '**^*'  "■"*••  *^  3-«»<>oly»^etic  Oweas.  KeraMh  L.  Fihered  tobacco  pipe.  3.669.127.  CL  131-194.000 

nir*lf-«.!:  xLt-     c     ^*^-^*^^  Owen*.  Roy  L..  Jf.  Method  a»d  appermliM  for  intiodeciag  liqeid  iato 

Okaaoto. Toshio:SM-  vehicle  tires.  3,669,159, CL  141-1.000 

Teraaaki.  Iwao;  Kiaura.  Yoshio;  Okaaoto,  ToaUo;  Shiaa.  Tsa-  Oweas-Coraiag  Fiber^  Corporatioa- Sm— 

/XL  w  ^^^i'^o''"?' ***»««>;  •»<»Kitaiiiura.Kazuyuki3.669,927.  Pearaoa,  Lee  E.,  3,668,740. 

OkB^i.Toaoau:  Sm-  Woag.  Robert;  aad  HID.  HoaerG.  3.669.638. 

Fajiwara.       Shigera;       Nagae,       Keaji;       aad       Okuhashi.  Oweas-Dliaoa.  lac.:  Sm— 

rti.     J""?."wf'''"Vl  Nowicki.CaaiairW..  3.670.062. 

Ofcttaiewski.VaoeatF.:SM-  Oyaaa.  Yoshishige:  Sm- 

Ftewers,LeooardB.:aadOkuBiewski.ViBceBtF.3.670,160.  Hohsho.     Yukio;     Yaaada.     Koichito;    Oyaaa.    Yoahtehige: 

"?f '-:"25r*  S*~»          ..       „             w  Teraaishi.  Takao;  and  Saxuki.Seikoa3.669.423. 

Iteya,  Nobashige;  Kanoshiu,  Katsuzo;  MizBtaai.  Toahio;  Kitaau-  Ozaki,  Toshiaki- Sm— 

?«}i!lftS!!iij..^^  ^^V^J^a^'  '^•**"J*^''  F«»J»"oto.  Tsachiya.    Hiroahi;    Kunio.    Nishiaoaiya-Shi;    Kiaara.    Akie; 

TJ^i^.*^J2S     r       *°*';2:^''*L.w      T^           ..  '^■''■~-    »~i~>ri;     Fiyiaoto.     Kebaet;     Oiakl.    TosUaki^ 

Tsjjchiya,    Hjroshi;    Kunio.    Nishaoaiya-Shi;    Kiaura,    Akio;  Yaaaaoto,  Sigao;  Okaao.  Yoaitoai;  Taaaka,  Kateatoahi;OaMiL 

Kawaao,    ^aaon;    Fujaoto.    Ketaaei;    Oaki,    Toakiaki;  Tadaahi;  aad -Kkada,  Hlaaal3.670,057. 

Yaaaaoto,  Sigeo;  Okuao.  Yoaitoai;  Taaaka,  Kataatoahi;  Ooishi,  Pacific  Car  aad  Foaadry  Coapaay  Sm— 

r*-.  Ja^f^''/^  '^*^^'  "»^'.3.«70.057.  Bryaa.  Darrel  L.;  aad  Matodl:  Larry  D..  3.669393. 

Okaya,Bilaro:  5m--                               .„.,.„  Daalap.DeaaiiL.;«d  Bryaa.  DarralL..  3.669.467. 

Koaatsa.  Koei;  Okuya.  Eitaro;  Toaioka.  Kataayoahi;  Sakai.  Pacific  Vdvaa.  lac.:  5m- 


Maaato;  Hayashi.  Shigeki;  Yasaaaga,  Hidetoshi;  aad  Kogara. 

Akira3.669.943.  ^^ 

Okuyaaa.  Saauaa.  to  Kabushiki  Kaiaha  Ricoh.  MicrofilB  caaera. 

3.669339.  CI.  355-64.000 
Oldeaburg.  Dorraace:  Sm— 

Gntaaa.  Nathaa;  Moser.  Raymoed  L.;  OMeabarg.  Dorraace;  aad 
SaaderHa.  Doaald  E.3.669.I61 . 
OHa  Corporatioa:  Sm— 

Paast.  Joha  P..  3.669394. 
OUa  Mathieaoa  Cbeaical  Corporatioa:  Sm— 

Mochlaaa.  Vernoa  C;  aad  Kleio,  Robert  J.,  3.669,023. 
Oliver,  Doaald  S.,  to  Itek  Corporatiaa.  Facsiaile  system  utiliziag  pre- 

scaadatectioaof  iBdicU.  3,670,099,  a.  178-6. 
Ollivier.LoaisA.:See- 

Suadbtoa.  Leif  J.;  aad  OUivier.  Louis  A.3.669.108. 
Olaoa,  David  A.:  Sm— 

Baag.MogeasW.;aadOlsoa.  David  A.3.6703S6. 

Olaoa.  Robert  S.;  aad  Surls,  Joseph  P.,  Jr..  to  Dow  Cheaical  Coapaay.    Pakulak,  LacUa  A.:  Sm— 


Moon.  Howard  V..  3.669,406. 
Pacific  Vagatabia  Oa  Corporatioa:  Sm- 

Cuaaiags.  Lowel  O^  3.669300. 
Padaaaathaa.  TharairaMdi.  to  Aaericaa  Cyaaaaid  Coapaay.  133- 

oxaiaboriaides  aad  aethod  for  prepariag  the  saae.  3.669385.  CI 

260-3 10.00a 
Padr,Zdeaek:5M- 

Maasfeld.  Viktor;  aad  Padr,  Zdeaek3. 670,075. 
Pagdia.  Wifliaa  Goidoa;  Saith,  Wakar  I.;  Sailh,  Wayaa  A.;  aad  U 

Teadra.  Bafeae  F.,  to  SchHtz,  Joa..  Brewii*  Coapaay.  Coaveyor. 

3.669344.CL  198-137.000 
Page.  Derrick  J.;  aad  Driver.  Michael  C.  to  Waatiaghaaaa  Electric 

Corporatioa.  Method  of  prodacag  thia  fifaa  traaaiBtock  3.669361. 

CI.  96-36.200 
Page.  Derrick  J.;  aad  Raygor.  Paal  O.,  to  WeatiaghoaM  Electric  Cor- 
poratioa. Maak  chaagiM  aechaaiaa  for  aaa  ia  the  evaporatioa  of 

thia  fiha  devicea.  3,669  JMO.  CL  1 18-7.000 


The.  Procea  for  recovery  of  berylKua.  3.669,649.  CL  75-101 .000 
Olympia  Wcrke  AX}.:  Sm— 

Thevis.  Paul;  Schaeider.  Adolf;  aad  Jakubaachk,  Hont,  3.669348. 
Olyapaf  Optical  Co..  Ltd.:  5m- 

Takahaahi,  Nnaahiga.  3.669,098. 
O'NeaL  Doaald  V..  to  Motorola.  lac.  Key  slide  lockiag  aechaaiaa. 

3.668.937.  CL  74-10.330 
Oatarto  DevefapaMat  Corporatioa:  Sm— 

Ratowaky.  Siama.  3,668.997. 
Ooi8hi.Tadaahi:5w- 

Trackiya,    Hiroahi;    Kubio,    Niahiaoatya-Shi;    Khaufa,    Akio; 


Kawaao,     Saaiaori;     Fajiaoto.     Keiaei;    Oaaki,    Toshiaki;    Pataaqaist,  Richaid  L.:  Sm- 
Yaaaaoto.  Skeo;  Okuao.  Yoaitoai;  Taaaka.  Kataatoahi;  Ooishi, 
Tadaahi;  aad  Takada,  Hisaai3.670.057. 
OppeL  Joha  A.:  Set— 

Nakata,  Roy;  aad  OppeL  Joha  A.3.670322. 


Doaglas.  Larry  D..  3370.301 . 
Pakulak.  Pete:  Sm— 

Doaglaa.  Lamr  D.,  3370301. 
Pan  Corporatioa:  5m— 

Oroaa.  Robart  I..  3368337. 
Pahaai.  Robert,  to  SheBw-Otobe  Corporatioa.  OU  filter.  3369.144.  CL 

137-525. 
Pakaar.AlaaB.:5M— 

Her.  Ralph  K.;  aad  Pafaaer.  Alaa  B.3.669.695. 
Palaer.  Robert  D.  Poatara  iaproviag  device.  3370320.  CL  340- 
279.000 


Radoir  R.;  aad  Pala^alst,  Rfchard  U3370318. 
PaadiiriB.  Aathoay  K.;  Frederick.  Artkar  L;  aad  Wetotort.  IMwad  J., 
to  P^j|iria  WaMaeat  Co..  The.  Waidi^  head.  S.670.IS9.  CL  219- 


130i 


Otbaa,  Robart  A.,  to  Paraaoaad.  lac.  Starao  tyathaiiiar.  3.670.106.  CL    PaadUrii  WaUaaM  Co..  Tha:  Sw- 

179-l.OOg 
Orcoa  CorpofatioK  Sm— 

Beeceab.  Holia  H.;  aad  Greet.  Joha  J..  3.669.790. 
Ordaaace  Reaaareh  lacorporated:  Sm— 

Waite,  Hal  R.;  aad  Lacy,  Cari  P..  3,669,020. 
Ordwm.Ffad,Jr.:5M- 

Divacha,  Aaaraath  P.;  Lan,  Paal  J.;  Ordway.  Fred.  Jr.;  Hera 
Robert    A.;    Vaa    Blaricoa.    OrviOe    B.;    aad    Haha.    Hea 
ry3368.748. 
Oriaado.DaBial:5M- 


BdwaN 


Paadjiria.  Aathoay  K.;  Praderiek.  Arthar  L;  aad ' 
J..  3370.139. 
Paaduit  Corporatioa:  Sm— 

Moody.  Rev  A.;  SaBKraa.  Joha  P.;  aad  Thayar.  Ailia  J..  336S.744. 
PaaaaB,  McNari.  Radiator  hoMiag  device.  3369«4M.CL  269.20^000 
Paaaar.  Haaa  P.;  Yara.  Robart  S.;  aad  Fochaa,  Maloala  ft..  toOaaaral 
Pooda     Corporatioa.     Oreea     beaa     decaMriaaMi 


3340379,  CL  99.7tj000 
Paphi.  Joaeph  E.;  aad  Stokaa.  Staaley  U  to  W^aar  Baelrk  Corpora- 
tioa. Coatrol  vaha.  3.669306,  CL  303-64)0e 


Battka.  Richard  A.;  Sahaliao.  Aathoay;  Orlaado.  Daaial;  aad    Pappas.  Laahtoa  A 
Behraas.  WiOiaa  H.,3.66S.76I .  Graakowaki. Bageae  E.; aad  P^pM,  Laabtea A.336S3aO. 


PI  34 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JUNB13.197  I 


ParaMOMv,  NikoW  Ptffeatkvkh.  Appvatm  for  d«t«niiamf  fat  cm- 

itmiM  te  aMrialt.  3.M9^29.CI.  23-2S9.000 

oviiJ.:  Sn 

.  tab*;  aad  Parweudola.  Lovia  J.4.670.193. 


^..^.RokMt  A..  3.670.106.  ^         ^     , 

Pandl.  Retort  F.,  to  nh»,  Dvrit  h  Coapay.  ProcMS  tor  producing 
3.(3,4-4taMtkoi7plMavl)    -L-tluiM    by    rasymatk    rewlntioa. 
3.649J37.CL  l4S-29.000 
PuMti.  Giorgio,  to  Siai-MarelMtti  S.p.A.  Fuel  doUvoty  tyttom  for  a 

ptaraHty  or  aircfiAMgiMt.  3.669.136.  CI.  1371 13. 
Puk.  Oavia  liaMrew:  Sm— 

PotroMlU.  Claadio;  and  Parfc.  Oavia  Muldrew  .3.669.294. 
Parka.  Davit  k  CoaMay:  Sm— 

ParcdI.  Robart  P..  3.669437. 
Parkar.  Jaaat  M..  to  Parktoa  Corporatioa.  Lawa  mower  apparatus. 

3.66«44S.C1.S6-1 1.600 
Puker.  JaBM  W.  Coia  coaatiag  aad  rolHag  apparatus.  3,669,131.  CI. 

133-«.00a 
Parfcar-HaaaifiB  Corporatioa:  Sm— 

Browa. Carl  A.,  3.669.261. 
Paikaaa.  WiBiaa  Taraace;  aad  MacCormac.  Janet  Kenneth  Maxwell, 
to  BBiott  Brother*  (Loadoa)  Limited.  Automatic  flight  control 
tyatnat.  3.670.149.  CI.  23S-1  S0.22 
Paita.  Worthal  C.  to  Vaaghaa  A  ButhaeO  Mfg.  Co.  hapact  tool  and 
coaipoaad  haadla-retaiaiag  wedfe  therefor.  3,669.S12,  CI.  306- 
33.000 
Parfctoa  Corporatioa:  Sm— 

Parker.  Jamet  M..  3.668.S43. 
Parr.  Normaa  Lawreace;  aad  Browa.  Robia  Lawford.  Spray  depontioa 

of  (ilicoB  powder  ttructores.  3.669.723.  CI.  1 17-10S.200 
Panoaa,  Hubert  J.,  to  Haidiage  Brothers  Inc.  3  aad  4  leaf  machiae  tool 

collets.  3,669.462. CI.  279-51.000 
Parvin,  Allan  I.;  aad  Roome.  Douglas  P..  to  Staadard  Packaging  Cor- 
poration. Packaging  machine.  3.668,820.  CI.  S3-1 1 2.00r 
Paaic.  James  A.,  to  Ovaktrapping,  Inc.  Corner  clip  aad  bale  lifting 

method.  3.669.4«6.CI.  294-74.000 
Paatva.  John  V. ,  Jr.;  aad  Pastva.  John  V.,  Jr.  Key-coatroDad  door  lock. 

3.66t.9O7.CL7O-IS3.0OO 
Paatva,  Joha  V.,  Jr.:  Sm— 

Pastva,  John  V. .  Jr.;  aad  Pastve.  John  V..  Jr..3.668.907. 
PataaelH.  Dolores  J.;  aad  Arth.  Olea  E..  to  Merck  *  Co..  lac.  Anabolic 

ateata.  3 .670.079.  CI.  424-24 1 .000 
Patoa.  Boris  Evgaaiavich;  Latash.  Jury  Vadimovich;  Madovar.  Boris 
Ixrailevich;  Emeiiaaaako.  July  Oeorfievich;  aad  KQuev.  Mikhail 
Markovich.  to  lastitut  Elekuoa  vaiki  Im.  B.O.  Patoaa.  Apparatus  for 
electroalag  ren^ltiag  of  metals  with  moltea  slag  iatroduction. 
3,670,089,  CI.  13-9.000 
Patteraoa.  Michael  P.  Combiaatioa  greetiag  card  and  three  dimen- 

noaaloraaaeaL  3.66S.796.CI.  40-l26.00a 
Paulaoa.  Theodore  C.  Mold  for  a  hoDow  block.  3.669.402.  CI.  249- 

ISO.OOO 
Pauly.  DoaaU  E.,  to  Telematioa.  lac.  Shifkiag  phase  ia  a  television 

camera.  3.670,181,  CI.  307-262.000 
Pauly.  Ronald  R..  to  Tonka  Corporatioa.  Axle  mouatmg  for  toy  vehi- 
cles. 3.661.106.  CL  46-201 .000 
Payaa.  HaroM  A.  Structaral  coaaectnas.  3.669,479.  CL  287-1  >9.36c 
PBake,ThaddeasA.:5M-  ^   ^^     ^  „    ^  ^ 

De   Core.   Frad;   Peake.   Thaddeus   A.;   aad   Marshall.   Ted 
R.J, 668,768. 
Peanoa,  Lee   £..  to  Oweas-Coming  Fibcrglas  Corporation.  High 

Btiaagth  sttap  aad  method  of  makiag  it.  3,668,740,  Q.  24-16.0pb 
PacUaey-Pro^:  See- 

Demoaay,  Daaett;  Paton.  Daniel;  and  Ducret.  Jacques.  3.669.97S. 
PeeMaa.  Joseph  M..  to  PUbbury  Company.  The.  Apparatus  for  heating 

grata.  3.669.363.  CI.  241-8.000  ..^.^^^ 

Peet.  James,  1/2  to  West  Bridgford  Machine  Co.,  LimitMl.  Take  down 
apparatus  for  circular  seamless  hose  knitting  machtaes.  3,668,900, 
CL  66-149. 
Nifbr,  Harold  E.;  aad  Kohl.  Rateh  A.,  to  Eastnaa  Kodak  Company. 

Flaid  dispeastag  apparatus.  3.668.996.  CI.  95-89.00r 
Pennachetti.  John  T.;  aad  Boux,  Joaeph  F.,  to  Enercon  International 
Limilad.  Process  for  the  treatment  of  fly  ash  aad  product.  3,669,703, 
CL  ^06-218.006 
PeaawMrCorperatioa:  S**— 

Haaahaw.  Chwtes  Edward.  3.668.819. 
Pera.  Joha  D.:  Sm—  ^     ^ 

Backmaa.  Staaloy  J.;  Backmaa.  Joha  D.;  Pera.  Joha  D.;  aad 

Raths.  Frad  W.  J.670.004. 

Para.  Joha  D.;  aad  Ralha.  Fred  W..  to  Backmaa  Laboratoriea.  lac.  S- 

chloromethyl  eompoaads  of  2-mercaptobeasothi-  aaoles.  2-merc^ 

tobeaaoxaaolas.  aad  2-  mercapto-  beaximidaaoies.  3.669.981.  CL 

260-306.000 

Pariaa.  Joaaph.  to  Americaa  Velcra.  lac.  Wiadow  gtam  rateatioa 

tyatom.  3.668.808.  a.  49-46S.000 
PatUaa.  Cari  C.  Jr.:  Sm- 

Coaway.  Maartoe  A.;  Perkias.  Cart  C.  Jr.;  aad  Beflem.  Norman 
A.J.669.0S1. 
Parkiaa,  DoaaU  V.:  S»t— 

Joaat.   Doyle  P.;  Kohra.  Rqbart  C;  aad  Parkiaa.  Doaald 
V.3>«9.299. 
Perran.  SteCaa:  See— 

AUaower.    Martin;   Perrea.   SteCsa;   aad    Raaaaaberger.   Max 
B.J.668.972. 


Buttei 


erfly 
Maigonis, 


Panaoa.  Leaaart  Gerhard:  Sm— 

Aadanaoa.  Rolf  Urbaa;  aad  Panaoa.  Leaaart  Gariiard.3.669.344k 
Peniaek.  Roaald  J.,  to  Oeaeral  Electric  Compaay.  TraveUag  solveot 
method  of  growing  silicon  carbide  crystals  and  junctions  utilixing  yt- 
trium as  the  solvent  3,669,763.  CL  148-171.000 
Pet  Chemicals.  Inc.:  Sm— 

Coleman.  WiBiam  R.;  and  Duffoy.  Thomas  E..  3.670.078. 
Patcraft  ladattriaa  lacorparatad:  Sm— 
Loacaiao.  Niehoiaa  ft..  3.661.736. 
Peters.  Fraak  Groom;  Siaclair.  Wttliam  Robert;  aad  SuDivaa.  MOas 
Viaceat.  to  Bel  Telephoae  Laboratories,  lacorporated.  Techaique 
for  the  preparatioa  of  iron  oxide  films  by  cathodic  sputtorin$. 
3,669.863.  CL  204-192. 
Peters.  Joha  E.;  aad  Rollfiake.  Fred  J.,  to  Chase  Brass  aad  Coppar 

Compaay  lacoiporatad.  Metal  oomposites.  3.669.634.  CL  29-1 82. 1 
Petorsea.  Jorgeo  Hartvig;  aad  Sturlasoa.  Leif  Vigao.  to  Daafom  A^. 
Atomixtag  aoxile.  particularly  for  oil-buraers.^,669,419,  CL  239- 
S44.000 
Petenoa.  Arnold  E.,  to  Peterson  Baby  Producu.  Reclining  car  seM. 
3.669.492.  CL297-2S3.000  I 

Peteraoa  Baby  Producta:  Set—  I 

Petersoa.  Araold  E..  3,669,492. 
Peterson,    Lawrence    M..    to    Barber-Colman    Company. 

damper.  3.669.1  S2,CL  138-46.000 
Petro-Tex  Chemical  Corporation:  Sm— 

Croce.   Louis   J.;   Bajars,   Laimonis;   and   Oabliks, 

3.670.042.  , 

Friedrich.  Hainz  0.,  3,669,877. 
Petroczky,  Fraak  G.  Hair  combs.  3,669,130,0. 132-138.  | 

Petrolite  Corporation:  Sm— 

Annand,  Robert  R.;  Redmore.  Derek;  and  Rushton,  Brian  M., 
3.669.612. 
PetroneUi.  CUudio;  aad   Park.  Oavia   Muldrew.  Safety  closuras. 

3,669,294,  CL  215-9.000 
Petrow,  Henry  O.:  Sm— 

Alien,  Robert  J.;  and  Petrow,  Henry  G.,3,669,749. 
PetzoM,  Manfred:  Sm—  ,,«-«* 

Rail.  Ulrich;  Frotacher.  Herbert;  aad  PetzoM,  Manfred,3.669.70  '.. 
PfahLSiefrHed:SM- 

Heiaimann,  Werner,  aad  Pfohl,  SiegfKed.3 ,668.85 1. 
Pfiser  Inc.:  See— 

Friwi,  John  H.,  3.669,839. 
Hem.  Hans-lurgen  E.,  3,669.968. 

Wyatt.  Jaaws  B.;  Oeorge,  Peter  D.;  aad  Van  Dyck.  Kenneth, 
3.669.104. 
Pfluger.  Gerhard,  to  Bosch.  Robert.  G.m.b.H.  Surtmg  arrangement  for 

intomal  combustion  engines.  3.670.1 73.  CI.  290-38.00r 
Pfand.  Adolph;  and  Sobel.  Morton,  to  Sobel  Industries.  Plastic  cup 

dispenser.  3.669^07,  CL  221-63.000 
Philco-Ford  Corporation:  Sm— 
Cote.  AUM  A..  3.668.924. 
PhUip. Morris.  Ynm  stand.  3.669.379.CL  242-131.000 
Phillip  Petroleum  Compaay:  Set— 

Kinney,  AUred  W.;  and  MarahaU.  Frederick  P..  3.669.305. 

PhUUps.  Floyd  L..  Jr..  to  Reynolds,  R.  J.,  Tobacco  Company.  Display 

cartons  aad  eonvertibk  shippmg  and  display  cartons  and  blanks 

therefor.  3.669.251. CL  206-44. 

PhUlipa,  Leslie  Nathan,  to  United  Kingdom  of  Great  BriUm  and 

Northern  Irelaad.  Mtaister  of  Technology  in  Her  Britannic  Muestt's 

Goverameat  of  the.  Continuous  carbon  fibre  tapes.  3.669,158.  pi. 

139-420. 

PhilUps  Petroleum  Compaay:  See— 

Browa.  Janes  D.;  aad  Uraaeck,  Carl  A.,  3.669.798. 
Drehmaa.  LewU  E.;  aad  Walker.  DarreU  W..  3.670.044. 
Ktaaey.  AM^ed  W..  3.669  J40. 
Roark.  WiOam  0..  3.669.874. 
Stapp.  Paul  R.  3.669.992. 
Tucker.  Ahria  S..  3.669^98. 
Picuako,  Thomas:  Sm— 

Bucher,  Paal  E.;  and  Picuako,  Thomas.3,669.S5 1 . 
Pierick.  Richard  L.  Aircleaaer.  3.668.840,  CL  55-239.000 
Piibe.Reta^SM- 

Olegg.  Keith  C.  M.;  Haberi.  Joha  F.;  Baumans.  Hans  W. 
P^.Reln,3 ,670,329.  .... 

Pike,  Wtathrop   Selley,   to   RCA   Corporation.   Electrical   circuit. 

3 ,670. 1 79.  Cl  307-22 1 .000 
PiBoa.Daaial:  Sm-  -^.  ....«J, 

Demoaay.  Daaefl;  POlon,  Daniel;  and  Ducret,  Jacqttes,3,669,975. 
PiBsbury  Company.  The:  See—  ^      .     .. 

Leexer.  James  R.;  Reid.  Fraacis  R.;  Turpta. Charles  H.;  aad  Refsa. 
Jack  J..  3.669.346. 


iiad 


Peebles.  Joamh  M..  3.669.363. 
Turpia.  Clwrles  Heary;  aad  Ryaa.  Joha  A..  3.668.98 1 . 
Piper  Predaioa  Diea.  lac.:  Sm— 

Rupprecht,  Charles  F.;  aad  Wiker.  Fraak.  3,668.955. 
Pitmaa.  Richard  W..  to  Varityper  Corporatioa.  Keyboard  for  a  prialiag 

machiae.  3.669.236.  CI.  197-98.000  | 

Plaat.  Carl.  Firma:  Sm— 

Macer.  BItebeth;  Schulx.  Helga;  aad  Schulx.  PetM.  3>69.l  12.1 
Plaka.WHtamC.:SM-  ^      «    .    .^    „     . «,       ^ 

Haidy,  Riahaid  W.;  Kaowlaa,  Robert  B.;  Saadifer.  Cacd  W.;  aad 
PIake.WillumC..3.670.I64. 
Ptaak.  Charles  J.;  Waldo.  Phares.  G.;  and  Doherty.  Harry  G..  to  MpbU 
Oil  CorporaBoo.  Two  stage  reforming  procem.  3,669.873.  CL  208- 
65.000 


June  13. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  35 


Plaaser.  Fraaz;  aad  Theurer.  Joaaf.  Tamper  unit  lor  mobile  track  tamp- 

iag  machiae.  3.669,025. CL  104-12.000 
Plau.  Gerald  M.;  aad  Honn.  James  B.,  to  National  Distillers  and 
Chemical  Corporation.  Flat-bottom  plastic  bags.  3,669.347,  CL  229- 
58.000 

Plataer,  Maximilian  F.:  See 

Jacobs.  WiUi  F.;  and  PUtaar.  Maximilian  F..3.669  J86. 
Plavaa,  Erik.  ProotM  for  recovery  of  itarch  aad  f  lutea  by  washiag  a 

dough  of  wheat  flour.  3.669.739.  a.  127-67.000 
Plaxin,  Vtadimir  Nikolaevich:  Sm- 

Voilsekhovsky.    Bogdaa    Vyacheslavovich;    Kuvshinov.    Viktor 
Alexaadrovich;   Plaxin,   Vladimir  Nikolaevich;   and   Ncvsky, 
Vyacheskv  Alexaadrovich,3,668,9 14. 
Plummar,  Claude  A.:  Sec- 
Roberts.  Loaaie  D.;  aad  Plummar.  Claude  A..3.669.487. 
Plummer.  Waher  A.:  Sm— 

Gillemot.  Oeonc  W.,  3.669,777. 
Pneumo  Dynamics  Corporation:  See— 

Beidler,OlennS.,  3,668,977. 
Podiak.  Richard  S.;  Mack,  James  M.;  and  Bretsch,  Michael  A.,  to 
Champion  Spark  Plug  Company.  Spark  phig  teat.  3,668,749.  CL  29- 
25.120 
Podraxa.  Chester  S.,  to  Blackstone  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  Spare  tire 
and  wheel  carrier  for  travel  trailers,  motor  homes,  pickup  trucks, 
campers  and  the  like.  3,669,326,  a.  224-42.210 
Pogge,  H.  Bemhard:  Sm— 

Badami,  Angelo  V.;  Ebert,  Ekkehard,;  Kemlaae,  Bernard  M.; 
Kroell,  Kari  E.;  and  Pogge,  H.  Bemhard ,3 ,669 ,7 69. 
Polaroid  Corporation:  5«»— 

Erlichman,  Irving,  3,668,991 . 
Polin,  Herbert  S.;  and  Kuhn,  GutUvo,  to  Vogel,  Paul.  Time  setting 

device  for  an  electronic  clock.  3.668,859,  CI.  58-23.000 
Pollard,  Kenneth  Lloyd.  Coping  and  fascia  trim.  3,668,811,  CI.  52- 

94.000 
Polychrome  Corporation:  Sm— 

Golda,  Eugene;  aad  Taudien,  Alfred.  3.669,660. 
Polymer  Proceming  Research  Institute  Ltd.:  See— 

Yazawa,  Masahide;  aad  Tani,  Hanihisa,  3,669,795. 
Pommer,  Hortt:  Sm— 

Mueller,  Herbert;  Koehl,  Herald;  and  Pommer,  Hortt,3 ,670,028. 
Pommeret,  Henri  Louis  Etienoe.  Method  and  apparatus  for  producing 

vibrations  or  impulses.  3,670,223.01.  318-124. 
Popek,  WencU  D.:  Sm- 

McAUitter,  Lewii  L.;  and  Popek,  WeacU  D.,3,668,750. 
Popivalo,  Aadrew  C.  Measuriag  aad  dispensing  contamer.  3,669.322, 

CL  222-454.000 
PorU.  Paolo  Delia;  and  Rabusin,  Elio,  to  S.A.E.S.  Getters  S.p.A.  Get- 

tering.  3,669.367,  Cl.  4 1 7-48.000 
Porter,    Herschel    D.,    to    Lilly,    Eli.    aad    Company.    Substituted 

dispiropentadecanes.  3,669,986,  a.  260-326.S0d 
Porter,  laa  S.,  to  Wilaoa  A  Loagbottom  Limited.  Oripper  thuttlet  for 

loomtforweavii^.  3,669,156,  CL  139-125. 
Porter,  Robert  B.:  Sm— 

Johaaoa,  Robert  W.;  aad  Porter,  Robert  B..3,668,943. 
Porter,    Roy    A.,   to    Bell    Telephoae    Laboratories,    Incorporated. 
Removal  of  boroo  and  phosphorous-containing  dasses  from  silicon 
surfaces.  3,669,775, CI.  156-17.000 
Posey,  John  T.  Lap  cover  and  restrainer.  3,669,107,  CL  128-134.000 
Posl.  Rudolf:  Sm- 

Krall.  Heribert;  Maag.  Helmut;  Herrmann,  Otto;  and  Posl,  Ru- 
dolf4.669.l76. 
Post  Office,  The:  Sm— 

Acer.  David  Joaeph;  and  Stanley.  Ian  William.  3,670,1 83. 
PoweU.  Milan:  Sm- 

Mundt.  James  E.;  and  Powell.  Milan.3.669.407. 
PPG  Induatries.  Inc.:  Sec- 
Bowser.  George  H.;  Shoop,  Vernon  A.;  Pyzewski,  Stanley  J.;  Maz- 

xoni,  Renato  J.;  and  Bologna.  John  P.,  3,669,783. 
Semer,  JeroaM  A.,  3,669,728. 
Seiner,  Jerome  A.,  3,669.729. 
Pratt,  Ivor.  Sec- 
Hall,  Roger  P.;  Pratt.  Ivor;  aad  Young,  Richard  A.,3,669,796. 
Pratt,   Tliomas   H.;   and    Rieger,   Michael   L.    Refuse   compactor. 

3,669 ,009,  CL  100-52.000 
Precision  Vahre  Corporation:  See— 

Focht,  John  Richard,  3,669,359. 
Preiar,  Hortt  M.:  Sm— 

Lehovec,    Krut;    Hielscher,    Frank    H.;    and    Preier,    Hortt 
M..3 .670.198. 
Preininger,  Erich;  and  Gin|,  Dieter,  to  Ciba-Geigy  AB.  Inorganic  white 
pigments  contaming  optical  brightenert  aad  procem  for  Uieir  manu- 
foctore.  3.669,896,  a.  232-301. 30w 
Prentice,  James  B.,  to  Procter  A  Gamble  Company,  The.  Ethanecar- 
boay!-l.2-diphotphoaic   acid,   water-   soluble   tate   thereof  aad 
»r6ecn  for  preparatioa.  3,670.015.  CL260-52.40p 
-ibil.  Rudolf:  Sm— 

Emr.  Aatoata;aad  Pribil,  Rudolf.3,669,988. 
Prfckett,  Warren  Wilson:  See- 

Harker,  Royce  Kenneth;  Prickett,  Warren  Wilson;  aad  Roesch, 
KttrtFritx,3.669.323. 
Priestley,  Hill  M.;  aad  Wilaoa,  Jamas  H.,  to  Uver  Brothers  Compaay. 

Detergent  eompoaitioat.  3,670,027,  CL  260-593.00r 
Procter  A  Gamble  Company,  The:  Sm— 
Preatiee,  Jamas  B.,  3,670,01  S. 
Seiden,  Paul,  3,669,848. 


PribI 


Proctor-SUai  lacorporated:  Sm— 

Eatoa.  Joha  L.,  Jr.;  Richard,  Keaaeth  L.;  aad  Sckwartx.  Waher 
M..  Jr..  3.669.004. 
Profab  Inc.:  5m— 

Sharroa.  Paul  A..  3,668.799. 
Propersi.  Dario.  RoUiag  miU.  3,668.9 1 1 .  CL  72-43.000 
Protospataro.  Fraacesco:  Sm— 

Caldo,     Coraalio;     Daaielb,     Eiio;    lacoDiafo,     Italo;    aad 
Protoapataro.  Fraaceaco.3,669.829. 

Prototech  Compaay:  See 

AUea.  Robert  J.;  sad  Petrow,  Heary  G..  3.669.749. 
Novack.   Robert  L.;  Moultoa,   David   M.;  aad   Juda.  Waiter. 
3.669.752. 
Prototech  lacorporated:  Sm— 
Juda,  Waher,  3.669.750. 
Pryor.  David  Eraast;  aad  Forsyth.  Bruce  Adam,  to  Imperial  Chemical 
Industries    of   Australia    and    New    Zealand    Limited,    byectabie 
therapeutic  tetramisole  formulatioaa.  3,670,083,  CL  424-270.000 
Pryor,  David  Eraeat;  aad  Forsyth,  Bruce  Adam,  to  Imperial  Chemical 
ladustries  of  Australia   and   New    Zealand    Limited.    Injectable 
teUamiaola  compoaatioes.  3.670,086.  CL  424-270.000 
P.T.  A  T.  Industries.  Inc.:  Sm— 

Copeiand,  John  H..  3.669.42S. 
PuBci,  Louis.  Method  and  apparatus  for  roUiag  aad  teckiag  filled  food- 
stuffs. 3 ,6694107.  Cl.  99-450.600 
Pulver,  Willis  Clark,  to  Veltea  A  Puhrer.  Inc.  Coaveyor  system  aad  at- 

tachmeatt  therefor.  3.669.247.  CL  198-189.000 
PurceU.  Thomaa  H..  Jr.,  to  ESB  lacorporated.  Reserve  liqaid  storage 

and  dispensing  device.  3.669^20,  CL  222-389.000 
Pyzewski,  Stanley  J.:  5m— 

Bowser,  George  H.;  Shoop,  Veraon  A.;  Pyiewski,  Stanley  J.;  Maz- 
soni,  Renato  J.;  aad  Bologaa,  Joha  P..3.669.785. 
Quantum,  Inc.:  Sm— 

Doede,Clmton  M.;  and  Combs,  Eugene  £.,  3,669,719. 
Rabow.  Gerald,  to  lateniatioaal  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Corpora- 
tion. Frequency  modulatioa  dearadulatioa  system.  3^70,252.  CL 
329-112. 
Rabttsia.  Elio:  Sm— 

Porte,  Paolo  Delia;  and  Rabusm,  Elio3 .669467. 
Ragland,  Evan  L.,  II:  5m— 

Wagner,  Robert  L.;  aad  Ragland,  Evaa  L..  0,3,669437. 
RaioB  Yushi  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  Sm— 

Susuki,  Riaaosuke;  Hoehi,  Hiroshi;  Araki,  Shmichi;  aad  Ohahita, 
Takeshi,  3,669421. 
Relay,  Charles  F.,  Jr.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Compaay,  The.  Bitumiaous 
compositioas  coatamiag  high  molecular  weight  ethyleae/propyleae 
3,669,9I87CI 


270-28.500 
Herbert;  and  Petzold,  Manfred,  to  Bohmc 
bH.  Silicone  emulsions.  3,669,702,  CL  106- 


Rmgwald.  Eugeae  L.;  aad  Raadall,  James  C. 
;   Riagwakl,   Eugeae   L.;   aad   Raadall,   James 


copolymer 
RaU.  Ulrich;  Frotscher 
Chemie  Oeaellschaft 
287.000 
Ralstoa  Puriaa  Compaay:  Sm— 

Karr.  Mehfta  R.;  aad  Hodge.  Deaa  E..  3.669,676. 
Ralstoa,  Robert  E.;  aad  Ko,  Yuag  Liag,  to  Mallory,  P.  R..  A  Co..  lac. 
Procem  of  makiag  a  molded  aegative  electrode.  3.669.754.  CI.  1 36- 
126.000 
Ramsey,  Richard  T.:  Sm— 

Speacer.  Joha  H.;  Ramsey.  Richard  T.;  aad  Oilbertaoa.  Warrea 
L.4.669.021. 
Raacati.  Oiaaluigi:  Sm— 

Cttffaro.  Aatoaiao;  Castroaovo.  Fraacesco;  Bruao,  AchiDe;  aad 
Raacati,  Oiaahugi.3,670.060. 
RaadaU,  James  C,  Jr.:  5m— 

Kiag,  Heary  L.;  Riagwald,  Eugeae  L.;  aad  Raadall,  James  C, 

Jr.4.669,925. 

Kiag.  Heary  L.; 

Jr.4.669.933. 

Kmg.   Heary   L. 

C.4.669.93S. 

Reader.  Magaus,  to  Artos  Eagineeriag  Compaay.  Automatic  termiaal 
applicator  for  iasulated  aoa-  metallic  igaitioa  type  wires.  3.661.764. 
CL  29-203. OOd 
Rasmussea.  Torbea  Borup,  to  Kroyer,  Kari  Kristiaa  Kobe.  Method  for 
the  production  of  fibrous  sheet  materials.  3.669.778.  CL  156-62.200 
RataKsyk,  James  Daaiel:  5m— 

Swett,  Leo  Ralph;  aad  Rataicxyk,  James  DaaieL3 .669.98 3. 
Raths.  Fred  W. :5m- 

Bnckmaa.  Staaley  J.;  Backmaa.  Joha  D.;  Pera,  Joha  D.;  aad 

Raths,  Fred  W.4.670.004. 
Pera.  Joha  D.; aad  Raths.  Frad  W.4.669.9«l . 
Ratowsky,  Simoa,  to  Jephcott.  WBIiam  C.  Richard.  Jeaa  M..  aad  Oa- 
tario  Developmeat  Corporatioa,  meaae.  riorasstas  of  photographic 
matoriaL  3.668.997, CL  95-93.000 
Rattaa.  WiBiam  D.,  to  Robertahaw  Controls  Compaay.  Tharmafly 
respoesivc  swhch  aad  method  for  makiag  the  same.  3,670411,  CL 
337-112. 
Rattmaa.  WiBiam  J.;  Waaaoa.  Fraak  R..  Jr.;  aad  Mackeaiie,  Oeitfoa 
C,  to  Raytheoa  Compaay.  Optical  depth 
therefor.  3.669440,  Cl.  336-4.000 
Raychem  Corporatioa:  See— 

Haaa.  Robert  L..  3,669424. 
Raygor,  Paid  0.:  Sm— 

Page.  Derrick  J.;  aad  Raygor.  Paal  O.4469XM0 
RayaMod.  Deagias  G..  to  SCM  Corporatioa.  Impiegaatioa  aad  lami 
tioa   reata   aolotioas.   methods   aad   artielea  pcodnced 
3,669,727. CL  1 17-1484)00 


PI  36 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JUNB  13. 1972 


■Uyapt.  OnuMfM  J.,  to  Uiioa  CarbM*  Corponttai.  Bad  eappad    Rkk,  OMrft  JoMph:  Jm- 


.3.M9^S.CL20«.S9.00r 
RayrtMoa  Caiafaay: 

Coaaaiaay.  WMaai  R..  3.670aM- 
rJ..Jr^3.M9423. 
1  J.;  Wawoa,  Pnak  R.,  Jr.;  ud  Mackaaaia.  Oor- 

takk.  Bartaa  H..  3.670.196. 
Uatar.  Roteft  McCowaa.  3.670,197. 
RCA  Corpontiaa:  Sm— 

AHaftoa.  Ti««or  Rkhaid.  3.669.733. 

BSakaa.  Joha  nekatt.  3.669.774. 

PaMMria.  Na*aa.  3.669.770. 

PWMr.  DaaahOlMdoa.  3.669.73S. 

Haai.  Salaaa  Yaaat.  3.668.770. 

Jacob.  CkartaaJaalor.  aad  Lawtoa.Garald  Wayac,  3.669.734. 


.OaocM  Join.  3.670.249. 
Mka.  Wiailiiop  May.  3.670.179. 


RaMWt.   UvtaMt   AnraU;  aad   Haipert.   Edward    Philip. 
3.670.1  S3. 

S«a  Ih.ChailMClMas:  aad  Larie.  Michael  Jay.  3.669.673. 
Reactor  CaatnuB  Nederlaad:  5«e— 

Km«.  JolMaaea  B.  W.;  aad  NoodMMt;  Aread  J..  3.669.632. 
Raacaa.  DomM  W.:  5af 

Mickcoa.  Laalar.  aad  Raacaa.  DoaaU  W..3.66t.l97.  _ 

Rabar.  WiBy  Bnrt;  Ni|«.  Haary;  Haaa.  Joeaf;  Batnr.  Haas;  aad    Btckud'jaaaM    &c- 

orttwMdlc  haadaaa  aateriale.  3.6«9.70t.CI.  1 17-33.000 
Radlaad  Brieka  Ltaidlad:  Set- 

SckMkr.  Oaof|a  BarthoM  Edwvd.  3.670.063. 
Radaota.  Daiak:  Sm— 

Aaaaad.   Robert   R.;   Redaoia.   Darak;   aad   Raihtoa,   Briaa 
M.3.669.612. 
Raaae.  Jaaes  R..  to  Cal-Val  Co.  Ptow  Mabaiwr  for  pitot-operated 

aKidalatiatTaWaMa>.3,669.143,CI.  137-312.300 
Rcftifariiioa  Bagtaaaiiag  CoiporattoB:  Stt^ 
Martia.  Wallar  Htrpar.  3.669.239 


Hobdaa.  Maariea  Varwia;  Rick,  Oaorfe  JoMpb;  aad  RobaftMM. 
Daaial  Stt«art4.670.l  96. 
Rtobaid.  Kaaaath  L.:  $<•— 

Batoa.  J«ka  L..  Jr.:  Richard.  Keaaeth  L.;  aad  Schwarts.  WUter 
M.,Jr.4.6«9.004. 
RickaidMM.  B4wia  A.:  Sat- 

Colae.  Rof  D.;aad  Riekaidaoa.  Bdwtai  A.  J.669.1II. 
Richaidaoo.  Harry  L.:  Jm 

Avaaa.  Stfvaloca;  aad  Richardeoa.  Harry  L..3.666.940. 
Rickardaoa.  Hkrry  L.;  and  Craig.  Robert  C,  to  Ckaaieal  Coastractioa 

Cocporalio&  Blactraatade  pracMtator.  3.6«t43«.CL  SS-131.000 
Riekafdeoa.  J«ka  M ..  to  Hagkaa  Aircraft  Coapaay.  Davica  far  prodac- 
iag  ideatifliMe  tiaa  aad  ceriaa  (foariar)  traMfenat  oT  tamut  lifaah 
by  aieaae  of  aoacoheraal  optica.  3.669J2t.CL  3SO-20S.000 
Richaiaa.  Pattr  D.  Electric  battenr  coaiprieiag  a  Aiel  caB  hydmtM 

geaerator  aad  heat  eichaager.  3.669.73 1 .  CI.  1 36-96. 
Richtar.  Haas  H.,  to  Laatoaa  CorporatkM.  Frictioa  twiMer  alaaaat. 

3.661456.0.57-77.400 
Richtar.  Haas  h.:  5m— 

Leeaoe.  Richm>ad  T.;  aad  Riehler.  Haa«  H..3.66S.8SS. 

Richter.  WoHuag  Max  Egoa;  Lab.  Edgv;  aad  SiebliM.  Heas  Wenier, 

to    Sckaiatoack-Labeca-Waike    Aktieagaaaibchan.    Proceu    aad 

device  for  advaacbf  aad  liaialtaaaoudy  ceateriaf  sheet  material. 

3.66«.9S9.CI.I3-4t.000 


Ratowaky.  SiaKta.  3.669.997. . , 
Ricoh  Co..  Ltd.:  5m— 

Kobayaebi.  Yagoro.  3.669.S37. 
RiddaB,  Vanm  A.,  to  Thiokol  Chaniical  Corporatioa.  Spiiae  wear 

gaaga.  3.661.713.  a.  33-J79J0r 
RiebUag.  BaMae  P.:  5m-  > 

Daltoa.  Robert  H.;  ami  RicbUag.  Evgene  F..3.669.693. 
Rieder.  Otto  B..  to  Oeaerml  Impact  Extnaioaa  (Maavfacturiag)  Ltd. 

Metkod  of  fonaiag  a  kaat  eichaager.  346S.7S7.  CI.  29-1  S7.30r 
Riaga!  Paper  Corporatioa:  Sm— 

Cole.  Raynood  A.,  ljM9Mi. 
Riegel  TextBa  Corporatioa:  5m— 

Oeia.  Oia«a«  T..  3.669400. 
Rieaer,  Michael  L.:  5m— 

Pratt.  Tkoaiai  H.;  aad  Riager.  Michael  L.3.669.009. 

Riaker,  Jastaa,  k  Co.:  5m— 

Stokr.  RidoV:  aad  Stoiaar.  WanMC.  3.661.793. 
RieOo  Coadirfoaatori  8.A.S.  di  Oiordaao  RieUo  *  C:  5m— 

RieUo.  Valerio  Otordaao.  3.668.8t7. 

RieBo.  Vaierto  Oioidaao.  to  RiaBo  Coadiaioaatofi  S.A.S.  di  Oiotdaao 

RieOo  *  C.  Air  coaditioaiBg  apparataaet.  3.66S.U7.  CI.  62-262.000 


Regeaav.  Praas;  Sckhuakoai.  Peter  Christoph;  aad  HeUer,  Haaqorg. 

Polydhaercapto-e-triaiiaoe.  3.669.936.  CI.  260-77.S 
Regie  Natiooale  dee  Urian  Reaaoh:  5m— 
Oaettier.  Michel.  3.669.S  10. 
Le  Mire.  Noel,  3.669497. 
Ragmooi,  Riccaido:  Stt— 

Ackanaaaa.  Jacob;  Croce.  Roberto;  aad  Regaztoai.  Riccar- 
do4.670.016. 
Reichhold-AbartOMaiie  AkticageaeQKhaft:  5m— 

Broecker.  Barabaid.  3.670.047. 
Raid.PraadiR.:S^—  -  .. 

Laatar.  Jama  R.;  Raid.  Praacii  R.;  Tarpia.  Charfet  H.;  aad  ReJM.    Riea.  Rakert  O.,  to  Sqaara  D  CosMay.  Canaat  raepoaave  twitokiag 
Jack  J.4^446.  -odak.  3.*70473.a.  335-204.&0 

RaiUag.  Tkoaiaa  L.  Noa-carUag  decalcoaiaaia  paper  ceaipririag  a    Riggt.  Robett  P..  to  tpern  Raad  Corporatioa.  Radar  coiiHoe 
diMoatiBaoos  potyaier^etarch  particle  barrier  layer.  3.669.704.  CI.        avoidaacc  hidicator.  3.670430.  CI.  343-1 1  .OOr 
117-3.600  Riaahart.  Keaaeth  L..  Jr.:  5m— 

ReiUy.  Atthar  J.  HydraaHc  preae.  3.669.60S. 0. 423-399.  ghier.  Wayae  ThoaMs;  Maehatt.  Keaaeth  L..  Jr.;  aad  OottHeb. 

Ratal.  Haaa-Martia;  aad  Coaae.  Pator.  to  LiceatU  Pateat-Verwaltuaga-  DavM4.M943t. 

0.a.b.H.  Matkods  of  prodaciaf  diflMoa  regioas  ia  aaaiicoadBCtor   Ring.  RtyMd  M..  to  AkMia  Prodactt,  lac.  Skoa  koMiag  appwatat. 
bodies.  3.669.760.0. 141-1.500  3.66I.733.C1. 15-267.000 

Reiat.  Waller,  to  Perag.  Pekr  *  Reiat  AO.  Metkod  for  preveatiag  the    Rfaigwald.  Bi«eae  L.:  5m- 
deforaiatioa  of  folded  aewapapen.  aiagaxiaea  etc.  darin  the  traaa-  Kiag.  Haary  L.;  Riagwald.  Eageac  L.;  aad  Raadall.  Jaaea  C. 

port  thereof  hi  flakeBke  auperpoeed  atacks.  3.669.001,  CI.  100-  Jr.4.669,92S. 

33.000  Kiag.  Haary  L.;  Riagwald,  Eugeae  L.;  aad  Raadall,  Jamas  C, 

Reiaa,JackJ.:5M-  Jr.4.d69.933. 

Laatar.  JaaasR.;  Raid.  PraBcisR.;Tarpki.  Charles  H.;  ami  Rcjsa.  ^iag.  Haary  L.;  Rta^waU.  Eageac  L.;  aad  Raadall,  lames 

JaefcJ.44«9446.  C.4.669.935. 

Remer.  Robert  K..  to  taca  lake.  lac.  Priatiag  aad  ooatiag  method.    J^^^  Walter,  to  Martial  Bachbmdereimaachiaeafabrik  AO.  Apparatua 
3.669.720. CL  117-93.310  _  _  ^  for  tiaaapartiag  atacka  of  abeeu  or  the  like.  3.669.246.  CI.  198- 


Rempert.  Lawreaea  AraoM;  aad  Helpert.  Edward  Philip,  to  RCA  Cor-  ,  79  qqq 
poratioo.  MacUae  implameatad  metkod  for  poaitioaiiBg  aad  iaapect-  oi|.b..  j, 
lataaoMacL  3.670,153.  CL  235-151.1 10 


RaaoU.  Walter.  Prae  fiealfaig  pn 
I  for  flm  drive.  3.669.: 


re  roller  meaaa  aad  retractiag 
33 1,  CL  226-176.000 
Real.  Ebarkatd;  Vaea,  Siegfried;  aad  Bcke.  Oaater.  to  Aktiea-Ces- 

aeBackaft'Weeer'.  Moortagbaoy.  3.668.723.  CL  9-8.00r 
Repabiie  tteal  Cocpocatloa:  5m— 

CappaLPiad.  3469.618. 
Rataatloo  Cotemaaicalioa  Syatema.  be:  S**— 


Catelaao.  Paal;  aad  Bkkel.  Joka.  3.669474. 
Rex  Ckaiakek  lac:  Sea— 

Sckiadar.  PraMd  H..  3461.939. 
Reyaolds.  R.  I..  Tabaeee  Coawaay:  Sm— 

PMBpe.  Ptoyd  L..  Jr..  346945 1 . 
Rayaolds,  Robert  W.;  Bftaaa.  JaaNs  K.;  aad  Jaaaaa.  Fiaacia  J.,  to 
Xaros  Corporadoo.  Developer  apparataa.   3.669.072.  a.    118- 
637M0 
ReyaoMa.  Tkomae  J.:  S*€— 

Blaacfcet.  Jamea  P.;  Hotea.  Charlea  M.;  aad  Reyaolda.  Thomaa 
J..3.669429. 
Rheiaaata  0.a.bJl.:  5m- 

Harbrackt,  Kart;  aad  Maaa.  Oafkard.  34M.M9. 
RkodM,  Aitkar  Navilb;  aad  Blaekban.  Daais  Edward,  to  British  Air- 
craft Corpocaliaa  Lkaited.  Aeroplaaea  kaviag  variable  sweep  wiaga. 
3449467,  CL  244-46.000 
RMaek.  Barad.  Machiae  fool  for  plaatic  ahapiag  or  Caahioaiag. 

3468413.  CL  72-76. 
Rick.  Evaratt  W.  Wkaeled  toy.  3.669.468.  CI.  280-267.000 


Ritehey.  Jamea  P.:  See— 

Bakoaky.  ADea  A.;  Flavia.  Michael  A.;  HiU.  DoaaM  O.;  Hakuiga. 
Doaald  D.;  aad  Ritckey.  Jamea  P.4.670.1 1 1 . 
Ritteaback.  Otto  E..  to  Uaited  Stetaa  of  America.  Army.  Scaaaiag 

meaaa  aadaetkod  for  aearch  radar.  3.67043 1 .  CI.  343-1 1  .OOr 
Ritter.  Helmat.  to  Heberlete  Pateat  Corporatioa.  Vara  haadHag  ap- 

parataa.  3.669.330.  CL  226-1 74.000 
Roark.  WBHhi  O..  to  Pkilipa  Petroleam  Compaay.  MedMd  of  tamaaa- 
iag  catalya  activity  ia  aoor  crade  catalytic  reformers.  3.669474.  CL 
208-79.000 
Robbiaa  *  Myera.  toe.:  Set— 
OoakaL  Robart  W..  3.670.190. 
ictea.  Bwaaai  J.:  See— 

Amdahl, Oaae  M.;  Araold,  Richard  P.;  Daaber.  Philip  S.;  Priimaa. 
Ckarlas  V.;  Robalea.  Rassel  J.;  Sckorx.  Heibart;  aad  Wien- 
bieki.  Jaka  R.4470409. 
AraoU.  Rkkard  P.;  Daaber.  PkUip  S.;  Preiaaa.  Ckailhs  V.; 
Robeha.  RaaaeD  J.;  aad  Wiarsbicki,  Joha  R.4470407. 
Roberge.  Jamea  K.:  5m— 

Oroaaiawa.  Herbert  P.;  McDoaoagh.  Jaaea  O.;  aad  Roberge, 
JaaeaK.4470.180. 
Roberts.  Duial  Fraak  Thoaas.  to  Foster  Whooitr  Joha  irawa  Boilers 
Lkaited.  Jatoiagoftobas  totabeplatea.  3.670.140.  CL  219-137.000 
Roberta.  Loaaie  D.;  aad  Ptoaaer.  Ckade  A.  TooL  3.6694t7,  Q.  294- 
104.000 


Roberta.  Marvte  B.,  to  Lockiag  gysieau.  lac.  lettable  key  1 
a  therefor.  3.668.909.  CI.  70-4 1 1 .000 


M>diag 


Juml3,1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


Roberta.  Reae  Marie-Joaeph:  5m— 

Koleake.  Joaaph  Victor;  Roberta,  Reae  Marie-Joaeph;  aad  Del- 
Oiadice.  Piaak  PaBL3 .670.043. 
Roberta.  Richard  Walter,  to  Dixoa-Bate,  B.,  Limited.  Strap  teaaioaiat 

devicea.  3.668.743.  CL24-68.0ct 
Robartrfiaw  Coatrob  Coapaay:  Set— 

Rattaa.  WilUaa  D..  3470.28 1 . 
Robertaoa.  Daaial  Stewart:  5m— 

Hobdaa.  Maariea  Veraoa;  Rich,  George  Joaeph;  aad  Robertaoa. 
Daaial  Stewart.3.670,1 86. 
Robertsoa.  H.  H..  Coapaay:  See— 

Skarp.Marto  P.,  3.669.821. 
Robiasoa.  Ckarias  A.;  aad  AdaaaU^ithar  C.  Piocea  for  the  prapara- 

tioaoraodtamampk:iBta.3.669.957,CL  260-239.100 
Robiaaoa.  David  S..  to  Laar  Siegler.  lac.  Adjeatable  aeat  aapportiai  ea- 
aemMy.  3.669.398,  a.  248-373.000  .  Pi~       i«- 

Robiaaoa.  Praak:  See-  / 

Batls.  Mu  WUiaa;  and  Robinson,  Fruk.3,66g496. 
Betts,  Mai  WWaa;  aad  Robiaaoa,  Praak4.668.898. 
Bctta,  Max  WaUua;  aad  Robiaaoa.  Fraak.3,66S,90l . 
Robiaaoa,  Ray  M.,  to  Weyerhaeuaer  Compaay.  Eloagaied  article  coa- 

toiaer.  3,669,336,  CI.  229-t 4.00c  ^^ 

Robiaaoa.  Robert  E..  to  Natioaal  Diatillen  and  Chemical  Corporatioa 

Procaa  for  stoaatic  abetitetioa.  3,670.034,  CL  260-623.00h 
Robiaaoa,  Robert  J.:  See- 
Hun,  Zoltaa  K.;  aad  Robiaaoa,  Robert  J. .3,670,220. 
'**^k,  Thomaa.  Coabiaed  bag.  seat  and  stool  •tnicture.  3,669.489,  CI. 

Rodgars,  Robert  A.:  See—      ^^ 

Darrickson.  Charles.  Jr.;  and  Rodgars.  Robert  A.4.6694S8. 
Rodite.  Robett  R.  R.:  5m- 

Elmgrea,  Jari  A.;  aad  Rodito,  Robert  R.  R.,3,669.S7 1 . 
Rodwia,  Stephea  Aatboay,  to  Domioioa  Eaaiaeeriag  Works.  Limited 


PI  37 

:L  DoaaM  J.,  to  Pnat-A-Qlaa  Corporatioa.  Device  fbr  fhieite 
driakiaggteaee.3.66i.g88.a.62-373.0M  -^"^nomag 

Roepatch  Corporatiea:  5m— 

Laraoa.  Mahrta  B..  3.668423. 
Rosa.  Bdwaid  B..  to  Dal  Meate  Cbrporadea.  Method  aad  apparatasfer 
oriaathvartfdas.  3.669440.0.  I9l.31.0na  -FP««"«»r 

RoaaL  Joaepk.  Property  aafe.  3469.037.0. 109-49.000 
Roth.  Paal  W.:  5m— 

Daaaahoe.   Rieherd   O.;   BoadaM.  Oary   B.;   aad    Roik.   Paal 
W.4469.741. 
Rotkeabotg  tpaciakaaakiaer  (or  Sy-Iadaatriaa  A/S:  Sw- 

Hadagaard.  Arae  Marias.  3,669.047. 
Rotkery,  Joka  L.:  See- 

'''V^'^'JlV.  ^-   »«*«nr.   Joha    L.;   aad   MiBer.   Raymoad 
H., 3 ,670.243. 
Rothmaa,  Lawiaace  J.:  See— 

Klein.  Donald  L.;  Mac  latyra,  Michael  W.;  aad  Rothaaa. 
UwrencaJ.4469.669. 
Rovaaelot.  FeHx:  5m— 

Maraad,  Jeaa;  aad  RoaaaeloC.  Pelix.3.669,3 1 3. 
Rowlaad-HBI,  Edward  William,  to  Sperry  Raad  Corporatioa.  Axial 
now  threahiai  aad  araaratiag  maaaa  with  a  toad  dtatrlbatlBg  Ihrask- 
ng rotor.  3.669.121. CI.  lSO-27.00t 


lategrated  drytaig  procMaea  aad  apparatua.''3.668.785.  CL  34-1 4.000 
Roesch.KartPritcSM- 

Harker.  Royoa  Keaaeth;  Prickett.  Warren  Wilsoa;  aad  Roesch, 
KBrtPritx4.669.323. 
Roeaaiag  Broaae  Compaay:  5m— 

Barbour,  Alfred  R.,  3,669,647. 
Rogaar,Hana  P.:  5^— 

Deagarw.  Paal  J.  A.;  aad  Rogaar.  Harm  P..3.669.940. 
Roha  A  Haas  Coapaay:  See— 

Joaas.  Wilford  Doaald;  BaUiao.  James  Peter,  aad  Melamed.  Sid- 
aey.  3.670,068. 
Rohrbora,  Haaa-Joochim.  Productioa  of  barium  hydroxide.  3,669.623. 

CL  23-186.000 
Rohweder.  Gerald  D.;  aad  Wiadiah,  Willis  £..  to  CatarpiBar  Tractor 
f  ^JP^^l-  i**^**  "P***!  f«f  clutches,  brakes  aad  like  devices. 
3.669.132.  CL  19245.00a 
Rotdt.  Robert  M.,  to  Westiaghonae  liilectric  Corporatioa.  Compnaaed- 
gaa  circuit  iatenupter  haviag  a  pair  of  rapid  traaafer  iaaaktiai  aox- 
tlea.  3,670,1 26,  CL  200-148.       •^        "^  ■ 

RoUaad,  Albert,  S.A.:  5m— 

ThaiOiar.  Yvonne.  3.669446. 
RolMnke.  Fred  J.:  Sm- 

Petera.  John  E.;  aad  RoUfiake.  Fred  J..3.669.634. 
Romaaelli.  Michael  G.,  to  Baao  Reaeerch  aad  Eagineeriag  Compaay 

PreparatioB  of  uaaaturated  ethcra.  3,670,029.  CI.  260.61 2.00d 
RoaaaelU,  Michael  G.,  to  Baao  Reeearch  aad  Eagiaeerag  Compaay. 
Preparatwa  of  aaaterated  akohoh  aad  ethers.  3,670,032,  CI.  260- 
6l4.0aa 
Roaeo,  Albert  J.:  Sm— 

Brealia.  Mary  Aaae;  Cogar.  George  R.;  Lee,  Charlea  A.;  Neddea- 
riap.  DoaaU  O.;  Roaeo,  Abort  J.;  SeviUo,  Braeato  G.;  aad 
SekM,  Torkiell4,670,l44. 
Romeo,  Viaceat  P.,  to  USM  Corporatioa.  Machiaea  for  aequeaciag 

electroaic  coapoaeata.  3,669,309,  CI.  221-225.000 
Roaere,  Addie  B.,  to  Lee.  Rayaoad.  Orgaaisatioa,  The.  Coaveitible 

aofo  bed.  3,668,719, CL  5-17.000 
Roahild,  Peter,  aad  Herpfer,  Eagea,  to  Dornier  Syatem  GmbH.  Jet- 
propelled  aircraft  haviag  vertical  aad  horixoatal  fight  properties. 
3,66947 1,  CL  244.7.00a 
Roaayae.  Roaald  J.;  aad  Ketteriiag.  Bdwia.  to  White  Para  Eqaipaeat 

Coapaay.  Power  take-off  coatrol  valve.  3,669.229,  CL  I92-I2.00c 
Roak  Electrical  ladaatriaa,  lac:  Ste— 

Roak,  Leroy  B.,  3.670.238. 
Roak.  Leroy  B..  to  Roak  Electrical  laduatriea.  lac.  Rotary  dyaanoalee- 
tric  aachfaa  haviag  high-  reaiataace  rotor.  3,670438,  CL  321- 
SS.OOO 
Rooaa.  Doagtaa  P.:  Stt— 

Parvm.  Allaa  L;  aad  Roome,  Doeglaa  P.,3,668,820. 
Rooaay.  Jamas  J.;  aad  Walach.  Aagastya  Z..  to  latematioaal  B 
MackkMS  Cerpoiattoa.  Active  fBter  capacitor  for 
Bwitchiag  regufatofs.  3,670.230,  CL  321-10. 
Rorer.  WiUam  H..  lac.:  5m— 

Diaaoad  JaMaa.  3469.97 1 . 
Rosa.  Loais:  Stt— 

Baroagh.  Victor.  Gleaa.  Robert;  aad  Reae,  Loaia4.669.OI9. 
RoeeathaL  Araold  Joaeph:  5m- 

Bpaleta.  Marthi  Bdea;  RoeeathaL  Araold  Joeeph;  aad  Saataageto, 
Joaeph  Genaaao4.669.934. 
Roate.  Seyaoar.  to  Harrk-latertype  Corporattoa.  Optical  character 
spadag  systea  for  phototypaattiag.  3.668.984,  CI.  95-4.500 


Rowlaad-Hitt.  Edward  Wflfiaa.  to  Sparry  Raad  Corporattoa.  Asial 
flow  ooaMae  with  a  rotary  discharge.  3.669,122,  CL  130-277. 

Rowlaad-HiU.  Edward  WilHom;  aad  MoCaity.  Horace  O..  to  Sperry 
KmuI  rorp«r«t4««  T^t^g.  .T»wa  ititrharge  tm  erial  ftow  rombiaei. 
3.669,1 23,  CL  130-27. 

Rubin,  Brace  J.:  Set—  >> 

Wright.  Joha  P.;  aad  Rubia.  Brace  J.4.669415. 

Ruddea.  Jamea  B.:  5m— 

Sikloa.  Gregory,;  aad  Ruddea.  Jamea  B.3.670302. 
Rnddicfc,  Howard  O.r  5m— 

Haarick,  Jaaw  C;  aad  Raddick,  Howard  O.4.669.087. 
Raddy.   DoaaM   C.  to  Singw  Coapaay,  The.   Mater  taagaats. 
3.661429.  CL  73-28 1 .000  «»e-«a. 

RB^g.RBdeir:5M- 

Oloor.  Ura:  RaoM.  RudoT.  asrf  UMeh.  Sehwieter^  .670.03 1 . 
Ruff,  Joha  D.;  aad  Wheeler,  Phiflip  R.  Ceatrifbgal  hea  pnap  wMfc' 

overioad  protectioa.  3.668483,  CL  62-1 58.000 
Ruaery,  Jaioaa:  Set— 

Oaatiy.  Ckaria  ■.;  Scaaha.  Rohatt  M.;  Raaary.  Jaroae;  Mc- 

Doaald.  Howard  L.;  aad  Keeler,  Larry  O.4.668.910. 

Rupprecht.  Charlea  P.;  aad  Wiker,  Praak,  1/2  to  Biaawaager  Olam  Co.. 

aad  1/2  to  Pipw  Preciaioa  Diea.  lac.  Glam  haadUaa  aad  cattlaa 

ayatem.3.668.9SS.CL  83-6.000  ^ 

Raahtoa.  Briaa  M.:Sm- 

.     Aaannd.  Robert  R.;  Radaora,  Derek;  aad  Raskton.  Briaa 
M. 4  469.6 12. 
RaeaeB.  Edward  J.:  5m— 

Browa.  Gaylofd  W.;  Ruaaen.  Edward  J.;  Howe.  Ckaitea  B.;  Md 
Schaepp.  Bradley  A.4.669.594. 
RuawU.  Lewia  K.:  5m- 

Kleitaaa.    David;    RusmD.    Lewis    K.;    aad    Oiakaaa.    Akn 
o .  ,3 ,669 ,666 . 
RaaeeabMier.  Max  B.:  See— 

AUgower.    Martia;    Perrea.    SteCaa;    aad    RuaaaaberoM.    Mai 
E.3.66S.972.  "^ 

Raaaia,  NicholaC.:  5m- 

Droke,  Joeeph  W.;  Hataway,  Jaaea  E.;  aad  Rasski.  Niekelas 
C4 .669.92 1. 
Rusao,  Robert  V.:  See— 

^*f^iS^  '  •  *"~''  ^"^^  ^■'  "^  ■•»»">.  »«yaoiid 
A.4470.OSO. 

Raaacsyfc.  Jaaaa  P.;  aad  Sectiat,  Daaae  R.,  to  hrtaraatioaal  Baatoem 
Machteea  Corporatioa.  Air  baartog  aaaaietic  head  with  atom  ■n^r 
body.  3470.1 12.  a.  179-lOOJOp     ^^  "^ 

Rataaberg.  Moitoa  W.:  See— 

Teaaler.  Martia  M.;  aad  Rateabaig.  Mortoa  W.4469.i90. 
Ryaa.  Joha  A.:  5m— 

Tarpta.  Chartea  Heary;  aad  Ryaa.  Joha  A.3.668.9S1 . 
Ryaaal  Corporattoa:  See— 

Melgea.  Frederick  J..  3469.1  IS. 
Sabotkra,  Aatkeay:  See— 

Battke.  Rickard  A.;  Sabatkw,  Aatkoar,  Oriaade.  DaaM;  and 
Bekiaaa.WBIiamH.4468,761.  ^^ 

Saaki.  HanitH.  to  SMaaogi  4  Co..  Ltd.  Apparatas  for  c 

tabteta.  3468.75 1 .  CL  29-76.000 
S.A.B.S.  Getlen  ».fJi.:  See— 

Pacta.  Paoto  DaBa;  aad  Rabasto.  BBo.  3469467. 
Sager.  Tkoasaa  B.:  See— 

Deaaa,  Howard;  aad  Safer.  Tkeaa  B.4.669.7M. 
said  KaBeaowakl.  Peter  See— 

Keler,    Wiftelm;    KaBeaowakL    Pater,    aad    Schmidt. 
3469.603. 
said  KeBer.  WiBala:  5<»- 

KaBar.    Wihala;    KaBanowskL    Pater,   aid   IckaUL 
3469403.  ^ 

^'  iS^"*  Jl**^-  "5?^  ••  **"**  takaiatoitea.  ka..  Tka 
Metkod  at  aukiag  piotetoeieHaa  eey  rnapnalfea  kav 
miera-otgaalam  oooaL  3.669.677.  CL  99- 1 7M0 

Saito.  Ickkw:  Saa— 

Saito.  Kaiao;  Taaaka.  TakasU;  aad  Sato.  khiro4470^1 


890  O.G.— 30 


PI3S 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


Juinl3,1972 


««>««   Kaao;  Tukka.  TakMkU  aad  Ssilo.  kkiro.  to  KiatoAirhi  Sato.  YoAito:  Sm— 

emSkmTmi  ••Sd  of  «••*««».  S.670.052.  CL  260-  Suorwoia,  K«t;  «d  OoodMk..  H«M^Ap|wntat  '«  f^  ■•<l>«^ 

SaiMi.'N^:M4KolMyMki.K«alUko.toMitnMikiD«akiKabiHiiilu  121-1.100                                                                 .  ^.  ,.^  ^, 

lui^rnMMc^SSw^^ucktatet    "MtiMd    a^    appMabu.  Saaaden.  WiiUaa  C.  CoUapdUa  ttaad-ap  tray  telta.  3.M9492.  CL 


3.«70.IM.CL2l9-4*. 


241-121 
Savaaa,  Jaaaa  R.:  Sm— 

HokaMoa.  Lyl«  W.;  SavMa.  Jaaaa  R.;  Saiith.  B.  Polar.  Lavaafie. 
Oilboft;  and  Klaas.  Williaa4.M9.1M. 
SavMat.  Savas  P.  Pockat  aoin  •akii«  and  alana  daviea.  3.i7042l. 

Ct.  340-314.000 
Savit. 


KoMM.  Koai;  Okaja.  Bltaco;  Toaiioka.  KalnjNMhi;  Sakai. 
MaMte;  Hi^aiU.  Skifoki;  Yaauafa.  HidatoaU;  and  Kogan. 
AkkO,M*.*43.  .      . 

SakakOMia.  Naoji.  to  AWa  Saiki  Kabwhiki  Kahha.  Switckta«  cucait 

for  aloetriealdavleaaof  aolor  vakielat.  3.670.1 74.  CL  307.10.00r 
SakaaM>ti.  Kauo:  Sat— 

IwaMa.  IfaiAaai:  IWMM.  habaro*.  Haasawa,  Taiao;  Sakaaott,       , — , r— «-< 

iSio-SSLTSn^fiSiiTl.  Sa^.  Aatkoay  Ja-a..  to  Laea^  Jo«pk.  (Iwlaatriat)  Uaiitad.  Ap. 

Sakaaoto   Tatnao;  Md  Tortt.  AUsai.  to  Tokyo  SUbaara  Daaki       paratM  for  hot  raaaarii^tioaaoaldiag.  3.669  JM.CL  11-30. 
Kabwhfti  Kakha.  a/k/a  Tokyo  Skftaan  Blactrie  Co..  Ltd.  Coatrol   Scaddo.  BraaM  Victor  Sac- 

npSwTtoritialdBbiaaa. 3.669.559. CL 415-10.  Mkklawri|ht,    Paicy    Laoaard;    aad    Scaddaa.    Braaat    VJc- 

SakMkar.ArnadlLrSw-  tor.3 .661.761. 

$a^J«aaph;OMlk.tadotokP.;Wawa.HarryA.;Saklikar.Ar.    Scafgt.LaaB.:SM-r 
«MR.;aadVaaBck7li3[M.4.M^4>73.  Skiaaa.BdwiaA 

Sak  ~      "     ~ "*       -----■"-    »-  ..-.«., 


ivit.  Joaaph;  Oaiik.  Radolpk  P.;  Wayae.  Harry  A.;  lakUkar.  Anriad 
R.;  aad  Vaa  Bck.laGk  M..  to  Aaiarieaa  Photoeopy  B^ainBaMCooi- 
paay.BlaetittatatkdwPak>piatiyataai.3>69X>73.CL  111-637.000 
ivory.  Aatkoay  JMiaa.  to  Laeaa.  JoMph.  (iadaatrias)  Uaiitad.  Ap- 


««w  K.;aM  Ta.  m».m»  ».^.»«>'.».^.  . :  ■»!  Scan*.  Laa  B..3.670426 

aia.  ToAio;  SUain.  Akidko;  Ktea.  Takayaki;  aad  Kita.  At-  ScaakM,  Robart  M.>  Sw- 
i,  to  Toyo  toda  MaaafKtariiv  Co..  Lid.  Procaa  for  prodaciag  Oeatiy.  Chaita  B.; ! 

cUoropraMMpolyMr.  3.669.944. CL  260-«2.l00  .v— ij  u 1 1 

Sakarait  ShiaabanK  Sac- 

Fakauwa,     YoiUaki;     hrata.      YoAitaka;     aad      Sakarai. 


■. 
Shit*««J>69.797 
Salk  iMlMato  for  Biele^cal  Stadiet.  The:  5m- 
Ferrta.  J«Ma  P..  3>70/W7 . 

Sateaa  Naif  D  *  Stt 

Motlay.  David  M.;  aad  Sataaaa.  Naif  D.4.M9.5 1 1 . 
Salaaaa,  Otto;  aad  Sahaaa.  Paal.  Fastaaer  for  iki  boots  aad  tha  like 

footwear.  3.661.791, CL  36-SO.OOO 
Salsaaa,  Paal:  Saa— 

Sabaaa.Otto;  aad  Sahaaa.  Paal,3.66t.791. 

Saapaoa,  OeraM  A.:  See— 

Sdiievaa.  Staalay  R.;aad  Saapeaa.Oefald  A.^.669.441. 

Saacbat.  Aaaetado  V.  Claap.  3.669^39.  CL  269-1 30.000 

Saadbaii,  Kjail  T-eoa:  Set— 

HafdofB.  Maifred  Otto;  aad  Saadbarg.  KjeD  T-eoa4.66S.974. 
Saadar.  Otto;  aad  Ulpa.  Alaiaader.  to  MaaaoMiaa  AktieafaeaUichaft 

Ofhboi*  leraiaaL  3.66S.S7S.  CL  61-46X)00 
Saadan.  Charlae  J.  Cylndar.  liakert,  aaedla.  3.66S.902.  CL  66-54. 
Saadart.  Jaaat  P- See- 

DoaaeBy.  Charies  A.;  aad  Saadan,  Jaaee  F.,3.669.707. 
Saaden,  Ji 


„ ScaakM,  Robart  M.;  RaaMry.  Jeroae:  Mc- 

Doaald.  Howard  L.;  aad  Keeler.  Larry  G..3,66i.910. 
Schabachar.  Weraer  Sm— 

Scbalae.  MaaBad;  aad  Schabachar.  WanMr3.669.62 1 . 
Schaefer.  Frederic  Charles,  to  Aaericaa  Cyaaaaid  Coapaay.  Coo- 
tiauoes  high  taaperatare  procea  for  O-  aethylpseadoarea 
hydrocUoride.  3j670.022.<n.  260-S64.00e 
Schaatrier.  Otto  S..  to  Uaited  Stales  of  Aaerica,  laterior,  aaeae. 
Procea  for  prodaciag  waiperaeaMe  aeabraaes.  3.669.954.  CL 
26aa30.00r  ,      ^ 

Schaeraa.  Sidaey  Praak.  to  Hofhaaaa-U  Roche  lac.  Procea  for  the 
preparatioa  of  4-acthyl-5-  alkoxy-oxaaoles.  3.669.9S4.  a.  260- 
307  .OOr 
Schafetter,  Doaald  L.:  5m— 

Hackett.  WilUaa  H..  Jr.;  Schafetter.  Doaald  L.;  aad  Varaena. 

Lawiaace  J..  Jr.3.669.767. 

Scharaaaa.  Garrad  N.;  Wan.  Karate  W;  aad  Morteasea.  Doaald  G.. 

to   Wayae   Maaifhctariag  Coapaay.   Road   sweeper  coaveyor 

3.66«.730.CLlS-t3.000 

Schaab.  Jaases  J.,  to  Traae  Coapaay.  The.  Distribator  for  plato  type 

heatexchahgetskaviagead  headers.  3.669.116.  CL  165-166 
ScheflU.  Ksnaeth  0.:  See— 

,  w— .—  «    — . Segel.  Edward;  aad  SchelleLKeaaethO..3.669.000. 

as  F.;  Baaagartaar.  RoaaU  R.;  aad  Far^o.  Laasto  D..  to    Scheibel.  Joesf:  Sm-       ^    .     „  ,  ^  _,  „.     , 

yWMa^Maaafhctariaa  Coapaay.  Fasiagpmcea  aad  HoAaaaa,    Bfich;    KraB,    Erast;    Johaaasea,    Weraer    Haas; 

S;i^3:W9l7ff.CL117^2l!S^        ^      —SPi*-  Obe.heialobert;«-l  Scheibel,  Jo.ef,3.669434. 

Saaders.  Robert  N.;  aad  Johaatoa.  Jaaes  D.,  to  Ethyl  Corporatioa.    ScheriM  CorporaitM:  Sm-        . 
Mbaralaaparaioapiocesi  3,669,266,0. 209-1  66jD00  ^.^^^I'l^Ull 

Saadersoa  Guy  Weraer  See—  MaBaas.  Alaa  K..  3.669.953.  .^  ^ 

Oarfciii.  Marthi;Saadersoa.  Gary  Weraer;  aad  Stader.  Victor  Ver-    Schievea.  Stuley  R.;  ead  Seapaoa.  0«f«hl  A.,  to  BaatMa  KodaM 
■oaj,6W,6iO.  ^^fJS"^'  '^***  fM<*i*S  *<x'  "tockng  apparatas.  3.669.44S.  CL  27 1 

Saadifer  Cecil  W  *  See—  64.000 

Haidy,  Richa^  W.;  Kaowlea.  Robert  B.;  Saadifer.  CecU  W.;  aad    ScUffaaaa.  Robert  F.:  Sm-  p    .«i  si«.  b»m^ 

Plalw,WiBi^C.4,670.164.  laaftaaa,  Hasold  B..  Jr.;  SchdHaaaa.  Robert  F..  aad  Staa.  Eraee , 

Saaeaao  Electric  Coaoaay:  Sm—  W.4.670,132.  .        ^        ,        ..     . 

BtaM  BaSp   sJtoJUC)  ScWBlag,  Paal.  to  Crowa  ZeBerbach  Corporatioa.  Coatoiaer  haTa) 

SaakyoIi«EEwoBilaiiikiRaisha:SM-  ^tf^j^botioa  aad  aprightwaBs.  3,669339.  CL229-23.00a      ^ 

NoaWrYoslSa.i;  hhikawa.  Mitsuo;  aad  Kikachi.  Jaajiro.    Schiadel.  AraoM;  aai  Cyle.  Viaceat  E.  to  ff '  C«-P«y. 
3.669!4S7.  metae.  SyachraaiMd  electnMMpeUc  ciatch.  3^9,231.  CL  19 

g_^^  TakaMi*  See—  ^  3.00d 

IMakaneU.  Kobei;  Nishikida,  Toaosaai;  Kawaaaai.  Shohachi;    Schirtxiagar.  Joaeph  F..  to  Air  Logietics  Corporatioa.  Method  aad 
hiSSt.  lBi£  SiSrTake»^  Faik  Yoshlkaw;  Harada.       paratas  Itor  oreyeatiag  ice  daaage  to  aariae  atractaras.  3.669.05 

Koichi;arfUeda.Ka«ya4.669.945.  eilL^Mnr   C^^^  See 

•mmAmn  Larrv  S«—  SchjeMahl,  O.T.,  Coapaay.  JM— 

B2k\Ljatoalr,Dogadko,Petor.aadS««bary.Laffy3.669.0l6.  Saith,  Eraeat  L.;  Dally.  Arthar  R.;  aal  Lyaai,  Ba^M  S 

Saasai  Blaetrie  Co-  Ltd.:  See—  3 .669.1 16. 

Saas.  MaaaaL  to  Ukroaedir  Sysleas,  lac.  aesae.  Metertag  eaa  ^,'F^'^c!tTT^"^**^^^' 

'SM;.l;«^mHgMg4^CL  222-309.  **^»?2S2:i!!SL=i^«dSchtotah..M.ABaaT.3.669.7n 

jSrtTDtoald        Bich;        a^i        Sapan>v.        Valeatia  ««"«»«»"  T^jtoJ^^^ 

VaSarirh  T  fft  ***  Vera«tta,aPi»d.  3470, 185. 

Saraaa.  Jai  A.;  ^S  Rc-th  I.;  a^l  Myas,  Michael  C,  to  Eao  Schhuaboa,  ^•^'^•^^  .^  CMeU»k:  aal  HaBar  Hai- 

Reeearch  tmi  faflaMrbn  Coapaay.  Rafrigeratioa  iaveatoty  cob-  Refeaass.  Fna^Schtaaboa,  Peter  Chnatoph,  aad  HaBsr,  Ha^ 

SchlaJbrKHVHi.*to  Job.  KMaewefen  Sohae.  Apparatas  for 
oasly  haaUByhig  aovhig  webs  of  peper,  fsbric,  or  other  aalerials. 
3.66«.905.CL6t-5.00d  | 

Schaalbach-Lab«ca-WerkeAktieagesenBchafl:  Sm-  I 

Richtor.  Wotfkaag  Max  Egoa;  Lab.  Edgar,  aad  Siebfiat.  Haia 
Weraer.  3.^S.9S9.  ^       ,,....,  ^ 

Schaid.  LeopoM  F.  Syachroaoaa  aaiveraal  coapiiag   3.66«493.  CL 

64-21.000 
Schaidt.  Adriaa  J.:  See— 
NaiMwa.  Toaaa-  aai  laaaiau.  n>«w,  «  — -  SOter,  Robert  L.;  aad  Schaidt.  Adriaa  J.,3,6693»S. 

iScSSif.  Ud  sS  (rfSddTdarJSl^  BBd  a   SckiiUdt.  !>««»*  ^. 'J^'S*--**  cabiaat  aal  iBa. 
ferpfeMrlMttralM.3M9,9l7,CL260-326.13a  scarce aatt.  3,670.1 56. CL 240-2.000 


ti«L346tJS2,CL  62-77. 
Saraya,  KifhhtTT'  Sar— 

Fakawa.  Mhsaaosake;  Oiski.  Harao;  Saraya.  Kiehitaio;  Nagai. 
Akin;  aad  Naf^  Yoahilaro3.669.766. 


Oiihi.  Aaao;  md  taahiao.  Shono3.669360. 

Tinir.fllniaaai  Tw 

MiddeflMak.  aaoa;  aad  Saaao.  Otovaaai4 .669.732. 

Sato.  Jack,  to  KM  Catppnliea.  Radaautioa  of  copper  tnm  copper- 
dad  stoaL  3.669.644.  CL  75-O.SOb 

Toahia;  aad  Takaaaka.  Hicaaht,  to  Sa- 


I 
ahMtiia 


JUNB13.1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  39 


********  !*"'^.f- *P  °!r"*  "••***«  Coapaay.  Coaplexly  abaped  Schalx.  Peter:  See- 

articlM  foraed  by  depoaitioa  proceaaes.  3.669.149.  Q.  204-1 1 .000  Maaer.  Elhabath-  Schali.  Haha:  aad  Sehai.  P.t»  t  Ma  1 1 ^ 

Schaidt. Gaatar-Kaii.  to Liceatia  Patoat-VerwakaigFG.a.bH.  Tape  SchataTBiitE-  f««4.669.1 1 2. 

«c!!ISl!^I21^S22ril'^  '•*'*•'•'• "  242-1S2.000  Hoaha,  Haa; aid  Schaba,  Br»t4,6M.950. 

Schaidt,  Pe!al'£!-  Schahe^Maaftad;  aad  SchabaAer.  Weraer,  to  Phi»arfi|brikea  Bayer 

tSifilS^'      '^'^■*^'      '•^'■'      -««      **-«^  »ei'««".I>«^t..toWeattagfcaa.Bi;ctifcCo;^ontfo..U.*aped 
rear.j.e«»y.eg9.  cHpaet.  3.669  170  CI  151-41750 

Schaiege.  LMter  C.;  aad  ZelafT.  WeadeD  C.  to  Aaericaa  Wire  aoth  Schwertx.  Paal.  Metai  ataddiaa  aad  adiaatabla  ahetf  earriar  i  ttM^n 
Coapaay.WehBageqaipaeat.3.670.l3S.a.2l9-ll4.000  ^^^ ^^^^■-•«aiaaaag«aaaO|aaaWaaae» cantor.  3. aMJTT. 

Schaitt.  Karl,  to  OEHAP  GeaeBachafi  Aier  Haadel  aad  Pateaverwer-  Schwarts,WaherM..Jr.:S*«- 

**™yj5T^?>?*.JI*^«^**  *'■"*•'"•  '"•=    *'"'"•  ■*"»*■«  Schwega;a.'HiryE.:SM- 


a.  3.669.141.  CL  137-359 
Schaack.  Fredric  B.:  See- 

Schoepe.  Adolf;  aad  Schaack,  Fredric  E..3.669,I3S. 
Schaeeraaa,  Joha  F.:  See— 

Fairaixl.  Max  L.;  aad  SchaeenasB,  Joha  F..3.668,734. 
Schaeider.  Adolf:  Sw- 

Thevia.  Paal;  Schaeider.  Adolf;  aad  Jakabaachk.Horst3.669.348. 
Schaeider.  Jos.,  A  Co.:  5m— 

Bardatsky,  Klaas.  3.668.995. 

Schaeider.  Klaas:  See- 

Schaeider.  Wol^aag;  aad  Schaeider.  KlaHs3.669397. 
Schaeider.  Wolfgaag;  aad  Schaeider.  Klaas.  Apparatus  for  the  produc 

tioa  ofsaall  coacrsto  eleaeato.  3.669397,  CL  425-216. 
Schaeil,  Heraaaa:  See— 


Sixer.  Phfllp  S.;  aad  Schwegaaa,  Harry  E..3.669.1 90. 
Sckworer,  Bail,  to  Apparalebaa  Aktieageaenachaft.  Doable  coa- 

bastioa  fWag.  3.669X>41.CL  1 10-18. 
SCM  Corporatioa:  5m- 

Hafl.  Roger  P.;  Prat,  hror,  aad  Yoaag,  Richard  A..  3,669,796. 

Hafl,  Roger  P..  3,669325. 

Rayaoad,  DooghnG.,  3.669.727. 

Sato.  Jack.  3,669,644. 
Scott,  Keaaeth  N.  Data  strip  copyiag  attachaeat  for  a  photocopyai 
machiae.  3.669336.  CI.  355-40.000  k-«"-v«v,^ 

Scott.  Ray  A.:  5c«- 

Soreaaoa.  BOhr  L.;  aad  Scott. Ray  A.3,669.175. 
Scnpto.  lac.:  See— 

Fttfler.  David  L..  3.669327. 


Schi;!^;;i!Il;t^5!^'''""'^'~'*''^'^"•™"•'•"°•*'"  '^Z'^mm  '•'^"^  "«*  •»  P*^  i-urcoaaectioa. 

BrowB.  GaylordW;  Ruaell.  Edward  J;  Howe.  Charlea  E;  aad  Secrht.  Daale  R.:  Sm-   ' 

SchobiJ'H'SSf  A^"  A.3.669394.  .      »»««yk.  Ja.es  F.;  aad  S^^ist.  Daaae  R.3.670.1 12. 

H^i^.  i-^lT  «^  «oi.«K«  u      .  A   ,  ^«  ,^  **'^'  ""^  "  •  '»•  •»  **'■•  »■•"  *  Co..  lac.  Rifle  boh  with  a 

«-i.  "^PET"""' V*1if~***^'"*'^'"**"*^'*''*''^*0  maovaWyaacaredstabBhtakwAMaoa  3  668800  CI  42-16000 

^?£;tTSrjrri'-:^Sr''  "^  h:: ^  Laab-WMto..  tac.  Method  SegeL  E^Zi; aai  siSSTeilSSa^bi  toSJrfii^^ 

99^lS  mT^ "^^ ^^ *° '^**' PioceaiH.  3.669,686. CI.  paiy. Tbe. a»l 50%  to MBas Labontorias. lac. CeBaloaeeSr  foal 

SchJi!Zir.  e^  Schaa:k.  Frairic  E.  Ball  cock  coaatn.ctioa  ia-  ,e5SS;?.£r::til"^  '-"••«••"  ''•'•'^ 

1^38^7^^ ;--•  -  -^^^  --  ^i5:rSi.H^i52i.3'i55i22^'^  ^^  —  - 

Schol^  Gaater.  to  Gebrader  Jaagheai  Oja.b.H.  Tiaepiece  showiag  Sehaaa. Beagt  ABaa:  Sm- 

Sc?.il'1»!i?^'*'  •••^  3.668.862.CI.  58-58.000  Boki^Jo. garl  tagvar; aid  Seh.ai.  Beagt  AU«i3.6703l7. 

^!;w    1     V^~.»  ..       .  .  SeideL  Joeeph:  5m— 

iJlJ!^!^   "i"*  '*^"^5.***^*  ^'**'^  *"^''  ''*^'  »'•*"•  l^"*: "»«» «•«•>.  Joeeph.3.670378. 

5!i!Ti^!!f?7'""'^'^"^'"'"  "'™"'"^  *«*««*»•  *«"*^'"Wdi:SM-              ''-^'  • 

Schorr  iiZltLf^  ■••«.J«-«:»d  SeideL  Ulrkh3.670.1 22. 

''"T^tSsiTli:;  AnoM.  Richard  P.;  D«*er.  Philip  S.;  Freia„.  '•S:;.'rii:r:ig°:2!:i'XS2^  3!^  ^^^^ 

Charles  V.;  Robelea.  RosseU  J.;  Schorr.  Herbert;  aad  Wierx*  USoo    ""•"^  ""•  *•*""  ««»*"    3.66*348.  CL  203- 

^hu^^n;^'^''-  ^'>''— =  '"^-  vo**'-'  '^«-'-  '^  ;ns.?.s5;?2it!cL  m-^sts  *"  "**^  •*•  *•  '-*"* 

I22r?k*a%?*'     "°'^'    ^^     *'''^-    "^    Schorscher.  Seiaar.  Jaraae  A.,  to  PPG  ladaaries,  lac.  Method  for  prodaciag  aitl- 

SchorachTRiS'lIp  **"  if"**  P«gaa*al  coatiags  with  iaoroved  hidfog  aMBty  a2d  the 

^^•r^ir';:^       ...         «  re8altaatptodact3>69.729.CL117-l6l.0aa  ^^ 

Borck.  Joachia;  Daha.  Johaaa;  Koppe.  Votter.  Kraaer.  Josef:  Seka.  Torfc}eB:  Ser- 

ESUiMrSil'   "*"^'   '    ^     "•'-—;   •«•   Schorscher.  »f«ii«.  Mary  Aaae;  Cogar.  Oa»ia  R;  Laa,  Chalaa  A;  N 

Bon*.  J<;Kkha:  Daha.  Johaaa;  Koppe.  Volker.  Knaer.  Joeef;  SLItSISmUJoTS'  ^*^  ' '  """^  ^'"^  °* 

Willea      —-'     '-''        '         -  -  -        — 


Sckorre.    Oaatav;     Hovy.     Jaa 


aad     Schorscher.    SeB.  DerraB  Deaa.  to  BeB  Telepboae  Laboratories,  iacerporalad.  Opti- 
5**®T;5!?SV''  ""^y-  •'•■  ^"'•"  Heraaa;  aad  Schorscher.    Selisiedt.  Joha  H.:  See- 


Braat,3,669,972 
Bopck.  Joaehia:  Daha.  Johaaa;  Koppe.  Vofter.  Kraaer.  Joeef; 


call 
356-93.000 


raftactiag  choppa.  3,669347.  CL 


'^tS^^Slr,l!:^'SS^''  -^  ^  oaidiractioaal  ab-  S.^iStnl^Z'^'^Z^S!: 5*l£feiS  t'SLSL 

Sc^'-jaj?;^e!JViir.  Terry  L..  te  KiaberH^lak  Cor-  S  £5X5^^  '  ^""^  '^'^''^  -« ^  '^^^' 

rSfSii  fltta^txf*^    ^^    •**^'*    ■«**^«"»    ---^  Seaptoaias.  Fnas;  aad  KoUi.  Stophea  B.,  to  Stoakan  lac.  CWr. 

3.669.106.  CL  [21-132.  3.669,499. CL  297-435.000 

Schrawe,  Haas,  to  Maoaesaaaa  AktieageeeHschaft.  Poariag  apparatas  Sea  Bi.  Charies  Chaag;  aad  Lorie,  Michael  Jay.  to  RCA  CocMwatiM 


Marteel,     Beraard;     aad      Schriivers,       beaCsbrftaa    Bayer 


SchrBvers,Joaef:SM- 
De      Boacfc,     Paal; 
Joaef,3,669333. 
SchriBo  Coapaay:  Sw— 

Wyaaag,  Paal  V.,  3,669,460. 
Schrodw,  Rolf:  Sce- 

Eagelsaaaa,  Dieter,  aad  Schroder,  Rolf3.668.988. 
Schroetter.  Henaaaa:  See— 

Hoeixtogar,  WaMtor  J.;  Weaaiager.  Johaaa;  Mayer.  Waiter. 
Zoaganitx.     Karl;     Schroetter.     Henaaaa;     aad     Braaa. 
Wener3.669X>64. 
Schabert A  Sataer MascMaeaisbrik  nUiiagsMfcihifl  See- 

Habel,  Bgoa;  aad  Hoeber,  Oerheid,  3370337. 
Schaeler,  George  Ber«old  Edward,  to  Radlaad  Bricks  Lhateed. 
Procea  fa  tfw  pfodactioa  of  sheets  hardeaable  to  fora  BMlded  arti- 
cles. 3,670.063.CL  264-1 1 5.000 

Schali.  H«lg8:SM- 

MagM.  Elisabeth;  Schalx.  Helga;  aad  Schalx.  Peter3.669,l  1 2. 


.96-38300 

li.KBit: 


L«dw|g,tota^ 


s!Bi!lB'l,Ct2 

Seaaari,Mi 

^S^PS'  Uaited.  'Prodactioa  of'  aodMad 
3370j05S,cl  260-878.000 
Seaaiagar,  Pari  J.,  te  Saaaiaaar  hrrigalioa.  he 
3,669336,  CL  239.f3O.000 


Wigtota 


,r.  Pari  I..  3369356 
Serebria,  David,  to  Veatore 

3.669,1 29.  CL  132-44. 
Sergeav.  Vyar  hiria^  MtthaBavieh:  See- 

Kkm!  AlaiMdflBdi3!669,744 
.Imb  Kralk,OoiMfBli 
Kraft.  Joha  H.,  3,669378 


PI  40 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JimBl3.197: 


S«tty.lUekardD.:SM- 

Wmmt.  Bm  B4  nd  tMty.  Rkhard  D.4.6«9^0I. 
Savflb,  BfMMlo  0.:  Set— 

■iirih.  Mary  Awm; Cofar.  OMr(B  R.;  Lm.  CIuuIm  A.;  Nadden- 
fia*.  DomU  O.;  Roaao.  Albert  J.;  Saviila,  BnMato  O.;  aad 
S^Teil|HU.«70.144. 
auAar  CoMMt  Fifa  Co.:  S*t- 

OiM.tobartL.3.6M479.  _  .    ^     .    .     .. 

Ttrtiiii;  loaafh  M4  aad  StaiOM.  ioha.  to  North  Aaaricaa  RockwaU 
CoiMratioiu  Matted  of  mmUm  ia<*n*itU  coadwton  batwaao 
pkaltUmmmon  «*»«.  3>«t.77«7CL  29-404. 
Skttslutf  NttnuHippA  K>i  Stff ** 

UbMI  Stttaa  of  Aaaika^atioMl  Aeroaautic*  aad  Spaca  Ad- 
■iaiMntioii.  Adaiaotrator.  3.670^2. 
Skaip.  DavU  HakoU.  Liqvid  raaarvok.  3.6M.709.  CI.  4-21 


aa  aapiitada-BodHlatad  talagraphic  wave  or  wavat.  3.670,231,  CI 
329-109.000 
Skiatroa  Coaipaajr.  lac:  Sm— 

Bum.  Larry  K.;  mi  Aaaao.  Shiataro.  3.670.103 
Skio.   Magaaiu,    to    Nippoa    Kogaku    K.K.    Brifkt   Ulaaiaator   Cbi 

Bkioacopaa.  3. 669.324. CI.  35O-t7.0O0 
Shiobara,  Masui;  and  Wataaabe,  Oeaji,  to  Niaaa  Motor  Conpaay, 
Liaiitad.  Carbaiator  of  variable-area  venturi  type.  3.669,424,  CL 
26l-44.00r 
Shioaofi  *  Co..  Ltd.:  Sc«— 

Hirata.  Maaalwru.  3.670.0t0. 
SaaU.  Hanui.  3.66S,7S  I . 

Wataaabe.  Ygahihachi;  aad  Ogau.  MaMm.  3.670,012. 
Shiraaa.  Yoshio:  Stt— 

Mori.  Kaaio;  aad  Skirafe.  Yodiio.3.661.729 


»!»'  Marie  F    to'  Rttbertwa    H  *h!.  Coapaay.  Piber-rciaforced    Shirahra.  Todiio;  aad  Hirodiiaa.  Tatwo.  to  Suaitoao  Metal  ladui* 


plaatkitiactaralaeaber.  3.669.121.  CI.  161-127.000 
Sharroa.  Paal  A.,  to  Profeb  lac.  Art  fraae  aneably.  3.66t.799.  CI.  40- 

132.100 
AuMri.  Shki.  to  Virgiaia  Cheakali  lac.  Sodiaa  hydromlfito  ttabiliza- 

tk»  coapoaWoa.  3.669493.  CI.  232-1  tl.OOO 
Skew.  Alfred  W.:S«»- 

De  U  Man.  Harold  E.;  aad  Shaw.  AHred  W.3.670.034. 
Sbel  Oil  Coapaay:  Sat— 

Coles.  Roy  D.;  aad  Richardaoa.  Edwia  A..  3.669.1  U. 
De  La  Mara.  Harold  E.; aad  Shaw.  Alfred  W..  3.670.034. 
Da^ane,  Pari  J.  A.;  aad  Rogaar.  Kara  P..  3.669.940. 
Milk.  Walter  D..  3.669.627. 

Vaa  Weatraaaa,  Wittaa  J.;  De  Carpeatier,  Pieter.  and  Niauwen- 
hak.  WiBea  H.  M..  3.669.942. 
SheHer-Olobe  Corporatioa:  See— 

Palaai.  Robert.  3.669,144. 
Sheac.  Mlag  Naa;  aad  Z^acek.  John  O.,  to  Adaatk  Richfield  Com- 
paay.  Oxidatioa  of  thiols  to  thiol  Mitfoaates  aad  sulfonic  acids. 
3,670,002,  CL  260-433.000 
Shephard,  MargaNl  Chire:  Ste— 

Frseaaa,  Fetor  Frank  Hilary;  Shephard.  Margaret  Claire;  and 
Saell.  Brian  Kenaeth4. 670.077. 
Shepherd,  Lawraace  H.,  Jr.,  to  Ethyl  Corporatioa.  Organoahiminum 

kalides  aad  thairpraparatioa.  3,670,001, CI.  260-44t.00a 
Sl^epherd,  Lawraace  H..  Jr.,  to  Ethyl  CorporatioB.  Cheaical  procen. 

3,670/>3t,CL260-66S.00r 
Shepherd  Lawrence  H.,  Jr..  to  Ethyl  CorporatioB.  Heterocyclic  or- 
gano-ahiahiMa  coapoands  and  their  preparatioa.  3,669,990,  CI. 
260-340.600 
Shepherd,  HkmimH.:  See— 

de  LoM. Chalks  F.;  aad  Shepherd,  Thoau  H.4,669,69I . 
Shepheid.  Thoaa  H.;  aad  OoaM.  Francis  E..  to  Natioaal  Pateat 
Developaeat  Corporatioa.  Hydrophilic  polyaer  containing  aerosol. 
3,670,073,  CL  424-47.000 
Shersia,  Monroe  B.:  5«r— 

Khig,    Sigaaad    L.;    FiakeL    Gilbert;    and    Sherain,    Monroe 
B.4,669,674. 
Sherwa-WOIiaas  Coapaay,  The:  Sm— 

Keyl.  Alex  C;  and  Brodie.  Mary  O.,  3,669.7 1 6. 
Shiba,  Keis  ake;  Ohi,  Reiichi;  aad  Shishido,  Tadao,  to  Fuji  Photo  Film 
Co.,  Ltd.  Saaar  laaahtaad  silver  haUdc  photographk  eaubion. 
3,669,672,  a.  96-126.000 
ShiMi,  Hiroehiro:  See — 

Niwa,  Kaaiaori;  Shibai.  Hiroshiro;  Yasunaga.  Masahiro;  Hirose, 
Yoshio;  aad  Shoo.  Terao4.669.S44. 


|oaei  Chemical 
3.670,01 2.  CI. 

ltaateyJ.:Ma| 


Shier.  Wayae  Thoaa;  Rinehart,  Kenneth  L..  Jr.;  aad  OotUieb.  David.    siddaO.  joha  B.:  Jm— 


tries  Liaited.  Method  and  apparates  for  aagaetic  flaw  detection  by 
Hsfaig  aagneto-saasitive  diodes.  3,670439.  CL  324-37.000 
Shiraki.  Takashi:  Sat— 

Morita.  Mtaioiu;  Shiraki.  Takashi;  aad  Masuoka.  Sadao4.66l.773^ 
Shirashofi,  Akira:  Sat— 

Kitaoka,  Takaihi;  and  Shirashoji,  Akira4 ,670423. 
Shiro,Ter«o:SM— 

Niwa,  Kaaiaori;  Shibai,  Hiroshiro;  Yasuaaga,  Masahiro;  Hiiow , 
Yoshio;  and  Shiro.  Teruo,3,669,S44. 
Shishido,  Tadao:  Sat — 

Shiba,  Keis  ukc;  Ohi,  Reiichi;  and  Shishido,  Tadao,3,669,672 

Shoaf,  Myroa  D.;  Keteh,  Frederick  M.;  and  Wong,  Thoau  S.,  t  > 

General  Foods  Corporation.  Shortening  coaposition  containing  lil- 

icoa  dioiidc  aa4  a  bridging  ageat,  aad  baked  goods  containing  saae 

3, 669,611.  CI.  99-86.000 

Shoda,  Shichtro;  Ito.  Nobuo;  and  Miki,  Toshiro.  to  Toagose| Chemical 

Industry  Co.,  Ltd.  Process  for  producing  acrylic  ester.  ~  ' 

260-4t6.0ac 

Shoop,  Vernon  A.:  Ser— 

Bowser.  Geoige  H.;  Shoop,  Veraon  A.;  Pynwskt,  Stanley 
soai,  Reaato  J.;  aad  Bologna,  John  P.,3 .669,783. 
Shoiokhov,  Leonid  Pavlovich:  Saa— 

Budmaa,  Moiaei  Imilevich;  Kaunovsky.  Frederik  Iseakovich: 
Kapitanev,  Nikolai  Ivanovich;  Karaov,  Jury  Nikolaevich;  Nad- 
tochenko,  Andrei   Fedorovich;  Slavetaky-Kotvitsky,  Eduarfl 
SeboMyaaovkh;  ud  Shorokhov,  Leonid  Pavlovkh,3 ,661,921 .  j 
Shorre,  Gastev:  Sat— 

Borck.  Joachim;  Dahm.  Johaan;  Koppe.  Volker.  Kramer,  Josef; 

Shorre,   Oustev;    Hovy,   J.    W.    Heraaan;   and    Scborscher. 

Emst,3,669,936. 

Shriver  T.,  A  Conpany,  Inc.:  Sat— 

Hutton,  WilHaa  L..  3,669,267. 

Shroff,  Jaaes  R.:  Saa— 

Elpem,  BiB;  and  Shroff,  Jaaes  R., 3.669,974. 
Shroff,  Shrenik:  Sat— 

VaaiHades,   Anthony   E.;   Nauaan,   Edward   F.;   and    Shroff, 
Shraaik4.669499. 
Shuhx,  Bernard  R.:  Ser— 

Kaufinann.  Morris;  and  Shuhz.  Bernard  R..3,669.7S7 
Siai-Marchetti  S.p.A.:  Saa— 

Paraati,  Giofgio,  3,669,1 36. 
Sibley,  Henry  C,  to  General  Signal  Corporation.  Coabiaed  high  and 

low  frequenciet  tot  track  circuiL  3 .670, 1 6 1 ,  CI.  246-40.000 
SiddaU,  Joha  B.;  and  Cahune,  Jean  Pierre.  1 1  -Halo-lO-oio-3.7,1  l-trisl- 
kyl-2-alkenok   aad   2,6-   alkadienoic   acids  aad   esters  thereof. 
3,669.996.  CI.  260-408.000 


to  Unhraister  of  Illinois  Foandatioa.  Method  of  aakiag  aatibiotics 
coalakkg  the  aalMcycUtol  subaait  3.669431,  CL  193-29. 
Shiaa.  Tsakaaa:  Ser— 

Teraaaki.  hrao;  Kiaura.  Yoshio;  Okaaoto.  Toshio;  Shiaa.  Tsu- 
kasa;  Kohao.  Mitsm>;  aad  Kitaaara.  Kaxuyuki4.669.927. 
Shhnada,  MicMhiko:  Saa— 

OWU.  MasMhi;  Shiaada.  MkUhiko;  Nakayaaa,  Yaji;  Naito. 
Kokhirt);  aad  Okaawto,  Kazahiko,3,669,643. 
Shaiaaara.  Mataao:  Saa— 

bsai,  Toaio;  SUaaaura,  Mutaw>;  Yoahitake,  Juichi;  aad  Ohiws. 
Hitoahi4>69443. 
mf.,nf*'il.  WiBiMi  J.,  to  Oatboaid  Marina  Corpomlka.  laflatabk 
laUng  arraagMaant.  3 ,669.037,  CL  1 1 3-34.00r 
WUUmb  J.,  to  Oatboaid  MariM  Corpoatiao.  No  back 
J  for  aa  oMbeard  aotor.  3469.038,  CL  113-1  S.OOr 
Shhaaachl.  Shiro;  Yoahida.  Sahara;  aad  Mara,  Koji,  to  Te^ia  Liaited. 
Pndactioa  of  oraaaeatal  aultitone  eflhct  on  poiyaaide  testik 
aatottek.  34M>I  I.CL  8-14.000 
Shhniaa,  Akihiko:  Saa— 

Sakoaaim.  Toikk;  Shiaini,  Akihiko;  Kino.  Takayuki;  aad  Kite. 
AtaBiki44<9444. 
Shiaka.  Toahihida:  Saa- 

KoyaaMi.  Shankhi;  T^ima.  Shigenobu;  Shimiza.  Toshihide;  and 
Kurhnoto.Kaaahiko4469.946.  / 


Cakae.  Jean  Pierre;  and  SiddaU.  John  B.,3 ,669,997. 
SidhH,Mohai4itS.:5M-  '^^ 

Landk,  Donald  E.;  and  Sidhu,  Mohaajit  S.4,668,942. 
Siebe  Ooraaa  Jk  Coapaay  Liaited:  Saa— 

Chefffors,  Stanky  John;  aad  Glynn.  Michael  Harvey.  3.669.109 
Sieblkt,  Hans  Warner:  Saa- 

Rkhter.  Wolfgang  Max  Egon;  Lab.  Edgar;  aad  Sieblkt.  Hais 
WenMr44M439. 
Siegfried,  Haaaen,  to  Haghes  Aircraft  Coapaay.  Gravity  gradkat  me 

ter.  3,668.932, CL  73-382.000 
Sieaens  Aktiengieelkchafk:  5m— 

Braaaaan,    Gandokar,    Kkr,    Walter,    aad    Haber,    Albei 

3470472. 
Eger,Hetaiwt,  3,668,774. 
KraU.  Heribart;  Ma^.  Helaat;  Herraann,  Otto;  aad  PosI 

3469,176. 
Thua,  Egon.  3,670,187. 
Signetics  Corporation:  Saa— 

Kkitaan,  David;  Russell,  Lewk  K.;  and  Grebeae,  Alaa 

3469,666,  , 

Leass.Aadrk;  aad  Kirton.Lknel  A.,  3,669,431.  ^^ 

Sigaode  Corporatioa:  Saa—  • 

Vilcins,  Daw  J.;  aad  Prey.  Robert  J.,  3.669,799. 
Siklos,  Oratory.;  and  Rudden,  Jaaes  B..  to  Marbehto  Coapaay.  Inc. 
Ceatral  traflk  signal  coatioL  3470.302.  CL  340-40.000 


Albert. 
I.Radolf. 

1. 


ShkalM  Chaw  iril  Cnaiw  j*  Saa^ 

KoyaaMi.  Skankki;  Ti^iaa.  Shigenobu;  suaiza.  Tosnaae;  aao  silver,  jaies:  saa— 

Kariaoto.KaaUdko.  3469.946.  Zackkaia.BU  A..  3,669410.                       ,  ._.    „  ^ 

Skkk.  KakaaL  ftakiaalir  aat-tappiag  apparatus.  3,668,726,  CI.  10-  Sihrar,  Robert  L.;  aad  Sckaidt.  Adriaa  J.,  to  Tnpk  E  Corporatioa. 

iSmO                                   ^^  Material  handing  box.  3,669498, CL  220-4.00e 

ShktnnL  Sotokkhi;  Kawai,  Kasao;  aad  Yaaagidaira.  Hidetaka.  to  Silverberg,  Cart  O..  to  Aaaricaa  Optical  Corporatioa.  AO-ceraak 

Kokaaai  Deaahk  Deawa  Kabushiki  Kakha.  Systea  for  deaodukting  gka  aakiag  lystea.  3,669,433.  CI.  263-40.00r 


t  IQT  nv  DATRMTRRfi 


Jinn  13. 1972 


IUNI13.1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  41 


Silveraaa.DankL  Method  and  apparatas  for  averting  a  fkxibk  probe  Saith.  Wayne  A  :  Sm- 

ai^%imm,s%imu.  oat-  LeTandre  Baaaaa  P   *  *mm  •jaa 

«-i;?Sbi^!l;rt""*-'  '-^■•'••"•^^*  8-».  Wa,~  H.  ilZS^k  ii!S;.l4i9,078,Cl.  1 19-137. 

Slapeoa  Tiaber  Coapaay:  Saa—  %tam  Pioaatti  S  a  A  •  Sma— 
Cakaaa,VkMrllTaadZweig,Anwkl.  3,669.804  FerailEnno- ^d  pILe 

Jarvit^  Rkkad  L^  Rally,  Water  Cahaea.  Vktor  H.;  Zweig,  Ar-  SneH,  Bria^  Kanialk:  Saa- 


SaiDonrioM 


,3,669491. 


aoM:  aad  EagvolL  Sverrc,  3469,803. 

Uaan,  Marvk  J.,  3,669439. 

Leaaa,  Marvk  J.,  3,669402. 
Sinclair.  WiBiaa  Robert:  Sec- 
Peters,  Praak  Orooa;  Sinclair,  William  Robert;  and  Sullivan. 
MiksVkcaat.3.669463. 
Siager  Coapaay.  The:  See— 

Adaas.  Kennetb  D.;  and  Oderaann,  Charles  R.,  3469,044. 

Adaas,  Keaaeth  D.,  3,669,030. 

Aadersoa,  Robert  J..  3,669422. 

Baraes,  Robert  L.;  aad  Orafttein.  DanM,  3,669.993. 

Bataon.  WUUaa  A.;  aad  Froakaecht.  Charks  T.,  3468,842. 

Cowdrey,  Roy  M.,  3,668,780. 

Michcoa.  Lester,  aad  Reagaa,  Donaki  W.,  3,668497. 

Ruddy.  DoaaU  C,  3,668,929. 

Schindel,  Arnold;  and  Coyk,  Vincent  E.,  3,669431. 

Vaa  Naaea,  Frederik  Tjado,  3,669,444. 

Wihoa.  Rayaoad  C,  3468,790. 
Siniser.  David  I.;  Toy,  Albert;  Atteridge,  David  G.;  aad  FaneBi.  Louk 
H..  to  North  Aaaricaa  Rockwell  Corporatka.  Strea»«riented  fik- 
aent  wkdkg  a  coapoate  panek.  3,669464,  CI.  242- 1 .000 
Sinn,  Robert:  5««— 

Copin,  Robert;  Sinn.  Robert;  and  Bouilly,  Charles.3.669.641. 
Sirs  InstitHte:  Sm— 

Dunn.  Geoffrey  Bernard;  aad  York.  Leonard  Ernest.  3.669.048. 
Sircom.  Rkhard  Camming,  to  Eaatech  Liaited.  ProtectioB  aiainst 

ekctrkal  shock.  3,670,206,  CL  3 1 7- 1  S.OOd 
Sixt,  Mar^  £.:  Saa— 

Martk,  Roaald  C;  aad  Sixt,  Marty  E.4469473. 
Siaer.  Phillip  S.;  aad  Schwegmaa.  Harry  E..  to  Otk  Eagkeering  Cor- 
porataoa.   Methods  of  completemg  a  weU.    3.669,190.  CI.    166- 

313.000  „— „         — 

Skaivako,  Eugeae  R.,  to  lateraatioaal  Businea  Machaas  Corpora-  Copin,  Robert;  fiM. lMMrt;*aai  BMily,  Charkt.  3,66944 1 

3469;667!cl'96S«»"  "  ***'^'  **""*'**  P''**^''^  '•3'«"-    ^'***  *"  '»«*^  Modanas  diajaetioa  Modenas  SOntOlikSM- 
SKF  Kai^tUagerfabrikea  G.a.b.H.:  Set^ 

Kohkr.  Gkbert,  34694 1 S. 
Skaaer  Precisioa  kdustries,  lac:  Set— 

EIUKM,JoknE.,  3470474 


Fraeaaa.  Pater  Frank  Hikry;  Skephaid,  Maifuat  Ckire;  aad 
SnelL  Brkn  Kennetk4,670477. 
Sak  Vkeoea  Nasioaak  iadastria  AppMraikai  Vkcoaa  S.p.A.:  Saa— 
Aado.  Satoahi;  Taaaka.  Yaeaka;  Knjiaa.  Mhwra;  aad  Fafiaara. 
KyokU,  3469.917. 
Snider,  Theodore  O.;  aad  Teapk,  Mkhaal  D.,  to  Natknal  AMoaatk 
T(wl  Coapaay,  kc.  Hydro-aachaaicnl  ckap.  3.669499.  CL  423- 

SobeL  Alaa;  aad  Martk.  Joeeph.  to  Zenith  Radio  Cotpentkiu  1 
^'!C^^  devices  ooaprking  partick  light  aodakton  with 
3.670423.  CL340-324.00r 
Sobel  ladnatries:  Saa— 

Pfoad.  Adolph;  aad  Sobel.  Morton.  3.669407. 
Sobel,  Mortoa:  Ser— 

Pfond,  Adolpk;  nnd  Sobel,  Mortoa4  469407. 
Sockte  Applicaiioid  Ooauna  AnUvkianti  'SAGA'  Sj>.A.:Scr— 

Briaokai,  Gaatavo,  3468491 . 
Sockte'  IteBaaa  Reaine  S.pJ^.:Ser— 

Ackarauaa,  Jacob;  Craoe,  Roberto;  and  ReguzaonL  Riccardo 
34704I6. 
Sociata  Italiaaa  Takooaaaakaikni  Siaaaas  S.p  J^.:  Scr- 

De  Nicoky.  OkBaao;  and  VentorinL  Pkro,  3,670.233. 
Sockte  Akacienne  de  Constructiuns  Mecnniqnes  de  Mnlhoaae:  Sat— 

Le  ChateBer,  Jacqaes,  3,668434. 
Sockte  Aaoayae  dite:  Aquitatoe-Organico:  Saa— 

Cokn,  Roger,  3,669,166. 
Sockte  Aaoayae  dite:  EtaMnaaaento  Jacqaes  Berthekt  A  Fib:  Sm— 

Bertkekt.  Robert  J..  3,669442. 
Sockte  Aaoayae  Peckhi:  Ser— 

Oaachet.  Y  vea  M ..  34694*6. 
Sockte  ChiaUqne  daa  CkarkoaMaaaa*  See- 


Skyway  Laggage  Coapaay:  Saa— 
ks,He 


Monpetit,  Louk  A.,  3469.06 1 . 
Sockte  dee  Precedes  Moderaes  dli^ection  SopcoaiiSre— 

Gaerat.  Harve.  3,66946 1 . 
Sockte  das  Procadas  Modanat  d'btiaction  Sopn>a:Set~ 

K^inrir.>;«r"r6M'2}>  -      Monpetit,  L«.k  a..  3,669,0*0. 

_.     ^^P""**  "•■O  t"f  3.669.2Z8.  Societe  d'Etadaeet  da  Vena  ^  Matariafa  ■»»  k  F«t.rir.«{n.  ..  u 
SkveUky-Kotvks^. Eduard Sebostyanovich: Saa-  Fawana-dTcaSa cSlrL?-!^  "^       Fabncalaa  el  k 

Budaaa,  Moisei  Iiraikvich;  Kagaaovsky,  Frederik  Isaakovkh;  Barav^aa  Jaenna^TMl  716 

Kapilaaov,  Nikoki  Ivaaovkh;  Karaov.  Jury  Nikokevich;  Nad-  Sockte FnaeakediM^MntedeCoatT«iketd>A»lM«c^ 

tochenko,  Andrei   Fedorevkh;  Skveteky-Kotviaky,   Eduard  ^^vS!^hillISSVSn^ 

"'i?-r::htrri;s:ssaLk'istr^ua'Si2S^^  ^TSi.'sr  '•-^^'^-  -  ^  <>---•.  ^--^ 

3,669,403,  CL  331-30.  ^^  — » -y"——"  3,6«9,I6«. 

Skchta,'AftedF.;Culp,  Gordon  L;  and  Dunnahoe,RkhaidO.,  to  ^llJilTtlf^'La s., 

NeptaaeMkrofloc.  Incorporated.  Metkod  and  apparatus  for  ekaa-  %oc^^^Hi^Si'^!i«2^ i...„^^x^  t- 
ag  Mttkag  tube  aoduks.  3.669,742,  CI.  1 34-23.000  ^mS^^2jTtV^^^il^^r'?S^lt*~ 

Skaa,  Jerry  L.:Srr-  Bordat,  Aadia  Juke  Bdarond,  3,6694*9. 

Sckock,  Tkoaas  J.;  aad  Skan.  Jerry  L.,3,669486.  c^J!2!I!l"'TS^°**^^^''5-  ^^  ^^'^  3.669466. 

Skaa  Valve  Coapaay:  S<r-  Soderstraa.  Gdl  Oaaaar,  Nibson,  Bertil;  aad  StakL  NBs  Evert  lekai. 

Bilkter,  Henry  R..  3,669424.  *»•«•  convartar.  3.670.I46.CL  233-6l.lld 

Sloaae,  Bdwk  A.;  aad  Seaggs,  Lee  E.,  to  Tkse/Date  Corporatioa.  ^"!S!II:  ^5!!fl^52L***":  -  •  , 

Digital  to  log-aaakgcoaverter.  3,670426,  CL340-347.0da  .      Berg,  Nifc-Cknaiaa;  and  SoiaiBan.MnaiAntoa4.66«,7*7. 

Saart.  Rayaoad  C,  to  Uaited  Akcraft  Corporation.  Reactor  seal  ^>0"*<>"0V' Nikoki  Nlkokevkk;  kkank,  Vkdhnir  Pavloviek;  aad  Ap- 

3469,063,  CL  1 18-48.000  niomk,  TahraMs-Okvs  ArnoUovick.  Device  for  secwk«  a  valva  ia 

Saitk,  Burtoa  H.,  to  Raytkeoa  Coapaay.  Helu  deky  line  for  traveliag  ,  *f  ?^ "'■■  ■*'*^  ''•^*-  *.»««^W,  CI  33-330.000 

wavedevkes.  3,670,196,  CL  313-3.300  SordeBo,  Frank  J.:  Sa- 

Saitk,  Cari  B.,  to  Xerox  Corporatioa.  Adkesive  applicator.  3,669466,  Mattkevs,  Rkkard  D.;  Halha,  Martk  O.;  SordeBe.  Frank  J.;  aad 

/Mii.«ni«A                   •"                              IT"              .       .«^.  Yaag.  Harold  S..3.6704 16. 

Sorenaoa.  BiBy  L.;  aad  Scott.  Ragr  A.,  to  Coals  Coapaay.  Inc..  The. 


a.  IIS-SO.IOO 
Saitk.  DonnM  A.:  Srr- 


Saitk 


Kaatonki.  Joaapk  W.;  U  Mane,  David  A.;  and  Saitk,  Doaahl       BMdaipaader.3,669.l73,a.  137-1. 
A.4470,263.  SoraMoa.  H«gh  E.  Stoarkg  syatoas 


for  arater  eafta. 
Lkiitod.  F«tea 


aitk,  Donald  L..  to  Caterpillar  Tractor  Coapaay.  Brakkg  circuit  3,669,033. CL  1 14-6640h 

witk  fkid  proaare  control  valve.  3,6694 1 3.  CL  303-30.000  Sonssa,  BHa  Mkkal;  aad  Habayab,  Jabboar,  to  Laao 

aitk,  E.  Peter:  Ser-  for  tobacco  saoka.  3469.1 26.  CL  131-10.9 

Hokaasoa,  Lyte  W.;  Savage.  Jaaes  R.;  Saith,  E.  Peter,  Levaagk,  Sporiu.  AUe  a  K..  to  Uaiversal  OU  Prodacta  Caaa 

Gilbert:  aad  Ktaas.  WUka.3,669.196.  phanoHe  coapoaid.  3470430.  CL  260-6l3.00d 

laith,  Ernat  L.;  Duffy,  Arthur  R.;  aad  Lyaaa,  Eugeae  S.,  to  Schjel-  ^*'  Bageae  S.;  McOrath.  Paal  F.;  and  Otto.  Staakv  W..  la  Hifcnat 

dahl.G.T.,Coapaay.Lkkgforcryoganktank.3,6694l6.CLI6l-  ^-^^  i......-.^.-^  >^.-.i-.u.....^^_^--^^    ^_^^^^|         ^ 

"•    .  applyii«foi  tea  shaeL  3469414.  CTlOI-aiMO                      ' 


Saith.  Joseph  E..  to  Wohreriae-Peatroaix,  lac.  Dk  aad  puach  as-  Spoddea,Heary  R.;Appa.Joka  A.;aadLM>a.DoanUF..tokaHnnaa 

aabiy  for  coapncthig  powder  aaterial  havtag  deflectioa  com-  Copper  Corporatioa.  Redaction  of  fhnte  teas  hi  cvdk  ■iiiiiii  dt 

«J^^T£l'j?*!5l2  '?-'t  •«2E.g -Hi praclpitetfanof copper.  34«»4SI,et?«y3Sr 

Saith,  Pater  D.;  aad  Kletecka,  George,  to  Goodrkh,  B.  P.,  Coapaay,  Speed^>-Prkt  Baskaa  Marhkai  CofpofMkK  fca- 

Tka.  Freeaa  for  the  pmaration  of  hydroxybeaiyl-  sabMitBtad  ko-  Hyosaka,  Alfrad  M.;  Okbaluaaaa.  Chaka  W. 

.*??■!!??•  '•♦^•♦•^^^^^^-"•*"  ArSarL.,  3469433.                    •  *-— 1»  w. 

Saitk,  Rickaid  L.,  to  Kaber  Aluakua  *  Ckeakal  Corporatioa.  Coa-  Speaca,  WiBiaa  Oootm.  Cabk-«toand  -J^rft  hav^-a  < 

J!2!  «'■«!!■?' ?** "odkkg procea. 3,669433. CL 204-38.  iag aal actaratiag aleaMy tkataia. ^MfiAiSilcLllMXMm 

Saitk.  Waiter  L:  Ser—  Spencer.  Jokn  H.;  Raaaev.  Richard  T  ■  Md  OiihH^M  Wsmm  i     *. 

Psfdia.  WBItea  Gordon;  Saitk,  Walter  1.;  Saitk.  Wayae  A.;  and  uZSal  Stetes  ^f  Aalltea.^  MIM     *"*'^^'  ^"^  '"•  •• 

LeTeadre,EBgeaeF.4.669444.  poaenu.  3,66942 1 ,  CI.  7^-22.000 

\ 


«**t>  jtj^a^spMaa^l^^ 


PI  42 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


riM.  D«mU  O4  ReaM.  Aftwt  J.;  tevii*.  BomMo  O.;  imI 
l3w.TMl«a.M70,144, 


Jum  13. 1972 


J»SSi?i?'I2iii':  OoHc  r.;  «d  T«d«W.  D.^  A.. 

liite^'^iteT..  3^70.303. 

Riot,  RobMt  F..  3.«70430. 

RSSte<.Hii.B4rad  VMM.  3.66f  .121. 

ii.h.«-H!5:B4w«d  Wmta-.  3.«69.m 

Rowhirf-HH.   B4iraid    WtBtea;    aad    McCaity.    Horacs    O.. 
3.M9.12S. 

VMM. Harry. 3,670.201.  ......  ,v-i_..i-      1—1- 

SpiMMbwi.  OoM.  to  N.V.  OeiMdKlwpiwafabrMk.  Driaking  nipple 

^rpiMlln.3.M9.077.a.  n9.72J 

SpiM,  DomM  H.  MoM  airplMa  aaffter  coMtmctioM.  3.669.216.  CI. 

ltl-40.000 
Spofc.  Umilad  Phamaomitical  Worlu:  See— 

MaufeU,  Viktor,  aad  Pa4r.  Z4aMk,  3.670.073. 
SprM:kla».Bdwi«E8pnckIe«.DoiotiiyH.:S«- 

McCdkMik.  WiBMi  N.;  and  SprKkka.  Edwia  E..  ikceaMd 
SptaaUaa.  Dorothy  H.;  lagal  rapr«MMattv«4.669.7a. 

Fiaats.  Fraakltai  D.;  Acello.  Sahratore  J.;  awl  Oeller.  Harold  I.. 

3.(70.091.  ^   _    .        „_   ^ 

LdMvoc.  Kr*;  HielKhcr.  Fiaak  H.;  and  Pmer.  Horrt  M.. 

3.670.191. 
Maifcarim.  Mark.  3.669.302. 
Saaare  D  Coapamr.  Sm— 

Riea,  Robert  O..  3.670.273. 
Squibb.  E .  R..  *  Sooa.  loc.:  Stt- 

Hoaha.  Huu;  ud  Sckdn.  Emt,  3.669.9S0. 

Stackpok  Caiboa  Coaipaay:  Sm—  

Baaa.  Mogaas  W.;  aad  Olaoa.  David  A..  3.670.286. 
Stade.  Oarhaid.  to  UmImt.  Heibert.  OabH.  Firata.  Method  of  and  ap- 
paratas  for  ahapiat  tha  profUod  iwteca  of  a  rotathM  tool  for  produc- 

Ug  cycloid  thraadflaaks  oa  acrawi.  3.669.0St.  a.  123-1 1 .000 
Staifofd.  Owea  L.;  aad  TanweD.  Robert  K..  to  Dow  Cha«ical  Co«- 
puy.  TW.  ftoem  tot  praparini  »iiylld«e  chloride  polymera. 
3.669.914.  CL260-17.00r 
StahUNisEvartJohaarSM—  .  .    ^.   ^...  „     ^ 

Sodarrtroai.  Gill  Oiuiaar.  Nilana.  Beitil;  aad  Stahl.  Nik  Evert 
Johaa4.670.146. 
Suadard  Oil  Coapaay:  5m- 
Matar.  Coaiad  F..  3.669.794. 

Staadard  PackMii«Corporatioa:  S««—  

Parvk.  AHaa  1.;  aad  Rooaie.  Dougka  P..  3.66S.t20. 

Staaky.  laa  WOlkai:  $•«-  ..,«.-, 

Agar.  DavhiJoiaph;  aad  Staaky.  tea  Wilhaa.3.670.1S3. 

Stapp.  Paal  R..  to  Phittpt  Patrakaa  Coapaay.  Praparatwa  of 

aaiaotatrahydfopyraat.  3.669.992,0.260-343.1 
Stark.  DaakI  C.  to  Doeriag  MiOikaa  Raaaarch  Corporatioa.  Teitik 

prodact  aad  ptocaaa.  3.6694 1 «.  CL  1 6 1 -63.000 


coaipoaeat 


Stark.JaaiMA.:5«r— 

HBaa.Rkhard;aadStark.Jaaa8A.4.669.614. 

Starr.  Ardiar  T.;  aad  Edwards.  David  O..  to  Xaroi  Corporatioa.  Aoto- 

■atk  traatvanri  aqaaUaar.  3.670069.0. 333-lt.OOO 
Starr.  Jaaea  B..  to  Uaitad  Stataa  of  Aaarica.  Navy.  Fkidk  device  for 
aodaktiag  the  taaiperatare   at  oooliag   liquid   k   a   garaeat 
3.669.13S.CL137.tl.S 
Stario,  Robert,  to  lietaliraae  Corporatioa.  Bmic  ahnap  hatchery. 

3.669.074.  CI.  119-2.000 
StaafbrCheakalCoapaay:SM-  ,««^-, 

Faaeher.  LkwaOya  W.;  aad  Gray.  Reed  A..  3.669.642. 
Teach.  Bagaaa  O..  3.670.010. 
Suver  Coapaay .  iacorporated.  The:  5«r-  .  ,  ,^  , . . 

Wilkeaa.Seyaoar.  aad  Tniak.  Edauad  O..  3.670.213. 

Stadaaa.  Robert  N..  to  Catarpilkr  Tractor  Coapaay.  Protective  chaia 

aaeabk  for  tiiat.  3.669.1 72.  CI.  132-171.000 
Steelcaae  lac.:  Stt — 

Seapioetes.  Ftaaa;  aad  Kolk.  Stephea  B..  3.669.499. 
Steia.  Akt  H.;  aad  Coder.  Williaa  D..  Jr..  to  Deitar  Corporation. 
1.  aad  Brwawkk  Corporattoa.  Bowttag  kae  fiaiBh  coatataag  a 
••?"  .     .^ "iTci.  260-159.000 


polyarethaae  aadapolyokfta.  3.670.049 
Siaia. EraattW. :Sm-  „      ^.   .    -     ^ 

Kaafkaa.  HaioU  B..  Jr.;  Sckiflkaaa.  Robert  F.;  aad  Stan.  Eraett 

Stein.  j!^'jCto> frail aqeeeaar.  3.669.0I3.CI.  100-211.000 

tlohr.'RMlelP,aMlSl8ker.WerBer.3.66t.793. 
Staaakr.  Kart.  to  Wkkkr  A  Dnaaebkr  Maichkeafabrik  aad  Eiiea- 
gkbaiaL  Appamhn  for  fotdiag  the  ctoMH  "^  ^  aavelopet. 
)lMt.9l2.CL  9342.000 
SterUag  Detroit  CMapaay:  Sm— 
Caaaer.  Henaaa  M..  3.66S.94 1 . 

Steveaa.HafhD.:JM—  „    w  «        j 

MitchdT  Raid  L.;  Malkr.  Thoaat  E.;  Stoveas.  Hugh  D.;  aad 
Tabka.Robait  14.670.069. 

Stevaaa,  J.  P.,  4  Co..  lac:  5«f— 
Troaer,  Marrk  N..  3.669,366. 

Sleveaa.  J.  P.,  Co,  Inc.:  *•»— 

Tesora.  Okhaaa  C.  3.669.977. 


8tavaaa.lohaM...._  ,_    ..,-».«* 

Saveaa.  Joha  M.;  aad  MaxwaU.  Rkhaid  R..  3470.1 70. 

Steveaa.  Joha  M.;  aad  MaiweB.  Rkhard  R..  to  Staveaa.  Joha  M.  Noa- 

vWbk  ekctR»ai«aatk  radktioa  aaaaartag  devtea.  3.670.170.  CL 

St^m^abfoy  P.,  Jr.;  mmI  Falk.  Joha  D..  toAnkd  CheaicalCor- 

peratka.  Ftowabk  ■ubiiker  aaapeaakas.  3.669^73.  CL  99-1  000 
Stfiikr.  David  T.  Ralhae  coataiaer.  3.669.4S5.a.  294-73.000 
Stoekhaa.JaaetR.ilM-  ...... 

Hayea.   Robert   R.;   Fulkr.   Joha   L.;   aad   Stockhaa.   Jaae* 
R.J469.449.  ^«     „ 

Stohr.  Radolf.  aad  Stoker.  Weraer.  to  Rkker.  Jaataa.  *  Co.  Footwear 

aad  iMarttherefOr.  3.66t.793.Cl.  36-71.000 
Stokea,  David  Howard:  Sm- 

Oreeawood.        Joha        Malootaa;        aad        Stokea.        David 
How8rd4.649.t91.  ,       ^         ,      . 

Stokea.  Staaky  L..  to  Wagaer  Ekctrk  Corporatioa.  Coatrol  valve. 

3.669404.  CL303-6.00C 
Stokea.  Staaky  L.,  to  Wagaer  Ekctrk  Corporatioa.  Coatrol  valve. 

3.669407.0.  303-6.00C 
Stokea.  Staaky  L.:  |e»—  ^  ^  ,^^         "^ 

Papia.  Joaeph  E.;  aad  Stoket.  Staaky  L.4.669406. 
Stokvk.R.S..AFik:5M- 

Barragaa.Jaeaaet,3.66I.S13.  -^^ 

Stdsy.  Albert  D.:  &«—  ,.^ 

Oraat.  Joha  M.;  aad  Stolzy.  Albert  D..3 .669430. 

Stoody  Coapaay:  Sm— 

Zvaaat.  Abaft  J.  3.670.133. 
Storey.  WBka  T..  D.  to  Techaitrol.  lac.  Ekctrkal 

3,670470.0.  333-30.000 
Stork  Aaaterdaa  N.V.:  Sm— 

Vertogaal.  Jacobus  0.,3.66S.73>.  , 

Stowe.  Biiaa.  to  Lucas.  Joaeph.  (laduatries)  Liarted.  Wlwtocree^ 
wtpar  aotort.  3.670.1  II.  CI.  200-47.000 

Strack.HaasA.:SM-  ,,,«.,. 

Cox. RoaaWH.; aad Stnwk. Haas A.4.669 .635.  .    ,,,i 

Strack.  Richard  R..  to  Aaericaa  Optical  Corporation.  Me^od  foi 

prodactag  fkxMe  image  traaaportkg  fiber  optic  conduit.  3.669.772 

CI.  156-13.000 

Strand.  David  L.:  3tt— 

Abkr  Rofar  L.;  lad  Straad.  David  L..3.669.I92. 
Strattoa  4  TeralaBe  Co..  lac:  See— 

Dew.  Robert  C..  3.669.429. 
StrauM,  George  M..  to  Koltoaiaa  Inatninient  Corporation.  Parameter 
read-out  lystoaa  for  pretsura-freqnency  traaaducen.  3,668.930.  CI . 
73-3S6.000 

Strabbe.  Gilbert  J.:  See— 

DeCoeae.Fraat  J.;  aad  Strubbe.  Gilbert  J.4.669.1 24. 

Strabk.  Glenn  E.,  to  Diamond  International  Corporation.  Pnckagin| 
■leeve  with  heal-thrtekabk  protectioiii  tling  aad  blank  tot  producing 
•Mae.  3,669,337,  a.  229-1 4.0ba  ^  ..  ,   . 

Stnoiaa,  Rkhard  J.,  to  Cbapotiag  Devices  of  Caaada  Loiited.  Stnp 

poritioaiag  apparatus.  3,669,382,  CI.  242-1 86.000 

Strydoa,  Maarits  Leoa,  to  Tobacco  Reaeansh  aad  Devetopaent  la- 

aituto  Limited.  Noa  dertroctive  hardneaa.  teatkg  of  articka  such  1^ 

citaietlea.3.66g.928.0.  73-78.000  ,  ^«  «.«  ^i 

Stuart,  Fraak  T.  Ckcker  for  attachaeat  to  archery  bow.  3.669.039.  C  I. 

116-67.00r 
Stader.  Victor  Veraoa:  See-  „•  .     „  i 

Gutka.  Maria,  Saaderaoa,  Gary  Warner;  aad  Studer,  Victor  Ve  - 
aoa4.669480. 
Sturgea  Coapany,  The:  5««— 

Wealock,  Braest  A..  3.669.491 . 
Sturkaoa,LcifViBgo:S<e—  ,^x«^.» 

Pekraea,  Jonea  Hartvig;  aad  Sturkaon,  Leif  Viggo,3.669.4 19. 
Stura.  Ragar  4  Co..  lac.:  Sec— 

Sefried.  Har^  H..  U.  3.668400. 
Sugito.Tohru:S««—  -  ......  ..       «     1^ 

Kobayaahi,  '  Tetsuji;      Takayaaagi,      Seuchi;      aad      Sugita. 

Tohru4.669,09S. 
SuOivaa,  Joha  F.:  See-  ,  ^  ,  „ 

Moody,  Roy  A.;  SuDivaa.  John  F.;  aad  Thayer.  Artte 

SuUivan.  Miles  Vkcent:SM-  

Peten.  Fraak  Orooa;  Siackir.  Wilbaa  Robert; 
Miles  Vkeeat4.669463. 
Sullivan.  Shelby  F.:  Sm—  ._......  „ 

Liadsay,  George  F.;  SuUivaa,  Shelby  F.;  aad  Whaehouae,  Harper 

Joha4.670.15l. 
SuaitoaoCheatlcal  Coapaay.  Liaited:Se«-       ^   ^     ^      _        I 
Uaaaoto.    Teniyoshi;    Yokota,    Maano;    aad    Kondo.   Tamoto. 

346942S. 
Sumitomo  ChealcalCoapanv.  Ltd.:  Sm-  .  --u— L 

Itaya,  Nobalhige;  KaaoAite.  Kataaso;  Mnutaai.  Toshio;  Kita^- 

ra.  ShigetoahU  Nakai.  Shi^i;  Kaaeda.  Nobayaki;  Fajiao^. 

Raiaat;aa!Okuao.YoaltoM,  3469.919.  , . 

Nakaguchi.  Kohei;  Nbhikida.  Toaoiuai;  lawaauai.  Shoha^i; 

Mslmoto.  Kenkhi;  Sano.  Takeao;  Fniii,  Yoshikaw;  Harare. 

KokhU  aad  Ueda.  Ke«yu.  3.669.945^  1 

Okamoto.  Tadashi;  Kobayaahi,  Tsuyoahi;  aad  Yamamoto,  Hia^, 

3,669.960. 


aad      Sugita. 

lkJ.4.668.74J. 
1;  aad  SuUivaa. 


Sato.  Nobvyasu;  I^akaaara.  Toshio;  aad  Takeaaka.  HiroAi. 

3  669  987.  ' 

Tsuchiya.    Hiroshi;    Kuak.    Nishmomiya-Shi;    Itaura,    Atto; 
Kawaao,     Sumiaori;    Fujimoto,     Keimei;    Ozaki,    Toahi^i; 


lum  13. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


^!ry.!^*.|gyj.g^!iy.-r°?^J I?;*fc*- Kkaatoahi; Ookhi,    Tait,  Joha  B,  a  tatoraattoaal         

1  aaaaai,  aaa  Taaeda,  Hiaaai,  3470,057.  mmmiI  M>tie  *. —  knin>m>ki. ~ 

laailoao  Ekctrk  iadaarks.  Ltd.:  Sf»-  J^  katk  boaa  hotegraphk  aoraga  syae 

^^*io  tL**"*^'    ^""^    '^■*^'    ■*•    Kaake.    Tndaoki.  Taifaaa.  Shigaaobu:  Sm- 


PI43 

Machiaes  Corporatiaa.  Thae 
3469421.  CL  330- 


Koyaai«i.  Shaakhi;  T^a. 


thkeaoba; 


Toehihide;  aad 


KariaMMo.  Kanh&o3469.9 
Takahaahi.Hkaaitta:Ser- 

Doi.    Uhm:    Nak^iaa.    Jaa;    TAakaahi.    Hkaaiaa; 
Toaokawa.  Hideoi. 669499.         — -"•  "■• 

TakahaAi.  NagaaWfa.  to  Olyapas  Optkd  Co..  Ltd.  Badoiracheal 
tube.  3.669.098.0.128-6.000^     ^^ 

^1?'II!iil  \'*^~*~'   r*'-J"""''    KaaMw.   to    Nippoo   Sefto 
KabasUki.  Aati-craep  bearkg  aaaeably  for  aa  aatifkMaa  haarke 
3.669419. CL  308-236.  «»7  wr  a.  aaiwncaaa  aeanag. 

'^^V^«'^Sf^  *•?"•  '^•«"^'  S«««««»^  «•>>•«»;  "d  Nakataai. 

TJk'Tlll^SSSi^'?!"**""*  **•**•  '•**'*^"'^'  '•'■"«» 

Kobayaahi.      Tetaqi;      Takayaaagi.      Seiichi;      ead      Saeita. 

Tohni4.669.09S.  •■a*". 

Takeda  Cheaical  todaatriea.  Ltd.:  See- 

Nakao.  Yoshio;  Kaao,  Mitsuao;  Yaaatodaai,  Sabaro;  Taaaka,  Pa- 

aihiko;  aad  Nq^  Tsatoan.  3,669436. 


3,669.762. 
SaaitoaM  Metal  iadaatrias  Liaited:  Set— 

Shiraiwa,  Toahk;  aad  Hiroahiaa,  Tatsuo,  3.670439. 
SaaOUCoapaarSee— 

Davk.Rooaid  I.,  3.670439. 

Davia.  RoaaM  1..  3,670.040. 
Suabeaa  Corporatka:  See— 

Naahekier.  Robert  R.;  aad  Khaja.  Farees  Uddin.  3.669,694. 
Suadbka.  Leif  J.;  aad  Olbvkr,  Louis  A.,  to  Verifk  Corporatioa.  Vea- 
tiktor.  3469,108,0.128-1454  vwporaooa.  vea 

Suaderik,  Dooald  E.:  See—  -- 

Gutaaa.  Nathaa;  Moaer,  Rayaoad  L.;  Oldenburg,  Dorraace;  aad 
Saaderta,  DoaaM  E.4,669,161. 
^Cl^itS^  ^  Mechaakal  shock  aad  sway  arrester.  3,669491. 
Serls,  Joaeph'p.,  Jr.:  See— 

OlwB.  Robert  S.;  aad  Saris,  Joseph  P.,  Jr.4.669,649. 
Sasay,  Peter  E.:  Sm-  .^„.  ^  „„ 

Teagaa,  Wahar  Dorwa,  Jr.;  Moatalbaao,  Anthony  Philip:  Cakes.    Takeda,  Hkaai:  Ser- 
€>        -^""^^-^^^"•.^••th;  and  Suaey.  Peter  E.4468.784.  Tsuchiya.    Hiroahi:    Keaio.    Ni*iao«iva-Shii    Kte»s.    Aki« 

^SH^L     u^^'^^^^i^i    •^*'*    hydiDcarbyl-aaiao-  Yaaaaoto,  Sigee;  Okaao,  Yoaitaai;  Taaaka,  Kaaal^OekhL 

pbeayO-p-arykaadiaaae.  3,670,025,  CL  260-376.000  Tadariu;  aad  Takeda,  Hkaai,3470  037^  "«««,  uoaai. 

Susuki,  Riaaoauke;  Hoahi.  Hiroahi;  Araki,  Shakhi;  umI  Ohahiu.    Takeaaka.  Hiroahi:  See-  •.•«.«' 

^^L^"!^  5^Jl2*''  ^■**""'  *«>  R""  AG.  Method  aad  aa  ap-    Takeaaka.  Shkeo;  a^  hramoto.  Akira.  to  Nkpoa  Kaynka  filiaahUi 

?5i^^**  production  of  disperatons of  dyeatufts.  3.669.416. CI.    ,  Kakha. CM^ydrogeaalioa proceaa.  3469449. CL  ^-6800te 
SaSi.  iSSii:  See-  ^^!!!:5?«!r?^.*Tf  vf  ^i  ^J^m,  Tahaki.  to  Saaitoao 

]*[*^*.*y«»ii:Suruki,Hiroshi;andNakato,MMuo.3,6694l4  j,ow./o^v,l  lea-ii. 

Suniki,  Ichiso;  Yasui.  Hideo;  and  Nanba.  Kazuhiko,  to  Kabuahiki  Takiaawa.  Harnki:  Sm— 

f.S?^^*"  Kogaku  Oarase  Seiaosho.  Optical  glass.  3.669.696,  CI.  .      Yamada.  Seibi;  aad  Takkawa,  Haraki,3,669484 

> 06-47. OOq  Tahaaee.  Charka  Boha**  tn  m«_  Bri*.:.  kj^ki 

Suzuki,  Keakkhi:  Sre- 

e      l"^**^  ^^**''  *'™^*'  ■^•■kie'";  aad  Kitu,  KeBkhi4.670,2l  I . 

."?••.?""•  "^  Funikawa,  Yoji,  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Ekctrk  Co.. 

Ltd.  Projector.  3470.1 58.  CL  240-4 1 .500 
Swxuki.  Setkou:  See— 

Hohsho,     Yukio;     Yamada,     Koichiro;     Oyama.     Yoshishiec- 
Teraakhi,  Takao;  aad  Suzuki.  Seikou4,669,423. 
SaIttk^  Takatoahi:  See- 

Koaatai,    Nobora;    Suxuki,    Takatoahi;    Ito,    Takuo;    Hara. 
Yoshiteru;  aad  Asakura.  Kouichi,3468,9l  7 


Ekctrk  bdaitriaa,  Ltd.  Method  for  haat-traaliag  of  h^  raikd  rods 
3469,762, CL14g-lg.  --««-»  w  n«  iwma  roos. 

ikiaawa.  Harnki:  See— 
■«•      '■•••*••  **'hi;  aad  ■  ■■  ■«■  w,  n»Tn»j,j,po'y,j»#. 
Talaage,  Cherka  Robert,  to  New  Britak  Machkery  Coapaay  Force- 

applyiagtook.  3468,951, CL81-121.00r 
Taaaka,  Faaihiko:  See— 

Nakao,  Yoihio;  Kaao,  Mitaaao;  Yaaatodaai,  Sabaro;  Taaaka.  Fu- 
mihiko;  aad  Nojiri.  Tautome4 .669.836. 
Taaaka.  Katsetoehi:  See— 

Tsuchiya,  Hiroshi;  Kuak,  Nkhiaomiya-Shi;  Kimura,  Akk; 
Kawaao.  SaaiMni;  FajiBolo.  Kaiaai:  Oxaki,  Toriyaki; 
Yaaaaoto,  Sigao;  Okaao,  Yoatosi;  Taaaka.  Kakatoaki;  Ookhi. 

. i<f-  "- — '•  *««-•- 

Taaaka,  Kasuaobu:  See— 

Kohaahi.  Tadao;  aad  Taaaka.  Kaxuaob«4 .669.907. 

""  ~  Ik.  Tataaro;  aad  Mochinki,  Kano,  to 

-^ogyo  Co.,  Ltd.  Parificatioa  of 

3,669442,  CL1934S0a  ranncaitoa  or 

Taaaka,  Takeahi:  See— 

Saito,  Kano;  Taaaka,  TakeaU;  aad  Saito.khiro4,670.052. 
Tanaka.  Yusaku:  See— 

Ando,  Satoehi;  Taaaka.  Yusaku;  Kofima,  Miaora;  aad  Fniaaura, 


Yaaaaoto,  Suao;  Okaao,  Yoatosi;  Tai 
TadaaU;  aad  Takeda,  Hkaai4470437 

___^„.  ■,  a^(fvaffbu'  Tre 

Suxuki.   Yekio.   to   Mayashibara~~Compi^7' Vr^^cem   for   praparine    ,      Kohaahi.  Tadao;  aad  Taaaka.  I 
vitama  B,  glucoside.  3.669435,  CI.  I95.28.00r  k    k-    »    Taaaka,  Masao;  Oka,  Tetao;  Fujk 

Sveaaka  Rotor  MaBkiaerAktiebolag:Sw-  Kyowa  Hakko  Kocyo  Co.,  Ll 

Mock.  KariHeiax,  3,669,183.  '  ""  '"  "*  "" 

^'T**"'  '**"  °'  ^"*^'*  ^'*^  "P***  ••"  P""P  3,669477.  CL  4 1 8 
Sweet,  Larrk  H.:  aad  Baker.  Nekoa  H..  Jr..  to  Carborundum  Com 
paay. The.  Furnace  waU coastructkn.  3,668.83 1 .  CI.  52-484.000  ......  ,  ^^  „, -^ 

CU25-??'^  "•  "■  '*' ""***"*  ■  ^""^ "''^  3.669,089.    TaideiroSi  A*  sL- 

Swett,  Leo  Ralph;  aad  Raujciyk.  Jaaes  Daakl,  to  Abbott  Laborato-  °*^\J^-iN'^  ^•'  '*»*■«'••  Oo""*"  f-  »<  Taadeski,  David 

25:35rSS^**"''""  "^  '~"«>^'—Pi—   3,669.983.  CI.    Tani.  HailfiJii- 

SwiadeUs.  Frank  E..  to  Melpar.  Inc.  Rechargeabk  ekctrocbemkal  ceU    TMrnZl^li^^^'  "**  "^^  Haruhka.3.669.795. 

with  aobd  cue  sah  coapkx  ekctrolyte.  3.669  743  CL  136-6  000  ^  '       -  '  **":. 

Switches.  Inc.:  See-  uoiyie.  j.ooy.yea.ci.  136-6.000  Magat^ugaae  Edward;  aad  Taaaer,David4.670,048. 

Cora.  Preatice  R.;  aad  Gebhardt.  Wallace  A..  3470  120  "^IJ^J?^?.??.':!^"- 

Switcheatecorporaed'Ser-  «»ce  a.  j,07U,l2Q.  Habar,  EUwrorth  E.;  Tajuao,  Thoaa  P.;  aal  HiBery,  Fraak  Ed- 

Syk  Jf.'CM'"Si!!  '' ""  '*"•*•  """^  H.raa.,3470460.  TJX^StiS:^-^  ^■™''"'  •"**•"  ^^^'^^* 

Aaak.    DarrdT  D.;    Dodsoa,    Keith    D      aad    Svkes     Paul    ,  .  'f'^"**'**?~'^."""="^°"*"^'''*^*^^^*.*«».620. 
M.4,669,931.  ^^  •  "  "•    '^'"'    TateJ^wreace  A,  to  tateraatioaal  Busiaea  Machkes  Corporatka. 

Sylvaak  Ekctrk  Products,  Inc.:  See-  j    T^  * aSLS^*       "*"  ""■^■"  '•'^^'^ '*•  ^  **<>-' ^*- 

^M7(ft«'    *-«—'>^    •«'    ^'•-••'.    ^^^    Charks.        " G^o'ldJ'KiS^iHl Taalk.. Alfr.d4469.660. 

Bulharowski,  Joha  Fraack,  3470,101 .  ^"'J!*??!^^  ??"^  *"*'f"/i?^  »'»«»ke  aaaor.  to  aaid  Tax.  Oa- 

Haasaa.  Harvay  Gofdoa,  3,669.304. 

Jokasoa,  Gordoa  L.;  aad  Gaaaoe,  Thomas  E.,  3,670494. 

Mattsoa.  WiUka  R..  3470.094. 

Meyer.  Bdwaid.  3.669.7 1 S . 
Sylvester,  Paul:  See— 

°^??4*^'tS2' '  •  ^®*l*''  ^'^  ^■«*'  Arthur;  aad  Sylvester, 
"aaL3,6og,899. 

Syacos,  Robert  Owaa:  See- 

Moody,  Aathooy  Gifford;  aad  Syacox,  Robert  Owea4.670.0l  I . 
'^■■••^  Feul  S.,  to  Americaa  Cliaic,  lac.  Adjustable  electrode  means 

foraakepiaduciagmachke.  3,669.II9,CI.  128-410 
Tabke, Roberts-  '— 


taker  ttaasportia|8yitairt6i9a06.CL  110-914)00 
Taybr,  Frederick  A.  Motor  drivea  ke  vehick.  3.669401,  d  ItO- 

Teyior,  Kett  M.,  to  Moaaaato  Coapaay.  Amaoxidatioa  of  1 
hydiocarboas.  3470406.  CL  260-465  JOO 

Taylor.  Keith  M..  to  Moaaaato  Coapaav.  Aakxidatioa  of  1 
hvdrocarboaa.  3470,001,  CL  260-463400 

^■A''  ^*^**\*^Ji*:Sr*^  Coiapaay.  Aaaoiidatka  ofsatwatod 

hydrocarboaa.  3470,009,  CL  260-463.300 
Taylor  Maaufactariag  Compaay:  See— 

ChaUch,  Clarke,  3,669441 . 
Teach,  Eu«aae  G.,  to  Staufkr  Chemical  Coapaay.  Trifkoromethtl 

T^hi.  khiro;  iwaai,  Akira;  Harita,  Y.«.hiro;  aad  Yaaaaoto,  t^  sSiSTc^S^ ISS^^      '  *^^'*'^^  ^ 

Toahaki.  to  Maaai  ShipbuiUkg  aad  Eagkeerkg  Co..  Ltd.  Con-  lBuadry.3  668  784  C1L34-10  000^^ 

ttker  sapportkg  apparatus  i.  the  contm*aer  shij.  3,669484.  CL  TtSrSliiliSitlUc«««^ 

*'**"*•'  HeBer.ZkdeiH..  3469444. 


PI  44 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


JUNC13.197: 


H«tnMi.RaiiaB..3>«t,«3«. 
TMlMitrol,  tec.:  $«e— 

Stony.  WmiMi  T.  n.  3.670.270. 

TM-P«k.bK.:SM- 

■ridMfe«d.  DMglM  J.,  3.669.791 . 

T«ftak.  AIMm  F..  3.669.692. 
Taeote.  Mteluwl  D.:  See— 

^Zi,  Tfceodor.  O.;  ud  Teeple.  MichMl  D..3.669.599 

Tciaen,  Haat:  See— 

Lowkki.  Norbert;  ud  Tegfert.  Haiu.3.669.6 1 7. 

Teijin  Lwited:  Sm—  .    ^._  ..    w     ^ 

Fujiwan.    Slugeni;    Na|»e.    Kenji;    ud    Okuhuht,    Tomomi, 

Shteavchi,  Shiro;  Yodilda.  Saburo;  and  Muro.  Koji.  3,669.61 1. 
Yaaada.  Saibi;  aad  Takizawa.  Haniki.  3.669 .314. 
Yaaaaoto.  Akin;  aad  Moriyama,  Keiichi.  3,669.740. 
Teijia  Ltd.:  See— 

Hon.  Kikuo;  mi  Sato,  Yoahito.  3,669.373. 
Tekaor  Apex  Company:  See—  ,,«»„, 

Fath.  JoMph;  and  Deardorff,  Donald  L.,  3,669,993. 
Tektroaix,  Inc.:  See— 

Hawea.  Janet  D..  3.670.199. 
Tel-Tech  Corporation:  See— 

Fritkm.Oaorae  A..  3.670.2S0. 
Telenation.  Inc.:  See— 

Britp,  John  A.;  aad  Ward.  Ronald  C.  3,670,100. 
Pauly.  Donald  E..  3.670,1  SI. 
Teranithi.  Takao:  &e—  „    ...  w 

Hohaho,     Yukio;     Yamada.     Koichiro;     Oyama,     Yodmhige; 
Teranishi,  Takao;  aad  Suzuki,  Seikou,3.669,423. 
Terasaki.  Iwao;  Kimura,  Yo«hio;  Okamoto,  Toahkt;  Shima,  Ttukata; 
Kohno,  Mhsuo;  aad  Kitamura,  Kazuyuki.  to  Atahi  Kaaei  Kogyo 
Kabuihiki  Kauha.  Potycondeniing  bis-(hydroxyakyl)therephtha- 
latet  in  the  prewace  of  mall  amounts  of  a  gemaaium  compound 
and  a  iterically  hindered  bisphenol  or  trisphenol.  3,669,927,  CI.  260- 
47.00c 
Teaoro,  Giuliana  C,  to  Steveai,  J.  P.,  Co.,  Inc.  Novel  cyclic  composi- 
tion*. 3. 669.97  7.  CI.  260-301.000  _       ^      ^ 
Tetsler.  Martin  M.;  and  Rutenbcrg.  Morton  W.  to  National  Starch  and 
Chemical  Corporation.  Builden  for  synthetic  detergent  composi- 
tions based  on  carboxyethyl  derivatives  of  polyakohote.  3,669,890, 
CI.  2S2-S9.000 
Teter,  Harold  P.  Baseball  diamond  layout  device.  3,668,7SI,  CI.  33- 

1.000 
Teutsch.    John    H.    Automobile    wheel    theft    prevention    device. 

3,668.9S2,CI.  81-125.000 
Teves,  Alfred,  G.m.b.H.:$««-  _  „      .. 

Martchall,  Helmut;  Kammermayer,  Wolfgang;  Belter,  Hans  Al- 
bert; Hahm,  Heint;  and  Belart,  Juan,  3.669,226. 
Texas  Inatruaeata,  Incorporated:  See— 

Cash.  Joha  H ..  Jr.;  and  Keene.  Joe  P..  3.669.86 1 . 
Cox.  Ronald  H.;  and  Strack.  Hans  A.,  3,669 ,6S3. 
Textites,  Inc.:  See— 

Fowter,  Donald  W.,  3,669,046. 
Textron  Inc.:  See— 

Baxter.  David  W.,  Jr.,  3,669,408. 
Thayer,  Arlie  J.:  S«—  .,^.-.^ 

Moody,  Roy  A.;  Sullivan,  John  F.;  and  Thayer,  Arlie  J.,3,668,744. 
the  United  SUUs  of  America,  Atomic  Energy  Commission:  See- 
Dietrich,  Lee  A.;  Dikeman,  John  C;  and  Johnson.  Kenneth  R.. 
3.669.631. 
Theer.  Anton:  S««— 

Winkler.  Alfred;  Theer.  Anton;  Zanner,  Johann;  and  Hennig. 
Frtdolin.3,668.989. 
Theisen,  Roger  Pierre,  to  Continental  Ore  Corporation.  Direct  reduc- 
tion process  and  simultaneous  continuous  casting  of  meullic  materi- 
als in  a  crucible  to  form  rods.  3,669,1 78,  CI.  164-SO.OOO 
Theodore,  Chartes,  to  LTV  Ling  Ahec,  Inc.  Protected  power  supply. 

3,670,232,  CI.  321-14. 
Theodore,  Charles,  to  LTV  Ling  Altec,  Inc.  HermetK  transformer. 

3,670,276,  CI.  336-92.000 
Tberai-0-DiiC,  lacorporated:  See— 
HoMen,  Ronald  L..  3,670,283. 

.  Theurer,  Josef:  5««— 

Plasser,  Franz;  and  Theurer,Josef,3,669,025. 
Thevis.  Paul;  Schneider.  Adolf;  and  Jakubaschk.  Horst.  to  Olympia 
Werke  A.G.  Apparatus  for  sensnig  digital  information.  3.669,348, 
CI.  235-60.00r  .     ..      „     . 

Thibauh,  Jean-Jacques;  and  Carle,  Jacques,  I'Air  Liquide,  Societe 
Anoayme  Pour  t'Etude  et  I'Exploitotion  des  Procedes  Georges 
Claude.  Adsorptive  cryopumping  method  and  apparatus.  3,668,881, 
CI.62-SS.S00 
Thiers.  Ralph  E.;  and  Meyn.  JuKus.  Jr..  to  Bio-Science  Laborator«s. 
IntaractioB  correction  in  contiauous  flow  analysis.  3,669.626,  CI.  23- 
230.00a 
Thill,  Bruce  P.:  See— 

Tomalia,  Donald  A.;  and  Thill.  Bruce  P.,3,670,046. 
Thiokol  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 

Ridden.  Vernon  A.,  3,668,783. 
Tkonas.  Michael  D.  Coattiner  with  locking  actuator.  3,669.300.  CI. 

220-36.000 
Thomas.    Wilbur   B.,    to   General    Binding    Corporation.    ColUtor. 

3.669.442.  CI.  270-S8.000 
Thompsoa.  Brian:  See— 

Coelho,  Norman  C;  and  Thompson,  Brian.3,668,93S. 


Thompson.  Edwfai  R..  to  Thoapaoo^aaficld  lac.  MounliBg  device  for 

weather  sealing  kiseru  ia  doors.  3.668.807.  CI.  49-482.000 
Thompsoa.  Hal  J.,  to  DCA  Food  Industries.  Inc.  Comestibte  subilizer 

composition.  3.669.688.  a.  99-1 39.000 
Thompson.  Lloyd  W..  deceaaedO  (by  Thompson.  Mildred  B.;  admuts* 
tratrix).  to  Coaa  Mills  CorporatioB.  mesne.  Method  aad  •PP««tul 
for  coastructing fabric  enclosed  springs.  3.668.816.  CI.  S3-28.000 
Thompson.  Mildred  B.:  See- 
Thompson.  Ltoyd  W., 3.668.816. 
Thompson-CanfteU  Inc.:  See- 
Thompson.  Edwin  R..  3.668.807. 
Thomson.  Lois  J.:  See—  ^^ 

Babb.RaymowlE..  3.669.263.  , 

Thorington,  Luke;  snd  Parascandola.  Louis  J.,  to  Duro-Test  Corporal- 
tion.  Etectric  lamps  producing  energy  in  the  visibte  and  ultra-violet 
raBges.3,670,193,Cl.313-IOl.OOr 
Thornton.  WUUam  A..  Jr.;  and  Ungtert,  Melvin  C.  to  Westinghousa 
Etectric  Corporatioa.  Color-corrected  high-pressure  mercury-vapc^ 
lamp.  3.670,194.  CI.  313-109.000 
Thuillter,  Yvonne,  to  Roltond,  Albert.  S.A.  Process  for  obtaining  and 

preserving  ttabte  bacterial  variants.  3.669.846,  CI.  195-96.000 
Thum,  Egon.  to  Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft.  Ironless  direct-current 
machine  having  a  normal  conducting  rotor  and  a  superconducting 
exciutionsysteai.  3.670.I87.CI.  310-10.000 
Tillmann,  Hont.  to  Dorken  *  Mankel  KG.  Automatic  door  closef. 

3.668.737.  CI.  16-55.000 
Time/DaU  Corporation:  See— 

Sloane.  Edwia  A.;  and  Scaggs.  Lee  E..  3.670.326. 
Timex  Corporatiaa:  See— 

Dier«bock,GuntherRudalph,  3,668,860. 
Tindal,  James  A.  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  ArUflciil 

heart.  3.668.708,  CI.  3-1.000 
Tinder,  Edgar  Karl,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Synthetic  orgaaic  fiber  resisunt  to  yellowing.  3.669.726.  CI.  Ilj- 
I38.80n 
Tiuri,  Martti  Eelic  See-  _  ^^,.    „    J 

KaOiomaki.  Eatevi  Juhani;  Tiuri.  Martti  Eelis;  and  Vakkila.  Sep|f- 
MatU.3.670,275.  ^ 

Toagosei  Chemical  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Shoda,  Shichiro;  Ito,  Nobuo;  aad  Miki,  Toshiro,  3,670,012. 
Tobacco  Research  and  Development  Institute  Limited:  See— 

Strydom,M«iritt  Leon,  3,668,928. 
Tobey,  Hubert  E.;  Masiuk.  Alphonse  M.;  Hood,  John  W.;  and  Irv«, 
Dee  L..  to  International  Tetephone  and  Telegraph  Corporation.  Pi*- 
sliced  muffin  aad  pre-slicing  apparatus.  3.669.1 65.  CI.  146-98.000 
Togami.   Shunji.   to    Nippon    Piston    Ring   Co..   Ltd.    Piston    ring. 

3.669.461.  CI.  277-235.00r 
Togo.  Kazushi:  See—  ,,«.., 

Akanatsu,  Akira;  Togc>.  Kazushi;  aad  Kida.  Y9ko.3. 669.7 17. 

Tokheiffl  Corporation:  See— 

Overy.  Lestar  R..  3.670.317. 
Tokyo  Shibaura  Denki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See- 
Sakamoto.  Tetsuzo;  aad  Torii.  Akiomi.  3.669,559. 
Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Idei.  Giiun;  and  Numata,  Saburo.  3.670.1 84. 

Kamegaya.  Takeo;  Imahori.  Yutaka;  Ohtt.  Akira;  Kanoh.  Tad^o; 

aad  Ohara,  Akio,  3,670,19S. 
Kobayashi,    Teuuji;   Takayanagi.    Seiichi;    and    SugiU.   Tohtu. 

3.669.095.  ..     .      „. 

Nakagawa.    Takeshi;    Tsutsumi.    Tadashi;    and    Hon.    Hiroo. 

3.670.213. 
Sakamoto.  Tettuzo;  and  Torii.  Akiomi.  3.669.559. 
Suzuki.  Norio;  and  Furukawa.  Yoji.  3.670.1  S8. 
Toledo.  Emil:  Ser— 

Semwnko.  Peter  P.;  and  Totedo.  Emil.3,669,86S. 
Tomalia,  Donald  A.;  aad  ThiU,  Brace  P..  to  Dow  Chemical  Compaey, 
The  Copolymers  of  bis-oxazolines  and  dithiol  compounds  as  curing 
agents  for  polyepoxides.  3.670.046.  CI.  260-830. 
Tomioka.  Kattuyoshi:  See— 

Komatsu.   Koei;  Okuya.   EiUro;   Tomioka.   Katsuyoshi;   Sakai. 
Masatc;  Hayashi.  Shigeki;  Yasunaga.  Hidetoahi;  and  Kogure. 
Akira.3.669.943. 
Tomlinson,  Charles  N.:  See—  „^    .       ^,  ^    -,vi 

Davey.    Ranald     E.;    Tomlinson,    Chartes    N.;    aad    Whl 
Alan,3,669,826. 
Tomoegawa  Paper  Manufacturing  Company  Limited:  See— 

Naaao,  Osakazu;  Nakagawa.  Saburo;  Hirose,  Juichi;  Yami 
Shigeyuki;     Amaao,     Takeshi;     Nakamura.     Toshio; 
Yamamoto,  Hiroyuki,  3,669,916. 
Tomokawa.  Hideo:  See— 

Doi,     Kazao;     Nakajima,     Jua;     Takahashi,     Hisamitsu; 
Tomokawa,  Hideo,3.669.699. 
Tone,  Frederick  F.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Compaay.  Method  ^n^jsp- 

paratus  for  manufacturing  aperture  cards.  3,668,980,  CI.  93-1  .""^ 
Toaka  Corporatioa:  See— 

Pauly,  RonaM  R.,  3.668,806. 
TonoikcTakaocSee—  ...  \,.  ..  ^u    ■ 

Konottune,  Shiro;  Kachi.  Attuyuki;  Tonoike.  Takao;  and  Mon, 
Kinya.3 .669.948. 
Toray  Industries.  Inc.:  See—  . 

Asahara.  Tomohiko;   Yoda.  Naoya;  and   Mmami.  Nuneyqphi. 
3.669.930. 
Torii.  Akiomi:  See—  .  .  ,^-  ,,« 

Sakamoto. Tettuzo;  and  Tom.  Akiomi.3 .669.5 59. 


ino  a 
I.OM 


June  13, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


^    Toshio.  Taaaka:  See— 

^TSiSL'3*M9'i35   **"*"■'•  "^""^  K«t«iro.  I»;  and  Toshio. 
Towmolor  CorporBt^n:  See— 

Dovte.  Jamas  R..  3,669,290. 
Toy,  Albert:  See— 

*'LMkH',3!669,3M'''  ^"**"'  ^"*'*^»"'  ^'"^  ^'  "<"  F"*'". 
Toyo  Rayoa  Kabuikik'i  Kaisha:  See— 

Mittakawa,  Koaomke:  Hattori,  Hiroshi;  Hikoda,  Toyohiko;  and 
Masubuchi,Yoshinori,  3,669,792. 
Toyo  Soda  Manufacturing  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

^*Laf )  S«-  '^''****  ^"^*  <'™""«  ••  ■^°y~'*  Machiae  Works. 

Wada.  Ryuji;  Suzuki.  Hiroshi;  and  Nakato.  Masuo.  3.669  514 
Trachsier,  Fred  A.  Chain  door  latch.  3,669,483.  CI.  292-264  000 
Tracy.  WUliam  K..  to  Inteniational  Tetephone  and  Tetegraph  Corpora- 
?«  OOr"*"      °*  «l«ctrical  connectors.  3,670,292.  CI.  339- 

Trane  Company.  The:  See— 

Schauls.  James  J.,  3.669. 186. 
Treadwell  Corporation:  See— 

Lesk.  Norman:  and  Kleinman,  Mitchel.  3.669,029 
Treplex  Safety  Glam  Company  Limited:  See- 

^ViMSW*"  ^*  '^""'"'*"''  ^•"■'»««  N.;  and  Whhe.  Alan. 

Trevillyan.  Alvin  E.;  and  Vecbastiks,  Ivan,  to  Atlantic  Richfteld  Com- 

l"^y  [^f^^^pfP^nyi^nt  diisocyanate  by  thermal  decomposi- 

tion  of  correspondmg  dmitrite  sulfite.  3.670.003.  CI.  260-453.00p 

Cr3'40°347 V     Anatog-digiul  shaft  position  encoder.  3.670.324. 

Tri-Ordinate  Corporation:  See— 

Hoglund,  Nils,  3,669,558. 
Tribbte.  Robert  E.iSee- 

"x^'JlliH*"!  ••;  Youngman,  Cari  A.;  Hardison.  Jack  E.;  and 
Tnbbte,  Roben  £..3,668,927. 
Trim,  James  H.,  to  LTV  Aerospace  Corporation.  Suay  etectrical  ener- 
gy detector  circuit.  3,670,244,  CI.  324-72. 
Tripte  E  Corpontion:  See— 

Silver,  Robert  L.;  and  Schmidt,  Adrian  J.,  3,669,298. 
Troponwerke  Dinklage  &  Co.:  See- 

Boltze.  Kari-Heiaz;  aad  Lorenz.  Dwtrich.  3.669.967 
Trotter.  Marvin  N     to  Stevens.  J.  P..  *  Co..  Inc.  Etectro-bunch  at- 

Uchment.  3.669.366.  CI.  242-26.410 
Trank.  Edmund  G.:  See— 

^B «?(''''*"•'  S*!""*""^;  "d  Trank.  Edmund  G..3.670.21 5. 

TRW  Inc.:  See- 
Cook.  Harvey  A..  3.669.084. 
Howe,  John  Arthur.  3.670.1 2 1 . 

Tsenter.   Boris   loselevich;   Sergeev.   Vyacheslav   Mikhaitevich;   and 

c%.6'i9:^;.Cu'36?8^^*^  '^  -ickel-hydrogen  stonge 
TsMchiya.  Hiroshi;  Kunio.  NithinomiyaShi;  Kimura.  Akio;  Kawano 
Suminori;  Fujimoto.  Keimei;  Ozaki.  Toshiaki;  Yamamoto.  Siteo' 
Okuno.  Yositosi;  Tanaka.  Katsutoshi;  Goishi.  Tadashi;  and  Takwla' 
Hisami.  to  Sumitomo  Chemical  Company.  Ltd.  S(alkUthio  ethvl) 
phosphorothioamidau.  3.670.057. CI.  260-948.000 
Tsutsumi.  Tadashi:  See— 

''h!S4%7o.IS"''^   ■'•'"""'•   ^'^"^'-  ""   "«"• 

Tucker.  Alyin  S..  to  Phillips  Petroteum  Company.  Apparatus  for  mold- 
ing and  ejecting  plastic  articles.  3.669.598,  CI.  425-249 
a  «i4^2*99*000'  ***  ''*"*"  Corporation.  Imagiag  system.  3,669,872, 

Tunze,  Norbert:  See— 

Huckstedt.  Guido;  and  Tunze.  Norbert.3.669.883. 

Turbak.  Albin  P.,  to  Tee-Pak,  Inc.  Water  and  oxygen  impermeabte 
commiauted  meat  product  casing.  3,669,692,  CI.  99-1 76.000 

Turner,  Lyman  H.;  and  Manzek,  Rhinehart  A.,  to  Xerox  Corporation. 
Sheet  propelkng apparatus.  3,669,447,  CI.  271-53.000 

Turner,  Prescott  K.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Method  of  manu- 
factunna  doubte  insulated  plugs.  3,668,779,  CI.  29-629.000 

Turner  Wilson  S.:  See— 

^?'*^«*.*?f**   ^'  ^""*''   Leonard   S.;   and   Turaer   Wilson 
S., 3,670,1 71. 

Turpin,  Charles  Henry;  and  Ryan,  John  A.  to  Pillsbury  Compaay.  The 

Apparatus  for  scoriag  fiber  cans.  3.668.98 1 .  CI.  93-36  50r 
Turpia.  Charles  H.:  See— 

Leezer.  James  R;  Reid.  Francis  R.;  Turpin.  Chartes  H.;  and  Rejsa. 
Jack  J. ,3 ,669 ,346. 
Tutelmaa,  David  Morris,  to  Bell  Tetephoae  Laboratories.  Incor- 
porated. Dteributed  logic  memory  cell  for  paraltel  cellular-logic 
processor.  3.670.308.  CI.  340-172.500 
Tutte.  Edward  G.:  See— 

Decker.  Charles  L.;  aad  TuUe.  Edward  G..3.670.277. 
Tuura.  Eugeae  F.  Movabte  pUtfonn.  3.669,292,  CI.  2 14-620 
Tyter,  VirgU  E.  SUp  joint  nut  wrench.  3,668,950,  CI.  8 1  -98.000 
TyprowKZ,  Wladyslaw:  See- 

Kamboriaa  Jacob  S.;  Typrowtez.  Wtedystew;  aad  Anderson.  Gor- 
don S..3.668. 728. 
Uchida,  Eizaburo:  See— 

Munekau,  Takeshi;  and  Uchida,  Eizaburo,3,669,998. 


PI45 


Uada.Ke<hra:^w- 

Nakagnchi,  Kohei;  Nishikida.  Tomozumi;  Kawasumi.  Shohachi: 
Maemoto,  Kenichi;  Saao,  Takeso;  Fujii,  Yoshikazn  Harada 
Kotehi;aadUeda,KeiJyu4,669,945.  °"««».  "wada, 

ti  .k"'  i^  f"**"f»«»»ik«»  B«r«  Aktiai«aaallschaft  Dipheayl- 
methane  polyisonitrites.  3,670.005, 0. 260-4«S.  V-eayi. 

Uhhg.  Fritz;  and  Breua.  Jurgea.  to  KaOe  Aktieagaaaibchaft  Prenara- 
tiOB  of  a  singte-metal  printing  plate  with  imiM>qaiaoae  diazidTia- 
volvwg  developmeat  aad  dccoatiag  wMi  aftaliM  aoMoas  aolatioB  of 
differeat  streagth.  3.669.659. CI.  96-33.900         -»""'~        ""  «' 

Ulich  Michael  D.,  to  Westinghoose  Etectric  Conoratioa.  Hab  aad 
shaft  secnrement  means.  3.669,477,  CI.  287-52.070 

Ulpe.  Atexander:  See— 

. .._:  l"™"*'-  Otto;  and  Ulpe.  Atexaader.3.668.875. 
Ufaich.  Schwteter  See— 

1 1  wJ"°?'e""*  *"•.««•  ^^o^' »««  U«nch.  Schwwtar,3 ,670.03 1 . 

Uhrasouc  Systems.  Inc.:  See— 

Deans.  Howard;  and  Sager,  Thomas  B.,  3.669.780 

Umbach,  Hans;  and  Jena,  Haas,  to  Dyaamit  Nobel  AG.  Appantss  for 
raaiatuning  the  internal  air  pressure  duriag  tiie  productiM  of  sized 
plastKpipe.  3,669,580, CI.  18-14.  ^         uon  oi  sizeo 

Underwriters  Safety  Device  Co.:  See— 

Ege,  Hans  Raymond;  and  Doctor,  Walter  L.,  Jr.,  3,670,295 

Unger.  Robert  McCowan.  to  Raytheon  Company.  DeUy  line  stractore 
for  travehng  wave  devices.  3.670, 1 97,  CI  315-3 .500  "'»««« 

Uagtert,  Melvin  C:  See— 

Thowtof,  William  A..  Jr.;  aad  Ungtert.  MeNinC.,3.670.1 94. 
Union  Carbide  Corporation:  See— 

Bucher,  Paul  E.;  and  Picunko.  Thomas,  3,669,551 
^°}^^.'  ^<?«P'»  Victor;  Robertt.  Reae  Marie-Joseph;  aad  Del- 
Giudice.  Frank  Paul.  3.670.045.  k  .  -«»  iw 

Morehouse.  Edward  Lewis.  3.669,913. 
Raymus,Grantges  J.,  3,669,255. 

Union  Oil  Company  ofCaliforaia-  See- 
Fischer.  Paul  W.,  3,669,1 89. 

Uniroyal,  Inc.:  See- 
Fetish.  WilKam  H,  Jr..  3,669,47 1 . 

'**?*ii«P,'i2l*   '  •  ^o''™'   Robert  C;  end   Perkins,   Doaald   V., 
3,669,299. 

United  A ireraft  Corporation:  See- 
Moore,  Joseph  B.:and  Athey,  Roy  L.,  3,669,180 
Smart,  Raymond  C,  3,669,065. 

United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  aad  Northeni  Iretend.  Minister  of 
Supply  in  Her  Majesty's  Government  of  the:See— 

ii      ^j^' '**''■  *^''*'»^"«»^  Marsh,  Stantey  Brace.  3.670.327 

United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  aad  Northere  Intend.  Minister  of 
-u??"*?  "  "*' Brrtaanic  Mafesty 't  Goverament  of  the:See- 
PhUlips.  LesUe  Nathaa.  3.669.158. 

United  McGill  Corporation:  See— 

**Vll'a  «.'**'*  ^'  **'  ^•y-  *<**"  ^'  •«'  Hummel.  Doaald  L.. 

3.669,381 . 

United  Sutes  of  America 
Agriculture:  See- 
Friedman  Mendel.  3.669.610. 

Nonaka.  Masahide.  3.669,690. 

Weaver.  Merte  L.;  and  Hautala,  Earl.  3,669.683 
Army:  See— 

Rittenbach,  Otto  E.,  3,670,33 1 . 
Atomic  Energy  Commission:  See- 
Hardy,  Richard  W.;  Kaowtea,  Robert  B.;  Saadifer,  Cadi  W 
and  Pteke,  WOliam  C,  3.670,164.  —»»".  ^^^  w.. 

Health,  Educattoo,  aad  Welfare:  See— 

Marantz.  Laurence  B.;  aad  Greenbaum,  Michael  A.,  3,669.878. 
Interior:  See — 

Schaeffler.  Otto  S..  3.669.954. 
National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administratioa.  Admiaistrator 

with  respect  to  aa  iavention  of: 

'^"i'm^^**"**  ^   Adjustabte  support.  3.669^93.  CL  248- 

"^  «Sefi;;si.i:67r24';'jr32'4^9'*'' '  ^-*°  '^-"^ 
''TJ69!rro.cM-285.iS*""''"~''*  "^^"^  *•-»«>-« 

"*j^*;,^'*"*'  ^'  '*o*o»»y.  Joh"  E..  aad  Shaakar.  Naraaappa 
7a7v!S«"*'*'*  calibrated  light  source.  3.670.202.  ClTiS. 

'"^■Joj- Alaa  R.  Light  direction  seasor.  3.670,168.  CL  250- 

Natioaal  Aeroaautics  aad  Space  Administration-  See— 

Angete  Wilhelm;  aad  Martiaeck,  Haas  G.,  3,670^90 

Joaes,  James  L,  3,670,097. 

Whippte,  Douglas  W.;  aad  BIymilter,  Eari  R.,  3,668,956 
Navy:  See— 

Ahmaa,  Daaiel  E.,  3,669,548. 

^^^i/j**-  '•^*'  '">«'<•«"  A.;  aad  Manhall,  Tad  R.. 

Fohtea,  VlrgU  A.,  Jr.;  aad  Milter,  Johay,  Jr.,  3.6694 1 1 . 

Hiatoa,  Ray  F,  3,669,912. 

Krzycki,  Leroy  J.,  3,668.868. 

Lemaire,  Irov  P..  3.668.986. 

Liadsay.  George    F.;   SaOivaa.   Shelby   F.;  aa4 

Harper  Joha.  3.670.151. 
Marez.  John;  aad  Hatch.  Alan  R..  3,670,102. 


PI  46 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


U.S. 
U.S. 


u 


SpMMW.  Joiia  H.;  RuMy.  Rkhard  T.;  and  OUbertao*.  Wamn 

L..3.66fj021. 
tiarr.  Jaa«i  B..  3  jM9.1 3S. 
PomnMlar  0«Mtal:  Sm~ 
HoMi,  Bfkote  W^  3.670.169. 
UaivMMlOil  PredwtsCoapny:  5««- 
Bmmt.  Ckartea  v..  3.669.I76. 
Cyba,  H«nrk  A.,  3.669.926. 
Hal.  OaithO..  3.661  J70. 
Lowa.ChaitMB..  3.669.400. 
Mc  Larty.  Jack  Lovria.  3.669.7S2. 
Sparks.  Alk  a  K..  3.670.030. 
Waftr.  Joha  Slawait,  3.669.399. 
Uniwnal  RaOway  Davioaa  Coapaay:  5m— 

Natachke.  EMrad  H..  3.668.944. 
Univenity  of  nUaoia  Foaadatwa:  S«c— 

Shier,  Wayne  Thonaa;  Rinehait.  Kenneth  L..  Jr.;  and  Gottlieb, 
David.  3.669.138. 
Updyke.  Kenneth  W.;  and  Orebncr.  WiDian  J.,  to  Caterpillar  Tractor 
Cocporatioa.  Heraetically  lealed  electrical  fitting.  3,670.092,  CI. 
l74-IS2.00r 
UR  ladnstriea.  lac-  See— 

WerMr.  Ben  E.:  and  Setty.  Richard  D.,  3,669308. 
Uraaeck.  Carl  A.:  See— 

Browa.  Janes  D.;  and  Uraneck.Carl  A..3 .669.798. 
Urea.  Richard  P.:  Sm- 

Woodade.  FrMk  O.;  and  Uren,  Richard  F.,3.669.28 1 . 

PhiUpeCorporatioB:  See— 

Hagen.Sie^Hed  Hendrik.  3.670,214. 

Plyvood-CIUHBpion  Papers  Inc.:  See— 

VaasiUadcs.  Anthony  E.;  Naunaa.  Edward  F.;  and  ShrofT,  Shrenik, 

3.669.899. 
ai.  Kaaihiko:  See— 

Takahaahi.  Tadanobu;  and  Uiami,  KHBihiko,3.669,5 19. 
Uaamoto,  Teniyoahi;  Yokota,  Maaao;  and  Kondo,  Tamotu,  to  Su- 
■ttono  Chemical  Company,  Limited.  Method  for  preparing  colored 
rubber  laminate.  3,669,828,  CI.  161-232.000 
USM  Corporation:  See— 

Appleton.  Daaiel.  3.670.070. 
McLean.  Geotge  F..  Jr..  3,669.600. 
Romeo,  Vincent  P.,  3.669.309. 
USV  Pharmaceutical  Corporation:  Ste— 

Elpem.  BiU;  and  Shroff.  James  R..  3.669.974. 
Utsngi.  Mikio;  and  Ohta.  Takahiro.  to  Fuji  Photo  Fifan  Co.,  Ltd. 
Method  at  making  plastic  fiber-optical  ptates.  3,669.789,  CI.  1S6- 
182.000 
Vacante,  Matthew.  Dual  wheel  steering  means.  3.669.465,  CI.  280- 

87.00r 
Vaccaro.   Aagelo.  to   Cohimbia   Controb   Research   Corporation. 
Method  and  apparatus  for  standardizing  densitometers.  3.669.543, 
CI.  356-42.000 
VaiOaat,  Job..  KG:  See- 
Meier.  Hans;  and  Carouge.  Fritlqor.  3.669.35 1 . 
VaiaalaOy:See— 

KalKomaki.  Kalevi  Juhani;  Tiuri.  Martti  Eelis;  and  Vakkila.  Seppo 
Matti.  3.670.275. 
Vakkila.  Seppo  Matti:  See- 

KaOiomaki,  Kalevi  Juhani;  Tiuri.  Martti  Eelis;  and  Vakkila,  Seppo 
Matti,3.670.275. 
ValmetOy:See— 

Barg,  Nila^rhristian;  and  Soininen.  Mauri  Aatos.  3,668,787. 
Valvaasori.  Alberto:  See— 

Cameli.  Nazaareno;  Longi.  Paolo;  Valvassori.  Alberto;  and  Flisi, 
Umberto.3.670.055. 
Valyi.  Emery  1.  Method  of  compremion  molding  a  thermoplastic  article 

with  waHs  of  variable  thicknem.  3,670,066,  CI.  264-148.000 
Van  Aradak.  Lyie  R.:  See- 
Grove,  Marvin  H.;  and  Van  Aradale,  Lyle  R.,3.668.923. 
Van  Blaricon.  Orvaie  B.:  See— 

Divecha,  Amaraath  P.;  Lare.  Paul  J.;  Ordway,  Fred,  Jr.;  Hermann, 
Robert    A.;   Van   Blaricon,   Orville    B.;   and   Hahn,    Hen- 
ry.3.668.748. 
Vaa  Den  Heavel.  Anthony  P.:  See— 

Dahn.  Carl  James;  and  Van  Den  Heuvel.  Anthony  P..3 .669.022. 
van  der  Ve«a.  Romke.  to  N.V.  Ingeieursbureau  voor  Sysumea  en  Oc- 
trooien  Spaastaal.  Suctioa  dredgiag  insUllation.  3.669.140.  CI.  137- 
334.000 
Via  Dyck.  Kraiath:  See— 

Wyatt,  James  B.;  George.  Peter  D.;  and  Vaa   Dyck.  Ken- 
neth4.669.104. 
Vaa  Eck.  Jack  M.:Sev- 

Savit,  Joseph;  Gaak.  Rudolph  P.;  WayM.  Harry  A.;  SakKkar.  Ar- 
viad  R.;  aad  Vaa  Eck.  Jack  M..3 .669.073. 
Vaa  Kreuaingea.  Rndolf.  to  Eiploaive  Technology.  Electronicallycon- 
trolM  pyro(*ehMc  crew  escape  syilrai  aad  method.  3.669,388,  CI. 
244-1 38.00r 
Vaa  Lew  (U  JC.),  Limited:  Se«- 

ZaidaveU,  Reiadart.  3,669.06 1 . 
Vaaa  ladaalrias.  lac.:  See- 
Jones.  DoaaM  E..  3.669.428. 
Vaa  Namea.  Frederik  Tjado.  to  Siagar  Compaay.  The.  Card  haadbag 
apparatus  for  cards  in  data  processing  machiaes.  3,669,444.  CI.  27 1  - 
3.000 


June  13, 1912 


vaa  Staverea,  Pietar,  to  Nederlaadae  Orgaaisatie  Voor  Tolgepalt- 
Natunrwetaa  SchappelUk  Ondeaaoek  Tea  Bahowe  Vaa  Nijvirbeid. 
Compressor  gas  turbine  iastaDatioa.  3.668467.  CI.  60-39.280 
Vaa  Westreaea,  WiHiam  J.;  De  Carpeatier.  Pietar.  aad  NieuweahuK 
WiHam  H.  M..  to  ShaU  OU  Compaay.  Copolyaan  of  viayl  eaters  of 
braachad  acids.  3.669.942.  CI.  260-78.S0r 
Varitypar  Corpoiatioa:  See— 

Pitmaa.  Richard  W..  3.669,236. 
Vamerin.  Lawrence  J.,  Jr.:  See— 

Hackett.  WiBam  H..  Jr.;  Schafetter.  Doaald  L.;  aad  Varaerhi. 
LawT«nceJ..Jr..3,669,767. 
Vaaile,  Carmine  P..  to  Hasehiae  Corporation.  Two  port  magaetoelaslic 

delay  liae.  3.670.27 1 .  CI.  333-30.000 
VassiHades.  Anthony  E.;  Nauman.  Edward  F.;  and  Shroff.  Shrenik,  to 
U.S.    Plywood-Champioa    Papers    Inc.    Microcapsular    opacif^er 
system.  3.669,899, CI.  252-316.000 
Vaughan  *  Bushaell  M^.  Co.:  See- 
Parks,  Wortkel  C.  3.669,3 1 2. 
VEB  Stkksloffwerk  Piestaritz:  Sec—       ^"~\ 

ZobeL  Dietmar,  3,669,622. 
Vecbastiks.  Ivara:  See— 

Trevillyaa.  Alvin  E.;  and  Vecbastiks,  Ivais,3 ,670.003. 
Veisky.  Stanislav  Petrovich:  See— 

Maranchak.  Vaaily  Makarovich;  NoveOa.  Vladimir  Nikoteevi^h; 
and  Veisky.  Stanislav  Petrovich.3 .670.240. 
Velasquez.  WiOit.  Shield  attachmeat  for  safety  helmets.  3.668.706.  Cl. 

2-10.000 
VeWcol  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 

Kaha.  Henry;  aad  Hokama.  Takeo,  3.669,947. 
VeKen  *  Pulver,  Inc.:  See— 

PttWer.  WilHi  Clark.  3.669.247. 
Vendo  Compaay,  The:  See— 

Breedea,  James  A.,  3.669,233. 
Veature  Eaterpriaes,  inc.:  See— 
SerebriB.  David,  3.669,129. 
Venturini.  Piero:  See— 

De  Nicolay.Giuliano;  and  Venturini,  Piero.3.670.255. 
Verifk)  CorporatioB:  See— 

Sundblom.  Uif  J.;  and  OUivier.  Louis  A..  3.669.108. 
Vermette,  CHfTord,  to  Schiumbcrger  Technology  Corporation.  Indus- 
trial tw:hnique.  3.670,183.  CI.  307-304.000 
Veroa,  Harry,  to  Sparry  Raad  Corporation.  Gas  discharge  display 

device  with  peraaetrical  cathode.  3.670.201 ,  Cl.  3 1 5- 1 69.0tv 
Vertegaal,  Jacobus  G..  to  Stork  Amsterdam  N.V.  Device  for  making  a 

longitudiaal  cat  into  the  neck  of  poultry.  3,668.738.  Cl.  17-11.      [ 
Vet  Line  Produett.  Inc.:  See—  ' 

Hamrick.  James C;  and  Ruddick.  Howard  G.,  3,669.087. 
Vicard.  Pierre.  Blectrostttic  dust  separator.  3.668,835,  Cl.  55-107.000 
Vilcuu,  Ilmar  J.;  and  Fray.  Robert  J.,  to  Signode  Corporation.  Electri- 
cally controlled  hand  tool  for  friction-  fusing  noa-meuUic  strap. 
3.669.799,  Cl.  156-359.000 
Virgiaia  Chemicals  Inc.:  See- 
Murray.  WnHam  Bruce;  Kiae.  Meari  A.;  and  Kelly.  Thomas  Ed- 
ward. 3.669,616. 
Shastri.Shiri.  3.669.895. 
Virginio  RimokM  *  Co.,  S.p  A.:  See— 

Marforio.  Merino.  3.669.049. 
Virlogat,  Jean  Marcel,  to  Sociate  Francaise  dlastruments  de  ContA>b 
et  d 'Analyses.  Device  for  spectographic  analysis  of  a  liquid  meti  ' 
3.669446,  CL  356-86.  \ 

Virsberg,  Lars-Ooran:  See— 

Anderaaon.  Anders  R.;  and  Virsberg.  Lar*Ooran,3,670.192. 
Vivian.  Thomas  A.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Subilitad 
methylene  chloride  for  high  temperature  applicatioas.  3.670.036.  Cl. 
260-652.50r 
Vogci,  Paul:  See— 

Polin,  Herbert  S.;  and  Kaha.  GusUvo.  3,668,859. 
Voitsekhovsky,  Bogdan  Vyachaalavovich;  Kuvshinov,  Viktor  Alezan- 
drovich;  Plaxia,  Vladimir  Nikolaevich;  aad  Nevsky,  Vyachedav 
Alesandrovich.  Method  of  stamping  metal  convex  articles  flrom 
sheeu.  3,668,914,  Cl.  72-57.000 
Von  Ohhen,  Louis  H.,  Jr.:  See- 
Beadle.  WUIiam  E.;  Benson.  Kenneth  E.;  Mathews.  James  R.; 
Voa  Ohiaen,  Louis  H..Jr.,3,669,768. 
Von  Rudgisch.  Edgar.  Upholstered  scatiag  furniture.  3,669,495,  Cl. 

297-445.000 
Voroe.  Anton,  Jr.  Electromagnetic  reciprocating  motor.  3.670.1 88.  Cl. 

310-17.000 
Voss.  Siegfried:  See— 

Renz.  Ebeihard;  Von,  Siegfried;  aad  Ecke,  Guater  ,3.668,725. 
Vowles,  J  Harding.  Chair.  3,669,493,  Cl.  297-429.000 
Wachtel.  Aaaelm.  to  Westiaghouse  Electric  Coiporatioa.  Divaleat  eu- 
ropium  actiuatad   alkaline  earth   metal  sanies  aad  method  of 
preparatioa.  3.669.897.  Cl.  252-301 .40s 
Wada.  Rynji;  Suzuki.  Hiroshi;  and  Nakato.  Masuo.  to  Toyoda  Koki 
Kabnskiki  Kanha  (trading  as  Toyoda  MachhM  Works.  Ltd.).  G| 
ous  bearing  with  stabiUaer.  3.669414.  Cl.  308-9.000 
Wada.  YuicU:  See — 

ltt>h.  Toahio;  Miyamoto.  Toshio;  aad  Wada.  Yuichi.3.670.282. 
Wade.  Ronald  A.:  See- 

Marquardt.  Juhns  P.;  and  Wade.  RoaaU  A.4.668.794. 
Wagenaeil.  Ludwig,  to  Constantin  Ranch.  Apparatus  for  coatroling 
the  delivery  quaatity  of  adjustable  axial  pistoa  pnmpa.  3.6694694CI. 
417-222.000 


Btal. 


.;ind 


KOKI 

r 


June  13, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI47 


Wager.  Jeha  Stewart,  to  Uaiversal  Oil  Products  Compaay.  Mechanism 

for  the  tUtable  scat  of  a  chair.  3,669.399,  Cl.  248-373.000 
Wagaer  Electric  Corporatioa:  See— 
Atkias.  Carl  E..  3.670.1 78. 
Braadi.  Haary  W..  3.669.259. 
Falk.  Edward  J..  3.669,303. 
Papia,  Joseph  E.;  aad  Stokes,  Staaley  L.,  3,669406. 
Stokes,  Staaley  L..  3,669,504. 
Stokes,  Stanley  L..  3,669407. 
Wagner,  Robert  L.;  aad  Ragtaind.  Evan  L..  U.  to  Americaa  Regitd  Cor- 
poratioa. Double  helical  printer.  3.669.237.  Cl.  197-49.000 
Waite.  Hal  R.;  aad  Lucy.  Cari  F..  to  Ordnance  Research  Incorporated. 
Firebomb  igniter  devices  aad  componeals  therefor.  3.669,020.  Cl. 
102-6.000 
Wakai,  Sbuso.  to  Matsashite  Electroaics  Corporatioa.  Astable  mul- 
tivibrator. 3.670.264.  Cl.  331-1 13.00r 
Walach.  Augustya  Z.:  See— 

Rooaay.  Jamas  J.;  aad  Walach.  Augustyn  Z.4.670.230. 
Walbridge.  Derek  Joha:  See- 
Baker.  Alaa  Stuart;  and  Walbridge,  Derek  John.3.669.939. 
Walchle,  David  L.;  and  Schmidt,  Peter  J.,  to  Xomoz  Corporatioa. 
Method  of  maaufscture  of  a  coated  valving  member.  3,670,07 1 ,  Cl. 
264-273.000 
WaMmaa.  Jaa.  Miaiag  and  dispensing  apparatus.  3.669458.  Cl.  222- 

129.000 
Wahio.Pharez.G.:  See- 
Plank,   Charles   J.;   Waldo,    Pharez.   O.;   and    Doherty,    Harry 
G. 4.669,875. 
Waldorff,  Jotgea  Frederik,  to  Danfom  A/S.  Gearwheel  machine. 

3,668.947.  Cl.  74-804.000 
Walker,  DarrcUW.:See- 

Drdimaa,  Uwu £.;  aad  Walker,  Darrell  W.,3.670j044. 
Walker.  Ernest  L.:  See— 

BeausoleU.  WUIiaa   F.;  Brown.  David  T.;  and  Walker,  Eraest 
L.4.670413. 
Walker.  Raymoad  W.,  to  Deep  OU  Technology,  Inc.  Power  wrench  for 

making  underwater  pipe  conaections.  3,668,949,  Cl.  81-57.130 
Wallaca,  Forrest  E.  Dispcnnni  device  for  dry  wall  upe  and  joint  ce- 
ment. 3.669.070.  Cl.  1 18-102.000 
Wallis,    Bernard    J.    De-etacking    device    for    sheet    metal    Manks. 

3.669.44S.C1.  271-26.000 
Walters.  Arthur  Gwyafryn.  Rocket  launchers.  3.668.970.  Cl.  89-1 .8 1 9 
Wang.  Chih-Chuag.  to  Kennecott  Copper  Corporation.  Method  and 
apparatus  for  continuous  casting  with  gyrating  mold.  3,669,182,  Cl. 
164-83.000 
Ward.RoaaldC.:Sce- 

Briggs.  Joha  A.;  and  Ward,  Ronald  C.4.670.100. 
Wam,K«mitW.:Sce- 

Sckarmaaa.  Oarred  N.;  Warn.  Kermit  W.;  and  Mortensen,  Donald 
04.668.730. 
Warner.   Wesley  John,   to   Northern   Electric   Company   Limited. 
TelMhone  line  transfer  circuit  using  disjoint  routing  network  for  par- 
tial decoding.  3470.1 10. Cl.  I79-I8.0ad 
-  Warthea.  Joha  L.;  aad  Cheavens.  Thomas  H..  to  Grace,  W.  R.,  ft  Co. 
Procem  fbr  producing  high  average  pore  volume  silica.  3,669,624, 
C1.23-182.00r 
Wesson,  Frank  R.,  Jr.:  See— 

Rattman,  Willam  J.;  Wesson.  Frank  R.,  Jr.;  and  Mackenzie,  Gor- 
don C.  4. 669440. 
Watanabe.  Geaji:  See— 

Shiobara.  Masaji;  and  Watanabe.  Genji4.669.424. 

Watanabe.  Yoshihachi;  and  Oaate.  Masani,  to  Shionogi  k  Co.,  Ltd. 

Method  of  controlUat  rice  bhst  aad  sheath  blight  disease  with  3.4- 

dichloro-6-hydraKyimi-  aomethylpyridazine-l-oxide.  3.670.082.  Cl. 

424-250. 

Waters.  Peter  Doaald.  to  Callard  *  Bowser  Limited.  Maaufscture  of 

toflse  aad  similar  producte.  3.669.030. Cl.  l07-54.00r 
Watkhis.  Howard  O.:  See- 

Nicholaa.  George  E.;  aad  Watkias.  Howard  0..3.668,828. 
Watkiasoa.  Leoaard  James;  aad  Moore.  Briaa  Joseph,  to  Howson.  W. 
H..  Limited.   Presensitized   printing  plate  coated  with  coloraat. 
3.669.668.  Cl.96-86.00p 
Wataoa.  Fraak  G.  Order  tranafer  assembly  for  prevantiag  holdups. 

3.669.038.  Cl.  109-12.  r  .  r 

Watts.  Frank  M.:  See- 

Fraak.  Peter  M.;  aad  Watts.  Frank  M.4.668,830. 
Waytead.PaulO.:See- 

Cbarrv.    Sidney    J.;    Bereza.    Albert;    and    Wayland.    Paal 
0.4.670,129. 
Wayaa,  Harry  A.:  See— 

Savit.  Joaeph;  Onzik.  Rudolph  P.;  Wavae.  Harry  A.;  Saklikar.  Ar- 
vhid  R.;  aad  Vaa  Eck.  Jack  M.4 .669.073. 
Wayaa  MaaaCaetariag  Compaay:  See— 

Scharmaaa.  Garrad  N.;  Warn.  Kermit  W.;  aad  Morteneea,  Donald 

G.,  3468.730. 

Wayson.  Aadrew  J.;  and  DeStefaao,  Richard  T..  to  Merriman.  inc. 

Means  for  snpplyiag  a  phirality  of  spiaaiag  riap  with  fluid  hibricaat 

3.669419.C1.  Ili^.OOa        '■»—••• 

Wazumi.  Seiichi.  to  Miaoha  Camera  Compaay  Limited.  Camera  flash 

iadicatiag  svstem.  3.668.985,  Cl.  95-10. 
Weaa  ladastriss.  lac.:  See— 

Ledebur.  Harry  C.  3.668.9 1 6. 
Weatherkead  Compaay.  The:  See— 

Maadt,  James  B.;  aad  Powell.  Milaa.  3.669,407. 
Weaver.  Cletus.  Pipe  cap.  3.669.1 53.  CL  1 38-89. 


Weaver.  Elmer  A.  Process  for  flavoring  foods.  3,669.684.  Cl.  99- 

100.000 
Weaver,  Merte  L.;  aad  Hautala.  Eari.  to  Uaited  Stetes  of  America. 
AgricuRara.  Preparatioa  of  (Had  potato  products.  3.669.685.  CL  99- 
103.000 
Weber.  Rudolf;  aad  Jaha.  Emil.  to  lateraatioaal  Staadard  Electric  Cor- 
poratioa. Arrangameat  for  lubricatiag  the  perforating  pins  of  tape 
aad  card  parferatofs.  3.668.960.  CL  83-169.000 
Wedler,  Herbert:  See— 

Buriihardt.  Walter,  aad  Wedler.  Harbert.3.669430. 
WegmuUar.  Haas;  Klaamaaa,  Ahiia;  aad  KaHar,  Rndolf,  lo  Oba-Oaigy 
AG.  Procam  for  coloriag  aataral  aad  syatkatk  pelyaaida  fibers  ia 
the  praseace  of  iaudaaoliae  compoaads.  3,669.608.  Cl.  8-54.000 
Weichel.  Erast.  Apparatus  for  harwssliag  cereal  grains,  leafy  vegetabtae 

or  hoed  vegetables.  3,669, 1 92,  CL  171-40.000 
Wcinftort.  Edward  J.:  See— 

Paadjiris.  Anthony  K.;  Frederick.  Arthur  1.;  and  Weialtart.  Edward 
J..3.670,139. 
Weirauch.  Kurt  See— 

Seage,    Ferdiaaad;    Weirauch.    Kurt;    aad    Bottenbrach.    Lnd- 
wig,3.670.0SI. 
Weisel.HaroMC.:See- 

Faigeabaum.  Mark  A.;  Lasky.  Dmiiel  J.;  aad  Waisel.  HaroM 
C.4.669.665. 
Weim.  Alvia.  Automatic  electric  self-synchroniziag  polariziag  wia- 

dows.  3,669426.  Cl.  350-1 59.000 
Welboara,   Dale   K.  Catapult  game   iachidiag  strikiai   maUet  and 

receiver.  3.669.43 1 .  Cl.  273-95;0Or 
Wenninger.  Johann:  See— 

Hoelzinger.   Walther   J.;   Weaainger,  Johann;   Mayer,   Walter, 
Zoegeraitz.     Kari;     Schroctter,     Hermann;     and     Braun. 
WerBer4.669.064. 
Wenstrom.  Roger  A.:  See- 
Holes.  William  W.;  and  Wenstrom,  Roger  A..3.6694SS. 
Werkzeugmaachincnfobrik  Oerlikon-Bahrle  AG:  See— 

Daume,  Eduard^and  Breiteamoaer,  Jurg,  3,669,924. 
Werner,  Ben  E.;  aad  Settv,  Richard  D.,  to  UR  laduatries.  Inc.  Traatfer 

taembhr  for  cyliadricai  membert.  3.669408.  Cl.  22 1  - 1 1 9. 
Werner,  Charles  R..  to  Werner  Lekara,  Inc.  Apparatus  fbr  fiUiag 

molded  cookies.  3.669.S87.CL  423-112. 
Werner  Lehara,  Inc.:  See— 

Werner.  Charles  R.,  3.669.587. 
Wernicke.  Haas-Joachim,  to  Messer  Oriesheim  GmbH.  HoUer  for  an 

oxygen  supply  pipe.  3.669.437,  a.  266-34.0faB 
Wesiock.  Eraast  A.,  to  Sturges  Compaay.  The.  Gaagiag  device. 

3.669.491.  Cl.  297-248.000 
West  Bridgford  Machine  Co..  Limited:  See— 

Peat,  Jamaa.  3.668.900. 
Westera  Electric  Compaay.  lacorporated:  See— 

BaUwia.  WBey  M.;  aad  Moaroe.  Raymoad.  Jr.,  3,669,635. 
Cooconlas.  Alezaadar.  3,669433. 
Cushaua,  Robert  Hofcrook.  3469406. 
Jensen.  Harold  R..  3.670409. 
Western  Gear  Corporatioa:  See— 

Blanchct,  Jamas  P.;  Hotes,  Charies  M.;  aad  ReyaoUs,  Thoam  J., 
3.669429. 
Westera  Geophysical  Compaay  of  America:  See— 

Mollere.  John  C.  3.6694 1 3. 
Westinghouse  Elactrk  Corporatioa:  See— 
Attridge,  Joha  T.,  3,670,142. 
Cherry,   Sidaey   J.;   Bereza,   Albert;  aad   Waylaad,   Paul  O.. 

3470,129. 
De  Corso,  Seraftno  M.;  aad  Jersey. Chester  A..  3.668.869. 
Fahey.  Thomas  M.;  aad  Meatsell,  Joha  C.  3.668.946. 
Foeter.  Kari;  aad  Seidel.  Joeeph.  3470478. 
Gaheea.  Alfred  F..  Jr..  3.670434. 
Janaea.  Robert  A.,  3.669420. 

Johnson.  Jamas  C;  aad  Neidar-Wastermaaa.  Wiafriad.  3.668.998. 
Keto.Aagust  1.3.670487. 

McNaBy.  Joha  M.;  aad  Molette.  Albert  H..  Jr..  3.669462. 
MiBsop.  William  Q.;  EUis.  BeWia  B.;  aad  Burkhardt,  Charles  E.. 

3,670479. 
PafB,  Derrick  J.;  aad  Raygor.  Paal  O..  3469.060. 
Page.  Derrick  J.;  aad  Driver.  Michael  C.  3,669461 . 
RoSdt.  Robert  M.,  3470,126. 
Schuster.  DoaaU  R..  3.669.1 70. 

Thoratoa.  William  A..  Jr.;  aad  Uaglert.  Mehria  C.  3470.194. 
Ulich.  Michael  D..  3469.477. 
WaclMoi,  Aaaela,  3,669,897. 
Weadia.  Kari  L.;  aad  Oetria.  ADaa  R..  to  AmaricM  Air  FIter  Co«- 

paay,  he.  Filter  support  coastructioa.  3.668.843.  CL  55-501 .000 
Wesloo.  Norma  Aaa:  See— 

Susi.  Pater  Viaoeat;  aad  Westoa,  Norma  Aaa4470.02S. 
Westvaco  Corporatioa:  See— 

Hughes.  WiBiam  W..  3.66944 1 . 
Wetzler.  Juatia  J.  Mattrem  support  structure.  3.668.720.  CL  S-<91 . 
Weyerhaeuser  Compaay:  See— 
Haako.  Jimmy  J..  3.669453. 
Robiasoa.  Ray  M..  3.669436. 
Wevker.  Robert  OaorfB;  Bahiaaer,  WiUiam  Frederick.  Jr.;  mt  Da 
Marco.   Joha   Oragory.   to  Americaa   Cyaaamid   Comi 
Methyloiacrylamide  teztile  ftaish  coataiaiag  dttic  acid  or  t 
mide.3.669.609.CL  8-1 16.300  . 

Wheeler.  PhiUip  R.:  See- 
Ruff.  Joha  D.;  aad  Wheeler.  PhiUip  R.4.668.8t3. 


N- 


PI  48 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


and        Wheeler,        Robert 


Wheeler,  Robert  ChirIeK  Stt- 
Arumufhain,        Ranguwamy; 
Charlea3.670.09S. 
Wheeler,  Robert  O.,  to  Wood  Proceaet,  Oregon  Ltd.  Method  of  fom- 
iag  a  paael  with  a  rough  textured,  printed  lutface.  3,669,783,  CI. 
156-96.000 
Wheelock,  Charlea  B.,  to  International  Buttneu  Machine*  Corpora- 
tioa.    LoBg-wearing   tilver-halide    gelatin    offset   printing   plate. 
3,669.01S.CI.  101-456.000 
Wheelock,  Charlea  E..  to  Intematioaal  Businen  Machine*  Corpora- 
tion. Preparation  of  silver  halide  grains  and  photographic  emulsions. 
3.669.663.  CI.  96-94.000 
Whipple.  Douglas  W.;  and  Blymiller,  Eari  R..  to  United  Sutes  of  Amer- 
ica, National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration.  Microcircuit 
negative  cutter.  3,66S,9S6.  CI.  83-8.000 
Whirlpool  Corporation:  5«e— 
Zenz,  Fred  J,  3,670,143. 
White,  Alan:  See— 

Davey,    Ronald    E.;    Tomlinson,    Charles    N.;    and    White, 
Alan.3 ,669.826. 
White,  Billy  C.  Automatic  temperature  control  apparatus  for  poultry 

houses  and  the  Ike.  3.669 .350,  CI.  236-49.000 
White  Farm  Equipment  Company:  See— 

Ronayne,  Ronald  J.;  and  Ketterling,  Edwin,  3,669,229. 
White,  Morris,  Fashions,  Inc.:  See— 

Lubliner,  MUton,  3,669,169. 
White.  Richard  N.;  and  Wilkin,  Joseph  D..  to  Celotes  Corporation, 
The,  mesne.  Suspended  ceiling  system.  3,668,826,  CI.  52-28.000       v 
White.  William  A.,  to  Lilly.  Eli.  and  Company.  I -Lower  alkyl  or  al- 
kylene  subttituted-6,7-  methylenedioxy-4(  I H  )-oxocinnoline-3-car- 
boxylic  acids  and  methods  for  making  and  using  same.  3,669,965,  CI. 
260-250.00a 
Whitehouse,  Dale  S.:  See— 

Cooper,    Hugh;   Whitehouse.   Dale    S.;    and    Womble.   George 
E..3.669.193. 
Whitehouse.  Harper  John:  See- 
Lindsay,  Geoife  F.;  Sullivan,  Shelby  F.;  and  Whitehouse.  Harper 
John.3. 670.15 1. 
Whitehouse.    Robert    George,    to    Ferro    Corporation.    Furnaces. 

3,669,426,  CI.  263-8.00r 
WhiCield,  George  Robert:  See— 

Fellgett,  Peter  Bemert;  and  Whitfield,  George  Robert,3.669.207. 
Whitmore,  Thomas  C,  Jr.;  and  Cunningham,  Robert  G.,  to  Eastman 
Kodak  Company.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for  imparting  an  electri- 
cal charge  to  a  web  of  film  or  paper  or  the  like.  3,670.203,  CI.  317- 
2.00r 
Wieme,  Andre  A.,  to  N.V.  Bekaert  S.A.  Method  for  making  fluid  chan- 

neU.  3,668,756, CI.  29-1  S7.00r 
Wierzbicki.  John  R.:  See— 

Amdahl,  Gene  M.;  Arnold,  Richard  F.;  Dauber,  Philip  S.;  Freiman, 
Charles  V.;  Robelen,  Russell  J.;  Schorr,  Herbert;  and  Wierz- 
bicki. John  R.,3,670,309. 
Arnold,  Richard  F.;  Dauber,  Philip  S.;  Freiman,  Charles  V.; 
Robelen,  Rutiell  J;  and  Wienbicki.  John  R, 3.670.307. 
Wiggers.  Verlin:  See—  ^^ 

Gaeddert.  Melvin  V.;  and  Wiggers.  Verlin,3,669,123. 
Wiggins,  E.  B.,  Inc.:  See— 

Nadsady,  Clarence  A.,  3,669,472. 
Wiker,  Frank:  See- 

Rupprecht,  Charies  F.;  and  Wiker,  Frank,3.668.955. 
Wiley,  Donakl  Field,  to  Cosden  Oil  &  Chemical  Company.  Plating  of 

polystyrene.  3,669,714,CI.  1 17-47. 
Wilkens,  Seymour^  and  Trunk,  Edmund  G.,  to  Staver  Company,  Incor- 
porated, The.  Heat  dissipator  for  integrated  circuit  3.670.215,  CI. 
317-234. 
WUkin.  Joseph  D.:  See- 
White,  Richard  N.;  and  Wilkin,  Joseph  D.,3,668,826. 
Wilks  Scientific  Corporation:  See— 
Gilby.  Anthony  C.  3.669.545. 
Williams.  Oathalee  H.Lady's  headpiece.  3.668,707.  CI.  2-207.000 
Williams,  Stanley  C,  to  Dominion  Engineering  Works,  Limited.  Broke 
receiver  chambw  for  the  dryer  section  of  a  papermaking  machine. 
3.669.830.  CI.  162-264.000 
Willinger,  Allan  H..  to  Metaframe  Corporation.  Automatic  siphoning 

filtration  device.  3.669.297.  CI.  2 10- 1 69.000 
Wilson  ft  Longbottom  Limited:  See—  , 

Porter.  Ian  S.  3.669.156. 
Wilson,  Denney  R.,  to  Dana  Corporation.  Selective  front  wheel  drive 

hub.  3,669.476. CI.  287-S3.00r 
Wilson.  James  H.:  See— 

PriesUey.  HUl  M.;  and  Wilson.  James  H..3.670.027. 
Wilton  Corporation:  See— 

Kartasuk.  Ray;  and  Gloridso.  Ray.  3.669,440. 
Wilton,  Raymond  C.  to  Singer  Company,  The.  Variable  terrain  model. 

3.668,790,  CI.  35-1 2.00n 
Wilwood  Inc.:  See— 

Woods,  Warren  L..  3,669,276. 
Wiiidisfc.WUIisE.:S<e- 

Rohweder.  Gerald  D.;  and  Wiadish.  WiUis  E..3.669.232. 
Wiadmoller  *  Holacher:  See- 

Feldkanper.  Richard,  3,669,802. 
Winkler  A  Dunnebier  Maschinenfabrik  und  Eisen-  gieberei:  See— 
Stemmler,  Kurt.  3.668,982. 


JUNI  13, 197: 


June  13. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  49 


Winkler,  Alfred;  Tfceer,  Anton;  Zanner,  Johann;  and  Hennig,  Fridolin 
to    Agfa-Gevaert   Aktiengesellachafl.    Camera   operating   devicej 
3,668.989.CI.9S-I1.00r 
Winn,  Oliver  H..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Automatic  sweep  elec 

tronic  counter  measures  system.  3.670,333.  CI.  343-18. 
Winstead,  Thomas  W.  Method  of  producing  a  skin-covered  foamet 

thermoplastic.  3^670.059.  CI.  264^8.000 
Winston.  Emanuel  A.  Elastic  band  loaded  toy.  3.668.804.  CI.  46-17. 
Winters,  Earl  D..  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Incorporated.  Elec 

tropUting  gold.  3.669.852,  CI.  204-46.000 
Winters,  Terry  L.:  See— 

Schrading,Mark  S.;and  Winters.  Terry  L..3.669.I06. 
Witkin.  Donald  E.,  to  National  Forge  Company.  Undercut  thread  clo 

sure.  3.669.301. CI.  220-39. 
'Witzenburg.  Martion  J.,  to  Caterpillar  Tractor  Company.  Water  pum|  i 

seal.  3.669.458,  CI.  277-38.000 
Wolf,  Milton:  See— 

Bogash.  Richwd;  Wolf.  Milton;  and  Sellstedt.  John  H..3.669.980. 
WoUr  Walsrode  Aktiengesellschaft:  See- 

Jager.  Eugen,  3.669.72 1 . 
Wolofski.  Nicholas:  See- 
Meyers.  John  S.;  and  Wolofski.  Nichola8.3.669.498. 
Wolverine-Pentronix,  Inc.:  5«e— 

Smith.  Joseph  E..  3.669.582.  ^.^ 

Womble.  George  B.:  See- 
Cooper,   Hu^;   Whitehouse.   Dale   S.;  and   Womble.  Georg^ 
E.,3,669.193. 

Wong,  Robert;  and  Hill,  Homer  G.,  to  Owent-Corning  Fiberglas  Cor- 
poration. Method  of  producing  bonded  randomly  oriented  glau  fiber 
maU  and  batu.  3,669,638,  CI.  65-3.000 
Wong,  Thomas  S.:  See— 

Shoaf,  Myron   D.;  Keteh,  Frederick   M.;  and  Wong,  Thoma^ 
S.,3.669,681. 
Wood,    Dennis    E.,    to    Curiator    Corporation.    Non-woven    web. 

3,669.823, CI.  161-141.000 
Wood  Processes,  Oregon  Ltd.:  See- 
Wheeler.  Robert  0..  3.669,783. 
Woodall,  Hubert  C.,  Jr.;  Freeman,  Horace  L.;  and  Goodman,  Noah  C 
to  Carolina  Narrow  Fabric  Company.  Shrinkable  tubular  fabric. 
3,669,1 57.  CI.  139-387. 
Woodman  Company,  Inc.,  The:  See- 
Henry,  Nelson  R.;  and  Middour,  Donald  R.,  3,668,815. 
Woods,  Warren  L..  to  Wilwood  Inc.  Shoe  display  bag  and  system. 

3.669.276.  CI.  211-34.000 
Woodside.  Frank  G.;  and  Uren,  Richard  F..  said  Uren  assor.  to  said 

Woodside.  Vehicle  mounted  hoist.  3.669,281 ,  CI.  21 2- 144.000 
Wooten,  Robert  D.;  Neal,  Warran  D.;  and  Einfeldt,  George  J.,  to 
Aerojet-General  Corporation.  Tilt  type  conveyors.  3.669.245.  CI. 
198-155. 
Wright.  John  F.;  and  Rubin.  Bruce  J.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Compan^. 

Electrically  insulating  carrier  particles.  3,669.885,  CI.  252-62. 100 
Wright,  John  H.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Methyl  alkyl  silicon^ 

grease  conuiniag  zinc  naphthenate.  3,669,884,  CI.  252-36.000 
Wright,  Leon  W.:See- 

Capik,  Robert  J.;  and  Wright,  Uon  W.,3,670,03S. 
Wright,  Richard  B.  Electronic  instrument  for  determing  and  totelizin^ 
the    repetitive    operation    of    a    material    fabricating    machin^. 
3.670.1 47,  CI.  235-92.00J 
Wrobel,  Donald  P.:  See— 

Fortier.  Jean  R.;  and  Wrobel.  Donald  P.,3,670,284. 
Wuerstlin,   Franz;   Feichtmayr,   Franz;   and   Eilingsfeld,   Heinz,  to 
Badiache  Anilia-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschalt.  Electrical  insu- 
lating materials  based  on  olefin  polymers.  3,669,888,  CI.  252-63.20^ 
Wunder,  Friedrich:  See —  | 

Feraholz,     Hans;     Schmidt,     Hans-Joachim;     and     Wunder, 
Friedrich.3.670.014. 
Wurmbrand,  Mihai;  and  Doane,  John  L.  Arc  plasma  propulsi* 

system.  3,669,0S6,CI.  1  I5-I2.00r 
Wyandotte  Chemicals  Corporation:  See— 

Jackel,  Simon  S.,  3,669.683. 
Wyatt,  James  B.;  George,  Peter  D.;  and  Van  Dyck,  Kenneth,  to  Pru4r 

Inc.  ImpUnt  gun.  3,669.104.  CI.  128-217.000 
Wyman-Uordon  Company:  See— 

Grankowski,  Eugene  E.;  and  Pappas.  Lambros  A.,  3.668,920. 
Wysong.  Paul  V..  to  Schrillo  Company,  screw  seal.  3.669.460.  CL  271- 

24.000 
Wyss.  Escher  Limited:  See- 
Kaiser.  Friedrich,  3,669.404. 
Xerox  Corporation:  See- 
Adams,  Jamas  E.;  and  Haas.  Werner  E.  L..  3.669.525. 
Davis.  Robert  A.,  3,668,963. 
Reynolds,  Robert  W.;  Bibeau.  James  K.;  and  Jaasen,  Francis 

3.669,072. 
Smith.  CariE..  3.669,066. 

SUrr,  Arthur  T.;  and  Edwards.  David  G.,  3.670.269. 
Tulagin.  Vsevolod.  3.669.872. 

Turner,  Lyman  H.;  and  Manzek.  Rhinehart  A..  3,669.447. 
XoBOz  Cofporation:  See— 

Walchle.  David  L.;  and  Schmidt.  Peter  J..  3,670,07 1 . 
Yaker.  Charies:  See- 

Ingalls.  John  E.;  and  Yaker.  Charles.3.669.1 77. 

Yunada,  Koichire:  See— 

Hohsho.     Yukio;     Yamada.     Koichiro;     Oyama,     Yoshishigp; 
Teranishi.  Takao;  and  Suzuki.  Seikou.3.669.423. 


T 


Yamada.  Scibi;  andTakiiawa,  Haniki,  to  Teyin  Limited.  Melt-spinning 

apparatus.  3.669484.  CI.  18-8. 
Yamada,  Tetauya:  See— 

Inoue.  Touro;  Yamada.  Tetsuya;  and  Noguichi.  SeiM>.3.669.639. 
Yamamoto.  Akira;  and  Moriyama.  Keiichi.  to  Teijin  Limited.  Method 
of  cleaning  polyamide  producing  apparatus.  3.669.740,  CI.  134- 
22.000 
Yamamoto,  Hiroyuki:  See— 

Nakao.  Osakazu;  Nakagawa.  Saburo;  Hirose,  Juichi;  Yamazaki. 
Shigeyuki;     Amano,     Takeshi;     Nakamura,     Toshio;     and 
Yamamoto,  Hiroyuki.3.669.916. 
Yamamoto.  Hisao:  See— 

Okamoto.    Tadashi;    Kobayashi.    Tsuyoshi;    and    Yamamoto. 
Hisao.3 ,669,960. 
Yamamoto,  Sigeo:  See— 

Tsuchiya,    Hiroshi;    Kunio.    Nishinomiya-Shi;    Kimura.    Akio; 
Kawaao,    Sumiaori;    Fujimoto,    Keimei;    Ozaki,    Toshiaki; 
Yamamoto,  Sigeo;  Okuno,  Yoaitosi;  Tanaka,  KaUutothi;  Ooishi, 
Tadashi;  and  Takeda,  Hisami,3,670,057. 
Yamamoto,  Toshiaki:  See— 

Tabuchi,  Ichiro;  Iwami,  Akira;  Hariu,  Yasuhiro;  and  Yamamoto, 
Toshiaki.3.669.284. 
Yamatodani.  Saburo:  See— 

Nakao.  Yoshio;  Kuao,  MiUuzo;  Yamatodani,  Saburo;  Taaaka.  Fu- 
mihiko;  and  Nojiri.  Tsutomu.3.669.836. 
Yamazaki.  Shigeyuki:  See— 

Nakao.  Osakazu;  Nakagawa,  Saburo;  Hiroee,  Juichi;  Yamazaki, 
Shigeyuki;     Amano,     Takeshi;     Nakamura.     Toehio;     and 
Yamamoto,  Hiroyuki,3,669,916. 
Yanagidaira,  HideUka:  See— 

Shintani.      Sotokichi;      Kawai,      Kazuo;      and      Yanagidaira, 
Hidetaka,3,670,251. 
Yancey,  Le  Roy  D.,  to  Major  Corporation.  Electric  switehboard  with 
rocker  movable  contact  mounted  on  a  wheel.  3.670.1 17,  CI.  200- 
16.00c 
Yang,  Harold  S.:  See- 
Matthews,  Richard  D.;  Halfhill.  Martin  O.;  Sordelb.  Frank  J.;  and 
Yang.  Harold  S.,3,670.316. 
Yare. Roberts.:  See- 
Panzer,    Hans    P.;    Yare.    Robert    S.;    and    Forbes,    Malcolm 
R..3.669.679. 
Yasui,  Hideo:  See- 
Suzuki,  Ichizo;  Yasui,  Hideo;  and  Nanba,  Kazuhiko.3,669,696. 
Yasunaga,  Hidetosfai:  See— 

Komateu,   Koei;   Okuya,   Eitaro;   Tomioka,   Katsuyothi;   Sakai, 
Masato;  Hayashi,  Shigeki;  Yasunaga,  Hidetoshi;  and  Kogure. 
Akira.3.669,943. 
Yasunaga,  Masahiro:  See— 

Niwa,  Kunimori;  Shibai,  Hiroshiro;  Yasunaga.  Masahiro;  Hirose. 
Yoshio;  and  Shiro.  Teruo.3.669.844. 
Yates.  Dick:  See- 
Beach.  Horace  J.;  En  Dean.  Howard  J.;  Frawley.  Frank  E.;  and 
Yates.  Dick.3.669.700. 
Yavitch,  Morru.  Fastener  assembly.  3,669.1 7 1, CI.  151-44.000 
Yazawa.    Masahide.   and    Tani.    Haruhisa,   to    Polymer    Processing 
Research  Institute  Ltd.  Method  for  making  a  laminated  body  of  plia- 
ble thin  layer  materiaU.  3. 669.795,  CI.  156-265.000 
Yoda,  Naoya:  See— 

Asahara,     Tomohiko;     Yoda,     Naoya;     and     Minami.     Nu- 
neyoshi,3,669,930. 
Yokote,  Maaao:  See— 

Usamoto,       Teruyoshi;       YokoU,       Masao;       and       Kondo, 
Tamotu,3.669.828. 
YokoU.  Tadashi;  and  Asai.  Taizo.  to  Nippon  Cloth  Industry  Co..  Ltd. 
Process  for  preparing  a  soft  and  tenacious  non-  woven  fabric. 
3.669.784.  CI.  156-148.000 
Yoaezawa,  Teruhfto;  Kobayashi,  Kesanao;  and  Kobayashi,  Teruo,  to 
Fuji  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.  Photosensitive  printing  plate.  3.669.658, 
CI.  96-33. 
York.  Leonard  Ernest:  See- 
Dunn.  Geoffrey  Bernard;  and  York.  Leonard  Erneat.3 ,669.048. 
York,  WiUiam  A.  Breakaway  athletic  safety  shoe.  3.668.792,  CI.  36- 

S9.00r 
Yoshida.  Saburo:  See— 

Shimauchi,  Shiro;  Yoshida,  Saburo;  and  Muro,  Koji,3,669,6l  I . 
Yoshii.  Tetsuji,  to  Malsushite  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.  Slip-duteh. 

3.668.894.  CI.  64.30.00r 
Yoshitake.  Juichi:  See— 

Imai,  Tomio;  Shimamura.  Mutouo;  Yoshitake.  Juichi;  and  Ohiwa. 
Hitoehi.3.669.845. 
Young.  Charles  Gilbert,  to  American  Optical  Corporation.  Double  O- 

switeh  laser.  3.670.259.  CI.  331-94.500 
Young.  Maurice  A.,  to  Dunlop  Holdings  Limited.  Pneumatic  tires. 
3.669.I73,CL  152-361.000      ^ 


Youag,  Richard  A.:  Sec— 

HaU.  Roger  P.;  Pratt,  Ivor,  aad  Youag.  Richard  A..3.669.796. 
Youag,  Richard  N.:  See— 

Newcomb.  Arthur  L.,  Jr.;  aad  Youag.  Richard  N.,3 .670.253. 
Young.  Robert  R..  to  Kaiaer  iaduatries  Corporatioa.  Method  of  haa- 
dbai  aad  storiag  coataiaers  at  a  shippiag  taraiaal.  3.669.288.  CL 
214-152.000 
Youag.  Williaa  P.;  aad  Halgraa.  Joha  A.,  to  iataraatioaal  Harvester 
Compaay.  Carburiziag  steels  contaiaiag  chroaiuB.  3.669.6S2,  CI. 
75- 126.00c 
YouBgblood.  Doaald  A.  Combiaatioa  cartridge  coataiaiag  rearavable 
tape  magaziae  aad  reaMvable  fUastrip  hoMcr.  3,669.531,  CL  352- 
31.000 
Youagmaa,Cari  A.:  See— 

Howell.  Eddie  P.;  Youagmaa.  Cari  A.;  Hardiaoa.  Jack  E.;  aad 
Tribble.  Robert  E..3.668.927. 
Youaptown  Sheet  aad  Tube  Conpaay:  See— 

CuUea.  Roy  H.;  Aker.  Jinnic  R.;  aad  Barke.  Williaa  E., 
3.669.199. 
Zackheim.  EU  A.,  to  SUver.  Jules.  BalliBg  gua.  3.669.310.  CL  221- 

279.000 
Zacks.  Kenneth  L:  See— 

Sarsten.    Jan    A.;    Zacks,    Kenneth    L;    aad    Myers.    Michael 
C..3.668.882. 
Zajacek.  John  G.:  See— 

Sheng,  Ming  Nan;  and  Zajacek.  John  G..3.670.002. 
Zenker,  Klaus  Joachim;  aad  Harriaoa,  Derrick  Normau.  to  Kent  fawttw- 
ment*  Limited.  Measuring  the  velocity  of  flow  of  an  electrically  con- 
ductive fluid.  3,668.931. CL  73-181.000 
Zanner,  Johaaa:  See— 

Winkler,  Alfred;  Theer.  Aatoa;  Zaaacr.  Johaaa;  aad  Heaaig. 
Fridolia.3,668.989. 
Zaphiris.  Peter  C.  Automatic  spriakler  system.  3j669.352,  CL  239- 

70.000 
Zecher.  Wilfred;  aad  Mertea.  Rudolf,  to  Farbeafabriken  Bayer  Aktica- 
geaelbchaft.  Process  for  the  production  of  pohrimides.  3.669.937.  CI. 
260-77. 50r 
Zeiss.  Otto,  to  Benckiaer,  Joh  A.,  O.m.b.H.  Process  of  producing  dif- 
ficulty soluble  metal  ghiconatea.  3.670,000.  CI.  260-439.00r 
Zellmer,  Neale  A.;  and  Johason,  Wayne  B.,  to  GTE  Automatic  Electric 
Laboratories  Incorporated.  DC  to  DC  converter.  3,670,233.  CL  323- 
17.000 
Zelufr.WeadeUC.:See- 

Schmiege.  Lester  C;  and  ZelufT.  WeadeU  C..3.670.1 31. 
Zenith  Radio  Corporatioa:  See— 

Knowles.  Terence  J.;  aad  Eatoa,  Daaiel  A..  3.669  J60. 
Korpel.  Adriaaus,  3,670,098. 
Kua,  Zohaa  K.;  and  Robiaaoa,  Robert  J.,  3,670.220. 
Leraer.  Martin  L..  3.669.77 1 . 
Sobel.  Alan;  and  Markin.  Joeeph.  3.670  J23. 
Zeaz.  Fred  J.,  to  Whirlpool  Corporatioa.  Electric  heatiag  uait  for 

clothes  dryers.  3.670,143,  CI.  219-375.000 
Zimmermann.  Walter.  Apparatus  for  haadliag  aad  proceasiag  cumats 

of  gas-borae  dry  soft  powdera.  3,669303,  CI.  302-64.000 
Ziack.  Peteraea,  Jorgea;  aad  LuadoviM.  BertU,  lo  ABaiaaaa  Sveaaka 
Elektriska   Aktiebolaget.    Arrangement   for  supplying  energy   to 
devices  as  hi^  potential,  for  example  for  operatiag  purpoeas. 
3.670.1 75,  CI.  307-64.000 
Zippel,  Berad;  and  SchUeckmaaa.  Alfred,  to  ZippeL  Richard,  A  Co. 

KG.  Mouldiag apparatus.  3.669.595. CL  425-lll. 
ZippeL  Richard.  4k  Co.  KG:  See— 

Zippel.  Berad;  aad  Schbeckmaaa,  Alfred,  3,669^95. 
Zobel,  Dietnar.  to  VEB  StickstofTwerk  Pieeterilz.  Procees  for  the 

preparation  of  condensed  phoephates.  3,669.622.  CI.  23-197. 
Zoecon  Corporation:  See— 

Calame.  Jeaa  Pierre;  aad  SiddaU,  Joha  B..  3.669.997. 
Zoegemitz.  Kari:  See— 

Hoelziager.  Walther  J.;  Weaaiager.  Johaaa;   Mayer.  Waher, 
Zoegeniitz.      Karl;     Schroetter,      Henaaaa;     aad      Braua. 
Weracr3.669,064. 
Zuech.  Ernest  A.:  See— 

Kubicek.  Doaald  H.;  aad  Zuech.  Eraeat  A.,3.670,043. 
Zuideveid.  Reiadert,  to  Van  Leer  (U.K.).  Liaiitad.  Apparatus  for  ap- 

plyiag  reactive  adhesive.  3,669,061. CI.  I  IS-7.000 
Zuppiager.  Paul:  See— 

Reber.  Willy  Erast;  Niart,  Heary;  Haas.  Joeaf;  Bataer.  Haas;  aad 
Zuppiager.  Paul,3.669.708. 
Zurek.  James  W..  to  lataraatiaMl  Harvcater  Coaipaay.  SMe  aMfkiM 

implemeat  apparatus.  3.669.I94,CL  172-280.000 
Zvaaut.  Albert  J.,  to  Stoody  Coaspaay.  Are  valdiag  elactroda  aad 

process  for  staialeas steel.  3.670.135.CL  219-137.000 
Zweig,  Aradd:  See— 

Cahisea.  Victor  H.;  aad  Zweig.  AraoU.3.669404. 
Jarvis.  Richard  L.;  KuUy.  Waller.  Cahuaa.  Victor  H.;  Zweit.  Ar- 
nold; aad  Eagvoll.  Sverre.3 .669^03. 


LIST  OF  REISSUE  PATENTEES 

TO  WHOM 

PATENTS  WERE  ISSUED  ON  THE  13th  DAY  OF  JUNE,  1972 

N<yrB.— Amnged  ia  accortance  with  the  tint  ■linilficunt  character  or  word  of  the  name  (In  accordance  with  city 


Butler.  Michael  B.  N. :  Bee— 

Sandbank.  Carl  P..  and  Butler  Re.  2T.385. 
Davis    John  A.,  Jr.,  and  W.  J.  Kunsman.  to  Marathon  Oil 
Company  Increasing  the  tbermofltablltty  of  micellar  dlaper- 
BJonrRe.' 27.387.  6-13-72.  CI.  IOC— 252. 
Gelpy.  J.  R..  A.(;. :  Bee— 

Solron.  Karl.  Rafael,  and  Stockar.  Be.  27.386. 
General  Tire  *  Robber  Company.  The  :  Bee — 
Uelamann.  Helm.  Re.  27.388. 

HIrata.  Tadaahi :  Bee —  „        „.     .  ^   «.  w  w 

Matsul,   Maaanao.   Tamada.   Uzu.   Hirata.  and   VNakaki. 
Re.  27.384. 

International  Standard  Electric  Corporation  :  See- 
Sandbank.  Carl  P..  and  Butler.  Re.  27,385. 

Kunzman.  William  J. :  Bee —  _     „_  „„„ 

Davln.  John  A..  Jr..  and  Kuntman.  Re.  27.387. 

Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd. :  See—       "^  .,   «,  u  ui 

Mataui.   Maaanao.  Yamada.  D«u.  Hirata.  and  Wakakl. 
Re.  27.384. 

Marathon  Oil  Company  :  See —  _     ^„  ,„, 

Davis.  John  A.,  Jr.,  and  Kunsman.  Re.  27.387. 


T 


Matsul.  Masanao.  Y.  Yamada,  K.  Ctu.  T.  Hirata.  and  S 
Wakakl,  to  Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Co..  Ltd.  Acylated  mlto 
senes.  Re.  27,384.  6-13-72,  CI.  260— 326.3. 


Rafael.  Hans :  See —  ^  „^     ._        „      «-  «<>/> 

Solron,  Karl,  Rafael,  and  Stockar.  Re.  27.386. 
Sandbank.   Carl  h.  and   M.   B    N.   gutler.   to   Internatlon41 
Standard    Electric    Corporation.    Scanned    line    radiation 
source  using  a  reverse  biased  P-X  junction  adjacent  a  gunn 
diode.  Re.  27.J85.  6-13-72.  CI.  317— 235. 
Solron,   Karl.   H.   Rafael,   and   W.    Stockar,   to,  J.   R.  Oelgy. 
A.G.  Process  for  aftertreatment  of  colored  polyanide  nbe— 
Re.  27,386.  6-13-72,  C\.  8—165. 
Stockar,  Walter:  See —  ^       ^      „,««* 

Solron.  Karl.  Rafael,  and  Stockar.  Re.  2J.S86.  .  ,„    _, 
Tillman,  Casaiua  L.,  III.  Pipe  Joint.  Re.  27.389.  6-13-72.  C|. 

277 171  000. 

Uelzmann,  Heinz,  to  The  General  Tire  k  Rubber  Company, 
Accelerated    epoxy-amlne    resinous    compositions   catalyzea 
with  SH  yielding  material.  Re.  27.388.  6-13-72.  CI.  260— 
047.0. 
Uzu.  Ketzo :  See —  ,         ^.     ^  :.    nr  •.  iJ 

Matsai^  Maaanao,  Yamada,  U«u,  Hirata,  and  Wakakl. 
Re  27  384. 
Wakakl.  Shlgetosbl :  See—  „        „.    ^  ^   „  u 

Matsul.   Masanao,   Yamada,   Uzu.  HIraU.  and   Waka 
Re.  27,384. 
Yamada.  Yasuhiro :  See —  _,        „,    ^  ^   m  i.  i^ 

Matsul.   Masanao,  Yamada.   Ciu,   HiraU.  and   Wakak 
Be.  27,3S4. 


UST  ,0F  PLANT  PATENTEES 


Holtkamp,  Hermann.  African  violet.  3,206,  6-13-72.  CI.  69. 
Holtkamp.  Hermann.  African  violet.  3.200.  6-13-72.  CI.  69. 
Holtkamp,  Hermann.  African  violet.  3,207,  6-13-72.  CI.  69. 


Holtkamp.  Hermann.  African  violet.  8.208.  6-13-72.  CI.  69. 
Holtkamp.  Hermann.  African  violet.  3.209.  0-13-72.  CI.  69. 
Holtkamp.  Hermann.  African  violet.  3.210.  6-13-72,  CI.  69. 


LIST  OF  DESIGN  PATENTEES 


American  Playground  Device  Co. :  See — 

Hennlng.  Steven  A.  and  Miller.  223,848. 
Anchor  Hocking  Corp. :  See — 

Oglesbee.  Richard  K.  223.809.  „         ' 

Anzal.  Shiro.  M.  Morata.  T.  Nishlkawa.  and  T.  Hanakata.  to 
Canon  Kabushlki  Kaisha.  CaleuUtor.  223.865.  6-13-72.  CI. 
DM — 11. 
Amone.  Michael  P. :  See — 

Ensekl.  Richard  K..  and  Amone.  223.870. 
Anrin  Industries.  Inc. :  See — 

Bransky.  JelTrey  D.  223.885. 
Associated  Mills.  Inc. :  See — 
Grube.  CUfford  E.  223.856. 
Hllger.  Ronald  O.  223.876. 
Baltimore  Brushes.  Inc. :  See — 
Vines.  Ellsworth.  223.864. 
Barranlt.  Jean-Lnnis.  to  I«  Trappeur  Sillana.  Ski-shoe.  223.- 

791.  6-13-72.  CI.  D2— 276.  _    ^     „  ^„ 

Bartlctt.  Eric  C.  to  Dunlop  Holdings  Ltd.  Tire.  223.888.  6-13- 

72.  CI.  D90— 20.  .    ., 

Beaver.  Ted  L..  to  Continental  Can  Co..  Inc.  Jug  or  similar 

article.  223.800.  6-13-72   CI.  D9 — 40. 
Beaver.  Ted  L..  to  Continental  Can  Co..  Inc.  Jar  or  similar 

article.  223.808.  6-13-72.  CI.  D9— 44. 
Belhow.  David.  Combination  shoe  brush,  polisher  and  dauber. 
223.881.  6-13-72.  CI.  D86— 11. 

Rric8.«on.  James  W..  and  Genaro.  223.81S 
Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Inc.  :  See — 

Drevfnss.  Henrv.  and  Stokes.  223.833. 
Bell  Telenhone  Laboratories.  Inc. :  See — 
Belland.  James  A..  E.  Brown,  and  D.  De  Wnske.  Carrier  handle 

for  garment  hangers.  223.802.  6-13-72.  CI.  D8 — 154. 
Blumcraft  of  Pittsburgh  :  Ree — 

Horcan.  William  J..  Jr.  223.790. 
Boehm.  Knrt  B..  to  Textron  Inc.  Snowmobile  hood.  223.820. 

6-1  .V72.  a.  D14— 24. 
Boebm.  Knrt  R..  to  Textron  Inc.  Snowmobile  hood.  223.821. 

6-1.V72.  a.  D14 — 24. 
Bohnn.  Richard.  Combined  soap  tray  and  toy  receptacle.  223,- 

841.  0-13-72.  a.  D33 — 24. 
Borden.  Inc. :  See — 

Knsek.  Edwin  F.  223.804. 
Mcllvaln.  Howard  H.  223.810. 

Bowen.  Thnmns  E..  to  Division  of  T7.S.  Tndnstrles.  Inc..  South- 
eastern  Meta's.  ComMned  caster  chair  and  tray  for  Invalid. 
223.823.  0-1.3-72.  CI.  Dl.^— 1. 

Bmnsky,  Jeffery  D..  to  Arvln  Indn«trles.  Inc.  Illumlnable 
make-nn  mirror.  223.885.  0-13-72.  CI.  D80 — 10. 

Brown.  Kngene  :  See — 

Belland.  James  A..  Brown,  and  De  Wuake.  223.802. 

PI  50 


D15— 1. 


?• 


Burroughs  Corp.  :  See — 

Sucre.  Jay.  and  Hoffman.  223.863. 

Caldwell.  John  W.  Chair.  223.824.  6-13-72.  CI. 

Canon  Kabushlki  Kaisha :  See—  u  *     oo«  oa*? 

Anzal.  Shlro.  MuraU.  Nishlkawa.  and  Hanakata.  223.86  5. 

Carlisle,  Clifton  E.,  and  M.  A.  Spalding.  Floating  home.  22?.- 

808.  0-13-72,  CI.  D71— 1.  ,        ^       ,..       ^     ,^ 

Chernaek   Mlltaa  P.   to  Delcron  Products.  Inc.  Smoking  device 

Alter  cartridge.  223.879.  6-13-72,  CL  085— 6. 
Christensln,    Justin    D.    Coin    tray.    223.882,    6-13-72. 

D87— 1.  „      , 

Citation  Manufacturing  Co..  Inc. :  See — 

Hinkle.  Richard  A.  223,816.  .,    «o^  b<» 

Clarkson.   Anthony  T.   Copy  camera  support  stand.  Z^S.HtB. 

0-13-72.  CI.  D61 — 1. 
Continental  Can  Co..  Inc. :  See — 

Beaver.  Ted  L.  223.806. 

Beaver.  Tad  L.  223.808.  ^  ^ 

Cornelius  Co..  The  :  See — 

Hartley.  Robert  B.  223.890._  ^,   ^    ^  ,^       ^„,  ^, 

Covev.  Laird  F..  to  The  Stanley  Works.  Blade  holder.  223.7( 

0-13-72.  CI.  D8— 107.  „„^    „   ,„  „„    «, 

Crook.  Frank  M.  Eaves  trough  shield.  223.829.  6-13-72.  (fl. 

D23 — 42. 
Croyle.  Jack  V. :  See — 

Swett,  James  B..  and  Croyle.  223.854. 
Danfoss  A/S  :  See —  „  _  _„_ 

Jensen.  Jens  E.  G.,  and  Grarersen.  223.797. 

Jensen.  Jens  E.  G.,  and  Graversen.  223,798. 

Jensen.  Jens  E.  O..  and  Graversen.  223.799. 

Jensen.  Jens  E.  G..  and  Graversen.  223.800. 

Jensen.  Jens  E.  G..  and  Graversen.  223,801. 
Dart  Industries  Inc.  :  See — 

Swett.  James  B..  and  Croyle.  223.854. 
Dean  Jan.  and  M.  Rchwarz.  to  Revlon.  Inc.  Artificial  eyelash. 

2'>3.R84.  0-18-72    CI.  D86 — 10. 
De  Feo.  Angelo.  Jr.  Comblnatlcn  hoe.  cutter  and  edger  fpr 

gardenlne.  223.793.  6-13-72.  CI.  D8— 11. 
Delcron  Products    Inc.  :  See — 

Chernaek.  Milton  P.  223.879.  * 

De  W'lske.  David  :  See —  ^^ 

Belland,  James  A.,  Brown,  and  De  Wuske.  223,802. 

Dlgltnl  Techni^ogv  Corn. :  See — 

Gnidl.  Wmiam  R.  223.834. 

Drevfnss.  Henrv.  and  R.  R.  Stokes,  to  Bell  Telenhone  Laboja- 

torles.  Inc.  VHeofelenhone  transceiver  control  unit.  223.833. 

0-13-72.  CI.  D26 — 14. 

Dunlov  Holdings  Ltd. :  See — 

Mills.  Iain  C.  223.887. 

Bartlett  Erie  C.  223,888. 


LIST  OF   DESIGN   PATENTEES 


SZ  Painter  Corp. :  See — 

Jarecki,  James  J.  223,872. 
Jareckl,  James  J.  223,873. 


^*lYA^*''  ^'^J  *o  Weathershielda  Ltd.  Sealing  strip  for  the 
Cl    ofJ^  °'  similar  article.  22T818  Via-TO* 

Eguchl.  Yoshlaki,  to  Janome  Sewing  Machine  Co  Ltd  Sewlnv 
machine.  223.867,  6-13-72.  Cl.  070—17  *  ^     ■* 

S'  dSKT  ^   Electric  brush  ateriUier.  223,874.  6-13-72. 

^"^If!?"*^'*'  **?V..^-.*?  iMtitutional  Maintenance  Corp.  Com- 
Cl    D2T^50       '        *^*°  '^"lier  sanitizer.  223.830.  6-13-72. 

^"♦^i^il:  ^A*''*'^!^ V  »"<*  M.  P.  Amone.  to  Krelsler  Mannfac- 
turlng  Corp.  Dual  pen  holder.  223,870.  6-13-72  Cl  D74— 6 

^'I'^X?: /*."**,  ^•«*i'<*  O    M.  denaroTtrBlil  Teleph^4 
816^6!^l£72  C^Dli^T^  mounted  telephone  sutlon.  223.- 
FMC  Corp. :  Bee — ' 

Halopoff.  WlUiam  E.  223.817. 
Fedtro.  Inc. :  See— 

Kahn.  Robert  D.  223,825. 
Ferdinand    Irwin  J     and  I.  B.  Kulbersh,  to  The  Hlrsh  Co 
Stonige  box.  223.886,  6-13-72,  Cl.  D87-^l. 

?ft™«* a'.£I?"'«  ^^•*'-  223.813.  6-13-72,  CI.  D16-1. 
Fumey,  Aime:  See — 

ir„«Jf''2?*?°'  A2,<*"j.*°<'  Fumey.  228,867. 
Fyfleld,  Rodney  W. :  See — 

Penney,  Richard  H..  and  Fyfleld.  223,832. 
Genaro.  Donald  Michael :  See— 

Ericsson,  James  W.,  and  Genaro.  223,815. 
General  Electric  Co. :  See — 

Johnson,  Cari  N.,  and  Stapleton.  223,861. 

Johnson,  Carl  N.  223,852. 

Johnson.  Carl  N.  223.853. 

Shalvoy.  John  C.  223.883. 
General  Foods  Corp. :  See — 

ni,,  Il*"/?''"'lJ"*y*o°  A-  223,847. 
Gillette  Co..  The :  See — 

Xlgro.  Louis  V.  228.811. 

Tucker.  James  E.  223.880. 

"  u    "^-^  ^°?*'-51-  Radlotelemetry  transmitter  for  monitoring 

heart  rate.  223.877,  6-13-72.  Cl.  D83 — 1. 
Graversen,  Niels  P.  O.  :  See — 

Jensen,  Jens  E.  G.,  and  Graversen.  223,797. 
Jensen,  Jens  E.  O.,  and  Graversen.  223,798. 
Jensen,  Jens  E.  G.,  and  Graversen.  223.799 
Jensen,  Jens  E.  G..  and  Graversen.  223.800'. 
-.  ^Jensen.  Jens  E.  G.,  and  Graversen.  223.801. 
Grube.   Cllirord   E.,   to   Associated   Mills.   Inc.  PorUble  hand 

steamer.  223.856,  6-13-72,  Cl.  D49 — 13 
Guldl,  WllUam  R..  to  Digital  Technologv  Corp.  Digital  tape 
recorder.  228,834,  6-13-72,  Cl.  D26— 14.  ^ 

i'*,o*"v-»^!"^A  Orthopedic  drill  guide  targrt.  223,875, 

"'o'??*'»-  ,'?"i).*'5„^-  *<'  ^^C  Corp.  All  terrain  vehicle.  223,- 

817.  6-13-72.  Cl.  D14 — 3. 
Hanakata.  Takamitsu  :  See — 

Anzal,  Shlro.  Mnrata,  Nishlkawa.  and  Hanakata.  223,805 
H"rell  Vanghn  R.  Fishing  rod  handle.  223,826.  6-13-72, 

Hart',  Walter  R..  to  The  Union  Fork  and  Hoe  Co.  Too  head 
for  a  lawn  rake.  223.794,  6-1.^72.  Cl.  D8 — 13. 

Hartley.  Robert  B..  to  The  Cornellns  Co.  Semlfrosen  Jnlce 
dispenser  or  similar  article.  2?3.890.  0-13-72    Cl    D94 3 

Hennlng.  Steven  A.,  and  P.  G.  Miller,  to  American  Playground 

2W848  6ll3^72*Cl''D.^'^'r5*  ^^'  playground  apparatus. 

"223%l6'*'^[i-72    Cl  *DlV— 3  **'*•  ^°'  '"*'•  ^°"  *"'  ''*''^- 
Hlrsh  Co..'  The  :  dee —  ' 

Ferdlnsnd  Irwin  J.,  and  Kulbersh.  223.886. 
Hoffman   WllUam  A. :  See — 

Sucre   Jav.  and  Hoffmnn.  223.863. 
Horgnn.  William  J..  Jr..  to  Blumcraft  of  Plttshnrirh.  Combined 
oo^r   handle  and   lock    housing   set.    223.796.    6-13-72.    Cl. 

"Y-'^Soi"  S'Sfji^i   mi^f*'*^  Aircraft  Corp.  Airplane. 

""2"2'3  So'T/S-?2  "a.  mri"'*  ""''"••"•  Transistor  radio. 
Instl^1tlonal  Ms1nfenanr«>  Com.  :  Bee — 

Fmxnnele.  Ror  T.,.  223.«.<{0. 
JMR  Fntemrises.  Inc. :  Seei — 

Perlman.  Ri««h«F«i  .t.  2'>3«.'»1. 
.Tanome  Sewfnr  Afsrh'ne  Co    T.td  •  See -^ 

Vamamoto.  Yaanaki    223  806 

Feiiehl.  Yo«hlskl    223  807 

'*r'i'?  /o  "I?r  iioX"  ^^  Painter  Corp.  Display  stand.  223.872. 
"—'•»— 72.  Cl.  D80— 9. 

'"o^l'Jl/o  "cT  DWW-S^  Painter  Corp.  Display  stand.  223.873. 
^*^kX^'^\,''^'*^  ^  Circular  slide  mle.  223.859.  6-13-72.  Cl. 
Jensen  Jens  E.  G..  and  N.  P.  G.  Graversen.  to  r»anfo«s  A/S 
6^13-72   CTDs'  'lJJf*"°<*a*atic  valve  or  the  like.  223.797. 


Jensen    Jens  E.  G..  and  N.  P.  G.  Graversen.  to  Danfoss  A  /«« 

i^iQ^To   ?.?  yTS*"  ■  ♦'>«»™o«tatlc  valve  or  the  like.  223.798. 
"~"lo'~i2,  \71,  Do^— 140. 

Jensen    Jens  E.  G..  and  N.  P.  G.  Graversen.  to  r>anfo««  A/««. 
^?3^72    C?  D8lL'l40*"°°"*'***^  ^"*^*  *""  **"*  '"^^    223.799. 

'^?.!r";  •",*?■  k  P'  "l  ^-  P-  ^'-  Graversen.  to  Danfoss  A/<? 
k?i^  TO  ?.?*'tJ2'"  a  thermostatic  valve  or  the  Uke.  223,800, 
t»-13— 72.  Cl.  D8 — ^142. 


'"e'TtS'  o??  "?*•  <»^h^^7  jja.  Ji££ire«cntri,  of  the 
Johnson.  Jean  H. :  See—        **^''*'  ^^  ""     ^- 

Ktw«fiichl.  Jailchi :  «.«_: 

Krelsler  Mfg.  Corp.':  See-T^" 
ir.,-h^'"*i*-  ^<*ard  K..  and  Amone.  223.870 

Kulbersh,  Irwin  R. ':  See— 

Knnwf'n"*'"*- 1^°  ii'  »«»d  Kulbcrth.  223.886. 

72   Cl.  w'^'      •  ^^*"«*  amoother  uiUt  223.889.  6-13- 

^'&^13-^2'ci   D«^2^"'*°'  ^'"=-  ®**"^  **'  **•*  "^*-  223.804. 

'^2f3.847.?S!?2'i^  *^32!?lT  "^  ^*"'-  ^^^^'^  *«»'■ 

'^?tan".V3%'?:  t"i'3f72''^*S5l^?**™*^^^-  ^'*^''  *«^ 
Le  Trappeur  SiUans  :  See^ 

Barrault.  Jean-Louis.  223.791. 
Lever  Brothers  Co. :  See— 
,  .      Thomson.  Ernest  F.  223.807. 
li^h^^JiLw^  n?",'5^*''*l,'^''*  223.843.  6-13-72.  Cl.  D84— 5. 

£l3i72;<5^D8i-228  ^^^"  '"  reinforcing  rod^2S8b3, 
Lockheed  Aircraft  Corp.":  See 

Hurkamp.  Charles  H.  223.869 
lA^y^Raymond.    Kitchen    cabinet    223,840,    6-13-72.    a. 

''T.ne'?s".'?l3.1l2!°6JltV'l  "S'j^^S"^^  '"'  "'""  "- 
Lund.  Allan  W.  Snow  sled  body.  223,822,  6-13-T2,  Cl.  D14— 

''VS'^37''Xil7?'cV°5S3^^  "*"^"  "*  •"*  «''"'*•'• 

Mattel.  Inc. :  See — 

May,  Richard  L. :  See — 

«  Til^"'****v '■'?'»*  '•«  and  May.  223.842. 

Drf*?'  ^'    ^^^    dispenser.    223.858.    6-13-72.   Cl. 

''2a«;!7i5:v2'*<?;*'SS*-:i'°''  '*~**^"*»-  ^'•''"  «'"-•*• 

Miner:  PhUlp  aTle^**"*    228.839.  6-13-72.  Cl.  D8S— 14. 
iLf...  "Vr'°X-  Ste^*n  A.,  and  MlUer.  228.848. 

72    cf  d£)1-^20         "**  Holdings  Ltd.  Tire.  223,887.  6-18- 
Murata.  Minoru  :  See — 

XT      "^".'i  '5^'C?'  Mnrata.  Nishlkawa.  and  HanakaU  223  866 
Ney.  David  P.  Building.  223.814.  6-13-72.  Cl.  mS— 1 

'"S.8n"tr3l72.  a.^iSJlSll'^-  '"'"'  '"•'^°-'  ^'^ 

Nishlkawa.  Tatsuo  :  See — 

V/^/^^i.?^*"'  M""^-  Niahikawm,  and  Hanakata.  228,865. 
Noda.  Michlhlro :  See — 

n.  I   ?.***'»?'r'  Kawagucbl.  and  Noda.  223,871. 
Oglesbee,   Richard  K.,   to  Anchor  Hocking  Corp.   Carton  for 
glasses.  223.809.  0-13-72.  Cl.  D9 — 176  ^-«rM»n   lor 

*,?«5i^'  w**^*"*. ''••■'J*^   "    ^-   IV*W,   to   Sperry   Rand 
P«i™5   Eaectronic  calcnlator.  223,832.  6-i3-72.  CT^C* 

83T*6ll3!72'cf  •dVS"  ^"**'*''»^-  ^«   ^Itz  bath,  ml 

^*'i!j5filIi.?J.^°^!^i:.^i?i>*SS'  bottle,_wrapptog_and  product 


-10. 


Identification  label.   223.806.  6-13-72    <n 
PORTESCAP:  See— 

Lebmann,  Andre,  and  Fumey.  223.857. 

'^^^.i^k'''"  ^-  ^**<*P  «»"*"«  <*^*<*-   223,844,  6-1J-72.  CT. 

Revlon.  Inc. :  See — 

Dean.  Jan.  and  Schwarz.  228.884. 
'^nf'^Si  Theodore  L.  Poker  game  board.  228.845,  6-1^72, 

Root.  John  J.  Antenna.  228,836,  6-13-T2.  CT.  D2fr— 14. 

**IlU  %*'v«'-,^^''»«°**"-   M.   Noda.   Carburetor.   228.871. 
0-13-72.  Cl.  D77 — 1. 

Schmidt.  Arthur  W..  to  Zenith  Radio  Corp.  Paglag  receiver 
housing.  223.835.  6-13-72.  Cl.  D2«— 14.  reviver 

Schwarz.  Milton  :  See — 

Dean.  Jan.  and  Schwari.  228.884. 
Scleatiflc  Anglers  Inc. :  See — 

Martnch.  Leon  L.  223.792. 


PI  52 


I 


LIST   OF   DESIGN   PATENTEES 


ShalYoy.  John  C.  to  General  Electric  Co.  lUumlnable  make-up 

mirror  or  similar  article.  Z23,883.  ft-13-72.  CI.  80—10. 
Sharp  Kabashikl  Kaisha  :  £re< 


Imai.  SboKO.  223.860 
Shaw,  Frank  D,  ~ 


Emergency  lighting  unit.  223,855,  6-13-72. 

Q\    T>4^— 20 

Shlnlojl.  Shuauke,  to  Kabushlkl  Kal»h*  Tokyo  Suehlro  Sharyo 
SelMkushe.  Rofler-bed  trailer.  223  818,  6-13-72.  CI  D14-3 
Slcherman.  So^ra  J.,  to  Startime  Watch  Co    Inc   ComWn^l 
dial  and  hands  for  a  watch  or  the  like.  223,849,  6-13-7J, 

Q\    ]>42 1. 

Sicherman,  Sondra  J.  Combined  dial  and  bands  for  a  watch 
or  the  like.  223,850,  6-13-72.  CI.  D42—1.  ^     „    ^,    ^„.      - 
Smith.  Richard  D.  Gameboard.  223.846   6-13-72,  CI.  p34— o. 
Smith.  Russell  G..  to  Xomox  Corp.  Duplex  strainer  unit.  223.- 

828   6—13—72   CI.  D23— — 4. 
Southeastern  Metals.  Division  of  U.S.  Industries,  Inc. :  See— 

Bowen,  Thomas  E.  223,823. 
Spalding.  Martin  A. :  See — 

Carlisle.  Clifton  E..  and  Spalding.  223,868. 

Sperry  Rand  Corp. :  See —  

Penney,  Richard  H.,  and  Fyfleld.  223.832. 
Stapleton,  Walter  A..  Sr. :  See — 

Johnson,  Carl  X.  223,831. 
Stanley  Works,  The  :  See — 

Covey,  Laird  F.  223.796. 
Startime  Watch  Co..  Inc.  :  See — 

Slcherman.  Sondra  J.  223,849. 
Stokes.  Rembert  R. :  See — 

Dreyfusa.  Henry,  and  Stokes.  223.833. 


Sucre,  Jay,  and  W.  A.  Hoffman,  to  Burroughs  Corp.  Micro- 
film viewer.  223,863.  6-13-72.  CI.  D61— 1. 
Swett,  James  B.,  and  J.  V.  Croyle,  to  Dart  Industries,  Inc. 
Container  closure  or  the  like.  223.854.  G-13-72.  CI.  D44 — 1. 
Televue.  Inc.  :  See — 

Melton.  Jerry  T.  223,861.  -^ 

Textron  Inc. :  Se»—  ^  ■>>. 

Boehm.  Kurt  B.  223.820. 
Boehm,  Kurt  B.  223.821. 
Thomson,  Ernest  F.,  to  Lever  Brothers  Co.  Bottle  or  similar 

article.  223,807.  6-13-72,  CI.  D9 — 42. 
Tucker,  James  E.,  to  The  Gillette  Co.  Comb.  223,880.  6-13-72, 

CI.  D86 — 8. 
Union  Fork  and  Hoe  Co.,  The  :  See — 

Hart,  Walter  R.  223,794. 
Valic.  Anton  J.  Double  desk.  223.838.  6-13-72.  CI.  D33— 7. 
Vecchi,  Carlo.  In-line  fuel  filter.  223.827,  6-13-72,  CI.  D23 — 1. 
Vines,  Ellsworth,  to  Baltimore  Brushes.  Inc.  Paint  tray.  223.- 

864.  6-13-72,  CI.  D04 — 18. 
Weathershlelds  Ltd.  :  See — 

Edwards,  Harry.  223.819. 
Xomox  Corp. :  See — 

Smith,  Russell  G.  223,828. 
Yamamoto,    Yasuaki,    to   Janome   Sewing  Machine  Co.,   Ltd. 

Sewing  machine.  223,866,  6-13-72,  CI.  D70 — 1. 
Yoker  Mfg.,  Inc.  :  See — 

Long,  Morris  A.  223,812. 

Zenith  Radio  Corp. :  See — 

Schmidt,  Arttur  W.  223,835. 


D1  ^A 


ni  ▲cfiiFir'ATinN  oi?  patrnts 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 

*  ISSUED  JUNE  13,  1972 

NoTE.-Firgt  number,  class;  second  number,  subclass;  third  number,  patent  number 


CLASS  2 

311  3,668,704 

10  3,66t,70S 

3,661,706 

207  3,661,707 

CLASS  3 

I  3,66>,70< 

CLASS  4 

21  3,661,709 

145  3,66S,7I0 

172  3,66<.7IS 

172.13  3.661.711 

172.17  3,66t.7l2 

3,661,713 

3,668,714 

226  3,668,716 

231  3,668,717 

288  3,668,718 

CLASS  S 

17  3,668,719 

91  3,668,720 

109  3,668,721 

327  3,668,722 

3,668,723 

CLASS  6 

1 1  3,668.724 

CLASS  S 

14  3,669,61 1 
S4  3,669,608 

116.3  3,669,609 

128  3,669,610 
163                 Re.27,386 

CLASS  9 
8R  3,668,723 

CLASS  IS 

129  3,668,726 
CLASS  12 

15  3,668,727 
13.1  3,668,728 

CLASS  13 
9  3,670,089 

CLASS  14 

43  3,668,729 

CLASS  IS 

•3  3,668,730 

146  3,668,731 

I39A  3,668,732 

267  3,668,733 

328  3,668.734 

397  3,668,733 

402  3.668,736 

CLASS  U 
53  3,668.737 

CLASS  17 
11  3,668,738 

33  3,668,739 

CLASS  21 

2  3,669.614 

^     2.5  3,669,612 

2.7  3.669,613 

3,669,615 

3,669,616 

CLASS  23 

2S  3,669.617 

31R  3.669,618 

52  3.669,619 

66  3,669,620 

88  3,669,621 

107  3,669,622 

134  3.669,623 

182R  3,669.624 

186  3,669.625 

230PC  3.669.627 

230A  3,669,626 

239  3,669.629 

239.5  3.669,628 

288F  3.669.630 

342  3.669.631      >«0P 

343  3.669,632      •»3 
337  3.669,633 


68CT 
73PB 

203.1 
230.3 
241 

CLASS 

23.12 

33M 

76 
121 
124 
137R 
157 

157. 3R 
182 
182.1 
199 


200B 

203DT 

203B 

203D 

204D 

219 

237 

283 

401 

419 

421 

423 

429 

431 

563 

578 

603 

604 

628 

629 

630r 


3,668,743 
3,668,744 
3.668,745 
3,668,746 
3,668,747 
29 

3,668,749 
3,668,750 
3,668,731 
3,668,733 
3,668,732 
3,668,736 
3,668,734 
3,668,757 
3,669,633 
3,669,634 
3,668,733 
3.668.738 
3.668.739 
3.668,763 
3.668.760 
3.668.762 
3.668.764 
3.668,761 
3,668.765 
3,668,766 
3.668.767 
3.668.768 
3.668.748 
3,668,769 
3,668,770 
3,668,773 
3.668,771 
3,668,772 
3,668,774 
3,668,775 
3,668,776 
3,668,777 
3.668,779 
3,668,778 


CLASS  3S 

178  3.668.780 

CLASS  33 

1  3.668.781 

I74R  3.668.782 

179.5R  3,668.783 

CLASS  34 

3.668.784 
3.668.783 
3.668.786 
3.668.787 
3.668.788 


10 

14 

43 
111 
156 

9E 
12N 

50 
59R 

71 


CLASS  24 
16PB  3.668,740 

27  3.668.741 

33C  3.668.742 


2.2 
126A 
130 
132.1 


16 

17.1 
37.5 

IR 
17 
131 
201 


CLASS  3S 

3.66S.7I9 
3.668.790 

CLASS  36 

3.668.791 
3.668,792 
3,668.793 

CLASS  37 

3.668.794 

CLASS  4« 

3.668.793 
3.668.796 
3.668,797 
3,668,798 
3,668,799 

CLASS  42 

3.668.800 

CLASS  43 

3,668,801 
3,668,802 

CLASS  46 

3,668,803 
3.668,804 
3,668,803 
3,668406 


465 
482 

128 


CLASS  4S 

3,669,636 
3.669.637 
CLASS  49 

3,668,808 
3,668,807 

CLASS  SI 

3,668,813 


133R 

144 
163.87 


3,668  J09 
3.668.814 
3.668.812 


CLASS  S2 

6  3,668,810 

28  3,668,826 

36  3,668.827 

92  3.668,828 

94  3,668,811 

169  3.668,829 

400  3,668,830 

484  3,668431 

591  3,668J32 

CLASS  53 

24  3.668  J  IS 

28  3.668.816 

30  3.668  J 17 

67  3,668,818 

102  3,668419 

112R  3,668420 

123  3,668421 

250  3,668423 

330  3.668424 

CLASS  55 

7  3.668433 

21  3.668.S2S 

67  3.668434 

107  3,668433 

131  3,661436 

138  3.668437 

139  3.668422 
191  3.668438 
223  3.668439 
239  3.668.840 
257  3,668.841 
417  3.668.142 
501  3.668443 

CLASS  S6 

7  3.668,844 

11.6  3468.845 

205  3468.846 

252  3,668447 

334  3.668448 

400.04  3.668450 

400.17  3.668449 

CLASS  57 
18  3.668451 

22  3,668452 

34HS  3.668453 

58.89  3.668454 

77.4  3.668455 

3.668456 
3.668457 

CU8S5S 

3.668458 

3.668460 
3.668459 
3.668.861 
3,668,862 
3.668463 
3.668464 
3.668465 
3.668,866 


I57TS 


2 

23BA 
23R 
50R 
58 


127B 
152R 


39.28 
39.48 
39.74R 
54.5R 


CLASS  60 


207 
211 

4IA 
46 
46.3 
53 

72.3 
72.6 

45 
55.5 

77 
158 
228 

235 
262 
346 


3,668467 
3468468 
3,668469 
3,668470 
3.668471 
3.668.872 
3.668473 

CLASS  61 

3.668474 
3.668475 
3.668476 
3468477 
3.668478 
3468479 

CLASS  63 

3468480 
3.668481 
3.668482 
3.6684*3 
3468484 
3,668.885 
3.668487 
3,668486 


373  3,668488 

476  3,668489 

CLASS  63 

3  3,668490 

CLASS  64 
12  3,668491 

14  3,668492 

21        <*        3,668493 
30R  3,668494 

CLASS  6S 

3  3,669,638 

4  3,669.639 
I82R  3,669,640 

CLASS  66 

IR  3,668,897 

54  3,668,902 

70  3.668495 

3,668496 

3,668498 

82  3,668,903 

I6A  3,668,904 

140S  3,668499 

I49S  3,668.900 

176  3.668401 

CLASS  6S 

SD  3.668.905 

CLASS  T 

90  3.668,906 

153  3,668,907 

240  3.668.908 

411  3,668.909 

CLASS  71 

35  3.669.641 

17  3.669.642 

CLASS  73 

24  3.668.910 

43  3.668411 

S3  3.668412 

3.668413 

57  3.668414 

76  3,668415 

274  3.668416 

342  3.668.917 

364  3.668418 

453  3.668419 

455  3.668.920 

3.668.921 

CLASS  73 

1  3.668422 

3  3.668.923 

61 R  3.668425 

71  3.661.921 

136R  3.668426 

1S4  3.668,927 

181  3,668431 

281  3,668,929 

382  3.668432 

386  3.668430 

3.668433 

42IR  3.668434 

4220E  3.668435 

423A  3.668436 


10.33 

10.7 

18.1 

61 

89.15 

89.17 

125 

47IR 

505 

569 

640 

804 


CLASS  74 


3.668437 
3.668424 
3.66843S 

3.668.939 
3.668.940 
3.668.941 
3.668.942 
3,668.943 
3.668.944 
3.668.943 
3.668,946 
3,668,947 


CLASS  7S 

.5AA         3,669.643 

.5B  3.669444 

20F  3469454 

60  3.669445 

74  3.669.646 

76  3469447 

84.5  3.669448 

101  3469449 

3.669450 

104  3.669451 


126C 
128D 
173R 
176 


3.669452 
3.669.653 
3.669.655 
3,669.656 


CLASS  76 
I07S  3,668,948 

CLASS  SO 
160  3,669.515 

CLASS  81 

57.13  3.668.949 

98  3.668.950 

I2IR  3.668.951 

125  3.668.952 

CLASS  83 
22  3.668.953 

36  3.668.954 
CLASS  S3 

6  3.668.955 

8  3.668.9S6 

37  3.668.957 
48  3.668,939 
88  3,668,958 

169  3.668.960 

201.04  3.668.961 

323  3,668,962 

346  3,668.963 

347  3.668.964 
476  3.668,965 


CLASS 
CLASS 


471 

67 
83 

CLASS 

1419 
43R 


S4 

3,668,967 

SS 

3,668.966 
3.668,968 

89 

3,668,970 
3.668.969 


CLASS  90 
1 IC  3.668.972 

IIR  3.668.971 

CLASS  91 
41  3.668.973 

242  3.668,974 

409  3,668,975 

422  3,668.976 

CLASS  93 
17  3.668.977 

98  3.668.978 

CLASS  93 
IR  3.668.979 

3.668.980 
36JK  3.661,981 

62  3.668,982 

CLASS  «4 
SOV  3.668.981 

CLASS M 
44  3.668.984 

IOC  3.668.985 

IIR  3.668.987 

3.668.988 

3.668.989 

11  3,668.986 

13  3.668.990 

39  3.668.991 

3.668.992 

42  3.668.993 

64A  3.668.994 

64R  3.668.993 

89R  3.668.996 

93  3.668.997 

CLASS M 

14  3.669.657 

33  3.669.638 

3.669.659 

3.669.660 

3.669.664 

36  3.669.665 

36.2  3.669.661 

38.3  3.669473 
41  3.669.666 
68  3.669.667 
75  3469462 
86P  3.669.668 
91 N              3.669.669 

94  3469.663 

95  3.669.670 


100  3.669471 

126  3469.672 

CLASS 9« 

40DL  3.668.998 

110  3468,999 

CLASS  99 

1  3469474 

3469.675 

7  3469,676 

17  3469.677 

28  3469.678 

48  3469.000 

70  3469479 

77  3469.680 

78  3469401 
86  3469.681 
90NF  3.669.682 
91                   3469.683 

■  00  3.669.684 

103  3469.685 

3.669.686 

138  3.669430 

139  3469.687 
3.669488 

140R  3469.689 

3469.690 
168  3469.691 

176  3.669.692 

310  3469.694 

327  3469402 

331  3469.003 

3469404 
450.1  346940S 

450.3  3469406 

450.6  3469.007 

CLASS  IS* 

35  3469408 

52  3469.009 

3469410 

lis  3469411 

121  3469412 

211  3.669.013 


CLASS  101 

3R 

3469414 

76 

3469415 

93C 

3469416 

235 

3469417 

456 

3469418 

470 

3469.019 

CLASS  102 

6 

3469420 

22 

3469421 

2IE1 

3469.022 

42C 

3469.033 

70.2R 

3469424 

CLASS  104 

12 

3469425 

118 

3469.026 

I7MT 

3469427 

CLASS  IM 

157R 

3469428 

265 

3469429 

CLASS  1«« 

43 

3469495 

470 

34694M 

53 

3469497 

54 

3469.C98 

74 

34694*9 

98 

3469.700 

120 

3469.701 

287 

3469.7t2 

2881 

3469.7t3 

CLASS  IM 

SO 

3469431 

97 

3469432 

III 

3469499 

152 

3469.034 

3469.09S 

153 

3469436 

CLAMIM 

12 

3469438 

49 

346*437 

CLABBllt 

7A 

3469499 

8A 

3469440 

18 

3469441 

PI  53 


PI  54 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


114 

ijMMl 

CLAltlU 

7* 

iJHWMi 

77 

34M.M4 

III 

iM9Mi 

I2I.IS 

S^9.04« 

3M9.047 

121.2* 

3>**.04t 

ISO 

3.M9.049 

237 

3.M9.0S0 

CLAM  IIS 

S4 

3.M9.0SI 

lit 

3.M9.0S4 

CLAM  114 
.St  3M9.0S2 

M.SH  3.M«^3 

229  3.449.0S5 

CLASS  lis 

I2«  3.M9.0S4 

in  3.M9.0St 

34lt  3.M9.0S7 

CLAM  114 
ft7t  3.409.0S9 

CLASS  117 

3.4  3.449.704 

17  3.4«9.70S 

21  3.M9.70* 

3.449.707 

33  3.449.701 

34  3.449.709 
U2  3.449.710 

3.449.71 1 

3.649.712 
M.4  3.449,713 

M.*  3.449.747 

41A  3.449.714 

n  3.449.71  S 

42  3.449.714 

72  3.449.717 

3.M9.7ia 

93.1PF  3.449.719 

93.31  3.449.720 

9S  3.449.721 

lOOC  3.449.722 

I0S.2  3.449.723 

104R  3.449.724 

I3«  3.469.72S 

13I.IN  3.449.724 

141  3.449.727 

I41UA  3.449.721 

3.649,729 

200  3.449.730 

201  3.M9.693 
3.449.731 

212  3.649.732 
3.449.733 

217  3.449.734 

224  3.449.73S 

224  3.449.734 

227  3.449.737 

232  3.669.731 

CLASS  IIS 

7  3.449.040 

3.449.041 

9  3.449,042 

13  3.449.043 

39  3.449.044 

4S  3.449,043 

SO  3,449.047 

SO.I  3.449,044 

44  3.449.044 

102  3.449.049 

3.449.070 

244  3.449.071 

437  3.449.072 

3.449,073 

CLAU  119 

2  3.449.074 

44  3.669,073 

St»  3.449.074 

72J  3.449.077 

IS7  3,449.071 


CLASS 

134R 

CLASS 

32BA 

41.45 

97B 
139  AW 
I40MC 

USB 

CLASS 

II 

CLASS 

IIR 
11 

CLASS 

2IA 
I4S 

CLASS 

67 


CLASS 

II 

1.1 

2M 

2 

2.0SC 

2.01 

2.IB 

MR 

4 
32 
44 

toe 

t4R 

1320 

134 

I4S.I 

147 

154 

217 

2ltP 

252 

266 

290 

305 

3S0lt 

340 

361 

410 

4I9P 


122 
3.669.079 

123 

3.449.0t0 
3.449.041 
3.449.012 
3.449.043 
3.449.0S4 
3.449.015 
3.669.046 

124 

3.449.0S7 

125 

3>49.0I9 

3.449.044 

124 

3.449.090 
3.449.092 

127 

3.669.739 


CLAI 


12S 

3.449  J>9 1 

3.449.093 

)V649.099 

3.449.094 

3.449.094 

3.4494)97 

3.449.1 10 
3.449.09S 
3.449.091 
3.449.100 
3.449.101 
3.449.105 
3.449.102 
3.449.104 
3.449.107 
3.669.104 
3.669.109 
3.449.103 
3.449.104 

3.449.1 1 1 
3.449.112 
3.669.113 
3.449.114 
3.449.115 
3.449.114 
3.449.117 
3.669.1  IS 
3.669.119 
3.449.120 

tl3« 
3.449.123 
3.449.124 
3.669.121 
3.669.122 
3.449.125 

CLASS  131 

10.9  3.449.124 

194  3.449.127 

241S  3.669.124 

CLASS  132 

46lt  3.649.129 

134  3.449.130 

CLASS  123 
•A  3.449.131 

CLASS  124 

221t  3>69.74l 

22  3.449.740 

23  3.449.742 
SID  3.449.132 

CLASS  I3S 
43  3.669.133 

CLASS  134 

6  3.669.743 

20  3.649.74S 

21  3.449.744 
30  3.449.744 
I3T  3.449.741 
•6C  3.669.7S1 
I6R  3.669.749 
16  3.469.750 

3,449,752 

114  3,449.753 

124  3.449.754 

170  3.449.755 


CLASS  144 

II  3A49,I44 

94  3,449.143 

3>69,I67 

174  3.449,146 

CLASS  14S 


27R 
27T 


CLASS 
7 
•  1.5 
113 
119 
214 
317 
334 
359 
419 
5113 
525 
S67 
594.2 
425.29 
425.41 
425.4 


137 

3,449.134 

3.469.1 3S 

3.449.134 

3.669.137 

3.669.131 

3.649.139 

3.449.140 

3.449,141 

3,449,142 

3.449.143 

3.649.144 

3.669.14S 

3.649.144 

3.649.141 

3.469.149 

3.669,147 


CLASS  134 

26  3.669.  ISO 

31  3.669.151 

46  3.669.tS2 

19  3.669.153 

CLASS  139 
63  3.669.154 

123  3.669.155 

125  3.669.1  S6 

317  3.669.157 

420R  3.669.151 

CLASS  141 

1  3.669,159 

160  3.669.160 

CLASS  143 

32lt  3.669.162 

157A  3,669.163 

CLASS  144 
3D  3.669.161 


1.5 

3,449.740 

1.6 

3.449.757 

6.14 

3.449.7SI 

6.1SR 

3.4*9.744 

6.16 

3.449.7*5 

6.24 

3.449.744 

12.3 

3.449.759 

IS 

3.449.741 

It 

3.449.762 

171 

3.669.763 

3.669.767 

175 

3.669.769 

It7 

3.649.761 

CLASS  IS* 

.5 

3.669.164 

33 

3.669,169 

CLASS  ISl 

41.75 

3.669.170 

44 

3.669.171 

CLASS  1S2 

171 

3.669.172 

361 

3.669.173 

375 

3.669.174 

CLASS  1S6 

3 

3.669.770 

t 

3.669.771 

IS 

3.669,772 

17 

3.669.773 

211 


It 

54 

62.2 

72 

73 

14 

90 
109 
141 
162 
163 
167 
112 
231 
244 

249 
265 
272 
314 
334 
359 
343 

317 
477 
544 
547 
510 
Stl 
512 

513 


37 


31 

44 
63 
66 
61 

127 
130 
141 
166 
167 
lit 
196 
227 
252 

146 
264 
290 

4 

26 
50 
66 
13 
122 


9 

26 

SO 

151 

14* 

217 
252 
270 
279 
315 


40 

210 
311 
S70 

19 

44 

127 


3.669.774 
3.669.775 
3.669.776 
3.669.777 
3.669.77t 
3.669.779 
3.669,710 
3.669.711 
3.669.712 
3.669.713 
3.669.715 
3.669.714 
3.669.790 
3.449.744 
3.449.711 
3.669.719 
3,6«9.793 
3.669.791 
3.669.794 
3.669.792 
3.669.79S 
3.669.796 
3.669.797 
3.669.791 
3.669.799 
3.669.100 
3.669.101 
3.669.102 
3.649.103 
3.669.104 
3.669.105 
3.669.106 
3.669  407 
3.669.101 
3.669.109 
3.669  J 10 
3.669  .t  11 
CLASS  1S7 

3.669.175 

CLASS  161 

3.669.113 
3.669.114 
3, 669.115 
3.669.116 
3,669,117 
3,669.111 
3.669.119 
3.669.120 
3.669.121 
3.669.122 
3.669.123 
3.669.124 
3.669.717 
3.649.125 
3.449.126 
3.669.427 
3.669J2I 

CLASS  162 

3.669.129 
3.669.130 
3.669.131 

CLASS  164 

3.669.176 
3.669.177 
3.669.171 
3.669.179 
3.669.1 12 
3.669.110 


3.669.111 

CLASS  144 

3.649.113 
3.449JII2 
3.449.144 
3.449.115 
3,449.114 

CLASS  144 

3.669.117 
M.27.217 

3.449  J  It 
3.449419 
3.669J90 

CLASS  169 

lA  3.669.191 

CLASS  171 

3.669.192 

CLASS  172 

3.669.194 
3.669,195 
3.669.193 

CLASS  173 

3.649.197 
3.449,194 
3.469,194 

CLASS  174 
ISC  3.670,093 

S2PE  3,670,091 

6511  3.670,094 

90  3.670,090 

I52R  3.670,092 

CLASS  17S 

3.669,199 

CLASS  176 

3.669.132 
3.669.133 
3.669.134 

CLASS  177 

3.669.7S6 

CLASS  17S 

3,670.095 
3.670.096 


CLASS  192 


106 


61 

17 


136 


5.4R 

6 


6.5 

7.1 

7.2 

7.1 
19 
22 
69.$F 


3.670.091 
3.670.099 
3.670.097 
3,670.100 
3.670.101 
3.670.102 
3.670.103 
3.670.104 
3. 670. 1  OS 


CLASS  179 


ISA 

10 

HAD 

Iter 
itj 

90B 
I00.2B 
I00.2C 
I00.2P 


3.670.107 
3.670.106 
3.67S.n0 
3.670.109 
3.670.101 
3.670.1 1 1 
3.670.113 
3.67S.1I4 
3.67S,II2 


CLASS  II* 

IAS  3.669.200 

6R  3.669.201 

SO  3.669^02 

54A  3.669a03 

69.1  3.669.204 

9t  3.669.205 

3.669.206 

3.669.207 

3.669.201 

3.669.209 

103  3.6*9410 

112  3.66S.21I 

120  3.669.212 

CLASS  141 

.SNC         3.669.213 

32R  3.669.214 

3.660.215 

40  3.669.216 

CLASS  1S2 
4t  3,669.217 

97  3.669.211 

CLASS  1S4 

7A  3.669.219 

lOSC  3.6619420 

CLASS  1S7 
9S  3>«9422 

CLASS  ISS 

79.5K  3.649421 

III  3.649.223 

202  3.6*9424 

29t  3.64942S 

345  3.649426 

CLASS  19* 

II  3.649427 

41 R  3.64942S 

CLASS  191 
4SR  3.670.1  IS 


.091 
I2C 
4l.t 
S3D 
ISA 
17.11 


3.449.234 
3.469.229 
3.669.230 
3.669.231 
3.449432 
3.449433 


CLAM  194 

10  3.669.23S 

CLASS  19S 

2tN  3.449.134 

2tR  3.669,135 

29  3.669.137 

3.669.131 
36R  3.669.140 

37  3.669.139 

43  3.669.S4S 

63  3.669.141 

44A  3.449.142 

64R  3.669.143 

3.669.144 
96  3.669.146 

CLASS  197 
49  3.669.237 

91      ^  3.669436 

CLASS  194 

3.66943t 
3.669439 
3.449.240 
3.449.241 
3.449.242 
3.449.243 
3.669.244 
3.669.24S 
3.669.246 
3.669.247 
3.669,241 


16 
23 

3IAA 
102 
i27R 

137 
ISS 
179 
119 
221 


CLASS  2*0 


6BB 

I6C 
47 
S2R 
61.55 
670 
t2D 
144B 
14tR 


ISOB 
I53LB 
I66C 
1>3 


3,670.116 
3.670.117 
3.670.111 
3.670.119 
3.670.120 
3.670.121 
3.670.122 
3.670.123 
3.670.124 
3.670. 125 
3.670.126 
3.670.127 
3.670,121 
3,670.129 
3.670.130 


12 

131 
144 
166 

22 

23 

31 

33 

44 

75 

90 

122 

123 

121 

IS2 

169 

222 

22S 

242 


14 
94 

II 

16 

2S 

46 

49 

55R 

SI 


143M 
ISl 
111 
192 


19SM 

I9SR 

206 

207 

224 

221 

261 

297 

29t 

299 


CLASS  2*3 

3.669.26S 
3.669.141 


CLASS 


204 

3.669.149 

3.669.150 

3.669.ISI 

3.669.tS2 

3.669.153 

3.669.154 

3.669.155 

3.669.156 

3.669.151 

3.669.157 

3.669.159 

3.669.160 

3.669.161 

3.669.163 

3.669.162 

3.669.164 

3.669.165 

3.669.166 

3.669.167 

3.669.161 

3.669.169 

3.669.170 

3.669.171 

3.669.172 

CLASS  206 

3.669.249 
3.669.2S0 
3.669.2S1 
3,669,233 
3.669.2S2 
3.669.234 
3.669.25  S 
3.669456 
3.669.251 
3.669.259 
3,669.257 


CLASS 


CLASS 


34 
41 
49D 

114 


3 
SIR 

44R 

4S.I4 

46FN 

S7A 

59F 

63 .2R 

6SC 

6SF 

65 

CLASS 20S 

59  3.669.173 

65  3.669.175 

79  3.669.174 

17  3.669.176 

164  3.669.177 

CLASS  2*9 

73  3.669,260 

74  3,669,261 
lO.S  3.669.262 


3,6*9469 
3,669464 
3.669.147 
3^69.266 

3.669.t7|l 
3.669.110 
3.669.179 
3>69.tSl 
3.669.112 
3.669.113 
3.669447 
3.669461 
3.6694*9 
3.6694710 
3.669471 
3^69.272 
3.669497 
3.669.214 
3.669473 
3.6694lS 

311       J 

3.669476 

3.669479 

3.669477 

3.669471 


CLASS  213 

7 

3.669.240 

144 

3.669.2il 

CLASS  214        1 

6P 

3.669412 

I.5C 

3.669.2t3 

lO.SR 

3.669414 

13IC 

3.6694IS 

l3tR 

3.669416 

1470 

3.6694t7 

152 

3.669411 

353 

3.669.219 

392 

3>69.290 

519 

3.669.291 

620 

3.669.292 

767 

3.669493 

CLASS  21 S 

3^69.294 
3.669.2^5 
3.669496 


CLASS  219 


7.5 
10.55 


69C 

76 
114 
130 
137 


271 
367 
37S 


3.670.1BI 
3.670.132 
3.670.193 
3.670.134 
3.670.136 
3.670.137 
3.670.1 31 
3.670,139 
3.670.135 
3.670.140 
3.670.I4I 
3.670.142 
3.670.143 


4R 

10 
36 
39R 
44R 
46MS 
SSK 
60R 
113 


CLASS  22* 


3.669.291 
3.669.299 
3.669.300 
3.669.301 
3.669 .302 
3.669.303 
3.669.304 
3.669.305 
3.669.306 


CLASS  221 

63  3.669407 

119  3.669.301 

225  3.669.309 

279  3.669.310 

CLASS  222 

3  3.669.}  II 

70  3.669.312 

95  3.669.il3 

129  3.669.)5I 

136  3.669.314 

141  3.669.315 

193  3.669.316 

195  3.669.117 

307  3.669.311 

309  3.669.319 

319  3.669.320 

402.24  3.669.321 

4S4  3.669422 

490  3.669423 

CLASS  223 

32  3.669.^24 

CLASS  224 
20  3.66942S 

42.21  3.669426 

CLASS  226 

1 1  3.669427 

97  3,669421 

101  3,669429 

174  3,669430 

176  3,669,331 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


to 


CLASS  227 

3.669432 


CLASS  22* 

3  3.669433 

3.669434 

5  3.669.471 

50  3.669435 


CLASS 
14BA 
I4C 
23BT 
23A 
31 
33 
40 
42 

44CB 
5IBP 
SITS 
SI 

CLASS 

60R 

6I.IID 

61. HE 

61.9 

92J 
I44HC 
IS0.2 
150.22 
151.11 
1514 
152 
ISl 
194 


229 

3.669437 

3,669436 

3.669431 

3.669.339 

3.669.340 

3.669.341 

3.669442 

3.669.343 

3.669.344 

3.669.346 

3.669.345 

3.669.347 

235 

3.669.34S 
3.670.146 
3.670.145 
3.670.144 
3.670.147 
3.670. 1S2 
3. 670.  US 
3.670.149 
3.670.153 
3.670.150 
3.670.154 
3.670.1S1 
3. 670.  ISS 


CLASS  226 

13  3.669.349 

49  3.669,350 

CLASS  237 
19  3,669,351 

CLASS  239 

70  3,669,352 

126  3,669,354 

177  3,669453 

3,669,355 

230  3,669,356 

310  3,669,337 

491  3,669,359 

533  3,669,3*0 

544  3M9.4I9 

SIS  3,449,341 

517  3,669,362 

CLASS  24* 

2  3,670, 1 S6 

41.3S  3,670,157 

41.5  3,670,151 

65  3,670,159 

I02A  3.670,160 

CLASS  241 

S  3.669.363 


CLASS 

I 
4B 

HEW 
26.41 
S4A 
55 

55.19A 
56.9 

75.4 
75.45 

12 

I4.IA 
131 
ISIR 
112 
116 
192 
194 


CLASS 


7A 

13 

46 

S2 

102SL 
ISIR 


40 

22 

42 

54R 
121 
III.4 
221 
235 
309 
371 
373 

400 


CLASS 


CLASS 


242 

3.669.364 

3.669.365 

3.669.373 

3.669.366 

3.669.361 

3.669472 

3.669.374 

3.669.369 

3.669475 

3.669470 

3.669476 

3.669.377 

3.669471 

3.669479 

3.669.310 

3.669411 

3.669.312 

3.669413 

3.669.314 

244 

3.669471 
3.669.3IS 
3.669.367 
3.669.316 
3.669,317 
3,6*9,311 

246 

3,670,161 

24S 

3,669,319 

3,669,390 

3,669,391 

3,669,392 

3,669,393 

3,669,394 

3,669,395 

3,669,396 

3,669497 

3.669.391 

3.669.399 

3.669,400 


CUSS  249 

27  3.669.401 

ISO  3.669,402 

CLASS  2S* 


41.3 
4I.9ME 
43.SR 
SO 

•3.3R 
199 

221 
225 
226 
229 


30 
172 
279 
315 
334 
3S9 

36 
62.1 

62.9 

63.2 

71 

19 

90 


3,670,171 
3,670,162 
3,670,172 
3,670,163 
3.670,164 
3,670,165 
3,670,166 
3,670,167 
3,670,161 
3.670.169 
3.670.170 
CLASS  2SI 

3.669.403 
3.669,404 
3.669,405 
3,669.406 
3.669,407 
3. 669 .401 


CLASS  252 

3.669414 
3.669415 
3,669416 
3.669  .SS7 
3.6694SS 
3.669419 
3.669490 
3.669.191 
3.669492 

156  3.669 .193 

157  3.669  .S94 
III  3.669495 
30I.3W  3.669496 
30I.4S  3.669497 
307                 3.669491 

316  3.669499 
3S9C  3.669.900 

317  3.669.901 
391  3.669.902 
435  3.669.909 
455  3.669.903 
465                  3.669.904 

3.669406 
512  3.669 .90S 

Sll  3.669.907 

522  3.669.901 

CLASS  2M 
45  3,449,409 

139.1  3,669,410 

I6S  3,669,411 

CLASS  2S6 

10  3,669,413 

CLASS  259 

I  3.649,414 

12  3,449,415 

21  3,449,414 

147  3,669,417 

3.669,4  IS 

CLASS  24* 

2.5AH         3,649,913 


2.5B 
2.SN 

17R 
I7.40C 

2I.5AS 

29.6AN 

34.2 

37N 

40R 

4IC 

4IR 

4S.9R 

45.95 

47CP 
47CZ 
47EC 
47C 

47R 
75NC 
7SR 
77 

77.SAO 

77.S$P 

77.5R 

7IA 

7IR 

7t.3R 
7I.4N 
7I.5R 
10.7 
12.1 
IS.3R 
I7.SR 
93.5S 
93.7 
i46D 


3,449.912 

3.449.910 

3.649.911 

3.449414 

3.449415 

3.449414 

3.449411 

3.669419 

3.669.991 

3.449420 

3.4*9.921 

3,449423 

3,469422 

3,669424 

3.66942S 

3,669,926 

3,669421 

3,669430 

R«.274ll 

3.649427 

3449429 

3469432 

3.649431 

3.449433 

3.449435 

3.469436 

3.669.934 

3.669437 

3.669439 

3.669.917 

3.669431 

3.669440 

3.669.941 

3.669442 

3.669.943 

3.669444 

3.649.945 

3.449.946 

3.669.947 

3.669.941 

3.669.9S1 


PI  55 


2I0AB 

230R 
233.3R 
239BF 
239.1 

239.3B 

240J 

24INS 

249.6 
2494 

2S0A 

250R 

2S6.4F 

2S6.40 

2S6.SR 

260 

2t6R 

293.73 

293.79 
294.10 
294.IK 

295  ST 
301 

304 

306 

306.ID 

307H 

307R 

310A 

326.13A 

3264 

326.50 

327S 

332.2R 

340.6 

345.1 

34IR 

310 

399 

401 

4 1  OS 

410.9R 

439R 

44IA 

453P 
453R 
4S4 

463G 
465.3 


465.5 

479C 
413 
4I6AC 
4SSJ 

497A 

502.4P 

S26N 

5  SON 

S45P 

56IHL 

56IN 

56IR 

S64E 

S66A 

S70D 

576 

592 

593R 

593 

6120 

6130 

614AA 

62IR 

623H 

635C 

6S2.SR 

6S6R 

66SR 

674H 

674N 

6S0E 

6130 

613.3 

I30R 

I30S 

I37R 

1570 

IS9R 

160 

173 

I76R 

I7IB 

HOB 

SS9 


3.449452 
3449453 
3.669.9S4 
3.669455 
3449454 
3449457 
3449451 
3449459 
3.669.960 
3.669.961 
3.649.942 
3449.943 
3.449.944 
3.469.945 
3.669.944 
3.669.969 
3.669.967 
3.669.961 
3.669470 
3.669471 
3.669.972 
3.669473 
3.669.974 
3469476 
3469475 
3.669450 
3.669.977 
3.669.97S 
3.669.979 
3.669410 
3469411 
3.669.912 
3.669413 
3469.914 
3.669.915 
3.669417 
R«.274I4 
3.669416 
3469.9M 
3.669419 
3.669.990 
3469.992 
3469,993 
3,669,994 
3,669,995 
3,669,996 
3,669,991 
3,669.997 
3.669.999 
3470400 
3470401 
3470JM3 
3470402 
3470404 
347040S 
3470.006 
3470.001 
3470,009 
3470.007 
3470410 
3470411 
3.670412 
3470.013 
3470414 
3470415 
3.670416 
3470417 
3470411 
3470419 
3470420 
3470421 
3470422 
3470423 
3470424 
3470425 
3470426 
3470427 
3470421 
3470429 
3470430 
3470431 
3470432 
'3470433 
3470434 
3470435 
3470436 
3470437 
3470431 
3470441 
3470439 
3470440 
3469.949 
3470442 
3470443 
3470444 
3470445 
3470446 
3470447 
3470441 
3470.049 
3470450 
3470451 
3470452 
3470.053 
3470454 
3470.0SS 


I97C  3.670456 

941  34704S7 
CLASS  261 

23  A  3.669420 

25  3.669421 

34  3.669422 

36A  3.669423 

44R  3.449.424 

79A  3.669425 


IR 

3.449424 

I9D 

3.449421 

3.649.429 

21A 

3.669.430 

21 

3.669.431 

32R 

3.669.432 

33R 

3.669433 

40R 

3.669435 

CLASS  2*4 

22 

3.670.051 

41 

3.670459 

77 

3470460 

12 

3.670461 

97 

3.670462 

115 

3.670463 

130 

3.670464 

131 

3.67046S 

141 

3470.066 

154 

3.670.067 

112 

3470464 

117 

3470.049 

244 

3470470 

273 

3.670.071 

CLASS  244 

13 

3.449434 

33S 

3.449434 

34LM 

3.669437 

CLASS  249 

20 

3.669431 

130 

3.669.439 

111 

3.669.440 

CLASS  270 

53 

3.669441 

51 

3.669.442 

49 

3.669.443 

CLASS  271 

3 

3.669.444 

24 

3.669.445 

29 

3,669.446 

S3 

3.449.447 

64 

3.469.441 

74 

3.669.449 

CLASS  273 

I.SR 

3.669450 

95R 

3.449451 

101 

3.449452 

MIA 

3.449453 

176F 

3.449454 

CLASS  274 

4C 

3.669456 

4E 

3.449455 

3.449457 

CLASS  277 

24 

3.449440 

31 

3449451 

171 

R«474I9 

174 

3,449459 

23SR 

3,449,441 

CLASS  279 

51 

3,449,462 

CLASS  2S8 

47.34 

3.449.444 

4747 

3,449.443 

I7R 

3.449.445 

91 

3.449.446 

124 

3449447 

267 

3.449.46S 

492 

3.669469 

CLASS  2SS            1 

45 

3469470 

49 

3.669471 

17 

3.669.472 

197 

3469473 

336 

34*9474 

341 

3.669473 

CLASS  2S7            1 

20.9S 

3.669.410 

52.07 

3.649477 

S3R 

3.449474 

II9.36C 

3449479 

CLASS  29*           1 

SIR 

3.470.173 

CLASS  292             1 

49 

3449411 

to 

3449412 

244 

3449413 

CLASS  292            1 

71R 

3.449414 

CLASS  294             1 

19 

3.669.427  | 

73 

3.669.415 

345 

3470424 

74 

3.669.4S6 

SSI 

3470427 

104 

3.669.4S7 

594 

347042S 

CLASS  296 

CLASS  32* 

44 

3.669,411 

59 

3470429 

CLASS  297 

CLASS  321 

217 

3.4*9.419 

10 

3470430 

241 

3.669.491 

12 

3470431 

253 

3.649492 

14 

3470432 

272 

3.*«9490 

It 

3470434 

429 

3,449,493 

3470435 

440 

3.449.494 

27R 

347*494 

445 

3.469.495 

47 

3470437 

3.669.496 

55 

3470434 

4S2 
455 

3.669.497 
3.669.499 

17 

CLASS  323 

3470433 

SB 

37R 
311 

CLASS  2S1 

3.669.500 
3.6*9.501 
3470.114 

37 
52 
S7R 
72 

CLASS  324 

3470439 
3470440 
3470443 
3470444 

CLASS  3*2 

73R 

3470445 

19 

3.6*9402 

79R 

3470441 

44 

3.669.503 

133 

3470444 

CLASS  2*2 

CLASS  32S 

6C 

3.669.S04 

2S 

3470447 

3.669.S0S 

SS 

3470442 

3,6*9406 

141 

3470444 

3.669.507 

329 

3449411 

2IF 

3.6*9.509 

370 

3470475 

2IR 
22R 
SO 

3.«*9.50t 
3.669410 
3.669413 

110 

CLASS 32S 

3470449 

33 

CLASS  3*4 

3.449412 

104 
109 

CLASS  229 

3470450 
3470451 

CLASS  3*7 

112 

3470452 

lOR 

64 
136 
141.4 

3.470.174 
3470.175 
3.670.176 
3.670.177 

17 
107 

CLASS  33* 

3470453 
3470454 

202 

3470.171 

CLASS  331 

221 

3.470.179 

25 

3470455 

244 

3470.110 

944 

3470454 

242 

3.470.111 

3470457 

293 

3.470.112 

3470451 

304 

3.670.113 

3470459 

3.670.115 

3470440 

9 

14 
36.1 
122 

CLASS  30* 

3.449414 
3.449415 
3.6*9416 
3.669417 

113R 
1I6M 

3470441 
3470442 
3470443 
3470444 
347046S 

156 

3.649411 

CLASS  332 

236 

3.449419 

14 

3470444 

CLASS  210 

CLASS  323 

9.3 

3.470.114 

1.1 

3470447 

10 

3.470.117 

II 

3470444 

17 

3.470.141 

IS 

3470449 

46 

3.670.119 

30 

3470470 

60 

3.670.190 

3470471 

143 

3.470,191 

CLASS  2)S                              1 

194 

3.470.192 

112 

3470472 

CLASS  312            1 

204 

3470473 

351 

3.449420 

240 

3470474 

CLASS  213             1 

CLASS334                               1 

lOSR 

3470.193 

92 

3470474 

109 

3470.194 

192 

3470477 

217 

3.470.195 

213 

3470471 

CLASS  319             1 

217 

3470479 

3.5 

3.670.194 

CLASS  337                                 1 

3.470.197 

21 

3470412 

II 

3470.191 

111 

34704S0 

12 

3470.200 

112 

3470411 

13R 

3470.199 

354 

3470443 

I69TV 

3470401 

340 

34704*4 

297 

3470402 

CLASS  33S                                1 

CLASS  317              1 

17S 

3470445 

2R 

3470.203 

ISO 

3470444 

IID 

3.470.204 

CLASS239                              1 

61.5 

3470404 

I2R 

3470447 

lOICE 

3470405 

74R 

3470411 

lOICM 

3470404 

7SMr 

3470490 

lOlDH 

3470.207 

91R 

347*449 

13SR 

3470409 

92M 

3470491 

230 

3.470410 

I43R 

347*492 

3.470411 

I77MP 

3470493 

3470412 

195M 

347*494 

234R 

3470413 

19SH 

3470494 

3.470414 

19SS 

3470495 

3.470415 

232 

347*4*7 

23SR 

R«.27.34S 

276T 

347*4*1 

237 
231 

261  > 

3470417 
3.470411 
3470419 
3470420 
3470416 
3470421 
3470422 

CLASS  24S 
IK               347B.299 

40                 34704B2 

S2A              3470400 

45                 347B40I 

144.  IC            34TSJ03 

I44.IP            347SJB4 

CLASS  lis             1 

I46.3P 

347B4«9 

124 

3470.223 

1724 

347*40* 

227 

3470424 

347*4*7 

270 

3.670.22S 

347*4** 

PI  56 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


I74RC 
174SR 
n4TF 
n4.IC 

IM 

IM 

244C 

27» 

324A 

324R 

M7DA 

347SY 

347P 

3>4 


3.«70.309 
3,670.310 
3.670,311 
3.670.314 
3.670.312 
3.670.313 
3 .670.3  IS 
3.670.316 
3.670.317 
3,670.311 
3,670.319 
3.670.320 
3.670.322 
3.670.323 
3.670.326 
3.670.324 
3.670.32S 
3.670.321 


CLASS  343 


7.4 

• 

9 

IIR 

I6R 


3.670.334 
3.670.327 
3.670,321 
3.670,329 
3,670.330 
3.670.331 
3.670.332 


ItE 
lOOSA 
106 
lOlM 
lot 


3,670,333 
3,670,333 
3.670,336 
3.670,331 
3,670.337 


CLASS  3M 


3.5 

6 

57 

•7 

ISt 

159 

119 

205 


3,669.521 
3,669,522 
3,669,523 
3,669424 
3.669.525 
3.669.526 
3.669.527 
3,669.S2I 


CLASS  351 
17  3.669.529 

3.669.530 

CLASS  352 

31  3.669.531 

780  3.669.532 

95  3.669.533 

CLASS  353 

21  3.669.534 

CLASS  355 


3  3.669.412 
I  3.669,535 

40  3.669436 

50  3,669,537 

64  3.669439 

67  3.669431 

CLASS  356 

4  3,669440 

5  3.669441 
36  3.669442 
42  3.669443 
74  3.669445 

15  3.669444 

16  3.669446 
93  3.669447 

141  3.66944* 

152  3.669449 
3.669450 

197  3.669451 

199  3.669452 

202  3.669453 

244  3.669454 

CLASS  403 
I  3.669455 

CLASS  4M 


10 

3.649456 

16 

3.649457 

21 

43 

3.649451 

45 

CLASS  415 

•3 

10 

3.649459 

41 

3.649460 

90 

3.649461 

3 

159 

3.649462 

47 

211 

3.649463 

60 

CLASS  416 

no 

121 

3.649464 

157 

134 

3.649466 

200 

115 

3.649465 

212 

CLASS  417 

241 

4S 

3,649467 

203 

3,64946< 

244 

222 

3,649469 

250 

3,649470 

256 

341 

3,649471 

390 

3,649472 

261 

416 

3,649473 

270 

477 

3.649474 

555 

3.649475 

273 

571 

3.649476 

275 

CLAM  41S 

3.669477 
3.669.571 
3.669479 

CLASS  414 

3.670.072 
3.670.073 
3.670.074 
3.670.075 
3.670.076 
3.670.077 
3.670.07S 
3.670.079 
3.670.060 
3.670.0*1 
3.670.0*2 
3.670.013 
3.670.0*4 
3.670.0*5 
3.670.0*6 
3.670.0*7 
3.670.0** 


30 
34 
72 
7* 

109 

112 
113 
116 
119 
131 
155 
1*6 

1*1 

192 
214 
216 
242 
245 
249 

317 
326 
379 
39* 


95 


CLASS  435 

3.6694*0 
3.6494*1 
3.6694*4 
3.6694*2 
3.6694*5 
^-^  3.6694*6 

3.6694*7 
3,6694** 
3.6494*9 
3.669490 
3.669491 
3.669492 
3.669493 
3.669494 
3.669495 
3.669496 
3.6494*3 
3,669497 
3.669499 
3.669,i600 
3.66949* 
3.669^1 
3.669^2 
3.669^3 
3.669,604 
3.669^5 
3,669.606 

CLASS  431 

3,669^7 


Classification  of  Designs 

^ 

^ 

D  2- 

276 

223.791 

44    223.*0* 

D22-    19          223.*25 

24    223.*4t 

6    223.*59 

223 175 

310 

223.792 

176    223J09 

23          223.126 

D34- 

5    2>3,I43 

D56- 

4    223.160 

223 174 

D  *- 

11 

223,793 

177    223410 

D23-      4          223,627 

V       2»3.*44 

D61- 

1     223.661 

223  S77 

13 

223,794 

219    223J11 

223,*2* 

2t3.*46 

223.662 

D«5- 

2    223*7* 

107 

223,795 

2*7    223.*  12 

42           223.*29 

15    223.*42 

223.663 

6    223^79 

13* 

223,796 

DI3-            1    223JI4 

SO          223.130 

2J3.I47 

D64- 

II     223.t65 

D*6- 

*    2234>0 

140 

223,797 

223.115 

51          223.131 

223.14* 

1*    223.*64 

10    223,*>3 

223,79* 

D14-            3    223JI6 

D26-     5          223.*32 

D42- 

1    223.*49 

D70- 

1     223,*66 

2234*4 

223.799 

223  .*I7 

14          223.*33 

223.*50 

223.667 

■-^^ 

223l**5 

142 

223.S00 

223J1* 

223.*34 

, 

7    223. SSI 

D7I- 

223.*6a 

11     223,**I 

223.*OI 

6    223,*19 

223.*35 

2t3.*S2 

223.*69 

D*7- 

1     223.**2 

154 

223.*02 

24    223.*20 

223.*36 

223433 

D74- 

5    223.670 

223,**6 

22* 

223.*03 

223.*21 

D30-    95          223J4S 

D44- 

1     2i3.*54 

D77- 

1     223.*71 

D90- 

20    223,**7 

D  9- 

2 

223,*04 

223.S22 

D33-     2          223.137 

D4«- 

20    223.155 

D*0- 

9    223.*72 

223,11* 

10 

223.*05 

DIS-            1    223.S13 

7          223.*3* 

D49- 

13    223.*56 

223.*73 

D94- 

3     2234*9 

40 

223.*0« 

223,*23 

14          223.*39 

D52- 

1     223.657 

D*3- 

1     223.I74 

223 

*90 

42 

223.*07 

223, *24 

19          223.*40 

4     223. *5* 

Classification  of 

-       1 
Plants 

-.^ 

P.  - 

69 

3.205 

p.  -                      3^06 

P.  -                       3.207 

P.  -. 

3.20* 

P.  - 

3.209 

P.  - 

3,210 

GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX 
OF  RESIDENCE  OF  INVENTORS 

>U.S.  S,..e,.  T„ra„rie,  ,„d  A™.H  Force.  „..  ,:.,„,„,..„.,„.„  ,,  p,„„..  r,„..  .„,  ,„^  ,.^„^, 

a 1  ,, 


Alabama 

Alaska 

American  Samoa.... 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

Califurnia 

Canal  Zone 

Colorado 

Connecticut 

Delaware 

District  of  Columbia 

Florida 

(>eortda 

(>uam 

Hawaii... 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 


1 

.    2 

.     3 

.     4 

.     5 

.     6 

.     7 

.    8 

.     9 

.   10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

1.5 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 


Kentucky... 

Louisiana 

Maine 

Maryland 

Massachusetts.. 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada 

New  Hampshire 

New  Jersey 

New  Mexico 

New  York 

North  Carolina.. 
North  Dakota... 
Ohio 

Oklahoma 


.  21 

.  22 

.  23 

.  24 

.  25 

.  26 

.  27 

.  28 

.  29 

.  30 

.  31 

32 

33 

34 

S-S 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 


Orejion 

Pennsylvania... 

Puerto  Rico 

Rh«»de  Island... 
South  Carolina. 
South  Dakota... 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virttima 

Virjsin  Islands... 

Washin^iton 

West  Virjdnia... 

Wisconsin 

Wyominji 

U.S.  Air  Force  .. 

U.S.  Army 

U.S.  Navy 


.  41 

.  42 

.  43 

.  44 

.  45 

.  46 

.  47 

.  48 

,  49 

50 

51 

52 

53 

54 

55 

56 

57 

58 

59 


...;^.StT  '"■'-  "-  ^^  ---'' .■  ^  W,.    „.. „. ^ »Be....,.„.o«.u,.;..„,„„^.„^,,„,. 


invenlor 


Patents 


s 

6 


3,669,129 

3,670,0*4 

3,670.234 

3,670.290 

3,669.127 

3.669,131 

3,669,646 

3.670,219 

3.670,306 

3.669.195 

3.669.350 

3.666.706 

3, 666.701 

3.666.7I* 

3.666.722 

3.666.730 

3.666.731 

3.666.769 

3.666.776 

3.66*.*0S 

3.66*.*09 

3.66*.*41 

3.66*.*6* 

3.66*.*79 

3,666.913 

3.666,932 

3.666,935 

3,666,949 

3.641.967 

3,666.976 

3.666.9*6 

3.669.003 

3.669.007 

3.669.026 

3.669.035 

3.669.03* 

3,649,052 

3.669.056 

3.669.063 

3.669.069 

3,669,070 

3,669,072 

3.669,075 

3,669,094 

3.669.102 

3,669.107 

3.669.10* 

3.669,116 

3,669,13* 

3,669,142 

3.669.143 


3.669. 1  SO 
3.669.171 
3,669,1*5 
3.669,1*9 
3,669,190 
3,669,213 
3,669,223 
3,669,227 
3,669,237 
3,669,240 
^     3.669,254 
3,669,261 
3,669,263 
3,669,2** 
3,669.296 
3.669.304 
3.669.316 
3.669,322 
3.669,331 
3.669,362 
3,669,364 
3,669.3*4 
3.669.3** 
3.669.394 
3.669.402 
3.669.406 
3.669.40* 
3.669.409 
3.649.431 
3,669,433 
3,669,439 
3,669,460 
3,669,46* 
3,669,472 
3.669,463 
3.669.492 
3.649411 
3.669426 
3.66942* 
3. 669.342 
3.669.54* 
3.649.550 
3.669.575 
3.669.610 
3.669.615 
3.669,626 
3.669.642 
3.669.649 
3.669.653 
3,669.666 
3.669.6*5 


3.669.690 

3.669.716 

3.669,724 

3,669,737 

3.669.755 

3,669.757 

3.669,75* 

3.669.777 

3.669.790 

3.669420 

3.669424 

3.669455 

3.669473 

3.66947* 

3.669479 

3.6694*0 

3.669,900 

3,669.901 

3,669.929 

3.669.954 

3.669.996 

3,670.010 

3.670.054 

3.670.05* 

3.670.097 

3.670.102 

3.670.106 

3.670.107 

3.670.112 

3,670,114 

3,670,135 

3.670,14* 

3,670,151 

3,670.155 

3,670,164 

3,670,119 

3.670.20* 

3.670JI* 

3.670432 

3.670433 

3.670435 

3.670.245 

3.670461 

3.670462 

3.670476 

3.6704*1 

3.670492 

3.670401 

3.670407 

3.670409 

3.670412 


10 


3,670415 

3.670416 

3.670420 

3.670426 

3.67042* 

3.670436 

3.666.926 

3.666.765 

3.66*4*0 

3.669.016 

3.669.197 

3.66940* 

3.669496 

3.669.663 

3.669.746 

3.670404 

Re.274*7 

3.666.723 

3.666.779 

3.66*400 

3.66*460 

3.666.936 

3.666.951 

3.666.966 

3.669.065 

3.669.104 

3.669465 

3.669410 

3.669434 

3.669465 

3.669.443 

3.669443 

3.669,679 

3.669.6*3 

3.669.719 

3.649434 

3.669439 

3.669494 

3,669,96* 

3.670.022 

3.670.142 

3.67042* 

3.670459 

3,670474 

3,669.695 

3.670.013 

3.670.019 

3.670.023 

3.670.035 

3.670.039 

3.670.040 


II 


12 


13 


17 


3.670.04* 
3.666.77* 
3.669493 
3,670,166 
3.670402 
3.670441 
3.668.733 
3.66«.777 
3.668.601 
3.668.803 
3.668415 
3.668447 
3.668497 
3.669.020 
3.669.128 
3469.180 
3.669456 
3.669457 
3.669492 
3.669.420 
3.669.454 
3.669.480 
3470.074 
3470.078 
3. 670. 1  SO 
3.670456 
3470457 
3.669.046 
3.669406 
3.669442 
34694*6 
3469427 
3.669.779 
346941* 
3.64*,704 
3.64*.7I7 
3464.720 
346*.744 
3466.794 
3.66*404 
3448422 
3.648425 
3448426 
3.668445 
346*432 
3468.920 
-  3468.925 
3448.937 
344S.943 
3468.944 
3.668.963 


3.666.966 

3.668.975 

3.669.022 

3.669.034 

3.669.036 

3.669.057 

3.669458 

3,669.068 

3.669473 

3.669483 

3.669.086 

3.669,130 

3.669,152 

3.669.160 

3.669.161 

3.669.172 

3.669.193 

3.669.194 

3.669416 

3.669424 

3.649432 

3.669447 

3.669453 

3.649474 

3.669400 

3.649423 

3.649424 

3.649443 

3.649447 

3.649453 

3.6694SS 

3.6494*0 

3.649495 

3.669422 

3449430 

3.669.440 

3.669.453 

3.669458 

3.669.47S 

3.669412 

3.449413 

3.449432 

3449435 

3.449441 

3469476 

34694** 

3449405 

3.449414 

3449437 

3449452 

3469477 

PI  57 


I 


PI  58 


GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  RESIDENCE  OF  INVENTORS 


II 


19 


31 


22 


23 

24 


3.M9.67t 

3.669,694 

3.669.720 

3.669.771 

3.669.791 

3.669.799 

3.669.t3l 

3.«««,>«0 

3.669.176 

3.669.199 

3.669.902 

3.669.926 

3.669.947 

3.669.9SS 

3.669.963 

3.670.003 

3.670.020 

3.670.030 

3.670.049 

3.670.092 

3.670.091 

3.670.220 

3,670.231 

3.670.29S 

3.670.296 

3,670.303 

3.670.311 

3,670.323 

3.66t.7SS 

3.661.797 

3. 661.141 

3,666.977 

3,669,133 

3, 669.236 

3,669.264 

3,669.213 

3,669.346 

3.669.429 

3.669,476 

3,6«9.4SS 

3.669499 

3.669.644 

3.669.6S6 

3,669.733 

3.M9.734 

3.669.766 

3.669.164 

3.669.670 

3.669.M3 

3.669.964 

3.669.965 

3.669.969 

3.669,966 

3.670.015 

3.670.076 

3.670.111 

3.670.119 

3,670.120 

3,670.212 

3.670.279 

3.670,265 

3.670,297 

3.670,317 

3.666,750 

3.669.175 

3.669.229 

3.669.451 

3,669,636 

3,669,675 

3,670,134 

3,669.014 

3,669.021 

3.669,071 

3.669,293 

3,66S,76t 

3,666,643 

3,661.939 

3.661.91 1 

3,669,159 

3.669.450 

3.669431 

3,670.167 

Re.27.319 

3,661.719 

3.669.1 17 

3.669.266 

3.669.339 

3.669.654 

3.669,66> 

3.669.722 

3.669.616 

3.669.990 

3.670,001 

3.670.036 

3.666.746 

3.666.956 

3.661.721 

3.661.172 

3.661.912 

3,666.946 

3,666,957 

3.669,000 

3,669.245 

3,669,295 

3.669,314 


25 


26 


3.669.403 

3,669422 

3,669,565 

3,669.624 

3.669.912 

3.670.059 

1.670.169 

3.670.250 

3.670.334 

3,666.726 

3,666.756 

3.666.795 

3,6a.99l 

3.669.062 

3.669.096 

3.669.133 

3.669.162 

3.669.191 

3.669.219 

3,669.302 

3.669.309 

3,669,377 

3.669.435 

3.669.477 

3.669.529 

3.669430 

3.669.540 

3,669.600 

3,669,704 

3,669,749 

3.669.750 

3,669,752 

3,669,772 

3,669.773 

3.669.113 

3.669.157 

3.669.I6S 

3.669.667 

3.669.191 

3.669.693 

3.669.976 

3.670.016 

3.670.070 

3,670,094 

3.670.099 

3,670,103 

3,670.171 

3.670,172 

3,670,160 

3.670,196 

3.670.197 

3,670,196 

3,670  JOI 

3.670.243 

3.670.249 

3.670.251 

3.670,260 

3,670.263 

3.670,266 

3,670,305 

3,670411 

3,666.763 

3,666,602 

3,666.623 

3.666.649 

3.661.130 

3.661.673 

3.666.910 

3.666.941 

3.666.952 

3.666.954 

3,669.027 

3,669,115 

3,669.147 

3.669.177 

3.669.201 

3.669,246 

3,669,250 

3.669.237 

3.669.266 

3.669.271 

3,669416 

3.669.325 

3.669.391 

3.669,411 

3.669.445 

3.669.459 

3.669.412 

3.669.491 

3.669,49S 

3.669,499 

3.669.501 

3,669,509 

3.669457 

3,669,577 

3.669.St2 

3.669.587 

3.669.594 

3.669.606 

3.669,661 

3,669,716 

3,669.776 

3.669.609 

3.669.617 

3,669,622 

3.669,137 


3.669J56 

3.669.938 

3.669.669 

3.669JI2 

3,669.932 

3.669,670 

3.669.914 

3.669453 

3,669474 

3.669.911 

3.669.970 

3,669480 

3.670.036 

3.669485 

3.669486 

3.670  J>46 

3.669,993 

3.669487 

3,670.072 

3,670.002 

3.669491 

3.670.131 

3.67OJ025 

3.669493 

3.670.143 

3.670.027 

3.669.713 

3.670.160 

3.670JDS0 

3.669.738 

3.670.166 

3.670J|>S6 

3.669.753 

27             3.666.796 

3.670JD69 

3.669.754 

3.666.796 

3470JD73 

3.669.764 

3.666406 

3.670JD79 

3469.765 

3.666'4I4 

3.670JD96 

3.669,769 

3.666440 

3.670453 

~     3.669412 

3.669,135 

3.670454 

3.669423 

3,669462 

3,670457 

3.669454 

3,669463 

3470465 

3.669459 

3.669.452 

3470478 

3.669471 

3.669416 

3.670479 

3.669.872 

3.669455 

3470493 

3.669484 

3.66947B 

3.670.194 

3.669485 

3.669.747 

3,670400 

3.669413 

3.669.756 

3470430 

3.669.941 

3.669.767 

3.670431 

3.669458 

—                3.669.640 

3470442 

3.669.974 

3.669492 

3470452 

3.669477 

3.669.915 

3470484 

3.669499 

3.670.1 2S 

3470498 

3.670.007 

3.670.156 

3470408 

3470.029 

3.670.159 

3.670431 

.     3470.032 

29              3.669.023 

3,670435 

3470.052 

3.669.051 

35               3,666.710 

3470.066 

3.669.163 

3,668,961 

3470,067 

3.669435 

36       :       3,668,707 

3470.095 

3.669405 

3,661.712 

3470.101 

3,669440 

3,666.713 

3.670.105 

3.669466 

3,668,714 

3470.129 

3.669.467 

3.666,724 

3.670.132 

3.669404 

3.666.736 

3.670.161 

3.669405 

3.666,759 

3.670.166 

3.669406 

3.666,760 

3470.191 

3.669407 

3.668,784 

3470403 

3.669.612 

3.668.792 

3470407 

3.669.746 

3,666408 

3.670413 

3.669441 

3.668431 

3470446 

3.670.006 

3.666436 

3.670454 

3.670.006 

3,666437 

3470471 

3.670.009 

3.668439 

3470494 

3.670.139 

3,666484 

3470402 

31              3.669.413 

3,666.902 

3.670410 

32             3.666.909 

3,666430 

3.670413 

3.669.9I0 

3.668480 

3.670414 

33              3.669^)09 

3,666.984 

3470421 

34      :      3.668.770 

3,666.990 

3470424 

3.668,780 

3.666.992 

3.670433 

3468419 

3.66S496 

37             3.668416 

3,668420 

3.669,013 

3.668466 

3.668421 

3,669,019 

3.669.040 

3.668428 

3.669.029 

3.669.087 

3.668482 

3.669.033 

3.669.157 

3.668488 

3.669.037 

3.669441 

3.668.908 

3.669442 

3.669451 

3.668.938 

3,669,066 

3.669475 

3.668.940 

3,669474 

3.669483 

3.669.005 

3.6694)91 

3.669420 

3.669.044 

3.669.105 

3.669445 

3.669.050 

3.669,1 1 1 

3.669.428 

3.669.089 

3,669.117 

3.669435 

3.669.151 

3.669.139 

3.669419 

3.669.165 

3.669.145 

3.669425 

3.669431 

3.669.169 

3.669433 

3.669449 

3.669404 

3.669435 

3. 66945  S 

3.669411 

3470409 

3.669459 

3.669456 

38               3.669,031 

3.669433 

3.669467 

39       :      Rc.27488 

3.669491 

3.669497 

3,668,734 

3.669.425 

3.669427 

3.668.740 

3.669.442 

3.669436 

3.668.745 

3.669.471 

3.669437 

3.668.749 

3.669.489 

3.669441 

3.668,752 

3.669441 

3.669452 

3,668.772 

3.669447 

3.669459 

3.668.781 

3.669456 

3.669474 

3.668407 

3.669458 
3.M9.609 

3.669479 

3.668427 

3.669485 

3.668.907 

3.669.633 

3.669,441 

3.668416 

3.669,643 

3469.447 

3.668422 

3,669.673 

3,669.448 

3.668.942 

3,669.682 

3.669,462 

3468.971 

3,669.701 

3,669.465 

3.668499 

3.669.735 

■       3.669.478 

3.669.084 

3.669,751 

3.669421 

3.669.100 

3.669.767 

3.669423 

3.669.170 

3,669.770 

3.669423 

3.669.179 

3.669.774 

3.669433 

3.669400 

3.669415 

3.669443 

3.669417 

3.669427 

3.669444 

\        3.669471 

3.669463 

3.669451 

3.669481 

3.669475 

3.669453 

3.669438 

3.669486 

3.669473 

3.669.407 

3.669490 

3.669.660 

3.669.449 

3,669497 

3.669.662 

3.669.473 

3.669,908 

3,669,665 

3.669485 

3.669.934 

3.669.667 

3.669420 

i 


40 


41 


42 


3.6694)63 
3,669464 
3.669481 
3.669485 
3.669486 
3.669.607 
3.669.631 
3.669.634 
3.669 .638 
3.669.657 
3.669.698 
3.669.727 
3.669.763 
3.669,796 
3,669,601 
3.669.603 
3.669.607 
3.669411 
3.669.125 
3.669.148 
3.669.151 
3.669453 
3.669.909 
3.669.922 
3.669.961 
3.669.962 
3470.02 1 
3470.062 
3.67O.071 
3.670.123 
3470.147 
3.670.190 
3470483 
3470491 
3470.$25 
3.668450 
3,669.»06 
3.669455 
3469,676 
3.669.099 
3.669.167 
3,669413 
3.669.T98 
3469.992 
3470443 
3.670.044 
3.670.141 
3.670.162 
3470499 
3.669.941 
3,669.783 
3.669431 
3.670.064 
3.670.199 
3.668.71 1 
3.668432 
3.668438 
3.668469 
3.668406 
3,668424 
3,668429 
3,668478 
4.669/Ml 
3.669  JD04 
3.669 /)S4 
3.669J060 
3.669JD97 
3,669,119 
3,669.121 
3.669.122 
3.669,125 
3.669,132 
3.669410 
3.669436 
3,669469 
3,669401 
3,669407 
3.669432 
3.669436 
3.669,463 
3.669,490 
3.669431 
3.669462 
3,669.623 
3,669,647 
3,669,661 
3.669484 
3,669,705 
3,669.715 
3.669.728 
3.669.729 
3.669.730 
3.669.731 
3.669.742 
3.669.768 
3.669.77S 
3,669.780 
3.669.785 
3.669,793 
3.669.806 
3.669.814 
3.669421 
3.669449 
3.669.852 
3.669.904 
3.669457 


GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  RESIDENCE  OF  INVENTORS 


3.669471 

3.669,788 

3.669.103 

3.669478 

3.669.800 

3.669410 

3.669479 

3,669431 

3.669.188 

3.669482 

3470434 

3.669.199 

3470.068 

3470410 

3.669439 

3470483 

46 

3.668.767 

3.669489 

3.670.126 

3.669.123 

3.669449 

3.670.144 

47 

3,668410 

3.669427 

3470.170 

3.669.184 

3.669438 

3470422 

3.669.487 

3.669496 

3470470 

3.669.781 

3.669436 

3470478 

3,669.921 

3.669472 

3470486 

3.669.981 

3.669428 

3.670487 

3.670.004 

3.669455 

3470488 

48 

3.668.766 

3.669476 

3470419 

3.668.789 

3.669.700 

3470493 

3.668.846 

3.669.714 

43 

3.668477 

3.668476 

3.669461 

3.669.118 

3.668.878 

3.669474 

44 

3.668.833 

3.668.923 

3.669477 

3.668455 

3.668.927 

3469411 

3.668456 

3.668.955 

3.670441 

3.669,995 

3.668.998 

3470442 

43 

3,668,842 

3.669.059 

3470487 

3,669466 

3.669.079 

3.670.185 

I 

4 
5 

6 


PI  59 


223423 

223.104 

223462 

223.807 

223416 

223451 

223.803 

223452 

223417 

223453 

18 

223424 

223483 

223433 

12 

223.861 

223.842 

13 

223.869 

223.843 

17 

223.806 

223475 

223.808 

20 

223478 

223420 

24 

223481 

223421 

25 

223412 

223435 

223.795 

223438 

49 


50 


51 


3.670444 
3.669476 
3.669477 
3.669490 
3469451 
3470.100 
3.670.181 
3469492 
3470491 
3.670417 
3468415 
3468.748 
3.668482 
3.668483 
3468.948 
3.668456 
3.669421 
3.669460 
3469499 
3469411 
3.669417 
3.669418 
3.669416 
3.669.743 


Design  Patents 


2234S6 
223476 
223480 
223486 
223414 
223415 
223445 
223448 
223485 
223482 
223468 
223411 
223431 


26 
27 


29 
34 


36 


223437 
223464 
223,792 
223402 
223422 
223447 
223490 
223474 
223.793 
223441 
223470 
223425 
223430 


53 


54 


3470403 
3470453 
3470477 
3470430 
3.668433 
3468.739 
3468418 
3.669439 
3469492 
3469402 
3469428 
3469434 
3469460 
3469492 
3469429 
3469486 
3469402 
3469408 
3469474 
3470.145 
3469410 
3470445 


35 


3. 668.703 
3.6M.76I 
3466.764 
3468,771 
3.6U.773 
3468429 
3.668444 
3.668470 
3.666492 
3469432 
3.669453 
3469.106 
3,669441 
3469.146 
3.669462 
3469.166 
3469466 
3469444 
3469052 
3469463 
3469487 
3469498 

3.669.474 
3469.706 

3.669.707 
3469.762 
3.669.794 
3470473 


39 


223432 

223421 

223434 

223429 

233436 

42 

223.796 

333439 

223463 

323440 

44 

223  4S4 

223449 

47 

223426 

2234S0 

48 

2234S6 

223477 

2234S9 

223479 

223469 

223464 

SI 

223446 

223.794 

5S 

223444 

223409 

223472 

223410 

223473 

a.l.  SOVtUIHEIIT  P«IBTIB«  OrriCKi 


-Ifl7< 


3.«70^7 

3.6M.M3 

3,««tJtS 

3470417 

).6MJ33 

3M«.«0« 

»• 

3Mt.7M 

\jmMi* 

34*«JI9I 

SjMt.lTS 

S.64MM 

}Ma.940 

3.«««J2« 

3,*M.rr3 

3JMMS 

3. MM  31 

3.6a.*  10 

3,M«A44 

3,M«.*3« 

3,6M.MI 

3.M9.0SO 

3.M«.67S 

3.6M,OS2 

3.669.089 

3.(70.134 

3.6M.9S4 

3.669.151 

20 

3.6««,014 

3,6*9,027 

3.669.165 

3.M9.02I 

3,669.115 

3.669.231 

3.669,078 

3.669.147 

3.669.249 

3.669.293 

3.669.177 

3.669 .255 

21 

3.661.761 

3.669.201 

3.669.259 

3.661.143 

3.669.248 

3.669.333 

3.661.939 

3.669.250 

3.669.391 

3.661.911 

3.669.237 

3.669,425 

3.669.159 

3.669.268 

3.669.442 

3.669,430 

3.669,278 

3.669.471 

^ 

3.669.S3I 

3,669,318 

3.669,489 

3.670,167 

3,669.325 

3.669,541 

22 

Re.27,319 

3,669.398 

3,669,547 

3.661.719 

3,669.41 1 

3,669,556 

3.669.117 

3.669,445 

3,669458 

3.669.266 

3,669.459 

3.669.609 

3.669.339 

3.669.482 

3.669.633 

3.669,654 

3.669.491 

3.669.643 

3.669,6SS 

3.669.498 

3.669.673 

3,669.722 

3.669.499 

3.669.682 

3,669.tl6 

3.669.501 

3.669.701 

3.669,990 

3.669.509 

3.669.735 

3.670,001 

3.669.557 

3,669.751 

3,670,038 

3.669.577 

3,669.767 

23 

3,668,746 

3.669.582 

3,669.770 

3,668,958 

3.669.587 

3,669.774 

24 

3,668,721 

3.669.594 

3.669.815 

3,661.872 

3.669.606 

3.669,827 

3,668.912 

3.669.681 

3,669.863 

3,668.946 

3.669.718 

3,669,875 

3.668.957 

3.669.776 

3,669,886 

^ 

3.669.000 

3.669.809 

3,669,890 

3.669,245 

3,669,817 

3,669,897 

3,669,295 

3,669,822 

3,669,908 

3,669,314 

3,669,837 

3.669,934 

3,669,037 
3M9J042 

3.6M.I05 

3.669.111 

3.669.117 

3.649. 139 

3.669. 145 

3.669.169 

3.669.204 

3.669.211 

).669.2S« 

3.669.267 

3.669,297 

3.669,327 

3.669.336 

3.669.337 

3,669.341 

3.669.352 

3.669.359 

3.669.374 

3.669.379 

3.669.385 

3.669.441 

3.669.447 

3.669.448 

3.669,462 

3.669.465 

3.669.478 

3.669.521 

3.669,523 

3.669.525 

3.669.533 

3,669,543 

3.669.544 

3.669,551 

3.669.553 

3,669.573 

3,669.660 

3.669.662 

3.669.665 

3.669.667 


It 

39 


3.669.241 
3.6*9.251 
3M9J7) 

3.6M.)20 
3.660.345 
3.669.428 

3.6*9.6)5 
3.669.919 

3.669.933 
3.669.935 
3.670.209 
1.669.0)1 
Rc27.388 
3,668.734 
3.668.740 
3.668.745 
3.668.749 
3.668.752 
3.668.772 
3.668.781 
3.668.807 
3.668.827 
3.668.907 
3.668.916 
3.668.922 
3.668.942 
3.668.971 
3.668,999 
3,669,084 
3,669,100 
3.669.170 
3.669.179 
3.669.200 
3.669.217 
3.669,271 
3.669.281 
3.669.338 
3.669.407 
3.669.449 
3,669.473 
3.669.485 
3.669.520 


3.6*9.004 

3.M0.0S4 

3.IMJ0M 

3.6*0  4W7 

3.6*9.119 

).6A«  121 

3.669. 132 

3.669.125 

).6*«».n2 

3.669.210 

3.669.236 

3.669.269 

).669.)0I 

3.669.307 

3.669.332 

3.669.436 

3.669.463 

3.669.490 

3.669.531 

3.669.562 

3.669.623 

3.669.647 

3.669.661 

3.669.684 

3.669.705 

3.669.715 

3.669.728 

3.669.729 

3.669.730 

3.669.731 

3.669.742 

3.669.768 

3,669.775 

3.669.780 

3,669,785 

3,669.793 

3.669.806 

3.669.814 

3.669.821 

3.669.849 

3.669,852 

3.669.904 

3.669.957 


wpsaw*^- 


?^* 


,»'--!# 


r 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  of  the  UNITED  STATES  PATENT  OFFICE 

June  20,  1972  Volume  899  Number  3 


CONTENTS 

^  Page 

Issue  of  June  20,  1^2 gj9 

Patents  and  Trademark  Notices 
Claims  Versus  Abstacts  for  Publication  in  the  Patent  Official  Gazette  .   .      820 
SoliciUtion  of  Public  Views  Concerning  Changes  in  Patent  Office  Prac- 
tices and  Procediires g20 

Patent  Salts g20 

Patent  Notices 

^    Certificates  of  Correction  for  the  Week  of  June  20,  1^72 822 

Condition  of  Patent  Applications «23 

Reissue  Patents  Granted g24 

Plant  Patents  Granted g28 

Patents  Granted 

General  and  Mechanical ^ g3Q 

Cheoiical ^ 1043  ' 

Electrical jj3q 

Design  Patents  Granted 1212 

Index  of  Patentees pj     j 

Indices  of  Reissues,  Plants,  and  Designs PI  48 

Classification  of 

Patents  (Including  Reissues) PI  51 

Designs  and  Plants PI  54 

Geographical  Index  of  Residence  <rf  Inventors 

Patents  (Including  Reissues) PI  55 

Designs  and  Plants PI  57 


Th«  foUowiac  f  aaiUd  aadar  dlrMtioa  of  the  Sapwiatcadtat  of  DMoaMitt,  Gortraatat 
PrintlBC  OSe*.  Wuhiii«toB.  D.C.,  2Mt2.  to  whom  mU  salwcriptleiu  BhonU  b«  asde  parabU  and 
aU  MamsBieatlaiij  addr— ■■d ; 

THE  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  (PATENTS  SECTION).  Imwi  wmMj,  ■abMrtptio.  $Sf.«« 
ptr  aaaaai,  feraim  aaiUiic  $22 J5  additional:  siiisl*  eopioi  |2.«0  oaok. 

THE  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  (TRADEMARK  SECTION).  iM.od  wtddy.  «iboerl»tioa  $17.M 
por  amaaa.  foraivn  Mailinc  $4.2S  addiUonal:  siacU  cepiaa  40  eoBta  aach. 

CnCULASS  OF  GENERAL  INFORMATION  eoBearains  PATENTS  or  TRADEMARKS 
prieo  If  easts  aach. 


PI  JJ^I^32!^^  ^^  PATENTS  ar.  faniidiod  bj  th.  Patoat  OSe.  at  SI  e«it.  aaeh: 
rLANT  PATENTS  in  color.  $!.••  oack;  eopias  of  TRADEMARKS  and  DESIGN  PATENTS 
at  !•  eonts  aach.  Addraao  ordara  to  tlM  CoaaissluMr  of  Pataats.  WaaUaftoB.  D.C.,  2S2S1. 


PriBtinr  authorisod  by  Soetion  ll(a)8  of  Titlo  St,  U.S.  Coda  P.O. 


9» 


PATENT  OFFICE  NOTICES 


CUms  Venns  Abdrads  twe  Publication  In  flie 
Patent  OAdal  Gazette 

Abstracts  have  b«en  required  for  all  patent  appllc^ufns 
filed  since  January  1,  1967.  Subsequent  to  the  requl^Sient 
for  abstracts,  the  Office  began  substituting  abstracts  for  patent 
claims  in  the  OrFiciAL  Gazxtti.  At  the  present  time,  ab- 
stracts ars  used  exclusively  in  the  OFriciAL  Gaibtti  to  de- 
scribe the  inventions  for  which  patents  issue  each  week. 

Over  the  last  several  months,  the  Office  has  become  increas- 
ingly aware  of  the  disparity  of  views  which  exist  regarding 
the  merits  of  the  publication  of  clainu  or  abstracts  in  the 
OrriciAL  Gautte.  The  utilization  of  abstracts  in  the  Ovficial 
Oazxtti  was  initially  base  on  a  desire  to  make  that  publica- 
tion more  useful  to  the  non-patent  community.  However,  it 
now  appears  that  a  significant  portion  of  the  patent  commu- 
nity, especially  in  the  chemical  area,  would  prefer  the  publi- 
cation of  claims  in  the  OmciAL  Oauttb  as  more  useful  than 
the  publication  of  abstracts. 

To  assist  the  Office  in  resolving  this  issue,  It  is  requested 
that  interested  parties  submit  their  comments  in  writing  prior 
to  January  1,  1973.  Such  comments  should  be  addressed  to 
the  Commissioner  of  Patents,  Washington,  D.C.,  20231. 


May  22.  1972. 


ROBERT  GOTTSCHALK, 

CommiaaUmer  of  Patenta. 


Solicitation  of  PabUc  Views  Concerning  Cbanges  In 
Paloit  Ottce  Practices  and  Procednrcf 

In  the  effort  to  continually  improve  operations  and  to  re- 
spond to  changing  circumstances,  the  procedures  and  practices 
of  the  Patent  Office  are  revised  from  time  to  time.  While  com- 
ments are  requested  and  public  hearings  held  on  proposed 
cbanges  in  the  Rules  of  Practice,  changes  in  other  practices 
and  procedures  of  the  Office  have  generally  been  implemented 
on  the  basis  of  informal  and  more  limited  liaison  with  our 
constituents.  This  has,  on  occasion,  given  rise  to  inquiries  as 
to  the  reasons  for  and  wisdom  of  certain  of  these  changes, 
as  well  as  to  criticisms  and  proposals  for  further  changes. 

While  all  changes  in  procedure  must  take  into  consideration 
the  efficient  operation  of  the  Patent  Office,  we  have  determined 
that  on  a  trial  basis,  we  will,  where  appropriate,  solicit  views 
and  comments  of  the  patent  community  so  that  tbey  might 
be  taken  into  account  in  shaping  the  procedures  of  the  Patent 
Office.  The  solicitation  of  such  views  will  focus  primarily  on 
proposed  changes  in  practices  and  procedures  of  the  Office 
which  have  substantial  impact  on  individuals  dealing  with  the 
Patent  Office.  Our  first  such  effort  Involves  the  question  of 
whether  claims  or  abstracts  are  more  appropriate  for  publi- 
cation In  the  OrriciAL  Gazbttx,  and  this  is  the  subject  of  a 
separate  notice  in  this  issue. 

Whether  this  practice  of  public  participation  is  continued 
win  depend  in  large  part  upon  the  public  response  to  notices 
of  this  nature.  In  the  past,  public  response  to  the  solicitation 
of  views  has  been  rather  limited  and  has  principally  been 
from  those  who  were  opposed  to  proposed  changes  in  rules 
and  practices.  Accordingly,  it  is  requested  that  interested  par- 
ties aobmlt  their  views  irrespective  of  whether  they  agree  or 
disagree  with  the  proposal  under  consideration. 


May  22,  1972. 


ROBERT  GOTTSCHALK. 

Oommiationer  of  Patenta. 


Patent  Suits 

Notices  under  35  U.S.C.  280 ;  Patent  Act  of  1952 

t,«7S,e7S,  R.  E.  Cross,  LOCATING  AND  CLAMPING  MECH- 
ANISM, flied  Apr.  10,  1968,  D.q..  E.D.  Mich.  (Detroit),  Doc. 
31184,  The  Oroaa  Company  v.  Buhr  Maehine  Tool  Company. 
Final  order,  claim  13  of  Cross  patent  valid  ;  claim  13  has  been 
Infringed,  Feb.  28, 1972. 

t,71S,S0e.  Rosenstein  and  Rosenstein,  SYNTHETIC  CON- 
TINUOUS FILAMENT  TARN  IN  THE  CONTINUOUS  FILA- 
MENT YARN  STATE,  flIed  Feb.  4,  1972,  D.C.,  W.D.N.C. 
(Charlotte),  Doc.  C-72-30,  Joaeph  Bancroft  d  Bona  Co.  v. 
Jeaeo  Knttwoar  Cforporation  and  Jeaaee  Halperin, 

«20 


S.74M7S,  T.  A.  Te  Qrotenhuis,  FILLERS  HAVING  VINYL 
SILOXANE  GROUPS  BONDED  TO  THE  SURFACE  THERE- 
OP  AND  COPOLYMERS  THEREOF  WITH  ETHYLBNICAL- 
LY  UNSATURATED  POLYMERIZABLE  MONOMERS,  filed 
Sept.  12,  1962,  D.C.,  N.D.  Ohio  (Cleveland),  Doc.  0-62-681, 
WeattDoo4  Chemical,  Inc.  v.  Ferro  Corporation.  Order  Dis- 
missing complaint  at  plaintiff's  costs,  Mar.  20,  1972. 

2,7643S0.  E.  Frey,  ARTICULATED  BANNER  UNIT  CON- 
STRUCTION, filed  June  20,  1989,  D.C.,  S.D.N.Y.,  Doc.  69- 
C-2682,  McCoyOold  Merchandiaing  Inc.  v.  MaaaillonCleve- 
land  Akron  Sign  Co.  Stipulation  and  order  that  the  com- 
plaint be  dismissed  without  prejudice,  Mar.  14,  1972. 

X,77».M8.  D.  PolUn,  FILM  PROJECTOR  COOLING  MEANS, 
filed  Mar.  6,  1972,  D.C.,  E.D.N.Y.  (Brooklyn),  Doc.  72-C-298, 
Viewlem,  Inc.  v.  A/V  Concepta  Corp.  and  Utopia  Predaion 
Maehine  Corp.  | 

MMtOM.  Conn,  Kine  and  Prentiss,  AQUEOUS  PAINT 
BASES  AND  WATER-BASE  PAINTS  AND  PROCESS  FOR 
PREPARING  THEM,  filed  Oct.  19,  1971,  D.C.N. J.  (Newark), 
Doc.  C-1638-71,  Rohm  and  Haaa  Co.  v.  Adco  Chemical  Co. 

S38S,»«7,  L.  E.  Egbert,  PNEUMATICALLY  OPERATED 
IDENTIFICATION  MARKER,  filed  June  22.  1970,  D.C.,  E.D. 
Mich.  (Flint),  Doc.  447,  Air-Impac  Co.  v.  Columbia  Marking 
Tool*,  Inc.  By  stipulation,  complaint  and  counterclaim  dis- 
missed with  prejudice,  Feb.  29,  1972. 

ttMMIS.  E.  T.  Molinaro,  STATION  SAMPLING  RADIO, 
filed  Apr.  12,  1972,  D.C..  M.D.  Pa.  (Scranton),  Doc.  72-179. 
Edvoard  T.  Molinaro  and  Anthony  P.  Catamaro  v.  Eynon 
Drug  Store. 

2,9093«4.  M.  F.  Saxton,  MAGNETIC  ^DOOR  CATCH,  filed 
July  29.  1970,  D.C.,  E.D.N.Y.  (Brooklyn),  Doc.  70-C-933. 
The  Engineered  Producta  Company  v.  V.8.  Induatri$l  Prod- 
ucta  Corp.  and  Advanced  Afflliatea  Inc.  Consent  Judgment, 
Mar.  6, 1972. 

2,»17.7eo.  V.  F.  Espenschled,  PRB-A8SEMBLED  DOOR 
AND  CASING,  filed  May  24,  1966,  D.C.,  N.D.  Ohio  (Cleve- 
land), Doc.  C«6-371,  The  F.  E.  Bchumaeher  Company  v.  Key- 
nolda  Metala  Company  v.  Feather-Lite  Manufacturing  Co. 
Memorandum  and  order  granting  Judgment  in  favor  of  de- 
fendant Reynolds  Metals  Co.  and  the  Intervener  Feather-Lite 
Mfg.  Co.  and  against  the  plaintlft,  Feb.  25,  1972. 

t^l»Ml,  B.  D.  Power,  VAPOUR  VACUUM  PUMF8,  filed 
Apr.  9.  1964.  D.C.,  W.D.N.Y.  (Buffalo),  Doc.  C-10,884,  NRC 
Equipment  Corporation  and  Edtcarda  High  Vacuum  Interna- 
tional lAmited  v.  Conaolidated  Vacuum  Corporation.  Order  of 
dismissal  for  want  of  prosecution,  Mar.  10,  1972. 

tM»JBU,  W.  H.  Du  Shane,  DRAFT  LOAD  CONTROL  FOR 
TRACTORS,  filed  Apr.  6,  1972,  D.C.,  N.D.  111.  (Fteeport), 
Doc.  72c22,  Deere  d  Co.  v.  Ford  Motor  Company  and  Belvidere 
Ford  Tractor,  Inc.  Same,  filed  Apr.  5,  1972,  D.C.,  N.D.  111. 
(Freeport),  Doc.  72c28,  Deere  i  Co.  v.  Allia  Chalmera  Corp. 
and  Btouffer'a  One  Btop  Farm  Store,  Inc.  Same,  filed  Apr.  5, 
1972.  D.C.,  N.D.  111.  (Chicago),  Doc.  72c862,  Deere  d  Co.  v. 
International  Harveater  Co. 

2.9«7,U0.  R.  P.  Qutterman,  ULTRASONIC  PROCESS  AND 
APPARATUS,  filed  Oct  19,  1970,  D.C.  Del.  (Wilmington), 
Doc.  8997,  Lipaner-Smith  Corporation  v.  Clean  Air,  Inc.  Final 
Judgment  by  consent,  defendant  is  permanently  enjoined, 
Mar.  6, 1972. 

SJHUJM9,  O.  J.  Brats,  PUSH-PULL  CABLE,  filed  Nov.  18, 
1966,  D.C,  S.D.N.Y.,  Doc.  66-0-8918,  American  Chain  d 
Cable  Company  v.  PhilUpa  Hardware,  Inc.  Filed  order  of 
dismissal  without  costs.  Mar.  20, 1972, 

S.S17,«S7.  A.  V.  Bodeen.  REGISTERING  DEVICE,  filed  June 
7,  1967,  D.C,  S.D.N.Y.,  Doc.  67-C-2210,  Ideal  Toy  Corporation 
V.  Mattel,  Inc.  Defendant's  motion  for  summary  Judgment 
denied  and  plaintiff's  motion  to  dismiss  Case  No.  71-C-3231 
granted,  Jan.  17, 1972.  Judgment  No.  72,285,  plaintiff  awarded 
summary  Judgment  in  action  67-2210,  Feb.  23,  1972. 

S.01S.]8S,  J.  M.  Leach,  PROCESS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR 
TREATING  MATERIALS,  filed  Mar.  17,  1966,  D.C,  8.D.N.Y., 
Doc.  65-C-792,  John  M.  Leach  v.  Penick  d  Ford,  Ltd.,  Inc. 
Filed  stipulation  of  dismissal  pursuant  to  F.R.C.P.  Rule 
41(a)(V(").  Apr.  3,  1972. 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


821 


8.0S8.011.  B.  B.  Silverman,  SYSTEM  AND  APPARATUS  FOR 
HYDROPONIC  GROWING,  filed  Mar.  1,  1972,  D.C,  M.D. 
Fla.  (Tampa),  Doc.  72-115-C,  Francea  A.  Bilvermian  v.  Clifton 
Jordan. 

8.068,484,  Moeblenpab  and  Pallme,  APPARATUS  FOR  FAB- 
RICATING WOOD  STRUCTURES  ;  8,009.684.  same,  filed  June 
30.  1971,  D.C,  E.D.  Tenn.  (Knoxvllle),  Doc.  7523,  Hydro-Air 
Engineering,  Inc.  v.  Building  Component  Machinery  Co.,  Inc. 
and  Sidney  Otcyn.  Consent  decree,  patents  valid  and  defend- 
ants infringed  said  patents,  permanent  injunction  issue.  Mar. 
27,  1972. 

8.069,684.     (See  3.068,484.) 

8.O0O,6OS.  Copeland  and  Neier,  FEED  MIXER,  filed  Mar. 
15,  1972,  D.C.  Kans.  (Wichita),  Doc.  W-4812,  Hydraulica  Un- 
limited Mfg.  Co.  V.  B/J  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  et  al.  Same, 
filed  Mar.  24,  1972.  D.C.  Kans.  (Wichita),  Doc.  W-4816. 
B/J  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  v.  Hydraulica  Unlimited  Mfg.  Co. 

8,008,528.  R.  L.  Reich,  LABEL  APPLYING  MEANS,  filed 
Dec.  22,  1971,  D.C,  CD.  Calif.  (Los  Angeles),  Doc.  71- 
3021-IH,  Compac  Corporation  v.  John  B.  French,  doing  buai- 
neaa  aa  Better  Built  Engineering. 

8,008,MS,  Westfall  and  Lewis,  THERAPEUTIC  IRON- 
DEXTRON  PREPARATIONS,  filed  Apr.  3,  1972,  D.C,  W.D. 
Mo.  (Kansas  City),  Doc.  20238-3,  Armour  Pharmaceutical 
Company  v.  Med-Tech,  Inc.  Same,  filed  Apr.  4,  1972,  D.C  Md. 
(Baltimore),  Doc.  72-344-Y,  Armour  Pharmaceutical  Company 
v.  John  D.  Copanoa  d  Co.,  Inc. 

8.818.885.  L.  M.  Pierce,  APPARATUS  FOR  SUPPORTING 
AND  CONTROLLING  POWER  FASTENER  TOOLS  AND 
THE  LIKE,  filed  Oct.  24,  1969,  D.C,  N.D.  Iowa  (Cedar  Rap 
ids).  Doc.  69-C-31-CR,  Clary  Corporation  v.  Douglaa,  Inc., 
Henderaon  Metal  Producta,  Inc.,  L.  Merle  Pierce,  and  James 
O.  Cooper.  Stipulation  and  consent  judgment,  action  by  Clary 
Corp.  against  Henderson  Metal  Products,  Inc.  dismissed  with- 


out prejudice.  Action  by  Henderson  Metal  Products,  Inc. 
against  Clary  Corp.  dismissed  without  prejudice.  Defendants 
have  Infringed  and  entered  into  a  settlement  agreement.  All 
Claims,  counterclaims  and  crossclaims  are  dismissed.  Mar. 
21,  1972. 

8.484385.  Troustine  and  McCauley,  EMBOSSED  PLASTIC 
FILM,  filed  Apr.  11,  1972,  D.C.  Del.  (Wilmington),  Doc.  4363, 
Clopay  Corporation  v.  Aaaociated  Baby  Servicea  Incorporated, 
Bleaainga,  Incorporated. 

8.822.701,  W.  G.  Perry,  AUDIBLE  TIMING  DEVICE,  filed 
Apr.  5,  1972,  D.C.  Mass.  (Boston),  Doc.  72-1200-C,  Damon 
Corporation  v.  The  Sippican  Corporation  and  Eduquip,  Inc. 

S.584.400,  D.  P.  Herbert,  SECTION  FRAME,  filed  Jan.  5. 
1972,  D.C,  E.D.N.Y.  (Brooklyn),  Doc.  72-C-24,  Structural 
Induatriea,  Inc.  v.  Geraon  Enterpriaes.  Action  dismissed. 
Mar.  31,  1972. 

8.552,154.  B.  G.  Lesley,  KNIT  FABRIC,  filed  Mar.  28,  1972, 
D.C,  W.D.N.C.  (StatesviUe),  Doc.  ST-C-72-10,  DeeHng  Milli- 
ken  Reaearoh  Corporation  v.  Beaunit  Corporation. 

8,561.146.  R.  H.  Dembar,  PHOTOGRAPH  DISPLAY  APPA- 
RATUS, filed  May  6,  1971,  D.C.  E.D.  Mich.  (Detroit).  Doc. 
36460,  Oraphicana  Corp.  v.  Baia  Corp.  Order  granting  de- 
fendant's motion  for  summary  Judgment,  Mar.  20,  1972. 

8,504.964.  W.  T.  Clark.  PLANETARIUM  PROJECTION 
DOME,  filed  Apr.  5,  1972,  D.C.  E.D.  Pa.  (Philadelphia),  Doc. 
CA.  72-^79,  Obaerva-Dome  Laboratoriea,  Inc.  v.  McOratc- 
Hill,  Inc.  and  Spitz  Laboratoriea,  Inc. 

3,601,385,  Senter  and  Johnson,  ATTACHMENT  FOR 
CHANGING  REAREND  SUSPENSION  IN  AUTOMOBILES, 
filed  Sept.  29.  1971,  D.C,  CD.  Calif.  (Los  Angeles),  Doc. 
71-2346-HP.  Anaen  Automotive  Engineering,  Inc.  v.  Roy  H, 
Chimmell  et  al.  Judgment  by  consent,  defendants  have  is 
fringed  and  are  permanently  enjoined,  Apr.  3,  1972. 


882 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

CdtiicfllM  of  ComdiOB  for  the  WMk  of  Joe  M,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


3,459,688 

3,476,661 

3.479.168 

3.608,885 

3,622,687 

3,640.288 

3,641.987 

3,662.961 

3.652.962 

3.662.968 

3.662.964 

3.652.966 

3.558.121 

3,668,922 

3.678.222 

8.676.522 

S.58S.708 

S.684.886 

3.686.040 

8.586.216 

3.586.965 

8.590,219 

3,692,580 

8,692,870 

3,698,689 

3,596.859 

8.597.412 

3.698,294 

8,600,108 

3,600,610 

3,600,964 

3,601,818 

3,603.089 

3.606.610 

3,608.694 

3.609.125 

3,609,377 

3.612,961 

3,618,878 

3,615.388 

3.616,794 

3.616,088 

3,617,124 

3,617,600 

3,618,099 

3,618,108 

3,619,128 

3,619,806 

3,619,766 

3,620,016 


8,620,270 

8,620,826 

3,620,724 

3.630.954 

3.621.106 

8.621.204 

8.621.874 

8.621.896 

8.621.470 

8.621.861 

8.621,918 

3,622.680 

8.622.971 

8.628.069 

8.628.880 

8.628.718 

3.628.772 

8.628,866 

8,624.118 

8.624.117 

8.624,480 

8.624,574 

8,626,086 

8.626,414 

8.625.428 

8.626,751 

8,626,847 

3,625,896 

3,626,086 

3,626,036 

8.626,818 

8,626,576 

8,626.816 

8,626,864 

3,626,965 

3,627.048 

3.627.057 

3.627.061 

8,627,851 

3,627,469 

8,627,512 

3,627,761 

3,627,811 

8,628,116 

3,628.615 

3.628,689 

8,628,867 

3.629.092 

8,629,265 

3,629,875 


8.629,426 

3,629,676 

8,630,460 

8.680.678 

8,680.741 

8.680.806 

8.680,844 

8,681,044 

8,681,040 

3,681,154 

3,681,168 

8,681,897 

3,681,670 

8,681,876 

8.682,878 

3,682.408 

8.682,589 

3.682.6«8 

3.682.704 

8.682.778 

8.688,574 

8.684.404 

8.684.416 

8.684.420 

8,6S6.2S0 

8.685>66 

8.686.112 

8.686,190 

8.636.262 

3.636.447 

8,686,669 

8,687,041 

8,687,703 

8,687,787 

3,687,768 

8,688,402 

3,688,424 

3,638,569 

3,688,603 

3,638,883 

8,689,004 

8,689,126 

8,689,819 

8,689,846 

8,689,561 

8,689,585 

8,689,670 

3,689,772 

3,689,801 

8,639,174 


3,689,992 

3,640,076 

3,640,114 

8,640,281 

3,640,860 

3,640.461 

8.640.562 

8,640,685 

3,640.748 

3.640.760 

8.640.766 

3,640,885 

8.640,928 

8,641,067 

8,641.147 

8.641,168 

8,641.191 

8.641.222 

8.641.882 

8.641.776 

3.642.017 

8.642.469 

8.642,588 

8.642.667 

8.642.714 

8.642.796 

8,642.962 

8.648.061 

8.648.185 

3,648,382 

8,644.176 

8.644.295 

3,644,420 

8,644,506 

3,644,529 

8,644,578 

8,644,648 

3,644,909 

3,645,140 

8,646,480 

8,645.745 

8,646,770 

8,645,810 

3,646,969 

8,646,997 

8,646,452 

8,646,748 

8,647,019 

8,647,770 

3,601,487 


'  PATENT  EXAMINING  CORPS 

R.  A.  WAHL,  Assistant  Commissioner 
F.  H.  BBONAUGH,  Deputy  AssisUnt  Commissioner 

CONDITION  OF  PATENT  APPLICATIONS  AS  OF  MAY  IS.  1972 


PATBNT  BXAMDONG  OKOCPS 


FlUngData 

otoum 

NcwCmb 

Awalttng 

▲otioo 


CHEMICAL  EXABONINO  GROUPS 

°'u.!5Sf;?i,9?*liJl'E^X  AND  PETROLEUM  CHEMISTRY,  GROUP  110-M.  8TERMAN,  Dlzwtor 

Inorganto  Cpmpomdi;  Inorg«iilc  ComporttloM;  OrfMio-Metal  and  Org»no-MeUUold  ChanirtiT-  MeUlJmw' Mitil "sto^t"' 
f^'Z6SSS^i>^^S^'  ^^^'^^^■'  **•»"»»  O"  Tachnolo^LubrictSi  cSSoSttij[  oSiSSS'cl^ttSS; 
GENERAL  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY,  GROUP  UO-I.  MARCUS,  Dlrtctor 

ofn'^I^jSl^***!?^  '^•1*!!.'^  Aio;  Suimr;  Ml«.  Etton;  Cirbohydi»t«i;  H«rbk'ditrPotooMrMidii*i«r"c^^ 

0x0  ud  Oxy;  Qatoones:  Adda;  CtrboxyUc  Add  Est«n;  Add  Anhydride;  Add  H»Ud«t^  i»««««u«.  i^wdmms,  dwokh, 

^^°H™SS£J«J«.SP5Jl^^Py!  PLASTICS  AND  MOLDING,  GROUP  140-L.  J.  BERCOVITZ.  DliMtor 

T  I   i  j5~f*'  P<V?,?"J"**  R««ta»;  Natural  Raatns;  Reclaiming;  Por»-Fonnlng;  Comparittons  (Piut)  ee  •  Coattaw  M^^oe- 
Ink;  AdhedT*  and  Abndloc  CompodttoM;  M<fldlng,  ShapingTiud  '^^inncTrnrfiwiii  ^oumg;  Mouung, 

^°iU^°  -jND  LAMINATING.  BLEACHING,  DYEING  AND  PHOTOGRAPHY,  GROUP  1«>-A  P  KENT  Director 

^!^^SSSS!!^a^{^i:^^'^^'**°'^*^J^  *??  Apparatus:  Stock  MalWlSf  AdhtS^  Bo^dS  sji^  Cta^" 
leal  Manuneturcf:  Special  Utility  CompodtiODt;  Bleaching;  Dyeing  and  Photocrapby  ^^  "f'ot^  «^u«u 

^^*JF!A,H^^2  ^^S'J?^^-*^^™^^'"'^!*^  AND  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING,  GROUP  170-W  B  KNIGHT  Dtnetflr 

«?T^„M*rw2.?^**°*=  ^J^'^J^'^'T'''  If***"***  Panflcatlon:3lstlll8tlon;  Priaer^  LlqSa  andSoUd  aSSd;  oSi 
and  Liquid  Contact  Apparatus;  Refrlgaratton;  ConontntlTe  ETaporatott;  Mloaral  Oils  A^Jpanitus;  MlscTPh^SaProoeMeiL 

ELECTRICAL  EXAMINING  GROUPS 

INDU8TBUL  ELECTRONICS  AND  RELATED  ELEMENTS,  GROUP  210-N.  AN8HER,  Director 

Mtoc2uS>SS2i  "*"'  ^"""^  AppHcatKms;  Cooverilon  and  Dtatrlbutloo;  Heating  and  Related  Art  C^diwUx^'sWit^Mi' 

SECURITY.  GROUP  220-R.  L.  CAMPBELL,  Director 

Ordittnee,  Firearms  and  Ammnnltlop;  Radar,  Underwater  Sl^lUng,  Dlreettiuul  RaJMo-'TamadrMM"  iitiii^Ui'im^^'^'  tb  '^Ci' 
AeUre  Battertea;  Noelear  Reactors.  Powder  MetaUuigy.  R^Set  I^ils;  RSSkhActtreSat^^  Expiodng,  RmUo- 

'•^'r^^^JiP*?^  r^^S*f^^'9J^'u^TO^^=  AND  RETRIEVAL,  GROUP  330-7.  F.  COUCH,  Director 

KSdArtS!^'  **°^"P'«»*°«  Techniques;  Facslniile;  Data  Procesatng,  Computetian  and  C<»Ter«ion:  Stoc^i  DiVkii  "lid" 

^^^JSP^F *^°^T^^^^Z^y^'^^i^  ^^  DEVICES.  GROUP  MO-W.  L.  CARLSON,  Director 

PHYSICS,  GROUP  280— R.  L.  EVANS,  Director 

Photography;  Sound  and  Lighting;  Indioaton  and  Optia;  Measuring  and  TMting;  '6^mirfTto>i  Tn^ta^^^JL^tj " 

DESIGNS.  GROUP  290— R.  L.  CAMPBELL,  Dlraetor  „ 

Indnstrial  Arts;  Household,  Persoiul  and  Ptas  Arts.  

MECHANICAL  EXAMINING  OBOUPS 

HANDLING  AND  TRANSPORTING  MEDIA.  GROUP  810-A.  BERLIN.  Director 

F jr^n^^2!L5?o!£™S  ^^S^  ^^y?*^J^?P!°5"'  ^*°"  Service:  Sheet  and  Web  Fiidtog;  Dtoii^  nid'sprtnWtoiV 
S2 J  .i^^?!S^  u?^'^^^'  Che^CootooUed  Apparatus;  Classifying  and  Assort^sShdSLBoiSnttilpB;  Aarau^^ 
^«aSd  P^l^  AppurtMiancee;  RaOways  and  Railway  Equlpmmt;  BrakS;  Rigid  SPleribli  ^S^SoRw 

**^Sfi?^,■^^  S^^^E£:^^J^^%?  MANUFACTURING.  TOOLS,  GROUP  820-D.  J.  8T0CKIN0,  Dlreetor 

^^^^"^  T^^^SHHP'  AajMnbllng.  Combined  Machines.  Special  Artlde  Making;  Metal  Deforming:  Sheet  Metal  md  Wire' 
«?»SSi,F'**'  Partoo-Bondtog^  Metal  Foundtag;  MetalKal  Ajypm^Thistt^W^^i^Uu^T^^ 
tt^arthenware  Apparatus;  M^idiine  Tools  tor  Shaping  or  Dividing;  "W^  anti  T«rf  Holdara  W«)dil'StalK^To3i!cutlST; 

AMUSEMENT.  HUSBANDRY.  PERSONAL  TREATMENT,  INFORMATION,  GROUP  saO-A.  RUEGG   Director 

'*i?2?r„"°L'?%^K''J2f*^J?/T'?lJ  ^lfS*<"J  ^^'l^  •^^  P»«*  Husbandry;  BitSSrliirSrto  wSkS^md^S^W:' 
£SStl«bl2Stl^  **^  Members;  Dentistry;  Jewelry;  Surgery;  ToiletrT^Printtng;  Typi^toS;  Stottwl 

HEAT,  POWER  AND  FLUID  ENGINEERING,  GROUP  840-M.  M.  NEWMAN.  Dlreetor 

?^JS^"5r*'i£SJ?'",S°°  Engines;  Fluid  Motors;  Pumps;  Tnrbinas;  Heat  Generation  and  Ex^ingerRaft 

PJ7*^  Vappri^:  Temperature  and  Humidity  R^uSatkm;  Machine  Elements;  Poww  TnuS^kn 
oneatton;  Joint  Packing.  rrum, 

^°?iJ*^^^T^°'^^;,^?^0*'r'3'  TEXTILES,  CLEANING,  GROUP  a«0-T.  J.  HICKBY,  Director 

Bil<lg«;Closor«;  Earth  Engineering;  Dillllnr  Mining;  Fnmltow:  Raoq>t«dci;  SnWtTciiSrBSSetaSnJiinSDS 
K^^'  ^'•^'«  CoatSg;  Preolng;  AHtaUnTPoods:  Textllee;  Apparel  ;nd  sKJ;  Se^dSTMShSrWhidtoJiSd 


;  VantOatloii; 
Inld  Handling:  Ln- 


8-1S-71 

l-Ot-71 
S-08-71 

3-01-71 
ll-0»-70 

• 

»-21-71 

»-ll-Vl 

B-ia-71 

4-l>-71 

8-0X-7I 
1-19-71 

»-28-71 

8-01-n 

2-12-71 
6-21-71 
8-18-71 


Reeling. 


-...l^5^i!S!J!£  f  ""wiL'  The  patents  witWn  the  range  of  numbers  Indicated  below  expire  dniliM  Jane  1972.  exoept  tboee  whleli  may  have 
»f '^S^i^^  '*°*  ^  shorteMd  terms  under  the  prorlslans  of  Pnblle  Law  aoo,  7Mb  OongrMsTsoiiroT^Auga^  8.  lM4m  m^%  udP^Ue  L«r 

2e^s£n^.-^ro?£riSJr^d'J^^^^  »«>»-»-  »-^'  »•'  •--  ^^'SS^lTuS^o^^TSSfS 

Plant  Patents.  Wombep  Z.7W308  to  2.712.180,  ineiastre 

__ __ Namoace  1.800  to  1.408,  iMtailTe 

823 


REISSUES 

JUNE  20,  1972 

Matter  eneloMd  In  hearj  brackets  [  1  appearg  in  the  original  patent  but  forms  no  pa^t  of  tbia  reissue  specification ;  matter 

pnntao  in  itallea  indicates  additions  made  by  reissue. 


27^90 

ELECnUC  LOCK  RELEASE 

Peny  E.  Allen,  4644  Round  Hill  Road, 
Binmlngham,  Mich.    48010 

Original  No.  3,504,511,  dated  Apr.  7,  1970,  Ser.  No. 
710,136,  Mar.  4,  1968.  Application  for  reissue  Nov. 
18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  90,550 

Int  CL  E05b  65/19 
VA  CL  292—201  12  CUdms 


1  27,392 

'  HEATER  CONSTRUCTION 

Donald  E.  RoUnson,  NorthvUlc,  Mkh.,  assignor  to 
Mobil  Temp,  Inc.,  Dayton,  Ohio 

Origfaial  No.  3,353,528,  dated  Nov.  21.  1967,  Ser.  No. 
514,358,  Dec  16,  1965.  AppUcation  for  reissue  Dec 
18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  99,618 


VS,  CL  126-^1  A 


int  CL  F24c  3/00 


50  Claims 


The  ai^cation  discloses  a  trunk  lock  and  a  remotely 
controlled,  electrically  operated,  lock  release  mechanism 
foe  an  automobile.  The  invention  resides  in  tlie  particular 
construction  and  arrangement  of  the  elements,  which  en- 
ables the  entire  assembly,  except  the  control  harness,  to  be 
specified  by  the  automobile  manufacturer,  for  manually 
self-contained  and  to  be  mounted -within  the  limitations 
specified  by  the  automobile  manufacturer,  for  manually 
operated  locks  of  the  same  kind. 


27,391 

CONNECTOR  FOR  HOLDING  ARTICLES 
TOGETHER 

Francis  G.  Merser,  FramiiigiMim,  Mass.,  assignor  to 


liMhai 
|Co~ 


DennisoB  Mannfkctnring  Co.,  FTamingliam,  Mass. 

Origfaial  No.  3,462,802,  dated  Ang.  26,  1969,  Ser.  No. 
721,365,  Apr.  15, 1968,  which  is  a  contimiation  of  Ser. 
No.  684,685,  Not.  21,  1967.  AppUcation  for  reissue 
Oct  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  80,259 

Int  CL  A44b  9/00;  B65d  63/00 
VJS,  CL  24—16  PB  5  CUdou 


"  •3'^ 


A  connector  comprising  a  filament  having  a  socket  and 
a  series  of  heads  distributed  along  the  filament  to  snap 
through  the  socket  to  form  loops  of  different  sizes. 

824  -_ 


A  heater  generally  for  domestic  use  and  having  a  verti- 
cal vent  tube  and  a  horizontally  extending  heat  exchanger 
tube  and  a  flame  tube  located  generally  within  die  heat 
exchanaer  tube. 


27,393 

CONTROL  APPARATUS  FOR  AN  ELECTRICALLY 
OPERABLE  DEVICE 

Edward  C.  Aselnum,  Jr.,  High  Ridge,  Mo.,  aaaigMr  to 
T.N.E.  Incorporated 

Original  No.  3,435,289,  dated  Mar.  25,  1969,  Ser.  No. 
516,206,  Dec  7,  1965.  AppUcation  for  reissue  Mar. 
24, 1971,  Ser.  No.  127,855 

Int  CL  H02h  7/06, 7/08,  7/10         I 
U.S.  CL  317—13  R  23' Claims 

£An  electrical  current  sensor  for  operative  connection 
to  an  electrical  device  such  as  a  motor  powered  piunp 
for  sensing  current  input  to  the  motor.  The  sensor  in- 
cludes a  transformer  to  detect  current  input  and  an  am- 
plifier to  increase  tlie  measured  change  in  current  level. 
The  sensor  produces  an  error  signal  when  the  current 
either  falls  below  or  exceeds  a  pre-established  level,  and  a 
reference  voltage  signal  for  comparison  with  the  error 
signal,  in  a  simmiating  circuit.  A  switch  is  connected  to 
the  summating  circuit  and  causes  energization  of  an  alarm 
when  the  current  input  to  the  pump  exceeds  or  falls  below 
the  pre-established  value.  An  automatic  disconnect  device 
is  opti(Mially  connected  to  the  sensor  and  motor  for  auto- 
matically de-energizing  the  motor  upon  sensing  of  the 
undesirable  current  level.] 

Control  apparatus  responsive  to  changes  in  the  current 
supplied  to  an  electrically  energized  device.  Currmt  sens- 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


825 


ing  means  provides  an  A.C.  voltage  signal  whose  mag- 
nitude is  a  function  of  the  magnitude  of  the  current. 
Circuit  means  is  provided  for  supplying  a  pulsating  D.C. 
signal  whose  magnitude  is  a  function  of  the  magnitude  of 
the  A.C.  voltage  signal.  A  triggerable  glow  discharge  de- 
vice is  adapted  for  being  triggered  by  the  pulsating  signal 
to  provide  a  glow  discharge  upon  the  pulsating  signal  at- 


^ 


a: 


^ 


'3 


njeH 


£h 


27,395 
SOLID  STACK  MEM(MRY 


Robert  J.  Bergman,  St  Paul,  and  Le  Roy  A.  Prohofsky, 
MinneapoUs,  Minn.,  assignors  to  Speiry  Rand  Corpo- 
ration, New  York,  N.Y. 

Original  No.  3,435,435,  dated  Mar.  25,  1969,  Ser.  No. 
504,543,  Oct  24,  1965.  AppUcation  for  reisBUc  Dec 
22, 1969,  Ser.  No.  10,661 

Int  CL  Gllc  11/14,  5/04 
U.S.  CL  340—174  BC  26  Claims 


An  electrically-alterable,  random-access  memory  sys- 
tem that  uses  mated-film  elements  as  the  memory  cells 
with  orthogonally  oriented  drive  fields. 


ttaning  a  predetermined  magnitude.  Control  means  in- 
cludes a  light-sensitive  transducer  adapted  to  be  illuminated 
by  the  glow  discharge  for  supplying  a  control  sigruil.  Thus 
the  control  signal  is  supplied  when  the  current  reaches  a 
predetermined  magnitude.  Preferably,  the  control  means 
includes  apparatus  for  automatic  disconnection  of  the 
device  after  a  predetermined  time  delay  interval  follow- 
ing supplying  of  the  control  sigrud. 


^  27,394 

CLOSED  LOOP  LOGIC  GATE  MULTIPLE  PHASE 
CLOCK  SIGNAL  GENERATOR 

Gary  L.  Hdmirfgner,  Anaheim,  CaUf .,  assignor  to  Nortt 
American  RockweU  CtHporation 

Original  No.  3,539,938,  dated  Nov.  10,  1970,  Ser.  No. 
787,719,  Dec  30,  1968.  Application  for  rdme  May 
27, 1971,  Ser.  No.  147,556 

Int  CL  H03k  3/02 
U.S.  CL  331 — 57  10  Claims 


S^^ 


L^ 


L^- 


-4e^ 


Output  signals  from  the  logic  gates  of  an  oscillator 
circuit  represent  sequential  digital  states  [stagtes].  Out- 
put signals  having  certain  related  intervals  are  combined 
as  inphts  to  the  logic  gates  to  produce  multiple  phase 
clock  signals  having  a  desired  symmetry  and  relationship 
without  the  necessity  for  decode  logic  at  the  output  of 
the  oscillator. 


27,396 

WARM  AIR  FURNACE  WITH  RADUNT  BURNER 

Raymond  A.  Hemmert  Columbus,  OUo,  assignor  to 
Columbia  Gas  System  Service  Corporation,  New  Yori^ 

Ori|^  No.  3,507,481,  dated  Apr.  21,  1970,  Ser.  No. 
708,691,  Feb.  27,  1968.  Appttcatton  for  iciasne  Jan. 
6, 1971,  Ser.  No.  104,526 

_^   _  IntF231i5/0¥ 

U.S.  CL  263—20  H 


A  compact  or  miniaturized  furnace  is  disclosed  having 
very  compact  blower  or  fan  and  heating  sections.  A  stream 
of  air  to  be  heated  is  drawn  into  an  end  of  an  elongated 
casing  and  is  directed  radially  outwardly  and  thence  longi- 
tudinally to  the  casing  through  an  annular  passageway 
which  extends  through  the  heating  zone.  Within  the  heat- 
ing zone  the  air  passes  along  the  outside  of  the  cylindrical 
primary  heating  surface  and  the  air  also  passes  around 
a  spiral  tubular  flue  for  the  exhaust  or  furnace  gases. 
The  primary  beating  surface  receives  heat  from  an  infrared 


826 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20»  1972 


radiant  burner  enclosed  within  the  cylindrical  wall  and 
the  exhaust  gases  flow  through  the  ^iral  flue  in  counter- 
current  relationship  to  the  direction  of  flow  of  the  air 
being  heated. 


27,3f7 

ELECnaCAL  CONDUCTOR  CONTAINING  AN 
lONIZABLE  GAS  AND  RADIOACI1VE  MATE- 
RIAL TO  IONIZE  THE  GAS 

RayBMwd  BdUfU,  4M4  451k  St  NW^ 
WMli«toa,D.C    2M16 

OritiMd  No.  3,3<1,86<,  dated  Jan.  2,  IMS,  Scr.  No. 
44MS9,  Apr.  %  19i5.  Application  for  retanc  Dm. 
31, 1M9,  Scr.  No.  8S9,754 

bt  CL  Htlb  1/00. 5/00, 9/00 
VS,  CL  174—9  F 


sunburst-wound  strand  on  a  ring,  a  vacuum  plate  holds 
a  second  disc  over  an  adhesive  bath,  an  applicator  ele- 
ment rises  from  the  bath  to  api^y  adhesive  to  the  second 
disc,  a  pressure  nozzle  on  the  plate  is  actuated  to  break 
any  film  of  adhesive  thus  formed,  the  plate  is  pivoted 
over  the  turntable  to  place  the  second  disc,  adhesive  side 
down,  over  the  strand  and  first  disc  and  a  press  moves 
onto  the  second  disc  to  press  the  two  discs  and  strand 
together  as  the  turntable  rotates,  a  cutter  moving  into  the 
area  adjacent  the  turntable  to  cut  the  strand  from  the  ring. 


27»399 
NONRETURN  VALVES 


17 


Nicola  D^rao,  Torln,  Italy,  ■■■ignnr  to  AMJJ.  Ap- 
panccU  E  MaccUne  UranU^e  S^pedaU  &P.A.*  IMi, 
Italj 

OttelMl  No.  3,55<,13S,  dated  JaiL  19,  1971,  Scr.  No. 
74S,M1,  Joly  39,  1968.  Application  far  Niana  May 
19, 1971,  Sar.  No.  145,073 

fat.  CL  FlCk  15/00 
VS,  a  137—512.15  (  dainif 


A  long  distance  electrical  conductor  comprises  a  metal- 
lic housir^  and  a  metallic  wire  within  and  spaced  from  the 
housing.  A  perforated  metal  member  which  may  comprise 
an  aluminum  screen  is  positioned  between  the  housing  and 
wire.  An  ionizable  gas  may  be  included  in  the  space  be- 
tween  the  housing  and  wire. 


27,398 

APPARATUS  VGR  FORMING  WIRE  CONTROL 
ELEMENTS 

Maaikc  EL  Brown,  Paloa  Hciglits,  m.,  aarignor  to  Azonic 
Prodada  Inc.,  Palos  Hdi^  DL 

Original  No.  3,527,^37,  dated  Sept  8,  1970,  Ser.  No. 
411,112,  Jan.  23,  1947,  which  is  a  division  of  Ser.  No. 
347,725,  Feb.  27,  1944.  Application  for  reisMie  Oct. 

7,1970,Scr.No.7832S 

liLClKTh 31/18,  31/06 
VJS.  CL  154—510  i 


A  nonreturn  valve  for  liquids  has  a  tapered  end  formed 
by  flexible  inclined  walls  terminating  in  a  slit  which  is 
defined  between  two  flexible  lips.  A  continuous  raised  rib 
is  formed  on  the  internal  surface  of  one  of  the  lips  and 
makes  linear  sealing  contact  with  a  corresponding  (force] 
face  of  the  other  lip  inwardly  of  the  slit  effectively  to  cut 
off  flow  through  the  slit  upon  closure  of  the  valve. 


27,400 
MOUNUNG  PEDESTAL  FOR  UTHJTIES 

Anne  D.  Nickola,  Diane  TMIcr  Park,  4-4255  N. 
S^lnaw  Road,  Monnt  MoRia,  Mi^    48458 

Orlgtaal  No.  3,502.785,  dated  Mar.  24,  1970,  Ser.  No. 
684,199,  Not.  20,  1967.  Appikalkw  for  relaMe  Dec 
3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  95,002 

Int.  CL  H02g  9/00 
VA  CL  317—99  23 


A  wire  impedance  forming  assembly  wherein  a  turn- 
table receives  a  first  paper  disc  and  the  disc  receives  a 


A  mounting  pedestal  adapted  to  sui^rt  an  electrical 
power  box,  an  electric  meter,  a  telephone  box,  a  television 
jack,  and  a  gas  meter  operatively  in  a  compact  arrange- 
ment for  providing  utility  services  to  a  mobile  home.  A 
hollow,  rectangular  metal  post  is  supported  in  an  upright 
position  in  the  ground,  extending  thereabove,  and  sup- 
ports an  L'Shaped  mounting  bracket  on  the  top  thereof. 
The  bracket  provides  the  means  for  supporting  the  power 
box  and  the  meter  with  the  telephone  box,  television  jack 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


827 


and  gas  meter  carried  by  the  post  at  positions  below  the   solution  with  a  small  amount  of  a  diester  of  these  acids 
bracket.  A  ground  wire  is  disposed  within  the  post  to  and  of  an  alcohol  which  has  at  least  two  esterifiable  hy 
^  droxyl  groups  until  a  shape  retaining  body  is  obtained. 


comiect  the  box,  the  bracket  and  meter  to  an  underground 
grounding  means. 


CROSS-LINKED  HYDROPHIUC  POLYMERS  AND 

ARTICUS  MADE  THEREFROM 
Otto  Wicbtwte,  Pragac,  and  Drakoalav  Llm,  Scm>hniby, 

near  Ricaay,  CzechoeioTaida,  aolgnorB  to  Ccakoolo- 

TCBska  akadcmie  ved,  Prague,  CiechodovaUa 
No  Drawing.  Original  No.  3^20,960,  dated  Nov.  30, 

1945,  Scr.  No.  77,278,  Dec  21, 1940,  which  it  a  dirWon 

of  Ser.  No.  580,410  and  Ser.  No.  580,411,  both  Apr. 

24,  1956.  Application  for  rdaane  Ang.  5,  1970,  Scr. 

No.  61,522 

Int  CL  C08f  15/16 
VS.  CL  24»— 2.5  R  23  Claims 

A  major  portion  of  a  monoester  of  acrylic  or  meth- 
acrylic  acid  with  a  bi-functional  alcohol  which  has  an 
esterifiable  hydroxyl  group  and  at  least  one  additional 
hydrophilic  functional  group  is  copolymerized  in  aqueous 


27,402 
APPARATUS  FOR  EXTRACIING  STARCH  AND 

GLUIEN  FROM  A  DOUGH  OF  WHEAT  FLOUR 
fwJE?  g*^?tfr^J^«?*"  ^  Stockholai,  Sweden 

fZ^%  !^  J**  ^'^^  ApplcatfcNi  Urn  niMc  Mtf 
15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,578  ^ 

Claimi  priority,  appHcatfon  Sweden,  Ai«.  4,  1964, 

f  T  fl  ^  ,!!?•%■•*  ^^^'  ^^^^''  ClMl/00 
VA  CL  121—25  1 


An  apparatus  for  separating  starch  from  and  ctHkcting 
gluten  in  a  treating  zone  by  repeatedly  catching  and  push- 
mg  the  gluten  in  the  zone,  lifting  the  lumps  of  coUected 
gluten  out  of  the  zone,  and  dropping  the  lumps  of  gluten 
back  to  the  treatment  zone  in  an  optionally  repeated  series 
as  by  means  of  improved  arrangements  and  forms  tff  de- 
ferent pluralities  of  special  treatment  and  working  mem- 
bers within  a  tank-supported  perforated  trough  into  which 
a  washing  liquid  is  diffused  and  quickly  drained  away. 


PLANT  PATENTS 

GRANTED  JUNE  20,  1972 


lUutntlons  for  plant  patents  are  uraally  In  color  and  therefore  It  is  not  practicable  to  reproduce  the  drawing. 


3^11 

EVONYMVS  FORTVNEI  SORVB 

M.  Lcdic  Hancock,  CookniDc,  Ontario,  Canada,  asaignof 

to  Monroyia  Nimery  Onnpany 

Flkd  Oct  12, 197«,  Scr.  No.  80,255 

InL  CL  AOlh  5/00 

VJS,  CL  PlU-^3  1  Claim 

1.  A  new  and  distinct  variety  of  Euonymus  fortunei 

characterized  by  its  compact  growth  and  unusual  range 

of  foliage  coloration,  and  by  hardiness  at  below-freezing 

temperatures  superior  to  plants  most  closely  related  to  it. 


3,212 
CHRYSANTHEMUM  PLANT 
Walter   H.   Jessel,   Jr.,    Doylestown,   and   William    E. 
Doffett,  Akron,  CNiio,  asrisnors  to  Yoder  Brothers, 
Inc.,  Barbcrton,  Ohio 

FUed  Oct  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,256 
Int  CL  AOlh  5/00 
VJS,  CL  PIt^-74  1  aatan 

1.  A  new  and  distinct  variety  of  chrysanthemum  charac- 
terized particularly  as  to  its  uniqueness  when  compared 
with  the  cultivar  Tuneful  by  its  bright  red  bronze  color 
which  is  darker  than  Tuneful,  its  greater  resistance  to 
fading,  its  larger  flowers,  ranging  from  ¥i"  to  1"  larger 
than  Tuneful's,  its  performance  as  a  cut  flower  where  it 
is  taller  and  far  more  productive  than  the  Tuneful  varie- 
ties, its  performance  as  a  pot  mum  where  it  establishes 
itself  and  is  ready  for  pinching  earlier  thereby  providing 
a  more  prolific,  fuller  pot  plant  with  a  greater  respon- 
siveness to  growth  regulators. 


3,213 
CHRYSANTHEMUM  PLANT 
Walter   H.   Jessel,   Jr.,    Doylestown,    and    William   E. 
Doffett  Aloon,  Oiiio,  assignors  to  Yoder  Brothers, 
Inc^  BarlMTton,  (Ndo 

Filed  Oct  12,  1970,  Ser.  No.  80,258 
Int  CL  AOlh  5/00 
VS.  CL  Pit— 78  1  Claim 

I.  A  new  and  distinct  cultivar  of  chrysanthemum  char- 
acterized particularly  in  uniqueness  when  compared  to  the 
parent  cultivar  Sunstar  by  its  clear,  light  shade  of  yellow 
color,  with  no  bronze  tinging  when  exposed  to  cool  tem- 
peratures in  the  range  of  52 °-58  ° . 


3,214 
CHRYSANTHEMUM  PLANT 
Walter   H.   JeaseL   Jr.,    Doylestown,    and   William    E. 
Dnffett  Aloron,  OUo,  assignors  to  Yoder  Brodiers, 
Kdc,  Barberton,  Oliio 

Filed  Oct  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,822 
Lit  CL  AOlh  5/00 
VS,  CL  Plt^-79  1  aaim 

1.  A  new  and  distinct  cultivar  of  chrysanthemum  charac- 
terized particularly  to  the  uniqueness  as  compared  with  the 
parent  cultivar  Orange  Bowl  by  its  smaller  flowers  by 
approximately  1",  more  formal  flowers,  with  fewer 
spooned  petals,  broader  petals,  more  deeply  keeled, 
deeper  color,  shorter  habit,  smaller,  darker  foliage,  30 
percent  more  breaks,  3  days  earlier  and  more  uniform 
response,  rudimentary  stipules,  and  a  year  round  flowering 
period  in  the  north  and  northwest. 

828 


3,215 
CHRYSANTHEMUM  PLANT  I 

Walter   H.   JesscL   Jr.,    Doylestown,    and   I'Ulliani    E. 

Duffett,  Akron,  Ohio,  aarignon  to  Yoder  Brothers, 

Inc.,  Barl>erton,  OUo 

J  Filed  Oct  14,  1970,  Scr.  No.  80,823        I 
1  Int  CL  AOlh  5/00 

UA  CL  Plt^-77  1  Clafan 

1.  A  new  and  distinct  cultivar  of  chrysanthemum  charac- 
erized  particularly  as  to  uniqueness  when  compared  to  the 
cultivar  Neptune,  by  its  l"-lVi"  larger  flowers,  petals 
approximately  %"  wider,  less  upright  growth  habit  with 
about  3"  additional  spread  when  comparing  single  plants, 
non-pinking  of  the  flower  with  cool  finish  of  60*  F.  or 
less,  lighter  foliage,  approximately  1"  longer  leaves,  flatter 
petal  during  high  light,  high  temperature  periods,  with  no 
longitudinal  roll  as  the  flower  matures  providing  a  less 
aged  appearance,  greater  spread,  one  week  later  respwnse, 
and  its  3"  more  vigor  when  both  grown  under  th^  same 
long  day  treatment. 


3,210 

CHRYSANTHEMUM  PLANT 
Walter    H.   JesseL    Jr.,    Doylestown,    and    WilUam   E. 
Dnfletl,  Akron,  Ohio,  aasignorB  to  Yoder  Brokers, 
Inc.,  BartMrton,  Ohio 

Filed  Oct  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,824 
Int  CL  AOlh  5/00 
VJS.  CL  Pit— 79  1 

1.  A  new  and  distinct  cultivar  of  chrysanthemum  char- 
acterized particularly  as  to  uniqueness  in  comparison  with 
the  parent  cultivar  Stingray,  by  its  lighter,  more  orange- 
bronze  color,  a  two  to  three  day  earlier  response  period, 
and  a  more  uniform  response  within  a  flowering  block. 


Chdm 


1 


WcU 


3,217 

PEACH  TREE 

Lester  P.  Pratt,  Wcnatchec,  Wash^  M^ignor  to  Yi 

j     Nursery,  Inc.,  Wcnatchec,  Wadi. 

I  FUcd  Not.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,163 

Int  CL  AOlh  5/03 

VJS.  CL  Plt^— 43  1  Chdm 

As  a  mutation  of  Redhaven,  a  new  peach  tree  variety 

is  disclosed  which  is  characterized  by  its  semidwarf  nature 

and  the  vigorous  growth  of  the  lateral  buds  near  the  base 

of  its  terminal  shoots. 


3,218 
CHRYSANTHEMUM  PLANT 
Paul  A.  VogcL  Endnitas,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  Mifnatec, 
1        Incorporated,  Endnitas,  CaUf. 
I  Filed  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,228 
Int  CL  AOlh  5/00 
VJS.  CL  Pit— 82  1  >aafan 

1.  A  new  and  distinct  variety  of  chrysanthemum  plant 
of  the  incurved  type,  substantially  as  herein  shown  and 
described,  characterized  particularly  as  to  novelty  by  the 
unique  combination  of  a  straight,  upright,  strong  and  free 
habit  of  growth,  a  large  flower  size,  a  distinctive  and  at- 
tractive flower  color  generally  corresponding  to  near 
Chianti  Antique  Ruby  on  the  inside  of  the  petals  and  near 
Martins  Yellow  oa  the  reverse  side  of  the  petals,  good 
hardiness,  both  outdoors  and  in  the  greenhouse,  and  a 

suitablity  for  year  around  blooming  in  southern  latitudes. 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


829 


3,219 
DRACAENA  CELES 
Charies  Frederick  Pennock,  San  Jaan,  Puerto  Rico,  as- 
signor to  Cerro  Gordo  Nursery,  Inc.,  Dnrado,  Puerto 
Rico 

FUed  Dec.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,969 
Int  CI.  AOlh  5/00 
VS.  CL  Pit— 88  1  Chdm 

1.  The  new  and  distinct  variety  of  Dracaena  plant  sub- 
stantially as  herein  shown  and  described,  characterized 


particularly  by  small  narrow  lanceloate  leaves,  including 
the  prominent  petiole,  the  leaves  being  compactly  grouped 
and  erect,  the  texture  thereof  being  hard  and  the  leaves 
regularly  spaced  along  the  full  length  of  the  cane  and 
the  distinctive  color  pattern  of  its  leaves  with  a  narrow 
striping  thereof  represented  by  a  single,  narrow  whitist 
marginal  stripe,  lengthwise  through  the  crater  and 
margined  with  dark  green  on  the  upper  surface  and  gray 
green  on  the  bottom  surface. 


PATENTS 

GRANTED  JUNE  20,  1972 

GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


3,6703^9  ment  in  its  carrying  poiition  about  hit  waist  thereby  leaving  his 

HOCKEY  UNIFORM  GARMENT  hmds  firee  for  other  tasks. 

T.  Ciipir,  4  Ifwosd,  8L  Loali.  Mo.;  Lyon  F.  Pol- 


lak,  31  Bm  HBi  Drive,  SL  Lodh,  Mik,  and 
KodMT.  57  Prietwoods  Lmm,  St  Lo«lB,  Mo. 

Fled  Doc  2S,  1970,  Sar.  No.  101,600 
btLCLA4lil3f06 
U.S.CL2— 22 


W. 


An  athletic  uniform  garment  integrating  socks  with  un- 
derpants and  eliminating  separate  socks  hekl  up  by  garter 
belts.  Knee  and  shin  guard  pockets  in  the  integrated  garment 


3,670340 
COMBINED  BELT  AND  SKI  JACKET 
Marvin  Walker,  Haanpstead  P.  Q.,  Caaada, 
Doe  Sports  Lld^  Moatreol,  Qoebec,  Caaoda 

Fled  Nov.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92,688 
Claims    priority,    application   Canada,    Nov.    27, 
068,567 

bitCLA41d  7/00, 27/20 
U.S.CL2-93  3 


to  Ski. 


1969, 


/ 

•  ^ 

r  1 

' 

i 

• 

« 

_J^ 

^""^  /' 

.5 
-t4 

M        10'    a      s-' 


I 


3,670341 

FLUID  PRESSURE  CONTROL  DEVICE  FOR  AN 
ARTIFICIAL  LEG 
Wobb, 


Oydey,bothol 


Fled  Da&  1, 1969,  Sar.  No.  881,100 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Doc.  2,  1968. 
37,061/68 

lM.a.A61f7/00.//M 
U.S.CL  3^1.2  7 


A  fluid  pressure  control  device  has  a  piston  and  cylinder. 
The  cylinder  includes  a  cylindrical  wall  and  a  pair  of  end  parts. 
The  piston  rod  extends  slidably  through  one  end  part,  which 
end  part  is  adjustably  axiaUy  movable  for  varying  the  piston 
stroke  length.  The  device  is  of  especial  interest  in  the  control 
of  flexion  and  extension  motions  c^an  artificial  leg. 


I  3,670342 

CHAIR  FOR  MEASURING  URINARY  FLOW  RATE 
Dovid  T.  Mahoay,  c/o  ^WMMiy  Uroloc:'  Ask.,  Ik^  966  Park 
Street,  ptooghfton,  Maas. 

[  Filed  March  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  122,922 
Int  CL  A47k  1 1/04;  A61g  7/02 
U.S.CL4r-134  6 


This  invention  relates  to  a  garment  of  the  type  which  folds 
away  into  a  pocket  of  the  garment  to  form  a  collapsed 
package.  Garments  of  this  type  are  insufficient  in  that  they  are 
still  relatively  bulky  when  in  the  coUapaed  or  carrying  state 
and  cannot  be  readily  pocketed,  when  not  in  use,  by  the  per- 
son carrying  it.  The  garment  of  the-  present  invention  com- 
prises, in  its  wearing  mode,  a  back  panel,  a  pocket  panel 
secured  to  the  back  panel  along  two  opposing  seams  and  a 
third  seam  to  form  a  pocket.  The  garment  is  rolled  and  the 
pocket  everted  so  that  it  is  contained  in  the  pocket  in  the  car- 
rying mode.  By  providing  a  body-encircling  strap  attached  to 
the  interior  of  the  pocket  in  the  wearing  mode  v^ch  is  thus 
exterior  in  the  everted  position,  the  user  may  secure  the  gar- 


. 

">v 

i.           M 

-u 

A  chaar  for  measuring  a  patient's  urinary  flow  rate  has  an 
opening  in  the  seat  on  which  the  patient  sits.  The  opening  is 

830 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


881 


ekmgated  in  the  front  to  back  direction.  A  funnel  is  mounted 
on  tracks  directly  below  the  opening  so  that  it  can  be  moved 
forwardly  or  rearwardly  with  respect  to  the  opening  to  suit  the 
particular  patient  A  tray  is  situated  directly  below  the  seat. 
The  tray  is  movable  from  side-to-«ide  and  is  also  adjusuble  on 
runnen  forwardly  and  rearwardly  so  that  the  midplane  of  the 
tray  can  be  adjusted  to  correspond  to  the  position  of  the  fun- 
nel. A  transverse  array  of  compartments  fx  depressions  are 
formed  in  the  tray  to  retain  containers.  By  nooving  the  tray 
sideways,  then,  the  containers  can  be  moved,  in  turn,  past  the 
funnel  for  the  collection  of  a  succession  of  voided  fluid 
specimens. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  A — ^236  see: 
Patent  No.  3,670,441 


on  the  screw  to  lock  the  two  sections  togedier.  An  end  hole  in 
the  lower  section  is  arranged  so  that  it  can  only  receive  the  pte 


3,670343 
SWIMMING  POOL  CONSTRUCTION 
r  T6.  HananTf  I 
FBsd  J«M  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  46,645 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  25,  1969,  G  69 
25  223.9  «v 

Ia«.CtE04liJ/76,J/;« 
U.S.a.  4— 172.13 


An  adjusuUe  swimming  pool  having  a  floor  which  can  be 
raised  and  lowered  to  either  provide  a  unifcmn  depth  or  a  vari- 
able  depth.  Jacks  are  distributed  beneath  a  platform  constitut- 
mg  the  apparent  bottom  of  the  pool  and  are  arranged  for 
operation  in  unison  or  in  groups  to  adjust  the  platform  posi- 
tion and  attitude. 


in  order  to  ensure  that  there  is  always  a  two-point  connection 
between  the  two  leg  sections. 


3,670345 
PATIENT  UNIWRPAD 
Martin  Dol,  awl  F^ai*  Voo  DnMt,  botk  of 

HBiVlOW  10  V'CBII  I^^UOBCtt  V^flJMttBV   PM^H^^M.  N  C^ 

Fikd  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,442 
Int  CLA61g  7/04 
U.S.a.5— 91  10 


N.C«, 


A  patient  underpad  characterized  in  its  ability  to  provide 
cushioning  for  a  patient  and  to  readily  absorb  large  volumes  of 
liquid  in  a  manner  such  that  the  liquid  absorbed  does  not 
thereafter  irritate  the  patient  The  underpad ,  includes  a 
moisture-impervious  bottom  layer,  a  moisture-aba<>rbing  layer 
covering  the  bottom  layer  and  a  closed  cell,  expanded  ther- 
moplastic top  layer  covering  the  moisture-absorbing  layer  and 
having  perforations  or  openings  therethrough  <rf  sufficient 
number  and  size  to  permit  liquids,  such  as  body  excretions,  to 
freely  pass  therethrough  to  be  absorbed  by  the  moisture-ab- 
sorbing layer  while  supporting  the  patient  in  spaced  relation 
from  the  liquid  absorbed  by  the  rooisture-abaorbing  layer. 


3,670344 
HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE  CRIB 

Albaa  M.  BotMlreom  Bedford,  Pa.,  aasifMir  to  Hcttatron  Con- 
poay,  Bedford,  Pa. 

FHed  Jaa.  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104383 

lat.  CL  A47c  7/03, 1 7/14 

U.S.CL5— 11  2ClidBM 

A  heigltt-<adju8table  crib  has  four  legs  compoaed  of  upper 
and  k>wer  sections.  A  lateraUy  extending  screw  and  pin  are 
spaced  apart  on  one  section.  These  engage  in  adjacent  holes 
spaced  along  the  length  of  the  other  leg  section.  The  pin  ex- 
tends only  part  way  through  the  other  section,  while  the  screw 
extends  aU  the  way  through  ao  that  a  nut  can  be  turned  down 


3,670346 

MAT  FOR  FREE  EXERCISE  AND  THE  LIKE 

Georie  P.  Nissca,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  aiaipMr  to  Nkaea  Car- 


Filed  March  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,935 

lat  CLA47g  9/00 

U.S.CL5— 344  16, 

A  large  rectangular  floor  mat  having  an  integral  cover 

providing  a  substantially  smooth,  unbroken  top  sur<k:e  is  con- 
structed in  the  iana  of  mdividual  sections  permanendy  con- 
nected together  only  by  an  overall  top  sheet  constituting  a  port 
of  the  cover  and  arranged  so  that  the  entire  mat  can  be  readily 
"roU-foMed'lnwardly  from  its  two  ends  to  form  a  king  narrow 
Stack  of  mat  sectioas  on  the  floor  which  can  then  be  inov«d 


832 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


away  to  one  side,  all  without  requiring  any  disassembly  of  the 
mat.  A  separate  sheet  or  "skid"  beneath  the  mat  is  also  pro- 
vided so  that  after  the  mat  is  folded  the  skid  can  serve  as  a 
handy  means  by  which  the  folded  mat  can  be  dragged  across 


the  floor.  Additionally,  the  mat  is  constructed  so  that  it  can 
also  be  folded  inwardly  firom  its  sides  in  order  readily  to 
remove  shock  absorbing  material  within  the  mat  sections 
without  requiring  any  disassembly  of  the  cover. 


3,670347 
THERAPEUTIC  BED  AND  BATH 
Bernard  Wcinsteln,  Spring  Valky,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  DePuy, 
Inc.,  Warsaw,  Ind. 

Filed  July  26, 1965,  Scr.  No.  474,617 

IntCI.A61g7/;0.A47c27/0«,27//« 

VS.  CI.  5—348  8  Claims 


A  bed  for  reducing  the  effective  weight  of  a  body  is  dis- 
closed having  a  cavity  contoured  to  the  approximate  shape  of 
the  body  of  a  person  to  occupy  the  bed.  The  bed  includes  a 
fluid  within  the  cavity  and  may  have  a  fluid  impervious  sheet 
draped  over  the  cavity  upon  which  the  person  lies  and  is 
floated. 


3,670,348 
RESIUENT,  FIRE-RESISTANT  ARTICLE 
WinflcM  T.  Irwin,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  assignor  to  PPG  Industries, 
Inc.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

FUed  May  13, 1968,  Scr.  No.  728,490 
Int.  CL  A47c  23/00;  B29ii  J  7/28 
US,  CL  5—345  1  Ckrim 

This  relates  to  a  safety  mattress,  pillow,  cushion,  uphol- 
stered article  and  the  like,  comprising  a  layer  of  flexible  sheet 
material  covering  an  incombustible,  resilient,  low-bulk,  high- 


density  mass  of  interlocked  segments  of  fiber  glass  filaments 
that  are  free  of  organic  binder  and  have  a  permanently 


distorted  shape  extending  in  a  plurality  of  directions  when  said 
filaments  are  substantially  free  of  tension. 


3,670349 

UGHT  WEIGHT  ARTICLE 

Alvin  E.  Moore,  916  BcmJi  Boulevard,  Wavdand,  Miss. 

Ctetinuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  531^64,  March  3, 1966,  Pat. 

No.  3303,825.  Thb  application  March  30, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

23,789 

Int.  CL  B63c  9/30 

U.S.a.9— 12  32  Claims 


A  lifesaving  device  having:  ( 1 )  at  least  one  set  of  flatwise, 
doughnUt-shaped  tubes  of  rubber,  other  plastic  or  thin  metal, 
inflated  with  gas  preferably  at  a  pressure  well  above  that  of  the 
atmosphere,  having  peripheries  that  are  bonded  together  and 
tied  by  bands,  cords  or  wire;  ( 2 )  skin  means  comprising  joined 
skins  of  plastic-impregna:ed  fabric,  plastic  sheeting,  plywood, 
thin  metal  or  the  like;  (3)  in  some  cases  foamed  plastic  within 
the  doughaut-shaped  holes;  (4)  optionally,  helium  balloons  in 
the  foamed  plastic;  and,  where  the  device  serves  as  an  article 
of  furniture  (table,  chair  or  bed)  until  its  use  in  life-preserving, 
(S)  lower  framework,  comprising  stacked  doughnut-shaped 
tubes  and  a  survival-kit  storage  container  in  this  framework. 
The  article  of  furniture  may  be  inverted  and  floated  as  a  life 
preserver.  The  structure  of  the  invention  also  may  be  used  as  a 
life  buoy  or  other  buoy,  a  floatable  mattress  or  part  of  a  boat. 


I  3,670350 

FOOTWEAR 

Curt  E.  Kaufman,  WaynesvBle,  N.C.,  anignor  to  Ro-Search, 
Incorporated,  WaynovIHe,  N.C. 

Division  of  Scr.  No.  846,019,  July  30, 1969,  Pat.  No. 

3,577,858,  and  a  continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  794333, 

Jan.  27, 1969,  Pat.  No.  3362,930,  which  is  a  division  of  Scr. 

No.  521347,  Jan.  14, 1966,  Pat  No.  3,473,178.  This 

application  April  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,634 

Int.  a.  A43d  9/00 

U.S.CL12— 142RS  1  Claim 

Footwear  such  as  shoes,  boots,  etc.  having  a  welt  at  its  lower 

margin  to  which  a  prepared  sole,  usually  of  sheet  stock,  is 

fastened  having  a  ribbon  of  elastomeric  material  molded  and 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


838 


cured  in  situ  along  the  inner  perimeter  of  the  welt  so  as  to  pro- 
vide a  stepless  transition  inside  of  the  shoe  fi-om  the  upper  to 
the  sole.  Such  shoes  having  soles  of  soft  material,  such  as 
micro-cellular  elastomer,  and  also  a  stabihzing  insert  and  the 
ribbon  of  elastomer  is  molded  to  secure  the  insert  in  its  desired 
location  to  provide  the  stepless  transition  from  the  inside  of 


operable  of  the  detergent  foam  generating  type  and  specifi- 
cally a  corrugated  roller  in  engagement  with  a  brush  for 


the  upper  to  the  sole.  The  method  of  manufacture  of  such 
footwear  by  holding  the  pre-welted  upper  under  tension  on 
the  last  of  a  sole  laying  device  until  after  closing  of  the  side 
frame  of  said  device  so  that  by  releasing  said  tension,  the  welt 
is  forced  into  sealing  engagement  with  the  side  wall  of  said 
side  frame. 


-.  3,670351 

STRUCTURAL  SPAN 

WilUan  R.  Drury,  3716  Woodland  Ciirle,  Falls  Church,  Va. 

FBcd  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,159 

InL  CL  EOld  1/00 

U.S.a.14-1  9  Claims 


generating  the  foam.  The  corrugated  roUer  and  other  brushes 
arc  further  utilized  to  work  the  foam  into  the  floor  covering. 


3,670353 

DEMAND  VACUUM  ACTUATED  TAILGATE  WIPER 

SYSTEM 

Loren  R.  Gutc,  and  Gcoric  W.  Jackson,  both  of  Dayton,  Ohio, 

assignors  to  General  Motors  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  Oct  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  84310 

Int.  CL  B60b  1/02 

VS.  a.  15—250.02  9  Claims 


A  system  for  constructing  a  structural  span  comprising  two 
types  of  structural  components.  The  components  of  the  first 
type  each  comprise  a  pair  of  first  longitudinal  members  paral- 
lel to  each  other,  and  a  pair  of  first  transverse  members  con- 
nected to  the  bottom  of  the  first  longitudinal  members.  The 
components  of  the  second  type  each  comprise  a  pair  of  second 
longitudinal  members  parallel  to  each  other  and  spaced  to  lie 
inside  of  and  parallel  to  the  first  longitudinal  members;  and  a 
pair  of  second  transverse  members  connected  to  the  bottom  of 
the  second  longitudinal  members.  The  second  transverse 
members  are  adapted  to  extend  underneath  tlie  first  longitu- 
dinal members.  The  first  longitudinal  members  and  the  first 
transverse  members  define  an  opening  of  a  size  to  permit  the 
passage  of  the  second  transverse  members  of  each  of  two 
structural  components  of  the  second  type  in  order  to  permit 
assembly  of  the  span  from  its  components. 


3,670352 
FOAM  GENERATING  FLOOR  CLEANSING  DEVICE 

Robert  BaHantync,  Cohunbus,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Bal- 
laatync  Manufacturteg  Company,  Cohunbus,  OMo 
FDed  Sept  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71398 
IiiLa.A471/i//2 
UACL15— 4  SCIainis 

A  floor  covering  cleansing  device  manually  or  electrically 


In  a  preferred  form,  this  disclosure  relates  to  a  window 
cleaning  system  for  cleaning  a  tailgate  window  of  a  station 
wagon  vehicle.  The  window  cleaning  system  includes  a  wiper 
unit  having  a  window  wiper  which  is  supported  by  the  tailgate 
for  oscillatory  movement  across  the  outer  surface  of  the  win- 
dow through  inboard  and  outboard  strokes  and  a  drive  means 
for  moving  the  wiper  through  its  strokes.  The  drive  means  in- 
cludes a  fluid  motor  for  nooving  the  wiper  through  its  outboard 
stroke  when  fluid  pressure  is  communicated  thereto  and  a 
spring  means  for  moving  the  wiper  through  its  inboard  stroke 
when  fluid  pressure  is  not  conununicated  to  the  fluid  motor. 
The  window  cleaning  system  also  includes  a  washer  unit  hav- 
ing a  washer  nozzle  for  directing  the  washer  fluid  against  the 
window  and  a  manually  actuatable  pump  means  for  delivering 
washer  fluid  under  pressure  to  the  washer  nozzle.  The  window 
cleaning  system  further  includes  a  coordinator  means  which  is 
responsive  to  pressurized  fluid  being  delivered  by  the  pump 
means  to  cause  a  source  of  fluid  pressure  to  be  communicated 
to  the  fluid  motor  whereby  actuation  <rf  the  pump  means 
causes  the  wiper  to  be  actuated  through  its  outboard  stroke 
and  washer  fluid  to  be  squirted  against  the  window. 


884 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,670354 

LOW  PROFILE  WIPER-WASHER  ASSEMBLY 

•  F.  Wcba-.  6310  Mmhal  RMd,  CMlanrflc  Ohio 

FBed  Dec  16, 1970,  Str.  No.  9M43 

Iiirt.a.B60i;/46 

U.S.a.15— 250.04  1 


1,  while 


it  secured  to  the  retainer  in  the  detachable  fiuhion,  while  the 
two  rod  toctiom  thereof  are  aecured  to  the  r^ainer  in  the  lon- 


13' 

4- 


gitudinaUy  ilidable  CMhion  relative  to  the  latter,  whereby  the 
length  of  die  wiper  arm  is  adjustable. 


r 


A  windshield  washer  and  wiper  aaaemUy  having  a  hollow 
drive  shaft  for  the  wiper  arm  with  fluid  for  the  windshield 
being  supplied  through  the  shaft  to  a  fluid  transmission  ele- 
ment A  tubular  member  connected  to  the  fluid  transmission 
element  passes  through  the  windshield  wiper  arm  to  a  nozzle. 
A  substantially  circular  shaped  channel  is  provided  in  the 
windshield  wiper  arm  to  retain  the  tubular  element  within  the 
wiper  arm. 


3,670,357 

ADJUSTABLE  RfMXER  DEVICE  FOR  SUDINf 

CLOSURES 

JoMph  F.  Sldgcrwald,  3240  Bait  59tk  SiraC,  Loi«  BcMk, 

ef  Scr.  No.  484,065,  Aag.  31,  lf6S, 
JwM  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,993 
taLCLEOSd /J/02 
U5.aie-105  2 


3,670355 
WIPER  ASSEMBLY  FOR  VEHICLES 

iifcfn-***^  12,  TciaMtdM-7-cliome,  Kariya.  JapMi 
Fled  Feb.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  112,677 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  March  23,   1970, 

45/27738 

IiM.CLB60b//4(} 
U.S.  CL  15— 25032  3' 


A  wiper  assembly  in  which  an  arm  piece  consisting  of  two 
rods  combined  with  each  other,  and  a  Made  element  are 
pivotably  connected  with  each  other  by  means  of  a  pivot  pin 
extending  through  holes  formed  in  the  flat  portions  at  the  end 
extremities  of  said  rods  and  holes  formed  in  a  connector  for 
attaching  said  blade  element  to  said  arm  piece. 


3,670356 
WIPER  ARMS 


A  stationary  outer  frame  member  is  attached  to  the  bottom 
portion  of  a  sliding  closure,  this  outer  frame  having  a  pair  of 

oppositely  positioned  vertical  slots  formed  therein.  An  inner 
frame  member  having  a  pair  of  oppositely  positioned  canted 
slots  formed  therein  is  slidably  mounted  in  the  outer  frame 
member.  A  roller  wheel  is  mounted  for  rotation  within  the 
inner  frame  member  on  a  pin  which  passes  through  the  slots  of 
both  the  inner  and  outer  members,  this  pin  holding  these 
members  and  the  wheel  together.  Vertical  adjustment  of  the 
wheel  without  any  lateral  movement  thereof  is  provided  by 
means  of  an  adjustment  screw  which  causes  the  inner  frame 
member  to  move  relative  to  the  outer  frame  member  thereby 
causing  vertical  motion  on  the  pin  in  the  vertical  slots  formed 
in  ttie  outer  frame  member. 


:hin( 


I  ^        3,670358 

SELF  ACTUATING  SELF  LOCiONG  FLEXIBLE  HtNGE 
ScyoMV  S.  Sdiwwti,  Mid  Ckvlcs  P.  Rnbim  both  of  Los  Aa- 
gclBS,  C^K.,  —If  nil  to Hiifkcs  Alrcnil  Coaspuy, Colvcr 
Clly,CalL 

.      Fled  Apr!  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,945 
I  lM.CLEXaA7/ll 

U.S.CL  16-150 


p:: — ^ 


I  Feb.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 12,675 

Claims   priority,    application    Japan,    March    19,    1970, 
4S/26406:  March  19, 1970,45/26407 
bt.CLB60B//J2 

U,S.  0.15-25035  JCWni 

A  wiper  arm  in  which  a  wiper  arm  conaiiting  of  a  U-shaped 
rod  is  secured  to  a  retainer  at  the  U-shaped  end  and  also  at  the 
two  rod  sectiooB  thereof  .  The  U-«haped  end  of  the  wiper  arm 


The  hinge  is  capable  of  twisting  and  bending  about  at  least 
two  axes  and  comprises  a  pair  of  strips  having  a  transverse  cur- 
vature. The  strips  are  secured  at  their  ends  to  a  pair  of  rigid 
tubes,  beam  parts,  supports,  and  the  like,  which  are  thereby 
joined  together.  The  strips  are  preferably  mounted  Cscing  one 
another  with  their  centers  of  curvature  lying  inward.  In  bend- 


JlWE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


835 


ing  the  hinge,  the  strips  are  caused  to  flatten  out  and  the  inner 
strip  is  compressed  thus  develoixng  the  actuation  force. 
Rubber  pads  or  the  like  may  be  placed  between  the  metal 
strips  in  order  to  increase  the  stored  spring  energy  and  to  im- 
prove the  hinge's  folding  characteristics. 


and  the  flai^  portic»  is  bent  downwardly  to  secure  and  con- 
ceal the  carpet  edge.  In  another  embodiment  of  the  bar,  the 
outer  edge  of  the  bMe  portion  is  scaUoped  to  pfovide  alteraat- 
ing  areas  of  maximum  width  and  minimum  width,  in  still 
another  embodiment  of  the  bar,  the  flange  portion  is  oonvexly 
curved  across  its  width. 


3,670359 
FLOOR  SWEEPING  APPARATUS 
WaHcrGaSbnid, 
gaad  Gotbrod,  a  part 

Filed  Feb.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,489 
lM.a.A47l9/70 
U.S.CL15— 348 


and  Jack  Raipli 
to  Joseph  GBatt 


3,670361 
to  Wolf-  CASTORS 

Harry  HiasiingiiiB 
Alton,  Dudley,  both  of 
&  Sons  Umitod,  Dudky,  EnghuMl 
^Oabrn  Fled  Nov.  4, 1970, Scr.  No.  86,744 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Nov.  15.  1969 
56,033/69 

lBta.B60bii/00 
U.S.  a.  16—18  2 


A  sweeping  apparatus  driven  by  a  fuel  burning  engine,  the 
sweeping  mechanism  including  first  and  second  counter-rotat- 
ing brushes,  the  first  and  lower  brush  being  in  contact  with  the 
surface  to  be  swept  and  routing  counter  to  the  direction  of 
travel  and  the  second  brush  being  mounted  above  and  to  the 
rear  of  the  first  brush  in  a  direction  away  from  the  direction  of 
travel.  The  apparatus  includes  housing  elements  for  enclosing 
the  two  counter-routing  brushes  and  a  blower  driven  by  the 

engine  for  directing  suction  air,  from  the  surface  being  swept, 
upwardly  through  the  two  brushes  to  a  filter  element  disposed 
immediately  above  a  container  for  collecting  the  swept  up 
debris.  The  finer  dust  particles  are  collected  by  the  filter  and 

subsequently  drop  into  the  container  and  the  heavier  dust  par- 
ticles are  guided  directly  into  the  container. 


3,670360 
CARPET  BINDER  BAR 
Harvey  J.  HIB,  Moatorey  Park,  Cdtf. 
soHdatod  iMhistrics,  lac,  ladMlry,  CaHf. 

FBcd  Jwse  15, 1970.  Scr.  No.  46,019 
IaCCLA47g27/(M 
U.S.CL16— 16 


toRobertsCon- 


10 


The  invention  relates  to  a  furniture  or  like  castor  compris- 
ing a  body  part  rotouNe  about  a  vertical  axis,  and  a  metal 
roller  which  is  pivotally  mounted  upon  the  body  part  in  a  posi- 
tion to  one  side  of  the  latter  and  which  has  a  peripheral  rear 
flange  having  an  outer  face  provided  with  recess  means,  for 
example  an  annular  recess,  therein.  A  covering  of  non-metal- 
lic material,  for  example  of  polyurethane,  is  mouMed  on  the 
roller  and  keys  with  the  recess  means,  and  has  lip  means  en- 
gaging an  inner  face  of  the  flange,  the  Up  means  and  recess 
means  constituting  means  for  retaining  the  covering  on  the 
roller.  That  part  of  the  lipped  covering  which  coven  the 
recessed  outer  face  of  the  fUnge  constitutes  a  contact  surftce 
for  engaging  and  rolling  on  the  floor. 


3,670362 
STUFFING  APPARATUS  FOR  SAUSAGE  BATTER  AND 

AMb  W.  Hughes,  4N  194  aMKh  Rood,  BcMcaviBe,  n. 
Ftod  Nov.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,495 
lBt.CLA22c77/06 
UAa.17— 39  5 1 


A  concealed  carpet  binder  bar  used  in  conjunction  with  a 
tackless  carpet  strip  for  securing  and  concealing  the  raw  edge 
of  a  carpet  The  bar  has  a  horizontal  base  portion,  a  substan- 
tially vertical  portion  upwardly  extending  fixxn  the  inner  edge 
of  the  boae  pmtion,  the  vertical  portion  being  embossed  with  a 
plurality  of  vertical  gussets  along  the  hnigth  of  the  bw.  each 
gusset  extending  from  the  inner  edge  of  the  base  portion,  and 
a  flange  portion  lateraOy  extendiiv  from  the  upper  edge  of  the 
vertical  portion.  The  carpet  is  andiored  on  the  tartrlres  strip, 

the  edge  is  folded  around  the  outer  edge  of  the  flange  portion. 


Improved   apparatus   for   ccmtinuously   stu£Bng  ^_ 

batter,  or  a  like  substance,  at  a  unifbrm  rate  of  discharge  into 


836 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


eatings.  In  the  illustrative  embodiment,  a  single  cylinder  and 
piston  arrangement  maintains  a  constant  pressure  upon  the 
sausage  batter  within  the  cylinder  by  means  of  controlled  fluid 
pressure  upon  the  piston  with  the  sausage  batter  entering  the 
cylinder  continuously  through  an  aperture  in  the  piston  and  at 
a  pressure  approximately  equal  to  that  acting  upon  the  piston. 


have  cord  means  and  plug  means  for  plugging  it  into  an  elec- 
trical  outlet 


3,670,363 
FISH-BEHEADING  AND  CLEANING  APPARATUS 
EtaMT  R.  HofM,  Bdevw,  aad  John  L  SimpMiB,  Seattle,  both 
of  Warik,  ossigiinn  to  Smkh-Bcrier  MannfMturiiic  Cor- 

Fled  March  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,162 

tM.CLA22e  25/08 

U.S.CL  17-55  4CUim 


The  stroke  required  for  reciprocable  hold-downs  on  a  be- 
heading table  is  reduced  by  providing  auxiliary  rails  for  elevat- 
ing smaller  fish,  and  the  fish  are  moved  along  the  feed  table  by 
fabricated  angle  flight  links.  A  tail-receiver  lifted  by  a  cam 
wheel  rotating  about  a  horizontal  axis  transfers  the  fish  from 
the  feed  table  to  tail-impaling  pins  of  the  fish-cleaning  bull 
wheel.  In  a  common  drive  for  the  bull  wheel  and  the  behead- 
ing table  an  automatic  satellite  gear  train  throw-out  will  disen- 
gage a  holding  lever  to  disconnect  the  drive  for  the  means 
feeding  the  cleaning  mechanism  if  such  feeding  means 
becomes  overioaded.  A  parallel-link  control  maintains  the 
belly-fin  cutter  in  proper  angular  relationship  to  the  bull  wheel 
and  a  more  direct  and  simplified  drive  arrangement  is  pro- 
vided for  the  rotary  cleaning  scrapers  and  brushes  alongside 
the  bull  wheel. 


3,670,364 

ELECTRICAL  FISH  SCALER 

George  M.  Bradley,  3451  Hnravcr  Drive,  Kent,  Ohio 

FOed  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,413 

lot  a.  A22c  25/02 

UACL  17—66 


lOaim 


3,670,365 

SYNCHRONIZED  PIN  POINT  SPRAY  FLUID 

APPUCATOR 

Janus  J.  DHoo,  Irving,  Tex.,  assignor  to  Food  Equipment,  Inc., 

Dallas,  Tex. 

FOed  June  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  46,263 
InLCLA22c2//04 
UACL  17—11.2 


12  Claims 


:T^^ 


In  a  vaporizing  spray  system  for  the  treatmeht  of 
slaughtered  animals,  a  synchronized  fluid  applicator  is  located 
at  a  curved  portion  or  turning  point  of  a  conveyor  utilized 
therewith.  The  fluid  applicator  has  spaced  nozzles  for  deliver- 
ing a  fluid  stream  upon  a  preselected  localized  portion  of  an 
animal  carried  by  the  conveyor.  The  nozzles  are  mounted, 
preferably  in  a  circular  pattern,  and  synchronized  with  the 
motion  of  the  conveyor  to  travel  along  the  path  of  the  animal 
being  conveyed  around  the  curved  portion  of  the  path,  thus 
applying  a  fluid  such  as  steam  to  a  portion  of  the  animal. 


I  3,670,366 

AUTOMATIC  STRIPPING  MACHINE  FOR  ABACA  AND 
ALLIED  FIBER  BEARING  PLANTS 
Juan  T.  VUanucva,  and  Jesus  T.  ViOaaucva,  both  of  105  Apo 
Street,  Sta  Mesa  Heigkts,Qucioaaty,PhilippiBcs       [ 

FDcd  June  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  830,449 
Qaims  priority,  application  Philippines,  June  4, 1 968, 9282 
Int.  CL  DOlb  7//0 
U.S.a.  19— 12  9ClaiiBs 


r    r  ii 


A  fish  scaling  device  for  fast  and  easy  removal  of  scales 
fix>m  the  fish.  This  device  incorporates  a  pair  of  toothed 
blades  which  slide  against  each  other  in  an  oscelating  fashion. 
The  device  includes  also  a  handle  which  will  contain  a  battery 
and  motor  for  the  operation  oi  the  blades  or  the  handle  will 


=^=^ 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  defibering  sheaths  of  fibrous 
material,  particularly  Manila  hemp,  by  conveying  the  sheaths 
past  several  stetionary  blades  arranged  in  the  path  of  travel  of 
the  sheaths  whereby  the  edges  of  the  blades  separate  the 
fibrous  pam  c^the  sheaths  from  the  pulpy  parts. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


837 


3,670,367 

DRAFTING  APPARATUS 

Robert  M.  Inghan^  Jr.,  Spartanbiirg,  S.C.,  assignor  to  Decring 

MOHkcn  Research  Corporation,  Spartanburg,  S.C. 
DivlsioB  of  Scr.  No.  809^67,  March  24, 1969.  Thb  application 
April  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,362 
Int.  a.  DOlh  5/88 
U.S.a.  19— 255  12  ( 


Method  and  apparatus  to  stop  the  supply  of  roving  to  a 
drafting  system  when  an  end  breaks  to  prevent  lap  damage  to 
the  drafting  system  by  physically  rotating  a  serrated  member 
into  the  path  of  flow  of  the  roving  supply. 


3,670368 
FASTENER 
Engdbert  A.  Meyer,  Union  Lake,  Mich.,  assignor  to  USM  Cor- 
poration, Warren  Division,  Mount  Clemens,  Miciu 
Filed  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,056 
Inta.A44b2//00 
U.S.CI.24— 73  2  Claims 


rigid  base  member,  a  substantiaOy  rigid  inverted  J-shaped 
locking  member  and  a  deformaMe  tab  member.  The  J-shaped 
locking  member  and  deformabie  tab  member  extend  upwardly 
from  the  end  portions  of  the  base  member  and  have  cooperat- 
ing locking  means  thereon.  The  locking  means  includes  an  in- 
wardly extending  projection  adjacent  the  free  end  portion  of 
the  J-shaped  locking  member  and  a  plurality  of  transversely 
extending  spaced  locking  projections  on  the  outer  surface  of 
the  deformabie  tab  member.  The  inwardly  extending  projec- 
tion of  the  J-shaped  locking  member  is  adapted  to  engage  one 
of  the  spaced  locking  projections  on  the  deformabie  tab 


member.  The  projections  on  the  tab  member  have  a  generally 
triangular  configuration  in  cross-section  with  a  vertical 
locking  shoulder  and  an  adjacent  inclined  face.  The  transverse 
locking  means  includes  a  plurality  of  protuberances  projecting 
upwardly  from  the  tab  member  on  opposite  ends  of  each 
spaced  projection  on  the  tab  member.  The  protuberances  are 
positioned  between  the  spaced  locking  projections  so  that  the 
inwardly  extending  projection  of  the  J-shaped  locking 
member,  when  engaged  to  the  vertical  locking  shoulder  at  a 
locking  projection  on  the  tab  member,  is  restrained  from 
transverse  movement  by  the  upwardly  extending  protube- 
rances. 


3,670,370 

CLIP  BOARD  WITH  PENCIL  HOLDER 

Charles  M.  Goodwin,  Route  2,  Mount  Vcmoo,  Ohio 

Division  of  Ser.  No.  705,984,  Feb.  16, 1968,  abandoned.  TMs 

applicatioB  Marcli  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,678 

Int.  a.  A44b  2 1/00;  B42f  1/02 

VS.  a.  24—67.7  7  Claims 


A  fastener  or  adapter  for  attaching  a  molding  member  or 
the  like  to  a  panel  surface  having  a  headed  button  upstanding 
therefrom,  comprising  a  panel  engaging  body  having  means 
for  reuining  the  molding  member  tensioned  against  the  panel 
and  an  inclined  ramp  tensioned  against  the  underside  of  the 
button  head,  with  a  slot  in  the  ramp  accommodating  the  but- 
ton shank  and  having  a  seat  portion  spaced  laterally  from  the 
slot  axis  to  prevent  dislodgment  of  the  fastener  fix>m  the  but- 
ton once  the  molding  is  assembled  on  the  fastener.  An  arcu- 
ately  shaped  edge  on  the  slot  serves  to  cam  the  button  into  the 
slot  seat  as  the  fastener  is  slid  onto  the  button. 


3,670,369 
ADJUSTABLE  CLAMP  FOR  ELONGATED  ARTICLES 
WITH  TRANSVERSE  LOCKING  MEANS 
Peter  Mclkvy,  II,  Ptttsbarih,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Rohroy  Indus- 
tries, Verona,  Pa. 

Filed  March  9, 1971,  Scr.  No.  122,352 

IntCLB65d6i/00 

U.S.a.24— 16PB  5CfariiiH 

A  releasable  clamp  for  securing  elongated  objects  such  as 

wires  to  a  supporting  structure  that  includes  a  substantiaDy 


A  clip  board  comprising  a  clamping  unit  affixed  to  one  end 
of  an  enlarged  rectangular  board.  The  clamping  unit  includes 
a  pair  of  laterally  spaced  pressure  arms  individually  operable 
or  simultaneously  operable  at  the  option  of  the  user  of  the  clip 
board  for  the  releasable  clamping  of  sheets  of  paper  or  the  like 
to  the  board.  Each  pressure  member  is  operated  through  its  in- 
dividual lift  arm  against  the  action  of  a  spring  resiliently  bias- 
ing the  pressure  member  closed. 


^ 


888 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


3^7t^71  mounted  thereupon,  the  baie  member  being  formed  from 

CATCH  WITH  ANTHIIH.KAgK  LATCH  stamped  iheet  metal  and  induding  a  floor  having  an  end  por- 

B.  SwaMSB,  MiMMvwB,  CcML,  a«l|Mrl»  Tkc  NM-   tion  which  it  iqnrardly  beat  from  the  remainder  of  nid  floor, 

CenHnirtaa  ef  Scr.  N*.  79t,13«,  Jaa.  9, 1M9,  i 

Tkb  appleallM  Feb.  24, 1971,  Ser.  N*.  1 1M52 
laC.CLA43c///00 
UACL24— «T  22CI 


A  catch  for  releaiably  connecting  two  separable  parts  and 
having  a  base  adapted  for  attachment  to  one  part  and  an 
operating  lever  operable  to  move  a  latch  into  engagement  with 
a  strike  attached  to  the  other  part  A  manually  releaaable 
resilient  generally  U-shaped  locking  element  acts  between  the 
operating  lever  and  anodier  part  of  tiie  catch  to  automatically 
lock  and  releasaUy  retain  the  catch  in  its  closed  or  strike  en- 
gaging position  when  the  catch  it  moved  to  the  latter  podtioa. 


3,i79,372 
CABLE  CLAMP 
N«Uc  W.  Cra*y.  TtcHm;  Itkcrt  C.  Wiftcr,  NcvMrkcC, 
aid  Gerdaa  J.  Clarke  BrvMlsa,  al  if  Oalarie,  CaMda,  aa- 

Newmrkct, 


nM  Jaly  9, 197t,  Scr.  Na.  53^72 

bt  a  nig  77/06 

U&CL24— I25N 


This  application  deals  with  a  clamp  that  has  a  body  formed 
with  a  trough,  a  shoe  having  a  back  and  being  formed  with  a 
trough  on  its  bottom,  a  stirrup  pivotally  anchored  to  the  body, 
support  means  carried  by  the  stirrup  pitovally  engaging  the 
back  of  said  shoe  to  support  said  shoe  in  a  selected  spaced 
relation  with  respect  to  the  stirrup  with  the  open  top  of  the 
trough  of  the  body  and  the  open  top  of  the  trough  of  the  shoe 
in  opposed  relation  to  receive  a  cable  therebetween. 


MarrtaD. 


laPak 


3,670,373 

BRACELET  CONNECTOR 

Eaat  PravMwM,  RJ^ 

,RJ. 

Fled  Jan.  26, 1971,  Scr.  Ne.  199,M2 

Int.  CL  A44c  5118;  A43c  UI08 

U&CL24— 26SSH  9  CI 

A  connector,  for  coupling  the  end  of  a  bracelet  to  anodier 
member,  comprising  a  base  member  and  a  latching  arm 


I 

the  latching  arm  being  pivotally  mounted  upon  a  wall  portion 
of  the  base  member  and  having  retaining  means,  which,  in  an 
operative  position  of  the  arm,  is  resiUently  engaged  wtth  the 
end  portion  of  the  floor.      "^ 


3,470,374 
DOUBLE  ACTING  SUPS 
J.  Hayes,  Jr^  Hiaslin,  Tcs^  ms%m 
HeMSteB.Tcx. 
Fled  JMM  8, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  44,384 

lBtCLE2U  79/06 
U.S.CL  24^243  DA 


t*  Anbeck  Car- 


11  C 


A  unitary,  double  acting  slip  is  disclosed  having  a  fir^  sur- 
face adapted  to  fit  against  the  wall  of  a  cylindrical  member, 
such  as  a  pipe,  and  a  second  surface  adapted  to  be  fbrced 
against  the  adjacent  surface  of  a  bowl  member  so  that  the  slip 
is  wedged  between  the  cylindrical  member  and  the  bowl  after 
limited  movement  of  the  pipe.  The  second  surfKe  of  the  dou- 
ble acting  dip  has  a  thicker  section  intermediate  its  length  and 
tapers  from  the  thickest  section  to  the  ends  of  the  slip  thereby 
forming  two  tapered  wedging  areas.  The  second  surface  of  the 
double  acting  slip  may  include  a  recess  and  the  bowl  may  have 
a  radial  opening  extending  to  the  slip.  A  bearing  member  may 
be  renlientfy  mounted  in  dus  opening  to  engage  the  leoeas  in 
the  second  surface  of  the  slip  in  order  to  aid  in  alignment  of 
the  slip. 


3,670373 

APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  TENTER  PROCESSING 
OF  OPEN  WIDTH  FABRIC 

Neck;  Andrew  P.  Cmtmn^  VaOey  SirHMa, 
Carle  Piaea,  al  ef  N.Y^  Mslgpiiri  to 
N.Y.  I 

DIvisiaB  ef  Scr.  No.  698,899,  JaiL  18, 1968,  PM.  NoJ 
3,531,970.  IMs  applcatfaa  Sept.  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,646 
Int.  CLD06C  J/02 
U.S.C1.26— 57A  6CWm 

The  invention  is  directed  to  a  fabric  tenter  apparatus  and  re- 
lated method,  intended  especially  for  the  processing  of 


4 


I  I 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


889 


geometrically  distoruble  fabrics  in  flat,  open  width  form.  The 
apparatus  includes  opposing  sets  of  tenter  chaim  for  engaging 
the  fabric  margins,  and  the  chains  are  divergently  related  at 
the  entry  end  section  and  arranged  in  parallel  relation  along  a 
processing  section  located  downstream  c^  the  entry  end. 
Means  are  provided  for  overfeeding  of  the  fabric  edge  margins 
onto  the  tenter  chains  at  the  entry  end.  Additionally,  as  a 
unique  feature  of  the  combination,  controllabiy  driven  web- 
supporting  elementt  (e.g..  tapes)  are  provided  to  support  the 
center  p<vtions  of  the  fabric  web.  These  web-supporting  ele- 


ments engage  the  web  commencing  at  a  point  upstream  <rf  the 
entry  end  section  and  extending  well  downstream  therefrom, 
usually  weU  into  the  processing  section  of  the  tenter.  The  sup- 
porting elements  are  driven  at  a  controlled  "overfeeding"  or 
an  "underfeeding"  rate,  so  that  the  center  portions  of  the 
fabric  continue  to  be  advanced  at  the  controlled  rate  even 
after  the  fabric  has  been  engaged  by  the  slower  moving  tenter 
chains.  The  appvaXus  and  the  related  process  provide  for  an 
advantageous  degree  of  control  over  die  geometry  of  the  ciocs 
lines  of  the  £abric. 


3,670,376 
METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  COLOR  PICTURE 

TUBE 
AlsnyeshI  UcUda,  and  YeahlMko  Mlyala,  both  ef  Mobva, 
Japan,  scsignnri  to  HMadd,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 
FBsd  Oct.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84,272 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Dec.     24,     1969. 
44/103372 

bLCLHOLi  9/00 
U.S.  CL  29— 25.17  19  < 


3,670377 

ME1HOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  AN  ELECTRIC  LAMP 

FILAMENT  HAVING  A  COILED-COIL  BODY  P0R110N 

WITH  <MUENTED  OFF-SET  LEGS 

Jacob  F.  Mlcbnel^  PaiBMns,  N J.,  ■■Ignm  In  WcdtafhaaM 

Electric  Ccrporalk^  PklibHih,  Pa. 

Division  ef  Scr.  No.  648,430,  JM  23, 1967,  PaL  No. 
3,588,579.  TUs  appBotflan  May  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,601 
Int.  CLHOIJ  9/76. 9/¥4 
U.S.a.  29— 25.18  a, 


A  coiled-coil  filament  of  refractory  metal  wire  having  lon- 
gitudinally depending  legt  at  each  end  Uutt  are  joined  to  the 
coil  barrel  by  open  primary  turns  which  are  permanently  bent 
through  predetermined  angles.  The  filament  is  initially  wound 
as  a  continuous  coil  and.  after  the  second  coiling  operation 
has  been  completed  and  the  primary  and  secondary  mandrels 
have  been  removed,  selected  primary  turns  in  each  of  the  then 
transversely  extending  legs  are  bent  around  an  abutting  sta- 
tionary anvU  to  reposition  the  legs  in  die  desired  off-set  rela- 
tionship with  the  coil  barrel. 


A  method  of  manufacturing  cok^r  picture  tubes,  c(Hnprisng 
the  steps  of  forming  resinous  lenses  in  opening*  or  electron- 
beam  permeating  apertures  of  a  color  selective  electrode  of 
the  color  picture  tube,  exposing  to  light  through  this  color 
selective  electrode  a  phosphor  screen  formed  on  the  inner  sur- 
face of  a  £Bce  (date  in  a  panel  portion  of  said  tube,  and  remov- 
ing said  rean-made  lenses  after  the  expoaure  step. 


3,670,378 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCIION  OF  C  APACTTORS 
Rctahanl  Bcha,  MMich;  HdMffch  Gottlob. 
Haid;  Gvhard  Hoykr,  both  cf  MHdcb,'aiid 


Fled  Jaw  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  834,405 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  24,  1968.  P  17 


64  541.9 


U.S.CL  29— 25.42 


Int.CLH01g7i/00 


:» |« 


18 


'^/S^^Xy^y^'.^^^Xj 


Capacitors  are  manufactured  by  winding  a  number  of 
parent  or  master  windings  one  upon  another,  coating  the 
winding*  in  common  with  metal  on  the  face  sides  thereof  by  a 
metal  spraying  process  and  separating  them  one  from  the 
other.  In  one  instance,  the  master  windings  are  separated  one 
from  the  other  by  the  provision  of  inactive  layers  which  pro- 
ject at  the  face  sides  or  ends  of  the  windings  to  prevent  con- 
tacting of  the  layers  of  the  windings  during  metal  spraying,  in 
another  embodiment  the  interlayers  are  dimensioned  as  wide 
as  the  capacitively  active  layers  and  the  face-side  zones  of  the 
interlayers  are  masked  during  the  application  <rf  the  metallic 
layers.  In  yet  another  embodiment  the  inactive  layers  are 
completely  metal  coated  and  separation  is  provided  by  sawing 
or  cutting  in  the  zon^  of  the  interiayers.  In  this  case,  the  mter- 
layers  remain  on  the  finished  partial  capacitor  as  cover  layen. 


840 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,67«^79 
METHOD  FOR  FABRICATING  MULTILAYER 
ELECTRICAL  COMPONENTS 
Martia  L.  Zdou,  ScMca  Fali,  N.Y^  aaHvor  to  Syhrania  Elec- 
tric PradMts  Inc. 

DhrWoB  of  Scr.  No.  801,1  IS,  Fdk.  20, 1969,  PM.  No. 

3,597316.  This  appliarttaiJaiL  II,  1971,  Scr.  No.  105,541 

ImL  a.  HOIg  13/00 

U.S.  CL  29—25.42  2  CWns 


Method  and  apparatus  for  forming  thick  film  electrical 
capacitors.  Strips  of  electrically  conducting  and  electrically 
insulating  material  are  fed  in  an  overlapping  manner  to  a 
cutting  area.  The  strips  are  cut  under  sufficient  pressure  to 
form  a  bonded  pair  which  is  then  transported  to  a  remote  posi- 
tion. Alignment  between  the  bonded  pair  and  a  receptacle  is 
achieved  and  the  bonded  pair  is  deposited  therein.  The  cycle 
is  repeated  with  the  receptacle  being  rotated  180*.  The  rota- 
tion of  the  receptacle  between  cycles  allows  an  interieaved 
capacitor  of  any  desired  size  to  be  buih  up.  When  this  is 
achieved,  the  receptacle  may  be  removed  to  a  die  where  suffi- 
cient pressure  is  applied  to  achieve  adherence  of  all  bonded 
pairs  into  a  compact  unit.  This  unit  is  then  fiied  at  selected 
temperatures  to  produce  the  capacitor. 


3,670380 
FACE  MILLING  TOOL 
Arthur  IvM  Walter  Moore;  Jote  Howvd  Ptttcr;  RidMrd 
IVaak  Vcamconbc,  and  Edward  KmI  RdlMr,  al  of  Stavdey 

LMlse,  MBHon  Mowbniy,  Ldontarriiire,  EsglHid 

CoodiMMlioii^Mpart  of  Scr.  No.  533,107,  Jul  24, 1966, 
■*'«**»««•  This  appMcltoa  Jan.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  17^54 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain.  Jan.  24.  1965. 

34.571/64 

InLCLB26d//00 
US.CL29-105  SCWnii 


A  &ce  milling  tool  comprises  a  holder  and  a  bit  of  slice-like 
form  of  circular  or  lobed  outline  detachabiy  secured  on  a  seat- 


ing by  a  screw  or  the  like  traversing  a  central  aperture  and 

presented  so  that  the  side  wall  is  the  rake  face  and  the  end  foce 
is  the  clearance  face.  The  bit  can  be  indexed  on  the  securing 
means.  A  lobed  bit  has  convex  cutting  edges  of  much  larger 
radius  than  the  average  radius  of  the  bit. 


3,670381 

ROLLS  AND  ROLLERS  PARTICULARLY  FOR 

CONTINUOUS  CASTING  PLANTS,  BAR  DEFORMATION 

PLANTS  AND  FOR  HOT  ROLLING  MILLS  OPERATED  AT 

LOW  ROLLING  SPEEDS 
Rudolf  Schoffmann,  Linz,  Austria,  aasignor  to  Vcreinigtc 
Ostcrrcichiscfae  Eisen-Und  Stahlwcricc  AktiengcacUschaft, 
Una,  Austria 

Filed  July  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55^30        I 
Qaims  priority,  application  Austria.  July  25, 1 969.  A  7 1 89 
laL  a.  B2lh  3 1/08 
U.S.CL  29-124  12  Claims 


The  invention  proposes  rolls  and  rollers,  particularly  for 
continuous  casting  plants,  bar  deformation  plants  and  hot 
rolling  miUs  operated  at  low  rolling  speeds,  in  which  the  im- 
provement resides  in  that  the  working  body  of  the  rolls  or  rol- 
lers, respectively,  is  formed  by  a  plurality  of  segmenu  ar- 
ranged side  by  side  with  play,  which  segments  are  provided 
with  key-like  projections  engaging  with  correspondingly 
formed  guiding  grooves  arranged  at  the  roll  or  roller  core.  The 
core  may  be  made  of  material  of  high  strength,  capable  of  ab- 
sorbing great  bending  stresses,  and  the  segments  may  be  made 
of  material  resistant  to  heat  and  wear.  Owing  to  the  division  of 
the  working  tools  into  two  units  and  the  provision  of  play 
between  segments,  heat  cracks  and  ruptures  are  precluded. 


SCiym 


I  3,670382 

METHOD  FOR  PRODUCING  A  REINFORCED  RESINOUS 

IMPELLER  AND  PRODUCT 
DoMOd  J.  Kectaau,  31012  Huatfagtoa  Wood*  Parkway,  Bay 
ViBi«COhio 

1  Filed  Jan.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  570 

I      Int.  CL  B21k  3/04;  B23p  15/02, 15/04 
U.S.  CI.  29—156.8  CF 

A  method  of  making  an  impeller  which  is  particularly 
adapted  for  use  in  a  centrifugal  pump  and  which  has  generally 
spirally  extending  vanes  which  extend  outwardly  from  a  cen- 
tral portion  which  method  comprises  the  steps  of  selecting  an 
elongated  reinforcing  member  and  winding  the  reinforcing 
member  along  the  path  of  a  vane  and  extending  it  to  the  cen- 
tral portion  and  then  along  the  path  of  another  vane  and  back 
to  the  central  portion  and  so  on,  until  there  is  built  up  a  rein- 
forcing structure  having  vane  reinforcing  walls  which  extend 
in  basically  the  same  direction  as  the  vanes.  The  next  step  in 
the  process  is  to  apply  tension  to  the  wound  reinforcing 
member  and  in  the  embodiment  illustrated  herein,  this  tension 
is  applied  by  rotating  a  hub  to  which  each  of  the  reinforcing 
walls  is  attached  which  causes  the  same  to  be  tensioned.  The 
elongated  reinforcing  member  preferably  has  resin  applied 
thereto  prior  to  winding  the  same;  however,  the  resin  may  be 
applied  after  it  is  wound.  In  either  event,  the  wound  resin- 
wetted  reinforcing  member  is  then  cured  while  the  tension  is 
maintained  on  the  individual  reinforcing  walls.  The  cured 
reinforcing  structure  is  next  placed  into  a  mold  haying  the 


UA.9. 


r»T7irTr«T  A  T     r'A'71?T»pT^ 


TirftTc   on     1 0TO 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


841 


shape  of  the  finished  impeller  and  the  reinforcing  walls  of  the    portions  of  the  sheet  to  form  the  inner  and  outer  peripheral 


reinforcing  structure  occupy  positions  in  the  mold  which  cor 
respond  to  the  vanes  of  the  impeller.  The  next  step  is  to  in- 
troduce a  curable  resin  into  the  mold  which  resin  assumes  the 
shape  of  and  forms  the  finished  impeller.  The  resin  is  next 
cured  and  the  formed  impeller  is  removed  fix>m  the  mold. 

Also  included  as  part  of  the  disclosure  herein  is  the  winding 
mold  for  producing  the  reinforcing  structure  for  the  impeller. 
The  winding  mold  comprises  a  plate  which  has  a  plurality  of 
circumferentially  spaced  and  generally  radially  extending 
form  members  secured  thereto.  These  form  members 
generally  assume  the  contour  of  the  finished  impeller.  A  hub 
member  is  located  generally  centrally  of  the  form  members  in 
a  central  opening  in  the  plate  and  pins  are  positioned  in  the 
plate  outwardly  of  the  ends  of  the  form  members.  The  hub 
member  in  this  embodiment  is  provided  with  a  plurality  of 


surfaces  of  the  ring  and  an  inner  annular  scraper  edge  and  an 


outer  annular  scraper  edge  defined  by  a  partial  shearing  of  the 
metal  blank. 


3,670384 

BRACKET  FOR  CENTERING  CAPPED  PIPE  IN 

MANHOLES 

August  Milo,  1015  SchUcfer  RomI.  HUhldc  N  J. 

Filed  Jan.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,772 

lot  CLB23p/ 9/00 

U.S.CL29— 200J  2 


diametrically  extending  slots  which  are  adapted  to  receive  the 
elongated  reinforcing  member  which  is  wound  on  the  winding 
mold. 

The  finished  product  is  an  impeller  which  includes  in  com- 
bination a  composite  resinous  mass  molded  into  the  impeller 
shape  which  shape  has  and  includes  a  plurality  of  circum- 
ferentially spaced  and  generally  radially  extending  vanes  ex- 
tending from  a  central  hub  portion.  A  composite  reinforcing 
structure  is  imbedded  in  the  resinous  mass  and  includes  a  hub 
member  imbedded  at  the  central  hub  portion  and  vane  rein- 
forcing walls  secured  to  the  hub  member  and  imbedded  in  the 
respective  vanes.  Each  of  the  vane  reinforcing  waUs  comprises 
an  elongated  reinforcing  member  secured  to  the  hub  member 
and  arranged  in  the  shape  of  the  vanes.  Each  of  the  vane  rein- 
forcing walls  is  wetted  with  resin  at  some  stage  of  its  construc- 
tion which  resin  is  cured  while  each  of  the  vane  reinforcing 
walls  is  maintained  under  tension. 


3,670383 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURE  OF  AN  OIL  SEAL  RING 

HAVING  DUAL  SCRAHK  ELEMENTS  FOR  ROTARY 

PISTON  MECHANISMS 

Michael  T.  Govrun,  Bayoone,  N  J.,  assigBor  to  Curtte- Wright 

Corporation 

Filed  April  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  137384 
lot.  CLB23p  75/06 
U.S.CL  29— 156.61  4Claiiiis 

The  method  erf' fabricating  an  oil  seal  ring,  having  dual,  con- 
centrically spaced,  scraper  edges,  for  use  in  a  rotary  piston 
mechanism,  comprises  the  step  of  placing  a  metal  blank  in  a 
combination  coining  and  punching  device  and  thereafter  ac- 
tuating the  latter  to  engage  and  deform  the  sheet  material  and 
substantially  simultaneously  punch  out  concentric,  spaced 


A  centering  bracket  mounuUe  in  a  manhole  body  for  cen- 
tering a  pipe  end  snudler  than  the  body  and  having  a  cap  wider 
than  the  pipe,  comprises  four  arms  connected  laterally  to  form 
a  square  having  a  size  just  adequate  to  accomnnodate  the  |»pe 
end.  Each  of  the  arms  has  an  extension  of  even  length  ter- 
minating in  a  bent  portion  designed  to  fit  in  fiictional  contact 
against  the  manhole  body.  One  of  the  arms  is  removable  so  as 
to  enable  insertion  of  the  pipe  end  cap  in  the  larger  space 
between  the  opened  square  and  the  body.  Connecting  means, 
such  as  thumb  screws,  are  provided  to  connect  the  removable 
arm  to  form  the  square  after  the  pipe  cap  has  been  passed 
through  and  the  pipe  end  has  been  centered  in  the  square. 


3,670385 

ASSEMBLY  MACHINE 

David  L  Cropp,  501  Chcataut  St.,  Mcadrifc,  Pa. 

FUmI  Juw  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44366 

iBt  CL  H051I 13/04;  B23p  19/04 

U.S.a.29— 203R  181 

The  specification  describes  a  machine  for  inserting  several 
pieces  of  wire  of  a  predetermined  length  through  a  small  disk 
which  may  be  of  plastic  material  at  a  high  rate  of  production. 


842 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JtJNE 


20,  1972 


The  wire  it  taken  from  rolls,  straightened,  measured  to  length,  I  3,670387 

cut  off.  and  forced  through  the  holes  in  the  disk  and  the  disks  NITT  AND  WASHER  FEEUNG IWVICE 

Tctauya   Ni«ao,   23,   2<Im«c,   Kkadorl,   MiMMMUrakHa, 


I         nbdDecl6,197<l,Scr.No.9«,609 
I  Iirt.  CL  B23q  7110 

U,S.  CL  29—211 R 


with  wire  inserted  in  them  are  moved  along  a  trough  conveyor 
where  they  can  be  visually  inspected. 


3,670,386 
ENCODING  AND  VERIFYING  INFORMATION 
E.  Davis,  BomtIM;  Bily  M.  Jcmc^  SmmIj;  Floyd  L. 

raiH(cr;  KMBcr  Wm  iiacK,  aaa  aiiepaai  l>.  sinnBpii« 
both  «l  San  Lake  Oty,  iJ  ol  Utah,  ■■Jganri  to  Bio-Legks, 
be 

Fled  Aug.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  850,978 
Int.  CL  B23q  7110;  B23p  19104;  G06k  HOG 
U.S.CL29— 211R  13 


Method  and  apparatus  for  encoding  a  device  presenting 
rows  (rfencodable  sites  and  for  verifying  the  correctness  of  the 
encoding  of  such  a  device,  the  apparatus  including  a  ram  as- 
sembly for  press-fitting  balls  or  the  like,  received  from  a  ball- 
feeder  aMemUy,  into  selected  ones  of  the  encodable  sites, 
which  sites  take  the  form  oi  blind  cavities.  The  encodable 
device  is  light-transmitting  and,  after  being  encoded,  the  rows 
oi  sites  are  successively  sensed  by  an  optical  reader  to  verify 
the  accuracy  of  the  encoding  procedure.  Electrical  signals, 
derived  from  optical  signals  generated  by  the  reader  and 
representing  the  code  of  each  row,  are  converted  to  Binary 
Coded  Decimal  (BCD)  data  format  and  stored  in  a  circulating 
shift  register  in  a  row-by-row  fashion  so  that  the  stored  infor- 
mation can  be  subaequendy  converted  into  human  readable 
form. 


An  automatic  feeder  ci  nuts  and  washers,  having  a  long  slim 
spindle  slidably  inserted  in  a  sleeve  in  a  relation  to  have  the 
sleeve  reciprocate  together  with  the  spindle  as  the  latter 
reciprocates  in  connection  with  driving  means,  so  that  nuts  or 
washers  are  shot  by  the  sleeve  and  guided  along  the  spindle 
down  to  a  given  processing  position  one  after  another  continu- 
ously. 


I  3,670,388 

SELF>TESTING  INSERTION  TOOL  AND  METHODS  OF 
INSERTING  WORKPIECES 
H.  Jack,  RnBlag  Msodows,  OL,  ssslgaiii  to  Talstyp* 

SkakKDL 
I       Flad  Doc  29, 1969,  S«r.  No.  888,730 
I  Iirt.CLB23p79/(M 

U.S.a.29— 244 


A  workpiece  insertion  tool  includes  a  shaft  for  engaging  the 
workpiece.  a  housing  slidably  nxxmted  on  the  shaft,  a  spacer 
integraly  attached  to  the  shaft,  an  elastic  member,  between 
the  homing  and  the  spacer,  and  a  blocking  memlier.  To  inaert 
a  workpiece  into  a  workpiece-receiving  member  a  force  is  ap- 
plied to  the  housing.  The  elastic  member  initially  operates  to 
transmit  the  force  to  the  spacer  and  therefore  to  the  shaft  so  as 
to  appfy  a  gradually  increasing  force  tending  to  insert  the 
workf»ece.  Failure  oi  the  elastic  member  to  compress  to  a 
predetermined  extent,  t>efore  a  predetermined  movement  of 
the  workpiece  into  the  receiving  member  occurs,  operates  to 
bring  the  blocking  member  into  engagement  with  the  housing 
to  immobilize  the  tool  and  to  prevent  complete  insertion  of 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  26,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


843 


the  workpiece.  Whenever  the  elastic  member  does  compress 
sufficiendy,  farther  force  is  applied  to  the  housing  and  shaft  to 
complete  the  insertion. 


3,670,389 
TOOL  FOR  REMOVING  FUEL  INJECTtHtS 
Joseph  F.  ShcpoMki,  216  HmUmm  MM  Road 
N.C. 

CoatlBoatfcMHlB-pMl  of  Scr.  No.  822,960,  May  8, 1969, 

abaadotd.  This  appHcatfon  Dec  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,467 

lot  CLB23p  79/04 

U.S.CL  29-256  SCWms 


A  tool  for  quickly  and  easily  removing  a  fuel  injector  from 
the  cylinder  head  by  means  of  a  bearing  pin  extending  fix>m  a 
vertically  elongated  thrust  bar  into  the  overflow  port  of  the  in- 
jector. A  threaded  shaft  bears  against  the  cylinder  head  and, 
upon  roution,  raises  the  thrust  bar  and  exerts  an  upward  force 
on  the  pin  to  free  the  injector. 


3,670,390 

TOOL  FOR  APPLYING  SUSPENSION  CLAMPS  TO 

POWER  LINES 

I M.  Braoska,  627  Old  Ehn  St.,  CoMhohockca,  Pa. 

FVad  ScpL  4, 1970,  Sm>.  No.  69,869 

IiitCLB25b27/74 

U.S.CL  29-271  "  6 


A  special  tool  at  the  end  of  an  elongated  insulated  pole 
nuuiipulates  the  suspension  clamp  and  fiKalities  installation 
thereof  on  high  voltage  electric  power  line  conductors  without 
de-energizing  the  lines.  A  cotter  key  tool  faciliutes  inserting 
the  cotter  key  in  the  clevis  pin. 


3,670391 

PILOT  PIN  FOR  MOUNTING  AUTOMOBILE  WHEELS 

Robert  J.  Cahfll,  913  RtttcnhoaBe  Street,  Pyiadclphia,  Pa. 

FBed  M*y  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,1 19 

lot  CL  E25b27il4;  B23p  19/00 

U.S.CL29— 273  6  Claims 

A  pQot  pin  for  assisting  in  mounting  an  automobile  wheel  on 

a  wheel  drum,  which  pilot  pin  properiy  aligns  selected  «iieel 


disk  holes  with  correspmiding  brake  dnun  iKries  and  holds 
them  in  aUgnment  «1iile  boks  are  inserted  and  screwed  into 
the  remaining  aligned  holes.  The  pin  includes  a  body,  a 
threaded  stud  at  one  end  of  the  pin  Huptfd  to  turn  into  the 
threads  of  the  brake  dnun  hole,  the  body  being  of  larger 
diameter  than  the  brake  drum  hole  and  having  a  body 
shoulder  that  contacts  the  rim  of  the  brake  drum  hole  to  form 


«»■«. 


a  stop  for  limiting  the  penetration  of  the  threaded  stud  into  the 
drum  hole,  a  head  at  the  other  end  of  the  pin  which  is  of  larger 
diameter  than  the  body  and  of  smaller  diameter  than  the 
wheel  disk  hole,  and  a  head  shoulder  on  the  head  for  catching 
and  holding  a  rim  of  a  wheel  disk  bole  to  support  the  wheel 
disk  on  the  brake  dnun  while  the  bolts  are  being  inserted  into 
the  aligned  holes  and  screwed  therein. 


3,670392 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  FLEXIBLE  BRAKE  BANDS 
Ckarics  H.  Hmib,  PUteddpliia,  Pk,  asrignor  to  Hw  Budd  Com- 
puy,PUlMlelpliia,Pa. 

FBed  Dec  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,476 
lot.  CLB23p/ 7/00 
U.S.CL29— 411  14( 


This  application  discloses  a  method  of  making  flexible 
brake  bands  from  a  continuous  sheet  ai  band  material,  such  as 
thin  stainless  steel  or  high  carlwn  steel  and  sheet  lining  by 
providing  band  end  lugs  near  the  side  edges,  integrally  on  the 
sheet  by  rolls  or  dies,  or  by  welding  <hi  lug  strips,  applying  lin- 
ing from  a  continuous  sheet,  and  cutting  bands  in  unit  lengths 
from  the  composite  sheet 


3,670393 
METHOD  OF  FORMING  HONEYCOMB  PANEL 
Etancr  C.  Ahnoiid,  fjinsdalr,  Pa.,  Msignnr  to  The  Budd  Con- 
pany,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Filed  April  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,921 
Iiit.CLB23py7/00 
U.S.  CL  29—423  3  CUm 

A  method  of  ftxming  honeycomb  panels  of  high  strength 
material  whereby  the  panel  to  be  formed  is  positiooed 
between  an  inner  metallic  cover  sheet  and  an  outer  sheet  of 
resilient  material.  The  sandwich  pack  so  formed  is  (fispoaed 
between  die  set  members  which  are  moved  relative  to  eadi 
other  to  deform  the  pack.  During  the  forming  operation,  the 


844 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


edge  portions  of  individual  honeycomb  cores  bite  into  the 
bonding  tuiface  of  the  resilient  cover  sheet  material  which 
functions  as  a  structural  restraint  to  minimize  dimensional 


.OCl 


3,670395 
MBTHOD  OF  MAKING  A  HONEYCOMB  BL( 
COLUMATOR 
Isamu  Abe,  Kawanld;  Hideo  Yashlro,  Tokyo;  Naoyokl  Sori, 
Tokyo;  Sotero  HafUmo,  Tokyo;  Tomiyasa  Katsumoto,  Tokyo, 
and  Tadao  Suzuki,  IcfaOuiwa,  afl  of  Japan,  assignon  to 
Tokyo  SMbaura  ElecCric  CO^  Ltd.,  Kawanki-«hi,  Japan 
Coiitiauatioii<te-p«rt  of  Scr.  No.  726,041,  Sept.  18, 1970, 
abwidoned.  This  appHcatkM  Sept.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,S73 
Int.  CL  G21f  5102;  HO  IJ  35116  ! 

U.S.CL  29— 471.1  id  Claims 


failure  by  preventing  the  spreading  apart  of  adjacent  cores  one 
from  another  on  the  tension  side  of  the  bend.  All  of  the  bend- 
ing of  the  panel  is  taken  in  uniform  deformation  on  the  com- 
pression side  of  the  panel. 


A  honeycomb  block  is  made  by  winding  a  tungsten  metal 
wire  compactly  around  a  core  and  then  removing  the  core, 
thereby  fabricating  a  compactly  wound  coil  member.  The  coil 
members  are  arranged  side  by  side  and  are  bonded  together 
with  a  metal  paste  bonding  agent  to  form  the  honeycomb 
bkKk. 


3,670394 
METHOD  OF  CONNECTING  METAL  CONTACT  AREAS 
OF  ELECTRIC  COMPONENTS  TO  METAL 
CONDUCTORS  OF  FLEXIBLE  SUBSTRATE 
HenArlcus  Petnia  CameHa  Danhlit  Theodorm  Johannct  Van 
Der  Yen,  and  Hans  Gerard  Kard  Tatca,  aB  of  FmmaringrI, 
Eindhoven,  NctlwrtendB,  awignnri  to  U.S.  Philips  Corpora- 
tktn.  New  York,  N.Y. 

filed  Nov.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  86,472 
Claims  priority,  application  Netheriands,  Nov.  13,  1969, 
6917128 

Int.a.B23k27/00 
UJS.  CL  29— 470.1  5  Claims 


METHC 


3,670396 
lOD  OF  MAKING  A  CIRCUIT  ASSEMBLY 
Frank  A.  Undberg,  UatUcnm,  Md.,  ■■Ijior  to  The  Uidtcd 


States  of 
Navy 

Fled  April  12, 1971,  Ser.  No.  132,940 
Int.  CLB23k  J//02 
UACL  29—4713 


i, 


by  the  Secretary  of  the 


(iCWms 


The  metal  contact  areas  of  electric  components,  for  exam- 
ple, semiconductor  bodies,  are  connected  to  metal  conductors 
of  a  flexiUe  substrate  by  orienting  the  contact  areas  relative  to 
the  conductors,  pressing  the  contact  areas  and  the  conductors 
against  each  other,  temporarily  reinforcing  the  flexible  sub- 
strate by  causing  projections  of  a  pressure  member  to 
penetrate  into  the  foil  as  a  result  of  ultrasonic  vibrations,  and 
subsequendy  ultrasonically  welding  the  contact  areas  to  the 
conductors  of  the  flexible  substrate. 


To  bond  the  beam  leads  of  a  plurality  of  integrated  circuit 
chips  to  «  metallization  layer  on  a  transparent  compliant  film, 
the  chips  are  first  registered  in  matching  etched  holes  on  a  flat 
ground  steel  block.  The  flat  beam  leads  lie  on  the  surface  of 
the  block  and  support  the  chips.  The  film  is  arranged  on  top  of 
the  etched  block  with  its  metallization  pattern  in  alignment 
with  the  corresponding  beam  leads.  At  room  temperature  the 
film  is  pressed  downwardly  on  top  of  the  exposed  beam  leads 
by  an  opposing  flat  ground  block.  Heat  is  then  applied  for 
bonding,  and  pressure  is  maintained  until  the  assembly  cools 
to  prevent  misregistration. 


OFFiniAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


845 


3,670397 

METHOD  OF  FABRICATING  A  LAMINATED  METAL 

MXiMoER 

Joseph  C.  Lewis,  Pasadena,  Calif.,  assignor  to  North  American 

Rockwel  Corporation 

Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  604370,  Dec  23, 1966, 

abandoned.  This  appttcatkm  Feb.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  13,743 

Inta.B23kJ7/02 

U.S.  CL  29— 4723  4  Claims 


A  laminated,  relatively  massive  metal  member  requiring  a 
minimum  of  flnish  machining  is  made  by  cutting  a  number  of 
thin  metal  laminae  in  the  shape  of  the  final  member.  The 
laminae  are  stacked  into  the  shape  of  the  member,  and  held 
therein  by  suiuble  restraining  means.  The  laminae  stack  is 
then  diffusion  bonded  together  at  an  elevated  temperature 
and  pressure  in  a  non-oxidizing  environment. 


3,670398 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  JOINING  STRIP  ENDS 

EMPLOYING  A  STITCHER  ASSEMBLY 
Cari  H.  Minton,  c/o  ADS  Machinery  Corp.  P.O.  Box  1027, 
Warren,  Ohio 

Filed  Feb.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1 1305 

Int.  CLB2  Id  J9/a0 

U.S.  a.  29—505  10  Claims 


A  method  of  joining  lengths  of  strip  in  which  the  trailing  and 
leading  ends,  respectively,  of  successive  coils  of  strip  are 
clamped  in  overlapping  relationship,  subjected  to  a  punching 
operation  to  provide  a  series  of  deformed  portions  along  a  line 
perpendicular  to  the  center  line  of  the  strip,  subjected  to  a 
flattening  operation  along  said  series  of  deformations  to  effect 
the  tight  interengagement  of  the  strip  ends  along  the  deforma- 
tions, and  subsequently  subjected  to  a  second  punching  and 
flattening  operation  to  form  a  second  series  of  interengaging 
deformations  a  spaced  distance  from  the  first  deformations,  all 
while  the  strips  are  clamped  in  fixed  position.  The  strip 
stitcher  assembly  has  a  fixed  base  on  which  are  mounted  the 
entry  and  exit  clamps.  A  punch  and  die  assembly  and  a  flat- 
tener  assembly  are  mounted  on  a  subframe  slidable  on  the 
fixed  fi'ame  of  the  stitcher  along  the  center  line  of  the  strip.  A 
pair  of  hydraulic  cylinders  mounted  in  back-to-back  relation- 


ship are  employed  to  index  the  subfi'ame  of  the  stitcher,  actua- 
tion of  the  first  cylinder  moving  the  subframe  a  distance  equal 
to  the  separation  between  the  center  line  of  the  punch  and  die 
assembly  and  the  center  line  of  the  flattener  assemMy  and  sub- 
sequent actuation  of  the  second  cylinder  moving  die  subas- 
sembly a  further  equal  distance  in  the  same  direction. 


Inc., 


3,670399 
METHOD  OF  FCHIMING  TRIM  MEMBER 
Billy  George,  Cincinnati,  Ohks  avignor  to  Textron, 

Providence,  RJ. 
Diviskw  of  Ser.  No.  726,729,  May  6, 1968,  Pat.  No.  3365,478. 
This  appMcatkm  Oct.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,788 
Int.  CL  B21d  39100;  B23p  1 1 100 
U.S.CL  29-509  3( 


An  elongated  metal  strip  provided  with  spaced  lengthwise 
doubled  flanges  therein  and  wing  members  extending  out- 
wardly of  the  doubled  flanges,  is  assembled  with  a  rubber-like 
resilient  facing  by  swinging  the  wing  members  outwardly  to 
cause  the  doubled  flanges  to  swing  inwardly  into  engagement 
with  opposite  faces  of  the  facing  to  attach  the  facing  to  the 
body  with  a  portion  of  the  facing  exposed. 


3,670,400 
PROCESS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  FABRICATING  A  HOT 
WORKED  METAL  LAYER  FROM  ATOMIZED  METAL 
PARTICLES 
Alfred  Rkhard  Erk  Singer,  Swansea,  Wales,  asrignor  to  Na- 
tional Research  Deveh>pnient  Corporation,  London,  England 
Filed  May  9, 1969,  Ser.  No.  823383 
Int  CL  B23k  1 9100;  B23p  /  7100 
MS.  CL  29-5273  31  Clafans 


A  process  for  the  fabrication  of  metal  in  shapes  of  long 
length  and  relatively  thin  cross  section  by  depositioo  of  miriten 
metal  on  to  a  substrate  and  subsequent  removal  of  the  shaped 
metal  article  therefrom,  in  which  a  stream  of  gas-atomized 
particles  of  molten  metal  is  directed  on  to  a  substrate,  and 
caused  to  coalesce  and  form  a  coherent  layer  which  is  sub- 
jected while  still  hot  to  hot  working,  hot  working  being  carried 
out  either  (a)  before  or  after  removal  from  a  non-deformable 
substrate  or  (b)  after  removal  from  a  deformable  substrate. 


846 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20i  1972 


METHOD  OP  PABKICATING  ALUMINUM  ALLOY  EOP 
KMer  J.  SchMTMr,  CamllM,  Ga^  aalBMr  !•  SMrtkwin 

^^'DM!L«f8cr.N«.ll44S3,  April?.  IMf,  Pat  N*. 
3^12^21,  wftkk  is  a  iialhaiHiB  li  Mrt  •!  Sw.  N*.  77f  37«. 
N«».  27,  IMS.  rtariMrt.  wWcfc  ii  a  calfaaattoa  h  part  al 
Scr.  Na.  730.933,  May  21.  IMS.  atMiwri  TMs  appMcatiea 
Apriil,197t.8«.N«.  31.461 
btCLB23i;B23p77/00 
VS,  CL IM— 76  13  ClafeM 

An  ahuninum  alloy  wire  having  an  electrical  conductivity  of 
at  leatt  61  percent  baaed  on  the  international  Annealed 
Copper  Standard  and  unexpected  propertiet  of  increased  ulti- 
mate elongation.  bendaWHty  and  fstigae  resistance  when  com- 
pared to  conventional  ahuninum  alloy  wire  of  the  same  tensile 
strength.  The  ahuninum  alloy  wire  contains  substantially 
evenly  distributed  iron  aluminate  mchisions  in  a  concentration 
produced  by  the  addition  of  more  than  about  0.30  weight  per- 
cent iron  to  an  alloy  mass  containing  less  than  about  99.70 
weight  percent  aluminum,  no  more  than  O.IS  weight  percent 
silicon,  and  trace  quaattties  of  conventional  impurities  nor- 
mally found  within  a  commercial  ahuninum  alloy.  The  sub- 
stantially evenly  distributed  iron  ahimiaate  inchisions  are  ob- 
tained by  continuously  casting  an  alloy  consisting  essentially 
of  less  than  about  99.70  weight  percent  ahunmum,  more  than 
0.30  wei^t  percent  iron,  no  more  than  0.15  weight  percent 
silicon  and  trace  quantities  of  typical  impurities  to  form  a  con- 
tinuous ahuninum  aDoy  bar,,  hot-workmg  the  bar  substantially 
immediately  after  casting  in  substantially  diat  condition  in 
which  the  bar  is  cast  to  form  continuous  rod  which  is  sub- 
sequently drawn  into  wire  without  intermediate  anneals  and 
annealed  after  the  final  draw.  After  annealing,  the  wire  has  the 
aforementioned  novel  and  unexpected  properties  of  mcreaaed 
ultimate  elongation,  electrical  conductivity  of  at  least  61  per- 
cent of  the  International  Annealed  Copper  Standard,  and  in- 
creased bendability  and  fatigue  resistance. 


3>7t^4t3 
THKKB  MASKING  STEP  PEOCESS  POE  PAEEKATING 

INSULATED  GATE  PIELD  EFFECT  TEANSISTOBS 
Bvwnri  LMmw*.  LatejaMs.  Mi  Palsr  C.  SckMlsr.  I 
batk  aC  N.Yn  asrifaan  la  GcMffalBlMtik  CaaipMqr 
PIsd  Mmrck  19. 197t.  Sar.  Nc  21.1il 
list  CL  EtlJ  /  7/00,  mig  13100 


UACL  29-571 


4  CI 


3.67S.M2 
MULTI-STATION  MACHINE  POE  AUTOMATIC 
PEEPOEMANCB  OP  SEQUENTIAL  OPBEATIONS 
ChaMccy  L.  Dirks.  Eachsalsr.  IMieh^  aasifMr  ta  General  Ma- 
tars  Carparatisa,  Ddrail.  MldL 

FHed  Jane  26, 1970.  Scr.  Na.  50,167 

Int.  CL  B23q  7104;  B65g  25/08 

UACL  29-563  2  Claims 


A  three  resist-masking  step  process  produces  lower  coat 
monolithic  integrated  circuit  insulated  gate  field  effect 
transistors  with  improved  electrical  characteristics.  To 
fabricate  a  metal-nitride-oxide-silioon  device,  layers  of  grown 
oxide,  slicon  nitride,  and  field  oxide  are  deposited  on  a  wsfer. 
and  the  fiiit  nu«k  facilitates  etching  of  source  and  drain 
opening.  After  depoaiting  activator  impurity  and  glaas,  and 
diChising,  the  second  mask  is  used  in  simultaneously  etching 
contact  holes  and  a  gate  opening  using  the  silicon  nitride  as  an 
etch  stop.  The  third  mask  delineates  the  contact  metalliza- 
tions. 


- 


3.670^404 
MEtHOD  OP  PAEEKATING  A  SEMICONDUCTOR 
Matolalu  riinihliii,  'Uky,  JapM.  aasli^ar  to  1 
trie  Cbaspaisy.  I  haHi  li,  Takys.  Japaa 

ned  Jane  6. 1969 ,  Scr.  No.  831.041 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  June  10. 1 968, 43/4007 1 
Int.  CL  BOIJ  1 7/00.  HOll  7/00 
UACL  29—574  I6< 


Ntpnon 


nfrared  Roys- 


Source 


In  preferred  form,  a  cylinder  head  casting  defining  machine 
having  a  phuality  of  work  stations  through  which  the  cylinder 
head  rn«*«"g*  are  moved  on  guide  rails  by  a  crank  operated 
harmonic  transfer  mechanism  which  combines  fast  transfer 
from  station  to  station  with  stow  initial  and  terminal  portions 
of  the  movement  so  that  excessive  shocks  and  part  overrun  are 
avoided.  A  pneunutic  tool  actuating  mechanism  is  mechani- 
cally interconnected  with  the  transfer  means  to  positively  time 
opeiatioo  of  the  definoing  tooit  to  occur  during  the  return 
stroke  of  the  transfer  mechanism . 


Individual  smaU  semiconductor  elementt  are  fabricated  and 
the  front  and  back  surfaces  of  the  elements  aligned  by  utilizing 
the  difference  in  penetration  of  infrared  rays  as  viewed  from 
the  other  side  of  the  elements  by  an  infrared  optic  system.  The 
difference  is  afforded  by  providing  the  reverse  side  of  the 
semiconductor  element  with  an  irregularity  in  the  thickness  of 
either  an  insulating  film,  a  photoresist  film,  the  density  of  a 
doped  impurity,  or  irregularities  in  the  underside  surface  of 
the  semiconductor  element  itself. 


QAfi 


rk'in?Tr«TAT     nA'/TT'TTI? 


JiTVii'.  9.0.    1079. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


847 


^,, .  3,670.405  3.670.407 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  DYNAMOELECTRIC  MACHINE    METHOD  OF  REDUCING  IRON  LOSSES  IN  THE  STATOR 
HAVING  IMPROVED  HOUSING.  BEARING  AND  CORES  OF  ALTERNATING  CURRENT  MACHINES 

SUPPORT  STRUCTURE  Albert  E.MfwMnnij.a«dEMwaad  P.  HarMfchatiiafDaytaa. 

W JDadMcrasan.  Fart  Wayv.  Ind.,  aidganr  to      Oldo,  Mlganri  to 

FBcd  Jan.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,664  FBad  Mmvh  9, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  17^71 

..  -  ^  .  "^  °*  "•^  '^'^  "^  CL  H02k  75/02, 15112 

U.S.CL29-596  lOalm  U.S.CL29-596  i 


± ^ 


eXRKTCUWCNT 

souncE 


A  sutor  assembly  is  pressed  into  a  housing  member  having 
an  end  frame  and  bearing  receiving  chamber.  Bearing  means 
sized  to  dose  tolerances  have  angularly  spaced  apart  sui&ce 
areas  secured  to  an  interior  wall  of  the  bearing  receiving 
chamber  and  define  lubricant  transmitting  channels  therewith. 
The  bearing  means  are  slidably  received  in  the  chamber  and 
secured  therein  by  an  interferance  fh  or  structival  adhesive 
material.  An  oO  cover  is  mechanically  secured  to  an  end  frame 
by  fsateners  expanded  in  openings  in  die  f^ame.  The  openingi 
may  be  uaed.  prior  to  securement  of  the  oil  cover,  to  permit 
rennoval  of  rotor  centering  shims  fkxMn  the  'W'tynf  air  gap.  In 
a  preferred  anangement,  the  fissteners  are  secured  to  the 

fhune  without  the  apphcatimi  of  substantial  resultant  forces  to 
the  end  tnxtyt  and  braring  means. 


3.670^406 
METHOD  QX  >  J]JUSTING  INDUCnVE  DEVICES 
Rofsr  L.  Wcbcr.  RklMrdBeii.  Tou.  «sl|Mr  to  Tcss 

DIvirioa  af  Ssr.  Na.  671.697.  Sept  29. 1967.  PaL  Na. 
3.54S.492.  IMS  sppSraHpa  Fab.  4. 1970.  Sar.  Na.  12.510 
Int.  CL  GOlr ,  G05f ,  HOlh 
U.&a.29— 593  5 


W 


mEOUCNCT- 


Disdosed  is  a  method  of  using  a  flow  cS.  abrasive-filled  air  to 
adjust  an  inductive  device  having  a  solid  core  by  removing  a 
portion  of  the  core.  The  dimensions  of  the  resulting  air  gap 
thus  determine  the  final  value  of  the  device.  The  inductive 
device  is  adjusted  after  being  connected  in  a  circuit  to  provide 
the  desired  frequency  response  characteristic  (tf  the  circuit  by 
comparing  the  actual  voltage  ampUtudes  of  selected  frequen- 
cy pairs  with  the  desired  voltage  amplitudes  fA  the  same 
frequency  pairs. 


A  method  for  reducing  eddy  current  losses  in  the  laininated 
stator  cores  of  alternating  current  machines.  The  core  is  sup- 
ported only  on  the  tooth  tips  by  the  ledge  portion  of  a  support 
member  of  circular  cross  secti<Mi  ^i^iich  engages  (mly  the  tip* 
of  the  teeth  around  the  circumference  of  the  bore  at  itt  ter- 
miiuition  at  one  end  surface  of  the  core.  A  single  turn  electri- 
cal coU  is  placed  adjacent  the  oppoeite  end  surface  (rfthe  oan 
with  the  axis  of  the  coil  in  the  same  direction  M  the  axis  of  the 
core  and  a  surge  of  electrical  current  is  passed  through  the  coil 
by  discharging  a  capacitor  or  a  bank  of  capaciton 
therethrough.  The  nu^ietic  fiekls  produced  by  the  flow  dt 
current  through  the  cml  and  the  resulting  induced  currents 

flowing  on  the  face  of  at  lesat  the  end  laminatioa  of  the  stabir 
core  adjacent  the  ooil  interact  to  produce  a  circumferentially 
uniform,  axial  magnetic  force  which  flexes  the  umuppotiwl 
portion  of  the  stator  core  in  a  direction  away  frtxn  the  ooil, 
thereby  deflectnig  the  laminations  to  prochice  a  dicum- 
ferentially  uniform,  radial  sUp^hear  movement  between  ad- 
jacent laminations  to  interrupt  Miy  dectrical  circuits  wfaidi 
may  be  present  between  adjacent  laminatiaiK. 


3.670.406 

METHOD  OF  MAINTAINING  A  LAMINATED  ARTICLE 

UNDER  COMPRESSION  DURING  A  PART  OF  ITS 

MANUFACTURE 

Marian  W.  Stais.  Fart  W^tm.  Ind^  "  -gi to  Gcm 

trkCeaqMBy 

Divlskm  of  Ser.  No.  802,934,  Feb.  27, 1969,  Pat  Na 
3,616.056.  TMs  appHratlen  Jaly  2. 1970.  Scr.  No.  51.759 
laiL  CL  B29f  5100;  HOlf  7/06;  B25b  7  7/00 
U.S.CL29— 602  9 


Method  for  magnetically  clamping  together  selected  regions 
of  a  laminated  article  during  at  least  part  of  its  manufacture. 


848 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


}r. 


June  20,  1972 


especially  effective  in  the  manufacture  of  magnetic  cores  for 
use  in  inductive  devices.  A  predetermined  magnetic  field  is 
applied  to  the  article  or  established  in  such  a  way  that  selected 
regions,  such  as  extremities  which  tend  to  flare  apart,  are  mag- 
netically clamped.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the  magnetic 
field  may  also  be  used  to  inductively  heat  the  selected  regions 
of  the  laminated  article,  for  example,  when  heat-hardenable 
bonding  material  in  unhardened  form  is  disposed  between  ad- 
jacent laminations  in  the  vicinity  of  the  regions  for  hardening 
the  bonding  material. 


A. 


3,670,409 
PLANAR  RECEPTACLE 

ilMi,  DL,  aHigBor  to  GTE  Automatic 
I  lacorparaled,  Nortlilakc,  DL 
FUcd  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,951 
lat  CL  HOlr  9//2.  H05k  i/00 
U.S.CL29— 625  SCIalms 


A  suitably  sized  notch  is  located  in  the  hand  lever  adjacent 
the  firame  boas  contacting  edge  of  same  thereby  permitting  the 
lever  notch  to  be  aligned  with  the  boss,  the  hand  lever  moved 
downwardly  so  that  it  is  no  longer  in  secured  engagement  with 
the  can  opener  firame.  This  movenaent  enables  the  hand  lever 
and  associated  pin  member  to  be  withdrawn  fh>m  the  aperture 
within  the  frame. 

A  second  embodiment  utilizes  cooperating  bosses  respec- 
tively extending  from  the  can  opener  firame  and  from  the  inner 
surface  of  the  hand  lever  to  both  allow  operative  hand  lever 
movement  and  yet  to  permit  separation  and  removal  when  the 
hand  lever  is  moved  to  cause  disengagement  of  the  respective 


t 


3,670,411 
PIN  CUTTER 

Rudolph  W.  Peters,  927  Waal  MacArthur  Blvd.,  Oakland, 
CaUf. 

CoBtlBuatioii-ia-pMt  of  Ssr.  No.  799383,  Feb.  14, 1969, 
abaadoaed.  This  appHcadon  March  17, 1971,  Scr. 
I  125426 


lilt.  CLB26b  77/00 


r.No. 


U.S.CL30— 180 


UOaiiiH 


A  i^anar  receptacle  for  {luggable  mounting  of  electronic 
component  leads  therein  which  is  formed  by  applying  a 
resilient,  dectrically  conductive  material  over  an  apertured 
base,  and  forming  a  pattern  of  planar  cuts  in  said  resilient 
layer  over  each  aperture  in  the  base  such  that  when  an  elec- 
tronic component  lead  is  pressed  onto  the  resilient  layer  over 
an  aperture,  the  resilient  layer  will  deform  into  the  aperture  to 
form  at  least  one  contact  apron  capable  of  supporting  said 
electronic  component  lead  and  capable  oi  making  electrical 
contact  with  said  lead. 


3,670v410 
CAN  OPENER  WITH  A  HAND  LEVER  REMOVABLE 
FROM  THE  FRAME  BY  THE  POSITION  OF  SAME 
Robert  E.  McLean,  Raytowa,  Mo.,  awignnr  to  Rival  Manufac- 
turing Company,  Kansas  Qty,  Mo. 

Filed  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,549 

Int.CLB76b7/J« 

U.S.CL30— 4R  4Clainis 


Two  embodiments  of  a  power-actuated  cutter  for  severing 
metal  pins  or  bars  are  described.  The  first  embodiment  is 
designed  for  severing,  for  example,  orthopedic  pins  substan- 
tially flush  with  the  surfaces  of  the  bone  in  which  they  are  em- 
bedded without  significantly  moving  or  otherwise  disturbing 
such  pins  and  the  surrounding  bone  structure.  The  cutter  in- 
cludes a  pair  of  blade-equipped  cutter  jaws  selectively  mova- 
ble between  open  and  closed  positions,  and  a  ram  operative  to 
force  such  jaws  toward  their  closed  position.  A  reciprocable 
piston  having  its  power  stroke  energized  by  the  appUcation  of 
compressed  gas  thereto  is  coupled  to  the  ram  by  force  mul- 
tiplier structure  operative  to  transmit  to  the  ram  an  increased 
multiple  of  the  force  association  with  movement  of  the  piston 
through  the  |K>wer  stroke  thereof.  The  second  cutter  embodi- 
ment is  especially  designed  for  severing  concrete  reinforcing 
bars  or  the  like  and  includes  an  axially  rotatable,  cylindrical 
drum  which  has  a  wedge-shaped  projection  wrapped  around 
its  cylindrical  surface  for  engaging  the  cutting  jaws  and  forcing 
them  towards  their  closed  position  upon  rotation  of  the  drum. 
A  reciprocable  piston  having  its  power  stroke  energized  by  the 
application  of  compressed  gas  is  also  provided  in  this  embodi- 
ment. The  reciprocable  piston  drives  a  rack  which  in  turn 
rotates  the  drum  to  thereby  force  the  jaws  toward  the^  closed 
position. 


An  electrically  powered  can  opener  has  a  cutter  wheel  car- 
rying hand  lever  pivotally  attached  to  the  upright  frame  of  the 
can  opener  by  a  pin  member  which  extends  from  the  lever 
through  an  aperture  in  the  frame.  The  hand  lever  has  an  edge 
surface  contacting  an  embossed  surface  of  the  frame  to  main- 
tain the  hand  lever  in  an  operative  position  with  respect  to  the 
can  feed  wheel  and  to  permit  an  aimular  groove  in  the  pin 
member  to  engage  a  portion  of  the  frame  adjacent  the  aper- 
ture therein. 


3,670,412 
POWER  CUTTER 
Frank  W.  Cunningham,  23151  Doris  Way,  Torrance. 
I      Filed  Sept.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,044 
*  IntCLB26b  25/00 

UA  CI.  30— 276  6  Claims 

A  power  cutter  for  cutting  deformable  material  and  includ- 
ing a  firame  which  has  upper  and  lower  jaws  for  receiving  the 
material  to  be  cut.  The  lower  jaw  includes  a  recess  within 


.CaUf. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


849 


which  a  cutting  disc  is  rotatable  by  an  associated  power  drive. 
The  upper  jaw  is  formed  with  depending  cheek  portions 
located  on  opposite  sides  of  the  cutter  means  to  define  side 
passages.  The  cheek  portions  extend  fcxwardly  of  the  cutter 
disc  in  overiying  relation  to  a  projecting  guide  shoe  portion  of 
the  lower  jaw  to  thereby  define  a  firontal  pMsage  ahead  of  the 
cutting  disc.  The  access  openings  to  the  frontal  passage  and 


the  side  passages  are  made  sufBciendy  large  that  the  material 
to  be  cut  can  pass  therethrough,  but  sufficiently  small  that  a 
person  cannot  inadvertently  insert  his  finger  and  become  cut 
by  the  cutting  disc.  The  recess  within  which  the  cutter  is 
rouuble  and  w^iich  is  defined  by  the  frame  upper  and  lower 
jaws  is  of  inverted  U-shape  to  make  accidental  insertion  of  a 
finger  even  more  difficult,  the  material  to  be  cut  deforming 
into  a  correspoiKiing  U-shape  for  entry  and  cutting  thereof. 


3,670,413 
COUPLING  FOR  TOOL  ELEMENT 
Edwin  J.  Weber,  Baltfanarc,  Md.,  awlgaiii  to  The  Black 
Decker  Manufacturtag  Coapuiy,  Towsoa,  Md. 
Fled  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,953 
lBt.CLB26b  25/00 
U.S.CL30— 276  3 


I       I       » 


M 


An  electric  grass  trimming  device  comprising  a  handle  in- 
cluding a  grip  and  trigger  switch  at  one  end  and  an  electric 
motor  at  the  other  end,  the  motor  being  arranged  to  drive  a 
cutting  blade  mounted  beneath  the  motor.  An  improved 
coupling  arrangement  between  the  blade  and  the  motor  shaft 
is  described. 


3,670^14 

^      PAINT  SCRAPER 

Merrick  C.  Stcckcr,  Rte.  1,  Box  645,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Filed  Feb.  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  115,975 

InLa.B26b2//;6 

U.S.CL30— 338  2ClaiBis 


A  paint  scraper  is  provided  which  consiste  of  resilient  sheet 
metal  strip  which  is  bent  back  on  itself  so  that  its  two  opposite 
ends  are  positioned  adjacent  to  and  in  a  juxtaposition  to  one 


another.  One  of  the  ends  oi  the  strip  is  formed  with  at  least 
two  spaced  ubs  which  are  bent  substantially  angularly  thereto 
and  extending  past  the  other  end  of  the  strip.  A  scraping  blade 
is  provided  which  has  spaced  slots  corresponding  to  the 
spaced  tabs  on  the  end  of  the  strip  and  it  is  positioned  with  the 
spaced  tabs  engaging  in  the  slots.  The  blade  is  held  in  position 
between  the  ends  of  the  strip.  A  latch  bar  is  provided  for 
locking  the  ends  of  the  strip  in  position  adjacent  to  each  other 
to  maintain  the  blade  in  an  operative  position. 


3,670y415 

SURGICAL  INSTRUMENT 

Anthony  T.  Roac,  603  Hndspctfa  Ave,  Sinri,  CaHL 

FBed  Jooe  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,803 

Int  CL  B26b  13/04 

U.S.CL30— 349 


A  construction  of  surgical  scissors  widi  replaceable  Uades 
wherein  the  pivotal  connection  between  the  scissor  shanks  in- 
cludes a  first  fastener  threadingly  binding  together  the  shanks, 
a  second  fastener  cooperating  with  the  first  fastener  causing 
an  expansion  of  the  first  fastener  into  tighter  cooperation  with 
the  shanks.  A  nonmetallic,  hard  surface,  low  friction,  bearing 
surface  element  is  located  between  the  shanks  adjacent  the 
pivotal  connection.  A  first  embodiment  of  rei^aceable  blade 
structure  wherein  a  longitudinal  dovetail  projection  is  formed 
upon  the  blade  which  is  to  cooperate  with  a  dovetail  recess 
located  within  the  cutting  edge  portion  ol  the  shank.  A  sbt  is 
provided  within  the  shank  to  effect  resilient  movement  of  the 
shank  about  the  dovetail.  A  set  screw  is  provided  within  the 
shank  to  clamp  together  the  shank  about  the  dovetail  when 
the  blade  is  positioned  as  desired.  In  a  second  embodiment  of 
the  replaceable  blade  structure,  the  Made  has  a  longitudinal 
access  slot  within  the  body  portion  of  the  blade.  A  recess  is 
located  upon  the  lower  edge  of  the  sk>t  approximately  at  the 
mid-point  of  the  slot  length.  The  recess  is  to  cooperate  with  a 
pin  fixedly  located  within  the  shank  of  the  scissors.  In  a  third 
embodiment  of  the  replaceable  blade  structure,  a  screw, 
located  within  the  shank,  within  an  eccentric  section  is  to  be 
rotauble  into  frictional  abutting  contact  with  the  blade  to 
retain  the  blade  in  position  with  the  shank.  In  a  fourth  embodi- 
ment of  the  replaceable  blade  structure,  a  shoulder  upon  the 
set  screw  which  is  located  within  the  shank  is  to  cooperate 
with  a  recess  located  within  the  body  portion  of  the  blade. 


3,670,416 

CONNECTING  METAL  ELEMENTS  AND  PRODUCTS 

THEREOF 

EtmsC  a.  Krodcr,  HcHam,  Pa.,  ssilganr  to  Dortsply  RcacMxh 

*  Devdopicnt  Corp.,  Wlhnii^toM,  Dd. 

Filed  Jnac  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,444 

lot.  CLA61C  J/02 

U.S.CL32— 48  *— iiiiiii 

A  method  of  connecting  metal  elements  by  a  rcMtance 

welding  process  to  produce  a  high  strength  joint  and  paiticu- 


860  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

lariy  to  connect  a  refractory  type  pre-fonned  caibkk  head  to 


June  20,  1972 


»o- 


I  3,67M19 

itim  OUriNDICATOR  FOR  DISC  BRAKE 
n«dcrkk  R.  TilrTMl—ii.  aad  WaMw  L.  IMflwiliilii,  batk  •( 

el  Sv.  Now  t40,7(M,  Jiriy  10, 1M9, 1 

M«y  S,  1971,  S«>.  Na.  140383 
lirt.CLGOlbi/22.5/00  | 

U^  a.  33— 172  B 


a  shank  (rf  a  dental  bur  formed  firom  iteel,  and  the  product 
formed  by  such  method. 


3,67M17 
SHOTSFOTTER 
Kathrya  C  Rofsn,  1410  &  ISlh  SL  Hbg.  Park  Apta.  0302, 
HaRWnar|.Pa. 

Fiad  JM.  28, 1971,  S«r.  No.  110,680 
bft.CLA«3b  69/00 
U.S.CL33— 46  2( 


An  indicator  is  adjustably  mounted  on  a  vertical  support  ris- 
ing from  a  heavy  base.  Adjusunent  means  are  provided  on  the 
base  for  pivotally  moving  it  in  a  vertical  plane  once  it  is  posi- 
tioned, to  position  the  indicator  with  re^MCt  to  the  suffiMe  of 
a  diK  brake  rotor.  Through  pivoted  anm  the  indicator  senaes 
the  run  ofit  of  the  rotor,  as  it  is  rotated,  and  indicates  leadings 
on  a  scal4. 


A  head  mounted  device  is  used  to  train  the  shooter  in 
baaketball  shootinf.  The  device  is  mounted  on  the  forehead  of 
the  user  and  hat  a  flexible  pointer  which  it  adjusted  relative  to 
the  basket  rim  to  indicate  the  line-af-ahot.  With  the  line-crf^ 
shot  now  indicated,  the  shooter  now  gives  the  basketball  the 
required  impistut  and  accuracy  to  reach  the  basket. 


3,670^20 
GAGING  HEAD  CONSTRUCTION 
Frank  M.  Kicwfai,  Dstrelt,  aisd  Paal  R. 


3,670,418 

ANGULARLY  ADJUSTABLE  SQUARE  HOLDER 

DavM  G.  OtaiBlnB,  Jr^  911 N.  Baadi  SL,  Dayteaa  Btach, 

nsd  Ai«.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60327 

LILCLB43I 7/06 

U.S.a.33-75R  6 


VBed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  103392 

Int.  CLGOlb  7/72.7/74 
U&CL33— 174L  14 


A  holder  composed  of  rotatively  adjustable  sections  or 
halves  each  adapted  to  detachaMy  support  a  square,  such  as  a 
framing  square,  and  combining  with  the  two  squares  to  pro- 
vide a  pratractor^ike  inttrument  capable  of  supporting  the 
blades  of  the  squares  at  different  desired  angles  relative  to  one 
anotlier  for  use  in  accurately  lining  up  pipes  preparatory  to 
joining  the  pipes  by  welding.  An  outer  side  <rf  each  holder  half 
is  grooved  to  adjustably  receive  a  blade  of  one  of  the  squares 
which  is  clamped  therein.  The  holder  halves  are  capable  of 
being  clamped  together  in  different  rotativdy  adjusted  posi- 
tions for  accurately  positioning  the  other  blades  of  the  two 
squares  at  desired  an^es  rdative  to  one  another. 


A  won  piece  gaging  head  functioning  in  association  with  an 
electronic  circuit,  comprising  an  electrical  switch-type  gaging 
structure  embodying  features  providing  adjustable  positioning 
to  very  substantial  tolerances  and  having  an  indicator  point 
and  stem  not  only  adapted  to  contact  a  work  piece  surfsce  for 
gaging  but  also  being  substantially  retractable  from  such  sur- 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20^  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


851 


face  to  allow  for  excesses  Ol  work  piece  material  in  the  gaging 
area.  The  gaging  head  embodies  circuitry  components 
designed  to  signal  the  presence  of  an  undersized  or  an  over- 
sized dimension,  and  to  indicate  the  "go"  dimension  which 
lies  within  the  predetermined  high  and  low  limits  of  the  gaging 
system. 


3370,421 
GA(aNGl»VICE 
M.  Kiewks,  Detroit,  and  Paal  R. 
«f  Mich.,  aatigBWi  to  laspacttou 
Eqoipmtnt,  Inc.  Batavia  Royy  Oak,  Mich. 

Filed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Sar.  No.  103393 
Int.  CL  GOlb  7/72.  7/74 
U.S.CL33— 174L 


Zink,  Famyngtoa, 


11 


for  a  "fine"  setting  of  each  wire.  Threaded  passages  along  the 
sides  of  the  window  are  provided  in  the  body  of  the  sight  and 
each  wire  end  mounting  and  holding  means  is  threaded 
therein.  The  horizontal  wire  holding  elements  further  inchide 
means  engageable  by  the  working  tip  end  of  a  turning  tool  and 
said  engageable  means  alto  permitt  pattage  of  a  reduced 
shank  of  the  tool  through  the  hokling  elements  for  access  to 
and  adjustment  of  other  elements  in  die  same  passage. 


3370,423 
VEHICLE  BACKING  GUIDANCE  DEVICE 
Don  Leber,  733  Oak  St.,  CohMa.  CriH. 

raed  Jan.  6, 1970.  Scr.  No.  920 
fart.  CL  GOlc  7/00 
U.S.a.33— 286  1 


A  gaging  device  for  automatically  signalling  the  presence  of 
dimensions  m  a  work  piece  removably  placed  in  the  device  for 
^ng.  wherein  gaging  heads  are  positioned  at  one  or  more 
sites  of  the  device  for  contact  with  the  work  piece.  Pneumatic 
or  hydraulic  means  are  associatedly  conjoined  to  the  gaging 
head  for  rapid  and  automatic  advance  of  an  indicator  pin 
which  touches  the  woric  piece  at  a  pre-determined  position  to 
signal  an  undersize,  within  tolerance,  or  oversize  dimension 
through  an  electronic  circuit  system  to  a  visual  signal.  The 
pneumatic  or  hydraulic  means  for  advancing  the  gage  head  in- 
dicator pin  to  the  work  piece  also  includes  means  for  retract- 
ing the  indicator  pin.  The  latter  is  normally  and  initially  posi- 
tioned in  retracted  attitude  when  the  work  piece  is  placed  in 
the  gaging  fixture.  After  the  measurement  has  been  made,  the 
gage  head  indicator  pin  is  automatically  retracted  to  permit 
facile  removal  of  the  work  piece  frt>m  the  fixture. 


'^  3.670.422 

MULTIPLE  SIGHT  FOR  ACKER'S  BOW 
A.  StcbMoa,  and  John  A.  StebUas.  both  of  400  Cooley 
SL,S|irii«lldd,MMi. 

Flkd  March  8, 1971.  Scr.  No.  121.741 
Int.  CL  F4Ig  1/00;  F4Ib  5/00 
U.S.a.33— 265  6< 


fo  fe  ee  jb 


Multiple  sight  for  an  archer's  bow  having  a  vertically  elon- 
gated window  in  which  are  disposed  a  vertical  cross-hair  wire 
and  a  plurality  of  horizontal  croas-hair  wires,  the  ends  of  said 
wires  being  carried  by  mounting  means  individually  adjustable 


A  horizontal  scale  is  attached  to  the  rear  window  of  a  motor 
vehicle  to  align  either  with  a  particular  element  on  a  towed 
vehicle  or  with  a  scale  attached  to  such  vehicie  to  that  the 
driver  can  accurately  back  the  towing  vehicle  for  hooking-up 
with  the  towed  vehicle  and  for  backing  the  latter  in  a  straight 
line  or  at  an  angle  as  indicated  by  the  scale.  Similar  scales  are 
also  attachable  to  an  inside  rear  view  mirror  or  to  the  outside 
rear  view  minors  of  a  tractor  to  provide  guide  means  for  the 
same  purposes. 


3,670^424 
RECOVERY  OF  ADSORBATE  FROM  ACTIVATED 
CARBON 
Lawrcacc  Joha  Edward  Holer,  Ptetsbwigh,  Pa.,  aM 
MaMs.  KcM,  OMo.  asslganri  to  Calgoa  Corporatloii.  Pkt- 
sbvghfPa. 

FRed  March  15, 1971.  Scr.  No.  124^35 

Iirt.CLF26b5/00 

U.S.CL34— 009  lOCiidDM 

The  removal  of  an  adsorbate  from  activated  carbon  in  order 
to  use  or  further  process  the  adsorbate  is  accomplished  by  ( 1 ) 
the  use  of  a  displacing  medium  having  a  refi^urtive  index  of  at 
least  1 .5  and  which  is  greater  than  the  refractive  index  of  the 
adsorbate,  or  (2)  the  use  of  a  displacing  mediiun  having  a 
refractive  index  greater  than  or  of  at  least  1 .5  together  with  or 
foUowed  by  a  solvent  for  the  adsorbate.  The  adsorbate  is 
recovered  in  the  form  of  a  solution  in  the  solvent 


3,670,425 
CLOTHES  REJUVENATOR 
Race  EIca  B>^|aada.  48  Marshal  Road,  and  Ann  Hadls,  63 
RMgc  Drive,  bath  a(  Yeakcrs,  N.Y. 

FBsdFcb.  11, 1971.  Ssr.Nou  114,620 
Int.CLF26b27/(M 
U.S.CL34— 46  4CWtaH 

A  steamerKlryer  and  clothes  rejuvenator  for  clothes  oomr 
(Mises  an  endoaure  for  a  blower-heater  and  a  vaporizer  which 
are  operable  to  admit  steam  and  a  heated  current  of  air  lo  a 
cabinet  A  control  enckisure  is  also  provided  in  the  cabinet 


899  O.O.— 82 


852 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


housing  controls  which  automatically  control  the  operation  of  ^IQ^TI 

the  heater-blower  and  the  vaporizer.  Tlie  iteam  from  the       LANGUAGE  TEACHING  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD 

Bculah  Harris  Stolpcis  282  North  Avt^  WMtport,  Cou. 

CoiiHniittmt-in-part  ol  Scr.  No.  774^9,  Nov.  12, 1968, 
abandomd,  This  appMcadoo  Feb.  17, 1971,  Ssr.  No.  116,042 
1  t\  lBLCLG09b;/J4  I 


UA  a.  35-35  J 


14  Claims 


vaporizer  steams  Out  creases  as  garments  hang  in  the  cabinet 
while  the  heated  current  of  air  dries  and  sanitizes  damp,  limp, 
and  musty  clothing. 


ERRATUM 

Fw  Class  35 — 8  A  see: 
Patent  No.  3,670,472 


3,67M26 
OPTICAL  PROBE 
Domrid  J.  Horowitz,  Santa  Clara,  CaMf^ 
Afarcraft  CorporatioB,  Biarboak,  CaHf . 

FBed  Aug.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,224 
im.  CL  B64fl  7/00.  G09b  9I0S 
U.S.CL35— 12N 


to  Lockheed 


Apparatus  and  method  for  teaching  the  system  of  language, 
its  sounds  and  structure,  including  a  plurality  of  structured, 
multi-faceted  or  facially  incremented  units,  bearing  on  at  least 
one  surface  or  increment  indicia  representative  of  a  pattern 
element  comprising  functional  labels  of  the  parts  of  speech,  a 
morpheme  element  comprising  semantic  and  syntactic  factors 
of  the  language,  a  phonogram  element  comprising  letters  and 
combinations  of  letters,  a  phonemic  alphabet  and  correspond- 
ing graphemes,  each  element  being  crosa-referenced  and  in- 
terrelated to  another  element;  and  structured  exercises,  struc- 
tured cards,  structure  games,  and  structured  audio^levices 
cross-referenced  to  elements  of  the  multifaceted  units. 


3,670«428 

CLOCK  SCALE  DEMONSTRATOR 

Mawkc  B.  Hal,  BouMcr,  Colo.^  Msiganr  to  HsroM  F. 

Bowlta^.  Ft.  CoHiiB  and  Edward  £.  GMin,  Longmoiil,  Colo. 

FBed  Dec  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,506 

fat.  CI.  G09b  79/72 

U.S.CL  35-39  ^OabBB 


An  optical  probe  having  simplified  and  optically  improved 
means  for  obtaining  movement  of  the  field  of  view  attitude 
and  perspective.  High  light  efBciency,  optical  resolution  and 
depth  of  focus  are  provided,  together  with  a  substantial  reduc- 
tion in  the  number  ci  optical  and  mechanical  elements  as 
compared  to  conventional  visual  flight  simulation  systems.  A 
television  camera  has  its  field  of  view  through  a  minor  portion 
of  the  field  ci  view  of  an  extremely  wide  angle  lens,  and  rela- 
tive movement  between  the  lens  and  the  television  camera 
provides  a  viewing  attitude  and  perspective  change  without 
requiring  tilting  of  the  television  camera  or  lens. 


A  clock  scale  demonstrator  especially  useful  for  teaching 
children  to  tell  time.  Separable  hour  and  minute  dials,  each 
having  a  manually  movable  hand,  enable  the  instructor  to 
demonstrate  and  explain  hour  and  minute  readings  separately. 
The  two  dials  may  be  mounted  in  aligned  superposed  relation- 
ship with  each  other  to  demonstrate  how  the  two  individual 
readings  are  then  combined  vidth  each  other,  one  of  the  dials 
being  constructed  of  a  transparent  material  so  that  the  scale 
and  hand  of  the  second  dial  can  be  observed  when  the  two 
dials  are  superposed. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


853 


3,670,429 

SOLE  FOR  FOOTWEAR  HAVING  MEANS  TO 

VENTILATE  THE  FOOTWEAR  INTERIOR 

Raphael-Plerrc  Androsiglio,  Pare  "La  Caatorattc"-ViBa  U 

Traverse  de  la  Jarre  13,  Marseille  9  emc,  France 
FBed  June  25, 1970,  Scr.  Na  49,821 
Claims    priority,    application    France,    June    25,     1969, 
6922092 

IiM.  CL  A43b  7/06 


U.S.  a.  36—3  B 


3,670,431 
MOLE  PLOUGH  JWPTH  CONTROL  MECHANISM 

Afartcy  NcvlBe  Edc,  ramhridn.  PM»Mii,  aarfgaai  to  Hadswdi 

CoiMiiniatloii^iiiMrt  ol  Ser.  No.  715,469,  Marth  8, 1968, 
abMidoiwd.  TMs  appBcaHoa  Sept  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,720 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  March  10,  1967, 
11,287/67 

Iiit.CLE02f5/7« 


8  Claims   U.S.CL37— 193 


A  tcAc  for  an  article  of  footwear  comprises  a  heel  portion 
composed  of  resilient  material  and  a  toe  portion.  A  cavity  is 
provided  in  the  resilient  heel  portion  and  air  passages  extend 
interioriy  of  the  sole  from  the  heel  portion  to  the  toe  portion 
and  open  at  the  heel  end  into  the  cavity.  A  series  of  toe 
openings  are  provided  in  the  toe  portion  c^  the  sole  commu- 
nicating the  interior  toe  area  of  the  footwear  article  with  the 
air  passages  and  a  series  of  heel  openings  are  provided  in  the 
heel  portion  of  the  sole  communicating  the  interior  heel  area 
of  the  footwear  article  with  the  air  passages  whereby  alternate 
compression  and  expansion  of  the  resilient  heel  portion  occur- 
ring during  normal  use  of  the  footwear  article  alternately 
forces  air  out  and  into  the  cavity  via  the  toe  and  heel  openings 
to  accomplish  ventilization  of  the  footwear  article. 


3,670,430 
SCRAPER 
Jaols  Maziarlna,  Macedonia,  Ohio, 
CorporadoB,  DetroM,  Mich. 

FBed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,624 
lot  CLE02f  5/00.  i/d2 
VJS.  a.  37—127 


to  General  Motors 


scums 


^^   ign^ 


An  earthmoving  scraper  having  a  tconx  drive  unit  and  a  rear 
drive  unit  and  a  scraper  bowl  located  therebetween.  Both  the 
front  and  rear  drive  units  are  steerable  about  vertical  axes  and 
the  scraper  bowl  is  open  at  opposite  ends  so  that  the  scraper 
can  be  driven  in  either  direction  for  loading  the  bowl.  An  ejec- 
tor system  is  provided  which  serves  to  discharge  material  out 
of  the  bo^  by  gravity. 


fO       2-^ 


A  mole  plough  having  a  plough  Made  rigidly  secured  to  a 
support  pivotally  connected  to  a  tracked  carriage  about  a 
transverse  horizontal  axis,  the  blade  having  a  rigid  forward 
portion  and  a  trailing  foot  portion  fMvotaUy  connected  thereto 
and  means  for  tilting  the  foot  portion  relative  to  the  remainder 
of  the  blade  whereby  the  alteration  of  the  angle  of  the  under- 
surf ace  of  the  foot  portion  and  the  reaction  of  the  foot  portion 
against  the  ground  below  the  blade  effects  a  change  in  the 
operating  depth  of  the  blade. 


3,670,432 
nUESSING  MACHINE  FOR  GARMENTS 
WUmIib  Eufclbart,  Hcflbroaa,  GcnnaBy,  Mrigiini  to 
latcnMtioul  loc.  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,924 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec.  13,  1969,  P  19 
62  611.0 

Iirt.CLD06f  77/05 
U.S.CL38— 22  3( 


93  91    K    90 


A  pressing  machine  for  garments  in  which  at  least  two  con- 
jointly operated  and  aligned  pressing  fcmns  are  moveable 
between  at  least  one  pressing  station  and  at  least  one  mount- 
ing sution  so  that  while  a  garment  is  being  pressed  on  one  of 
the  forms  at  the  pressing  station,  an  already  pressed  garment 
can  be  removed  firom  the  other  form  and  a  garment  to  be 
pressed  mounted  thereon  at  the  mounting  station. 


854 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


AKROSOL  CARTRIDGE  POR  PRESSING  IRONS 
PMcr  D.  Itardwkk,  Brtowir  Lake  Road,  RFD  #1,  Kmkftnl, 
NM^  aad  Jaka  J.  Tiuiktif,  57  l%Unffc  Avc^ 


3^7<M35 
MAGNETIC  IN  AND  OUT  BOARD 

A.  StewM^  SoMMiMlt  CalL.  MrinMr  to  Wmu  A. 


HM  Oct  If,  197t,  Sv.  No.  81,668 

be.  CLD06(  75/06 
U.S.CL38— 773 


RM  Oct  27, 1970,  S«r.  No.  84339 
ta«.CLG09f/9/02 
U.S.a.  40-106.45 


.r^lfc 


The  aerosol  cartridge  is  a  c^indrical  container  adapted  to 
be  inserted  into  a  recess  in  a  pressing  iron  and  having  at  its  one 
end  downwardly  and  outwardly  directed  tubes  which  commu- 
nicate through  p— sgei  in  the  prearing  iron  leading  to  the 
material  being  pressed,  and  having  means  at  its  other  end  for 
operating  the  aerosol  container. 


An  "in  and  out"  device  is  provided  for  indicating  the 
whereabout!  of  the  various  personnel  such  as  their  availability 
on  the  premises  or  when  they  will  return. 


AMESIVB  IWViCE 


1 


Ry^ 


both  of  45, 


>  15, 1970,  Sar.  No.  46385 
Qaims  priority,  apfdication  Japan,  Oct  8, 1969. 44/9S463; 
Oct  8. 1969. 44/9S464;  Oct  9. 1969. 44/9S886 

bit  CLG09r/ 7/06 
U.S.CL  40— 104.18  17 


3,670^436 
CUBE  CALENDAR 

iaB.locnRoMlaail,NJ. 

Flad  April  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,407 
btCLB42d5/04 
U.S.CL  40-107 


McDov- 


A  calendar  conristing  of  a  plurality  of  cubes  supponed  by  a 
holder  having  date,  month  and  day  indicia  marked  on  the  sides 
of  the  cubes.  The  holder  partly  masks  the  outwardly  facing 
sides  of  the  month  marked  cube  and  the  day  marked  cube  so 
that  only  a  single  month  and  a  single  day  appear  on  tl^  calen- 
dar face. 


An  adhesive  sheet  device  for  mounting  photographs  and 
other  display  items  in  albums,  scrapbooks  and  the  like,  is  pro- 
vided including  a  relatively  thick  backing  sheet  and  a  relative- 
ly thin  film  of  pressure-sensitive  adhesive  coating  one  surfsce 
of  the  backing  sheet.  A  substantiaUy  tmiplanar  cover  sheet  of 
transparent  material  is  disengageably  adhered  to  the  coated 
surface  of  the  backing  sheet  for  insertion  d  an  item  beneath 
the  cover  sheet  for  clear  viewing  of  the  item  through  the  trans- 
parent cover  sheet  The  backing  sheet  is  provided  with  means 
for  sliminating  the  tendency  of  the  sheet  to  buckle  or  warp 
when  the  cover  sheet  is  repeatedly  engaged  with  and  disen- 
gaged from  the  backing  sheet  imder  pressure. 


3,670^437 
WATCH  DISPLAY  CASE 
Aadrc  Brka,  Rne  Gcrmaio,  3110,  FabrevOe,  VUe  ik  Laval, 
Qotbec,  Caooda  I 

FBsdJoM  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,060       I 
Clainv  priority.  appUcstion  Switzerland,  July  8.   1969. 

10384/69  ^ 

IM.CLG09C  7  9/00  |    ^ 

U.S.CL40— 126B  4Clataa 

A  display  case  for  a  wrist  watch  provided  with  dial  illu- 
minating means  comprises  a  pedestal  which  houses  means. 


QKA 


i-k-ci-ciT/^T  AT     /^  A  rr'orrinnT^ 


T'.T^'T.-i    <%£\     1  nrra 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


855 


such  as  an  electronic  multivibrator  circuit  for  intermittently 


in  a  row  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  the  frame,  and  a  cross 
member  is  inserted  at  its  ends  in  these  grooves  at  each  frame 
comer  in  a  gusset-like  manner  and  supports  pressing  means 
such  as  a  tightening  screw  or  a  spring  which  presses  against  an 
article  such  as  a  picture  thereby  to  hold  and  fix  the  same  in  the 
frame. 


3,670,440 
INFLATABLE  DISPLAY 
Paul  E.  Yost,  1000  Tonv  Lmc,  Stent  Fah,  S. 

FBed  Feb.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,014 
IiM.CLG09f2//72 
U.S.CL40— 215 


20 


actuating  the  dial  illuminating  means.  The  watch  can  be 
pivotally  supported  in  a  case  on  the  pedestal. 


3,670,438 
AUTO  TRAVEL  TROUBLE  SIGN 
Canral,  332  Ariii«tM;  Joko  Mkhosl  Ktatary,  107 
Mapk  Drive,  both  of  SotsUlc  BcmA,  Mid  Airthony 
108  SMOd  Road,  ladloB  Harboor  Boock,  ai  of  Flo. 
Flod  Jww  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,680 
tat  CLG09f  7/00 
U.S.CL40— 129C  1< 


Sign  means  including  a  plastic  sign  plate  emboss  formed  of 
thin  sheet  plastic  and  having  raised  luminescent  lettering 
forming  a  word  for  conununicating  a  message  of  distress  or  in- 
formation. The  sign  means  includes  a  permanent  magnet  strip 
fixed  to  the  backside  of  the  sign  piate  for  temporary  at- 
tachment thereof  to  the  exterior  surface  of  a  wrecked  or 
stalled  automobile  on  a  hi^way  or  thoroughfrue. 


3,670,439 

DEVICE  FOR  FIXING  ARTICLES  IN  FRAME 

STRUCTURES 

Akka  Skfaoiiu,  Hbratsoka,  JapM,  asrigDor  to  Pilot  Man-Ncn- 

HMn  KabushiU  Kakka,  Tokyo4o,  Japui 

FBcd  Aug.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,709 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan.    Aug.     26,     1969, 
44/81425 

iM.aG09f;//2 

U.S.CL40-1S6  7ClaiiBs 


A  number  of  parallel  grooves  are  formed  in  the  inner  wall 
surfaces  at  the  side  members  of  a  frame,  the  grooves  being 
parallel  to  the  side  members  and  being,  in  cross  sectional  view. 


An  inflataUe  display  employs  apparatus  for  continuously 
bkiwing  air  into  a  bag-like  member  on  which  may  be  carried  a 
selected  advertisement  The  Mower  apparatus  and  tht  bag- 
like member  may  be  connected  to  a  fiiune  structure  at  the 
upper  end  of  the  tube,  the  fi«me  structure  being  adapted  for 
connection  to  a  tow  line  of  an  airbmne  vehicle.  The  shape  of 
the  member  forms  a  part  of  the  advertisement  such  as  a  can,  a 
bottle,  or  character  and  in  one  embodimem  includes  an  inner 
liner  spaced  from  the  ends  of  the  tube  so  that  the  ends  erf  the 
tube  may  retain  the  definite  selected  shape  Xbenoi  and  are 
prevented  from  taking  on  a  baUoooing  appearance.  The  liner 
balloons  within  the  tube  but  does  not  change  the  exterior 
shape  thereof.  In  another  embodiment  the  Mower  apparatus  is 
connected  to  a  manifold  for  distributing  a  flow  of  air  to  a  plu- 
rality of  side-by-side  connected  open-ended  tubes  which  form 
a  three-dimensional  display.  As  a  static  display  the  'nfl«tf»d 
member  is  anchored  to  the  ground  to  prevent  movements 
which  may  be  effected  by  the  wind. 


3,670«441 

HINGED  COVER  CONSTRUCTION  FOR  A  WATER 

CLOSET 

Goorgc  W.  BkNUt,  MMdIetowo,  Oklo,  MsigDor  to  New  Ccatary 
Prodocts.  Ik.,  Middlelowo.  Ofcto 

Continiiattoii-iB-port  of  Scr.  No.  887,129,  Dec  22, 1969, 
Bboodoocd.  This  appBctfaa  Jisa.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  108^44 

tat  CLA47k  75/72 
U.S.CL  4-236  6Ch*M 

A  hinged  cover  construction  for  a  water  closet  in  which  sta- 
tionary brackets  mounted  adjacent  the  boMtd  are  provided  with 
tracks  extending  between  the  tank  and  the  bowl,  hinge  sup- 
ports move  on  the  tracks  toward  and  away  frxMn  the  tank 
between  a  normal  position  adjacent  the  tank  and  an  advanced 
position  spaced  from  the  tank  and  can  be  held  in  both  posi- 
tions. A  lower  cover  and  an  upper  cover  are  pivotally  TTKHintfid 
on  the  hinge  supports.  A  resilient  cushion  is  noounted  on  the 
lower  cover.  The  covers  swing  between  a  lowered  position  in 
which  the  bottom  cover  is  supported  on  an  upper  edge  of  the 


856 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


bowl  and  the  upper  cover  rests  on  the  cushion  and  a  raised  |  3,670,443 

position  in  which  the  coven  lean  against  the  tank  in  suble  ALARM  HOLDER  FOR  FISHING  RODS 

position  when  the  hmge  suppofting  brackets  are  in  advanced  Richard  G.  FcdcrHne,  Thurmoal,  Md.,  Msignof  to  Dm  Eutene 
position.  Slots  in  the  tracks  permit  removal  of  the  hinge  sup-       WcMk  Thurmoal,  Md.,  a  part  Intertst 

I         F«Bd  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,157         | 


3,670^442 

SAFETY  IKVICE  FCHl  FIREARMS 
Ralph  C  Kcnaedy.  Wapptag;  FMri  A.  La  Vlolctte,  Haven,  both 
of  Coaa.,  and  Hcory  M.  StnMiibtrg,  EWcott  Cky.  Md^  aa- 
signon  to  Colt  ladaatricB  Opcratiiig  Corp.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
FBed  Oct.  28, 1970.  Scr.  No.  84,653 
-  Int.  a.  F41c  J  7108, 1 7100 
U.S.CL42— 70F  7i 


-f«? 


sz 


JS 


64 


A  firearm  has  a  receiver  incorporating  a  longitudinally 
reciprocatable  bolt  assembly  which  is  movable  between 
retracted  or  recoil  and  battery  positions  in  the  receiver.  A 
trigger,  including  a  sear,  is  pivotally  mounted  in  the  receiver. 
A  hammer  is  pivotally  mounted  in  the  receiver  in  such  a 
manner  that  movement  of  the  bolt  from  the  battery  position  to 
the  recoil  position  urges  the  hammer  into  a  cocked  position. 
The  hammer  includes  a  first  sear  abutment  to  engage  a  sear  on 
the  trigger,  a  second  sear  abutment  and  a  bolt  stop  sear  abut- 
ment. A  disconnector  is  pivotally  mounted  on  the  trigger  pin. 
A  compression  spring  is  interposed  between  the  rearward  ex- 
tremities of  the  disconnector  and  the  trigger  to  urge  the  for- 
ward portion  of  the  disconnector  into  contact  with  the  top  sur- 
face of  the  trigger.  The  disconnector  includes  a  hook  sear 
abutment  on  an  intermediate  portion  which  is  adapted  to  en- 
gage the  second  sear  abutment  on  the  hammer  when  the 
trigger  is  in  a  depressed  position.  Should  the  disconnector  or 
hook  sear  be  removed  from  the  firearm,  the  bolt  stop  sear 
abutment  on  the  hammer  is  adapted  to  engage  the  bolt  as- 
sembly during  movement  from  the  recoil  position  to  the  bat- 
tery position  for  preventing  the  conver^on  of  the  firearm  into 
a  machine  gun. 


U.S.a.43-17 


Iirt.CLA01k  97/72 


ports  and  covers  fix>m  the  bowl.  Lock  slide  members  are  pro- 
vided on  the  hinge  supporting  brackets  for  selective  engage- 
ment with  lock  slots  on  the  tracks  to  hokl  the  hinge  support  in 
either  the  normal  position  or  the  advanced  position. 


SCIaiiM 


An  arm  extending  upwardly  at  an  acute  angle  fitini  the  end 
wall  of  a  tackle  box  has  pivoted  on  it,  with  slight  fiictional  en- 
gagement, a  bar  which  extends  on  both  sides  (rf  the  pivot  The 
hinged  top  of  the  box  carries  at  its  end  remote  from  the  arm  a 
clamp  for  holding  the  butt  of  the  rod.  The  bar  normally  occu- 
pies a  position  at  a  slight  angle  to  the  angle  of  the  support,  and 
at  its  upper  end  has  a  fork  which  is  adapted  to  engage  the  stem 
of  a  fishing  rod.  Opposite  the  lower  end  of  the  bar,  and  carried 
by  the  support,  is  a  microswitch  or  the  like  which  when 
pressed  closes  an  electrical  circuit.  Closing  of  the  electrical 
circuit,  which  occurs  when  a  fish  has  hooked  onto  the  line, 
rings  a  bell  and  simultaneously  lights  a  light. 


\  3,670,444 

FOLDING  HAND  TROUT  NET 
Frank  L.  Dlctcrkh,  Los  Angdcs,  CaHf .,  SMignor  to 
Bamett,  Los  Angdcs,  CaHf.,  a  part  interest 

FUcd  July  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  54,375 
Int.  CL  AOlk  77100 
U.S.CL  43-12 


ames  A. 


DClaims 


A  folding  hand  fish  landing  net,  including  a  handle  and 
frame  arms,  pivotedly  connected  together  and  to  the  handle  so 
as  to  be  foldable  at  opposite  sides  of  the  handle  into  a  compact 
unit  about  which  the  bottom  of  the  net  may  be  wrapped  for 
easy  carrying  and  storage.  The  frame  arms  open  out  into  a 
frame  loop  to  which  the  top  of  the  net  is  attached.  The  handle 
is  provided  with  a  spring-biased,  manually  retractable  locking 
sleeve  on  its  forward  end,  and  the  frame  arms  pivoted  to  the 
handle  are  disposed  in  slots  in  the  forward  end  thereof  when 
the  frame  is  extended,  the  sleeve  being  automatically  moved 
by  its  spring  past  the  arm  pivots  into  locking  position. 


3,670,445 
FISH  HOOK  GUARD 
George  Frederick  Borgcr,  308  W.  49th  St.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
I       Filed  Feb.  5, 197 1,  Scr.  No.  1 12,939 
I  Int.  a.  AOlk  97/06 

U.S.  a.  43—42.4 

A  guard  for  a  barbed  fish  hook  comprises  a  length  of  clear 
vinyl  tubing  having  an  internal  diameter  slightly  less  than  the 


ICIalms 


858 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


857 


maximum  cross  sectional  dimension  of  the  hook  at  the  point   floution  portion  adjacent  one  end  and  the  weight  concen- 
of  the  barb.  The  ends  of  the  tubing  are  cut  off  at  an  angle  of  trated  adjacent  the  other  end  so  that  it  assumes  a  substantially 

upright  position  in  the  water.  The  device  is  preferably  pro- 
vided with  a  chamber  adjacent  the  weighted  end  to  receive  ad- 
ditional weight  to  increase  the  weight  of  the  device.  In  one  em- 
bodiment, the  body  portion  is  provided  by  a  pair  of  plastic  tu- 
^,  bular  sections  interconnected  by  a  coupling  device  to  enable 

breakdown  for  storage  and  transportation. 


about  35°  and  slits  are  provided  in  opposite  sides  of  the  end 
portion  midway  between  the  high  and  low  parts  of  the  inclined 
end  surface. 

3,670,446 

WEEDLESS  HOOK  AND  LURE 

JlanW  B.  Whedcr,  271  Rensen  Ave.,  New  Brumwlck,  N  J. 

FUcd  April  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26^10 

Int.  CL  AOlk  «5/00 

U.S.CL  43— 42.19  6ClainM 


3,670,448 

FISH  HOOK  LOCATOR-EXTRACTOR 

ThouMB  R.  Wchmeycr,  639  lOth  Ave,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Feb.  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116,062 

Int.  CL  AOlk  97/00 

U.S.CL43— 53.5  10 


An  improved  fishing  tackle  comprising  a  weedless  hook  in- 
corporating a  flexible  guard  with  braided  filament  core  and  an 
outer  skin  or  coating  of  plastic,  having  an  end  thereof  receiva- 
ble over  a  hook  tip  and  a  lure  comprising  a  weedless  spinner, 
the  spinner  being  fixed  whereby  a  fish  may  not  be  able  to  set 
off  the  weed  guard  thus  slipping  the  end  thereof  off  the  hook 
tip. 


3,670,447 

NON-SNAGGING  FISHING  DEVICE 

Michad  J.  Wohead,  R.  R.  2,  Box  12,  Napcrvillc,  OL 

FBed  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,314 

Int.  CL  AOlk  95100 

U.S.CL  43—43.14 


SCUms 


A  fish  hook  locator-extractor  for  locating  and  extracting  a 
fish  hook  that  has  been  swallowed  by  a  fish  comprises  an  elon- 
gated shank  having  a  rounded  pear-shaped  handle  at  one  end. 
The  opposite  end  portion  of  the  shank  is  hollow  and  ter- 
minates in  a  plurality  of  longitudinally  extending,  circum- 
ferentially  spaced  rounded  projections  separated  by  sharp  V- 
shaped  recesses.  A  longitudinal  slot  opens  into  said  hollow  in 
alignment  with  one  of  said  recesses  and  a  groove  extends  lon- 
gitudinally along  the  shank  from  the  slot  to  and  over  the  end  of 
the  handle.  A  removable  cross  bar  extends  through  a  trans- 
verse bore  in  the  handle  portion. 


3,670,449  ■ 
CONSTRUCTION  ELEMENT  TOY 
Jack  L.  LcmUn,  Cincinnati,  Ohk>;  Gerard  K.  Lctatikow,  Hcr- 
mosa  Beach,  CaHf.;  RuascU  C.  Edmiason,  Manhattan  Beach, 
CaHf .,  and  John  T.  Benson,  Los  Angdcs,  CaUf.,  assignors  to 
Mattd,  Inc.,  Hawthorne,  CaHf. 

Filed  March  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  121,053 

IntCLA63hJi/04 

U.S.CL46— 23  12CidnH 


1  ^ 

A  non-snagging  fishing  device  for  use  as  a  sinker  for  a  fish- 
ing line  characterized  by  an  elongated  tubular  body  having  a 


Toy  construction  elements  including  a  cone-shaped  element 
and  block-shaped  element  that  can  be  readily  joined  into  in- 


•TllNP.  2ft    1Q75! 


/^Tr'XT'ir<'D  A  T        A  XTTk    -fcriTt/^TT  A  VTT/-I  A  T 


858 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


^0, 


1972 


teresting  shapes.  Both  the  narrow  and  wide  ends  cf  the  cone- 
shaped  element  have  projections,  and  have  recesses  for 
receiving  projections,  the  recesses  at  the  wide  end  being 
formed  by  a  pair  of  concentric  flanges.  The  block-efaaped  ele- 
ment is  fonned  from  •  lubstantiaDy  flat  member  divided  by 
living  hinges  into  six  fiice  pcHtions  that  can  be  folded  into  a 
block.  Each  free  edge  of  a  foce  portion  has  an  inwardly-ex- 
tending rib  and  a  stepped  rece«  so  that  when  the  pair  of  ribs 
of  adjacent  edges  are  received  in  corresponding  recesses  the 
face  elements  are  locked  together. 


3,C7M50 
TOY  ASSEMBLY  PLANT  POR  VEHICLE 
Tcnw  Maroaawa,  Tokyo,  Jap—,  ssripmr  to  Teay  Kegye  Co^ 
Lld^  Tokyo,  Japaa 

FHed  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,649 
Oaims  priority,  application  Japan,  Dec.  26, 1 969. 44/6S6 
lMLCLA€3k33/S0 
VS.CL4&-40  9< 


^y 


A  toy  comprising,  in  combination,  an  assembly  plant  and 
elements  so  constructed  as  to  be  assembled  into  a  vehicle  in 
superimposed  relationship  by  the  assembly  plant.  The  as- 
sembly plant  is  equipped  with  a  motor-driven  conveyor  for 
conveying  the  elements  to  the  delivery  side  thereof  and  also 
with  devices  capable  of  automatically  assembling  the  elements 
into  a  vehicle  in  co-operation  with  the  moving  conveyor  in  the 
course  of  conveyance  c^the  elements. 


3,670,451 
ADJUSTABLE  HAIR  DOLL 

SydMy  L.  Groves;  nraak  J.  Kndrta,  belh  of  RcdoMlo  Beach;  J. 
Stephea  Lewis,  PadBc  PaUsadcs;  Doa^d  J.  Maorcr,  Tor- 
rance; Kichard  L.  May,  Manhattan  Beach;  John  W.  Ryan, 
Los  Angeks,  and  CoHa  Vowles,  Saata  Moaka,  aB  of  Cdif., 
•MipMn  to  Maud,  lac,  Hawtborae,  Caif . 

FHed  Fieb.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9.708 
Ial.CLA63k/i/00 
U.S.CL  46-135  18Clainis 

A  fashion  doU  with  a  Call-type  hairpiece  which  can  be  ad- 
justed in  length  without  the  necearity  for  knoba.  buttons,  or 
the  like  on  the  outside  of  the  doU.  The  apparatus  includes  a 
string  having  an  inner  end  wound  on  a  wheel  within  the  doll 
and  an  outer  end  tied  to  an  end  ai  the  hairpMece  which  is 
within  the  doU.  A  spring  urges  the  v/heel  to  rotate  in  a 
direction  to  shorten  the  apparent  length  of  the  hairpiece.  The 
wheel  has  several  recesses  spaced  about  its  axis  <rf  rotation, 
and  a  ball  is  normally  disposed  partially  within  a  recess  on  the 
wheel  and  another  recess  on  a  «iied-supporting  frame,  to  kx:k 
the  position  of  the  wheel  when  the  doll  is  up-right  However, 
turning  of  the  doU  to  a  £soe  down  position  causes  the  ball  to 
fisU  completely  into  the  frame  recess,  to  release  the  wheel  so  it 


can  retract  the  hairpiece  into  the  head  as  fru-  as  it  is  allowed  to 
retract  by  a  child  who  holds  the  outer  end  of  the  hairpiece. 
The  wheel  which  winds  up  the  string  is  located  in  the  chest  of 


"^ 


the  doll,  and  the  string  extends  downwardly  therefrom,  around 
a  second  wheel  in  the  abdomen  portion  of  the  doO  and  up- 
wardly to  the  hairpiece,  to  enable  a  long  hairpi^e  to  be 
received  in  a  small  doU  without  tangling. 


3,670,452 
TURKEY  CALL 
WIHiaas  A.  Taraer,  205  Sycaaiare  Road,  PhnrfJia,  Va. 
1      FHed  March  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  126,047 
I  Iat.CLA63h  5/00 

U.S.CL46— 178 


A-" 


-f 


ts 


A  turkey  call  including  a  tubular  stem  element  formed  of 
hard  plastic  and  having  a  rounded  end  as  well  as  including  a 
hard  plastic  bell  element  integrally  interconnected  with  the 
other  end  of  the  stem  element;  the  hollow  interiors  of  the  stem 
element  and  the  bell  element  of  the  call  being  in  communica- 
tion. A  reinforcing  shoulder  element  is  externally  integrally 
provided  at  the  point  of  connection  of  the  stem  an^  bell  ele- 
ments of  the  turkey  call. 


!  3,670,453 

TOY  AND  DELAYED  RELEASE  PROPELLING 
MECHANISM  THEREFORE 
Enrique  A.  Cosp,  Jcjui  438,  Anindon,  Paraguay,  South 
America 

I         FBcd  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,812        I 
Iat.CLA63h///;0  | 

U.S.a.46— 202  4Cldais 

A  toy  having  a  spring  driven  propelling  mechanism  includ- 
ing an  aidaUy  movaMe  rod  «4iich  is  propelled  to  the  rear  of  the 
vehicle  by  the  spring  and  wMch,  when  the  vehicle  is  placed 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


859 


against  a  vertical  barrier,  propells  the  vehicle  forward  by  reac- 
tion force.  The  delayed  release  mechanism  includes  a  firame 
having  paraDel  sides  and  end  walls  in  which  the  rxxl  is  jour- 
naled  for  axial  movement  The  sides  have  indentations  which 
extent  inwardly  toward,  but  do  not  contact,  the  rod  and  its  sur- 
rounding spring.  The  rod  carries  an  elastic  member  which  is 


pushed  forwardly  of  the  indenutions  when  the  spring  is  com- 
prened.  The  spring  gradually  forces  the  elastic  member  past 
the  indenutions  and.  when  the  elastic  member  is  clear  of  the 
indentations,  the  spring  is  permitted  to  rapidly  expand,  sud- 
denly causing  the  rod  to  move  toward  the  barrier,  causing  the 
vehicle  to  rapidly  move  forward. 


3,670,454 
VERTICAL  DROP  VENT  WINDOW  SYSTEM 
HaroM  C  Gebhard,  Livoala,  and   WWaai   B.   Scfancren, 
Dctroh,  both  of  Mich.,  assigiinis  to  Ford  Motor  Company, 
Dearborn,  Mich. 

FBcd  May  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  139,479 

Iat.CLE0«5//0 

U.S.a.49— 103  16Clafaas 


A  window  regulator  mechanism  for  raising  and  lowering  in  a 
window  opening  in  a  vehicle  body  structure  a  vrindow  panel 
vertically  divided  into  a  ventilation  section  and  a  visibility  sec- 
tion. The  window  regulator  mechanism  may  be  manually  or 
power  operated  to  function  to  raise  or  lower  both  panel  sec- 
tions in  controlled  sequence.  With  the  window  panel  in  raised 
condition,  actuation  of  the  window  regulator  mechanism 
results  in  the  ventilation  or  smaller  panel  section  being 
lowered  into  the  body  structure  to  provide  a  ventilation  ex- 
haust opening.  During  the  travel  of  the  ventilation  section  into 
the  body  structure,  the  visibility  or  larger  panel  section 
remains  lodced  in  a  fully  raised  position  by  a  latch  mechanism . 
When  the  smaller  panel  section  reaches  a  predetermined 
down  position,  the  latch  mechanism  is  released  allowing  the 
larger  panel  section  to  travel  to  a  frill  down  position.  Upon 
movement  of  the  wiiKlow  panel  from  its  lowered  position  to  a 


raised  position,  a  reverse  sequence  occurs  during  which  the 
larger  panel  section  again  first  becomes  locked  in  a  fully  raised 
position  as  the  smaller  panel  section  continues  to  move  out  of 
the  body  structure  into  its  fiilly  raised  position. 


3,670^455 
SUDING  DOOR  OPERATOR 
Lorea  E.  SlayhM^h,  Arili«lia  tUf^  OL, 
RcpabBc  IndaaliiM,  lac,  CMo^e,  DL 

Fitod  March  15, 1971,  Scr.  Now  124039 
laL  CL  E05f  15/14 
U.S.a.49— 360  19 


A  sliding  door  operator  incorporating  a  rotating  shaft  and 
means  on  the  door  to  be  moved  including  opposing  rollers  en- 
gaging the  shaft  with  their  axes  parallel  to  the  shaft  when  the 
door  is  sutionary  and  with  their  axes  displaced  frx>m  their 
parallel  position  in  either  direction  to  effect  a  helical  engage- 
ment of  the  rollers  on  the  shaft  for  door  movement  in  either 
direction. 


3,670,456 
HONING  TOOL  ARRANGEMENTS 
Anthony  JaaMs  Hwratt,  WcrTli«loa,  Ei^faad,  asslgnoi  to  ifi- 
Ton  MacUnc  Took  IlaiHed,  ScBy  Oak,  Binali«ham,  En- 
gland 

FHed  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,034 
Int.  CL  B24b  7/00 
U.S.CL51— 34D  144 


A  honing  tool  arrangement  which  includes  a  tubular  shaft  to 
one  end  of  which  can  be  attached  a  honing  tool  and  the  tubu- 
lar shaft  and  the  honing  tool  are  capable  of  being  reciprocated 
and  rotated,  a  control  rod  in  the  tubular  shaft  and  associated 
with  a  piston  and  cylinder  device  to  cause  fast  feed  longitu- 
dinal movement  of  the  contrd  rod  relatively  to  the  tubular 
shaft  to  cause  fast  increase  and  decrease  of  the  effective 
cutting  diameter  of  the  honing  tool  and  disengageable  screw 
means  between  the  tubular  shaft  and  the  control  rod  and  rota- 
tional brake  means  associated  with  the  control  rod  and  capa- 
ble of  "braking"  the  roution  of  the  control  rod  relative  to  the 
tubular  shaft  when  the  screw  means  it  engaged  to  cause  dow 
feed  longitudinal  movement  of  the  control  rod  relative  to  the 


860 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


tubular  shaft  and  thus  to  cause  a  slow  increase  and  decrease  of 
the  effective  cutting  diameter  of  the  honing  tod. 


3,670,457 

ADJUSTABLE  TRAVERSE  CONTROL  FOR  SURFACE 

GRINI»R 

GonioB  Bcrkhofci,  BkHNBingtoM,  MiwL,  Mi%Bor  to  ComIIbhi* 

tal  MacklMa,  Ibc^  SaratC  MIm. 

FIM  April  21, 1970,  Sor.  No.  30,520 

1ai.CLB24b  47/06 

U.S.CL51— 92R  7ClirinH 


r<^. 


The  stroke  of  reciprocation  of  a  workpiece  carrying  table 
for  a  surface  grinder  is  controlled  by  a  pair  of  stationary  con- 
trol elements  connected  with  the  power  drive  for  the  table  and 
adjustable  in  the  directions  of  table  motion,  and  a  cooperating 
element  fixed  on  the  table.  Proximity  responsive  control 
systems  are  disclosed.  In  one,  each  stationary  element  com- 
prises a  reed  switch  normally  held  closed  by  a  magnet,  and  an 
iron  vane  carried  by  the  table  comes  between  the  magnet  and 
the  reed  switch  at  the  end  of  the  stroke. 


3,670,458 
PROGRAMMED  CONTOURING  MACHINE  FOR 
MACHINING,  BY  TOOL  HEADS,  IRREGULARLY 
SHAPED  WORKPIECES 
Robert  Faure,  La  Gardc-FrdiMt,  France,  aasigiior  to  ACME 
Maacbinenfabrik  GmbH,  New  Iscnburg,  Ralhenaustr,  Ger- 
many 

Filed  Jan.  28, 197 1,  Scr.  No.  1 10,495 

Int.  a.  B24b  5/00, 29/00 

U.S.CI.51— 135R  16  Claims 


A  turret  table,  indexed  by  an  indexing  mechanism,  carries 
along  its  circumference  a  plurality  of  work  piece  spindles  on 


which  work  pieces,  to  be  shaped,  may  be  mounted.  Fixed 
beneath  the  turret  are  a  plurality  of  cams,  one  group  of  cams 
for  each  work  station,  which  are  revolved  synchronously.  A 
cam  follower  on  one  cam  acts  to  deflect  track  portions  of  a 
roughly  circular,  articulated  endless  track.  Each  spindle  is 
linked  to  a  runner,  running  on  the  track  which,  as  it  is 
deflected  by  the  cam  follower,  transfers  deflecting  motion  to 
the  spindle  to  present  the  work  piece  in  predetermined  at- 
titudes to  the  machine  tool  head.  Additional  cam  means  can 
be  provided  at  each  station  to  selectively  and  in  accordance 
with  the  programmed  rotation  of  the  cam,  twist,  start  or  other- 
wise orient  the  work  piece  head,  such  as  a  grinding  bdt  or  the 
like,  with  respect  to  the  work  piece.  ^ 


I  ^  3,670,459 

COMBINED  ABRADING,  SCRAPING  AND  POKING 
IMPLEMENT 
Derek  Edwin  Wekon,  SMtlngboiinM,  England,  MB%iior  to 
Waso  Limited,  Slttintbourac,  Kent,  Eaglaad 

FIM  April  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  130,614 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  April  },  1970, 
16,008/70 

Urt.  CL  B244i  15/02;  B60b  1/04 
U.S.CLI1— 181R  5Clainw 


ril  3.  1< 


The  invention  concerns  an  aid  for  the  user  of  a  vehicle,  the 
aid  comprising  a  hand  tool  having  an  abrasive  surfaced  chan- 
nel for  treating  a  wiper  blade  and  further  having  means  suita- 
ble for  cleaning  dirt  from  a  washer  nozzle,  the  means  compris- 
ing a  wire  carried  by  a  slider  movable  between  an  operational 
position  where  an  end  portion  of  the  wire  protrudes  fh>m  the 
tool  and  a  stowed  position  within  the  confines  of  the  lool  and 
vice  versa. 


tool 


3,670,460 

TOOL  POSITIONING  MEANS  FOR  LENS  GRINDER 
Andrew  H.  OMfieid,  Waterloo,  N.Y.,  and  Arthur  F.  Trott, 
Richmond  HiU,  Ontario,  Canada,  assignors  to  Scnoptics, 
Inc.,  Waterloo,  N.Y. 

FOcd  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,125 
Int.  a.  B24b  49/72 

U.S.CL  51— 165.71  9  Claims 

A  toric  lens  grinding  machine  has  means  for  swinging  a  lens 
blank  past  a  cup-shaped  grinding  wheel  and  in  contact 
therewith,  the  wheel  being  mounted  on  crossed  slides.  A  com- 
puter device  secured  to  the  wheel  carrying  slide  has  a  trans- 
parent portion  overiying  an  upward  beam  of  light  fixed  on  the 
machine  base.  The  computer  has  first  dial  means  nuvked  in 
diopters  for  setting  an  ainting  tube  so  as  to  be  movable  along  a 
straight  line  calculated  to  determine  the  base  curve  of  the 
ground  lens.  Second  dial  means  marked  in  diopters  are  pro- 
vided for  moving  the  aiming  tube  along  the  straight  line  a  cal- 
culated distance  for  determining  the  cylinder  curve  of  the 
ground  lens.  A  valve  connected  to  hydraulic  motor  means  for 
moving  tfie  crossed  slides  has  a  sin^e  lever  for  moving  both 
slides  so  that  the  wheel  is  moved  in  a  single  direction  deter- 


862 


nFFTriAT,  aAv.TT.'m?. 


JinuK   9.n     1Q7CI 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


861 


mined  by  the  direction  the  lever  is  moved  so  that  the  aiming  nominal  center,  a  conforming  ball  in  a  slurry  (tf  fine  abrasives 
tube  and  beam  of  light  may  be  quickly  aligned  to  position  the  is  routed  in  a  highly  random  manner  in  the  race  thus  transfb*- 
wheel  in  the  machine  for  grinding  the  toric  lens  set  on  the  di- 


.  N,t,ttA, 


ir- 


ring  the  uniform  radius  and  finish  of  the  ball  to  the  bearing 
race  surface. 


3,670,463 
COATED  ABRASIVE  CONES 

Warren  E.  Chrirtian,  Troy,  N.Y.,  aasignor  to  Norton  Compnny, 
Troy,  N.Y. 

FUed  March  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  121,918 
Int.  CL  B24d  1 7/00, 1 1/00 
ah.  The  aiming  tube  is  illuminated  and  a  mirror  overlying  the    U*S.  CI.  5 1—394  7  ( 

computer  device  projects  images  of  the  tube  and  light  beam 
on  a  translucent  screen  at  the  side  of  the  machine. 


^  3,670,461 
FEEDING  DEVICE  FOR  MACHINE  TOOLS 
TakasM  Hori,  Nakayamadcra,  Japan,  assignor  to  Osaka  Seikl 
Works,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japoi 

FBcd  Sept.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73383 

lnt.CLB24b47/20 

U.S.  a  51-215  HM  6  Claims 


This  invention  is  to  provide  a  simple  and  accurate  device  for 
automatically  feeding  workpieces  one  by  one  in  order  in  a 
systematic  manner  to  an  operating  part  on  one  of  the  various 
kinds  of  machine  tools,  such  as,  the  grinding  machine,  the 
super-finishing  machine,  the  honing  machine,  lapping 
machine  and  so  forth,  and  for  delivering  the  finished  work- 
pieces  to  a  predetermined  place. 


3,670,462 
LAPPING  OF  BALL  BEARING  RACEWAY 
John  F.  Robinson,  Newport  Bench,  CaHf.,  asslgnQr  to  North 
Amcrkan  RockwcU  Corporation,  El  Scgnndo,  Calf . 
Division  of  Scr.  Na  746,575,  July  22, 1968,  abandoned.  Thta 
appHcadon  Sept.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,096 
Int.  CL  B24b  1/00 
U.S.a.51— 291  4Cldins 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  randomly  lapping  a  ball  bear- 
ing race  and  removing  the  deviations  from  a  smooth  cross  race 
curvature  wherein  the   bearing  race   is  rotated  about  its 


A  flexible  abrasive  tool  having  a  conical  shape  is  provided 
with  tear  means  whereby  the  tool  can  t>e  separated,  if  desired, 
into  two  or  more  abrasive  tools  of  the  same  conical  shape  but 
of  lesser  desired  vertical  height. 


3,670,464 

AIRCRAFT  HANGARS 

Robert  C.  Cutter,  Box  1074,  Gknwood  Springs,  Colo. 

FOcd  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,067 

Int.  CL  E04h  6/16 

VS.  CL  52—30 


19 


A  circular  hangar  for  aircraft  with  at  least  two  decks  having 
a  central  rotating  support  pillar  suppmting  the  decks  for  rota- 
tion. The  decks  are  support  tracks  extending  radially  from  the 
pillar,  with  the  tracks  for  adjoining  declcs  cloae  together,  but 
staggered  vertically  an  amount  sufficient  for  the  wings  of  air- 


862  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  20,  1972 

craft  on  the  decks  to  dear.  A  chnterad  aHembly  indudw  two  ■                       3^7tM67                          ! 

of  the  hanam  with  a  sngle  elevator  poiitkned  between  them  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  MANUFACTUUNG 

so  at  to  serve  both.  The  hangars  closely  pack  the  aircraft,  ^                       TUMBLING  MEDIA                   | 

providing  increased  and  efficient  land  use  without  undue  Rebsrt  H.  Waltsr,  72  Tavy  Feet  Last,  Worcsslsr,  Masi. 

height  of  the  hangars.  DhrWoaof  Ssr.No.701310,Jaik29,1968,PM.No. 

336MS1.  TTiis  appMcartsn  April  27, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  32^1 

bfL  a  C08|  511 12:  B24d  3100 


TELESCOPIC  JDS 
J.  Cheae,  BtsaiBsan  Iss  Ifcss,  nraaoe,  assigaor  to 
Potain  PodaiB  Materid,  Saeac  rt-Leirs,  France 
FBsd  Apr!  21, 1970.  Ssr.  No.  30,523 

Claims  priority,   application   France.  April   21,    1969, 
6912472 

Int.  a.  E04ii  12/34 
U.S.a.52— 115  4 


U.S.CL51— 290 


?6  -** 


SP 


Lf 


This  invention  relates  to  a  locking  device  for  a  telescopic  jib 
constituted  by  at  least  three  sections  and  by  a  motive  member 
connected  between  the  first  and  second  sections,  and  compris- 
ing at  least  one  boh  capable  of  integrating  the  second  and 
third  sections  in  their  relative  end  positions,  wherein  this  bolt 
is  arranged  on  the  rear  end  of  the  third  section  and  may  be 
selectively  insetted  into  at  least  three  catohes,  said  catohes 
being  respectively  unitary  with  the  rear  end  of  the  second  sec- 
tion, with  an  element  unitary  with  the  first  section  and  with  the 
firont  end  <A  the  second  section,  whilst  the  second  catch  is  ar- 
ranged near  the  front  end  of  the  first  section. 


Extrucfing  a  plastic  abrasive  mix  through  a  multi-hole  die 
adapted  to  combine  emerging  strands  of  the  mix  into  a  single 
strand  whereby  the  strands  move  at  the  same  linear  rate.  The 
single  strand  is  cut  into  large  pelleto  of  uniform  lengtfi,  after 
which  they  are  divided  into  snwller  pellets  corresponding  to 
the  original  number,  size,  and  shape  of  each  of  the  cofnbined 
strands  aad  cured. 


3,670,466 
INSULATED  PANEL 
Eari  D.  LyKh,  Greaivfle,  S.C.,  artf  oi 
corponoen,  iriPeesviw,  S.C 

Fled  Aog.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,665 
lBl.a.E04b//76 
U.S.CL52— 204 


3,670,468 
WEDGE  AND  SUPPORT  FOR  A  TEMPORARY  FENCE 
Habcrt  Cordd,  Sr.,  946  FHs  Ave  W■■rii«lol^  Ohio 
1      Filed  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,944 
I  Iat.CLE02d27/42 

U.S.  CL  52—298  3  CWms 


to  Metal  Products 


A  removable  vttdgc  for  inserting  in  the  end  of  a  pipe  in  en- 
gaging relationship  with  a  removaUe  conventional  "T*"  fence 
post  secures  and  aligns  the  post  in  the  pipe. 


An  insulated  panel  for  use  in  fabricating  building  structures 
wherein  fastening  strips  are  utilized  in  combination  with  rivets 
to  create  a  panel  that  is  rigkl  and  has  no  metal  to  metal  contact 
between  a  metallic  inner  wall  and  a  metallic  outer  wall. 


3,670^469 
HANGING  WALLS  FOR  FURNACE 
J.  JoMs,  FtM  Creek,  Oreg.,  asslgnnr  to  Mkhd 
Coaspoay,  Lake  Oswego,  Orcg. 

FBed  Jaly  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,447 
UA.  CL  E04c  1/40;  E04b  1/94 
U.S.CI.51— 285  2 

Wall  panels  are  made  of  refractory  material  precast  on 
metal  frames.  Hooks  on  the  backs  of  the  panels  at  their  upper 
ends  suspend  the  panels  frxim  rails  in  an  exterior  steel  support- 
ing frame.  All  of  the  vertical  expansion  afxbe  panels  fiY>m  the 


r 

,52—3 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


868 


heat  of  the  furnace  occurs  in  a  downward  direction  without 
disturbing  the  roof  of  the  ftimace.  The  lower  ends  of  the  wall 
panels  are  five  to  expand  and  contract  vertically  alongside  the 


juxtaposed  spaced  relation,  with  brace  systems  permanently 
fixed  between  each  of  two  of  the  column  members  and  the 
other  one,  forming  two  sides  of  the  section  and  constituting  a 
V-trough-like  configuration.  Detachable  brace  members  are 
provided  to  make  up  a  brace  system  for  a  third  side,  when  as- 


edges  of  the  frimace  floor.  All  metal  parts  are  maintained  rela- 
tively cool  by  exposure  to  atmosphere  on  the  outside  of  the 
fiimace. 


3,670,470 
ROOF  JOINT  COVER  ASSEMBLY 
WcnsI  W.  Thosn,  WkMla,  Kans.,  Msigner  to  ArcUtectoral 
Art  MIgn  IBC,  Wichita,  Kaas. 

FRed  Dec.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99^63 
InL  CL  E04d  J/i«;  E04f  15/14 
U.S.CL52— 395  15 


sembied.  With  detachaUe  brace  members  removed,  tower 
sections  can  be  stacked  in  nested  relation. -End  brace  members 
extending  transversely  of  the  two  columns  on  the  third  side  oi 
the  section  may  be  used  and  are  disposed  so  as  not  to  interfere 
with  stacking  of  the  sections  in  nested  relation. 


3,670,472 
AUDIO- VISUAL  CONCENTRATION  DRILL  AND  PUZZLE 

PROCESS 
Oaiyd  CWford,  7631  EMdakc  Terrace,  CUc^o,  DL 
Filed  May  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35355 
IiiLCLG09b5/M 
U.S.CL35— 8A  14< 


CI  C2C3C4CSC6C7Ce 


Rl 

- 

- 

R2 

- 

— 

R3 

- 

- 

R4 

R5 

R6 

R7 

RS 

An  expansion  joint  cover  for  effectively  sealing  the  joint 
between  two  shiftable  roof  sections  while  permitting  the  natu- 
ral expansion  and  contraction  of  the  latter  which  employs  a 
cover  plate  resiliendy  mounted  on  one  of  a  pair  of  support 
members  on  opposite  sides  of  the  joint  with  a  bolt  and  coil 
spring  therearound  so  as  to  bias  the  cover  into  a  sealing  posi- 
tion on  both  supports,  the  bait  and  spring  being  positioned 
proximal  to  the  joint  between  the  two  sections  and  providing  a 
balanced  sealing  action  on  the  respective  supports. 


3,670,471 

SECTIONAL  TOWER  STRUCTURE 

Van  Z.  SoRh,  Mineral  Wds,  Tex;,  assignor  to  AB  Prodocts 

Company,  Mineral  Wds,  Tex. 
Coadnualioa  of  Scr.  No.  746,454,  Jdiy  22, 1968, 

Ttafa  appBcaiioa  May  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,415 
IbL  CL  E04h  12/10;  E04b  1/343 
VS.  CL  52—638  1 

Readily  transportable  sectional  tower  structure  of  triangular 
transverse  section,  having  three  column  members  disposed  in 


A  method  of  inducing  concentration  of  a  listener  being 
adaptable  for  learning  or  entertainment  purposes,  the  method 
comprising  a  producing  of  a  continuing  display  of  audible  and 
apprehensible  matter  translatable  into  numbers,  letters,  or 
other  symbok,  and  superimposing  thereon  distracting  sounds 
effective  to  particulariy  mask  and  obscure  such  matter,  the 
listener  being  required  to  transcribe  a  translation  aitbt  matter 
into  an  array  in  a  preselected  manner  which  will  indicate  a 
level  of  concentration  obtained  by  the  listener. 


Cerk 


3,670,473 
METHOD  OF  PACHNG  CHAIR  SEATS 
D.  Bebb,  High  Psl^  N.C,  asslganr  to 
Conpaay,  Lancaster,  Pa. 

Fled  Dec  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,600 
Iirt.a.B65b5/a« 
UACL  53—37  2< 

A  chair  pack  is  provided  for  storage  of  chairs  and  theh*  pro- 
tection during  shipping.  Initially,  chair  seats  are  not  stored 
with  the  chairs  since  the  seats  will  come  with  a  number  of  dtf- 


864 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  go,  1972 


ferentfalMrics  for  each  chair  design.  A  flap  opening  is  provided    stop  station.  Lengths  of  wrapping  material  are  successively 
in  the  chair  pack  to  peraiit  the  insertion  of  the  chair  leat  into   and  intermittently  fed  transversely  of  said  guideway.  At  the 

second  stop  sution  an  intermittently  rotating  radial  pUera  of  a 
wrapping  wheel  bends  the  wrapping  material  in  U-shape  about 


the  chair  pack  just  prior  to  shipment  of  the  unit  to  the  con- 
sumer. 


3,670^74 

BAG  PACKER 

John  W.  Vkson,  and  WHiani  A.  Baiwr,  both  of  Cindoaatl, 

Ohio,  asrignors  to  R.  A.  JoMs  A  Ok,  hc^  Coviagtoo,  Ky. 

•-part  of  Scr.  No.  80M31,  March  20, 1969, 

.  This  appMcatioM  March  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,518 

InC  CL  B65b  37/02, 57/10 

U.S.a.53-55  9ClafaBs 


A  bag  packing  apparatus  is  capable  of  varying  the  number 
and  configuration  of  bags  packed  into  a  case.  The  packer  is 
three-dimensionally  variable  so  that  it  can  be  s  et  up  to  pack 
combinations  of  a  variable  number  of  layers  of  bags,  a  variable 
number  of  rows  of  bags  in  each  layer  or  a  variable  number  of 
bags  in  each  row.  A  control  circuit  is  variably  switched  to  a 
desired  condition  to  select  the  number  of  layers  and  the 
number  of  rows  in  each  layer  and  a  channelizer,  movable 
guides  and  check  and  release  units  are  adjusted  to  accom- 
modate a  desired  number  of  bags  in  each  row.  Electronic  vari- 
able timers  are  provided  in  the  control  circuit  to  time  the 
operation  of  the  various  movable  elements  of  the  apparatus 
and  may  be  adjusted  to  attain  optimum  performance.  Detect- 
ing devices  are  utilized  to  sense  the  presence  of  the  bags  and 
the  cases  in  their  various  positions  and  are  connected  so  as  to 
prevent  malfunctions  in  the  event  that  bags  or  cases  are  not  in 
their  predetermined  positions  at  the  proper  time  or  in  the 
event  that  the  bags  back-up  beyond  a  predetermined  point. 


3,670,475 

MACHINE  FOR  FORMING  AND  WRAPPING  UP 

INDIYIDUAL  ARTICLES  SUCH  AS  CANDIES 

Ariosto  ScngBoll,  BologBa,  Italy,  aaslgiiiii  to  G.  D.  Sodeta  In 

AccoBawUta  SempHcc  dl  Enao  Scragnoli  c  Arioalo  Serai- 
noli,  Bologna,  Italy 

Filed  Jan.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2,640 

Qaims  priority,  api^cation  Italy.  Jan.  15, 1969, 1509  A/69 
Int.  a.  B65b  1 1/32, 1 1/42 
U.S.CL53~234  2Clalms 

An  intermittently  rotating  radial  section  wheel  transfers  ar- 
ticles along  a  guideway  from  a  first  stop  sution  to  a  second 


an    article.    During    movement   to   an   outlet   station,    the 
wrappings  are  folded  over  the  article  by  wrapping  memben^ 
Different  types  of  wrapping  can  be  carried  out  with  different 
wrapping  members. 


BIODI 


>UTHPIf:Ci 


3,670,476 
)LE  BIT  HAVING  IMPROVED  MO 
MOUNTING 
I W.  Parry,  373  Dominion  Chxie,  Concord,  Tens . 
I        Filed  Dec.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,538 
I  Int.CLB68bO//06 

U.S.  CI.  54— 8 


3Claims 


Improved  mouthpiece  mounting  for  a  bridle  bit  including 
flat,  eloagated  cheek  pieces  adapted  to  lie  along  the  opposite 
cheeks  of  a  horse  or  like  animal  and  having  a  mouthpiece 
disposed  transversely  therebetween.  A  pin  on  each  end  of  the 
mouthpiece  is  received  within  a  T-shaped  opening  on  each 
cheek  i^ece,  and  rigid  U-shaped  clips  engage  the  pins  within 
these  openings  and  connect  opposite  ends  of  the  mouthpiece 
to  the  cheek  pieces  thereby  permitting  interchange  of 
mouthpieces  in  the  bridle  bit.  The  clips  maintain  the  pins  in 
general  alignment  with  the  longitudinal  axis  of  each  cheek 
piece  and  also  permit  partial  rotation  of  each  cheek  piece 
about  the  longitudinal  axis  of  each  pin.  Means  are  provided 
for  releasably  joining  the  rigid  clips  to  the  cheek  pieces. 


866 


rkin?Tr«TAT   n  A»7i?ivri? 


Tvrvrvt     t%i\       1  t%nt% 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


865 


^fOATf  3,670,479 

SLUDGE  RETRIEVAL  APPARATUS  FOR  AIR  MOMENTUM  SLOT  CENTRIFUGAL  TYPE  SEPARATOR 

POLLUTION  CONTROL  SYSTEMS  Lcc  H.  TnialiMnii.  Srhcncctady,  N.Y.,  asslg to 

Jerry  A.  Carbo,  Irwin,  and  Dcanls  F.  Grady,  Pittsburgh,  bodi  Electric  Company 

of  Pa.,  ■mignnn  to  WcrtBghoit  Air  Brake  Company,  Wii-  Continuation  of  Scr.  No.  827,338,  May  23, 1969,) 

mcnUnftPa.  aadaeontfaNialloB-fai-parto(Scr.No.627,107,MaRh30, 

FBcd  May  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35325  1967,  abaadoMd.  This  appttcaUon  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

bA.CLBOld  46/04, 23/00  98,098 


U.S.a.55— 227 


6aainis 


U.S.a.55— 416 


laLCLBOld  45/72 


Apparatus  for  removing  pollutants  from  poUutant-laden 
water  discharged  from  a  water  type  dust  collector  device,  such 
polluted  water  being  pumped  firom  a  collecting  tank,  where 
the  pollutants  are  held  in  solution  in  the  water  by  a  mixer,  to  a 
water-using  device,  such  as  a  foundry  sand  muller,  which  does 
not  require  pollution-free  water  and  which,  by  its  nature  of 
operation,  that  is,  when  the  poUutant-laden  water  is  passed 
through  the  sand,  effects  removal  of  pollutants  from  the  water 
thus  discharging  the  water  in  a  cleaner  state  than  when  it  en- 
tered the  muller. 


3,670,478 
SELF-CLEANING  AIR  FILTER 
Clarke  T.  Welsh,  and  Billy  M.  Brumctt,  both  of  611  Erie  Ave., 
Logansport,  Ind. 

Continuatioa  of  Scr.  No.  713,108,  March  14, 1968, 

abandoned.  This  application  June  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,043 

Int.  a.  BOld  29/02 

U.S.CL55— 242  7Ciafans 


An  air  duct  section  with  a  cylindrical  drum  of  washable 
filter  material  therein  cradled  on  rollers  and  rotatable  by  a 
drive  motor,  but  normally  at  rest.  Upper  and  lower  seal 
brushes  are  mounted  to  the  duct  and  engage  the  drum,  and 
water  spray  nozzles  are  provided  inside  and  outside  the  drum, 
with  timer  controls  on  the  motor  and  supply  to  the  spray  noz- 
zles for  rotating  and  spraying  the  drum  at  selected  intervals,  to 
wash  accumulated  deposits  from  the  filter  to  a  drain. 


The  main  passageway  has  an  annular  extraction  passageway 
in  the  wall  thereof.  The  upstream  siuface  of  the  annular 
passageway  is  contoured  so  that  any  fluid  entering  the  annular 
passageway  continues  with  its  momentum  unaltered  to  the  exit 
end  thereof.  Such  a  surface  is  formed  by  the  revolution  about 
the  axis  of  the  main  passageway  of  a  straight  line  which  is  ccnn- 
cident  in  direction  with  the  momentum  of  an  element  of  fluid 
as  it  enters  the  annular  passageway. 


3,670,480 
CLEANER 
Rocs  K.  Petersen,  3116  Girard  Avenue  South,  Minneapolis, 
Minn. 

Filed  July  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,445 
Int.CLB01d-<5//2 
U.S.a.55— 430  144 


An  apparatus  for  separating  particulates,  as  dust,  dirt,  sand, 
snow  and  the  like,  from  air  being  directed  to  an  air  cleaner  of 
an  internal  combustion  engine.  The  apparatus  has  a  cylindri- 
cal housing  surrounding  a  separation  chamber.  Located  within 
the  housing  is  a  sleeve  having  a  central  outlet  passage  for  car- 
rying cleaned  air  from  the  chamber.  A  plurality  of  circum- 
ferentially  spaced  vanes  attach  the  sleeve  to  the  housing  and 
provide  an  inlet  passage  open  to  the  chamber  for  directing  the 
air  and  particulates  into  the  chamber.  An  impeUer  rotatatdy 
mounted  on  the  top  wall  of  the  chamber  has  a  plurality  of  ctr- 
cumferentially  spaced  blades.  The  Uades  are  located  in  a  con- 
tiguous relationship  with  respect  to  a  second  opening  in  the 
housing.  Movement  of  air  throu^  the  chamber  cauaci  die 
disc  to  rotate,  whereby  the  blades  pump  air  and  particulates 


866 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20L  1972 


out  of  the  second  opening.  The  rotating  impeller  produce*  a  I                           3^70,4S3 

poattvepceHureatthepcfaitofdiKhargeartheiecondopen-  TALL  CROP  MVIDER 

tng  to  imure  a  flow  of  air  carrying  the  pvticulatas  through  the  rijtT  Tafli.  rhuah,  ilili  jTlii— ij 

diKharge  opening.  aadPelar  J.PMcack,  WertanaSprliW^bolhaf  DL, 

tallwliuaalHanlw  Coap— y,  Citei^a,  PL 

,^-«..,  Fiedreb.5,I970,Ser.No.9,019 

MACHINE  FOR  HARVESTING  SUGAR  CANE  UACL  56-314  v*w/w 

Albart  Grnlavc  MiMt,  Bdhit.  rw  Bh^Hakcm  77,  U  Mac 
■or  Seine,  France 

nkd  Sept  30, 1968,  S«r.  No.  763325 

Claims    priority,    application    France.    Oct     12. 
67124293 

IntCLAOld^y/OA 
VS.  CL  56—10.4  10 


'' 


1967, 


A  machine  to  harvest  sugar  cane  comprising  a  cutting  disk 
to  cut  the  standing  cane.  The  disk  is  mounted  on  a  convex 
shaped  member  Riding  on  the  ground. 

A  chain  assembly  seizes  the  cut  cane  to  lead  it  between  two 
belts  which  introduce  it  in  an  airblast  column. 

At  the  entry  of  the  airblast  column,  the  cut  cane  is  sliced 
sideways  in  the  sense  of  movement  of  the  cane. 

In  the  airblast  column  the  cane  is  stripped  and  then  loaded 
in  a  pick-up  cart  while  the  wastes  are  left  on  the  ground. 


3,670«482 

TWO  ROW,  ROW  CROP  ATTACHMENT  WITH  LOWER 

CROP  GATHERING  MEANS  AT  THE  CENTER  RATHER 

THAN  AT  THE  SIDES 

W.  WlBMyni,  ItD.  03,  LMti,  Pa.,  awl  Richard  A. 

r,  57  Mchrta  Drive,  Leola,  Pa. 

Fled  Ang.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,432 
bfLCLAOld  45/02 
U.S.a.56— 98  5 


/ 


The  top  center  crop  gathering  chains  and  lug^  are  lower  at 
the  rear  than  the  respective  top  ade  crop  gtthering  chains  and 
higt  and  tiie  top  fender  <tf  the  center  is  lower  than  the  top  fen- 
ders of  die  sides  to  cause  the  cut  stalk  crops  to  tilt  inwardly. 
The  rear  center  plate  is  tilted  downwardly  to  horizontally  feed 
the  inwardly  tilted  crops  for  a  smoother  operation  (rf  the  at- 
tachment 


A  divider  for  attachment  to  the  transverM  member  of  a 
pushover  bar  assembly^of  a  forage  harvesting  machine.  The  di- 
vider is  a  triangular  structure  having  one  leg  alignable  with  the 
cropward  side  of  the  machine  and  a  diagonal  leg  which  is  an- 
gled toward  the  center  of  the  harvester.  The  legs  are  intercon- 
nected at  their  forward  ends  and  form  a  divider  point.  The  di- 
vider is  pivotally  mounted  on  the  crossbar  and  is  adjustable 
about  a  horizontal  axis  to  optimum  position.  The  oipe  leg  is 
resilient  and  is  flexed  against  the  pushover  bar  assembly  to 
hold  the  parts  tight  The  structure  of  the  one  leg  and  fimforc- 
ing  brace  prevents  hairpinning  of  the  crops. 


3,670,484 
MECHANISM  FOR  WITHDRAWING  AND  WINDING 
YARN  IN  SPINNING  UNITS 
IV  Braida,  d««aa»d,  hie  of  Ccnrcay  KoHglii  (by 
Drahwka  Braadova,  Dagnar  Braidova,  Hdrs);  MOoalav 
PrvdMska,  Nachod;  Vladlnrir  Klllu^  Vdkc  Svaloaoviee; 
Josef  Oadiaa,  Ccrvcay  Koatdec,  and  Rudolf  BcMS,  IVnb^lov 
U  Nachoda,  ai  of  CaeciMMlovakia,  assiganri  to  EMlex, 
Zavodj  tertttrfho  strojirtostvt,  Liberec,  dadwMlovafcfai 

Filed  Feb.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,531 
Claims   priority,   application   Czechoslovakia,    March    7, 
1969,  1676/69 

ImLCLDOlk  13/04, 15/00  I 

U.S.a.  57-34  R  iCMnm 


Mechaniim  for  withdrawing  and  winding  yam  from 
spinning  units,  said  mechanism  having  a  novel  comMnation  at 
elements  including  a  self-threading  yam  guide.  The 
mechanism  includes  in  that  order  a  pair  of  rollers  for 
withdrawing  yam  from  the  outlet  of  the  spinning  unit,  a  self- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


867 


threading  guide,  a  tension  compensator,  and  a  means  for 
winding  a  bobbin  including  a  yam  traverse  and  laying 
mechanism.  The  configuration  and  placement  of  the  self- 
threading  guide  are  such  that  after  breakage  or  depletion  of 
the  yam,  yam  delivery  may  be  resumed  with  yam  traveling 
from  the  outlet  ai  the  spinning  unit  past  the  self-threading 
guide  to  the  yam  traverw,  without  passing  between  the  yarn 
withdrawing  rollers.  Continued  yam  traverse  and  take-up  by 
the  bobbin  automatically  threads  the  yam  through  the  self- 
threading  guide  and  introduces  it  between  the  yam  withdraw- 
ing rollers. 


3,670,485 

METHOD  OF  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  FORMING  METAL 

FIBER  TEXTILE  BLEND  AND  METAL  FIBER  TEXTILE 

PRODUCT 

Pierty  H.  Brown,  Acton,  awl  HaroU  H.  Webber,  Groton,  both 

of  MaMn  Mrignon  to  Bri— wkk  Corporatioo 

DIvisloa  of  Scr.  No.  643363,  Jaw  6, 1967.  Thk  appttcatk» 

Feb.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  799,426 

IiiLCLD01g7/a6.7J/00 

U.S.  CL  57—50  15  Claims 


therein;  a  hoUow  spindle  means  rolataUy  mounted  in  said 
housing,  the  spindle  means  further  comprising  a  fiber-coUect- 
ing  funnel  at  the  upper  end  of  the  sixndle  means  whereby  a 
narrow  space  bounded  by  the  outer  wall  of  said  funnel  and 
said  housing  throughbore  is  defined,  this  funnel  having  a 
dielectric  shank  portion  attached  to  the  upper  end  of  the  spin- 
dle means  and  electrode  means  mounted  within  said  housing 
for  electrostatically  attracting  charged  fibers  to  said  ccrilecting 
funnel.  A  conductive  sleeve  mean»  is  mounted  to  and  covers 
the  outer  surface  of  the  shank  portion  whereby  stray  charged 
fibers  entering  said  space  reverse  their  charge  and  are  repelled 
from  said  electrode  means  upon  coming  in  contact  with  the 
conductive  sleeve  means. 


3,670,487 
TWISTER  DEVICE 
Dragiskh,  Fidrview   Park,  Ohio, 
&  Swasey  Conspaay,  ClevciaBd,  Ohio 
FUed  Sept  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,974 
Int.  CL  DOlh  7/92 
UACL  57-77.3 


Myroo 
W 


to  The 


A  method  of  and  apparatus  for  blending  conductive  metal 
filament  material  with  nonconductive  textile  material  wherein 
the  textile  material  is  partially  carded  and  the  metal  filament  is 
delivered  to  the  partially  carded  material  and  subsequently 
carded  with  said  material  to  break  the  filament  into  short 
metal  fibers  and  Mend  the  metal  fibers  substantially  uniformly 
with  the  conductive  textile  material. 


3,670,486 

ELECTROSTATIC  SPINNING  HEAD  FUNNEL 

George  L.  Mmmy,  Jr.,  MMord,  Maas.,  aorignor  to  North 

AnMricaB  Rockwd  Coipuiatloii,  PMlslwirgh,  Pa. 

FBed  Dec  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,402 

lot  CL  DOlh  7/72 

U.S.CL  57— 58.89  2Clafans 


V 

"sSSIFS^R^ 

44 

.  i 

""""wSLfflfe^ 

tvftr 

XXf 

M 

St 

a: 

I 


An  open  end  electrostatic  spinning  head  apparatus  for  tex- 
tile  fibers   having  stationary   housing  with   a  throughbore 


An  improved  twister  device  for  imparting  a  twist  to  sliver  as 
it  is  fed  to  a  balling  mechanism  indwdes  a  pair  of  resilient  fin- 
gers which  are  mounted  on  a  rotatable  body  and  define  a  nip 
through  which  the  sliver  passes.  Rotation  of  the  body  and  fin- 
gers twisu  the  sliver.  The  spacing  at  the  nip  between  end  por- 
tions of  the  fingers  is  adjustable  to  enable  sliver  of  diflfeiem 
thicknesses  to  be  frictionally  engaged  with  a  force  such  that 
the  sliver  will  be  twisted  when  the  body  is  rotated  and  yet  ena- 
ble the  sliver  to  readily  pass  through  the  nip.  If  the  nip 
becomes  obstructed,  the  spacing  between  the  end  portions  of 
the  fingers  can  be  increased  to  enable  the  obstruction  to  i 
through  the  nip. 


3,670,488 
IN-LINE  FRICTKN4  TWISTER  AND  METH(N>  OF 
TWISUNG 
Ham  H.  Rkhlcr,  Warwick,  ILL,  Mslgnar  to  Lecaoa 
tioQ,Wwwkk,RJ. 

ConHmiaHoii-liHpart  of  Scr.  No.  25,559,  Aprfl  3, 1970.  Thta 

appHcadoB  Aag.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,896 

Int.  CL  DOlh  7/92;  D02c  1/04 

U.S.CL57— 77.4  15ClldM 

A  method  and  apparatus  is  disclosed  for  imparting  febe 

twist  to  textile  yam  wherein  a  fiiction  twister  is  employed  to 

impart  a  plurality  of  turns  of  twist  to  a  strand  of  yam  for  each 

revolution  of  the  fiiction  twister.  The  invention  is  particulariy 

suited  to  situations  wherein  the  yam  strand  is  moving  rapidly. 

The  disclosed  fractional  twister  comprises  two  axially  ahgned 

hollow  spindles   containing  fractional   engagement   means 

therein.  The  two  spindles  are  driven  by  moving  belts  that  con- 


868 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


tact  the  exterior  circumferential  surfaces  of  the  spindles.  The  yam  is  given  a  false  twist  by  passing  it  in  fnctionalengage- 
MovaWe  yam  guide  means  are  provided  to  engage  the  yam  ment  with  a  lineariy  preceding  portion  of  itself  to  physically 
strand  and  assure  adequate  frictional  engagement  between  the    work  the  yam  thereby  breaking  down  the  bonding  tat. 

I  3,670^91 

BATTERY-PINTLE  ASSEMBLY  FOR  A  WRIST  WATCH 
MiMoB  E.  WcKhkr,  47.27  Little  Nwk  Pvkway,  LIttte  Nwk, 

N  Y 

Filed  March  10, 1971,  Ser.  No.  122,732 

Iiit.a.G04ci/00 


UACI.5t-23BA 


10 


PaliM 


yam  strand  and  the  frictional  engagement  means  after  the 
spindles  are  threaded  up.  Another  embodiment  of  the  friction 
twister  has  the  capacity  to  handle  a  plurality  of  yam  strands 
simultaneously. 


3,670,489 
TEXTILE  YARN 
Winston  J.  Jaduon,  Jr.,  and  Marsha  T.  Wataon,  both  of 
Kingsport,  Tcnn.,  ■mignnrn  to  Eartman  Kodak  Company, 
Rochester,  N.Y. 

FBed  July  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  845,549 
Int.  CL  DO^  3/02;  C08g  /  7/015;  DOld  7/04 
UAa.57— 140  23Clatau 

Textile  yam  comprising  oriented,  crystalline  fibers  of 
poly(tetramethylene  terephthalate)  characterized  by  an  im- 
proved combination  of  properties  including  a  liveliness  index 
of  at  least  0.25.  and  a  tougluiess  of  at  least  0.50  g./denier.  Also 
disclosed  is  crimped  staple  textile  fiber  comprising  oriented, 
crystalline,  poly(tetramethylene  terephthalate)  characterized 
by  a  liveliness  index  of  at  least  0.25  and  crush  recovery  greater 
than  50  percent. 


3,670,490 
PROCESSING  OF  FLAX  DERIVED  YARNS 
Adrian  W.  KncafKy,  BaByncna,  Northern  Ireland,  assignor  to 
Emcit  Scran  &  Sons  UnltMl 

FBed  May  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35^65 
Claims  priority,  appliotion  Great  Britain,  May  8,  1969, 
23,521/69 

lot  CLDOlh  7/92 
UAa.57— 156  9  Claims 


A  battery-pintle  assembly  for  connecting  a  wrist  band  to  a 
wrist  watch  case  containing  an  electrically  actuatable  timing 
mechanism,  comprises  a  cylindrical  banery  engageable  with 
one  end  of  the  watch  band,  with  pintle  pins  extending  out- 
wardly of  opposite  ends  of  the  battery  for  engagement  with 
lugs  of  the  watch  case.  The  pintle  pins  can  be  permanent  parts 
of  the  banery  terminals  or  can  be  separate  members.  The  pin- 
tle pins  can  be  carried  by  a  casing  enclosing  the  battery  or  can 
be  carried  by  a  pintle  tube  removably  disposed  axially  of  the 
battery.  The  watch  case  has  one  or  more  lugs  containing  elec- 
trical connector  means  for  electrically  connecting  pintle  pins 
to  the  timing  mechanism.  The  watch  case  can  support  two  bat- 
tery-pintle assemblies  at  op^XMite  ends,  with  batteries  ar- 
ranged in  a  parallel  electrical  circuit.  The  wrist  band  can  en- 
gage a  battery-pintle  assembly  at  either  end  or  at  both  ends. 


3,670^492 

BALANCE  WHEEL  ASSEMBLY 

HirotoU  Takamuae,  and  Yodyfuni  Mocfaimki,  both  of  Tokyo, 

Japan,  Mslgnors  to  Otlmi  Watch  Co.,  Ltdn  Tokyo,  Jiipan 

FOed  May  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,654 
Qaims    priority,    application    Japan,    May    28,,    1969, 
44/49372;  May  29, 1969, 44/50126 

IntCLG04b77/00,G04ci/04  < 

UAtl.58— 28A  fjClaims 


A  method  of  processing  flax  derived  yams  having  a  natural 
stiffness  due  to  the  presence  of  a  resin  bonding  size  in  the  yam       In  an  electronic  timepiece  the  counter  weights  and  magnets 
to  make  the  yam  more  suitable  for  production  into  a  fabric,   are  secured  to  a  balance  wheel  which  is  stamped  from  stock 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


material  having  a  uniform  thickness  throughout.  The  weight 
member  for  distributing  the  weight  in  the  desired  manner  is 
conformed  in  part  to  the  configuration  of  the  balance  wheel 
and  secured  direcdy  thereto  by  adhesives  or  the  like.  The 
magnetic  pieces  are  secured  to  the  weight  member  and  extend 
through  perforations  in  the  balance  wheel  per  se.  The  perfora- 
tions may  be  beveled  or  fomied  with  a  plurality  of  circum- 
ferential fingers  to  securely  grip  the  magnetic  member  extend- 
ing therethrough. 


869 

requirementt   of  power  generating   devices   utilizing   the 
methods  and  compositions. 


3,670,493 
INDEXING  MECHANISM  FOR  ELECTRIC/ELECTRONIC 

TIMEPIECES 
Paul  Wuthrlch,  Woodbury,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Tlmex  Corpora- 
tion, Waterbury,  Conn. 

Filed  March  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,145 

Int  a.  G04b  15/00;  G04c  3/04 

UAa.58-116  4Ctai„., 


3,670,495 
CLOSED  CYCLE  VAPOR  ENGINE 
Charles  B.  Lcflcrt,  Troy,  Mich.,  avignor  to  General  Motora 
Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  July  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  55,037 
Int.  CL  F03g  7/06 
U.S.  CI.  60-25  13, 


^S  -J 


A  horological  instrument  such  as  a  watch  includes  an  index- 
ing mechanism  or  dial  train  drive  for  transmitting  power  frdhi 
an  oscillating  balance  wheel  to  an  index  wheel.  The  index 
wheel  drives  the  gear  train  of  a  watch.  The  balance  wheel 
oscillates  a  lever  between  two  end  positions  and  one  or  more 
pins  mounted  on  the  lever  step  the  index  wheel  in  a  predeter- 
mined direction  under  the  influence  of  a  drag  spring.  Detent- 
ing  of  the  index  wheel  is  accomplished  by  the  drag  spring 
which  engages  the  multi-toothed  drag  disk  mounted  on  the 
index  wheel. 


3,670,494 

METHOD  AND  MEANS  OF  CONVERTING  ATOMIC 
ENERGY  INTO  UTIUZABLE  KINETIC  ENERGY 
Josef  Papp,  San  Pedro,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  Environetics,  Inc., 
Gardena,Calif. 

FDed  Oct.  31, 1968,  Ser.  No.  772,077 

Int.  CL  FOlk  2  7/00;  F03g  7/06 

U.S.CL60— 23  ^  ISCIaims 


Method  of  utilizing  potential  energy  of  atoms  and  various 
forms  of  radiation  (electrons,  photons,  positrons,  gamma  beta 
and  alpha  radiations,  etc.)  in  a  contixjUed  power  generating 
system;  effective  mixUires  of  chemical  elements  adapted  for 
use  m  the  method;  the  preparation  of  charges  of  ingredients 
for  use  m  virtuaUy  gas-tight  power  generating  devices;  the  ac- 
tivation and  conti-ol  of  such  charges  and  devices;  stiiictural 


A  closed  cycle  vapor  engine  has  evaporator  and  condensor 
elements  utilizing  liquid  carrying  wick  means  arranged  to  pro- 
vide surfaces  for  the  evaporation  and  condensation  of  the  en- 
gine working  fluid  and  to  transport  said  fluid  in  liquid  form 
from  the  condensor  to  a  condensate  pump  and  from  the  con- 
densate pump  to  the  evaporator.  Vapor  passages  connect  the 
evaporator  and  condensor  with  the  intake  and  exhaust 
openings  <rf  the  expander,  providing  a  closed  system  in  which 
the  evaporator  and  condensor  operate  essentially  on  the  jwin- 
ciple  of  a  heat  pipe. 


3,670,496 
EXHAUST  GAS  AFTER-BURNING  SYSTEM 
Yamo  NakMnm  Yoahimasa  Haywhi,  and  Sln^chl  Ni^amo, 
aU  Qtf  Yokohama,  Jap«^  assignors  to  Ntasan  Motor  Con- 
pony,  Limited,  Yokohama,  Japan 

FOed  July  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,516 
Qaims  priority,  apii^cation  Japan,  July  28,  1969, 44/58980 
Int.  CLF02b  75/70 
VS.  CL  60-288  i  cutm 


■4S^ 


An  exhaust  gas  after-burning  system  for  reduction  vehicular 
air  pollution  without  sacrificing  engine  operating  efficiency, 
which  system  includes  a  reactor  adapted  to  function  at 
predetermined  operating  conditions  of  the  engine  in  response 


870  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  20,  1972 

to  variatiom  in  vchick  speed  and  intake  manifold  vacuum  of    troUed  by  two  limultaaeoudy  operated  valve  means  in  each 
jj^  engi,^.  compartment  Preferably,  the  valve  roeam  compose  pun  of 


3,67<M97 
COMBUSTION  CHAMBER  SUPPORT 
DomM  E.  ShridoB,  EmI  HMrlford,  CoMk,  miwuir  to  Uailcd 
Akcr^  Corperatloii,  East  HartfoH,  Com. 

raad  ScpL  2, 1970,  Sw.  No.  <M35 
IK.  a.  F02e  7/20, 7/72 
U.S.CL  60-39.32  9( 


c/*^ 


slotted  valve  plates  movable  in  cloae  face  contact  wjth  one 
another. 


3^70^99 
VEHICULAR  TRANSMISSION  SUMP  SYSTEM 
L«w  A.  TMhoMd,  BcOcvMe,  Mkh.,  aasigMr  to  General  Mo- 
tors Corporalioa,  Datooil,  Mkik 

rood  MaNh  18, 1971.  Ser.  No.  125.698 
lBl.CLF16h47/iO 
U.S.CL60-S4  5< 


An  annular  combustion  chamber  having  an  inner  and  outer 
wall  has  its  rear,  downstream,  end  mounted  to  permit  radial 
growth  and  meter  cocding  air  to  control  the  temperature  at 
that  location  at  engine  operating  conditions.  The  rear  end  of 
the  outer  wall  is  mounted  to  an  outer  casing  of  the  engine  so 
that  it  is  fixed  axiaDy  but  permitted  radial  growtii.  An  annular 
flange  extends  inwardly  bom  the  outer  casing  and  is  posi- 
tioned so  that  at  engine  operating  temperatures  the  rear  end  of 
the  outer  waU  contacts  the  inner  periphery  of  the  flange.  Slots 
are  located  in  the  inner  periphery  so  that  they  meter  cooling 
air  therethrough  to  the  inner  surface  oi  an  outer  shroud  to 
which  the  outer  ends  of  turbine  vanes  are  attached.  The  rear 
end  of  the  inner  wall  is  mounted  to  an  inner  casing  <tf  the  en- 
gine so  that  it  is  fixed  axially  but  permitted  radial  growth.  An 
annular  flange  extends  outwardly  firom  the  inner  casing  and  is 
positioned  so  that  at  engine  operating  temperatures  the  rear 
end  of  the  inner  wall  contacts  the  outer  petipticTy  of  the 
flange.  Slots  are  located  in  the  outer  periphery  so  that  they 
meter  cooling  air  through  between  the  outer  siuface  of  inner 
shrouds  at  which  the  inner  ends  of  turtwie  vanes  are  attached. 
The  inner  and  outer  walls  both  have  a  slip  joint  connection 
along  their  length  between  the  upstream  and  downstream 
ends. 


A  vehicular  transmission  has  an  auxiliary  sump  provided  by 
the  transmission's  case  extension  with  a  jet  pump  operated  by 
transmission  pressure  maintaining  a  predetermined  oil  level  in 
the  transmission's  main  sump  by  delivering  the  excess  oO  to 
the  auxiliary  sump  firom  which  thie  oil  drains  to  the  main  sump. 


3.670.500 

THERMODYNAMIC  POWER  SYSTEM  AND  METHODS 
Arthur  H.  SchuRx.  6003  Loirii  Drive.  Noitk  OtaBslcd,  Ohio 
I      FBedJoac  22. 1970.  Ser.  No.  48.313 
I  lM.CLrOlb  3  UOO 

UAa.60— 57R  dOalms 


3.670^498 
HYDRAUUC  COUPLINGS 
Jolui  E.  Becker.  Bowmaaviie.  Oatario.  CaMda.  assignor  to 
I  LimRod.  Oshawa.  Oalarlo,  Canada 
I  Feb.  16. 1971,  Ser.  No.  115,331 
Claims  priority,  application  Canada,  Feb.  18,1 970, 075 1 26 
IaLCLF16dJ//06,ii/00 
U.S.CL60-54  Sdaims 

A  hydraulic  coupling  is  provided  with  a  pick-up  compart- 
ment directly  connected  with  the  working  compartment  and  a 
reservoir  compartment  The  flow  of  liquid  from  the  wtMking 
compartment  to  the  reservoir  compartment  and  the  quantities 
of  liquid  retained  in  the  respective  compartments  are  con- 


r 


^t=^ 


i 


3» 


thermodynamic 


A  thehnodynamic  power  system,  including  in  combination 
a  membrane  compressor  comprising  wall  means  which  define 
an  enclosure  with  a  membrane  or  membranes  in  the  enclosure 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


871 


dividing  the  same  into  inlet  and  outlet  sides.  Conduit  means 
connect  the  inlet  side  of  the  membrane  compressor  to  a 
source  of  gas.  Each  membrane  is  constructed  so  as  to  permit 
the  passage  of  gas  molecules  from  the  inlet  side  to  the  outlet 
side  and  prohilMU  the  passage  of  gas  molecules  from  the  outlet 
side  to  the  inlet  side.  Conduit  means  connect  the  outlet  side  of 
the  membrane  compressor  to  a  work  performing  mechanism 
to  drive  the  same.  The  disclosure  also  relates  to  the  method  of 
doing  work  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  invention. 
Methods  ot  making  permeable  membranes,  in  particular 
membranes  having  unidirectional  characteristics,  are  in- 
cluded. 


Join 


3,670,501 
GAS  TURBINE  ENGINE  WITH  IMPROVED 
AFTERBURNER 
K.  Araad,  Palos  Verdes  PndMula,  CaRf., 
I  Electric  Compaoy 

FVed  Jnw  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  50,415 
InLa.F02ki/7O 
U.S.CL60— 261  3 


to 


The  disclosure  shows  an  afterburner  for  a  gas  turbine  engine 

comprising  fuel  injectors  and  concentric,  annular,  V-«haped 

1^       gutters  which  function  as  flamehoiders.  The  fuel  injectors  are 

mounted  in  cantilever  fashion  from  a  casing  and  their  inner 

ends  are  connected  by  links  to  a  ring  to  damp  vibrations. 


3,670,502 

ENGINE  EXHAUST  GAS  SEPARATING  DEVICES 

Jeacph  C.  Flrey,  1554  N.E.  95tii  Street,  Seattle,  Wash. 

Fled  March  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  17,180 

lat  CL  F02b  75/10;  FOla  3/08 

U.S.a.60— 324  2 


c 


richer  in  unbumed  fuel  components.  This  separation  is  made 
by  mechanically  actuated  valves. 


This  invention  provides  means  for  separating  the  exhaust 
gas  of  an  internal  combustion  engine  into  two  streams,  one  a 
higher  temperature  stream  relatively  richer  in  oxides  of 
nitrogen,  the  other  a  lower  temperature  stream  relatively 


3,670.503 
METHOD  OF  PREVENTING  LEAKAGE  DURING 
STORAGE  OF  A  GAS  OR  A  UQUID  IN  A  ROCK 
CHAMBER  BY  ARTIF1CALLY  SUPPLYING  A  GAS  OR  A 
LIQUID  TO  THE  ROCK  SURROUNDING  THE  ROCK 
CHAMBER 
lagvar  Jaadid,  ForMtcvagca  18,  DijarriMlai,  Swwtea 
FDed  Jnae  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  48,176 
Claims    priority,    application    Sweden,    June    30,    1969, 
9297/69 

lat  CL  B65g  5/00;  E21f  5/14 
U.S.CL61-.5  5 1 


A  pressurized  gas  or  liquid  in  a  rock  chamber  is  prevented 

from  leaking  out  through  cracks  in  the  rock  if  pressurized 

water  is  supplied  to  the  rock  so  as  to  fill  said  cracks.  The  pcea- 

surized  water  shall  be  supplied  to  the  rock  also  before  and  dur- 
ing the  blasting  of  the  rock  chamber. 


3,670304 
FAUUC  CONTAINMENT  CONSTRUCTIONS 
John  T.  H«ycs,  DoriMn,  and  Robert  G.  Cniricr,  Roxboro, 
both  of  N.C.,  Msigaiiit  to 
New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  5, 1968,  Ser.  No.  702.925 
Int.  a.E02b  J/04 
U.S.CL61— 3  41 


A  dual-wall  fabric  is  provided,  with  integrally  woven  drop 
stitches  connecting  opposite  walls  thereof,  the  fabric  being 
adapted  to  receive  a  filler  material  between  walls  thereof,  the 
filler  material  being  preferaUy  cast  therein,  such  as  concrete, 
and  the  fabric  walls  being  of  desired  materials  and  weaves  to 
yiekl  desired  porosities.  One  or  both  (A  the  waOs  may  be  con- 
structed of  a  material  having  a  specific  gravity  less  than  water, 
to  facilitate  floating  of  the  same  in  water.  Prior  to  filling  the 
dual-wall  fabric  with  concrete  ca  the  like,  reinforcing  rods 
may  be  interspersed  between  the  competing  drop  stitches. 
The  dual-wall  fabric,  or  a  single-wall  fabric  may  be  anchored 
along  beaches,  canals  and  the  like,  into  canopy-like  configura- 
tions or  structures,  which  structures  may  be  fiDed  with  sand  or 
other  natural  fill,  the  mound  or  sand  bar  thus  formed  being 


872 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


then  covered  by  a  cx>ncrete-like  material.  In  the  case  of  a  dual-  tion.     The    supporting    faction    includes    a    plurality    of 

wall  fabric  construction,  concrete  may  be  pumped  between  downwardly  reaching  support  legs  that  anchor  into  the  sub- 

the  fabric  walls,  to  provide  a  concrete-like  outer  encasement  stratum  by  means  of  piles  or  other  fattening  means.  The  plat- 

for  the  sand  bar  or  the  like  thus  formed.  ^  form  is  further  provided  with  horizontal  bracing,  which  posi- 


3,670,505 
PLASTIC  GUTTER  EXPANSION  JOINT  CONSTRUCTION 
LeoMMTd  Whedock  Weaver,  Walpok,  M«k,  aarigMr  to  Bird 
&  Son,  lac^  Ewt  Walpole,  Ma«. 

Filed  Sept.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,384 

Int.  CL  E02b  9/04;  E04d  13/06 

U.S.CL61— 14  4  Claims 


A  plastic  gutter  expansion  joint  construction  comprising  a 
pair  of  mutually  supported  telescopic  rigid  plastic  gutter  sec- 
tions having  overlapping  ends  and  a  flexible  plastic  expansion 
bellows  extending  between  said  sections  therewithin  and  hav- 
ing opposite  end  portions  bonded  to  said  sections  to  provide  a 
watertight  expansion  joint  across  the  telescoping  end  portions 
of  said  sections. 


3,670,506 
PROCESS  FOR  STABILIZING  SOILS 
Yves  Gandard,  Lyon,  France,  aasignnr  to  Sodctc  Riiodiaoeta, 
Paris,  France 

ContfaraatkNHin-pait  of  Scr.  No.  888,812,  Dec  29, 1969, 
abandoned  Thk  application  May  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  144^52 
Claims    priority,    application    France,    Dec.    31.    1968, 
6850894 

Int.  CL  E02d  J/00 
U.S.a.61— 35  6Clainis 

In  stabilizing  soil  for  foundations  for  buildings  or  roads,  a 
non- woven  or  spunbonded  fabric,  preferably  of  continuous 
filaments  and  preferably  of  a  polyester  or  polyolefine,  is  used 
as  an  anti-contaminant  layer  over  cleared  soil,  below  the 
preparation  layers  and  coating  layers  if  these  are  used.  The 
spunbonded  fabric  is  pervious  to  water  but  not  to  mud. 


tions  a  series  of  conductor  guide  units  substantially  one  above 
the  other,  whereby  a  cylindrical  drill  conductor  can  be  driven 
from  the  working  deck,  through  the  respective  guide  units,  to 
be  deflected  into  a  predetermined  curvature. 


LoubCl 


3,670308 
GATE  PLACER  FOR  LEVEE 

.  Eoflcr,  Hcber  Spnn|i,  Arlu 

FBed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89.981 
Int.  CL  E02b  7/20;  E02f  S/16 
VS.  CL'61— 63  ^ 


14  Claims 


3,670,507 
MARINE  DRILLING  STRUCTURE  WITH  CURVED  DRILL 

CONDUCTOR 
George  E.  Mott,  Mctairie,  sod  Johnnie  J.  Ziobcr,  Morgan  City, 
both  of  La.,  assignors  to  Texaco  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
FUcd  Sept.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,91 1 
Int.  CL  E02b  17100;  E21b  15102 
U.S.CL61— 46.5  10  Claims 

The  invention  relates  to  a  marine  structure  of  the  type  nor- 
mally anchored  into  the  substratum  of  an  ofbhore  body  of 
water.  The  structure  includes  a  work  deck  which  is  supported 
beyond  the  water's  surface  to  position  drilling,  processing  and 
other  equipment  ancillary  to  a  subsea  well  producing  opera- 


Apparatus  adapted  to  be  used  with  a  tractor  in  coajunction 
with  irrigation  levees,  for  making  an  opening  in  the  levee  and 
subsequently  placing  a  gate  therein.  The  apparatus  includes  a 
pair  of  scoops  movably  mounted  from  a  frame  for  transverse 
movement  towards  and  away  from  each  other.  There  is  a 
device  provided  for  urging  the  scoops  downwardly,  into  the 
dirt.  Also,  structure  is  provided  for  urging  the  scoops  apart  to 
spread  the  dirt  to  provide  the  opening  in  the  levee.  A  gate  han- 
dling device  is  provided  for  releasabiy  holding  a  levee  gate  and 
for  urging  the  gate  into  the  opening  in  the  levee  formed  by  the 
scoops. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


873 


3,670,509 

BUOYANCY  ADJUSTMENT  BACK  PACK 

WUUam  D.  Wahcrs,  2940  Andres  Ave,  CosU  Mesa,  Calif . 

Filed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,450 

InLCLB63c  7  ;/iO 

U.S.CL61— 69  5  Claims 


A  buoyancy  adjustment  back  pack  for  use  by  divers.  The 
back  pack  is  capable  of  supporting  a  usual  air  tank  or  tanks 
but  also  includes  a  compartment  containing  a  pelleted  or 
fluent  mass  which  can  be  partly  jettisoned  to  adjust  the 
buoyancy  of  the  diver,  or  completely  jettisoned  in  an  emer- 
gency. 


3,670,510 
PROPELLER  WASH  DIVERSION  APPARATUS  FOR  PIPE 

BARGE 
Clarence  W.  Shaw,  Mctairie,  La.,  aiignnr  to  J.  Ray  Mc- 
Dcnnott  &  Co.,  Inc.,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Divirion  of  Scr.  No.  587,288,  Oct.  17, 1966,  Pat  No. 

3,533044.  This  appHcation  Oct  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78382 

Int.  a.  h63h  35/04;  F16I  7/00 

U.S.CL61— 72.1  7  Claims 


In  pipe  lay  barges  where  the  pipeline  enters  the  water  off  the 
rear  of  the  barge  proximate  the  propulsion  apparatus  for  the 
barge,  nidderlike  vanes  are  provided  rearwardly  of  the  propel- 
lers to  deflect  the  propeller  wash  laterally  with  respect  to  the 
pipeline  and  thus  prevent  the  turbulence  from  the  propellers 
from  affecting  the  pipeline  being  laid. 


3,670,511 

RIGID  STINGER  WITH  ADJUSTABLE  PIPELINE 

CURVATURE  MEANS 

Robert  G.  Gibson;  John  G.  Mackin,  Jr.;  Paul  K.  Johnson,  and 

Francis  D.  Koop,  Jr.,  aU  of  Houston,  Tex.,  assignors  to  Fhior 

Corporation,  Los  Angdes,  Calif. 

Filed  April  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,580 

Int.  CL  B63b  35/04;  F161  7/00 

U.S.CL61— 72.3  7Clainis 

A  nonarticulated  stinger  is  provided  which  is  towed  through 

a  body  of  water  at  a  predetermined  depth.  Vertical  and  lateral 


position  control  means  maintain  the  trailing  end  of  a  pivotaUy 
mounted  rigid  stinger  at  predetermined  depths  below  the  sur- 
face of  a  body  of  water.  The  pipeline  guided  by  the  stinger  can 


'•     »",''. 


be  made  to  assume  various  radii  of  curvature  by  adjusting  the 
elevation  of  pipeline  support  rollers  and/or  by  adjusting  the 
elevation  of  the  trailing  end  of  the  pivotable  stinger. 


3,670,512 
SELF-PROPELLED  CABLE  BURYING  APPARATUS 
Robert  L.  Graiier,  Wadsworth,  and  Kenneth  F.  Kudingo, 
Round  Lake  Beach,  both  of  DL,  assignors  to  Servkc  Dyaam- 
ks  Inc.,  Lake  IUuff,IlL 

Filed  March  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  123,663 
Int.  CL  E02f  5/02;  AOlh  3/64 
U.S.CL61— 72.6  13  ( 


A  cable  burying  apparatus  is  mounted  to  a  self-propeUed 
tractor  which  can  be  ridden  b^  the  operator.  The  cable  bury- 
ing function  is  achieved  by  a  blade  which  oscillates  in  a  verti- 
cal plane  parallel  to  the  front  to  rear  axis  of  the  tractor.  The 
upper  end  of  the  blade  is  pivoted  to  the  top  of  a  housing  and  a 
connecting  rod  driven  by  an  eccentric  is  connected  between 
the  ends  of  the  blade  so  that  rotation  of  the  shaft  which 
mounts  the  eccentric  will  oscillate  the  bottom  end  of  the 
blade.  The  housing  also  carries  the  eccentric  and  the  shaft 
which  drives  the  eccentric.  Power  for  the  rotation  of  the  shaft 
is  taken  fix>m  a  prime  mover  that  is  used  to  drive  the  tractor 
and  is  coupled  to  the  eccentric  shaft  by  a  belt  and  pulley 
system  including  a  pulley  which  is  connected  to  the  eccentric 
shaft.  The  entire  housing  is  pivotally  mounted  to  the  rear  of 
the  tractor  and  can  be  swung  between  positions  that  raise  the 
blade  upward  away  frx>m  the  ground  and  that  move  the  blade 
down  into  the  ground.  This  can  be  done  by  hydraulic  means 
under  the  control  of  the  operator  without  leaving  his  seat  and 
without  regard  to  whether  the  tractor  is  moving  or  not.  The 
blade  may  have  a  chute  for  leading  wire  or  cable  through  the 
chute  to  the  bottom  of  the  blade  from  the  top  thereof,  or  it 
may  have  a  connection  at  its  bottom  end  to  enable  a  cable  or 
pipe  to  be  connected  thereto  to  be  pulled  through  the  ground. 
In  either  case  there  is  a  narrow  slit  trench  cut  by  the  oscillation 
of  the  blade  and  the  cable  or  pipe  is  disposed  in  the  bottom  of 
the  trench. 


874 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TT] 


June  20, 


972 


3,670^13 
METHOD  FOR  SUBSURFACE  FLOWUNE  CONNECTION 
Janfe  F.  MMhewt,  Jr^  Howtom  Tcx^  Mrignor  to 
ProdoctioB  RaeMTch  Coapaay 

FIM  Oct.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,463 
IBLCLF1617/00 
U&CL61— 72J  11' 


the  trencher  with  an  accompanying  overhead  nuuine  veHel. 
This  power  is  used  to  move  the  trenching  took,  to  advance  the 
trencher  along  the  path  of  the  pipeline  at  the  trench  ii  being 
formed,  and  to  energize  surveillance  apparatus.  Depending  on 
the  type  of  soil,  toob  of  various  configurations  can  readily  be 
interchanged  while  the  trencher  is  submerged.  Piston-type 
hydraulic  pump-motor  combinations  rotate  the  took  and 
propel  the  trencher  along  the  desired  path.  Means  responsive 
to  the  fluid  pressure  in  the  pumps  automatically  maintain  the 
power  output  at  the  took  substantially  constant  within  a  wide 
range  of  load  variations,  thereby  greatly  increasing  both  the 
efficiency  of  the  took  and  the  speed  of  the  trenching  opera- 
tion. 


3,670^15 

ARTICULATED  STRUCTURAL  SUPPORT  LINKAGE 
JaBMs  R.  Lloyd,  Hoaaloa,  Tcxn  awlf  nr  to  Esm  Productioa 
Research  Compoay 

I    F«adScpl.2,197a,Sar.No.<9/M6 
I       InL  CL  E02d  21100;  E21b  7/12 
U.S.CL61— 46.5  4( 


A  method  for  constructing  an  underwater  (npeline  installa- 
tion. One  section  of  the  pipeline  k  laid  along  a  line  which  in- 
tersects the  longitudinal  axk  of  a  second  section  of  the 
pipeline  or  other  conduit.  Thk  second  section  of  the  pipeline 
has  a  firee  end  which  terminates  at  a  point  spaced  from  the  in- 
tersection of  the  longitudinal  axes  of  the  two  sections.  The 
subsurface  distance  and  orientation  between  the  free  ends  of 
the  two  sections  k  determined  and  a  lateral  extension  k  then 
secured  to  the  free  end  of  the  first  section.  The  lateral  exten- 
sion has  a  length  and  ofientation  such  that  it  will  span  the  sub- 
surface distance  and  orientation  between  the  two  sections. 
The  lateral  extension  with  its  attached  pipeline  section  is  then 
lowered  and  guided  into  mating  relation  with  the  other 
pipeline  section.  The  lateral  extension  and  the  other  pipeline 
section  are  then  connected  and  the  installation  k  complete.  In 
another  embodiment,  the  method  k  used  to  repair  or  replace  a 
portion  of  a  pipeline. 


3,670,514 

AUTOMATIC  SUBMARINE  TRENCHER 

MkkMl  P.  Brcstoii,  Md  Ray  D.  KcOmii,  both  of  Howtoa, 

Til..  MsigBwitoFlwerConwilloa,  Las  Am* '".Calif. 

FBed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,566 

iBt.  CL  E02f  5/09,  76/7,  y/00 

U.S.CL61— 72.4  '  21 


An  automatic  trencher  is  provided  for  entrenching  a 
pipeline  in  the  bed  of  a  body  of  water.  The  trencher  k  adapted 
to  ride  over  the  pipeline  and  includes  one  or  more  trenching 
toob  which  cut  away  the  formation  of  the  bed  to  form  a  sin^ 
trench  therein  for  receiving  and  burying  the  pipeline.  Power 
and  control  signals  are  supplied  by  a  flexible  cable  coupting 


Offshoie  apparatus  k  disclosed  which  includes  a  base,  a 
tower  pivotally  connected  to  the  base,  at  least  one  support 
member  attached  to  the  tower  and  adapted  to  slidably  support 
a  conductor  pipe,  and  at  least  one  conductor  pipe  adjacent 
and  substantially  parallel  to  the  longitudinal  axk  of  the  tower 
and  laterally  supported  by  at  least  one  support  member.  An 
articulatable  means  connects  the  apparatus  to  a  span  of  the 
conductor  pipe  situated  in  dose  proximity  to  the  pivotal  con- 
nection. Thn  means  provides  sufficient  lateral  support  to  the 
pipe  span  to  prevent  buckling  and  at  the  same  time  controk 
the  configuration  of  the  pipe  span  as  the  tower  sways  to 
prevent  bending  stress  within  the  pipe  span  from  attaining  a 
level  that  will  cause  the  pipe  to  fail. 


MAC 


3,670,516 
iCHINE  FOR  MAKING  DRY  ICE  PELLETS 
Paul  P.  Ikmm,  Anaheim,  and  HvoM  T.  Rkh,  FoUertoii,  both 
of  CdIL,  ■■Jgann  to  Air  RadtirtioB  CoaapMiy,  Incor- 
poraled,NewYori(,N.Y.  I 

FRed  Feb.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,552  | 

IiBt.CLB29c3/00 
VJS.CLa—35  22ClalMs 

A  dry  ice  peDet  nuichine  having  a  mow  horn  for  flashing 
liquid  ctfbon  dioxide  into  snow,  an  extruding  ring  die  for 
receiving  the  snow  and  consisting  of  an  internal  ring  gear  with 
radial  drawnholes  in  and  between  the  gear  teeth  around  the 
ring  periphery;  a  concentrically  pivoted  carrier  within  the  ring 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


JtJNE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


875 


die  having  diametrically  positioned  gear  pinions  for  planetary  3,670,518 

movement  in  meshing  engagement  with  the  ring  gear,  and  al-  GARMENT  COOLING  SYSTEM 

tematively,  roUs  on  the  carrier  for  traversing  a  cocrespooding  John  J.  Espesito,  Dehraa,  N  J.,  aaricaer  to  The  United  States  of 

Aaisrka  aa  r>pr*aia<ad  by  the  Seuetoiy  eftiw  Navy 
FBed  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,074 
Int.  CLF25d  3/72 
U.S.CL62-I67  31 


''    <(  JU    •?»  vj  ^  ■* 


surface  of  the  ring  die;  a  drive  motor  for  rotating  the  carrier 
and  causing  collected  snow  to  be  entrained  and  forced  by  the 
rolk  (meshing  gears)  into  the  draw-holes  and  extruded 
therefrom  as  ice  pellets. 


3,670317 

APPARATUS  FCHt  COOLING  AND  FILLING  UQUEFIED 

GAS  TRANCT<»T  AND  STCMtAGE  TANKS  AND 

IMPROVEMENTS  IN  SAID  TANKS 

Eraol  A.  NoBMdte,  Hambarg,  Gcrauwy,  aasigiMr  to  John  J. 

McMalsa,  Mostelair,  N  J. 

CoBtimMdoa  ofScr.  No.  440,081,  March  16, 1965.  Thk 
appWrsrtea  May  15, 1968,  Scr.  No.  732,009 
bt.CLF17c  7/00 
U.S.CL62— 4S  --  I2( 


A  protective  garment  for  providing  cooUng  including  a  net-* 
work  of  flexible  tubing  completing  a  loop  between  two  cham- 
bers thermally  connected  to  solidified  carbon  dioxide.  Heat 
transfer  fluid  alternately  flows  between  the  chambers  to 
transfer  heat  from  the  garment  to  the  heat  sink.  The  pressure 
generated  by  ganficaticm  of  the  carbon  dioxide  as  hc«t  is  ab- 
sorbed in  each  chamber  causes  the  alternate  flow.  A  float 
valve  in  each  chamber  controk  the  admission  and  exhaustion 
erf  the  gaseous  carbon  dioxide. 


3,670,519 
CAPACITY  CONTROL  FOR  MULTD*LE-PHASE 
EJECTOR  REFRIGERATI<»>I  SYSTEMS 
AhHn  B.  Nrwtai^  Ytmk,  Pa.,  Mrigaiii  to  BorrWancr 
poration,  Chicago,  DL 

Fled  Feb.  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  113,224 
lM.CLF25b7/00 
U.S.CL62— 116  28 


Cor- 


'■•'•  H  ^ 


A  transport  tank  for  carrying  liquefied  gas  at  about  ambient 
pressure  including  free-standing  inner  and  outer  tank  walk 
formed  of  material  for  withstanding  low  temperatures  so  that 
the  outer  tank  acts  as  a  secondary  system  in  the  event  the 
inner  tank  faik  and  a  plurality  of  interconnecting  members 
coupling  the  inner  tank  wall  to  the  outer  tank  wall  so  as  to 
limit  the  relative  movement  therebetween  but  provide  2*  of 
freedom  within  thk  limit.  Stress  members  secured  to  the  inner 
and  outer  tank  walk  are  provided  to  assure  more  uniform 
thermal  tank  growth  in  the  vertical  direction. 


A  multiple-phase  ejectcM*  refrigeration  system  including  a 
capacity  control  allowing  part-load  operation.  The  capacity  k 
varied  by  bleeding  a  stream  of  hot  gas  from  the  discharge  side 
of  a  vapor  compressor  and  introducing  it  in  a  contnriled 
manner  into  the  liquid  no^e  of  the  multiple-phase  ejector. 
Thk  has  the  effect  of  first  increasing  and  then  reducing  the  ef- 
ficiency of  the  nozzle  as  die  Meed  rate  increases,  thereby  af- 
fecting  the  efiRdency  and  flow  capacity  of  the  ejector  unit 


876 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I. 


June  20, 


1972 


3,670^20  I                          3,670^22 

INSTALLATION  FOR  FREEZING  A  LIQUID  OR  SEMI-  EXCHANGER  FOR  COOLING  FLUIDS 

UQUIDPRODUCT  Ad««  Br«ln,  9  Cke  du  Piradli,  75  P«rb  10,  FJranet 

Robert  C.  Bonldl,  Ofchy,  Fnaet,  aarignor  to  SodHe  D'Etudcs  IW  Aug.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,695 

Et  D'ExpMtirtioii  De  Praccda  Four  Llndustrte  AUmcntaire  Claims  priority,  application  France.  Sept  4. 1 969. 6930 1 69 

Scpial^CHchy.Ftaiicc  Int.  CL  F25d  7  7/00 

FBed  Feb.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1 1,120  U.S.  a.  6^—333                                                          6  Painw 
Oaims  priority,  application  France,  April  2, 1 969. 6909973 
Int.  CLF28d  5/00 
U.S.CL62— 314                                                           lOalm 


The  invention  concerns  an  installation  for  freezing  a  liquid 
or  semi-liquid  product  comprises  a  vessel  in  the  form  of  a  ver- 
tical tower  through  which  a  rising  current  of  cold  gas  may  pass 
to  superficially  freeze  the  droplets,  an  atomizer  in  the  upper 
portion  of  the  vessel  for  atomizing  the  product  into  droplets,  a 
fluidization  plate  disposed  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  vessel 
for  collecting  superficially  frozen  atomized  droplets  in  a 
fluidized  bed  in  which  the  freezing  of  the  superficially  frozen 
droplets  is  completed. 


3,670,521 
SIDE-BY-SIDE  REFRIGERATOR 
Gerald  Floyd  Dodge,  m,  Louisvae,  and  Howard  D.  F.  True, 
Jr.,  Fern  Creek,  both  of  Ky.,  aesignort  to  General  Electric 
Company 

Filed  Nov.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90^76 

Int.a.F25d2i/00 

U.S.  CL  62—329  3  Claims 


A  refrigerator  comprising  a  single  liner  and  a  removable 
partition  separating  the  liner  space  into  side-by-side  storage 
compartments.  The  refrigerant  conduits  passing  into  the  liner 
area  for  connecting  a  refrigerant  condensing  unit  to  an 
evaporator  unit  in  the  rear  portion  of  one  of  the  compartments 
are  positioned  in  a  passage  beneath  the  partition. 


^;^^^^4^ 


This  invention  relates  to  a  coining  exchanger  for  cooling 
fluids  in  which  there  are  two  pipe  systems  through  which  are 
passed  respectively  the  fluid  to  be  cooled  and  the  cdd- 
producing  fluid.  The  pipes  for  the  cold-producing  fluid  are  dis- 
tributed among  the  pipes  for  carrying  the  fluid  to  be  cooled 
and  both  sets  of  pipes  are  submerged  in  a  refrigerating  liquid. 


'  3,670,523  ' 

FLEXIBLE  PLASTIC  ICE  TRAY  AND  STORAGE 
CONTAINER 
ThoniM  H.  Fogt,  West  CarroBloa;  WIDIam  R.  Stelnir,  and 
John  M.  Murphy,  both  of  D^ytom  al  of  Ohio, 
General  Motors  Corporatfon,  Detroit,  Mich. 

1      Filed  Nov.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88^388 
I  Inl.a.F25c5//« 

UA  a  62-344 


Stctob-,  and 
•MiflMin  to 

6Clitos 


A  resilient  plastic  ice  tray  and  integral  grid  formed  by  a  lon- 
gitudinal center  partition  having  an  inverted  V-shaped  cross 
section  together  with  transverse  partitions  enclosing  two  rows 
of  freezing  compartments.  The  tray  center  partition  being  of 
greater  height  than  its  transverse  partitions,  end  walls  and  side 
walls  to  allow  complementary  notched  locking  guides  formed 
on  the  underside  thereof  to  cooperate  with  the  upstanding  rib 
portion  of  the  central  partition  of  an  underlying  tray  for  rela- 
tive sliding  movement  therebetween  and  to  support  the  trays 
in  interlocked  nested  fashion  when  the  trays  are  stacked  one 
upon  another  in  vertically  aligned  relation.  Each  tray  has  its 
side  and  end  walls  provided  with  an  outwardly  extending 
flange  wall  which  allows  a  tray  with  its  frozen  contents  to  be 
inverted  and  nested  over  a  receiving  container  having  a 
cooperating  outwardly  directed  seating  ledge  about  its  upper 
open  end  to  harvest  ice  cubes  into  the  container  while  the  con- 
tainer additionally  provides  for  a  tray  to  be  nested  in  an 
upright  position  either  over  or  under  the  container. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


877 


3,670,524  3,670^26 

ORNAMENTAL  DEVICE  NEEDLE  TRACK  LOCKING  MEANS  FOR  KNTTTING 

Irvtaf  Korwtn,  New  Rochili,  N.Y.,  aaalgnor  to  Wldcbud  MACHINES 

Jcwcta7  Corp.,  New  York,  N.Y.  Johann  Martiaeta,  Hfriiliy n/WiicrtH  mbt  i  g,  Germany,  m- 

Filed  Mnrch  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,885  aigaor  to  Fbma  Mayer  St  Oc,  TtfffaHea/Wnerttcmben, 

lat  a.  A44c  75/00  Gcnaaay 

U.S.a.63— 18  2  Claims  Filed  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,417 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany.  July  31.  1969.  P  19 
"^  38891.1 

Int.  CL  D04b  9/06. /5/J4 
U.S.CL66— 20  5i 


An  article  of  jewelry  comprises  a  setting  composed  of 
several  parts  releasably  secured  together  and  an  ornamental 
element  held  between  the  parts  and  exposed  at  a  window  in 
one  of  the  parts.  The  element  may  be  a  disc  composed  of  a 
precious  metal  with  decorative  indicia  placed  thereon,  or  it 
may  be  an  ornament  such  as  a  valuable  coin.  A  number  of 
such  objects  may  be  interchangeably  used  with  a  single 
setting.  A  member  is  attached  to  one  of  the  parts  of  the  setting 
and  is  em|rioyed  to  support  the  jewelry  article  in  a  carrying 
position  when  the  article  is  used  for  personal  adornment  Such 
a  member  may  take  the  form  of  a  cufflink  clasp  bar,  a  tie  pin 
clasp  bar,  a  money  clip  fastening  device,  a  ring  mounting  or 
the  like. 


3,670,525 

MAGNETIC  SEX-DENOTING  ORNAMENT  WHICH 

ATTRACTS  OR  REPELLS  RESPECTIVE  SIMILAR 

ORNAMENTS  DENOTING  UNLIKE  OR  LIKE  SEX 

William  R.  MulHgan,  5243  Idaho  Ave.  N.,  Crystal,  Minn. 

Filed  Aug.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,104 

Int  CI.  A44c  25/00 

U.S.CL63— 23  3  Claims 


u      □ 


A  lock  for  a  knitting  machine  which  permits  guiding  tracks 
thereof  to  be  quickly  exchanged  in  groups  or  as  a  unit  The 
tracks  are  removably  secured  to  ring  segments  by  the  lock. 
The  lock  includes  a  first  stud  disposed  normal  to  the  track  and 
received  in  a  first  bore  in  the  ring  segment  extending  inwardly 
from  a  first  face  of  the  ring  segment  A  second,  headed  stud, 
extends  into  a  second  bore,  extending  inwardly  from  the 
second,  opposite  face  of  the  ring  segment.  The  first  and 
second  bores  partially  overlap  and  communicate  at  their  inner 
ends.  Interfitting  cam  and  notch  configurations  are  provided 
on  the  confronting,  inner  ends  of  the  studs,  whereby  they  are 
secured  together  against  separation  by  turning  one  stud  rela- 
tive to  the  other. 


3,670,527 
CIRCULAR  KNirnNG-MACHINE 
Norbert  Paul  Boweeois,  Troycs,  France,  assignor  to  Etades  ct 
Bonnelerie  SA,  Lausanne,  Switaartaad 

FDed  July  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,980 
Qaims    priority,    application    France.    July    31.    1969, 
69263 19;  July  31.  1969,6926320 

Int.  CL  D04b  15f78 
U.S.CL66— 50R  9Clalms 


Sffy^    /<« 


A  novelty  in  the  form  of  a  planar  circulariy-shaped  medal- 
lion having  either  a  male  or  female  symbol  defined  by  a  center 
portion  thereof,  the  center  portion  further  defining  a  coaxially 
extending  cylindrically-shaped  cavity.  Two  cylindrically- 
shaped  magnets  are  positioned  within  the  cylindrically-shaped 
cavity  having  like  magnetic  poles  of  one  polarity  outwardly 
directed  for  medallions  symbolically  defining  one  of  the  sexes 
and  magnetic  poles  of  the  other  polarity  outwardly  directed 
for  medallions  symbolically  defining  the  other  of  the  sexes  so 
that  the  medallions  symbolically  defining  the  same  sex  repel 
one  another  and  medallions  symbolically  defining  opposite 
sexes  attract  one  another. 


The  needles  of  a  knitting  machine  are  selectively  actuatal>le 
upon  passing  by  electro-magnetic  selection  members.  A  tape 
carrying  a  program  for  controlling  selection  of  the  needles  is 
driven  past  a  reader  w^iich  supplies  information  in  the  form  of 
electrical  signals  to  a  memory.  The  signals  are  extracted  from 


878 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


the  memory  at  the  frequency  ofp—a ge  of  the  needles  past  the 
•election  memben,  and  supplied  to  the  selection  members  to 
sdect  the  needles.  The  speed  of  driving  the  tape  is  servo-con- 
tmlled  w  •  function  of  the  quantity  of  information  in  the 
memory  iiAtereby  die  rate  of  reading  information  on  the  tape 
need  not  be  synchrcmized  with  the  frequency  of  passage  of  the 
needles  past  the  selection  membeis.  This  focilitates  use  of  a 
two-ended  tape  alternately  wound  and  unwound  from  one 
tpocA  to  another.  The  tape  can  also  carry  information  for  con- 
trolling reverud  <tf  tape  driving  means  and  for  selectively  read- 
ing the  principal  information  according  to  the  direction  of  mo- 
tion thoreof. 


iC«> 


3^70,528 

APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  SLITTING  FABRIC  ON 

A  CIRCULAR  KNITTING  MACHINE 

wtf  wBftki&fjt  N«C«f  MHiiMP  to  FloC  Rcacar^ 
,VriJisi<N.C 
nhd  Sept  4, 1969,  Ssr.  No.  8S5,148 
Int.CLD04bi5/00 
U.S.a.66— 147  10 


The  slitting  apparatus  includes  a  vertically  movable  cutter 
positioned  inside  of  the  needles  to  engage  the  fabric  as  it  is 
drawn  frx>m  the  needles  and  downwardly  through  the  needle 
cylinder.  Control  means  is  provided  for,  at  times,  positioning 
the  cutter  in  the  path  of  movement  of  the  fabric  to  slit  the 
fabric  in  a  walewise  direction  and  for,  at  other  times,  main- 
taining the  cutter  below  the  level  of  the  fisbric  so  that  the 
fabric  is  not  slit  thereby. 


3,670^29 

SEAMLESS  PANTY  HOSE  AND  METHOD 

Oscar  FrcgeeBe,  Hiduiry,  N.C.,  MsigBor  to  PHot  Rcaeorch  Cor- 

I  Jmw  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  830,045 
Iirt.a.A41b9/02 
U.S.CL66— 177  11 


and  the  blank  is  curved  throughout  its  length.  The  medial  por- 
tion of  the  blank  is  then  slit  in  a  walewise  direction  along  the 
longer  side  to  form  a  waist  opening  and  an  elastic  waiitbond  is 
attached  thereto. 


3,670430 

DISPENSER  FOR  CLOTHES  WASHING  ADDmVBS 

Pfllpd^  132  GrMMTt  Ave,  MmhIM 

FBmI  Jum  9, 1971,  Str.  No.  151,196 

Inl.CLD06fJ9/02 

U.S.CLM— 17A  ^^    8 


r 


T 


An  additive  dispenser  for  clothes  washing  machines  or  the 
like  having  a  container  that  pivots  from  a  vertical  additive- 
retaining  position  to  a  substantially  horizontal  additive- 
dispensing  position  in  response  to  ceutiiftigsl  force  developed 
by  spinning  of  the  agitator.  The  container  is  maintained  in  the 
retaining  and  dispensing  positioni  by  an  elastic  band  urging 
the  side  and  top  walk,  reflectively,  against  the  agitator,  the 
elastic  bond  stretching  during  agitator  spin  to  allow  tfie  con- 
tainer to  diange  positioos.  In  another  embodiment  of  the  in- 
vention, the  container  is  pivotaUy  mounted  to  the  agitator  by  a 
bracket  that  has  a  leaf  spring  depending  therefrom,  the  leaf 
spring  being  operative  to  engage  the  top  of  the  container  after 
agitator  spin  to  hold  the  same  in  its  dispensing  position, 


PARA1 


S«««^BB* 

'TEXTILES 


3,670,531 
APPARATUS  FOR  THE  WET  TREATMENT  OF ' 

Alfred  F.  B.  Thics;  Bcmhard  AVou  AmeHng,  both  of  Cocsfeld; 
Abert  R.  Reuther,  Frankfurt-Sossenheim,  and  Werner 
Fiuditcr,  Lettc,  all  of  Germany,  assignors  to  Firma  B.  Thies, 
Coesfield,  Germany 

FBad  Nov.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,377 
Qaims  priority,  application  Gemuuiy.  July  S.  1969,1*  19  34 
157.2;  Sept  24, 1969.  P  19  44  794.0 

Iirt.CLB05cJ/;J4 
UAa.68— 177 


►9,P 


A  panty  hose  type  garment  is  formed  by  knitting  an  elongate 
tubular  Uank  on  a  circular  knitting  machine  and  closing  op- 
posite ends  of  the  tubular  blank  to  provide  toe  closures  at  op- 
posite ends.  During  the  knitting  of  the  blank,  the  stitch  length 
of  each  course  is  graduated  from  a  large  stitch  at  one  side  of 
the  Mank  to  a  small  stitch  at  the  opposite  side  of  the  blank  so 
that  said  one  side  of  the  blank  is  longer  than  the  opposite  side 


A  process  <tf  and  an  apparatus  for  the  wet  treatment  of  tex- 
tiles in  strip  or  web  form  which  comprises  a  U-shaped  tubular 
treatment  vessel  having  at  least  two  arms  and  a  semi<circular 
tubular  drive  set  conveying  textiles  through  the  treatment  ves- 
sel by  a  treatment  liquid  and  interconnecting  the  arms. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


879 


3,670332 
APPARATUS  FOR  DYEING  SKEINS  OF  YARN 
Hat  Nklw,  Rihacli,  SwJtMriand,  iiigain  to  Vrfd.  HsMifc- 
ssn  A/S.  Soberg,  DsnmM*. 

Flsd  Jan.  14, 1971,  Ssr.  No.  106,363 
Claims  priority,  application   Denmark.  Jan.    IS.    1970, 
172/70 

U.S.CL  68-188 


IiiLCLB05c«/02 


3,670434 

APPARATUS  AND  PROCESS  FOR  IVEATING  HIDSS 

Mkhnal  GooM,  WmrinalM,  Wh.,  - -Ifim  lo 

"r-*-*-*— '^    I      -     -" 'n.li  ilsail 

Fled  March  20, 1969,  Ssr.  No.  808338 
im.  CLC14C  J  S/00 
U3.CL69->30  2 


An  apparatus  for  dyeing  skeins  of  yarn  in  which  the  skeins 
are  suspended  on  ban  formed  as  circle  involutes. 


3370333 
UQUm  FILL  CONTROL 

Joseph  C.  Worst,  LonisvOe,  Ky.,  aarigMM- to  General  Ekctrk 
Compoay 

Flsd  Nov.  16, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  89330 
Int.CLD06fJ9/0« 
U.S.CL68— 207  3, 


The  hido-processing  apparatus  is  comprised  of  a  rotatable 
and  axially  inclined  dnun  having  two  helical  T-shaped  blades 
fixed  to  its  inside  wall.  The  web  of  each  blade  is  perforated.  In 
treatment  of  hide,  the  drxmi  is  partially  filled  with  a  processing 
solution  and  with  hide.  Upon  rotation  of  the  drum  in  a  tum- 
bling direction,  the  hide  is  dehaired  by  being  w<niced  upon  by 
the  rotating  Made  and  the  removed  hair  is  moved  in  an  op- 
posite direction  to  the  movement  of  the  hide  and  towards  the 
open  end  of  the  drum.  Upon  rotaticm  of  the  dnun  in  a 
discharging  direction,  the  treated  hides  are  discharged 
through  the  loading  end,  yet,  because  <rf  the  perforations, 
most  ci  the  hide-treating  liquid  is  retained  in  the  drum  during 
the  discharging  phase. 


3,670335 
SKI  EQUIPMENT  LOCK  ASSEMBLY 

179  Estates  Drive,  Piedmoat,  Calf. 
Ronald  B.  HoHsoii,  2405  Ookhcwst  Drive,  Ookdale,  CaNL 
Flsd  June  1, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  41,793 
IbL  CL  E05b  23/00;  A47f  7fOO;  A63c  1 1/02 
U3.a.70— 58  4 


A  liquid  fill  control  for  an  autontatic  washing  machine 
which  shuts  ofT  the  inflow  al  water  into  a  washing  machine 
when  a  preselected  water  level  has  been  reached.  An  impervi- 
ous bellows  is  mounted  within  an  accimiulator  in  the  washing 
machine,  and  communicates  by  means  of  a  pneumatic  tube 
with  a  pressure  switch  which  controls  a  water  inlet  valve.  The 
pressure  switch  is  pre-set  by  an  operator  to  correspond  to  a 
desired  water  level  for  the  wash  load,  and  influent  water  into 
the  washing  machine  deflects  the  bellows  in  an  amount  pro- 
portional to  the  hydrostatic  head  thereby  increasing  the  pres- 
sure upon  the  pre-set  pressure  switch  through  the  pneumatic 
tube  until  the  pressure  switch  operates  to  ckise  the  water  inlet 
valve. 


A  ski  equipment  lock  assembly  affixed  to  a  ski,  includes  a 
spring  wound  cable  adapted  to  be  threaded  tfarou^  and 
wrapped  about  associated  ski  equipment  and  available  rsfl  or 
pole,  and  its  free  end  then  locked  and  restrained  i^ainst 
unauthoriwd  removal.  The  lock  preferably  inchxtos  a  oom- 


880 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  11972 


ip'i 


bination  mechaninn.  whereby  wUy  thoee  having  the  combina- 
tion, may  unlock  the  free  end  of  the  cable. 


lever  in  response  to  appropriate  movement  of  the  tabs  on  the 
backs  of  the  kxk  cyUnders.  The  lever  locks  or  unlocks  the 


3^70,536 
LOCK  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  VEHICLES  ESPECIALLY 
VEHICLES  EQUIPPED  WITH  SLIDING  DOORS 
Herat  KItbba,  Weyha—sn,  GenMay.  Mslpinr  to  "  ~ 
w«rk  AKG,  WeMslMri.  GoraMay 

rasd  Match  16, 1971.  Scr.  No.  124374 

tat.  CL  E05b  65114;  E05c  3130 
UACL  70—99  15 


door  by  advancing  or  retracting  vertically  one  or  more^  bolts. 
Ball  bearings  are  used  throughout  to  reduce  friction. 


3,670,538 
CONTROLLABLE  KEY  LOCK 
Robwt  E.  Curry,  1935  Coisttw«o<  ftrlve,  Ypdiaad,  Mfch. 

1    Fled  N^.  12, 1970,  Sm-.  No.  88,833 

I  Int.  CLE05b4J/00. 27/04 

UACL  70-271  8  Claims 


A  locking  mechanism  for  the  sliding  door  of  a  vehicle  in 
which  a  swingable  lock  boh  projecting  through  an  opening  in 
the  sliding  door  has  associated  therewith  a  safety  element 
slidable  along  the  boh  into  said  opening  to  positively  prevent 
release  movement  of  the  bolt.  Retraction  of  the  safety  element 
from  the  opening  is  transmitted  by  linkages  from  indepen- 
dently swingable  inside  and  outside  door  handles,  the  arrange- 
ment being  such  that  the  common  blocking  slide  may  be  selec- 
tively positioned  to  obstruct  and  prevent  the  actuation  of  one 
or  both  of  said  linkages,  or  of  neither  of  them.  Suitable  ar- 
rangements are  made  for  controlling  the  position  of  the 
bk>cking  slide  either  from  the  inside  or  from  the  outside  of  the 
automobile,  the  external  arrangement  comprising  a  key-con- 
trolled cylinder  lock.  Also  there  is  provided  a  child  proof 
safety  latch  operable  to  prevent  opening  of  the  door  from 
within  the  vehicle,  and  to  permit  its  opening  from  the  vehicle 
exterior  in  the  even  of  an  accident.  Additional  control  means 
also  are  provided. 


A  lock  consisting  of  a  key  plug  having  a  keyway  therein,  a 
line  of  conventional  tumblers  for  locking  the  key  plug  against 
release  movement  and  an  auxiliary  tumbler  assembly  located 
at  the  inner  end  of  the  line  of  tumblers  and  projecting  into  the 
keyway.  A  timer  operated  solenoid  is  associated  with  the  aux- 
iliary tumbler  assembly  for  rendering  the  auxiliary  tumbler  as- 
sembly inoperative  during  selected  time  periods.  As  a  result,  a 
first  key  having  a  land  engageable  with  the  auxiliary  tumbler 
assembly  is  operaUe  to  move  all  of  the  tumblers  to  plug 
release  positions  at  all  times  and  a  second  key  lacking  a  land 
engageable  with  the  auxiliary  tumbler  assembly  is  incapable  of 
actuating  the  auxiliary  tumbler  assembly  so  that  the  second 
key  is  useful  only  during  the  selected  tinte  periods. 


to 


3,670,537 
LOCK  FOR  A  GLASS  DOOR 

J.  Morgan,  Jr.,  Allegheny  County,  Pa., 

BiuMraft  of  PMaiMurgh,  PMsburgh,  Pa. 

r.  No.  21,257,  March  20, 1970, 
.  Thto  appMcalioa  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,863 
tatCLE05b6i//4 
U.S.CL70— 120  2ClalBi8 

A  lock  mechanism  for  a  door  comprises  one  or  more  lock 
c^indeis  "t/tacYi  are  mounted  on  opposite  sides  of  the  door  and 
which  are  connected  through  the  door  to  actuate  a  common 


J. 


St., 


1969, 


3,670,539 
COMBINATION  LOCK 
Kcnacth    George    Charks    Marottc,    27 
Blackburn,  Victoria,  Australia 

FBed  Joly  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,966 
Clainw  priority,  application  Australia,  July 

S8694/69 

taLCLE05b  37/00 

UA  €170—299 

A  combination  lock  having  a  rotor,  mounted  m  a  casmg, 
and  which  carries  k>cking  elements  arranged  in  lengthwise  ex- 
tending slots  on  the  outer  surface  thereof,  the  locking  ele- 


16 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


881 


ments  each  being  manipulauUe,  by  suitable  mechanism,  to 
cause  movement  between  first  and  second  longitudinally 
spaced  dispositions,  each  element  in  one  disposition  preclud- 
ing rotation  of  the  rotor  by  engagement  with  an  abutment  on 


the  internal  surface  of  the  casing  and  in  the  other  disposition 
clearing  the  abutment  so  as  not  to  preclude  rotation,  the  rota- 
tion precluding  condition  for  some  elements  normally  cor- 
responding to  one  disposition,  and  for  others  normally  cor- 
responding to  the  second  disposition. 


3,670,540 

DOOR  LOCK 

J.  dc  Jesus  Fcmandes,  430  N.E.  29th  St.,  Mbuni,  Fla. 

Filed  March  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 19,493 

Int.  CLE05b  2  7/04 

U.S.  CI.  70-421 


SCIalms 


A  lock  which,  in  addition  to  the  usual  tumblers  which  are 
radially  moved  to  release  the  lock  cylinder  in  response  to  the 
insertion  of  a  proper  key,  provides  an  additional  cylinder  lock 
releasable  only  by  the  tip  of  the  key  when  fuUy  inserted  into 
the  key  slot  of  the  cylinder.  The  boh  actuating  bar  which  ex- 
tends axially  inwardly  from  the  inner  end  of  the  key  slot  pro- 
vides an  enlarged  head  portion  which  is  slidably  engaged  in 
the  inner  portion  oi  the  key  slot,  said  enlarged  head  portion  in- 
cludes a  pair  of  oppositely  extending  lock  lugs  which  are  nor- 
mally engaged  in  a  pair  of  diametrically  opposed  notches  pro- 
vided in  the  fixed  lock  barrel.  Compression  spring  means  cir- 
cumposed  about  the  bolt  actuating  bar  holds  the  enlarged 
head  portion  in  the  key  sk>t  and  the  kKk  lugs  in  the  notches 
until  a  proper  key  is  fully  inserted  into  the  key  slot  whereupon 
the  tip  portion  of  the  key  moves  the  lock  bar  axially  inwardly  a 
distance  sufficient  to  free  the  lock  lugs  fixMn  the  notches  while 
permitting  a  portion  of  the  enlarged  head  portion  to  remain  in 
the  key  slot  for  routional  movement  with  the  lock  cyUnder. 


Cwl  Ulrich 


3,670,541 

BENMNG  MACHINE 

Obcrc 


276 


FBed  April  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,205 

Qaims  priority,  appUcation  Germany.  April  22,  1969,  P  19 
20265.4 

IafLCLB21bJ7/72 
U.S.  CL  72—8  17  n^m^ 

A  bending  machine  for  bars,  wires  and  sections  of  steel  and 
like  materials  having  a  bending  plate  which  supports  a  pair  of 
bending  tools  and  which  is  rotatable  and  drivaUe  in  controlled 


directions,  there  being  abo  provided  a  setting  member  con- 
nected to  the  bending  plate  for  setting  various  principal  bend- 
ing angles.  At  least  orte  of  the  bending  tools  is  provided  with 
switch  means  which  are  sensitive  to  the  load  applied  at  the 
begiiuiing  of  bending  and  after  reaching  the  pre-determined 


39     38 


principal  bending  angle  keep  the  drive  to  the  bending  plate 
switched  on  until  the  bending  plate  has  achieved  an  additional 
bending  an^e  which  corresponds  to  the  angle  of  rotation  of 
the  bending  plate  from  the  beginning  of  switching-on  until  the 
response  of  the  switch  means. 


3,670342 

EXTRUSION  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 

Auvo  L  KcmppiM^  and  Bobble  W.  Strum,  both  of  RidUMMd, 

Va.,  ■ssigiinw  to  Reynolds  Metrfs  Company,  Rirtimoad,  Va. 

Filed  Dee.  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  882,160 

Int  CL  B21b  J7//2,  B21c2i/00 

UACL72— 8  17 1 


Toil  TbilLCT         I 

ts.        TpuMMY  n.ocn.r' ' Tt ' 

n         Xl^  "^      ^   COttVERTDt     TpBtnCTCO  Jnirrmngf 

ii:  ^— , 1 i«i  ••-'      I       SIONAl. 


A  determination  is  made  of  the  portions  of  an  extrusion 
ram's  energy  that  is  converted  to  heat  at  the  segmant  of  the 
billet  adjacent  the  die.  This  is  then  used  to  predict  die  exh 
temperature  of  the  extruded  piece.  The  predicted  exit  tem- 
perature is  compared  with  a  desired  exit  temperative  and  the 
ram  speed  is  adjusted  accordingly  so  that  the  workpiece  is  sub- 
stantially continuously  extruded  at  the  desired  temperature. 


3,670,543 
DRAWING  AND  IRONING  PROCESS 
Rkhard  Robert  BoR,  Lake  VBIa,  ami  Ddbmt  Edmaad  Wobbc, 
Cary,  bethef  PL,  amlgiiMi  to  Americmi  Can  Cosupmiy,  New 
York,N.Y. 

FBed  Jan.  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  794,141 
tat  CLB21d  22/24,  i7//9 
U.S.CL72— 41  3CWms 

Prior  to  the  drawing  and  ironing  of  a  sheet  or  blank  of  a 
material  such  as  untirmed  low  carbon  cold  rolled  steel  to  form 
a  tubular  article  such  as  a  can  body,  the  metal  sheet  is 
roughened  in  such  manner  as  to  provide  an  overall,  uniformly 
dense  pattern  of  minute  depressions  in  its  surface.  OQ  or  other 
lubricant  is  applied  to  the  roughened  surface  and  is  retained 
within  these  small  depressions  during  the  drawing  and  ironing 


882 


t 

I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20, 


1972 


operation,  whereby  to  reduce  the  mechanical  and  firictional 
forces  on  the  blank  and  on  the  drawing  and  ironing  dies  and 


rethane  pkig  with  a  meroocy  which  returnt  to  its  original  con- 
figuration when  the  pressure  is  removed.  The  retention  force 


!^\Xvx\\\\\VW^\N\\\\vvv\\\V{^\\V^N«^ 


thus  etiminate  galling  of  the  dies  and  minimize  fracture  of  the 
metal. 


3^70,544 

MACHINE  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  TUBING 

Fricditeh     BakHi,     VImm     n,     AMirta,     aarifMir     to 

MctatedriMKhfaMk  Joseph  Uftrkh  *  Co^  Vkmia,  Austria 

Fled  OcL  23, 1970,  Scr.  N<».  82,933 

bt.CLB21c  57/72 

UACL  72—49  5< 


3,670,345 
BULGE-FORMING  APPARATUS 
E.  K«^  GardsM,  Md  AMb  C 
of  CaW.,  aaslvMn  to 


///////////^/^ . .  'MM'  \~.  ~  '■^<y^//~.     /y////y///y. 


between  the  opposing  cyiinden  is  transmitted  through  the 
mold  die. 


3,670,546 
FLUID  PRESS 
Norts45,No.98S,CoL 


iLal 

a-*-     *  *  —  J  -  - 

■mOy  ifivncQ 

I      Flltd  Dec.  3,1969,  Scr.  No.  882,61s 
Oaims  priority,  application  Mexico,  Dec.  5, 1968, 10|7! 
Iirt.aB21d22/72  I 

U.S.  CL  72—63  1  Claim 


IVal- 


^591 


A  machine  for  producing  protective  flexible  tubing  fixMn  a 
profiled,  helically  wound  strip,  which  comprises  a  strip  guide 
and  a  pair  of  driven  profiling  rollers  disposed  after  the  strip 
guide,  and  for  pre-profiling  the  strip.  A  driver,  plane  profile 
plate  finish-profiling  said  strip  together  with  one  of  the  profil- 
ing roUers.  the  rollers  and  the  (date  comtituting  profiling 
means.  A  freely  rotating  winding  mandrel,  the  profiled  strip 
being  fed  to  the  winding  mandrel  after  being  deflected  by  the 
plane  profile  plate,  and  a  driven  winding  roller  co-opmtes 
with  the  winding  mandrel,  to  constitute  winding  means. 


The  stamping  of  a  sheet  material  is  accomplished  by  forcing 
a  liquid  against  it  in  such  manner  that  it  is  formed  to  the  shape 
of  a  mold  or  die  element  Use  of  a  liquid  (voduces  an  even  dis- 
tribution of  force  against  the  sheet  material  and  thus  reduces 
breakage  while  overcoming  the  need  for  repetitive  stamping  in 
order  to  obtain  complex  shapes. 


I  3,670,347 

APPARATUS  ADAPTED  TO  FORM  COLLARS  AROUND 
OPENINGS  PREVIOUSLY  EXECUTED  IN  PLATES  OR 

TUBES 
r,  9,  r«s  BoorgMrf,  «?sim  ITHiaai.  Lokc, 


■H  24, 1969,  Sor.  N^  833,972 

Claims  prwrity.  appttcioion  France.  June  28. 1968, 68137; 
Aug.  13, 19<^.  68 178;  Jime  2. 1969. 69 1 7652  i 

Int.  CLB21d  79/00  | 

UACL  72—73  26  < 


Cor- 


FBsd  Oct.  29, 1970,  Str.  No.  83,103 
Int.  CLB21d  9/05 
U.S.CL72— 58  3( 

Power  c^inders  at  each  end  of  a  tubular  workpiece  having  a 

force  transmitting  medium  dierein  operable  by  the  cylinders 
to  force  the  workpiece  into  mold  cavities.  The  force  trans- 
mitting medium  is  an  incompressible  plastic  such  as  a  polyu- 


An  apparatus  adapted  to  form  a  collar  round  an  opening  in 
the  wall  of  a  tube  or  in  a  metal  sheet  or  to  expand  the  end  qX.% 


-*  mm 


aa* 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


883 


tube.  A  screw  engages  a  nut  provided  with  a  recess  to  allow 
the  setting  of  the  nut  over  the  open  section  in  which  the  collar 
is  to  be  raised.  The  screw  is  pocitioned  so  as  to  engage  the 
opening  and  to  carry  on  the  inside  of  the  part  to  be  formed 
balls  or  like  members  so  that  the  outward  drawing  of  the  screw 
urges  balls  against  the  edge  of  the  opening  so  as  to  engage 
them  against  the  nut  and  to  form  thus  the  desired  collar.  The 
introduction  of  the  balls  inside  the  part  to  be  formed  is  al- 
lowed by  a  piston  sliding  inside  the  screw  which  controls  their 
outward  projection.  The  piston  may  be  replaced  by  a  cage 
slidably  carried  over  the  outer  surface  of  the  screw  for  defin- 
ing the  collapsed  and  projecting  locations  of  the  balls. 


^  3,670.548 

APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING  OPEN-TOPPED 
HOLLOW  ARTICLES 
Kaxuhiro  Mori,  Hirakata;  Akio  Nakamura,  Kyoto;  Miyoji 
Nakai,  Ncyagawa,  and  THi^i  Kamlsako,  Mor^uchi.  all  of 
Japaa,  asdgaors  to  Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co..  Ltd.. 
OMka,  Japan 

FBcd  Dec.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,072 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Dec.    22,     1969, 
44/104639 

Int.  CL  B21b  1104,  B21d  45100 
U.S.  a.  72-187  7  Claims 


k^^^^^^^^^^^'^^^^^^s^^^^^^^^^^.w^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 


An  impact  extruder  comprising  means  for  feeding  circular 
work-pieces  of  a  metal,  a  turn  ubie  having  a  plurality  of  dies 
and  ramming  mechanisms  supporting  vertically  movable 
punches  in  axial  alignment  with  the  dies,  respectively,  a 
ramming  roiil  for  downwardly  driving  the  ramming 
mechanisms  to  cause  the  phnches  to  cooperate  with  as- 
sociated dies  to  form  the  work -pieces  into  open-topped  hollow 
articles  during  rotation  of  the  turn  table,  a  cam  member  for 
lifting  the  ramming  mechanisms  after  their  forming  opera- 
tions, and  strippers  for  removing  the  formed  articles  fit>m  the 
punches. 


3,670,549 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  COLD  ROLLING  THIN 

WALL  PIPE 
Akxandr  Ivanovkh  TseNkov;  Vsevokid  Vladimlrovich  Nosal, 
and  Vadim  Anatobevkh  Vcrderevsky,  aU  of  Moakwa, 
U.S.S.R.,  assignors  to  Vsesojuiny  Naochno-IasledovatciBky 
and  Procktnokoiistniktorsky  Institute  MctaBurgkhcskogo 
MariiinoMrociiiya,  Moscow,  U.S.S.R. 

FBed  Jan.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  529 

Into.  B21b  27/04 

UA  CI.  72-208  31  cWms 

A  pipe  (or  tube)  mill  which  receives  preformed  pipe  blanks 

over  an  axially  fixed  mandrel  rod  and  by  cold  rolling  deforms 

899  O.G.— 33 


the  blanks  into  super  thin  walled  pipes.  The  mill  has  variable 
speed  main  and  auxiliary  drive  motors,  a  main  frame,  a  rolling 
stand  with  spring  balanced  tool  rollers  with  contoured  roller 
tracks  having  provision  for  adjustment  to  accommodate  vari- 
ous different  diameters  of  pipe,  a  rocking  lever  mechanism  for 
roller  stand  operation,  a  mandrel  rod  clamping  mechanism,  a 


floating  blank  feeding  and  rotating  chuck  with  associated  vari- 
able feed  and  turning  gear  mechanism,  an  intermediate  blank 
clamp,  a  speed  reduction  gearing  with  output  to  the  feed  and 
turning  mechanism  and,  via  a  crank  mechanism,  to  the  rolling 
stand  rocking  lever  mechanism  and  correlating  controls 
between  mandrel  clamp  and  intemtediate  blank  clamp.  Emul- 
sion and  lubrication  is  provided. 


3,670.550 
WORK  ROLL  EXCHANGE  DEVICE 
Frfcdrich  Rotter.  Kreuztal,  Kredcnbwli.  and  Horst  Haiyw, 
HOchenbadi-Dahlbruch,  both  of  Germany,  Mslgnors  to 
Sicgencr  Maachinenbni  G  jn.bJL 

Filed  March  18, 1970.  Scr.  No.  20,683 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  March  22,  1969,  P 
19  1468S.1 

lnt.a.B21bJ7/0« 
U.S.  a.  72-239  4CWas 


The  disclosure  deals  with  a  device  for  the  installation  and 
removal  of  the  work  rolls  of  a  rolling  mill  roll  frame  consisting 
of  a  carriage  which  is  movable  in  front  of  the  roll  ftvme.  The 
carriage  has  a  plate  for  receiving  the  work  rolls  which  is 
located  on  the  level  of  the  mill  floor.  The  device  also  consists 
of  a  shifting  mechanism  for  the  work  rolls  which,  by  means  of 
a  driving  device,  may  be  raised  from  its  inoperative  position 
below  the  floor  of  the  mill,  which  is  covered  by  a  plate,  to  an 
operative  position  above  the  floor. 


3,670,331 
HOLDING  SHELF  APPARATUS 
Albert    Tiwodore    Brigcs.    TarentniB.    aad    EugoM    Henry 
SwUicr,  Verona,  both  of  Pa.,  amlgnniii  to  United 
ing  and  Foundry  Company,  PlttslNu^  Pa. 

Filed  June  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  46,360 
InL  a.  B21d  43116;  B21b  39120 
U.S.a.72— 252  8( 

The  present  invention  relates  to  an  hcMing  sltelf  apparatus 


884 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


for  strip-like  material  as  is  employed,  for  example,  in  connec- 


tion with  a  tandem  rolling  mill. 


to 


3,670,552 
DIE  MOUNTING  MEANS 
Josef   Kaipcn,    MoBclwngladlMcli,   Gcrmaay, 
Schloenuuui  AktUngcstlbchalt,  Pweldorf.  GcnoMiy 

Filed  Feb.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12,170 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Feb.  21,  1969,  P  19 
08  664.7 

Iiit.a.B21c2i/00 
US,  CL  72—263  6  Oafans 


An  innor  die  element  is  spaced  from  the  margin  of  the  aper- 
ture K>  as  to  be  received  by  the  tube  and  a  toggle  mechanism, 
carrying  compatible  outer  die  elements,  is  mounted  to  the 
housing  and  is  adapted  to  crimp  three  sides  of  the  tube.  A 
crosshead  carriage  is  mounted  within  the  housing  and  con- 
nected to  a  pusher  mechanism  to  advance  the  tube  sequen- 
tially when  the  crimping  action  is  completed.  The  toggle  as- 
sembly and  the  pusher  mechanism  are  actuated  by  a  rotating 
cam  connected  to  each  assembly  by  rocker  arms  which 
reciprocate  as  the  cam  rotates.  The  cam  is  provided  with  an 


In  a  metal  extrusion  press  for  both  sections  and  tubing  a  die 
means  is  rotatably  mounted,  but  axially  fixed  with  respect  to 
the  axial  direction  of  the  press,  on  a  front  platen.  Locking 
means,  preferaUy  in  the  form  of  two  shafts  extending  in  the 
axial  direction  of  the  press,  are  pivotably  mounted  but  axially 
fixed  on  the  fit>nt  platen,  and  engagement  members  extend 
perpendicularly  from  each  locking  means,  so  that  pivotal 
movement  causes  the  engagement  members  to  engage  the  die 
mounting  means  at  opposite  sides  to  prevent  both  axial  and  ro- 
tary movements  of  the  die  and  to  permit  access  of  a  saw  or 
shear  for  cropping  an  extrusion. 


eccentric  cam  groove  having  a  dwell  portion  which  f>ermits 
the  toggle  mechanism  to  be  actuated  when  the  pusher 
mechanism  is  quiescent  and  the  pusher  mechanism  to  be  actu- 
ated when  the  toggle  mechanism  is  quiescent. 

A  limit  device,  mounted  within  the  housing,  predetermines 
the  number  of  applied  crimps,  thereby  controling  the  degree 
of  bend  induced  into  the  tube. 

A  second  cam  is  mounted  to  the  cam  shaft  and  actuates  a 
second  die  assembly  which  is  capable  of  crimping  the  ends  of 
the  tube  following  bending  to  permit  these  ends  to  be 
telescoped  within  a  similar  tube  of  regular  cross  section. 


3,670,554 

FORMING  HOLLOW  BLANKS 

WoHgaig  Kieiiiier,  Nurnbo^  and  Marten  Burfdorf,  Schwaig, 

both  of  Germany,  aasignors  to  Kabd-und  MctaOwcrkc  Gu- 

tcbofftaungshnttc  AktiengcacilKhaft,  Hannover,  Germany 

FUed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,088 
Claims,  priority,  application  Germany,  Aug.  29.  1^69,  F  19 
43  884.7 

Int.a.B21d24//0 
U.S.CL72— 347 


TZ3 


aOaims 


3,670,553 
TUBE  BENDING  MACHINE 
Andrew  Nothum,  St.  Loub;  Bil^  W.  Thomas,  St.  Ann,  and 
Abram  L.  WhMc,  De  Soto,  all  of  Mo.,  aarignors  to  Grover 
Machine  Company,  Kirkwood,  Mo. 

Filed  March  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,732 

Int.CLB21dy//04 

U.S.a.72— 307  14  Claims 

This  tube  bending  machine  includes  a  base  housing  having 

an  end  aperture  adapted  to  receive  a  hollow,  rectangular  tube. 


A  hbllow  blank  is  slipped  on  a  punch  to  be  formed  in 
cooperation  with  a  die.  Prior  to  engagement  with  the  die,  the 
blank  is  held  and  retained  on  the  punch  in  a  manner  which 
does  not  disturb  the  forming  process. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


885 


3,670,555 
METHOD  OF  FABRICATING  STRUCTURAL  MEMBERS 
Cari  K.  Fredericks,  San  Diego,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  Corlitc  Cor- 
poratk>n,  San  Diego,  CaUf . 

FOed  June  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  49,221 

Int.  CL  B2  Id  9/05. 9/0« 

U.S.Ci.  72-370  11  Claims 


3,670,556 
TOOL  FOR  USE  IN  A  SWAGING  MACHINE 

Bruno    Krak>wetz.    Weinleiten    142,  St.    Ulrich    near  Steyr, 
Austria 

Filed  May  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  41,464 

Oaims  priority,  application  Austria,  June   16,   1969,  A 
5672/69 

Int  a.  B21J  13/02 
U.S.  CI.  72-402  4  Claims 


Four  hammers  are  spaced  90°  apart  about  an  axis  along 
which  a  workpiece  is  movable.  The  hammers  extend  radially 
to  the  axis  and  are  intended  to  carry  at  their  free  ends  respec- 
tive tools.  Each  of  the  tools  comprises  a  block  having  the 
general  shape  of  a  quadrangular  prism  which  has  four  longitu- 
dinal side  faces.  The  block  has  a  central  web,  which  forms  a 
narrow  section  of  one  of  the  longitudinal  side  faces  and  ex- 
tends from  one  end  of  the  block  approximately  over  one  half 


of  the  length  thereof  The  one  longitudinal  side  face  has  a 
working  face  section  which  is  wider  than  the  narrow  section 
and  extends  from  the  latter  to  the  opposite  end  of  the  block 
and  slopes  symmetrically  to  the  two  longitudinal  side  faces 
which  are  adjacent  to  the  one  longitudinal  side  face.  The  web 
has  two  side  faces,  each  of  which  has  in  a  view  on  the  one  ton- 
gitudinal  side  face  a  contour  which  corresponds  to  one-half  of 
the  contour  of  the  working  face  secton  in  a  view  on  the  other 
end  of  said  block. 


Hcfanut   Rotara, 
to  Schloemana 


A  method  of  fabricating  a  structural  member  by  arranging  a 
length  of  formable  material  in  overlying  relation  to  one  or 
more  recesses  defined  by  a  mandrel  or  mandrels.  One  or  more 
rams  arc  utilized  to  urge  the  formable  material  into  such 
recess  to  place  the  formable  material  under  tension.  Various 
configurations  of  mandrels  and  rams  are  utilized  to  form  struc- 
tural members  of  various  configurations.  The  method  may 
also  include  the  step  of  pivoting  certain  of  the  mandrels  to 
bring  them  into  contiguity  with  the  ram  or  rams  to  thereby 
form  structural  members  of  still  different  configurations.  The 
mandrels  can  be  removed  fix>m  the  structural  member,  or 
made  of  lightweight  material  and  left  in  place  for  insulation, 
structural  stiffening,  and  the  like. 

The  formable  material  is  preferably  in  the  form  of  a  con- 
tinuous loop  or  band  arranged  about  the  mandrel  or  mandrels 
so  that  urging  of  the  material  into  the  recess  or  recesses  places 
the  loop  under  tension,  conforming  it  to  the  shape  of  the  man- 
drel and  the  recess.  Many  variations  of  the  concept  are  dis- 
closed. 


3,670457 
RING-FORGING  PRESS 
Wmy   Muller,   DumeMorf-Gcrrcsheim, 
Mulheim/Ruhr,  both  of  Germany, 
Aktiengcselischaft,  DusKidort,  Germany 

FHed  April  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29^04 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  April  19,  1969.  P  19 
19  939.4 

Int.Cl.B21d4J/02 
U.S.a.  72-421  8Cfadms 


T^^ 


Means  for  forging  pierced  and  up-set  block  sections  into 
rings  on  a  forging  press,  provided  with  a  vertically  arranged 
mandrel  and  a  horizontally  acting  forging  ram,  and  means  for 
turning  and  displacing  the  ring.  A  secondary  mandrel,  the 
diameter  of  which  is  smaller  than  that  of  the  main  mandrel, 
may  be  included  for  the  manipulation  of  rings  with  initially 
relatively  small  holes. 


3,670,558 

RAPID  THERMAL  ANALYSIS  METHOD  FOR 

PREDICTING  NODULAR  IRON  PROPERTIES 

Edward  F.  Ryntz,  Jr.,  Warren;  John  F.  Janowak,  S^inaw,  and 

John  F.  Watton,  RoaevOle,  all  of  Mich.,  assignorv  to  General 

Motors  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  May  28, 1971,  Ser.  No.  147,836 

Int.  CLGOln  25/02 

U.S.CI.73— 17R  4aainis 


A  method  of  rapidly  and  accurately  predicting  the  cast  pro- 
perties of  nodular  iron  in  foundry  control  operation  is  dis- 
closed. A  sample  of  nodular  iron  having  a  thermal  mass  such 


886 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


•s  to  cool  firom  2,300"  to  1 ,850"  F  in  less  than  4  minutes  is  ex- 
tracted from  •  heat  of  molten  cast  iron  immediately  before  the 
catting  thereof.  A  cooling  curve  is  generated  and  divided  into 
characteristic  curve  segments  indicative  of  the  nucleation  and 
growth  reactions  occurring  on  solidification.  A  comparison  of 
the  characteristic  curve  segments  with  respective  families  of 
like  curve  segments  obtained  from  samples  of  known  metal- 
lurgical  properties  yields  one  like  curve  segment  from  each 
family  most  like  each  characteristic  curve  segment.  Correla- 
tion of  most  like  curve  segments  with  a  known  relationship 
between  said  families  and  nodular  iron  metallurgical  proper- 
ties yields  the  largest  range  of  properties  possible  for  the  unk- 
nown sample  on  soOdification. 


3^70359 
LINEAR  EXPLOSIVE  COMPARISON 

•  DonnHt  i^cwpim  nvwa^  ▼■^ 
Unitod  States  of  AoMrica  aa  rsprsatnlsd  by  the 
tor  of  the  National  AMPOiMBtltiMdSpac 

Fled  Jmc  17. 1971.  Scr.  No.  154.094 
Iiita.GOlDJi/22 
UACL  73—35 


to  Hm 


lOChrins 


An  apparatus  for  quantitatively  determining  the  per- 
formance of  linear  explosives,  mild  detonating  fuse  and  flexi- 
ble liniear  shaped  charges.  Elongated  explosive  samples  are 
detonated  in  a  test  fixture  that  is  provided  with  means  for 
sensing  the  explosive  blast  energy,  explosive  cutting  ability, 
and  detonation  propagation  rate. 


3.670.560 

FLUIDIC  SYSTEM  FOR  EVALUATING  PHYSICAL 

CHARACTERISTICS 

Fred  W.  Dcga,  Oak  Park.  Mich.,  avignor  to  General  Motors 

Corporation.  Detroit.  Mkfa. 

Filed  Aug.  26, 1970.  Scr.  No.  67,161 
Int.  CL  GOlb  13/02, 13/10 
UA  a.  73—37  7  Claims 

A  fluidic  system  for  evaluating  the  physical  characteristics 
of  an  article  within  upper  and  lower  limits.  The  system  in- 
cludes a  fixture  in  which  the  article  to  be  measured  is  placed,  a 
source  of  fluid  pressure  which  delivers  fluid  to  the  fixture,  a 
plurality  of  fluidic  amplifiers,  a  pair  of  interface  signal  devices 
and  a  pair  of  indicators.  Pressure  signals  resulting  from  fluid 
flow  past  the  article  in  the  fixture  are  conducted  to  the  signal 
devices  which  emit  control  signals  to  actuate  the  fluidic  am- 


plifiers. The  output  of  two  of  the  fluidic  amplifiers  are  in  fluid 
communication  with  the  indicaton  and  function  to  selectively 


actuate  the  indicators  in  response  to  the  fluid  preiiure  in  the 
fixture,and  the  signals  emitted  by  the  signal  device. 


ire,a 


3.670361 

APPARATUS  FOR  DETERMINING  THE  THElUVIAL 
STABILITY  OF  FLUIDS 
AM  Hwidcre.  P.O.  B«s  28299,  Shi  AatM^  Tex. 
I  Fled  Jan.  30, 1970.  Sor.  No.  7.133 

Int.CLGOlnii/22 
U.S.CI.73--61.2 


An  apparatus  for  determining  the  thermal  stability  of  fluids, 
particularly  for  testing  the  deposition  characteristics  of  jet 
fuels,  comprising  a  single  reservoir  for  containing  fi-esh  and 
tested  fuel  on  opposite  sides  of  a  movable  piston  therein,  a 
supply  line  connecting  the  fresh  fuel  chamber  of  the  reservoir 
with  a  housing  in  which  is  mounted  a  heated  tubular  member, 
a  return  line  connecting  the  outlet  of  the  housing  with  the 
tested  fuel  chamber  of  the  reservoir,  a  constant  speed  meter- 
ing pump  located  in  the  return  line  between  the  housing  and 
the  tested  fuel  chamber  of  the  reservoir  to  pump  the  fuel 
through  the  apparatus,  a  filter,  designed  to  trap  deposits  which 
remain  suspended  in  the  fuel  due  to  heating,  located  at  the 
outlet  of  the  housing,  and  a  differential  pressure  measuring 
device  connected  across  the  filter  to  measure  the  pressure 
drop  therethrough,  and  a  valved  bypass  around  the  filter.  The 
apparatus  also  contains  a  source  whereby  the  entire  system 
may  be  pressurized  to  a  constant  pressure,  preferably  with  an 
inert  gas.  ^..^ 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


887 


3,670.562 

HOLDING  AND  FOLLOW-UP  MECHANISM  FOR 

ULTRASONIC  FLAW  DETECTOR 

Iwao  Muto;  Yutaka  Matsamura;  KatsuyukI  Nishifi^,  and 

Kc^Ji  Matsanra,  al  of  Kawasald,  Japan,  assignors  to  Nippon 

Kokaa  Kabushiki  Kaisha 

Filed  ScpL  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,183 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan.    Sept.     29,     1969. 
44/77085 

int.  a.  GOln  29/04 
U.S.  CI.  73—71.5  9  Claims 


An  ultrasonic  flaw  detector  element  is  mounted  on  a  shoe 
which  is  connected  to  a  holding  arm  by  a  four  linked 
mechanism.  The  four  linked  mechanism  consists  of  two  pairs 
of  substantially  parallel  links  spaced  laterally  on  the  shoe  so 
that  the  shoe  may  be  moved  into  a  material  engaging  position 
and  away  while  its  contact  surface  remains  parallel  to  the  sur- 
face of  the  material  to  be  tested.  One  of  the  links  forms  one 
arm  of  a  bell  crank,  the  other  arm  of  which  is  connected  to  the 
piston  of  a  double  acting  cylinder  so  that  movement  of  the 
piston  raises  and  lowers  the  shoe. 


3.670.563 

FIXTURE  FOR  SUPPORTING  ARTICLES  DURING 

VIBRATION  TESTS 

David  J.  Light.  HuntsviUe.  Ala.,  assignor  to  The  United  States 

of  America  as  reprMcnted  by  tlw  Administrator  of  tlic  Na- 

tionai  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration 

FUed  Oct  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  77,786 

Int  a.  GOln  29/00 

U.S.a.73— 71.6  8  Claims 


whereby  the  fixture  is  aligned  with  the  driver  coil  of  the 
exciter.  The  cavities  may  be  in  the  form  of  partiaUy  threaded 
bores  with  an  intermediate  shoulder  to  receive  a  disk  and  a 
clamping  nut  for  securing  test  items  in  the  bores. 


3.670.564 
ALTITUDE  SIMULATION  CHAMBER  FOR  ROCKET 
ENGINE  TESTING 
John  W.  Davis,  and  Hcrschd  W.  Bdew,  Jr..  botii  of  HuntsviUe, 
Ala.,    assignors    to    The    United    States    of    America   as 
represented  by  tlie  Administrator  of  the  National  Aeronau- 
tics and  Space  Administration 

Filed  June  21, 1971,  Ser.  No.  154,935 
Int.  d.  GOlm  75/00 
UACL  73— 117.1  10 1 


A  vacuum  chamber  in  which  a  scale  model  of  the  rocket  en- 
gine base  area  of  a  space  vehicle  is  mounted  and  fired  in  short 
duration  nms  for  testing  the  model  under  simulated,  high-al- 
titude pressure  conditions.  To  dissipate  the  engine  exhaust 
energy,  and  particularly  the  starting  shock  wave  produced 
when  the  engine  is  fired,  an  energy-absorbing  compartment  is 
provided  within  the  vacuum  chamber  which  compartment  is 
made  of  cryogenically  cooled  metal  honeycomb  panels  sup- 
ported by  the  wall  of  the  vacuum  chamber.  The  cells  of  the 
honeycomb  panels  are  opened  on  the  inner  side  of  the  panels 
to  present  a  large,  cold  and  confining  surface  area  to  dissipate 
the  energy  of  the  exhaust  gas  molecules  by  capturing  and 
freezing  the  molecules  within  the  honeycomb  cells. 


3.670365 

CYCLE  COUNTER  FOR  JET  ENGINES 

AHen  E.  Paulson,  3021  Airport  Ave.,  Santa  Monica.  CaMf. 

Filed  July  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  ^,172 

Int.  CL  GOll  3/26;  G04f  9/00 

U.S.  CI.  73—  1 1 7  J  9  Cteims 


A  fixture  for  supporting  and  securing  articles,  such  as  elec- 
trical components,  during  vibration  testing  of  the  articles  com- 
prising an  integral  annular  unit  having  a  series  of  spaced  blind 
cavities  formed  in  its  top  surface  and  a  series  of  spaced  blind 
cavities  formed  around  its  outer  surface.  Articles  to  be  vibra- 
tion tested  are  secured  in  the  cavities  of  the  fixture  and  the  fix- 
ture is  mounted  on  the  driver  head  of  a  vibration  exciter 


Apparatus  for  providing  a  representation  of  engine  life  in- 
cluding thermally  responsive  and  throttie  responsive  switches 
and  an  indicator.  Provision  is  made  for  energizing  the  indica- 
tor when  the  thermally  responsive  and  throttie  responsive 
switches  are  closed  and  subsequentiy  preventing  an  indication 
from  being  registered  on  the  indicator  after  the  throttle 
responsive  switch  is  opened  and  reclosed. 


888 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20;  1972 


3,670,566  indication  of  temperature.  The  analog  indication  of  tempera- 

APPARATUS  FOR  ATTACHING  A  TOOL  TO  A  CONDUIT     ture  ii  differentiated  to  emphasize  temperature  anomalies. 

IN  A  BOREHOLE 
Edward  R.  BimIuub,  and  WiBiaBi  D.  SaRk,  both  of  Fort 
Worth,  Tex.,  mmttoon  to  Go  IntcmatkMuri,  Inc.,  Fort  Worth, 
Tex. 

Filed  Dec.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,864 

iuLCLEllb  47/00 

U.S.  CI.  73-151  SClafans 


SIPI'  "^  \  f 


I  MUM! 


Apparatus  for  attaching  to  a  conduit  at  a  depth  in  a 
borehole,  as  in  free  point  indicator  tools,  characterized  by  a 
plurality  of  aspects.  In  a  first  aspect,  the  apparatus  has  in- 
dividual, non-flow  restricting  attachment  members  that  are 
operable  to  engage  the  conduit  any  number  of  times  on  a  trip 
into  the  well  with  a  force  sufficient  to  bear  the  weight  of  the 
tool  and  any  sinker  bars  and  cable  resting  thereon.  In  a  second 
aspect,  the  force  is  controlled  electrically  ft-om  the  surface 
with  a  current  limiter  and  a  downhole  electric  motor  is  run  to 
stall.  In  a  third  aspect,  the  attachment  members  are  connected 
with  the  downhole  motor  via  a  shear  pin  so  the  pin  can  be 
sheared  to  release  the  attachment  members  in  the  event  of 
power  failure.  In  a  fourth  aspect,  the  downhole,  or  borehole 
tool  has  a  sensor  section  with  an  automatic  centrJizer  for  ef- 
fecting a  neutral  position  of  the  two  movable  portions  for  de- 
tecting small  rotational  or  longitudinal  movement 
therebetween.  Also  disclosed  are  specific  structures  and 
methods  that  are  advantageously  employed  in  measuring  the 
depth  at  which  a  conduit  such  as  drill  pipe  is  stuck  in  the 
borehole. 


3,670,567 

MEASURING  BOREHOLE  TEMPERATURES 

EMPLOYING  DIODE  JUNCTION  MEANS 

Beauford  F.  Stout,  Grandview,  Tex.,  assignor  to  Worth  Well 

Surveys,  Inc.,  Fort  Worth,  Tex. 

Filed  Sept.  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  855.982 
Int.a.E21b49/00 
U.S.CL73— 154  6  Claims 

Method  and  apparatus  for  measuring  temperatures  and 
temperature  anomalies  along  the  longitudinal  axis  of  a 
borehole  penetrating  subterranean  formations  characterized 
by  employing  a  constant  current  flowing  through  a  diode  junc- 
tion means  and  measuring  the  variations  in  voltage  across  the 
junction  as  an  indication  of  the  temperature.  The  diode  junc- 
tion means  is  linear  up  to  temperatures  of  about  350°  F  and 
linear  enough  to  be  usable  to  temperatures  as  high  as  400°  F. 
Signals  are  generated  that  are  related  by  the  voltage  drop 
across  the  diode  junction  means  to  the  temperature  and  trans- 
mitted to  the  surface  where  they  are  converted  to  an  analog 


i  «■"*»»  I         -I»  * 


Specific  structure  of  the  diode  junction  means  and  a  tempera- 
ture compensated  constant  current  regulator  is  also  discloaed. 


>nu>er 


3,670,568 

SYSTEM  OF  MEASURING  THE  DISTRIBUTION  OF 

REDUCTION  RATE  OF  METAL  STRIPS 

Moritada  Kubo,  Tokyo,  Japan,  a— %nnr  to  Tokyo  ShiiMura 

Electric  Co.,  Ltd.,  KawMsU-shi,  JapMi  I 

Filed  Dec.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,356        | 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Jan.  7,  1 970. 45/2 1 '  ^ 

Int.  a.  B2Ibi  7/02 

U.S.  CI.  73—  1 59  4  Claims 


In  a  system  of  measuring  the  distribution  of  the  reduction 
rate  of  a  metal  strip  rolled  by  a  rolling  mill,  a  pair  of  thickness 
gauges  spaced  apart  with  a  predetermined  spacing  and  which 
are  reciprocated  across  the  metal  strip  are  provided  on  the 
entry  and  exit  sides  of  the  rolling  mill  and  the  gauges  are  con- 
trolled such  that  the  same  portion  of  the  metal  strip  is  mea- 
sured on  the  entry  and  exit  sides  of  the  rolling  mill  by  the  pair 
of  thickness  gauges. 


3,670,569 

FLIGHT  MEASURING  APPARATUS 

Peter  Partisch,  Fricdrichshafcn-Manidl,  Germany,  assignor  to 

Dernier  A.(>.,  Friedrichshafen,  Boflensee,  (iermany 

Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  871,759,  May  2, 1969, 

abandoned,  which  is  a  continuation  of  Scr.  No.  505,150,  Oct. 

25, 1965,  abandoned.  This  appHcatioa  Jan.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

106,817 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany.  Nov.  25,  1964,  D 
4S912    J 

^  Int.a.G01c2J/00  I 

UA  CI.  73—180  $  Claims 

This  invention  relates  to  an  apparatus  for  simultaneously 
measuring  the  angle  of  incidence,  the  angle  of  sideslip. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


889 


distance  covered  along  a  flight  path  and  air  speed  of  an  air- 
craft which  comprises  a  body,  a  rotatable  nose  portion 
mounted  on  the  body  and  having  propeller  blades  thereon,  a 
tail  assembly  mounted  on  the  body,  a  support  for  connection 
to  an  associated  aircraft,  a  Cardan  joint  mounted  in  the  body 
in  the  center  of  gravity  of  the  apparatus  and  connecting  the 
body  to  said  support,  electrical  means  adjacent  to  the  Cardan 
joint  for  measuring  angles  <d  rotation  between  the  support  and 


the  body  in  two  orthogonal  directions,  said  electrical  means 
including  an  element  mounted  on  said  support  and  an  element 
mounted  on  said  body,  photoelectric  measuring  means  in  the 
body  for  measuring  the  number  of  revolutions  of  the  nose  por- 
tion, and  means  for  converting  the  number  of  revolutions  to 
determine  the  flight  distance  and  the  air  speed  from  the  rota- 
tional speed  of  the  nose  portion  and  the  pitch  of  the  propeller 
blades,  and  to  count  the  revolutions  of  the  nose  portion  within 
one  unit  of  time. 


3,670,570 
UGHT  INTENSITY  CALORIMETER 
Robert  A.  Brioocs,  Granada  Hills,  CaBf.,  assignor  to  TRW 
Inc.,  Rcdondo  BcMrh,  CaHf . 

Continuation  of  Scr.  No.  592,381,  Nov.  7, 1966,  abMidoned. 

This  application  April  30, 1971,  Scr.  No.  139,268 

Int.  CI.  GOlk  /  7/00;  GOlt  I//6 

U.S.CL  73-190  R  4  Claims 


li^t  fodiotien 


A  calorimeter  for  measuring  high-energy  pulsed  laser  light. 
The  light  is  absorbed  by  a  suitable  liquid  which  causes  a 
molecular  expansion.  The  liquid  may  be  permitted  to  expand 
and  the  change  of  volume  may  be  measured  by  a  capillary 
tube.  Alternatively,  if  the  liquid  is  not  permitted  to  expand, 
the  rising  pressure  may  be  measured.  This  obviates  the  usual 
waiting  period  needed  for  a  temperature  equilibrium  to  be 
reached  in  conventional  calorimeters. 


ing  through  which  a  stream  of  the  vapor  passes.  The  vapor 
deflects  the  air  jet  in  proportion  to  the  amount  of  material  in 


3,670,571 
JET  DEFLECTION  VAPOR  GAGE 
Ralph  G.  Rudolph,  Edgewood  Borough,  Pa.,  assignor  to  United 
States  Sted  Corporation 

Filed  Dec.  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  882^40 
Int.  CLGOlf  7/00 
U.S.a.73— 194R  5  Claims 

A  gage  for  measuring  the  flow  rate  of  a  vapor  in  an  evacu- 
ated chamber  has  a  narrow  jet  of  air  directed  across  an  open- 


/6  14  nvi 


the  vapor  stream.  The  flow  rate  is  determined  by  measuring 
the  air  pressure  on  the  side  of  the  opening  opposite  the  air  jet. 


3,670,572 

AIR-SEA  INTERFACE  TEMPERATURE  MEASURING 

APPARATUS 

Robert  F.  Devcreux,  Oxoa  Hill,  Md.,  and  Ernest  L.  Cmco,  San 

Diego,  Calif.,  assignors  to  The  United  States  of  America  as 

represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

FOcd  June  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  152,141 

Int.  CL  GOlk  1/14 

U.S.  a.  73-342  9Ctolnis 


Vertical  distribution  of  temperature  at  the  sea  surface  is 
measured  by  an  array  of  temperature  sensors  extending  up- 
wardly and  downwardly  from  a  small  float.  The  float  is  carried 
at  the  outboard  end  of  a  relatively  long  outrigger  member 
which  itself  is  pivotally  carried  by  a  buoy  or  ship  so  as  to  be  in 
a  free-swinging  disposition  capable  of  floatably  riding  the  un- 
dulating sea  surface  to  maintain  the  sensors  at  fixed  positions 
relative  to  the  surface  both  in  the  air  and  submerged. 


3,670,573 
APPARATUS  FOR  MEASURING  THUMB  AND  FINGER 

FORCE 
Karl  Heinrich  Ebcrhard  Kroemer,  YeUow  Springs,  Ohio,  as- 
signor to  The  United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  the 
Secretary  of  the  United  States  Air  Force 

Filed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,551 

Intel.  GO  II 5/02 

U.S.  CI.  73-379  4Ckdnis 


An  apparatus  for  measuring  the  force  exerted  by  a  thumb  or 
fmger  of  a  test  subject,  having  a  hand  grip  with  a  thumb  pres- 


890 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


sure  weD  being  positioned  on  a  beam  adjacent  the  hand  grip. 
The  beam  has  a  reduced  section  with  strain  gages  thereon, 
with  the  output  of  the  strain  gages  being  applied  to  a  recording 
device.  Adjustments  are  provided  to  adjust  the  relative  angu- 
lar and  vertical  positions  of  the  thumb  pressure  well  with 
respect  to  the  hand  grip. 


3,670374 
FORCE  GAGING  GLOVES 
WHIam  R.  EdwwtiB,  CaMonUa,  Md^  aiilgiiiii  to  The  Uirilad 
States  of  Aacrica  as  r«yiWB*iid  by  tke  Secretary  of  tkc 
Navy 

nkd  AprI  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  132,035 

lBl.CLGOUJ/22 

U.S.a.73— 379R  6CWb8 


A  glove  for  indicating  pressure  either  positive  or  negative, 
as  may  be  applied  to  the  stick  of  helicopter.  A  number  of  in- 
terconnected flexible  cells  located  in  the  palm  and  along  the 
fingers  of  the  glove  are  connected  by  transparent  tubing  which 
runs  along  the  back  of  the  hand.  The  cells  and  tubing  are 
liquid  filled,  and  a  small  nylon  baU  in  the  tubing  moves  as  pres- 
sure is  applied  to  the  cells. 


3,670,575 

INMCATING  DEVICE  FOR  CONTINUOUSLY 

INDICATING  TIME  TO  DEPLETION  OF  PRESSURE 

TANKS  IN  USE 

Bruce  D.  Emerkk,  4927  Hauck  Drive,  New  Orieam,  La. 

FDed  Feb.  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 16,780 

IntCLGOliyj/OO 

U.S.a.73— 388  10  Claims 


An  indicating  device  in  wliich  a  pressure  transducer  periodi- 
cally measures  loss  of  pressure  in  a  pressure  tank  to  produce 
an  output  proportional  to  the  logarithm  of  the  pressure  loss 
rate  since  the  period  is  constant,  and  a  second  pressure  trans- 
ducer continuously  measures  the  effective  tank  pressure,  that 
is  the  presBure  difference  between  the  tank  and  the  ambient 
pressures,  in  mechanical  values  which  are  converted  into  elec- 
tric logarithmic  signab  by  means  of  logarithmic  potentiome- 


ters to  drive  a  dial  and  pointer  respectively  in  a  slide  rule  ap- 
plication of  subtracting  exponents,  that  is  logarithms,  to  divide 
the  effective  pressure  in  the  tank  by  the  rate  of  its  use  to  read 
the  time  remaining  to  depletion  finom  a  logarithmic  scale  num- 
bered arithmaticaUy  as  indicated  on  the  dial  by  the  pointer. 


•  3,670,576 

TEMPERATURE  COMPENSATOR  VOUL  A  PREfSURE 

GAUGE 
Staart  E.  Carry,  451 1 S.  Lewis  Plaoa,  Tiiha,  OUa. 
Fled  Dec  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,880 
Uft.CLG0Ut9f04 
UAO.  73—393  ^^ 


A  temperature  compensator  for  a  pressure  gauge  or  the 
like,  including  a  body  having  a  first  and  second  cyUndrical 
cavity  coaxial  of  each  other  and  communicating  with  each 
other,  a  sensing  port  communicating  with  one  end  of  the  first 
cylindrical  cavity,  a  vent  port  communicating  with  the  other 
end  of  the  first  cylindrical  cavity,  and  a  compensaiting  port 
communicating  with  the  second  cylindrical  cavity,  a  sense 
responsive  piston  positioned  in  the  first  cavity  intermediate 
the  sensing  and  vent  ports,  a  compensating  piston  positioned 
in  the  second  cavity,  the  sense  responsive  and  compensating 
pistons  being  affixed  to  each  other  for  simultaneous  axial 
movement,  resilient  means  urging  the  sense  responsive  piston 
towards  the  sensing  port  and  thereby  the  compensating  piston 
towards  the  compensating  port,  and  a  closed  temperature 
sensing  vessel  having  communication  with  the  sensing  port. 


I 


3,670,577 
FLUID  SAMPLING  APPARATUS 
Erast  Sliigcr,  3491  Pugct  Drive,  Vancouver,  British  Columbia, 
Canada 

Filed  March  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,290 

Iirt.CLGOlB//72 

U.S.  CL  73—423  R  |4  CWms 


Apparatus  for  taking  samples  of  fluid,  such  as  industrial 
waste  and  sewage  effluent,  including  a  sampling  cup  slidably 


I 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


891 


nraunted  in  guide  means  adapted  to  extend  downwardly  in  the 
fluid.  Hoisting  means  lowers  and  raises  the  cup,  and  discharge 
means  at  the  guide  causes  the  cup  to  tip  and  discharge  its  con- 
tents when  the  cup  is  raised  to  a  predetermined  level.  The 
guide  means  usually  is  a  tube  with  the  cup  slidably  mounted 
therein,  and  the  cup  is  unbalanced  but  normally  retained  in  an 
upright  position  by  the  tube.  When  the  cup  reaches  an  open- 
ing in  the  tube  this  unbalanced  state  causes  it  to  tip  over  and 
discharge  its  contents. 


A  pulse  generator  for  developing  current  pulses  with 
precisely  controlled  rise  and  fall  times.  These  current  pulses 
are  made  to  pass  through  a  gyro  torquer  in  either  one  of  two 

directions  by  means  of  switches.  The  gyro  torquer  current  is 
reversed  by  digital  logic  in  a  pulse  rebalanced  loop.  These  cur- 
rent pulses  pass  through  a  resistor.  The  voltage  at  one  end  of 
the  resistor  is  controlled  by  an  operational  amplifier.  The  volt- 
age at  the  other  end  of  the  resistor  is  controlled  so  that 
periodically  there  is  substantially  no  current  flow  through 
either  the  load  or  the  resistor.  This  makes  it  possible  to  switch 
the  direction  of  current  flow  when  there  is  substantially  no 
current  flow  through  the  load. 


3,670,579 
CYCUC  APPARATUS 
Donald  F.  Wilkes,  Albuquerque,  N.  Mex.,  assignor  to  Rolamhe 
Incorporated,  San  Fnuidsco,  Calif. 

Filed  April  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32,808 

Int.  a.  F16h  9/00 

U.S.a.74— 63  14  Claims 


J« 


3,670,580 
INDEXING  MECHANISMS 
Hans  Bud,  London,  Elngland,  aaslgnor  to  English  Numbcriag 
Machines  Limited,  London,  England 

Filed  Oct.  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  82,906 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Nov.  7,  1969, 
54,570/69 

Iiit.a.G05g5//2 
U.S.  CI.  74—8 15  4  CWms 


3,670,578 

CURRENT  PULSE  GENERATOR 

Louis  T.  Schultc,  Paris,  France,  aaignor  to  TRW  Inc.,  Redon- 

do  Beach,  CaUf. 

Coatinuaftioo-ln-part  of  Ser.  No.  681,170,  Nov.  7, 1967, 

abandoned.  This  appHcation  Oct.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79^39 

lot  CL  GOlc  19/28;  H03k  7  7/56 

U.S.a.74— 5.6  8  Claims 


An  indexing  mechanism  wherein  an  index  wheel  having  a 
number  of  spaced  projections  around  a  periphery  thereof  is  in- 
dexed by  means  of  an  indexing  mechanism  which  is  moved  to 
and  fro  to  engage  in  turn  the  said  projections  and  wherein 
there  is  a  leaf  spring  which  acts  on  the  projections  to  urge 
same  forward  to  the  desired  index  position  or  rearwards  to  the 
desired  index  position. 


3,670,581 
SPACE  MOTION  SIMULATOR  SYSTEM 
Eldic  H.  Holland,  Box  747,  Athens,  Ate. 

Division  of  Ser.  No.  544,509,  April  22, 1966,  Pat.  No. 

3,521,384.  This  application  Nov.  20, 1969,  Ser.  Na  877,543 

InLa.F16hi5/00 

U.S.  CI.  74—86  6  Cfadns 


The  apparatus  includes  a  guide  surface  and  a  thin, 
resiliently  flexible  endless  band.  The  guide  surface  provides  a 
continuous  cyclic  path  for  the  band.  The  length  of  each  cycle 
of  the  guide  surface  is  substantially  less  than  the  cyclic  length 
of  the  band  and  the  band  is  arched  away  from  the  guide  sur- 
face in  a  lobe.  Portions  of  the  band  on  opposite  sides  of  the 
lobe  fiictionally  engage  the  surface  to  prevent  the  lobe  from 
cdlapsing.  The  lobe  is  capaUe  ci  progressing  along  the  band 
to  displace  the  lobe  relative  to  the  guide  surface.  Each  cycle  of 
the  band  relative  to  the  guide  surface  advances  the  batxl  a 
predetermined  distance  along  the  guide  surface. 


The  drive  unit  includes  a  vertically  disposed  drive  shaft  and 
a  rotatable  telescopic  driven  arm  which  is  mounted  for  rota- 
tion about  the  drive  shaft  in  a  ^ane  which  intersects  the  drive 
shaft  at  a  suitaUe  angle.  The  gear  train  including  elliptical 
gears  is  disposed  between  the  drive  shaft  and  the  driven  arm  so 
that  the  arm  will  be  rotated  about  the  drive  shaft  at  a  variable 
rate.  A  stationary  cam  i^tte  is  disposed  about  the  drive  shaft 
and  a  cam  fcdlower  on  the  telescopic  arm  controls  the  exten- 
sion and  retraction  of  the  telescopic  arm  as  the  arm  is  rotated 
about  the  drive  shaft  Meshing  gears  are  provided  on  the  sta- 
tionary cam  member  and  the  rotatable  driven  arm  to  rotate 
the  arm  about  it»  own  axis  while  it  is  being  extended  and 


892 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JuNE^ol  1972 


retracted  by  the  cam.  A  driven  member  may  be  provided  at 
the  end  of  the  driven  arm  which  is  also  rotatable  about  its  own 
axis. 


3.670^2 
POSITIONING  DEVICE 
Hans  Hcrose,  Bern,  Swkaertend,  Mrignoi  to  Andcns  Ets., 
T.M.B.-J.  Tobler  S.A.,  Louvres,  nwice 

Filed  Nov.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,420 
Qaims  priority,  application  Switzerland.  Nov.  26,  1969, 
17564/69 

IntCLF16h  27/02 
VS.  CL  74—88  6  Claims 


3,670,584  I 

VARIABLE  SPEED  RATIO  TRANSMISSION 

Leo  C.  Bofaerts,  and  George  W.  Weinberger,  boUi  of  Antiodi, 

ni..  asrinors  to  Ammco  Tools,  Inc^  North  Chk^io,  DL 

FBed  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,307 

Int.  CL  F16h  15/OS,  55/34 

UACI.t4-199  « Claims 


I   ' 

CI.  74-1 


L 


A  positioning  device  comprising  a  slider  acting  so  as  to  ob- 
tain an  alternating  rectilinear  control  movement,  means  for 
limiting  said  movement  to  a  pre-determined  travel  in  one 
direction  or  the  other  while  causing  said  control  means  to  co- 
operate by  members  forming  an  integral  part  of  said  slider 
with  positioning  means  adapted  to  be  put  in  roUtion  by  said 
members,  said  positioning  means  being  coupled  directly  or  in- 
directly to  the  positioning  element  proper,  said  positioning 
element  being  moved  in  rotation  in  its  plane  from  one  angular 
position  to  another  angular  position.  The  positioning  device 
finds  one  of  its  applications  in  the  control  of  machine-tools. 


The  friction  drive  wheel  of  a  variable  speed  ratio  transmis- 
sion for  conuolling  the  speed  of  a  lathe  crossfeed  assembly  in- 
cludes teeth  around  its  periphery  that  engage  the  teeth  of  driv- 
ing pinion  with  which  they  re  held  in  engagement  by  linkages 
pivotably  connecting  the  centers  of  rotation  of  the  driving 
pinion  and  the  friction  drive  wheel  so  that  the  friction  drive 
wheel  remains  engaged  with  the  pinion  as  it  is  raised  nd  moved 
by  a  control  knob  to  infinitely  variable  positions  between  two 
rotatable  friction  discs  of  a  clutch.  The  friction  discs  are 
biased  toward  each  other  by  a  compression  spring  to  grip  the 
friction  drive  wheel  at  a  location  on  its  faces  controlled  by  its 
position  between  them,  whereby  a  lead  screw  that  moves  the 
crossfeed  assembly  and  which  is  connected  by  a  clutch  to  the 
friction  discs  is  driven  by  the  discs  at  an  infinitely  adjusuble 
speed. 


3,670,583 
LONG  SPAN  SCREW  AND  NUT  DRIVES 
John  C.  Leming,  Glen  EUyn,  lU.,  assignor  to  Overton  Gear  and 
Tool  Corporation,  Addison,  01. 

Filed  Oct.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81,996 

Int.  a.  F16h  27/02 

UACL  74-89.15  29  Claims 


^TTrrui 


ITIAl 


3.670,585 
JDE  READOUT  FOR  FLOATED  INER1 
PLATFORM 
Newton  C.  Alexander,  Harbor  City;  Herbert  Starli,  Torance, 
and  Rkhard  C.  Thornton,  Lawndale,  aU  of  CaHf. 
to  Northrop  Corporation,  Bcvcriy  Hilb,  CaHf. 
Filed  April  1 7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,464 
Int.  a.  GOlc  19/28 
VS.  CL  74—5.6  18  Claims 


Relatively  short  coaxial,  coroutive  screw  sections  are  sup- 
ported by  brackets  at  such  intervals  as  will  assure  adequate 
stiffoess  of  the  screw  against  deflection  under  the  loads  which 
it  must  withstand  in  service  under  conditions  which  a  similar 
screw  not  supported  intermediate  its  ends  could  not  withstand 
without  deflection.  One  or  more  transmission  nuts  are  adapted 
to  run  along  the  screw,  or  the  screw  is  adapted  to  run  coaxially 
through  the  nut  or  nuts,  with  free  relative  passage  of  the  nut 
and  any  supporting  bracket  along  the  screw.  Heavy  torque  and 
thrust  loads  and  relatively  high  speeds  can  be  accommodated. 
Great  practical  adaptability  and  versatility  are  indicated. 


A  floated  inertia]  platform  comprising  a  ball  nwmber 
floated  within  an  outer  sphere  utilizes  a  plurality  of  conductive 
concentric  "latitude"  rings  running  around  the  circumference 
of  the  ban  member  and  a  resistive  ring  running  around  the 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


893 


equator  of  the  ball  member  as  pick-off  excitation  elements. 
The  excitation  elements  are  excited  in  sequence  with  signals 
suitable  for  obtaining  readouts  about  three  mutually 
orthogonal  axes  such  as  roll,  pitch,  and  yaw.  Pick-ofb  which 
may  be  in  the  form  of  pairs  of  oppositely  located  pads  and 
strip  members  in  the  form  of  a  segmented  "longitude"  ring  are 
mounted  on  the  outer  sphere  adjacent  to  the  ball  surface. 
Readout  signals  are  sequentially  obtained  from  the  pick-offis 
which  are  in  Eulerian  coordinates  and  require  no  compensa- 
tion for  two  axes,  the  third  axis  readout  being  readily  compen- 
sated for  cross  coupling  effects  to  provide  an  accurate  output 
in  Eulerian  coordinates  as  well. 


the  associated  drive  spindle  and  mill  roll  respectively,  and  said 
axial  moving  means  being  capable  of  moving  each  of  said  rolls 


3,670,586 
SPEED  VARIATOR  WITH  FRICTION  ELEMENTS 
Bernard  Faiay,  Paris,  and  Armand  Froum^Jou,  Pontoisc,  both 
of  France,  assignors  to  Automobiles  Peugeot,  Paris  and  Regie 
Nationale  des  Usines  Renault,  BUlancourt,  France 

Filed  Nov.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,399 
Gaims    priority,    application    France,    Feb.     19,    1970, 
7005916 

Int.a.F16h/5/0« 
U.S.  a.  74— 199  8  Claims 


through   a   distance   at  least   sufficient  to  engage   and  to 
withdraw  said  inter-fitting  keying  members. 


Speed  variator  comprising  a  rocker  element  mounted  to 
swing  about  a  first  axis  in  a  housing.  The  housing  contains  a 
first  support  rotatable  about  a  second  axis  and  carrying  a  first 
series  of  friction  elements  and  a  second  support  mounted  in 
the  rocker  element  to  rotate  about  a  third  axis  and  carrying  a 
second  series  of  friction  elements  engaged  between  the  fric- 
tion elements  of  the  first  series.  Means  are  provided  to  modify 
the  angular  position  of  the  rocker  element  with  respect  to  the 
housing  and  thus  modify  the  distance  between  the  first,  second 
and  third  axis. 


3,670,587 
VERTICAL  MILL 
Herbert  Lemper,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Mcsta  Maddne 
Company,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Fikd  June  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  42,077 
Int.  a.  Bllh  3 1/08 
U.S.CL  72-239  18  Claims 

I  disclose  a  rolling  mill  comprising  a  housing,  a  pair  of  mill 
rolls  rotatably  mounted  on  said  housing,  mesms  mounted  on 
said  housing  for  rotatably  mounting  each  of  said  rolls,  means 
for  rotating  each  of  said  rolls  including  a  drive  spindle,  means 
for  moving  each  of  said  rolls  axially,  a  detachable  coupling  for 
detachably  coupling  each  of  said  spindles  to  the  associated 
one  of  said  rolls,  each  of  said  detachable  couplings  including 
inter-fitting  and  axially  withdrawable  keying  components  on 


3,670,588 

WIRE  DRAWING 

Cari  O.  Bniestle,  10  Longview  Rd.,  Edison,  N  J. 

FBed  April  5, 1971,  Ser.  No.  130,949 

Int.  a.  B21c  1/02 

VS.  CL  72—289  16  CWnv 


Similar  dual  step  capstan  units  each  having  a  larger  and  a 
smaller  diameter  section,  in  which  the  strand  in  process  pro- 
vides the  driving  means  from  capstan  to  capstan. 


to 


3,670,589 
WINCH 
John  Henry  Carter,  Lincoln,  Maa., 
Corporation,  WcAon,  MiH. 

Divirion  of  Scr.  No.  799,802,  Feb.  17, 1969,  PaL  N» 
3,599,937.  TMs  appMcntion  May  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  140332 
Int.  CL  F16h  3/08;  F16d  67/00;  B66d  J/30 
U.S.CL74— 325  3aidM 

A  multiple-speed  winch  having  a  plurality  of  independently 
rotatable  pinions  coaxial  with  a  drive  shaft,  drive  linkages  of 
varying  mechanical  advantage  connecting  these  pinions  to  the 
winch  drum  and  a  shaft  engager  for  engaging  a  selected  pinion 
to  the  drive  shaft  The  shaft  engager  includes  drive  cams  as- 
sociated with  the  pinions  and  mounted  for  movement  between 


894 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2o!  1972 


J, 


an  extended  position  which  prevents  relative   rotation  of  I  3,670,591  | 

pinion  and  shaA  and  a  retracted  position  which  permits  rota-  COLLAPSIBLE  STEERING  SHAFT  ASSEMBLY 

Thomas  J.  MikMi,  Bay  City,  Midk,  aaigiMr  to  Gcmral  Motors 
Corpocanoa,  Detroit,  MkIl 

j       FHcd  Feb.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  112,910         I 
4  Int.CLB62d;//«  | 

U^  a.  74—492 


tion;  selective  extension  of  the  drive  cams  causes  the  shaft  to 
drive  selected  pinions. 


3,670,590 
TRANSMISSION  FOR  FORAGE  HARVESTERS  AND  THE 

LIKE 
WilUani  D.  Loog,  Hcsrton;  Fcrol  S.  Fdl,  Ncwtoa;  Bernard  L. 
Wdls,  Wichita,  and  John  P.  Prichard,  Bcntley,  ail  of  Kans., 
assignors  to  Hesston  Corporatioa,  Hcastoo  and  Field  Queen 
Incorporated,  Maiae,  Kans.,  part  interest  to  each 
FOcd  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,090 
Int.  CL  F16h  3134;  AOld  45118 
MS.  a.  74—353  6  Claims 


A  transmission  on  a  forage  harvester  permits  the  gathering 
chains,  sickle,  and  feed  rolls  thereof  to  be  selectively  shifted 
into  forward,  neutral,  or  reverse  drive  conditions  witlwut  af- 
fecting the  operation  of  the  power  source,  chopper,  and 
blower  of  the  harvester.  Components  of  the  transmission  are 
operably  coupled  in  such  a  manner  that  the  rotative  speeds  of 
the  feed  rolls  may  be  varied  relative  to  the  chopper  without 
correspondingly  varying  the  speeds  of  operation  of  the  sickle 
and  gathering  chains,  and  rockable  shifter  mechanism  joumal- 
ing  the  input  shaft  of  the  transmission  is  geometrically  ar- 
ranged such  that  the  transmission  tends  to  remain  in  its  for- 
ward drive  condition. 


'"  r  ,^..^.^^  Wj 


•  f. 


A  collapsible  steering  shaft  assembly  for  a  collapsible  steer- 
ing column  assembly  is  disclosed  as  comprising  a  sleeve 
member  and  a  shaft  member  projecting  from  within  the  sleeve 
member  which  are  roUuMy  mounted  within  a  collapsible 
steering  column.  A  joining  member  for  joining  the  sleeve  and 
shaft  members  is  located  intermediate  thereof  and  is  fixed 
against  both  axial  and  angular  movement  relative  to  oae  of  the 
members.  The  joining  member  and  the  other  of  the  steering 
shaft  members  have  a  first  detent  which  normally  prevents  in- 
ward coBapse  of  the  steering  shaft  assembly  and  a  second  de- 
tent which  normally  prevents  outward  telescoping  of  the  steer- 
ing shaft  assembly.  The  first  detent  of  the  joining  member  is 
shearable  and  the  second  detent  of  the  joining  member  is 
yieldable  to  permit  inward  collapse  of  the  steering  shaft  as- 
sembly upon  an  end  impact  of  the  steering  column  assembly  of 
a  predetermined  magnitude.  The  joining  member  and  the 
other  of  the  steering  shaft  members  also  have  a  third  detent 
which  normally  prevents  relative  angular  movement  between 
the  sleeve  and  shaft  members.  Further,  the  sleeve  and  shaft 
members  have  structures  providing  a  joint  therebetween 
thatoperates  during  and  after  the  inward  collapse  of  the  steer- 
ing shaft  assembly  to  maintain  the  locked  angular  relationship 
therebetween,  that  operates 


■  3,670,592 

STEERING  INSTALLATION,  ESPECL^LLY  FOR     ^ 
COMMERCUL-TYPE  VEHICLES 
Herbert    Senft,    Gaoenan    (Mnrgtal),    and    Hana    Rin- 
ncrgMhwcntncr,  Rotcnfds  (Mnrgtal),  both  of  Gcrmnny,  as- 
signors to  Doimlcr-Bcna  Aittlengesellschaft,  Stuttgart-Untcr- 
turltlMim,  Germany  . 

FBed  Aug.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,040         I 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Aug.  8,  1969.  P  19 
40493.4  1 

I  Int.CLB62d//7«  | 

U.S.  CL  74 — 493  10  CMam 

A  steering  installation  for  motor  vehicles,  particularly 
trucks,  which  essentially  includes  a  steering  spindle,  a  steering 
column,  a  vertically  adjustable  steering  wheel,  and  vehicle 
operating  and  actuating  devices,  such  as  gear  shift  levers  etc., 
coordinated  to  the  steering  wheel.  The  operating  and  actuat- 
ing devices  are  so  connected  with  the  steering  spindle  that 
they  have  substantially  the  same  distance  to  the  steering  wheel 
in  every  position  of  the  latter.  A  connecting  support  provided 
for  the  operating  and  actuating  devices  is  secured  at  the  steer- 
ing spindle  so  that  these  devices  may  move  axially  with  the 
steering  spindle  but  are  prevented  from  rotating  with  the 
steering  spindle  during  normal  turning  operations.  The  steer- 
ing coluain  is  fixed  in  position  and  surrounds  the  steering  spin- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


895 


die.  The  connecting  support  extends  through  a  groove  in  said 
column,  which  groove  holds  the  connecting  support  against 


gears  nonrouubly  connected  to  the  respective  driven  pulleys, 
a  routable  carrier  mounting  planet  gears  meshed  with  one  of 
the  ring  gears,  a  fixed  carrier  mounting  idler  gears  meshed 


c-i- 


^ar 


»•   ** 


roution  with  the  steering  spindle.  The  steering  column  may 
also  be  pivotal  for  further  adjustment  possibilities. 

with  the  other  ring  gear  and  a  common  sun  gear,  and  a  single 

control  lever  is  provided  for  inversely  varying  the  effective 
3,670,593  diameters  of  the  drive  pulley. 

SERIES  TYPE  VIBRATION  DAMPER  

WUiani  J.  Troycr,  CoMwatar,  Mich.,  assignor  to  Simpwm  In- 
dustries Inc.,  Litchlleld,  Mich. 

Filed  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,402 
InLa.F16f75/y2 
U.S.  CL  74—574 


3,670,595 
VARIABLE  SPEED  AUTOMATIC  TRANSMISSION 
Wahcr  VaMcmar  Chcry,  744  Aldcn  Street,  McadviDc,  Pa. 

3CI«im«  Filed  Dec.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,912 

o  K,mma  j^^  ^^  ^^^  47108, 13108 

US.  CI.  74—688 


6CUniB 


.-^-1 


^aH 


.-/f 


7.-  '•'«•-* 


A  vibration  damper  for  rotating  members  consisting  of  a 
hub  member  and  at  least  two  annular  inertia  members 
mounted  upon  the  hub  member  by  elastic  elements.  The  hub 
and  inertia  members  include  cylindrical  surfaces  concentric  to 
the  axis  of  hub  member  rotation  and  the  elastic  elements 
cooperate  with  these  surfaces  for  mounting  one  inertia 
member  upon  the  hub  member  in  a  vibration  absorbing  rela- 
tionship, and  the  second  inertia  member  is  mounted  upon  a 
cylindrical  surface  defined  on  the  previously  mentioned  iner- 
tia member  by  an  elastic  element  creating  a  "series"  relation- 
ship between  the  inertia  members  and  the  hub  member. 


This  specification  discloses  an  infinitely  variable  speed 
transmission.  The  transmission  is  made  up  of  a  friction  plane- 
tary drive  and  a  torque  converter.  The  reactive  member  <tf  the 
friction  drive  and  the  output  of  the  torque  converter  are  con- 
nected to  the  output  of  the  transmission. 


3,670,594 
INFINITELY  VARIABLE  PLANETARY  TRANSMISSION 
Daaid  W.  Roper,  Rochester,  Mich.,  assignor  to  North  Amer- 
ican RocfcwcU  Corporation,  PtttstMirgli,  Pa. 

FBed  Jan.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  5^46 
bitCLF16hJ7/00.9/;« 
U.S.CL74— 689  7Claims 

An  infinitely  variable  forward  and  reverse  drive  mechanical 
transmission  has  parallel  input  and  output  shafts,  a  pair  of 
variable  diameter  drive  pulleys  fixed  on  the  input  shaft,  a  pair 
of  driven  pulleys  rotatable  upon  the  output  shaft,  belts  inter- 
connecting one  pulley  of  each  pair  with  an  associated  pulley  of 
the  other  pair,  planetary  gearing  comprising  a  pair  of  ring 


3,670,596 
VEHICLE  POWER  TRANSMISSION  WITH  SERVICE 

BRAKES 
GUbcrt  K.  House,  Bloomfkid  HIUb,  Mich.,  maignor  to  General 

Motors  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 
Division  of  Scr.  No.  805,745,  March  10, 1969,  Pat  No. 

3390,966.  This  appHraHon  Nov.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,457 

InLCLF16d  67/00 

MS.  CL  74— 7 10.5  8  CMam 

Power  transmission  in  which  the  input  rotor  of  a 
hydrodynamic  torque-transmitting  unit  and  a  rotatable  trans- 
mission input  are  selectively  clutched  and  unclutched  to  con- 
trol power  flow  through  the  unit  Controk  associated  with  a 
gear  selector  mechanism  for  forward  and  reverse  gearing  ef- 
fect the  momentary  disconnection  of  the  input  rotor  and  the 
transmission  input  when  shifting  gears.  Disc  brakes  selectively 
engageable  with  the  differential  input  provide  vehicle  service 


896 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


brakes.  The  housing  of  the  torque-transmitting  unit  is  rigidly 
connected  to  the  transmission  input  by  deforming  a  portion  of 


transmission  in  which  a  line  pressure  regulator  valve  b  con- 
trolled by  a  variable  back  pressure  produced  by  a  servo  valve 
which  is  actuated  by  an  electronic  control  circuit  in  ac- 
cordance with  changes  in  vehicle  speed.  The  voltage  to  be 
supplied  to  the  servo  valve  is  increased  in  proportion  to  the 


the  housing  into  appropriate  openings  formed  in  the  transmis- 
sion input. 


3,670,597 

AUTOMATIC  TRANSMISSION  FOR  AUTOMOTIVE 

VEHICLES 

Worthin  F.  Grattan,  4224  South  Bruce,  Las  Vegas,  Nev. 

Filed  Nov.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92,815 

Int  a.  F16h  5/42, 47/08;  B60k  29/00 

U.S.CL74— 752E  4  Claims 


An  automatic  transmission  in  which  a  drive  shaft  is  coupled 
to  a  driven  shaft  through  a  centrifugal  clutch,  a  fluid  coupling, 
a  forward  planetary  gear  and  a  rear  planetary  gear.  A  shift 
lever  is  activated  to  lock-up  the  rear  planetary  gear  for  drive, 
neutral,  reverse,  and  parking.  Thus,  the  rear  planetary  gear  is 
initially  locked-up  when  the  shift  lever  is  in  the  drive  position. 
In  low  drive,  power  is  transmitted  from  the  drive  shaft  to  the 
driven  shaft  through  the  centrifugal  clutch,  the  fluid  coupling, 
and  the  forward  planetary  gear.  After  the  vehicle  speed 
reaches  20  m.p.h.,  the  forward  planetary  gear  locks-up  and 
power  is  transmitted  from  the  drive  shaft  directly  to  the  driven 
shaft.  When  the  vehicle  speed  reaches  40  m.p.h.,  the  rear 
planetary  gear  will  automatically  shift  into  overdrive,  and 
power  is  transmitted  from  the  drive  shaft  to  the  driven  shaft 
through  the  rear  planetary  gear.  , 


3,670,598 

CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  AN  AUTOMOTIVE 

AUTOMATIC  POWER  TRANSMISSION 

Yokhi  Mohri,  and  Hirohisa  Ichimura,  both  of  Yokohama, 
Japan,  assignors  to  Nissan  Motor  Company,  Limited, 
Yokohama,  Japan 

Filed  Oct.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,283 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct.  14,  1969,44/81753 

lBt.a.B60k27/00 

U.S.  CI.  74—866  4  Claims 

A  control  system  for  controlling  the  line  pressure  in  a 

hydraulic  control  system  of  an  automotive  automatic  power 


32 


mj^, 


-^^^^9 


-SO 


?  llif  11 


turbine  speed  of  a  value  and,  when  the  turbine  speed  ebcceeds 
the  predetermined  value,  the  voltage  to  be  applied  to  the  servo 
valve  remains  consunt.  The  line  pressure  is  thus  regulated  in  a 
manner  to  follow  the  output  torque  of  the  torque  converter  to 
thereby  control  the  line  pressure  to  an  appropriate  level  for  ef- 
fecting smooth  shifting  between  the  gear  ratios. 


■  3,670,599 

AirrOMATIC  TRANSMISSION  CONTROLS 
Hiroaki  Nagamatsu,  Hirashima-shi,  Japan,  assignor  to  Toyo 
Kogyo     Co.,     Ltd.,     Aza-Shlnchi,     Fuchu<cho,     Aki-gun, 
HirosiUma-kcii,  Japan 

Filed  Oct.  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  864,793  i 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct.  3 1 ,  1968, 43/795 1 
InL  a.  WOk  2 1/02, 29/02 
US.  CI.  74—869  3  Claims 


il2 


Automatic  transmission  controls  for  use  in  an  automotive 
vehicle  which  improves  smoothness  and  reduces  pumping 
losses  in  automatic  shifting  by  modifying  the  hydrauUc  pres- 
sure to  be  applied  to  friction  engaging  device  in  accordance 
with  the  torque  output  of  the  vehicle  engine  during  normal 
driving  of  the  vehicle  and  in  accordance  with  the  torque  trans- 
mitted from  the  vehicle  at  the  time  of  engine  brakiiig.  The 
controls  include  a  regulator  valve  operable  to  extend  the 
operating  range  to  high  engine  speed  and  to  increase  the  vary- 
ing rate  at  low  speed,  a  timing  valve  effective  to  control  the 
engaging  time  of  a  servo-motor  operated  at  the  low  speed,  a 
shift  valve  being  capable  to  impart  hysteresis  thereto,  and  an 
inhibitor  valve  being  adapted  to  prevent  transmission  into  the 
low  speed  driving  condition  only  if  the  vehicle  drivin|  speed 
exceeds  over  a  predetermined  speed. 


3,670,600 
CHAIN  SAW  FIUNG  FIXTURE 
Uwc  F.  Arff,  Peterborough,  Ontario,  Canada,  assignor  to  Out- 
board Marine  Corporatioii,  Waulccgan,  Dl. 

Filed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,014 

Int.C].B23d6i/0« 

U.S.a.76— 36  lO'Claims 

Disclosed  herein  is  a  filing  flxture  for  sharpening  a  saw 

chain,  which  filing  fixture  comprises  a  filing  plate  having  first 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


897 


and  second  outer  flanges  extending  respectively  fix)m  the  op- 
posed outer  edges  of  the  filing  plate  and  from  one  surface 
thereof  and  in  generally  perpendicular  relation  to  the  one  sur- 
face. The  filing  plate  also  has,  intermediate  the  opposed  edges 
thereof,  a  channel  shaped  section  including  third  and  fourth 
flanges  extending  from  said  one  filing  plate  surface  in  perpen- 
dicular relation  thereto  and  connected  by  a  web.  In  addition. 


^7 


97 


the  filing  fixture  includes  a  slot  in  each  of  the  flanges,  the  slots 
being  in  alignment  with  one  another  so  as  to  afford  guidance 
and/or  clearance  of  a  file  movable  in  the  slots.  In  addition,  one 
of  the  first  and  second  flanges  includes  an  ofbet  portion 
faciliuting  "point"  of  a  saw  chain.  Still  further,  one  saw  chain 
filing  fixture  disclosed  herein  includes  stabilizing  legs  selec- 
tively locatable  in  collapsed  or  extended  position. 


3,670,601 
SKI  EDGE  SHARPENER 
Frands  G.  Weeks,  721  LcsUe  Ave.,  Thundcrbay,  Oirtario, 
Canada 

FUcd  Sept  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,143 

Int  a.  B21k  77/00 

U.S.a.76— 83  1  Claim 


/o 


A  ski  sharpening  device  for  skiers.  This  device  consists  of  a 
plastic  or  wooden  body  having  a  file  positioned  within  a 
recessed  area  in  order  to  draw  the  device  along  the  ski  edge  in 
order  to  sharpen  it.  The  device  has  end  plates  for  holding  the 
file  in  place. 


3,670,602 

TORQUE  LIMITING  WRENCH 

William  E.  Van  Hoosc,  4117  Brompton  Ave.,  BcO,  Calif. 

Filed  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,194 

Int.  CI.  B25b 

U.S.CI.81— 52.4  14  Claims 


A  torque  limiting  wrench  adapted  to  tighten  a  fastener  with 
either  a  right-  or  left-hand  thread,  which  wrench  v^ll  physi- 


cally register  a  predetermined  torque  requirement  when  said 
torque  limit  is  reached  upon  the  tightening  of  said  fastener. 
The  wrench  includes  a  body  portion  having  a  k>ngitudinal  axis 
and  carried  on  said  body  portion  and  aligned  parallel  with  said 
longitudinal  axis  is  a  deflectable  means  pivotally  connected 
with  said  body  portion.  Mounted  on  the  deflectable  means  is  a 
conventional  wrench  socket  head  adapter  to  receive  a  wrench 
socket  head.  Release  connecting  means  associated  with  said 
body  portion  and  said  deflectable  means  provided  remote 
from  the  pivotal  connection  is  adapted  to  be  overcome  by 
torque  created  between  the  body  and  fastener  as  it  is  tightened 
to  allow  the  deflectable  means  to  pivot  out  of  parallel  align- 
ment with  said  body  portion  signaling  that  the  predetermined 
torque  has  been  reached  by  said  fastener  as  it  is  tightened. 


3,670,603 

OIL  WELL  TOOL  POSITIONING  AND  COUPLING 

STARTING  APPARATUS 

Harold  R.  Hawkins,  129  West  5th  Ave,  Anchorage,  Alaska 

Filed  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,321 

Int.  CL  B25b  J  3/00 

U.S.  a.  81-53  /      12Clalnis 


The  apparatus  has  a  rotatable  table  for  receiving  a  heavy 
drill  bit  tool  with  a  threaded  upper  end  to  be  raised  generaDy 
vertically  by  movement  erf  a  lever,  to  which  the  table  is 
pivotally  mounted  until  the  threads  of  the  drill  bit  engage  the 
mating  threads  on  the  lower  end  of  a  suspended  oil  well  string 
pipe  with  roution  of  the  table  coupling  the  two  together.  The 
table  is  provided  with  extendable  and  retractable  arms  having 
upstanding  pins  for  receiving  and  holding  different  sizes  of  oil 
well  tools. 


3,670,604 

VARIABLE  HEXAGON  SPANNER 

Rolf  Ivar  FromeB,  Tabyvagen  71,  Box  53,  S-183  21  Taby, 

^ » 

SwCCKII 

Filed  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,154 

Claims  priority,  application  Sweden,  Jan.  28, 1970, 1060/70 
Int  CL  B25b  13/28 
U.S.a.81— 98  lOCIaini* 


A  variaUe  hexagon  spanner  comprising  a  handle  pivotally 
interconnected  with  a  spanner  head;  the  spanner  head  has  a 


898 


non-symmetrical  hexagonal  hole  into  which  a  cam  portion  on 
the  handle  protrudes  a  variable  amount  depending  on  the  an- 
gular relationship  between  the  handle  and  spanner  head  for 
positively  gripping  a  hexagonal  head  positioned  in  the  hole  ir- 
respective of  the  direction  of  movement  of  the  handle. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JimE  20,  1972 


r 


3,670,605 
SPARK  PLUG  WRENCH 
Kenneth  J.  Hcim,  Pouglarton,  and  F^rcd  F.  Rimmler,  Manhas- 
seC,  both  of  N.Y.,  Miignori  to  A.  L.  Docring  Mfg.  Corp., 
Bayakie,N.Y. 

FOed  Jan.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,809 

Int.  a.B25b /J/02 

U.S.CL81— 125  SCWms 


•^v 

O 

-  u 

« 

\ 

1 

-< 

\ 

^-^ 

V 

fi 

^*  ■>" 

«-. 

^ 

>^l 

fl 

-   -Mr-lf 

J'JippSf^ii 

fl 

h 

iT 

3,670,606 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  COOLING  THE 

WORKPIECE  AND/OR  THE  CUTTING  TOOLS  OF  A 

MACHINING  APPARATUS 

Oscar  C.  Btomgrm,  Sr.,  and  Oacar  C.  Blomgren,  Jr.,  both  of 

Lake  Bluff,  Hi.,  assignors  to  Intcr-Probe,  Inc.,  Chkago,  ID. 

Filed  Oct.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,751 

Int.CLB23b//00 

U.S.CL82— IC  7  Claims 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  dissipating  heat  generated  dur- 
ing the  machining  and  processing  of  metals  or  other  materials 
which  includes  directing  toward  the  workpiece  and/or  cutting 
tool  a  needle-like  or  sharp  tooth-shaped  probe  that  is  con- 
nected to  a  high  voltage  direct  current  potential,  and  electri- 
cally insulating  the  workpiece  and  cutting  tool  from  the 
machine. 


^3,670,607 

METHOD  FOR  MACHINING  SPACED  SURFACES 
Fnnk  C.  Skraitaer,  BloomfMd  HMs,  Midi.,   Mslgnw    to 
LaSale  Machine  Tool,  Inc.,  Warran,  Mkh. 

Divirion  of  Scr.  No.  833^49,  June  16, 1969,  Pat  f^. 
3,592,089.  This  application  March  29, 1971,  Scr.  No.  IIMIS 

Int.  CL  B23b  1/00 
VS.  Ci.  82—  1  C  2  Oaims 


A  spark  plug  wrench  has  a  handle  movabiy  coupled  through 
a  U-shaped  link  to  a  pivot  pin  that  extends  across  the  opening 
at  one  end  of  a  plug-engaging  socket,  with  the  upper  ends  of 
the  link  being  pivotally  attached  to  one  end  of  the  handle,  so 
that  a  loose  fitting  universal  joint  is  formed  between  the  han- 
dle and  the  socket. 


The  m«hod  for  finish  machining  parallel  surfaces  on  a 
workpiece  in  which  the  machine  toob  which  are  movable 
across  the  surfaces  to  be  machined  are  mounted  on  relatively 
movable  supporting  head  sections.  The  tools  are  moved  radi- 
ally inwardly  along  opposite  surfaces  of  a  rotating  workpiece, 
one  of  the  head  sections  is  then  moved  a  predetermined 
distance  in  a  direction  to  move  the  tool  thereon  away  from  the 
tool  on  the  other  head  section,  the  workpiece  is  then  moved  in 
the  same  direction  a  smaller  distance  so  that  both  surfaces  are 
spaced  from  the  tools,  and  the  head  is  then  retracted  while  the 
tools  are  spaced  from  the  workpiece  surfaces  to  positively 
preclude  the  formation  of  objectionable  drawback  lines  on  the 
workpieces. 


1969. 


!  3,670.608 

MULTIPLE  TOOL  HOLDER  DEVICE 
Otto  Mar^,  Stcyr,  Austria,  assignor  to  Gcorg  Fbchcr  Aktlen- 
gesdlaciHft,  Schaffhauaen,  Switwiland 

Filed  March  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,141 
Oaims  priority,  application  Switzeriand,  April  7, 
5250/69 

I  Int.  a.  B23b  29/24 

U.S.a.82— 36A  6  Claims 

A  multiple  tool  holder  for  a  machine  tool,  especially  a  lathe, 

comprising  a  tool  holder  body  member  having  a  number  of 
tool  receiving  stations  at  least  some  of  which  are  arranged  in 
neighboring  pairs.  Respective  axially  displaceable  and  radially 
displaceable  clamping  elements  are  provided  for  each 
neighborii^  pair  of  tool  receiving  stations,  which  respective 
clamping  elements  are  mounted  at  the  tool  holder  body 
member.  A  common  clamping  mechanism  is  provided  for  the 
respective    axially    displaceable    and    radially    displaceable 


>G1 


Ju^fE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


899 


clamping  elements  of  each  neighboring  pair  of  tool  receiving    the  measuring  roll  but  instead  by  the  second  pinch  roll 
sutions,   and    a   single   eccentric    holt   means   is   roUtably     machine,  which  also  advances  the  trailing  end  portion  to  the 

shear. 


3,670,610 
METHOD  AND  MEANS  FOR  PUNCHING 
Percy  L.  Cady,  Jr.,  Darien  Center,  N.Y.,  aasignQr  to 
Industries,  Inc.,  Buffalo,  N.Y. 

FHcd  Dec.  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,986 
InL  a.  B26f  1/J4 
U.S.CI.83— 55  31 


mounted  at  the  tool  holder  body  member  for  actuating  each 
such  common  clamping  mechanism. 


3,670,609 

METHOD  AND  An>ARATUS  FOR  CONTROLLING 

SHEARING  OF  METALUC  WORKPIECES 

Joseph  CoMdde,  Scwlckky,  and  George  Pripcton,  Boycrs, 

boCii  of  Pa^  awigiiBri  to  Unkcd  Ei«iBeer1i«  and  Foniidry 

Company,  PRtoburfh,  Pa. 

Fled  Nov.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  875,655                            A  method  and  means  for  punching  includes  the  use  (rf  a 
Int.  CL  B23d  25/OS                                   resilient  washer-like  member  as  a  punch  tip. 
UACL  83—37  SCt^nM  

3,670,611 
SHEAR  DISCHARGE  CONVEYING  SYSTEM 
David  J.  Jarman,  3520  MfcMgH^  dadanatt,  Ohio 
FOed  Jan.  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104^289 

Int.CLB23dii/00 
U.S.a.83— 81  10 


This  disclosure  relates  to  the  art  of  producing  predeter- 
mined length  cuts  of  steel  billets  by  a  flying  shear.  It  includes  a 
primary  pinch  roll  machine  arranged  in  front  of  the  shear  to 
advance  all  but  the  trailing  end  portion  of  the  billet  to  the 
shear  for  cutting  into  desired  lengths.  Between  the  primary 
pinch  roll  machine  and  the  shear  and  immediately  adjacent 
the  shear,  there  is  arranged  a  secondary  pinch  roll  machine.  A 
measuring  roll  is  provided  to  measure  the  length  of  the  tMllet. 
except  for  the  trailing  end  thereof  issuing  to  the  shear.  This 
measuring  operation  is  employed  to  control  the  operation  of 
the  shear  in  cutting  the  billet  into  a  number  of  desired  length 
cuts.  The  trailing  end  portion  of  the  billet  is  not  measured  by 


A  portable  automatic  shear  discharge  conveying  system 
which  operates  in  conjunction  with  squaring  shears  to  auto- 
mate the  shearing  operation.  The  system  comprises  a  unique 
conveyor  which  includes  camless  support  units  for  supporting 
the  material  being  sheared.  The  support  units  drop  down  auto- 
matically as  the  shear  cut  commences.  The  support  units  are 
raised  automatically  after  the  sheared  material  passes  by.  A 
scrap  separator  is  provided  at  the  rear  of  the  conveyor  which 
causes  the  scrap  to  be  delivered  to  one  bin  and  sends  the 
sheared  material  to  a  stacker  that  is  equipped  for  stacking  odd 
shaped  cuts.  The  stacker  frwne  integrally  includes  the  surge 
tank  for  the  compressed  air  circuit  used  in  controlling  the  con- 
veyor system  and  stacker. 


900 


3,670,612 
CARD  CUTTING  APPARATUS 
Robert  L.  Johnoo,  and  David  W.  Leach,  both  of  Trenton,  N  J., 
mdgjaon  to  International  BusfaieaB  Machines  Corporation, 
Aniioiik,N.Y. 

Filed  May  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,976 

Iirt.CLB65hi5/06 

U.S.CL83-99  TCIainia 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20, 


972 


3.670,614 

AUTOMATIC  VENEER  MEASURING  AND  CUPPING 

CONTROL  SYSTEM 

Ernest  H.  Strcdcert,  609  North  Road,  Mcdfoid,  Wis. 

FHed  Dec.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,917 

Int.  a.  B26d  5/40 

U.S.  CI.  83r-208  16  qUAmt 


« 

V 

'^Kn 


Cards  are  formed  by  intermittently  die  cutting  both  ends 
simultaneously  from  a  web  of  polyester  material,  providing 
cards  of  a  width  equal  to  thatt  of  the  web.  This  "cookie-cutter" 
approach  leaves  a  small  scrap  strip  between  cards,  but  assures 
that  the  cards  will  be  of  consistently  accurate  length  with 
precisely  positioned  comer  cuts  or  rounded  comers  being 
formed  at  the  same  time  as  the  transverse  end  cut.  During  the 
punching  stroke,  the  uncoated  side  of  the  web  is  attracted  by 
vacuum  to  the  punch  just  before  it  enters  the  die;  and  two  U- 
shaped  movable  guides  that  laterally  support  the  web  are 
spread  apart  to  release  the  card  as  it  is  cut  from  the  web; 
whereupon  air  under  pressure  is  supplied  to  the  punch  to 
divert  the  scrap  strip  into  a  receptacle  and  release  the  card 
onto  a  conveyor  for  stacking. 


r  ? 


"•-^'7)  ^!If  ^-"^    ^i^ 


tto 


;^  .•> 


3  •* 


3,670,613 
PUNCH  STRIPPER 

Dominick  Rienzi,  15  Jefferson  St.,  Nutley,  N.J. 

FHed  Aug.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,363 
Int  a.  B26d  7106,  7/18 
U.S.a.83— 139 


A  solid  state  control  system  measures  Qut  the  length  of 
veneer  cut  from  reel  or  log  as  it  is  moved  by  a  conveyor  and 
autontatically  clips  the  veneer  to  the  desired  length.  The 
veneer  can  be  automaticaUy  cut  into  sheets  oi  any  desired 
length,  or  it  can  be  autonwtically  clipped  whenever  a  periodic 
knot  or  defiect  appears.  After  the  veneer  has  been  clipped  into 
sheets  and  stacked,  the  stacks  are  semi-automatically  shifted 
and  are  electronically  measured  and  clipped  into  sections  of 
the  proper  length  for  assembly  into  standard  size  panels. 


I  3,670,615 

WEB  MARKING  DEVICE 
ISdaim   Robert  F.  SdioB,  PnoMola,  Fla.,  aHlgnor  to  Moi 
pony,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Filed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,537 
Int  a.  B26d  5/00 
U.S.CL83r-367 


nto  Com- 


3Qainis 


<28'30 


12       '22 


A  punch  stripper  unit  comprising  an  integral  polyurethane 
body  member  having  a  steel  band  embedded  therein  which 
reinforces  the  body  member  and  threadingly  receives  locking 
screws  for  securing  a  punch  in  a  punch  receiving  hole  passing 
through  the  body  member.  The  polyurethane  provides  its  own 
spring-back  force  when  compressed  during  a  punching  opera- 
tion to  forcibly  remove  a  punch  member  mounted  in  the 
stripper  unit  from  a  punched  hole.  The  workpiece  engaging 
surface  of  the  polyurethane  body  does  not  mar  workpieces 
being  punched  since  polyurethane  is  non-abrasive.  Further,  an 
oil  retaining  reservoir  in  the  form  of  a  groove  formed  around 
the  outside  of  the  stripper  unit  communicates  with  the  punch 
receiving  hole  via  lubricating  channels  for  continuously  sup- 
plying lubricant  between  the  surface  of  the  punch  receiving 
hole  and  a  punch  disposed  therein.  In  addition,  oil  collecting 
means  may  be  provided  for  lubricating  the  walls  of  the 
punching  end  of  the  punch  for  facilitating  punching  of  a  work- 
piece. 


A  markaig  device  is  employed  in  conjunction  with  a  ^tem 
for  electrically  detecting  defects  in  a  nonwoven  web.  The 
marking  device  uses  the  trimmings  or  waste  portions  of  the 
web  rather  than  marking  the  usable  portion  of  the  web.  In 
response  to  a  signal  indicating  the  presence  of  a  defect,  the 
marking  devic^moves  the  web  laterally  inward  thereby  leav- 
ing at  least  a  portion  of  the  trim  attached  to  the  web  at  the  lo- 
cation of  tlte  defect. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


901 


3,670,616 

CUTTING  AND  SPLICING  APPARATUS 
Stephen  H.  MiUer,  RocheHer,  N.Y„  aatgnor  to 
Kodak  ConpMiy,  Rochester,  N.V. 

Filed  July  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,722 
IM.  CL  B26d  7/22 
VJS.  a.  83-397 


3  Claims 


vary  the  pitch  of  the  sound  caused  by  air  rushing  from  ambient 
into  that  space. 

Alternatively,  a  sleeve  member  may  be  coaxially  and 
slidably  mounted  over  the  open  end  of  the  tubular  shaped 
body  so  as  to  be  adjusubie  with  respect  to  the  aperture.  Axial 
movement  of  this  sleeve  member  is  operable  to  controllably 
vary  the  pitch  of  the  sound  in  response  to  the  position  of  the 
sleeve  member. 

A  one  way  valve  is  mounted  within  the  first  piston  as  a  com- 
pression relief  mechanism  when  the  first  piston  is  moved 
toward  the  closed  end  of  the  tubular  body,  before  commenc- 
ing the  vacuum  stroke. 

If  it  is  found  that  the  vacuum  formed  between  the  two 
pistons  is  too  great  when  both  pistons  are  moved  in  opposite 
directions  at  the  same  time,  the  compression  relief  valve  may 
be  opened  manually  by  a  control  mechanism  associated  with 
the  first  piston  arrangement  to  dissipate  some  of  the  vacuum. 

Apparatus  for  cutting  a  web  and  for  supporting  the  web  dur-  

ing    the    splicing    thereof.    The    apparatus    comprises    two  3,670,618 

generally  planar  support  members,  one  of  which  bears  a  COMPOSITE  WASHER 

cutting  edge  formed  along  a  lateral  extremity  thereof.  The  P>ul  J-  Jciiiion,  Pittsburgh,  Pa^  litniii  to  Textron,  Inc^ 


other  support  member  is  moveable  relative  to  the  first  and  is 
normally  positioned  generally  coplanar  therewith  and  ad- 
jacent said  cutting  edge  whereby  the  two  members  together 
effectively  form  a  single  support  surface  extending  on  either 
side  of  the  cutting  edge  and  whereby  the  operator's  exposure 
to  the  cutting  edge  is  minimized.  A  roUUble  cutter  wheel  is 
suiubly  mounted  for  traversal  of  the  cutting  edge  in  cutting 
relationship  therewith.  During  such  traversal,  a  portion  of  the 
cutter  wheel  extending  laterally  above  the  moveable  support 
member  engages  that  member  and  displaces  it  from  its  normal 
position  to  a  depressed  position. 


3,670,617 

VACUUM  PUMP  OPERATED  MUSICAL  INSTRUMENT 

Ernest  Haile,  30  Cadwaladcr  Terrace,  Trvnton,  N  J. 

Filed  June  25. 1971,  Scr.  No.  156,837 

Int.Cl.G10d7/00 

U.S.CL  84-330  12  Claims 


Providence,  RJ. 

Filed  Oct.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,610 
Int.  CL  F16b  35/00, 43/00 
U.S.  CL  85—1 JP 


9ClainM 


A  composite  washer  having  a  dome-shaped  metal  member 
and  a  resilient  member  such  as  neoprene  bonded  thereto.  The 
resilient  member  comprises  two  components,  the  first  of 
which  is  bonded  to  the  ntetal  member  along  its  bottom  surface 
at  the  high  portion  of  the  dome  and  substantially  adjacent  the 
central  opening,  and  the  second  component  is  positioned  in 
partially  ovcriapping  relationship  with  the  first  component 
and  is  also  bonded  to  the  metal  member  along  the  bottom  sur- 
face and  radially  rentoved  from  the  washer  central  opening. 
The  metal  member  is  shaped  to  restrict  the  resilient  member 
from  moving  radially  outward  and  to  urge  a  radially  inward 
movement. 


3,670,619 
HORSESHOE  FASTENER 
William  M.  Coats,  Route  3,  Box  357,  Huntsvillc,  Ala. 

Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  749^20,  Aug.  2, 1968, 
abMdoned.  This  application  Oct.  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  871^50 

Int.a.F16bi5/06 
U.S.  a.  85-9  1  chdm 


A  vacuum  pump  operated  musical  instrument  is  herein 
described  which  includes  a  hollow  cylindrical  body.  The  body 
is  formed  to  define  at  least  one  aperture  in  the  cylindrical  wall 
thereof.  The  hollow  body  is  open  at  one  end  and  closed  at  the 
opposite  end.  A  piston  is  slidably  mounted  within  the  cylindri- 
cal body  for  reciprocation  past  the  aperture.  As  the  piston  is 
moved  past  the  aperture,  in  a  direction  from  the  closed  end  to 
the  opened  end  of  the  hollow  body,  the  piston  draws  a  vacuum 
and  then  suddenly  communicates  that  vacuum  to  the  ambient 
through  the  aperture.  Air  rushing  in  from  the  ambient  into  the 
vacuum  space  is  acted  upon  the  size  and  configuration  of  the 
aperture  to  form  an  audible  sound. 

A  second  piston  arrangement  may  be  disposed  between  the 
aperture  and  the  closed  end  of  the  hollow  body.  The  second 
piston  arrangement  may  be  manually  positioned  to  vary  the 
volume  of  the  vacuum  retaining  space.  The  adjustment  of  the 
volume  of  the  last  mentioned  space  is  operable  to  controllably 


/»' 


1' 


»; 


9 


A  horseshoe  fastener  including  a  head  member  having  an 
elongated  straight  shank  supporting  a  planar  head  at  a  steep 


902 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


•n^e  to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  shank  for  setting  flush 
against  the  surface  of  a  horse's  hoof  when  the  shank  is  ex- 
tended through  a  hole  through  the  shell  of  a  hoof  and  a  cor- 
responding hole  in  a  horseshoe,  and  a  securing  member  for  en- 
gaging the  head  member  to  secure  the  horseshoe  to  the  hoof. 


3^70,620 
AUTOMATIC  SWAY  BRACE  DEVICE 
PMraskcwik.  LMtsd^e,  Pa^  asrignar  to  The  UbUmI 
of  America  m  rsprsasaHid  by  the  Secretary  of  tiw 


I  3,670^22 

GUN  BLAST  STRIPPER  AND  DDTUSER 

WHiMi  W.  BryMM,  FergwMa,  and  Rkhard  T.  Graff,  Lttdue, 

both  of  Mo.,  Mslgnori  to  The  Uailcd  SUHm  of  America  m 

represented  by  the  Secrstory  of  the  Navy 

Feed  Jan.  25«  irri,  Sv.  No.  109,405 
Int.  CL  B64d  7/02;  F41f  1 7/12 
U.S.C1.89>-14C  31 


Navy 

Filed  Nov.  23, 1970.  Ser.  No.  92,039 
IiM.CLB64d//(M 
U.S.a.89— IJB 


M,      R<   1 


Automatic  sway  brace  device  for  restraining  stores  mounted 
on  an  aircraft.  Paired  sets  of  scissored  sway  braces,  restrained 
by  clamps  mounted  on  a  threaded  shaft,  extend  outward  from 
the  bottom  of  a  rack  for  abutting  a  store  secured  in  the  rack. 


3,670,621 
ROCKET  LAUNCHER  FAIRING 
John  J.  Nwh,  Fcrgoaoo,  Mo.,  artgnnr  to  Akco,  Inc.,  St.  Louis, 
Mo. 

Filed  Oct.  31, 1969,  Ser.  No.  872,842 

Int  a.  F41f  J/06 

UACL  89—1.8  17  Claims 


jf 


An  apparatus  for  diffusing  and  directing  the  energy  from  a 
gun  biMt  firom  aircraft  mounted  guns  including  a  stripper  at- 
tached to  each  said  gun,  said  stripper  having  a  plurality  of 
opening*  for  directing  energy  from  a  gun  blast  in  a  downward 
direction,  a  curved  acceleration  ramp  positioned  forward  of 
said  giuis,  and  one  or  more  cascades  for  directing  energy 
downwardly. 


A  rocket  launcher  fairing  is  adapted  for  use  with  an  elon- 
gated rocket  launcher  having  at  least  one  rocket  tube  contain- 
ing a  rocket.  The  fairing  includes  a  rim  adapted  to  fit  on  one 
end  of  the  launcher,  securing  means  on  the  rim  for  detachably 
securing  it  to  the  launcher,  and  a  polystyrene  shell  foamed  in 
place  around  the  rim  so  that  it  adheres  to  the  rim.  The  shell 
forms  a  rounded  surface  which  encloses  the  end  of  the 
launcher  and  which  is  adapted  to  shatter  and  break  in 
response  to  the  impact  from  the  rockets  when  they  exit  from 
the  tubes. 


"  3,670,623 

AMMUNITION  CCM^n* AINER  FOR  AIRCRAFT 
WBHam  Koyper,  WeHmiwirter,  CaW.,  mslgnnr  to  The  Uailed 
States  of  America  as  repreaeBtcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Navy 

I    Filed  July  1,1970,  Ser.  No.  5M25 
1  Int.  CLF41f  9/06 

U.S.  CL  89—34  1  Claira 


pmm0 


An  ammunition  box  for  an  aircraft  having  a  first  container 
adaptable  to  be  removably  attached  to  an  aircraft  and  having  a 
second  container  adaptable  for  attaching  to  said  first  con- 
tainer. The  first  container  has  an  opening  in  its  bottom  and 
said  second  container  has  an  opening  in  its  end  thereby 
providing  access  to  ammunition  belts  within  twid  containers 
for  linking  an  ammunition  belt  in  said  second  container  with 
an  ammunition  belt  in  said  first  container. 


1 


I  3,670,624 

HAMMERHEAD 
John  R.  Hayes,  iMHanapols;  Frands  H.  Eckart,  Bargersville, 
and  Doaaid  E.  Peck,  Indfauuipoiis,  al  of  lad.,  afssigoors  to 
General  Motors  Corporalkm,  Ddrolt,  Mich. 

I     FBed  Nov.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  93,606 
I  Inl.a.F41f/7/76 

UACL8^-47  5< 

A  rammer  head  structure  in  which  two  entrapped  flexible 
gripper  segments,  such  as  rubber  gripper  segments,  are 
squeezed  against  the  shoulder  on  the  rear  of  an  ammunition 
cartridge  case  at  a  loading  station  to  securely  grip  the  round  of 


asslgnars  to 
SChiims 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


908 


ammunition  and  move  it  forward  through  a  loading  tube  into   dling  apparatus  of  an  industrial  lift  truck.  A  control  handle  at 
the  breech  of  a  gun  barrel  with  the  rammer  head  structure    the  operator's  sution  of  the  truck  moves  the  jet  pipe  into 


being  released  from  the  round  of  ammunition  after  it  has  been 
partly  positioned  in  the  breech  of  the  gun  barrel. 


alignment  with  the  desired  opening  for  remote  actuation  of  a 
control  valve. 


3,670,625 
POT  BROACHING  MACHINE 
LOy  G.  Skalsey,  Detroit,  Mich.,  msignnr  to  Lear 
Santa  Moaka,  Calif. 

Filed  Oct.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  80,951 
Int.a.B23d<#7/06 
U.S.CI.90— 86 


Slcgler,  Inc., 


9Claim8 


3,670,627 
DEVICE  FOR  DRIVING  A  SHAFT  IN  ROTATION 
Alfred  Valentin,  Clermont,  F^^ncc,  assignor  to  • 
Dc  nanoe.  Pails,  France 

FBed  Oct.  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  865,918 
Qaims    priority,    application    France,    Oct.    15,    1968, 
68170022 

Int  CL  F15b  / 1/18;  FOlb  7/20;  POlc  9/00 
UACL91— 167  6CWms 


A  pot  broach  comprising  an  upright  frame  including  a  verti- 
cal broach  adjacent  the  upper  end  of  the  frame.  A  piston  and 
cylinder  device  is  disposed  below  the  broach  and  a  work 
holder  is  provided  on  the  upper  end  of  the  piston.  Au;omatic 
loading  mechanism  slides  a  work  piece  into  position  above  the 
work  support  on  the  piston.  Guide  means  retains  the  work 
piece  accurately  located  until  it  enters  into  the  lower  end  of 
the  broach. 


&S    US 


-^  3,670,626 

JET  PIPE  FLUID  CONTROL 
John  E.  Olson;  Wayne  W.  Bostad,  and  Norman  L.  Prfce,  aH  of 
Portiaad,  Oreg.,  assignors  to  Hyster  Company,  Portland, 
Oreg. 

FBed  JMBC  1 1, 1969,  Ser.  No.  832^12 
Int.  a.  F15b  13/042, 13/68 
UAa.91-3  24Cfadms 

A  jet  pipe  fluid  control  having  a  nozzle  which  is  movable  in 
more  than  one  plane  into  alignment  with  any  one  of  a  cluster 
of  input  openings  for  a  series  of  fluid  passages  leading  to  fluid- 
actuated  control  valves.  The  valves  control  the  flow  of  high 
pressure  fluid  to  fluid  motors  which  operate  various  load-han- 


A  device  for  driving  a  shaft  in  rotation,  of  the  kind  compris- 
ing at  least  one  set  of  two  identical  rotary  jacks  mounted  on  a 
common  shaft,  the  annular  space  comprised  between  the 
cylindrical  casing  of  each  jack  and  the  shaft  coaxial  with  this 
latter  being  divided  into  two  fluid-tight  chambers  of  variable 
volume,  separated  on  the  one  hand  by  a  longitudinal  abutment 
provided  on  the  internal  face  of  the  said  cylindrical  casing, 
and  on  the  other  hand  by  a  radial  blade  fixed  longitudinally  in 
the  said  shaft,  the  cylindrical  casing  of  each  jack  being  pro- 
vided with  a  device  for  locking  it  with  respect  to  a  housing  by 
which  said  casing  is  enclosed. 

It  comprises:  a  hydraulic  circuit  composed  of  two  portions 
connected  to  a  common  tank;  a  first  portion  supplied  by  a 
main  pump  and  a  second  portion  supplied  by  a  topping-up 
pump;  the  locking  device  of  the  cylindrical  casing  of  one  jack 
being  constituted  by  a  cylindrical  housing  enclosing  the  jack 
casing  and  comprising  a  fluid-tight  annular  chamber,  in  which 
the  wall  in  contact  with  the  outer  surface  of  this  same  casing  is 
a  thin  wall,  the  said  aimular  chamber  being  coimected  by 
means  of  a  three-way  distributee  with  two  positions,  either  to 
the  said  main  pump  or  the  the  conmion  tank. 


t 


June  20,  1972 


904  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

3.670^28  I  3,670,W0 

KirKOI  IT  VALVE  AND  CIRCUIT  RESILIENT  CONNECTING  MEANS  ' 

UNrCo^rBorw.i>.  Int.  CLFWJ  7/74,  F16c  9/00 

UA^.9Z-129  TCWms 


Fled  Sept.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,009 
Int.CLF15b/i/0/,/i//6 
U.S.CL91-35SA 


SClalins 


A  kickout  valve  for  use  in  a  machine  having  a  part  moved  by 
hydraulic  pressure  under  control  of  a  manual  control  valve 
which  has  a  detent  for  holding  it  in  an  actuating  position.  The 
kickout  valve  is  engaged  when  the  movable  part  reaches  a  pre- 
esublished  poation.  The  valve  is  opened  and  admits  fluid 
under  pressure  through  a  circuit  leading  to  the  control  valve, 
where  it  causes  release  of  the  detent  and  allows  the  control 
valve  to  seek  a  closed  or  hold  position  and  the  moving  part  to 
come  to  rest. 


3,670,629 
RADIAL  PISTON  MACHINE 
EmU  Biernath,  Stuttgart-Oberturkhcim,  and  Hans  Burkard, 
Stuttgart,     both    of    Germany,    assignors    to    Exccntra 
Gcseibchaft  mk  bcschranktcr  Haflung  hydraidlschc  An- 
trlebc,  FeUbach,  Gcmuuiy 

Filed  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,176 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  31,  1969,  P  19 
27  807.0 

Int.  CLFOlb  7/00 
U.S.  CI.  92-72  10  Claims 


A.- 


A  connecting  means  is  disclosed  for  resiliently  connecting 
an  elongate  member  to  a  driving  means  for  imparting  motion 
to  the  elongate  member  and  is  particularly  suitable  for  con- 
necting piston  rods  to  driving  heads  of  compressor  systems. 
The  connecting  means  includes  a  shoulder  means  adapted  to 
be  secured  to  the  elongate  member  adjacent  that  end  of  the 
member  to  be  secured  to  the  driving  means,  a  retaining  means 
adapted  to  be  secured  to  the  driving  means  and  which  encom- 
passes both  the  shoulder  means  and  elongate  member  in 
spaced  apart  relationship,  and  a  resilient  member  interposed 
between  the  retaining  means  and  shoulder  means  for  urging 
the  shoulder  means  and  elongate  member  toward  the  driving 
means. 


3,670,631 
ROTATING  VIBRATOR 

Richard  'P.   Caytord.  St.  Joseph.   Mich.,  assienor  to  Clark 
Equipment  Company  i 

Filed  Dec  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,892         I    \ 
Int.  a.  EOlc  7  9/2«  T 

U.S.  a.  94—50  V       \  ^  <:iaims 


ribhK 


A  radial  piston  machine  having  a  casing  formed  with  radi- 
ally disposed  cylinders  containing  pistons  and  a  cam  shaft 
which  is  rotatably  mounted  in  the  casing  and  guide  shoes  car- 
ried by  the  piston  and  engaging  on  the  cam  so  that  the  trans- 
misBion  of  fwwer  between  the  cam  shaft  and  the  piston  takes 
place  throi^  the  guide  shoe. 


A  vibfator  has  two  routing  eccentric  masses  which  are  in- 
terlocked to  operate  at  the  same  speed.  The  eccentric  masses 
are  arranged  so  that  one  is  movable  circumferentially  during 
rotation  relative  to  the  other  to  change  between  a  vibrating 
condition  and  a  non-vibrating  condition.  Two  individual  mo- 
tors may  be  utilized  to  drive  the  eccentric  masses,  and  means 
are  provided  for  changing  the  relative  torque  outputs  of  the 
motors  to  shift  one  eccentric  nutfs  relative  to  tiie  other  to 
change  between  the  vibrating  condition  and  the  non-vibrating 
condition. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


905 


3,670,632 
PHOTOTYPESETTING  APPARATUS 
Arthur  J.  Stanton,  Warrernvflle  HdgMs;  Edwin  R.  Kolb, 
ClevciaBd,  aiMi  Webster  C.  Roberts,  South  EucHd,  id  of 
Ohio,  aaslciiors  to  Harris-Intertype  Corporation,  Cleveland, 
OUo 

FHed  Nov.  18, 1968,  Scr.  No.  776,738 

Inta.B41b79/0« 

U.S.  CI.  95—4.5  R  '3  Clainis 


A  device  for  expanding  the  effective  width  Of  an  image 
forming  surface,  such  as  the  face  of  a  cathode  ray  tube,  on 
which  characters  are  formed  in  proper  succession  to  make  up 
lines  of  composition  includes  a  carriage  supporting  photo- 
graphic material,  which  is  in  optical  alignment  with  the  image 
forming  surface,  for  permancnUy  recording  the  images  thus 
formed  on  the  display  surface,  the  carriage  being  movable 
from  a  first  position,  where  a  large  portion  of  the  photographic 
material  is  exposed  to  the  image  formed  on  the  tube,  to  a 
second  position  where  the  remainder  of  the  photographic 
material  is  placed  within  the  field  of  view  of  the  image  forming 
surface. 


3,670,633 
RECORDING  APPARATUS 
Lawrence  J.  Mason;  George  R.  Simpson,  both  of  Webster, 
N.Y.;  Louis  F.  ParMlysz,  East  Randolph,  VL,  and  Philip  L. 
Chen,  Pcnfield,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Xerox  CorporatioB,  Stam- 
ford, Conn. 

Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  791,050,  Jan.  14, 1969, 

abandoned.  This  application  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,192 

Int.  CI.  B4lb  13100;  G03b  27/70 

U.S.  CI.  95—4.5  R  12  Claims 


An  alphanumeric  recording  system  wherein  a  character  disc 
having  transparent  character  images  th^;pon  is  rotated 
through  an  exposure  zone  so  that  selected  characters  may  be 
projected  by  the  energization  of  a  flash  lamp.  The  projected 
image  is  coilimated  and  directed  to  a  recording  zone  through 
which  move  lens-mirror  units  at  a  constant  speed  intercept  the 
projected  image  and  focus  it  onto  a  photoreceptive  recording 


medium.  The  character  disc  rotates  at  a  rate  such  that  with  the 
slits  therein  associated  with  respective  characters  inter- 
character  spacing  is  assured.  Dead  time  in  the  recording 
process  is  eliminated  by  the  use  of  the  coUimated  projected 
character  image  and  plural  interception  of  that  image. 


3,670,634 
APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRONIC  EXPOSURE  CONTROL 
Arthur  Kessier,  GnMse  AHenstadten,  and  Peter  Loracrics, 
Diez,  both  of  Germany,  airigiion  to  Emat  Ldtz  GmbH,  Wd- 
ziar,  Germany 

Filed  May  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,723 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  July  18,  1969,  P  19 
36  544.7 

Int  CL  G03b  7/02 
U.S.a.95— IOC  6 1 


An  apparatus  for  electronic  exposure  control  in  photo- 
graphic cameras  comprising  a  measuring  circuit  in  the  form  of 
a  resistance  bridge  circuit  including  meter,  and  a  timing  cir- 
cuit, which  includes  a  resistance-capacitor  combination  (Re- 
combination). Only  one  variable  resistance  is  provided  for  the 
two  circuits  which  is  an  exponentially  variable  resistance  hav- 
ing two  wipers.  The  two  wipers  are  electrically  isolated  from 
one  another,  and  one  wiper  is  included  in  the  measuring  cir- 
cuit, the  other  one  in  the  timing  circuit.  In  dependence  on  the 
film  speed  and/or  the  selected  F-stop  number  of  wipers  are  ad- 
justed to  a  predetermined  position  relative  to  one  another,  and 
in  this  position  they  are  together  movable  across  the  windings 
of  the  resistance. 


to 


3,670,635 
AUTOMATIC  SHUTTER-SPEED  CONTROL 
Wolfgang  Ort,  Stuttgart-Bad  Cannstatt,  Germany, 
Eastman  Kodak  Compoiy,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

FOed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,394 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  6, 1969,  P  19  28 
877.8 

Int.  CLG03b  7/05, 9/5« 
U.S.  0. 95—10  C  5  CWns 


In  a  camera  having  a  photoelectric  system  for  estaldishing 
shutter  speed,  means  are  provided  for  detecting  the  presence 


906 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JUNfc  20J  1972 


of  a  predetermined  condition  in  the  photoelectric  control 
system  and  for  establishing  a  predetermined  exposure  interval 
independently  of  the  photoelectric  control  system  in  response 
to  the  detection  of  such  a  predetermined  condition.  In  the 
preferred  embodiment,  the  photoelectric  control  system  in- 
cludes a  time-delay  circuit  energizable  by  a  battery  in  a  recep- 
tacle, and  the  camera  includes  a  mechanical  shutter  control 
having  a  predetermined  speed  which  is  actuated  in  response  to 
detection  by  a  sensing  arm  of  the  absence  of  a  battery  in  a  bat- 
tery receptacle. 


3,670,636 
APPARATUS  FOR  CONTROLLING  THE  SHUTTER  SPEED 

OF  PHOTOGRAPHIC  CAMERAS 
WcTMr  HoOe,  Wctite,  and  Arthur  Koakr,  Groasalteiiatad- 
tea,  both  of  Germany,  assignors  to  Ernst  Lekx  GnbH,  Wet- 
zlar,  Gcmuuiy 

Fikd  Aug.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,373 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept.  10,  1969,  P  19 
45  709. 1 

Int.  CLGOIJ  7/44 
U.S.CI.95— lOCT  5  Claims 


across  the  diodes  which  is  a  logarithmic  function  of  the 
photoconductor  incident  light  is  amplified  by  a  variable  gain 
amplifier  to  produce  a  first  voltage.  A  second  diode  network 
combined  with  variable  resistors  and  an  amplifier  produces  a 
second  voltage  which  is  a  logarithmic  fimction  of  the  camera 
diaphragm  opening  and  film  speed  rating.  A  memory  capaci- 
tor is  charged  to  the  difference  of  the  two  voltages  and  a  tim- 
ing capacitor  is  charged  through  a  diode  type  logarithmic  ex- 
pansion network  at  a  constant  rate  dependent  on  the  memory 
capacitor  voltage.  An  electromagnet  energized  through  a 
Schmitt  type  switch  releases  the  shutter  to  closing  upon  a 
predetermined  voltage  on  the  timing  capacitor.  A  meter  in- 
dicates the  difference  between  the  first  and  second  vpltages 
and  hence  the  shutter  speed. 


Apparatus  for  controlling  the  shutter  speed  of  photographic 
cameras  which  includes  mechanical  components  for  con- 
trolling the  shutter  speed  in  the  short-time  range  combined 
with  an  electric  timing  circuit  and  an  electromagnet  for  effect- 
ing control  in  the  long-time  range. 


3,670,637 

AUTOMATIC  TIMING  NETWORK  FOR  CAMERA 

SHUTTERS 

Chlhani  Mori,  and  Tom  NakiQlBMi,  both  of  Toliyo-to,  Japan, 

•saigMrs  to  AsaM  Kogaku  Kogyo  Kabushild  Kataha,  Toliyo- 

to,  Japan 

FBcd  Nov.  25, 1968,  Scr.  No.  778,433 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Nov.    28.    1967, 
42/75897 

InL  CL  G03b  7108;  GOIJ  1144 
U.S.CL9S-irlOCT  11 


A  camera  shutter  timing  network  includes  a  photoconduc- 
tor connected  in  series  with  a  plurality  of  diodes,  the  voltage 


3,670,638 
MEANS  POR  INDICATING  THE  LENGTH  OF  ROLL  HLM 

IN  A  FILM  CARTRIDE  FOR  PROCESSING  PURPOSES 
Douglas  J.  Lindsay,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  aasigBor  to  Eastman 
Kodak  Company,  Rochtater,  N.Y. 

j    Fikd  June  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  46,359 


Int.  CL  G03b  1160, 1 7126;  G03d  13100 
U.S.CL95— 31CA  ^ 


2Clahns 


A  film  cartridge  defines  a  discontinuity  indicative  of  the 
length  of  the  film  in  the  cartridge  for  determining  the  mode  of 
operation  of  a  film  processor  used  to  process  the  film. 


3,670,639 
FLEXIBLE  ELECTRONIC  INTEGRATED  CIRC! 
CAMERA  CONTROL  ASSEMBLY 
Joim  D.  Hamden,  Jr.,  Sdwncctady,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  General 
Electric  Company 

Filed  Dec.  16, 1968,  Scr.  No.  791,846 

Int.CLG03b/5/0J 

U.S.  a.  9S-1 1 L  13  Claims 


An  electronic  integrated  circuit  assembly  intended  for  the 
control  of  automatic  cameras  comprises  a  flexible,  electrically 
insulating,  supporting  member  having  a  plurality  of  electronic 
control  sub-circuits  formed  thereon  including  both  active 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


907 


semiconductor  devices  and  passive  circuit  components  and 
the  electncally  conductive  paths  interconnecting  the  active 
semiconductor  devices  and  passive  circuit  components  in 
electrical  arcuit  relationships  for  performing  a  desired  sub- 
circuit  control  funcUon,  and  further  including  the  conductive 
paths  required  to  energize  the  sub^rircuits  and  supply  the  out- 
pute  thereof  to  others  of  the  sub-circuits  and  to  the  respective 
sub-systems  being  controlled.  The  assembly  is  entirely  flexible 
and  capable  of  being  intertwined  and  disposed  in  otherwise 
unuseable,  irregular  spaces   in  the  interior  of  a  housing 
whereby  the  overall  size  of  the  housing  can  be  minimized  The 
particular  assembly  disclosed  is  intended  for  use  with  an  auto- 
matic   camera   for   electronically,    selectively   flashing   the 
respective  bulbs  of  a  multiple  array  of  photoflash  bulbs  and/or 
automatically  timing  and  variably  controlling  the  exposure 
period  of  the  camera  in  response  to  lighting  conditions  of  a 
subject  being  photographed  to  thereby  obtain  optimum  expo- 
sure of  a  film  ft-ame.  The  active  semiconductor  device  cm- 
ployed  in  the  circuiu  may  be  fabricated  in  monolithic  in- 
tegrated  circuit  form,  and  the  assembly  is  provided  with  an 
overlying  protective  electrical  insulating  layer  that  conforms 
subsuntially  to  the  silhoueKe  of  the  assembly  and  which  ex- 
tends over  substantially  the  entire  surface  of  the  assembly  on 
the  side  opposite  the  flexible  insulating  member  excluding  any 
conuct  areas  for  external  connections.  The  assembly  may 
comprise  a  hybrid,  integrated  circuit  with  the  conductive 
paths  being  formed  by  laminated  conductive  runs  of  an  elec- 
trically conductive  material  such  as  copper  formed  on  Uje  in- 
sulating supporting  member  by  known  printed  conductor 
techniques  with  the  passive  circuit  element  including  at  least 
one  capacitor  of  the  pumpkin  seed  variety.  Alternatively,  the 
— -mbly  may  be  fabricated  using  thin  film  circuit  techniques. 


3,670,641 
BEVERAGE  INFUSION  APPARATUS,  POR  EXAMPLE 

COFFEE 

Ludaoo  Maodoli,  Localta  D  Cartoiaro,  MoMdapo,  Italy 
FBed  Dec  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,271 

Claims  priority,  applicati<Mi  Italy,  Dec.  31,1 969  49 1 5 
\K^CLK4113 11043 
UACL  99-293  ^ 


3,670,640 

ROOF  TOP  FOR  MOTOR  VEHICLES 

Haas  Coti,  StodcMliigcn,  Germany,  awignor  to  Daimlcr-Bciiz 

AkticBgcacllBchaft 

Filed  May  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,090 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  24,  1969  P  19 
26612.7 

lat.  a.  B60h  1124 
UACL  98-2.18  20Claims 


Home  coffeepot  including  a  boiler,  a  coffee  powder 
chamber  with  permeable  upper  and  lower  walls,  a  water  rise 
passage  extending  downwardly  from  said  chamber  towards  the 
boiler  bottom,  and  a  conduct  extended  upwardly  for  the  ouUet 
of  the  beverage  formed  by  the  hot  water  passing  through  the 
powder,  the  water  being  urged  into  said  rise  passage  and  into 
the  conduct  by  steam  pressure  generated  by  heating  of  the 
boiler.  A  bell  member  is  arranged  in  the  boiler  to  set  up  a 
steam  dome,  wherein  steam  is  continuously  generated  by  heat- 
ing; the  rise  passage  extends  with  annular  cross-section  around 
this  bell  wherein  the  generated  steam  is  discharged  and  rises 
together  with  the  boiler's  water. 


3,670,642 

COMBINATION  TOASTING  AND  BUTTERING 

APPARATUS 

Robert  N.  Bergman,  1766  MoHno,  Long  Beach,  CaUf. 

FDcd  Sept.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,863 

Int.  CL  A47J  i  7/06 

UA  CL  99—329  RT  ^ 


A  roof  top  for  nwtor  vehicles  which  is  adapted  to  be 
detachaWy  secured  to  the  lower  vehicle  body  and  which  in- 
cludes a  lower  rear  cross  fi»me  that  forms  a  relatively  wide 
gap  with  the  top  side  of  the  rear  part  of  the  vehicle  body  this 
gap  which  terminates  at  its  rear  end  in  the  atmosphere,  forms 
part  of  a  line  system  of  a  ventiUtion  installation  for  the  pas- 
senger space;  a  ventilating  channel  is  branched  off  from  this 
line  system  whose  airflow  fiuis  the  outer  surface  of  the  rear 
window. 


A  combination  toasting  and  buttering  apparatus  including  a 
housing  formed  with  a  passage  leading  ftam  an  upper  heating 
compartment  to  a  lower  buttering  compartment  Heating 


908 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20 


means  is  disposed  in  the  upper  compartment  and  support 
means  is  provided  for  supporting  a  slice  of  bread  disposed  in 
heat  exchange  relationship  with  the  heating  elements.  A  shor- 
tening applicator  is  disposed  in  the  lower  compartment  for  ap- 
plying shortening  to  toast  as  it  passes  therethrough  and  ad- 
vancing means  is  provided  for  advancing  the  bread  slice  from 
the  upper  compartment  to  the  lower  compartment.  Actuating 
means  is  provided  for  actuating  the  applicator  as  the  bread  is 
advanced  to  the  lower  compartment  for  applying  shortening 
to  the  bread  slice  as  it  is  passed  through  the  lower  compart- 
ment whereby  a  slice  of  bread  may  be  introduced  into  the 
upper  compartment  where  it  is  toasted  and  then  automatically 
advanced  to  the  lower  compartment  where  the  applicator  will 
automatically  apply  shortening  thereto. 


3,670,643 
METHOD  FOR  TREATMENT  OF  DISCHARGED  SOLIDS 

FROM  A  UQUm  STREAM 
Kurt  W.  Flhn,  maMcby,  Sweden,  avignor  to  Esse  Research 
and  Eaginccrlng  Company 

Fikd  Aug.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  849,754 

Int.  a.  B30b  9/02 

U.S.  CI.  100— 37  ^  2  Claims 


Solids,  separated  out  from  a  liquid  in  a  tank,  are  compressed 
in  the  tank  to  remove  entrained  liquid  which  flows  back  to  the 
main  body  of  liquid,  and  the  compressed  solids  removed.  The 
process,  preferably,  is  continuous  with  solids  discharge  valve 
opening  on  the  compression  stroke  of  the  compressing  device. 
Preferably  a  back  pressure  is  provided  in  the  discharge  pipe. 


3,670,644 
CALENDER  ROLL  ADJUSTMENT  APPARATUS 
Hdni  Hoevcr,  Gctarden,  and  Herbert  Ortk,  MMmrg,  both  of 
Germany,  — ignon  to  Hermann  Bcntorft  Maachinenbau 
GmbH,  Hannover,  Germany 

Filed  March  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  18,033 
Oaims  priority,  application  Germany,  March  12,  1969,  P 
19  12  392.3 

Int.CLB30bi/04 
U.S.  CL  100— 168  4Ciabm 


^wfeii 


Apparatus   for   adjusting   the   spacing   between    parallel 
calender  rolls  comprises  a  respective  motor  for  moving  each 


,  1972 


end  portion  of  one  of  the  rolls.  Differences  in  the  speeds  of  the 
motors  causes  movement  of  a  member  to  switch  off  the  mo- 
tors. 


3,670,645 
DECURLING  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 
D.  Brian  R.  HiB,  Covington,  Va.,  assignor  to  Wcstva^  Cor> 
poration.  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  March  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,879 

Int.  CLB41f  5/06, /i/02 

U.S.a.  101— 181  13Claims 


A  decurling  method  and  the  associated  apparatus  are  usable 
with  a  printing  system  or  the  like  incorporating  a  series  of  su- 
tions  for  performing  operations  upon  a  web  as  the  web  is  ad- 
vanced in  predetermined  registered  relationship  with  the  sta- 
tions. An  elongated  decurling  member  over  which  the  web  is 
drawn  imparts  to  the  web  a  tendency  to  curl  which  compen- 
sates for  an  objectionable  curl  tendency  imparted  to  the  web 
by  the  system  or  cxirl  tendency  previously  existing  in  the  web. 
The  relative  positions  of  the  web  and  the  decurling  member 
are  adjustable  in  a  manner  which  produces  change  in  the  mag- 
nitude of  the  compensating  curl  tendency  imparted  to  the  web 
without  influencing  the  path  length  of  the  web. 


I  3,670,646 

MAGNETICALLY  SECURABLE  PRINTING  PLATE 
VergU  B.  Wekh,  Jr.,  EUicott  City,  Md.,  Mrignor  to  W.  R. 
Grace  ft  Co. 

Filed  Oct.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,606 

Int.  CLB41f  27/02,27/72  ' 

U.S.CI.  ipi— 382MV  1  Claim 


The  invention  disclosed  is  directed  to  a  flexible  printing 
plate  having  magnetic  particles  disposed  in  nonprinting  re- 
gions thereof  and  to  a  method  for  removably  securing  the 
plate  to  a  printing  press  element  having  magnetic  means  as- 
sociated therewith.  Also  disclosed  is  a  printing  press  saddle 
having  magnetic  means  for  cooperating  with  the  printing  plate 
disposed  magnetic  particles  to  removably  secure  the  plate  to 
the  saddle  for  printing  use.  The  present  invention  provides  an 
effective  means  for  rapidly  replacing  printing  plates  used  in 
high-speed  printing  operations.  ^^ 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


909 


3,670,647 
METHOD  OF  DAMPING  REBOUND  OF  PRINT  HAMMER 
John  W.  Funk,  Dewbom,  Mich.,  and  Kishor  M.  Lakhani,  Sau- 
gas,  Mass.,  assignors  to  Burroughs  Corporation,  Detroit. 
Mich. 

Filed  Nov.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878^13 

Int.  CI.  B41J  9142,  9/38,  9/36 

U.S.  CI.  101-426  3  Claims 


adjacent  ends  thereof,  means  for  swinging  distal  ends  of  the 
arms  away  from  each  other  to  form  an  inverted  V  and  for 
limiting  the  spread  of  the  arms,  shaped  explosive  charge 
means  adjacent  the  interconnected  ends  for  producing  an  ex- 
plosive jet  that  is  aimed  or  directed  generally  toward  a  cap- 
tured linear  structure,  and  means  for  initiating  the  shaped  ex- 
plosive charge  means  upon  suitably  capturing  the  structure  or 
cable. 


A  method  of  oscillation-free  print  hammer  and  return  is 
provided  in  an  apparatus  having  an  inertial  hammer,  a  relay 
and  a  resilient  backstop.  In  this  method  the  armature  of  the 
relay  is  pivotably  mounted  and  imparts  motion  to  the  hammer. 
The  solenoid  of  the  relay  physically  restrains  the  motion  of  the 
armature  and  then  holds  the  armature  by  residual  magnetism 
The  hammer  continues  in  inertial  flight  until  it  reaches  the 
printing  area.  On  rebound  the  hammer  strikes  the  armature 
and  part  of  the  kinetic  energy  of  the  hammer  is  absorbed  as 
the  hammer  drives  the  armature  free  from  the  residual  mag- 
netic field.  The  armature  and  hammer  continue  to  the 
backstop  which  absorbs  or  dissipates  the  remainder  of  the 
kmetic  energy.  The  absorption  of  kinetic  energy  is  for  damp- 
mg  hammer  osciUations  and  permits  higher  frequency  of 
operation.  ' 


3,670,648 
UNEAR  STRUCTURE  CAPTURING  AND  CUTTING 
APPARATUS 
James  K.  Cole;  CarroU  A.  Coonce,  and  Harold  N.  Poet,  all  of 
Albuquerque,  N.  Mex.,  assignors  to  The  United  States  of 
America  as  represented  by  the  United  States  Atomic  Enersy 
CommisBion  ^ 

Filed  Aug.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,788 

Int.  a.  F42b  25/02, 25/16 

UA  a.  102-4  8  Claims 


3,670,649 

COMBUSTIBLE  CARTRIDGES 

Robert  C.  Hartldn;  James  D.  KUes;  Willard  D.  Lvson,  a  of 

Midland,  and  Cari  R.  Olson,  Freeiand,  all  of  Mich.,  assignors 
to  Dow  Coming  Corporation,  Midland,  Mich. 
Filed  Aug.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,537 
InL  a.  F42b  9/16 
U.S.  a.  102-38  13  Claims 


ir^     ts     /4 


Nonmetallic  cartridges  having  a  porous  casing  of  fiber-rein- 
forced nitrocellulose  are  rendered  oil  and  water  resistant  by 
first  incorporating  into  the  casing  an  organoailicon  compound 
which  renders  the  casing  material  essentially  impervious  to 
liquid  water  but  which  does  not  substantially  alter  the  porosity 
of  the  material  and  then  providing  a  continuous  coating  on  the 
surface  of  Uie  casing,  the  coating  being  a  room  temperatiire 
cunng  resinous  organosiloxane  having  from  1 .2  to  1 .8  organic 
substituents  per  silicon  atom,  the  major  portion  of  the  organic 
substituents  being  lower  alky!  and/or  phenyl  radicals. 


3,670,650 
SHOTSHELL  WAD 
Francis  HaranH  Garland  McCaffrvy,  Brownsburg,  Quebec; 
Jack  Gamett  Mclndoe,  and  Herbert  Rigg,  both  of  Lachutc' 
Quebec,  aO  of  Canada,  assignors  to  Canadian  Industries' 
Limited,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Canada 

Filed  April  19, 1971,  Ser.  No.  135,095 

Claims  priority,  application  Canada,  June  10, 1970,085160 
Int.  a.  F42b  7/08 
MS.  CI.  1 02—42  C  4  chims 


Apparatiis  for  capturing  and  cutting  a  linear  structure  such 
as  a  cable  comprising  collector  arms  hingedly  interconnected 


A  two  part  wad  column  for  use  in  shotsheDs  is  provided 
which  consists  of  an  overpowder  component  comprising  inner 


910 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


and  outer  concentric  cylindrical  walls  attached  to  a  skirted 
and  plate  and  a  shot  container  component  comprising  a  cup- 
shaped  shot  container  and  a  skirted  end  plate  which  abutts  the 
outer  cylindrical  wall  of  the  overpowder  component. 


3,670,651 
AMMUNITION  ROUND 
WiWam  J.  Mcrtens,  Rkhmoad,  bML, 
poratioa,  Riehmoad,  Ind. 

Flkd  April  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  135,997 
IM.CL  ¥426  7/08 
U.S.a.102— 42C 


to  Avco  Cor- 


SdaioH 


An  ammunition  round  for  providing  deployment  of  a  plu- 
rality of  shot  at  a  distance  from  a  gun  or  launcher  muzzle  is 
disclosed.  The  shot  are  held  within  a  container  secured  to  the 
front  end  of  a  projectile  body  by  projections  on  both  the  ogive 
and  container  body.  The  container  is  provided  with  a 
weakened  shear  or  clamp  area  w^ch  permits  separation  of  the 
ogive  from  the  container  during  setback.  The  shot  is  deployed 
from  the  container  upon  deceleration  of  the  projectile  body. 
The  use  of  a  rocket  motor  in  the  projectile  will  delay  the 
deployment  until  after  rocket  bunM>ut. 


3,670,652 
CONTROLLED  RANGE  PROXIMITY  FUZE 
Ridiard  T.  Zicmba,  BarHagUm,  Vt.,  awlgnnr  to  GcMral  Elec- 
tncCompmy 

nM Miqr  II,  1970, Scr.  No.  36,1 18 

latL  CL  F42c  13/00. 1 1/00, 9/00 

VS.  CI.  102— 70J  P  5  Ctefans 


-         MUK  MMUMOTM 


L|J««--vgP-n-, 


OK&UTM 
■VI 


3,670,6S3 
SELF-POWERED  FUZE  FIRING  SYSTEM 
WDbur  B.  Lum,  Arllii|loi^  and  Robert  A.  Haakdl,  Long 
Beach,  both  of  CaHf.,  assigiion  to  The  United  States  of 
America  a*  reprcaentcd  by  the  Secretary  o(  the  Navy 
FHed  Oct.  16, 1963,  Scr.  No.  316,770 
IBL  a.  F42c  1 1/02, 7/00, 15/20 
US.  CL  102—70.2  R  6  Clafans 

1.  A  self-powered  fiize  firing  system  that  will  initiate 
moderate  energy  wire-bridge  detonators  comprising: 


a.  piezoelectric  impact  generator  having  first  and  second 
electrodes  for  generating  an  output  signal  voltage  when 
deformed  on  impact, 

b.  a  tnuMformer  having  a  primary  winding  and  a  secondary 
winding. 


c.  said  primary  winding  being  connected  across  said  impact 
generator, 

d.  a  diode  rectifier  connected  in  series  with  said  secondary 
winding  and  being  poled  so  as  to  block  current  flow  in 
said  secondary  winding  during  the  time  a  rising  compres- 
sive forcing  fiinction  is  being  applied  to  the  piezoelectric 

^     impact  generator, 

e.  electric  charge  storage  means  coupled  across  said  secon- 
dary winding  and  said  rectifier  series  connected  circuit, 

f.  and  a  detonator  connected  in  series  vrith  a  voltage  nespon- 
sive  switching  means.  ..^ 


An  electronic,  digital  time  fiize  has  a  counter  which  also 
serves  as  a  serial  programmer  and  which  may  be  remotely 
preset  while  in  flight  to  enable  a  proximity  detector  circuit  at  a 
first  predetermined  range,  and  to  self  detonate  the  fuze,  if  not 
sooner  detonated  by  the  proximity  detector  circuit,  at  a 
second  predetermined  range. 


*  3,670,654 

CONTROL  AND  SAFE-STARTING  DEVICE  FOR  USE  IN  A 

DETACHABLE  MISSILE 
Jcu  BiM,  Lcvaioii,  rVwKC  airigwir  to  RMmI  &  Cie 
FHed  May  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36439 
Claims    priority,    application    France.    May    13. 
691 5443  . 

I  bt.CLF42b;5/00 

U.S.  CI.  iflB-70.26A  io< 


1969. 


This  invention  relates  to  a  safe-starting  device  for  a  detacha- 
ble missile  fed  with  current  from  a  source  situated  on  board  a 
vehicle  carrying  the  missile,  by  means  of  a  cable  connef  ted  to 
a  removable  terminal.  \^    -^  I 

In  the  actual  missile  housing  between  a  starting  mechanism 
and  a  current  input  fed  by  said  cable,  there  is  a  provided  a 
time-delay  relay  in  which  the  electric  current  emanating  from 
the  carrier  vehicle  is  converted  into  mechanical  energy  which 
actuates  a  transducer  capable  of  supplying  an  electric  current 
intended  to  be  used  directly  or  to  ensure  control  of  the  starting 
mechanism. 

This  device  increases  the  safety  of  using  detachable  missiles 
while  at  the  same  time  enabling  the  length  of  the  feed  cable  to 
be  reduced. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


911 


3,670,655 
TIMING  MECHANISM 
Thomas  J.  Kmpa,  WOHiigboro,  N  J.,  aaigiK 
ley  Armaments,  Inc..  Mount  Laurel.  N.J. 

Fikd  Joac  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,698 
Iiita.F42c/5/24 
U.S.  CI.  102-79 


to  Delaware  Val- 


air  flow  retponsive  means  mounted  upon  said  housing  for 
vibratory  response  at  its  natural  frequency  when  exposed 
to  air  velocities  in  excess  of  a  predetermined  minimum 
velocity,  and 

motion  translating  means  connected  to  said  flow  responsive 


9Clainis 


An  arming-delay  mechanism  suitable  for  use  in  artillery 
shells  to  prevent  premature  arming  and  explosion  of  the  shell, 
employing  an  escapement  including  a  balance  which  is  "un- 
balanced" in  that  its  pivot  axis  is  radially  further  outward  than 
its  center  of  gravity  with  respect  to  the  spin  axis  about  which 
the  mechanism  spins  after  the  shell  is  fired.  It  also  includes  two 
sequentially  operating  centrifugal  detents  for  preventing  ac- 
cidental starting  of  the  operation  of  the  timing  mechanism 
prior  to  firing  of  the  shell,  with  the  bdance  arranged  to  serve 
as  an  interlock  between  the  two  detents  whereby  the  second 
detent  cannot  be  actiiated  to  its  open  position  until  after  the 
first  detent  has  been  actuated.  Arming  is  produced,  after 
spinning  of  the  shell  releases  both  detents  in  sequence,  by 
means  of  a  centrifiigally  operated  rotor  having  escapement 
teeth  on  it,  which  teeth  engage  the  balance  directly  rather 
than  through  a  gear  train.  The  unbalanced  balance  responds 
to  centrifugal  forces  produced  during  spinning  to  resist  motion 
of  the  rotor  more  strongly  than  a  "balanced"  balance  of  the 
same  mass,  making  possible  a  smaller,  lighter  and  simpler 
mechanism  for  a  given  amount  of  delay,  and  the  sequentially 
operating  arrangement  of  detents  provides  a  high  degree  of 
safety  from  premature  accidental  arming. 


3,670,656 
FUZE  ARMING  DEVICE 
William  J.  Donahue,  Takoma  Pvfc;  David  L.  Blanchard,  Silver 
Spring,  and  John  M.  Wack,  Bcthcsda,  al  of  Md.,  Msignors  to 
The  United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secreta- 
ry of  the  Navy 

FOed  Jan.  26, 1965,  Scr.  No.  428,264 
IntCLF42c5/02 
U.S.  a.  102—81  13  Clafans 

1 .  A  safety  and  arming  device  for  an  ordnance  fuze  compris- 
ing: 

a  housing  having  an  expkxive  initiator  mounted  therein  and 
being  connected  to  the  fiize. 

an  arming  rotor  rotataMy  moUnted  within  said  housing  ad- 
jacent said  initiator, 

said  arming  rotor  having  an  explosive  detonator  mounted 
therein  for  detonation  by  said  initiator  and  transmission 
of  that  detonation  to  the  main  charge  of  the  ordnance 
item, 

said  arming  rotor  being  normally  held  in  a  safety  position 
wherein  said  detonator  is  rotaubiy  out  of  line  vrith  said 
initiator  to  prevent  ignition  of  said  detonator  by  said  in- 
itiator and  being  rotatably  movable  to  an  armed  position 
wherein  said  initiator  and  said  detonator  are  aligned  to 
provide  a  continuous  detonation  path  from  the  initiator  to 
the  main  charge. 


means  and  to  said  arming  rotor, 
whereby  vibration  of  the  flow  responsive  means  at  its  natu- 
ral resonant  frequency  for  a  predetermined  duration  <^ 
time  will  cause  the  arming  rotor  to  be  moved  from  its 
safety  position  to  its  armed  position. 


3,670,657 

SIGNAL  FLARE 

Robert  W.  EvaM,  Hcradon,  Va.,  a«igwir  to  The  United  States 

of  America  as  represented  by  tbc  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

FHed  AprI  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,396 

Int.  CL  F42b  1 1/16. 13/34, 13/40 

U.S.CL102— 87  4( 


A  signal  flare  having  a  container  with  a  plurality  of  propul- 
sion nozzles  in  the  aft  end  and  having  a  propellant  charge 
therein.  A  flare  propellant  is  provided  in  the  forward  end  of 
the  container  and  is  arranged  to  be  ignited  by  the  burning  of 
the  propellant  charge.  A  plurality  of  flare  nozzles  are  also  pro- 
vided in  the  aft  end  of  the  signal  container  and  a  quantity  d[ 
flare  dye  b  positioned  between  the  flare  propellant  and  the 
flare  nozzles.  The  contact  of  hot  flare  propellant  gases  with 
the  flare  dye  causes  ablation  of  the  flare  dye  so  that  the  dye 
colors  the  hot  flare  propellant  gases  which  are  dispersed 
through  the  flare  nozzles. 


I 


912 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3,670,658 
TRANSPORTATION  SYSTEM 
MogCBs  Steffint,  1275  Padfk  Street,  Vancouver,  5  British 
Columbia,  Canada 

FOcd  July  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,576 

Int.  CI.  B64b  7/50,  B61b  13112 

U.S.  CI.  104-22  3Clain|s 


A  transportation  system  wherein  a  plurality  of  gas  filled 
load-carrying  units  having  substantially  neutral  buoyancy  are 
moved  through  a  conduit.  Guiding  and  driving  rollers  in  the 
conduit  guide  and  drive  the  units  therethrough. 


3,670,659 
TRANSPORTATION  INSTALLATION 
Eu«en  Schurch,  Gcriaflnicn,  SwUmriand,  awignoi  to  Von  RoU 
AG,  GcriaAngen,  Switiciland 

Filed  April  14, 1970,Scr.  No.  28,440 
aaims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  April  17,  1969, 
5816/69 

Int.  a.  EOlb  25/26 
U.S.  a.  104—101  12  Claims 


A  transportation  installation  incorporating  a  horizontal 
and/or  vertical  and/or  inclined  extending  track  rail  equipped 
with  at  least  one  rail  member,  along  which  there  can  travel  a 
number  of  transportation  or  conveying  units  having  a  drive 
means  and  devices  for  receiving  loads.  The  track  rail  possesses 
branching  points  equipped  with  switch  or  routing  means.  The 
switch  or  routing  means  incorporates  a  movable  portion  em- 
bodying linear  and/or  curved  connection  rail  pieces  for  the 
track  rail  wMch,  with  respect  to  their  position  and  their  rail 
surfaces  as  well  as  also  their  planes  perpendicular  to  such  rail 
surfaces  and  containing  the  rail  axes  deviate  from  one 
another. 


3,670,660 
DAMPENED  RAILWAY  CAR  TRUCK 
Hans  B.  Weber,  Bedford,  and  Joseph  Brown,  Warrensville 
Heights,  both  of  Ohio,  aarignors  to  Midland-Ross  Corpora- 
tion,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

Filed  Aug.  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  847,025 
Int  a.  B61f  5106, 5/12. 5/38 
U.S.  a.  105-171  11  Claims 

A  four-wheel,  two-axle  railway  car  truck  having  non-in- 
tegral side  frames,  a  spring  plank  and  a  bolster,  functioning 
both  as  a  swing  motion  truck  and  a  roll  control  truck  and  hav- 
ing its  side  frames  joumaled  on  the  associated  wheel  and  axle 


June  20,  1972 

assemblies  for  swinging  movement  of  the  side  frames  transver- 
sely of  the  truck.  The  truck  has  a  first  stop  means  on  the 
bolster  for  restricting  the  lateral  movement  of  the  bolster  rela- 


tive to  the  side  frames  at  a  level  below  the  plane  containing  the 
longitudinal  axes  of  the  axles  and  second  stop  means  as- 
sociated with  the  spring  plank  and  side  frames  for  limitii^  the 
swinging  movement  of  the  side  frames. 


I  3,670,661 

RESILIENT  ROLL  CONTROLLING  RAILWAY  CAR  SIDE 

BEARINGS 
FnuH  V.  A.  PangaHIa,  Mitawwi  TowiwMp,  NJ.,  — Igiim  to 
John  J.  McMuBen  Aasodtrs.  Inc.,  New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

FHcd  March  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,809  j 

Int.  CL  B61f  5114;  F16c  /  7/04, 19/54  I 

U.S.CL105— 199A  21  Claims 


A  device  for  positively  establishing  a  maximum  allowable 
roll  angle  for  a  railway  car,  without  detracting  from  the  capa- 
bility of  the  car  to  move,  in  a  horizontal  plane,  relative  to  its 
trucks.  The  device  utilizes  a  strong  but  yet  resilient  rubber-like 
material  in  limiting  the  roll  of  the  car.  In  some  instances,  the 
material  is  combined  with  shock  absorbing  coil  springs,  in 
others,  it  serves,  itself,  as  the  roll  limiter.  and  still  in  another, 
the  material  is  combined  with  a  plurality  of  steel  cylinders. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


3,670,662 
CAR  BODY  BOLSTER  CENTER  PLATE  ASSEMBLY 
Stanley  H.  FUlion,  WUmctte,  01.,  assignor  to  Dresser  Indus- 
tries, Inc.,  DaUas,  Tex. 

Filed  Aug.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,293 

Int  CI.  B61f  1/00, 5/16.  F16c  7  7/00 

U.S.CI.  105-I99C  5  Claims 


913 

at  each  end  of  the  flat  car  to  raise  the  cover  to  permit  loading 
and  unloading  of  lading  from  the  sides  of  the  flat  car.  such  as 
by  a  forklift  truck  or  the  like.  For  movement  of  the  cover  to  a 


3,670,663 
DEVICE  FOR  AUTOMATICALLY  LATCHING  A 
CONTAINER  TO  A  RAILWAY  CAR  OR  THE  UKE  AND 
FOR  AUTOMATICALLY  UNLATCHING  IT  THEREFROM 
Theodore  J.  Swcgcr,  NapcrvWe,  DL,  Mnignm  to  IDfaiob  Rail- 
way Equipment  Company,  Chicago,  Dl. 

Filed  April  30, 1968,  Scr.  No.  725,363 
Int  CL  B60p  7/08;  B65J 1/22 
U.S.  CL  105— 366  C  341 


raised  position,  one  end  of  the  cover  is  first  raised  and  then  the 
opposite  end  is  raised.  Extensions  on  the  ends  of  the  cover 
guide  the  cover  during  raising  and  lowering  thereof  to 
minimize  any  lateral  tilting  of  the  cover. 


An  integral,  preferably  cast  steel  center  plate  includes  a 
generally  rectangular  flat  base  portion  defining  spaced  mount- 
ing flanges  on  opposite  edges.  A  central  circular  boss  extends 
from  one  face  of  the  base,  for  engagement  with  a  mating 
center  plate  bowl,  and  a  pair  of  beams  extending  from  the  one 
face  between  the  mounting  flanges  on  opposite  sides  of  the 
boss.  In  assembly  to  a  car  underframe.  the  mounting  plate 
flanges  are  bolted  to  the  longitudinal  supporting  flanges  of  the 
center  sill  with  the  beams  stiffening  the  center  plate  for  better 
resistance  of  eccentric  forces. 


3,670,665 
LAYERING  DEVICE  FOR  CAKE 
George  A.  Levi,  Saginaw,  Mich.,  Msignor  to  Baker 
Inc.,  Sagfauw,  Mkh. 

Filed  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,139 

IntCLA23gi/00 
VS.  CL  99—92  15 


An  apparatus  and  a  method  of  malcing  products  such  as 
layered  cake  comprising  an  oven  for  receiving  and  baking 
food  product  passed  therethrough,  a  band  conveyor  for  con- 
veying a  plurality  of  continuous  strips  of  food  product,  such  as 
cake,  through  said  oven  in  side-by-side  relation,  and  a  plurali- 
ty of  conveyors  for  receiving  the  baked  strips  of  food  product 
from  the  band  conveyor  and  transposing  the  strips  into  verti- 
cally superposed,  stacked  relation. 


3,670,666 
FLOW  CONTROL  AND  DAMPING  MEANS 
James  A.  Herman,  Royal  Oak,  Mhdu,  Mdgnor  to  Prcnco 
Mannfacturing  Co.,  Royal  Oak,  Mich. 

Filed  July  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  58,545 
Int  CL  F23g  7/00 
U.S.a.  110— 7R  15  ( 


A  container  fitting  is  automatically  latched  to  a  railway  car 
or  the  like  as  a  direct  result  of  lowering  the  container  thereon, 
is  held  in  latched  position  against  the  action  of  any  usual 
forces  likely  to  be  encountered  by  the  car  in  transit,  and  is  au- 
tomatically unlatched  when  the  container  is  lifted  from  the  car 
by  a  force  sufficient  to  overcome  the  force  of  gravity  acting  on 
the  container  and  the  force  of  a  spring  maintaining  the  latched 
condition  at  each  comer  of  the  container. 


3,670,664 
MOVABLE  COVER  FOR  RAILWAY  FLAT  CARS 

DuMe  V.  Thornton,  St  Charles,  Mc,  assignor  to  ACF  Indus- 
tries, Incorporated,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,502 

Inta.B61di9/00 

U-S.  a.  105-377  2Clatais 

A  cover  adapted  to  fit  over  lading  carried  on  the  deck  of  a 

flat  car.  A  hoist  is  provided  on  a  vertically  extending  support 


The  rate  of  passage  of  a  current  of  fluid  moving  in  one 
direction  through,  or  out  of.  a  conduit  is  modified  by  means  of 
a  counter-current  of  similar  or  different  fluid  moving  in  a 
direction  thereby  impeding  the  passage  of  said  current  and 
prolonging  its  dwell  time  in  such  conduit. 


I 


914 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20J  1972 


3,670,667 

INCINERATOR  FOR  THE  COMBUSTION  OF  WASTE 

PRODUCTS,  PARTICULARLY  PLASTIC  MATERIALS 

Beat  FaurlMldt,  TomcroMvtJ  134, 2730  Hcrlev,  DeniMrk 

Filed  April  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  31,507 

Iat.Cl.F23gJ//2 

U.S.CI.110-8A  8CWim 


In  an  incinerator  comprising  two  combustion  chambers,  the 
primary  combustion  chamber  comprising  refractory  ceramic 
elements  located  adjacent  to  one  another  so  as  to  form 
inclined  continuous  guide  surfaces  and  means  for  supplying 
primary  combustion  air  to  said  primary  combustion  chamber 
opening  into  said  chamber  at  different  levels  above  the  bottom 
thereof. 


3,670,668 
INCINERATOR  WITH  EXTENDED  HEAT  EXCHANGE 

SURFACE 
WWam  A.  PhWiia,  CooMtock  Parii,  MkiL,  Mrigwnr  to  Graw» 
Equtpment,  Ino,  Grand  RapMi,  Mich. 

FBed  Jan.  8, 1971,  Str.  No.  104,912 
lot  CLF23g  7/00 
U.S.C1.110— 8A  17 


I  3,670,669 

PROCESS  FOR  DISPOSAL  OF  COMBUSTIBLE  WASTE 
John  G.  HoMl,  Dearborn,  Mkh.,  asiignnr  to  Jolui  G.  Hood  A 
AflMidatca,  Ypdiand,  Mkh. 

1     Flted  Dm.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,559 
I  Iirt.a.F23g5/04  I 

U.S.  CL  1 10-8  R  14  CWms 


Combustible  waste  material  is  collected  and  processed  after 
which  it  is  dispoaed  of  by  incineration,  the  energy  derived 
from  combustion  being  utilized  to  produce  electrical  energy. 
Included  in  the  processing  of  the  waste  material  are  the  steps 

of  shredding  the  waste  naaterial,  feeding  the  shredded  material 
through  a  high  density  press  to  separate  the  dry  matter  from 
the  liquids,  heating  the  shredded  material  to  drive  off  addi- 
tional moisture  and  gases,  fluidizing  and  feeding  the  dried 
shredded  material  into  the  incinerator. 


to 


3,670,670 
HARROWS 
Herbert  Vlacrs,   Nleow-Vcnnep,   NeUierlands, 
LaBdbMwwcrktttigciicn  Machinefabrtek  H.  Vl8sci|i  N.V., 
NleawVeniiep,NctherlMids  I 

Condnnadon  of  Ser.  No.  741,944,  July  2, 1968,  abandoned. 
This  application  Jnne  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  41,780 
Int.  a.  AOlc  7/08, 5/00;  A0lh33/16 
U.S.  CI.  111-10  aClalms 


An  incinerator  for  a  drying  oven  and  the  like  to  remove 
combustible  fumes  such  as  solvent  vapors  from  the  exhaust 
from  such  ovens.  The  incinerator  is  formed  from  a  narrow, 
elongated,  heat  conducting,  metal  incinerator  conduit  having 
at  least  one  U  or  reverse  bend  to  increase  turbulance  within 
the  conduit  and 'to  increase  heat  exchange  of  hot  gases  with 
the  exterior  of  the  conduit  The  incinerator  conduit  is  formed 
of  a  plurality  of  elongated  arcuate  sections  which  are  secured 
together  at  the  edges.  Heat  conducting  fins  extend  through  the 
conduit  between  the  interior  and  the  exterior  thereof  at  the 
edges  of  the  arcuate  sections  to  facilitate  heat  transfer 
between  the  interior  and  exterior  of  the  incinerator  conduit. 
The  fume-laden  gases  to  be  incinerated  are  channelled  along 
the  exterior  surface  of  the  incinerator  conduit  in  contact  with 
the  heat  exchange  fins  by  a  larger  preheat  conduit  surrounding 
the  incinerator  conduit.  A  fan  draws  the  solvent-laden  gases 
through  the  larger  preheat  conduit  and  forces  the  preheated 
gases  into  the  incinerator  conduit  at  a  higher  pressure  than 
that  of  the  preheat  conduit. 


The  invention  relates  to  a  harrow  having  one  or  more  trans- 
versely reciprocating  teeth  carrying  beams  and  further  having 
a  device  for  sowing  seeds.  The  teeth  of  said  reciprocating  har- 
row beam  or  beams  are  each  provided  or  united  with  a  chan- 
nel extending  longitudinal  of  the  tooth  and  said  channel  at  its 
upper  end  is  connected  to  a  seed  supply  and  has  at  or  near  its 
lower  end  an  outlet. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


915 


3,670,671 
PLANTER 
OhIo    Uencmann,    Clarendon    Hlls,    and    DaiM    Henry, 
Downers  Grove,  both  of  OL,  —sig to  Internationa  Har- 
vester ConpMy,  CMcafo,  IIL 

Ftted  Jan.  6, 1970.  Ser.  No.  998 

Int.  CL  AOlc  7/ J 8;  GOlf  11/20 

U.S.CL  111-77  3Clafais 


A  planter  for  seed  of  different  size  of  shape  wherein  a  seed 
wheel  or  rotor  is  rouubly  mounted  in  a  housing  having  a  sta- 
tionary wall  surrounding  the  rotor  and  a  seed  supply.  Inwardly 
yieldabie  fingers  are  mounted  on  the  rotor  to  pass  through  the 
seed  supply,  select  a  seed  and  press  it  against  the  wall,  said 

wail  being  adapted  to  urge  the  fingers  inwardly  and  having  an 
outlet  therein  accommodating  outward  movement  of  the  suc- 
cessive of  said  fingers  to  discharge  the  seed. 


whereas  others  form  loop-tufts  and/or  U-tufts  from  a  continu- 
ous strand.  For  tufts  of  the  same  or  different  color  and  of  the 
same  or  different  length,  the  pile  pattern  may  be  changed  by 
controlling  the  number  of  rows  of  tufts  per  unit  length  of  the 
backing;  the  number  of  tufts  per  row  (gage),  and  the  relative 
positions  of  corresponding  tufts  of  different  rows.  All  of  the 
machines  utilize  at  least  one,  and  usually  more,  of  the  follow- 
ing means  in  cooperative  combinations:  tufting  needle  means 
including  split-eye  needles  of  novel  construction  and  mode  of 
control  for  opening  and/or  closure  of  the  needle  eyes;  forked- 
end  tufting  blades  which  slit  the  backing  and  force  the  strands 
through  the  backing  to  form  loop-tufts;  novel  adjusteble  bit- 
stop  means  at  the  tufting  sUtions;  strand-clamping  means  of 
novel  construction  at  the  tufting  stations  and/or  in  advance  of 
strand-severing  means;  strand-severing  means  of  novel  rotary 
cutter  and  anvil  construction  used  in  various  combinations  of 
single  cutter/single  anvil,  multiplc-cutter/single  anvil,  and 
multiple-cutter/multiple  anvil  to  supply  a  tufting  sution  with 
tufting  material  of  selected  length  and/or  of  selected  color  or 
other  characteristics:   novel   cutter/anvil   arrangements  for 
making  cut  and/or  uncut  loop-tufts  from  continuous  strands 
and  in  which  blades  of  the  cutter  slit  the  backing,  force  the 
strands  through  the  backing  into  the  anvil  recesses,  and,  for 
cut  loop-tufts,  cooperate  with  knife  means  in  anvil  recesses: 
for  slitting  the  backing,  the  tufting  blades  may  be  fixed  to  a  ro^ 
tary  member,  or  may  be  retractibly  mounted  on  a  rotary  cutter 
member,  fixedly  attached  to  a  reciprocating  member,  slidably 
mounted  in  a  stationary  member  and  operated  by  a  cam  «»• 
other  means,  or  slidably  mounted  in  a  reciprocating  member; 
the  tufling  anvU  may  be  a  rotary  structure  or  a  beh  structure, 
segmented  or  continuous,  having  upstanding  recess-forming 
elements  attached  to  the  beh  or  integral  therewith:  means  in- 
cluding   mechanism    for    effecting    adjustable    step-by-step 
lengthwise   feed   of  the    backing;   means   including   novel 
mechanism  for  effecting  relative  motion  between  the  backing 
and  a  row  of  tufting-needle  means  in  direction  lateraUy  of  the 
lengthwise  feed  of  the  backing. 


3,670,672  3,670,673 

TUFTING  MACHINES  FOR  MANUFACnJRE  OF  TUFTED  rh,  wi^           BUTTON  FEED  DEVICE 

FABRICS,  TUFTED  CARPETS,  RUGS,  DRAPES.  HEAVY  ^  J3~^u^nT  ^T*^  "^  """^^  ^-  iieoim,  Lomtr 

FABRICS,  AND  THE  LKE  !!lT^l!!^_'l'>  T****"  ^  ^•'^^  Mnchfaie  Corpem- 

Abram  N.  Spwid,  344  Stockton  St^  Princeton,  N  J.,  and  John  MI!??^I?^^*  c,      . 

saidScfawalz  uitCLD05bi/22 

Fifed  June  25, 1969,  Ser.  No.  836399  UA  a  112-113 
Int.  CL  D05c  J  5/34 
VS.  a.  1 12-79  R                                                          27  Claims 


14 


^.y 


Tufting  machines  for  making  U-tufts  and/or  loop-tufts  on  a 
backing.  The  tufts  may  be  made  of  the  same  or  different 
heights  and  from  strands  of  tufting  material  having  the  same  or 
d^erent  color  or  other  characteristics.  Some  machines  form 
U-tufts  and/or  loop-tufts  from  discrete  bits  of  tufting  material 

899  O.O.— 34 


«w  ^— r       w        if 


A  button  feed  device  comprising  insert  arm  means  to  orient 
and  transfer  buttons  from  an  engaging  station  to  a  sewing  sta- 
tion, lifting  means  to  sequentially  raise  and  lower  the  insert 
arm  means,  pin  means  extending  from  the  insert  arm  means 
and  adapted  to  move  relative  to  each  other  in  a  first  direction 
to  an  orienting  position  when  contacting  the  surface  of  a  but- 
ton to  engage  certain  of  the  sewing  holes  ci  the  button  with 
the  pin  means  again  returning  to  a  normal  pocition,  but  en- 
gaged in  the  button  holes  in  order  to  orient  the  button  by  no 
later  than  the  time  drive  means  transport  the  insert  arm  and 
engaged  button  to  the  sewing  station. 


916 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,670,674 

AUTOMATIC  FEEDER  FOR  WORKPIECES  OF  FABRIC 

OR  THE  LIKE 

WBIiaB  R.  Couer.  Jr.,  ShdbyvOle.  Teniu,  aailgiior  to  KcU- 

wood  ConpMijr,  St.  Louk,  Mo. 

FBed  April  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,378 

laL  CI.  DOSb  33 100 

U.S.a.  112— 121.29  9Ctaliiis 


2^ 


7'^'^^'t^^^ 


■— 1 


"m    'pi 

L — 


desired  vMorking  areas  with  precision  opposite  the  garment 
working  stations.  A  garment  portion  indexer  is  employed 
which  clamps  the  panel  to  preserve  its  automatically  obtained 
alignment  effectively  throughout  the  working  operations.  The 
indexer  accurately  indexes  the  aligned  panel  step  by  step  to 
each  of  the  stations  continuously  retaining  its  grip  until  that  is 
no  longer  needed.  Pockets  are  deposited  on  the  platform  and 
automatically  aligned  with  a  selected  indexed  panel  position. 
The  pocket  is  attached  to  the  panel  at  a  precisely  determined 
panel  location  after  being  transferred  thereto  with  aa  auto- 
matic actuated  transfer  device.  Pocket  manipulation  is 
uniquely  performed  at  a  garment  station  to  precisely  align 
pocket  and  panel  parts  as  well  as  prepare  completion  of 
pocket  attachment.  Aesthetic  completion  of  panel  to  pocket 
assembly  is  obtained  with  accurate  bar  tack  operations,  assur- 
ing a  repetitively  neat  product.  An  automatic  panel  dart  form- 
ing station  is  shown  for  the  attachment  of  a  rear  garment  panel 
for  a  pair  of  trousers  to  a  back  pocket.  High  speed  popket  to 
garment  attachments  are  obtained. 


^ 


Apparatus  for  automaticaUy  feeding  workpieces  of  fiabric  or 
similar  limp  material  one  after  another  from  a  stack  of  work- 
pieces  and  delivering  each  workpiece  to  •  sewing  machine  for 
a  sewing  operation  along  an  edge  of  the  workpiece.  The  top 
workpiece  of  the  stack  is  picked  off  by  means  of  a  roller  which 
rolls  up  the  top  work|Mece  at  the  stack,  advances  it  to  a  posi- 
tion spaced  from  the  stack,  and  then  retracts  to  unroll  the 
workpiece,  whereupon  a  feed  device  takes  over  to  feed  the 
workpiece  into  a  sewing  machine  to  start  the  sewing  opera- 
tion. The  sewing  machine  then  takes  over,  and  the  workpiece 
is  fed  through  the  sewing  machine  by  the  feed  device  of  the 
sewing  machine  and  stitched.  In  being  fed  through  the  sewing 
nuichine,  the  workpiece  is  automatically  guided  for  contour 
stitching  along  an  edge  thereof.  A  stacker  is  provided  on  the 
exit  side  of  the  sewing  nuchine  for  automatically  stacking 
completed  workpieces  exiting  fix>m  the  sewing  machine. 


3,670,675 
METH(M>  AND  SYSTEM  FOR  ATTACHING  A  POCKET 
TO  A  PORTION  OF  A  GARMENT 
Herman  Rovin,  Norwalk,  Conn.;  Jamca  W.  Cobb,  TanTtown, 
N.Y.;  TlModorc  Opoacndd,  DwtaB,  Conn.;  Hkhmr6  H.  WU- 
lard,  Norwalk,  Comi.;  Raymond  Rigaft,  Jr.,  Monroe,  Conn., 
and  Joseph  PriMcano,  Greenwich,  Conn.,  saslgnnni  to  Ivan- 
hoc  Rcscvch  Corporation  c/o  Robert  A.  Hack,  New  York, 
N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  857,012 

Int.Cl.D05b27/00 

U.S.CL  112—121.12  16  Claims 


A  system  and  method  of  fastening  a  pocket  to  a  portion  of  a 
garment  is  described.  Garment  working  stations  are  arranged 
in  a  preselected  manner  about  a  platform  with  predetermined 
accurate  alignment  of  their  individual  garment  working  opera- 
tions. Each  garment  portion  is  automatically  deposited  on  the 
platform  and  aligned  with  an  orientation  selected  to  bring  its 


CONTRC 


3,670,676 
lOL  MEANS  FOR  BUTTONHOLE  ZIGZAG 
SEWING  MACHINE 
Toshio  Sawada,  OluiaU,  JapM^  MrigBor  to  Aisln  Sdkl 
KabvskikiKnUia,AicyPrcf.,  Japan  i 

FVed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,877  | 

Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Nov.     10.     1969. 
44/89943 

Int.CLD05bi/02 
U.S.CL  112-158  B  SCtalms 


1 

A  zigzag  sewing  machine  including  means  to  oscillate  the 
needle  at  right  angle  to  the  work  feeding  direction,  first  con- 
trol means  to  vary  the  overstitch  width,  second  control  means 
to  vary  the  stitching  direction,  third  control  means  to  vary 
needle  stitching  position,  and  manual  control  means  for  the 
sewing  of  buttonholes.  The  manual  control  means  is  operably 
connected  to  control  cam  means  to  have  said  control  cam 
means  actuated  together  so  as  to  engage  with  cooperating  fol- 
lower means  at  corresponding  tracks  of  said  control  cam 
means. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


917 


3,670,677 
LOOPER  DRIVE  MECHANISM 
Tctsuro  Hirayama,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assignor  to  Tokyo  Juki 
Kogyo  Kaboshiki  Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Sept  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  73,914 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Sept.     25,     1969, 
44/76452 

Int.  a.  DOSb  7/06 
U.S.  CI.  112-199  3  Claims 


the  lining  material  and  are  sewn  along  their  aligned  edges  to 
one  edge  cf  the  lining  material  by  one  sewing  head  and  the 
overlying  edge  of  the  lower  cuff  panel  of  each  pair  is  folded 
downwardly  about  the  opposite  edge  of  the  lining  material  and 
sewn  thereto  by  the  other  sewing  head.  The  continuous  lining 


A  looper  drive  mechanism  comprises  a  driving  shaft  or 
crank  shaft,  a  connecting  rod  connected  to  the  crank  shaft,  an 
arm  coupled  to  the  connecting  rod,  a  looper  shaft  connected 
to  the  arm  and  supported  by  a  support  member  mounted  to 
the  sewing  machine,  and  a  looper  provided  to  the  looper  shaft. 


3,670,678 
ROLLER-FOOT  FOR  SEWING  MACHINES 

ifaiwrilaiHtrn,  upper  Painthwtc,  Germany,  as- 
to  Pfiir  IndurtiicmMdiincn  GmbH,  Kaiwrriautcni, 
Pfaiz,  Western,  Germany 

Filed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  103,745 
Qaims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  6,  1 970,  P  70  1 7 
001.3 

Int  a.  D05b  29/00 
U.S.CL  112-235  3CWnis 


material  with  the  cuff  panels  sewn  thereto  are  then  passed  to  a 
second  sewing  station  where  the  lining  material  is  cut  between 
the  pairs  of  cuff  panels  and  the  edges  of  the  cuff  panels  ad- 
jacent the  cut  in  the  lining  material  are  sewn  to  the  lining 
material. 


3,670,680 

WATER  EXPULSION  SYSTEM 

Frederick  A.  Kricdt,  604  Ahna  St  S.E.,  Vienna,  Va. 

Filed  Sept  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,461 

Int.CLB63g«/00 

U.S.a.114— 16R  12 


A  roller  foot  for  sewing  machines  comprising  a  support  and 
a  feed  roller  secured  to  said  support  and  incUned  relative  to 
the  path  of  needle  movement,  said  feed  roller  having  a  race 
ring  that  is  connected  to  an  inner  disk  by  way  of  a  ball  bearing, 
while  the  inner  disk  is  connected  to  said  support  by  a  releasa- 
ble  positive  force  transmitting  connection  and  means,  such  as 
a  screw  that  secures  the  connection. 


3,670,679 
CUFF  MAKING  METHOD 
Richard  D.  CampbeU,  deceaaed,  late  of  135  Yaupon  Terrace, 
P.O.  Box  296,  Morehead  City,  N.C.  (by  Sue  Green  Camp- 
ben,  executrix) 

FUed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,526 
Int.  CL  D05b  7/00 
U.S.  a.  1 12—262  7  Claims 

A  shirt  sleeve  cuff  making  method  and  apparatus  wherein  a 
continuous  length  of  cuff  lining  material  is  passed  through  tan- 
dem sewing  heads,  and  pairs  of  cuff  panels  are  placed  upon 


The  present  invention  is  an  im|Hovement  for  use  in  deep- 
water  hydraulic  power  units,  utilizing  a  chemical  reaction  to 
generate  a  gas  to  evacuate  a  chamber  into  which  ambient  sea- 
water  is  passed  after  being  throttled  through  a  hydraulic  mo- 
tor. 


918 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3^70,681 

SHIP  MOUNTED  ICE  BREAKING  SYSTEM 

ThoMs  B.  Upchwch,  Jr^  101  MifMlb  St.«  Racford,  N.C. 

Filed  May  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,566 

Int.  a.  B63b  J5/a« 

U.S.CL  114-40 


June  20,  1972 
OF 


3,670,683 
«ULLS  OF  THE  SHIPS  AND  THEIR  METHODS 
CONSTRUCTION 
Bernard  Jean  Pierre  Lmdi  Luden  Bmaiaax,  Chateaay  Malab- 
ry,  and  Roger  Jcaa  Le  Carre,  Cotnrrevoie,  both  el  France,  ••- 
SClalim       iifiiora   to   Etal   Francaii  Drhfrton   MlntatcricUi   Pour 
L'AmMmeat,  Paria,  France 

Filed  June  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,865 
Claiim    priority,    application    France,    June    2sJ    1969, 
6921218 

Int.a.B63bi/00 


u.s.a. 


in  abstract,  a  preferred  embodiment  of  this  invention  is  a 
ship  capable  of  cruising  at  relatively  high  speed  in  open  water 
while  still  having  capability  of  brealcing  up  large  ice  floes  with 
a  combination  of  a  saw  toothed  upwardly  biased,  under  ice 
stressing  member  and  an  above  ice,  downwardly  projecting, 
variable  position,  chisel  type  ice  cracking  means. 


3,670,682 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  HANDLING  SHIPS 
Clyde  M.  Leavitt;  Wrilv  C  JohBNi^  both  of  PaKaioula,  and 
Dob  C  Hal,  IV,  OccMi  Sprii^i,  tf  «(  Milk,  MrigMTS  to  UI- 
ton  SyUcma,  Inc.,  Beverly  rak,  CaM. 

FBed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  9 

Int.  CL  B63c  1102, 3/04, 3/08 

U.S.C].  114—45  18 


A  launching  and  retrieving  facility  for  handling  ships  with 
an  open  ended,  sectionally  constructed  drydock  having  one 
side  of  removable  wingvvalls.  In  an  inshore  position  the 
drydock  is  ballasted  to  rest  upon  a  firm  foundation  and  a  track 
system  on  the  drydock  floor  aligns  with  a  similar  shore-based 
track  system  thereby  allowing  the  ship  to  be  rollably  or 
slidably  transferred  between  the  drydock  and  shore.  After  the 
sliip  is  transferred  to  the  drydock,  the  wingwalls  are  set  in 
plaice  and  the  drydock  deballasted  to  float  off  the  foundation. 
The  drydock  and  ship  thereon  are  moved  into  the  launching 
area  where  the  drydock  is  ballasted  down  until  the  ship  is  set 
afloat.  Ship  retrieval  firom  water  to  shore  is  achieved  by  a 
reverse  procedure. 


14-65  R 


9  Claims 


A  hull  of  a  ship  cominises  a  plurality  of  longitudinally 
spaced  transverse  frames  on  which  are  nnounted  in  succesnon, 
a  first  continuous  skin,  a  plurality  of  spaced  longitudinal  ribs 
and  a  second  continuous  skin.  The  skim  and  riba  are  assem- 
bled on  the  frames  with  tlie  latter  in  inverted  position,  and  the 
smbly  is  inverted  when  completed. 


I  -     3,670,684 

POWER  DRIVEN  VEHICLE  FOR  SURFACE  TRAVEL  ON 

A  BODY  OF  WATER 

George  J.  Hdkcr,  1261  N.E.  1 12tli  St^  Mianil,  fla. 

FBed  Oct  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,556 

M.CLB63bl/22 

VS.  CI.  1 14—66.5  P  8  dainw 


A  power  driven  vehicle  for  travel  on  a  body  of  water  which 
maintaias  sutic  floution  by  means  of  a  hull  and  is  provided 
with  articulated  skis  or  pontoons  for  surface  travel  when 
power  driven,  including  independent  shock  absorbing  suspen- 
sion connections  between  each  ski  or  pontoon  and  the  hull  for 
negotiating  rough  water  with  minimum  shock  transmission  to 
the  hull. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  114 — ^74  sec: 
Patent  No.  3,671,315 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


919 


3,670,685 
FLEXIBLE  RUDDER 
Aido  Mileasa,  171  Avenue  B,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,264 
Int  a.  B63h  25/06 
U.S.CI.  114— 162 


3,670,687 

BOAT  HAVING  PIVOTALLY  MOUNTED  STEERING 

MECHANISM 

Ernest  W.  Rowley,  13952  Dunton  Drive,  WiBowdale,  Ontvio, 

Canada 

1  Claim  Filed  Aprfl  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,295 

Int.  CLB63h  27/26 
U.S.a.  115— 18R  9Clainis 


^x^' 


A  vessel  rudder  consisting  of  a  woven  plastic  water  deflect- 
ing plate  of  a  substantially  trapezoid  shape  tensionally  sup- 
ported by  a  vertical  slotted  rod  which  is  positioned  in  the 
center  plane  of  the  vessel's  stem.  A  rudder  stock  is  also  posi- 
tioned in  the  center  plane.  But  aft  of  the  vertical  slotted  rod  a 
disUnce  approximately  equal  to  one  fourth  of  the  rudder 
plate's  total  maximum  length.  There  is  also  fixed  on  the  aft 
side  another  slotted  rod  supporting  the  back  end  of  the  woven 
plastic  plate.  And  by  turning  the  rudder  stock  plate  it  assumes 
a  longitudinally  curved  shape  for  deflecting  the  water 
sideways. 


3,670,686 

SUBMERGED  MOORING  SYSTEM 

David  G.  Reynolds,  13952  Dunton  Drive,  WMttlcr,  CaHf. 

FBed  Sept.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,293 

IntCLB63b2;/aO 

U.S.CL  114—230  5ClainH 


A  submerged  mooring  system  for  a  tanker  which  is  being 
loaded,  or  unloaded.  The  mooring  system  permits  the  tanker 
to  drift  with  the  wind  and/or  current  while  maintaining  the 
bow  of  the  tanker  headed  toward  the  anchor  point.  The  moor- 
ing system  incorporates  a  swivel  which  rotates  around  a  verti- 
cal axis  as  the  heading  of  the  tanker  changes  with  variations  in 
the  wind  and/or  current.  The  swivel  comprises  a  column 
means,  a  circular  mooring  ring  loosely  encircling  and  slidable 
circuntferentially  around  the  column  means,  means  for  retain- 
ing the  mooring  ring  on  the  column  means,  and  a  slip  ring 
linked  with  and  slidable  circumferentially  of  the  mooring  ring, 
the  nKmring  line  being  connected  to  the  slip  ring.  A  hose  for 
loading  or  unloading  the  tanker  extends  between  the  tanker 
and  the  mooring  system  and  the  mooring  system  incorporates 
another  swivel  which  permits  the  hose  to  swivel  about  the 
same  axis  as  the  nKKning  swivel  in  response  to  changes  in  the 
heading  of  the  tanker. 


A  boat  having  a  transom  which  constitutes  the  stem  wall  of 
a  well  provided  in  the  boat,  an  outboard  motor  being  pivotally 
mounted  on  the  transom  with  a  portion  of  the  outboard  motor 
having  pivotally  connected  thereto,  at  a  spaced  distance  from 
the  axis  about  which  the  motor  is  pivotally  mounted  on  the 
transom,  one  end  of  a  rigid  actuating  rod  which  is  slidably 
disposed  within  a  guide  tube.  The  guide  tube  is  disposed 
through  an  opening  in  a  side  wall  of  the  well  and  presents  the 
ball  of  a  watertight  ball  and  socket  jomt,  the  socket  of  which  is 
constituted  by  the  portion  of  the  side  wall  bounding  the  entire 
opening  through  the  thickness  of  the  side  wall  whereby  the 
socket  extends  across  the  entire  thickness  of  said  side  wall. 
Thus,  pivotal  movement  of  the  actuating  rod,  and  of  the  guide 
tube  within  which  the  rod  is  disposed,  is  permitted  about  the 
ball  and  socket  joint  in  order  to  accommodate  pivotal  move- 
ment of  the  outboard  motor,  while  even  if  water  enters  the 
well  by  passing  over  the  transom,  this  water  is  prevented  from 
passing  from  the  well  through  the  opening  in  the  side  wall 
thereof  into  the  interior  ot  the  hull  of  the  boat.  Passage  of 
water  into  the  interior  of  the  hull  of  the  boat  could  of  course 
result  in  the  boat  being  swamped. 


3,670,688 

COMPOSITE  VALVE  STEM 

Lewis  A.  Scabcrg,  7401  Humboldt  Ave  S.,  MinnenpoHs,  Minn. 

FHcd  March  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,121 

Iiita.B60c2i/02 
U.S.  CI.  1 16—34  4  CWms 


A  pressure-indicating  composite  valve  stem  for  mounting  in 
the  valve  stem  opening  of  tubeless  tire  rims  is  taught.  The 
valve  stem  includes  a  central  rigid  tubular  stem  member.  A 


\ 


920 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20, 1972 


barrel  housing  extends  about  or  around  a  portion  of  the  length 
of  the  central  tubular  member,  forming  an  elongated  annular 
cavity  about  the  tubular  member.  A  lateral  port  in  the  wall  of 
the  central  tubular  member  communicates  with  this  cavity. 
The  barrel  housing  has  an  annular  band  transparent  window 
permitting  view  of  pressure  indicia  within  the  barrel  housing. 
A  significant  portion  of  the  central  tubular  member  extends 
below  the  barrel  housing  and  is  firmly  bonded  to  a  unitary 
elastic  body.  This  elastic  body  also  is  firmly  bonded  to  the 
lowermost  portion  of  the  barrel  housing  and  forms  a  hermetic 
seal  over  the  junction  at  the  inner  or  lowermost  end  of  the  bar- 
rel and  the  tubular  member.  The  elastic  body  is  also  provided 
with  a  neck  portion  and  head  portion  for  mounting  purposes 
in  the  tubeless  tire  rim. 

Within  the  cavity  between  the  barrel  housing  and  tubular 
member  is  a  pressure-indicating  assembly  which  includes  a 
ring  pbton.  a  coil  spring  forcing  the  piston  toward  the  bottom 
of  the  cavity  nearest  the  rim  mounting,  a  sleeve-like  visual 
pressure  indicator  fixed  to  the  piston  and  viewable  through  the 
window  of  the  barrel  housing,  movable  seals  for  maintaining 
an  air  tight  condition  as  the  piston  slides,  stop  member  to  limit 
the  motion  of  the  piston,  and  means  permitting  atmospheric 
air  passage  from  and  to  the  outer  end  of  the  cavity  as  the 
piston  slides  therein. 


rod.  When  the  push  button  is  pressed  inwards,  the  pu^  rod 
moves  inwards  so  opening  the  valve.  Gas  under  pressure 


3,670,689 

TILT-OPERATED  HAND  HELD  GAS  POWERED 

ACOUSTIC  DEVICE 

Miciiad  PappM,  Irvliiftoii,  NJ^  airignor  to  Fakon  Safety 

Producta,  lac^  Mountainiklc,  N  J. 

Flkd  Mmth  20, 1970,  Scr.  ^k>.  21^44 

Iiit.CLG08b27/00 

U^CL  116—112  8  Claims 


^      23    20 


A  hand-held  gas  powered  horn  is  operated  by  manually  tilt- 
ing the  horn  body  with  respect  to  the  can  from  which  it  is  sup- 
ported. The  can  contains  a  vaporizable  liquid  or  compressed 
gas  which  is  released  through  a  valve  mounted  in  the  neck  of 
the  can  and  having  a  stem  on  which  the  horn  is  mounted  by  a 
screw-thread  connection.  The  parts  are  made  of  momentarily 
deformable  synthetic  plastic  material  which  enables  the  cover 
to  be  snapped  in  place  on  the  back  of  the  horn  body  and  the 
horn  to  be  force-locked  on  and  force-released  from  the  valve 
stem. 


passes  to  the  horn  causing  it  to  sound.  This  is  a  small  device  — 
well  adafHed  for  use  as  a  personal  warning  and  signalling 
device. 


3,670,691  ^ 

BOOKMARKS 
Isabel  H.  Andenon,  3427  E.  Hatcher  Road,  Phoenix,  Arb. 
1    Flkd  April  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27,367  i 

1  Int.  Cl.B42d  9/00  | 

U.S.CL  116—119  SCWma 


A  bookmark  employing  a  bifurcated  elongated  member  for 
extending  around  one  or  more  pages  of  a  book  and  having  an 
ornamental  crown  fastened  to  the  member  for  indicating  the 
type  of  book  on  which  the  bookmark  is  placed.  A  ribbon  is 
pivotally  mounted  on  the  bookmark  between  the  bifurcated 
elongated  member  and  the  crown  for  360*  pivoted  movement. 


3,670,692 

UNDERWATER  DYE-MARKER  RELEASE  MECHANISM 
David  L.  Jackson,  4504  Cape  May  Ave,  San  DfecOt  Caltf. 
I      Filed  May  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  36,520         I 
•  Int.  CI.  G09f  9/00  j 

U.S.  CI.  LI6— 124  B  3  Claims 


3,670,690 
AEROSOL  OPERATED  HORN 
Robert  E.  Swanaon,  5212  GranviUc  St.,  Vancouver  13,  British 
Columbia,  Canada 

FDcd  Nov.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  87,808 

InLa.G08b27/00 

U.S.  a.  1 16— 1 12  2  Claims 

A  small  air  horn  adapted  to  be  secured  to  a  standard  valve 

of  a  standard  aerosol  cartridge.  A  push  rod  extending  through 

the  horn  to  the  valve,  with  a  push  button  at  an  outer  end  of  the 


A  quantity  of  concentrated  marker  dyestuff  is  sealed 
between  two  lip-to-lip  plastic  cups.  The  cups  are  held  together 
in  a- round  tubular  sleeve  by  a  strong  pre-loaded  spring  in 
response  to  a  remote  trigger  pulse,  whereupon  the  cups  fall 
apart  and  release  the  dye.  ^ 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


921 


3,670,693 
QUARTZ  CRYSTAL  RESONATOR  TUNING  CONTROL 
APPARATUS  I 

WiUiam  G.  Rorick,  Costa  Mesa,  and  Hcrberlfo.  Lewis,  West- 
minster,  both  of  CaUf.,  assignors  to  Collins  Radio  Company. 
Dallas,  Tex.  *^  ' 

Flkd  March  23, 1971,  Ser.  No.  127,270 
Int.CI.C23c////2 
U.S.  CI.  118-5  6  Claims 


culated  to  the  impellers  by  a  conveyor  system.  A  routing 
agitator  located  within  a  reservoir  continually  breaks  up  lumps 
of  the  shredded  coconut  and  laterally  moving  cups  carry  and 
crop  the  coconut  to  the  impellers  for  application  to  the  food 
articles. 


TO  VOLTMC 
OONVERTCR 


I* 


ncFcncNCE 

fUtOUtXCY 


VOLTAGt 
OOMPMATOM 


12 


'1«1- 


■j"^: 


f"^ 


--'  34 


^  A  quartz  crystal  resonator  tuning  plating  automatic  control 
process  utilizing  an  automatic  feedback  control  circuit  in  a 
process  loop  with  the  quartz  crystal  being  metal  plating  tuned 
in  an  oscillator  circuit.  The  frequency  of  the  oscillator  circuit 
is  mixed  with  a  reference  fi^uency  and  the  difference 
frequency  is  converted  to  dc  applied  to  an  RC  circuit  con- 
nected to  a  power  amplifier  for  developing  an  exponential 
power  output  response  from  the  power  amplifier  that  melts 
and  vaporizes  plating  metal  (such  as  gold)  in  a  vacuum 
chamber.  This  results  in  the  plating  rate  on  the  quartz  crystal 
being  tuned  processed  tapering  off  from  a  much  higher  rate  to 
a  very  low  plating  rate  as  the  desired  tuned  frequency  is  ap- 
proached. Minimum  power  level  and  shutoff  controls  are  pro- 
vided for  the  power  amplifier  in  attaining  desired  levels  of 
product  frequency  adjustment  and  plating  cutoff. 


3,670,694 
APPARATUS  FOR  COATING  FOOD  ARTICLES 
Leo  G.  Vocd,  Downingtown,  Pa.,  assignor  to  CampbeU  Soup 
Company,  Camden,  N  J. 

Flkd  Sept.  15, 1969,  Ser.  No.  857,675 

Int  CL  B05b  7/ J 4;  B05c  5/00 

U.S.  a.  118-24  5  Claims 


3,670,695 

APPARATUS  FOR  CONTROLLING  WEIGHT  AND 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  A  COATING 

Robert  W.  Patterson,  Fabfleld,  Ala.,  anignor  to  United  States 

Sted  Corporation 

Flkd  Feb.  23, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 17,894 
InLCLB05cyy/06 
U.S.CL  118—63  3( 


An  air  knife  assembly  with  a  multiplicity  of  curved  orifices 
spaced  around  its  periphery  for  controlling  the  weight  and  dis- 
tribution of  a  coating  applied  to  a  continuously  moving  sub- 
strate. Means  are  included  for  rotating  the  assembly  to  posi- 
tion any  desired  orifice  into  an  operating  position  facing  the 
substrate.  Removable  baffles  prevent  the  flow  of  air  to  aU  of 
the  knives  except  the  one  in  the  operating  position. 


3,670,696 

COATING  APPARATUS  FOR  TUBULAR  OBJECTS 

Anthony  W.  Flndky,  Bdkchaase,  La.,  and  Jesse  M.  Rogen, 

Houston,  Tex.^  assignors  to  Anchor- Watc  Company 

FBed  Feb.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 17,607 

Int.  CL  B05c  5/00;  B05b  13/02 

U.S.CL  118-320  10  ( 


^112:-'^ 


An  apparatus  for  applying  moist,  long  strands  of  shredded 
coconut  or  similar  material  to  a  series  of  food  articles,  such  as 
layer  cakes,  in  which  the  coconut  is  sprayed  onto  and  around 
the  cakes  by  rotating  impellers  as  the  cakes  advance  through  a 
chamber.  The  coconut  not  adhering  to  the  cakes  is  collected 
at  the  bottom  of  the  chamber  by  air  under  pressure  and  recir- 


A  pair  of  elastomeric  coated  drums  is  arranged  so  that  the 
longitudinaUxis  of  the  lower  of  the  pair  of  drums  is  positioned 
rearwardly,  or  offset  from,  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  upper  of 
the  pair  of  drums  to  thereby  provide  a  receiving  area  on  the 
lower  drum  for  receiving  a  mixture  of  aggregate,  cement,  and 
water.  One  of  the  drums  of  the  pair  is  mounted  so  that  it  may 
be  moved  along  its  support  toward  and  away  frx)m  the  longitu- 
dmal  axis  of  the  other  drum,  and  it  may  be  adjusted  to  any 
desired  position,  up  and  down,  in  spaced  relation  to  the  other 
drum.  As  the  drums  are  rotated,  the  mixture  deposited  on  the 


922 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


lower  drum  will  be  conveyed  between  the  drums  and  impelled 
onto  the  surface  of  a  tubular  member.  The  angle  or  direction 
of  the  stream  discharged  from  between  the  drums  may  be 
changed  by  moving  and  positioning  one  of  the  drums  relative 
to  the  other  drum.  The  desired  angle  of  dischar^  of  the 
stream  depends  upon  the  diameter  of  the  tubular  member 
being  coated.  The  drums  are  elastomeric  coated  to  provide  a 
more  uniform  surface  for  contacting  and  impelling  the  mix- 
ture fix>m  between  the  drums  in  a  more  uniform  stream,  and 
the  elastomeric  coating  a  wear  resistant. 


boot  is  in  a  position  inclined  to  the  perpendicular  and  in  a  ver- 
tical position  during  immersion  and  means  attached  to  one  of 


3^70,697 
APPARATUS  VOR  COATING  A  TUBE  OF  FIBER 
MATERIAL  Wmi  VISCOSE  BY  EXTRUSION 
ErwiB    KMi,    MlwliMlwi  Bfahrirh.    Md 
Niedwwdhif,  both  of  Omamy,  ■■Iwnn  to  KaBe  Aktteif 


FBad  Dm.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,917 
Qaims  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec.  27,  1969,  P  19 
65  129.7 

loLCLBOSci/OO 
U.S.a.  118-408 


This  invention  relates  to  an  apparatus  for  coating  a  tube  of 
fiber  material  with  viscose,  comprising  an  annular  slot  die  and 
a  backing  element  spaced  therefiom  to  form  a  cylindrical 
passage  having  a  widtfi  of  0.3  to  1.0  mm  through  which  the 
tube  can  be  passed,  the  slot  in  the  die  being  directed  transver- 
sely with  respect  to  this  passage  and  having  its  exit  into  this 
passage  at  a  distance  of  at  least  2  mm  from  the  tube  entry  of 
this  passage  and  of  at  least  2  nun  and  at  least  three  times  the 
width  of  said  passage  from  the  tube  exit  of  this  passage. 


3,670,698 

APPARATUS  FOR  IMMERSING  LASTED  BOOTS  IN  A 

UQUIDBATH 

Hcndrik  Joosten,  MoBtfomarylMn,  Nctharlands,  assignor  to 

Bata  SlMc  Company,  Inc,  Bcicamp,  Md. 

Filed  July  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  844,535 

Int.  CL  B05c  3/10;  B29c  13/00 

U.S.  a.  1 18—425  9  Clainis 

An  apparatus  for  immeising  lasted  boots  into  a  liquid  bath 
in  which  the  lasted  boots  carried  by  rod  arrangements  are 
moved  uninterruptedly  throughout  a  circular  path  above  an 
immersion  bath  and  upon  reaching  a  predetermined  location 
in  the  path  each  rod  arrangement  moves  downwardly  for  im- 
mersing the  lasted  boot  in  an  immersion  bath  after  which  the 
lasted  boot  is  moved  upwardly  to  the  circular  path  for  the 
completion  of  its  travel  therealong.  Movement  means  are  pro- 
vided for  supporting  the  rod  arrangement  during  its  movement 
into  the  bath,  its  immersion,  and  its  return  to  the  circular  path. 
The  rod  arrangement  includes  a  plurality  of  pivotally  intercon- 
nected rods  defining  a  polygon  and  each  polygon  is  nKMmted 
for  movement  in  a  vertical  plane  with  the  mutual  position  of 
the  last  and  the  rod  pivots  being  such  that  during  downward 
and  upward  movement  at  the  rod  arrangement,  the  lasted 


the  rods  constituting  each  polygon  bears  against  a  eotatable 
disc  which  is  a  pat  of  the  movement  means. 


3,670,699 

ELECTROSTATICALLY  CHARGED  FLUIDIZED  BED 

APPARATUS 

Jcraid  P.  Sargent,  Lalw  ElaM»,  Mian.,  aMignnr  to  Rtonwoto 


MiaiM  aad  Mamtfactarlag  Coospany,  St  Paul,  Mlna. 
I       nMJwM24,J970,  Scr.  No.  49,241 


U.S.Ci.118— 629 


fat  a  B05b  5/02 


6ClaiaH 


ElectrosUtically  charged  fluidized  bed  apparatus  having  a 
porous  membrane  through  which  a  continuous  stream  of  air 
flows  upwardly  to  fluidize  powder  in  a  bed  above  the  mem- 
brane. A  conductive  web  consisting  of  a  layer  of  conductive 
particles  incorporated  into  the  membrane  is  maintained  at  a 
potential  of  at  least  S  ,000  volts  so  that  the  stream  of  air  carries 
electrical  charges  to  powder  suspended  in  the  fluidized  bed. 
Alternatively,  the  conductive  web  may  be  a  fabric  of  conduc- 
tive fibers  mounted  beneath  and  close  to  the  membraqe. 


ersi 


3,670,700 
DEVELOPMENT  ELECTRODE 
Janes  E.  Britt,  Webster,  aMl  Robert  E.  Hewitt,  Pc^ldd,  both 
of  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Xerox  Corporatioa,  Rociiester,  N.Y. 

I        FBed  July  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  838315 
Int.  a.  G03g  13/00 
U.S.a.  118— 636  4  Claims 

A  development  electrode  placed  in  a  xerographic  develop- 
ment zone  in  dose  parallel  relation  with  a  moving  latent  image 
bearing  member  having  a  potential  thereon  between  the  image 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


923 


potential  and  background  potential  on  the  member  and  having 
means  to  redirect  the  flow  of  developer  material  moving 


.^f"' 


"r-m 

■AS 

KUKX 

A 

^m 

MUKt 

*) 

,  v« 

■AS 
•OUKI 

A 

,-«• 

7        I 

{^"X 

■AS 

souact 

.  ^ 

tends  about  the  animal  feeder.  The  cross  section  of  each  of  the 
pin  formations  is  substantially  less  than  the  opening  defined 
between  each  of  the  C-shaped  straps  and  the  feeder  to  provide 
a  sloppy  fit  and  permit  both  pivotal  and  translational  move- 
ment of  the  cover  plate  by  an  airimal  in  the  act  of  feeding  so 
that  the  cover  plate  will  be  fully  supported  about  the  periphery 


through  this  region  so  that  the  developer  material  impinges 
against  the  surface  of  the  member. 


3.670,701 
TWO  STEP  ORBITAL  PAD  DEVELOPMENT 
Ernest  A.  WcUer.  Rocfacaler,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Xerox  Corpora- 
tion, RodMstcr,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  838,952 

Int.  CLG03g  73/00 

U.S.CL  118—637  10  Claims 


of  its  associated  portal  when  it  is  not  disturbed  by  an  animal 
and  so  that  the  cover  plate  will  bear  against  an  upwardly  and 
outwardly  inclined  side  wall  portion  of  the  animal  feeder  in 
generally  flush  relationship  to  a  line  of  contact  on  the  sidewall 
portion  when  the  cover  plate  is  forced  against  the  side  wall 
portion  by  an  animal  in  the  act  of  feeding. 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  developing  a  latent  electro- 
static image  with  electroscopic  material  wherein  development 
is  effected  by  utilizing  a  biased  toner  cloud  generator  for  con- 
veying developer  to  the  image  bearing  surface  and  an  oscillat- 
ing pad  mounted  adjacent  to  the  surface  to  enhance  the 
development  of  the  imiage.  A  cloud  of  toner  is  generated  by 
oscillating  a  container  supporting  developer  to  release 
charged  toner  therefrom  and  the  cloud  thereupon  contacts  the 
image  bearing  surface.  By  then  orbiting  a  brush  member  on 
the  surface,  toner  affixed  to  the  non-image  background  areas 
is  redistributed  to  the  image  to  produce  a  high  quality 
developed  image.  ~^ 


3,670,702 
HINGE  MECHANISM  FOR  A  COVER  PLATE  IN  AN 
ANIMAL  FEEDER 
Victor  W.  Cory;  Edgar  E.  WUUams,  and  Robert  J.  Howard,  ail 
of  Quincy,  111.,  assignors  to  Moorman  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany, Quincy,  DL 

Filed  July  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,120 
Int.  CLAOlli  5/00 
U.S.a.119— 52R  6  Claims 

The  hinge  mechanism  includes  pin  formations  on  the  cover 
plate  and  C-shaped  straps  which  are  secured  to  the  animal 
feeder  about  the  periphery  thereof  and  which  each  receive  the 
pin  formations  of  adjacent  cover  plates.  Each  cover  plate  nor- 
mally restt  over  a  feeding  portal  in  a  feed  trough  which  ex- 


3,670,703 
FORCED>FLOW  BOILER 
Rapprcclit  Mlchd,  Erianfcn,  Gcmuuiy,  aaigiior  to  Kraftwcrk 
Union  Akti«ngsa>lbchaft,  Muhlhcira  (Ruhr),  Germany 

Fltod  Jnly  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,71 1 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  July  26,  1970,  F  19 
38  043.9 

Int.  a.  F22b  29/02 
U.S.C1.  122— 406R  lOCWras 


■  1^ 

(Li. .<!      1 


P 


I    I 


('I 


9. 


m 


M  (M  !'! 


l4l 


u 


t 


Lj 


I  I 
I    I 

I  t 
'  I 
I    ( 


!i]M 


Forced-flow  boiler  includes  combustion  chamber  walls 
formed  of  vertical  welded  tube-crosspiece  tube  systems  com- 
prising riser  tubes  having  respective  downcomer  tubes  located 
therewithin. 


to  Gcnaral 


3,670,704 
BOILER  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
Robert  M.  Sicwcrt,  Birmingham,  Mich., 
Motors  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

FOed  Dec.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,622 
Int.  CL  F22d  5/26 
U.S.a.  122— 448S  6< 

A  boiler  control  system  to  control  the  vapor  temperature 
and  pressure  at  the  boiler  outlet  ci  a  Rankine  cycle  heat  en- 


924 


one  utilizing  a  super  heat  control  valve  to  throttle  the  liquid 
flow  to  the  boUer  and  a  boUer  pressure  actuated  fuel  control 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,670,706 

FUEL  INJECTION  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  INTERNAL 
COMBUSTION  ENGINES 
Hideya  FiUtaawa,  Kariya,  Japan,  aasignor  to  Nlppondenw) 
KabushOd  Kataha,  Kariyanhl,  Akhl-kcn,  Japan 
Filed  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,465 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan.    Aug.     20, 
44/65906 

Int  a.  F02b  3100;  F02d  3H00, 9100 
MS.  CI.  123^32  EA 


14     4     C   15  II      I?      r* 


lp69. 


Idaim 


valve  to  regulate  the  flow  of  fuel  to  the  burner  supplying  the 
heat  input  to  the  boiler. 


3,^70,705 

ENGINE  WITH  AN  ANNULAR  CHAMBER 

Nteahiro  Sake,  407  TakMhi,  Mobara-aW,  Chlba-ken,  Japan 

Filed  July  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  58,800 

Int.  a.  F02b  55/00 

UACL  123-8.47  7  Claims 


A  fuel  injection  control  system  for  internal  combustion  en- 
gines, wherein,  the  fiiel  supply  is  adapted  to  be  cut  during 
coasting  oriy  if  the  pressure  of  air  in  the  engine  suction  pipe  is 
detected  to  drop  below  a  certain  predetermined  value  and  at 
the  same  time  the  engine  throttle  is  detected  either  to  be  mov- 
ing in  the  direction  of  decreasing  the  degree  of  opening  of  the 
throttle  valve  or  to  remain  sUtionary,  and  the  fuel  supply  is 
resumed  to  recover  the  acceleration  of  the  engine  when  the 
throttle  starts  to  move  in  the  direction  of  increasing  the  open- 
ing of  the  tjirottle  valve  even  during  the  coasting  of  the  ejigine. 


ethrc 


3,670,707 

CLEARANCE  COMPENSATING  MECHANISM, 

ESPECIALLY  FOR  VALVE  DRIVES  OF  INTERNAL 

COMBUSTION  ENGINES 

Jurgen  Guklo,  Bonifrtraaae  4,  Refensburg-NeutraubUnt,  Ger- 

many 

Filed  March  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  18,090 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  March  10,  1969,  P 
19  12  046.8 

Int.CI.F01l//M,///6.//2^  I 

UA  CL  123-90.57  «  "■*"» 


An  engine  comprises  an  annular  chamber,  a  plurality  of  run- 
nere  disposed  in  the  annular  chamber  in  a  manner  to  be  moved 
in  the  same  direction  by  gas  pressure  through  the  annular 
chamber,  the  runners  being  divided  into  two  equal  groups 
each  having  at  least  two  units,  two  rotor  members  respectively 
coupled  with  each  group  of  runners,  inertia  imparting  blocks 
attached  to  the  respective  rotor  members  so  as  to  apply  the 
momentum  of  the  runners  of  one  group  to  those  of  the  other 
group  by  collision  between  the  block  associated  with  one  rotor 
member  and  that  coupled  with  the  other  rotor  member,  a 
power  take  off  shaft  joumaled  in  beapn^  In  a  manner  to  be 
aligned  with  the  rotating  axis  of  the  rotor  members,  two  power 
transmitting  members  fixed  to  the  power  take  off  shaft  so  as  to 
cooperate  vrith  each  rotor  member  in  the  advancing  direction 
of  the  ruraier,  and  means  for  preventing  the  rotor  members 
from  being  moved  backwards. 


A  clearance  compensating  mechanism  in  reciprocating 
driving  linkages,  especially  for  valve  drives  of  internal  com- 
bustion engines.  The  mechanism  is  provided  with  a  piston  in 
front  of  an  oU-fiUed  pressure  chamber,  which  piston  moves 
into  a  cylinder  in  a  downward  direction,  thus  leaving  an  annu- 
lar gap  so  as  to  permit  a  passage  for  minor  oil  leakage.  The 
pressure  chamber  is  in  communication  with  a  reservoir,  which 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


926 


also  contains  oil.  by  means  of  a  passage  having  a  relief  valve 
With  a  valve  body  held  by,  for  example,  a  cage  and  adjoining 
the  pressure  chamber  below  an  inlet  point  in  the  annular  gap. 
A  compression  spring  can  be  provided  for  pretensioning  the 
piston  along  the  lines  of  its  movement  out  of  the  cylinder. 


3,670,708 

INTEGRATED  ANTI-STALL  AND  IDLE-SPEED 

ADJUSTMENT  MECHANISM 

William  K.  OJala,  Dearborn  Hdghti,  Mich.,  aMignor  to  Ford 

Motor  Compwiy,  Dearborn,  Mich. 

Filed  Dec  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  103,216 

Int  CI.  P02d  ;  110%;  F02m  19112;  ¥1613/07 

U.S.CL123— 103E  7  Claims 


3,670,710 
APPARATUS  AND  METHODS  FOR  CONTROLLING  THE 

AMOUNT  OF  FUEL  INJECTED  INTO  AN  INTERNAL 
COMBUSTION  ENGINE 
Tasuku  Date,  Tokyo,  and  Eilcid  HaahiiMto,  NHza-machl,  both 
«<  Japui,   Bssignuis  to  Honda  Gikcn  Kogyo  Kabuafalkl 
KaUia,  Tokyo,  Japui 

FOed  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,192 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  May  21.1 970. 45/42903 
Int  CL  F02d  1/06 
U.S.a.  123-140MP  7, 


An  integrated  anti-stall  and  idle-speed  adjustment 
mechanism  for  an  internal  combustion  engine  including  a 
dashpot  means  for  arresting  or  time  delaying  the  final  closing 
movement  of  an  engine  throttle  valve  to  prevent  stalling  of  the 
internal  combustion  engine.  This  dashpot  includes  adjustment 
means  for  setting  the  stroke  of  the  dashpot  and  for  stopping 
the  closing  movement  of  the  throttie  valve  to  thereby  set  the 
idle  speed  position  of  the  throttie  and  the  internal  combustion 
engine.  

3,670,711 

^         3  670  709  CROSSBOW  COCKING  DEVICE 

IDLE  AiR  CONTROL  Max  Flr.sUHH^  26151  I^e  Shore  WvjL,  Eucbd.  Ohk, 
Clarence  J.  Eckert,  Rochester,  and  John  W.  Moulds,  Penfleld  ^'**'^^'  ^'^*'  **•  '^"-  *  *^'^^ 


The  amount  of  fuel  injected  into  an  inlet  passage  of  an  inter- 
nal combustion  engine  leading  to  a  cylinder  thereof  is  regu- 
lated by  a  control  device  in  response  to  suction  pressure  in  the 
passage  and  to  the  degree  of  opening  of  a  throttie  valve  in  the 
passage.  This  b  achieved  by  connecting  in  parallel  to  the  con- 
trol device,  a  first  suction  opening  in  the  passage  downstream 
of  the  valve,  and  a  second  suction  passage  immediately  pioxi- 
matc  Uie  valve  so  as  to  lie  downstream  tiiereof  when  the  valve 
IS  closed  but  to  gradually  be  positioned  upstream  of  Uie  valve 
as  it  opens. 


S2!!L?ii!iI'  ■«*«~*"  »°  General  Motors  Corporatton,  U.S. CI.  124-25 
uctrolt,  Mich. 


Int  CLF41b  5/00 


5Clainis 


Filed  May  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  40,894 
Int.  CL  F02m  23/04 
U.S.CL123-124R 


1  Claim 


/2- 


Idle  air  flow  is  bypassed  around  the  closed  throttie  in  an  in- 
ternal combustion  engine  induction  passage  and  controlled  by 
poppet  and  slide  valve  embodiments  of  an  idle  air  control 
valve  to  regulate  engine  idle  speed.  The  valve  are  positioned 
by  a  power  element  which  is  electricaUy  heated  to  a  predeter- 
mined temperature  during  the  engine  warmup  period. 


A  crossbow  with  a  crossbow  cocking  device  for  cocking  a 
bow  string  in  which  the  cocking  device  includes  a  lever  and 
link  mechanism  for  moving  the  bow  string  to  cocked  position 
preparatory  to  shooting  an  arrow  aligned  on  the  stock  of  the 
crossbow,  the  lever  being  pivoted  at  one  end  to  the  stock  of 
tije  crossbow  and  the  link  being  pivoted  at  one  end  to  Uie  lever 
and  having  means  at  its  other  end  for  engaging  the  bow  string. 
The  lever  when  pivoted  rearwardly  may  selectively  engage 
and  pivot  tiie  trigger  and  release  tiie  bowstring  into  engage- 
ment with  the  means  on  the  other  end  at  the  link  so  that,  if 
desired,  Uie  bowstring  can  be  moved  from  a  cocked  pocition 
to  an  untensioned  position  without  firing  of  an  arrow. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


926 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  20i  1972 


3^70,712  I                         3,670,714 

STABILIZER  FOR  ARCHERY  BOW  FIREPLACE  GRATE 

TadM  Inrt^,  IImihwKib  Jmfm,  MritBor  to  Nlppoa  G^Jd  LMward  Eyflw,  ObMrvvtary  Himm,  Wiliilij 

gi4Tff KnV^hiM tfihtt. I'll    I       •      ■»•'  r^i —  iMky.MaH. 

RM  FM».  17, 1»71,  Sv.  Now  1 16,062  I     ntod  Jan.  26, 1971,  Scr.  N©.  109.926 

Claims  priority,  «ppUc«tion  Japwi.  Feb.  21, 1970, 45/16721  I                  Iirt.  CL  F23h  13/02 

InL  a  F41b  5/00  UA  CI.  126-165 
U.S.CL124— 30R                                                      4Ctalim 


•1 


Wd. 


lOCkdim 


^paE; 


g^ 


A  stabilizer  for  an  archery  bow  having  a  rod  portion  and  a 
weight  body  fixed  to  the  free  end  of  the  rod  portion.  The 
weight  body  is  made  into  a  hollow  construction  and  a  mass- 
body  having  a  suitable  mass  and  weight  is  supported  within  the 
hollow  weight  body  for  independent  movement  by  means  of  a 
resilient  mounting  material  in  such  a  manner  that  the  mass- 
body  can  be  vibrated  inside  of  the  hollow  weight  body  sub- 
stantially in  all  directions. 


3,670,713 
GAS-FIRED  HEATER  MEANS 
Roy  W.  Abbott,  Jcffcnontowii,  Ky^  aHifnor  to  General  Elec- 
tric Company 

FBed  June  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,433 

IntCLF24hi/06 

U.S.a.  126-110  R  6  Claims 


LffT 


A  fireplace  grate  for  burning  paper  or  paper  and  wood  is 
designed  to  hold  rolled  up  newspapers  or  magazines  with  the 
rolls  of  newspapers  arranged  in  at  least  one  row  and  held  by 
sets  of  holders,  the  holders  in  each  set  being  arranged  side  by 
side,  each  holder  in  each  set  having  a  corresponding  holder  in 
the  other  set  which  is  in  registration  therewith  and  each  holder 
having  an  opening  into  which  an  end  of  the  roll  of  paper  is  in- 
serted and  held  securely  so  that  the  paper  is  not  likely  to  un- 
roll. Embodimenu  of  the  invention  include  four  sets  of  holders 
arranged  to  hold  paper  in  two  transverse  rows  one  above  the 
other  with  sufficient  space  between  the  rows  and  between  rolls 
of  paper  in  a  row  to  permit  ample  flow  of  air  between  to 
sustain  burning  of  the  rolls.        ~  ^ 


Improved  gas-fired  heater  means  are  provided  for  supplying 
heat  to  a  space,  such  as  a  room,  house,  building,  or  the  like. 
Basically,  the  improved  heater  means  comprises  a  combina- 
tion of  highly  efficient  heat  exhanger  means  for  transferring 
heat  generated  by  the  combustion  of  a  combustible  gas-air 
mixture  to  air  circulated  between  the  heat  exchanger  meaiis 
and  the  space  to  be  heated  at  a  rate  of  at  least  3,500  BTU  of 
heat  per  hour  per  pound  of  heat  exchanger  means  material 
and  high  intensity  combustor  means  for  mixing  fiiel-gas  with 
pressurized  air  to  produce  the  combustible  gas-air  mixture  and 
to  bum  that  mixture  to  provide  a  source  of  heat  of  sufficient 
intensity  to  meet  the  heat  transferring  ability  of  the  highly  effi- 
cient heat  exchanger  means.  The  improved  heater  means  pro- 
vided by  the  present  invention  permits  considerable  weight 
and  volume  reduction  and  consequent  cost  savings  in  heat 
exchanger  means  material  over  conventional  gas-fired  heaters 
of  comparable  heating  capacity. 


'  3,670,715 

DEVICE  FOR  MEASURING  THE  FLOW  OF  BLOOD 
Robert  Pcrilhon,  Bo«rg-La-Rcinc  aMi  Mkhd  Joseph 
Aopkaa,  Coorbcvok,  both  of  France,  — signon  to  VS. 
Philips  Corporadem  New  York,  N.Y. 

FOed  Feb.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,519 
Claims    priority,    application    France,    Feb.    12^ 
6903308 

Int.  a.  A61b  5/02.  GOlt  7/20 
U  JS.  CI.  1 28— 2.05  V  5  Claims 


1969, 


a.  The  device  according  to  the  invention  permits  of  measur- 
ing the  flow  of  liquids  which  contain  oxygen,  especially  blood 
flow. 

b.  It  comprises  a  pulsed  neutron  source  which  partly  ir- 
radiates the  liquid;  the  oxygen  C*  of  the  liquid  is  converted 
into  N'*  which  emits  radiation. 

A  detector  measures  the  radioactivity  of  the  liq^d  as  a 
function  of  flow. 

c.  The  device  can  be  used  especially  in  medical  diagnosis  for 
measuring  blood  flow,  for  example  cardiac  output,  arterial 
flow  or  the  supply  of  blood  to  an  organ. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


927 


<».<..»,_     3.«70,716  3,670,718 

SELF-HEATED  PROTECTIVE  GARMENT  PATIENT  CARE  WALL 

John  J.  Esposito,  Delran,  N.J.,  assignor  to  the  United  States  of  Thomas  Brendgord.  Falrview,  Pa^  asrignor  to  Amcriaui  Sicrii. 

America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy  ber  Company,  Erie,  Pa. 

nw  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,073  FBed  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No^41,985 

Int  a.  B63c  1 1128;  F24J  7/00  Int.  Q.  A61b  7 9100 

U.S.  CL  126— 204                                                             7  Claims  UACL128— IR                                                             lo 


A  heat-augmentable  outside  garment  for  protecting  person- 
nel from  extended  low  temperature  exposure.  A  network  of 
flexible  tubing  lined  within  the  outside  garment  completes  a 
loop  between  the  one  ends  of  two  coils  within  chambers  of  a 
poruble  heater  unit  containing  a  chemical  exothermic  com- 
position. The  other  ends  of  the  coils  are  connected  respective- 
ly to  an  upper  and  a  lower  chamber  of  a  portable  manual  dou- 
ble-action pump.  The  upper  and  the  lower  chambers  of  the 
pump,  the  coils,  and  the  tubing  are  filled  by  a  heat  transfer 
fluid.  Reciprocation  of  the  pump  alternates  fluid  flow  to  and 
from  the  two  coils  and  the  tubing  resulting  in  heat  transfer 
from  the  exothermic  reaction  of  a  chemical  composition  to 
the  garment. 


This  specification  discloses  a  wall  with  a  window  in  it.  The 
wall  may  be  in  the  form  of  a  closure  for  a  room  to  prevent 
cross  contamination  between  service  personnel  and  the  en- 
vironment in  which  they  work.  The  wall  has  a  tent-like  sheet 
with  "built-in"  suits,  adapters  and  life  support  equipment  that 
permit  one  or  nrore  persons  to  perform  w6rk  with  a  high 
degree  of  dexterity  and  accessability  within  a  sealed  chamber. 
In  a  lowered  position,  the  tent  becomes  a  closure  for  the  win- 
dow. In  the  raised  position,  the  tent  permits  ingress  and  egress 
of  service  personnel.  The  suits  are  attached  to  the  tent  by 
means  of  adapters  which  permit  access  to  the  full  length  <rf  a 
reclining  patient.  A  clear  plastic  helmet  is  attached  to  the  suit. 
An  air  supply  provides  air  to  the  helmet  and  to  the  gloves 
through  a  passage  formed  by  two  layers  of  the  plastic.  The  air 
flow  prevents  fogging  of  the  inside  of  the  helmet  and  helps  to 
keep  the  hands  dry  and  comfortable. 


3,670,717 

UNLIMITED  QUANTITY  OF  POWER  FROM  SOLAR 

RADIATION  SECURED  WITH  ZERO  ATMOSPHERIC 

POLLUTION 

Charlce  G.  Abbot,  4409  Beechwood  Rood,  HyattsviUe,  Md. 

Filed  March  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  127,638 

lnt.CLF24Ji/02 

UA  CL  126-270  4  Claims 


3,670,719 

CATHETER  TYPE  SEMICONDUCTOR  RADUTION 

DETECTOR 

Tetsuji  Kobayashi,  Yokohama-shi,  and  ScUcM  Takayanagi, 

Tokyo,  both  of  Japan,  assignors  to  Tokyo  Shlbaura  Electric 

Co.,  Ltd.,  KawMaki-shi,  Japan 

FOed  Oct  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  868,355 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct.  25,  1968, 43/77323 
Int.  CLA61b  6/00 


U.S.CL128— 2A 


SCWms 


Solar  radiation  collected  by  a  polar  siderosut  is  reflected  by 
a  reflecting  surface  arranged  at  an  angle  to  the  beam  from  the 
polar  siderostat  of  one-half  of  the  latitude  of  the  polar  sidero- 
staL  The  resulting  horizontally  disposed  beam  of  solar  radia- 
tion is  then  utUized  by  vertically  disposed  elements  for  heating 
air  which  heated  air  is  thereafter  converted  to  useful  work. 


A  catheter  type  semiconductor  radiation  detector  for  inser- 
tion into  a  living  body  includes  an  elongated,  preferably  cylin- 
drical semiconductor  radiation  detector  having  a  first  detect- 
ing portion  non-directionally  sensitive  to  radiation  in  a 
direction  perpendicular  to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  detector 
and  at  least  a  second  detecting  porticm  directionaUy  sensitive 
to  radiaticm  in  the  direction  perpendicular  to  the  longitudinal 
axis  of  the  detector. 


928 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,670,720 

POWER-ASSISTED  INFLATION  ASSEMBLY  fOR 

SPHYGMOMANOMETERS 

NomiMi  PMMer.  71  BhndMrd  Road,  Soth  Prim,  N  J. 

FUed  M«y  4, 1971,  S«-.  No.  140,1^ 

Int.  a.  A61b  5/02 

U.S.a.  128— 2.05  G  8 


ble  tube  comprises  a  tubular,  knitted  net-like  braid  of  crimped 
synthetic  fibers  closely  enveloping  a  bendaUe  tubular  core 
and  a  pliable  resin  tube  closely  enveloping  the  braid,  thus 
providing  adequate  wall  thicl^ness  for  the  flexible  tube  and  the 
bendable  tube  while  retaining  sufficient  flexibility  and  twist- 
resisting  property. 


3,670.721 

ENDOSCOPE 

Masaharu  Fukaml,  and  Toshiynki  Mori,  both  of  Tokyo,  Japan, 

assignors  to  Olympus  Opdcal  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FDed  Feb.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  8,776 

Int.a.A61b//06 

U.S.CL  128-6  2ClaIms 


Endoscope  having  a  bendable  tube  connected  to  a  forward 
end  member  adapted  to  be  inserted  into  a  hollow  body  portion 
to  be  inspected  and  controlled  from  a  control  housing  and  an 
elongated  flexible  tube  connecting  the  bendable  tube  and  the 
control  housing.  The  flexible  tube  has  a  thin  tubular  synthetic 
resin  layer  having  a  tubular  net-like  braid  of  non-metallic 
fibers  embedded  therein  and  another  thin  tubular  synthetic 
resin  layer  having  a  tubular  net-like  braid  of  metallic  fibers 
embedded  therein,  the  superimposed  resin  layers  coaxially 
covering  the  flexible  core  of  the  flexible  tube,  and  the  benda- 


ELECnUCl 


3,670,722 
:  POWER  SUPPLYING  DEVICE  FOR  Al>) 
ENDOSCOPE 

Shiaya  Kosaka,  Tokyo,  Japan,'  asrignnr  to  Olympus  Opticai 
Co.,  Ltd^  Tokyo,  Japan 

FUed  Aui4l7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  64,513 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan.    Aug.     18.     11969. 
44/65234    j  ^ 

U.S.CL128— 6  8 1 


Iat.a.A61b//06 


In  a  sphygmomanometer,  the  improvement  which  com- 
prises a  tube  interconnecting  the  air  line,  leading  to  the  in- 
flatable cuif.  and  the  air-introducing  bulb  by  means  of  an  in- 
terconnecting channel,  with  the  channel  having  inner  diame- 
ters at  its  ends  at  least  equal  to  the  inner  diameters  of  its  con- 
necting elements  and  tapering  centrally  to  define  a  constricted 
throat,  and  an  air-intake  tube  disposed  at  right  angles  to  the 
throat  axis  and  affording  air  intercommunication  between  the 
throat  and  the  exterior  of  the  tube.  The  air-intake  tube  is 
further  provided  with  a  sleeve  valve  to  selectively  close  off 
communication  of  the  throat  with  the  exterior  of  the  tube. 


X 

"1 


Y 


\^ 


1r^  L 


k^^ 


^ 


OHZI- 


n 


f*   «8; 


^fc^ 


^„ 


J      L 

X  Y 


Electric  power  supplying  device  for  an  endoscope  havihg  a 
photographing  device,  a  lamp  for  illuminating  an  object  for 
observation   and   a  lamp  for  illuminating   the   object  for 
photographing.  The  device  is  adopuble  to  an  automatic  expo- 
sure control  type  having  a  photoelectric  element  and  an  en- 
doscope of  the  manual  exposure  control  type.  The  electric 
power  supplying  device  has  an  exposure  control  device,  a  first, 
a  second  and  a  third  relay.  When  an  endoscope  of  the  auto- 
matic exposure  control  type  is  connected,  the  observation 
lamp  is  energized  and  the  photoelectric  element  is  connected 
to  the  exposure  control  device  and,  upon  actuation  of  release 
means  of  the  endoscope,  the  first  relay  is  energized  to  actuate 
a  switching  circuit  so  as  to  energize  the  photographing  lamp 
and  the  exposure  control  device  supplied  with  the  output  of 
the  photoelectric  element  actuates  the  switching  circuit  to  ter- 
minate the  energization  of  the  lamp.  When  an  endoscope  of 
the  manual  exposure  control  type  is  connected,  the  observa- 
tion lamp  is  energized  and,  upon  actuation  of  the  release 
means,  the  second  and  the  third  relay  are  actuated  so  a$  to 
connect  an  electric  source  of  adjustable  voltage  to  the  expo- 
sure control  device  so  that  a  reference  voltage  manually  set  in 
the  source  is  supplied  to  the  exposure  control  device  while  the 
first   relay   is  actuated   by  the  third  relay  to  actuate  the 
switching  circuit  so  as  to  energize  the  photographing  lamp 
which  is  deenergized  after  a  time  period  corresponding  to  the 
reference  voltage  by  the  actuation  of  the  switching  circuit 
controlled  by  the  exposure  control  circuit. 


980 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JtWE  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


929 


3,670,723 

MASSAGING  DEVICE  DRIVEN  BY  EXERCISE 

APPARATUS 

Luther  G.  Simjian,  7  Uurd  Lane,  Greenwich,  Conn. 

Filed  Oct.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,1 13 

InLa.  A61h7/00 

U.S.  CI.  128-64  10  Claims 


3,670,724 

PROSTHETIC  OR  FRACTURE  DEVICE  AND  METHOD 

David  N.  Bosacco,  266  Saxcr  Ave.,  Springfield,  Pa. 

Filed  March  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  19,002 

Int.  a.  A6  If  5/04 

U.S.  a.  128-92  D  5  Claims 


A  hip  replacement  prosthesis  comprises  an  artificial  ball 
mounted  on  or  integral  with  an  intermediate  portion  which 
abuts  the  end  of  the  bone  in  question.  A  shank  or  stem  having 
a  plurality  of  screw  holes  is  attached  to  the  intermediate  por- 
tion and  is  intended  for  intramedullary  insertion.  The  inter- 
mediate portion  has  at  least  one  locating  hole  and  the  stem  has 
a  plurality  of  spaced  holes  formed  therein.  The  stem  is  in- 
serted into  the  medulla  leaving  the  locating  holes  in  the  inter- 
mediate portion  exposed.  A  rectangular  post  is  fitted  into  the 
locating  holes  and  then  a  template  having  a  rectangular  aper- 
ture is  fitted  over  the  rectangular  post.  The  template  has  a  plu- 
rality of  screw  holes  in  it  positioned,  when  in  place,  to  be  con- 


gruent with  the  holes  in  the  stem.  When  the  template  is  in 
place  one  or  more  holes  are  drilled  transversely  through  the 
template,  the  near  bone  cortex,  the  corresponding  prosthetic 
stem  hole  and  the  far  cortex  portion.  The  template  is  then 
removed  and  screws  are  then  screwed  through  the  aligned 
holes  in  the  bone  and  the  stem. 

In  ordinary  bone  fixation  a  simUar  technique  is  used  except 
that  at  least  part  of  the  external  plate  or  template  is  left  on  and 
the  screws  are  screwed  through  it,  the  bone  and  the  in- 
tramedullary nail. 


3,670,725 
PROTECTIVE  PAD 
John  F.  Gayk>rd,  Jr.,  Chartottc,  N.C 
dailies.  Inc.,  Charlotte,  N.C. 

Filed  June  30, 1969,  Ser.  No.  837^48 
Int.  CI.  A61b  79/00 
U.S.CI.  128— 149 


toMedfcalSpe- 


3Clainii 


An  inflatable  massaging  device,  such  as  a  belt,  is  cyclically 
inflated  and  deflated  in  coordinated  action  with  the  operation 
of  an  exercise  apparatus  requiring  the  expenditure  of  muscle 
power. 


A  protective  pad  for  an  elbow,  heel,  knee  or  like  body  por- 
tion mcluding  a  generally  convexo^oncave  member  of 
cushioning  material  having  a  pair  of  spaced  apart  seams  ex- 
tending inwardly  from  the  outer  periphery  of  said  member  but 
termmating  in  spaced  apart  inner  ends,  said  seams  joining 
together  cut  edges  of  said  material  formed  by  the  removal  of 
two  sectors  from  the  material  and  serving  to  impart  to  said 
member  its  generally  convexo-concave  shape,  and  fastener 
means  carried  by  said  member  for  securing  the  pad  on  the 
body  of  a  wearer  in  covering  relation  to  the  body  portion  to  be 
protected. 


3,670,726 
BREATHING  CIRCUIT 
Thomas  J.  Mahon,  Palisades  Parii,  and  Samud  Chcrtia, 
Totowa,  both  of  NJ.,  assignors  to  Bccton,  Dickinson  and 
Company,  East  Rutherford,  N  J. 

Filed  Sept  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  860^19 

Int.  CI.  A61m  7  7/00 

U.S.  CI.  128-188  5ay„ 


jfS      22 


There  is  disclosed  a  breathing  circuit  which  includes  a 
swivelled  fitting  for  connection  to  a  patient's  face  mask  or  en- 
dotracheal tube  and  for  connecting  thereto  breathing  hoses 
which  are  to  be  connected  to  an  anesthetic  machine  or  to  a 
pulmonary  ventilator.  The  fitting  is  characterized  in  that  the 
hoses  are  laterally  disposed  with  respect  to  the  patient's  nose. 
The  circuit  in  its  entirety  is  further  characterized  in  that  it  is 
light  in  weight,  is  translucent  and  is  designed  for  one-patient 
use  to  render  it  disposable. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


QH^ 


980 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3,670,727 
MEDICAL  INFUSION  SET 
Donald  R.  RdtaniMUi,  9cm  Madrt,  Cdtf. , 
kM  HtMpital  Supply  CorporadoB,  EvaHton,  nL 
nkd  April  1«,  1970,  Scr.  No.  29,039 
Int.  CL  A61in  05100, 05132 
U.S.a.128— 214R 


to  Ancr* 


^  June  20,  1972 

pierces  the  stopper  of  a  dual-chamber  flask.  An  advaatage  is 
that  inletting  air  then  enters  near  the  bottom  of  the  flask  to 


II 


--1 


help  agiute  the  fluid.  An  initiating  pumping  device  foi-  hand 
operation  is  provided  adjacent  the  outlet  of  the  drip  meter. 


A  medical  infusion  set  for  administering  parenteral  liquid 
into  a  patient's  veins  in  which  the  set  is  in  the  form  of  a  con- 
tinuous flexible  loop  that  is  manually  broken  apart  before 
venipuncture  at  a  firangibie  section  (this  section  comprising  an 
indication  of  the  sterile  integrity  of  the  set  to  subsequent 
users),  the  set  providing  means  for  flushing  air  therefrom 
while  maintaining  the  set  in  a  sterile  condition  by  cither 
running  the  liquid  through  the  loop  before  effecting  the 
venipuncture,  or  flushing  the  air  from  the  set  by  using  the  pa- 
tient's blood  flowing  therethrough  and  before  connection  to 
the  liquid  being  administered;  the  set  including  means  protect- 
ing either  a  connector  to  the  parenteral  liquid  or  the  needle 
against  contamination  while  air  is  flushed  from  the  set;  and  the 
needle  of  the  set  including  a  pair  of  flexible  plastic  wings 
generally  diametrically  opposed  and  including  manually  in- 
terengageable  portions  comprising  interengageable  upstand- 
ing ribs  manually  interlockaUe  when  manually  pinched 
together  to  form  a  dual  purpose  temporary  handle  in  which 
the  wings  can  be  subsequently  spread  apart  adjacent  the 
venipuncture  in  the  patient  for  securement  to  the  patient  to 
stabilize  the  implanted  needle  or  cannula. 


3,670J29 
TRANSFUSION  NEEDLES 
Alaa  E.  C.  Bennett,  40,  Whit*  Horse  Drive,  EpMm,  Surrey, 
and  Midwel  Bewick,  12,  GrenvWe  Pl«»,  London,  S.W.I., 
bothoflngtend 

F1M  Sept  1 7, 1969,  Sar.  No.  85M93 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain.  Sept  19. 
44.530/68;  May  19.  1969.25.421/68 

Int.a.A61m05/00 
UA  CI.  1218-214.4  _$<|lalms 


1968. 


3,670,728 
APPARATUS  FOR  INTRAVENOUS  ADMINISTRATION  OF 
A  FLUID  FROM  A  DUAL^HAMBER  FLASK  HAVING  AN 

INTERNAL  UPSET-TABLE  SEPTUM  NORMALLY 
SEPARATING  TWO  AXIALLY-IN-UNE  CHAMBERS  AND 

HAVING  A  PIERCEABLE  END  STOPPER 
WDHam  C.  Dabney,  OoklaMl,  CaUf.,  assignor  to  Cutter 
Laboratories,  Inc.,  Bcriralcy,  Calif. 

FDed  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41366 
Iiita.A61m05//6 
U.S.a.  128-214  C  7Claiiiis 

A  standard  drip  meter  assembly  of  the  type  having  an  up- 
standing stopper  piercer  with  both  an  air  inlet  and  a  passage 
for  the  fluid  into  the  drip  meter,  is  supplemented  by  a  solid  air- 
inletting  spike  with  a  socket  fitting  over  the  stopper  piercer 
and  having  a  long  shank  that  terminates  in  a  non-coring  pierc- 
ing end.  Passages  adjacent  the  socket  communicate  with  the 
air  inlet  and  the  passage  in  the  drip  meter  stopper  piercer.  The 
supplemental  spike  is  long  enough  to  upset  the  septum  after  it 


A  transfusion  device  for  transfusing  fluid  intravenously 
without  causing  inflammation  at  the  site  of  entry.  The  device 
comprises  a  body  portion  having  a  through  bore  and  a  secon- 
dary bore  communicating  with  the  through  bore  and  a  tieeve 
projecting  from  the  body  portion  to  form  a  continuation  of  the 
through  bore,  the  wall  of  the  sleeve  being  provided  with  a  plu- 
rality of  perforations.  In  one  embodiment  of  the  invention,  the 
tip  of  the  sleeve  is  restricted  to  receive  and  seal  against  the 
tube  of  a  catheter  which  is  insertable  through  the  through  bore 
in  the  body  portion  and  the  sleeve,  a  first  fluid  being  trans- 
fused through  the  catheter  and  a  second  fluid  being  transfused 
through  the  secondary  bore,  via  the  annular  passage  formed 
between  the  catheter  and  the  sleeve  to  the  perforations  in  the 
wall  of  the  sleeve.  In  another  embodiment  of  the  invention,  an 
integral  inner  wall  is  provided  within  the  sleeve,  the  inner  wall 
being  imperforate  and  forming  a  continuation  of  the  through 
bore  which  serves  as  a  flow  passage  for  the  first  fluid. 


I  3,670,730 

I  LIQUID  MEDICINE  APPLICATOR 
Norman  S.  White,  Pfttsburgk,  Pa.,  aasignor  to  The  Samprnm 
Corporation 

Filed  March  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  123,659 
Int.  a.  A61J  7100 

U.S.CL  128—222  

A  one-;Mece  syringe  formed  entirely  of  plastic  has  a  dosage 
scaled  barrel  provided  at  one  end  with  a  discharge  nozzle  and 


aampaon 
7CWnM 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


931 


at  the  other  end  with  a  flexible,  resilient,  hand-compreasible 
bulb  in  which  its  major  wall  portion  is  of  less  thickness  than 
the  barrel  waU  thickness.  The  bulb  waU  includes  oppositely 
kKated  finger  grip  areas  of  less  thickness  than  the  thickness  of 
the  bulb  wall,  whereby  the  finger  grip  areas  may  be  indented 
toward  each  other  by  pinching  between  the  thumb  and  foref- 
inger of  a  person  holding  the  syringe  in  one  hand,  without 


other  support.  The  fluid  capacity  of  the  bulb  is  such  that,  when 
the  finger  grip  areas  are  indented  to  a  point  at  which  they  can- 
not be  further  depressed  without  beginning  to  collapse  the 
major  portion  of  the  bulb,  they  will  have  displaced  from  the 
bulb  a  volume  of  fluid  sufficient  to  discharge  from  the  barrel 
an  accurately  measured  quantity  of  any  liquid  contamed 
therein  and  without  collapse  of  the  main  body  of  the  bulb  it- 
self. 


the  sleeve  to  form  a  loop  within  the  uterus  by  shifting  the  tube 
within  the  sleeve.  Gentle  rotation  and  reciprocation  of  the 
tube  causes  the  loop  to  wipe  against  the  uterine  walls  and 


loosen  the  products  for  subsequent  withdrawal  through  the 
tube  when  the  latter  is  coupled  with  means  for  creating  nega- 
tive pressure  therein. 


3,670,733 

MIECISE  DEPTH  CUTTER 

Richard  S.  OvHde,  1051  Broadway,  Tbomwood,  N.Y. 

FMed  Sept.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,640 

Int.  CL  A61b  ;  7132;  B26b  29100;  B21k  / 1100 


U.S.  CI.  128-305 


7ClainH 


3,670,731 

ABSORBENT  PRODUCT  CONTAINING  A 

HYDROCOLUHDAL  COMPOSITION 

Cariylc  Harmon,  Scotch  Plains,  N  J.,  MsigBer  to  Johnson  & 


llClaims 


FBed  May  20, 1966,  Scr.  No.  551,772 
InL  a.  A61f  131 16 
U.S.  CL  128—284 


An  absorbent  dressing  having  an  absorbent  layer  defined  by 
water  soluble  hydrocoUoidal  composition  capable  of  absorb- 
mg  of  at  least  about  fifteen  times  its  weight  of  body  exudate 
and  retaining  said  exudate  under  pressure  of  up  to  about  2  5 
p.s.i. 


A  flat  member  is  incised  at  an  angle  of  approximately  45°  to 
a  straight  section  of  its  perimeter,  and  a  narrow  portion  of  the 
body  adjacent  to  the  45°  angle  is  folded  approximately  90°  to 
form  a  guide.  The  remaining  downwardly  extending  portion 
on  the  other  side  of  the  incision  is  sharpened  to  form  a  straight 
Wade  which  can  be  ground  to  a  desired  length  to  cut  soft 
materiab  precisely  to  exact  depths.  To  maximize  safety,  a 
rounded  portion  is  formed  rearwardly  from  the  blade  region. 
The  blade  edge  is  totally  exposed  below  the  plane  of  the  guide! 
to  help  promote  accuracy.  The  angle  of  the  blade  edge  and  the 
slight  downward  tncNnation  of  the  unsharpened  edge  extend- 
ing rearwardly  from  the  point,  allow  the  device  to  initiate  and 
sustain  a  prescribed  depth  incision  with  relatively  slight 
downward  pressure  required  on  the  part  of  the  user. 


3,670,732 

VACUUM  CURETTE 

Ralph  R.  RoMnaoo,  P.  O.  Box  668,  MiddkslMiro,  Ky. 

FBed  May  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,049 

Int.  Ci.  A61ni  HOO;  A61b  7  7122 

VS.  CL  128—297  5 

A  curette  for  emptying  a  gravid  uterus  of  the  products  of  the 
first  trimester  of  pregnancy  has  a  suction  tube  reciprocaWy 
and  rouubly  carried  within  an  open-ended  sleeve  and  a  pair 
of  flexible,  interconnected  fingers  joined  to  one  end  of  the 
tube  within  the  sleeve.  After  inserting  the  sleeve  through  the 
cervix  into  the  uterine  canal,  the  fingers  may  be  expeUed  from 


3,670,734 
APPARATUS  FOR  REMOVING  SKIN  SECTIONS 
TboiMs  G.  Hardy,  Jr.,  621  Glen  Echo  Trail,  Winston-Salem. 
N.C. 

Fled  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,343 

Int.  CLA6Ib  77/322 

U.S.CL  128-305  ICttba 

^  ^^**"*  ^^^  obtaining  skin  sections  of  preselected 
thickenesses  and  widths  having  a  reciprocating  Made  mounted 
within  its  housing.  The  Made  can  be  reciprocated  either 
manually  by  a  displacing  member  or  mechanically  by  a  motor 
and  suiuMe  power  aourcc.  The  graft  thickness  is  determined 
by  poaitioninc  to  a  selected  setting  a  member  located  at  the 


932 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20.  1972 


forward  portion  of  the  houstn|>ao  that  more  or  leas  of  the 
cutting  edge  of  the  blade  is  exposed,  and  the  graft  width  is 


I,  1972 
rUcI 


upper  dielectric  horizontal  handle  having  a  control  s'JHtch 
through  wWch  a  supply  wire  passes  to  and  through  a  vertical 
dielectric  rod  to  the  cone  apex.  Disposed  above  the  plate  it  a 
dielec^c  shield  protector  which  is  integral  with  the  rod  and 
extends  outwardly  past  the  plate. 


KtVi 


3,670,737  , 

ULTRA-SHORT  WAVE  ATHERMAPEtHIC  APPARAtUS 
Jowph  J.  Piearo,  Great  Neck,  N.Y.,  aMigiior  to  DIapuIsc  Cor- 
poration of  America,  New  Hyde  Park,  N.Y. 

I  FUcd  July  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51.945 
Int.  CL  A6I11 1/40 


U.S.  a.  128-422 


lOCbims 


determined  by  positioning  selectively  removable  guide  run- 
ners located  in  spaced  relationships  each  with  the  other. 


OSCILiATCM 
DOUHED 

1 


K£r£l> 
AMPLIFIER 


neaocNCY 
t*tTei> 


JT 


POm^f)   AMP 
OOUBLEU 
■77-1 1 


PULSE 

XN£l>ATOf> 


Tf>C*TM€tn 
H£40 


& 


3,670,735 
MSPOSABLE  INFLATABLE  TOURNIQUET 
Lewis  F.  Hailewood,  Mariton,  NJ.,  Mrignor  to  Walter 
KMdc  Company,  Inc.,  BcUevOic  N  J. 

Filed  Feb.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9,675 

Int.a.A61b/7//2 

U.S.  a.  128— 327  6CWnis 


POtKP 
CONTItOL 


suPPtr 


SUPPLY 


"^ 


F? 


/, 


A  disposable  plastic  tourniquet  which  includes  an  inflatable 
elongated  envelope  formed  from  three  layers  of  vinyl  plastic, 
of  which  one  layer  extends  from  one  end  of  the  envelope  to 
form  a  long  tongue.  A  sheet  of  stiffening  material  is  positioned 
between  two  of  the  layers  of  vinyl  to  increase  the  contact  sur- 
face, and  a  strip  of  pressure  sensitive  tape  extends  from  each 
side  of  the  envelope  to  engage  the  tongue  and  lock  the  tour- 
niquet in  possition  on  the  patient. 


An  athermapeutic  apparatus  for  administration  of  elec- 
trotherapeutic  treatmenu  to  living  matter  for  curing  or  abate- 
ment of  diseases,  infections  and  the  like,  by  subjecting  such 
matter  to  high  frequency  oscillations  of  a  preselected 
wavelength  for  predetermined  time  periods  thereby  eliminat- 
ing the  generation  of  accompanying  heat  generation.  The 
desired  electromagnetic  oscillations  are  accurately  produced 
with  a  minimum  of  power  consumption  by  utilization  of  stable 
solid  sute  circuitry  resulting  in  more  accurate  pulse  frequency 
generation  accompanied  by  considerably  reduced  power  con- 
sumption and  enabling  a  much  greater  degree  of  control  over 
both  pulse  frequency  and  power  output  administered  to  a  pa- 
tient or  the  like.  Proper  treatment  dosage  in  terms  of  pulse 
frequency  and  penetration  is  readily  selectable  by  depression 
of  the  proper  push-button  on  the  front  of  apparatus  panel, 
with  a  lighted  signal  lamp  behind  the  button  indicating  each 
treatment  setting  as  selected  by  the  operator.  Moreover,  with 
reduction  in  power  consumption  a  much  greater  degree  of 
control  over  the  pulse  frequency  and  power  is  achieved. 


3,670,736 
THERAPEUTIC  INSTRUMENTATION  ELECTRODE 
Joseph  J.  Panico,  ArUngton,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Health  Systems, 
Inc.,  Wobum,  Mass. 

Filed  July  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  55,851 

InL  a.  A61n //04 

U.S.a.128— 404  7  Claims 


39     3P      y^ 


3,670,738 

FOUNDATION  GARMENT  PROVIDING  ORTHOPEDIC 

SUPPORT  J 

Lcooa  M.  Johnson,  Cuyahoga  Falls,  Ohio,  assignor  to  ATCO 
Surgical  Supports  Co.,  Cuyahoga  FaUs,  Ohio 

Filed  April  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,035 

Int.  a.  A41c  1100 

U.S.  CL  128^549  9CUms 


38    TO   62 


«     ^■f9 


A  medical  electrode  for  applying  electrical  energy  to  or 
across  the  body  of  a  patient  which  includes  a  paddle  having  a 
flat  disc-like  contact  plate  electrode  for  intimate  contact  with 
the  skin.  Electrical  energy  is  supplied  to  the  plate  along  a  ring 
disposed  centrally  t^reof  through  a  hollow  right  cone  at 
whose  apex  the  energy  is  applied.  The  paddle  also  includes  an 


A  foundation  garment  which  provides  support  in  both  the 
abdominal  and  pelvic  regions.  The  garment  is  in  the  form  of  a 
body  enveloping  sheath  of  an  elastic  material  which  has  npn- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


988 


elastic  panels  at  least  at  the  upper  portions  of  the  front  and 
back  of  the  garment.  A  removable  body-encircUng  elastic 
band  is  attached  to  tabs  at  the  opposite  sides  of  the  upper  front 
panel  and  is  portioned  vertically  adjusUbiy  in  the  back  by  a 
strip  of  Velcro.  Patches  of  Velcro  are  also  provided  for  hold- 
ing the  ubs  against  the  front  of  the  garment  when  the  body- 
encircling  band  is  not  used. 


3,670,739 
SXIAL  FLOW  COMBINE  WITH  A  ROTARY  DISCHARGE 

AND  A  STRAW  CHOPPER 
Edward  William  Rowland-Hill,  LaacMttr,  Pa.,  assignor  to 
Spcrry  Rand  Corporation,  New  Holland,  Pa. 

FUed  July  14, 1971,  Scr.  No.  162,512 

Int.  a.  AOir  7106 

UACL  130-27  T  9Ctahns 


3,670,741 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  ARTfflClAL  HAIR  PIECES 
Jhsuo   Utsunomlya,    1416,   Vanocho,   AU-gun,   Hfat»Mnia, 
Japan 

Plied  Aug.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,906 

Int.CL  A41gJ/aO 

U.S.  CI.  132-5  9aMknm 


^3,670,740 

CIGARETTE  FILTER  MATERIALS 
Sadao  Takcnaka;  SolchIro  Kishida,  and  Yolchl  VamazaU,  aU 
of  Kyoto,  Japan,  assignors  to  Nippon  Cloth  Industry  Co., 
Ltd.,  Kyoto,  Japan 

Filed  Jan.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2,619 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  Jan.  13,  1969,44/2488 

Int.  CL  A24b  15/02;  A24d  01/06 

UACL  131-261  R  4cuj„« 


A  method  of  making  an  artificial  hairpiece  including  a  layer 
of  artificial  skin  with  implanted  hair,  comprising  steps  of  tying 
strands  of  hair  to  a  net  which  is  initially  tensioned  so  as  to  fully 
open  its  meshes,  then  subsequenUy  stretching  said  net  in  one 
direction  whereby  said  net  is  contracted  in  the  direction  per- 
pendicular to  that  of  the  stretching  to  reduce  its  area  and 
thereby  effect  a  much  closer  or  more  dense  grouping  of  the 
hair  strands,  and  applying  a  layer  of  fluid  raw  material  to  said 
net  in  its  reduced  area  condition  whereby  said  raw  material 
becomes  solidified  forming  the  artificial  skin  with  said  net  and 
hairstrands  embedded  therein. 


An  axial  flow  combine  has  two  axial  flow  threshing  and 
separating  units  with  a  rotary  discharge  receiving  discharged 
threshed  crop  material  from  the  rear  of  the  axial  units  and  im- 
pelling the  threshed  crop  material  through  the  rear  of  the 
combine  hood.  A  straw  chopper  is  mounted  at  the  rear  of  the 
hood  and  has  a  feed  plate  extending  upwardly  and  forwardly 
within  the  hood  for  receiving  and  guiding  crop  material  to  the 
sti^w  chopper.  A  ti^ansverse  roll  extends  along  the  upper  rear 
edge  of  Uie  plate  to  clear  the  end  of  threshed  crop  material. 


A  cigarette  having  a  filter  prepared  by  kneading  a  mixture 
of  gluten  and  wheat  flour  with  water,  baldng  the  kneaded  mix- 
ture, and  crushing  the  backed  product  into  coarse  grains  of 
less  than  60  mesh. 


3,670,742 

EYELASH  APPUCATOR 

Edward  Weancr,  7980  Hawthorne  Avenue,  Miami  Beach,  Fla. 

Filed  April  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  31,281 

Int.a.A45d40/26 

U.S.CL  132-88.7  4  Claims 


A  small  hand  tool  for  placing  a  false  eyelash  on  an  eyeUd 
and  for  use  in  adhesively  positioning  the  eyelash  to  the  eyelid. 
A  T-configured  base  element  is  pivotally  fiilcrumed  to  a  T- 
configured  clamp  lever  element.  The  forward  portion  of  the 
base  element  defines  a  crescent  shape  anvil  portion  adapted  to 
supportingly  engage  the  underside  of  a  false  eyelash;  the  for- 
ward portion  of  the  clamp  lever  element  defines  a  crescent 
shape  clamping  portion  adapted  to  engage  the  upperside  of 
the  false  eyelash.  Spring  means  continuously  urge  the  crescent 
shape  portions  convergingly  and  operatively  to  a  disposition 
clamping  an  eyelash.  Subsequent  to  adhesively  positioning  a 
false  eyelash  on  the  eyelid,  the  eyelash  is  released  by  finger- 
squeezing  the  base  and  clamping  elements  thereby  permitting 
removal  of  the  tool  from  the  eyelash. 


3,670,743 
VEHICLE  WHEEL  WASHING  APPARATUS 
Wcrton  DewHt  Moore,  Dallas,  Tcx„  asilpMr  to  Ddta  Manofac- 
turing  and  EngfaMcrfaig  Corporadon,  DalM,  Tex. 
Filed  Oct  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62.058 
IaLCLB60Bj/04 
U.S.a.134— 45  -~,||„, 

An  apparatus  for  directing  sprays  of  liquid  on  outer  side  sur- 
faces of  each  pair  of  wheels  of  a  vehicle  as  the  wheels  roll  past 


984 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


pairs  of  spray  nozzles,  the  liquid  being  expelled  under  pressure 
through  spray  nozzles  by  flexible  pump  conduits  which  are 


A  washing  apparatus  including  a  fluid  circuit  for  conducting 
a  cleansing  solution  through  conveying  conduits,  a  drying 
means  for  blowing  heated  air  through  the  conduits  after  they 
are  cleaned,  and  improved,  solenoid  operated  two  way  valves 
for  selectively  diverting  the  washing  and  drying  fluids.  An  im- 
proved, solenoid  operated,  two  way  diverting  valve  for  fluids. 


3,670,745 

DIAPHRAGM  LOGIC  CONTROL  CIRCUIT  FOR 

ELECTRIC  HEATING  SYSTEM 

Louis  J.  Bcntscn,  Arfington  Hei^itB,  OL,  Mripior  to  HoMywcU 
Inc^  AfflmwapoHs,  Minn. 

FIM  Much  II,  1971,  Scr.  No.  123,290 
Int  CL  GOSb  / 1150;  GOSd  16100 
MS.  CL  137—84  7 


lauii    c^ 


A  pneumatic,  diaphragm  logic  circuit  for  controlling  a  step 
controller  in  a  day-night,  electric  heat,  temperature  control 


system.  The  circuit  esuMishes  maximum  heating  when  the 
branch  line  pressure  of  the  thermostat  is  below  a  predeter- 
mined minimum,  and  esUUishes  either  nnodulated  heating 
during  the  day  or  zero  heating  during  the  night  when  the 
branch  line  pressure  exceeds  the  predetermined  minimum. 


progressively  longitudinally  occluded  by  a  vehicle  wheel  as  it 
rolls  over  the  pump  conduits. 

3,670,744 
SOLENOID  OPERATED,  TWO  WAY  DIVERTER  VALVE 
¥OR  FLUID  LINE  WASHING  APPARATUS 
Uoyd  F.  Bender,  Route  5,  Hay  ward.  Wis. 

fUed  Jan.  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,314 

Int  CL  1108b  i//0, 9/02 

U.S.  a  134-57  R  3Claims 


S?!Q„ 


I  3,670,746 

COMBINATION  DISHWASHING  MACHINE  AND  OVEN 
HaM>  GckruMnn,  Brcfcas,  Avlria,  writnoi  to  EMctn-Bra. 
genz  GabH,  Brecms/Verarilwrg,  Aoatria 

FBcd  Jan.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,777 
Claims  priority,  application  Austria,  Jan.  26, 1970.  7767/70 
InC.CLB08bi/02 
U.S.  CI.  134-107  ^  ISCUHms 


r 


a 


.m 


'L 


tm 


■hu 


^' 


i 


A  combination  dishwashing  machine  and  oven  is  formed  of 
an  open-topped  tank  with  a  cover  closing  its  opening,  a  heat- 
ing element  unit  spaced  vertically  above  the  opening  in  the 
tank,  and  a  vertically  displaceable -shell  positionable  between 
the  cover  and  the  heating  element  unit  for  laterally  defining 
the  oven  space.  A  vertically  arranged  support  column  is  as- 
sociated with  the  tank  and  includes  a  lifting  mechaniam  for 
displacing  the  shell  downwardly  into  the  tank  from  its  position 
about  the  oven  and  for  lifting  dishwashing  baskets  upwardly 
out  of  the  tank.  The  shell,  tank  cover  and  dishwashing  baskets 
are  sized  so  that  the  shell  fiu  around  the  cover  and  baskets  for 
effecting  the  vertical  displacement  of  the  various  parts. 


K 


3,670,747 
TENT  WITH  PERMANENTLY  ATTACHED  FLY 
Harold  J.  PolO,  WaaMnfiaa.  and  RayuMMd  H.  Kralky,  KM. 
wood,  both  of  Mo.,  asrifnori  to  KcBwood  Company,  St 
Louis,  Mo. 

j  Fled  Dae  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  103,076 

I  iiM.aA45ry//0 

U&CL13«— IR  7 


A  tent  having  a  fly  superposed  over  the  tent  roof  in  s|>aced 
relation  thereto  and  permanently  connected  to  the  roof  along 
the  roof  ridge.  The  side  edges  of  the  fly  are  secured  to  eave 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


935 


frame  members  which  support  the  sidewalls  of  the  tent.  The    canvas  end  and  side  panels  being  provided  and  being  sup- 
fly  u  mamtained  in  taut  condition  and  provides  an  air  space 
above  the  tent  roof  for  improved  resistance  to  rain  and  for  in- 
sulation purposes. 


3,670,748 
HANDLE  FOR  UMBRELLA 
Heinz  Weber,  Hllden,  Germany,  aasignor  to  Tdcsco  Brophey 
Limited,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Canada 

Filed  April  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  27,561 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  April  16,  1969,  G  69 
15  072.7 

Int  a.  A45b  25/00 
U.S.  a.  135—20  ~~^  7  Claims 


A  handle  for  use  with  an  umbrella  which  assumes  a  flat 
rectangular  cross  sectional  shape  when  collapsed  wherein  the 
handle  is  of  a  trapezoidal  outline  and  is  of  flat  cross  section. 


3,670,749 

SHEATH  FOR  UMBRELLA 

Hans   Buscfamann,   Sottngcn-ObHgs,   Germany,   Msignor   to 

TdcMo  Brophy  United,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Canada 

Filed  May  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  36,749 

Inta.A45b25//« 

U.S.CL135— 33C  3Claims 


?/— 


A  sheath  for  an  umbrella  of  the  type  which  assumes  a  flat 
cross-sectional  shape  when  collapsed,  the  sheath  having  two 
flat  wide  lateral  walls  connected  by  narrow  side  walls,  the 
sheath  having  an  open  end,  a  cut-away  portion  in  the  front 
wall  and  a  flap  connected  to  the  rear  waJl  and  overlying  the 
cut-away  portion  of  the  front  wall  when  closed. 


ported  on  upstanding  frame  members.  A  zip  fastener  may  be 
provided  in  one  panel  for  entry  of  the  sun  bather. 


3,670,751 
ECCENTRIC  ACTING  FLOATING-CONTROLLED  PINCH- 
VALVE  VESSEL  FILLING  ASSEMBLY 
Wallace  H.  BuswcU,  Grand  Haven,  Mich.,  ■tnrignor  to  Clare  C. 
Anderson,  Midland,  Mich.,  a  part  interest 

Filed  Feb.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 17,301 

Int  a.  G05d  9102 

UACL  137-1  24  Claims 


3,670,750 
SUN  COT 
Edward  W.  Johnston,  P.O.  Box  457,  SchefferviDe,  Quebec, 
Canada 

FBcd  Sept  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,600 

Claims  priority,  application  Canada,  June  2, 1 970, 084  435 

Int  a.  A61g  9100, 33/06;  A67c  79/00 

VS,  CL  135—5.1  8  aaims 

A  sun  cot  for  protecting  a  sun  bather  from  the  prying  eyes  of 

potential  observers  including  a  supporting  bed,  upstanding 


An  eccentric  acting  float-controlled  pinch-valve  vessel 
filling  mechanism  utilizes  as  flow  control  means,  in  comlnna- 
tion,  ( 1 )  a  delivery  tube  having  a  free  end  portion  and  an  at- 
tached end  portion  coupled  to  downwardly  extending  liquid 
supply  means  and  an  intermediate  flexiUe  portion  adjacent 
the  attached  end  capable  of  being  repeatedly  flexed  suffi- 
ciently to  shut  off  the  flow  of  liquid  therethrou^,  and  (2)  fix- 
edly associated  with  the  dehvery  tube  adjacent  the  flexible 
portion  and  between  such  portion  and  the  mid-length  of  the 
free  end  portion  of  the  tube,  a  critically  shaped  float  having 
substantially  an  L  shape,  being  formed  with  two  body  portions 
that  join  at  an  angle  of  about  90°,  such  joinder  being  adjacent 
the  association  with  the  delivery  tube,  the  free  end  portion  of 
the  delivery  tube  extending  along  a  line  between  the  respec- 
tive longitudinal  axes  of  the  two  body  portions  of  the  float  and 
substantially  in  the  same  plane  therewith.  As  an  essential  fea- 
ture, the  float  is  disposed,  with  respect  to  the  delivery  tube, 
e.g..  when  in  an  empty  vessel,  so  that  rising  liquid  buoys  up  the 
then  depending  body  portion  of  the  float  and  moves  it  slightly 
in  a  direction  opposite  to  subsequent  motion  and  temporarily 
locks  it  against  adjacent  stop  means  and  keeps  the  flexible 
portion  of  the  delivery  tube  open  until  the  liquid  level  reaches 
the  then  substantially  horizontal  other  body  portion  whereu- 
pon the  buoyancy  of  this  latter  body  portion  soon  abruptly 
moves  the  float  out  of  the  locked  position  and  the  buoyancy  of 
the  formeriy  dependent  body  portion  is  added  to  that  of  the 


936 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


second  body  portion  and  eccentrically  pivots  the  float  and  the 
delivery  tube  about  the  point  of  flexing  of  the  delivery  tube 
and  thereby  abruptly  pinches  shut  the  passageway  in  the 
delivery  tube,  stopping  delivery  of  liquid  therethrough  until 
the  occasion  when  the  vessel  is  again  drained,  when  the  float 
again  falls  temporarily  into  the  dependent  and  then  locked 
positions  during  filling  of  the  vessel. 


velocity  of  the  flrst  jet  substantially  exceeds  the  velocity  of  the 
second  jet.  The  third  output  is  produced  by  the  simultaneous 


3,670,752 

PIPELINING  CRUDE  OILS  AND  TARS  CONTAINING 

DISSOLVED  NATURAL  GAS  AT  SUB-FREEZING 

TEMPERATURES  IN  ORDER  TO  AVOID 

ENVIRONMENTAL  DAMAGE 

Sullivan  S.  Marsdcn,  Jr.,  Depi.  of  PHrolemn  Engring.,  Stan- 

ford  Univcntty,  Stanford,  CaHf.,  and  Stcpiien  C.  Rose,  600 

Liddon  Court,  Midland,  Tex. 

Filed  Feb.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  119,312 

Int.a.F17d//76 

U.S.  a.  137—13  6  Claims 


Ilk  «aria    2i*f 


Art  * 


Crude  oils  and  tars,  such  as  those  obtained  from  the  Prud- 
hoe  Bay  Oil  Field  and  the  Athabasca  Tar  Sands,  can  be  effi- 
ciently transported  through  a  large  diameter  insulated  pipeline 
at  temperatures  below  32°  P..  for  example,  between  about  IS" 
to  30°  F.,  in  the  form  of  40  to  70  percent  oil-in-brine  emul- 
sions containing  salts  dissolved  in  the  water  in  amounts  suffi- 
cient to  prevent  freezing  at  said  temperatures.  These  operat- 
ing conditions  permit  the  insulated  pipeline  to  be  buried  in  the 
ground  without  causing  thawing  of  the  perrnafrost  which  will 
lead  to  significant  damage  to  both  the  environment  and  the 
pipeline.  Subsurface  coiutruction  of  a  pipeline  of  this  sort  has 
considerable  economic  advantage  over  the  above-ground, 
supported  construction  required  for  a  heated  oil  pipeline  to 
avoid  environmental  damage.  Dissolution  of  gas  in  the  crude 
oil  at  these  low  temperatures,  thus  allowing  transport  of  the 
gas  in  the  same  pipeline,  will  also  add  considerable  economic 
advanUge.  Even  at  these  low  temperatures,  the  emulsion  has 
an  effective  viscosity  comparable  to  that  of  the  oil  alone  at 
much  higher  temperatures  so  that  energy  consumption  for 
pumping  is  at  an  acceptable  level.  On  arriving  at  the  discharge 
terminal,  the  cold  emulsion  can  then  be  broken  down  into  its 
constituents  by  heating  the  same  either  with  or  without  the  ad- 
dition of  demulsifying  chemicals. 


3,670,753 
MULTIPLE  OUTPUT  FLUIDIC  GATE 
Anthony  John  Hcalcy,  State  Coifegc,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Bdl 
Telephone    Laboratories,     Incorporated,    Murray     Hill, 
Berkeley  Heights,  N  J. 

Filed  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52v440 
Int.CLF15c;//4 
U.S.  CI.  137—81.5  9  Claims 

A  fluidic  device  is  disclosed  having  two  input  jets  arranged 
to  interact,  selectively  producing  one  of  three  possible  out- 
puts. A  first  output  is  produced  by  the  presence  of  either  of 
the  jets  in  the  absence  of  the  other  jet.  A  second  output  is 
produced  by  the  simultaneous  presence  of  both  jets  where  the 


presence  of  both  jets  where  the  velocity  of  the  two  jets 
stantially  equal. 


ssub- 


■  3,670,754 

VACUUM  CONTROLLED  FLUIDIC  REGULATOR 

Peter  A.  Freeman,  8807  Uttlcwood  Road,  Baltimore,  M(|. 

Filed  Sept.  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  76,414 

Int.  CLF15C  7/04 

U.S.  CI.  137-81.5  9  Claims 


Flow  diversion  in  a  fluidic  regulator  is  controlled  without 
moving  parts.  Depending  upon  the  fluid  level  in  a  flrst  chan- 
nel, a  vacuum  operated  system  diverts  a  portion  of  incoming 
flow  into  a  second  channel.  The  operating  vacuum  is 
generated  within  the  regvdator,  itself,  so  that  regulator  opera- 
tion is  self-contained. 


3,670,755 
FLUID  FLOW  CONTROL  DEVICE 
Giancarlo  Nardi,  Plaa,  Italy,  assignor  to  Compagnia  ItaUana 
Wcstinghouac  Freni  E  Scpiali,  Torino,  Italy 

Filed  Sept.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,651 
Gaims  priority,  application  Italy,  Dec.  6, 1968.  S4202  A/68 
I  Int.a.F15c//M 

U.S.  a.  137—81.5  2  Claims 

A  fluid  flow  control  device  in  which  a  housing  is  provided 
with  a  flat  chamber  having  two  parallel  sides,  a  supply  passage 
communicating  with  one  end  of  the  chamber  and  dimensioned 
to  pass  between  the  parallel  sides  of  the  chamber  a  stream  of 
fluid  in  a  substantially  laminar  flow  condition  to  an  aligned 
output  passage  on  the  opposite  chamber  end,  the  stream  con- 
tacting the  two  flat  sides  to  form  a  fluid  diaphragm  and  divid- 
ing the  chamber  into  two  lateral  chambers,  each  communicat- 
ing with  different  control  pressure  passages  for  pressuring  the 
two  lateral  chambers  at  different  static  pressure  levels  to  pro- 
vide a  differential  pressure  gradient  acting  on  the  fiiU  free 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


987 


length  of  the  fluid  stream  across  the  chamber,  bending  the    sure  such  as  a  vacuum  source  and  also  by  feedback  pressure 
stream  an  amount  determined  by  the  pressure  gradient  to 


deliver  a  portion  of  the  stream  to  a  second  output  passage  ad-    differentials  from  the  device  being  controlled  to  provide  self- 
jacent  the  first  output  passage.  monitoring  servo  type  control. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  137— 84  see: 
Patent  No.  3,670,745 


3,670,756 
COMPRESSOR  GOVERNOR 
Forrest  O.  E.  Schultz,  Owosso,  Mich.,  nasignor  to  Midland- 
Ross  Corporation,  Toledo,  Ohio 

Filed  May  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,620 
Int.  a.  G05d  7/00 


UACL  137—102 


13  Claims 


A  compressor  governor  having  a  variable  orifice  means  as- 
sociated with  a  valve  means  which  causes  positive  and  instan- 
taneous response  from  the  pumping  mode  to  the  unloaded 
mode  and  from  the  unloaded  mode  to  the  pumping  mode. 
Means  is  also  provided  to  limit  the  adjustment  in  both 
directions  to  avert  injury  of  the  governor  components  and 
malfunction  of  the  device  that  might  otherwise  result. 


^  3,670,757 

CONTROL  REGULATOR 
Wilbur  C.  Quain,  Winona,  Minn.,  assignor  to  Lake  Center  In- 
dustries, Winona,  Minn. 

Filed  Oct.  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  866,671 
Inta.G05d7/00 
U.S.  CL  137— 103  5  Claims 

A  regulator  to  control  devices  and  appliances  which  is  actu- 
ated by  pressure  differentials  coming  from  the  source  of  pres- 


3,670,758 
PRIMING  DEVICE  FOR  A  SIPHON 
Allan  H.  WilUnger,  New  RocImUc  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Mctaframc 
Corporation,  Maywood,  N  J. 

Filed  March  30, 1 970,  Scr.  No.  23,930 

Int.  CI.  F04f  10/00 

U.S.  CI.  137-150  8  Claims 


A  priming  device  having  tube  adapted  for  attachment  to  a 
siphon  which  transfers  a  liquid  from  a  receptacle.  A  hollow, 
squeezible,  bulb-like  member  extends  outwardly  fix>m  the 
tube  with  the  space  within  the  bulb-like  member  communicat- 
ing with  the  space  within  the  tube.  The  discharge  end  of  the 
tube  has  a  one-way  valve  which  permits  air  to  escape 
therefi-om,  but  prohibits  air  from  entering  the  tube  through 
the  discharge  end.  Squeezing  the  bulb-like  member  starts  a 
siphoning  action. 


3,670,759 
METHOD  AND  MULTI-BRANCHED  NETWORK  SYSTEM 
FOR  UNIFORMLY  DISTRIBUTING  THE  FLOW  OF 
MIXED  PHASE  FLUIDS 
Tom  Terashima,  KawasaU,  Japan,  assifnor  to  Nippon  Petrole- 
um Refining  Company,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FHcd  Aug.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,672 
laL  a.  ri6k  45/00 
UACL  137-171  5  Claims 

A  multi-branched  conduit  system,  supplied  with  a  mixed- 
phase  fluid,  may  have  its  distribution  network  controlled  with 
respect  to  the  uniformity  of  the  liquid  and  gaseous  fluids 
therein  by  employing  an  upper  gas  conduit  and,  optionally,  a 
lower  liquid  conduit,  so  that  the  mixed-phase  fluid  introduced 


938 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JUNr20,  1972 


in  the  main  header  positioned  between  said  upper  and  lower 
conduits  deliver  a  uniformly  mixed  flow  to  each  of  the 


ram,  wherein  the  preventer  has  detent  or  resistance  means 
between  the  piston  and  an  extension  of  the  body  to  resist 
movement  of  the  piston,  the  piston  rod,  and  the  ram  con- 
nected therewith  when  fluid  pressure  is  applied  in  the  operat- 
ing cylinder  outwardly  of  the  piston  for  thereby  effecting  an 
opening  outward  movement  of  the  bonnet  to  the  ram-exposed 
position. 


branches  of  the  system,  even  when  the  ratio  of  liquid  to  gas  or 
vapor  is  in  the  main  header. 


3,670,762 

SMALL  ENGINE  SERVICE  CENTER 

Mkhael  C.  Ptanw,  16146  Beverly  RomI,  BirMingham,  Mich., 

•Ml  Vincent  J.  Figas,  19716  Dwnman,  Harper  Wood«,  Mich. 

1      FHed  July  »,  1970,  S«r.  No.  59,605     --L 

I  Int  a.  F16k  57/00  } 


VS.  CI.  137-342 


3,670,760 

BACKFLOW  PREVENTER 

James  Butcher,  Oresna,  DL;  Richard  G.  GyUstrom,  St  Chwd, 

Minn.,  and  WflUam  Doyle  Lamb,  Decatur,  IIL,  assignors  to 

A.  W.  Cash  Valve  Manafadnring  Corporation 

FDed  Aug.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,560 

Int.  CL  F16k  45f00 

U.S.  a.  137-218  8CWms 


//  J/  6/ 


Claims 


A  backflow  preventer  for  preventing  reverse  water  flow 
having  as  a  part  thereof  a  transverse  wall  between  inlet  and 
outlet  water  passages  and  with  a  valve  disc  in  the  form  of  an 
annular  member  mounted  to  be  resiliently  urged  against  said 
transverse  wall  and  block  a  series  of  circularly  disposed  flow 
passages  at  all  times  except  when  normal  water  flow  occurs 
through  the  backflow  preventer.  The  valve  disc  is  simply  con- 
structed of  a  resUient  material  in  planar  form  and  is  mounted 
to  be  dished  and  urged  against  said  transverse  wall  for  seating 
engagement  therewith. 


A  mobile  flammable  fluid  hatKOing  avembly  including  a 
regular  ftiel  tank  and  a  mixed  fiiel  tank  juxt^xted  to  one 
another  and  spaced  by  a  platform  from  a  used  oil  tank  and  a 
new  oil  tank.  A  manually  actuated  pump  is  associated  with 
each  fiiel  tank  and  is  connected  through  valves  to  the  as- 
sociated tank  and  to  a  fill  hose  and  a  siphon  hose.  The  valves 
for  each  tank  may  be  positioned  in  "fill"  or  "siphon"  positions 
so  as  to  deliver  fuel  from  the  associated  tank  through  the  fill 
hose  when  in  the  "fill"  position  and  to  draw  fiiel  into  the  as- 
sociated tank  through  the  siphon  hose  when  in  the  "siphon" 
position.  A  vent  hoae  is  connected  to  the  fuel  tanks  and  has  a 
quick  disconnect  fitting  on  the  free  end  thereof.  A  manually 
operated  pump  with  a  hoae  attached  thereto  is  connected  to 
the  new  oil  tank. 


3,670,761 
BLOWOUT  PREVENTER  WITH  RESISTANCE  MEANS 
BETWEEN  THE  BODY  AND  THE  PISTON 
Robert  K.  Lcrouax,  Houston,  Tex^  MaigDor  to  Hytfaii  Com- 
pany 

FUed  Oct.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,294 

Int.  CLE21b  JJ/06 

U.S.  CI.  137-315  16  Claims 


3,670,763 
SEMIAUTOMATIC  HOSE  RACK 
John  T.  Magdars,  Northbrook,  ID.,  nnlgnirr  to  General  Fire 
Extingnisher  Corporation 

FUed  Feb.  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 16,966 

Int  a.  B65h  75/34,  75/38 

U.S.CL  137—355.18  5Clainis 


Blowout  preventers  each  having  at  least  one  movable  bon-  A  fire  fating  water  hose  rack  of  the  type  capable  of  storing 

net  and  an  operating  cylinder  therewith  which  are  movable  a  long  collapsed  hose  compactly  in  upright  folded  loops 

together  relative  to  a  piston  in  the  cylinder  for  exposing  a  ram  draped  over  a  plurality  of  support  links  which  sequentially 

mounted  inwardly  of  the  bonnet  to  effert  the  removal  of  the  release  such  loops  as  the  hose  is  withdrawn  from  the  rack. 


940 


OFFinTAT.  OAZFTTF 


JtiNE  2ft-  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


outer  end  first.  The  rack  is  mounubie  adjacent  a  water  supply 
pipe  with  the  hose  connected  downstream  of  a  valve.  The  hose 
rack  has  an  improved  clamping  means  for  temporarily  closely 
ofr  the  flow  of  water  through  the  loops  until  the  hose  is  drawn 
out  of  the  rack  and  substantially  straightened,  even  though  the 
valve  is  opened. 


3,670,764 

BUILDING  UnLTTV  AND  SERVICE  SYSTEM 

James  A.  Tindal,  18002  Mctticr  Avenue,  Gm-dcnn,  CaUf. 

FUed  Feb.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  112,557 

InL  CL  F16I 5/00 

UA  a.  137-357  29  Claims 


939 

techniques.  A  pulse  generator  operates  when  the  liquid  under 
observation  attains  a  probe-contact  level  to  complete  an  elec- 
trical circuit.  The  pulse  generator  is  disclosed  in  the  form  of  a 
relaxation  oscillator  which  pulses  a  trigger  circuit,  the  output 
of  which  is  integrated  to  provide  a  control  signal.  A  plural- 
probe  system  is  also  disclosed.  The  pulses  provided  fix>m  the 
pulse  generator  have  an  interval  of  not  more  than  one  fifth  of 
the  interval  therebetween. 


3,670,7^ 

POPPET  AND  VALVE  ASSEMBLY 

Henry  K.  Tyson,  and  Albert  Q.  Bntter,  botii  of  OdesM,  Tex., 

assignors  to  Dwi  Indnstrics  Inc.,  Los  Alleles,  Cdtf. 

FUed  April  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,874 

Int.  CL  F16k  15/00 

UA  CL  137-515.5  5, 


A  building  utility  and  service  system  which  can  be  modified 
and  rearranged  according  to  the  changing  demands  and 
requirementt  of  the  building  generally  comprises  one  or  more 
collector  units  which  collect  various  incoming  utilities  and  ser- 
vices and  extend  them  to  the  floors  in  the  building,  distributor 
uniu  which  distribute  utilities  and  services  from  a  collector 
unit  throughout  each  floor,  and  utilization  units  which 
dispense  certain  utilities  and  services  fi^om  a  distributor  unit  to 
one  or  more  outlets  on  a  floor  utilizing  those  certain  utilities 
and  services.  Each  unit  includes  portable  transport  sections 
comprised  of  a  plurality  of  individual  pre-fabricated  elements 
which  can  be  added  to  or  stripped  from  the  U^ansport  sections 
to  alter  their  capacities  and  various  connector*,  connecting 
lines  and  transition  components  having  quick  connect  and 
disconnect  capabilities  which  interconnect  the  elements  of  the 
units  and  provide  flexibility  to  the  system. 


A  poppet  and  valve  assembly  are  designed  to  eliminate  prior 
art  proUems  of  fouling  with  soUd  materials,  large  pressure 
drop,  and  cracking  due  to  stress  concentrations  in  the  valve 
systems  for  checking  flow  of  fluids  in  tubing. 

The  valve  assembly  comprises  an  elongated  valve  body,  up- 
stream and  downstream  tailpieces,  means  for  urging  these  taU- 
pieces  in  sealing  engagement  with  the  valve  body  and  a  poppet 
which  u  seatable  within  the  bore  of  the  upstream  taUpiece. 

The  poppet  comprises  an  elongated  member  having  a  rear 
end  portion,  a  forward  end  portion  including  a  tapered 
shoulder  and  a  substantially  continuous  and  smooth  surface 
area,  orifices  disposed  on  the  tapered  shoulder,  a  passageway 
open  to  the  rear  of  the  body  member,  and  conduits  commu- 
nicating  between  the  orifices  and  the  passageway. 


3,670,765 

LIQUID  LEVEL  SENSOR  INCORPORATING  PULSE 

TECHNIQUES 

Jod  E.  Haynes,  1 1735  Luanda,  Lakcvlew  Terrace,  Calif. 

Filed  July  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,507 

IatCLG05d9/72 

UA  a.  137-392  6  Claims 


— jo«rMnBij . 


3,670,767 

SAFETY  VALVE  ASSEMBLY  FOR  CONTROLLING 

CLUTCH  AND  BRAKE  IN  POWER  PRESS  OR  THE  LIKE 

Kenneth  R.  Mahomey,  Bartiett,  DL,  Msignor  to  Danly  Madrinc 
Corporation,  Chicago,  DL 

Filed  March  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  122,008 

IilLa.F16k/;/70 

U.S.  a.  137-596   -^  .       jcidms 


tent  s*s  oftH 


--07 


«i   fum 


"^^ 


O' 


A  system  is  disclosed  for  sensing  levels  of  electrically-con- 
ductive liquid  by  utilizing  the  liquid  as  a  switch  in  cooperation 
with  electrical  probes.  The  destructive  effects  of  liquid  con- 
duction on  tile  probe  are  avoided  by  Uie  use  of  pulse 


'  W5 


A  valve  assembly  for  a  pressurized  fluid  line  controlling  a 
clutch  and  brake  made  up  of  a  pair  of  valves  having  movable 


940 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


valve  members  with  separate  actuators,  each  of  the  valve 
members  having  inlet  ports  and  outlet  ports,  the  inlet  ports 
being  cfNinected  in  series  and  the  outlet  ports  being  connected 
effectively  in  parallel  so  that  both  valves  must  be  activated  to 
pass  the  pressurized  fluid  to  the  control  line  and  so  that  upon 
unwanted  sticking  of  one  of  the  valve  memben  in  activated 
position,  pressure  fluid  to  the  control  line  is  cut  off  and  ex- 
haust fluid  fhim  the  line  is  promptly  and  directly  vented. 


3,670,768 
FLUID  FLOW  CONTROL  DEVICE 
Augustus  W.  GrkwoM,  Rochcilcr,  N.Y..  Mrigno 
Inc.,  Rodmtcr,  N>Y. 

FUed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,242 
Int.  a.F16k  79/00 
U.S.CL  137-606 


to  Dynak, 


16 


A  fluid  flow  control  device  including  a  body  having  a  plu- 
rality of  inlet  passageways  and  a  single  common  outlet 
passageway,  and  a  plurality  of  solenoid  valves  connected  to 
the  body  for  controlling  fluid  flow  fix>m  the  inlet  passageways 
to  the  outlet  passageway.  The'device  and  the  solenoid  valves 
are  resistant  to  corrosive  liquids.  The  amount  of  residual- 
liquid  left  in  any  inlet  passageway  downstream  from  each  sole- 
noid valve  when  that  valve  is  closed  is  minimized,  to  provide 
as  sharp  a  liquid  interface  as  is  possible  between  each  liquid 
leaving  the  outlet  passageway  and  the  next  successive  liquid. 


3,670,769 

APPARATUS  FOR  THE  CONTINUOUS  ADJUSTMENT  OF 
THE  REFLUX  RATIO  OF  A  DISTILLATION  COLUMN 

Hont-INetcr  Gddcrblora,  Sindorf,  and  Manfrvd  Mondorf, 
Koln-WcidcnpcKli,  both  of  Germany,  Mrignon  to 
Chcmiebau  Dr.  A.  Zieren  GmbH  &  Co.  K.G.,  Koln,  Ger- 
many 

FBed  June  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,295 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  30,  1969,  P  19 

33  056.4 

Int.a.F16k5;/00 
U.S.  CI.  137—610  1 1  Claims 


==^'''T7| 


The  reflux  ratio  of  an  industrial  distillation  column  can  be 
accurately  varied  in  a  programmed  manner  by  passing  the 
distillate  through  a  reflux  ratio  regulator  having  an  elongate 
housing  having  an  elongate  fluid  inlet  in  a  side  wall  thereof,  a 
partition  fitted  axially  in  the  housing  perpendicular  to  the  axis 
of  the  inlet  and  movable  axially  between  the  ends  of  the  inlet; 
a  firat  fluid  outlet  positioned  on  one  side  of  the  partition;  a 
second  fluid  outlet  positioned  on  the  other  side  of  the  parti- 
tion; means  for  varying  the  position  of  the  partition  along  the 
inlet  during  the  distillation,  so  that  the  partition  divides  the 


t 


stream  of  distillate  entering  the  housing  in  a  varying  ratio  into 
two  streams,  one  being  withdrawn  as  distillate  and  the  other 
being  returned  as  reflux;  and,  optionally,  a  liquid  stream  di- 
vider downstream  of  the  reflux  ratio  regulator  compriung  an 
elongate  housing  having  in  the  side  walls  thereof  a  fluid  inlet 
connected  to  one  of  the  fluid  outlets  of  the  reflux  ratio  regula- 
tor and  two  fluid  outlets,  one  connected  to  the  head  of  the 
distillation  column  and  one  to  means  for  collecting  the 
product;  a  weir  with  a  plurality  of  overflow  indents  in  its  upper 
edge  positioned  axially  in  said  housing  between  the  fliad  inlet 
and  the  fluid  outlets;  and  a  liquid  stream  dividing  wall 
mounted  transversely  in  said  housing  and  mounted  perpen- 
dicularly to  the  weir,  so  that  the  stream  of  liquid  flowing  over 
the  weir  is  divided  by  the  dividing  wall  into  two  streams,  one  of 


which  exists  through  the  first  fluid  outlet  and  the  other 
exits  through  the  second  fluid  outlet. 


stream 


--  3,670,770 

FLUID  LINE  COUPLING 
Vaughn  A.  Ndson,  Downers  Grove,  DL, 
tional  Harvester  Compmiy,  CMo^  U. 

flM  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,757 
IntCLF16k///00 
U.S.  a.  1^7—614.04 


.  a.  li 


to  Iptcma- 
Claims 


A  telescopic  linear  type  fluid  line  coupling  having  a  valved 
female  housing  carrying  reciprocable  sealing  means,  and  a 
camming  surface,  a  valved  male  coupling  element  having  cam 
means  thereon,  said  cam  means  and  said  camming  surface 
being  cooperative  to  effectuate  interconnection  of  said  male 
and  female  portions.  ^^ 


Nor- 


T  3,670,771 

FLUID  OPERATED  BOOSTER  VALVE 
Albert  W.  Dewberry,  Littleton,  Colo.,  assignor  to  C.  A 

grcn  Co.,  Littleton,  Colo. 
Continuation  oT  Scr.  No.  641,927,  May  29, 1967,  abandoned 
TMs  application  Dec.1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  3,31 1    | 


U.S.  a.  137—625.6 


IntCLF16ki//i«5 


6  Claims 


Valve  housing  with  high  pressure  inlet  from  line^and  high 
pressure  outlet  to  load.  Housing  has  coaxial  bores  with  poppet 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


941 


or  spool  valve  in  small  bore  to  control  high  pressure  flow. 
Valve  connected  by  stem  to  piston  in  large  bore  and  valve  is 
normally  urged  to  closed  position  with  fluid  leakage  through 
piston  exiting  through  bleed  hole.  Qosure  for  bleed  hole 
operated  by  low  pressure  piston  or  diaphragm  ( 1  psi  or  less)  to 
build  up  pressure  on  free  end  of  piston  and  move  it  to  open 
valve. 


selected  temperatures  resulting  frron  the  proximity  of  a  high 
temperature  heat  source,  the  orifices  thereby  selectively 
delivering  the  fluid  to  reduce  such  temperature  of  the  heat 
source.  The  conduit  includes  a  pressure-rupturable  body  and 
reenforcing  elements  for  reenforcing  portions  of  the  body  to 
withstand  high  temperatures  and  to  assure  that  the  conduit 


3,670,772 

SPACING  IN  COAXIAL  TUBES  SYSTEM 
Gerhard   Zicmck,   Hannover,  and   Fricdrich  Schatz,   Lan- 
gcnhagcn,  both  of  Germany,  amignors  to  Kabd-und  MctaU- 
wcrkc  Gutchoffnungshuttc  Akticngcscbchaft,  Hannover, 
Germany 

Filed  Sept  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,688 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Oct.  14,  1969.  P  19 
51  659.7 

Int.Cl.F16i;///2.59//2 
U.S.CL  138—114  6  Claims 


2*f 


.V'A.\A    4t    A'A'A'A 


2^ 


Coaxial  tubes  are  thermally  insulated  from  each  other  by 
means  of  a  spacer  comprised  of  loosely  piled  tapes  which  have 
been  sewn  together,  and  helically  wound  on  the  respective 
inner  tube. 


3,670,773 
TUBE 
Rene  L.  Gucrster,  Maple  Glen,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Amctek,  Inc., 
New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  March  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,973 

Int.  CI.  F16I 9/22 

U.S.  CI.  138-155  2  Claims 


continues  to  transmit  fluid  past  ruptured  conduit  areas.  The 
body  is  adapted  to  rupture  in  portions  not  supported  at  high 
temperatures  by  the  reenforcing  elements  where  combined  in- 
ternal pressure  and  the  reduced  strength  at  high  temperatures 
results  in  failure  of  these  portions  of  the  body.  The  portions  of 
the  body  which  do  not  rupture  continue  to  function  as  a  con- 
duit leading  fluid  to  other  areas  along  the  conduit. 


3,670,775 
BRAKING  SHUTTLES  IN  LOOM  SHUTTLE  BOX 
Allan  William  Henry  Porter,  Lustmuhle/Ar,  Switzerland,  as- 
signor to  Adoiph  Saurer  Ltd.,  Arbon/TG,  SwitMrland 

Filed  Aug.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,442 
Oaims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Aug.  28.   1969 
13025/69  •       a        .         ''. 

Int  a.  D03d  49/54 
U.S.  a.  139-185  4cia|„M 


A  tube  comprises  a  helical  axially  extending  ribbon  of 
spring  material  which  has  adjacent  turns  set  to  coil  tightly  in 

overlapping  and  telescoping  engagement.  The  overlapped  Method  and  device  for  braking  shuttles  in  loom  shuttle  box 
portion  of  the  ribbon  is  ofhct  inwardly  to  provide  the  tube  whereby  a  shuttle  is  braked  by  contact  with  a  belt  supported 
with  a  constant  outer  diameter.  by  a  pair  of  roUers. 


3,670,774 
CONTROLLED  LEAKAGE  CONDUIT  FOR  DEUVERING 

A  FLUID  TO  A  HEAT  SOURCE 
WiUlara  T.  Bahr,  WaiUnglbrd,  and  Robert  V.  Lewis,  Woodbu- 
ry, both  of  Conn.,  asrignors  to  Anaconda  American 
Company,  Watcrbury,  Conn. 

FOed  Feb.  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  114,616 

Int.a.F161////2 

U.S.CL  138-178  6C 

A  fluid  conduit  adapted  to  form  ruptured  orifices  in  areas 
along  its  length  when  the  areas  or  portions  are  subjected  to 


to  Sober 


3,670,776 
LOOMSLEY 
Hans  Demuth,  Wlntcrthur,  Swkacrland, 
Brothers,  Ltd.,  Wintcrthur,  Swltaerland 

Filed  Sept.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74302 
Qaims  priority,  application  Switzeriand,  Nov.  13,  1969. 
16877/69 

Int.  CLD03d  49/62 
U.S.CL  139-188  9CiidiM 

The  loom  sley  has  a  flange  in  which  the  pressure  screws  are 
initially  mounted  in  angular  relation  to  a  perpendicular  plane 


942 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


to  the  screw  contacting  surface  on  the  comb.  On  tightening  of 
the  screws  against  the  comb  foot,  the  flange  bends  elastically 


outwardly  so  that  the  flat  heads  of  the  screws  come  into  fiill 
bearing  contact  on  the  comb  foot. 


3,670,7T7 

TRANSFER  TAIL  CLAMPING  APPARATUS 

Joha  A.  BlackHoae.  4  Woodridge  Drive,  GrMavOc,  S.C. 

Flkd  J«ly  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,992 

bM.  CL  D03d  45/26, 45/02 

U.S.CL139— 247  2ClaiiiH 


A  transfer  tail  clamping  apparatus  used  on  a  bobbin 
replenishing  mechanism  has  an  expansible  member,  having 
aligned  clamping  means,  connected  adjacent  one  end  with  an 
abutment  and  on  the  other  end  with  a  movable  frame  for 
clamping  the  tail  when  the  bobbin  is  being  transferred. 


3,670,778 

PNEUMATIC  WARP  THREAD  MONITORING 

APPARATUS 

Chert  Meier,  Stadel,  Switacriaad,  asrigiinr  to  Cootravcs  AG. 

Zurich,  SwHacriamI 

Flkd  Jan.  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,554 
Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Feb.  27,  1970, 
2894/70 

latCLDOad  57/24 
U.S.  CI.  139—349  6  Claims 


A  warp  thread  monitoring  apparatus  for  looms  wherein 
each  properly  tensioned  warp  thread  paaea  through  an  a»> 
sodated  thread  monitoring  lamella  or  blade  and  retains  such 
in  an  elevated  position,  and  upon  rupture  of  the  relevant  warp 


thread  this  lamella  then  drops  into  a  lower  position,  thereby 
activating  a  release  or  triggering  mechanism  for  sounding  an 
alarm  or  stopping  the  loom.  According  to  important  aspects  of 
the  invention,  a  channel  system  is  arranged  beneath  each  row 
of  thread  monitoring  lamellae  and  upon  rupture  of  the  rele- 
vant warp  thread  the  correspondmg  lamella  drops  into  this 
channel  system  to  interrupt  the  flow  of  an  air  current  forced 
from  the  inlet  side  of  the  channel  system  to  the  outlet  side 
thereof.  This  in  turn  affects  the  operation  crf^  a  pneumatic  flow 
sensing  device  influencing  the  trigger  mechanism  for  sounding 
the  alarm  or  stopping  the  loom. 


3,670,779 
DEVICE  FOR  THE  RECOVERY  AND  REMOVAL  6?  A 
FALSE  SELVEDGE  IN  A  SHUTTLELESS  LOOM 
Albert  Dcbordc,  Bouneln-JaHleo,  Fraaee,  asslgnni  to  AtcHers 
Dfedcr1cfas,BourgaiB-JiMeaIacrc,Friuicc  i 

FUmI  Dk.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,966         { 
Oaims  priority,  application  France,  Jan.  20,  1 970. 700 1 839 
Int.  CLD03d  49/20 
U.S.  CL  l^W— 304  2<:ialiiis 


A  false  selvedge  in  a  shuttleless  loom  is  recovered  by  con- 
tinuously winding  the  fa^  selvedge  under  tension  on  the 
larger  end  of  a  conical  bobbin,  the  wound  selvedge  moving 
progressively  to  the  narrower  end  of  the  bobbin  at  which  it 
progressively  falls  on  to  the  floor  or  into  a  storage  receptacle. 


I  3,670,780 

I  CURTAIN  HEAMNG  TAPES 

William  Wood,  Gatley,  Engtand,  assigiior  to  Thomas  Frtncfa  & 

Sons  Limited 
CoMiniMlioa  d  Scr.  No.  762,189,  Sept.  16, 1968,  abondoMd. 
TMs  appHcadoii  Ai«.  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  61329 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Sept.  ISi  1967, 
42,160/67 

lot  a.D03d  7/06.  J/02 
U.S.  a.  1^9—387  8  OaiMS 


A  curtain  heading  tape  having  a  body  and  spaced  pockets 
on  at  least  one  face  thereof,  wherein  there  is  at  least  one  draw 
cord  in  the  Upe,  the  draw  cord  passing  through  the  body  ad- 
jacent the  edges  of  the  pockets  and  also  passing  through  the 
body  between  the  edges  of  the  pockets,  thereby  forming  a 
reverse  bulge  immediately  behind  the  pocket  for  the  reception 
at  a  curtain  hanging  device. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  19I2_ 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


948 


3,670,781 

MACHINE  FOR  THE  ALTERNATE  CAMBERING  OF  A 

METALLIC  THREAD 

Roger  Uoovide,  Coiombcs,  France.  OHigiior  to  Hcrckdboat  H 

Flls  (Sodctc  Anoayme),  Resay  Sow  Bob,  France 

Fled  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,544 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  May  5, 1969, 6914281 

Iiit.CLB21f  7/04 

U.S.  CI.  140-71  R  4Clidms 


The  machine  is  principally  constituted  by  a  wheel  compris- 
ing at  its  periphery  two  rows  of  hammers  adapted  to  overiap 
one  another  alternately,  each  of  the  hammers  of  one  row 
being  carried  by  a  slide  moving  transvertally  on  said  wheel, 
means  being  provided  to  ensure  the  alternate  pivoting  of  the 
hammers,  from  one  row  to  the  other,  during  the  roution  of 
said  wheel  in  order  to  provide  particularly,  by  the  transversal 
movement  of  the  slides,  the  cambering  of  the  thread  and  the 
disengagement  of  said  hammers  when  the  thread  is  cambered, 
the  latter  being  eventually  taken  up  by  a  second  device  com- 
posed of  two  plates  arranged  facing  one  another  symmetri- 
cally with  respect  to  the  direction  of  advance  of  the  thread  and 
each  comprising  spiral  grooves  for  the  reduction  of  the  pitch 
of  the  zig  zag  cambered  thread. 


3,670,782 
APPARATUS  FOR  TIEING  A  BUNDLE  OF  CABLES 
Hduich  Kabd.  Quickbom,  Holrtcin,  Germany,  asrignor  to 
Paul  Hellermann  G.m.b.H.,  Pinneberit  near  Hamburg,  Ger- 
many 

DivisloB  of  Scr.  No.  667,286,  Sept  12, 1967,  Pat.  No. 

3,570,554,  which  is  a  dIvisioB  of  Scr.  No.  446,855.  April  9, 

1965.  Pat.  No.  3,353,227.  This  application  June  12. 1970,  Ser. 

No.  57.852 

IiltCLB21f  9/02 

VS.  CI.  140-93.2  10  Claims 


3,670,783 
CABLE  TYING  MACHINE 

John  T.  GoodwO,  Utica,  N.Y.,  ass%Mr  to  Goodwa  Aotenudcd 
Devices,  iac.  New  York  MBk,  N.Y. 

FBed  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,743 

lot  a.B21f  75/04 

U.S.  a  140-93  R  10, 


A  machine  for  automatically  putting  ties  on  a  multi-strand 
cable  at  spaced  intervals  therealong.  The  ties  are  made  with  a 
single,  continuous  piece  of  lacing  which  extends  longitudinally 
along  the  cable  between  the  ties.  At  each  point  at  which  a  tie  is 
to  be  made  the  machine  passes  the  lacing  around  the  cable 
and  then  knots  the  lacing,  after  which  either  the  cable  or  the 
machine  is  moved  to  the  next  tie  point.  In  passing  the  lacing 
around  the  cable,  the  machine  forms  a  loop  in  the  lacing 
through  which  a  bobbin  carrying  the  lacing  passes  to  form  the 
knot. 


3,670,784 
WIRE  WRAPPING  TOOL 

DMid  WMtney  Ackcnnn,  BlaghamtoB,  N.V.,  ^ 

Universal  Instruments  Corporation,  BInghamton,  N.Y. 
Filed  Aug.  1 1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62^25 
Int.  CL  B21f  7/00, 15/00 
U.S.  CI.  140-118  14 


to 


Apparatus  for  tieing  a  bundle  of  cables  with  the  aid  of  a 
strap  includes  bedding  means  for  a  lock,  tensioning  means  for 
the  strap,  operating  means  for  causing  a  pin  to  secure  the  strap 
and  the  lock  to  each  other,  and  cutting  means  for  removing 
excessive  strap  material. 


A  wire  vmpfnng  tocA  haVing  a  wrapping  bit  with  a  hole 
therein  adapted  to  be  received  by  a  terminal  stud,  a  wrapping 
sleeve  in  which  the  bit  is  mounted  for  limited  telescoping 
movement  The  bit  has  a  wire  relief  flat  adjacent  a  wrapping 
slot  which  merges  into  a  tapered  counterbwe  surrounding  the 
end  of  terminal  engaging  hole. 


3,670,785 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  TINTING  PAINT 

Frederick  H.  Hdas,  and  CaH  E.  Undbiom,  both  of  Rockford, 

IB.,  assignors  to  The  Valspar  Corporadoo,  Rockfortl,  DL 

Fled  July  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,996 

Int.  CL  B65b  7/04, 3/04 

U.S.CL141— 9  MCIrfnM 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  batch  tinting  paint  by  adding 

preselected  amounts  of  selected  paint  colorants  to  a  batch  of 

base  paint  in  a  paint  vessel  at  a  mixing  stotion.  The  different 

paint  colorants  are  stored  at  a  colorant  storage  station,  and  a 


944 


charge  of  paint  colorant  consisting  of  preselected  amounts  of 
one  or  more  selected  paint  colorants  to  be  used  in  tinting  a 
batch  of  base  paint  are  delivered  to  the  inlet  end  of  a  single 
tube  delivery  line  extending  firom  the  storage  station  to  the 
mixing  station.  The  charge  of  paint  colorant  is  thereafter 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  20,  1972 

I  3^70,787 

APPARATUS  F(»  FILLING  A  CHAMBER    ' 
Gerhard  Hamcm  Hofenn-  Strave  47, 7013  Oeffingcii  (Wiirtt), 
Gcmiaay 

Fifed  Dk.  10, 1968,  Str.  No.  782,613 
Claims  priority,  ap^ication  Germany,  Jan.  3,  1968,  f  16  57 
206.8  ^ 

Iiit.CLB65bJ/J0 
U.S.a.  141— 250  3) 


purged  from  the  line  and  delivered  to  the  mixing  vessel  by 
passing  a  purging  fluid  including  a  purging  liquid  compatible 
with  the  colorant  into  the  line  while  delivering  the  purging 
liquid  and  colorant  to  the  mixing  vessel. 


3,670,786 
CONTAINER  HLLING  APPARATUS 
Howard  J.  Lcvfai,  Norrbtown,  and  FrankUn  M.  Krddcr,  Lan- 
caster, both  of  Pa.,  Bwignors  to  AmcrlcaB  Home  Products 
CorporatioB,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Cootinuatioii^ii-part  of  Scr.  No.  716,521,  March  27, 1968, 

abandoaed.  This  application  June  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,881 

InLa.B65bJ//02 

U.S.  CI.  141—92  4  Claims 


A  rotary  filling  machine  which  comprises  a  tunnel  disposed 
substantially  from  before  the  filling  station  to  the  sealing  sta- 
tion of  the  machine  along  the  direction  of  travel  of  a  con- 
tainer, and  means  for  introducing  an  inert  gas  into  the  tunnel 
under  a  slight  positive  |»«ssure.  The  inert  gas  excludes  air 
from  the  tunnel  and  provides  an  inert  gas  atmosphere  within 
the  tunnel  which  effectively  maintains  at  a  reduced  level  the 
oxygen  ccmtent  of  the  void  space  of  containers  being  filled. 
The  tunnel  has  orifices  permitting  the  passage  of  reciprocating 
filling  spouts  for  introducing  inert  gas  into  the  containers 
being  filled  and,  in  a  separate  step,  for  filling  the  containers. 


^':  •#: ;  ,^ 


A  fluid  flow  regulating  apparatus  uses  the  control  displace- 
ment of  first  and  second  pistons  to  vary  the  fluid  flow  rate.  A 
reversible  two-way  valve  mechanism  is  positioned  between  a 
supply  of  pressure  fluid  and  the  first  and  second  pistons  and 
valve  control  means  are  connected  between  the  two-way  valve 
mechanism  and  respective  ingress  and  egress  ports  of  one  of 
the  pistons.  Settable  restrictive  fluid  flow  means  are  con- 
nected between  the  two-way  valve  mechanism  and  the  control 
means  so  that  the  first  piston  is  displaced  at  a  low  speed  and  at 
a  high  spo^  throughout  different  portions  of  its  movement. 


^  3,670,788 

ARBOR  SAW 
Henry  M.  Pollalt,  and  Robert  S.  Pollalt,  both  of  c/o  Aifcrtcaa 
Machine  &  Tool  Co.,  Inc  of  Pa.,  Roycrsford,  Pa. 
I      Filed  May  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,8 19 
I  Iiit.a.B27b5/24 

U.S.  a.  143—36  R  9  iClains 


An  arbor  saw  that  can  be  moved  vertically  with  respect  to 
the  table  on  which  it  is  mounted  and  also  displaced  about  a 
horizontal  axis  so  as  to  cut  a  bevel.  An  integrated  linkage  is 
provided  for  achieving  these  two  functions  so  that  the  blade 
can  be  displaced  vertically  without  effecting  its  angle  of  bevel, 
but  when  the  blade  is  displaced  about  a  horizontal  axis  it  is  au- 
tomaticaVy  lowered. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


3,670,789 

WOOD  SPLnriNG  APPARATUS 

Joha  A.  Long,  1 10  HUvfew  Drive,  Clovcrdaic,  CaHf. 

nfed  July  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,502 

Int.  CL  B27I  7/00 

U.S.  CI.  144-193  D 


945 

breaking  occurs  while  the  veneer  is  being  sliced  from  the 
parent  wood  across  the  grain  to  predetermined  thickness  and 


ICiaim 


A  veneer  pressure  bar  assembly  is  provided  wherein  the 
pressure  bar  or  back-up  rollers  for  the  pressure  bar  are  sup- 
ported by  hydrostatic  lubrication  in  a  housing.  The  lubricant 
which  may  be  oil.  water,  oU  and  water,  or  air  is  fed  to  at  least 
three  slot  shaped  pockets  extending  along  two  paths  along  the 
housing  (at  least  one  slot  along  one  path  and  at  least  two  along 
the  other  path)  on  each  side  of  the  resultant  force  on  the  roller 
bemg  lubricated.  The  slot  or  slots  along  each  path  occupy  a 
major  portion  of  that  path. 


.ISL^all^  '"^'  ^'^"'*^  •*""  "  ****^«*  '^^  predetermined 
•  size  m  all  three  dimensions. 


A  device  for  splitting  logs.  This  device  consists  of  an  engine 
dnven  shaft  having  a  conical  screw  thereupon  it.  the  screw 
servmg  to  penetrate  and  split  logs. 


3,670,792 

»  >!r^'^^'^*^^^N"^G  ASPARAGUS  SPEARS 
Robert  P.  dausMm  4946  West  Undine  Road,  Stockton.  CaHf 
Filed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,575 

UACL  146-81 A  "^  ^o^ 


3,670,790 

VENEER  MACHINE  ROLLER  PRESSURE  BAR 

ASSEMBLY 

Andrew  W.  Porter,  and  Joha  L.  Sanders,  both  of  Vancouver, 

B.C.,  Canada,  assignors  to  Canadian  Patents  and  Develop- 

meat  Limited,  Ottawa,  Ontario,  Caoada 

Fifed  Feb.  3, 1971,  Ser.  No.  112,144 
Claims    priority,    application    Canada,    March    5,    1970, 
076573 

lat.  CI.  B27I 5/04 
U.S.  CI.  144-213  7ci.|^ 


A  power-actuated  apparatus  for  tip-aligning  asparagus 
spears  disposed  transversely  on  a  longitudinally  extending 
horizontal  feed  belt  preparatory  to  butt-trimming  such  spcare' 
by  power  saw.  to  equal  length;  such  apparatus  including  a  car- 
nage reciprocable  m  a  direction  transversely  of  the  feed  belt 
and  from  one  side  thereof,  and  such  carriage  being  fitted  with 
a  multiplicity  of  spring-advanced  but  yieldable  rods  which,  as 
the  carnage  reciprocates,  engage  the  asparagus  spean  at  the 
butt  end  and  push  such  spears  transversely  of  the  feed  belt 
until  the  spear  tips  engage  longitudinally  extending,  vertical 
back-stop  belt  traveling  adjacent  the  other  side  of  the  feed  belt 
and  at  the  same  speed.  This  alines  all  of  the  tips  of  the  spears 
in  the  direction  of  travel  of  the  feed  belt  and  so  that  such 
spears  are  all  cut  to  equal  length  when  subsequently  butt- 
tnmmed.  "' 


3,670,791 

METHOD  OF  JET  BREAKING  VENEER  TO  NARROW 

WOOD  FLAKES 

DooaM  L.  JohasoB,  1816  North  Lcaore  Drive,  Tacoma,  Wash. 

ConUnuation-in-part  of  Ser.  No.  630396,  April  12,  1967,  Pat 

No.  3326,258.  TMi  appMcadoa  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54^92 

lBt.CLB271/y/00 
U.S.a.144— 326A  3ClalBM 

Method  employing  a  fluid  jet,  i.e..  the  forceful  nish  of  pres- 
sunzed  vapor  or  gas  through  an  orifice  to  flex,  puU  and  break 
more  or  less  continuous  veneer  along  a  weak  line  in  the  grain 
from  the  parent  wood  to  controUed  narrow  width.  The  jet 


3,670,793 
WEIGHT  CONTROLLED  SLICING  SYSTEM  INCLUDING 

VARIABLE  SYNCHRONIZATION  COI-miOL 
Krith  E.  Ftesch,  Garrett,  lad.,  aarignor  to  Peter  Eckrich  A 
Sons,  Inc. 

Fifed  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97^91 

lat.  CL  B26d  4156 

VS.  a.  146—94  R  5  fT^.,^ 

A  weight  controlled  slicing  system  for  food  products 
wherein  the  weight  of  a  stock  of  slices  cut  from  a  length  of 
material  is  accurately  controlled.  The  system  includes  a  knife 
with  a  variable  speed  drive  including  a  speed  control  system,  a 
slice  receiver  that  receives  slices  as  they  are  cut  and  an  inter- 
mittentiy  operable  take-away  conveyor  for  removing  slices 
from  the  slice  receiver  after  a  predetermined  number  of  slices 
are  cut.  Also  included  is  a  one-shot  circuit  responsive  to  the 
speed  control  system  of  the  motor  for  progressively  advancing 
the  point  at  which  the  take-away  conveyor  is  actuated  as  the 
speed  of  the  motor  increases  to  compensate  for  the  fixed  time 
required  to  actuate  the  take-away  conveyor  thereby  enabling 


946 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


accurate  retaring  of  a  weigh  cell  associated  with  the  slice  |  3,670,795 

receiver  in  readiness  for  the  cutting  of  the  next  stack  and  SELF-LOCKING  FASTENER 

WBbur  J.  KuplHam  Winhawtea,  N.Y^ 
vvn|BK  \AM  put  ■uun 

I      FIM  June  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  50,047 


■V- 


^f. 


1 


firr'- 


-^ 


~-/*a 


>#»^ 


^ 


mr 


-X— 


titer 

It* 


i^ 


^ 


»»n/t^ 


I-*' 


precluding  interference  between  the  slices  of  one  completely 
cut  stack  and  the  first  slice  of  the  next  succeeding  stack  as  it 
travels  to  the  slice  receiver. 


3,670,794 
SELF-LOCKING  TUBULAR  INSERT 
Wmiain  F.  Bcidlcr,  La  Habra,  CaUf.,  aarignor  to  Tr«Mliiiie 
Faatcacr  Corponitloii,  Covins,  Orilf . 

Filed  Oct.  24, 1969,  Ser.  No.  869,164 

Iat.Cl.FI6bi9/J4 

IJ.S.  CI.  151— 7  17Clalim 


A  self-locking  tubular  insert  with  an  outer  screw  thread  for 
engaging  an  outer  complementary  threaded  member  and  with 
an  inner  screw  thread  for  engaging  an  inner  complementary 
threaded  member  has  a  transverse  peripheral  slot  forming  a 
window  and  a  deformable  plastic  locking  element  seated  in 
the  slot  is  shaped  and  sized  for  compression  by  the  outer  com- 
plementary member  to  be  bulged  thereby  inwardly  into 
locking  engagement  with  the  inner  complementary  member. 


U.S.CL  151—29 


Iiit.a.F16bi9/02 


to 


6CliriiM 


A  self-Jocking  fastener  that  involves  a  polygonal  nut 
threaded  onto  a  splined  or  keyed  spindle.  A  sleeve  generally 
encloses  the  nut  and  is  internally  grooved  to  engage  the  nut, 
being  keyed  for  movement  longitudinally  relative  to  the  nut 
and  for  imparting  rotary  motion  to  it.  A  spring  urges  the  sleeve 
to  slide  in  one  direction  causing  one  end  to  project  beyond  the 
end  of  the  nut,  in  which  position  the  projecting  portion  forms 
an  internally  grooved  enclosure.  A  separate  polygonal  clamp- 
ing member,  slidable  but  not  rotatable  on  the  spindle,  and  hav- 
ing a  number  of  sides  that  is  a  sub-multiple  of  the  number  of 
grooves,  is  engaged  by  the  sleeve  when  the  fastener  is  in  the 
fully  tightened  position  at  which  time  the  internally  grooved 
enclosure  may  engage  the  polygonal  edges  of  the  clamping 
member  to  lock  the  nut  on  the  spindle.  Retracting  the  sleeve 
disengages  the  projecting  portion  from  the  clamping  member, 
and  permits  the  nut  to  be  unthreaded.  The  clamping  member 
may  be  of  simple  washer  form,  and  although  having  a  number 
of  sides  corresponding  to  a  submultiple  of  the  number  of 
grooves,  the  nut  may  be  indexed  and  locked  in  as  many  posi- 
tions as  there  are  grooves. 


I  3,670,796 

FASTENING  DEVICE  WITH  CAPTIVE,  AXIAL  FLOATING 

NUT 
David  W.  Grimm,  Watcfaung,  N  J.,  aHignor  to  Amcraoc  Eana 
Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

I     Filed  Dm.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,555  | 


MS.  a.  1^1—41.75 


InLa.F16b4y/00 


8  Claims 


A  fastening  device  such  as  a  clip-nut  in  which  the  nut  is  free 
to  move  axially  relative  to  the  cKp,  the  axial  displacement  of 
the  nut  being  at  least  of  the  order  of  magnitude  of  the  length  of 
travel  of  the  nut  necessary  to  effectively  thread  the  nut  upon  a 
mating  screw  and  bring  the  clamping  surface  of  the  nut  into 
clamping  engagement  against  the  workpiece  to  which  the  clip- 
nut  is  affijced  such  that  upon  initial  insertion  of  the  screw  into 
the  clip-nut,  axial  movement  of  the  portion  of  the  clip  which 
holds  the  nut  captive  is  limited  to  no  more  than  that  which  will 
only  deflect  the  cHp  resiliently. 


$UA 


mTTTTPTAT  nA7.i;yrTT? 


Jtivk  9.fl    1079 


June  20,  li»72 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


a^7lt,797 


M7 


Fled 
U.S.C1.160-llt 


laWc 

K  25, 1970,  Sar.  No.  49,785 


Tkm  discioaiife  concerns  an  accordian  fold  cioaure  panel  of 
the  type  pendamly  supported  on  elevated  tncdcway  atructuie 
and  tlie  type  adapted  for  embodiment  in  a  foldti^  door  or  win- 
dow cloMire  or  in  a  pendant  fokttng  curtain  wall  closure.  Each 
hinge  joint  connection  joining  adjacent  slat  elements  of  the 
folding  closure  includes  mating  pintle  and  groove  portions 
formed  respectively  on  confronting  edge  margins  of  each  ad- 
jacent pair  of  vertical  aiat  elements  of  tee  folding  closure .  The 

pintle  snvcture  of  eack  slat  hinge  connection  is  of  sioned  tube 
form  defining  a  hollow  core  axial  interior  extern^  coexten- 
■ivc  of  the  pintle  structure.  The  oppoaite  end  portions  of  the 

haHow  axial  Ulterior  of  the  pintle  structure  of  each  hinge  joint 
connection  preferably  provide  means  for  fixecfiy  receiving 
upper  and  lower  oppositely  projecting  threaded  screw  ele- 
racms:  an  upper  hanger  screw  element  is  threadedly  fixed  in 
the  upper  interior  of  the  pintle  structure  of  a  respective  hinge 
joint  connections  and  pendandy  supports  the  folding  closure 
panel  from  elevated  trolley  means;  a  lower  guide  screw  is 
threadedly  fixed  in  the  lower  interior  of  the  slotted  tube  pintle 
•tructure  and  supports  guide  bearing  means  operative  in 
grooveway  atructure  formed  in  horiaontal  sill  means  of  the 
folding  cioaure  apparatus. 


TiK 


door  to  seciireiy  draw 


which  is  secured  to  Che 
device  adjacent  the  windos 

include  a  flexible  mngnet  means  at  the  lower  e^  tkeKof 
which  holds  the  lower  end  of  the  device  on  tiw  exterior  sur- 
face of  the  vehicle  door  below  the  window.  A  second  form  of 
the  mvemion  relates  to  a  flexible  sleeve  or  boot  comprised  of 
netting  material  which  eateods  over  both  aides  of  the  iMper 

end  of  the  vehicle  door  to  provide  a  screen  on  boA  sides  of  the 
window.  A  third  form  of  the  invention  is  (hscloaed  which  is 
•Mnilar  to  the  second  form  except  that  the  flexible  netting 
material  is  positioned  only  at  the  outaide  surface  of  the  win- 
dow. A  fourth  form  of  the  invention  pertains  to  a  flexible 

netting  material  having  a  m^inetic  nttad»ent  means  extend- 
ing around  the  border  thereof  to  fiscaitate  the  attacfamem  of 

the  device  to  the  exterior  suifaoe  of  a  station  wagon  at  the  rear 
side  window  area.  A  fifth  form  of  the  invention  is  also  dis- 
closed and  is  similar  to  the  fourth  form  with  a  magnet  means 
bcmg  employed  thereon  for  aidii«  in  attaching  the  sci«en  to 
the  vehicle.  A  sixth  form  of  the  invention  is  disclosed  which  is 
adapted  to  be  mounted  at  the  rear  window  area  of  a  station 
wi^on. 


3^70,799 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  fOK  flniONING  liOLIlM 

METAL  TO  A  CONHNUHSCASIING  MACHINE 
A.    V«hL    Ihnaa    Umm^    .^    ii..^    ^ 


U.S.CL  164-^63 


14,l971,fiw.lte. 

tat.  CLB2M  77/70 


347t,79i 


F. 


«fdS31  Mvhstry 


I2.1«7i,Sar.Na.43,iJ8 

9100,9152 


A  method  and  system  for  aiphnnmg  mohen  metal,  such  as 

copper  or  aluaunum.  A  first  veaad  witti  aaken  metal  therein 

and  a  caating  chamber  are  provided,  tiie  castii«  «^t»»«H>T 

receiving  the  niohen  metal  from  the  first  veaad.  A  oostfinuous 

a! 
hMai 


Claims  priority. 


2.1Mf.iv.Na.g29,193 

e%Mm.luDe  12. 196S.  48027 
ImtLCLmaMlSlOO 
U.S.CL164^M  SCUtaM 

de^  for  vehicle  «andows  comp™ing  a  screen  for'Ss^JTtJlS^  '^  IT*^!!^  "^r"  •^• 

'mdkm  aecund  to  the  yttkit^T^^^^JL  !™         "*?'**^*  ""^^  "odung  rolls,  wherein  a  cyiindtical  ahdl 

•^-  ^^^T^J'r^  ao  that  the  acaew  comprising  the  itOlworiungaurfaoe  is  fi«toeittf*«.llycaat  in 

r^* r^  in-  fwliMi  co^SS!  r_S  _„„■  ^T^lx  «  ^°^««*^  '^*«»**<=^  ««»«•  fcawng  remevahle  end  plates, 

^^   ^  Z^T^-L '"*'""  *  "^  '"'^  "^^"^  and  as  soon  as  the  sbeM  has  sriidifirri,  the  end  plnt«^ 

^rfc«.J^;ii^I^!l2!^S^!i^^'  reaso.^  tlie  mold  containing  the  hot  soiidtfei 

vehicle  door. -nie  Mtnohment  means  inchKles  a  draw  string   compi:te^3;ti^ 

899  O.Q.— S& 


TiixTP   on     iftfTO 


vrto 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


1. 


in  the  mold  whereby  there  is  formed  a  solid  roll  core  which  is   chamber,  a  vacuum  furnace,  a  vacuum  pump  is  selectively 
metallurgically  bonded  to  the  said  hollow  shell  and  has  in-  connectable  to  the  furnace  and  to  the  vacuum  chamber,  and  a 


tegrally  formed  journal  portions  extending  beyond  the  cylin- 
drical shell. 


3,670^1 
CONTINUOUS  CASTING  MOLD  LEVEL  CONTROL 
Jack  R.  Crowd,  Cedar  Lake,  ind.;  James  R.  TonuHiick,  Wood 
Dale,  aMi  DooaM  H.  Ward,  den  EUyn,  both  of  ni.,  aarignors 
to  Borf>Wanwr  Cocporattea,  Chkago,  II. 

FVcd  Jao.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  3,421 

InLa.B22d////2 

U.S.  CI.  164— 154  4  Claims 


I  *- Signol  Souroa 


Continuous 

Mold 
(Water  Jocnei) 


Hanr 


Dfive 
Control 


•  "  Motd  L«««l  Chonflt 
Aniplilud*aOir«ct>an 

Signo' \ 


Billet 
Dfive 


Hot 

Billet 


Cool 
Sheoi 


Finished 
Steel  Billets 


A  molten  metal  continuous  casting  mold  level  control 
system  is  disclosed  employing  an  inductance  detector  posi- 
tioned within  a  water  cooled  continuous  casting  mold.  The  de- 
tector is  mounted  in  the  jacket  cf  the  moM  about  the  generally 
hoUow  cylindrical  mold  core  which  core  includes  an  electri- 
cally conductive  form  having  a  billet  shaping  surface.  The  out- 
put voltage  from  the  detector  is  bucked  against  a  signal  that  is 
related  to  an  input  signal,  filtered  and  amplified  to  derive  a 
signal  whose  pcdarity  from  a  reference  level  and  magnitude 
are  proportionate  to  the  direction  and  magnitude  of  change  in 
the  steel  level.  This  signal  is  used  to  contrcd  the  billet  drive  to 
correct  changes  fix>m  the  desired  level. 


3,670,802 
VACUUM  CASTING  APPARATUS 
DavM  M.  Krick,  Waukcsiia;  Lawreiiee  D.  Koltz,  Hartford,  and 
Warren  C.  WWamB,  Waukesha,  d  of  Wb.,  assignors  to 
Wisconsin  CcntrifufBi,  Inc. 

FVmI  Jan.  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  793,335 
IntCLB22d  27/76 
U.S.  CL  164—258  19  Claims 

A  centrifugal  casting  machine  is  mounted  in  a  vacuum 


nozzle  assembly  for  the  vacuum  furnace  is  connected  to  the 
vacuum  chamber  by  a  flexible  seal. 


3,670303 
CHILL  CASTING  MACHINES 
won  Dthnhard,  Andcr  Nicrs  35, 417  Gchlcra,  Germany 
Filed  Aprfl  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  813,663 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Aug.  14,  1968,  P  17 
58  822.6 

Int.  a.  B22d  15/04 
U.S.a.,164— 267  ^    8  Claims 


I96i 


A  chiB  casting  machine  wherein  chill  halves  are  mounted  on 
the  free  end  of  a  pivoting,  cantilevered  arm  supported  by  a 
column.  Pivoting  movement  of  the  arm  is  effective  to  immerse 
the  chill  halves  in  a  bath  positioned  below  the  arm.  A  second 
pivoting  means  is  provided  to  tilt  the  chill  during  the  filling 
thereof  to  provide  rapid  and  complete  filling. 


I  3,670304 

TRAP  DOOR  TO  PREVENT  WATER  FROM  DESCENDING 

INTO  STARTER  BAR  PIT 
Gottfried  Hofmann,  Brentwood,  Alkglieny  County,  and  James 
T.  StuU,  Jackson  Townsliip,  Butler  County,  ImiUi  of  Pa.,  as- 
signors to  United  States  Steel  Corporatkm 

Filed  Sept.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,973 
Int.  CL  B22d  / '/0« 
VS.  CL  164—274  ^  Claims 

An  apparatus  for  deflecting  the  flow  of  water  into  the  cast- 
ing path  of  a  continuous-casting  machine.  A  trap  door  is  hin- 
gedly  fixed  above  a  starter  bar  exit  hole  in  a  casting  guide 
mechanism.  The  trap  door  is  pivoted  out  of  the  path  of  the 
starter  bar  to  permit  the  bar  access  to  the  bar  receiver  and  is 


MO 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JuiVE  ao,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


949 


pivoted  mto  position  over  the  access  hole  to  deflect  cooling    to  heat  the  periphery  when  such  heat  is  required  Excess  heat 
water  down  the  casUng  gu.de.  The  trap  door  may  be  made  of  a    is  dissipated'^^a^  iSditional  heati;  ^ro^Twhen  ^ 

The  temperature  of  the  hot  water  is  higher  than  with  the  nor- 


marginal  frame  covered  by  a  thin  sheet  of  readily  penetrable 
material. 


3,670305 
DIE  CASTING  PLUNGERS 
Merle  E.  Wders,  P.O.  Box  176,  Mammoth,  Pa. 

Filed  March  30, 1971,  Ser.  No.  129,479 
Int.  a.  B22d/ 7/04 
U.S.  CI.  164—312 


mal  practice,  and  special  advantages  are  obtained  from  the 
standpoint  of  providing  efficient  and  dependable  operations 
with  wider  ranges  of  the  load  and  ambient  conditions. 


^3,« 


5CUms 


1,670307 
STORAGE  TYPE  HOT  WATER  HEATING  SYSTEM 
John  T.  Muller,  Nuticy,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Leslie  Co.,  Lyndhnrst, 
NJ. 

Filed  Sept.  4, 1968,  Ser.  No.  757,236 

Int.  CL  G05d  23/13 

UA  a.  165-39  3  Claims 


A  dununy  block  is  provided  for  a  plunger  of  a  die  casting 
machine  having  a  container  with  a  cylindrical  plunger 
chamber  in  which  the  dummy  Wock  moves  a  molten  mass  of 
metal  fed  to  said  chamber  from  said  chamber  to  a  die  by  afor- 
ward  plunger  stroke  and  is  returned  to  its  starting  position  by  a 
rearward  plunger  stroke,  said  dummy  bkx:k  comprising  an 
inner  shell  nut  member  having  spaced  wrench  receiving  flats 
at  one  end  of  its  periphery  «id  peripheral  threads  at  the  other 
end  and  a  hollow  central  bore  threaded  to  engage  a  threaded 
male  end  on  said  plunger  and  an  outer  cylindrical  shell  ckised 
at  one  end  and  threaded  at  the  other  to  engage  the  peripheral 
threads  of  the  shell  nut  and  radial  stop  means  in  the  hollow  in- 
terior of  the  shell  engaging  the  end  of  the  shell  nut  in  axial 
bearing  whereby  thrust  from  the  plunger  is  transmitted  to  the 
shell  through  said  stop  means  and  threads. 


3,670306 
AIR  CONDITIONING  SYSTEM  AND  METHOD 
Alden  L  McFarlan,  691  Dorian  Rood,  Wcstfidd,  N  J. 
FHed  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50374 

IntCLF24fi/00 
U.S.a.165— 22  7Clnims 

Air  conditioning  systems  having  a  plurality  of  refrigeration 
units  with  a  hot  water  stream  flowing  through  the  condensers 
in  series,  and  with  a  chilled  water  stream  flowing  through  the 
evaporator-chillers  in  series.  The  system  balances  the  heating 
and  cooling  loads  so  that  the  internally  produced  heat  is  used 


A  hot  water  heating  system  which  indudes  a  storage  tank 
with  a  specially  arranged  heat  exchanger  therein,  together 
with  at  least  one  blending  valve  and  a  valve  for  controlling  the 
heat  supply  to  the  heat  exchanger,  and  also  including  a  fluid 
connection  whereby  a  change  in  demand  f<w  Mended  hot 
water  flronuhe  blending  valve  causes  an  instantaneous  dwnge 
in  the  heat^pplied  to  the  tank  which  is  proportional  to  the 
change  in  demand  and  takes  place  before  any  naaterial  change 
in  the  temperature  of  the  water  flowing  from  the  tank  to  the 
hot  water  blending  valve. 


3,670388 

HEATING  AND  AIR^ONDmONING  SYSTEM  FOR 

CONSTRUCTION  EQUfFMENT 

John  D.  Wait,  Jr.,  Peoria,  ■.,  iidgiiii  to  raHipillai  Tractor 

Co.,  Peoria,  m. 

Fitod  Feb.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9383 

lnt.CLB68iii/00 
US.  a.  165—42  5  cUhaa 

A  combined  heating  and  air-conditioning  system  is  provkled 
with  a  heater  coil  and  evaporator  coil  kx»ted  back  to  back  in 
a  sin^  housing  enabling  the  use  of  common  controls  and 


June  20,  1972 


OKNRRAT,   AMD  WTTriH A VTP AT 


MO 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


juTfE  20,  lyrz 


coiiMtfacai 


J^<\f^ 


tint  air  laay  be  heated  aad  dekwwdified  on  cool,  humid  days 
aad  wann  air  from  the  heater  may  be  uaed  to  prevent  the 
evaporator  coil  from  froatag  over. 


CONBffnoraNC  ATTABATIIS 

,  .— ^  NJ^  «i|VMr  la  mmmr  Cm- 


UJ^CLMfl- 


21, 19^  Sv.  Naw  3MM 

WLQ.WJmS/14 


provide  expaiwion  movement  at  the  header  miemMy  with 
reaped  to  the  vcmel. 


3.i7igni 


'  hl.CLf»l9/00 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


951 


connector  members  which  are  bonded  to  the  pMuge  mem-  dnit  nprnnil  by  mi 
benaadwiMchareoomtnictedsotkatapartafeachimeroon-   drmm  oil  below  the  raof  to  a  i 

structure,  for  example,  ll 

flow.  The  intrrliaoe  level 
7  when  the  JnteitMe  rrarhra  a 

below  the  inlet  of  the  flind  oonduk.  When  Ike  I 

to  a  selected  ht^wr  level  bdow  the  i 

inlet  valve,  prewesMiaf  aea  wMer  from ' 

duit.  Means  respoMiwe  to  tfK  iatorfaoe  lewd  ilMt  m  praduc- 

tion  from  the  wefl  structure  if  ooofined  pa  aocumubrtes  to  a 


nector  member  is  in  aeaied  relationship  with  the  next  adjacent 
interconnector  member,  the  series  of  nested  members  thereby 
providins  the  manifold  interoonnectiM  the  paasaae  members. 


PONTOON  STRUrrUUS  IN  MAN-»IADE  LAKE  FOR 
ABCnC  OTGRATIONS 
flayd  R. 


Plad  Jiriy  3t,  irm^Str.  Na. 99^4*2 


The  suffaoe  of  the  ground  in  the  Arctic  is  unstable  due  to 
settlins  of  the  permafroat  duiii^  thawing  periods  and  to 
uneven  heaving  when  extreme  temperature  changes  occur 
within  the  permafrost  zone.  Extraction  of  hot  fluids  fixxn  deep 
subsurface  welk  drilled  through  the  permafrost  and  other 
sources  of  heat  emission  such  as  fixm  surface  installations  ag- 
gravate and  add  to  the  permairoct  instability.  This  causes 
probleaas  with  foundations  for  surface  iwatallations.  These 
problems  are  relieved  by  die  use  of  a  man-made  lake  to 
buoyantly  support  a  surface  tntaMfinn  such  at  a  drilling  rig, 
oil  treating  Caciiities,  etc.  Tbe  bacge  supportii^  the  surface  in- 
stallation must  be  water-ti^  durii^  periods  of  thaw  and  must 
be  of  sufficient  strength  to  withstand  ice  forces  in  the  winter. 


I  inteftaoe  level  bdow  the  inlet  of  Hm 

fluid  coaduit.  Altiiwiifrt  of  the  prnlrtrriMiiiiil  mma 

levd,  as  indicated  by  the  inlerfiaoe  lewd  detector  device,  OMy 
T«aalf  electrical  circuib^  provided  for  connection  to  an  in- 
dicator placed  at  a  remote  accessible  location,  ngariii^  tiw 
occurrence  of  on  leak^e  from  the  submerged  weH  structure 
— '  *hr  srnimiilatinn  nf  ttir  piTiiIrm  iniim>l  nsinimiiiii  iiluim 
of  fugitive  oil.  The  fluid  oonduit  osay  have  valve  memis  to 
prevent  backflow  of  oil  into  the  r-nfmii^  M«a  from  the  well 
structure  produrtioH  conduit.  VaKe  mems  may 

of  oil  into  the  wen  8tn*ct»tt«  from  the  fluid 

t  may  be  utahaed  to  force  oil  frxMi  dhe  flukl  con- 
duit into  the  wefl  structure  when  the  production  line  prraniri 
in  the  well  structure  exceeds  the  hydrostatic  pressure  at  the 
level  of  the  well  structure. 


3,«7M15 
WELL PACKER 

Cicctv  C.  Iranv,  S42f  fllH*rM^  Brtiv,  HtMla^  Ite. 
nad  Jan.  22. 1971.  fiv.  Na.  MMM 
Im.  CL  C21b  23102,23106, 23/06. 33/126 
U.S.CL144— 136  6 


3v«7M14 
UNDOtWATER  TOLLirnON  CONTROL 

mad  Jan.  2.  I^nC  Sv.  Na.  174 
fart.CLE2lb4i/07 
U.S.a.M6— .5  2t( 

Oil  eganating  from  a  submerged  well  itructure  which  in- 
cludes a  wettMad  and  a  production  manifold  is  recovered  and 
oil  poBution  of  surface  waters  and  neighboring  shorelines  is 
prevented  by  coofining  the  fugitive  oil  underwater  above  an 
ad-water  interface  under  a  roof  having  nde  curtains  and  ex- 
tendtog  over  the  wdl  strucbire.  One  part  of  the  roof  is  fixed 
above  the  production  manfold,  and  anodier  part  of  the  roof  is 
removably  secured  over  the  wdlhead  and  includes  structure 
for  coacting  with  a  remotely  operated  running-in  device  for 
removably  installing  and  retrieving  such  roof  part.  A  fluid  con- 


i. 


A  well  packer  employing  a  resfliem  cup-typ^  teal  member 
and  releasable  means  for  initiaUy  holding  the  teal  otenber  in  a 


^62  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

stretched  condition  to  reduce  its  diameter  sufficiently  to  clear  I 

the  well  wall  during  running  of  the  packer  Whereby  to  obviate 
damage  to  the  seal  member. 


June  20,  1972 


OIL  RECOVERY  PROCESS 

MartlB  E.  CiMwvcrt,  Hourtoa,  Tex.,  ■■Igimi  to  Esm  Produc- 

tkM  Rcsearck  Conpaay 

CMidmwlio»4ii-part  of  Ser.  No.  72M93,  May  6, 1968, 

abuMloMd,  which  Is  a  co0tiMiadoii-iB-|Mrt  of  Scr.  Nos. 

675,490,  Oct  16, 1967,  abaadoncd,  and  Scr.  No.  699,255, 

Jan.  19, 1968,  abuidoiwd.  Thk  appMraHon  May  4, 1970,  Scr. 

No.  34,012 
bit  CL  E21b  43122, 43/25, 43/26 
VS.  a.  166-252  13  Claims 

A  method  of  displacing  oil  from  a  subsurface,  water-sensi- 
tive, oil-bearing  formation  is  disclosed.  The  new  method  in- 
volves determining  the  aqueous  vapor  pressure  of  the  water- 
sensitive  formation  and  injecting  into  the  formation  through 
an  input  well  an  oil-continuous  displacement  fluid  having 
water  dispersed  therein  which  fluid  has  an  aqueous  vapor 
pressure  no  greater  than  that  of  the  formation,  and  recovering 
oil  displaced  thereby  from  the  formation  at  a  point  removed 
from  the  point  of  injection. 


3,670318 
MOBILITY  CONTROL  IN  OIL  RECOVERY  PROCESSES 
Bruce  L.  Knight,  Utticton,  Colo.,  assignor  to  Marathon  OU 
Comnany,  FIndlay,  Ohio 

1        Filed  April  29, 1970.  Scr.  No.  33,021 
Int.CLE21b4J/22 
UA  a.  166-273  112  Claims 


(M.  HCCOvCDt  n  TDTii.  PairK»  HMCCrCD 


3,670317 
METHOD  OF  GRAVEL-PACiONG  A  PRODUCTION  WELL 

BOREHOLE 
Randolph  J.  Sauder,  Houston,  Tex.,  aasignor  to  ShcU  OU  Com- 
pany, New  Yoric,  N.Y. 

ConHiMrtoH  of  Scr.  No.  820,758,  May  1, 1969,  alMndoMd. 

Ttaia  appMcation  Nov.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,296 

Int.  CL  E21b  43/04, 43/16 

VS.  CL  166—252  8  Clirfns 


__r 


Improved  secondary  and  tertiary  recovery  processes 
wherein  a  mobility  buffer  is  used  are  improved  by  allemately 
injecting  mobility  buffer  slugs  (containing  mobility  reducing 
agents)  and  slugs  of  water  followed  by  a  driving  agent.  For  ex- 
ample, improved  crude  oil  recoveries  with  emulsion  and 
micellar  systems  are  obtained  by  alternately  injecting  aqueous 
slugs  containing  mobility  reducing  agents  and  slugs  of  water 
followed  by  drive  water  to  displace  the  system  through  the 
reservoir.  The  mobility  buffer  slugs  can  have  progressively 
decreasing  concentrations  of  the  mobility  reducing  agent  rela- 

3,670319 
PROCESS  FOR  TREATMENT  OF  WATER  INJEC  TION 

WELLS 

Dwight  L.  Dauben;  H.  R.  Froning,  and  Loyd  W.  Jones,  all  of 

Tulsa,  Olila.,  assignors  to  Amoco  Production  CompMiy 

Filed  May  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  38,365 

Int.  CI.  E2lh  43/22, 43/25 

U.S.  CI.  166-305  R  U  Claims 


A  method  of  gravel-packing  a  well  borehole  extending  into 
an  interval  of  a  hydrocarbon-bearing  subterranean  earth  for- 
mation by  determining  the  median  size  of  the  sand  grains  in 
the  interval  and  forming  a  pumpable  slurry  of  liquid  contain- 
ing granular  particles  having  a  relatively  narrow  range  of  grain 
sizes  with  a  median  grain  size  from  about  5  to  7  times  larger 
than  the  median  size  of  grains  in  the  interval.  Perforations  are 
formed  in  a  conduit  sized  to  exclude  passage  of  substantially 
all  the  slurried  granular  particles  and  the  conduit  is  positioned 
in  the  well  borehole  at  a  depth  adjacent  to  the  interval, 
thereby  forming  an  annulus  between  the  conduit  and  the  inter- 
val. A  fluid  including  the  slurry  is  then  flowed  into  the  annulus 
and  into  contact  with  the  exterior  of  the  conduit  until  the  an- 
nulus is  substantially  filled  with  the  granular  particles.  Fluids 
are  then  flowed  from  an  injection  well  borehole  into  the 
gravel-packed  well  borehole  for  recovering  of  hydrocarbon- 
bearing  fluids  therefrom. 


INJCCTION 
•ELL 

IT 


POOOUCTION 

WELL 


■MECTION 
MTCR 


SUFFER    SLU6(S) 


CONTMUOUS  GMOUN 
OF  IWTER  CONTENT 

OR 
ONC  OR  MORE  SLUGS 
EikCM  CONTAINING  A 
FIXED  BUT  DIFFERENT 
AMOUNT  OF  WATER 


BUFFER 
SLUGS 


PRIMARY 

MICELLAR 

SLUG 


CONTMUOUS  GRAOMG  OF  WATER  CONTENT  OR 
ONE  OR  MORE  SLUGS  EACH  CONTAMMG  A  FIXED 
BUT   DIFFERENT  AMOUNT  OF  WATER 


X7 


Jt 


II I 


Water  injection  wells  are  stimulated  by  an  oil^xtemal 
micellar  slug  preceded  and/or  followed  by  at  least  one  micel- 
lar (buffer)  slug  of  a  higher  water  content.  This  series  of  slugs 
is  forced  out  into  the  formation  by  means  of  a  water  drive. 
Th^e  may  be  continuous  grading  from  water  to  oil-external 
slug  to  drive  water.  The  buffer  slugs  may  be  continuously 
graded  in  water  content  rather  than  by  injecting  distinctly  dif- 
ferent slug  compositions. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


953 


3,670320 

OIL  RECOVERY  METHOD  USING  DISPERSION  OF 

CLAYS  IN  AQUEOUS  POLYACRYLAMIDE  SOLUTIONS 

Charles  J.  Norton,  and  David  O.  Falk,  Denver,  Colo.,  Mclgum  i 

to  Marathon  Oil  Company,  FIndlay,  Ohio 

Filed  Aug.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,726 

Int.  CLE21b  4J/22 

U.S.  CI.  166-305  R  lo  Claims 


'Kimryrt^'- 


watm  iiavMTi  TMwq^,  omawr  cu* 


«   r^tcaot^eui  iaioM«k« 


Also  disclosed  are  specific  and  preferred  structural  embodi- 
ments wherein  the  running  tool  and  the  locking  device  are 
armed  and  the  locking  device  locked  and  left  in  the  tubing  by 
reciprocal  movement  of  the  tool  in  the  tubing  in  conjunction 
with  energy  stored  in  a  spring  and  without  the  use  of  com- 
plicated electric  motors,  hydraulic  connections  or  the  like. 


3,670322 
IMPLEMENT  LOAD  TRANSFER 
Robert  L.  Rdnhardt,  Lubbock,  Tou,  Mrignor  to 
Bcnt  Company 

FHcd  July  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,036 
Int.  CLB62d  5  J/00 
UA  a.  172-7 


Clark  Equip- 


ACMam 


•nt  «»iai  riMCLT  nawMn 


Improved  viscosity  and  resistance  factors  of  aqueous  solu- 
tions containing  partially  hydrolyzed  polyacrylamide  are  ob- 
tained by  dispersing  clay,  e.g.,  sodium  montmorillonite  and 
phosphates  in  the  solutions.  The  solutions  arc  particularly  use- 
ful as  displacement  fluids  in  the  recovery  of  petroleum  from 
earth  formations. 


3,670321 
LOCKING  DEVICE  AND  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 
FOR  EMPLACING  SAME 
Jack  W.  Tamplen,  Rural  Route  2,  CcMna,  Tex. 

Filed  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,762 

liA.CLEl\h43/00,23/00 

U.S.  a.  166-315  27  Claims 


A  locking  device  and  method  and  apparatus  for  emplacing 
same  within  tubing  in  a  well  characterized  by  having  locking 
dogs  that  are  run  into  the  well  retracted;  and  that  are  operable 
into  a  no-go  position  at  a  desired  depth  for  thereafter  stopping 
the  locking  device  at  the  top  of  a  restricted  portion  such  as  a 
nipple;  and  that  can  be  locked  into  a  recess  such  as  defined  by 
a  landing  nipple  or  a  collar  immediately  above  the  restricted 
portion.  Both  the  running  tool  employed  in  emplacing  the 
locking  device,  and  the  locking  device,  can  be  armed  into  the 
no-go  position  but  cannot  be  inadvertently  locked  in  the  tub- 
ing until  the  locking  dogs  encounter  the  restricted  portion. 


An  apparatus  is  disclosed  having  hydraulic  means  for  exert- 
ing a  variable  downward  force  on  the  tongue  of  a  tractor 
drawn  implement  to  optimize  the  tractive  pull  of  the  tractor. 
The  apparatus  is  carried  by  the  implement  and  includes  a 
linear  device  connected  to  sense  the  drawing  force  exerted 
upon  the  implement  and  a  second  linear  device  connected 
between  the  implement  and  its  tongue  to  exert  a  downward 
force  upon  the  tongue  that  is  a  function  of  the  drawing  force 
sensed  by  the  first  device. 


3,670323 
HYDRAUUC  ROW  MARKER  SYSTEM 
Ralph  W.  Mattliews,  New  Berlin;  Gerald  W.  Bcrnhoft,  Wau- 
watosa,  and  Michael  R.  Schmidt,  IWes  Comers,  aU  of  Wis., 
assignors  to  AUis-Chalnicrs  Manufacturing  Company,  Mil- 
waukee, Wis. 

Filed  June  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,437 

Int  CI.  AOlb  25/00, 49/06;  BOlc  7/18 

U3.  CI.  172-128  4  Claims 


This  invention  is  concerned  with  marking  devices  for 
squadron  planters  with  the  marking  devices  being  operated  by 
remote  hydraulic  devices  which  are  in  parallel  v^  hydraulic 
means  used  for  raising  and  lowering  the  planters. 


954 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


Junk 


CCNMRNSATION  TOOL  MAML  DKVICB 

l3,lf<(7,«>—*i*TllfciHllnMi«^ipl  i*^19m,am.T*9, 

44>I7 
hi.  CL  Atlk  59f06, 63/1 16 
UJw  0.173— 449  3( 


r 


1972 


compl«teiy  cover  and  protect  the  ftrame  during  all  such  move- 
meiMft.  A  third  double  acting  hydraulic  cylinder  may  be  opera- 
tively  fociated  with  the  blade  to  wkdiveiy  impart  tilting 
movementi  thereto. 


CONTMX.  SYSTEM  POft 


A  coMpemaCint  hori 

nortai  tool  bar  ft>r 

agricukaral  tmple- 

meati  iwciunMd  on  a  tr 

actor  hawing  a  "tk 

vee-point  Uich"  ii 

Li-iiawtftd  to  awMber  t 

tranawcw.  huifcauni 

ey  aupport  by  two 

pMaHJoyn  co—tct 

on  aad  a  tkM 

wiwooi'  midway 

between^  tnc  comecto 

n  inchide  linki«H 

1  wmch  pel  mil  the 

•ct  to  a  cenlrai  an 

■  while  maiasaiaing 

the  bw'»  a^)«ra«e  heighc 

"**"***"  ~" 

MIL 

M7t\«2S 
POWEK  ANGUNG  ■ULLOOZEK 
)A.n^plM 
'CesFbapin,H. 

lOrt.  %  nm,  Sv.  Flaw  M9vt23 
fert.  O.  mS  J/7tf ;  AMh  05/00.  J5/22 
U.&a.l72— MS  t3 


Piaw  ne^ns,  March  at,  1M9,  Pat  Na. 

1 1, 197«,  Sw.  New  71^463 

a.nic5//o 


-m: 


1 


An  aatomatic  control  tyatem  for  a  fuide  ahel  moUnnd  rock 
drill  incJoding  a  control  circuit  having  pncummicaly  opaftad 
valves  for  providing  prcsaurc  fluid  to  the  drV  haauner.  rota- 
tion motor  aad  feed  atotor  and  for  controKag  driD  hole  fluah- 
iag  medium.  Senaors  mounted  on  the  drill  guide  shel  provide 
for  rtwml  of  the  feed  motor  and  redncad  drill  power  open 
reaching  the  forward  ead  of  the  guide  sheV,  aad  shatdown  of 
the  drin  upon  reaching  the  rearward  ead  of  the  gaide  sheB. 
The  control  circuit  iacludea  a  series  of  contool  valvea  for  selec- 
tion, at  will,  by  the  drift  operator  of  a  particular  operating 
leqaewcc  or  condition  of  the  drill.  A  conttoi  valve  i»  included 
for  providing  an  operating  sequence  which  includes  operation 
of  the  drill  at  reduced  power  for  a  predetermined  period  of 
time  for  coHaring  a  drill  bole.  The  control  system  also  includes 
pressure  proportioning  valves  for  automatically  regulating  the 
feed  motor  preaaure  to  be  proportional  to  the  drill  percussion 
motor  tupply  pressure. 


Stt| 


HINE 


Lyk  W 


M74^137 
UNDElGROimD  DULLING  MAC 

T.  Pawhe,  be*  af  Khrkhmd 
to  Hamh  A 
.Caaada 
Jan. «,  1971,  Sar.  Na.  IM^JM 
int.  CLE21C  5/06 
U^CL173-14« 


:ii73- 


A  power  acqiling  bulldozer  comprises  a  blade  opcrativcly 
connected  to  the  forward  end  of  a  C-firame  by  spaced  forin  ar- 
I  to  dhcrge  towaid  each  Other  fcrwaRiy  of  tf»  fraw.  A 
of  denbk  acint  hydtaaftc  cyMndiii  are  pivotaBy  con- 

'■  to  selectively  impart  an- 
Tfae 


having  al  of  its 


on  a 


links  are  constructed  and  arranged  so  that  the  blade  will    components  comprise  a  conventional  swivel  head  with  hoist- 


ItTNE  20,  1072 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 

:or( 


955 


.     ^.                            -  -                  -          •opteventahlowotttoftlie  weil.  The 

,1^-^            ^^    ^  *e  «ator.  a  hjidranlic  pceaMm  rmidihBoi  in  the  weU  bore  are  determined  by 

^^   ?''*'*?!?P'™  ■*•*****  **>"*«  Mnmlic  producing  a  graphical  relatiomhip  of  the  si^wlucfa  it  in  fr«e 

_!?f  ""^  °'<**  •*»^  fc««»  The  machine  is  solution  in  wator  confined  hy  shale  samples  obtained  at  dif- 

uaefiU  to  underground  drilling  operations  in  wlach    ' '— -f-m  iuriM  thi  ihMltosirf'll nil 

a  saviqg  of  up  to  40  peioeat  in  rock  fcmoval.  as  compared  

with  oonweuaiuMalmarJHfies.  has  been  achieved. 

- 3vi7M39 

OMLLING  APT AAATUS 

iaria  Vaa  Dar  W^Mm.  "     ' 
■  «a  Wetf  Caarad  ea  filarli  Hiaeh  N.V., 
aad    NfdffriandBcht    Maatsrhappy    voor   Werken    Buiten- 
Saats  ( Netherlands Offahere  Cempaay)  N.V. 

RM  A#rii  9.  MTt.  Car.  Ne.  2M77 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain.  April  9.  1969, 
18.144/69 

int.  CL  F21h  79/74. 25/00 
U.S.CL17S-S2  19  ( 


EXPLOOVE  OBKUNG  APPABATUS 

RM  Feb.  1 1. 19T«,  te.  Na.  lt3,M2 

hsLCLCaih  7/00 
ULS-CL  175—4.5 


The  particular  embodiment  described  herein  as  illustrative 
rrf^w.»  *~—  "^**-^  i — rmrinn  iitiliim  — « r^^^igatrd  **~'"nf  ha"- 
ing  a  shaped  explosive  chafye  in  one  end  tfaereof .  and  a  fiiiag 
mechanim  for  detonabitg  the  expkiaive  charge  upon  impact 
of  the  capsule  with  the  k>wcr  end  of  the  borehole.  During 
bofcfaole  drilling  operations,  the  capsule  is  released  into  a 
fluid  stream  and  moved  to  the  bottooa  of  the  hofe  with  the 
fluid  Mieam.  The  capaule  then  exits  through  the  end  of  the 
dtill  stem  and  impacts  the  fonnation  whereupon  it  is 
detonated  to  serve  as  an  auxiUiary  means  for  drilling  the 
borehole. 


3v679,t29 

METHOD  KW  DeTEMOBNG  PtEflfiUIE  CONDmONS 

IN  A  WELL  BOSC  PWMf  SHALE  SAMPLES 
■■■■^ii   n...^..  ^«»«.^  ^     .  ^^ — .-^-    ^,,  Ti 

fSad  Nav.  34,  Mf9.  Ssr.  Ma.  «79,147 
im.  CL  E21h  47/00. 49100 
U.S.CL17S-M  ig( 


A  drilling  apparatus  is  deposited  on  a  submerged  floor  for 
cutting  a  borehole  in  the  floor  and  removing  samples 
therefrom.  The  drilling  apparatus  has  a  drilling  head  which  is 
detachably  coupled  to  a  string  <rf  pipes  all  detachably  con- 
nected together  by  connecting  devices  which  are  engageable 
by  axial  pushing  of  the  pipes  together.  The  pipes  carry  inner 
tubes  which  cooperatively  form  an  inner  annular  cavity  and  a 
core  member  is  deuchably  connected  to  the  lowermost  inner 
tube  of  the  drill  string  by  sprii^-loaded  latches.  When  a  core 

sample  is  in  die  core  tube  it  is  detached  by  fluid  pressure  in  the 
space  between  the  outer  pipes  and  the  inner  tubes  and  die 
core  barrd  is  then  puesped  upwardly  mid  stored  in  a  turntable 
containing  forther  drM  pipes  and  core  hwrels.  A  further  drfll 
pipe  is  connectod  in  the  string  and  a  further  core  barrel  is 

dropped  into  the  inner  tubes  of  the  string  and  connected  to  the 
lowermoat  inner  tube  prr  ssiiriring  flmd  in  the  inner  tubes. 


3^MI,«31 
EAKTH  DUXING  ATPARATUS 

"       L.     ' 


CLfi.CLt75— 52 


c  31«  WH,§tt.  Na.  M3,lt3 

iBLa.e2«h/9/;4 


pivotal  flsoweaaeot  of  tc^ 
inaweMhofe     hnrianatal    drtt    pipe,    stacked 
Hut  weH  boi<e  at  diflescatt    m^saine.  to  a  < 

for  ibe    The  pipes  in  the  I 


956 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  io,  197^ 


to  align  the  uppermost  drill  pipe  therein  with  the  drilling  head    tiont  of  the  weighing  elements,  the  oscillatory  component  is 
and  a  releasable  tong  device  is  employed  to  secure  the  drill    separated  from  the  original  weighing  signal  and  after  it  is  posi- 


pipe  to  the  mast  in  fixed  relation  thereto  during  raising  and 
lowering  of  the  mast. 


3,670,832 
SUM  HOLE  DRILLING  METHOD 
John  H.  Stricglcr,  RkhanlMW,  Tcx^  asrignor  to  Atlantic 
Rkfafkld  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,177 

Int.CLE21bi/02 

U.S.  a.  175-57  4  Claims 


A  slim  hole  drilling  method  wherein  a  wellbore  of  a  diame- 
ter no  greater  than  about  6  inches  is  drilled  using  a  drill  pipe 
rotation  rate  of  at  least  500  rpm  and  rotating  the  drill  pipe 
with  at  least  one  electric  motor  operably  connected  to  the  drill 
pipe.  Drilling  power  units  for  carrying  out  the  drilling  method 
which  employ  at  least  one  electric  motor  in  mechanical  con- 
nection with  the  drill  pipe  for  rotating  the  drill  pipe  and  mov- 
ing with  same  as  it  advances  toward  and  away  from  the  well- 
bore. 


3,670333 

METHOD  FOR  MEASURING  A  WEIGHING  LOAD 

RAPIDLY 

Aknta  Tomohiko;  Ataumi  Scya,  and  Shinya  Haahirixaki,  al  of 

KMakywlMi,  Japu,  nrtgnnri  to  Yawiln  In»  &  Stod  Co., 

Ltd.  and  MkaabWri  Sdko  KalMriyki  KnUia,  Tokyo,  Japm 

Fibd  Ang.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,707 

Int.CLG01gJ/y4 

U.S.CL177— 1  12ClirinM 

Where  a  weighing  load  is  detected  as  an  electrical  weighing 

signal  with  an  oscillatory  component  due  to  various  oscilla- 


^ 


z. 


t[i{V—^ 


£m 


p« 


„-,.i-^" 


^  "VTA 


"3^ 


irriacMTiM  ) 


■  \ 


MM       \  MtAM 

conraoL''     wwfNTia         c^un 
unctxT 


y 


tively  inverted  in  phase,  the  inverted  separated  signal  is  super- 
posed on  the  original  signal  so  that  the  weighing  signal  is  ob- 
tained, with  the  oscillatory  signal  eliminated. 


I  3,670334 

VEHICLE  OPERATOR  WEIGHT  TRANSFER  ASSEMBLY 
Chester  D.  Rogers,  Olathc,  Kana.,  assignor  to  Jacobaen  Manu- 
facturing Company,  Radnc,  Wis. 

I         Filed  Dec.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,588 

'  Int.a.B62di7/00 

U.S.C1«  180-41  1  Claim 


Increased  traction  on  the  high  drive  wheel  of  a  tractor,  self 
propelled  implement  or  other  vehicle  whfle  tilted  laterally 
because  of  sloping  terrain  is  provided  by  structure  which  per- 
mits shifting  of  the  weight  of  the  operator  toward  the  high  side 
of  the  vehicle.  The  operator's  seat  is  held  against  tilting  by  a 
rigid  attachment  to  its  mount,  but  the  mount  itself  is  swingable 
about  an  axis  disposed  well  below  the  seat  and  extending  fore 
and  aft  of  the  vehicle.  During  tilting  of  the  frame  to  which  the 
seat  mount  is  swingably  attached,  the  operator's  weight  may 
be  maintained  in  alignment  with  and  spaced  vertically  above 
the  central  longitudinal  axis  of  the  vehicle  by  operator  control 
of  a  power  device  which  effects  swinging  of  the  seat  mount. 
The  steering  wheel,  instrument  panel,  dashboard  and  footrests 
m^  alao  be  swung  in  one  direction  as  a  unit  with  the  seat 
mount  about  the  same  single  axis  common  thereto  as  the  vehi- 
cle frame,  its  engine  and  its  front  and  rear  axles  tilt  laterally  as 
a  unit  iq  the  opposite  direction. 


T 


3,670335 

HINGED  CLOSURE  FOR  VEHICLE  BOTTOM  GUARD 

STRUCTURE 

Roy  C.  Roas,  and  Robert  L.  Cnun,  both  of  Springflcid,  OL,  aa- 

rignon  to  Am^Chatanen  Manutecturliig  Company,  Mllwaii- 

kcc,Wis. 

I        Filed  Aog.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,312 


Int.  a.  B62d  25/20 


U.S.  CL  180—69.1 


9  Claims 


A  hinged  closure  for  a  bottom  guard  structure  of  an  off- 
highway  vehicle  is  secured  by  releasable  means  independent 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


957 


of  the  hinge  in  such  a  manner  that  the  hinge  pin  is  not  sub- 
jected to  load  when  the  closure  encounters  an  obstruction 
during  vehicle  operation. 


3,670336 
ANTI-THEFT  DEVICE  FOR  MOTOR  VEHICLES 
William  Tonkowich;  John  A.  Mcditz,  both  of  Franklin  Lakes, 
and  Paul  Vignola,  Parsippany,  aU  of  NJ.,  assignors  to 
Safctcch,  Inc.,  FairfieM,  N  J. 

Filed  July  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  59371 

Int  a.  B60r  25104 

U.S.a.  180— 114  11  Claims 


member  is  provided  which  in  a  first  position  leaves  the  two 
shaft  portions  disconnected  and  when  moved  to  a  second  posi- 
tion rotatively  connects  the  two  shaft  portions  together.  Elec- 
trical coil  means  arc  provided  adjacent  the  clutch  member  and 
when  the  coil  means  are  appropriately  energized  the  clutch 
member  is  moved  from  the  first  to  the  second  position  to  con- 
nect the  two  shaft  portions  together  which  enables  the  dis- 
tributor shaft  to  be  rotatively  driven.  The  coil  means  are  made 
up  of  a  plurality  of  separate  coils,  each  of  which  is  connected 
to  an  electrical  power  source,  such  as  the  vehicle  battery,  by 
its  own  separate  electrical  circuit.  The  electrical  conductors 
which  make  up  the  separate  electrical  circuits  for  each  of  the 
coils  normally  pass  through  a  key  actuated  switch  which  is 
rendered  relatively  inaccessible  to  a  thief  or  any  other  person 
by  means  of  housing  the  same  within  a  resin-impregnated  as- 
sembly or  otherwise  protected  enclosure.  As  a  result  of  this 
construction,  essentially  the  only  portion  of  the  apparatus 
which  is  accessible  to  a  thief  are  the  plurality  of  conductors 
which  make  up  the  separate  electrical  circuits  and  in  order  to 
appropriately  energize  the  coil  means  all  of  the  plurality  of 
coils  must  be  properly  electrically  connected  or  else  sufficient 
lifting  force  will  not  be  provided  to  move  the  clutch  member 
from  the  first  to  the  second  position  to  appropriately  connect 
the  shaft  portions  together.  In  other  words,  without  ap- 
propriate  electrical   equipment  the   possibility  of  a   thief 
properly  jumping  the  wires  to  the  separate  coils  is  rendered 
relatively  impossible.  Additionally  provision  is  made  in  the  ap- 
paratus whereby  if,  in  jumping  any  of  the  coil  circuits,  the 
polarity  of  a  given  coil  b  reversed,  the  clutch  member  is 
moved  to  an  inoperative  position  whereat  it  is  latched  in  this 
inoperative  position. 


The  invention  is  an  electro-mechanical  device  which  is  in- 
corporated in  the  fuel  supply  system  of  engine  driven  vehicles 
or  other  engine  driven  devices  to  prevent  theft  or 
unauthorized  use  of  the  vehicle  or  device.  A  valve  is  includec 
in  the  fuel  supply  system  which  cuts  off  fuel  flow  except  when 
it  is  opened  by  a  coded  electrical  valve  control  system.  The  en- 
tire anti-theft  device  is  mechanically  secure  and  tamperproof 
so  that  it  cannot  be  removed  or  bypassed  by  mechanical 
manipulations  without  a  great  deal  of  effort.  The  electrical 
valve  control  system  is  nude  electrically  secure  and  tamper- 
proof so  that  it  cannot  bypass  or  otherwise  operated  without 
using  the  predetermined  control  code. 


3,670338 
INFLATABLE  FLUID  PAD  WITH  SHUT-OFF  VALVE 
WUIiam  A.  Williamson,  NBcs,  Mich.,  assignor  to  Clark  Equip, 
mcnt  Company 

Filed  June  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47,409 

Int  CL  B60v  1116 

U3.  CI.  180-124  6  Claims 


3,670337 

ANTI-THEFT  APPARATUS  FOR  A  MOTOR  VEHICLE 

Peter  B.  Oboi^  838  Beaver  Ridge  Tcrmoe,  Brandvlew  Heights, 
Ohio 

FDcd  Aug.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,919 

Int.  CLB60r  25/04 

U3.a.  180— 114  7  Claims 


Anti-theft  apparatus  for  a  motor  vehicle  which  has  a  con- 
ventional distributor  driven  by  a  distributor  shaft  which  shaft 
is  divided  into  first  and  second  separated  portions.  A  clutch 


24        12 


^^^ 


"30 


An  inflauble  fluid  pad  including  an  inflauble  dii4>hragm 
which  forms  a  portion  of  a  toroidal  chamber,  an  inlet  for  sup- 
plying pressurized  fluid  to  the  chamber  and  at  least  one  open- 
ing in  the  diaphragm  for  permittiiig  pressurized  fluid  to  flow 
out  of  the  chamber.  Cooperating  with  the  opening  is  means  for 
preventing  fluid  flow  out  through  the  opening  when  the 
diaphragm  is  deflated  and  permitting  fluid  flow  out  through 
the  opening  when  the  diaphragm  is  inflated. 


3,670339 
EXTENDED  AREA  ACOUSTIC  IMPULSE  GENERATOR 
Cari  H.  Savit,  Houston,  Tex.,  assignui  to  Western  Geophysical 
Company  of  America,  Houatoi^  Tex. 

FHed  July  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  844,152 

InLa.G01v;/02 

U3.  CL  181— OJ  H  1  cWn 

An  acoustic  impulse  generator  for  producing  in  a  liquid 
body  acoustic  impulses  useful,  for  example,  in  geophysical  ex- 
pirations. The  generator  includes  a  housing  which  defines  an 
enclosed  chamber  having  a  flexible  wall.  EMving  means  in  one 
operating  condition  cause  the  flexible  wall  to  execute  a  for- 
ward stroke  in  the  liquid  body  thereby  storing  potential  energy 


958 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


Junk  2»,  1972 
The 


in  the  liquid  body.  The  driving  meua  in  another  operatinf 

condition  aBow  the  flexible  wdHoeneciiiea  return  ttroke  in  •  hafMoain  atowe  tke 

mcnilorad  a*  by  car  at  the  tpcaiicr  to 
vokuBcs  of  the  ftiadaaMatai  frcqncacy  and  tkc 
u  Y"  harmonic    frequency.    WMk    mtiniiing   to    mooilor.   the 


speaker  ■■  moved  doac  to  and  reladvc  to  a  waH  of  the  room 
a  particular  poaicion  of  the  speaker  ia  detected  wiMrc  the 
iif  ihi  hiihi IT  au Jfcit  hmmiinir  iihrtir  tn  Tht  nf  itrr 
ftMidanMniai  fraquency  ii  ptnttx  than  it 
tiom.  The  ipeakcr  it  fiMd  at  that 
Preferably,  the  lame  monitoring  taep  ia  totiiiuwt  wMie  mov- 


relatively  short  time  interval  thereby  generating  an  acouatic 
impulae. 


GASEXTLOOKM 
\  To^  attipMr  la  Gea  Space 


nw  Aa«, «.  1M9,  Ser.  Na.  MT J2t 
tart.  CLGMv  7/00 
UACL181— ttLSNC  U 


iag  a  reflectoi  omwdc  and  ielati»e  to  the 
ticular  poaitioa  for  the  reflector  it  detected 
voknae  at  the  reflector  of  the  highest 

rcflectota  luty  be  poartiosad  m  the 
oTtbe 

:  localioa  of  the  tpcafccr  it  leM 


This  invention  relates  to  a  lepetitive  seisoiic  energy  source    UA  C^  ISl— 31 B 
and  iadades  a  riga^  coariMMioa  chaaiber  coupled  to  a  flndMe 
gat  tappiy  ijittim  §at  tapplyaig  lo  the  chaaaber  a  pratMriacd 

pa  onxture.  A  piatoa  noeiwaBy  amanaant  the 

ight.  ^wirflTwrT"i'^  Trith  Thr  igiBtiiiii  iif  Itii  gas 
mixture,  dM  piatoa  becoaiei  aocckrattd  away  ftwn  aa  ovUet 
of  the  chaaihf.r  to  ahrufidy  rekaat  Ugh  t*a^»r*ta»,  high- 
puiaarc  gates  into  the  auiiuundaig  water,  the  umkilyiag 
earth  civit  of  which  it  beng  aeitokally  explored.  The  db- 
placementofthepistoniscauaedbydiecombuationofthegaa 
mixture  in  the  combuation  chamber. 


3^7M41 

METHODOr  AnHBTING  A  SRAKEEOr  AN 

ELCCmCAL  SOUND  PBODVCING  mSTKUhlENT 

raad  hfpy  IS,  M^  Sir.  Na.  37,54i 
tat  CL  HMr  1/28;  Glfk  13fOO 
U,S.CLltl— 311  S 


.5 


— G 


XD' 


Q-' 


A  kjudapeaker  having  a 
reg^dm- priam  with  a 
having  at  leaat  aix  comers.  A 
tioaed  in  one  of  the  end  wak  of  the 

treble 


in  the 
ofa 


formofa 


A  method  of  adjuitiag  a  speaker  of  an  electrical  musical  m-   mg 
stniawnt  to  a  room  in  which  nwaic  is  to  be  played  on  the  i»- 
strument  through  a  kmdapeaker.  A  note  it  sounded  tfaaoagh  at 
least  oae  speaker  of  the  lattrwnent,  the  note  haviag  a 


of 
the 


I20r. 


JiWE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


999 


1^7M49 


ports 

outlet  of  said  outer 


and  with  the 
The  h^ves  of  the  outer  ihdU  can 


priority, 
33,661/66 

U:S.CLin— 33G 


r.  12.  M69,  Sar.  Na.  t7S,72l 

Great  Britain.  Nov.  23.  1968. 


iat.CLMta7//6 


H 


TTm 


TTTTT 


n 


mi 


TTTTl 


tm 


'^  ^ 
^f^ 


crrr 


be  fitted  together  in  aumerous  ways  to  thereby  dign  or  dit- 
ahga  the  inlet  and  outlet  ports  of  the  aheU. ' 


/////////// /  >//// ////// 


A  iouad  absorptive  haer  for  uae  in  gat  turbine  engines  con- 
of  a  sandwich  structure  which  has  two  layers  of  cellular 
material  aeparated  by  a  porous  layer  and  an  impervious  layer 
attached  to  the  outer  Caoe  of  amt  at  the  layers  of  cellular 
material. 


3>7Md6 
fSCAK  MECHANISM 
Laria  M.  Jsars, 2a9t Bdhfc a  Atiast.  Ihii^ia,  Va. 
Mad  Bac  1, 197t,  ter.  Na.  94.146 

iat.Cl.AiJh//20 
U,S.a.lt2-39  3 


1>7M44 
ENGDE  EXHAUST  HEABOl  CX>NSTKIXniON 


flMmy  U  lt71.Sv.  Na.  IM.77S 
^^  laL  CL  P91a  IfOS.  7/10;  n6i  55/04 

VS.CL  m— 49  19 


An  eacape  atecfaaaism  for  uae  in  a  buildii^  structure 
whereby  an  aacape  device  tucb  at  a  flexible  rope  ladder  can  be 
eaaily  and  quickly  poaitioacid  from  an  opeaii^  in  the  atructure 
to  a  poaition  of  laiiBty.  aaid  ladder  beii«  aecuned  to  a  doauie 
mcpifeer  far  said  opening  and  being  rapidly  poaitioaed  by  the 
releaae  of  taid  cfoauae  nwnfaer  aad  the  force  eaerted  by  the 
weight  of  taid  ckMoe  meaiher  at  it  £tfit  from  its  poaition  on 
the  building  structure. 


An  erhausf  header  aaaembly  i 

a.  a  multiplicity  of  exhauatpipet  having  terminak, 

b.  a  collector  tube  havii^  an  entrance  end  receiving  said 
terminals  m  side-by  side  rdation. 

c.  said  teiminrit  having  out-of-round  tide  wallt  retained  in 
intereagagement  to  block  escape  of  exhaust  gas 
therebetween. 


aA7M47 
COMHNED  PLA1F0KM  AND  STEP  ffOE  BOAT 


F. 


^ >3,Ea«19n.E>aamtat.Te». 

laach  12. 1971.  Sar.  Na.  123^39 

iai.CLB94g7/08 
U&CLlt2-92  6 


BM  IS,  IfTB.  Sar.  Na.4i«423 
lai.CXP91a/ /OS 
U^fXUl— S7  5* 

A  mvtBer  ior  nuuine  engines  comprising  a  shell  or  body 
composed  of  two  halfaectiosis  iategraUy  joined  to  produce  an 
outer  chaart>er  having  an  ialet  aad  an  outlet  port,  an  inner 
rhamhrr  in  die  shell  having  a  perforated  or  faraaainous  cone 
at  oae  ead  of  said  inner  chamfaier,  said  cone  rstahlishing  com- 
maatcalioa  between  the  chanAMn,  the  inBer  rhamhrr  having 
laterally  fTtnndii^  ports  at  its  esKi  reaaote  from  the  cone,  said 


Combined  platform  and  step  far  boat  transoms,  including  a 
member  of  angular  shape  movable  to  two  supported  poaitioat 
in  bracket!  mmmted  on  a  boat  trantom,  in  one  position  the  an- 
gular flsember  providing  a  narrow  step  for  uae  in  entering  the 


960 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


k 


boat,  and  in  the  other  position  the  angular  member  providing 
an  elongate  platform  from  which  work  may  be  done  upon  an 
outboard  motor  carried  on  the  boat  transom.  The  apparatus  is 
preferably  located  adjacent  the  location  of  the  outboard  mo- 
tor. 


objects  or  surfaces  which  are  being  approached  by  the  plat- 
form, together  with  air  pressure  activated  switch  exposed  to 
the  pressure  conditions  in  the  pneumatic  tubing  and  circuitry 
activated  by  the  air  switch  to  break  the  power  circuit  for  the 
boom  structure,  collectively  serving  as  a  proximity  sensing  and 
protective  system. 


3,670348 
PREFABRICATED  METAL  STAIRWAY 
Wiiliam  M.  Raigud,  Jr.,  Wyncote,  Pa.,  asaigiior  to  The  Samuel 
J.  CrcswcU  Iron  Works,  PhUaddphia,  Pa. 

Filed  May  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  140,460 

Int.a.E04t///00 

U.S.a.182— 115  2Cliriiiis 


■  3,670,850 

REMOVAL  OF  DISPERSED  GAS  FROM  LUBRICATING 

FLUIDS 

Judson  S.  Swearinfen,  500  Bel  Air  Road,  Los  Angeles,  CaUf. 

Filed  Oct.  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  869,791 

Int.a.F16aJ9/06 

U.S.  CI.  184— 6.23  .  17  Claims 


A  prefabricated,  totally  self-suppprting  metal  exterior  stair- 
way, for  use  in  connection  with  a  two-story  building,  is  built 
upon  a  rectangular  load-distributing,  ground-bearing  frame. 
Two  opposed  runs  of  steps  are  provided.  One  run  leads  from 
grade  to  a  landing,  supported  on  a  rigid  box-like  support,  the 
loads  from  which  are  posted  to  the  ground-bearing  frame.  The 
other  run  leads  from  the  landing  to  the  second  floor  level. 
Newel  posts  link  the  steps  to  the  ground-bearing  frame  and  in- 
ternal rigidity  is  provided  by  triangulation  of  members.  Treads 
are  of  a  type  which  permits  field  installation  of  a  permanent 
tread  surface. 


3,670349 

AERIAL  PERSONNEL  PLATFORM  WITH  PROXIMITY 

SENSING  SYSTEM 

Edwin  Eari  Milncr,  Jr.,  WiUamslNirg,  Va.,  assignor  to  Baker 

Equipmcat  Engiiiccriiif  Co.,  Inc^  Richmoad,  Va. 

Filed  Oct.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,936 

Int.a.B66f  77/04 

U.S.  CL  182—19  10  Claims 


A  method  for  removing  dispersed  gas  from  fluids  used  to 
lubricate  bearings,  shaft  seals  and  the  like  on  high  speed  gas 
handling  equipment  such  as  turboexpanders  and  compressors 
which  oomprises  passing  the  gas-liquid  dispersion  through  a 
pressurized  settling  zone  for  a  time  period  sufficient  to  allow 
the  gas  and  liquid  to  separate,  the  gas-free  liquid  being 
removed  from  the  settling  zone  at  a  rate  such  that  a  gas  and  a 
liquid  phase  are  maintained  in  the  setding  zone.  The  gas-free 
liquid  is  then  ready  for  re-use  and  the  gas  removed  is 
recovered  under  approximately  its  original  pressure  and  rein- 
troduced into  the  system  at  an  appropriate  point.  The  inven- 
tion also  encompasses  the  combination  of  high  speed  gas  han- 
dling equipment  such  as  turboexpanders  and  compressors 
with  a  suitable  settling  chamber  for  carrying  out  the  above- 
described  process. 


'A 


<*k     I? 


*»  T       U Vl^ —J '-' ** 


I  3,670351 

SPEED  PATTERN  GENERATOR  FOR  ELEVAtOR 
CONTROL  SYSTEM 
Seiya  SUma,  Katsuta,  Japan,  assignor  to  Hitachi,  Ltd^,  Tokyo, 
Japan 

Filed  Sept.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,171 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Sept.    29{,     1969, 
44/76938 

Int.  a.  B66b  U28 
U.S.  CI.  187—29  R  5  Claims 


A  load  supporting  platform,  such  as  a  workman's  basket 
mounted  on  the  outer  end  of  a  boom  structure  which  is  ad- 
justable vertically  and  horizontally,  wherein  a  pair  of  inflated 
resilient  pneumatic  tubes  inflated  to  selected  pressure  are 
disposed  in  outwardly  surrounding  relation  to  the  lower 
comer  portions  of  the  platform  to  contact  and  be  deformed  by 


A  speed  pattern  generator  for  an  elevator  control  system 
generating  an  accelerating  speed  pattern  with  is  a  function  of 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


961 


time  and  increases  monotonously,  a  decelerating  speed  pat- 
tern which  is  a  function  of  the  distance  between  the  elevator 
and  the  desired  floor  level  and  decreases  monotonously,  and  a 
compensating  speed  pattern  which  is  a  function  of  the  dif- 
ference between  the  accelerating  speed  pattern  and  the 
decelerating  speed  pattern  and  decreases  monotonously  so 
that  the  compensating  speed  pattern  ensures  a  smooth  transi- 
tion from  the  accelerating  speed  pattern  to  the  decelerating 
speed  pattern. 


3,670352 
FRANGIBLE  TENSION  SHOCK  ABSORBER 
Jay  Martin  Yarm,  Miiford,  Conn.,  aasicnor  to  United  Aircraft 
Corporation,  East  Hartford,  Conn. 

Filed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116,323 

Int.  CLF16f  7/72 

U.S.  a.  188—  1 C  16  Claims 


tured  locking  plates  closely  surrounding  the  piston  at  a  point 
between  the  caliper  bore  and  the  brake  shoe,  and  a  cam 
device  which  upon  actuation  biases  the  locking  plates  relative 
the  piston  so  that  the  piston  is  frictionally  gripped  by  the  aper- 
tured  locking  plates  and  carried  toward  the  rotor  to  actuate 
the  brake  independently  of  hydraulic  piston  actuation.  The 
pbton  is  not  gripped  until  the  cam  device  is  actuated  so  that 
the  frictional  locking  device  automatically  compensates  for 
lining  wear. 


3,670354 
BRAKE  PUMP  AIR  VALVE  AND  COOLING  MEANS 
Raymond  J.  Mad,  Indianapolis,  Ind.,  aasignor  to  General  Mo- 
tors Corporation,  Detroit,  Mkh. 

FUed  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52^1 1 
lot  a.  F16d  65/84 
VS.  CL  188—71.6  7 


^- 


A  tension  shock  absorber  comprises  a  length  of  music  wire, 
one  end  of  which  is  passed  through  a  hole  in  an  anvil  the 
diameter  of  which  conforms  closely  to  the  diameter  of  the 
wire.  The  portion  of  the  wire  which  has  not  passed  through  the 
anvil  is  plated  with  a  frangible  metal.  Excessive  tension  forces 
applied  to  the  unplated  end  of  the  wire  cause  the  anvil  to  peel 
the  plating  from  the  wire.  A  fixed  sleeve  closely  surrounding 
the  plated  portion  of  the  wire  a  short  distance  from  the  face  of 
the  anvil  prevents  premature  propagation  of  peeling. 


3,670353 
DISC  BRAKE  WITH  PARKING  BRAKE 
Frank  W.  Brooks,  and  Thomas  D.  Naismith,  both  of  Dayton, 
Ohio,  assignors  to  General  Motors  Corporation,  Detroit. 
Mich. 

Filed  Jan.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,790 

Int.  CI.  F16d  55/00 

U.S.  CI.  188-72.6  3  Claims 


A  cross-drive  transmission  having  a  multi  plate  brake  on 
each  output  shaft  and  a  hydraulic  and  mechanical  actuation 
and  cooling  system  including  a  cylinder  mounted  for  a  rotary 
and  axial  movement  on  a  fixed  piston  and  a  cam  mechanism 
therebetween  responsive  to  rotary  movement  of  the  cylinder 
to  axially  move  the  cylinder  for  a  brake  application.  Move- 
ment of  the  brake  apply  linkage  connected  to  the  cylinder 
rotates  the  cylinder  to  cause  the  cam  mechanism  to  mechani- 
cally apply  the  brake  against  a  first  rotary  plate  which  assists 
rotation  of  the  cylinder  for  a  self  energizing  brake  application. 
On  the  supply  of  fluid  to  the  cylinder  chamber,  the  cylinder 
engages  the  first  plate  and  rotation  thereof  actuates  the  cam 
mechanism  for  self  energized  brake  application.  The  brake 
plate  cooling  system  has  a  pump  supplying  coolant  thereto 
which  has  an  air  vent  valve  in  its  intake  to  discontinue  cooling 
fluid  supply  when  the  air  valve  is  open  by  the  brake  linkage  in 
the  brake  off  position.  When  the  brake  is  applied,  either 
hydraulically  or  mechanically,  the  linkage  is  respectively 
either  moved  by  the  self  energizing  action  of  the  brake  or  by 
the  manual  brake  apply  movement  respectively  to  close  the  air 
valve  to  provide  coolant  supply. 


A  disc  brake  caliper  includes  a  hydraulically  actuated 
piston,  a  frictional  locking  device  comprising  a  pair  of  aper- 


3,670355 
RELEASABLE  PAWL  AND  RATCHET  MECHANISMS 
Jean-Paul  Lcmery,  Chnes,  France,  iwignor  to  Etabliasemcnts 
Carpano  &  Pons,  Clusct,  France 

Filed  July  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56304 

Qaims  priority,  application  France,  July  24, 1969, 6925298 

IntCLF16d6J/00 

U.S.  a.  188— 82J  7  ca^Bis 

A  pawl  is  coaxially  mounted  on  the  shaft  of  a  control  button 

with  which  it  is  angulariy  interlocked  but  with  an  angular  jAay. 


968 

A  tpring  Mledivcty  ur|n  the  pami 
powtion  in  engifBaMat  with  • 
tioii  ^psnd  flron  the  nedw 
the  coairol  button.  Whca  *•  pmH 
ratchet  can  tan  in  one  «iiieUiun 
through  aa  aagk  amafler  than  iti 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 
unila 


JuifB  20,  1»72 


or 


speed  the  drive 

the  driven 
the    can  be 
the  panH 
play  with  the  contvoi 


button  which  is  therefore  not  caused  to  oecillafte.  The  shaft 
can  be  looaely  mooaled  on  a  support  with  an  eteslomeric 
packing  nnember  to  take  up  pliiy  and  emure  fluidtightnesi; 
similarly,  the  pawl  can  be  loosely  mouoled  on  the  shaft  so  that 
when  the  pawl  locks  the  ratchet,  the  pewl  is  prswed  agMist  a 
supporting  surfhce  thereby  avokfiag  strain  on  the  shaft. 


INTER  HOUaiNC  MUL' 

TakaaM  SsMs»aw  c/e 


TRANnOBOON  HUB       shift  mechanism  incorpocailes  braidnt  means  to  faciiitau  , 

engagement,  and  locking  means  operable  m  a  stopped  poai- 

Ce^  LM.  77,  3-che,    tion.  tlM  arrangement  being  particularly  adaptaWs  to  aulono- 

CMgrtJhpmi  tive  vehicles. 

4,I971;9sr.Ne.f9vi93  |  


Claims    priority,    appttcation    Japan,    March    25,    1970, 
45/25091 

fesL  CL  FIM  4//10.  FIM  5/10 
U^CL192— «A  7 


SCGMDrr  AL  mCnON  MDMKK  PCNI  HUKk  OB 

cunoi 

KasasBf.Vaa  ■sen,  14151  Iiii  ■iad>'IlpyC%. 

I      PBad  ApaS  It,  1971,  Ssr.  Ne^  137,139 

I  irt.Cl.riM/i/M 

l/JwCLtfl— M7R  I 


In  the  hub  shell  of  a  bicycle  or  the  Hke  a  gear  shiftmg 
mechanism  mounted  to  be  axiaRy  moveable  is  such  thaft  when 
the  pedal  is  reversely  roeased  it  is  transCerred  in  the  axial 
direction  and  expands  the  brake  shoes  to  forcibly  press  the 
same  against  the  inner  wall  of  the  hub  shcH,  thereby  braking 
the  rotation  of  the  bkycle  wheel.  Thua  by  UMufeiiiHg  the  gear 
shifting  mechanism  for  the  brakiiv  purpoae,  it  is  peasibk  at 
any  time  when  necessary  to  secure  the  most  refiaMc  bsakint^ 
effect,  in  whaaever  speed  changing  condition  the  gear  shifting 
mechanism  may  be  or  even  if  any  parts  thereof  are  daaMged 
and  even  if  the  wire  rope  thereof  has  been  extended  m 
protracted  use. 


3,i7Mf7 
mriRPIAL  nSBTAKfCI  fLUlDCLirrCII 

Mariea  Clavk,  S4(  West  Faaasaat,  Talave,  CaHL 
PladOsS.at>iyy^Ssr.Wa.gl>»>i 

fart.CXriMJ//02 
IIACL192-M  4( 

A  tranHniHkxi  in  which  the  input  and  output  shafts  arc  coo- 
pled  by  a  fkud  drive  which  is  presauriacd  by  ecceatricaHy 
driven  punpa,  the  variaUe  speed  fhiid  coupliag  bemg 


A  stMor  or  rotor  of  a-  brake  or  dutch  mechanism  having 
pass  of  stamped  platci  rivclcd  together  in  back-to-back  rela- 
tionship forming  sector  shaped  segmental  meaabers  for  fric- 
tional  ei^a^emcnt  with  other  parts  of  the  mechanism.  Torque 
links  between  the  segmental  awmbeis  have  flanfcs  which  are 
connected  to  iu^  on  one  of  the  plaiea  cf  each  pair  forming  an 
annulua  in  wMch  the  movement  of  the  segmental  members  is 
controlled  while  at  the  same  tame  dcaraacc  is  provided  for 
contraction  and  expanaioa.  The  flaapti  on  the  torque  Hnk 
members  have  a  thickness  sohaSanSiidly  equal  to  the  thickneia 
of  one  of  the  plates  and  a  channel  portion  having  a  thickaeM 
substantially  equal  to  the  thicknem  of  the  pair  of  ptatea  provid- 
ing segmental  member*  of  substantial  thsckaem  made  ftom 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


CLUTCB  AN»  CUnCB  COVER 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 

by 


998 


UACkm— 113 


.2,197i^S».Nakll7 


paid  far.  A  unsjus 

that  he  osagF  procead  with  the  pttpaitl 

operation.  After  the  cuaiomer,  through  a  manu^ 

control,  proceeds  with  one  vcadhig  operation    a  sioMl  is 

refaiyed  to  the  coumer.  His  reload  sipii«  eauaes  the 
to  apan  sipnl  the 

ing  operation  umB  al  of  the  I 


Wsitar  J. 


VA  CL  197— «4 


lt,l97«,Sar.Na^71,a91 

i.a.R4ti;9/02 


14 


A  "Long"  type  chrtch  cover  has  a  phirality  of  windows  for 
the  release  fiagsrs  utilized  in  rhssngagmg  die  chitch's  pressure 
plaae  fhmi  the  chMch's  chrtch  disc  asaembly.  Each  window  has 
•  P"*  of  hrwardiy  axssadhig  bearing  fha^cs  to  mciease  the 
a#  the  chiich  cover  to 
mdi.  The  comers  of  the 
the  HfccMtood  of  fhtigae  AahHe.  Each  pair  of  I 
vngcd  by  upmandhig  boases  of  a  yolw  on  the  1 
sure  piase  to  provide  the  kwd  cooping  of  the 
with  the  chiich  cover.  The  yokes  aho  provide  nnaaitiag  of  the 
release  fingers  to  dm  pressure  plaae,  the  releaae  finffers  also 
being  pivoesHy  nsounted  to  the  dutch  cover. 


smiAirroMATic  venmng  maciim.  including 


raf  Ssr.  Na.  OM17,  Jaw  4, 19i»,  Pht  Na^  3^1,579. 
TMs  appRcaliBB  Jha. «,  1971,  Sar.  Na.  l«Mlt 

hat.  CLG47T  7  5/00 
U.S.CL194-1J  7( 


A  carriage  drive  for  a  high  speed  dot  matrix  printer,  includ- 
ing a  reversible  stepping  motor  connected  through  a  clusch  to 
a  rotary  driven  member  that  is  in  turn  connected  by  a  bek  to 
the  printer  carriage.  The  dutch  rcasains  engaged  aa  loag  aa  the 
motor  operates  in  a  character-spacing  dirrctipa^  but  reveraal 
of  the  motor  disengages  the  clutch  and  permits  a  torsion 
spring  to  drive  the  carriage  back  to  a  line  stvt  position.  Near 
the  end  of  the  return  movement,  a  flywhed  deceierator  ab- 
sorbs the  kinetie  energy  of  the  r  mi  iags  and  the 
kinetic  energy  to  prevent  bouncing  of  die  carriage. 


9AFITY  DCYlCISi€R  ENTRANCE  AND  EXrr  f€R 
MOVBiiG  iiANDRAn. 


.111*11?   on     1Q70 


964 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


drail  to  form  a  cloaed  space  between  both  guards  commu- 
nicating with  the  exterior  through  narrow  clearances  formed 
between  the  guards  and  the  handrail. 


A  flexible  conveyor  assembly  including  an  endless  chain  of 
"clam  shell"  units  linked  together.  Each  unit  includes  two  unit 
halves  formed  as  longitudinally-sectioned,  closed-ended,  hol- 
low cylinders.  These  units  have  interlocking  joints  which  hold 
the  halves  together,  and  allow  the  halves  to  rotate  concentri- 
cally with  respect  to  each  other,  thus  allowing  the  unit  to  "- 
clam  shell"  around  a  cartridge.  Each  unit  assembly  is  attached 
to  the  next  adjacent  unit  by  a  spherical  double-tapered  sleeve 
joint  which  holds  a  set  pitch  to  pitch  length  while  allowing  roll, 
fan  and  twist  misalignment  between  the  units.  At  each  end  of 
the  element  assembly  are  double  pin  guides  which  fit  around 
flexible  rod  guide  raib. 


3,670364 

POSITIONING  DEVICE  FOR  AUGNING  PLATES  ON  A 

ROLLWAY 

Walter  Grandmontagne,  Ingbcrt/Saar,  Germany,  assignor  to 

MocUer  &  Neumann  GmbH,  Ingbcrt-Saar,  Germany 

Filed  Aug.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,468 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Aug.  2S,  1969,  P  19 
43  068.3 

Int.a.B65g47/22 
US.  CL  198—29  6  Clafans 


A  positioning  device  for  aligning  plates  on  a  roUway  and  not 
relying  on  magnetic  effects  consists  ci  guideways  located 
between  adjacent  pairs  of  rollers  and  frames  displaceable  on 


said  guideways  having  support  wheels  running  on  the 
guideways  the  upper  surfaces  <^  which  are  adapted  to  engage 
the  plate  from  beneath  to  life  it  clear  of  the  rollway  and  to 
deposit  it  on  the  rollway  after  correct  alignment. 


3,670,863 
ENDLESS  CONVEYOR  SYSTEM 
Otto  H.  Mdcr,  SiMliMinM,  and  Rklwrd  F.  Leopold,  South 
BoriiBgloa,  both  of  Vt^  aHifiion  to  GcMral  Ekdrk  Com- 
pany 

Filed  March  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,198 

Int.  CL  B65g  4  7/00 

U.S.CL198-22R  SClaims 


I  3,670,865 

RECTIFYING  MEANS 
Carl  C.  Garland,  Detroit,  Mich.,  iMigiMr  to  Parke,  Davis  & 
Company,  Detroit,  Mich. 

I        Filed  July  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,535 
'  Int.  a.  B65g 47/74;  B41f  / 7136 

MS.  a.  198—33  AA  7  Claims 


Apparatus  means  are  provided  to  rectify  and  convey  cap- 
yand-body  pharmaceutical  capsules,  for  printing  or  other  work 
operation,  from  a  random  supply  of  joined  capsules,  thereby 
making  for  significant  advantage  in  materials  handling.  For 
labeling  purposes  especially,  this  enables  selective  printing 
either  on  the  cap,  on  the  body,  or  on  both,  with  the  same  or 
different  legends,  as  desired. 


3,670366 
CONVEYOR  DEVICES 
Vanfrido  Ottvotto,  Via  Carlo  CapcUi  85,  Turin,  Italy 
Filed  Mwch  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  121,640 

Oaims  priority,  application  Italy,  March  23,  1970]  67985 
A/70 

Int.  CLB65g  47/24 
U.S.a.198— 33AC  2!  Clafans 


J, 


A  conveyor  for  elongate  objects  particularly  glass  tubes  is 
disclosed.  The  conveyor  is  adapted  to  turn  the  tubes  through 
90°  so  that,  while  still  travelling  in  the  same  direction  they 
change  from  an  orientation  in  line  with  the  direction  of  move- 
ment to  an  orientation  transverse  the  direction  of  movement. 
The  conveyor  includes  a  chain  mounted  on  two  parallel 
sprockets  one  above  the  other,  and  carrying  a  plurality  of 
movable  supports  which  are  free  to  rotate  over  a  limited  range 
about  a  substantially  vertical  axis.  The  movable  supports  lift 
the  objects  in  their  initial  orientation,  rotate  through  90° 
guided  by  guide  members  as  they  are  lifted  by  the  chain,  and 
transfer  the  glass  tubes  to  another  conveyor,  moving  parallel 
to  the  production  line,  in  their  new  orientation  transverse  the 
direction  of  movement  of  the  conveyor. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


965 


3,670367 
CONVEYOR  SYSTEM 
Robert  J.  Traabe,  San  Mateo.  CaW.,  Mslgnor  to  FMC  Cor- 
poration, San  Joae,  CaUf. 

Division  of  Ser.  No.  754,443,  Aug.  21,  1968.  This  application 
Nov.  17, 1969,  Ser.  No.  871,298 
Int  CI.  B65g  47100;  E04h  3104 

U.S.  CI.  198-38  5  Claims 


the  approach  plane  it  will  be  rotated  with  the  polygonal  roller 
due  to  attraction  to  one  of  the  flats  to  the  exit  plane  and  be  fed 
forwardly  by  the  round  roUers  in  the  exit  plane.  To  assure  that 
the  plate  separates  from  the  last  round  roller  in  the  approach 


A  storage  and  retrieval  system  for  goods  has  two  power 
operated  conveyors  movable  in  separate  endless  loops  past 
two  (or  more)  spaced  apart  picking  stations,  each  picking  su- 
tion  common  to  both  conveyors.  Each  conveyor  has  bins  with 
compartments  in  which  goods  arc  stored.  Although  the  bins 
on  each  conveyor  remain  in  the  same  sequence,  the  bins  are 
movable  relative  to  each  other  on  the  conveyor  to  define  "buf- 
fer" zones  which  permit  simultaneous  picking  by  two  spaced 
apart  pickers.  The  control  system  for  the  conveyors  includes  a 
reader  which  receives  digital  data  concerning  a  group  of  or- 
ders to  be  picked  from  a  stack  of  cards,  each  card  giving  the 
identity,  quantity  and  distribution  of  one  of  the  articles  to  be 
picked.  The  two  conveyors  are  automatically  stopped  al- 
ternately with  the  bins  containing  ordered  goods  at  the  picking 
stations,  and  the  operator  at  each  picking  station  picks  goods 
from  the  bins  in  accordance  with  a  read-out  unit  which  dis- 
plays the  card  data.  A  plurality  of  packing  lanes  originate  at 
each  picking  station  and  terminate  at  a  plurality  of  packing 
stations.  Each  picker  distributes  goods  to  the  separate  packing 
lanes  in  accordance  with  the  read-out  unit  at  the  picking  sta- 
tion. 


3.670,868 
MAGNETIC  CONVEYOR  SYSTEM 
OUvcr  W.  Gnage,  and  Gordon  F.  Connelly,  both  of  Rochester, 
N.Y.,  assignors  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rochester, 

N.Y. 

FOcd  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,153 

Int  CI.  B65g  4  7/00 

U.S.  CI.  1 98— 4 1  6  CUms 

A  magnetic  conveyor  system  is  provided  for  transporting 
flat  elements  or  plates  such  as  electrophotographic  plates  or 
chips  which  comprise  a  photoconductive  sheet  on  a  conduc- 
tive backing.  This  is  accomplished  by  the  use  of  magnetic  rol- 
lers each  of  which  includes  a  bar  magnet  rotatable  on  a  non- 
magnetic shaft  and  having  poles  at  opposite  ends  thereof  to 
which  is  attached  a  pcde  piece.  These  pole  pieces  each  have  a 
larger  diameter  than  the  magnet  to  form  a  groove  between  the 
magnet  and  the  pole  pieces.  This  groove  is  filled  with  a  non- 
conductive  ring  or  annulus  which  extends  outwardly  beyond 
the  edges  of  the  pole  pieces  to  provide  a  tire  or  friction  bear- 
ing surface  for  the  plates  or  elements  to  be  transported 
thereby.  The  plates  can  be  moved  from  an  approach  plane  to 
an  exit  plane  by  means  of  a  polygonal-shaped  roller  which  is 
provided  at  the  intersection  of  the  planes  and  which  has  alter- 
nating flats  and  ridges  so  that  when  an  advancing  plate  en- 
gages a  polygonal  roller  and  has  passed  the  last  round  roller  in 


plane,  a  stripper  bar  is  provided  between  the  last  roller  and  the 
polygonal  roller  which  prevents  the  trailing  end  of  the  plate 
from  following  the  last  roller  around.  Alternatively,  the  entire 
roller  can  be  encapsulated  in  a  nonmagnetic  material. 

3,670369 
PICKING  UP  FLAT  ARTICLES 
Eric  P.  DInunock,  Pamunatta,  New  South  Wales,  Australia,  as- 
signer  to  Mofder  Rc■eM^ch  &  DcvdopaBcnt  Pty.  Ltd.,  New 
South  Wales,  Australia 

FUed  July  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  59^00 
Int.  CL  B65g  15130 
U.S.a.198— 185  3( 


To  facilitate  the  manual  removal  of  flat  articles  from  a  con- 
veyor two  pneumatic  rubber  tired  wheels  are  provided,  one 
each  side  of  the  conveyor  which  are  freely  rotataUy  about 
parallel  axes  which  are  inclined  relative  to  the  conveyor.  Flat 
articles  travelling  between  the  wheels  are  engaged  thereby  and 
tilted  to  lift  the  leading  edge  of  the  flat  article  from  the  con- 
veyor. 


3,670370 
CONVEYOR  BELT  STRUCTURE 

Edward  E.  Chock,  CWwiMid  Hdthts,  OUo,  Msig to  Me- 

Dowdl-Welhnnn  Engtoacrtei  Company,  OevclMd,  OWo 

Filed  March  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,032 

Int.  CL  B65g  15130, 65/28 

VS.  a.  198—193  9  Hilmi 

There  is  provided  an  endless  belt  for  use  in  an  apparatus 

capable  of  performing  the  operations  of  stacking  and  reclaim- 


M6 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


Jino:  M,  tnt 


June  20»  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


comtitacing  tiic  cover 
pwaM  lop  cdpt  of  the 


being  hin«ed  along  than  tile  coil  * 

of  thr  bodjF  Mction  and  ttc 

a  dart  barrier  when  held  foam.  The  ovi 
The  red  ii  held 


907 

thec]«  of  the  cod  andttca 
projectioni  aroond  the  outer  circum- 


movement  within  the  ckMcd  container  and  the  container,  ferentiai  ed|e 

when  opened,  may  be  hdd  in  one  hand  kafving  the  uKr's  other  codandtften 

hand  free  for  removing  or  inacrting  the  reel  and  otherwise  interpoaed 
hamfling  the  same. 


ttOMj 


■AC  CLOSURE  MEANS 


UJ.CL 


mm  Ul97^,am.H^.42,3m 

a  Wta4B3l67, 27110, 27116 


yifmjmt 


torn  of  the 
coil. 


or 


U^CL 


f^Av 


CLWU4  7 1100,95139 


15 


io 


ea  ^ 


s.     IS 


S 

St 

A 

sa 

1 

1 

54 

j^l^^ 

l^ 

Cirj 

968 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


r 


June  20 


1972 


comer  panels  each  have  a  plurality  of  equally  spaced  openings 
in  them  corresponding  to  the  plurality  of  cartons  contained 


base  or  cover.  A  channel-shaped  flange  projects  outwardly 
fix>m  the  open  end  of  the  plastic  tray.  The  paperboard  tray  in- 
cludes side  and  end  walls  connected  by  gusset  flaps  at  the  cor- 
ners. The  comers  of  the  gusset  flaps  adjoining  the  base  panel 
of  the  paperboard  tray  are  cut  away  to  provide  abutments 
which  engage  the  comers  of  the  plastic  tray  flange  to  lock  the 
two  trays  together. 


APPARAI 


BONES 


within  the  sleeve  through  which  portions  of  the  cartons  pro- 
ject to  retain  the  cartons  within  the  sleeve. 


3,670382 
kTUS  FOR  SEPARATING  MEAT  AND  B< 
INCLUDING  BONE  ELEVATOR 
Lucas  J.  Conrad,  and  Raymond  C.  Pope,  both  of  Winston- 
Salem,  N.C.,  asrignon  to  J.  R.  Reynolds  Tobacco  Company, 
Winston-Salem,  N.C. 

I         Filed  Feb.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  9,513 
Int.  a.  B03b  9/00 
UAa.*)9-2  I2|Clalms 


3,670,880 

PACKAGE  FOR  FLEXIBLE  PRODUCTS 

E.  Richard  BarlMon,  RcMda.  Cayf^  and  Cvl  H.  Oavh,  Seattle, 

Wask^  SMifMifs  to  DrcMcr  iMhiitrfas,  Inc.,  Ddtas,  Tex. 

Filed  Aug.  7, 1970,  Scr.  Na  61381 

Int  CI.  B65d  71/00, 85/62 

U3.  CI.  206— 65  S  4  Claims 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  package  construction  adapted 
for  vertical  stacking  and  shipment  in  which  a  flexible  product 
IS  enclosed  within  a  paperboard  receptacle,  and  a  paperboard 
cover  is  disposed  atop  the  flexible  product  in  such  a  fashion 
that  the  cover  rests  on  the  product  and  telescopes  over  the 
receptacle  such  that  other  package  constructions  disposed 
thereabove  bear  upon  the  flexible  product  and  not  the  paper- 
board  container.  The  package  construction  contains  a  plastic 
fUm  on  its  outer  sui&ces  which  is  shrunk  wrapped  thereover 
and  is  fiised  thereto,  thereby  |»x>viding  weather  resistant  pro- 
tection for  the  contents  thereof. 


3,6703S1 
DISPLAY  CARTON 
Dnid  P.  Dutchcr,  North  St.  Pani,  Mfau., 
Waldorf  Corponrton.  R— .y,  Mhui. 

FUed  Jul  7, 1971,  S«r.  No.  1H669 
Int.  CL  B65d  25/00, 5/26 
VS.  CL  206— 45  J4 


to 


6Clafans 


A  tray  of  plastic  or  similar  relatively  rigid  material  is 
covered  by  a  paperboard  tray  which  may  serve  either  as  the 


fcr  i\  t'^ 

""^hjLAi 

> , 

,\    Ikiu',^ 

::;:-- .."Ca 

h- 

The  senator  is  a  cylindrical  drum  having  its  axis  inclined 
to  the  horizontal  and  rotating  about  that  axis.  Meat  pieces 
stick  to  the  drum  and  are  carried  upwardly  and  deposited  on  a 
conveyor  located  just  under  the  top  of  the  drum.  The  bones 
move  down  the  bottom  of  the  routing  drum  and  fall  by  gravity 
out  the  lower  end.  The  bone  elevator  comprises  a  tapered  ring 
of  increasing  diameter  having  its  smaller  end  mounted  on  the 
discharge  end  of  the  drum,  and  an  oppositely  facing  tapered 
ring  having  its  larger  end  adjacent  the  large  end  of  the  first 
ring.  The  two  tapered  rings  have  minimum  diameters  equal  to 
that  of  the  drum  and  are  mounted  in  face-to-face  relation  and 
spaced  apart,  so  as  to  form  a  V-shaped  valley  open  at  the  bot- 
tom. The  discharged  bones  fall  into  this  groove  and  are 
trapped  between  the  two  tapered  rings.  They  are  carried  up  by 
their  engagement  between  the  rings  for  at  least  one-quarter 
turn  of  the  drum.  As  they  pass  beyond  that  point,  they  either 
fall  out  of  the  valley  or  are  knocked  out  by  a  stationary  finger 
which  projects  into  the  valley.  A  discharge  chute  has  a  vertical 
portion  located  in  alignment  with  the  valle,  in  the  upper  part 
of  the  rising  side  of  the  drum  and  open  at  the  side  facmg  the 
valley.  The  lower  end  of  the  vertical  portion  of  the  chute 
opens  into  a  diagonal  portion  which  catches  the  falling  bones 
and  directs  them  onto  an  inspection  uMe.  A  shield  mounted 
on  the  under  side  of  the  chute  prevents  bones  from  falling  out 
through  the  lower  quadrant  of  the  end  of  the  drum  on  its  rising 
side. 


3,670393 

METHOD  FOR  CONCENTRATING  SLIMED  MINERALS 
SMnnd  R.  Wchr,  Long  BnMch,  NJ.,  Msifw  to      _ 
Mfaicrals  &  Chcmicab  Corporation,  Woodbrldge,  SJ. 
t  Fled  Feb.  18, 1969,  Ser.  No.  800,281 
I         Int.  a.B03b  7/04;  B03dy/00 

U.S.  CI.  209-5  7( 

To  concentrate  constituents  of  a  mixture  of  slimed  minerals, 
the  mixture  is  formed  into  a  well-deflocculated  aqueous  pulp. 
One  (or  more)  of  the  constituents  is  selectively  filmed  with  a 
hydrophobic  coating  and  flocculated  by  intensively  agitating 
the  deflocculated  pulp  with  a  suitable  selective  polar-nonpolar 
reagent.  The  pulp  is  then  allowed  to  settle  under  quiescent 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


969 


conditions  (i.e.,  without  aeration  or  intensive  agitation).  The 
flocculated  hydrophobic  particles  rise  and  float  on  the  surface 
of  the  deflocculated  slip  as  loosely-bonded  agglomerates.  The 
deflocculated  slip  is  separated  from  the  floated  matter. 
Separation  may  be  carried  out  at  higher  pulp  solids  and  with 
less  expensive  equipment  than  when  froth  flotation  is  em- 
ployed with  a  slimed  pulp  that  has  been  similarly  conditioned. 


ments  of  the  lever  may  be  through  pin  and  slot  connections  to 
provide  for  rectilinear  movement  of  the  address  plates  while 
the  lever  rotates  about  its  axis. 


3,670,884 
NAIL  SEPARATOR 
Taras  I.  Charchalis,  Baltimore,  Md.,  assignor  to  Bethlehem 
Stcd  Corporation 

Filed  Jan.  21, 1971,  Ser.  No.  106,764 

Int.  CI.  B07b  13/04 

VS.  CI.  209—80  4  Claims 


3,670386 
POWDER  CLASSIFIER 
Mnsuo  Hosokawa;  Tohd  Yokoyama,  and  Fumio  Nakagawa,  tM 
of  Osaka,  Japan,  assignors  to  Hosokawa  Funtaikogaku  Ken- 
kyusho,  Osaka,  Japan 

Filed  Aug.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  61^23 

Int  a.  B07b  7/083 

U3.CL209— 139A  4  Claims 


Apparatus  to  separate  naik  or  similar  headed  articles  into 
groups  in  accordance  with  their  length. 


A  selector  for  edge  notch  coded  card-type  items  comprising 
a  plurality  of  parallel,  spaced  pairs  of  plates  movable  opposite- 
ly into  projected  and  retracted  positions  and,  in  projected 
position,  cooperating  to  address  a  desired  card-type  item  in  a 
store  presenting  edge  notches  to  the  address  plates.  Magnet 
means,  which  may  be  routably  mounted,  cooperates  with 
magnetic  means  on  the  coded  edges  of  the  items  tending  to 
draw  the  items  forwardly  from  the  store,  with  all  but  the  ad- 
dressed item  prevented  from  moving  forwardly  by  the  engage- 
ment of  their  edges  with  the  edges  of  projected  address  plates. 
Solenoid  operators  and  spring  means  cooperate  in  the  op- 
posite movements  of  the  paired  address  plates  of  the  selector 
which  are  interconnected  for  simultaneous  opposite  move- 
ment by  a  lever  for  each  pair  engaged  adjacent  each  end  with 
one  plate  of  the  pair  and  having  a  relatively  fixed  pivotal  axis 
intermediate  its  ends  about  which  it  rotates  to  effect  the  op- 
posite movements  of  the  plates  in  the  pair.  The  end  engage- 


3,670385 
SELECTOR  FOR  EDGE  NOTCH  CODED  CARD-TYPE 

ITEMS 
Norman   E.    Harlow,   Mirdcatc,   CaHf.,   assignor   to   Image 
Systems,  Inc.,  Culver  City,  Calif. 

FDed  Nov.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  91,064 

iBLCLBOlg  5/3444 

VS.  CL  209—80.5  8  Claims 


A  powder  classifier  having  a  housing,  a  rotary  member 
within  the  housing  having  two  sets  of  fins  separated  by  a  coni- 
cal member  and  means  for  supplying  powder  to  be  classified 
into  the  bottom  of  said  rotor  whereby  certain  particles  will  be 
carried  upwardly  through  the  rotor  and  exhausted  while  other 
particles  will  fall  downwardly  into  a  suiuUe  hopper. 


3370387 

AEROBIC  DIGESTION  OF  SLUDGE  WTTH  OXYGEN 

John  Ruben  McWhirter,  WnUanHviUe,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Uirion 

Carbide  Corporatkm,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Continuation-in-part  of  Ser.  Nos.  838,499,  July  2, 1969,  PnL 

No.  3347314,  and  Ser.  No.  838300,  Jnly  2, 1969,  P«t  No. 

3,547,815.  TWs  appHcatkNi  Dec.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  97,706 

Int.  a.  C02c  1/06 

U3.  CI.  210-5  11  Claims 


BOD-containing  water  such  as  sewage  is  aerated  with  ox- 
ygen and  unrecycled  sludge  is  digested  with  unconsumed  ox- 
ygen  from  the  aeration. 


970 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

vai% 


JUMS  20^  1972 


Claims  priority,  appKntioa  Gieat  ■riuin,  Jan.  7,  1970, 
795/70 

iaC€LBtM2//26 
U^CL2M— 71  7CMMS 

Wax  IS  aeparaled  from  a  wax-oil  mixture  by  centrifufing  at  a 
temperature  below  3(f  C.  and  below  the  pour  point  of  the 
miatufe,  by  fint  of  all  afitatinf  the  mixtiue  to  render  it  aao- 
bile.  The  agitation,  which  ahouid  not  reduce  the  wax  cryatal 
•iae  below  SO  micront,  may  be  ■tirrint  for  e.£.  1-120  minutes 
at  ej.  50-1000  r.p.m.  with  a  mprrisBpfwcirt  beating  or  whisk- 
inf  set  in.  Preferably  gat  e^.  air  is  fintrainwl  with  a  5-20  per- 
cent increase  in  voluaae.  The  ceatrifugii^,  preferably  fiitraSion 
centnfusing,  may  use  forces  of  1SO-3.SO0  G  and  times  of  S 
seconds-  15.minules 

Praierred  feedrtocks  an  liV-iiV  C.  petroleum  fractiom, 
the  4S0"-SS0"  C.  fractkMS  preferably  havii^  a  gas  oil  diluem. 


-^^;' 


lAnjm 


valves  in  a  manner  such  that  suflKtent  waste  liquid  is  auto- 
mal^rilTy  miintainrTl  in  thf  liqiiifl  inrartr  prnnfiii^  f  qiii|iint  iii 
to  five  optimum  system  performance  in  a  aero  gravity  en- 


U^a.2M— fO 


MK 1, 19TII,  fitr.  Na.  42^30 

iirt.CL  MM  27/70 


MKBOWA  VE  OEWACB  IBIUkTMEMT 
1447  M.W.  SiMiflkHal.  Ml 

Mir  4.  t91t,C«.  Nn.  34,279 
iM.CLMM2//24 
l)A.CL2M— lit 


SYSTIM 


J 


A  fluid  filter  device  of  the  type 


and  to  be 


a  portion  of  the 

tobeipsmaff 

of  with  the  fflter  ele- 


feom  acap 

meofL  The  cap  menber  is  provided  akni^ 
oMtlet  reapeolively  in  fluid  maMmmyaiion  wkh  the  exterior 
and  infterior  of  the  filter  elemem  for  fillerii«  fluid  psssiiut 
therethrough.  A  pressure  responsive  bypass  valve  is  operable 
to  directly  connect  the  inlet  with  the  outlet  when  the  fiher  ele- 
ment becooaes  dogged  by  a  predetermmed  amount.  Hie 
bypass  valve  includes  means  opeeatively  connecting  it  to  an  in- 
<li>'atim  means  mounted  exleriarly  of  the  fiher  device  to  pro- 
vide a  viMial  indication  to  an  attendam  of  the  condition  of  the 
filtering  element  and  the  poaitioo  of  ihe  bypa«  valve. 


A  sewage  treatment  ayslem  using  microwave  elechxMnag- 
nctic  energy  to  tteriliae  caw  sesvage  on  a  oontinuouB  bMis  is 
described.  A  holdi^  tank  for  leoeivii^  ihe  raw  sewi^  at  an 
inlet  port  periodicatty  ditrharget  pre-determined  aaaounts  of 
sewage  into  a  treatment  tank  wherein  the  aewi^  is  sUb^cted 
to  microwave  radiation  of  aucfa  intentity  over  a  pre-deter- 
mined time  interval  as  win  destroy  bKleria  not  only  by  heat 
induced  in  the  raw  sewage  but  also  by  the  oscittatory  eCecU  of 
(he  radiation  on  the  ( 


UQUm  WASTE  FEED  SYSTEM 

ilHil.MI,ir.:Yi'nii«.Mh«fNMy«tNc«n.M 
E.W— ,Htigina,<atfVa^ni^iMialWUdl 

of  America  as  rwnrfawtnd  by  the  Administrator  «f  the  Na 

iA^ariniBacaaiMi 


I  iaiL  IS,  19710,  Shr.  Na.  3,151 

lM.CLmU43f00 
V£.CL2t%-tM 

A  pressurieed  liquid  waste  tank  feeds  liquid  waste  into 
liquid  waste  processing  equipmem.  The  processed  liquid  is 
pumped  into  an  accumulator  tank  which  has  an  actuator  <|»yt 
opem  aiKl  dowt  microtwitcfaes  as  the  accumulator  tank  is 
and  emptied.  Theae  nucrcawitchet  control  solenoid 


I  Mav.  4,  Mi*,  i^.  Na.  S74>41 
t.CLmH439/IS,3lfOO 


(CWam 


unit  in  which  the  membrane  haa  a  tup- 

a  liquid  product 

tod  a 

s  The 

t  to  mmlaia<»pfemwreoftfae  feed  liquid 

at  a  siiBicicidy  high  level  to  pcevent  the  flow  of  liquid  ttiroHgh 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


971 


-^^"IIS^ilirjr'Hr'ZTSJ^  Th«  catch  basin  is  tubutar,  with  an  op«,  top.  hiteriorty  of  the 

when  the  mtet  to  the  feel  hqutd  damber  .  cfc«d.  A   c,»chbmin,baomthtop^top,mMi^7y^iZ^ 

pipe  of  selectable  leng*  is  mtertwl  inso  die  catch  basin  down 


,j»    ■  /*• 


1     P' 

Jrl 

to  the  nop  and  extendi  up  10  near  the  fround  surface.  A  yaie 
rests  m  the  top  of  the  upright  extension.  AH  parts  preferably 
arc  made  of  syMhetic  polymer  < 


reverse  oamoait  unit  in  which  the  membrmie  is  supported  by  a 
porous  layer  material  contaiiiiug  activated  charcoal. 


347M93 

CONTROL  AMANGEAKNTPOIt  A  SWIMMNG  POOL  '^^ 

RLTKB  ifci 


nvm  rum  coifngLAPrABATia  fos  wtLnm 

UNRSVI  i%  fKTRATION  SYSTEM 


U.S.C3.2I*-147 


>riy  29, 1979^  Str.  New  994it 
tart.  CL  Wm429f3S 


I  Fsh.  3»  1971,  Ssv.  New  1 12,315 

Clairat  priority,  application  Germany,  April  23,  1970,  P  20 


U.&CL219— 13t 


CL  sold  J7/00 


19 


fat 


The  control  arrangement  for  a  swimming  pool  filter  in- 
chKtes  two  pairs  of  control  valves,  the  discharge  port  of  the 
first  valve  in  each  pan-  being  coupled  to  the  intake  port  of  the 
second  valve.  The  intake  ports  of  the  first  valves  are  con- 
nected by  a  high-pressure  conduit  to  the  output  end  of  the 
filter  pump  whose  input  end  (haws  water  from  the  pool.  Two 
low-pressure  conduits  connect  the  discharge  ports  of  the 
second  valves  to  the  pool  and  to  a  waste  Kne  respectively.  The 
filter  is  connected  by  by-pam  Imes  to  the  coupled  ports 
between  the  valves  in  each  pair.  A  sin^  operating  mechankm 
is  connected  to  all  valves  and  operates  the  same  in  timed 
sequence  in  which  the  valves  direct  water  flow  from  the  pump 
either  through  the  filter  in  a  first  direction  to  the  pool,  or 
through  the  filter  in  the  opposite  direction  to  a  waste  line,  or 
ultimately  directly  from  the  pool  to  the  waste  line. 


3>79v99« 
GROUND  SVKPACE  DRAINAGE  APPARATUS 

Edward  L.  FrIadL  14751  SssaMMr  Smst,  Lea  Ai^las,  CdM. 
Pfcdjaa  19, 1979,  Ssr.  Na^  4»153 
iBt.CLES3f//00 
VJkCL21»-M4  4 

h  the  ground  nrftice  drasnage  apparatus,  a 

caach  baam  has  a  side  outlet  from  which  drain  water  can  flow 


A  unitary  fUtering  device,  wherein  the  mounting  base  con- 
tains an  internal  network  of  interconnected  ducts  having  a 
first  inlet  duct  and  a  fint  exit  duct  and  a  plurality  of  access 
holes  each  connected  thcrcwidi,  a  second  inlet  doct  and  a 
second  exit  duct,  and  a  vatve  chamd  individual  to  each  of  the 
first  and  second  inlet  and  exit  ducts,  Andwr  bote  are  secured 

to  the  bate  and  engaged  by  a  chaup,  gripping  the  outer  surfhce 
of  a  hollow  cyhmter  near  one  cisd,  for  seeing  the  one  end 
agaawt  the  bsac.  in  sneh  a  position  that  the  acccm  holes  arc 
smrouaded  thereby.  A  phvality  of  holow  tubutar  fiker  ele- 
mcntt  arc  each  nsouated  at  one  end  over  a  correapondfaig  one 

of  the  aceem  boka,  with  a  t0f  cover  peiilitMed  over  the  other 
''**''^*^*   j""    '     ""^mgjydlTjtlir  — chor  bohsluj  ■ 
tbeodicrendaftfie 

each  vaKc 
to  ri*rr  nf  niii  itiiliiiiiimnJ  uinj 


972 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2d,  1972 


3,670^96 
APPARATUS  FOR  REMOVING  OIL  FROM  A  BODY  OF 

WATER 

Frank  E.  Hak,  Jr.,  1638  Santa  Barbara  Street,  and  R-ank  E. 

Hale,  Sr^  4005  Santa  Cruz  Avenue,  both  of  San  Diego,  CaUf. 

Filed  Jan.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  108,839 

Int.  CL  E02b  15104 

U.S.  CL  210— 242  2  Claims 


Apparatus  and  method  for  removing  a  liquid  hydrocarbon 
material,  such  as  oil,  from  a  water  surface  wherein  the  ap- 
paratus includes  a  collection  surface  which  is  moved  into  and 
out  of  the  water,  the  collection  surface  being  made  of  a 
material  including  a  high  molecular  weight  solid  hydrocarbon 
which  is  wettable  with  oil  so  that  when  the  surface  emerges 
from  the  water  the  oil  collected  by  adsorption  is  wiped  from 
the  surface  and  collected. 


3,670397 

DESALINATION  OF  SEA  WATER 

Bmcc  S.  Frank,  7057  North  FairchBd  Clrde,  MUwaukce,  Wis. 

Filed  March  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21^1 

Int.  a.  BOld  31100, 13/00 

VS.  a.  210—321  4  Claims 


-^tC*^ 


3,670398 
FILTER  HAVING  A  FLEXIBLE  WALL  FOR  HLTERING 
I  UQUIDS 

Eugene  Foumicr,  84  Chatcauneuf  De  Gadagne,  France 
Filed  June  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47,100 
Claims    priority,    application    France,    June    20,.    1969, 
6920776 

Inta.C03bi/00 


U.S.  a.  210—356 


6  Claims 


An  apparatus  for  filtering  a  fluid  medium,  for  example,  dirty 
swimming  pool  water,  comprises  a  hollow  filter  sleeve  having 
a  flexible  wall  which  wall  is  caused  to  deform  by  the  pressure 
of  fluid  medium  flowing  through  the  wall.  The  end  of  the 
sleeve  is  attached  to  a  member  which  on  reduction  of  the  pres- 
sure of  the  fluid  flowing  through  the  wall  causes  the  wall  to 
straighten  and  assume  its  original  position  thereby  causing 
debris  resting  on  the  wall  to  be  moved  from  the  wall. 


3,670399 
RAIL  CONNECTION 
Hans  Kronenberg,  Lucerne,  and  Dionys  Gmur,  Wctzikon,  both 
of  Switzerland,  assignors  to  Swiss  Ahinrinium  Ltd.,  Chippis, 
Switzerland 

Filed  Nov.  14, 1969,  Ser.  No.  876,888 
Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Nov.   IS,   1968, 
17212/68 

Int.  CI.  A47f  5/00;  F16b  7/04 
U.S.CI.an-182  4Cblnis 


Desalination  of  sea  water  is  accomplished  by  use  of  osmosis 
wherein  there  is  a  saline  water  chamber  and  a  chamber  having 
a  concentrated  solution  of  an  intermediate  or  precipitable 
soluble  salt,  such  as  aluminum  sulfate,  the  chambers  being 
separated  by  a  semipermeable  membrane.  Fresh  water  will 
pass  from  the  saline  or  sea  water  to  the  salt  solution  without 
use  of  pressure.  The  excess  concentrated  salt  solution  in  the 
second  chamber  passes  to  a  third  chamber  or  place  where  salt 
is  removed  by  being  brought  into  contact  with  a  precipitant 
such  as  calcium  hydroxide  in  the  case  of  aluminum  sulfate. 


A  rail  connection  arrangement  comprising  a  rail,  a  support 
arranged  substantially  perpendicularly  to  the  rail  and  compris- 
ing a  holding  device  provided  with  slot  means  and. an  exterior 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


978 


thread,  the  support  also  comprising  a  spacer  v^th  a  portion 
having  an  interior  thread  engaged  by  said  exterior  thread,  the 
rail  being  received  in  the  slot  means  and  fixedly  held  therein 
between  the  holding  device  and  the  spacer,  the  portion  of  the 
spacer  having  the  interior  thread  is  made  of  a  material  which  is 
harder  than  that  of  the  remainder  of  the  parts  in  the  above 
combination. 


3,670,902 
BAR  UNSCRAMBLER 
Irving  Leonard  Kaplan,  Cleveland  HcigMs,  Ohio, 
Cari  Kramy  &  AsaodaScs,  Inc.,  Cleveland,  OMo 
Filed  Nov.  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878,132 
Int.  CLB23q  5/22 
UACL214— IP 


to 


3,670,900 

LOW.DECK  TRUCK  FOR  CARRYING  AN  ARTICLE  TO 

RETREATED 

Riyokkhi  Ito,  Tokyo,  Japu^  assignor  to  Katsukawa  Kogyo 

KabushikI  Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FHed  June  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  43340 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  17,  1970,45/13694 
Int.  a.B66c  5/04 
U3.  a.  212— 14  1  Claim 


Aj-i 


'    ''^/////////////////////////A 


A  low-deck  truck  for  carrying  an  article  to  be  treated  during 
the  treating  process,  adapted  so  as  to  raise  the  article  from  a 
liquid  treating  vessel  as  being  in  slanted  position  for  dropping 
off  the  liquid  therefrom  at  least  in  some  part  of  its  travel  from 
the  treating  vessel  up  to  a  predetermined  uppermost  position. 
A  pair  of  tapered  drums  are  provided  for  winding  up  two 
ropes,  respectively,  which  ropes  have  a  pair  of  brackets 
secured  to  the  lower  ends  thereof  so  as  to  be  engageable  with  a 
carrier  bar  holding  the  article.  The  two  tapered  drums  are  so 
actuated  as  to  wind  the  two  ropes  at  different  speeds. 


3,670,901 
CAR  COUPLER 
William   J.    Metzger,    East    Cleveland,   Ohk>,    assignor   to 
Midbmd-Ross,  Cleveland,  Ohk> 

Filed  Dec.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,979 

Int.  a.  86  Ig  5/04 

U.S.a.213— 151  9  Claims 


Ctupler^ 


A  bar  unscrambler  is  provided  consisting  of  feed  cradles, 
shuffle  bed  modules,  and  bar  feeder  units,  which  are  so  ar- 
ranged as  to  effectively  and  progressively  unscramble  or 
separate  bars  and  the  like  from  a  bundle  of  bars  and  from  each 
other.  The  feed  cradles  are  provided  with  elements  having  a 
walking  beam  type  of  movement.  The  shuffle  bed  modules 
comprise  mainly  walking  and  fixed  beam  components,  the 
walking  beam  components  functioning  also  to  activate  the 
aforesaid  feed  cradle  elements.  The  bar  feeders  have  incor- 
porated therein  bar  stops  effective  to  temporarily  restrain 
movement  of  the  unscrambled  bars,  and  have  ateo  incor- 
porated therein  bar  selectors  designed  to  individually  move 
the  restrained  bars  to  a  transfer  mechanism  or  the  like,  the 
movements  of  the  bar  selectors  being  synchronized  to  avoid 
interference  with  the  bars  as  they  move  to  the  bar  stops.  Provi- 
sion is  also  made  for  adjusting  the  position  of  the  bar  stops  to 
accommodate  bars  of  different  sizes  or  dimensions. 


3,670,903 

SKID  INVERTING  DEVICE 

Otis  L.  HamUton,  425  Ewt  4450  North,  Provo,  Utah 

Filed  Dec.  3, 1969,  Ser.  No.  881,757 

Int.  a.  B65g  7/00 

U3.a.214-1Q  11 


■ICtupk 


A  rsulway  car  coupler  of  the  knuckle  type  in  which  the  con- 
tour of  knuckle  is  modified  so  as  to  increase  the  gathering 
range  of  the  coupler  especially  during  knuckle-to-knuckle  en- 
gagement between  the  couplers  as  they  come  together  for 
coupling  from  positions  in  which  they  are  displaced  laterally 
of  the  longitudinal  center  line  of  the  car. 


A  device  for  inverting  a  generally  planar  object  which  com- 
prises a  means  for  holding  said  object  on  its  upper  plane  and 
its  lower  plane,  means  for  tilting  said  object  about  a  fixed  axis 
so  that  said  planes  are  generally  vertical,  said  object  and  said 
holding  means  being  rotatable  about  the  vertical  axis  of  said 
object  1 80°  and  means  for  re-tilting  said  object  so  that  said  ob- 
ject returns  inverted  to  its  original  position. 


974 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

bin.  The  prake 


JUMC  20,  1072 


AITAKATUfPOKOlLLBCIINGGLAKTlMSATTHE 


k%.  MMch  23,  1970,  679M    iBlliehiB^iKlto 


CLmt8%47l74 


ArnCUE  LOAMNG  SYSTEM 
¥tmk  H.  MBv,  Jr^  Lull  Mi.  a^  HmM  L. 

B.  14,  iyM,8v.  Na.  2.777 
hLCLMSt  57/24 
U^CL214— <P 


Iby 
conveyor  io  that  they 
bcCwecB  raapective  pain  of 
tapenafin  width  ao  that 
tact  with  MMfaoea  of  ftictioa 


of  the  ooaweyor.  The 

tatccatty  fipooi  the 


I,  each 
k  braked  by  ooo- 
on  the  braking 


OKTRUCnON  OCTBCnON  MEANS  fOft  MATEKIAL 
HANDLING  OeVKE 

ArthMT  R.  Wmrdk,  PUmmS,  and  fhwha  E. 


Diadoact  a  feed  conveyor  and  a  main  or  receiving  conveyor 
in  the  fbnn  of  an  endkat  beh  trained  over  two  or  more 
sprockets  and  containing  a  seriea  of  openinga  or  apertures 
through  which  articles  on  dM  conveyor  are  fed  gravitationally 
onto  an  elevator.  A  fixed  atop  is  located  over  the  elevator  ao 
that  articles,  fed  onto  the  conveyor,  are  seicctively  turned  so 
as  to  form  an  open  pattern  in  an  accumulating  aoae  on  said 
conveyor  and  ultimately  coose  into  ahuWing  reteion  with  the 
stop.  The  open  pattern  is  doaed  and  is  held  in  fixed  poaition 
until  one  of  said  apertures  coaMS  into  registry  with  the  eleva- 
tor below  the  fixed  atop  ao  that  the  layer  or  paiaere  of  articles 
held-in  said  poaition  pam  gyavifhnnBMy  throitgh  >atd  apcitutc 
onto  a  prilet  on  said  elevator  piatfom.  A  aaiqur  ooaliol 
system  iawolvea  the  uae  of  an  aurfhary  control  conveyor 
driven  in  aynchrooiam  with  the  asaia  conveyor  and  which  con- 
tains actuating  members  in  the  form  of  caaas  judicioualy 
placed  to  as  to  aduite  controi  aaembert,  aucfa  as  Uaait 
switches  or  pneumatic  valves  to  peiform  specific  functions  at 
specific  poinu  on  said  conveyor. 


HwWanafSer.  Na.  S43.229,  A^prii  U,  19M,  PM.  Na. 
3,S3Mt9.  This  ^pfcaaian  Jirfy  23, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  57,747 
b(LCLM5g;/06 
U.S.CL214— M^A  I 


H 


.Dawning, 


soxiiMLOAoem 

,Vn^. 


Va. 

I     nadAptfl3S,197t.Sar.Na.33,29S 
iai.CLM5g65/J« 
U^CL214— 17DI 


l^CWms 


An  obatniction  detecting  device  is  diacloaed  for  aaatertal 


a  lateral  platfianB  isutfliaedto 


:  the  lateral  piarform  and  a 
piohe  eleateat  it  adapted  to  flaove  thiou^i  a  portion  of  the       A  leveling  device  for 
aelected  bin  to  delect  the  preaence  of  an  obstrtiction  in  the    loader  wMch  endoaea 


whed-driven  frame  of  a  lilo  tm> 
tor  Tranipomng  enwage  over 


JUNB  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


975 


ccMrally    located   bwnpcr   which 
and  pnah  the  rear  end  of  the  track 


which  it  travda,  the  ianar  end  of  aMdi  ii  aapportad  at  { 
the  nlo  ccmar  ami  the  omer  end  of  wWch  it 

kfcri 
lowering  said  owler  end  dapcadlqg  upon  the  aiq^  the 
makes  with  the  waH  of  the  sih»,  said  nwans  compcisiag  a  waH- 
engaging  whed,  a  fitit  arm  on  which  said  whed  is  mounted  to 
poaition  it  at  a  selected  location  above  the  fraatc,  a  shaft 
pivoted  in  said  firaase  and  to  which  said  arm  is  rigidly  con- 
nected, a  second  arm  rigidly  connected  to  said  shaft,  gencraly 
paraUd  to  the  ftama  and  shorter  than  the  fbst  arm,  a  bar  ex- 
tending through  a  slot  in  and  at  approximatdy  right  angles  to 
the  frame  to  move  up  and  down  therein,  means  pivotally  con- 
necting the  free  end  of  sasd  second  arm  to  said  bar,  and  means 

connecting  the  ends  of  sdd  bv  to  dw  respective  unloader    d«»™>t  «he  time  the  dump  bed  is  raited  to  transfer 
driving  wheda,  so  that  m  the  wdl  whed  naoves  up  or  down    ^"^  **  **»»"P  bed  into  the  hopper  while  permitting  the  truck 
along  said  wai  it  smmltaneoualyeflbcta  lowering  or  raising  of    to  pivot  relative  to  the  hopper, 
the  frame  outer  end  with  rcapect  to  aasd  driving  wheels.  


GLA9S  PUSNACI  WITH  TUPLE  BATCH  CHARGING 
AND  METHOD 

iP. 


15, 1971,  Sar.  New  1M,7«1 

fan.a.ct3hJ/oo 


3,i7«,919 
MOMLE  LOAD  HANDLING  OR  UPTING  MACHDHES 

_        fe 

TrrwJkSnridi 


Jnly  23, 197ti,Ssr.  Na^  57436 
fan.CLE«2fJ/00 


U,&CI.214— 141 


U^CL214— 24 


The  upstream  end  of  a  rectangular  gfaMS  aseking  furnace  is 
provided  with  a  doghouse  of  iscacdes  trapeaoidd  shape  hav- 
ing three  openinga  through  which  basch  materid  is  introduced 
iis  discrete  elongaled  matm.  or  charges  by  three  batch  char- 
gers. Two  out  of  three  batch  chargers  in  these  openings  are 
operated  aimultaaeously  in  a  predetermined  sequence.  The 
two  side  batch  chargers  operate  along  angiilariy  related  hncs 
of  action  which  converge  with  one  another  at  a  point  also 
located  on  the  line  of  action  of  the  center  batch  charger.  Ow- 
ing operation  of  the  two  angularly  related  side  chargers  a  com- 
posite batch,  or  maw,  is  fanned  so  as  to  travd  in  a 
downstream  direction  in  the  fWnacc,  aad  by  operation  of  the 
center  batch  charger  with  one  or  the  other  of  the  two  side 
basch  chasgers  a  compoaite  mam  or  batch  ia  directed  angularly 
outwardly  with  respect  to  the  downstream  direction.  Thus, 
of  three  batch  chargers,  ia  psin,  in  a  n  gut  mid 
,  aavidea  a  convcaisnt  means  and  method  for  charg- 
aftwance  at  a  rate  double  the  rata  poaaiUe  with  a  single 
or  with  two  chargcss  operated  alternately.  Further, 
■rgen  can  be  operated  in  ahemate  pairs  at 
ptiamm  speeds  to  provide  the  desired  ( 


A  Bsobile  machinr  for  load  handling  or  lifting  purpoaea  is 
disclosed  in  which  an  anachmeat  head,  Ibr  receiving  load  han- 
<fliag  mcana  attached  to  it,  is  carried  for  raising  and  towering 
movement  by  foiwasdiy  extending  paraiel  motion  Hnirngr 
pivotaBy  conaccted  to  a  forwardiy  exteadUe  and  rcarwasdly 
retractaNc  meaiher  of  a  tefeacopic  boom  kmgitiidinaBy  car- 
ried by  an  extendible  wheeled  chassis  of  the  macMne,  the 
boom  bemg  also  arranged  to  be  bodHy  advanced  or  retracted 
relative  to  the  chatsiii  by  support  hritage  whiUi  is  linked  to  the 
chassis  for  fore  and  aft  extension  of  the  latter  to  coaler  act 
the  machine  againat  forward  tipping  aaovcment  on  SDcfa  bocily 
advaaceof  the  telescopic  boom. 


3^i7%9ll 
ARE  tCNfcWWC  APrAHATCS 


>  31, 1971^  9sr.  Na^  9M4S 

Bl.CLM»2y/02 


U,S.CL214— 312 


ANDSVSTEM 
H. 


I  Apal «,  1971^  Ssr.  Na.  2S,M1 

KsLCLBi5g  67/02 
IL&CL214-43  4 

A  msthcd  tot  trnnsfrrring  crushed  rock  from  a  dump  truck 
to  the  hopper  of  a  paving  machine  without  danger  of  spillage 
by  interlocking  the  rear  end  of  the  dump  bed  with  the  upper 
portion  of  the  hopper  when  the  doasp  bed  is  raiaed  into  poas-       An 
tion  to  damp  into  the  hopper.  The  hopper  is  provided  with  an  fhce 


t*. 


«   1. , — '  ♦ 


#f  I    I 


«    i 


apparatus  for  loadhig  silverware  onto  an 
s  a  silverware  sorting  conatniction.  The 


976 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


comprises  a  rotating  drum  having  an  opening  or  openings  in  its 
side  wall  for  the  passage  of  silverware  out  of  the  drum.  A 
removable  receptacle  may  be  located  in  the  drum  for  loading 
the  drum  with  silverware.  As  the  drum  rotates,  the  silverware 
is  removed  from  the  drum  at  a  relatively  regular  rate. 


some  obstruction  this  safety  release  being  in  the  natiire  of  a 
break  back  brace  member  having  a  frictional  engagement  and 
with  the  aforementioned  swinging  assist  functioning  as  an 
energy  absorbing  element  during  the  break  back. 


3,67g,912 

CONTAINER  HANDLING  APPARATUS 

Glenn  G.  Dunbar,  2608  Overlook  Drive,  Toledo,  Ohio 

Filed  MaRh  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,873 

Int.  CL  B65g  7100 

UA  a.  214— 313 


1 


3,670,914 
BREAK  SEAL 
Stephen  D.  Pouben,  Jr.,  Florham  Park,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Airco, 
Inc.,  Nf w  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,193 
Int.a.B65d47//0 
3  Claims    U.S.  CI.  115— 32  StClaims 


'"'' r     '\^     iJ...TliL..4..<.. 


..^ 


This  invention  relates  to  a  container  handling  apparatus  for 
use  with  a  container  having  opposed  geometrically  enclosed 
female  members  on  its  sidewalls.  Two  opposed  shoulder  mem- 
bers extend  outwardly  from  a  support  frame.  A  cylinder  and 
guiding  mechanism  equally  and  simultaneously  move  the 
shoulder  members.  A  depending  arm  is  attached  to  each  of  the 
shoulder  members  and  a  rotatable  male  engaging  member  is 
connected  to  the  distal  end  of  each  of  the  depending  arms. 
The  male  engaging  members  have  a  shape  complementary 
with  the  enclosed  female  members  and  power  cylinders  are 
provided  for  rotating  the  male  engaging  members. 


3,670,913 

BIN  UNLOADER  BREAK  BACK  SYSTEM 

Robert  S.  Rcavca,  Bhie  Springm  Mo.,  awignnr  to  Alib-Chal- 

mcrs  Manufactoring  Company,  Milwauiccc,  Wis. 

FOed  Aprfl  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  135,304 

lBta.B60py/42 

U.S.CL  214-522  lOCWms 


This  disclosure  is  concerned  with  providing  an  improved 
swingable  unloading  auger  conveyer  for  a  combine  harvester 
in  that  it  provides  assistance  in  swinging  the  auger  conveyer 
from  a  transport  to  the  unloading  position;  it  provides  an  auto- 
matic means  of  aligning  the  driving  elements  of  the  auger  so 
that  they  become  properly  indexed  during  the  previously  men- 
tioned positioning  operation;  and  it  provides  a  safety  release  in 
case  the  unloading  conveyer  when  in  unloading  position  hits 


This  invention  relates  to  an  improved  form  of  break  seal 
which  is  especially  adapted  to  be  used  as  a  closure  for  a  con- 
tainer or  which  may  otherwise  be  used  to  form  a  hermetic  seal 
in  laboratory  equipment,  in  its  preferred  form  the  break  seal  is 
fabricated  from  soft  or  borosilicate  glass  and  takes  the  form  of 
an  external  tube  joined  to  an  internal  test  tube  having  an  in- 
dentation in  its  sidewall.  The  indentation  forms  a  weak  point 
in  the  sidewall  of  the  test  tube  and  in  the  event  that  the  seal  is 
to  be  broken  an  actuating  device  is  pressed  against  the  in- 
dentation causing  a  rupture  in  the  sidewall  of  the  glass  tube. 


\ 


3,670,915  ^^ 

MULTI-PURPOSE  STOPPER 
William  E.  Forman,  4817  Glendalc  Avenue,  DdU, 
Cohimbia,  Canada 

I    Fled  Fct.  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  114,859 
I  Int.a.B65d47/2« 

U.S.CL215— 48  10 


BrMsh 


A  stopper  having  a  tubular  adapter  provided  with  flexible 
flanges  which  are  deflected  into  sealing  engagement  with  the 
side  of  an  opening  in  a  wine  jug  when  the  adapter  is  pressed 
therein.  The  tubular  adapter  will  support  a  fermentation  lock 
in  operating  position  on  the  jug  or,  aJtematively,  a  cap  is  fitted 
to  the  adapter  in  one  position  to  act  as  a  normal  closure  for  the 
jug  and  in  another  inverted  position  to  serve  as  a  combined 
closure  and  safety  valve.  ^^ 


3,670,916 
FOOD  CONTAINERIZATION 
Arnold  L.  Alpcrt,  633  OhnatCMl  Avenue,  Bronx  County,  N.Y. 
I       Filed  Feb.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12,686  1 

I  Int.a.B65d25/7«  ^ 

U.S.a.220— 9F  9  Claims 

An  insulated  food  container  is  provided  having  an  outer  ves- 
sel formed  at  least  in  part  of  heat-resistant  material  and  having 
sides  which  terminate  in  a  peripheral  rim  portion  with  an  in- 
wardly disposed  peripheral  ledge.  An  inner  vessel  adapted  to 
hold  the  food  has  a  peripheral  flange  which  rests  on  the  ledge 
of  the  outer  vessel  and  positions  the  inner  vessel  inwardly  with 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


977 


respect  to  the  outer  vessel  to  define  an  insulating  air  space    formed  with  inside  upright  recesses  for  positioning  a  plurality 
therebetween.   A  protective   annular  ring  fabricated  from    of  cans  or  bottles  around  a  member  for  holding  a  solid  or  fluid, 
material  of  higher  heat  distortion  resistance  than  the  outer 
vessel  is  disposed  on  the  peripheral  ledge  of  the  outer  vessel 
beneath  the  flange  of  the  inner  vessel.  The  container  is  closed 


pm^m^^ 


as  water  or  heat  sink  material.  A  cover,  located  over  the 
member,  closes  the  top  of  the  container. 


by  a  lid  having  suitable  means  to  sealably  engage  the  rim  por- 
tion of  the  outer  vessel  and  has  a  conically  shaped  portion,  the 
vertex  of  which  is  fracturable  under  high  internal  pressure  to 
provide  relief  of  the  vapor  pressure  that  may  accumulate 
within  the  container. 


3,670,917 

STORAGE  TANKS  FOR  ULTRA  LOW  TEMPERATURE      U.S.  CI.  220—54 

UQUIDS 

Kg  Nishimald,  and  Isamu  Yoshiliawa,  both  of  Osaka,  Japan, 

assignors  to  Hitachi  Shipbuilding  and  Engineering  Co.,  Ltd. 

Filed  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,850 

Int  a.  B65d  7/22 

VS.  Ct.  220— 10  7  Claims 


3,670,919 
EASY  OPENING  UD  FOR  CANS 
Gerard  Prayer,  and  Jcaa-Maric  Pcrrat,  both  of  La 
France,  asdgnors  to  Cebal  GP,  Paris,  France 

Filed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 13,400 
Claims    priority,    application     France,    Feb.     27, 
70071 17 

Inta.B65d/7/24 


neche. 


1970, 


5Clalnis 


yj-a 


/S4 


y'± 


The  invention  relates  to  lids  Icnown  as  "easy  complete  open- 
ing lids"  in  which  the  tear  line  is  in  the  form  of  a  circle  which  is 
eccentric  with  respect  to  the  lid. 


Fastening  means  for  attaching  a  heat-insulating  layer  to  an 
ultra  low  temperature  liquid  storage  tank,  comprising  a  fasten- 
ing member  of  the  same  material  as  the  tank  and  bonded  to 
the  outer  surface  of  the  tank  by  a  low  temperature  adhesive 
thereby  substantially  preventing  stresses  from  developing  in 
the  adhesive  layer  between  the  fastening  member  and  the  tank 
as  a  result  of  large  variations  in  temperature.  A  nut  is  welded 
to  the  fastening  member  and  a  fastening  bolt  made  of  a 
synthetic  resin  of  low  thermal  conductivity  is  studded  in  the 
nut.  The  bolt  is  used  to  fasten  the  heat-insulating  layer  to  the 
outer  surface  of  the  tank,  thereby  firmly  fastening  the  beat-in- 
sulating layer  to  the  tank  while  satisfactorily  suppressing  heat 
transfer  between  the  tank  interior  and  the  outside. 


3,670,920 

SEALING  DEVICE  FOR  EASY  OPENING  CANS 

Mylcs  A.  Rohrlick,  5  Maiime  Cirde,  Hampton,  Va. 

FBcd  Dec  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,694 

Int.a.A47J27/0« 

U.S.CL220— 57  « 


3.670,918 
THERMAL  CONTAINER  ASSEMBLY 
Kenneth  A.  MHchdl,  4704  Stevens  Avenue  South,  Min- 
neapolis, Minn. 

Filed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,799 
Int.  CL  B65d  1124 
U.S.  CL  220—20  21  Claims 

A   hexagonal-shaped   container   having  an   upright  wall 


An  external  sealing  device  that  can  be  easily  manufactured, 
and  provides  positive  sealing  for  the  openings  of  previously 
opened  quick  opening  cans.  The  device  is  made  to  form  a 
lever  action  so  that  positive  sealing  can  be  achieved. 


»78 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20^  1972 


s/sn^t 


STMaSKCUEVlDOONTAINn  ANB  METHOD  OF 


12.1f1li,Sv.N«.2,3«4 
LCLBiM  7/34 


] 

poMJUy  MBMkaiMOiMly  iato  a  fluent  earner  nateriai 
ooaveyt  the  various  tupplemefils  to  a  farxtmiM,  a  drinking 
water  Mipply  or  any  oCber  dewred  pomt.  Each  digeiioMt  Mtpple- 
fikBteiva  ■eparaCBly  mm  uraeyeacleiitly  of 
the  otfiert  tfirough  an  electric  notor-driven  metering  device. 


VJ&.  CL  22»— 75 


14 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  metal  cootjaner,  and  more  par- 
ticulariy  to  a  thin  walled,  metal  can  having  a  welded  side  seam 
and  wherein  at  least  one  end  thereof  is  necked-in  and  then 
outwardly  flsiiged  so  aa  tof*eoeive  an  end  of  a  reduced  diame- 
ter, fai  order  to  prevent  edge  cradoag  during  the  flanging 
operation  adjacent  the  welded  seam,  the  necked-in  edge  of  the 
can  body  is  provided  with  a  riiallow  notch  on  each  Mde  of  the 
welded  seam,  fai  addition,  in  order  to  prevent  wringing  of  the 
metal  in  alignment  with  the  notches  during  the  necking-« 
operation  and  subsequent  fracture  along  the  areas  of  wrin- 
kling during  flailing,  the  end  edge  portion  of  the  blank  from 
which  the  can  body  is  formed  is  provided  with  stress  relief  in- 
dentations adjacent  the  notches. 


Control  ahd  monitoring  of  the  machine  operatioas  takes  place 
at  a  reasoSe  control  pand  and  box.  Dririsions  as  to  what  com- 
of  supplffwenti  to  fised  and  in  what  amounts  are 
MMned  usi^g  psepunched  plates  inserted  over  a  hank 
of  asicroanritcfa  plui^cn  at  the  control  hoK  winch 
which  motors  at  the  machine  operate  and  at  «MhM  speed 


VBNBING  SVSmi  tiSMG  A  VAIXE  STOKING  KEY 

;  ■ailwwhitoHM  J7, 1 


l.l9M.fisr.Nn.iMM 


3viM^f22 


priecity, 
14200/69 

VS.  CL  222-2 


19,  1969. 


liiLCLG«7f/i/aO 


N.Y^4 

c  4,  t97«.  iSr.  Na^  9S,2S5 

€XmU4  2  lf00,43/ JO 


vs.CL2M-rrc 


A  one-piece  aMlafale  09  is  pcovided  wiih  a  top  rim  porticxi 
which  serves  as  the  upper  tarking  Aoukler  for  supportii^  a 
like  ramainrr  nested  therein.  A  lower  ■»»«^'f«««g  shnsidrr  hav- 
ii^  a  greater  peripheral  extent  than  the  mininMnfi  peripheral 
extent  of  the  top  rim  is  spaced  from  the  top  rim  and  is  joined 
thereto  by  means  of  an  upwardly  and  inwarcMy  inclined 
stacking  ring.  The  stacking  rii^  is  provided  with  a  plurality  of 
circuirfiiisilisHy  spaced  apart  lead-in  portions  to  facilitatf 
the  rng^grsnrnt  of  a  diac-type  lid  in  an  annular  groove  posi- 
tioned below  the  lowwr  1 


A  self-service  system  for  obtaining  vendMe  products  or  ser- 
vices in  wtifch  a  releaae  key  ii  used,  this  key  incorpocaftii^  a 
taUy  wluch  is  set  for  the  purchase  of  products  or  services  up  to 
a  certain  value  and  also  havii^  srsiaing  ateans  to  co^ipemte 
with  a  product  or  service  dispenser,  so  that  the  taUy  is 
devalued  according  to  the  value  dispensed  with  the  tally  in- 
dicating goods  or  service  value  diyensed,  the  key  being  inef- 
fective adien  the  set  vidue  is  exhmiated,  the  sensing  means 
operating  by  oo-operatiqg  permanent  magnrts  between  the 
key  and  dispcinser  and  pulse  producing  control  means. 


CONTBOL  SYSTEM  F(Mt  MULTVLCINGKEDKNT 
MSreNONG  AfPAKATlS 

f  4. 19M.Ssr.  Mau  34,S1S 

intLC3.M7d5//4 
U^CL  222-2  1 

A  dispensing  apparatus  meaers  a  pluraUty  of  different 
microingredient  feed  additive  supplements  for  livestock  or 


EKHjOOVELY  ACI1VATi2>  GLASS  VALVE 


Nad  OeL  Jt.  HM.Sar.  Ma.  <71,923 

Int.  CLBf7b  7/00 
U.S.a.  222-3 

A  valve  having  an  tntemsMy  stressed,  hermeticatty  seided 
glass  barrier  to  the  passage  of  fluids.  An  explosive  charge 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


979 


opens  the  valve  by  pulverizing  the  glass  barrier.  Three  em-    pouring  nozzle  is  provided.  The  envelope  has  a  stiffener 
bodiments  are  disclosed:  a  charge  imbedded  in  the  glass,  a    therewithin  to  make  it  handy  to  hold  during  pouring.  Also,  the 


stiffener  cooperates  with  the  cut  to  facilitate  a  tearing  of  the 
envelope  across  a  predetermined  line. 


3,670,928 
shaped  charge  directed  at  the  glass,  and  a  charge  placed  near  POWDER  METERING  DEVICE  FOR  LOADING 

the  edge  of  the  glass  outside  the  conduit  for  the  fluid.  AMMUNITION 

Roy  R.  Hanson,  155  Cumberland  Drive,  Maryland  HcighiB, 

Mo. 

3,670,926  Filed  Jan.  26,  S970,  Scr.  No.  5,620 

INTRAVENOUS  FEEDING  APPARATUS  Int.  Q.  GOIf  /  7/06 

Charles   C.   Hill,   Ann   Arbor,   Mkh.,   assignor   to   Power  U.S.  0. 222— 288  28Clidms 


ISCIahns 


Technology  Corporatloii,  Ann  Arbor,  Mkh. 

Filed  Sept.  II,  1969,  Ser.  No.  857,151 
Int.  CL  B67d  5/22 
UJS.  a.  222—47 


^^ 


f-fyM 


V?  ^  '^  "  /o  y  ^^  ^^/ 


An  intravenous  feeding  device  comprising  a  base,  a  drum 
movable  along  a  track  on  said  baoe  and  a  constant  tension 
coiled  spring  having  one  end  thereof  fixed  to  the  drum  and  the 
other  to  the  base  so  that  when  a  collapsible  container  is  posi- 
tioned, the  drum  acts  upon  the  collapsible  container  to 
dispense  the  contents  of  the  container.  A  latch  is  provided  for 
locking  the  drum  with  the  spring  in  its  extended  position  and 
acceleration  and  position  responsive  means  are  provided  for 
locking  the  drum  in  the  event  that  the  drum  is  released  during 
loading  or  in  the  event  that  the  material  is  dispensed  at  exces- 
sive speed  or  in  the  event  that  one  end  of  the  base  is  elevated 
beyond  a  predetermined  angle.  Gauge  means  are  provided  for 
indicating  the  rate  at  which  fluid  is  dispensed. 


3,670.927 
METHOD  AND  MEANS  PROVIDING  DOSAGES  OF  ORAL 

HYGIENIC  SUBSTANCE 
Alan  M.  Hubbard,  62  ifiD  Street,  Morristown,  N  J. 
Filed  March  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,557 
Int  a.  B65d  33/38, 77/38 
VS.  a.  222— 107  1  Clafan 

Envelope  of  supple  material,  such  as  plastic,  having  a  sealed 
chamber  confines  the  substance.  The  chamber  is  formed  with 
a  narrowing  portion,  and  the  envelope  has  a  cut  in  one  side  ad- 
jacent the  narrowing  portion  to  insure  a  tearing  open  of  the 
envelope  across  the  narrowing  portion.  Thus,  a  restricted 


A  powder  metering  device  includes  a  powder  reservoir,  a 
pouring  conduit  below  the  reservoir  and  an  elongated  cylindri- 
cal channel  between  the  reservoir  and  the  pouring  conduit. 
Inlet  and  outlet  openings  provide  communication  into  the 
channel  from  the  reservoir  and  the  pouring  conduit,  respec- 
tively. A  cylindrical  slide  having  a  reduced  diameter  portion 
intermediate  its  length  is  slidably  nwunted  in  the  channel.  The 
reduced  diameter  portion  provides  a  metering  chamber  for 
receiving  powder  fh>m  the  inlet  conduit  and  for  emptying  the 
powder  out  of  the  outlet  conduit  The  opposite  ends  of  the  me- 
tering chamber  are  movaUe  toward  and  away  from  one 
aiK>ther  so  as  to  vary  the  size  of  the  metering  chamber. 

Grooves  on  the  slide  prevent  shearing  off  of  powder  parti- 
cles as  the  slide  moves  past  the  inlet  opening.  Emptying  means 
on  the  powder  reservoir  permit  the  removal  of  unused  powder 
without  the  necessity  of  inverting  the  metering  device. 


3,670,929 
BEVERAGE  DISPENSING  KEG 
Harry  E.  Berry,  Holywood,  Fla.,  assignor  to  Richard  Kerek; 
John  Kcrek,  Cleveland,  OMo  and  R.  E.  De  La  Hunt,  part  hi- 

tcrest  to  each 

FHed  Jan.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  6,150 

IntCLB65d«i/00 

U.S.  CL  222— 400.7  3Clafans 

A  beer  keg  construction  having  only  a  single  access  aper- 
ture opening  midway  between  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  side 


899  O.O. — 36 


980 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


1 


June  20,  1972 


wall  of  the  keg  with  first  and  second  male  component  quick- 
connect  connectors  being  mounted  inwardly  of  the  aperture  in 
the  keg  on  an  endwall  of  a  cylindrical  cup-like  support 
member  which  can  be  removed  from  the  aperture  to  enable 


cleaning  and  filling  of  the  interior  of  the  keg  and  with  two 
female  component  quick-connect  connectors  on  a  pressure 
hose  and  lager  hose  being  connectable  to  the  male  component 
connector  members  to  enable  liquid  dispensing  and  keg  pres- 
surization  with  a  minimum  of  difficulty. 


3,670,930 

OVERHEAD  TRAVELING  TYPE  FUEL  SUPPLYING 

APPARATUS 

Yoihihlko  Iric,  Kawanki,  umI  Funlo  KImura,  Tokyo,  both  of 

Japan,  — itnow  to  Tokyo  Ltd.,  Kaiiagawa>kcn,  Japan 

Filed  March  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  126,525 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    March    23,    1970, 
45/24262 

InL  a.  B67d  5/60 
U.S.CI.222— 527  6Claiins 


A  fuel  supplying  apparatus  consists  of  a  traveling  unit  which 
moves  in  either  of  opposite  directions,  a  delivery  unit  which 
communicates  with  the  traveling  unit  and  has  a  fuel  hose  car- 
rying a  fuel  supplying  nozzle  at  one  end  thereof  and  being 
lowered  and  raised,  a  fixed  conduit  which  communicates  with 
a  reservoir  and  extends  uprighdy  near  to  the  traveling  unit, 
and  a  folding  tube  which  connects  the  fixed  conduit  with  the 
traveling  unit.  The  folding  tube  is  composed  of  a  plurality  of 
non-flexible  rigid  tubes  each  of  which  is  pivotally  connected 
and  internally  communicates  with  its  adjacent  tubes  at  its 
ends.  As  the  traveling  unit  moves,  the  folding  tube  stretches  or 
contracts  without  deforming  the  component  tubes. 


I  3,670,931 

GARMENT  FORM  RETAINER 
WUliam  F.  Hooey,  Heimitagc,  Tenn.,  aarignor  to  OM  Hickory 
Mfg.  Co.,  OM  Hickory,  Tenn. 

»        Filed  April  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  138,233 
Int.  CI.  A41b  5/00;  A41f  I/OO 
U.S.  CI.  223-71  7  Claims 


A  garment  form  retainer  for  overlapping  front  panels  of  a 
coat  comprising  an  elongated  flat  body  of  stiff  but  slightly  flex- 
ible plastic  material.  Formed  in  the  body  are  a  plurality  of  lon- 
gitudinally spaced  button-receiving  slots.  Formed  adjacent  the 
end  of  the  body  is  a  tab  fixed  to,  and  offset  firom,  the  front  sur- 
face of  the  body  and  converging  down  toward  the  plane  of  the 
body. 


3,670,932 
SOCK  IRONING  DEVICE 
Luis  Scntb  Anfruna,  Panamn  Street  2  and  4,  Barcckma,  Spain 
FOcd  April  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27,821 

Claims  priority,  application  Spain,  April  12.  1969, 147,380 
Int.  CL  D06c  5/00;  D06f  59/00 


UACL  223—75 


IChiro 


Disclmed  herein  is  an  iron  for  ironing  socks  or  stockings  so 
that  the  sole  portions  thereof  are  disposed  in  a  plane  which  is 
perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  a  conventionally  ironed  sock. 
That  is,  the  iron  comprises  an  elongated  flat  member  having  a 
projecting  portion  fixed  transversely  thereto  and  defining  a 
portion  for  extending  into  the  heel  section  of  a  stocking  which 
is  to  be  ironed.  Thus,  the  iron  disclosed  therein  functions  to 
iron  stockings  or  socks  into  a  form  which  more  closely  approx- 
imates the  form  of  a  human  foot. 


982 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


981 


3,670,933 
PERSONAL  MONEY  CONTAINER 
Cherry  E.  Jones,  10213  Caxton,  Houston,  Tex. 

Filed  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,108 

Int.a.A44c5/00 
U.S.a.224— 28B 


1  Claim 


de  bumper  attachment  members  extend  rearwardly  from  the 
channel  bar.  Stability  of  the  carrier  is  insured  by  appropriate 
support  arm  rotation  limiting  means  attached  to  the  channel 


The  specification  discloses  a  personal  money  container 
which  can  be  worn  on  or  about  the  person  such  as  on  an  arm 
or  a  leg  for  carrying  money  or  other  valuables  in  a  concealed 
or  inconspicuous  manner.  One  embodiment  discloses  a  con- 
tainer for  money  or  other  valuables  which  can  be  clipped  or 
otherwise  attached  inside  of  an  article  of  underclothing  such 
as  a  brassier  or,  if  desired  may  be  attached  to  a  swim  suit  or 
the  like. 


3,670,934 
BUDGET  CARRIER 
Maarice  A.  Kraadsky,  7118  Jones  VaUcy  Drive,  HuntsvUlc, 
Ala. 

Filed  Aug.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,793 

Int.  CL  B60r  9/04 

VS.  a.  224—42.  IE  /*  1  Claim 


bar.  To  collapse  the  cycle  carrier,  the  crossbar  arm  is 
detached  from  one  support  arm,  swimg  into  alignment  with 
the  other  arm  to  which  it  is  pivotally  connected,  and  the  sup- 
port arms  and  crossbar  folded  into  the  channel  bar. 


3,670,936 

AUTOMOBILE  ACCESSARY  HOLDER 

Charles  F.  Pronovost,  6429  195  Avenue,  and  Dole  L.  Prangley, 

8407  184th  Lane  EMt,  both  of  Sumner,  WMh. 

Filed  Sept.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,514 

Int.  a.B60r  7/04 

U.S.  a.  224—42.42  3  CUms 


.,-■-/? 


A  carrier  for  placement  upon  the  roof  of  an  automobile,  the 
carrier  comprising  an  inexpensive  telescopic  two  part  con- 
struction made  of  non-cracking  plastic  material  and  compris- 
ing a  case  having  molded  ribs  for  providing  rigidity  thereto, 
the  carrier  being  provided  with  adjustable  straps  each  of 
which  is  provided  with  a  hook  for  hooking  to  the  automobile 
roof  gutters. 


3,670,935 
COLLAPSIBLE  CYCLE  CARRIER 
Paul  R.  Hinkston,  10723  Cushdon  Avenue,  Los  Angeles,  CaUf. 
Filed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,952 
InL  CL  B62d  43/00 
U.S.  CL  224—42.03  B  13  Claims 

A  collapsible  cycle  carrier  for  an  automobile  or  like  vehicle. 
The  carrier  comprises  a  pair  of  support  arms  pivotally  con- 
nected to  opposite  ends  of  a  channel  bar,  and  a  crossbar  which 
extends  between  the  free  ends  of  the  support  arms  when  the 
arms  are  set  upright  for  cycle  carriage.  A  bicycle  may  be  sup- 
ported on  cycle  hooks  extending  from  the  support  arms.  Vehi- 


The  disclosed  automobile  accessary  holder  comprises  a  flat 
map  case,  a  padded  flashlight  holder  on  each  side  of  the  map 
case,  means  for  mounting  radio  transmitters,  or  the  like,  on 
one  surface  of  the  map  cdie,  and  arcuate  ends  formed  on 
lower  edges  of  the  map  case  along  with  a  padded  map  case 
bottom  for  fitting  on  the  transmission  shaft  tunnel  on  most  au- 
tomobiles. A  very  efficient,  compact,  and  sturdy  automobile 
accessary  holder  is  thus  formed. 


982 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,67M37 
CARRIER  FOR  HOOK  TYPE  COAT  HANGER 
Michad  S.  BrMbhaw,  1546  Wert  Mulberry,  KokooM,  Ind. 
FDcd  March  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,412 

Int.  O.  A47g  25/06 
U.S.a.224— 45T  4  Claims 


Sheet  of  plastic,  or  similar  material  capable  of  being  com- 
fortably carried  in  the  palm  of  the  hand  is  provided  with 
slotted  spaced  openings  to  support  the  wire  hook  of  one  or 
more  coat  hangers  for  transporting  garments. 


3,670,938 

DISH  TRAY 

I C.  Brocato,  501  South  ApMlwway,  Scotttdale,  Ariz. 

FUed  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,008 

Iiita.A47g2i/06 

U.S.CL224— 48R  3ClaliiM 


;.  "^ 


An  improved  flat  bottom  compartmentalized'tray  for  hold- 
ing and  carrying  dishes,  food  proiducts.  and  eating  accessories 
wherein  the  compartments  are  arranged  along  the  sides  of  the 
tray. 


3,670,939 

STRIPPING  MACHINE 

Arthur  R.  Mudkr,  Jr.,  1776  E.  40th  Street,  Cleveland,  OMo 

Filed  Dec  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  882,680 

Int.CLB26fi/02 

UACL  225-99  12  Claims 


FEEDER    crLiNOCn 
OlE  CUT 


TRANSFEfl  CONVCVOfl 


Disclosed  is  a  machine  for  separating  cards  from  the  scrap 
of  paperboard  sheets  from  which  they  have  been  die  cut  ex- 
cept for  small  integral  connecting  tangs.  The  cards  may  in- 
clude one  or  more  interior  cutouts  for  hanging  the  merchan- 
dise holding  cards  on  display  racks. 

The  machine  of  the  invention  includes  a  base  having  one 


side  higher  than  its  opposite  side  and  spaced  chain  driven 
parallel  transverse  feed  shafts  joumalled  in  bearings  mounted 
on  the  opposite  sides.  The  feed  shafts  route  in  a  single 
direction  toward  two  pairs  of  shafts  mounted  on  the  end  of  the 
frame.  The  first  pair  of  shafts  has  vertically  disposed  opposing 
routing  surfaces  which  engage  the  scrap  areas  of  the  sheets  to 
drive  the  sheets  forward  against  a  card  and  scrap  separating 
tool  which  supports  and  holds  the  card  rigid  in  the  region  of 
separation  the  rest  of  the  way.  The  second  pair  of  vertically 
disposed  opposing  routing  surfaces  receives  the  card  only  on 
one  of  the  tool  sides  and  propels  them  forward  to  a  bin  into 
which  they  are  sucked  for  ultimate  removal  from  the 
machine.  As  the  cards  pass  through  the  two  pairs  of  vertically 
disposed  routing  surfaces,  a  downwardly  biased  sprigg 
member  is  dragged  over  them  to  separate  any  internal  cutouts 
from  the  card.  The  routing  surfaces  of  the  first,  or  scrap  en- 
gaging, pair  of  vertically  disposed  shafts  routes  at  a  speed 
slower  than  the  rotating  surfaces  of  the  card  engaging  pair 
such  that  the  integral  tangs  connecting  the  two  are  severed 
near  their  region  of  support  by  the  tools  by  a  twisting  trans- 
verse force,  and  the  scrap  from  the  sheet  falls  down  to  a  col- 
lection area  below  the  separating  knife.  To  avoid  bending  of 
the  cards,  the  cards  travel  in  a  substantially  straight  line  from 
the  time  they  leave  the  feed  rolls.  The  feed  rolls  have  floating 
spheres  which  act  as  hold-down  means  to  provide  more  posi- 
tive forward  drive  to  the  cut  sheets  as  they  enter  the  first  pair 
of  vertically  disposed  routing  surfaces.  The  appvatus  is 
designed  to  be  automatically  fed  by  means  of  a  belt-type 
transfer  conveyor  which  receives  the  die  cut  paperboard 
sheets  from  the  die  cutting  machine.  The  entire  system  may  be 
automated  by  conventional  elevator  and  feeder  means  for 
providing  printed  paperboard  to  the  cutter  die.  In  the  alterna- 
tive, the  separator  machine  may  be  hand  fed.  The  tools,  rout- 
ing surfaces  and  spring  members  may  be  adjusted  for  different 
shapes,  numbers  and  dimensions  of  card,  scrap  and  interior 
cutouts. 


3,670>M 

ENERGY  CONSERVING  INTERMITTENT  MOTION 
DEVICE  AND  METHOD 
David  A.  Dahl,  Fort  CoMaa,  Colo.,  ^rignor  to  Teletype  Cor- 
poratioa,Skoldc,IIL 

FHcd  Oct  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,502 

Inta.B65h/ 7/22 

U.S.a.226— 8  MClafans 


in  an  energy  conserving  intermittent  motion  device,  energy 
is  alternately  stored  and  released  by  twisting  and  untwisting  a 
torsion  rod  to  intermittently  route  a  driven  member,  e.g.,  a 
feed  platen.  The  torsion  rod  is  twisted  and  untwisted  by  selec- 
tively restraining  and  releasing  opposite  ends  thereof  through 
pairs  of  clutch  devices.  Frictional  losses  in  the  system  are  com- 
pensated for  by  a  servo-controlled  variable  torque  motor 
which  is  controlled  so  as  to  supply  just  enough  torque  to  com- 
pensate for  the  frictional  losses. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


983 


3,670,941 
RETRACTABLE  GUARD  AND  GUIDE  FOR  NAILER 
Fred  I.  Grtaadl,  2122  63rd,  Seattle,  WMh.,  and  Clarli  J.  Hail, 
8509-17th  Place,  N.E.,  Sorttle,  Wash. 

FBcd  Mvch  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,479 

Int  a.  B25c  7/00 

VS.  CL  227—8  5  Claims 


3,670,943 
RIVETING  DEVICE 
John  G.  Berger,  Flat  Rodt,  N.C.,  aasignnr  to 
Company 

Filed  Jan.  6, 197 1,  Scr.  No.  104,270 
Int  CL  B21J  15/34 
VS.  CL  227—60 


Electric 


A  guide  and  guard  plate  pivoted  on  the  head  of  a  driver  for 
nails  or  staples  projectt  beyond  the  head  for  engagement  with 
an  edge  of  a  crate,  for  example,  to  guide  the  driver  head  for  in- 
serting fasteners  along  the  margin  of  the  work.  In  such  pro- 
jected position  the  plate  shields  the  safety  prongs  from  being 
depressed  inadvertently  to  condition  the  driver  for  operation. 
The  plate  can  be  swung  into  retracted  position  for  face  nailing 
spaced  farther  from  the  work  edge  by  grasping  a  handle  on  it, 
and  a  spring-tensioned  strip  attached  to  the  plate  will  return  it 
to  projected  position  when  the  handle  is  released. 


3,670,942 
AUTOMATIC  FEEDING  OF  FASTENERS 
Raymond  Visher  Pomcroy.  Portland,  Orcg.,  amignor  to  Omark 
Industries,  Inc.,  Portland,  Oreg. 

FUed  Oct  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,915 

Int  CL  B25c  1/14 

U.S.CL  227-10  3  Claims 


Riveting  device  includes  an  anvil  structure  having  a  mova- 
ble piston  and  attached  pin  for  guiding  a  rivet  to  riveting  posi- 
tion. The  piston  is  movaUe  by  air  under  pressure  and  has  an 
O-ring  gasket  which  frictionally  engages  the  walls  of  a  bore  in 
the  base  member  below  the  anvil  in  which  the  piston  moves. 
The  O-ring  enables  the  guide  pin  to  retain  the  rivet  in  position 
prior  to  reaching  the  anvil,  and  holds  the  pin  in  retracted  posi- 
tion to  enable  the  riveted  parts  to  be  readily  removed. 


3,670,944 
MINIATURE  ULTRASONIC  BONDING  DEVICE 
Sherman  Z.  Dushkcs,  and  Rohinton  J.  Suity,  both  of  Redwood 
City,  Ciriif.,  assignors  to  Intematiottal  Buaineas  Machines 
Corporation,  Aiinunk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feh.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,964 

Int  CLB23k  7/06, 5/20 

U.S.  a.  228—1  5  Claims 


A  feeding  clip  having  relief  portions  enabling  the  clip  to  be 
gripped  and  moved  forward  in  response  to  an  actuating  device 
of  the  fastening  tool,  and  further  including  indexing  means  for 
registering  a  fastener  held  in  the  clip  with  the  driving  ram  of 
the  fastening  tool.  The  indexing  means  operates  as  the  tool  is 
cocked  in  readiness  for  firing.  The  clip  is  advanced  forward  to 
move  a  fastener  into  position.  Upon  firing,  a  driving  ram  in  the 
tool  drives  the  fastener  through  the  clip  and  into  the  work  sur- 
face. Release  of  the  tool  followed  by  further  cocking  in  readi- 
ness for  a  second  firing  advances  the  clip  through  the  tool  to 
align  the  next  successive  fastener  with  the  driving  ram. 


An  ultrasonic  bonding  system  is  arranged  so  that  the  mag- 
neto-strictive  transducer  is  situated  above  and  at  right  angles 
to  a  bonding  tip.  The  transducer  is  held  by  a  mounting  means 
and  lateral  straps  which  are  affixed  at  the  node  on  the  body  of 
the  transducer.  The  mounting  means  is  above  the  transducer. 
The  bonding  tip  is  fastened  directly  to  the  transducer  without 
intervening  driver  or  horn. 


984 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20i  1972 


3,670,945 
MOBILE  ASSEMBLY  FOR  THE  INSTALLATION  OF 
CONDUITS  BY  WELDING  SUCCESSIVE  TUBULAR 
ELEMENTS 
Jean  Funtenbcrger,  Bob  D'Arcy;  Guy  Lebnin,  Vignkrcs-An- 
Dccy  Le  Vieux,  and  Denis  GirauM,  Annecy,  aU  of  France,  as- 
signors to  Sodctc  Abadennc  de  Constructions  Atomiqoes  de 
Tdccommunicatioas   ct    d'Elcctronlquc    (Alcatel),    Paris, 
France 

Filed  June  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,152 
Oaims  priority,  application  France,  June  6,  1 969,  69 1 88S4 
Int.  CL  B23k  1100 
U.S.a.228-4  7  Claims 


blank  are  laterally  overlapped  and  secured  together  at  a  verti- 
cal seam.  The  blank  is  folded  flat  about  two  of  the  vertical  fold 
lines  to  provide  superimposed  sections,  each  section  consist- 
ing of  a  plurality  of  connected  vertical  panels.  This  folded  and 
collapsed  flat  can  be  expanded  into  polygonal  tubular  form 
with  upper  and  lower  open  ends  and  with  the  inwardly 
disposed  shoulder  at  one  end.  To  maintain  the  tubular  form,  a 
rigid  disc  of  proper  diameter  is  moved  axially  into  and  tightly 
fitted  therein  in  contact  with  the  shoulder. 


One  or  two  vehicles  have  automatic  driving  units  for  lining 
up  the  spindles  of  the  operating  units  joined  to  hollow  shafts 
inserted  in  the  units  which  are  to  be  welded.  Each  shaft  bears, 
at  its  free  end,  a  mandrel  to  be  friction  fitted  simultaneously  in 
the  unit  to  be  welded  and  in  the  previously  welded  unit  to  en- 
sure that  the  ends  of  the  two  tubes  coincide  precisely  while 
they  are  being  welded. 


3,670,946 
DRUM-LIKE  CONTAINER  OF  TELESCOPING  TYPE  SET- 
UP FROM  FOLDED  FLATS  OF  SHEET  MATERIAL 
Thomas  E.  Croley,  WorUiincton,  Oliio,  aaaignor  to  Corco,  Inc., 
Coiumbus,  Oliio 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  115,312 

Ikit.a.B65di/00 

U.S.  a.  229—4.5  10  Claims 


A  drum-like  container  comprising  upper  and  lower  bodies 
of  substantially  drum-like  form  telescopically  interfitting. 
Each  of  the  bodies  is  set  up  from  one  or  more  flat  blanks  of 
sheet  material  which  is  scored  to  provide  a  plurality  of  panels 
connected  together  at  scored  vertical  fold  lines.  One  horizon- 
tal edge  of  a  blank  for  the  upper  or  lower  body  is  turned  in- 
wardly to  provide  an  axially  inwardly  flange  providing  a 
shoulder  at  its  inner  extremity.  The  respective  ends  of  the 


3,670,947 

HANGER  BAG  WITH  FLAP  CLOSURE 

Alliert  Joaeph  Tangrcdi,  and  Marc  Robert  Zuciwnnan,  both  of 

Baysidc,  N.  Y.,  asrignors  to  W.  R.  Grace  &  Co,  Duncan,  S.C. 

Filed  Auf.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,322 

Int.  a.  B65d  3 1 100, 33106 

U.S.  CI.  229-54  R  5|Claiim 


t»A 


fl. 


A  hanger  bag  is  formed  from  a  single,  elongated,  sheet  of 
flexible  thermoplastic  film  by  cutting  a  series  of  spaced  apart 
notches  in  one  of  the  longitudinal  edges  of  said  fllm,  the 
distance  between  said  notches  being  the  desired  width  of  the 
finished  bag;  doubling  back  the  opposite  longitudinal  edge  of 
the  sheet  to  the  desired  height  of  the  finished  bag;  folding  the 
notched  edge  over  the  opposite  edge;  heat-sealing  a  hanger  or 
handle  member  to  the  upper  folded  over  edge  between  the 
spaced  apart  notches;  and,  heat-sealing  and  severing  the 
folded  film  transversely,  said  heat  seal  passing  through  said 
notch,  whereby  a  finished  bag  is  formed. 


I 


3,670,948  ^^ 

COLLAPSIBLE  CARTON 
Max  H.  Berg,  Minneapolis,  Minn.,  assignor  to  Peter  ^crg  & 
Co.,  Inc.,  Minneapotts  Minn. 

Filed  Sept.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  860,71 1 

Int.  CL  B65d  5122 

U.S.  CI.  229—33  1  Claim 


A  collapsible  unitary  carton  is  formed  of  corrugated  card- 
board or  paper  board  from  a  single  blank  and  is  folded  and 
scored  to  provide  seamless  load-bearing  members  at  the  areas 
requiring  the  greatest  strength.  The  ends  and  side  members 
are  joined  so  that  a  seamless  bottom  is  provided  and,  all  the 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


985 


seams  are  removed  fix)m  the  comers  or  edges  of  the  carton  sociated  with  the  top  and  side  panels  to  maintain  the  upper 

and  only  a  single  thickness  of  the  material  is  used  where  the  end  portions  of  the  end  panels  generally  normal  to  both  the 

members  must  be  folded  to  provide  as  flat  a  carton  as  possible  top  and  side  panels, 
when  collapsed.  ' 


3,670,949 
COLLAPSIBLE  CARTON 
Hector  J.  Galanes,  Rio  PIcdras,  P.R.,  anignor  to  International 
Paper  Company,  New  Yorii,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,990 

Int.  a.  B65d  5102 

U.S.  a.  229-39  R  9  Claims 


^^     40 


A  collapsible  carton  and  the  single  blank  from  which  same 
is  prepared  are  provided,  said  carton  and  blank  comprising 
foldably  connected  outer  wall  panels  and  further  charac- 
terized by  an  inner  and  outer  bottom  panel,  each  of  which  is 
foldably  connected  to  an  opposed  outer  wall  panel,  and  a  pair 
of  opposed  inner  wall  panels  which  are  foldably  connected  to 
said  outer  bottom  panel.  The  outer  bottom  panel,  to  which  the 
internal  side  panels  are  attached,  is  maintained  in  a  supportive 
position  by  the  restraining  force  exerted  against  the  vertical 
edges  of  the  inner  wall  panels  by  the  outer  side  wall  panels  in 
the  assembled  position.  The  inner  bottom  panel  rests  atop  the 
first  bottom  panel  and  is  supported  thereby.  The  carton  may 
be  further  provided  with  ventilation  and  handle  apertures, 
cover  panels,  and  a  variety  of  other  modifications. 


3,670,950 
TUBULAR  CARTON  WITH  AXIALLY  CLOSED  ENDS 
Harry  J.  Rossi,  Parsippany,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Continental  Can 
Company,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,422 

Int.  a.  B65d  75108 

U.S.  CI.  229-40  4  Claims 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  carton  blank  and  a  carton 
formed  therefrom  which  includes  top,  side  and  bottom  panels 
with  the  side  panels  each  including  an  end  panel  joined 
thereto  along  a  fold  line  whereupon  being  set  up  into  a 
generally  tubular  configuration  the  end  panels  close  axially 
opposite  ends  of  the  carton.  Novel  locking  panels  are  also  as- 


3,670,951 
CONTAINER  AND  LID 
Ernest  L.  Smith,  Kansas  Cky,  Mo.,  assignor  to  Phillips  Petrole- 
um Company 

Filed  June  1 1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45^87 

Int.  ex.  B65d  43110 

\}S.  CI.  229—43  7  ClalnM 


A  container  has  a  container  fluige  on  an  upper  end  portion 
of  the  container  extending  about  the  outer  surface  of  the  con- 
tainer. The  container  flange  has  at  least  one  first  portion  for 
contacting  and  engagement  with  a  tab  of  a  lid  of  the  container 
for  releasably  locking  the  lid  to  the  container. 


3,670,952 
EGG  CARTON 
RichaH  Joseph  Venud,  56  Laurel  RomI,  WUbraham,  Mass.; 
JeroM  Julius  Gofaier,  32  Hanson  Terrace,  LowcO,  Mass.,  and 
Anthony  Salvatore  Amato,  34  Bcrlwicy  Drive,  Chelmsford, 
Mass. 

Filed  Feb.  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 12,278 

IiitCLB65d«5/i2 

U.S.  a.  229— 44  R  5  Claims 


An  egg  carton  having  a  latching  arrangement  which  in- 
cludes inwardly  projecting  lugs  on  the  front  panel  of  the  car- 
ton cover  which  extend  into  corresponding  lug  receiving 
recesses  on  the  latching  flap  attached  to  the  carton  tray,  said 
flap  having  indented  vertical  channels  above  the  top  wall  of 
said  lug  receiving  recesses  permitting  the  lugs  to  pass  within 
said  channels  and  to  slide  over  the  top  rim  of  the  lug  receiving 
recesses  into  locking  position  with  said  recesses,  said  front 
panel  also  having  indented  vertical  channels  above  each  lug 
for  receiving  the  lug  of  another  carton  in  open  nesting  rela- 
tionship. 


to  Ethyl  Cor- 


3,670,953 
BAG 
Howard  L.  Leventhal,  Baton  Rouge,  La.,  i 
poration.  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  96^54 

Inta.B65dJJ/00 

U.S.  CL  229—57  4  Claims 

A  container  made  from  thin-wall,  flexiUe,  gusseted,  tubing 

material  that  opens  into  a  bag  having  a  rounded,  generally  flat, 


986 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


high-strength  bottom.  The  bag,  when  folded  flat  for  packag- 
ing, has  three  superimposed  panels  provided  by  longitudinal 


fold  lines.  The  panels  include  a  pair  of  outer  plies  and  a  pair  of 
inner  plies.  One  end  of  the  bag  b  heat  sealed  to  provide  a  bot- 
tom closure  for  the  bag. 


3,670,954 
BAG 
Howard  L.  Lcvcnthal,  Batoo  Rouge,  La., 
poratiom  New  York,  N.Y. 

FHtd  Dm.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,855 
IiiLCLB65d  J  J/00 
VS.  CL  229—57 


to  Ethyl  Cor- 


A  container  made  from  thin-wall,  flexible,  gusseted,  tubing 
material  that  opens  into  a  bag  having  a  rounded,  generally  flat, 
high-strength  bottom.  The  bag,  when  folded  flat  for  packag- 
ing, has  four  superimposed  panels  connected  by  alternating 
longitudinal  fold  lines  to  provide  a  bag  with  Z  or  accordion 
folds.  The  panels  include  a  pair  of  outer  plies  and  a  pair  of 
inner  plies.  One  end  of  the  bag  is  heat  sealed  to  provide  a  bot- 
tom closure  for  the  bag. 


I  3,670,955 

*  EXACT  FARE  SYSTEM 

G«or|c  G.  Doniakk,  198  Piyioa  Strtct,  Hoffman  Eattfas,  DL; 
Rlnakto  Sdaccro,  1115  East  RocfcwcU,  ArlliigtOB  Hdglrts, 
ni.;  George  I.  Wimplfeii,  23W602  Sirint  Chwlca  RomI, 
WlwatOB,  IlL,  aad  Theodore  L.  Kardoa,  4656  North  Ccatral 
Park  Road,  Chicago,  m. 

Flkd  March  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,884 
<  l0t  CI.  G07b  75/00 

U.S.a.232-7  28  Claims 


-  ^s 


A  construction  for  collecting  exact  fares  comprising  a  hous- 
ing having  an  inspection  surface  for  temporarily  holdiag  fares 
deposited  and  manuidly  operable  means  for  dumping  fares 
fix>m  said  inspection  surface  into  a  cash  box  area.  A  remova- 
ble cash  box  is  received  in  a  cash  box  receptacle,  and  closure 
means  are  provided  in  the  cash  box  for  blocking  an  access 
opening  to  normally  prevent  access  to  the  interior  of  the  cash 
box.  Means  are  located  in  the  receptacle  to  normally  lock  the 
closure  means  against  movement  relative  to  said  access  open- 
ing, and  key  means  operate  to  unlock  the  closure  meaas  upon 
insertion  of  the  cash  box  into  the  receptacle  to  thereby  permit 
rotation  of  the  cash  box  to  locate  the  cash  box  in  a  position 
such  that  the  access  opening  will  receive  fares  dumped  from 
the  inspection  surface.  An  interiock  arrangement  is  included 
in  the  receptacle  door  to  prevent  tampering  and  pilfering.  The 
total  exact  fare  system  ihcludes  a  vault  associated  collecting 
means  with  security  features  to  prevent  pilfering  after  removal 
of  the  cash  box  from  the  cash  box  receptacle. 


^1  3,670,956 

DIGITAL  BINARY  MULTIPUER  EMPLOYING  SUM  OF 
CROSS  PRODUCTS  TECHNIQUE 
Donald  F.  Calhoun,  Inglewood,  CaHf .,  asrignor  to  Hughes  Air- 
craft Company,  Culver  Clly,  CaHf.  I 
Continuation  of  Scr.  No.  762352,  Sept.  26, 1968,  abandoned. 
Thfa  applicatioa  Aprfl  23. 1971.  Scr.  No.  136.808 
Int.  CL  G06f  7/52           ..^ 
U.S.  a.  235-164                                                   6'ciaims 
A  high-speed  digital  muhipUer  which  includes  a  plurality  of 
functionally  and  structurally  similar  multiplier  modules  which 
are  independent  and  operate  in  parallel.  The  multiplicand  and 
multiplier  bits  are  ANDed  and  selectively  applied  to  the  mul- 
tiplier modules  in  accordance  with  a  geometrically  simlar  par- 
titioning of  the  multiplication  matrix.  The  multiplier  modules 
provide  partial  products  which  are  then  added  together  to 
form  the  final  in'oduct.  The  disclosed  multiplier  may  be  ex- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


987 


panded  for  longer  word  lengths  by  using  additional  multiplier 
modules.  The  multiplier  may  be  fabricated  from  a  plurality  of 


««  MT  »4 

**m        Mf        m§ 


««        »f  mt         •/ 


tm»»   tm  mt^im   m*  tmm»    mt  m    «■  mt^ 


m  m  m  m   m—*  m-m»  -tm  •«  m  »»  m  »t  m  mi  / 


3,670,958 
SLIDE  RULE 
Svctidav  M.  RadosavUcvic,  9807  South  Scdy  Avenue,  CUc^o, 
HL,  and  John  M— iotes,  1637  Ho8y  La«e,  Mi 

FBed  June  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,006 
InL  a.  G06g  1102:  G09b  19102 
U^  a.  235-70  A  8< 


r  M  m  mr   mt  m  mr  MM  /*m  m^mf  m  m  ma   m  mi     ^ 


^   ""RJ      *S       51       Tn.       ?5        S#      Tf 


~Sf      s      M     ^     a     s" 


V.:7~^^}:-}s-r--'^^- 


mmmmmmm 


^. 


TT 


single  type  gated  ftill  adder  circuits  which  is  advantageous  for 
large  scale  integration  techniques. 


3,670,957 

ADDING,  SUBTRACTING  AND  TOTALING 

CALCULATOR 

Harutaro  Oba;   TosMhiko  Sawazu;   Sugio  Takcuchi,  and 

Masam  Chikata,  al  ol  Shimoka-kcB,  Japan,  md^non  to 

Tokyo  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Feb.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8.675 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  6,  1969,  44/8407; 
Feb.  6,  1969, 44/8408;  Feb.  ID,  1969, 44/9929;  Sept  4,  1969, 
44/69876;  Feb.  6, 1969, 44/10340;  Feb.  10, 1969, 44/1 1497 

Int.  CLG06C  29/00 
U.S.C1.235— 60TN  4CWm8 


A  portable  calculator  comprising  a  plurality  of  memory 
transmitting  units  engageable  with  memory  pins,  guide  plates 
for  guiding  memory  transmitting  units,  accumulators,  a  carry 
mechanism  consisting  of  carry  members  mounted  on  respec- 
tive counter  wheeb.  transfer  members  engageable  with  the 
corresponding  carry  members,  levers  pivotally  supporting  the 
transfer  members  and  operating  members  for  raising  the  rear 
end  of  the  supporting  members,  and  a  credit  balancing 
mechanism,  the  calculator  simultaneously  making  different 
sets  of  calculations  including  addition,  subtraction,  subtotal- 
ing  and  totaling  and  locking  the  credit  balancing  mechanism 
when  the  balancing  operation  is  not  conducted. 


A  mechanical  analog  computing  device  of  the  slide  rule 
type  is  disclosed  wherein  the  multiplication  and/or  division  at 
numbers  from  an  other  than  decimal  number  system  (e.g.,  bi- 
nary, octal,  duodecimal,  and  hexadecimal)  may  be  performed^ 
by  combined  operations  in  progressive  manipulations.  The 
disclosed  device  includes  a  slide  and  body  upon  which  scales 
are  graduated  in  accordance  with  the  logarithm  to  the  other 

than  decimal  base  concerned.  This  device  can  be  abo  used  for 
finding  the  reciprocal  or  inverse  of  numbers  from  the  other 
than  decimal  numeral  system. 


3,670,959 
KEY  OPERATED  METER  MONITOR 
Ldand  B.  Larson,  and  Clyde  H.  Cknwnt,  both  of  Phoenix, 
Ariz.,  nssignnrs  to  Eugene  G.  Shahccn,  Sfotfdye,  Aris.,  a 


FDcd  July  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  164^01 
Int.  CL  G06ni  J/00 
U.S.CL235— 94R 


H-a 


Apparatus  is  provided  for  accurately  accounting  for  the 
amount  of  gasotine,  dieael  fuel,  or  the  like,  withdrawn  from  a 
single  source  by  each  of  a  plurality  of  users.  A  drumlike  outer 
cover  is  provided  with  a  plurality  of  verticaOy  aligned  access 
ports  for  receiving  a  key  unique  to  the  individual  user.  A 
secondary  port  provides  identification  of  the  key  unit  aligned 
with  the  port.  RotataUe,  multi-tiered  structure  within  the 
cover  includes  a  phvahty  of  circumferentially  distributed  key 
control  units  on  a  plurality  of  vertically  spaced  tiers.  The  key 
control  units  are  sh^tly  (rflaet  from  one  another  from  tier  to 

tier  such  that  only  a  single  key  control  unit  may  be  aUgned  in 
the  key  receiving  position  at  one  time.  Means  are  |m>vided  for 
manually  rotating  the  multitiered  structure  in  order  that  a  user 
may  bring  his  individual  key  operated  control  unit  into  the  key 
receiving  position.  When  the  operator  inserts  and  rotates  his 


988 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


key,  his  individual  controlled  key  operated  unit  is  moved  radi- 
ally inwardly  by  cam  structure  turned  by  the  key.  In  the  fully 
inward  position,  a  counter  gear  on  the  key  operated  control 
unit  meshes  with  a  gear  driven  from  the  dispensing  source. 
AdditionaUy,  a  projection  from  the  key  operated  control  unit 
actuates  switch  means  for  energizing  the  dispensing  source 
which  may  then  be  utilized  in  the  usual  manner  with  the 
amount  of  dispensed  liquid  being  recorded  on  the  individual 
counter  carried  on  the  key  control  unit.  When  the  operator 
has  received  the  desired  amount  of  liquid,  typically  fuel,  he 
turns  his  key  to  pull  his  key  operated  control  unit  out  of  en- 
gagement with  the  counter  advancing  mechanism  and  also 
thereby  disen^es  the  energizing  means  to  the  dispensing 
source.  After  his  key  is  removed,  a  subsequent  operator  is  free 
to  bring  his  individual  key  operated  control  unit  into  align- 
ment with  the  appropriate  one  of  the  ports  at  which  time  the 
procedure   may   be   repeated   and   the   amount   of  liquid 
dispensed  recorded  on  his  key  operated  control  unit.  The 
counters  may  therefore  be  read  periodically  to  bill  or  other- 
wise require  accounting  from  each  individual  user. 


I  3.670,961 

'        ELECTROSTATIC  SPRAY  GUN 
Roger  Tkolomc,  Corenc,  Fraace,  asrignor  to  TunzinirSamcs 
GrcMMe,  Fraacc 

FUed  July  1 3. 1 970,  Ser.  No.  54,543 
Claims  priority,  apphcation  France,  Aug.  1 ,  1 969, 6926387 
Int  CI.  B05b  5/00;  r23d  / 1/28 
U.S.  CI.  239-15 


to 


3,670,960 
CONTROL  APPARATUS 
WyUam     W.     Chamber*,     Anaiicini,     CaHf., 

Robcrtihaw  Coolrok  Compaay,  RichmoMl,  Va. 

DivWoa  of  Scr.  No.  814,939,  April  10, 1969,  abuidoMd.  This 

•ppHcadon  Sept.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  72,215 

Int.CLG05d2i/24 

UACL236-11  sctateis 


•^  71     10 


Claims 


■J/ 

rff 


This  invention  relates  to  an  electrostatic  spray  gun  for  the 
atomization  and  spraying  of  coating  producU.  The  gun  in- 
cludes an  electro-aerodynamic  generator  having  a  conduit  for 
the  flow  of  a  gaseous  fluid  at  least  partially  at  supersonic  speed 
from  an  upstream  convergent-divergent  region  containing 
ionization  means  to  a  downstream  zone  at  high  potential  ad- 
jacent the  atomization  nozzle.  According  to  the  invention, 
means  for  shutting  of  the  flow  of  gaseous  fluid  are  arranged' 
downstream  of  the  electro-aerodynamic  generator,  for  exam- 
ple on  the  nozzle  body.  The  electro-aerodynamic  generator  is 
preferably  constructed  as  a  removable  cartridge,  and  means 
are  also  provided  for  adjusting  the  angle  and  velocity  of  the 
output  spray  from  the  gun. 


3,670,962 
FLOW  CONTROL  ASSEMBLY  AND  METHOD 

Douglat  Jthmtoii,  Decatur,  Ala.,  aarignor  to  Decatur  Foundry 
*  MmMbc  Co.  Inc.  Decatur,  Ala. 

■    FOcd  Nov.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  877,977 

I  Int.Cl.B05bi//d 

UA  a  239-62  8  Claims 


A  control  apparatus  comprising  a  switch  controlling  current 
flow  to  an  inductance  means  which  is  coupled  with  a  con- 
trolled element.  A  free  wheeling  resistor  is  connected  in  paral- 
lel with  the  inductance  means  and  defines  a  path  for  reverse 
flow  of  induced  current  therethrough  during  collapse  of  the 
magnetic  field  in  the  inductance  means.  A  heat  responsive 
control  circuit  is  provided  for  controlling  a  controlled  device 
and  includes  a  heat  responsive  element  disposed  in  heat 
exchange  relationship  with  the  resistor  whereby  when  the 
switch  is  turned  on  current  during  positive  going  half  cycles 
will  be  directed  through  both  the  resistor  and  inductance 
means,  and  the  current  induced  by  collapse  of  the  magnetic 
field  in  the  inductance  means  will  flow  in  the  reverse  direction 
through  the  resistor  thereby  permitting  continued  flow  in  the 
forward  direction  through  the  inductance  means  and  afler  a 
selected  time  the  self-heating  of  the  resistor  will  heat  the  tem- 
perature responsive  element  to  actuate  the  control  circuit  and, 
consequently,  the  controlled  device. 


The  present  control  structure  is  a  centrifugal  governor 
operated  relatively  low  pressure  diaphragm  valve  for  a 
wheeled  liquid  applicator  including  a  tank  for  liquid  under  ap- 
plied air  pressure,  the  governor  being  driven  from  a  ground 
wheel  of  the  applicator  by  a  friction  wheel-flexible  cable  drive, 
or  a  belt  and  pulley  drive,  or  the  like.  This  structure  controls 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


989 


the  applicator  nozzle  pressure  so  that  the  output,  in  gallons    and  a  turbine  outlet  duct  are  movable  between  an  outer  wall 
per  minute,  is  proportioned  to  the  speed,  thereby  providing  a    and  a  tailcone  to  throttle  or  close  either  duct,  the  outer  wall 
constant  gallons  per  acre  output,  regardless  of  the  speed.  An 
adjustable  drive  assembly  including  a  friction  wheel-cone  pro- 
vides means  for  varying  the  rate  of  fluid  output. 


3,670,963 
UQUID  FERTILIZER  APPLYING  APPARATUS 
Maurice  G.  Strocbd;  Terry!  T.  Stroebd,  and  Merle  J.  Strocbei, 
all  of  Danvera,  NOnn. 

Filed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,576 

Inta.A01n;7/0« 

U.S.  CL  239—77  3  daims 


A  mobile  apparatus  for  applying  liquid  fertilizer,  herbicide, 
pesticides  and  the  like  to  crops  comprises  a  mobile  chassis 
having  a  chambered  fertilizer  (or  weed  killer)  containing  tank 
and  a  mist  producing  device  mounted  thereon.  The  mist 
producing  device  includes  a  fan  hou§ing  having  rearwardly 
facing  outlets  around  which  are  arranged  nozzle  mechanisms 
through  which  the  liquid  fertilizer  is  discharged.  The  fine  jets 
of  liquid  fertilizer  or  weed  killer  are  broken  up  into  a  mist  or 
atomized  condition  by  the  high  velocity  streams  of  air  and  the 
mist  is  applied  to  the  crops  as  the  apparatus  is  moved  through 
the  crops  to  be  fertilized  or  treaded.  A  foldable  sectional 
boom  is  also  mounted  on  the  chassis  and  is  selectively  usable 
with  respect  to  the  mist  producing  device  to  thereby  permit 
foliage  feeding  of  the  crops  or  the  application  of  a  weed  killer 
to  the  crops  in  a  controlled  manner.  The  chambered  tank  per- 
mits fertilizer  and  weed  killer  to  be  applied  simultaneously  but 
obviates  the  need  for  mixing. 


3,670,964 
JET  NOZZLE 
George  H.  Pcdcrsen,  IndianapoUs,  Ind.,  assignor  to  General 
Motors  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

FOcd  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,081 

Inta.B63h///70 

U.S.  CI.  239-265.19  4Chdnis 

A  jet  nozzle  for  a  turbofan-ramjet  type  engine  in  which 

leaves  in  the  termination  of  the  boundary  between  a  fan  duct 


further  including  an  axially  shiftable  shroud  to  vary  the 
discharge  outlet  area  between  it  and  the  tailcone. 


3,670,965 
NON  PRESSURIZED  PRODUCT  DISmNSING  SYSTEM 
Jean  Marand,  Norwaik,  Conn.,  aMignor  to  Obn-Gcify  Cor- 
poration 

FDed  June  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,417 
Int.  CL  B05b  7/30 
U.S.  a.  239-308  8( 


A  dispenser  for  spraying  a  fluid  product  includes  a  product 
container  housing  the  product.  The  product  is  in  communica- 
tion with  a  product  flow  passage  through  a  valve  of  the  con- 
tainer. The  stem  of  the  valve  is  connected  to  a  coupler-aspira- 
tor. A  conventional  aerosol  propellant  cartridge  is  also  con- 
nected to  the  coupler-aspirator  aligned  with  the  product  con- 
tainer. When  the  propellant  cartridge  is  depressed,  both  the 
valve  thereof  and  the  container  valve  are  opened.  Thus  the 
product  is  then  aspirated  by  the  propellant  through  the  cou- 
pler-aspirator. 


3,670,966 
SPRAY  CONTROL  VALVE 
Gerhard  F.  Korda,  frwMbk  Parli,  01.,  assignor  to  H.  D.  Hud- 
son Manofacturing  Company,  CMcago,  DL 

FOcd  Feb.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  111,412 
Int.  CL  B05b  7/32;  F23d  13/04 
U.S.  a.  239—337  8  Claims 

A  hand  operated  sprayer  includes  a  tank  containing  liquid 
to  be  sprayed  under  pressure  connected  to  a  flexible  hose  with 
an  extension  tube  having  a  nozzle  at  its  discharge  end  for  con- 
trolling the  spray  pattern.  A  leakproof  control  valve  is  inter- 
posed between  the  hose  and  extension  tube  to  turn  on  and 
shut  off  the  flow  of  liquid  to  the  extension  tube.  Such  valve 
embodies  a  valve  body  with  the  liquid  flowing  in  at  one  end 
and  out  at  the  other  end.  A  plunger  slidable  within  the  body 
can  be  moved  either  to  seal  off  the  outlet  opening  or  to  unseal 
such  opening  and  permit  liquid  to  flow  throu^  by-pass  chan- 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


990 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


neb  in  the  plunder.  A  thumb  knob  pastes  through  a  slot  in  the 
valve  body  and  is  affixed  to  the  plunger  for  easy  movement. 


0, 


The  plunger  is  provided  with  an  elliptical  or  rectangular  chan- 
nel holding  an  O-ring  to  prevent  leakage  around  the  slot  and 
thumb  knob. 


3,670^7 
SANITARY  SPRAY  GUN 
James  R.  FahUa,  Bloominfton,  and  GcraM  D.  Hagfors,  Colum- 
bia Hdgiits,  both  of  MlBB.,  aasigiiors  to  Grace  Inc.,  Nfln- 
ncapolk,  Minn. 

Filed  March  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No.123,134 

Int  a.  BOSb  7112 

MS.  CL  239—412  10  Claims 


OF 


3,670,968 

SYSTEM  AND  PROCESS  FOR  RECOVERY  ( 

CELLULOSIC  FIBROUS  MATERIAL  FROM  REFUSE 

Sergio  F.  GalcMM,  Toledo,  OMo,  aHignor  to  OwoM-Iiliiioli, 

lac.  I 

FOed  Jnac  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,686 

Int.  a.  B02c  2 //OO  ! 

U.S.CI.241— 21  -^^         9lClaim 


A  system  and  process  for  recovering  the  cellulosic  fibrous 
material  contained  in  refuse,  particularly  municipal  refuse, 
and  converting  it  into  pulp  suitable  for  various  paper  product 
manufacturing  purposes.  The  novel  system  of  this  invention 
features  unique  deliberation  apparatus  which,  in  combination 
with  a  magnetic  separator  and  a  vibrating  screen,  separates 
the  cellulosic  fiber  from  the  remainder  of  the  refuse.  This 
system  is  well  suited  to  be  utilized  in  conjunction  with  a  com- 
posting plant  and/or  a  municipal  sewage  treatment  plant  to 
completely  process  all  municipal  refuse  and/or  sewage  sludge 
while  simultaneously  removing  the  reuseable  cellulosic  fiber 
therefrom.  ^ 


An  airless  sanitary  spray  gun  which  can  be  easily  disassem- 
bled by  hand.  The  fluid  outlet  housing  of  the  gun  has  a  valve  to 
normally  block  the  flow  of  fluid.  Mounted  on  this  housing  is 
another  housing  designating  the  valve  actuating  housing.  The 
device  to  join  these  two  housings  may  consist  of  two  locking 
members.  One  is  a  rotatable  rod  and  groove  combination 
wherein  the  rod  extends  through  an  opening  in  the  valve  ac- 
tuating housing  and  is  rotated  to  a  locking  position  by  engag- 
ing a  groove  in  the  top  of  the  outlet  housing.  The  other  device, 
used  to  prevent  rotation  of  the  two  housings  relative  to  each 
other,  may  be  one  or  more  pins  in  the  lower  portion  of  the 
valve  actuating  housing  with  each  pin  engaging  a  notch  in  the 
upper  portion  of  the  outlet  housing.  Two  types  of  valves  are 
aho  disclosed.  One  embodiment  is  a  small  apertured  spring 
biased  needle  type  used  for  fine  spraying  operations.  The 
other  valve  is  a  larger  apertured  dispensing  type  biased  by  a 
remote  spring  that  utilizes  a  forced  differential  pressure  prin- 
ciple to  aid  in  keeping  the  valve  seat  seated.  The  gun  may  have 
its  valve  actuated  either  manually  or  automatically. 


'  3,670,969 

METHOD  OF  SEPARATING  INSULATION  FROM 
INSULATED  WIRES  AND  CABLES 
Manzo  Tcrada,  KHalcatsuragi-gttii,  Japan,  avignor  to  Ninho- 
Iwai  Company  Limited,  Osaica,  Japan  | 

FOed  Dec  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,484 
Qaims    priority,    application    Japan,    Dec.    20,     1968, 
43/93939;  Dec.  23. 1968,43/94369 

iiit.ci.B02cyi/y« 

U.S.a.141— 27  ^  ^  I  Claim 


A  method  of  separation  and  sorting  of  the  insulation-cover 
from  the  metal  core  of  various  electric  wires  and  cables,  com- 
prising an  agitation-tank  (»t)viding  an  impact  agitating  force 
to  small  cut  pieces  of  various  insulated  electric  wires  and/or 
cables  in  the  middle  of  the  tank  which  is  filled  with  a  liquid,  at 
room  temperature  or  properly  heated,  and  a  bath  fllled  with  a 
particular  liquid  which  is  lighter  in  its  specific  gravity  than  the 
metal  core,  but  heavier  than  the  insulation-cover,  enabling 
perfect  sorting  of  the  insulation-cover  from  the  metal  core  in 
the  middle  of  the  bath.  ---^ 


nno 


rklT'ir'Tr'T  AT     nA'7'PTTT? 


.TiTKR  9rt     1Q72 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


991 


3,670,970  the  goods.  The  grate  and  the  holding  means  are  pressed 

^  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  COMMINUTING  AND  together  continuously  against  the  goods  during  the  operation 

REACTING  SOLIDS  of  the  striking  tool. 

Andrew  SKfvari,  c/o  Union  Process  Inc.,  1925  Akron-Pcnin-  

sula  Road,  Alcron,  Olrfo 

Filed  Oct.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81^11  3,670,972 

Int.  a.  B02c  7  7//6  CRUSHING  PLANT 

UA  a.  241-27                                                    21  Claims  J<*"  N.  Quton,  MmHsoo,  Wis.,  asilpor  to  Johnson  Wsldii*  A 


The  grinding  or  comminution  of  solids,  such  as  metal  pow- 
ders, and  certain  inorganic  substances  in  the  absence  of  a 
liquid  continuum  is  accomplished  at  a  relatively  rapid  rate  in 
activated  media  of  high  momentum  and  low  ball  pressure,  by 
rotating  one  or  more  rigid  agitators  through  a  relatively  flat 
but  properly  proportioned  (depth  to  diameter),  bed  of  grind- 
ing media,  such  as  relatively  small  bails,  pebbles,  etc.  at  a  suffi- 
ciently high  speed  to  cause  the  apparent  volume  of  the  grind- 
ing media  to  increase  substantially  in  the  agitated  condition 
over  that  in  the  unagitated  condition.  The  mean  free  paths 
between  contacts  of  separate  elements  of  the  grinding  media 
are  therefore  greatly  increased,  and  the  peening  or  burring 
energy  applied  to  the  material  in  process  by  contact  between 
separate  grinding  elements  is  enlarged  because  of  the  in- 
creased momentum  of  contact.  Unique  chemical  or  structural 
properties  are  obtained  in  the  comminuted  product,  especially 
when  the  dry  grinding  is  continued  beyond  the  point  where  ap- 
preciable decrease  in  average  particle  size  occurs.  Means  is 
also  provided  in  the  appai'atus  to  decrease  or  prevent  caking 
of  the  partially  ground  material  in  portions  of  the  apparatus. 


3,670,971 

CRUSHING  MACHINE  FOR  COARSE  CRUSHING  OF 

BRITTLE  MATERIALS 

Paul  Adrian  Schneider,  Oslo,  Norway,  amignor  to  A/S  Ardal  og 

Sunndal  Vcrk,  Oslo,  Norway 

Flkd  Dec.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,019 

Int.  CL  B02c  1114 

VS.  CL  24 1  — 69  20  Claims 


Eqiripmcot  Co.,  Inc.,  Mndbon,  Wis.,  a  pnrt  I 

Coiitinuatioo-iii.iMrt  of  Scr.  No.  882,197^  Dw^  4, 1969,  Pnt. 

No.  3,622,089.  TMs  oppUcntion  June  1, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

148,722 

InL  CL  B07b  1128;  B01c21/02 

U.S.a.241— 76  18  < 


A  crushing  plant  having  elevator  means  located  primary  and 
secondary  crushers,  each  comprising  first  and  second  stage 
crushing  devices.  Input  material  is  fed  into  a  receiving  unit  is 
separated  thereby  into  pieces  of  finish  size  which  are 
discharged  onto  a  delivery  conveyor,  and  pieces  of  two  dif- 
ferent larger  sizes.  The  latter  are  separately  fed  to  the  primary 
crusher  stages,  which  discharge  onto  separate  screens  located 
above  the  delivery  conveyor.  Carryover  material  on  the 
screens  is  separately  conducted  by  means  including  said  eleva- 
tor to  the  two  secondary  crusher  stages,  which  discharge  onto 
a  common  finish  screen  member  also  located  above  the 
delivery  conveyor. 


3,670,973 
CRUSHER 
Robert  Lucas,  Paris,  France,  assignor  to  Fives  Ulle-Cal,  Paris, 
France 

Fikd  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,279 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  July  23,  19^9,  692S038 
Int.CLB02c7  7/00 
U.S.  a.  241-188  R  TCiainis 


A  crushing  machine  for  the  coarse  crushing  of  brittle 
materials,  such  as  anode  butts  in  the  aluminum  electrolysis  in- 
dustry, by  utilizing  impact  energy.  The  combination  of  a  table 
or  a  grate  with  openings  the  size  of  which  is  dimensioned  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  desired  degree  of  crushing  is  used.  Holding 
means  cooperate  with  the  grate  and  by  relative  movement  of 
the  holding  means  and  the  grate  hold  the  goods  to  be  crushed. 
One  or  more  striking  toote  when  the  goods  are  held  fast, 
preferably  in  an  intermittent  way,  exert  an  impact  effect  on 


The  bearings  for  the  rotor  of  a  crusher  are  positioned  sub- 
stantially in  the  end  walls  of  a  rotary  drum  concentrically  sur- 
rounding the  rotor,  one  oi  the  bearings  being  mounted  on  a 
fixed  support  extending  to  an  opening  in  one  end  wall,  and  the 
other  bearing  being  mounted  in  the  other  end  wall. 


992 


OFFICIAL 


3,670,974 

RELEASABLE  WINDING  MECHANISM  FOR  SEWING 

MACHINES 

Odette  UdtaeM,  Steckboni,  Swkierkuid,  — ignor  to  Fritz 

G«cauf  AG  Bcrnlna-NalunaKliincnfabrik,  Stcckborn,  Swtt- 

xcriand 

FIM  Jan.  21, 1971,  So-.  No.  108,517 
Claims  priority,  application  Switzeriand,  Feb.  6,   1970, 
1780/70 

Int.  CL  B65h  541 18;  DOSb  59100 
U.S.CL242— 22  10  Claims 


The  winding  mechanism  is  used  with  sewing  machines  of  the 
type  having  a  fixedly  positioned  winder  shaft  with  a  bobbin- 
receiving  pin  protruding  from  the  machine  casing,  and  a  fric- 
tion wheel  for  driving  the  winder  shaft  and  having  a  friction 
wheel  shaft  separated  from  the  winder  shaft  but  operatively 
connected  with  the  winder  shaft  and  engageable  with  the  driv- 
ing wheel  of  the  machine  to  selectively  operate  the  winding 
mechanism.  The  inner  end  of  the  winder  shaft  has  fixed 
thereto  a  disk  with  a  slot  extending  diametrically  thereof,  and 
an  end  of  the  friction  wheel  shaft  carries  a  cooperating  disk 
having  a  pin  or  lug  engageable  in  the  slot.  The  friction  wheel  is 
mounted  on  a  carrier  which  is  spring  biased  to  an  operating 
position  and  a  rest  position.  The  driving  connection  between 
the  two  shafts  is  maintained  at  all  times  within  the  range  of  dis- 
placement of  the  friction  wheel  shaft  between  the  operating 
and  rest  positions. 


3,670,975 
CONSTANT  TENSION  CONTROLLER  DEVICE  FOR 
WINDER 
Yoshio  Tomimatsu,  Neyagawa-shi,  Japan,  assignor  to  Mat- 
sushita Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan 

Flkd  Nov.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,284 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Nov.    20,    1968, 
43/ 1 022 1 0;  Nov.  20.  1 968. 43/ 1 022 11 

Int.  CI.  B65h  59138 
\iS.  CI.  242—45  4  Claims 


A  constant  tension  controller  device  for  a  winder  which 
comprises  a  differential  transformer  for  generating  an  output 
voltage  in  response  to  a  vertically  movable  roller  moved  up 
and  down  according  to  the  tension  of  a  yam.  and  a  tacho- 
generator  connected  with  a  three-phase  induction  motor  for 
driving  a  spool  for  rotation,  whereby  electric  current  in  one  of 
three  power  lines  of  the  three-phase  induction  motor  is  con- 
trolled by  a  thyrister  as  a  function  of  the  difference  between 
the  output  vdtage  of  the  tacho-generator  and  the  output  volt- 
age of  the  differential  transformer  so  that  the  yam  of  nylon  or 
like  material  are  wound  on  the  spool  with  a  constant  tension. 


1 


June  ao,  1972 


20, 


GAZETTE 

'  3,670,976 

DELIVERY  DEVICE  FOR  THREADS  ON  WEAVING 
MACHINES,  KNITTING  MACHINES,  OR  THE  UKE 
GluMppe  ViacMani,  Coiiio,  Italy,  BMlciMir  to  Flrma  Sobrevtn 
Soc.  de  Brevets  Induatrlds,  Maureo,  UedMeastcla 

FIM  April  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,042 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany.  June  10.  19|69.  P  19 
29  48S.0 

Int  a.  B65h  57/20 
U.S.  a.  242—47.12 


tClaims 


y  i  ' 


[ 

A  delivering  device  for  threads  on  weaving  machines, 
knitting  macl^nes,  or  the  like,  which  comprises  a  motor  and  a 
drum  which  is  rotated  by  the  motor  and  adapted  to  store  inter- 
mediately a  predetermined  thread  supply  prior  to  each  thread 
removal.  A  thread  supply  surveillance  device  is  arranged  for 
stopping  the  motor  upon  reaching  a  nominal-thread  supply. 
The  motor  comprises  an  asynchronous  two-phase  motor.  A 
current  valve  circuit  is  provided  for  feeding  current  to  the  mo- 
tor. The  surveillance  device  emits  a  motor  stopping-command 
signal  in  both  phizes  in  the  stopping  position,  and  the  current 
valve  circuit  is  transferred  by  the  command  signal  for  either 
positive  or  negative  half-waves. 


3,670,977 
SELF-CONTAINED  CABLE  REEL 
Roger  L.  Boncck,  W-140,  N-S550  LiUy  Road,  Mcnomoncc 
Falls,  Wis. 

1        Filed  Sept.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  72,270 
I  IiitCLB65h  57/25,  75/00 

U.S.CL  242-54  R  4  Claims 


A  self-contained  reel  unit  includes  an  outer  housing  having 
a  rotary  drum  mounted  therein.  A  cable  is  pulled  into  the 
housing  and  wound  upon  the  drum.  A  feed  screw  and  cable 
guide  and  support  member  deposits  the  cable  uniformly  across 
the  surface  of  the  drum.  The  feed  screw  and  cable  guide  rever- 
ses to  play  out  the  cable  as  it  is  unwound  from  the  drum. 


3,670,978 

COMPENSATOR  DEVICE 

Myron  DragWch,  fwlankrn  Park,  Ohio,  aaifDor  to  The 

Warner  &  Swaaey  Company,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

FHcd  Oct  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,621 

Int.  CL  B65h  54128;  DOlh  13106 

U.S.CL242— 54^ 

An  improved  compensator  device  is  provided  to  maintain  a 
constant  sliver  path  length  between  a  pair  of  calender  rolls  and 
a  reciprocable  twister  assembly  of  a  balling  mechanism.  The 


BCWms 


QOA 


mriT'Tr'T  A  T    n  s.^v^rr'w^ 


TtTVTin    on     1  nrro 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


993 


compensator  device  includes  a  guide  through  which  the  sliver    and  means  being  provided  to  operate  both  chucks  in  each  pair 

passes  and  a  resilient  link  which  carries  the  guide  and  flexes  to    of  arms  simultaneously. 

enable  the  guide  to  move  during  reciprocation  of  the  twister.  


— « 


3,670,979 

WEB  HANDLING  APPARATUS  AND  SPINDLE  CHUCK 

THEREFOR 

Philip  B.  Scay,  Richmond,  Va.,  assignor  to  Inta-Roto,  Inc., 

Richmond,  Va. 

Filed  April  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,476 

Int.  CL  B65h  75134 

MJS.  CI.  242—64  10  Claims 


^ 


The  spindle  receiving  chuck  of  a  web  handling  apparatus 
comprises  a  holder  of  arcuate  configuration  and  having  a  seg- 
mental gap  therein  which  is  wide  enough  to  permit  the  passage 
of  a  spindle  into  and  from  the  chuck.  The  interior  of  the 
holder  body  is  spherical  and  a  chuck  assembly  having  a  spheri- 
cal outer  surface  is  rotataUy  and  swively  mounted  within  the 
holder.  The  chuck  assembly  includes  a  U-shaped  yoke  and  an 
arcuate  segment  pivotally  connected  at  one  of  their  respective 
ends  and  jointly  defining  a  ring  when  their  other  respective 
ends  are  in  abutment.  A  crank  arm  is  secured  to  the  ring  for 
rotating  it  within  the  holder  to  move  the  segment  into  and 
from  alignment  with  the  segmental  gap  to  permit  loading  and 
unloading  a  spindle,  and  locking  the  spindle  within  the  ring. 
The  web  handling  apparatus  has  pairs  of  arms  with  a  spindle 
chuck  carried  by  each  arm  to  jointly  support  a  spindle 
between  said  arms,  said  holders  being  positioned  with  their 
gaps  on  the  upper  sides  of  the  arms  in  spindle  loading  position 


3,670,980 
APPARATUS  FOR  CONTROLLING  THE  CONTACT 
PRESSURE  BETWEEN  A  CONTACT  ROLLER  AND  A 
WINDING  UP  ROLL  IN  WINDERS 
Hideo  Mukai,  and  Kimihiro  Wada,  both  of  Kyoto,  Japan,  as- 
signors to   Nishimura  Sdsakusho  Co.,   Ltd.,   Kamhoha, 
Minami-ku,  Kyoto,  Japan 

Filed  July  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  58^76 
Claims  priority,  apphcation  Japan.  July  30.  1 969. 44/6022 1 
Int.  CI.  B65h  23100, 1 7102 


U.S.  a.  242—67.1 


5Clafans 


The  resilient  link  is  formed  by  a  plurality  of  flexible  strips 
which  extend  between  a  universal  joint  mounted  in  a  fixed 
relationship  with  the  calender  rolls  and  a  second  universal 
joint  which  is  connected  with  the  twister. 


A  apparatus  for  controlbng  the  contact  pressure  between  a 
contact  roller  and  a  winding  roller  of  winding  machines  in- 
cludes means  for  supporting  the  contact  roller  in  such  rigid 
manner  as  substantially  considered  to  be  a  fixed  support, 
means  for  detecting  at  the  contact  roll  the  contact  pressure 
between  the  contact  roller  and  winding  roller  and  means  for 
urging  the  winding  roller  toward  the  contact  roller  to  provide 
a  conuct  pressure  therebetween.  The  pressure  detected  at  the 
contact  roller  by  the  pressure  detecting  means  is  fed  to  a  pneu- 
matic control  means  which  operates  in  response  to  the  de- 
tected pressure  to  automatically  regulate  the  contact  pressure 
applied  through  the  winding  roller  at  a  predetermined  level. 


3.670,981 
SELF-REVERSING  RIBBON  DRIVE 
James  J.  Cavelia,  Somerdale,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Datadyac  Cor- 
poradoo,  King  of  Prussia,  Pa. 

Filed  May  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  34,957 
InX.  a.  Gllh  15144 
U.S.  a.  242— 67.4  Ui 


fj^9^  m^ 


A  self-reversing  drive  mechanism  for  a  ribbon  or  other  web- 
like article  is  disclosed.  The  mechanism  includes  a  pair  of 
spools,  spaced  to  serve  alternately  as  supply  and  take-up 
spools,  and  a  driver  gear  shiftable  in  response  to  radial  gear 
tooth  forces  thereon  between  positions  wherein  it  is  drivingiy 
coupled  to  first  one  and  then  the  other  of  the  spools.  The  radi- 
al tooth  forces  are  determined  by  tension  in  the  ribbon,  and 
reach  the  values  necessary  to  effect  shifting  of  the  driver  gear 
after  the  ribbon  is  fully  unwound  from  the  supply  spool. 


994 


:e' 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  :!0,  1972 


3,670^82  I                            3,670,984 

FILM  CANISTER  LINE  PICK-UP  FOR  FISHING  REELS 

JiBct  L.  Heary,  Daytoa,  Okio,  sMlgMr  to  The  Natioul  Cadi  Jcaa-Paal  Lcacry,  Chnet,  Fraacc,  urifMr  te  Carpaao  Jk 

Rcgifter  Compaay,  Daytoa,  Okio  Poos,  Clues,  Fruce 

Filed  Dec.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,421  FiM  Jaae  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47^1 


lmta.G03lb  1104.23106 


U.S.CL  242-71.2 


^i 


Claims    priority,    application    France,    June    2Q,    1969, 
7Clains     6920777 

ImL  CI  Mlk  89100 
U.S.  CI.  242-84.2  G  kClatei 


A  canister  for  film,  tape,  or  like  material  wherein  the  film  is 
propelled  by  means  exterior  of  the  canister  during  the  winding 
and  unwinding  thereof.  The  canister  includes  a  deflection 
spring  pivotally  connected  thereto,  extending  in  the  free  state 
across  a  chordal  portion  of  the  canister,  and  adapted  to  be 
moved  in  a  direction  to  conform  with  the  interior  surface  of 
the  canister  wall  when  fibn  is  pressed  against  the  spring  upon 
winding  of  the  film  within  the  canister.  The  spring  is  deflected 
by  reason  of  the  increasing  pressure  of  the  film  loops 
thereagainst  to  permit  a  greater  length  of  film  to  be  coiled  in- 
side the  canister. 


A  line  pick-up  device  for  a  fishing  reel  comprises  a  semicir- 
cular body  having  an  end  reduced  in  size  with  respect  to  the 
remainder  of  the  l)ody,  a  plastic  cone  molded  over  the 
rcduced'Size  end  and  diverging  in  a  direction  towards  the  end 
tip  of  the  reduced-size  end,  and  line  guiding  means  at  the  end 
tip  of  the  reduced-size  end  and  adjacent  the  base  of  the  plastic 
cone  for  guiding  a  fishing  line  during  winding  thereof  on  the 
fishing  reel.  The  line  guiding  means  comprises  either  a  fixed  or 
rouUbl«  flared  member.  . 


KabuUki 


3,670,983 
HOLD  DOWN  CLAMP 
MyroB  E.  OsiMrB,  dcccMed,  late  of  P.O.  Box  1455,  EaM,  OUa. 
(LeBBic  McDowcU,  adadalstratrix) 

FOcd  July  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  844,009 

iBt  CI.  B65h  75/25 

U.S.CL  242-74.2  2  Claims 


\  3,670,985 

FISHING  REEL 
Yaaomtn  MoriAUa,  Kare,  Jb|mw,  MiigMN-  to 
Kaiska  RyobI  SclaakBsho,  HirodyM-keB,  JapaB 

Fikd  jBiy  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,950         | 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  July  16, 1969,44/68135- 
July21, 1969.44/69170;  Aug.  2. 1969,44/73465 
I  Imt  CI  AOlk  89102, 89/04 

i42-l 


U.S.CL 


-84.43 


i 


ClaiBis 


A  fishing  reel  having  side  plates  connected  in  spacer  rela- 
tion by  stems  to  define  a  frame  for  a  rotatable  spool.  A  clutch 
lever  on  one  plate  is  selectively  pivoted  to  declutch  the  spool 
from  its  crank  operated  drive.  A  pair  of  levers  are  pivotally 
mounted  intermediate  their  ends  on  a  rear  one  of  said  stems. 
The  forward  ends  of  the  levers  are  connected  by  a  reversely 
threaded  roUer  means.  During  vmiding,  a  line  guiding  wheel 
on  the  roller  has  a  follower  in  the  roller  threads  and  is  caused 
by  the  line  to  rotate  and  thereby  reciprocate  the  guide  wheel 
along  the  roller  to  evenly  distribute  line  on  the  spool.  The  rear 
ends  of  said  levers  carry  brake  shoes.  The  intermediate  por- 
tions of  the  levers  are  connected  by  a  sleeve  having  a  thumb 
lever  portion  depressable  against  a  light  spring  bias  to  engage 
the  brake  shoes  on  the  lever  with  the  spool  to  retard  rotation 
An  improved  reel  upon  which  film  is  wound  up,  the  reel  in-     of  same.  To  cast,  the  clutch  is  disengaged  permitting  free  roto- 
cluding  a  hold  down  clamp  to  which  one  end  of  the  film  U    tion  of  the  spool  whUe  tension  in  the  unwinding  line  lifts  the 
removably  secured,  the  hold  down  clamp  comprising  a  spring     brake  shoe  free  of  the  spool  until  slackness  occurs  in  the  line 
loaded  clip  under  which  the  end  of  the  film  is  inserted  when     allowing  the  brake  to  reengage  the  spool  to  prevent  undesired 
the  clip  is  raised  manually.  overrunning. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


995 


3,670,986 

SUPPLY  REEL  FOR  BANDING  APPARATUS 

Robert  D.  Farkas,  5601  First  Avenue,  BrooUyn,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,439 

InL  CI.  B65h  75/48 

U.S.  CI.  242-107.1  11  Claims 


mounted  on  an  assembly  that  can  rotate  automatically  about  a 
vertical  axis  upon  command  from  a  towline  fleet  angle  sensor 
means.  The  helical  drum  groove  has  a  cross-feectional  configu- 
ration which  allows  for  lateral  bending  of  the  towline,  tangen- 


A  heat  seal  type  banding  machine,  in  which  tapes  are  fed  in 
opposite  directions  into  a  working  space,  is  provided  with  a 
tape  supply  means  in  which  the  tapes  are  double  wound  so 
that  substantially  equal  lengths  of  each  Upe  arc  dispensed 
simuluneously.  A  spring  means  is  provided  to  constantly  exert 
forces  on  the  tapes,  urging  them  in  directions  opposite  to 
those  directions  in  which  the  respective  tapes  move  into  the 
working  space  of  the  apparatus.  Keying  means  prevents 
mounting  of  the  Upe  supply  means  in  an  improper  operating 
position. 


Ually  away  from  the  groove  within  a  predetermined  arc.  which 
feature,  in  combination  with  the  Heet  angle  sensor  control 
will  minimize  lateral  loads  to  the  towline  during  towing  and 
winching  procedures. 


3,670,987 

TROTLINE  STORAGE  REEL 

James  J.  Roebuck,  P.O.  Box  213,  Mont  Bdvieu,  Tex, 

Filed  Nov.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,007 

iBt  CI.  B65b  75/14,  75/28 

U.S.  CI.  242- 118.4 


3,670,989 

CARTRIDGE  LOADING  MOTION  PICTURE 

PROJECTION  APPARATUS 

Peter  Andrews,  Penfldd,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Eastman  Kodak 

Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Filed  March  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20^07 

Int  CL  G03b  23/02;  Glib  15/32;  B65h  12il4 

UA  a.  242-192  nCMm, 


7Clainis 


^3 


A  trotline  storage  reel  for  storing  a  trotline  in  a  coiled  posi- 
tion comprising  a  central  spool  for  receiving  the  main  support 
line  to  which  individual  stagings,  which  are  short  lengths  of 
line  having  a  fish  hook  thereon,  are  connected  to  the  main 
support  line  at  longitudinally  spaced  intervals.  The  spool  is 
provided  with  a  radially  extending  flange  adjacent  one  end 
thereof  for  supporting  the  individual  stagings  in  an  extended 
position  and  a  plurality  of  openings  are  formed  in  the  flange 
member  for  securing  the  fish  hooks  therein. 


3,670,988 
WINCH  APPARATUS  FOR  FAIRED  TOWUNE 
Donald  E.  Leonard,  BoChcB,  Waslk,  asrignor  to  The  BodiM 
Company,  Seattle,  WMh. 

fUcd  Aug.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,498 

Int.  CL  B65II 54/28;  B63b21/56 

U.S.a.242— 158R  lOCIafans 

To  protect  a  faired  towline  against  adverse  loading,  a  winch 

apparatus  is  provided  with  a  helically  grooved  drum  which  is 


A  cartridge  for  a  cartridge-loading  motion  picture  projector 
has  an  opening  or  slot  therein  for  receiving  portions  of  a  film 
feeding  mechanism  that  is  used  for  extracting  fUm  from  a  film 
roU  within  the  cartridge  and  for  feeding  the  film  to  automatic 
or  self  threading  devices  of  the  motion  picture  projector.  The 
cartridge  has  a  deflectable  member,  such  as  a  spring  or  ton- 
gue, positioned  with  respect  to  said  opening  so  that  entrance 
of  the  film  feeding  mechanism  into  the  cartridge  deflects  such 
member  from  its  normal  position  to  a  film  guiding  position 
within  the  cartridge.  The  deflectable  member  is  located  in  the 
cartridge  so  that  during  rotation  of  the  film  roll  in  an  unwind- 
ing direction  by  the  film  feeding  mechanism  the  leading  end  of 
the  film  engages  the  member  and  is  guided  by  it  to  a  tip  end  of 
a  film  engages  the  member  and  is  guided  by  it  to  a  tip  end  of  a 
film  stripping  finger.  The  finger  then  lifts  the  leading  end  of 
the  film  from  the  roll  and  delivers  it  through  a  guide  slot  or 
channel  to  automatic  threading  devices  of  the  projector.  The 
apparatus  of  this  invention  also  comprises  improved  film  feed- 
ing mechanisms  that  are  useful  with  the  cartridge  disclosed 
herein  as  well  as  with  other  cartridges.  Such  film  feeding 
mechanisms  comprise  means  for  deflecting  the  deflectable 
member  as  the  mechanism  enters  the  film  cartridge,  and 
means  for  narrowing  the  normal  slot  or  channel  between  a 
film  drive  belt  and  the  film  stripping  member,  thereby  to  im- 
prove film  feeding  operations  of  the  mechanism  and  to  deliver 


996 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  il972 


film  from  the  device  properly  oriented  for  reception  by  an  au-    cartridge   mounting  structure  for  positioning  each  of  the 
tomatic  threading  device  of  the  projector.  similar  locating  structures  on  the  cartridges  at  different  posi- 


3,670,990 

STRIP-HANDLING  APPLIANCE  FOR  PROCESSING 

INFORMATION 

Gottfried  Pammer,  Sudstadt,  and  Erwin  Krob,  Vienna,  both  of 

Austria,  assignors  to   Karl   Voclienhubcr  and   Raimund 

Hauser,  Vienna,  Austria 

Filed  Feb.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 1 1,483 
Claims  priority,  application  Austria,  Feb.  3,  1970,  A  980/70 
Int.  CI.  G03b  7/04,  Gl  lb  15/32 
VS.  CI.  242-192  24  Claims 


\ 


•'  V 


Strip-handling  means  are  provided  for  handling  a  record 
strip  forming  a  coil  on  a  spool  and  having  a  leading  end  on  the 
outside  periphery  of  said  coil.  A  threading  device  is  movable 
between  an  inoperative  position  and  an  operative  position  and 
is  adapted  in  said  operative  position  to  engage  the  outside 
periphery  of  said  coil  and  to  remove  said  leading  end  from  said 
coil.  A  final  control  member  has  an  engaging  surface  and  is 
operatively  connected  to  said  threading  device  and  slidable  to 
an  inoperative  position  and  an  operative  position  to  move  said 
threading  device  to  its  inoperative  and  operative  positions, 
respectively.  A  drive  member  is  disposed  adjacent  to  said  en- 
gaging surface  and  rotatable  on  an  axis  and  movable  in  a 
direction  which  is  generally  radial  to  said  axis  into  and  out  of 
engagement  with  said  engaging  surface.  Said  drive  member  in 
engagement  with  said  engaging  surface  is  rotatable  to  move 
said  final  control  member  to  its  operative  position.  A  mode 
control  switch  is  movable  to  a  predetermined  position.  The 
strip-handling  means  are  adapted  to  initiate  the  unwinding  of 
said  strip  from  said  coil  when  said  switch  is  in  said  predeter- 
mined position.  An  intermediate  control  member  is  operative- 
ly connected  to  said  switch  and  said  drive  member  and  ar- 
ranged to  move  the  latter  into  engagement  with  said  engaging 
surface  in  response  to  a  movement  of  said  switch  to  said 
predetermined  position. 


3,670,991 

CARTRIDGE  MOUNTING  STRUCTURE  FOR  A 

CARTRIDGE  LOADING  MOTION  PICTURE  PROJECTOR 

OR  THE  LIKE 
Danid  J.  Stark,  Rochester,  N.V.,  assignor  to  Eastman  Kodak 
Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

FDed  April  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  31,183 
Int.  a.  G03b  1/04;  Glib  15/32, 23/04 
VS.  a.  242— 197  8  Claims 

A  cartridge  loading  motion  picture  projector  has  a  spindle 
that  is  movable  along  an  arcuate  path  to  each  of  several  posi- 
tions wherein  it  is  adapted  to  be  engaged  with  a  reel  within  one 
of  several  sizes  of  cartridges  that  are  mountable  on  the  projec- 
tor. Each  of  the  cartridge  sizes  has  similar  locating  structures, 
the  projector  spindle  is  received  through  openings  in  the  car- 
tridges. The  openings  and  locating  structures  are  positioned 
with  respect  to  each  other  so  that  the  openings  are  located 
along  a  second  arcuate  path  if  the  cartridges  are  superimposed 
with  their  locating  structures  in  alignment.  The  projector  has 


^ 


tions  on  the  projector  so  that  the  openings  in  the  cartridges  are 
located  along  the  path  of  travel  on  the  spindle. 


i 

reeIi 


3,670,992 
BRAKE  DEVICE  FOR  TAPE  RECORDER 
Takeshi  G«8hima,  and  Nobuhfa-o  Imai,  both  of  Tokyo,  Japan, 
assignon  to  Canon  Kabuahiki  Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Sept  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,866 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Sept.    26,     1969, 
44/91783 

Int.  CI.  Bl  lb  15/32;  G03b  1/04 
U.S.  a.  242—204  13  Claims 


A  brake  device  used  with  tape  recorders  or  the  like  6f  this 
invention  includes  a  first  brake  member  acting  in  the  cut-in 
direction  and  a  second  brake  member  acting  in  the  escape 
direction,  the  first  and  second  brake  members  being  disposed 
adjacent  to  braked  members  provided  on  the  take-up  and 
supply  sides,  respectively.  Two  brake  members  are  selectively 
operable  so  that  the  selected  brake  member  may  act  solely  in 
the  escape  direction  irrespective  of  the  rotational  direction  of 
the  braked  members,  whereby  brake  force  can  be  exerted 
solely  in  the  escape  direction  without  erroneously  breaking  or 
severing  a  tape  or  the  like  running  between  the  supp^  and 
take-up  sides.  i 


]  ^  3,670,993 

COMPACT  HIGH  CAPACITY  BURNER  FOR  HOT  AIR 
BALLOONS 
Byron  L.  Kay,  and  Walter  H.  Thorn,  Jr.,  both  of  Akron,  Ohio, 
aarignort  to  The  United  States  of  America  as  reprcaenled  by 
the  Sccrttary  of  the  Air  Force  , 

Filed  Oct  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,784 

Int.Cl.B64b;/62  ' 

U.S.  CI.  244—32  -^  2  Claims 

A  burner  for  a  hot  air  balloon  having  a  conically  shap«d  pre- 
heat coil  supported  by  and  spaced  from  a  substantially  conical 
shaped  flame  deflector.  A  manifold,  with  a  plurality  of  radially 
positioned  holes  which  direct  the  flame  toward  the  flame 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


997 


deflector,  is  connected  to  the  preheat  coil  so  that  fuel  is  sup-  down  pitching  moment  about  the  center  of  gravity  of  the  air- 
phed  to  the  manifold  through  the  preheat  coil.  Air  is  supplied  craft  when  the  device  senses  a  nose  up  pitch  attitude,  and 
through  holes  in  the  manifold  support.  Igniters,  operated  by    releases  the  tension  in  the  spring  in  response  to  a  nose  down 

condition.  The  device  includes  a  feedback  member  which  acts 
to  relocate  the  spring  member  to  hold  the  elevator  in  the 
desired  position  in  order  to  trim  the  aircraft  for  a  given  center 
of  gravity  and  airspeed. 


3,670,994 
VARIABLE  DEFLECTION  THRUSTERS  FOR  JETS 
Aportolot  P.  KiiikM,  Minnctoaka,  Minn.,  anigaor  to  The 
United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  tiM  Secretary  of 

tke  Navy  ' 

Filed  Aug.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,369 

Int.  CI.  B64c  27/04 

U.S.CL  244-42  CC  2  Claims 


CTLiMOCn  su*r*cc 


pmxt*  *WT 


COMPOSITE   JCT 


Variable  deflection  thrusters  center  body  of  improved 
design  for  jets  for  overcoming  stream^eUchment  at  high 
mach  numbers  and  high  pressure  ratios. 


3,670,995 

LONGITUDINAL  STABILITY  CONTROL  DEVICE  FOR 

nXED  WING  AIRCRAFT 

Edward  J.  Swearingen,  San  Antonio,  Tex.,  asrignor  to  Swearin- 

gCB  Aviation  Corporation,  San  Antonio,  Tex. 

Filed  May  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,987 
^  Int.  CI.  B64c  77/02 

U.S.  CI.  244-80  9  Claims 


This  device  permits  the  aft  center  of  gravity  loading  limit  of 
an  aircraft  to  be  increased  beyond  its  normal  range  without 
reducing  the  location  of  the  most  forward  center  of  gravity 
loading  limit.  The  means  by  which  this  is  accomplished  com- 
prises an  elongated  spring  member  which  has  one  end  con- 
nected to  the  underside  of  the  elevator  control  surface  and 
which  has  its  other  end  connected  to  a  spring  tension  adjusting 
linkage  mounted  in  the  aircraft.  The  adjusting  linkage  causes 


3,670,996 
LANDING  GEAR  GRAVEL  AND  WATER  DEFLECTOR 
Robert  W.  Jenny,  BcUcvoe,  Wash.,  amigBor  to  Tke  Boeing 
Company,  Seattle,  Wash. 

FUed  Oct.  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  867,473 

Int.  CL  B64c  25/32 

U.S.CL  244-103  12  Claims 


the  pressure  of  the  fuel  supplied  to  the  preheat  coil,  direct  a 
starting  flame  into  the  space  between  the  flame  deflector  and 
the  preheat  coil. 


A  gravel  and  water  deflector  plate  for  preventing  gravel  and 
water,  which  is  energized  into  motion  during  operation  of  the 
landing  gear,  from  damaging  other  airplane  parts.  The  plate  is 
mounted  in  a  horizontal  plane  and  surrounds  the  wheel  ad- 
jacent the  ground  or  runway.  The  plate  extends  in  all  horizon- 
tal directions  from  the  wheel  for  distances  which  are  sufficient 
to  intercept  the  upthrown  gravel  trajectories. 

In  addition,  the  deflector  plate  may  be  a  separate  opera- 
tional element  or  may  also  be  utilized  as  a  closing  door  for  the 
landing  gear  well  during  flight. 


3,670,997 

AIRCRAFT  ARRESTING  DEVICE 

Per  Borjc  Fonden,  Hcjdexatan  3,  and  Kari  Ove  Torgny  Wa-^ 

lander,   Elas   Brandstrom   gata   #5,   both   of  Linkoping, 
Sweden 

Filed  Dec.  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,157 

Claims    priority,    applicatk>n    Sweden,    I>ec.    13,    1968. 
17101/68 

Int.CI.B64f7/02 


U.S.CI.244-110C 


3  Claims 


Tn 


UU 


if 


mr 


Tu 


An  arrangement  for  arresting  landing  aircraft  in  which  a 
cable  is  usually  disposed  in  the  path  of  the  aircraft,  the  present 
invention  comprising  a  plurality  of  parallel  cables  instead  of  a 


..  ■      ^        „  .       ,  J  '        ."  " '"T^^iuuii  «,uuipiuuig  a  piuraiiiy  oi  parallel  caDies  instead  of  a 

the  spnng  to  puU  the  elevator  downwardly  to  increase  the  nose  single  cable,  said  cables  being  normally  disposed  below  the 


998 


surface  of  the  landing  field  and  being  capable  of  being  lifted 
one  at  a  time  or  lifted  together  or  in  other  arrangemenu  and 
numbers,  to  the  raised  arresting  position. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,670,998 
SEVERANCE  OF  POLYCARBONATE  MATERIAL 
CANOPY  TRANSPARENCY 
Jowpk  L.  CharteTilk,  Klrkwood;  Mart  E.  Dc  Tkuc,  St  Lmib 
CtMBty.  and  Ckarks  W.  LaaHcrt,  St.  Charles,  aU  of  Mo., 
anigaon  to  The  UaUcd  States  of  Aacrica  as  rcprcaeatcd  by 
the  Secretary  of  the  Air  Force 

Fikd  Jily  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,727 

lBt.Cl.B64c;//4 

U.S.  CI.  244-121  1  Claim 


Method  for  permitting  the  emergency  bail-out  from  an  air- 
craft having  a  frangible  polycarbonate  material  canopy  trans- 
parency by  a  person  in  an  ejection  seat.  A  flexible  linear 
shaped  charge  is  used  to  sever  the  polycarbonate  canopy 
transparency  in  lieu  of  jettisoning  the  canopy.  The  charge, 
after  ignition  and  explosion,  severs  the  canopy  transparency 
around  the  forward  arch,  back  along  the  canopy  side  frame, 
and  up  the  canopy  to  the  rear  of  the  seat  to  a  point  which 
leaves. an  unsevered  section,  of  preselected  length,  of  the 
canopy  transparency.  This  unsevered  section  serves  as  a  hinge 
and  as  a  retaining  means,  and  as  the  seat  is  ejected  from  the 
aircraft  the  severed  section  of  the  canopy  transparency  moves 
backwardly  away  from  the  seat,  thereby  precluding  any  con- 
tact between  the  canopy  transparency  and  the  person  in  the 
ejection  seat. 


3,670,999 

PARACHUTE  FORCE  TRANSFER  MECHANISM  WITH 

BUILT-IN  OPEN  LINK 

Jaacs  E.  Lcgcr,  Emm,  Ohio,  aarifMr  to  The  Uoltcd  States  of 

America  as  rcprcacatcd  by  the  Secretary  of  tke  Air  Force 

Filed  Nov.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,216 

iBt  CL  B64c  1122;  B64d  H08 

VS.  CI.  244- 137  6  Claims 


3,671,800 

SIGHT-THRU  TELESCOPIC  SIGHT  MOUNT 
Paai  D.  WBHaat,  DtTlMa,  Mkh.,  aariiMr  to  WWum  Gm 

Sight  Co.,  Daviaoa,  Mick. 

Filed  Juc  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,841 

Iat.CLF41g//J8 

U.S.  CI.  248-205  R  4  Claims 


7/.  ^^^^JL/-^ 


A  telescopic  sight  mount  for  operatively  securing  a  tele- 
scopic sight  to  the  receiver  or  similar  portion  of  a  firearm  and 
comprising  a  pair  of  apertured  base  members  adapted  to  be  in- 
stalled directly  on  the  firearm  and  detachably  support  pairs  of 
split  ring  retaining  members  fixedly  secured  to  an  associated 
telescopic  sight,  the  sight  mount  permitting  use  of  standard 
"iron"  sights  on  the  firearm  without  requiring  removal  of  the 
telescopic  sight  and  providing  a  new  and  improved  nwans  for 
conveniently  interchanging  telescopic  sights. 


3,671,001 
FISHING  ROD  HOLDER  FOR  BOATS 
HaroM  H.  Hal,  Sr.,  1975  Ocala  Road,  North  Palm  Bc^h,  Fla. 
I      FHcd  AprU  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,032 

IatCLA01k97//0 
U.S.CL  248-43  1  Claim 


A  parachute  extraction  line  force  transfer  mechanism  hav- 
ing a  first  link  connected  to  the  extraction  line  of  an  extraction 
parachute  and  a  second  link  connected  to  the  extraction  line 
of  the  main  parachute.  A  crank  arm  engages  tripping  fixture 
on  the  floor  of  the  aircraft  to  turn  a  shaft  with  cams  which 
operate  a  mechanism  to  interconnect  the  two  links  and  to 
release  the  interconnected  links  so  that  the  extraction 
parachute  can  deploy  the  main  parachute.  A  solenoid  which 
can  be  energized  by  the  load  master  acts  to  release  the  link 
connected  to  the  extraction  parachute  without  releasing  the 
link  connected  to  the  main  parachute.  Disconnect  type  ter- 
minal blocks  act  to  connect  the  solenoid  of  only  the  aft  most 
platform  to  the  power  supply  to  prevent  the  releasing  of  the 
extraction  parachute  link  without  the  main  parachute  link 
after  the  platform  has  moved  a  predetermined  distance. 


A  device  for  supporting  a  fishing  rod  on  a  boat  while  the  rod 
is  unattended.  This  device  includes  a  sleeve  portion  for  receiv- 
ing the  butt  of  the  fishing  rod,  the  other  end  having  an  exten- 
sion that  will  be  received  within  the  oar  lock  of  the  boat.  The 
device  also  includes  a  pivotable  member  for  preventing  the 
device  from  coming  out  of  the  oar  lock  and  falling  overboard. 


1000 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


999 


3,671,002 
TRIPLE  ARRESTOR  MOUNT 
Enut  A.  Elttett,  Detroit;  Jolm  W.  Kaac,  PoMiac 
dolpli  A.  Pasea,  Dearborn  Hciglits,  a8  of  Mich. 
The  Detroit  EdiMm  Compaay.  Detroit,  Mich. 

Fikd  Aag.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,477 
lat.  CI.  F16m  13/02;  F16I 3108 
U.S.  CI.  248-300 


aad  Raa- 
to 


the  ends  of  the  leg  portions  of  the  U-channel  member  which 
clamp  the  sheet  material  in  between  them  or  permit  their  en- 
gagement with  a  hook  provided  on  the  sheet  material  over  a 


7  Claims 


selected  Ub  for  support  of  the  sheet  material.  Selectively,  one 
side  of  the  U-channel  type  hanger  member  maybe  provided 
with  pressure  sensitive  adhesive  portions  to  secure  the  hanger 
member  to  a  supporting  surface  such  as  a  wall  or  the  like. 


A  mount  designed  for  attachment  to  a  sUnd-ofT  insulator 
bracket  having  three  downwardly  and  outwardly  diverging 
legs  provided  with  means  adjacent  their  lower  ends  to  support 
three  elongated  arrestors  in  laterally  spaced  upwardly  and  out- 
wardly diverging  relation. 


3,671,005 

SIDE  MOUNTED  REAR  VIEW  AUTOMOTIVE  MIRROR 

ASSEMBLY  AND  MOUNTING  BRACKET  THEREFOR 

Odetta  B.  Schaltz,  1326  Soath  Saa  GabrM  Boakvard,  Saa 

Gabriel,  CaUf. 

Filed  Oct.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,883 

Iat.CLB60r;/(M 

U.S.  CI.  248-480  7  Claims 


3,671,003 

CAMPER  HOLD-DOWN  BRACKET 

Samad  H.  Hcasoa,  1201  W.  Proqwct  Street,  Kewaacc,  ID. 

Filed  Sept.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,914 

lat  CI.  B60p  3/32;  B65J  1/22 

U.S.  CI.  248-361  R  3  Claims 


:i^t:^"'* 


A  bracket  for  atUching  camper  bodies  to  truck  beds 
equipped  with  stake  pockets  wherein  the  bracket  includes  a 
portion  extending  into  the  suke  pocket  for  atUchment 
thereto  and  an  outwardly  and  downwardly  extending  plate  at- 
Uched  to  the  top  of  the  stake  pocket  received  portion,  the 
plate  terminating  in  a  portion  having  apertures  therethrough 
and  a  connecting  member  for  adjusuble  positioning  between 
the  apertures  and  a  camper  body  carried  bracket,  the  connect- 
ing member  including  a  J-bolt  having  its  long  leg  threaded  and 
a  hook  having  a  long  leg  attached  to  a  cylindrical  member 
received  around  the  long  leg  of  the  J-bolt  and  retoined  thereon 
by  an  adjusUble  hut  threaded  onto  the  end  of  the  J-bolt. 


A  side  mounted  rear  view  automotive  mirror  assembly  in- 
cluding a  mirror  frame  and  mounting  brackets  at  the  frame 
ends  having  support  arms  extending  transversely  of  the  frame 
pivoted  bracket  members  at  one  end  of  the  arms  for  at- 
tachment to  the  side  of  an  automotive  vehicle,  and  coupling 
means,  such  as  L-shaped  coupling  members,  at  the  opposite 
ends  of  the  arms  routably  and  telescopically  joining  the  arms 
and  frame  in  the  manner  which  permits  angular  adjustment  of 
the  frame  about  its  longitudinal  axis  as  well  as  about  a  trans- 
verse axis  generally  parallel  to  the  bracket  support  arms,  end- 
wise adjustment  of  the  frame  along  its  longitudinal  axis,  lateral 
adjustment  of  the  frame  lengthwise  of  the  bracket  arms,  and 
insullation  of  mirror  frames  of  different  sizes  and  shapes.  A 
mounting  bracket  for  the  mirror  assembly. 


^^  3,671,004 

HANGER  FOR  MATERIAL  IN  SHEET  FORM 
Robert  S.  Cram,  Detroit,  Micli.,  aarigaor  to  Deaiga  CreatioBs, 
lac.,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Ffled  Sept  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69^25 
IatCI.A47g///6 
U.S.  CL  248—467  |  claim 

A  hanger  for  decorative  sheet  material  such  as  posters,  pic- 
tures, record  covers  and  the  like,  comprises  a  channel  member 
of  generally  U-shaped  cross-section  having  a  longitudinal 
opening  or  slot  at  one  side  thereof  d^ined  by  inwardly  bent, 
oppositely  towards  each  other  inclined  Ubs  extending  from 


3,671,006 

REFRIGERATOR  WALL  PANELS  WITH  PANEL 

FASTENERS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  MAKING  SAID 

PANELS 

InrlBf  L.  Bcrkowiti,  Biaghamtoa,  N.Y.,  aoigBor  to  Kaaoa 

Hardware  Corporatkm,  Biaghamtoa,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jaly  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,635 
IatCLB22d/9/0¥ 
UA  CI.  249-97  MCW. 

I  he  panels  are  molded.  Frame  members  for  the  edges  of  the 
panel  are  assembled  with  thin,  parallel  spaced  side  walls,  and 
with  complemenury  panel,  hook  and  pin  fastener  members  in 
registry  with  appropriate  openings  or  slots  in  the  frame  mem- 
bera,  ro  form  the  molds  for  the  panels.  Fixtures  are  provided 
to  properiy  align  each  panel  hook  fastener  member  molded 
into  one  panel  with  a  complemenury  panel  pin  fastener 
member  molded  into  another  panel  fastener.  These  fixtures 


June  20.  1972 


riTT'KT'ir'D  A  T       A  "VTTk    TlTir«/^TJ  A  XTT/-<  A  t 


4   /X^\4 


1000 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


I 


June  20,  1972 


cut  down  the  time  necessary  for  positioning  the  panel  fastener 
members  preparatory  to  molding,  and  to  ensure  proper  posi- 


3,671,007 

COATED  SILICONE  RUBBER  MOLD 

Janes  L.  Bailey,  Dover,  tad  Fnuklb  A.  Rodgen,  Brooklinc, 

-  botk  of  Mass.,  aasigBors  to  Polaroid  Corporatioa,  Cam- 

bridcc  Mass. 

CootiaaatioB-ia-part  of  Scr.  No.  788,707,  Jan.  3, 1969,  Pat. 
No.  3,620,895.  This  applicatioa  Dec.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,478 

Iat.CI.B29d//0<< 
VS.  CI.  249- 114  2  Cbins 


-amino9ranltri«<he<f«ilaM 


rt«M  Mipport 


A  mold  comprising  a  support,  a  silicone  rubber  layer  of 
predetermined  configuration  and  a  layer  of  -y-aminopropyl- 
triethoxysilane. 


3,671,008 

FOOD  MOLD 

Fred  A.  VUlalba,  Jr.,  9100  Rex  Covrt,  El  Paso,  T». 

Filed  Aiif.  28, 1970.  Scr.  No.  67,938 

iBt  CL  A23g  1/22. 3/12,3/18;  F25c  7/20 

U.S.CI.249— 155 


2Clains 


-      I  3,671,009 

FLUnM:ONTROLLING  VALVE 
Harald  Staapffi.  PctU-Sacoaacx,  Switacriaad,  asaif  aor  to  La- 
dfer  &A.,  Carongc-GcMva,  SwHscriaad 


FOed  March  20, 1 970,  Scr.  No.  2 1 ,336       I 


Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  April 
I63/70;Jan.8, 1970, 164/70 

lat  CI.  F16h  57/06 
U.S.  CI.  251-129 


7-^'^ 


tioning  of  the  fasteners  in  correct  positions  so  that  each  hook 
fastener  member  matches  exactly  with  a  complementary  pin 
fastener  member. 


1969, 
1  Claim 


An  clectromagnetically  controlled  valve,  wherein  the  clo- 
sure-member is  connected  with  the  movable  core  of  the  con- 
trolling electromagnet  in  a  simple  and  smooth  manner  by 
means  of  a  coupling  the  members  of  which  are  rigid  respec- 
tively with  the  core  and  with  the  closure-member,  one  of  said 
members  housing  with  a  clearance  the  other  member  and 
definmg  with  the  latter  a  space  inside  which  an  O-ring  is  held 
with  an  axial  clearance.  Said  O-ring  fitted  in  an  annular  groove 
extending  outwardly  of  the  housing  transmits  the  motion  of 
the  core  tp  the  closure-member  so  as  to  raise  it  off  iu  seat. 


1, 


3,671,010 

VALVE  ASSEMBLY  WITH  DROP-TYPE  STEW 

Domcr  Scaramiicd,  3245  South  Hattic,  OUahoma  City,  Okla. 

I    Filed  Dec  5, 1968,  Scr.  No.  781310 

Int.a.F16h5;/00 

UA  CI.  211-151  43  Claims 


A  tortilla  mold  comprising  a  frame  defining  a  central  circu- 
lar molding  cavity  which  conuins  a  vertically  adjustable  base 
disk  for  varying  the  thickness  of  the  molded  tortilla.  The  frame 
includes  a  series  of  sockete  in  the  bottom  of  the  mold  cavity 
which  receive  downwardly  projecting  guides  on  the  undersur- 
face  of  the  disk  for  guiding  the  vertical  adjustment  of  the  disk 
which  is  effected  by  several  adjusting  screws  extending  up- 
wardly into  the  disk  guides  through  the  bottom  of  the  frame. 
Gauge  marks  are  associated  with  each  screw  so  as  to  visionally 
indicate  the  adjustment  of  the  disk.  The  wall  of  the  molding 
cavity  is  circular  and  smooth,  terminating  in  an  upward 
cutting  edge.  The  mold  receives  a  thin  overiayer  of  plastic  ^ 
within  which  the  commeal  is  pressed,  cut  and  formed. 


A  valve  assembly,  particularly  useful  between  flanges, 
which  utiUzes  a  housing  unit  and  a  separate  valve  unit.  The 
housing  unit  provides  a  supporting  housing  adapted  to  be  sup- 
ported between  the  flanges  and  to  include  a  valve  operator 
and  a  first  valve  stem.  The  valve  unit  is  sized  to  be  inserted  in 
the  housing  unit  and  includes  the  valve  member,  seats,  and  at 
least  one  additional  valve  stem.  The  valve  stem  carried  by  the 
housing  unit  is  insertable  lengthwise  into  connection  with  the 
valve  stem  of  the  valve  unit.  In  an  assembled  position,  the 
valve  unit  is  sealed  against  the  flanges  and  prevents  the  hous- 
ing unit  from  being  contacted  by  fluid  controlled  by  the  valve. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  201,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1001 


3,671,011 

VALVE  ASSEMBLY  FOR  CORNETS,  TRUMPETS  AND 

LIKE  INSTRUMENTS 

Yukihlro  Oguma,  Hamamatsu,  Japan,  assignor  to  Nippon 

Galilii  Scizo  Kabushild  Kaisha,  Hamamatsu-sld,  Japan 

Filed  Dec.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,039 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  Dec.  5. 1969.44/1 15354 
Int.  CI.  GlOd  9/04;  F16k  3/26 
U.S.  CI.  251-323  3  Claims 


thereto  arms  carrying  aircraft  wing  engaging  means,  the  arms 


being  mechanically  pivoted  to  raise  the  aircraft  fuselage  by  the 
wings.. 


3,671,014 
DEVICE  FOR  FASTENING  OF  LOAD 
Gotc  Sixten  Karisson,  Masugnsbyn,  Sweden 

Filed  Nov,  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878,040 

Claims    priority,    application    Sweden.    Nov.    21      1968 
15837/68 

Int.a.B66f7/00 
UA  a.  254-51  10  Claims 


A  valve  assembly  comprises  a  valve  cylinder  and  a  piston 
valve  slidable  in  the  cylinder.  The  cylinder  is  formed  of  a  one- 
piece  tubular  body  and  has  a  cylindrical  bore  formed  therein, 
the  bore  being  divided  into  two  sections  one  of  which  is  larger 
in  diameter  than  the  other  so  as  to  form  an  annular  step 
therebetween.  A  tubular  collar  is  tighdy  fitted  in  the  bore  so  as 
to  seat  on  the  step  and  has  a  pair  of  cut-out  portions  formed  at 
an  annular  edge  thereof  The  cut-out  portions  receive  both 
ends  of  a  guide  member  permitting  the  lengthvrise  movement 
of  the  valve  and  holding  the  valve  against  turning  in  the 
cylinder. 


3,671,012 

GREASE  COMPOSmONS  CONTAINING  POLYMERS 
William  P.  Scott,  and  Lynn  C.  Rogers,  both  of  Ponca  City, 

Okla.,  assignors  to  Continental  Oil  Company,  Ponca  City. 

Okla. 

Filed  March  16, 1970,  Scr.  Na  20,039 

Inta.C10ni5/22 

U.S.  a.  252—33.4  1 5  Claims 

This  disclosure  concerns  compositions  comprising  a  major 
anK>unt  (e.g.  at  least  75  weight  percent)  of  a  thixotropic. 
grease-like  composition  consisting  essentially  of  a  nonvolatile 
diluent  oil,  an  oil-soluble  dispersing  agent,  an  alkaline  earth 
metal  carbonate  and  a  minor  amount  (e.g.  0.1  to  25  weight 
percent)  of  a  polymer.  The  composition  is  particularly  useful 
as  a  lubricating  grease  and  also  is  useful  as  a  rust  inhibitor. 


3,671,013 
AIRCRAFT  HANGARING  SUPPORT 
Kirkc  B.  Evcrson,  Jr.,  R.F.D.  2,  P.  O.  Box  471,  and  Stefan  F. 
Eisen,  R.F.D.  2,  P.  O.  Box  516,  both  of  Dwiichon,  Conn. 
Filed  May  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,095 
I  lot.  CLB60p  1/48 

U.S.a.254— 8R  5  Claims 

An  aircraft  hangaring  support  having  a  base  framework 
mounted  on  rollers,  the  framework  having  pivotally  attached 


A  device  for  tensioning  and  fastening  a  flexible  elongated 
member,  such  as  a  chain  or  wire.  A  frame  has  a  pressure  bel- 
lows and  a  lever  mounted  thereon.  The  pressure  bellows  is 
operatively  connected  to  the  lever  by  a  shank  member 
whereby  the  stroke  of  the  pressure  bellows  is  multiplied  by  the 
leverage  ratio  of  the  lever  so  that  the  free  end  of  the  lever  goes 
through  a  increased  stroke  to  tension  a  flexible  elongated 
member  attached  to  the  free  end  of  the  lever. 


3,671,015 
PORTABLE  HOISTING  UNIT 
Gene  F.  Sullivan,  Dubuque,  Iowa,  assignor  to  Howard  W. 
Brown,  Dubuque,  Iowa 

Filed  Feb.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,493 
IntCI.B66c2i/60 
U.S.  CI.  254— 142  7  Claims 

A  foldable  base  structure  has  a  base  frame  that  is  fastened 
to  a  roof  or  other  deck  and  a  standard  that  is  pivoted  on  the 
frame  is  raised  to  a  substantially  vertical  position,  in  which  it  is 
rigidly  supported  by  a  brace  pivoted  at  its  one  end  to  the  frame 
and  fastenable  at  its  other  end  to  the  standard.  A  separate 
removable  crane  unit  has  a  post  which  telescopes  in  the  stan- 
dard, and  swivels  relative  thereto,  and  it  carries  a  motor  and  a 
winch  driven  thereby  on  its  upper  end  in  nicely  balanced  rela- 


1002 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  20L  1972 


tionship  to  the  post,  the  hoisting  line  extending  firom  the  winch  I  3^j7 1  oi  7 

over  a  pulley  on  the  outer  end  of  the  frame  in  which  the  motor  FENCE  DROPPER 

and  winch  are  provided.  The  motor  is  reversible  by  manual    Rofer  Normaii  SkIh,  BririNUW,  fTiififiMltnil 

iifBor  to  NadoMi  Nal  Ply.  Ltd.,  Mayae  JuiMtoiL 
QuMmiaad^AiMtralia 

Ftod  Jiuw  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,036 

Int.  a.  E04h  7  7/02 
U.S.  a.  256-47  jcuinu 


^uitrllia,  at. 

.BrWMoc, 


'r 


-r 


rrv 


control  and  a  sprag  is  manuaUy  controlled  to  lock  the  winch 
through  its  drive  gearing  in  a  selected  position  for  safer  han- 
dlmg  of  a  load.  A  hoisting  hook  of  novel  design  is  attached  to 
the  line  to  carry  the  load. 


A  wire  fence  dropper  with  top  and  bottom  grips  for  engag- 
ing top  and  bottom  wires  of  a  fence  has  intermediate  catches 
for  intermediate  fence  wires,  each  catch  being  two  opposite 
U-bends  one  above  the  other,  interconnected  by  a  transverse 
S-bend  in  one  curve  of  which  the  fence  wire  seaU. 


3,671,016 
CABLE  HOLD-DOWN  DEVICE 
Wlktor  Gladya.  DoOard  des  Ormemix,  Quebec,  Canada,  aa- 
rignor  to  Adas  HoM  &  Body  Inc.,  Montreal,  Quebec, 


7Clafans 


Filed  March  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24.098 
Int.  CL  B66d  1/36 
VS.  CL  254—190 


3,671,018 
BUBBLE-BLENDING  PARTICULATE  SOUDS 
Charica  W.  McKlbbcn,  Grove,  OUa.,  and  Robert  C.  RoMaKw, 
La  Marque,  Tex.,  artinori  to  Unkm  C«rbkle  Corporatkm, 
New  York,  N.Y.  , 

Filed  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,030 

Int.  a.  BOlf  13/02  ' 

U.S.  CI.  259-4  llCWms 


47^jif      g 


A  cable  hold-down  device  comprising  a  frame  which  can  be 
positioned  to  extend  adjacent  and  about  a  portion  of  the  cir- 
cumference of  a  cable  dnim.  The  frame  carries  a  rotatable 
pulley  to  press  against  the  last  section  of  cable  wound  on  the 
drum.  The  frame  rides  on  the  drum  and  has  means  for  biasing 
the  pulley  against  the  cable. 


Particulate  solids  such  as  normally  solid  polymer  particles 
can  be  blended  to  achieve  complete  hontogeneity  in  a  storage 
vessel  containing  a  volume  up  to  about  10.000  cubic  feet  of 
resin  by  rapidly  introducing  gas  bubbles  at  the  base  of  the  ves- 
sel. The  gas  is  introduced  through  nozzles  protruding  from  a 
plenum  located  at  the  bottom  of  the  vessel  with  the  nozzle  ori- 


fices located 
plenum 


parallel  to  the  vessel  walls  adjacent  to  the 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1003 


3,671,019  ,      . 

APPARATUS  FOR  MATERIAL  FLUFFING  ^  w!   ^'*^*'"  ^^  '"«"  back  to  the  inlet  end  of  the  chamber 

jMi*  J.  Tapscott,  and  Harold  T.  Anderam,  both  of  Santa  Rosa,    ^      "^^  ^^  *'  agitator  blade  for  blending  with  the  water. 

CaHf.,  aalgnors  to  Rictz  Manufacturing  Co.,  Santa  Rosa, 

Calif. 

^^'JTt.a.io'iyVS^J^''''"  ™l.UDERANDSCRE^'?i*k"^«,KWITHUNDERCUT 

Ui{.a.259-8  •«»"  7/22. 7/26  MELT  CONDUCTING  CHANNEL 

10  Claims     Anthony  W.  Pbmper.  Edison,  and  Uoyd  Kovacs,  Somerwt, 
both  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  Midland-RoaB  Corporation 
Filed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66,915 
Int  CL  BOlf  7/02;  B29I3/02 
U.S.  a.  259-109  9  Claims 


Apparatus  for  the  fluffing,  delumping,  pulping,  or  blending 
of  vanous  matenals  (e.g.  moist  fibrous  filter  or  press  cake) 
The  mfeed  material  is  advanced  through  a  fluffing  chamber  by 
a  rotor  having  fluffing  discs.  A  scuff  plate  surrounding  the 
rotor  u  provided  with  row,  of  projections  which  create  high 
turbulence  m  the  air  column  carrying  the  material.  The 
material  is  momenurily  retained  in  dwell  regions  in  the 
chamber  for  agitation. 


3,671,020 
w.^^J'^*^'^^  ^^  PRODUCING  A  BEVERAGE  BY 
MIXING  A  POWDERED  BASE  INCLUDING  SUGAR  AND  A 

COLD  LIQUID 

D««ldE.  Krup,  Elgin.  Dl.,  alienor  to  Karma  Division  of 

Brandt  Autonwtic  Cashier  Company,  Addkon,  DL 

FHad  Oct  9. 1970,  Scr.  No.  79391 

Int.  CL  BOlf  7/W 

U.S.a.259— 10  3 


A  screw  type  extruder  for  reducing  a  solid  thermoplastic 
matenal  to  a  fluid  wherein  a  spiral  body  of  uniform  width  of 
the  matenal  is  maintained  in  continuous  contact  with  the  bar- 
rel of  the  extruder  and  the  screw  b  formed  with  a  secondary  or 
subchannel  arranged  substantially  underneath  a  solid  body 
supported  within  the  main  channel  for  conducting  the  melted 
matenal  toward  the  discharging  end  of  the  extruder 


3,671,022' 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  fOR  THE 

MICRODISPERSION  OF  OXYGEN  IN  WATER 

WDHam  Burton  Lafa^  Murray  HIU;  Roy  L.  WOUanis,  MilUna. 

to^MKl  Allan  V.  Muska,  Bericeley  Height.,  all  of  nZ«^ 

Jipiors  to  Ah-  Reduction  Company.  Incorporated.  New 

FIted  Oct.  6, 1969,  Ser.  No.  863^70 

Int.  CL  BOlf  i/04 

U.S.  a.  261-29  i7ciabn. 


All  apparatus  for  mixing  and  vending  beverages  made  from 
a  mixture  of  a  water  soluble  powder  admixed  with  granulated 
sugar  or  other  non-rcadily  dissolvable  sweetener  agent  and 
cold  water.  The  apparatus  includes  a  powder  dispensing  as- 
sembly and  water  dispensing  assembly  each  discharging 
predetermined  quantities  of  powder  and  water  into  a  pre-mix- 
ing  chamber  and  thence  to  a  final  mixing  chamber  which  in- 
cludes an  agitating  blade.  Disposed  in  the  chamber  is  a  heli- 
caUy  wound  wire  member  which  serves  to  shift  the  undis- 


yire^gy^^ggrtftfg»7jpy^j»wyjyt» 


Method  and  apparatus  are  disclosed  for  oxygenating  river 
water  or  the  like.  According  to  the  invention  a  localized  flow 
of  water  is  established  beneath  the  surface  of  the  river  e  g  by 
impelling  water  at  the  river  bottom  through  a  conduit  Simul- 
taneously, small  volumes  of  water  are  mixed  with  oxygen  at 
pressures  under  the  river,  and  are  immediately  injected  into 
the  localized  flow  whereby  the  minute  oxygen  bubbles  therein 
are  dispersed  before  substantial  agglomeraticn  of  bubbles  can 
occur. 


1004 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671.023 

HUMIDIFIER 

Lewis  W.  Sell,  Grayslakc,  Dl.,  aaigiior  to  Cory  Corporation 

Filed  Feb.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  10,814 

InU  CI  BOU  3 104 

U.S.  CI.  261— 26  3  Claims 


tk^^' 


A  humidifier  having  a  belt,  means  for  moisturizing  the  belt, 
means  for  moving  air  against  the  belt  and  delivering  air 
moisturized  thereby  to  the  ambient  atmosphere,  and  means 
for  selectively  driving  the  belt  a  whenever  the  air  mov-^no 
means  is  operated,  or  b  continuously. 


3,671,024 

EXPANSION  TEMPERATURE  SENSING  MEANS,  IN 

PARTICULAR  FOR  MEDICAL  APPARATUS 

Haas  Gcorg  Brcfling,  Groas  Gronau,  Gcrmaay,  Msignor  to 

Oragcrwcrkc  AktkntcadlKhafl,  Lubeck,  Germany 

FIM  April  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,361 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  2, 1969,  P  19  22 
403.4;  May  2,  1969,  P  19  22  404.5 

Int.  a.  BOU  3/04;  A61m  1 7/00 
U.S.CL261-39R  6Claiim 


A  temperature  responsive  device  for  controlling  the  flow  of 
fluid  particularly  for  medical  devices,  such  as  a  breathing  ap- 
paratus and  a  vaporizer  for  anaesthetics,  comprises  a  housing 
which  has  a  supply  inlet  for  the  gas  and  includes  a  chamber  at 
its  lower  end  which  is  adapted  to  contain  a  liquid  such  as  an 
anaesthetic.  The  interior  of  the  housing  defines  a  first  pressure 
compensating  passage  for  the  gas  in  which  a  part  of  the  inflow 
of  the  gas  flows  through  a  spiral  around  a  top  portion  of  the 
housing  and  then  down  to  a  lower  spiral  defined  around  the 


fluid  chamber  for  the  liquid,  such  as  the  anaesthetic.  A  second 
partial  gas  flow  passage  extends  in  the  form  of  a  by-pass  from 
the  inlet  through  a  valve  passage  to  the  outlet.  Flow  from  the 
fluid  chamber  to  the  discharge  are  regulated  by  means  of  two 
concentric  rearranged  movable  valve  members,  the  first  valve 
member  containing  the  expansible  means  which  is  located  in 
the  anaesthetic  material  includes  a  surface  which  is  spaced 
from  a  valve  surface  of  the  second  movable  member  and 
which  defines  the  flow  passage  from  the  fluid  chamber  to  the 
outlet.  The  second  movable  member  defines  a  flow  passage 
with  a  fixed  portion  of  the  housing  and  it  is  biased  in  a 
downward  direction  against  the  housing  but  is  movable  against 
this  biasing  pressure  to  vary  the  passage  in  the  by-pass  line.  In 
addition,  this  same  second  movable  member  defines  a  surface 
which,  together  with  the  first  movable  member,  defines  the 
control  passage  from  the  fluid  chamber  to  the  outlet. 


3,671,025  ^\ 

FLUID  MIXING  DEVICE 
Perry  R.  EUiott,  Route  1,  Box  950,  Eutene,  Orcc. 
Continuallon  of  Ser.  No.  746,438,  July  22, 1968,  abandoned. 
This  appUcatioa  May  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  139,9311 
Iirt.a.B01f5/04  I 

U.S.  a.  261-76  11  Claims 


A  fluid  mixing  device  suitable  for  oil  burner  use  coinpriaes 
an  outer  cylindrical  tubular  member  and  an  inner  cylindrical 
tubular  member  provided  with  a  flared  bell  at  one  end  thereof 
The  outer  peripheral  lip  of  the  bell  has  a  diameter  thereacross 
which  is  at  least  half  the  inner  diameter  of  the  outer  tubular 
member,  for  defining  a  narrow  annular  venturi  orifice  of  sub- 
stantially constant  radial  dimension.  Air  flowing  in  the  outer 
tubular  member  increases  in  velocity  and  decreases  in  pres- 
sure at  the  orifice  for  drawing  oil  from  the  inner  tubular 
member  in  order  to  produce  a  finely  mixed  fog  beyond  the 
flared  bell. 


I  3,671,026 

DEVICE  FOR  EXPANSION  OF  EXPANDABLE  POLYMER 

BEADS 
Frank  J.  Mttls,  Beaver;  John  T.  Sadowski,  Attquippa;  Harwood 
H.  Squires,  Georgetown,  aad  James  J.  Ucbdhart,  Beaver,  all 
of  Pa.,  aasigDors  to  Slnciair<Koppcrs  Company 
Filed  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,841 
Int.a.F27b75/00 
U.S.CI.263— 21B  \ 


aver,  aii 
>  Claims 


An  apparatus  is  provided  wherein  large  low-density  inter- 
locking   {^articles   are    made    by    expanding    thermoplastic 


OFFICIAL  CA7RTTR 


.iTTxrr'    Ot\      1  Q<70 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1006 


polymer  beads  containing  a  normally  liquid  organic  blowing 
agent.  The  beads  are  expanded  by  heating  to  the  temperature 
of  expansion  with  steam  in  a  rotating  tube.  Gentle  agitation  is 
provided  by  a  combination  of  the  tumbling  action  of  the  rotat- 
mg  tube  and  the  action  of  the  steam  rising  through  the  expand- 
ing beads.  The  resultant  uniformly  expanded  particles  are  not 
crushed  or  shredded.  The  particles  are  suitable  for  use  in 
loose-fill  packaging  of  shock-sensitive  materials. 


3,671,027 
HEAT  PROCESSING  OF  MINERALS 
Robert  D.  Frans,  MMdleburg  Hts.,  Ohte,  msignor  to  The 
Hanna  Mining  Company,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

Filed  Sept.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,090 

Int.  CK  F27b  7/02 

UA  CI.  263-32  R  -jcMm 


ended  pipe  as  it  passes  therethrough.  The  jet  stream  nozzles 
arc  designed  to  deliver  solid  jet  streams  and  are  arranged  in 
parallelly  spaced  apart  and  coaxially  disposed  annular  groups. 
The  nozzles  of  each  group  are  directed  so  that  the  axes  of  their 
jet  streams  Ue  in  a  single  plane  that  is  perpendicular  to  the 
pipe  axis.  The  axes  of  the  jet  streams  of  each  group  are  also 
uniformly  and  adjustably  offset  or  angled  with  respect  to  radi- 
al lines  extending  from  the  pipe  axis.  The  jet  streams  of  a^ 
planar  group  become  confluent  on  the  surface  of  the  pipe  and 
the  confluent  portion  has  centrifugal  components  of  force 
which  induce  the  quench  fluid  to  separate  from  the  surface  of 
the  pipe.  This  arrangement  enables  the  spent  quench  fluid  to 
be  expelled  through  the  space  between  the  planes  of  the  in- 
coming jet  streams  without  accumulation  of  quench  fluid  from 
non-adjacent  planes.  A  barrier  may  be  provided  ahead  of  the 
first  group  of  liquid  jet  nozzles  to  limit  the  frontal  flow  of 
quench  fluid. 


3,671,029 
FURNACE  FOR  NON-FERROUS  METALS 
Kari  GoMa  Kariason,  and  Jan  Olof  Guataf  Bostcdt,  both  ol 
Vaatcrat,  Sweden,  aaiignors  to  AUnumna  Svowka  Elcktrtaka 
Aktiebolacet,  Vaatcras,  Sweden 

Filed  June  8, 1 970,  Ser.  No.  44,229 
Qaims   priority,    application    Sweden,   June    24     1969 
8928/69  '  ' 

Int.  a.  C21c  7/00 
U.S.  CI.  266—34  A  2  Claimt 


Heat  processing  apparatus  of  the  type  including  a  rotary 
kUn,  drying  and  prebuming  sections  at  the  material  inlet  end 
to  pretreat  the  material  prior  to  burning  in  the  kUn,  and  a 
cooler  at  the  discharge  end  of  the  kiln.  The  drying  section  is 
divided  into  two  in-series  chambers,  with  hot  gases  from  the 
prebuming  section  circulated  through  the  first  such  chamber 
and  from  the  cooler  through  the  second  chamber. 


3,671,028 
QUENCH  SYSTEM  FOR  PIPES 
Klaus  H.  Hcmnth,  Sylvania,  Ohk>,  atrignor  to  Mldland-Rom 
Corporatkm,  Toledo,  Ohio 

FUed  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,082 
Int.  CL  C21d  J/62 


A  furnace  for  non-ferrous  metals  or  alloys  is  provided  with  a 
base  supporting  the  furnace.  Under  the  bottom,  but  supported 
by  the  base  are  arranged  at  least  one  electromagnetic  stirrer  of 
multiphase  type. 


U.S.CL266— 6S 


12Ctafans 


3,671,030 
SPRING  LEAF  AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING 
John  P.  Marion,  VaiparaiM),  Ind.,  aarignor  to  North  American 
Rock  Corporatkm,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

FUed  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,289 

Int.  CI.  F16f  7/75.  7/26 

U.S.  CL  267—54  5  cWm 


^^'"^TrrrT-rrrTTTTrrTTTT? 


A  quench  system  for  pipes  in  which  jet  streams  of  quench 
liquid  are  directed  against  only  the  outside  surface  of  an  open 


A  vehicle  spring  leaf  has  at  least  one  of  its  opposite  ends 
formed  with  closed  eyes  for  connection  to  frame  or  shackle 
pivots.  The  spring  leaf  is  slitted  parallel  to  its  length  near  the 
end  and  subjected  to  a  deformation  operation  whereby  an  in- 
termediate portion  of  the  leaf  is  oppositely  displaced  with 
respect  to  the  displacement  of  adjacent  edge  portions  to  pro- 
vide opposed  semi-cylindrical  loops  defining  the  eye.  The 
deformation  operation  may  occur  either  simultaneously  with 
or  subsequent  to  the  slitting  of  the  leaf. 


June  20.  1972 


1006 


3,671,031 

FURNITURE  SPRING  CUP  AND  ASSEMBLY 
C.  Lcoaard  Krakaucr,  Rodyn  Hdghls,  N.Y^  MrigBor  to  Kay 
MaBufacturiiig  Corp.,  Brooklya,  N.Y. 

filed  Nov.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  88,831 

Iirt.  CL  A44b  21100;  Fl€l3/00 

U.S.CL  267-1 10  SCiyim 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  20,  1972 


r 


3,671,033 

MACHINE  AND  METHOD  FOR  FOLDING  PLASTIC  BAGS 

ANDTHEUKE  [ 

John  B.  Coart,  Baton  Route,  Liu.  airigBor  to  CoMt  ftdKUncry. 
Inc.,  Birton  Rouge,  Lik 

Filed  Nov.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92,087      I 

InLa.B65li45//2  I 

UACL  270-83  20  Claim. 


"^ 


A  clip  of  sheet  material  adapted  for  pre-assembly,  or  pre-as- 
sembled.  to  a  tension  spring  for  the  seats  of  backs  of  uphol- 
stered furniture,  is  attached  or  attachable  to  a  slotted  furniture 
frame  element  merely  by  passing  the  free  end  part  of  the  clip 
through  the  slot  of  the  frame  element  and  tensioning  the 
spring.  The  clip  is  L-shaped  at  one  end  and  has  a  loop  at  its 
other  end  adapted  to  embrace  or  embracing  the  wire  of  the 
spring. 


3,671,032 

ADJUSTABLE  HOLDING  DEVICE 

John  F.  Gcttliirr,  1500  N.W.  Fbnt  Avwue,  Fort  Laudcrdak, 

Fla. 
Contteuatlon-ln-|Mrt  of  Scr.  No.  837,380,  June  30, 1969,  Pat. 
No.  3,595,559.  His  appHcalloa  Jwm  22, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

48^3 

lBtCLB23q//0¥ 

U.S.a.269— 72  SCIainM 


An  adjustable  holding  device  for  holding  automobile 
bumpers  or  the  like  while  work  u  being  performed  on  them. 
The  device  includes  a  support  base  having  a  vertical  com- 
ponent defining  a  cradle,  and  a  roUteUe  cylinder  horizontally 
mounted  on  the  cradle  for  adjusuble  swinging  movement  At 
least  two  engaging  elements  for  engagement  with  the  edges  of 
a  bumper  are  mounted  in  parallel  on  the  rotatable  cylinder. 
Also  included  is  a  holding  mechanism  mounted  on  the  engag- 
ing elements  which  is  used  for  holding  a  bumper  in  position 
when  it  is  engaged  with  the  engaging  elements,  and  a  brake 
mechanism  for  holding  the  rotatable  cyUnder  on  the  cradle  in 
any  adjusted  position. 


An  automatic,  variable  speed,  plastic-bag-folding  machine 
which  takes  flat  plastic  bags,  rolls,  folds,  flattens  and  packages 
the  bags;  the  machine  consists  of  a  conveyor  belt  assembly 
(FIGS.  I  &  2)  fed  by  the  discharge  of  a  plastic-bag-making 
machine  which  feeds  the  bags  into  rolling,  folding  (FIGS.  6  & 
7)  and  multi-bag  packaging  sections  (HO.  8).  synchronized 
by  a  pneumatic  control  system  (RG.  9);  the  preferred  em- 
bodiment produces  the  tubular,  rolled  bag  by  a  circularly 
disposed  set  of  interdigiuted  rollers  (FK3S.  3-5);  a  second 
embodiment  utilizes  a  continuous  belt  having  a  geometric  cir- 
cular rolling  section  therein  to  produce  the  tubular  railed  baa 
(FIGS.  10  &  11).  ^* 

Having  formed  the  rolled  bag;  a  vertical  pin  located  at  the 
middle  of  the  tubular  bag  is  thrust  perpendicular  to  and 
against  the  tubular  roll  pulUng  the  flexible  bag  from  the  roUing 
section  and  producing  a  half-fold;  as  the  bag  is  pulled  from  the 
rolling  section  it  is  passed  between  two  inwardly  biased  rollers 
to  flatten  the  bag  and  then  pushed  into  the  multi-bag  packag- 
ing section  consisting  of  a  tighdy  fitted  pin  slot  on  a  set  of  con- 
veyor chains  which  holds  and  secures  the  folded  bag  as  the  pin 
is  retracted  in  preparation  for  the  next  bag  folding  cycle;  when 
the  appropriate  number  of  bags  have  been  folded  and  secured, 
a  commercial  packaging  box  is  fitted  beneath  the  loaded  slots 
and  a  set  of  fingers  are  activated  to  push  the  bags  out  of  the 
slots  into  the  box. 


to 


^  3.671,034 

APPARATUS  FOR  STACKING  SHEETS 

Gcrardtts  Johannes  de  Ridder,  Beam,  Netherlands, . 

Ingcnicursburean  Dc  Kidder  N.V.,  Bam,  Netherlands 

Filed  June  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51.184 
Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands.  June  30.  1969. 
6909977 

lot  Ct  B65  29/14;  B65h  3 1/30  ' 

'J.S.CL  271-68  22  Claims 

An  apparatus  for  stacking  loose  sheets,  such  as  newspapers, 
periodicals  and  the  like,  which  are  fed  in  a  continuous  flow  of 
imbricated  sheets,  each  lying  with  its  leading  edge  part  under 
the  preceding  sheet  of  said  flow,  to  a  stack  forming  station 
having  a  stop  forming  an  abutment  for  the  leading  edges  of  the 
oncoming  sheeu  whereby  each  sheet  is  pushed  underneath  the 
preceding  sheets  forming  a  stack  at  the  stacking  station.  The 
station  is  provided  adjacent  the  stop  with  rotating  star  wheels 
engaging  the  leading  edge  of  each  oncoming  sheet  to  lift  said 
edge  and  to  support  the  stack  being  formed  at  a  small  distance 
above  the  plane  of  feed  so  as  to  reduce  the  friction  between 
the  oncoming  sheets  and  the  growing  stack.  Further  lifting 
means  may  be  provided  at  the  trailing  lower  edge  of  the  stack 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20i  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


June  20,  1972  „  „  „ 

1007 

being  formed.  When  a  stack  of  the  requisite  number  of  sheets    sidewalls  thereof  said  holes  bein»  l«ra,  .~.     i. .      ^       « 
«  f.™... .  ™ov.blc  «p.,.«„.  device  « in^rud  undcme.*    ^  p,.c«i  on^^'^SSSTStS  ^Zi^ 


the  Stack  so  lifted  for  further  raising  and  removing  the 
completed  stack.  '' 


3.671.035 
CONVEYOR  APPARATUS 
Waller  Rdst,  Himdl,  Zurich,  Swltacrlaad, 

AG,  Zurich,  Switaerland 
Condnuadon  of  Ser.  No.  745,596,  July  17, 1968.  abandoned. 
This  appHcadon  May  6. 1 970.  Ser.  No.  37^67 
Oaims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  July  21     1967 
10389/67 

Int.  a.  B65h  29/12, 29/28 
UACL271— 76  jj 


to  Fcr^    *«  central  longitudinal  axis  of  the  cyUnder,  for  holding  the 


3,671,037 
GOLF  TEE  SETTER.POSmONER 
John  E.  Murdock,  Jr.,  Route  2,  Mount  Blanco,  Chester,  Va. 
Filed  Aug.  13, 1969.  Scr.  No.  849.680 
Int.CLA63b57/00 
UACL  273-33  ^Qaim. 


Conveyor  apparatus  for  transporting  an  imbricated  forma- 
tion of  objects,  such  as  a  succession  of  folded  newspapers, 
comprises  a  conveyor  track  adjoining  the  trailing  edges  of  the 
newspapers,  and  pairs  of  grippen  moving  along  the  conveyor 
track  and  gripping  the  trailing  edges  of  the  newspapers.  A  dis- 
tribution OT  device  is  disposed  ahead  of  the  conveyor  track  to 
provide  the  intervals  between  successive  newspapers  of  the 
imbricated  formation  so  that  the  distance  between  successive 
trailing  edges  of  the  newspapers  corresponds  to  a  predeter- 
mined value. 


3.671.036 
GOLF  TEE  SETTER 
eph  RuUno,  Earlton,  N.Y. 

FHed  Aug.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  60,797 
Int.a.A63b57/00 
UACL  273-33  j  chtai 

This  mvention  relates  in  general  to  golf  tees  setters,  and  in 
particular,  is  a  device  for  setUng  golf  tees  so  that  the  top  of 
each  wiU  be  the  same  distance  as  the  others  above  the  ground 
The  device  comprises  a  hoUow  cylinder  in  length  equal  to  the 
distance  that  the  tee  is  desired  to  be  set  above  the  ground,  and 
having  two  holes  diametrically  opposite  each  other  in  the 


A  golf  tee  setter  and  positioner  has  a  base  comprised  <rf  a 
foot  portion  and  a  gauge  portion.  A  tee  holder  is  slidaUy 
mounted  with  respect  to  the  base  so  as  to  be  adjustably 
secured  to  the  base  at  selected  heights  above  the  bottom  of  the 
foot  portion.  In  this  manner,  the  tee  head  is  selectively  posi- 
tioned at  a  predetermined  height  above  the  ground.  The  tee 
holder  is  comprised  of  a  dovetail  opening  that  is  cut  into  the 
structure's  body  portion  which  extends  upwardly  to  terminate 
at  a  handle  for  setting  the  tee.  In  one  embodiment,  both  the 
body  portion  and  the  base  portion  are  split  into  halves  along 
the  structure's  midline.  The  halves  are  pivotally  separable  so 
as  to  more  conveniently  withdraw  the  structure  fix>m  over  a 
tee  that  has  been  set  and  positioned  in  long  grass. 


1008    . 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20 


3,671,038 

STICK  FOR  ICE  BALL  GAME 

Maurice  Uard,  276  Salabcrry  Street,  JoUctte,  Quebec,  Canada 

Filed  Dec.  29, 1969,  Ser.  No.  888,710 

Claims  priority,  application  Canada,  Jan.  3,  1 969,  39,253 

Int.a.A63b59/00 

U.S.Ci.  273-67  R  2  Claims 


1972 


3,671,040 

SURFACE  REBOUNDING  APPARATUS  INCLUDING 
BALL,  RACKET,  AND  REBOUND  SURFAC^ 
Burton  C.  Meyer,  CMcago,  and  Robert  S.  McKay,  MoHon 
Grove,  both  of  111.,  assignors  to  Marvin  Glass  &  Asfociatcs, 
Chicago,  III. 

Filed  Dec.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  94,784 

Int.CLA63bdi/00 

U.S.a.273— 96R  a  Claims 


o  'J 


A  stick  for  ice  ball  game  having  a  straight  handle  and  a  ball- 
handling  member  at  the  end  of  the  handle.  The  ball-handling 
member  has  the  opposed  ball-stricking  faces  formed  with 
shovel-like  cavities  and  straight  parallel  lateral  edges.  It  has  a 
ball-striking  forward  edge  at  the  end  away  fix)m  the  handle. 


A  competitive  action  game  of  the  type  wherein  a  rebounda- 
ble  ball  is  launched  toward,  and  returned  by,  opposing  partici- 
pants with  the  aid  of  a  racquet-like  instrument,  characterized 
by  the  provision  of  an  intermediate  rebounding  surface  which 
the  ball  must  strike  in  its  path  of  flight  towards  an  opposing 
player,  the  rebounding  surface  including  opposed  inwardly 
and  upwardly  directed  portions. 


3,671,039 
BAT  AND  SPHERE  GAME  PIECES 
Ronald  A.  Nicwolak,  28675  Adkr  Drive,  Warren,  Mkh. 

Filed  Aug.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66^06 

Int.  CL  A63b  63100 

MS,  CL  273—95  R  15  Claims 


I  3.671,041 

ELECTRICALLY  OPERATED  BINGO  GAME  APPARATUS 
Floyd  R.  Taylor,  3346Vi  Wainul  Avenue,  and  Robert  B. 

Whltaktr,  5049  Bowman  Oaks  Way,  both  of  Camkhad, 
Calif. 

Continuatioa>in-purt  of  Ser.  No.  654,736,  July  20, 1967, 
abandoned.  Thb  application  Jan.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  7L203 
Inta.A63fi/06  f 

UACL  273-135  A  ^  13Claims 


'hi 


i^fn~r7TrrrTTTTTTm 


5» 


^ 


^"=^T> 


I — I 


▼77 


'^^-^r. 


-"^ 


A  game  apparatus  comprising  an  elongated  bat  having  a 
substantially  constant  diameter  shaft  with  hemispherical  en- 
largements at  either  end  which  prevent  the  sphere  from  sliding 
off  the  end  of  the  bat,  and  the  sphere  includes  capturing  mem- 
bers comprising  at  least  one  opening  having  a  pair  of  flexible 
tabs  marked  with  different  indicia  extending  toward  one 
another  from  opposite  sides  of  the  opening  thereby  defining 
an  entrance  to  the  opening.  When  the  bat  strikes  the  sphere  in 
substantial  alignment  with  the  entrance  to  \he  opening,  the 
tabs  allow  the  bat  to  snap  therebetween  and  be  retained  in  the 
opening. 


An  electrical  "Bingo"  game  comprising  a  player  console 
having  a  plurality  of  groups  of  playing  boards,  each  board  in- 
cluding a  series  of  numbers  on  a  translucent  panel,  at  least 
some  of  said  numbers  appearing  on  more  than  one  panel,  a 
light  containing  compartment  behind  each  number,  all  of  said 
lights  in  a  single  group  being  mounted  in  current  conducting 
relation  to  a  common  metallic  base  plate,  a  master  control 
board  having  a  switch  corresponding  to  each  number,  a  source 
of  electrical  energy  and  an  electrical  interconnection  between 
each  switch  on  the  one  master  control  board  and  the  lights 
serving  to  illuminate  the  corresponding  number  on  each  of  the 
individual  playing  boards,  said  lights  in  each  group  being  con- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1009 


nected  to  ground  through  said  metallic  base  plate  and  each 
having  a  diode  which  prevents  the  flow  of  current  from  the 
direction  of  ground,  whereby  a  possible  feedback  causing  a 
false  lighting  of  one  or  more  numbers  is  prevented.  Coin  actu- 
ated switches  arc  provided  for  energizing  selected  groups  of 
boards,  as  are  coin  return  means  and  lock  means  precluding 
energization  of  a  board  after  play  has  started.  Visual  and  audi- 
ble "Bingo"  signals  are  provided  for  the  player  console. 


deflection  of  the  follower  plate  and  a  correspondingly  specific 
rotation  of  the  cam  to  enable  the  follower  arm  to  raise  or 


3,671,042 

GOLF  COURSE 

Alexander  Garber,  261  Church  Street,  Apt  34,  Kingston,  Pa. 

Filed  Feb.  17, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 16,002 

Inta.A63b67/02 

VS.  CI.  273—  1 76  AB  7  Claims 


lower  the  magnetic  head  to  the  track  on  the  tape  correspond- 
ing to  the  operated  push  button. 


A  golf  course  layout  having  a  plurality  of  holes  in  which 
each  hole  includes  a  T-area,  at  least  one  landing  zone  having  a 
limited  landing  area,  and  a  green  having  a  cup  therein.  The 
landing  area  may  be  a  depression,  inclined  toward  the  tee, 
delineated  by  surface  markings  and  made  either  of  a  turf-like 
putting  grass  material  or  a  material  such  as  sand  to  impede  the 
ball.  The  game  is  played  so  that  the  player  must  land  the  ball  in 
the  limited  landing  area  prior  to  advancing  the  ball  toward  the 
green  for  eventual  sinking  of  the  ball  in  the  cup.  The  layout 
provides  different  paths  of  varying  difficulty  for  each  of  the 
different  stages  of  play  so  that  the  rules  may  be  tailored  to  ac- 
commodate the  game  to  the  skill  of  the  player.  Varying 
degrees  of  difficulty  are  provided  by  interposing  hazards  in  the 
direct  path  between  the  tees  and  the  landing  areas  which 
require  the  player  to  advance  the  ball  airborne  over  the  hazard 
or  putt  the  ball  along  the  ground  stirface  around  the  hazard  in 
a  curved  circuitous  path.  Assistance  is  provided  in  maintaining 
the  ball  in  the  curved  path  by  banking  the  ground  surface  in  a 
manner  to  assist  the  circuitous  travel  of  the  ball. 


3,671,044 

MAGNETIC  RECORDING  AND  PLAYBACK 

INSTRUMENT  AND  SUPPORT  FOR  MAGNETIC 

RECORDING 

MBos  Bkucvic,  62,  rue  Georges  Fcrrand,  BonneuB-nir-Mviw. 

and  Jowph  Kohn,  146  Boulevard  dc  Crenelle,  Parte,  both  of 

France 

FUed  July  7, 1969,  Ser.  No.  839,471 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  July  4, 1 968, 68 1 57948 
Int.  a.  Glib  25/04 
U.S.CL274— 4J  5, 


'^.    L^ 


3,671,043 
DEVICE  FOR  POSITIONING  A  MAGNETIC  HEAD  TO  A 
SELECTED  TRACK  OF  A  MULTI-TRACK  RECORDING 

TAPE 
Joseph  James  Zinuncrmann,  Efan  Grove,  Wis.,  assignor  to 
GTE    Automatic    Ekctrlc    Uboratorfes    Incorporated, 
Northlake,IU. 

Filed  June  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  43,462 
Int.  CL  Glib 5/56 
UA  a.  274-4  A  6  Claims 

A  device  for  positioning  a  magnetic  head  to  a  selected  track 
of  a  multi-track  recording  tape,  wherein  a  rotatable  follower 
plate  is  controlled  by  a  plurality  of  mechanically  interlocking 
push  buttons,  each  having  an  individual  different  length  actua- 
tor bar,  with  the  amount  of  angular  rotation  of  the  follower 
plate  being  predetermined  in  accordance  with  the  length  of 
each  actuator  bar.  The  interiocking  arrangement  of  the  push 
buttons  is  so  arranged  that  each  last-operated  push  button  un- 
locks the  previously  operated  push  button  and  thereafter  locks 
itself  operated.  In  the  device,  a  cam  is  attached  to  the  end  of 
the  shaft  of  the  follower  plate,  with  the  cam  surface  engaged 
by  a  follower  arm  attached  to  the  magnetic  head,  whereby 
operation  of  any  push  button  simultaneously  causes  a  specific 


Apparatus  designed  for  playback  of  magnetic  tracks  from 
one  side  of  a  rectangular  simultaneously  with  visual  reading  of 
a  printed  text  corresponding  to  the  recorded  program  on  the 
opposite  side.  A  movable  marker,  always  moving  from  left  to 
right  across  the  lines  of  the  text,  provides  a  continuous  indica- 
tion correlating  the  audio  replay  with  the  text,  the  distance 
bemg  transversed  by  the  magnetic  head  from  either  side  of  the 
card  being  equal  to  the  distance  traversed  by  the  marker  from 
the  left  side  of  the  card. 


to  Warwick 


3,671,045 
RECORD  CHANGER 
Edward  S.  Bara,  Elmwood  Park,  DL, 
Electronics  Inc. 

Filed  Jan.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  3^87 

IntCLGllb/5/00,/ 7/06 

U.S.  CI.  274— 10  R  9  cWms 

A  record  changer  having  a  manually  operable  mechanism 

for  cuing  a  tone  arm  to  place  the  tone  arm  at  a  desired  set- 


\ 


1010 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


down  position  on  a  record.  Alio,  a  record  changer  having 
setuble  structure  for  automatic  repeat  playing  of  a  chosen 


trodeposit  on  all  other  surfaces  by  first  applying  a  packing 
compontion  including  a  heat  curing  bonding  agent,  thereafter 
coating  the  packing  with  an  aqueous  polytetrafluoroethylene 
dispersion,  drying  and  sintering  the  resin  into  a  continuous 


film  while  simultaneously  curing  the  packing,  and  thereafter 
electrodepositing  chromium,  the  cured  packing  being  pro- 
tected ^gainst  attack  by  the  chromium  plating  bath  ^y  the 
resin  film. 


^      .  3,671,048 

UP  TYPE SEAL 
Emeric  J.  Gyory,  Park  Rldfc,  and  OUnar  E.  T 

band  or  passage  selected  at  random  between  the  beginning       «*»wood,  both  of  DL,  asrignon  to  Borg-    i 


and  end  of  the  grooves  of  the  record. 


3,671.046 
RING  SEAL  ^TTH  SPECIAL  GROOVE  CONHGURATION 
Foalar  M  Hagi— n,  130  N.  BrMd  Avcmic,  Loa 

CaW. 

Ned  Mvch  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,008 
Iiit.CLFllii/5/06 

UACL277— 170  22  < 


ttoii,CWcago,m. 

FIM  June  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,748 
bt.CLF16J75/i2 
UA  0.277— 227 


Un- 
Corpora- 


SClaim 


^v 


j» 


A  fluid  seal  in  which  an  endless  sealing  element  composed 
of  resilient  deformable  material  and  having  a  polygonal  cross- 
section  is  deformed  into  a  groove  formed  with  an  inclined 
sidewall  which  progressively  reduces  the  depth  of  the  groove 
on  one  side,  the  vcdume-void  relationship  of  the  groove  and 
the  element  being  such  that  one  exposed  ^e  of  the  element  is 
wedged  along  the  inclined  sidewall  to  a  reduced  thickness  and 
to  an  intermediate  position  along  the  incline  when  the  element 
and  groove  are  of  nominal  dimension  conditions,  and  is 
wedged  a  greater  or  lesser  distance  along  the  incline  with 
other  variations  within  permissible  tolerances.  Alternative  em- 
bodiments include  a  closure  with  a  sealing  element  on  one 
side;  a  retainer  with  sealing  elements  in  back-to-back  relation; 
and  a  second  retainer  with  sealing  elements  on  the  remote 
sides  c^  two  separable  retaining  rings  and  with  a  double  ele- 
ment between  the  rings,  the  retaining  rings  being  specially 
joined  and  formed  to  accommodate  separation  of  the  sealed 
surfaces  while  maintaining  an  effective  seal. 


A  lip  type  seal  adapted  to  provide  a  seal  between  a  housing 
and  a  relatively  rotaubie  shaft  including  a  sealing  lip  in  sealing 
engagement  with  the  shaft.  The  lip  includes  a  non-woven  mat 
of  randomly  disposed  interconnected  fibers  of  a  synthetic 
polymer  tuch  as  polytetrafluoroethylene,  polyester,  polya- 
mide  or  the  like  impregnated  with  a  synthetic  elastomer  such 
as  oleophobic  silicone  rubber.  Fibers  forming  the  mat  ^  par- 
tially exposed  at  the  lip  for  contact  with  the  shaft. 


3,671,047 
PISTON  RING  AND  PROCESS  OF  MAKING  THE  SAME 
Koi^i  Umeiawa,  Konoao,  Japan,  asrignor  to  Nippoo  Piston 
Ring  KalNBhild  Kdsha,  Toylio,  Japan 

Filed  Nov.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88320 
Oaims    priority,    application    Japan,    Nov.     18,    1969, 
44/92388 

Int.  a.F16J  9/72 

UACL  277-235  R  4  Claims 

A  cast  iron  piston  ring  is  provided  with  a  friction  reducing 

packing  oi  bonded  iron  oxide  nd  carbon  powder  in  a  groove  of 

its  outer  circumferential  face,  and  with  a  hard  chromium  elec- 


3,671,049 

FRICTION  WELDING  APPARATUS 

Alex  F.  Stanim,  RoclMStcr,  Mich.,  Mslgyinr  to  North  American 

Rockwdi  Corporation,  Ptttsburgh,  Pa. 

Divirfon  of  Scr.  No.  650,505,  Jnnc  30, 1967,  Pat  No. 

3,575334.  Thk  appUcatlMi  Oct  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77^08 

Int.  a.  B23b i;/iO.  F16c  7104;  B23k  27/00 

VS.  CI.  279—4  10  Claims 

A  friction  welding  apparatus  is  particularly  adapted  for  the 
friction  welding  of  relatively  heavy  workpieces,  as  for  example 
the  center  section  and  wheel  bearing  end  spindles  of  a  drive 
axle  housing,  and  comprises  special  hydrostatic  bearing 
equipped  devices  for  mounting  the  rotating  workpieces.  Each 
such  device  is  mounted  for  axial  displacement  and  comprises  a 
rotaubie  arbor  assen.bly  to  which  the  roUUUe  workpiece, 
such  as  a  wheel  bearing  end  spindle,  is  clutched  and  the  arbor 
assembly  is  rouubly  supported  in  a  housing  by  two  axially 
spaced  hydrosutic  journal  bearings.  Front  and  rear  hydro- 
static thrust  bearings  are  provided  between  the  arbor  assembly 
and  the  housing.  Oil  under  suitaMe  pressure  is  supplied  to 
both  the  journal  and  thrtist  hydrostatic  bearings,  and  controls 
are  provided  for  attaining  and  maintaining  suitable  fluid  pres- 
sure levels  at  these  bearings.  One  aspect  of  control  insures  that 
the  workpiece  is  not  secured  to  the  arbor  assembly  until  jour- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1011 


nal  bearing  oil  pressure  reaches  a  certain  level.  Oil  is  forced 
under  high  pressure  into  the  bearingi  through  specially  ar- 


3,671,051 

VEHICLE 

R.  Wcrft,  233  Dfewn  Bonh^aid,  Ui^otown,  Pa. 

•-i»iMirt  of  Scr.  No.  871323,  Oct.  28, 1969, 
■Ms  appBraricn  Aug.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,985 
tat.  CLA63C  77/70 

u.s.a28a-n.iET  28  < 


ranged  passages  and  after  being  discharged  firom  the  hydro- 
static bearings  returns  to  a  sump  at  lowered  pressure. 


AlwPnri 


3,671,050 
CHUCKS 

PCr  Angnatin  Wagnwr,  bctii  of  Kwi. 
to  AktMMlatst  Bofors,  Bofora, 

Filed  March  11. 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,658 

aamis  priority,  application  Sweden.  March  24,    1969, 

lBt.CLB23bi7/M 
UA  a.  279-47  2 


An  endlecs  bdt  vehicle  which,  for  example,  might  take  the 
form  of  a  sled,  scooter,  wagon  or  skate.  The  endless  bdt 
passes  over  nonrotating  beh  housings  having  beh  retaining 
grooves  in  the  periphery  thereof  with  a  coating  of  a  material 
which  when  lubricated  provides  a  substantiaUy  frktionless 
surface,  while  not  being  adversely  affected  by  the  lubricant 

Means  can  also  be  provided  to  adjust  the  bdt  tension  and  thus 
to  control  the  speed. 


3,671,052 
SKI  BINDINGS 
Donald  F.  Wmtes,  ABMMiMrqac  N.  Meu,  I 
laccrporascd,  San  F^aMiseo,  CdH. 
Collnnstion  in  part  cf  Scr.  No.  717,1 14,  Mweh  29, 1968. 

Pat.  No.  3343395.  TUs  ^pHcatioa  Jan.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

3,463 
IM.CLA63C  9/00 
U.S.  a.  280-1135  T  34, 


A  chuck  for  holding  a  tool  comprises  a  chuck  support  hav- 
ing a  conical  recess  which  accepts  a  conical  clamping  sleeve. 
A  clamping  nut  carrying  a  freely  rotataUe  ring  is  threaded 
onto  the  chuck  support.  The  ring  has  means  for  engaging  the 
chuck  support  in  such  a  way  to  permit  relative  axial  movement 
therebetween  but  no  relative  rotational  movement  Shoulders 
on  the  clamfHng  sleeve  and  the  ring  are  so  arranged  that  in  one 
relative  position  axial  movement  therebetween  is  blocked 
while  in  another  relative  position  the  daminng  sleeve  can  pass 
through  the  ring. 

899  O.G.— 37 


Ski  bindings  for  gripping  the  bed  and  toe  portion  <rf  a  ski 
boot.  The  heel  and  toe  bindings  are  separate  units  which 
release  by  a  snap  action  in  response  to  the- application  of  a 
predetermmed  force  through  the  heel  or  toe  of  the  boot  to  the 
respective  bindings.  A  snap  action  blade  (wovides  the  force  for 
resisting  lifting  movement  of  the  heel  <rf  the  boot  and  for  re- 
sisting swinging  movement  of  the  toe  of  the  boot  relative  to 
the  ski.  Both  the  release  force  and  the  degree  of  movement 
permitted  by  the  respective  bindings  is  adjusUMe. 


3,671,053 
SKI  BINDING 
TboHMs  G.  Smolka,  Wicn-Mancr,  Austria,  assignor  to  WIcmt 
Mctalwarcnfabrik  SbmBui  ft  Company,  WioKMancr.  Am- 
tria 

Fled  Jnly  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  842,957 
Claims  priority,  application  Austria,  July  29.   1968.  A 
7363/68 

Int.  CLA63C  9/00 
U.S.a.280-1135T  llCS^m 

Rdeasable  ski  bindmg  for  precise  adjustment  of  rdease  ten- 
sion. Binding  has  a  pivotal  member  and  varies  radial  distance 


1012 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


of  locking  component  from  pivot  point  of  pivotal  member  for 
adjusting  release  pressure.  Further  control  features  if  desired 


may  be  provided  for  adjusting  tension  of  spring  bearing 
against  locking  member. 


3,671,054 

RELEASABLE  BINDING  MECHANISM  FOR  SKIS 

Robert  A.  MktelBladl,  15117  Orchvd  Drive,  BmsvOe,  MfauL 

FBed  Oct.  6, 1969,  Sv.  No.  870,476 

lot.  CLA63C  9/00 

U.S.  CL  380— 11.35  M  13 1 


■»£  ae 


A  releasaUe  binding  mechanism  for  a  ski  including  a  boot 
support  member  resiliently  mounted  on  the  ski  and  a  releasa- 
ble  cable  means  for  securdy  holding  the  boot  on  the  support 
member.  A  plurality  of  micro-switches  mounted  within  the 
boot  support  member  and  adapted  for  actuation  upon  relative 
movement  between  the  boot  support  member  and  the  ski.  An 
explosive  charge  and  an  electric  igniter  therefor  adapted  for 
energization  when  one  or  more  of  said  micro-switches  is 
closed.  The  gas  pressure  released  upon  ignition  of  the  explo- 
sive charge  actuates  a  cable  release  mechanism  to  thereby 
release  the  skier's  boot  from  the  ski. 


3,671,055 
COASTER  VEHICLE 

Cari  P.  Aanip,  Springlldd,  DL,  assigiior  to  Dura  Corporation, 
Spriiiglldd,m. 

Fled  Jan.  29, 1971,  Scr.  No.  110,971 

Int  a.  B62k  9/00 

U.S.CL  280-87.01  6Claiiiis 


The  invention  herein  disclosed  relates  to  a  coaster  vehicle 
comprising  a  body  having  a  rider  compartment  with  handrails 
running  along  the  top  lateral  edges  of  said  compartment.  The 
body  of  the  vehicle  is  continuously  curved  upwardly  and  out- 
wardly in  transverse  cross-section  and  decreases  in  width  from 
the  rear  to  the  front.  Mounted  on  transverse  axes  adjacent  to 
the  ftx>nt  and  rear  end  of  the  body  and  projecting  outwardly 
through  openings  in  the  bottom  thereof  are  spherical  rollers. 


iifers< 


June  20,  1972 


t 


the  cenfbrs  oX  which  lie  in  the  longitudinal  vertical  plane  of  the 
vehicle.  By  reason  of  these  spherical  roUers  the  vehicle  will 
operate  on  a  surface  having  a  high  coefficient  of  friction. 
Steering  is  effected  by  the  rider  leaning  to  one  side  or  the 
other  tojeffect  drag  of  the  bottom  portion  of  the  vehicle. 


^effe 


3,671,056 
BOAT  TRANSPORT  DEVICE 
KcniMth  C  Wlademuth,  Mont  Savi^e,  Md. 

FVmI  Aug.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,701 

IaLa.B62b;/78 
U.S.CL280— 47J2 


iCUms 


Many  times  boats  have  to  be  transported  over  land  in  order 
to  reach  a  body  of  water.  Such  boats  can  be  readily  trans- 
ported by  attaching  a  single  wheeled  device,  preferably  to  the 
center  seat  board  of  the  boat,  inverting  the  boat,  and  by  use  of 
handles  on  the  stem  board  of  the  boat  guiding  and  propelling 
the  boat  to  the  body  of  water.  The  single  wheeled  device  is 
firmly  attached  to  the  boat  in  a  way  that  there  will  be  no  play 
between  the  transport  device  aixl  boat  as  the  boat  b  being 
transported.  Further,  the  single  wheeled  device  may  also  carry 
a  seat  board  reinforcing  member. 


3,671,057 
VEHICLE  SUSPENSION 
RoMid  M.  Cheers,  Mcirtor,  Ohio,  assignii 
CievciaBd,OWo 

I       FBed  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,243 


to  EucBd,  Inc., 


U.S.CL  280-124  R 


Int.  a.  B60g  9/00 


13Ciaiim 


:::-- jt-- 


A  vehicle  suspension  is  disclosed  in  which  the  vehicle  frame 
is  suspended  on  driven  vehicle  wheel  assemblies.  The  new 
suspension  includes  a  radius  arm  connected  between  an  axle 
housing  and  the  vehicle  frame.  A  suspension  spring  unit  is  also 
connected  between  the  axle  housing  and  the  frame. 

The  suspension  spring  unit  includes  a  piston  member  con- 
nected to  the  axle  housing  and  a  housing  defined  by  the  frame 
for  receiving  the  piston.  The  piston  member  is  resiliently  sup- 
ported against  vertically  upward  movement  relative  to  the 
fr«me  as  well  as  against  lateral  and  longitudinal  movement 
relative  to  the  frame. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1013 


^  3,671,058 

ROLL  OUT  STEP  FOR  PICK  UP  TRUCKS 
Miles  L.  Kcat,  1330  Hawley  Highway,  Bddiiig,  Mich. 
lUed  June  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49^34 
Iiita.B60ri/02 
U.S.a.280-166 


Idaim 


A  retractable  step  for  a  pick-up  truck,  the  step  being  nor- 
mally stored  below  the  rocker  panel  where  it  extends  under 
the  pick-up  truck  door,  the  step  being  connected  by  a 
mechanism  to  the  door  step  slides  inwardly  or  outwardly  ac- 
cording to  the  opening  and  closing  of  the  door. 


3,671,059 

CHECK  BOOK  HOLDER  HAVING  MASTER  CHECK 

Hdea  D.  Zdter,  424  South  Los  RoMcs,  PMndeaa,  Cam. 

Conti0ttatloa  of  Scr.  No.  826,580,  May  21, 1969,  ab— doacd. 

TMs  appNcalioa  Db&  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,071 

lot.  CLB42d  75/00 

U.S.a.283— 7  3i 


M*-23 


Kj 


A  check  book  holder  detachably  carrying  a  book  of  per- 
sonalized blank  checks  each  having  printed  thereon  the  name 
and  address  of  the  person  ot  persons  authorized  to  negotiate 
the  checks,  and  with  the  holder  also  carrying  a  master  check 
printed  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  check  blanks,  with  the  name 
and  address  of  the  same  person  or  persons  as  on  the  blank 
checks  for  comparison  therewith,  and  with  a  picture  of  the 
authorized  person  or  persons  also  printed  on  the  master  check 
for  assistance  in  identification  at  the  time  of  negotiation  of  a 
check. 


3,671,060 
INSULATING  FITTING  AND  METHOD  FOR 
MANUFACTURING 
Hans  Kybun,  Bnigrwcg  40,  Domach,  Switaeriand 
FBed  Feb.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,972 
Int.  CLF16I  77/72 
U.S.  CL  285—54  5  Claims 

An  article  of  manufacture  and  a  method  of  nuuiufacturing 
electricaUy  insulated  metal  pipe  coupUngs  both  of  the  fixed  or 
separable  union  type.  The  cou|riings  may  be  insulated  at  one 
or  both  ends.  The  couplings  includes  an  extenud  body 
member  component  and  a  separate  intenud  sleeve  or  thimble- 
like component  which  has  an  insulation  layer  interposed 


between  radial  and  axial  wall  portions  of  said  external  and  in- 
ternal members,  which  insulation  layer  may  be  of  generally 
preformed  cup-like  shape  <»■  by  use  of  suitaUe  jigs,  to  hold  the 
respective  body  members  it  may  be  injected  in  a  fluid  state 
therebetween.  The  radial  peripheries  of  the  craresponding 
body  parts  are  complementally  tapered  so  as  to  preclude  dis- 
assembly of  the  unitary  finished  coupUng.  When  using  pre- 
shaped  complementary  components  of  generally  circular 
form,  rather  than  various  polygotud  shapes,  the  complemen- 
taUy  shaped  surfaces  of  the  metal  components  which  abut 
against  the  sandwiched-in  insulating  layer  are  pretreated 
mechanically  by  special  knuriing  or  surface  grooving,  and 
possibly  also  chemically  treated  with  a  special  solvent,  thereby 
assuring  an  aggressively  tight  and  leak  proof  seal  when  assem- 
bled which  wiU  resist  torsional  separation.  The  method  <rf  as- 
sembly for  one  form  which  includes  an  external  socket 
roember  having  an  outer  deformable  peripheral  wall  is  to  have 
it  in  initially  sufficiently  open  condition  and  placing  it  up(xi 
the  reversely  Upered  internal  member  in  nesting  relationship 
with  the  insulation  piece  and  internal  socket  component,  and 
while  applying  an  axial  assembly  force,  simultaneously  apply- 
ing a  radial  compressing  force  to  the  deformable  peripheral 
wall  to  form  it  tightly  around  the  internal  tappered  portion  to 


form  a  sealed  insulated  coupling.  The  insulation  preferably 
projects  axially  beyond  the  joined  components  and  also  is 
radially  spaced  fix)m  the  main  portion  dt  the  socket  com- 
ponent. Another  form  of  assembly  utilizes  an  internally  in- 
serted tool  to  apply  a  radially  outwardly  directed  expansion 
force  to  sealingly  seat  the  internal  coupUng  member  and  insu- 
lating member  tightly  into  unitary  assembly  with  the  external 
jacket  or  main  coupUng  body.  In  still  other  forms  the  internal 
component  may  be  formed  with  progressively  thickened  or  in- 
wardly tapered  end  spigot  portions  which  are  adapted  to  be 
forced  radially  outwardly  by  an  internal  expansion  tool  against 
an  interposed  insulation  layer  strategically  placed 
therebetween,  while  applying  an  axial  assemUy  force  to  assure 
a  completely  tight  sealed  assembly  of  both  the  radial  and  axial 
wall  portions  of  the  insulating  member  between  the  cor- 
responding portions  of  the  external  and  internal  metallic 
coupling  components.  The  coupling  embodying  an  external 
jacket  or  sleeve  preferably  will  have  two  such  internal  com- 
ponents assembled  therewith  in.f>pposite  ends.  The  method  erf 
assembly  is  carried  out  preferaUy  in  two  steps  including  ap- 
plying  a  slight  initial  expansion  to  the  internal  member  cA  the 
assembled  components  in  a  slighdy  warmed  up  condition  of 
about  SO*,  and  the  subsequent  step  is  completing  the  expan- 
sion at  approximately  the  normal  room  temperature. 


3,671,061 
GYPSUM  BOARD  FASTENER 
Jack  A.  Dmrdy,  Kcmnorc,  N.Y.,  asslgisor  So  Natioaal  Gypam 
Coapaay,  Buffalo,  N.Y. 

FM  Jaly  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,760 

Iitf.  a.  F16b  5/00 

U.S.  CL  287—20.92  W  2  CWm 

Oypcum  wallboard  having  an  unbroken  front  ftce  and 

means  for  affixing  the  wallboard  to  a  tuppoct  comittiqg 


1014 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


preferably  of  •  blind  tetener  extendiiig  into  the  body  of  the    anchor  plate  is  mounted  within  a  tlot  in  a  bar  located  between 
board  throu^  the  bKk  &ce.  grasping  the  board  by  enlarged    the  adjacent  frames,  both  ends  of  the  V  in  the  anchor  plate  ex- 


tending 


portions  of  the  fastener  disposed  within  the  body  of  the  board. 


3,671,062 
INTERNAL  COUPLING  FOR  CONNECTING  U^HAPED 

RAILS 
JaoM  E.  Asfaworth,  Mor^m  CtML^  nripinr  to  UiriM 
Sled  Corporadoa 

raed  May  13, 1971,  Sar.  No.  142,872 
tatCLF16di/00 
U.S.a.287— 127  3 


A  U-shaped  coupling  is  received  snugly  within  two  U- 
shaped  rails  which  are  to  be  connected.  Each  rail  has  an  in- 
wardly directed  lip  at  the  end  of  each  leg  extending  toward  its 
base.  The  coufding  has  an  inwardly  extending  flange  at  the  end 
of  each  leg  forming  an  an^  of  less  than  90"  with  its  associated 
leg,  the  flange  hewing  against  the  free  end  of  the  associated 
lip.  Engagement  crfthe  flanges  with  the  lips  fbrce  the  coupling 
into  tight  engagement  with  the  rails. 


to  Avoo  Corpora- 


3,671,063 
CONNECTOR 
JaoMR  D.  StaydcB,  NashvMe,  Tcmu, 
Hob,  Naihvflk,  Tcnn. 

raed  Oct.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77.955 

lB«.CLF16b  5/06 

U.S.  CL  287— 189.36  C  4aaiiiM 

The  frames  ci  two  adjacent  panels  are  interconnected  and 

locked  together  by  means  of  a  V-shaped  anchor  plate.  The 


frames. 


throu^  correspooding  slots  in  the  adjacent 
Force  applied  to  the  bar  positively  wedges  the  anchor  plate 
simuhaneously  with  both  frames,  thereby  locking  the  struc- 
ture together. 


3,671,064 
I  BALL  OR  ROLLER  FASTENING  DEVICE 


nsd  Oct.  23, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  83,372 

Claims    priority,    appUcatioD    France,    Nov.    2S.    1969, 
6941071 

tat.  CLEOSc  J/76 
U.S.CL292— 45 


A  fastening  device  for  latching  a  door,  an  engine  bonnet  or 
a  trunk  of  a  vehicle  including  a  striking  plate  having  a  rocking 
recess  along  its  periphery  defining  a  striking  nose  at  the  for- 
ward end  and  a  casing  formed  with  chamber  for  the  reception 
of  the  striking  i^te  and  formed  with  a  housing  opening  into 
the  recess  in  fastening  position  of  the  device.  A  locking 
member  is  provided  in  the  housing  to  normally  protrvde  from 
the  housing  into  the  chamber  to  be  received  in  the  locking 
recess,  and  a  rocking  section  is  also  provided  in  the  housing, 
this  sector  resiliendy  biassing  the  locking  member  out  of  the 
housing  into  the  chamber.  A  hooking  nose  is  formed  on  the 
rocking  sector  forwardly  of  the  locking  member  with  respect 
to  the  inserting  movement  of  the  striking  plate  in  the  chamber 
and  the  hooking  nose  is  spaced  a  distance  from  the  locking 
member  such  as  to  bold  therein  the  striking  nose  in  inserting 
movement  of  the  striking  plate  whereby  to  achieve  a  first  or 
safety  latching  of  the  door,  bonnet  or  trunk. 

The  sector  is  mounted  in  the  housing  for  resilient  rocking 
about  a  pivot  and  biasing  of  the  locking  member  into  the 
chamber.  The  locking  member  is  a  roller  and  a  resilient  spiral 
connection  is  provided  on  which  the  roller  is  mounted  and 
which  limits  the  frictional  engagement  ot  the  roller  to  dif- 
ferential rolling  movement  between  the  rocking  sector  and  the 
striking  nose. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1015 


3,671,065 
SUDABLE  BOLT  CATCH 
Bmcc  N.  Bingham,  Rockford,  DL,  assignw  to  Amerock  Cor. 
poratloi^  Rockford,  DL 

FDed  Dec  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,074 
Imt.  CL  E05c  1/10 
UACL  292—175  7( 


3,671,067 

MULTI-PURPOSE  KEY  RING  TOOL  AND  DOOR  LOCK 
Albert  WcgBcr,  223  Syflmcr  Court  9,  Frfiwisa.  <"«ii>    |^j 

Wilfred  TuBstai,  12874  2wi  Slr«l,  YBcalpa,  CaHf* 
nW  Oct  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  868,105 

laiLCLEOSe  19/18 
UACL  292—292  3, 


A  catch  for  mounting  on  a  swingabie  door  including  a  sup- 
port with  a  slidabie  boh  mounted  within  a  chamber  for  move- 
ment between  projected  and  retracted  positions  and  urged 
toward  the  projected  position  by  a  spring.  Two  prongs  formed 
integrally  with  and  resiliently  hinged  to  the  bolt  snap  into  a 
pair  (rf  elongated  recesses  in  the  chamber  walls  to  prevent  the 
bolt  from  sliding  past  its  projected  position.  Flanges  extending 
from  the  walls  and  into  the  chamber  fit  in  corresponding 
grooves  formed  integrally  in  the  boh  to  guide  the  latter  as  it 
moves  between  its  projected  and  retracted  positions. 


3,671/166 
BAG  LOCK  ASSEMBLY 

Joho  W.  Glmore,  2222  S£.  AiUdey  Strasi,  PorHaBd,  Oi«g. 
nod  Job.  25, 1971,  Ssr.  No.  109,449 
Ial.CLE05ci/(M 
U.S.CL292— 228  1 


A  fiat  metal  stamping  about  an  inch  and  one-half  long  and  1 
inch  deep  terminating  at  one  end  in  an  apertured  laterally  bent 
nose  for  receiving  a  key  ring  and  at  the  other  end  in  a  laterally 

bent  oCEMt  screw  driver  which  cooperates  with  a  pin  extending 
fix>m  said  stamping,  and  a  deeply  slotted  wedge  block  backed 
up  by  said  pin  to  k)ck  any  door  ftxjm  the  inside.  Embodied 
with  upper  and  k>wa^ec^  of  the  stamping  are  a  bottle 
opener,  a  safety  bottle  cap  appbcatw  and  remover,  which  may 
also  be  used  as  a  golf  shoe  cleat  replacing  wrench. 


3,671,068 
SHOCK  ABSORBmG  VEmCLE 

OttoGcrinrd,WohnklraM95,84]        

rasd  May  20, 1968,  Ssr.  ffo.  730,^ 

Claims  priority,  apfdication  Germany.  May  22,  1967,  Q^ 

IbI.  CL  B60r  19/00;  B61g  1 1/16;  F16d  63/00 
U.S.a.293— 1  4, 


A  lock  designed  for  a  bag  having  a  flap  extending  over  part 
of  the  top  and  part  of  the  outside  face  of  one  wall  of  the  bag. 
the  lock  consisting  of  a  portion  on  the  bag  wall  and  a 
cooperating  companion  portion  on  the  flap,  the  portion  on  the 
flap  of  the  bag  being  so  positioned  as  to  overiie  and  mate  with 
the  portion  on  the  bag  wall,  the  two  portions  so  constructed 
that  the  portion  on  the  bag  waU  wiU  be  locked  within  the  por- 
tion on  the  flap  when  the  flap  is  pressed  against  the  bag  wall. 
When  the  two  portions  are  locked  in  this  manner  they  can  be 
unlocked  only  by  giving  a  90°  turn  to  a  locking  knob  on  the 
outer  portion. 


1     7_s.^ -__ 


^ ^ 


1     6     3 


A  car  or  motor  vehicle  having  an  undivided  chassis  with 
deformation  zones  therein  and  having  means  vtiiich  can  be 
deformed  and  destroyed.  A  plurality  of  at  least  two-part 
kinetic  energy  dissipadng  devices,  in  which  the  parts  are  dis- 
placeable  one  against  another,  are  attached  with  their  ends  to 
respective  ends  of  the  deformation  zones  tot  bridging  the 
latter.  The  energy  dissipating  devices  consist  mainly  of  push 
rods  coaxially  arranged  with  corresponding  housings  contain- 
ing breaker  plates  which  are  pierced  by  the  rods. 


3,671,069 
CARGO  CONTAINER  LIFTING  AND  SPACING 
APPARATUS 
Jolu  Frank  Martia,  aad  Chwta  Dcoa  Raasdca 
both  of  CaHf .,  asslgnsri  to  ffVwhaol  CorporatfoB,  DctralL 
Mkh. 

Ffcd  Jiriy  15, 1970,  Scr.  Now  54,960 

lat.  CL  B66c  1/00 

VS.  CL  294-81  SF  3  cMm 

Cargo  container  loading  apparatus  in  which  the  coatainen 

are  carried  on  a  pair  of  spreaders,  each  suspended  from  a 


I 


1016 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  io,  1972 


separate  platform  mounted  on  a  troQey.  Tlie  spacing  between    back  independently  adjustable  to  convert  for  alternative 
the  ocntakwrs  ia  adjustable,  independently  of  the  spreaders,   provision  of  a  passenger  carrying  seat,  a  well  in  which  golf 


bags  and  clubs  are  supported  vertically,  and  a,  luggage 
carrying  deck  with  horizontal  baggage  space. 


I 


M71,072 

FOLDING  ROCKING  CHAIR  WHH  FOLDING 

SEAT  SUPPORT 

Cheater  H.  Holt,  14  Mmdock  Atc^ 

WtaKhcBdoii,  Mam.    01475 
Filed  Johr  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  846,467 
,,„     •  JatCLAilc  3/029 

by  means  of  motor  operated  screws  which  move  the  platfonns    Ua  CL  297— 32 
toward  or  away  firom  each  other  on  the  troOey. 


3,671,070 
COMBINATION  FUEL  TANK  AND  OPERATOR*S 

SEAT  FOR  TRACTORS 
RobeH  W.  JohMtM,  Wiaield,  a^  Hwcy  B.  Kaipiel, 
RoaeUe,  OL,  — itoow  to  iBtenwtimial  Harrestcr  Com. 
pai4^,  Chiawo,  m. 

FDed  Ana.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,481 

iBt  CL  B60b  i/06 

VS,  CL  296—65  R  2  CUdms 


1  Chim 


A  feeding  rocking  chain  of  wood  has  the  front  legs 
partially  suj^wrted  by  bearing  against  an  extension  of 
the  rear  legs  and  has  a  pair  of  foldable,  angled,  metal 
braces  pivotally  supported  on  a  front  leg  rung  with  the 
forward  ends  of  the  braces  pivotally  received  and  hidden, 
in  slots  in  the  seat  frame  elements.  A  round,  beaded  seat 
edge  thus  ai^iears  to  be  cantilevered  and  free  of  ungainly 
bracing  while  actually  firmly  supported.  The  seat  edge  is 
received  in  the  angle  of  the  metal  braces  when  folded. 
L  shaped  metal  seat  hinges  are  similarly  received  ,and  hid- 
den in  slots  in  back  frame  elements. 


A  combination  body-tank-seat  assembly  for  tractors 
wherein  the  tractor  operator  is  seated  forwardly  of  the 
tractor  fuel  tank,  and  \(1ierein  the  operator,  his  seat,  and 
the  fuel  tank  are  all  located  between  box-like  body  struc- 
tures iMTovided  at  the  sides  of,  and  in  assembly  with,  the 
overall  combination. 


3,67L073 

nLTABLE  MOUNTING  FOR  DUMP  TRUCK 

BODIES 

Micbael  Bflaf,  2730  CohimUaiUhNew  Castle  Road, 

New  Springfield,  Okto    44443 

FDed  Not.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,629 

1  lot  CL  B65g  67/i2  I 

U.S.  CI.  298—17  S  5  n.i». 


ic#rtJTn 


)NVER111ILE 


Ra^  S.  Erimiidc,  Jcnrai  Bcadi,  Fla.,  aarignor  to  Oat- 
board  Bfarinc  CoiporaHon,  Wankcsan,  DL 
FDed  May  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  825,207 
.,-  ^  IACLB60ni/70 

UA  CL  296-69  lo  Claims 

A  four-wheeled  vehicle  has  a  rear  seat  and  a  rear  scat 


A  tUtable  mounting  for  dump  truck  bodies  positions  a 
rotatable  wedge  shaped  member  on  the  dump  tnupk  frame 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1017 


in  oppositely  disposed  matching  relation  to  a  fixed  wedge  has  a  nositive  raki.  anoU  in  ti,.  ^..♦♦•—    i  ^    .. 

parting  rotation  to  the  rotatable  wedge  shaped  member 

on  the  dump  truck  frame  alters  the  relative  positioning  ^ 

of  the  wedge  shaped  members  and  enables  the  dump  «vl'  " 

truck  body  to  be  maintained  on  a  transversely  level  plane 

despite  transverse  tilting  of  the  truck  frame  axles  and 

wheels  as  occurs  when  one  of  the  wheel  assemblies  sinks 

into  a  soft  supporting  surface. 


671,074 


U.8.  CL  297—239 


Bolt  F.  BcrBrtrom,  Mellan^oTagen  50, 

Hnddinge,  Sweden 

Flkd  Jnlv  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,314 

m.  CL  A47c  3/04 


4  Clalnic 


plane  which  is  less  than  the  rake  angle  in  the  cutting 
plane  of  the  front  face  part. 


3,671,076 

VEHICLE  WHEEL  TRIM   « 
Cliaries  B.  Aake,  Jr.,  1278  Pflgria, 

Birmingham,  Rfidi.    48009 
FDed  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,260 

.Tfl  ^  «-  Int.  CL  B60b  7/W 

U.S.  CL  301—37  R 


2Clalnis 


A  chair  having  a  frame,  a  seat  and  a  seat 
carrying  member  mounted  upon  the  frame  and  provided 
with  at  least  one  loop.  The  seat  has  a  rear  end  fitting  into 
the  loop  so  that  the  seat  carrying  member  is  subjected 
to  two  opposed  forces  when  the  seat  is  subjected  to  a 
vertical  load. 


ERRATUM 

For  aass  298—17  see: 
Patent  No.  3,671,073 


3,671,075 
CUTTER  PICKS 
Brian  Eyre,  ShelBeld,  and  John  Bland,  Eppins,  England, 
assignors  to  Padley  &  Venablcs  Limited  and  Sir  Robert 
McAlplne  &  Sons  limited 

FDed  Dec.  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  95,863 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Dec  30,  1969, 

63,184/69 

.r«  ^  -«^  IntCLE21ci5/7« 

U.S.  a.  299—79  11  Claims 

A  cutter  pick  having  a  head  carrying  an  insert  of  hard 
material  and  having  a  longitudinally  extending  shank  by 
which  it  is  removably  held  in  a  pick  box  for  transversing 
movement  in  a  longitudinally  extending  cutting  plane  of 
the  pick;  the  insert  has  a  convex  top  face  and  a  face 
which  is  intended  to  lead  during  traversing  movement  of 
the  pick  which  leading  face  comprises  a  convex  front 
face  part  and  an  intermediate  face  part,  the  latter  being 
formed  by  relieving  the  comer  portion  of  the  insert  where 
the  front  face  part  and  top  face  would  normally  inter- 
sect; the  insert  has  a  t(^  edge  constituted  by  the  line  of 
junction  between  the  leading  face  and  the  top  face;  the 
intermediate  face  part  is  set  by  a  side  which  coincides 
with  the  top  edge  and  by  a  front  edge  part  constituted 
by  at  least  one  line  of  junction  between  the  intermediate 
face  part  and  the  front  face  part;  and  the  front  face  part 


Vehicle  wheel  trim  for  modem  vehicle  wheels  in  the 
form  of  a  wheel  trim  assembly  telescopically  mounted 
within  the  tire  bead  seat  annulus  of  vehicle  wheels  pref- 
erably comprising  a  clear,  tinted,  or  colored  transparent 
plastic  outer  bubble  and  an  opaque  ornamental  plastic 
inner  plastic  disc  preferably  chrome  plated,  chrome  plated 
and  painted,  cw  painted  in  whole  or  in  part  to  produce  a 
variety  of  highly  desirable  aesthetic  effects.  The  outer 
plastic  bubble  and  inner  plastic  omamental  disc  are  of  the 
same  diameter  and  terminate  in  mating  peripheral  flanges 
over  which  is  telescopically  disposed  an  improved,  sim- 
plified and  positive  resilient  anchorage  means  which  sub- 
stantially seals  the  peripheries  of  the  wheel  trim  elements 
together  and  removably  secures  the  ornamental  wheel 
trim  assembly  on  the  vehicle  wheel  within  the  tire  bead 
seat  annulus  thereof,  the  said  anchorage  means  providing 
for  relative  thermal  expansion  and  contraction  differentials 
of  the  metal  vehicle  wheel  rim  and  the  plastic  wheel  trim 
elements.  The  anchorage  means  alternately  may  include  a 
metal  brightly  finished  spring  expansion  ring  which  is  not 
only  omamental  but  also  serves  as  an  auxiliary  anchorage 
element.  Also,  alternatively,  a  single  omamental  wheel 
cover  element  may  be  substituted  for  the  outer  bobble  and 
inner  disc  elements. 


1018 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


FORAGE  BLOWER 
CharlM  T.  Hoyt,  lohn  W.  Hami,  and  Dwight  L.  HenMl, 
BiilHom  ^f^  Clarence  M.  Hanwn,  East  Lansing, 
Mkh^  Walter  G.  Lorely,  Amea,  Iowa,  and  HJalmar  D. 
BnihB,  Madison,  Wb.,  aatenon  to  BriUion  Iron  Works, 
Ibch  DItUob  of  Beatrice  Poods  Co^  BiilHon,  Wis. 


VA  CL  an— 8 


FUcd  Sept  24, 1M9,  Scr.  No.  86«,4M 
Int  CL  BiSg  53/08.  53/46 


4  Clainis 


control  circuitry  for  determining  which  distributors  re- 
ceive fibers  in  which  order.  Several  electrical  control  cir- 
cuits for  sequentially  checking  each  of  the  distributors 
in  a  system  to  determine  which  of  them  is  demanding 
fibers  and  to  sequentially  satisfy  the  demands  for  fibers 
by  opening  valves  associated  with  the  distributors  so  that 
the  air  stream  containing  the  fibers  is  drawn  into  a  dis- 
tributor, wherein  the  air  stream  and  the  fibers  are  sep- 
arated, are  disclosed.  Also  disclosed  are  a  number  of  dif- 
ferent distributors  suitable  for  renx>ying  fibers  from  air 
streams. 


3,(71,078 
MATERIAL  DISTRIBUnNG  SYSTEM 
Cedl  S.  Wise,  Dallas,  N.C,  aarignor  to  FHier 
Controls  Coiporation,  Gastmrfa,  N.C. 
Continnation-in*part  of  q^plicadons  Scr.  No.  217,154, 
Ang.  15,  1962,  Scr.  No.  444,885,  Mar.  2,  1965,  Ser. 
No.  538,437,  Mar.  3,  1966,  Scr.  No.  561,579,  Jnne  29, 
1966,  and  Ser.  No.  694,268,  Dec  28,  1967.  TUs  ap- 
plication July  9,  1969,  Ser.  No.  848,133 
Int  CL  B65g  53/04 
U.S.  CL  382—28  45  Claims 


^ i^^^i^Vy' 


3,671,879 

METBOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  HANDLING 

MATERIAL 

Witter  D.  Hnlbktr,  Kodak,  T«n^  iMlfMr  tf 

Ma-TVan  Corporation,  KnoxriDe,  Tenn. 

I   FDed  Apr.  16, 1978,  Ser.  No.  29,085 

1  Int  CL  B65g  53 /W,  53/36 

\3S.  CL  302—29  8  Claims 


A  fan  is  supported  for  rotation  about  a  horizontal  axis 
within  a  fan  housing  having  an  outlet  at  the  top  thereof 
and  an  inlet  at  the  lower  side  portion  thereof.  A  feeder 
means  includes  a  rotor  supported  for  rotation  about  a 
vertical  axis  and  including  a  plurality  of  radially  extend- 
ing blades.  This  rotor  is  surrounded  by  a  hoj^r  open  at 
the  top  thereof,  the  hopper  including  a  sloping  front  wall 
and  a  substantially  vertically  extending  rear  wall.  An  out- 
let portion  of  the  hopper  is  adapted  to  direct  material 
from  the  feeder  means  into  the  fan  housing. 


A  fluidizer  receives  material  from  a  source.  After  the 
fluidizer  is  filled  with  material,  the  material  therein  is 
aerated.  Then,  the  material  is  conveyed  to  a  storage  tank 
by  pressurized  air.  The  material  in  the  lower  portion  of 
the  storage  tank  is  aerated  whenever  material  i^  to  be 
delivered  from  the  storage  tank. 


3,671,880 

DEVICE  FOR  REGULATING  THE  PRESSURE 
BETWEEN    FRONT    AND    REAR    BRAKE 
CYLINDERS 
Hiroslii  Kawagndd,  Toyota-siri,  Japan,  asrfgnor  to  Toyota 
JidostM  Kogyo  Kabualdld  Kaiaba,  Toyota-dd,  AicU- 
ken,  Japan 

Filed  Ja&  21, 1971,  Ser.  No.  108,516 

Claiais  priority,  appttcatfcHi  Japan,  Jan.  22,  1970, 

45/5,415 

Int  CL  B60t  13/00      ^ 

U  J.  CL  303—6  C  6  Claims 


A  system  for  distributing  fibers  pneumatically  from  a       A  regulating  device  for  controlling  the  brake  jM^ssure 
source  to  any  of  a  plurality  of  distributors  and  electrical   between  front  and  rear  brake  cylinders  in  response  to  the 


JtWE  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


operation  of  a  brake  pedal  causing  the  discharge  of  a 
pressure  fluid  from  a  master  cylinder  includes  a  system  in 
which  the  master  cylinder  is  connected  to  the  cylinders  of 
the  front  wheels  for  actuating  them.  The  system  includes 
a  regulating  device  disposed  between  the  front  wheel  fluid 
pressure  connection  and  the  rear  wheel  fluid  pressure  con- 
nection for  providing  a  pressure  balanced  actuation  of  the 
rear  wheel  brake  cylinders.  The  regulating  device  includes 
a  housing  having  an  inlet  for  the  pressure  fluid  supplied 
by  the  master  cylinder  and  an  outlet  spaced  from  the  inlet 
for  delivering  the  pressure  fluid  to  the  rear  wheel  brake 
cylinders.  The  housing  defines  a  first  inlet  chamber  which 
is  connected  to  the  inlet  of  the  device  and  a  second  cham- 
ber which  is  connected  to  the  discharge  and  two  valve 
members  are  arranged  to  move  within  the  respective  cham- 
bers. The  valve  members  arc  constructed  and  arranged 
such  that  the  first  one  regulates  the  flow  from  the  first 
chamber  into  the  second  and  the  second  one  regulates  the 
flow  through  the  outlet.  The  two  valve  members  affect 
opening  and  closing  of  the  respective  chambers  in  accord- 
ance with  the  relationship  between  the  effective  cross-sec- 
tional areas  of  the  both  valve  members  and  the  force  of 
two  biasing  springs.  Communication  between  the  first  and 
second  fluid  chambers  is  thus  established  intermittently  and 
causes  an  increase  of  the  fluid  pressure  delivered  to  the 
rear  wheels  at  a  rate  smaller  than  that  which  is  delivered 
by  the  master  cylinder.  When  the  fluid  pressure  of  the 
master  cylinder  exceeds  a  predetermined  value,  the  second 
piston  closes  the  outlet  of  the  housing  because  of  the 
fluid  differential  pressure  between  the  two  fluid  chambers 
to  maintain  a  constant  fluid  control  pressure  on  the  rear 
wheel  control  cylinders. 


3,671,081 
ELECTRONIC  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  ANTISKID 

VEHICLE  BRAKES 
Zbtgnicw  J.  Jania,  NortliTille,  and  Lawrence  J.  Vander^ 
berg,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  assignors  to  Ford  Motor 
Company,  Dearborn,  Nflch. 

Filed  Jan.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  3422 

Int  CL  B60t  «/0« 

UA  CL  30^-21  BE  n  Claims 


1019 

at  the  wheel  brakes,  thereby  avoiding  an  instantaneous 
periodic  locking  of  the  brake  system  during  the  vehicle 
braking  mode  of  operation  as  incipient  skidding  occun. 


3,671,082 

^    ,.  ANTISKID  SYSTEM 

Curtis  Edgar  Stevens,  Irvine,  Caltf.,  assignor  to 

Bcrtea  Corporation,  Irvine,  CaHf . 

Filed  Mar.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,088 

Int  CL  B60t  8/08 


VS.  Ci.  303—21  P 


r^rag_ja' 


12Cla^s 


An  antiskid  system  for  a  vehicle  including  a  antiskid 
computer  responsive  to  one  or  more  skid  parameters  for 
providmg  an  electrical  control  signal  and  a  movable  valve 
member  for  controlling  the  pressure  of  the  fluid  suppUed 
to  the  brakes  of  the  vehicle  to  thereby  control  the  brak- 
ing force.  A  position  transducer  provides  a  position  feed- 
back sagnal  variable  in  accordance  with  the  position  of 
tne  valve  element  and  a  pressure  transducer  provides  a 
pressure  feedback  signal  variable  in  response  to  the  ab- 
solute pressure  of  the  fluid  supplied  to  the  brake.  All  of 
these  signals  are  combined  to  provide  a  resultant  signal 
and  a  control  device  responsive  to  the  resultant  signal 
controls  the  posiUon  of  the  valve  element  to  thereby  con- 
trol the  pressure  of  the  fluid  supplied  to  the  brake 


f*ert/r 


An  antiskid  brake  system  for  wheeled  vehicles  com- 
prising a  brake  pressure  modulator  for  the  vehicle  wheel 
brakes  which  responds  to  wheel  slip  at  the  wheel  road 
interface,  the  wheel  slip  being  determined  by  a  slip  de- 
tecting system  comjMismg  two  independent  control  sig- 
nal sources,  one  signal  being  proportional  to  vehicle 
wheel  speed  and  the  other  being  a  synthesized  vehicle 
velocity  signal  resulting  from  integration  of  a  decelera- 
tion signal,  and  a  fast  acting  feedback  system  that  induces 
a  correction  in  anticipation  of  the  control  system  response 


,„,_  3,67L083 

VnAihSJ^i???^^'''™®''  SYSTEM 
Yodiihiro   Matsnmnra,   Yokosnka,   Janan.   asaisnor  to 
NJjpon  Air  Brake  C^m^m^UA^^^iSS^'TLS, 

vs,c^^^n^-^^^08,8/n        ^^ 


oneiUTi 


"W^ 


^ 


»*i  co«Mi«Toiv»<fc    gas™* 


«l>«Z 


u 


ssaBw 


Ei<£t  Ei>Et 


th.  H^  ^J^"^  """^T®^  'y^"  ^o"" »  ^«Wcte  in  which 
^fJ^T'T  ^^"^^  ^y  ^  "^"^^  "  «>°^P^«^d  with  a 
«,r^  Tn^K  '^!'"*^'*°  ^°'  ^  ^"-^  «>°trol  of  brake  pres- 
sure^ In  the  system,  an  additional  on-off  signal  line  is  pro- 
vided so  as  to  eUminate  undesirable  locking  of  the  wheels 
which  IS  encountered  inevitably  with  th^  «)m^^^i 
means  for  the  on-off  control  of  Lkt  pr^u^ 


1020 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671,>84  pipe  connecting  a  brake  control  valve  and  a  brake  cylin- 

AN11L0CK  MODULATOR  WITH  MECHANICALLY   dcr  and  a  novel  mechanism  adjustable  accordingly  as  the 

vehicle  is  empty  or  loaded  to  cause  the  proportional  valve 


RESETTABLE  CONTROL  VALVE 

Charles  D.  Woodward,  Lodsrilk,  Ky.,  assignor  to 

General  Motors  Coiporation,  Detroit,  Midi 

FOcd  Oct  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  78,4^ 

ImL  CL  B69t  8/ JO 

VA  CL  3«3— 21  F  4  Claims 


device  to  operate  only  while  the  vehicle  is  empty  and  sub- 
sequent to  a  chosen  build-up  of  an  inshot  pressure  in  the 


An  antilock  brake  pressure  modulator  includes  a  spring 
supported  piston  which  holds  the  modulator  check  valve 
unseated  and  a  normally  open  modulator  control  valve 
which  is  mechanically  resettable  when  the  piston  reaches 
the  end  of  its  brake  releasing  stroke. 


3,(71,085 
ANTILOCK  BRAKE  MODULATOR 
lames  E.  Pasek,  Saginaw,  Mlclu,  and  Charles  D.  Wood- 
ward, LooisTille,  Ky.,  aarignors  to  General  Motors 
Corporatton,  Detroit,  MidL 

Filed  Oct  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  80,006 

lot  CL  B60t  8/12 

VA  CL  303—21  F  3  Claims 


3,671,086 
EMPTY-LO  AD  CHANGED  VQt  APPARATUS 
Daniel  G.  Scott,  ApoOo,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Westinghoase 
Air  Brake  Cmnpany,  Wllmerding,  Pa. 
FOed  Dec  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  98,564 
Int  CL  B60t  8/18 
U.S.  CL  303— -23  R  16  aalms 

This  invention  relates  to  a  brake  cylinder  pressure  pro- 
portional valve  device  for  interposition  in  a  brake  control 


A  brake  antilock  modulator  of  the  type  having  a 
phmger  forming  a  wall  which  is  movable  by  hydraulic 
pressure  in  response  to  the  sensed  wheel  condition  to 
cyclically  decrease  and  increase  the  brake  fluid  pressure 
applied  to  the  controlled  brake  is  provided  with  a  valve 
which  normally  allows  free  fluid  communication  between 
the  master  cylinder  and  the  controlled  brake  while  block- 
ing fluid  communication  with  the  modulator  i^iinger  to 
eliminate  the  need  for  a  plunger  supporting  siting. 


brake  cylinder,  to  cut  off  flow  of  fluid  under  pressure  from 
the  brake  control  valve  to  the  brake  cylinder  at  a  value 
proportional  to  the  pressure  established  in  the  control 
pipe  by  the  brake  control  valve  for  the  reduction  of 
pressure  effected  in  the  brake  pipe. 


3,671,087 

VARIABLE  LOAD  RELAY  VALVE  WITH  BELLE- 
VILLE SPRING  TYPE  LOCK  FOR  EXHAUST 
VALVE  SEAT  POSITIONED  ACCORDING  TO 
LOAD 
Ewald  PefanL  Nienstedt,  Germany,  assignor  to  Westing, 
house  BremscD.  and  Apparateban  G jn.b JI.,  Hannover, 
Germany 

I     FUed  Oct  28^1970,  Ser.  No.  84,824 


ui.CL303— 60 


Int  CL  B60t  11/34 


Claims 


- 

This  invention  relates  to  a  fluid  pressure  Operated 
Belleville  spring  type  lock  for  a  hollow  sleeve  member  at 
one  end  of  which  is  formed  the  exhamt  valve  seat  of  a 
paraboloidal  type  self-lapping  variable  load  relay  valve. 
This  hallow  sleeve  is  arranged  to  be  held  in  a  position  to 
which  it  may  be  adjusted  according  to  the  load  on  a 
vehicle  by  the  gripping  action  of  the  inner  periphery  of  the 
smaller  end  of  a  Belleville  spring  in  response  to  a  fluid 
pressure  force  applied  to  the  larger  end  by  a  piston  subject 
to  the  delivery  pressure  supplied  by  the  relay  valve  to 
one  or  more  brake  cylinders  for  effecting  a  brake  applica- 
tion on  the  vehicle. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


3,671.088 
FLEXIBLE  WHEEL 


U.S.  CL  305—7 


William  P.  Wooiiey,  3921  Cambridge  St, 

Jackson,  Miss.     39216 

FUed  July  22,  1970,  Ser.  No.  57,287 

Int  CL  B60b  9/02 


1021 

slots  and  the  blades  continuously  clean  the  surfaces  of  the 
slots  to  maintain  a  low  flow  resistance.  The  stufBng  box 
structure  has  an  adjusting  member  which  extends  laterally 
thereof  so  as  to  be  operable  in  a  readily-accessible  side 


3  Claims 


An  internally  sprung  wheel  wherein  the  wheel  rim  is 
rotatably  supported  upon  rollers  carried  at  circumferen- 
tially  spaced  points  by  a  frame,  and  the  frame  is  resilient- 
ly  supported  from  a  center  member  for  attachment  to  a 
vehicle  frame.  The  resilient  mounting  includes  a  coil 
spring  from  the  center  member  to  the  base  of  the  frame, 
and  a  leaf  spring  attached  at  its  center  to  the  frame  top 
and  having  its  free  ends  connected  to  links  pivotally  car- 
ried by  the  center  member.  A  shock-absorber  may  be 
mounted  between  the  center  member  and  the  frame  top  if 
desired. 


3,671,089 

w  i-J^**  ROLLER  FOR  SPINNING  MACHINE 

Nobokazn  MotisaU,  Nagoya,  li^an,  assignor  to  Daido 

Metal  Company  Ltd.,  Kita.kn,  Nagoya,  Japan 

Ffled  Jan.  5, 1971,  Ser.  No.  104,017 

Claims  priority,  applicatioii  Japan,  May  11,  1970, 

45/39,984 

Int  CL  F16c  ii/20,  i5/02 

UACL  308-20  5  Claims 


A  top  roller  for  a  spinning  machine,  in  which  a  self- 
lubrication  oilless  bearing  is  used  for  both  a  radial  and 
thrust  rotational  sliding  member. 


3,671,090 

CHOPPING  MACHINE 

Harold  E.  Galanty,  36  Montgomery  Road, 

Uringston,  N  J.    07039 

Continnatfon.in.pMt  of  application  Ser.  No.  690,946, 

?^J\i^SI:  ™«  •PPBcadon  Sept  11,  1970, 
Swr.  No.  71,574 

UACL3M-3^r*^««"^"  3Cl.Un. 

A  chopping  machine  adapted  to  be  connected  to  a  duct, 
particularly,  a  pipeUne  through  which  pieces  of  solid  ma- 
terial are  being  transported  by  a  stream  of  fluid  and  com- 
pnsmg  a  grating  unit  having  slots  and  a  cooperating  chop- 
per unit  having  chopper  blades.  The  blades  pass  through 
the  slots  with  a  smaU  clearance  whereby  the  larger  size 
pieces  are  chopped  to  a  size  which  will  pass  through  the 


/ae 


location  and  which  may  also  serve  to  eject  a  shaft  bear- 
ing. The  mounting  structure  is  supported  from  an  end 
flange  and  extends  some  distance  therefrom  whUe  remain- 
ing withm  the  space  defined  by  the  planes  of  the  side 
surfaces  of  the  flange. 


«~v« »  3,671,091 

STOP  BLOCK  ASSEMBLY  FOR  RAILWAY  CAR 

ROLLER  BEARING  JOURNAL  BOX 

Rndolf  E.  Nadhemy,  125  "Dipeto  Drive, 

NaperriUe,IlL    60540 


To  limit  relative  movement  between  the  concave  inner 
surface  of  the  bottom  wall  of  a  railway  journal  box  and 
an  axle  journal  assembly  therein,  a  stop  block  assembly 
IS  secured  to  the  bottom  waU.  Prior  to  insertion  of  the 
axle  journal  assembly  in  the  journal  box,  a  cap  screw  is 
inserted  from  the  inside  of  the  journal  box  through  an 
aperture  m  its  bottom  wall  with  the  threaded  end  pro- 
jecting  therebelow.  After  insertion  of  the  axle  journal  as- 
sembly in  the  journal  box  an  arcuate  stop  block  having 
an  intermediate  transverse  slot  is  inserted  underneath  the 
axle  journal  assembly  and  underneath  the  head  of  the 
cap  screw.  The  under  surface  of  the  stop  block  has  less 
convexity  than  the  concavity  of  the  inner  surface  of  the 
bottom  waU  so  that  when  a  locknut  on  the  projecting  end 
of  the  cap  screw  is  tightened,  the  juxtaposed  surfaces  are 
brought  mto  mtimate  contact.  Flexing  of  the  stop  block 
is  facilitated  by  grooving  its  upper  surface  adjacent  the 
sides  of  the  slot  The  head  of  the  cap  screw  fits  into  a 
socket  in  the  stop  block  to  prevent  relative  turning  when 
the  locknut  IS  tightened.  This  also  prevents  accidental 
removal  of  Uie  stop  block  should  the  locknut  become 
loose.  Modifications  include  arrangements  for  applica- 
tion  of  the  cap  screw  from  underneath  the  bottom  waB 
eccentrically  and  centrally  of  an  opening  therein  large 
enough  to  receive  the  head  of  the  cap  screw.  A  shouldS 
dependmg  from  the  under  surface  of  the  stop  block  enters 
the  large  opemng  to  locate  the  stop  block  and  to  elimi- 


1022 


nate  shear  forces  on  the  body  of  the  cap  screw  resulting 
from  impact  on  the  stop  block  by  the  housing  of  the 
roller  bearing.  The  stop  block  may  be  held  in  place  by  a 
"Huckbolt"  pin  having  a  hexagonal  head  or  a  roimd  head 
with  locking  grooves  to  which  a  metal  collar  is  applied 
by  a  suitable  tool.  — 


OFFICIAL  GAZETT& 

I 


June  20,  1972 


SELF-AUGNING  BEARING 
Walter  G.  KrcDncr  and  Erie  L  Shobcrt  II,  St  Mu7i«  Pa., 
to  Staekpiric  CariMW  Connany,  St  Marys,  Pa. 
Flkd  Mar.  29, 1971,  Scr.  No.  12M46 


VS,  CL  3M— 72 


bt  6l  Flic  23/00 


A  self-aligning  bearing  is  formed  from  a  one-piece 
metal  member  having  a  tubular  central  portion  for  re- 
ceiving a  rotating  shaft,  and  sui^rting  end  portions  for 
the  tubular  portion  integral  with  its  of^iosite  ends.  These 
supporting  end  portions  are  disposed  around  the  outside 
of  the  tubular  portion  and  are  curved  back  over  it.  The 
outer  surfaces  of  the  suf^wrting  portions  lie  in  an  imagi- 
nary spherical  surface  having  its  center  at  the  axis  of  the 
tubular  portion  of  the  bearing  midway  between  its  ends. 
This  bearing  is  mounted  in  an  (^ening  through  a  bearing 
support  iH-ovided  with  an  encircling  side  wall  curved  to 
fit  against  the  outer  surfaces  of  the  supporting  end  portions 
of  the  bearing  so  that  the  bearing  can  tilt  in  the  opening  in 
any  direction. 

3,671,093 
BEARING,  PARTICULARLY  FOR  THE  DRIVING 

MEANS  OF  AN  OSCILLATING  TOOL 

Kari  Wicck,  StntlsMt,  Gcnuoy,  MiigMr  to  SUPFINA, 

Wiedt  A  BfeBten,  Re iMffceM,  Germany 

Filed  IniT  3«,  197«,  Scr.  No.  59,515 

bt  CL  Flic  19/02 

U.S.  CL  3t8— 183  i 


In  a  bearing  assembly  for  a  shaft  oscillating  with  an 
amplitude  of  less  than  360°,  in  order  to  eliminate  localized 
wear  of  the  track  and  rollers  of  the  roller  bearing  forming 
part  of  the  assembly,  one  of  the  races  of  said  roller  bearing 
is  caused  to  rotate  unidirectionally,  driven  by  a  freewheel- 
ing member  connected  to  the  oscillating  shaft  or  its  oscil- 
lating driving  means. 


JolM   A. 


COVER  APPARATUS 
Lymaa  H.   Tmnm 
Rochester,  N.Y., 
f ordf  CoBB. 

Filed  Sc0t  14, 197t,  Scr.  No.  71,776 
„„  ^  IiitCLA47bM/(W,  95/00; F051»¥i/00 
VA  CL  312—319 


lrfffiiM>k, 


to  XeroK  Corporation,  Staat. 


Cover  apparatus  for  use  with  a  sheet  stacking  imit  in 
which  the  cover  of  the  unit  is  c<»nected  to  the  frame 
by  one  or  more  rods  which  act  against  two  different 
springs.  One  spring  is  relatively  stiff  to  urge  the  cover 
to  a  slightly  opened  position  when  the  cover  is  unlocked. 
The  other  ^ring  is  relatively  compressible  to  act  against 
the  rod  when  the  cover  is  raised  to  its  fully  opened  posi- 
tion. Circuitry  is  coupled  to  the  cover  locking  device  to 
effect  a  pop  open  action  when  a  signal  is  received  to 
unlock  and  also  to  a  tray  below  the  cover  to  raise  the 
tray  when  the  cover  is  fully  extended. 


-^  ^  3,671,H5 

ENCLOSURE  FOR  HEAT  EXCHANGE  DEVICE 
RandaU  W.  JohMoii,  421  ardc  View  DtiTc  N. 
I  Hurst  Tex.    76053 

I      Filed  Aac  24, 197$,  Scr.  No.  66,364 
,_  _  Irt.  CL  A47b  77/0« 

UA  a  312-352  -  U  Claims 


An  enclosure  for  a  heat  exchange  device  in  which  air 
is  blown  past  a  heat  exchange  coil,  characterized  by  a  one- 
pieoe  ooil  case  having  a  length  longer  than  anv  of  the 
heat  exchange  coils  that  may  be  employed  with  it  and 
readily  cut  off  at  an  appropriate  length  to  fit  the  selected 
heat  exchange  coil;  a  dam  or  seal  adapted  to  be  fastened 
along  the  bottom  rear  of  the  coil  case  and  having  a  drain- 
age connector  tor  draining  condensate  from  within  the 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1023 


coil  case,  and  a  removable  back  plate  for  connecting  with 
the  coil  case.  The  removable  back  plate  has  a  relatively 
large  aperture  for  connection  with  the  blower  means  cir- 
culating the  air  past  the  heat  exchange  coil  and  a  plurality 
of  other  apertures  arranged  so  that  the  back  plate  may  be 
rotated  180°  to  facilitate  most  advantageous  use  of  space. 
Other  specific  structural  features  and  the  method  o(  form- 
ing the  enclosure  are  also  disclosed. 


3,671,096 
ERASABLE  HOLOGRAPHIC  RECORIMNG 
ArChnr  S.  MacUn,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  assignor  to  the  United 
States  of  America  as  reprccented  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Navy 

Filed  Feb.  3, 1971,  Ser.  No.  112,167 

Int  CL  G02b  27/22 

VA,  CL  350— 33  13  Claims 


Ti?h^=\^ 


.Jff    "^  'f- 


A  holographic  system  records  optical  information  on 
alkali  halide  crystals.  The  crystals  are  irradiated  with  an 
electron  beam  producing  defects  in  the  crystalline  struc- 
ture. The  primary  defect  is  in  the  F  band  although  a 
small  number  of  M  bands  are  formed  at  the  same  time. 
The  wavelength  of  a  laser  beam  used  for  recording  falls 
within  the  F  absorption  band.  This  converts  the  F  centers 
to  R  and  M  centers.  Reconstruction  of  the  hologram  can 
be  made  with  light  whose  wavelength  falls  within  either 
the  F,  R  or  M  absorption  band,  the  F  band  being  destruc- 
tive and  the  R  and  M  bands  nondestructive.  The  recoided 
information  can  be  erased  by  exposing  the  crystal  to  an 
electron  beam. 


3,671,t97 

ARRANGEMENT  IN  OPTICAL  CHARACTER 

READING 

NOa   Evert   Johan    Stahl,    HjorWlgcn    18,    Stocksond, 

Sweden,  and  Per  Skonare,  TjrenTagen  355,  Evkede, 


1  Clahn 


FDcd  Jnfar  12, 1968,  Scr.  No.  744,483 

Int  CL  G82b  i7/(W 
U.&  CL  350—7 


^—  3,671,898 

OPTICAL  DEVICE  HAVING  TWO  PARTS  PRODUO 

ING  FIXED  INTERMEDIATE  IMAGE 
JohaimRottar,ErwstnB»Str.6,  5820  Salzbois,  Austria 

^  .      J^*>^  h  *'^''  Ser.  No.  «54;423 
Claims  priority,  appllcatioB  Germany,  Sort.  4.  1968. 
P  17  97  250.8^ 

UiLCL358-r^^'''^/^'^^/^         U 


I  •  — ^   -^" 


^'^ 


"^^x"! 


An  optical  device  comprising  two  optical  parts,  each 
of  which  has  an  image-forming  member.  In  operation,  one 
optical  part  is  disptwed  nearer  an  object  and  the  other  is 
disposed  nearer  an  image  formed  by  the  device,  the  optical 
parts  being  spaced  apart  so  as  to  form  a  real  intermediate 
unage  therebetween.  The  effective  field  diameter  of  one 
or  both  image-forming  members  is  variable  by  alteration 
of  at  least  one  optical  part 


1  ^Tl   AAA 

ISS^J^IP^^  SYSTEM  FOR  A  MICROSCOPE 
^ai   i^^^^b  Eart  Anrora,  and  MUton  H.  Sosa- 
man,  Birflalo,  N.Y.,  aaaignon  to  American  Optical 
Corporation,  Soutfabridge,  Mass.  ^^r-^i 

™««i  Apr.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  130,396 

UA  CL  350—43  4  q,,^ 


A  ten  component  microscope  system  having  a  variable 
magnification  of  90x-550x  and  a  variable  NA  of  re- 
spectively 0.16-0.55. 


«,«— ,  3,671,1H 

STOTOM  f^intbgraung  gunsighf  reticle 

^Si^S^J^  IMAGE  RECEIVED  BY  A  CAMERA 
WtaMJtaahiiiay,  qiremont  and  William  D.  Schohz, 

SSS?N^*sr  *"  "*• '-^^^  ^°'- 

Filed  Oct  23, 1978,  Ser.  No.  83,485 
TTfi  r^  ««*     Irt.  CL  G02b  27/00,  2J/<» 
U.Si.  CL  350—19  7  Cfa^ms 

For  integrating  an  aircraft  gunsight  or  HUD  (head  up 

/ou       .  J  ^  ^  display)  reticle  image  and  an  image  received  bv  a  camera 

of  ?^?S  *"• '**\^?*  *  "^^.f^^i  *^' ^y  °***"'  °'°"°'*^  ^  ^«  ^*=^  with  its  lem  Smed  to"^ 

of  a  rototable  mirror  having  two  brackets  with  slots  and  graph  a  view  corresponding  to  the  vieTSuSuSrS 

a  plurality  of  refl«:ting  elements  located  in  these  slots  reticle,  an  image  of  the  retifle  from  aT^gr^n^ 

and  formmg  a  substantially  continuous  optical  surface.  a  coUimating  lens  which  is  associated  ^^b^^^ 


1024: 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  ?0,  1972 


reticle  is  focussed  onto  one  end  of  the  bundle  of  optical   tion  of  light.  The  light  deflecting  medium  of  the  present 
fibers.  At  the  other  end  of  the  bundle  the  reticle  image  is  invention  enables  light  and  ultrasonic  waves  transmitting 

therethrough  to  be  interacted  acoustOK>ptically  with  higher 
"  eflSciency  than  that  of  the  prior  art  and  that  using  telluri- 

^         ) 


collimated  and  superimposed  on  the  image  received  by 
the  camera. 

3,6714fl 

UGHT  CONTROL  MATERIAL 

Ran  M.  Finch,  Berkeley,  Calif. 

(200  Arlington  Avc^  Kcndngton,  CaUf .    94707) 

Filed  July  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  845,005 

Int.  CL  G02b  5/12 

VA,  CL  3St— 109  3  daiina 


A  sheet  of  light  transmitting  material  is  provided  on 
its  light  exit  side  with  a  plurality  of  geometric  surfaces, 
preferably  right  regular  hexaginal  pyramids,  whose  sur- 
faces define  an  angle  with  the  plane  of  said  sheet  sufficient  U.S.  CI.  350^157 
to  totally  r^ect  all  light  rays  entering  the  light  entrance 
side  at  an  angle  of  incidence  exceeding  a  given  angle  and 
which  have  not  passed  through  the  sheet. 


um  dioxide  as  the  single  crystal.  The  present  light  de- 
flecting medium  displays  various  effects  by  several  com- 
binations of  the  propagation  directions  of  light  and 
acoustic  waves. 

3,671,104 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  MASKING 

IMAGES  BY  POLARIZATION 

Knniki  Seine,  Amaganid,  Japan,  assignor  to  Minolta 

I  Camera  Kahmthllri  KaUha,  Osaka,  Japan 
FUwl  Nov.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,778 
Int  CL  G02b  27/28 


>  Claims 


3,671,102 
LAMELLAR  EUTECnC  INSB  SB  FILMS  AS 
INFRARED  POLARIZERS 
Ardmr  R.  Clawson,  San  Diego,  NeQ  M.  Davis,  Riverside, 
and  Harry  H.  Welder  and  David  A.  Collins,  San  Diego, 
CaUf.,  assignon  to  the  United  States  of  America  as 
represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

Filed  Jan.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  106,800 

Int  CL  G02b  5/30 

VS.  CL  350-147  i  Claim 


B 
0 


J 


Two  doubly  refracting  plates  whose  optic  axes  are  at 
45°  with  each  other  and  an  image-bearing  film  are  placed 
between  two  optical  polarizers  which  are  so  disposed  that 
their  optic  axes  (principal  crystallographic  axes)  are 
rotatable.  By  rotating  the  optical  polarizers,  the  polarizers 
are  set  at  such  position  that  their  optic  axes  are  at  a  right 
angle  or  in  paraUel  with  each  other,  while  at  the  same  time 
either  one  of  the  optical  polarizers  and  either  one  of  the 
doubly  refracting  plates  are  set  in  such  position  that  their 
optic  axes  are  at  an  angle  of  45*  with  each  other.  Thus, 
part  of  the  image  can  be  masked  as  desired. 


An  optical  polarizer  of  lamellar  eutectic  InSb-f  Sb  films 
grown  by  electron  beam  microzone  crystallization,  for  use 
in  the  infrared  region  beyond  6  microns  wavelength. 


3,671,105 
UGHT  REGULATOR 


3,671,103 
DI.LEAD  MOLYBDATE  ULTRASONIC  UGHT 
DEFLECTOR 
Naoya  Uddda,  Tokyo,  YosUro  OhmacU,  Tokmvzawa- 
sid,  and  Nobokazn  NUzeU,  SUntaro  Miyazawa,  and 
Hirosid  IwasaU,  Tokyo,  Japan,  asrignors  to  Nippon 
Tdegraph  and  Telephone  PnbUc  Corporation,  Tol^o, 

■         PHed  Mar.  31, 1971,  Scr.  No.  129,860 
Ctefans  priority,  application  Japan,  Apr.  9,  1970, 

45/30,383;  Joly  13. 1970, 45/61,673, 45/61,674 

45/61,675 

,T-  ^  ..  lW.aG02fi/2¥ 

UA  CL  350—149  «  cUdms 

A  smgle  crystal  of  di-lead  molybdate,  PbaMoOg,  that  is 

2PbO-Mo03,  is  used  as  a  medium  for  ultrasonic  deflec- 


Jcrry  G.  WOliams,  Hampton,  and  Joseph  H.  Jndd,  New- 
port  News,  Va.,  assigiiors  to  the  United  States  of  Amer. 
lea  as  represented  by  the  Administrator  of  the  National 
Aeronautics  and  SfMce  Administration 

I      Filed  Apr.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  138,227 
,     I  Int  CL  G02f  i/i6 

L  CL  "  " 


U.S.  CL  350—161 


IChrims 


yy/,//. 


LISHT 
SOURCE 


—    i 


^.. 


- 


tUi« 


romcz  PKooucMs 

MECtUMISM 


3 


A  thin  absorbing  metallic  film  deposited  on  a  low-mod- 
ulus transparent  substrate  and  a  mechanism  for  stretching 


1 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


the  substrate.  As  the  substrate  is  stretched,  the  thickness 
of  the  thin  film  decreases  and  microfractures  occur  there- 
by allowing  an  increase  transmission  of  visible  light 
through  the  thin  film. 


1Q25 


3,671,106 

OPTICAL  MULTIPLEX  FILTER  SYSTEM 

^**^SF.**'  H^mlw^fe  Germany,  assignor  to  UA 

PhiUps  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

„  .       !?^Scpt  8,  1970.  Scr.  No.  70,339 

Claims  j^ority,  applicatfon  Germany,  Sept.  5,  1969. 

P  19  45  085.2 

.T  o  ^  ...  Int  CL  G02b  5/18 

UA  a  350-162  SF  lo  Claims 


A  character  recognition  apparatus  uses  a  holograjAic 
image  multiplier  to  project  an  observed  image  in  angular- 
ly separated  beams.  In  the  path  of  each  beam  an  optical 
spatial  filter  is  placed.  By  virtue  of  the  image  multiplica- 
tion  the  shape  of  the  observed  character  may  be  simul- 
taneously processed. 


3,671,107 

OPTICAL  LOW-PASS  SPATIAL  FILTERS 

George  Bienison,  Concord,  Raymond  Eullng,  Sudbury, 

"***.  ^^^^'  t""*  f^«»nWin,  Mass.,  assignors  to  Syl* 
vania  Electric  Products  Inc.  ^^ 

Orignal  applicaflon  Oct  29,  1968,  Ser.  No.  771,585.  now 
m^J^^2'  3.615,433.  Divided  and  this  appUcation  Oct 
5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  78,266 

UA  CL  350—162  SF  i  claim 


tO' 


__  3,671,108 

TEMPERATORE  COMPENSATING  DEVICE  AND 
LENS  SYSTEM  INCLUDING  SAME 

Alfred  Kllgns,  BIberacber  Strasse  2, 
Stnttgart-Wangen,  Germany 

n-i™.    J^St'n'y  10. 1^0,  Scr.  No.  53,878 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Germany,  Jolr  12.  1969. 
G  69  27  722.1  '  * 

iTc  ^.  ««    ..    Int- CL  G02b  7/02 

U.S.  CL  350-253  ,  n  Clafans 


A  lens  system  includes  an  annular  temperature  com- 
pensating rmg  disposed  between  lens  components,  the 
nng  having  a  thermal  coefficient  of  expansion  which  is 
sufficiently  high  to  compensate  for  changes  in  the  focal 
length  of  the  lens  system  resulting  from  temperature- 
mduced  changes  in  the  refractive  index  of  the  lens  ele- 
ments  In  a  preferred  embodiment,  the  temperature  com- 
pensatmg  device  comprises  a  plurality  of  V-shaped  pro- 
jections extending  axially  from  one  side  of  the^ular 

finS  li^    u^u  °^  ^"^  projections  and  of  the  notches  de- 
fined  thereby  bemg  such  that  the  axial  length  of  the  pro- 

SL  onheZ!  ""^  ^^°^P*-^---<^«^  changes  in'the 

FOCUSING  MECHAI^SM  TOR  CATADIOPHUC 
cLi      ■_. «  OBJECTIVE 

ShigeakI  Sngano,  TondabayasU,  and  Kyozo  Uesnid  Sal»i 

Japjm,  assignors  to  MlnolTcameTc;.,  Sf  oSJ 

n-.      ^'li?"*  **'  *'^®'  ««»••  No.  46,714 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  Jum  19,  1969, 

UACL  350^^99''^'''^'''''^^'/^^'^^/^*      o^' 

9  Claims 


An  optical  low-pass  spatial  filter  for  low  pass  spatiaUy 
filtering  photographic  imagery  information.  The  low-pass 
spatial  filter  includes  a  source  of  diffused  illumination,  a 
mask  disposed  in  front  of  the  source  of  diffused  illumina- 
tion and  having  a  circularly-symmetric  transmissivity 
pattern,  and  a  lens  spaced  in  front  of  the  mask  a  distance 
equal  to  the  focal  length  of  the  lens  for  refracting  U- 
lummation  directed  thereon  from  the  source  of  iUumina- 
tion  after  passage  through  the  mask. 


An  adjustable  focus  multi-reflector  optical  device  such 
as  Of  the  cassegramian  or  catadioptric  type  includes  a 
mam  barrel  supporting  a  stationary  first  ??flecSr,aSd  a 
smaUer  diameter  mtemaUy  threaded  sleeve  c^axiallv 
mounted  m  the  main  barrel.  An  extemaUy  thr^dS^J 
mounting  a  second  reflector  is  located  in  and  «gag«  aJ 
thread  in  the  sleeve  and  a  handle  extends  radiaJy  from  Se 
c^ar  trough  a  peripheral  slot  in  the  mai^K  ^d^t 
rotatable  with  the  collar  and  comiected  thereto  so  m  to 
be  r^sdienUy  axially  and  radially  movable  relativ^tTt^ 


1026 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


RBAR  VIEW  MIRR<Hl  ATTACHMENT 

SMftm  v.  Vw  WMMMhoTt,  2173  IStk  St, 

EmIMoIIm,I1L    41244 

FIM  Hdjr  S,  197t,  8«r.  No.  53,1M 

bt  CL  GMb  5/08 

V3,  CL  350— 3t7  !• 


timing  signal  generator  and  a  transmission  line  to  con- 
nect the  generator  to  the  light  source.  Timing  pulses  hav- 


A  rear  view  mirror  that  is  positiMied  outside  of  the  auto- 
mobile and  forwardly  of  the  windshield  at  a  level  above 
the  roof  of  the  automobile.  The  mirror  is  siqiported  in 
cantilever  fashion  by  supporting  structure  connected  to 
brackets  fixed  to  the  respective  left-  and  right-hand  gutters 
running  lengthwise  of  the  edges  of  the  automobile  roof. 


3,<71,111 

BIASED  HINGE  FOR  SPECTACLE  FRAMES 

lMk»  Okncr,  Sheet  Hllli,  N J^  ■■Iganr  to  Staadard 

Optfod  Mift.  ConiMBj,  Urfa^itiMii,  N J. 

Filed  Oct  12,  mo,  Scr.  No.  7f,843 

bt  CL  G«2c  5/16 

VS,  CL  351—113  10  Ciaimi 


J6  S6 


A  biased  hinge,  particularly  suited  for  joining  the 
temple  arms  of  spectacle  frames  to  the  lens-engaging 
means  of  spectacle  frames.  Two  hinge  plates  are  ^tened 
to  the  members  to  be  joined  and  have  knuckle  ears  which 
extend  from  each  of  the  hinge  plates  to  coact  and  form 
a  hinge  barreL  A  hinge  tube  is  disposed  within  a  hinge 
barrel  and  a  resilient  means  is  positioned  within  the 
hinge  tube  and  connected  to  each  of  the  hinge  plates 
to  bias  the  hinge  in  the  desired  position.  A  hinge  pin 
extends  through  the  hinge  tube  to  hold  the  hinge  assem- 
bly in  operative  position. 


3,671,112 

REFERENCE  TIME  SCALE  APPUC AT10N  TO  HIGH 
SPEED  FILM  AT  HIGH  PULSE  REPEIXIION 
RATES 
Aadrew  E.  Lcoaeit  and  Fnnk  L.  Grosswy,  Ttallahoma, 
and  Hraiy  T.  Kalb,  Mamhwttr,  Tom.,  aasigBon  to  the 
Uaitod  StirtM  of  America  aa  repnsentod  by  the  Sccre- 
tanr  of  the  Air  Force 

FBed  Mar.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  125,571 

Kit  CL  G«3b  41/00 

VJS.  CL  352—84  4  ClafaiH 

An  apparatus  for  applying  a  reference  time  scale  to 

high  qpeed  film  utilizing  a  neon  timing  Ught  source,  a 


ing  &st  rise  and  fall  times  are  produced  at  hi^  pulse 
repetition  rates  to  provide  a  reliable  application  of  tim- 
ing marks  to  the  film. 


I 


3,671,113 
FILM  FEEDING  MECHANISM  FOR  MOTllDN 


PICTURE  PROIECTORS 

Robert  ^.  Johnaoa,  Rochciter,  N.  Y.,  Mrignor  to 

Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Filed  Mar.  15,  1971,  Ser.  No.  124,092 

Int  CL  G03b  1/00 

VS.  CL  352—173 


8  Claims 


In  a  film  feeding  mechanism  of  the  type  wherein  the 
engagement  of  the  film  claw  is  effe:ted  by  a  cam  follower 
cooperating  with  a  constant  speed  cam,  the  cam  is  formed 
with  a  "still"  projection  surface  and  a  "nx)tion"  projec- 
tion surface.  The  follower  is  locatable  on  either  surface 
to  establish  still  projection  and  motion  projection  at  a 
set  rate,  and  slower  projection  rates  are  achieved  by  an 
electrically  actuable  device  which  moves  the  follower 
from  the  "still"  projection  surface  to  the  "motiop"  pro- 
jection surface  at  selected  frequencies.   ^ 


3,671,114 

ECCENTRIC  DRIVE  FILM  ADVANCING  SYSTEM 
ftfichacl   D.  Thomas,   640   Fern   Court,  ElmhUTst,  m. 
60126,  and  Sidney  MUovac,  10521  S.  Kostnor,  Oak 
Lawimm.    60453 

I    FDcd  Apr.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32,649     | 
I  iDt  CL  G03b  i/i¥  I 

U.S.  CL  352— 185  23  Clalnia 

A  film  advancing  system  for  use  with  non-apertured 
continuous  film  (such  as  motion  picture  film)  that  carries 
successive  areas  for  pictures,  together  with  sequencing  sig- 
nals coordinated  with  the  successive  areas.  While  the  for- 
ward portions  of  the  film  near  the  exit  end  of  the  film 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


advancing  path  are  driven  at  a  constant  speed,  the  follow- 
ing porticMis  of  the  film  are  advanced  intermittently  by 
a  member  that  periodically  applies  a  lateral  force  against 
an  intermediate  portion  of  the  film  to  pull  a  length  of  the 
film  past  an  aperture  plate.  The  intermittent  film  advanc- 
ing mechanism  is  driven  in  response  to  the  sequencing  sig- 
nals carried  by  the  constantly  advancing  film,  which  sig- 


losr 


the  clamp,  and  making  contact  with  said  apot,  constitute  a 
switch  in  a  circuit  incfaiding  said  solmoid  and  a  locking 
relay  device,  operating  automatically  to  cause  the  clamp 
to  open  when  playing  is  done. 


READER  FOR  INFoiaSfeoN  CASRIERS^IN 

.  ,  SHEET  FORM 

ManMLratwdn,  RonmhteHen,  and 
Echtct'dlncsn,  Gcnnany,  aainoa  to 
Company,  Rochete,  N.Y. 
^  .        ftl^dNoT. li  1969, Scr. No. 8..,,,. 

"*" '^^^  ■T?^5%3r' ^  ^' ^ 

UACL353-27   "-•  «.<=•» 2i/(«  ^^ 


nals  are  picked  up  by  a  magnetic  head,  and  a  light  stop- 
ping means  (such  as  a  shutter  member)  cooperates  with 
the  intermittent  film  advancing  mechanism  to  stop  the 
light  from  radiating  along  its  normal  path  to  the  film  while 
the  film  is  being  advanced  past  the  aperture  plate,  and  to 
allow  light  to  impinge  on  the  film  when  the  film  is  sta- 
tionary adjacent  the  aperture  {date. 


3,671415 
AUDIO-VIDEO    SYSTEM   EMPLOYING   SOUND 
TRACK  TAPE  BELTS  MOVABLY  MOUNTED 
ON  PROIBCnON  SLIDES 

Sam  LarUn,  254  Beach  140th  St, 

Bdk  Harbor,  N.Y.    10tl3 

FDad  Ian.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  7,052 

Int  CL  G03b  21/64, 31/04 

VS.  CL  353—19  12  Cblms 


9U       9»d 


Apparatus  is  disclosed  for  projecting  images  from  in- 
formation bearing  media  such  as  microfiche  cards  hav- 
ing at  least  first,  second  and  third  image  portions,  the 
projection  apparatus  including  first  and  second  stations 
(or  magazines)  for  receiving  a  plurality  of  the  image 
bearing  media,  a  feed  path  disposed  between  the  first 
and  second  stations,  first  and  second  projection  sta- 
tions for  receiving  one  of  the  information  bearing 
m«Ua  as  it  is  directed  along  the  feed  path,  and  first 
and  second  projection  assemblies  disposed  with  re- 
H>ect  to  one  of  the  projection  stations  for  projecting  the 
first  and  second  images  from  the  information  bearing 
medium.  In  a  preferred  embodiment,  the  first  and  second 
unage  portions  may  be  displayed  upon  a  projection  screen 
and  one  of  the  lens  systems  may  be  movable  with  re- 
spect to  the  information  bearing  medium  to  thereby  pro- 
ject the  third  image  porti(m.    t 


3,671,117 

VIEW^G  DEVICE 

D«Hd  W.  Tlbbali,  7850  Lhne  Grove  Ava- 

^W«t  Mdbonnae,  Fla.    32901       ^ 

™f*Sept  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,642 

UACL35S:!:^^*'^^^'^^^^'^^/^^    , 


The  system  shown  includes  a  slide  projector  wiOi  a  slide 
changer,  and  a  magnetic  tape  record  associated  with  elec- 
tronic apparatus  akin  to  a  tap  recorder  incloding  a  mag- 
netic pick-up  head,  all  dealing  with  pro|ection  slides  on 
which  the  tape,  an  endless  belt,  is  movably  mounted.  The 
belt,  arranged  in  square  formation  around  the  transpar- 
ency, is  flattened  so  its  four  flights  are  parallel  to  the  gen- 
eral plane  of  the  slide;  there  being  a  45  degree  fold  line  in 
the  belt  across  each  comer  where  it  is  supported  on  edges 
on  the  slide  body.  The  sound  track  is  along  a  line  once 
around  one  face  of  the  belt  with  a  conductive  spot  between 
start  and  finish.  Opposite  cut-outs  in  the  slide  expose  both 
belt  surfaces.  The  magnetic  bead  is  one  jaw  of  a  normally 
open  clamp  form  while  a  powered  friction  drive  wheel  is 
the  other  jaw.  The  damp  is  closed  upon  actuation  of  a 
solenoid,  whereupon  said  magnetic  head  and  rotating 
wheel  enter  the  cut-outs  to  pinch  the  tape,  thus  causing  it 
to  move  and  its  track  played.  Conductive  spring  fingers  on 
the  clamp  arms  also  pinch  the  tape  upon  the  closing  of 


i>==^5 


/^^ 


A  supporting  frame  positioned  on  the  head  of  a  viewer 
cames  a  transparent  reflecting  screen  and  an  episcope 
tJi)e  projector  which  includes  a  holder  for  an  object  to 
be  viewed  and  illuminating  means,  arranged  so  that  an 
image  of  the  object  is  projected  on  the  screen.  An  in- 
chnation-responsive  switch  in  circuit  with  the  iUuminating 
means  energizes  the  latter  only  when  the  view^ThMd 


1028 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JlWE  20,  1972 


is  level,  and  de-energizes  the  same  when  the  viewer's 
head  is  tilted  forwardly  and  downwardly  for  viewing 
another  object  in  coordination  with  the  projected  image. 


3,671,118 

APPARATUS  FOR  CREAUNG  DUPLEX 

REPRODUCnONS 

Joseph  Fkatnno,  Webiter,  and  Fnser  D.  Pnimctt,  Pcii> 

idd,  N.Y^  aoignon  to  Xeraz  Coiporatloii,  Rochc*- 

'  Piled  Dec  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,845 
Lrt.  CL  G«3b  27/32 
U«8.  a.  355— 3  7  Ctaima 


of  the  carrier  from  its  normal  operating  position.  A  re- 
versible drive  normally  drives  the  conveying  arrangement 
in  a  sense  conveying  the  powdered  developer  material  onto 
the  layer  of  the  carrier,  and  a  displacing  arrangement 
serves  for  di^lacing  the  conveying  device  from  its  normal 
operating  position  to  its  remote  position.  Reversing  means 
is  provided  which  serves  to  reverse  briefly  the  drive  when 
the  displacing  means  is  operated,  for  displacing  the  con- 
veying arrangement  from  its  normal  operating  position  to 
its  remote  position. 


A  duplexing  method  and  apparatus  for  producing 
duplicate  reproductions  of  original  subject  matter  <«  op- 
posite surfaces  of  a  support  material.  Two  oppositely  read- 
ing latent  electrostatic  images  of  subject  matter  to  be  re- 
produced are  created  on  a  photosensitive  surface  and  are 
developed  with  developer  material  wherein  one  of  the  im- 
ages comprises  a  right  reading  image  which  is  transferred 
to  a  storage  medium  after  development  The  other  image 
being  in  wrong  reading  or  mirror  form  remains  on  the 
photosensitive  surface  to  be  directly  transferred  therefrom 
to  one  side  of  a  support  material  whereupon  the  developed 
image  retained  on  the  storage  medium  is  transferred  to 
the  other  side  of  the  support  material  to  create  a  dufdex 
reproduction. 


3,671,119 
ELECTROSTATIC  COPYING  APPARATUS 
Herbert  Entel,  Mmdcli,  Karl  Hartwic  Unterhadiiiis,  and 
Gonther  Schnall,  Miulcli,  Germany,  assii^rs  to  Agfa* 
Gcracrt  Akdengesdladnft,  LeTcrtaneii,  Gcraumy 

FHed  Dec  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,937 

Claims  priority,  i^Ucatkm  Gcmumy,  Dec  10,  1969, 

P  19  61  834.9 

Int.  CL  G03g  15/0% 

MA,  CL  355—3  10  Claims 


A  xerographic  carrier  has  a  photoconductive  layer 
which  is  to  be  unifOTmly  charged  preliminary  to  tranter 
of  latent  images  to  the  layer.  A  source  of  powdered  elec- 
troscopic  developer  material  sui^lies  such  material  to 
a  conveying  device  located  adjacent  the  path  and  capable 
of  disjdacement  between  two  positions  in  one  of  which 
it  is  directly  iHX>ximal  to  the  layer  and  in  the  other  of 
which  it  is  remote  therefrom  so  as  to  permit  withdrawal 


3,671,120 
SYSTEM  FOR  PROCESSING  LARGE 
XEROGRAPHIC  PRINTS 
Manfred  R.  Knehnle,  Lcdngton,  Man., 

IAndac  Coiporstioa,  Buriiiigton,  Mass. 
FUed  Sept.  28. 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,921 
Int  CL  G03g  15/00, 15/10 
U.S.  CI,  355—8  13 


to 


Claims 


Prescht  xerography  syifcms  impress  an  image  on  an 
electrostatic  sheet  or  film  by  charging  the  entire  area  of 
the  sheet  and  then  exposing  that  area  to  the  image  and 
then  applying  toner  to  that  area  to  develop  the  image 
impressed  on  the  film  to  permanent  visible  form.  The 
present  system  charges,  exposes  and  tones  a  lai^  area 
electrostatic  sheet  or  film  in  sections  by  positioning  a  ver- 
tically moving  curtain  between  the  film  and  the  lens  sys- 
tem. Horizontal  corona  discharge  producing  electrodes, 
a  horizontal  window  and  a  horizontal  wiper  blade  are 
spaced  one  above  the  other  on  the  curtain.  As  the  curtain 
moves  downward,  the  electrodes  charge  progressively 
lower  areas  of  the  film  across  its  full  width.  Then  the 
downwardly  moving  horizontal  window  exposes  these 
areas,  in  turn,  to  progressively  lower  portions  of  the  image 
projected  from  the  lens  system  so  that  a  latent  image  is 
found  on  the  film.  Finally,  the  downwardly  moving  wiper 
blade  spreads  toner  from  an  adjacent  supply  uniformily 
over  progressively  lower  areas  of  the  exposed  film  so  tiiat 
a  high-quality  visible  image  is  impressed  on  the  film. 


3,671,121 

EXPOSURE  DEVICE  FOR  CONTROLLING  CHARGE 
ON  A  PORTION  OF  A  CHARGED  SURFACE 
BORDERING  AN  IMAGE  FRAME  PROJECTED 
ON  THE  CHARGED  SURFACE 

Donald  J.  Albert,  Rodiester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Bastaian 

I       Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
FHed  Ang.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,119 
tot  CL  G03g  15/00 
U.8.  CL  355—7  25  Claims 

A  mechanism  and  method  is  disclosed  for  controlling 
charge  on  a  portion  of  the  surface  of  a  photoconductive 
member  bordering  an  image  frame,  containing  an  image 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1029 


and  a  background  portion  projected  onto  the  photoconduc- 
tive surface  from  an  original  such  as  microfilm,  wherein 
positive  microfilm  is  dark  or  opaque  between  and  around 
adjacent  image  frames  and  negative  microfilm  is  trans- 
parent or  light  transmitting  between  and  around  adjacent 
image  frames.  The  mechanism  has  an  aperture  through 
which  the  image  frame  is  projected,  surrounded  by  an 
opaque  mask  portion  for  preventing  illumination  of  the 
border  area  on  a  charged  photoconductive  surface  sur- 
rounding the  image  frame  projected  onto  the  photocon- 
ductive surface  for  those  situations  in  which  positive  prints 


are  made  from  negative  microfilm.  The  mechanism  further 
includes  a  light  directing  mask  portion  surrounding  the 
aperture  which,  when  activated,  directs  illumination  onto 
a  portion  of  the  charged  surface  of  the  photoconductive 
surface  bordering  the  image  frame  projected  thereon  for 
discharging  the  border  portion  for  those  situations  in 
which  positive  prints  are  made  from  positive  microfilm. 
Thus,  in  all  situations  the  charge  on  the  border  portion 
of  a  photoconductive  surface  adjacent  the  image  frame 
is  maintained  at  substantially  the  same  potential  as  back- 
ground portions  within  the  image  frame. 


3,671,122 

METHODS    OF    PRINTING    STEREOSCOPIC    IN- 
TEGRAL  PHOTOGRAPH  FROM  PSEUDOSCOPIC 
ORIGINAL 
Leslie  Peter  Dudley,  Los  Angeles,  Calif.,  assignor  to 
Dudley  Optical  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Beveriy  HiUs,  Calif. 
Original  appUcation  July  26, 1968,  Ser.  No.  747,996. 
Divided  and  this  appUcation  Oct  2,  1970,  Ser. 
No.  77,606 

Int  CL  G03b  35/02 
MS,  CL  355—22  2  Claims 


vertical  axes,  the  photographs  being  recorded  on  a  sfiieri- 
cally  lenticulated  film  or  on  a  spherically  lenticulated 
screen-film  combination;  and  a  method,  comprising  a 
sequential  printing  technique,  is  provided  by  which  the 
elementary  images  ccmstituting  the  composite  pictures  are 
so  transposed  that  a  stereoscopic  reproduction  from  a 
pseudoscopic  integral  photograph  is  achieved. 


3,671,123 

DEVICE  FOR  INSURING  REGIS1RA110N  OF  TBE 
PICTURE  FRAME  WIIH  THE  PRINUNG  STA- 
HON  IN  MAKING  PRINTS  FROM  A  FILM 

Tomoji    Murata,    Sakai-sU,    Osaka-fu,    and    AtauynU 
Tauka,  Toyonaka^  Osaka^ta,  Japan,  anignon  to 
Minolta  Camera  JrahnAiM  Kaisha,  OsakaTjivaii 
FDcd  May  22, 1970,  So*.  No.  39,827 

,,„  _  Int  CL  G03b  27/04 

UA  CL  355—97  9  rwh^ 


A  printing  ajqtaratus  for  sequential  printing  of  pictures 
from  images  appearing  m  a  plurality  of  frames  disposed 
in  sequence  on  a  film  not  provided  with  perfections,  in- 
cluding a  first  detecting  means  for  detecting  the  passing 
of  a  front  edge  of  a  picture  frame  of  the  film  transported 
by  a  transport  means,  and  a  second  detecting  means,  ac- 
tuated when  said  first  detecting  means  detects  the  front 
edge  of  a  certain  picture  frame  to  operate  a  film  stop 
means  and  an  exposiu-e  means  when  a  film  travel  dis- 
tance corresponding  to  the  distance  between  the  first  de- 
tecting means  and  said  exposure  means  is  detected. 


3,671,124 

MICROFILM  DUPUCATOR  AND  METHOD  OF 

PHOTOCOPYING  MICROFILMS 

William  Amolsch,  Detroit  and  Robert  J.  Maker,  Farm- 

ington,  Mich.,  aasfgnors  to  DoutUtt  Corporation,  De- 

troit  Mich. 

FUed  Sept  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,826 

Int  CL  G03b  27/04 

MS.  CL  355—124  g  Cfadms 


Bu  .         u      *..-.•        ,  ^^  apparatus  to  simultaneously  duplicate  a  large  plu- 

Photo^te  of  Ae  mtegral  type  are  provided  which   rality  of  microfilm  negative  material  supported  on  rtrans- 

exhibit  the  effect  of  paraUax  about  both  horizontal  and  parent  sheet  by  ultra-violet  photo  process  in  which  the 


1080 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20   1972 


an>aratus  has  a  glass  window  which  sui^wrts  the  trans- 
parent sheet  and  a  photosensitive  lamina  placed  on  top 
of  the  transparent  sheet,  an  ultra-violet  rays  emitting  de- 
vice is  8un>orted  in  the  lower  section  of  the  apparatus 
which  also  supfwrts  an  automatic  fast  acting  shutter  mech- 
anism disposed  between  the  ultra-violet  ray  emitting 
device  and  the  glass  window  yMctt  suppcMts  the  micro- 
film transparency.  In  the  process  of  photo-copying  a  cover 
is  displaced  over  the  glass  window  to  keep  out  sun  rays 
or  artificial,  external  light  rays  and  the  space  between 
the  cover  and  the  glass  window,  when  the  cover  is  closed, 
is  automatically  evacuated  of  air  to  tightly  press  the 
photosensitive  lamina  onto  the  transparent  microfilm  sheet 
just  prior  to  opening  the  shutters,  to  expose  the  microfilm 
negative  to  the  ultraviolet  rays  for  transfer  of  the  image 
to  the  photosensitive  lamina.  The  operating  mechanisms 
for  the  shutter  and  for  evacuating  of  the  protective  cover 
are  correlated  and  provided  with  suitable  controls  to  func- 
tion in  timed  sequence. 


^^X^CE  FOR  AUGnRg  prefabricated  CR. 
CUir  WITH  A  PHOTOGRAPHIC  PLATE  1X> 
MAKE  PRINTED  CIRCUITS 

Auto|^rMa»reevicfa  LntchciikoT.  UHtn  OMmaya  9b,  kv. 
1;  MikliaH  Pctrovkh  ShekhodaMv,  U&a  SUroteaya 
Z";?  ??^  ^'«*"?*"'^  S'y^*^*  UW"  GorlovAaya 
7/9,  kr.  <^  Ivan  Stepuiovkh  Korovlii,  UHtn  RadMov 
8l^  kr.  16;  Noana  Alczandrom  KkoUoTa,  Ulitn 
IJbaMva  9,  kv.  7;  Valeirtiiui  NikolaevM  Kreptoeva, 
1  Naiongr  mOnnkm  28-M;  tad  NImi  Pelrovwi 

FDad  Not.  13, 1979,  Sor.  No.  89,372 
-T-  «.     -  iBt.  CL  Gft»  7/(» 

VS.  CL  355—133  j 


*  ?  '  • 


A  device  for  aligning  a  prefabricated  circuit  with  a 
photographic  plate  and  ejq)osing  the  plate  to  produce 
printed  circuits  and  solid  circuits,  which  comprises  a 
microscope  and  a  manipulator  including  a  main  microm- 
eter mounted  in  a  buying  and  having  at  its  one  end  a 
dial  fOT  setting  the  optimal  value  of  the  gap  between  the 
prefabricated  circuit  and  the  photographic  plate,  and 
terminating  at  its  other  end  in  a  screw  tip;  the  device  is 
further  provided  with  a  mechanism  for  vertically  moving 
the  prefabricated  circuit,  fashioned  as  a  rod  with  a  flange, 
mounted  in  a  movable  sleeve,  said  movable  sleeve  also 
having  a  second  flange  on  which  the  flange  of  the  rod 
rests,  the  upper  end  of  the  rod  having  a  support  bub 
loosely  mounted  thereon  and  carrying  a  hemisphere 
which  has  a  microscope  table  disposed  thereon,  the  sleeve 
having  a  lever  pivotally  secured  thereon,  resting  upon 
the  rod  and  operatively  connected  with  the  pivot  of  the 
main  micrometer  screw,  and  the  flange  of  the  sleeve 


having  a  bushing  of  the  main  micrometer  screw  rigidly 
secured  therein.  The  device  provides  a  vw7  accurate  and 
precise  alignment  <rf  a  prefabricated  circuit  with  a 
photographic  plate,  which  alignment  does  not  get  dis- 
turbed during  subsequent  securing  of  the  circuit  and  the 
photographic  plates  prior  to  exposure  of  the  photograidiic 
plate. 

I        


3,<71,13< 
LCriNG  OPTICAL  PROBE 


NONCONTA4 ^.^  .  „„„„ 

Gflbcrt  B.  Erb,  Lm  AatOn.  CaBf .,  aarigiior  to  Ad,  Inc. 

^   J  FUed  Feb.  19,  lift,  S«r.TvrS374       7 
WT»  ^  L  lot  CLG9ic 3/08 

US.  CL  35«-4  14  Palm. 


A  distance  measuring  device  for  deriving  contoiu-  in- 
formation without  contacting  the  surface  being  measured 
and  without  the  use  of  internal  moving  parts.  The  device 
utilizes  an  optical  system  and  geometric  triangulation 
techniques  to  develop  electrical  output  signals  which  may 
be  used  to  drive  readout  displays,  numerically  controlled 
machine  tools  or  the  like. 


3,(71,127 
LIGHT  BEAM  RANGE-FINDER 
Gfoyani  OdoM,  b  Rodn  S/LaMnaa,  and  ChiMiaa 
Uater,  Yvcrdoa,  SwllacriaBd,  aalvMn  lo  Pafllard  S.A., 


Ci---P-oHty.aipfc-g^8wte^ 


A  range-finder  comprising  a  projector  directing  a  light 
beam  on  the  subject,  the  distance  of  which  has  to  be  meas- 
ured, and  an  optical  converging  system  collecting  rays 
diffused  by  the  luminous  spot  obtained  wi  the  subject  and 
a  photo-sensitive  device  for  measuring  the  focusing  dis- 
tance of  the  collected  rays.  The  photo-sensitive  device 
comprises  a  movable  screen  having  an  edge  adapted  to 
separate  the  rays  near  the  converging  point  to  differential- 
ly direct  them  onto  two  photo-elements.  Means  are  pro- 
vided to  prevent  parasitic  light  rays  to  impinge  on  the 
photoelements. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1081 


3,<71,US 

AUTOMAHC  CLOUD  CONDENSATION 

NUCLEI  COUNTER 

LawrsMt  F.  Radkc,  Sorttie,  aad  Peter  V.  Hobba,  BeOc- 

▼ite,  Wa*.,  Bwifoii  to  BirtteDe  Development  C«r- 

poralkm,  Cohnabw,  OUo 

Fllad  Aag.  25, 19<9,  Sir.  No.  852,78«^ 
-t-  ^     -       ^«^CLG$lm  1/00. 15/00 
VS.  CL  35<-^7  8  cialrna 


An  apparatus  and  method  for  the  automatic  measure- 
ment of  the  concentration  ol  condensation  nuclei  con- 
tained in  an  air  sample  that  form  cloud  droplets  under 
conditions  closely  approximating  those  of  natural  clouds. 
An  air  sample  containing  condensation  nuclei  is  intro- 
duced into  a  thermal  diffusion  chamber  which  is  main- 
tained at  a  supersattu-ation  approximating  that  ot  natural 
clouds  and  the  condensation  nuclei  are  allowed  to  grow 
to  a  certain  uniform  size.  The  droplet  size  is  measured 
directly  by  means  of  a  photocell  observing  the  light  scat- 
tered by  the  droplets  at  a  forward  angle  frwn  a  monochro- 
naatic  li^t  source.  When  the  drofdets  reach  the  desired 
size,  an  enhancement  in  scattered  light  occurs  which  is 
detected  by  the  photocell  Alternatively,  the  droplet  size 
is  measured  indirectly  by  a  timer  which  defines  a  fixed 
time  interval  after  the  air  sample  introduction,  given  the 
supersaturation  in  the  thermal  diffusion  chamber.  An 
electrical  signal  from  either  the  photocell  or  the  timer 
then  triggers  an  integrating  nephelometer  which  simul- 
taneously measures  the  extinctiwi  coefficient  due  to  light 
scattering  of  the  cloud  drojdets.  The  known  droplet  size 
and  observed  extinction  coefficient  are  combined  in  a 
simple  manner  to  determine  the  concentration  of  cloud 
condensation  nuclei. 


^,__, 3,i71,129 

®^^S?I?  "^^^  SPECTROSCOPY  SAMPLE  CELL 

ENoxnawG  illuminahon  and  observa. 

TION  STRUCTURE  -««*▼« 

Elinar  WlcdeUiis,  SlppUngea  am  Haainim  Gemumy,  as. 

asnor  to  Bodeosecwcrk  PerUn-Elmer  ft  Co~  GmbH. 

UberUnMB  (BodeosecX  Gcimaqy 

Filed  Jaa.  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,91« 

Claima  priority*  appikatioa  Gtnumy,  Feb.  11,  1970, 

G  70  04  574.8 

.T-   ^   ...  liACLGOlJJ/W 

VS.  CL  35<-85  2  Ciafana 

A  known  graphite  tube  cell  apparatus  used  for  heating 
an  atomic  abscMrption  sample  includes  an  outer  housing 
within  which  the  heated  graphite  tube  is  comirietely  en- 
closed (except  for  the  <^>en  ends  of  the  tube),  both  to 
maintain  the  non-oxidizing  protective  gas  on  the  surfaces 
of  the  graphite  tube  to  avoid  its  being  oxidized  at  the 
high  temperatures  used  to  dissociate  the  sample,  and  to 
contain  the  radiation  from  the  red-hot  graphite  tube  when 
so  heated.  Because  of  the  closed  and  opaque  nature  of 
the  housing,  it  is  difficult  to  introduce  the  sample  into 
a  small  inlet  opening  in  the  graphite  tube.  A  hollow  at- 
tachment on  and  extending  through  the  outer  housing  is 


provided,  in  which  a  light  source  is  contained  for  illumi- 
nating the  sample  inlet  opening.  The  end  of  the  attach- 
ment remote  from  the  cell  is  sealed,  and  the  inlet  for  the 
protective  gas  extends  through  the  wall  of  the  attachment 
at  a  position  between  the  light  source  and  the  other  end 


near  the  cell  so  as  also  to  cool  the  lamp  when  the  cell 
is  heated.  A  visual  observing  device  is  preferably  provided 
on  and  extending  through  the  housing,  the  axis  <rf  which 
also  intersects  the  sample  inlet,  so  that  the  user  may  con- 
veniently see  this  inlet  when  introducing  the  samjrie. 


3,<7143f 

INTERFEROMETER  OF  THE  CEN1ER 

,  ^  _  BALANCE  TYPE 

John  Kent  Bowkcr,  Marbiehcad,  Mmb.,  aarigwir  to 

ttek  Cotponttoa,  Lcaii^toa,  Maaa. 

FDedJn^  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  53,770 

The  portioB  of  the  tcmi  of  the  patc^  ^i—inffrt  t» 

Ang.  3, 19S8,  has  been  disdained^ 


\ 


An  mterferometer  of  the  center  balance  type  incorporat- 
ing a  substantially  isotropic,  coherent  Ught  source,  a  retro- 
reflector  having  a  beam  splitting  surface  and  a  stage  plate 
compnsing  a  pair  of  opposed  paraUel  mirrors  in  the  opti- 
cal path.  The  optical  path  difference  is  proportional  to  the 
distance  from  the  optical  fiducial  to  a  plane  equidistant 
from  and  parallel  to  the  mirrors  of  the  stage  plate,  and  is 
mvariant  with  respect  to  other  translations  or  rotations 
of  the  stage  plate  so  long  as  the  mirrors  remain  in  the 
optical  path. 

w— ..v^  3,071,131 

LTIHOOTAPHIC  COLOR  ANALYZER  USING 

»  wu  J^??™?^^  MAGNIFICAHON 
Ralph  C.  Wicker,  Faiiport,  N.  Y.,  Mriiam  to  ThrJij  F. 


FBed  Nov.  24, 1909.  Scr.  jJo.  079,010 

UA  CL  35^175 '-•^^'^^^  ,^_ 

Lithographic  color  analyzer  having  a  base  with  a  view- 
ing aperture  and  means  for  establishing  a  viewing  plane 


1082 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20, 1 1972 


for  a  lithographic  print  or  the  like,  a  casing  having  an 

inclined  deck,  a  pair  of  manually  rotatable  turret  disks 

pivotally  mounted  on  the  deck,  one  having  four  dark  half 

tone  screens  rotataUy  mounted  therein  and  of  different 

periodicity  and  a  density  as  great  as  99Vi%,  and  the 

other  having  color  filter  disks,  a  lens  system  having  a 

1  to  1  ratio  within  the  casing  on  a  substantially  horizontal 

axis,  a  reflector  above  the  aperture  and  in  alignment  with 

and  on  one  side  of  the  lens  system,  and  a  second  reflector   US,  CL  4D8 — ^235 

below  the  deck  in  alignment  with  and  on  the  other  side 

of  the  lens  system,  the  reflectors  and  lens  system  being 

disposed  on  an  optical  axis  extending  normal  to  the  view- 


3,(71,133  ' 

BALANCE  COMPENSATED  MACHINE  TOOLS 
Maso  Galbarini,  Pavia,  and  FnmccMo  Cotta  Ramuliio. 
Milai^  Italy,  aarisMn  to  Inoceiili  Sodcta  GeMrak 
per  Undutria  MetaOviica  e  Meccaika,  Mflan.  Baly 
FUed  Not.  2, 1970,  Scr.  NttTSMSt  ^ 

CUmi  priority,  appikatioB  Itely,  May  22,  1970, 
j  «8,759/7i  -V  — »        F. 

I  lot  CL  ll23h  ^7/2/f 


mm 


13 


.-.^3 


*t**49 


ing  plane  and  normal  to  the  plane  of  said  half  tone  screen 
with  the  optical  distance  between  the  viewing  plane  and 
the  optical  center  of  the  lens  system  being  the  same  as  the 
optical  distance  from  the  lens  system  center  to  the  half 
tone  screen  plane,  illumination  for  the  viewing  plane, 
forced  air  circulation  fw  cooling  the  casing  and  establish- 
ing an  above  atmospheric  pressure  therein,  a  viewing  lens 
disposed  above  the  deck  and  the  dark  screen  plane,  means 
for  manually  rotating  the  half  tone  screens  relaUve  to  the 
turret  in  which  they  are  mounted,  and  a  dial  indicator 
above  the  deck  for  indicating  the  angle  of  rotation  of  the 
half  tone  screen. 


A  large  machme  tool  having  a  bed,  and  an  upright  ex- 
tendmg  above  the  bed,  the  upright  carrying  vertical  guide- 
ways  for  a  slide  which  carries  horizontal  guideways  for  a 
workhead.  The  workhead  is  adapted  to  carry  a  range  of 
different  attachments.  In  order  to  relieve  the  guideways,  as 
far  as  possible,  from  the  weight  of  the  sUde,  the  workhead 
and  Its  attachments,  the  slide  is  suspended,  by  a  puUcy 
system,  from  the  top  of  the  upright;  a  counterbalancing 
hydraulic  actuator  being  provided  on  the  far  side  of  the 
upright;  the  workhead  is  mounted  on  an  intermediate 
member  which  is  suspended  in  the  same  way  as  the  tlide. 
The  mtermediate  member  carries  a  track  along  which  the 
workhead  can  slide;  the  track  is  curved  in  a  vertical  plane 
to  compensate  for  the  extension  of  the  cables  as  the  work- 
head  moves  along  the  horizontal  guideways  of  the  slide. 
A  cam  and  follower  arrangement  is  provided  to  compen- 
sate for  the  shift  in  the  centre  of  gravity  as  different  at- 
tachments are  connected  to  the  workhead. 


.«—  3,671,132 

APPUCATOR  WICK  FOR  A  WRITING 
^  ^  _.  INSTRUMENT 

Pwderids  R.  Wttmbttt,  Whitewater,  Wl*,  assigiior 

«%i^  '•f^^™!*^'  '"»Mvffle,  Wh. 

Med  Not.  3«,  1970,  Scr.  No.  93,751 
WT-  ^  Int  CL  B43k  5/02 

UA  CL  401-.292  13  ctafan. 


I 


to 


»>,T,.v.^l.  3,671jl34 

FUJWC  SIGNAL  DEnCllON  AND  PREVENTtON 

WlBIs  A.  Boothe,  Scotia,  N.  Y.,  aarignor  to 
__     General  Electric  Company 
BBed  Sept  27, 19«7,  Ser.  Nor679,584 

UAO  ^i«_«  ^CLFUd  27/02. 

UA  CL  415—13  9  ciaimi 


A  self-ckamng  writing  point  for  a  writing  instrument, 
comprising  a  mb  havmg  a  generally  conical  tip  tiiat  termi- 
nates in  a  roonded  apex,  and  about  which  is  wrapped  an 
a^tor  wide  oomprising  a  helix  of  fine  resilientwire. 
Tlie  nib  has  feed  channels  tiierein  for  supplying  ink  to 
the  applicator  wick.  »  »"*  «» 


'^  '«• 


The  disclosure  shows  fluidic  means  for  detecting  ii|. 
cipient  stall  of  an  axial  flow  compressor  employed  in  a 
gas  turbine  enghie.  Fuel  flow  is  modified  as  a  result  of 
such  detection  to  move  the  operating  point  of  the  com- 
pressor away  from  a  stall  condition.  Rapid  fluctuations 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1088 


L^!na^o?^?nf  ,  r^**'*,"'"P'*''°'"'i"'^*'"*'''y  ^  ^«^*  comparable  to  the  partition  members  and  have 

Je  range  of  250  to  1.000  cycles  per  second,  actuate  tiie  fluid  pickup  heads  positioned  contiguous  to  the  perinherv 

fluidic  system  to  cause  the  change  in  fuel  flow.  of  tiie  roti  compartments.  The  S  ends  of^S! 

_^^^^^^^^^__  charge  tubes  are  arranged  in  a  common  plane.             -  _ 

3,671,135  ^^— ^^ 

^  FROTH  PUMP 

Charics  Harold  Waiman,  Castlecrag,  New  Sootii  Wales, 
Australia,  assignor  to  Warman  Equipment  (Interna- 
tional) Ltd.,  Belmont,  Western  Anstoalla,  Australia 
Filed  May  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  37,583 
Int  CL  F04d  1/00,  9/00;  BOld  47/00 
UA  CI.  415-53  7  Claims 


F' 


fe'v     ^ 

1 

r 

3,671,137 
CENTRIFUGAL  PUMP  WITH  HYDROSTAITC 
BEARING 
Rowland  E.  Ball,  Long  Brack,  CaUf .,  aaaignor  to  Bora- 
Warner  Conwration,  Chiaigo,  DL 
FUed  June  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  48,369 
Int  CL  F04d  29/5^.  7/00;  B61f  77/00 
UA  CL  415—104  7  Claims 


Centrifugal  pumps  having  an  impeller  at  the  lower  end 
of  a  vertical  spindle,  a  casing  surrounding  the  impeller,  an 
intake  opening  through  the  upper  wall  of  the  casing  and  a 
feed  chamber  surrounding  the  spindle  and  communicating 
with  the  intake  opening  are  modified,  in  order  to  handle 
frothy  fluids  by  vaning  the  periphery  of  the  opening  in 
Uie  casing  so  that  part  of  the  feed  is  returned  to  the  feed 
chainber  with  increased  energy  causing  a  shearing  vortex 
motion  in  the  feed  chamber. 


A  vertical  shaft,  centrifugal  pump  has  a  steady  bearing 
in  the  form  of  a  radial  hydrostatic  bearing  that  journals 
the  shaft,  the  hydrostatic  bearing  being  energized  by 
liquid  circulated  to  it  from  the  discharge  zone  of  the 
IMimp  impeller,  the  circulation  of  the  bearing-energizing 
liquid  being  accomplished  by  an  auxiliary  centrifugal 
impeUer  driven  by  the  shaft,  the  auxiliary  impeller  pref- 
erably being  mounted  on  tiie  main  pump  impeller. 


3,671,136 

MULTICOMPARTMENT  PUMP  STRUCTURE 
Raymond  D.  O'Mara,  Brewcrton,  and  Charies  K.  GriiBn, 
AnlNira,  N.Y.,  asaignors  to  Carrier  Corpcmtion,  Syra- 
^cnse,  N.Y. 

FUed  Dec.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  102,745 
-TO  ^   .-  Int.  a  P04d  i/i^ 

UA  CL  415-.89  9  Qrims 


A  cylindrical  cup-shaped  rotor  is  joumaled  in  a  closed 
casing  and  has  a  plurality  of  axially  spaced-apart,  frusto- 
conical  partition  members  forming  fluid  receiving  com- 
parunents.  An  assemWage  of  inlet  tubes  is  arranged  in 
concentrically  spaced  relation  about  the  axis  of  the  rotor. 
The  inlet  tubes  convey  liquid  to  the  rotor  compartments 
respectively.  A  discharge  tube  is  associated  with  each  inlet 
tube  and  is  formed  with  an  inner  end  portion  extending 
toward  die  periphery  of  the  compartment  supplied  with 
liquid  by  the  inlet  tube  with  which  the  discharge  tube  is 
associated.  The  inner  end  portions  of  the  discharge  tubes 
incline  in  a  direction  from  the  axis  of  the  rotor  on  an 


3,671,138 

COMPOSITE  KNOCKDOWN  PUMP 

Rowland  E.  Ball,  Long  Beach,  Calif.,  aarignor  to  Bon. 

Warner  Corpmirtion,  Cldcaco,  DL 

Filed  Feb.  2, 1971,  Ser.  No.  111,962 

WTO  «   .--  Int.  CL  FOld  77/00 

U.S.  CL  415—111  21 


A  centrifugal  fluid  pump  suitable  for  assembly  into  an 
operable  unit  vrithin  a  confined  space  including  a  fdurality 
of  impellers  each  mounted  within  respective  fluid  dis- 
charge members  and  in  respective  association  with  a 
plurality  of  fluid  suction  inlet  members;  such  impellers 
being  mounted  on  a  composite  drive  shaft  having  a  plurali- 
ty of  members  integrally  assembled  to  provide  a  high  de- 
gree of  radial  and  axial  alignment  and  a  high  torque 
transfer  capability. 


\ 


«^»-«  3,671,139 

COMPOSITE  BLADE  CONSTRUCTION 

James  S.  Plowman,  Longmeadow,  Maak,  asafamor  to 

United  Aircraft  Corporation,  East  Hartfoid.  Conn. 

Filed  Sept  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7L531 

WT«  -n.    ...  InLCLF01d5/2« 

U.S.  CL  416—61  5  rhh— 

A  fan  blade  or  compressor  blade  is  made  up  of  a 

plurality  of  very  tiiin  plies  of  fibers  for  maximum 


1084 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


strength  and  these  fibers  are  subjea  to  damage  by 
foreign  objects  that  may  engage  the  blades  spea^y 
along  its  leading  edge  and  thereby  weaken  the  blade. 
To  permit  visual  inspection  of  a  blade  to  detenmne  the 


\ 

~r 

X 

X 

1  3,i71442 

I    UQUm  LEVEL  CONTROL 
Ronald  V.  Calabreac,  Forcit  Park,  IIL, 

Lnmenlte  Etoctronk  CompMy,  FVankUa  Pwk,  DL 
Filed  luM  22, 197i,  Scr.  No.  48,270 

IiitCLF04b^9/0($  ' 

U.S.  CL  417—36  11 


to 


extent  to  which  the  plies  have  been  worn  away,  one  ply 
is  made  visibly  different  firom  the  others  and  is  positioned 
in  the  stack  of  plies  at  the  limit  position  to  which  the 
blade  surface  can  be  worn  away  before  replacement. 


3>f7L14« 

DAMPED  TURBOMACHmE  ROTOR  ASSEMBLY 

Wayw  C  Skaak,  WfUfaMMgort,  Pa.,  Miiniiir  to  Arco 


FOadOct  5,  l»7t,S«r.So.  77,Mf 
IitaFlld25/2« 
UA  a  416-183 


Liquid  level  control  or  indicator  circuit  in  which  a 
resis^ce  bridge  is  unbalanced  by  change  of  liquid  level 
in  a  container.  Bridge  is  normally  slightly  unbalanced, 
and  the  degree  of  this  slight  unbalance  may  be  variable 
to  change  the  sensitivity.  Oiange  in  liquid  level  signifi- 
cantly unbalances  the  bridge  to  bias  a  controlled  recti- 
fier, ther^y  triggering  energization  of  a  pump,  valve,  or 
signal  or  indicator  device. 


The  disclosure  illustrates  a  centrifugal  compressor  com- 
prising an  inducer  hub  telescoped  over  an  adjacent  shoul- 
der of  an  impeller  hub.  The  inducer  hub  has  an  inner 
annular  surface  which  receives  an  annular  relatively  thin 
split  ring  element.  When  the  compresses  rotates  at  high 
r.pjn.'s  the  split  ring  frictionally  engages  the  iimer  an- 
nular surface  of  the  inducer  hub  to  damp  vibrations. 


3,67M41 

EXIRUIXR  COMPIIISING  ASCREW 

HAVING  PEGS 

Uoyd  KoTaci,  SooMiMt,  NJ.,  aarfpMir  to  Midlaad-RoM 

Corporatloo,  Clerdaiid,  Ohio 

Filed  laa.  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  165,ill 

litCLB29fi/02 

UA  a  41^-176  1  CbriDs 


3,671,143 

FLAT  SIDE  VALVE  FOR  PRESSURE  BALANCED 

POWHt    STEERING    PUMP    WITH    IMPROVED 

ASPIRATOR  ACTION 

Bnbtrt  M.  Clark,  Unnincham,  MkhM  asBignor  to 

TRW  Ik.,  aerdand,  Ohio 

FUcd  Nov.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,050 

IiLCLFOdb  49/05 

UA  CL  417—79  8 


rto 

flat— 


A  specially  constructed  screw  for  an  extruder  of  po-  ....             «..,.,„  .«j 

tentially  plasticizable  materials,  e.g.,  so-called  thermo-  Pump  bypass  is  channeled  mto  an  annulus  and 

plastic  rednTwhich  comprises  radiaUy-aligned  pegs  based  into  a  single  flow  passage  constructed  to  obtain  maximum 

hi  a  noiheccentric  undeicut  channel  area  of  the  screw  aspiration  at  an  oU  makeup  port  so  as  to  obtam  maxi- 

QOIQ,  mum  inlet  supercharge. 


thence 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1085 


3,(71,144 

TAILGATE  WINDOW  WASHER  MECHANISM 

Uoyd  L.  Knck,  Dayton,  OUo,  aaatenor  to  General 

Moton  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  Nov.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,813 

Int  CL  F84b  17/06 

UA  CL  417—231  4  dafma 


In  a  preferred  form,  this  disclosure  relates  to  a  window 
washer  unit  for  washing  a  tailgate  window  of  a  station 
wagon  vehicle.  The  window  washer  unit  includes  a 
reciprocable  washer  pump,  an  actuating  means  including 
a  drive  means  drivingly  connected  with  a  window  regu- 
lator mechanism  for  raising  and  lowering  the  tailgate 
window  and  which  has  an  interruptible  driving  connec- 
tion with  the  recii»ocable  pump,  and  a  control  mecha- 
nism which  is  operable  to  establish  a  driving  connection 
between  the  drive  means  and  the  reciprocable  pump  in 
response  to  the  window  regulator  mechanism  being 
actuated  to  raise  the  window  and  for  interrupting  the  driv- 
ing connection  therebetween  just  prior  to  the  window 
reaching  its  closed  positicHi  and  when  the  window  is  being 
lowered  whereby  the  washer  pump  is  only  actuated  to 
squirt  washer  fluid  against  the  window  when  the  latter 
is  being  raised  from  its  open  position  towards  its  closed 
position. 

3,<71,14S 
IMPROVEMENTS  IN  OR  RELATING  TO  BEARINGS 
Fk^derkk  WilUam  Walton  Moricy,  Derby,  and  Wilfred 
Thonuia  Watti,  Edgware,  Entfland,  asa^iors  to  Holla- 
Roycc  TJmlffd,  Derby,  Fiigiptyi 

FOed  Aug.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,789 
Claims  prioiity,  application  Great  Britain,  Sqit  2,  1969, 

43,325/69 

bt  CL  F04b  3/00,  5/00.  25/00;  F16c  17/16 

VS.  CL  417—247  7  Clainis 


3,671,146 

FLUID  ENQ(GY  MACHINE 

WnUaBi  T.  AldciMM,  W.  Main  St, 

BrooUdcNJ.    07926 

FDed  Feb.  10, 1971.  Scr.  No.  114,128 

lBtCLF»lc//00;F6ici/iOO;Ff4ci7/aO 

VJS.  a.  417—243  21  Clainis 


A  gas  compressor,  of  the  sliding  vane-type,  having  at 
least  one  vane  slidably  mounted  in  a  rotor.  The  rotor,  is 
rotatable  within  a  rotary  cylinder  on  an  axis  offset  from 
the  cylinder  axis.  The  cylinder  and  rotor  are  in  synchro- 
nism, that  is,  they  rotate  at  the  same  angular  velocity, 
and  the  vane  is  slidably  movable  therebetween.  TTie  vane 
is  channeled,  and  cooperates  with  inlet  and  outlet  cylinder 
ports  for  admission  and  discharge  of  the  gas  being 
compressed. 


3,671,147 
HERMETIC  COMPRESSOR 
F.  Michael  Lancks,  4178  WOdrire  Drive 
Robert  S.  Vanghn,  395  Randolph  Drive 
of  York,  Pa. 

Filed  Dec  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,104 

Int  CL  F04b  77/00,  ^9/05. -^9/00 
US,  CL  417—286  3 


17402,  and 

17403,  both 


An  inter-shaft  bearing  assembly  for  a  multi-shaft  gas 
turbine  engine  comprising  a  coaxial  arrangement  of  an 
inner  shaft  mounted  within  a  hollow  outer  shaft  for  rela- 
tive rotation  between  the  shafts  with  a  sleeve  disposed 
between  the  shafts  and  drivingly  engaged  by  the  outer 
shaft.  The  sleeve  has  a  bearing  surface  which  cooperates 
with  a  bearing  surface  on  the  inner  shaft.  Two  annular 
projections  on  the  sleeve  disposed  one  each  side  of  the 
bearing  surface  project  radially  inwardly  thereof  so  that 
in  operation  oil  which  is  supplied  to  the  bearing  surfaces 
is  retained  on  the  surfaces  by  the  projections. 


A  multi-cylinder  hermetic  ccMnpressor  with  means  for 
varying  its  capacity  by  positively  closing  oflf  the  flow  of 
suction  gas  from  the  low  side  of  the  system  to  one  or  moi« 
cylinders.  The  suction  gas  is  normally  delivered  to  a  cham- 
ber which  supplies  at  least  one  cylinder  at  all  times.  The 
gas  then  flows  through  a  passage  to  another  chamber  sup- 
plying a  second  cylinder  or  group  of  cylindera.  A  fluid 
operated  capacity  control  valve  is  arranged  in  this  pas- 
sage to  positively  shut  off  flow  to  the  second  chamber  to 
prevent  gas  from  being  supplied  to  cylinders  receiving 
gas  from  the  second  chamber.  The  capacity  control  valve 
IS  operated  by  high  pressure  discharge  gas,  the  flow  of 
which  IS  controUed  by  an  mtemaUy  mounted  solenoid 
valve  located  m  a  Ime  between  the  capacity  control  valve 
and  a  source  of  discharge  gas  within  the  compressor 


1086 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671,148 

PUMP  PRIMING  AND  FLOW  CONTROL  VALVE 

FOR  PUMPING  TWO  DUTERENT  FLUIDS 

Paul  H.  Recyc,  Rhrer  Vak,  N  J^  aarignor  to  Auto 

Rcwardi  Coiporatkui,  Boonttm,  N  J. 

Filed  Jan.  27, 1971,  Ser.  No.  110,024 

Int  CL  F04b  49/08 

U.&  CL  417—295  13  Clalnu 


3,671,150  ^ 

ENGINE  CAM  OPERATED  AIR  COMPRESSOR  TOR 

VEHICLE  LEVELING  SYSTEM 

George  W.  Jackson  and  James  E.  Whelan,  Dayton,  Ohio, 

afldgnon  to  General  Motors  Coiporatioa,  Detroit,  Midi. 

I  FUed  Sept  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  73,845 

-       Int  CL  F04b  43/06.  45/00;  F15b  7/00 

UA  CL  f  17— 395  6  Claims 


In  a  pump  for  pumping  fluids  of  differing  viscosities, 
a  valve  element  wliich  is  shiftable  to  both  block  and  regu- 
late the  flow  of  the  fluid  of  lower  viscosity;  the  valve 
normally  blocks  the  flow  of  lower  viscosity  fluid  until 
the  ptmip  is  primed;  outlet  pressure  from  the  pimip,  which 
is  developed  only  when  the  pump  is  primed,  moves  the 
valve  away  from  the  blocking  position,  against  a  biasing 
means,  to  open  the  conduit  of  lower  viscosity  fluid;  the 
biasing  means  controls  the  extent  to  which  the  valve  is 
opened,  and  thereby  regulates  the  ratio  of  low  viscosity 
to  high  viscosity  fluid  that  is  pumped. 


3,671,149 
COOUNG^AS  CIRCULATORS  FOR  NUCLEAR. 
POWER  STATIONS 
WDUam  MIHon  Phaser,  BoAy,  Glasgow,  Walter  John 
Cairns,   Bearsden,   Glasgow,  and  Ian   Norman   Mc> 
Donald,  Largs,  Scotland,  asaifnors  to  James  Howden 
A  Company  Limited,  Glasgow,  Scotland 

Filed  Oct  9,  1968,  Ser.  No.  766,211 

Int  CL  F04d  25/06 

UA  CL  417—360  7  Claims 


r— # 


A  circulate^-  for  the  pressiuized  gas  in  the  cooling  cir- 
cuit of  a  nuclear  reactor  power  staticn  is  of  a  kind  having 
an  electric  motor  withdrawably  mounted  in  a  wall- 
mounted  pressure  vessel,  and  a  motor-driven  gas  blower 
in  the  gas  space  at  the  inner  end  of  the  vessel.  Provision  is 
made  for  isolating  the  inner  end  of  the  vessel  from  the 
reactor  to  enable  withdrawal  of  the  blower  with  the 
motor,  the  isolating  means  including  an  axially  reciproca- 
ble  ring  closing  an  annular  gap  between  the  blower  casing 
and  ducting  in  the  gas  space,  and  an  axially  reciprocable 
dome  in  the  gas  ^ace;  the  ring  engaging  the  vessel  and 
the  dome  engaging  the  dng  to  effect  sealing  of  the  vessel 
from  the  reactor. 


In  preferred  form,  a  compressor  having  an  open  ended 
housing  adapted  to  be  connected  to  a  cam  port  on  an 
engine  block.  An  operating  arm  is  driven  by  an  engine 
cam  to  reciprocate  a  piston  within  an  oil  filled  cylinder 
which  includes  an  intake  valve  to  a  sump  in  the  housing 
and  a  relief  valve  for  flow  of  excessive  oil  from  the  cyiu 
inder  back  to  the  sump.  A  pump  diaphragm  is  operated  by 
reciprocation  of  the  piston  in  the  cylinder  to  draw  air  into 
and  discharge  air  from  an  air  pumping  chamber  which  in- 
cludes a  plurality  of  shallow,  narrow  relief  passageways 
therein  to  reduce  re-expansion  of  compressed  air  in  the 
chamber.  An  improved  oil  baffling  arrangement  prevents 
aeration  on  the  oil  side  of  the  diaphragm. 


3,671,151 

COMBINATION  AQUARIUM  PUMP  AND 

GANG  VALVE 

Bernard  Duke,  DcaL  N J.,  and  David  Z.  Lcvensohn,  New 

Yoric,  N.Y.,  asrignors  to  Miracle  Pet  Products,  Inc., 

Jersey  Oty,  N  J. 

Filed  May  11, 1970,  Ser.  No.  35,988 
Ua  CL  417—411  4 


A  housing  having  a  pump  mounted  therein  and  includ- 
ing a  valve  manifold  having  an  inlet  chamber  with  a  plu- 
rality of  stem-receiving  bores  in  communication  there- 
with, and  outlet  ports  extending  transversely  thereof.  The 
bores  arc  formed  with  valve  seats  interposed  between  the 
inlet  chamber  and  respective  outlet  ports  and  include 
threaded  sections.  Valve  stems  are  inserted  in  the  respec- 
tive bores  and  are  threaded  for  engagement  with  said 
threaded  sections  whereby  the  combination  pump  and 
valve  may  be  installed  as  a  unit  to  provide  air  at  selected 
flow  rates  from  the  respective  outlet  ports. 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1087 


3,671,152 
ELECnUC  PUMP  ASSEMBLY  F(«  USE  IN  PUMP. 

ING  EXPLOSIVE  OR  DANGEROUS  UQUIDS 

Paul  Andre  Gninard,  Saint  Clond,  FVance,  asrignor  to 

EtahHssements  Pompes  Gninard,  Safait  Clood,  France 

Filed  Feb.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  10,258 
Claims  pikurity,  application  FWuicc,  Feb.  20, 1969, 

69,044 

Int  CL  F04b  17/00.  35/04;  H02k  5/10 

UA  CL  Ml-All  ,  3  Claims 


outlet  apertures  are  provided  in  the  flanks  of  the  piston. 
A  passage  adapted  to  communicate  with  the  outlet  aper- 
ture occupies  virtually  the  inside  diameter  of  the  eccentric 
and  diminishes  spirally  in  the  pin  towards  the  outlet  for 
outlet  of  the  compressed  mediimi. 


\ 


3,671,154 
EPITROCHOIDAL  COMPRESSOR 
William  H.  Kolbe,  Birmingham,  Alexander  J.  Sacady 
Warren,  and  Taro  SnznU,  Birmingham,  mSHT*^ 
signors  to  General  Motors  Corporation,  Drtroit  Mit^ 
FUed  Oct  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,194 
1ntCLV91cl/02. 17/02. 19/08 
VS.  CL  418—61  £ 


This  invention  relates  to  an  electric  pump  assembly  for 
use  in  pumping  explosive  or  dangerous  hquids  in  con- 
tainers, the  assembly  comprising  a  fluid  tight  container, 
an  electric  pump  mounted  within  said  cointainer,  a  pump 
liquid  inlet  within  the  container,  and  a  pump  liquid  out- 
let, the  pump  comprising  an  electric  pump  motor,  said 
electric  pump  motor  including  a  winding  for  submerging 
in  a  liquid  in  the  container,  said  winding  comprising  at 
least  one  wire,  a  covering  insulating  said  wire,  which 
covering  resists  the  liquid,  sealing  means  through  which 
said  wire  extends  without  discontinuity  to  the  exterior  of 
the  container,  and  electric  power  input  terminals  on  said 
wire. 


-4^7 


A  compressor  of  the  epitrochoidal  rotor  type  has  a 
rotor  with  N  hollow  lobes  and  a  stator  housing  with  N+1 
lobes,  a  common  discharge  and  inlet  side  plate  on  one 
side  of  the  rotor  and  an  inlet  side  plate  on  the  opposite 
side  of  the  rotor  loaded  against  the  rotor  by  fluid  pressure 
led  from  the  discharge  cavity  of  the  compressor. 


3,671,153 
ROTARY  PISTON  COMPRESSOR 
Friedrich  Luck,  Berlin,  Germany,  assignor  to  Flnna 
Wankel  GmbH,  Lindan,  and  FIrma  Boraig  GmbH. 
Bcrlin<TegeL  Germany 

^FHed  Aug.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66,278 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Aug.  26,  1969, 

P  19  43  338.6 

Int  CL  FOlc  1/02.  1/42;  F03c  3/00 

VS,  a.  418—61  4  Claims 


A  circular  piston  compressor  having  a  stationary  hous- 
ing with  a  trochoidal  inner  boundary  and  a  rotary  piston 
mounted  on  the  eccentric  of  a  shaft  so  that  its  axial  cen- 
terline  describes  a  circular  path  during  its  rotation.  Inlet 
apertures  are  provided  in  the  end  walls  or  cover  of  the 
housing  or  both  for  entry  of  the  working  medium  and 


3,671,155 

HYDROSTATIC  BEARING 

Terence  N.  DnbiasiKy,  Radne,  Wis.,  amignor  to 

J.  L  Case  Company 

Filed  Apr.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  27,472 

US,  CL  iM^r'''  '''^'  ^^  '''^''  '''^^ 


The  present  disclosure  relates  to  an  apparatus  for  sup- 
porting a  rotating  element  relative  to  a  housing  of  a  fluid 
translating  device  by  primary  and  secondary  bearing 
means. 

The  secondary  bearing  means  includes  first  and  second 
sleeves  surrounding  the  rotor  supporting  shaft  with  each 
of  the  sleeves  having  a  plurality  of  outer  recesses  co- 
operating with  the  housing  to  produce  pockets  or  cham- 
bers and  a  plurality  of  inner  recesses  cooperating  with 


1088 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  30,  1972 


the  shaft  to  produce  inner  pockets  or  chambers.  Each 
outer  pocket  receives  diverted  pressured  fluid  from  the 
port  which  is  -in  opposed  relationship  on  the  rotor  or 
shaft  and  the  outer  pocket  communicates  with  the  inner 
pocket  to  direct  this  fluid  into  the  area  between  the  shaft 
and  the  bearing  sleeve.  The  internal  surface  of  the  sleeve 
has  two  opposed  circular  segments  having  equal  radii 
with  the  centers  of  the  segments  spaced  from  each  other 
with  the  radii  being  substantially  equal  to  the  diameter 
of  the  shaft.  The  inner  pockets  are  divided  into  first  and 
second  axially  spaced  portions  so  that  any  axial  misalign- 
ment between  the  sleeves  and  the  bearing  will  increase 
the  flow  path  between  the  bearing  and  the  shaft  along  one 
edge  of  the  sleeve  and  decrease  the  flow  path  along  the 
opposite  edge  to  produce  a  iHesstuv  differential  thereby 
automatically  aligning  the  sleeve  and  shaft. 


PRESS  FORMING  MACfflNE 

James  L.  Robbim,  West  CoTlaa,  Califs  waigiior 

Prodndi,  Idc^  El  Montei  CaHf . 

FOed  Sept  4, 197f,  Scr.  No.  69,797 

lafL  CL  ]t29c  1/00 

VA  CL  425— 13« 


to  Brooks 


5  Claims 


A  machine  and  method  of  press  forming  an  initially 
flocculent  cementitious  mixture  to  produce  a  rectangular, 
round  or  other  shaped  open  boxlike  product  such  as  a 
meter  housing,  the  machine  including  a  core  mounted 
between  guide  walls  in  angular  relation  therewith,  a  pair 
of  opposed  horizontally  movable  presser  dies  having  angu- 
larly related  surfaces  parallel  to  corresponding  sides  of 
the  con  and  slidable  between  the  guide  walls  to  compress 
the  mixture  against  the  core,  and  a  vertically  movable 
presser  die  ring  slidable  between  the  core  and  the  opposed 
presser  dies  to  effect  a  supplementary  vertical  iH-essing  of 
the  mixture  and  to  shape  the  top  portion  of  the  product; 
the  method  involving  the  initial  i»«ssing  of  a  porticm  of 
the  product  to  a  iM%determined  density,  and  the  remainder 
to  a  predetermined  lesser  density,  then  pressing  the  re- 
mainder in  a  vertical  direction  to  essentially  the  same 
density. 


3,67M57 
DIE  AND  PUNCH  A^EROILY  FOR  COMPACIING 
POWDER  MATERIAL 
JoMph  E.  Snith,  Binniaghaiii,  Mkh.,  Mrigaor  to 
Wtdroiiie-PeiilToiiiz,  Inc.,  Liacobi  Paric,  Mich. 
CoHtiiiiialioB-iiiiVait^  of  appitcatfoiM  Ser.  No.  782,918, 
Dec  11, 19M,  BOW  Patent  No.  3,593,3^,  and  Scr.  No. 
49,800,  JmM  25, 1970.  TUs  application  Jan.  25,  1971, 
Scr.  No.  109,375 
,      _  Int.  CL  B30b  21/02 

VJS.  CL  425—78  14  claims 

A  die  and  punch  assembly  for  use  on  a  powder  com- 
pacting press  f(M-  making  articles  compacted  from  a 


powder  material.  The  assembly  comprises  a  die  ]riate  ap- 
propriately mounted  to  the  press  and  includes  one  or  more 
die  cavities,  each  die  cavity  having  telescopically  arranged 
inner  and  outer  punches  adapted  for  movement  relative 
to  each  other  to  form  various  shaped  articles.  The  outer 
punch  is  actuated  by  a  first  punch  support  which,  in  turn, 
is  carried  by  a  pair  of  posts  extending  below  the  die  plate 
to  permit  reciprocal  movement  of  the  outer  punch  with- 
in the  die  cavity,  while  the  inner  punch  is  carried  by  a 
second  punch  support  which,  in  turn,  is  slidably  carried  by 
the  post  in  a  position  below  the  first  punch  support.  An 


actuating  stem,  operatively  connected  to  one  of  the  punch 
supports,  is  adapted  to  impart  a  reciprocal  movement 
thereto  and  includes  an  adjustable  abutment  member 
adapted  to  engage  the  other  pundi  supports  to  displace 
the  latter  in  an  upward  direction  together  with  the  first 
punch  support  as  a  unit  after  the  actuating  stem  has  moved 
the  first  punch  support  a  predetermined  distance  toward 
the  die  cavity.  The  second  punch  suf^rt  has  an  adjustable 
abutment  member  cooperating  with  the  actuating  stem  to 
retract  both  punch  supports  as  a  unit  away  from  the  die 
cavity  after  an  article  has  been  compacted  in  the  die 
cavity. 

I  

3,(71,158 
.        MOULDING  OF  GRAMOPHONE  RECORDS 

Walter  Leslie  Rand,  Gcrrards  Cross,  and  John  Er 

Sfaninoiu^  IbiisUp,  England,  aai£ioh  to  EmuSM, 
Hayes,  MIddcsea,  England  — "««, 

n.i        J5Jj?  Mar.  M.  1970,  Ser.  No.  22,952     I 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britirin,  Mar.  2k,  1969, 


U.S.  Ci  425—129 


15,700/69 
bxL  CL  B29d  17/00 


Gramophone  records  are  moulded  by  a  combined  in- 
jection-compression  process.  Mouldable  materia!  is  in- 
jected into  the  mould  prior  to  final  closing  of  the  mould. 
The  tip  of  the  injection  nozzle  extends  into  the  mould 
cavity  and  when  the  final  closing  of  the  mould  occurs, 
a  countcrpiecc  and  the  nozzle  tip  close  together  inter- 
mediate the  record  surfaces  to  form  the  centre  hole  in  the 


June  20,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


record.  A  poppet  valve  in  the  centre  region  of  e»ch  mould 
part  is  open  prior  to  the  injection  step  and  a  record  label 
is  held  at  the  centre  of  each  mould  part  by  suction  ap- 
plied to  the  valve  opening.  The  pressure  of  the  injected  ma- 
terial is  suflScient  to  close  the  valves  which  are  spring 
biased  to  their  open  positions. 


3,671,159 

EJECTING  GIANT  ARTICLES  FROM 

INJECTION  MOLD 

Walter  H.  Grecnbcrf,   SyosMt,  N.Y.,   and   Walter  D. 

Voclker,  PUladclphia,  Pa.  (both  of  220  Miller  Road, 

HicksviUc,  N.Y.    11801) 

FUed  Mar.  6, 1970.  Scr.  No.  17,253 

Int  CL  B29f  1/14 

UA  CL  425—155  1  Claim 


72-^ 


3,671,160 
APPARATUS  FOR  A  SYSTEM  TO  EXTRICATE 
INTRICATE,      CERAMIC     SHAPES     FROM 
MULTIPLE  PIECE  MOLDS 

FM  L.  DtfTor,  Lncas,  OUo,  anignor  to  Manfleld 

Sanitaiy,  Inc,  Fcirynllle,  OUo 

Flkd  Oct  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  865,863 

,,^  _  Int  CL  B28b  27/(» 

US,  CL  425—161  12  Claims 


Apparatus  for  extricating  an  intricate  ceramic  casting 
from  a  multiple  piece  mold.  This  concept  is  adapted  for 
use  with  multiple  piece  molds  which  have  at  least  two, 
opposed,  side  sections  that  form  a  cradle  by  which  the 
casting  may  be  supported.  The  cradle  is  grasped  and  sub- 
sequently positioned  at  a  receiving  locus.  So  positioned, 
the  support  for  the  weight  of  the  casting  is  shifted  from 


1089 

the  cradle  onto  a  bat  in  order  that  the  casting  will  float 
within  the  cradle.  Thereafter,  the  sections  of  the  mold 
forming  the  cradle  are  separated  to  extricate  the  casting 
therefrom.  For  some  ceramic  shapes  it  is  highly  desirable 
to  invert  the  cradle  prior  to  the  deposit  of  the  casting  at 
the  receiving  locus.  The  subject  concept  includes  such  a 
method  step.  The  apparams  disclosed  comprises  a  carriage 
on  which  a  pluraUty  of  multiple  piece  molds  may  be 
supported,  means  to  separate  the  cradle  from  any  other 
sections  of  the  mold,  an  inversion  mechanism  for  turning 
the  cradle  upside  down,  gripper  means  to  grasp  the  cradle, 
transfer  means  within  which  the  gripper  means  is  support- 
ed and  by  which  the  cradle  can  be  moved  from  the  inver- 
sion mechanism  to  a  receiving  locus,  a  lift  means  at  the 
receiving  locus  by  which  the  support  for  the  weight  of 
the  casting  may  be  shifted  from  the  cradle  onto  a  bat 
and  actuating  means  by  which  the  gripper  means— and 
thus  the  mold  sections  forming  the  cradle can  be  sepa- 
rated after  the  weight  of  the  casting  is  fully  supported 
on  the  bat 


Apparatus  fcH-  molding  giant  plastic  articles  of  celhilar 
plastic  includes  a  plurality  of  injection  nozzles  having 
plungers  which  are  generally  kept  at  their  advanced  posi- 
tion with  the  plunger  tips  at  the  nozzle  tips.  After  the 
article  is  adequately  cooled  by  the  cold  liquid  in  heat 
transfer  conduits,  a  timing  means  controls  an  actuating 
means  to  shift  a  plurality  of  the  plungers  of  the  nozzles 
to  a  super-advanced  position,  thereby  knocking  out  the 
giant  article  from  the  fixed  portion  of  the  mold.  Com- 
pressed gas  jets  from  adjacent  the  tips  of  the  plungers 
desirably  accelerate  the  enlargement  of  the  separation 
zones  for  deadhering  the  giant  article  from  the  fixed  por- 
tion of  the  mold. 


3,671,161 

MOLDING  MACHINE 

Robwt  E.  Kostnr.  Oak  Brook,  and  Robert  J.  Bnmn, 

CUcaco,  DL,  asrfgnon  to  Comet  Indnstrics,  Inc. 

FBed  May  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  40,568 

.TO  ^   ...  ™  CLB29cl/00 

VS,  CL  425—195  7 


To  reduce  the  vibrating  of  the  molding  machine  during 
a  molding  operation,  the  frame  of  the  molding  machine 
includes  two  parallel  I  beams  extending  across  the  top  of 
the  machine  from  the  outer  end  of  the  molding  station 
to  the  outer  end  of  the  loading  station  with  a  rotary 
drive  shaft  and  plastic  sheet  carrying  assembly  being 
centraUy  mounted  with  respect  to  the  I  beams  for  easy 
assembly  and  replacement.  The  rectangular  sheet-holding 
frames  of  the  rotary  sheet  carrying  assembly  are  ver- 
tically supported  at  each  end  by  tumbuckles  connected 
to  trusses  by  which  the  horizontal  angle  of  the  frames 
IS  adjusted.  To  permit  easy  assembly  of  the  dies  to  mova- 
ble platens  within  the  molding  station,  the  movable 
platens  include  longitudinally  extending  grooves  adapted 
to  receive  T-bolts  having  outwardly  extending  shanks 
whereby  the  base  for  the  dies  is  bolted  to  the  platen. 


3,671,162 
NOZZLE  CONCTRUCnON  FOR  INJECHON 
^^       ,  MOLDING  MACHINES 

Albert  Lohmann,  Nledcriauchten,  Germany,  aarisnor  to 
Maonetmano-Meer  AkticBceseibciiafl,  MooSeihGiad. 
Mch,  Germany 

FOed  Apr.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  137,583 
WT«    ^    .<.-  Irt.  CL  B29f  i/Oi 

UA  q.  425— 245  2  rhh^ 

An  injection  molding  machine  with  two  molds  ai« 
filled  in  tandem  operation  by  a  common  injection  unit 


1040 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


with  a  distributor  and  two  nozzles.  These  nozzles  are 
constructed  in  that  tubular  nozzle  torpedoes  extend  from 
each  tnaUd  spnie  and  are  telescopically  received  by  heads 
on  the  distributor,  opening  and  closing  diannels  in  the 
Doasde  torpedoes  in  dependence  upon  the  position  of  the 


tongue-l&e  portion  and  a  radially  outwardly  located  ris- 
ing portion  of  a  predetermined  height.  Means  are  pro- 
vided for  displacing  the  plurality  of  catches  radially  in- 
wardly or  outwardly,  whereby  vdicn  the  plurality  of 
catches  are  displaced  radially  inwardly,  the  core,  rod  is 


injection  unit  between  the  two  molds.  SiHing  biased  stop- 
per pins  in  the  torpedoes  open  and  close  the  sprues  in 
dependence  upon  pressure  within  the  torpedoes.  That  pres- 
sure develops  in  dependence  upon  channel  opening  and 
dosing. 


SNACX  FOOD  FORMING  APPARATUS 

Arttanr  J.  CMwr,  Wyckofl,  N J.,  and  WOUam  A.  Blain, 

^itegValley,  N.Y.,  aniflion  to  Nabisco,  Inc. 

FDcd  lone  2,  lM9,Scr.  No.  829,430 

bit  CL  A21c  7/06,  9/02, 11/10 

VS,  CL  425—297  10  Claims 


An  apparatus  in  which  a  high  ivessure  housing  holds  a 
pre-cooked  potato  or  other  vegetable  mixture  such  as 
com  to  be  extruded  as  a  idurality  of  dough  strands  there- 
from through  a  die  plate  having  a  multq)licity  of  open- 
ings in  such  arrangement  that  emerging  dough  strands 
in  upper  and  lower  groups  may  be  integrated  for  parallel 
feedmg  through  cutting  means  and  subsequently  fed  to 
flaldng  rolls  so  that  parallel  strands  of  the  doiigh  after 
cutting  will  form  dough  pieces  otherwise  known  as  col- 
lets or  puffable  half  jxroducts. 


stopped  oy  the  upper  ends  of  the  rising  portions  of  the 
catches,  and  when  the  catches  are  displaced  radially  out- 
wardly, the  core  rod  is  released  for  a  predetermined  dis- 
tance until  it  is  supported  by  the  radially  inwardly  ex- 
tended toogue-like  portions  of  the  catches. 


I  3,i714(5 

APPARATUS  FOR  MAKING  CONCRETE  BLOCKS 
Donald  D.  SckwcOeiriMch,  124  S.  Flimoic,  i 
Pierre,  S.  Dak.    S7501  I 

ContianatioiiJii-part  of  applicalion  Scr.  No.  646373, 
Ime  15,  1967.  IWi  appikatioo  Ang.  2S,  1969, 
S«r.  No.  853,914  -^  — »  '^ 

Hie  portioii  of  the  temi  of  the  patent  nbaaqneat  to 
Feb.  3, 1987,  has  been  iii«>i«i««fii 
Int  CI.  F27b  3/18 


VS,  CL  425—445 


Plahtf 


3,671,164 
CORE  ROD  STOPPING  AND  RELEASING  DEVICE 

IN  A  POWDER  MATERIAL  FORMING  PRESS 
Ei  Hara  and  Shohadil  SoznU,  Tokyo,  Japan,  asaignon  to 
Tamagawa  Kikai  Kfaizokn  g«i«i«iiiH  Kaisha,  Tokyo-to, 


FDed  Inly  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  57,695 
qainis  ptiofflly,  appikatloB  Japan,  Sept  29, 1969, 

44/77,304 

int  CL  B30b  11/02, 15/00 

US,  CL  425—414  4  Oafans 

A  stopping  and  releasing  device  for  a  core  rod  em- 
ployed in  a  powder  ndaterial  forming  press  whenever 
an  article  having  a  stemwd  hole  is  produced  from  a  pow- 
der material  comprises  a  plurality  of  radially  displace- 
abk  catches  each  having  a  radially  inwardly  extended 


A  high  capacity  apparatus  for  curing  concrete  building 
blocks  comprising  a  Idln  having  open  front  and  rear  ends 
and  having  a  plurality  of  support  elements  therein  to  de- 
fine a  plurality  of  passages  arranged  in  horizontal  rows, 
one  above  the  other.  A  vertically  shiftable  horizontally 
oriented  infeed  conveyor  mechanism  positioned  trans- 
versely of  and  closely  adjacent  the  front  end  of  the  kiln 
for  conveying  uncured  blocks  to  the  kiln,  and  a  vertically 
shiftable  horizontally  oriented  removal  conveyor  mech- 
anism positioned  transversely  of  and  closely  adjacent 
the  rear  end  of  the  kiln  for  receiving  cured  blocks  from 
the  kiln.  Means  for  simultaneously  shifting  the  conveyor 
mechanisms  vertically  and  a  block  shifting  mechanism 
carried  by  the  infeed  conveyor  mechanism  for  successively 
feeding  uncured  blocks,  one  at  a  time  into  the  passages. 


June  20,  1972 


*'^'^*™45«.^SS?  ^CUSSION  IGNITION  AND 

IV  cu^S^^""^**^  IGNITION  TUBE 

Wwncr  Schilling,  Heidcnhehn,  and  WolfKanc  Ott.  Anes- 

SS»Sf!ra.'f%^.*"  '•tent-TiwLuid.GeseuI 
■diaft  fur  elektriscbe  GhtUampcn  mbH,  Munich,  Ger- 

Ffled  July  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,517 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  July  31.  1969. 

p  19  39  oasis  * 

^^Cl¥2lkS/02 
UACL  431-93  j,  Chdms 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


lOil 

sul^tance  is  atomized  by  a  iti  of  primary  air.  and  burned 
m  an  admixture  with  secondary  and  tertiai;.^  ^S^ 


__^ 3,671,168 

^^  ^KISJ^ACITY  MOLD  FOR 
F^lcJ  v..«^"^"^9"0N  MOLDING 
*^^ '•  JS»*»™.  New  YoriL,  N.Y.,  aarignor  to 
Contfa«.S!'!l5*liiP**"<*®»'  HicksviOirNiY: 

Njfl49Vl        ™*  ■»«««on  Jnne  9,  Wlfsi 

UACL  425-242'^^"*^^/^  ,  ^, 

1  Claim 


An  Ignition  tube  with  one  end  sealed  into  a  flashbulb 
and  Its  other  end  projecting  externally  of  the  bulb  is 
filled  with  flash  material  (such  as  shredded  zirconium 
f/u  Pfu"^  °K^^  ignition  tube  projecting  externally 
of  the  bulb  IS  pre-formed  in  a  specified  region  and  shaped 
to  have  a  rectangular  or  similar  cross-section  so  that  it 
Has  one  long  and  one  short  cross  secUonal  dimension,  to 
avoid  the  necessity  of  substantial  deformation  upon  being 
struck  an  igmtion  blow;  the  percussive  type  igniUon  ma- 
tenal  IS  located,  at  least  partly,  in  the  deformed  region, 
preferably  encapsulated  as  a  separate  structural  element 


WCINERATOR  PORjiJJ^TC  OIL  AND  THE  UKE 

Satoni  Nakano,  Ootsushi,  Japan,  assignor  to  Iwahudft 

Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  JaiMui 

/^i  t-JSi?"*-  **•  **^1'  S"-  No.  106,743 
Claims  priority,  appUcatfon  7apan,  June  12. 1970 
45/51,131, 45/5CS2         ^         ' 

IT«  m  .•«     ,«•  Irt.  CL  F23i  P/OO 

UA  CL  431-190  n  cUrfms 


frn^  K  .  a'I"*'^*^  ^*'"°«  *  thickness  within  a  range 
from  about  04  mm.  to  about  4  mm.  and  having  a  hS 
capacity  less  than  the  heat  capacity  of  the  mowS  LSd^ 

?o^Tn'l''l'°  ""''V'^  ^"^^  ^^^^0°  molding  S  Stic 
foam  In  certam  embodiments,  heat  transfer  fluid  TS- 
cu^ed  ma  zone  adjacent  the  thin  walled  ioWf^  ^ 
some  embodiments  of  the  invention,  an  onto  shS^'cS 

fated  bv'X^""^  ^"^^^  '''^^^  wlSfbelSriir 
lated  by  closed  pore  msulation  from  the  temiwa^ 

changes  and  heat  capacity  features  of  the  moldf.^!^ 


DELAYED  njEL  AND  MOT  IGNITION  TTMED 
RoLmdl    J^^J*^^  CONTROL  SY^^"'^*^ 

Incn  MfaneapoBa,  MtanT^  •»!»»»  to  HoneyweD 
FUed  Mar.  15, 1971,  Ser.  No.  124,129 

UA  a  431-^7'^'^"^-^/^^ 

8  CUnu 


WW^J 


;— I   ;       •  <   I   '       n  i 


This  invention  provides  an  incinerator  adapted  to  dis- 
pose of  waste  products  containing  water  and  earth  which       A  «,h«f»«*;.ii      „      ,.. 


1042 


OFFICIAL  GAZEtTE 


June  20,  1972 


is  disclosed  and  provides  a  delayed  fuel  and  post-ignition 
timing  period  using  a  heater  operated  bimetal  switch. 
The  system  is  adapted  to  be  energized  through  a  line 
voltage  thermostat  to  provide  power  to  a  fuel  burner 
means  which  may  include  two  stages  of  fuel  control, 
alcmg  with  an  ignition  means  and  flame  detection  means. 
The  system  includes  a  diode  connected  between  a  Triac, 
which  controls  the  first  stage  of  fuel,  and  the  safety 
switch  heater  that  is  normally  contained  in  such  a  sys- 
tem. This  diode  provides  a  safe  mode  of  failure  in  the 
event  the  THac  short  circuits  and  also  provides  a  current 
path  for  safety  switch  heater  current  in  the  event  of  a 
flame  failure  during  nmrnal  operaticm. 


I 


3,671,172 
MULUFUEL  BURNER 
Jac<|DCfl  Chcdailk  aad  Gerbea  Ko<yin«M,  Fvia,  Itraace, 
— igawi  to  MM1mJ.Ro»  Cotponrtfcw,  Toledo,  OMo  - 

FOed  Mar.  3«,  1979,  Sor.  No.  24,M4 
Clafaia  priority,  i^pHcatioa  Fkaace,  Mv.  28,  1M9, 

<9M2t9 

Lit  CLF23c¥/(M) 

UACL431— 174  SiClaliiis 


M71,17« 

SAFETY  CONTROL 
I  A.  atak,  Jr.,  and  Rkhard  J.  Walaon,  Taylors,  S.C., 
to  Deeilag  MUUkni  Reaearch  Coiporatloii, 

FOed  Ian.  11, 1971,  S«r.  No.  1«5,407 

lat  CL  F23II 5/24 

VA  CL  431— M  4  Ctaiois 


Improved  method  and  apparatus  to  cut  oflf  the  fuel 
supply  to  a  liquid  or  gas  fired  heater  if  such  heater  is  dis- 
lodged in  any  manner  from  the  position  where  it  is  in- 
stalled. 

3,<71,171 

ANNULAR  COMBUSTORS 

Briaa  W.  Doyk,  ShcltoB,  Comk.  aaiCBor  to  Atco 

ContnatkMi,  Stntfora,  Coon. 

Flbd  Not.  27, 197t,  Ser.  No.  93420 

bt.  CL  F231  J/00.  9/00 

VJS,  CL  431— lU  5  Claims 


T3 


^/f /'//  '''^ '/''". 

1/  //  //  ,  ''///ff'/t» 


A  burner  capable  of  operating  on  a  gaseous  and  a 
liquid  fuel  separately  and  in  combination  with  ea$h  other 
to  produce  a  flame  which  has  a  greater  extent  in  lateral 
directions  than  in  an  axial  direction.  A  flared  tunnel  ex- 
tends through  a  refractory  wall  and  has  its  axis  normal 
to  the  famer  planar  surface  of  the  wall.  The  flared  sec- 
tion of  the  tunnel  is  synunetrical  in  lateral  planes  and 
is  smoothly  contoured  into  the  inner  planar  surface  cA 
the  wan.  A  conical  stream  of  liquid  fuel  particles  is  in- 
jected into  the  small  end  of  the  flared  section  so  that  its 
conical  angle  is  substantially  tangent  to  the  sur&ce  of 
the  midsection  of  the  flared  section.  Surrounding  the  liquid 
fuel  supply  tube  is  a  gaseous  sui^ly  tube  for  supplying  an 
annular  column  of  gaseous  fuel  to  the  entrance  of  the 
flared  section.  Means  are  provided  for  supplying  a  helically 
swirling  annular  column  of  combustion  air  adjacent  the 
timnel  surface  around  the  fuel  stream  or  streams. 


CBAMB] 


3,ri,173 
IERLES8  HIGia  INTENSITY  BURNER 
EMPLOYING  AUXILIARY  AIR  FLOW 
Robert  F.  Guerre,  Dovor,  and  Roa  R.  Raland,  Hi^at- 
conib  N J.,  aaipMin  to  Emd  RaiMVch  and  Finlnwilng 


Coiap^ 


FDed  Jnly  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,341 
bit  CL  F23m  9/0% 
U.S.  CL  431—182 


J 


Claims 


The  disclosure  illustrates  an  annular  combustor  having 
air  inlets  in  the  upstream  end  of  the  combustor  to  estab- 
lish a  vortex  flow  of  combustion  gases  adjacent  the  com- 
bustor fuel  nozzles.  A  pair  of  relatively  large  laterally 
spaced  ducts  downstream  of  each  fuel  nozzle  direct  a  flow 
of  air  toward  the  head  end  of  the  combustor  to  reinforce 
the  vortex  flow  and  deflect  it  into  a  horseshoe  shape  hav- 
ing downstream  extending  legs.  The  air  from  the  laterally 
positioned  ducts  promotes  circumferential  reciixnilation 
near  the  fuel  nozzles  to  stabilize  combustion.  A  pair  of 
relatively  smaller  downstream  ducts  jn'ovide  streams  of 
air  that  stabilize  the  downstream  extending  legs  of  the 
vortex  flow. 


A  chamberless,  high  intensity  burner  especially  suited 
for  the  incineration  and  combustion  of  ccMitaminated  fuels 
and  waste  streams  by  achieving  a  high,  concentrated  de- 
gree of  mixing  and,  therefore,  a  high  temperature,  in  a 
relatively  small  but  structurally  unc<Mifined  volume.  The 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


device  utilizes  the  principal  of  vortex  air  flow  from  swirl- 
ing air  jeu  to  achieve  a  high  degree  of  recirculation  local 
to  the  point  of  fuel  injection,  together  with  one  or  more 
coaxially-oriented  annular-shaped  streams  of  air  to  pro- 
vide intimate  mixing  of  fuel  and  air  as  well  as  to  shape, 
control  and  contain  the  flame  envelope.  Utilizing  the  air 
required  for  combustion  in  this  manner  eliminates  the 
need  for  a  refractory-lined  chamber  which  otherwise 
would  be  required  to  confine  the  combustion  process  in 
order  to  generate  the  extreme  temperatures  sometimes  re- 
quired for  complete  incineration.  The  burner  is,  of  course, 
not  limited  to  such  applications,  but  offers  particular  ad- 
vantage where  contaminants  are  present  in  the  fuel  and 
which  are  incompatible  with  or  otherwise  destructive  to 
mechanically  formed  combustion  chambers. 


1043 


by  an  annular  infrared  radiant  gas  burner  assembly  which 
heats  the  oU  pnmarily  by  infrared  radiation  passing  from 
the  burner  assembly  directly  through  the  vessel  wall 
The  burner  assembly  is  above  the  bottom  of  the  vessei 
so  that  there  is  a  cool  zone  at  the  bottom  of  the  vessel 
which  ehminates  burning  food  sediment  deposited  therein 
The  radiant  heat  is  absorbed  by  the  oil  in  an  annular 
zone  adjacent  the  vessel  wall  and  this  produces  oU  cir- 
culation by  convection  upwardly  along  the  wall  and 
downwardly  at  the  center  of  the  vessel,  but  without  over- 
heating the  oil. 


3,671,174 

DEEP  FAT  FRYER 

^.T^  A.  Reid,  Jr.,  Cohunbos,  Ohio,  anignor  to  Colnm. 

Wa  Gai  ^rstem  Service  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  10, 1979,  Ser.  No.  19,124 

,To   ^  Int.  CL  F23d  ii/7^ 

UA  a  431—324  8  Qainis 


3,471,175 

FIREPLACE  LOG  BURNER 

Bmy  &  Cai^ML  417  N.  HolMon, 

aiumnee,  Okla.    74891 
Flljd  Oct  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  84,004 


An  elongated  trough-like  body  is  centraUy  connected 

with  a  gas  supply  pipe  in  a  firephu*  area.  A  mandrel, 

secured  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  trough  in  communica- 

•*°°u^^^®  gas  supply,  supports  a  tubular  gas  distributor 

A  rfiM>n  fo»  f™;«-  ..»•*  u    •  .  . .  m  the  bottom  portion  of  the  trough  and  londtudinallv 

^A\:J^V^y^^  umt  havmg  a  glass  cooking  vessel    coextensive  therewith.  The  trough  TfiSed  Sa^otS 

adapted  to  hold  a  supply  of  cookmg  oU.  The  unit  is  heated    material  for  further  distributing^nS  buSi^Se W^ 


CHEMICAL 


o**-.-  3,671,174 

^^^^S^^HLY  CONCENTRATED  DYE  SOLU- 

OttoKMtanui,  Lodwigihafcn, Manfred  Daenble,  F^ank- 
cn^  Hdnz  Goenter  Witach  and  Enno  Loebckc,  Lnd- 
-•-*-«-T,  and  Dimiter  Baycw,  Mannheim,  Gcimany. 
to  Badiadie  AnOin.  *  Soda-Fabrik  Akdcn^ 
^T-^;:-:^  Lndwiiskafen  (Rhine),  GcmMy 
^o  Drawing.  FBed  Sept  8,  1969,  Ser.  Nor%4,185 
Ciaii"  FriMi^y,  application  G«r«anj,  Sept  1V1H8, 

.T*   ^   -  Int  CL  C09b  2/J¥ 

UA  CL  8-39  4  cWms 

Stable  concentrated  solutions  of  anthraquinone  dyes 
in  solvents  which  are  miscible  with  water  and  which  are 
useful  for  the  preparation  of  dye  liquors  for  dyeing 
natural  or  synthetic  polyamides. 

For  dyeing  or  ivinting  nitrogenous  fibrous  material, 
for  example  wool,  silk  or  snythetic  polyamide  fibers,  it 
is  principally  anionic  dyes  which  are  used.  These  dyes 
are  usually  supplied  in  the  form  of  finely  ground 
powders,  containing  standardizing  agents,  which  have  to 
be  dissolved  or  dispersed  in  the  dye  liquor  for  dyeing. 
Apart  from  the  unpleasant  dust  development  of  the  in- 
tensely coloring  dyes  caused  by  the  powder  form  and 
the  nsk  of  agglomeration  of  the  dye  powder,  it  is  by 
no  means  easy  to  dissolve  or  disperse  the  solid  dye  in 
the  dye  liquor  because  the  dye  usuafly  has  inadequate 
solubility  in  water. 

899  O.Q.— 38 


3,471,177 

^?SESS5P  ^^  A  PROCESS  FOR  DYEING 
g?™5^G  POLYESTER  FIBERS  Wrra  WuS 

Klans  Arta,  MntlcK,  Switxeriand,  NaUn  nindnmail 
Denl,  Goregaon,  Bombay,  India,  and  Hiwiimeini 
Ltechti,  ObcrwiL  Basel-Land,  Siritedand,  aarfgnonto 

^  Caba-Geigy  AG,  BaaeL  sSESriand^  ^*^ 

s^io^w"' ^•^  ™"  "'*'*'^  ^  ^' ^•' 

CUnu  priority,  application  Switaeriand,  Jnne  7,  1947. 

8,064/47 
.TO  ^  -  lot  CL  D04p  i/02 

UA  CL  8— 41  C  4  ciainM 

Polyester  fibers  dyed  with  azo  dyestuflEs  containing  an 
aromatic  diazo  component  and,  as  a  coupling  component, 
a  3-hydrocarbylcarbonylamino-amline. 


3|471U78 
^'SSS^iV™/*^^^^™  W)R  ORANGE  TO  BROWN 
MINERAL    DYEING&    WTIH    AND    wmioirr 

5SJSSR6  i[^gTron.*  maj^anS^Sd 

ZIRCONIUM  (ZDtCOX  PROCESS) 
ClgrjM  J  Conner,  Mctairie,  La.,  aas^nor  to  the  UMted 
wJg^^gAmerica  as  represented  I7  the  Secrataiy  off 

No  Drawing.  FDedM^y  19,  1970,  Sar.  Na  383M 

ITS   ^    .    5?-CLD«<P^/«>;A41IiJ/00       ^^ 
MS,  CL  8-^2  15  Ch^g 

Orange  to  brown  mineral  dyeings  are  conventkMiaDy 
prepared  from  two  bath  systems,  where  the  &bric  is 


1044 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June   JO,  1972 


wetted  with  one  bath  containing  an  iron  salt,  and  then 
wetted  with  another  bath  containing  alkali,  to  cause  the 
colored  iitm  oxide  to  deposit  in  the  fabric  as  a  mineral 
dye.  This  has  been  necessary  up  to  now,  since  it  has  been 
chemically  incompatible  to  have  the  iron  in  the  same 
alkaline  bath  with  the  alkaU.  This  invention  demonstrates 
that  a  heat  decomposable  complex  of  the  iron,  with  or 
without  manganese,  can  be  compatible  with  alkaline  zir- 
conyl  ammonium  carbonate  solutions  in  the  same  bath, 
when  oellulosics  can  be  wetted  in  this  bath,  and  subse- 
quently mineral  dyed  by  heat  curing,  when  the  complex 
of  iron  decomposes  to  deposit  iron  oxide  with  zirconia, 
the  zirctmyl  ammonium  carbonate  decomposing  at  the 
same  time  to  deposit  zirconia.  When  heptavalent  man- 
ganese (KMnOi)  is  incorporated  into  the  bath  with  the 
con^rfexed  iron,  it  is  soluUe  and  ccmipatible,  producing 
manganese  dioxide  (MnOs)  by  reduction  products  from 
the  iron  oomiriex,  resulting  in  various  shades  of  orange 
to  brown  with  the  iron  oxide  and  zirccMiia  also  deposited. 
This  process  makes  it  possiUe  to  deposit  orange  to  brown 
wash-fast  mineral  dyeings  from  a  single  bath.  The  de- 
posited zirconia  attributes  a  degree  of  water  repellency 
and  algaecidal  resistance  to  the  fabric,  and  a  copper  or 
phenyl-mercury  salt  can  be  incorpcu-ated  into  the  zirconyl 
ammonium  carbcmate  component  of  the  system  to  deposit 
a  fungicidal  mineral  dye  of  orange  to  brown  shade  on 
heat  curing,  making  it  possible  to  apply  an  iron  and/or 
manganese  mineral  dye  with  or  without  fungicide  from 
a  single  bath,  reducing  conventional  dyeing  procedures 
from  two  or  more  baths,  to  a  single  bath  requiring  only 
a  simple  pad,  dry,  and  cure  procedure  to  effect  the  dye- 
ing. The  fabrics  are  not  seriously  tendered,  and  the  resid- 
ual by-product  salts  may  or  may  not  be  removed  by 
washing,  since  the  f  al^ic  is  not  stiffened  by  their  presence 
and  the  dyed  colors  are  unaffected  on  standing. 


tainer  is  equalised  during  elastic  expansion  of  the  textile 
material.  In  this  way  blurred  colours  after  completion 


M71479 

BLEACHING  PROCEDURE  FOR  FIBERGLASS 

FABRICS 

Allen  J.  Aimette,  Grecasboro,  N.C,  innigMor  to  Bnrliag- 

toB  Indiifltrics,  loc^  Grco^ioro,  N.C. 

No  Drawinc  Flkd  Feb.  U,  1971,  Scr.  No.  115,760 

iBt  CL IM61 3/00 

VSx.CL  S— Ml  6  Oafaiis 

Fiberglass  fabrics  and  other  siliceous  fiber  fabrics  in 

the  greige  condition  are  rendered  clean  and  white  prior 

to  applying  dye  or  finish  by  heat-treating  the  fabrics  at  a 

temperature  sufficient  to  set  crimp  in  the  glass  yams,  to 

volatilize  volatile  components  of  the  sizing  on  the  fabric 

and  to  dextrinize  the  starches  in  the  sizing,  then  treating 

the  fabric  with  a  concentrated  bleaching  solution,  drying  at 

relatively  high  temperature,  and  washing  and  riilteing. 


3,<71,1M 

METHOD  OF  DYEING  OR  IMFREGNA11NG  TEX- 
TILES AND  AN  APPARATUS  F(m  CARRYING 
THE  METHOD  INTO  EFFECT 

Bait  Kodi,  KoraaacrrcJ  81,  Lyngtoy,  Denmait 

Filed  Nov.  17, 197f ,  Scr.  No.  9«,334 

Claimf  priority,  wppUatkm  Deuunrk,  Nor.  19, 1969, 

6,129 
bt  CL  BtSc  8/02 
UA  CL  S~~U9  7  Claims 

Textile  material  is  placed  in  a  container  having  a 
flexible  wall  portion  and  air  is  evacuated  from  the  ma- 
terial which  is  comi^essed  by  the  flexible  wall  portion 
simultaneously  with  imjM'egnating  or  dyestuff  liquid 
being  sucked  in  and  flows  into  the  textile  material  from 
soppily  pipes  which  are  connected  with  containers  for 
dyestuff  or  impregnating  liquid.  Then  the  pressure  dif- 
ference between  the  outer  and  the  inner  side  of  the  oon- 


of  the  impM'egnation  are  avoided  and  the  consumption  of 
dyestuff  liquid  is  very  small. 


^  3,671,181 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  PRINTS  AND 
PAD-DYEINGS  FAST  TO  RUBBING  WITHOUT 
REQUIRING  AN  AFTER  -  TREATMENT  ON 
NITROGEN-CONTAINING  FIBROUS  MATERIALS 
Erich  Feeai  aiad  Sk^lig  Oi«,  LonlNKh,  Tanau,  Ger. 
maay,  aaigiion  to  FarbwcriM  Hoechit  AkBc^eaeil- 
acliaft  vonnala  Meiater  Lodw  Jk  Braning,  Fraokftirt 
am  Mala,  Gcnnuy 

No  Drawtag.  Filed  May  2S,  1978,  Scr.  No.  41,587 
ClafaM  priority,  appUcatioa  GcmaBy,  June  28,  1969, 
P  19  32  149.4 
Int  CL  D86p  5/02 
VS.  CL  8—165  5  Claimf 

Process  for  the  production  of  prints  and  pad-dyeings 
fast  to  rubbing  without  requiring  an  after-treatment  on 
nitrogen-containing  fibrous  materials,  by  using  printing 
pastes  or  padding  baths  which  contain,  in  addition  to  dye- 
stuffs  suitable  for  these  fiber  types  as  well  as  emulsion 
thickenings,  also  aqueous  dispersions  of  styrene  homo- 
polymers,  and  fixing  the  prints  and  pad-dyeings  by  a  treat- 
ment wit^  steam  antl/or  hot  air  and/or  by  exposure  to 
radiation  energy. 


ktioi 


3,671,182 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  DYEING  OF  CELLULOSE  DI- 
ACETATE  FIBERS  FROM  BASIC  DYE  BATHS 
CONTAINING  SULFURIC  ESTER  SALTS 

Afflaora  Ontmni,  Kano  Kawafauni,  Sunlo  IiUbiU,  and 
Matatoahl  Knronwa,  Tokyo,  Japan,  aarigaors  to  Hodo- 
gaya  Kagakn  EahniiiikI  Kafafaa,  Miaato-kn,  Tokyo, 


Flkd  Oct  6,  1969,  Scr.  No.  864,81« 

1aLCLD9€p  3/40.  5/04 
U.S.  CL  8—170  *  |5  Clafana 

^Dyeing  of  cellulose  diacetate  fibers  as  well  as  yams, 
threads  and  textile  fabrics  made  thereof  with  basic  dye- 
stuffs.  The  dyeing  is  carried  out  in  the  presence  of  a  salt 
of  sulfuric  ester  of  alii^tic  alc(Aol  represented  by  the 
formula: 


sin 


Ri 

Rt— C  H— O— SO,M 


wherein  Ri  is  a  normal  alkyl  radical,  Ra  is  a  hydrogen 
atom  or  a  normal  alkyl  radical  provided  that  the  sum  of 
the  carbon  atoms  contained  in  the  radicals  Rx  and  Rj  is 
nine,  and  M  is  member  selected  from  the  group  of  Na, 
K  and  NH4.  The  dyeings  thus  obtained  are  characterized 
by  their  deep  and  brilliant  shades  having  outstanding 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1045 


fastness  properties,  especially  light  fastness  as  compared 
with  those  of  the  dyeings  obtained  by  the  use  of  other 


'      1      ~ 

l«rlHtiit    m.rf. 


3,671,184 
MODWYING  CELLULOSIC  FABRIC  WITH  DICAR- 
BOXYLIC  ACIDS  TO  IMPART  WATER-DISPERS- 
IBILTTY 

Jobi  Anthony  Cncnio,  Raleii^  N.C^  aaignor  to  £.  L  do 
Pont  de  Nemours  and  Company,  WDmington,  DcL 
No  Drawing.  Filed  May  26,  1969,  Scr.  No.  827,975 
Int  CL  D06m  ii/2(?;  A61f  ii/76 
U.S.  CL  8—120  4  ciafans 

Cellulose  half-acid  esters  are  prepared  by  impregnating 
cellulosic  material  with  a  concentrated  aqueous  solution 
of  an  organic  dicarboxylic  acid  anhydride  and  ammonia, 
heating  the  impregnated  cellulose  material  at  160*  to 
210°  C.  for  about  10  to  60  seconds  until  the  desired  ester 
substitution  has  occurred,  washing  the  esterified  cellulose, 
and  neutralizing  the  free  carboxyl  radicals  with  a  solu- 
tion containing  metal  ions.  The  examples  illustrate  the 
effect  of  varying  the  temperature  and  time  on  the  degree 
of  substitution  obtained  witii  succinic,  phthalic  and  maleic 
anhydrides.  Cellulosic  fibers  can  be  modified  so  that 
fabrics  will  disperse  readily  in  water. 


3,671,185 

»u.«    ,  ^UWFICATION  OF  WASra  GASES 
PMip  A.  LcfnuKoia,  Cranford,  and  Kenneth  M.  Barclay, 
*gj**o»»   NJ.,  aasigBors  to  PnUman  Incoiporated, 

FDed  Ang.  12, 1968,  Sen  No.  751,933 
«To  ^  ..  Int  a.  BOld  5i/i¥ 

UA  CL  23-2  R  ,7  ciafana 


salts  of  sulfuric  esters  of  aliphatic  alcohok  containing 
less  or  more  than  ten  carbon  atoms. 


3,671,183 

MANUFACTURING  A  SENSTITVE  NON- 

FLAMMABLE  DYE  PENETRANT 

Orlando  G.  Molina,  Westminster,  CaUf.,  assignor  to 

North  Americaa  Rockwell  Corporation 

Filed  Mar.  5,  1976,  Scr.  No.  16306 

Int  CL  D06p  1/68 

VS.  CL  8—85  7  Oafans 


A  first  homogeneous  aqueous  liquid  fluorescent  dye 
penetrant,  containing  a  major  proportion  of  water,  is  proc- 
essed into  a  second  homogeneous  liquid  dye  penetrant, 
formed  by  extracting  the  first  liquid  with  a  volatile,  stable 
halocarbon,  liquid  at  room  temperature.  The  second  liq- 
uid, a  halocarbon  extract,  noticeable  less  fluorescent  than 
the  first  aqueous  liquid  penetrant,  is  a  more  sensitive  liq- 
uid dye  penetrant  microcrack  detector.  The  halocarbon 
dye  penetrant  is  also  nonflanmiable. 


Compounds  of  sulfur  and  of  nitrogen  and  fly  ash  are 
removed  from  gases  by  absorption  at  between  1500*  F 
and  2000''  F.  under  atinospheric  to  5  atmospheres  prea^ 
sure  in  a  molten  carbonate  salt  of  sodium,  potassium 
and/or  lithium,  and  the  decontaminated  combustion  gas 
stream  is  cooled  and  vented  to  the  atmosphere 


,-™,^^  3,671,186 

^S?S2rJE?'iiK^'^*^G  ZIRCONIUM  TETRA. 
SS^^^  ^^  HAFNIUM  TETRACHLORIDE 
HfatMlii  Ishiznka,  19-2  Ebara  6-chome,  SUnagawa-kn, 
™.  .  ,    Tokyo,  Jiqiaa 

^  , fP^  Jan.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No.  934 

Claims  priority,  application  Ji^an,  Jan.  11, 1969. 
44/2,179 

UA  CL  23-24  z'^"-"*^''*'  ,0— 

A  method  for  preparing  zirconium  tetrachloride  hav- 
ing a  low  hafnium  content  and  high  purity  hafnium  tetra- 
cWonde  from  raw  material  zirconium  tetrachloride  con- 
taming  hafnium  tetrachloride  in  a  relatively  large  amount, 
by  forming  a  double  salt  between  a  salt  and  the  raw 
material  zirconium  tetrachloride  present  in  a  larger 
aniount  than  that  required  for  formation  of  the  double 
salt  with  the  salt,  decomposing  the  resulting  double  salt 
aUowmg  vapors  resulting  from  the  decomposition,  to 
react  with  the  salts  again  to  form  a  double  salt,  and 
repeating  the  decomposition,  formation  and  decomposi- 
tion of  the  double  salt  in  a  multi-stage  manner  to  sep- 
arate the  hafnium  content,  to  obtain  zirconium  tetra- 
chloride  having  a  low  hafnium  content,  and  at  the  same 


1046 


OFFICIAL  GAZE' 


June  20,  1972 


time  concentrating  the  resulting  hafnium  tetrachloride 
contained  in  the  raw  material  to  obtain  high  purity  haf- 
nium tetrachlraide. 


REMOVAL  OF  DISSOLVED  LEAD  FROM  ALKAU 

METAL  CHLORIDE  C<mTAINING  SOLUTIONS 

EphnlB  A.  Omtm,  Conw  CbvWI,  To.,  aiillMnr  to 

PPG  ladMtrici,  bc^  PMrimrih,  Pa. 

FUtd  My  13*  1971,  Scr.  No.  S4,4M 

InL  CL  CtM  3/04, 11/02 

UJS.  CL  25—89  6  CWiM 


r  — 

>1< 

...•« 

/ 

1          7/ 

rt 

1 

i  '• 

/ 

».   . 

♦ 

x^ 

" 

m 

< 

I- 

s 

•li 

^ 

''I,           '1             , 

A  process  is  described  fm-  the  removal  of  lead  from 
alkali  metal  chloride  containing  solutions  by  precipi- 
tation of  the  lead  ions  as  a  lead  sulfide.  The  method  in- 
volves utilizing  an  alkaU  metal  sulfide  as  the  precipitat- 
ing agent  in  lieu  of  hydrogen  sulfide.  The  use  of  alkali 
metal  sulfide  as  the  precipitating  agent  precipitates  the 
lead  in  large  particle  sizes  rendering  filtration  easy.  The 
quantity  of  sulfide  ions  in  the  sc^utions  necessary  to  ac- 
complish precipitation  of  dissolved  lead  is  also  minimized. 
Treatments  of  solutions  by  the  proposed  scheme  show 
reductions  of  the  lead  content  of  solutions  treated  from 
quantities  of  0.6  percent  by  weight  to  18  parts  per  mil- 
lion or  less  lead.  The  process  is  described  in  particular 
in  connection  with  the  treatment  of  lithium  chloride-lith- 
ium hydroxide  solutions  containing  contaminating  lead 
ions  and  utilizing  lithium  sulfide  as  the  precipitating  agent. 


the  specification,  using  a  proportion  of  acid  sufficient 
to  substamially  complete  the  decomposition  of  the  calci- 
um fluophosphate  of  the  used  portion  of  the  pho^hate 
rock.  There  is  provided  and  used  in  the  acid  treatment 
of  the  phosphate  rock  a  reacting  compound  of  aluminum 
used  in  the  proportion  stated  in  the  specification,  with 
the  result  that  the  fluorine  of  the  treated  phosphate  rock 
chemically  reacts  and  combines  with  aluminum  of  the 
used  compound  of  aluminum  to  form  a  compound  of 
aluminum  and  fluorine.  Separate  compounds  of  (1)  sub- 
stantially fluorine-free  artificial  phosphate  and  (2)  of  alu- 
minum-fluorine compound  result,  which  may  be  recovered 
separately  in  an  artificial  phosphate  product  and  a  solid 
fluoalominate  product. 

Sulphurous  acid  formed  when  a  stream  of  gas  from 
combustion  of  a  sulphur-containing  substance  is  brought 
into  an  aqueous  solution,  may  be  used  as  the  add  of 
treatment  of  phosphate  rock,  myself  having  discovered 
that  while  i^iosphate  rock  is  refractory  toward  so-obtained 
sulphurous  acid,  phosphate  rock  is  chemically  decomposa- 
ble by  such  solution  of  sulphurous  acid  containing  a  re- 
actable  aluminum  compound.  As  a  residt  of  my  discovery 
the  recovery  and  utilization  of  sulphur  dioxide  from  gas 
streams  resulting  from  the  burning  of  sulphur-containing 
substances  is  made  practical  and  useful.  New  and  useful 
phosi^te  products  result  from  the  use  of  my  said  dis- 
covery. 


PROCESS  FOR  RECOVERING  BORON  IN  PROD- 
UCTS RESULTING  FROM  ALKALINE  ATTACK 
ON  BOROCALOC  ORES 
Plem  Malhii,  DoiubaJi  ii-M— rtte,  FkaiKe,  aaafgaor 
to  Sohr«y  *  Ck,  BnuMk,  Belgium 
No  Dnwing.  FDcd  Sept  17,  1M9,  Scr.  No.  858,852 
Cbdms  priority,  ipplkalkNi  BdgiBai,  Sept  30, 1968, 
64,114,  Patent  721.615 
iBt  CL  C61b  25/00 
UA  CL  23->59  9  Claims 

Boiocaldc  ore  is  treated  with  an  aqueous  solution  con- 
taining a  carbonate,  bicarbonate,  hydroxide,  or  mixture 
thereof  61  at  least  one  alkali  metal  compound.  The  re- 
sultant aqueous  solution  is  filtered  and  then  washed  with 
an  aqueous  scdution  which  contains  at  least  one  of  the 
alkali  metal  compounds  present  in  the  treating  solution. 
The  spent  washing  solution  is  recycled  and  used  for  the 
treatment  of  additional  ore. 


3,671,19t  , 

SYNTHETIC  CLAY-LIKE  MINERALS  OF 
THE  SMECTITE  TYPE  AND  METHOD  OF 
PREPARATION 

kuu  NfwnW)  RcdUD,  Fjigiaii,  aalgpor  to 
Laporte  induMct  Limited  | 

No  Dnmiag.  CoadaudoB  of  abandoaed  ap^kaUba  Scr. 
No.  664498,  Avg.  M,  1M7.  TUi  appikatioa  Nov.  10, 
1976,  Scr.  No.  88^94  I 

bt  CL  C81b  33/22  I 

U,^  a  23-111  14  CUmi 

Synthetic  day-like  mineral  of  the  smectite  type  having 
the  general  structural  formula 

[Si,Mg.UbH4^eOM]  <»"»•-«»-«>—  M(  12-2ii-A4c)  + 

and  having 

(i)  M  as  a  sodium,  a  lithium  or  an  equivalent  of  an  or- 
ganic cation 
(ii)  the  value  of  a,  b  and  c  such  that  either 


and 

or 

and 


(iii)  a 


fl<6;  *>0;  c>0 
b+c<2;  dzia+b+c-6)<Z 
a<6;  6=0;  ±c<2      ^ 


to   120 


±(«-|-c-6)<2 

ation  exchange  capacity  of  about  50 
meq./lOO  g. 
(iv)  when  M  is  Na-*-  or  Li+,  a  Bingham  yield  value  of  at 
least  40  or  50  dynes/cm.*  as  a  2%  diqpersion  in  tap- 
water. 


3,67M«9  ^, „ 

TREATMENT  OF  PHOSPHATE  ROCK  WITH  ACIDS 

Amob  G.  Betti,  PUiieM,  Mml 

(West  GnuaiagtoB,  Ma«.    •It26i 

No  Drawfav.  Coatlmrtioii-bMHt  o(  applicalloii  Sat.  No. 

3614«7,  Apr.  2t,  1964,  whkh  is  a  coBteiatfon.in|P«r^ 

of  appBcaltoa  Scr.  No.  153,741,  Mar.  20,  1961,  whkh 

la  ton  ta  a  cdrtfamtioD-i^-part  of  appUcatioa  Scr.  No. 

768,554,  Oct  21, 1958.  TUa  application  Jane  16, 1966, 

Scr.  No.  559,371  ^  ,  ,,^ 

1^  CL  COlb  25/22:  COM  7/50 
UA  CL  23—88  !•  Chbatu 

Phosi^te  rock  is  decomposed  by  treatment  with  solu- 
tion of  add  selected  from  the  group  of  acids  named  in 


3,671,191 
PREPARATION  OF  HIGH  SIUCA  SYNTHEnC 

FAUJASnV 
PhiUp  Kencridt  Maher,  Baltimoic  Edwia  WoU  Albcn, 
Amiapolis,  and  Oni  Vance  McDaaieL  Lanrd,  Md., 
aarignors  to  W.  R.  Grace  ft  Co.,  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 
No  Drawioc  Filed  Sept  16,  1970,  Scr.  No.  72,872 
lat  CL  COlb  33/28  T 

U.S.CL23— 113  5Ciaima 

High  silica  crystalline  aluminosilicates  are  prepared 
by  forming  an  aqueous  reaction  mixture  with  sources  of 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


sodium  hydroxide,  silica,  alumina,  and  nucleation  centers 
(seeds),  a  portion  of  the  excess  sodium  hydroxide  being 
neutralized  by  the  addition  of  a  strong  mineral  acid  or 
ammonium  sulfate,  and  crystallizing  the  reaction  mixture 
at  an  elevated  temperature.  Sodium  silicate  solution  can 
be  used  as  the  silica  source.  Partial  neutralization  of  the 
sodium  silicate  solution  with  a  strong  mineral  acid  such 
as  sulfuric  acid  prevents  excess  solubilization  of  the  silica 
and  thereby  increases  the  silica  to  alumimi  ratio  in  the 
final  product. 


1047 


3,671,192 

METHOD  OF  STABILIZING  ACRYUC  POLYMER 
FIBERS  PRIOR  TO  GRAPHTTIZATION 

Herbert  M.  EzeUel,  Dayton,  Ohio,  aasignor  to  the  United 
Statea  of  America  «  represented  by  the  Secretary  of 
tkc  Air  Force 

No  Drawing.  Filed  M«y  28,  1968,  Scr.  No.  732,514 

The  portton  of  the  term  of  flic  patent  snbccqncnt  to 
Jan.  18, 1972,  has  been  disdaimed 

,_  _  Iirt.  CL  COlb  57/07 

VS.  CL  23—209.1  9  Claims 

A  method  of  stabilizing  acrylonitrile  polymer  fibers 
prior  to  carbonization  or  direct  graphitization  is  described. 
The  method  comprises  the  step  of  heating  the  fibers  at 
265-290 •  C,  preferably  at  275  •  C,  in  an  oxidizing  atmos- 
phere for,  for  example,  about  3-7  hours,  in  a  manner  such 
as  to  dissipate  the  heat  of  reaction  and  allow  controlled 
oxidation.  The  stabilization  step  when  followed  by  graphit- 
izati(»i  of  a  polymer  fiber  or  yarn  at  a  temperature  with- 
in the  range  of  1800-3200'  C.  leads  to  a  graphite  fiber  of 
high  tensile  strength,  high  modulus  of  elasticity,  and  a 
fiber  of  improved  graphitic  character. 


Ae  feed  gas  and  which  is  capable  of  producing  a  high 
SO,  concentration  in  the  product  gas  is  provided.  The 
process  inv<rfves  distributing  a  portion  of  the  feed  gas 
to  each  of  a  series  of  catalytic  converters,  and  miTing 
such  portion  at  each  stage  with  the  oflF-gas  from  the  pre- 
ccdmg  stage.  Some  oxygen  for  the  process  may  be  sup- 
plied m  admixture  with  the  feed  gas,  and  the  remainder 


"*  rii.  Miiii 


c5«flr'ft    I      HcicSiti    I       " 


H 


ttcJmiKl 


In 
i«tts*—  r   .   ..  .  - — ' 

^    Ccwcrttr    I       J       RiST        I       ^ 
*■■      ■  ■      I      *1  Ciclliiifarl       n 


3,671,193 

ZINC  OXIDE  CRYSTAL  BUUK-EFFECT  OSCILLA- 
TOR AND  METHOD  OF  PREPARING  THE  SAME 

Staidey  V.  JaakolsU,  N76  D22144  Chestmit  HIU  Road, 
Soasez,  Wla.  53089,  and  Martin  A.  Scitz,  9133  W. 
Coster  Arc,  MOwankec,  Wis.     23225 

No  Drawfaig.  Filed  Feb.  11,  1970,  Ser.  No.  10,635 

InL  a  COlg  9/02;  G«3c5/(W 
UA  CL  23^148  5  claims 

To  provide  a  commercial  zinc  oxide  single  crystal  with 
predetermined  electrical  characteristics  it  is  cleaned,  em- 
bedded in  zinc  oxide  powder,  and  heated  (e.g.,  for  1-3 
hours  at  TSO'-SOO"  C.)  in  an  atmosphere  having  a  pre- 
determined oxygen  partial  pressure  (e.g.,  one  part  oxy- 
gen to  10,000  parts  argon).  Temperature  and  oxygen  par- 
tial pressure  are  controlled  to  determine  the  resistivity 
characteristics.  To  shorten  such  treatment  the  crystal  can 
be  subjected  to  a  preliminary  heat  treatment  in  air  or 
oxygen  at  near-atmospheric  pressure  at  about  750"  C.  for 
3-18  hours. 


is  admixed  with  the  portion  of  feed  gas  delivered  to  the 
first  converter  stage.  The  feed  gas  and  air  supplied  to  the 
first  stage,  and  the  feed  gas  and  off-gas  supplied  to  sub- 
sequent stages,  are  proportioned  so  that  the  temperature 
rise  of  the  gases  in  the  ccmverter  does  not  exceed  the  safe 
value  for  the  catalyst.  The  off-gas  from  each  stage  is 
cooled  to  near  thejgnition  temperature  for  the  conversion 
reaction  before  being  introduced  into  the  next  stage. 


3,671,195 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  ASHING 
ORGANIC  SUBSTANCE 

Richard  L.  Benin,  KcniiigtoB,  CaUf  .,  Mricnor  to 

Interaational  Plasma  Corporation 

Filed  Ang.  19, 1968,  Ser.  No.  753,593 

fT«  /n  f^^^GS*^  31/12,  l/00;U95k  1/16 

UA  CL  23—230  PC  ^  ctalms 


^mr 


3,671,194 
SULFUR  DIOXIDE  CONVERSION 

^^^^  5"?«^  Baysldc,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 
TVeadweU  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FOed  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,614 

VS.  CL  23-176  7  ciaias 

A  multi-stage  method  for  catalytic  conversion  of  SO, 
to  SO,  which  can  utilize  a  high  concentration  of  SO,  in 


A  support  structure  for  a  specimen  to  be  treated  in  the 
chamber  of  a  plasma  machine  wherein  excited  gas  flows 
through  the  chamber  for  reaction  with  the  specimen,  such 
structure  being  fabricated  of  a  fibrous  material  shaped  to 
be  supported  inside  the  reaction  chamber  and  to  carry 
the  specimen,  the  material  itself  being  a  substance  which 
is  inert  to  the  excited  gas  yet  permeable  thereto,  whereby 
the  excited  gas  flows  through  as  well  as  around  the  sup- 
port structure  and  thus  into  substantial  contact  with  the 
surfaces  of  the  specimen  to  be  treated. 


1048 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671,196 

APPARATUS  FOR  A  QUANTTTAUVE  ANALYSIS 
OF  A  GAS  OR  GAS  MDOURE  IN  RESPECT  OF 
ITS  CONTENT  OF  ORGANIC  SUBSTANCES 

AfBold  Bnmtte,  Haaebdgeii  4,  Solna,  Sweden;  Bcngt 
Hanid  Irar  F^rostling,  Knilhonisvagen  32A,  SoDen- 
tma,  Svrcdcn;  aad  Per-Hemiiig  LJndgren,  Ringgatan 
2#C,  Uppeila,  Sweden 

Ffled  Not.  It,  1969,  Ser.  Now  875,095 

aalms  priority,  applkatloB  Sweden,  Not.  14,  1968, 

15,440/68 

-,  -  ^  ^^CL  GOlB  27/62,  31/12 

UjS.  CL  23—254  R  s  claims 


tremely  short  periods  of  time  and  then  rapidly  cooling 
The  process  fluid  is  passed  into  the  straight  single  pass 
reaction  tubes  of  the  novel  heater  of  this  invention,  such 
reaction  tubes  being  contained  in  a  refractory  anclosure. 
The  tubes  are  each  connected  to  an  individual  quench 
tube  wherein  the  process  fluid  may  be  rapidly  cooled 
either  by  a  coolant  flowing  through  a  plurality  of  jackets 


An  apparatus  for  analyzing  gas  comprising  an  ionization 
detector,  a  gas  ejector  for  sucking  gas  through  said  ioniza- 
tion detector,  and  a  catalytic  gas  burner  for  supplying 
heat  to  the  chamber  surrounding  said  detector  and  ejectm-. 


each  surrounding  each  individual  quench  tube  or,  in  an- 
other embodiment,  the  process  fluid  may  be  cooled  by 
having  the  quench  tubes  immersed  in  a  liquid  bath.  In 
another  embodiment  at  this  invention  a  method  and  appa- 
ratus is  provided  for  carrying  out  the  aforementioned 
method  while  simultaneously  decoking  individual  leactioo 
tubes. 


L 

LIJTOI 


3,671,197 
IREATMENT  OF  PYRITES 
NidiolM  ^  Masdo,  Verona,  and  Robert  F.  Bnrke,  Rlrer- 
«•»,  N J.,  airignors  to  The  Lnmnuu  Company,  Bloom, 
■eld,  N  J. 

FUed  Feb.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  8,837 

«T«  <«  -.    -       I^CLC21bi/M 

UA  CL  23-^200  13  cbdmB 

Ptocess  for  treating  pyrites  wherein  the  pyrites  is  di- 
rectly contacted  with  an  inert  gas  under  conditions  to 
produce  pyrrohtite  by  freeing  the  labile  sulfur  from  the 
Wntes,  the  inert  gas  providing  the  heat  requirements  for 
the  sulfur  distillation.  TTie  sulfur  is  recovered  from  the 
mert  gas  and  the  inert  gas  indirecUy  heated  by  an  off-gas 
produced  m  roasting  the  pyrrohtite  for  subsequent  pass- 
mg  to  the  sulfur  distillation.  ^^ 


JCTU 


3,671,199 

PLUTONIUM  HEXAFLUORIDE  REDUCItON 

Orrffle  E.  Heady,  Broomflcld,  John  F.  ToweD,  DcnTcr, 

and  Richard  L.  Standifcr,  Arvada,  Cole,  anignon  to 

the  United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  the 

United  States  Atomic  Energy  Commksion 

I     FUed  Mar.  4, 1969,  Ser.  Now  804,198 

Int  CL  BOl]  1/14 

VA  CL  23—284  H  Oaims 


3,671,198 

<^*A<»NG  FURNACE  HAVING  THIN,  STRAIGHT 

SINGLE  PASS  REACTION  TUBES  ^*'"- 

Brace  AMoi  WaBace,  White  Pfadns,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Pnlfanan  Incwporated,  OUcago,  DL 

^^^SSj^^tS"^  application  Ser.  No.  683,703, 
sSrN"*46  043  WBcation  June  15,  moj 

UACL  23-277  10  Clahns 

The  present  mvention  concerns  a  method  and  apparatus 
for  l^atmg  a  hydrocarbonaceous  process  fluid  by  in- 
directly heating  such  fluid  to  high  temperahires  in  ex- 


An  apparatus  and  method  for  reducing  plutonium  hexa- 
fluoride  to  plut(»ium  tetrafluoride  by  heating  the  pluto- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1049 


nium  hexafluoride  in  a  first  zone,  then  mixing  tiie  heated   of  heatine  cas  cnnfainm«  tk-  -..♦    •    j      -^  • 
Plutonium  hexafluoride  with  hydrogen  in  a  second  zo^  ^l^^a^l^T^^f^^l-^''^''!!^  ^"'^  T  ^  ^"* 
and  collecting  solid  Plutonium  tetrafluoride  in  a^ird  zone!  «>a'«scenoe  of  the  acid  parUcles  is  effected  and 

while  removing  gas  and  gaseous  products  from  the  second 
zone. 


3,671400 

METTIOD  OF  GROWING  CRYSTALS  BY  SmFTlNG 

THE  EQUOJBRIUM  OF  CHEMICAL  COlwSlJEXES 

Alton  F.Armington,  Uxfaigton,  aad  John  J.  O'Connor. 

AiUngton,  Mass.,  aasigaori  to  tlic  United  States  of 

America  as  represented  by  the  Secntaiy  of  the  Air 

No  Drawing.  FOed  May  6,  1969,  Ser.  No.  822,322 

ITS   n^   ,,  ^CL  B«1J  ^7/W;  COlg  7i/00 

UA  Ci.  23—300  4  Claims 

A  method  for  effecting  the  solution  growth  of  single 
crystals  from  insoluble  crystal  forming  materials.  The 
method  includes  forming  a  solution  of  the  crystal  grow- 
ing material  by  first  complexing  Uie  material  to  render 
It  soluble  followed  by  the  decomposition  or  deactivation 
of  the  complexed  material.  This  allows  Uie  desired  crystal 
growing  material  to  precipitate  out  of  solution  in  single 
crystal  form.  Decomposition  is  accomplished  by  heating 
the  complexed  solution  at  a  temperature  and  for  a 
period  of  tunc  sufficient  to  shift  the  equilibrium  of  the 
^chemically  complexed  material  and  render  it  insoluble 


continuously    removing 
acid. 


the    resulting    superphosphoric 


3,671,201 

NICKEL.MOLYBDENUM  BONDED  TITANIUM 

NnRIDE-TTTANIUM  CARBn>E 

^T^  ^\  't'*™'  WOmfagton,  Del.,  assignor  to  E.  L 
du  Font  de  Nemoon  and  Company,  Wilmington,  DeL 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Nov.  21,  1969,  Ser.  No.  878,892 

ux  a  i^^  ""  '">'■■  "^  "'"    J  (^ 

Solid  compositions  of  from  49.5  to  94  volume  percent 

J-LrvTi^'^J?!'  *^**  ^  ^°  '♦^•^  ^°'"'"«  percent  titanium 
carb.de  bonded  with  from   1   to  15  volume  percent  of 

Zl  ^T^^  °^  20  to  50  volume  percent  nickel  and 
50  to  80  volume  percent  molybdenum,  tiie  composition 
havmg  an  average  grain  size  of  less  than  2  microns  and 
a  density  of  at  least  99  percent  of  theoretical  are  pre- 
pared by  hot-pressing  an  intimate  mixture  of  fine  pow- 
dered titanium  nitride,  titanium  carbide  and  metal  at  a 
temperature  between  1650'  and  1900'  C.  and  a  pressure 
between  1000  and  5000  pounds  per  square  inch.  The  dense 
compositions  are  very  strong  and  hard  and  possess  a 
veiy  destfable  combination  of  oxidation  resistance,  wear- 
resistance,  scratch-resistance  and  corrosion  resistance. 


3,671,203 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CZOCHRALSm 
GROWTH  OF  L  ARGE  GR  Yinfiu^^ 
"^iS^./*,  ^"^«»  Ihonsand  Oaks,  and  Oscar  M 
Stafandd.  Los  Angeles,  Calif..  asS^Ss  to  Hn^AjJ: 
craft  Company,  Cnlver  aty,  Calif. 

Filed  May  29, 1968,  Ser.  No.  733,038 

UA  CL  2a2*  ^•'^  '^'''  ^^^'  »»"  'f^  „  ,^^ 


3,671,202 

CONCENTRATION  OF  WET-PROCESS 
PHOSPHORIC  ACID 

Hunter,  Jr.,  Smokerise,  Kinnelon  Boroaeh.  NJ     as. 
sjpjpi.  to  ABied  Chemical  Corporatto^^ftew  YoSi 

FOed  Feb.  21, 1964,  Ser.  No.  346,514 

UA  a.  23^307"^  "•"'/'"'^•"^^/^^       ,r^^ 
Tn.-  '  Claims 

This  mvention  relates  to  the  concentration  of  wet- 
process  phosphoric  acid  to  produce  superphosphoric  acid 
by  contacting  wet-process  phosphoric  acid,  preferably 
containing  from  about  5(^55%  P^O.,  witii  a  stream  S 
hot  combustion  gases  m  such  a  volume  and  at  such  a 
velocity  to  substantially  completely  emrain  all  of  the  wet- 
process  phosphoric  acid,  continuously  feeding  the  stream 


A  modified  Czochralaki  method  and  apparatus  for  syn- 
l^^i"^  ^\  ^^^P^«"^  P^^^es  large  single  melt-drS^ 
CH'stals  selected  from  tiie  sulfide-selenide-teUuride  famfly 
of  the  foUo^g  Penodic  TaWe  Group  combinations: 
I-»— V— VI-B,  n-B— IV-B— VI-B.  n-B— V— VTJi 
I-B-VI-B.  m-VI-B,  IV-B-VI-B.  and  vZ^ll' 
which  are  meltable  at  atmospheric  pressures.  A  stoichio- 
metric mixture  is  made  of  tiie  desired  crystal  constituents 
wiUi  which  a  slag  suppressant  may  be  added  and  pre- 
reacted.  The  starting  materials  are  placed  witiiin  tiie 
Czochralski  furnace  crucible  and  a  buoyant  solid  novel 
cover  is  placed  over  tiiese  materials  to  prevent  volatiliza- 
tion of  one  or  more  of  tiie  crystal  constituents,  which 
otiierwise  would  destt-oy  stoichiometry  of  tiie  melt  mate- 
rials and  iocm  nucleation  sites.  A  dynamic  inert  atmos- 


1050 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


phere  is  utilized  and  the  materials  are  heated  into  a  melt  balance  nickel.  This  gives  to  the  parts  coated  bearing  prop- 
The  crystals  are  then  drawn  through  a  central  h<rie  in  the  erties  and  corrosion  resistance  without  the  danger  of  ex- 
cover. 


3,<71,2d4 

INTERLOCKING  INGOT 
Alan  J.  Foley,  AdMn,  and  Madison  J.  Gardner,  Rlnard 

MOb,  Ohio,  anigiion  to  Onnct  CorpontkMi 

Original  appUcalion  Apr.  9,  19M,  Scr.  No.  719,925,  now 

Patent  No.  3,498,451,  dated  Mar.  3,  1970.  Divided 

and  tUi  appUcatioB  Apr.  21,  1969,  Scr.  Now  839,115 

Int  CL  B22d  25/02 

VS,  CL  29—187  8  Claims 


The  disclosuFe  teaches  an  interlocking  ingot  with  a 
base  portion  having  at  least  one  cavity  therein  and  a  plu- 
rality of  discrete  nibs  thereon  and  with  a  top  portion  hav- 
ing a  plurality  of  concave  p<vtions  therein  to  receive  nibs 
from  another  like  ingot  to  form  a  mechanical  interlock 
therewith. 


3,671,205 

METAL  MATEiOALS  SUITABLE  FOR 

ORGANIC  COAUNG 

Hirmnn  UcUda,  AUmi  UmeBono,  Takao  Saito,  and 

Tsntomn  Enari,  Omcjkdd,  Jqpn,  aarignors  to  F^Ji 

Iron  &  SttA  Co.,  Ltd.,  Chlb^oda-kn,  To^o,  Jraan 

Filed  Ian.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  3,432 
ClaiiM  priority,  application  Japan,  Ian.  22,  1969, 
44/4,646 
Int  CL  B32b  15/04 
U.S.  CL  29^195  12  Claims 

Metal  materials  receptive  to  organic  coatings  and  having 
a  film  composed  mainly  of  hydrated  chromium  oxide  on 
the  surface  of  metal  or  plated  metal  and  a  layer  of  water 
soluble  vehicle  containing  at  least  one  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  oleoresinous  resins,  alkyd  resins, 
aminoalkyd  resins,  phenolalkyd  resins  and  acrylic,  res- 
ins on  the  hydrated  chromium  oxide  film. 


3,671,206 
ALLOY,  FUSION  OVERLAY  AND  PROCESS 
John  F.  Lynch,  Chester,  Pa.,  and  WOUam  Biyson  Scott, 
Chcny  Hm,  aad  Alfred  J.  Paofetd,  WUHntlKwo,  N J., 
andgnnw  to  Marco  Deretopmcnt  Co.,  be.  New  Castle, 

Filed  Jan.  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,815 

Int  CL  B32b  15/00:  C22c  19/00 

VS.  CL  29—196.6  9  Oafans 

In  making  pump  parts  such  as  impellers,  shafts,  bear- 
ings and  the  like,  a  suitable  backing  such  as  steel  is  coated 
with  a  fused  overlay  of  an  alloy  of  tin,  bismuth,  silicon, 
boron,  iron,  molybdenum,  optionally  tungsten,  and  the 


cessive  j^rosity.  The  coating  is  deposited  and  fused  by 
conventional  overlay  methods. 


I 


3,671,207 

ALLOY,  FUSION  OVERLAY  AND  PROCESS 
John  F.  Lynch,  Chester,  Pa.,  and  WOUam  Biyson  Scott, 
Cherry  HUL  and  Alfred  J.  Paolctti,  WOUngboro,  N J., 
aaaicBoiB  to  Marco  Development  Co.,  Inc.,  New  Castle, 

DaL       j 

FDcd  Jan.  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,816      I 
lit  CL  C22c  13/00;  B32b  15/00 
15 S,  CL  29—196.6  9  CUms 


■ 

In  making  pump  parts  such  as  impellers,  shafts,  bear- 
ings and  the  like,  a  suitable  backing  such  as  steel  is  coated 
with  a  fused  overlay  of  an  alloy  of  tin,  bismuth,  silicon, 
boron,  optionaUy  chromium  and  the  balance  nickel.  This 
gives  to  the  parts  coated  bearing  properties  and  corrosion 
resistance  without  the  danger  of  excessive  porosity.  The 
coating  is  deposited  and  fused  by  conventional  methods. 


3,671,208 

FLUID  MIXING  APPARATUS 

Wayne  G.  Medskcr,  Moonlain  View,  Mo. 

(1321  S.  Lakeview,  Stnrgis,  Mich.    49091) 

FDed  Oct  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,570 

VaLdW^U  3/02.  3/04 

UA  CL  4»-180  C  4  Claims 

A  vortex  fluid  mixing  apparatus  is  provided  for  mixing 

one  fluid  to  another  in  a  conduit  or  for  creating  a  vortex 

in  fluid  passing  through  a  tube  breaking  up  fluid  entrained 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMIClAL 


to  the  sides  of  the  tube.  A  tube  is  provided  having  a  fluid 
vortex  mixer  attached  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  tube 
for  producing  a  vortex  in  the  fluid  passing  through  the 
tube.  The  vortex  mixer  is  an  elongated  member  and  is 
fixedly  atuched  to  the  inside  of  a  tube  either  singularly  or 


1051 


.»....^  3,671,210 

MEIHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  FIBERIZING 

MOLTEN  MINERAL  MATERULS 

Charics  D.  Richardson,  Monde,  Ind.,  assignor  to 

Mchardson  Service,  Inc.,  Mancie,  Ind. 

Filed  Sept.  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  857,847 

WTO   <r«    ^  Int  CL  C03b  i7/05 

UA  a.  65-5  21  Claims 


in  plural  numbers  and  may  be  used  in  mixing  a  second 
fluid  with  the  first  by  having  second  fluid  enter  the  tube 
at  the  beginning  of  the  vortex  being  generated  and  may 
have  a  vortex  mixer  also  placed  in  the  feeder  tube  or  may 
be  fed  into  a  venturi  in  the  tube. 


3,671,209 
GARBAGE  DISPOSAL  PROCESS 

"SSf*,S;J**5'2"™'  »«»««««»»  Tex.,  and  Albert  Brent, 
pix  HIDs,  N.Y.,  aasignorB  to  Texaco  Development 
Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,108 

.T-  ^  Int  CL  ClOJ  i/(W,  i/i(J 

UACL  48-209  ^  Qahns 


Garbage  and  other  inorganic  and  organic  solid  waste 
matter  is  reduced  to  small  size  and  mixed  with  a  fluid 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  HaO,  liquid  hydro- 
carbon fuel,  liquid  hydrocarbon  fuel-particulate  carbon 
slurry  or  particulate  carbon-water  slurry  produced  sub- 
sequcnUy  in  the  process,  and  mixtures  thereof  to  produce 
a  feed  mixture  stream.  The  feed  mixture  is  preferably  pre- 
heated to  produce  a  feed  dispersion  stream  comprising  bits 
of  garbage  and  solid  waste  matter,  particulate  carbon, 
liquid  and  vaporized  hydrocarbon  fuel,  and  steam.  By 
the  partial  oxidation  of  the  feed  mixture  or  dispcreion 
stream  with  a  stream  of  oxygen-rich  gas  in  the  reaction 
zone  of  a  frce-flow  unpacked  noncatalytic  synthesis  gas 
generator  at  an  autogenous  temperature  in  the  range  of 
about  1500  to  3000'  F.  and  at  a  pressure  in  the  range  of 
about  1  to  250  atmospheres,  the  garbage  and  solid  waste 
matter  are  converted  into  a  stream  of  synthesis  gas  or  fuel 
gas,  and  other  valuable  by-products. 


iiaia^M** 


This  disclosure  provides  a  method  and  apparatus  for 
converting  molten  material  such  as  slag,  glass,  rock  or 
the  hke  into  fibers.  A  featheredge  of  molten  material  is 
provided  m  conjunction  with  a  supply  bath.  A  feather- 
edge,  by  definition,  is  a  section  that  is  made  as  thin  as 
possible.  A  pressurized  flow  of  fluid  medium  is  directed 
along  the  featheredge  to  cause  the  molten  material  to  be 
forccfuUy  transported  as  streamers  into  the  area  direcUy 
above   the   supply  bath.   Nozzle  openings  are  provided 
along  the  featheredge  to  direct  a  pressurized  flow  of  fluid 
medium  into  the  featheredge  of  molten  material.  An  as- 
sembly is  provided  in  which  a  fiberizing  vessel  is  fixedly 
mounted  at  the  bottom  of  a  vertically  extending  housing 
which  forms  a  SkmizJag  chamber.  A  controlled  atmos- 
phere is  established  in  the  fiberizing  chamber  for  obtaining 
the  desired  structural  characteristics  in  the  solidified  fibers 
formed  therein.  The  fiberizing  chamber  is  operatively 
connected  to  a  settling  chamber  in  which  the  fiber  ma- 
terial is  coUected  for  further  processing  and/or  discharge 
from  the  assembly. 


3,67M11 
BOTOLE  MAKING  MACHINE 


Aitan  J.  Uoyd,  deceased,  bite  of  Mllhlilc  NJ-  by  Lcona 
NJ.^8332"**"**^   ^^^   Co«t   Bird;  %llSle! 
FOcd  Jnly  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,485 


A  vented  plunger  tip  is  provided  for  use  with  the  Hart- 
ford LS.  Machine  and  similar  blow  and  blow  bottle  equip- 


1062 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


ment  to  vent  air  trapped  by  the  glass  gob  as  the  glass  gob 
is  being  forced  into  the  mold  and  into  engagement  with 
the  plunger  tip  to  eliminate  temperature  variations  and  to 
thereby  reduce  settle  wave  problems.  Central  vent  holes 
communicate  from  the  tip  of  the  plunger  to  an  axial  bore 
and  exhaust  ports  extend  from  the  axial  bore  through 
the  side  walls  of  the  plunger  to  permit  trapped  air  from 
the  area  near  the  tip  of  the  plunger  to  escape.  Pad  vents 
in  the  neck  ring  mold  and  the  blank  mold  are  also  dis- 
closed for  further  assisting  in  the  elimination  of  tempera- 
ture differentials. 


3,671»212 

GROWTH-PROMOTING  COMPOSITIONS 

AND  METHODS 

Eneat  G.  Jawoirid,  OHvette,  Mo^  anlsMr  to  Monsanto 

Company,  St.  Looii,  Mo. 

No  Dnwing.  CoadanatiOB-ln>part  of  appUcatioa  Scr.  No. 

8S3^3<,  Dm.  8,  1H9.  lUs  application  Oct  13,  1970, 

Sec.  No.  W,479 

bit  CL  AOln  9/12;  A61l(  27/00 
UA  CL  71—77  12  Cidhns 

The  growth  of  living  organisms  is  stimulated  by  aug- 
menting the  nutrient  medium  utilized  by  the  organism 
with  4-methylthiobutyric  acid  or  a  biological  equivalent 
of  said  acid. 


3,67U13 

HERBICIDAL  COMPOSITIONS 

Brim  (kaham  White,  Bracimell,  En^aad,  aarignor  to 

Imperial  Chemica]  industries  Limited,  London,  Entfand 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Jnly  5,  1968,  Scr.  No.  742,482 
Clainu  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jnly  18,  1967, 

31,669/67 
Int  CL  AOU  9/22 
U.S.  CL  71—94  3  Claims 

Complexes  of  a  herbicidal  bipyridylium  quaternary  salt 
having  1-4  molecular  proportions  of  a  complexing  agent 
are  provided.  The  complexing  ^gent  has  a  nucleus  which 
is  aromatic  or  heterocyclic  and  bears  at  least  1  substituent 
of  hydroxy,  amino  nitro,  carboxyl  or  mercapto.  The  bi- 
pyridylium salt  which  is  complexed  is  applied  to  inhibit 
the  growth  of  vegetation. 


3,671,214 
INHIBITING  THE  GROWTH  OF  PLANTS  WITH 

SUBSTITUTED  INDOLE  DERIYAITVES 
Gofaard  H.  Alt  St  Lonis,  Mo.,  assignor  to  Monsanto 
Compaoiy,  St  Lonis,  Mo. 
No  Drawing.  FOed  Jan.  2, 1978,  Scr.  No.  396 
.,-  ^  Int  CL  AOln  P/22 

UA  CL  71-95  4  Claims 

Novel  process  for  prepanng  substituted  indole  deriva- 
tives by  the  reaction  of  an  alkylated  aniline  with  an 
a-hydroxy  ketone  and  their  use  in  heibicidal  compositimis. 


^  3,67U15 

SILVICIDAL  COMPOSITION  AND  METHOD 
MBjIa  L.  Bcltanith,  Chicago,  and  Richard  W.  Fields, 
^-S*^^  ™^  aadgnors  to  VcUcol  Chemical  Coi^ 
poration,  Chicago,  DL 

^^^^JHfeP**?*'*™^®"  ^  abandoned  appUcation  Ser. 

^^JS^3*  ^£-  ^  *^^-  ™»  application  Jan.  2, 
1970, 8cr.  Now  498 

.TO  ^  «     «-     lirt.  CL  AOln  9/00 

^^9-^1-^  »Ctolms 

A  tree  lui  img  paste  composition  comprising  a  water- 
soluble  salt  of  3,6-dichloro-o-anisic  acid  or  4-amino-3,5,6- 
trichloropicolinic  acid,  a  water-soluble  acid  methane- 
arsonate  salt  and  water  in  an  amount  such  that  the  com- 
position is  a  paste.  A  process  for  the  kilUng  of  trees  which 
comprises  applying  to  the  cambium  layer  thereof,  in  an 
amount  which  is  silvicidally  toxic  to  said  trees,  a  compo- 
situMi  of  this  invention. 


20,  1972 


I  3,671,216 

I         HERBICIDAL  COMPOSITIONS 
Maaani  Kado,  Yokohama,  IcUro  Klmnra,  Ogasa-gnn, 
Shianoka,  and  Hironari  Sogiyama,  Shimian,  Apan,  as- 
signors to  Knmiai  Chemical  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.,  and 
Hodogaya  Chemical  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japcn 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Feb.  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  8,715 
Cbdms  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  6,  1969, 
I  44/8,582  1 

I  Int  CL  AOln  9/12  I 

U.S.  CL  71—100  fO  Claims 

Heii)icidal  compositions  having  a  synergistic  activity, 
which  comprises  a  herbicidally  effective  amount  of  a 
mxture  of  a  thiocarbamate  having  a  defined  chemical 
formula  and  a  diphenyl  ether  having  a  defined  chemical 
formula.  The  herbicidal  compositions  can  control  peren- 
nial weeds  as  well  as  annual  broad-leaved  weeds  from 
germinating  period  to  growing  period. 


T  3,671,217 

I        PLANT  GROWTH  REGULANTS 
Joseph  Rene  Brcpods,  Hci^cn,  Limboorg,  and  Annand 
August   Florent   Bnsschots,   Sint-Triiidcn,    Limbourg, 
Bdgfaim,  assignors  to  S.A.  PRB,  Bnusds,  Bclghmi 
No  Drawtag.  Filed  Jnly  5,  1968,  Scr.  No.  742,512 
Claims  priority,  appUcadon  Bclghmi,  July  7«  1967, 

I  701,182 

<  Int  CL  A81n  9/20 

VS.  CL  71—105  12  Clafans 

The  invention  relates  to  compounds  of  the  formula: 


R     1 


f-CHr-CHCl-CN 


Vx. 


(I) 


where  n  R  represents  an  alkyl  group,  X  is  a  halogen  atom 
and  n  is  from  1  to  3  inclusive,  the  said  compounds  enter- 
ing info  compositions  for  regulating  plant  growth. 


Dto  comp 
METH< 


3,671,218 
[OD  OF  INHIBrnNG  GROWTH  bF 
UNWANTED  VEGETATION 
Erfaard  J.  Prffl,  St  Louis,  Mo.,  assipaor  to  Monsanto 

Company,  St  Louis,  Mo. 
No  Drawfaig.  Filed  May  13,  1969,  Scr.  No.  824,312 
Int  CL  AOln  9/24  T 

IJ.S.  a.  71—115  |4  Claims 

Herbicidal  compositions  comprising  diphenylc^rbamoyl 
halides  of  the  formula 


v 


NC 


wherein  X  is  a  halogen  selected  from  the  group  Consisting 
of  chlorine  and  bromine. 


3,671,219 
RIPENING  OF  SUGARCANE  BY  USE  OF  CERTAIN 

QUATERNARY  AMMONIUM  HALIDES 
IxNds    G.    ^^dKelI,    Honolulu,    Hawaii,    as^gnm-    to 
Hawaiian  Sugar  Planter^  Association,  Honofaihi,  Hawaii 
No  Drawiw.  Filed  July  20,  1970,  Scr.  No.  56,735 
Int  CL  AOln  9/20 
U.S.  CL  71 — 121  11  Claims 

Sucrose  yield  of  sugarcane  is  increased  by  treating 
sugarcane  a  few  weeks  prior  to  harvest  with  a  quaternary 
ammonium  salt  which  is  a  benzyl  dimethyl  alkyl  or  sub- 
stituted alkyl  ammonium  halide,  wherein  the  alkyl  or 


ni?l?TPTAT.  /lA^lT.Tn?. 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1058 


substituted  alkyl  group  contains  between  1  and  20  carbon 
atoms.  Representative  compounds  are  benzyldimethyl- 
tetradecylammonium  chloride  and  benzyltrimethylam- 
monium  chloride. 


3,671,220 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF 

POWDERED  METALS 

Kmt  Alfred  Jonaaon,  Nynaaiiamn,  Sweden,  assignor  to 

Redcriaktiebofa«et  Nordstjeroan,  Nynariiamn,  Sweden 

Filed  May  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,991 

Clafans  prfority,  application  Sweden,  May  19,  1969, 

7,003/69;  Apr.  2, 1970,  4,529/70 

Int  CL  B22f  9/00 

U.S.  CL  75— v5  B  9  Chdms 


An  apparatus  and  process  are  provided  for  reducing 
metal  halides  to  metal  powder  low  in  halide  content,  the 
process  comprising  providing  a  preheated  substantially 
uniform  mixture  of  reactants  comprising  a  metal  halide 
uniformly  dispersed  through  hydrogen  at  a  temperature 
above  the  reaction  temperature  for  said  reactants,  and 
then  immediately  feeding  the  preheated  mixture  into  a 
reaction  chamber,  whereby  the  reaction  to  metal  powder 
is  substantially  spcmtaneously  effected. 


3,671421 
FOAMED  METAL 
OdHc  B.  Berry,  Jr.,  Baton  Rongc,  Ia,  aarignor  to 
Ethyl  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawfaig.  FOed  Oct  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  85,813 
Int  CL  B31d  3/00 
U.S.  CL  75—20  F  g  Cbdms 

Foamed  metals  having  improved  cellular  structure  are 
produced  by  melting  a  metal,  adding  dross  to  the  molten 
metal,  and  foaming  the  molten  by  means  of  a  heat  de- 
composable foaming  agent. 


3,671,222 

SILVER  RECOVERY  FROM  PHOTOGRAPHIC 

WASTES 

Edward  B.  Johnson,  4654  34th  St  N., 

Arlfaigton,Va.    22207 
FUed  Nov.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  879,144 
Int  CL  C22b  11/02.  7/00 
UA  CL  75—83  2  Oafans 

A  method  for  the  rendering  of  silver  from  photographic 
waste  in  which  the  film  or  other  waste  is  ignited  and 
brought  up  to  a  satisfactory  burning  temperature  in  a 
primary  chamber  and  maintained  at  this  temperature  until 
the  fihn  or  waste  is  burned  by  controlling  the  amount 
of  oxygen  supplied  to  the  primary  chamber.  The  burning 
of  the  i^otogr^hic  waste  is  contr(riled  so  that  the  tem- 
perature of  the  gases  and  particulate  matter  resulting  from 
the  burning  of  the  photographic  waste  is  above  about 
1200*  F.  and  below  about  1500*  F.  as  the  gases  and 
particulate  matter  are  about  to  leave  the  primary  cham- 
ber. During  the  ignition  and  burning  of  the  photographic 


waste  the  smoke  and  particulate  matter  is  directed  to  asec- 
ondary  chamber  where  it  is  subjected  to  burning  at  a 
temperature  that  is  higher  than  that  in  the  primary  cham- 
ber. After  the  photographic  waste  is  burned,  the  silver 
bearing  ash  is  cooled  and  removed  from  the  primary 


:l^^^^L■A^^^^^^k^.^.^^^^^^■«<tr>T^ 


^^ 


chamber.  The  ash  is  then  processed  by  conventional  tech- 
niques to  refine  the  silver.  This  method  permits  the  eco- 
nomical rendering  of  silver  from  photographic  waste  by 
burning  with  the  elimination  or  reduction  of  smoke  and 
other  air  pollutants. 


3,671,223 
ANBpraonC  POLYPHASE  STRUCTURE  OF 
^  _MUI'3JVARIANT  EUTECnC  COMPOSITION 
Eari  R.  Thompson,  Glastonbniy,  Conn.,  and  FVankUn 
D.  Lcmkcy,  Oif ord,  Engfamd,  aarfgnofs  to  Unttcd  Afaw 
craft  Comntion,  East  Hartfoid,  Conn. 

FUed  Dec  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  883,713 

>Ta  ^  —    J^CLdU  19/00,  39/20 

U.SL  CL  75—122  i§ 


Quaternary  w  higher  order  alloy  systems  are  unidirec- 
tionally  solidified  to  provide  anisotropic  polyphase  struc- 
tures wherein  one  ot  more  jAases  of  a  whisker  or  lamellar 
morphology  in  substantial  alignment  is  embedded  in  a 
matrix  phase.  Included  in  the  systems  described  are  the 
cobalt,  nickel  and  iron  alloys  CMitaining  chromium,  alu- 
minum and/or  nickel. 


3  671-224 
METHODS  OF  PRODUCING  LEADED  STEEL 
'^J^  ?; '^I?^  *•»  "^  Vffla«^  and  Jcny  D.  TVmas, 
Bedford  Heights,  OUo,  and  Gerald  W.  Wo^Tst 

cS!5.^%a?«~"  *•  ^"^  *-»  ConK«tlon, 
Filed  Aug.  17, 1978,  Scr.  No.  64,238 

ITS  ^  m.    ,*.   Iirt.CLC22ci9/5¥ 

U.S.  CL  75—129  11  n>h— 

Lead  additions  to  steel  are  made  and  an  improved  lead- 
ed steel  product  is  obtained  by  effectively  utilizing  the 


1054 

significant  solubility  of  lead  in  steel  at  temperatures  above 
the  liquidus  temperature  of  the  steel.  This  is  accomplished 
by  control  of  process  conditions,  including  adding  the  lead 
to  the  steel  in  a  vessel  separate  from  the  casting  mold, 
allowing  a  minimutn  time  between  the  addition  of  the  lead 
and  the  pouring  and  casting  of  the  leaded  steel,  the  use 
of  specific  amounts  of  lead  based  upon  a  target  percentage 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20 


to-critical  supercurrent  density  characteristics  substantial 
ly  identipd  to  the  supercurrent-to-critical  magnetic  field 


iS^''.S3kr:}iS' 

1 

U40  4M>r>0M9 

M 

Jt1«  co^t 

t ~ 

1       ■ 

^ 

1 

1 
1 

! 

1 

Ht^OLTIN  mtL 


L^zr^ 


uiAoomiaLjTm ,  "SfSLtH*" 


ae'Wt'eo 


aeuO/'icrrioM  MOLO 


aouoi^to  *<>Me 


of  lead  to  be  obtained  in  the  cast  steel,  which  target  per- 
centage does  not  exceed  the  solubility  level  of  lead  in  the 
steel,  and  the  addition  of  the  lead  when  the  temperature  of 
the  steel  is  above  the  liquidus  temperature  by  at  least  a 
minimum  amount  The  lead  content  in  steel  cast  contin- 
uously or  into  ingots  in  accordance  with  this  proces  is  uni- 
formly and  finely  dispersed  and  the  steel  is  characterized 
by  an  absence  of  macrosegregation  of  lead. 


3,671,225 

COPPER  BASE  ALLOY 

Charics  D.  McLaln,  AHon,  DL,  aarignor  to 

Olin  Corp<mitkNi 

No  Drawing.  ContliiiiatkHi-lB-part  of  application  Ser.  No. 

649,003,  Jane  26, 1967.  Ilita  application  Jane  29, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  50,894 

Tlw  portion  oi  thtt  ton  of  tlM  patent  sobse^ent  to 
My  28, 1987,  has  been  discbdmcd 
Int  CL  C22c  9/00.  9/04 
VS.  CL  75—157.5  10  Claims 

The  present  disclosure  teaches  an  improved  copper 
base  alloy  containing  iron  and  aluminum  and  a  material 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  phosphorus  and 
zinc  and  mixtures  thereof.  The  alloys  of  the  present  in- 
vention are  characterized  by  improved  physical  proper- 
ties, in  particular  high  strength  and  high  conductivity. 


«o         »         «o 


1972 


characteristics.  In  addition  they  do  not  exhibit  th^  train- 
'ing  effect  and  have  a  relatively  hi^  critical  temperature. 


3^71,226 
SUPERCONDUCTIVE  ALLOYS 
TonuMMnke  Komata,  Kafninii  Udliara,  aod  Yasno  Hashi- 
moto, AmagasaU,  Japan,  ■wignnrs  to  ftOtnUslii  Denld 
KabuUU  ST**^— I  Tokyo,  Japan 
Contimiation  of  appiicatton  Scr.  No.  617,681,  Feb.  21, 
1967.  lUa  appUcatioB  Apr.  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  818,453 
Clainf  pdorily,  appHcatfoD  Japan,  Feb.  28,  1966, 
41/11,687 
tat  CL  Hi  If  7/22:  C22c  15/00 
VJS,  CL  75—175.5  4  Claima 

The  disclosed  superconductive  alloys  comprise  essential- 
ly, by  atomic  percent,  from  20  to  80%  of  titanium,  from 
1  to  80%  tantalum  and  from  2  to  80%  of  niobiimi.  They 
are  excellent  in  workability  and  have  the  magnetic  field- 


3,671,227 

LOW  IfeMPERATURE  Za-AI-Oi  CASIING  ALLOY 

Hcibcrt  A.  Jalttie,  Havcrtowa,  Pa^  aaignnr  to  Tte  Bodd 

Compaay,  PhlfaidclpUa,  Pa. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  S»t  30,  1969,  Scr.  No.  862,482 

Int  CL  C22c  17/00 

VS.  CL  75—178  AC  1  Claim 

Alloys  having  low  melting  points  and  high  creep  resist- 
ance especially  adapted  for  casting  molding  tools,  e.g., 
stamping  dies  consisting  essentially  of  aluminum,  zinc  and 
copper  wherein  the  amount  of  aluminum  is  from  about  10 
to  about  30%  by  weight  and  the  amount  of  copper  is 
from  about  10  to  about  20%  by  weight,  said  percentages 
being  based  on  the  weight  of  the  alloy.  The  alloy  may  ad- 
ditionally contain  up  to  about  2%  by  weight  of  nickel 
and /or  iron. 

L  3,671,228 

OD  OF  MAKING  HIGH-DENSITt 
SINTERED  METAL 
Hoy  C.  Mdntire  and  Jdm  R.  Vanoridd,  Colnmbos, 

OUo,  asaignors  to  The  BattcUc  Development  Coqpo- 

ration,  Colnmbns,  OUo 
Continoatton-ln-part  of  appUcationfl  Ser.  No.  645,624, 

Jnae  13,  1967,  Scr.  No.  728,038,  May  9,  1968,  and 

Scr.  No.  778,580,  Nov.  25, 1968.  This  appUcatfon  Oct. 

3«,  1969,  Ser.  No.  872,481 

IntCLB22fi/aO  J 

VS.  CL  75—207  45  Claims 

A  method  for  making  high-density  (at  least  90  percent 
of  theoretically  solid)  metal  bodies  from  reducible  metal 
compounds  which  consists  of  exposing  compacted  parti- 
cles of  such  compounds,  at  least  35  percent  (by  weight) 
of  which  are  of  less  than  10  microns  in  diameter,  to  a  re- 
ducing environment  at  a  temperature  within  a  range  of 
from  the  lowest  temperature  at  which  reduction  will  take 
place  to  a  temperature  where  sintering  occurs  and  then 
subjecting  said  powders  to  sintering.  In  a  preferred  em- 
bodiment of  the  present  invention  metal  compound  pow- 
ders are  employed  that  have  a  mean  particle  size  no 
greater  than  6  microns  and  at  least  25  percent  of  the 
powder  has  a  particle  size  no  greater  than  about  2.5 
microns.  Optimum  results  are  obtained  where  the  average 
apparent  particle  size  is  less  than  one  micron. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1055 


^     -- .  3,671,229 

PROCESS  FOR  PURinCATION  OF  METALS 

Martin  EmUe  Ferbcr  and  Michel  Geoigcs  Wintenbci«er, 

Grenoble,  FVance,  aarignon  to  Compagnie  Pcddncy. 

Paris,  nwice  ^^ 

FUed  Dec  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,838 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Dec  6,  1968, 

176,897 
,T«  ^  -  Int  CL  B22f  i/(W 

UA  CL  75-211  11  cudms 


3,671,231 
„  IMAGING  SYS1EM 

WewCT  E.  L.  Haai,  Webster,  and  Jamea  E. 

^^^TStt^^W  **  "Wlicatlon  Scr.  No.  4,644,  Jol 
21, 1970,  Which  Is  a  contlnnation>i»«art  of  annlicatian 

UA  a.  ^,  '*•  «•  «•"  "'"  «•'«      ,.  CW-. 

An  imaging  system  wherein  a  Uquid  ciystalliiie 
imaging  material  on  a  photoconductive  layer  is  provided 
with  a  suitable  overcoating,  imaged  by  providing  an 
electrical  latent  image  on  the  above  described  imaginj 
member,  and  erased  by  uniformly  electrically  charging 
the  overcoated  surface  of  the  imaging  member,  thereby 
makmg  the  imaging  member  immediately  reusable. 


A  process  for  purification  of  metals  such  as  aluminum 
by  cooling  a  portion  of  the  metal  maintained  at  a  liquid 
state  at  slightly  above  melting  point  temperature  where- 
by crystals  form  and  collect  at  the  bottom  and  are  sin- 
tered by  compacting  to  increase  the  crystal  size  and 
minimize  entrainment  of  impure  metal. 


3,671,230 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  SUPERALLOYS 

John  W.  Smythe  and  Philip  L  Karp,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich., 

asrignoiB  to  Fcderal-Mognl  Corporatton 

Filed  Feb.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  800,541 

.,„  _  Int  CL  B22f  i/OO 

UA  CL  75-213  6  Oaims 


3,671432 
ELECTROPHOTOGRAPmc  MEMBER  USEFUL  AS 

AUIHOGRAPHICMASIER 
cimrlca  A.  Knmins,  Barrlngton  Hllb,  IlL.  Mstaaor  to 
AddrMMgraph-MnUfraph  Coqiocaiioii,  MoimtProa. 

PCCt,  IIL 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Nov.  23,  1970,  Scr.  Now  92,191 

vs.  a.  H-v^  '^  •^'«  '"^- "'"        ,  a— 

A  method  of  making  a  lithographic  master  using  a 
photoconductive  member  which  contains  infrared  absorb- 
ing carbon  black  in  the  photoconductive  coating  in  the 
amount  ranging  from  0.25%  to  1%  by  weight  of  the 
photoconductive  pigment.  The  method  calls  for  fiising  the 
mk  receptive  tiiermoplastic  resin  powder  by  infrared  radi- 
ation. The  presence  of  carbon  black  in  the  face  coat 
achieves  a  unique  balance  in  the  amount  of  heat  neces- 
sary to  fuse  the  fine  Unes  which  form  a  port  of  the  image, 
without  fusmg  the  spurious  toner  particles  deposited  in 
the  background  which  can  later  physicaUy  be  removed 


/y/trtf 


/iff 


A  process  for  making  a  superalloy  having  improved 
properties  whereby  a  molten  alloy  is  initially  microcast 
in  a  nonoxidizing,  substantially  moisture-free  atmosphere, 
forming  a  metallic  powder  of  a  ccmtrolled  particle  size 
and  shape  and  having  an  oxygen  content  of  less  than 
about  100  p.p.m.,  and  thereafter  confining  the  powder  in 
a  deformable  metal  container  while  in  a  protected  atmos- 
phere and  simultaneously  compacting  and  forging  the 
powder  at  an  elevated  temperature  and  at  a  controlled 
rate,  forming  a  substantially  dense  solid  mass  character- 
ized by  its  substantially  uniform  fine-sized  wrought-type 
grain  structure. 


3,671J33 

PHOTOCONDUCnVE  ELEMENTS  CONTAINING 

ALKAU.RELEASE  MATERIALS 

Lawrence  ^Contois,  Webster,  N.Y.,  atrignor  to  Eaatnum 

*i^  wwJE^^^^S^S'^y'  Rochester,  Rv. 

No  Drawtog.  ^MT^  2,  1969,  Ser.  No.  854,748 

VS.  CL  96    1.6  12  iTahw 

Electrophotographic  elements  containing  alkali-releaae 
materials  admixed  with  photoconductive  compositions  are 
described.  When  these  elements  are  developed  and  heated, 
the  alkab-release  materials  generate  alkaline  products 
which  cause  a  shift  in  the  absorption  of  the  sensitizers 
comamed  m  the  photoconductive  compositions.  Such  a 
shift  generaUy  reduces  the  optical  opacity  of  the  elements, 
thus  permitting  the  elements  to  be  used  as  masters  from 
which  further  reprints  can  be  made. 


3,671,234 

PROCESS  OF  FORMING  AN  ELECIROTHOn)^ 
^  GRAPHIC  ELEMENT 

George  D.  Casavaikt,  GanMvoort,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Inters 
n  -41    ^S?^'?P"  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Contlnoatioiiof  abandoned  application  Ser.  No.  684,587, 

11?753  «PpBcation  Feb.  8,  1971,  Ser.  No! 

WTO   J«  ^.  Int  CL  G03g 5/(W 

VS.  CL  96-1.8  ^  2  Clafans 

A  process,  and  the  jMtxiucts  thereof,  fw  improving  the 
dispersion  of  a  pigment  in  resin  binders  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  electrophotoconductive  recording  elements  used  in 
electrophotography  by  regulating  the  temperature  and  the 
addition  of  inpiedients  during  such  dispersion. 


JlWE  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1056 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JUNt  20,  1972 


Ci  TO  Ci,  auphahc  alcohols  used  as 

DEFOAMING    AGENTS    IN   ZINC    OXIDE- 
RESIN  DISPERSIONS 
Nario  YamagDcU,  Sakac  Shimiin,  and  Kano  'Hibako, 
To^o,  Japan,  aarignon  to  Kabpihnrf  Kaiiha  Rkoh, 
Tokyo,  Japan 
_        FUed  Dec  3,  IHS,  Scr.  No.  7W,786 
CUms  priority,  applicatfon  Japan,  Dec  12,  1967, 
42/79.^2 
InL  CL  G03g  5/08 
UA  CL  96-1.8  3  claims 

A  light  sensitive  material  for  electrophotography  com- 
prising a  base  material  and  a  light  sensitive  layer  pro- 
vided thereon,  in  which  the  light  sensitive  layer  comprises 
a  water  soluble  resin  and  an  aliphatic  alcohol  having  a 
defoaming  characteristic  and  which  has  the  function  of 
improving  the  electrophotographic  characteristics. 


I 3,671038 

HIGH  CONTRAST  IMAGE  DEVELOPMENT 
AMu^..r    METHOD  AND  ARTICLE 
AlftMl  F.  Kaapanl  and  Erika  E.  KaqMml,  Maba.  CaHf 
MrigBoni  to  Hnghea  Alicraft  Company,  Cnlver  City; 

Filed  Sept  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  71,043 

iJ^Ln  o^,,     lot  CL  G03g  5/W 

UA  a.  96—27  «  Claims 


.^„„        3,671,236 

PRESENSmZED  COLOR-PROOFING  SHEET 

"StP  ^  X"?,?5?***^  ^  '■■'»  MboL,  aaisnor  to 
MOnna^Minlnf  and  Mannfactnring  Company,  St 

Filed  Mar.  18, 1968,  Scr.  No.  713,836 
*T«  o.  J»*-,9-G03ci/52,7//tf;G03f5//« 
UA  CL  96—15  g  Claims 


-«i='^5^ 


Methods  for  improving  the  contrast  of  images  formed 
by  depositing  metal  vapor  atoms  on  actinic  ray  image- 
wise-exposed  nucleated  surfaces  of  nuclcation  recording 
medium  and  article  produced  thereby.  Optical  densities 
of  over  2.0  arc  obtained  by  suitable  moderation  of  the 
thermal  energy  of  the  vapor  atoms  such  that  the  atoms 
form  an  amorphous  image  film  which  exhibits  tow  specu- 
lar reflectance.  Moderation  is  achieved  by  uie  of  low 
temperature  and/or  large  area  vapor  sources,  chemical 
imeracuons  with  the  source  or  energy  exchange  between 

^K?^*"  .f^®"?'  ^^^  secondary  gases  or  wall  surfaces 
witiun  the  developing  chamber. 


I 


iHh' 


20- 

jff-E 


^~^r-^^Kfc^a_ 


A  light-sensitive  color-proofing  sheet  for  producing  an 
image  on  various  substrates.  A  light-sensitive  continu- 
ous cotor  layer  is  releasably  attached  to  a  carrier.  Over- 
lying the  color  layer  is  a  water-insoluble  transparent  color- 
^  barrier  layer,  to  the  opposite  surface  of  which  can 
be  apphMl  a  pressure-sensitive  adhesive.  Upon  lamination 
M  tlie  sheet  to  a  substrate,  and  removal  of  the  carrier 
the  color  Uyer  is  formed  into  an  image,  photomechanical- 
ly,  by  removal  thereof  in  the  non-image  areas.  Preferably 
the  color  coating  is  a  pigmented  polyvinyl  formal  resin,  the 
Iight-scnsiUve  component  is  a  diazo  resin  (which  may  be  in 
a  separate  coating  or  combined  with  the  polyvinyl  formal) 
and  the  barrier  is  a  polyacrylate  polymer. 


3,671.239 

™^SK?iSPSKE?N  OF  OXAZOLIDINE- 
A^^S^  ^^  SIMILAR  ANHYDRIDES 

r^«W^  Coin.  •"*«~' to  African 
iv«  n-S?"^  CompMiy,  Stamford,  Conn. 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Jan.  12,  1971,  Scr.  No.  105,978 
fT«    rt    ^     ,,     I»«L  CL  G03c  i/52 
UA  CL  96—27  R  ^  CUdma 

A  system  for  storage  of  information  and  color  photog- 
raphy compnsiDg  the  use  of  a  dye  precursor  capable  of 
photochemical  conversion  to  a  permanent  visible  image 
under  light  of  a  particular  wavelength,  or  heat,  is  pro- 
vided, said  material  being  an  anhydride  compound  of 
the  formula:  ^ 

C N— R" 

Wherein  R  and  R'  each  represent  hydrogen,  phenyl  or 
substituted  phenyl,  or  taken  together  repfes^nV  a  spiro- 
Imked  fluorenyl,  naphthyl,  or  pyrozalyl  substituent,  and 
K    represents  hydrogen,  phenyl  or  substituted  pjienvl. 


lotoGI 


.«»-.^  3,671,237 

--, *g™Op  FOR  PRODUCING  IMAGES 

^SSL^^^^  Hms  and  James  Ewing  Adams, 
Wehter,  a^  Bela  MecUowfti,  Rocheiter,  N.yJ^ 
■***"  fe  Xerox  Corporation,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
Filed  Jnae  9, 1969,  Ser.  No.  831,449 

WTQ  rn   «^    •-     Int  CL  G03c  5/0^ 

UA  CL  96—27  j  q^^ 

Method  and  apparatus  for  producing  an  image  wherein 
'^ff  0'i**ation  absorbing  particles  is  caused  to  diflfcr- 
entially  adhere  to  tiie  surface  of  a  substrate  in  an  image- 
wise  pattern  in  areas  of  the  layer  exposed  to  radiation. 


_4^  3,671,240 

^SSSS^^SUP^®*^*  ELEMENTS  AND 
f^CESSES   FOR   PREPARING   AND   USING 

*^v  V   liP^'^  '^  ^"^  ^'  Scbrt&n,  Rochester, 
%.?^"  "  ^""^  Compmy,  RidS 

No  Drawing.  Rlejl  Jnne  10,  1970,  Scr.  No.  45,219 

UA  a.  96-29'S-  ^'-  ^^  '''''  ^/«  3^  :^. 

Photosensitive  elements  for  use  in  image  transierpr™ 
esses  contain  m  the  light  sensitive  layer  a  flocculated  pig- 
ment  which  forms  a  discontinuous  phase  uniformly  dis- 

^lvi*t.«°il''°"^'°"T.P°'y"*'"  **y"- ""»«  "8ht  sensitive 
layer  can  be  prepared  by  mixing  and  coating  a  solution 


lAKfi 


nWiniAJ     nA'7T?TT«T? 


TirKTO     OA      1 QTO 


JiWE  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


of  tiie  light  sensitive  polymer  and  a  pigment  with  a  sur- 
factant to  flocculate  the  pigment.  The  resultant  element 
can  be  used  in  photothermographic  image  transfer  ix-oc- 
esses  to  give  images  having  increased  transfer  density. 


1067 


DIFFUSION  TRANSFER  A^E  RECEIVING  fflEET 
-^-.^'IT"  HYDROLYZED  POLYMER  LAYER 
Edwin  H.  Land,  Cambridge,  Mass.,  aarignor  to  Polaroid 

CoqNmtioB,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
Coiitinoatioii-in.part  of  application  Scr.  No.  437,799, 

y^vh^tt*'  ^^  application  Oct  16,  1967,  Scr. 
No.  675,472 

.t-  ^  ..  InL  CL  G03c  5/5¥ 

UACL  96-29  15  Claims 

The  present  invention  relates  to  photography  and, 
more  particularly,  to  specified  photographic  diffusion 
ti^nsfer  process  image-receiving  elements  which  include 
a  polymeric  strata  having  associated  thercwitii  silver 
precipitating  agent,  and  to  specified  processes  for  the 
production  of  and  the  employment  of  such  image- 
receiving  elements. 


continuously  past  a  first  radiant  energy  source  adjacent 
a  first  side  of  the  strip  and  past  a  second  radiant  energy 
source  adjacent  the  second  side  of  the  strip.  A  plurality 
of  mdmdual  masks  are  brought  into  successive  engage- 
nient  with  the  first  side  of  Uie  sti-ip  such  that  a  single  mask 
is  m  registiiition  with  each  section  as  the  section  passes 
tile  first  radiant  energy  source.  A  second  plurality  of  in- 
dividual masks  arc  brought  into  successive  engagement 
with  tiie  second  side  of  Uie  strip  such  tiiat  a  single  m^f^ 
is  m  registration  witii  each  section  as  the  strip  passes  the 
second  radiant  energy  source.  The  resist  material  is  then 
developed  and  the  metal  coating  is  etched  to  produce  the 
desu-ed  circuit  pattern.  Electi-ical  connections  may  then  be 
formed  tiirou^  holes  ccxinecting  circuit  patterns  on  oppo- 
site sides  of  the  strip. 


3,671,242 
SILVER  SALT  DIFFUSION  PROCESS 
Wrnicr  Ucbc,  Siegfried  PctcrMn,  and  Anita  von  Koids, 
LcTerinuen,  Germany,  assignors  to  Agfa-Gcracit  Ak- 
ticngesellsdiaft,  LcTcrfcuen,  Gcnnany 

rJ'?  '^'?!?^™^  ^^^  30,  1969,  Ser.  No.  889,352 
Claims  priority,  application  Gcnnany,  Jan.  25.  1969. 

D  19  03  741J 
.TO  ^  ...     -        Int.  CL  G03c 5/5¥ 
UA  CL  96-29  j  Claims 

The  image  tone  of  silver  images  produced  by  the  silver 
salt  diffusion  process  is  unproved  by  performing  the 
development  in  the  presence  of  1,2,4-triazine  blue  toners. 


3  671,243 

**^JK£!SD?^™N  DURING  CONTINUOUS 

„ .PHOTOETCmNG  OF  STRIP  MATERLiL 

Doo^  E.  Campben  and  Richanl  A.  Hairis,  Gieensboro, 

2fe  nSyS£^iJ^"  ^^  ^""^'  "-"-^ 

Filed  Oct  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  83,915 

UAa.«-^'--^«''^'«'  30..... 


_  3,671,244 

PROCESS  FOR  FORMING  DYE  IMAGES 
tJST  h  ■*^?«"«»  Brockport,  N.Y.,  and  Jeny  B. 
^filler,  deceased,  late  of  Webster,  N.Y.,  by  Carol  K. 
Miller,  executrix,  Webster,  N.Y.;  said  BisBonette  as- 

!S??L!2^!*2^.^"**.C""»l««y»  Rochester,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Apr.  23,  1970,  Scr.  No.  3W52 

«To  ^  ...    .        Int  CL  G03c  7/00 

UA  CL  96—54  19  CMms 

Formazan  dye  image  densities  formed  by  treating  a 
photographic  metal  image  in  a  hydrophiUc  coUoid  binder 
layer  witii  a  tetrazolium  salt  solution  in  tiie  presence  of 
a  metal  complexing  ligand  are  enhanced  by  tiie  presence 
m  said  binder  layer  of  at  least  one  tcrpolymer  containing 
about  0.1%  by  weight  of  active  metiiylene  groups  in 
aliphatic  side  chains  in  which  the  methylene  groups  are 
usually  separated  from  tiie  main  polymer  chain  by  at 
least  tiiree  carbon  atoms,  the  terpolymers  being  formed 
of  an  alkyl  acylate  or  an  alkyl  metiiacrylate  as  one  mono- 
mer, either  a  salt  of  a  sulfoalkyl  acrylate,  a  salt  of  a 
sulfoalkyl  alkacrylatc,  acrylitf  acid  (or  salt)  or  an  alk- 
acryUc  acid  (or  salt)  as  a  second  monomer,  and  either 
a  cyanoacctoxyalkyl  acrylate,  a  cyanoacetoxyalkyl  alk- 
acrylate,  an  acyl  substituted  acetoxyalkyl  acrylate  or  an 
acyl  substituted  acetoxyalkyl  alkacrylate  as  the  third 
monomer. 


IMAGEWISE  HARDENING  DmECT-WRITING 
raOTODEVELOPED  SILVER  HALIDE  EMUL- 

Glran  Dnane  Stone,  South  Amboy,  NJ.,  MrigMr  to  E.  L 
dn  Pont  de  Nemoors  and  Convaqy,  WOmington,  DeL 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Nor.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  879,555 
,»-   ^   ..  InL  CL  G03c  5/2¥ 

VA  CL  96-44  5  cMm^ 

A  direct  writing  silver  halide  emulsion  in  an  unhaidened 
colloid  binder  a»taining  a  tanning  developing  agent  pro- 
vides advantageous  intensification  and  stabilization  of  a 
photodevel(^)ed  image. 

A  process  of  stabilizing  direct  writing  images  compris- 
ing developing  an  unhardened  direct  writing  emulsion 
after  imagewise  exposure  and  photodevelopment  in  the 
presence  of  at  least  one  tanning  developer,  followed  by 
washing  with  hot  water. 


Printed  cu-cuits  are  made  from  a  strip  of  insulative 
material  havmg  metal  films  bonded  on  opposite  sides 
tnereof.  Holes  are  punched  in  successive  sections  of  tiie 
strip  to  receive  component  leads  or  to  provide  a  path  for 
an  electrical  connection  between  circuits  on  opposite  sides 
of  ttic  board.  The  metal  films  are  covered  witii  a  radiant 
energy  sensitive  resist  and  tiie  resist  covered  stiip  is  moved 


„,„^ ,  3,671046 

EXTENDED  DYNAMIC  RANGE  PHOTOGRAPmC 

PROCESSING 
Leo   D.   Coriwn,  Swampscott,   William  T.  Kammercr. 

Towsend,  and  ADanShepp,  Lexington,  Mass.,  assignor^ 

to  tiic  United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  flic 

Secretary  of  the  Air  Force 

Filed  Oct  22, 1968,  Scr.  No.  769,761 
wro  ^  «.    Int.  CLG03C  5/24.  5/26,  5/iO 
UA  CL  96—66  «  chdms 

A  method  for  extended  dynamic  range  processing  of 
photographic  fihn  in  which  tiie  exposed  film  is  wei^y 


1058 


developed  in  a  dilute  solution  of  surface  developer.  The 
emulsion  surface  of  the  film  is  then  bleached  with  a  di- 
lute solution  of  bleach  for  a  short  period  of  time  and 
cleared  with  a  salt  soluticMi.  The  emulsion  is  then  devel- 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  20,  1972 

Stain  is  avoided  by  sizing  the  paper  with  an  aldehyde  bi- 
sulfite and  coating  any  backing  layer  at  a  pH  les^  than  7 
preferably  about  3  to  4. 


^7     Ti     7r 


^    *******    »j    n    u 


:msr/v*  U4  nr4f»4 


**    *-t     t-t    n    rt 


(H>ed  with  full  strength  photographic  developer  and 
stopped  fixed,  washed,  and  dried  in  the  conventional  man- 
ner to  produce  a  negative  having  an  extension  of  the  ex- 
posure latitude  of  the  film  from  3  orders  to  about  6 
orders. 


DEVELOPMENT  OF  SILVER  HALIDE 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  MAIVRIALS 
Mankaai  YoacTaBa,  bao  SMmaiimia,  Harahiko  iwaao, 
and  RdicU  OU,  Kanagawa,  Japai^  aaigMn  to  Fnji 
PiMlo  Film  Co^  Lidn  Kangawa,  lapn 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Oct  22,  197t,  Scr.  No.  834t> 
CUnM  ptkrily,  appHcaiioa  lapaii,  Oct  22, 1M9» 
44/843M 
IiitCLGt3c5/J0 
U,S.  CL  96-MJ  f  Chdna 

A  method  for  the  develc^ment  of  silver  halide  photo- 
graphic light-sensitive  materials,  which  comprises  develop- 
ing a  silver  halide  photographic  material  in  the  presence 
of  a  compound  represented  by  the  following  general 
formula 


RO-^HiCHCHiO 


L 


jx(CH»CHCHiO)|rHxX- 

6h 


HiCHCHiN 

in      '- 


in  which  R  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  a 
hydrogen  atom  and  R'CO— ,  wherein  R'  is  selected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  a  hydrogen  atom,  an  alkyl  group, 
a  substituted  alkyl  group,  an  aryl  group  and  a  substituted 
aryl  group,  wherein  x-j-y  is  a  number  ranging  from  3  to 
50,  X  represents  an  anion,  and  Z  represents  an  atomic 
group  necessary  for  completing  a  heterocyclic  ring,  is 
disclosed. 


3,671,24g 

STAIN  INHIBrrOR  IN  PHOTOGRAPHIC 

PAPER  BASES 

Meric  K.  Eidridge  and  Roy  C.  Bleoni,  HOtoB,  and  Dons- 

hiiC.  Joseph,  Victor.  N.Y.,  anigBon  to  Y^SSn 

Kodak  Compaqy,  Rochsater,  N. Y. 

FDed  Jnne  It,  1970,  Scr.  No.  44,M5 
,T«  «.  *^         Irt.  CL  G«3c  i/¥«,  7/«6 

Pbotographic  elements  havmg  polyolefin  coated  paper 
suppmis,  iN-ovided  with  silver  halide  emulsion  layers  con- 
taining silver  halide  developing  agents,  with  or  without 
hydrophilic  backing  layers,  exhibit  stain  due  to  migration 
of  the  developing  agent  to  paper  and  to  the  backing  layer. 


3,671,249 
PHOTOSENSmVE  CUPROUS  NITRATE  COMPOSI- 

TIONS  AND  PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  AND 

USING  SAME 
nomas E.F1yvL95Coart St, Portononth,NA    f3Ml 

No  Drawing.  FBcd  Mar.  20,  1970,  Ssr.  No.  21,492 

lat  CL  G03c  l/OO 

U.S.  CL  96-48  10  Claims 

Photosensitive  compositions  containing  cuprous  com- 
pounds, particularly  cuprous  nitrate,  as  the  photosensitive 
component  are  prepared.  The  compositions  are  used  in 
photographic  materials  and  processes  to  provide  copper 
images. 


BIPYIODINIUM 


3,671,250 
^  COMPOUND  PHOTOSENSltlZER 

Timothy  Doi«las  Andrews  and  Giyn  David  Short,  Nortib> 
wld^  and  Icnan  nonai,  nodAam,  EmbBd,  aarigMn 
to  Imperial  Cheadcal  IndBstrlcs  Llmitod,  London,  E^. 


No  lowing.  Filed  lane  29,  1970,  Scr.  No.  56,910 
Claims  nrfoflty,  appllcadon  Great  Britain,  May  28, 1969, 
26,925/69;  Sept  12,  1969,  45,151/69;  Nov.  24L  1969 

57,3fa/69  T 

Int  CL  G03c  l/OO.  1/68  I 

U.S.  CL  96—88  11  Claims 

A  radiation  sensitive  material  based  on  nitrogeix>us 
dications  such  as  bipyridyls,  preferably  with  a  water 
soluble  polymer  as  a  support  Sensitisers  and  deseositisers 
are  decribed.  The  materials  are  sensitive  to  X-rays, 
electrons  and  U.V.  up  to  about  500  nm.,  in  the  presence 
of  sensitisers.  ^ 


T 


3^671,251 

SENSmZED  PYRYUUM  PHOTOBLEACHABLE 

DYE  IN  GELATIN 

Comvd  G.  Honk,  Webster,  and  TiKMnas  J.  Masseth, 

RodMatcr,  N.Y.,  asidgnors  to  Emtman  Kodak  Com- 

paoy,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Dec  10,  1970,  Ssr.  No.  97,049 

bt  CL  G03c  1/72 

U.S.  q.  96—89  16  Cbdms 

A  light  sensitive  layer  comprising  a  gelatin  binder,  a 
I^ioto-bleachable  dye  such  as  a  pyrylium  dye,  a  pyrjdinium 
dye  or  a  cyanine  dye,  a  sensitizer  for  the  dye  e.g.,  a  thio- 
urea sensitizer,  and  in  a  preferred  aspects,  a  tanning  agent 
for  the  gelatin,  when  coated  on  a  suitable  support,  pro- 
vides  a  negative  working  lithographic  jrfate  which,  upon 
exposure,  becomes  differentially  ink  and  water  receptive 
to  such  a  degree  that  it  may  be  used  in  a  printing  opera- 
tion without  additional  processing. 


3,671,252 

PHOTOSENSITIVE  CYdJC  POLYIMIDES 
COMPOSmON 
Wolfram  Newnaim,  Garhard  MaOer,  Erwin  Ranz,  Harald 
von  Rltttelen,  and  Hcfan-Dleter  Scteiti,  Levcrknsen, 
Germany,    asrfgnors    to    Agb-Gevaat    Aktisngcsell- 
schaft,  Levcrknsen,  Germain 
No  Drawing.  FDed  Oct  26,  1970,  Scr.  No.  84,196 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Nov.  3,  1969, 
P  19  55  070.0 
Int  CL  G03c  1/52 
VA,  CL  96—90  5  Clahns 

A^^photographic  material  free  from  silver  halide  con- 
taining cyclic  polyimides  as  photosensitive  compounds 
which  are  converted  into  dark-coloured  substances  under 
the  effect  of  light.  An  image  formed  during  exposure  of 
the  recording  material  according  to  the  invention  can  be 
erased  spontaneously  or  by  additional  specific  measures 
so  that  die  material  can  be  re-used. 


1060 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JlWE  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


3,671,253 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  UGHT-SENSITIVE  MATERIAL 
ESPECIALLY    FOR    THE    SILVER-DYESTUFF 
BLEACHING  PROCESS 
Alfred    nochUch,    Marty-lc-Grand,    Bcnhard    PIDcr, 
Marly<4e-Pctlt,  and  Thomas  Stanncr,  Mariy-le-Grand, 
Switzerland,  assignors  to  Cflw-Gclgy  AG,  BsMd,  Swlt- 
scrland 

^fo  Drawing.  FDed  Mar.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  17,952 
Chdms  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Mar.  25,  1969, 

4,477/69 
Int  CL  G03c  1/10 
UA  a.  96—99  14  Chdms 

Photographic  light-sensitive  material,  e^)ecially  for  the 
silver  dyestuff  bleaching  process,  is  provided,  which  con- 
tains on  a  support  at  least  one  layer  with  at  least  one  dye- 
stuff  of  the  formula 


(1) 
Ri 


Ri 


lO-HN         OH 


AA-n=n-<(+)^n=n 


OH 


H(0,8),-.-ts,     A      >-80iH         E 
(80,)i_,H 


SOiH 


m  which  R,  represents  a  methoxy  group,  a  hydrogen  or 
halogen  atom,  Rj  represents  a  halogen  atom  or  a  methyl, 

methoxy,     nitrile,     trifluoromethyl,     nitro,     W— CO 

X7-CO— NH— ,  Y— SOj— NH—  or  2-^0^-  group, 
with  W  representing  a  hydroxy],  lower  alkyl,  lower  alkoxy 
or  optionally  substituted  phenyl  group.  X  representing  a 
hydrogen  atom,  or  a  hydroxyl,  HOOC-alkylene,  HOOC- 
alkenylene,  phenyl.  HOOC-phenylene,  HO,S-phenylene, 
furyl,  thienyl  or  pyridyl  group,  Y  representing  a  lower 
alkyl,  phenyl,  alkylphenylenc  or  HOOC-phenylene  group 
and  Z  representing  a  lower  alkyl.  a  phenyl  or  an  opticmally 
substituted  amino  group.  D  and  E  independenUy  of  one 
another  each  denote  a  hydrogen  or  chlorine  atom  or  a 
methyl,  methoxy,  ethoxy  or  hydroxyethoxy  group,  and  n 
denotes  1  or  2. 

These  dyestuffs  at  the  same  time  have  excellent 
resistence  to  diffusion,  form  stable  aqueous  solutions,  are 
insensitive  to  calcium  ions,  can  be  easily  bleached,  and 
have  favorable  spectral  properties. 


3,671,254 
RADIOGRAPHIC  ELEMENTS,  COMPOUNDS  AND 

PROCESSES 

Clande  G07  Dostes,  JoinviDe.le.Pont  Fnnee,  aaignor  to 

Eastaan  Kodalc  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

nt  t        ^*i^^  ^'  *'^«'  »«'•  No.  69,644 
Claims  priority,  application  F^nace,  May  29,  1970, 

7019684 


LieHT-BLOCKINe  SILVER  HALIX 

emuLstou  layeh 
X-RAY  seNanve  layer 

SUPPORT 

A  LIGHT  SEALING  BACKING  LAYER 


1069 

such  as  a  nitrothiazoUnothiacyanine  and  a  yeUow  dye, 
and  coated  upon  said  X-ray-sensitive  layers  a  light-ab- 
sorbmg  silver  haUde  layer  comprising  a  nitrogen-con- 
tainmg  heterocyclic  silver  halide  desensitizing  compound 
and  a  yellow  dye  such  as  a  phenylazopyrazol-5.one  yel- 
low dye.  Processes  for  obtaining  a  radiographic  image 
employing  the  roomlight  handling  radiographic  elements 
and  emulsions  are  disclosed. 

Electromagnetic  radiation-sensitive  sUver  halide  de- 
sensitized with  a  nitrotiiiazolinothiacyanine  or  containina 
a  phenylazopyrazol-5-one  yellow  dye. 


A  roomlight  handling  radiographic  element  or  emul- 
sion wherein  the  light-sensitive  layer  or  layers  thereof 
are  protected  from  exposure  to  visible  light;  said  element 
or  emulsion  comprising  an  X-ray-sensitive  silver  halide 

laver  cnmnninna   a    <Mk>^..   k.i:j.    J ...    . 


t^  3,671,255 

SILVra  HALIDE  EMULSION  FOG  INHIBITED 
TOH  QUATERNARY  AMMONIimi,  1^^^ 
Te-i^  ?™^fi£PJ^  COMPOwSl         "^ 
tSS!  %!»  "^  Yamagudd,  am  Yotaio  Oino, 

Claims  priority,  "PPjc"  Job  lapaa,  Ang.  28, 1969, 

*4/67,624 

UACL  96-109"^'^^'^^^^^  ,' 

A  light-sensitive  silver  haUde  photographic  mateSd 
foS  ^r'f*^'^'  '»'^?  development,^ntainsT^: 
foggants  at  least  one  of  the  compounds  represented  by 
the  general  Formulas  I,  II,  m  and  IV  ««"««  oy 


B,  Bi 


^i 


Bi 


Z    N-A 


(D 


■i 


(ID 


N-B-N 
Bi  X  X    R, 


(ni) 


Z     N 

i 


N— B— N    2 

X 


(IV) 


wherein  R,  and  R,  are  individually  an  alkyl  or  hvdroxv 

n^5;ljr""P  ?."r«  ^  '°  ^«  carboJatomsfR,  L  an  S 
or  hydroxyalkyl  group  having  1  to  18  carbon  atomnr 
an  aryl  or  aralkyl  group;  Z  is  a  non-metallic  atomic  group 
nec^sary  for  formation  of  hetero  ring  by  bonding  to  the 
^^^B  te°"'  "^  "  ^°  ^"^''  "^^^^  ^^  or^ralkyl 

-(CH,)„ 

— CHiO(CHa)aOCHr- 


-CHi 


H, 


— CHr-O— CHa 


or 


-CHjCHr- 
— CHaOCH,— S^ 


-S— CHaCHa 


-CHaCHaOCHa 


— CHaCOCOCHa 


r..7^.^-Jii\"^=^r- -  isr^iir^t  i«i»..^.^  - 


T¥i'Mi:<     on       1  QTO 


1060 


zaindene  in  at  least  one  layer  ot  the  photographic  mate- 
liaL  A  compound  <k  the  general  formula 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20, 


1972 


~N 

H 
where  Y  is  a  hydrogen  atom,  a  nitro  group,  a  halogen 
atom  or  a  methyl  group,  is  fiulher  incorporated  as  third 
component 

3,C71,25€ 
POLYMERIC    HARDENERS    CONTAINING 
AZIRIDINYL  UNITS  ON  THE  SnMB  CHAIN 
Loab  Morton  AfloA  and  Hyman  L.  CohM,  Rodwsler, 
N.Y^  and  Elliott  FnnicBgian,  Newington,  Conn^  as- 
dgnon  to  FaiKT"f"  Kodak  Comraay»  RoAcatcr,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  FDed  Apr.  16,  1976,  Scr.  No.  29,249 
Int  CL  G«3c  1/30 
UA  CL  96—111  •  Ctaims 

New  high  molecular  weight  linear  addition  polymers 
are  provided  comprising  a  main  chain  of  a  linear  satu- 
rated substituent  and  a  side  chain  of  aziridinyl  units  sepa- 
rated from  said  main  chain  by  a  carbamyl,  carbonyl  or  an 
alkylene  ester  group.  When  incorporated  into  photograi^ic 
elements  and  emulsions  said  polymers  are  substantially 
safe  and  effective  hardeners  for  hydrophilic  colloids  used 
therein  as  vehicles  or  binders  and  do  not  exhibit  unwanted 
sensitometric  effects. 


3,671,259 

fHOTOGRAPmC  BLEACHING  AND 

AN11F0GGING  AGENTS 

Benard  C.  Co«ar,  Pitfrford,  and  IMbcrt  D.  Reynoldi, 

Rochcatar,  N.Y.,  awlfora  to  Eaatman  Kodak  Com* 

■Miy,  Rochcatcr,  N.Y. 

NoDmwli^  Filed  Dec.  31,  197«,  Ser.  No.  lt3,2U 
laL  CL  Gf3c  1/34 
VS.  CL  96—109  9  ClaiBU 

Aminomethylquinones  and  salts  thereof  having  the  gen- 
eral formula: 


.      o 


(H)        O 


U 


(CHiA).     or     R 


Y 


CHiA). 


wherein  R*  represents  hydrogen,  an  alkyl  group  (includ- 
ing an  aralkyl  group),  an  aryl  group  or  a  — CHjA  group; 
n  represents  an  integer  of  from  1  to  3;  A  represents  any 
one  of  the  groups:  — NHR>HX, 


f- 


R»  R»  R« 

/  /  ®/ 

,  -N         •  HX  and   -N-R« 

R«  R«  R» 


re 


3,671,257 

COLOR  SILVER  HALIDE  PHOTOGRAPHIC  MATE- 
RIAL  CONTAINING  YELLOW-COLORED  MA- 
GENTA-FORMING  COLOR  COUPLER 

Rigobcrt  Otto,  Lcrciknseii,  and  Gcirit  Pankow,  Opiaden, 
Gennany,  ArUmr  Henri  dc  Cat,  Mortsel,  Bclgiam,  and 
Walter  Pnadiel,  LeTeiknten,  and  WilUbakl  Pelz, 
OpbdcB,  Gcmuuiy,  assignon  to  Agfa-Gevacrt  Aktloi- 

geseibcliaft,  LeverinueB,  Germany 

Filed  Mar.  20, 1960,  Scr.  No.  714,525 
Claims  priority,  Mmlication  Germany,  Mar.  25,  1967, 

A  55,264 

lot  CL  G03c  1/40 
VS.  CL  96—100  4  Clafans 

Yellow-colored  magenta  color-forming  color  couplers 
having  the  formula 


Rt-NH-C- 


i 


A 


H 

i= 


Rt 


Ri 


^^ 


make  very  effective  integral  masks  that  compensate  un- 
desired  blue  side  absorption  of  the  magenta  image. 


3,671,250 
SPEED  INCREASING  COMBINATION  OF  STABI- 
LIZERS FOR  RADIOGRAPHIC  ELEMENTS 
Robert  C.  Taber,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Eastman 
Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Jan.  11,  1971,  Scr.  No.  105,636 
IntCLG03ci/29 
UA  CL  96—107  19  Claims 

A  radiographic  element,  which  comprises  a  support 
having  thereon  at  least  one  silver  halide  layer,  wherein 
said  halide  comprises  at  least  about  50  mole  percent 
chloride,  a  sulfocatechol  and  a  tetrazaindene,  shows  an 
increase  in  speed.  In  a  preferred  embodiment  said  ele- 
ment has  a  total  silver  coverage  of  at  least  about  100 
mg.  per  square  foot  per  silver  halide  layer. 


R>,  R3  and  R^  each  represent  an  alkyl  group  (including  an 
aralkyl  group),  an  alkenyl  group,  an  aryl  group,  etc.  or 
R'  and  R*  when  taken  in  combination  with  the  nitrogen 
atom  to  which  they  are  attached  represent  a  monovalent, 
heterocyclic  group;  R"  represents  an  alkyl  group  including 
an  aralkyl  group;  and  X  represents  an  anion;  with  the 
provision  that  each  — (CHjA)  group  is  substituted  at  a 
position  ortho  to  an  oxo  group  on  the  quinone  ring;  are 
useful  as  bleaching  agents  and  as  fog  inhibiting  agents. 


3,671,2M 
ORGANIC  THIOETHER  OR  SELENOETHER  SILVER 

COMPLEXES  AS  EMULSION  SENSTTIZERS 
Edwin  N.  OftcdaU,  Rochester,  Thomas  I.  HnttcniaBn, 

Jr^  Hcvictta,  and  Charles  A.  Gofle,  Brockport,  N.Y., 

assignors  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rodwsler,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Ja&  14,  1971,  Scr.  No.  106^31 

Int  CL  G03c  1/2% 

VS.  CL  96—122  11  Oalma 

Photog^jrfiic  silver  bromdodide  emulsions  are  qiectral- 
ly  sensitizied  by  adding  thereto  a  mixture  comprising  a 
photograf^c  spectral  sensitizmg  dye  and  a  complex  of 
silver  wi^  an  organic  thioether  or  an  organic  selenoether. 

Addition  of  the  silver  complex  reduces  the  blue  de- 
sensitization  catised  by  the  sensitizing  dye  and  thtis  in- 
creases spectral  sensitization  efiBciency.  Incubaticm  itabUity 
of  the  emulsion  is  also  enhanced. 


3,671,261 
ARTIFICIAL  SHRIMP  FEED    ^ 
YalcU  Ayokawa,  Uhel  Narase,  TadayosU  Itoh,  and 

TsDOcakl  Miyakawa,  Tokyo,  lapan,  assignors  to  CPC 

Intcniatlonal  Inc. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Apr.  1,  1969,  Scr.  No.  012,363 

IbL  CL  A23k  1/1% 

UA  a  99—2  R  .  «  Clahns 

Covers  an  artificial  texturized  feed  useful  m  growmg 
shrimp  which  comprises  a  dough-like  composition  kneaded 
or  extruded  into  a  form  resembling  vermicelli  and  includ- 
ing a  protein  source  and  a  gum  binder.  A  preferred  pro- 
tein source  is  corn  gluten,  and  a  preferred  gum  binder 
is  a  stardi  gum.  A  particularly  useful  feed  contains  com 
gluten,  starch  gum  and  yeast,  and  may  contain  other  in- 
gredients, particularly  other  protein  sources.  The  feed  is 
of  a  form  resembling  vermicelli  or  spaghetti  and  is  of  a 
size  large  enough  to  be  noticed  by  the  shrimp  when  feed- 
ing, and  yet  of  a  size  suflSciently  small  so  that  the  shrimp 


TTTkrw    on      IQTO 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1061 


can  still  clutch  it.  It  is  greatly  preferred  that  the  shrimp 
feed  be  in  the  form  of  rounded  pieces  which  have  been 
extruded  cm-  kneaded  to  a  length  of  about  4.0-6.0  mm. 
and  a  diameter  of  1.0-3.0  mm.  The  shrimp  feed  provides 
a  food  of  an  excellent  low  conversion  ratio,  and  docs  not 
cause  contamination  or  pollution  of  the  culture  water  or 
sand  bed  due  to  its  particular  configuration  and  relative 
water-insolubility. 


wettmg  moisture,  high  solvent  exchange  rates,  and  high 
solvent  superficial  velocity  is  used  to  substantially  de- 
crease caffeine  extracting  process  times.  — 


ERRATUM 

For  Oass  99 — ^92  see: 
Patent  No.  3,670,665 


3,671,262 
DECAFFEINATION  PROCESS 
Alan  B.  Wolfaoo,  Springfield  Township,  Hamilton  County, 
Jayantilal  M.  Patel,  Readfaig,  and  Bcqjamin  Lawrence, 
Springfield  Township,  Hamilton  County,  Ohio,  as- 
signon to  The  Procter  &  Gamble  Company,  Cindn- 
nad,  Ohio 
Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  23,653,  Mar.  30, 
1970.  This  appUcatton  Feb.  23, 1971,  Ser.  No.  118,183 

Int  CL  A23f  1/10 
VS.  CL  99—70  6  Claims 


r^" 


Decaffeination  total  process  times  and  caffeine  extrac- 
tion times  are  substantially  reduced  by  utilizing  a  high 
caffeine  solvent  velocity  and  a  high  exchange  rate  of 
solvent  with  respect  to  green  coffee  beans. 


3,671,263 
SEMI-CONTINUOUS  COUNTERCURRENT 
DECAFFEINATION  PROCESS 
Jayantihd  M.  PateL  Reading,  and  Alan  B.  Wolfson, 
Springfield   Township,  HamUton   County,   Ohio,   as- 
signors to  The  Procter  &  Gamble  Company,  CIncfai- 
nati,  Ohio  ' 

Continaation  of  abandoned  an>Ucation  Scr.  No.  23,652, 
Mar.  30,  1970.  This  appUcatlon  Feb.  23,  1971.  Ser. 
No.  118,184 

Int.  CL  A23f  1/10 
VS.  CL  99—70  9  Claims 


'^Sr^F^L^f^- 


A   semi-continuous    staged   countercurrent   extraction 
process  involving  high  extraction  temperatures,  high  pre- 


3  671,264 
PACKAGED  MIXES  FOR  FLAYORED  FOOD  PROD- 

UCTS  AND  THE  PROCESS  OF  MAKING  THEM 
Harvey  J.  Drews  and  Stanley  P.  Raffcnspcrger,  KnoK- 
viUc,  Tcnn.,  aasignors  to  Ihc  White  Lil^  Foods  Com- 
pany, Knozvfllc,  Tcnn. 

No  Drawing.  FOcd  May  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  34,633  ^ 
,r^  ^      I«tCLA23l7/00.i/25;A21d2/(W 
VS.  a.  99—94  14  chdM. 

Packaged  dry  mixes  containing  anificially  flavored 
lumps  in  which  the  major  ingredients  functioning  in  the 
formation  and  texture  of  the  lumps  are  high  melting  pmnt 
hydrogenated  vegetable  fat,  pregelatinized  starch,  sucrose 
and  dextrose.  The  lumps  are  formed  by  blending  and 
extrusion.  The  lumps  are  added  to  and  packaged  in  com- 
bination with  various  dry  mixes  which  can  be  st(H«d  at 
normal  ranges  of  temperature  and  humidity  Ux  relatively 
long  periods  of  time. 


3,671,263 

RAISIN  COLORING  PROCESS 

Donald  L.  MazweU  and  Philip  E.  Nybeii,  Minneapolis. 

Minn.,  assignon  to  General  Mills,  Inc. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Apr.  13,  1970,  Scr.  No.  28,027 

,,„ Int  CL  A23I  i/27 

VS.  a.  99-104  6  ctahM 

A  process  for  coloring  raisins  involving  dissolving  food 
colorings  in  ethyl  alcohols,  exposing  the  raisins  to  the 
solution  and  then  manipulating  the  reaction  to  produce 
the  color  desired. 


3,671,266 
PROCESS  FOR  MAKING  HEXm>L  COATED  NUTS 
Irwin  Cooper,  Staten  Island,  N.Y.,  and  Wilbur  Allen 

Parker,  SomervUle,  and  Daniel  Mefarick,  West  Engte- 

wood,  NJ.,  assignon  to  CPC  International  Inc. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Aug.  29,  1969,  Scr.  No.  854,261 
.T«  ^  .^  Int  CL  A231  i/55 

UA  CL  99—126  3g  chdms 

A  process  for  producing  a  hexitol  coated  nut  product 
comprising  providing  hexitol  coated  raw  nuts,  roasting 
the  nuts  in  a  hot  gaseous  environment,  cooling  the  roasted 
nuts,  and  recovering  the  coated  nut  product. 


3,671,267 

PEANUT  BUTTER 

CMerMaitin    Goodhig,    Westficld,    Wilbur    Parker, 

SomenHlc,  and  Duiicl  Mehlck,  West  Eoglewood.  N jJ 

Mrignors  to  CPC  brteraadonal  Inc. 

No  Drawing.  FDed  June  30,  1969,  Scr.  No.  837,862 
,To  ^  ....  Int.  CL  A23I  7/J» 

VS.  CL  99-128  17  Oahns 

A  peanut  butter  of  improved  mouth  feel  and  low  tem- 
perature spreadability,  stabilized  against  oil  separation  at 
temperatures  up  to  about  100°  F.  with  from  about  0.5% 
to  about  2.3%  of  a  synunetrical  monounsaturated  disat- 
urated  glyceridc,  from  about  0.35%  to  about  1.3%  of  a 
trisaturated  glyceridc,  and  no  more  than  about  2%  total 
of  a  diunsaturated  monosaturated  glyceridc  and/or  un- 
symmetrical  monounsaturated  disatiu-ated  glyceridc  the 
percentage  figures  being  percent  by  wei^t. 


1062 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


ICE-OtEAM  PRODUCTS 

Anthony  Blake,  Ravensdcn,  Bedford,  and  Doris  Malcofan 
HalUday,  LaTcndon,  and  Mkhael  Fanllmcr  Woods, 
Steiington,  F"^^!"!,  aBrignnni  to  Lever  Brothers  Com- 
pany, New  York,  N.Y.       . 

Filed  Oct  3f ,  1969,  Scr.  No.  872,612 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Brttafai,  Not.  1,  1968, 
51,957/68;  Mar.  26, 1969. 15,881/69 
bit  CL  A23g  5/00:  Ai31 1/06 
VS.  n.  99—136  7  Oafans 

A  variegated  ice-cream  product  is  produced  by  incor- 
porating discrete  pieces  of  a  gelled  fruit  puree  into  ice- 
cream, water  ice,  mousse  or  sorbet  The  gelled  fruit  puree 
may  be  set  by  cooling  in  a  tube  and  extruded  directly  into 
the  ice-cream  mix,  ac  may  be  set  in  bulk  and  pumped  into 
the  ice-cream  mix  by  a  pump  which  shreds  the  gd. 


3,671,269 
PROCESS  OF  PREPARING  PUDDINGS  CONTAIN- 
ING  STARCH   HAVING   A   LOW   BOUND-FAT 
CONTENT 
Felix  1.  Cknnino,  PakM  Park,  and  loseph  R.  Caracd, 

Jr.,  Chicago,  ID.,  awignors  to  CPC  IntcraalloBal  Inc. 
No  Drawinf.  Orlgfaial  applicatioB  Jane  12, 1967,  Scr.  No. 
645,527,  now  Patent  No.  3,586,536.  Divided  and  tfab 
application  May  6, 1979,  Ser.  No.  47,931 
bt  CL  A23i  1/14 
VS.  CL  99—139  4  ClafaM 

Preparation  of  puddings  by  cooking  together  a  mixture 
of  milk,  a  sweetener,  flavoring  agent  and  starch,  said 
starch  being  prepared  by  reducing  the  bound  fat  content 
of  granular  starch  to  not  more  than  0.15%  by  weight 
by  heating  a  mixture  of  the  starch,  a  suitable  solvent,  and 
not  mOTe  thsm  15%  water,  in  a  confined  zone,  at  from 
about  225*  F.  to  about  300*  F.  for  not  more  than  30 
minutes,  the  conditions  being  selected  so  as  to  avoid 
incipient  gelatinization  of  the  starch.  Starch  treated  in 
accOTdance  with  the  process  which  is  further  characterized 
by  a  fluidity  of  from  about  30  to  about  80. 


3,671,270 

POPCORN  PACKAGE 

David  H.  Idm,  Wairen,  Mldt,  aarignor  to  Dan-Hot, 

Incorporated,  St  Clair  Shores,  Mich. 

Filed  Ang.  19, 1979,  Scr.  No.  65,912 

Int  CL  B65b  25/22 

VS.  CL  99—171  H  5  Claims 


I  3,671J71 

<  PACKAGE  FOR  £lCED  BACON 
Harmon  B.  Miller,  Atfaota,  Ga.  aarigoor  to 
Rcdosable  Padage  Corp.,  Attanta,  Ga. 
Filed  Feb.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  802,491 
Int  CL  B65b  25/06 
VS.  CL  99^174  g 


The  popcorn  package  includes  an  open-topped  rela- 
tively shallow  pan  which  has  an  annular  flange.  A  trans- 
parent plastic  cover  extends  across  and  into  the  pan.  The 
cover  has  substantially  the  same  relatively  shallow  outline 
as  the  pan.  This  permits  nesting  of  a  plurality  of  pop- 
corn packages  for  storage  purposes.  A  charge  of  popcorn 
kernels  and  cooking  oil  is  confined  between  the  pan  and 
the  cover.  The  cover  is  outwardly  flexible  upon  heating 
of  the  charge  to  pop  the  com.  The  flange  includes  a  bent 
over  edge  portion  which  clampingly  engages  the  marginal 
peripheral  edge  of  the  flexible  cover.  A  plurality  of  spaced 
apart  staked  porticxis  in  the  flange,  which  puncture  both 
the  flange  and  the  marginal  edge  of  the  cover,  positively 
hold  the  cover  in  place  and  provide  a  restricted  fluid 
passage  for  pressure  release  during  heating  of  the  charge 
to  pop  the  popcorn  kernels. 


A  package  for  bacon  slices  and  slices  of  other  kinds 
of  luncheon  meat  comprising  a  corrugated  plastic  tray 
having  across  its  surface  alternating  elongated  ribs  and 
grooves.  The  slices  are  placed  against  the  corrugations 
with  one  edge  adjacent  the  corrugations  and  the  other 
edge  extending  outwardly  so  that  the  slices  are  inclined 
with  respect  to  the  tray.  The  outwardly  extending  edges 
of  the  respective  slices  are  in  overlapping  contact  with 
adjacent  slices.  The  edges  adjacent  the  tray  are  spaced 
from  each  other  and  are  free  to  move  into  the  grooves 
of  the  corrugations.  This  reduces  the  area  of  contact 
between  adjacent  slices  and  makes  it  easier  to  seiparate 
the  slice^. 

3,671,272 

FROZEN  MEAT  PACKAGE 

George  A.  Mixon,  Foit  Lauderdale,  Fla.,  aa8igiK>r  to 

Mol-Pak  Corp.,  Fori  Landcrdalc,  Fla. 
Application  Oct  25,  1968,  Scr.  No.  770,530,  now  Patent 
No.  3,526,077,  dated  Sept  1,  1970,  which  is  a  condmi. 
ation-in-part  of  appUcatlon  Scr.  No.  479,949,  Aag.  16, 
1965.  Divided  and  tids  application  May  1,  1970,  Scr. 
No.  33,813 

Iiri.  CL  A23b  1/06;  B65b  25/06 
VS.  CL  99—194  2  Cbrfnu 


J?*. 


/«f# 


A  tray  or  container  for  meat  products  made  of  a  trans- 
lucent material  comprising  at  least  one  cavity  section  for 
a  cut  of  meat,  said  cavity  section  including  a  base  portion 
conforming  generally  to  the  periphery  of  the  meat  prod- 
uct, an  upstanding  peripheral  sidewall  at  a  height  slightly 
less  than  the  thickness  of  the  meat  product,  means  defin- 
ing a  {durality  of  annular  ribs  in  the  base  defining  con- 
tinuous spaced  apart  channels  for  meat  juices  and  an  over- 
wrap of  a  transparent  heat  shrinkable  filmy  material  cov- 
ering at  least  the  open  side  of  the  tray. 


3,671,273 

APPARATUS  FOR  PREPARING  A 

COCOA  CONCENTRATE 

fee  C  Gonter,  Clear  Brook,  Ya.    22624 
Filed  May  20, 1968,  Ser.  No.  730,359 
Int  a.  A23g  1/00. 1/04,  7/00 
VS.  CI.  99^236  CC  8  Claims 

A  cocoa  concentrate  for  making  sediment-free  chocolate 
beverages  is  prepared  with  an  apparatus  comprising  means 
for  heating  a  slurry  to  a  temperature  higher  than  the 
boiling  temperature   of  water;   a   processing  kettle   to 


inAl 


/M7T<Tr'T  AT     /^  k1TC\nvnT:\ 


L 


J 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1063 


receive  the  slurry  fnxn  the  heating  means  and  constructed 
to  subject  the  slurry  to  heating  under  ixessure  and  agita- 


tion, and  to  cool  the  heated  slurry;  and  centrifuge  means 
to  receive  the  cooled  slurry  from  the  processing  kettle. 


3,671,274 
BATHS  FOR  ACTIVATING  THE  SURFACE  OF 
PLASTICS   TO   BE   CHEMICALLY   METAL- 
PLATED 
HInMlii  Maekawa,  Osaka,  and  Chotf  YamancU,  F^ise, 
Juan;  said  Maekawa  asrignor  to  CXkM  Okno,  Higa- 
riil-kn,  OmItb  shl,  Japan 
No  Drawing.  ContinBation-lo-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 
570,702,  Aug.  8,  1966.  lUa  appUcation  May  6,  1970, 
Ser.  No.  35  J60 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Aug.  6,  1965, 
40/47,912 
lot  a.  C23c  3/00 
VS  CL  106—1  11  Claims 

Plastic  surface  is  activated  for  subsequent  chemical 
metal  plating  by  treatment  with  a  solution  containing,  as 
essential  ingredients,  sulfuric  acid,  silver  compound  and 
metal  halide,  as  optional  ingredients,  chrominum  com- 
pound and  phosphoric  acid. 


3,671,275 
LOSSY  DIELECTRIC  STRUCTURE  FOR  DISSIPAT- 
ING ELECTRICAL  MICROWAVE  ENERGY 
Louis  E.  Gates,  Jr.,  In^cwood,  and  Wlllfaun  E.  Lent, 

Loa  Angeles,  Calif.,  asrignors  to  Hngbes  Aircraft  Oun- 

pany.  Culver  Otar,  Calif. 
No  Drawing.  Contuanatfon-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 

586,649,  Oct  14, 1966.  lUs  application  Dec.  12, 1969, 

Ser.  No.  884,715 

lot  CL  C04b  35/14 
VS.  CL  106—44  5  Clafans 

A  lossy  dielectric  attenuator  for  receiving  and  dissipat- 
ing high  power  wave  energy  on  the  order  of  100  watts 
and  more  comprised  of  the  combination  of  silicon  carbide 
in  an  alumina  matrix. 


3,671476 

OPTICAL  FLUOROPHOSPHATE  GLASS  HAVING 

AN  ANOMALOUS  PARTIAL  DISPERSION  RATIO 

Hdn  Iftmncr,   Henuammtfln,  and  Noriwrt  Mcincrt, 

Wetxlar,  Germany,  aarignon  to  Ernst  Leitz  GmbH 
No  Drawing.  Contiiiuatlon-fai-part  of  appHcati<»  Scr.  No. 
603,978,  Dec  22, 1966.  lUa  application  June  26, 1969, 
Scr.  No.  836,965 
Clainis  priority,  implication  Germany,  Inne  27,  1968, 

P  17  71  692.6 
The  portion  of  die  term  of  the  patent  snbsequent  to 
Jan.  27, 1987,  has  l>ccn  disclaimed 
Int  CL  C03c  3/00 
VS.  CL  106—47  Q  5  Clainis 

An  optical  glass  having  an  anomalous  partial  disper- 
sion ratio  is  disclosed  which  is  melted  from  a  mixture 
consisting  essentially  of  about  S8.6-73.8  mol  percent  of 


the  fluorides  of  the  alkaline-earth  metals:  magnesium, 
calcium,  strontium  and  barium,  further  ot  about  5.9-21.8 
mol  percent  of  the  metaphosphates  of  the  alkaline-earth 
metals:  magnesium,  strontiimi,  calcium,  barium  and  of 
aluminum,  about  6.3-7.6  mol  percent  of  »nygnesiiim  oxide 
and  of  at  least  one  of  the  following  compounds:  BaT:F« 
and  KaTiFf. 

^  3,671,277 

ULTRAVIOLET  RAY  CUTTING  PINK  GLASS  FOR 

COLOR  PHOTOGRAPHY 
Maaao  Ohno,  KawanU-sid,  and  Katanmi  Kljinia,  Tokyo, 
Japan,  aarignon  to  Nippon  Kogaku  K.K.,  Tokyo,  Juan 
FOed  Oct  1, 1969.  Scr.  No.  862,770 
OainH  priority,  applicatioa  Japo,  Oct  8,  1968, 
43/72,887 
Int  CL  C03c  3/04, 3/30;  F21v  9/00 
VS.  CL  106—47  Q  5  ClaiiM 

An  ultravi<^et  ray  cutting  pink  glass  for  color  photog- 
raphy of  this  invention  provides  the  absorption  peak 
wavdength  in  the  vicinity  of  550  m^i  while  the  ultravic^t 
ray  cutting  limit  wavelength  within  the  range  from  380 
mil  to  400  m/t.  It  does  not  bring  about  the  solarization. 
Glass  material  contains  at  least  cerium  oxide  and  gcAA 
and  the  material  is  melted  at  a  temperature  ranging  from 
1350*  to  1500"  C,  cooled  with  the  temperature  gradient 
from  10*  C./h.  to  25'  C./h.,  and  reheated  for  5  to  50 
hrs.  at  a  temperature  in  the  vicinity  of  the  softening  point 
of  glass  for  coloring  the  same. 


3,671,278 
RON-CONTAINING  UrANU-OPACIFIED 

PORCELAIN  ENAMELS 

Bernard  J.  BonmsU,  ClevelaBri,  OUo,  aarignor  to 

Fcrro  Coiporatioa,  Clcvelaiid,  OUo 

No  Drawing.  Filed  June  5,  1970,  Ser.  No.  43,971 

Int  CL  C03c  5/02 

VS.  CL  lf6— 48  2  daiiM 

A  porcelain  enamel  frit,  containing  a  relatively  high 

level  of  the  oxide  equivalent  of  iron,  said  frit  adaptable 

to  be  incorporated  into  a  vitreous  porcelain  enamel  for 

ai^lication  to  an  oven  liner,  said  enamel  characterized 

by  the  ability  to  oxidize  oven  soils  when  heated  to  a 

point  above  350"  F.,  but  below  600°  F.,  the  method  of 

utilizing  same  as  a  self-cleaning  oven  liner  coating,  and 

an  oven  liner  coated  therewith. 


3,671,279 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  CONTINUOUS  XANTHAIKm 

AND  SOLUTION  OF  ALKAU  CELLULOSE 
Kfrfchi   YasuL   Kaxuo  YanmuMto,  Kaao  Itand,  and 
Kiyoshi  Fujisawa,  MiyazaU-ken,  and  TosUo  S«aki, 
Osaka,  Japan,  asrignors  to  AaaU  Kascl  Kogyo  ~ 
aUU  Kaisha,  Osaka,  Japan 

Filed  May  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,825 

Clainis  priority,  application  Japan,  May  13,  1969, 

44/36,337;  July  17, 1969,  44/56,298 

Int  CL  C08b  21/20 

VS  CL  106—165  20 


-42 


/-"■.T  I 


«f^ 

^tL&^ 

4. 

; 

asMSMsn^nm 

K^ 

snwcR 

-^H 

-r—t  ^ 

1     ,.- 

-«                   F, 

t^ 

0        1 

OUOUTOR 

—  iwweR 

—       FILTCT 

—       MXEK 

This   invention   relates   to  a  continuous  ixx>cess  for 
xanthate-formation  from  alkali  cellulose,  carbon  >ii!«^i1fidf 


1064 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


and  aqueous  alkali  solution,  as  a  preparatory  step  for  the 
ccMitinuous  numufacture  of  a  ready-for-spinning  viscose 
solution.  This  inventioa  is  characterized  by  that  the  alkali 
cellulose  is  precompressed,  and  added  with  aqueous  alkali 
solution  and  carbon  dioxide  and  the  reaction  mixture  is 
kneaded  in  a  series  of  two  rotary  type  kneaders,  in  the 
first  one  of  which  only  a  presulfiding  reaction  is  brought 
about  and  in  the  second  kneader  the  remaining  or  main 
sulfiding  reaction  is  carried  out,  the  outlet  from  the  second 
kneader  being  a  dense  paste  having  a  s<rft  cheese  grade 
density  comprising  the  xanthate  as  its  main  constituent. 


which  is  softened  allowing  the  particulate  material  to 
embed  below  the  sur&ce  of  said  softenable  plastic  sub- 


_    3,671,2m 

PLASTER  OF  PARIS  BANDAGES  TO  MAKE  CASTS 
OP  IMPROVED  STRENGTH,  WATER-RESIST- 
ANCE AND  PHYSIOLOGICAL  PROPERTIES 
Dsfjd  F.  Smidi,  120  GroTe  St,  Bay  Head,  NJ.  08742 
No  Dnwiiif.  CoadMutkm-ia-part  of  application  Ser.  No. 
€5,732,  Amg.  20,  1970.  Iliii  appUcatioii  Dec  4,  1970, 
Scr.  No.  95,305 

Int.  a.  AOU  15/07;  C04b  11/16 
VS.CL  106—116  7  Oaims 

Minor  additions  of  polyvinyl  pyrrolidone  and  mel- 
amine-formaldehyde  resins  to  plaster  of  Paris  bandages 
permit  making  "casts"  of  improved  strength  and  water- 
resistance  with  good  physiological  properties. 


strate  thereby  forming  a  layer  of  particulate  opaterial 
dispersed  in  said  softenable  plastic. 


3,671,201 

PYRAZOLONE  RED  PIGMENT  AND 

PROCESS  THEREFOR 

Nagib  A.  Doai,  Loodoavilie,  N.Y.,  — ifm  to  GAP 

CwpondoB,  New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Flkd  Sept  16,  1970,  Scr.  No.  72,044 
„-   ^  lirt.  CL  COOli  77/7¥ 

VS.  CL  106—200  Q  5  ciaioif 

An  improved  red  pigment  is  obtained  by  heating  a 
commercially  available  pigment  of  the  formula: 


3,671,203 

EMBOSSED  PLASnC  SURFACE  COVERING  AND 

METHOD  OF  PREPARING  SAME 

Richard  P.  Crowley,  125  Ifigk  St. 

^     ,,    ^Welleaiey  Hllli,  Mm«.     Oftld 

No  DrawlBf.  Filed  Jvm  3,  1970,  Scr.  No.  43L223 

UA  CL  117— f  9  CU,^ 

A  chemically  embossed  vinyl  chloride  resin  sheet  ma- 
terial u  prepared  by  treating  the  gelled  surface  of  a  vinyl 
chloride  resin  plastisol  containing  a  blowing  agent  with 
an  aqueous  latex  of  a  vinyl  chloride  resin,  wher«by  on 
subsequent  heating  of  the  treated  gelled  vinyl  chloride 
resin  sheet  material  to  decompose  the  blowing  agent  and 
dnve  off  the  water  of  the  latex,  full  expansion  of  the  sheet 
material  is  prevented  by  the  increase  in  resin  content  in 
the  treated  areas,  thereby  producing  a  chemically  em- 
bossed product.  ' 


HiCiOOC— C 


N=N— C C— COOCHi 


m  an  aromatic  water-insoluble  liquid  boiling  in  a  range 
of  80'  to  250"  C.  for  a  period  of  about  0.75  to  12  hours 
and  then  sti-ipping  the  liquid  from  the  solid.  The  resultant 
pigment  is  bluer,  brighter,  stronger,  and  both  more  bleed 
resistant  and  thermally  stable  than  the  original  pigment 
starting  material.  The  improved  pigment  thus  obtained  is 
useful  in  rubber,  plastics,  printing  inks,  lacquers,  paint 
emulsion  and  textile  printing. 


. 3,671,282 

MCTHOD  OF  MAKING  AN  IMAGING  MEMBER 

William  L.  Goffc,  WelMter,  N.Y.,  aarignor  to  Xerox 
^  _^  ^     CorpcCTtiM,  Rochciter,  N.Y. 

^J**fei****^*?*^  "*  appilcalion  Ser.  No.  570,996,  Aag. 
8,  1966,  wiiicii  is  a  coatimiafioB-faMHUt  of  application 
Ser.  No.  403,675,  Ang.  30,  1965,  which  in  tmn  is  a 
coiitiiiiialioii-{ii.part  of  appUcatioo  Ser.  No.  403,002, 
nS"  05^69^*  "^^  ■«*««**<»  Aog.  28,  1969,  Ser. 

.TO  ^  -«  hMtCLBAAd  1/094 

U^:  0. 117.-.16  34  cUboB 

The  method  of  making  an  imaging  member  compris- 

mg  coating,  preferably  by  cascading,  a  dispersed  layer  of 

particulate  material  over  a  softenable  plastic  substnUe 


3,671,284 
^^^J^  ^^^  APPARATUS  FOR  APPLYING  AD- 

manKE  points  to  a  web  or  sheet  in  a 

DESIRED  PATTERN 
Wflhefan  Uhrif,  Wnppcital-Elbcrfcld,  Gcrmaiiy,  airignor 
to  Dr.  Plate  GmbH,  Bonn,  Germany      1 
FUed  Jan.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  3,300         | 
Claims  priority,  applicaHon  Gcimany,  Jan.  18,  1969. 

P  19  02  506.0 
.TO   ^   -  lot  CL  B44d //09¥ 

UA  CL  117—21  I'cWm 

A  process  is  provided  for  applying  a  desired  pattern 
of  adhesive  areas  or  points  to  a  moving  web  by  armnging 
a  layer  of  powdered  thermosetting  plastic  adhesive  mate- 
rial on  the  moving  web  and  thereafter  conUcting  a  pat- 
tern of  heated  projections  with  the  adhesive  to  melt  or 
sinter  the  same  at  the  points  of  contact.  The  excess  and 
unheated  powdered  adhesive  is  removed  by  suction.  The 
result  is  a  pattern,  such  as  a  screen-like  arrangement,  of 
adhesive  points  on  the  web  so  that  it  may  be  bonded  to  an- 
other web  or  sheet  by  compression.  The  pattern  is  formed 
by  a  rotating  heated  roller  having  projections  on  its  pe- 
riphery, ibe  ends  of  the  projections  successively  contacting 
the  adhesive  layer  on  the  moving  web.  The  adhesive  in 
contact  with  the  ends  melts  and  the  remaining  unheated 


June  20,  1972 

powdered  adhesive  is  removed  by 
to  thereby  provide  the  web  with  a 
adhesive  points.  To  apply  a  similar 
side  of  the  web,  the  adhesive  layer 
less  conveyor  belt  below  the  web. 
roller  with  the  projections  is  located 


CHEMICAL 


1066 


suction  nozzle  means  formed  by  coating  a  layer  of  material,  such  as  glass,  hav- 
screen-like  pattern  of  ing  a  high  infrared  cmissivity  with  a  dielectric  low-pass 
pattern  to  the  under-   optical  filter  material  effective  to  reflect,  with  minimiun 

absorption,  a  substantial  jjortion  of  the  incident  solar 
radiation  occurring  at  wavelengths  shorter  than  a  pre- 
determined value  and  with  a  second  material  which  com- 
plements the  low-pass  optical  filter;  i.c.,  it  has  low  ab- 
sorptivity for  and  is  highly  reflective  to  tiie  remaining 
portion  of  the  incident  radiation  occurring  at  wavelengths 
longer  than  the  predetermined  value. 


is  formed  on  an  end- 
The  rotating  heated 

between  the  conveyor 


» 


belt  and  the  bottom  of  the  moving  web.  As  the  roller  ro- 
tates, the  ends  of  the  projections  contact  and  melt  the  ad- 
hesive material  and  thereafter  transfer  the  molten  globules 
of  adhesive  to  the  bottom  of  the  web  to  thereby  form  a 
screen-like  pattern  of  adhesive  points  on  ti»e  bottom  or 
underside  of  the  web. 


3,671,207 

INK  TRANSFER  MEMBER 

Prakash  N.  Maniar,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

BniTonghs  Coiporadon,  Detroit,  Mich. 

FUed  Apr.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  30,173 

WTO  ^   --  Int  a.  B41m  5//0 

UA  CL  117-36.4  5  ciahns 


3,671,205 

COMPOSITES  AND  INTERMEDUTES  THEREFOR 

Roger  Prescott,  Johnson  City,  Tenn.,  assignor  to  Great 

I^kcs  Carbon  Corporation.  New  York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Feb.  27,  1970,  Ser.  No.  15,203 
.T«  ^  ..     iBt  a.  COOJ  7/02,  C09c  7/^(5 
UA  CL  117-75  6  aaims 

Composites,  preimpregnated  tapes,  and  sized-carbon 
fiber,  prepared  by  coating  carbon  fibers  with  a  high  cross- 
section  metal  or  metalloid  and  resin  then  curing  the  resin 
while  irradiating  the  fiber  with  a  source  of  tiiermal  neu- 
trons, imorovcs  bonding  between  resin  and  fiber. 


A  reusable  ink  releasing  member  is  disclosed  having  a 
polyester  film  substi-atc,  a  binder  coat  of  a  polyester  ma- 
terial over  the  substrate,  and  a  plastic  ink  releasing  layer 
covering  the  binder.  The  plastic  layer  contains  a  com- 
bination of  dye  and  pigment  along  with  oil  which  func- 
tions as  a  solvent  for  the  dye  and  a  dispersant  for  the 
pigment  as  well  as  a  vehicle  for  tiie  ink  which  is  released 
from  tiic  plastic  layer  when  the  reusable  ink  releasing 
member  is  subjected  to  pressure. 


_  3,671.206 

SURFACE  WITH  LOW  ABSORPTIVITY  TO 
EMISSIVITY  RATIO 

**??!2  K J?^!f»  ^^«'  *i**^  ^^  assignor  to  the 
United  States  <rf  America  as  represented  by  the  Sccre- 
taiy  off  Hie  Navy 

CoBtiimattoii-hi-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  576,796, 
Aug.  31,  1966.  Tliis  appUcation  Apr.  3,  1970, 
Scr.  No.  25,402 

,^^   _  Int.  CL  B64g  i/iO 

UA  CL  117—333  5  claims 


3,071,288 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FDR  APPLYING 

DECORATIVE  COATING  TO  A  SUBSTRATE 

Karl  Moses  Rosenbers,  Philadelpliia,  Pa.,  assignor  to 

Flo-Tech  Corp.,  Wilmingtoo,  DeL 

Filed  Jan.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1,658 

Iirt.CLB44f9/0(?;B05c  77/70 

UA  CL  117-^9  9  Claims 


f»  *< 


MCWCNT  SOLiUI 

RA0I4TI0N       V       n 


A  method  and  apparatus  are  disclosed  wherein  a 
quantity  of  pigmented  coating  material  is  placed  cm  the 
surface  of  a  pool  of  supporting  liquid,  and  a  portion  of 
the  pool,  with  tiie  coating  material  entrained,  is  drawn 
off  and  permitted  to  flow  over  a  substrate.  Excess  liquid 
of  the  drawn  off  portion  runs  off,  and  tiie  coating  ma- 
terial remains  on  the  substrate.  The  method  can  be  per- 
formed on  a  continuous  basis,  the  pool  being  a  moving 

A  .henna,  surface  p,„,cu,ar,y  adapted  for  us.  as  U.e  T^Z^  S5!r»oved'^''„UnuXp.T.'lSS 
exterior  coating  of  a  space  vehicle  or  the  like,  and  ex-  wherein  the  drawS  off  wtu^TsST  su«r.irS5 
h,bmn«  a  very  low  absorptivity  to  eousaivity  ratio  is   and  the  e«tnuo«l"c^ti.'^Crill  .re'".^'S^*,h^* 


I 


1066 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,<71*2S9 
PRE-ETCH  IKEAIMENT  OF  ACRYLONTIIULE- 
BUTAUENE-STyRENB  BESINS  FOR  ELECIRO- 
LESS  PLATING 

EilMB  M^nirc  Sut  Gatetol,  and  Lcoa  A.  Kadiaom 

rwMlfa,  Calif.,  aaigiion  to  Ciowa  City  Pladag  Co., 

El  Monte,  CaUf. 

No  Drawinf.  Filed  Sept  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  860,431 

loL  CL  B44d  1/092;  C23c  3/02 

UA  CL  117—47  A  21  Clalnis 

Solutions  containing  certain  hydroxylated  and  etheri- 
fied  monoacetates  are  used  to  pre-etch  ABS  resins  to 
improve  the  adhesion  of  metals  in  electroless  plating 
processes. 

3,671,29« 
IMAGING  SY81EM 
ScUl  Mataomoto,  Ya«M  Tamal,  and  MasamkU  Sato, 
Aoaka,  Japan,  awlpwra  to  Xoraz  Cotpoiation,  Stam- 
fofd.  Conn. 

Filed  Anf.  21, 1979,  Scr.  No.  65,912 

Cfadnis  priority,  application  Japan,  Jnne  25,  1969, 

44/50,115 

Int.  CL  G03g  13/10 

VS.  CL  117—37  LE  3  Claims 


(£_£ 


substrate.  The  invention  has  been  found  to  be  particularly 
useful  for  forming  transparent  films  of  cobalt,  nickel,  iron, 
and  the  Uke  on  sensitized  transparent  substrates  such  as 
glass  and  plastic. 


An  electrostatic  latent  image  bearing  surface  is  de- 
veloped with  a  liquid  developer,  rinsed  with  a  first  rinsing 
liquid  having  a  boiling  point  between  about  150"  C.  to 
about  350°  C.  at  about  atmospheric  pressure,  subjected  to 
a  stream  of  gas  to  remove  most  of  the  first  rinsing  liquid 
and  thereafter  rinsed  with  a  second  organic  non-polar 
rinsing  liquid  which  is  soluble  in  and  more  volatile  than 
the  first  rinsing  liquid  so  as  to  remove  developer-contami- 
nated first  rinsing  liquid  and  any  remaining  background 
toner  particles  from  said  image  bearing  surface. 


3,671i291 

ELECTROLESS  PROCX^FOR  FORMING  THIN 

METAL  FILMS 

RicfaMd  G.  MiDcr,  PUtabaisli,  and  Roy  L.  Cavitt,  New 

Ktmtatlton,  Pa.,  anignora  to  PPG  Indnstrics,  Inc., 

No  DnwiBf.  FDcd  June  2,  1969,  Ser.  No.  829,705 
Int  CL  B44d  1/20, 1/092;  C23c  3/02  j 

VS.  CL  117—54  8  CttOms 

The  invention  described  herein  relates  to  an  electroless 
IM-ocess  for  forming  thin  metal  films,  particularly  trans- 
parent films,  on  a  reactive  substrate.  It  particularly  relates 
to  a  method  of  spraying  two  solutions,  one,  an  acidic  solu- 
tion containing  a  metal  salt  and  the  other,  an  alkaline 
solution  containing  a  b<X'on  reducing  agent,  onto  a  reac- 
tive substrate  to  form  a  metal  film  by  reduction  of  the 
metal  salt.  More  particularly,  the  invention  relates  to  an 
electroless  iHX)cess  for  forming  metal  films  of  metals  con- 
tained in  Group  lb  and  Group  VIII  of  the  Periodic  Table, 
especially  iron,  cobalt,  and  nickel,  by  forming  a  solution 
of  soluble  salts  of  said  metals  in  an  acidic,  aqueous  media, 
I»eferably  including  boric  acid  and  spraying  said  solution 
on  a  reactive  substrate  at  substantially  the  same  time  that 
an  alkaline  solution  of  a  boron-containing  reducing  agent, 
especially  alkali  metal  borohydrides,  is  sprayed  on  the 


3,671,292 

ZIRCONIUM  ANTI-SOIL  TREATMENT  OF  SYN- 
THETIC FIBERS  AND  RESULTANT  ARTICLE 
Julian  J.  Hinhfcld  and  Bertie  J.  Rcnben,  DMatnr,  Ala., 

aidknori  to  Monaanto  Coo^pony,  St  Lonii,  Mo. 
No  Drawing.  Continnation-in-part  of  appll^rtion  Ser.  No. 
564,003,  July  11,  1966,  wUck  li  a  contfamatioD-in-part 
of  applications  Scr.  No.  419,549,  Dec.  18,  19(4,  and 
Scr.  No.  419,601,  Dec  18,  1964.  TUs  appUcatton  Jnly 
15, 1969,  Ser.  No.  841,977 

Int  CL  D06m  11/04, 13/00 
VS.  CL  117—62  17  Claims 

Durable  anti-soiling  characteristics  are  imparted  to 
textile  articles  comprised  of  synthetic  fibers  by  treating 
them  with  an  acidic  aqueous  solution  containinf  a  zir- 
conium salt  and  a  derivative  of  ammonia,  then  drying  the 
textile  article  thereby  to  bond  the  evaporation  refidue  of 
the  solution,  a  zirconium  reaction  product,  to  the  synthetic 
fibers.  The  process  may  be  varied  by  first  treatiiig  tbe 
fibers  with  the  zirconium  salt  followed  by  treatment  with 
the^  deriyative  of  ammonia. 


3  671,293 

THERMOSETTING  AOIYUC  ENAMEL  COPh'AIN. 
ING  MINOR  AMOUNTS  OF  CELLULOSE  ACE- 
TATE  BUTYRATE 
Leonard  A.  WaDc,  Hint,  MicL,  nsrfgnor  to  E.  L  dn  Pont 

dc  Ncnsonrs  and  Company,  DUtaninglon,  DcL 
No  Dmwinf.  Continuation  of  abandoned  application  Scr. 
No.  780,191,  Not.  29,  1968.  Thto  application  Jan.  8, 
1971,  Scr.  No.  105,062  -«~-«- 

Int  CL  B44d  1/38;  C08b  21/14;  COOg  37/h 
VS.  CL  117—74  !•  Claims 

A  thermosetting  enamel  coating  composition  in  which 
the  film-forming  material  is  a  Mend  of  the  fqllowing 
polymers:  I 

(1)  an  acrylic  polymer  of  0-6%  by  weight  of  an  o,/3- 
etbylenically  unsaturated  monocarboxylic  acid,  an 
acrylic  ester  of  an  alkyl  methacrylate  or  an  alkyl 
aciylate.  or  a  combination  thereof,  0-50%  by 
weight  of  styrene  and  a  hydroxyalkyl  methacrylate 
or  a  hydroxyalkyl  acrylate; 

(2)  a  minor  amount  of  cellulose  acetate  butyrate;  and 

(3)  a  thermosetting  nitrogen  containing  resin. 


3,671,294 

MOISTURE  RESISTANT  PACKAGING  MATERIAL 

Richard  Konnd  Hopermann,  Oakland,  N  J.,  afli%nor  to 

The  Borden  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawios.  FVed  Dec  20,  1967,  Scr.  No.  691,942 

Int  CL  B44d  1/16;  B32b  27/10 

VS.  CL  117—76  7  Clafans 

This  invention  relates  to  a  printing  ink  system  which 
functions  as  a  moisture  vapor  barrier  system.  More  par- 
ticularly, this  invention  relates  to  a  moisture  vapor  bar- 
rier system  for  materials  used  for  packaging  whereby  a 
primer  coat  comprising  either  a  vinyl  halide  or  a  vinyli- 
dene  chloride  copolymer  is  applied  to  a  packaging  mate- 
rial and  dried.  Thereafter,  a  top  lacquer  composition  which 
includes  at  least  about  70%  of  a  cyclized  natural  rubber, 
by  weight  based  on  the  weight  of  the  dry  top  lacquer  com- 
ponents, is  applied  to  the  packaging  material.  The  resultant 
moisture  barrier  system  has  a  moisture  transmission  rate 
of  2  grams  or  less  of  water  vapor  per  100  square  inches 
over  a  period  of  24  hours  at  100'  F.  and  90%  .relative 
humidity. 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


106T 


3,67L295 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  CARBOXYL  ACID  CON- 

TAINING  OLEFIN  POLYMER  SURFACE  COAT- 

INGS      USING      HIGH       ENERGY      IONIZING 

RADIATION 
Abraham  Rawc,  Chlcafo,  and  Joaeph  T.  Khamis,  Brook- 

Md,  DL,  asrignors  to  ContincBlal  Can  Company,  Inc., 

New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Continnation4n-patt  of  application  Scr.  No. 

777,870,  Nov.  21, 1968.  TUs  application  Ang.  7,  1970, 

Scr.  No.  62,172 

Int  CL  B44d  1/50, 1/44, 1/02 
VS.  a  117—93.31  13  Clafau 

A  process  for  coating  articles  wherein  a  film  of  an 
aqueous  colloidal  dispersion  of  a  water  dispersible  car- 
boxyl  acid  containing  olefin  polymer  and  a  salt  of  a  poly- 
valent metal  is  applied  to  the  surface  of  the  article  to  be 
coated,  the  aqueous  dispersant  is  removed  and  the  poly- 
mer cross-linked  to  form  a  hardened  coating  using  high 
energy  ionizing  radiation. 


3,671,296 
PROCESS  FOR  COATING  GRANULAR  MATERIALS 
YosUro  FnnakosU,  Kyoto-AI,  Takcfaiko  Kafhira,  Toyo- 
naka<4hi,  Klyodii  FtaJH,  0«ka-fo,  ToaUUko  Kanamani, 
Kyoto-fn,  MasaU  Nlshitani,  Osaka-fki,  and  Hlromn 
Komeda,  Goaeshi,  Japan,  assignors  to  Takeda  Chemi- 
cal Indnstrics,  Ltd. 

Filed  Jnly  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  845,296 

Int  CL  B05c  3/04, 3/08 

VS.  a.  117—100  B  3  Clalnis 


(.    5 


This  invention  relates  to  a  process  for  coating  granular 
materials,  including  tablets  and  pills,  and  an  apparatus 
for  treating  the  surfaces  of  granules  with  coating  ma- 
terials, including  liquid  and  powder,  and/or  dry  air.  The 
apparatus  of  the  invention  comprises  a  dish  mounted 
rotatably  at  its  center  and  a  stationary  barrel  having  a 
smoothly  curved  inner-surface  which  continues  upwards 
from  the  periphery  of  the  dish.  The  granules  to  be  coated 
are  continuously  circulated  in  a  receptacle  integral  with 
the  dish  and  the  barrel  by  rotating  the  dish.  Such  circula- 
tion of  the  granules  provides  excellent  fluidity  and  abra- 
sion between  granules  that  coating  materials  and/or  dry 
air  spread  uniformly  over  and  contact  all  granule  surfaces 
in  a  short  time. 


as  a  result  of  which  a  chromium-imiH'egnated  layer  witii 
fine  structure  and  with  excellent  resistance  to  corrosion, 
oxidation  and  wear  is  formed  at  the  surface  of  the  metal. 


3,671,298 
HYDRAUUC  SYSTEM  FOR  CONTROLLING 

RESIN  PICKUP 

Maurice  J.  Maynard,  RidgcAdd,  Conn.,  aarfgnor  to 

Wcstvaco  Corporation,  New  Yoik,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct  30, 1970,  Sar.  No.  85,318 

Int  CL  B44d  1/06 

VS  CL  117—115  3  Chdnw 


3,671,297 
METHOD  OF  CHROMIZING  IN  A  FUSED  SALT 

BATH 

Noboni  Komatsn,  Tohnr  Aral,  and  Masayodri  Mizntani, 
Nagoya,  Japan,  assignors  to  Kabnshikl  Kalsha  Toyota 
Chno  Kcnl^nsho 

FUed  Mar.  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,155 

Claims  priority,  an;»lication  Japan,  Mar.  16,  1970, 

45/19,437 

Int  CL  C23c  9/10 

VS.  CL  117—113  18  Cbrims 

A  method  of  treating  metals  and  alloys  in  which  a 

fused  salt  bath  consisting  of  at  least  one  boron-containing 

salt  such  as  boron  oxide  (BaOj)  or  borax  (Na3B407), 

and  a  chromiimi-containing  material  is  prepared  and  a 

material  to  be  treated  is  immersed  in  the  fused  salt  bath 


This  invention  discloses  a  hydraulic  system  for  resin 
pickup  that  will  yield  precise  control  of  liquid  addition 
without  the  need  for  sampling,  testing  and  operator  con- 
trol. Tbe  system  is  based  on  precise  introductioD  of  a 
volume  of  liquid  into  the  system  at  a  volume  rate  of  flow 
predetermined  to  yield  a  desired  solids  content  at  the  sheet 
through-put  rate  involved.  The  system  is  self-controlling, 
as  a  temporary  decrease  in  liquid  absorption  causes  an  in- 
crease in  liquid  level  thereby  increasing  sheet-liquid  ccm- 
tact  time  and  pressure.  Conversely,  an  increase  in  adsorp- 
tion causes  the  level  to  fall,  reducing  contact  time  and 
pressure  and  thereby  the  volume  of  liquid  absorbed.  An 
equilibrium  liquid  level  is  reached  at  the  point  where  the 
absorption  is  equal  to  the  rate  of  liquid  in-put  to  the  system. 


3,671,299 

METHOD  FOR  IMPREGNATING  WOOD 

Jackson  Herman  Bainett  Jr.,  84  N.  Crest  Road, 

Chattanooga,  Tenn.    37404 

FOcd  Feb.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,349 

Int  CL  B44d  1/26;  B05c  3/02 

VS.  CL  117—116  5  Claims 


u—n — D—tr 


Method  for  impregnating  wood  with  liquid  treating 
solutions  such  as  preservatives,  fire  retardants,  or  the  like 
wherein  the  wood  is  inunersed  in  a  confined  pressure  ves- 
sel, and  treating  liquid  is  pumped  into  the  vessel  in  direct 


1068 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


pressure  cc»itact  with  the  wood  at  a  rate  of  flow  suffi- 
cient within  no  more  than  ten  minutes  to  build  up  a  pres- 
sure therein  in  excess  of  a  predetermined  pressure  within 
the  range  from  20  to  700  p.s.i.  gauge.  The  pumping  is 
effected  without  causing  pulsations  in  excess  of  5.0  p.s.i. 
gauge  peak  to  peak  within  the  pressure  vessel.  Excess 
treating  liquid  is  bypassed  and  recirculated  at  a  predeter- 
mined pressure. 

NYLON  MOLDING  ARnCLES  AND  PROCESS  FOR 

FRODUCE^G  THE  SAME 
Takao  KawakUa  and  nroaaka  Ikcda,  Onka,  SUgcni 
MatWBwira,  Hyofo,  and  KmriMko  TanigncU,  Onka, 
lapaa,  — itaow  to  SumHomo  Ekdric  Indutiica  Ltd., 
Onkif  Japan 

FOcd  Not.  14. 1968,  Ser.  No.  775,595 

CUnM  priority,  application  Japan,  Nor.  14,  1967, 

42/73,476 

UL  CL  B44d  1/09, 1/02 

VS,  CL  117—118  6  Cbdms 


Nylon  molding  article  having  an  addition  or  cross-link- 
ing reaction  product  layer  on  at  least  the  surface  thereof 
produced  by  treating  the  molded  nylon  article  with  an 
epoxy  compound,  an  isocyanate  compound,  a  ketene  or  a 
carbodiimide.  Inorganic  bulking  agents  may  be  included. 

Process  for  forming  the  nylon  molding  article  comprises 
treating  the  article  by  heating  the  article  in  a  fluid  com- 
prising one  of  the  above-recited  compounds. 


3,671^1 
HIGH  TEMPERATURE  PRESSURE-SENSmVE  AD- 

HEaVES   MADE   BY   REINFORCEMENT   WITH 

POLYURETOANE  POLYMERS 
R<rif  DaU,  West  Colombia,  S.C.,  assignor  to  Continental 

Tapes,  LKorponited,  Columbia,  S.C. 
No  Dnwing.  CoDdimatioii-ln-ptrt  of  appUcatioii  Ser.  No. 

762,995,  Sept  26,  1968.  TUa  application  May  6, 1969, 

Ser.  No.  822,314 

Int  CL  Cf9J  7/02 
VA,  CL  117—122  P  11  Claims 

Ordinary  pressure-sensitive  adbesives  based  on  natural 
or  synthetic  rubber  are  made  high  temperature  resistant 
by  curing  with  reaction-products  of  polyisocyanates  uid 
hydroxylated  elastomers. 


3,671,302 

IMPREGNATING  POROUS  CERAMICS  Wim 

NONCOLLOIDAL  SOLIDS 

Darid  J.  NcD,  West  MUUn,  and  Thomas  W.  Lewis  H, 

BctlicI  Paii[,  Pa.,  awignora  to  DresMr  Indnitrics,  Inc., 

Dallas^  Tcz. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Oct  30,  1967,  Ser.  No.  679,191 
Int  CL  C04b  21/00 
VA  CL  117—123  A  4  Claims 

Impregnating  porous  ceramic  articles  with  noncoUoidal 
ceramic  particles  comprising,  preparing  a  suspension  in  a 
carrier  fluid  of  noncoUoidal  ceramic  particles,  immersing 
the  ceramic  articles  in  the  slurry,  maintaining  said  particles 
dispersed,  and  agitating  the  slurry  for  sufficient  period  of 
time  to  impregnate  at  least  a  portion  of  the  ceramic 
articles. 


I 


- 


3,67133 
STRONG  FIRE  RETARDANT  WEBS 
Gary  H.  Meitncr,  OslikoA,  IfHs.,  aarignor  to 
Clark  Corporation,  NcouA,  Wia. 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Innc  26,  1970,  Ser.  No.  58310 
Int.  CL  D04h  1/64 
U.S.  CL  117—137  4  r-faif 

Nonwoven  webs  such  as  cellulosic  webs  are  treated 
with  a  binder  polymer  having  a  low  glass  transition  tem- 
perature and  containing  halogen  substitutes  and  a  fire 
retarding  agent.  The  resulting  products  are  strong,  drap- 
able,  and  fire  retardant. 

I  3,67134  , 

PROCESS  FOR  FLAMEPROOFING  AND 
RESULTANT  PRODUCT 
Vladimir  Mlsclmtln,  Hackensack,  N  J.,  aalgnor  to 
Arkansas  Company,  Inc.,  Newark,  N  J. 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Apr.  23,  1970,  S«r.  No.  3138 
Int  CL  C09d  5/18;  C89k  3/28 
U.S.  CL  117—136  16  Claims 

There  is  provided  a  novel  type  of  fireproofing  composi- 
tion for  cellulosic  and  synthetic  materials  suitable  for  tex- 
tile use  and  methods  of  preparing  and  utilizing  said  com- 
positions. The  novel  compositions  are  prepared  by  mixing 
either  a  p(riyalkylenimine  or  the  reaction  product  of  a 
polyalkylenimine  with  an  amide,  with  a  halo  alkyl  phos- 
phate eater  under  aqueous  conditions.  The  materials  arc 
proofed  by  immersion  into  an  aqueous  solution,  suspen- 
sion or  emulsion  of  the  proofing  composition  and  dried 
at  an  elevated  temperature. 


ICLES 


3^7135 
METHOD  OF  TREATING  SHAPED  ARTIC-*, 
WITH  BETAINE-TYPE  POLYMERS  AND  THE 
ARTICLES  THEREBY  OBTAINED 
Albert  B.  Brown,  Warrington,  and  FVank  J.  Parkhill, 
EUdns  Park,  Pa.,  assignors  to  Rohm  and  Haas  Com- 
Muqr,  PfaOadelpliia,  Pa. 

No  Drawiag.  Filed  JaiL  38,  1978,  Ser.  No.  738 

int  CL  D06m  15/52. 15/54 

VS.  CL  117—130.8  F  10  Claims 

Shaped  articles,  more  particularly  fabrics  of  various 

fibers,  especially  cotton  and/or  hydrophobic  synthetic 

fibers,  e.g.,  of  linear  polyestera  (such  as  of  polyethyl- 

eneglycol  terephthalate)  are  treated  with  polymers  of 
betaines  or  sulfobetaines  or  copolymers  thereof  with  or 
without  acrylic  acid  and/or  an  acrylic  ester,  such  as 

methyl  acrylate— preferably  the  treating  composition  also 
contains  an  aminoplast  condensate  capable  of  imparting 
creaseproofing,  wrinkleproofing,  and  durable  press  char- 
acteristics on  curing  with  an  acidic  catalyst.  The  process 
and  treated  fabrics  are  claimed. 


I  3^7136 

■BORON  CARBIDE  ¥UML  PRODUCT 
Uoyd  R.  Allen,  Belmont,  Mass.,  assignor  to  National 

Reseaidi  Coipontfoo,  Cambridge,  Mass. 
ContinnatioD-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  611,191,  Nor. 
25,  1966,  which  is  a  continnation-in-part  of  appHcation 
Ser.  No.  524,615,  Feb.  1,  1966.  TUs  appUcation  Nov. 
28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  880,660 

Int  CL  C23c  11/02;  B44d  1/22 
US.  CL  117—138.8  N  7  Claims 


101 


/ 


00 


? 


>500 


B<xt)n. carbide  films  produced  by  vacuum  deposition. 
The  films  are  black  and  shiny,  amorphous  and  have  bend 
tensile  strength  on  the  order  of  300,000  p.s.i.  and  elastic 
noodulus  of  40  mUlim  p.s.i. 


/M7>iriTr»T  AT     n  A  TTi'TT'17' 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1069 


3,67137 
CREASE-PROOFING  COMPOSITIONS  CONTAIN. 
ING  GLYOXAL  MODIFIED  URON  RESINS  AND 
PROCESSES  FOR  MAKING  SAME 
Myrtle  Joanne  Spanglcr,  Danville,  Va.,  aarignor  to 
Dan  River  Inc.,  Danville,  Va. 
No  Drawing.  FDed  Dec.  4,  1969,  Ser.  No.  882,346 
Int  CL  C08g  9/10,  9/32;  D06m  15/58 
UJS.  CL  117—139.4  9  Claims 

Crease-proofing  compositions  containing  methylol  urons 
and/or  alkyl  ethers  of  same  and  methylol-4,5-dihydroxy- 
2-imidazolidinone  and/or  alkyl  ethers  of  same  substantial- 
ly free  of  methylol  ureas  and  alkyl  ethers  thereof.  These 
compositions  are  made  by  contacting  uron  preparations, 
made  by  reacting  urea  and  formaldehyde,  with  or  without 
an  alkanol,  with  glyoxal  to  convert  methylol  ureas  and 
alkyl  ethers  thereof  ordinarily  contained  in  such  uron 
preparations  into  methylol-4,S-dihydroxy-2-imidazolidi- 
none  and /or  alkyl  ethers  thereof.  Cellulosic  textiles  treated 
with  the  resulting  compositions  are  characterized  by  un- 
expectedly low  retained  chlorine  damage. 


an  octahedral  coordination  catalyst.  The  apparatus  pro- 
vides particular  means  for  growing  a  film  of  the  tetrago- 
nal dioxide  directly  on  the  surface  of  a  germanium  wafer 
in  a  single  funuice  treatment 


3,671,310 
PAPER     SURFACE     SIZING     PROCESS     AND 
PRODUCT  UTILIZING  CATIONIC  AMYLOSE 
DERIYAIIVES 
Gerald  H.  Brown,  Lebnnon,  and  Emfl  D.  Maazardla, 
Mountainside  N  J.,  asstenors  to  National  Starch  and 
Chemical  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Filed  May  7,  1968,  Ser.  No.  72731 
.T«  ^  -  -  Int  CL  D21h  i/i¥ 

VS.  CL  117-156  10  Cbdms 

Sizing  of  paper  and  paperboard  products  which  com- 
prises applying  an  aqueous  dispersion  of  a  cationic 
amylose  derivative  to  at  least  one  surface  of  a  previously 
prepared  cellulosic  web. 


3,67139 

PROCESS  FOR  MAKING  TEHUGONAL 

GERMANIUM  DIOXIDE 

Walter  A.  Albers,  Jr.,  NorthTOIe,  Mldu,  aasiffnor  to 

Genttal  Motors  Corporation,  Detroit,  Mich. 

FDed  Apr.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  28,773 

.T- ^  -  Irt  a  a3f  7/02 

vs.  a  117-281  8  Claims 


'*^ 


Fvaaukce 

1 
1 

0.  SUUTRATC 

G.  .6.0, 

1  1 
1 

Lil  CO. 

t — 

MIOHea    TtMPEKATUIt 

1                     '         1 
1                               1 

A  process  and  apparatus  for  directly  oxidzing  germa- 
nium into  its  insoluble  oxide,  the  tetragonal  form  <rf  ger- 
manium dioxide.  A  germanium  surface  portion  is  cleaned 
of  all  oxides  and  a  new  oxide  is  grown  directly  on  that 
cleaned  surface  at  normal  pressure  in  a  mildly  oxidizing 
atmosphere  containing  a  germanium  monoxide  vapor  and 


3,67138 

TEXTILE  SOFTENING  AGENTS 
Helnwt  Dicry,  Kdkheim,  Tanoi,  Gcmuuiy,  Bemhaitl 
Kiefer,  Sao  Paolo,  Braxil,  and  Sicri>crt  Rittner  and 
Manfred  SddeL  Frankfort  am  Main,  Germany,  as- 
signors to  Farbwcrite  Hoechst  Akticngesellschaft  tw 
mals  Mdstcr  Ladns  ft  Braniag,  Fn^dmi  am  Main, 
Germany 

No  Drawfa^.  Filed  July  28,  1969,  Ser.  No.  84535 
Claims  priority,  application  AnstraUa,  Inly  29,  1960, 

7,347/68 
iBt  CL  D86m  15/54 
VS.  d  117— 139.S  A  4  Claims 

Process  for  the  softening  of  textile  materials  consisting 
of  or  containing  cellulose  fibers,  wherein  these  materials 
are  treated  with  solutions  or  dispersions  of  reaction  prod- 
ucts of  at  least  3  mols  of  formaldehyde  and  1  mol  of  a 
N-alkyl-urea  or  a  N-alkyl-biuret  containing  14  to  22  car- 
bon atoms  in  the  alkyl  radical. 


3,671,311 

APPLYING  ELECTROCONDUCnVE  HEATING 

CIRCUITS  TO  GLASS 

MOtM  S^l^niopol,  Brackenridge,  and  Tloiiias  P.  Saydcr, 

Pll^iirgh,  Pa.,  aarignors  to  PPG  Indnstries,  Inc.,  Pitts. 

oorgli.  Pa. 
Contimiation-in-part  of  applications  Ser.  No.  737,907, 

June  18,  1968,  and  Ser.  No.  826,433,  Mgy  21,  1969. 

Hds  application  July  1,  1969,  Ser.  No.  838,163 

WTO  ^  Jjtq.B44di/7«;C83ci7/M.i7/70 

UA  CL  117—211  9  Claims 


§-29 


Applying  a  decorative  coating  or  design  of  electrocon- 
ductive  material  to  a  glass  base.  When  the  base  is  trans- 
parent, the  resulting  article  is  useful  as  a  readily  heated 
window  from  which  fog  and  ice  can  be  readily  removed 
on  heating.  A  frit  composition  having  an  appropriate  co- 
efficient of  expansion,  an  appropriate  maturing  tempera- 
ture, and  which  matures  into  a  rough,  porous  coating,  is 
applied  to  a  glass  sheet  surface  in  the  circuit  pattern 
desired,  the  sheet  is  heated  and  then  cooled  rapidly  to 
produce  a  tempered  glass  sheet  having  a  rou^.  porous  frit 
coating  confOTming  to  the  pattern  desired  for  the  electro- 
conductive  heating  circuit,  and  a  conductive  metal  coating 
is  selectively  deposited  on  the  rough,  porous  frit  by  electro- 
less  plating.  The  frit  may  be  sensitized  by  incorporating  a 
minor  amoimt  of  a  sensitizing  metal  therein  or  by  apply- 
ing a  sensitizing  composition. 


3,671,312 

METHOD  FOR  MANUFACTURING  MAGNEHC 
THIN  FILM  ELEMENT 

Yosfalo  MDrakami,  Yokohma,  Iwao  HigasUMkMawa. 
Kawasaki,  NobnaU  Yasnda,  ZnsU,  and  Syoao  TAk^ 
YokohaDui,  Japan,  aarignora  to  Tokyo-Shlbanf  — 
trie  Co.,  Ltd.,  KawMBU-iU,  Japan 

FUed  Jn|y  29, 1978,  Ser.  No.  5931 

.,-   «.  laL  CLBMU 10/06 

VS.  CL  117—212  4  ^„_ 

A  method  for  vapor  depositing  a  magnetic  thin  film  ele- 

ment  mainly  comi»ising  nickel  Ni  and  iron  Fe  on  the  sur- 


1070 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


face  of  a  substrate  within  a  magnetic  field  in  an  atmos-  iron.  The  contaminants  present  in  the  pores  are  sub- 
phere  of  inert  gas  at  a  pressure  of  1 X  lO"'  to  5X  10->  sequenUy  removed  by  immersing  the  conUct  disc  in  a  dis- 
solving agent,  and  the  remaining  natural  oxides  of  the 
tungsten  are  removed  from  the  walls  of  the  pores  by 
cathodic  reduction,  so  as  to  create  large  pore  sites  which 
are  free  of  oxides  and  contaminants.  Next,  there  is  ap- 
plied a  coating  of  a  diifusion-absorbing  metal,  such  as 
nickel,  to  the  contact  disc  to  provide  a  diffusion-absorbing 
layer  for  an  outer  film  of  gold.  The  gold  lining  the  pore 
sites  is  applied  with  a  thickness  sufficient  to  maintain 
an  amount  of  non-alloyed  gold  on  the  contact  turface 
after  some  of  the  gold  has  been  diffusion  absorbed  by  the 
underlying  nickel  layer.  During  electrical  switching  op- 
erations, the  gold  alloys  with  the  nickel,  and  the  gold  and 
gold  alloy  lining  the  pore  surfaces  are  effective  to  prevent 
oxide  formation  on  the  pore  surfaces  and  to  substantially 
reduce  surface  destruction  by  the  arc  heat,  thereby  af- 
fording a  longer  contact  operating  life. 


nun.  Hg,  to  form  a  uniform  magnetic  thin  film  with  re- 
duced variations  in  the  direction  of  the  easy  axis. 


M7U13 

SURFACE  CONTAMINANT  REMOVAL. 

Rkkard  A.  RejMlds,  Didlaa,  Tcz^  MrigMr  to  Texas 

Instnuncnfs  Incwpomtod,  Dallas,  Tex. 

Filed  Not.  13,  IMf ,  Ssr.  No.  87M46 

iHt  CL  H«ll  7100 

UjS.  CL  117—212  It 


I 


3,671,315 

THERMAL  TRANSITION  DESIGN  FOR  VESSELS 
CARRYING  UQUID  CARGOES  AT  NONAMBIENT 
TEMPERATURES 


CUms       F^ank  I.  larasrf,  Middlctowa,  N  J^  aarignor  to  fsM 
RcsearA  and  Eaglnecrtea  Conpainr       i 


•OLiWIMPU 


NOIMTI  WWa  WNCf 


■IMOMC  CaWTIWUHT^ 


QCriaC  CONTACT   tmjA 


_  'CoBupaiiy 

Filed  Aw.  2S,  \n%.  Scr.  No.  32,691 
^k  CL  MSb  25116 


\i&,  0.1114—74  A 


2ClafaBs 


OCHK  *CTivC  M»at  \~^ 


nCmvC  CONTAMHUWfT) 


C^A^OiUTE    «>OTECTti»f»^il 


I 


2^ 


ir. 


nhanK/ mav  ^Hi* 


HI  if  \'  fj  \  t^   I  #   ili^^^ 


In  the  fabrication  of  a  semiconductor  device  having 
active  areas  defined  therein,  surface  contaminants  are  re- 
moved by  bombarding  the  defined  areas  with  hydrogen 
ions.  The  hydrogen  ion  bombardment  is  completed  in 
an  evacuated  chamber  backfilled  with  hydrogen  to  a 
pressure  on  the  order  of  100  microns  of  Hg.  A  glow 
discharge  is  established  in  the  backfilled  evacuated  cham- 
ber to  produce  atomic  hydrogen  that  reacts  with  the 
contaminants  which  then  desorb  the  semiconductor  sur- 
face. A  protective  film  is  evaporated  over  the  cleaned 
surface  to  prevent  further  contamination  thereof. 


3,471,314 
TUNGSIEN  ELECIRICAL  SWITCHING 
CONTACTS 
Hcary   CHalon   Gackstettcr,   North   Bnntford,   Harold 
F^raacis  AadenoB,  Girflfoid,   and   Gordoa  WOHain 
Shove,  Momft  CariBel,  Cobb.,  and  LobIb  George  Moria, 
TanrytowB,  N.Y.,  asrignors  to  TV  EchUa  MaanfiKtor- 
faM  CoipontioB,  Braaiord,  Conn. 

Filed  Jaa.  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  4,784 

laL  CL  B44d  1/34;  B22f  7/00 

UJS.  CL  117—213  13  Oafans 


An  externally  insulated  integral  tanker  vessel  intended 
especially  for  the  transport  of  liquid  cargoes  at  tempera- 
tures differing  from  ambient  temperature,  including  bow 
and  stern  sections,  joined  to  the  cargo  midbody,  which 
is  at  the  temperature  of  the  cargo,  in  such  a  manner  as 
to  maintain  substantially  ambient  temperatures  through- 
out the  end  portions  of  the  tanker  hull.  Toward  this  end 
there  is  provided  a  temperature  transition  area  or  com- 
partment at  each  end  of  the  cargo  midbody  section  to 
minimize  the  thermal  stresses  that  normally  would  oc- 
cur between  the  cold  hull  of  the  midbody  and  the  rela- 
tively warm  hull  at  either  end  of  the  tanker.  The  entire 
hull  is  constructed  as  a  continuous  shell  similar  to  that 
of  a  conventional  vessel.  The  shell  plating  in  the  tran- 
sition area  is  insulated  internally  and  externally  in  such 
a  manner  as  to  reduce  the  temperature  gradient  between 
the  cold  hull  steel  of  the  midbody  and  the  warm  steel 
at  the  end.  The  insulation  gradually  is  tapered  along  the 
shell  so  as  to  control  the  heat  input  to  the  plating  as  a 
function  of  the  distance  away  from  the  cold  midbody 
steel.  This  acts  to  extend  the  length  of  the  thermal  tran- 
sition, thereby  reducing  the  thermal  gradient  and  result- 
ing thermal  stresses  in  the  vessel's  hull. 


ETiJbl 


3,471,314 
METHOD    FOR    SEPARATING    FRUCTOSE    AND 
GLUCOSE  FROM  SUGAR  SOLUTION  CONTAIN- 
ING FRUCTOSE  AND  GLUCOSE  THEREIN 
RyoU  TatnU,  14  Azo  TcramacU, 


1        Kyoi 

I  _Go8ho9iwara,jlapan 

Drawiag. 


A  tungsten  contact  disc  is  treated  by  burnishing  so  as 

to  smooth  and  compact  the  contact  surface  and  remove 

the  surface-crazed  metals  and  oxides,  while  simultaneous- 

'^    ly  filling  the  surface  pores  with  a  contaminant  such  as 


No  1>rawiag.  Filed  Feb.  1,  197l7Ser.  No.  111,422 

Oafans  prfoitty,  application  lapaa,  Feb.  4,  )970, 

45/10,012 

bt  CL  C13k  3/00 

U.S>  CL  127—44  R  9  Clafans 

Method  for  the  separation  of  glucose  from  fructose  in 

a  solution  thereof  which  involves  complexing  the  glucose 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1071 


with  sodium  chloride.  The  complex  containing  the  glucose 
is  crystallized  out  of  solution  and  separated  as  by  filtra- 
tion. 


3,471,317 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  FUEL  CELL  ELECTRODES 

Ernest  RifUn,  Dc  Witt,  N.Y.,  asrignor  to  United  Airaraft 

CorporatioB,  East  Haitford,  Conn. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Feb.  10,  1970,  Ser.  No.  10,145 

Int  CL  HOlm  27/00;  BOlk  3/04 

VA  CL  117—214  3  Claims 

In  expensive  screen  substrates  for  fuel  cell  electrodes 
are  provided  with  a  nonporous  vinylidene  fluoride  corro- 
sion resistant  coating.  Thereafter,  a  second,  metal  par- 
ticle and  porous  polymer,  coating  is  provided.  Cure  of  the 
second  coating  must  be  compatible  with  the  first  coating 
and  monitored  to  prevent  the  flow  of  the  polymer  in  the 
second  coating  so  that  a  porous  structure  with  the  desired 
hydropbilic  properties  and  conductive  properties  preferred 
in  electrode  structure  can  be  obtained. 


zinc  battery,  by  sintering  a  mixture  of  zinc  oxide  and  cer- 
tain additive  oxides  such  as  zirconium  oxide,  and  form- 
ing a  solid  solution  of  a  portion  of  the  zinc  oxide  and 
said  additive  oxide,  said  sintered  solid  solution  forming 
a  substantially  inert  matrix  and  the  remainder  of  said 
zinc  oxide  being  free  active  zinc  oxide. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  127—46  see: 
Patent  No.  3,671,316 


3,471,318 

METHOD  FOR  PRODUCING  A  WATER 

ACnVATABLE  BATTERY 

George  Moc,  Santa  Ana,  CaHf  .,  asaignor  to  McDonnell 

Dovglas  Corporation,  Santa  Monica,  Calif. 

Filed  June  12, 1949,  Ser.  No.  832,418 

Int  a.  HOlm  35/00 

UJS,  a.  134—4  8  Clafans 


A  water  activatable  battery  comprising  as  components 
a  pair  of  electrodes,  e.g.  Ag-Zn,  in  the  fully  charged  state 
and  a  separator,  e.g.  composed  of  olivine,  between  them, 
the  components  being  substantially  dry  and  having  the 
evaporation  residue  of  an  aqueous  alkali  electrolyte  solu- 
tion, e.g.  KOH,  substantially  uniformly  distributed 
throughout.  Method  for  producing  the  above  battery 
comprising  adding  an  aqueous  alkali  electrolyte  solution 
to  a  battery  having  as  components  a  pair  of  electrodes 
of  opposite  polarity  and  a  separator  between  them,  fully 
charging  the  elecU-odes,  drying  the  battery  at  elevated 
temperatures  umil  substantially  all  of  the  water  from  the 
electrolyte  solution  is  removed. 


3,47L319 
BATTERY  ELECTRODE  AND  BATTERY 
EMBODYING  SAME 
F^ank    C    Arrancc,    Costa    Mesa,    CaUf.,    asaigiior   to 
McDonneD  Douglas  Corporation,  Santa  Monica,  CaUf. 
FUed  Aug.  4, 1949,  Scr.  No.  847,332 
hoL  d  HOlm  35/00, 43J02 
VS.  CL  134—4  15  Claims 

Production  of  zinc  electrode  of  improved  strength  and 
reduced  solubility  in  alkali  solution  and  having  improved 
capacity  retention  during  deep  disch^ge  cycling  when  em- 
ployed in  a  high  energy  density  battery,  such  as  a  silver- 


3,471,320 
BATTERY  PLATE  TREATMENT  PROCESS 
Bernard  B.  Herman  and  Vincent  P.  Farley,  Jr-  Edtoon, 
N  J.,  assignors  to  GoHon  Indnsbfcs,  Inc.,  Mctochen. 
N,J. 

FDed  Dec  23, 1949,  Ser.  No.  887,549 
.TO  ^   -..    tmtCLHBlm  35/18, 35/30 
UA  a.  13*-75  11  Oafans 

A  process  and  apparatus  for  treating  battery  plates 
formed  by  impregnating  a  porous  substrate  with  a  metal- 
lic nitrate  and  subjecting  the  impregnated  substrate  to  an 
alkaline  earth  hydroxide  for  formation  of  active  material 
in  the  form  of  a  metallic  hydroxide,  with  formation  of 
soluble  nitrates  as  a  by-product,  in  which  the  soluble 
nitrates  are  prevented  from  creating  contamination  of 
the  plates,  by  cathodizing  them  into  ammonia  and  carbon 
dioxide  gas  in  a  tank  having  a  pair  of  electrodes  and 
one  or  more  insulated  electrically  floating  metallic  baflk 
plates  between  the  electrodes. 


3,471,321 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCnON  AND  TREATMENT 

OF  BATTERY  PLATES 
Bernard  B.  Herman  and  Vfaicent  P.  Farley,  Edison,  N  J- 
asrignors  to  Gnlton  Industries,  Inc.,  Metnchen.  NJ. 
Filed  Dec  23, 1949,  Ser.  No.  887,552 
Int  CL  HOlm  35/18.  35/30 
UA  CL  134-75  23  Clafans 

A  process  and  apparatus  for  treatment  of  battery  plates, 
in  which  the  active  material  of  the  plate  is  electrically 
formed  and  decontaminated  by  electrolyzing  without 
direct  connections  to  a  power  source,  by  interposing  the 
active  material  insulatedly  in  a  bath  between  two  ener- 
gized electrodes.  This  is  particularly  useful  in  the  case  of 
battery  plates  formed  by  imiwcgnating  a  porous  substrate 
with  a  metallic  nitrate  and  subjecting  the  impregnated 
substrate  to  an  alkaline  earth  hydroxide  for  formation  of 
active  material  in  the  form  of  a  metallic  hydroxide. 


3,471,322 

EUCTROCHEMICAL    CELL    WITH    ALUMINUM 
ELECTRODES  AND  DIFFERENT  ELECTROLYTE 
CONCENTRATION  IN  TWO  COMPARTMENTS 
Lowen  A.  Kfaig  and  David  W.  Seegmlller,  both  of  Air 
Force  Academy,  C<rio.    80840 
FDed  Ang.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  43,224 
,^„  _  Int  CL  HOlm  ii/OO 

UA  CL  134—83  R  3  Oafans 

An  electrochemical  cell  of  the  thermal  type.  The  cell 
comprises  two  interconnected  compartments  with  separate 
aluminum  electrodes  positioned  in  each  compartment 
The  electrodes  in  turn  are  immersed  in  a  solid  electro- 
lytic material  comprising  a  mixture  of  aluminum  chloride 
and  sodium  chloride. 


w.^,...^  3,471,323 

HYDROPHOBIC  LAYERS  FOR  GAS  DIFFUSION 
„  ^    .  ELECTRODES 

^•'^k'*  *?!"?!.  "?*««^  f^  "*«»  to  Westfaig. 
«         house  Electric  Cmporatfoii,  PHtdmrgh.  Pa. 
Filed  Jan.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2,042 
«r  o  ^   ...    Int  CL  HOlm  27/04. 13/02 
UA  CL  134—84  D  i«  cUbm 

A  gas  difiFusion  electrode  having  a  gas  entrance  side 
and  an  electrolyte  contacting  side  for  use  with  a  liquid 


1072 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


wr. 


JUNB  2(1,  1972 


electrolyte  and  a  gas  in  an  electrochemical  cell,  comprises 
a  coherent  porous  body,  containing  an  electrical  conductor 


on  a  filling  well  and  cooperable  with  the  cell  compartment 
capping  means  so  as  to  close  the  void  space  within  the 
cell  compartment  to  the  atmosphere  during  filling  and 
open  the  void  space  when  the  capping  means  close  the 
filling  well.    ^ 


THERMOELECTRIC  ASSEMBLIES 

lliore  M.  EIMmc*  433  FUffaz  Atc^ 

San  Mateo,  Calif.    94402 

CoottBoatlon  of  appUcattoa  Scr.  No.  781,672,  Oct  10, 

1968,  which  is  a  contiiHuition  of  iqiplication  Scr.  No. 

460409,  Jane  1,  1965.  TUa  appUcaflon  Dec  4,  1969, 

Ser.  No.  876,161 

UtLCLBHU  1/30. 1/32 
VS,  a,  136— 20S  71  Claina 


and  a  hydrophobic  outer  layer  on  the  gas  entrance  side, 
the  hydrophobic  outer  layer  comprising  cloth  material 
impregnated  with  wet  proofing  polymer. 


3,671,324 

SOUD  ELECT1tCM.YTE 

Alano  iDud,  MitBO  Hants,  Yoakitiika  Ogiwa,  and  ShoJI 

Hasegawa,   YokiAanui,  Japan,   aaigaon  to   Tokyo 

ShUNunra  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.,  KawaaaU-aU,  Ji^an 

FUed  June  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,792 

Claims  priority,  i^pHcatlon  Jqpan,  June  5,  1969, 

44/43,635 

Int  CL  HOlm  43/06 

VS.  CL  136—153  2  Claims 


<^ 


( IS  •  Vt  MnO-llMtOt-aHO 


In  the  /3-alumina  solid  electrolyte  using  the  phen<Mnenon 
of  conduction  of  Na-*-  ion,  a  solid  electrolyte  formed  by 
adding  and  baking  0.9  to  20  mol  percent  of  CuO  calcu- 
lated in  terms  of  the  amount  of  a  mixture  of  NagQ,  AlaOii 
and  CttO. 


3,671,325  

SEALING  ASSEMBLY  FOR  STORAGE  BATTERIES 

Vcriin  A.  Modi,  IndianapoHs,  Ind.,  assignor  to  The 

Ridardson  Company,  Melrose  Park,  HL 

FDcd  Apr.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,044 

Int  CL  HOlm  7/00 

VA  CL  136—178  3  Claims 


^s 


A  sealing  assembly  for  the  cell  compartment  of  an 
electric  storage  battery  which  precludes  electrolyte  over- 
filling and  comprising  a  rotatable  sealing  means  mounted 


1^1 1 1  \/  '^  ^12  1 1  y  '1 


A  thermoelectric  assembly  having  bimetallic  )uncti(Mi 
bridge  elements  comprised  of  copper  in  contact  with  end 
plates  permanently  secured  to  the  semiconductor  material 
to  conduct  the  electric  current  passing  through  the  semi- 
conductor material  and  aluminum  fins  for  heat  exchange 
to  air. 


IMUL1 


3,671327 
LTEJUNCnON  THERMOCOUPLES 
Fnak  Mmuo  Gay,  Felizstowc,  Suffolk,  England,  as- 
signor  to  A.  C.  Coasor  Limited,  Hariow,  Essex*  Eng* 


FUed  Mar.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  806,435 
Claims  priority,  appDcation  Great  Britain,  Mar.  13, 1968, 

I  12460/68 

I  Int  CL  HOlT  1/02 

VS.  CL  136—225 


4. 

J 


^9 


te 


20 


£ 


2B 


K- 


^^i 


bt: 


hL 


5 


X 


28 


30 
U 

U- 


A  multijunction  thermocouple  is  made  by  etching  a 
metal  foil  having  differing  metals  to  either  side  of  a 
boundary  line,  so  as  to  leave  a  pattern  which  zig-zags 
across  the  boundary  line  and  forms  a  row  of  junctions 
along  the  boundary  line. 


3^71^28  

SEMICONDUCTOR  TEMPERATURE  SENS^IVE 

MEANS  I 

WilHam  Pnil  Dixon,  Florissant,  Mo.,  and  DsTld  N.  Ken- 
dall, Alton,  m.,  assignors  to  McDmmell  Douglas  Cor- 
p<watlon,  St  Lmiis,  Mo.  T 

Filed  Ang.  28, 1967,  Scr.  No.  663,757 
Trt.  CL  HOlv  1/04  1 

U.S.  CL  136—230  11  Claims 

A  temperature  measuring  thermocouple  device  con- 
structed of  at  least  two  semiconductor  materials  having 
differing  thermoelectric  properties,  said  materials  having 
adjacent  surfaces  arranged  and  constructed  tQ  form  a 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1073 


thermoelectric  junction  therebetween  for  exposing  to  a 
temperature  condition  to  be  sensed  and  measured,  said 
device  also  having  electrical  coimection  means  attached 


tially  resin-free  and  comprises  a  pulverulent  metal  in 
intimate  mixture  with  the  residue  from  a  hexavaknt- 
chromium-containing  coating  composition  for  metal  sub- 
strates. The  residue  is  water  insoluble  and  is  obtained  by 
heating  the  substrate  containing  an^ied  coating  compo- 
sition and  also  UMitaining  the  pulverulent  metal. 


3,671,332 
METAL  TREATING  PROCESS 
Weracr  Ransdi,  Stierrtadt,  TammiL  and  HaM  Yoa« 
Oci  and  Siegfried  MoDcr,  F^anMnt  am  Main,  Go^ 


to  each  of  the  semiconductor  materials  at  plates  thereon 
remote  from  the  junction  for  connection  to  suitable  meter 
means. 


3,671,329 
APPARATUS  FOR  SENSING  TEMPERATURE 
Ronald  G.  Hnff,  North  Ofansted,  Ohio,  assignor  to  the 
UnMad  States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Ad- 
of  Oc  National  Acronantks  and  Space 


U.S.  CL  136—233 


FUed  Not.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  877,717 
Int  CL  GOlk  7/02.  13/02;  HOlv  1/04 


12  Claims 


many,  asrignors  to  Ho<Aer  Chonical  Coiporatlon, 

Niagara  Falls,  N.Y.  i~-— — . 

No  Drawfaig.  Ffled  Juhr  15,  1969,  Scr.  No.  84L993 

Int  CL  C23f  7/10 

VS.  CL  148-^17  3  ChriiM 

An  immersion  phosphating  process  for  iron  and  steel 
wherein  the  steel  is  contacted  at  room  temperature  to  50* 
C.  with  a  zinc  phosphate  solution  containing  nitrite  and  at 
least  one  soluble  reducing  sulfur-oxygen  compound  in 
which  the  sulfur  has  a  positive  valence  of  from  2  to  5. 
Suitable  compounds  include  NajSO,,  NajSaO,,  NaaSs04 
and  NaaSaOs- 


3,671,333 

COA-reD  REFLECTIVE  SURFACE  AND  METHOD 

OF  MAKING  SAME 

Bcnlandn  Mosicr,  HoastM,  Tcz.,  assignor  to 

Esqnfarc,IiBC 

FDsd  June  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  831,617 

,^^  _  Int  CL  C23f  7/05 

VS.  CL  148—6.27  25  Oafans 


Measuring  the  surface  temperature  of  a  wall  heated  by 
a  flowing  fluid  without  disturbing  the  foundry  layer.  A 
thin  electrical  conductor  forming  a  thermocouple  jimc- 
tion  is  covered  by  a  layer  of  protective  material  to  guide 
the  fk>w  of  fluid  over  the  junction. 


3,671,330 
REMOVAL  OF  ACCEPTOR  IMPURTIIES  FROM 
HIGH  PURITY  GERMANIUM 
Robert  N.  HaD,  Schenectady,  N. Y.,  aaslgwir  to 
General  Electric  Company 
No  Drawfaig.  FUed  Oct  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,788 
Int  CL  C22b  41/00 
VS,  CL  14S— 1.6  8  Claims 

Ultra-pure  germanium  is  prepared  free  of  acceptor  im- 
purities by  melting  zone  refined,  or  comparable  purity, 
germanium  in  a  quartz  crucible  and  growing  single  crys- 
tals from  the  melt  by  seed  crystal  withdrawal  ingot  growth. 
The  process  is  repeated  until  the  desired  purity  is  ob- 
tained. Prior  to  re-use  of  previously  used  crucibles,  cruci- 
bles are  etched  to  remove  acceptor-quartz  reaction  prod- 
uct from  the  surface  thereof. 


ctrjtuiM^ 

eoiiac 

Mttn/ 

co/tru^^ 

V  --- 

r 

. 

t 

— 

.3/mrr 

1,^^^ 

i-—- 

— 

>v 

»f7W 

^ 

. 

JK51K 

- 

3,671,331 
dCOATED  METAL  AND  METHOD 
Ining  Malkin,  Univerrity  Heights,  Bert  E.  Pafan,  Mc^or, 
Jon  A.  dc  Riddcr,  Ashtabula,  and  Victor  V.  Gcrmano, 
MentorH>n-thc-Lakc    (Miio,    assignors    to    Diamond 
Shamrock  Corporation,  Cleveland,  Ohio 
No  Drawing.  Continnatlon-in-pwt  of  appHcation  Scr.  No. 
729,918,  May  17, 1968.  TUs  application  Mar.  16, 1970, 
Ser.  No.  20,085 

Int  CL  C23f  7/26 
VS.  CL  148—6.2  25  Clafans 

A  weldable,  adherent  coating  provides  enhanced  corro- 
sion protection  for  metal  substrates  as  well  as  augmenting 
paint  adhesion  to  such  substrates.  The  coating  is  substan- 


Reflective  aliuninum  surface  for  high  powered  fixtures 
are  improved  by  applying  a  natural  or  synthetic  hydro- 
philic  colloid  to  the  surface.  Usually  the  colloid  is  ai^riied 
during  anodizing  of  the  aluminum  surface.  In  one  form 
the  colloid  is  tanned  or  cross-linked  to  provide  a  more 
durable  coating.  In  an  especially  preferred  embodiment, 
the  colloid  and  tonning  agent  are  both  present  in  the 
anodizing  bath  so  that  the  coUcMd  forms  a  coUidate  and 
is  tanned  during  anodizing.  In  any  event,  the  coUcnd  is 
chemically  absorbed  (chemisorbed)  and/or  electrolitically 
deposited  on  the  surface.  The  coatings  are  roach  thinner, 
eg-  Mo  to  Vi  the  thickness  of  normal  anodized  coatings. 


3,671334 

HIGH-STRENGTH  STEEL  HAVING  AGING 

PROPERTIES 

John  H.  Bnchcr,  Bethel  Park,  and  John  F.  Held,  Vctowl 

Pa^  assignors  to  Jones  *  LanghHn  Steel  Corporation, 

nttsborps,  Pa. 

FDcd  Ang.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,073 
,r «.  ^  -     *^  ^  C21d  7/14:  ClU  39/54 
VS.  CL  148—123  14  Chdms 

Steels  having  the  following  ccHnposition:  .08  to  .18% 
carbon;  .3  to  1.0%  manganese;  .01  to  .05%  columbium; 
.008  to  .014%  nitrogen;  .10%  maximum  silicon;  less  than 


.TirvR   9.n     1079. 


1074 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


Junk  20,  1972 


a  total  of  approximately  .02%  of  the  nitride-forming  ele- 
ments aluminum,  zirconium,  vanadium  and  titanium;  and 
the  balance  essentially  iron,  after  appropriate  processing, 
have  yield  strengths  of  30,000  to  70,000  p.s.i.  in  hot-rolled 
and  cold-rolled  conditions  and  yield  strengths  of  70,000  to 
90,000  p.s.i.  after  straining  and  aging. 


T 


R^RACTORY  SEPARATING 


3,671^3S 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  A  SEMICON- 

DUCrOR  PHOTO-SENSmVE  DEVICE 

AUUro  FaJiL  YokohaouMU,  Japa%  anigMir  to  Tokyo 

SUbaura  Electtk  Co^  Ltd^  KawanU-afal,  Japaa 

Filed  Dec  5, 1M9,  Scr.  No.  882,679 
Claiou  priority,  appttcatioB  lapaa,  Dec  9,  1968, 
J  43/89,594 

lat  CL  Htll  7/36, 5/00:  C23c  13/00 


VS,  CL  14»-.17S 


NON-REACnVE  

g>ATlNGS  FOR  ELECnUCiyL  STEELS 

Nofuuui  M>  PirUt,  PitMNH^L  PSt,  MriiBor  to  Wcftfaic> 

hoMB  Dcdrlc  CovponfkNii,  PUttbaiiki  Pa. 
No  Dnwii«.  OriglMl  anMlcalkw  Nor.  6,  1967,  Scr.  No. 
681,026,  BOW  PatcM  No.  3,523,837.  DMdcd  aad  tkis 
iVpUcatkMi  Mar.  25,  1978,  Scr.  No.  22,682 
lit.  CL  H81f  1/18 
VS,  CL  14ft-2S  3  CbbM 

An  aqueous  slurry  comprising  about  60%  by  weight 
of  Al^s,  based  on  the  weight  of  the  water,  and  small 
amounts  of  polyvinyl  alcohol  and  an  organic  suspending 
agent  (more  particularly,  a  cellulosic  suspending  agent), 
is  applied  to  electrical  sheet  steel  and  dried  thereon  to  pro- 
vide a  relatively  thin  and  uniform  separating  coating.  A 
plurality  of  such  coated  sheets  may  be  stacked  or  a  single 
such  slMet  may  be  coiled  for  final  annealing  at  elevated 
temperature. 


3,671,336 

mGH-STRENGTH  PLAIN  CARBON  STEELS 

HAVING  IMPROVED  FORMABIUTy 

Mkhad  KorchyMky,  John  DtTid  Groiicr,  aad  Jokn  L. 

Mihcttch,  Bethel  Park,  Pa.,  aarfgaon  to  Ioms  ft  Langh- 

Ub  Stcd  CocporathM,  PUtaburgh,  Pa. 

No  Drawii«.  Filed  July  16,  1969,  Scr.  No.  842,338 

lot  CL  C22c  39/54 

U.S.  CL  148—36  6  Oafaiu 

Fully  killed  high-strength  plain  carbon  steels  consist- 
ing essentially  of  .06%  to  .20%  carbon,  .4%  to  1.2% 
manganese,  .005%  to  .3%  silicon,  .04%  maximum  sulfur, 
.04%  maximum  [^osphorus,  an  inclusion  shape  control 
agent  comprising  .05%  to  .20%  zirconium,  or  .01%  to 
.10%  of  rare  earths  or  .01%  to  .10%  mischmetal,  balance 
iron  are  characterized  in  a  hot-rolled  finished  condition  by 
a  yield  strength  in  excess  of  35,000  p.s.i.,  an  ultimate  ten- 
sile strength  in  excess  of  55,000  p.s.i.,  ductility  as  measured 
by  percent  elongation  (2  inches)  in  excess  of  30%,  good 
toughness  and  superior  formability.  The  steels  are  hot- 
rolled  finished  in  the  temperature  range  1550*  F.  to  1650° 
F.,  cooled  at  a  rate  within  the  temperature  range  20*  F. 
to  135*  F.  per  second  and  collected  by  coiling  or  piling 
within  a  temperature  range  of  900*  F.  to  1200*  F.,  pref- 
erably between  1025*  F.  to  1175*  F. 


14b       14a    13  1| 


12  Claims 


16     17    18 


Ji  method  of  manufacturing  a  semiconductor  photo- 
sensitive device  includes  the  steps  oi  forming  a  poly  crys- 
tal formation  layer  on  the  flat  surface  of  an  N-type  semi- 
conductor substrate  excluding  the  peripheral  edge  there- 
of, depositing  a  crystal  layer  on  the  surface  including  a 
poly  crystal  region  overUying  the  poly  crystal  formation 
layer,  forming  a  plurality  cl  FN  junctions  in  the  op- 
posite surface  of  the  substrate,  and  removing  the  poly 
crystal  region,  thereby  forming  a  recess  structure  substrate. 


>ND1 


3^(71,339 

METHOD  OF  FABRICATING  SEMICONDUCTOR 

DEVICES  HAVING  ALLOYED  JUNCTIONS 
HMco  TatCBo  aad  Kmrihara  Ncnoto,  Toky<k  Japaa,  as- 
4pMNri  to  NippoB  Electric  Conpuy,  Limited,  Tokyo, 
Japan 

Filed  Sept  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  861,088 
Paima  priority,  appiicatioa  Japwa,  Sept  38, 1968, 
I  ^^  43/71^19 

I  *  lat  CL  H81I  7/¥5 

U.S.  CL  148—179  2  CfadaM 


A  method  of  fabricating  alloyed  junction  semiconduc- 
tor devices  is  disclosed  in  which  the  junction  is  prepared 
in  the  form  of  a  mesa  having  a  predetermined  position 
and  configuration.  The  alloy  junction  is  formed  within 


that  protrusion,  thereby  to  control  the  spread 
ing  material. 


of  the  alloy- 


3,671j337 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  GRAIN  ORIENTED 
ELECntOMAGNEHC  STEEL  SHEETS  HAVING 
EXCELLENT  MAGNETIC  CHARACTERISTiCS 
Ko  Kanai,  Mlaoni  MoCoyoAi,  KlyoAi  Taaaka,  aad 
YaanUra  HaUwara,  Wbm/JL  Jqpaa,  aarigaors  to  ^nppoB 
Stad  CoiporattoB,  CUyoOfrJn,  Tokyo,  Japaa 
Filed  Feb.  5, 1978.  Scr.  No.  8,926 
ClaiBH  priority,  appiiiatioa  Japaa,  Feb.  21,  1969, 
44/13,874 
lat  CL  H81f  i/i6 
U.S.  CL  148—111  8  Clainifl 

A  process  for  producing  grain  oriented  electromagnetic 
steel  sheets  having  excellent  magnetic  characteristics.  The 
steel  contains  MnS  within  a  critical  range  and  the  Si  con- 
tent of  said  fteri  is  contrc^ed  by  the  inclusion  therein  of 
Al  as  a  deoxidant  The  process  comprises  slab-heating  a 
slab  of  the  above-described  steel  at  about  1150*  C.  to 
about  1280*  C.  and  then  hot  rolling  the  steel  followed  by  a 
two-step  cold-rolling  operation  with  an  intermediate  an- 
nealing step. 


3,671,348  

TRANSISTOR  DEVICE  WTTH  PLATEAU  EMTITER 

AND  METHOD  FOR  MAKING  THE  SAME 
Toaliiaki  trie,  Katsao  Sato,  aad  YodiiyaU  Naako,  Tobro, 
lapaa,  anigaorB  to  Nl^oa  Electric  Coiapaay,  Lun- 
itcd,  Tokyo,  Ji^aa 
ApplicatiOB  May  14,  1969,  Scr.  No.  827,101,  bow  Patent 
No.  3,538,343,  dated  Sept  22,  1978,  which  is  a  con- 
ianatioB  of  ^n^Hcatioa  Scr.  No.  571^04,  Aug.  9, 1966. 
Divided  aad  tftda  appHcattoa  Feb.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No. 
f,348 

lat  CL  H811  7/44 
UA  CL  14S— 187  2  CUms 


A  semiconductor  device  and  a  method  fot  making  the 
same,  in  which  diffusion  of  impurities  forming  the  col- 


ItVTtL 


nFFTPTAT,  riA7F.TTF 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1076 


lector  and  emitter  areas  of  the  device  are  confined  to 
raised  portions  of  the  substrate.  Undesired  lateral  diffu- 
sion of  the  impiuities  is  thus  eliminated. 


3,671,341 
DENSE  PROPELLANT  COMPOSITION 
Aitknr  Jack  DIaraU,  CUaa  Lake,  Calif.,  aarigaor  to  the 
Uaitad  Stataa  of  AaMrica  ai  reprcacatcd  by  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Navy 

No  Drawiag.  Piled  Jaac  24,  1965,  Scr.  No.  467,826 
lat  CL  C06d  5/06 
VS,  CL  149—19  3  Claion 

A  propellant  which  has  a  flame  temperature  of  4700* 
F.  or  lower.  It  consists  of  a  mixture  of  Teflon,  Viton,  a 
dense  metal  oxidizer  such  as  mercuric  oxide,  and  a  heavy 
metal  such  as  uranium. 


3,671,342 
DYNAMTIE  COMPOSITION  CONTAINING 
EXPANDED  THERMOPLASTIC  BEADS 
Fhmk  E.  SlawiaaU,  Taaiaqua,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Atlas 
Chemical  ladastiics,  lac,  Wilmington,  Del. 
No  Diawii^  Filed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  424 
lat  CL  C06b  1/00,  1/04.  19/04 
VS,  CL  149—21  12  Claims 

A  dynamite  composition  comprising  an  inorganic  oxi- 
dizer salt,  a  liquid  sensitizer,  a  gelatinizing  agent,  and 
expanded  thermoplastic  beads  and  a  method  of  making 
it.  Thermoplastic  beads,  preferably  of  polystyrene,  con- 
taining a  blowing  agent  such  as  entrapped  gas  are  ex- 
panded with  heat  and  are  mixed  with  the  inorganic  oxi- 
dizer salt,  the  liquid  sensitizer,  and  the  gelatinizing  agent. 


3,671,345 
POROMERIC    MATEIUAL    HAVING    A    PATENT 

LEATHER-TYPE    FINISH    AND    PROCESS    FOR 

MAKING 
Jon  F.  Barnes  aad  James  L.  J<rimsoa,  Aknm,  Ohio,  aa- 

aignors  to  The  General  Tire  ft  Robber  Company 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Dec  11,  1969,  Scr.  No.  884,328 

Int  a.  B32b  5/18 

UA  CI.  156—77  16  ciaima 

A  process  of  making  a  poromeric  material  with  a  patent 
leather-type  finish  comprising  the  steps  of  casting  a  layer 
of  irfiase-invertable  polymer  solution,  comprising  an  ex- 
tended urethane  polymer,  a  polyvinyl  chloride  resin,  and 
a  water  miscible  solvent,  onto  a  releasable  substrate,  plac- 
ing the  layer  in  a  steam  atmosphere  to  phase-invert  the 
solution  and  to  proiuct  a  poromeric  material  with  a 
patent  leather-type  finish  on  the  side  erf  the  material  ad- 
jacent the  releasable  substrate,  drying  and  removing  the 
poromeric  material  from  the  releasable  substrate.  This 
invention  also  includes  the  products  made  by  this  process. 


3,671,346 

METHOD  OF  WATER  SEALING  SEGMENTS 

Yosfahro  Tsnzuki,  888  Sdjo-cho  Sctagaya-kn, 

Tokyo,  Japan 

FUed  Jaa.  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  792,236 

Clalnia  priority,  appUcatioa  Japaa,  No?.  11, 1968, 

43/79,941;  Dec  18, 1968,  43/98,862 

lat  CL  F16I  ii/72;  H85b  5/iO 

U.S.  CL  156—145  1  cfadm 


3,671,343 
COMPOSITION  FDR  EXPLOSIVES  COMPRISING  AN 

ALLOY  OF  MAGNESIUM  AND  CERIUM 
Hdas    Gawiicfc,    Fteth,    Bavaria,    Goathcr   Maroadei, 
Eriaagea,  aad  Werner  SiegeUa,  Steta  bci  Nnraberg, 
Gcnaaay,  aasigBors  to  Dyaamit  Nobel  Akticagesell. 
idiaft,  Troisdorf ,  Genaaay 

No  Drawfaig.  FUed  Oct  31,  1969,  Scr.  No.  873,108 

CfadoH  priority,  appUcation  Gcnnaay,  Nov.  2,  1968, 

P  18  06  548.8 

lat  CL  C06b  15/00 

VS.  a.  149—37  13  ciahM 

Composition  oi  matter  suitable  for  use  as  an  explosive 

primer  or  noisemaker  comprising: 

(a)  20-70  wt.  percent  of  an  alloy  of  cerium  and  mag- 
neshun  in  the  proportion  of  cerium  to  magnesiiun  of 
4:6  to  8.5:1.5, 

(b)  80-30  wt.  percent  of  an  inorganic  oxidizer  for  ex- 
plosives. 


A  system  for  sealing  joints  between  segments  arranged 
beside  each  other  to  line  a  cavity  such  as  a  tunnel.  Each 
segment  has  a  grooved  side  edge  abutting  an  adjoining 
segment  to  form  a  joint  therewith.  A  bituminous  material 
is  situated  within  the  groove  at  the  joint  and  an  electrical 
conductor  is  also  situated  in  the  groove,  current  being 
supplied  to  the  conductor  for  heating  the  bituminous  ma- 
terial so  that  it  will  spread  and  fill  the  joint.  The  supply 
of  electrical  current  to  the  conductor  is  then  terminated 
so  that  the  bituminous  material  will  harden  in  the  joint, 
providing  an  effective  water  seal. 


3  671,344 
PROCESS  OF  ETCIfl^G  METAL  WITH  AMMO- 
NIUM PERSULFATE  WITH  RECOVERY  AND 
RECYCLING 
'®l"  ^J£*  CUaag,  Craabeiy,  aad  Bernard  J,  Hogya, 

fr'!5?'2f^  ^•'•»  •«*«"0"  to  FMC  Corporattoa,  New 
York,  N.Y. 

No  DrawtaM.  FUed  Dec  4,  1978,  Scr.  No.  95,398 

WT-    ^  lit  CL  C23f  7/00;  H05k  5/00 

UA  CL  156-19  7  ciahas 

Process  for  etching  copper  with  an  aqueous  persulfate 
solution,  in  which  the  etching  solution  is  repeatedly  re- 
activated over  an  extended  period  of  time  by  repeated  re- 
moval of  metal  sulfate  values  and  ammonium  sulfate  and 
in  which  substantial  hydrolysis  of  the  persulfate  occurs 
during  said  extended  period.  A  compound  yielding  an 
orthophosphate  ion  is  added  to  the  composition  of  the 
etching  solution  during  this  period  to  maintain  the  total 
I^KMi^ate  ion  concentration  at  0.1  to  0.35  M/1.  and  at 
apHof  1.2  to  1.8. 

899  O.Q.— 39 


3,671,347 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  ATTACHING 
A   REINFORCING   MATERIAL   TO   A   SUDY. 
FASTENER  CHAIN 
Keiichi  YosUcda,  Knrobe-shL  'apaa,  aasignor  to  Yoshida 
Kocyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Japaa 
FDcd  Nov.  3, 1978,  Scr.  No.  86,416 
lat  CL  B32b  31/10;  B65c  9/36 
UA  CL  156—160  8  Cbdnifl 

Method  a^d  apparatus  for  attaching  a  reinforcing  ma- 
terial to  a  slide  fastener  chain  wherein  the  reinforcing 
material  is  secured  in  position  on  the  slide  fastener  chain 
in  a  series  of  steps  in  a  mechanical  cycle  comjx-ising 
advancing  a  fastener  chain  in  a  horizontal  path  of  travel 
to  a  predetermined  point  at  which  the  mechanical  cycle 
commences,  holding  a  predetermined  length  of  the  chain 
taut  in  position,  positioning  a  reinforcement  strip  sub- 
stantially at  right  angles  to  the  plane  of  the  chain  and 
moving  the  said  strip  transversely  across  the  path  of 


June  20.  1972 


n'LXTMiK-m  A  T 


I 


1076 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


1- 


travel  of  the  chain  until  it  is  folded  in  half  on  itself  relatively  narrow  area  of  the  tubular  section  at  the  man- 
around  one  edge  of  the  space  section  of  the  chain,  and  drel  to  cause  the  projecting  portion  to  turn  inwardly  and 
pressing  the  reinforcement  strip  adhesively  into  position  form  a  flange  to  which  a  bottom  sheet  canbe  readily 


on  the  said  space  section,  the  said  mechanical  cycle  being 
coordinated  with  intermittent  advancement  of  the  fas^ 
teller  chain. 


3,<71,348 

PRODUCTION  OF  TUBULAR  ARTICLES 

Kenneth  KoMcy-Boanc,  Hvpoidcn,  FnglMni,  aaignor 

to  EuUdi  Calico  Limited,  Manchester,  En^and 

Filed  Mv.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,937 

Cfarfms  priority,  appHcattoa  Great  Britain,  Mar.  29, 1969, 

16,592/M 

1atClBt5k81/00 

VA  CL  156—187  8  Cbiou 


The  iHresent  invention  invention  relates  to  improvements 
in  the  production  of  tubular  articles  produced  by  form- 
ing a  strip  of  a  plastics  material  having  an  insert  em- 
bedded therein,  helically  winding  the  strip  onto  a  mandrel 
so  that  ad^cent  edge  portions  overlap,  bonding  or  weld- 
ing the  overlai^ing  edge  portions,  the  improvement  being 
that  reinforcing  ribs,  integral  with  and  angled  away  from 
the  continuous  container  wall  are  formed  by  usmg  as  the 
insert,  a  length  of  profiling  strip  and  forcing  a  portira  of 
the  plastics  material  of  the  strip  into  conformity  with  a 
portion  of  the  embedded  profiling  insert. 


3,671,349 
APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING  ROUND 
BOTTOM     PLASTIC     LINERS     FOR     SHIPPING 
CONTAINERS 

Edward  B.  Weiliake,  Jr.,  307  Lincohi  Atc., 
Havortown,  Pa.    19203 
Filed  Aof.  22, 1969,  Ser.  No.  852,418 
bt  CL  B29c  17/06 
VA  CL  156—229  5  Claims 

A  method  of  making  a  removable  plastic  lino'  for  con- 
tainers wherein  a  flexible  plastic  tubular  section  is  loosely 
draped  over  a  relatively  narrow  disc-like  mandrel  until  a 
relatively  short  end  portion  thereof  projects  beyond  the 
numdrel  and  mechanically  or  pneiunatically  expanding  a 


bonded,  the  invention  making  it  possible  to  drape  the  tu- 
bular section  over  and  remove  it  from  the  mandrel  with 
relative  ease. 


I  3,671,350 

METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  A  PLASTId 

SHOPPING  BAG 
Edward  B.  WcaOake,  Jr.,  307  lincoin  Ave, 

tHavcrtown,  Pa.     19203 
Filed  Dec  24, 1969,  Ser.  No.  887,807 
1M.  CI  B32h  31/08,  31/20 
VJS.  CL  156—250  5  Claims 


^^/  ^ 


^ 


Mettod  for  making  an  over-the-arm  jrfastic  bag  of  poly- 
ethylene and  similar  thermoplastic  resins  which  comprises 
feeding  tubular  side-gusseted  plastic  stock  through  a  per- 
forator or  cutter  station  and  then  through  a  heat  sealing 
station  where  a  generally  rectangular  perforated  or  cut 
area  is  produced  every  two  bag  lengths  in  the  front  and 
back  panels  and  gussets  of  the  stock  and  the  beat  sealing 
and  sevcrina  is  effected  simultaneously  transversely  of  the 
stock  centrally  between  the  perforated  or  cut  areas  to 
form  the  bottoms  of  the  bags  and  transversely  across  and 
bisecting  the  perforated  or  cut  area  to  {H-oduce  the  tops 
of  the  bags  without  opening  the  welds  themselv^. 

U  3,671,351 

OD  OF  MAKING  A  MAGNETIC 
RECORDING  MEMBER 
Sidney  Tlca,  Stevenage,  En^bnd,  anignor  to  Interna- 
Honal  CompQten  limited,  Ixmdon,  England 
Filed  Jnne  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  835,575 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  July  9,  1968, 

32,713/68 
bit  CL  B44c  1/06  I 

V3.  CL  156—233  4  Clafans 

A  method  for  producing  a  magnetic  recording  member 
having  a  film  of  magnetic  material  with  a  highly  finished 
surface  on  a  backing  layer  is  disclosed.  The  method  in* 
eludes  the  steps  of  preparing  a  glass  disc  such  that  the  disc 
siuface  is  of  near  optical  flatness,  depositing  a  film  of 
magnetic  material  on  the  disc,  bonding  a  backing  layer  to 
the  film  and  stripping  the  glass  disc  from  the  film  to  re- 
veal a  highly  finish^  surface  on  the  fflm  of  magnetic 


J 


/-VC^'OT/^T  AT     ^  A  »7T?T'PT 


L 


TTTvr.  9.C.   1972 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


material,  the  film  being  bonded  to  the  backing  layer.  A  two- 
sided  magnetic  recording  member  may  be  produced  by 
placing  two  three-layer  structures  back  to  back  and  strip- 
ping both  glass  discs  to  reveal  two  highly  finished  magnetic 
films. 


1077 


3,671,352 

METHOD  FOR  MAKING  PANTY  HOSES 

Erik  Andersen,  Holte,  Dcnmarii,  aarignor  to  Hans 

Christian  AndcrMn,  Kastanicnbanm,  Switzerland 

FUcd  Jnne  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  834,780 

Claims  priority,  application  Dcnmaik,  Jnne  20, 1968, 

2,941/68 
'^CLB32bi7/(W 
UA  CL  156-207  4  Claims 

A  panty  hose  is  made  by  first  seaming  the  upper  por- 
tions of  two  prolonged  stockings  together  and  then  making 
a  slit  through  the  joined  zones  of  the  stockmgs.  Accord- 
ing to  an  embodiment  the  stockings  are  placed  on  elon- 
gated forms  with  ^wessure  feet  .facing  one  another,  and 
then  the  forms  or  only  the  i^essure  feet  are  pressed  to- 
gether twice,  a  plate  provided  with  glue  being  introduced 
between  the  stockings  the  first  time. 


3,671,355 
SSfSS^®^*  PRODUCTION  OF  COMPOOTE 
PANELS,  PARTICULARLY  FOR  BUILIMNGS 
lean  P»mal,  Qcrmont,  Fhmcc,  assignor  to  Con 
de  Saint-Gobain,  Nenmy^nr-Sdne,  France 
^-.     ™?*>"«-  !*»  l****  Ser.  No.  752,043 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  Aug.  18, 1967, 
118450 
„„  „  Int  CL  C09I  5/00 

UA  CI.  156-324  ^  ^  OMbm 


iim 


3,671353 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  CONTCVUOUS  PRODUCTION 

OF  LAMINATED  WOOD  OF  THE  PARQUET  TYPE 

Lcif  T.  Olsen,  Boen,  Norway,  assignor  to 

Boen  Brak,  Kristiansand  S.,  Norway 

Ffled  Mar.  26, 1969,  Ser.  No.  810,589 

Claims  priority,  application  Norway,  Apr.  1,  1968, 

1,252;  Jnne  27, 1968, 2,554;  Feb.  11, 1969, 526 

.TO   ^     -.    ^^ClB32h 31/10,  31/20 

UA  a.  156-302  4  Claims 


The  invention  relates  to  a  process  for  the  step  by  step 
pressing  of  material  which  is  fed  continuously,  partic- 
ularly wood  laminate  such  as  laminated  parquet,  and  the 
like,  in  which  the  pressing  is  carried  out  by  means  of  a 
press  which  can  move  to  and  fro  in  the  feed  direction 
of  the  material  and  supported  by  rollers  or  wheels.  The 
press  carries  out  the  pressing  and  the  heating  of  the 
laminate  in  order  to  harden  the  glue  while  moving  in 
the  feed  direction  of  the  material  and  which  is  open  dur- 
ing the  return  movement,  and  the  press  is  pushed  for- 
ward by  the  material  sheet  itself  and  one  thereby  achieves 
a  desired  mutual  compression  of  the  lamellae  in  the  hori- 
zontal direction. 


The   continuous   production  of   composite   structural 
panels  embodying  a  continuous  core  of  cellular  organic  or 
mineral  material,  covered  on  one  or  more  faces  and  edges 
thereof  with  a  sheet  of  heat-hardenable  resinous  material, 
preferably  reenforced  with  mineral  fibrous  material,  which 
IS  prcgelified  before  its  application  to  the  core,  and  which 
is  subsequcnUy  joined  to  the  latter  by  pressing  them  to- 
gether while  the  resinous  material  undergoes  final  polym- 
erization and  hardening,  preparatory  to  the  ccmtrolled 
coohng  thereof  and  cutting  into  panels  of  desired  length 
The  facing  layer  for  aU  surfaces  of  the  panel  may  be  a 
umtary  one  having  an  original  width  which  is  at  least  as 
great  as  the  perimeter  of  the  section  of  the  finished  panel. 
Composite  structural  panels  particularly  suitable  for  walls, 
flooring  and  partitions  may  be  formed  with  a  facing  of 
ceramic  material  on  one  surface  of  the  core,  and  a  sheath- 
ing layer  of  resin  and  reenforcement  therefor  encompass- 
ing the  other  three  surfaces  thereof  and  adhering  to  the 
borders  at  the  underside  of  the  ceramic  facing  layer.  Many 
improvements  in  the  composite  panel  and  in  the  mode  of 
manufacture  therecrf  are  attained  by  interposing  an  inter- 
mediate  layer  of  flexible  material,  such  as  a  foam  resin, 
between  the  core  and  the  facing  layers  of  the  panel 


.„ 3,671,354 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  RESIN-IMPREGNATED 
^  SHEET  LAMINATED  TO  A  SUBSTRATE 
Todiio  TaUkawa,  ToyomduMhi,  Osaka-fki,  Koajl  Satomo, 
AmagasaU^hi,  and  Takasid  Kodama,  Nlsfainomlya-su! 
Japan,   assignors  to   Osaka  Soda  Co.,   Ltd.,   Osidka| 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Nov.  6,  1968,  Ser.  No.  773.970 

Int  a.  C09j  5/00 

UA  CL  15^-306  s  Claims 

Method  of  manufacturing  remarkably  improved  decora- 
tive laminate  boards  by  utilizing  resin  comprising  diallyl 
phthalate  prepolymer  substantially  free  from  diallyl 
phthalate  monomer,  and  a  polyester  composed  of  specific 
components  in  specific  amounts;  and  resin-impregnated 
sheets  in  use  for  the  manufacturing  of  said  laminate 
boards. 


3  671,356 

MEraOjD  OF  FORB^ING  A  PEELABLE  SEAL 

BEIJI^^  rapPYLENE  POLYM^  j53d 

COJ^^^^St^     POLYPROPYU^ 

Heniy  /.  Keiuncn,  Oak  Lawn,  m.,  Mrignor  to  Co» 

<»»«»SSCanCompaiv,liic.,NSrYorirN.^ 

Filed  Jnne  8, 1978,  Ser.  No.  44,585 

UA  CL  156-3if-  "^  ^•^^  "''^'  ^^^  ,1  Claim. 

A  cleanly  sepaiable  seal  between  a  propylene  polymer 
layer  heat  sealed  to  a  surface  coated  with  a  carboxyl 
modified  polypropylene  containing  layer  is  obtained  by 
treatmg  at  least  one  of  the  layers  to  be  sealed  with  a 
normally  sohd  thermoplastic  vinyl  aromatic  polymer  or 
a  polar  polymer  before  the  two  layers  are  heat  sealed 
together. 


3,671,357 
APPARATUS  FOR  WELDING  THIN*SHEET 
ibt  ^     »,__.  ''LASTICS  MAI^RIALS 
Maurice  Marie  AcUOc  T^oidDi^  Lyon,  France, 

n.  ^  /?  ^^***''  '-y®"'  ^nnee 
ni  .     ™f*L5*"-  ^'  *^71»  »«••  No.  120,992 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  Apr.  10, 1970, 

UACL156!:5S''*^'»'*'"^«^»»^^/^    ,.C«». 

TJe  invenUon  essentially  relates  to  an  apparat^toJ 
welding  thm-sheet  plastics  materials  incluiSTSSlwI 


1078 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


means  secured  to  a  casing  and  one  heating  tape  stretched 
upon  said  support  means,  said  tape  having  one  end  con- 
nected to  a  movable  element  so  as  to  cause  the  displace- 
ment of  said  movable  element  during  the  lengthening  of 
the  tape;  thermostatic  switch  means  carried  by  a  member 


June  20,  1972 

form  a  cylindrical  surface  defined  by  the  outer  periph- 
eries thereof,  the  grooves  on  each  of  these  rolls  being 
disposed  so  that  they  are  successively  axially  offset  from 
the  grooves  on  the  preceding  roll  by  a  dimension  de- 
rived by  dividing  the  distance  between  axially  adjacent 


38a 


pivotably  mounted  in  said  casing;  means  for  actuating 
the  said  pivotable  member;  and  a  cover  hingedly  moimted 
on  said  casing  and  provided  with  means  for  pressing  the 
said  sheets  and  for  cutting  them  outside  the  weld  line 
thus  formed. 


M71,35S 

INFLATABLE  PLY  TURNUP  BLADDER  FOR  A 

TIRE  BUILDING  MACHINE 

Vtaffa  E.  He^y,  Aboa,  and  Walter  W.  Laucr,  Caaton, 

OUo,  awlgaora  to  The  Gcaend  Tbc  ft  Robber  Com* 


7  daima 


Filtd  Apr.  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  25,191 
bt  CL  B29k  17/22 
VS,  CL  154— 4fl 


grooves  by  the  number  of  the  rolls,  so  that  a  hard  re- 
silient wire  supplied  into  the  grooves  on  the  rotating  rolls 
is  formed  into  a  coil  while  a  tacky  strap  of  hose  wall 
material  is  entrained  onto  the  wire,  so  that  the  adjacent 
edges  of  the  tacky  hose  wall  material  helically  rotating 
are  joined  together  to  thereby  form  a  hose. 


I 


I  3,671,3<0  _ 

APPARATUS  FOR  FORMING  HOLLOW  TUBE 

Takaafal  Ochl,  SawthanhDaacU,  lapaa,  iMigiior  to  Yayo 

Plastic  You  Co^  Lld^  Tolqro,  lapaa 

I      FDed  May  5, 197«,  Scr.  No.  34,(44 

I  lit.  CL  B29d  23/10 

VS.  CL  156    444  %  Clafam 


A  ply  turnup  bladder  for  a  tire  building  machine  con- 
sists of  a  folded,  specially  dimensioned,  all  rubber  sleeve 
which  has  been  molded  about  a  longitudinal  axis  of  sym- 
metry. The  sleeve  as  molded  has  a  uniform  cross-section 
along  any  one  plane  normal  to  its  axis  and  comprises  an 
axially  extending  outer  bladder  wall  portion  of  major 
outside  diameter  and  an  axially  extending  inner  wall  por- 
tion of  minor  outside  diameter,  which  portions  are  inte- 
grally joined  by  an  annular  or  circular  "fold  point**  The 
terminal  portions  of  the  sleeve  are  substantially  thickened 
rings  or  flanges  used  to  mount  the  sleeve  (Mi  a  rigid,  annu- 
lar bladder  suj^Kjrt.  The  cross-secticxi  of  the  outer  bladder 
wall  portion  of  the  sleeve  preferably  varies  in  thickness 
in  the  axial  direction  attaining  maximum  thickness  near 
the  fold  point  of  the  sleeve.  Turnup  bladders  of  this  type 
are  structurally  simpler,  less  expensive,  and  longer  lasting 
than  many  bladders  presently  in  use. 


An  apparatus  for^  forming  hollow  tubes  wherein  a  film 
sheet  of  resilient  and  thermo-soluble  synthetic  resin  mate- 
rial is  fed  into  a  cylinder  body  through  an  elongated  axial 
slot  provided  on  a  barrel  portion  of  the  cylinder  body, 
and  after  the  film  sheet  is  curled  along  an  inner  wall 
of  the  cylinder  body  and  its  leading  edge  is  overlapped 
with  one  side  of  the  film  sheet  the  leading  edge  is  welded 
to  the  film  sheet  and  finally  the  film  sheet  is  sheared  at 
the  welded  portion. 


3,(71,359 
APPARATUS  FOR  CCVOINUOUSLY  MAKING 
AHOSE 
BboynU  Sawada,  243  SaaJo.dio,  AaUya-slii,  Japan;  and 
Saboro  MiyawaU,  21-11  KosliiciigiKhiidtaiiiadii;  and 
Hajfane  bhftawa,  5-25,  2-clione  Wakaknsa-cho,  bodi 
of  ^Urinooiya-flU,  Japan 

FDed  Dec  23, 19(9,  Scr.  No.  887,(73 

Int  CL  B(5h  55/04 

VS.  CL  15(— 43(  (  Claims 

An  apparatus  for  continuously  making  a  hose  which 

c<»q)rises  a  plurality  of  similar  rc^  each  formed  with 

helical  grooves  thereon  and  arranged  so  as  to  collectively 


3,(71,3(1 

LOW  SOUND  LEVEL  SINGLE  FACER  MACHINE 
Walter  C.  Moirison,  Martton,  NJ.,  aarignor  to  Harris* 

(Intcrtypc  Corporation,  Cleveland,  OUo 
FDed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,043 
Int  CL  B31b  1/20 
VS.  CL  154—472  (  Claims 

A  single  facer  machine  is  disclosed  having  bowed 
flutes  on  the  corrugating  rollers.  The  curvature  of  the 
bow  of  the  flutes  is  chosen  so  that  the  middle  portion  of 
the  flutes  is  disposed  from  a  line  interconnecting  the  ends 
of  a  flute  by  a  distance  corresponding  to  one  pitch  of 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1079 


the  flutes.  This  results  in  the  crest  of  the  flutes  always  by  the  roUer  to  a  point  below  the  plane  of  said  sheets  vir- 
bemg  m  engagement  with  a  smooth  pressure  roll,  there-   tuaUy  simultaneously  with  the  commencement  of  the  pres- 
sure applying  operaticm  by  the  pressure  roller  onto  said 
sheets.  The  stop  is  then  returned  to  a  point  of  beginning 


by  any  ccmvenient  means.  As  soon  as  it  passes  beyond  the 
^    ^.  ^  ..      .     ,       .     ^a»l"«  edges  of  the  sheets  being  laminated  it  returns  to  its 

by  substanUaUy  dccreasmg  the  high  sound  level  of  such    normal  position  and  is  ready  for  engagement  by  and  guid- 
machines.  ing  of  the  next  following  set  of  sheets  to  be  laminated. 


3,(71,3(2 
WALL  COVERING  APPUCATOR 
Edwin  A.  Pierce,  Richard  W.  Knob,  and  Samocl  O.  Rodi, 
Piqna,  and  Emery  L.  McKinney,  T^y,  Ohio,  assignors 
to  Inland  Systems,  Inc.,  Piqna,  (Aio 

FBcd  Mar.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,812 

Int.  CL  B32b  31/10,  31/20 

VS.  CL  154—552  2  Claims 


3,(71,3(4 

FOAM  TAPE  APPUCATOR 

Joseph  C.  Goinan,  Troy,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Norton 

Company,  l>oy,  N.Y. 

FUed  Joly  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,93( 

Int  CL  B32b  31/20,  31/10 

VS.  a  15(— 574  5  Claims 


Apparatus  for  applying  a  continuous  sheet  of  a  wall 
covering  material  to  a  wall  panel  includes  a  table  for 
supporting  the  panel  in  a  horizontally  disposed  position, 
and  a  carrier  which  carries  a  roll  of  the  covering  material, 
an  adhesive  spray  system,  and  a  machine  driven  rotatable 
brush.  Rails  extend  along  opposite  sides  of  the  table  and 
are  engaged  by  rollers  on  the  carrier,  which  is  moved 
along  the  rails  by  a  cable  and  sheave  arrangement.  As 
the  carrier  moves  along  the  rails,  and  hence,  over  the  sur- 
face of  the  panel  supported  on  the  table,  adhesive  is 
sprayed  on  the  panel  upper  surface,  the  sheet  material 
is  uiu'olled,  and  the  rotating  brush  presses  the  sheet  ma- 
terial against  the  adhesive  covered  panel  surface. 


3  (71  343 
SHEET  LAMINATING*  MACHINE  FOR  FEEING 
LAMINATED  SETS  TO  A  PRESS  ROLLER 
Karl  Bmder,  Sonnmatt,  Walchwil,  Switzciland 
FDed  Mar.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17^3 
Claims  priority,  an»Ucation  Germany,  Mar.  11,  19(9, 
P  19  12  150.7 
Int  CL  B65h  9/14;  B32b  31/20 
VS.  CL  15(— 55(  11  Claims 

Means  for  insuring  alignment  between  components  of 
multiple  sheets  to  be  laminated.  Aligning  means  consist  of 
a  stop  engaging  the  leading  edges  of  the  sheets  to  be 
laminated  as  same  are  fed  toward  a  iniessure  roller,  said 
stop  being  moved  by  said  sheets  in  response  to  the  feed- 
ing movement  of  the  sheets  themselves  toward  said  roller. 
Upon  reaching  said  roller  the  stop  is  moved  downwardly 


Apparatus  for  apjdication  of  foam  tape  is  provided 
comprising  an  elongated,  U-shaped  body  member  throu^ 
which  the  foam  tape  is  transported  and  located  at  one 
end  thereof  is  an  applicator  roll  for  applying  the  foam 
tape  to  a  desired  member. 


3,(71,345 

APPARATUS  FOR  COMPRESSING  AND  COOLING 

FIBER  BATTS 

Lloyd  W.  Cover,  Jr.,  and  Chatka  C  Webb,  WifanfaHton, 

^^^  ^5te*"  to  E.  L  dn  Pont  dc  Ncmoors  andCom- 
paay,  WHndagton,  Dd. 

FDed  Jan.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,542 
.T «  ^     .,  Int  CL  B30b  3/04;  D21I  J/40 
VS.  CL  154—580  5 


An  apparatus  for  compressing  and  cooling  fibrous  batts 
that  includes  spaced  movable  parallel  belts  supported  by 
opposed  roller  support  platens  and  driven  by  pain  of 


1080 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


q»ced  nip  rolls.  Each  roller  support  platen  comprises  a 
plurality  of  rollers  positioned  in  an  overian>ing  staggered 

relationship  with  respect  to  each  other  with  the  opposed 

platens  being  positioned  in  a  staggered  relationship  to 
each  other  to  reduce  belt  deflection.  An  eccentric  adjust- 
ment means  attached  to  the  entrance  nip  rolls  is  used  to 
vary  the  gap  between  these  rolls  so  that  fibrous  batts 
carried  by  the  belts  may  be  subject  to  an  initial  momentary 
high  compression  load. 


strip  is  molded  integrally  in  the  form  of  a  pair  of  half- 
base  members  joined  together  alcxig  a  common  edge  by 
a  living  hinge  about  which  said  members  may  be  folded. 
Further,  integrally  molded  with  at  least  one  of  said  half- 
base  members  along  an  edge  remote  from  the  common 
hinged  edge  is  a  series  of  leaf-like  protrusions  extending 
away  from  the  half-base  member.  When  the  two  halves 
are  folded  about  the  living  hinge  and  brought  into  abut- 
ment a  decorative  strip  is  formed  which  may  be  inserted 
in  a  supported  upwardly  facing  U-shaped  channel  mem- 
ber, or  otherwise  utilized. 


3,671,366  ^ „ 

ULTRASONIC  WELDING  OF  IHERMOPLASnCS 
Hugh  L.  Miller,  Downiylcw,  Ontario,  Ouuida,  assignor 
to    NordMm   Electiic   CompaBy   Limited,    Montreal, 
Quebec,  r'wnw^* 

FDcd  June  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47,821 

Int  CL  B06b  3/00 

UA  CL  156— 5M  4  Claims 


3,671,368 

INSULATED  REINFORCED  BUILDING  PANEL 

Sliellcy  W.  StMllcy,  53-B  Pine  GroTc  Coodominiun, 

Ma  Vcide,  Pnerto  Rico    ••914  i 

Filed  Dec  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,213      I 

Int  CL  B32b;  E04b 

UA  CL  161—38  16  Claims 


T 

X. 

atNM. 

1 

i   K" 

\ 

Wp  -- 

¥&-" 

f                        f]^» 

;^^i^^ 

^^V^-tfki±BS 

r     V             ^ 

/ 

An  ultrasonic  vibrating  device  is  used  to  weld  together 
a  pair  of  strips  of  thermoplastic  material  lying  coplanar 
and  disposed  above  and  below  a  plurality  of  wires  to  form 
a  ladder  strapping  insulating  bond.  The  welding  opera- 
tion is  performed  within  a  molding  cavity  which  re- 
strains any  melted  plastic  from  leaking  out  from  between 
the  strips,  thereby  preventing  the  formation  of  flash  along 
the  vvelded  edge. 

3,671,367 
ELONGATED  DECORATIVE  PLASTIC  STRIP  HAV- 
ING A  GREENERY  TOPPING  SIMULATING 
FOLIAGE 
Wesley  S.  C.  CUn,  3934  S.  Bronson  Ave.,  Los  Angeles, 
Caltf.  9«^08,  and  Kou  C.  Yao,  Culver  City,  Calif.; 
said  Yao  asnignor  to  said  CUn 

FUed  Jnnc  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45,793 

Int.  CL  A41g  1/00 

VS.  CL  161—27  6  Claims 


Insulating  material  is  inserted  within  the  openings  of 
a  typical  wire  mesh  concrete  reinforcing  mat  so  that  the 
insulation  is  firmly  retained  therein  and  occupies  a  sub- 
stantial portion  of,  but  not  the  entire  opening.  The  in- 
sulated reinforcing  mat  is  disposed  within  a  closed  mold 
of  a  configuration  suitable  for  preparing  a  panel,  and 
concrete  or  other  suitable  moldable  building  material  is 
poured  by  gravity  into  the  mold  while  the  mold  is  in- 
clined at  an  angle  which  preferably  is  about  30  to  90 
degrees  jvith  respect  to  the  horizontal. 


egrees  with  r 
UNIVERS) 


3,671,369  ^ 

}  AL  MOLDING  STRIP  FOR  TRIMMING 
Andrew   M.    Kvalheini,    Pctaluna,    and    Howard    M. 
Waascm,  Rohn«rt  Parli,  Calif.,  assignorB  to  Aim  Prod- 
ucts, Inc.,  Petalnma,  Calif.  i 
FUcd  May  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  35,075      | 
InL  CI.  B32b  3/10;  E04c  2/40;  E04f  19/02 
VS.  CL  161—40                                               5  Claims 


28-,    40     24   ?* 


An  integrally  m<dded  leaf-like  deccxative  strip  is  pro- 
vided for  insertiim  in  a  U-slu4)ed  channel  member.  This 


30'     48  ^^ 


A  multi-use  m<riding  strip  for  trimming  comprismg  a 
pair  of  stock  pieces,  each  of  indeterminate  length,  and  a 
flexible  elastic  decorative  laminate  joining  the  stock  pieces 
together.  Each  stock  piece  includes  inner  walls  facing 
each  other  diverging  away  from  the  elastic  laminate  so 
that  the  stock  pieces  may  be  rotated  about  a  longitudinal 
axis  defined  by  the  juncti(Hi  of  the  laminate  with  the  inner 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1081 


walls  to  accommodate  a  surface  being  trimmed.  The  by  creating  a  high  frequency  field  between  the  metallic 
strip  may  serve  as  a  baseboard,  ceiling  comer  trim,  door-  core  of  the  holding  plate  and  an  electrode  placed  on  the 
way  molding,  or  as  a  wainscoting  cap,  to  name  a  few  uses,   side  of  the  foil  facing  away  from  the  holding  plate.  The 

metallic  core  of  the  holding  plate  forms  a  counter  elec- 
—^^^^^^^^—  trode. 


3,671,370 
INTEGRAL  TRANSPARENT  SAFETY  GLASS 

ARMOR  UNIT 

Hany  E.  littell,  Jr.,  AlUaon  Paris,  Pa.,  aarignor  to 

PPG  industries,  Inc.,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Filed  June  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,336 

lot  CL  F41h  5/26:  B32b  1/06 

VS.  CL  161—43  7  Claims 


3,671,372 

LAMINATED  PAPER  WITH  REINFORCING  SCRIM 

Paul  Hoffman,  714  SW.  16tti  Ave.. 

GainesviUe,  Fla.    32601 
Plied  Apr.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32  J75 

»To  ^    .    lDtCLB29h9/W;B32b5/0¥ 

UJS.  CL  161-50  16  OMtam 


\ 


A  transparent  safety  glass  assembly  comprising  a  lami- 
nated glass-plastic  assembly  comprising  a  plurality  of 
alternate  plies  of  glass  and  thermoplastic  transparent  inter- 
layers  of  plasticized  polyvinyl  butyral  arranged  to  provide 
an  impact  striking  section,  a  transparent  polyurethane 
plasticized  in  situ  to  provide  a  transition  section  and  a 
transparent  polycarbonate  providing  an  impact  absorption 
section  is  disclosed.  The  impact  transition  section  also 
spaces  the  glass-plastic  assembly  from  a  casing  in  which 
the  assembly  is  mounted. 


3,671,371 
DEVICE  FOR  ATTACHING  A  THERMOPLASTIC 

FOIL  TO  A  SUPPORTING  CTRUCTURE 
Emanuel  Wtrff ,  Horgen,  Switzerland,  assignor  to  Inmflex 

AG,  Zurich,  Switzerland 

Original  application  Sept  5, 1967,  Ser.  No.  665,393,  now 

Patenf  No.  3,562,054,  dated  Feb.  9,  1971.  Divided 

and  this  application  Feb.  19,  1970,  Ser.  No.  12,689 

Claims  priority,  appUcation  Switzerland,  Sept  7,  1966, 

12,961/66;  Sept  26, 1966, 13,865/66 

Int  CL  B32b  7/08 

VS.  CL  161—43  6  Claims 


An  extensible,  reinforced  laminated  paper  sheet  having 
the  characteristic  of  withstanding  substantial  impacts, 
formed  by  two  superimposed  sheets  of  extensible  paper 
bonded  together  by  a  layer  of  hot-melt  laminant  having 
a  scrim  of  polyester  fibers  embedded  therein  which  trans- 
mits stretching  forces  through  the  sheets  of  paper  to  points 
remote  from  the  zone  of  impact  to  substantially  reduce 
the  deformation  of  the  extensible  paper  sheets  in  the  area 
of  impact 


3  671  373 

PAINT  APPUCATOr'oR  THE  LIKE  AND 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  THE  SAME 

Josef  Grewe,  Ha^vtown,  Md.,  assignor  to  Electra 

Flock,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FOed  Aug.  11, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62,844 

Int  CL  B44d  3/00 

VS.  CL  161—64  14  Claims 


I    < 


A  device  for  attachmg  a  thermoplastic  foil  at  a  sup- 
porting structure  wherein  the  foil  is  heat  sealed  or  welded 
to  a  holding  plate  formed  by  a  metallic  core  and  a  thermo- 
plastic cover  layer.  The  holding  {date  is  rigidly  connected 
to  the  supporting  structure  and  subsequently  the  foil  is 
placed  over  the  holding  plate.  Welding  heat  is  generated 


A  paint  applicator  and  method  of  making  the  same 
comprising  an  open-cell,  yieldable  synthetic  foam  backing 
material  having  flock  adhesively  secured  directly  to  the 
foam  surface,  providing  a  free-flow  path  between  the 
flock  and  the  interior  of  the  foam  matrix.  The  invention 
relates  further  to  a  method  of  making  an  applicator  or 
the  like  having  the  above  described  characteristics. 


1082 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20i  1972 


COMPOSITE  ARMOR 

Robert  V.  Koiaiik,  North  Caaton,  OUo,  Msignor  to 

Goodyear  Aero^ace  Corporatioii,  Akron,  Ohio 

Filed  May  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39,951 

IbL  CI.  B32b  17/ 04. 17/10, 17/12 

VA  CL  Ml— 93  2  Clabiu 


Composite  armor  made  from  a  glass-ceramic  surface 
layer,  and  a  resilient  plastic-fiber  glass  substrata  secured 
to  the  surface  layer.  The  surface  layer  is  about  two-thirds 
of  the  weight  of  the  armor  and  the  plastic-fiber  glass 
substrata  preferably  is  about  half  as  thick  as  the  surface 
layer. 


3,671375 
LEATHER-LIKE  THREE  LAYER  LAMINATE 

Edward  C.  Van  Bnaldrk,  Sootii  Boid,  lad.,  aflrignor  to 

Uniroyal,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  Origfaial  application  Feb.  26, 1969,  Ser.  No. 

M2,636,  now  Patent  No.  3,574,021,  dated  Apr.  6, 

1971.  DlTidcd  and  tiiia  appDcatkm  Oct  9,  1970,  Ser. 

No.  79,632 

in.  CL  B32b  5/14, 5/18 
UA  CL  161—159  3  dafuM 

A  novel,  breathable,  leather-like  three  layer  laminate  is 
produced  having  a  fabric  baddng  layer,  an  intermediate 
breathable  spmige  layer  and  an  uf^r  breathable  surface 
Uyer  by  a  method  in  which  a  substantially  \miform  mix- 
ture of  a  fluid  organic  plastic  film  forming  material  and 
a  meltable  material  incompatible  therewith  is  formed  into 
a  thin  surface  layer,  there  is  formed  on  the  thin  layer  a 
thicker  body  layer  from  a  substantially  uniform  mixture 
of  a  fluid  (M'ganic  plastic  film  fcKming  material  containing 
a  meltable  material  incompatible  therewith,  and  a  blow- 
ing agent,  with  said  incompatible  meltable  material  in 
each  said  layer  being  in  a  physical  form  having  a  bulk 
density  less  than  its  actual  density,  a  fabric  is  applied  to 
the  body  layer,  the  film  forming  material  in  the  two  lay- 
ers is  formed  into  a  unitary  film  bonded  to  the  fabric, 
the  body  layer  is  spcMiged  by  decomposing  a  blowing 
agent,  and  the  incompatible  material  in  the  two  layers  is 
melted  after  a  matrix  has  been  formed  of  the  two  layers. 


3,671,377 
RIGID  COMPOSITE  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESS 
FOR  THE  PREPARATION  THEREOF 
Alan  A.  Marra,  915  Sunset,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.    48103 
Conttonation-in-Mut  of  application  Ser.  No.  660,806, 
Aug,  15,  1967.  This  appUcation  July  29,  1970, 
Ser.  No.  59,239 
The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  subsequent  to 
1    Ian.  19, 1988,  hai  been  dtwiaimed 
I        bt  a.  B29J  5/00:  B32b  21  /02 
UACL161— 162  lOCUms 

A  process  for  the  preparation  of  rigid  composite  prod- 
ucts with  similar  physical  characteristics  in  all  dimensions 
or  directions  from  a  three  dimensional  skeletal  structure 
formed  of  randomly  oriented  elongate  sticks  with  multi-- 
pie  fibrous  projections  which  maintain  the  elongate  sticks 
in  a  loosely  cohesive  mass  which  is  shaped  or  molded 
and  made  rigid  with  a  binder  is  described.  Various  liquid 
binders  both  organic  and  inorganic  are  used  which  do 
not  require  compression  of  the  cohesive  mass  and  liquid 
binder  in  order  to  be  hardened  and  develop  b(Hid  strength 
for  consolidating  the  product  into  formed  or  fiolded 
shapes.  I 


1  3,671^78 

GLASS  FIBER  REINFORCED  COMPOSITE  AND 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  SAME 
Massimo  Baer,  Longmeadow,  and  Joseph  O.  Campbell, 
Agawam,  Mass.,  asrignors  to  Monsanto  Company,  St. 
Louis,  Mo. 

Filed  Not.  4, 1969,  Ser.  No.  873,952 
Int  CL  B32b  5/16;  D«2g  3/36 
VS,  CL  161^170  18 


COAre.D   GLASS 
STANDi 


^ccyA^E/t^^ 


IMsclosed  herein  is  an  imi»t>vement  in  the  process  for 
preparing  composites  from  glass  fibers  and  thermopUstic 
resins  v/bich  comprises  blending  the  thennoplastic  resin 
matrix  with  glass  concentrate  capsules  comprising  10  to 
80%  by  weight  of  glass  strands  having  a  length  in  the 
range  of  from  Ha  to  94  inch,  preferably  from  about  Vk 
to  about  Va  inch,  which  strands  are  arranged  in  a  colli- 
mated  array  and  encapsulated  within  a  thermoplastic 
resin  matrix,  wherein  the  individual  fibers  of  the  strands, 
the  individual  strands  in  the  collimated  array  and  the 
collimated  array  of  glass  strands  are  encapsulated  in  the 
thermoplastic  resin  matrix. 


3,671,376 
METHOD  FOR  PRODUCING  FLAME-RETARDANT 

PLYWOODS 
TakayosU  OkazaU,  Kirokn  TasUro,  and  Koichhro  Yana- 
gida,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assignors  to  Nissan  Chemical  In- 
duatiles,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

No  Drawfaig.  FUed  Apr.  10,  1970,  Ser.  No.  27,428 
Claims  priMty,  qn^ikati<m  Japan,  June  30,  1969, 
44/51 030 
lilt  CL  B32b  9/06,  21/14 
U.S.  CL  161—165  10  Chdms 

A  method  for  rendering  plywood  flame-retardant  using 
a  difSculty-soluble  phosi^ate  whereby  in  a  first  embodi- 
ment, a  paper  sheet,  plastic  film  or  wooden  sheet  is  bonded 
to  the  plywood  with  an  adhesive  containing  said  diflSculty- 
soluble  ^osphate  and  in  a  second  embodiment,  a  paper 
sheet  is  impregnated  with  said  difBcultly-soluble  anunoni- 
um  polyphosphate  and  is  bonded  to  said  plywood. 


3,671,379 
COMPOSITE  POLYESTER  TEXTILE  FIBERS 

Evan  Franklin  Evans,  Kinston,  and  Norwin  Calcy  Pierce, 
Greenville,  N.C.,  assignors  to  E.  L  dn  Pont  de  Nemours 
and  Company,  WOmtagton,  Del. 

Continuation-in-part  of  ap^ication  Ser.  No.  747,420, 
July  10,  1968,  which  is  a  continuation-fai-part  of  appli- 
cation Ser.  No.  611,314,  Jan.  24,  1967,  which  is  a 
continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  462,992, 
June  10,  1965,  which  in  turn  is  a  continuation-in-part 
of  application  Ser.  No.  384,831,  July  24,  1964.  Iliis 
application  Mar.  9,  1971,  Ser.  No.  122,316  1 
Int  CL  D02g  3/02  ' 

VS,  CL  161—173  18  Clafans 

Helically  crimpable  and  crimped  bicomponent  filaments 

comprising  a  laterally  eccentric  assembly  of  at  least  two 

synthetic  polyesters.  At  least  one  of  \ht  components  is 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1088 


a  partly  crystalline  polyester  in  which  the  chemical  repeat- 
units  of  its  crystalline  region  are  in  a  non-extended  stable 
conformation  that  does  not  exceed  ninety  percent  of  the 
length  of  the  conformation  of  its  fully  extended  chemical 
repeat-units  and  is  generally  on  the  inside  of  the  crimp 
helices  formed  when  the  assembly  crimps,  while  at  least 
one  other  polyester  component  is  partly  crystalline  and 
the  chemical  repeat-imits  of  the  crystalline  region  more 
closely  approach  the  length  of  the  conformation  of  its 
fully  extended  chemical  repeat-units.  Yarns,  fabrics,  and 
the  like  produced  from  these  filaments  have  a  wide  range 
of  end  uses. 


3,671,380 

UV  TRANSMmiNG  BOROSILICA1E  GLASS 
COMPOSITION  AND  ARTICLE 

Mir  Akbar  AH,  Evanston,  and  Akxla  G.  Pfncna,  Chicago, 
DL,  asrignori  to  ITT  Researdi  Inatitnte,  Chicago,  m. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Apr.  13,  1970,  Ser.  No.  28,012 

Iirt.  CL  Ct3c  13/00:  DOlg  3/00 
VS,  CL  161—175  4  CbUnis 

A  glass  suitable  for  the  transmission  of  radiation  in 
the  near  ultraviolet  region  and  having  a  relatively  low 
index  of  refraction  rendering  the  glass  suitable  for  clad- 
ding glass  in  the  manufacture  of  ultraviolet  transmitting 
composite  fibers.  The  glass  is  composed  of  BaOs,  SiOa, 
AI2O3,  and  KaO  and  is  substantially  free  of  ultraviolet 
absorbers. 


3,671,382 

WATER  AND  HEAT  RESISTANT  ADHESIVE 

Andrew  Eari  Pierce,  Grand  Island,  N.Y.,  urignor  to 
Borden  Inc.,  New  York.  N.Y. 

No  Dnwhii^  FUed  June  17,  1970,  S«r.  No.  47,154 

.  T  o  J^  ^  ■3**»  ^-^Z^*'  C09J  3/24:  C08f  45/24 

UA  CL  161—214  11  ni,^ 

An  aqueous  adhesive  dispersion  containing:  casein; 
a  reactive  copolymer  of  vinyl  acetate  with  either 
methylol  acrylamide,  a  (lower)  unsaturated  aliphatic  add 
or  a  mixture  of  said  acrylamide  and  acid  copolymoh:  a  co- 
polymer of  vinyl  acetate  with  a  Oower)  alpha-olefin;  an 
acid  generating  salt  having  a  volatile  component;  a  phenyl- 
sulfonamide  plasticizer  for  casein;  and  a  sufficient 
quantity  of  a  volatile  alkalizing  agent  to  impart  a  pH  of 
about  6.5  to  7.5  to  said  dispersion.  The  dispersion  can 
be  used  for  laminating  metal  foil  to  cellulosic  materials. 


3,671,381 

ETCHED  AND  RIDGED  POLYAMII« 
MONOFILAMENT 

John  Edward  Hansen,  WOndngton,  DcL,  miiinioi  to  E.  L 
dn  Pont  dc  Nemours  and  Company,  Wihnington,  DeL 


of  appUcation  Ser.  No.  834,213,  June  9, 
W69,  irtjldi  Is  a  contimution4nipart  of  application  Ser. 
No.  616,956,  Feb.  17, 1967,  and  a  contlnnatloD-iB-part 
of  appHcadon  Ser.  No.  673,287,  Oct  6,  1967.  TIte 
appBcatkm  Sept  2,  1970,  Ser.  Now  69,181 

Int  CL  DOlf  7/06 
UA  CL  161—180  4  Oafaiw 


Polyamide  monofilament  with  a  surfoce  ^diich  is  irreg- 
ularly ridged  in  a  direction  predominantly  transverse  to 
the  length  of  the  filament,  as  well  as  etched.  A  method  for 
production  thereof  comi»ising  passing  filament  through 
a  tube  under  100-150  p.s.i.g.  of  steam  for  0.1-10  seconds. 
Such  filaments  are  useful  in  brushes  and  textiki. 


3,671,383 

LAMINATED  BIAXIALLY  ORIENTED  ISO. 
TACTIC  POLYPROPYLENE  AND  IJNIAX- 
lALLY  ORIENTED  ETHYLENE-PROPYL- 
ENE-FILMS 

RiUta  Sakata,  Kohei  Masnda,  and  Masanori  Takmki, 
Yokkaichi-shi,  Mic-ken,  Jqwn,  assignors  to  MitsnbtaU 
Petrochemical  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Nov.  4, 1968,  Ser.  No.  772,957 

Chdms  Priority,  application  Japan,  Nov.  4,  1967, 
42/70,868 


US,  CL  161—252 


S_L? 


Int  CL  B32b  27/08 


2Ciaims 


A  heat-sealable  laminated  polyiMx>pylene  film  composed 
of  a  biaxially  oriented  isotactic  polypropylene  film  and  at 
Jeast  one  imiaxially  oriented  ethylene-propylene  copoly- 
mer film  containing  at  least  75%  by  weight  propylene.  A 
I»t>cess  for  the  production  of  such  a  laminated  polypro- 
pylene film. 


3,671,384 
GLASS  CONCENTRATE  CAPSULES 
Massimo  Baer,  Longmeadow,  and  Jos^h  O.  Canq>bdL 
Agawam,  Mass.,  assignors  to  Monsanto  Company,  St 
Louis,  Mo. 

Filed  Nor.  4, 1969,  Ser.  No.  873,799 

Int  CL  Dt2g  i/i6 
UA  CL  161—170  21  Oaims 


COATLO   GLASS 
STANDS 


f*OL^Ay^e.R 


Disclosed  herein  are  gUss  concentrate  capsules  useful 
in  forming  reinforced  thermophwtic  resin  composites,  said 


1084 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


capsules  comprising  10  to  80%  by  weight  of  glass  strands  fornacd.  The  tubular  product  is  then  placed  m  a  mould 

haWng  a  length  of  from  %2  to  H  inch  which  strands  aw  where  it  undergoes  radial  compression  at  a  pressure  of 

arranged  in  a  substantiaUy  collimated  array  within  a  from  10  to  100  atmospheres  and  is  heated  to  a  tem- 

thermoplastic  resin  matrix,  wherein  the  individual  strands  perature  at  50  to  ISO'  C.  to  thermoset  the  lignoceHulose 

in  the  collimated  array  and  the  collimated  array  of  glass  material, 
strands  are  encapsulated  in  the  thermoplastic  resin  matrix. 


3,<71,3S5 

FIBROUS  CARBONACEOUS  COMPOSITES  AND 
METHOD  FOR  MANUFACTURING  SAME 

Panl  E.  TKiit,  AndcnoBTiUc,  aad  lames  E.  Afflncr,  Oak 
Ridfe,  TcoiL,  aniivora  to  die  Uiritcd  States  oi  America 
aa  reprcKatod  by  the  United  Statci  Atomic  Energy 

-  Commtatoi 

No  Drawing.  FUcd  July  17,  1970,  Scr.  No.  55,953 

Irt.  a.  D21h  5/18 
UA,  CL  li2~152  19  ClainM 

Carbonaceous  omiposites  are  prepared  by  spraying  an 
aqtieous  slurry  containing  discrete  graphite  fibers,  a  car- 
bonizable  resin  in  particulate  form,  and  a  water-soluble 
starch  onto  a  porous  mandrel  coujded  to  a  vacuum  sotu'ce 
for  drawing  off  excess  water  from  the  formed  structure. 
This  structure  is  then  heated  to  a  temperature  sufBciem 
to  carbonize  the  starch  and  the  resin  for  providing  binders 
which  j<mi  together  the  fibers. 


3,671387 

UNIT  FOR  CALENDERING  PIPES  AND  EXTHACT- 
ING  CORES  THEREFROM  IN  A  MACHINE  FDR 
PRODUCING  FIBROCEMENT  PIPES 

laulK  PaTioTich  AbardoTsity,  3  Piyadflnaya  nttn  I,  Inr. 
24,  and  Lev  Alezandrovidi  Gertsman,  1  Dmitroviky 
prowd  6,  iLorpui  1,  lev.  95,  both  of  Moecow,  U3.SJL 

FUed  Ang.  14, 1969, 

Int  CL  B31c 
UjS.  CL  162-^294 


^  both  of  MoMow,  U3.SJL 

»,  Ser.  No.  850,106 

: 1/00,  3/00  I 

6  Clainis 


3,671,386 

PRODUCING  TUBULAR  MEMBERS  OF  UGNO- 
CELLULOSE  MATERIAL  BY  COMPRESSION 
WITHIN  AN  ANNULAR  CHAMBER 

KJcD  MocwoD  lalwbeeii,  Ronnlage,  and  Hans-Ivar 
bOoKHi,  Malmo,  Sweden,  aarignon  to  Aktiebolaget 
PbbnannfdElnr,  Maimo,  Sweden 

FUcd  Dec.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,816 

Clidnii  priority,  appHcation  Sweden,  Dec  4,  1968, 
16,549/68 

Int  CL  D21|  3/04 
VA,  CL  162—224  15  CbdnM 


A  macnine  for  producing  fibrocement  pipes  comprises 
an  apparatus  for  calendering  pipes  and  for  extracting  a 
core  therefrom  including  a  beam  having  a  longitudinal 
axis  and  pivotable  about  the  axis  in  opposite  directions. 
Driven  rollers  of  a  calendering  mechanism  are  mounted 
on  the  beam,  and  an  undriven  calendering  roller  is 
mounted  adjacent  the  beam  to  calender  a  pipe  supported 
on  the  driven  rollers.  After  calendering  of  the  pipe,  the 
beam  is  pivoted  to  a  position  in  which  a  pivotal  chute  on 
the  beam  can  receive  the  calendered  pipe,  a  lever  system 
being  coupled  to  the  support  chute  to  oscillate  the  same. 
An  extractor  head  removes  the  core  from  the  calendered 
pipe  when  the  pipe  is  supported  in  the  chute  whereafter 
the  beam  undergoes  reverse  rotation  and  the  calendered 
pipe  is  removed  from  the  chute.  The  beam  is  then  rotated 
to  a  position  in  which  the  core  is  returned  to  the  beam  and 
supported  by  biconical  rollers  on  the  beam  whereafter 
the  core  is  renooved  and  the  beam  is  further  rotated  to 
initial  position. 


3^71,388 

PAPER  MACHINE  INCLUDING  A  HORIZONTAL 
SUCTION  FORMING  CYLINDER  HAVING  MUL- 
TIPLE DEWATERING  AREAS  THEREON 


Erik  A.  N: 


^^Hm,TaBVerc,  Finland,  aariffi 
TmveDa  AB,  Tnvci*,  nnland 


toOy 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  making  tubular  members 
wherein  a  sliu'ry  of  a  liquid  and  a  lignocellulose  material 
it  recii»t)catingly  compressed  in  a  vertically  aligned  de- 
watering  chamber  of  annular  cross-section.  The  com- 
pression takes  idace  in  a  vertical  direction  and  the  drain- 
age openings  are  angled  such  that  the  extracted  liquid 
does  not  repass   through   the   tubular  member  being 


FUcd  July  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  843,144 

Int  CL  D21f  1/60;  D21h  1/06 
UJwCL162— 304  7 

The  paper  machine  comprises  a  horizontal  cylinder, 
a  slurry  feed  box  opening  onto  the  top  side  of  the  cylinder 
and  the  upper  rim  of  the  feed  slice  of  which  has  been 
continued  in  order  to  fona.  a  roof-like  upper  lip  between 
the  feed  slice  and  a  feed  roll  placed  on  tl^  cylinder  at 
an  ai^ro{Hiate  distance  from  the  feed  box  in  the  direc- 
tion of  riurry  flow,  an  endless  felt  or  wire  nmniag  from 
the  fee4  roll  along  the  cylinder  towards  the  lower  part 


JiWE  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


of  the  same,  an  appropriate  number  of  guiding  and  ten- 
sion rolls  for  conducting  said  felt  or  wire  back  to  the 
feed  roll,  a  suction  box  or  suction  roll  placed  on  the  side 
of  the  feed  roll  opposite  to  that  facing  the  cylinder  and 
at  the  point  where  the  slurry  web  and  felt  or  wire  de- 
part from  the  cylinder  surface,  and  possibly  a  compressed 
air  box  or  equivalent  placed  above  the  felt  or  wire  and 
after  the  feed  roll,  as  seen  in  the  direction  of  travel  of 
the  wire,  api»-oximately  coincident  with  the  gap  remain- 
ing between  the  roof-like  upper  lip  of  the  feed  box  and 


1085 


■•^nCO 


£),^'-^-~i^ 


the  wire.  The  horizontal  cylinder  is  a  sucticMi  cylinder 
which  has  therein  a  suction  zone  extending  substantially 
from  and  including  the  upper  roof -like  lip  continuously  to 
the  sucti<Mi  box  or  suction  roll.  The  upper  roof-like  lip 
and  suction  cylinder  form  a  first  drying  area  for  the  slurry 
to  form  a  partially  dewatered  web  while  the  belt  there- 
after contacts  the  web  against  the  surface  of  the  suction 
cylinder  over  a  major  portion  of  the  descending  surface 
of  the  suctim  cylinder  to  form  a  second  drying  area  in 
which  suction  and  centrifugal  force  act  upcMi  the  web  to 
remove  additional  water. 


3,671,389 

APPARATUS  FOR  1RAN8FERRING  A  WEB  FROM 
THE  FORMING  SECTION  TO  THE  PRESS  SEC- 
TION IN  A  PAPERMAKING  MACHINE 

P.  Borfc  Walilstrom,  Rocemont,  and  I.  Eilc  Adamson, 
Lionviile,  Pa.,  aeaignon  to  A.  Joiuson  Jk  Co.,  Inc., 
New  Yorit,  N.Y. 

FDcd  Jan.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,936 

Int  CL  DSlf  2/00 
VS,  CL  162—306  6  Clafane 


Apparatus  for  transferring  a  wet  paper  web  from  the 
downstream  end  of  a  Fourdrinier  wire  to  a  jwess  sec- 
tion comprises  a  suction  transfer  roll  that  runs  within 
an  endless,  open-mesh  transfer  fabric  and  picks  the  web 
oO.  the  Fourdrinier  wire.  The  web  is  transferred  from  the 
transfer  fabric  onto  a  horizontal  or  inclined  nm  of  a 


carrier  belt  which  is  led  in  cloecly  adjacent  the  wire 
section  of  the  machine  and  into  proximity  with  the  trans- 
fer roll.  The  carrier  rolls  for  the  transfer  fabric  are 
arranged  to  guide  the  transfer  fabric  along  a  path  con- 
jomt  with  a  portion  of  the  run  of  the  earner  belt  from 
the  transfer  roll  to  the  first  press,  the  transfer  fabric 
bemg  led  away  from  the  run  of  the  carrier  belt  at  a 
locauon  mtermediate  the  transfer  roll  and  the  first  press 
of  the  machine  press  section.  At  a  location  along  the 
conjomt  run  of  the  carrier  belt  and  the  transfer  fabric, 
a  suction  box  creates  a  differential  pressure  across  the 
web  to  transfer  it  from  the  transfer  fabric  onto  the  ear- 
ner belt  so  that  it  runs  with  the  carrier  belt  to  the  nress 
section.  "^ 


3,671,390 

FAST  INniAL  RESPONSE  NUCLEAR  REACTOR 
CONTROL  SYSTEM 

John  J.  Hoglc,  Los  Gatoa,  CaUL,  airigMr 
Goicral  Eicctik  Conqpou 

FUcd  Fds  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  799^75 

,T-  «  InL  CL  G21c  7/52 

VS,  CL  176—24  c 


to 


A  control  system  for  boiling  moderator-coolant  nndear 
reactors  giving  fast  response  to  load  changes  is  disclosed. 
In  this  system,  the  broad  operating  level  of  the  reactor  is 
set  by  adjusting  the  control  rods.  TTicn,  the  reactw 
operating  level  is  adjusted  to  follow  load  requirements 
by  changing  the  coolant  recirculation  flow  rate.  In  order 
to  provide  fast  initial  response  to  rapid  load  changes  an 
arrangement  is  provided  cooperating  with  the  recircula- 
tion flow  control  to  lower  the  pressure  reguUitor  set 
point  when  steam  demand  increases  so  that  react(»-  in- 
ternal pressiue  is  temporarily  decreased  causing  in- 
creased steam  generation  due  to  flashing  and  sending 
more  steam  to  the  load.  A  cooperating  bypass  system 
IS  provided  to  accommodate  large  sudden  decreases  in  the 
load  steam  requirements. 


ITOBt 


wriH 


to  ftc  United 

ttc  Sccntery  of 


3,671,391 

PERISCOPE  STADIMEnat  SIMULA. 
CAMERA  SWEEP  INELAY 

CnlR.  DriAcD,  Winter  Park,  Fla., 
Statw  of  AoMrica  m  rcpreaenta 
AeNary 

FUed  Dm^  7, 1970,  Sc  No.  95,595 

In  a  training  device  having  a  periscope  view  simulator 
wherem  a  view  seen  through  a  periscope  is  synthesized 


1086 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  30,  1972 


and  displayed  on  a  m(nitor  TV  screen,  means  are  pro- 
vided for  presenting  a  "gfaost"  image  on  the  screen.  The 
ghost  image  stimulates  the  image  seen  through  a  peri- 


scope when  a  stadimeter  built  into  the  periscope  is  used  to 
determine  the  range  of  a  ship  or  other  possible  torpedo 
target,  with  respect  to  the  periscope. 


3,67132 
UGHT-WATER  BREEDER  REACTOR 

Bcnott  R.  Bcaudoin,  Irwin,  and  Joseph  D.  Cohen,  David 
H.  Jones,  Lester  J.  Maricr,  Jr^  aad  Hairy  F.  Raab, 
Jr^  Pmabuigh,  Pa^  assiswirs  to  the  United  States  of 
America  as  represented  by  tlie  United  States  Atomic 
EiMiiy  Comndarion 

FHcd  Mar.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,138 

Int  CL  G21c  5/00 


US.  CL  176—18 


5  Claims 


1 

'  ■  •  r 

Cm: 

•S 

1 

'«- 

»• 

.\S    1 

• 

/ ,- 

"»«, 

'm' 

V..'-' 

•« 

~f» 

■ 

■r 

v  ■  ' 

'■r-i 

•  T 

•4 

»4 

tJ 

■^ 

■ 

**J 

$T 

'■f-'^ 

-^ 

'  - 

'  11 

■?•. 

'•> 

■ 

■ 

'**'. 

M 

\  \^ 

.    , 

^     N"^ 

,.v 

U 

Mf 

K^ 

-** 

r^ 

n 

^ 

M 

. 

M 

'■«. 

W' 

'    tl 

»» 

y  '*' 

^. 

^ 

■1 

iV 

I  3,671,393 

NUCLEAR  REACTOR  FUEL  ELEMENtS 

Albert  Etfacridgc  WUBams,  Blackpool,  Engtend,  assignor 
to  United  Unfdom  Atomic  Energy  Authority,  Lon- 
don, Eoghmd 

I     Filed  Ang.  11, 1969,  Ser.  No.  848,788   | 

Chdma  priority,  application  Great  Brttafa^  Ang.  29, 1968, 

41,344/68 

i  Int  CL  G21c  3/18 

CL  176—73 


U.& 


A  light-water-moderated  and  -cooled  nuclear  breeder 
reactor  of  the  seed-blanket  type  characterized  by  core 
modules  comprising  loosely  packed  blanket  zones  en- 
riched with  fissile  fuel  and  axial  zoning  in  the  seed  and 
blactket  regions  within  each  core  module.  Reactivity  con- 
trol over  lifetime  is  achieved  by  axial  displacement  of 
movable  seed  zones  without  the  use  of  poison  rods  in 
the  embodiment  illustrated.  The  seed  is  further  character- 
ized by  a  hydrogen-to-uranium-233  atom  ratio  in  the 
range  10  to  200  and  a  uranium-233-to-thorium-232  atom 
ratio  ranging  from  0.012  to  0.200.  The  seed  occupies 
from  10  to  35  percent  of  the  core  volimie  in  the  form  of 
one  or  more  individual  islands  or  aimuli. 


! 


Claims 


n= 


X 


rr      a      x/i     Ig  It       I     li  K  n 


A  nuclear  reactor  fuel  element  comprises  nuclear  fuel 
material  enclosed  in  a  protective  sheath,  a  number  of 
spacer  members  being  provided  in  the  sheath  dividing 
the  fuel  material  into  longitudinal  segments.  The  ends  of 
the  spacer  members  are  longitudinally  crushable  enabling 
the  fuel  segments  to  expand  in  the  longitudinal  direc- 


tion of  the  sheath  to  avoid  swelling  of  the  sheath 
expansion  of  the  fuel  segments. 


>y  radial 


3,671,394 
mCULATED  FUEL  ELEMENT  HOUSING 


Louis  Bcmatli, 
Reseda,  Calif., 
Corporation 


Canoga 


MS,  CL  171 


-79 


Parle,  and  Joseph  V.  Facha, 
to  North  American  RockwcU 


I  Chdme 


Filed  Dec  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,244 
Int  CL  G21c  i/10 


An  articulating  ball  joint  integral  with  and  near  the  base 
of  a  plurality  of  nuclear  reactor  fuel  elements  to  compen- 
sate for  bowing  distortions  and  stresses  caused  by  an  ad- 
verse thermal  environment  within  the  core  of  a  reactor 
which  allows  for  a  slight  misalignment  minimizing  com- 
ponent stresses  in  the  housing  of  each  of  the  fuel  ele- 
ments. 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1087 


3,671,395 

METHOD  FCNt  Plt(N>UCING  CITRIC  ACID 

Hideo  Fukuda,  Osaka;  TakashI  Suaki,  Takvasuka;  YasuUro 

Sumino,  Kobe,  and  Shuaichi  Akiyana,  Kyoto,  aB  of  Japan, 

•Higwin  to  Takcda  Chenfey  IndiMtria*,  Ud^  OMka,  Japui 
Fled  Jan.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  7,232 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  Jan.  30,  1969, 44/69S6 

Int  a.C12dy  J/00 

U.S.CL195— 28R  llOalms 

Method  for  producing  citric  acid  which  involves  inoculating 
a  citric  acid-accumulating  and  hydrocarbon-assimilating 
strain  of  bacterium  belonging  to  the  genus  Corynebacterium 
in  an  aqueous  culture  medium  containing  at  least  one  Ct-Cm 
—  normal  paraffin  as  the  principal  carbon  source;  incubating 
the  culture  at  a  pH  of  from  about  5  to  about  8  until  citric  acid 
is  substantially  accumulated  in  the  culture  broth;  and  recover- 
ing the  the  so-accumulated  citric  acid  therefrom.  The  ad- 
vantage of  the  above  method  resides  in  the  fact  that  the  n- 
paraffin  hydrocartmn  source  is  available  in  large  quantities 
and  at  low  cost;  the  fermentation  period  (2-3  days)  is  con- 
siderably shorter  than  conventional  methods  and  the  citric 
acid  thus-obtained  is  produced  in  a  high  yield  and  in  a  pure 
form. 


contain  a  source  of  nitrogen  selected  from  the  group  conist- 
ing  of  lactoserum  or  lactosenim  and  cereal  bran  in  amounts 
corresponding  to  S  to  1 S  grams  of  lactoserum  on  a  dry  solids 

basis  per  liter  of  broth  when  used  alone,  or  3  to  7  grams  of  lac- 
toserum and  4  to  8  grams  per  liter  of  cereal  bran  when  both 
are  present  in  the  broth  as  a  source  of  nitrogen. 


3,671^96 
PREPARATION  OF  L-ISOLEUCINE  BY  FERMENTATION 
Kiyoshi  Nakayama,  Sagamlhara-sU,  and  lUroshi  Hagino, 

HachfaUI-ehl,  both  of  Japu,  Msignors  to  Kyowa  Hakko 

Kogyo  fCabushlkl  Kaisha,  Tokyo-to,  Japaa 

Filed  March  5. 1969,  Scr.  No.  804,696 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  March  13,  1968, 
43/15903 

fait  CL  C12d /J/06 
U.S.  a.  195—28  R  13  Claims 

L-isoleucine  is  prepared  by  culturing  a  hydrocarbon  as- 
similable microorganism  in  a  culture  medium  containing 
hydrocarbon  as  the  main  carbon  source  and  a-aminobutyric 
acid,  hydroxybutyric  acid,  threonine  or  mixtures  thereof  or 
non-toxic  salts  thereof.  Microorganisms  of  the  genera 
Corynebacterium,  Brevibacterium,  Arthrobacter,  Micrococ- 
cus, Pseudomonas.  Nocardia,  Streptomyces,  etc.,  are  particu- 
larly suitable  for  use  in  the  process. 


3,671399 
POLY  ANIONIC  COMPOUNDS  IN  CULTURE  MEDU 
Cckoric,  Jr.,  BcBeviBc;  George  Evans,  Hopotcong,  and 
RoMld  Searcy,  Upper  Montdair,  aU  of  N J.,  mrignors  to 
Hoffmaii-La  Roche  &  Im.,  Nutky,  N  J. 
Coatinuation-faHpart  of  Scr.  No.  691,585,  Jan.  15, 1968, 
abudencd.  TMs  appHcatioa  Aug.  30, 1968,  Scr.  No.  756,427 

iBt.  CL  C12k  7/00 
U.S.  CL  195— 100  22  nriiiii 

Sulfated  polysaccharide,  polyethylene  sulfonic  acid,  polyvi- 
nyl sulfuric  acid,  polystyreme  sulfonic  acid,  a  suUiate  ester  (tf  a 
polyethylene  ether  of  an  aliphatic  alcohol  having  from  12  to 
18  carbon  atoms,  monothioglycerol  or  sulfated  naphthal^le 
arc  combined  with  a  bacterial  culture  medium.  These  com- 
positions inhibit  the  antibacterial  components  of  con- 
taminated body  fluids,  thereby  allowing  the  contaminant  bac- 
teria to  grow  freely. 


3,671,400 
BACTERUL  CONTROLS  AND  PREPARATION  THEREOF 
Thomas  Cckoric,  Jr.,  and  George  Evans,  both  of  Hopotoong, 
N  J.,  assignors  to  Hoffmann-La  Roche  Lmu,  Nudey,  N  J. 
Filed  Dec.  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  882,691 
Int  CL  C12k  im 
U.S.  CL  195- 100  14  CUnH 

Bacteria  are  preserved  by  centrifiiging  a  broth  culture,  mix- 
ing the  bacterial  sediment  with  gelatin,  diethylaminoethyl 
dextran  and  monosodium  glutamate,  and  drying  at  ambient 
temperature  on  a  non-adhering  support  surface.  The  product 
is  useful  as  a  control  for  test  procedures  and  reagents. 


3,671,397 

METHOD  OF  PREPARING  L-DOPA 

Charles  J.  Sib,  Madison,  Wis.,  asdlgnor  to  WIscoMfai  Alumni 

Research  Foundalkm,  MadboB,  Wk. 

Contimiarton-lB-pnrt  of  Scr.  No.  826,003,  May  19, 1969, 

Bbandenwi.  TMs  applicalion  Sept.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862,061 

IatCLC12dyi/0d 
U.S.CL  195-29  nClahns 

A  process  for  preparing  L-dopa  from  L-tyrosine  and  deriva- 
tives therecrf'  which  comprises  suitably  blocking  the  amino 
function  of  the  tyrosine  and  subjecting  the  resulting  com- 
pound to  the  fermentative  action  of  an  organism  which 
elaborates  an  oxygenating  enzyme. 


3,671,401 
METHOD  OF  CALCINING  AND  DESULFURIZING 

CARBONACEOUS  CONTIGUOUS  BED  OF 

AGGLOMERATES  WITH  PARTICULATE  HEAT 

CARRIERS 

Everett  Gorin,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  aMignor  to  Consolidated  Coal 

Compaay,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

FBed  July  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53370 

Int.  CL  ClOb  49H8, 53108, 57/12 

U.S.CL201— 12  71 


3,671398 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  POLYSACCHARIDES  BY 

FERMENTATION 

Pierre  CoHb,  and  Roger  Merle,  both  of  McBc(Deux-Scvra*), 

France,   amigBon   to   Mcic  Bcaoos,   MeUe(Deux-Scvres), 


t  of  Scr.  No.  717,439,  March  24, 1968, 
I  Sept.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,157 
Clainu  jmority,  appUcation  France,  April  3. 1967, 101218 
IaLa.C12b7/00 
U.S.CL195— 31P  7Cfadim 

A  process  for  producing  polysaccharides  by  fermentation  of 
carbohydrates  in  a  fermentation  bath  with  microorganisnn  of 
the  class  Xanthomonas  in  which  the  broth  is  formulated  to 


An  improved  process  for  calcination  <3i  ag^omeratcs  to 
produce  coke  suitable  for  use  in  on  reduction  fumacet, 
wherein  calcination  is  effected  simultaneously  in  at  least  two 
different  heat  transfer  zones,  in  one  of  which  gas  is  the  prin- 


1088 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  201,  1972 


cipal  source  of  heat  and  in  the  other  of  which  solids  are  the 
principal  source  of  heat  A  stream  of  hot  finely  divided  solid 
heat  carriers  are  showered  downwardly  through  the  interstices 
of  said  downwardly  moving  bed  ccmsisting  essentially  of  a 
column  of  contiguous,  preheated  agglomerates  in  the  calcin- 
ing zone  at  a  velocity  which  is  greater  than  that  of  said 
downwardly  moving  bed,  the  temperature  of  said  heat  carrier 
bdng  higher  than  that  (tf  said  agglomerates. 


remove  liquids  therefrom  and  the  air  stream  is  mixed  with  the 
effluent  and  the  mixture  is  oxidized,  brought  into  heat 


3,671^2  N^  .  I — M 

FLUmZING  BED  COiONG  METHOD  OF  BROWN  COAL 
WcTMr  Wend,  Aschsa.  mmI  Ham  Penning.  Cdognc  Un- 
both  of  GcmMiy,  swignBn  to  Rhctaische  Bnwn- 
!AG,KolH,G«raMBy 
nkd  April  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,891 
Claims  fviority,  application  Germany,  April  29,  1969.  P  19 
21  710.8 

lBt.CLC10b<«9/yO 

11,5.0.201—15  6ClaiiM   exchange    relationship    with    incoming    wastes    and    then 

discharged. 


I-' 

I 


FMCs  B  atms 


TION      HC*TCR 
(  FJNCS    •  OASCS  I 


If' 
.•OT 

1*111 


3,671,403 

PROCESS  FOR  COKING  PUMPABLE  ANIMAL  AND 

DAIRY  WASTES 

Howard  V.  Hess,  Gknham,  and  Edward  L.  Cok,  Fbhklll,  both 

of  N.Y^  — rignori  to  Texaco  Lm^,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

FIlMl  Sept.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,775 

lBLCLClObJJ/02 

U.S.  a  201-25  5Claiim 

Animal  and  dairy  wastes  are  converted  to  deodorized  coke 

suiubie  for  use  as  fertilizer  or  soil  conditioner,  an  aqueous 

odor-fiee  efDuent  having  low  chemical  oxygen  demand  and 

reduced  phosphorus  content  and  an  odorless  gas  suitable  for 

diKharge  to  the  atmosphere.  The  wastes  are  coked  in  the 

liquid  i^iase  under  pressure  to  produce  wet  coke  and  a 

malodorous,  gas-containing  effluent  high  in  chemical  oxygen 

demand.  The  wet  coke  is  treated  with  pressurized  hot  air  to 


r  3,671,404 

PELTIER  EFFECT  CONCENTRIC  STILL  WITH  HIGH 
TEMPERATURE  HEAT  SUPPLYING  MEANS 
MOtoB  MecUcr,  16348  Tapper  Street,  Sepuivcda,  Calif. 
Coatia«atkHi<4B-part  of  Scr.  No.  381,588,  July  9, 1964,  Pat. 
No.  3^93,130.  Thk  appHcadoa  July  12, 1968,  Set.  No. 
744  485 
Int.  CL  BOld  7/22;  B08b  9/00  I 

144 


U.S.CL102-176 


fCtdms 


For  the  coking  of  brown  coal,  lignite  or  the  like  there  is  pro- 
vided a  coking  system  which  includes  a  coking  apparatus  and 
an  associated  heater  from  which  hot  air  is  introduced  into  the 
coking  apparatus.  One  part  of  the  fine  grained  portion  of  the 
charge  mixed  with  gases  derived  firom  the  coking  process  is  in- 
troduced from  the  coking  apparatus  into  the  combustion 
chamber  ctf  said  heater  to  serve  as  fuel  therefor. 


A  thermoelectric  diffusion  still  including  a  concentric  series 
of  section  which  sections  are  cloaely  spaced  to  define  imnular 
diffusion  spaces  therebetween.  A  aeries  of  thermoelectric  ele- 
ments are  positioned  within  such  sections  providing  heated 
and  cooled  surfaces,  respectively,  on  opposite  sides  of  the  sec- 
tion as  well  as  facing  each  other  across  the  spaces  to  evaporate 
and  condense  a  feed  fluid.  Means  are  provided  for  collecting 
condensate  from  the  opposite  surfru:e  of  each  of  the  sections. 


1  3,671*405 

METHOD  OF  ELECTROFORMING  ON  SURFACES 
HAVING  PROJECTIONS 
Mkhad  Mattia,  Upper  Darby,  Fa.,  asBlgBorlo  The  Budd  < 
puiy,Pbaadclplila,Pa. 

I        FBad  Dec  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,548 
■  loL  a  C23b  7/00. 5/00 

U.S.CL204— 4  3( 

A  medKxi  ai  electroforming  on  surfaces  having  relatively 
high  projections  by  providing  a  shield  of  electrically  non-con- 


1000 


OFFTnTAT.  OAZETTE 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1089 


ductive  material  to  encircle  a  portion  of  the  length  of  the  pro- 


jection and  thereafter  periodically  raising  the  shield  at  a  rate 
corresponding  to  the  rate  of  deposition  on  the  projections. 


3,671,406 

METHOD  OF  JOINING  DISSIMILAR  METALS  BY 

PLATING 

Michad  Matda,  Upper  Dvby,  and  Herbert  D.  Van  Sdvcr,  H, 

Mcrioo,  both  of  Pa.,  aasigaors  to  The  Budd  Company, 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Filed  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48,240 

lot  CLC23b  7/00. 5/<<6 

U.S.CL204— 16  4Claims 


3,671,408 
RHODIUM-PLATINUM  PLATING  BATH  AND  PROCESS 
Albert  Mkhad  Marthiri,  Hiifham  Park,  N J.,  ■nlgim  to  Sel- 
Rca  Corporalloa,  Natlcy,  N  J. 

Fled  May  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  146,808 
IiitCLC23b5/J2 
U.S.a.204— 43  13CWw 

An  electrolyte  and  process  for  electrodepoeiting  a  low  stress 
and  mirror  bright  rhodium-platinum  alloy.  The  electrolyte 
comprises  an  aqueous  solution  oi  rhodium  sulfate,  platinum  as 
P  salt  and  sulfamic  acid. 


3,671,409 
ELECTRODEPOSmON  OF  NICKEL 
ErMst  Charles  Henry  Barrett,  Thomtoa  Heath,  Ei^land,  aa- 
-' to    Londoa    A    ScaMttnaviaa    Mctdurfical    Co., 


FBed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,638 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  May  7.  1969. 
23.285/69 

lBt.a.C23b5/0« 
U.S.  a.  204—49  9  rut^ 

Known  nickel  plating  baths  can  have  large  amounts  of 
chloride  incorporated  in  them.  An  improved  nickel  plating 
bath  is  described  which  has  water-soluble  bromide  in  it, 
preferably  many  times  the  weight  of  nickel  present.  The  bath 
can  include  other  electrodepositable  metals  besides  nickel,  so 
that  the  electrodeposition  of  hard  nickel  aUoys  can  also  be  ac- 
complished. The  main  result  of  the  high  bromide  formulations 
proposed  is  to  give  deposits  of  nickel  or  its  alloys  which  are 
noubly  free  from  stress.  Many  examples  of  nickel  plating 
baths  are  given. 


Dissimilar  metal  parts  such  as  aluminum  and  stainless  steel 
are  machined  to  prepare  a  connecting  joint  between  the  parts. 
Preliminary  adherent  coatings  are  individually  applied  to  the 
dissimilar  metal  parts  in  the  machined  areas.  The  parts  are 
then  positioned  together  and  subject  to  anodic  and  cathodic 
treatments.  Metal  is  then  electrodeposited  to  fill  in  machined 
portions  of  the  joint,  to  provide  a  mechanical  structure  capa- 
ble of  transmitting  stress  fix>m  one  part  to  the  other. 


3,671,407 
METHOD  FOR  PREVENTING  HIGH-TEMPERATURE 
BLISTERING  OF  CCM*PER  COATINGS  ELECTRO- 
DEPOSITED  ON  COPPER  SUBSTRATES 
CoUn  B.  Hamflton,  MonroeviUe,  and  Edwvd  J.  Olcs,  Jr.,  Pitt- 
sburgh, both  of  Pa.,  assignors  to  United  Stales  Sted  Corpora- 


Filed  SepL  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,559 

IiiLaC23bi/02 

U.S.a.204— 32R  SOafans 

A  method  for  preparing  the  surface  of  copper  substrates  by 
anodically  dissolving  the  surface,  for  a  time  and  depth  suffi- 
cient to  substantially  decrease  higher  local  oxygen  content  of 
the  surface  and  thereby  im(»x>ve  the  adhesion  of  elec- 
trodeposited copper  coatings.  More  specifically,  the  surfiu:e 
pretreatment  provides  a  base  for  an  electrodeposited  copper 
coating  with  enhanced  resistance  to  blistering  and  peeling  at 
temperatures  in  excess  of  700°  F. 


3,671,410 
METHOD  FOR  MAKING  METAL  OXIDE  MEMBRANES 
Henry  M.  Stahr,  Ames,  Iowa,  Msignor  to  Phflip  Morris  Incor- 
porated, New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1 1,785 
Int.  CL  C23b  9/00 
US.  a.  204-56  9  n.i— 

Metal  oxide  membranes  are  produced  by  anodization  of 
selected  metals  capable  of  forming  coherent  but  porous  oxide 
films.  The  remaining  unoxidized  metal  is  removed  by  reaction 
with  bromine  or  ammonium  bromide  leaving  a  flexible, 
mechanically  strong  metal  oxide  film  of  about  300  to  20,000 
A.  thickness. 


3,671,411 
TREATMENT  OF  CARBON  OR  GRAPHITE  FIBERS  AND 
YARNS  FOR  USE  IN  FIBER  REINFORCED  COMPOSITES 

Jaaci  D.  Ray,  Sprtegfldd;  SummI  Striiighn,  and  Robert  A. 

Cass,  both  of  Daytoi^  wM  of  OMo,  asaJgniMi  to  The  Uiriled 

States  of  America  as  reprsaortod  by  the  Sccretwy  of  the  Ak- 
Force 

Filed  March  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,251 

Int  CL  BOlk  1100 
U.S.CL204— 130  5CWim 

Carbon  fiber  or  yam  as  used  in  fiber  reinforced  composites 
is  electrolytically  treated  to  improve  the  surface  charac- 
teristics and  thereby  to  improve  its  bonding  or  adhesion  to  the 
matrix  material.  By  this  improved  bonding,  shear  strengths  o( 
resultant  fiber  resin  or  plastic  composites  have  been  more 
than  doubled.  The  electrolytic  treatment  is  conducted  by 
using  the  fiber  or  yam  as  the  anode  and  using  en  electrolyte 
such  as  an  aqueous  caustic  soluti(m. 


1090 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671,412  organic  phase  containing  a  high  molecular  weight  quaternary 

PROCESS  F(Nt  THE  REMOVAL  OF  IONIC  ammonium    salt    dissolved    in    a    high    molecular    weight 

C(N4TAMINANTS  FROM  AN  ELECTROCOATING  BATH    nitrophenyl-type  solvent. 

Jamca  E.  Lohr,  WiriHi^fanl,  Ptu,  ■irfiniir  to  E.  L  dv  PMrt  de 

Nemours  asi 


Fled  Aprl  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,663 
IM.  CL  BOlk  S/02:  C23b  13/00;  BOlb  13/02 


U.S.CL204— 181 


An  electrolysis  cell  for  the  removal  of  ionic  contaminants 
from  an  electrocoating  bath  and  the  utilization  of  this  electrol- 
ysis cell  in  an  electrocoating  process  are  the  subjects  of  this  in- 
vention; the  electrolysis  cell  comprises  an  anode  assembly  of  a 
frame  having  attached  thereto  a  metal  anode  and  an  anion 
permeable  membrane  that  is  held  by  the  frame  in  close  rela- 
tionship with  the  anode  and  forms  a  compartment  between  the 
membrane  and  the  anode;  a  cathode  is  positioned  in  a  close 
relationship  to  the  anode  assembly;  the  elecuocoating  bath  is 
brought  into  contact  with  the  membrane  and  anionic  impuri- 
ties that  are  present  in  the  bath  migrate  toward  the  anode  and 
are  removed  firom  the  compartment  in  the  anode  assembly; 
the  membrane  is  impermeable  to  the  film-forming  polymeric 
materials  and  pigments  utilized  in  the  electrocoating  bath  and 
is  selectively  permeable  to  the  water-soluble  anionic  impuri- 
ties in  the  bath;  the  electrolysis  cell  can  be  positioned  directly 
in  the  electrocoating  bath  utilized  in  the  electrocoating 
process  or  may  be  positioned  outside  of  the  bath  and  have  the 
bath  passed  through  the  electrolysis  cell  and  recycles  into  the 
bath.  It  is  also  possible  to  remove  cationic  contaminants  from 
the  bath  by  using  a  cation  permeable  membrane  positioned  in 
a  cathode  assembly  similar  to  the  above  anode  assembly  in  the 
electrolysis  cell. 


3,671,413 
NITRATE  ION  SENSmVE  ELECTRODE 
Warroi  M.  Wise,  Conring,  N.Y.,  osrigwor  to  Corniiig  Glaas 
Works,  Coniiiig.N.Y. 

FVcd  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,138 

hiLCLCOln  27/46 

U.S.  a.  204-195  L  4  Claims 


An  electrode  for  measuring  the  concentration  of  nitrate 
ions  in  an  aqueous  solution  wherein  the  sensinir  nortion  is  an 


HYI 


3,671,414 
'DROGEN  lON^ELECnVE  SENSOR 
WiHard  T.  Gmbb,  SchcMCtady.  N.Y.,  rndgaor  to  General 
Electric  Coapaay 

iFOedMarcii  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  122354  I 

laL  a,  coin  27/46  -^   ] 

US.  a.  204- 195  R  7  Odms 


/r- 


A  hydrogen  ion-selective  sensor  comprises  an  elongated, 
flexible  tube  having  opposite  open  ends  and  being  electrically 
insulating,  a  silver-silver  halide  reference  electrode  positioned 
at  least  partially  within  the  tube,  an  electrical  lead  in  electrical 
conuct  with  the  reference  electrode,  a  gelled  electrolyte  solu- 
tion containing  at  least  one  halide  salt  solution  filling  the  tube 
and  in  conUct  with  the  silver  halide  coated  portion  of  the 
reference  electrode  and  with  the  opposite  end  of  the  tube,  a 
metal  tube  with  an  exterior  surface  of  palladium  surrounding 
at  least  a  portion  of  the  first  tube,  an  electrical  lead  in  contact 
with  the  metal  tube,  palladium  oxide  adhering  tightly  to  at 
least  a  portion  of  the  exterior  surface  of  palladium  on  the 
metal  tube,  and  electrical  insulation  surrounding  the  remain- 
ing palladium  surface  on  the  metal  tube  and  its  associated 
electrical  lead. 


7CWais 


I  3,671,415 

CONTINUOUS  LEAO.IN  CORE  FOR  AN  ELECTRODE 
ASSEMBLY 
John  HowHstoB  King,  and  Fraak  Smith,  both  of  Runcor*,  Ea- 
gland,  mtOgmon  to  Inportei  Chemical  Induatri 
Loadoa,  Eaglami 

FlMl  Anf.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,034 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain.  Sept.  2,  1969, 
43.329/69 

InL  CL  BOlk  3/04;  C23b  5/68, 5/74 
U.S.  CL  204— 284 

An  electrode  assembly  is  provided  for  an  electrolytic  cell 
which  comprises  a  substantiaUy  horizontally  extending 
foraminate  titanium  structure  carrying  on  at  least  a  part  of  its 
surface  a  coating  comprising  an  operative  anode  material,  an 
array  of  ptfallel  spaced  rods  approximately  covering  the  area 
of  said  foraminate  structure,  each  rod  having  a  titanium  casing 
whictHs  rigidly  and  conductively  connected  along  its  length  to 
the  upper  surface  of  said  foraminate  structure  and  is  also  at- 
tached to  the  titanium  casing  of  at  least  one  rectangular  bar 
which  passes  transversely  over  said  rods  by  welds  which  en- 
close in  fluid-tight  manner  intercommunicating  openings 
through  the  juxtaposed  areas  of  the  casings  of  said  rod  and 
said  bar,  the  casing  of  each  said  rectangular  bar  having  an 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1091 


opening  in  its  upper  face,  and  attached  in  fluid-tight  manner  to 
said  upper  face  to  enclose  said  opening  an  upstanding  wall  of 
titanium  sheet,  the  space  within  said  upstanding  wall  and  the 
titanium  casings  of  said  bar  and  said  rods  being  substantiaUy 


■^  3,671,416 

BULGED  SPHINCTERAL  SEALS  FOR 
ELECTROPLATING  RACKS 
Ralph  E.  Bdkc,  Oak  Park,  IB.,  assignor  to  Bdkc  Manufactur- 
ing Company,  Chicago,  Dl. 

Filed  Feb.  8, 197 1,  Scr.  No.  1 13323 

lot  CLC23g  5/70 

U.S.a.204— 297R  6  Claims 


A  sealed  electrically  conductive  connection  for  a  hanger  to 
an  insulated  spine  of  an  electroplating  rack.  The  rack  is  coated 
with  a  plastisol  material  which  prior  to  curing  in  an  elec- 
troplating bath  is  flexible  and  which  hardens  in  use.  The  con- 
nection comprises  a  plastic  connector  which  has  a  conical  end 
portion  which  extends  into  an  annular  aperture  in  the  plastisol 
material  and  stretches  it  to  obtain  a  sphincteral  embrace 
thereby  and  bulge  the  material  to  obtain  a  thick  section  which 
resists  hardening  throughout,  and  thus  maintains  its  elasticity 
and  seal.  A  counter-sunk  portion  in  the  spine  mates  with  a 
metalic  connecting  stud  to  obtain  a  good  contact  and  the  con- 
nector has  a  bore  to  tightly  admit  a  hxxk  shank. 


to 


3,671«417 
DIELECTRICS  FOR  OZONE^ENERATING 
APPARATUSES 
Robert  LonbovtiB,  La  CcBc  St.  doud,  liVancc, 
Dcgrcmoot,  Sodetc  Gcncmle  D'Epnration  ct  D* 
Bicnt,  RncB-Mahnaison,  France 

FOed  JwK  3, 1970,  So*.  No.  42,915 
fart.CLC01b7i/;2 

U  A  a.  204—320  6 

An  assembly  for  an  ozone-generating  apparatus  consisting 
of  a  cylindrical  tube  of  constant  thickness  which  is  provided 
with  an  internal  metal  coating  and  which  is  characterized  in 
that  said  tube,  which  is  made  of  glass  or  of  any  other  suitable 
material  able  to  be  used  in  an  ozone-generating  apparatus,  is 
essentially  open  at  both  ends  but  fitted  at  one  end  (or  both 


ends  in  some  cases)  with  a  removable  plug  which  is  formed  of 
ozone-resistant  insulating  material  and  provided  with  an  axial 
passageway.  A  metal  rod  is  adapted  to  pass  through  the 
passageway  and  serves  to  apply  voltage  to  the  metal  coating 
which  is  formed  on  the  internal  face  of  the  dielectric  tube,  the 


}    4 


filled  by  a  continuous  core  of  aluminum  or  an  aluminum  alloy, 
said  core  being  Imnded  to  the  surrounding  titanium  surfaces 
by  an  inter  diffusion  layer  of  an  alloy  formed  between  the  core 
metal  and  the  sturounding  titanium  metal. 


>c 


length  of  said  coating  being  slighdy  smaller  than  the  length  of 
said  tube.  The  rod  is  of  smaller  diameter  than  the  passageway 
in  order  to  admit  cooling  air  into  the  dielectric  tube.  The  plug 
may  either  be  inserted  into  the  corresponding  extremity  of  the 
tube  of  insulating  material  or  placed  over  said  extremity. 


3,671,418 

COAL  LIQUEFACTION  PROCESS  UONG  ASH  AS  A 

CATALYST 

John  G.  Galsis,  Dcs  PlafaMs,  DL,  aarignor  to  Utdvcntf  Oil 

Products  Company,  Dcs  PlaiMS,  DL 

Filed  Dec  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,676 
Int.  CLClOg  7/06.  y/0« 
U.S.CL208— 10  7CWnw 

A  method  for  the  liquefacticm  of  coal  using  a  solvent  extrac- 
tion process  in  which  finely-divided  coal,  a  solvent,  and  a 
catalyst-acting  ash  derived  from  coal  are  admixed  and  sub- 
jected to  solvent  extraction  conditions.  The  ash  utilized  in  the 
solvent  extraction  process  is  a  substantially  carbon-free 
residue  resulting  from  the  decarbonization  of  coal. 


3,67M19 
UPGRADING  OF  CRUDE  OIL  BY  COMBINATION 
PROCESSING 
Henry  R.  Ireland,  Wcat  Dcptford  Township,  Gkmccatcr  Coun- 
ty, and  Paul  W.  Snyder,  Jr.,  Pitman,  both  of  NJ^  i 
to  Mobil  OU  Corporation 

FBcd  Feb.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,906 
Int.  CLClOg  J  7/00 
U.S.  0.206— 57  7( 


Efficient  utilization  of  hydrogen  and  catalyst  compositmns 
is  achieved  in  a  petroleum  refinery  operation  by  a  specific 


Tinui.    Ort      1 0rro 


1092 


combination  of  unit  operations  which  tend  to  optimization  of 
premium  products.  A  significant  feature  of  this  combination  is 
catalytic  hydrogenation  of  a  fraction  boiling  above  the 
gasoline  range  up  to  1,100°  F.  followed  by  cutting  or  separat- 
ing the  hydrogenated  product  to  form  a  high  boiling  fraction 
boiling  above  about  700°  F.  as  charge  to  a  crystalline  alu- 
minosilicate  catalytic  cracking  operation  with  the  low  boiling 
frwrtion  thereof  boiling  below  about  700°  F.  being  charge  to 
catalytic  hydrocracking. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


3,671,420 
CONVERSION  OF  HEAVY  PETROLEUM  OILS 
Raymond  F.  WDna;  Reese  A.  Peck,  awl  Frank  E.  GuptlU,  Jr., 
all  of  Fkhkiil,  N.Y^  asrignon  to  Texaco  Inc.,  New  York, 
N.Y. 

CootiniiatioB-in-pwt  of  Ser.  No.  81 1,604,  March  28, 1969, 
Pat.  No.  3,607,723.  Thii  appHcatkm  Dec  24, 1970,  Ser.  No. 

101,444 

Int.  CL  ClOf  13100, 37/02 

VS.  CL  208—61  9  Clainis 

Residue-containing   petroleum    oils    are    converted    into 

lighter  products  by  a  combination  of  catalytic  hydrocracking 

and  catalytic  cracking. 


3,671,421 
PROCESS  FOR  INCREASING  THE  YIELD  OF  LOWER 
BOILING  HYDROCARBONS 
Reese  A.  Peck,  and  Raymond  F.  WIson,  both  of  Fbhkffl,  N.Y., 
nirignon  to  Texaco  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Condnnation-teiMrt  of  Ser.  No.  787,560,  Dec  27, 1968, 
abandonwl.  TMb  appicadon  Nov.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89,518 
IwA.  CLClOg  13/12 
U.S.CL208— 68  12Clains 

A  process  for  increasing  the  yield  of  lower  boiling  hydrocar- 
bons from  heavy  hydrocarbon  fractions  by  oxidizing  a  heavy 
hydrocarbon  fraction  using  for  example  air  followed  by  sub- 
jecting the  oxidized  heavy  hydrocarbon  fraction  to  both  a 
pyrolysis  step  and  hydrocracking  step. 


3,671«422 

WATER  POLLUTION  ABATEMENT  IN  A  PETROLEUM 

REFINERY 

Terry  R.  Momrw,  Tonawanda,  N.Y.,  Msifnor  to  MobI  Ofl 

Corporatfcin 

Flkd  Nov.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89,207 
Int.  CL  C07c  3  7/22;  COlg  37/10 
U.S.  0.206— 79  4< 


''•lasr- 


The  processing  of  refinery  waters  to  recover  phenolic  con- 
stituents of  catalytic  cracking  by  adsorption  with  light  process 
naphthas  passed  to  catalytic  reforming  is  discussed. 


June  20,  1972 

3,67M23 

STABILIZING  HYDROCRACKED  LUBRICATING  6lLS 

John  M.  MacDoMOd,  and  Ian  D.  Campbdi,  both  of  Samh,  On- 
tario, Canada,  aalgnon  to  EaK>  Rcseardi  an 
Company 

Filed  March  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  20,134 
^  IiiLa.C10gi7/00 

U.S.  CI.  208-97  16  Claims 

The  insubility  of  lubricating  oils  to  light  and  air  formed  by 
hydrocracking  high  boiling  fractions  is  removed  by  percolat- 
ing the  oil  through  silica-alumina  gels  containing  a  Y-type 
molecular  sieve. 


I  3,671,424 

TWO-STAGE  FLUID  COKING 
Arthur  L.  Saxton,  Warren,  N  J.,  assignor  to^Esso  Research  and 
Engineering  Company 

FOed  Oct.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  867,491 

InL  CI.  ClOb 47/2<  J3//0,  ClOg  9/i2 

U.S.  CL  201- 1 27  14  Claims 


— ac 


A  two-stage  fluid  coking  process  in  which  the  first  stage  is  a 
transfer  line  for  short  contact  time  and  the  second  is  either  a 
transfer  line  or  a  fluidized  bed. 


*  3,671,425 

HYIHIOTREATING  PROCESS  USING  A  CATALYST 
COMPRISING  A  FLUCMUNE-CONTADONG  LAYERED 
CRYSTALLDfE  ALUMINOSIUCATE 
Joseph  Jafle,  Berkeley,  and  Jamci  R.  Kktrdl,  El  Ccrrtto,  both 
of  CaHf.,  aarigpnri  to  Chevron  Rcaearch  Company,  San 
Fmndson,CdW. 
Conttanadoa-in-port  of  Ser.  No.  754^491,  Ang.  21, 1968.  Thb 
applicntfcm  Dec  18, 1969,  Ser.  No.  886,381       I 
IntCLC10|2i/02  I 

U.S.CL208— 216  1  Claim 

A  hydrodesulfiirization  process  is  carried  out  with  a  catalyst 
containing  particles  of  (1)  a  fluorine-containing  layered 
crystalline  clay-type  aluminosilicate  and  (2)  a  tetravalent 
metal  phosphate  in  an  alumina  matrix,  which  also  contains  a 
hydrogenating  component  of  group  VI  metals,  or  compounds 
thereof,  and  a  hydrogenating  component  of  group  Vm  metals, 
or  compounds  thereof. 


3,671,426 
CONTINUOUS  FILTERING  PROCESS 
John  C.  Orcutt,  and  Forest  O.  MIxon,  both  of  Chapel  HiU, 
N.C.,  assignors  to  Research  Triangle  Institute,  Rcseardi  Tri- 
angle PhI^N.C. 

FHed  Sept.  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,61 1 
Int.CLBOldJi/76 
U.S.a.210— 20  9( 

A  continuous  process  for  removing  particulate  and  dis- 
solved impurities  from  a  liquid  comprising  the  steps  of  iaject- 


irkt\A 


rvTTiT'Tr'T  A  T    r«  A  »7T?T«T«i:' 


TtTiac<    Ot\      1079 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1098 


ing  a  particulate  filter  medium  into  a  liquid  stream  to  form  a 
slurry,  conveying  the  slurry  into  the  bottom  portion  of  a 
separation  vessel,  accumulating  the  particulate  filter  material 
in  the  form  of  a  porous  plug,  moving  said  plug  into  the  upper 
portion  of  said  separation  vessel,  pumping  the  liquid  through 


^t¥mff  ovr 


^leom/crotir 


the  lower  portions  of  said  plug,  removing  the  liquid  from  the 
upper  portion  of  the  separation  vessel,  removing  the  particu- 
late Alter  material  from  the  upper  end  of  the  separation  vessel 
above  the  point  at  which  the  liquid  is  discharged  and  subject- 
ing the  removed  filter  material  to  a  cleansing  or  regeneration 
treatment  for  reuse  in  the  process. 


3,671,427 
UGNTTE  PRODUCTS  AND  COMPOSITIONS  THEREOF 
Robert  S.  Andhrews,  Jr.,  Houston,  Tex^  and  WiUam  C.  Mc- 
Danids,  Hobbs,  N.  Mex.,  assignors  to  N  L  Industries,  Inc, 
New  York,  N.Y. 
Contlnuatkm-ln-part  of  Ser.  No.  539,312,  April  1, 1966,  Pnt. 
No.  3,494365.  This  appBcatioH  Jan.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No. 
3,216.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  this  patent  subsequent  to 
Feb.  10, 1987,  has  been  disclaimed. 
InLCLClOmi/Jd 
U.S.  CL  252— 8.5  M  8CfadnM 

Reaction  products  of  humic  acid  with  long-chain  fatty  acyl 
partial  amides  of  a  polyalkylene  polyamine,  such  as  the  reac- 
tion product  obtained  using  tall  oil  fatty  acids  and 
tetraethylene  pentamine,  the  salt  linkage  being  optionally, 
partially  or  largely  converted  to  amide  linkage  by  heat  treat- 
ment The  humic  acid  optionally  may  be  in  part  reacted  with  a 
long-chain  alkyl  ammonium  cation.  The  novel  products  are 
useful  in  compounding  oil  base  well-working  fluids;  as  corro- 
sion inhibitors;  and  for  other  uses. 


toGeorgia- 


3,671,428 

UGNIN  DERIVATIVE 

Chung  Snr  Youn  Khn,  Sacnunento,  CaHf., 

PadHc  Corporation,  Portland,  Oreg. 

Dhrision  of  Ser.  No.  629,894,  April  1 1, 1967,  Pat.  No. 

3,538,071.  This  application  Feb.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  13,186.  The 

portion  of  the  term  of  this  patent  subsequent  to  Jan.  27, 1987, 


InL  CL  ClOm  1/40, 1/32 
U.S.  CL  252—8.5  M  14 

Lignin  derivatives,  particulariy  for  use  m  oil  base  drilling 
muds,  are  obtained  by  reacting  an  oxidized  lignin  with  an 
amine  to  form  a  salt  and  heating  the  resulting  salt  to  elevated 
temperatures  until  a  substantial  portion  of  the  product  is  con- 
verted to  a  nitrogen  containing  product  wherein  the  nitrogen 
is  stable  in  an  aqueous  alkaline  mediimi  at  room  temperature. 


3,67M29 
GREASE-LDCE  SILICONE  COMPOUND 
John  H.  Wright,  EInora,  N.Y.,  Msignw  to  General  Electric 
Company 

Fled  Sept  25, 1969,  Ser.  No.  861,180 
IntCLClOm  7/50. 7/2« 
MS,  CL  252—25  5  Cld^ 

Grease-like  compositions  consisting  of  (1)  100  parts  of  a 
liquid  organopolysiloxane  having  a  viscosity  of  from  SO  to 
200,000  centistokes  at  25°  C.  (2)  from  1 7  to  300  paru  of  fine- 
ly divided  zinc  oxide,  and  ( 3 )  from  about  1 7  to  300  parts  of 
finely  divided  polytetrafluoroethylene.  The  material  is  useful, 
particularly,  in  electrical  switch  gear. 


3,671,430 
HIGH  ALKALINITY  ADDITIVES  FOR  LUBRICATING  OIL 

CORlPOSmONS 
Jean  Corringcr,  Mont-Saint-Algnan,  France,  amlgnoi  to  Esso 

Research  and  Engineering  Company 
Continnation-in-put  of  Ser.  No.  44,632,  June  8, 1970, 
abandoned,  whkh  is  a  continuation  of  Ser.  No.  625,307,  March 
23, 1967,  abandoned.  This  appikalion  Jan.  19, 1971,  Ser.  No. 

107346 

Claims  priority,  application  France.  Jan.  21,1 970, 7002 1 68 
Int.  CL  ClOm  1/40, 1/48 
VS.  CL  252-32.7  E  18  CWns 

An  alkaline  earth  metal  sulfonate  of  high  alkalinity  is 
prepared  by  reacting  an  alkaline  earth  metal  base.  e.g.  calcium 
hydroxide,  with  carbon  dioxide  in  the  presence  of  the  metal 
sulfonate  and  an  alkaline  earth  metal  phenate,  there  also  being 
present  a  polar  solvent  such  as  benzyl  alcohol  or 
tetrahydrofiirfuryl  alcohol,  as  well  as  fxtt  phenol  in  an  amount 
over  and  above  the  stoichiometric  quantity  necessary  to  form 
metal  phenate  by  reaction  with  the  metal  base.  At  the  end  of 
the  reaction  the  solvent  and  free  phenol  are  removed  from  the 
product  by  distillation.  Preformed  metal  phenate  can  be  used 
at  the  beginning  of  the  reaction  or  the  metal  phenate  can  be 
formed  in  situ,  starting  with  free  phenol.  Abo.  in  i^ace  of 
metal  sulfonate,  firee  sulfonic  acid  can  be  used  initiaDy.  with 
sufficient  metal  base  to  convert  it  to  metal  sulfonate.  The  at- 
tainment of  total  base  numbers  of  400  or  more  is  possiUe  by 
use  of  a  second  dispersant  along  with  the  metal  sulfonate.  This 
second  dispersant.  which  is  used  with  the  sulfonate  in  the  pro- 
portion of  0. 1  to  1  part  per  part  of  sulfonate,  can  be  a  thioacid 
of  phosphorus,  or  metal  sah  thereof,  obtained  by  reaction  of  a 
sulfide  of  phosphorus  on  a  hydrocarbon;  an  alkyl  i^ienol  or 
alkyl  phenol  sulfide,  or  metal  sah  thereof,  ot  a  monocarboxyl- 
ic  or  polycarboxylic  acid  or  anhydride,  or  metal  sah  thereof, 
characterized  by  a  long  chain  hydrocarixm  group  d  from 
about  20  to  200  carbon  atoms,  as  for  example,  a  polyisobute- 
nyl  succinic  acid. 


3,671,431 
NEW  LUBRICATING  GREASE  COMPOSITIONS 

Leon  StaHnts,  Skkiervfle,  N J.;  MnrtkiJ.  Devise,  Havcrtown, 

Pa.;  Gerhard  Masrfccr,  Oreland,  Pa.,  aw 

GknsMe,  Pa.,  sssignori  to  The  Untod  States  of 

represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

FOed  Sept  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  74,488 

Int  CL  ClOm  5/20, 7/30 

U3.CL  252-33.6  51 

Subject  disclosure  relates  to  novel  and  improved  high  tem- 
perature lubricating  grease  compositions  in  which  a  single 
component  ingredient  provides  the  composition  with  out- 
standing rust  inhibiting  characteristics  as  weU  as  grease 
thickening  properties.  The  improved  grease  compositions  <tf 
the  invention  consist  of  specified  diester.  hydrocarbon  and  sil- 
icone fluids  thickened  and  rust  inhibited  by  specific  quantities 
of  the  additive  lithium  cis-9-  10-epimino  octadecanoate. 


1094 


OFFICIAL  GAZE 


TTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671,432 

PREPARATION  OF  SUPPORTED  TRANSITION  METAL 

OXIDE  POLYMERIZATION  CATALYSTS 

Edwin  F.  Peters,  Laning,  and  Omar  O.  Juvdaad,  Soirtli  Hol- 

famd,  both  of  DL,  iiiif  on  to  Standard  Ofl  Conpaay, 

Chiovclll. 

CoBtinttatlon  of  Scr.  No.  637,075,  May  9, 1969,  abandoned. 
Thb  aiHiltcadoa  Oct.  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  868,941 
Lit.C].B01J/;/J2 
U.S.  0.252-467  4  Claim 

Polymerization  catalysts  are  prepared  by  adsorbing  water 
upon  an  inert  support  and  extending  a  water-dispersible  or 
soluble  transition  metal  compound  upon  the  support  by  mix- 
ing. The  water  is  then  removed  and  the  transition  metal  com- 
pound converted  to  a  highly  oxidized  state  by  calcination. 


are  imposed  upon  the  sintered  oxidic  ferromagnetic  material 
of  which  particularly  pole  shoes  of  magnetic  heads  are  manu- 
factured, when  said  heads  are  used  at  very  high  tape  speeds. 
No  crumbling  away  of  crystals  or  groups  of  crystals  must  take 
place.  Sintered  oxidic  ferromagnetic  material  which  consists 
of  large  interlocking  crystals  (diameter  more  than  SO  microns) 
has  a  high  resistance  to  detrition.  A  method  of  obtaining  such 
a  crystal  structure  comprises  the  addition  of  from  0.01  to  0. 1 
percent  by  weight  of  an  alkaline  earth  metaborate  to  the  start- 
ing mixture  pf  the  metal  oxides  to  be  sintered,  e.g.  NiO,  ^O 
and  FejOj. 


3,671,433 
LUBRICANT  COMPOSITIONS 
Bnicc  C.  Brenner,  MUhmd,  MidL,  aiignnr  to  Dow  Coming 
Corporation,  MliBand,  Kfidi. 

Filed  Dec  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  99,255 
Int.  CLClOm  7/50 
U.S.a.252— 49.6  7Cl^nM 

The  lubrication  characteristics  of  alkylmethylpolysiloxanes 
in  which  the  alkyl  radical  contains  from  six- 18  carbon  atoms 
are  improved  by  the  addition  of  from  about  0. 1  to  3  weight 
percent  dodecenyl  succinic  acid  anhydride. 


3,671,437 

ETCHANT  FOR  SELECTIVELY  ETCHING  PATTERNS  IN 
THIN  SILICON  DIOXIDE  LAYERS  AND  METHOD  OF 
PREPARING  SUCH  AN  ETCHANT 
Uwc  Picas,  Hamburg,  Germany,  asrignor  to  U.S.  PtiiHpa 
poratkm.  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81,523 
Clainu  priority,  application  Germany,  Oct.  IS,  1969,  P  19 
SI  968.7      I 

I  Int.  CL  C23d  1/00 

U.S.  CL  252— 79.3  2Cl^ms 

This  disclosure  is  directed  to  an  aqueous  etching  composi- 
tion for  silicon  dioxide  based  on  ammonium  fluoride  and 
hydrofluoric  acid  to  which  an  arsenic  or  thallium  salt  has  been 
added  and  to  a  method  of  etching  layers  of  silicon  dioxide  by 
means  of  said  etching  composition. 


I 


3,671,434  I  

QUINONE  PHOSPHATES  AS  LUBRICANT  ADDITIVES  ^  \  3,671,438 

Stephen  J.  Metro,  Seoteh  PWne,  and  Harold  Shaub,  New  ^AP  AND  CONTAINER  THEREFOR 

Providence,  both  of  NJ.,aaBignors  to  EiM  Research  and  En*    Paolo  CiUa,  638  Ovington  Ave.,  Brooklyn,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12,198 
Int.  CL  CI  Id  7  7/00 


FBed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66,077 
lot.  CLClOm  7/46 
U.S.CL  252— 49.8  11  • 

Quinone  phospliates,  including  pentoxyphotplioranes,  have 
been  found  to  be  effective  oxidation  and  corrosion  inhibitors 
in  lubricating  oils,  especially  synthetic  ester  oils. 


U.S.  CL  252—90 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  252 — 62  see: 
Patent  No.  3.671,646 


3,671,435 
COBALT  DOPED  GAMMA  FERRIC  OXIDE 
Paal  Y.  Hwang,  Palo  AMo,  CaiM.,  assign  nr  to  Ampa  Corpora- 
tion, Rcdwooa  aty,  CnHf. 

t  of  Scr.  No.  822,709,  May  5, 1969, 
.  TMi  appHcalioa  July  16, 1971,  So-.  No.  163^424 
Int.  CL  COlg  49/06;  HOlff  1/00 
U.S.  CL  252— 62.56  4  Claims 

Acicular,  cobalt  doped  gamma  ferric  oxide  particles  suita- 
ble for  magnetic  recording  are  produced  by  making  an  aque- 
ous paste  or  slurry  of  a  cobalt  salt  which  will  decompose  below 
600°  C.  and  acicidar  alpha  FeOOH  or  alpha  Fe,Oa-  The  cobalt 
salt  is  decomposed  to  the  metal  or  oxide  form  by  heating  the 
mixture.  Various  cobalt  and  iron  compounds  can  be  used  as 
the  Starting  materials. 


3,671^436 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  A  SD4TERED  OXIDIC 

FERROMAGNETIC  BODY 

Hans  Pdcr  PdoKtwk,  and  David  Jacob  Pcrdi^Jn,  both  of  Em- 

maringd,  Eindhoven,  Netherlands,  assignors  to  U.S.  PUttps 

Corporation,  New  Yorii,  N.Y. 

Filed  March  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,676 
Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  March  20,  1969, 
69043S2 

Int.CLC04bi5/iO 
UJ5.  a.  252— 62.58  3ClidnH 

Stringent  requirements  as  regards  the  renstance  to  detrition 


A  container  for  holding  a  bar  of  soap  includes  a  verticai  wall 
portion,  a  horizontal  flange  portion  extending  from  the  wall 

portion  to  form  an  enclosure  about  the  bar  of  soap  and  a  peg 
sectired  to  the  central  region  of  the  wall  portion.  The  bar  of 
soap  contains  a  central  aperture  extending  therethrough  to  en- 
gage the  peg  for  supporting  the  bar  of  soap  thereon.  A  rela- 
tively non-soluble  insert  is  provided  within  the  bar  about  the 
aperture  to  better  maintain  the  aperture  at  substantiaUy  its  ini- 
tial diameter  despite  the  gradual  diminishing  of  the  size  c^the 
bar  of  soap  during  use. 

I  3,671,439 

OXYGEN  BLEACH-ACTIVATOR  SYSTEMS  STABIUtED 

WFTH  PUFFED  BORAX 
Garland  G.  Corey,  Nfllkown,  and  Bernard  Weinstdn,  Plain- 
fWd,  both  of  N J.,  amignors  to  Amcrfeaa  Home  Producta 
Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Filed  July  22,1969,  Ser.  No.  843,829.  The  portion  of  the  term 

of  this  patent  subsequent  to  May  9, 1989,  hM  been  disdained. 

Int.CLClld7/54,7/7« 
U.S.CL252— 99  9CWms 

Oxygen  releasing  bleaches  such  as  pert>orates  are  combined 
with  activators  and  puffed  borax  to  provide  compositions 
unusually  stable  upon  storage  under  adverse  conditioas  of 
high  temperature  and  humidity  to  which  they  are  normally 
subjected. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  li)72 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1095 


3,671,440 
PROCESS  OF  CLEANING 
Philip  M.  Sobatdi;  Edwfai  R.  Loder,  both  of  CfaKfamati,  OMo; 
Charles  A.  Brmgs,  and  Carmen  R.  Sarge,  both  of  FL 
Thomas,  Ky^  aasignnn  to  Chemed  Corporation,  CfaKhmati, 
OWo 

FOcd  Jan.  16, 1970.  Scr.  No.  3,520 
Int.  CLC lid  7/54 
U.S.CL252— 103  6CWms 

Concentrates  of  liquid  chlorine  containing  machine  dish- 
washing compositions  are  disclosed  which  include  alkali  metal 
hydroxide,  a  tetra-alkali  metal  pyrophosphate,  a  water-soluble 
polymer,  an  alkali  metal  hypochlorite  and  an  aqueous  carrier 
liquid  or  vehicle.  These  concentrates  have  improved  long  last- 
ing hard  water  tolerance.  Cooking  and  eating  utensils  may  be 
cleaned  by  dilute  solutions  of  the  present  machine  dishwash- 
ing compositions  in  water  having  hardness  as  high  as  20  grains 
per  gallon  or  more  with  less  spotting  and  greater  clarity. 


3,671,441 
DRY  CLEANING  DETERGENT 
afaMavOe,  Ohio,  maignor  to 
rock  Corporation,  Clevclnnd,  Ohio 

Filed  Nov.  4, 1968,  Scr.  No.  773,354 
lot.  CL  CI  Id  1/18;  C09d  9/00 
VJS.  CL  252— 153  1  CWm 

Dry-cleaning  compositions  containing  a  combination  of  an 
amine  oxide  and  a  phosphate  ester  of  a  nonionic  surfactant  are 
shown  to  give  optimum  results  with  respect  to  the  removal  of 
all  types  of  soils  and  particulariy  the  removal  of  water-soluble 
soils  from  the  articles  being  dry-cleaned.  Other  components 
may  optionally  be  added  to  obtain  certain  specific  results. 


3,671,442 
AZEOTROPIC  COMPOSITION 
J.  AImi  SchoOdd,  Irvinglon,  and  Roger  A.  Dehmo,  Dobbs  Fer- 
ry, both  of  N.Y.,  Msignors  to  Union  Carbide  Corporation 

DhrWon  of  Scr.  No.  677,7 15.  Oct.  24, 1967,  Pat.  No. 
3,554,918.  Tte  application  June  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,081 
brt.  CL  CI  Id  7/50;  C23f  5/02 
U.S.CL  252-171  3Clafam 

It  is  not  intended  that  the  following  abstract  of  the  disclo- 
sure be  construed  as  limiting  the  invention  in  any  manner. 

The  disclosure  relates  to  binary  azeotropic  mixtures  of 
tetrachlorodifluoroethane  and  methanol.  It  has  also  been 

discovered  that  n-butanol  or  isobutanol  or  sec-butanol  will 
form  azeotropes  with  these  halogenated  solvents. 

The  disclosure  also  relates  to  ternary  azeotropes  of 
tetrachk>rodifluoroethane  and  trichloroethylene  with 
methanol.  It  has  also  been  discovered  that  ethanol  or 
tsopropanol  will  also  form  ternary  azeotropes  with  these  two 
halogenated  solvents. 

in  a  further  embodiment  ternary  azeotropes  are  discloaed 
comprising  tetrachlorodifluoroethane,  trichloroethane  and 
methanol.  It  has  also  been  discovered  that  ethanol  and 
isopropanol  will  also  form  ternary  azeotropes  with  these  two 
halogenated  solvents. 


DoMmFct- 


3.671,443 
AZEOTROPIC  COMPOSITION 
J.  Alan  SchoUdd,  Irvington,  and  Roger  A. 
ry,  both  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Union  CarhMe 

Division  of  Scr.  No.  677,715,  Oct  24, 1967,  Pat  No. 
3,554,918.  Thb  appUcatkn  June  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,082 

Int  a.  Clld  7/50;  C23g5/02 
U.S.CL  252—171  3ClainiB 

It  is  not  intended  that  the  following  abstract  of  the  disclo- 
sure be  construed  as  limiting  the  invention  in  any  manner. 

The  disclosure  relates  to  binary  azeotropic  mixtures  of 
tetrachlorodifluoroethane  and  methanol.  It  has  also  been 
discovered  that  n-butanol  or  isobutanol  or  sec-butanol  will 
form  azeotropes  with  these  halogenated  solvents. 


The  disclosure  also  relates  to  ternary  azeotropes  of 
tetrachlorodifluoroethane  and  trichloroethylene  with 
methanol.  It  has  also  been  discovered  that  ethanol  or 
isopropanol  will  also  form  ternary  azeotropes  with  these  two 
halogenated  solvents. 

In  a  further  embodiment  ternary  azeotropes  are  disclosed 
comprising  tetrachlorodifluoroethane,  trichloroethane  and 
methanol.  It  has  also  been  discovered  that  ethanol  and 
isopropanol  will  also  form  ternary  azeotropes  with  these  two 
halogenated  solvents. 


3,671,444 

AZEOTROPIC  COMPOSITION 

J.  Alan  SchoficM,  Irvfagton,  and  Roger  A.  Ddaao,  Dobbs  Fer. 

ry.  both  of  N.Y.,  aasignorB  to  Uafan  Cwtide  Corporation 
Division  of  Scr.  No.  677,7 15,  Oct  24, 1967,  Pat  No. 

3,554,918.  This  appBcntien  Jnne  2, 1970,  Scr.  Na  54,084 

Int  CL  CI  Id  7/50;  C23g  5/02 

U.S.  CI.  252-171  3ClahM 

It  is  not  intended  that  the  following  abstract  oi  the  disclo- 
sure be  construed  as  limiting  the  invention  in  any  manner. 

The  disclosure  relates  to  binary  azeotropic  mixtures  of 
tetrachlorodifluoroethane  and  methanol.  It  has  alao  been 
discovered  that  n-butanol  or  isobutanol  or  sec-butanol  will 
form  azeotropes  with  these  halogenated  solvents. 

The  disclosure  also  relates  to  ternary  azeotropes  of 
tetrachlorodifluoroethane  and  trichloroeth^ene  with 
methanol.  It  has  also  been  discovered  that  ethanol  or 
isopropanol  will  also  form  ternary  azeotropes  with  these  two 
halogenated  solvents. 

In  a  further  embodiment  ternary  azeotropes  are  disclosed 
comprising  tetrachlorodifluoroethane,  trichloroethane  and 
methanol.  It  has  also  been  discovca«d  that  tthawtl  and 
isopropanol  will  also  form  ternary  azeotropes  with  diese  two 
halogenated  solvents. 


Dobbs  For- 


3,671,445 
AZEOTRCNVC  COMPOSITION 
J.  AlHi  SchoUdd,  Irvh^glMi,  and  Roger  A.  1 
ry.  bothof  N.Y.,  sssipinn  to  UaJo 

DivWon  of  Scr.  No.  677,715.  Oct  24, 1967,  Pat  No. 

3.554,918.  TMs  appMcation  Jane  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,086 

Int  CL  CI  Id  7/50;  C23g  5/02 

U.S.a.252— 171  3ClBlms 

It  is  not  intended  that  the  following  abstract  oi  the  ditdo- 

sure  be  construed  as  limiting  the  invention  in  any  mamter. 

The  disclosure  relates  to  binary  aaeotropic  mixtures  of 
tetrachlorodiflu<MX)ethane  and  methanol.  It  has  also  -been 
discovered  that  n-butanol  or  isobutanol  or  sec-butanol  will 
form  azeotropes  with  these  halogenated  solvents. 

The  disclosure  alao  relates  to  ternary  azeotropes  of 
tetrachlorodifluoroethane  and  trichloroethylene  with 
methanol.  It  has  abo  been  discovered  that  ethanol  or 
isopropanol  will  also  form  ternary  azeotropes  with  these  two 
halogenated  solvents. 

In  a  further  embodiment  ternary  azeotropes  are  disclosed 
comprising  tetrachlorodifluoroethane.  trichloroethane  and 
methanol.   It   has  also  been   discovered  that  ethanol   and 

isopropanol  will  also  form  ternary  azeotropes  with  these  two 
halogenated  solvents. 


3,671,446 
AZEOTROPIC  COMPOSITION 
J.  Alan  Schofidd,  IrvingtOII,  and  RofCr  A.  DdaMS  Dobbs  Fer- 
ry, both  of  N.Y.,  Msignors  to  Union  Carbide  Corporation 

DhMon  of  Scr.  No.  677,715,  Oct  24, 1967.  Pat  No. 
3,554,918.  TIiIb  appMfiioii  June  2, 1970.  Scr.  N^  54.085 
Int  CL  CI  Id  7/50;  C23g  5/02 
U.S.CL252— 171  3CtafaM 

It  is  not  intended  that  the  fiDllowing  abstract  of  the  disdo- 
sure  be  construed  as  limiting  the  invention  in  any  manner. 
The  disclosure  relates  to  binary  azeotropic  mixtures  of 


1096 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


tetrachlorodifluoroethane  and  methanol.  It  has  also  been 
dticoveied  that  n-butanol  or  isobutanol  or  sec-butanol  will 
form  azeotropes  with  these  halogenated  solvents. 

The  disckMure  also  relates  to  ternary  azeotropes  of 
tetrachlorodifluoroethane  and  trichloroethylene  with 
methanol,  it  has  also  been  discovered  that  ethanol  or 
tsofKopanol  will  also  form  ternary  azeotropes  with  these  two 
halogonated  solvents. 

In  a  further  embodiment  ternary  azeotropes  are  disclosed 
comprising  tetrachlorodifluoroethane,  trichloroethane  and 
methanol.  It  has  also  been  discovered  that  ethan<d  and 
isopropanol  will  also  form  ternary  azeotropes  with  these  two 
halogenated  solvents. 


3,671^7 

METHCNXS  OF  SCALE  INHniTION  USING 

SUBSTOICHIOMETRIC  AMOUNTS  OF  AMINO  ALCHOLS 

Xavkr  KowaMd,  Crevc  Coc«r,  Mo^  aarignor  to  Mooaaato 

CoovMy*  St.  Lovis,  Mo. 

FHad  J«iy  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,705 

Ii«.CLC02b  5/06 

U.S.C3.2S2— IM  lOCWaH 

The  predpiution  of  scale-forming  materials  in  an  aqueous 

system  is  inhibited  by  adding  substoichiometric  amounts  of  an 

amino  alcohol  such  as  triethanolamine  to  said  system. 


3,671«448 

METHODS  OF  SCALE  INHDITION  USING 

SUBSTOICHIOMETRIC  AMOUNTS  OF  AMINO 

ALCOHOL  AND  FHOSPHONIC  ACIDS 

Xavkr  KewMrl,  Crave  Cocor,  Mo^  Milginr  to  Mnnwwto 

*  Fled  Sept.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,245 

lM.CLC02b  5/06 

U.S.a.252— 18D  lOCWma 

The  precipitation  of  scak-formtng  materials  in  an  aqueous 
system  is  inhibited  by  adding  substoichiometric  amounts  of  a 
precipiution  inhibitor  which  consists  of  a  mixture  of  an  amino 
alcohol  such  as  triethan<damine  and  certain  phosphonic  acids, 
such  as  amino  tii( methylene  phosphonic  add),  to  said  system. 


G. 


3,671,449 
CEPHALOSPORIN  COMPOSITIONS 

toEMLOy 


t  «f  Scr.  No.  754,992,  Aug.  23, 1968, 
.  TWi  appMcthwi  Aog.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,237 
Iiit.CLC07d99/2<< 
U.S.CL252— 182  5ClaiiDS 

Silylated  cephalosporin  compositions  containing  (a)  si- 
lyated  cephalosporin  nucleus  compound,  (b)  a  sil^amide,  and 
(c)  an  anhydrous  solvent  for  components  (a)  and  (b),  which 
solvent  does  not  contain  Zerwitinoff  hydrogen. 


j  3,671,451 

FLUORESCENT  COMPOSITIONS 

Boydstoa  Lewis  BiMcrflcId,  East  AnwcB  TowMkip,  Hualcr* 

don  Couty,  NJ.,  asrignor  to  AmcricaB  Cyaaanid  Coos- 

pany,  Staaiferd,  Conn. 

FUcd  March  27, 1968,  Scr.  No.  716^18 
lot.  CL  C09k  1 100;  F21k  2100 
U.S.  0.252^301.2  9Clalmc 

Compositions  useful  for  imparting  fluorescent  properties  to 
surfaces  comprising  at  least  one  compound  of  the  formula 


R»        H 

V 


B«OOC 


R«  H 


00  Ri 


wherein  R'  and  R'  represent  individually  alkyl  of  1-18  car- 
bons; R*  and  R^  each  represent  a  monocyclic  or  bicyclic  aryl 
radical. 


3,671/452  

GEMMANIUM  AND  SnJCON  SUBSTITUTED 
MANGANESE  ACTIVATED  MAGNESIUM  GALLAfE 
PHOSPHOR 
nd  ToaMnaaa  Uoda,  both  «(  Tokyo,  Japan,  as- 
to  Tokyo  gidli—iB  Eloclrlc  Co„  Ltd., 


FBed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,322  | 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  May  8,  1969, 44/3S067; 
May  10, 1969,44/35643 

loL  CL  C09k  1104, 1/54  I 

U.S.a.253— 301.4F  3CWm 
A    method    for    manuCscturing    a    phosphor    material 
represented  by  the  following  general  formula: 

yMgO,  ( l-x)Ga,a •  xMCX •  pMnO 

where: 
MOk  '  an  oxide  selected  firom  the  group  consisting  of  OeOt 

andSiOk 

0<Xaa3 

0.70  a  y  a  1.05 

0.001s  p  a  0.05 
which  comprises  subjecting  a  .mixture  of  oxides  having  a  com- 
position expressed  by  the  general  formula  to  a  primary  firing 
at  a  temperature  of  from  1 ,100°  to  1 ,475*  C.  in  an  oxidizing  at- 
mosphere, grinding  and  mixing  the  fired  mass,  and  subjecting 
the  resultant  mixture  to  a  secondary  firing  at  a  temperattire  of 
firom  1 ,000*  to  1 .250"  C.  in  a  reducing  atmosphere. 


3,671,450 
CHEMILUMINESCENT  COMPOSITIONS 

Michael  McKay  Rauhut,  Norwalk,  Conn.,  and  Andrew  MIk) 
Semsel,  RIdgeflekl,  Conn.,  assignors  to  American  Cyanamid 
Company,  Stamford,  Conn. 
CoBttooatfcMi  hi  part  of  Scr.  No.  577,795,  Sept.  7, 19oo, 
abandoacd.  This  appHcatioB  Sept.  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  860,092 

hrt.CLC09ki/00 
U.S.  CL  252- 186  13  Claims 

A  novel  composition  and  the  process  of  producing  the  com- 
position, whereby  the  composition  is  in  the  form  of  a  gel  hav- 
ing chemiluminescent  properties.  More  particulariy,  the  in- 
vention relates  to^the  direct  production  of  light  from  chemical 
energy  employing  any  chemilumineicent  compodtions  in  the 

presence  of  a  gelling  agent  By  "light"  as  referred  to  herein  is 
meant  electromagnetic  radiation  at  wavelengths  falling 
between  about  350  m/i  and  1 ,000  mfi. 


PROCESS] 


3,671^3 
FOR  PREPARING  MULTI-COMPONEN^ 
NUCLEAR  FUELS 
LeoMTd  V.  Triggiani,  Rockvik,  and  Moiscs  G. 
Sevcma  Park,  both  of  Md.,  assigiaors  to  W.  R.  Grace  &  Co., 
NewYof*,N.Y. 
ContimiatkMi-in-pwt  of  Scr.  No.  670,394,  Sept.  25, 1967,  Pat. 
No.  3,514,412.  This  appHcalion  Sept.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No. 
,  860314 

I        ^        Int.  CLC09k  J/00  I 

U.S.  CL  252— 301.1  S  lOOafaas 

A  process  for  preparing  particles,  powders,  spheres,  and 
other  shapes  of  uranium  carbide  or  uranium  nitride  and/or 
thorium  carbide  or  thorium  nitride  containing  significant 
amounts  ctf  a  scccmkI  fissionable  component  The  particles  are 
prepared  by  impregnating  a  matrix  with  a  sol  <»-  other  suitable 
dispersion  of  the  fissionaMe  component  ^ 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1097 


3,671,454 
SmCON  AND/OR  GERMANIUM  DIOXIDE 

^  SUBSTITUTED  MANGANESE  ACTIVATED  MAGNESIUM 
ALUMINATE  GALLATE  PHOSPHOR 
TaMchl  Inoue,  and  Toririmaaa  Ucda,  both  of  Tokyo,  Japan,  as- 
signors to  Tokyo  ShibMra  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.,  KawsMdd-ahl, 
Japan 

FBed  May  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  34,774 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  May  9,  1969, 44/35220; 
May  16, 1969,44/37346 

Int.  CL  C09k  1/04, 1/54, 1/18 
U.S.a.252— 301.4  F  7aainH 

A  phosphor  material  emitting  a  blue-green  light  which  con- 
tiits  of  a  composition  represented  by  the  foUowing  general 
formula:  xMgO(  l-r-z)Oa,0,  yAl,0»  zMO»  pMnO 
where:  Md  —  one  kind  of  oxides  selected  fi-om  the  group  con- 
sisting of  GeOi  and  SiO^ 

0.70  ^x^  1.05 
0.025^X^0.4 
0<zS0.3 
0.001  ^p^0.05. 


3,671,455 

NTTRILES  AS  SCINTILLATION  SOLVENTS  AND 

SOLUTES 

Jooe  P.  A.  CastriUoB,  Rio  PiedrM,  P.R.,  assignor  to  The  United 

States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  United  States  Atonic 
Eacrgy  Comnlasioa 

FOed  May  6, 1971,  Ser.  No.  140,926 

Int.  CL  C09h  1/02 

U.S.CL  252-301.2  SC  9  Claims 


o-TtlafM 


_1_ 


Itr  tot 

I  Solala/L 


3,671,456 

SMOKE  OR  GAS  PRODUCING  COMPOSITION 

Rolf  AndcrsMMi,  Tanmam^ai  26,  Johanncaiiov,  Sweden 

Filed  March  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24^04 

lB«.CLC09kJ/J0 

UA  CL  252—305  7 , 

A  smoke  or  gas-producing  compound  usable  even  in  spin 
stabilized  grenades,  consisting  of  a  gas  producing  liquid  (Ti 
CI4)  absorbed  in  a  powder  with  great  inner  porosity.  The  grain 
division  lies  between  0.125  -  6  nun  and  the  powder  is  under 
graded. 


3,671,457 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  STABLE,  LOW  VISCOSITY  WAX- 
IN- WATER  EMULSIONS 
Warren  K.  Porter,  Jr.,  Richland  Township,  AUeghcay  County, 
Pa.,  assignor  to  Gulf  Research  of  Devdopment  Company. 
Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Filed  May  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  41,590 
Int.  CLBOIJ /J/00 
UACL  252-31 1.5  lOCfadms 

There  is  described  a  novel  method  for  producing  low 
viscosity  water  emulsions  of  high  solids  content  firom  waxes 
using  an  alkylphenol  ethoxylate  emulsifying  agent  having  at 
least  30  carbon  atoms  in  the  alkyl  group.  The  emulsion  is 
prepared  by  mixing  the  constituents  at  an  elevated  tempera- 
ture, then  cooling  the  emulsion  below  the  melting  point  of  the 
wax  and  finally  reheating  the  emulsion  to  the  melting  point  of 
the  wax  or  higher  to  substantially  lower  the  room  temperature 
viscosity  of  the  emulsion. 


3,671,458 

MIXTURES  OF  FATTY  ETHERS  OF  POLYHYDRIC 

ALCOHOLS  AND  THEIR  ANHYDRIDES  AND  PROCESS 

FOR  PRODUCING  SAID  MIXTURES 

Albert  H.  Sherman,  New  Castle,  and  John  D.  Zcch,  Wifanhig- 

ton,  both  of  DeL,  ailgiMwii  to  Atlas  Chemical  Industries, 

Inc.  WUnrfngton,  PeL 

FOed  Sept  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858^81 
IttLCLBOlt  17/32, 17/42 
UACL  252-351  lOdaims 

Ether  compositions  of  fatty  epoxides  and  (>olyhydric  al- 
cohols and  a  process  for  preparing  said  ethers  are  disclosed. 
These  ether  compositions  are  represented  by  the  general  for- 
mula: 


[R  —  X  —  R,  -  0],—  R, 


(1) 


where  R  is  an  alkyl.  alkenyl.  alkaryl  or  alkenaryl  radical; 
X  is  either  S.  O  or  a  methylene  radical.  R.  is  selected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  radicals  of  the  following  formulas: 


Benzonitrile  is  shown  to  be  an  efficient  scintillation  solvent. 
Although  somewhat  inferior  to  toluene,  it  can  surpass  the  per- 
formance of  this  standard  solvent  if  quenchers  are  present. 
Furthermore,  its  high  dielectric  constant,  dipole  moment  and 
complexing  ability  make  it  suiteble  for  the  counting  of  polar 
and  metallic  compounds.  It  has  the  interesting  property  of 
showing  an  appreciable  light  yield  in  the  pure  state,  thus  al- 
lowing the  counting  of  o-emitters  with  no  fluors  added. 
Acetonitrile,  on  the  other  hand,  is  a  very  poor  scintillation  sol- 
vent, although  it  improves  considerably  on  addition  of 
naphthalene.  Also,  in  a  40  percent  mixture  with  benzonitrile, 
the  efficiency  is  good  enough  for  most  purposes.  It  has  been 
determined  that  other  aromatic  nitrites  are  also  efiRcient  scin- 
tillation solvents:  p-tolunitrile,  2,3-  and  2,4-dimethyl- 
benzonitrile  and  phenylacetonitrile.  for  example.  Certain  aro- 
matic nitriles  are  shown  to  be  fairly  satisfisctory  scintillation 
solutes. 


-CHi 


OH 


^ 


CHr 


CHiOH 
and  — CHi— CH— 


y  is  a  number  firom  1  to  4,  and  R,  is  a  radical  remaining  after  y 
hydroxy!  groups  are  removed  from  an  anhydrized  polyhydric 
alochol;  and  mixtures  of  compounds  within  formula  (1)  with 
compounds  represented  by  the  general  formula 


tR-X-R,-0],-R, 


(2) 


wherein  R.  X.  R,  and  y  are  as  defined  above  and  R,  is  a 
radical  formed  when  y  hydroxyl  groups  are  removed  from 
a  polyhydric  alcohol.  The  ether  compositions  are  excellent 
surfactant  compositions,  being  useful  as  antifoaming  agents, 
emulsifiers  and  dispersants.  and  they  are  more  resistant  to 
acid  and  alkali  solutions  than  organic  ester  type  surfactants 
heretofore  used. 


1098 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671,459 
HYDRATED  EMULSIFIER 
Max  E.  Norrk,  Panna,  Ohio,  Milfnr  to  SCM  Corporatioa, 
Clevclaiid,OUo 

Fikd  Joly  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,658 
lata.  BOH /7/i4 
VS.  CL  252—356  4  Oaiim 

An  improved  hydrated  emubifier  having  from  30-6S  per- 
cent Upoidal  emulsifier  component  emulsified  with  fit>m 
70-33  percent  water,  the  improvement  comprising  including 
at  least  about  30  percent  by  weight  of  the  Upoidal  emulsifier 
component  of  an  edible  alkoxylated  partial  fatty  acid  ester  of 
glycerol. 


3^71,463 
PROCESS  FOR  EXTRUmD  CATALYST  AND  CAT/ 

SUPPORTS 
Joseph  Danais  Colpul,  Stanford,  Coaa^  aarifor  to  American 
Cyaaaiaid  Conpaoy,  Stamford,  Coaa. 

FiM  Nov.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,403 
UA.CLtOli  11/44, 11/36 
U.S.  a.  252— 448  104 

A  prxxress  for  catalyst  materials  in  extrudate  form  and  at  in- 
creased density  by  use  of  a  mix  mulling  technique  is  disclosed 
wherein  a  high  molecular  weight,  organic,  water-soluble 
polymer  is  incorporated  into  the  mix  and  results  in  increased 
density  in  the  final  formed  catalyst  at  mulling  times  of  0-1  SO 
minutes. 


PALYST 
Bicrican 

iCIaiins 


3,671,460 

DEFOAMING  COMPOSITIONS  AND  METHODS  OF 

PRODUCING  SAME 

Edwfai  M.  Ho^gtsaag.  Mootdafa-,  N  J.,  asstgnnr  to  Contiiieiital 

Oa  Compaay,  Poaca  Cky,  OUa. 

Filed  April  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,056 
IaLCLBOld/7/00 
VS.  d  252-358  10  CUbs 

A  defoaming  composition  is  produced  by  reacting  a  liquid 
hydrophobic  polysiloxane  oil  with  a  hydrophilic  alpha  alumina 
monohydrate  so  as  to  produce  a  hydrophobic  alumina  reac- 
tion product.  The  reaction  product  is  then  dispersed  in  a 
hydrocarbon  medium  to  produce  the  defoaming  composition. 

The  defoaming  composition  contains  from  about  1  to  40  per- 
cent by  weight  of  the  reaction  produce  and  from  about  60  to 
99  percent  by  weight  hydrocarbon  medium. 


3,671,461 

PROCESS  FOR  CONTROLLING  FOAMS  IN  AQUEOUS 

SYSTEMS  AND  COMPOSmON  THEREFOR 

tdward  Hefannt  Sheers,  I1uahfa«.  and  n^dcridi  Ludwig 

Eackc.  Braax,  botii  of  N.Y.,  assigBnii  to  Arlaoaa  Chcarical 

Coaipoay,  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 

CoiitiiiiMtio»4ii.|Miit  of  Scr.  No.  637428,  May  9, 1967, 
ahaadoBcd.  TMs  appMcaHoa  Dec.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,173 

lBLCLB01dy7/00 
U.S.  CL  252—358  5  Clafaas 

Foam  in  aqueous  media  is  controlled  by  compositions  con- 
sisting essentially  of  ( 1 )  ethylene  oxide  adducts  of  roiin,  and 

(2)  fatty  adds. 


3,671,464 

SURFACER  TREATING  PROCESS  FOR  BLEMISHED 
ELECTROCOAT  SUBSTRATES  AND  SURFACER 
COMPOSITION  THEREFOR 
ABaa  E.  GOchrist,  WcMtakc,  OMo,  Msigaor  to  SCM  Corpora- 
tioB,Clcvdand,OMo  [ 

DIvirfoa  of  Scr.  No.  674,639.  Oct  1 1, 1967.  Pat  No. 
3.578,277.  This  appHcatioa  March  5. 1970.  Scr.  No.  2^.454 
lat  CL  HOlb  1/06:  B44d  1/34 
U.S.CL252— 511  4CUnM 

This  patent  application  sets  forth  a  process  for  surface  treat- 
ing an  electrode  substrate  used  in  electrocoating.  specifically, 
one  which  has  surface  imperfections  or  blemishes,  and  a  sur- 
facer  composition  therefor.  The  surfacer  composition  is  a 
curable  mixture  comprising  binder  resin  and  sufficient  dectri- 
cally  conductive  filler  mixed  therewith  for  at  most  insignifi- 
cantly changing,  in  cured  thin  final  section  on  a  blemished  sur- 
face region  of  said  substrate,  the  electrical  resistance  of  said 
region  relative  to  that  of  the  untreated  adjacent  substrate  to  be 
coated.  In  accordance  with  the  process  suifacer  composition 
is  applied  in  thin  layer  to  the  blemished  region  of  the  sub- 
strate, cured  (and  when  appropriate  fUrther  and  finally 
finished  as  by  wet  sanding),  then  the  thus-treated  substfate  is 
electrocoated  with  paint. 


»   Hooker 

TCbiiM 


3,671,462 
IHSPROPORTIONATION  CATALYST 
Joaa    Ircnee    Ollara,    Stodttoo-oa-Tccs,    and    Cliristopiicr 
Patridi  Cadman  Bradahaw,  Hamptoa,  iMth  of  Eaglaod,  as- 
sigiion  to  The  Bridih  Petrokum  Comimy  Limited,  U»do^ 


FOed  Oct  15, 1969.  Scr.  No.  866.755 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Nov.  6,  1968, 
52,545/68 

IotaC07ci/62 
U.S.CL252— 429A  5CWbis 

A  heterogeneous  disproportionation  catalyst  is  provided 
which  consists  essentially  (tf  ( a )  a  salt  of  molybdenum  or  tung- 
sten (b)  tetrabutyl  tin  and  (c)  a  solid  support  selected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  alumina,  silica,  magnesia,  sepiolite, 
boria,  thoria,  charcoal,  pumice  and  molecular  sieve  and 
wherein  the  molar  ratio  of  the  tungsten  or  molybdenum  salt  to 
tetrabutyl  tin  is  in  the  range  of  from  about  5:1  to  0.01:1  and 
the  support  is  present  in  an  amount  of  from  about  10  to  99.9 
percent  by  weight  expressed  as  a  percentage  by  weight  of  the 
total  wei^t  of  the  salt,  tetrabutyl  tin  and  support. 


3,671,465 

coMPoanoN  and  process  for  stripping  pat^ 

Doaald  P.  Murphy,  RoscvBIc,  Mich.,  Msigiiiii    to  Hooker 
Chemical  Corporatioa,  Nfa^Mra  Falh,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct  1. 1968,  Scr.  No.  764,292 
lat  CL  CI  Id  7/06 
U.S.a252-548 

An  aqueous  alkaline  stripping  solution  which  contains  an 
accelerator  composition  comprised  of  tripropylene  glycol  and 
an  organic  nitrogen  compound  of  the  formula: 


wherein  R,.  R,  and  R«  are  independently  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  hydrogen,  allianol  and  hydroxy  ether 
groups,  which  latter  groups  contain  from  about  two  to  10  car- 
bon atoms,  at  least  one  (tf  R„  R,  and  R«  being  other  than 
hydrogen,  the  compound  having  a  boiling  point  of  at  least 
about  1 00*  C  and  a  nnolecular  weight  which  is  not  substantially 
in  excess  of  about  500.  The  preferred  alkaline  stripping  solu- 
tion is  an  aqueous  sodium  hydroxide  solution  and  the 
preferred  components  of  the  activator  compositic^  are 
tripropylene  glycol  and  triethanolamine. 


linn 


mnrTr'TAT.  nA7.WT'TP^ 


June  20.  1972 


JimE  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1099 


3,671,466 

PROCESS  FOR  POLYMERIZING  THREE-MEMBERED 

HETEROCYCLIC  COMPOUNDS 

Kazoo  Shikato,  Tokayafna;  Suekid  Nahao.  Tsuno-gun,  and 

KatsutoshI  Knoaii,  Tol^oyaaia,  afl  of  Japaa,  aaiignon  to 

Tokuyama  Soda  KabusMki  Kaisha,  Tokuyaaia-shi,  Japan 

FBcd  July  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52^87 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  7, 1969, 44/53 100 

InL  CI.  Cdg  23/ 14 

U.S.a.260-2A  8  Claims 


3,671,468 
POLYMERS  AND  PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  THE  SAME 
MfaKtm  Tsuda,  KMa-adacU-gaa;  AUo  Yoalda,  aad  Takamitsu 
Yukl,  both  of  Tokyo,  aU  of  Japaa,  aasi^Min  to  Chagai 
Sdyaku  KabushUd  Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Japaa 

Filed  Sept  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,231 
Qaims  priority,  application  Japan,  Sept  4,  1 969, 44/69709 
IntCLC08gii/02 
U.S.  CL  260—2  R  19  Oahas 

Novel  polymers  represented  by  the  formula 


Kao 

g360f 


OS         10  20  30 

HEA^  METAL  COMPOCNT/REDUONC  COMPWENT 

(ua.an  ratio) 


Process  for  polymerizing  three-mem  bered  heterocyclic 
compounds  such  as  propylene  oxide,  using  a  new  binary 
catalyst,  i.e.,  a  combination  catalyst  of  two  metallic  com- 
ponents: a  heavy  metal  organic  compound  of  either  nickel  or 
cobalt  and  an  organic  compound  of  zinc. 


3,671,467 
SELENIUM  CONTAINING  POLYMERS 
WoMgaag  H.  H.  GuatlMr.  Wctetcr.  N.Y., 
Corporatioa,  Staoiford,  Coaa. 


to  Xerox 


Filed  July  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,495 

fat  CL  C08g  33/20.  C07d  81/00;  G03g  5/06 

U.S.CL  260-2  M  16  Claim. 

This  invention  relates  to  organic  diselenides  and  polysele- 

ntdes  among  which  are  cyclic  compounds  represented  by  the 
formula: 


O  o 

J_0_B-0-J_ 


CHr 


•R«  R: 

I  ®      I  e 

■N-A-N— CHr 
I  I 

LRa         R« 

2X© 


where  A  and  B  are  each  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of 
a  straight  and  branched  alkylcne,  a  straight  and  branched  al- 
kylene  containing,  as  a  part  thereof,  a  double  bond,  a  triple 
bond  or  a  radical  -(CH,CH,0),-CH,-CH,-wherein  >  is 
an  integer  of  from  1  to  20,  xylylene  and  cyclohexylene;  R,.  R,. 
R,  and  R,  represent  a  lower  alkyl  group,  or  R,  and  R,,  and/or 
Ra  and  K,,  when  taken  together  with  the  nitrogen  atoms  to 
which  they  are  attached,  may  form  heterocyclic  rings;  and  X 
represents  a  halogen  atom,  which  are  useful  for  pharmaceuti- 
cal preparations  and  useful  as  a  coagulating  or  flocculating 
agent  for  clarifying  crude  water  in  the  reservoir  for  water 
supply,  industrial  water  and  sewage  or  drainage  water  are  dis- 
closed. The  polymers  are  prepared  by  reacting  a  compound 
represented  by  the  formula 


Bi  Bi 

N-A-N 
Ri  R« 


wherein  R„  R,,  R,,  R,  and  A  are  as  defined  above,  with  a  com- 
pound represented  by  the  formula 


B 
/   \ 

8e        8e 

V 


XCHi-C-0-B-O-C- 


CH,X 


wherein  R  is  selected  from  divalent  hydrocarbylene  radicals  of 
five  to  20  carbon  atoms,  divalent  heterocyclic,  alicydic  and 
aromatic  radicals  having  from  three  to  SO  carbon  atoms,  it  is  a 

positive  integer  and  X  is  the  radical  —  Se  —  R  —  Se  —  ;  linear 
polymers  having  a  repeating  unit  represented  by  the  formula: 


wherein  B  and  X  are  as  defined  above. 


fSe-A-Se^- 


II 


wherein  A  is  selected  fix>m  divalent  alkylene  radicals  having 
from  nine  to  20  carbon  atoms,  divalent  aromatic  radicals  from 
six  to  50  carbon  atoms  and  divalent  heterocyclic  radicals  and 
polymers  having  a  repeating  unit  represented  by  the  formula: 


r         "I 


m 


wherein  B  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  divalent 
hydrocarbylene  radicals  and  divalent  heterocyclic  radicals,  a 
is  a  positive  integer  of  at  least  3  and  6  is  a  positive  integer 
greater  than  1 .  This  invention  also  relates  to  the  use  of  these 
compounds  in  the  production  of  electrophotographic  plates. 


3.671.469 

METHOD  OF  PREPARING  HALOGEN-CONTAINING 

POLYMERS 

HaroM  E.  Doorenboa,  Nfidand,  Mkfa.,  anignor  to  The  Dow 
Chcmkai  Compaay,  MhHand,  Mich. 

FOcd  Oct  20. 1969.  Scr.  No.  867,921 
lat  CL  C08I 3/20, 13/00      -. 
U.S.CL260-2H  >Ciidim 

Fluorine-,  chlorine-  and/or  bromine-containing  polymers 
are  prepared  by  reacting 

a.  a  monomer  or  mixture  of  monomers  having  the  structural 
formula  R— CX,),,  wherein  n  is  an  integer  from  2  to  4,  X 
is  fluoro,  chloro  or  bromo,  and  R  is  an  n-valent  hydrocar- 
bon or  hak>-substituted  hydrocarbon  group,  each  — CX, 
group  being  an  allylic  or  benzylic  trihak>methyl  group; 
with 

b.  CuX  and/or  CuXt.  wherein  X  has  the  above  meaning,  and 

c.  phosphorous  acid,  alk^  hydrogen  phosphonate  and/or  a 
dialkyi  hydrogen  phosphonate. 

The  polymers  are  thermally  stable  at  elevated  temperatures 
and  are  useful  as  heat-resistant  fire-resistant  films,  coating, 
ablatives  and  the  like. 


1100 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JUSE  20,  1972 


3,67M70 
RIGID  POLYURETHANE  COMPOSITIONS  WITH 
IMPROVED  PROPERTIES 
Loiie  C.  CaK,  14  LockdaMi  RoMi,  WiBcfaoter,  Mmb. 
FBed  AprI  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,396 
bL  CL  C08|  22/06, 22/08, 22/44 
U.S.a.260— 2.5AP  35Clainis 

Polyurethane  fonoulations  baaed  on  a  polyol  component 
which  incorporates  a  hydroxyalkyl-substituted  Mannich  con- 
densation product  and  a  substantial  quantity  of  cyclic 
hydrocarbon  radicals  are  described.  Such  formulations  yield 
rigid  polyurethane  foams  which  exhibit  unusual  inherent 
flame  retardancy  and  exceptionally  good  dimensional  stability 
under  adverse  conditions  of  temperature  and  humidity. 


3,671,471 

DIACID-DIOL  BASED  FOAMS  AND  PROCESS  OF 

MAKING  SAME 

Sauadcn  E.  JaniMNi,  Sonunit,  N  J.,  a«igiior  to  Cdanese  Cor- 

porMioa 

FBed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,908 
Into.  COM  4  7/0« 
U.S.CI.260— 2.5R  12Clatai8 

A  rigid  foam  useful  in  insulating,  molding  and  packaging,  is 
prepared  by  (a)  reacting  a  four  to  10  carbon  alpha-beta 
ethylenically  unsaturated,  dicarboxylic  acid  with  a  six  to  SO 
carbon  diol  and  (b)  heating  the  resulting  product  to  a  tem- 
perature sufRcient  to  effect  decarboxylation  of  the  resulting 
unsaturated  diacid-dioi  adduct. 


3,671,472 
MINERAL^OATING  COMPOSITIONS  COMPRISING  AN 
AMINE  POLYMER  AND  AN  AMYLACEOUS  SUBSTANCE 

AND  PAPERS  COATED  THEREWrfH 
Raymoad  W.  McNaoMe,  Honham;  Luboaiir  Mlynar,  Hatboro, 
aad  NornuB  Schachat,  Lcvtttowa,  aU  of  Pa.,  asdgnors  to 
Roka  and  Haas  Compaay,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Filed  Oct.  7, 1968,  Scr.  No.  765,619 
iBt  CL  C08f  45/06, 45/18 
U.S.CL260— 17.4ST  ISCUnis 

Mineral  coating  compositions  for  coating  papers  in  which 
the  binder  comprises  an  amine-containing  copolymer  and  an 
amylaceous  substance.  Improvement  in  wet  rub  resistance  is 
obtained. 


3,671^473 

POLYMERS  FORMED  FROM  THE  REACTION  OF  A 

MIXTURE  OF  A  POLYEPOXIDE  AND  A  POLYESTER  AND 

AN  UNSYMMETRICAL  DISUBSTITUTED  HYDRAZINE 

Edward  A.  SMior.  BloonrfiVlOB,  and  Robert  C.  Slatd,  Sav^C 

both  of  Nflnn.,  asrigiMn  to  Aafctend  OO,  Inc.,  AaUand,  Ky. 

Diviriao  of  Scr.  No.  714,322,  March  19, 1968,  Pat  No. 

3,565,868.  Hiii  applcitioa  Nov.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,147 

Iiit.CLC08g<<5/00 

U.S.CL260— 18PF  llClainis 

Polymers  comprising  the  reaction  product  of: 

A.  unsynunetrical  disubatituted  hydrazine  and 

B.  a  material  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of: 

1 .  epoxy-esters  having  at  least  one  reactive  epoxide  group 
and  at  least  one  reactive  carboxylic  acid  ester  group, 
and 

2.  mixtures  of  polyepoxides  having  a  plurality  of  reactive 
epoxide  groups  and  polyesters  having  a  plurality  of 
reactive  ester  groups. 

These  polymers  find  utility  as  decorative  and/or  protective 
coatings  when  applied  to  substrates. 


3,671,474 
WATER-THINNABLE  CONDENSATION  PRODUCTS  AND 

THEIR  USE  AS  PAINT  BINDERS 
Wmiani  J.  Van  Wcdrcacn,  Ddft,  Netherlands,  asrignor  to 

ShdIOi  Company,  New  York,  N.Y.  , 

Filed  June  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  834,531 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jan.  13,  1969. 
1.831/69 

Int.  CL  C09d  3/56, 3/66, 5/24 
VS.  CL  260—20  12  Claims 

The  disclosure  describes  novel  condensation  products  hav- 
ing superior  throwing  power  suitable  as  electrodeposition 
paint  binders  which  are  the  partially  neutralized  reaction 
products  of  a  polyepoxide  and  monocarboxylic  acids  contain- 
ing at  least  SO  percent  by  weight  of  ethylenically  unsaturated 
fatty  acids,  said  reaction  product  having  been  further 
esterified  with  at  least  4  percent  by  weight  of  an  ethylenically 
unsaturated  polycarboxylic  acid  or  anhydride  thereof  and  sub- 
sequently reacted  with  an  oil-soluble,  heat-non-reactive 
phenolic  resin.  The  disclosure  also  describes  the  process  for 
producing  the  above-described  novel  composition. 


ucmgthe] 
CROSS-I 


^t 


3,671,475  .^ 

-LINKABLE  UNSATURATED  POLYMEl 
COMPOSITIONS 
Karl  Brack,  Hyde  Park,  WDmingtoB,  DcL,  acrignor  to  Hercules 

Incorporated,  Wilmington,  Dd. 
INviaioa  of  Scr.  No.  658,060,  Aug.  3, 1967,  Pat.  No.  3,592,784. 
This  appHcatkM  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,946Thc  ponioB  of 
the  term  of  this  patent  subcequcBt  to  July  13, 1988,  hM  been 


I  Claims 


I  Int.  a.  C08f  2  7/08, 4  7/00 

VS,  CL  260—22  R  8  ( 

A  cro6»-linkable  polymer  composition  is  obtained  by  admix- 
ing an  uniattirated  polymer,  a  polyfiinctional  hydrazide  halide 
of  a  specified  formula,  and  material  that  provides  upon  con- 
tact with  atmospheric  moisture  at  least  one  alkaline  reactant 
that  reacts  with  the  hydrazide  haUde  to  form  the  correspond- 
ing polyfunctional  nittile  imine  which  in  turn  cross-links  the 
unsaturated  polymer. 


I  3,671,476 

ELECTRODEPOSITION  COLOR  COATING 
COMPOSITION  AND  METHOD  FOR^  - 
ELECTRODEPOSITION  COLOR  COATING  OF  METAL 
THEREWITH 
SUro  Tend,  Nagoya;  Toshio  Suzuki,  Kasugal;  YoaUhumi 
HaMgawa,    Nagoya;    Shojiro    HorigucM,    Tokyo;    MicUd 
Nakamara,  Soka;  Shizuo  Kimata,  and  Tadanobu  SuzuU, 
both  of  Nafoya,  al  of  Japan,  Mrignors  to  Sumitomo  Light 
Metal  Indutrin,  Ltd.;  Dahrichiwika  Color  &  Chtmlcab 
Mfg.  Co.,  Ltd.  and  Toagoad  Chcmkal  Industry  Co.,  Ltd., 
Tokyo,  Japan  i 

Filed  Feb.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,763 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    March    1,    1969, 
44/15038;  Aug.  8, 1969,44/62303 

Int.  CL  C09d  3/74, 5/24;  C23b  13/00 
U.S.  CL  260— 23  AR  48Clalms 

An  electrodeposition-color-coating  composition^ which 
comprises  (A)  a  water-soluble  vinyl  copolymer  contaming  as 
the  essential  constitutional  elements  of  the  copolymer  95  to 
70  percent  by  weight  of  at  least  one  a./3-ethylenically  unsatu- 
rated monomer  and  an  ammonium  or  amine  salt  of  S  to  30 
percent  by  weight  of  at  least  one  a./3-ethylenically  unsaturated 
carboxylic  acid,  or  a  mixture  of  a  major  amount  of  said  vinyl 
copolymer  and  a  minor  amount  of  a  methylol  melamine 
derivative  compatible  therewith,  and  (B)  at  least  one  member 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  ( 1 )  an  ammonium  or 
amine  salt  of  a  chromogen-bonded  polymer  obtained  by  react- 
ing (a)  a  chromogen  having  diazonium  group  or  a,^-ethyleni- 
caUy  unsaturated  group  with  (b)  and  a./3-ethylenically  unsatu- 
rateid  carboxylic  acid  or  a  mixture  of  an  a,/3-ethylenicaUy  un- 
saturated carboxylic  acid  and  other  a,/3-ethylenically  unsatu- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1101 


rated  monomer,  (2)  an  ammonium  or  amine  salt  <rf  a 
chromogen-bonded  polymer  prepared  by  reacting  (a')  a 
chromogen  intermediate  having  a  diazonium  group  or  afi- 
ethylenically  unsaturated  group,  with  the  above-^ientioned 
component  (b)  and  subsequently  subjecting  the  reaction 
product  to  development  and  (3)  an  aqueous  dispersion  of  a 
pigment  prepared  by  previously  dispersing  the  pigment  in 
water  with  a  nonionic  or  an  anionic  surface  active  agent.  Said 
composition  can  electrophoretically  be  coated  on  conductive 
metals,  such  as  aluminum  and  an  aJuminum  alloy  in  a  known 
manner  at  a  potential  of  30  to  1 50  volts,  followed  by  baking 
the  coated  metals  at  1 20°  to  230"  C,  whereby  a  light-fast,  cor- 
rosion-resistant, colored  and  transparent  coating  having  pro- 
tective performances  and  beautiful  appearance  can  be  ob- 
tained. 


3,671,478 
RUBBER  COMPOSITIONS 
George    MHchd    Doyle,    Sutton    CoMfldd;    Robert    Eric 
Hnnplurvys,  Bhrmlngiuun,  and  Pdcr  Lothar  Ernst  Moring, 
Sutton  CokMdd,  aU  of  England,  malgnors  to  Ounlop  Holding 
Limited,  Birmingham,  England 

ComlBuatfcm-in-pwrt  of  Scr.  No.  858,175,  Sept  15, 1969, 
abandoned.  TMsappUcatfon  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,086 
Claims  priority.  i^>plication  Great  Britain.  Sept.  19.  1968, 
44.463/68;  Nov.  19.  1969.56,675/69 

Int  CL  C08c  / 1/06;  C08d  9/00 
U.S.  CL  260— 23.7  M  18CWnw 

A  vulcanizable  composition  which  comprises  natural  rubber 
and/or  synthetic  rubber  and  a  minor  proportion  of  boric  ox- 
ide. Preferably  the  amount  of  boric  oxide  is  not  greater  than 
20  parts  by  weight  per  1 00  parts  by  weight  of  rubber. 


3,671,479 
BARRIER  COATINGS 
August  F.  Ottingcr,  St  Louis,  and  Paul  R.  Graham,  BaOwin, 
both  of  Mo.,  aariyiors  to  Monsanto  Company,  St  Louis,  Mo. 
Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  718,367,  April  3, 1968,  Pat 
No.  3,567,502.  This  appHcation  Feb.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No. 
119,371 
iBLCL  cost  29/22, 37/ 18 
VS.  CL  260—29.6  RW  9  Claims 

Composition  comprising  a  polyblend  of  ethylene/vinyl 
chloride/acrylamide  interpolymer  and  polyvinylidene- 
chloride  useful  as  a  flexible  barrier  coating  for  fibrous  sub- 
strates. 


3,671,480 

HEAT-CURABLE  ELASTOMERIC  SILICONE 

COMPOSITIONS 

TadadU  Wada,  and  Kunkt  Itoh,  both  of  Annaka-dii,  Japan,  at* 

dgnors  to  Shinctsu  Chcnicai  Compaay,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FOed  Dec  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,372 
Qaims  priority,  application  Japan.  Dec.  23. 1968. 43/94385 
Int  CLC08g  57/04 
U.S.  CL  260—29.1  SB  8  CIdms 

A  heat  curable  elastomeric  silicone  composition  comprising 
a  mixture  of  two  polydiorganosiloxanes,  each  of  which  con- 
tains vinyl  unsaturation;  a  silica  filler;  a  polyorganohydrogen- 
siloxane  and  a  platinum  compound;  and  a  method  for  the 
preparation  of  vulcanizates  thereof.  The  composition  is  cured 
for  a  period  up  to  about  one  hour  and  is  then  post-cured  for  up 
to  about  24  hours  to  yield  a  vulcanized  elastomer  having  high 
tear  strength,  flame  retardance,  heat  resistance  and  superior 
compression  set. 


3,671,477 

COMPOSITION  COMPRISING  UNSATURATED 

ELASTOMER,  EPOXY  RESIN  POLYCARBOXYUC  ACID 

OR  ANHYDRIDE,  CROSS-LINKING  CATALYST  AND 

HLLER  AND  GOLF  BALL  MADE  THEREFROM 

Robert  Dennis  Nesbitt,  Don  Milk,  Ontario,  Canada,  assignor  to 

Campbell    Manufacturing    Company    Limited,    Montred, 

Quebec,  Canada 

Continuatloo-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  833,794,  June  16, 1969, 
abandoned.  This  applicatton  Dec.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,930 
Claims  priority,  application  Canada,  March    10,    1969, 
045,249 

Int  CL  A63b  J7/00.  C08d  9/(W.  9/70 
U.S.  CL  260— 23.5  A  14  Claims 

A  composition  of  matter  particularly  suitable  for  the  manu- 
facture of  unitary  molded  golf  balls  consists  of  a  blend  of  an 
unsaturated  elastomer  capable  of  being  crosslinked  by  perox- 
ide-initiated polymerization,  an  epwxy  resin,  a  curing  agent 
comprising  unsaturated  polycarboxylic  acid  or  unsaturated 
polycarboxylic  acid  anhydride,  a  crosslinking  catalyst  for  the 
elastomer  and  a  filler  material. 


3,671,481 
TRIMELLAMIDE-IMIDES  SOLUTIONS 
Jean  Gattus,  La  Mulaticre,  and  Maurice  Mdkt,  Lyon,  both  of 
France,  assignors  to  Rhonc-Poulenc  SjL,  Parte,  France 

FBed  July  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,072 

Claims  priority,  application  France.  July  4,  1 969, 69228 1 7 

Int  CLCOSg  57/44 

U.S.a.260— 30.2R  7  Claims 

Solutions  of  trimellamide-imides  in  non-hydroxylk  polar 

solvents  containing  an  aromatic  anhydride  and  an  aromatic 

diamine  are  useful  for  making  films  which  can  be  easily 

detached  from  metallic  supports. 


3,671,482 
POLYMER  SOLUTIONS  OF  POLY  AMINO  ACIDS  AND 
THE  PROCESS  FOR  THEIR  PREPARATION 
Yasuo  FiOimoto,  MacUda-shi;  Kolchi  Ni«aoka,  Tokyo;  Kdao 
Tatsukawa.  MacMda-dd,  and  Yoichi  Koiwa,  Tokyo,  al  of 
Japan,  aas^pMrs  to  Kyava  Hakko  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo, 
Japan 

Filed  Aprfl  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  813308 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  April  4. 1 968, 43/2 1 788 
Int  CL  C08g  20/08, 51/44 
VS.  CL  260—30.4  N  14  rimk^ 

The  present  disclosure  is  directed  to  a  polymer  solution  and 
a  process  for  preparing  the  same  which  comprises  a  pcdyamino 
acid  or  polyamino  acid  ester  and  a  solvent  for  said  polymer, 
said  solvent  including  at  least  one  N-containing  heterocyclic 
compound  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of. 


p-{CH,).— j 
1— N C— 1 


or  R— N 


-(CH,).o-' 


wherein  x  is  an  integer  of  2  to  4,  y  and  z  are  integers,  including 
zero,  which  satisfy  the  formula  >-t-z<6,  and  R  is  hydrogen,  an 
alkyl  group  having  about  one  to  eight  carbon  atoms,  a  phenyl 
group  or  a  tolyl  group,  including  those  having  one  to  three 
substituents  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  halogen  and 
nitro. 


3,671,483 

PRIMER  COMPOSmON  FOR  AMIERING  SIUCONE 

ELASTOMER  TO  SUBSTRATES 

Donald  G.  Young,  Glcndale,  Ky.,  mslgnnr  to  Dow  Cordh^ 

Corporation,  MkBand,  Mick. 

Continnatfc»-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  30^46,  AprI  20, 1970, 

abandoned.  Thte  anplcatton  Dec.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  103,004 

Int  GL  C08g  57/i4, 57/2«,  57/JO 


U.S.  CL  260—32.8  SB  10  ( 

A   mixture   of  tetraalkoxysilane   or  partial   hydrdyzate 
thereof,  a  tetraalkyltitanate,  a  compound  of  the  formula 


1102 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


CF3CH,CHSi(OSi(CHa)|X]a  where  X  is  a  hydrogen  atom  or 
— CH,CH,Si(OOCCH,)a  and  at  least  one  X  is  a  — CH,CH, 
SiCOOCXTHj)!  and  an  organic  solvent  is  useful  as  a  primer  in 
adhering  silicone  elastomer  to  substrates  such  as  epoxy  resins 
and  polyurethane.  An  example  of  the  primer  is  one  part  each 
of  ethylpolysilicate,  tetrabutyhitanate  and  CFtCH,CH, 
Si[OSi(CH«CH,CH,Si(OOCCH,),la  and  10  parts  of 
acetone. 


prepolymers  obtained  therefrom,  are  useful  intermediates  for 
fabricating  polyimide  articles. 


3,671,484 
SIUCONE  RELEASE  COATINGS 

Kenneth  G.  Cooper,  Herbert  T.  Cooper,  and  Colin  M.  Row- 
land, all  c/o  Midland  Silicones  Limited,  Reading  England 

Flkd  Jaly  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  56,686 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  July  23,  1969, 
37,055/69 

biLCLC08i5//2« 
U.S.a.260— 33.6SB  7  Claims 

Abrasion  resistant  coatings  for  paper  and  other  substrates 
are  prepared  by  admixing  in  an  organic  solvent,  (a)  100  parts 
by  weight  of  a  substantially  linear  diorganopolysiloxane  hav- 
ing methyl  radicals  as  at  least  80  percent  of  the  organic  sub- 
stitutes on  silicon,  the  remaining  organic  substituents  being 
hydrocarbyl  radicals  of  up  to  18  carbon  atoms,  the  terminal 
groups  on  the  siloxane  being  hydrocarbyl,  hydroxyl  or  alkoxyl 
radicals,  (b)  1.5  to  15  parts  by  weight  of  alkylhydrogen- 
polysiloxane  having  a  m<^ecular  weight  not  exceeding  about 
5,000,  (c)  3  to  34  parts  by  weight  of  tin  acylate,  (d)  2  to  8 
parts  by  weight  of  an  aminated  organopolysiloxane  of  the 
general  formula  R,SiO(CH,R'SiOMCHaXSiO)y(R",SiO), 
SIR,  where  R  and  R"  are  hydrocarbyl  radicals,  R'  is  an  alkoxy 
or  alkoxyalkoxy  radical  <^  less  than  six  carbon  atoms,  X  is 
— R"'NQH  where  R'"  is  an  alkylene  radical  of  three  to  10 
carbon  atoms,  Q  is  a  hydrogen  atom,  trihydrocarbylisilyl  radi- 
cal or  a  hydrocarbyl  radical  of  less  than  seven  carbon  atoms,  X 
is  15to95,yis2to25,zisupto  10  percent  ofthe  sum  of  x-t-> 
and  the  sum  of  x+y  +  z  is  20  to  100. 


3,671^487 

^    GLASS  REINFORCED  POLYESTER  RESINS 

CONTAINING  POLYTETRAFLUOROETHYLENE  AND 

FLAME  RETAROANT  ADDITIVES 

VisvaMiB  AbollBB,  Ddmar,  N.Y.,  Mrigiinr  to  General  Electric 

Company 

1       FBcdMay5,1971,Scr.  No.  140,596 
I  bfLCLCWkl/78 

U.S.a.360— 40R  20  Claims 

Flame  retardant  thermoplastic  molding  compositions  are 
provided  comprising  a  normally  flammable  linear  polyester, 
filamentous  glass,  a  flame  retardant  agent  imd  a 
polytetrafluoroethylene  resin.  The  use  of  the 
polytetrafluoroethylene  resin  controls  dripping  and  permits 
the  flame  retardant  agent  to  be  used  in  amounts  sufficient  to 
render  the  compositions  non-burning  or  self-extinguishing 
without  detracting  from  their  physical  properties. 


3,671,488 

THERMAL  STABILIZATION  OF  ADDITION  POLYAIERS 
Dagobcrt  E.  Stucta,  Wcatflcld,  N J.,  assltnni  to  Cdancte  Cor- 

pOTMMNI,  new  Ton,  N.Y« 

i    Filed  May  19, 1966,  Ser.  No.  551,222 
1  lBLa.C08g57/5« 

U.S.a.260— 45.7R 

A  composition  comprising  an  addition  polymer  and  a  sta- 
bilizing amount  of  a  compound  selected  firom  the  group  con- 
sisting of  9,10-dihydroanthracene,  (l>8)-oc- 
tahydroanthracene,  phenanthrene,  (lf-8)-oc- 
tahydrphenanthrene.  acenaphthylene  and  (1-4)- 
tetrahydroacenaphthene. 


^Claln 


3,671«4S5 
ABHESIVE  COATINGS  COMPRISING  POLYSDOXANES 
Hdnridi     MarwRi,     Mid     Skgfrfod     Nllacfac.     both     of 
Burghausen,  upper  Bavaria,  Germany,  assignors  to  Wacker- 
Chemie  G.m.b.H.,  Munich,  Bavaria,  Germany 
IVed  Jidy  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  53,630 
InL  CL  C06g  51/34, 51128 
U.S.CL260— 33.4SB  9CWms 

An  abhesive  or  release  coating  for  a  variety  of  substrates, 
particularly  paper,  is  prepared  by  admixing  (1)  a  hydroxyl 
endblocked  diorganopolysiloxane,  (2)  a  crosslinking  alkox- 
ysilane  free  of  amino  groups,  ( 3 )  a  crosslinking  silane  contain- 
ing amino  groups,  (4)  a  tin  compound  as  curing  catalyst  in  r  5 ) 
an  organic  solvent.  The  coating  is  applied  to  the  substrate  and 
can  be  cured  in  the  absence  of  moisture. 


I 

3,671,489 

POL YSILOXANE  COPOLYMERS  DERIVED  FROM  THE 

CARBORANE-SnJCON  PHTHALOCYANINE  MONOMER 

Robert  L.  BwMs,  CMIIo^  N  J.;  WHImb  M.  Block,  Staten 

N.Y.,  and  DmM  Cirfrttlii,  MonMown,  N J.,  m- 

to  Tlw  Sh«cr  Company,  New  Yerk,  N.Y. 

C«tiBwH«n.ln.p»t  ol  Ser.  No.  619,199,  Feb.  28, 1967, 

abandonML  Thk  application  Dec  15, 1969,  Ser.  No.  886435 

Int.  CLC08f/ 7/04 
U.S.  CL  260— 46.5  E  ICWm 

Polysiloxane  copolymers  derived  from  the  carborane  -  sil- 
icon phthalocyanine  monomer.  Said  copolymers  are  useful  as 
high  temperature  stable  coatings,  adhesives,  molding  com- 
pounds, for  electronic  components  and  laminating  resina. 


3,671,486 
FILLED  FUSIBLE  AROMATIC  PREPOLYMER 
COMPOSITION 
David    Rodney    Dixon,    Dunstable;    John    Brewster    Roae, 
Lctchworth,  both  of  England,  and  Ccdl  Nigel  Turton,  Stam- 
ford, Coon.,  ■■ignon  to  Imperial  Cbcmical  Industries 


Continuation-to-part  of  Ser.  No.  751,768,  A««.  12, 1968, 
ahnndontd.  This  appBcntion  Jan.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  6,274 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Aug.  18,  1967, 

38,220/67;  Feb.  17. 1969,8.571/69 

Int.  CL  C08e  51104, 51/08 

UA  CL  260—37  N  6Clafans 

Mixtures  of  aromatic  tetracarboxylic  dianhydrides  and/or 

aromatic  tricarboxylic   anhydrides  and   urethane   or   urea 

derivatives  of  aromatic  diamines,  and  soluble  and  fusible 


3,671,490 
CROSS-LINKED  POLYIMIDES 
Michel  Bargain,  Lyon,  France,  assignor  to  Rhone-Pouleifc  SJi., 
Parl^FVance  | 

Continnatioa-hi-part  of  Ser.  No.  743,010,  July  8, 1968,  Pat. 
No.  3JS75^24.  TMs  application  Jan.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No. 
1  108,973 

Claims    priority,    application    France,    July 
67114135 

Int.a.C08g20/J2 
UACL  260-47  CP 

The  invention  provides  novel  cross-linked  polyimides  made 
by  reacting  a  dianhydride  with  a  molar  excess  of  diamine, 
reacting  the  product  with  an  unsaturated  {uihydride  to 
produce  an  unsaturated  polyamide,  and  heating  the  letter  to 
produce  the  cross-linked  polyimide. 


r. 

4ClainH 


12,  I  1967, 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1103 


3,671«491 
RANDOM  BENZIMIDAZOLE-BENZOXAZOLE 
COPOLYMERS  AND  METHODS  OF  PREPARATION 
Jobn  T.  Loft,  SpriBfflcM;  Anthony  B.  Condntori,  Chntham, 
and  Edward  C.  Chenevcy,  North  Plalnlleld,  all  of  N  J.,  as- 
signors to  CdaMsc  Corporation,  New  Yorli,  N.Y. 
Filed  March  26, 1969,  Ser.  No.  810^13 
Int.a.C08gJi/02 
VS.  CL  260-47  CP  12  CWras 

Random  copolymers  which  consist  essentially  of  from  about 
90  to  about  10  percent  of  recurring  benzimidazole  structural 
units  and  correspondingly  from  about  10  to  about  90  percent 
of  recurring  benzoxazole  structural  units  are  provided.  Several 
polymerization  methods  including,  for  example,  a  two  stage 
melt-solid  state  procedure,  are  described. 


3,671,492 
1:1  ALTERNATING  COPOLYMERS  OF  CARBONYL  OR 
THIOCARBONYL-CONTAINING  NON-CONJUGATED 
COMPOUNDS  AND  CONJUGATED  COMPOUNDS  AND 
METHOD  OF  PREPARATION 
Kohd  Nakngnchi,  Onka;  Sbobachi  Kawasuml,  Kobe;  Mmnakl 
Hirvoka,    Ibaraki;    lUroshl    YabuuchI,    Takatsuki,    and 
Hfa«yoshi  Takao,  Ashiya,  aM  ni  Japan,  aasignors  to  Su- 
mkono  Chemical  Company,  Ltd.,  Hi^Mhi-ku,  Osaka,  Japan 
ContinuatiMi  of  Ser.  No.  567,392,  June  25, 1966,  abandoned. 
This  appBcatkM  March  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  20,087 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  July  26,  1965, 40/45480; 
July  30.  1965. 40/46495;  June  2.  1966.41/35763 

Int.  CL  C08f  3140, 3/42, 3/74 
U.S.  CL  260—85.5  ES  10  Oafam 

A  novel  alternating  copolymer  is  prepared  by  copolymeriz- 
ing  a  compound  having  a  polar  group,  such  as  a  carbcmyl  or 
thiocarbonyl  group,  at  a  non-conjugated  position  and  a  conju- 
gated vinyl  compound  in  the  presence  of  an  organoaluminum 
halide.  Alternating  copolymen  thus-produced  are  superior  in 
thermal  stability  to  conventional  random  copolymers  and  is 
resistant  to  coloration.  Alternating  copolymers  obtained  by 
copolymerizing  vin^  acetate  and  methyl  acrylate  or 
acrylonitrile  are  preferred  examples  of  these  products. 


3,671^93 
FLUOROCARBON-CONTAINING  COMPOUNDS  AND 

METHOD  OF  IMPARTING  OIL- AND  WATER- 
REPELLENCY  TO  TEXTILES,  PAPER,  LEATHER  AND 

THE  LIKE 
San^io  Lo  Monnco.  Pianak  Roma  13,  Viecnia;  AMMdo  Gucr- 
mlo.  Via  PanisnGco  2;  Dmte  Fabbro,  Via  Vcrdk  3,  both  of 
Triirino,  and  Gradcio  Donaddo,  Via  S.  Cbrktoloro  9  B, 
Vddi«no,alofItyy 

Filed  April  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,263 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy.  April  16.  1969.  5 1 444 
A/69 

Int.  CL  COBi  22/04, 53/16;  D06m  75/52 
U.S.  CL  260—75  NH  6  Clafans 

Compounds  represented  by  a  formula: 


[-N-(CH,).--]    r-N-(CHi).-l    r 


-N- 


TX 


NH-[ZI(NC0)J 


comprising  a  perfluorinated  hydrocarbon  chain  V(S  and  a 
polyester —  or  polyether  urethane  chain  [£]  carrying  free 
— NCO  groups;  and  precursors  of  said  compounds,  wherein 
the  —NCO  groups  are  temporarily  blocked  by  phenol  or 
another  suitable  blocking  agent. 


3,671,494 
THERMALLY  STABLE  POLYESTERS  FIBERS  HAVING 
INHERENT  DISPERSE  DYE  UPTAKE  AND  OIL  STAIN 
RELEASE  PROPERTIES 
Henry  L.  King;  Eugene  L.  Rlngwdd,  both  of  Cary,  N.C.,  and 
James  C.  RaadaB,  Jr.,  Bartkcvflle,  Okla.,  assignors  to  Mon- 
santo Company,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Continuation-in-part  of  Ser.  No.  789,528,  Jan.  7, 1969, 

•bmdonwt,  and  a  cootiiiuadoii-fai-part  of  Ser.  No.  824,092, 

May  13, 1969,  and  a  fontinnatkm-to-pMt  of  Ser.  No.  874,638, 

Nov.  6, 1969.  TMs  applfcaftfon  May  5, 1970,  Ser.  No. 
34,742.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  this  patent  subsequent  to 
June  6, 1989,  h«  been  diacWmed. 
Int.  CLC08g  7  7/0« 
U.S.CL  260-77  UCbdms 

Thermally  stable  fiber-forming  polyesters  having  superior 
inherent  oil-stain  release  properties  are  obtained  by  heat- 
setting  at  temperatures  ofirom  about  300T.  to  about  350°F., 
filaments  or  fabrics  produced  from  dicarboxylic  acids,  or  reac- 
tive derivatives  thereof,  glycols  and  small  amounts  of  mixtures 
of  compounds  having  a  typical  general  formula:  R — 0[G-0],- 
— H,  where  R  is  an  alkyl  group  containing  an  average  of  at 
least  8  carbon  atoms;  G  b  a  hydrocarbon  radical  selected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  ethylene,  propylene  and  isomers 
thereof,  and  mixtures  of  the  atwve;  and  x  has  an  average  value 
of  at  least  equal  to  or  greater  than  9.  and  no  greater  than  about 
20. 


3,671,495 

THERMALLY  STABLE  POLYESTER  FIBERS  HAVING 

INHERENT  DISKllSE  DYE  UPTAKE  AND  SUPERIOR  OIL 

STAIN  RELEASE  PROPERTIES 
Henry  L.  Mng;  Eugene  L.  RingwaM,  both  of  Cary,  N.C^  and 
James  C  Randal,  Jr.,  BavtksvBe,  Okfau,  asrignori  to  Mon- 
santo Company,  SL  LooIb,  Mo. 

Contfawation-to-part  of  Ser.  No.  789,528,  Jan.  7, 1969, 

abandoned,  and  a  coafdnuadon-in-pHt  of  Ser.  No.  824,092, 

May  13, 1969,  and  a  contfmiation-in-part  of  Ser.  No.  874^38, 

Nov.  6, 1969,  and  a  conlimmtkMMn-pvt  of  Ser.  No.  34«742, 

May  5, 1970,  and  a  fonrtnnatien-in-pnrt  of  Ser.  No.  32,675, 

April  28, 1970.  Thb  application  May  22, 1970,  Ser.  No. 

41,243 
InLCLC08g77/0« 
U.S.  CL  260—77  14  CWnv 

Thermally  stable  fiber-forming  polyesters  having  superior 
inherent  oil-stain  release  properties  are  obtained  by  heat- 
setting  at  temperatures  of  from  about  175**  F.  to  about  375*  F.. 
filaments  or  Cabrics  produced  ttom  dicarbox^ic  acids,  or  reac- 
tive derivatives  thereof,  glycob  and  small  amounts  of  mixtures 
of  compounds  having  a  typical  general  formula:  R — 0(G— 
0]x— H,  where  R  is  an  alkyl  group  containing  an  average  of 
about  eight  to  20  carbon  atoms;  G  is  a  hydrocarbon  radical 
selected  frt>m  the  group  consisting  of  ethylene,  propylene  and 
isomen  thereof,  and  mixtures  of  the  above;  and  x  has  an 
average  value  of  at  least  equal  to  or  greater  than  9.  no  greater 
than  about  20.  and  about  equal  to  or  greater  than  R. 

3,671«496 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  RESINOUS  COMPOSITIONS 
Hiromaaa  MMnda,  Onka;  EM  NUrigaU,  NiririBoadya,  and 

ToBMWvkc  Maeda,  Osaka,  al  of  Japan,  amigi to  N^pon 

Ynshi  KabnshiU  Kaisba,  Chcyoda-ka,  Tokyo,  Japan 
Division  of  Ser.  No.  717,440,  MaKh  29, 1968,  abandoned. 

This  appHcation  Sept.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  70,482 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  April  3. 1967. 42/20762 
Int.  CLC08q  22/05 
U.S.  CL  260— 77.5  CR  4CWnK 

A    polyurethane    composition    comprising    the    reaction 
product  of  an  acrylic  polymer  comprising: 
Component  A 

A  monomer  having 

/      \ 


1104 


bond  and  further  having  — OH, 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


1 


June  20,  i  1972 


— CONH,,— CONHCH,OH  or  — CON(CH,OH),  groups. 
Component  B 
A  monobasic  or  polybasic  acid  having  a 

bond. 
Component  C 

An  alkyl  ester  of  an  afi  -unsaturated  carboxylic  add,  or  a 
compound  having  a 


H.C=C 


\ 


group  but  which  is  free  of  —OH,  — COOH  and  ester  groups, 
or 


compound  free  of  HtC  >  C  such  as  the  glycidyl  ester  of  ver- 
satic  acid;  and  a  diisocyanate  such  as  xylene  diisocyanate  or  a 
prepolymer  thereof. 


3,67M97 
POLYURETHANE  RESINS  FROM  HYDROXY 
TERNONATED  PERFLUORO  ETHERS 
George    M.    Low,    Acting   Adniniatrator   of   the    Nadonal 
AcrmuHrtics  mad  Spaec  AitminiitratfoB  with  rcqwct  to  an  in- 
vcntioa  of;  Eugene  C.  Stump,  Jr.,  GainesviMe,  Fin.,  and 
Stephen  Eugene  Rochow,  Ann  Arbor,  Mkh. 

DivWoa  ofScr.  No.  770,398,  Oct.  24, 1968,  Pa*.  No. 

3,574,770.  TMs  application  Dec.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,524 

IntCLCOSg  22/74. 22/76 

U.S.CL  260-77  JAP  AOabm 

Hydroxy  terminated  perfluoro  ethers  and  polyurethane 

resins  incorporating  the  structure 


-CH2C-l-(CF,)[OCF5CF(CF3)](CF,)pO[CF(CFs)CF,0], 
CF(CF,)CH,- 


where pis  an  integer  of  2  to  12  and 

m  and  n  are  integers  whose  sum  is  from  0  to  20. 


3,671,498 
CCH^LYAMIDES  FROM  BIS(AMINOPHENYL)Sl7LFONE 
Mkhad  Horace  Kniglit,  Runconi,  Fjighind,  asrignor  to  imperi- 
al Chcnical  Induitries  LtanUed,  London,  England 

Fled  April  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,699 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain.  May  2.  1969. 
22.508/69 

Int.  CLCOSg  20/20 
U.S.CL260— 78R  SClaims 

The  color  of  polyamides  of  bis(aminophenyl)sulphones  and 
a,a>-polymethylene  dicarboxylic  acids  having  from  six  to  16 
carbon  atoms  in  all,  or  mixtures  of  these  acids  with  up  to  25 
mole  percent  of  one  or  more  other  dicarboxylic  acids,  may  be 
improved  by  replacing  from  4  to  20  mole  percent  of  the 
bis(aminophenyl)sulphone  with  a  linear  or  branched  alkylene 
diamine  having  the  structure  NHsCH,(CR,Rt).CHiNHi 
where  each  R,  and  R«  is  hydrogen  or  an  alkyl  group  having  up 
to  four  carbon  atoms  and  m  is  from  0  to  10  inclusive. 


3,671.499 
LACTAM  POLYMERIZATION  WITH  ALLOPHANOYL 


to'uoloa 


HALIM:  INITIATORS 
Charici  E.  Moycr,  Jr.,  Charkiton,  W.  Va^ 
CarMdt  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

i       Filed  July  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,683 

^  Int.  CL  C08g  20112, 20/ J  8 

U.S.  CL  260— 78  L  11  Claims 

.    An  allophanoy!  halide  compound  is  used  at  an  initiator  or 

activator  with  alkaline  catalyst  in  the  anionic  polymerization 
of  lactam  naonomer  so  as  to  provide  for  a  rapid  polymer^tion 
process. 


3,671300 

LACTAM  POLYMERIZATION  WITH  N,N'-DIALKYL. 
AZETIDINEINONE  INITIATORS 


B.  Johnaon,  South  Chartcaton,  W.  Va.,  asripitw  to 
UnkM  Carbide  Corporathm,  New  York,  N.Y. 
FBed  July  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  53,684 
Int.  CL  C08g  20/72. 20/18 
U.S.CL260— 78L  15Ctehns 

An  N,N'-dialkyl-azetidinedione  compound  is  used  as  an  in- 
itiator or  activator  with  alkaline  catalyst  in  the  anionic 
polymerization  of  lactam  monomer  so  as  to  providefor  a  rapid 
polymerization  process.  T 

3,671301  ' 

LACTAM  POLYMERIZATION  WITH  SUBSTITUTED 
BIURET  INITUTORS  1 

Herbert  S.  Johaoon,  South  Chmkaton,  W.  Va.,  ■irijiiii  to 
Union  Carbide  Corporadoa,  New  Yorl^  N.Y. 
FBmI  July  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,667 
'  Int.  CL  C08g  20/72. 20/18 

U.S.a260-78L  6CWim 

A  substituted  biuret  compound  is  used  as  an  initiator  or  ac- 
tivator with  alkaline  catalyst  in  the  anionic  polymerization  of 
lactam  monomer  so  as  to  provide  for  a  rapid  polymerization 
process. 

3,671302 
BETAINE  COPOLYMERS  WITH 
HYDROXY  ALKYLACRYLATES  AND 
HYDROXY  ALKVLMETHACRYLATES 
Carioa  M.  Smnour,  Wdkdey,  and  Martin  L.  Fabca,  Cam- 
bridge, both  o(  Mask,  amlgnori  to  The  KendaU  Company, 
Wolpola,MMa. 

Filed  Nov.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,108 
Int.  CL  C08f  15/00. 15/16 
U.S.CL260— 79JMU  6( 

Copolymers  of  cartx>xybetaines  or  sulfobetaines  hav 
formuU    i.  ^^  o 

H«C=C— CA-R» 


Bi 

I 
-N*- 

k. 


(CHj).,-X- 


wherein  R,  is  hydrogen  or  methyl;  A  is  oxygen  or  — NH— ;  Ri 
is  ethylene,  propylene,  2-hydroxypropylene  or  2-acetox- 
ypropylene;  R,  and  R,  are  alkyl;  ni  is  1  to  4  and  X"  is  SO,"  or 
COt~;  and  about  10  to  about  95.0  per  cent  by  weight  of 
hydroxyethylacrylate,  hydroxyethylmethacrylate,  hydrox- 
ypropylacrylate,  hydroxypropylmethacrylate,  polyethylene 
glycol  acrylate,  polyethylene  glycol  methacrylate, 
polypropylene  glycol  acrylate,  polypropylene  glycol 
methacrylate,  polyglycerolacrylate  or  polyglycerolmethacry- 
late  are  disclosed.  These  neutral,  hydrophilic  copolymers  are 
useful  as  binders.      

13,671303  I 

VULCANIZATION  RETARDERS  ' 

Rudiger  Schubart;  Ernst  Rods,  both  of  Cologne,  and  Manfred 
Abdc,  Porz,  aU  of  Germany,  amignors  to  Farbenfabriken 
Bayer  Aktiengcaellachaft,  Leverfcusen,  Germany 
Filed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  90359 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec.  13,  196$,  P  19 
62  604.1  1 

Int.  CL  C08f  27/06;  C08c  7  7/60,  7 1/54        \ 
MS.  CI.  260—79.5  B  4  Clafans 

N,N'-thio-bis-carbamic  acid  amides,  their  preparation  by 
reacing  at  least  2  mols  of  a  carboxylic  acid  amide  with  1  mol  of 


J. 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1106 


sulphur  dichloride  in  the  presence  of  an  acid  binding  agent 
and  their  utility  as  rubber  vulcanization  retarders. 


3,671304 

METHOD  FOR  ELECTROSTATICALLY  COATING 

SYNTHETIC  RESIN  MOLIHNGS 

Hideo  Marumo;  Morio  Nioomiya,  both  of  Tokyo,  and  Shinro 
Watanabc,  khlkawa,  aU  of  Japan,  aadgnors  to  Lion  Fat  & 

OU  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japaa 

CoMinuatkMi  of  Scr.  No.  687,993,  Dec  5, 1967,  abandoned. 
This  application  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100346 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Dec.  8, 1966, 41/80070 

IntCLC08f7/«« 

U.S.  CL  260—80.7  6  CUbns 

Electrostatic  coating  of  synthetic  resin  moldings  is  sim- 
plified by  mixing  in  the  synthetic  resin  fh>m  0. 1-S  wt.  %  of  an 
amphoteric  surface  active  agent  of  the  formula 


CH» 

N  CH, 


HO 


/ 


-N-Ri 


> 


CHR'CHR'Z),H_ 


M 


wherein: 
R  is  a  hydrocarbon  radical  having  seven  to  2 1  carbon  atoms, 
R'  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  (tfH  and  — CH,, 

-    2  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  — O —  and N- 

H — , 

M  is  a  metal  ion  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  Mg 
Ca,Zn.BaandFe. 

Ri  is  selected  fhjm  the  group  consisting  of  — R,COO— , 
— RtSO.0—  and  — R,OSQ,—  (where  R,  is  selected  from 
the  group  consisting  of  — CH,— ,  — CH*-  or  — C,H,— ), 

n  is  a  number  from  0  to  3. 


3,671305 
SUSPENSION  POLYMERIZATION  METHOD  FOR 
PREPARING  ELASTOMERIC  HYDROCARBON 
INTERPOLYMERS 
Albert  Schrage,  East  Orange,  and  Jules  Ernest  Schoenbcrg, 
BcrgenflcM,  both  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  Dnrt  Indiiatrics  Inc., 
Los  Angeles,  CaUf. 
Fited  June  27,  1968,  Ser.  No.  740,692.  The  portion  of  the  term 
of  this  patent  subsequent  to  July  21, 1987,  has  been  dtadafaned. 

Int.  a.  C08f  15/04, 15/40 
U.S.  a.  260— 80.78  lOClahns 


"^1 


hydrocarbon  such  as  cyclohexane  and  liquid  propylene,  the 
amount  of  liquid  hydrocarbon  ranging  fixMn  10  to  50  percent 
by  volume  and  liquid  propylene  ranging  from  SO  to  90  percent 
by  volume,  this  polymerization  system  resulting  in  no  reactor 
fouling. 


S.0       TO 
67 
Solubihty 


1 


lo     «o  '  no 

Parom«t,r   — 


A  process  is  provided  for  preparing  ethylene-propylene- 
diene  terpolymers  in  suspension  employing  a  normally  liquid 


3,671306 

SULFUR  CURABLE  COPOLYMERS  OF  OLEFINS 
Tcnio  Ostaima,  Nisirinoaiiya-siii;  TakcsU  Wada,  Takatsuki- 
shl;  Tsuneyuki  Nagase,  Takatsuki-ahi;  FiUfo  Mamko,  Takat- 
suki-shi;  Masaaki  Hirooka,  Ibar^i-dii,  and  Isoji  Taniguchi, 

Toyonaka-shi,  aD  of  Japan,  aaslgnors  to  Sumitomo  Chemlc^ 
Company,  Ltd.,  Osalta,  Japan 

FOed  Feb.  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  796,610 

Qaims  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  8. 1968, 43/8057 

IntCLCOSf  79/00 

U.S.  a.  260—80.78  ij  cfadms 

A  linear  copolymer  having  a  high  sulfur  curing  rates  is 
prepared  by  contacting  substantially  exo-type  5-alkenyl-2- 
norbomene  compound  and  ethylene  and/or  a-olefin  having 
three  to  20  carbon  atoms  with  a  catalyst  consisting  essentially 
of  an  organoaluminum  compound  and  vanadium  compound 
and/or  titanium  compound,  both  said  vanadium  compound 
and  titanium  compound  having  at  least  trivalendes,  in  the 
presence  or  absence  of  an  inactive  reaction  medium.  Particu- 
larly, terpolymers  comprising  ethylene,  propylene  and  sub- 
stantially exo-type  5-alkenyl-2-norbomene  have  excellent 
characteristics  as  elastomers.  > 


3371307 

METHOD  FOR  POLYMERIZATION  OF  N- 

VINYLCARBAZOLE 

Tctsuo  Tanaka,  Kasukabe;  Masao  Masumura,  Tokyo;  AkiMro 

Toguchi,  Tokyo,  and  Nario  Yamaguchi,  Tokyo,  aU  of  Japan, 

assignors  to  Kabushikl  Kaisha  Ricoh,  Tokyo,  Japan 
CoattBuatioB-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  813,339,  April  3, 1969, 
abandoned.  This  application  July  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  161384 

InL  CL  cost  7/76 
U.S.CL  260-883  R  6  Claims 

N-vinylcarbazole  is  bead  polymerized  in  a  polymerization 
reaction  mixture  made  by  mixing  ( 1 )  molten  monomer  of  N- 
vinylcarbazole  suspended  in  water  with  a  dispersant  and  (2)  a 
solution  of  a  free  radical  catalyst  in  sufficient  water  insoluble 
organic  solvent  to  maintain  the  catalyst  and  a  substantial 
amount  of  monomer  in  suspended  droplet  form,  said  solvent 
having  a  specific  gravity  of  1.0  or  more;  and  then  agitating 
vigorously  the  mixture  of  ( 1 )  and  (2)  at  a  temperature  above 
the  melting  point  of  N-vinylcarbazole  in  an  inert  atmosphere. 


3,671308 

METHOD  FOR  PREPARING  POLYVINYL  CHLORIDE 

Shunichi  Koyanagi,  Naocstu;  Hi^Jime  Kitamura,  Saigata,  and 

Shigenobtt  TaJhna,  Naoctsu,  aD  of  Japan,  msignors  to  SUnet- 

su  Clieniical  Company 

Filed  March  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,041 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Sept.  30.  1970, 
45/85120 

Int.  CL  C08f  7/77, 3/30, 15/02 
MS.  CL  260— 87. 1  6  Oaims 

Vinyl  chloride  is  suspension  polymerized  in  the  presence  of 
a  catalyst  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  disdkyl  peroxy 
dicarbonate,  azo-bis-2,4-dimethyl  valeronitrile,  azo-bis-2,4,4- 
trimethyl  valero  nitrile,  azo-bis-4-methoxy-2,4-dimethy] 
valeronitrile,  and  acetyl  cyclohexyl  sulfonyl  peroxide,  a 
suspending  agent,  a  fatty  alcohol  having  from  eight  to  1 8  car- 
bon atoms  and  sorbitan  oleate.  When  the  rate  of  ccmversion 
reaches  at  least  50  percent,  an  organic  reducing  agent  is  added 
to  the  polymerization  system.  A  polyvinyl  chloride  having  su- 
perior particle  size  distribution,  plasticizer  absorption,  fish 
eye,  initial  color  and  thermal  stability  is  produced. 


1106 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671,509 

COPOLYMERS  OF  FLUOROKETONE IMINES  WITH 

POLYMERIZABLE  UNSATURATED  COMPOUNDS 

Edward  G.  H«ww4,  Jr^  HockcHiB,  DcL,  ■■Ignor  to  E.  I.  du 

POBt  de  NcflMNin  and  Company,  WIfaBingtoa,  DcL 

t  of  Scr.  No.  748,660,  July  30, 1968, 
kalioo  March  22, 1971,  Ser.  No. 
126,923 
lat  CL  C08f  3104, 3176, 7/04 
VS.  CL  260—87.5  25  Claims 

Copolymers  of  fluoroketone  imines  with  one  or  more 
polymerizable  olefinic  compounds,  e.g.,  a  binary  copolymer  of 
hexafluoroacetone  imine  and  ethylene  or  a  terpolymer  c^  N- 
methylhexafluoroacetone  imine.  ethylene  and 

tetrafluoroethylene,  useful  as  supported  and  unsupported 
films  and  as  encapsulating  agents,  are  prepared  by  reacting  a 
fluoroketone  imine  with  one  or  more  pofymerizable  olefinic 

compounds. 


3,671,510 
METHOD  FOR  POLYMERIZATION  OF  FLUORINE- 
CONTAINING  HALOOLEFTNS 
Yulaka  KoiMtaai,  NWdMrndya;  MaHiyarid  TatcoMto,  aod 
Masanori  Nakamara,  iMtli  of  Onka-fo,  al  of  Japan,  aa- 
signon  to  Dafldn  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.,  OHka-aM,  Oniuhfn, 
Japan 

Fled  April  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,572 
Oaima    iniority,    application    Japan,    April    21.    1969. 
44/31128 

Int.  CL  C08f  7/60. //;;.  i/20 
U.S.  CL  260—87.5  A  6  Claims 


3,671,511 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  POLYOLEHN- 
SUBSTITUTED  AMINES 
Lewis  R.  Honnca,  100  SmUct  Lane,  Fetaiuma,  Calif.;  Harry 
W.  AMkvwacn,  795  Los  CoHndaa  Rd.,  San  Rafad,  CaHf., 
and  Eddie  G.  UMtatrmn,  dtwawd,  late  of  MartiDez,  CMt. 
(by  Jean  H.  Undrtrom,  apcdal  admlnirtratrix) 
Filed  April  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,298 
InL  CLCOSf  27/0«,i74,27/02 
U.S.CL  260— 93.7  6ClainH 

Polyolefin-aubatituted  amines  are  prepared  by  chlorinating 
the  polyolefin  in  an  inert  medium,  removing  the  inert  medium 
firom  the  chlorinated  polyolefin,  reacting  the  chlorinated 
polyolefin  with  an  excess  at  amine,  removing  excess  antine  for 


recycle   by  distillation   under  vacuum,  and  finishing  the 
product  by  charging  a  diluent  and  an  allcanol  and  washing,  fol- 


"'4000     SCO     XOO     2M0     JOOO^iSo      KOO     1700     IWO  MSfl 

l»  'I 


A  method  for  polymerization  of  fluorine-containing 
haloolefins  which  comprises  subjecting  one  or  more  kinds  of 
polymerizable  fluorine-containing  haloolefins  to  suspension 
polymerization  in  an  aqueous  medium  in  the  presence  of 
di(  perchlorofluoroacyl )  peroxide  of  the  formula: 

O  o 

II  il 

C1(C  FjC  FC1)„C  F2C— O— O— C  C  Fi(C  F2C  FC1)«C1 

wherein  n  is  an  integer  of  I  to  10.  Compared  with  known  or- 
ganic peroxides,  the  polymerization  initiator  of  the  present  in- 
vention is  advantageous  in  affording  polymers  of  high  molecu- 
lar weight  in  excellent  yields. 


i: 


'^ 


^^^ 


T- 


"V 


->• 


•^ 


CI 


xJt 


»•  *• 


VX-L 


X 


U  M, 


l—C^l—f 


]- 


lowed  by  removal  of  the  alkanol  and  a  portion  of  the  jdiluent 
which  are  recycled. 


■  3,671,512 

6-AMINO-3-PYRIDINESULFONAMIDES 
Rcnat  Hcrtwrt  Mizaooi,  Long  VaBey  RJ).,  and  Herbert  Mor- 
ton  Blatter,  Sunmdt,  both  of  NJ.,  assignnri  to  Aba-Gdgy 
Corporation,  Sununlt,  N  J. 

I      Filed  April  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,869  I 

Int.CLC07diy/4« 
U.S.  CL  260-294J)  F  4Clnfam 

New  6-anilino-3-pyridinesulfonamides.  e.g.  those  of  the  for- 
mula 


X\ 


R 

I 
^N 


/Vs 


"^n/ 


OtAm 


'). 


R=H,  alkyl,  free,  esterified  or  etherified  OH,  CF,, 
NOt,  amino,  free  or  functionally  converted  car- 
boxy  or  sulfo 

R'  =  H,  alkyl  or  acyl 

R"=H  or  alkyl 

Am= an  amino  or  hydrasino  group 

m=l-3  N=lor2 


the  N-oxide  and  salts  thereof,  are  antiinflammatory  agents 


toss- 


3,671,513 

CRDSS-UNKED  POLYOLEFIN  COMPOSITION 

George  H.  Hunt,  West  Newton,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Simplex 

Wire  and  Cable  Company,  North  Berwick,  Maine 
ContiauatioB-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  764,651,  Oct.  2, 1968,  which 
is  a  continnatioB^n-part  of  Scr.  No.  649,355,  June  27, 1967, 

Pat  No.  3,445394,  which  is  a  continuation  of  Ser.  No. 
367,718,  May  15, 1964,  abandoned.  This  application  April  30, 
1970,  Ser.  No.  33,515 
I        Int.  CL  C08f  29/02, 29/04, 45/54 
U.S.  CL  260—93.7  4  Claims 

A  composition  of  polyolefin  material  suitable  for  produc- 
tion of  cross-linked  polyolefin  dielectric  products  having  high 
voltage  stability  is  diKlosed.  High  voltage  stability  is  imparted 
to  the  polyolefin  composition  by  the  inclusion  of  aay  of  a 
number  of  known  substituted  aromatic  compounds  and  re- 
sistance to  sag  during  cross-linking  operation  is  provided  by 
the  inclusion  of  a  polychlorinated  biphenyl  in  an  amount  up  to 
about  1 0  parts  by  weight  per  1 00  parts  of  polyolefin. 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1107 


(II) 


3,671,514 

PHENYL-AZO-NAPHTHOL  COMPOUNDS  OF  LOW 

SOLUBILITY 

Willy  Porter,  Albchwil/Basel,  Switzerland;  Armand  Hen- 
rard,  Gand,  Belgium;  Fritz  Kehrer,  Basel,  Switzerland; 
Urs  Martin  Keller.  Binningen/BascI,  Switzerland,  and  Hans 
Wasem,  Basel,  Switzerland,  assignors  to  Sandoz  Ltd.,  (a/k/a 
Sandoz  A.G.),  Basel,  Switzerland 

Fled  Feb.  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  797,235 
Claims  priority,  application  Switzeriand,  Feb.  20,   1968, 

2458/68 

Int  CL  C07c  107/04, 107/06 
VS.  CL  260—203  9 

Monoazo  pigments  of  the  formula 

y\  f\-N«N-K 

f      VN— y--B 

wherein 
Xi8=   0,=    Sot  =   NH. 
y  is  —CO—  or  —SO,—, 

Ri  is  H  or  optionally  substituted  alkyl  or  phenyl. 
Ra  is  H  or  optionally  substituted  alkyl,  phenyl  or 

X 

-C-NHi 

K  is  a  2-hydroxy-3-nai^thoic  acid  phenyl-  or  naphthyla- 
mide.  wherein  the  phenyl  or  naphthyl  of  the  amide  radical 
,  may  be  further  substituted,  and  the  rings  A  and  B  may  be 
further  substituted; 
are  suitable  for  the  pigmentation  of  plastics  and  synthetic 
resins,  e.g.  polyethylene,  polystyrene,  polyvinyl  chloride,  and 
of  rubber,  synthetic  leather,  printing  inks  and  surface 
coatings.  In  addition  they  can  be  employed  for  the  spin  dyeing 
of  viscose  rayon  and  cellulose  aceute.  and  for  pigment  print- 
ing, paper  dyeing  in  the  stock,  and  the  coloration  of  coating 
mixtures  applied  to  textiles.  In  these  materials  they  are  of  yel- 
low to  red  shade  and  show  outstandingly  good  light  and  migra- 
tion fastness,  along  with  good  to  very  good  fastness  to  wash- 
ing, chlorite,  hypochlorite  and  peroxide  bleaching,  cross  dye- 
ing, blind  vats,  hydrosulphite.  dry  cleaning,  rubbing  over- 
spraying  and  sulphates.  They  show  good  transparency  and 
heat  stability 


poaure  of  the  film  to  high  relative  humidity,  prior  to  acetyla- 
tKMi,  is  employed  to  provide  superior  salt  rejection. 


3,671,515 

SPHERICAL  PRODUCTION  OF  SMALL  PARTICLE 

NITROCELLULOSE 

Charics  D.  Cox,  Bryans  Road,  and  Thomas  Liggett,  Imlian 

Head,  both  of  Md.,  assignors  to  The  Unttcd  Stirtcs  of  America 

as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

Filed  May  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39,171 
Int  CL  C08b  5/00, 21/02 
VS.  CL  260—223  8  Claims 

An  improved  process  for  manufacturing  spherical  small  par- 
ticle nitrocellulose  wherein  the  prepared  nitrocelluk)se 
lacquer  is  mixed  with  water  and  immediately  subjected  to  a 
high  shear  emulsifying  action  to  form  the  desired  particles.  No 
colloids,  surfactants  or  emulsifying  agents  are  employed  in  the 
process. 


3,671,516 
REVERSE-OSMOSIS  MEMBRANES 
Juanita  J.  HiUman,  Silver  Spring,  Md.,  and  RayuMHid  H. 
Horowitz,  Willow  Springs,  DL,  aasignors  to  The  United 
Stales  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  la- 


Filed  March  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,361 

Int.  CL  C08b  1/02, 3/00 

U.S.CL260— 229  4Clidnis 

Reverse-osmosis    membranes    are    prepared    by    surface 
acetylation  of  cellulose  film.  A  pre-treatment  consisting  of  ex- 


3,671,517 

PREPARATION  OF  2,3 A5-TETRAHYimO-5-PHEN-YL- 

1 H- 1 ,4-BENZODIAZEPINES  AND  INTERMEDIATES 

Gilct  AllaB  ArdMT,  88  Fdb  Rend,  Emcx  FcOs,  N  J.,  and  Leo 

Hcnryk  Stemboch,  10  Woodment  Road,  Upper  MoiMcWr, 

NJ. 

Division  of  Ser.  No.  744,337,  July  12, 1968,  abmidoBed.  T^ 

•ppHcatloB  Dec  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99^26 

InLCLC07d5i/06 

U.S.a.260— 239BD  2CWnH 

2,3.4,5-Tetrahydro-5-phenyl- 1 H- 1 ,4-benzodiazepines  are 
prepared  from  corresponding  S-desphenyl.  4.S-unsaturated 
benzodiazepines  by  treatment  of  the  latter  compounds  with  an 
organo  metallic  phenyl  compound.  The  product  compounds 
are  useful  as  intermediates  in  the  preparation  of  medicinally 
valuable  S-phenyl-2.3-dihydro- 1 H- 1 .4-benzodiazepines. 

Methods  for  preparing  the  S-dnphenyl,  4,5-unsaturated  IH- 
1 .4-benzodiazepines  are  provided  and  intermediates  useful  in 
such  preparation  are  identified. 


3,671,518 
BENZODUZEPIN-2-ONES  AND  PROCESSES  FOR  THEIR 

PREPARATION 
Joaeph  HcOerbach;  Andre  Saente,  both  of  Basel,  Switaerland, 
and  Armin  Walser,  West  Caidwcl,  N  J.,  awignnri  to  HOt- 
mann-La  Roche  Inc.,  Nutley,  N J. 

Filed  March  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  17,318 
Claims  priority,  application  Switzeriand,  March  13,  1969, 
3784/69;  April  30,  1969. 6595/69 

Int.CLC07d5i/06 
VS.  CI.  260—239.3  D  16  CUuh 

3-substituted  benzodiazepin-2-ones,  derivatives  thereof  and 
processes  for  their  preparation  are  described.  These  com- 
pounds are  useful  as  anti-convulsaiiU,  muscle  relaxants  and 
sedatives. 


3,671,519 

N-SUBSTTTUTED  2,3,4,5,-TETRAHYDRO-lH-3- 
BENZAZEPL^ES 
Joaeph  TokoUcs,  King  of  Prussia;  Gordon  A.  Hughes,  Havcr- 
ford,  and  Herchd  Smith,  Wayne,  aO  of  Pa^  msignors  to 
Amcricaa  Home  Products  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Divisioa  of  Scr.  No.  572,676.  Aug.  16, 1966,  Pat.  No. 
3,483,185.  This  application  July  14, 1969,  Ser.  No.  860,449 
lata,  con  4 1/08 
U.S.CL260— 239BB  lOCUnv 

N-substituted-2.3.4,5-tetrahydro- 1  H-3-benzazepines  are 
prepared  having  pharmacological  activity  including  analgesic 
and  hypoglycemic  action. 


Eberhartl 
AG, 


3,671,520 
ANTIMICROBIAL  INDANONES 
Rudolf    Albrecht;    Hans-JoacUm    Kessier, 
Sclirodcr,  al  of  Berlin,  Germany,  awiignnm  to 
Berttn  und  Bergkaaaen,  Berlin,  Germany 

Filed  March  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23^487 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany.  March  29.  1969,  P 
19  16  825.3;  Oct.  29. 1969.  P  19  55  386.7 
Int.  CLC07d  99/04 
U.S.CL  260-240  A  21 

Compounds  of  the  formula 


0,N-k^^>-C 


o 

■A 

Y- 


/X 


wherein  X  is  O,  S  or  NH.  Y  is  — CH,—  and  R  is  nitro, 
benzoyioxy,  alkoxycarbonyloxy,  N-mono-alkylaminocarbon- 


899  O.O. 


1108 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


yloxy.  N,N-dialkyIaininocarbonyloxy  or  an  N-substituted- 
aminoalkoxy  group,  having  antimicrobial  activity,  e.g.,  against 
Trichomonas  vagirudis. 


3,671^21 

2.HETEROCYCUC  SUBSTITUTED  QUINXALINE-1, 4- 

DIOXIDES 

Marwaa  J.  Abud-H^J,  GroCoB,  Conn.,  — rignor  to  Pflaer  Inc., 

NcwYark«N.Y. 

FBed  MmtIi  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20342 

lot  CL  C07d  51178, 87/14, 83/36 

U.S.CL260— 244R  6CW11H 

The  2-heterocyclic-  and  2-[N-(ci»-haloalkyl)carbamyl]sub- 

stituted  quinoxaline-l,4-dioxide8.  having  formulas  I  and  II. 

respectively: 


O 

T 


o 

T 


: ^>'      and    X 


i 


i 


n 


wherein  X  is  a  6-  or  a  T-position  substituent  and  is  hydrogen, 
chloro,  bromo.  fluoro,  methyl,  methoxy  and  trifluoromethyl; 

Y  is  O,  S  and  NR,  wherein 

Ri  is  hydrogen  and  lower  alkyl; 

A  is  alkylene  of  from  two  to  five  carbon  atoms  which  places 
at  least  two  carbon  atoms  between  the  N  and  Y  or  Z 
atoms  to  which  it  is  attached; 

Ri  is  lower  alkyl; 

Z  is  chloro  and  bronK); 

the  non-toxic  acid  addition  salts  of  those  compounds 
wherein  Y  is  -NRi;  and  methods  for  their  preparation  are 
described.  All  compounds  of  formulas  I  and  II  are  useful 
as  antibacterial  agents  and  many  of  them  are  effective 
animal  growth  promotants.  Compounds  of  formula  II  are 
valuable  intermediates  for  further  synthesis. 


3,671,522 
PRODUCTION  OF  2- 
CARBAMYLTETRAHYDROPYRIMIDINES 
Hdmut     Hagen,     Ludwigrfiaieii,    and    Friedrich     Bccke, 
Hdddbcrg,  both  of  Germany,  aMinnniii  to  Badtache  AnOin- 
&  Soda-Fabriki  Aktiengeselbchaft,  Ludwigshafen  (Rhine), 
Gcnaany 

Filed  June  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47,149 
Qaims  priority,  application  Germany.  June  28,  1969.  P  19 
32  833.7 

laLa.C07i87/40 
U.S.  CL  260— 247.5  R  9  Claims 

Production  of  2-carbamyltetrahydropyrimidines  by  reaction 
of  haloacetamides  with  1 ,3-alkylenediamines  and  elementary 
sulfur,  and  the  new  2-carbamyltetrahydropyrimidines.  The 
products  are  auxiliaries  for  the  textile  and  leather  industries, 
plant  protection  agents  and  starting  materials  for  the  produc- 
tion of  textile  auxiliaries,  leather  auxiliaries  and  plant  protec- 
tion agents. 


i, 


I  3,671,523 

I  HERUCIDAL  AGENTS 

Kurt  Wcstphal,  Wuppert^Vohwinkd;  Werner  Mdscr,  Wup- 

pcrtai-Elbcrfcid;  Ludwig  Fue,  Cotogae-Stammlwiai,  and 

Hctamith  HMk,  CokigBe-Buchlieim,  all  of  Germany,  aa- 

signan  lo  Farhwifahrikwi  Bayer  AktkngwIlafhafI,  Lever- 

kuaea,  Germany 

CoBdnsatkm-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  630,225,  Aprfl  12, 1967.  Thk 

appHartloB  Jan.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,647 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  April  16,  1966,  F 

48954 

Int.  CLC07d  55/70 

U.S.  CL  260—248  AS  16  CWms 

3-[ hydrogen-,  (unsubstituted  and  halo,  amino,  alkylamino, 

nitro.  alkyl.  alkoxy.  alkylmercapto,  aryloxy  and/or  haloaryl- 

mercapto,  -substituted)  aliphatic-,  cycloaliphatic-,  araliphatic- 

,  aryl-,  or  N-heterocyclic-  or  O-alkanoyI-,  -substituted  oxy, 

mercapto  or  amino]-  4-[afnino;  niono  and  di  (unsubstituted 

and  cyano,  hydroxy  and/or  halo,  -substituted)  alkyl-  md/or  al- 

kanoyl-,  -amino;  N-   (unsubstituted  and  cydoalkyl.   aryl, 

haloaryL  alkaryl,  alkoxy  aryl,  nitroaryl,  halo-nitro-aryl,  aryl- 

alkenyl,  heterocyclic  and/or  nitro-  heterocyclic-  -substituted) 

alkylidene-amino  or  cydoalkylidene-  amino;  or  N-hetero- 

cyclic]-6-[(  unsubstituted  and  halo,  nitro.  carbo  lower  alkoxy. 

alkyl.  alkoxy.  aryloxy.  alkylmercapto.  arylmercapto  and/or 

aralkylmercapto,     -substituted)     aliphatic,     cycloaliphatic, 

araliphatic,  aryl,  heterocyclic  or  heterocyclic-  alkyl]- 1,2,4- 

triazine-S-ones,   which   possess   herbicidal    properties,   and 

which  may  be  produced  by  conventional  methods;  herbicidal 

compositions  containing  such  compounds;  and  methods  of 

using  such  compounds  as  herbicides. 


3,671324 

TRIAZINYL^OUMARINS 

KaanaU'  Soaukl,  KawanlsU  Oty,  Japan,  Msignor  to  Showa 

Kagaliu  Kogyo  KabusUU  Kaislia,  Kawai^hl  CMy,  Japan 

I      FBcd  Sept.  18, 1968,  Scr.  No.  760,667 
Claim*    priority,    application    Japan,    Sept.    20,     1967, 
42/59827;  Sept.  20, 1967, 42/59828;  Nov.  4, 1967, 42/72808 

Int.  a.  C07d  55/20  t 

U.S.  a.  260—249.8  1  Claim 

A  process  for  preparing  a  fluorescent  whitening  ag^t  of  the 
formula 


RO 


(^Y\K    ^ 


V^o 


=0 


NRr-X-N 


B« 


wherein  R  represents  an  alkyl  group  having  one  to  four  carbon 
atoms,  each  of  R„  R,  and  R,  represents  a  hydrogen  atom,  or  a 
lower  alkyl  group,  and  X  represents  a  divalent  organic  residue 
such  as  lower  alkylene  group,  hydroxy(  lower )alkylene  group 
or  phenylene  group,  characterized  by  treating  cyanuric 
chloride  with  an  alcohol  represented  by  the  formula 

I  "  ROH 

wherein  R  represents  an  alkyl  group  having  one  to  fou^  carbon 
atoms,  in  the  presence  of  acid  binding  agent  to  fom^  a  com- 
pound represented  by  the  formula 


OR 


/N- 


ci-y    \ 


wherein  R  is  the  same  as  defined  above,  and  subsequently 
treating  the  compound  with  3-phenyl-7-aminocoumarin  and 
an  amine  represented  by  the  formula 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1109 


NHRt-X-N 


Ri 


wherein  R„  Rt.  Ri  and  X  are  the  same  as  defined  above,  in  an 
optional  order  in  an  inert  organic  solvent  or  a  mixed  solution 
or  dispersion  of  the  inert  organic  solvent  and  water  in  the 
presence  of  acid  binding  agent. 


3,671,525 
PYRIDAZONIUM  COMPOUNDS 
Franz  Rckhcncdcr,  and  Rndolf  Kropp,  both  of  Ludwigriurfcn, 
Germany,  assignors  to  Badiiche  AnOin-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Ak- 

tiengesellschaft,  Ludwigshafen  (Rhine),  Germany 
Filed  March  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,692 

Claims   priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.    15.   1969, 

P  19  13  265.1 

lBLCLC07d  57/04 
U.S.CL260— 250A  2CWnis 

The  production  ot  2-alkylpyridazonium  compounds  by 
reaction  of  pyridazones-(6)  with  alkylating  agents,  and  the 
new  2-alkylpyridazonium  compounds.  The  compounds  which 
can  be  prepared  by  the  process  according  to  the  invention  are 
pharmaceuticals  and  valuable  starting  materials  for  the 
production  of  dyes,  pharmaceuticals  and  pesticides. 


toSandoi- 


3,671,526 
THIAZOLOPYRIMIIHNES 
Robert  E.  Manning,  Mountain  Lakes,  N  J.,  I 
Wander,  Inc.,  Hanover,  N  J. 

Contlnuation-fai-pnrt  of  Scr.  No.  827,996,  May  26, 1969, 

abandoned,  whkh  is  a  cootinuatk>a-ln-part  of  Scr.  No. 

741356,  July  2, 1968,  abandoned,  which  is  a  continuation^ 

part  of  Scr.  No.  680,307,  Nov.  3, 1967,  abondoned.  Thfe 

application  May  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,367 

Int  a.  C07d  57/46 

U.S.CL  260-251  A  ISCIafans 

Substituted  thiazolopyrimidines,  e.g.,  3-p-ch]orophenyl-6,7- 

dihydro-SH-thiazolo[3,2-a]pyrimidine      hydrochloride,      are 

prepared  from  phenacyl  halides  and  propylene  thiourea  and 

are  useful  as  CNS  stimulants  and  analgesics. 

3,671,527 

DIALKYLAMmOALKYL  ESTERS  OF 

ADAMANTANETHIOCARBOXYUC  ACIDS 

Carl  Peter  Krinnmcl,  Wauconda,  m.,  assignor  to  G.  D.  Scaric  & 

Co.,  Chicago,  m. 

Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  644,099,  June  7, 1967,  Pat. 

No.  3,565,942,  which  is  a  continuatkHHln-part  of  Scr.  No. 
466,812,  June  24, 1965,  abMidoiMd.  This  application  July  6, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  52,703 
Inta.C07d57/70 
U.S.  a.  260-268  PC  4Cfadms 

The  present  dialkylaminoalkyl  and  related  esters  of  ada- 
mantanethiocarboxylic  acids  possess  anti-inflammatory  activi- 
ty and  activity  against  a  variety  of  organisms.  Thus,  they  are 
anti-bacterial,  anti-protozoal,  anti-ifiingal,  and  anti-algal 
agents.  The  compounds  are  prepared  by  the  reaction  of  an 
adamantanecarboxylic  acid  halide  with  an  appropriate  dial- 
kylaminoalkanethiol  or  similar  compounds. 


3,671,528 
5-PHENYL- 1 ,2,4-BENZOTHI  ADIAZEPINE- 1 , 1  -DIOXIDES 
John  B.  Wright,  Kalamazoo,  Mich.,  assignor  to  The  Upjohn 
Company,  Kalamazoo,  Mich. 

Fled  June  23, 1967,  Scr.  No.  648,226 
Int  CL  C07d  99/00 
U.S.a.260— 268BC  4Clafans 

1,2,4-Benzothiadiazepine- 1,1 -dioxide  derivatives  are  dis- 
closed. These  compounds  can  be  prepared  by  condensation  of 
a  2-benzoylbenzenesulfonyl  chloride  with  guanidine,  amidine, 
or  with  2-alkylisothiourea,  followed  by  cyclization  of  the  ob- 
tained condensation  product,  and,  optionally,  by  subsequent 


hydrogenation.  These  compounds  are  useful  as  intermediates 
for  mothproofing  agents,  herbicides,  and  pickling  inhibitors. 


3,671,529 
BASIC  ANTHRAQUINONE  DYES,  WITH  PYRIMNIUM  2- 

OR  4-DIMETHYLENE  GROUP 
Rudolf  AMermatt,  Tecknau,  BMeMand;  Roland  Eirtachd, 
Baad,  and  Curt  MucBw,  Binnhncn,  Bawl  land,  U  of  Swfc. 
aerland,  — ignnm  to  Sandoa  Ltd.,  Panel,  Switaarland 
Contteoadon-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  481,404,  Aug.  20, 1965,  Pat. 
No.  3318,247.  This  appHcadon  Aug.  20, 1969,  Scr.  No. 
851,743 
InLCLC07dJ7/4« 
IJ.S.  CL  260— 294.8  B  13CWbm 

Basic  anthraquinone  dyes  fr«e  from  sulphonic  acid  groups 
produced  with  a  vinylpyridine  group  Which  are  hi^ily  suitable 
for  dyeing  and  printing  acrylonitrile  polymers  or  copotymers. 


3,671330 
CERTAIN  SUBSTITUTED  13-BISDILOWER- 
ALKYLAMINOETHOXY-INDANS 
John  Wmiam  Van  Dyke,  Jr.,  Elkhart,  and  MarfHvt  Jo  Van 
Lacckc,  OMwria,  both  of  Ind.,  amignon  to  MDcs  Laborato- 
ries, Inc.,  Elkhart,  Ind. 

FBed  Aug.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,637 
Int.  CL  C07c  93/06;  C07d  J7/42 
U3.CL  260-295  F  SOatnm 

Certain  diaminoalkyl  ethers  of  substituted  1 ,3-indandiols 
and  a  method  for  their  preparation  are  disclosed.  These  com- 
pounds are  useful  as  antihistaminics. 


3,671331 
BENZOTHIAZOLINYLIDENE  SUBSTITUTED  UREAS 
William  D.  Dixon,  Klrkwood,  Mo.,  assignor  to  Movanto  Com- 
pany, St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Filed  Dec  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,054 
Int.  CLC07d  97/24 
U.S.  a.  260—305  15  dataiM 

Novel  ureas  and  thioureas  of  the  formula 

\=N-C-NH-Ri 

k  '  .  . 

where  X  b  oxygen  or  sulfur,  R,  and  R,  are  alk^  cecals  of  not 
more  than  four  carbon  atoms,  R,  is  alkyl  of  not  more  than  12 
carbon  atoms,  alkenyl  of  not  more  than  12  carbon  atoms, 
cydoalkenyl  of  six  through  eight  carbon  atoms,  haloalkyl  of 
not  more  than  12  carbon  atoms  and  with  not  more  than  three 
halogen  atoms  therein  on  the  one  and  two  carbon  atoms, 
halophenyl  of  not  more  than  five  halogen  atoms,  haloal- 
kylphenyl  of  not  more  than  three  haloalkyls  having  not  more 
than  four  carbon  atoms  and  not  more  than  three  halogen 
atoms  therein,  with  the  provision  that  the  double  bond  in  said 
alkenyl  and  cydoalkenyl  are  not  in  the  1 -position. 
These  compounds  are  useful  as  herbicides. 


3,671332 
COMPOSITION  AND  METHOD  FOR  LOWERING  THE 
BLOOD  SUGAR  CONTENT  OF  MABETIC  MAMMALS 
GObert  L.  Cams,  St.  Jeu  dc  Molrans,  and  Andre  Boochcrle, 
Grenoble,  both  of  France,  assignors  to  Sodetc  De  RedMrdMB 
Industridles  S.O.R.d.,  DUon,  France 

FDed  March  6, 1967,  Scr.  No.  620,631 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  Aug.  5,  1966,  838; 
Dec.  29.  1966,  844 

Int.  CLA61k  27/00 
U.S.a.424— 305  3C]afaM 

The  invention  relates  to  a  method  of  lowering  the  blood 
sugar  content  in  mammals  by  exploiting  the  hypoglycemic  ac- 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2(1,  1972 


1110 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


tivity  of  certain  pentacydic  triterpene  derivatives  such  as  mix- 
tures of  glycyrrhetinic  acids  and  their  esters,  to  treat  obese 
diabetic  subjects. 


3^71,S33 

23.5,6.TETRAHYDROIMIDAZO{2,l-B]THIAZOLES 

WHiMi  J.  llsMMiaB,  aad  R«bcrt  E.  Maraii«,  both  of  Mamm- 

r.NJ. 

t  of  8v.  No^  790,449,  Jaik  10, 1969, 
,wkkkhm[tmHmmHnm1mput9iStr.No. 
740,929.  J«ly  31, 1968.  ■baaJaanl  Thh  appfcadon  Jan.  26. 
1970,S«>.No.S394 
tat  a.  C07d  99/06 
U^  CL  260-306.7  10  CWm 

Substituted  imidaao  thiarolea,  e.g.,  3-(4'-chlorophenyl)-2- 
ethyl-3-hydroxy-2,3,3,6-tetrahydroiinidaao[2,l-b]thiazolc  are 
prepared  fix>m  2-haioalkylphenones  and  2-iniidazolinethionc 
and  are  useful  as  anorexics  and  anti-depressants. 


3,671.534 
6.6-DI-LOWER  ALKYL-2,3  A6-TETRAHYDROiMIDAZO 

[2,1-B]  THIAZOLES 
WaUam  J.  HodiliMi,  and  Robert  E.  MmmI^  both  of  Mom- 
tain    Lakes,    NJ.,    Mrignnri    to    Saniiw  Wander.    Inc. 
HMiovcr.  N  J. 

flkd  Marcb  16. 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,071 
Int.  CLC07d  99/06 
U.S.a.260— 306.7  2CWns 

Substituted  imidazo  thiazoles,  e.g.,  3-<4'-chloropbenyl)- 
6,6-diniethyl-2-ethyl-3-hydroxy-2,3 .5 ,6- 
tetrahydroiInidazo[2,l-b]thia2ole  are  prepared  fix>m  2-haloal- 
kylphenones  and  4,4-di-lower  alkyl-2-iinidazolinethione  and 
are  useftil  as  diuretics. 


3,671335 
4-IMINO-OXAZOLIDIN-2^NES  AND  PROCESS  OF 
PREPARATION 
Mkfad  Faidvtti,  Saint-AabHi;  JacqMS  Bofleam  Parfa 
Paul  Koorat,  Sorgnca,  and  Rcae  Bllax.  Le  Boucbct,  al  of 
France,  assignors  to   Etat   Fhmcais.   rcprcaentc   par  le 
Ministre  des  Amecs,  Migllon  MlnisHiliiie  pour  I'Aiv- 
mart  (Db«ctioa  Dca  Pooihvs).  Pwls.  France 
Continuadon-tai-part  of  Scr.  No.  349,943,  Marvh  6, 1964. 
abandoned.  This  application  March  7. 1968.  Scr.  No.  71 1,384 

Int.CLC07d«5/2« 
U.S.CL  260-307  C  UCIahns 

The  present  invention  relates  to  4-imino-oxazolidin-2-ones 
corresponding  to  the  following  formula: 


Bf         O 


HN=e 


N-Y 


wherein  Y  represents  an  alkyl  of  from  one  to  1 8  carbon  atoms 
such  as  methyl,  ethyl,  isopropyl,  hexyl,  octadecyl;  cycloalkyl 
such  as  cyclohexyl;  an  aralkyl  such  as  benzyl;  an  aryl  such  as 
phenyl  and  naphthyl;  a  substituted  aryl  such  as  tolyl,  o-.  m- 
and  p-chloro-phenyl,  methoxy  phenyl,  nitrophenyl;  hetero- 
cyclic group  such  as  fur^;  and  wherein  R,  and  Rt  each 
represent  hydrogen;  a  straight  or  branched  unsubetituted  alkyl 
oi  from  one  to  eight  carbon  atoms  such  as  methyl,  propyl, 
isopropyl,  butyl,  tert-but^  and  heptyl;  aryl  such  as  phenyl; 
heterocyclic  group  such  as  fiiryl  derivatives 


\lo/L<'=-j 


or  R|  and  R«  may  represent  the  necessary  groups  which  when 
joined  form  a  ring  with  the  carbon  atom  of  the  main  ox- 
azolidin-2-one  ring  such  as  a  cydohexane  ring.  The  invention 


is  also  directed  to  various  methods  for  preparing  the  subject 
compounds  which  have  been  found  to  possess  valuable  plant 
growth  regulating  properties. 


3,67I,S36 

ANTHRAQUINONE  DYES 

Manfred  PMach,  Ludwiish^sm  and  Hshi 

irrnthal.  both  of  Gcnnany,  assl^Mva  to  Badtadw  AsriMn-  A 

Soda-Fabrik  AktlengBsellsdiaft,  Ludwigriutfen/Rhlne,  Gcr- 

FVed  March  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,405 
Claims  priority,  application  Oermany.  March  20,  1969,  P 
19  14  207.S;  Sept  30. 1969,  P  19  49  29S.6 

Iirt.CLC07d«5/52  I 

U.S.CL  260-307  J  $  datum 

1 .4-diaminoanthraquinones  bearing  in  position  2  a  1 .2.4-ox- 
adiazole  group  which  is  substituted  in  position  3  by  an  aro- 
matic or  aliphatic  radical.  These  anthraquinone  derivatives 
are  valuable  blue  disperse  dyes  for  use  in  dyeing  and  printing 
synthetic  textile  materials. 


3,671,537 

CERTAIN  3^2,6-DICHLOROniENYL)-2- 

IMINOTHIAZOLIDINES 

Uim  ToMy;  Joascf  Boni;  S«Mlor  Ekk;  latvMi  EMkas,  and 

Fercnc  Aadraai,  al  of  Budapsst,  Haatary,  aarigDormto  Gyo- 

gysacrfcotato  Intcict,  Bndapoat,  Hungary 

FBed  JuM  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,462 
Claims  priority,  application  Hungary.  June  S,  1969.  GO- 
1096 

InLCI.C07d9///« 
U.S.  CL  260— 306.7  3CWnis 

New  thiazolidine  derivatives  of  the  general  formula 


T 


(D 

wherein  R  is  an  alkyl-group  having  from  one  to  five  carbon 
atoms,  and  R,  is  hydrogen,  methyl,  ethyl  and  hydroxymethyl 
groups,  and  their  acid  addition  salts  formed  with  non-toxic 
acids.  The  compounds  show  a  special  effect  on  the  central 
nervous  system. 


■  3,671,538 

POTASSIUM  4-METHYL-l,2,4-OXADIAZOLIDINE-3,5- 

I  DIONE  AND  SODIUM  4-METHYL-l,2A 

OXADIAZOUDINE-3,5-DIONE 

John  Kreaacr,  Oak  Park,  n..  assignor  to  VcWcol  Chcnrical 

Corporaliou,  Chicago,  DL 

DIvWon  of  Scr.  No.  853,945,  Aug.  28, 1969,  Pat.  No. 
3,590,054.  This  appMcatloa  Aug.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,945 
lBLCLC07d«5/52 
U.S.a.260— 307  B  3ClalaM 

This      invention      discloses     the      compound      2-(2,4- 
dichlorophenoxyacetyl)-4-methyl- 1 ,2,4-oxadiazolidine-3,S- 
dione  and  its  use  as  a  herbicide.  Further  disclosed  are  the 
compounds     potassium     4-methyl-l,2,4-oxadiazoIidine-3,5- 
dione  and  sodium  4-methyl-l  ,2,4-oxadiazolidine-3,5-dione. 


'  3,671,539 

PREPARATION  OF  AMINO-ETHYL ISOXAZOLYL 

SUBSTITUTED  TETRAHYDROPYRANS  ANI) 

INTERMEDIATES  THEREFOR 

Gabrid  Saucy,  Essex  FeBs,  N  J.,  aasignnr  to  HoJhnan-La  Roche 

IncNiitiey,NJ. 

Fled  Jan.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,026 
lBLa.C07d«5/22 
U.S.a.260— 307  H  12( 

Alternate  process  routes  to  2-(substituted  amino)-6-(2- 
[3,5-diineth^-4-isoxazolyl]ethyl)-tetrahydropyran-2-als    and 


IT  *  T      /-.A  rw  ■.imnii.. 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1111 


their  optionally  alkylated  analogs  are  described.  The  prepara- 
tive routes  involve  multi-step  procedures  starting  from  2-(2'- 
subatituted  a^linoethyl^2-hy<lroxy-6-vinyl-tetrahydropyrans 
and  their  alkyl  substituted  analogs  including  a  last  step  taome- 
rization  and  amine  addition  to  a  l-(3,5-disubetituted-4-isox- 
azolyl)-7-hydroxy-non-8-en-3-one  or  itt  uutomer.  The  final 
product  aminoethyl-iaoxaxolyl  substituted  tetrahydropyrans 
are  intermediates  useful  in  the  preparation  of  pharmaceuti- 
cally  valuable  steroidal  compounds.  In  preferred  embodi- 
ments the  amino  substituent  group  in  the  final  products  is  an 
optically  active  amine  which  renders  such  products  particu- 
larly suiuble,  via  resolution  procedures,  to  serve  as  inter- 
mediates in  the  preparation  of  optically  active  steroidal  com- 
pounds. 


wherein  X  is  hydrogen,  halogen  or  methyl. 

The    compounds    are    useftil    peripheral    and    systemic 
vasoconstrictors. 


3,671,540 
SUBSTITUTED  HYDANTOINS 
Alhrecht  Zachocke,  5  Bcrttncr  Straaae,  6702,  BmI  Ducrfchdm; 
Wolfgai«  Rolar,  19  Ihbihtiasw.  6800,  Maaahdm,  and 
Adolf  Fbchcr.  43  Spcycrcr  Strane  6704,  Muttcrstadt,  al  of 
Germany,  assignors   to  Badische  Anilin-   &  Soda-Fabrik 
AktiengesellKhafl,  Ludwigshafcn/Rhinc.  Germany 

FUed  Mmth  13. 1970.  Scr.  No.  19,470 
Qaims  priority,  application  Germany.  March  18.  1969.  P 
19  13631.3 

Int.a.C07d49/J2 
U.S.a.260— 309.5  5ClalnM 

Valuable  hydantoins  having  the  formula 


OCON 


\. 


R> 


where  R'  denotes  hydrogen  or  a  lower  alkyl  group.  R*  denotes 
a  saturated  or  unsaturated  aliphatic  radical  which  may  be  sub- 
stituted by  halogen,  hydroxyl.  alkoxy,  cyano  or  alkylmercapto, 
and  R'  denotes  hydrogen  or  the  methyl  group,  and  a  process 
for  controlling  the  growth  of  unwanted  plants  with  these  com- 
pounds. 


3.671.541 

l,2,2A,3,4,5-HEXAHYDRO-l*<2-IMIDAZOLIN.2- 

YLMETHYL)BENZ[CDIND0LES 

Gerhard  Bormann.  Basel;  John  Gmunder.  Muttenz.  both  of 

Switacrland.  and  Hdnrich  WUkens.  Brombach.  Germany. 

I  to  Sandoz  Ltd.  (a/k/a  Sandoz  AG).  Bade.  Swhaer- 


FDed  Aug.  19. 1970.  Ser.  No.  65.281 

Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland.  Aug.  27.  1969, 
1 2967/69;  March  31,1 970, 4703/70;  April  6, 1 970, 5039/70 

Int.a.C07d49/i4 
U.S.  CL  260—309.6  4  Ctafans 

The  invention  concerns  compounds  of  the  formula: 


3.671342 
OPTICALLY  ANISOTROPIC  AROMATIC  POLYAMIDE 

DOPES 

Stephanie  Louiae  Kwoiek,  Wlhnhnlon.  DcL,  aarignnr  to  E.  I. 

du  Pont  de  Nemours  and  Coaapaay.  WHmiagton.  DcL 

CoiitiauaHoa-hHpart  of  Ser.  No.  736.410,  June  12, 1968, 

abandoned,  which  Is  a  coirtlnuatlon-tai-patt  of  Ser.  No. 

644351,  JwM  9, 1967,  abMdoMd,  wUch  k  a  wwtfanMttoii-tn- 

pMTt  of  Scr.  No.  556334.  Juae  13. 1966.  ahaadoMd.  This 

application  iviay  23,  1969,  Ser.  No.  827345.  The  portion  of 

the  term  of  this  patent  subsequent  to  June  20, 1999, 

has  been  disclaimed. 

Int  CL  C08g  51/44, 51/46, 51/50 

.U3.  CL  260— 30.8  R  2( 


Mv  M^    mi  a'^ 


Compositions  or  dopes  comprising  carbocydic  aromatic 
polyamides  in  suitable  liquid  media  are  prepared  which  are 
optically  anisotropic  (exhibit  different  light  transmission  pro- 
perties in  different  directions  in  the  dope).  These  dopes,  and 
related  isotropic  dopes,  are  used  in  preparing  fibers  of  unique 
internal  structure  (evidenced  by  low  orientation  angle  and/or 
high  sonic  velocity)  and  exceptionally  high  tensile  properties 
(e.g.,  initial  modulus). 


3.671343 
IMIDOMETHYL  DERIVATIVES  OF  13> 
TRIMETHYUNDOUNO-SPIROPYRAN 
Koky  Koga.  Toyoaaka;  Minom  Halori.  Takaranka.  aad 
Takashi  Akamatsa.  Ashlya.  ril  of  Japaa.  assjganri  to  Su- 
mMono  Chenical  Company,  Ltd.,  HitMhMni,  Onka,  JapM 
FBcd  May  28. 1970,  Ser.  No.  41384 
IntCLC07d27/J« 
U3.a.260— 326D  llCfadms 

Novel  imidomethyl  or  amidomethyl  derivatives  of  1,3,3- 
irimethylindolino-spiropyran  are  produced  by  reacting  a 
1,3,3-trimethylindolino-spiropyran  derivative  with  an 
imidomethylating  or  amidomethylating  agent  in  the  presence 
of  a  condensing  agent  and  optionally  in  a  solvent.  These  novel 
compounds  are  adapted  to  be  used  as  a  coloring  matter  for 
pressure  sensitive  copy  papers  and  particulariy  as  one  com- 
ponent of  a  coloring  matter  for  black  premure  sensitive  copy 
papers. 


Tvrm.TT:.      OA         i  AfTO 


i^TT"r»-»«-T/^   A  T 


1-liQ 


\1112 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671344 
3A4A^A-TET1UHYDRO-2-(lIDCARBAZOLONES 
Robert  L  MrilKr,  Rodunmy,  and  ItoymoMi  R.  Wktdikid, 
MorMowb,  both  of  NJ^  MriiBon  to  Wt 


i.  X 


These  compounds  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  the  fol- 
lowing reaction  scheme: 


/^ 


/x 


Ri 


y\ 


i 

2 


r 


/x 


i. 

1 


i=o 


In  the  above.  R,  is  hydrogen,  lower  alkyl,  aryl,  substituted 
aryl,  aralkyl,  lower  alkoxy,  aryloxy,  lower  alkylmercapto,  aryl- 
mercapto,  halo,  trihaloalkyl,  nitro,  amino,  substituted  amino, 
acetamido,  and  substituted  acetamido.  Rt.  R*.  R*.  which  can 
be  alike  or  different,  are  hydrogen,  lower  alkyl,  aryl,  sub- 
stituted aryl  and  aralkyl.  The  compounds  are  useful  as  anal- 
gesic agents. 


3,671^45 
POLYVINYLPYRROLIDONE-IODINE  COMPOUNDS 
Alfred  Halpcrn,  Great  Neck,  N.Y.,  Mrignor  to  Synergtatks, 
Inc^  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  822,008 
Int.CLC07d27/0« 
II.S. CL  260— 326.5 FL  II  Claims 

Hydrogen-bonded  complexed  compounds  formed  from  an 
iodophor  and  a  polyhydroxylated  compound  containing  at 
least  two  hydroxyl  groups  which  are  useful  in  the  preparation 
of  iodophor-containing,  abrasive,  detergent  compositions 
comprising  said  hydrogen-bonded  complexed  compound,  a 
detergent,  an  abrasive  substance  and  a  pharmaceutically  ac- 
ceptable carrier  therefor,  said  compositions  being  suitable  to 
the  abrasive  germicidal  cleansing  of  the  skin  and  in  the  treat- 
ment of  acne. 


3,671,546 
FLUORINATED  ALIPHATIC  ACIDS  AS  PROCESSING 
AIDS  FOR  SIUCONE  RUBBER  COMPOSITIONS 
Bruce  D.  Karstcdt,  Charlotte  N.C.,  and  John  S.  Raiaano, 
Troy,  N.Y.,  a«ignors  to  General  Electrk  Compuiy 
Filed  Oct.  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  77,369 
Int.a.C08g5//04 
U.S.CL260— 37SB  14Clainis 

A  silicone  rubber  composition  of  improved  processing 
characteristics  including  (a)  a  polydiorganosiloxane  having 
the  formula. 


(R)BSiO 


4-n 
2 


(b)  a  structure  defining  inorganic  filler,  (c)  a  process  aid  and 
(d)  a  fluorine-substituted  hydrocarbon  acid  where  R  is  a 


I: 


monovalent  hydrocarbon  radical  and  n  has  a  value  of  ftom 
1.98  to  2.01  induave.  The  above  competition  is  used  with  a 
peroxide  curing  agent  at  elevated  temperatures  to  pioduce  a 
cured  silicone  rubber. 


FIM  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,602 
IiiLaC07d27/M 
U.S.CL260— 315  5( 

The  present  invention  disrloses  a  new  class  of  carbazolones 
having  the  following  structural  formula: 

R« 
/^N /X 


1  3,671347 

DIALKYL  DDiYDROTHIENYL  PHOSPHATES 
E.   Slevick,   San   Fnmdatn,   CaHf ., 
Chevron  Rtaenrch  Conipnny.  San  F^andsco,  Cam. 
Fled  Doc  15. 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,291 
lBt.a.C07d6J/0« 
U.S.  a  260-329  P 
Compound  of  the  formula: 


RO    0  H 

P— O— C C-R« 

-o^  1      1 

-C         C-R» 


to 


R»-<: 


\8/\- 


ii). 


R» 


(0) 


wherein  R  and  R'  and  alkyl  of  1  to  4  carbon  atoms,  R*  is 
hydrogen,  halogen  of  atomic  number  17  to  35  or  alkyl  of  one 
to  three  carbon  atoms  and  R'.  R*  and  R*  are  hydrogen  or  alkyl 


or  one  to  three  carbon  atoms  and  n  is  0, 
phosphates  are  insecticidal. 


1  or  2.  These 


3,671348 
5.PROPARGYLTHENYL 
CYCLOPROPANECARBOXYLATES 
Nobushlte     Itaya,     Minuo;     Toshio     Miautanl,     HIrakata; 
Shifcyoshi  KRannra;  YosHod  Okuno,  both  of  Toyonaka, 
and  Keimci  Fitjinioto,  Kobe,  all  of  Japan,  atrignim  to  Su- 
V   nhomo  Chemical  Company,  Ltd.,  Higachi-ku,  Osaka,  Japan 
Filed  March  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,018 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  April  4. 1969, 44/26433; 
April  11.1969,44/28586  I 

Inta.C07d6i//2  I 

U.S.  CI.  260—332.2  R 
A  thiophene  derivative  having  the  formula. 


CH=C-CH; 


»/ 


-CHjO-C-CH C 


R> 


CHi 


wherein  R|  is  hydrogen  or  methyl,  and  Rt  is  methyl,  2-methyl- 
1-propenyl  or  2-methoxycarbonyl- 1 -propenyl  when  Ri  is 
hydrogen,  and  Rt  is  methyl  when  R|  is  methyl,  which  may  be 
used  as  insecticides  with  high  insecticidal  activities. 


I  3,671349 

PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  ASCORBYL-3-PHOSPHATE 

AND  SALTS  THEREOF 
David  F.  Hfaiklcy.  Plainlield,  N J.,  assignor  to  Merck  St  Co., 

Inc.,  Rnhway,  N  J.  I 

Continuation-hi-part  of  Scr.  No.  578,983,  Sept  13, 1966.  This 
appttcation  March  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,940 
IntCLC07d  5/72 
U.S.  CI.  260—343.7  6  Claims 

A  process  for  the  preparation  of  ascorbyl-2-phosphate  and 
the  alkali  or  alkaline  earth  metal  salts  which  comprises  react- 
ing ascorbic  acid  or  the  alkali  metal  or  alkaline  earth  metal 
salts  thereof  sequentially  with  a  phosphorylating  agent,  water, 
and  an  alkali  or  alkaline  earth  meal  base.  The  ascorbyl-2- 
phosphate  is  useful  as  a  stebilized  form  of  Vitamin  C. 


1114 


nFFTPTAT.  r:A7FTTTr 


JintfK  20.   1972 


June  20,  1972    ' 


CHEMICAL 


1113 


3371350 

HEXAIIYDR0^3«M-TETRA  ALKYLFUR0(3> 

B)nJRAN-234MOL 

Hugh  J.  Hi^emcyar,  Jr.,  and  Albrad  G.  RnMMnn,  m,  both  of 

Longvlew,  Tex.,  aasignnri  to  raslinaii  Kodak  Company, 

RochcMcr,  N.Y. 

ned  June  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45^18 
Inta.C07d5/04 
U.S.  CL  260—347.8  6  < 

Novel  bicyclic  furofiiran-diols  having  the  structure: 


RI          R« 

\    /    „     ^ 

C-CH-O 

/ 

\ 

HO-CH 

\ 

/ 

o-(m-c 

i> 

CH-OH 


Rt 


wherein  R'  and  R'  are  the  same  or  different,  and  each  of  R' 
and  R'  are  alkyl  groups  of  one  to  10  carbons,  have  been 
discovered.  The  compounds  are  valuable  intermediates,  for 
the  preparation  of  polyols,  dilactones,  simple  esters  and 
polyesters.  ^ 


3,671351 
MYRCENE  EPOXIDE  DIELS-ALDER  ADDUCTS 
James  O.  Bledsoe,  Jr.,  Jacksonville,  Fla.,  assignor  to  SCM  Cor- 
poration, Cleveland,  Ohio 

Filed  Dec  8, 1969,  Ser.  No.  883,266 
IntCLC07d//72 
U.S.a.260— 348R  4Cfadms 

Diels- Alder  adducts  of  myrcene  epoxide  have  been  found  to 
exhibit  excellent  olfactory  and  perfiimery  properties.  The  ad- 
ducts are  made  by  reacting  myrcene  epoxide  with  an  a/3-un- 
saturated  carbonyl  compound  (dienophile),  such  as  acrolein, 
in  a  Diels-Alder  reaction.  Additionally  the  adducts  can  be 
hydrogenated  to  form  the  saturated  adduct  which  also  pos- 
sesses excellent  olfactory  properties. 


3,671352 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  QUINONES  AND 

HYDROQUINONES 
Louis  U  Bris;  Danid  Mkhdet,  and  Mkhd  Rakoutz,  all  of 
Lyon,   France,   assignors   to   Rlione-Pottlenc   S.A.,   Paris, 
Fkvnoe 

Filed  July  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,071 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  July  4, 1 969, 69228 16 

Int.  CL  C07c  49l(t4, 49/66, 49/68 

U.S.  a.  260— 369  13Chdms 

Quinones  of  the  formula: 


Ri 
R 


-R« 
-Ri 


in  which  the  symbols  R,,  Rt,  Ra  and  R,  represent  hydrogen, 
halogen,  or  hydrocarbon  radicals,  not  more  than  three  of  the 
symbols  representing  hydrogen,  are  obtained  by  oxidation  of  a 
phenol  of  the  formula: 


OH 


Ri 


R4 


-Ri 


A/" 


in  the  presence  of  thallic  cations  in  an  aqueous  acid  medium 
optionally  containing  an  inert  organic  solvent 


33713S3 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  VERY  PURE 
MONOSULFONIC  ACIDS  OF  TRIPHENYL-METHANE 
DYESTUFFS 
Theodor     Papenfoss,     NIcdcrliafheim/TMUHis,     and     Ernst 
Splctschka,  Obcniurolf,  both  of  Germany,  aorignors  to  Farb* 
wcrkc  Hocdiit  AkticBfCMlKhift  vormab  MdHcr,  Ludia  A 
Brunlng,  Frankfort/Main,  Germany 

Filed  April  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  28,153 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  April  18,  1969,  P  19 
19  724.1 

Int.CLC09b7///2 
U.S.  a  260-392  14CUmi 

Process  for  the  preparation  of  very  pure  monosulfonic  acids 
of  triphenyl-methane  dyestuffs  by  treating  a  solution  of  the  ap- 
propriate color  base  with  aqueous  sulfuric  acid,  filtering  the 
suspension  obtained,  treating  the  filter  residue  with  an  inert 
less  polar  organic  solvent  which  is  not  miscible  with  water,  and 
isolating  the  color  base  sulfate  or  diluting  the  solution  of  the 
color  base  with  an  inert  less  polar  organic  solvent  that  is  not 
miscible  with  water,  and  then  treating  it  with  dilute  sulfiiric 
acid,  filtering  the  suspension  obtained,  treating  the  filter 
residue  consisting  substantially  of  color  base  sulfate  and  amine 
sulfate,  and  isolating  the  color  base  sulfate. 


3,671354 
20,20-ETHYLENE-21-OXOSTEROIDS 
Rudolf  Wiechert,  Berlin,  Germany,  nssignor  to  Schcring  Ak- 
tienfcaettBchaft,  Berlin,  Gcrnaany 

Filed  July  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55392 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  July  16,  1969,  P  19 
37  062.8;  Aug.  13, 1969,?  19  41  604.7 

Int.CLC07c;69/J<« 
U.S.  CL  260— 397  J  29  Clafans 

20.20-Ethvlene-21-oxo8teroids  of  the  formula 

CHO 


/ 
\ 

6t 


CHi 


CHi 


which  are  useful  as  intermediates  in  the  production  of  car- 
dioactive steroids  having  a  lactone  at  the  17 -position,  are 
produced  by  reacting  a  20-keto-2 1 -sulfonyloxy  steroid  with 
dimethyl-sulfoxonium  methylide. 


3.671355 

TRIALKYLSYULOXY-STEROID  COMPOUNDS  AND 

PROCESS  FOR  MAKING  SAME 

Gerhard  Teichmuller;  Kurt  Bamikol-Oettler,  and  Werner 

Hartmann,    all    of   Jena,    Germany,    assignors    to    VEB 

Jenapharm,  Jena,  Germany 

FDed  March  5, 1969,  Scr.  N«.  804,662 
Int.  CL  C07c  169/08, 169/20 
U.S.  CL  260—397.4  21  Claims 

Trialkylsilyloxyether-substituted  steroid  compounds.  The 
compounds  are  made  from  steroids  which  include  phenolic 
hydroxyl  groups  by  dissolving  the  steroid  compound  in  a 
dipolar  aprotic  solvent  and  reacting  it  with  hexamethyldis- 
ila^ane,  or  a  mixture  of  this  compound  with 
trimethylchlorosilane,  followed  by  recovery  of  the  trimethylsi- 
lyloxyether. 


3,671356       

MANUFACTURING  PROCESS  FOR  ESTERS  OF  DIHALO- 

HYDROXYBENZONITRILES 
Robert  Jay  GoMstick,  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  assignor  to 
Product,  Inc^  Ambler,  Pa. 

Fled  Nov.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  878,724 
Int.  CLC09f  7/00,  7/70 
U.S.  CL  260— 404  4( 

Aliphatic,  cycloaliphatic  or  aromatic  esters  of  33-dihak>-4- 
hydroxybenzonitrile  are  prepared  by  gradually  adding  the 


1114 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


solid  benzonitrile  derivative  to  a  slight  molar  excess  of  the  cor- 
responding acid  chloride  kept  at  temperatures  above  120°  C 


Ptttmt  tut 


and  venting  the  liberated  hydrogen  chloride  through  an  al- 
kaline scrubber. 


3,67M57 

l^MACYLGLYCEROL  3-(2a,2-TRICHLOROETHYL) 

CARBONATES 

Frands  R.  Pfdffcr,  Chmamlnwwi,  and  Jctry  A.  WcisbMh, 

Cherry  Ha,  both  of  NJ^  anigDors  to  Smith,  KUnc  &  French 

Laboratories,  PhBaddpMa,  Pa. 

Continuatioii-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  722,538,  April  19, 1968,  Pat. 

No.  3,558,656.  This  appiicatioa  Sept.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

73,224 
Int.  CL  C07c  69/30, 69/00;  C07d  IS/04 
U.S.  CL  260— 408  4Claiim 

1 ,2  and  2,3-Diacylglycerols  are  prepared  from  sn-glycerol 
1 ,2-acetonide  via  the  intermediate  sn-glycerol  1 .2-acetonide 
3-(2,2,2-trichloroethyl)  carbonate,  which,  after  hydolysis  with 
acid  to  the  1 ,2-diol  derivative  rearranges  stereospecifically  in 
pyridine  or  thermally  to  give  sn-glycerol  2,3-carbonate. 


3,671,558 

NOVEL  ESTERS  AND  DERIVATIVES 

John  B.  Siddal,  Palo  AMo,  CaUf .,  and  Jeans  Pierre  Calamc, 

Locarno,  Switaeriaad,  aasignon  to  ZoecoB  Corporation,  Palo 
Alto,Calif. 

hpart  of  Scr.  No.  800^66,  Feb.  18, 1969, 
,  which  is  a  eoatlBttalioB-iB-pwt  of  Scr.  No. 
618351,  Feb.  24, 1967,  abandoaad,  wlrich  k  a  conttevatioo- 
in-partof  Sar.  Noa.  579^90,  Sept.  15, 1966,  ahandotd,  and 
Scr.  No.  590.195,  Oct.  28, 1966,  abawioMd,  and  Scr.  No. 
592,324,  Nov.  7, 1966,  abowloMd,  and  Scr.  No.  594.664,  Nov. 
16, 1966,  abandoned,  and  Scr.  No.  605,S66,  Dec  29. 1966, 
ahandoosd,  and  Scr.  Na  605,578,  Dec  29, 1966,  abandoned. 
Tkfa  appilcaflioii  July  22, 1969.  Scr.  No.  843,818 
Int.  CL  C07c  69/74, 61/16;  AOln  9/24 
U.S.  a.  260-410.9  R  13CWbs 

Novel  aliphatic  hydrocarbon  esters,  acids  and  alcohols  hav- 
ing a  backbone  of  at  least  12  carbon  atoms,  a  lower  alkyl 
group  at  C-3,  C-7  and  C-1 1  and  unsaturation  or  saturation  at 
C-2,3,  C-6,7  and/or  C-10.1 1  which  are  substituents  with,  for 
example,  halo,  hydroxy,  methylene,  oxido,  dihalo-methylene, 
and  the  like,  and  the  esters  and  ethers  of  said  hydroxy  sub- 
stituent  useful  as  arthropod  maturation  inhibitors. 


1 


3.671359 
PROCESS  FOR  CARBONYLATING  ALKANOtS 
Arica  Kwant— ,  and  Birnhafil  «iHnlhsiiii,  both  of 

Yarlt.  N.Y. 

I       Fiadjniy  9. 1969.  Scr.  No.  840.196 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Nov.  1^.  1968, 
54.331/68 

Iat.C].C07c5//y2 
U3.CL260— 413 

Controlled  addition  of  olefins  to  alcohol  carbonylation  zone 
to  prevent  water  build-up  and  sustain  acidic  liquid  cat|dyst  ac- 
tivity. 


1 


3,671360 

MANUFACTURE  OF  PALLADIUM  OR  PLATINUM- 
CONTAINING  COMPOUNDS 
Darryl  R.  Fahcy,  Bartlciville,  OUa.,  assignor  to  Phittiis 
Pctrolenm  Company 

I      FBcd  Sept.  29, 1 970,  Scr.  No.  76,607 
■  Iirt.CLC07f  75/00 

U3.CL  260-429  R  9( 

Compounds  of  the  formula  M(ZaP)4,  where  M  is  palladium 
or  platinum  and  Z  is  a  hydrocarbon  or  substituted  hydrocar- 
bon radical,  are  produced  by  reacting  the  metal  in  elemental 
form  with  a  corresponding  Z«P  compound.  One  specific  exam- 
ple is  the  production  of  tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladi- 
um(0)  by  reacting  elemental  palladium  with  triphenylphos- 
phine. 


3,671361 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  HEXAORGANODIPLUMBANES 
Max  Bnachbolf,  LucMn,  Germany,  assigBor  to  Schcrtag  AG, 
BcrUn,  Germany 

Fled  Dec  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,708         I 
Oaims  priority,  application  Germany,  Jan.  7,  1969,  P 
030.1 

IntCL  COT!  7/24 
U.S.  CI.  260—437  R  

Method  of  making  hexaorganodiplumbanes,  Fb|R«,  by 
reacting  a  lead  carboxylate  and  an  organoaluminun^  com- 
pound, AIR,,  where  R  is  aliphatic  or  cycloaliphatic. 


1901 


7CWIIM 


3,671362 

UREA  SILICON  PRODUCT  AND  THE  PREPARA'AON 

THEREOF 

Enrico  J.  Pcpc,  and  Jamm  G.  Marsdcn,  both  of  Amawalk, 

N.Y.,  assignors  to  Union  Carbide  Corporation 

Contfaswrtioa-faHpart  of  Ser.  No.  729395,  May  17, 1968, 

abandoned.  This  application  Sept.  12, 1968,  Scr.  No.  759324 

Int.  CLC07f  7/02,  7/04 
U.S.  CL  260—448.8  R  ~^  10  Clainis 

This  invention  relates  to  urea  containing  silicon  compounds 
and  the  uses  thereof,  particulariy  as  coupling  agents  on  glass 
and  to  the  similar  use  of  substituted  urea  containing  silicon 
compounds. 


3,671363 

GLYCEROL  3-(2,2>TRICHLOROETHYL)  CARBONATE 

nvMis  R.  Pfeiffer,  Cfai—mineoa.  and  Jerry  A.  WdriMch, 

Ciierry  HH,  itotli  of  N J.,  anignorB  to  Snytii  Kline  &  fVench 

Laboratories,  PUiadeiphia.  Pa. 

Continnallon-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  722338,  April  19, 1968,  Pat 

No.  3358,656.  This  application  Sept.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

73,225  I 

Int.  CLC07C  69/00.  C07d  7  J/04.  C07c69/J0    ' 
U.S.CL260— 463  1  Claim 

1 ,2  and  2,3-Diacylglycerols  are  prepared  from  sn-glycerol 
1, 2-acetonide  via  the  intermediate  sn-glycerol  1, 2-acetonide 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1115 


3-(2,2,2-trichloroethyl)  carbonate,  which,  after  hydrolysis 
with  add  to  the  1 .2-diol  derivative  rearranges  stereospedfi- 
cally  in  pyridine  or  thermally  to  give  sn-glycerol  2,3-car- 
bonate. 


the  distillation  column  sufficient  water  to  make  the  mcAax 
ratio  of  water  vapor  to  ammonia  0.8  to  1 .5  in  the  mixture  en- 


3371364 
BENZYLnWNB  CYANO-ACETALS 

i«ml.  Scandda,  and  John   WWam 
McatlM,  Hartidrie.  botii  of  N.Y..  —ipiori  to  Burrougte 
!  Co.,  RsacaKh  Trimvk  Parlu  N.C. 

t  of  Scr.  No.  587392,  Oct.  18, 1966,  PM. 
No.  3373,185.  This  appMcalion  June  12, 1969,  Scr.  No. 
832330 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Oct.  28,  1965, 
45,657/65 

Int.  CLC07C  727/74 
U.S.  CL  260— 465  F  8i 

Unsaturated  acetals  of  the  formula 


\ 


CN 


X-f\-CR=C 

CH(OR), 

V 


where  X,  Y  and  Z  are  hydrogen,  halogen  or  lower  alkoxy  and 
R  is  lower  alkyl.  The  unsaturated  acetals  are  useful  as  inter- 
mediate to  prepare  the  corresponding  saturated  acetals  which 
may  then  be  reacted  with  guanidine  to  produce  the  cor- 
responding 2,4-diamino-S-benzyl  pyrimidines  which  are  useful 
as  antibacterials. 


tering  the  column.  Adiponitrile  is  an  intermediate  in  the 
manufacture  of  synthetic  fibers  of,  for  example,  nylon  6.6. 


3,671365 
PROCESS  FOR  HYDROGENATING  ACRYLONITRILE  TO 

PROPIONFTRILE 
Jin  Sun  Yoo,  South  Holland,  OL,  assignor  to  Atlantic  Richfield 
Company,  New  York.  N.Y. 

FDcd  Jan.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  3319 
Int.  CLC07C  727/76 
U.S.  CL  260— 465.1  10  Claims 

The  hydrogenation  of  acrylonitrile  to  propionitrile  is  dis- 
closed using  a  catalyst  having  a  complex  of  (A)  nickel,  and 
(B)  an  organometallic  reducing  agent  on  (C)  an  acidic,  silica- 
based  support  material.  The  complex  has  a  molar  ratio  of  (B) 
to  (A)  of  about  2:1  to  30:1  or  more,  preferably  about  3:1  to 
20: 1 ,  and  with  (A)  being  a  minor  catalytic  amount,  e.g.  from 
about  0. 1  to  5  weight  percent,  based  on  the  support.  Preferred 
catalyst  components  include  nickel  acetylacetonate  and 
diisobutylaluminum  hydride  on  a  solid,  acidic  silica-based  sup- 
port. 


3,671366 
MANUFACTURE  OF  ADIPONITRILE 
Martin  Decker;  Joaeph  Schmidt,  both  of  Ladwigshafcn;  Her- 
wig  Hoffmann,  nrankcnthal,  and  Hans  Joachim  PIstor,  Wal- 
dorf, al  of  Germany,  airt%non  to  BmHscIw  Aniiin-  ft  Soda- 
Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft,  Ludwigshafen/Rhine,  Germany 

FHed  March  30. 1970,  Scr.  No.  23^75 
Oaims  priority,  application  Gennany.  April  1,  1969,  P  19 
16601.9 

fad.CLC07c/27//0 
U.S.  a.  260— 465.2  3CUims 

Production  of  adiponitrile  by  introducing  adipic  acid  in 
solid  powder  form  or  in  liquid  form  and  simultaneously  in- 
troducing ammonia  into  a  fluidized  bed  of  a  usual  catalyst  at  a 
temperature  of  frt>m  250"  to  420^  and  recovering  the 
adiponitrile  from  the  reaction  gases  by  fractional  distillation 
wherein  there  is  added  to  the  reaction  gas  before  entry  into 


3,671367 
PRODUCTION  OF  AMPONTTRILE 

Olav  Torgdr  OMarr,  WaMwick.  N  J.,  assignor  to  Hakon  In- 

ternatioaal,  Inc 

FHed  April  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,042 

Int.  CLC07C  727/26 

U.S.  CL  260— 465.8  D  SCWum 

The  invention  relates  to  the  reductive  coupling  <^  organic 
halo  compounds,  especially  organic  halo  nitriles,  using  a 
coupling  composition  comprising  a  metal  and  a  salt  of  the 
same  metal.  The  invention  is  especially  concerned  with 
recovery  and  reuse  of  the  coupling  composition. 


3,671368 
PRODUCTION  OF  ADIPONFTRILE 
Olav  Torgrir  Onsager,  Waldwicfc,  N  J.,  assignor  to  Hakon  In- 
ternational, Inc. 

FHed  April  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33.043 
Int.  CL  C07c  727-/26 
U.S.  CL  260— 465.8  D  4ClidnM 

A  process  for  the  reductive  coupling  of  a  compound 
having  the  formula 


XCH» 


-CH-A 


wherein  X  la  CI,  Br,  or  I,  R  is  H  or  lower  alkyl,  and 
A  is  — CN, 

o         o 

COR,  -CR 

or  — CON  Re,  using  as  reducing  agent  a  metal  or  a 
lower  valent  compound  thereof  in  combination  with  a 
promoter  salt.  The  invention  especially  relates  to  an 
overall  process  for  the  production  of  linear  dimers  of 
compounds  of  the  formula 

R 

CHf=C— A 

by  first  hydrohalogenation  to 

B 
ZCHr-CH— A 

followed  by  the  reductive  coupling.  The  specific  im- 
provement of  the  present  process  is  the  provision  of  a 
nitrile  solvent  dunng  the  reductive  coupling  whereby 
improved  coupling  selectivities  are  achieved. 


1116 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


f- 


3,671^9 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  ALiniATIC 

DINTTRILES 

Pkm  ChalMrdca:  Pierre  GandlUioa:  Charles  Grard,  aU  of 

LyoB,  and  Mfchd  Thiers,  Blrpiah,  all  ol  FlwKc,  avignon  to 

Rhoae  Pouleac  SJi^  Park,  Fraacc 

FUcd  March  18, 1966,  Ser.  No.  535,322 
Claims   priority,   application   France,   March    18,    1965, 
659738;  July  19. 1965, 6525155;  Dec.  2, 1965,6540725 

Int.  CLCOTc  727/26 
U.S.  CL  260— 465.8  D  5Clalim 

1 ,4-Dicyanobutene  and  adiponitrile  are  made  by  heating 
acrylonitrile  with  a  ruthenium  catalyst  in  the  presence  of 
hydrogen. 


3,671,570 
DERIVATIVES  OF  9^0X0- 15-HYDROXYPROSTANOIC 
ACID,  HOMOLOGS  THEREOF  AND  THEIR 
ntEPARATION 
Jchan  F.  BagH,  VaMs  GardeM,  and  TIbor  Bogri,  Montreal, 
Quebec,  both  of  Caaada,  BMlgnnri  to  Ayent  McKcmia  and 
HaniMNi  Linted,  VBe  St.  Laurent,  Quebec,  Canada 
FDed  July  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,702 
Int.  CL  C07c  61/36, 65/20 
U.S.a.260— 468R  SCIafans 

There  are  disclosed  herein  derivatives  of  9-oxo- 1  S-hydroxy 
prostanoic  acid,  lower  alkyl  esters  thereof,  and  homologs 
thereof,  as  well  as  a  process  for  preparing  the  above  acids, 
lower  alkyl  esters  thereof,  and  homologs  thereof.  The  com- 
pounds possess  hypotensive,  antihypertensive,  bronchospas- 
mdytic  and  gastric  add  secretion  iniubiting  properties,  as  well 
as  inhibiting  the  aggregation  of  platelets  and  promoting  the 
disaggregation  of  aggregated  platelets.  Methods  for  their  use 
are  also  diacloaed. 


3,671,571 
RISCARBAMATES 
Karl-HeiBz     Koenig,     Ludwigshaien;     Gustav     Stcinbninn, 
Schwctcnhdm;  Hermann  Windd,  Frankcnthal,  and  Adolf 
Fbcher,  Muttcntadt,  tM  of  Germany,  amignors  to  Badischc 
AnlHn-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengweilschalt,  Ludwigshafcn/R- 
hdn,  Germany 
Continuatton-in-pMrt  of  Ser.  No.  649,097,  June  27, 1967,  Pat. 
No.  3,551,477.  This  appHcadon  July  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,984 

Int.  CLC07C  725/06 
VS.  CL  260—471  C  3  Claims 

Biscarbamates  and  their  use  for  controlling  undesirable 
plant  growth. 


3,671,572 

UNSATURATED  POLYESTERS  PREPARED  FROM  a^'- 

DIMETHYL  MUCONIC  ACIDS 

Gary  L.  IMkoU,  Boothwyn,  Pa.,  amignor  to  Sun  Oil  Company, 

Philaddplda,Pa. 

Filed  March  10, 1969.  Ser.  No.  805318.  The  portion  of  the 
tcrmof  this  patent  subaequcnt  to  Feb.  25, 1986,  has  been 


IntCLC07c  69/52 


U.S.a.260— 485  G 


lOCbdms 


Normally  liquid  curable  polyesters  that  are  plasticizers 
which  add  ultraviolet  stability  to  solid  vinyl  chloride  polymers 
are  prepared  from  a,a'-diniethyl  muconic  acids  and  deriva- 
tives therec^  and  polyethylene  glycols. 


3,671,573      

SUBSTITUTED  D-HOMOESTRA  TETRAENE  AND 

PENTAENE  COMPOUNDS 

Marinus  Los,  Edinburg,  Scotland,  arnlgnnr  to  American 

Cyanamid  Company,  Stamford,  Conn. 
Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  708,498,  Feb.  27, 1968,  Pat 
No.  3,565,958.  This  application  June  17, 1970,  Ser.  No. 

47,165 

Int  CL  C07c  49/76, 69/ M 

U.S.CL260— 488CD  6Clafans 

This  invention  relates  to  substituted  D-homoestra  tetraenes 

and  pentaenes  useful  in  the  synthesis  of  other  D-homosteroids. 


The  latter  steroids  are  useftd  as  estrogenic  agents  in  the  treat- 
ment of  laboratory  and  domestic  animals. 


I  3,671374 

PREPARATION  OF  POLYFLUOROALKYL  ESTERS  OF 
FUMARIC  AND  OTHER  ACIDS 
Martin  Knd,  OmJnlng.  Mid  PMm'  P.  KIrmchult.  Yorktown 
Heights,  both  of  N.Yn  aarignora  to  Clba-Gcigy  CorporatioB 
1        FBad  Dae  19, 1969.  Sar.  No.  886,723      i 
I  Int.  CLC07C  69/52. 69/60 

U.S.CL260— 485F  in 

0000 

A  process  for  the  preparation  <rf' ester  compounds  (ff  the  for- 
mula: 


[ 


n 


C,Fj_^— C.Hi^-0-C-|-R 


wherein  m  is  an  integer  of  3  to  1 8;  n  is  an  integer  of  2  to  10; 
and  R  is  an  ethylenically  unsaturated  hydrocarbon  radical 
derived  from  fumaric,  maleic,  citraconic,  mesaconic,  or 
itaconic  acid,  which  comprises  reacting  the  compound  CnFt 
— CaHf  X  wherein  m  and  n  are  as  defined  above,  and  X  is 
iodine,  bromine  or  chlorine  with  an  acetate  of  the  fonnula 


O 

M(06cHi)i 


wherein  M  is  a  metal  selected  from  cadmium,  lead,  mercury, 
and  zinc,  to  form  a  polyfluoroalkyl  acetate  of  the  formula 


O 

~CCH» 


.F,_^-C.H».0 


wherein  m  and  n  are  as  defined  above,  then  reacting  the 
polyfluoroalkyl  aceute  with  fumaric,  maleic,  citraconic, 
mesaconic,  or  itaconic  acid,  or  a  diloweralkyl  ester  of  said 
acid  and  recovering  the  ester  firom  the  reaction  mixture.  The 
esters  prepared  by  the  process  of  this  invention  form  polymers 
which  are  useful  in  oil  and  water-repellent  textile  finishes. 


I  3,671,575  I 

PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  VITAMIN  A  ESUERS 
Marcd  Wdnstock,  Edgware,  England,  assignor  to  HofTmann- 
La  Rache  Inc.,  Nntlcy,  N  J. 

I         FBed  Nov.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,817 
'  Int.  a.  C07c  67/00 

U.S.CL260— 491  i4aaims 

This  invention  is  directed  to  a  new  and  improved  process  for 
preparing  vitamin  A  alcohol  esters  by  treating  1  -alkanoyloxy- 
6-hydroxy  or  alkanoyloxy-3,  7-dimethyl-9-[ 2,6,6- trimethyl- 
cyclohexen-l-yl]-nonatriene-(2,4,7),  with  a  halogenated 
hydrocarbon  dissolved  in  an  inert  organic  solvent  having  a 
high  dipole  moment. 


upou 


3,671,576 
[OCESS  FOR  PREPARING  OLEFIN  ESTE^IS 
Benedetto  Cakagao,  and  Luciano  Cahvti,  both  of  MUan,  Italy, 
assignors  to  SodetaltaUana  Rcsinc  S.pJi.,  Milan,  Italy 

Filed  April  22, 1968,  Scr.  No.  723,31 1 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  April  29,  196^,  15536 
A/67     I 

Int.  a.  C07c  67/04 
U.S.  a.  260— 497  A  llChrims 

A  process  for  preparing  unsaturated  esters  from  olefins  and 
carboxylic  acids  is  provided,  in  which  the  catalytic  reaction 
medium  is  regenerated  by  precipitating  the  catalytic  salts  as 
carbonates,  recovering  them,  and  re-dissolving  them  in  the 
acid  for  return  to  the  reaction. 


S7.  li 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1117 


3,671,577 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  1, 4-DIACYLOXY-2-BUTENE 
laao  Ono;  Kcntmv  F^ikabori,  aad  SaiicM  Shimomara,  tM  of 

YamagnchI,  Japan,  aarigmvi  to  Tojro  Soda  Maaufacturing 

Co.,  Ltd.,  Oaia  Toiida,  Naayo<bo,  Trano-gun,  Yamaguchl- 

kcn,  Japaa 

FDed  March  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,509 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  March  18,  1969, 
44/20099 

InL  a.  C07c  67/04 
U.S.CL260— 497A  13Clafans 

1 ,4-diacyk>xy-2-butene  is  produced  by  passing  a  gaseous 
mixture  at  butadiene,  an  aliphatic  monocarboxylic  acid  aitd 
an  oxygen-containing  gas  over  a  catalyst  comprising  at  least 
one  of  palladium,  iridium,  platinum,  rhodium  and  ruthenium 
and  carboxylate  and  inorganic  acid  salt  therecrf. 


3,671,578 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  N APHTHALENE- 

2,6-DICARBOXYUC  ACID 
Kanio  Ogata,  and  Kaaio  ShimoiatD,  both  of  Ehimc-ken, 
Japan,  aasig^Bors  to  Tc^  Limited,  OMka,  Japaa 
Filed  Aug.  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  847,682 
Int.  CLC07C  57/00 
U.S.a.260— 515  P  4aafans 

A  process  for  the  industrially  advantageous  preparation  of 
high  purity  naphtha]ene-2,6-dicarboxylic  acid  which  is  par- 
ticularly suitable  as  the  material  in  the  preparation  of  high 
quality  polyalkylene  2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylate  with  good 
qualitative  reproducibility.  This  process  comprises  heating  a 
monoalkali  salt  of  naphthalene-2,6-dicarboxylic  acid  in  water 
or  water-containing  organic  medium  to  cause  its  dispropor- 
tionation  into  the  corresponding  free  dicarboxylic  acid  and  di- 
alkali  salt  thereof,  and  separating  the  precipitated  free  dicar- 
boxylic acid. 


3,671,579 
PROCESS  FOR  OXIDIZING  A  1,1-BIS(ALKYLPHENYL) 

ALKANE 
Thomas  P.  Joyce,  Jr.,  Penn  IflOs  Township;  Ralph  W.  Lagally, 
and  Johann  G.  D.  Schuh,  both  of  Pittsburgh,  all  of  Pa.,  as- 
signors to  Gulf  Research  &  Devdopmcnt  Company,  Pitt- 
sburgh,?^ 

FOcd  March  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  16,598 
Int  CLC07C  65/20 
U.S.a.260— 517  8  Claims 

A  process  for  converting  a  l,l-bis(alkylphenyl)alkane  to 
the  corresponding  benzophenone  polycarboxylic  acid  which 
involves  passing  the  l,l-bis(alkylphenyl)alkane  and  aqueous 
nitric  acid  downwardly  through  a  reactor  maintained  under 
oxidation  conditions. 


3,671,580 

SUBSTITUTED  BIPHENYL  ACETIC  ACIDS  AND  ESTER 
DERIVATIVES  THEREOF 
Tsung-Yfaig  Shcn,  WcstHeM,  and  Conrad  P.  Dom,  Jr.,  PWn- 
fldd,  both  of  N  J.,  assignors  to  Merck  &  Co.,  Inc.,  Rahway, 
NJ. 

Filed  Dec  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,416 
Int.  a.C07c  65/74 
U.S.  a.  260—520  4  Cldms 

New  4(and  5  )-substituted  phenylacetic  acids  useful  as  anti- 
inflanmiatory,  analgesic  and  anti-pyretic  agents. 


3,671,581 
PRODUCTION  OF  CERTAIN  CARBOXYUC  ACIDS 
John  Frauds  Edmuad  Kecnan,  Chcadle  Hufanc,  England,  as- 
signor to  aba-Gdgy  Corporation,  Ardsky,  N.  Y. 
FHcd  AprI  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  819,084 
Int  CLC07C  57/00, 57/JO 
U.S.CL260— 527R  12CWbh 

Improvements  in  the  production  of  carboxylic  acids  of  the 
formula  R— COOH  wherein  R  represents  alkyl  of  from  four  to 


six  carbon  atoms  via  their  alkali  metal  salts  are  described, 
which  improvements  comprise  reacting  a  starting  material 
selected  from 

a.  a  methylketone  of  the  formula  R — COCHa, 

b.  a  mixture  of  said  methyl  ketone  and  the  corresponding 
methyl  alkyl  carbinol  of  formula 


CHi 


CHOH,   and 


c.  the  non-acidic  by-product  obtained  from  the  oxidation  of 
castor  oil  to  produce  sebacic  acid, 

R  in  (a)  and  (b)  having  the  aforesaid  meaning,  with  fused 
alkali  metal  hydroxide  at  a  tomperature  between  250°  and 
375«C. 


3,671,582 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  CARBONYL 

DERIVATIVES  AND  CARBOXYUC  ACIDS 

Reginald  David,  aad  Jeaa  Eatlcnac,  both  of  Lyon,  RhoM, 

rrannr.assignnrstnlThnnr  rnnlrnr*?  \  ,  Parin,  Franrr 

Filed  Dec.  5, 1968,  Scr.  No.  781,594 
Claims    priority,    application    France,    Dec.    6,     1967, 
67131213 

IatCLC07c57/J2 
U.S.  CL  260— 533  R  8  Claims 

Aldehydes,  ketones  and  carboxylic  acids  are  made  by  the 
oxidation  of  organic  compounds,  especially  olefines,  with  ox- 
ygen in  the  presence  of  a  Group  Vni  metal  catalyst  and  in  a 
liquid  medium  comprising  dimethylsulphoxide  alone  or  mixed 
with  water. 


3,671,583 
GLUTARIC  ACID  DERIVATIVES 
Rudolf  G.  Griot  Florham  Park,  aad  Mario  G.  Buzaottnl,  Moi^ 
ristown.  both  of  NJ.,  assignors  to  Sandoi-Wandcr,  Inc. 
Hanover,  N  J. 

Filed  March  25, 1968,  Scr.  No.  715,501 
Int  CL  C07c  59/72.  ii/70 
U.S.CL  260-535  P  2ClaiBH 

This  invention  relates  to  3 -hydroxy- 3-trtfluoromethyl  glu- 
taric  acid.  The  compound  is  useftil  as  a  hypolipidemic. 


3,671,584 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  CONTINUOUS  PRODUCTION  OF  o- 

CHLOROPROPIONIC  ACID 
Hcfanut  Schlccht  Ludwigshaien,  aad  Robert  An 
Limburgerhof,  both  of  Gcrmaay,  assignnm  to 
AnOin-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiet^caelach^  Ludwigshafen/R- 
hcln,  Germany 

FBed  May  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  826,267 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  24.  1968.  P  17 
68  536.8 

Int  CLC07C  5  J/J2 
U.S.a.260— 539  R  6CWms 

An  improved  process  for  the  continuous  production  oi  a- 
chloropropionic  acid  by  reaction  of  propionic  add  widi 
chlorine  in  the  presence  of  haHdes  or  acid  halides  of  the  ele- 
ments phosphorus  and  suUur  at  elevated  temperature,  the  m- 
provement  consisting  in  carrying  out  the  reaction  in  the 
presence  <^  a-chloropropionic  add  as  solvent  and  distilling 
the  resultant  reaction  mixture  using  the  gas  formed  in  the 
reaction  as  carrier  gas.  a-chloropropionic  add  is  used  for  the 
production  of  plant  protection  agents. 


1118 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671,5aS 
CARBONYLATION  OF  ORG  ANOBORANES 
Herbert  C  Brown,  1840  GardM  SirMt,  WciC  Lafay«tli,  Imd. 
nM  M$v  20, 19M,Sw.  No.  730,654 

IiiLCLC07d/07/02 
U^CL260— 545R  SCfarfn 

Organoboron  derivatives  of  the  general  formula  RaCBO  and 
( RaCBO  )a  are  formed  by  reacting  an  organoborane  compound 
with  carbon  monoxide  in  the  substantial  absence  of  water  at 
pressures  of  less  than  about  5  atmospheres  and  at  tempera- 
tures ranging  fhim  about  25*  to  about  200°  C.  The  or- 
ganoboron derivatives  may  be  used  as  additives  for  gasoline 
and  diesel  fuels.  More  importandy,  they  may  be  oxidized  to 
form  tertiary  alcohols  <^  the  formula  R«COH. 


3,671,587 
4-(2-HYIMtOXY-3-AMINOPROPOXY>.9>FLUORENONES 

AND  THE  SALTS  THEREOF 
Frant  Troxkr,  Bottmincen,  and  Fritz  Sccmann,  Basel,  both  of 
Switacriaiid,  aasignors  to  Sandos  Ltd^  (aJiJL  Saadoi  AG), 
Basel,  Switzerland 

ContiiHialioiMB-pwt  of  Scr.  No.  779,268,  Nov.  26, 1968, 
abMKfcNMd.  Thb  applicadon  May  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,728 

Qaims  priority,  application  Switzeriand,  June  3,  1969. 
8399/69 

Int.  a.  C07c  93/06 
U.S.  CL  260—570.7  9  Claims 

The  present  invention  provides  fluorene  derivatives  of  for- 
mula, 

OH 
O-CHi-CH-CHi-Nff-R 

J\ A 


%/V\/ 


in  which  R  is  isopropyl.  secondary  butyl,  tertiary  butyl.  3- 
phenylpropyl.  l-cyano-2-propyl.teit.  pentyl  or  3-pentyl.  and 
either  X  is  hydrogen  and  Y  is  hydroxy,  or  X  and  Y  together 
are  oxo,  and  pharmaceutically  acceptable  acid  addition  salts 
thereof. 
The  compounds  of  the  invention  exhibit  /3-blocking  activity. 


3,671,586 
N-FHENYL-N'-ESTER  UREA  DERIVATIVES 
Adolf  Fbckcr,  Mvttantadl/Pfyi;  Kwl-Hclni  Kocnig,  Lud- 
wigshafen/Rhinc;  Gustav  Stdnbrunn,  Schwegenheim/Pfalz, 
and  AlbrcdM  Zackockc,  Bad  DMrfchdn,  ai  «f  GcruHay,  so- 
signors  to  Badhckc  AtdM/h  ft  Sodn-Fahrik  Aktien- 
geseibchafl,  Ludwigshafen/Rhine,  Germany 

DhrWoa  «f  Scr.  No.  652,034,  Jnty  10, 1967,  PM.  No. 
3,621,055.  TMs  applcalioa  Jnae  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,159 
InLCLC07c  727/22 
VS.  CL  260—545  R  7 

Phenyl  urea  derivatives  having  the  formula 


R> 
rY-NH-CO-N 
^"~r  ^o-CO-R« 


*  wherein  X.  n,  R'  and  R*  have  the  meanings  designated  below, 
and  method  for  controlling  unwanted  plant  growth. 


3,6713n 

OXIDATION  OF  CYCLOHEXANB 

Edward  J.  Mwray,  Snyder,  and  Leon  O.  WhHtronii,  EnM  An- 

roim,  kotk  of  N.Y.,  Mrignon  to  AIM  Ckcadcy  CoqMratfon, 

Now  Ycrfc,  N.Y. 

I       Flodjnnc  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  837,890 
■                     InLCLC07c  45/02 
U.S.CL260— 586B  "^ 

The  invention  relates  to  an  improvement  in  the  liquid  phMe 
catalytic  oxidation  of  cyclohexane  to  cydohexanone  and 
cydohexanol  at  elevated  temperatures  and  superatntocpheric 
pressures  using  an  oxygen  containing  gas.  such  as  oxygen  or 
air.  whie  maintaining  substantially  anhydrous  conditions  by 
removal  of  water  during  the  oxidation  reaction.  The  improve- 
ment resides  in  the  use  of  more  than  one  part  and  less  than 
about  six  parts  by  weight  <3i  benxene  per  port  of  cyclohexane 
in  the  oxidation  feedstock.  Significantiy  increased  yields  of  the 
above  oxidation  products,  particularly  at  high  cyclohexane  ox- 
idation conversion  levels,  are  realized  by  utilizing  this  process. 


3,671,589 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARATION  OF  2-Si;BSTmJTEl>-13- 

CYCLOPENTANEDIONES 
Edward  J.  Watson,  and  Dak  R  LaBar,  both  of  WcM  Chcrtcr, 
Pa.,  aaslgnui  ■  to  ABcrkan  Hoaw  Prodncts  Corner atton. 
New  York,  N.Y. 

Continuation-in-part  of  Ser.  No.  656,708,  .luly  28,  1967, 
abandoned.  This  appMcattoa  May  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  827,133 

IM.CLCW7C  49/28, 45/ 18  1 

U.S.CL  260-586  R  ilClainiB 

This  invention  is  concerned  with  the  process  of  preparing  2- 
substituted- 1 .3-cyclopentanediones  in  good  yields  by  reacting 
a  succinic  anhydride  with  an  appropriate  carboxylic  acid  an- 
hydride, in  the  presence  of  aluminum  chloride,  in  a  Kaction- 
inert  organic  solvent. 


3,671,590 
PROCESS  FOR  FORMING  CARBONYL  COMPoimOS 
Herbert  K.  Wisae,  Crayford,  and  PanI  E.  Baitoo,  Wcatlleld, 
both  of  N4m  SBslgnori  to  Earn  Rcaearch  and  Engbiecrteg 
ComiMuiy 

Contbinatton-ln-part  of  Scr.  No.  376,554,  Jnae  19, 1964, 

abandoned.  Tbb  appHcatfcM  Sept.  9, 1968,  Scr.  No.  788,623 

lot.  CL  C07c  49/04, 45/02, 47/02 

U.S.  CI.  260-593  R  16  ClafaM 

A  process  for  the  formation  of  carbonyl  compounds  and 

certain  new  ketone  compositions  by  reacting  the  appropriate 

acyclic  or  alicydic  Type  II,  III,  IV  or  V  olefin  with  an  organic 
nitrite  in  the  presence  of  an  acid  catalyst.  The  specific  end 
product(s)  produced  depend  upon  the  starting  olefin^  type  of 
organic  nitrite  employed,  etc. 


3,671,591 
DEHtDROGENATION  OF  ALCOHOLS  TO  KETONES 
Irving  Schwager,  HopcwcH  Junctkni;  Robert  J.  Lenk,  Wappin- 
gcrs  FaBs,  and  Edward  L.  Cole,  FtshUn,  al  of  If.Y., 
signorB  to  Texaco  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

.       FUed  July  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  839,082 
I  lnt.CLCW7c45/16,85/10 

VS.  CL  260—596 

A  Group  VIII  metal  containing  pyrolyzed  polyacrylonitrile 
polymer  catalyst  and  hydrocarbon  conversion  process  for  the 
dehydrogenation  (^alcohols  to  ketones  particularly  isopropyl 
alcohol  to  acetone  and  the  hydrogenation  of  nitro  compounds 
to  amines,  particularly  2-nitropropane  to  isopropyl  amine  by 
the  use  of  said  catalyst. 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1119 


3,671492 

MODinCATION  OF  AUCYCUC  OR  ALIFHAT1C 

DIEPOXY  COMPOUNDS 

MMstto  Yoahiham,  TakatonU,  nnd  Kainnori  MinitnnL  IbaraU, 

both  of  Japan,  Msipinn  to  ^atto  Etoetric  Indnstrial  Co., 


risd  N«v.  12, 1969,  Scr.  Nn.  876,071 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Nov.     12,     1968, 
43/82736 

Int.  CL  C08g  30/12;  C07d  1/00 
U.S.CL260— 2EP  7CWms 

This  invention  relates  to  a  method  of  modifying  aUcyclic  or 
aliphatic  diepoxy  compounds  having  two  epoxy  groups  in  the 
molecule,  and  is  more  particulariy  directed  to  the  modifica- 
tion of  the  above  mentioned  diepoxy  compounds  which  are 
low  in  the  viscosity  at  the  normal  temperature  with  certain 
dicarboxylic  acid  and  add  anhydride  to  increase  the  viscosity. 
The  resultant  materials  are  excellent  electrical  insulators  and 
are  suitable  for  compression  molding,  general  molding, 
laminating  and  binding. 


3,671,593 
PROCESS  FOR  MAKING  THIOPHENOL 
Robert  J.  Laufcr,  Colls  Neck,  N J.,  assignor  to  CoHottdathw 
Coal  Company,  PMtsburgh,  Pa. 

Conttouatfon-ln-part  of  Scr.  No.  693,185,  Dec  26, 1967, 

abandoned.  This  appttcation  Jan.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,952 

Int.CLC07c/49/2« 

U.S.CL260— 609D  OCtofans 

An  improved  process  for  making  thiophenol  wherein  high 

yields  of  thiophenol  are  obtained  by  reacting  cyclohexane 

with  a  sulfurizing  agent  at  a  temperature  above  350^  C. 


3,671,594 
PREPARATION  OF  24-DIBROMO>2.BirrENE-l,4-DIOL 
Robert  W.  Wynn,  and  Max  E.  CUddix,  both  of  Easton,  Pa.,  as- 
signers  to  General  AnMn  ft  FItan  Corpcratton,  New  York, 

N.Y. 

FHed  Ang.  9, 1967,  Scr.  No.  659^18 

InLCLC07cii//0 
U.S.  CL  260— 633  7Claims 

Process  for  the  preparation  of  2,3-dibromo-2-tMitene- 1 ,4- 
diol  which  comprises  reacting  bromine  with  2-butyne-l  ,4-diol 
in  an  aqueous  medium  at  a  temperature  of  about  -10"  to  100° 
C.  and  recovering  the  product  produced. 


3,671,595 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  1,2,4,5,6,73,8- 

OCTACHLORO-3A,4,7,7A-TETRANYDRO-4,7. 

METHANOINDANE 

Henry  K.  Suzuki,  Chfe^o,  DL,  assignor  to  Vdekoi  Chcmkal 

Corporation,  CMcafo,  DL 

FHcd  Dec  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,872 
Int.  CL  C07c  1 7/04;  c07c  23/24 
U.S.a.260— 648C  SClatans 

This  invention  discloses  a  process  for  the  production  of 
l,2.4,5,6.7.8,8-octachloro-3a,4.7.7a-teO-ahydro-4.7- 
methanoindane     by     chlorinating     4.S.6,7.8.8-hexachloro- 
3a,4,7,7a-tetrahydro-4,7-methanoindene  in  the  presence  of 
carbon  disulfide. 


3,671,596 

LOW  TEMPERATURE  MELT  CHLORINATION  PROCESS 

H«roid  EdwMTd  Bdife,  North  Tonawanda,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  E. 

L  du  Pun  de  Nemours  and  Company,  Wlmington,  DcL 

FUed  Oct  2, 1968,  Scr.  No.  764,643 

InLCLC07c  77/06 

U.S.CL260— 658R  13Clainis 

A       melt       chlorination       process       which       produces 

totrachloroethane  by  chlorinating  ethylene,  vinyl  chloride. 

ethylene  dichloride,  and  mixtures  thereof,  with  a  melt  conast- 


ing  essentially  of  iron  chloride,  copper  chloride,  alkali  metal 
chloride(s)  and  water  by  dispersing  the  material  to  be 
chlorinated  in  the  melt  whereby  said  material  is  chlorinated  by 
the  meh,  wherein  certain  proportions  and  process  conditions 
are  utilized  to  provide  desired  product  selectivity. 


3,671,597 
ISOMERIZATION  PROCESS  EMPLOYING  A  NOVEL 
HETEROGENEOUS  CATALYST 
WoMnuB  R.  KroB,  SoawrvBle,  N  J.,  assignor  to  I 


of  Scr.  No.  674,709,  Oct.  10, 1967,  PaL 
No.  3,536,632.  TMs  ^pBcnlton  Jnly  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,965 

hA.CLayJc5/24, 13/28 
U.S.CL260— 666PY  nOakas 

Aliphatic  and  cyclic  mono-olefins,  diolefins.  and  polyolefins 
are  isomerized  by  contacting  an  organic  feed  ccmtaining  said 
olefinic  compounds  with  a  heterogeneous  conversion  catalyst 
prepared  by  forming,  in  an  inert  atmosphere,  x»>mplexes 
between  a  reduced  transition  metal  and  a  support  and 
thereafter  stabilizing  the  complex  by  heating  at  elevated  tem- 
peratures. The  ccnnplex  is  formed  by  im|H«gnating  a  suitable 
catalytic  support  material  with  a  solution  of  a  soluble  Group 
IVB  through  VHB  and  Group  VHI  transition  metal;  reducing 
the  impregnated  support  with  an  organometallic  reducing 
agent  at  a  temperature  of  about  ambient  to  about  60°  C; 
removing  excess  solvent  and  excess  reducing  agent,  and 
thereafter  heating  the  product  at  a  temperature  of  100°  C.  to 
about  600"  C.  under  substantially  anhydrous  conditions. 


3,671,598 
ISOMERIZATION  OF  CYCUC  HYDROCARBONS 
Robert  E.  Moore,  Wilmington,  DeL,  assignor  to  Sun  Oil  Com* 
paay.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Filed  March  24, 1971,  Ser.  No.  127,772 
Int.CLC07ci/54,/i/7* 
U.S.a260-666M  IOCUhh 

Saturated  cyclic  hydrocarbons  having  a  carbon  range  of 
from  seven  to  SO  carbon  atoms  are  isomerized  by  contacting 
with  sulfuric  acid  having  an  HtS04  equivalent  in  the  range  of 
8  S  to  102  percent  by  weight  or  fluorosulfonic  add  and  an  ada- 
mantane  hydrocarbon  containing  zero  to  four  alkyl  groups 
and  at  least  one  unsubstituted  bridgehead  position. 


3,671,599 
OXIDATIVE  DEHYDROGENATION  OF  MULTICYCUC 
HYDROCARBONS 
Robert  E.  Moore,  Wilmington,  DcL,  acslgnnr  to  Snn 
and  Dcvetopment  Co.,  Phlindelphla,  Pa. 

FUed  March  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  127,784 
Int.CLC07c7i/2« 
U,S.CL  260-666  FY  8( 

Conjugated  dienes  of  polycyclic  naphthoies  having  three  to 
1 1  rings  of  five  to  six  carbon  atoms  each  of  which  at  least  three 
are  adjacent  fused  rings  are  produced  by  contacting  the  poly- 
cyclic naphthenes  with  a  strong  acid  and  a  monool  or  diol  oi 
an  adamantane  hydrocarbon  having  zero  to  four  alkyl  groups 
with  at  least  one  alkyl  group  at  a  non  bridgehead  podtion 
when  the  number  of  alkyl  groups  is  four  at  a  reaction  tempera- 
ture between  the  freezing  point  of  the  acid  and  5(f  C,  and 
recovering  a  polycyclic  conjugated  diene  from  the  reactioa 
mixture. 


1120 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20.  1972 


3^71,600 
ETHYLATION  OF  ADAMANTANE  NUCLEUS  WITH  BF 
ETHERATB 
RolMrt  E.  Moore,  WlBriagtaB,  DtL,  aalpMr  to  Swi 
oad  DcvatopoMal  Co.,  FMMMpMa,  Pa. 

FBod  Oct.  27, 1971,  Sm.  No.  193,148 
lM.CLane3/S4, 13/28 
U.S.CL260— <66M  6 

Adamantane  hydrocarbom  of  the  Cm-C^  range  having  one 
to  four  open  bridgehead  positions  are  ethylated  by  the  reac- 
tion of  a  mixture  of  bonxi  fluoride  etherate  and  sulfuric  acid 
(90-100  percent  H^SOt  equivalent  by  weight)  or  fluorosul- 
fonic  add  (HFSOi)  at  a  temperature  in  the  range  of  —10*  to 
100^  C.  During  the  reaction,  the  adamantane  nucleus  remains 
intact  and  any  alkyl  groups  attached  thereto  in  the  adaman- 
tane hydrocarbon  charge  remain  at  the  original  position. 
Ethylation  occurs  only  at  bridgehead  positions  of  the  nucleus 
and  from  one  to  four  alkyl  or  cydoalkyl  groups  can  be  sub- 
stituted if  such  bridgehead  positions  are  open  in  the  starting 
hydrocarbon.  The  ethylation  product  has  one  or  more  ethyl 
substituents  than  the  starting  hydrocarbon,  which  subotituents 
are  attached  to  the  adamantane  nucleus  at  bridgehead  posi- 
tions. 


3,671,601 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PURDICATION  OF  ALKYLATE 
L.  SaadcrsoB,  Gka  Bunie,  and  Eari  S.  Sauer,  Bal- 
botk  off  Md^  Bwlforii  to  Coatiaaital  OU  Compony, 
PoacaClty.OUa. 

Fiod  Sept.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,199 
IiiLaC07ci/56 
U.S.  0.260—6718  6i 


-10 


l*J 


COALMCt^ 


H. 


jtJ. 


1  ^w 


The  present  invention  relates  to  the  purification  of  crude  al- 
kylate produced  by  the  reaction  of  an  olefinic  material  or  a 
chlorinated  paraffinic  material  with  an  aromatic  compound  in 
the  presence  of  an  aluminum  halide  catalyst.  By  the  present 
invention,  a  major  portion  of  the  entrained  solid  impurities 
resulting  from  the  reaction  are  separated  from  the  crude  alky- 
late product.  The  crude  alkylate  is  then  contacted  with  an 
aqueous  treating  solution  to  remove  remaining  solids  and 
other  impurities  therefrom  and  passed  to  a  settling  tank.  While 
within  the  settling  tank,  the  crude  alkylate  is  separated  from 
the  treating  solution  by  gravity,  and  treating  solution-alkylate 
emulsion  formed  by  and  containing  solids  is  accumulated  at 
the  interface  between  the  layers  of  separated  alkylate  and 
treating  scdution.  The  emulsion  and  solicb  are  withdrawn  from 
the  settling  tank,  passed  through  a  filter  whereby  the  emulsion 
is  l»-oken  and  the  solids  removed,  with  the  resultant  liquid  fil- 
trate being  returned  to  the  settling  tank.  Purified  crude  alky- 
late and  spent  treating  solution  substantially  free  from  solids 
are  removed  from  the  settling  tank. 


starting  fieed  containing  at  least  one  aromatic  hydrocarbon  of 
nine  carbon  atoms  as  a  main  component  in  the  preaence  oi 
hydrogen  gas  with  a  catalyst  selected  firom  the  group  consist- 
ing of: 

a.  dealkalized  mordenites, 

b.  compositions  compooed  of  a  dealkalized  mordeaite  and 
at  least  one  metal  selected  from  metals  of  Group  1^  or  Via 
of  the  Periodic  Table,  and 

c.  compositions  composed  of  a  dealkalized  mordenite,  an 
aluminum  fluoride  and  at  least  one  metal  selected  fix>m 
metals  of  Group  lb  or  Via  of  MendelejefTs  Periqdic  Ta- 
ble. ( 


3,671,603 

BUTENE  RECOVERY 

Hagh  J.  Hagemeycr,  Jr.,  Loagview,  aad  Han7  F.  Goot,  While 

Oak,  both  of  Tex.,  artgaors  to  EoMmb  Kodak  Compoay, 

RodMOtcr,  N.Y. 

FUmI  June  10, 1970.  Scr.  No.  44,961 

Iiit.a.C07c///02 

U.S.  CI.  260-677  A  4  Claims 

.1^ 


Butenes  are  recovered  from  hydrocarbon  cracking  streams 
by  a  process  which  comprises  ( 1 )  distillation  of  the  crude  feed 
stream  to  remove  C(  and  heavier  materials,  ( 2 )  desuifurization 
of  the  butene-containing  stream,  ( 3 )  partial  hydrogenation  of 
the  desulfurized  butene-containing  stream  to  convert  diolefins 
to  monoolefins  and  (4)  distillation  of  the  hydrogenated  bu- 
tene-containing stream  to  remove  Cj  and  lighter  materials. 
The  recovered  butene  can  be  oxidized  to  form  methjyl  ethyl 
ketone  or  hydrogenated  to  form  valeraldehydes. 


3,671,602 
TRANSALKYLATION  OF  AROMATIC  HYDROCARBONS 
TakcMsa  Inoiic;  MaiaU  Sato,  aad  TakcsM  Haihiguclii,  al  of 
Kaoukura,  Japan,  awignnrB  to  Toroy  iBdnstrics,  lac, 
Tokyo,  Japaa 

FBed  Feb.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,736 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Feb.    25,    196V, 
44/1 3S99;  March  31,   1969,  44/23880;  March  31,   1969, 
44/23881;  April  14, 1969,44/28233 

Iat.a.C07ci/62 
U.S.  0.260— 672  T  IOCWbm 

A  process  for  the  transalkylation  of  aromatic  hydrocarbons 
of  nine  carbon  atoms  which  comprises  heat  contacting  the 


*  3,671,604 

CATALYTIC  COPOLYMERIZATION  OF  ACETYLENE 
AND  MONOOLEFINS 
ThooMs   F.    Ruttedgc,   WBmlagtoii,   DeL,   anignor  4>   A<Im 
ChcaUcal  Industries,  lac,  WUmiagtoo,  Del. 
I      Filed  Oct  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,847 
^  Iat.O.C07c  77/02 

U.S.  CI.  260—677  ^  Ctaims 

Disclosed  is  a  process  for  the  catalytic  copolymerization  of 
acetylene  and  olefins  which  comprises  heating  a  mixture  of 
acetylene  and  olefin  in  the  presence  of  a  catalyst  comprising 
an  acidic  catalyst  carrier  having  deposited  thereon  a  com- 
pound selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  zinc  acetate,  zinc 
oxide,  cadmium  oxide,  cadmium  acetate,  nickel  oxide,  nickel 
acetate,  cobalt  oxide,  and  cobalt  acetate.  The  novel  products 
produced  by  the  process  of  this  invention  are  useful  for  the 
preparation  of  motor  fuels  and  polymeric  coating  composi- 
tions. 


3,671,603 

ISOMERIZATION  OF  ALLENES  INTO  THEIR 

CORRBSPONMNG  TERMINAL  ACETYLENIC  ISOMERS 

wmiaia  Novb  Sarfth,  Jr.,  Extoa,  Pa.,  asslgaor  to  Footc  Mlacral 

CoBipaay,  Extoa,  Pa. 
DIvWoB  of  Scr.  No.  858,107,  Sept  15, 1969.  aboadoaod.  This 
1  appHcatioa  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,043    i 
I  Iat.O.C07c77/24  | 

U.S.  0. 260—678  lO  Claiais 

A  catalyst  for  the  iaomerization  of  allenes  into  their  cor- 
responding terminal  acetylenic  isomers  is  prepared  by  com- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1121 


bining  an  alkali  metal  having  an  atomic  weight  greater  than 
that  of  lithium  with  alumina  in  the  presence  of  sufficient  heat 
for  the  fi^e  alkali  metal  to  meh  and  react  with  the  alumina. 
Passing  a  stream  of  an  allene  compound  through  a  bed  of  this 
catalyst  converts  the  allene  into  the  corresponding  terminal 
acetylenic  isomer. 


3,671,606 

OXIDATrVE  DEHYDROGENATION  UTOJZING 

MANGANESE  FERRTTE 

Harold  E.  Maaaiag,  Houstoa,  Tex.,  sasignor  to  Pctro-Tex 

I  Coi  poiattoB,  Houstoa.  Tex. 

I  of  Scr.  No.  671.237.  Sept.  28. 1967. 
^     aboadoaod.  ThkappMcatioB  Oct.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

863380.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  thii»  patent  subsequent 

to  Jan.  7,  1968,  has  been  disclaimed. 

Int.O.C07c5/7« 

U.S.  CL  260—680  E  6  Claims 

Oxidative  dehydrogenation  of  organic  compounds  in  vapor 
phase  utilizing  manganese  ferrite  which  has  been  prepared  by 
heating  precipitates  which  are  the  precursors  of  manganese 
ferrite. 


3,671,609 

NEW  POLYMERIC  COMPOSITIONS 

Martia  H.  Kautmaa,  CMaa  Lake,  CalL,  aasigaor  to  The 

Ualtcd  States  of  Aaicrica  as  rcpwaeatcd  by  the  Secretary  of 

the  Navy 

FDed  July  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,699 

lat.  O.  COW  1/68, 3120, 15/02 

U.S.  0. 260— 879  5ClaimB 

Polymeric  compositions  characterized  by  being  fiber-form- 
ing  and  stereospecific  and  capable  of  being  melted  and  drawn 
into  strong  crystalline  filaments  and  fibers.  The  compositions 
are  useful  as  storage  sUble  binders  as  wrell  as  adhesives  fcv 
fluorcarbon  material. 


3.671.607 

METHOD  FOR  IMPACT  MODDICATION  OF 

ETHYLENICALLY  UNSATURATED  NITRILE  POLYMERS 

AND  POLYMER  BLENDS  PRODUCED  THEREBY 
Yoon  Chai  Lee.  SprlagRcld.  Maas.,  assignor  to  Monsanto  Com- 
pany. St.  Louis.  Mo. 

Flicd  Oct.  14, 1969.  Scr.  No.  866,375 
Inta.C08f  47/72,  i7/7« 
U.S.O.260— 876R  18  Claims 

A  polyblend  with  good  impact  properties,  good  light  stabili- 
ty, good  heat  stability,  low  water  vapor  transmission  and  low 
oxygen  permeability  has  a  polymerization  graft  component 
with  a  rubbery  substrate  and  a  composite  superstrate.  Initially, 
the  rubbery  substrate  is  grafted  with  a  monomer  mixture  con- 
taining little  or  no  nitrile  monomer  and  generally  comprised  of 
monomers  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  monoviny- 
lidene  aromatic  hydrocarbon,  alkyl  esters  of  unsaturated  car- 
boxylic  acids,  unsaturated  carboxylic  acids,  vinyl  alkanoates 
and  vinyl  ethers.  Thereafter,  the  resultant  graft  copolymer  is 
admixed  and  grafted  with  a  second  monomer  formulation  con- 
taining at  least  60  percent  by  weight  of  ethylenically  unsatu- 
rated nitrile  monomers.  The  resultant  composite  graft 
copolymer  is  then  blended  with  a  matrix  of  an  ethylenically 
unsaturated  nitrile  polymer  to  provide  the  desired  impact 
modified  polymer  blends. 


3,671,610 

CROSS-LINKED  GRAFT  COPOLYMER  OF  STYRENE 

AND  METHYL  METHACRYLATE  UPON  A  BUTADIENE 

POLYMER 
Yasuo  Amagi;  Masaki  Ohya;  Zcaya  ShHki,  aad  HamMfco 
Yusa.  aD  of  IwaU-sU.  Japan,  Ms^nors  to  Kureha  Kagaku 
Kogyo  Kabushikl  Kalsha.  Tokyo.  Japan 
CoatiBuatkm-iB-part  of  Scr.  No.  570,261.  Aug.  4. 1966, 
abaadoncd.  This  applicatioa  Nov.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,920 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Aug.  9,  196S,  40/48036; 
Feb.  5,  1966. 41/6652;  Feb.  5.  1966,41/6653 

lat  O.  C08f  19/08, 37/18 
U.S.CI.260— 880R  2CiaiBis 

Butadiene-styrene-methyl  metnacrylate  copolymers 
prepared  by  graft-poiymerization  with  cross-linked  butadiene 
or  polybutadiene-styrene  copolymer  latex  of  styrene-methyl 
methacrylate  monomers  and  a  cross-linking  agent  capable  of 
copolymerizing  with  said  monomers  in  two  steps. 

Polyvinyl  chloride  resins  incorporated  with  the  graft 
copolymer  exhibits  improved  mechanical  strength  and  other 
physical  properties. 


3.671.611 
PHOSPHORUS  ACID  ESTERS 
Hcnaaaa  Nachbur.  Doraach»  aad  Arthur  Maedcr,  Therwl, 
both  of  Switaerland,  asslgnon  to  CUm  United 

Filed  Dec  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,729 
Claims    priority,    application    Switzerland,   Jan.    7,    1969, 
124/69;  July  8,  1969,  10370/69 

lBtaC07f9/40 
us.  CI.  260—932  14  Claims 

Phosphorus  compounds  are  provided  which  correspond  to 
the  formula 


3.671.608 
PLASTIC  COMPOSITION  AND  METHOD  OF  PREPARING 

SAME 
Curtis  L.  Meredith,  aad  George  A.  Voa  Bodungen,  both  of 
Baton  Rouge,  La^  assignors  to  Copolynacr  Rubber  &  Chemi- 
cal Corporation,  Batoa  Rouge,  La. 

Filed  Nov.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  878^74 
lat.  CLCOOf  75/04 
U.S.CL  260-878  R  28Claims 

An  improved  plastic  composition  formed  by  the  reaction  of 
an  alkenyl  aromatic  monomer,  an  acrylic  monomer  and  an  in- 
terpolymer  of  ethylene,  at  least  one  other  straight  chain  alpha- 
monoolefin  and  a  compound  selected  from  the  group  consist- 
ing of  aliphatic  and  cydoaliphatic  polyene  compounds  in  the 
presence  at  a  free  radical  catalyst  in  an  organic  solvent,  and  in 
the  presence  of  a  seed  mixture  comprising  a  mixture  of  said 
monomers  and  said  interpolymer  which  has  been  reacted  to  at 
least  1 S  percent  conversion  based  on  said  monomers. 


■Ri-O  0 

/    ***  1  II  I 

R,— O  CHjCH— CO— N— CHi— N— A— N— CH»— N— 


G-Ri'-K-CHr-OYli 


O  O-Ri'-K-CH 

/<       1 

,C  0-Rj'  l-Hlt 


CO-CH-HiC 

I 
X' 


in  which  each  R  is  an  alkyl,  alkenyl  or  halogenalkyl  radical,  X 
and  X'  each  is  a  methyl  group  or  a  hydrogen  atom,  A  is  a  — C- 
O— ,  — CS— ,  — SO«— ,  — CNH—  or  — CO— NE— CO—  radi- 
cal, wherein  E  is  a  hydrogen  atom  or  a  Y— CH| — O —  radical 
and  wherein  Y  is  an  alk^  radical  or  a  hydrogen  atom.  The 
phosphcHMs  compounds  are  manufactured  from  the  cor- 
responding phosphorus  carboxylic  acid  amides,  a  diamide  and 


1122 


OFFICIAL 


1 

GAZETTE 


formaldehyde.  THese  compoundi  <^^'^y^'?^^^'^^^ 
curable  «ninopl.rt  precoodei«.te  are  u«rfiU  ^or^^^- 
ing  and  cteaieprooflng  of  celluloae-contaiiung  fiber  matenato. 


PROCESS  TOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  AMMONIUM 
IMALKYLDITHIOPiiOSPHATES 

Hilmar  Rosiiiiski,  Kendenlch  near  Cotogne,  and  Heinz  Har- 
nisch,  Loeyenich  near  Cologne,  both  of  Germany,  assignors 
to  Knapsack  Aktkngeselbchafl,  Cologne,  Germany 
Fifed  March  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  809,408 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany.  April  5.  1968,  P  17 

68151.5 

Iiil.CLC07f9//6 

U.S.a.  260-987  "^FTf 

Production       «rf       noncaking       ammomum       dialkyi- 
dithiophaq>hates  of  the  general  formula: 


^  June  20,  1972 

I  3,671^14  I 

AROMATIC  POLY  AMIDES  CONTAINING  THE 
QUINAZOLONE  RING 
I;  G««wd  DMv  WoM,  both  of  DonMfm; 
Gutar   illiBliiMiiihi    StoMMlm  and  GmUmt   NlKhk, 
Diiimaiin    al  of  GannaBy,  aarignort  to 
Bayer  UlliniMiiihrhrfl  Lcvarkiiaaa,  GarmMiy 
nad  Nov.  19, 1969,  Sar.  No.  878^7 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany.  Nov.  28.  1968.  P  18 

11411.9  ^ 

fart.  a.  C08|  20/20 

UA  CI.  260-47  CZ  ^       ^       *'?r^ 

New  thermaUy  stable  aromatic  polyamides  that  are  soluble 
in  organic  solvents,  which  pdlyamidot  contain  <»uinMolone 
ring  systems  and  which  are  produced  by  poly-condenaation  of 
aromatic  diamines  having  one  or  two  quinazolone  ring  systems 
in  their  molecule  and  aromatic  dicarboxylic  acid  dihabdes. 


ERRATA 

For  Qaises  260—210,  260-240,  260—252,  260—294, 

260-^63  and  260—539  sec: 

Patent  Nos.  3,671,647  thru  3,671,652 


R|0 


\ 


P-SNHi 


^S 


RtO 


in  which  R,  and  R,  represent  identical  or  different  alkyl  radi- 
cals having  from  one  to  six  carbon  atoms.  The  phosphates  are 
produced  by  mixing  dialkyldithiophoaphoric  acids  with  an  al- 
cohol in  a  molar  ratio  of  smaller  than  1 :0.25 .  introducing  gase- 
ous ammonia  into  the  resulting  mixture,  filtering  off 
precipiuted  salt,  washing  the  sah  and  drying  it. 


3,671,613 
PELLETING  OF  OIL-COATED  CARBON  PARTICLES 
WWaBi  W.  GolihdL  Orchard  Lake,  Mlch.«  aasigMir  to 
Marathon  OO  ConpMy,  Fladby,  OMo 

FUed  March  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,647 

M.CLB01J2/72 

U.S.CL264— 115  8Clatais 


3,671,615 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  COMPOSITE  BOARD  PRODUCT 

FROM  SCRAP  MATERIALS 
Herbert  K.  Price.  RWuwmd,  Va.,  aarifMT  to  Ray«*li  Mttab 

Company,  Ridwwd,  Va. 

Fifed  Nov.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88^75 
Iat.CLD21b  7/07 

UACL  264-39  " 

A  mediod  of  making  a  composite  board  product  from  scrap 
materiak  such  as  are  customarily  available  from  a  printing 
plant  The  scrap  materials  are  derived  from  three  types  of 
materiak  designated  herein  as  plastic  materials,  fibrous 
materiak  and  filler  materiak.  The  scrap  materiak  are 
shredded  or  pulverized  into  smaU  particles  after  which  parti- 
cles of  a  specified  size  are  separated,  filtered  or  cuUed  out  for 
further  processing.  The  separated  particles  of  the  required  size 
are  homogenized  in  a  mixing  step  and  then  placed  m  a  pre- 
heated mold.  Here  the  particles  are  subjected  to  unusuaUy  low 
pressure  and  temperature  while  formed  mto  a  finished 
product  with  the  aid  of  a  platen  press.  Typical  finkhwl 
products  are  emptoyed  as  floor  tiles,  counter  tops,  wjU  panek 
or  insulation. 


5       >^ W^ 


€t 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  264 — 39  sec: 
Patent  No.  3,671,654 


Oa-coated  pulverized  carbon  particles  are  pelleted  by  mix- 
ing with  rou^y  5  to  1 5  percent  by  weight  methanol,  then  dry- 
mg  in  a  solvent  recovery  system  to  provide  a  pelletized 
product  while  leaving  the  oil-coatings  intact 


3,671.616  , 

Method  of  manufacturing  ball-pcns 

Tozab.ro  Nakata.  deceased,  fete  of  Tokyo,  Japan,  and  by  Fi-a- 
hide  Nakata,  hdr,  4-14  Kka  1-chomc,  LoeiUI-Suglnani-ku, 

''cUtkioalioB  of  Scr.  No.  716373,  Mart*  27, 1968, 
rtiMdonwl.  Thk  appllcado.  Aog.  6,  »'7<^Scr.'4o.  61,862 

Clahns    priority,    appUcation   Japan.    March    50.    ivo/. 

''"''''  I..a.B29d2i/00  I 

tJAa.264-68  ..^^^ 

Ball  pen  tips  are  made  of  a  heat  moWable  synthetic  resm  by 

mokiing  and  a  steel  baU  k  inserted  in  an  inwardly  divergmg 


JUNE  20,  1972  CHEMICAL 

ball-embracing  recess  of  the  mokled  tip  then  the  outwardly 


1128 


3,671,619 

CRIMP  RESERVATION  PROCESS 

Warren  E.  Htzgcrald;  John  P.  Knudsen,  both  of  Rafeigh,  ami 

Jcarie  O.  Brock,  Cary,  aU  of  N.C.,  aaiig to  MommMo 

Company.  St.  Look,  Mo. 

ContfaMiadoii-iii.port  of  Scr.  No.  331.890,  Dec.  19. 1963, 
abandoned.  Thk  appllcatioB  March  8, 1967,  Scr.  No.  621.650 

Into.  DO  Id  5/22 
U.S.  CL  264— 168  gi 


COMPOSITE  cmtfweD  rite* 


opening  ball-embracing  tip  portion  is  squeezed  under  pressure 
during  heating  at  predetermined  temperatiures. 


3,671,617 

METHOD  OF  DRAWING  THERMOnJiSTIC  SYNTHETIC 

RESIN  FILM  OVER  A  POLYANGULAR  MANDREL 

SwiM  Napae,  Mia,  Japu,  aarifBor  to  MRMbkhl  Pccrochenl- 
cal  Co.,  Ltd..  Tokyo.  Japan 

Fifed  Dec  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881.096 
Qaims    priority,    application    Japan.    Oct.     22.     1969, 
44/84436;  Nov.  30. 1968. 43/87799 

Int.a.B29c2J/aO 
U.S.CL264— 89  6Claims 


NOT  STWTCM 
TO  *CHOVE  OtlMr 


COOL  UNOCR 
TEHtlON  TC  SCT  IN 
UNCBIMPCO  ITATt 


•""OCeSS  TO  TMN 

OR  nwic 


] 


"tOCVELOP 
CNIUP 


There  k  disclosed  a  process  for  reserving  and  redeveloping 
crimp  involving  removing  the  crimp  fit>m  self-crimped  com- 
posite fibers,  which  originally  developed  their  crimp  under 
rather  severe  temperature  or  humidity  conditions  or  both, 
then  processing  the  decrimped  fiber  to  the  desired  end 
product  and  finally  redeveloping  the  original  crimp  by  mild 
processing  conditions. 


3,671,620 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  COMPOSITE 

FILAMENTS  AND  YARNS 

Takeshi  Inoue,  Kurashiki,  Okayama  Prefecture,  Japan,  as- 
signor to  Kurashiki  Rayon  Co.,  Ltd.,  Okayama  Orefecture, 
Japan 

Fifed  July  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  844,910 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  27,  1968, 43/53241 
lDtCLB29fJ//0 
U.S.CL264— 171  7( 


A  method  of  drawing  a  tubular  thermoplastic  resin  film 
comprising  transporting  said  tubular  film  onto  a  mandrel 
which  has  a  polyangular  conical  shape,  causing  the  uniform 
occurrence  of  necking  initiation  points  around  the  circum- 
ference of  said  film  by  drawing  said  film  around  said  mandrel, 
and  continuing  to  draw  said  film  by  the  action  of  fluid  pressure 
exerted  within  said  film  after  said  film  has  passed  over  said 
mandrel. 


3,671,618 
METHOD  FOR  DRY  PRESSING  CERAMIC  TILE 
WaHam  W.  Hubcr,  North  Canton,  and  Rkhard  L.  Dana.  Can- 
ton, both  of  OMo,  assignors  to  United  States  Ceramic  Tik 
Company.  Canton.  Oido 
Division  of  Ser.  No.  636,983,  May  8, 1967,  Pat  No.  3,523344. 
Thk  applicatkMi  April  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,628 
Int.a.B28bi/00 
U.S.  a.  264—120  7  Claims 

A  method  k  illustrated  for  dry  pressing  granular  ceramic 
material  in  situ  by  subjecting  the  material  to  a  first  peak  pres- 
sure, then  relieving  the  pressure  on  the  pressed  material  while 
confining  the  material  to  retain  its  general  pressed  form  and 
subsequently  applying  pressure  to  the  material  which  u  no 
greater  than  the  original  pressure  applied  but  no  less  than  75 
percent  thereof. 


own 


r-CCD-'     r-rih-J 


Composite  filaments  and  yams  having  excellent  spinnabili- 
ty,  dyeability  and  crimp  developing  properties,  and  exhibiting 
improved  properties  such  as  a  small  bulk  density  after 
development  of  crimps,  a  lower  number  of  breakages  in  the 
monofilament  or  yam  during  spinning,  reduced  deep  dyeing 
defects,  improved  natural  draw  ratio,  and  development  ot 
fine,  uniform  helical  crimps  are  obtained  by  melt-spinning 
component  (A)  a  mixture,  preferably  having  Mw/Mn  of  more 
than  2.5  selected  from  (i)  mixtures  obtained  by  continuously 
mixing  an  end  product  in  the  molten  state  obtained  by  a  multi- 
step  continuous  polycondensation  reaction  with  at  least  one 
intermediate  product  in  the  molten  state  occurring  in  thk 
polycondensation  reaction  system,  and  (ii)  mixtures  obtained 
by  continuously  mixing  at  least  two  of  said  intermediate 


1124 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


products,  and  component  (B)  at  least  one  polymer  having  a 
viscosity  different  from  that  of  component  (A). 


3,671,621 
INJECTION  MOLDING  METHOD  FOR  SANDALS 
Tatsuo  Fukaoka,  l^o.  3,  3-Ban,  2-ciMiiic-Miaaini-Fukusliina, 
Tokushima,  Japan 

Filed  July  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  51,568 

Int  CL  B29b  1100;  B29h  7I0S;  A43d  65100 

U^CL264— 244  1  Claim 


/3- 


The  method  according  to  the  present  invention  comprises 
injecting  the  first  resinous  material  into  the  first  cavity  of  a 
movable  mold,  cooling  the  material  into  a  cured  condition, 
shifting  the  movaUe  mold  with  the  cured  first  material  up  to 
the  second  stational  mold,  injecting  the  second  resinous 
material  into  the  second  cavity,  cooling  the  second  material 
into  a  cured  condition  and  finally  releasing  the  articles  from 
the  mold. 


3,671,622 

METHOD  OF  FORMING  SEAL  FOR  MULTI-WIRE 

STRAND 

Dttrrai  V.  Humphrici,  AJkntown,  Pa^  asrignor  to  Bethlehem 

Sted  Corporatkm 

DMsioa  ol  Ser.  No.  779,536,  Dec.  27, 1968.  This  application 

Nov.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89,335 

InL  CL  B29c  6100;  B29g  7100 

U.S.CL264— 263  '     2Claims 


A  short  length  of  a  multi-wire  strand  is  surrounded  with  a 
mold  to  provide  an  annular  space  about  said  length.  Said 
space  is  filled  with  a  thermosetting  plastic  sealant  and  pressure 
is  applied  to  force  said  sealant  into  and  along  the  interstices  of 
said  strand.  During  said  application  of  pressure,  the  strand  is 
circumferentiaUy  heated  at  the  ends  of  said  mold  to  provide  a 
radial  temperature  gradient  across  said  ends.  Pressure  is  ap- 
plied to  said  sealant  until  the  ends  of  the  seal  are  substantially 
convex. 


3,671,623 
METHOD  OF  DRAWING  AND  HEAT  TREATING 

SYNTHETIC  HLAMENTS  |    ^^-^ 

Takaaki  Fukushima,  Mihara;  Haruki  Takizawa,  Matsilyama; 

KIkuo  Hori,  MUsuyama;  Yodilto  Sato,  Matmyama,  and 

Hanihikl  Miziunori,  Amagiaki,  all  of  Japan,  assignon  to 

TcUIn  Limited,  Onka,  Japui 

CoBtiaiiiitkw-ln-f«rt  of  Ser.  No.  658,799,  Aug.  7, 1967.  Pat. 
No.  3,539,680.  This  appBcatioa  June  29, 1970,  Ser.  No. 
I  50,809 

MS.  CL  2M— 290 


Int  a.B29c  7  7/02 


r. 

J 


A  method  of  drawing  and  heat  treating  undrawn  filaments 
of  condensation  polymer  between  a  heated  feed  roller  rotating 
at  a  constant  peripheral  speed  and  a  draw  roller  rotating  a 
constant  peripheral  speed  greater  than  that  of  the  former,  the 
surface  of  said  feed  roller  being  heated  at  a  temperature 
within  the  range  of  from  the  second  order  transition  point  of 
said  filaments  to  a  temperature  SS"  C.  higher  than  the  second 
order  transition  point,  characterized  in  that,  I 

a.  a  pressure  roller  is  provided  which  rotates  by  contacting 
with  the  aforesaid  heated  feed  roller  and  presses  against 
at  least  the  final  turn  of  the  filament  wound  around  the 
heated  feed  roller  to  thereby  fix  the  necking  point  at  the 
point  of  contact  of  the  two  rollers;  and 

b.  a  slit  heater  having  a  groove  width  of  O.S-3.0  mm  is 
disposed  between  the  heated  feed  roller  and  the  cfrawing 
roller,  the  temperature  (>"  C. )  of  the  slit  heater  and  treat- 
ing time  {x  sec.)  being  so  chosen  as  to  satisfy  the  follow- 
ing conditions:  y  2  -1770.8  or -♦-255,  100  s  y  a  400, 
andQ.01    s  jr  s  0.12. 


3,671,624 
METHOD  OF  USING  A  PORTABLE  COOLING  PLATEN 
Michael  p.  Antakk,  c/o  Texaco  Inc.,  P.O.  Box  509, 

N.Y.      I 
Divistoa  «f  Ser.  No.  739,801,  Juae  25, 1968,  abandoocd.  This 
applicatioa  April  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  43,622 
Int.CLB29ci/00 
MJ&.  CI.  264—294  ^  5  i 


Beacon, 
d.This 

iCiaims 


A  method  of  cooling  a  molded  plastic  article  in  a  press 
without  cooling  the  heated  press  platens.  It  employs  portable 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1125 


cooling  platens  and  involves  opening  the  press,  inserting  the 
cooling  platens  and  reapplying  pressure  while  cooling  the 
plastic  article  until  it  is  frozen. 


3,671,625 

COMPOSITIONS  FOR  TREATING  ASTHMA 

COMPRISING  BIS-CHROMONYL  COMPOUfWS  AND 

METHOD  OF  EMPLOYING  SAME 

Roger  Edward  CoUingwood  Altouayan,  WDmstow,  England, 

to  Fisons  PharmaccutlcalB  Limited,  LdccstersMrc, 


Continuatioa  of  Ser.  No.  650,663,  July  3, 1967,  abandoned, 
which  is  a  continuatioa  of  Ser.  No.  536,285,  March  22, 1966, 
abandoned.  This  applicatfcm  March  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  19,119 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Dec.  17,  1965, 
53,744/65 

Int.  CL  A61k  13/00,27/00 
U.S.a.424— 45  14  Claims 

Bis-chromonyl  compounds  of  the  formula: 


HO.C- 


-o-x-o 


COiH 


and  therapeutically  acceptable  salts,  esters  and  amides 
thereof,  wherein  R',  R*,  R',  R*.  R'  and  R*  are  the  same  or  dif- 
ferent and  each  is  H  or  halogen,  lower  alkyl,  hydroxy,  lower 
alkoxy,  substituted  lower  alkyl  or  substituted  lower  alkoxy, 
and  X  is  a  saturated  or  unsaturated,  substituted  or  unsub- 
stituted,  straight  or  branched  polymethylene  chain  which  may 
be  interrupted  by  one  or  more  carbocyclic  rings  or  oxygen- 
containing  heterocyclic  rings,  oxygen  atoms  or  carbonyl 
groups  are  particularly  useful  for  the  relief  and  prophylaxis  of 
asthma  when  mixed  with  bronchodilators. 


3,671,626 
INfflBmNG  DENTAL  PLAQUE 
Cari  B.  Fdger,  CoUege  Park,  Md.,  assigDor  to  The  GiUcttc 
Company,  Boston,  Mass. 

Filed  Dec.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  98,068 
IntCLA61r7//6 
U.S.a.424— 49  19  Claims 

Inhibiting  the  formation  of  dental  plaque  with  a  composi- 
tion comprising  about  0.05  to  3  percent  by  weight  of  pyromel- 
litic  acid  in  a  physiologically  acceptable  vehicle. 


^  3,671,627 

REACTION  PRODUCTS  OF  PLACENTA  EXTRACTS  AND 

PENICILUN 
Louis  W.  Granlrcr,  deccMed,  late  of  Belie  Harbor,  N.Y.;  by 
Minna  B.  Granlrer,  executor;  by  Samuel  Granlrcr,  executor, 
both  of  Belle  Harbor,  N.Y.,  and  by  Robert  L  Peartanan,  ex- 
ecutor, EUzabcth,  N  J.,  aaignon  to  Minna  B.  Granircr,  Belle 
Harbor,  N.Y. 
Divisioa  of  Ser.  No.  701,465,  Nov.  7, 1967,  Pat.  No.  3,584,1 17, 
wUch  is  a  continuatioa-in-part  of  Ser.  Noa.  1 13,059,  May  29, 

1961,  abandoned,  and  Ser.  No.  299,1 14,  July  31, 1964, 
abandoned.  This  appHcatkm  Juae  5, 1969,  Ser.  No.  830,884 
Int.  CL  A61k  27/00, 1 7/00 
VS.  a.  424— 105  12  Clainis 

The  present  invention  relates  to  new  penicillin  formulations 
formed  by  contacting  penicillin  and  pharmaceutically  ac- 
ceptable salt  complexes  formed  from  extracts  of  placenta. 


3,671,628 
TIRANDAMYCIN  AND  PROCESS  FOR  MAKING  SAME 
OMrkh    K.    Scbek,    Kafaunanw,    and    Curth    E.    Meyer, 
Gakiburi,  both  of  Mich.,  aarignon  to  The  UptJoha  Con- 
pany,  Kalamaroo,  Mich. 

Filed  Sept.  8, 1969,  Ser.  No.  856,082 
liit.CLA61k27/00 
U.S.CL424— 120  9CWbh 

Antibiotic  tirandamycin  producible  by  culturing  Strepto- 
mycts  tirandis  var.  tirandis  in  an  aqueous  nutrient  medium. 
Tirandamycin  is  active  against  Bacillus  subtUes  and  can  be 
used  to  minimize  or  prevent  odor  in  fish  and  fish  crates  caused 
by  this  organism. 


3,671,629 
STERIUZING  COMPOSITION  COMPRISING 
POTASSIUM  MONOPERSULPHATE  AND  SODIUM 
CHLORIDE  COATED  WITH  AN  EDIBLE  OIL  AND 
MAGNESIUM  STEARATE 
Alan  A.  Uvy,  Stanmore;  Mitchell  N.  Rodger,  High  Wycombe, 
and  Geoffrey  D.  Brcadi,  South  Norwood,  London,  all  of  En- 
gland, assigiMrs  to  RichardMNS-Merrdl  Limited,  London, 
England 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1968,  Ser.  No.  705,940 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Feb.  21,  1967, 
8,308/67 

Int.  CLAOln/ 7/00 
U.S.CL424— 153  7Clirinis 

In  order  to  maintain  uniformity  of  composition  when  fed 
into  small  packages  from  bulk,  the  individual  particles  of  the 
salts  in  a  solid  water  soluble  sterilizing  composition,  contain- 
ing an  alkali  metal  monopersulphate  and  an  alkali  metal 
chloride,  are  coated  with  a  non-aqueous  physiologically  ac- 
ceptable liquid,  such  as  com  <m1  or  medicinal  paraffin,  and  a 
solid  anti-static  lubricant,  such  as  magnesium  stearate. 


3,671,630 

HALOGENATED  PHENOUC  GERMICIDAL 

COMPOSITIONS  CONTAINING  TERPENE  COLOR 

STABIUZERS 

Francis  Emery  Carroll,  WyckotI,  and  Wahcr  Charles  Scebold, 

Westwood,  both  of  N  J.,  assi|piors  to  Lever  Brothers  Cobb- 

paay.  New  York,  N.Y. 

Continuation-fai-part  of  Ser.  No.  673,264,  Oct  6, 1967, 
abandoned.  This  application  Aug.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  64,623 
Int.  CL  AOln  9/30;  CI  Id  3/48, 9/50 
MS.  a.  424-174  22  Clainis 

Aqueous  solutions  containing  halogenated  phenolic  ger- 
micidal compositions  are  stabilized  against  color  change  on 
exposure  to  light  by  providing  in  the  solutions  an  effective 
amount  of  a  discok>ration  inhibitor  selected  fix>m  the  group 
consisting  of  alpha-pheUandrene,  alio  ocimene,  ocimene,  ter- 
pinolene,  myrcene,  isoprene,  rosin,  tall  oil,  myrcene  hydrate, 
and  abietic  acid.  The  solutions  may  also  contain  up  to  35  per- 
cent of  a  detergent  and  other  conventional  detergent  adju- 
vants. 


3,671,631 
METHOD  FOR  CONTROL  OF  HELMINTHS  IN  WARM- 
BLOODED ANIMALS  USING 
PHOSPHINYLIMTHIOCARBAMATES. 
Mary  Fillers  Doacher,  Trenton,  N  J.,  annignni  to 
Cyanamid  Company,  Stamford,  Conn. 

FDed  April  15, 1971,  Ser.  No.  134,454 
Int  CLA61k  2  7/00 
IJ.S.  a.  424— 205  10  ( 

This  invention  relates  to  a  novel  method  for  controlling  hel- 
minths in  warm-blooded  animals.  More  particulariy,  the  in- 
vention relates  to  a  method  for  the  control  of  helminths  in 
warm-blooded  animals  by  administering  to  said  animals,  an 


1126 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


anthdminticaUy  effective  amount  of  ■  compound  of  the  for- 
mula: 


[R  X       8    n 


wherein  R  and  R,  are  each  members  selected  firom  the  group 
consisting  of  loweralkyl,  loweralkoxy  and  phenyl;  X  is  sulfiir 
or  oxygen;  and  Ra  is  a  kmeralkylene  radical,  such  as  ethylene, 
loweralkyl  subMituted  ethylene,  trimethjiene.  loweralkyl  sub- 
stituted trimethyiene,  oxydinwthylene,  tetramethylene  or 
loweralk^  substituted  tetramethyloie. 


3,671A33 
INSECnODAL  COMPOSITIONS  OF  ENDOSULFAN  IN 
FENITROnilON  FOR  UX.V.  TREATMENT 
!  S.  Arwrica,  Ecdiy,  and  Loais  Bfnwfc,  Taarin  La  Demi 

both  Of  rTwiHOtf  asM^^ofs  to  Pschaasjr^PpogPt  Ljtom* 


1968. 


Fled  Sept.  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  S58,1M 
Clainis    priority,    application    France,    Sept    16, 
68S0388 

lM.CLA01»9/36,9/28 
U.S.CL424— 218  3< 

A  composition  comprising  a  solution  o(  endosutfan  in 
fenitrothion  is  used  to  control  insect  parasites  on  plants,  par- 
ticularly cotton  plants.  The  composition  is  suitaMe  for  use  in 
ultra  low  volume  treatment  of  plants  and  may  be  sprayed  from 
an  aircraft. 


3,671,633 
PROCESS  FOR  TABLETTING  ACETAZOLAMIDE 
Raachhordas  Shcth,  Naaoct,  N.Y^  and 
Henry   V/Bty,   Wcstwood,   NJ^   sssignnri  to   American 
CyaiuuBkl  Company,  Stamford,  Conn. 
CowHnuaHon-to-pt  of  Ssr.  No.  783,765,  Dec.  13. 1968, 
ahandowd,  Tbds  appfcalion  May  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  141,974 

lM.a.A61Ji/'0 
U.S.a.424— 273  6Cfadms 

A  process  for  producing  pharmaceutically  acceptable  tables 
of  acetazolamide  which  comprises  compressing  a  mixture  con- 
taining a  binder  and  a  mixture  of  acetazolamide  crystals.  The 
mixture  of  acetazolamide  crystals  is  characterized  by  a 
binodal  size  distribution  and  is  obtained  by  adding  acetazola- 
mide seed  crystals  to  a  saturated  solution  of  acetazolamide 
while  cooling  and  agitating  the  mixture  oi  seed  crystals  and 
solution. 


3,671,634 
STABLE  AQUEOUS  ANTI-DANDRUFF  SHAMPOO 
CONTAINING  CAPTAN 
C.  Carlson,  WcatoB,  aad  Fraads  E.  Hutddns,  Nor> 
walk,  both  of  Conn.,  assignors  to  R.  T.  VamdcrMk  Company, 
Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Conltanatloa-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  570,053,  Aug.  3, 1966, 

ahmidoacd.  TUs  appMcatfcm  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  11,788 

Int.a.A61k 

U.S.  CL  424—274  4  CUtaaa 

N-Trichk»omethyltrhio-4-cyclohexene- 1 .2-dicarboximide 
(captan)  may  be  incorporated  in  an  aqueous  shampoo  formu- 
lation having  an  acceptable  shelf  life  if  the  pH  (rf  the  formula- 
tion is  in  the  range  of  from  about  3.0  to  about  7.0  and  the  de- 
tergent is  at  least  one  ci  an  organic  sulfate  or  sulfonate  deter- 
gent or  a  non-ionic  detergent  free  from  amino  nitrogen. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  424—305  see: 
Patent  No.  3,671,532 


3,671,635 

CHEM05TERILANT  COMPOSITIONS  FOR  FUBS  AND 

METHOD  OF  USE 

"MMp  C  Haasm,  dcadals.  Mo.,  assig^Mir  to  Monaaato  Cons* 
paay,  SI.  Lonls,  Mo. 

of  Ssr.  No.  677.082,  Oct  23, 1967, 
May  27, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  41,100 
Ia«.CLA01n  9/24 
U.S.CL424— 319  7CWms 

Compounds  of  the  following  formula  are  insect  chemoateri- 
lants: 


w  u 

XCHiC-N— ^^  \-OCHfi!!  OH 


k 


wherein  R  is  alkyl  of  not  more  than  four  carbon  atom^and  X 
is  halogen  (CI.  Br,  F  and  1). 


3,671,636 
METHODS  FOR  TREATING  HYPERTENSION  Oil     ^ 
INHnmNG  GASTRIC  SECRETION 
WaMM  S.  StmU  LMdidale,  Pa.,  MripnT  to  Mirck  A  Co, 
lac,  Rakway,  N  J. 

DIvfalenof  Ssr.  No.  636.586.  May  8. 1967.  This  appBcatfen 
Oct.  29. 1969.  Ssr.  No.  871.214 
Iirt.CLA61k  27/00 
U.S.CL414— 330  8< 

Novel  derivatives  of  3-hydroxy-et-(  l-aminoethyl)-benzyl  al- 
cohol particulariy  3-ether  derivatives  of  erythro  and  threo  3- 
hydroxy-<»-[l-aminoethyl]-benzyi  akohol  and  their  pure 
enantiomers  are  described.  Also  processes  for  the  preparation 
of  the  above  identified  compounds  are  shown. 

The  novel  derivatives  of  3-hydroxy-a-(l-aminoethyl)- 
benzyl  alcohol  are  useful  as  antihypertensive  agents  and  in- 
hibitors of  gastric  secretion. 


3,671,637 

REPELLANT  COMPOSTHON  COMPRISING  CERTAIN 
CYCLOHEXYL  UREAS  AND  THIOUREAS 
Richard  N  Kaowles,  Hockcsala.  DcL.  sssiganr  to  E.  L  dn  POirt 
dr  Ttrnwan  and  Company.  Wftningion,  Dei. 
DivUM  of  Scr.  No.  635^01,  Apri  20, 1967,  wMch  Is  a 
continulhw-i»iMrt  of  Scr.  No.  574^498,  Aug.  18, 1966.  Thk 
appHcatioa  Oct.  24. 1968.  Scr.  No.  770,448 
brt.  CL  AOln  9/12, 9/18, 9/20 
U.S.CL  424-322  lOdahm 

Repelling  animals  with  l-(4-higher  alkyl-subitituted 
cyclohex^)-3-alkyl  and  3,3-dialkylureas  and  thioureas  of  the 
formula: 


wherein 
R   is   alkyl,   cycloalkyl.   cydoalkylalkyl,   bicydoalkyl  or 

tricydoalkyl;  | 

R,  and  Ra  are  hydrogen,  alkyl,  haloalkyl,  cyanoalkyl, 

nitroalkyl,  alkoxyalkyl,  or  thioalkoxyalkyl,  and 
A  is  oxygen  or  sulftir.  Typical  is  l-(ctB-4-cyclohexyhnethyl- 

cyclohexyl-3-methyl-urea  useful  as  an  animal  repellant. 


I 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1127 


3,671,638 
ANIMAL  REPELLENT  METHODS  USING  SUBSTITUTED 

CYCLOHEXYL  UREAS 
Richard  N.  KmmlsB,  Hiwirwsln.  Del.,  iiilganr  to  E.  L  du  POnt 
dc  NcaMmrs  and  Camp— y,  WBodaftoa,  Dd. 
DIvlBioB  of  Scr.  No.  635,307,  Aprfl  20, 1967,  wUch  Is  a 

t  of  Ssr.  No.  574,499,  Aug.  18, 1966.  Thk 
I  Oct  24, 1968,  Ssr.  No.  770,450 
IM.CL  AOln  7/00. 9/20 
U.S.CL424— 322  9( 

Repelling  animals  with  compounds  of  the  formula: 


R_L<;^v^LLS^3' 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  424—312  see: 
Patent  No.  3,671,654 


3,671,642 

N-ACYLCYCLOHEXYLAMINE  REPELLANT5  AND 

METHODS  OF  USE 

Richard  N.  Kaowiss,  Hnrkiasia,  DcL,  ssilgiinr  to  E.  L  dn  Pnot 

Division  of  Scr.  No.  635^06,  April  20, 1967,  widch  b  a 
conttawllon  hi  pMlof  Ser.  No.  574,276,  Ang.  18, 1966.  Tl* 
appBcafttoa  Oct  24, 1968,  Scr.  No.  770,447 
InL  CL  AOln  9/20, 23/00 
U.S.  CL  424—320  10  Cliifam 

Repelling  animals  with  N-ac^cydohexylamines  of  the  for- 
mula: 


wherein 

A  is  oxygen  or  sulfiir, 

R  is  alkyl,  cycloalkyl.  cydoalkylalkyl,  bicydoalkyl  and 
tricyckMlkyl. 
Typical    is     l-phenyl-3-(cis-4-cydohexylmethylcyclohexyl)- 
urea  useful  as  an  animal  repellent 


3,671,639 

l-PHENYL-4v4-DI-SUBSTITUTED- 
THI05EMICARBAZIDE  FUNGICIDAL  AND  ACARICIDAL 

AGENTS 
KlaoB  Saase;  Hans  SdMiapHag.  and  Ferdinand  Grews.  aO  of  c/o 
FarbcnfalarilMa  Bayer  AG,  Lcvcrfcuaen,  Germany 

FBod  JviM  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  837,933 
Oaims  priority,  application  Germany.  July  2.  1968.  P  1 7  67 
924.2 

Into.  AOln  9/72 
U.S.CL424— 323  9Clafans 

Fungicidal  and  acaricidal  compositions  of  and  methods  of 
combatting  fungi  and  acarids  using  certain  l-phenyl-4.4-di- 
substituted-thiosemicarbazides.  i.e.,  M  optionally  mono  to  tri 
chloro,  bromo,  methyl  and  methoxy  -substituted )-phenyl-4 .4- 
[di(  alkyl  and  alkenyl)  or  tetramethylene.  pentamethylene. 
oxa  -pentamethylene  or  thia-pentamethylene]-thiosemicarba- 
zides. 


^-.       3,671.640 

2-METHOXY-4-METHYLPHENYL-N- 

METHYLCARBAMATE  AND  INSECTICIDAL 

COMPOSITIONS  CONTAINING  THE  SAME 

ratsomi   Nlshiniura,  Shimizu;  Tadahiko  Inoue,  Ogasagun; 

Taken  Tsuboi,  Ikeda,  and  Masam  Kado,  Yokohama,  all  of 
Japan,  assignors  to  KiinUal  Chemical  Industry  Co.,  Ltd., 
Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  July  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  838,700 

Int  CL  C07c  725/06.  AOln  9/24 
U.S.CL424— 300  2  Clainis 

Novel  2-methoxy-4-methylphenyl-N-methyl-carbamate  and 
insecticidal  compositions  comprising  the  same  as  an  active  in- 
gredient 


3,671,641 

METHODS  OF  COMBATTING  BACTERIA  AND  FUNGI 

USING  CYANOALKYL  ESTERS  OF  2.1iALOACRYUC 

AND  2>DIHAL0  PROPIONIC  ACIDS 

John  D.  Bndunan;  John  D.  Pcra,  and  Fired  W.  Raths,  d  of 

Memphis,  Tenn.,  aarignors  to  Bndunan  Laboratories,  Inc^ 


Filed  Jan.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  789,082 
lot.  CL  AOln  9/20 
U.S.a.424— 304  7 

Substituted  alkyl  esters  of  2-haloacrylic  and  2,3-dihaIo 
propionic  adds  and  their  use  in  controlling  micro-organisms, 
nematodes,  and  insects  are  described. 


-Bi 


wherein 
R  it  hydrogen,  methyl,  or  ethyl; 
Ri  is  hydrogen  or  alkyl  of  one  throu^  four  carbon  atcrnis; 

and 
Rt  is  straight  chain  or  branched  alkyl  of  three  through  eight 
carbon  atoms. 
Typical  is  N-acetyl-ci8-4-n-butyk:ydohexylamine  useful  for 
repelling  animals. 


3.671.643 
TREATMENT  OF  EXCESSIVE  SEBACEOUS  GLANDS 
SECRETION  WITH  SUBSTITUTED  CYSTEAMINE 
COMPOUNDS 
Grcgwrc    Kaiopissis,    Paris,    France,    aarignor    to    Socfate 
Anoaymc  dlle:-L'Oreal,  Paris,  France 
Contlnnatioa-faHpart  of  Scr.  No.  736.960,  Jane  14, 1968, 
abandoned,  Coatfaination-4n-part  of  Scr.  Na  801340,  Feb.  24, 
1969.  This  application  Sept.  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,161 
Claims    priority,    application    France.    Jan.    29,    1964, 
641472021;  Luxembourg.  Dec.  22.   1965.  55553;  France. 
June  21.  1967,  671560250;  July  28.  1967.  6794913;  Luxem- 
bourg, Feb.  23.  1968.  55553;  April  19,  1968.  55935;  Belgium. 
June  3. 1969.733993 

Int  a.A61k  2  7/00 
U.S.CL424-330  2CWms 

A  process  of  treating  acne  with  a  composition  containing 
substituted  cysteamine  compounds. 


3,671,644 
ANTISEPTIC  COMPOSITIONS  CONTAINING  PHENOUC 
BACTERICIDES  POTENTIATED  WITH  PHOSMiONIC 
ACID  DERIVATIVES 
RIyad  R.  Irani,  and  H.  Evan  Roberta,  both  of  St  Lonis,  Mo., 
assignors  to  MoMOMo  ChcaUcal  CoaspMiy,  St  Look,  Mo. 
Contfanatioa  of  Scr.  No.  352,942,  March  18, 1964.  Tte 
appHcatfon  Joly  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  872,437 
Int  CL  A61k  27/00.  7  J/00 
U.S.CL424— 346  5ClidmB 

An  antiseptic  composition  is  described  containing  a  phenol- 
ic or  quaternary  ammonium  bactericide  and.  as  a  potentiating 
agent,  a  water-soluble  polyphosphonic  acid  compound  having 
the  formula 


/|/°"\ 


1128 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June 


wherein  n  it  an  integer  firom  2  to  3  inclusive,  M  is  a  member 
selected  fixmi  the  group  consisting  of  hydrogen  and  cations, 
and  Z  is  a  connecting  radical  equal  in  vidence  to  n  and  con- 
taining not  more  than  about  1 2  atoms,  exclusive  of  hydrogen, 
in  chemical  ccMnbination,  as  well  as  compositions  containing 
the  foregoing  and  other  additives  such  as  are  found  in  sanitiz- 
ing compositions,  antiseptic  detergent  compositions,  cosmetic 
compositions,  drilling  mud  compositions  and  the  like. 


wherein  Y  is  — SR  wherein  R  is  alkyl  of  one  to 
atoms,  inclusive. 


20,  1972 
six  carbon 


3,671,645 

METHOD  FOR  INDUCING  ANETHESIA 

Bcrnwd  M.  RcfHi,  CMcaio,  DL,  aiiilBor  to  Baxter  Laboraio- 

rka,  iBCn  Mofton  Grove,  DL 

DIvUoii  of  Scr.  No.  699,060,  Jan.  19, 1968,  PM.  No. 
3,579,595.  Tfefe  ainillcaHoo  Jum  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,179 

Int.  CLA61k /J/00 
U.S.CL424— 351  1  Ctalm 

l-bromo-l-chloro-2,3,3-trifluoropropene,     useful     as     a 
general  anesthetic. 


3,671,646 

LIQUID  DEVELOPERS  FOR  ELECTROSTATIC 

PHOTOGRAPHY 

Tak^Ji  Kurila;  Masaya  Moloki;  Kaxuhiro  Emoto,  and  Katsuo 

Hojo,  aM  of  Otokunl-gim,  Kyoto,  Japan,  assignors  to  MM- 

aubisM  Paper  MBs,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japui 

FBed  July  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  844,598 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  27, 1968, 43/S3234; 
Feb.  14,1969.44/131769 

Int.  a.  G03g  9/04 
U.S.CL  252— 62.1  9Clalnis 

A  liquid  developer  for  electrostatic  photography  is  prepared 
by  dispersing  in  a  dispersion  medium  composed  essentially  of 
a  paraffinic  hydrocarbon,  an  alkylaminoethyl  methacrylate- 
containing  polymer;  a  carboxyl  group-containing  copolymer 
or  acrylic  or  methacrylic  add  and  an  ester  thereof;  a  coloring 
material;  and/or  a  dihydroabietic  ester. 
Colloidal  particles  of  the  developer  have  favorable  electric 
charging    properties,    and,    after    development    of    a 
photoconductive  material  and  simultaneously  with  the 
drying  of  the  liquid,  they  firmly  adhere  to  the  photo-sensi- 
tive layer  to  give  a  clear  image.  Further,  the  developer, 
which  is  a  colloidal  dispersion  system,  is  stable  and  does 
not  easily  cause  precipitation  or  agglomeration. 


-8-CHt— CHr 


-o-4V\ 


HO- 


V 


,  or  — S— CHt— CH|— OH,  R,  is  H,  or  cis  or  trans  k)wer-alkyl 
of  from  one  to  eight  carbon  atoms,  inclusive;  R«  is  H,  CHa.  or 
CtH*;  X  is  OH,  chlorine,  bromine,  iodine  or  — ORg  wherein  R« 
is  alkyl  of  one  to  six  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  each  in  the  (R) 
or  (S)  configuration;  and  Z  is  a  nucleoside  — S'—  phoai^iate 
group  wherein  said  nucleoside  can  be  adenosine,  guanpsine, 
cytidine  or  uridine;  and  salts  thereof. 

Examples  of  alkyl  of  from  one  to  eight  carbon  atoms  are 
methyl,  ethyl,  propyl,  butyl,  pentyl,  hexyl,  heptyl,  and,  octyl 
and  tsomeis  thereof. 


3,671,648 
CARBOCY  ANINE  FILTER  DYES  AND  SENSITIZERS  FOR 

SILVER  HALIDE  EMULSIONS 
Arthur  Fonda,  Jr.;  Donrid  W.  Hcaddne,  and  Leslie  G.  S. 
Brooker,  aB  of  Rochwter,  N.Y.,  — ignnri  to  EaUnum  Kodak 
Company.  Roehotcr.N.Y. 
DhrWoB  of  Scr.  No.  574,947,  Aug.  25, 1966.  This  appMcMoa 
May  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  825.072 
Int.  dCWb  23 108 
U.S.CL  260-240  R 

New  trfcarbocyanine  dyes  derived  from  enamine  and 
enaminium  salts  are  usefril  as  filter  dyes  and  spectral  sen- 
sitizers for  photographic  silver  halide  emulsions.  They  sen- 
sitize such  emulsions  over  a  wavelength  range  of  about  from 
660  to  850  M.  and  higher  in  some  instances,  with  maximum 
sensitivity  ranging  about  from  750  to  800  fi. 


iiXMim 


3,671,647 

LINCOMYCIN  3-NUCLEOTIDES  AND  THE  SALTS 

THEREOF 

Alexander   D.    Argoudctts,   and   John   H.   Coats,    both   of 

Kalanunoo,  Ivfich.,  assignors  to  The  Upjohn  Company, 

Kdanuooo,  Mkh. 

Condnuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  30,254,  April  20, 1970, 

abuidoncd.  Tl^  application  March  24, 1971,  Scr.  No. 

127352 

InLa.C07c47/7« 

U.S.CL260— 210R  19Clainis 

0000 

This  invention  relates  to  novel  antibacterial  compounds  and 
to  processes  for  preparing  them.  It  is  particularly  directed  to 
novel  3-nucleotides  of  lincomycin,  and  of  analogs  thereof,  and 
of  celesticetins.  The  compounds  of  the  invention  can  be 
shown  by  the  following  formula: 


OH 


3,671,649 

PRODUCTION  OF  A  HETEROCYCUC  COMPOUND 

HA^ONG  AN  IMIDAZOLE  RING 

Yoshitaka  Yamada;  Morilaro  Sakoral,  and  Izumi  KumaaUro, 

aU  of  Kanagawa-kcn,  Japan,  aaslgBors  to  AJinomoto  Co., 

Inc.,  Tokyo,  Japan  , 

FlMApril  11, 1969,  Scr.  No.  816,061         I 
Claims  prionty,  application  Japan.  Apr.  15, 1968.43/24764 
Int.  CL  C07d  5  7/64, 49134 
U.S.  CI.  260—252  8  Claims 

Adenine  (AD)  and/or  4.5-dicyanoimidazole  (DCI)  and 
derivatives  thereof  (2,8-mcthyl-AD  and/or  2-methyl-DCl)  are 
produced  by  the  reaction  of  diaminomaleonitrile  or 
diaminofumalonitrile  with  an  amidine  salt  in  an  organic  medi- 
um. 

AD  and  DC!  have  been  industrially  produced  by  heating 
liquid  hydrogen  cyanide  (or  ammonium  cyanide  or  a  mixture 
of  alkali  cyanide  and  ammonium  halide)  in  liquid  ammonia 
(Japanese  Pat.  No.  483,920;  U.S.  Pat  No.  3,287,452).  How- 
ever, this  known  method  is  not  satisfactory,  because  the  dan- 
gerous treatment  of  poisonous  hydrogen  cyanide  or  its  salt 
under  a  high  pressure  is  necessary  and  the  insoluble  colored 
byproducts,  which  make  the  separation  and  purification  of  the 
desired  product  difficuh,  are  formed  in  a  substantial  amount. 
Further,  according  to  the  known  method,  AD  aitd  DCI  are 
usually  produced  in  nearly  the  same  amount  and  the  selective 
producti<n  of  one  of  the  compounds  is  difficult. 


June  20,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1129 


3,671,650 
CERTAIN    2-(HETEROCYLIC    ACVLIMINO)-5-NITRO-4- 
"^  TinAZOLINE-3-ACETAMIDES 

Pclcr  John  laUp,  Hamptoi^  EivMnd,  aMignnr  to  Parke,  Davis 
A  Coaspony,  Dstroil,  Mich. 

FOed  May  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,295 
Claims  priority,  apfrfication  Great  Britain,  June  18,  1969, 
30.950/69 

lBLa.C07di//5(7 
U.S.  CL  260— 294.8  D  Sdainis 

S-Nitro-4-thiazoline-3-acetamide   compounds   having   the 
formula 


and  alkaline  earth  metal  cations.  The  coreacted  salts  are  free 
flowing  crystalline  sotids  with  desiraUe  anticaking  and  high 


o  Ri 

.-j N-CHt-ii-N 


and  salts  thereof;  where  R|  is  2-furyl,  2-thienyl,  2-pyridyl,  3- 
pyridyl,  or  4-pyridyl,  and  each  of  Rt  and  R«  is  hydrogen  or  an 
alkyl  radical  containing  not  more  than  three  carbon  atoms. 
The  compounds  are  produced  by  reacting  a  5-nitrothiazole 
with  an  or-haloacetamide  and  are  useful  as  schistosomacides 
and  trichomonacides. 


3,671,651 

PEROXY  COMPOUNDS  CONTAINING  A 

HALOFORMATE  GROUP 

Antonio  Joseph  D'Angdo,  Buflalo,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Pennwak 

CorporMkMi 

Coattnuadon-ln-part  of  Scr.  No.  285357,  June  6, 1963.  This 

appUcatkm  May  7, 1968,  Scr.  No.  727^23 

Int.  CL  C07c  73110,  73100;  COSI29/J0 

VS,  a.  260—463  7  Claims 

A  novel  class  of  compounds  X.— R»— Ya,  where  R  is  a  2-4 

valence  aliphatic,  cycloaliphatic  or  aromatic  radical;  X  is  an 

acylating  function;  Y  is  a  peroxy  containing  group  and  n  and 

m  are  each  equal  to  1-2  and  p  is  at  least  1 . 

A  novel  class  of  polymers  ([A, -(R-  DAI.  -  P)if"'  where 
A  is  a  peroxy  containing  group;  R  is  a  2-4  valence  aliphatic, 
cycloaliphatic  or  aromatic  radical,  P  is  a  polyvalent  polymeric 
residue;  D  is  a  carbonyl  containing  connecting  group;  Z  is  H. 
OH,  NHf,  NHRt,  SH  or  RfO  group;  v  and  w  are  each  equal  to 
1-100;  and  n  is  equal  to  1-2. 

Polymers  n  are  useful  with  vinyl  monomers  in  the  formation 
of  block  and  graft  polymers. 

Peroxides  having  an  acylating  function  are  prepared  by 
reacting  at  0°-80°  C  an  organic  peroxide  having  an  hydroxyl 
or  carboxyl  group  with  a  defined  acylating  reactant. 

Peroxides  having  at  least  one  acylating  function  are 
prepared  by  peroxidizing  a  compound  having  at  least  two 
acylating  functions  as  the  only  peroxidizable  substituents. 


3,671,652 
COREACTED  SALTS  OF  POLYCHLOROCARBOXYUC 

ACIDS 
Jaime  B.  Fcmandez,  MiiUand,  and  James  E.  Ayers,  St  Louis, 
both  of  Mklu,  assignors  to  The  Dow  Clwniical  Company, 
Midland,  Midi. 

Filed  Nov.  18, 1968,  Scr.  No.  776,791 
Int  CL  C07c  53/16, 53/32 
MS.  CL  260—539  R  15  Claims 

Coreacted  salts  of  polychlorocarboxylic  acids  with  alkali 
metal  and  alkaline  earth  metal  cations,  such  as  sodium  (90) 
magnesium  (10)  trichloroacetate  or  sodium  (87.6)  calcium 
(12.4)  2,2-dichloropropionate  are  prepared  by  reacting 
polychlorocarboxylate  anion  with  a  mixture  of  alkali  metal 


tuLKacNsiTY  or  joaiiM  MASniiiui^ 
_, 


g.  g-  DICHL  OffOPKOPtONMre 


*«  ao 


>?!   so 


10 


J 


O      10     ZO    30    40    SO    to    70    ao    30    lOO 
(leoftrcenf  todium)  (looptrtxnt  rm^ntsiumj 


bulk  density  properties.  The  coreacted  sahs  are  useful  as  her- 
bicides. 


3,671,653 

GAS  PURGING  OF  SPINNING  PACKS 

Walter  Cunningham  Berry,  Jr.,  Staunton,  Va.,  iwlgnwr  to  E.  I. 

du  Poat  dc  Nemours  and  Company,  Wflmington,  Del 

Filed  Oct.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81^29 

Int.  CL  B28b  7/04;  DOlf  7/00 

U.S.CL264— 39  4( 


A  process  for  improving  the  percentage  of  successful  star- 
tups in  spinning  polymer  from  solution  is  provided.  Startups 
are  often  hindered  by  the  presence  of  air  in  the  spinneret  as- 
sembly. The  present  invention  provides  for  replacing  the  air  in 
the  spinneret  assembly  with  a  gas  more  soluble  than  air  in  the 
solution  to  be  spun. 


3,671,654 
SYNERGISTIC  ANTIBACTERIAL  AND  ANTIFUNGAL 
COMPOSITIONS  OF  DMSO,  ETHANOL  OR  METHANOL 
AND  DIESTER  OF  2,2,4-TRIMETHYLPENTANEDIOL-13 
Hdnx   Guntcr   Nosier,   Monhdm   RMndand,   and   Hararld 
Schncgdhcrger,  HiMcn  Rhindand,  both  of  Gcmany,  aa- 
signors  to  Henkd  &  Cle  GmbH,  Dusatldorf-HoHhauacn, 
Germany 

FBcd  June  1 1, 1968,  Scr.  No.  735,980 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec.  15,  1967,  H 
64793 

Int  a.  A61k  27/00 
U.S.  CL  424—3 12  13  CWnH 

Novel  antifungal  and  antibacterial  agents  having  a  short-kill 
time  comprising  dimethyl  sulfoxide,  ethanol  or  isopropanol 
and  an  effective  amount  of  at  least  one  diester  of  2,2,4- 
trimethylpentanediol- 1 ,3  and  aliphatic  carboxylic  acids  of  two 
to  1 2  carbon  atoms. 


ELECTRICAL 


ELECTRICAL  TRANSFER  TYPE  PLASMA  ARC  MELTING 

FURNACE 
T<mMo  AdKlii,  Ni^ojra;  MMtywM  (Mriri,  Toki^  and^Kiyo- 
Ude  Hayarirf,  Ni«oya,  ■■  of  JapM,  airipian  to  D^do  Sdko 
Kftifi'T*'*"  KiiirtMi.  AicM  Irni.  Jtptm 

FBod  Dm.  22, 1970,  Sar.  No.  100,729 
Qaims    priority,    api^ication    Japan,    E>ec.     25,     1969, 
44/104607 

lot  CLHOSb  7/00 
U.S.CL13— 1  2 


An  electrical  transfer  type  plasma  arc  melting  furnace  with 
one  or  more  combined  electrodes  composed  of  a  metal  elec- 
trode having  direct  contact  with  the  scrap  or  molten  metal,  a 
electric  carbon  electrode  directly  connected  with  the  source 
and  baked  or  unbaked  electrically  conductive  compounded 
refractory  which  is  inserted  between  the  metal  bar  and  the 
said  carbon  electrode  arranged  either  in  the  furnace  hearth  or 
in  the  furnace  wall. 


3,671,656 
ELECTRODE  CONTACT  DEVICE 
Arthur  E.  Smith,  Nii«Mra  Fdk,  N.Y.,  ■■igiiiir  to  UnkM  Car- 
bide Corporatioii,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  May  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  143,955 

Int.  a.H05b  7/70 

U.S.C1.13— 14  2  Claims 


An  electrode  contact  device  for  use  with  metallurgical  elec- 
tric furnaces  which  comprises  a  copper  body  member  and  a 
contact  member  in  the  form  of  a  powder  metallurgical  com- 
pact consisting  essentiaUy  of  copper  and  tungsten. 


3,671,657 
ECHO  SYNTHESIZING  APPARATUS 
Frauds  J.  Murphree,  Winter  Park,  Ph.,  imignnr  to  The  Urited 
States  of  Anwrfca  as  represented  by  tlw  Secretary  of  the 

Navy 

FBed  Dec  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,134 

Int.  a.G09b  9/00 

U.S.CL35— 10.4  7  Claims 

Echo  synthesizing  apparatus  utilizing  a  fixed  delay  line  hav- 
ing spaced  taps  connected  to  attenuators  by  gate  means  which 

1130 


are  operated  in  an  aspect  dependent  manner  by  shift  registers 
so  as  to  generate  across  an  output  resistor  a  composite  echo 


signal  having  aspect  dependent  highlight  characteristics.  Em- 
bodiments providing  alao  random  and/or  systematic  variations 
as  welf^s  self-showing  effects  are  described. 


I  3,671,658 

KEY  SWITCH  ASSEMBLY  FOR  ELECTRONIC  MUSlCAL 

INSTRUMENTS 
Ju^Ji  Oiino,  Hamamatsn,  Japan,  assignor  to  Nippon  Gakki 
Sciao  Kabosidki  KaUm,  Hamamntm-shi,  Sldiuokn-ken, 
Japan 

FVed  Jnne  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,106 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  1.  1969,44/62616 
Int.a.G10h//00 
U.S.CL84r-1.01  3( 


A  key  switch  assembly  for  electronic  musical  instruments 
wherein  there  is  mounted  a  printed  circuit  board  close  to  the 
undersides  of  a  row  of  parallel-arranged  keys,  the  board  being 
fitted  with  various  circuit  elements  constituting  a  circuit  for 
producing  musical  tones  and  also  with  a  plurality  of  switch 
means  operated  by  the  corresponding  key  adjacent  thereto 
through  an  actuator. 


3,671,659 
PLURAL  TONE  SELECTOR  FOR  AN  ELECTRONIC 
MUSICAL  INSTRUMENT  { 

Syoicid  Susukl,  Hamamatsn,  Japan,  amignor  to  Nippon  Gakki 
Sciao  KidMisldid  Kahha,  Sliixoolw-lMn,  Japan 

FVed  April  2, 197 1,  Scr.  No.  130,602  | 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  April  6, 1 970, 4S/3i2592 
Int.CLGlOhi/06 
U.S.  0.84^1.17  7  Claims 

A  plural  tone  selector  for  an  electronic  musical  instrument 
comprises  first  and  second  latching  selectors  each  having  a 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1181 


plurality  of  input  terminals  supplied  with  tone  signals  of  dif- 
ferent pitches,  a  plurality  of  control  terminals  corresponding 
to  the  input  terminab  ajid  one  common  output  terminal.  A 
plurality  of  key  switches  are  provided  for  causing  one  of  the 
plural  control  terminals  of  the  first  and  second  latching  selec- 
tors respectively  to  be  impressed  with  control  voltage  to  selec- 
tively derive  from  the  common  output  terminab  of  the  first 


^  d   ^  Y    ^ 

»    I     r-h  i—h  I h  r-h       <* 


f]  Jagtuw  ~l    JJoOt  dam— Bl 


HturnuN     I 
KtYCT  I 


and  second  latching  selectors  two  tone  signals  supplied  to  the 
input  terminals  thereof  corresponding  to  the  control  terminals 
upon  the  selective  actuation  of  the  key  switches  due  to  key 
depression.  The  derived  tone  signals  are  supplied  to  first  and 
second  sustain  keyers,  respectively,  which  are  conducted  by 
control  voltage  impressed  by  other  key  switches  actuated 
upon  key  depression. 


3,671,660 
BAMBOO  ORGAN  PIPE  ASSEMBLY 
Hidefaiko  Kita,  Hamamatsu,  Japan,  assignor  to  Nippon  Gakki 
Sdio  KabusMki  Knisha,  Sldzuoka-ken,  Japan 

Filed  Feb.  18,  1971,  Ser.  No.  116,485 
Oaims  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  23,  1 970, 45/ 1 7 1 34 
lnt.CLG10bi/0« 
U.S.CL84— 349  12  Claims 


..4p^ 


A  bamboo  organ  pipe  assembly  including  a  foot  airtightly 
inserted  into  a  bamboo  tubular  pipe,  the  foot  having  an  air 
passage  formed  therein  for  directing  air  supplied  from  the 
outer  end  thereof  toward  a  peripheral  portion  of  the  pipe,  and 
wherein  there  is  fixed  on  the  peripheral  portion  of  the  pipe  a 
member  having  a  recess  therein  communicating  with  the  air 
passage  of  the  foot  for  receiving  the  air  therefrom.  The  bam- 
boo tubular  pipe  is  provided  with  a  mouth  or  aperture  through 
a  peripheral  portion  thereof  adjacent  the  inner  end  of  the  foot 
inserted  thereinto,  and  the  recess  formed  in  the  member  ter- 
minates in  a  slit  defined  by  a  languid  and  a  lower  lip,  the  slit 
being  adapted  to  direct  a  sheet  of  air  toward  a  peripheral  edge 
of  the  mouth  of  the  tubular  pipe  to  produce  a  tone.  The 
member  preferably  is  formed  of  a  pair  of  tapered  boards,  one 
of  which  is  slidable  relative  to  the  other,  and  the  tubular  pipe 
preferably  has  an  adjustable  vane  therein  for  actuating  the 
pitch  of  the  tone. 


3,671,661 

METHOD  OF  DETERMINING  HTCH  NAMES  IN 

VARIOUS  KEYS  AND  PITCH  NAME  DETERMINING 

SLIDE  RULE 

Ei  Yoalrfda,  21  Ikadamartd  5-chonsc  Owiharhiman-aiii,  Japan 

FIImI  Dae.  26, 1968,  S«r.  No.  787,189 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Dec.  30,  1967, 43/5303 

Int  a.  G09b  15/02 

VS.  CL  84-473  to  Qi^m 

A  method  ol  theoretically  determining  musical  scales. 


chords  and  pitch  names  of  transposition  in  various  musical 
keys,  and  a  music  slide  rule  of  the  hand  operated  type  for 


determining  such  pitch  names  which  is  capable  of  using  said 
method. 


3,671,662 
COAXIAL  CABLE  WITH  FLAT  PROFILE 
Calvin  Max  MiBer,  MiUersvfllc,  and  Robert  Chwies  Sacks,  El- 
iicott  City,  both  of  Md.,  assignors  to  Bdi  TdephoM  1 
torics.  Incorporated,  Murray  Hli,  Berkeley  HdgiMs,  N  J. 
FBed  Dec  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,787 
Int  CLHOlb  9/04 
U.S.  CI.  174-28  6( 


A  flattened  coaxial  cable  structure  has  been  found  to  ex- 
hibit advantages  over  conventional  circular  coaxial  structures 
for  some  applications.  This  structure  is  a  bifurcated  conven- 
tional coaxial  cable  with  the  two  semicircular  segments  joined 
by  flat  solid  metal.  A  wide  range  of  impedances  can  be  real- 
ized without  any  significant  penalty  in  added  loss.  Further- 
more, tolerances  to  achieve  certain  design  objectives,  such  as 
attenuation  deviation,  may  be  appreciably  relaxed  with  the 
new  structure. 


3,671,663 

CONDUCTIVE  THERMOPLASTIC  COMPOSITION 

USEFUL  FOR  HIGH  TENSION  CABLES 

Friedrich  Scifert,  Marl,  and  Joaef  BHtschridt,  Dattdn,  both  of 

Germany,  assignors  to  Chcmiscfae  Werkc  Huds,  A.G.,  Marl, 

Germany 

FOed  March  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,672 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  March  25,  1969,  P 
19  15  061.9 

InL  CL  HOlb  7/02 
U.S.CL174— 120SC  llCUnv 

The  invention  relates  to  electrically  conductive  ther- 
moplastic compositions  suitable  for  use  as  intermediate  layers 
in  high  tension  cables  havit^  an  outer  insulating  layer  com- 
prising poly  (butene-l).  The  composition  comprises  stated 
amounts  of  isotactic  poly  (butene- 1 ),  amorphous  and/or  atac- 
tic thermoplastic  compositions,  and  an  ele^rically  conductive 
carbon  black. 


3,671,664 

COLOR  TELEVISICm  IMAGE  PICK-UP  DEVICES 

Hisao  Ti^iri,  SagamihanHsM;  Itnao  Sato;  Ymw 

both  of  KawasaU-sU,  and  SUgeo  T^Ji,  FtUhBwa'«U,  di  of 

Japan,  saslpiori  to  Tokyo  SMbmna  Electric  Co.,  Ltd., 


1968, 
1967. 


Fiad  Nov.  14, 1968,  Scr.  No.  775,825 
Qaims    priority,    appUcatioD    Japan,    April    19, 
43/25446;    Nov.    16.    1967,    42/73370;    Nov.    27. 
42/75641;  Nov.  14,  1967,42/72767 

Iat.a.H04n9/0« 
U.S.  a  178-5.4  ST  4 

In  a  cok»-  television  image  pick-up  device  the  light  received 


1132 

through  an  objective  lem  Is  divided  to  foUow  two  discrete 
^%  pit  oft^  Ught  being  supplied  to  a  »>nUjan<:e  unage 
Sck-ip  «S  the  other  part  of  the  Ught  bemg  supphed  through 
S  Nto^nu  filter  to  a  chronuiticity  image  pick-up  tube  mclud- 


BRILLIANCE  IMME 
PICK-UP  TUBE 


|AMR£Wj— CIRCUIT 


Z 


u 


LOW  BkSsC 

FILTER 


63 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  20.  W-fe 

I  3^71,666 

APPARATUS  TOR  PRODUCING  CORRECTED 
PHOTWRAWnC  COLOR  RASTERED  REPRODUCOONS 
Ebcrterd  ilenii.  A«*eb«t.  GenMBy.  «■»§»»"'  ^  *«»*« 
Hall  K II  lll^HlMlN^w^llw^i^ft  I 

IlMl  F«l».  18, 1969.  Ser.  No.  800.072  ! 

aaims  priority,  application  Germany,  Feb.  22.  1968.  P  16 

""^■^  hA.Cl.H04nll06JI20,ll41  ' 

UA  CL  178—6.7  R  *' 


66 


CHWMATlCITY 
IMAGE  PKX-UP  TUBE 


rSS-loETEaolil':'^'^ 

CD  I  I         '    '  I 


64 


IT         "nFILTI 

sb    LsSe 


R'-^B 


iCTC 


?-Tn 


ing  a  stripe  filter  formed  on  the  inner  surface  of  a  face  plate 
and  consisting  of  alternate  monochromatic  portions  of  red  or 
blue  color  and  transparent  portions,  thus  obtainmg  color 
television  signals  from  the  output  from  two  image  pick-up 
tubes. 


ERRATUM 

For  aass  178—6  see: 
Patent  No.  3.671,391 


»    w 


IS     X 


3.671.665 

SIGNAL  EDTTING  SYSTEM  AND  APPARATUS  FOR 

RECORDING  AND  REPRODUCING  APPARATUS 

Yoshlteru  Kosaka,  Kamakura,  Japan,  assignor  to  Victor  Com- 

oanv  of  Japan,  Ltd.,  Yokohama,  Kanagawta-ken,  Japan 

CooSiualloii4ii-p«t  of  Ser.  No.  778.666,  Nov.  25, 1968,  Pat. 

No.  3.580,994.  TWs  application  June  30, 1970,  Ser.  No. 

51.103 
aaims    priority,    application    Japan,    Nov.    27;  J'967, 
42/75626;  Nov.  27. 1967, 42/75627;  July  2. 1969, 44/5 1743 

tot.a.Gllb5/(W,27/02;H04o5/7« 
UAO.  178-6.6  P  3  Claims 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  producing  a  color  corrected 
and  rastered  reproduction  wherein  a  continuous  tone  picture 
is  photoelectrically  scanned  and  combined  with  the  output  of 
a  second  scanning  head  which  scans  a  raster  pattern  to  be  su- 
perimposed over  the  picture  and  the  outputs  of  the  two  heads 
are  combined  and  applied  to  a  recording  head  through  a 

threshold  circuit.  ^^^ 

A  cathode  ray  tube  is  provided  for  allowing  the  method  to 
be  monitored  so  as  to  assure  that  the  proper  reproduction  is 
occurring.    I 

'  3,671.667 

SPECUL  EFFECTS  GENERATORS  FOR  PROVIDING 
IRIS-TYPE  TELEVISION  DISPLAYS 
Laurence  Joseph  Thorpe,  MarHon.  N  J.,  aaslgiior  to  RCA  Cor- 

'****^  Filed  April  22. 1971,  Ser.  No.  136.326 

Int.  CLH04B  5/22  ^>ci,hB. 

U.S.  CL  178—6.8  TOalms 


A  special  effects  generator  employs  an  electronic  fcwitch 
controUed  by  a  comparator  which  operates  to  provide  a  senes 
of  puhes  of  varying  durationa  to  control  the  switch  in  a 
SaS^Tu,  prcS.  «ngle  video  signal  contauung  a  p  uralrty 
^ere«t\^  signals  to  be  displayed  .multaneously  m  an 

'^A'*fc!Sback  scheme  permits  the  comparator  to  provide 
greater  selectivity  for  enabUng  the  generator  to  provKle 
smaller  diameter  iris  displays. 


A  signal  editing  system  edits  and  records  a  new  signal  on  the 
way  of  an  already  recorded  signal  on  a  recording  mediumm  a 
rewmling  and  reproducing  apparatus.  Editing  and  recording 
are  started  and  ended  respectively  at  the  time  when  a  control 
signal  already  recorded  on  the  recording  medium  and  a  con- 
trol signal  responsive  to  the  new  recording  signal  b«»me 
coincident  each  other  at  the  starting  and  ending  time  of  edit- 
ing and  recording. 


U  3.671.668 

TEACHING  SYSTEM  EMPLOYING  A  TELEVISION 
RECEIVER 
Leonard  RrffW,  62  East  DlvtalomChlcato,nL 

^Sw-ttM^P-t  ol  Ser.  No.  720.130.  April  10»  1 W.  ^ 
J^:;SS^!^SSl^  Nov.  18, 1968.  S«r.  No.  776,723 
Iiit.CLH04n7//«  J^  ._. 

^  <.  SClalins 

UACLI78— 6.8  ,     -"T 

An  electronic  audio-visual  teaching  system  employing  es- 
sentially a  cathode  ray  tube  and  associated  electronic  ap- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1188 


paratus  and  a  transparent  manually  operated  spatial  response 
signal  generator  which  coacts  with  the  cathode  ray  tube 


(Tic 

■coooon 


whereby  feedback  between  students  and  teaching  machine  is 
readily  achieved.  Provides  considerable  ease  in  programming. 
Also  can  be  used  for  remote  polling  of  viewers. 


3.671.669 

RECOVERY  OF  HORIZONTAL  SYNC  PULSES  FROM  A 

COMPOSITE  SYNCHRONIZING  FORMAT 

Robert  Plowden  Abbott,  Frcehohd,  NJ.,  assignor  to  BcU 

Tdcphone  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  HID,  Bcrkdy 

Heights,  N  J. 

Fifed  Dec  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  97,567 

Int.a.H04B5/;0 

U.S.  a.  178—7.3  S  6  Claims 


ymc  icciMin  cncun 

11 


I   C0UM1W 


n- 


"S. 


MLSt 

SiMIUTCII 


J    COWTH 


MMIIT 


OM  IIIC 
OHM 


TiT 


r* 


A  synchronizing  circuit  of  a  video  receiver  removes  the  ver- 
tical synchronizing  pulses  from  a  composite  synchronizing 
pulse  waveform  that  contains  both  vertical  and  horizontal 
synchronizing  pulses.  A  counter  in  the  synchronizing  circuit 
anticipates  the  occurrence  of  a  vertical  synchronizing  pulse  by 
counting  the  number  of  horizontal  synchronizing  pulses  and 
removing  the  vertical  synchronizing  pulse  to  substitute  a 
delayed  horizontal  synchronizing  pulse.  The  circuit 
synchronizes  within  one  video  frame  upon  start-up  and  will 
not  allow  any  lock-out  condition  to  exist  for  more  than  one 
frame. 


3,671,670 
DIGITAL  FILTER  FREQUENCY-SHIFT  MODULATOR 
Burtoa   R.   Sytzbcrg,   MMdletown,   NJ.,   awlgnor  to   Bell 
Tefephoae    Laboratories,     Incorporated,     Murray     HiU, 
Berkeley  Heiilits,N  J. 

Filed  April  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  28,872 

lot  CI.  H041 2  7112;  H04b  1104 

U.S.  a.  178—67  1 1  CWms 

Unity  gain  feedback  places  a  second-order  digital  filter  on 

the  borderiine  of  stability.  The  filter  therefore  oscillates  in  a 


numerical  sense.  Two  feedback  multipliers,  each  capaUe  of 
determining  a  different  central  coefficient  (and  thus  dififerent 
oscillation  frequencies)  are  alternatively  inserted  into  an  inde- 
pendent feedbtack  path  under  control  of  an  input  baseband 
data  signal  whereby  the  output  frequency  is  shifted  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  input  data.  Phase  discontinuities  and  am- 


plitude variations  due  to  the  frequency  shift  are  eliminated  by 
extracting  the  numbers  stored  in  the  filter  when  a  data  trana- 
tion  occurs  and  reinserting  new  numbers  representing  samples 
of  the  new  frequency  wave,  the  new  numbers  further  defining 
points  on  the  new  wave  having  the  same  instantaneous  am- 
plitude and  phase  as  the  wave  samples  defined  by  the  ex- 
tracted numbers. 


3,671,671 
PULSE  TRANSMnriNG  AND  RECEIVING  SYSTEMS 
Kazutaka  Wataaabe,  Toyko.  Japan,  s—ignnr  to  Yokogawa 
Electric  Works,  Ltd.,  Toyko,  Japan 

FDed  June  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  44,944 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  June  13,1 969, 44/4655 1 
Int.a.H04l25/00 
U.S.  CI.  178—68  5 1 


A  pulse  transmitting  and  receiving  system  comprises  a 
transmission  circuit  including  a  balanced  pair  transmiasaon 
line,  impedances  having  the  same  characteristic  impedance  at 
the  transmission  circuit  and  connected  on  the  opposite  ends 
thereof,  a  pulse  transmission  circuit  connected  across  the 
transmission  lines  so  as  to  cause  currents  of  equal  magnitude 
but  of  opposite  polarities  to  flow  throu^  transmission  lines 
and  a  pulse  receiving  circuit  including  a  differential  amplifier 
responsive  to  the  variation  in  the  potentials  of  the  transmission 
lines  caused  by  the  flow  (rfthe  currents. 


3,671.672 

AUTOMATIC  CHANNEL  EQUALIZATION  APPARATUS 

WITH  DATA  EQUALIZATION  MODE  ADAPTOR 

Harold  G.  SuUvan,  Seattle,  WMh.,  Mrignnr  to  The  Uaked 

States  of  America  as  reprmated  by  the  Secretary  ol  the  Air 

Force 

FDed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  116.363  -• 

lBtCLH041 25/02 
U.S.CL178— 69A  I  CWh 

Apparatus  for  automatically  equalizing  a  data  channel  while 
data  is  being  transmitted  therethrough.  This  is  accomplished 


1134 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


by  using  the  data  itaelf.  which  is  randomized,  to  adjust  the 
receiving  apparatus  to  reduce  or  eliminate  the  degrading  ef- 
fects of  channel  induced  inter-symbol  interference  upon  the 
reception  of  multilevel  pulse  amplitude  or  pulse  mode  nnodu- 
lation. 


the  connection  elements  between  arriving  and  departing  lines 
so  that  pulse  frames  of  departing  transmission  lines  have  a 
time'^osition  different  from  the  corresponding  pulse  frames 


111 


mr  tm—t  I 


High  data  transmission  rates  are  achieved  by  switching  to  a 
data  equalization  mode  of  operation  following  a  training 
period  in  the  conventional  system  probe  equalization  mode. 


3,671,673 

SIGNAL  SWITCHING  CIRCUIT  OPERABLE  IN 

RESPONSE  TO  A  VOICE  SIGNAL 

Koso  Uchida,  Nkhkama,  and  TodiiyuU  Tsi^l,  KokubuiOi, 

both  of  Japan,  Msignnri  to  IwanU  TsusMaU  Kaisha  (also 

known  as  Iwatau  Electric  Co^  Ltd.),  Tokyo,  Japan 

Fled  AprI  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  131,756 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  April  8. 1 970. 43/29397 
Int.CLG10l//04 
U.S.a.179— IVC  5" 


MULTIVIBRATOR     | 


'-^ 


+0- 


'^'t*\  i 


MULTIViaRATOR 


SWITCHING 
CIRCUIT 


1% 


for  arriving  lines.  A  common  address  store  is  provided  for  ap- 
proaching coupling  point  switches  over  which  a  connection 
may  be  made  to  each  given  transmission  line.  , 


A  signal  switching  circuit  operable  in  response  to  a  voice 
signal  but  not  operable  in  response  to  an  audible  periodic 
signal  or  signals,  in  which  a  pair  of  signal  convertors  having 
different  trigger  levels  from  each  other  are  provided  to 
generate  a  first  pulse  train  and  a  second  pulse  train  in  response 
to  respective  intersections  of  the  instantaneous  level  of  the 
voice  signal  with  the  different  trigger  levels.  A  switching  cir- 
cuit is  switched  to  a  desired  state  when  a  difference  between 
respective  number  of  pulses  of  the  first  pulse  train  and  the 
second  pulse  train  reaches  a  predetermined  value. 


IGH- 


3,671,675 
HIGto-FREQUENCY  COMMUNICATION  SYSTENT 
TlHMBM  I.  RcM,  8245  Bddwta  Orck,  BwM  Park,  I 
nM  Jane  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  834,100 
'  Int.  CL  H04I  !I00 

u.s.a. 


.CdV. 


A  panel  consisting  of  two  dielectric  sheets  on  opposite  sides 
of  a  thin  metallic  layer,  sandwiched  between  two  grounded 
metal  plates,  serves  for  the  conveying  of  messages  between 
several  transmitting  and  receiving  stations  operating  on  dif- 
ferent carrier  frequencies.  A  station  can  be  plugged  in.  for 
transmission  or  reception,  at  virtually  any  location  along  the 
panel  by  insertion  of  a  probe  through  the  proximal  dielectric 
sheet;  conununication  is  thus  poasiUe  between  stations  on 
either  side  of  the  panel. 


3,671,674 

CIRCUIT  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  THE  RECEPTION  AND 

FORWARDING  OF  MESSAGE  SIGNALS  IN  TIME 

DIVISION  MULTIPLEX  EXCHANGE  STATIONS 

Karl-Anton  Lots,  Mnnlck,  Gcrmnny,  assignor  to  Siemens  Ak- 

ticngcsdscnall,  Bcrnn,  Mnnldi,  Gcnnnny 

FVed  ScpC  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,655 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept.  16, 1970,  P  19 
46  883.8 

Inl.CLH04Ji/0d 
U.S.  CL  179—15  AT  2  CWnv 

A  circuit  arrangement  for  telecommunication  exchange  in- 
stallations is  described  wherein  connections  are  completed 
utilizing  time  multiplex  techniques.  In  the  described  embodi- 
ment the  message  signals  are  PCM  signals,  and  transmissions 
take  place  over  four-wire  networks.  Delay  is  introduced  into 


3,671,676 

SUBSCRIBER  LOOP  RANGE  EXTENDER 

James  L.  Hcary,  and  Lather  G.  Scklmpf,  both  of  Hofandd, 

NJ.,   OHlsnors   to   Bd   Telephone   Laboratories,   Incor- 

poratMl,  Murray  HiB,  Berkeley  Hdcbts,  N  J. 

Filed  Dec  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,949 
I  IiitaH04c//J0 

U.S.CL179— 16F  9( 

This  disdosure  describes  a  telephone  subscriber  loop  range 
extender  having  a  signaling  mode  and  a  transmission  mode.  In 
the  former,  a  resistive  shunt  is  appUed  across  the  loop  with 
each  dial  pulse  to  aid  operation  of  the  pulsing  relay  for  an 
originating  cell.  For  a  terminating  call,  the  shimt  is  applied 
upon  answer,  either  during  ringing  or  during  the  sUent  inter- 
val, to  aid  operation  of  the  ring-trip  relay,  in  the  transmission 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1186 


mode,  voice  frequency  gain  and  greater  transmitter  voltage    being  a  part  of  this  connection.  In  addition,  a  splash  ring  cir- 
are  applied  to  the  loop.  A  control  circuit  consisting  of  logic,    cuit  in  the  ringing  control  provides  for  an  immiediate  ring  of 


timing  and  relay  driving  circuits,  acts  upon  loop  voltage  and 
current  data  to  control  shunt  action  and  mode  selection. 


the  terminating  line  circuit  as  soon  as  the  path  is  established 
thereto. 


3,671,677 
OUTGOING  REGISTER  SENDER  SYSTEM 
Ernest  O.  Lee,  Jr.,  and  John  A.  Adams,  Jr.,  both  of  Fairport, 
N.Y.,     saBignors     to     Strombcrg-Carison     Corporsttion, 
Rodicstcr,  N.Y. 

FOed  July  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,550 
lBt.a.H04niJ/J« 
U.S.a.179— 18DA  57 


3,671,679 

ARRANGEMENT  FOR  THE  RECOGNITION  OF  LOOP 

CLOSURE  IN  SUBSCRIBER  STATIONS  HAVING 

SEMICONDUCTOR  AMPLIFIERS  FED  VU  THE 

CONNECTING  TRUNK 


Hans  UHch  Knancr,  Lodwigsbarg,  GcmMay,  a«igDor  to  In- 
tcraadoua  Standard  Electric  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FOed  Nov.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  877,806 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec.  7, 1 968,  P  1 8  1 3 
347.6 

InL  CL  H04ni  3140,  J  9/00 
U.S.  CL  179— 81  B  6( 


^:F 


•u 
01  'i 

An  outgoing  register  sender  system,  which  is  capable  of 
receiving  and  storing  dialed  digits  for  outpulsing  to  a  central 
office,  includes  a  register  sender  which  may  be  selectively  as- 
sociated with  a  central  office  trunk  for  the  duration  of  the  out- 
pulsing  operation,  a  tone  dial  converter  and  a  digit  aiudyzer 
and  decoder  arrangement  to  provide  toll  restriction,  the  digit 
analyzer  and  decoder  arrangement  being  provided  on  a  time 
share  basis  so  as  to  be  available  for  use  with  a  plurality  of  re- 
gister senders. 


assignor  to  Strombcrg- 


3,671,678 
RINGING  CONTROL  CIRCUIT 
Otto  Akenburger,  Rochciter,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 
Carison  Corporation,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

FBed  Dec.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,647 
Int.a.H04mi/02 
U.S.  CL  179—18  HB  20  Clafans 

A  ringing  control  circuit  is  provided  in  each  terminating  line 
between  the  tnmk  link  network  and  the  line  link  network  so 
that  once  a  path  to  the  terminating  line  circuit  is  established, 
the  ringing  control  is  automatically  available  as  a  result  of  its 


An  arrangement  is  provided  for  the  recognition  of  call  in- 
itiating loop  closure  in  telephone  subscriber  stations  employ- 
ing semi-conductor  amplifiers  fed  over  a  connecting  trunk.  On 
loop<losure,  there  is  first  created  a  virtual  short  circuit  in  the 
supervisory  current  direction.  After  recognition,  the  exchange 
switches  over  to  the  feed  current  direction  for  the  amplifiers  in 
the  subscriber  station.  In  this  way  the  loop  closure  criterion  is 
made  independent  of  the  d-c  resistance  of  the  amplifiers. 


3,671,680 

PRIVACY  OF  DICTATE  STATIONS  USING  A  RECORDER 

AND  SELECTION  OF  RECORDERS  BY  DICTATE 

STATIONS  WHILE  MAINTAINING  PRIVACY 

WOiam  M.  Nye,  BcUevnc,  and  Stanley  W.  Jones,  Seattle,  both 

of  Wasli.,  assignors  to  Lanier  Electronic  Laboratory,  Inc., 

Atlanta,  Ga. 

FBed  Ang.  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  849,026 
Int.  CL  Glib  79/00,  H04n ////O 
U.S.CL  179-100.1  DR  HCWms 

Persons  are  able  to  dictate  promptly  and  privately  using  dic- 
tate stations  which  are  connected  to  one  or  more  recorders. 


1136 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


Circuits,  incorporating  traifstors  and  preferably  physically 
located  within  a  dictate  station,  assure  privacy  and/or  select  a 
recorder  quickly.  These  additional  control  circuits  for  privacy 
and/or  selection  constantly  monitor  recording  operations  by 
sensing  recorder  voltage  changes  which  indicate  their  im- 
mediate status  of  either  being  in  use,  i.e.,  not  available,  or  not 
in  use,  i.e.,  available. 

Therefore,  as  a  person,  for  example,  lifts  a  handset  fhim  a 
cradle  of  a  dictate  sution,  the  status  of  a  recorder  is  im- 
mediately and  automatically  determined.  The  privacy  circuits 
of  a  dicute  station  with  respect  to  any  recorder  already  in  use 
sense  recorder  voltages  which  fail  to  activate  two  transistors 
serving,  sensing  and  latching  functions.  If,  however,  a  recorder 
is  not  in  use,  these  two  transistors  do  serve  a  latching  function 


tromagnet  energized  by  an  input  signal  source  is  arranged  to 
apply  a  time  varying  electromagnetic  field  concurrently  to  the 
magnetottrictive  element  of  each  of  the  recording  heatb. 


e/fAue 


MAMiur 


3,671,681 
MAGNETOSTRICnVE  RECORDING  ASSEMBLY 
Normaa  L.  Stanffer,  Englewood,  Colo.,  assignor  to  Honeywell 
inc.,  Minneapolis,  Minn. 

flkd  Sept.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  ^k>.  71,575 

Into.  Glib  5/iO 

\}&.  Cl.  179— 100.2  CH  10  CWms 


3,671,682  1 

AUTOMATIC  CARTRIDGE  PLAYING  SYSTEM 
Tsutomu  Suxukl,  Yokohama,  Japan,  aarignor  to  PloMcr  Elec- 
tronic Corporation,  Ohtaku,  Tokyo,  Japan  | 
Filed  June  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,882         | 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  June  7,  1969, 44/44797 
Int.  a.  Glib  5/02 


and  switch  on  a  third  transistor  for  entry  into  a  particular 
recording  circuit. 

Where  additional  recorders  may  be  availaUe,  additional 
selector  sensing  and  latching  transistors  and  their  related  cir- 
cuits are  utilized  with  the  privacy  transistors  in  immediately 
and  automatically  selecting  one  of  the  available  recorders.  As 
the  transistor  latching  and  switching  on  occurs  in  privately 
connecting  a  respective  dictate  station  to  a  respective 
recorder,  additional  interrelated  privacy  and  selection 
transistors  and  their  circuits  function  together  to  prevent  any 
interference  with  this  connection  thereby  assuring  privacy  of 
the  dictation  as  it  is  recorded. 


U.S.CI.  179— 100.2  Z 


LI     _ji      .■'•••|3t     '  fcJOETECTINO 


>Cutt2i 


JJ 


-:$. 


Claims 


An  automatic  cartridge  playing  system  which  has  a  start- 
switch  means,  a  selective  switch  means  for  selecting  in  ad- 
vance a  predetermined  cartridge,  and  a  tape  end  detecting 
means  for  detecting  the  end  of  a  magnetic  Upe.  The  device 
also  has  a  rotary  svritch  group,  a  rotary  switch  rotating  means 
for  rotating  the  rotary  svntch  group  by  any  of  the  stait-switch 
means,  and  a  selective  switch  means  or  tape  end  detecting 
means.  The  device  further  has  holding  means  for  holding  one 
or  more  cartridges  operative  by  the  first  rotary  switch  of  the 
rotary  switch  group,  a  magnetic  head  held  in  reproduceable 
state  by  the  second  rotary  switch  of  the  selective  switch  means 
and  rotary  switch  group,  and  reproducing  means  for  amplify- 
ing the  output  of  the  magnetic  head  and  for  increasing  the 
volume  of  its  output.  Thus,  the  automatic  cartridge  playing 
system  of  this  invention  niay  selectively  and  auton^atically 
play  any  cartridge  or  cartridges  in  preset  order. 


3,671,683 

SENTENCE  ORIENTED  DICTATION  SYSTEM 

FEATllUNG  RANDOM  ACCESSING  OF  DICTATION 

SEGMENTS 

Robert  A.  Rahenkamp,  and  wmiam  R.  Stewart,  Jr.,  both  of 

Lcxtafton,  Ky.,  amlgnnm  to  International  Budncas  Machines 

Corporation,  Annonk,  N.Y. 

FBed  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,605 

Int.  CL  Glib  75/02, 27/0« 

MS,  a.  179— 100.2  MD  %  Claims 


A  magnetic  recording  head  assembly  for  recording  input 
signals  by  selectively  energizable  recording  heads  on  respec- 
tive recording  tracks  on  a  recording  member.  The  head  as- 
sembly includes  a  plurality  of  recording  heads  with  each  of  the 
i;ecording  heads  having  a  frequency  resonant  structure  includ- 
ing a  magnetostrictive  element  accoustically  coupled  to  a  pair 
of  pole  pieces  defining  a  recording  gap  and  having  a  per- 
manent magnet  associated  therewith  for  producing  a  magnetic 
flux  through  said  gap.  An  input  means  including  an  elec- 


The  present  invention  concerns  a  system  for  recording 
audio  signals  on  a  record  medium  cooperating  with  a  trans- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1187 


ducer  means,  with  the  record  media  having  a  plurality  of  seg- 
ment storage  areas,  such  as  individual  storage  areas  on  a  tape, 
belt  or  card,  or  the  like,  and  with  storage  of  information  taking 
place  on  a  sentence,  paragraph,  or  letter  basis  under  dicutor 
control.  The  system  includes  means  mounting  a  record  medi- 
um for  transducing  operations  to  record  and  reproduce 
signals,  a  microphone  input  means  having  control  buttons  and 
a  separate  control  panel  with  provision  for  random  selection 
of  signal  tracks  on  the  medium.  In  a  preferred  embodiment, 
the  system  includes  a  magnetic  tape  or  belt  medium  record- 
ing-reproducing console  with  tracks  on  the  medium  arranged 
to  store  audio  information  by  sentences,  paragraphs,  and  let- 
ters. The  unit  may  also  be  used  for  transcription  purposes  with 
accessing  of  the  information  under  transcriber  control. 


3,671,684 
MAGNETIC  TRANSDUCER 
George  C.  Tlbbctts,  and  Joaeph  A.  Sawyer,  both  of  Camden, 
Malac,  airignon  to  Tibbcds  laduatrlcs.  Inc.,  Camden, 
Maine 

Continuation  of  Scr.  No.  10,093,  Feb.  16, 1970,  abandoned, 

whicli  is  a  continuation  of  Scr.  No.  638^92,  May  16, 1967, 

abandoned.  This  application  Nov.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,629 

Inta.H04r9/02 

UA  a.  179-117  22  Claims 


A  miniaturized  electrsmechanical  transducer  has  magnets 
providing  polarizing  flux  across  a  working  gap,  an  electrical 
signal  coil,  an  armature  extending  through  the  coil  and  into 
the  working  gap,  and  a  casing  of  particular  configuration.  The 
casing  comprises  a  sleeve  of  magnetic  material,  elongate  in  the 
direction  of  its  axis,  which  substantially  surrounds  the  arma- 
ture, coil,  and  magnets,  said  sleeve  providing  a  substantially 
uninterrupted  high  permeability  path  between  the  magnets. 


3,671,685 
ELECTRO-ACOUSTIC  HEADSET  WITH  RATCHET 
John  P.  McCabe,  Miller  Place,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Instrument 
Systems  Corporation,  Jericho,  N.Y. 

Filed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,692 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany.  Jan.  25.  1969.  P  19 
03  794.6 

Int.  CI.  H04m  7/05;  H04r  5100 
U.S.  CK  179- 156  10  Claims 

A  headset  incorporating  a  tubular  conductor  for  sound 
waves  having  an  earpiece  at  one  end  and  a  connector  at  the 
other,  and  electrical  conductor  means  for  coupling  said  con- 
nectcH-  to  an  electro-acoustic  transducer  mounted  within  said 
earpiece.  The  headset  is  preferably  provided  with  a  pair  of 
earpieces,  each  connected  by  a  tubular  sound  wave  conductor 
and  electrical  conductor  means  to  a  respective  connector.  The 
pair  of  tubular  sound  conductors  are  joined  at  a  junction 
means  at  a  point  therealong  spaced  from  said  earpieces,  said 


junction  means  including  a  pair  of  support  members,  each 
receiving  one  of  said  sound  wave  conductors  and  being 


adapted  for  relative  angular  displacement  for  the  selective 
positioning  of  the  earpieces  by  the  user. 


3,671,686 

PUSH  BUTTON  SWITCH  ASSEMBLY  WTTH  IMPROVED 

DISCRETE  AND  IDENTICAL  GEOMETRIC  SHAPED 

INTERLOCKING  SLIDER  MEANS 

Walter  C.  Sadogierskl,  Park  RMgc,  DL,  Mrignor  to  Gnar^lan 

Electric  Manufacturing  Company 

FBed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,018 

Int.  CL  HOlh  9126;  G05g  7  7/00 

U.S.a.200-5EA  23Claiiiit 


An  improved  push  button  switch  includes  a  single  body 
plate  with  assembled  push  rods  or  actuators  fastened  to  the 
single  body  plate  and  cooperable  with  moving  disc  members,  a 
ratchet  and  spring,  or  biasing  means.  The  disc  members  ai« 
held  in  position  by  a  bracket,  the  bracket  also  being  fastened 
to  the  sin^e  body  plate.  Contact  blocks  are  fastened  to  the 
outside  <^  the  bracket  and  cooperate  with  assembled  contact 
cam  block  members  of  the  push  rods  or  actuators.  Biasing  leaf 
springs  of  the  contact  blocks  cooperate  with  the  actuators  to 
facilitate  switching  action.  A  push  button  fastens  to  the  end  of 
the  actuators  to  secure  alignment  of  the  actuators  throu^  a 
front  plate  c^  the  switch  and  provide  a  manual  interface  to  the 
operator. 


1138 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671.687  I  3.671.689 

TRANSFER  SWITCH  FOR  TAP-CHANGING  I  DISCONNECT  SWITCH 

REGULATING  TRANSFORMERS  INCLUDING  LOST        VfaMcat  G.  Falvo,  FfOAmA  ?•.  MrifMr  to  McGnw-EdbM 
MOTION  INTERCONNECTION  DRIVING  MECHANISM  Compuiy.  Elfin,  DL 

Atexandcr    BMUreu,    Rcfouburg,    Germany,    anignor    to  FOedJan.  7, 1971.  S«-.  No.  104^79 

MTMnrnfabrik  Rdnhaiwm  Gcbrudcr  Sdwnbeck  K.G.,  InLCLHOlk  J//00 

Rccensburg.  Germany  UAa.200— 48A 

FDcd  Dec  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  9S,428 
Qaims  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec.  16,  1969,  P  19 
62  958.4 

Int.  CL  HOlh  21/38, 21/20 
U.S.C1.200— IITC  6CfarinH 


T 


In  a  polyphase  transfer  switch  for  Up-changing  regulating 
transformere  the  cooperating  fixed  and  movable  contacts  of 
each  phase  are  arranged  to  form  a  pattern  in  the  shape  of  a 
sector  of  a  circle.  The  movable  current-carrying  contacts  are 
hingedly  supported  by  the  movable  nuun  contacts.  Due  to  the 
presence  of  a  lost  motion  connection  the  current-carrying 
contacts  are  separated  prior  to  separation  of  the  main  con- 
tacts, and  on  account  of  this  lost  motion  connection  cooperat- 
ing current  carrying  contacts  are  brought  into  engagement 
only  after  the  main  contacts  are  brought  into  engagement. 


3,671,688 
POWER  CIRCUIT  BREAKER 
Yoshio  NItta,  Kawasaki,  Japan,  assignor  to  Fi^i  Denki  Sdao 
Kabushiki  Kaisha,  Kanagawa-kcn,  Japui 

Fikd  Dec.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,719 

Int.  a.  HOlh  ii/«2 

U.S.  CI.  200—48  R  I  Claim 


A  disconnect  switch  is  disclosed  which  may  be  mounted  in  a 
vertical  or  underhung  position  and  operated  from  bek)w.  The 
disconnect  switch  includes  a  switch  blade  having  a  pivoting 
end  and  a  laterally  extending  lever  arm  at  the  pivoting  end.  A 
toggle  linkage  operating  mechanism  is  positioned  opposite  the 
lever  arm  in  a  direction  away  from  the  switch  blade.  When  the 
disconnect  switch  is  positioned  vertically,  the  toggle  linkage 
will  be  below  the  switch  blade.  The  to^e  linkage  is  con- 
nected between  the  lever  arm  and  a  fixed  terminal  pad  and  has 
an  operating  arm  integral  with  the  toggle  link  connected  to  the 
lever  arm  and  extending  away  from  the  toggle  linkage.  The 
operating  arm  is  rouuble  by  a  hook  stick  about  the  knee  of 
the  toggle  linkage  and  about  the  lever  arm  to  pivot  the  switch 
blade  between  a  closed  and  open  position  with  a  fixed  contact. 


3.671.690 
VIBRATING  SWITCH 

PMUp  J.  Parlato,  Kings  Park,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Alarm  Products 
International,  Inc.,  Loi«  Island  City,  N.Y. 

Flkd  March  16, 1971,  Ser.  No.  124,791 

Into.  HOlh  J5//4 

U.S.  a.  200—61.45  R  1  Claims 


An  improved  power  circuit  breaker  comprising  a  pair  of 
electrodes  which  are  to  be  broken  in  the  case  of  accidental 
trouble  ;  a  condenser  ;  an  electromagnetic  coil  coupled  elec- 
tromagnetically  with  an  electrode  of  said  pair  electrodes, 
opening  of  said  electrodes  being  attained  by  discharging 
charged  energy  of  said  condenser  into  said  electromagnetic 
coil ;  and  an  electromagnetic  wave  generating  device  provided 
at  a  high  potential  part ;  in  which  said  electromagnetic  wave  is 
passed  through  interior  of  a  support  insulator,  and  electric 
energy  necessary  for  operating  said  electromagnetic  wave 
generating  device  is  supplied  from  a  power  source  for  charg- 
ing said  condenser,  whereby  an  electromagnetic  wave  cor- 
responding to  line  current  is  produced  at  a  high  potential  part 
and  said  wave  is  converted  to  an  electric  signal  by  means  of  a 
receiver  provided  at  an  earth  potential  part,  thus  introducing 
said  signal  to  various  control  devices. 


s 
^ 


53 


m: 


M^ 


i^<^'' 


A  switch  which  is  operable  responsive  to  impact  comprises 
a  ring-shaped  contact  biased  into  bridging  contact  with  spaced 
sutionary  contacts.  The  ring-shaped  contact  is  rotatable  rela- 
tive to  the  spaced  contacts  to  present  new  contacting  surfaces 
upon  rotation,  and  is  biased  toward  the  stationary  contacts  by 
the  pressure  Of  leaf  springs  pressed  against  the  ring  contact  by 
an  adjustable  screw  which  passes  through  the  center  of  the 
contact. 


June  20.  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1189 


3.671,693 
ROCKER  SWITCH 


3^71.691 
MULTIPLE  SWITCH  CONSTRUCTION 
S»yd,    AkU-k«i.    aMi    YaUwtbn    Mnrak«iri.   Guy  M.  FMrdl. 

*'•**■  -*  *'| —    —'i *-  »•.»■.  .....^  ralsha.       IjK.,CUc^o,II. 

Tokai  Rto  Dsnirl  Wsisaknsts.  Akfci-fcan,  Jap—  Pfcd  May  28, 1971,  Sar.  No.  147^19 

FBadDac4.1970.Sar.N«.95,119  InL  CL  HOlh  /  J/2« 

Iirt.CLH01li  9/00  U,S.a.200-67G  8 

U.S.CL  200-61 J4  5 


A  multiple  switch  construction  particularly  for  use  in  au- 
tomotive vehicles  or  the  like  having  a  plurality  of  switches,  for 
example,  for  operating  a  head-light  controlling  device,  a 
windshield  wiper,  a  windshield  washer  and  a  turn  indicator 
device.  Of  which,  two  switches  are  housed  in  the  steering 
column  and  the  remaining  two  switches  are  accommodated  m 
a  handle  mounted  on  a  free  end  of  a  lever  of  which  the  other 
end  is  drivingly  associated  with  said  first  mentioned  two 
switches.  These  switches  can  be  operated  by  turning  the  lever 
in  the  direction  parallel  to  the  plane  of  the  steering  jwheel, 
shifting  the  lever  in  the  direction  at  right  angles  to  the  plane  cA 
the  steering  wheel,  turning  the  handle  in  the  circumferential 
direction  with  respect  to  the  lever  and/or  pushing  the  handle 
in  the  axial  direction  with  respect  to  the  lever. 


3.671.692 

RISING  STEM  VALVE  REMOTE  POSITION  INDICATOR 

Jack  D.  Potter,  and  Bernard  W.  Reams,  both  of  Tuka,  OUa., 

assigaors  to  Warren  PcCroleaai  Corporatkm,  Tuka,  OUa. 

Filed  June  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  150,363 

Int.  CL  HOlh  9/06 

U.S.C1. 200— 61.86  7Clainis 


A  rising  stem  valve  position  indicator  having  a  sleeve 
HMunted  on  the  handwheel  of  the  valve  extending  upwardly  a 
distance  adequate  to  endose  the  valve  stem  when  the  valve  is 
in  the  full  open  position.  A  rod  extends  fkom  the  end  of  the 
valve  Stem  through  the  sleeve  to  support  a  sleeve  cover  that 
moves  down  over  the  sleeve  to  cover  it  v^ien  the  vahre  is 

closed.  Downward  movement  of  the  cover  on  ckwBg  the  valve 
depresses  an  upwardly  biased  ring  to  close  a  switch  and  actu- 
ate a  signal  indicating  the  valve  is  dosed. 

899  O.G.— 41 


A  switch  construction  comprising  a  base  carrying  at  least 
two  Stationary  contacts  with  a  movable  contact  arm  being 
disposed  over  said  base  for  engaging  the  stationary  contacts.  A 
spring  is  positioned  on  the  contact  arm,  and  this  spring  in- 
cludes downwardly  depending  end  portions  connected  to  the 
ends  of  the  arm  and  a  central  portion  spanning  the  arm.  A  star 
whed  is  located  within  a  rocker  used  for  operating  the  switch. 
One  point  of  the  star  wheel  engages  the  spring,  and  an  op- 
posite point  engages  the  rocker.  Additional  intermediate 
points  of  the  star  wheel  alternately  engage  interior  wall  por- 
tions defined  by  the  rocker.  The  structural  combination  fMt>- 
vides  an  easily  assembled  and  highly  effective  over-center 
rocker  switch. 


3,671.694 
CONTROL  DEVICE  FMl  AN  ELECTRICALLY  DRIVEN 

TOY 
Yukio  Masuda,  Saitama,  Japan,  isslgnni  to  Kabushiki  Kataha 
Okuma  Scisakusho,  Saitama-kcn,  Japan 

Filed  Nov.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92.802 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan.    Nov.     27,     1S>69. 
44/112130 

Int  CL  HOlh  35132;  A63h  30/00 
U.S.  CL  200—81  H  5 1 


A  control  device  for  an  electrically  driven  toy  so  impcoved 
as  to  facilitate  its  remote  control  by  an  operator  wheietn  the 
steering  and  switdiing  mechanisms  for  controlling  the  ad- 
vance, retreat  and  stop  <rf  said  toy  can  be  effected  by  a  sin^ 
control  device  using  air  pressure. 


I 


1140 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20L  1972 


"t 


3^71^95 
BRAKE  FLUID  LEVEL  SENSOR 
DMiglM  J.  Wii«,  St.  CWr  SlMTH,  Midk,  ■■ignni 
Mfltow  Co  iWftioMt  Pttroitt  Kudu 

HM  April  24, 1970«  Scr.  No.  31,678 
l^CLH0lk35/18 
VS.  CL  200—84  R 


to 


A  switch  for  use  in  a  low  fluid  surface  level  warning  system. 
A  sealed  diaphragm  follows  the  varying  fluid  surface  level.  A 
string-like  pull  member  whose  one  end  is  fixed  to  the 
diaphragm  has  its  other  end  fixed  to  the  free  end  of  a  leaf 
spring  member  of  concavo-convex  cross-section  and  of 
greater  rigidity  near  its  fixed  end  than  its  free  end.  Near  the 
free  end  of  the  leaf  spring  member  is  an  electrically  conduct- 
ing tongue  extending  toward  the  fixed  end.  As  the  liquid  sur- 
face falls  the  string-like  pull  member  forces  the  leaf  spring 
member  to  bend  near  its  free  end  until  it  snaps  through  and 
projects  the  tongue  against  another  contact  to  complete  an  ac- 
tuating circuit  for  a  warning  device. 


3,671,696 

VACUUM  INTERRUPTER  SHUNTED  WITH 

MECHANICAL  SWITCH 

Riduurd  G.  BnuuMr,  Dcdhun,  Mmb.,  aHisnor  to  AlHs-Clial- 

ncn  Maaafacturiag  CoaspMiy,  MBwaukcc,  Wb. 

fVed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,893 

lat  CLHOlh  ii/66 

U.S.a.200— 144B  1  Claim 


An  electric  circtiit  breaker  for  switching  capacitive  loads, 
such  as  capacitor  banks  or  long  electric  power  transmission 
lines,  comprises  a  metallic  housing  having  a  pair  of  spaced 
apart  terminal  bushings  extending  through  the  wall  thereof. 
Eadi  bushing  comimses  a  conductor  and  an  insulator.  A 
vacuum  interrupter  comprising  an  evacuated  envelope  and  a 
stationary  and  a  movable  contact  therein  is  mounted  in  the 
housing  between  the  bushings  and  each  contact  is  connected 
to  the  conductor  in  a  respective  bushing.  A  shunting  switch  for 


parallel  connection  with  the  vacuum  interrupter  is  mounted  in 
the  housing  between  the  bushings.  The  shunting  switch  has 
leas  current  interrupting  capacity  but  greater  current  carrying 
capacity  than  the  vacuum  interrupter.  The  shunting  switch 
comprises  a  stationary  contact  which  is  mounted  on  one  bush- 
ing and  electricaUy  connected  to  the  conductor  therein.  The 
shunting  switch  further  comprises  a  pivotable  blade  type  con- 
tact which  is  mounted  on  the  other  bushing  and  electrically 
connected  to  the  conductor  therein.  Operating  means  are 
located  in  the  housing  and  comprises  a  first  and  second  insu- 
lated contact  rods  which  are  connected  to  the  movable  con- 
tact of  the  vacuum  interrupter  and  the  blade  of  the  shunting 
switch,  respectively.  In  operation,  the  operating  means  causes 
the  vacuum  interrupter  to  close  before  and  open  after  the 
dosing  and  opening,  respectively,  of  the  shunting  swit<|h. 

r         

3,671,697 

SWITCH  CONSTRUCTION  WITH  LOAD  BREAK  DiEVICE 

HAVING  A  MOVABLE  SLAT,  A  GAS  EXPANSION 

CHAMBER  AND  A  GAS  MUFFLER 

Robert  H.  Hamer,  Park  Ridge,  and  Otto  Mcistcr,  Evanston, 

.   both  of  DL,  asstgnors  to  S  A  C  Electric  Conpany,  Chio^, 

Dl. 

I       FUed  Jan.  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,589 
1  UA.CLHOlm  33m 

U.S.CL200— 144R  It  Claims 


Switch  construction  for  power  distribution  alternating  cur- 
rent circuits  having  a  switdi  blade  for  pivotal  movement  into 
and  out  of  contacts  enclosed  by  an  insulating  housing  having  a 
slot  through  which  the  switch  blade  is  movable.  A  slat  is  biased 
transversely  of  the  slot  to  close  off  the  space  between  the 
switch  blade  and  the  contacts  on  opening  of  the  circuit.  A  gas 
expansion  chamber  at  the  entrance  to  the  slat  is  closed  off  by  a 
pair  of  flexible  insulating  strips.  A  gas  muffler  is  located  at  one 
end  of  the  expansion  chamber.  The  switch  blade,  in  closed 
position,  is  spaced  fix>m  the  housing,  the  slat  and  the  sealing 
strips  by  heat  resisting  spacers. 


3,671,698 

SWITCH  CONTACT  CHAMBER  FOR  ELECTRICAL 
CIRCUIT  BREAKERS  OF  THE  GAS  BLAST  TYPE 
WUhdm  Kramer,  Saadhaoscn,  Germany,  assigDor  to  Aldicn- 
gcacUachafl  Brown,  Bovcri  &  Oe,  Badoi,  Swltaerlan|d 

FUed  July  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  S3,730 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  July  11,  1969,  P  19 
35  298.8 

UlL  CLHOlh  33/54  I 

U.S.CL200— 148R  ^daims 

A  circuit  breaker  of  the  gas  blast  type  includes  a  switch  con- 
tact chamber  housing  a  stationary  contact  member  and  a 
movable  contact  member  which  is  actuated  by  pressurized  gas 
against  a  counter  force  applied  by  a  spring  which  effects  reclo- 
sure  of  the  contacts  when  the  pressurized  gas  ceases  to  be  ap- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1141 


plied.  Associated  with  the  movable  contact  member  is  a  dual 
piston  structure  operating  in  a  damping  cylinder  which  damps 


'mm 


TZZZ 


pile-up  in  alignment  with  the  flexible  portions  and  becomes 
tensioned  upon  key  operation.  Tensioning  force  of  the  impac- 
tor  is  released  during  key  operation  through  the  agency  of  a 
cam  which  overcomes  the  impactor  tensioning  means  for  driv- 
ing the  impactor  into  impacting  engagement  with  the  flexible 


the  opening  movement  of  the  movable  contact  as  well  as  the 
reclosing  movement. 


3,671,699 
POWER  TOOL  CONTROL 
BciUamin  H.  Matthews,  Peninsula,  Ohio, 
Products,  Inc.,  Northfldd,  Ohio 

FUed  Nov.  1 9, 1 970,  Scr.  No.  90,985 
Int.CI.H01h2;//0 
U.S.CL200— 157 


to  Lucerne 

portion  of  the  proximate  contact  assembly.  In  consequence  of 
the  impacting  force,  the  contact  portions  of  the  assemblies 
successively  are  driven  into  engagement  and  develop  a  condi- 
16  Claims  tion  of  simultaneous  momentary  engagement  to  close  a  cir- 
cuit, the  input  to  which  is  through  the  contact  assembly  on  the 
end  of  the  pile-up  distal  to  the  impactor. 


A  control  for  power  tools,  power  appliances,  or  the  like, 
such  as  for  instance,  an  electric  drill,  wherein  a  trigger 
member  is  movable  on  a  support  from  an  off  position  to  an  on 
position  and  vice  versa.  An  electrical  conducting  spring-like 
member  coacts  with  the  trigger  for  movement  therewith.  An 
electric  motor  including  opposing  brush  assemblies  is  pro-^ 
vided  in  the  tool  with  a  current  conducting  line  connect^l  to 
one  side  of  the  motor  and  another  current  conducting  line 
connected  to  the  electrical  conducting  member.  The  trigger  is 
operative  to  move  the  electrical  conducting  member  into  elec- 
trical conducting  relation  to  one  of  the  brush  assemblies 
thereby  completing  the  circuit  to  the  motor  upon  predeter- 
mined movement  of  the  trigger  toward  its  on  position.  Release 
of  the  trigger  by  the  finger  of  the  operator  causes  the  spring- 
like electrical  conducting  member  to  move  away  from  circuit 
completing  relation  with  the  motor  thereby  deenergizing  the 
motor,  and  moving  the  trigger  toward  off  position. 


3,671,700 
MOMENTARY  MULTIPLE  COTITACT  SWITCH  AND 
OPERATING  KEY  THEREFOR 
Jack  L.  Meti,  Des  Ptaincs,  DL,  artgnnr  to  Teletype  Corpora- 
tion, SkoUe,  DcL 

FUed  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,029 
Int.  CLHOlh  73/50 
U.S.CL200— 160  12CliteB 

The  contact  assemblies  (rfa  pile-up  are  separated  each  from 
an  adjoining  thereof  by  a  thin  spacer  with  an  opening  through 
which  a  flexible  contact  p<Mtion  of  one  assembly  is  projectable 
into  engagement  with  a  like  portion  of  an  adjoining  assembly. 
A  key  operated  impactor  is  arranged  adjacent  one  end  of  the 


3,671,701 
CONTACT  SnUNG  ASSEMBLY  FOR  RELAYS  AND 
SIMILAR  SWITCHES 
Alfred  Bdtanann,  BcrHn,  Germany,  asslgnni  to  International 
Standard  Electric  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Filed  Nov.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,153 
Oaims  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec.  4, 1 969,  P  1 9  60 
86S.2 

Int.  CL  HOlh  1100 
U.S.CL200— 166J  5 1 


K  8 


A  conuct  spring  assembly  is  held  together  by  a  body  of  in- 
sulating material  provided  with  guide  slots  into  which  the  con- 
tact spring  sheets  are  inserted  individually.  A  cut-out  projec- 
tion portion  of  the  sheets  engages  the  block  but  does  not  al- 
ways guarantee  a  reliable  and  firm  seating.  An  eccentric  bolt  is 
passed  through  boreholes  in  both  the  sheets  and  the  body  of 
insulating  material,  and  is  turned  therein  for  providing  a  firm 
assembly  therebetween. 


3,671,702 

AN  ELECTRICAL  CONTACT  STRUCTURE  FOR  A 

SWITCH  REED  COMPRISING  GOLD  AND  PALLADIUM 

LAYERS 
Edward  S.  Pcnciek,  Flabcr,  N.Y.,  aaalgnor  to  Stroabcrg-Cart- 
SOB  Corporatloa,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

FUed  Much  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124312 

Int.  CL  HOlh //02 

U.S.CL200— 166C  llClatau 

A  switch  reed  embodies  an  electrical  contact  comprising  a 

plurality  of  layers  of  electrical  contact  material  disposed  on  at 


1142 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


least  one  surface  of  a  flattened  portion  of  the  reed.  A  layer  of 
gold  of  the  contact  is  disposed  on  the  reed  sur&ce  and  at  least 


one  of  the  other  layers  comprising  the  contact  is  of  palladium 
metal. 


3^71,703 

DEVICE  FOE  CRUCDLE-ntEE,  FLOATING  ZONE 

MELTING  A  CRYSTALLINE 

WeMlp^  Kdsr,  PiiiiliM,  GcnuMy,  iirigair  to  Skmtm  Afc- 

tktwiwtnfl,  Berito  mi  Mukk,  Gen— y 

nW  March  27, 1970,  Scr.  N«.  23,3M 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  March  29,  1969,  P 
19  11317.8 

bt.CLHt5b  9/06 


U^CL219-I0.7S 


7CW«i 


Device  for  zone  melting  a  crystalline  rod  includes  a  vessel, 
an  induction  heating  coil  mounted  in  the  vessel  for  heating  a 
molten  zone  formed  in  a  crystalline  rod,  and  an  electric  cur- 
rent supply  for  the  induction  heating  coil  extending  into  the 
vessel  through  an  opening  formed  in  a  wall  of  the  vessel,  the 
current  supply  including  a  plurality  of  mutually  telescoped 
conductor  tubes  radially  spaced  from  one  another,  the  piuraK- 
ty  of  telescoped  conductor  tubes  including  a  first  sequence  of 
ahemately  dispoaed  tubes  and  a  second  sequence  of  tubes 
disposed  in  alternating  relationship  with  the  first  sequence  of 
ahemately  disposed  tubes,  all  of  die  tubes  of  the  first  sequence 
of  alternately  disposed  tubes  being  electrically  connected  at 
both  ends  thereof,  and  all  of  the  tubes  of  the  second  sequence 
of  ahemately  disposed  tubes  being  electrically  connected  at 
both  ends  thereof. 


3,<71,704 

APPARATUS  FOR  CONTROLLING  THE  FIELD 

INTENSITY  IN  MATERIAL  PROCESSED  IN  A 

CAPACmVE  HIGH  FREQUENCY  FIELD 

GrnwBM,  IgiMiff.  a^  Eal  WaMkcr,  Er- 
I,  belh  of  Genuny,  asslgnsri  to  SIsmms  Aktk^ 
gesdlschafl,  BcrHn  and  Munich,  Gcmuuiy 

Ffled  March  i,  197t,  Scr.  Ne.  17,175 
Claims  priority^  application  Germany,  March  14,  1969,  P 
19  12  929.4  I 

btCLHOSb  9/04  ! 

U,S.CL2|9-I0J1  9  CI 


MM  namci  nami  i 


r' 

f 

I 


-+—"-'+7.- 


"1 


.•W  ^'^'F^^^ii^  >:t 


T-. 


IIMtfWI  nc  Sh' /  /  *TIAI»W  1013 


T 

niMniTui  III  M 


A  plurality  of  auxihary  electrodes  positioned  between 
material  being  processed  in  a  capacitive  high  frequency  field 
and  between  a  high  potential  electrode  and  a  grounded  elec- 
trode permit  the  control  of  the  field  intensity  in  such  material. 

I         -^ 

3,(71,7tS  ' 

METHOD  OF  ELECTROBROSION  MACHINING  OF 
PARTS  AND  DEVICE  FOR  EFFECTING  SAME 

MkhaH  Akxccvkh  RaBlll8yi^  ■!  Artat  54/2,  kv.  83,  M< 
U,S,SJt. 
CoaliMatioa  of  Scr.  Na.  654334,  Jaly  2«,  1947. ' 
appfcart—  Ai«.  12, 1979,  Scr.  Ne.  63,296 
IiU.CLB23p//0«,///4 
U.S.CL2J9-69C  SCiates 


OD 


.Thta 


i 


rQ=[ 


■^ 


W 


r-tl 


J^ 


A  method  and  device  for  effecting  electroerosion  machin- 
ing comprises  a  high-frequency  source  of  pulses  of  a  rebtively 
low  amplitude  of  current  and  a  low-fivquency  source  of  pulses 
of  a  relatively  high  amplitude  of  current  controUed  by  circuits 
for  automatically  switching  over  said  sources  in  response  to  a 
decrease  in  the  interelectrode  gap  vahie  and  for  switching 
them  back  after  a  predetermined  period  of  time.  AHeraatively 
a  source  of  variable  frequency  of  pulses  of  electric  energy  with 
a  hi^  amplitude  of  voltage  may  be  employed  with  a  pulse 
step-down  transformer  and  circuits  for  automatic  decrease  of 
the  frequency  of  the  source  and  its  direct  connection  with  the 
electrodes  for  a  predetermined  period  of  time  in  response  to  a 
decrease  in  the  interelectrode  gap  value,  there  being  provided 
control  dements  for  disconnecting  the  windings  of  the  trans- 
former and  directly  connecting  the  high-vohage  source  with 
the  electrodes,  and  for  restoration  of  the  circuits  after  a 
predetermined  period  of  time. 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1148 


-\  3,671,796 

SHEET-GRIPPKR  POST  FORMED  BY  EDM 
LiHhcr  W.  LMtrdi,  West  CarreHea,  OUe,  assizer  to  Harrls- 
iBtertypc  Cerperatloa,  CIcfchMd,  OUa 

Fled  Sept  21, 1970,  Scr.  Ne.  74,027 
bLCLB23p//0« 
U.S.CL  219-69  M  1 


ble  rod  supporting  the  top  electrode  holder  is  connected 
through  at  least  one  leaf  spring  to  a  mechanism  adapted  to 
develop  a  contact  welding  pressure.  The  end  of  this  leaf  spring 
is  rigidly  secured  to  the  mechanism  adapted  to  develop  the 
contact  welding  {vessure  and  the  other  end  of  this  leaf  spring 


/Oa. 


A  gripper  post  cooperates  with  a  gripper  finger  to  grip  a 
sheet  therebetween.  The  gripper  post  comprises  a  body  and  a 
plurality  of  raised  portions.  The  pluraUty  of  raised  portions  are 
distributed  throughout  a  surface  of  the  body  and  have  substan- 
tially coplanar  contact  surfaces  for  contacting  the  sheet  when 
the  sheet  is  gripped  thereby.  The  raised  portions  are  defined 
by  valleys  surrounding  the  raised  portions  and  are  formed  by 
an  electrical  discharge  machining  proceu. 


W 


3,671,707 

UNDERWATER  WELDING  DEVICE 

G.  CeMtoghaai,  315  In^wst  Street,  Heuna,  La. 

Fikd  March  16, 1971,  Scr.  Ne.  124,86S 

tet.CLB23k9/;6 

U.S.CL  219-74  9 


freely  bears  upon  the  rod  supporting  the  top  electrode  holder. 
The  high-current  electric  conduit  which  supplies  die  wekling 
current  to  the  top  electrode  holder  has  a  portion,  adjacent  to 
the  top  electrode  hokler,  which  extends  perpendiculaily  to  the 
housing  of  the  bottom  electrode  holder. 


3,671,709 
HEAT  SEALING  OF  POROUS  MATERIALS 
GUgc,  NashM,  NA^  assignor  to  Meuaato  C« 
StL«rii,M«. 

FIM  Sept  14, 1970,  Scr.  Ne.  71,656 
tetCLB23k7i/02 
U.8.CL  219— 1033  5  CI 


An  elongated  viewing  tube  tapering  from  an  enlarged  view- 
ing window  mounting  end  to  a  narrower  nozzle  connected 
end.  The  nozzle  includes  a  straight  passage  therethrough 
which  defines  a  continuation  of  the  viewing  tube,  and  a  branch 
passage  which  receives  the  electrode.  Inert  gas  is  introduced 
into  the  viewing  tube  adjacent  the  viewing  window  and  moves 
through  the  viewing  tube  ao  at  to  meet  with  the  gat  firom  the 
torch  tip  at  the  weld  puddk  at  which  point  the  water  it  blown 
out  of  the  end  of  the  device  so  u  to  provide  a  clear  view  of  the 
wekling  operation.  An  internal  li^t  is  provided  within  the 
viewing  tube  and  the  outer  end  of  the  nozzle  includes  a  flexi- 
ble skirt  which  assists  in  excluding  water. 


3,671,708 
APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTRIC  CONTACT  SPOT 
WELDING,  PREFERABLY  OF  SMALL-SIZE  PARTS 
VMWav  Edwu^evkh  Moravsky,  B^  var  Lcai  Ukrainki,  2,  kv. 
50;  DavM  Sala«e»evich  VeroM,  aBin  Scherhakava,  51,  kv. 
21,  bath  of  Kiev,  aad  Boris  PavioTich  SMakarcako,  ■BtM 
Sovelskaya,  I,  Fastov  KievAoi  OUasti,  al  of  U.S.SJt. 
Filed  Oct.  7, 1969,  Scr.  No.  864,972 
lM.CLB23k  9/00 
U.S.CL  219-78  2ClaiM 

The  present  invention  relates  to  apparatus  for  electric  con- 
tact wekling,  preferably,  of  small-size  parts,  wherein  a  mova- 


An  apparatus  for  seam  bonding  layers  of  fabric  by  radio 
frequency  power  it  provided  with  electrodet  at  least  one  of 
which  it  flanked  by  and  it  recessed  in  a  resilient  insulating 
member  which  acts  to  fill  the  voidi  in  the  fabric  during  bond- 
ing and  resukingly  prevents  electrical  arcing  throu^  the 
fabric. 


3,671,710 
WELDING  STUD  AND  METHOD 
Ivan  G.  Cooasbs,  Redsads  Beach,  CaHL,  assignii 
StephcM,  Lee  A^cks,  CaBL 

FHed  JMM 17, 1970,  Scr.  Ne.  47,053 
lM.CLB23k  9/20 
U.S.CL  219-99 


toj< 


A  wekling  stud  having  a  cylindrical  wekling  end  with  a  con- 
tinuous annular  peripheral  edge  surroumting  a  centrally  axial 


1144 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


recess,  the  wekUble  end  and  the  metal  sheet  to  which  it  is  to 
be  attached  being  brought  together  in  a  substantially  parallel 
relationship,  whereby  a  ring  discharge  of  the  arc  is  effected 
along  the  annular  edge. 


3,671,711 

HONEYCOMB  RIBBON  PAD  MANUFACTURING 

APPARATUS 

Frederick  L.  Coi,  aid  Jack  E.  Kruireich,  both  o(  Tcrre 

Haatc,  Ind^  aMi|Mn  to  TrMadastrki,  Im.,  Tcrre  Haatc, 

Ind. 

Filed  May  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,994 

Iirt.CLB23k7;//0 

UACL  219-117  HD  9Clatas 


coplanar,  vertically  spaced  apart  guide  wheels.  The  guide 
wheels  nin  in  the  gap  between  the  members  and  are  each 
spring  biased  towards  the  work  surface.  Two  electroskg  form 
shoes  are  supported  from  the  staging  below  the  guide  wheels. 
Each  shoe  is  independently  spring  biased  into  contact  with  its 
side  of  the  plate  members.  One  or  more  tensioned  hold-in 
lines  hold  the  staging  inwardly  against  the  plate  members. 
Each  hokl-in  line  rides  on  a  sheave  which  is  automatically  con- 
trolled to  move  either  towards  or  away  from  the  object  for  the 
purpose  of  maintaining  proper  tension  in  the  hold-in  line. 


Tuinnssi 


An  apparatus  to  assemble  and  weld  corrugated  metal  ribbon 
to  form  a  honeycomb  pad.  A  horizontal  feeding  mechanism  is 
provided  by  a  pair  of  clamping  arrangements  one  mounted  on 
a  stationary  base  and  one  mounted  on  a  horizontally  movable 
carriage  which  moves  the  one  clamping  arrangement  toward 
and  away  from  the  other.  The  movable  carriage  has  mounted 
thereon  a  riblwn  pressure  pad  and  an  aUgnment  pin.  An  air 
cylinder  on  said  carriage  moves  the  ribbon  pressure  pad  and 
aUgnment  pin  toward  the  corrugated  ribbons  until  the  pointed 
alignment  pin  is  projecting  into  a  cell  between  the  ribbons  and 
the  ribbons  are  oriented.  The  air  cylinder  moves  the  pressure 
pad  into  the  resilient  contact  with  the  ribbons  holding  them  in 
a  flat  uniform  condition  while  a  carriage  mounted  welding 
electrode  is  moved  into  contact  with  the  ribbons  for  welding 
them  together. 


3,671,712 

SUSPENDED  STAGING  TYPE  WELDING  MACHINE 

SMney  L.  Fisher,  Rcatoa,  Wash.,  aasigMr  to  Spider  Stagfaig, 

bK.,  Seattle,  Wash. 

CoBtiaMtio»4H-part  of  Ser.  No.  861,757,  Sept  29, 1969.  This 

appBcatioB  Dec.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,757 

Int.  CLB23k  9/72 

U.S.CL  219-125  R  llClalBS 


:!s! 


3,671,713 
ARC^POT  WELD  CONTROL  AND  POWER  SUPPLY 
Richard  P.  Harlcbau,  HulkigdMi  Valley,  Pa.,  a«igM^  to  The 
Badd  Coapaay,  PUbddpUa,  Pa. 

1      Filed  Nov.  25, 1968,  Scr.  No.  778,437 
^    I  lBLCLB23k  9/00 

U.S.  CI.  219-127  $ClaiMS 


A  three  phase  power  source  is  used  to  trigger  a  welding  gun. 
A  timing  circuit  produces  a  series  of  pulses  to  actuate 
switching  circuits  to  permit  application  of  the  power  from  the 
three  phase  power  supply  to  the  welding  gun. 


'  3,671,714 

HEATED  BLOWER  MOTOR  FOR  DEFROSTING 
WINDOWS 
Nonaaa  CharM,  Soathfleld,  Mich.,  aMigBor  to  General  Motors 
Corporatioa,  Detroit,  Mich. 
^    I         Filed  Oct  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  77,798        I 
*  lBtCLH05b  5/02.  F24h  J/04  ! 

U.S.CI.219-203  ^Cbims 


A  single  cable  type  suspended  staging  is  guided  for  vertical 
travel   along   plate    memliers   being   welded   together   by 


An  electric  motor  driven  blower  adapted  to  defrost  an  au- 
tomobile window  and  having  inlets  and  outlets  in  opposite 
ends  of  the  motor  casing  to  direct  air  through  the  interior  of 
the  motor  past  the  motor  armature.  The  air  is  warmed  during 
passage  by  contact  with  a  plurality  of  electrically  isolated 
closed  loops  of  conductive  material  mounted  in  circum- 
ferentially  spaced,  axially  directed  slots  on  the  armature. 
Hysteresis  heat  losses  are  produced  in  the  loops  by  the  move- 
ment of  the  closed  loops  through  the  motor's  magnetic  field.  A 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1145 


fan  and  duct  at  one  end  of  the  motor  direct  the  warmed  air 
against  the  automobile  window  for  defrosting. 


3,671,715 

ELECTRIC  INDUCTION  GAS  HEATER 

Heary  J.  BarMtt,  55  Gkawood  Road,  West  Hartford,  Coaa. 

Coathiaatioa-iB-part  of  Scr.  No.  554,955,  Jww  1, 1966,  Pat. 

No.  3,534,197.  This  applicatioB  Jbm  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,324 

Iat.Ci.H05b5/0« 
U.S.CL  219-374  1  rhi— 


An  electric  induction  heater  has  at  least  one  primary  coil 
wound  on  a  magnetic  core.  Fins  are  provided  which  have  a 
pair  of  holes  therethrough  through  which  spaced  portions  of 
the  core  extend.  The  fins  are  mounted  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
be  spaced  from  and  thereby  electrically  insulated  from  the 
core  and  primary  coil.  The  Tms  act  as  short-circuited  seconda- 
ries so  that  heat  is  generated  by  induced  current  at  two  places 
in  each  fm  when  the  primary  coil  is  energized.  Circuit  means 
are  provided  whereby  power  is  applied  gradually  to  the  heater 
so  as  to.prevent  a  sudden  overload  of  the  electric  supply  line. 


3,671,716 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  OF  DIGITIZING  ANALOG 

RECORDS 
Arthur    Samod    Shitsky,    555    Shepherd     Avenne    West, 
DowBsview  473,  Ontario,  Canada 

Filed  Aag.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66,538   . 
laL  CI.  G06k  7106, 9/00;  G08b  5/00 
U.S.  CI.  235—61.6  A  17  Claims 


An  analogue  chart  or  record  obtained  from  an  automatic 
analyzer  is  positioned  on  a  record-reading  panel  structure  and 
a  probe  electrode  is  manually  pushed  through  the  chart  at  a 
desired  position  thereon,  for  example,  at  the  peak  of  a  curve, 
so  as  electrically  to  contact  an  underlying  one  of  a  number  of 
mutually  separated  electrical  contact  strips.  Individual  con- 
ductors extend  from  all  such  strips  to  a  decoding  unit  which 
provides  a  multi-digit  decimal  identification  of  the  strip  which 
is  contacted  by  the  probe  electrode.  The  decoding  unit  is  in 
turn  coupled  to  a  coding  unit  in  which  the  decimal  digits 
identifying  the  actuated  strip  are  converted  into  a  binary 
coded  decimal  form  for  subsequent  sequential  recording  in  a 
tape  punch  unit  to  provide  an  output  in  a  form  suitable  for 
further  processing  in  an  off-line  digital  computer. 


3,671,717 

CREDIT  CARD  VERIFICATION  SYSTEM 

Albert  H.  Bicaer,  609  CarroU  Drive,  Gariaad,  Tea. 

Filed  Oct.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  869,188 

lit  CLG06k  7/04 

U.S.  CI.  235-61.17  B  7  Claim 


90/i^X>-90 


cou^crtm  -~ 


* 
ooom 


-n  T 


Credit  card  verification  system  wherein  feelers  are  used  for 
displaying  flags  positioned  in  the  path  of  beams  of  light  which 
~  impinge  upon  photo  cells.  As  the  raised  characters  on  an  em- 
bossed credit  card  pass  beneath  the  feelers,  the  flags  vrill  be 
displaced.  Movement  of  the  flags  is  sensed  and  pulses  applied 
to  a  transmission  line  each  time  the  feelers  sense  a  leading 
edge  of  a  character.  The  pulses  are  applied  to  a  bank  of  shift 
registers  which  selectively  permit  signals  of  discrete  frequen- 
cies identified  or  associated  with  particular  stages  of  the  shift 
registers  to  be  appUed  through  a  summing  junction  to  an 
operational  amplifier.  The  mixed  frequencies  produce  two 
sets  of  chords,  one  set  of  which  provides  horizontal  informa- 
tion as  to  a  particular  character  and  the  other  which  provides 
vertical  information  as  to  the  character.  The  unique  chord  sets 
represenutive  of  each  character  are  detected  in  a  filter-in- 
tegrator matrix  in  which  amplitude  is  used  to  discriminate 
against  extraneous  noise.  The  information  is  converted  to  bi- 
nary form  and  applied  to  a  computer  which  can  use  the  infor- 
mation furnished  to  determine  that  the  card  is  good  or  bad  and 
otherwise  process  the  information  furnished. 


3,671,718 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  IDENTIFYING 
ARTICLES  AND  IDENTIFICATION  SIGN  THEREFOR 
Hans-Ufarlch  Werner  Gcnad,  Uster;  HaBS-Radolf  Hafeii, ; 
gen,  and  Hans  Robert  Stdncr,  RappcrswB,  aB  of  Swltaer- 
bnd,  aadgnors  to  Zellweger  Ltd.,  Uster,  Switacriand 

FOcd  July  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  59,1 16 
Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  Aug.  20,  1969, 
12606/69 

lot  a.  G06k  7/10, 19/04;  E04g  /  7/00 
U.S.CI.235— 61.11E  21 1 


The  identification  sign  is  formed  with  a  starting  code,  an  in- 


1146 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


termediate  information  code  and  end  code.  The  starting  and 
end  codes  are  used  in  the  code  recognition  logic  to  indicate 
when  a  valid  configuration  of  a  pulse  sequence  of  the  identifi- 
cation sign  has  been  read  either  forwards  or  backwards  by  a 


5-   «i- 


"y  'p  'I'l 


MumcM-. 


iMa 


I- 


ic 


and  a  light  responsive  encoding  surface  which  cooperate  with 
said  machine  to  read  out  information  encoded  on  individual 
cards.  The  readout  machine  which  is  employed  in  the  system 
may  be  adapted  for  either  "on  line"  usage  with  a  computer  or 
perform  "off  line"  functions.  Regardless  of  the  usage  to  which 
it  is  adapted,  the  machine  employs  embossment  encoding 
readout  means  in  the  form  of  a  plurality  of  teming  pins  which 
are  mounted  for  movement  within  the  machine  and  are 
adapted  to  be  brought  into  engagement  with  an  encoded  card 


J 


■no 

IHH 


trace  of  a  reader.  The  recognition  logic  can  be  constructed  to 
initiate  reading  out  of  a  valid  configuration  for  further 
processing  either  in  dependence  on  a  single  trace  or  two  traces 
passing  throu^  the  center  of  the  identification  sign. 


3^71,719 
ROLLER  STRUCTURE  FOR  CARD  READER 
Gordoa  Herbert  May,  Saa  Joae,  CalL,  assiganr  to 
tioiiri  BusiMH  MmMmb  Corporalioii,  AnMMrii,  N.Y. 
Flkd  Aprfl  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  135,000 
III.  CL  B65II 5/06;  G06k  /  7/00 
U.S.CL235— 61.11D  9 


^^  If 


u 


13k 


am 

ha*       'IT 


A  magnetic  card  reader  has  one  or  more  specially  struc- 
tured resilient  rollers  of  generally  cup-«haped  configuration, 
which  engage  successive  cards  to  align  them  with  a  guiding 
surface  and  propel  them  past  a  transducer  head.  The  rollers 
have  a  series  of  wedge-shaped  cuts  formed  in  their  annular 
periphery  to  produce  a  plurality  of  radially  projecting  and  in- 
dividually flexible  teeth.  When  these  teeth  engage  the  card 
after  it  has  reached  the  transducer  head  by  movement  in  a  first 
direction,  they  perform  the  dual  purposes  of:  1 )  reducing  the 
prospects  c^  rupture  and  severe  wear,  while  repetitively  driv- 
ing the  cards,  2)  positively  driving  the  trailing  edge  of  each 
card  firom  one  side  to  the  other  of  its  path  preparatory  to  in- 
itiation of  the  return  movement  of  the  card  in  a  second 
direction  opposite  to  said  first  direction,  and  3)  providing 
positive  registration  for  the  card  in  both  directions. 


3,671,720 

ENCODED  CARD  READOUT  SYSTEM 

James  E.  WhMe,  and  Gcor|e  S.  ObcriMrt,  both  of  San  Mateo, 

CaML,  arignnri  to  Albert  J.  Day 

CoMtiaaartMl  !■  part  of  Scr.  No.  867,367,  Oct  20, 1969,  which 

h  a  coirtiMalio»hi-p«t  «f  Scr.  No.  855,068,  Aog.  4, 1969. 

Thk  applfcBHea  Nov.  20, 1969,  Sar.  No.  878*410 

bH.  CL  HOlh  43/08;  G06k  19/06,  7/04 

U.S.  CL  235—61.11  C  7Clainis 

A  system  employing  encoded  cards  and  a  card  readout 

machine  wherein  the  cards  incorporate  both  embossments 


when  it  it  suitably  positioned  within  the  machine.  The  pins 
perform  switching  fiinctions  in  the  machine's  card  readout  cir- 
cuitry in  response  to  the  locations  of  the  embossments  on  the 
card.  The  embossments  may  take  the  form  of  embossed  card 
identification  numerals  or  a  pattern  of  discrete  embossments 
arranged  in  accordance  with  a  predetermined  code.  The  card 
further  includes  a  light  responsive  encoding  surface  which 
cooperates  with  a  suitable  light  source  on  the  machine  for  an- 
ticounterfeit  or  firaud  detection  purposes.  -^^ 


3,671,721 

DATA  READING  SYSTEMS 

Bernard  Albert  Hwus,  BcrkhaoMlcd,  and  Elgaa  Neville  Howd, 

HatilcU,  both  of  Enghad,  ■Mipmn  to  Rcvcaue  Syatens 

Limited,  LutoB,  Bedfordshire  Ei^laad 

Filed  Dec  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,601 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Dec.  12^  1968, 
S9, 162/68 

lat.  CL  G06ii  7/08, 19/06;  H03b  23/00 
U.S.  CL  235— 61.11  H  17  ( 


TfCT(X 


A  dau  reading  system  for  use  partictdarly  in  cash-  or  goods- 
dispensii«  machines  in  which  the  data  to  be  read  is 
represented  by  a  plurality  of  passive  resonant  devices  in  or  on 
a  card  aad  m  which,  when  said  data  is  to  be  read  firom  said 
card,  said  card  is  placed  in  the  field  of  a  reactive  element  fed 
with  variable  frequency  oscillations  and  associated  with 
counting  means  hi  such  a  way  that  the  count  registered  by  said 
counting  means  indicates  the  resonant  flrequency  of  any  one 
or  more  of  said  resonant  devices  located  in  nid  field. 

A  card  for  use  in  sudi  a  system  comprises  a  plurality  of  pas- 
sive resonant  devices,  the  resonant  flrequencies  of  which 
represent  the  data  carried  by  the  card. 


JimE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1147 


3,671,722 
TRANSmON  CODE  RBCOGNITION  SYSTEM 
B.  Chrlslie.  KaMstfe^  OMou  a^nor  lo  TIm 


Fled  Jaac  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  837,850 
Iirt.  d  G06k  7110, 9/18, 19/06 
U.S.  CL  235— 61.12  N 


thereon  including  a  backspin  corrector  therein  for  modifying 
the  calculated  distance  of  the  golf  boll  so  as  to  simulate  the  ef- 


llOafaBs 


•CTUIL      ilT    COM 


•  l>l    I 


MT*      Oi«lTt 


•.COM  5;     t,     ».?.«,,      ,..,,,,,'o       I  cool's, 
TT^  00  10  I  OiOOl  000  III    I  00  I   >0  10  1000  I  o'l  I  Oo'o  I  oo'i  0000000  I  0  •  0  >  0 

mniTu  —  coal  r 


OtlS?,'.V£;^°^^°  ;j^iO«;'i^f^OOO  ,0,  ,000.00.  0000000. OIOIO 


1^1  01  01  01   10  I  I  t  OOOOl'lOOl  OIOI  I  lOl'oOi  I'lOl  10  I  (  I'l  II  10*10  101 
-  OCTICTCD     Utt,  MOM     OIUCTIOK 


A  transition  code  recognition  system  which  includes  a 
coded  record  medium  (like  a  color-coded  label)  which  may,  if 
desired,  be  secured  to  an  article.  The  record  medium  utilizes 
detectable  indicia  like  color  bands  placed  on  the  record  medi- 
um in  a  reading  order  so  that  each  color  band  is  different  fiom 
the  preceding  one.  The  color  transitions  firom  one  color  band 
to  the  next,  when  reading,  are  used  to  identify  binary  sutes 
"I"  and  "0,"  and  the  transitions  obviate  the  need  for  a 
separate  clocking  arrangement  An  optical  probe  scanner  is 
used  to  read  the  record  medium  by  "scribing"  or  gUding  the 
probe  scanner  across  the  color  bands,  and  the  changing  light 
signals  resulting  from  the  reading  operation  are  routed  to  elec- 
tronic circuitry  for  interpretation  and  processing. 


fects  of  backspin.  A  signal  modifier  alters  the  magnitude  of  a 
signal  related  to  the  distance  the  golf  ball  would  travel  propor- 
tionally according  to  a  characteristic  of  the  flight  trajectory. 


3,671,723 
DEVICE  FOR  COORDINATE  CONVERSIONS 
Robert  DcMgaicrcB,  Coloaibcs,  aad  Jcoa-Fraacoi 
NeuOy,  both  «f  nraacc,  asdgnwi  to  laslitat  Fraao^  du 
PMrole  dcs  Ccrburaats  H  Lubrlflaals,  Rucfl  Mafaaataon 
(Haals  dc  Seine),  F^WKC 

FBsd  Oct.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  77388 

Qahns  priority,  application  France,  Oct.  2, 1969, 6933777 

lat  CLG06f /J/50 

U.S.a.  235-150.27  6Claiais 


3,671,725 
DEAD  TIME  PROCESS  REGULATION 
Roger  M.  Bakke,  Los  Gatos,  Calif.,  ascigBor  to 
BusiBcas  MacUacs  CorporatioB,  Anaoak,  N.Y. 
Coatianatioa-ta-part  of  Ser.  No.  490,592,  Sept  27, 1965, 
abaadoaed.  This  appUeadoa  Oct  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  77^87 
lat  CL  G05b  13/00 
U.S.CL  235— 150.1  lo 


rJilV      _J 


L     1 

snoManzAnoN 

COOTIIOl 

i 

?   COIWUTCH 

•  NSUM 

4fl 

r^^ 
•^ 

COT 

e 

j-couruii* 

:/ 

J 

»M- 

I-« 

-.           -"• 

If  _ 

:oy 

i'"0      1 

MESS 


w 


This  invention  relates  to  a  coordinate  converting  device  for 
the  determination  of  the  coordinates  of  a  moving  body  with 
respect  to  a  couple  of  stationary  axes,  the  values  of  the 
distance  increments  during  its  displacement,  with  respect  to  a 
couple  of  axes  related  to  the  moving  body  being  known,  com- 
prising means  for  sensing  the  value  of  the  angle  between  one 
of  the  stationary  axes  and  the  corresponding  related  axis  and 
means  for  accumulating  the  values  of  said  distance  increments 
and  determining  therefix>m  the  travel  path  of  the  moving  body 
with  respect  to  said  Stationary  axes. 


Method  of  regulating  processes  having  dead  time  wlierein 
an  error  signal  is  generated  representing  the  deviation  of  a 
controlled  variable  fix>m  a  set  point.  The  error  signal  is  com- 
pared to  a  predetermined  limit,  and  if  it  exceeds  the  limit,  it  is 
employed  to  regulate  the  process.  If  it  does  not  exceed  the 
limit,  the  process  dead  time  is  determined  by  impressing  a  high 
fi«quency  disturtMnce  (Hito  die  process  at  a  contnd  point,  de- 
tecting the  disturbance  at  die  process  output,  and  the  time  in- 
terval therebetween  determined. 


3,671,724 
GOLF  GAME  COMPUTER  INCLUDING  MEANS  FOR 
APPROXIMATING  THE  EFFECTS  OF  BACKSPIN  ON 

RANGE 
jMBca  W.  Saadcn,  Graad  Havca,  Mich.,  Mckacr  to 
swicK  carper  alioa 

Fled  Dec.  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,067 
lat  CL  G06g  7/48;  A63b  67/02 

U.S.CL  235-151  1 

A  computing  system  for  calculating  the  fi«e  flight  trajecUMy 
of  a  golf  ball  struck  6x>m  a  tee  having  backsiwi  imparted 


3,671.786 

ELECTRO-OPTICAL  APPARATUS  FOR  PRECISE  ON- 

LINE  MEASUREMENT  OF  THE  THICKNESS  OF  MO  VING 

STRIP  MATERIAL 
J««^*J<*»d  Kerr, Tlfard,  Ocg.,  acsigaui  to Morvac,  lac, 
TIgardfOreg. 

FHed  May  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  827,266 

lat  CLGOlb/ 7/06 

UJS.CL235— 151J  17CWM 

On-line  apparatus  for  monitoring  and  determining  the  in- 
stantaneous thickness  of  a  moving  longitudinal  strip  of  planar 
material  omultaneously  at  several  locations  along  the  lateral 
crocs-section  thereof.  The  apparatus  is  particularly  useful 
where  the  material  is  of  non-uniform  Uteral  cross-section  and 

in  addition  is  subject  to  flopping  and  undulatory  movement  m 
Its  travel  past  the  monitoring  station.  The  electro-optical 
system  utilizes  a  pair  of  laser  Ught  sources,  with  Mt^riatfd 


1148 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


beam  splitter  and  lens  systems,  for  focusing  a  plurality  of  spots 
of  light  of  well-defined  small  diameter  on  the  respective  major 
surfaces  of  said  material  at  locations  along  the  lateral  cross- 
section  thereof,  and  then  projecting  the  reflected  images  of 
said  respective  light  spots  onto  corresponding  detector  units. 
Each  of  the  detector  units  is  in  the  form  of  a  plurality  of  in- 
dividual photo-sensors  arranged  in  masked  array  to  generate  a 
binary-coded  electrical  output  signal,  the  numerical  sig- 
nificance of  which  is  indicative  of  the  displacement  of  the  light 
image  from  a  nominal  position  and  thus  is  representative  of 
the  distance  deviation  of  the  surface  of  said  material  at  each 
cross-section  location  from  a  predetermined  reference  plane. 


13,671,728  ^ 

ELECTRONIC  REKATER  SERVO 
Richard  A.  Day,  Playa  Dtl  Rey,  aad  WWmii  E. 
ABfeies,  both  of  CaHf 
pany.  Culver  Oty,  CaHf. 

IntodOct.5 
lBt.a.G06g 
U^.  CI.  135-189 


Arithmetic  and  logic  elements  next  operate  on  the  respective 
digital  output  signals  from  said  detector  units  to  derive 
roultant  numerical  measurements  of  the  instantaneous 
thickness  of  said  moving  material  at  each  of  said  lateral  loca- 
tions. In  cases  where  one  of  the  major  surfaces  of  the  moving 
material  is  constrained  to  a  fixed  plane,  for  example  by  having 
its  bottom  surface  in  contact  with  a  moving  conveyor  bed, 
then  distance  deviation  measurements  need  only  be  made  at 
lateral  locations  on  the  other,  unconstrained  major  surface  of 
the  material  to  determine  the  instantaneous  thickness  of  the 
material  at  each  of  said  locations. 


to  General  Elcc- 


3,671,727 
ADAPTIVE  CONTROL 
John  M.  RhoMles,  Waynsaboro,  Va.,  assignc 

tricCompony 

Continuation  of  Ser.  No.  633,295,  April  24, 1967,  abandoned. 

ThkappttcationSept.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  71,195 

hA.CL€MSh  19/18, 13/02 

U.S.CL235— 15L11  25  Claims 


2^ 


IvJch, 
,  Milpwn  to  Hughn  Akcnh 

,  1970,  S«r.  No.  77,784 
,a.G06g7/22  I 


19Clainis 


^ 


An  ekctronic  servo  system  utilizing  a  voltage  controlled 
oscillator  to  drive  a  plurality  of  associated  flip-flops  to  develop 
phase-variable,  quadrature  square  wave  output  signak.  These 
quadrature  output  signals  are  then  used  in  a  feedback  loop,  in 
conjunction  with  electrical  signals  corresponding  to  the  sine 
and  cosine  functions  of  a  shaft  angle  of  a  remote  synchro 
transmitter,  to  drive  demodulators  whose  outputs  are  summed 
in  an  amplifier  to  produce  an  error  signal  which  controls  the 
oscillator  signal.  The  system  operates  to  null  the  error  signal 
and  phaae-lock  the  oscillator  signal  such  that  the  electrical 
phases  of  the  quadrature  output  signals  are  accurately  posi- 
tioned ID  be  proportional  to  the  shaft  angle  of  the  remote 
synchro  transmitter.  The  respective  quadrature  output  signals 
of,  for  example,  two  of  the  electronic  servo  systems  may  be 
utilized  in  conjunction  with  signals  to  be  resolved  to  drive 
demodulators  whose  outputs  are  respectively  summed  in  one 
channel  and  rennoduls^ed,  demodulated  and  selectively 
summed  in  another  channel  to  compute  the  vector  rotations 
necessary  for  electronic  resolution. 


3,671,729 
OBSCURATION  WLINEATION  CIRCUITRV 

Foss  Britton  Lux,  Oak  Park,  Mich.,  assignor  to  the  United 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Air  Force 

Filed  Mwrch  10, 1971,  Ser.  No.  122,707 
Int.  CLG06g  7/22 
U.S.CL235— 186  3< 


SfMrt   fvM'tir     3 


To  provide  control  for  an  automatic  processing  operation 
which  is  self-adapting  to  changes  in  operating  conditions  dur- 
ing the  processing  operation,  selected  combinations  of  the 
operating  conditions  are  sensed  and  utilized  to  modify  the  pro- 
grammed commands  controlling  the  processing  operation. 
Where  the  commands  are  in  the  form  of  distal  signals,  the 
recurrence  rate  of  such  signals  is  modified  in  a  direction  and  at 
a  rate  which  is  a  function  of  the  sensed  operating  conditions. 


A  device  for  providing  an  indication,  on  a  radial  plot,  of  all 
the  terrain  obscured  from  the  view  of  an  assumed  observer 
who  b  located  at  some  reference  elevation  above  the  origin  of 
the  plot  The  output  is  obtained  by  means  of  an  X- Y  plotter  or 
coordinatograph.  The  stylus  of  the  coordinatograph  traces  a 
series  of  radial  straight  lines  from  the  point  corresponding  to 
the  observation  point.  The  stylus  is  lowered  to  provide  a  visi- 
ble record  if  the  terrain  is  visible  from  the  observation  point, 
and  is  raised  to  record  a  gap  if  the  terrain  is  obscured  or  not 
visible.  The  device  functions  by  storing  a  quantity  representa- 
tive of  the  largest  value  of  the  look  angle,  as  the  terrain  is 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1149 


scanned  frx>m  the  center  outward,  and  treats  all  terrain  with  a 
look  angle  smaller  than  any  previous  look  angle  as  obscured. 


3,671,730 

ELECTRONIC  DEVICE  FOR  PLANE  GRAPHICAL 

REPRESENTATION  WITH  PERSPECTIVE  EFFECT 

Mnnrkc  J.  M.  PHato,  Paris,  France,  aaignor  to  Marc  Norbert 

Colfet,  Paris,  France 

Filed  March  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,659 
Claims   priority,   application   France,   March    24,    1969, 
6908571 

Int  CL  G06g  7/04,  7/26 
U.S.a.235— 189  15Cteims 


Kj4{> 


The  present  invention  concerns  an  electronic  device  supply- 
ing a  plane  graphical  representation  with  perspective  effect  of 
three  voltages. 

An  electronic  device  comprising  three  electrical  signal 
input  channels  denoted  by  X,  Y  and  Z,  a  signal  distributor 
receiving  electrical  signals  denoted  by  x,  y  and  z  supplied 
respectively  by  the  three  channels  X,  Y  and  Z  and  supplying 
electrically  signals  a  and  b  to  two  channels  respectively 
denoted  by  A  and  B,  the  function  of  the  signal  distributor  to 
amplify  and  combine  the  electrical  signals  jc,  y  and  z  supplied 
to  it  for  supplying  to  the  channel  A  a  signal  a  « /r jr  -f-  m  z  and 
for  supplying  to  the  channel  b  a  signal  b^ly¥  ni,  the  amplifi- 
cation factors  k,  1,  m  and  n  being  independent  of  each  other 
and  negative  or  positive. 

Generally,  the  invention  is  applied  to  the  representation  of 
any  quantities  which  can  be  translated  into  electrical  signals, 
the  variations  of  some  of  which  as  are  functions  of  the  other  it 
is  useful  to  know. 


3,671,731 
PVTHAGOREAS  ADDER  OR  SOLID  STATE  RESOLVER 
GiBcs  J.  Denoncourt,  At^Jou,  Quebec,  and  Peter  T.  Ncjedly, 
Montreal,  QocImc,  both  of  Canada,  awlannri  to  CfifMHWan 
Marconi  Company,  Montreal,  Quebec,  Canada 

FHed  StpL  30, 1969,  Ser.  No.  862,344 
Claims  priority,  application  Canada,  Oct.  9,  1968, 032,096 
"  Int.  CL  G06c  7/22 

U.S.CL  235-192  2Clainis 


nJ 


rr 


»»«■* 


i^ 


-JiL. 


i^* 


W-V*[»l^».C(»'»] 


z 


+ 


ISBi 


the  common  carrier  component  of  the  sin  and  cos  output 
windings  of  a  synchro  differential  resolver.  Each  input  signal  is 
applied  to  a  divider  means  and  to  a  multiplier  means.  The  out- 
put of  the  divider  means  constitutes  the  other  input  to  the  mul- 
tiplier means,  and  the  output  of  both  multiplier  means  are  fed 
to  an  adder.  The  output  of  the  adder  constitutes  the  other 
input  to  the  divider  means.  In  addition,  the  output  of  the  adder 
constitutes  the  square  root  of  the  sum  of  the  squares  of  the  two 
input  signals  or  the  common  carrier  component  of  the  sin  and 
cos  output  windings  of  a  synchro  differential  resolver  —  de- 
pending on  the  application. 


3,671,732 
LAMP 
Knut  Otto  Sassmanshausen,  Idar-Olierstein,  Rothenbach,  Ger- 
many 

Filed  Dec.  8, 1969,  Ser.  No.  882,997 
Int.  CL  B60q  1/30 
VS.  CL  240—83  19  ( 


A  double-beam  lamp,  such  as  a  taillight  or  warning  light  has 
a  collective  lens  bulb  in  the  axis  of  a  surrounding  reflector  in 
whose  focal  space,  the  luminous  wire  of  the  lens  bulb  is 
located.  The  collective  lens  projectt  a  first  beam,  and  the 
reflector,  whose  shape  deviates  fix>m  a  geometrical  parabola, 
projects  a  second  beam,  and  while  one  of  the  beams  is  made 
narrow  and  conical,  the  other  beam  is  spread  in  horizontal 
direction  by  c  cylindrical  dispersing  lens  over  a  wide  angle  for 
lateral  visibility  while  remaining  narrow  in  the  vertical 
direction  to  avoid  loss  of  li^t. 


3,671,733 
STEERABLE  LAMP  SYSTEM  FORMOTOR  VEHICLES 
John  W.  Yee,  Detroit,  Mich.,  assignor  to  General  Motors  Cor- 
poration, Detroit,  Mich. 

FUcd  Jan.  20, 1971,  Ser.  No.  108,070 

Int.  CLB60q  7/72 

U.S.  CL  240— 8.25  3aafans 


"^^t 


A  steerable  lamp  system  for  a  motor  vehicle  wherein  a  pair 
of  supplemental  driving  lamps  operable  through  a  control 
linkage  connected  to  the  vehicle  steering  system  are  rotated  in 
the  direction  of  vehicle  travel  in  response  to  steering  move- 
ment. The  control  linkage  includes  a  motor-powered  extensi- 
ble link  electrically  coupled  to  the  vehicle  turn  signal  system 
A  system  for  providing  the  square  root  of  the  sum  of  the  that  pivots  the  lamps  in  the  direction  of  a  contemplated  turn 
squares  of  two  input  signals  which  can  also  be  used  to  extract   prior  to  initiation  of  the  actual  turning  sequence. 


J^ 


1160 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3^71,734 
RELOADABLE  ELECTRIC  FLAmUGHT 
M.  Ai^ftmMl,  BoiKknNBe,  Flrawx,  airigBor  to 
L«  PHv  WoMkr,  Sirimt  Own  (SdM  Sirial  DniB), 

Filed  Dk.  21, 1970,  Sor.  No.  99,776 
Claiim    priority,    application    France,    Dec.    23, 
6944538 

Iirt.a.F211  7/00 
U.S.a.240— 10.66  2 

»    2«  n  JJ  i»  21    «,  <«  1, 

■     111 


1969. 


jection  from  either  a  horizontal  or  vertical  plane.  Special  load- 
ing means  arc  provided  for  the  film  in  prcwure  plates  at  the 
projector  through  solenoid  operated  gates  to  provide  ready 
accessibility  for  loading  and  unloading.  Advancement  of  the 
fUm,  past  the  film  aperture,  is  effected  through  solenoid  and 
cam  operated  vibratod  shuttles,  «^iich  are  mounted  on  a  ball 
pivot  fbr  two  directkms  of  freedom  to  hold  and  actuate  the 
film.  In  order  to  reduce  wear  on  the  fibn.  the  fifan  is  taken  from 


A  battery  and  case  assembly  attachable  to  the  head  of  a 
flashlight  to  fisdlttate  replacement  of  batteries.  The  head  has  a 
recess  and  the  case  has  a  closure  member  at  the  end  thereof 
received  into  the  recess.  The  closure  member  includes  a 
pierced  cap  and  readily  breakable  means  attaching  the  cap  to 
an  annulus  around  the  cap.  A  sleeve  secured  to  the  annulus 
spaces  the  batteries  from  the  annulus  and  prevents  normal 
electrical  contact  with  the  batteries  until  the  cap  is  detached 
from  the  annulus. 


3,671,73S 
LIGHTING  F1XTVRE 
Charfca  S.  Kli«,  OU  MaMT  How 

Fled  Joiy  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,352 

Iirt.CLF21ai7/00 
U.S.  CL  240— 41.1 


3,671,736 
FILM  TRAINING  PROJECTOR 
Richard  P.  Gundlach,  BcOeviUe,  DL,  aasigiior  to  Gamco  Indus- 
tries, Inc.,  Big  Spring,  Tex. 

Diviaioa  of  Scr.  No.  814,127,  April  7, 1969.  This  applicatkm 
June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,478 
iBt.  CL  F21v  29/00,  G03b 2///6 
U.S.  CL  240—47  1  Claim 

A  visual  training  projector  for  projecting  intelligible  matter 
from  one  or  two  films.  The  projector  may  be  used  to  project 
stationary  pictures  or  motion  pictures,  as  desired,  by  control 
from  a  remote  control  unit  such  as  a  remote  operator's  handle. 
Provision  is  made  through  a  specially  designed  blower  to  pro- 
vide for  cooling  the  projector  lamp  bulb  to  accommodate  pro- 


a  supply  reel  and  fed  to  a  take-up  red  by  sensing  arms  which 
sense  the  tension  in  guided  film  loops  and  control  supply  and 
take-up  moton  to  control  the  play  out  and  take  up  of  the  film 
reels.  Where,  in  addition  to  the  firont  film,  a  rear  film  is  used 
for  fixation  upon  the  tnxA  film,  provision  is  made  for  feeding 
the  films  in  the  same  direction  to  facilitate  timing.  The  con- 
struction of  die  film  reels  and  spindles  is  so  designed  that  the 
film  reols  may  be  wound  in  either  clockwise  or  counter- 
clockwiM  direction. 


I  3,671,737 

METHOD  FOR  FOCUSING  A  DOUBLE  FDCUSIN 
SPECTROMETER 
W.  Hdl,  Skm  Ma*«,  CaBL,  asrigMr  to 


1 


MASS 


Bd  * 


,         raed  May  7, 1969,  Scr.  No.  022,610 
I  taLCLH01Ji9/34 

U5.a25a-4L9ME 


A  lighting  fixture  in  which  a  parallel  beam  of  light  is  pro- 
jected from  the  base  of  the  fixture  onto  a  reflector  supported 
by  a  rod  secured  to  the  base  and  extending  in  the  path  of  the 
beam. 


^^ 


A  double  focusing  mass  spectrometer  utilizing  an  electric 
and  a  magnetic  analyzing  sector  in  tandem  provided  with  a 
mechanically  adjusuble  magnetic  sector.  Optimum  focusing 
of  the  instrument  is  obtained  by  translational  and  routional 
adjustments  of  the  magnetic  sector. 


3,671,738 
UGHTING  STANDARD  OR  POLE  WITH  DOUBLY 
HINGED  BASE 
Robert  W.  Bcochiey,  P.O.  Box  1 1281,  Charlotte,  N.C. 
Fled  Jan.  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  106,180 
V        I  Iitt.CLF2l8  7i/iO 

U.S.CL  240-84 

A  lighting  standard  or  pole  is  provided  with  a  base  assembly 
including  a  ground  concrete  base  having  upstanding^  studs  ar- 

■ 


io 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1151 


ranged  at  the  comers  of  a  square,  a  base  plate  having  opening 
receiving  the  studs  and  adjustable  nuts  upon  the  studs  for 
securing  the  base  plate  to  the  studs  in  a  manner  that  the  base 
phite  can  be  leveled  so  that  the  lighting  pc4e  will  be  extended 
vertically  phunb  with  respect  to  the  ground.  The  opposite 
sides  of  the  base  plate  are  extended  upwardly  and  to  these  op- 
podte  sides  are  opposing  hinged  plates  (me  ci  which  can  be 
pivoted  upwardly  and  over  to  the  right  and  the  other  of  which 
can  be  pivoted  upwardly  and  over  to  the  left.  A  top  plate  is 
secured  by  bolts  to  the  hinge  plates  and  upon  releasing  the 
bolts  at  one  side  of  the  top  plate  and  from  one  hinge  plate  the 
top  plate  and  the  pole  can  be  tilted  downwardly  from  one 
direction  and  upon  releasing  the  bolts  from  the  other  hinge 
plate  while  leaving  the  \iokH  attached  to  the  one  hinge  plate 
the  lighting  pole  can  be  tilted  downwardly  from  the  opposite 


ERRATUM 

For  Qass  250—41  see: 
Patent  No.  3,671,737 


3,671,740 
FUEQUENCY-PROGRAMMED  ELECTRON^APTURE 
IWTECTOR 
J.  Howard  MarshaB,  m,  raaartinB.  aad  Thnofhj  M. 
too,  Skrra  Madre,  bodi  of  CiriK.,  lig to 

FBed  March  IS,  1971,  Scr.  No.  124,291 
Iitt.CLG01n2i/72 
U.S.  CL  250— 43.5  R  lOi 


.23 


'9y'9^/jt^' 


direction.  With  the  pole  tihed  one  way  or  the  other  the  fixture 
and  the  base  are  made  accessible  for  servicing.  The  base  plate 
while  being  connected  to  four  studs  has  multiple  openings  to 
permit  the  base  plate  to  be  oriented  detaching  the  base  plate 
frt>m  the  studs  and  replacing  the  same  into  other  holes  angu- 
larly disposed  from  one  another  about  a  center  opening  in  the 
base  plate  so  that  the  base  plate  can  be  angulariy  oriented  to 
free  the  lighting  fixture  from  trees  or  the  like  when  it  is  desired 
to  tilt  the  lighting  post  toward  the  ground.  A  split  skirt  formed 
of  hingeaUe  parts  is  detachably  fitted  about  the  base  plate  as- 
sembly and  pole  to  enclose  the  same  and  give  a  more  pleasing 
appearance.  A  nist-proof  pan  is  provided  under  the  base  plate 
with  sides  extending  upwardly  to  enclose  the  base  plate  and 
the  hinge  plates  to  permit  a  recessing  of  the  base  assembly  into 
the  ground  so  that  the  pole  top  plate  would  lie  just  slightly 
thereabove. 


3,671,739 
LAMP  ASSEMBLY 
Lawrence  G.  McCain,  Beverly  lUb,  C^H., 
Colcmaa  Company,  Inc.,  Wichita,  Kam. 

Fled  Dec.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,136 
Int.a.F21v2J/04 
U.S.  0.240- 122 


to  The 


UCUms 


A  lamp  sssembly  k  provided  which  is  operated  by  means  of 
the  lens  or  cover.  The  lens  is  slidably  attached  to  the  metal 
base,  which  is  electrically  grounded,  and  a  light  bulb  holder  is 
secured  to  the  base  and  also  electrically  grounded.  A  contact 
connected  to  a  suitable  power  source  is  carried  by  the  lens, 
and  sliding  movement  of  the  lens  with  respect  to  the  base 
brings  the  contact  into  and  out  of  electrical  engagement  with 
the  light  bulb. 


^Sr" 


L J 

It 


fuemtgrrte 


■^ 


1 — ""^^ 


iSrSfWi' 


1.     1 


I 


1- 


/W\     o'f       _r 


tararmt 


^^ 


T' 


JUUL 


-t fh- pwV 


Improved  circuitry  for  increasing  the  sensitivity  of  an  elec- 
tron-capture ionization  detector  includes  a  closed-loop  feed- 
back circuit  which  varies  the  frequency  of  pulses  which  are 
applied  to  the  detector.  The  circuit  responds  to  greater  con- 
centrations of  predetermined  compounds  such  as  gases  by  in- 
creasing the  pube  repetition  frequency  and  responds  to  lower 
concentrations  by  decreasing  the  pulse  repetition  frequency, 
always  tending  to  keep  the  current  flowing  in  the  detector  cir- 
cuit near  a  constant  preset  value.  The  pube  frequency  will 
then  vary  directly  with  the  concentration  of  sampled  com- 
pound in  the  detector,  and  simple  firequency-to-voltage  con- 
version devices  can  be  used  to  signal  such  concentrations. 


3,671,741 

IRRADIATOR  APPARATUS  WTTH  A  FLUID  FLOWPATH 

DETERMINED  BY  COMMUNICATING  CORE  AND 

CASTING  BAFFLES 

David  D.  Woodbridge,  and  Lriaml  A.  Maan,  both  of  Brevard 

Coaaty,  Fla.,  assignors  to  EMrgy  Systems,  Inc.,  Bravard 

Couaty,Fla. 

Filed  Jan.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2,198 

Int.  CLGOlB  27/26 

U.S.CL250— 44  8CWbs 


An  irradiator  apparatus  designed  to  perform  a  sterilization 
treatment  or  like  process  on  waste  material  espedaDy  in  the 


1162 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


liquid  state  such  as  sewage  or  general  industrial  waste  wherein 
a  radiation  source  in  the  form  of  radioactive  material  is  util- 
ized to  eliminate  various  types  ci  micro-organisms  or  other 
undesirable  elements  which  are  carried  by  the  liquid  waste 
material.  The  apparatus  includes  a  structure  comprising  a  plu* 
rality  of  parallel  baffles  arranged  about  a  substantially  cen- 
trally located  core  mounted  within  the  casing  and  structurally 
designed  to  support  a  plurality  of  radioactive  material  ele- 
ments serving  as  the  radiation  source.  The  core  also  includes  a 
plurality  of  parallel  bafDes  which  communicate  with  the  baf- 
fles of  the  casing  to  define  a  somewhat  serpentine  flowpath 
along  which  the  liquid  travels  as  it  passes  through  the  irradia- 
tor. 


3,671,742 
FILM  TRANSFER  MECHANISM  FOR  ELECTRON 
MICROSCOPES 
George  WUiara  Browning,  Gt.  Cknterffbrd,  England,  i 
to  AsMidalcd  Electrkal  Iiadustrics  Limited,  Londoii,  En- 
giaiid 

FBed  April  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,750 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  June  17,  1969, 
30,657/69 

Int.  a.  HOIJ  37/36:  GOln  23/00 
U.S.  CL  250— 49.5  E  15  ( 


as  a  biological  cell,  situated  outside  the  evacuated  micnjscope 
chamber  by  examining  the  field  on  a  layer  or  surface  im- 


3,671,743 
ELECTRON  MICROSCOPY 
William  Charles  Nixon,  2  Cauaewaysidc  Fen  Causeway,  Cam- 
bridge, England 

Filed  April  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  813,259 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  July  3,   1968, 
15,935/68 

lot  CL  HOU  37/26;  GOln  23/00 
VJS,  CI.  250—49.5  A  1  Claim 

Mirror  electron  microscope  techniques  are  used  indirectly 
to  examine  the  electric  or  magnetic  field  in  a  specimen,  such 


I    I 


I    1    ' 


I 


I 


I    ■    I 
I    I    I 


!  i  ' 


I     ri 


U  'J  u  'o  'vj  o  \J/ 

«**A— * " *    *  *  *  ' 


w 


mediately  inside  a  wall  <rf  the  chamber  adjacent  the  ou^de  of 
which  the  specimen  is  placed. 


3,671,744 

DIGITAL  DIFFERENTIAL  EMISSION  X-RAY  GAUGE 
Niklforos  CoMtaaliiic  Brighton,  MiniL,  MrigDor  to  MiaacMMa 
Mining  and  Manufacturteg  Conpny,  Saint  Paoi,  Mian. 
I      Filed  OcL  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77333 
I  IiiLCLG01n2J/22 

U.S.  a.  250—51.5  13  Claims 


OifrilHNTtAt. 


An  electron  microscope  comprising  a  microscope  chamber 
having  a  passageway  extending  therethrough  and  a  film 
mechanism  for  driving  an  electron  stimulated  means,  or  film 
plate,  into  the  microscope  chamber.  The  film  mechanism  in- 
cludes a  tray  disposed  within  the  microscope  chamber  and 
communicating  with  the  passageway,  a  closure  member  posi- 
tioned across  the  passageway  for  preventing  the  passage  of  X- 
rays  through  the  passageway,  a  storage  chamber  disposed  ex- 
ternally of  the  microscope  for  storing  a  film  plate,  and  trans- 
port means  for  driving  a  film  plate  from  the  storage  chamber 
to  the  tray  so  that  the  film  plate  is  moved  to  a  position  to  inter- 
cept a  beam  of  electrons  passing  through  an  object  to  be 
viewed. 


Apparatus  and  method  to  indicate  the  concentration  of  a 
selected  clement  within  a  target  wherein  separated  polychro- 
matic X-rays  produce  first  and  second  monochromatic  X-ray 
beams,  the  wavelength  of  the  first  beam  being  slightly  less  than 
the  absorption  edge  of  the  selected  element  and  the 
wavelength  of  the  second  beam  being  slightly  greater  than  the 
absorption  edge  of  the  selected  element.  The  first  and  second 
beams  irradiate  the  target  to  produce  fluorescent  charac- 
teristic radiation  of  the  target  elements  which  is  received  by  a 
first  and  second  detecting  means  for  producing  a  first  and 
second  digital  signal,  respectively.  A  monitoring  means 
produces  a  third  digital  signal  indicative  of  intensity  fluctua- 
tions of  the  polychromatic  x-rays.  A  differential  ratio  com- 
puter means  produces  an  output  signal  which  is  the  difference 
between  the  first  and  second  digital  signals  divided  by  the 
third  digital  signal,  which  output  signal  indicates  the  concen- 
tration of  the  selected  element  within  the  target.  First,  second 
and  third  movable  wedges  are  utilized  in  calibrating  the  device 
and  to  provide  an  indication  of  the  concentration  of  the 
selected  element  in  percent  deviation  fix>m  a  standard  or  in 
engineering  units  (mg/dm*). 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1153 


3,671,745 

THREE  DIMENSIONAL  AND/OR  TIME  SEQUENCE  X- 

RAY  APPARATUS 

John    Jacques    Fouquart,    Nocthporl,    N.Y.,    — Ignw     to 

Photosystcmc  Corporation,  HMppaiigc,  N.Y. 

FBed  Nov.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,168 

Int.  CL  GOln  23/04,  HOIJ  37/22 

U.S.  0.250— 61  12 1 


high  input  impedance  operational  amplifier  operating  in  the 
inverting  mode  connected  across  the  integrating  capacitor, 
and  a  reference  voltage  source  applied  to  the  noninverting  in- 
put, whereby  the  operati<xial  amplifier  is  initially  in  positive 
saturation  and  switches  to  negative  saturation  when  the 
charge  across  the  capacitor  equal  the  reference  voltage. 
Means  responsive  to  the  negative  saturation  output  of  the 
operational  amplifier  are  provided  to  discharge  the  integrating 
capacitor  and  to  generate  a  pulse,  and  a  pulse  counter  gives  an 
indication  of  total  radiation  received  by  the  sensor.  A  second 
high  input  impedance  operational  amplifier  operating  in  the 
inverting  mode  has  its  inverting  input  connected  to  one  elec- 
trode of  the  integrating  capacitor  and  holds  it  at  zero  poten- 
tial, and  a  current  meter  driven  by  the  output  of  the  second 
operational  amplifier  provides  an  analog  indication  of  the  cur- 
rent from  the  radiation  sensor  flowing  through  the  integrating 
capacitor  and  is  calibrated  in  roentgens  per  minute  received 
by  the  sensor. 


X-ray  apparatus  including  a  cradle  or  platform  unit.  X-ray 
recording  unit  and  an  X-ray  source.  The  cradle  unit  supports  a 
patient  and  provides  for  routing  the  same  about  a  horizontal 
axis  through  an  arc  either  clockwise  or  counterclockwise.  The 
cradle  is  driven  by  a  motor.  The  recording  unit  includes  a 
casette  and  a  casette  support  in  which  is  located  part  of  a  con- 
trol unit.  The  casette  includes  a  part  which  selectively 
operates  switches  controlling,  at  least  partially,  the  taking  of 
three-dimensional  or  action  sequence  X-rays.  These  switches 
select  panels  on  a  rotatable  drum  which  are  constituted  by  two 
groups  respectively  controlling  operation  of  the  cradle  motor 
and  the  duration  of  the  X-ray  exposure.  The  aforesaid  drum  is 
driven  by  a  motor  through  the  intermediary  of  a  slip  clutch 
with  which  is  associated  a  cam  having  the  purpose  of  causing 
relative  movement  between  a  film  and  grid  in  the  recording 
unit  to  provide  for  recording  a  sequence  of  exposures  on  ad- 
jacent strips  of  the  film.  The  drum  is  either  automatically 
operated  or  alternatively  is  stepped  through  a  sequence  of 
operations  under  manual  or  operator  control. 


3,671,747 

PICOSECOM)  OPTICAL  APPARATUS  UTIUZING 

OPTICALLY  mDUCED  BIREFRINGENCE  IN  SOLIDS 

Michel    Albert    Duguay,    Summit,    NJ.,    ascigDor    to    BcU 

Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  HIH,  Bcriuly 

Hciglits,NJ. 

Filed  March  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23^49 

InL  a.  H04b  9/00 

U.S.  0.250— 199  8  Claims 


i-- 


SOTROPIC  SOLID  « 


Birefiingence,  optically  induced  in  solid  materials  by  pulses 
of  picosecond  duration  and  high  intensity,  is  utilized  in  a  light 
gate,  an  amplitude  modulator,  a  multiplexer  and  other  optical 
devices. 


3,671,746 

STABLE,  LOW  LEVEL  RADIATION  MONITOR 

Tom  N.  Thicic,  Oconomowoc;  Lester  O.  Gcriach,  Musltcfo, 

and  Thomas  P.  Gilmore,  Wauwatosa,  aO  of  Wb.,  assignors  to 

AlUs-Chalmcrs  Manufacturing  Company,  Milwaukee,  Wh. 

FDcd  June  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,739 

Int.  CL  GOlt  1/16 

U.S.0. 250-83.3  R  12  Claims 


-^^^^=>{ 


P»l 


-'^^nZD>^^jm^ 


3,671,748 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  POSITIONER 

CALIBRATION  SYSTEM 

David  Friedman,  FramiBgham,  Mav.,  Mrignor  to  Coraputcrvl. 

sioB  Corporation,  Burliiqfton,  Mass. 
Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  850,976,  Aug.  18, 1969,  Pat 
No.  3,617,757.  This  applicatloa  Aug.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

66,211 
Int.  CL  GOIJ  1/20;  G05b  1/00;  GOlb  11/26 
U.S.O.250— 201  18, 


VARr  Signal  •!  with 

ARTICLE    POSITION  AT 

FIRST  RATE  BETWEEW 

KNOWN     POSITIONS 


VARr   SIGNAL   •!     AT 

SECOND  SUWER  RXTE 
AT  PLATEAUS  OOTSIDC 
Of  KNOWN   POSITIONS 


MEASURE  AND  STORE 
SIGNAL  <•  I  VALUES  AT 
POINTS  IN   PLATEAUS 


GENERATE  SIGNAL  *>Z 

FROM  STORED  PLATEAU 

VALUES 


A  radiation  monitor  has  a  low-lo«  integrating  capacitor       A  method  and  apparatus  for  automatically  calibratins  the 
connected  to  be  charged  by  the  output  of  a  radiation  sensor,  a   position  of  a  movable  article  between  two  rcferet>ce  positions 


1154 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


in  teniis  of  the  output  of  an  electrical  podtion  tenaor.  The 
method  and  apparatus  are  used  in  an  article  positioning 
•ystem  in  which  it  it  desired  to  precisely  position  the  article  at 
a  preselected  proportion  of  the  distance  between  the 
reference  positions.  Variations  in  the  sensing  paths  are  com- 
pensated for  by  automatically  registering  the  sensor  outputs 
when  the  article  is  at  each  reference  position  and  then  inter- 
polating other  sensor  values  between  these  to  obtain  the  ar- 
ticle's position. 

3,671,749 
SIMULTANEOUS  UGHT  TRIGGERING  OF  THYRISTOR 

ARRAYS 
Joka  D.  Harndca,  Jr^  SchoMCtady,  N.Y^  aarignor  to  GcMral 
Ekctrk  ConpMiy 

Fled  Feb.  17, 1971,  Ssr.  No.  1 16,152 

brt.CLH01Ji9//2 

U.S.  CL  250—208  1 1  Claims 


makes  use  of  three  possible  electrical  signals  of  different  am- 
plitude level  obtained  from  scanning  at  least  one  track  of 
marking!  subdividing  the  track  to  a  certain  degree  of  (inencn, 
and  of  a  control  signal  obtained  from  scanning  a  tnck  of 
higher  fineness.  The  combined  signals  control  a  threshold 
value  discriminator  of  which  the  output  signal  is  used  for 
changing  the  digits.  An  apparatus  for  practicing  the  method 
comprises  a  displaceable  record  carrier  having  tracks  of  dif- 
ferent degrees  of  fineness  thereon  with  only  one  sensing 
means  avociated  with  each  track.  Each  sensing  means  is  con- 
nected to  a  summing  circuit  stage  which,  further,  is  in  connec- 
tion with  the  sensing  means  associated  with  the  track  of  higher 
fineness.  The  summing  circuit  stage  is.  in  turn,  connected  to 
the  threshold  value  diMmminator. 


Cmt  .if 


^  L 


te 


irtttwm 


eittuir 


3,671,751 

PHOTON  ENERGY  DETECTOR  GENERATING  SIGNAL 
IN  WHICH  DURATIONS  OF  FIRST  AND  SECOND  HALF 
CYCLBS  ARE  RESPONSIVE  TO  PHOTON  ENERGY  AND 

DIODE  CONTINUFTY  RESPECTIVELY 
Jcnry  W.  Kortge,  and  James  A.  Rodacr,  both  of  Kokoao,  lad.. 
I  to  General  Motors  CorporaHoa,  Detroit,  Mkh. 
Filed  Sept.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,501 
lot  CLGOIJ  5/00.  GOlk  7/00.  ii01Ji9/72   I 

i< 


U.S.CL250— 211J 


\  Clafnis 


Series  and  parallel  thyristor  arrays  are  switched 
synchronously  with  respect  to  their  own  anode  in  high  voltage 
a-c  and  d-c  circuits  using  light  activated  gating  circuitry  con- 
trolled by  a  common  light  emitting  diode  for  simultaneous 
triggering.  Each  individual  gating  circuit  includes  a  light  sen- 
sor device  and  an  almost  continuously  available  source  of  gat- 
ing energy  obtained  from  its  own  isolated  power  supply  in  the 
form  of  a  tuned  high  frequency  resonant  circuit  The  toroidal 
coils  in  each  resonant  circuit  are  coupled  together  and  to  a 
power  coil.  Non-magnetic  unit  gating  circuit  power  supplies 
are  also  described. 

3,671,750 

METHOD  OF  SYNCHRONIZING  THE  CHANGE  OF 

DIGITS  IN  ABSOLUTE-VALUE  MEASURING  DEVICES 

AND  APPARATUS  THEREFOR 

Kaat  Hdtasawm  Wctilar,  awl  Eckart  SdUMidcr,  BcrghaoMO, 

both  of  GcrwMy,  MripHwi  to  EnMt  LdH  GnUi,  Wctdar, 

Gcrmaay 

FRed  Jaly  20, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  56,372 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany.  July  29.  1969,  P  19 

38  377.8 

Iat.CLiiOlJ-5/76 
U.S.CL250— 237R  6Clalm8 


A  relaxation  oscillator  produces  a  cyclical  output  signal 
having  alternate  first  and  second  half  cycles.  The  oscilator  in- 
cludes a  timing  circuit  having  a  resistance-capacitance  net- 
work. The  resistance  includes  a  PIN  photo  diode  which  ex- 
hibits a  reverse  leakage  current  responsive  to  the  photon  ener- 
gy incident  upon  the  diode.  The  photo  diode  defines  the  dura- 
tion of  the  first  half  cycles  as  a  function  of  the  reverse  leakage 
current  nf  the  diode  and  defines  the  duration  of  the  second 
half  cycles  as  a  function  of  the  forward  drive  current  of  the 
diode.  The  first  and  second  half  cycles  <rf  the  output  signal  are 
averaged  to  provide  an  output  level  having  a  magnitude  which 
is  responsive  to  the  photon  energy  incident  upon  the  photo 
diode  and  is  responsive  to  the  continuity  of  the  photo  diode. 


L .. 


A  method  of  synchronizing  the  change  of  digits  in  the  in- 
dicator kA  abaolute-value  measuring  devices.  The  method 


I  3,671,752 

LOCKING  DEVICE  USING  RADIATION  CONDUCTING 

KEY  I 

Stea-L«MiMt  BoatroM,  Boa  607,  Hi^u  slsn,  Swedai  I 
FBed  Jaa.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5^420 
Claims  priority,  application  Sweden.  Jan.  7. 1969. 1S4/69 
Iirt.a.H0gJ9//2 
U  A  CL  250—220  R  ^       i « Cialins 

Security  locking  device  comprising  mechamcal  locking 
means  adapted  to  be  electrically  controlled,  a  source  of  laser 
radiation  a  plurality  of  opto-electrical  transducers,  a  light  con- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1165 


ducting  key  insertable  into  a  mating  key  hole  and  arranged  to 
thereby  connect  the  source  with  the  transducers  for  transmis- 


transparent  area  in  the  form  d  a  logarithmic  spval  so  that 
when  the  discs  are  rotated  at  different  speeds  they  produce  a 


•"Jf-T. 


sion  of  laser  radiation  thereto  to  open  the  mechanical  locking 
means. 


3,671,753 
STACK  SENSING  SHEET  FEED  CONVEYOR  CONTROL 

MEANS 
Rayaioad  L.  R.  Lucas,  Avcaae  de  La  RcpubHque,  Prechac, 
Gfaroadc,  France 

FBed  April  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,861 

lot  CLG06B  7/00 

U.S.a.  250-222  R  10  Claims 


/  f7~eiy 


A  stop  plate  is  provided  against  which  the  forward  edge  of 
sheets  discharged  from  a  conveyor  to  form  a  stack  impinge 
with  a  photoelectric  ceQ  being  mounted  in  the  stop  iriate  for 
sensing  the  top  of  the  stack  to  actuate  a  drive  motor  for 
sequentially  lifting  the  discharge  end  of  the  conveyor  as  the 
height  of  the  stack  progresses. 


3,671,754 

SCANNING  APPARATUS  FCHt  BIOLOGICAL 

MICROMNSrrOMETRY 

Bami  Mimdkor,  Slorrs,  Coosk,  assign  nr  to  Uaivcralty  of  Coa- 

MCticat,  Stom,  CoHL 

FBed  Jane  18, 1968,  Scr.  No.  737,967 
InL  CL  HOIJ  5116;  G02f  1130 
U.S.CL250— 236  9CWbm 

A  scanning  device  that  includes  a  pair  <A  opaque  members 
which  rotate  about  a  common  axis  and  lie  across  the  path  of 
radiant  ener^  where  one  member  has  a  transparent  area  in 
the  form  d  a  straight  line  and  the  other  member  contains  a 


scanning  aperture  of  constant  shape  and  configuration  formed 
by  the  intersection  of  the  transparent  areas. 


3,671,755 

APPARATUS  FOR  AUGNING  TWO  OBJECTS  WHICH 

COMPRISES  A  SOURCE  OF  UGHT,  A  PHOTOSENSITIVE 

DETECTION  SYSTEM  AND  TWO  PATTERN  CARRIERS 

Ecrenst  Fraas  Hovhis,  Fmmasfaigd,  Eiadhovca,  NctlMrtaads, 

assigDor  to  U.S.  Philips  CorporadoB,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FOed  Sept  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,135 
Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  Sept.  24,  1969. 
6914S31 

Into.  HOIJ  i/74 
U.S.CL250— 237R  41 


0-' 


t^ 


/H 

7 


A. 


9 


An  apparatus  for  the  rdative  alignment  of  two  objects  is 
described  which  comprises  at  least  one  light  source,  a 
photosensitive  detection  system  and  two  carriers  which  are 
made  of  a  translucent  nuterial  or  an  opaque  material  and  on 
which  have  been  formed  patterns  of  areas  of  an  opaque 
material  or  a  translucent  material  respectively.  It  is  shown  that 
a  direct  indication  <A  the  direction  of  a  deviation  is  otxainable 
by  using  a  special  embodiment  in  which  the  patterns  of  the' 
carriers  each  consist  of  two  regular  component  patterns,  one 
of  the  component  patterns  on  oat  of  the  carriers  being  stag- 
gered with  respect  to  the  other  component  pattern  on  this  car- 
rier throu^  a  small  distance  in  the  direction  of  width  of  the 
areas,  the  regimi  to  one  side  of  one  of  the  component  patterns 
and  that  to  the  other  side  of  the  other  component  pattern  on 
this  carrier  being  made  <rf  an  opaque  material,  while  with  each 
of  the  said  component  patterns  there  is  associated  a  separate 
detector. 


3,671,756 
ELECTRICAL  POWER  GENERATOR 
Eadl  S.  Meier,  P.O.  Box  83,  Babcock,  Wis. 

FBed  OcL  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84,047 

Ial.CLF03b7i/00 
U.S.CL290— 54  3< 

An  air  driven  wheel  is  magnetically  coupled  to  drive  a  plu- 


,1 


1166 


OFFICIAL  GAZET 


rality  of  electrical  generators  to  generate  electrical  power 


ife 


June  20,  1972 


161 


dicator.  A  contact  pin  serves  to  couple  the  cam  cylinder  to  the 
steering  whqel  for  joint  rotation  therewith  and  alto  to  electri- 


responsive  to  the  actuation  of  the  wheel. 


cally  connect  the  lower  circuit  part  in  the  steering  wheel  with 
the  hon)  circuit  part  in  the  car  body. 


3,671,757 
TRACTOR  TRAILER  UGHTING  SYSTEMS 
Jolui  Ray  KMn,  Bumaby,  BritMi  Cohunbia,  Canada, 
to  KMn  &  AadcnoB  Ltd.,  Vancouver,  Britteh  Columbia, 
Canada  FIM  Sept.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,924 

FUcd  June  1, 1970.  Scr.  No.  42,000  Int.  CL  H03k  1 7182 

Int.  CL  H02b  3100  VJS.  CI.  307—88  R 

U.S.  CI.  307-10  LS  11  Claims 


\ 


3,671,759 
MAGNETIC  SENSOR 
Otto  Walter  Dopheidc,  Bcacoaafldd,  Quebec,  Canada,  assignor 
to  Northern  Electric  Company  Limited,  Montreal,  Quetwc, 


5ClUns 


«o^ 


'*\.r^ 


•\.* 


•^ 


"%J 


^ 


To  protect  the  tractor  lighting  system  from  the  effects  of 
short  circuits  in  the  trailer  lighting  system  the  tractor  and 
trailer  lighting  systems  are  separated.  The  tractor  system  in- 
cludes a  control  element  such  as  the  coil  of  a  relay  and  the 
trailer  system  a  switching  element  operable  by  the  control  ele- 
ment. 


3,671,758 

STEERING  STRUCTURE  CAPABLE  OF 

SIMULTANEOUSLY  COMPLETING  A  HORN  CIRCUIT  IN 

A  MOTOR-CAR 
Mmmtu  SuniU,  Hrlrilfrignn,  Japan,  awignnr  to  Kabudiikl 
Kdriia  Tokal  Rika  DnU  Sdwlniriw,  NhUlumigii-gun, 
AicU-PrcfMturc,  Japan 

FUed  Nov.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  90,357 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Nov.     17,     1969, 
44/108964 

InLCLHOIh  9/00 
U.S.a.307— lOR  2Clafans 

A  steering  structure  capable  of  simultaneously  completing  a 
horn  circuit  in  a  motor-car  which  comprises  a  cam  cylinder 
rotatable  with  the  steering  wheel  and  having  a  cam  with  one  or 
RKMre  cancelling  projections  for  cancelling  the  turn  signal  in- 


A  ferrod  Sensor  comprising  an  elongated  ferrite  stick  having 
a  pair  of  spaced  apertures  through  which  are  threaded  an  in- 
terrogate winding  and  a  read-out  winding.  Pulses  or  alternat- 
ing current  on  the  interrogate  winding  induce  output  pulses  in 
the  read-out  winding  as  long  as  the  ferrite  stick  is  not  satu- 
rated. A  control  winding  is  wound  about  the  ferrite  stick  and  is 
adapted  to  be  energized  by  a  pair  of  telephone  lines,  for  exam- 
ple when  the  receiver  is  taken  off  the  hook  switch.  This  cur- 
rent causes  saturation  of  the  ferrite  stick  so  that  flux  switching 
cannot  take  place  and  no  pulses  are  induced  in  the  read-out 
winding.  The  ferrite  stick  and  its  windings  are  placed  within  a 
ferromagnetic  pot  core  thereby  gaining  higher  sensitivity  for 
the  same  amount  of  current  as  compared  to  known  sensors  as 
well  as  studding  from  external  magnetic  fields.  The  device  is 
very  compact  and  a  screw  in  one  end  of  the  pot  core  allows  for 
varying  the  sensitivity  of  the  device. 


I' 


■  3,671,760 

CONDITION  MONITORING  AIVARATUS 
OUvcr  W.  HoliMa,  3321  Rowcna  Drive,  Loa  Alandtos,  Calf. 
,  FUed  Apri  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  137,204 
latCLHOlhii/OO 
U.S.CL307— 116  6CUnis 

A  condition  monitoring  apparatus  for  use  by  homeowners, 
small  business  operators  and  the  like  to  provide  a  warning  of 
unauthorized  entry,  fire,  flooding,  or  other  condition  change. 
A  variety  of  detection,  sensor,  and  monitoring  devices  can  be 
attached  to  the  apparatus  as  inputs,  including  both  parallel 
and  series  connected  switches  and  independent  monitoring 
systems.  Certain  of  the  input  circuiu  incorporate  a  time  delay 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1157 


device  to  delay  response  to  the  apparatus  to  an  input  condi- 
tion change.  On  actuation  of  the  apparatus,  a  latching  relay 
provides  power  to  a  pair  of  control  relays.  One  control  relay 
remains  energized  until  the  latching  relay  is  reset,  while  the 
other  control  relay  becomes  de-energiz^  after  a  predeter- 
mined time  interval.  Energization  of  the  control  relays  is 


adapted  to  apply  power  to  various  lighting,  alarm  and  indica- 
tor devices  attached  to  the  apparatus  as  outputs.  The  ap- 
paratus permits  selection  of  any  of  a  variety  of  input  and  out- 
put devices  to  suit  the  apparatus  to  the  needs  of  a  particular 
user,  with  optional  on-ofT  control  of  certain  input  and  output 
circuits. 


3,671,761 
SINGLE  PULSE  GENERATING  CIRCUIT 
Ko^  Shibuya,  and  Tcruhi  Takano,  both  of  Tokyo,  Japan,  as- 
signors to  Nippon  Electric  Co^  Ltd^  Tokyo,  Japan 

FOcd  Jan.  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  108,287 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Jan.  22.  1970, 4S/6996 

Int.a.H01h47/i2 

U.S.  a.  307- 106  3  Claims 


Electronic  switching  apparatus  employs  oppositely  poled, 
shunt  connected  thyristors  selectively  activated  for  energizing 
a  load  during  only  a  single  half  cycle  of  an  appUed  alternating 
current  waveform.  A  stabilizing  circuit  is  provided  to  suppress 
subsequent,  repetitive  thyristor  conduction  intervals  which 
otherwise  occur  when  the  load  exhibits  a  significant  inductive 
reactance  component. 


3,671,762 
THERMOSTAT  SET 
James  Brooks,  IlwuMiaa  Bench;  Ralph  E.  Drumroond,  Cudahy; 
Frank  J.  Heinz,  Garden  Grove,  and  WilHara  W.  Chambers, 
Anahdm,  aU  of  CaUf.,  aadgnors  to  Robertshaw  Controb 
Company,  Rlchmoad,  Va. 

Filed  April  29, 1971,  Scr.  No.  138,440 

Int.  a.  HOlh  37/72 

U.S.CL  307-117  12  Claims 

A  thermostat  set  for  selective  connection  with  a  center  tap 
transformer  and  a  temperature  control  device  operator  and  to 
be  selectively  assembled  to  provide  a  thermostat  with  or 


without  a  control  switch.  The  thermostat  set  includes  a  base 
including  first  through  fourth  electrical  terminals  and  having  a 
bridge  circuit  thereon  which  includes  first  and  second  re- 
sistance means  formed  with  a  node  at  their  common  end.  The 
first  resistance  means  is  in  the  form  of  a  temperature  sensor. 
The  base  circuit  includes  rectifier  means  having  its  gate  con- 
nected with  the  first  node,  lead  means  connecting  the  free  end 
of  the  first  resistance  means  with  the  first  electrical  terminal 
and  the  free  end  of  the  second  resistance  means  with  the 
second  electrical  terminal  and  the  power  circuit  of  the  rectifi- 
er means  with  the  third  and  fourth  terminals.  A  first  sub-base 
is  provided  which  includes  first  and  second  input  terminals  for 
connection  with  opposite  sides  of  said  transformer  and  a  third 
input  terminal  for  connection  with  the  center  tap  thereof,  such 
sub-base  further  including  first  through  fourth  output  ter- 
minals. A  first  sub-base  circuit  connects  the  respective  first 
through  third  input  terminals  of  such  sub-base  with  the  first 


7^ 


'w 


through  third  output  terminals  thereof  and  the  second  input 
terminal  with  the  fourth  output  terminal  thereof  A  second 
sub-base  also  includes  first  through  third  input  terminals  and 
first  through  fourth  output  terminals  and  second  sub-base  cir- 
cuit means  connects  the  first  through  third  input  terminals 
with  the  respective  first  through  third  output  terminals  and  the 
second  input  terminal  with  the  fourth  output  terminal.  The 
second  sub-base  circuit  further  includes  switch  means  for 
breaking  the  circuit  through  such  second  sub-base.  Electri- 
cally conductive  mechanical  connector  means  is  provided  for 
selectively  connecting  the  first  throughfourth  terminals  in  the 
sub-base  with  the  respective  first  through  fourth  output  ter- 
minals of  the  respective  first  and  second  sub-bases  whereby  a 
workman  may  select  either  the  first  or  second  sub-base  for  as- 
sembly with  the  base  to  thereby  provide  a  thermostat  with  or 
without  switch  means  depending  upon  the  requirements  of  the 
particular  installation. 


3,671,763 
TERNARY  LATCHES 
GcraM  A.  Midey,  FWridil,  and  Jmms  L.  Walsh,  Hyde  Park, 
both  of  N.Y.,  Mrignors  to  International  Buaiiica 

Coi'pomtion,  Annonk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 12,935 
Int.  a.H03k  7  9/0« 
U.S.a.307— 209 


V+v 


Two  latch  circuits  are  disclosed  for  three-state  operation  in 
the  ternary  mode.  The  set  input  may  be  raised  to  a  1  or  inter- 


1168 


OFFICIAL  GAZE 


TTE 


June  20,  U972 


mediate  voltace  level  thereby  providing  •  1  level  at  the  output 
which  remains  latched  at  that  level  after  the  set  input  is 
lowered  to  the  0  or  lowermost  level.  When  the  set  input  is 
raited  to  the  uppermost  or  2  level  the  output  ii  set  at  the  2 
level  and  remains  latched  at  that  level  when  the  set  input  is 
lowered  to  the  0  level.  The  circuits  are  reset  to  0  by  raising  the 
reset  input  to  the  2  level. 


3^71,764 
AUTO-RESET  TERNARY  LATCH 
Gerald  A.  Maky,  Fkhidl,  aad  JaMS  L.  Walsh,  Hyde  Park, 
both  of  N.Y^  MJiann  to  hUaraalioMl  BMiM 
,N,Y. 
Ned  Feb.  5, 1971,  S«r.  No;  112,983 
Iirt.  CL  H03k  19100, 3114 
U.S.CL307-209  13' 


SATE 


OR 


■=)    |8€Tf 


A 


^ 


^    1 


^  /OOTPOTj 


n 


-13 


NORMALLY 
AT  a"? 


7 —        —    0  M«ESeT 


An  auto-reset  ternary  latch  has  a  data  input  line,  a  gate  line 
and  an  output  line.  Each  of  said  lines  is  adapted  to  assume  any 
one  of  three  potential  levels.  When  the  potential  of  the  gate  is 
lowered  from  the  uppermost  level  to  an  intermediate  level,  the 
potential  ci  the  output  line  moves  up  or  down  one  level  to  an 
intermediate  value.  When  the  potential  of  the  gate  is  lowered 
all  the  way  to  the  lowermost  level,  the  potential  of  the  output 
line  matches  that  of  the  data  input  line.  The  potential  of  the 
output  line  is  maintained  at  said  value  when  the  potential  of 
the  gate  line  is  thereafter  raised. 


3,671,765 

ELECTROMECHANICAL  RESONATOR  EMPLOYING 

PIEaSOELECTRIC  CERAMIC  CONSISTING  OF  LEAD 

ZIRCONATE-TITANATE  CONTAINING  MANGANESE 

MONOXIDE 

lfim\  HdM  Hwdtt,  Aadw,  CMWiy,  Bsrigaiir  to  UA  PMipi 

^^  .^  ■'--      m.f  -  -  ■     «t         a       |k|  «v 

VJgpOl IMIIIi  lie W   mOImf  ni«i« 

FVed  Sept.  25, 1970,  Sa*.  No.  75,414 
Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands.  Oct.  7.   1969, 
691S11S 

bLCLHOlv  7/00 
U.S.a.310— 9J  4CWm 


1200 
MMO' 

no 

iOO 
200 


A 


on  lUo    a$«  u  28     VI  VLO 


MnO  art.  % 


iaghaa 


Alr^ 


3,671,766 
OSCILLATING  MECHANISM 
D.  Howe,  Los  Ai^riSB,  CaW .,  aasipMr  10  Hi 
crall  CoHVttiy,  C«h«r  aty,  CaML 

I  of  Scr.  No.  766,699,  Oct.  1 1, 1968,  aboMloMd. 
McaliiMi  Jww  29, 1970,  Sv.  No.  56,094 
Iat.CLH02kJJ/7« 
U&  0,310-39 


ISCWsas 


The  invention  teaches  a  minor  oscillating  through  an  angu- 
lar arc  defbied  by  arc  terminal  points.  Springs  associated  with 
the  mirror  absorb  the  kinetic  energy  of  halt  at  the  terminal 
points  and  provide  the  primary  driving  force  and  energy  to  the 
mirror  for  reversing  the  direction  of  oscillation  thereof  toward 
the  opposing  terminal  point.  Magnetic  means  provides  a 
source  force  to  induce  oscillation  fitmi  dead  stop  and  to  sup- 
plement the  spring  action  by  compensating  for  frictional  and 
other  energy  losses  during  operation.  Means  are  provided  to 
bias  the  mirror  to  one  of  the  terminal  positions  when  inopera- 
tive. The  mirror  is  powered  at  each  terminal  point  and  freely 
moves  at  a  substantially  constant  angular  velocity  between  the 
terminal  points. 

This  invention  relates  to  an  arrangement  for  oscillating  an 
element,  such  as  a  reflecting  surface,  back  and  forth  in  an  ar- 
cuate path  at  a  substantially  constant  angular  velocity  throu^ 
a  major  arc  segment. 


}  3,671,767 

JHALL  EFFECT  SWITCHING  DEVICE 
Writer  Rkhvd  Davis,  Tsovc,  Aris^  aaripw  to 
IM.,  FraaUto  Park,  OL 

Flod  Jaik  15, 1971,  Ssr.  No.  106,865 
tat  CLHOlr  5/00 
UA  0.307-309  10 


Oaims 


HALL 
EFFECT 
DEVICE.  10 


^        j;^36 


SxS'^ 


TRKS«CR  CKT,  30 


OUTPUT 


ro-i! 


!^<Wt 


«-ii 


MAS 
SUPfS-Y.  ^0 

-A 


:i-63 


OIPFERENTIAL  AMPUFCR 


VMRIABLE  CURRENT  SOURCE,  20 


An    electromechanical    resonator    having    a    ceramic  There  U  disclosed  a  Hall  eflfect  switching  device  involving 

piezoelectric  member  consisting  of  MnO-containing  lead  zir-  the  combination  of  a  Hall  effect  device,  a  differential  amplifier 

conate-titanate  of  the  composition  Pb(Zr,Ti,_,)0,  ->-  y  *  by  and  a  current  control  trigger  cirouit.  The  use  of  the  differential 

weightof  MnO, where*— 0.52-0.58andy— 0.22-0.40.  amplifier  fai  conjunction  with  the  current  control-trig||er  cir- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1169 


cuit  amplifies  the  Hall  effect  voltage  and  permits  the  use  of  3,671,770 

high  hysteresis  triggers.  Control  of  the  current  contnri-trigger  TEMPERATURE  COMPENSATED  BIAS  CIRCUIT 

circuit  is  accomplished  by  a  pair  of  current  sources,  the  output   ThoMas  M.  Frsdcrikaai,  Scotlsdde,  Aril.,  anifMr  to  Mo* 

of  one  of  which  is  varied  in  response  to  the  output  of  the  dif-       torola.  Inc.,  Franklfai  Pm4c,  DL 

ferential  amplifier.  The  trigger  circuit  is  initially  unbalanced  in 

iu  OFF  mode  and  is  turned  ON  by  the  output  of  the  amplifier 

reaching  a  predetermined  high  value.  The  trigger  is  turned 

OFF  by  the  output  of  the  differential  amplifier  returning  to   U.S.CL  307—310 

some  specified  low  value. 


DIvWiM  of  Scr.  No.  701^35,  Jaa.  29, 1968,  PM.  No. 

3,538,424.  This  appMcaliea  Aug.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,549 

tat  O.H03k  77/74 

6( 


Mr 


A  two  input  OR  gate  with  resistive  feedback  between  the 
output  terminal  and  one  of  the  input  terminals  of  the  OR  gate. 
The  second  input  terminal  dt  the  OR  gate  serves  as  s  the  set 
input  terminal  to  the  flip-flop  and  is  normally  maintained  at  a 
level  indicative  of  a  binary  "0".  To  set  the  flip-flop,  a  voltage 
indicative  of  a  1  is  momentarily  applied  to  this  set  terminal.  To 
reset  the  flip-flop,  a  voltage  indicative  of  a  zero  is  momentarily 
applied  to  the  reset  terminal  of  the  flip-flop.  The  latter  is  cou- 
pled throu^  a  level  shift  circuit,  including  active  element 
means,  to  the  first  input  terminal  of  the  OR  gate. 


^^  3,671,769 

EXPOSURE  MEASURING  DEVICE 
TosMo  Tomomltni,  and  Talsiio  F^UH,  both  of  Tokyo,  Japan,  w. 
slgMTB  to  Nippon  Kogaku  K.K.,  Tokyo,  Japaa 

FIsd  JaiL  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  865 
Oaims  priority,  application  Japan,  Jan.  10, 1969.44/1684 
tat  CLGOIJ  7/00 
U.S.CL307— 311  8 


Exposure  measuring  device  having  means  for  compensating 
the  variation  of  power  source  voltage.  A  feedback  means  is  in- 
corporated in  the  exposure  measuring  device  so  that  upon 
switching  the  switches  to  the  contacts  for  the  compensation  of 
the  variation  of  the  voltage  of  the  power  source,  the  compen- 
sation of  the  voltage  is  'automatically  affected  and  the  proper 
exposure  measuring  is  perfumed. 


•"■^ 


3,671,768 
HIGH  SPEED  SET-RESET  FLIP-FLOP 
Michael  Coopcrman,  Cherry  HIU,  N J.,  assigBor  to  RCA  Cor- 
poratioa 

FHed  Oct.  31, 1966,  Scr.  No.  590,830 

lat  CL  H03k  i/26. 79/JO.  Gl  Ic  7  9/00 

U.S.O.307-289  7Claims 


n 


Disclosed  is  a  monolithic  voltage  regulator  having  a  high 
current  capability,  a  constant  low  output  impedance  from  DC 
to  several  hundred  kilocycles,  and  a  high  ripple  reducticm  fac- 
tor.  The  regulator  hat  excellent  tramient  response;  it  provides 
a  wide  range  of  regulated  output  voltage  and  has  a  low  tem- 
perature drift.  The  voltage  regulator  includes  a  voltage  stan- 
dard or  bias  source,  an  input  differential  amplifier  stage  hav- 
ing a  pair  of  transistors  coupled  to  a  current  sink  (a  current 
source  passing  current  to  ground),  and  one  of  the  transistors 
in  the  pair  is  ccmnected  through  a  current  gain  stage  to  an  out- 
put terminal.  A  DC  reference  shifting  circuit  is  connected  to 
the  input  of  one  transistor  in  the  pair  and  provides  a  reference 
voltage  to  the  differential  amplifier  stage  which  has  been 
translated  to  provide  the  required  vohage  level  at  the  output 
terminal.  The  output  terminal  is  connected  directly  to  the 
input  of  the  other  transistor  in  the  pair  in  order  to  achieve  a 
unity  feed  back  factor  to  provide  excellent  constant  loop  per- 
formance independent  of  the  output  voltage.  The  direct  cou- 
pled feedback  connection  eliminates  any  undesirable  gain  loss 
and  phase  shifting  due  to  resistance  in  the  input  circuits  of  the 
differentially  coupled  transistor  pair. 


3,671,771 
CHARGE  AMPLIFIER  FOR  A  BUCKET  BRIGADE 
CAPACITOR  STORE 
Frsdcrik  LeoMvd  Johaa  Saa^tcr,  EmmMtofd 
Ncthsrlaads,  aarignor  to  U.S.  Phlips  Corpcratlom  New 
York,N.Y. 

FBed  Ai«.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,367 
Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  Sept.  6,  1969, 
6913618 

tat.  O.  H03k  7  7/26 
U.S.a.307— 293  7< 


A* — 


A  charge  amplifier  for  a  bucket  brigade  storage  circuit  uses 
two  transistors,  a  pair  of  diodes  and  two  auxiliary  capacitors 


1160 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  20,  1972 


connected  in  the  charging  path  of  one  of  the  bucket  brigade 
capacitors  for  amplifying  the  capacitor  charge  of  the  bucket 
brigade  capacitor  without  reducing  the  permissible  driving 
range  of  the  bucket  brigade  storage  circuit. 


3,671,772 

DIFFERENCE  AMPLIFIER 

Robert  A.  Heak,  Hyde  Park,  N.Y.,  asrignor  to  IntcmatioiiaJ 

Busiacas  Machines  Corporatkm,  Armonk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct.  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862,703 

bM.CLH03k3/26 

U^  a.  307-291  8  Claims 


■rm  II 


A  difference  amplifier  used  as  a  sense  amplifier  for  stored 
binary  data  being  read  from  a  computer  memory.  The  amplifi- 
er includes  a  pair  of  cross-coupled  transistors,  a  power  source 
providing  an  operating  voltage  for  said  transistors,  and  means 
for  intermittently  applying  said  power  source  to  the  cross-cou- 
pled tranmtors.  Selective  application  means  apply  each  of  the 
pair  of  vohage  signals  to  be  differentiated  from  each  other  to  a 
respective  one  ct  the  pair  of  croas-coupUngii,  i.e.,  the  pair  of 
cross-connected  regions  in  the  transistors,  in  the  case  (dread- 
ing from  binary  storage,  the  voltage  signals  are  applied  fh>m 
the  pair  of  aenae  lines  from  the  memory  storage.  The  signals 
are  applied  during  a  period  when  the  voltage  source  is  not 
being  applied  and,  consequendy,  both  of  the  paired  transistors 
are  in  the  non-conductive  state.  The  signals  establish  a  stored 
charge  in  each  at  the  transistors;  the  difference  between  these 
charges  will  determine  which  of  the  transistors  assumes  the 
conductive  state  when  the  power  is  subsequently  applied. 


3,671,773 
D.C.  CONVERTER  HAVING  CONTROL  TRANSISTOR  IN 

BLOCiONG  OSCILLATOR  FEEDBACK 
GObcrt  L  CardwtB,  Jr.,  ForiMiila,  CtM.,  airignor  to  The 
United  Slates  of  AnMrica  as  rrprtstnted  by  the  Secretary  of 
thcAirForce 

Fled  M«y  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  144,478 
latCLHOSki/iO 
U.S.CL307— 27S  2( 


An  apparatus  for  increasing  an  applied  DC  voltage  level  to  a 
higher  DC  voltage  level  by  utilizing  a  current  feedback  net- 
work to  iMt>vide  fast  switching  and  control  in  the  power 
transistors. 


3,671,774 

ZERO  RECOVERY  TIME  TWO  TRANSISTOI 

MULTIVIBRATOR 

Sidney  E.  MDlman,  Van  Nuys,  CaUf.,  asrigwor  to  TR^  Inc. 

Redondo  Beach,  Calif. 

FHcd  Dec.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,809 

Int.  CLH03k  J/26.  i/;0 

U.S.CL307— 273  9  Claims 


J 


An  impix>ved  two  transistor  monostable  multivibrator  hav- 
ing an  extremely  short  retrigger  time  is  disclosed.  Recovery  to 
the  stable  state  is  initiated  by  the  abrupt  removal  of  base  cur- 
rent from  the  nomudly  "ofT'  transistor  which  causes  that 
transistor  to  come  out  of  saturation  and  revert  back  to  its 
blocking  sute  so  that  the  circuit  subsequently  regenerates 
back  to  its  sUble  state.  Simultaneously,  the  normally  "on" 
transistor  satitfates  and  the  timing  capacitor  discharges  via  a 
very  low  impedance  path.  The  discharge  through  the  very  low 
impedance  path  is  responsible  for  the  extremely  fast  rertrigger 
time.  CoaversicMi  of  the  multivibrator  from  monostable  to 
astable  operation  is  also  disclosed. 


3,671,775 
PULSE  SHAPING  CIRCUIT  WITH  MULTIPUl 
APPUCATION 
George  H.  Kam,  Tonawanda,  N.Y.,  aalgnor  to  Sylvoala  Elec- 
tric Products  Inc. 

FBcd  April  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,073 
Int.  CLH03k  7/70 
U.S.  CL  307-271  14( 


**-^9+V 


"oMt^r 


lER 
ilalaec- 

ICbdms 


A  pulse  shaping  circuit  comprising  a  series  resonant  circuit 
and  a  shunt  resistor-diode  damping  circuit  in  combination 
with  a  square  wave  input  and  a  grounded  base  transistor  load 
to  provide  a  pulse  of  controlled  width  and  amplitude.  The 
damping  circuit  dissipates  all  but  the  first  half  cycle  of  reso- 
nant circuit  ringing.  A  dual  circuit  employs  a  parallel  resonant 
circuit  and  common  eminer  load  transistor.  In  a  frequency 
multiplier  application,  the  resonant  circuit  is  tuned  to  the 
desired  harmonic  frequency  and  a  bandpass  filter  is  connected 
at  the  transistor  output. 


3,671,776 
DIGITAL  SIGNAL  SYNCHRONIZING  SYSTEB 
Robert  D.  Hooaloa,  Wcbrtcr,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Xarwc  < 
tion,  RodMster,  N.Y. 

1     FBcd  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,805 

I  Int.  CL  H03k  5/00, 1 7/00 

VS.  CI.  307—269  1  Claim 

A  digital  signal  synchronizing  system  wherein  a  locally 

generated  timing  ^gaal  is  compared  with  received  binary  data. 


EM 

:  Corpora- 


11AO 


r\-c*T?jnj  AT    r«  A '7ir"Twr"c« 


Twr^rn    OA       1  A^O 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1161 


If  the  timing  signal  lags  the  bit  rate  of  the  binary  data,  pulses  3,671,779 

are  added  to  the  timing  signal  and  if  the  timing  signal  leads  the  FIELD  EFFECT  TRANSISTOR  SWITCHING 

binary  data,  pulses  are  deleted  from  the  timing  signal.  Means     ARRANGEMENT  FOR  AMPLIFYING  ONLY  LOW  LEVEL 

SIGNALS 
James  KfWicn  Draper,  Famham,  and  David  Michael  CIdcfc, 
Bracknd,  both  of  Enghud,  aasignors  to  Inlcmationai  CoMH 
putcrs  Limited,  London,  England 

FOed  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,023 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jan.  28,  1970, 
4.054/70 

Int  CL  H03k  7  7/76,  7  7/60 
U.S.  0.307-251  SCIalMt 


mccvtao 

■WMT 


5^ 


J  DKITM. 


^^^.-r-1:S^^^ 


[^ 
^ 


ontrM. 
a*ca.uio* 


are  provided  for  controlling  the  bandwidth  of  the  system  and 
the  system,  in  addition,  has  a  phase  versus  frequency  response 
which  is  substantially  constant  over  the  range  of  operating 
frequencies. 


3,671,777 
FAST  RISE  TIME  PULSE  GENERATOR 
Harold  R.  NcwcB,  South  Newbury,  N.H.,  mI^mm-  to  Mcmr- 
Matic  Ekctroaici  Corponrtioa,  Warner,  N.H. 

FUed  March  22, 1968,  Scr.  No.  715,372 

Int.CLH03k77/00 

U.S.CL307— 268  llClainis 


?9 


■•A. 


38 


» » —-* 1 •  + 


An  output  amplifier  is  fed  from  a  load  via  a  F.E.T.  pre-am- 
plifier  included  in  switching  means  for  disabling  conduction  of 
F.E.T.  pre-amplifier  during  application  of  certain  input  signals 
to  the  load. 


3,671,780 
CONTROL  CIRCUITS 
Peter  Leffcrls,  HopcwcB,  N J.,  CMignni  to  Hdnemann  Electric 
Company,  Lawrence  Township,  N  J. 

FOed  Nov.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  879,173 
Int.CLH03k77/00 
U.S.  CI.  307-252  UA  14 1 


A  device  for  generating  fast  rise  time  pulses,  in  which  a 
mechanico-electric  transducer  translates  mechanical  opera- 
tion or  motion  to  a  single  electrical  output  pulse  of  relatively 
slow  rise  time  characteristic  for  application  to  a  semiconduc- 
tive  pulse  shaper  of  monostable  or  bistable  nature  for  produc- 
ing a  rapid  rise  time  output  pulse  of  the  desired  shape. 


3,671,778 
SWITCHING  CIRCUITS 
George  D.  Hanchett,  Sumndt,  N J.,  assignor  to  RCA  Corpora- 
tion, New  York,  N.Y. 
Continuation  of  Scr.  No.  590,320,  Oct  28, 1966,  abandoned. 
This  appUcatfcNi  Sept  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,389 
Int.CLH03k77/00 
U.S.  CL  307—252  B  13  Claims 


,2Jfcrr<^ 


A  bidirectional  gate  controlled  device,  such  as  a  triac,  is 
connected  in  circuit  with  a  time  constant  circuit,  an  AC 
source,  and  a  load.  The  time  constant  circuit  is  adapted  to 
charge  only  when  the  AC  source  is  of  a  given  polarity;  its 
discharge  duration  being  sufficient  to  provide  a  triggering 
signal  to  the  gate  of  the  device  to  trigger  it  into  consecutive 
conduction  in  both  of  its  conducting  directions. 


Circuiu  for  generating  a  control  pulse  in  response  to  a 
change  in  an  external  condition,  By  charging  a  capacitor  from 
a  pulsating  direct  current  source  over  a  substantial  part  of  the 
source  pulsation  and  discharging  the  capacitor  rapidly  near 
the  zero  crossover  point  of  the  pulsation.  Subsequentiy  the 
control  pulse  is  applied  to  a  power  switching  device,  in  par- 
ticular the  cathode  terminal  of  a  controlled  rectifier. 


3,671,781 
WAVEFORM  RESTORER  CIRCUIT 
Donald  W.  Shute,  Burttngtoa,  Mass.,  assignor  to  Spacetac  In- 
corporated, Burlington,  Mass. 

FBcd  July  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,086 
Int  CL  H03f  3/38;  H03k  5/13, 1 7/56 
UA  CL  307—252  W  10 1 


-dS. 


Apparatus  is  disclosed  including  a  waveform  restoring  cir- 
cuit for  extracting  porti<M»  of  a  fundamental  waveform  from  a 


1162 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


composite  waveform  and  combining  those  portions  to 
reproduce  the  ftmdamental  waveform,  including  means  for 
producmg  a  series  of  pulses  from  the  composite  wavefonn, 
each  pulse  representing  a  portion  of  the  fundamental 
waveform,  switching  means  for  selectively  conducting  the  pul- 
ses and  synchronized  control  means  for  driving  the  switching 
means  to  conduct  the  pulses  in  a  predetermined  pattern  for 
reconstructing  the  ftmdamental  waveform. 


3^71,7t2 
SAMPLE-HOLD  AND  READ  CIRCUIT 

IHIMm"  .  INaahtliiii;  Cari  mmkMm  Wlwlisy. 
lr„  SooMnct,  aad  RhmI  DmIcI  Kaapp,  SwarvMs,  tM  of 
N J^  assigffnrs  to  RCA  Corperadoa 

FBed  Dec.  1, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  93,965 
lot  CLHOSk;  7/00 
U.S.Cl.307-238  6i 


A  sample  and  hold  circuit  using  a  first  and  second  opera- 
tional tranaconductance  amplifier  with  a  voltage  storing 
device  connected  in  circuit  between  the  first  and  second  am- 
plifiers. A  sample  of  the  amplitude  level  of  an  input  signal  is 
stored  in  the  storage  device  at  predetermined  times  when  the 
first  amplifier  is  rendered  operative.  The  sampled  level  is  pro- 
vided at  the  circuit  output  terminal  at  other  predetermined 
times  when  the  second  amplifier  is  rendered  operative. 


3,671,783 
SAMPLE  AND  HOLD  CIRCUIT 
Dairid  Hampcl,  WcMfMd,  and  Joaeph  Bryaa  Lcr«h,  North 
N Jn  — Iganri  to  Tht  Ualled  Staiss  of 

I  by  tlM  Sacrctwy  of  the  Air  Force 
15, 1971,  Ssr.  No.  153,309 
UtL  CL  B03k  5/00;  1103k  5/20 
U.S.CL307-238  ICIalns 


0OT«/T 


♦  — 


A  balanced  sample  and  hold  circuit  in  which  a  pair  of 
transistors  control  the  bias  on  a  pair  of  diodes  and  these 
transistors  are  activated  by  pulses  applied  to  the  bases  thereof. 
The  diodes  connect  the  input  signab  to  the  output  terminals 
and  there  is  a  holding  capacitor  in  shunt  with  the  output  ter- 
minals. Resistois  are  coimected  across  the  input  terminal  to 
provide  a  load  when  the  circuit  is  in  the  off  condition. 


3,671.784 

PIEZO-ELECTRIC  TRANSDUCERS  HAVING  VARIABLE 

SENSmviTY  BETWEEN  THE  BOUNDARIES  OF  THE 

PIEZO-ELECTRIC  CRYSTAL  ] 

Richard  liaiA  MMchdl,  CMBbridfle,  EnglMid,  MsigMT  to  U.S. 


FHad  July  23, 1970,  Sot.  No.  57,549 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  July  29.  1969. 
38.052/69 

Int.  CL  HOlv  7/02;  H04r  1 7/00 
U.S.CL3I0— 9.5 


7Clafans 


An  acoustical  transducer  having  an  improved  electrital  im- 
pedance at  the  lower  end  of  the  uaefUl  acoustical  paasband 
comprises  a  body  of  material  in  which  a  stress  is  produced  by 
the  application  of  a  magnetic  or  electrical  field.  The  body  of 
material  has  a  first  boundary  substantially  free  of  acoustical 
boundary,  a  second  boundary  acoustically  matched  to  an 
acoustic  wave  transmission  media  and  means  for  producing  an 
electrical  field  stress  in  the  material  which  will  propagate  from 
the  first  boundary  to  the  second  boundary  with  the  stress 
decreasing  in  a  substantially  continuous  manner  along  the 
propagation  direction. 


I  3,671,785 

ELECTRIC  VURATORV  MASSAGER 
Rldtord  C  FlKhs,  MBwaskoc;  Daalsl  L.  Siikow,  Grafton,  and 
Dennis  P.  WBu,  Mlwankec,  tM  of  Wh., 
Corporation,  Mlhrankee,  Wis. 

1    Fled  Jnly  12, 1971,  Ssr.  No.  161,483 
I  Int.  CLH02k  7/06 

U.S.CL  310-50  16  ( 


ma 

1 


An  improved  electric  hand-held  vibratory  massager  is  dis- 
closed in  which  the  brush  holders  for  the  massage  are  made  of 
plastic,  and  the  connectors  for  supplying  electricity  to  the 
brushes  are  integraUy  molded  into  the  plastic  bruih  holders. 
The  input  power  line  is  connected  to  the  base  of  the  massager 
and  the  electrical  leads  from  the  brush  holders  to  the  base  pass 
through  the  vibratory  spring  that  supports  the  motor  on  the 
base  and  then  down  through  the  standard  that  supports  the 
spring  whereby  the  amount  of  strain  that  the  lead  wires  to  the 
brushes  must  withstand  is  substantially  reduced. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1168 


3,671,786 

MOTOR  AND  SEA|.  SECTION  UTILIZING  A 

FLUORINATED  ETHER  AS  A  SINGLE.  HOMOGENOUS, 

BLOCKING  COOLING  AND  LUBRICATING  FLUID 

Joteny  W.  JonsB,  Trisa,  Okku,  MBlgnor  to  BorrWvnsr  Cor- 

poradMi,  Cycago,  DL 

fled  Jnly  6, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  52.490 

Inl.CLH02kJ//2 

U.S.a.310— 87  5CWnM 


Louk  L 


3.671,788 
REGULATABLE  ALTERNATOR 

Rkhard  C.  FMnk,  both  of  Norwich,  and 
H.  WMte.  EarMBa.  di  of  N.Y.,  MslvMrs  to  ( 

■too,  Inc«,  Norwich,  N.V. 

FBid  Nov.  30, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  933B2 
Int.CLH02k2V/74 
U.S.CL310— 156  12  ( 


alhS 


A  submersible  motor  and  seal  section  containing  a 
homogeneous  lubricating  and  cooling  fluid  which,  in  addition, 
concurrently  blocks  the  entry  of  ambient  well  fluid  into  the 
motor.  The  seal  section  is  in  fluid  communication  with  the 
motor  and  with  the  ambient  well  environment.  It  accom- 
modates thermal  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  lubricating 
and  cocking  fluid  experienced  due  to  the  intermittent  opera- 
tion of  the  motor. 

The  fluid  possesses  essential  properties  al  thermal  conduc- 
tivity, dielectric  strength,  lubricity,  compaubility  with  other 
motor  component  materials,  and  immiscibility  with  well  fluid 
to  provide  lubrication  and  cooling  of  the  motor  and  effective 
resistance  to  contamination  by  ambient  well  fluid. 


3,671,787 

LAMINATED  DYNAMOELECTRIC  MACHINE  HAVING 

NONMAGNETIC  LAMINA  FOR  STRUCTURAL  SUPPORT 

Christopher  C.  Herron,  Boulder,  Colo.,  Msignor  to  Intcma- 

tkMwi  Busincas  Macfaiacs  Corporation.  Armook,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  171^21 

IntCl.H02k  27/26 

U.S.CL310— 154  14  Claims 


A  permanent  magnet  dynamoelectric  machine  whose  hous- 
ing is  formed  by  a  plurality  of  continuous  nonmagnetic  lamina 
wdiich  support  a  plurality  of  discontinuous  magnetic  lamina  in 
cooperative  relaticm  to  permanent  magnets.  The  nonmagnetic 
lamina  structurally  defines  the  machine  housing  and  includes 
lamina  cavities  to  hold  the  magnets.  The  ncmmagnetic  lamina 
includes  other  lamina  portions  which  nnount  the  discontinuous 
magnetic  lamina  in  cooperative  relation  to  the  magnets  to 
define  the  magnetic  flux  path  and  the  working  air  gap. 


MAW  ^   MTH 
»ITH   I..0 

♦  PAfH     or 

OONTMl  RBJ  Xj 

l**M  #  MTN 
i    WITH+IcKUX. 

y   **  *  *  -f**^ 


An  alternator  comprising  a  permanent  magnet  rotor  con- 
stricted to  retain  circumferentiaOy  polarized  permanent  mag- 
nets in  place  without  substantial  stress  on  the  magnet  material. 

A  sutor  cooperating  with  the  rotor  is  constructed  to  permit 
regulation  of  the  alternator  output  by  the  use  of  a  control 
winding  which  may  saturate  part  of  the  magnetic  circuit  in  the 
stator. 

The  magnetic  structure  of  the  stator  includes  an  annular 
magnetic  circuit  means  with  inwardly  projecting  teeth.  Each 
tooth  is  separated  into  at  least  two  axially  separated  radial 
branches.  The  annular  magnetic  circuit  means  and  the  teeth 
define  magnetic  return  circuits  for  the  flux  firom  the  poles  on 
the  rotor.  Each  pair  of  axiaUy  spaced  tooth  branches  is 
bridged  at  its  inner  and  outer  ends  by  magnetic  noembers, 
which  together  with  the  two  tooth  sections  define  a  magnetic 
loop  circuit.  The  control  winding  encircles  the  stator  inside 
the  magnetic  loop  circuits.  Application  of  current  to  the  con- 
trol winding  produces  a  flux  which  cooperates  with  the  alter- 
nating flux  fi-om  the  rotor  pole  to  saturate  one  of  the  two 
parallel  teeth,  while  leaving  the  other  unsaturated.  Thus,  the 
saturation  and  hence  the  reluctance  of  the  magnetic  circuit  in 
the  stator  is  controlled  but  there  is  always  present  an  unsatu- 
rated magnetic  return  circuit  interrupted  only  by  the  air  gaps 
at  the  stator  periphery. 


1164 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3^71,789 
SYNCHRONOUS  RELIJCTANCE  MOTORS  HAVING 
ROTOR  SEGMENTS  OF  EXTENDED  POLE  SPAN 
W.  MiMilii,  Wl—ipai,  MM*nln,  CMiailM^iwIpiHr  to 

tario,  Canada 

Fled  Jan.  19, 1971,  Sm.  No.  107,640 

h^CLHOIk  19/06 

U.S.CL310— 163  SClataM 


line,  with  ttraight,  parallel  top  and  bottom  edges,  ttraight  tide 
edges,  and  intennediate  edge  portions  curved  on  a  uniform 
radius  about  the  motor  axis.  The  end  beUs  have  uniplanar 
•houldert.  normal  to  the  bearing  axis,  that  engage  the  flat  end 
surfaces  ot  the  stator  core  and  have  axially  inward  tongue-Uke 
projections  that  snugly  engage  the  rounded  surfaces  on  the 
tutor  cor«  for  end  bell  and  bearing  coaxiality. 


r  .   -z 


^k\ii 


In  reluctance  motors  having  rotors  with  segmentally 
disposed,  axially  extended,  radially  laminated  stacks  of  steel 
strips  carried  on  a  conducting  core,  improved  synchronous 
perifbrmance  and  increased  asynchronous  torque  are  achieved 
when  the  rotors  are  modified  to  associate  only  one  segmental 
body  with  each  pair  of  adjacent  MMF  poles  of  the  sutor  field. 
The  modification  is  actually  a  simplification,  namely  the  span 
of  each  segmental  body  is  peripherally  extended  to  nearly  the 
span  of  two  adjacent  stator  poles,  whereby  the  steel  laminae 
carry  a  higher  peak  magnetic  flux  centered  on  the  strips  lying 
at  the  radial  mid-depth  position  of  a  stack.  A  higher  total  flux 
is  also  realized  and  the  flux  distribution  in  the  air  gap  is  more 
nearly  sinusoidal,  lacking  the  gaps  characterizing  flux  patterns 
of  prior  art  rotors.  Odd-numbered  harmonic  coefficients  of 
the  flux  distribution  are  thus  minimized.  Considerable  savings 
in  construction  are  also  realized.  Motors  are  described  ranging 
from  one  pair  of  rotor  poles  up  to  four  pairs,  although  the  in- 
vention extends  to  any  practicable  higher  pole  numbers. 


I  3,671,791 

WIPER  AND  SUP  RING  ASSEMBLY 

Erwin  Mniler,  and  Dine  Bettini,  both  of  Munich,  Germany, 
assignors  to  Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft,  Munich,  (>trmany 

i  Flkd  March  16, 1971.  Scr.  No.  124,706 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany.  March  20.  1970,  G 
70  10  427.7 

lM.CLH02k/J/00 
U.S.  CI.  310-219  3CWim 


3,671,790 

LOW-SHAFT,  LOW-PROFILE  ELECTRIC  MOTOR 

John  C.  Widstnuid,  Wausau,  Wb.,  assignor  to  Marathon  Ekc- 

tric  Manufacturing  Corporation,  Wausau,  Wis. 

Filed  AprI  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  137,268 

Int.  CLH02k  7/26 

U.S.  a.  310—216  8  Oabat 


A  two-pole  induction-run  motor  can  have  asynunetrical 
poles  at  opposite  sides  of  a  horizontal  plane  on  its  axis.  All  sta- 
tor core  laminations  are  identical,  generally  octogonal  in  out- 


Synchro  sliding  springs  of  hairpin  shape,  the  closed  end  of 
which  is  in  the  form  of  a  ring  that  surrounds  the  greater  part  of 
its  supporting  pin  and  whose  elastic  opening  is  a  little  pmailer 
than  the  actual  diameter  of  the  support  pin. 


unailc 


3,671,792 

FAST  WARM-UP  INDIRECTLY  HEATED  CATHODE 

STRUCTURE 

Clayton  L.  Waitcrmire,  Eaaton,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Intcmatioaal 

Tdcpbone  and  Telegraph  Corporation,  Nutlcy,  N  J. 

Filed  Oct.  29, 1969,  Ser.  No.  872,323 

Int.  CLHOIJ  7/20,  79/74 

UA  CI.  313— 337  gClaims 


A  tun^ten  heater,  covered  with  a  thin  alumina  layer  (about 
I  mil),  is  potted  inside  a  molybdenum  cathode  cup  in  a  sin- 
tered mass  formed  from  a  mixture  of  fine  particles  (of  the 
order  of  1-5  microns)  of  molybdenum  and  nickel  in  the 
weight  ratio  of  at  least  40  percent  molybdenum,  but 
preferaUy  about  90  percent  moly.  The  emissive  surface  of  the 
cup  has  a  matrix  of  sintered  nickel  carbonyl  filled  with  al- 
kaline earth  metal  emissive  oxides.  The  cup  is  supported  by 
invar  struts. 

The  processing  includes:  (I)  preparing  a  sintered  nickel 
carbonyl  matrix  layer  for  the  emissive  surface  of  the  cup;  (2) 
ball-milling  molybdenum-nickel  mix  with  butyl  carbitol,  and 
after  covering  the  heater  therewith,  inserting  the  heater  in  the 
cup,  firing  the  assembly  in  hydrogen  at  between  1,150°  to 
LSSO*  C  until  sintered;  and  (3)  impregnating  the  nickel  car- 
bonyl matrix  with  a  mix  of  alkaline  earth  carbonates  in  methyl 
alcohol  and  using  heat  and  ultrasonic  vibration  to  compete  im- 
pregnation. After  assembly  in  tubes,  activation  and  aging  fol- 
lows. 


T....^   on     tfkna 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1165 


3,671,793 

HIGH  FREQUENCY  TRANSISTOR  STRUCTURE  HAVING 

AN  IMPEDANCE  TRANSFORMING  NETWORK 

INCORPORATED  ON  THE  SEMICONDUCTOR  CHIP 

Robert  M.  Scarlett,  Palo  Alto,  CaHf.,  assignni  to  Intcmationai 

Tdephooe  and  Tdcyraph  CorporatfoB,  Nutlcy,  N  J. 

Filed  SepL  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,257 

Int.  0.1101177/00,  75/00 

U.S.  CL  317—235  R  7CWnis 


^lotirmn 


,>'//fj'rj'/r/.mt%v^/'^M'/<^A^  ^m% ////'',/ w/ 


J  -a 

f 


This  is  a  semiconductor  component  having  an  active 
semiconductor  device  formed  within  a  substrate,  and  an  im- 
pedance transforming  network  incorporated  on  said  substrate 
and  coupled  to  said  device  so  as  to  reduce  the  effect  of  the 
device  lead  inductance  which  is  common  to  both  a  circuit 
input  and  output. 


3,671,794 
SHADOW  MASK  SUPPORT  MECHANISM  FOR  A  COLOR 

TELEVISION  IMAGE  TUBE 
Hiroto  Nakamura;  Akira  Sato,  both  of  Takatsuki,  and  Kcn-khi 
Doi,  Kobe,  all  of  Japan,  avIgnorB  to  Matsushita  Electronics 
Corporation,  Osalia,  Japan 

Filed  March  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,422 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    March    24,    1969, 
44/24045 

Int  a.  HOIJ  29/06.  i7/20 
U.S.a.313— 85S  1  Claim 


A  shadow  mask  support  means  including  three  leaf  springs 
for  supporting  a  rectangular  shadow  mask  on  a  face  panel  at 
three  sides  of  a  frame  of  the  mask,  said  three  leaf  springs  hav- 
ing a  predetermined  relationship  with  respect  to  the  spring 
constant  and  deflection  so  that,  even  when  the  image  tube  is 
subjected  to  a  shock  load  or  the  shadow  mask  in  thennally  ex- 
panded, the  change  in  the  relative  position  ci  the  shadow 
mask  and  the  fisce  panel  is  minimized. 


3,671,795 

HIGH  CONTRAST  DISPLAY  FOR  ELECTRON  BEAM 

SCANNER 

Lester  A.  Jcffa^ca,  Palos  Vcrdcs  PttnfaHula,  CidU.,  assignni  to 

Northrop  Corporation,  Beverly  Hih,  C^U. 

FVed  Aug.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,71 1 
Int.  CL  HOIJ  7/70, 6i/02 
U.S.CL313— 109  4< 


7^ 


/ 

y' 

-7^ 

fe 

^. 

"•--, 

,_^^                                  -^» 

)^ 

=:^.^. 

'  ^■^                                  f  / 

'   ,. 

-y 

■•^ 

-h-- 

An  electron  beam  scanner  has  a  broad  surfaced  target  and 
an  area  cathode  with  control  electrodes  sandwiched 
therebetween  for  controlling  the  electron  flow  between  the 
cathode  and  the  target.  The  target  comprises  a  transparent 
plate  member  having  a  phosphorescent  coating  thereon  which 
emits  light  through  the  transparent  plate  in  response  to  elec- 
trons incident  thereon,  electrons  being  passed  from  the 
cathode  to  the  target  through  channels  formed  by  alined  aper- 
tures in  the  control  electrodes.  The  surface  of  the  control  elec- 
trode directly  opposite  the  phosphorescent  coating  on  the  tar- 
get is  light  absorbent  such  that  substantially  all  of  the  light 
passing  through  the  target  plate  or  reflected  from  the  outer 
surface  thereof  is  absorbed. 


3,671,796 
PLASMA  ARC  FLASH  SOURCE 
Anthony  P.  Passamante,  Ordand,  Pa.,  assignor  to  The  United 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  tlw  Secretary  of  the 
Navy 

Filed  Jan.  27, 1971,  Ser.  No.  110,203 
Int.  a.  HOIJ  67/04 


U.S.C1. 313-204 


4CWIW 


"A  "\  fK 


A  plasma  arc  flashtube  for  flash  photography  comprises  a 
tube  divided  into  an  upper  and  lower  cylindrical  chamber  by  a 
disc  having  a  peripheral  aperture.  Arcuate  upright  partitions 
in  each  chamber  define  a  spiral  inductive  path  leading  from  a 
central  upper  electrode  through  the  upper  and  lower  cham- 
bers terminating  at  a  central  lower  electrode. 


3,671,797 
SPARKGAP  CHAMBER  WITH  ARC  STRETCHING  TEETH 

EMBODYING  OPTIMUM  HEAT  SINK  MEANS 
Eari  W.  StctMNi,  nttdkU,  Mam^  aMlfner  to  Gmm 
Company 

Filed  March  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,347 
lOLCLHOlj  29/84 
U.S.CL313— 325  9< 

A  sparkgap  assembly  for  a  surge  voltage  arrester  is  provided 
with  arc-elongating  teeth  and  arcing  chamber  wall  means  that. 


1166 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  l]972 


in  combin«tioii,  afford  an  optimum  heat  sink  arrangement  for  Darlington  pair  to  drive  a  d^:  coupled  deflection  ttanifonner- 

S)Sr^x1toguWui«  choke  «r«.tement«.d  the  «»ncoUr  To  Uneai^  the  ««! 

Srl!!!.S»  lSfS«^  ,«1  control  it.  «npUtude  two  Murce.  of  ywabled<«e  ecu- 
•embly  operates  to  stabilize  its  mechanical  and  thermal 


ciC  >-/" 


m^ 


characteristics  so  that  the  re-seal  voltage  of  the  arrester  is  in- 
creased without  developing  excessive  arrester  arc  voltage, 
thus,  affording  performance  characteristics  that  were  not 
possible  with  prior  art  sparkgap  assemblies. 


pled  to  the  input  transistor.  A  first  source  is  rectified  signals 
from  the  transformer-choke  and  the  second  source  i»  the 
potential  of  the  choke  driving  transistor. 


3^71,798 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  UMTTING  FIELD- 
EMISSION  CURRENT 
W«yM  L.  Leas.  Lcxk^loi^  Maas^  Mrignnr  to  Tlw  Uoitod 
Stales  «f  Amcrioi  as  rcprearatod  by  the  Adnfayrtrator  of  the 


lofSsr.  No.  763,744,  Sept.  30, 196S, 

I  Dec  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,343 
liiLCLHOlJ  7/76.  79/70 
U&  a.  313— 336  10 


*  3,671,000 

SELF-SUPPORTING  LOAD  BEARING  VOLTAGE 
GRADING  RESISTORS  FOR  A  UGHTNING  ARRESTER 
Eari  W.  Stateoa,  Pktaflcld,  Mass.,  asslganr  to 
Coaspany 
CeattaiMtiM  of  Scr.  No.  813,501,  Aprfl  4, 1969.  t 

I  Jaiu  1 1, 1971,  Sar.  No.  105,724 
1^.0.110115/04 
U.S.a.315— 36  31 


»CWm 


Self-protected  electrodes  ytbkh  inherently  limit  fidd- 
emitted  currents  to  a  safe  value  and  also  stabilize  such  cur- 
rents are  discioaed.  The  electrodes  are  characterized  by  a  plu- 
rality of  columnar  conductors  connected  at  one  end  to  a  com- 
mon potential  source.  The  electrodes  are  insulated  from  one 
another  along  their  lengths  whereby  the  effective  or  exposed 
surfaces  tiiereof  are  subdivided  into  a  mosaic  of  conducting 
patches  which  are  insulated  fitMn  one  another. 


A  lightning  arrester  characterized  by  having  a  plurality  of 
self-supporting,  semi-annular  shaped  ventage  grading  resistors 
that  are  adapted  to  support  the  weight  of  spark  gap  assemblies 
«iiich  are  electrically  connected  in  parallel  therewith. 


iCP 


3,671.799 

TELEVISION  RECEIVERS  UTILIZING  TRANSISTORS 

CONNECTED  AS  A  DARLINGTON  PAIR 

Net'tlmeed,  belli  ef  Fn^and,  Msjpnrs  to 


Fled  Jan.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  566 
laLCLHOlJ  29/70 
UA  CL  315—27  TD  6 

A  transistorized  vertical  deflection  circuit  for  television 
receivers  is  disclosed,  where  two  transistors  are  connected  as  a 


3«671301  I 

MAbNETRON  RAPID  FREQUENCY  CHANGER 
C.  Maari^  SykaavMs.  Md..  airi^nr  to  TW  UailMi 
«f  AoMrica  m  iiptiisslsd  by  ths  Seuatary  of  the 

Navy 

FVad  Mwcli  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  128,103 
fart.  CLHOIJ  25/50 

UACL  315-39.55  ^  .^    ^     ^  ^S^u 

A  magnetron  is  rapidly  tuned  over  a  wide  bandwidth  by  m- 

serting  and  withdrawing  a  conductive  tuning  element  in  an 
anode  cavity.  The  conductive  element  is  mounted  on  a  plate 
which  is  moved  in  increments  by  a  plurality  of  solenoids.  A 
stop  is  mounted  on  the  solenoids  and  each  solenoid  when  ac- 
tuated pulls  the  i^te  an  incremental  distance.  The  plate, 
when  actuated  by  a  sin^e  solenoid  slides  along  the  other  sole- 


(OaiaBS 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1167 


noid  rods  in  the  solenoid  array.  A  spring  pushes  the  plate 
against  the  force  of  the  solenoids  and  returns  the  plate  to  posi- 


filamentt  are  needed.  The  combination  of  the  inductance  in 
the  primary  and  the  capacitor  in  the  secondary  provide  suffi- 


..  -■  [. 


£3: 


cient  power  for  igniting  the  fluorescent  tube  while,  at  the  same 
time,  limiting  the  current  through  the  tube  after  ignition. 


tion  of  maximum  element  insertion,  when  the  solenoids  are  .  ^-,  ^a^ 

de-enersized  3,ft7i,»o« 

uc-cncrgKcu.  VARIABLE  DUTY  CYCLE  SWUCHING  CIRCUIT 

RiehardD.Cbwch,CaMior,N.Y.,ass4pMrtoAaMifca 

3,671302  dard  Linear  Systems,  Inc.,  Candor,  N.Y. 

VEHICLE  HEADUGHT  CONTROL  CIRCUIT  USING  AN  ***•  J"^  ^*  ^'''•»  S*""-  No.  49^02 

AUXILIARY  CONTACT  ON  THE  DIMMER  SWITCH  ^^  CL  C«5f  If 58 

Richard  P.  BaBou,  Howdl,  Mkh.,  Msignor  to  General  Motors  U.S. 0.315-127                                                    16 


Corporation,  Detroit,  NOch. 

FBed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  113,138 

IntCLB60q7/06 
U.S.CL315— 83 


2CWnis 


1 


m>  'J  -^x 


A  solid  state  vehicle  lighting  control  circuit  having  two  con- 
trol wires  connecting  the  vehicle  headlights  to  the  foot 
dimmer  switch  and  one  control  wire  connecting  the  foot 
dimmer  switch  to  the  light  switch  which  turns  on  the  vehicle 
lights  by  grounding.  A  set  of  normally  open  contacts  in  paral- 
lel with  the  vehicle  light  switch  is  closed  during  actuation  of 
the  foot  dimmer  switch  to  illuminate  the  vehicle  lights  inde- 
pendently of  the  position  <rf  the  vdude  light  switch. 


3,671303 

PORTABLE  SELF-STARTING  FLUORESCENT  LAMP 
Frank  E.  Hnxric,  8616  S.  AtlaMi,  Tnln,  Olda. 

^^  Fled  Jan.  28, 1970,  Sar.  No.  6342 

laLCLH05b  47/29 
U.S.a.315— 99  1 

A  portable  fluorescent  lamp  including  a  DC  to  AC  inverter 
powered  by  a  conventional  1 2-volt  battery  utilizing  a  saturat- 
ing-type  switching  transformer  having  a  core  which  produces 
a  square-loop  hysteresis  effect.  An  inductance  is  provided  in 
the  primary  winding  of  the  transformer  which  is  connected  in 
circuit  with  the  inverter  and  a  capacitor  is  provided  in  series  in 
the  secondary  with  the  fluorescent  tube.  No  special  starter 


:^ 


-  g  ^^^     '  L 


d 


A  magnetically  coupled  multivibratm^  is  normally  ivevented 
from  running  free  due  to  the  presence  of  a  forwardly  biased 
transistor  w^ch  holds  the  base  electrode  ai  one  of  the  two 
multivibrator  transistors  below  its  level  of  base-emitter  con- 
duction. A  variable  current  source  charges  a  capacitor  to  a 
voltage  level  which  cuts  off  the  h(riding  transistor  and  allows 
the  multivibrator  circuit  to  operate  fw  one  cycle,  during  the 
latter  part  of  which  cycle  the  capacitor  is  dumped  so  that  the 
successive  cycles  are  separated  in  time  by  that  time  necessary 
to  charge  the  capacitor  to  the  required  level  and  which  time  is 
variable  according  to  the  charging  current  The  variable  duty 
cyde  thus  obtained  f6r  the  muhivibratix'  circuit  controte  a 
voltage  or  power  source  whose  output  is  fed  back  inveiaely  to 
control  the  charging  current  so  that  a  regulated  voltage  or 
power  output  is  produced. 


to  Motorola,  Ibc, 


3371305 
IGNITION  SYSTEM 
Gonlcr  G.  Scfaaettc,  Additon,  OL,  aarigna 
r>aiddinPvfc,Il. 

Fled  Jan.  9, 1970,  Sar.  No.  1307 
las.  CLli05b  J  7/02 
U3.CL315— 209  4< 

An  ignition  system  includes  a  step-up  transformer  wherein 
the  primary  winding  is  ccMinected  to  an  oscillator  circuit  to 


1168 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JuNE^o;  1972 


receive  pulses  of  direct  current  voltage  at  a  relatively  high 
frequency  to  cause  corresponding  high  voltage  pulses  to  be 
developed  in  the  secondary  winding  thereof.  One  end  of  the 
secondary  winding  is  coupled  to  a  first  electrode  forming  a 
first  spark  gap  and  the  other  end  of  the  secondary  winding  is 
coupled  to  a  secoi.'   I'ectrode  forming  a  second  spark  gap. 


coating  of  electrically  conductive  material  such  as  carbon, 
aluminum,  silver  or  gold  on  one  side  it  is  not  necessary  to  em- 
ploy the  grounded  roller  adjacent  to  the  charged  roller.  In- 
stead, the  charged  roller  engages  a  first  side  of  the  sheet  op- 
posite the  second  side  carrying  the  electrically  conductive 
coating,  and  the  second  side  subsequently  passes  over  a 
grounded  roller  such  as  an  idler  roller. 


rl^'^l 


!^ 


and  each  of  the  spark  gaps  includes  a  common  potential  elec- 
trode. The  output  of  the  secondary  is  accumulated  in  a  high 
voltage  capacitor  until  a  sufficiently  high  voltage  is  obtained 
to  cause  simultaneous  spark  discharges  at  both  spark  gaps.  A 
voltage  regulator  circuit  is  connected  in  series  with  the  pulsing 
circuit  to  regulate  the  voltage  supplied  thereto,  which,  in  turn, 
controls  the  rate  of  spark  discharge  between  the  spark  gaps. 


3,671,806 
METH<M>  OF  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  APPLYING  AN 
ELECTRICAL  CHARGE  TO  A  MOVING  SHEET  OF 
FLEXIBLE  MATERIAL 
ThomM  C.  Wbibnore,  Rochester,  and  Robert  G.  Cunningham, 
PIttiford,  both  of  N.Y.,  aHifnors  to  Eaitman  Kodak  Com- 
pany, Rochester,  N.Y. 

ConttaHiatioa-in-pwt  of  Scr.  No.  3,434,  Jan.  16, 1970, 

abiiiioiiwi.  Tl*  appNcation  Nov.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,342 

Int.a.HOSfJ/00 

U.&CL317— 2R  4Clalnis 


3,671,807 
CONTROL  APPARATUS 
Lcc  J.  MiiUgan,  FalrfMd,  N  J.,  assitnor  to  Peripheral  Systems 
Corp.,  Fairfield,  N  J. 

J      Filed  Dec.  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  95,579 
1  Int  a.  H02h  7/00 

U.S.CI.317— 11  A  8  Claims 


A  sheet  of  flexible  material  such  as  photographic  film  or 
paper  is  passed  between  a  pair  of  rollers  of  electrically  con- 
ducting material.  One  roller  is  connected  to  ground,  and  there 
is  applied  to  the  other  roller  a  direct  current  voltage  of  mag- 
nitude and  sign  such  as  to  develop  a  desired  electrical  charge 
condition  on  the  sheet.  Advantageously,  the  other  roller  has  a 
soft  yielding  coat  thereon  of  an  electrically  partially  conduct- 
ing material  such  as  surfactant-treated  plush  cloth  which  im- 
proves contact  with  the  sheet  and  prevents  sparking  if  the  two 
rollers  should  conte  into  contact  with  one  another.  The  sheet 
can  be  in  the  form  of  a  continuous  web  or  an  individual  sheet 
of  small  dimensions  which  has  been  chopped  firom  a  web.  The 
electrical  charge  on  a  sheet  can  be  monitored  by  an  electro- 
static field  meter  or  volt  meter,  and  the  sign  and  magnitude  of 
the  applied  voltage  can  be  regulated  to  maintain  the  desired 
charge  condition.  When  the  sheet  of  flexible  material  has  a 


Apparatus  for  controlling  the  application  of  power  from  an' 
alternating  current  source  to  a  load.  The  apparatus  includes  a 
high  power  triac  switch  that  is  in  circuit  with  the  source  and 
the  load  is  operated  from  a  flip-flop  by  a  low  level  start  switch. 
Closure  of  the  start  switch  enables  a  power  supply  which  ap- 
plies bias  to  the  flip-flop  and  operates  a  controller  to  provide  a 
common  potential  return  for  the  flip-flop  and  other  con- 
stituents when  the  magnitude  of  the  alternating  current  source 
signal  is  below  a  prescribed  level.  This  triggers  the  triac  to 
establish  a  low  impedance  path  between  the  source  and  the 
load.  Excess  voltage  and  current  conditions  are  sensed  to 
cause  a  change  in  states  of  the  flip-flop  and  turn  off  the  triac 
switch  when  either  an  overcurrent  or  an  overvohage  condition 
is  encountered. 

.    I         

3,671308 

ATTACHMENT  FOR  MAGNETIC  STARTERS  TO 

PROTECT  THREE-PHASE  ELECTRIC  MOTORS 

FVank  C.  Martfai,  2325  North  70th  Avenue,  Omaha,  Ncbr. 

1       FOmI  Sept.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,532        | 

I  Int.  CLH02h  7/055  | 

UAa.317— 13R  2' 

This  invention  provides  a  small,  simple  and  extremely  inex- 
pensive electric  motor  protector  that  can  be  quickly  attached 
and  become  a  part  of  the  circuitry  of  a  conventional  magnetic 
starter,  and  can  thus  exert  an  onjoff  control  over  the  magnetic 
starter  and  the  3-phase  electric  motor  to  which  said  magnetic 
starter  is  connected  under  certain  conditions.  By  the  arrange- 
ment and  connection  of  two  or  more  magnetic  relays  which 
are  the  components  of  this  electric  motor  protector,  it  allows 
the  electric  motor  to  nm  as  long  as  all  three  power  phases  are 
actively  available  to  the  magnetic  starter.  In  the  event  that  any 
one  of  the  three  power  phases  is  lost,  due  to  a  blown  fiise  or 


1170 


rUTTTTr'TAT.   nA^/C^TTTT 


TirKTv:*     Oi  \        1  OTO 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1169 


other  problem,  all  three  phases  are  shut  off,  as  is  the  electric 
motor.  As  a  result,  this  motor  protector  positively  eliminates 


J, 


dangerous  and  destructive  single-phasing  of  the  motor  (opera- 
tion on  the  two  remaining  phases). 


3,671,809 

GROUND  FAULT  DETECTOR  INCLUDING  MAGNETIC 

AMPLIFIER  BRIDGE  MEANS 

John  T.  Ryan,  Hyde  Park,  and  Jeffrey  D.  Ingalis,  Lynn,  both  of 

Mass.,  aasignars  to  GTE  Syivania  Incorporated 

FOcd  Nov.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  194,391 

Int.Cl.H02hJ/;6 

U.S.CL317— 18D  13CWni8 


3,671310 
SATURATED  CORE  TRANSIENT  CURRENT  LIMITER 
Lcl  E.  Bancs,  N.  CaMwcO,  N  J.,  aad  DaiM  Morrk,  BroaUyi^ 
N.Y.,  inigMn  to  The  Silver  Coapuiy,  New  York.  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  859,025 

Int.  CLGOSf  J/06 

U.S.CL  317-20  5Chfau 


,•1 


-^-nmnnrr^ 


]if= 


PO««R 
SUPPLY 


rr 


UMC 


A  transient  current  limiting  device  which  includes  a  satu- 
rated core  reactor  having  its  windings  in  circuit  with  a  power 
supply  and  a  load.  The  magnetic  core  is  biased  into  saturation 
for  normal  load  currents  and  driven  out  of  saturation  by  ab- 
normally high  transient  load  currents,  such  as  currents  caused 
by  semiconductor  loads  which  have  been  irradiated  by  high 
energy  electromagnetic  radiation.  In  one  embodiment,  the 
reactor  comprises  a  magnetic  core  in  the  form  of  a  wound  to- 
roid  which  exhibits  a  square  kx>p  hysteresis  curve  and  includes 
a  permanent  magnet  for  biasing  the  core  into  saturation.  A 
number  of  configurations  are  disclosed  for  placement  of  the 
permanent  magnet  relative  to  the  core  to  saturate  the  mag- 
netic element.  The  invention  also  permits  automatic  resetting 
of  the  magnetic  flux  density  in  the  core  to  saturatioa  when  the 
abnormal  load  current  is  removed. 


A  protective  device  for  detecting  abnormal  leakage  current 
to  ground  in  an  electrical  circuit  energized  through  two  or 
more  conductors  connected  to  an  AC  source,  one  of  the  con- 
ductors being  grounded  at  the  source.  The  device  comprises  a 
magnetic  amplifier  having  a  pair  of  reactor  cores  upon  which  a 
plurality  of  gate  windings  are  arranged  to  form  a  balanced  in- 
ductance bridge.  An  oscillator  is  connected  across  the  bridge 
to  apply  a  carrier  signal  at  a  frequency  many  times  higher  than 
the  frequency  of  the  AC  source,  and  the  bridge  output  is  con- 
nected throu^  a  peak  detector  and  amplifier  to  drive  the  sole- 
noid of  a  circuit  breaker.  Each  supply  line  conductor  of  the 
monitored  circuit  is  wound  about  both  the  reactor  cores  with 
the  sense  of  each  windings  being  arranged  to  provide  a  net 
magnetic  flux  of  zero  when  equal  currents  are  flowing  through 
each  ^conductor.  In  this  manner  the  magnetic  amplifier  pro- 
vides at  the  bridge  output  a  null  signal  during  normal  current 
conditions  and  an  error  signal  voltage  in  the  presence  of  a  cur- 
rent imbalance  between  the  conductors. 


3,671,811 
DIODE  MATRIX  CARD 
JokUro  EiaU,  FuahaAi,  Japan,  MrigMr  to  TDK  Electronics 
Company,  LlBited,  Tokyo,  Japan 
Contlnnatioa-fai-part  of  Ser.  No.  856,058,  Sept  8, 1969, 
abandoned.  This  application  Jnnc  30, 1971,  Scr.  No.  158,453 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Sept     16,    1968. 
43/80727 

Int  CLH05k  7/04 
U.S.CL317— lOlD  4Chfans 


A  coupling  system  of  the  diode  matrix  card  to  the  memory 
assembly  plane.  The  diode  matrix  card  including  a  number  oi 
diodes  loaded  at  a  high  density  on  a  sur&ce  of  an  insulating 
base  board  and  a  printed  circuit  for  inter  connecting  on  the 
other  surfiu;e  selective  ones  of  the  diodes,  as  well  as  a  ground- 
ing pattern  plated  on  at  least  a  surface  of  the  boards  as  spaced 
from  the  printed  circuit,  is  provided  with  a  pair  of  coimector- 
pin  groups  on  a  base  b<Mud  surface  req)ectively  connected  to 
the  printed  circuit  A  pair  of  separate  connector  means  ive 
preliminarily  mounted  to  the  memory  assembly  plane  so  as^ 
be  connected  to  memory  driving  lines  in  the  memory  matrix. 
A  pair  of  grounding  frame  means  are  also  mounted  to  the  as- 
sembly plane  substantially  at  the  same  position  as  the  connec- 
tor means.  The  diode  matrix  card  is  mounted  to  the  grounding 
frame  means  with  fixing  screws  so  that  the  grounding  pattern 
and  the  connector  pin  groups  on  the  card  are  electrically  con- 


1170 


OFFICIAL  GAZ 


BTTE 


June  20,  1972 


nected  to  the  grounding  means  and  the  connector  meant  on 
the  asaembiy  plane  tide  timuhaneouaiy. 


HIGH  DENSITY  PACKAGING  OF  ELECTRONIC 
COMPONENTS  IN  THREE-DIMENSIONAL  MODULES 
RaysMd  F.  Pdno,  aad  Rickard  F.  DavU,  both  of  Uttfetoa, 
Colo^  aMigMw  t*  Martki  Marietta  Corperatioa,  Friendtklp 
latcraatioMl  Alrpart,  Md. 

Fled  Jaly  1, 1970.  Scr.  No.  51^2 

lat  CL  H02b  1/04;  H05k  1/14 

U.S.CL  317-118  7  dates 


3^71313 

PANEL  BOARD  SYSTEM  AND  COMPONENTS  THEREOF 

WITH  CONNECTOR  AND  INTEGRATED  CIRCUIT 

DEVICE 

RhmI  B.  WImx,  Nortoi^  Mass.,  fitnoi  to  Tc 

FHod  Dec.  10, 1970,  Sv.  No.  96309 
Iirt.CLH05k7/07 
U.S.CL317— 118 


jgii,4oz^^^^- 


A  panel  tward  system  detachaUy  mounts  medium  scale  in- 
tegrated circuit  devices  in  connectors  on  a  panel  board  in  a 
manner  which  provides  improved  device  density  cm  the  board 
while  permitting  the  device  circuits  to  be  electrically  intercon- 
nected by  inexpensive  wire-wrapping  techniques.  The  in- 
tegrated  circuit   devices   have   an   integrated  circuit  chip 


mounted  on  a  ceramic  card  and  electrically  connected  to 
printed  circuit  paths  on  the  card,  the  circuit  paths  terminating 
with  small  center-to-center  spacings  between  the  padis  along 
an  edge  of  the  card.  The  connectors  receive  edges  of  the  cards 
and  have  contacts  on  small  center-to-center  spacings 
deuchably  engaging  respective  circuit  path  terminations 
along  the  card  edges.  The  connector  contacts  have  terminal 
posts  which  extend  ftx>m  the  connectors  through  panel  board 
apertures,  the  contact  terminal  posts  extending  in  a  selected 
staggered  relation  to  each  other  to  provide  sufficiently  large 
center-to-center  spacings  between  the  posts  to  permit  wire- 
wrap  connections  to  be  made  to  each  post  without  inter- 
ference with  adjacent  terminal  poets  extending  through  the 
panel  board. 


I  3,671314  ^  I 

ELECTROMAGNET  WITH  A  nELD-RESPONSIVE 

CONTROL  SYSTEM 

Hcinrkh  Dkk,  HddfnhHni,  GcnuMy,  atslgnoi    to  Vokh 

Gctricb  KG,  HddeiriMte  (Bras),  Gcrmaay 

FHed  April  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  136,397 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  April  22.  1970,  P  20 
19  345.7 

IlBLCLH01h47/i2 
U3.CL317— 123 


A  high  density  three-dimensional  package  of  flatpacks  in 
which  the  flatpacks  are  stacked  in  a  cordwood  configuration 
and  in  which  rigid  pins  carried  at  opposite  ends  Ot  each  flat- 
pack  are  phigged  into  appropriate  sockets  in  circuit  boards  in 
a  pressure  fit  relationship.  A  double  right  angle  connector  is 
also  phigged  into  the  circuit  boards.  Each  of  the  flatpacks  may 
be  removed,  replaced  or  repaired  by  merely  unphigginf  it 
fix>m  the  circuit  boards.  A  combined  housing  and  heat  sink  is 
also  disclosed. 


■I:::^ 


In  an  electromagnet,  to  generate  a  force  which  is  indepen- 
dent from  the  armature  position,  an  on-off  control  system  for 
the  excitation  current  is  provided  which  operates  as  a  function 
of  the  magnetic  field  intensity.  The  control  system  causes  the 
excitation  current  to  oscillate  between  two  values  mxI  thus 
have  a  constant  mean  value  according  to  a  preset  desired 
value.  The  timdag  of  the  inductivity  or  its  change  between 
two  close  values  is  utilized  for  measuring  the  magnetic  flux 
density  and  for  a  comparison  with  a  desired  value. 


3,671315 

FLAME  Dl!TECnON  APPARATUS 

Arthur  C.  Eberlc,  and  Lee  H.  Darby,  both  of  Columbus,  Ohio, 

assignors  to  Columbia  Gas  System  Service  Corporation, 

Wihnington,  Del. 

FHcd  JuM  20, 1972,  Scr.  No.  143,326 

Int.  a.  HOlh  47/26 

U.S.  CL  117- 133.5  ^      4  Claims 


A  gas  flame  produces  a  voltage  between  the  burner 
electrode  in  the  flame.  This  voltage  is  utilised  in  a 


and  an 
circuit 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1171 


which  produces  a  pulse  tignal  to  control  a  relay  that  indicatet  in  order  to  avoid  the  effect  of  discharge  potential  difference  of 
flame  presence.  Failure  of  any  critical  component  in  the  cir-  other  types  of  discharge  devices.  A  supplemental  circuit  is 
cuit  prevents  the  relay  from  operating.  provided  for  illuminating  a  jHlot  light  precisely  during  the  time 
that  the  charging  cycle  is  going  on. 

3,671316  . 

TIME  DELAY  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  DIRECTIONAL  3371318 

RELAYS  WITH  ELECTRICAL  INTERLOCK  SEMICONDUCTIVE  CERAMIC  CAPACITOR 

GcraM  R.  RItaow,  Radne,  Wis.,  assignor  to  Cutler-Hammer,  MfaHini  CMba,  Kyoto,  Japan,  Msignnr  to  NIcMcoa  Capodtor 

IncMBwaukecWIs.  Ltd.,  Kyoto,  Japan 

^                   Fled  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,414  Dlvisioaof  Scr.  No.  807,734,  Mardi  17, 1969,  PM.  No. 

lot.  CLHOlh  47/22  3370,113.TMsappllcatioaJaiy  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64386 

U3.CL317— 136                                                        3Cldnis  lM.CLH01i  7/06 

U3.CL  317-230  3 


-ct- 


^ 


■^~^X~Lfm 


it-o- 


^ 


X 


—*p- 


ct- 


*»-« 


^ 


s 


A  solid  stau  control  circuit  for  completing  selectivdy  ener- 
gizing circuits  for  the  operating  coils  of  directional  relays  in  a 
motor  control  system  which  affords  a  predetermined  time 
delay  on  energization  for  each  relay,  and  electrical  lockout 
against  simultaneous  energization  of  one  relay  operating  coil 
while  the  other  remains  energized  and  vice  versa. 


3,671317 

HIGH  ACCURACY  SOLID  STATE  TIMER 

H.  Sdpp,  Bcttendorf,  Iowa,  aasigiini    to  GuV  & 

Western  ladastrks,  Ik.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

CoiMiautkm-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  33351,  May  1, 1970, 

abondoMd.  This  appBcadon  Dec  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101398 

Iat.a.H01h47/y« 
U.S.a.317— 141S  20Clabii8 


t-^ 


A  timer  circuit  consists  of  a  resistance-capacitor  charging 
network  with  an  adjustable  potentionteter  providing  a 
predeterminable  comparison  voltage  according  to  the  length 
of  time  desired  and  operational  amplifier  connected  as  a  com- 
parator between  the  capadtor  and  the  potentiometer  provid- 
ing current  gain  and  high  input  impedance  to  |M«vent  loading 
the  capacitor.  The  non-inverting  input  of  the  operational  am- 
plifier is  coupled  to  the  capacitor  and  the  output  of  the  opera- 
tional amplifier  is  fed  back  to  the  inverting  input  of  the  opera- 
tional amplifier.  A  field-effect  transistor  is  provided  for 
discharging  the  capacitor  to  zero  at  the  end  ai  the  timing  cycle 


A  semiconductor  ceramic  capacitor  having  a  thin  layer  con- 
taining copper  on  at  least  one  surface  porti(Mi  of  a  substrate 
formed  of  N-type  barium  titanate  containing  a  small  quantity 
of  a  rare  earth  element  and  a  coating  containing  frit,  Itad,  and 
powdered  silver  or  silver  oxide  with  the  lead,  silver  and  copper 
being  diffused  into  said  substrate  and  a  conductive  layer  on 
another  surface  portion  of  said  substrate  to  form  said  capaci- 
tor. The  inventicm  further  provides  a  method  of  manufrwtur- 
ing  the  foregoing  capacitor  which  is  made  by  applying  said 
copper  layer  and  said  layer  containing  fiit,  lead,  and  silver  in 
overlying  relationship  and  heating  said  substrate  and  layers  in 
an  oxidizing  atmosphere. 


3,671319 
METAL-INSULATOR  STRUCTURES  AND  METHOD  FOR 

FORMING 
John  G.  Swanson,  MoTocvMe,  Pa.,  assignnr  to 
Electric  CorporatioB,  Phtsbargh,  Pa. 

FHed  Jan.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,846 
Int.  CL  HOll  7/24 
U3.CL317— 234  16  < 


i^ 


m 


ii 


Metal-insulator  structives  and  methods  for  forming  such 
structures  wherein  a  substrate  comprising  a  metallic  material, 
which  in  the  presence  of  an  electrcdyte  under  anodic  condi- 
tions forms  a  porous  oxide  coating,  such  as  aluminum,  is 
completely  anodized  at  selected  areas  to  form  insulating  areas 
through  the  substrate.  Also  backing  layers  and  masking  layers 
comprising  a  material  which  forms  a  passivating  coating  in  the 
presence  of  the  dectrcriyte  under  anodic  conditions,  such  as 
titanium,  may  be  deposited  on  the  substrate  for  controlling  the 
anodizatimi  process. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  317 — ^235  see: 
Patent  No.  3,671,793 


899  O.O.— 42 


1172 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,11972 


3,671320 
HIGH  VOLTAGE  THIN-FILM  TRANSISTOR 
RwMph  R.  Hacriiv.  647  Croydon  Pteco,  North  Vi 
Britkh  CohunUa,  Canada,  and  John  F.  O'Hanhm,  RD  I, 
Box  41,  Birdnl  Dr^  Yorktowa  HdghtB,  N.Y. 
Fled  April  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,252 
Int.  CL  HOll  5106, 3/00, 3/20 
UACL317— 235R  14 


lei.  conductive  plates  with  •  dielectric  therebetween.  Deprei- 
■ion  of  a  key  moves  one  conductive  plate  farther  from  the 


OePLCTNG  -*  27      II        B 
LAYtR 


A  high-voltage  thin  film  field  effect  transistor  has  increased 
drain-source  electrode  separation  and  increased  insulating 
layer  thickness  to  avoid  breakdown  at  high  voltages.  The  insu- 
lating layer  contains  an  electron-depleting  film  and  an  elec- 
tron-enhancing film  10  that  the  offiet  voltage  may  be  kept  suf- 
ficiently low.  The  surface  of  the  semiconductor  layer  opposite 
that  in  contact  with  the  insulating  layer  is  contacted  by  an 
electron-depleting  layer  to  avoid  shunt  current  conduction  via 
this  surface. 


other  conductive  plate  so  as  to  reduce  the  capacitive  coupling 
between  the  conductive  plates,  in  order  to  determine  whether 
the  key  hu  been  depreued. 


3,671321 

SEMICONDUCTOR  CONTROLLED  RECTIFIER 

INCLUDING  TWO  EMITTER  REGIONS 

Jmtkt  Nakata,  aad  Ryi^i  Dca^a*  ^^  •>  !>»>«  Byago  Prefcc- 

twc  Japaa,  asrigMn  to  Milnbiiy   DcaU   KabukiU 

Kaiika,  Tokyo,  Japaa 

Fled  May  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  147^09 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  June  2. 1970. 45/47392 

latCL  HOll  9/72 

U3.CL  317-235  4Clalais 


I       ^  3,671323 

THIN  FILM  CAPACITOR  INCLUDING  AN  ALUMtNUM 
UNDERLAY 
RayiMNid  Charles  PUctti,  Wcacoarilc,  aad  Walter  Worobcy, 
Ceatcr  Valley,  both  of  Pa.,  aMifaon  to  BcU  Telepboae 
Laboratories,  lacorporaled,  Marray  HB,  N  J. 
Filed  Jaly  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  15S,788 
Iat.CLH01g//0/ 
U.S.  CI.  317-258  -\        4Clatas 


4  7 


"^^Ji  " 


A  semiconductor  controlled  rectifier  is  provided  on  its  main 
surface  having  a  gate  electrode  with  first  and  second  emitter 
layers  separated  from  one  another  by  a  common  base  layer. 
The  second  emitter  layer  is  disposed  between  the  first  emitter 
layer  and  the  gate  electrode.  The  device  further  comprises  a 
high  impurity  concentration  semiconductor  layer  of  the  op- 
posite semiconductivity  type  to  that  of  the  second  emitter 
layer.  The  high  impurity  concentration  layer  is  disposed 
between  the  first  and  second  emitter  layers  and  adjacent  to  the 
■econd  emitter  layer. 


—  II 


The  use  of  an  aluminum  film  beneath  the  tantalum  anode  of 
a  tantalum  thin  film  capacitor  results  in  a  significant  enhance- 
ment in  the  frequency  response  of  the  capacitor  and  a  lower 
dissipation  factor  at  frequencies  above  10  kilohertz  than  nor- 
mally evidenced  by  devices  not  including  the  aluminum  fitan. 


3371322 

VARIABLE  CAPACmVE  APPARATUS 

Tkeodore  M.  Lcao,  ArHagtoa  HdfhlB,  DL,  OMifaor  to  Teletype 

CorporatioB,  SkoUe,  n. 

Flkd  Dec  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99.186 

lat.CLH01g5//0 

UACL  317-249  R  ISCIalau 

A  variable  capacitance  apparatus  particularly  adapted  for 
use  with  a  manually-operated  keyboard  and  having  two  paral- 


'  3,671324 

SPEED  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  A  ROTATING  EUEMENT 

I  OF  CHANGING  DIAMETER 

Edward  H.  Dlagcr,  Wayacaboro,  Va.,  aiiifaor  to  GcmtbI  Elec- 
tric CMspoay 

Flkd  Dec.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,756 

'  IatCLB65h59/i« 

U3.CL  318-6  ^Ctotas 

A  pbotoelectric  sensing  assembly  is  used  to  monitor  the 
diameter  of  material  accumulating  on  a  windup  bobbin.  The 
sensing  assembly  physicaUy  tracks  the  changing  diameter  and 
in  so  doing  generates  position  signals  representing  the  diame- 


L 


JiWE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1178 


ter.  A  digital  system  generates  a  pulse  train  for  controlling  the 
speed  of  rotation  of  the  bobbin  drive  means  and  the  repetition 


rate  of  this  pulse  train  is  controlled  by  the  position  signals  and 
prescribed  peripheral  speed  input  data. 


3,671325 
TIMING  MOTOR  WITH  RESONANT  MEMBERS 
WilUaa  W.  AIHmm,  Mchille,  N.Y.,  asrigaor  to  Armec  Cor- 
poradoB,  HaatlagtoB  Statloa,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aag.  7. 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,104 

Iat.CLH02kiJ/00 

U.S.CL318— 128  19CbiBs 


cuits  each  associated  with  a  respective  one  of  the  windings. 
The  activation  circuits  are  coupled  together  in  pairs  and  con- 
tain active  elements  arranged  to  perform  in  the  manner  of  a 
flip-flop  in  response  to  the  switching  format  so  that  first  one 
and  then  the  other  excites  its  respective  winding  in  comple- 
mentary fuhion,  in  that  when  one  of  the  windings  associated 
with  the  pair  of  activation  circuits  is  on,  the  other  is  off,  and 


■o> 


<-24 


vice  versa.  An  electrical  energy  storage  device  is  associated 
with  and  coupled  to  each  pair  of  activation  circuits  for  storing 
energy  from  the  power  supply  and  from  the  collapsing  mag- 
netic field  of  the  de-energized  winding,  and  for  supplying  the 
stored  energy  to  the  windings  in  the  proper  sequence  during 
predetermined  portions  of  the  switching  format,  thereby  rais- 
ing the  average  current  to  the  windings  and  the  torque  on  the 
shaft 


(ncK-iv  •  canfi 


A  D.C.  energized  timing  motor  with  one  or  more  resona- 
tors, having  a  plurality  of  coordinately  moving  arms,  all  mag- 
netically coupled  to  the  rim  of  a  rotor  and  in  which  the  motion 
of  the  resonator  arms  drives  the  rotor  with  driving  force  being 
applied  in  each  quadrant  of  the  rotor  without  retarding  torque 
and  in  which  the  magnetic  coupling  between  rotor  and  resona- 
tor is  at  no  time  released. 


to  Mcsar- 


3,671326 
STEPPING  MOTOR  DRIVER 
HaroM  R.  NcwcO,  Sooth  Ncwbary,  N.H. 
Matk  Ekctroaks  Corp.,  Waracr,  N.H. 

Flkd  Sept  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  857,158 

IatCLH02kJ7/00 

VS.  CL  3 18- 138  6  Cbkas 

A  driver  circuit  for  controlling  the  excitation  of  windings  of 

a   multiphase   stepping  motor  according  to   a  sequential 

switching  format  includes  a  plurality  of  phase  activation  cir- 


3,671327 

DIRECTION  REVERSING  CONTROL  FOR  A  MACHINE 

CONTROL  SYSTEM 

Rkhard  G.  Foley,  Daytoa,  aad  JaaMS  E.  Marray,  Uaivcrsity 

Hdgkts,  both  of  Okto,  aalgaors  to  Harrls-Iatcrtypc  Cor- 

poratioa,  Ckvdaad,  Ohio 

Filed  Nov.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  93,375 
IatCLG05b  7  9/02 
U3.CL  318-162  17 1 


L.'^^^ 


A  machine  control  system,  such  as  a  control  for  a  paper 
cutting  machine,  is  provided  for  purposes  of  reversing  the 
direction  of  travel  of  a  movable  member,  such  as  a  back  gauge 
in  a  paper  cutting  machine,  driven  by  a  reversible  motor 
between  forward  most  and  rearward  most  positions  relative  to 
a  work  station.  A  control  record  has  two  spaced  marks 
recorded  thereon  for  defining  the  forward  most  and  rearward 
most  positions.  A  mark  sensor  serves  to  sense  the  marlcs  and  in 
response  to  each  mark  provides  a  reverse  signal  pulse.  Rela- 
tive motion  is  provided  between  the  control  record  and  the 
sensor  proportional  to  the  velocity  of  the  movable  member.  A 
memory  is  actuated  to  one  of  two  stable  states  in  dependence 
upon  the  direction  the  movable  member  is  traveling  when  a 


1174 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,:  1972 


revene  mark  it  lenied.  The  commanded  conditioo  of  the 
memory  together  with  the  occurrence  of  a  revene  agnal  pulae 
generated  in  napooac  to  the  lenaed  revene  mark,  causes  the 
motor  to  reverse  and  drive  the  movable  member  in  the  op- 
posite direction.  In  addition,  circuitry  is  provided  to  prevent 
the  motor  from  reverwig  in  response  to  a  reverse  mark  when 
the  movable  member  is  traveling  in  a  backward  direction  until 
a  position  command  signal,  also  recorded  on  the  control 
record,  is  sensed  by  a  second  sensor. 


i 


3,<71328 
METHOD  AND  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  D.C.  ELECTRIC 

MOTOR  DRIVE  MEANS 
Jehn  H.  Gcffkca,  WWMBSvUk,  N.Y.,  aasigMr  !•  Wcstinghoase 
Ebctrk  CerperatioB,  PMsbwgh,  Pa. 

Filed  April  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,50t 

htCLH02p  5/06 

U.S.CL918— 164  4  Claim 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  method  and  a  control  system  foi 
a  d.c.  electric  motor  drive  coupled  to  an  oscillating  load  for 
the  dual  purposes  of  regulating  the  periodic  velocity  of  the 
oscillating  load  in  conformance  with  a  predetermmed  ftinc- 
tion,  and  for  the  purpme  of  controlling  the  magnitude  of  the 
velocity  excursion.  A  first  component  of  armature  current  is 
applied  to  the  electric  motor  drive  for  maintaining  the  motor 
speed  constant,  independently  of  cyclic  perturbations  in  the 
load,  and  a  second  component  of  armature  current  it  applied 
to  the  drive  motor  to  provide  a  periodically  variable  discipli- 
nary torque  to  compel  the  velocity  excursions  of  the  load  to 
comply  with  the  predetermined  velocity  patterns. 


3,<71,S29 
MOVING  COIL  DIRECT  RECIPROCATING  MOTOR 
Joseph  W.  Mathews,  37S2  Swmmm  Dr.,  MoMk,  Ala. 
Coattwatlen  hi  part  o(  Scr.  Ne.  858,942,  ScpL  18, 1969,  Pat 

No.  3,575,M9,  wUeh  h  a  cwttaMliaa-te-fwt  af  Scr.  No. 

542,1 1«,  AprI  12, 19M,  Pat  No.  3,449,163.  This  appMcaHon 

Jnly  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,510 

lBtCLH02kJJ/02 

U.S.CL  318-128  nClainu 


rent  through  the  coil  from  a  d.c.  source  in  accordance  with  an 
alternating  flux  produced  by  reversal  of  direction  of  current 
flow  through  the  coil  to  produce  reciprocating  movement  of 
the  coil.  A  capacitor  whose  state  of  charge  varies  as  a  function 
of  the  back  EMF  generated  by  the  coil  is  connected  for  con- 
trolling the  conductivity  state  of  at  least  one  of  the  transiston 
as  a  ftincdon  of  the  capacitor's  state  of  charge. 


1  3,671,830 

SINGLE  PHASE  MOTOR  STARTING  CONTROL 
APPARATUS 
Andrew  P.  Knipcr,  PRUbwgh,  Pa.,  assignor  lo 
Ekctrk  Corporation,  Ptttshvgh,  Pa. 

I     FBsd  Jmm  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,397         I 
I  Int.  CLH02p  7/44  | 

VS.  CL  318-221  E  5  Claims 


E 


^^U^ 


Sf 


^ 


,s 


r 


w 


0 

Jfl 


A  starting  circuit  for  a  single  phase  electric  motor,  particu- 
larly a  capacitor  start  motor,  is  provided  that  includes  a  solid 
state  switch  connected  in  series  with  the  motor  starting  wind- 
ing and  the  capacitor  for  controlling  the  supply  of  power  to 
the  starting  winding  in  accordance  with  switching  signals  that 
are  developed  by  a  triggering  circuit  one  of  whose  inputs  is  a 
signal  proportional  to  the  voltage  in  the  starting  winding  and  is 
produced  by  means  directly  electrically  connected  acron  the 
starting  winding.  The  improved  reliability  of  solid  state 
switching  is  provided  as  compared  with  mechanical  relays  as 
has  previou^  been  used.  Pull  in  and  drop  out  points  may  be 
readily  set. 


3,671331 
INDUCTION  MOTOR  SPEED  CONTROL 
Bnrwttc  P.  ChawK,  and  Charka  E.  Koarad,  both  of  R 
Va.,  oMlgpors  to  General  Ekctrk  Compoay 

March  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  121,256 
Int.  CLH02p  5/40 
U.S.CL  318-227 


.aanokc, 
6Clatau 


rateclamp        I       { 


A  direct  current  reciprocating  motor  having  a  coil  moving       A  control  circuit  for  regulating  the  speed  of  a  polyphase  in- 
in  a  magnetic  field  and  a  circuit  for  controlling  the  flow  of  cur-   duction  motor  by  changing  the  frequency  and  voltage  level  of 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1175 


the  supply  source  supplying  power  to  the  motor.  The  dif-  With  the  diode  back-biased,  the  ou^ut  transistor  saturates  at 
ference  between  a  speed  reference  signal  and  an  output  signal  a  low  voltage  level  and  thus  provides  a  minhnum  switch  power 
from  a  closed  loop  feedback  circuit  is  converted  to  a  sine  wave 
alternating  current  signal  having  a  frequency  which  varies 
with  the  time  integral  of  the  difference.  A  circuit  for  amplify- 
ing this  alternating  current  signal  provides  power  to  the  induc- 
tion motor.  A  pair  of  diodes  connected  in  the  feedback  circuit 
limits  the  rate  of  change  of  the  frequency  of  the  ahemating  • 
current  signal  to  a  value  determined  by  the  design  of  the  mo- 
tor. The  voltage  amplitude  of  the  alternating  current  supplied 
to  the  motor  is  adjusted  as  a  function  of  the  frequency  and  is 
further  adjusted  as  a  function  of  slip  of  the  motor.  Additional 
adjustment  of  the  volts/cycle/second  value  of  the  alternating 
current  supplied  to  the  motor  allows  for  overexcitation  of  the 
motor  even  beyond  the  design  limits  of  the  motor  in  order  to 
provide  the  greatest  possible  torque  to  maximize  the  rate  of 
change  in  speed  and  direction  of  the  motor. 


3,671332 

SUPPRESSION  OF  TORQUE  MODULATION  IN 

ELECTRIC  MOTOR  DRIVE  SYSTEMS  BY  FREQUENCY 

CONTROL 

JakI  T.  SdHd,  BiialMham.  Mich.,  aasigMr  to  GcMral  Motors 
Corporatiosi,  Detroit,  Mich. 

FUed  May  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  140^43 
Int.  CLH02p  7/42 

U.S.CL318— 231  2  Claims   .  ,.  .  . 

*.■—"  log,  ji  iijg  normal  operatmg  pomL  With  the  diode  forward- 
biased,  however,  the  switch  provides  high  current  capability 
for  driving  the  load  in  the  high  current  state. 


^ 


1 

<u»»riinii 



'"1 

f 

'■K-GC" 

LOCK 

CUCVfT 

■U 

! 

JLi. 

nauoo 

\ 

v' 

mnucio 

COHTHOlxtl 

An  electric  motor  is  supplied  voltage  having  a  continually 
varying  frequency  to  obviate  cyclic  torque  pulsations  or 
torque  modulation  observed  to  cause  vibrations  in  the  motor 
and  load.  An  AC  alternator  is  connected  through  a  frequency 
changer  with  an  induction  motor  in  a  controlled  slip  motor 
drive  system  including  a  continually  varying  slip  frequency 
signal  to  shift  the  slip  frequency  in  relation  to  a  nominal  value 
to  prevent  cyclic  torque  pulsations.  The  sUp  frequency  is 
varied  at  a  rate  such  that  the  rotor  and  load  operate  at  the 
nominal  slip,  being  incapable  of  following  the  changes  in  input 
frequency. 


3,671333 
BI-LEVEL  ELECTRONIC  SWITCH  IN  A  BRUSHLESS 

MOTOR 
Rodney  G.  Rakes,  Brktol,  Tcna.,  aasigMr  to  Sperry  Rand  Cor- 
poratkn 

Fikd  Juc  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,413 
Int.  CI.  H02k  29/00 
U3.CL  318-254  ICIatai 

An  electronic  switch  for  driving  a  load  capable  of  operating 
in  high  or  low  current  states  includes  a  pair  of  transistors  ar- 
ranged in  a  modified  Darlington  circuit  for  switching  power  to 
the  load.  The  input  and  output  transiston  of  the  pair  are  cou- 
pled through  a  diode  and  adjusted  so  that  the  diode  is  back- 
biased  when  the  load  is  in  its  normal  low  current  condition, 
but  forward-biased  when  the  load  requires  a  high  current 


3,671334 
REVERSER  PROTECTIVE  CIRCUIT 
M.   BnckcrMge,  Dowwrs  Grove,  DL, 

'.  Air  Brake  Compony,  Pktsbwgh,  Pa. 
Fled  March  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17399 
lBtCLH02h  7/097 
U.S.CL  318-293 


A  motor  reverser  protective 'electrical  circuit  for  a  reversi- 
ble motor  or  moton  in  which  a  control  relay  is  employed  to 
prevent  energization  of  a  reverser  activating  control  circuit 
whenever  the  motor  is  under  load.  This  circuit  protects  against 
"throwing"  the  reverser,  primarily  in  the  event  a  main  line 
relay  contactor,  supplying  power  to  the  motor,  is  stuck  or 
wekled  closed. 


\ 


1176 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TT] 


June  20,  1972 


3^71333 
MOTOR  SPEED  CONTROL  WITH  DROOP 
COMPENSATION 
Fnsdcrkk  McMcumy,  BctiMl  Park;  Louli  A.  De  More,  and 
Lodwlg  E.  Dd  Maalr«,  both  of  PHUlwili,  al  of  Pa.,  as- 
signors, to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation,  Pitts- 
burgh, Pa. 

FBed  July  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,520 
Int.  CLH02p  5/06 
U.S.  CL  318— 308  6 


controlling  the  firing  angle  oi  the  controlled  rectifier.  The 
control  apparatus  generates  a  command  signal  proportional  to 
a  desired  level  of  direct  current  power  output,  internal  signal 
trains  at  various  frequencies  and  timings  determined  at  least  in 
part  by  the  frequency  of  the  alternating  current  input  wave 
form  and  the  magnitude  of  the  command  signal,  and  output 
trains  of  firing  pulses  for  delivery  to  the  controllable  rectifiers, 
the  timing  of  the  firing  pulses  being  determined  by  the  mag- 
nitude of  the  control  signal. 


.^_ 


SWHAL 

•nCMOMZIWi 

IMIT 


^ 


^ 


5: 


t    »t 


SICMAl 
>OMICt 


Tt 


jf  Mw.  MMcn^Ton 


SIONAL 

OISTKIBUTOR 

UNIT 


I  3,671337 

ROTATION  CONTROL  CIRCUrr  FOR  TRANSISTOR 

MOTOR 

Satoshi  Kanno,  Yamato,  Japan,  assignor  to  Victor  Company 
of  Japan  Ltd.,  Yokohama,  Kanagawa-ku,  Japan 

FHed  Oct  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,295 
Qaims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct.  20. 1969. 44/83240 
Iiit.CLH02p7/2«  ] 

VS.  CL  318—394  5  CI 


3,671336 
POWER  CONVERSION  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
Edwin  E.  Kolatorowkz,  Erie,  and  Werner  K.  Volkmann,  Fair- 
view,  both  off  Pa.,  aM^pors  to  General  Electrk  Company 
filed  March  31, 1971,  Ser.  No.  129344 
Int.  CL  H02p ,  H02in  7/00 
VS.  CI.  3 18— 345  7  Claims 


Compensating  for  droop  in  load-speed  characteristic  of  a 
DC  motor,  an  armature  current  signal,  which  is  indicative  of 
motor  load,  is  amplified  to  control  armature  voltage.  A  nega- 
tive feedback  reduces  amplification  as  armature  voltage  in- 
creases. An  operational  amplifier  has  an  input  related  to  arma- 
ture current  and  a  negative  feedback  responsive  to  armature 
voltage.  A  transistor  in  the  feedback  path  varies  the  feedback 
impedance  as  a  function  of  armature  voltage. 


The  rotation  control  circuit  comprises  a  driving  circuit  per- 
forming a  switching  action  to  sequentially  flow  a  current  to 
stator  windings  of  a  transistor  motor  and  a  control  switching 
circuit  performing  a  switching  action  by  a  control  signal 
responsive  to  the  rotation  speed  of  a  rotor.  The  control 
switching  circuit  acts  to  perform  a  current  control  at  the  start- 
ing time  of  rotation  of  the  motor  and  to  perform  a  voltage-cur- 
rent contrpi  at  the  time  of  constant  rotation  of  the  motoi . 


HaroM 


3,671338 
ELECTRIC  MOTOR  CONTROL  DEVICE 
A.  Mcintosh,  South  Pasadena,  Calif.,  assigfor 


to 


RoiicrtAaw  Controls  Company,  RiciimoBd,  Va. 

.N^ 


Divlaioa  of  Scr.  No.  805,138,  March  7, 1969,  Pat.  1 
3377,066.  This  application  March  1 1, 1971,  Ser.  No.  123,159 

IntaH02pi/02 
UACL318— 471         ^  10  Claims 


■ 

A  static  power  conversion  system  for  converting  alternating  A  motor  control  device  for  controlling  the  speed  of  an  elec- 
current  electric  power  to  direct  current  power  by  means  of  trie  motor  and  including  electrical  resistor  means  formed  with 
controllable  rectifiers  is  provided  with  control  apparatus  for    a  pluraUty  of  portions  disposed  in  heat  exchange  relat|onship 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1177 


with  one  another  and  flexible  toward  and  away  from  one 
another  to  adjust  the  heat  exchange  rate  therebetween,  the 
electrical  resistance  of  the  portions  being  temperature  respon- 
sive whereby  current  therethrough  is  responsive  to  the  tem- 
perature thereof.  Adjustment  means  is  provided  for  moving 
the  portions  toward  and  away  from  one  another  to  adjust  the 
mutual  proximity  and  consequent  heat  exchange  rate 
therebetween  so  the  electrical  current  therethrough  can  be 
correspondingly  adjusted.  Electrical  circuh  means  is  provided 
for  connecting  such  resistance  means  with  the  motor  circuitry. 


3,671339 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  AUTOMATIC 

PROGRAMMED  CONTROL  OF  A  MACHINE  TOOL 

Jvrgcn  Meyer,  and  Gerhard  Sautter,  both  of  Erlangen,  Gcr- 

many,  aarignors  to  Siemens  Aktiengcsdlschaft,  Berlin  and 

Munich,  Germany 

FUcd  Sept.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,636 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept.  23,  1969.  P  18 
03  742.8 

Inta.G05b/9/24 
U.S.CL318— 571  5Clainw 


In  a  system  for  programmed  control  of  a  machine  tool  for 
removal  of  material  from  a  workpiece,  the  material  removing 
rate  F,  is  derived  from  the  speed  and  torque  of  the  tool  or 
workpiece  and  the  feed  velocity  V,  is  controlled  in  one 
direction  of  movement  of  the  tool  or  workpiece  in  depen- 
dence upon  the  material  removing  rate.  A  feed  velocity  V,  is 
controlled  in  a  direction  perpendicular  to  the  one  direction  in 
dependence  upon  the  feed  velocity  V,  and  the  derivative 
dPJdt 


3,671340 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  ADAPTIVE  CONTROL 

OF  A  TURNING  MACHINE 
Jvrgcn  Meyer,  and  Gerhard  Sautter,  Iwtta  of  Erlangen,  Ger- 
many, assignoi's  to  Sleroens  AktiengcscHschaft,  Berlin  and 
Munich,  Germany 

Filed  Sept  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,637 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept.  23,  1969,  P  18 
03  742.8 

Int.  a.  G05b  79/24 
U.S.CL  318-571  5  Claims 


nKiui 
ctnNi ' 


VHUtBt  tUSJMB 

nsnucr 


vibrations  in  mutually  perpendicular  directions.  The  vibration 
signals  are  compared  with  signals  corresponding  to  datum 
magnitudes  of  vibrations  in  both  du-ections.  The  work  feeding 
of  the  tool  or  woricpiece  is  corrected  in  accordMice  with  the 
comparison  results. 


3,671341 
STEPPER  MOTOR  WITH  STATOR  BIASING  MAGNETS 
Gotfred  O.  Hoffmann,  Cheshire,  Conn^  assignor  to  TrI-Tech, 
Inc.,  Walcrbury,  Conn. 

FDed  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33315 
IntCLH02kJ7/00 
U.S.CL318— 696  17  ( 


70g'j«     7* 


A  stepper  motor  having  a  pair  of  field  coils,  a  pair  of  per- 
manent magnet  rotors  carried  by  a  single  shaft  such  that  their 
magnetic  polarities  are  displaced  ninety  mechanica]  degrees 
from  each  other,  and  two  pairs  of  stator  pole  pieces.  Each  pair 
of  stator  pole  pieces  is  associated  with  a  separate  rotor  and  a 
separate  field  coil.  A  stationary  permanent  magnet  is  mounted 
on  each  pair  of  stator  pole  pieces,  and  the  magnet  generates  a 
bias  flux  in  opposition  to  the  flux  of  the  field  coil  associated 
with  that  pair  of  pole  pieces.  When  electrical  pulses  of  pre- 
determined polarities  are  applied  selectively  to  the  field  coils, 
there  is  produced  a  pre-determined  angular  advance  of  the 
rotor  shah. 


3,671342 

BATTERY  POWERED  EXPLOSIVE  SYSTEM  WITH 
RELAXATION  OSCILLATION  IN  CHARGING  CIRCUIT 

James  E.  McKcown,  Sidney,  N.Y.,  anlgnor  to  The  Bendh  Cor> 
poration 

FDcd  March  22, 1971.  Scr.  No.  126,768 
Int.  CL  H03k  3/26;  H02ni  3/24 
U3.CL  320-1  10 1 


^l& 


The  vibrations  of  a  tool  or  workpiece  are  measured  during 
operation  to  produce  vibration  signals  corresponding  to  actual 


An  electrical  system  for  firing  an  explosive  bridge  wire 
device  or  the  like  which  utilizes  a  battery  powered  blocking 
oscillator  and  a  transformer  having  its  primary  winding  in  the 
oscillator  circuit  and  its  secondly  winding  in  the  charging  cir- 
cuit of  a  capacitor. 


1178 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3^71343 
DUAL  VOLTAGE  CHARGING  SYSTEM 
O.  HatilM".  Alidmoil,  and  LeoMrd  J. 
N«blHvat,  kotk  if  bid^  OHitMifS  to  Gtacrri  Motor*  Cor> 

Fled  May  S,  1971,  Scr.  No.  140^42 

IM.  d  H02j  7/00,  7/ 14 
U^  a.  320— 15  5( 


■fe 


!        •«»-i«  ^  it  I 

rvrf-t — -T4--tTi--r- 


SUKTi 

■»0T( 


IJ   VOLT         -^Z        I 


f?.7r1  [^'o»r|  ^ 


J 


Pint  and  second  batteries  are  connected  in  series  between 
the  terminals  of  a  vehicle  starting  motor.  The  DC  output  ter- 
minals of  a  DC  generator  are  connected  across  the  first  bat- 
tery and  also  across  a  voltage  sensitive  switch  and  the  oscilla- 
tor transformer  input  stage  of  a  DC  to  DC  converter.  The 
rectifier  output  stage  of  the  DC  to  DC  converter  is  combined 
with  a  voltage  regulator  that  is  connected  acro«  a  second  bat- 
tery. The  voltage  sensitive  switch  renders  the  input  stage  of 
the  converter  operative  when  the  output  of  the  the  generator 
is  greater  than  a  first  predetermined  voltage  and  inoperative 
below.  The  voltage  regulator  maintains  a  second  (Mredeter- 
mined  voltage  across  the  second  battery  by  rendering  the  out- 
put stage  of  the  converter  operative  to  charge  the  second  bat- 
tery when  the  voltage  thereon  is  below  the  second  voltage  and 
inoperative  above. 


3,671344 
DC  POWER  CONTROLLER  WITH  STATIC  SWITCHING 

ELEMENTS  AND  COMMON  CURRENT  FEEDBACK 
TRANSFORMER  BETWEEN  DIRECT  VOLTAGE  SOURCE 

AND  LOAD 
DoMi  E.  Baker,  Lima,  Olilo,  aarignor  to  Wcadnghovac  Ekctric 

Pa 
FBed  Nov.  24^  1970,  Scr.  No.  92,348 
Iiit.CLH02ai/J2 
U.S.CL321— 2  SClaiiiH 


■MKCCT  VOLTMCl 
SOUWCE      Vtc         IhO 


\iofO  \-a 


Apparatus  to  control  the  application  ci  DC  power  from  a 
source  to  a  load  with  static  (transistor)  switching  elements 
driven  by  a  highly  efficient  drive  circuit.  A  common  current 
feedback  transformer  is  used  to  drive  the  switch  from  the  DC 
load  current  This  provides  base  drive  current  that  is  propor- 


tional to  the  DC  load  current  and  is  insensitive  to  supply  volt- 
age vaiiationt. 


1  3,671345  ^ 

STABILIZED  SINE  WAVE  INVERTER 
WaMcr  BandMMrd  G«Mi,  bs  Bodea  265,  CIi-S172,  NkdsrglMt, 


Flad  July  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  163^01  | 

Qaims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  July  23,  1970, 
11 309/70  ■ 

I  Iirt.CLH02a//0ff  -^ 

U.S.CL321— 20  6CWms 


<|iHH 


A  stabilized  inverter  transforms  direct  current  into  sine-like 
alternating  current  by  means  of  SCR  current  valves  operating 
in  conjunction  with  a  tuned  LC  circuit.  Chopped  direct  cur- 
rent, with  alternating  polarities,  is  applied  across  the  primary 
winding  of  a  transformer  which  has  a  commutating  capacitor 
connected  in  parallel  therewith.  One  terminal  of  a  source  of 
DC  potential  is  connected  to  the  center  tap  of  the  primary 
winding  in  series  with  a  capacitor  serving  to  separate  alternat- 
ing current  and  direct  current.  This  source  terminal  is  fiirther 
connected,  through  an  inductor,  in  parallel  to  the  anodes  of 
two  SCR  valves  whose  cathodes  are  connected  to  respective 
taps  spaced  symmetrically  to  either  side  of  the  center  tap  of 
the  transformer  prinuwy  winding.  These  two  SCR  valves  are 
triggered  by  a  phase  control  circuit  connected  to  the  trans- 
former output  to  apply,  to  the  capacitor  connected  in  series 
with  the  DC  source,  either  a  positive  or  a  negative  charge,  of 
variable  magnitude,  depending  on  the  setting  of  the  phase 
control  circuit.  This  capacitor  charge  is  either  added  to  or  sub- 
tracted from  the  direct  ctirrent  input  voltage  in  accordance 
with  the  status  of  the  latter. 


\ 


IMUor* 

iCWBH 


3371346 
REGULATED  POLYPHASE  INVERTER  SYSTEM 
Philip  D.  Corey,  Wairigh,  N.C^  Msignnr  to  Gales  LcMJrt  Cor- 
.  poratiiw,WlcMto,KaM. 

FBed  imm.  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,933 
Iiit.a.H02ni///2 
U.S.CL321— 9A  6( 

An  important  class  of  polyphase  inverters  employ  pulse 
width  modulation  in  the  regulation  of  the  power  output  volt- 
age level.  Such  inverters  are  generally  constructed  in  two  sym- 
metrical sections  that  are  interconnected  by  summing  trans- 
formers to  a  conmion  polyphase  output  Shifting  the  relative 
phase  between  the  signal  sets  that  gate  the  SCR*  of  the  respec- 
tive inverter  sections  correspondingly  modulates  the  width  of 
their  resultant  square  wave  pulses.  The  system  output  voltage 
level  is  correspondingly  controlled.  The  secondary  windings  (^ 
the  summing  transformers  of  the  present  invention  are  unique- 
ly arranged  and  interconnected  to  substantially  reduce  the 


11ftn 


mnrTPTAT,  riA7PiTTP^ 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1179 


size,  weight  and  cost  of  the  output  transformer  array.  Further,   radiated  by  an  external  source  at  frequency  /,  which  diffen 
a  four-wire  three-phase  inverter  system  is  directly  provided   from  the  resonant  frequency  of  the  cavity /,.  in  order  for  an 

output  to  be  produced  at  this  frequency.  /«.,  the  vohage  bias 


4 


•  Men 

»l  PULtt 

1 T 


Ex;;^ 


17, 
.7^ 


TMAMflfOMItll 


-~r 


^    fr 


*!  'ULSe 

WDCiortii 


ItOUT- 


"Co 


without  an  auxiliary  transformer  that  was  heretofor  required- 
therefor. 


3,671347 
POWER  SUPPLY  FOR  DRIVING  MAGNETRON 
TakasM  SMboMk,  SvlU,  Japao,  aarigaor  to  Matsushita  Efectric 
Indostrlal  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan 

FBcd  Aug.  2S,  1970,  Scr.  No.  67,961 
Claims   priority,   application   Japan,   March   20,    1970, 
44/27165 

lot  CL  H02m  7106;  H03b  9110 
U.S.  CI.  321—32  6ClaiiM 


across  the  junction  must  be  at  one  of  the  values  V=h    (f^±nf) 
]2e,  where  n  is  an  integer  and  the  absolute  value  is  used  since 
nf  may  be  larger  xhanf^ 


3,671349 

THREE-PHASE  POWER  CONTROLLER 

Floyd  E.  Ktagston,  2282  Cohuabia  St.,  Prio  Alto,  CaHf. 

FBed  Jane  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  154,898 

lBLCLG05r//40 

U.S.  CL  323—24  lo 


MNtFUOlCe'^ 


SI-»VI  MmuMf.^ 


A  compact  power  supply  for  driving  a  magnetron  to  oscilla- 
tion used  for  an  electronic  cooking  range.  A  transformer  hav- 
ing a  three-legged  magnetic  core  with  at  least  primary,  secon- 
dary and  tertiary  windings.  The  primary  winding  is  divided 
into  two  halves,  each  wound  on  a  separate  leg  of  the  core  and 
switching  means  are  provided  for  changing  the  direction  of  the 
magnetic  flux  produced  by  one  half  <^  the  winding  with 
respect  to  the  other  half.  The  secondary  winding  is  linked  by 
the  flux  firom  each  half  of  the  primary  winding  and  is  arranged 
to  selectively  provide  the  magnetron  with  high  voltage  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  position  of  the  switching  means.  The  tertia- 
ry winding,  which  is  arranged  to  provide  voltage  to  the  mag- 
netron heater,  is  linked  to  the  flux  produced  by  only  one  of  the 
halves  of  the  primary  winding  winding  regardless  of  the  posi- 
tion of  the  switching  means. 


3,671348 

FREQUENCY  CONVERSION  WITH  JOSEPHSON 

JUNCTIONS 

Sidney  Shapiro,  and  Andrew  Loagacre,  Jr.,  both  ol  Rochester, 

N.Y.,  aisigBors   to  The   United   States  of  AaMrica  m 

represcatad  by  the  Secretwy  of  tiK  Navy 

FUed  Aug.  27, 1971,  Scr.  No.  175333 

IbL  CLH02BI 5/00 

U3.CL321— 69NL  Artmi„^ 

Josephson  junctions  are  utilized  to  accomplish  frequency 

conversion — either  down  conversion  or  up  conversion.  The 

junction  is  coupled  to  a  resonant  cavity  and  simultaneously  ir- 


A  three-phase  power  eontroUer  for  controlling  three-phase 
power  to  a  non-unity  power  factor  load  is  disclosed,  which  em- 
ployes a  separate  bidirectional  gate  in  series  with  each  of  the 
lines  to  the  three-phase  load  for  gating  the  load  current  to  the 
load.  Each  bidirectional  gate  includes  a  master  gate  and  a 
slave  gate  slaved  to  the  master  gate.  A  synchronous  control 
circuit  supplies  a  sequence  of  gating  on  signals  to  the  respec- 
tive gates.  The  synchronous  control  circuit  includes  a  zero- 
crossing  sensor  for  sensing  the  alternating  potential  supplied 
across  each  set  of  power  supply  terminals  and  a  particular 
half-cycle  sensor  for  sensing  the  particular  half-cycle  of  each 
of  the  alternating  potential  applied  across  each  respective  set 
of  power  supply  terminals.  Light  emitting  diodes  and  photo 
detectors  are  employed  in  various  ones  of  the  gating  control 
channels  to  provide  high  voltage  isolation  between  the  gates 
and  the  circuits  generating  the  gate  control  signalr 


3,671350 

ELECTRIC  GENERATOR  CONTROL  SYSTEM  WITH 

RADIO  FEEDBACK  LOOP 

Walter  E.  Mckaert,  Elvira-StraaBe  29,  aad  Horst  A.  HeBer, 

Pfarrcr^rkui  Straae  24,  batii  of  Ma^di,  Gcnuay 
Coatiaaatloa-iB-part  of  Ser.  No.  724378,  Apri  26, 1968.  Tkk 
appBcatioa  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,196 
Iat.CLH02p9/J0 
U3.CL  322-28  3CWaM 

The  illustrated  embodiments  include  an  exciting  generator 
and  a  power  generator.  Each  of  the  generators  includes  a  com- 
mon tubtilar  rotor.  The  armature  of  the  exciting  generator  is 


1180 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20]  1972 


mainuined  within  the  rotor  and  it  fed  through  a  control  recti- 
fier to  the  field  of  the  power  generator,  which  is  alto  main- 
tained within  the  rotor.  The  output  voltage  of  the  power 
generator  it  tampled  for  modulation  of  a  radio  tranimitter 
which  deliven  power  to  a  tranunitting  antenna.  A  receiving 


put  of  the  leriet  trantittor  and  a  conttant  current  tupply  com- 
priting  a  trantittor  and  Zener  diode  for  tupplying  current  to 
the  current  limiter  trantittor  circuit,  and  a  voltage  multiplier 


meant  maintained  within  the  tubular  rotor  receives  and 
demodulate!  the  signal  from  the  transmitter.  The  demodu- 
lated signal,  together  with  the  output  of  the  field  generator  ar- 
mature is  applied  to  the  control  elements  of  the  control  rectifi- 
er and  thut  determinet  the  intentity  of  the  power  generator 
field  and,  correspondingly,  the  output  of  the  power  generator. 


3«6713S1 

ELECTRICAL  SYSTEM  FOR  TRACTOR  POWERED  BY 

MAGNETO  IGNmON  ENGINE 

J«Mpk  R.  nafkf,  GcmaalMra,  Wii^  aarifMr  to  Brlnf  A 

StratiM  Cerparati— ,  Mlwankec,  Wii. 

HM  Sept  9, 1979,  Scr.  No.  70><9 

Int.  CLH02p  9/00 

U.S.CL  322-90  SCUm 


An  alternator  driven  by  a  magneto  ignition  engine  hat 
separate  windings  for  battery  charging  and  for  lights.  The  bat- 
tery charging  winding  is  at  all  times  connected  with  a  storage 
battery  throu^  rectifier  means  and  is  designed  for  a  max- 
imum engine  rpm  output  that  will  not  harm  the  battery  even 
when  it  is  fully  charged.  The  lights  are  normally  energized  only 
from  the  light  winding,  but  twitch  arrangements  are  disclosed 
for  energizing  the  lights  from  the  battery  when  the  engine  is 
not  running. 


? 


s 


3^ 


5 


- 


n.  - 


•!•<         1  rw 


-xy 


::!. 


:«  :'\. 


t- 


circuit  coupled  to  the  rectifier  circuit  input  of  the  regulator 
circuit,  said  constant  current  supply  being  coupled  to  said 
voltage  multiplier  circuit. 


>W1 


I  3.6713S3 

DUAL-OUTPUT  REGULATED  SWrrCHING  POWER 
SUPPLY 
Herbert  RaMf  Witeliiiil.  Rwkaway,  nmi  Gturft  Rayae^ 
Wcticfmaa,   DcaTOc,   both   ef  NJ..   aMigMn   to   BcU 
TelephBt  LalMratorka,  lacocperatod.  Marray  Mil,  1 
Filed  Dec.  24, 1970,  Scr.  Ne.  101,318 
IiM.CLG0Sf//56 
U.S.CL  323-17  7ClataBt 


,N4. 


The  duty  cycle  and  frequency  of  a  twitching  trantittor  are 
individually  controlled  by  teparate  feedback  loop  to  give  two 
independently  regulated  ou^Hit  voltaget.  The  main  output  it 
controlled  by  the  duty  cycle  feedback  loop  in  a  conventional 
manner.  The  auxiliary  output  it  fed  by  a  firequency-to»voltage 
converter  and  hat  a  voltage-to-frequency  converter  in  |tt  feed- 
back loop. 


'  3,6713S4 

CONTACTLESS  GALVANO-MAGNETRO  EFFECT 
J  ^  .        APPARATUS 

Nobora  Mwiida,  KawagMhi,  Japaa,  anigMr  to  DcaU  Oakyo 
Co.,  Lid. 

Filed  Nov.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,636 

Lit.  CLGOSt  7/00 

U.S.  CL  323—94  H  12  ClaiBit 


3,671352 
SERIES  TRANSISTOR  POWER  SUPPLY  REGULATOR 
Jcaa  Ritoftbairr,  GcMva,  SwRaeriaad,  airigMr  to  Hewlett- 
Packard  Coapwiy,  Pato  AMo,  CaHL 

Flkd  Sept  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  176,957 
lat  CL  G05f  1164;  H02h  7/24 
U.S.CL323— 9  4ClaiaM 

A  power  tupply  regulator  of  the  teries  trantittor  type  em- 
ploying a  current  limiter  trantittor  circuit  coupled  to  the  out- 


A  contactlett  galvano-magnetro  eflfect  apparatut  comprited 
of  a  magneto  retittance  effect  device  which  it  provided  with  a 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1181 


plurality  of  electrodet,  between  which  a  plurality  of  retittance 
yoket  are  provided,  at  leatt  one  of  the  yoket  being  astociated 
with  a  magnetic  field  applying  meant  which  it  capable  of  vary- 
ing the  condition  of  magnetic  field  applied  to  the  retittance 
yoke. 


3,671355 

BROADBAND  ZERO  FIELD  EXCHANGE  ECHO  SYSTEM 

DoaaM  A.  Boaak;  Dtckrea  Mcrfcriaa,  both  of  BaRlBMre,  and 

Rould  W.  Mtaailk,  Lathenillc,  aU  of  Md.,  atrigaon  to 

WetttogboMc  Electric  Corporatlol^  PRtsbwgk,  Pa. 

Filed  Jaly  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  845,406 

IaLCl.G0lB27/7« 

U.S.CI.324-0J  12Clatoit 


^:    KK 


MB  I Jy 

itn    I  ^"~ 


A  tyttem  for  the  generation  of  an  "exchange  echo"  tignal 
timilar  to  a  tpin  echo  tignal  utilizing  a  very  heavily  doped  tam- 
pie  tuch  at  rutile,  having  paramagnetic  defect  centert  in  the 
order  of  1  x  lO"  to  1  x  10«'  defect  centert/cm,  wherein  no 
magnetic  field  of  any  kind  it  necettary  for  the  production  of 
the  echo  tignals,  and  wherein  echo  bandwidths  considerably 
greater  than  those  generally  associated  with  spin  echoes  (less 
than  300  MHz)  are  achievable. 


3,671356 
PULSE  REFLECTION  TYPE  FAULT  LOCATION  DEVICE 

UTILIZING  A  DARK-TRACE  TUBE  DISPLAY 
GcnMB  MikbaUoTkb  Sbalyt,  protpekt  VcnuMltfcogo,  83,  kv. 
45;  SvctbuM  EfbaovM  SMorchak,  aHtn  Fctthralaaya,  22, 
korpat  3,  kv.  287,  aad  Gdy  GcergicTlcb  Pavlov,  Moik- 
▼orechle,  84,  kv.  30,  aU  of  Moscow,  VSSJL. 

Filed  Sept  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,430 

lat  CLGOlr  57/7/ 

U3.CL  324-52  1  Claim 


3371357 
DEVICE  FOR  MEASURING  PERMITTIVITY  OF 
MATERIALS 
Karib  Alfrcdoirlch  BcrgMala,  aUn  Graada,  15,  kT.  1;  Erik 
EraeAnrich  Ktotfaih,  aHtia  Tvaika,  54,  korpai  4,  kv.  19, 
aad  Imaat  Gaitovkb  Matla,  aHtn  Latedotei,  61,  kv.  19,  al 
ofRiia,U33.R. 

Fled  April  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32323 
lat  CLGOlr  27/26 
U.S.  CL  324—61  QS  1 


A  device  for  meaturing  permittivity  of  materialt  on  the  batit 
of  at  leatt  two  different  capacitance  valuet  of  a  meaturing 
capacitor  connected  to  the  material  being  tetted  and  to  a  mea- 
turing otcillator  the  output  of  which  it  coupled  to  one  input  of 
a  mixer  whote  other  input  it  coupled  to  a  reference  otcillator 
and  whote  output  it  coupled  through  a  frequency  meter  to  a 
retetting  unit,  characterized  in  that  the  meaturing  capacitor 
hat  at  leatt  two  main  electrodet  permanently  connected  to  the 
input  of  the  meaturing  electrodet  permanently  connected  to 
the  input  of  the  meaturing  otcillator,  and  one  additional  elec- 
trode alternately  connected  by  a  twitch  to  one  of  the  main 
electrodet  in  the  courte  of  meaturement,  while  taid  retetting 
unit  it  connected  to  a  pulte  counter  of  the  frequency  meter 
through  a  twitch  actuated  tynchronoutly  with  taid  twitch  of 
the  meaturing  capacitor  electrodet  to  that  in  one  potition  of 
thit  twitch  the  frequency  of  the  meaturing  otcillator  it  above, 
and  in  the  other  potition  of  the  twitch,  below  the  frequency  of 
the  reference  otcillator. 


3,671358 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  MEASURING  THE 
THICKNESS  OF  LAYERS  OF  FAT  AND  FLESH  IN 
CARCASSES  UTILIZING  THE  DIFFERENCE  IN 
ELECTRICAL  CONDUCTIVITY  BETWEEN  LAYERS 
Erik  Stcabcrg  Kaadtea,  RoiUUc;  Svcad  Erft  Ivcnea,  Bal- 
lerap;  Svcad  Aagc  Laad,  BIrkerod,  aad  AUaa'Nartbcved, 
BartVMcrd,  aU  of  Deaaiark,  aalgaort  to  Shgterteracs 
Forskaaagifautitat,  RoAibk,  Dcawvk 

FOcd  Feb.  17, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 15,963 
Claimt  priority,  application  Denmark.  Feb.  207 1970. 853 
lat  CI.  GOlr  27/02 
U.S.  Ci.  324—65  24  CI 


'V'atf^^  iMDT-  -      f 


ss 


t^^nta*.   Sfv^r  ■ 


a. 


•s..   2 


-L    J  6   ■-- 


jtm^^^^^rm. 


^OyOi; 


7^ 


Hfe- 


A  device  for  the  location  of  faults  on  power-transmission 
lines  at  the  instant  of  a  fault,  in  which  transmitted  and 
reflected  pulses  are  registered  in  synchronism  with  caUbration 
markers  by  a  dark-trace  tube,  which  fact  considerably  in- 
creases the  speed  of  response  of  the  recorder. 


A  method  and  an  apparatus  for  measuring  the  thickness  of 
layers  of  fat  and  flesh  in  carcasses  utilizing  the  difference  in 
electrical  conductivity  between  said  layers.  A  probe  with  three 
surface  electrodes  is  introduced  in  to  the  carcass  said  elec- 
trodes being  connected  to  an  AC  bridge  for  connecting  ad- 
jacent current  paths  formed  in  the  layers  between  said  elec- 


1182 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


trodet  thereto.  The  probe  it  moved  on,  until  an  unbalanced 
condition  of  the  bridfe  is  observed  by  indicator  means.  The 
linear  distance  between  measuring  points  associated  with  the 
carcass  surface  and  the  probe,  respectively,  being,  then,  mea- 
sured in  order  to  obtain  the  thickness  of  the  fat  layer.  The 
probe  may  be  moved  right  through  the  carcass  in  order  to 
determine  total  thickness  thereof  by  detecting  flesh  to  air 
transition  and  retracted  again  for  repeating  the  measurement 
made  during  insertion.  Alternatively,  a  probe  provided  with  a 
plurality  of  surface  electrodes  may  be  inserted  in  a  sutionary 
position  in  the  carcass,  said  electrodes  being  then  connected 
successively  to  the  bridge  by  switching  means  and  recordings 
being  taken  of  the  switching  steps  where  the  bridge  enters 
from  a  balanced  to  an  unbalanced  condition. 


determined  by  the  voltage  at  the  junction  of  the  divider  net- 
work. An  isolation  transformer  and  a  silicon  controlled  nectifi- 
er  form  a  ^witching  circuit  which  is  actuated  by  the  binary  cir- 


3>71359 
FREQUENCY  TRANSDUCER 
Dcwltt  H.  MOkr,  Wayssbero,  Va^  ssslgnir  la  G< 
trkCeaipaay 

HM  Nav.  4, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  M,7S1 
tat.CI.G01r2i/02 
U,S.CL324— 78R 


ralElec- 


SCUMS 


A  novel  frequency  transducer  is  disclosed,  the  transducer 
providing  a  uni-directional  average  signal  output  which  is  pro- 
portional to  the  frequency  of  an  applied  three-phase  generally 
sinusoidal  input  signal.  In  a  preferred  inventive  embodiment, 
the  transducer  comprises  a  three-phase  transformer  having 
primary,  secondary  and  tertiary  windings  on  a  saturable  core 
with  voltage  clipping  means  including  the  tertiary  windings  of 
the  transformer.  Rectification  and  summation  means  are  also 
provided  for  summing  and  rectifying  the  outputs  of  the  secon- 
dary windings  of  said  transformer,  those  outputs  being 
averaged  by  averaging  means.  The  frequency  transducer  out- 
put is  essentially  independent  of  the  voltage  of  the  input 
signal. 


3,671,860 
MAXIMUM  CURRENT  INDICATOR  F(Nl  ELECTRICAL 
APPARATUS 
ChrtMC  J.  Kcttkr,  nd  CHHwd  L.  Dowm,  boCk  af  Lcmi, 
Maas^  assigMn  ts  Gcaerai  Electric  CoBspaay 
Filed  Oct.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  869,067 
lBt.CLG01r  5/22, 19/16 
VS.  CL  324- 103  P  5  Ctatas 

A  maximum  current  indicator  to  monitor  the  current  flow  in 
an  electrical  apparatus.  A  facsimile  of  load  current  from  a  cur- 
rent transformer  is  appHed  to  a  heater  resistor.  A  sensor  re- 
sistor having  a  high  positive  temperature  coefficient  is  coupled 
to  the  heater  such  that  the  steady  state  temperature  of  the  sen- 
sor it  directly  proportional  to  the  power  dissipated  in  the 
heater,  making  luch  temperature  a  Amotion  of  the  factimile 
load  current.  The  sensor  resistor  is  part  of  a  voltage  divider 
network  which  includes  a  rheostat,  the  voltage  across  such  di- 
vider being  determined  by  a  Zener  diode,  llie  divider  output 
voltage  at  a  junction  thereof  is  determined  by  the  sensor  re- 
sistor and  the  ilieoctat  A  pair  of  trantitton  are  arranged  in  an 
emitter  coupled  binary  circuit  whose  conductioa  states  are 


»4' 


3D-€) 


cuit.  A  motor  is  controlled  by  the  switch,  the  motor  acnng  to 
set  an  indicator  dial  and  also  to  drive  the  rheostat  to  a  p9sition 
for  resetting  of  the  binary  circuit 


3,671361 

CALIBRATION  DEVICE  FOR  ELECTRIC  METElt 

INCLUDING  A  CONTROL  MAGNET  MOUNTED  ON  A 

FLEXIBLE  ARM 

Hobart  H.  Fieetaiaa,  PcriuMic,  and  Harry  E.  Wohlbach,  Aika- 

towa,  bath  ef  Pa.,  asaigMrs  to  Elcctro-Mcchaalcal  feutni- 

iMat  CoMpaay,  lac. 

Filed  April  8, 1965,  Scr.  No.  446,745 

lat.  CI.  GOlr  5// 6.  J /20 

U.S.  CL  314- 146  7  Claims 


ti 

a 

^^r** 

^  " 

!• 

3  t- 

ys 

r 

«     14 

H 

f    89 

y 

\^ 

^iM 

<^ 

Jw^i 

^ 

^-^ 

1qSs^<^ 

^ZZSST 

_^j^ 

An  electrical  meter  having  a  movement  magnet  and  a  con- 
trol magnet  for  zeroing  the  meter  pointer  and  also  adjusting 
the  meter  sensitivity.  The  control  magnet  is  pivotally  mounted 
for  rotation  on  a  flexible  arm.  Zeroing  of  the  meter  is  obtained 
by  rotating  the  control  magnet  relative  to  the  movement  mag- 
net. The  tentitivity  of  the  meter  it  adjutted  by  varying  the 
distance  between  tfie  movement  magnet  and  control  magnet 
by  means  of  the  flexible  arm. 


■ 


METEI 


3,671362 

FLAT  ARMATURE  MOVING  COIL  ELECTRIC  METER 

Toye«>  Nakata,  1643  HiyoshlkaKho,  KolMk»4a,  Yokohama. 

shi,  Japan 

CMtlMatio»4iHpart  of  Scr.  No.  534,937,  Jan.  27, 1966, 

abudoocd.  Tkto  appHcatioa  Dec.  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  883^33 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  5, 1965, 40/7898 

IntCLGOlr  7/20, ///6 

U.S.C1. 324—150  5  Claims 

An  electrical  meter  includes  a  rotatably  mounted  wheel 
shaped  armature  including  a  channel  shaped  rim  and  channel 
shaped  spokes  arranged  in  quadrature.  A  pair  of  lector  shaped 
coils  of  insulator  coiUed  wire  are  nested  in  seats  delineated  by 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1183 


pairs  of  adjacent  spokes  and  the  connecting  rim  section,  each 
coil  including  a  plurality  of  superimposed  flat  sector  shaped 
windings  of  abutting  successive  convolutions  including  radi- 
ally extending  lep  whose  outer  ends  are  connected  by  ctrcum- 


mitted  after  modulation  on  a  carrier,  for  example,  single  side- 
band modulation,  and  which  is  correfated  after  demodulation 


ferentially  extending  bridge  sections.  A  magnet  assembly 
produces  a  magnetic  field  perpendicular  to  the  armature  and 
not  extending  beyond  the  ends  of  the  winding  radial  legs.  The 
areas  occupied  by  the  coils  are  less  than  the  unoccupied  areas 
deUneated  thereby. 


3,671,863 
SOLID  STATE  METER  RELAY 
Eari  C.  Rhyac,  Jr.,  MUlb,  Mass.,  assigMir  to  Sota  Basic  Indus- 
tries,  Ibc  Mihraakec,  Wis. 

Filed  Feb.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,653 

lBtCLG01r//J0 

U,S.CL  324-157  6  dates 


A  meter  relay  in  which  the  mechanical  contacts  on  the 
meter  of  a  mechanically  operating  type  of  relay  are  replaced 
by  solid  state  circuitry.  The  circuitry  is  readily  adjustable  by  a 
simple  potentiometer  of  rheostat  to  operate  an  indicating 
signal  and/or  a  control  for  industrial  apparatus  or  the  like  at 
any  desired  point  over  the  entire  range  of  a  meter.  The  cir- 
cuitry is  operative,  however  with  or  without  a  meter.  A  plurali- 
ty of  identical  circuits  mounted  on  separate  panels  or  modular 
units  may  be  ganged  to  operate  differeht  indicators  and/or 
controls  at  a  plurality  of  points  over  the  range  of  one  or  more 
relay  meter  devices. 


3,671,864 

TRANSMISSION  SYSTEM  FOR  MEASURING  TIME  OF 

TRANSMISSION 

Lee  Edaard  Zcgcrs,  and  WWrcd  Andre  Maifa  SaUdcrs,  both  of 

Eaaaitufl,  Elidhovai,  Ncthcriudi,  airigMn  to  U.S. 

PhlHps  Corporatioa,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  JwBC  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,001 
Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  June  21,  1969, 
6909S40 

Iat.CLH04b//00 
U.S.CL  325-38  A  4Clates 

A  transmission  system  wherein  a  periodic  temaiypulse  pat- 
tern is  generated  in  the  transmitter  which  pattern  is  trans- 


GUK 


with  a  periodic  binary  pulse  pattern  after  reception  in  the 
receiver. 


3,671,865 
AUTOMATIC  NET  PARTICIPANT  SYNCHRONIZER 
Aathaay  D.  Sswlla,  Lcrittowa;  Jaaeph  J.  Tteaach,  Trevaae; 
John    D.   Bccktd,   Hatbora,  and   Harvey  M.   StelBbarg, 
Philadelphia,  aH  of  Pa.,  sssigaan  to  The  United  States  ef 
America  as  reprcaeatcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 
Ftkd  Dec.  3, 1964,  Ser.  No.  415,827 
Int.  CL  G08c  15106;  H04J  3106 
U.S.CL  325-58  9i 


A  digital  data  net  communications  system  for  a  group  of 
tactical  units  in  which  data  is  transmitted  by  each  participant 
in  turn  to  all  of  the  other  participants,  in  which  participants 
may  be  added  or  subtracted  from  the  net  automatically  and 
without  interfering  with  the  trantmistion  of  data  between  the 
others.  One  of  the  participants  is  designated  the  contact  area 
commander  and  during  his  time  slot  automatically 
synchronizes  the  other  participants'  equipment,  informs  the 
other  participants  of  the  number  of  participants  in  the  net,  and 
any  changes  in  the  number  of  participants  in  the  net  thereby 
informing  all  participants  of  the  net  condition  without  the 
necessity  of  disrupting  the  transmission  of  data  between  other 
participants. 


1184 


PULSE  PROCESSING  CnCUTT  HAVING  IMPROVED 

RANGE  RESOLUTION 

Kcucth  R.  Ralhcrford;  Manrte  L.  HMkcr,  Jr^  botk  of  Cedar 

RapUi,  Iowa,  aid  Jooepk  P.  AHbrandi,  RaMfh,  N.C.,  as- 

iif  ow  to  ColiM  Radio  Coaipoay,  Codar  Rapidi,  Iowa 

nkd  Jaa.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104^75 

lBt.CLH4»4b//76 

U^.C1.32S-322  SCbtaii 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  20,  ,1972 


T:: 


y 


h® 


"x: 


E 


1^ 


JT 


J 


A  pulse  processing  circuitry  which  substantially  eliminates 
pulse  position  variations  caused  by  compression  of  pulses  in  IF 
stages  of  video  receivers  as  a  result  of  conflicting  requirements 
for  narrow  bandwidth  and  large  dynamic  range.  The  variations 
are  eliminated  while  retaining  the  pube  width  characteristics 
of  a  pulse  train  by  splitting  the  input  pulse  into  two  signal 
channels,  delaying  the  pulse  in  one  channel  for  a  predeter- 
mined interval,  applying  the  delayed  pulse  to  trigger  a  ramp 
generator,  and  comparing  the  resulting  ramp  signal  with  a 
reference  level  signal  produced  by  the  pulse  in  the  second 
channel. 


3,671^7 

NOISE  SUPPRESSION  ARRANGEMENT  FOR 

COMMUNICATION  RECEIVERS 

Hau  G.  Schwan,  Pcutagtoa,  N  J„  aaigMr  to  Tkc  UaUcd 

States  of  Aoicrka  as  repretcatcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Navy 

Filed  April  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  28,704 

IatCLH04b7/76 

U.S.CL325— 410  SCIaias 


'nF 


'W 


"-     KFt  If 


\ 


f  %Liiit,t  KtfmtHjme  nmoMUi  Imho. 


LL 


tl> 


J. 


27 


,e* 


ffnTivr 


,ZS 


,2* 


,e? 


'29 


<-^ 


Leva. 


,se 


limn 


A  noise  suppression  technique  for  a  communication 
receiver  is  discloeed  wherein  the  amplitude  of  the  signal  at  the 
clipping  point  with  respect  to  the  clipping  level,  or  vice  versa, 
is  automatically  adjusted  so  that  clipping  takes  place  during  a 
constant  preset  percentage  of  time.  The  gain  of  the  RF  or  IF 
stages  or  the  clipping  level  is  automatically  adjusted  to  achieve 
this  mode  of  operation. 


3.671,868 

SUPERREGENERATIVE  MICROWAVE  RECEIVER  ^ 
Bobby  J.  Saadcrs,  PacoiMa,  CaUf .,  aarigaor  to  The  Bcodh  Cor- 
poratioa  , 

Filed  Jaa.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,641 

lBtCLH04b  7/26  ' 

U.S.  CI.  325—445  8  Claias 


A  highly  sensitive  superregenerative  microwave  receiver  is 
disclosed  having  a  special  utility  for  radar  altimeters.  A  tunnel 
diode  oscillator-amplifier  section  is  arranged  on  a  striplinc 
board  one  wavelength  square  with  the  housing  forming  the 
ground  plane  and  with  the  tunnel  diode  centered  on  the  board. 
A  threaded  member  in  the  top  of  the  housing  cooperates  with 
a  conductor  track  on  the  stripline  board  to  tune  the  oscillator 
resonant  circuit.  A  detector  and  self-test  stripline  board  is 
positioned  in  another  compartment  of  the  housing  separated 
from  the  oscillator-amplifier  board  by  means  of  a  buDihead 
but  connected  to  said  board  by  means  of  a  feed-through  con- 
nector. This  board  contains  the  radio  frequency  input  port  and 
includes  a  striplinc  coupler  arrangement  to  connect  the  radio 
frequency  signal  to  the  detector  diode.  A  stripline  filter  con- 
nected between  the  radio  frequency  input  and  the  oscillator- 
amplifier  provides  both  second  harmonic  rejection  and  d.  c. 
blocking  to  prevent  any  d.  c.  component  of  the  modalating 
pulse  from  reaching  the  detector.  A  self-test  capability  is  pro- 
vided including  a  pair  of  diode  switching  circuits  which  make 
it  possible  to  effectively  disconnect  the  received  radio 
frequency  signal  and  connect  a  test  radio  frequency  signal  to 
the  detector. 


iigni 


3,671,869 

TELEVISION  CHANNEL  INDICATOR  COMMON  TO  VHF 
AND  UHF  AND  EASILY  PROGRAMMABLE  TO  LOCALLY 

AVAILABLE  CHANNELS 
Adolf  EgHoat  Wolfraa,  PortMoalh,  Va.,  aaigmir  to  Geacral 
Electric  Coaipoay 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 15,623 

lBt.CLH04b7/06  I 

U.S.  CI.  325-455  14  Claims 


A  chanael  indicator  for  a  television  receiver  for  indicating 
tuning  to  all  channels  whether  UHF  or  VHF.  Two  segnaented 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1185 


decimal  display  devices  are  provided,  one  for  the  units  digits 
and  one  for  the  tens  digits  of  channels  two  to  83.  Matrices 
control  each  display  device.  Switches  assigned  to  each  chan- 
nel and  associated  with  a  conventional  tuning  mechanism  con- 
trol the  matrices  to  cause  the  display  devices  to  display  the 
channel  number  of  the  channel  to  which  the  receiver  is  tuned 
by  the  tuning  mechanism. 


3,671370 

TUNING  SYSTEM  FOR  COMMUNICATION  RECEIVERS 

STORING  PREDETERMINED  TUNING  POSITIONS 

WITHIN  THE  RECEIVER  FREQUENCY  BAND 

Hcias  Weihauea,  HIMcibeiM,  Geraaay,  amigMr  to  Bba- 

kaakt-Wcrkc  GashH,  HUdcshciat,  Gcraiaay 

Filed  April  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,513 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  April  2,  1969,  P  19 
16  834.4 

iBt.  CL  H04b  li34 
U.S.  CL  325-470  18  Claias 


t. 


QWa^s^' 


1 

7H 

>-^'. 

iAok 

i 

^     1=    i 

V 

cm». 

-^  1  Lh 

V' 

— 

t 

/*» 

n^ 

^i 

n 


The  receiver  is  designed  to  provide  a  control  signal  varying 
the  tuning  frequency  thereof,  for  example  derived  from  a 
signal  searching  system  (7).  A  pulse  source  (9)  and  a  digital 
stepping  circuit  (11),  controlled  by  the  pulse  source  provides 
a  stepped,  digitally  changing  signal,  in  a  binary  progression.  A 
comparator  circuit  (12)  has  said  stepped  signal  and  said  tun- 
ing control  signal  applied  thereto,  and  compares  a  charac- 
teristic, typically  voltage,  of  the  signals.  Upon  detection  of 
coincidence,  a  characteristic  of  the  signal,  for  example  volt- 
age, is  stored,  for  example  as  a  level  of  magnetization  in  a 
transfluxor  core  (FIG.  4)  or  as  the  count  of  a  flip-flop  chain, 
including  magnetic  cores,  in  the  digital  stepping  circuit.  Upon 
re-energization  of  the  receiver  after  disconnection,  a  voltage 
value  derived  from  the  digital  stepping  circuit,  or  from  the 
storing  means  can  be  directly  applied  to  the  tuning  control,  or 
the  signal  search  system,  respectively,  so  that  the  receiver  will 
be  pre-tuned  to  the  selected  frequency. 


3,671,871 
SIGNAL  FREQUENCY  SYNTHESIZER 
Robert  E.  Mate,  Lot  Aagelea,  CaHf.,  asrigaor  to  Northrop 
Corporatioa,  Los  Aageks,  CaBf . 

Filed  Dec.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,576 
IaLCLH03b  79/00 
U.S.CL  328-25  4ChiBSs 

A  plurality  of  binary  related  anti-coincident  pulse  trains 
which  are  precisely  related  in  frequency  and  phase  to  a 
reference  frequency  are  generated  in  a  binary  rate  multiplier. 
The  rate  multipKer  includes  gating  and  control  circuitry 
whereby  predetermined  combinations  of  these  pulse  trains  are 
selectively  summed  together  to  provide  various  output 
frequencies.  The  output  of  the  binary  rate  multiplier,  which 
comprises  square  wave  signals  having  a  predetermined 
frequency  relative  to  the  reference  signal  frequency,  are  di- 
vided to  minimize  the  effects  of  irregularities  in  the  frequency 


of  the  multiplier  output  and  to  provide  square  waves  having 
substantially  uniform  periods.  These  square  waves  are  then 


ftoi 


»\  t-'*^ 


appropriately  gated  and  filtered  to  produce  quadrature  related 
sine  waves. 


3,671,872 

HIGH  FREQUENCY  MULTIPLE  PHASE  SIGNAL 

GENERATOR 

DoMdd  E.  Paaly,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah,  aasigaor  to  TdcasatiaB, 

lac.,  Salt  Lake  City,  Utah 

Filed  March  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  128^38 

lM.CLH03bi/04 

U.S.  CL  328-55  5  Ctaias 


A  high  frequency  phase  generator  comprising  an  oscillator, 
operating  at  eight  times  the  desired  frequency.  A  first  set  of 
flip-flop  circuits  divides  the  frequency  down  to  the  desired 
frequency.  A  second  set  of  flip-flop  circuits  is  provided  with 
clock  signals  at  the  oscillator  frequency  and  is  connected  so 
that  the  first  flip-flop  circuit  of  the  second  set  is  fed  by  the  out- 
put of  the  first  set  and  each  subsequent  flip-flop  circuit  in  the 
second  set  is  fed  by  the  output  of  the  preceding  flip-flop  cir- 
cuit. Due  to  timing  differences  resulting  from  the  two  different 
frequencies,  each  flip-flop  circuit  in  the  second  set  produces 
two  outputs  which  are  1 80"  out  of  phase  with  each  other  and 
45*  out  of  phase  with  the  outputs  of  the  adjacent  flip-flop  cir- 
cuits. 


3,671^73 

cmcurr  arrangement  for  generation  timing 

PULSES 
Cuenther  Haas,  and  Dieter  Reinhardt,  both  of  Munich,  Gcr- 
■aay,  aaigBon  to  Sieacas  AktIcageaeflKhaft,  Bcrita  aad 
Mairfeh,  CrcnBaay 

Filed  March  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,124 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  March  23,  1970,  P 
2013  880.1 

lot.  CLHOSk  7/00, 5/00 
U.S.  CI.  328-63  12ClalM 

A  circuit  arrangement  for  generating  timing  pulses  for  a 
receiver  system  conttandy  synchronized  with  transmitiion  im- 


1186 


TTl 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  20, 


1972 


pubet  of  •  transmitter  lyttem  wherein  a  counter  is  operated  |  3^71375 

by  pube  generator  and  deliven  to  a  memory  the  pulse  count     DIGITALLY  OFEmATED  SIGNAL  BEGENEEATOll  AND 

upon  receipt  of  a  tranmission  pulM.  The  counter  has  adjutta-  UMING  CBCUIT 

ble  initial  and  final  count  values,  the  final  count  value  being  Fraak  L«ih  riita,  Calli  Neck,  N J^  aMi|Mr  to  Bd  Ti 

determined  by  means  which  compute  the  deviation  of  the  mo-       I  abaialeiMa,  iTerparatai,  Morray  wp,  N  J. 

tntod  May  M,  1971,  S«r.  Ne.  14S,29« 
iBLCLHOJk  7  7/26 
1*0  U^.CL  338-129  SCUas 


rckpkaw 


mentary  value  from  a  predetermined  count  value  and  a  com- 
panion circuit  for  generating  the  receiver  timing  pulae  and 
utilizing  the  tame  to  reset  the  counter.  An  initial  value  com- 
puter is  also  utilized  in  one  embodiment  for  adjusting  the  ini- 
tial count  value  of  the  counter  in  accordance  with  the  output 
of  the  memory. 


3,671374 
CONTACrrLESS  SOTARY  SWITCHING  APPARATUS 

Tunckazu  KobayashI,  Kawasaki,  Japan,  assignor  to  Denki 
Oidtyo  Co,,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japaa 

FIM  Sept  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,937 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Sept.     17,    1969, 
44/88303;    Sept.    17,    1969,    44/88304;    Sept.    17,    1969, 
44/8830S;Sept.  30. 1969.44/93603 

lot.  CLGOSf  7/00 
U.S.  CL  323-94  H  11  Chtas 


A  contactless  rotary  switching  apparatus  comprised  of  a 
disc-shaped  fixed  yoke  which  it  tutionary  and  a  rotary  yoke 
arranged  in  parallel  with  each  other,  a  magnet  positioned 
between  the  yokes,  the  magnet  having  one  magnetic  pole  end 
fixed  to  one  of  the  yokes  while  the  other  magnetic  pole  end  is 
made  free  but  arranged  to  lightly  contact  the  other  of  the 
yokes,  a  number  of  balls  made  of  magnetic  material  are  ar- 
ranged in  succession  in  the  form  of  a  circle  on  the  free  end 
face  of  the  magnet  between  the  magnet  and  the  yoke  which 
lightly  contacts  the  free  end  of  the  magnet,  a  plurality  of  mag- 
neto-electric converting  devices  are  arranged  radially  towards 
the  drcumference  at  the  peripheral  portion  of  the  fixed  yoke, 
and  at  least  one  arm  provided  at  the  peripheral  portion  of  the 
rotary  yoke  so  that  the  arm  or  arms  are  extended  towards  the 
said  fixed  yoke  so  that  an  end  or  ends  of  the  arms  will  be 
moved  towards  and  away  from  the  magneto-electric  convert- 
ing devices  during  rotation  of  the  rotary  yoke. 


A  digitUly  operated  signal  timing  circuit  employs  %  single 
synchronous  up-down  counter  with  overriding  set  and  reset  in 
combination  with  a  group  of  flip-flops  and  logic  gates.  In  ef- 
fecting the  regeneration  of  input  pulses,  such  as  the  pulses 
produced  by  a  telephone  dial,  a  plurality  of  signal  timii^  func- 
tions are  provided  by  the  combination  indicated,  which  func- 
tions inclade  the  esublishment  of  an  operate  threshold  delay, 
a  release  delay,  a  minimum  output  pulse  duration,  a  minimum 
duration  interval  between  pulses  and  an  idle  condition  hol- 
dover period. 


3,671376 
PULSE-PHASE  COMPARATORS 
George  S.'OsUro,  P.O.  Box  9M76,  Los  Aogcles,  CaHf. 

LFHcd  Jao.  19. 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,724 
lBtCLH03d/i/00 
-1 


U.S 


134 


Clates 


r 


-u 


SKomimuu 


^ 


^d. 


fJKuanroft 


'JO 


J 


I/O  — r \mm\OumjrA  f. 

V5     _(  —n ^ 


r. 


^ 


> 


PHAU 

oannuijtrat 

OOTPt/T 


The  device  disclosed  herein  is  a  pulse-phase  comparator  of 
a  digital  aature  possessing  a  high  degree  of  noise  immunity 
due  to  the  complete  absence  of  triggerable  elements  such  as 
binaries  or  one-shoe  multivibraton,  and  featuring  a  mode  of 
operation  wherein  a  null  output  is  defined  by  a  corresponding 
in-phase  condition  of  the  compared  input  signals  by  virtue  of 
the  insertion  of  additional  sind  externally-generated  pulse 
signals  whose  fundamental-frequency  and  phasing  character 
bears  a  fixed  relationthip  to  that  of  one  of  the  compared 
tignalt. 


New 


3,671377 
PUSH-PULL  AMPLIFIER 
Rody  Jofeaa  Vaa  Deo  Plawhr, 
Ncthcrteoda,  astigoar  to  U3.  PyMps  Corporatioi^ 
York,N.Y. 

Fled  Oct  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79308 
Claimt  priority,  application  Netherlands,  Oct.  13.11969, 
691S478  1 

I  IotCLH03f5/6« 

U3.CL  330-300  2Cialw 

A  low-resistance  push-pull  amplifier  in  which  the  inclusion 

of  a  diode  in  the  emitter  lead  and  of  transistors  in  the  base 


T..^...    m\     1  nTO 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1187 


leads  of  the  amplifier  provides  a  very  high  discrimination  fac-  mined  limit.  Thus,  in  the  event  of  an  overload  (due.  for  exam- 
ple, to  excessive  load  currents  or  overdriving  the  transistor), 
the  drive  signal  is  shunted  from  the  power  amplifier  output 


t^, 


JE 


^s-'- 


tor,  while  additional  current  sources  for  the  quiescent  current 
adjustment  of  the  transistors  may  be  dispensed  with. 


3,671378 

PROTECTION  CIRCUIT  FOR  AN  AMPLIFIER 
Joka  E.  Becker,  Wilmtte,  lU.,  assigMr  to  Motorola,  Ik., 

Fraaklio  Park,  n.                                                                         stages.  This  action  is  analogous  to  a  limiting  action  and 
Fled  April  27, 1970,  Scr.  Ne.  32,204                         prevenu  overload  conditions  from  injuring  or  destroying  the 
lot  CI.  H03f  21100, 5100                                  power  amplifier. 
U.S.CL  330-207  P  9Clatou  


O   r-" — 1    r-*-~L    r=»-i    1  ~l       , 


-   wrian  — ' 


A  protection  circuit  for  a  driver  amplifier  is  provided  which 
tenses  the  absence  of  current  to  a  driven  amplifier  and 
decreases  the  voltage  supplied  to  the  driver  amplifier  to  a  safe 
value  thereby  preventing  damage  to  the  same.  The  driver  am- 
plifier may  l>e  a  semiconductor  (transistor)  amplifier  and  the 
driven  amplifier  may  be  a  vacuum  tube  amplifier  which  has  a 
warm  up  period  much  longer  than  that  of  the  semiconductor 
amplifier.  The  protection  circuit  protects  the  semiconductor 
ampUfier  during  warm  up  of  the  tube  amplifier,  or  in  the  event 
of  failure  thereof  by  reducing  the  operating  voltage  applied 
thereto. 


3,671379 
TRANSISTOR  PROTECTION  CIRCUIT 
John  J.  KbMtaky,  New  York,  N.Y.,  assigMr  to  EacrsMi  Elec- 
tric Co.,  St  Loiiis,  Mo. 

Filed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,923 
Iirt.CLH03y2//00 
U3.CL  330-207  P  1  Claim 

A  protection  circuit  for  use  with  a  transistor  amplifier  com- 
prises a  normally  non-conductive  transistor  adapted  to  be  con- 
nected across  the  input  and  output  terminals  of  the  output 
transistors  of  a  power  amplifier.  An  impedance  network  is 
coupled  to  the  power  amplifier  to  that  it  can  derive  voltaget 
dependent  upon  the  current  flow  in  the  emitter-collector  cir- 
cuit of  the  power  amplifier  and  the  emitter-collector  voltage 
drop.  These  voltages  are  applied  to  the  base  of  the  protection 
transistor  to  drive  it  into  conduction  in  the  event  either  one  of 
the  signals,  or  the  combination  of  both  exceeds  a  predeter- 


3,671380 

DEVICE  FOR  GENERATING  A  PLURALITY  OF 

SINUSOIDAL  OSCILLATIONS  IN  A  CARRIER 

TELEPHONY  SYSTEM 

WOkclBBS  Gcrardn  Kalper,  aid  Ane  Kisissra,  both  of  HII- 

vcnui,  NcdMriaods,  aarigMrs  to  U3.  PkOips  Corponltioi^ 

New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jaa.  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,216 
Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  Feb.  S,   1970. 
7001606 

lot  CLH04J  J/70 
U3.CL331— 51  .   -    6< 


W^^ 

t^^^^ 


A  device  for  generating  carrier  oscillation  while  using  asta- 
ble  relaxation  generators  which  are  synchronized  by  a  com- 
mon master  oscillator.  The  astable  relaxation  generators  in  the 
output  circuits  of  the  common  master  oscillator  include  a  su- 
pervising device  which  b  constituted  by  a  cascade  circuit  of  a 
rectifier  device,  a  voltage  comparison  stage  and  a  blocking 
stage  to  suppress  the  cross-talk  between  the  carrier  channels 
due  to  erroneously  generated  frequencies  when  synchroniza- 
tion is  lost. 


3,671381 
RESETTABLE  LOGIC  GATE  MULTIVIBRATOR 
Joka  Jaacs  Yorfa^yaii,  Weil  Paka  Beack,  Fhu,  asrigMr  to 
RCA  CorporadoB 

Flkd  Dec.  1 4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,797 
IatCLH03ki/2«2 
U3.  CL  331-57  6  Chites 

A  multivibrator  circuit  which  can  be  selectively  started  and 


1188  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  20,  1072 

stopped  in  response  to  a  control  signal  and  in  which  phase  and    to  the  dischlrge  tube  radially  in  a  plurality  of  sections  along 

the  discharge  tube  and  preferably  removing  the  gas  via  outlet 
sections  provided  between  the  gas  inlet  sections. 

The  holes  or  slott  through  which  the  gas  is  radially  in- 
troduced may  form  a  certain  angle  with  the  radius  so  as  to  give 
a  rotary  movement  to  the  gas  introduced  and/or  an  angle  with 
a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  axis  so  that  the  inflowing  gas  is 
given  an  axial  velocity  component. 


frequency     relationships     are     maintained     uniform     and 
synchronized  with  the  control  signal. 


3,671^2 
APPARATUS  FOR  MIXING  GAS  IN  A  FLUID  MIXING 

LASER 
TcrriU  A.  Cod,  TniasaMbarg,  N.Y.,  anigMr  to  Tkc  United 
States  of  Aiicrica  as  reprcnated  by  the  Secretary  of  the 
Navy 

Fikd  Sept  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,593 

IwLClflOU  3 100 

U.S.CL331-94J  ICIatais 


X.    w  w  &.-  -^ 


J^^^^^^£2— 


Apparatus  is  disclosed  which  can  continuously  mix  in- 
definitely large  volumes  of  gases  in  characteristic  times  that 
are  short  compared  to  characteristic  collisional  relaxation 
times  for  the  exciution  energy  for  the  component  gases.  The 
present  technique  has  application  to  flowing  gas  laser  systems 
in  that  it  provides  a  means  to  mix  large  volumes  of  gases 
together  to  initiate  an  energy  exchange  process  between  the 
mixing  atomic  or  molecular  components,  or  to  initiate  a 
chemical  reaction  involving  the  mixing  of  reactant  com- 
ponents to  form  product  atoms  or  molecules  in  an  excited 
state. 


K\\\\\\\\\\iW^^m\\^^^^^ 


3,671384 
MPROVED  AMPLIFYING  CIRCUIT      ^ 
JolM  H.  Dcaay,  Jr.,  LyKkbarg,  Va.,  aarigMr  to  GcMral  Ekc- 
trkCoaspaay 

DivMoa  of  Ser.  No.  85S,773,  Sept  17, 1969,  Pat  No. 

3,564,456.  Tkk  appHcatlMi  Sept.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76  J29 

lBt.CLH03fi/5« 

U.S.CI.332-16T  2CUHI 


Radiofrequency  signals  and  lower  frequency  signals  are 
separately  amplified  without  mixing  in  a  single  transistor  by 
applying  the  lower  frequency  signals  through  a  filter  to  the 
transistor  base  and  deriving  the  amplified  lower  frequency 
signals  in  an  emitter-follower  circuit,  and  by  applying  the 
radiofrequency  signals  to  the  transistor  emitter  and  deriving 
the  amplified  radiofrequency  signals  from  the  transistor  col- 
lector with  the  transistor  base  being  connected  in  a  common 
base  configuration. 


3,671383 
PROCESS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  EFFECTING  HIGH  GAS 

FLOW  IN  DISCHARGE  TUBE  OF  GAS  LASER 
Erik  Aigot  Saars,  Taby,  Swedes,  aaiigMr  to  AGA  Akticbolag, 
LiadiMOfSwcdca 

Filed  Oct  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,274 
Claims    priority,    application    Sweden,    Oct.    20,    1969, 
14322/69 

I^CIUOU  3 104 
U3.CL  331-94  J  6Claliu 


4- 


I  3,671385  ^-^ 

HIGH  FREQUENCY  SIGNAL  ROUTING  DEVICES  FOR 

USE  IN  CATV  SYSTEMS 

Fraak  C.  PieuypKker,  Liadaay,  Oatario,  Cauda,  aasifaor  to 

Lladny  Spcctaity  Prodncts  Liarited,  West  Liadaay,  Oatario, 

Caaada  i 

Filed  Dec.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,230 

Claims  priority,  application  Canada,  Oct.  20, 1970, 95,974 

Iat.CLH03k7/4« 

U3.CL333— 8  16qtol«s 


Passive  devicei  for  signal  routing  such  as  directional 
couplers,  hybrid  splitters  and  power  inserters,  for  aae  in 
CATV  or  similar  signal  distribution  systems  having  improved 
operating  characteristics  are  obtained  by  the  incorporation  of 
pi-section  high-pass  filters  into  such  devices.  Conventional 
Gas  lasers  characterized  by  high  gas  flow  through  the  splitters  aad  directional  couplers  are  modified  by  the  addition 
discharge  tube  of  the  gas  lasers  are  obtained  by  feeding  the  gas   of  inductances  and  capacitances  so  that  the  required  pi-sec- 


JuNE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1189 


tion  high-pass  filters  are  formed,  with  one  inductive  element 
of  such  a  filter  being  constituted  by  an  inductive  deviation,  for 
example,  a  leakage  inductance  of  an  existing  component  of 
such  a  device.  Improved  radiofrequency  signal  return  losses 
and  inter-tap  isolation  are  provided  over  a  much  greater 
frequency  range  than  was  heretofore  pouible. 


3,671386 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  AUTOMATIC  GAIN 

CONTROL 

Isao  FndeBoto,  Tokyo;  Tsatoaa  YoiUbayaahl,  Sagaaihara, 

aad  Tadao  Miyaaiara,  Kawasaki,  all  of  Japaa,  assigaors  to 

Fajitsa  LiaiHed,  Kaaagawa-kea,  Japaa 

Filed  Aag.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  67,765 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    Aug.    29,     1969, 
44/68533 

^    Iat.CLH04bi/04 
U.S.  CI.  333— 18  5  Claims 


INR/T     I 


CONTROL 
CIRCUIT 

"7 


OUTPUT 


PEAK  VAUE 
DETECTOR 


20» 


'J9« 


Disclosed  herein  is  automatic  gain  control  circuitry  for  a 
transmission  line  of  a  PCM  regenerative  repeater,  wherein 
such  circuitry  uses  multistage  variable  equalizing  networks. 
Each  network  has  a  variable  reactance  element,  and  has  a 
predetermined  pole  frequency  which  is  automatically  varied 
under  the  control  of  its  associated  reactance  element.  The 
pole  frequencies  are  changes  in  proportion  to  the  square  of  a 
ratio  of  a  standard  line  loss  to  a  changed  line  loss  due  to  the 
line  loss  variation,  both  measured  in  db.  Thus,  the  pole 
frequency  changes  compensate  for  variation  of  the  line  loss. 


or 


3,671387 
DELAY  LINE 
Rodacy  WilUaai  GibMia,  Haywards  Hcatk,  Eaglaad, 
to  U.S.  Philips  Corporatioa 

FUcd  Feb.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  798,665 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Feb.  16,  1968, 
7,759/68 

IatCLll03h9/i0 
U.S.CL  333-30  19  Claims 


to  effectively  increase  the  number  of  energy  transmission 
paths  in  the  body  by  acting  as  additional  energy  reflecting  sur- 
faces. The  slits  extend  the  effective  length  of  the  delay  line. 
The  slits  also  operate  to  reduce  undesired  cross-coupling 
between  the  input  and  output  transducers. 


3,671388 

Wn>E  BAND  STOP  BAND  FILTER  INCLUDING  A 

FERRITE  REGION  BUSED  BY  A  GRADED  MAGNETIC 

FIELD 
Pedro  A.  Sicate,  Saa  Joae,  aad  Robert  Joly,  Pak»  Alto,  both  of 
Calif.,  asdgaors  to  Hewlett-Packard  Compaay,  Palo  AHo, 
Calif. 

Filed  Dec.  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  95,528 

lat.  CI.  HOlp  3108;  H03h  7/04, 13/00 

U.S.CL  333-73  R  7  Claims 


A  stripline  conductor  is  sandwiched  between  two  ferrite 
slabs  which,  in  turn,  are  sandwiched  between  two  magnetic 
pole  pieces.  The  pole  pieces  are  in  contact  with  opposite  poles 
of  a  permanent  magnet,  placing  the  ferrite  slabs  in  a  magnetic 
field.  The  distance  between  the  pole  pieces  varies  along  the 
length  of  the  stripline,  causing  the  magnetic  field  to  be  nonu- 
niform. The  ferrite  slabs  will  absorb  electromagnetic  radiation 
at  a  frequency  determined  by  the  magnetic  field  strength  and 
thus  signals  on  the  stripline  will  be  absorbed  in  a  frequency 
band  determined  by  the  range  of  magnetic  field  strengths 
along  the  length  of  the  stripline. 


3,671389 

BROADBAND  COMPOSITE  FILTER  dRCUIT 

Holllce  A.  Favors,  5154  Chimiacas  Ave.,  Taraaa,  CaHf. 

Filed  Juac  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42^81 

lat.  CLH03h  7/05 

U^.CL  333-76  6ClaiBU 


An  improved  ultrasonic  delay  line  comprising  a  solid  glass 
body  having  one  or  more  slits  in  the  side  walls  extending  in- 
wardly from  the  outer  edge  faces  of  the  body.  The  slits  are  ar- 
ranged in  the  path  of  the  propagating  ultrasonic  energy  so  as 


A  broadband  composite  filter  circuit  is  disclosed  which  in- 
cludes a  plurality  of  filter  networks,  each  being  tuned  to 
respond  to  a  respective  frequency  bandwidth  of  electrical 
signals.  Each  of  the  filter  networks  is  a  four  terminal  filter  net- 
work having  a  positive  and  a  negative  network  input  terminal 
and  a  positive  and  a  negative  network  output  terminal.  The 
input  terminals  of  all  of  the  filter  networks  are  connected  in 
series  with  each  other  in  a  first  predetermined  order.  The  out- 
put terminals  of  all  of  the  filer  networks  are  connected  in  a  se- 
ries circuit  with  each  other  in  a  second  predetermined  order 
which  is  the  opposite  to  the  above  mentioned  first  predeter- 
mined order.  The  input  signal  is  then  applied  across  the  series 
input  circuits  and  the  output  signal  is  derived  from  across  the 


1190 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


aeries  output  circuits.  A  switch  is  provided  across  the  input 
terminals  of  each  of  the  filter  networks  to  enable  each  net- 
work to  be  selectively  shorted  out  of  the  composite  circuit  to 
selectively  vary  the  overall  frequency  response  characteristic 
of  the  composite  filter  circuit. 


3,671,890 

MANUALLY  OPERABLE  MOLDED  CASE  CIRCUIT 

BREAKER  WITH  SPECUL  TRIP  TESTING  MEANS 

Keith  W.  Kleii^  SiMbvry,  and  Herbert  M.  INim^,  West 

Hartford,  both  of  Cou.,  aaigMrt  to  GeMral  Electric  Caa- 

paay 

Filed  March  31, 1971,  Serf  No.  129,915 

LitCLH01h7i//2 

U.S.CL  335-22  5Cblm 


aai~i]0 


A  molded  case  circuit  breaker  with  manually  operable  ON- 
OFF  handle  means,  and  a  separate  rotatable  trip  testing  but- 
ton in  an  opening  in  the  cover  of  the  breaker  casing  and  fhish 
with  the  surface  thereof.  The  trip  testing  button  includes  two 
parts  which  when  assembled  trap  the  button  rotatably  in  the 
casing  cover.  The  interior  portion  of  the  trip  testing  button  has 
two  angularly  extending  arms  and  is  of  resilient  plastic  materi- 
al. One  of  the  arms  engages  the  circuit  breaker  trip  bar  when 
the  button  is  rotated,  and  causes  tripping.  The  other  arm  of 
the  trip  testing  button  is  thin  and  elongated  and  serves  to  posi- 
tion the  button  in  normal  unoperated  position  and  to  act  as  a 
spring  to  return  the  button  from  trip  operating  position  to  its 
normal  position.  Positive  stops  are  also  provided  for  limiting 
rotation  in  each  direction. 


to  Mat. 


3,671391 
SMALL  TYPE  ELECTROMAGNETIC  CONTACTOR 
Yasyto  Usid;  Kc^Ji  SU^Im.  both  «l  Scto,  tmd  Ti 
HatakcyaM^  Owari  Asahi,  al  of  Japoa,  aaign 
SHUta  Electric  Wochs,  Ltd^  OMka,  JapoB 

Fled  Aog.  30, 1971,  Scr.  No.  175,833 
Claims   priority,    application    Japan,    Aug.    31,    1970, 
45/76971 

Lit.CLH01h5//06 
U.S.  CL  335—126  4  Clahas 


0//^//7/>n//^/^}>^r 


A  small  type  electromagnetic  contactor  wherein  a  turning 
frame  is  rotatably  bridged  between  a  pair  of  opposing  slots  in  a 
case  having  a  build-in  electromagnetic  device,  and  actuating 


arm  of  an  actuating  rod  member  slidably  mounted  in  aa  upper 


case  member  is  disposed  to  be  in  contact  with  said 
friune. 


Cummg 


3,671392 
WIPING  CONTACT  REED  SWITCH 
G.  Ealoa,  deccaaed,  laic  of  BakhMre,  Md.  (by  First 
PcMuylvaaia  Baak  aad  Tnwt  Co.,  cxccator),  assigaor  to 
Wciti^hooae  Eleetric  Corporatloa,  PHtsborgh,  Pa. 
I     FHedAprfl  16, 1970,Scr.  No.  29,156 

ht.  CL  HOlh  ///«.  7/50, 5im  ' 

U3.CL  335-154  9  elates 


«*1iU 


•^/X. 


A  reed  switch  containing  two  reeds  at  least  one  of  which  is 
controlled  by  a  means  for  producing  a  magnetic  field.  Each 
reed  or  beam  is  twisted  along  a  longitudinal  axis  such  that  dur- 
ing operation  the  means  for  creating  a  magnetic  field  is 
dispMed  perpendicular  to  one  of  the  resulting  surfaces  and 
pulls  one  reed  into  physical  contact  with  the  other  in  such  a 
direction  that  the  contact  surfaces  are  flush.  A  wiping  action 
follows  between  the  faces  of  the  contacting  surfaces  in  a 
direction  parallel  to  the  planes  of  the  contacting  surfaces  due 
to  a  component  of  motion  in  the  direction  of  the  minimum 
flexure  axis  of  the  moving  beam. 

I 


IAL1 


3,671393 
MAGNETIC  LATCH  AND  SWITCH  USING  COB> 
RARE  EARTH  PERMANENT  MAGNETS 
Robert  F.  Edgar;  FraMois  D.  MartiMf,  both  of  SchcMCtady, 
and  Russell  E.  Tompkins,  Scotia,  all  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to 
General  Electric  Company 

Fflod  Nov.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  90^76 

iBtCL  HOlh  57/27 

U.S.CL  335-179  4CbhM 


era! 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1191 


3,671394 
DEFLECTION  YOKES  FOR  CATHODE  RAY  TUBES 
EUi  Sawada,  Tokyo,  Japaa,  aarigMr  to  Deakl  Oakyo  Com- 
paay,  LiaUtad,  Tokyo,  Japaa 

FOed  April  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  28,627 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    April     18,    1969, 
44/35196 

lot.  CL  HOlf  im 
U.S.  CL  335—210  4  Claims 


A  deflection  yoke  for  use  in  a  cathode  ray  tube  comprises  a 
yoke  bobbin,  at  least  two  pairs  of  segments  projecting  axially 
from  the  rear  edge  of  the  yoke  bobbin  and  means  for  clamping 
the  segments  about  the  cathode  ray  tube  to  secure  thereon  the 
deflection  yoke.     -.^ 


3,671395 

GRADED  FIELD  MAGNETS 

Aacootorier,  aad  Reac  Lacaxc,  both  of  Paris,  Fraacc, 

itoThoBsaoB  CSF 

Flod  April  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32,258 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  May  5, 1969, 6914229 

Iirt.CL  HOlf  7/00 

U.S.CL335— 212  ICbdm 


A  lens  effect  is  created  at  the  entry  to  or  the  exit  from,  the 
airgap  of  a  magnetic  system  by  equipping  the  terminal  faces  of 
the  polepieces  thereof  with  ferromagnetic  blocks,  which  are 
pivotally  mounted  on  the  output  faces  of  the  magnetic  yoke  so 
that  the  airgap  has  a  variable  width  and  a  magnetic  field 
gradient  is  produced.  The  upper  face  of  the  blocks  may  6e 
sloped. 


Magnetic  latches  and  switches  based  on  the  flux  cancella- 
tion or  flux  diversion  principle  use  the  high  coercive  (brce  of 
cobalt-rare  earth  permanent  magnets  such  as  cobalt-iamari- 
urn.  These  permanent  magnets  are  not  demagnetized  by  a  flux 
cancellation  coil  and  can  be  made  thin  in  the  field  direction. 
Devices  with  thin  magnetic  circuits  and  low  volume  armature 
achieve  high  unlatching  speeds. 


3,671396 

DEFLECTION  SYSTEM  FOR  TRUD-BEAM  CATHODE 

RAY  TUBE 

Charles  Edwwrd  Torsch,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assigMr  to  Sylvaaia 

Electric  Pradacts  Lsc. 

CoiMhiaatiaa  of  Scr.  No.  841393,  Jaly  15, 1969,  abaadoacd. 

Thk  ippHcalira  May  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  145384 

Iat.CL  HOlf  5/00 

U.S.  CL  335-213  22  CiaiBS 

A  cathode  ray  tube  deflection  system  includes  a  triad-type 

cathode  ray  tube  and  a  toroid-type  deflection  yoke  having 


horizontal  and  vertical  axes  with  first  and  second  horizontal 
windings  symmetrical  to  the  horizontalVxis  in  mirror  image  of 
one  another  about  the  vertical  axis  and  first  and  second  verti- 
cal winding  symmetrical  to  the  vertical  axis  in  mirror  image  of 
one  another  about  the  horizontal  axis  and  said  ftrst  and  second 
horizontal  and  vertical  windings  each  including  a  flux  altering 
means  for  enhancing  vertical  convergence  of  horizontal  trace 
lines.  The  deflection  yoke  is  formed  by  a  process  wherein  a 
core  of  magnetic  material  is  wrapped  with  wire  turns  applied 
in  toroidal  fashion  to  form  first  and   second   horizontal 


windings  and  first  and  second  vertical  windings  advanced  in 
opposite  circumferential  direction  to  form  a  mirror  image 
relationship.  Abo,  "ringing"  is  inhibited  by  circuitry  wherein  a 
specific  terminal  of  each  of  the  horizontal  and  the  vertical 
windings  associated  with  the  start  of  electron  beam  scanning 
of  the  cathode  ray  tube  is  connected  to  a  potential  reference 
level  while  the  other  extremities  of  the  horizontal  and  vertical 
windings  are  connected  to  a  source  of  deflection  signals 
whereby  undesired  distortions  appearing  on  the  trace  lines  of 
the  viewing  screen  are  minimized. 


3,671397 
ASYMMETRICAL-WOUND  TOROID  YOKE  CATHODE 
RAY  TUBE  DEFLECTION  SYSTEM 
Charles  Edward  Torsch,  GcKva,  N.Y.,  assigBor  to  GTE  Syl- 
vaaia lacorporated 

Fikd  Jaly  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  160365 

lBt.CLH0ir5/00 

U.S.CL  335-213  15Cfadms 


A  color  cathode  ray  tube  deflection  system  includes  a  color 
cathode  ray  tube  having  triad-arrayed  electron  guns,  a  toroid 
deflection  yoke  having  deflection  windings  symmetrical  to  the 
vertical  axis  and  asymmetrical  to  the  horizontal  axis  of  a  core 
of  magnetic  material,  and  dynamic  convergence  means  for  ef- 
fecting radial  movement  of  electron  beams  from  said  electron 
guns  whereby  horizontal  and  vertical  trace  lines  on  a  viewing 
screen  of  the  cathode  ray  tube  are  converged. 


I 


1192 


3,671^98 
ROTARY  SOLENOID 
Rayao^  J.  GtmamAj,  CUftoa  Sprtegi,  N.Y 
traaki,  be.,  CHflM  SprtafB,  N.Y. 

Filed  Nov.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,M1 
I^  CL  HOlf  7/08 
U.S.CL  335-228 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,,  1972 


3,671,900 

ROTARY  ACTUATOR  AND  INDICATOR 

to  Clif-    Eagcac  F.  Loagkru,  Jr.,  Oakvllle,  Coaa.,  uiigaor  to  North 

Atf cricaa  PkiUps  Corporatioa,  Waterkary,  Coaa. 

Fifed  Aat.  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  852,634 

lot  CI.  HOlh  50/18 


16 


K> 


48^1^40^ 


In  a  rotary  solenoid  employing  a  hinged  armature,  an  output 
shaft  and  converter  means  including  a  ball  located  between 
oppositely  inclined  cam  surfaces  in  the  armature  and  the  out- 
put shaft,  for  converting  arcuate  movement  of  the  armature  to 
rotary  movement  of  the  shaft  upon  energization  of  the  sole- 
noid, the  improvement  wherein  the  various  cams  in  the  output 
shaft  are  double  cams  of  different  length  and  opposite  inclina- 
tion joined  at  their  deep  end.  Preferably  the  output  shaft  em- 
ploys two  pairs  of  such  double  cams  arranged  in  diametrically 
opposed  locations  on  the  shaft,  and  including  for  example,  a 
90"  RH  cam  joined  to  a  IS'  LH  cam  and  also  a  90*  LH  cam 
joined  to  a  1 S*  RH  cam.  The  armature  can  have  either  a  single 
cam  or  a  double  cam  comprising  two  cams  of  different  length 
and  opposite  inclination.  Depending  on  the  direction  of  the 
torsion  return  spring,  the  solenoid  can  be  set  up  for  either  left 
hand  or  right  hand  operation.  Further,  the  use  of  the  double 
cams  according  to  the  present  invention  reduces  the  tooling 
and  stocking  requirements  of  the  manufacturer. 


3,671399 

PERMANENT  MAGNET  DETENT  MEANS  FOR  A 

ROTARY  SOLENOID 

Ckarlcs  E.  CHft,  Pkocalx,  Ails.,  assigaBr  to  Spcrry  Raad  Cor- 

poratloa 

FUed  April  30, 1971,  Scr.  No.  139,102 
IatCLH01f7/0« 
U.S.CL  335-253  14  ( 


U.S.CL  335-272 


15 


Clatais 


An  electromagnetic  rotary  solenoid  having  a  permanent 
magnet  rotor  and  a  plurality  of  selectable  coils  utilizes  the 
combination  of  a  permanent  magnet  and  a  coil  for  the  no 
signal  or  detent  position  to  effect  a  rotation  restraining  force 
on  the  rotor  during  a  no  signal  input.  The  circuit  effecting  the 
operation  of  the  solenoid  simultaneously  energizes  the  ap- 
propriate selectable  coil  and  the  coil  associated  with  the  per- 
manent magnet  whereby  the  selectable  coils  magnetic  field 
creates  a  torque  acting  on  the  rotor  to  position  it  and  the  mag- 
netic field  of  the  coil  associated  with  the  permanent  magnet 
nulls  out  the  restraining  force  of  the  permanent  magnet. 


"  Z2cL   i9fc        30 


An  indicator  having  an  armature  with  spaced  magnetic 
poles  mounted  to  pivot  back  and  forth  on  its  axis  to  match  in- 
dicia on  the  armature  with  fixed  indicia  at  each  end  position  of 
the  pivotal  motion.  The  annature  poles  are  attracted  al- 
ternately to  the  two  end  positions  by  stator  poles  energized  by 
a  coil  supplied  with  current  that  corresponds  in  magnitude  or 
direction  of  flow  with  the  operating  condition  under  surveil- 
lance. Pivotal  motion  of  the  armature  is  limited  by  a  pin,  either 
on  the  annature  or  on  the  stator,  that  fits  into  an  annular  slot 
in  the  stator  or  annature.  The  annature  can  move  axially  to  a 
limited  extent,  and  to  hold  the  disc  in  either  of  its  limit  posi- 
tions, the  ends  of  the  slot  are  further  axially  indented  to 
receive  tke  pin.  The  armature  is  free  to  move  axially  far 
enough  to  disengage  the  pin  from  the  indentations  but  not 
completely  free  of  the  slot. 


92, 


3,671,901 
ANTI-HARMONIC  TRANSFORMER 
Jocqact  Fraacois  Marie-Jooepk  Lya,  3  bis  Place  M 
Cfeaart,  Fraaec 

Fifed  Jaa.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,048 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  Jan.  19, 1970,7001717 
I  ImLCLHOlt  3  3/00 


larMafe 


VS.  CI.  396-5 


6'Claiais 


^fWWYTJW 


Devices  for  eliminating  in  a  three-phase  voltage  transformer 
T,  separating  two  networks  A  and  B  the  voltage  harmonics 
preexisting  within  the  three  phase  voltage  feeding  A  and  detri- 
mental to  B,  or  the  current  harmonics  generated  by  B  and 
detrimental  to  A.  The  devices  include  single  phase  transfor- 
mers, the  primary  windings  of  which  are  "delta"  coupled  and 
the  secondary  windings  of  which  are  "sur"  coupled,  the  an- 
gles determined  by  the  legs  of  the  triangles  and  of  the  start  ex- 
hibiting unique  values,  together  with  single  phase  autotrans- 
formers  for  connection  to  the  A  and  B  networks.  When 
eliminating  only  current  harmonics,  T  need  only  be  con- 
stituted of  two  single  phase  transformers  the  primary  seconda- 
ry windings  of  which  are  in  quadrature  together  with  single 
phase  transformers,  the  windings  of  which  are  connected  to 
specific  current  taps  provided  on  the  above-mentioned  trans- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1193 


formers.  They  can  be  used  in  installations  for  electrochemis-    a  pair  of  confronting  leg  members  of  a  pair  of  U-shaped  core 
try,  electrometallurgy,  power  distribution  of  d.c.  current  and    members  positionally  held  by  a  U-sh^jed  wire  member, 
for  installations  of  static  power  conversion.  


3,671,902 
SHIELDED  INDUCTIVE  DEVICE 
Wilfen  F.  Westcadorp,  Schcacctady,  N.Y.,  aaslgaor  to  Geacral 
Electric  Compaay 

Fifed  May  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  146,696 

laLCL  HOlf  75/04 

U.S.  CI.  336—84  1 0  Claias 


3,671,904 

PICK-OFF 

Everett  R.  Tribkea,  Scottsdafe,  Ariz.,  aad  Frederic  L.  MBfer, 

Saa  Diego,  CaHf .,  aMigaors  to  The  Uaited  States  of  America 

as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

Coatiaaatioa  of  Scr.  No.  795,769,  Jaa.  16, 1969,  abaadoacd. 

This  appUcatioa  Jaa.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,027 

lat.  CI.  HOlf  27/06 

U.S.  CI.  336- 132  5  Cbiais 


Cylindrical  superconductive  coil  is  shielded  to  provide  net 
zero  magnetic  field  exterior  of  a  cylindrical  shield  located  a 
predetermined  distance  from  the  coil  by  winding  about  the 
shield,  and  about  the  ends  thereof,  winding  which  carry 
predetermined  currents  sufficient  to  just  neutralize  the  exter- 
nal field  due  to  the  current  in  the  coil  at  the  shield. 


3,671,903 

Non-inflammable  horizontal  output 
transformer 

WlUiaa  L.  Aniagtoa;  Wayac  Carltoa  Gaatt,  both  of  Batovia, 
aad  Lcoaard  Jooeph  Goager,  AMoa,  all  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to 
GTE  Syavaaia  lacorporated 

Fifed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 13,463 

lot  CI.  HOlt  27/26. 27/50 
U.S.  CL  336—96  4  Claims 


A  non-inflammabfe  horizontal  output  transformer  includes 
a  coil  member  having  a  plurality  of  leads  extending  therefrom, 
an  arcuate  ring  member  affixed  to  the  coil  member  with  a  plu- 
rality of  contact  pins  extending  outwardly  therefrom  and  con- 
nected to  the  leaids,  an  envelope  of  non-inflammable  material 
surrounding  the  coil  member,  ring  member,  and  leads  and  the 
coil  member  supported  by  a  hollow  insulator  telescoped  over 


An  electrical  pick-off  for  measuring  small  quantities  of  an- 
gular rotation.  An  exciting  coil  energizes  a  core  having  two 
pairs  of  poles,  spaced  relatively  close  together.  An  output  coil 
is  located  between  the  poles  and  has  a  low  magnetic 
reluctance  core  arranged  to  move  within  the  coil  although  the 
coil  is  fixed  with  respect  to  the  pole  pieces. 


3,671,905 
INTERNALLY  POLYGONAL  COIL  FORM 
John  O.  Reaakcrs,  Crystal  Lake,  ID.,  aaslgaor  to  CoOcraft,  lac, 
Cary.ni. 

Fifed  Oct.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  191,993 

laLCL  HOlf  27/06 

U.S.  CI.  336—  1 36  4  Cfelw 


A  low  cost  tubular  coil  form  having  regularly  spaced  flats  on 
the  inside  surface  thereof  for  improved  tuning  core  retention. 


3,671,906 

WINDING  FORMERS  FOR  USE  IN  THE  MANUFACTURE 

OF  ROTOR  ASSEMBLIES  FOR  DYNAMO  ELECTRIC 

MACHINES 

John  Barry  Hodges,  155,  The  Crescent,  Walsall,  and  Gordon 

Howard  Maybary,  14,  Aahlawa  Crcaccat,  SoHhaO,  both  af 

Ei^laad 

Filed  Oct.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,180 

laLCL  HOlf  2  7/JO 

U.S.  CL  336-208  3  Ciatei 

A  winding  former  including  a  tubular,  flexibfe  cyUadrical 

portion  having  an  integral  peripheral  outwardly  extending 

flange  at  each  end  thereof.  The  cylindrical  portion  and  the 


1194 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,,  1972 


flanget  are  formed  with  a  split  which  extends  the  full  length  of   tripping  mechanism  pivots  permitting  increased  contadt  force 
the  former  so  that  the  former  can  be  compressed  radially.  One    for  a  given  latch  load.  A  common  trip  for  multipole  switches 

with  the  overload  latch  and  the  common  trip  linkage  having  a 
common  pivot  axis,  but  independent  pivots,  with  the  latch 


of  the  flanges  has  a  hole  through  which  one  end  of  a  coil 
wound  on  the  former  can  extend  in  use. 


—  3^71,9t7 

VACUUM  SWITCH  WITH  FOWES  FUSE 

Richard  G.  BruMr,  DcOum  MaM^  aaigMr  to  AlHi-Chal- 

■crs  MaBBfactulag  Caapaay,  MflwaiUcc,  Wis. 

FUed  Ftov.  23, 1970,  Scr.  N«.  92,030 

fat  CL  HOIk  33166;  Hlh  85102;  HOlh  85154 

U^.CL  337-4  6Clatais 


A    •• 


moving  freely  for  a  small  tripping  distance  and  on  moving  a 
greater  distance,  driving  the  common  trip  linkage.  An  open 
arc  plate  design  and  stamped  latch  and  trip  arm  having  engag- 
ing surfaces  with  smooth  plastically  deformed  edges. 


3,671,909 

HIGH-TOLTAGB  FUSE  WITH  ONE  FKCE  FUSE  LINKS 
Fndcfflck  J.  Kacacka,  SMik  Haaptaa,  aad  Ricterd  A. 
Bckhcr,  Haaptoa  Fais,  Mtfi  aC  fiM^  asslgasn  t*  TW 
Clwia-8hawaat  Coapaay,  Ncwbwypwt,  Maik 
.     FiM  Fck.  17, 1971,  Scr.  Na.  1 16,037 
I  lmt.Cl1iQlk85JI0,85ll2 

U.S.CL  337-160  IJCUais 


A  vacuum  switch  used  for  switching  high  voltage  capacitive 
loads  comprises  a  support  chassis  on  which  a  hollow  support 
insulator  is  mounted.  One  or  more  vacuum  interrupters,  each 
comprising  an  insulated  envelope  and  relatively  movable  con- 
tacts, are  mounted  on  the  holtow  support  insulator.  Operating 
means  are  mounted  on  the  support  chassis  and  comprises  an 
insulated  operating  rod  which  extends  through  the  hollow  sup- 
port insulator  for  operating  the  vacuum  interrupter(s).  A 
replaceable  power  fuse  is  provided.  Means,  including  a  stand- 
off insulator  and  fuse  connectors  are  provided  to  mount  the 
switch  in  parallel  physical  relationship  with  the  hollow  support 
insulator  and  to  electrically  connect  the  fuse  in  series  circuit 
with  the  vacuum  intemipter(s).  In  one  embodiment,  a  single 
vacuum  interrupter  is  provided  and  it  is  disposed  in  parallel 
physical  relationship  with  the  hollow  support  insulator.  In 
other  embodiments,  a  plurality  of  vacuum  interrupters  are 
provided  whidi  are  transversely  disposed  with  respect  to  the 
hollow  support  insulator.  In  one  of  the  other  embodiments, 
one  of  the  vacuum  interrupters  is  physically  located  within  the 
stand-off  insulator. 


3,671,908 
CIRCUIT  BREAKER 
HareM  E.  Bdttary,  Weal  Cavtea,  aad  Jobs  G.  Palawr, 
PasadeM,  both  of  Calif.,  aasigMrs  to  ZImco  Ekctrkal 
Prodacts,  Los  Aageks,  CaHL 

FIM  Aprfl  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27,395 

iBtCL  HOlh  77/76 

UACL  337-54  13CiafaBS 

A   circuit  breaker  switch  with   thermal   and   magnetic 

tripping,  with  the  thermal  element  positioned  between  the 


A  high-voltage  fiise  for  interrupting  both  protracted  over- 
load currents  and  major  fault  currents  and  operating  as  a  cur- 
rent-limiting fuse  when  interrupting  major  fault  currents.  The 
fuse  inchides  one  or  more  fusible  elements  each  operating  in 
the  fashion  of  a  composite  fusible  element  including  serially 
connected  ribbon  sections  and  a  wire  section  interposed 
between,  and  spot-welded  to.  the  ribbon  sections.  In  fuses  ac- 
cording to  this  invention  one  single  stamping,  i.e.  one  single 
length  of  sheet  silver  stock  takes  the  plate  of  a  spot-welded 
composite  of  ribbon  sections  and  a  wire  section.  The  wire  like 
effect  is  achieved  by  providing  an  oblong  hole,  or  wiadow,  in 
the  center  region  of  the  ribbon  fiise  link,  resulting  in  the  for- 
mation of  two  wire-like  strips  of  small  cross-sectional  area  to 
both  sides  of  the  oblong  hole  or  window. 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1195 


3,671,910 
COMPACT  POLYPHASE  FUSE 
J.  Kancka,  SMtk  Haaptois,  N.H 
Chaae-Skawaiat  Caaspaay,  Ncwbarypart,  Mi 
FBsd  Dec.  8, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  96,1 10 
lBt.CL  HOlh  77/20 
U.S.CL  337-146 


of  an  enclosure  containing  insulating  oil  into  the  interior  of  the 
enclosure  and  a  hoUow  electrode  positioDed  coazially  around 
to  The  the  rod  electrode  within  the  enclosure.  The  rod  electrode  is 
electrically  insulated  from  the  enclosure  and  hygroscopic 
material  is  positioned  between  the  hollow  electrode  and  the 
rod  electrode  and  contacted  by  the  insulating  oil  through  at 
9  Ciaias    least  one  opening  in  the  hollow  electrode  so  that  any  moisture 


JO 


A  polyphase  fuse  of  reduced  bulk  having  ribbon  fuse  links 
whose  length  exceeds  the  height  of  the  individual  chambers  or 
compartments  of  the  casing  or  housing  of  the  polyphase  fuse 
wherein  the  fuse  links  are  located.  The  ribbon  f^  links  are 
conductively  connected  to  terminal  or  conductor  strips  whose 
juxtaposed  surfaces  are— or  may  be— fully  utilized  for  the  ar- 
rangement of  ribbon  fuse  links.  The  terminal  strips  are  in- 
dividually affixed  to  the  housing  of  the  fuse  and  insulating 
spacers  between  the  terminal  strips  are  dispensed  with. 


3,671,911 
SYSTEM  OF  FLUID  COOLED  FUSES 
Frcdcrkk  J.  Koacka,  Soatk  HaapCoB,  N.H., 
Chasc-ShawBiat  Ceaspaay,  NcwbwTpart,  Maai 
Filed  Dec.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,761 
ImLCimik  85104 
U.S.CL  337-166 


toTke 


7ClaiBs 


A  system  of  fluid  cooled  electric  fuses  is  made  up  of  a 
modular  stack  of  alternating  fiise  units,  and  cooling  units,  or 
heat  exchangers,  which  are  cooled  by  transverse  flows  of  a 
cooling  medium  which  flows  through  said  cooling  units,  or 
heat  exchangers. 


3,671,912 
LIQUID  MOISTURE  DETECTOR 
Leo  S.  La  Sola,  Heidelberg,  Pa.,  assigaar  to  McGraw-Edkoa 
Coapaay,  Elgla,  U. 

Fled  Feb.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 17,359 
IbL  CI.  HOlc  75/00 
U.S.CL  338-34  10  Claim 

Detector  apparatus  or  a  moisture  detection  device  is  dis- 
closed as  having  an  electrode  rod  extending  from  the  exterior 


2?^ 


w 


m 


1 

1         1 

^£ 

'A'X/^C 

p 

^' 

^^^ 

46 


in  the  fluid  will  be  taken  up  by  the  hygroscopic  material.  The 
rod  electrode,  the  moisture  in  the  hygroscopic  material  and 
the  hollow  electrode  form  an  electrically  conductive  circuit 
connnected  to  a  power  source  and  to  sensing  instrumentation 
that  will  indicate,  for  example,  current  conducted  by  the  cir- 
cuit to  thereby  indicate  the  amount  of  moisture  in  the  hygro- 
scopic material  and  thus  the  amount  of  moisture  in  the  insulat- 
ing oil. 


3,671,913 

AGING-PROOF  HUMIDITY  SENSING  ELEMENT  AND 

METHOD  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  THEREOF 

Shigco  Maadya,  aad  Ryaichira  \»iimm,  bath  of  Takya,  Japaa, 

aasigaors  to   KabasUki   Kataha   Sagksaariya   Sdsakaske, 

Tokyo,  Japan 

Ffloi  March  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,620 
Claims   priority,   application   Japan,    March    19,    1969, 
44/20430 

lat  CI.  HOlc  75/00 
U.S.CL  338-35  11 


A   K  \,  K. 


!'f9<9N^^9MN^Mra»NON«IN«i& 


A  humidity  sensing  element  comprises  an  insulating  base 
plate  provided  with  gold  electrodes  and  a  film  or  layer  metal 
oxide  particles  or  a  mixture  of  metal  oxide  particles  and  car- 
bon particles.  The  micro-gaps  between  said  particles  are  filled 
up  with  a  hydrophilic  high  polymer,  thereby  minimizing  the 
deterioration  by  aging.  The  humidity  sensing  element  can  be 
produced  by  a  method  which  comprises  forming  a  film  made 
of  metal  oxide  particles  or  a  mixture  of  metal  oxide  particles 
and  carbon  particles  on  an  insulating  base  plate  provided  with 
gold  electrodes,  immediately  whereupon  said  film  is  im- 
pregnated with  a  solution  of  a  hydrophilic  high  polymer  in  a 
water-miscible  volatile  solvent  mad  subsequently  volatilizing 
off  said  solvent.  The  thus  produced  humidity  sensing  element 
shows  a  substantially  constant  electric  resistance  at  a  given  hu-  - 
midity  even  with  the  passage  of  a  long  period  of  time,  thereby 
enabling  a  hydrometer  capable  ot  exactly  indicating  bumidi^ 
with  high  durability  to  be  provided. 


1196 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


■OTARY  POTENTIOMBTER 

H«  Wcnucr,  New  MnMWf  NaJ»f 
CwpsralicBf  New  Ywk,  N«Y< 

nM  N«?.  10, 1M9,  Scr.  N*.  875,314 
tot  CLHOlc  9/02 
U^CL  338—131 


S 


June  20,  1972 


3,<71,918 
SINGLE  SPRING  WIRE  GROUND  CLIP 
to  MarkMe   J«lu  J.  OptUMft,  New  BritaH  Cemk,  a«i|Mr  to  ArrMr-Hart, 
toe.,  HartfeN,  €•■■. 

Fled  Apri  14, 1971,  Scr.  N*.  133,985 
toLCLH81ri/06 
ISChrfMs   U.8.CL  339-14  R 


In  a  ganged  potentiometer  assembly,  two  elemenu  contain- 
ing a  resistance  track  and  a  collector  track  are  rigidly  and  non- 
rotaUbly  mounted  in  support  structure  in  spaced  opposition 
to  each  other.  An  intermediate,  routable  wheel,  loosely  jour- 
naled  on  a  shaft  that  extends  between  the  two  potentiometer 
elements,  is  provided  with  opposite  facing  wiper  means  which 
are  in  contact  with  the  resistance  and  the  collector  uacks. 


3,871,915 
SLIDING  TYPE  VARUBLE  RESISTOR 
NobaynU  Saaki,  Ncyagawa;  Shuao  Oka,  Hirakata, 
TadasU  YaM,  Osaka,  all  ef  Japw^  assigMn  to  MatsuUta 
Ekdric  todvililal  Co.,  Ltd.,  Onka,  JapM 

Filed  Jaa.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,924 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Jan.  30,  1970,  45/9923; 

Jan.  30.  1970.  45/9924;  Jan.  30,  1970.  45/9925;  Jan.  30. 

1970.45/9926;  Jan.  30.  1970.45/9927 

tot  CLHOlc  9/02 

U.S.CL  338-183  8Claias 


A  sliding  type  variable  resistor  having  a  resistance  element 
and  a  conductive  element  mounted  in  parallel  with  each  odier 
on  a  dielectric  base,  a  slider  having  a  conductor  on  iu  lower 
surface,  a  guide  rail  for  guiding  the  sliding  movement  of  the 
sKder,  a  housing  covering  the  dielectric  base  for  accommodat- 
ing thereinside  the  slider  and  the  guide  rail,  and  an  operating 
means  fixed  to  the  slider  and  projecting  to  the  exterior 
through  a  slot  in  the  upper  wall  of  the  housing.  In  the  variable 
resKtor,  supporting  pedestals  are  provided  at  longitudinal  op- 
posite end  portions  of  the  dielectric  base  for  supporting  the 
oppocite  ends  of  the  guide  rail  thereby  to  ensure  smooth  and 
stable  sliding  movement  of  the  slider. 


A  wire  grounding  clip  uses  only  one  spring  wire  niember 
provided  to  engage  the  securing  screw,  and  a  portion  of  the 
bridge  is  pressed  out  of  the  plane  of  the  bridge  as  an  abutment 
in  position  to  support  the  securing  screw  against  the  pressure 
of  the  spring  wire,  so  as  to  hold  the  screw  in  a  position  perpen- 
dicular to  the  bridge  to  faciliute  assembly  into  the  metal  box. 


3,871,917 

PRINTED  CIRCUIT  BOARD  CONNECTOR 

Joka  P.  AmaMB,  aad  Frederick  T.  backer,  both  of  Dallas, 

Tex.,  aaigMTs  to  Abmm  A  ChaaplM  Coapaay,  toe.,  Dal- 

las,Tcx. 

FUed  May  20, 1970,  Ser.  Ne.  38,989 

tot  CLHOSk  7/07 

U.S.CL  339-17  L  12tUas 


An  apparatus  for  connecting  and  terminating  contact  fin- 
gers on  the  edge  of  a  printed  circuit  board  to  connect  them  to 
external  circuitry.  Connector  terminals  are  press  fitted  into  a 
board  and  an  insulative  housing  is  snapped  over  the  top  of  the 
terminals.  The  structure  of  the  insulative  housing  permits  the 
contactor  portions  of  the  terminals  to  be  preloaded  to  the 
proper  gap  and  tension  and  further  provides  a  closed  entryway 
for  a  printed  circuit  board  to  protect  the  terminal  ends  from 
damage  during  connection. 


<  3,871,918 

INTRACONNECTOR  wiring  change  MODULE 
Joka  E.  KOtekd,  Calvcr  CHy,  CaHf.,  aofgaer  to  Haghta  Air- 
craft Cotopaay,  Calvcr  City,  CaUf . 

FVcd  Aprfl  28, 1989,  Scr.  No.  819,903 
tot  CLHOlr  29/00 

U.S.CL  339-18  R  13  ( 

The  module  is  provided  wjth  input  and  output  electrical 
contacts  which  are  arranged  to  receive  conventional  cable  ter- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


minations.  The  input  and  output  contacts  are  respectively 
brought  out  from  the  interior  of  the  module  body  to  exposed 
connection  pins.  There  are  as  many  exposed  connection  pins 
u  there  are  input  and  output  contacts.  Connections  are  made 
between  or  among  the  several  connection  pins  by  conven- 


26     28    JO  32 


3,671,919 

PROTECTIVE  CLIP  AND  ELECTRONIC  ASSEMBLY 

USING  THE  SAME 

Samnd  L.  KaaftaMa,  Newtown,  Pa.,  assigaor  to  Borroaghs 

CorporatkM,  Dctrott,  Mich. 

Filed  Feb.  9, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 13,975 

tot  CLHOlr 5 7 /0« 

U.S.  CI.  339—19  5  ClafaBS 


circuit 
circuit 


An  electronic  module  which  comprises  a  printed 
board,  on  which  is  mounted  an  MOS  integrated 
module,  utilizes  a  resilient,  stainless  steel  clip  secured  to  the 
edge  of  the  board  to  short  out  the  conductive  circuit  runs  to 
the  integrated  circuit  module  and  to  mask  them  from  the 
solder  bath  in  a  wave  soldering  machine  through  which  the 
printed  circuit  board  is  passed. 


3,671,920 

INSULATED  ELECTRIC  TERMINAL  ASSEMBLY 

Jaacs  F.  laatorao,  MaaaroMck;  Joka  Wagacr,  PIcataatvillc, 

aad  Stephca  J.  Sckaaackcr,  Larchaioat  all  of  N.Y.,  as- 

sifaors  to  Scakctro  CorporatloB,  Mananmeck,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,961 

tot  CL  HOlr  13140 

U.S.  CI.  339-59  R  6CtalBS 


A  conductive  metal  terminal  with  contact  making  portions 
extending  above  and  below  a  metal  panel.  A  two-piece  insulat- 


1197 


ing  assembly  permits  the  terminal  to  be  inserted  into  a  hole  in 
the  metal  panel.  Then,  upon  application  of  a  tool,  the  bottom 
half  of  the  insulator  assembly  is  forced  toward  the  panel  and 
locks  the  terminal  into  place.  The  bottom  half  of  the  insulator 
is  retained  in  its  locked  position  by  barb-like  annular  flanges. 
The  top  half  of  the  insulator  rests  against  a  flanged  head  on  the 
metal  terminal. 


3,671,921 
MULTI-CONTACT  ELECTRICAL  CONNECTOR 
Charles  Edward  Baker,  IH,  Middktowa,  aad  Albert  CatckiCti, 
Hcrshey,  both  of  Pa.,  a«ipMrs  to  AMP  tocorporatod,  Har- 
rWwrg,  Pa. 

Filed  Oct  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84,678 

tot  CL  HOlr  7i/45 

U.S.CL  339-59  M  1  Clatai 


tional  means  in  order  to  change  the  scheme  or  arrangement  of 
wiring  connections  in  an  electronic  apparatus  to  another  con- 
nection scheme.  An  insulating  and  sealing  cover  or  permanent 
potting  may  be  placed  over  the  pins  to  protect  the  newly  made 
connections. 


Multi-contact  Connector  Assembly  comprises  plug  and 
receptacle  which  contain  maUble  contact  terminals.  Both 
plug  and  receptacle  comprise  a  molded  plastic  shell  member 
and  a  molded  insert  having  contact  cavities  therein,  terminals 
being  contained  in  the  insert  cavities. 


Avery, 


3,671,922 
PUSH-ON  CONNECTOR 
WOUaai  Max  Erich  ZerHa,  Newtowa;  Roger  Pctcr 
BcChd,  aad  David  Hagk  Roycc,  Brookfield,  all  of  Cc 
sigaors  to  Tke  Baakcr-RaHO  Corporattoa,  Oak  Brook,  IlL 
Filed  Aag.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,923 
tot  CL  HOlr  75/54  ^_ 
U.S.CL339— 74R  6Clates 


5«  to 


A  locking  push-on,  pull-ofT  connector  which  maintains  good 
electrical  contact  even  under  conditions  where  there  is  move- 
ment in  the  connector.  The  contact  elements  of  one  of  the 
mating  connector  members  are  mounted  for  axial  movement 
in  the  member  and  are  normally  biased  by  a  resilient  means  to 
a  forward-most  position.  Leading  surfaces  ol  mating  contact 
elements  in  the  two  members  are  adapted  to  bear  against  each 
other  to  make  electrical  contact  when  the  members  are  mated 
with  the  elements  which  are  mounted  for  movement  being 
adapted  to  be  moved  back  to  a  predetermined  position  in  their 
member  by  the  force  applied  to  them  by  the  odier  contact  ele- 
ment. This  movement  is  against  the  force  of  the  resilient 
means.  A  means  is  provided  for  locking  the  contact  members 
together  with  the  moveable  element  in  the  predetermined 
position.  The  locking  means  includes  a  bore  in  one  of  the  mat- 
ing members  which  is  sized  to  accept  a  leading  portion  of  the 
other  member,  said  bore  having  an  enlarged  internal  counter- 
bore,  and  a  wrap  spring  mounted  on  the  leading  portion  of  the 
first  member.  Tlie  wrap  spring  has  tabs  projecting  at  an  angle 


1198 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TTl 


June  20, 1972 


to  the  connector  axii  which  tabs  are  adapted  to  be  compreiaed 
by  the  walb  of  the  bore  at  a  leading  portion  of  the  member  is 
fitted  into  the  bore  and  to  eipand  into  the  enlarged  counter- 
bote  to  lock  the  members  together.  A  sleeve  is  mounted  for 
movement  in  an  axial  direction  on  the  spring-containing 
member.  This  sleeve  has  openings  through  which  the  tabs  nor- 
mally project,  the  walls  of  the  sleeve  being  moved  over  the 
tabs  to  compress  them  and  unlock  the  members  as  the  sleeve 
is  moved  in  a  rearward  direction. 


Wi 


E.  Rkth,  SprlBgIkU, 


3^71^23 
LAMP  SOCKET 
I.  DL, 

HM  May  3, 1971,  Scr.  Na.  139,682 
fait  CLHOlr  53/72 
UACL  339-93  L 


to  Stewart- 


5CUm 


The  following  specification  describes  a  lamp  socket  insula- 
tor having  integrally  formed  cantilever  extension  walls  for  sup- 
porting a  lamp  electrically  connected  to  a  pair  of  wedge  type 
electrical  receptacles  carried  by  die  socket  with  a  lamp  bous- 
ing engaged  with  the  insulator  in  turn  encircling  and  support- 
ing the  extension  walls. 


3,671,924 
ELECTRIC  CONNECTOR 
HMea  NagHM,  13-5,  5<Imm  SMM-Mcgwa,  Takya,  Jap«B 
HM  Sept  23, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  74,742 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan.    Sept.    24,    1969. 


44/909SS 
U.8.CL339-9SD 


lirt.CLH01r  9/06 


ing  member  is  in  said  first  position,  there  can  be  fomed  a 
spacing  between  said  spring  means  and  said  electrically  con- 
ductive plate  sufficient  for  inserting  said  conductor 
therebetween  without  striking  against  said  spring  means  so  as 
to  connect  said  conductor  electrically  and  mechanically  in  a 
very  stable  manner. 


I  3,671,925 

PRESSURE  LOCK  AND  RELEASE  TERMINAL  POi 
ELECTRICAL  RECEPTACLE 


AN 


WMm  Prapklm  Swilafc,  N.Y.,  ■■ignsr  to  Slater 
GkBC«vc,N.Y. 

I     PIkd  Jan.  S,  1971,  Scr.  Na.  103,991 

I  Int.  CLHOlr  9/72.23/04 

UACL  339-95  D 


EkdrkfaK., 
nCWM 


OCIaltos 


A  terminal  for  an  electrical  receptacle  is  provided  with  a 
pair  of  parallel  tongues  adapted  to  lock  and  hold  a  twre  wire 
conductor  without  requiring  the  use  of  a  tool.  The  wire  con- 
ductor can  be  released  without  opening  the  receptacle  by  in- 
serting a  tool  through  a  tool  access  notch  and  engafin|  a  pair 
of  release  tabaon  the  wire  gripping  tongues. 


U.S.CL 


3^71,926 
COAXIAL  CABLE  CONNECTOR 

7,  Oatarto,  CaMda,  ssiignir  to  LliU- 
Ltasitod,  LiBdaay,  Oataria,  Caaada 
rasd  Aag.  3, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  60^10 
latCLHOlr  77/04. 7/06 
339-177  K  11' 


An  electric  connector  for  electrically  connecting  various 
electric  wires  and  plup  in  a  very  simple  manner  comprises  a 
housing  made  of  electrically  insulating  material,  an  electri- 
cally conductive  place,  a  spring  means  disposed  above  said 
electrically  conductive  plate  and  consisted  of  a  retaining  plate 
spring  having  an  end  turned  back  inwardly  at  an  angle  larger 
than  90*  and  a  clamping  plate  spring  disposed  underneath  said 
retaining  plate  spring,  and  an  operating  member  movably 
disposed  above  said  spring  means  so  as  to  assume  a  first  posi- 
tion and  a  second  position.  In  said  first  position  of  said  operat- 
ing member  a  conductor  to  be  connected  ii  allowed  to  be  in- 
serted into  said  electric  connector  and  in  said  second  position 
of  said  operating  member,  said  spring  means  is  depressed  to 
urge  said  conductor  against  said  electrically  conductive  plate. 
The  electric  connector  further  comprises  a  means  for  support- 
ing said  q>ring  means  in  such  a  manner  that  when  said  operat- 


A  connector  for  attachment  to  the  end  of  a  coaxial  cable 
having  an  axial  core  electrode  and  an  outer  conductive  sheath 
electrode  includes  a  sheath-gripping  ferrule  and  a  collet  sleeve 
for  gripping  an  exposed  forward  end  portion  of  the  core  elec- 
trode. The  ferrule  and  the  collet  sleeve  are  disposed  within  a 
tubular  housing  and  a  plug  bolt  is  threaded  into  the  rearward 
end  of  the  connector  for  tightening  both  the  ferrule  and  the 
collet  sleeve  radially  inwardly  against  the  electrodes.  Forward 
axial  movement  of  the  plug  bolt  is  converted  to  forward  and 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1199 


radially  inward  movement  of  the  sheath-gripping  ferrule 
through  a  first  pair  of  co-acting  frusto-conical  cam  surfaces 
and  the  resulting  movement  of  the  ferrule  is  operative  through 
at  least  one  second  pair  of  frusto-conical  cam  surfaces  to 
cause  radially  inward  compression  of  the  collet  sleeve  onto  the 
exposed  forward  end  portion  of  the  core  electrode. 


■^^■-^'■le     ' 


A  system  for  detection  and  measurement  of  aircraft  wing  tip 
vortices.  An  acoustic  radar  with  transmitter  and  receiver 
spaced  from  each  other  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  flight 
path  for  illuminating  the  vortex  and  picking  up  scattering  of 
the  transmitter  signal  produced  by  the  vortex,  using  Doppler 
frequency  spectrum  analysis  with  the  maximum  and  minimum 
frequencies  providing  a  measure  of  vortex  intensity.  A  plurali- 
ty of  receivers  operating  with  a  common  transmitter  providing 
coverage  of  an  area  of  intere  it  along  a  flight  path. 


3,67I,92S 
AUTOMATICALLY  ENERGIZABLE  SONOBUOY 
JaBMS  F.  Schalti,  DaHas,  Tex.,  aasigMr  to  Aqaatraaics,  Dallas, 
Tex. 

FIM  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  39^62 

Iat.CLH04b7/59 

U.S.CL  340-2  11  dates 


3,671,927 
AIRCRAFT  VORTEX  DETECTION  SYSTEM 
Aadrew  Peter  Prmidiaa,  Chatswarth,  and  Martfa  Balscr, 
CaviM,  both  of  Calif.,  aasigMNrs  to  Xoirics  lac..  Van  Nays, 
CaUf. 

Filed  Dec.  14, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  97,765 

Int.  CLGOls  9/66 

U.S.  CL  340- 1  R  10  elates 


3,671,929 
CONVERSION  OF  SEISMIC  DEPTH  SECTIONS  TO 
SEISMIC  TIME  SECTIONS 
Wffliam  H.  Raehk,  Ducaavffle;  John  D.  Hadgc,  Jr., 
and  WWaai  C.  Gray,  Hsastaa,  al  af  Tex.,  amigBari  to 
MabllOICorporatlaB 

Filed  Jan.  20, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  4,382 

list.  CLGOlv  7/00 

U.S.CL340— 15.5FC  OCUtes 


In  seismic  exploration,  a  seismic  time  section  is  generated  in 
a  form  which  can  be  compared  to  the  original  seismic  traces. 
In  the  preliminary  processing,  a  seismic  depth  section  is 
generated  to  specify  the  velocity,  thickness  and  depth  of  each 
reflecting  zone  of  the  subsurface  formation.  For  a  particular 
reflecting  zone,  the  coordinates  of  sampling  points  along  the 
interface  are  generated.  The  ray  path,  normal  to  a  sampling 
point  and  extending  through  successive  layers  to  a  surface 
coordinate  point,  is  determined.  From  the  velocity  and 
thickness  of  each  zone,  the  travel  time  of  seismic  energy 
between  the  sampling  point  and  the  surface  coordinates  is 
computed.  Travel  times  are  plotted  as  a  function  of  the  sur- 
face coordinates  to  generate  a  travel  time  curve.  The  forego- 
ing procedure  is  repeated  for  succeeding  reflecting  zones  to 
generate  a  time  section  which  can  be  compared  to  the  original 
seismic  traces. 


3,671,930 
METHOD  OF  SEISMOGRAPHIC  EXPLORATION  BY 
MEASURING  THE  ATTENUATION  COEFFICIENT  IN 
GEOLOGIC  SECTION 
EaiB  J.  Matckcr,  Jr.,  Haaatoa,  Tct.,  aasigaar  to  W( 
Geophysical  Caaipaay  cf  Aascrica,  HsasliB,  Tex. 
FBed  Jaac  18, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  47,235 
bit.CLG01v7/2« 
U.S.  CI.  340-15.5  4 


Y(<)  X(l)  *,ll)  A.dl 


A  buoy  housing  includes  flotation  structure  and  an  antenna 
movable  from  a  retracted  position  inside  the  housing  to  an  ex- 
tended position  outside  the  housing.  An  acoustic  transducer  is 
contained  within  a  lower  compartment  in  the  housing  and  is 
attached  to  the  housing  by  a  flexible  line.  A  transmitter  is  con- 
tained within  the  buoy  housing  and  is  operable  to  transmit 
from  the  antenna  radio  signals  representative  of  acoustic 
signals  received  by  the  acoustic  tramducer.  Structure  is  pro- 
vided in  the  buoy  housing  which  is  responsive  to  contact  with 
water  for  moving  the  antenna  to  the  extended  position  and  for 
lowering  the  acoustic  transducer  from  the  housing  into  the 
water  for  a  preselected  depth.  A  time  delay  device  delays  the 
lowering  of  the  acoustic  transducer  from  the  housing  for  a 
predetermined  time  after  the  housing  is  placed  in  the  body  of 
water,  in  order  to  avoid  entanglement  of  the  acoustic  trans- 
ducer with  towed  streamers  and  the  like. 


'i    '^'    f 


- 

■ 

m 

J 

■ 

f 

m 

K 

r. 

•  > 
\ 

m 
■ 

I' 
I 

10 

tt- 

~ 

'• '  •'.•'.'^•'.•'.•'.'\-'. 

* 

5?^30f5:55^ 

- 

^>r-iz^^^^;r5i5_ 

E 

•:'■:'■:  .:':-:'Yy.'- 

I 

f  '[  :i;V'"i  ,-i-,  f ' 

- 

E 

- 

*~-'^-t-'-''*"'-r  ** 

This  invention  pertains  to  a  method  of  seismographic  ex- 
ploration. At  an  observation  station  reflected  seismic  signals 
from  the  reflected  interfaces  in  a  geologic  section  are 
recorded  as  an  observed  amplitude-time  recording.  At  a 
reference  station  the  reflected  seismic  signab  are  recorded  as 
a  reference  amplitude-time  recording.  The  reference  record- 
ing is  converted  to  a  reflectivity  function,  and  the  observed 
amplitude-time  recording  is  divided  by  the  reflectivity  func- 
tion to  obtain  a  desired  amplitude  function  from  which  is 
derived  a  measure  of  the  attenuation  coefficient  of  the 
reflected  seismic  signals  in  the  studied  geologic  section. 


1200 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20, 1972 


3,671,931 
AMPLIFIER  SYSTEM 
Robert  J.  Loolbowrew,  Hoaitoa,  Tcz^ 
New  York,  N.Y. 

HM  ScpC  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  855,204 
luUCLGOU  1124 
U^CL  340-15^  GC 


combination  of  two  distinct  sweep  tignals.  The  combined 

signal  is  obtained,  for  example,  by  adding  or  subtractiag  the 

to  Texaco  Ik.,  two  distinct  signals.  The  reflected  seismic  signals  ve  detected 

in  the  usual  fashion  and  recorded  on  a  recording  medium  such 


63  Claims 


^M^->V- 


O*^*^  '-^'(Tm^i^  £/mtf>'*»*"^m) 


■4«^/«Mr'-tf'*    I 


as  magnetic  upe.  if  the  number  of  seismic  signals  transmitted 
into  the  ground  is  an  even  number  then  the  reflected  seismic 
signals  corresponding  to  each  of  said  distinct  signals  can  be 
obtained  by  summing,  which  includes  adding  and/or  subtract- 
ing, the  detected  seismic  signals. 


I 


3,671,933 

VEHICULAR  TILT  SENSOR  HAVING  MARGIN  OF 

SAFETY  ADJUSTMENT 

BUy  W.  laracs,  DwIuMi,  N.C.,  asilf  or  to  Spcrry  Raid  Cor- 


date 


FIM  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,616 
lBtCLH«lhJ5/02 


A  multi-channel  wide  dynamic  range  automatic  high  speed 
digital  gain  ranging  amplifier  system  having  a  common  ampli- 
fier network  for  a  plurality  of  channels  together  with  a  low 
level  multiplexer  means  having  a  plurality  of  input  circuits 
corresponding  to  the  respective  channels  of  the  amplifier 
system,  a  common  multiplexer  output  circuit  coupled  to  the 
input  of  the  common  amplifier  network  and  means  for  time 
sequentially  switching  the  respective  channels  of  the  amplifier 
system  to  the  input  of  the  amplifier  network  during  respective 
channel  operating  intervals.  The  common  amplifier  network 
contains  a  plurality  of  amplifier  stages  coupled  in  cascade  cir- 
cuit relationship,  wherein  improved  bandwidth  is  provided  by    u^  ^L  340—52  H 
D.C.    coupling    between    the    successive    cascaded    suges 
together  with  a  filter  in  a  feedback  path  from  the  output  of  the 
last  cascaded  stage  to  the  input  of  the  first  cascaded  stage.  The 
respective  outputs  of  the  amplifier  stages  are  coupled  through 
a  common  output  circuit  to  a  comparator  circuit  for  com- 
parison with  a  predetermined  reference  signal.  Sequencing 
means  are  provided  for  momentarily  closing  switch  means  in 
timed  sequence  for  sequentially  coupling  the  respective  out- 
puts of  the  successive  amplifier  stages  to  the  comparator  cir- 
cuit during  successive,  relatively  brief  sampling  time  intervals 
occuring  within  the  respective  channel  operating  interval. 
Means  are  provided  for  selectively  maintaining  one  of  the 
switch  means  in  its  closed  position  during  the  respective  chan- 
nel operating  interval  for  a  holding  time  interval  of  longer  du- 
ration than  the  sampling  time  interval  when  an  output  signal 
coupled  through  said  switch  means  to  the  common  output  cir- 
cuit during  one  of  the  sampling  intervals  bears  a  predeter- 
mined relationship  to  the  reference  signal.  In  a  preferred  em- 
bodiment of  the  amplifier  system,  the  common  output  circuit       An  inclination  sensor  provides  means  for  detection  of  dan- 
is  coupled  to  an  analog-to-digital  converter  and  thence  to    gerous  attitudes  of  vehicles,  such  as  road  and  off-road  vehicles 
digital  recording  meatu  for  recording  signals  corresponding  to    including  farm  tractors,  earth-moving  equipment,  and  the  like, 
both  the  instantaneous  digital  value  of  the  signal  at  the  com-   whether  caused  by  negligence  on  the  part  of  the  operator  or 
mon  output  circuit  and  the  gain  level  to  which  the  signal  is  am-    by  accident.  The  sensor  provides  a  warning  signal  or  automati- 
plified,  as  determined  by  the  one  of  said  switch  means  selec-    call^  conUols  the  vehicle  so  that  it  does  not  upset  thereby  en- 
tively  maintained  closed  to  pass  the  signal  to  the  analog-to-    dangering  the  life  of  the  operator  or  others  in  its  vicinity, 
digital  converter. 


S33^ 


I 


3,671,932 
TWO-SWEEP  SIGNAL  TRANSMISSION  AND  RECEPTION 

IN  SEISMIC  EXPLORATION 
Mark  Holiaaa,  Howtoa,  Tcs.^  asrif  or  to  Wcstcro  Geophysi- 
cal Coospooy  of  America,  Hovstoo,  Tex. 

FOed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,067 
IaLCLG01v//22 
U.S.CL  340-15  J  CP  4  Claims 

This  invention  contemplates  a  method  of  seismic  explora- 
tion using  vibrators  which  are  driven  simultaneously  by  the 


3,671,934 

AUTOMOBILE  THEFT  ALARM  FOR  DETECTING 

UNAUTHORIZED  ENERGIZATION  OF  RESISTIVE  LOAD 

Rodor  M.  Tckk,  6040  Boolevard  East,  Wcil  New  York,  N  J. 

FBcd  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,222 

fast.  CI.  B60r  25/70 

UA  CI.  340-63  ISChtais 

This  invention  relates  to  a  method  and  device  for  detecting 

and  indicating  the  unauthorized  entry  into  an  automobile,  the 

unauthorized  use  of  an  automobile,  and/or  the  unauthorized 

removal  of  an  accessory  of  an  automobile.  In  this  invention,  a 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1201 


voltage  sensing  device  designed  to  operate  only  when  the  rate- 
of-change  of  a  potential  being  sensed  is  greater  than  a 
predetermined  value  such  as  would  occur  when  a  resistive 
load  is  connected  across  the  terminals  of  a  battery.  The  rate- 
of-change  voltage  sensing  device  is  coupled  to  monitor  the 
voltage  from  the  battery  of  a  car.  The  rate-of-change  voluge 
sensing  device  is  not  sensitive  to  and  does  not  indicate  the 


The  two  sample  signals  are  compared  to  obtain  the  binary 
value  of  the  data. 


^^  TO  POtiTivC   TCOMtNAL 

•7  • »   Of  11  VOtr  AUIOMOilLi 

ff  •UTTtBr 


3  67 1  936 
DISCONTINUITY  PROCESSING  APPARATUS  FOR 
AUTOMATIC  CURVE  TRACING  SYSTEM 
Tadashi  TakahasU;  MoMtoiIri  Miyaaki,  both  of  Scudai;  YasiH 
hiko  Ogawa,  Nateri;  Tadashi  Sato,  aad  KazaUko  Kakala, 
both  of  Tokyo,  all  of  Japan,  assigMirs  to  Iwatsa  Electric 
Company  Ltd. 

Filed  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,296 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan.  May  31,1 969, 44/42077 
lot.  CLG06k  9/76 
U.S.  CI.  340- 146  J  AE  2  Claim 


ACCf$SO»Y 

TO  Bt 
PBOTtCTfO 


^a 


3,671,935 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  DETECTING  BINARY 

DATA  BY  POLARITY  COMPARISON 

Jaacs  P.  Lipp,  and  Wiliiaa  H.  Joms,  both  of  Oklahoma  City, 

OUa.,  airignon  to  Honeywell  Inforaatkw  Systcnu  Inc. 

Filed  May  28. 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,493 

iat.  CI.  G08c  25/00 

U.S.  CI.  340— 146.1  AB  2  Claims 


An  apparatus  and  a  method  is  disclosed  in  which  binary 
data  is  retrieved  from  a  medium  on  which  data  is  stored.  A 
read  signal  representative  of  the  binary  data  is  derived,  dif- 
ferentiated, and  sampled  to  obtain  two  sample  signals 
representative  of  the  polarity  of  the  differentiated  read  signal. 


10    PROCESSING  MEAI6 


-30    OWIVING  MECHANISM 
31- 


la 


13 


mere  physical  phenomena  of  a  reduction  in  the  battery  ter- 
minal voltage.  An  inductive  load  such  as  motor  or  a  coil,  while 
it  does  result  in  a  drop  of  battery  terminal  voltage,  does  not 
produce  a  pulse  signal  having  a  subsuntial  rate-of-change  and, 
therefore,  will  not  initiate  activation  of  the  voltage  sensing 
device.  Thus,  the  voltage  sensing  device,  when  connected  to  a 
car  battery,  is  selectively  sensitive  to  the  coupling  of  resistive 
loads  to  the  battery,  and  insensitive  to  the  operation  of  a  nor- 
mally operating  accessory  such  as  an  electric  clock. 


12     Uf 


t{ 


»;  r 


14  I:'' 

LwiiiiiiiurT 


■3 


19 
TOEXTDMN. 
CKT 


20    SENSOR 


Lir 


a  r 


LFT^ 


y 


in  an  automatic  curve  tracing  system  comprising  a  detector 
for  performing  a  round  scanning  operation  along  the 
periphery  of  an  area  containing  a  curve  to  be  traced  to  provide 
an  information  regarding  the  presence  or  absence  and  the 
position  of  the  curve,  means  responsive  to  the  information  to 
move  the  detector  in  a  predetermined  direction  and  over  a 
predetermined  distance  to  trace  the  curve  and  means  for  re- 
peating above  described  tracing  operation,  there  is  provided  a 
discontinuity  processing  apparatus  comprising  means  to 
broaden  the  scanning  area  of  the  detector,  means  to  deter- 
mine the  number  of  informations  generated  by  the  detector 
when  it  performs  the  round  scanning  operation,  means 
responsive  to  the  number  of  informations  corresponding  to  a 
discontinuity  of  the  curve  and  means  to  broaden  the  scanning 
area  of  the  detector  when  it  reaches  the  discontinuity  to  judge 
the  presence  or  absence  of  another  curve  to  be  traced. 


3,671,937 
AUTOMATIC  PATTERN  TRACING  SYSTEMS 
Tadashi  TakahasU;  Masatoshi  Miyazaki,  both  off  Scadal;  Yi 

hiko  Ogawa,  Natori;  Tadashi  Sato,  and  Kaznhfto  Kakata, 

both  of  Tokyo,  al  of  Japaa,  assignort  to  Iwatn  Eleetrk 

Coospooy,  Ltd.,  Sogtaamika,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,297 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  May  31,  1969, 
44/4207 1 ;  May  3 1 . 1 969, 44/42072 

lBtCLG06k9/76 
U.S.CI.340-146JAE  2Ctohu 

An  automatic  system  for  tracing  a  pattern  depicted  on  a 
sheet  of  drawing  comprises  a  detector  operative  to  determine 
the  presence  or  absence  of  the  pattern  to  convert  it  into  an 
electric  signal,  tracing  direction  detecting  means  responsive  to 
the  electric  signal  to  judge  whether  the  pattern  is  to  be  traced 
or  not  so  as  to  provide  a  signal  for  moving  the  detector  in  the 
tracing  directwn,  a  driving  mechanism  responsive  to  the  signal 
from  the  tracing  direction  detecting  means  to  relatively  move 
the  detector  in  a  predetermined  direction  by  a  predetermined 
distance  and  means  to  generate  a  digital  signal  corresponding 


1202 


1 

I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20l  1972 


to  the  tracing  direction  or  a  tracing  ipot,  uid  detector  detect- 
ing the  information  regarding  the  pretence  or  abience  of  the 


PfK>CES9M6CKT 


106 


.stfm.  J 

MIVIOUI  . 


TO  rNPUT-oimvr  oct  a 


pattern  in  an  area  close  to  the  pattern  to  be  traced  thus  con- 
tinuously tracing  the  same. 


3^7133* 

GASEOUS  DISPLAY  DEVICE 

Diab-Tua  Nga,  Cells  Neck,  N  J^  a«l|Mr  t*  BcU  TdcylMM 

LafcoratMlcs,  iMwpwatcd,  Berkeley  Hd|kti,  N  J. 

Filed  May  2, 1M9,  Scr.  No.  82M10 

IbL  CL  H05b  3  7100;  HOlj  /  7100 

U.S.CL340— IMR  12Clatat 


CONTHOL  CCT 


3^71^39 
PER-CYCLE  BASIS  FREQUENCY  SIGNAL  RECEIVER 
DavM   Cvlaw   TiksMs,  Holiidcl,  NJ.,  aasigMr  to 
Tetepkow    Laboratarks,    UKorperaled,    Mvray    Hil, 
Berkeley  Hdgkts,N  J. 

Ftkd  Oct.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  S1,MS 
tat.CLH044//44 
U.S.CL  340-171  7i( 


W  VT 


LIMITtR|-» 

-7 — 
101 


AMn.iFieR 


— 7" 
102 


e*NOP*SS        THSESHOLD 


In  a  communication  System,  signal  tones  are  detected  with 
protection  against  the  false  recognition  of  spurious  tones  by  an 
arrangement  that  includes  the  combination  of  a  per-cycle 
switch  and  a  time  delay  circuit.  Presence  of  signal  tone  con- 
tinuously throughout  each  cycle  or  group  of  cycles  is  required 
rather  than  the  conventional  test  for  an  "on-the-ayerage" 
presence  of  tone  throughout  a  given  period. 


An  improved  plasma  display  device  in  which  the  cellular  or 
perforated  middle  layer  of  gas-filled  holes  is  replaced  with  a 
substantially  uniform  continuous  layer  of  gas,  thereby  simpli- 
fying manufacture  and  assembly  (tf  the  device. 

The  display  driving  circuitry  inchides  individual  row  and 
column  pulse  transformers  having  their  secondary  windings 
connected  to  a  common  alternating  polarity  sustaining  signal 
source  and  having  their  primary  windings  connected  to 
respective  address  signal  input  leads.  An  address  signal  on  a 
selected  row  lead  and  column  lead  initiates  discharge  break- 
down of  the  gas  at  the  row-column  intersection.  The  sustain- 
ing signal  thereafter  operates  in  conjunction  with  charge 
stored  at  the  intersection  by  the  initial  breakdown  to  periodi- 
cally break  down  the  gas  at  the  intersection.  Initial  breakdown 
is  effected  advantageously  during  a  different  interval  than  the 
interval  in  which  periodic  breakdown  occurs  at  other  intersec- 
tions. 


3,671,940 
TEST  APPARATUS  FOR  DIGITAL  COMPUTER 
Rckskari  K.  Kroaics,  Glinisra,  aad  Ivtr  C.  Homco,  Arcatfa, 
both  of  CaHf.,  OMlgMn  to  Rvronghs  Corforattoii,  Detroit, 

FBed  March  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21,044 
lBt.a.G06f///00 
U.S.CL  340-1723  ^         -^ 


-<. 


H 


r( 


ct-o  > 1  /*> 


.z± 


jM       i      •»-y^a^         A         ,1   I   t  t  t  I   t  T  > 

I  -I       t- — *«m-  »--^K^-       ccv,,       M 


1 


Chtais 


[^^ 


/■» 


There  is  described  an  apparatus  for  monitoring  the  Contents 
of  any  selected  location  in  the  main  memory  of  a  computer. 
The  contents  of  an  addressed  location  in  memory  is  read  out 
periodically  and  compared  with  the  prior  contents  of  the  same 
memory  location.  On  sensing  a  change  in  the  contents  of  the 
memory  location,  operation  of  the  computer  is  halted. 


KVPt 


3  671  941 
AIIPARATUS  FOR  JUDGING  AND  PROCESSING 
BRANCHES  AND  OR  CROSSINGS  FOR  USE  IN 
AUTOMATIC  CURVE  TRACING  SYSTEM 
Tadashi  TakahoAl;  Mawtoay  Miyaakl,  both  of  Scodal;  Yaia. 
hike  Ogawa,  Natori;  TadaM  Sato,  and  Kasokiko  Kakota, 
both  of  Tokyo,  al  of  Japoa,  asslfMrs  to  Iwatso  Electric 
Company,  Ltd.,  Suginamiku,  Tokyo,  Japan  i 

Flkd  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41 ,172        | 
Claims    priority,    application    Japan,    May    31,    1969, 
44/42073;  May  31. 1969, 44/42074;  May  31, 1969,44/42075; 
May  3 1,1969, 44/42076 

Iot.CLG06k;;/02  I 

vs.  CL  340—172.5  7  CiaiMS 

In  an  automatic  curve  tracing  system  wherein  an  area  con- 
taining a  curve  to  be  traced  is  scanned  by  a  detector  and  the 
detector  is  moved  successively  according  to  a  positional  infor- 


JUNE  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1208 


mation  obtained  by  the  scanning  operation,  there  is  provided  3,671,943 

apparatus  for  judging  a  branch  and  or  crossing  including  NUMBERS  SYMBOLOGY 

means  to  judge  whether  the  branch  and  or  crossing  ara  in-   HaroM  W.  ThoapMa,  Paadsaa;  Harry  W.  Sadlh,  West 

Covtaa,  aad  Paal  A.  bIcCaaa,  Jr.,  Tcasplc  City,  aR  of  CaRL, 


^ 


PWOCtMBH^KT     ]|  IwiWUu 


101 


gtLH»«T,««  c«Tffr — 1     IiKagr-r>ortTii 

-— ^»*»  '       1031-  '  J " 


t  of  Scr.  No.  610,544,  Nov.  3, 1967, 
.  This  apHlotiMi  Aag.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,236 
lM.CLG06f  5/00 
U.S.CL  340-172.5  11 


0  10  1 


eluded  or  not  in  the  scanning  area  and  means  to  store  the 
result  of  the  judgement  while  the  same  branch  and  or  crossing 
are  contained  in  the  subsequent  scanning  area. 


3,671,942 
A  CALCULATOR  FOR  A  MULTIPROCESSOR  SYSTEM 
Dieter  John  Heary  Kaolaiaa,  Gatteabcrg,  NJ.,  aad  Jaascs 
Loak  Shaoa,  DcaTcr,  Colo.,  aaifaors  to  Bcfl  Tdephoac 
Laboratories,  lacorporated,  Marray  HBl,  Berkeley  Heights, 
NJ. 

Filed  Joae  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,812 

Iat.CLG06f9/7« 

U.S.CL340-172J  5Chi«s 


A  graphic  presentation  of  numbers  in  binary  coded  basimal 
form  in  such  fashion  that  the  binary  encoding  of  each  basimal 
digit  forms  a  distinctive  symbol  easily  recognizable  to  the 
human  being  as  a  number.  It  is  also  cMily  entered  into  a  re- 
gister by  automatic  means. 


3,671,944 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING 

JACQUARD  CARDS 

Harvey  Dabacr,  Ridgcwood,  N  J.,  assigBor  to  The  Baxter  Cor- 

poratloa  ' 

Filed  Jaa.  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  795,657 
IBL  CL  D03d  149/00;  G06d  /  7/00 
U.S.CL  340— 172.5  12  < 


^ , 

SHrirCH   MOW  I  IIMC  OUT  (XT 


«^^ 


^m^' 


oar*    TRANSMIT TEM 


~] 

-|              . 

n 

MIT  ST 't 
•■TO* 

•aTcn 

•WTiti 

orinKirt 

mcTw 

MfWK 

"•? 

) 

eClMITI* 

,)  mxcea  outum 

SI  CNnun  auMS 
41  cMon  ma 
n.o«Tt  aw 

DttlTIZCO 

aw  auM 
MPOMuTnn 
mm  eavun* 

PaCMM 

ranun 
wuM  wn 

•■TO 

i.a»>iii« 

i 

■uaouTor 
cawuna 

OkTI 

i 

M 

or  jtcouaw 
caUM 

A  program  controlled  multiprocessor  system  is  disclosed. 
The  system  includes  line  modules  and  station  modules  which 
respectively  provide  the  interface  circuitry  between  PBX/CO 
lines  and  station  set  equipment.  Modules  are  connected  to  a 
multi-phase  clock  which  generates  a  reiterative  list  of  binary 
coded  instruction  signals  for  directing  circuit  operations.  Each 
of  the  modules  acts  simultaneously  on  receipt  of  tiie  instruc- 
tion signals  to  generate  independently  and  dynamically 
separate  work  programs  for  each  module.  In  addition,  inter- 
module signals  are  exchanged  during  various  subroutines  in 
the  program  as  directed  by  the  simultaneously  received  in- 
struction signals  at  each  module. 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  producing  Jacquard  cards  in 
which  the  pattern  of  the  artistl  sketch  is  digitized  into  numeri- 
cal coordinates  corresponding  to  pattern  change  on  a  pick  by 
pick  basis  and  a  data  carrying  medium  having  this  coordinate 
information  thereon  is  produced.  The  data  carrying  medium  is 
supplied  to  a  computer  which  buUds  an  outline  of  the  pottera 
in  its  memory  and  overtays  the  outline  with  the  appropriate 
weaves  which  are  alio  stored  in  the  computer  memory.  The 
finisfeted  pattern  with  overlaid  weaves  is  read  out  of  computer 
memory  m  a  data  format  which  can  be  readily  converted  into 
the  finished  Jacquard  cards. 


899  O.G.— 43 


1204 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


3,671,945 
DATA  MESSAGE  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
Aatkoay  F.  M^gte,  Jr.,  OkkhMia  City,  OUa. 
HoacywcU  iBfanaattea  Syilcau  lac. 

HM  Sept  2, 1970,  Scr.  N«.  M,M« 

laLCLGMc  25/02 

VS.  CL  34«-  172J  U  Chlma 


rS-- 


A  system  for  controlling  the  transmission  of  data  messages 
from  a  data  handling  device  having  a  memory  and  data  input 
apparatus  such  as  a  keyboard  to  a  receiving  station  such  as  a 
central  processor,  the  system  ( 1 )  controlling  the  transmission 
to  the  receiving  station  of  identifying  data  and  a  stored  data 
message  in  response  to  transmit  signals,  (2)  preventing  input 
of  data  to  the  memory  during  the  period  of  time  between  an 
initial  transmit  signal  and  a  subsequent  message  acknowledge- 
ment from  the  receiving  station,  and  (3)  changing  the  message 
identi^ng  data  in  response  to  the  message  acknowledgement 
such  that  successive  daU  messages  will  be  prefaced  with  dif- 
ferent message  identifying  data. 


3,671,946 
BINARY  STORAGE  CIRCUIT  ARRANGEMENT 
Einr  Amin$»  AagMrd,  EaiHMiagd,  EladhoTci^  Nether- 
buds,  SMigMMr  to  VS.  Philips  CorporatiM,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FIM  May  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  34,165 
Claims  priority,  application  Netherlands,  May  29,  1969, 
6908 1S4 

iBt  CL  Gl  Ic  11140;  H03k  31286 
U,S.CL340--173FF  SChtei 

The  invention  relates  to  a  bistable  trigger  circuit  comprising 
two  transistors  and  associated  with  a  group  of  trigger  circuits 
which  may  be  not  only  in  two  binary  information  itates  in 
which  one  transistor  is  conducting  and  the  other  is  cut  off.  but 
also  in  a  rest  position  of  low  dissipation  or  in  a  sUte  of  higher 
dissipation  for  writing  or  reading  information. 


According  to  the  invention  the  trjigger  circuits  can  be  passed 
individually  into  the  state  of  higher  diuipation  by  means  of 
two  further  transistors,  the  emitters  of  which  are  connected  to 


a  control-point  individually  associated  with  the  triggers  and 
the  collectors  of  which  are  connected  to  the  respective  collec- 
tors of  the  two  first  transistors,  in  which  write  signals  are  ap- 
^  plied  to  |he  bases  of  the  further  transistors. 

I  3,671,947 

^       ERROR  CORRECTING  DECODER 
Douglas  C.  Bosses,  Wappiofsrs  Falls,  aad  Mo-Yae  Hsiao, 
Ponghkccpsie,  both  of  N.Y.,  aasigBors  to  iBtcraatioMl  Bosi- 
■css  MachlBcs  Corporatioa,  AnMsk,  N.Y. 

■       Filed  Sept  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75^23 
I  Int.  CLGOSc  25/00.  G06f  7  7 //2 

U.S.CL  340-146.1  AL  l4ciaiHs 


U;^^ 


In  apparatus  for  correcting  an  error  in  a  codeword  accord- 
ing to  a  syndrome,  means  is  provided  for  transforming  the 
computed  syndrome  through  a  succession  of  syndrome 
sequences  or  values  and  for  counting  the  number  of  syndrome 
sequences  in  the  succession.  The  values  of  each  syndrome 
sequence  are  sensed  to  detect  a  distinct  predetermined  value 
and  the  bit  in  error  is  located  from  the  count  of  the  number  of 
syndrome  sequences  and  inverted  for  correction.  The 
preferred  embodiment  uses  a  shortened  Bose-Chaudhuri 
codeword  and  uses  a  linear  feedback  shift  register  tp  trans- 
form the  syndrome  values. 


3,671,948 
READ-ONLY  MEMORY 
Qwatia  C.  CiMea,  Tutta;  Jums  A.  L^lst,  Auhda,  tad  Naif 
D.  Sahaaa,  Orai«e,  aU  of  CaUf.,  aHifMrt  to  North  Aa^r- 

icaa  Backwcii  Corporatioa 

CoalhiaaHoaofScr.  No.  744,719,  Nov.  12, 1968.  This 

appHcatitti  Sept.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,739 

IiLCLGUc  77/00. 77/56 

U.S.  CL  340-173  SP  6  Chias 

A  microminiature  diode  array  is  formed  as  a  high  density 


IQHA 


riFFTrTAT,  aA7FT*rF 


June  20.  1972 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1205 


matrix  with  at  least  one  diode  electrically  connecting  or  not 
connecting  a  row  of  said  matrix  to  a  column  of  said  matrix  to 
provide  upon  electrical  interrogation  a  two-state  signal  indica- 


::a 


;=^?fJMp' 


tive  of  the  presence  or  absence  of  a  diode  at  a  particular  row 
and  column,  and  wherein  parallel-coincident  selection  of  rows 
and  columns  occurs  with  a  sensing  means  provided  for  each 
independent  sub-array  of  the  matrix. 


3,671,949 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  DRIVING  MEMORY 

CORE  SELECTION  LINES 

WiHiaai  E.  McLcaa,  Haks  Coiacrs,  aad  David  E.  Rath, 

Golcta,  both  of  CaHf.,  aasigaors  to  Gcacral  Motors  Corpora- 

tiOB,  Detroit,  Mich. ' 

Divlrioa  of  Ser.  No.  7 13,638,  March  18, 1968,  Pat  No. 

3444,978.  Thb  appHcatioa  Apri  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32,082 

laLCLGllc  77/06,5/02 

U.S.  CL  340- 174  TB  2  Claiau 


#>^ 


^rtz 


:  jL»-y:i J  — 


CUMCMT 


DtCULATOA 
AND  \fOLTACC 

mrcwtwct 


Apparatus  for  supplying  selection  lines  of  a  magnetic  core 
memory  with  drive  currents  of  uniform  amplitude  and  con- 
figuration. The  apparatus  includes  a  pair  of  line  selection 
switches  at  opposite  ends  of  a  selection  line  group  for  steering 
current  from  a  source  through  a  selected  line  and  a  current 
regulator  that  maintains  the  sum  of  the  currents  through  the 
line  at  a  constant  level.  The  lines  in  the  group  are  terminated 
by  a  set  of  alternately  operable  termination  circuits,  which  set 
is  common  to  all  of  the  lines  of  a  coordinate  axis  of  the 
memory  array.  The  termination  circuit  serve  to  damp  voltage 
•pikes,  ringing  oscillations  and  the  inductive  energy  of  the  line 
upon  energization  and  de-energization  thereof  and  to  main- 
tain the  lines  of  the  memory  stack  at  a  fixed  potential  to 
prevent  the  lines  from  floating  due  to  leakage  currents  and 
capacitive  voltage  build-ups  that  would  establish  the  lines  at 
different  potentials  during  inactive  or  memory  idle  periods. 


3,671,950 
READILY  ALTERABLE  WOVEN-WIRE  MAGNETIC 
MEMORY  UNIT 
WHfaua  A.  RdBMr,  Whialoa,  HL,  aasigaor  to  GTE 
Eketrk  Lahoratorks  lacariMraled,  Northiahc,  DL 
FBed  Dec  3, 1970,  Ser.  Na.  94,710 
latCLGllc  5/04. 77/00 
UA  CL  340—174  SP  4  CI 


Woven-wire.  transformer  memories  that  are  to  be  occa- 
sionally altered  by  adding  conductors  to  their  braid,  have  an 
end  of  each  of  the  legs  of  their  cores  extended  past  a  usual  U- 
shaped  portion.  The  end  that  is  extended  is  readily  moved  out- 
ward momentarily  in  opposition  to  a  mounting  spring  to  form 
between  the  leg  and  the  rest  of  the  core  a  gap  that  is  wide 
enough  to  permit  passage  of  additional  conductors  for  storing 
information.  The  conductors  to  be  added  are  flrst  braided  on 
the  extended  portions  of  the  legs,  and  their  coding  positions 
are  checked  before  the  memory  is  interrupted  only  long 
enough  to  move  the  added  conductors  a  sho^  distance  along 
the  legs  through  the  gaps. 


3,671,951 

SENSE  LINE  COUPLING  STRUCTURES  AND  CIRCUITS 

FOR  MAGNETIC  MEMORY  DEVICES 

Shi  K.  Lee,  Keat,  Wash.,  assigBir  to  The  Bodaf  Coapaay, 

Scattk,WaA. 

FBed  Dec.  15, 1969,  Ser.  No.  885,227 
fat  CLGllc  77/00 
U.S.CL  340-174  SP  18 1 


Sense  line  and  sense  amplifier  configurations  and  circuits 
for  coupling  to  magnetic  memory  element.  A  sense  line  com; 
prising  a  twisted  pair  of  conductors  provides  coupling  along  its 
length  to  the  memory  elements.  A  pair  of  sense  lines  may  be 
connected  in  leriet  or  parallel  to  provide  sense  agnal  output 
pubes  of  increased  amplitude  or  provide  redundancy  in  die 
sensing  scheme.  Further  permutations  and  combinations  of 
the  twisted  pair  sense  line  provide  sense  signal  ou^t  pulses  of 
different  amplitude  to  also  provide,  e.g.,  half  select  pubea.  A 
sense  amplifier  system  utaliies  multiplexing  techniques  to  sim; 
plify  the  sense  scheme  and  reduce  the  amouat  of  circuitry 
required  between  the  sense  lines  and  the  buffer  system. 


1206 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  i  1972 


APPARATUS  POI GBNERATING  AN  ANGULARLY 
DBPLACEARLB  MAGNBTIC  FIELD 
I  J.  SIMM,  Jr^  PIM,  Mkh^  MrigMTto  G«Mnl  M( 
CtrptraliM,  MraR,  Mkh. 

nti  Hf.  9, 197t,  Str.  N*.  VtJM 
btCLGMe  79/04 
UACL34«-177  13 


A  gauge  circuit  for  producing  an  angularly  ditplaceable 
magnetic  field  in  accordance  with  conditions  at  a  remote  loca- 
tion. Three  winding  networks  are  connected  at  a  common 
junction  that  is  held  at  a  predetermined  voltage  by  a  voltage 
regulator.  One  winding  network  generates  a  constant  mag- 
netic field  while  the  other  winding  networks  generate  variable 
magnetic  fields  in  accordance  with  their  energization,  which  is 
controlled  by  transiston  that  are  series  connected  with  each  of 
the  other  winding  networks  and  are  responsive  to  a  voltage 
signal  that  is  generated  in  accordance  with  the  conditions  at  a 
remote  location.  The  magnetic  field  generated  by  the  winding 
networks  combine  to  form  the  angularly  displaceable  resultant 
magnetic  field  oriented  in  accordance  with  the  conditions 
being  monitored. 


3^71^S3 
HIGH,  LOW  AND  THERMOCOUPLE  BURN-OUT  ALARM 

SYSTEM 
Jack  GoMbcrg,  Crerc  Coev,  M«^  airigMr  to  MoMaato  Com- 
paay,St.L««is,M«. 

Pled  Jaly  2, 1970,  Scr.  Ne.  51^77 

lBtCLGMb77/06 

U^CL340-227R  SChtes 


ssras' 


N 
^ 


ElTl^ 


-S"" 


TL 


T^ — Tn**! 


^ 


K 


3,i71,9S4 
SLAMMING  miHCATOR  SYSTEM  FOR  MARINE 
DEVICES 
Amalraaf    Clay,    RawdM,    Paglaad.    aaslgMr    to 
Mwhtsr  Litrt  VmJM,  Part  al  M—rttmr.  f^Jltmi 

Fled  March  13, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  19«452 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  March  IS,  1969, 
13,714/69 

lBl.CLG08b2J/00 
U.S.CL  340-240  ^ 


1    1  ■/,   I 

15  C 


^ 


i 


s. 


in  order  to  detect  the  existence  of  slamming  conditions  in 
ocean  going  vessels  a  slamming  indicator  is  provided  with 
monitors  the  water  pressure  beneath  the  forefoot  of  the  vessel 
and  which  energizes  an  indicator  according  to  such  pressure. 


L 


3,<71,955 

.AMP  FAILURE  DETECTION  CIRCUIT     ' 

AH  Aaghar  Mdckadch,  Caaia  Mean,  CaM.,  aarigMr  to  Master 

Spfrialtfai  C— pany.  Coata  Mean,  CaHI. 

C— tiWMtiaB  !■  part  aC  Scr.  Na.  840,174,  Jaly  9, 1909, 

ahaadaaai.  This  apfttcallMi  Mwck  30, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  23,930 

int.  CLGOSb  5/22 
U.S.CL  340-251  ^  4Chhas 


A  circuit  for  monitoring  for  the  failure  of  one  or  more  lamps 
in  an  indicator  device,  a  segment  type  readout  device,  or  the 
like.  Upon  failure  of  a  lamp,  a  silicon  controlled  rectifier  or  a 
transistor  switch  is  biased  into  a  conducting  state  to  energize 
either  a  back-up  lamp  or  a  warning  lamp.  A  circuit  may  be  in- 
cluded to  flash  either  the  back-up  lamp,  the  warning  lamp  or  a 
third  indicator  lamp  in  response  to  detecting  the  failure  of  a 
lamp.  When  the  circuit  monitors  a  plurality  of  lamps,  the  cir- 
cuit can  be  adapted  to  deactivate  all  lamps  upon  detecting  the 
faihire  of  any  of  the  lamps. 


D. 
taa,  Mh  d  C 


3,i71,9S0 
DISPLAY  SYSTEM 
RMfclkM,  aad  Peter  R.  WIBkaM,  Wi- 


An  alarm  annunciator  having  hot,  cold  and  thermocouple 
bum-out  capability  without  requiring  specific  resistor  connec- 
tions for  the  hot  and  coM  alarm  modes  of  operation.  An  alarm 
bum-out  switch  responds  to  certain  vohage  variations  in  the 
annunciator  signal  translating  circuitry  during  alarm  ther- 
mocouple bum-out  to  provide  electrical  control  of  an  alarm 
indicating  means.  The  bum-out  switch  also  serves  as  a  con- 
stant current  sink  during  both  the  hot  and  cold  alarm  modes  of 
operation. 


" 


Fled  March  12, 1909,  Scr.  Na.  100,024 
Iat.CLGO0(J/i4 
U.S.CL  340-324  A  22  Cl 

A  multiple  beam  alpha-numeric  display  system  wherein  a 
plurality  of  text  lines  are  formed  simultaneously  with  die  top 
segments  of  the  characters  in  a  text  line  being  formed  on  a  first 
pass  and  successively  lower  segments  being  formed  in  sub- 
sequent passes.  A  non  linear  vertical  sweep  is  used  to  com- 
press the  interline  spacing  of  horizontal  traces  within  a  text 


f\j?t?in  M .  n  A  7.TT:nnT"Ri 


June  20,  1972 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1207 


line  and  to  increase  the  interline  spacing  between  text  Unes.  3,071,958 

To  minimize  din>lay  distortion,  the  multiple  electron  beams  PIEZOELECTRIC  SIGNALING  DEVICE 

Frederick  Stars,  B^Hsklawa,  N  J.,  aas%Bar  la  GTE  Aataautfc 

Ekctrk  Labaraloriai,  iMOiparaM,  NartkWu,  m. 
Fled  AprI  29, 1971,  Sar.  Na.  138,541 
^•^j..  lmt.CLG19k  11063 

U.S.CL340— 992  7( 


-^JH^}-i^:}~<^' 


are  oriented  to  cross  one  another  at  the  center  of  the  deflec- 
tion yokes. 


3,071,957 
CHARACTER  GENERATION  DISPLAY  SYSTEM 
D.  KcidMO,  RUfrfkU,  aod  Peter  R.  WmuM,  WI- 
ton,  both  of  Conn.,  assigaors  to  Computer  Optics,  Inc, 
Betlicl,  Coan. 

Filed  Mareh  12, 1909,  Scr.  Na.  800,455 

latCLGOOfJ//^ 

U.S.CL  340-324  A  SCblau 


A  gong-type  signaling  device  having  a  pair  of  metal  gongs,  a 
clapper  affixed  to  a  clapper  shaft  which  is  in  turn  affixed  to  an 
elongate  piezoelectric  element  activated  by  the  application  of 
an  a.c.  voltage.  The  device  it  provided  with  an  adjuatable 
loudness  control  including  a  pair  of  upright  members,  one 
disposed  on  each  side  of  the  dapper  shaft  and  movable  along 
the  longitudinal  axis  thereof  to  restrict  the  velocity  with  which 
the  clapper  strikes  the  metal  gongs  to  a  preselected  level 
thereby  controlling  the  loudness  of  the  signaling  device. 


3,071,959 
BINARY  TO  TERNARY  CONVERTER 
Kltsataro  Abmbc,  Yakahaasa-shi,  Japaa,  assJgasr  ta 
Dcashte  Dcawa  KcbaAiU  Kaiika,  Takya-te,  Japan 

FIM  Jaa.  20, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  4^17 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Jan.  24,  1969,  44/5135; 
March  24, 1969,44/21696 

IBLCLH04IJ/00 
U.S.CL  340-347  DD  3CWbu 


Character  generation  circuitry  for  an  alpha-numeric 
cathode  ray  tube  display  wherein  successive  characters  appear 
in  successive  character  slots  of  a  plurality  of  text  Unes,  the  top 
segments  of  the  characters  being  formed  on  a  first  pass  and 
successively  lower  segments  being  formed  in  subsequent 
passes.  The  system  inchides  delay  line  circuitry  for  providing 
pulses  corresponding  in  time  to  a  plurality  of  horizontal  incre- 
ments for  each  horizontal  trace  passing  through  a  character 
slot,  the  delay  line  circuitry  working  in  combination  with  logic 
which  designate  selected  ones  of  die  horiaontal  increments  ac- 
cording to  designations  of  the  horizontal  trace  and  character 
then  being  formed.  The  logic  circuits  are  so  arranged  that  the 
same  logic  is  used  in  forming  similar  character  portions  where 
they  appear  in  different  characters. 


A  system  for  converting  two  binary  pulse  trains  to  a  temary 
pulse  train  in  which  the  states  of  signal  elements  of  a  pulse 
train  of  bipolar  code  corresponding  to  a  first  binary  informa- 
tion train  are  modified  in  accordance  with  the  states  of  signal 
elements  of  a  second  binary  information  train  so  as  tt>  be 
against  the  rule  of  alternation  of  polarities  "+"  and  "-"  of  the 
bipolar  code  if  at  least  two  signal  elements  of  the  pulse  train  of 
bipolar  code  have  the  same  state  "  1 "  or  "0."  The  above-men- 
tioaed  modification  is  performed,  except  for  the  first  signal 
element  of  the  same  state  "  1 "  or  "0,"  for  each  signal  element 
or  for  each  pair  of  adjacent  two  signal  elements. 


I 


1208 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  i  1972 


3  671  960 

FOUR  PHASE  ENCODER  SYSTEM  FOR  THREE 

FREQUENCY  MODULATION 

G«or|c  H.  Sotaaa,  CaabrMfe,  and  Saaad  J.  Dixoa,  Hoi- 

Hftoa,  both  of  Maik,  SMifMn  to  HoMjrwcU  Inc.,  Mia- 

■capoUt^MiM. 

Fikd  Jaly  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,313 

lBt.CLH04IJ/00 

UA  CI.  340-347  DD  ISCtotaii 


monitored  controls  a  switch  that  in  turn  controls  the  energiza- 
tion of  at  least  one  winding,  the  magnetic  fields  generated  by 
the  windings  forming  a  resultant  magnetic  field  that  controls 
the  orientation  of  an  indicia-bearing  rotauble  disc.  When  one 
or  more  windings  are  energized  a  lamp  illuminates  the  indicia 


J 


H-—'  PHASE  p*^ 


^Oi 


k> 


^a. 


A  multiphase  encoder  translates  the  bits  of  a  Non-Retum- 
to-Zero  digital  signal  into  a  three  frequency  self-clocking 
signal  characterized  by  having  a  data  transition  at  the  center 
of  a  binary  ONE  bit  and  a  daU  transition  between  successive 
binary  ZERO  bits. 


^f._. 


1 


i#^- 


3,671,961 
ANALOG  TO  DIGITAL  CONVERTER  FOR  WELL  LOGS 
Ralph  H.  Uadky,  aad  Richard  E.  Bkkhaa,  both  of  Taka, 
Okku,  BMlfnrs  to  Pas  Aacrkaa  Pctrokaai  Corporattea, 
Tataa,   Okla.    and    PctrolMni    lafaraalioa    CerporathM, 
Dcavcr,  Colo.,  part  taitcrcst  to  each 

Filed  April  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  819,872 

fat.  CLH03k  75/02 

U.S.CL  340-347  AD  3Clatau 


^^-^^t^r 


which  the  disc  locates  at  a  certain  position  so  as  to  indicate  the 
status  of  the  condition  which  caused  energization  of  the  wind- 
ing. A  provision  is  also  made  to  index  the  disc  between  a  plu- 
rality of  positions  so  as  to  advise  of  several  conditions  which 
may  require  attention  at  the  same  time. 


3,671,963 

BLIND  LANDING  AIDS 

Geoffc  AsaoaHac;  PIcitc  Co^|caad;  Pierre  GiraaM,  and  Eo- 

leac  Ltlba,  all  of  Paris,  FraMC,  aarigaon  to  Thoaso»CSF 

Flied  Dec.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,481 

Claims  priority,  application  France,  Jan.  3, 1969, 690OO2S 

Iat.CLG01s  9/62 

UA  CI.  343-6  ND  SCIatas 


This  is  an  analog  to  digital  converter  for  use  with  analog 
data  represented  by  an  opaque  curve  on  a  translucent  record 
medium.  Means  are  provided  to  drive  the  record  medium  over 
an  enclosure  plate  having  three  slits  therein.  A  rotating  disc 
rotates  underneath  this  plate.  Radial  slits  in  this  disc  let  light 
pass  through  the  various  slits  in  the  steel  plate  when  coin- 
cidence occurs  onto  a  group  of  photoelectric  ceils.  The  light 
passage  is  changed  by  a  base  line  and  the  opaque  curve;  such 
changes  are  used  to  obtain  a  digital  representation  of  the 
curve  at  that  point. 


A  blind  landing  aid  system  for  visualizing  on  board  an  air- 
craft, a  runway  delimited  by  responder  beacons  wherein  an 
infra-red  transmitter,  located  on  board  the  aircraft,  amits  an 
infra-red  beam  scanning  the  ground  according  to  a  television 
pattern,  each  responder  beacon  comprises  an  infra-red  detec- 
tor controlling  a  radioelectric  transmitter  transmitting  a  pulse 
when  the  detector  receives  the  infra-red  beam,  and  a  receiver, 
located  on  board  the  aircraft  receives  the  radioelectric  pulses 
and  controls  the  elecUon  beam  of  a  cathode-ray  tube  whose 
screen  is  scanned  in  synchronism  with  the  scanning  of  the 
infra-red  beam. 


3,671,962 

MULTIPLE  INDICATING  TELLTALES  HAVING 

SEQUENTUL  INDICATIONS 

Doaglat  I.  Faks,  FMat,  Mich.,  aarigaor  to  Gcacral  Motors  Cor- 

poratloa,  Detroit,  Mkh. 

Fikd  NoY.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,393 
latCLGOSb  5/24. 5/JO 
U.S.  CL  340—373  4  dains 

Apparatus  for  providing  information  as  to  a  plurality  of  con- 
ditions using  a  single  air  core  gauge.  Each  condition^  being 


I  3,671,964 

AUTOMATIC  RADAR  DETECTION  DEVICt 
Aadicw  J.  TrochaaowaU,  La  Men,  aad  Stcvca  A.  Wfcks,  Sao 
Dkto,  both  of  Calif.,  aarigaort  to  The  Ualted  States  ff  AaMr- 
Ica  as  reprcseatcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

,        Flkd  Oct.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,590 

I  Iat.CLH04k3/00;G01s 

U.S.CL343-18E 

A  shipbome  detector  for  indicating  the  presence  or  absence 
of  "search-lighting"  or  continuous  observation  by  hostile 
pulsed  traclring  radars  wherein  presence  is  indicated  if  the 


4ClaiBis 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20',  1972 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1209 


pulse  rate  of  incoming  radar  pulses  exceeds  a  selectively 
predetermined  rate  whereby  a  radar  display  is  automatically 


the  gate  and  separates  the  targets  in  range  order  regardless  of 
the  order  of  arrival  times  of  the  target  responses.  The  targets 


/jaASiet 


U»^ 


a«TC  pi-  -•       •■' 


Uf 


—  «j^ 


=R 


=H 


~^£\^ 


rOLL.O« 

ana 

NOLO 


m 


•NMM  n.iaiT 


-'^ 


r 


MLTnnaaaTat  SuMii 


»  saint  ifc>o>/T 


h-^ ^tM 

ecmKiMW  I 
•—I 1      rt 


CM  COMTHOL  CMOWTB I 


on  the  PPf  can  thus  be  associated  with  their  respective  IFF 
code  readouts. 


activated  and  automatically  blanlied  if  the  pulse  rate  does  not 
exceed  the  predetermined  rate. 


3,671,965 

RAPID  DEPLOYMENT  CORNER  REFLECTOR 

DavU  W.  Rabcahorat,  Silver  Sprlag,  aad  Kcaocth  E.  Daracil, 

Uard,  both  of  Md.,  asslgBors  to  The  Ualled  States  of  Aacr- 

ica  as  rcprcaeatcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

nkd  April  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,483 

IaLCLH0l4  7/2«,  75/20 

U.S.  CI.  343-18  C  ICIaiai 


3,671,967 
MULTIPLE  ANTENNA  INSTRUMENT  LANDING  SYSTEM 
James  R.  Frici,  BcDcirac,  Wa*.,  aalgaor  to  The  Bodag  Coa- 
paay,Seattk,Warii. 

Flkd  May  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,223 

Iat.CI.G01s///6 

U.S.  CI.  343— 108  R  13  Cktass 


A  readily  deployable,  lightweight  radar  reflector  having  a 
large  radar  signature,  the  invention  is  compactly  stowable 
aboard  a  carrier  vehicle,  immediately  assuming  an  erect  con- 
figuration on  ejection  from  an  airborne  or  surface  vehicle.  The 
present  reflector  is  particularly  intended  to  be  ejected  from 
aircraft  traveling  at  high  speeds,  the  erection  of  the  reflecting 
surface  being  provided  by  the  internal  bias  of  pre-stressed 
hoops  surrounding  and  supporting  the  reflecting  surface. 


3,671,966 
MULTIPLE  TARGET  SEPARATOR 
Frederick  R.  Fhihr,  Oxoa  HU,  Md.,  asslgaor  to  The  Uaited 
States  of  America  as  rcprcaeated  by  the  SccreUry  of  the 

Navy 
-^  Flkd  Aag.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,328 

lat.  CI.  GOls  9/56 
U.S.  CL  343—6.5  R  7  Cklms 

A  system  for  separating  and  identifying  multiple  targets 
within  a  PPI  positioned  gate  area  on  a  Radar  IFF  display.  The 
IFF  target  separator  acts  upon  the  IFF  response  times  within 


An  instrument  landing  system  (ILS)  having  dutributed  lo- 
calizer receiving  antennas  and  localizer  signal  information 
processing  to  provide  a  composite  guidance  signal  having 
reduced  localizer  beam  noise  for  reduced  lateral  touchdown 
dispersion  in  automatic  landing  systems.  A  plurality  of  con- 
ventional localizer  antennas  are  positioned  at  several  laterally 
displaced  points  acrom  the  approach  patii  along  the  wings  c^ 
an  aircraft  and  the  corresponding  plurality  of  received  local- 
izer beam  deviation  signals  received  by  each  of  these  antennas 
is  individually  processed  by  a  localizer  receiver  system  with 
the  audio  course  deviation  signals  developed  from  the  several 
antennas  being  averaged  to  provide  the  composite  guidance 
signal  for  use  in  autopilot  or  crosspointer  indicator. 


3,671,968 
TWO  CHANNEL  DIRECTION  FINDER 
Joha  M.  Beakers,  aad  Chrktiaa  B.  WIHIams,  both  af  Sta^r 
Brook,  N.Y.,  aasigaors  to  The  UaMcd  Stales  of  America  as 
reprcseatcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Army 

Filed  Jaa.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  5,455 

lot.  CL  GOls  J/54 

U.S.  CI.  343—113  DE  2CfadBM 

A  direction  finder  including  two  receiving  channeb  comma- 


1210 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20.  1972 


tatively  connected  to  different  closely  spaced  antennas  of  a  switching  and  tuning  circuits  provides  both  the  bi-phase  and 
receiving  antenna  array  such  that  the  phase  difference  constant  phase  signals  required  for  automatic  directiqn  fmd- 


Jl 


TT 


(^ 


-ii. 


® 


between  the  two  receiving  antennas  is  always  kept  below  a 
half  wavelength  at  the  highest  operating  frequency. 


AUTOMATIC  ANTENNA  ALIGNMENT  SYSTEM  FOR 

ENABLING  MAXIMUM  SIGNAL  RECEPTION 

Vcflk  A.  BMBMa,  72M  F«8«kk  Rm«,  Sdtee,  Mich. 

Fled  Jaa.  30, 197t,  Scr.  Ne.  7,29« 

btCLG«lsi/44 

U&  CL  343-117  R  4CWm 


ing  (ADf)  equipment,  thus  eliminating  the  sense  antenna 
requirement  in  these  systems. 


smp 


'V 


a- 


1^1 


m  ' 


3 


£^m' 


mo  % 


3,671,971 
RPSUPERSTRUCTURB  DISCONE  ANTENNA 
Richard  L.  Goodbody,  Saa  DIcf*,  CaM^  asslgaof  ta  The 
Uhlicd  Stain  of  Aacrlea  as  rcpreseated  by  the  Secrftary  of 
the  Navy 

Fifed  March  29, 1971,  Scr.  No.  128,787 

lot.  CL  HOlq  1/34 

U.S.CL  343-710  4Ctalms 


An  automatic  antenna  alignment  tyttem  for  enabling  max- 
imum signal  reception  includes  a  storage  circuit  for  storing  the 
maximum  energy  developed  by  a  receiver  as  a  directional  an- 
tenna is  rotated  dirough  a  first  revolution  and  a  comparator 
for  comparing  the  signal  stored  during  the  first  revolution  with 
the  signal  developed  by  the  receiver  during  a  second  antenna 
revohition  such  that  when  maximum  signid  reception  occurs 
during  the  second  revolution,  the  output  of  the  comparator 
will  trigger  a  switch  and  thereby  stop  the  antenna  in  the 
direction  of  optimum  alignment  for  maximum  signal  recep- 
tion. 


3,671,970 

SWITCHED  RHOMBIC  AUTOMATIC  DIRECTION 

FINDING  ANTENNA  SYSTEM  AND  APPARATUS 

John  E.  Lojrtaa,  ScotUe,  Woah.,  aaslgasr  to  The  Bodag  Com- 

pooy,Scottie,Waah. 

FBed  Aog.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,300 

IhtCLC01s5/(M 

U.S.CL  343-120  SClaias 

An  antenna  system  which  includes  a  four-element  structure 
composed  of  inductances  wound  on  high  Q  ferrite  material 
and  arranged  in  the  form  of  a  rhombus  in  combination  with 


A  superstructure  discone  HF  antenna  comprising  a  verti- 
cally oriented  ship's  superstructure  and  a  discone  antenna 
connected  to  and  rigidly  supported  and  mounted  upon  the  top 
thereof  to  form  a  unitary  radiating  structure.  By  using  a  self- 
supporting  superstructure  as  an  integral  component  of  the  an- 
tenna, the  number  of  possible  HF  parasitic  radiators  is 
reduced  and  limited  topside  space  available  on  naval  ships  is 
more  efficiently  utilized. 


June  20,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1211 


3^71372 
ADJUSTABLE  CENTER  LOADED  ANTENNA 

ARRANGEMENT 
JaMB  SpBsb«7,  0691  MadroM  CrcMcat,  West  Van- 
British  Cohsmhio,  and  Oiwald  ThorlMboo,  3182 
Toimfe  Street,  VaMMvcr,  Britfeh  Cohnohio,  both  of  CoMria 
FOcd  Jao.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1,141 
lot  CL  HOlq  9/00 
U.S.CL343-7S0  OChtas 


3,671,973 

SELECTIVELY  POLARIZED  ANTENNA  EMPLOYING 

IMPEDANCE  MATCHED  CROSSED  DIPOLES 

GcnM  H.  FrtKh,  St  LoiIb,  Mo.,  OMlgMr  to  Moriey  Eke- 

troidci  Coapoqr,  St  Loois,  Mo. 

FBed  Oct  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  869,159 

lot  CL  HOlq  27/26 

U.S.CL  343-751  9Cliiw 


"  A  center-loaded  antenna  arrangement  having  a  fixed  load- 
ing coil  in  a  whip  antenna,  and  a  tunmg  core  mounted  for 
movement  throu^  and  out  of  the  coil,  said  core  having  a  fer- 
rous section  and  an  inductor  ring  section.  Suitable  connecting 
means  connects  an  end  of  the  coil  to  a  radio  ground  and  to  a 
radio  transmitter  or  receiver  through  a  R.F.  transmission  line. 
This  connecting  means  is  preferably  connected  to  the  radio 
ground  through  an  impedance  matching  device  which  couples 
the  coil  to  the  transmitter  or  receiver. 


A  selectively  polarized  antenna  has  an  antenna  element 
parallel  to  one  axis,  has  a  second  antenna  element  parallel  to 
an  angularly  displaced  second  axis,  has  a  selector  switch  con- 
nected to  Uie  down  lead,  has  a  transmission  line  extending 
from  the  selector  switch  to  a  position  adjacent  the  first  anten- 
na element,  has  an  impedance-matching  means  connecting 
said  transmission  line  to  the  first  antenna  element  at  points  on 
opposite  sides  of  the  mid-point  of  that  antenna  element,  has  a 
second  transmission  line  extending  from  the  selector  switch  to 
a  position  adjacent  the  second  antenna  element,  and  has  an 
impedance-matching  means  connecting  the  second  transmis- 
sion line  to  the  second  antenna  element  at  poinu  on  opposite 
sides  of  the  mid-point  of  that  antenna  element. 


DESIGNS 

JUNE  20,  1972 


223,891 

EXPANDED  CEREAL  FOOD  PRODUCT 

Peter  A.  Cammelot,  Streamwood,  and  Lcroy  F.  Dnyall, 

Banington,  IIL,  awiganrg  to  Hie  Qoaker  Oats  Company 

FUcd  Sept  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,069 

Teim  of  patcBt  14  yean 

iBt  CL  Dl— Oi 

UACLDl— 1 


223,894 
CORE  FOR  PAPER  ROLLS 
Dam  B.  Bates,  KIrUand,  Wash.,  assignor  to  Simpson 
TlmiMr  Company,  Seattle,  Wash. 
I      FUcd  Apr.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,740 
I  Term  ot  patent  14  yean 

J  lot  CL  D8— 99 

VS.  CL  D8— 220 


223,892 

SOD  REMOVER 

Charles  lohn  Philip  Smith,  274  Forest  Road, 

Bczley,  New  Sooth  Wales,  Australia 

Filed  Oct  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,427 

Clafans  priority,  implication  Australia  Apr.  16, 1970 

Term  of  ntoit  14  yean 

IntCLDS— 07 

VJS,  CL  D8— 5 


223,895 

PROTECTIVE  COVER  FOR  COUNTER  CORNERS 

Viola  M.  Berchcrt,  3360  Pittsview  Drive, 

Ann  Arbor,  Mich.    48104 

FUed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  116,731 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Iiit.CLI>8-^ 

U.S.  CL  D8— 263 


223,893 

FLOWER  SHEAR 

Ronald  David  Carter,  Leamington  ^a,  England,  assignor 

to  The  Stanley  Works,  New  Britain,  Conn. 

FUed  Dec  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,275 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britafai  Sept  3, 1970 

Tom  oi  patent  14  yean 

IatQ.D«-Oi 

U.8.CLD8— 5 


223,896 

I  JUG 

John  S.  Fkvzer,  Pcqnannock,  NJ.,  assignor  tb  Union 

Carbide  Corponitioii,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  Jan.  20, 1971,  Ser.  No.  108,258 

Term  of  ratent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D9 — 01 

U.S.  a.  D9— 42 


^ 


^^^ 


1212 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1218 


223-897 
COMBINED  GARMENT  AND  TRASH  BAG 
Robert  T.  Crew,  3871  Gadsd^i  Road     32207,  and  Odean 
F.  George,  6926  Cherbourg  Are.  N.    32205,  both  of 
Jacksonville,  Fla. 

FUed  July  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,848 
Term  oi  Mtoot  14  yean 
Int  CLD9— «5 
U.S.  CL  D9— 350 


223300 
DISPENSING  CLOSURE 
Ui^igston  C.  Douglas,  Lconia,  NJ,  and  Gilbert  Oe 
Wayne  MUm,  Ossenfaig,  and  RnmeU  Paifc  McGUe, 
Somers,  N.Y.,  aaignon  to  Colgate-Palmolive  Com- 
pany, New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  Jan.  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,837 
Term  of  ntent  14  yean 
IntCLD9— 07 
U.S.  CL  D9— 278 


223,898 

PACKAGING  CUP  OR  THE  LIKE 

Bryant  Edwards,  Oarendon  HUls,  OL 

(8501  W.  Higgins  Road,  Chicago,  Dl.    60631) 

FUed  Mar.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,881 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CLD9— Oi 

U.S.  CL  D9— 216 


223,901 

CORNER  BEAD 

Donald  E.  Shacffer,  Manhchn,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Rfanar 

Manufacturing,  Inc.,  Manhclm,  Pa. 

FUed  Feb.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,620 

Tom  of  patent  14  yean 

,^^  ^  IbL  CID25— 01 

VS,  a.  D13— 1 


r 


223,899 

CAN  OR  THE  LIKE 

Arthur  P.  ZundcL  Cary,  DL,  assignor  to  National 

Can  Corporaiion,  CUd^  DL 

Filed  Jan.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,831 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IiM.arD9— Oi 

U.S.  CL  D9-.418 


223,902 

Raymond  L.  Kuniansfcy,  Attenfa,  Ga.,  assignor  to 

Anaconda  Ahmiinum  Company 

FUed  Sept  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,914 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

,,„  ^ IntCLD25— 02 

U.S.  a.  D13— 1 


1214 


2233«3___ 
BURIAL  CASKET 

Vnd  HcRkht,  BMktelrrilk,  Pa^  ■■lg«nr  to  Boycrtown 

Bvtal  CmM  Comp— y,  Boycrtowa,  Pa. 

HM  Oct  21, 1970, 8«r.  No.  25,587 

TcfB  of  pateat  14  yean 

1M.CLD31 

UA  CL  D19— 1 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2p,  1972 


223L9M     ^ 
FRE-ASSBMBLED  MODULAR  HOUSING 
I  SntUCTURE  I 

I    Edward  D.  KdUA,  New  Yoit,  N.V^x  | 
(2M  Vaadcrbitt  Arc,  BrooUyH,  N^.    IIH^ 
FHad  Mar.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  125,tl7      ^ 


I  Tom  of  jMtMt  14  ^ 

*  *^  aTOM— 03 


VS.  CL  D13— 1 


223,9t4 

PRE- ASSEMBLED  MODULAR  HOUSING 

STRUCTURE 

Edwaid  D.  KuIN*,  Now  York,  N.Y. 

(2M  VMdcrMH  Atc^  Brooklya,  N.Y.     112«5) 

FIM  Mar.  li,  1971,  Sw.  No.  125,916 


Tcim  off  pateirt  14  yi 


UJS.  CL  D13— 1 


223,905 

PRE-ASSEMBLED  MODULAR  HOUSING 

STRUCTURE 

EdwHd  D.  KcIMah,  New  York,  N.Y. 

(280  YaBdcrliilt  Atc,  BnMUyn,  N.Y.    11205) 

FOfd  Mv.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  125,018 

Term  ot  patort  14  yean 

bt  CL  D25— 05 

VJ8.  CL  D13— 1 


223,907 

^RE-ASSEMBLED  MODULAR  HOUSDItg 

STRUCTURE 

Edward  D.  Kdbbh,  New  York,  N.Y. 

(280  Vandcrbilt  Atc,  BrooUyn,  N.Y.     11205) 

FDcd  Mar.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  125,019 

I  Term  ot  patent  14  yean 

Lit.  CLD25.-05 
U.S.  CL  D13— 1 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1215 


223,908 

PRE-ASSEMBLED  MODULAR  HOUSING 

STRUCTURE 

Edward  D.  Kelbid^  New  York,  N.Y. 

(280  Vandcrbilt  Atc,  Brooklyn,  N.Y.     11205) 

FOed  Mar.  16, 1971,  S«r.  No.  125,019 

Tem  of  patent  14  ycari 

lBta.D25— «i 

UA  CL  D13— 1 


223,911 

VITAMIN  TABLET  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Robert  R.  Wielhop,  ETanfffflc,  lad.,  aariiVor  to  Maad 

lohnaon  and  Coauaay,  ETaniTlle,  Ind. 

FDed  Apr.  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  130,864 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

im.  CL  D2M—02;  DI—C2 

U.S.  CL  D16-^ 


223,909 
DOOR-TRANSOM  ASSEMBLY 
Frederick  R.  AAby,  Carmd,  N.Y.,  and  Leonard  A. 
RopcOa,  Green  Bay,  Wis.,  airignon  to  U.&.  Plywood- 
Champfon  Pq^cciuic. 

Filed  An.  10. 1968,  Ser.  No.  13,160 
Term  off  patent  14  yi 
IntCLD25— 02 
U.S.  CL  D13—1 


223312 

VITAMIN  TABLET  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Robert  R.  WleOcv,  Eransrfllc  Ind.,  aiwlinof  to  Mead 

Johnson  and  Coaq^any,  ETaniTilie,  Ind. 

Filed  Apr.  2, 1971,  Ser.  No.  130^65 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D20— 07;  Dl—02 

UJS.  CL  D16— 3 


to 


223,910 
VTTAMIN  TABLET  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Robert  R.  WIcthop,  ETaMTflk,  Ind.,  asalpior  to  Mead 

JohasoB  tad  CoDmaay,  ETaasriDe,  bd. 

Filed  Apr.  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  130,862 

"^-^  Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int.  CL  DM— 01;  Dl—02 

U.S.  CL  D16— 3 


223,913 
KITCHEN  FAUCET  HANDI£ 

Jamcfl  Edward  NIcmaBi,  Lonifillle,  Ky., , 

American  Standard,  inc..  New  York,  Ni^ 
Coiitiiiaatio»4n-put  of  dca^  appUcatimi  Ser.  No.  20,160, 
Not.   18.  1969.  lUs  appUcafdon  Not.  2,  1970,  So-. 
No.  25,974 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 
lBLCLD2a--0i 
UJ.CLD23— 29 


1216 


>r  to  Toyo 


223^14 
VALVE  HANDLE 
Maflw  Okaao,  Nagano-ken,  lapan, 

Valre  Company  Limited,  Toiiyo,  Japan 

Filed  Anc.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,694 

Claims  priority,  aH»iication  Jqpan  May  4, 1970 

Term  of  patent  14  yeaiB 

Int  a.  D23— 0/ 

UJS,CLD2^—30 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  .  June  2Q,  1972 

I  223,917 

BATHROOM  LAVATORY  UNIT 

Myron  J.  Ament,  Bethel  Parit,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Wiillace- 

Murray  Coiporation,  PittriNui^  Pa. 

Filed  Sept  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,200 

Term  of  pateirt  14  years 

Inta.D23— 02 

US,  CL  D23— 49 


223,915 

COMBINED  DISPENSING  NOZZLE  AND 

GUARD  THEREFOR 

George  Z.  Brown  and  l>tllliam  F.  Babcock,  Aknm,  Ohio, 

assignors  to  Dovor  Corporation,  CfaKiimati,  (Niio 

Filed  Jan.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,108 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

lntCLD23-7^i 

U.S.  CL  D23— 37 


223,910 

ELECTRIC  HEATER  HOUSING 

Gcolrey  T.  Gray,  LambcrtriUe,  Mich.,  __ 

Epnd  Incorporated,  Toledo,  Ohio 

FOed  Jan.  15, 1971,  Ser.  No.  106,947 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int.  CL  D23— «J 

UA  CL  D23— 123 


to 


223,916 

BATHROOM  TOILET  UNIT 

Myron  J.  Ament,  BeAel  Park,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Wallace- 

Morray  Corporation,  PlttdNirgh,  Pa. 

Filed  Sept  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,199 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IntCLD23-«2 

U.S.  CL  D23— 49 


223,919 

DENTAL  CABINET  OR  THE  LIKE 

John  J.  Valeska,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  aaimior  to 

Corporation,  Rochester,  N.\. 

Filed  Oct  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,594 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D24— 03;  D6— <7i 

U.S.  CLD24— 1  ^ 


S|ybron 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1217 


223,920        

DENTAL  CABINET  COUNTER  TOP 

John  J.  Valeska,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Sybron 

Corporation,  Rodiester,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,595 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  DM— 03;  D6— 07 

U.S.  CL  D24— 1 


223,923 
BATTERY 
Keigo  Momose,  MorlgncU,  Koji  Udhara,  Orakata,  and 
Yoshfani  Motonaka,  Mortgnchi,  Japan,  aadgnors  to 
Matsushita  Electric  Indnstrlal  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan 
Filed  Sept  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,950 
Term  ai  patent  14  yi 
Int  dL  D13— 02 
U.S.CLD26— 6 


223,921 

ELECTRICAL  CONNECTOR 

Milton  liberman,  65  Seawanc  Road, 

East  Rockaway,  N.Y.    11518 

^  Filed  Dec  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,619 

Term  of  patmt  14  years 

Int  a.  D13— 05 

U.S.  CL  D26— 1 


223,924 
ELECTRICAL  SWITCH  HOUSING 
Alexander  M.  Adelson,  Efanaford,  N.Y^ 
Wild  Rover  Corp^  Closter,  N.Y. 
Filed  May  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,093 
Term  of  patent  14  y< 
Int  07013— 05 
U.S.  CL  D26— 13 


to 


223,922 
MAGNETIC  TAPE  UNIT 
ThAwiM  S.  KaTanagh,  Riduurd  H.  Ralston,  Ronald  R. 
Campbell,  Jesse  L  Aweida,  and  Regomar  A.  Thurmer, 
Boulder,  Colo.,  assignon  to  Storage  Technology  Corpo- 
ration, Boulder,  C<do. 

Filed  July  8, 1970,  Ser.  N.  23,860 
Term  td  patent  14  years 
Int  CL  D14— 02 
U5.CLD26-5 


223325 
PENDANT  HOIST  CONTROL 
Harold  V.  HawUm  and  Ralph  A.  Dick,  WillianiSTffle, 
N.Y.,  and  Edgar  A.  Bompni,  Sootfafidd,  Mich.,  as- 
signors to  Ct^nAus  McKimion  Corporation,  Tona- 
wanda,  N.Y. 

Filed  Ang.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,628 
Term  of  patent  14  years 
Int  CL  D13— 05 
U.S.  CL  D26— 13 


s 


s 


y< 


1218 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2( 


,  1972 


223314 
MASTER  CONTROL  ^ANKL  FOR  ALARM 
SYSTEMS  (Mt  THE  LIKE 
Robot  a  Kahik  Rockfflic  Ccain,  N.Y., 

FMtro,  iM.,  Rocfcrilk  CMtn,  N.Y. 
Fled  Jn.  22, 1971,  S«r.  No.  It9,t94 

THpi  of  MlMlt  14 

btdTms— ( 

UJ.aDM— 13 


to 


I  223iJ2t 

MAGNETIC  TAPE  DUPUCATOR 
Dwrd  A.  LwMT,  Sm  MalMS  CaHt,  Mripmr  to  Aima 
CoIponrtloi^  RodwoodO^TCiillC.      ^^ 
FIM  Mar.  29, 1971,  Str.  No.  12949t 
Thb  ofjaiil  14  jwn 
tat.CLD14— 0/ 
U.S.  CL  D24— 14 


223J29 
TELEPHONE  ^STRUMENT 
Ronald  Bioka,  Chaabcnbug,  P^  aHifnf  to  Global 
SyHena  Dm^  Conoratfoii,  Cbaadicnbvg,  Pa. 
Fllad  Apr.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  13«,5M 
I  Tcni  ofMteit  14  T<        *^ 

I  Intel  bl4--(» 

UACLD24— 14 


223,927 

HEADOT  EARPIECE 

Gmhtso  T.  PattoB,  Jr.,  BttilactoB,  RX, 

TcxIroB  Ibc.,  ProTUcaea,  RJ. 

Fllad  Not.  23, 1970,  S«r.  No.  26,125 

Turn  of  MtaBt  14  yam 

liat  cL  D14— Oi 

VA  a.  D26— 14 


trto 


223,93* 
M4GNE11C  TAPE  CASSETTE  TRANSPORT 
Hari  K.  Matada,  EraMtoa,  DL,  aarifMr  to 
Cocpontfam,  Radwood  Cttjr,  CaUL 
FDad  Jna  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  149,M1 
Taim  ofMteBt  14  ja 
Kat  d.  D14— 01 
VS,  CL  IM6-14 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1219 


223,931 

MAGNETIC  TAPE  CASSETTE  TRANSPORT 

Hari  K.  Malnda,  EfmtoB,  DL,  MrilMr  to  Anpcx 

Corporation  Radwood  CHy,  CaHf . 

Fllad  JoM  3, 1971,  Sar.  No.  149,n2 


T«M  of  wtUatt  14 
taL  arD14-^l 


UAaDU— 14 


223,934 
PLAQUE 
Roppart  N.  KoUmaiar,  Jr.,  aid  Jbj  WDIe 
both  of  102«  W.  Wmfaun  Darid  Parkway,  Mataiiia^ 
La.    79M5 

Orlgfaud  dciliB  appHcatlOB  May  22,  1979,  Sar.  No. 
23,998.  DiTidad  aad  thta  appBcatfoa  May  IS,  1971, 
Sar.  No.  144,7M 


UJi.  CL  D29L-23 


Tana  of  palaat  14 
CLDU— ( 


LH  CL  DU— 02 


223,932 
POWER  SUPPLY 


Manfcc    G.   Paoboa,    HMtlagtoa,   TfeonMa   KeDebcr, 

Farndnadalc,  Marrto  L.  Plica,  Qnaaaa,  aad  M<»tc  L. 

LcTtarNaw  York.  N.Y..  awlgaara  to  Lambda  Elac- 

.  ,  N.Y. 
'.  No.  122,287 


UtIb,  Now  Yoifc,  N.Y., 
Cotporattoa,  Ha 
FlladMar.8,1971, 
~         '    Ma 

lat.  CL  D13— 02 


VA,  CL  D2<— IS 


TafBi  of  palaat  14 
CLD13 


223,933 
MOBILE 
G.  LoKh,  47*  RooacTdt  Ato., 
FkaopoitiN.Y.    11529 
FBad  Jaa.  2, 197t,  Sar.  No.  2*,7S3 
TonofpaleatH 
lat  CL  Dll— 05 
UJ.CLD29— 1 


UJS,  CL  D34— 2 


223335 

TOY  ANIMAL 

Taraaa  Caaato,  Oda  Road,  North 

GraatRiTar,  N. Y.    11752 

FDad  Apr.  24, 1979.  Sar.  No.  22,*37 

Tctai  of  palaal  14  yaan 

laL  CL  IMl— 0/ 


223,93* 
TOY  ELEPHANT  FIGURE 
Harry  Math  aad  Sana  Lito,  Ctodaaad,  Ohto, 
to  GoMral  MUk  Faa  Groap,  be,  MOaaaapola, 
FDad  Oct  2*,  197*,  Sar.  No.  2M7* 
Tarm  of  pataat  14  yaara 
bt  d.  IMl--0i 
U.S.CLD34-a 


1220 


223^37 
GAME  BOARD 

CaUtoCf  Ibc«»  Ptefltowii(  N.C« 
Filed  Oct  20,  1970,  Ser.  No.  25,567 
Tom  of  Micirt  14 
Iirt.  d  b21-^7 
UACLD34— 5 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  20.  1972 


to 


223^4f 
MONEYBOX 
WiBiam  Bryaa  Whilworth,  18  Kimbam  RomL 
PymMc,  New  Sooth  Wafes  2073,  Autndia 
j  Filed  Not.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  2M14 
I  Tent  of  paiMM  14  ji 

UL  CL  D21-^7 
U.S.  CL  034—11 


223^38 

GAME  BOARD  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Eofoic  H.  Primoi,  15  Whitefleld  Terrace, 

New  Rochelle,  N.Y.    IMOl 

Filed  Not.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,156 

Term  of  patent  14  yeare 

Int.  CL  D21— 01 

VS.  CL  D34— 5 


223,941 
ILLUMINATING  TOY 
John  R.  PanoBS,  1425  Uncotai  Ato.  NE., 
RentoB,  WMb.    98055 
Filed  Jnae  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,590 
Term  of  patent  3Vi  yc 
,Tfl  ^  *.  IntCLIWl— 0/ 

UJS.  CL  p34— IS 


ooc 

lZO\ 

a  a  as  a 

@ 

f 

223,939 

GAME  BOARD 

llioinas  P.  Palasolo,  1151  Lakepointe, 

Groflse  Pointe  Park,  Mkh.    48230 

FDed  Apr.  1, 1971,  Ser.  No.  130,555 

Term  <rf  patoit  14  yean 

Int.  O.  D21— Oi 

U.S.CLD34— 5 


223,942 

SNOW  SLED 

Ridurd  E.  Cone,  Cofaunbas,  Ohio,  asrignor  to  itie 

Delphofl  Bending  Ctmipany,  DeJ^hos,  Ohio 

FBed  Mar.  2, 1971,  Ser.  No.  120,385 

Term  of  ratort  3Vi  yean 

IntCLD12— i¥ 

UA  CL  D34— 15  ^ 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1221 


223,943 

SCOOTER 

Robert  B.  Sopcr,  12863  South  1480  East, 

Draper,  Utah    84020 

FUcd  Apr.  28, 1971,  Ser.  No.  138,406 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  a.  D21— Oi 

UjS.  a.  D34— 15 


223J44 

CLOCK  OR  SnuLAR  ARTICLE 

Theodore  G.  Daher,  Stratford,  Coan., 

General  Electric  Company 

Filed  Mar.  31, 1971,  Ser.  No.  130,051 

Tenn  of  patent  3V&  yean 

Int  CL  DIO— 0i 

U.8.  CL  D42— 7 


to 


223,944 
TOY  TRUCK  CEMENT  MIXER  BODY 
Theodore  H.  Zbikowdd,  Pfymonth,  and  Lee  J.  Pfeilsticfcer, 
Mound,  Minn.,  asaignon  to  Tonka  Corporation,  Mound, 
Minn. 

FBed  May  14, 1971,  Ser.  No.  143,739 


Term  of  patent  7  yean 
InkCLDZl— «7 


U.S.  CL  D34— 15 


223,947 

CLOCK  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Theodore  G.  Daher,  Stratford,  Conn.,  assignor  to 

General  Bectric  CcHupany 

FOcd  Apr.  19, 1971,  Ser.  No.  135,523 

Term  of  patent  V/x  yean 

InL  CL  DIO— Oi 

U.S.  CL  D42— 7 


223^45 

FLOOR  CARE  COUPLER 

Charlcs  E.  Booaqnet,  10388  Baasett  Drir^ 

LiTonia,  Mich.    48950 

Filed  June  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,610 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  Di5-99;  D8— 05 

U J.  CL  D37— 3 


1222 


OFFICIAL  GAZE 


ITTE 


June  20,  1972 


CLOCK  OR  ^Kar  ABUCLE 

TkMdon  G.  Di*cf»8lntfoH, 


to 


FIM  Afr.  1%  1971,  S«.  No.  135,524 


Tcm  of  wiint  3V&  Jtma 


UAClDtt— 7 


I  223,951 

'         wauTkonce 

.».„  I.  Wdrti,  Jr.,  Hnlct  TowMhIp,  Monmntk 
Coonty.  N  J.  (P.a  BoK  187,  Hotaidd,  N  J.    #7733) 
RM  Aog.  24, 197f,  S«.  No.  24,(54 
T«moffMlMil4 


UACLIMI— 2 


I 


223,949 

NOODLE  PRESS 

Gotndc  Eippcr,  17M  N.  Arlii«toB  St, 

MDwMikM,  Wis.     532t2 

Filed  Not.  5, 1979,  Scr.  No.  25,836 

Tenn  of  Pttaat  14  yean 

ULCLiyj—04 

VA  CL  D44— 29 


223JS2 
DESK  LAMP 

214-^  1171k  Rood, 

iHd^rti,N.Y.    11411 

I  FIM  Oct  12,l>7t;  8m,  No.  25,458 
Tcm  of  pateBt  7  yean 

f nt  CL  D24— 05  \^ 

U.S.a.D48-M 


22aL958 

DRAFES  _ 

Edith  RodrteMi»  WaAtegtoiL  PC^^;  ■«  ^•*» 
CoBtMt^TSt  ThoBM,  U.S.  VlrilB  Uands) 
Flkd  Oct  19, 1978,  Sor.  No.  25,548 


>*>, 


^^ 


UJB.  CL  1M7- 


Tcm  of jalMt  7  yean 
btCLM— iO 


223353 
VEmCLE  MARKER  UGHT  LENS 
RobcrtL  Naid,  3729  Roth  Terrace,  SkoUc,  ID. 
,     FiB  Oct  5, 1978,  Ser.  No.  25,331 
.  I  Tent  of  pirtMt  14  7« 

■  Iata.D24— 05 

U.S.CLD48-^2 


88876 


Junk  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1228 


223,954 

VEHICLE  MARKER  LIGHT  LENS 

Robert  L  Nagci,  SkoUe,  DL,  aari«Bor  to  IWa^k  MoMle 

HoMM  Prodads,  lac,  Chkaao,  ID. 

Filed  Oct  5, 1978,  Ser.  No^25i348 

Tem  of  pateat  14  ^ 

Iatd.D24— 06 

UAaD48-^2 


223,957 

aGARETIE  VENDING  MACHINE 
Wmiun  A.  GrMLJodepeadeape,  Mo.,  i 

Veado  ConMnr,  Kaaeai  City,  Mo. 
Fled  Dec  2iri978,  Scr.  No.  2MM 
Tcni  of jolc^  14  yc 
lBt€lD28-^i 
UJ.CLD52-^ 


'  ^  ■«  •  ^  *■  '^  ^  'J^  gg  _SSS' 


223,955 

VEHICLE  MARKER  LIGHT  LENS 

Robert  L  Nafd,  SkoUe,  DL,  acrffaor  to  IMuvIe  Mobflc 

HoaM  Prodacli,  lac,  CUcaao,  DL 

FBed  Oct  5, 1978,  Scr.  No.  15,341 

Tent  of  Mieat  14 

IM.CLD26— 06 

UJ^aiMS— 32 


223,958 
GLIDESLOPE  INDICATCMl 
Joa  W.  Haaecr,  St  Chailec,  ID.,  accJiattr  to 
ATialioB  fflfiiioabi,  be,  indiaaivoHi, 
FOed  Oct  12, 1978,  Ser.  No.  25,445 
Tenn  of  aatoirt  14  y« 
lat  d.  bl8— 99 
U.S.CLD52— 6 


-^5 


223,958 

combined  trash  receptacle  and 
adverhsing  display 

Ricfaad  A.  Kii—fcea,  New  York,  N.Y. 

(IMalty  Pmc  Road,  Poaadridfe,  N.Y.    18576) 

FDed  Sept  25, 1978,  Scr.  No.  25,282 

TcmofpalaalUyc 

latCL07— 05 

U.S.CLD49— 35 


223359 

DRAFTING  RULER  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Mfle  VoyBOTkh,  Battfanore,  aad  Otto  P.  Wcrle,  Oxoc 

HID,  Md.,  aarigaon  to  MBe  Vayaoilch,  BaitfaBoce,  Md. 

FBed  Mar.  23, 1971,  Scr.  No.  127^427 


U.S.CLD52— 6 


Tcm  of  MM  14 
lBta.D18— M 


1224 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


223,M0 

SPOON  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

^  -EUen  B.  MandcifleM,  Syraoue,  N.Y^  asrignor  to 

GcMnl  AflDs,  Ibc 

Filed  Not.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,117 

Tttm  of  MtMl  14  yean 

I^CI.I>7— Oi 

UA  CL  D54— 12 


iET 
iC. 


June  20,  1972 


223,963 
MICROFORM  READER 
James  C.  Kanfman,  Daytoo,  aad  Richard  L.  F^mkhoiMcr, 
Kettering,  Ohio,  tadffton  to  The  Nadooai  Cash  Reals- 
ter  Company,  Dayton,  Ohio 

1     Filed  Not.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,892 
^     I  Term  of  patrat  14  yean 

Int  CI.  D16-03 
U.S.  CL  D61— 1 


223,961 

INSPECTION  PRESSURE  VESSU. 

Henry  J.  Piegn,  Clarence,  N.  Y.,  anignor  to  Welding 

and  Steel  Fabrication  Co.,  lac,  Tonawanda,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  25, 1971,  Ser.  No.  It9,732 

Term  ofnatent  14  years 

,,„  ^  Int.  CL  D15— 99 

VS.  CL  D55— 1 


223,964 

ADDING  MACHINE  OR  THE  LIKE 

Klaus-Dieter  Slama,  Bayem,  Germaar,  amifnor  to  Litton 

Biuinea  Systems,  Inc.,  NewYork,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,484 

I  Terai  ofjatent  14  y< 

U.S.  CL  D64— 11 


Int.  fX  Dli—Ol 


223,962 
HOUSING  FOR  A  COMBINED  RADIO  RECEIVER 

AND  RECORD  PLAYER  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 
Hanrey  K.  McQaairle,  Kitchener,  Ontario,  Canada,  as- 

jmor  to  Electrohome  Limited,  KitcheMr,  Ontwio, 


FDed  Inne  15, 1978,  Ser.  No.  23,476 
Term  of  patent  14  years 
IaLCLD14— 0i 
UACLDS6— 4 


223,965 

CALCULATING  MACHINE 

Yotaka  Ohtsn,  Saganrihara,  Japan,  asrignor  to  dtizen 

Watch  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FDed  Oct  19, 1978,  Ser.  No.  25,541 

Ckdms  priority,  application  Japan  May  28, 1970 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  DIS—O/ 

U.S.CLD64— 11 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1225 


223,966 

PORTABLE  SEWING  MACHINE  HOUSING 

Wayne  A.  Current,  Cranf  ord,  N  J.,  assignor  to  The 

Singer  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,381 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D15-^ 

VS.  CL  D70— 1 


223,969 
ELECTRICALLY-POWERED  ERASER  OR  THE  LIKE 

Francesco  CoUura,  New  York,  N.  Y.,  asrignor  to  Keuffel 

&  Esser  Company,  Moiristown,  N  J. 

Filed  Dec  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,614 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

IntCLD19— 02 

VS.  CL  D74— 7 


223,967 

SIGNAL  UGHT 

JiUo  J.  PetmcelU,  P.O.  Box  552, 

Rosamond,  Calif.    93560 

Filed  June  1,  1970,  Ser.  No.  23,252 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D29— 02;  D26— 02 

U.S.  CL  D72— 1 


223,970 

INTRAVENOUS  ROD  HOLDER 

Joseph  P.  Satenios,  Midlothian,  IlL,  assignor  to  B<nf> 

Warner  Corp(Mrati(»,  Chicago,  IlL 

Filed  Mar.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,196 

Tenn  ot  potent  14  years 

Int  CL  D24— 02;  D^—03 

VS.  CL  D83— 1 


223,968 

STAND  FOR  AN  ELECTRICALLY- 

POWERED  ERASER  OR  THE  LIKE 

Francesco  Colfanra,  New  York,  N.Y.,  msignor  to  Keuffel 

&  Esser  Company,  Moiristown,  N  J. 

Filed  Dec  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,615 

Term  (rf  patent  14  years 

Int  a.  D19—02 

VS.  CL  1314—5 


223,971 

SUNBATHING  DEVICE 

Jean  L.  Wortman,  1513  Juanita  St,  Boise,  Idaho 

Filed  Apr.  29, 1971,  Ser.  No.  138,857 

Tenn  of  patent  14  years 

IntCLD24->99 

U.S.  CL  D83— 1 


83706 


1226 


223,972  

NURSING  NIPPLE  FOR  USE  WITH  A 

NURSING  Bornf 

MickaelC.Ri(ai,795«SW.lAkSI.,Miani,F1a.    33155 
Flkd  Mtf.  23, 1971,  Sw.  No.  22,129 

Tora  of  pateal  14  yon 

Tte  portioB  of  tke  term  of  tte  patMiA  nbacvMiit  to 

May  13, 1983,  has  Imm  tf    ■  •-  - 

IiitCLD24— 05 

UACLDt3-f 


4^ 


I 
OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  20,  1972 


to 


223,975 
HAIRDRYER 

Inrgoi  Grrabd,  SdMMM  Aoakfet,  Gcrflunqr, ^ 

A.  G.  Bnim,  FnudAut  m  Mala,  G«rauuiy   i 
Filed  Not.  li,  197t,  S«.  No.  2M31        ' 
Claims  priority,  appBcailoB  Gsram^y  M«y  26, 1979 
I  Twrm  of  palrat  14  yi 

J  Int.  CL  D2S--0J 

U.S.  CL  IM«~19 


223,973 

ILLUMINABLE  MAKEUP  MIRROR 

OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Edward  A.  Irehu,  Lombard,  m.,  MiVMNr  to 

Smbcam  Coiporatioa,  CUongo,  HL 

Filed  laly  9, 1979,  Scr.  No.  24,219 


i^ak 


223,976 
S1EAM  HAIR  CURLER  HOUSING 
Cliffoid  E.  Grabe,  Nlles,  and  Rkhard  J.  Stern,  GleMoc, 
m.,  aarigaon  to  Amodaled  Mnk,  r 

Filed  Dec  17, 1979,  Ser.  No.  26,541 


UiL  CL  D86— 19 


Term  of  palcBt  14  yean 
c1D2S 


imdlMS— Oi 


Tcmi  of  pateirt  14 
Lrt.  dL  IMS— Oi 


U.S.  CL  D86— 19 


223374 

COMBINED  SHOE  HORN  AND  KEY  HOLDER 

Ibomas  K.  Tpilsid,  16824A  DeiAcr  Atc, 

GaideM,  CaBf  .    90247 

Filed  Aug.  12, 1979,  Scr.  No.  24,457 

Term  of  pttcit  14  yem 

IM.d.  028— 99 

UACLD86— 19 


223,977 

COMBINED  DOLL  AND  MIRROR 
Pcny  FeMT,  Rodyi^  N.Y.,  ■■Ignnr  to  Greattre 
Creirtioiii,  Ik.,  New  Yoik,  N. Y. 
I    FDcd  Jan.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  195,146 


U.S.  CL  D86-.19 


of  pataa«14 


June  20,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1227 


223,978 

SURGICAL  CUP 

Raymond  John,  Carpcntcrsrille,  111.,  assignor  to  American 

Hospital  Supply  Corporation,  Evanston,  III. 

Filed  Oct  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,525 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int.  CI.  D24 — 02 

U.S.  a.  D83— 12 


223,981 

CURTAIN  FABRIC 

Helnrich  Oelmann,  25  Im  Bnngeit, 

7891  Dogem,  Germany 

Filed  June  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,385 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany  Dec  11,  1969 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CLD5— «2 

U.S.CLD92— 1 


223,979 

CARD  EJECTOR  CASE,  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

^        J«y  Ehrenaaal,  Forest  mis,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Swank,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FOed  Jnly  9, 1979,  Ser.  No.  23,879 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

IBLCLD3— 02 

UACLD87— 3 


i!F        ,in 

1 
1 

223,982 

CURTAIN  FABRIC 

Helnrich  Oelmann,  25  Im  Bnngoi, 

7891  Dogem,  Germaqy 

Filed  June  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,388 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany  Dec  11, 1969 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D5— 02 

U  A  a.  D92— 1 


223,980 
BICYCLE  SEAT 
Albert  J.  FVitz,  Northbrook,  and  Anton  J.  Panzica,  Hins* 
dale,  n.,  assignors  to  Schwinn  Bicycle  Company,  Chi- 
cago, ni. 

FDed  Dec  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,724 
Term  oi  patent  14  years 
Int  CL  D12— itf 
U.S.aD9t— 16 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 

TO  WHOM 

PATENTS  WERE  ISSUED  ON  THE  20th  DAY  OF  JUNE,  1 972 

Note.— Arranged  in  accordance  with  the  firat  significant  character  or  word  of  the  name  (in  accordance  with  city  and 

telephone  directory  practice). 


A/S  Ardal  og  Sunndal  Verk:  See— 

Schneider,  Paul  Adrian.  3.670.97 1 . 
Aagaard,  Einar  Andreas,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation,  binary  storage 

circuit  arrangement.  3,67 1,946,  CI.  340-1 73.0fr. 
Aarup.  Carl  P..  to  Dura  Corporation.  Coaster  vehicle.  3,671.035,  Q. 

280-87.010. 
Abardovsky,  Isaak  Pavlovich;  and  Gertsman,  Lev  Alexandrovich.  Unit 
for  calendering  pipes  and  extracting  cores  therefrom  in  a  machine 
for  producing  nbrocement  pipes.  3,67 1,387,  CI.  162-284.000. 
Abbot,  Charles  G.  Unlimited  quantity  of  power  from  solar  radiation 

secured  with  zero  atmospheric  pollution.  3,670,7 1 7,  CI.  1 26-270. 
Abbott,   Robert    Plowden.   to   Bell   Telephone   Laboratories,   Incor- 
porated.   Recovery   of  horizontal  sync  pulses  from   a  composite 
synchronizing  format.  3,67 1,669,  CI.  178-7. 30s. 
Abbott,  Roy  W.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Gas-fired  heater 
^    means.  3,670,7 13.  CI.  126-1  lO.OOr. 

Abe,  Isamu;  Yaahiro,  Hideo;  Sori,  Naoyuki;  Hatano,  Sotaro;  Katsu- 
moto,  Tomiyasu;  and  Suzuki,  Tadao,  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric 
Co.,    Ltd.    Method    of   making    a   honeycomb    block    collimator. 
3,670,395, CI.  29-471.100. 
Abele,  Manfred:  See— 

Schubart,  Rudiger,  Roos,  Ernst;  and  Abele,  Manfred,  3,67 1 .503. 
Abolins,  Visvaldis,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Glass  reinforced 
polyester  resins  containing  polytetrafluoroethylene  and  other  flame 
retardant  additives.  3.67 1 ,487,  CI.  260-40.00r. 
Abuel-Haj.  Marwan  J.,  to  Pfizer,  Inc.  2-Heterocyclic  substituted  quin- 

oxaUne- 1 , 4-dioxides.  3,67 1 ,52 1 .  CI.  260-244.00r. 
ACF  Industries.  Incorporated:  S«r— 
Thornton,  Duane  V.,  3,670,664. 
Ackerman,  Daniel  Whitney,  to  Universal  Instruments  Corporation. 

Wire  wrapping  tool.  3,670,784,  CI.  140-1 18.000. 
\CME  Maschinenfabrik  GmbH:  See— 

Faure,  Robert,  3,670,458. 
Adachi,  Toshio;  Onishi,  Masayoshi;  and  Hayashi,  Kiyohide.  to  Daido 
^  Seiko  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Electrical  transfer  type  plasma  arc  melting 

furnace.  3,67 1,655,  CI.  13-1.000. 
Adamek,  John  A.:  See —  ^ 

Turner,  Lyman  H.;  and  Adamek,  John  A.,  3,671,094.  ^ 

Adams,  James  E.:  See— 

Haas,  Werner  E.  L.;  and  Adams,  James  E.,  3,671 ,23 1. 
Adams,  James  Ewing:  See— 

Haas,     Werner     Erwin     Louis; 
Mechlowitz,  Blea,  3,67 1 ,237. 


Adams,    James    Ewing;    and 


Adams,  John  A.,  Jr.:  See- 
Lee.  Ernest  O.,  Jr.;  and  Adams,  John  A.,  Jr.,  3,67 1 .677. 
Adamson,  J.  Eric:  See — 

Wahlstrom,  P.  Borje;  and  Adamson,  J.  Eric,  3.671.389. 
Addressograph-Multigraph  Corporation:  See— 

Kumins,  Charles  A.,  3.67 1 .232. 
Adolph  Saurer  Ltd.:  See — 

Porter,  Allan  WUliam  Henry,  3,670,775. 
Aeromarine  Corporation:  See —  "  ^ 

Carter,  John  Henry,  3,670,589. 
AGA  Aktiebolag:  See— 

Smars,  Erik  Algot.  3,67 1 ,883. 
/Kgfa-Gevaert  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Engel.  Herbert;  Hartwig,  Karl;  and  Schnall,  Gunther,  3,671.1 19. 

Liebe,    Werner;    Petersen,    Siegfried;    and    von    Konig,    Anita, 
3,671,242. 

Neumann,  Wolfram;  Muller,  Gerhard;  Ranz,  Erwin;  Von  Rintelen, 
Harald;  and  Schutz.  Heinz  Dieter,  3.671.2S2. 

Otto.  Rigobert;  Pankow,  Gerrit;  De  Cat,  Artur  Henri;  Ptuchel, 
Walter;  and  Pelz,  WiUibaki,  3,671,257. 
Aim  Products,  Inc.:  See — 

Kvalheim,  Andrew  M.;  and  Wassem,  Howard  M.,  3,671,369. 
Air  Reduction  Company,  Incorporated:  See — 

Duron,  Paul  P.;  and  Rich,  Harold  T.,  3,670,5 1 6. 

Laird,  William  Burton;  Williams,  Roy  L.;  and  Muska,  Allen  V., 
3,671,022. 

Airco,  Inc.:  See — 

Poulsen,  Stephen  D.,  Jr.,  3,670,914. 
Aisin  Seiki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See —  — 

Sawada,  Toshio,  3,670,676. 
Ajinomoto  Co.,  inc.:  See— 

Yamada,  Yoshitaka;  Sakurai.  Moritaro;  and  Kumashiro,  Izumi, 
3,671,649. 
Akamatsu,  Takashi:  See — 

Koga,  Koichi;  Hatori,  Minoru;  and  Akamatsu,  Takashi,  3,67 1 ,543. 
Akiyama,  Shunichi:  See — 


Fukuda.  Hideo;  Suzuki.  Takashi;  Sununo,  Yasuhiro,  and  Aluyama, 
Shunichi.  3.671,395. 
Aktiebolaget  Bofors:  See— 

Andersson,  Ake  Paul;  and  Wegmar,  Per  Augustin,  3,67 1 ,050. 
Aktiebolaget  Platmanufaktur:  See— 

Jakobsen,  Kjell  MoswoU;  and  Eriksson,  Hanslivar,  3.67 1 .386. 
Aktiengesellachaft  Brown.  Boveri  &.  Cie:  See— 

Kramer,  WUhehn,  3,67 1 ,698. 
AkuU,  Tomohiko;  Seya,  Atsumi;  and  Haahirizaki,  ihinya,  to  Yawata 
Iron  &  Steel  Co.,  Ltd.  and  Mitsubishi  Seiko  Kabushiki  Kaisha. 
Method  for  measuring  a  weighing  load  rapidly.  3,670,833,  CI.  177- 
1.000. 
Alarm  Products  International,  Inc.:  See — 

Partato,  Philip  J.,  3,67 1 ,690. 
Albers,  Edwin  Wolf:  See— 

Maher,  Philip  Kenerick;  Albers,  Edwin  Wolf;  and  McDaniel,  Carl 
Vance,  3,671,191. 
Alben,  Walter  A.,  Jr.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Process  far 

making  tetragonalgemuuiium  dioxide.  3,67 1 .309, 0.  1 1 7-20 1 .000. 

Albert,  Donald  J.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Exposure  device  for 

controlling  charge  on  a  portion  of  a  charged  sur&ce  bordering  an 

image  frame  projected  on  the  charged  suiface.  3,671,121,  CI.  355- 

7.000. 

Albrecht,  Rudolf;  Kessler,  Hans-Joachim;  and  Schroder,  Eberiiard,  to 

Schering  AG.  Antimicrobial  indanones.  3,67 1,520,  CI.  260-240.00a. 

Alderson,  William  T.  Fluid  energy  machine.   3,671,146,  CI.  417- 

243.000. 
Alexander,  Newton  C;  Stark.  Herbert;  and  Thornton,  Richard  C,  to 
Northrop  Corporation.  Attitude  readout  for  floated  inertial  i^t- 
form.  3,670,585,  a.  74-5.600. 
Ali,  Mir  Akbar;  and  Pincus,  Alexis  G.,  to  DT  Research  Institute.  UV 
transmitting  borosilicate  glass  composition  and  article.  3,67 1 ,380, 
a.  161-175. 
Alibrandi,  Joseph  P.:  See— 

Rutherford,  Keimeth  R.;  Hooker,  Marvin  L.,  Jr.;  and  Alibrandi, 
Joseph  P.,  3,671,866. 
All  Products  Company:  See — 
Smith,  Van  Z.,  3.670.471. 
Allen,  Lloyd  R.,  to  Natioiud  Research  Corporation.  Boron  carbide  film 

product  3,671,306,0.  117-138.80n. 
Allen,  Robert  C,  Sr.,  to  Atomic  Power  Development  Associates,  Inc 

Heat  exchanger.  3,670,810,0.  165-70.000. 
Allen,    Wallace    Peyton.    Microwave    sewage    treatment    system 

3,670,891,0.210-128.000. 
Allied  Chemical  Corporation:  See — 

Esterhoy.Charies  J. .Jr.;  Hunter,  William  D., Jr.;  3,671 .202. 
Murray,  Edward  J.;  and  Winstrom,  Leon  O.,  3,67 1 ,588. 
Allis-Chalmers  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 
Brunner,  Richard  G.,  3,67 1 ,696. 
Brunner,  Richard  G.,  3,67 1 ,907. 
Matthews,  Ralph  W.;  Bemhoft,  Gerald  W.;  and  Schmidt,  Michael 

R.,  3,670,823. 
Reaves,  Robert  S.;  3,670,9 1 3. 
Ross,  Ray  C;  and  Crum,  Robert  L.,  3,670,835. 
Thiele,  Tom  N.;  Geriach,  Lester  O.;  and  Gilmore,  Thomat  P., 
3,671,746. 
Allison,  Rudolph  L.,  to  Paramount  Textile  Machinery  Company. 
Semiautomatic     vending     machine     including     memory     circuit. 
3,670,860,0.  194-l.OOj. 
Allison,  William  W.,  to  Armec  Corporation.  Timing  motor  with  reso- 
nant members.  3,671,825,0.  318-128.000. 
Allmamui  Svenska  Elektriska  Aktiebc^aget  See— 

Karlaaon,  Karl  Gosta;  and  Bostedt,  Jan  Olof  Gustaf ,  3 ,67 1 ,029.  ~ 
Almond,   Elmer  C,  to  Budd  Company,  The.   Method  of  forming 

honeycombe  panel.  3,670,393,0.  29-423.900. 
Alpert,  Arnold  L.  Food  containerization.  3,670.916, 0.  22O-9.00f. 
Al8C0,Inc.:See— 

Nash.  John  J.,  3.670.621. 
Alt,  Gerhard  H.,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Inhibiting  the  growth  of  plants 

with  substituted  indole  derivatives.  3,67 1 .2 1 4, 0.  7 1  -9S.000. 
Altenburger,  Otto,  to  Stromberg-Carlaon  Corporation.  Ringing  control 

circuit.  3,671,678,0.  179-18.(»ib. 
Altermatt,  Rudolf;  Entichel,  Roland;  and  Mueller,  Curt,  to  Sandoz  Ltd. 
Basic  anthraquinone  dyes,  with  pyridinium  2-  or  4-dimethyleiie 
groups.  3,671,529,0.  260-294.80b. 
Altounyan,  Roger  Edward,  to  Fisons  Pharmaceuticals  Limited.  Com- 
positions for  treating  asthma  comprising  bis-chromonyl  compouitds 
and  method  of  employing  same.  3,67 1 ,625, 0. 424-45.000. 


PIl 


PI  2 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  2a  1972 


Amaci.  Y.«io;  Ohya.  M«Mki;  Shiiki.  Zeny.;  and  Yum,  H«n*iko.  to 

Kuitlu    KafBku    Kogyo    Kabuihiki    Kaiaha.    Croia-linked    graft 

copolymer  of  ityiene  and  methyl  melhacrylate  up<m  a  butadiene 

'    poWmer.  3.67 1.610. a.  260-880.  ..  „  .  ^     ^ 

Amano  Kitautaro,  to  Kokuaai  Denahin  Denwa  Kabuahiki  Kasha.  Bi- 

nuy  to  temaiy  converter.  3.67 1 .959.  Q.  340-347.0dd. 
Amchem  Product!,  Inc.:  See— 

Goldstick.  Robert  Jay.  3,67 1 .556. 
Ameling,  Bemhard:  See—  ^     ,„      ,.       ....  ^  «      _j 

Thiea,  Alfred  F.  B.;  Amelins.  Bemhard;  Reuther.  Albert  R.;  and 
,      Fluchter,  Werner.  3.670,53 1 
Amemce  Ena  Corporation:  See- 
Grimm.  David  W..  3.670,796. 
American  Can  Company:  See—  ^  ,  ^,«  ,., 

Boh.  Richard  Robert;  and  Wobbe.  Delbert  Edmond.  3.670,543. 
American  Cyanamid  Company:  See— 

Butterfield,  BoydMon  Lewis,  3.67 1 .45 1 . 

Colgan.  Joseph  Dennia,  3,67 1 .463. 

DoKher.  Mary  Ehlert,  3.67 1 .63 1 . 

Lo«,Marinu«.  3,671,573.  .„...„ 

Rauhut.  Michael  McKay;  and  Semael,  Andrew  Milo.  3.67 1 .450. 

Sheth.    Prabhakar   Ranchbordaa;   and    WUey.    James    Henry. 

3,671.633. 
Zwe^.  Arnold.  3.67 1 .239. 
American  Home  Products  Corporation:  See- 
Corey,  Garland  O.;  and  Wetnstein.  Bernard,  3,67 1 .439. 
Levin.  Howard  J.;  and  Kreider.  FranUin  M..  3.670,786. 
Tokolics,  Jowph;   Hughes,  Gordon   A.;  and   Smith,   Herchel, 

3.671.519. 
Watson,  Edwsrd  J.;  and  LaBar.  Dale  H..  3.671.589. 
American  Hosfrital  Supply  Corporation:  See— 

Reiterman.  Donald  R.,  3,670,727. 
American  Optical  Corporation:  See- 
Shoemaker,  Arthur  H.;  and  Sussman,  Mihon  H.,  3,67 1 ,099. 
American  Standard  Linear  Systems,  Inc.:  See- 
Church.  Richard  D.,  3,67 1 ,804. 
American  Sterilizer  Company:  See— 
Brendgord.  Thomas.  3,670.7 1 8. 
Amerock  Corporation:  See— 

Bingham.  Bruce  N.,  3,67 1 ,065. 
Ametek,  Inc.:  See— 

Guerster,  Rene  L.,  3.670,773. 
Ammco  Tools.  Inc.:  See— 

Bogaertt,  Leo  C;  and  Weinberger.  George  W.,  3.670.584. 
Ammon  &  Champion  Company.  Inc.:  See— 

Ammon.  John  P.;  and  Inacker.  Frederick  T.,  3.671 .917. 
Ammon,  John  P.;  and  Inacker.  Frederick  T..  to  Ammon  &.  Champion 
Company.  Inc.  Printed  circuit  board  connector.  3,671,917.  CI.  339- 
17.001. 
Amoco  Production  Company:  See — 

Dauben.   Dwight   L.;   Froning,   H.   R.;   and  Jones.   Loyd   W.. 
3.670.819. 
Amobch,  William;  and  Maher,  Robert  J.,  to  Douthitt  Corporation. 
Microfilm  duplicator  and  method  of  photocopying  micnrfUms. 
3, 67 1.1 24.  CI.  355-124.000. 
AMP  Incorporated:  See- 
Baker.  Charles  Edward,  a,  and  Casciotti.  Albert.  3 ,67 1 ,92 1 . 
Ampex  Corporation:  See- 
Hwang.  Paul  Y..  3.67 1 .435. 
Amsted  Industries  Incorporated:  See— 
Dwyer.  Howard  I.  Jr..  3.670.873. 
Anaconda  American  Brass  Company:  See — 

Bahr.  William  T.;  and  Lewis,  Robert  V.,  3.670.774. 
Analog  Technology  Corporation:  See- 
Marshall.  J.  Howard,  HI;  and  Harrington,  Timothy  M.,  3.67 1 ,740. 
Anbeck  Corporation:  See- 
Hayes,  Thomas  J.  Jr..  3.670.374. 
Anchor-Wate  Company:  See— 

Findiey.  Anthony  W.;  and  Rogers,  Jesse  M.,  3,670,696. 
Anciens  EU.,T.M.B.-J.  Tobler  S.A.:  See— 

Herose,  Hans,  3,670,582. 
Andersen.  Erik,  to  Andersen,  Hans  Christian.  Method  for  making 

panty  hoses.  3,67 1.352.  a.  156-267.000. 
Andersen,  Hans  Christian:  See- 
Andersen.  Erik,  3,67 1 ,352. 
Andersen,  Harold  T. :  See— 

Tapacott.  Jesse  J.;  and  Andersen,  Harold  T..  3,67 1 ,019. 
Anderson,  Clve  £■:  See— 

BusweU,  WaUace  H.,  3,670,75 1. 
Anderson,  Harold  Francis:  See— 

Gackstetter,  Henry  Clinton;  Anderson,  Harold  Francis;  Shove, 
Gordon  WilUam;  and  Morin,  Louis  George,  3,67 1 ,3 14. 
Andenon,  Isabel  B.  Bookmarks.  3,670,691 .  a.  1 16-1 19.000. 
Andenson,  Ake  Paul;  and  Wegmar,  Per  Augustin,  to  Aktiebolaget 

Bofors.  Chucks.  3,671,050,  CI.  279-47.000. 
AndersBon,  Rolf.  Smoke  or  gas  producing  composition.  3,67 1 ,456,  Q. 

252-305. 
Andrasi,  Ferenc:  See— 

ToMy,  Lajos;  Borsi.  Jozsef;  Elek,  Sandor;  Elekes,  Istvan;  and  An- 
draai,  Ferenc,  3,67 1 ,537. 
Andrews.  Peter,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Cartridge  loading  mo- 
tion picture  projection  apparatus.  3,670,989,  Q.  242-192.000. 


iling  platen. 
Malayoshi, 


atei  iMsdiatf  I 


Andrews.  Robert  S.,  Jr.;  and  McDaniela,  William  C,  to  N  L  IndUtiiea. 
Itk.  Lignite  products  and  compositions  thereof.  3,671,427. 0.  252- 
8.S0m. 
Andrews,  Timothy  Douglas;  Short,  Glyn  David;  and  Thomas,  leuan,  to 
Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited.  Bipyridinium  compound 
photoaenntizer.  3,671.250.0. 96-88.000. 
Andrewaen,  Harry  W.:  See— 

Honnen,  Uwk  R.;  Andrewaen,  Harry  W.;  Lindstrom,  Eddie  O., 
decened,  3.671.511. 
Androttglio,  Raphael-Pierre.  Sole  for  footwear  having  means  to  venti- 
late the  footwear  interior.  3,670,429,  Q.  36-3.00b. 
Anfhins,  Luis  Sentis.  Sock  ironing  device.  3,670,932,0.  223-7  J.OOO. 
Angibuid,  Rene  M.,  to  Societe  Les  Piles  Wonder.  Reloadable  electric 

flashlight  3.67 1.734.  a.  240-10.060. 
Antalek.  Michael  P.   Method  of  using  a  portable  cooling  platen. 

3. 67 1.624.  a.  264-294.000. 
Aquatronica:  See— 

Schuhx,  James  F.,  3,67 1 .928. 
Arai.  Tohur :  See— 

Komattu.    Noboru;    Arai.   Tohur,    and   hfizutani, 
3,671,297. 
Arand.  Jolm  K. ,  to  General  Ekctiic  Company .  Gas  turbine  engine  with 

improved  afterburner.  3,670,501,0. 60-261. 
Archer.  Giles  AUan;  and  Stemb^h,  Henryk.  Preparation  of  2.3.4.5- 
tetrahydto-S-phenyl-    1 H- 1 .4-benaodiairaines   and    int 
3,671,517.0.  260.239.0bd. 
Arehttectural  Art  Mfg..  Inc.:  See- 
Thorn,  Wenzel  W.,  3,670.470. 
Arff.  Uwe  F..  to  Outboard  Marine  Corporation.  Chain  saw  (ling  fix- 
ture. 3.670.600. 0.  76-36.000. 
Argoudelia.  Alexander  D.;  and  Coats,  John  H.,  to  Upjohn  Company. 
The.  Lincomycin  3-nucleotides  and  the  sahs  thereof.  3,67 1 ,647. 0. 
260-2 10.00r. 
Arizona  Chemical  Company,  mesne:  See- 
Sheen,     Edward    Hebnut;    and    Encke,    Frederick    Ludwig. 
3.671.461. 
Arkansas  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

Mischutin,  Vladimir.  3.67 1 .304. 
Armec  Corporation:  See — 

Allison.  William  W..  3.67 1 .825. 
Armington,  Ahon  F.;  and  OX:onnor.  John  J.,  to  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica. Air  Force,  Method  of  growing  crystals  by  shifting  the 
urn  of  chemical  complexes.  3,67 1 .200. 0.  23-300.000. 
Armstrong  Cork  Company:  See— 

Bobb.  Paul  D. .  3,670,473. 
Aronica,  Claude  S.;  and  Moulin.  Louis,  to  Pechiney-Progil.  Insccticidal 
compositions  of  endosulfrm  in  (fenitrothion  for  U.L.V.  treatment. 
3,671.632,0.424-218. 
Arrance.  Prank  C,  to  McDonnell  Douglaa  Corporation.  Battery  elec- 
trode and  battery  embodying  same.  3.671,319.0.  136-6.000 
Arlington,  William  L.;  Gantt,  Wayne  Carlton;  and  Gouger.  Leonard 
Joseph,  to  GTE  Sylvania  Incorporated.  Non-inflammable  horizontal 
output  transformer.  3.671.903.0.  336-96.000. 
Arthur.  Wallace  W:  See—  i 

Hanson.  Laurence  B.;  and  Arthur,  Wallace  W.,  3,670,8261 
Artt,  Klaw;  Desai.  NaUn  Binduprasad;  and  Liechti,  Hans  Wilhelm,  to 


T' 


luibbri- 


Ciba-G«igy  AG.  Azo  dyestufiE*  and  a  process  for  dyeing  or  printing 
polyesterfibers  with  such  dyeituffc.  3,671, 177,CL  8-41.00C1 
Asahi  Kaaei  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaiaha:  See—  I 

Yasui.    Koichi;    Yamamoto,    Kazuo;    Itami,    Kazuo;    Fujisawa. 
Kiyoshi;  and^Saskai,  Toshio,  3 ,67 1 ,279. 
Asahi  Kofaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See- 
Mori.  Chiharu;'andNakajima,Toru.  3,670.637.  ,     . 
Asal.  Jerrold  R.;  and  Piepho,  Donald  A.,  to  Caterpillar  Tractor  Com- 
pany. Power  angling  bulldozer.  3.670.825,0.  172-805.000.: 
AsMandOil,Inc.:See— 

Sedor.  Edward  A;  and  Slagel,  Robert  C,  3,67 1.473.        I 
Ashworth,  James  E..  to  United  Sutes  Steel  Corporation.  Internal 
coupUng  for  connecting  U-shaped  raiU.  3.671. 062. 0.  287-127.000. 
Aske,  Charles  B.  Jr.  Vehicle  wheel  trim.  3.671.076,0.  301-37.00r. 
Asper,  Theodor.  Vending  system  using  a  vahie  storing  key.  3j670,924. 

O.  222.2.000. 
Associated  Electrical  Industries  Limited:  See— 

Brownmg,  George  William,  3.67 1 .742. 
Associated  Engineering  Limited:  See — 

Bemfose.CoUnR.  3.670,812.  . 

Assouline,  George;  Conjeaud,  Pierre;  Girauh,  Pierre;  and  Lteiba,  Eu- 
gene, to  Thomson-CSF.  Blind  landing  aids.  3,671,963,  O.  343- 
6.0nd. 
ATCO  Surgical  Supports  Co.:  See— 
Johmon,  Leona  M.,  3,670,738. 
Ateliers  Diderichs:  See— 

Deborde,  Albert,  3,670,779. 

Ati,  Inc.:  See— 

Erb,  GUbert  E,  3,67 1 , 1 26. 

Atlantic  Richfield  Company:  See— 

Striker.  John  H.,  3,670,832.   - 

Yoo.Jin  Sun,  3,671,565. 
Atlas  Chemical  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 

Moyant,  Donald  A.,  3,670.925. 

Rutledge,  Thomas  F.,  3,671,604. 

Sherman,  Albert  H. ;  and  Zech,  John  D. ,  3 ,67 1 ,458. 

SUwinski,  Frank  E.,  3,671,342. 
Atlas  Hoist  &  Body  Inc.:  See— 


June  20. 1972 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    3 


Olwiysz,  Wiktor.  3,67 1 ,0 1 6. 
Atonk  Power  Development  Aaodatet,  Inc.:  See- 
Allen,  Robert  C,  Sr.,  3,670,8 10. 
Aucouturier,  Jeanne;  and  Lacaze,  Rene,  to  Thomson-CSF.  Graded 

fiekl magnets.  3,671,895,0.  335-212.000. 
Audac  Corporation:  See— 

Kuehnle,  Manfred  R.,  3,671.120. 
Auphan.  Michel  Joaeph:  See— 

Perilhou,  Jean  Robert;  and  Auphan,  Michel  Joaeph,  3,670,7 IS. 
Aurnhammer,  Robert:  See— 

Schlecht.  Hehnut;  and  Aurnhammer,  Robert,  3,67 1 ,584. 
Auto  Research  Corporation:  See- 
Reeve,  Paul  H.,  3,671,148. 
'Automatic'  Sprinkler  Corporation  of  America:  See- 
Gould,  Bruce  Michael,  3,670,534. 
Automobiles  Peugeot  See— 

Falay,  Bernard;  and  Froumajou,  Armand.  3,670,586. 
Avant  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 

Ettlinger,  Ralph,  Jr.;  and  StrobI,  Frederick  P.,  Jr.,  3,670,91 1 . 
Avco  Corporation:  See- 
Doyle.  Brian  W,  3,671,171. 
Mertens,  William  J.,  3,670,65 1 . 
Shank,  WayneC,  3,671,140. 
SUyden,  James  D.,  3,67 1 ,063. 
Averton  Gear  and  Tool  Corporation:  See— 

Uming,  John  C,  3,670.583. 
Avery,  Roger  Peter.  See— 

Zerhn,  WilUara  Max  Erich;  Avery,  Roger  Peter,  and  Royce,  David 
Hugh,  3,67 1,922. 
Ayers,  James  E.:  See— 

'Fernandez.  Jaime  B.;  and  Ayers.  James  E.,  3.67 1 .652. 
Ayerst,  McKenna  and  Harrison  Limited:  See— 

Bagli,  Jehan  F.;  and  Bogri,  Tibor,  3.67 1 .570. 
Ayukawa.  Yaichi;  Naruse.  Uhei;  Itoh.  Tadayoahi;  and  Miyakawa,  Tsu- 
neaki.  to  CPC  International.  Inc..  mesne.  Artificial  shrimp  feed. 
3,671.261,0. 99-2.00r. 
BadiK:he  AniUn-  St.  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesdlschaft:  See- 
Decker.  Martin;  Schmidt,  Joaeph;  Hoffmann,  Herwig;  and  Pistor, 

Hans  Joachim,  3,67 1 .566. 
Fischer,  Adolf;  Koenig,  iCari-Heinz;  Steinbruim,  Gtntav;  and 

Zschocke.  Albrecht,  3.67 1 .586. 
Hagen.  Hehnut;  and  Beckc.  Friedrich,  3,67 1 .522. 
Kaufrnan,    Otto;    Daeuble,    Manfred;    Witsch,    Heinz-Guenter, 

Luebcke,  Enno;  and  Bayew,  Dimiter,  3 ,67 1 , 1 76. 
Koenig,  Karl-Heinz;  Steinbrunn,  Oustav;  Windel.  Hermann;  and 

Fiacher,  Adolf,  3,671.571. 
Patsch,  Manfred;  and  Eilingifeld,  Heinz,  3,67 1 .536. 
Reicheneder,  Franz;  and  Kropp,  Rudolf,  3,67 1 .525. 
Schlecht,  Helmut;  and  Aurnhammer,  Robert,  3,67 1 .584. 
^    Zschocke,    Albrecht;    Rohr,    Wol^^ng;    and    Fiacher,    Adolf, 

3,671.540. 
Baer.  Massimo;  and  Campbell,  Joseph  O..  to  Monsanto  Company. 
Glass  fiber  reinforced  composite  and  method  of  making  same. 
3,671.378.0.  161-170.000. 
Baer.  Massimo;  and  Campbell.  Joaeph  O..  to  Monsanto  Company. 

Glass  concentrate  capsules.  3. 671. 384. 0.  161-170.000. 
Baerg.  William;  and  Saint  Guilhem  Humber,  Pierre.  Reverre  osmosis 

apparatus.  3.670.892.  CI.  210-134.000. 
Bagli.  Jehan  F.;  and  Bogri.  Tibor.  to  Ayerst  McKenna  and  Harrison 
Limited.  Derivatives  of  9-oxo-15-hydroxyprostanoic  acid,  homologs 
thereofand  their  preparation.  3,671.570.0. 260-468.00r. 
Bahr.  William  T.;  and  Lewis.  Robert  V..  to  Anaconda  American  Brass 
Company.  Controlled  leakage  conduit  for  delivering  a  fluid  to  a  heat 
source.  3.670.774. 0.  138-178.000. 
Bailey,  James  L.;  and  Rodgers,  FranUin  A.,  to  Polaroid  Corporation. 

Coated  silicone  rubber  mold.  3,67 1 ,007, 0.  249- 1 1 4.000. 
Baker,  Charles  Edward,  11;  and  Casciotti,  Albert,  to  AMP  Incor- 
porated. Multi-contact  electrical  coimector.  3,671,921,  O.  339- 
59.00m. 
Baker,  Donal  E.,  to  Westinghouac  Electric  Corporation.  DC  power 
controller  with  sutic  switching  elements  and  common  current  feed- 
back transformer  between  direct  voltage  source  and  load.  3,67 1 .844. 
O.  321-2.000. 
Baker  Equipment  Engineering  Co..  Inc.:  See— 

Mitaier.  Edwin  Earl,  Jr.,  3,670.849. 
Baker  Perkins  Inc.:  See— 

Levi.  George  A..  3,670,665. 
Baker,  William  A.:  See— 

Vieson,  John  W.;  and  Baker,  William  A.,  3,670,474. 
Bakke,  Roger  M.,  to  Internationa]  Business  Machines  Corporation. 

Dead  time  process  regulation.  3,671,725,0.  235-150.100. 
Ball,  Rowland  E.,  to  Borg- Warner  Corporation.  Centrifugal  pump  with 

hydrosutic  bearing.  3,671,137,0. 415-104.000. 
Ball,  Rowland  E.,  to  Borg- Warner  Corporation.  Composite  knockdown 

pump.  3,671,138,0.415-111.000. 
BaOou.  Richard  P.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Vehicle  headlight 
control  cireuit  using  an  auxiHary  contact  on  the  dimmer  switch. 
3,671,802,0.315-83.000. 
Balaer,  Martin:  See— 

Proudian,  Andrew  Peter;  and  Balser,  Martin,  3,671 ,927. 
Bare.   Edward   S.,   to   Warwick   Electronics   Inc.   Record  chaiMer. 

3,671,045,0. 274- lO.OOr. 
Barclay,  Kenneth  M.:  See— 

Lefhmcois,  Philip  A.;  and  Barclay.  Kenneth  M..  3.67 1 . 1 85. 


Bargain,  Michel,  to  Rbooe-Poulenc  S.A.  rrnm  linked  poiyimidn. 

3,671,490.0. 2«M7.0cp. 
Bamea,  Billy  W..  to  Sperry  Rand  CorpontioR.  Vehicular  tilt  seaaor 

having  margin  of  safety  adjustment  3,67 1 .933.  CL  34O-52.00Il 
Barnes.  Jon  F.;  and  Johnaon.  James  L.,  to  General  Tire  A  Rubber  Com- 
pany, The.  Poromeric  material  having  a  patem  leatiwr-type  finidi 
and  process  fbrmakii«.  3,671,345,0.  156-77.000. 
Barnes,  LeO  £.;  and  Morris,  David,  to  Singer  Company,  The.  raene. 

Saturated  core  transient  currem  hmiter.  3,67 1 ,8 10,  CL  3 1 7-20.000. 
Barnes,  Robert  L.;  Block,  William  M.;  and  Gralktein,  Danel,  to  Sin«ar 
Company,  The,  mesne.  Polysiloxane  copolymen  derived  (kom  die 
carborane-silicon  pfathalocyainne  monomer.  3,671.489,  O.  260- 
46.S0e. 
Bamett,  Jackson   Herman,   Jr.   Method   for  impregnating  wood. 

3,671,299,0.117-116.000. 
Bamett,  James  A. :  See— 

Dieterich,  Frank  L.,  3.670,444. 
Bamikol-Oettler,  Kurt  See— 

TeichmuUer,  Gerhard;  BamikolOettler,  Kurt;  and  Hartmaan. 
Werner,  3,67 1.555. 
Barrett,  Ernest  Charles  Henry,  to  London  A  Scandinavian  Metallurgi- 
cal Co.,  Limited.  Electro-deposition  of  nickel.  3,671,409,  CL  204- 
49.000. 
Barteb.  Herbert  D..  to  Continental  Can  Company.  Inc.  Stress  relieved 

container  and  method  of  making  same.  3.670,921,0.  220-75.000. 
Basham,  Edward  R.;  and  Smith,  William  D.,  to  Go  International,  Inc. 
Apparatus  for  attaching  a  tool  to  a  conduit  in  a  borehole.  3,670.566. 
O.  73-151.000. 
Basman,  Vefik  A.  Automatic  antenna  alignment  system  for  enabling 

maximum  signal  reception.  3,671.969,0.  343-117.00r. 
Bata  Shoe  Company.  Inc.:  See— 

Joosten.  Hendrik.  3,670,698. 
Bates,  Charles  E.:  See— 

Burch.  Arthur  R.;  and  Bates,  Charles  E.,  3,670,905. 
BatteOe  Development  Corporation:  See— 

Radke,  Lawrence  F.;  and  Hobbs,  Peter  V..  3,671,128. 
BatteOe  Development  Corporation,  The:  See — 

Mc  Intire,  Hoy  C;  and  Vanorsdel,  John  R.,  3.671.228. 
Baxter  Corporation,  The,  mesne:  See— 

Dubner,  Harvey,  3,67 1 ,944. 
Baxter  Laboratories,  Inc.:  See—  -^ 

Regan,  Bernard  M..  3,67 1,645. 
Bayew,  Dimiter  See— 

Kaufrnan,    Otto;    Daeuble.    Manfred;    Witsch,    Heinz-Gtienler, 
Luebcke,  Enno;  and  Bayew,  Dimiter,  3,67 1 , 1 76. 
Beachley,  Robert  W.  Lighting  standard  or  pole  with  doubly  htnoed 

baae.  3,671.738.0.  240-84.000. 
Beaudoin,  Benoit  R.;  Cohen,  Joaeph  D.;  Jones,  David  R;  Marier. 
Lester  J..  Jr.;  and  Raab.  Hany  F.,  Jr..  to  United  States  of  America. 
Atomic  Energy  Conuniasion,  mesne.  Light-water  breeder  reactor. 
3,671.392.0.  176-18.000. 
Bechtel,  John  D.:  See— 

Szumila.  Anthony  D.;  Zimnoch,  Joaeph  J.;  Bechtel.  John  D.;  and 
Steinberg.  Harvey  M..  3.67 1 ,865. 
Becke,  Friedrich:  See— 

Hagen.  Hdmut;  and  Becke,  Friedrich,  3.67 1 ,522. 
Becker,  John  E.,  to  Edipae  Consultants  Limited.  Hydraulic  coupling. 

3,670,498, 0. 60-54.000. 
Becker,  John  E.,  to  Motorola,  Inc.  Protection  circuit  for  an  amplifier. 

3,671.878,0.  33O-207.00p. 
Becton,  Dickinson  and  Company,  mesne:  See— 

Mahon,  Thomas  J.;  and  Cherba,  Samuel,  3,670,726. 
Behn,  Reinhard;  Gottlob,  Heinrich;  Haid,  Hans;  Hoyler,  Gerliatd;  and 
Kesiler,  Hartmut,  to  Siemens  AktiengeseDschaft  Procea  fSor  the 
production  of  capacitors.  3,670^78,0.  29-25.420. 
Beidler,  William  F..  to  TreadUne  Fastener  Corporation.  Self-locking  tu- 
bular insert  3,670,794, 0.  151-7.000. 
Bek:her,  Richard  A.:  See— 

Kozacka.  Frederick  J.;  and  Belcher,  Richard  A.,  3,67 1 ,909. 
Bdew.  Herschd  W..  Jr.:  See- 
Davis,  J<rfn  W.;  and  Belew.  Herschel  W.,  Jr..  3.670^64. 
BeOce  Manufacturing  Company:  See — 

Beike,  Ralph  E.,  3,671,416. 
Beike,  Ralph  E.,  to  BeIke  Manufacturing  Company.  Bulged  spUncterd 

seah  for  electroplating  racks.  3,67 1 ,4 1 6, 0. 204-297.00r. 
Ben  &  Howell  Company:  See— 

Hun.  Charles  W..  3,671,737. 
Ben  Telephone  Laboratoriea,  Incorporated:  See- 
Abbott.  Robert  Plowden,  3,67 1 ,669. 
Duguay,  Michel  Albert,  3,67 1 ,747. 
Healey,  Anthony  John,  3,670,753. 
Henry,  James  L.;  and  Schimpf,  Luther  G.,  3,671,676. 
Knollman,    Dieter    John    Henry;    and    Simon,    Jamea    Loua. 

3.671.942. 
Miller.  Calvin  Max;  and  Sacks,  Robert  Charlea,  3.67 1 .662. 
Ngo.  Dinb-Tuan,  3,67 1 ,938. 
Pento,  Frank  Louis.  3.67 1 ,875. 

Pitetti,  Raymond  Charles;  and  Worobey.  Waher.  3.67 1 .823. 
Sahzberg,  Burton  R..  3.67 1 ,670. 
Trimble,  David  Carlaw,  3,67 1 .939. 

Weischedel.  Herbert  Rudolf  and  Westerman,  George  Raymond, 
3.671.853. 


PI  4 


I 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  20, 


1972 


B«U».  H«old  Edw«ti.  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemoun.  E.  I..  "^-Com|M^ 
Low  tempermture  melt  ehlorination  proce«.  3.671.596.  CI.  260- 

Bellmann,  A»ed.  to  tatemationia  St«Kl«d  ^••^^ffo'P^™?^? 
Conuct  tpring  .iieinbly  for  reUy«  md  mnilM  iwitchet.  3.671.701. 

Beta^Sh^T^vi.  L.;  and  Fiekto.  Rich«d  W..  toVehricol  ChemiaJ  Cor- 
poration. Silvicidal  compo«tx>n  «nd  method.  3.671.213.  tl.  7i- 

97  000 
Behtaiv    HMoJd  E.;  ind  Palmer.  John  O..  to  Zbwco  Electrical 

Product..  Ciicuit  breaker.  3.67 1 .908.  Q.  337-54.000. 
Bement  Laurence  J.,  to  United  Sutet  of  America,  NatXMal  Aeronau- 
tict    and    Space    Adminiatration.    Linear    exploMve    companaon. 
3,670.559.0.73-35.000.  .  ^   u     .        u 

Bemroae.  Colin  R..  to  Anociated  Engineenng  Limited.  Heat  exchan- 
ger*. 3.670.812.  CI.  165-175.  ,      ,     «  ;^ 
Bender,  Lloyd  F.  Solenoid  operated,  two  way  diverter  valve  for  fluid 

line  washing  apparatus.  3.670.744,a.  134-57.00r. 
Bendix  Corporation,  The:  See— 

McKeown.  Jamet  E.  3.67 1 .842. 
Sanders.  Bobby  J.,  3.67 1 .868. 
Benes.  Rudolf:  Srf—  _  l  .      «_-  v    i. 

Brazda  Ladialav,  deceased;  Brazdova.  Dagmar;  heirs;  Procnazka. 
MilosUv;  Kuhn,  Vladimir;  Ozdian,  Joaef;  and  Benes,  Rudolf, 

3.670.484.  ^    u      * 

Benjamin.    Roae    Ellen;    and    Hudis,    Ann.    Oothes    rejuvenator. 

3.670.425.0.34-46.000.  .    ^        ^    ■  ,, 

Bennett    Atan   E.  C;  and  Bewick.  Michael.  Transfusion  needles. 

3.670.729. CI.  128-214.400.  ,  ^     ,  a   ii 

Bennett.  John  D.,  to  Sun  Oil  Company  ( Delaware).  Explosive  dnlling 

apparatus.  3,670.828.  CI.  175-4.500. 
Benson,  John  T.:  S«—  _.    .  „        „^        j 

Lemkin.  Jack  L.;  Leistikow.  Gerard  K.;  Edmisson,  RusseU  C;  and 
Benson.  John  T..  3.670.449.  ■     . 

Bcntsen   Louis  J.  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Diaphragm  logic  control  circuit 

for  electric  heating  system.  3,670.745.0.  137-84.000. 
Berg.  Max  H..  to  Berg.  Peter  A  Co..  Inc.  CoUapuble  carton.  3.670,948. 

CI.  229-33.000. 
Berg,  Peter  A  Co..  Inc.:  See— 

Berg.T^ax  H.  3.670,948.  «.      .        ^     . 

Berger    John  G..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Riveting  device. 

3,670.943,0.227-60.000. 
Bergman,  Robert  N.  Combination  toasting  and  buttermg  apparatus. 

3.670,642,  C1.99-329.0rt. 
Bergmanis,  Karlis  AMredovich;  Klotinsh.  Erik  Emestovich;  and  Mads, 
Imant  Custovich.  Device  for  measuring  permittivity  of  materials. 
3.67 1.857. CI.  324-6 l.Oqs. 
Bcrgna.  Horacio  E..  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours.  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Nickel-molybdenum    bonded    titanium    nitride-titanium    carbide. 
3.67 1.201.  CI.  29-182.500.  ^  ^_^ 

Bergstrom.  Berit  P.  Chairs.  3,67 1 ,074, 0.  297-239.000. 
Berkholcs  Gordon,  to  Continental  Machines.  Inc.  AdjusuUe  traverse 

conuol  for  surface  grinder.  3.670,457, 0.  5  l-92.00r. 

Berkowiu,  Irving  L.,  to  Kaaon  Hardware  Corporation.  Refrigerator 

wall  panels  with  panel  fasteners  and  apparatus  for  making  said 

paneU.  3.671.006,0.249-97.000.  „     ^      ,. 

Bemath,  Louis;  and  Facha.  Joseph  V..  to  North  American  Rockwell 

Corporation.  Articulated  fuel  element  housing.  3.671,394.  O.  176- 

79.000. 

Bemhoft,  Gerald  W.:S«-  ^  ^    ......    , 

Matthews.  Ralph  W.;  Bemhoft.  Gerald  W.;  and  Schmidt.  Michael 

Berry,  ciirrie  B..  Jr..  to  Ethyl  Corporation.  Foamed  metal.  3,671,221, 

0. 75-20.00f.  ^         ^^^ 

Berry,  Harry  E..  20*  to  Kerek,  Richard.  20*  to  Kerek.  John  and  20* 

to  De  La  Hunt,  R.  E.  Beverage  dispensing  keg.  3,670,929,  O.  222- 

400.700. 

Berry,  Walter  Cunningham.  Jr..  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and 

Company.  Gas  purging  of  spinning  packs.   3.671.653.  CI.   264- 

39.000. 

Beisin.  Richard  L..  to  International  Plasma  Corporation.  Method  and 

apparatus  for  ashing  organic  substance.  3.671.195,  CI.  23-230.0pc. 
Berstorff,  Hermann,  Maschinenbau  GmbH:  See— 
Hoever,  Heinz;  and  Orth,  Herbert,  3.670.644. 
Bertea  Corporation:  See- 
Stevens.  Curtis  Edgar.  3.67 1 .082. 
Bethlehem  Steel  Corporation:  See— 
Charchalis,  Taras  I.,  3.670.884. 
Humphries.  Darral  V..  3,67 1 ,622. 
Bettini,  Dino:  See— 

Muner,  Erwin;  and  Bettini,  Dino,  3.67 1 ,791 .  ,  ,, ,  ,  oo 

Betts,  Anson  G.  Treatment  of  phosphate  rock  with  acids.  3.671,189. 

CI  23-88.000. 
Betts.  WilUam  M.  Marine  mufflers.  3,670,845,0.  181-57.000. 
Beukers,  John  M;  and  WOliams,  Christian  B..  to  United  Sutes  of 
America.  Army.  Two  channel  direction  finder.  3,671.968.  O.  343- 
113.0de. 
Bewick  Michfteli  S£€ 

Bennett.  Alan  E.  C;  and  Bewick.  Michael.  3.670.729. 
Bickham.  Richard  E.:  See— 

Lindley.  Ralph  H.;  and  Bickham.  Richard  E..  3.671 .961. 
Biemath,  EmU;  and  Burkard.  Hans,  to  Excentra  Geaellschaft  nut 
beachrankter  Haftung.  Radial  piston  machine.  3.670,629,  O.  92- 
72.000. 


Biemaon.  O«orge;  Euling.  Raymond;  and  Jones.  Paul  W.  to  Syjvaiua 
Electric  Products.  Inc.  Optical  low-pus  spatial  filter.  3,671 .1Q7,  CI. 
350-162.0Bf 


3.670.T77.  CI. 


and  Wack,  John  M 


Bieaer,  Albert  H.  Credit  card  verification  system.  3,671.717.  Cl.  235- 

61.11c.     I 
Bilas.  Michael.  Tilttble  mounting  for  dump  truck  bodies.  3,67jl.073, 

0. 298-17.  "^^ 

Billaz.  Rene:  See—  „     .        .  L.„ 

Faidutti,  Michel;  Boileau,  Jacques;  Konrat,  Jean-Paul;  and  BiUaz. 

Rene,  3.671.535. 
Billot,  Jean,  to  Rafaut  &  Cie.  Control  and  safe-starting  device  for  uae  in 

a  detachable  missile.  3,670,654.0.  102-70.26a. 
Bingham.  Bruce  N.  to  Amerock  Corporation.  Slidabte  boh  icatch. 

3.671.065.0.292-175.000. 

Bio-Logics.  Inc.  :S«—  I 

Davis,  Louis  E.;  Jensen.  Billy  M.;  Larson.  Floyd  L.;  Muck.  Rawer 
F.;  and  Stumph.  Stephen  L..  3.670,386. 

Bird  &  Son,  Inc.:  See- 
Weaver.  Leonard  Wheelock.  3,670,505. 
BischofT Chemical  Corporation;  See— 

Nussbaum.  Frank  J..  3.67 1 ,  168. 
Biasonette.  Vernon  L.;  Miller.  Jerry  B..  deceased  (by  Miller,  Carol  K.; 
executrix),  said  Biasonette  a«or.  to  Eactman  Kodak  Conpany. 
Process  for  forming  dye  images.  3.67 1 ,244, 0. 96-54.000. 

Bittscheidt.  JoMf:  See— 

Seifert.  Friedrich;  and  Bittacheidt.  Josef.  3.67 1 ,663. 

Black  and  Decker  Manufacturing  Company.  The:  See- 
Weber.  Edwin  J..  3.670.413. 

Blackstone,  John  A.  Transfer  tail  damping  apparatus. 
139-247.000. 

Blain.  WiUiam  A.:  See— 

Oriner,  Arthur  J.;  and  Blain.WiUiam  A.,  3,671, 163. 

Blake,   Anthony;   Halliday.   Denis   Malcolm;   and   Woods.   Michael 
Faulkner,    to    Lever    Brothers    Company.    Ice-cream    pipducts. 
3.671,268.0.99-136.000. 
Blanchard.  David  L.:  See- 
Donahue.  William  J.;  Blanchard,  David  L. 
3.670,656. 
Bland,  John:  See- 
Eyre.  Brian;  and  Bland.  John.  3.67 1 .075. 
Blankenstein.  Gunter  See—  ^ 

Kunzel,  Hans-Egon;  Wolf.  Gerhard  Dieter,  Blankenstew,  Gunter; 
and  Niichk,  Gunther,  3,67 1 ,61 4. 
Blanshine.  AUiaon  W.,  and  Pucher.  Richard  A.  Two  row  row  crop  at- 
uchment  with  lov^rer  crop  gathering  means  at  the  center  than  at  the 
sides.  3.670,482.0.  56-98.000. 
Blatter.  Herbert  Morton:  See— 

Mizzoni.  Renat  Herbert;  and  BUtter.  Herbert  Morton.  3,6^1 ,5 1 2. 
Blaupunkt-Werke  GmbH:  See— 

Wellhausen,  Heinz,  3,67 1 .870. 
Blazer  Corporation:  See— 

El-Takry.  Mahmoud  S.,  3,670,809. 

Blazevic.  MiJos;  and  Kohn,  Joseph.  Magnetic  recordmg  and  playback 

instrument  and  support  for  magnetic  recording.  3,67 1 .044. 0.  274- 

4.00).  ..... 

Bledsoe  James  O..  Jr..  to  SCM  Corporation.  Myrcene  epoxide  dieb- 

alder  adducts.  3.67 1 .55 1 . 0.  260-348.00r. 
Bleibtreu,    Alexander,    to    Maschinenfabrik    Reinhausen    Oebruder 
Scheubeck  KG.  Transfer  switch  for  up-changing  regulating  trans- 
formers including  lost  motion  interconnection  driving  mechanism. 
3,671.687.0.  200-1  l.Otc. 
Block.  William  M    See—  .  ^    .^  .      r^      . 

Barnes,  Robert  L.;  Block.  WiUiam  M.;  and  Grafttem,  Danel. 
3.671.489  I 

Blomgren,  Oscar  C.  Jr.:  See—  ,xJft*/^ 

Blomgren.  Oscar  C,  Sr.;  and  Blomgren.  Oscar  C.  Jr..  3.6710.606. 
Blomgren,  Oscar  C.  Sr.;  and  Bkxngren.  Oscar  C,  Jr..  to  Intar-Probe. 
Inc.  Method  and  apparatus  foe  cooling  the  workpiece  and/or  the 
cutting  toob  of  a  machining  apparatus.  3,670,606,0.  82-l.OOc. 
Bloom.  Roy  C:  See—  u    «_     ,      #^ 

Eldridge.  Merie  K.;  Bloom.  Roy  C;  and  Joseph.  Douglas  C. 
3.671.248.  „.       ^ 

Blount.  George  W,  to  New  Century  Products.  Inc.  Hmged  cover  con- 
struction for  a  water  closet.  3.670.44 1 . 0.  4-236.000. 
Blumcraft  of  Pittsburgh:  See— 

Horgan,  William  J..  Jr.,  3,670,537. 
Bobb  Paul  D.,  to  Armstrong  Cork  Company.  Method  of  packing  chair 

seats.  3,670,473.0.  53-37.000. 
Bodenseewerk  Perkin-Elmer  &  Co..  GmbH:  See— 

Wiedeking.  Elmar.  3.67 1 . 1 29. 
Boeing  Company.  The:  See — 
Fries.  James  R..  3.67 1 .967. 
Jenny.  Robert  W..  3.670.996. 
Layton.  John  E..  3.671.970. 
Lee.  Shi  K..  3.671.951.  ^-->.^ 

Leonard.  Donald  E..  3.670,988. 
Boen  Brvdc:  See— 

Oher.LeifT.,  3.671.353.  -    ^  i 

Bogaerts.  Leo  C;  and  Weinberger,  George  W.,  to  Ammco  Toob,  Inc. 

Variable  speed  ratio  transmission.  3,670,584,0.  74-199.000. 
Bogri,TiborSee— 

Bagli,  Jehan  P.;  and  Bogri.  Tibor ,  3,67 1 .570. 


Icov 


June  20, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    5 


Bohm.   Friedrich.   to   MetalbchlauchCsbrik   Joseph   Ulbrich  &   Co. 

Machine  for  the  production  of  tubing.  3.670.544. 0.  72-49.000. 
Boileau,  Jacques:  See— 

Faidutti,  Michel;  Boileau,  Jacques;  Konrat,  Jean-Paul;  and  Billaz, 
Rene.  3.671.535. 
Bolt.  Richard  Robert;  and  Wobbe,  Delbert  Edmond,  to  American  Can 

Company.  Drawing  and  ironing  process.  3.670,543. 0.  72-4 1 .000. 
Boneck,  Roger  L.  Self-contained  cable  reel.  3,670,977, 0.  242-54.00r. 
Bonteil.  Robert  C.  to  Societe  d'Etudes  et  dTxpioiUtion  de  Precedes 
pour  llndustrie  Alimentaire  Sepial.  Installation  for  freezing  a  liquid 
or  semi-liquid  product.  3.670.520. 0.  62-3 14.000. 
Boothc.  WilUs  A.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Fluidic  signal  detec- 
tion and  prevention  of  stall  in  compressors  for  gas  turbine  engines. 
3.67 1.1 34.  Cl.  415-13.000. 
Borden  Company.  The:  See— 

Hopermann.  Richard  Konrad.  3.67 1 ,294. 
Borden.  Inc.:  See- 
Pierce.  Andrew  Eart.  3.67 1 .382. 
Borer,  Hert>ert  W.;  Cryder,  John  R.;  and  Wirtz,  Edward  A.,  to  Caterpil- 
lar Tractor  Co.  Kickout  valve  and  circuit.  3,670,628. 0. 91 -358.00a. 
Borg-Wamer  Corporation:  See- 
Ball.  Rowland  E,  3.671. 137. 
Ball.  Rowland  E,  3,67 1 .1 38. 
CrowcU.  Jack  R.;  Tomashek.  James  R.;  and  Ward,  Donald  H., 

3,670,801. 
Gyory,  Emeric  J.;  and  Teichmann,  Otmar  E..'3,67 1 ,048. 
Jones,  Johnny  W.,  3.67 1 .786. 
Newton.  Alwin  B..  3.670.5 19. 
Borger.  George  Frederick.  Fish  book  guard.  3.670.445. 0.  43-42.400. 
Bormann,  Gerhard;  Gmunder.  John;  and  WUkens,  Heinrich.  to  Sandoz 
Ltd.;     a/k/a     and     Sandoz     AG.      1.2.2a,3,4,5-Hexahydro-l-(2- 
imidazolin-2-ylmethyl)  benz  [cdl  indoles.   3.671,341.  Cl.   260- 
309.600. 

Boroughs,  Raymond  Milton;  and  Redman.  John  Wibon.  to  British 
Petroleum  Company  Limited.  The.  Method  of  separation  of  wax 
from  oU.  3.670,888.  Cl.  210-71 .000. 
Borowiki,  Bernard  J.,  to  Ferro  Corporation.  Iron-containing  titania- 

opacified  porcelain  enamcb.  3,67 1 .278. 0.  106-48.000. 
Borsi.  Jozsef:  See— 

Toldy,  Lajos;  Borsi,  Jozsef;  Elek.  Sandor;  Dekes.  btvan;  and  An- 
drasi.Ferenc,  3.671.537. 
Bosacco.    David    N.    Prosthetic    or   fracture    device    and    method. 

3.670.724.  Cl.  128-92.00d. 
Bossen.  Douglas  C;  and  Hsiao,  Mu-Yue,  to  Intenutional  Business 
Machines  Corporation.  Error  correcting  decoder.  3,671,947,  O. 
340-l46.1al. 
Bostad,  Wayne  W.:  See- 
Olson.  John   E.;   Bosud,  Wayne  W.;  and  Price.  Norman   L., 
3,670,626. 
Bostedt,  Jan  Olof  Gustaf:  See— 

Karbson.  Karl  Gosta;  and  Bostedt.  Jan  Olof  Gustaf.  3.671 .029. 
Bostrom.  Sten-Leimart.  Locking  device  using  radiation  conducting 

key.  3.67 1 .752.  Cl.  250-220. 
Boucherle.  Andre  L.:  See— 

Carraz.  Gilbert  L.;  and  Boucherle.  Andre  L..  3.671 ,532. 
Bourgeon.   Norbert   Paul,   to   Etudes   et   Bonneterie   SA.   Circular 

knitting-machine.  3.670.527, 0.  66-50.00r. 
Bowker.  John  Kent,  to  Itek  Corporation.  Interferometer  of  the  center 

balance  type.  3.67 1 . 1 30, 0.  356- 1 06.000. 
Bowling.  Harold  F.;  See— 

HaU.  Maurice  B..  3.670.428. 
Boyriven.  Paul,  to  Compagnie  Industrielle  de  Mecanismes.  Ball  or 

roUer  fastening  device.  3,67 1 ,064,  Cl.  292-45.000. 
Bozanic.  Donald  A.;  Mergerian,  Dickron;  and  Minarik.  Ronald  W..  to 
Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Broadband  zero  field  exchange 
echo  system.  3.67 1 ,855.  Cl.  324-500. 
Brack,  Karl,  to  Hercules  Incorporated.  Cross-linkable  unsaturated 

polymer  compositions.  3,67 1 ,475, 0.  260-22. 
Bradley,  George  M.  I  Jectrical  fish  scaler.  3,670,364, 0.  1 7-66.000. 
Bradshaw,  Chrbtopher  Patrick  Cadman:  See— 

OUara,  Joan  Irenee;  and  Bradshaw,  Christopher  Patrick  Cadman, 
3,671,462. 
Bradshaw,  Michael  S.  Carrier  for  hook  type  coat  hanger.  3,670,937, 

Cl.  224-45.00t. 
Brantte,  Arnold;  Frostling.  Bengt  Harald  Ivar;  and  Lindgren.  Per- 
Henning.  Apparatus  for  a  quantitative  anaylsb  of  a  gas  or  gas  mix- 
ture in  respect  of  its  content  of  organic  substances.  3,671.196.  O. 
23-254.00r. 
Brazda,  Ladislav,  deceased  (by  Brazdova.  Drahuska);  Brazdova.  Dag- 
mar; heirs;  Prochazka,  Miloslav;  Kuhn.  Vladimir;  Ozdian,  Josef;  and 
Benes.  Rudolf,  to  Elitex,  Zavody  testilniho  strojrenstvi.  Mechanism 
for  withdrawing  and  winding  yam  in  spinning  units.  3.670,484.  O. 
57-34.00r. 
Brazdova:  See— 

Brazda,  Ladislav,  deceased;  Brazdova,  Dagmar,  heirs;  Prochazka, 
Miloslav;  Kuhn,  Vladimir,  Ozdian,  Josef;  and  Benes,  Rudolf, 
3.670,484. 
Brazdova,  Dagmar;  heirs:  See— 

Brazda,  Ladislav,  deceased;  Brazdova,  Dagmar,  heirs;  Prochazka. 
Miloslav;  Kuhn.  Vladimir.  Ozdian.  Josef;  and  Benes.  Rudolf. 
3.670,484. 


Breach,  Geoffrey  D.:  See- 
Levy,  Alan  A.;  Rodger,  Mitchell  N.;  and  Breach,  Geoftey  D., 
3,671.629. 
BreiUng.  Hans  Georg,  to  Dragerwerke  AktiengeaeDachaft.  Expansion 
temperature  sensing  means,  in  particular  for  medical  apparatus. 
3.671,024,0.  261-39.00r. 
Brendgord,  Thomaa,  to  American  Sterilizer  Company.  Patient  care 

wall.  3,670,7 1 8. 0.  1 28- 1  .OOr. 
Brenner,  Bruce  C.  to  Dow  Coming  Corporation.  Lubricant  compori- 

tions.  3,671,433,0.  252-49.600. 
Brent,  Albert:  See— 

Teichmann,  Charles  F.;  and  Brent.  Albert,  3,67 1 ,209. 
Brepoeb.  Joseph  Rene;  and  Busschots,  Armand  August  Florent,  to 

S.A.  PRB.  Plant  growth  regulants.  3,671.217.0. 71-105.000. 
Bresin.   Adam.   Exchanger  for  cooling  fluids.    3.670.522,  O.   62- 

333.000. 
Breston,  Michael  P.;  and  Keilberg.  Ray  D..  to  Fluor  Corporation.  Auto- 
matic submarine  trencher.  3,670.5 14. 0.  61-72.400. 
Brien,  Andre.  Watch  dbplay  case.  3,670.437. 0.  40-126.00b. 
Briggs  &  Stratton  Corporation:  See — 
Harkness.  Joseph  R,  3.67 1 .85 1 . 
Brigg9,  Albert  Theodore;  and  Swisher,  Eugene  Henry,  to  United  En- 
gineering   and    Foundry    Company.    Holding    shelf    apparatus. 
3,670,551,0.72-252.000. 
Brillion  Iron  Works.  Inc.:  See — 

Hoyt.  Charles  T.;  Haun,  John  W.;  Henael,  E>wight  L.;  Hanaen, 
Clarence  M.;  Lovely.  Walter  G.;  and  Bruhn.  Hjalmar  D.. 
3.671.077. 
Briones.    Robert    A.,    to   TRW   Inc.    Light   intensity   caknimeter. 

3,670.570.0.  73- 190.00r. 
British  Iron  and  Steel  Research  Association.  The:  See- 
Reed.  Geofirey  Ronald,  3,670,877. 
British  Petroleum  Company  Limited,  The:  See — 

Boroughs.    Raymond    Milton;    and    Redman,    John    Wibon. 

3.670.888. 
Oliara,  Joan  Irenee;  and  Bradshaw.  Christopher  Patrick  Cadman. 
3.671.462. 
Britt,  James  E.;  and  Hewitt.  Robert  E..  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Develop- 
ment electrode.  3.670.700. 0.  1 18-636.000. 
Brocato,  Samuel  C.  Dish  tray.  3.670.938. 0.  224-48.00r. 
Brock.  Jessie  O.:  See— 

Fitzgerakl.  Warren  E.;  Knudsen.  John  P.;  and  Brock,  Jessie  O., 
3,671,619. 
Bromer,  Heinz;  and  Meinert,  Norbert.  to  Leitz.  Ernst.  G.m.b.H. 
Optical  fluorophosphate  glass  having  an  anomalous  partial  disper- 
sion ratio.  3,671,276,01.  106-47.00q. 
Brooker  Leslie  G.  S.:  See— 

Fumia,  Arthur,  Jr.;  Heseltine.  Donald  W.;  and  Brooker  Leslie  G. 
S..  3.671.648. 
Brooks,  Frank  W.;  and  Naismith.  Thomas  D..  to  General  Motors  Cor- 
poration. Disc  brake  with  parking  brake.  3.670.853, 0.  1 88-72.600. 
Brooks.  James;  Drummond.  Ralph  E.;  Heiiu.  Frank  J.;  and  Chambers. 
William  W..  to  Robertsbaw  Controb  Company.  TbermosUt  set 
3.67 1. 762. 0.  307-117.000. 
Brooks  Products,  Inc.:  See — 

Robbins.  James  L.,  3.67 1 . 1 56. 
Brown,  Albert  B.;  and  Parkhill,  Frank  J.,  to  Rohm  &  Haas  Company. 
Method  of  treating  shaped  articles  with  betaine-type  polymers  and 
the  articles  thereby  obtained.  3.671.305. 0.  Il7-138.80f. 
Brown.  Carl  A.;  and  Walter,  Frederick  L.,  to  Parker-Hannifin  Corpora- 
tion.   Fluid   filter    device    having    bypass   and    indicator    means. 
3.670.889,0.  210-90.000. 
Brown.  Cicero  C.  WeU  packer.  3,670.8 1 5, 0.  1 66- 1 36.000. 
Brown,  Gerald  H.;  and  Mazzarella,  Emil  D.,  to  National  Starch  and 
Chemical  Corporation.  Paper  surface  sizing  process  and  product 
utilizing  cationic  amyloae  derivatives.  3 ,67 1 ,3 1 0, 0.  117-1 56.000. 
Brown,  Herbert  C.  Carbonylation  of  organoboranes.  3,671,585,  Q. 

260-545.00r. 
Brown,  Howard  W.:  See — 

Sullivan.  Gene  F.,  3,67 1 .01 5. 
Brown,  Joseph:  See — 

Weber.  Hans  B.;  and  Brown.  Joseph.  3.670.660. 
Brown.  Perry  H.;  and  Webber.  Harold  H..  to  Brunswick  Corporation. 
Method  of  and  apparatus  for  forming  metal  fiber  textile  blend  and 
metal  fiber  textile  product.  3.670.485. 0.  57-50.(XX). 
Brown .  Robert  J. :  See— 

Kostur.  Robert  E. ;  and  Brown,  Robert  J. .  3 .67 1 . 1 6 1 . 
Browning,    George    William,    to    Associated    Electrical    Industries 
Limited.    Film    transfer    mechanism    for    electron    microscopes. 
3.671.742,0.  250-49.08e. 
Bruder,  Kari.  Sheet  laminating  machine  for  feeding  laminated  sets  to  a 

press  roller.  3,671,363,0.  156-556.000. 
Bruestle,  Cart  O.  Wire  drawing.  3.670.588. 0.  72-289.000. 
Bruhn.  Hjalmar  D.:  See— 

Hoyt.  Chartes  T.;  Haun.  John  W.;  Hensel.  Dwight  L.;  Hansen, 
Clarence  M.;  Lovely,  Walter  G.;  and  Bruhn,  Hjalmar  D.. 
3.671.077. 
Brumett.  Billy  M.:  See— 

Webh.  Clarke  T.;  and  Brumett.  BiUy  M..  3.670.478. 
Bnings,  Charles  A.:  See — 

Sabatelli,  Philip  M.;  Loder,  Edwin  R.;  Bninga,  Charles  A.;  and 
Sarge,  Carmen  R.,  3,67 1 ,440. 
Bruniaux,  Bernard  Jean  Pierre  Loub  Lucien;  and  Le  Cone,  Roger 
Jean,  to  Etat  Francais-Delegiaioa  MinisterieUo  pour  I'Amiemeiit. 


PI  6 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  2b.  1972 


Hulb  of  the  thtpt  and  their  methods  of  coattruction.  3,670.683.  Q. 
Il4-63.00r. 
Bninner.  Attnd.  to  Suber  Brothen,  Ltd.  Method  for  irradiating  food- 
■tuft  and  other  coonunabiea,  phannaceuticala  and  the  Uke.  and  a 
packafe  for  tame.  3.670.874.  d.  206-46.0pv. 
Brunncr.  Richard  G..  to  AlUaOudmen  Manuftcturing  Company. 
Vacuum  intemiptet  ihuated  with  mechanicil  twitch.  3,67 1 ,696, 0. 
200- 144.00b. 
Bnumer.  Richard  G..  to  AllM-Ctaatanera  Manufacturing  Company. 

Vacuum  twitch  with  power  f^ite.  3.67 1 .907.  a.  337-4.000. 
Biuntwick  Corporation:  5er— 

Brown.  Perry  H.;  and  Webber,  HaroU  H,  3,670,483. 
Sanders.  James  W..  3.67 1 .724. 
Bryant.  William  W.;  and  GroCf.  Richard  T.,  to  United  SUtes  of  Amer- 
ica. Navy.  Gun  blast  stripper  and  difhiaer.  3,670.622,  CI.  89- 14.00c. 
Brxoaka,  Leonard  M.  Tool  for  applying  ■uspemion  clamps  to  power 

Unes.  3,670,390,0. 29-271.000. 
Buchanan.  Houston  H.  Compensation  tool  bar  device.  3.670.824.  Q. 

172-449.000. 
Bucher,  John  H.;  and  Held.  John  F..  to  Jones  A.  LaughUn  Steel  Cor- 
poration. High-etrength  steel  having  aging  properties.  3,67 1 ,334,  C\. 
148-12.300. 
Buckeridge,  Roger  M..  to  Westin^iouse  Air  Brake  Company.  Reverter 

protective  circuit  3,67 1 ,834,  d.  3 1 8-293. 
Buckman,  John  D.;  Pert,  John  D.;  and  Raths,  Fred  W.,  to  Buckman 
Laboratories.  Inc.  Methods  of  combatting  bacteria  and  fungi  using 
cyanoalkyi  esteis  of  2-haloacrylic  and  2.3-  dihalo  propionic  acids. 
3,67 1,641.  CI.  424-304.000. 
Buckman  Laboratories,  Inc.:  See— 

Buckman,  John  D.;  Pera,  John  D.;  and  Raths.  Fred  W.,  3,67 1 ,64 1 . 
Bud.    Hans,   to    English    Numbering    Machines    Limited.    Indexing 

mechankmt.  3,670.380,0.  74-813.000. 
Budd  Company.  The:  See— 

AhnoBd,  Ehner  C.  3.670,393. 
Haas,  Charies  H.,  3,670,392. 
Hurlebaus,  Richard  P.,  3,67 1 .7 1 3. 
Jahnle.  Herbert  A..  3,67 1 ,227. 
Mattia,  Michael,  3,67 1 ,403. 

Mattia.  Michael;  and  Van  Sciver,  Herbert  D.,  U,  3,67 1 ,406. 
Bunker-Ramo  Corporation,  The:  See— 

Zerlin.  William  Max  Erich;  Avery,  Roger  Peter,  and  Royce.  David 
Hugh.  3.671.922. 
Burch,  Arthur  R.;  and  Bates,  Charles  E.,  to  Clark  Equipment  Com- 
pany. Obstruction  detection  means  for  material  handling  device. 
3,670,903,0.  214-16.40a. 
Burgdorf,  Marten:  See— 

Kiender,  Wolfgang;  and  Burgdorf,  Marten,  3,670,334. 
Burkard,  Hans:  See— 

Biemath.  EmU;  and  Burkard.  Hans.  3.670,629. 
Burke,  Robert  F.:  See— 

Mascio,  Nicholas  E.;  and  Burke,  Robert  F.,  3,671.197. 
Burleson,  E  Richard;  and  Davis,  Carl  H.,  to  Dresser  Industries.  Inc. 

Package  for  flexible  products.  3,670,880, 0.  206-63  .OOs. 
Burlington  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 
Jinnette,  Allen  J..  3,67 1 , 1 79. 
Burnett,  Henry  J.  Electric  induction  gas  heater.  3,671.713.  O.  219- 

374.000. 
Burroughs  Corporation:  See- 
Funk.  John  W;  and  Lakhani,  Kitbor  M..  3.670.647. 
Kauffman,  Samuel  L. ,  3 .67 1 .9 1 9. 
Kronies,  Reinhard  K.;  and  Hansen,  Iver  C,  3,671 ,940. 
Maniar,  Prakash  N.,  3.67 1 .287. 
Burroughs  Wellcome  Company:  See— 

Cresswell.  Ronald  Morton;  and  Mentha,  John  William,  3,67 1 ,364. 
Burton,  Paul  E.:  See— 

Wiese,  Herbert  K.;  and  Burton,  Paul  E.,  3,67 1 ,390. 
BuschhoCF,   Max.   to   Schering   AG.    Method   ot  making   hexaor- 

ganodtplumbanes.  3.67 1 .36 1 , 0.  26O-437.00t. 
Buschmann,  Hans,  to  Telesco  Brophey  Limited.  Sheath  for  umbrella. 

3,670,749,0.  133-33.00c. 
Bushman,  Bliss  M.;  and  Schuhz,  William  D.,  to  Perkins-Efaner  Cor- 
poration, The.  System  for  integrating  gumight  reticle  image  and 
image  received  byacamera.  3,671,100,0.  330-19.000. 
Busschots.  Armand  AiMust  Florent:  See — 

Brepoeb.  Joseph  Rene;  and  Busschots.  Armand  August  Florent. 
3.671.217. 
Buswell,  Wallace  H.,  1/2  to  Anderson,  Clare  E.  Eccentric  acting  float- 
ing^ontroUed  pinch-valve  venel  filling  aaiembiy.  3,670,731.  O. 
137-1.000. 
Butcher,  James;  Gyllstrom.  Richard  G.;  and  Lamb.  William  Doyle,  to 
Cash.     A.     W..     Valve     Manufacturing    Corporation.     Backflow 
preventer.  3,670,760.0.  137-218.000. 
Butler,  Albert  Q.:  See— 

Tyton,  Henry  K.;  and  Butler,  Albert  Q.,  3,670,766. 
Butterfleld,   Boydston   Lewis,   to   American   Cyanamid   Company. 

Fhioreacent  compositions.  3.671.4S1.0.  232-301.200. 
BuzzoUni.  Mario  C.:  See — 

Griot,  Rudolf  G.;  and  Buzzolini,  Mario G..  3,671,383.  r 

Cady,  Percy  L.,  Jr.,  to  Houdaille  Industries,  Inc.  Method  and  means  for 

punching.  3,670,610,0. 83-SS.OOO. 
Cahill,  Robert  J.  Pilot  pin  for  mounting  automobile  wheeb.  3,670.39 1. 

a.  29-273.000. 
Cairati,  Luciano:  See — 

Calcagno,  Benedetto;  and  Cairati.  Luciano,  3,67 1 ,376. 


n-3».( 


u;    cn^eui 

lOahiett;) 


Cairns,  Walter  John:  See— 

Fraser,  William  Kfihon;  Caima,  Walter  John;  and  Mac  DooaU.  Ian 
Nonnan,  3,671,149. 
Calabreae,  Ronald  V..  to  Lumenite  Electronic  Comfiany.  Liqtiid  level 

control.  3.671,142,0.  417-36.000. 
Calame,  J«an  Pierre:  See—  \ 

SiddaB,  John  B;  and  Calame,  Jean  Pierre.  3.67 1 ,338. 
Cakag^,  Benedetto;  and  Cairati.  Luciano,  to  Societa'  ItaUank  Reaine 
S.p.A.   Process  for  preparing  olefin  csteim.   3.671.376.  O.   260- 
497.00a.  I 

Calgon  Corporation:  See— 

Hofer.  Lawrence  John  Edward;  and  Manes.  Mhon.  3.670;424. 
Calhoun.  Donald  F.,  to  Hughes  Aircraft  Company.  DigM  Mnaiv  mul- 
tiplier employing  sum  of  cross  products  technique.  3,670;9S6,  O. 
233-164.000. 
Calor:  See— 

Trouilhet,  Maurice  Marie  AchiUc,  3,67 1 .337. 

CampbeU.  Billy  G.  Fireplace  log  burner.  3,67 1 , 1 73,  CL  43 1 -3^.000. 

Campbell,  Douglas  E.;  and  Harris,  Richard  A.,  to  Western  Electric 

Company,    Incorporated.    Mask    registration   during   continuous 

photoetching  of  strip  material.  3,671.243,0.96-36.200. 

Campbell.  Ian  D.:  See— 

MacOonald,  John  M.;  and CampbeO.  Ian  D..  3.671 .423. 
Campbell,  Joseph  O.:  See— 

Baer.  Massimo;  and  Campbell.  Joseph  O..  3.67 1 .378. 
Baer.  MMsimo;  and  Campbell.  Joseph  O.,  3,67 1 .384. 
Campbell.  Richard  D.;  and  Campbell.  Sue  Green;  executrix.  Cuff  mak- 
ing method.  3.670,679.0.  1 12-262.000. 
Campbell  Soup  Company:  See— 

Vogel,  Leo  G.  3.670.694. 
Campbell,  Sue  Green;  executrix:  See- 
Campbell,  Richard  D.;  and  Campbell,  Sue  Green;  eacecutrix. 
3.670.679. 
Canadian  Industries  Limited-  See— 

McCaffrey.  Francis  Hanrnet  Garland;  Mclndoe,  Jack  Oaihett;  and 
Rigg.  Herbert.  3,670,630. 
Canadian  Marconi  Company:  See— 

Denoncourt,  Gilles  J.;  and  Nejedly,  Peter  T.,  3.67 1 ,73 1 . 
Canadian  Patents  and  Development  Lmiited:  See— 
Menses.  Robert  W.,  3.67 1 ,789. 
Porter.  Andrew  W.;  and  Sanders.  John  L..  3,670.790. 
Canon  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

GosMma. Takeshi;  and  Imai.  Nobuhiro.  3.670.992. 
Caracci.JbaephR..Jr.:  See— 

Gcrmino.  Fehx  J.;  and  Caracci,  Joseph  R.  Jr.,  3,67 1 .269. 
Carbo.  Jerry  A.;  and  Grady,  Dennis  F.,  to  Westinghouse  Air  Brake 
Company.  Sludge  retrieval  apparatus  for  air  pollution  control 
systems.  3.670.477. 0.  33-227.000. 
Cardwell.  Gilbert  I..  Jr..  to  United  States  of  America,  Air  Force,  mesne. 
D.  C.  converter  having  control  transistor  in  blocking  oscillator  feed- 
back. 3.671,773.0.  307-275.000. 
Carlisle.  Richard  S.  Precise  depth  cutter.  3.670.733, 0.  1 28-303.000. 
Carbon,  Bernard  C;  and  Hutchins,  Francis  E..  to  Vanderbilt,  R.  T., 
Compwiy.  Inc.  Suble  aqueous  anti-dandruff  shampoo  containing 
captan.  3.67 1 .634. 0.  424-274. 
Carlson.  Chesley  F.,  Company:  See — 

Wicker.  Ralph  C.  3.67 1 . 1 3 1 . 
Carpano  &  Pons.  SA.:  See — 

Lemery,  Jean-Paul,  3.670,984. 
Carraz,  Gilbert  L.;  and  Boucherie,  Andre  L.,  to  Sodete  de  Recherches 
Industrielles  S.O.R.I.  Composition  and  method  for  lowering  the 
blood  sugar  content  of  diabetic  mammals.  3.671.332,  lO.  424- 
303.000. 
Carrier  Corporation:  See—  | 

CMara.  Raymond  D;  and  GrifBn,  Charles  K.,  3,67 1 , 1 36^ 
Carroll.  Francis   Emery;   and   SeeboM.  Walter  Charles,  to  Lever 
Brothen  Company.  Halogenated  phenolic  aermicidal  cortpoaitionB 
containing  terpene  color  sUbilizen.  3,67 1 ,630,  Q.  424- 1 74.000. 
Carroll.  John  Robert;  Kiniry,  John  Michael;  and  Finazzo.  Anthony. 

Auto  travel  titHibie  sign.  3.670.438. 0.  40- 129.00c. 
Carter.  John  Henry,  to  Aeromarine  Corporation.  Winch.  3^670,389. 

O.  74-325.000. 
Catavant.  George  D.,  to  International  Paper  Company.  I¥oceat  of 

formii^  an  electrophotographic  element.  3 ,67 1 ,234,  CI.  9^  1 .  800. 
Casciotti,  Albert:  See- 
Baker,  Charles  Edward.  11;  and  Casciotti.  Albert.  3,67 1 .92 1 . 

Casco.  Ernest  L.:  See —  i 

Devereux,  Robert  F.;  and  Caeco,  Ernest  L,  3,670,372. 

Case.  J.  L,  Coinpany:  See—  I 

Dubinsky,  Terence  N.,  3,671,133. 
Case.  Leslie  C.  Rigid  polyurethane  compositions  with  improved  pro- 
perties. 3.671. 470. 0.  260-2.Sap. 
Cash,  A.  W.,  Valve  Manu&cturing Corporation:  See- 
Butcher,  James;  Gyllstrom,  Richard  G.;  and  Lamb,  Williwn  Doyle, 
3,670.760. 
Cass.  Robert  A.:  See- 
Ray.    James    D.;    Steingiser,    Samuel;    and    Cass.    Robert    A., 
3.671,411. 
Catsen,  Quentin  C;  Luisi,  James  A.;  and  Safanan,  Naif  D^  to  North 
American  Rockwell  Corjwration.  Read-only  memory.  3.671,948, 0. 
340-173.0tp. 
Castrillon,  Jose  P.  A.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Atonic  Energy 
Commission.  Nitriles  as  scintillation  solvents  and  solutes.  3,67 1 ,433, 
O.  252-301. 2sc. 
CaterpUlBr  Tractor  Co. :  See— 


June  20. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    7 


Borer,  Herbert  W.;  Cryder,  John  R.;  and  Wirtz,  Edward  A., 

3,670.628. 
Wait,  John  D.  Jr.,  3,670.808. 
Caterpillar  Tractor  Company :  See— 

Asal,  Jerrold  R.;  and  Piepho,  Donald  A.,  3,670.823. 
Cavella,  James  J.,  to  Datadyne  Corporation.  Self-revening  ribbon 

drive.  3.670,981, 0.  242-67.4. 
Cavht.  Roy  L.:  See- 
Miller.  Richard  G.;  and  Cavitt.  Roy  L..  3,67 1 ,29 1 . 
CebalGP:  See- 
Prayer.  Gerard;  and  Perrat,  Jean-Marie,  3,670,919. 
Cecere,  Andrew  P.:  See— 

Cohn,    Eugene;    Cecere,    Andrew    P.;    and    Frezza,    Robert, 
3,670,373. 
Cekoric,  Thomas.  Jr.;  Evans,  George;  aitd  Searcy.  Ronald.  Polyanionic 

compounds  in  culture  media.  3,671,399,0.  193-100.000. 
Cekoric,  Thomas,  Jr.;  and  Evans,  George,  to  Hofbnann-La  Roche  Inc. 
Bacterial  controls  and  preparation  thereof.   3,671,400,  O.   193- 
100.000. 
Celanese  Corporation:  See- 
Jamison.  Saunders  E..  3.671,471. 
Loft,  John  T.;  Conciatori,  Anthony  B.;  and  Chenevey,  Edward  C, 

3.671,491. 
Stuetz,  Dagobert  E.,  3,671 .488. 
Chabardes,  Pierre;  Gandilhon,  Pierre;  Grard.  Charies;  and  Thiers, 
Michel,  to  Rhone-Poulenc  S.A.  Process  for  the  preparation  of 
aliphatic  dinitriles.  3.67 1 ,369, 0.  260-465.80d. 
Chambers,  William  W.:  See- 
Brooks,  James;  Drummond,  Ralph  E.;  Heinz,  Frank  J.;  and  Cham- 
bers. WiOiam  W.,  3.67 1 .762. 
Chambers.  William  W..  to  Robertshaw  Controls  Company.  Control  ap- 
paratus. 3.670.960. 0.  236-1 1.000. 
Charbonnages  de  France;  See— 

Valantin.  Alfred.  3,670.627. 
Charchalis.  Tares  I.,  to  Bethlehem  Steel  Corporation.  Nail  separator. 

3,670,884.0.  209-80.000. 
CharievUle,  Joseph  L.;  De  Tienne,  Mart  E.;  and  Lammert,  Charies  W.. 
to  United  States  of  America,  Air  Force.  Severance  of  polycarbonate 
material  canopy  transparency.  3,670.998,0.  244-121.000. 
Chamt,   Norman,  to  General   Motors  Corporation.   Heated   blower 

motor  for  defrosting  windowi.  3.67 1 ,7 14,  CI.  2 19-203.000. 
Chase-Shawmut  Company,  The:  See — 

Kozacka,  Frederick  J.;  and  Belcher.  Richard  A.,  3,67 1 ,909. 
Kozacka,  Frederick  J,  3,67 1 ,9 10. 
Kozacka,  Frederick  J.  3,67 1 ,9 11 . 
Chausse,  Bumette  P.;  and  Konrad.  Charies  E..  to  General  Electric 
Company.   Induction   motor  speed  control.   3,671.831,  O.   318- 
227.000. 
Chedaille,  Jacques;  and  Koopmans.  Gerben,  to  Midland-Ross  Corpora- 
tion. Multi-fuel  burner.  3.67 1 . 1 72, 0.  43 1  - 1 74. 
Cheek,  Edward  E.,  to  McDoweU-Wellman  Engineering  Company. 

Conveyor  beh  structure.  3.670.870,0.  198-193.000. 
Cheers,  Ronald  M.,  to  Euclid.  Inc.  Vehicle  suspension.  3,671,057,  O. 

280-l24.00r. 
Chcmed  Corporation:  See— 

SabateUi,  Philip  M.;  Loder,  Edwin  R.;  Brungs,  Charies  A.;  and 
Sarge,  Carmen  R.,  3,67 1 ,440. 
Cheraiebau  Dr.  A.  Zieren  GmbH  &  Co.  KG.:  See— 

Gelderblom,  Horst-Dieter;  and  Morsdorf,  Manfred,  3,670,769. 
Chemische  Werke  Huels.  A.G.:  See— 

Seifert.  Friedrich;  and  Bittscbeidt.  Josef,  3.67 1 .663. 
Chen.  Philip  L.:  See- 
Mason.  Lawrence  J.;  Simpson.  George  R.;  Paradysz,  Louis  F.;  and 
Chen.  Philip  L..  3,670,633. 
Chenevert,  Martin  E.,  to  Esso  Production  Research  Company.  Oil 

recovery  process.  3,670,816,0.  166-232.000. 
Chenevey.  Edward  C:  See — 

Loft.  John  T.;  Conciatori.  Anthony  B.;  and  Chenevey.  Edward  C. 
3.671.491. 
Cherba,  Samuel:  See— 

Mahon,  Thomas  J;  and  Cherba,  Samuel,  3,670,726. 
Chery,  Walter  Valdemar.  Variable  speed  automatic  transmission. 

3.670.595,0.  74-688.000. 
Chevron  Research  Company:  See — 

Jaffe,  Joseph;  and  KittreU,  James  R.,  3,67 1 ,423. 
Stevick,  Lawrence  E.,  3,671,347. 
Cheze,  Bernard  J.,  to  Portain  Poclain  Materiel.  Telescopic  jibs. 

3,670,465,0.52-113. 
Chiang.  John  S.  C;  and  Hogya,  Bernard  J.,  to  FMC  Corporation. 
Process  of  etching  metal  with  ammonium  persulfate  with  recovery 
and  recycUng.  3.671.344,0.  156-19.000. 
Chiba,  Minoru,  to  Nichicon  Capacitor  Ltd.  Semiconductive  ceramic 

capacitor.  3,671,818,01.  317-230.000. 
Chicago  Switch,  Inc.:  See— 

FarreU.  Guy  M..  3.671.693. 
Chick.  David  Michael:  See- 
Draper,  James  Krishen;  and  Chick,  David  Michael,  3,67 1 ,779. 
Chiddix,  Max  E.:  See— 

Wynn,  Roberi  W.;  and  Chiddix,  Max  E.,  3,67 1,594. 
Chikau,  Masaru:  See— 

Oba,  Harutaro;  Sawazu,  Toshihiko;  Takeuchi,  Sugio;  and  Chikata, 
Masaru,  3,670,957. 
Childers,  Thomas  W..  to  Esso  Production  Research  Company.  Un- 
derwater pollution  control.  3,670,814,0.  166-.500. 


Chin,  Wesley  S.  C;  and  Yao,  Kou  C.  said  Yao  aaaor.  to  said  Chin. 
Elongated  decorative  plastic  strip  having  a  greenery  topping  simulat- 
ing foliage.  3,671,367,0.  161-27.000. 
Christensen,  Donald  W.,  to  Young  Radiator  Company.  Protectioo- 
sleeve  for  finned-tubes  at  heat-exchanger  cor»-unit.  3,670.81 1,  Q. 
165-144.000. 
Christian.  Warren  E..  to  Norton  Company.  Coated  abrasive  cones. 

3.670,463,0.  51-394.000. 
Christie,  John  B.,  to  National  Cash  Register  Company,  The.  Transitiaa 

code  recognition  system.  3,67 1 ,722, 0.  233-6 1 . 1 2n. 
Chugai  Seiyaku  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Tsuda,  Minoru;  Yosida.  Akio;  and  Yuki,  Takandtsu,  3,671,468. 
Church,  Richard  D. ,  to  American  Standard  Linear  Systems,  Inc.  Varia- 
ble duty  cycle  switching  circuit.  3,671.804, 0.  315-127.000. 
Ciba  Limited:  See— 

Nachbur,  Hermann;  and  Maeder,  Arthur,  3,671,61 1. 
Ciba-Geigy  AG:  See— 

Artz,  Klaus;  Desai,  Nalin  Binduprasad;  and  Liechti,  Hans  Wflhefan, 

3,671,177. 
Froehlich.    Alfred;    Filler,    Bemhard;    and    Stauner,    Thomas, 
3,671,253. 
Ciba<jeigy  Corporation:  See— 

Keenan,  John  Francis  Edmund,  3,671,581. 
KneU,  Martin;  and  Klemchuk,  Peter  P.,  3,671,574. 
Marand.  Jean,  3,670,963. 

Mizzoni,  Renat  Herbert;  and  Blatter,  Herbert  Morton,  3 .67 1 ,3 1 2. 
Cilia,  Paolo.  Soap  and  container  therefor.  3,67 1 ,438, 0.  232-90.000. 
Cillichemie  Ernst  Vogelmann:  See — 

Seid.Volker.  3,670,893. 
Citizen  Watch  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Takamune,  Hirotoki;  and  Mochizuki.  Yoahifumi.  3,670,492. 
Clark  Equipment  Company:  See— 

Burch,  Arthur  R.;  and  Bates,  Charies  E.,  3,670,903. 
Gaj^or,  Richard  P.,  3,670.631. 
Reinhardt,  Robert  L..  3,670,822. 
WiUiamson,  William  A.,  3,670,838. 
Clark,  Hubert  M.,  to  TRW  Inc.  Flat  side  valve  Tor  pressure  balanced 
power  steering  pump  with  improved  aspirator  action.  3,671,143,  O. 
417-79.000. 
Clark.  Marion.  Internal  resistance  fluid  clutch.  3,670,837,  O.  192- 

60.000. 
Clarke,  Gordon  J.:  See- 
Crosby.  Nobel  W.;  Walker,  Robert  C;  and  Clarke,  Gordon  J., 
3,670,372. 
Claussen,  Robert  P.  Apparatus  for  alining  asparagus  speait.  3,670,792, 

O.  146-8 1.00a. 
Oawson,  Arthur  R.;  Davit,  Neil  M.;  Wieder,  Harry  H.;  and  Collins, 
David  A.,  tc  United  States  of  America,  Navy.  Lamellar  eutectic  InSB 
SB  films  as  infrared  polarizers.  3,671,102,0.  350-147.000. 
Clay,  John  Armstrong,  to  Manchester  Liners  Limited.  Slamming  in- 
dicator system  for  marine  devices.  3,67 1 ,934, 0.  340-240.000. 
Oement,  Oyde  H.;  See- 
Larson.  Leland  B.;  and  Oement,  Oyde  H.,  3,670,939. 
Clifford,  Daniel.  Audio-visual  concentration  drill  and  puzzle  process. 

3,670,472,0.35-8. 
Clift,  Charies  E.,  to  Sperry  Rand  Corporation.  Permanent  magnet  de- 
tent means  for  a  rotary  solenoid.  3,67 1 ,899, 0.  333-233.000. 
Cliitronics,  Inc.:  See— 

Ganowsky ,  Raymond  J. ,  3.67 1 ,898. 
Coast.  John  B.,  to  Coast  Machinery,  Inc.  Machine  and  method  for  fold- 
ing plastic  bags  and  the  like.  3,67 1 ,033, 0.  270-83.000. 
Coast  Machinery,  Inc.:  See — 

Coast.  John  B.,  3,67 1 ,033. 
Coatt,  John  H.:  See— 

Argoudelis,  Alexander  D.;  and  Coats,  John  H.,  3,67 1 ,647. 
Coats,  WiUiam  M.  Horseshoe  fastener.  3,670,619,0.  85-9.000. 
Cobb,  James  W.:  See— 

Rovin,  Herman;  Cobb,  James  W.;  Opuszenski.  Theodore;  Willard, 
Richard    H.;    Rigat,    Raymond,   Jr.;   and   Pellicano,   Joseph. 
3,670,675. 
Cohen,  Hyman  L.:  See— 

Minsk,  Louis  Morton;  Cohen,  Hyman  L.;  and  Frauenglass,  Elliott, 
3,671,256. 
Cohen,  Joseph  D.:  See — 

Beaudoin,  Benoit  R.;  Cohen,  Joseph  D.;  Jones,  David  H.;  Marier, 
Lester  J.,  Jr.;  and  Raab,  Harry  F.,  Jr.,  3,67 1 ,392. 
Cohn,  Eugene;  Cecere,  Andrew  P.;  and  Frezza,  Robert,  to  Samooe 
Holding  Corporation.  Apparatus  and  method  for  tenter  processing  of 
open  width  fabric.  3,670,375.0.  26-57.00a. 
Coilcraft.  Inc.:  See — 

Renskers,  John  O.,  3,67 1 ,903. 
Cole,  Edward  L.:  See- 
Heat,  Howard  V.;  and  Cole,  Edwaid  L.,  3.67 1 ,403. 
Schwager.    Irving;    Leak,    Robert   J.;    and   Cole.    Edward    L., 
3,671,591. 
Cole,  James  K.;  Coonce,  CanxiU  A.;  and  Post,  Harold  N.,  to  United 
States  of  Anierica,  Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Linear  structure 
capturing  and  cutting  apparatus.  3,670,648,0. 102-4.000. 
Coleman  Company,  Inc.,  llie:  See- 
McCain,  Lawrence  G.,  3,671,739. 
Colgan,  Joseph  Dennis,  to  American  Cyanamid  Company.  Process  for 
extruded  catalyst  and  catalyst  supports.  3,67 1 .463, 0.  252-448.000. 
Colin,  Pierre;  and  Merie,  Roger,  to  Melle-Bezona.  Process  for  produc- 
ing polysaccharides  by  fermentation.  3.67 1 .398. 0. 1 95-3 1  .OOp. 


899  O.Q. 


PIS 


USTOFPA 


TENTEES 


June  20  1972 


Cotkt,  Mare  Norbeit:  See- 

Pilato.  Maurice  J.  M..  3.67 1 ,730 
Collins  and  Aikman  Corporation:  See- 
Hayes.  John  T.;  and  Currier.  Robert  C.  3.670.504. 
Collins.  Davk)  A.:  See— 

Clawaon.  Arthur  R.;  Davis.  Neil  M.;  Wieder,  Harry  H.;  and  Col- 
lins. David  A.,  3.67 1 . 1 02. 
Collins  Radio  Company:  See— 

Rorick.  William  G.;  and  Lewis.  Herbert  O..  3.670.693. 
Rutherford.  Kenneth  R.;  Hooker.  Marvin  L..  Jr.;  and  Alibrandi. 
Joseph  P.,  3.671.866. 
Coh  Industries  Operating  Corporation,  mesne:  See- 
Kennedy.  Ralph  C;  La  Violette.  Paul  A.;  and  Stromberg.  Henry 
M..  3.670.442. 
Columbia  Gas  System  Service  Corporation:  See — 
Eberle.  Arthur  C;  and  Darby.  Lee  H..  3.67 1 .8 1 5. 
Reid.Edward  A..  Jr..  3.671.174. 
Comet  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 

Kostur.  Robert  E.;  and  Brown,  Robert  J.,  3,671.161. 
Communications  Patents  Limited:  See- 
Edwards.  William  Thomas;  and  Kirwan.  James.  3.67 1 ,799. 
Compagnie  de  Saint-Gobain:  See — 

Paymal.  Jean.  3,67 1 ,3SS. 
Compagnie  Industrielle  de  Mecaniames:  See— 

Boyriven.  Paul.  3,67 1 .064. 
Compagnie  Italiana  Westinghouae  Freni  e  Segnali:  See— 

Nardi.  Giancario.  3.670.7SS. 
Compagnie  Pechiney:  See— 

Ferber,    Martin    Emile;   and    Wintenberger,    Michel   Georges, 
3.671.229. 
Compbell  Manufacturing  Company  Limited:  See— 

Nesbitt,  Robert  Dennis.  3,67 1 ,477. 
Computer  Optics,  Inc.,  mesne:  See— 

Kegelman.  Thomas  D;  and  Williams,  Peter  R.,  3,67 1 ,9S6. 
Kegelman,  Thomas  D.;  and  Williams,  Peter  R.,  3,67 1 ,9S7.        , 
Computervision  Corporation:  See- 
Friedman,  David,  3 ,67 1 .748 . 
Conciatori,  Anthony  B.:  See- 
Loft.  John  T.;  Conciatori,  Anthony  B.;  and  Chenevey,  Edward  C, 
3,671,491. 
Conjeaud,  Pierre:  See — 

Atsouline,  George;  Conjeaud,  Pierre;  Girault,  Pierre;  and  Leiba, 
Eugene.  3.671,963. 
Connelly.  Gordon  P.:  See— 

Gnage,  Oliver  W.;  and  Connelly,  Gordon  F.,  3,670,868. 

Conner,  Charles  J.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Agriculture.  Single 

bath  process  for  orange  to  brown  mineral  dyeings,  with  and  without 

fungicide,  using  iron,  manganese,  and  zirconium  (zirc-ox  process). 

3,67 1.1 78.  CI.  8-52.000. 

Conner,  William  R.,  Jr.,  to  Kellwood  Company.  Automatic  feeder  for 

workpieces  of  fabric  or  the  like.  3,670,674,  CI.  1 12-121.290. 
Conrad,  Ludas  J.;  and  Pope,  Raymond  C,  to  Reynolds,  J.  R.,  Tobacco 
Company.  Apparatiu  for  separating  meat  and  bones  iiKluding  bone 
elevator.  3,670,882,  CI.  209-2.000. 
Consolidated  Coal  Company:  See— 

Gorin.  Everett.  3,67 1 ,401 . 
Consolidation  Coal  Company:  See— 

Laufer,  Robert  J.,  3,671,393. 
Constantine,  Nikiforos.  to  Minnesoto  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany. Digital  differential  emission  x-ray  gauge.  3.671,744,  Q.  250- 
51.500. 
Contaldo,  Joseph;  and  Pripeton,  George,  to  United  Engineering  and 
Foundry  Company.  Method  and  apparatus  for  controlling  shearing 
of  metallic  workpieces.  3,670,609,  CI.  83-37.000. 
Continental  Can  Company,  Inc.:  See— 
Barteb,  Herbert  D. ,  3 ,670,92 1 . 
Keinanen,  Henry  J.,  3,67 1 ,356. 
Rawe,  Abraham;  and  Khamis,  Joseph  T.,  3,671 ,295. 
Rossi,  Harry  J.,  3,670,950. 
Continental  Machines.  Inc.:  See— 

Berkholcs,  Gordon,  3,670,457. 
Continental  Oil  Company:  See— 

Hofgesang,  Edwin  M.,  3,67 1 ,460. 
Sanderson,  Charles  L.;  and  Sauer,  Earl  S.,  3,67 1 ,60 1 . 
Scon,  William  P.;  and  Rogers,  LynnC,  3,671,012. 
Continentid  Tapes,  Incorporated:  See— 

Dahl.  Rolf,  3,671,301. 
Contois,  Lawrence  E.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Photoconductive 
elements  containing  alkali-release  materials.    3,671,233,  CI.   96- 
16.000. 
Contraves  AG:  See- 
Meier,  Ghert.  3,670,778. 
Cool.  Terrill  A.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Navy.  Apparatus  for  mix- 
ing gas  inafluid  mixing  laser.  3,671,882,  CI.  331-94.500. 
Coomba,  Ivan  G.,  to  Stephens,  John  A.  Welding  stud  and  method. 

3,67»,710.CI.  219-99.900. 
Coonce,  CarroU  A.:  See- 
Cole,  James   K.;  Coonce.  Carroll  A.;  and  Post,  Harold   N., 
3,670.648. 
Cooper,  Herbert  T.:  See- 
Cooper,  Kenneth  G.;  Cooper,  Herbert  T.;  and  Rowland,  Colin  M., 
3,671,484. 
Cooper,  Irwin;  Parker,  Wilbur  Allen;  and  Melnick,  Daniel,  to  CPC  In- 
ternational Inc.  Process  for  making  hexitol  coated  nuts.  3,671,266, 
a.  99-126.000. 
Cooper,  Kenneth  G.;  Cooper,  Herbert  T.;  and  Rowland,  Colin  M.  Sil- 


UJ   VII 

togrs 


gauge. 


de  Nemc 


icone  release  coatings.  3,67 1 ,484,  G.  260-33.6sb. 
Cooperman,  Michael,  to  RCA  Corporation.  High  speed  set-reaet  flip- 
flop.  3,671,768,  a.  307-289.000. 
Copolymer  Rubber  &  Chemical  Corporation:  See- 
Meredith,  Curtis  L.;  and  Von  Bodungen,  George  A.,  3.671.^8. 
Corben,  Leo  D.;  Kammerer.  William  T.;  and  Shepp,  Allan,  to  United 
Sutes  of  America,  Air  Force.  Extended  dynamic  range  photographic 
processing.  3.67 1 .246.  Q.  96-66.000. 
Corco,  Itk.:  See — 

Croley,  Thomas  E.,  3,670,946. 
Cordell   Hubert,   Sr.   Wedge  and  support  for  a  temporary  fence. 

3.670,468,0.  52-298.000, 
Corey,  Garland  G.;  and  Weinstein,  Bernard,  to  American  Home 
Products  Corporation.  Oxygen  bleach-activator  systems  stabilized 
with  puffed  borax.  3,67 1 ,439,  CI.  252-99.000. 
Corey,  Philip  D.,  to  Gates  Learjet  Corporation.  Regulated  polyphase 

inverter  system.  3,67 1 ,846.  a.  32 1 -9.00a. 
Corlite  Corporation:  See- 
Fredericks,  Cari  K.,  3,670,555. 
Coming  Glass  Works:  See- 
Wise,  Warren  M.  3,671,413. 
Corringer,  Jean,  to  Eno  Research  and  Engineering  Company.  High  al- 
kalinity additives  for  lubricating  oil  compositions.  3,671,4^0.  Q. 
252-32.70e. 
Corry,  Stuvt  E.  Temperature  compensator  for  a  pressure 

3,670,576,  a.  73-393.000. 
Cory  Corpocation:  See — 

SeU,  Lewis  W.  3,671,023. 
Cory,  Victor  W.;  Williams,  Edgar  E.;  and  Howard,  Robert  J.,  to  Moor- 
man Manufacturing  Company.  Hinge  mechanism  for  a  cover  plate  in 
an  animal  feeder.  3,670,702,0.  119-52.00r. 
Coep,  Enrique  A.  Toy  and  delayed  release  propelling  mechanism  there- 
fore. 3,670.453,  CI.  46-202.000. 
Cosaar,  Bernard  C;  and  Reynolds,  Delbert  D.,  to  Eastman  Kodak 
Company.     Photographic     bleaching     and     antifogging     agents. 
3,671,259.0.96-109.000. 
Cossor,  A.  C.,  Limited:  See- 
Gay,  Frank  Munro,  3 ,67 1 ,327. 
Cover,  Uoyd  W..  Jr.;  and  Webb,  Charies  C  ,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours. 
E.  I.,  and  Company.  Apparatus  for  compressing  and  cooliiig  fiber 
batts.  3,671,365,0.  156-580.000. 
Cox,  Charles  D.;  and  Liggett,  Thomas,  to  United  Sutes  of  America, 
Navy.    Production    of    small    spherical    particle    nitrocellulose. 
3.671,515.0.260-223.000. 
Cox.  Frederick  L.;  and  Krumreich,  Jack  E.,  to  Tri-lndustri«s,  Inc. 
Honeycomb  ribbon  pad  manufacturing  apparatus.  3,671,711,  O. 
'219-117.0hd. 
CPC  International  Inc.:  See- 
Cooper,   Irwin;   Parker,   Wilbur  Allen;  and  Melnick,   Daniel, 

3.671,266. 
Cermino,  FeUx  J.;  and Caracci,  Joseph  R.,  Jr.,  3,67 1 ,269. 
Gooding,  Chester  Martin;  Parker,  Wilbur;  and  Mehiick,  Daniel, 
3,671,267.  I 

CPC  International,  Inc.,  mesne:  See— 

Ayukawa,  Yaichi;  Naruse,  Uhei;  Itoh,  Tadayoshi;  and  Miyakawa, 
Tsuneaki,  3.671,261. 
Cram,  Robert  S.,  to  Design  Creations,  Inc.  Hanger  for  material  in  sheet 

form.  3,671.004.0.  248-467.000. 
Cresswell,  Ronald  Morton;  and  Mentha,  John  William,  to  Burroughs 
Wellcome  Company.  Benzylidene  cyano-acetals.  3,67 1 .564,  Cl-  260- 
465  OOf. 
Creswell.  Samuel  J.,  Iron  Works,  The:  See — 

Raiguel,  William  M.  Jr..  3.670.848. 
Croley,  Thomas  E.,  to  Corco,  Inc.  Drum-Uke  container  of  telescoping 
type  set-up  from  folded  flau  of  sheet  material.  3,670,946,  Cl.  229- 
4.500.  I 

Cropp,  David  I.  Assembly  machine.  3,670,385,0.  29-203.00r. 
Crosby,  Nobel  W.;  Walker,  Robert  C;  and  Clarke,  Gordon  J.,  U>  Lacal 

Industries  Limited.  Cable  clamp.  3,670,372,  Cl.  24- 1 25.00n. 
Crossv^,  Frank  L.:  See — 

Leimert,  Andrew  E.;  Crosswy,  Frank  L.;  and  Kalb,  Henry  T., 

3.671,112. 

Crowell,  Jack  R.;  Tomashek,  James  R.;  and  Ward,  Donald  H.,  to  Borg- 

Wamer    Corporation.    Continuous    casting    mold    level    control. 

3,670,801,0.  164-154.000. 

Crowley,  Richard  P.  Embossed  plastic  surface  covering  and  method  of 

preparing  same.  3,671,283,0.  1 17-10. 
Crown  City  Plating  Co.:  See— 

Maguue,  Eileen;  and  Kadison,  Leon  A.,  3,67 1 ,289. 
Crum,  Robert  L-:  See — 

Ross,  Ray  C;  and  Crum,  Robert  L.,  3,670,835. 
Cryder,  John  R.:  See- 
Borer,  Herbert  W.;  Cryder,  John  R.;  and  Wirtz,  Edw^ 
3,670,628. 

Cuculo,  John  Anthony,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Modifying  cellulosic  fabric  with  dicarboxylic  acids  to  impart  water- 
dispersibility.  3,67 1 , 1 84, 0.  8- 1 20.000. 
Cuevas,  Ephraim  A.,  to  PPG  Industries,  Inc.  Removal  of  dissolved  lead 
from  alkali  metal  chloride  containing  solutions.  3,671,187,  O.  23- 
89.000. 
Cunningham,  Frank  W.  Power  cutter.  3,670,4 1 2. 0.  30-276.000. 
Cunningham.  Robert  G.:  See — 

Whitmore,  Thomas  C;  and  Cunningham,  Robert  G.,  3.67 1,806. 
Curmingham.  William  G.  Underwater  welding  device.  3,671,'  07.  O. 

219-74.000. 
Currier,  Robert  G. :  See— 


June  20, 1972 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    9 


Hayes.  John  T.;  and  Currier.  Robert  G..  3.670.504. 
Curry.  Robert  E.  ControUable  key  lock.  3.670,538.  Cl.  70-27 1 .000. 
Curtiss- Wright  Corporation:  See— 

GavTun.  Michael  T.  3.670,383. 
Cutler-Hammer,  Inc.:  See— 

Ritzow,GeraldR.,  3,671,816. 
Cutter  Laboratories,  Inc.:  See— 

Dabney,  William  C.  3,670.728. 
Cutter,  Robert  C.  Aircraft  hangars.  3,670,464, 0.  52-30.000. 
Dabney,  WilUam  C,  to  Cutter  Laboratories,  Inc.  Apparatus  for  in- 
travenous administration  of  a  fluid  from  a  dual-chamber  flask  having 
an  internal  upset-uble  septum  normally  separating  two  axially-in- 
line  chambers  and  having  a  pierceable  end  stopper.  3,670,728,  O. 
128-214.00C. 
Daeuble,  Manfred:  See— 

Kaufrnan,    Otto;    Daeuble,    Manfred;    Witach,    Heinz-Guenter; 
Luebcke,  Enno;and  Bayew,  Dimiter,  3,671,176. 
Dahl,  David  A.,  to  Teletype  Corporation.  Energy  conserving  intermit- 
tent motion  device  and  method.  3,670,940,  Cl.  226-8.000. 
Dahl,  Rolf,  to  Continental  Tapes,  Incorporated.  High  temperature 
pressure-sensitive  adhesives  made  by  reinforcement  with  polyu- 
rethane  polymers.  3,671.301,0.  117-122.00p. 
Daido  Metal  Company  Ltd. :  See— 

Morisaki,  Nobukazu,  3,67 1 ,089. 
Daido  Seiko  Kabuahiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Adachi,   Toshio;   Onishi,    Masayoshi;    and    Hayashi,    Kiyohide, 
3.671.655. 
Daikin  Kogyo  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Kometani.    Yutaka;    Tatemoto.    Masayoshi;    and    Nakamura. 
Masanori.  3.671,510. 
Daimler-Benz  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 
Gou,  Hans.  3,670,640. 

Senft.  Hervert;  and  Rinnergachwentner.  Hans,  3,670,592. 
Dainichiseika  Color  A  Chemicals  Mfg.,  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Terai,  Shiro;  Suzuki,  Toshio;  Hasegawa,  Yoahihumi;  Horiguchi, 
Shojiro;   Nakamura,    Michiei;    KimaU,   Shizuo;   and   Suzuki. 
Tadanobu.  3.671,476. 
D'Amato,  Anthony  Salvatore:  See — 

Venuti,  Richard  Joseph;  Coiner,  Jerold  Julius;  and  D'Amato, 
Anthony  Salvatore.  3,670,952. 
Dan  River  Inc.:  See— 

Spangler,  Myrtle  Joanne,  3,67 1 ,307. 
Dana.  Richard  L.:  See— 

Huber.  WUIiam  W.;  and  Dana,  Richard  L.,  3,671,618. 
D'Angek),  Antonio  Joseph,  to  Pennwalt  Corporation.  Peroxy  com- 
pounds containing  a  haloformate  group.  3,67 1 ,65 1 ,  Cl.  260-463. 
Daniel  assor.  to  said  Hawes:  See— 

Hawes,  Roland  J.,  Jr.:  and  Daniel,  Milton  P.,  3,670,923. 
Daniel,  Milton  P.:  See— 

Hawes,  Roland  J.,  Jr.;  and  Daniel,  Milton  P.,  3,670.923. 
Daniels.  Hendricus  Petrus  ComeUs;  Van  Der  Ven.  Theodorus 
Johannes;  and  Tates,  Hans  Gerard  Karel,  to  U.S.  PhiUps  Corpora- 
tion. Method  of  connecting  metal  contact  areas  of  electric  com- 
ponents to  meul  conductors  of  flexible  substrate.  3,670,394, 0.  29- 
470.100. 
Danly  Machine  Corporation:  See — 

Mahomey,  Kenneth  R.,  3,670,767. 
Darby,  Lee  H.:  See— 

Eberle,  Arthur  C;  and  Darby,  Lee  H.,  3.671.815. 
Darnell,  Kenneth  E.:  See — 

Rabenhorst,  David  W;  and  DameU,  Kenneth  E.,  3,671,965. 
Dart  Industries  Inc.:  See— 

Schrage,  Albert;  and  Schoenberg,  Jules  Ernest,  3.67 1 .505. 
Tyson.  Henry  K.;  and  WikeUki.  Karl  W..  3.670.630. 
Tyson,  Henry  K.;  and  Butler.  Albert  Q.,  3.670.766. 
Dasch,  Lawrence,  to  Diamond  Shamrock  Corporation.  Dry  cleaning 

detergent.  3.671,441, Cl.  252-153.000. 
Datadyne  Corporation:  See — 

Cavella,  JamesJ.,  3,670,981. 
Date,   Tasuku;   and   Hashimoto,   Eiichi,   to   Honda  Giken   Kogyo 
Kabushiki   Kaisha.    Apparatus  and   methods  for  controlling  the 
amount   of  fuel    injected    into    an    internal    combustion   engine. 
3,670,710,0.04/13/72. 
Dauben,  Dwight  L.;  Froning,  H.  R.;  and  Jones.  Loyd  W.,  to  Amoco 
Production  Company.  Process  for  treatment  of  water  injection  wells. 
3.670,819.0.  166-305.00r. 
David,  Reginald;  and  Estienne,  Jean,  to  Rhone-Poulenc  S.A.  Process 
for  the  preparation  of  carbonyl  derivatives  and  carboxylic  acids. 
3,671,582,0.  260-533.00r. 
David,  Richard  F.:  See— 

Peluao,  Raymond  F.;  and  David,  Richard  F..  3,67 1 ,8 1 2. 
Davis,  Cari  H:  See— 

Burieson,  E  Richard;  and  Davis.  Carl  H..  3,670,880. 
Davis,  Chester  P.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Bag  closure 

means.  3,670,876,  Cl.  206-58.000. 
Davis,  John  W.;  and  Belew,  Herschel  W.,  Jr.,  to  United  Sutes  of  Amer- 
ica, National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration.  Altitude  simu- 
lation chamber  for  rocket  engine  testing.  3,670,564.  Cl.  73-1 17.100. 
Davis.  Louis  E.;  Jensen,  Billy  M.;  Larson,  Floyd  L.;  Huck.  Rainer  F.; 
and  Stumph,  Stephen  L.,  to  Bio-Logics,  Inc.  Encoding  aitd  verifying 


information.  3,670.386.0.  29-21  l.OOr. 
Davis.  NeU  M.:  See— 

Ctawson.  Arthur  R.;  Davis.  NeU  M.;  Wieder,  Harry  R;  and  Col- 
lins. David  A,  3.67 1 ,102. 
Davis.  Walter  Richard,  to  Motorola.  Inc.  Hall  effect  switdnng  device. 

3.671,767.0.  307-309.000. 
Dawdy,  Jack  A.,  to  National  Gypaum  Company.  Gypsum  board 

fastener.  3.671.061. 0.  287-20.92w. 
Day.  Albert  J.,  mesne:  See- 
White.  James  E.;  and  Oberhart,  George  S..  3.67 1 ,720. 
Day.  Richard  A.;  and  French.  William  E..  to  Hughes  Aircraft  Com- 
pany. Electronic  repeater  servo.  3.671.728.0.  235-189.000. 
De  Cat.  Artur  Henri:  See — 

Otto.  Rigobert;  Pankow,  Gerrit;  De  Cat,  Artur  Henri;  Puachel, 
Walter;  and  Pelz.  WiUibald.  3.67 1 .257. 
De  La  Hunt.  R.  E.:  See- 
Berry,  Harry  E.,  3,670,929. 
De  La  Sierra.  Jose  Luis.  Fluid  preas.  3.670.546. 0.  72-63.000. 
De  More.  Louis  A.:  See — 

McMenamy.  Frederick;  De  More.  Louis  A.;  and  Del  Mastro,  Lud- 
vrigE..  3.67 1.835. 
de  Ridder.  Gerardus  Johaimes.  to  Ingenieurbureau  de  Ridder  N.V.  Ap- 
paratus for  stacking  sheets.  3.671,034,0.  271-68.000. 
De  Ridder,  Jon  A.:  See — 

Malkin,  Irving;  Palm,  Bert  E.;  De  Ridder,  Jon  A.;  and  Germano, 
Victor  v.,  3,671,331. 
De  Tienne,  Mart  E.:  See — 

Charleville,  Joseph  L.;  De  Tienne,  Mart  E.;  and  Lammert,  Charles 
W.,  3,670,998. 
De  Vos,  Jacques,  to  United  Sutes  Pipe  and  Foundry  Company.  Casting 

process  for  rolls.  3,670,800,0.  164-95.000. 
Deborde,  Albert,  to  Ateliers  Diderichs.  Device  for  the  recovery  and 
removal  of  a  false  selvedge  in  a  shuttieless  loom.  3,670,779. 0.  1 39- 
304.000. 
Decatur  Foundry  &.  Machine  Co..  IiK.:  See — 

Johnston,  Douglas,  3,670,962. 
Decker,  Martin;  Schmidt,  Joseph;  Hoffrnaim,  Herwig;  and  Pistor,  Hans 
Joachim,  to  Badische  Anilin-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft 
Manufacture  of  adiponitrile.  3,671,566,0.  260-465.200. 
Deering  Milliken  Research  Corporation:  See — 
Ingham,  Robert  M.,  Jr.,  3,670,367. 
Sink,  James  A,  Jr.;  and  Watson,  Richard  J..  3.671 , 1 70. 
Dega,  Fred  W.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Fluidic  system  for 

evaluating  physical  characteristics.  3,670,560,0.  73-37.000. 
Degremont,  Societe  Generale  d'Epuration  et  d'Assainissement:  See — 

Louboutin,  Robert,  3 ,67 1 ,4 1 7 . 
Dehnhard,  Willi.  Chill  casting  machines.  3.670,803, 0.  164-267.000. 
Del  Mastro,  Ludvrig  E.:  See— 

McMenamy,  Frederick;  De  More,  Louis  A.;  and  Del  Mastro,  Lud- 
wigE.,  3,671,835. 
Delano,  Roger  A.:  See— 

Schofield,  J.  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A.,  3.67 1 ,442. 
Schofiekl,  J.  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A.,  3,671,443. 
Schofield,  J.  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A,  3,67 1 ,444. 
Schofield,  J.  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A..  3,671 ,445. 
Schofield,  J.  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A.,  3,67 1 ,446. 
Delaware  Valley  Armaments,  Inc.:  See — 

Krupa,  Thomas  J.,  3,670,655. 
DeUgnieres,  Robert;  aind  Theroitd,  Jean-Francois,  to  Institut  Francais 
du  Petrole  des  Carburants  et  Lubrifiants.  Device  for  coordinate  con- 
versions. 3,671,723,0.  235-150.270. 
DelU  Manufacturing  and  Engineering  Corporation:  See- 
Moore,  Werton  Dewitt,  3,670,743. 
Demuth,  Hans,  to  Sulzer  Brothers,  Ltd.  Loom  sley.  3,670,776,  CL  1 39- 

188.000. 
Denda,  Ryuji:  See— 

Nakau,  Jocuke;  and  Denda.  Ryuji,  3.67  '..821. 
Denki  Onkyo  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Kobayashi,  Tunekazu.  3,67 1 ,874. 
Masuda,  Noboru,  3,67 1 ,854. 
Denki  Onkyo  Company,  Limited:  See — 

Sawada,  Eiji,  3,67 1 ,894. 
Denny,  John  H.,  Jr.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Amfriifying  circuit. 

3,671,884,0.  3 32-1 6.00t. 
Denoncourt,  Gilles  J.;  and  Nejedly,  Peter  T..  to  Canadian  Marconi 
Company.  Pythagoreas  adder  or  solid  sUte  resolver.  3,671,731,  O. 
235-192.000. 
Dentsply  Research  &  Development  Corporation,  mesne:  See — 

Kroder,  Ernst  A.,  3.670.416. 
Derror,  Fred  L..  to  Mansfield  Sanitary.  Inc.  Apparatus  for  a  system  to 
extricate  intricate,  ceramic  shapes  from  multiple  piece  molds. 
3.671.160.0.425-161. 
Desai.  NaUn  Binduprasad:  See — 

Artz.  Klaus;  Desai.  Nalin  Binduprasad;  and  Liecfati.  Hans  Wilhebn. 
3,671.177. 
Design  Creations.  Inc.:  See — 

Cram,  Robert  S.,  3.67 1 ,004. 
Detroit  E<tiaon  Company,  The:  Sec- 
Elliott,  Ernest  A.;  Kane.  John  W.;  and  Paoen.  Randolph  A., 
3,671,002. 


PI  10 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  20. 1972 


Devereux.  Robert  F.;  and  Ctaco.  Erne«t  L..  to  United  Sute«  of  Amer- 
ica   Navy.  Air-wa  interface  temperature  meaMinni  apparatus. 
3.670.572.0.73-342.000. 
Devine.  Martin  J.:  Ser—  ^  _^     .       ^ -• 

Stallsnfi.  L«>n;  Deviae.  Martin  J.;  Maerker,  Gerhard;  and  Enner. 
Abner.  3.671.431.  ^     „  .^  ^w_ 

Dewberry.  Albert  W..  to  Norgren.  C.  A..  Co.  Ruid  operated  booater 

valve.  3.670.77 1 .  Q.  1 37-625.600. 

Diamond  Shamrock  Corporation:  See— 

Daach.  Lawrence.  3.67 1.441. 

Malkin.  Irving;  Patan.  Bert  E.;  De  Ridder.  Jon  A.;  and  Oermano. 
Victor  v..  3.671.331. 
Diapulae  Corporation:  See— 

I»earo.Joeeph  J.,  3.670.737. 
Dick  Heinrich,  to  Voith  Oetriebe  KG.  Electromafnet  with  a  field- 

responrivc  control  system.  3.671.814.  a.  317-123.000. 
Dierolf.  Arthur  Jack,  to  United  States  of  America.  Navy.  Dense  propel- 

Unt  compootion.  3.67 1 .34 1 . 0.  1 49- 1 9.000. 
Diery,  Hehnut;  Kiefer.  Bemhard;  Rittner.  Siegbert;  and  Seidel.  Man- 
fred, to  Farbwerke  Hoechst  AktienteaeDschaft  vormah  and  Meister 
Lucius  &  Bruning.  Textile  softeiung  agents.  3.671,308.  CI.  117- 
I39.0aa. 
Dieterich.  Frank  L..  50%  to  Bamett.  James  A.  Folding  hand  trout  net. 

3.670.444.  a.  43-12.000. 
Diffenderfer.  Walter  L.:  See— 

McFartand.  Frederick  R.;  and  Diffenderfer.  Walter  L..  3.670.419. 
Dillon.  Janus  J.,  to  Food  Equipment.  Inc.  Synchronized  pin  point  spray 

fluid  applicator.  3.670.365.  CI.  17-11.200. 
Dimmock.  Eric  P..  to  Monier  Research  A  Devdopment  Pty.  Ltd. 

Picking  up  flat  articles.  3.670.869.  CL  198-185.000. 
Dimond.  Herbert  M.:  See — 

Klein.  Keith  W.;  and  I>iniond.  Herbert  M..  3.671 .890. 
Dinger.  Edward  H..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Speed  control 
system  for  a  routing  element  of  changing  diameter.  3.671.824.  Q. 
318-6.000. 
Dirks.  Chauncey  L..  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Muhi-sution 
machine    for    automatic    performance    of  aequential   operations. 
3.670.402.  a.  29-563.000. 
Dixon.  David  Rodney;  Rose.  John  Brewster;  and  Turton.  Cecil  Nigel, 
to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited.  Filled  fusible  aromatic 
prepolymer  composition.  3.67 1.486.  Q.  260-37.00n. 
Dixon.  Samuel  J.:  See—  / 

Solfanan.  George  H.;  and  Dixon.  Samuel  J.,  3,671 ,960. 
Dixon,  William  D..  to  Monsanto  Company.  Benzothiazolinybdene  sub- 
stituted ureas.  3.67 1 .53 1 . 0.  260-305.000. 
Dixon.  William  Paul;  and  Kendall.  David  N..  to  McDonnell  Douglas 
Corporation.     Semi-conductor     temperature     sensitive     means. 
3.671.328.0.  136-230.000. 
Doane.  Frank:  See- 
Hamilton.  Otis  L. .  3 .670.903 . 
Dochterman.  Richard  W..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Method  of 
making  a  dynamoelectric  machine  having  improved  housing,  bearing 
and  support  structure.  3.670,405. 0. 29-596.000. 
Dodge.  Gerald  Floyd,  ID;  and  True.  Howard  D.F..  Jr..  to  General  Elec- 
tric Company.  Side-by-side  refrigerator.  3.670.521 ,  CI.  62-329.000. 
Doering.  A.  L.,  Mfg.  Corporation:  See— 

Heim,  Kenneth  J.;  and  Rimmler.  Fred  F..  3.670.605. 
Doi.  Ken-Ichi:  See— 

Nakamura,  Hiroto;  Sato.  Akira;  and  Doi.  Ken-Ichi.  3,67 1 ,794. 
Dominick,  George  G.;  Sciacero.  Rinaldo;  Wimpffen.  George  I.;  and 

Kardos,  Theodore  L.  Exact  fare  system.  3.670.955.  CI.  232-7.000. 
Donadello.  Graziello:  See— 

Lo   Monaco.   Sergio;  Guerrato.   Alfredo;   Fabbro.   Dario;   and 

Donadello.  GrazieUo.  3.67 1 .493. 

Donahue.  William  J.;  Blanchard.  David  L.;  and  Wack.  John  M..  to 

United  Stites  of  America.  Navy.  Fuze  arming  device.  3.670.656. 0. 

102-81.000. 

Doorenboa.  Harold  £.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Method  of 

preparing  halogen-containing  polymers.  3,67 1 ,469.  CI.  260-2. 
Dopheide.  Otto  Walter,  to  Northern  Electric  Company  Limited.  Mag- 
netic sensor.  3.67 1.759.  CI.  307.88.00r. 
Dom. Conrad  P..  Jr.:  See— 

Shen.  Tsung-Ying;  and  Dom.  Conrad  P..  Jr..  3.67 1 .580. 
Domier  A.G.:  See — 

Partzsch.  Peter.  3,670.569. 
Doscber.  Mary  Ehlers.  to  American  Cyanamid  Company.  Method  for 
control  of  helminths  in  warm-blooded  animals  using  pbosphinyi- 
dtthiocarbamates.  3,671.631.0. 424-205.000. 
Does,  Nagib  A.,  to  GAF  Corporation,  pyrazolone  red  pigment  and 

process  therefor.  3, 67 1.281,  a.  l06-288.00q. 
Dortes.  Claude  Guy.  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Radiogr«|4uc  ele- 
ments, compounds  and  processes.  3.67 1 .254. 0. 96- 1 0 1 .000. 
Douthitt  Corporation:  See— 

Amohch.  William;  and  Maher.  Robert  J..  3.671.124. 
Dow  Chemical  Company,  The:  See — 
Davis,  Chester  P..  3.670.876.  * 

Doorenbos.  Haioid  £..  3.67 1 .469. 
Fernandez,  Jaime  B.;  and  Ayers,  James  E..  3.671 .652. 
Dow  Coming  Corporation:  See— 
Brenner,  Bruce  C,  3.671 ,433. 

Hartlein.  Robert  C;  Kiles.  James  D.;  Larson.  WUlard  D.;  and  Ol- 
son. Carl  R,  3.670,649. 
Young.  Donald  G.,  3.67 1 .483. 
Downing,  James  H.  to  Harris  Company.  Inc.  Silo  unloader.  3.670.907. 
O.214.17.0db. 


,  fwier 

litiom. 


Downs,  Clifford  L.: 

Kettler.  Clarence  J.;  and  Downs.  CUfford  L..  3,671 .860. 
Doyle.    Brian   W..    to    Avco   Corporatioo.    Annular   combuffon. 

3.671,171.0.431-116.000. 
Doyle.  George  Mitchel;  Humphreys,  Robert  Eric;  and  Mocing.  Peter 
Lothar  Ernst,  to  Dunlop  Holding  Limited.  Rubber  compoaitf 
3.671.478,0.  260-23.70m. 
Dragerwerke  Aktiengeaellachaft  See— 

Breiluif.  Hans  Oeorg.  3.67 1 ,024. 
Dragisich,  Myron,  to  Warner  &  Swaaey  Company.  The.  Twister  d«vice. 

3.670.487.0.  57-77.300. 
Dra^aich.  Myron,  to  Warner  &  Swaaey  Company.  The.  Compeaaator 

device.  3.670.978. 0.  242-54.400. 
Draper.  James  Krishen;  and  Chick,  David  Michael,  to  International 
Computers  Limited.  Field  effect  transistor  switching  arrangMnent 
for  ampl^ing  only  low  level  signals.  3.67 1 .779,  CL  307-25 1 .000- 
Drapkin.  William,  to  Slater  Electric  Inc.  Pressure  lock  and  release  ter- 
minal for  aa  electrical  receptacle.  3.671.925.0.  339-95.00d. 
Dresser  Industries.  Inc.:  See— 

Burleson,  E  Richard;  and  Davis,  Cari  H..  3.670.880. 
FiIQon.  Sunley  H..  3.670.662. 
NeU.  David  J  ;  and  Lewis.  Unmas  W..  n.  3.67 1 .302. 
Drews.  Harvey  J.;  and  Raffensperger.  Stanley  P..  to  White  Lily  Foods 
Company.  The.  mesne.  Packaged  mixes  for  flavored  food  products 
and  the  pixjceas  of  making  them.  3.671 .264. 0.  99-94.000. 
DriscoU,  Gary   L.,   to  Sun   Oil   Company.   Unsaturated   polyesters 
prepared  ftwm  a,a,  dimethyl  muconic  acids.  3.671.572.  CI.  160- 
485.00g. 
Driskell.  Cari  R.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Navv.  Periscope 
stadimeter  simulator  with  camera  sweep  delay.  3,671.391,  O.  178- 
6.800. 
Drummond,  Ralph  E.:  See- 
Brooks.  James;  Drummond.  Ralph  E.;  Heinz.  Frank  J.;  and  Cham- 
ben,  William  W.  3.67 1 .762. 
Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  1..  and  Comany:  Ser— 

Stone.  Otenn  Duane,  3,67 1 ,245. 
Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.*  and  Company:  See — 
BeUis.  Harold  Edward,  3,67 1 .596. 
Bergna,  Horacio  E. ,  3 ,67 1 ,20 1 . 
Berry.  Waher  Cunningham,  Jr. .  3 .67 1 ,65  3 . 
Cover,  Uoyd  W,  Jr.;  and  Webb,  Charles  C.  3.671,365. 
Cucuk),  John  Anthony,  3.67 1 , 1 84. 

Evans.  Evan  Franklin;  and  Pierce,  Norwin  Caley.  3.67 1 .379. 
Hansen.  John  Edward.  3,67 1 ,38 1 
Howard.  Edward  G. ,  Jr. ,  3.67 1 .509. 
Knowles.  Richard  N..  3.671.637. 
Knowlea,  Richard  N,  3,67 1 ,638. 
Knowles.  Richard  N.  3.67 1 .642. 
Kwolek.  Stephanie  Louise.  3.67 1 .542. 
Lohr.  Jvnes  E,  3,67 1 .4 1 2. 
WaUe.  Leonard  A.,  3,671.293. 
Dubinsky,  Terence  N..  to  Case.  J.  I..  Company.  HydrosUtic  bearing. 

3.671.155,0.418-73. 
Dubner,  Harvey,  to  Baxter  Corporation.  The.  mesne.  Method  and  ap- 
paratus for  producing  jacquard  cards.  3,67 1 .944, 0.  340- 1 72.500. 
Dudley,  Lesfie  Peter,  to  Dudley  Optical  Laboratories.  Inc.  Methods  of 
printing    stereoscopic    integral    photograph    from    pseudoscopic 
originJ.  3,671,122.0.  355-22.000. 
Dudley  Optical  Laboratories,  Inc.:  See- 
Dudley,  Leslie  Peter.  3.671 ,122. 
Duguay.  Michel  Albert,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Incorpckated. 
Picosecond  optical  apparatus  utilizing  opticaUy  induced  birefrin- 
gence in  solids.  3,671.747,0.  250-199.000. 
Duke,  Bernard;  and  Levenaohn.  David  Z.,  to  Miracle  Pet  Produ 
Combination  aquarium  pump  and  gang  valve.  3.671.151. 
411.000. 
Dun-Hot.  Incorporated:  See — 

Jehn.  David  H..  3.67 1 .270. 
Dunbar,  Glenn  G.  Container  handling  apparatus.  3.670.912.  < 

313.000. 
Duncan.  Floyd  R..  to  Pan  American  Petroleum  Corporation.  Pontoon 
structures  in  man-made  lake  for  arctic  operations.  3.670.813.  O. 
166-.500. 
Dunlop  Holding  Limited:  See- 
Doyle.  George  Mitchel;  Humphreys.  Robert  Eric;  and  Moring. 
PeterLothar  Ernst,  3.671.478.  1 

Dura  Corporation:  See—  I 

A«rup.Cari  P..  3.671.055.  ! 

Duron.  Paul  P.;  and  Rich.  Harold  T..  to  Air  Reduction  Company.  In- 
corporated. Machine  for  making  dry  ice  pellets.  3.670.516.  O.  62- 
35.000. 
Dushkes.  Sherman  Z.;  and  Surty,  Rohinton  J.,  to  International  Busineas 
Machines  Corporation.  Miniature  uhrasonic  bonding  device. 
3.670.944.0.228-1.000. 
Dutcher.  Daniel  P..  to  Hoemer  Waldorf  Corporation.  Display  carton. 

3,670,88 1 .  a.  206-45.340. 
Dwyer    Howard  I..  Jr..  to  Amated  Industries  Incorporated.  P^eoom- 

pcessed  spring  package.  3.670.873. 0.  206-46.00h. 
Dynak.  Inc.:  See— 

Griswold.  Augustus  W..  3,670.768. 
Dynamit  Nobd  Aktiengesellschsft  See— 

Gawlick.    Heinz;    Marondel.    Gunther;    and   Siegelin,    Wemer, 
3.671.343. 
Eastman  Kodak  Company:  See — 
Albeit,DonSld  J.,  3.67 1 . 1 2 1 . 


June  20. 1972 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


nil 


Andrews.  Peter.  3.670.989. 

Contois.  Lawrence  E..  3.671,233. 

Coasar.  Bernard  C;  and  Reynolds.  Delbert  D..  3.67 1 ,259. 

Dostes,  Oaude  Guy.  3.67 1 ,254. 

Eldridge,  Merle  K.;  Bkx>m,  Roy  C;  and  Joseph,  Douglas  C. 

3.671.248. 
Fumia,  Arthur.  Jr.;  Heseltine.  Donald  W.;  and  Brooker  Leslie  G. 

S.  3.671.648. 
Gnage.  OUver  W.;  and  Connelly.  Gordon  F..  3.670.868. 
Gramza.  Eugene  P.;  and  Schreiber,  David  D..  3,67 1 .240. 
Hagemeyer.  Hugh  J.,  Jr.;  and  Robinson,  Alfred  G..  01,  3,67 1.550. 
Hagemeyer.  Hugh  J.  Jr.;  and  Goas.  Harry  F..  3.67 1 .603. 
Houle.  Conrad  G;  and  Masaeth.  Thomas  J.  3.67 1 .25 1 . 
Jackson.  Winston  J..  Jr.;  and  Watson.  MarshaU  T..  3.670.489. 
Johnson,  Robert  B.  3.671. 113. 

Leutwein.  Manfred;  and  Stretcher,  Heinz,  3,67 1 , 1 1 6. 
Lindsay,  Douglas  J.,  3.670.638. 
Miller.  Stephen  H..  3.670.616. 
Minsk.  Louis  Morton;  Cohen.  Hyman  L.;  and  Frauenglaas.  Ellion. 

3.671,256. 
Oftedahl,  Edwin  N.;  Huttemann.  Thomas  J..  Jr.;  and  Goffe, 

Charles  A..  3.671,260. 
Ort.  Wolfgang.  3.670.635. 
Stark.  Daniel  J..  3.670.99 1 
Taber.  Robert  C.  3.67 1 .258. 

Whitmore.  Thomas  C;  and  Cuiuiingham,  Robert  C..  3,67 1 ,806. 
Eaton.  Bruce  G..  deceased  (by  First  Pennsylvania  Bank  and  Trust  Co. ). 
to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Wiping  contact  reed  switch. 
3.671,892.0.335-154.000. 
Eberle.  Arthur  C;  and  Darby,  Lee  H..  to  Columbia  Gas  System  Service 
Corporation.    Flame    detection    apparatus.    3.671.815.   O.    317- 
133.500. 
Echlin  Manufacturing  Corporation.  The:  See— 

Gackstetter.  Henry  Clinton;  Anderson.  Harold  Francis;  Shove. 
Cordon  William;  and  Morin.  Louis  George.  3.67 1 .3 14. 
Eckart.  Francis  H.:  See- 
Hayes.   John   R.;   Eckart.   Francis  H.;   and  Peck,  Donakl  E.. 
3.670,624. 
Eckert.  Clarence  J.;  and  Moulds.  John  W..  to  General  Motors  Coipora- 

tion.  Idle  air  conttt>l.  3,670,709,0.  123-124.00r. 
Eckrich,  Peter.  &  Sons.  Inc.:  See— 

Flesch.  Keith  E..  3.670.793. 
Eclipse  Consultants  Limited:  See- 
Becker.  John  E.,  3.670.498. 
Ede  Ainsley  Neville,  to  Hudswell  Yates  Developmenu  Limited.  Mole 

plough  depth  control  mechanism.  3,670,431,0.  37-193.000. 
Edgar,  Robert  F.;  Martzloff,  Francois  D.;  and  Tompkins,  Russell  E.,  to 
General  Electric  Company.  Magnetic  Utch  and  switch  using  cobalt- 
rare  earth  permanent  magnets.  3.67 1 .893. 0.  335- 1 79.000. 
Edmisson.  Russell  C:  See— 

Lemkin.  Jack  L.;  Leistikow,  Gerard  K.;  Edmisson,  Russell  C;  and 
Benson.  John  T..  3.670.449. 
Edwards.  William  R..  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Navy.  Force  gaging 

(loves.  3,670.574,  CI.  73-379.003. 
Edwards,  WilUam  Thomas;  and  Kirwan,  James,  to  Conunuiucations 
Patentt  Limited.  Television  receiven  utilizing  transistors  connected 
as  a  Darlington  pair.  3,67 1 .799. 0.  3 1 5-27.0td. 
EiUngsfeld.  Heinz:  See— 

Patsch.  Manfred;  and  Eilingsfeld.  Heinz.  3.671.536. 
Eisen,  Stefan  F.:  See— 

Everson.  Kirke  B..  Jr.;  and  Eisen.  Stefan  F..  3.671 ,013. 
Eisner.  Abner:  See— 

Stallings.  Leon;  Devine,  Martin  J.;  Maerker.  Gerhard;  and  Eisner, 
Abner,  3,671,431. 
Ekdahl  A  Olofsson  Handelsbolag:  See— 

Ekdahl,  Hans;  and  dobson.  Sten,  3,670,842. 
Ekdahl  Hans;  and  Olofraon,  Sten,  to  Ekdahl  &  Olofiuon  Handelsbolag. 

Loudspeakers.  3.670.842. 0.  181-13.00b. 
El-Tahry.  Mahmoud  S..  to  Blazer  Corporation.  Environment  condi- 
tioning apparatus.  3,670,809,0.  165-60. 
Eldridge,  Merle  K.;  Bloom,  Roy  C;  and  Joseph.  Douglas  C.  to  East- 
man Kodak  Company.  Stain  inhibitor  in  photographic  paper  bases. 
3,67 1.248,  CI.  96-76.00r. 
Electra  Flock.  Inc.:  See— 

Crewe.  Josef.  3.671.373. 
Electro-Mechanical  Instrument  Company,  Inc.,  mesne:  See— 

Fleetman.  Hobart  H;  and  Wohlbach.  Harry  E,  3,67 1 .861 . 
Elek.  Sandor:  See—  ^  ^ 

Toldy.  Lajos;  Borsi.  Jozsef;  Elek.  Sandor;  Elekes.  Istvan;  and  An- 
dra8i.Ferenc.  3.67 1.537. 
Ekkes,  Istvin:  Ser— 

Toldy.  Ujos;  Borsi.  Jozsef;  Elek.  Sandor;  Elekes,  litvan;  and  An- 

drasi,  Ferenc,  3,67 1 ,537. 
Elektra-BregenzCmbH:  See— 

Gehrmann.  Hasso.  3.670,746. 
Elfving.  Thore  M.  Thermoelectric  assembUes.  3.671.326.  O.   136- 

205.000. 
Elitex.  Zavody  testibiiho  strojrenstvi:  See— 

Brazda.  Ladislav.  deceased;  Brazdova.  Dagmar;  heirs;  Prochazka. 
MiloalaV;  Kuhn.  Vladimir,  Ozdian.  Josef;  and  Benes.  Rudolf, 
3,670,484.  _ 

EIHott,  Ernest  A.;  Kane,  John  W.;  and  Pasen,  Randolph  A.,  to  Detroit 
Edison  Company,  The.  Triple  arrestor  mount  3,671,002,  O.  248- 
300.000. 
ElMott.  Perry  R.  Fluid  mixing  device.  3.67 1 .025. 0.  1 6 1  -76.000. 


Emerick.  Bruce  D.  Indicsting  device  ^''^conttaiuauily  m^oi^  time 


to  depletion  of  pressure  tanks  in  use.  3,670,575, 0. 73-388.( 
Emerson  Electric  Co.:  See — 

Klanatsky.  John  J..  3.67 1 .879. 
Emhart  Corporation:  See- 
Stevenson,  James  F..  3.670.908. 
EMI  Limited:  See- 
Rand.  Waher  Leslie;  and  Simmons.  John  Ernest,  3,671,158. 
Emoto.  Kazuhiro:  See—  . 

Kuriu.  Takaji;  Motoki.  Masaya;  Emoto.  Kazuhiro;  and  Hqjo.  K«t- 
suo,  3.671,646. 
Enari,  Tsutomu:  See—  . 

Uchida,  Hiromu;  Umezono.  Akimi;  Saito.  Takao;  and  Enan,  Tsu- 
tomu. 3.671.205. 
Encke.  Frederick  Ludwig:  See— 

Sheets.     Edward     Hebnut;     and     Encke.     Frederick     Ludwig. 
3.671.461. 

Energy  Systems.  Inc.:  See— 

Woodbridge,  David  D.;  and  Mann.  Leland  A..  3.67 1 .741 . 

Engel.  Herbert;  Hartvng,  Karl;  and  Schnall.  Gundier.  to  Afb-Gevaert 
AktiengeaeUschaft  ElectrosUtic  copying  apparatus.  3.671.119.  O. 
355-3.000. 
Engelbart,  Wilhebn.  to  Rheem  International  Iik.  Pressing  machine  for 

garments.  3.670.432.0.  38-22.000. 
Engelhard  Minerals  &  Chemicals  Corporation:  See- 
Weir.  Samuel  R..  3.670.883. 
Engler.  Louis  C.  Gate  placer  for  levee.  3.670,508.  CL  61-63.000. 
English  Calico  Limitea:  See — 

Kemaey-Boume,  Kenneth,  3.671.348. 
English  Numbering  Machines  Limited:  See — 

Bud.  Hans,  3,670.580. 
Entachel.  Roland:  See—  ^ 

Altermatt,    Rudolf;    Entachel.    Roland;    and    Mueller.    Curt, 
3.671.529. 
Environetics.  Inc.:  See — 

Papp.Joaef.  3.670.494. 
Erb.  Gilbert  E..  to  Ati,  Inc.  Non-contacting  optical  probe.  3,671,126, 

O.  356-4.000. 
Eriksson,  Hanslivar  See- 

Jakofaaen,  Kjell  MoswoU;  and  Eriksson,  Hanslivar.  3.67 1 .386. 
Espoaito.  John  J.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Navy.  Garment  cooling 

system.  3.670,518.0.  62-167.000. 
Eaposiio,  John  J.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Navy.  Self-heated  pro- 
tective garment  3.670.7 16. 0.  126-204.000. 
Esquire.  Inc.:  See— 

Mosier.  Benjamin.  3.67 1 .333. 
Essex  International.  Inc.:  See— 

Vogel.  Ralph  A.;  and  Moss.  Harold  S..  3.670.799. 
Esso  Production  Research  Company:  See— 
Chenevert.  Martin  E..  3.670.816. 
ChiWers.  Thomas  W..  3.670.814. 
Lloyd.  James  R..  3.670.5 15. 
Matthews,  Jamie  F..  Jr.,  3,670.5 1 3. 
Esso  Research  and  Engineering  Company:  See — 
Corringer.  Jean.  3,67 1 ,430. 
Fihn.  Kurt  W,  3.670.643. 

Guerre.  Robert  P.;  and  Ruland.  Ross  R..  3,67 1 .173. 
Iaroasi.FrankJ..3.671.315. 
KroU.  Wolfram  R..  3.67 1 ,597. 

MacDonald.  John  M.;  and  Campbell.  Ian  D..  3.67 1 .423. 
Metit).  Stephen  J;  and  Shaub,  Harokl.  3.67 1 .434. 
Saxton.  Arthur  L.,  3,67 1 ,424. 
Wiese,  Herbert  K.;  and  Burton,  Paul  E.,  3.671.590. 
Esterhoy,  Charies  J.,  Jr.;  Hunter.  William  D..  Jr.;  to  Allied  Chenucal 
Corporation.    Concentration    of    wet-process    phosphoric    acid. 
3. 67 1.202, CI.  23-307.000. 
Estieime,  Jean:  See — 

David,  Reginald;  and  Estienne.  Jean.  3.67 1 .582. 
Etablissements  Carpano  &  Pons:  See— 

Leroery.  jean-Paul.  3,670.855. 
Etabliasements  Pompes  Guinard:  See— 

Guirwrd,Paul  Andre.  3.671,152. 
Etat  Francais,  lepresente   par  le   Ministre   des  Annees  Delegation 
Ministerielle  pour  rArmement  Direction  des  Poudres;  See— 
Faidutti,  Michel;  Boileau,  Jacques;  Konrat.  Jean-Paul;  and  Billaz, 
Rene.  3.671.535. 
Etat  Francais-Delegation  Ministeriello  pour  rArmement  See— 

Bruniaux.  Bernard  Jean  Pierre  Louis  Lucien;  and  Le  Corre.  Roger 
Jean.  3,670.683. 
Ethyl  Corporation:  See — 

Berry.  Cuirie  B.,  Jr..  3.671.221. 
Uventhal,  Howard  L..  3,670,953. 
Leventhal.  Howard  L..  3,670,954. 
Ettlinger.  Ralf^.  Jr.;  and  Strobl,  Frederick  P.,  Jr..  to  Avant  Industries, 

Inc.  SUverwaie  loading  apparatus.  3.670.911.0.214-312.000. 
Etudes  et  Bonneterie  SA:  See- 
Bourgeois.  Norbert  Paul.  3,670.527. 
Euchd.  Inc.:  See— 

Cheers.  Ronald  M..  3.671.057. 
Euling.  Raymond:  See—  «    .    „. 

Biemaon.    George;    Euling.    Raymond;    and    Jones.    Paul    W.. 
3.671.107. 
EvaiB.  Evan  Franklin;  and  Pierce.  Norwin  Caley.  to  Du  Foot  de 
Nemours.  E.  1..  and  Company.  Composite  polyester  textile  fibers. 
3.671.379.0.  161-173.000. 


PI  12 


LIST  OF  PATE 


NTEeS 


June  20, 1972 


Evaiu.  George:  See— 

Cekoric,  Thomas,  Jr.;  Evum.  George:  and  Searcy.  Ronald, 

3,671.399. 
Cekoric,  Thomas.  Jr.;  and  Evans, George,  3.67 1 .400. 
Evans.  Robert  W..  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Navy,  mesie.  Signal 

Hare.  3,670.657.0.  102-87.000. 
Everson,  Kirke  B.,  Jr.;  and  Eiaen,  Stefan  F.  Aircraft  hangaring  support. 

3,671.013.0.234-8. 
Evinrude.  Ralph  S.,  to  Outboard  Marine  Corporation.  Convertible  golf 

car.  3.67 1 .07 1 ,  a.  296-69.000. 
Excentra  CeaeUschaft  mtt  beschrankter  Haftung:  Set — 

Biemath.  Emil;  and  Burkard.  Hans,  3.670.629. 
Extel  Corporation:  Set— 

Zenner.  Walter  J.;  and  Kranz.  Raymond  E.,  3,670,861 . 
Eyges,  Leonard.  Fireplace  grate.  3,670,714,0.  126-163.000. 
Eyre,  Brian;  and  Bland,  John,  to  Paidley  &.  VenaUes  Limited  and 
McAlpin,  Robert,  Sir.  &  Sons  Limited.  Cutter  picks.  3,671.075,  C\. 
299-79.000. 
Ezaki.  Joichiro.  to  TDK  Electronics  Company.  Limited.  Diode  matrix 

card.  3.671.81  l.O.  317-lOl.OOd. 
Ezekiel.  Herbert  M..  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Air  Force.  Method 
of    subilizing    acrylic    polymer    fibers    prior    to    graphitization. 
3. 67 1.1 92. 0.  23-209.100. 
Fabbro.  Dario:  See — 

Lo   Monaco.   Sergio;   Guerrato,   Alfredo;   Fabbro.   Dario;   and 
Donadello.  Graziello.  3.67 1 ,493. 
F«cl»,JoKphV.:SM— 

Bemath.  Louis;  and  Facha.  Joseph  V.,  3,67 1,394. 
Fabey,  Darryl  R.,  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Company.  Manufacture  of  pal- 
ladium  or   platinum-containing  compounds.    3,671,560,  CI.    260- 
429.00r. 
Fahlin,  James  R.;  and  Hagfors,  Gerald  D.,  to  Graco  Inc.  Sanitary  spray 

gun.  3.670.967. 0.  239-412.000. 
Faiidutti.  Michel;  Boileau.  Jacques;  Konrat.  Jean-Paul;  and  Btllaz, 
Rene,  to  Etat  Francais,  represente  par  le  Ministre  des  Armees 
Delegation  Ministerielle  pour  I'Armement  Direction  des  Poudres.  4- 
lmino-oxazolidin-2-ones  and  process  of  preparation.  3,671,335,  O. 
260-307.00C. 
Falay,  Bernard;  and  Froumajou,  Armand,  to  Automobiles  Peugeot  and 
Regie  Nationale  des  Usines  Renauh.  Speed  variator  with  friction  ele- 
,mentt.  3,670,386,0.  74-199.000. 
Falcon  Safety  Products.  Inc.:  See— 

Pappas.  Michael.  3.670.689. 
Fales.  Douglas  I.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Multiple  indicating 

telltales  having  sequential  indications.  3.671 .962.  CI.  340-373.000. 
Falk.  David  O.:  See- 
Norton.  Charles  J.;  and  Falk.  David  O..  3.670.820. 
Falvo,  Vincent  G.,  to  McGraw-Edison  Company.  Disconnect  switch. 

3,67 1 ,689.  CI.  200-48.00a. 
Falxa,  Martin  L.:  See— 

Samour,  Carlos  M.;  and  Falxa,  Martin  L.,  3,671,502. 
Fantuzzo,  Joseph;  and  Punnett,  Frazer  D..  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Ap- 
paratus for  creating  duplex  reproductions.  3.671,1 18, CI.  3S5-3.000. 
Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Kunzel,  Hans-Egon;  Wolf.  Gerhard  Dieter;  Blankenstein,  Gunter; 

and  Nischk.  Gunther.  3.67 1 .6 14. 
Schubart.  Rudiger;  Rocs,  Ernst;  and  Abele,  Manfred,  3.67 1 .503. 
Westphal.  Kurt;  Meiser.  Werner;  Fue.  Ludwig;  and  Hack,  Hel- 
muth,  3,671,323. 
Farbwerke  Hoechst  Aktiengesellschaft  vormals  Meister  Lucius  & 
Bruning:  See — 

Papenfuss,  Theodor;  and  Spietschka,  Ernst,  3.67 1 ,553. 
Diery.  Helmut;  Kiefer.  Bemhard;  Rittner.  Siegbert;  and  Seidel, 
Manfred.  3.671.308. 
Bruning:  See— 
Feess.  Erich;  and  Ong.  SienUng,  3,67 1 , 1 8 1 . 
Farkas.  Robert  D.  Supply  reel  for  banding  apparatus.  3,670.986.  O. 

242-107.100. 
Farley,  Vincent  P.:  See- 
Herman,  Bernard  B.;  and  Farley.  Vincent  P.,  3.67 1 .32 1 . 
Farley.  Vincent  P..  Jr.:  See- 
Herman,  Bernard  B.;  and  Farley,  Vincent  P.,  Jr..  3,671 ,320. 
Farrell,  Guy  M.,  to  Chicago  Switch,  Inc.  Rocker  switch.  3,67 1 ,693, 0. 

200-67. OOg. 
Faure,  Robert,  to  ACME  Maschinenfabrik  GmbH.  Programmed  con- 
touring machine  for  machining,  by  tool  heads,  irregularly  shaped 
work  pieces.  3,670,438, 0. 04/1 2/72. 
Faurholdt,  Bent.  Incinerator  for  the  combustion  of  waste  products,  par- 
ticularly plastic  materials.  3,670,667, 0.  1 10-8.00a. 
Favors,  HoUice  A.  Broadband  composite  filter  circuit.  3,671,889.  O. 

333-76.000. 
Federal-Mogul  Corporation:  See— 

Smythe.  John  W.;  and  Karp.  Philip !..  3.671 .230. 
Federline.  Richard  G..  1/2  to  Webb,  Don  Eugene.  Alarm  holder  for 

fUhing  rods.  3,670,443,  CI.  43- 1 7.000. 
Feess,  Erich;  and  Ong,  Sienling,  to  Farbwerke  Hoechst  Aktien- 
gesellschaft vormals  Meister  Lucius  &  Bruning.  Process  for  the 
production  of  prints  and  pad-dyeings  fast  to  rubbing  without  requir- 
ing an  after-treatment  on  nitrogen-containing  fibrous  materials. 
3,671,181,0.8-165.000. 
Felger,  Carl  B.,  to  Gillette  Company,  The.  Inhibiting  dental  plaque. 

3,671.626,0.424-49. 
Fell,  FerolS:  See— 

Ung.  William  D.;  FeU,  Ferd  S.;  and  Wells.  Bernard  L.,  3.670.S90. 


Finazzo, 


Ferag  AG:  See—  I 

Reiit,  Walter.  3.671.033.  ' 

Ferfoer.  Martin  Emile;  and  Wintenberger.  Michel  Georges,  to  Cotnpag- 
nie  Pechiney.  Process  for  purification  of  metals.  3.671.229.  O.  73- 
211.000. 
Fernandez.  J.  De  Jesus.  Door  lock.  3,670.340, 0.  70-42 1 .000. 
Fenuuidez,  Jaime  B.;  and  Ayers,  James  E.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company, 
The.  Coreacted  salts  of  polychlorocarboxylic  acids.  3,67 1 ,6 j2,  O. 
260-539. 
Ferro  Corporation:  See — 

Borowski,  Bernard  J.,  3,671,278. 
Fiber  Controls  Corporation:  See — 

-  Wise,  Cecils,  3,671,078. 
Field  Queen  Incorporated:  See — 

Long,  WUliam  D.;  FeU,  Ferol  S.;  and  Wells,  Bernard  L..  3.670.390. 
Fields,  Richard  W.:  Set— 

Bellsmith.  Travis  L;  and  FieMs,  Richard  W.  3,67 1 ,2 1 5. 
Figas,  Vincent  J.:  See — 

Piemo.  Michael  C;  and  Figas,  Vincent  J.,  3,670,762. 
Fihn,  Kurt  W.,  to  Esso  Research  and  Engineering  Company.  Method 
for  treatment  of  discharged  solids  from  a  liquid  stream.  3,670.643, 
O.  100-37.000. 
Filipak,    Edmund    H.    Dispenser    for    clothes    washing    additives. 

3,670,530,0.  68- 17.00a. 
Fillion,  Stanley  H.,  to  Dresser  Industries,  Inc.  Car  body  bolster  center 

plate  aaaembly.  3,670,662,0.  105- 199.00c. 
Fiitazzo,  AnttKNiy:  See- 
Carroll,   John    Robert;   Kiniry,   John   Michael;   and   Fi| 

Anthony.  3,670,438. 
Finch,  Dan  M.  Light  control  material.  3.671,101.0.  350-109. 
Findley.  Anthony  W.;  and  Rogers,  Jesse  M..  to  Anchor- Wate  Com- 
pany. Coating  apparatus  for  tubular  objects.  3.670.696,  O.  118- 
320.000. 
Firestone,  Max.  Croobow  cocking  device.  3,670,7 1 1 , 0.  1 24-23.000. 
Firey,  Joaieph  C.  Engine  exhaust  gas  separating  devices.  3,670,302. 0. 

60-324.000. 
Firma  Botsig  GmbH:  See- 
Luck,  Friedrich,  3.67 1 , 1 53. 
Furna  Wankel  GmbH,  and:  See- 
Luck,  Friedrich,  3,671,153. 
First  Pennsylvania  Bank  and  Trust:  See- 
Eaton,  Bruce  G.,  deceased.  3,67 1 .892. 
Fischell.  Robert  E..  to  United  States  of  America.  Navy,  mesne.  Surface 
with  low  absorptivity  to  emissivity  ratio.  3.67 1 ,286.  CI.  1 1 7-338.000. 
Fischer.  Adolf:  See— 

Koenig.  Karl-Heinz;  Steinbrunn.  Custav;  Windel.  Hermann;  and 

Fischer.  Adolf.  3 .67 1 .5  7 1 . 
Zschocke.    Albrecht;    Rohr.    Wolfgang;    and    Fischer.    Adolf, 
3.671.540. 
Fischer,  Adolf;  Koenig,  Karl-Heinz;  Steinbrunn.  Gustav;  and  Zschocke. 
Albrecht.  to  Badiache  Anilin-  Sc.  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft.  N- 
Phenyl-N'-ester  urea  derivatives.  3.67 1.586. 0.  260-545.00r. 
Fischer,  Georg,  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Marzy,  Otto,  3,670,608. 
Fisher,  Sidney  L.,  to  Spider  Staging,  Inc.  Suspended  staging  type  weld- 

ingmachiae.  3,671,712,0.  219-125.00r. 
Fisons  Pharmaceuticals  Limited:  See — 

Altounyan,  Roger  Edward,  3,67 1 ,625. 
Fitzgerald,  Warren  E.;  Knudsen,  John  P.;  and  Brock,  Jessie  O.,  tq  Mon- 
santo Company.  Crimp  reservation  process.  3,671,619,  Cli  264- 
168.000. 
Fives  Lille-Cail:  See — 

Lucas,  Robert,  3,670,973. 
Fleetman,  Hobart  H.;  and  Wohlbach,  Harry  E.,  to  Electro-MecHanical 
Instrument  Company,  Inc.,  mesne.  Calibration  device  for  electric 
meter  including  a  control  magnet  mounted  on  a  flexible  arm. 
3.671.861. 0.  324-146.000. 
Flesch.  Keith  E.,  to  Eckrich,  Peter,  &  Sons,  Inc.  Weight  controlled  slic- 
ing system  including  variable  synchronization  control.  3,670,793, 0. 
146-94.00r. 
Ro-Tech  Corporation,  mesne:  See- 
Rosenberg,  Karl  Moses.  3,671,288. 
Fluchter.  Werner:  See — 

Thies,  Alfred  F.  B.;  Ameling.  Bemhard;  Reuther,  Albert  R.; 
Fluchter.  Werner.  3.670.53 1 . 
Fluhr.  Frederick  R..  to  United  States  of  America.  Navy.  Multiple  target 

separator.  3,671.966,0.  343-6.50r. 
Fluor  Corporation:  See — 

Breston,  Michael  P.;  and  Keilberg,  Ray  D..  3.670.5 14. 
Gibson.  Robert  G.;  Mackin,  John  G..  Jr.;  Johnson.  Paul  K.;  and 
Koop,  Francis  D.  Jr..  3,670,51 1. 
Flyim.  Thomas  E.  Photosensitive  cuprous  nitrate  compositions  and 

process  for  preparing  and  using  same.  3.67 1 .249. 0.  9^88.00^. 
FMC  Corporation:  See — 

Chiang.  John  S.  C;  and  Hogya,  Bernard  J.,  3.67 1 .344. 
Traube.  Robert  J.,  3.670,867. 
Fogt,  Thomas  H.;  Steiner,  William  R.;  and  Murphy,  John  M.,  to 
General  Motors  Corporation.  Flexible  plastic  ice  tray  and  storage 
container.  3,670,323, 0. 62-344.000. 
Foley,  Alan  J.;  and  Gardner,  Madison  J.,  to  Ormet  Corporation,  Inter- 
locking ingot  3,67 1 ,204, 0.  29- 1 87.000. 
Foley,  Richard  G.;  and  Murray,  James  E.,  to  Harris-Intertype  Corpora- 
tion. Direction  reversing  control  for  a  machine  control  system. 
3,671.827,0.318-162.000. 


;typ^' 
..tql 

I 

ecnanii 


and 


June  20, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  13 


Fonden.  Per  Borje;  and  Walander.  Karl  Ove  Torgny.  Aircraft  arresting 

device.  3.670.997. 0.  244-1 10.00c. 
Food  Equipment.  Inc.:  See— 

DUIon.  Janus  J..  3.670.363. 
Foote  Mineral  Company:  See- 
Smith.  WiUiam  Novis.  Jr..  3.67 1 .605. 
Ford  Motor  Company:  See— 

Gebhard.  Harold  C;  and  Schueren.  WUliam  B.,  3,670.434. 
Jania,  Zbigniew  J.;  and  Vanderberg,  Lawrence  J..  3.67 1 .08 1 . 
Ojala.  William  K..  3.670.708. 
Form  an,  WUliam  E.  Multi-purpose  stopper.  3,670,915,0.  215-48.000. 
Forter,  Willy;  Henrard,  Armand;  Kehrer,  Fritz;  Keller,  Urs  Martin;  and 
Waaem,  Hans,  to  Sandoz  Ltd.  Phenyl-azo-naphthol  compounds  of 
lowsolubUity.  3,671,314,0.  260-203. 
Foss,  Richard  L.:  See- 
Winter,  Henry  A.,  Jr.;  Williams,  Arthur  M.,  Jr.;  and  Foss,  Richard 
L,  3,670,831. 
Fouquart,  John,  to  Photosystems  Corporation.  Three  dimensional 

and/or  time  sequence  X-ray  apparatus.  3,67 1 ,743,  CI.  250-6 1 .000. 
Foumier,  Eugene.  Filter  having  a  flexible  wall  for  filtering  liquids. 

3,670,898,0.210-356.000. 
Fowke,  Ronald  T.:  See— 

Hokanson,  Lyie  W.,  and;  and  Fowke,  Ronald  T.,  3,670,827. 
Frank,  Bruce  S.  I>esalination  of  sea  water.  3,670,897,0.  210-321.000. 
Frans,  Robert  D.,  to  Hanna  Mining  Company,  The.  Heat  processing  of 

minerab.  3,671,027,0.  263-32.00r. 
Fraser,  William  Milton;  Cairns,  Walter  John;  and  Mac  Donald,  Ian 
Norman,  to  Howden,  James,  &  Company  Limited.  Cooling-gas  cir- 
culators for  nuclear-power  stations.  3,671,149,0.  417-360. 
Frauenglass,  Elliott:  See — 

Minsk,  Louis  Morton;  Cohen,  Hyman  L.;  and  Frauenglass,  Elliott, 
3,671,256. 
Fredericks,  Carl  K.,  to  Corlite  Corporation.  Method  of  fabricating 

structural  members.  3,670,355,  CI.  72-370.000. 
Frederiksen,  Thomas  M.,  to  Motorola,  Inc.  Temperature  compensated 

bias  circuit  3,671,770,0.  307-310.000. 
Freeman,  Peter  A.  Vacuum  controlled  fluidic  regulator.  3,670,754, 0. 

137-81.500. 
Fregeolle,   Oscar,   to   Pilot   Research  Corporation.    Apparatus   and 
method  for  slitting  fabric  on  a  circular  knitting  machine.  3,670,528, 
CI.  66- 1 47.000. 
Fregeolle,  Oscar,  to  Pilot  Research  Corporation.  Seamless  panty  hose 

and  method.  3,670,529,  CI.  66- 1 77.000. 
French,  Gerald   H.,  to  Mosley  Electronics  Company.   Selectively- 
polarized  antenna  employing  impedance  matched  crossed  dipoles. 
3,671,973.0.343-751.000. 
French,  Thomas,  &-Sons  Limited:  See- 
Wood,  William,  3.670,780. 
French,  William  E.:  See- 
Day,  Richard  A.;  and  French,  WUliam  E.,  3,671,728. 
Frezza,  Robert:  See— 

Cohn,    Eugene;    Cecere,    Andrew    P.;    and    Frezza,    Robert, 
3,670,375. 
Friedl,  Edward  L.  Ground  surface  drainage  apparatus.  3,670,894,  O. 

210-164.000. 
Friedman,  David,  to  Computervision  Corporation.  Method  and  ap- 
paratus  for   positioner   calibration   system.    3,671,748,   CI.    250- 
201.000. 
Fries,  James  R.,  to  Boeing  Company,  The.  Multiple  anteima  instrument 

landing  system.  3,671,967,0.  343-108.00r. 
Frink,  Richard  C:  See— 

Knudson,  Louis  I.;  Frink,  Richard  C;  and  White,  Charles  H., 
3,671,788. 
FriU  Gegauf  AG :  See— 

Ueltschi,  Odette,  3,670,974. 
Froehlich,  Alfred;  Filler,  Bemhard;  and  Stauner,  Thomas,  to  Ciba- 
Geigy  AG.  Photographic  light-sensitive  material  especially  for  the 
silver-dyestufT bleaching  process.  3,67 1 .253,  CI.  96-99.000. 
Fromell,  Rolf  Ivar.  Varable  hexagon  spanner.   3.670.604.  CI.   81- 

98.000. 
Froniog.  H.  R.:  See— 

Dauben.   Dwight   L.;   Froning.   H.    R.;   and   Jones.   Loyd   W.. 
3.670,819. 
Frostling,  Bengt  Harald  Ivar:  See— 

Brantte,  Arnold;  Frostling,  Bengt  Harald  Ivar;  and  Lindgren,  Per- 
Henning,  3,671,196. 
Froumajou,  Armand:  See — 

Falay,  Bernard;  and  Froumajou,  Armand,  3,670.586. 
Fruehauf  Corporation:  See — 

Martin.  John  Frank;  and  Ramsden,  Charles  Dean.  3.671.069. 
Fuchs.  Richard  C;  Sukow.  Daniel  L.;  and  WUke.  Dennis  P.,  to  Oster 
Corporation.    Electric   vibratory   massager.    3.671,783,  O.    310- 
50.000. 
Fudemoto.  Isao;  Yoshibayashi,  Tsutomu;  and  Miyamura.  Tadao,  to  Fu- 
jitsu Limited.  Method  and  apparatus  for  automatic  gain  control. 
3.671,886.0.333-18.000. 
Fue.  Ludwig:  See— 

Westphal.  Kurt;  Meiser.  Werner;  Fue.  Ludwig;  and  Hack.  Hel- 
muth.  3.671.523. 
Fuji  Denki  Seizo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See — 

Nitta.  Yoshio.  3.67 1 ,688. 
Fuji  Iron  &  Steel  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Uchida,  Hiromu;  Umezono,  Akimi;  Saito,  Takao;  and  Enari,  Tsu- 
tomu, 3,671,205. 
Fuji  Photo  Film  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 


Yoneyama.  Masakazu;  Shimamura,  isao;  Iwano,  Haiuhiko;  and 
Ohi,Reiichi,  3,671,247. 
Fujii,  Akihiro,  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  Method  of  manu- 
facturing a  semiconductor  photosensitive  device.   3,671,338,  O. 
148-175.000. 
Fujii.  Kiyoshi:  See— 

Funakoshi.  Yoshiro;  Kajiura.  Takehiko;  Fujii.  Kiyoahi;  Kanamaiu, 
Toshihiko;  Nishitani.  Masaki;  and  Konwda,  Hiromu,  3.67 1 ,296. 
Fujii.  Tatsuo:  See — 

Tomomitsu.  Toshio;  and  Fujii.  Tatsuo.  3.67 1 .769. 
Fujimoto.  Keimei:  See — 

Itaya.  Nobushige;  Mizutani.  Toshio;  Kitamura,  Shigeyostn;  Okuno. 
Yositosi;  and  Fujimoto.  Keimei.  3.67 1 ,348. 
Fujimoto.  Yasuo;  Nagaoka.  Koichi;  Tatsukawa,  Keizo;  and  Koiwa, 
Yoichi.  to  Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Co..  Ltd.  Polymer  solutions  of 
polyamino  acids  and  the  process  for  their  preparation.  3.67 1 .482. 0. 
260-30.40n. 
Fujisawa.  Hideya.  to  Nippondenso  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Fuel  injection 
control  system  for  internal  combustion  engines.  3.670.706.  O.  123- 
32.0ea. 
Fujisawa.  Kiyoshi:  See — 

Yasui.    Koichi;    Yamamoto.    Kazuo;    Itami.    Kazuo;    Fujisawa, 
Kiyoshi;  and  Saskai.  Toshio.  3.671.279. 
Fujitsu  Limited:  See — 

Fudemoto.  Isao;  Yoshibayashi.  Tsutomu;  and  Miyamura.  Tadao. 
3.671.886. 
Fukaboh.  Kentaro:  See— 

Ono,  Isao;  Fukabori.  Kentaro;  and  Shimomura,  Seiichi.  3.67 1 .577. 
Fukami,  Masaharu;  and  Mori.  Toshiyuki,  to  Olympus  Optical  Co..  Ltd. 

Endoscope.  3,670,721.0.  128-6.000. 
Fukuda,  Hideo;  Suzuki.  Takashi;  Sumino,  Yasuhiro;  and  Akiyama, 
Shunichi.  to  Takeda  Chemical  Industries.  Ltd.  Method  for  producing 
citric  acid.  3.671.395,0.  195-28.00r. 
Fukuoka,  Tatsuo.  Injection  molding  method  for  sandals.  3 ,67 1 ,62 1 ,  CL 

264-244.000. 
Fukushima,  Takaaki;  Takizawa,  Haruki;  Hori,  Kikuo;  Sato,  Yoshito; 
and  Mizumori,  Haruhiko,  to  Teijin  Limited.  Method  of  drawing  and 
heat  treating  synthetic  filaments.  3,671.623,0.  264-290.000. 
Fumia,  Arthur.  Jr.;  Heseltine.  Donald  W.;  and  Brooker  Leslie  G.  S..  to 
Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Carbocyanine  filter  dyes  and  sensitizers 
for  sUver  halide  emulsions.  3.671 ,648, 0.  260-240.00r. 
Funakoshi,  Yoshiro;  Kajiura,  Takehiko;  Fujii,  Kiyoshi;  Kanamaru, 
Toshihiko;  Nishitani,  Masaki;  and  Komeda.  Hiromu.  to  Takeda 
Chemical  Industries.  Ltd.  Process  for  coating  granular  materials. 
3.671. 296. 0.  II 7- 100.00b. 
Funk.  John  W.;  and  Lakhani.  Kishor  M..  to  Burroughs  Corporation. 
Method  of  damping  rebound  of  print  hammer.  3.670.647.  O.  101- 
426.000. 
Furstenberger,  Jean;  Lebrun,  Guy;  and  Girault,  Denis,  to  Societe  Aba- 
cienne  de  Constructions  Atomiques,  and  de  Telecommunications  et 
d'Electronique  Calcatel.  Mobile  assembly  for  the  installation  of  con- 
duits by  welding  successive  tubular  elements.  3,670,945,  O.  228- 
4.000. 
G.  D.  Societa  in  Accomandita  Semplice  di  Enzo  Seragnoli  e  Ariosto 
Seragnoli:  See — 

Seragnoli,  Arioato,  3,670,475. 
Gackstetter,  Henry  Ointon;  Anderson,  Harold  Francis;  Shove,  Gordon 
William;  and  Morin,  Louis  George,  to  Echlin  Manufacturing  Cor- 
poration, The.  Tungsten  electrical  switching  contacts.  3,67 1 ,314. 0. 
117-213.000. 
GAF  Corporation:  See — 

Doss,  Nagib  A.  3.67 1 .28 1 . 
Galanes.  Hector  i.,  to  Intemational  Paper  Company.  Collapsible  car- 
ton. 3.670,949[C1.  229-39.00r. 
Galanty.  Harold  B.  Chopping  machine.  3.671,090,0.  308-36.100. 
Galbarini,  Maso;  u|d  Ramusino,  Francesco  Cotta,  to  Innocenti  Societa 


Generale  per  1'' 


lustria  Metallurgica  and  e  Meccanica.  Balance 


compensated  mack  ine  took.  3,67 1 , 1 33, 0.  408-235.000. 
Galeano,  Sergio  F.,  to  Owens-Illinois,  inc.  System  and  process  for 
recovery  of  celluksic  fibrous  material  from  refuse.  3,670,968,  O. 
241-21.000. 
Gandelman,  Morris  D.,  to  Pale  Corporation.  Bracelet  coimector. 

3,670,373,  a.  24-a65.08h. 
Gandilhon,  Pierre:  Se\ — 

Chabardes,  Pierre;  Gandilhon.  Pierre;  Grard.  Charles;  and  Thiers. 
Michel.  3.671.369. 
Ganovraky.    Raymond    J.,    to    Oiftronics.    Inc.    Rotary    solenoid. 

3.671.898.0.  335-228.000. 
Gantt.  Wayne  Cariton:  See — 

Arrington.   William    L.;   Gantt.   Wayne   Carlton;   and   Gouger. 
Leonard  Joseph,  3.67 1 .903. 
Garber.  Alexander.  Golf  course.  3,671,042,0. 273-176.0ab. 
Gardner.  Madison  J.:  See — 

Foley.  Alan  J.;  and  Gardner.  Madison  J..  3.671.204. 
Gardner-E>enver  Company:  See — 

Hanson.  Laurence  B.;  and  Arthur.  Wallace  W.,  3.670.826. 
'Garland,  Cari  C,  to  Parke,  Davis  &  Company.  Rectifying  means. 

3,670,865,0.  198-33.0aa. 
Gates  Learjet  Corporation:  See — 
Corey,  PhUip  D.,  3,67 1 ,846. 
Gates,  Louis  E.,  Jr.;  and  Lent,  WiUiam  E.,  to  Hughes  Aircraft  Com- 
pany. Lossy  dielectric  structure  for  dissipating  electrical  microwave 
energy.  3,671,275,0.  106-44.000. 
Gatsis,  John  C.,  to  Universal  OU  Products  Company.  Coal  lique£Ktion 
process  using  ash  as  a  catalyst.  3,67 1 ,4 1 8, 0.  208-10.000. 


\ 


PI  14 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  20. 1972 


Gattut.  Jean;  and  Mallet,  Maurice,  to  Rhone-Pouknc  S.A.  Trimella- 

mide-iinkles  tolutiom.  3 ,67 1 ,48 1 ,  Q.  260-30.20r. 
Gaudard,  Yves,  to  Societe  Rbodiaceta.  Procea  for  itabilizing  lotlt. 

3.670406,  a.  61-35.000. 
GavTun,  Michael  T.,  to  CurtJaa- Wright  Corporation.  Method  of  manu- 
tecture  of  an  oil  teal  ring  having  dual  scrapper  elements  for  rotary 
piston  mechanisim.  3.670383,  CI.  29-  1S6.600. 
Gawlick.  Heinz;  Marondel.  Gunther.  and  Siegelin.'Wemcr,  to  Dynamit 
Nobel  AktiengeaeDachalt.  Compodtion  for  explosives  comprising  an 
alloy  of  magnestum  and  cerium.  3,67 1 ,343.  CI.  149-37.000. 
Gay,  Frank  Munro,  to  Coasor,  A.  C,  Limited.  Multi-junction  ther- 
mocouples. 3.671.327,  a.  136-225.000. 
Gaylor,  Richard  P.,  to  Clark  Equipment  Company.  Rotating  vibrator. 

3,670,631,0.  94-50.00V. 
Gayknd.  John  F.,  Jr..  to  Medical  Specialties.  Inc.  Protective  pad. 

3.670.725.0.  128-149.000. 
Gebhard,  Harold  C;  and  Schueren.  William  B..  to  Ford  Motor  Com- 
pany. Vertical  drop  vent  window  system.  3.670,454,  CI.  49-103.000. 
Geflken,  John  H..  to  Weetingbowae  Electric  Corporation.  Method  and 
•ontrol  system  for  D.C.  electric  motor  drive  means.  3,671,828,  O. 
318-164.000. 
Gehrmann,  Hasso.  to  Elektra-Bregenz  GmbH.  Combination  dishwash- 
ing machine  and  oven.  3,670,746,0.  134-107.000. 
GeMerblom.  Hoiat-Dieter,  and  Moradotf,  Manfred,  to  Cbemicbau  Dr. 
A.  Zieren  GmbH  &  Co.  K.G.  Apparatus  for  the  continuous  adjust- 
ment of  the  reflux  ratio  of  a  distillation  column.  3,670,769, 0.  1 37- 
610.000. 
General  Anilin  it.  Fibn  Corporatioa:  See— 

Wynn,  Robert  W.;  and  Chiddix,  Max  E.,  3,67 1 .594. 
General  Electric  Company:  See — 
Abbott,  Roy  W..  3,670,7 1 3. 
Abolins.  Visvaldis.  3,67 1 ,487. 
Arand,JohnK.,  3,670,501. 
Berger.  John  G.,  3.670,943. 
Boothe,  WUlis  A..  3,67 1 . 1 34. 

ChauMe,  Bumette  P.;  and  Konrad,  Charles  E.,  3.67 1 ,83 1 . 
Denny,  John  H..  Jr..  3,67 1 .884. 
Dinger.  Edward  H.,  3,67 1 ,824. 
Dochterman.  Richard  W.,  3,670,405. 
Dodge.  Gerald  Floyd.  lU;  and  True,  Howard  D.F..  Jr..  3.670.S2 1 . 
Edgar,  Robert  F.;  Martzloff,  Francois  D.;  and  Tompkins,  Russell 

E.  3.671.893. 
Grubb.  Willard  T.,  3,67 1 .4 1 4. 
Hall.  Robert  N..  3,67 1 ,330. 
Hamden,  John  D.,  Jr.,  3.670,639. 
Hamden,  John  D..  Jr.,  3,67 1 ,749. 
Hogel.  John  J.,  3,671,390. 

Karatedt.  Bruce  D.;  and  Razzano,  John  S..  3.67 1 .546. 
Kettler.  Clarence  J.;  and  Downs,  CliCTord  L.,  3,67 1 ,860. 
Klein.  Keith  W.;  and  Dimond.  Herbert  M.,  3.671,890. 
Kolatorowicz,  Edwin  E.;  and  Volkmann.  Werner  K.,  3,67 1 .836. 
Lawrence,  Howard;  and  Schaefer,Peter  C,  3,670,403. 
Meier,  Otto  H.;  and  Leopold.  Richard  F.,  3.670.863.  * 

Miller.  Dewitt  H.  3.67 1 ,859. 
Rhoades.  John  M.,  3.67 1 .727. 
Sims,  Marion  W..  3,670,408. 
Stetson,  Earl  W.,  3,67 1,797. 
Stetson,  Earl  W,  3.671.800. 
Tomlinson.  Lee  H..  3.670.479. 
Westendorp.  Willem  F..  3.67 1 .902. 
Wolfram.  Adolf  Egmont.  3.671.869. 
Worst.  Joseph  C,  3,670.533. 
Wrifht.JohnH.,  3,671,429. 
Ziemba,  Richard  T.,  3,670.652. 
General  Laboratory  Associates.  Inc.:  See — 

Knudson.  Louis  I.;  Frink.  Richard  C;  and  White,  diaries  H.. 
3.671,788. 
General  Mills,  Inc.:  See— 

MaxweU.  Donald  L.;  and  Nyberg.  Philip  E.,  3,67 1 .263. 
General  Moton  Corporation:  See— 
Albers,  Walter  A.  Jr.,  3.67 1 .309. 
Ballou.  Richard  P..  3.67 1 .802. 

Brooks.  Frank  W.;  and  Naismith.  Thomas  D.,  3.670.853. 
Cbams.  Norman,  3,671,714. 
Dega.  Fred  W..  3.670.560. 
Dirks,  Chauncey  L..  3.670.402. 
Eckert.  Clarence  J.;  and  Moulds.  John  W.,  3,670,709. 
Pales.  Douglas  I..  3.67 1 ,962. 
Fogt.  Thomas  H.;  Steiner.  William  R.;  aitd  Murphy,  John  M., 

3,670.523. 
Hause,  GUbert  K.,  3,670,596. 
Hayes,  John  R.;  Eckart,  Francis  H.;  and  Peck.  Donald  E., 

3,670,624. 
Huntzinger.  Gerald  O.;  and  Sheldrake,  Leonard  J.,  3,67 1 ,843. 
Jackson.  George  W.;  and  WheUn.  James  E..  3.67 1 .  150. 
Kolbe,  William  H.;  Sagady.  Alexander  J.;  and  Suzuki,  Taro, 

3.671,154. 
Kortge,  Jerry  W.;  and  Rodaer,  James  A..  3.67 1.75 1 . 
Kuck.  Lloyd  L..  3.671,144. 
Leffert.  Cbaries  B..  3.670,495. 
Mad.  Raymond  J..  3.670,854. 

Mawhinney.  Albert  B.;  and  Herzog.  Ellwood  P.,  3,670,407. 
Mazzarins,  Janis,  3,670,430. 

McLean,  William  E.;  and  Ruch,  David  E..  3,67 1 .949. 
Mihon.Thomaa  J..  3,670,591. 


Paaek,  Janes  E.;  and  Woodward.  Charles  D.,  3,67 1 .085. 
Pedeisen.  George  H..  3.670,964.  | 

Ryntz,  Edward  F.,  Jr.;  Janowak,  John  F.;  and  Watton,  John  F., 

3,670,558.  ^ 

Salihi,JalalT.,  3,671,832. 
Simnis,Harold  J,  Jr.,  3,671,952. 
Stewert.  Robert  M..  3,670,704. 
Tuchoiski,  Leon  A.,  3,670,499. 
Wing,  Douglas  J.,  3,67 1 ,695. 
Woodward,  Charles  D.,  3,67 1 ,084. 
Yee,  John  W,  3,671,733. 
General  Tire  A  Rubber  Company,  The:  See— 

Barnes,  Jon  P.;  and  Johnson,  James  L.,  3,67 1 .345. 
Henley.  VirgU  E.;  and  Lauer,  Walter  W.,  3,671,358. 
General  Tire  Extinguiaher  Corporation:  See— 

Magdars,  John  T..  3.670,763. 
Gentile.  Anthony  L.;  and  Staftudd,  Oscar  M.,  to  Hughes  Aircraft  Com- 
pany. Method  and  apparatus  for  Czochralski  growth  of  large  crystals. 
3.671.203,0.  23-315.000. 
Genzel,  Hans-Ulrich  Werner,  Hafeli,  Hana-Rudoif;  and  Steiner,  Hans 
Robert,  to  Zellweger  Ltd.  Method  and  apparatus  for  identifying  arti- 
cles and  identification  sign  therefor.  3,67 1 ,7 1 8, 0.  235-6 1 . 1  le. 
Geo  Space  Cofporation:  See — 

Gundlach,  William  J,  3,670,840. 
George,  Billy,  to  Textron,  Inc.  Method  of  fbmiing  trim  menlber. 

3,670,399.0.29-509  000. 
Georgia-Pacifk:  Corporation:  5er— 

Kim.  Chung  Sul  Youn.  3.67 1 .428. 
Gerhard,  Otto.  Shock  absorbing  vehicle.  3.67 1 .068. 0.  293- 1  OOOj 
Gerlach.  Lester  C:  See— 

Thiele.  Tom  N.;  Gerlach.  Lester  O.;  and  Gibnore.  Thomas  P.. 
3,671.746. 
Germano,  Victor  V.:  See— 

Malkin,  Irving;  Pafan,  Bert  E.;  De  Ridder,  Jon  A.;  and  Genqano. 
Victor  V.  3.67 1.331. 
Germino.  Felix  J.;  and  Caracci.  Joseph  R..  Jr..  to  CPC  International 
Inc.  Process  of  preparing  pudding  containing  starch  having  a  low 
bound-fat  content  3,671^69,0.99-139.000. 
Gertsman,  Lev  Alexandrovich:  5er— 

Abartloviky.  laaak  Pavlovich;  and  Gertsman,  Lev  Alexandrovich, 
3.671.387. 
Gettinger.  John  F.  Adjustable  holding  device.   3.671.032.  O.  269- 

72.000. 
Gibson.  Robert  G.;  Mackin,  John  G.,  Jr.;  Johnson.  Paul  K.;  and  Koop. 
Francis  D.,  Jr.,  to  Fluor  Corporation.  Rigid  stinger  with  adjustable 
pipeline  curvature  means.  3,670.5 1 1 , 0. 61-72.300. 
Gibson,  Rodney  William,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Delay  line. 

3,671,887,0.  333-30.000. 
Gidge,  Lester,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Heat  sealing  of  porous  materi- 
als. 3,671,709,0.  219-10.530. 
Gilchrist,  Allan  E. ,  to  SCM  Corporation.  Surfacer  treating  procea  for 
blemished  eiectrocoat  substrates  and  surfacer  composition  therefor. 
3,671,464.0.  252-511.000. 
Gillette  Company.  The:  See— 

Felger.Cari  B..  3,671,626. 
Gilmore,  John  W.  Bag  lock  assembly.  3.67 1 .066,  G.  292-228.000. 
Gilmore,  Thomas  P.:  See — 

Thiele,  Tom  N.;  Gerlach,  Lester  O.;  and  Gilmore,  Thomas  P.. 
3.671,746. 
Girault,  Denis:  See — 

Furstenberger.  Jean;  Lebrun.  Guy;  and  Girault,  Denis,  3,670.945. 
Girault,  Pierre:  See— 

Assouline.  George;  Conjeaud.  Pierre;  Girauk,  Pierre;  and  Lciba. 
Eugene.  3.671,963. 
Citlin.  Edward  E.:  See— 

HaU.  Maurice  B..  3.670.428. 
Gladysz.  Wiktor,  to  Atlas  Hoist  &  Body  Inc.  Cable  hold-down  del« 

3,671.016,0.254-190.000. 
Glass,  Marvin,  &.  Associates:  See- 
Meyer,  Barton  C.  and  McKay.  Robert  S..  3.67 1 .040. 
Gmunder,  John;  See — 

Bormann,   Gerhard;   Gmunder,   John;   and   Wilkens.    Heinfich. 
3.671.541. 

Gmur,  Dionys:  See— 

KJronenberg,  Hans;  and  Gmur,  Dionys,  3,670,899. 
Gnage,  CNiver  W.;  and  Connelly,  Gordon  F.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. Magnetic  conveyor  system.  3,670,868.0.  198-41.000.      ] 
Go  International,  Inc.:  See — 

Baaham,  Edward  R;  and  Smith,  William  D,  3,670,566. 
Goffe,  Charles  A.:  Sw—  | 

Oftedahl,  Edwin  N.;  Huttemann,  Thomas  J.,  Jr.;  and  Goffe, 
Charles  A,  3,671,260. 
Goffe,  William  L.,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Method  of  making  an  imag- 
ing member.  3,671,282.0.  117-16.000. 
Goldberg.  Jack,  to  Monsanto  Company.  High,  low  and  thermocouple 

bum-out  alarm  system.  3,67 1 ,953, 0.  340-227.00r. 
Goldstick,  Robert  Jay,  to  Amchem  Products.  Inc.  Manufacturing 
process  for  esters  of  dihalohydroxybenzonitriles.  3,67 1 ,556, 0. 260- 
404.000. 
Golner,  Jerold  Julius:  See— 

Venuti.  Richard  Joseph;  Golner.  Jerold  Julius;  and  D'Amato, 
Anthony  Salvatore.  3,670,952. 
Goodbody,  FLichard  L.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Navy.  HF  su- 
perstructure discone  antenna.  3,671.971,0.  343-710.000. 


evice. 


einric 


June  20, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  15 


Gooding,  Chester  Martin;  Parker.  Wilbur;  and  Melnick,  Daniel,  to 

CPC  IntemaUonal  Inc.  Peanut  butter.  3. 671. 267. 0.  99-128.000. 
Goodpasture.  Kenneth  Wayne.  Ruid  flow  control  apparatus  for  filter 

unitt  in  a  filtration  system.  3.670.895,0.  210-167.000. 
Goodwill  Automated  Devices,  Inc.:  See— 

GoodwiU,  JohnT..  3,670.783. 
Goodwill,  John  T.,  to  Goodwill  Automated  Devices.  Inc.  Cable  tying 

machine.  3,670,783,0.  l40-93.00r. 
Goodwin,  Charles  M.  Clip  board  with  pencU  holder.  3,670,370, 0.  24- 

67.700. 
Goodyear  Aerospace  Corporation:  See— 

Kolarik.  Robert  V.  3.671.374. 
Gorin,  Everett,  to  Consobdated  Coal  Company.  Method  of  calcining 
and  desulfurizing  carbonaceous  contiguous  bed  of  agglomerates  with 
particulate  heat  carriers.  3.671.401,0.  201-12.000. 
Goshims,  Tskeshi;  and  Imai,  Nobuhiro,  to  Canon  Kabushiki  Kaisha. 

Reel  brake  device  for  Upe  recorder.  3,670,992. 0.  242-204.000. 
Goss,  Harry  F.:  See— 

Hagemeyer,  Hugh  J.,  Jr.;  and  Goss,  Harry  F.,  3,671 ,603. 
Gotshall,  William  W.,  to  Marathon  Oil  Company.  Pelleting  of  oil- 
coated  carbon  particles.  3 .67 1 .6 1 3 , 0.  264- 1 1 5 .000. 
Gottlob.  Heinrich:  See— 

Behn.  Reinhard;  Gottlob,  Heinrich;  Haid,  Hans;  Hoyler.  Gerhard; 
and  Kessler,  Hartmut,  3.670.378. 
Gotz.  Hans,  to  Daimler-Benz  Aktiengesellschaft.  Roof  top  for  motor 

vehicles.  3,670,640,0.  98-2.180. 
Gouger.  Leonard  Joseph:  See — 

Arrington.    William    L.;   Gantt.   Wayne    Cariton;    and    Gouger. 
Leonard  Joseph.  3.67 1 .903. 
Gould,  Bruce  Michael,  'Automatic*  Sprinkler  Corporation  of  America. 

Apparatus  and  process  for  treating  hides.  3,670,534, 0. 69-30.000. 
Grace.W.R.,&Co.:S«- 

Maher,  Philip  Kenerick;  Albers,  Edwin  Wolf;  and  McDaniel,  Carl 

Vance.  3.671,191. 
Tangredi.     Albert     Joseph;     and     Zuckerman.     Marc     Robert. 

3,670,947. 
Triggiani,  Leonard  V.;  and  Sanchez,  MoisesG.,  3,671,453. 
Welch,  Vergil  B.,  Jr..  3.670,646. 
Graco  Inc.:  See— 

Fahlin.  James  R.;  and  Hagfots.  Gerald  D.,  3,670,967. 
Grady,  Dennis  F.:  See — 

Carbo.  Jerry  A.;  and  Grady.  Dennis  F..  3.670,477. 
Grafttein,  Danel:  See- 
Barnes,  Robert  L.;  Block,  William  M.;  and  Grabtein,  Danel, 
3,671,489. 
Graham.  Paul  R.:  See—  ' 

Ottinger.  August  F.;  and  Graham,  Paul  R.,  3,671,479. 
Gramza.  Eugene  P.;  and  Schreiber,  David  D.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. Photographic  transfer  elemenu  and  processes  for  preparing 
and  using  them.  3,67 1 ,240,  CI.  96-29  OOr. 
Granco  Equipment,  Inc.:  See— 

PhiUips,  William  A.,  3.670.668. 
GrandmonUgne.  Walter,  to  Moeller  &  Neumann  G.m.b.H.  Positioning 

device  for  aligning  plates  on  a  rollway.  3.670,864, 0.  1 98-29.000. 
Granger.  Maurice.  Apparatus  adapted  to  form  collars  around  openings 

previously  executed  in  plates  or  tubes.  3.670.547, 0.  72-75. 
Grsnirer,  Louis  W.,  deceased  (by  Granirer,  Minna  B.);  Granirer. 
Samuel;  and  Pearlman.  Robert  1.;  executors,  to  Granirer.  Minna  B. 
Reaction  products  of  placenta  extracts  and  penicillin.  3,671,627, 0. 
424-105.000. 
Granirer,  Minn:  See— 

Granirer,  Louis  W.,  deceased;  Granirer,  Samuel;  and  Pearlman, 
Robert  I.;  executors,  3.67 1 ,627. 
Granirer,  Minna  B.:  See — 

Granirer,  Louis  W..  deceased;  Granirer.  Samuel;  and  Pearlman, 
Robert  I.;  executors,  3,671,627. 
Granirer,  Samuel:  See— 

Granirer.  Louis  W.,  deceased;  Granirer.  Samuel;  and  Pearlman. 
Robert  I.;  executors.  3.67 1 .627. 
Grard.  Charles:  See— 

Chabardes.  Pierre;  Gandilhon,  Pierre;  Grard,  Charles;  and  Thiers. 
Michel,  3,671,569. 
Grassmann,  Hans-Christian;  and  Walther,  Emil,  to  Siemens  Aktien- 
gesellschaft. Apparatus  for  controlling  the  field  intensity  in  material 
processed  in  a  capacitive  high  frequency  field.  3,671.704.  O.  219- 
10.810. 
Grattan.  Worthin  F.  Automatic  transmission  for  automotive  vehicles. 

3,670,597.0.  74-752.00e. 
Gray,  William  C:  See— 

Ruehle,  William  H.;  Hodge,  John  D.,  Jr.;  and  Gray,  William  C. 
3,671,929. 
Grazier,  Robert  L.;  and  Kudingo,  Kenneth  F.,  to  Service  Dynamics, 
Inc.   Self-propelled  cable  burying  apparatus.   3.670.512.  O.   61- 
72.600. 
Great  Lakes  Carbon  Corporation:  See— 

Prescott.  Roger,  3,67 1 ,285. 
Greenberg,  Walter  H.;  and  Voelker,  Walter  D.  Ejecting  giant  articles 

from  injection  mold.  3,67 1 , 1 59,  CI.  425- 1 55 .000. 
Grewe,  Josef,  to  Electra  Flock,  Inc.  Paint  applicator  or  the  like  and 

method  of  making  the  same.  3,671.373,0.  161-64.000. 
Grews,  Ferdinand:  See — 

Sasse.    Klaus;    Scheinpflug,    Hans;    and    Grews,    Ferdinand, 
3,671,639. 
Griffin,  Charles  K.:  See— 


O'Mara.  Raymond  D. ;  and  GrifBn,  Charles  K. ,  3 ,67 1 , 1 36. 
Grimm,  David  W.,  to  Amerace  Esna  Corporation.  Fastening  device 

with  captive,  axial  floating  nut.  3.670,796, 0.  IS  1-41 .750. 
Griner,  Arthur  J.;  and  Blain,  William  A.,  to  Nabisco,  Inc.  Snack  food 

forming  apparatus.  3.67 1 , 1 63, 0. 425-297.000. 
Grinnell,  Fred  1.;  and  Hall,  Clark  J.  Retractable  guard  and  guide  for 

nailer.  3,670,941,0.  227-8.000. 
Griot,  Rudolf  G.;  and  Buzzolini,  Mario  G.,  to  Sandoz-Wander.  inc. 

Glutaric  acid  derivatives.  3,671.583,0.  26O-535.00p. 
Griswold,  Augustus  W.,  to  Dynak,  Inc.  Fhiid  flow  control  device. 

3,670,768,0.  137-606.000. 
GrofT,  Richard  T.:  See— 

Bryant,  William  W.;  and  Graff,  Richard  T.,  3,670,622. 
Groh,  Gunther,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Optical  multiplex  filter 

system.  3,671,106,0.  350-162.0Bf. 
Grover  Machine  Company:  See— 

Nothum,  Andrew;  Thomas,   Billy  W.;  and  White,  Abram  L., 
3,670,553. 
Groves,  Sydney  L.;  KuchU,  Frank  J.;  Lewis,  J.  Stephen;  Maurer, 
Donald  J.;  May,  Richard  L.;  Ryan,  John  W.;  and  Vowles,  Colin,  to 
Mattel,  Inc.  Adjustable  hair  doll.  3,670,45 1 . 0.  46-1 35.000. 
Grozier.  John  David:  See — 

Korchynaky,  Michael;  Grozier,  John  David;  and  Mihelich,  John  L., 
3,671.336. 
Grubb,  Willard  T.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Hydrogen  ion-selec- 
tive sensor.  3,67 1 .4 1 4, 0.  204- 1 95  .OOr. 
GTE  Automatic  Electric  Laboratories.  Incorporated:  See— 
Reimer.  WUliam  A..  3.670.409. 
Reimer,  William  A..  3.67 1 .950. 
Storz,  Frederick  G.,  3,67 1,958. 
Zimmermann,  Joseph  James,  3,67 1 ,043. 
GTE  Sylvania  Incorporated:  See— 

Arrington.   WiUiam   L.;  Gantt.   Wayne  Carlton;   and  Gouger, 

Leonard  Joseph,  3,67 1 .903. 
Ryan.  John  T.;  and  Ingalls.  Jeffrey  D..  3.671,809. 
Torsch,  Charies  Edward.  3,67 1 ,897. 
Guardian  Electric  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 

Sadogierski,  Walter  C,  3,67 1 ,686. 
Guerrato.  Alfredo:  See— 

Lo    Monaco.    Sergio;   Guerrato,   Alfredo;    Fabbro,    Dario;    and 
Donadello.  GrazieUo.  3.67 1 .493. 
Guerre,  Robert  P.;  and  Ruland.  Ross  R.,  to  Esso  Research  and  En- 
gineering Company.  Chamberless  high  intensity  burner  employing 
auxiliary  airflow.  3.671,173.0.  431-182.000. 
Guerster,  Rene  L.,  to  Ametek,  Inc.  Tube.  3,670,773. 0.  138-155.000. 
Guggi,  Walter  Bemhard.  Stabilized  sine  wave  inverter.  3,671,845,  O. 

321-20.000. 
Guido,  Jurgen.  Clearance  compensating  mechanism,  especially  for 
valve  drives  of  intental  combustion  engines.  3,670,707,  O.  123- 
90.570. 
Guinan,  Joseph  C,  to  Norton  Company.   Foam  tape  applicator. 

3,671,364,0.  156-574.000. 
Guinard.  Paul  Andre,  to  Etablissements  Pompes  Guinard.  Electric 
pump  assembly  for  use  in  pumping  explosive  or  dangerous  liquids. 
3,671,152,0.417-422.000. 
Gulf  &  Western  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 

Seipp.  William  R.  3.671,817. 
Gulf  Research  &  Development  Company:  See- 
Joyce,  Thomas  P.,  Jr.;  Lagally.  Ralph  W.;  and  Schulz,  Johann  G. 

D.,  3,671,579. 
Porter,  Warren  K.,  Jr.,  3,67 1 ,457. 
Gulton  Industries,  Inc.:  See — 

Herman,  Bernard  B.;  and  Farley,  Vincent  P..  Jr.,  3.67 1 .320. 
Herman.  Bernard  B.;  and  Farley,  Vincent  P..  3.671 .32 1. 
Gundlach.  Richard  P.,  to  Industries,  Inc..  mesne.  Film  training  projec- 
tor. 3,671.736.0. 240-47.000. 
Gundlach,  WiOiam  J.,  to  Geo  Space  Corporation.  Flexible  seismic  gas 

exploder.  3,670,840,0.  I81-.5nc.  ' 

Gunter,    Alec   C.    Apparatus   for   preparing   a   cocoa   concentrate. 

3.67 1 .273.  a.  99-236.0CC. 
Gunther,  Wolfgang  H.  H..  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Selenium  containing 

polymers.  3,671,467,0. 260-2.00m. 
Guptill,  Frank  E.,  Jr.:  See- 
Wilson,  Raymond  F.;  Peck,  Reese  A.;  and  Gtiptill,  Frank  E.,  Jr.. 
3,671,420. 
Gyllstrom,  Richard  G.:  See — 

Butcher,  James;  Gyllstrom.  Richard  G.;  and  Lamb,  William  Doyle, 
3,670,760. 
Gyogyszerkutato  Intezet  See— 

Toldy,  Lajos;  Borsi,  Jozsef;  Elek,  Sandor,  Elekes,  btvan;  and  An- 
drasi,  Fercnc,  3,67 1 ,537. 
Gyory,  Emeric  J.;  and  Teichmaim,  Otmar  E.,  to  Borg-Wamer  Corpora- 
tion. Up  type  seal.  3,671.048.0.  277-227.000. 
Haas,  Charles  H..  to  Budd  Comf^y.  The.  Method  of  making  flexible 

brake  bands.  3.670,392,0.  29-41 1.000. 
Haas,  Guenther;  and  Reinhardt,  Dieter,  to  Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft 
Circuit  arrangement  for  generation  timing  pulses.  3,671,873,  O. 
328-63.000. 
Haas,  Werner  E.  L.;  and  Adams.  James  E..  to  Xerox  Corporation. 

Imaging  system.  3.671.231,0.96-1.000. 
Haas,  Werner  Erwin  Louis;  Adams.  James  Ewing;  and  Mechlowitz, 
Blea,   to   Xerox   Corporation.    Method   for   producing   images. 
3,671,237,0.96-27.000.  ""^ 

Hack,  Hehnuth:  See— 


PI  16 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  26, 1972 


Westphal,  Kuit;  Meiaer.  Werner;  Fue,  Ludwig;  and  Hack,  Hel- 
muth.  3.67 1.323. 
Haering,  Rudolph  R.;  and  OUanlon,  John  F.  High  voluge  thin-film 

transistor.  3.67 1.820.  CI.  31 7-23S.00r. 
Hafeli.  Hans-Rudolf:  See— 

Genzel.  Hana-UIiich  Werner;  Hafeli.  Hans-Rudolf;  and  Steiner, 
Hans  Robert.  3.67 1.7 1 8. 
Haga.    Teruhide;    Yamaguchi,    Hisaahi;    and    Hirao.    Yotaro.    to 
Konishiroku  Photo  Industry  Co..  Ltd.  Silver  halide  emulsion  fog  in- 
hibited with  quaternary  ammonium,  triazole  and  tetrazaindene  com- 
pounds. 3.671.2SS.a.  96-109.000. 
Hagemeyer.  Hugh  J..  Jr.;  and  Robinson.  Alfred  G..  UI.  to  Eastman 
Kodak   Company.   Hexahydro-3.3.6.6-teUa   alkylfuro(3,2-b)furan- 
2.S-diol.  3.671.550.0.  260-347.800. 
Hagemeyer.  Hugh  J..  Jr.;  and  Goes.  Harry  F.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. Butene  recovery.  3.67 1.603,  CI.  260-677.00a. 
Hagen,  Helmut;  and  Becke.  Friedrich,  to  Badiache  Anilin-  &  Soda- 
Fabrik       AktiengeaeUachaft       Production       of       2-carbamyl- 
tetrahydropyrimidines.  3.671.522.0.  260-247.500. 
Hagfora.  Gerald  D.:  See— 

Fahltn.  James  R.;  and  Hagfors.  Gerald  D.,  3.670.967. 
Hagino,  Hiroshi:  See— 

Nakayama.  Kiyothi;  and  Hagino.  Hirochi,  3,67 1 ,396. 
Hagiwara,  Yasuhira:  See— 

Kumai,  Ko;  Motoyoahi,  Minoru;  Tanaka,  Kiyoshi;  and  Hagivtrara, 
Yasuhira.  3.671.337. 
Hagmann,  Foster  M.  Ring  seal  for  stationary  members.  3,671,046,  O. 

277-170. 
Haid,  Hans:  5m- 

Behn.  Reinhard;  Gottlob.  Heinrich;  Haid,  Hans;  Hoyler,  Gerhard; 
and  Keasler,  Hartmut,  3,670,378. 
Haile,  Ernest.  Vacuum  pump  operated  musical  instrument.  3.670,617, 

CI.  84-330.000. 
Halcon  International,  Inc.:  See — 

Onsager,  Olav  Torgeir,  3,67 1 ,567. 
Onsager,  Olav  Torgeir,  3,67 1 ,568. 
Hale,  Frank  E.,  Jr.;  and  Hale.  Frank  E.,  St.  Apparatus  for  removing  oil 

from  a  body  of  water.  3,670,896,  CI.  2 10-242.000. 
Hale,  Frank  E..  Sr.:  See- 
Hale,  Frank  E.,  Jr.;  and  Hale,  Frank  £.,  Sr.,  3,670,896. 
Hall,  Clark  J:  Sr«- 

GrinneU,  Fred  I.;  and  Hall,  Clark  J.,  3,670,941 . 
HaU,ConC.,IV:S«e- 

Leavitt.  Clyde  M.;  Johnson,  Walter  C;  and  HaU.  Con  C,  IV, 
3,670,682. 
Hall,  Harold  H.,  Sr.  Fishing  rod  holder  for  boats.  3.671,001,  O.  248- 

43.000. 
Hall,  John  B.,  Jr.;  Tung,  Yi;  and  Winn,  Lavem  E.,  to  United  Sutes  of 
America,  National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration.  Liquid 
waste  feed  system.  3,670,890,  CI.  2 10-104.000. 
Hall,  Maurice  B.,  1/3  to  Bowling,  Harold  F.;  and  and  1/3  to  Gitlin,  Ed- 
ward E.  Clock  scale  demonstrator.  3,670,428.  CI.  35-39.000. 
Hall,  Robert  N.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Removal  of  acceptor 

impurities  from  high  purity  germanium.  3,67 1, 330, CI.  148-1.600. 
Halliday,  Denis  Malcolm:  See— 

Blake,  Anthony;  Halliday,  Denis  Makolm;  and  Woods,  Michael 
Faulkner,  3,671,268. 
Halpem,  Alfred,  to  Synergistics,  Inc.  Polyvinylpyrrolidone-iodine  com- 
pounds. 3,67 1,545,  CI.  260-326.5fl. 
Hamilton,  Colin  B.;  and  Oles,  Edward  J.,  Jr.,  to  United  States  Steel 
Corporation.  Method  for  preventing  high-temperature  blistering  of 
copper  coatings  electro-deposited  on  copper  substrates.  3,671,407, 
CI.  204-32.00r. 
Hamilton,  David  G.,  Jr.  Angularly  adjustable  square  holder.  3,670,418, 

CI.  33-75.00r. 
Hamilton,  Otis   L.,    1/2   to   Doane,  Frank.   Skid   inverting  device. 

3,670,903,0.  2 14-1. OOq. 
Hamm,  Philip  C,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Chemosterilant  composi- 
tions for  flies  and  method  of  use.  3,671 ,635, 0. 424-3 19.000. 
Hampel,  Daniel;  and  Lerch,  Joseph  Bryan,  to  United  Sutes  of  Amer- 
ica, Air  Force,  mesne.  Sample  and  hold  circuit.  3,671,783,  O.  307- 
238.000. 
Hanchett,    George    D..    to    RCA    Corporation.    Switching   circuits. 

3,67 1 ,778. 0.  307-252.00b. 
Hanke.  Horst:  See— 

Rotter.  Friedrich;  and  Hanke.  Hoist,  3.670,550. 
Hanna  Mining  Company.  The:  See— 

Frans,  Robert  D..  3.67 1 .027. 
Hansen,  Clarence  M.:  See — 

Hoyt.  Charles  T.;  Haun.  John  W.;  Hensel.  Dwight  L.;  Hansen. 
Clarence   M.;  Lovely.   Walter  G.;   and   Bruhn.   Hjalmar   D., 
3,671.077. 
Hansen,  Gerhard.  Apparatus  for  filling  a  chamber.  3,670,787, 0.  14 1- 

250.000. 
Hansen.  Iver  C. :  See— 

Kronies.  Reinhard  K. ;  and  Hansen.  Iver  C. .  3 .67 1 .940. 
Hansen.  John  Edward,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Etched  and  ridged  polyamide  monofilament.  3,671,381.  CI.  161- 
180.000. 
Hanson,  Laurence  B.;  and  Arthur,  Wallace  W.,  to  Gardner-Denver 

Company.  Control  system  for  drills.  3.670,826, 0.  1 73-4.000. 
Hanson,  Roy  R.  Powder  metering  device  for  loading  ammunition. 
3,670,928,0.222-288.000. 


lOKS 

T 


Hara,  Ei;  and  Suzuki,  Shohachi,  to  Tamagawa  Kikai  Kinzoku  K»buahiki 
Kaisha.  Core  rod  stopping  and  releasing  device  in  a  powder  ynaterial 
formingpresB.  3,671,164,0.  425-414.000. 

Harata,  Mituo:  See— 

Imai,  Atsuo;  Harata,  Mituo;  Ogawa,  Yoshitaka;  and  Hasegawa, 
Shoii,  3.671,324.  | 

Harcourt  Brace  Jovanovich,  Inc.:  See — 

Rock.  Edward  M.;  Lou^unan.  Joseph  F..  Jr.;  and  Mc  ManU.  Ann. 
3.670.872. 

Hardtl,  Karl  Heinz,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Electromechanical 
resonator  employing  piezoelectric  ceramic  consisting  of  lead  zir- 
conate-titanate  containing  manganese  monoxide.  3,671,765,  O. 
310-9.500.  ' 

Hardwick,  Peter  D.;  and  Trombetta.  John  J.  Aerosol  cartridge  for 
pressing  irons.  3,670,433,0.  38-77.300. 

Hardy,  Thomas  G.,  Jr.  Apparatus  for  removing  skin  sections. 
3,670,734,0.  128-305.000. 

Harkness,  Joseph  R.,  to  Briggs  &.  Stratton  Corporation.  Electrical 
system  for  tractor  powered  by  magneto  ignition  engine.  3,671,851, 
O.  322-90.000. 

Harlow,  Norman  £.,  to  Image  Systems,  Inc.  Selector  for  edge  notch 
coded  card-type  items.  3,670,885, 0.  209-80.500. 

Harmon,  Carlyle,  to  Johnson  &  Johnson.  Absorbent  product  contain- 
ing a  hydrocolloidal  composition.  3,670,731,0.  128-284.000. 

Hamden,  John  D.,  Jr.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Flexible  elec- 
tronic integrated  circuit  camera  control  assembly.  3,670,639, 0.  95- 
11.001. 

Hamden,  John  D.,  Jr.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Simultaneous 
light  triggering  of  thyristor  arrays.  3,671,749,0.  250-208.000. 

Hamer  Robert  H;  and  Meister,  Otto,  to  S&C  Electric  Company. 
Switch  construction  with  load  break  device  having  a  movable  slat,  a 

tas  expansion  chamber  and  a  gas  muffler.   3,671,697,  CI.   200- 
44.00r. 
Hamisch,  Heinz:  See — 

Roszinski,  Hilmar;and  Hamisch,  Heinz,  3,671,612. 
Harratt,  Anthony  James,  to  Hi-Ton  Machine  Toob  Limited.  iHoning 

tool  arrangemenu.  3,670,456,0.  51 -34.00d. 
Harrington.  Timothy  M.:  See — 

Marshall.  J.  Howard,  HI;  and  Harrington,  Timothy  M.,  3,671,740. 
Harris  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

Downing,  James  H,  3,670,907. 
Harris,  Richard  A. :  See— 

Campbell.  Douglas  E.;  and  Harris,  Richard  A.,  3,67 1 ,243. 
Harris-Intertype  Corporation:  See— 

Foley.  Richard  G;  and  Murray.  James  E..  3,671,827. 
Littrell,  Luther  W,  3,67 1 ,706. 
Morrison,  Walter  C,  3,67 1 ,36 1 . 

Stanton,  Arthur  J.;  Kolb,  Edwin  R.;  and  RoberU,  Wefakter  C, 
3.670,632. 

Hartlein,  Robert  C;  Kiles,  James  D.;  Larson,  Willard  D.;  and  Olson, 
Carl   R.,  to  Dow  Coming  Corporation.  Combustible  caitridges. 
3,670,649,0.102-38.000. 
Hartmann,  WemcrrSee — 

Teichmuller.   Gerhard;   Bamikol-Oettler,   Kurt;  and   Hartmann, 
Werner.  3,671,555. 
Hartwig,  Karl:  See— 

Engel,  Herbert;  Haitwig,  Kari;  and  Schnall,  Gunther,  3,67  IL 1 19. 
Hasegawa,  Shoji:  See — 

Imai,  Atsuo;  Harau,  Mituo;  Ogawa,  Yoshitaka;  and  HaMgawa, 
Shoji.  3,671,324.  T 

Hasegawa,  Yoshihumi:  See —  I 

Terai,  Shiro;  Suzuki,  Toshio,  Hasegawa,  Yoshihumi;  Horiguchi, 
Shojiro;  Nakamura,  Michiei;  KimaU,  Shizuo;  and  {Suzuki, 
Tadanobu,  3,67 1,476.  [ 

Hashiguchi.  Takeshi:  See —  ' 

Inoue,    Takehisa;    Sato,    Masaki;    and    Hashiguchi,    Takeshi, 
3,671,602. 
Hashimoto,  Eiichi:  See — 

Date,  Tasuku;  and  Hashimoto,  Eiichi,  3,670,710. 
Hashimoto,  Yasuo:  See — 

Komata,  Toranosuke;  Ishihara,  Katsumi;  and  Hashimoto, 'Yasuo, 
3,671,226. 
Hashirizaki.  shinya:  See — 

Akuta,    Tomohiko;    Seya,    Atsumi;    and    Hashirizaki,    shinya, 
3,670,833. 
HaskeU,  Robert  A.:  See— 

Lunt,  WUbur  B  ;  and  HaskeU,  Robert  A.,  3,670,653. 
Hatakeyama,  Toshikatsu:  See — 

Usui,  Yoshito;  Shiojima,  Kenji;  and  Hatakeyama,  Toshikatsu, 
3,671,891. 
Hatano,  Sotaro:  See- 
Abe,  Isamu;  Yaahiro,  Hideo;  Sori,  Naoyuki;  Hatano,  Sotaro;  Kat- 
sumoto,  Tomiyasu;  and  Suzuki,  Tadao,  3,670,395. 
Hatori,  Minoru:  See— 

Koga,  Koichi;  Hatori,  Minoru;  and  Akamatsu,  Takashi,  3,67 '  '543. 
Haun,  John  W.:  See — 

Hoyt,  Charies  T.;  Haun,  John  W.;  Hensel,  Dwight  L.;  Hansen, 
Clarence  M.;  Lovely,  Walter  G.;  and  Bruhn,  Hjalmar  D., 
3,671,077. 
Hause,  Gilbert  K.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Torque  converter 

transmission.  3,670,596,0.  74-710.500. 
Hauser,  Raimund:  See — 

Pammer.  Gottfried;  and  Krob,  Erwin,  3,670,990. 
Hawaiian  Sugar  Planters'  Association:  See — 


June  20, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  17 


Nickell,  Louis  G,  3,671,219. 
Hawes,  Roland  J.,  Jr.;  and  Daniel,  Milton  P.,  said  Daniel  assor.  to  said 
Hawes.  Control  system  for  multiple  ingredient  dispensing  apparatus. 
3,670,923,0.222-2.000. 
Hawkins,  Harold  R.  Oil  well  tool  positioning  and  coupling  starting  ap- 
paratus. 3,670,603,0.  81-53.000. 
Hayashi,  Kiyohide:  See— 

Adachi,   Toshio;   Onishi,   Masayoshi;   and   Hayashi,   Kiyohide, 
3,671,655. 
Hayashi,  Yoshimasa:  See— 

Nakajima,  Yasuo;  Hayashi,  Yoshimasa;  and  Nagumo,  Sin-Ichi, 
3,670,496. 
Hayes,  John  R.;  Eckart,  Francis  H.;  and  Peck,  Donald  E.,  to  General 

Moton  Corporation.  Rammer  head.  3,670.624,0.  89-47.000. 
Hayes,  John  T.;  and  Currier,  Robert  G.,  to  Collins  and  Aikman  Cor- 
poration.  Fabric  containment  constructions.    3,670,504,  O.   61- 
3.000. 
Hayes,  Thomas  J.,  Jr.,  to  Anbeck  Corporation.  Double  acting  slips. 

3,670,374,0.  24-263.0ad. 
Haynes,  Joel  E.  Liquid  level  senaor  incorporating  pulse  techniques. 

3,670,765,0.  137-392.000. 
Hazlcwood,  Lewis  F.,  to  Walter  &  Kidde  Company,  Inc.  Disposable  in- 

flauble  tourniquet.  3,670,735,0.  128-327.000. 
Heady,  Orville  E;  Towell,  John  F.;  and  Standifer.  Richard  L,  to  United 
Sutes  of  America,  Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Plutonium  hex- 
afluoride  reduction.  3,671,199,0.  23-284.000. 
Healey,  Anthony  John,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated. 

Multiple  output  fluidic  gate.  3.670,753,  CI.  1 37-8 1 .500. 
Health  Syitemt,  Inc.:  See— 

Panico.  Joseph  J..  3,670,736. 
Heath  Sl  Sherwood  Drilling  Limited:  See — 

Hokanson,  Lyie  W.,  and;  and  Fowke,  Ronald  T.,  3,670,827. 
Heim,  Kenneth  J.;  and  Rimmler,  Fred  F.,  to  Doering,  A.  L.,  Mfg.  Cor- 
poration. Spark  plug  wrench.  3,670,605,0.  81-125.000. 
Heinemann  Electric  Company,  mesne:  See— 

Lefferu,  Peter,  3,67 1 ,780. 
Heinz,  Frank  J.:  See— 

Brooks,  James;  Drummond,  Ralph  E.;  Heinz,  Frank  J.;  and  Cham- 
bers, WUliam  W,  3,671,762. 
Heiss,  Frederick  H;  and  Lindblom,  Cari  E,  to  Valspar  Corporation, 
The.  Method  and  apparatus  for  tinting  paint.  3,670,785,  O.  141- 
9.000. 
Heitmann,  Knut;  and  Schneider,  Eckart,  to  Leitt,  Emst,  GmbH. 
Method  of  synchronizing  the  change  of  digits  in  absolute-value  mea- 
suring devices  and  apparatus  therefor.  3.67 1,750,  CI.  250-237.00r. 
Held,JohnF.:See— 

Bucher,  John  H;  and  Held,  John  F.,  3,67 1 ,334. 
Helker,  George  J.  Power  driven  vehicle  for  surface  travel  on  a  body  of 

water.  3,670,684,0.  1  l4-66.05p. 
Hell,  Rudolf,  Kommanditgesellschaft:  See— 

Henning,  Eberhard,  3,67 1 ,666. 
Heller,  Horst  A.:  See— 

Mehnert,  Walter  E.;  and  Heller.  Hont  A..  3,67 1 ,850. 
Hellerbach,  Joseph;  Szente,  Andre;  and  Waber,  Armin,  to  Hoffhiann- 
La    Roche    Inc.    Benzodiazepin-2-ones   and    processes   for   their 
preparation.  3,671,518,0.  260-239.30d. 
Hellermann,  Paul,  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Kabel.  Heinrich.  3,670,782. 
Hemsath,  Klaus  H.,  to  Midland-Ross  Corporation.  Quench  system  for 

pipes.  3,67 1 ,027, 0.  266-6.00s. 
Henkel  &  Cie  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Nosier,  Heinz  Gunter;  and  Schnegelberger,  Hararid,  3,67 1 ,654. 
Henle,  Robert  A,  to  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 

Difference  amplifier.  3,671,772,0.  307-291.000. 
Henley,  Virgil  E.;  and  Lauer,  Walter  W.,  to  General  Tire  A  Rubber 
Company,  The.  Inflauble  ply  turn  up  bladder  for  a  tire  building 
machine.  3,671,358,0.  156-401.000. 
Henning,   Eberhard,  to  Hell,  Rudolf,   Kommanditgesellschaft.   Ap- 
paratus   for    producing    corrected    photographic    color    rastered 
reproductions.  3,671.666,0.  l78-6.70r. 
Henrard,  Arroand:  See— 

Forter,  Willy;  Henrard,  Armand;  Kehrer,  FriU;  Keller,  Uis  Martin; 
and  Wasera ,  Hans,  3.67 1 .5 1 4. 
Henry.  Daniel:  See— 

Licnemann,  Darlo;  and  Henry,  Daniel,  3,670,67 1 . 
Henry,  James  L.,  to  National  Cash  Register  Company,  The.  Film 

canister.  3,670,982,0.  242-71.200. 
Henry,  James  L.;  and  Schimpf,  Luther  G.,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laborato- 
ries, Incorporated.  Subscriber  loop  range  extender.  3,671,676,  O. 
179-16.00f. 
Hensel,  Dwight  L.:  See— 

Hoyt,  Charles  T.;  Haun,  John  W.;  Hensel,  Dwight  L.;  Hansen, 
Clarence  M.;  Lovely,  Walter  G.;  and  Bruhn,  Hjalmar  D., 
3,671,077. 
Henson,  Samuel  H.  Camper  hold-down  bracket.  3,671,003,  O.  248- 

361.00r 
Herckelbout  et  FiU  Societe  Anonyme:  See— 

Liouville,  Roger,  3,670,781. 
Hercules  Incorporated:  See- 
Brack,  Kari,  3,671,475. 
Herman,  Bernard  B.;  and  Farley,  Vincent  P.,  Jr.,  to  Gulton  Industries, 

Inc.  Battery  plate  treatment  process.  3,671,320,0.  136-75.000. 
Herman,  Bernard  B.;  and  Farley.  Vincent  P..  to  Gulton  Industries,  Inc. 
Process  for  production  and  treatment  of  battery  plates.  3,671,321, 
O.  136-75.000. 


Herman.  James  A.,  to  Prenco  Manufacturing  Co.  Flow  control  and 

damping  means.  3,670,666,0.  110-7.00r. 
Heroae,  Hans,  to  Anciens  Ets..  T.M.B.-J.  Tobler  S.A.  Podtioning 

device.  3,670,582.0.  74-88.000. 
Herron,  Christopher  C.  to  International  Business  Machines  Corpora- 
tion.   Laminated    dynamoelectric    machine    having    noimutgnetic 
lamina  for  structural  support.  3,67 1 .787, 0.  3 10- 1 54.000. 
Herzog,  Ellwood  P.:  See— 

Mawhinney,  Albert  B.;  and  Herzog,  Ellwood  P.,  3,670,407. 
Heseltine,  Donald  W.:  See— 

Fumia,  Arthur,  Jr.;  Heseltine,  Donald  W.;  and  Brooker  Leslie  G. 
S.,  3,671,648. 
Hess,  Grace  A.:  See — 

Hess,  Mariin  F.;  and  Hess,  Grace  A.,  3,670,798. 
Hess,  Howard  V.;  and  Cole.  Edward  L.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Process  for  cok- 
ing pumpable  animal  and  dairy  wastes.  3,671,403,0.  201-25.000. 
Hess,  Mariin  F.;  and  Hess,  Grace  A.  Vehicle  screen.  3,670,798,  Q. 

160-354.000. 
Hesston  Corporation;  and:  See — 

Long,  WilUam  D.;  FeU,  Ferol  S.;  and  Wells,  Bernard  L.,  3.670.590. 
Hewitt,  Robert  E.:  See— 

Britt,  James  £.;  and  Hewitt,  Robert  E,  3,670,700. 
Hewlett-Packard  Company:  See— 
Ritzenthaler,  Jean,  3,67 1 ,852. 
Szente.  Pedro  A.;  and  Joly,  Robert,  3,67 1 ,888. 
Hi-Ton  Machine  Tools  Limited:  See — 

Harratt.  Anthony  James,  3,670,456. 
Higashinakagawa,  Iwao:  See- 
Murakami,  Yoahio;  Higashinakagawa,  Iwao;  Yasuda,  Nobuaki; 
and  Takeno,  Syozo,  3,67 1 ,3 12. 
Hill,  Charies  C,  to  Power  Technology  Corporation.  Intravenous  feed- 
ing apparatus.  3,670,926,0.  222-47.000. 
Hill,  D.  Brian  R.,  to  Westvaco  Corporation.  Decurling  method  and  ap- 
paratus. 3,670,645,0.  101-181.000. 
Hillman,  JuaniU  J.;  and  Horowitz,  Raymond  H.,  to  United  Sutes  of 
America,  Interior.  Reverse-osmosis  membranes.  3,671,516,  CI.  260- 
229.000. 
Hinkley,  David  F.,  to  Merck  &  Co.,  btc.  Process  for  preparing  aacor- 

byl-3-phoq>hate  and  salts  thereof  3,67 1 ,549, 0.  260-343.700. 
Hinkston,  Paul  R.  Collapsible  cycle  carrier.  3,670.933, 0.  224-42.03. 
Hirao,  Yotaro:  See— 

Haga,    Teruhide;    Yamaguchi,    Hisashi;    and    Hirao,    Yotaro, 
3,671,255. 
Hirayama,  Tetsuro.  to  Tokyo  Juki  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Looper 

drive  mechanism.  3,670,677,0.  1 12-199.000. 
Hirooka,  Masaaki:  See— 

Nakaguchi,    Kohei;    Kawasumi,   Shohachi;   Hirooka,   Masaaki; 

Yabuuchi,  Hiroshi;  and  Takao,  Hiroyoshi,  3,67 1 ,492. 
Oshima,  Teruo;  Wada,  Takeshi;  Nagase.  Tsuneyuki;  Masuko,  Fu- 
jio;  Hirooka,  Masaaki;  and  Taniguchi,  laoji,  3,67 1 ,506. 
Hirshfeld,  Julian  J.;  and  Reuben,  Bertie  J.,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Zir- 
conium anti-soil  treatment  of  synthetic  fibers  and  resultant  article. 
3,671,292,0.  117-62.000. 
Hitachi,  Ltd.:  See— 

Shima,  Seiya,  3,670,85 1. 

Uchida,  Atsuyoshi;  and  MiyaU,  Yoshihiko,  3,670,376. 
Hitachi  Shipbuilding  and  Engineering  Co. .  Ltd. :  See— 
Nishimaki,  Ko;  and  Yodiikawa,  Isamu.  3,670,917. 
Hoad,  John  G.,  to  Hoad,  John  G.,  &  Associates.  Process  for  disposal  of 

combustible  waste.  3.670,669,0.  110-8. 
Hoad,  John  G.,  dc  Associates:  See — 

Hoad.  John  G.,  3.670.669. 
Hobbs,PeterV.:See— 

Radke.  Lawrence  F.;  and  Hobbs,  Peter  V..  3,671 ,128. 
Hodge,  John  D.,  Jr.:  See— 

Ruehle,  William  H.;  Hodge,  John  D..  Jr.;  and  Gray,  William  C. 
3,671,929. 
Hodges,  John  Barry;  and  Maybury,  Gordon  Howard.  Winding  formers 
for  use  in  the  manufacture  of  rotor  assemblies  for  dynamo  electric 
machines.  3,671,906,0.  336-208.000. 
Hodogaya Chemica]  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Kado,    Masaru;    Kimura,    Ichiro;    and    Sugiyama,    Hironari, 
3,671.216. 
Hodogaya  Kagaku  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

<>Eutsunu,  Minoru;  Kawakami,  Kazuo;  Ishizald,  Sumio;  and  Ku- 
rosawa, Masatoshi,  3,67 1 , 1 82. 
Hoeroer  Waldorf  Corporation:  See— 

Dutcher,  Daniel  P.,  3 ,670,88 1 . 
Hoever,  Heinz;  and  Orth,  Hertiert,  to  Berstorff,  Hermann,  Maschinen- 
bau  GmbH.  Calender  roll  adjusbnent  apparatus.  3,670,644,  O.  100- 
168.000. 
Hofer,  Lawrence  John  Edward;  and  Manes,  Mihon,  to  Calgon  Cor- 
poration. Recovery  of  adaorbate  frtnn  activated  carbon.  3,670,424, 
O.  34-9.000. 
Hoffman,  Paul.  Laminated  paper  with  reinforcing  scrim.  3,67 1 ,372,  CL 

161-58.000. 
Hoffrnann,  Gotfred  O.,  to  Tri-Tech,  Inc.,  mesne.  Stepper  motor  with 

sutor  biasing  magneto.  3,67 1 ,84 1 , 0.  3 1 8-696.000. 
Hof&nann,  Hervig:  See- 
Decker,  Martin;  Schmidt,  Joseph;  Hoffmann,  Herwig;  and  Pistor, 
Hans  Joachim,  3,671,566. 
H(rffoiann-La  Roche  Inc.:  See— 

Cekoric,  Thomas,  Jr.;  and  Evans,  George,  3,67 1 ,400. 
HeDertwch,    Joseph;    Szente,    Aitdre;    and    Walaer,    Annin, 
3,671.318. 


PI  18 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  20. 1972 


Saucy.  Gabriel.  3.67 1 .539. 
Weinstock.  Marcel.  3.67 1.573. 
Hotennf ,  Edwin  M..  to  ContmenUl  Oil  Company.  DefoMning  com- 
pootions  ind  methods  of  productnf  tame.  3.671,460.  Q.  252- 

358  000. 
Hotaann.  Gottfried;  and  Stull.  Jamea  T..  to  United  Statea  Steel  Cor- 

poration.  Trap  door  to  prevent  water  from  deacending  into  starter 

Sir  ph.  3.670.804.  a.  164-274.000. 
Hogan.  Elmer  R.;  and  Simpaon.  John  I.,  to  Smith-Berger  Manufcctur- 

ing  Cofporation.  Fah-beheading  and  cleaning  apparatw.  3.670.363. 

d.  17-55.000.  ^      .... 

Hotel.  John  J.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Fart  mitial  retponae 

nuclear  reactor  control  tyatem.  3.67 1 ,390, 0.  1 76-24.000. 
Hogya,  Bernard  J.:  See— 

Chiang.  John  S.  C;  and  Hogya.  Bernard  J..  3.671.344. 

Hojo,  Katiuo:  See— 

Kufita.  Takaji;  Motoki.  Mauya;  Emoto.  Kazuhiro;  and  Hojo.  Kat- 
•uo.  3.671.646. 

HokanKMi,  Lyie  W..  and;  and  Fowke.  Ronald  T..  to  Heath  &  Sherwood 
Drilling  Limited.  Underground  drilling  machine.  3.670.827.  CI.  1 73- 
146.000.  ^   , 

HolUmd,  Eldie  H.  Space  motion  simulator  system.  3,670.581.  CI.  74- 
86.000. 

Holland.  J.  H..  Company.  The:  See- 
Holland.  John  H..  3.670.909. 

Holland,  John  H.,  to  Holland.  J.  H.,  Company.  The.  Aggregate  han- 
dling method  and  system.  3,670.909.0.  214-43.000. 

Holle,  Werner,  and  Kessler,  Arthur,  to  Leitz,  Ernst.  G.m.b.H.  Ap- 
paratus  for  controlling  the  shutter  speed  of  photographic  cameras. 
3.670.636.  CI.  95- lO.Oct. 

HoUison.  Ronald  B..  See— 

Stettner.  Dennis;  and  HoUison,  Ronald  B.,  3.670.535. 

Holmes.  Oliver  W.  Condition  monitoring  apparatus.  3.671.760.  Q. 
307-116.000. 

Hoh,  Chester  H.  Folding  rocking  chair  with  folding  seat  support. 
3.671.072.0.297-32.000. 

Holzman.  Mark,  to  Western  Geophysical  Company  of  America.  Two- 
sweep  signal  transmission  aixl  reception  in  seismic  exploration. 
3.67 1.932.  CI.  340-1 5.5cp. 

Honda  Giken  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Date,  Tasuku;  and  Hashimoto,  Eiichi,  3,670,7 10. 

Honeywell  Inc.:  See— 

Bentsen,  Louis  J.,  3,670,745. 

Hron.  Roland  L.;and  Jaimink.  Franciscus  A..  3,671.169. 
SoUman.  George  H.;  and  Dixon,  Samuel  J.,  3,671 ,960. 
Suuffer,  Norman  L.,  3,67 1 ,68 1 . 
Honeywell  information  Systems  Inc.,  mense:  See— 

Lipp.  James  P.;  and  Jones.  William  H..  3.67 1 .935. 
Honeywell  faiforraation  Systems,  inc..  mesne:  See— 

Maggio,  Anthony  F.  Jr.,  3,671,945. 
Honnen,  Lewis  R.;  Andrewsen.  Harry  W.;  Littdstrom,  Eddie  G., 
deceased  (by  Lindstrom,  Jean  H.;  special  administratrix).  Process 
for  preparing  polyolefm-substituted  amines.  3,671.511.  CI.  260- 
93.7. 
Hooker  Chemical  Corporation:  See- 
Murphy.  Donald  P..  3.671.465. 

Rausch.   Werner;  Oei.   Hans   Young;  and   MoUer.   Siegfried. 
3.671.332. 
Hooker.  Marvin  L..  Jr.:  See- 
Rutherford.  Kenneth  R.;  Hooker.  Marvin  L..  Jr.;  and  AHbrandi. 
Joseph  P.,  3.67 1.866. 
Hopermann,  Richard  Konrad.  to  Borden  Company,  The.  Moisture  re- 
sistant packaging  material.  3,67 1, 294,  CI.  1 17-76. 
Horgan,  WiUiam  J.,  Jr.,  to  Blumcraft  of  Pittsburgh.  Lock  for  a  glass 

door.  3,670,537, CI.  70-120.000. 
Hori.  Kikuo:  See— 

Fukushima.    Takaaki;    Takizawa.    Haruki;    Hori.    Kikuo;    Sato. 
Yoshito;  and  Mizumori.  Haruhiko,  3,67 1 ,623. 
Hori,  Takashi.  to  Osaka  Seiki  Works.  Ltd.  Feeding  device  for  machine 

toob.  3.670.461,  CI.  51-21S.0hm. 
Horiguchi,  Shojiro:  See— 

Terai,  Shiro;  Suzuki.  Toshio;  Haaegawa.  Yoahihumi;  Horiguchi, 
Shojiro;   Nakamura,   Michiei;   Kimau.   Shizuo;   and   Suzuki. 
Tadanobu.  3.67 1.476. 
Horowitz.  Donald  J.,  to  Lockheed  Aircraft  Corporation.  Optical  probe. 

3.670.426.0.  35-12.00n. 
Horowitz,  Raymond  H.:  See— 

Hillman,  JuaniU  J.;  and  Horowiu.  Raymond  H..  3.67 1 .5 16. 
Hoaey.  WiUiam  F..  to  Old  Hickory  Mfg.  Co.  Garment  form  retainer. 

3.670.93 l.O.  223-71.000. 
Hoaokawa  Funtaikogaku  Kenkyusho  Osaka:  See— 

Hosokawa,  Masuo;  Yokoyama.  Tohei;  and  Nakagawa,  Fumio, 
3.670.886. 
Hoaokawa.  Masuo;  Yokoyama.  Tohei;  and  Nakagawa.  Fumio.  to 
Hoaokawa    Funtaikogaku    Kenkyusho   Osaka.    Powder   classifier. 
3.670.886.  CL  209- 1 39.00a. 
HoudaiOe  industries.  Inc.:  See— 

Cady.  Percy  L..  Jr..  3.670,610. 
Houle.  Conrad  C.;  and  Maaseth.  Thomas  J.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. Sensitized  pyryUum  photobleacliable  dye  in  gelatin.  3.67 1 .25 1 . 
0. 96-89.000. 
HouKhan.  William  J.;  and  Manning,  Robert  E..  to  Sandos- Wander.  Inc. 
2.3.5.6-Tetrahydroimidazo{2,l-bl  thiazoles.  3.671.533.  CI. 
260-306.700. 


8.3.671.721.^ 


Houlihan.  William  J.;  and  Mannii«.  Robert  £..  to  SaiKlos-Waitder,  Inc. 
6,6-Di-lower    alkyl-2,3.5,6-tetrahydroimidazo    [2,1 -b]    thiazoles. 
3.671.534.0.  260-306.700. 
Houston.  Robert  D..  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Digital  signal  synchronii- 

ing  system.  3.67 1 .776.  Q.  307-269.000. 
Hovhts.  Eerent  Frans.  to  U.S.  l>hilips  Corporation.  Apparatus  for  alig- 
ning two  obiects  which  compriMS  a  source  of  light,  a  photoaensitive 
detection  system  and  two  pattern  carriers.   3.671. 755.  O.   250- 
237.00r. 
Howard,  Edward  C,  Jr.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemouis,  E  I.,  and  Company. 
Copolymers  of  fluoroketone  imines  with  polymerizabie  unsatulated 
compounds.  3,67 1 .509. 0.  260-87.500. 
Howard.  Robert  J.:  See- 
Cory.  Victor  W.;  Wilhama.  Edgar  E.;  and  Howard.  Robert  J.. 
3.670.702. 
Howden.  James.  Sl  Company  Limited:  See— 

Fraser.  William  Mihon;  Cairns,  Walter  John;  and  Mac  Donald.  Ian 
Nomum.  3.671.149. 
Howe.    Spencer    D..    to    Hughes    Aircraft    Company.    Oscillating 

mechanism.  3.67 1 ,766, 0.  3 10-39.000. 
HoweU,  Elgan  NeviUe:  See— 

Hunn,  Barnard  Albert;  and  Howell,  Elgan  Neville, 
Hoxsie.  Frank  E.  Portable  aetf-staiting  fluorescent  lamp.  3.67 1 .803.  Q. 

315-99.000.  I   -\ 

Hoyler.  Gerhard:  See—  I 

Behn.  Reinhard;  Gottlob.  Heinrich;  Haid.  Hans;  Hoyler.  Gerhard; 
and  Keasler.  Hartmut.  3.670.378. 
Hoyt,  Charles  T.;  Haun.  John  W.;  Henael,  I>wight  L.;  Hansen,  Clarence 
M.;  Lovely.  Walter  G.;  and  Bruhn.  ijialinar  D..  to  BriUion  Iron 
Works.  Inc.  Forage  blower.  3.67 1 .077.  CI.  302-8.000. 
Hron.  Roland  L.;  and  Janniitk,  Franciscus  A.,  to  Honeywell  inc. 
Delayed   fuel    and   poat    ignition    timed    burner   control   system. 
3.67 1 . 1 69. 0.  43 1  -67.000.  ■ 

Hsiao.  Mu-Yue:  See— 

Bosaen.  DouglasC;  and  Hsiao.  Mu-Yue,  3.671.947.  } 

Hubbard,  Alan  M.  Method  and  means  providing  dosages  of  oral  hy- 
gienic substance.  3,670,927.0.  222-107.000. 
Huber.  William  W.;  and  Dana.  Richard  L..  to  United  Sutes  Ceramic 
Tile  Company.  Method  for  dry  pressing  ceramic  tile.  3.671.618.  O. 
264-120.000.  I 

Huck.  iUuner  F.:  See- 
Davis,  Louis  E.;  Jensen,  Billy  M.;  Larson,  Floyd  L.;  Huck,  I^ner 
F;  and  Stumph.  Stephen  L..  3.670,386.  ^ 

Hudis,  Ann:  See — 

Benjamin.  Rose  EUen;  and  Hudis.  Ann.  3.670.425. 
Hudson.  H.  D.,  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 

Korda,  Gerhard  F.,  3,670,966. 
Hudswell  Yates  Developments  Limited:  See— 

Ede.  Aimley  Neville.  3.670,431. 
Huff.  Ronald  G.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  National  Aeronautics 
and   Space   Administration.    Apparatus  for  sensing  temperature. 
3.671.329.0.  136-233.000. 
Huffaker,  Waher  D..  to  Ma-Tran  Corporation.  Method  and  apparatus 

for  hanidUng  material.  3.67 1 ,079, 0.  32-29.000. 
Hughes  Aircraft  Company:  See— 
Calhoun.  Donald  F.,  3,670,956. 
Day.  Richard  A.;  and  French.  WiUiam  E..  3.671.728. 
Gates.  Louis  E..  Jr.;  and  Lent,  WUliam  E..  3.671.275. 
Gentile.  Anthony  L.;  and  Stafiudd.  Oscar  M.,  3.671 ,203. 
Howe,  Spencer  D.,  3.67 1 ,766. 

Kaspaul.  Alfred  F.;  and  Kaspual.  Erika  £..  3.671 .238. 
MitcheU,  John  E..  3.671,918. 
Hughes,  Gordon  A . :  See— 

Tokolics.  Joseph;  Hughes,  Gordon  A.;  and  Smith,  Hckcbel, 
3,671,519. 
Hull,  Charies  W.,  to  BeU  &  HovwU  Company.  Method  for  focusing  a 

double  focusing  mass  spectrometer.  3,67 1 ,737, 0.  250-4 1 .9rofl. 
Humphreys,  Robert  Eric:  See- 
Doyle,  George  Mitchel;  Humphreys.  Robert  Eric;  and  Kforing. 
Peter  Lothar  Emst.  3.67 1 .478. 
Humphries.  Darral  V..  to  Bethlehem  Steel  Corporation.  Method  of 

forming  seal  for  multi-wire  strand.  3,67 1 .622. 0.  264-263.000. 
Hundere.  Alf.  Apparatus  for  determining  the  thermal  subUity  of  fluids. 

3.670:561,0.73-61.200. 
Hunn.  Bemvd  Albert;  and  HoweU.  Elgan  NeviUe.  to  Revenue  Systems 

Limited.  Data  reading  systems.  3.67 1 ,72 1 , 0.  235-61 . 1  Ih. 
Hunt.  George  H..  to  Simplex  Wire  and  Cable  Company.  Cross-linked 

polyolefin composition.  3.67 1.51 3. 0.  260-93.700. 
Hunter,  WiUiam  D.  Jr.:  See—  I 

Esterhoy,CharlesJ.,Jr.;Hunter.WiIliamD.. Jr.,  3.671.202.  ( 

Huntzinger,  Gerald  O.;  and  Sheldrake.  Leonard  J.,  to  General  Motors 
Corporation.  Dual  voltage  charging  system.  3,671.843.  O.  320- 
15.000. 

Hurlebaus.  Richard  P..  to  Budd  Company,  The.  Arc  spot  weld  control 
and  power  supply.  3,671,713,0.  219-127.000. 

Hutchins,  Francis  E.:  See— 

Carlson.  Bernard  C;  and  Hutchins.  Francis  E..  3.67 1 .634. 

Huttemaim.  Thomas  J..  Jr.:  See— 

Oftedahl.  Edwin  N.;  Huttemann.  Thomas  J..  Jr.;  and  Ooffe. 
Charles  A.  3.67 1.260. 
Hwang.  Paul  Y..  to  Ampex  Corporation.  Cobalt  doped  gamma  ferric 

oxide.  3.671. 435. 0.  252-62.560. 
Hydril  Company:  See— 


June  20. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  19 


Urouax.  Robert  K..  3.670.761 . 
Hyster  Company:  See- 
Olson,  John  E.;  Bostad,  Wayne  W.;  and  Price,  Norman  L, 
3.670.626. 
lantomo,  James  F.;  Wagner,  John;  and  Schumacher,  Stephen  J.,  to 
Sealcctro    Corporation.     Insulated    electric     terminal    assembly. 
3,671,920,0.  339-59.00r. 
larossi,  Frank  J.,  to  Esso  Research  and  Engineering  Company.  Thermal 
transition  dedgn  for  vessels  carrying  liquid  cargoes  at  nonambient 
temperatures.  3 ,67 1 .3 1 5. 0.  1 1 4-74.00a. 
Ichimura.  Hirohisa:  See— 

Mohir.  Yoichi;  and  Ichimura,  Hirohisa,  3,670,598. 
IIT  Research  Institute:  See— 

AU.  Mir  Akbar.  and  Pincus,  Alexis  G.,  3,67 1 ,380. 
Ikeda.  Hirosaka:  See— 

KawakiU,  Takao;  Ikeda,  Hirosaka;  Matsumura,  Shigeru;  and 
Taniguchi,  Kunichiko,  3,671 ,300. 
niinois  Railway  Equipment  Company:  See — 

Sweger,  Theodore  J.,  3,670,663. 
Image  Systems,  Inc.:  See— 

Harlow,  Norman  E.,  3,670,885. 
Imai.  Atsuo;  Harau,  Mituo;  Ogawa,  Yoshitaka;  and  Haaegawa.  Shoji. 
to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co..  Ltd.  Solid  electrolyte.  3.671.324. 
CI.  136-153.000. 
Imai.  Nobuhiro:  See — 

Goshima.  Takeshi;  and  Imai,  Nobuhiro,  3,670,992. 
Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited:  See- 
Andrews,  Timothy  Douglas;  Short,  Glyn  David;  and  Thomas, 

ieuan,  3,671,250. 
Dixon,  David  Rodney;  Rose,  John  Brewster;  and  Turton,  Cecil 

Nigel,  3,671,486. 
King,  John  Howliston;  and  Smith,  Frank,  3.671.415. 
Knight.  Michael  Horace,  3.67 1 .498. 
White.  Brian  Graham,  3.67 1 .2 1 3. 
Inacker,  Frederick  T.:  See— 

Ammon.  John  P.;  and  Inacker.  Frederick  T..  3.67 1 ,917. 
Industries,  Inc..  mesne:  See— 

GundUch,  Richard  P..  3.67 1.736. 
Ingalls.  Jeffrey  D.:  See- 
Ryan,  John  T.;  and  IngaUs.  Jeffrey  D..  3.671 ,809. 
Ingenieurbureau  de  Ridder  N.V.:  See— 

de  Ridder,  Gerardus  Johannes,  3,671,034. 
Ingham,  Robert  M.,  Jr.,  to  Deering  MiUiken  Research  Corporation. 

Drafting  apparatus.  3,670,367,0.  19-255. 
Inland  Systems,  Inc.:  See- 
Pierce,  Edwin  A.;  ICnob,  Richard  W.;  Roth,  Samuel  O.;  and 
Mcliinney,  Emery  L.,  3,671,362. 
Innocenti  SocieU  Generale  per  llndustria  MetaUurgica:  See— 

Galbarini,  Maao;  and  Ramusino,  Frartcesco  Cotta,  3,671,133. 
Inoue.Tadahiko:  See — 

Nishimura,  Tatsuroi;  Inoue,  Tadahiko;  Tsuboi,  Takeo;  and  Kado, 
Masani,  3.671,640. 
Inoue,  Taiichi;  and  Ueda,  Toshimasa.  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co., 
Ltd.  Germanium  and  silicon  substituted  manganese  activated  mag- 
nesium gallate  phosphor.  3,671,452,0.  252-30 1.40f. 
Inoue,  Taiichi;  and  Ueda,  Toshimasa,  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co., 
Ltd.  Silicon  and/or  germanium  dioxide  substituted  manganese  ac- 
tivated magnesium  aluminate  gallate  phosphor.  3,671,454,  O.  252- 
301.40f. 
Inoue,  Takehisa;  Sato,  Masaki;  and  Hashiguchi,  Takeshi,  to  Toray  In- 
dustries, Inc.  Transalkylation  of  aromatic  hydrocarbons.  3,671,602, 
O.  260-672.00t. 
Inoue,  Takeshi,  to  Kurashiki  Rayon  Co.,  Ltd.  Process  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  composite  fUamentt  aiiid  yams.  3 ,67 1 ,620, 0.  264- 1 7 1 .000. 
Inspection  Engineering  and  Equipment,  Inc.:  See — 
Kiewicz.  Frank  M.;  and  Zmk,  Paul  R.,  3,670,420. 
Kiewicz.  Frank  M.;  and  Zink,  Paul  R..  3,670,421. 
Institut  Francais  du  Petrole  des  Carburants  et  Lubrifiants:  See— 

Delignieres,  Robert;  and  Therond,  Jean-Francois,  3,671,723. 
instruments  Systems  Corporation,  mesne:  See— 

Mc  Cabe,  John  P.,  3,671,685. 
Inta-Roto,  Inc.:  See— 

Seay,  PhUip  B.,  3.670.979. 
inter-Probe,  inc.:  See— 

Blomgren.  Oscar  C.  Sr.;  and  Blomgren,  Oscar  C.  Jr..  3.670.606. 
International  Business  Machines  Corporation:  See— 
Bakke.  Roger  M..  3.67 1 ,725. 
Bossen,  Douglas  C;  and  Hsiao,  Mu-Yue,  3,67 1 ,947. 
Dushkes,  Sherman  Z.;'and  Surty,  Rohinton  J.,  3,670.944. 
Henle.  Robert  A..  3.67 1 ,772. 
Herron,  Christopher  C,  3,67 1 ,787. 
Johnson,  Robert  L.;  and  Leach,  David  W.,  3,670,612. 
Maley,  Gerald  A.;  and  Walsh,  James  L.,  3,67 1 ,763. 
Maley,  Gerald  A.;  and  Walsh,  James  L.,  3,671,764. 
May,  Gordon  Herbert,  3,671,719. 

Rahenkamp,  Robert  A.;  and  Stewart,  WiUiam  R.,  Jr..  3.67 1.683. 
International  Computers  Limited:  See- 
Draper.  James  ICrishen;  and  Chick.  David  Michael.  3.67 1 .779. 
Ties,  Sidney,  3,67 1,351. 
International  Harvester  Company:  See- 
Johnson.  Robert  W.;  and  Karpiel.  Harvey  B..  3.67 1 .070. 
Lienemann.  Dario;  and  Hetuy.  Daniel.  3.670,67 1 . 
Nelson.  Vaughn  A..  3.670.770. 
Tufts,  Guy  O.;  Scamato,  Thomas  J.;  and  Peacock.  Peter  J.. 


3.670,483. 
International  Paper  Company:  See— 
Casavant,  George  D.,  3,67 1 ,234. 
Galanes,  Hector  J..  3.670.949. 
Intematiottal  Plasma  Corporation:  See — 

Benin.  Richard  L..  3.67 1 . 1 95. 
International  Standard  Electric  Corporatioa: 
Bellmann,  Alfred.  3,67 1 ,70 1 . 
Knauer,  Ham  Ulrich.  3,67 1 ,679. 
International  Telephone  and  Teli^raph  Corporation:  See- 
Scarlett.  Robert  M..  3.67 1 .793. 
Wahermire.  Clayton  L..  3.67 1 .792. 
Irani.  Riyad  R.;  and  Robertt.  H.  Evan,  to  Monsanto  Chemical  Com- 
pany.  Antiseptic  compositions  containing  phenolic  bactericides 
potentiated  with  phosphonic  acid  derivatives.  3,671,644,  CL  424- 
346.000. 
Ireland.  Henry  R.;  and  Snyder,  Paul  W.,  Jr.,  to  Mobil  Oil  Corporation. 
Upgrading  of  crude  oil  by  combination  processing.  3,671,419,  O. 
208-57.000. 
Irie,  Toatuaki;  Sato,  Katsuo;  and  Nanko,  Yoshiyuki,  to  Nippon  Electric 
Company,  Limited.  Transistor  device  wiu  plateau  emitter  and 
method  for  making  the  same.  3,671,340,0.  148-187.000. 
irie,  Yoshihiko;  and  ICimura,  Fumio,  to  Tokoco  Ltd.  Overhead  travel- 
ing type  ftiel  supplying  apparatus.  3,670,930, 0.  222-527.000. 
Iroimex  AG:  Ser — 

Wolf,  Emanuel,  3,67 1 ,37 1 . 
Ishihara,  Katsumi:  See — 

Komau,  Toranosuke;  Ishihara,  Katsumi;  and  Hashimoto.  Yasuo, 
3.671.226. 
Ishikawa.  Hajime:  See— 

Sawada.   Hiroyuki;   Miyawaki,  Saburo;  and  Ishikawa,  Hajime. 
3.671.359. 
Ishizaki.  Sumio:  See — 

Ozutsumi.  Minoru;  iCawakami.  Kazuo;  Ishizaki,  Sumio;  and  Ku- 
rosawa. Masatoshi,  3,67 1 , 1 82. 
Ishizuka,  Hiroshi.  Method  for  preparing  zirconium  tetrachloride  and 

hafnium  tetrachloride.  3,671,186.0.  23-24.00z. 
Islip,  Peter  John,  to  Parke,  Davis  &.  Company.  5-Nitro-4-thiazoline-2- 
ylidene-3-acetamide  compounds  and  derivatives  theretrf.  3,67 1 ,650, 
O.  260-294.8. 
itami,  Kazuo:  See— 

Yasui,    Koichi;    Yamamoto,    Kazuo;    Itami,    Kazuo;    Fujisawa, 
Kiyoahi;  and  Saskai,  Toshio.  3,67 1 ,279. 
Itaya,  Nobushige;  Mizutani.  Toshio;  Kitamura,  Shigeyoahi;  Okuno, 
Yoaitosi;  and  Fujimoto,  Keimei,  to  Sumitomo  Chemical  Company, 
Ltd.  5-Prorargylthenyl  cydorropane-carboxylates.  3,671,548,  O. 
260-332.20r. 
Itek  Corporation:  See— 

Bowker,  John  Kent,  3.67 1 . 1 30 
Ito,  Riyokichi,  to  Katsukawa  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Low-deck  truck 

for  carrying  an  article  to  be  treated.  3,670,900,0.  212-14.000. 
Itoh,  Kunio:  See— 

Wada,  Tadashi;  and  Itoh.  Kunio.  3.67 1 .480. 
Itoh,  Tadayoahi:  See— 

Ayukawa,  Yaichi;  Naruse.  Uhei;  Itoh,  Tadayoahi;  and  Miyakawa, 
Tsuneaki.  3.671.261. 
Ivanhoe  Research  Corporation:  See— 

Rovin,  Herman;  Cobb,  James  W.;  Opuszenski,  Theodore;  WUlard, 
Richard    H.;   Rigat,    Raymond,   Jr.;   and   Pelhcaito,   Joseph, 
3,670,675. 
Ivenen,  Svend  Erik:  See — 

ICnudsen,  Erik  Stenberg;  Iversen,  Svend  Erik;  Lund,  Svend  Aage; 
and  Northeved,  AUan.  3,67 1 ,858. 
iwano,  Haruhiko:  See— 

Yoneyama,  Masakazu;  Shimamura,  Isao;  Iwano,  Haruhiko;  and 
Ohi,Reiichi,  3,671,247. 
Iwasaki,  Hiroshi:  See— 

Uchida,  Naoya;  Ohmachi.  Yoahiro;  Niizeki.  Nobukazu;  Miyazawa, 
Shintaro;  and  Iwasaki,  Hiroshi,  3.67 1 . 1 03 . 
Iwasaki  Tsushinki  Kaisha:  See— 

Uchida,  Kozo;  and  Tsuji.  Toshiyuki.  3.67 1 ,673. 
Iwatani  &  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Nakano,  Satoru,  3,67 1 ,167. 
I  watsu  Electric  Company  Ltd. :  See— 

Takahashi.  Tadaahi;  Miyazaki.  Masatoahi;  Ogawa.  Yasuhiko;  Sato. 

Tadashi;  and  Kakuta.  Kazuhiko,  3,67 1 ,936. 
Takahashi.  Tadashi;  Miyazaki.  Masatoshi;  Ogawa.  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 

Tadashi;  and  iCakuU,  Kazuhiko,  3,67 1 ,937. 
Takahashi,  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoahi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhiko;  Sato. 
Tadashi;  and  Kakuta.  Kazuhiko.  3 .67 1 ,94 1 . 
Izuta,  Tadao,  to  Nippon  Gakki  Seizo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Stabilizer  for 

archery  bow.  3,670,712,0.  124-30.00r. 
Jack,  Ronald  H.,  to  Teletype  Corporation.  Self-testing  insertion  tool 

and  methods  of  inserting  workpieces.  3,670.388.0.  29-244.000. 
Jackson,  BUly  G.,  to  LiUy,  Eh,  and  Company.  Cephalosporin  composi- 
tions. 6,67 1.449.0.  252-182.000. 
Jackson.    David    L.    Underwater    dye-marker    rdeaae    mechanism. 

3.670.692. 0.  1 16-124.00b. 
Jackson.  George  W.;  and  Whelan.  James  E.,  to  General  Motors  Cor- 
poration. Enpne  cam  operated  air  compressor  for  vehicle  leveling 
system.  3.67 1 . 1 50. 0.  4 1 7-395.000. 
Jackson,  Winston  J.,  Jr.;  and  Watson.  MarshaU  T..  to  Eastman  Kodak 

Company.  Textile  yam.  3.670,489.0.  57-140.000. 
Jacobs,  Herbert  V.:  See— 


PI  20 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  20. 1972 


Winston.  Eric;  and  Jacobs,  Herbert  V..  3.670.673. 
Jacobs  Machine  Corporation:  See— 

Winston.  Eric;  and  Jacobs.  Herbert  V.,  3.670.673. 
Jacobsen  ManuftKturing  Company:  See— 

Rogers.  Chester  D..  3,670.834. 
Jaffe.  Joseph;  and  KittreU.  James  R..  to  Chevron  Research  Company. 
Hydrotreating  process  using  a  catalyst  comprising  a  fluorine<ontain- 
ing  layered  cryibdUnealuminoailicate.  3.671.423.0.  208-216.000. 
Jahnk.  Herbert  A.,  to  Budd  Company.  The.  Low  temperature  Zn-Al- 

Cu  casting  alloy.  3,671.227.0.  7S-178.0ac. 
Jakobaen,  Kjell  MoswoU;  and  Eriksson.  Hanslivar,  to  Aktiebolaget 
Platmanufaktur.    Producing   tubular   members   of   lignocellulose 
material  by  compression  within  an  annular  chamber.  3.67 1 .386. 0. 
162-224.000. 
Jamison.  Saunders  £..  to  Celaneae  Corporation.  Diacid-diol  based 

foams  and  process  of  making  same.  3.67 1 .47 1 ,  CI.  260-2. SOr. 
Janelid,  Ingvar.  Method  of  preventing  leakage  during  storage  of  a  gas 
or  a  liquid  in  a  rock  chamber  by  ar^fically  supplying  a  gas  or  a  liquid 
to  the  rock  surrounding  the  rock  chamber.  3.670.503.  CI.  61-. S. 
Jania.  Zbigniew  J.;  and  Vanderberg.  Lawrence  J.,  to  Ford  Motor  Com- 
pany.   Electronic    control    system    for    antiskid    vehicle    brakes. 
3.67 1.081. CI.  303-2 l.Obe. 
Jannink.  Franciscus  A.:  See— 

Hron.  Roland  L.;  and  Jannink.  Franciscus  A..  3.671.169. 
Janowak,  John  F.:  See— 

Ryntz,  Edward  F.,  Jr.;  Janowsk.  John  F.;  and  Watton,  John  F.. 
3.670.558. 
Jarman,  David  J.  Shear  discharge  conveying  system.  3.670,61 1 ,  CI.  83- 

81.000. 
Jaskolski.  Stanley  V.;  and  Seitz.  Martin  A.  Zinc  oxide  crystal  bulk-ef- 
fect oscillator  and  method  of  preparing  the  same.  3.671.193.  CI.  23- 
148.000. 
Jaworski.  Ernest  G.,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Growth-promoting  com- 
positions and  methods.  3.67 1 .2 1 2. 0.  7 1-77.000. 
Jeffries.  Lester  A.,  tp  Northrop  Corporation.  High  contrast  display  for 

electron  beam  scanner.  3.67 1.795.  CI.  313-109.000. 
Jehn.    David    H.,    to    Dun-Hot.    Incorporated.    Popcorn    package. 

3.67 1.270.  CI.  99- 17 1.00a. 
Jellison.  Paul  J.,  to  Textron,  Inc.  Composite  washer.  3.670,618,  CI.  85- 

l.Ojp. 
Jenny,  Robert  W.,  to  Boeing  Company,  The.  Landing  gear  gravel  and 

water  deflector.  3.670.996.0.  244-103. 
Jensen.  Billy  M.:  See— 

Davis,  Louis  E.;  Jensen.  Billy  M.;  Larson.  Floyd  L.;  Huck,  Rainer 
F.;  and  Stumph.  Stephen  L..  3.670.386. 
Jinnette,  Allen  J.,  to  Burlington  Industries.  Inc.  Bleaching  procedure 

for  fiberglass  fabrics.  3.671,179.0.  8-101.000. 
Johnson  &.  Johnson:  See — 

Harmon.  Carlyle.  3.670,73 1 . 
Johnson.  A.  A.  Co..  Inc.:  See— 

Wahbtrom,  P.  Boije;  and  Adamson.  J.  Eric.  3.67 1.389. 
Johnson.  Donald  L.  Method  of  jet  breaking  veneer  to  narrow  wood 

flakes.  3.670.791.  CI.  144-326.00a. 
Johnson,   Edward    B.    Silver   recovery   from   photographic    wastes. 

3,671,222,0.75-83.000. 
Johnson,    Herbert    E.,    to    Union    Carbide    Corporation.    Lactam 
polymerization       with       N,N'-dialkyl-azetidinedione       initiators. 
3,671,500,  CI.  260-78.001. 
Johnson.    Herbert    E..    to    Union    Carbide    Corporation.    Lactam 
polymerization  with  substituted  biuret  initiators.  3.67 1.501. 0.  260- 
78.001. 
Johnson.  James  L.:  See— 

Barnes.  Jon  F.;  and  Johnson.  James  L..  3.67 1 .345. 
Johnson.  Leona  M.,  to  ATCO  Surgical  Supports  Co.  Foundation  gar- 
ment providing  orthopedic  support.  3,670.738,  CI.  128-S49.000. 
Johnson,  Paul  K.:  See— 

Gibson,  Robert  G.;  Mackin.  John  G..  Jr.;  Johnson.  Paul  K.;  and 
Koop.  Francis  D. .  Jr. ,  3 .670.5 11. 
Johnson,  Randall  W.  Enclosure  for  heat  exchange  device.  3,671,095, 

O.  312-352.000. 
Johnson,   Robert   B.,   to   Eastman   Kodak   Company.   Film   feeding 
mechanism  for  motion  picture  projectors.   3.671.113.  O.   352- 
173.000. 
Johnson.  Robert  L.;  and  Lea^h,  David  W.,  to  International  Business 
Machines  Corporation.  Card  cutting  apparatus.  3.670.612.  CI.  83- 
99.000. 
Johnson.  Robert  W.;  and  Karpiel.  Harvey  B..  to  International  Harvester 
Company.  Combination  fuel  tank  and  operator's  seat  for  tractors. 
3.671.070.  C1.296-65.00r. 
Johnson.  Walter  C:  See— 

Leavitt,  Clyde  M.;  Johnson.  Walter  C;  and  Hall,  Con  C,  IV. 
3.670,682. 
Johnson  Welding  A  Equipment  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Quinn.  John  N.  3.670.972. 
Johnston,  Douglas,  to  Decatur  Foundry  &.  Machine  Co..  Inc.  Flow  con- 
trol assembly  and  method.  3.670,962,  CI.  239-62.000. 
Johnston.  Edward  W.  Sun  cot.  3.670.750.  CI.  1 35-5. 100. 
Joly.  Robert:  See— 

Szente,  Pedro  A.;  and  Joly.  Robert,  3.67 1 .888. 
Jones  &  Laughlin  Steel  Corporation:  See — 

Bucher.  John  H.;  and  Held.  John  F..  3.671 .334. 
Korchynsky,  Michael;  Grozier.  John  David;  and  Mihelich,  John  L.. 
3.671.336. 
Jones,  Allen  J.,  to  Michel  Lumber  Company.  Hanging  walls  for  fur- 
nace. 3.670.469.  CI.  52-285.000. 


Pail    W. 


Jones.  Charles  E.  Tape  reel  container.  3,670,875. 0.  206-S2.00f. 
Jones.  Cherry  E.  Person  money  container.  3.670,933. 0. 224-28.00b. 
Jones.  David  H.:  See— 

Beaudoin,  Benoit  R.;  Cohen.  Joseph  D.;  Jones.  David  H.;  Marier, 
Lester  J,  Jr.;  and  Raab.  Harry  F..  Jr..  3.67 1 .392. 
Jonea,  Johnny  W..  to  Borg- Warner  Corporation.  Motor  and  ae«l  sec- 
tion utilizing  a  fluorinated  ether  as  a  single,  homogenous,  blocking 
cooling  and  lubricating  fluid.  3.67 1 .786. 0.  3 10-87.000. 
Jones,  Lorin  M.  Escape  mechanism.  3,670,846,0.  182-20.000. 
Jones,  Loyd  W.:  See — 

Dauben,   Dwight   L.;   Froning,   H.   R.;  and  Jones,  Loy^  W., 
3,670.819. 
Jones,  Paul  W.:S*e— 

BiemsoB,    George;    Euling,    Raymond;    and    Jones, 
3.671.107. 
Jones.  R.  A.,  &.  Co..  Inc.:  See— 

Vieson.  John  W.;  and  Baker.  WUIiam  A..  3.670.474. 
Jones.  Stanley  W.:  See— 

Nye.  WiUiam  M.;  and  Jones.  Stanley  W..  3.671.680. 
Jones.  William  H.:  See— 

Lipp.  James  P.;  and  Jones,  William  H.,  3,67 1 .935. 
Jonsson,  Kurt  Alfred,  to  Rederiaktiebolaget  Nordstjeman.  Process  for 

the  production  of  powdered  metals.  3.67 1 .220, 0.  75-.50b. 
Joosten,  Hendrik,  to  Bata  Shoe  Company,  Inc.  Apparatus  for  im- 
mersing Iwted  boots  in  a  liquid  bath.  3,670,698, 0.  1 1 8-425.000. 
Joseph,  Douglas  C:  See — 

Eldridge.  Merle  K.;  Bloom.  Roy  C;  and  Joseph.  Doughs  C. 
3.671.248. 
Joyce,  Thomas  P.,  Jr.;  Lagally,  Ralph  W.;  and  Schulz,  Johann  G.  D,  to 
Gulf  Research  St  Development  Company.  Process  for  oxidi^g  a 
l,l-bis(alkylphenyl)alkane.  3.671.579. 0.  260-517.000. 
Judd.  Joseph  H.  :5m— 

Williams.  Jerry  C.;  and  Judd,  Joseph  H.,  3.671,105. 
Juveland,  Omar  O.:  See— 

Peters,  Edvrin  F.;  and  Juveland,  OnuuO.,  3,671.432. 
K-D  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 

McFarland.  Frederick  R  ;  and  Diffenderfer.  Walter  L..  3.67().419. 
Kabel,  Heinrich,  to  Hellermann,  Paul,  G.m.b.H.  Apparatus  for  tieing  a 

bundle  of  cables  3.670.782,0.  140-93.2. 
Kabel-  und  Gutekoffhungshutte  Aktiengesellschaft:  See — 

Kienzler,  Wolfgang;  and  Burgdorf.  Marten,  3,670,554. 
Kabel-  und  Metallwerke  Gutehomiung^utte  Aktiengesellschaft:iS«e— 

Ziemek,  Gerhard;  and  Schatz,  Friedrich,  3,670,772.  I 

Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See—  I 

Komatsu,    Noboru;    Aral,    Tohur;    and    Mizutani,    Masiyoshi, 
3,671.297. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Okuma  Seisakusho:  See — 

Masuda.  Yukio,  3,67 1 .694. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Ricoh:  See— 

Tanaka,   Tetsuo;    Masumura,    Masao;   Toguchi.    Akihird;   and 

Yamaguchi,  Mario.  3.671,507,  1 

Yamaguchi,     Nario;    Shimizu,     Sakae;    and    Tubuko,    ^azuo, 
3,671.235. 
Kabushilci  Kaisha  Ryobi  Seisakusho:  See— 

MorishiU.  Yasomatsu.  3.670.985. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Saginomiya  Seisakusho:  See— 

Mamiya,  Shigeo;  and  Yajima.  Ryoichiro.  3,67 1 ,9 1 3. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Tokai  Rika  Denik  Seisakusho:  See — 

Suzuki.  Masaru,  3,67 1 .758. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Tokai  Rika  Denki  Seisakusho:  See— 

Suzuki,  Masaru;  and  Murakami,  Yukinobu,  3,671,691. 
Kadison,  Leon  A.:  See— 

Maguire,  Eileen;  and  Kadison,  Leon  A.,  3,671.289. 
Kado,  Masaru:  See — 

Nishimura,  Tatsumi;  Inoue,  Tadahiko;  Tsuboi,  Takeo;  and  Kado, 
Masaru,  3.671,640. 
Kado,  Masaru;  Kimura,  Ichiro;  and  Sugiyama.  Hironari,  to  Kumaiai 
Chemical  Industry  Co..  Ltd.;  and  and  Hodogaya  Chemical  Cd..  Ltd. 
Herbicidal  compositions.  3.67 1,2 16.  CI.  71-100.000.  | 

Kajiura,  Takehiko:  See — 

Funakoshi,  Yoshiro;  Kajiura,  Takehiko;  Fujii,  Kiyoshi;  Kan^maru, 
Toshihiko;  Nishitani,  Masaki;  and  Komeda,  Hiromu,  3,671,296. 
Kakuta,  Kazuhiko:  See—  I 

Takahashi,  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoshi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 

Tadashi;  and  KakuU,  Kazuhiko,  3 ,67 1 .936. 
Takahashi,  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoshi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 

Tadashi;  and  KakuU,  Kazuhiko,  3,67 1 ,937. 
Takahashi,  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoshi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 
TadMhi;  and  Kakuta.  Kazuhiko.  3.67 1 ,94 1 . 
Kalb,  Henry  T.:S«— 

Lennert,  Andrew  E.;  Crossvtry,  Frank  L.;  and  Kalb,  Hei 
3.671.112. 
Kalle  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Kindl,  Erwin;  and  Riegler,  Ernst,  3.670.697. 
Kalopissis.  Cregoier.  to  Societe  Anonyme  dite:  L'Oreal.  Treatment  of 
excessive  sebaceous  glands  secretion  with  substituted  cystcamine 
compounds.  3.67 1 .643. 0.  424-330.000. 
Kam.  George  H..  to  Sylvania  Electric  Products.  Inc.  Pulse  shaping  cir- 
cuit with  multiplier  application.  3.671,775.0.  307-271.000. 
Kammerer.  WilUam  T. :  See— 

Corben,  Leo  D.;  Kammerer,  William  T.;  and  Shepp,  Allan, 
3.671,246. 
Kamoshida,  Mototaka,  to  Nippon  Electric  Company  Limited.  Method 

of  fabricating  a  semiconductor.  3,670,404, 0.  29-574.000. 
Kanantaru,  Toshihiko:  See — 


e»ry  T., 


June  20, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  21 


Funakoshi,  Yoshiro;  Kajiura,  Takehiko;  Fujii,  Kiyoshi;  Kanamaru, 
Toshihiko;  Nishitani,  Masaki;  and  Komeda.  Hiromu.  3,67 1 .296. 
Kane.  John  W.:S«*— 

Elliott.  Ernest  A.;  Kane.  John  W.;  and  Paaen.  Randolph  A.. 
3.671.002. 
Kanno.  Satoshi.  to  Victor  Company  of  Japan.  Limited.  Rotation  con- 
trol circuit  for  transistor  motor.  3.67 1 .837. 0.  3 1 8-394.000. 
Kaplan,  Irving  Leonard,  to  Krasny,  Cart,  St  Associates,  Inc.  Bar  un- 

scrambler.  3,670,902,0.  214-1. 
Kardos,  Theodore  L.:  See— 

Dominick,  George  G.;  Sciacero,  Rinaldo;  WimpfTen,  George  I.; 
"^        and  Kardos,TheodoreL.,  3,670,955. 
Karlsson,  Gote  Sixten.  Device  for  fastening  of  load.  3,671,014.0.  254- 

51. 
Karlsson.  Karl  GosU;  and  Bostedt.  Jan  Olof  Gustaf.  to  Allmanna  Sven- 
ska    Elektriska    Aktiebolaget.    Furnace    for    non-ferrous    metals. 
3.67 1.029.  CI.  266-34.00a. 
Karma  Division  of  Brandt  Automatic  Cashier  Company:  See— 

Krup.  Donald  E..  3.67 1 .020. 
Karp.  Philip  I:  S«— 

Smythe.  John  W.;  and  Karp.  Philip  I..  3.67 1 .230. 
Karpiel.  Harvey  B.:  See— 

Johnson,  Robert  W;  and  Karpiel,  Harvey  B.,  3,67 1 ,070. 
Karstedt,  Bruce  D.;  and  Razzano,  John  S.,  to  General  Electric  Com- 
pany.  Fluorinated   aliphatic  acids  as  processing  aids  for  silicone 
rubber  compositions.  3,67 1 ,546,  CI.  260-37.0sb. 
Kason  Hardware  Corporation:  See— 
BerkowiU,  Irving  L.,  3.67 1 .006. 
Kaspaul.  Alfred  F.;  and  Kaspual.  Erika  E..  to  Hughes  Aircraft  Com- 
pany.   High    constrast    image   development    method    and    article. 
3.671.238.  CI.  96-27.000 
Kaspers.   Josef,   to   Schloemann   Aktiengesellschaft.    Die   mounting 

means.  3.670.552. CI.  72-263.000. 
Kaspual,  Erika  E.:  See— 

Kaspaul.  Alfred  F.;  and  Kaspual.  Erika  E..  3.671.238. 
Kattukawa  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Ito,  Riyokichi,  3,670,900 
Katsumoto,Tomiyasu:  See- 
Abe.  Isamu;  Yashiro,  Hideo;  Sori,  Naoyuki;  Hatano,  Sotaro;  Kat- 
sumoto,  Tomiyasu;  and  Suzuki,  Tadao,  3,670,395. 
Kauffman.  Samuel  L.,  to  Burroughs  Corporation.  Protective  clip  and 

electronic  assembly  using  the  same.  3,671.919.0.  339-19.000. 
Kaufinan.  Martin  H..  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Navy.  Polymeric 

compositions.  3,671.609.0  260-879.000. 
Kaufman,  Otto;  Daeuble,  Manfred;  Witsch,  Heinz-Guenter;  Luebcke, 
Enno;  and  Bayew,  Dimiter,  to  Badische  Anilin-  A  Soda-Fabrik  Ak- 
tiengesellschaft.   Stable,    highly    concentrated    dye    solution    of 
anthraquinone  dyes  in  water  miscible  solventt.  3,671,176,  O.  8- 
39.000. 
Kawaguchi.  Hiroshi,  to  ToyoU  Jidosha  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha. 
Device  for  regulating  the  pressure  between  front  and  rear  brake 
cylinders.  3,67  1 ,080,0.  303-6.00c. 
Kawakami,  Kazuo:  See— 

Ozuttumi,  Minoru;  Kawakami,  Kazuo;  Ishizaki,  Sumio;  and  Ku- 
rosawa, Masatoshi,  3,671,182. 
Kawakiu,    Takao;     Ikeda,     Hirosaka;     Matsumura,     Shigeru;     and 
Taniguchi,  Kunichiko,  to  Sumitomo  Electric  Industries  Ltd.  Nylon 
molding  articles  and  process  for  producing  the  same.  3,671,300,  O. 
117-118.000. 
Kawasumi,  Shohachi:  See— 

Nakaguchi,    Kohei;    Kawasumi,    Shohachi;    Hirooka,    Masaaki; 
Yabuuchi,  Hiroshi;  and  Takao,  Hiroyoshi,  3,67 1 ,492. 
Kay,  Byron  L.;  and  Thum,  Walter  H.,  Jr.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America. 
Air  Force,  mesne.  Compact  high  capacity  burner  for  hot  air  bal- 
loons. 3,670,993,0.  244-32.000. 
Kay  Manufacturing  Corporation:  See— 
Krakauer,  C.  Leonard,  3,67 1 ,03 1 . 
Keehan,  Donald  J.  Method  for  producing  a  reinforced  resinous  im- 
peller and  product  3,670,382,0.  29-156.8cf. 
Keenan,  John  Francis  Edmund,  to  Ciba-Geigy  Corporation.  Produc- 
tion of  certain  carboxylic  acids.  3,671,581,0.  260-527.000. 
Kegelman,  Thomas  D.;  and  Williams,  Peter  R.,  to  Computer  Optics. 

Inc.,  mesne.  Display  system.  3,67 1 ,956, 0.  340-324.00a. 
Kegelman,  Thomas  D.;  and  WUliams,  Peter  R.,  to  Computer  Optics, 
Inc.,  mesne.  Character  generation  display  system.  3,671.957.  O. 
340-3  24.00a. 
Kehrer.  Fritz:  See— 

Forter.  WiUy;  Henrard.  Armand;  Kehrer,  Fritz;  Keller,  Urs  Martin; 
and  Wasem .  Hans.  3 .67 1 .5 1 4. 
Keilberg.  Ray  D.:  5«*— 

Breston.  Michael  P.;  and  KeUberg.  Ray  D..  3,670,5  14. 
Keinanen,  Henry  J.,  to  Continenul  Can  Company,  Inc.  Method  of 
forming  a  peelable  seal  between  propylene  polymer  and  a  carboxy- 
lated  polypropylene  coated  surface.  3,67 1 ,356,  CI.  1 56-309.000. 
Keller,  Urs  Martin:  See— 

Forter,  Willy;  Henrard,  Armand;  Kehrer,  Fritz;  Keller,  Urs  Martin; 
and  Wasem,  Hans,  3,67 1 ,5 1 4. 
Keller,  Wolfgang,  to  Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft.  Device  for  crucible- 
free,  floating  zone  melting  a  crystalline  rod.  3.671.703.  O.  219- 
10.750. 
Kellwood  Company:  See- 
Conner,  WUIiam  R.,  Jr.,  3,670,674. 
Pohl.  Harold  J.;  and  Kratky,  Raymond  H.,  3,670,747. 
Kelly,  John  C;  and  Moore,  Christopher  J.,  to  Rolls-Royce  Limited. 
Sandwich  structure.  3.670.843.  CI.  181-33.00g. 


Kemppinen.  Auvo  I.;  and  Strum.  Bobbie  W..  to  Reynolds  Metals  Com- 
pany. Extrusion  method  and  apparatus.  3.670,542.  Ci.  72-8.000. 
Kemsey-Boume.  Kenneth,  to  Enji^  Calico  Limited.  Productioa  of  tu- 
bular articles.  3,671.348,0.  156-187.000. 
Kendall  Company,  The:  See— 

Samour.  Carlos  M.;  and  Falxa.  Martin  L..  3,671,502. 
Kendall,  David  N.:  See— 

DUon,  William  Paul;  and  Kendall,  David  N.,  3,67 1 ,328. 
Kennedy,  Ralfrii  C;  La  Violette,  Paul  A.;  and  Stromberg.  Henry  M.,  to 
Colt  Industries  Operating  Corporation,  mesne.  Safety  device  for 
firearms.  3.670.442.0. 42-70.00f. 
Kent.  Miles  L.  Roll  out  step  for  pick  up  trucks.  3.671,058.  O.  280- 

166.000. 
Kent.  Ronald  E.;  and  Rothenberger.  Alvin  C.  to  McDonnell  Douglas 

Corporation.  Bulge-forming  apparatus.  3.670.545.0.  72-58.000. 
Kerek,  John:  See- 
Berry,  Harry  E.,  3.670.929. 
Kerek.  Richard:  See- 
Berry.  Harry  E..  3,670,929. 
Kerr,  James  Richard,  to  Morvue,  Inc.  Electro-optical  apparatus  for 
precise  on-line  measurement  of  the  thickness  of  moving  strip  materi- 
al. 3,671,726,0.  235-151.300. 
Kessler,  Arthur.  See — 

HoUe,  Werner;  and  Kessler,  Arthur,  3,670,636. 
Kessler,  Arthur;  and  Loaeries,  Peter,  to  Leitz,  Ernst,  G.m.b.H.  Ap- 
paratus for  electronic  exposure  control.  3,670,634, 0. 95-  10.00c. 
Kosler,  Hans- Joachim:  See— 

Albrecht,    Rudolf;    Kessler.    Han*-Joachim;    and    Schroder, 
Eberhard.  3.671.520. 
Kessler.  Hartmut:  See— 

Behn.  Reinhard;  Gottlob.  Heinrich;  Haid.  Hans;  Hoyler.  Gerhard; 
and  Kessler.  Hartmut.  3.670.378. 
Ketcham  &  McDougall.  Inc.:  See— 

Weissman.  Joel.  3.670.436. 
Kettler.  Clarence  J.;  and  Downs.  Clifford  L..  to  General  Electric  Com- 
pany.    Maximum    current    indicator    for    electrical    apparatus. 
3.671.860. 0.  324-103.00p. 
Khamis.  Joseph  T.:  See— 

Rawe.  Abraham;  and  Khamis.  Joseph  T..  3.671.295. 
Kholstova,  Nonna  Alexandrovna:  See— 

Lulchenkov.  Anatoly  Matveevich;  Shekhodanov.  Mikhail 
Petrovich;  Siyanov.  Sergei  Alexandrovich;  Korovin.  Ivan 
Stepanovich;  Kholstova.  Nonna  Alexandrovna;  Kreptseva, 
Valentina  Nikolaevna;  and  Leskovskaya,  Nina  Petrovna, 
3.671,125. 
Kiefer,  Bemhard:  See— 

Diery,  Helmut;  Kiefer,  Bemhard;  Rittner,  Siegbert;  and  Seidel. 
Manfred,  3,671,308. 
Kienzler,  Wolfgang;  and  Burgdorf,  Marten,  to  Kabd-  und  Gutekoff- 
nungshutte  Aktiengesellschaft.  Forming  hollow  blanks.  3,670,554. 
O.  ^-347.000. 
Kiewicz,  Frank  M.;  and  Zink.  Paul  R..  to  Inspection  Engineering  and 
Equipment.  Inc.  Gaging  head  construction.   3.670,420,  O.   33- 
174.001. 
Kiewicz,  Frank  M.;  and  Zink,  Paul  R.,  to  Inspection  Engineering  and 

Equipment,  Inc.  Gaging  device.  3,670,421, 0.  33-174.001. 
Kijima,  Katsumi:  See — 

Ohno,  Masao;  and  Kijima,  Katsumi,  3,67 1 .277. 
Kiles,  James  D.:  See— 

Hartlein,  Robert  C;  Kiles,  James  D.;  Larson,  Willard  D.;  and  Ol- 
son, Cari  R,  3,670.649. 
Kilgus,  Alfred.  Temperature  compensating  device  and  lens  system  in- 
cluding same.  3,671,108,0.  350-253.000. 
Kim,  Chung  Sul  Youn,  to  Georgia-Pacific  Corporation.  Lignin  deriva- 
tive. 3,671.428.0.  252-8.50m. 
KimaU.  Shizuo:  See— 

Terai,  Shiro;  Suzuki,  Toshio;  Haaegawa,  Yoshihumi;  Horiguchi, 
Shojiro;    Nakamura,    Michiei;    Kimata,    Shizuo;    and    Suzuki, 
Tadanobu.  3.671,476. 
Kimberly-Clark  Corporation:  See— 

Meitner,  Gary  H..  3,67 1 ,303. 
Kimura.  Fumio:  See— 

Irie.  Yoshihiko;  and  Kimura.  Fumio.  3.670.930. 
Kimura.  Ichiro:  See — 

Kado.     Masaru;     Kimura.    Ichiro;     and     Sugiyama.     Hironari. 
3.671.216. 
Kindl.  Erwin;  and  Riegler,  Ernst,  to  KaUe  Aktiengesellschaft  Ap- 
paratus for  coating  a  tube  of  fiber  material  with  viscose  by  extrusion. 
3.670.697. 0.  1 18-408.000. 
King.ChariesS.  Lighting  fixture.  3.671.735.0.  240-41.100. 
King.  Henry  L.;  Ringwald,  Eugene  L.;  and''Randall.  James  C,  Jr.,  to 
Monsanto  Company.  Thermally  stable  polyesters  fiben  having  in- 
herent  disperse   dye   uptake   and   oil   stain   release   properties. 
3.671,494,0.260-77.000. 
King,  Henry  L.;  Ringwald.  Eugene  L.;  and  Randall,  James  C.  Jr.,  to 
Monsanto  Company.  Thermally  stable  polyester  fibers  having  in- 
herent dtspeise  dye  uptake  and  superior  oil  stain  release  properties. 
3.671.495.0.  260-77.000. 
King.  John  Howliston;  and  Smith,  Frank,  to  Imperial  Chemical  Indus- 
tries Limited.  Continuous  lead-in  core  for  an  electrode  aaKinbly. 
3.671.415.0.204-284.000. 
King.  Lowell  A.;  and  Seegmiller.  David  W.  Electrochemical  ceD  with 
aluminum  electrodes  and  different  electrolyte  concentrations  in  two 
compartments.  3.671. 322. 0.  136-83.00r. 


PI  22 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


June20,  lt72 


Kinfrton.  Floyd  E.  Three  phaae  power  controUer.  3.671.849.  Q.  323- 
24.000. 

•^JS.^ST'r'S^;   Kiniry.   John   Mlchi^l;   «k1   Fmaizo. 

Anthony.  3.670,438. 
ICiiw«n.J«nie«:S«e—  _,x7i7oo 

Edwante.  WilKam  Thomu;  and  Kirwan,  James.  3.67 1 ,799. 
Kishid*.  Soichiro:  See—  ^   „  ,.•     v  •  u- 

Takenaka,  Sadao;   Kkhida,  Soichiro;   and   Yamaiaki,   Yoichi, 

3  670  740 
Kiti   Hidehiko.  to  Nippon  Oakki  Seizo  Kabuihiki  Kaiaha.  Bamboo 

oiian  pipe  aaaembly.  3.67 1 .660.  a.  84-349.000. 
Kitamura.  Haiime:  See—  ^  ^  ..        -.-        w 

Koyanagi.  Shunichi;  Kitamura,  Hajune;  and  Tajima,  Shigenobu, 

3,671.508. 
Kitamura.  Shigeyoahi:  See— 

Itaya,  NotMnhige;  Mizutani,  TcmMo;  Kitamura,  Shigeyoahi;  Okuno. 
Yoaitoai;  and  Fujimoto.  Keimei.  3,67 1  ,S48. 
Kito.  Katwmi.  to  Mitwbiahi  Denki  Kabuahiki  K«irt«  !![?*yr^^7S? 
for  entrance  and  exit  for  movmg  handrail.  3,670,862,  CI.   198- 
16.000. 
KittreU.  James  R.:S«e—  ,„..,. 

Jaffe.  Joaeph;  and  Kittrell,  Jamet  R.,  3,67 1 .423. 
Kizilo*    Apottoloa  P..  to  United  States  of  America.  Navy.  Variable 

deflection  thrusteis  for  j^ta.  3.670.994.  a.  244-42.0cc. 
Klaanen.  Anne:  See — 

Kuiper.  Wilhefanus  Gerardus;  and  Klaaisen.  Anne.  3,67 1 ,880. 
Klanatsky,  John  J.,  to  EmerKMi  Electric  Co.  Transistor  protection  cir- 
cuit. 3,67 1.879,  CI.  330-207.00p. 
Klebba,  Hont.  to  Volkswagenwerk  AKG.  Lock  arranteroent  for  veto- 
cles  especially  vehicles  equipped  with  lUding  doors.  3.670.S36.  G. 
70-99.000. 
Klein  A  Andeiaon  Ltd.:  See- 
Klein,  John  Ray.  3,671.757. 
Kkin   John  Ray,  to  Klein  &  Anderson  Ltd.  Tractor  trailer  Ughting 

gystems.  3.67 1. 757. CI.  307- 10.01s. 
Klein.  Keith  W.;  and  Dimond.  Herbert  M..  to  General  Electric  Com- 
pany  Manually  operable  molded  case  circuit  breaker  with  special 
^  testing  means.  3.67 1.890.  CI.  335-22.000. 
Klemchuk.  Peter  P.:  See— 

KneU.  Martin;  and  Klemchuk.  Peter  P..  3.67 1 .574. 

Ktotinsh.  Erik  Emestovich:  See— 

Bergmanis,  Karlis  Alfredovich;  Klotinsh.  Erik  EmestovKh;  and 
Matis.  Imant  Gustovich.  3.67 1.857. 
Knapp.  Russell  Daniel:  See— 

WittHnger.  Harold  Allen;  Wheatley.  Cari  Frankbn.  Jr.;  and  Knapp, 
RusseU  Daniel,  3,67 1 .782. 
Knapsack  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Roszinski.  Hilraar;and  Hamisch,  Heini.  3.671.612. 
Knauer.  Hans  Uhich.  to  International  Standard  Electric  Corporation. 
Arrangement  for  the  recognition  of  loop  closure  in  subscriber  sta- 
tions having  semiconductor  amplifiers  fed  via  the  connecting  trunk. 
3.67 1.679.  CI.  179-8 1.00b. 
Kneaftey.  Adrian  W..  to  Scragg.  Ernest.  &  Sons  Limited.  Processing  of 

flax  derived  yams.  3,670.490.  CI.  57-156.000. 
KneU,  Martin;  and  Klemchuk,  Peter  P..  to  Ciba-Geigy  Corporation. 
Preparation  of  polyfluoroalkyi  esters  of  fumaric  and  other  acids. 
3.67 1.574,  CI.  260-485.00f.  . 

Knight.  Bruce  L..  to  Marathon  OU  Company.  Mobility  control  m  oU 

recovery  processes.  3.670.8 18.  CI.  166-273.000. 
Knight.  Michael  Horace,  to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited. 
Copolyamides  from  bisaminophenylsulfone.  3,671,498.  01.  260- 
78.00r. 
Knob.  Richard  W.:  See—  ,  ^ 

Pierce.  Edwin  A.;  Knob.  Richard  W.;  Roth.  Samuel  O.;  and 
McKinney.  Emery  L..  3.671,362. 
KnoUman,   Dieter  John   Henry;   and   Simon,   James   Louis,   to   BeU 
Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated.  Calculator  for  a  multiproces- 
sor system.  3.671,942.C1.  340-172.500. 
Knomi.  Katsutoshi:  See—  _ 

Shikau,    Kazuo;    Nakao,    Suekiti;    and    Knomi,    Katsutoshi, 
3,671,466. 
Knowles,  Richard  N.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Repellant  composition  comprising  certain  cydohexyl  ureas  and 
thioureas.  3,67 1 ,637,  CI.  424-322.000. 
Knowles,  Richard  N.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Animal   repellant   methods   using  substituted   cyclohexyl   ureas. 
3,67 1 ,638,  a.  424-322.000. 
Knowles,  Richard  N.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company.  N- 
Acylcyclohexyl  amine  repellants  and  methods  of  use.  3,671,642. 0. 
424-320.000. 
Knudsen.  Erik  Stenberg;  Iversen.  Svend  Erik;  Lund.  Svend  Aage;  and 
Northeved.  Allan,  to  Slagteriemes  Forskningsinsdtut.  Method  and 
apparatus  for  measuring  the  thickness  of  layers  of  fat  and  flesh  in 
rurrr"^  utilizing  the  d&erence  in  electrical.  3,67 1 ,858,  CI.  324-65. 
Knudaen.  John  P.:  See—  .    ^ 

Fitzgeivld.  Warren  E.;  Knudsen.  John  P.;  and  Brock.  Jessie  O.. 
3.671.619. 
Knudson.  Louis  I.;  Frink.  Richard  C;  and  White.  Charles  H..  to 
General    Uboratory    Associates.    Inc.    RegulaUble    alternator. 
3.671. 788.  a.  310-156.000. 
Kobayashi.  Tetsuji;  and  Tabayanagi.  Seiichi.  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Elec- 
tric Co..  Ltd.  Catheter  type  semiconductor  radiation  detector. 
3.670.7 19.  a.  128-2.00a. 


an  ap- 
CL  8- 


'!^ 


Hck* 


Kobayashi.  Tuaekazu.  to  Denki  Onkyo  Co.,  Ltd.  Contactkss  rotary 

switching  apparatus.  3.671.874.0.  323-94.00h. 
Koch.  Bent  Method  of  dyeing  or  impregnating  textiles  and  an  ap- 
paratus for  carrying  the  method  into  effect  3,671,180,  '^    " 
149.000. 
Kodama.Takaahi:See—  .    „   .  ^  ..    w- 

Takikawa.   Toehio;    Satomo.    Kouji;    and    Kodama,   Takasht. 
3.671.354. 
Koenig.  Kart-Heinz:  See— 

Fischer.   Adolf;   Koenig,   Karl-Heinz;  Steinbrunn.  Ousuv;  and 
Zschocke.  Albrecht,  3,671.586. 
Koenig.    Karl-Heinz;   Steinbrunn.   GusUv;    Windel.    Hermann;   and 
Fischer,    Adolf,    to    Badische    Anilin-    &    Soda-Fabrik    Aktien- 
gesellschaft. Biscarbamates.  3.67 1 .57 1 ,  Q.  260-47 1  OOc. 
Koga.  Koichi;  Hatori.  Minoru;  and  Akamatsu.  Takashi.  to  Sumitomo 
Chemical    Company,    Ltd.    Imidomethyl    derivatives    of    lj3.3- 
trimethylindolino-spiropyran.  3,671.543.0.  26O-326.0Od. 
Kohn.  Joseph:  See— 

Blazevic.  Milos;  and  Kohn.  Joseph.  3.67 1 .044. 
Koiwa.  Yoichi:  See— 

Fujimoto.  Yasuo;  Nagaoka.  Koichi;  Tatsukawa,  Keuo;  and  Kqiwa, 
Yoichi,  3.671.482. 
Kokuaai  Denshin  Denwa  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Amano.  Kitsutaro,  3.67 1 .959. 
Kolarik.  Robert  V..  to  Goodyear  Aerospace  Corporation.  Composite 

armor.  3.671.374.  a.  161-93.000. 
Kolatorowicz,  Edwin  E.;  and  Volkmann.  Werner  K..  to  General  Elec- 
tric Company.  Povtrer  conversion  control  system.  3.67 1 .836.  Q.  3 1 8- 
343.000. 
Kolb.  Edwin  R.:  See—  „,  ^      I 

Stanton,  Arthur  J.;  Kolb.  Edwin  R.;  and  Roberts.  Webstet  C, 
3,670.632. 
Kolbe.  William  H.;  Sagady.  Alexander  J.;  and  Suzuki.  Taro.  to  General 
Motors  Corporation.  Epitrochoidal  compressor.  3.67 1 . 1 54.  a.  4 1 8- 
61.000.  \^ 

Koltz.  Lawrence  D.:  See— 

Krick.  David  M.;  Koltz.  Lawrence  D.;  and  WilUams.  Warreji  C. 
3.670,802. 
Komata.  Toranomke;  Ishihara.  Katsumi;  and  Hashimoto.  Yasuo.  to 
Mitsubishi    Denki    Kabushiki    Kaisha.     Superconductive    alloys. 
3.671.226.0.75-175.500. 
Komatsi^  Noboru;  Arai.  Tohur.  and  Mizutani.  Masayoshi.  to  KabMstuki 
Kaisha.  Method  of  chromizing  in  a  fused  sah  bath.  3.671.297.  Q. 
117-113.000. 
Komeda.  Hiromu:  See—  . 

Funakoaki.  Yoshiro;  Kajiura.  Takehiko;  Fujii.  Kiyoshi;  Kana«iaru. 
ToahiMko;  Nishitani.  Masaki;  and  Komeda.  Hiromu.  3,67 1 ,296. 
Kometani,  Yutaka;  Tatemoto,  Maaayoshi;  and  Nakamura,  Masanori,  to 
Daikin  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.  Method  for  polymerization  of  fluorinc<on- 
taining  haloolefins.  3.67 1 .5 10.  Q.  26<>-87.50a.  i 

Komisako.  Tetuji:  See—  I 

Mori.  Kazuhiro;  Nakamura.  Abio;  Nakai.  Miyoji;  and  Kompako. 
Tetuji.  3.670.548. 
Konishiroku  Photo  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.  See— 

Haga,    Teruhide;    Yamaguchi.    Hisashi;    and    Hirao.    Yptaro. 
3.671.255. 
Konrad.  Charles  E:  See-  ^    ,.-..„,. 

Chausse.  Bumette  P.;  and  Konrad,  Charles  E.,  3,67 1 ,83 1 . 
Konrat,  Jean-Paul:  See—  .        „     .         .  i.,, 

Faidutti.  Michel;  Boileau.  Jacques;  Konrat.  Jean-Paul;  and  BUlaz, 

Rene.  3,671.535. 
Koop.  Francis  D..  Jr.:  See—  „    .  „ 

Gibson,  Robert  G.;  Mackin.  John  G..  Jr.;  Johnson,  Paul  K*;  and 
Koop,  Francis  D,  Jr.,  3,670,5 1 1. 
Koopmans, Gerben:  See—  ,.,-..,., 

Chedaille,  Jacques;  and  Koopmans,  Gerben,  3,67 1.172. 
Korchynsky.  Michael;  Orozier,  John  David;  and  Mihelich,  John  L.,  to 
Jones  &  LaughUn  Steel  Corporation.  High-strength  plain  carbon 
steels  having  improved  formability.  3,67 1 ,336,  C\.  148-36.000. 
Korda  Gerhard  F.,  to  Hudson,  H.  D.,  Manufiurturing  Company.  Spray 

control  vaKe.  3,670,966,0.  239-337.000. 
Korovin,  Ivan  Stepanovich:  See—  ......  ., 

Lutchenkov,     Anatoly     Matvtsevich;     Shekhodanov,     Mikhail 
Petiovich;    Siyanov.    Sergei    Alexandrovich;    Korovin.    Ivan 
Stepanovich;    Kholstova.    Nonna    Alexandrovna;    Kreptseva. 
Valentina    Nikolaevna;    and    Leskovskaya.    Nina    Petrovna. 
3.671.125. 
Kortge.  Jerry  W.;  and  Rodaer.  James  A.,  to  General  Motors  Corpora- 
tion. Photon  energy  detector  generating  signal  in  which  durations  of 
1st  and  2Bd  half  cycles  are  responsive  to  photon  energy  and  diode 
continuity  respectively.  3.67 1 .75 1 . 0.  230-2 1 1  OOj. 
Korwin  Irving,  to  Wideband  Jewefry  Corporation.  Ornamental  device. 

3.670.524. 0.  63-18.000. 
Kosaka  Shinya,  to  aympus  Optical  Co..  Ltd.  Electnc  power  supply 

device  for  an  endoscope.  3,670,722, 0.  1 28-6.000. 
Kosaka,  Yoshiteru.  to  Victor  Company  of  Japan.  Ltd.  Signal  editmg 
system  and  apparatus  for  recording  and  reproducing  apparatus. 
3.67 1. 665. 0.  178-6.60p.  .  ^  ..^       , 

Kostur   Robert  E.;  and  Brown.  Robert  J.,  to  Comet  Industries.  Inc. 
Molding  machine.  3.671.161.0.425-195.000.  i 

Kovacs,  Lloyd:  See—  -^ 

Pomper,  Anthony  W;  and  Kovacs,  Lloyd,  3,671,021.  l 

Kovacs,  Lloyd,  to  Midland-Roas  Corporation.  Extruder  comprising  a 
screw  having  pegs.  3,671.141.0. 416-176.000. 


iKj; 


June  20. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  23 


Kowalski.  Xavier.  to  Monsanto  Company.  Methods  of  scale  inhibition 
using  substoichiometer  amounts  dC  amino  alcohols.  3.671  447  O 
252-180.000. 
Kowalski.  Xavier.  to  Monsanto  Company.  Methods  of  scale  inhibition 
using  substoichiometric  amounts  of  amino  alcohol  and  phosphonic 
acids.  3.67 1 .448. 0.  252-1 8.00d. 
Koyanagi.  Shunichi;  Kitamura.  Hajime;  and  Tajima,  Shigenobu.  to 
Shimetsu  Chemical  Company.  Method  for  preparing  polyvinyl 
chloride.  3.671,508.0.  260-87.100.  -•   y~  j 

Kozacka,  Frederick  J.;  and  Belcher,  Richard  A.,  to  Chase-Shawmut 
Company,   The.   High-voltage   fiise   with  one   piece   fuse   links. 
3.671,909,0.337-160.000. 
Kozacka.  Frederick  J.,  to  Chase-Shawmut  Company.  The.  Compact 

polyphase  fiise.  3,671.910.0.  337- 1 46.000. 
Kozacka.  Frederick  J.,  to  Chase-Shawmut  Company.  The.  System  of 

nuid  cooled  fUses.  3.671.911.0.  337-166.000. 
Kraftwerk  Union  Aktiengesellschaft:  See- 
Michel,  Rupprecht,  3,670,703. 
Krakauer,  C.  Leonard,  to  Kay  Manufacturing  Corporation.  Furniture 

spring  clip  and  assembly.  3 ,67 1 .03 1 , 0.  267- 1 1 0. 
KraloweU.  Bruno.  Tool  for  use  in  a  swaging  machine.  3.670.556.  O. 

72-402.000. 
Kramer.  Wilhetan,  to  Aktiengesellschaft  Brown,  Boveri  &  Cie.  Switch 
conuct  chamber  for  electrical  circuit  brcaken  of  the  gas  Mast  type 
3,671,698.0.200-148. 
Kranz,  Raymond  E.:  See— 

Zenner,  Waher  J.;  and  Kranz,  Raymond  E..  3,670.861 . 
Krasehky,  Maurice  A.  Budget  carrier.  3,670.934.0.  224-42.  lOe. 
Krasny,  Cari.  &  Associates,  Inc.:  See- 
Kaplan,  Irving  Leonard,  3,670,902. 
Kratky.  Raymond  H.:  See— 

Pohl,  Harold  J.;  and  Kratky.  Raymond  H..  3.670.747. 
Kreider.  Franklin  M.:  See- 
Levin.  Howard  J.;  and  Kreider.  Franklin  M..  3.670.786. 
Krellner.  Walter  G.  and  Shobert,  Erie  I..  11.  to  Stackpole  Carbon  Com- 
pany. Self-aligning  bearing.  3.67 1 .092. 0.  308-72.000. 
Krenzer.  John,  to  Velsicol  Chemical  Corporation.  Potassium  4-inethyl- 
l.2.4-oxadiazolidine-3.5-dione     and     sodium     4-methyl- 1 .2.4-ox- 
adiazolidine-3.5-dione.  3.671.538,0.  260-307.00b. 
Kreptseva,  Valentina  Nikolaevna:  See— 

Lutchenkov,     Anatoly     Matveevich;     Shekhodanov,     Mikhail 
Petrovich;    Siyanov.    Sergei    Alexandrovich;    Korovin.    Ivan 
Stepanovich;    Kholstova.    Nonna    Alexandrovna;    Kreptseva. 
Valentina    Nikolaevna;    and    Leskovskaya.    Nina    Petrovna. 
3.671.125. 
Krick.  David  M.;  Koltz.  Lawrence  D.;  and  Williams,  Warren  C.  to 
Wisconsin  Centrifugal.  Inc.  Vacuum  casting  apparatus.  3.670.802 
CI.  164-258. 
Kriedt  Frederick  A.  Water  expulsion  system.  3.670.680.  O.   114- 

i6.00r. 
Krimmel.  Cari  Peter,  to  Searle.  G.  D..  &  Co.  Dialkylaminoalkyl  esters 

of  adamantanethiocarboxylic  acids.  3.671.527,0.  260-268. 
Krob,  Erwin:  See— 

Paramer,  Gottfried;  and  Krob,  Erwin,  3,670,990. 
Kroder,  Ernst  A.,  to  DenUply  Research  &  Development  Corporation, 
mesne.  Connecting  metal  elements  and  products  thereof.  3,670,416, 
CI.  32-48.000. 
Kroemer.  Karl  Heinrich  Eberhard,  to  United  States  of  America.  Air 
Force.  Apparatus  for  measuring  thumb  and  finger  force.  3.670.573. 
CI.  73-379.000. 
Kroll,  Wolfram  R..  to  Esso  Research  and  Engineering  Company. 
Isomerization  process  employing  a  novel  heterogeneous  catalyst. 
3.671.597. 0.  260-666.0py. 
Kronenberg,  Hans;  and  Gmur,  Dionys,  to  Swiss  Aluminum  Ltd.  Rail 

connection.  3,670.899,  CI.  211-182.000. 
Kronies,  Reinhard  K.;  and  Hansen.  Iver  C.  to  Burroughs  Corporation. 

Test  apparatus  for  digital  computer.  3.67 1 .940. 0.  340- 1 72.500. 
Kropp.  Rudolf:  See— 

Reicheneder.  Franz;  and  Kropp.  Rudolf.  3.67 1 .525. 
Krumreich,  Jack  E.:  See — 

Cox,  Frederick  L.;  and  Krumreich,  Jack  E.,  3,67 1 ,7 1 1 . 
Krup,  Donald  E.,  to  Karma  Division  of  Brandt  Automatic  Cashier 
Company.  Apparatus  for  producing  a  beverage  by  mixing  a  pow- 
dered base  including  sugar  and  a  cold  liquid.  3,671.020.  O.  259- 
10.000. 
Krupa.  Thomas  J.,  to  Delaware   Valley  Armamentt,  inc.  Timing 

mechanism.  3.670.655. 0.  102-79.000. 
Kniper,  Andrew  P.,  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Single 
phase  motor  sUrting  control  apparatus.  3.67 1 .830.  CI.  3  1 8-22 1  .OOe. 
Kubo.  Moriuda.  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co..  Ltd.  System  of  mea- 
suring the  distribution  of  reduction  rate  of  metal  stripes.  3.670.568, 
CI.  73-159.000. 
Kuchta,  Frank  J.:  See- 
Groves.  Sydney  L.;  Kuchu.  Frank  J.;  Lewis.  J.  Stephen;  Maurer. 
Donald  J.;  May.  Richard  L.;  Ryan.  John  W.;  and  Vowles.  Colin. 
3.670.451. 
Kuck.  Lloyd  L..  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Tailgate  window 

washer  mechanism.  3.67 1 . 1 44, 0. 4 1 7-23 1 .000. 
Kudingo,  Kenneth  F.:  Sfe— 

Grazier,  Robert  L.;  and  Kudingo.  Kenneth  F.,  3,670,5 1 2. 
Kuehnle,  Manfred  R.,  to  Audac  Corporation.  System  for  processing 

large  xerographic  prints.  3,671,120,  CI.  355-8.000. 
Kuhn,  Vladimir:  See— 


Brazda,  Ladislav,  deceased;  Brazdova,  Dagmar.  heirs;  Prochazka, 
MilosUv;  Kuhn.  Vladimir.  Ozdtan.  Jaa«f;  and  Benes,  Rudoif. 
3.670.484. 
Kuiper.  Wilhelmus  Gerardus;  and  Klaassen.  Anne,  to  U.S.  Philips 
Corporation.  Device  for  generating  a  plurality  of  sinusoidal  oscilla- 
tions in  a  carrier  telephony  system.  3 ,67 1 ,880,  CI.  3  3 1  -5 1 .000. 
Kumai,  Ko;  Motoyoshi,  Minoru;  Tanaka.  Kiyoshi;  and  Hagiwara,  Yaau- 
hira,  to  Nippon  Steel  Corporatian.  Process  for  producing  grain 
oriented  electromagnetic  steel  sbceta  haviog  excellent  «»'«g««««*r 
characteristics.  3 ,67 1 ,3  37, 0.  1 48- 1 1 1 .000. 
Kumaiai  Chemical  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.;  and:  See— 

Kado,    Masaru;    Kimura,    Ichiro;    and    Sugiyama,    Hiraoari. 
3.671,216. 
Kumashiro,  Izumi:  See— 

Yamada.  Yoahitaka;  Sakurai.  Moritaro;  and  Kumashiro.  i»»»»«i 
3.671,649.  ^^ 

Kumial  Chemical  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Nishimura,  Tatsumi;  Inoue,  Tadahiko;  Tsuboi,  Takeo;  and  Kado. 
Masaru.  3,671.640. 
Kumins,  Charles  A.,  to  Addressograph-Multigraph  Corporation.  Elec- 
trophotMraphic  member  useful  as  a  Utbographic  master.  3,671.232, 

Kunzel,  Hans-Egon;  Wolf,  Gerhard  I>ieter;  Blankeivtein,  Gunter,  and 
Niachk,  Gunther,  to  Farben&briken  Bayer  Aktiengeaellschaft  Aro- 
matic polyaraides  containing  the  quinazokxie  ring.  3.671.614.  O. 
260-47. Ocz. 
Kupfrian,  Wilbur  J.,  to  Wright,  Barry,  Corporation,  mesne.  Self  loddna 

fostener .  3 ,670,795 , 0.  1 5 1  -29. 
Kurashiki  Rayon  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Inoue,  Takeshi,  3,67 1 .620. 
Kureha  Kajgaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaiaha:  See — 

Amagi.  Yasuo;  Ohya.  Masaki;  Shiiki.  Zenya;  and  Yusa,  Hatuhiko 
3.671.610. 
Kurita.  Takaji;  Motoki.  Masaya;  Emoto.  Kazuhiro;  and  Hojo.  Katsuo. 
to  Mitsubishi  Paper  Mills,  Ltd.  Liquid  devekipers  for  electrostatic 
photography.  3.671,646.0.  252-62.100. 
Kurosawa,  Mawtoshi:  See — 

Ozutsumi.  Minoru;  Kawakami,  Kazuo;  Ishizaki,  Sumio;  and  Ku- 
rosawa, Masatoshi,  3,67 1 , 1 82. 
Kuyper,  William,  to  United  States  of  America,  Navy.  Ammunition  con- 
tainer for  aircraft  3,670,623,0.  89-34.000. 
Kvalheim,  Andrew  M.;  and  Wassem,  Howard  M.,  to  Aim  Products,  Inc. 

Universal  molding  strip  for  trimming.  3,67 1 ,369, 0.  1 6 1  -40.000. 
Kwantes,  Arien;  and  Stouthamer,  Bernhard,  to  SheD  Oil  Company. 

Process  for  carbonylating  alkanols.  3,671,559,0.  260-413.000. 
Kwoiek,  Stephanie  Louise,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemoun,  E.  I.,  and  Com- 
pany. Optically  anisotropic  aromatic  polyamide  dopes.  3,671,542, 
O.  260-308.00r. 
Kyburz,    Hans.    Insulating   fitting   and   method   for   manuCacturina. 

3,671,060,0.285-54.000. 
Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Fujimoto,  Yasuo;  Nagaoka,  Koichi;  Tatsukawa.  Keizo;  and  Koiwa, 
Yoichi.  3.671.482. 
Kyowa  Hakko  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Nakayama,  Kiyoshi;  and  Hagino.  Hiroshi.  3.671,396. 
La  Salle  Machine  Tool.  Inc.:  See— 

Skrentner.  Frank  C,  3.670.607. 
La  Sota.  Leo  S..  to  McGraw-Edtson  Company.  Liquk)  inostture  detec- 
tor. 3.67 1.91 2. 0.  338-34.000. 
La  Violette.  Paul  A.:  See- 
Kennedy.  Ralph  C;  La  Violette.  Paul  A.;  and  Stromberg.  Henry 
M..  3.670.442. 
LaBar,  Dale  H.:  See- 
Watson,  Edward  J.;  and  LaBar,  Dale  H.,  3,671,589. 
Lacal  Industries  Limited:  See — 

Crosby,  Nobel  W.;  Walker,  Robert  C;  and  Oarke.  Gordon  J 
3,670,372. 
Lacaze.  Rene:  See— 

Aucouturier,  Jeanne;  and  Lacaze,  Rene,  3,671,895. 
Lagally,  Ralph  W.:  See- 
Joyce,  Thomas  P.,  Jr.;  LagaDy,  Ralph  W.;  and  Schulz,  Jobann  G. 
D..  3.671.579. 
Laird.  William  Burton;  Williams.  Roy  L.;  and  Muska,  Allen  V..  to  Air 
Reduction  Company.  Incorporated.  Method  and  apparatus  for  the 
microdisperBion  of  oxygen  in  water.  3.67 1 .022, 0.  26 1  -29. 
Lake  Center  Industries:  See— 

Quain.  WUbur  C.  3,670.757. 
Lakhani,  Kishor  M.:  See- 
Funk.  John  W.;  and  Lakhani.  Kishor  M..  3.670.647. 
Lamb.  William  Doyle:  See- 
Butcher.  James;  Gyllstrom,  Richard  G.;  and  Lamb,  William  Do^ 
3,670,760. 
Lammert,  Charles  W.:  See— 

CharleviDe,  Joseph  L.;  De  Tienne,  Mart  E.;  and  Lammert.  Charles 
W.,  3,670,998. 
Land.  Edwin  H..  to  Polaroid  Corporation.  Diffiisioa  transfer  image 
receiving  sheet  with  hydrolyzed  polymer  layer.  3.671,241.  O.  96- 
29.000. 
Lanier  Electronic  Laboratory,  Inc.,  mesne:  See— 

Nye,  William  M.;  and  Jones.  Stanley  W.,  3.67 1 .680. 
Laporte  Industries  Limited:  See- 
Neumann.  Barbara  Susan.  3.67 1 . 1 90. 
Larldn.  Sam.  Audio-video  system  emptying  sound  track  tape  belts 
movably  mounted  on  projection  slides.  3.671.1 15. 0.  353-19.000. 


PI  24 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  20 


1972 


L4tfaon,  Floyd  L.:  St* — 

Davit,  Louis  E.;  Jeiuen,  BUly  M.;  Lanon,  Royd  L.;  Huck,  Rainer 
F.;  and  Stumph,  Stephen  L.,  3,670,386. 
Lanon  Leiand  B.;  and  Clement.  Clyde  H..  33  1/3  to  Shaheen.  Eugene 

G.  Key  operated  meter  monitor.  3,670,959,  Q.  235-94.00r. 
Lanon,  WiUaid  D.:  See— 

Hartlein.  Robert  C;  KUe*,  Jamea  D.;  LarMn,  Willard  D.;  and  CM- 
•on.  Carl  R.  3,670.649. 
Uucki,  F.  Michael;  and  Vaughn.  Robeit  S.  Hermetic  compreaaor. 

3.67 1.147.  CI.  417-286.000. 
Lauer,  WaltSer  W..  S««— 

Henley,  Virgil  E.;  and  Lauer,  Walter  W..  3.671,358. 
Laufer  Robert  J.,  to  Consolidation  Coal  Company.  Proce»  for  making 

thiophenol.  3,67 1,593,  CI.  260-609.00d. 
Lawrence.  Benjamin:  See— 

Wolfton.  Alan  B.;  Patel.  Jayantilal  M.;  and  Lawrence,  Benjamm, 
3,671,262. 
Lawrence,  Howard;  and  Schaefer,  Peter  C,  to  General  Electric  Com- 
pany. Three  masking  step  process  for  fabricating  insulated  gate  fiekl 
effect  translators.  3,670,403,0.  29-371.000. 
Layton,  John  E.,  to  Boeing  Company,  The.  Switched  rhombic  «uto- 
matic  direction  finding  antenna  system  and  apparatus.  3,67 1 ,970,  Q. 
343-120.000. 
Le  Bris,  Louis;  Michelet,  Daniel;  and  Rakoutz,  Michel,  to  Rhone-Pou- 
lenc  S.A.  Process  for  the  preparation  of  quinones  and  hydroquin- 
ones.  3,67 1,552, CI.  260-369.000. 
Le  Corre,  Roger  Jean:  See— 

Bruniaux,  Bernard  Jean  Pierre  Louis  Lucien;  and  Le  Corre,  Roger 
Jean,  3,670,683. 
Leach,  David  W.:S«— 

Johnson,  Robert  L.;  and  Leach,  David  W.,  3,670,6 1 2. 
Leak.  Robert  J.:  Ser— 

Schwager,    Irving;    Leak.    Robert   J.;    and    Cole,    Edward    L., 
3.671.591. 
Lear  Siegler.  Inc.:  Sm— 

Skalsey.  Lily  G.,  3.670,625. 
Leavitt,  Clyde  M.;  Johnson,  Walter  C;  and  Hall,  Con  C,  IV.  to  Litton 
Systems,  Inc.  Method  and  apparatus  for  handling  ships.  3.670,682, 
CI.  114-45.000. 
Leber,  Don.  Vehicle  backing  guidance  device.  3,670,423,  CI.  33- 

46.0as. 
Lebrun,Guy:  See— 

Funtenberger,  Jean;  Lebrun,  Guy;  and  Girault,  Denis,  3,670,945. 
Lee,  Ernest  O.,  Jr.;  and  Adams,  John  A.,  Jr.,  to  Stromberg-Carlson 
Corporation.  Outgoing  register  sender  system.  3,671,677,  CI.  179- 
18.0da. 
Lee,  Shi  K.,  to  Boeing  Company,  The.  Sense  line  coupling  structures 
and  circuits  for  magnetic  memory  devices.   3,671.951.  CI.   340- 
174.0sp. 
Lee.  Yoon  Chai,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Method  for  impact  modifica- 
tion of  ethylenically  unsaturated  nitril  polymen  and  polymer  blends 
produced  thereby.  3.67 1 .607.  CI.  260-876.00r. 
Lees.  Wayne  L.,  to  United  States  of  America,  National  Aeronautics 
and  Space  Administration.  Method  and  apparatus  for  limiting  field- 
emission  current.  3,67 1 .798,  Ct.  3 1 3-336.000. 
Leesona  Corporation:  See — 

Richter.  Hans  H..  3.670.488. 

Leffert.  Charles  B..  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Closed  cycle 
vapor  engine.  3.670.495.  CI.  60-25.000. 

Lefferts.  Peter,  to  Heinemann  Electric  Company,  mesne.  Control  cir- 
cuitt.  3.67 1.780.  CI.  307-252.0ua. 

Lefrancois.  Philip  A.;  and  Barclay.  Kenneth  M.,  to  Pullman  Incor- 
porated. Purification  of  waste  gases.  3,67 1,1 85,  CI.  23-2.00r. 

Leger,  James  E.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Air  Force.  Parachute 
force  transfer  mechanism  with  built-in  open  link.  3.670,999.  CI.  244- 
137.000. 
Leiba.  Eugene:  See — 

Assouline.  George;  Conjeaud.  Pierre;  Girault,  Pierre;  and  Leiba, 
Eugene,  3,671,963. 
Leistikow,  Gerard  K.:  See— 

Lemkin,  Jack  L.;  Leistikow.  Gerard  K.;  Edmisson.  Russell  C;  and 
Benson.  John  T..  3,670,449. 
Leitz,  Ernst,  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Bromer,  Heinz;  and  Meinert,  Norbert,  3 ,67 1 ,276. 
Heitmann,  Knut;  and  Schneider,  Eckart,  3,67 1 ,750. 
Holle,  Werner;  and  Kessler,  Arthur,  3,670,636. 
Kessler,  Arthur;  and  Loseries,  Peter,  3,670.634. 
Lemery.  Jean-Paul,  to  Etablissements  Carpano  &  Pons.  Releasable 

pawl  and  ratchet  mechanisms.  3.670,855,  CI.  188-82.300. 
Lemery,  Jean-Paul,  to  Carpano  &  Pons.  SA.  Line  pick-up  for  fishing 

reels.  3,670,984. CI.  242-84.20g. 
Leming,  John  C.  to  Averton  Gear  and  Tool  Corporation.  Long  span 

screw  and  nut  drives.  3.670,583.  CI.  74-89. 1 5. 
Lemkey.  Franklin  D.:  See- 
Thompson.  Earl  R.;  and  Lemkey.  Franklin  D..  3.67 1 .223. 
Lemkin.  Jack  L.;  Leistikow.  Gerard  K.;  Edmisson.  Russell  C;  and  Ben- 
son. John  T..  to  Mattel,  Inc.  Construction  element  toy.  3.670.449. 
CI.  46-23.000. 
Lemper,    Herbert,    to    Mesta    Machine    Company.    Vertical    mill. 

3,670,587,  CI.  72-239.000. 
Lennert,  Andrew  E.;  Crosswy.  Frank  L.;  and  Kalb,  Henry  T.,  to  United 
Sutes  of  America,  Air  Force.  Reference  time  scale  application  to 
high  speed  film  at  high  pulse  repetition  rates.  3,671,112.  Q.  352- 
84.000. 


Leno.  Theodore,  to  Teletype  Corporation.  Variable  capacitiKre  ap- 
paratus. 3,67 1.822.  CI.  31 7-249.00r.  1 
Lent.  William  E. :  See- 
Gates.  Louis  E..  Jr.;  and  Lent.  William  E..  3.671.275. 
Leonard.  Donald  E..  to  Boeing  Company.  The.  Winch  apparatus  for 

faired  towiine.  3.670.988.0.  242-158.00r. 
Leopold,  Richard  F.:  See — 

Meier,  Otto  H.;  and  LeopoM,  Richard  F..  3.670.863. 
Lerch.  Joseph  Bryan:  See— 

Hampel.  Daniel;  and  Lerch.  Joaeph  Bryan.  3.67 1 .783. 
Lerouax.  Robert  K.,  to  Hydril  Company.  Blowout  preventer  with  re- 
sistance means  between  the  body  and  the  piston.  3.670.761. 0.  1 37- 
315.000. 
Leskovskaya,  Nina  Petrovna:  See— 

Lutchenkov.  Anatoly  Matveevich;  Shekhodanov.  Mikhail 
Petro^ich;  Siyanov.  Sergei  Alexandrovich;  Korovin,  Ivan 
Stepanovich;  Kholstova.  Nonna  Alexandrovna;  Kreptaeva, 
Valeatina  Nikolaevna;  and  Leskovskaya,  Nina  Petrovna, 
3.671,125.  , 

LesliCo.:S«— 

MuUer.  John  T.  3.670.807.  | 

Leutwein.  Manfred;  and  Streicher.  Heinz,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. Reader  for  information  carrien  in  sheet  form.  3.671,1 16,  Q. 
353-27.000. 
Levensohn,  David  Z.:  See — 

Duke,  Bernard;  and  Levensohn,  David  Z..  3.67 1 . 1 5 1 . 
Leventhal,  Howard  L..  to  Ethyl  Corporation.  Bag.  3,670.953.  Cl.  229- 

57.000.  , 

Leventhal.  Howard  L..  to  Ethyl  Corporation.  Bag.  3.670.954.  Ol.  229- 

57.000.  1 

Lever  Brothen Company:  See — 

Blake.  Anthony;  Halliday,  Denis  Malcolm;  and  Woods.  Michael 

Faulkner.  3,671.268. 
Carroll,  Francis  Emery;  and  Seebold.  Walter  Charles.  3.67 1 .630. 
Levi.  George  A.,  to  Baker  Perkins  Inc.  Layering  device  for  cake. 

3.670.665, 0.  99-92.000. 
Levin,  Howard  J.;  and  Kreider,  Franklin  M.,  to  American  Home 
Products  Corporation.  Container  filling  apparatus.   3,670,786,  CI. 

141-92. 
Levy.  Alan  A.;  Rodger,  Mitchell  N.;  and  Breach.  Geoffrey  D..  to 
Richardson-Merrell    Limited.    Sterilizing   composition    comprising 
potassium  monopenulphate  and  sodium  chloride  coated  with  an  edi- 
ble oU  and  magnesium  stearate.  3.67 1 .629. 0.  424- 1 5 3.000. 
Lewis.  Herbert  O.:  See— 

Rorick,  WUliam  G.;  and  Lewis.  Herbert  O.,  3.670.693. 
Lewis.  J.  Stephen:  See- 
Groves,  Sydney  L.;  Kuchta.  Frank  J.;  Lewis,  J.  Stephen;  Maurer, 
Donald  J.;  May,  Richard  L.;  Ryan.  John  W.;  and  Vowles,  Colin. 
3.670,451. 
Lewis,  Joaeph  C, 
of  fabricating 
472.300. 
Lewis,  Robert  V.:  See— 

Bahr.  WUliam  T.;  and  Lewis,  Robert  V.,  3,670,774. 
Lewis,  Thomas  W.,  II:  See — 

NeU.  David  J.;  and  Lewis,  Thomas  W..  II,  3,67 1 .302. 
Liard.  Maurice.  Suck  for  ice  ball  game.  3.67 1 .038. 0.  273-67.00r. 
Liebe,  Werner;  Petersen.  Siegfried;  and  von  Konig,  AniU.  to  Agfa- 
Gevaert  Aktiengeaellachait.  Silver  salt  diffusion  process.  3.671.242. 
Cl.  96-29.000. 
Liechti,  Hans  WiUielm:  See — 

Artz.  Klaus;  Desai.  Nalin  Binduprasad;  and  Liechti,  Hans  Wilhelm. 
3.671.177. 
Lienemann,  Darlo;  and  Henry.  Daniel,  to  International  Harvester  Com- 
pany. Planter.  3.670,67 1 .  Cl.  1 1 1 -77.000. 
Lietar,  Christian:  See — 

Odone,  Giovanni;  and  Lietar,  Christian,  3,67 1 , 1 27. 
Liggett,  Thomas:  See — 

Cox,  Charles  D.;  and  Liggett,  Thomas,  3,67 1 .5 15. 
Light.  David  J.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  National  Aeronautics  and 
Space  Administration.  Fixture  for  supporting  articles  during  vibra- 
Uontests.  3.670.563.0. 73-71.600.  ♦•  [ 

Lilly.  Eli.  and  Company:  See —  | 

Jackson.  Billy  G,  3.67 1 ,449. 
Lindberg.  Frank   A.,  to  United  SUtes  of  America,  Navy.  |  mesne. 

Method  of  making  a  circuit  assembly.  3.670.396.0.  29-471. $00. 
Lindblom.  Carl  E. :  See—  1 

Heiss.  Frederick  H.;  and  Lindblom.  Carl  E..  3.670.785.  ^1 
Lindgren.  Per-Henning:  See — 

Brantte.  Arnold;  Frostling.  Bengt  Harald  Ivar;  and  Lindgren.  Per- 
Henning.  3.67 1 . 1 96. 
Lindley.  Ralph  H.;  and  Bickham.  Richard  E..  1/2  to  Pan  American 
Petroleum  Corporation;  and  and  1/2  to  Petroleum  Information  Cor- 
poration. Analog  to  digital  converter  for  well  logs.  3.671.W1,  O. 
340-347.0ad. 
Lindsay,  Douglas  J.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Means  for  indicating 
the  length  of  roll  fibn  in  a  film  cartridge  for  processing  purposes. 
3.670.638. 0. 95-31. Oca. 
Lindsay  Specialty  Products  Limited:  See— 
Nepovim.  Zdenek.  3.67 1 .926. 
Pennypacker.  Frank  C.  3.671.885. 
Lindstrom.  Eddie  G..  deceased:  See — 

Honnen,  Lewis  R.;  Andrewsen.  Harry  W.;  Lindstrom.  Eddie  G.. 
deceased,  3,671,511. 


to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation, 
a  laminated  metal  member.    3.670.397. 


Method 
Cl.    29- 


iWil 


June  20, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  25 


Lion  Fat  &.  Oil  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Marumo,    Hideo;   Ninomiya,    Morio;    and   Watanabe,   Shinro, 
3,671,504. 
Liouville,  Roger,  to  Herckelbout  et  Fils  Societe  Anonyme.  Machine  for 
the  alternate  cambering  of  a  metallic  thread.  3.670.781.  O.  140- 
71.00r. 
Lipp.  James  P.;  and  Jones,  William  H..  to  Honeywell  Information 
Systems  Inc..  mense.  Method  and  apparatus  for  detecting  binary  data 
by  polarity  comparison.  3.671.935. 0.  340-146.1ab. 
LitteU.  Harry  E..  Jr..  to  PPG  Industries.  Inc.  Integral  transparent  safety 

glass  armor  unit.  3.671.370.  Cl.  161-43.000. 
Litton  Systems.  Inc.:  See— 

Leavitt.  Clyde  M.;  Johnson.  Walter  C;  and  Hall.  Con  C.  IV. 
3.670.682. 
Littrell.  Luther  W..  to  Harris-Intertype  Corporation.  Sheet-gripper  post 

formed  by  EDM.  3.671. 706.  Cl.  219-69.00m. 
Lloyd,  Adam  J.,  deceased  (by  Lloyd,  Leona  A.;  executrix).  Plunger  for 

botUe  making  machine.  3,67 1 ,2 1 1 , 0.  65-234.000. 
Lk>yd.  James  R..  to  Esso  Production  Research  Company.  Articulated 

structural  support  linkage.  3.670.5 1 5,  Cl.  6 1  -46.500. 
Lloyd.  Leona  A.:  See- 
Lloyd.  Adam  J.,  deceased.  3.67 1 .2 1 1 . 
Lo  Monaco.  Sergio;  Guerrato.  Alfredo;  Fabbro.  Dario;  and  Donadello. 
Graziello.  Fluorocarbon-containing  compounds  and  method  of  im- 
parting oil-and  water-repellency  to  textiles,  paper,  leather  and  the 
like.  3.671. 493.  Cl.  260-75.0nh. 
Lockheed  Aircraft  Corporation:  See- 
Horowitz.  Donald  J..  3.670.426. 
Loder,  Edwin  R .:  See— 

Sabatelli,  Philip  M.;  Loder,  Edwin  R.;  Brungs,  Charles  A.;  and 
Sarge,  Carmen  R.,  3,671,440. 
Loft,  John  T.;  Conciatori,  Anthony  B.;  and  Chenevey,  Edward  C,  to 
Celanese      Corporation.      Random      benzimidazole-benzoxazole 
copolymen  and  methods  of  preparation.  3,671,491.  Cl.  260-47. Ocp. 
Lohmann.  Albert,  to  Mannesmann-Meer  Aktiengesellschaft.  Nozzle 
construction  for  injection  molding  machines.  3.671.162.  Cl.    18- 
30.0ns 
Lohr.  James  E..  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemoun.  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Process 
for  the  removal  of  ionic  contaminants  from  an  electrocoating  bath. 
3.67 1.41 2.  Cl.  204-181.000. 
London  &  Scandinavian  Metallurgical  Co.,  Limited:  See- 
Barrett.  Ernest  Charles  Henry.  3,67 1 ,409. 
Long,  John  A.  Wood  splitting  apparatus.  3.670,789,0.  144-193.00d. 
Long,  William  D.;  Fell,  Ferol  S  ;  and  Wells,  Bernard  L.,  1/2  to  Hesston 
Corporation;  and  and  1/2  to  Field  Queen  Incorporated.  Transmis- 
sion for  forage  harvesters  and  the  like.  3,670,590,0.  74-353.000. 
Longacre.  Andrew,  Jr.:  See — 

Shapiro.  Sidney;  and  Longacre,  Andrew,  Jr..  3.67 1 .848. 
Loofbourrow,  Robert  J.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Amplifier  system.  3.671.931. 

Cl.  340-15.5gc. 
Los.   Marinus.   to   American   Cyanamid   Company.    Substituted   D- 
homoestra  tetraene  and  penuene  compounds.  3.671.573.  Cl.  260- 
488.0cd. 
Loseries.  Peter:  See— 

Kessler,  Arthur;  and  Loseries,  Peter,  3,670,634. 
Louboutin.  Robert,  to  Degremont,  Societe  Generale  depuration  et 
d'Assainitsement.   Dielectrics  for  ozone-generating   apparatuses. 
3.67 1. 41 7. Cl.  204-320.000. 
Loughman.  Joseph  F..  Jr.:  See — 

Rock,  Edward  M.;  Loughman,  Joseph  F.,  Jr.;  and  Mc  Manus,  Ann, 
3,670,872. 
Loughran,  Eugene  F..  Jr..  to  North  American  Philips  Corporation.  Ro- 
tary actuator  and  indicator.  3.671. 900.  Cl.  335-272. 
Lovely.  Walter  G:  See— 

Hoyt.  Charles  T.;  Haun.  John  W.;  Hensel,  Dwight  L.;  Hansen. 

Clarence    M.;    Lovely,    Walter   G.;    and    Bruhn.    Hjalmar   D.. 

3.671,077. 

Low.  George  M.,  Acting  Administrator  of  the;  National  Aeronautics 

and  Space  Administration  with  (respect  to  an  invention  of);  Stump. 

Eugene  C.  Jr.;  and  Rochow.  Stephen  Eugene,  to  N/A.  Polyurethane 

resins  from  hydroxy  terminated  perfluoro  ethers.  3.67 1 .497. 0.  260- 

77.5ap. 

Lucas.  Raymond   L.  R.  Stack  sensing  sheet  feed  conveyor  control 

means.  3.67 1. 753. Cl.  250-222.00r. 
Lucas,  Robert,  to  Fives  Lille-Cail.  Crusher.   3.670.973.  Cl.   241- 

I88.00r. 
Lucerne  Products.  Inc.:  See- 
Matthews.  Benjamin  H..  3.671.699. 
Lucifer  S.A.:  See — 

SumpfU,  Harald.  3.67 1 ,009. 
Luck,  Friedrich.  to  Firma  Wankel  GmbH,  and  and  Firma  Borsig 

GmbH.  Rotary  piston  compressor.  3.671. 153.C1. 418-61.000. 
Luebcke.  Enno:  See- 
Kaufman.    Otto;    Daeuble.    Manfred;    Witsch.    Heinz-Guenter, 
Luebcke.  Enno;  and  Bayew,  Dimiter,  3.67 1 , 1 76. 
Luisi.  James  A.:  See— 

Cassen.  Quentin  C;  Luisi,  James  A.;  and  Salman,  Naif  D., 
3.671.948. 
Lumenite  Electronic  Company:  See— 
Calabrese,  Ronald  V..  3.671,142. 
Lummus  Company,  The:  See — 

Mascio.  Nicholas  E.;  and  Burke.  Robert  F..  3,671,197. 
Lund.  Svend  Aage:  See— 

Knudsen.  Erik  Stenberg;  Iveraen.  Svend  Erik;  Lund,  Svend  Aage; 


and  Northeved.  ADan,  3.671.858. 

Lunt,  Wilbur  B.;  and  Haskell.  Robert  A.,  to  United  Sutea  of  America. 
Navy,  mesne.  Self-powered  fuze  firing  system.  3,670,653,  CL  102- 
70.20r. 

Lutchenkov.  Anatoly  Matveevich;  Shekhodanov,  Kfikhail  Petrovich; 
Siyanov.  Sergei  Alexandrovich;  Korovin.  Ivan  Stepanovich;  Khol- 
stova. Nonna  Alexandrovna;  Kreptaeva,  Valentina  Nikolaevna;  and 
Leskovskaya.  Niiui  Petrovna.  Device  for  aligning  preCabricated  cir- 
cuit with  a  photographic  plate  to  make  printed  drcuiU.  3.671.125. 
a.  355-133.000. 

Luu.  Karl-Anton,  to  Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft.  Circuit  arrangement 
for  the  reception  and  forwarding  of  message  signals  in  time  division 
multiplex  exchange  stations.  3,671.674.0.  179-15.0at. 

Lux.  Fobs  Britten,  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Air  Force.  Obacuration 
delineation  circuitry.  3.67 1 .729. 0.  235-1 86.000. 

Lynch.  Earl  D..  to  Metal  Products  Corporation.  Insulated  panel. 
3.670.466.0.  52-204.000. 

Lynch,  John  F.;  Scott,  William  Bryson;  and  Paoietti,  Alfired  J.,  to 
Marco-Development  Co.,  Inc.  Alloy,  fusion  overlay  and  process. 
3.671.206.0.29-196.600. 

Lynch,  John  F.;  Scon.  William  Bryson;  and  Paoietti,  Alfred  J.,  to 
Marco  Development  Co..  Inc.  AUoy.  fusion  overlay  and  process. 
3.671.207.0.  29-196.600. 

Lys.  Jacques  Francois  Marie-Joaeph.  Anti-harmonic  transformer. 
3.671.901. 0.  336-5.000. 

Ma-Tran  Corporation:  See— 

Huffaker.  Walter  D..  3.67 1 .079. 

Mac  Donald.  Ian  Norman:  See— 

Eraser.  William  Milton;  Cairns.  Walter  John;  and  Mac  Donald.  Ian 
Norman.  3.671.149. 

MacDonald.  John  M.;  and  Campbell.  Ian  D..  to  Eaao  Research  and  En- 
gineering Company.  Subilizing  hydrocracked  lubricating  oik. 
3.671,423.0.208-97.000. 

Maci.  Raymond  J.,  to  General  Moton  Corporation.  Brake  pump  air 
valve  and  cooling  means.  3,670.854,0.  I88-71.6(X). 

Mack,  Arthur  F.,  Jr.  Combined  platform  and  step  for  boat  transoms. 
3,670,847,0.  182-92.000. 

Mackin.  Arthur  S.,  to  United  States  of  America.  Navy.  Erasable  holo- 
graphic recording.  3 .67 1 .096. 0 .  3  50-3 .  500. 

Mackin,  John  G.,  Jr.:  See- 
Gibson.  Robert  G.;  Mackin.  John  G..  Jr.;  Johnson.  Paul  K.;  and 
Koop.  Francis  D,  Jr.,  3.670.51 1 . 

Maeda,  Tomosuke:  See— 

Masuda.   Hiromasa;    Nishigaki.   Eiiti;   and   Maeda,   Tomoauke, 
3.671.496. 

Maeder,  Arthur:  See— 

Nachbur,  Hermann;  and  Maeder,  Arthur,  3,671.61 1. 

Maekawa  assor.  to  Giichi  Okuno:  See — 

Maekawa.  Hiroshi;  and  Yamauchi,  Choji.  3,671.274. 

Maekawa,  Hiroshi;  and  Yamauchi,  Choji,  said  Maekawa  assor.  to 
Giichi  Okuno.  Baths  for  activating  the  surface  of  plastics  to  be 
chemically  metal-plated.  3,671,274,0.  106-1. 

Maerker,  Gerhard:  See— 

Stallings,  Leon;  Devine,  Martin  J.;  Maerker,  Gerhard;  and  Eisner, 
Abner,  3,671,431. 

Magdars.  John  T.,  to  General  Tire  Extinguisher  Corporation.  Semiau- 
tomatic bose  rack.  3.670.763. 0. 1 37-355. 1 80. 

Maggio.  Anthony  F.,  Jr.,  to  Honeywell  Information  Systems,  Inc.. 
mesne.  Data  message  control  system.  3.67 1 ,945, 0.  340-1 72.500. 

Maguire,  Eileen;  and  Kadison,  Leon  A.,  to  Crown  City  Plating  Co.  Pre- 
etch  treatment  of  acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene  resins  for  electro- 
less  plating.  3.671.289,0.  117-47.00a. 

Maher,  Philip  Kenerick;  Albers,  Edwin  Wolf;  and  McDaniel,  Cari 
Vance,  to  Grace.  W.  R.,  &  Co.  Preparation  of  high  silica  synthetic 
faujasite.  3.671.191.0.023/113/000. 

Maher,  Robert  J.:  See— 

Amolsch,  William;  and  Maher,  Robert  J.,  3,671,124. 

Mahon,  Thomas  J.;  and  Cheri>a,  Samuei.  to  Becton.  Dickinson  and 
Company,  mesne.  Breathing  circuit.  3.670.726,0.  128-188.000. 

Mahomey.  Kenneth  R..  to  Danly  Machine  Corporation.  Safety  valve 
assembly  for  controlling  clutch  and  brake  in  power  press  or  the  like. 
3,670.767.0.  137-596.000. 

Malekzadeh.  Aii  Asghar,  to  Master  Specialties  Company.  Lamp  failure 
detection  circuit.  3,67 1 ,955. 0.  340-25 1 .000. 

Maley,  Gerald  A.;  and  Walsh.  James  L..  to  International  Business 
Machines  Corporation.  Ternary  latches.  3.671.763,  O.  307- 
209.000. 

Maley,  Gerald  A.;  and  Walsh,  James  L..  to  International  Business 
Machines  Corporation.  Auto-reset  ternary  latch.  3.67 1 .764.  Cl.  307- 
209.000. 

Malkin,  Irving;  Palm.  Bert  E.;  De  Ridder.  Jon  A.;  and  Germano.  Victor 
v..  to  Diamond  Shamrock  Corporation.  Coated  metal  and  method. 
3.671.33  l.O.  148-6.200. 

Mallet.  Maurice:  See — 

Gattus.  Jean;  and  Mallet.  Maurice.  3.67 1 .48 1 . 

Malm.  Robert  E..  to  Northrop  Corporation.  Signal  frequency  synthes- 
izer. 3,67 1 .87 1 ,  a.  328-25.000. 

Mamiya,  Shigeo;  and  Yajima,  Ryoichiro.  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha 
Sa^omiya  Seisakusho.  Aging-proof  humidity  sensing  elentent  and 
method  for  the  production  thereof.  3.671.913.0.  338-35.(XX). 

Manchester  Linen  Limited:  See — 

Clay.  John  Armstrong.  3,67 1 ,954. 

MancioU.  Luciano.  Beverage  infiiision  apparatus,  for  example  coffee. 
3.670,641.0.99-293.000. 


PI  26 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  20, 1972 


Manet,  Milton:  Set— 

Hofer,  Lawrence  John  Edward;  and  Manet,  Milton,  3,670,424. 
Maniar.  Prakaih  N..  to  Burrouglii  Corporation.  Ink  tranafer  member. 

3,671.287.0.117-36.400. 
Maniotet,  John:  See— 

Radoaavljevic.  SvctkUv  M.;  and  Maniotea,  John.  3.670,938. 
Mann,  Leland  A.:  See— 

Woodbridfle.  David  D.;  and  Mann.  Leland  A.,  3.67 1.741 . 
Mannesmann-Meer  Aktiengeaellachaft:  See— 

Lohmann,  Albert.  3,67 1 . 1 62. 
Manning,  Harold  E..  to  Petro-Tex  Chemical  Corporation.  Oxidative 
dehydrogenation  utiUang  manganwr  feirite.  3,671,606,  CI.  260- 
680.00e. 
Manning.  Robert  E.:  See- 
Houlihan.  William  J.;  and  Manning.  Robert  E..  3.67 1 .533. 
Houlihan.  William  J.;  and  Manning.  Robert  E..  3.67 1 .334. 
Manning,  Robert  E.,  to  Sandoz-Wander.  inc.  ThiazolopyTimidinet. 

3.671.326.0.  260-25.00a. 
Mansfield  Sanitary.  Inc.:  See— 

Derror.  Fred  L..  3,67 1 , 1 60. 
Marand,  Jean,  to  Ciba-Geigy  Corporation.  Non  preaturized  product 

diqwntingcyttem.  3.670,963,0.  239-308.000. 
Marathon  Electric  Manufacturing  Corporation:  See— 

Widatrand.  John  C.  3.67 1 .790. 
Marathon  Oil  Company:  See— 

Gotthall.  William  W..  3.67 1 ,6 1 3. 
Knight,  Bruce  L.,  3.670,8 18. 
Norton,  Charlet  J.;  and  Falk.  David  O.,  3,670,820. 
Marco  Development  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Lynch,  John  P.;  Scott.  William  Bryaon;  and  Paoletti.  Alfred  J.. 
3.671.207. 
Marco-Development  Co.,  Inc.:  See- 
Lynch.  John  F.;  Scott,  William  Bryaon;  and  Paoletti,  Alfred  J., 
3,671.206. 
Marier,  Letter  J.,  Jr.:  See— 

Beaudoin,  Benoit  R.;  Cohen,  Joaeph  D.;  Jones,  David  H.;  Marier, 
Lester  J.,  Jr.;  and  Raab,  Harry  F.,  Jr.,  3,67 1 ,392. 
Marion,  John  P.,  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  Spring  leaf 

and  method  of  making.  3 ,67 1 ,030,  CI.  267-54.000. 
Markite  Corporation:  See — 

Wormter,HansH.,  3.671,914. 
Marondel,  Gunther:  See — 

Gawlkk,   Heinz;   Marondel,   Gunther;   and   Siegelin,   Werner, 
3,671.343. 
Marotte.  Kenneth  George  Charlet.  Combination  lock.  3.670.539.  O. 

70-299.000. 
Marra,  Alan  A.  Rigid  compoaite  products  and  process  for  the  prepara- 
tion thereof.  3.67 1 .377.  CI.  1 6  l-l  62.000. 
Marsden,  Jamet  G.:  See— 

Pepe.  Enrico  J.;  and  Manden.  Jamet  G.,  3,67 1 .362. 
Manden.  Sullivan  S.,  Jr.;  and  Rote.  Stephen  C.  Pipelining  crude  oils 
and  tart  containing  dissolved  natural  gas  at  sub-freezing  tempera- 
tures in  order  to  avoid  environmental  damage.  3.670.732.  O.  137- 
13.000. 
Marshall.  J.  Howard,  IH;  and  Harrington,  Timothy  M..  to  Analog 
Technology  Corporation.  Frequency-programmed  electron-capture 
detector.  3;67 1 .740.  CI.  250-43.50r. 
Martin.  Frank  C.  Attachment  for  magnetic  ttartert  to  protect  three- 

phaae  electric  motort.  3.671.808.O.  3l7-13.00r. 
Martin,  John  Frank;  and  Ramtden,  Charlet  Dean,  to  Fruehauf  Cor- 
poration. Cargo  container  lifting  and  spacing  apparatus.  3.671,069, 
CI.  294-8 l.Otf. 
Martin-Marietta  Corporation:  See — 

Peluao,  Raymond  F.;  and  David,  Richard  F.,  3,671,812. 
Martinetz,  Johann,  to  Mayer  &.  Cie,  Firma.  Needle  track  kxking  means 

for  knitting  machines.  3,670,326,  CI.  66-20.000. 
Martini,  Albert  Michael,  to  Sel-Rex  Corporation.  Rhodium-platinum 

plating  bath  and  proceta.  3.67 1 .408.  CI.  204-43.000. 
Martzloff.  Francoit  D.:  See — 

Edgar.  Robert  F.;  Martzloff.  Francoit  D.;  and  Tompkint.  Rutiell 
E.,  3,671,893. 
Maruno,  Hideo;  Ninomiya,  Morio;  and  Watanabe,  Shinro.  to  Lion  Fat 
A  Oil  Co..  Ltd.  Method  for  electrostatically  coating  tynthetic  retin 
moldings.  3.67 1 .504,  CI.  260-80.700. 
Marwitz.    Heinrich;    and    Nitzache.    Siegfried,    to    Wacker-Chemie 
G.m.b.H.  Adhetive  coatingt  compriiing  polytiboxanet.  3.671.485. 
CL  260-33.4«b. 
Marzy.  Otto,  to  Fischer.  Georg.  Aktiengeaelltchaft  Miltiple  tool  holder 

device.  3,670,608.0. 82-36.00a. 
Maschinen&brik  Reinhauaen  Gebnider  Scheubeck  K.G.:  See— 

Bleibtieu.  Alexander,  3,67 1 ,687. 
Maacio,  Nicholas  £.;  and  Burke,  Robert  F.,  to  Lummua  Company,  The. 

Treatment  of  pyritet.  3,671, 197,  CI.  23-200.000. 
Maaek,  Roland  C,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Navy.  Magnetron 

rapid  frequency  changer.  3,671,801,0.  313-39.330. 
Mason.  Lawrence  J.;  Simpson,  George  R.;  Paradytz,  Louit  F.;  and 
Chen,   Philip   L.,   to   Xerox  Corporation.    Recording   apparatus. 
3,670.633.  a.  95-4.S0r. 
Maateth,  Thomat  J.:  See— 

Houk.  Conrad  G.;  and  MasMth,  Thomas  J..  3,67 1 ,23 1 . 
Master  Specialties  Company:  See— 

Malekzadeh.  Ali  Asghar.  3.67 1 .933. 
Masuda.  Kromasa;  NisUgaki.  Eiiti;  and  Maeda,  Tomoauke.  to  Nippon 


Yuahi  Kabuahiki  Kaiaha.  Proceat  for  preparing  reainout  composi- 
tiont.  3,67 1 ,496, 0.  260.77.5cr. 
Matuda,  Kohet:  See — 

Sakata,  RikiU;  MMuda.  Kohei;  and  Takaahi.  Maaanor.  3.«7 1 ,383. 
Masuda,  Noboru,  to  Denki  Oiikvo  Co.,  Ltd.  Contactleas  galy^no-mag- 

netro effect  apparatus.  3,67 1  iSA,  CI.  323-94.00h. 
Maaqda,  Yukio,  to  Kabuthiki  Kaiaha  Okunta  Seiaakuaho.  Control 

device  for  an  electrically  driven  toy .  3,67 1 ,694, 0.  200-8 1  OOh. 
Matuko,  Fujio:  See — 

Othima,  Teruo;  Wada,  TakeaM;  Nag«e,  Tiuneyuki;  Mafuko,  Fu- 
jio; Hirooka,  Maaaaki;  and  Taniguchi,  laoji,  3,67 1 .306. 
Masumura,  Masao:  See—  I 

Tanaka,   Tetsuo;    Matumura,    Matao;    Toguchi,    Akilgro;    and 
Yamaguchi,  Mario,  3,671,507. 
Mateker,  Enul  J.,  Jr.,  to  Weatem  Geophysical  Company  of  America. 
Method  of  seismographic  exploration  by  meaauring  the  attenuation 
coefficient  in  geol^lic  section.  3,671,930,0.  340-15.500. 
Mathis,  Pierre,  to  Solvay  &.  Cie.  Proceat  for  recovering  boron  in 
producH    resulting   from    alkaline    attack    on    borocakic    ores. 
3,671,188,0.23-59.000. 
Matit,  Imant  Gustovich:  See— 

Bergmanit,  Karlit  Alfr«dovich;  Klotinth,  Erik  Emestotich;  and 
Matis,  Imant  Gustovich,  3,671.857. 
Matsumolo,  Seiji;  Tamai,  Yasuo;  and  Sto,  Masamichi,  to  Xirox  Cor- 
poration. Imaging  tyttem.  3,67 1 ,290, 0.  1 1 7-37.0le.  | 
Mataumure,  Shigeru:  See — 

Kawakiu,  Takao;  Ikeda.  Hiroaaka;  Mataumura,  Shigpru;  and 
Taniguchi.  Kunichiko,  3,671 ,300. 
Matsumun.  Yoahihiro,  to  Nippon  Air  Brake  Company,  L^.  Brake 

preasure  control  tyttem.  3,67 1 ,083, 0.  303-2 1  .Obe.  I 

Matsumun.  Yutaka:  See— 

Muto,  Iwao;  Mataumura,  Yutaka;  NishiQui.  Katsuyuki;  and  Mat- 
suura.  Kenii.  3.670.562. 
Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.:  See- 
Mori,  Kazuhiro;  Nakamura.  Abio;  Nakai,  Miyoji;  and  Komisako, 

Tetuji,  3,670,548. 
Sasaki.  Nobuyuki;  Oba.  Shunzo;  and  Yano,  Tadaahi.  3,671 .913. 
Shibano,  Takashi,  3,67 1 ,847. 
Tomimatsu.  Yothio,  3,670,975. 
Matsushita  Electric  Works,  Ltd.:  See— 

Usui.  Yothito,  Shiojima.  Kenji;  and  Hatakeyama,  Tqshikatsu. 
3.671.891.  I 

Matsushita  Electronics  Corporation:  See—  | 

Nakamura.  Hiroto;  Sato,  Akira;  and  Doi,  Ken-khi,  3,67 1  j794. 
Matiuura,  Kenji:  See— 

Muto,  Iwao;  Matsumura,  Yutaka;  NishiQui,  Katsuyuki;  and  Mat- 
suura.  Kenji,  3,670.562. 
Mattel,  Inc.:  See—  \ 

Groves,  Sydney  L.;  Kuchta,  Frank  J.;  Lewis,  J.  Stephen;  Maurer, 

Donald  J.;  May,  Richard  L;  Ryan,  John  W.;  and  Vowlet,  Colin, 

3,670,451. 

Lemkin,  Jack  L.;  Leittikow,  Gerard  K.;  Edmitton,  Russell  C;  and 

Benson.  John  T.,  3,670.449. 

Matthews,  Benjamin  H.,  to  Lucerne  Products.  Inc.  Power  tool  control. 

3,671,699,0.200-157.000. 
Matthews,  Jamie  F.,  Jr.,  to  Esso  Production  Research  Company. 
Method  for  subsurface  flowline  connection.   3,670,5 13i  O.  61- 
72.300.  ^ 

Matthews,  Ralph  W.;  Bemhoft,  Gerald  W.;  and  Schmidt,  Michael  R., 
to  Allia^Thafanen  Manufacturing  Company.  Hydraulic  row  marker 
system.  3,670,823,0.  172-128.000. 
Mattia,  Michael,  to  Budd  Company,  The.  Method  of  electroforming  on 

surfacea  having  projections.  3,67 1 ,405, 0.  204-4.000. 
Mattia,  Michael;  and  Van  Sciver,  Herbert  D.,  II,  to  Budd  Company, 
The.  Method  of  joining  dissinular  metals  by  plating.  3,671,406,  O. 
204-16,000. 
Maurer,  Donald  J.:  See — 

Groves,  Sydney  L.;  Kuchta,  Frank  J.;  Lewis.  J.  Stephen;  Maurer, 
Donald  J.;  May,  Richard  L.;  Ryan,  John  W.;  and  Vowles,  Colin, 
3,670,451. 
Mawhinney,  Albert  B.;  and  Herzog,  Ellwood  P.,  to  General  Motors 
Corporation.  Method  of  reducing  iron  kjsses  in  the  ttator  cores  of  al- 
ternating current  machines.  3,670,407, 0.  29-396.000. 
Maxwell,  Donald  L.;  and  Nyberg,  Philip  E.,  to  General  Mills.  Inc. 

Raisin  coloring  process.  3,671,265,0.99-104.000. 
May,  Gordon  Herbert,  to  International  Business  Machines  Corpora- 
tion. Roller  structure  for  card  reader.  3,671.719.0. 233-61. 1  Id. 
May.  Richard  L.:  See- 
Groves,  Sydney  L.;  Kuchta,  Frank  J.;  Lewis,  J.  Stephen;  Maurer, 
Donald  J.;  May.  Richard  L.;  Ryan.  John  W.;  and  Vowles.  Colin. 
3,670,451. 
Maybury,  Gordon  Howard:  See — 

Hodges,  John  Barry;  and  Maybury,  Gordon  Howard,  3.67 1 .906. 
Mayer  &  Cie,  Firma;  See— 

Martinetz.  Johann,  3 .670,3  26.  ' 

Maynard,  Maurice  J.,  to  Westvaco  Corporation.  HydrauUc  ^rstem  for 

controling  resin  pkkup.  3.671. 298. 0.  117-1 15.000.  i 

Mazzarella.  Emil  D.:  See — 

Brown.  Gerald  H.;  and  Mazzarella.EmilD..  3.67 1.3 10.    I 
Mazzarins,  Janis,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Scnper.  3.670.430. 

a.  37-127.000. 
Mc  Cabe,  John  P..  to  Instruments  Systems  Corporation,  metne.  Elec- 
tro-acoustic headset  with  ratchet.  3.671.685,0.  179-1S6.0P0. 


June  20. 1972 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  27 


Mc  Intire,  Hoy  C;  and  Vanorsdel,  John  R.,  to  Battelle  Devekpment 
Corporation.  The.  Method  of  making  high-density  sintered  metal 
3.67 1. 228. 0.  75-207. 
Mc  Lean.  Robert  E.,  to  Rival  Manufacturing  Company.  Can  opener 
with  a  hand  kver  removable  from  the  frame  by  the  position  of  same 
3.670.4 10. 0.30-4.00r. 
Mc  Manus.  Ann:  See — 

Rock,  Edward  M.;  Loughman,  Joseph  F.,  Jr.;  and  Mc  Manus.  Aim. 
3.670.872. 
McAlpin,  Robert,  Sir.  A.  Sons  Limited:  See— 
Eyre,  Brian;  and  Bland,  John,  3,671,075. 
McCaffrey,  Francis  Hamnet  Garland;  Mclndoe,  Jack  Gamett;  and 
Riu.  Herbert,  to  Canadian  Industries  Limited.   Shotshell  wad 
3.670,650,0.  102-42.00C. 
McCain,  Lawrence  G.,  to  Cokman  Company,  Inc.,  The.  Lamp  as- 
sembly. 3,67 1 ,739, 0.  240- 1 22.000. 
McCann.  Paul  A.  Jr.:  See— 

Thompaon.  HaroM  W.;  Smith,  Harry  W.;  and  McCann.  Paul  A 
Jr..  3.671.943. 
McDankl.  Cari  Vance:  See— 

Maher.  Philip  Kenerkk;  Albers.  Edwin  Wolf;  and  McDankl  Cari 
Vance.  3,671.191. 
McDankb,  William  C:  See- 
Andrews.  Robert  S..  Jr.;  and  McDankb,  William  C.  3.67 1 .427. 
McDermott.  J.  Ray,  A  Co.,  Inc.:  See- 
Shaw.  Clarence  W..  3.670.5 10. 
McDonnell  Douglas  Corporation:  See— 
Arrance,  Frank  C,  3,67 1 ,3 1 9. 

Dixon,  William  Paul;  and  Kendall.  David  N..  3.67 1 .328. 
Kent.  Ronald  E.;  and  Rothenberger.  Alvin  C.  3.670.545. 
Moe,  George,  3.671,318. 
McDowell,  Lennk:  See— 

Osburn,  Mvron  E.,  deceaaed,  3,670,983. 
McDowell- Wellman  Engineering  Company:  See — 

Cheek,  Edward  E.,  37670,870. 
McFarian,  AMen  1.  Air  conditioning  system  and  method.  3,670,806, 

CI.  165-22.000. 
McFariand,  Frederick  R.;  and  DifTenderfer,  Walter  L.,  to  K-D  Manu- 
facturing Company.  Run  out  indicator  for  disc  brake.  3,670,419. 0. 
33-172.00b. 
McFariand,  James  D.,  Jr.:  See— 

Schkfer,  Paul  J.;  and  McFariand,  James  D..  Jr..  3.670.859. 
McGraw-Edison  Company:  See— 

Falvo.  Vincent  G.  3.67 1 .689.  ^ 

La  Sou,  Leo  S,  3,671,912. 
Mcllroy,  Peter,  11,  to  Robroy  Industries.  AdjusUbk  clamp  for  elon- 
gated articles  with  transverse  locking  means.   3,670.369,  O.  24- 
16.0pb.  ^ 

Mclndoe,  Jack  Garnett:  See- 
McCaffrey,  Francis  Hamnet  Garland;  Mclndoe,  Jack  Gamett;  and 
Rigg,  Herbert,  3,670,650. 
Mcintosh,  Harold  A.,  to  Robertshaw  Controls  Company.  Electric 

motor  control  devke.  3,671,838,0.  318-471.000. 
McKay,  Robert  S.:  See- 
Meyer,  Burton  C;  and  McKay,  Robert  S.,  3,67 1 ,040. 
McKeown,  James  E.,  to  Bendix  Corporation,  The.  Battery  powered  ex- 
plosive   system    with    relaxation    oscillator    in    charging    circuit 
3,671,842,0.320-1.000. 
McKibben,  Charles  W.;  and  Robinson,  Robert  C,  to  Unkn  Carbide 
Corporatkn.  Bubble-blending  partkulate  solids.  3,67 1.018, 0.  239- 
4.000. 
McKinney,  Emery  L.:  See— 

Pkrce,  Edwin  A.;  Knob,  Rkhard  W.;  Roth,  Samuel  O.;  and 
McKinney,  Emery  L.,  3,671,362. 
McLain,   Charkt   D.,   to   Olin   Corporatkn.   Copper   base   alloy 

3,671.225,0.75-157.500. 
McLean,  William  E.;  and  Ruch,  David  E.,  to  General  Motors  Corpora- 
tion. Method  and  apparatus  for  driving  memory  core  sekction  lines. 
3.67 1, 949, CI.  340-I74.0tb. 
McMenamy,  Frederkk;  De  More,  Louis  A.;  and  Del  Mastro,  Ludwig 
E.,  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  Motor  speed  control 
with  droop  compentatkn.  3,671,833,0.  318-308.000. 
McMuIkn,  John  J.,  Associates,  Inc.:  See— 

Pangalila,  Frans  V.  A..  3,670,661. 
McMullen,  John  J.,  mesne:  See — 

Nonnecke,  Ernst  A.,  3,670,5 1 7. 

McNamee,  Raymond  W.;  Mlynar,  Lubomir;  and  Schachat,  Norman,  to 

Rohm  A  Haas  Company.  Mineral-coating  compositions  comprising 

an  amine  polymer  and  an  amylaceous  substance  and  papers  coated 

therewith.  3,671,472,0.  260-17.481. 

McWhirter,  John  Ruben,  to  Unkn  Carbide  Corporation.  Aerobk 

digestion  of  sludge  with  oxygen.  3,670.887. 0.  2 10-3.000. 
Meccanica:  See— 

Galbarini,  Maso;  and  Ramusino,  Francesco  Cotu,  3,671,133. 
Mechkwitz,  Bka:  See- 
Haas,    Werner    Erwin     Louis;    Adams,    James    Ewing;    and 
Mechlowia,  Blea,  3,67 1 ,237. 
Meckkr,  Milton.  Pehkr  effect  concentrk  still  with  high  temperature 

beat  supplying  means.  3,67 1 ,404,  CI.  202- 1 76.000. 
Medical  Specialties,  Inc.:  See— 

Gaykrd,  John  F.,  Jr..  3.670.725. 
Medite.JohnA.:Ser— 

Tonkowkh.    William;    Meditz.   John    A.;   and    Vignola.    Paul. 
3.670.836.  ^ 


Medaker.   Wayne  G.   Fluid  mixing  apparatua    3.671,208.  O.   48- 

180.00c. 
Mehnert.  Waher  E.;  and  Heller.  Hont  A.  Electrk  generator  control 

system  with  radk  feedback  loop.  3,671.830,0.  322-28.000. 
Meier.  Emil  S.  Electrical  power  generator.  3.67 1 .756.  CI.  290-54.000. 
Meier,  Ghert,  to  Contravet  AG.  Pneumatk  warp  thread  monitorinc  ap- 
paratus. 3,670,778,0.  139-349.000.  -•-t- 
Meier,  Otto  H.;  and  Leopold,  Richard  F..  to  General  Bectrk  Com- 
pany. Endless  conveyor  system.  3,670,863,0.  198-22.00r. 
Meinert,  Norbert:  See— 

Broroer,  Heinz;  and  Meinert,  Norbert.  3,67 1 .276. 
Meiser.  Werner  See— 

Westphal.  Kurt;  Meiaer.  Werner.  Fue.  Ludwig;  and  Hack.  Hel- 

muth,  3.671,523. 
Dkry,  Helmut;  Kkfer,  Bemhard;  Rittner,  Siegbert;  and  SeideL 
Manfred,  3,671.308. 
Meister.  Otto:  See— 

Hamer  Robert  H.;  and  Meister.  Otto,  3,671 .697. 
Meitner,  Gary  H.,  to  Kimberiy-Oark  Corporation.  Strong  fire  tetar- 

dantwebt.  3,671.303,0.  117-137.000. 
Melle-Bezons:  See- 
Colin,  Pkrre;  and  Merk,  Roger,  3,671 ,398. 
Melnkk,  Daniel:  See- 
Cooper,   Irwin;   Parker.   Wilbur   Allen;   and   Mebikk.   Daniel 

3.671.266. 
Gooding.  Chester  Martin;  Parker.  Wilbur;  and  Mebikk.  Danid. 
3.671.267.  ^^ 

Mehzer.  Robert  I.;  and  Wittekind,  Raymond  R.,  to  Warner-Lambert 
Company.   3,4,4a,9a-Tetrahydro-2-<lH>carbazolones.   3.671.544, 
CI.  260-315.000. 
Mentha,  John  William:  See— 

Cresswell,  Ronald  Morton;  and  Mentha,  John  William,  3,67 1 ,364. 
Menzies,  Robert  W.  to  Canadian  Patents  aitd  Devekpment  Limited. 
Synchronous  reluctance  motors  having  rotor  segments  of  extended 
pokspan.  3,671,789,0.  310-163.000. 
Merck  &.  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Hinkley,  David  P.,  3,67 1 .549. 
Saari,  Walfred  S..  3.67 1 .636. 

Shen.  Tsung-Ying;  and  Dom.  Conrad  P..  Jr.,  3.67 1 .580. 
Meredith.  Curtis  L.;  and  Von  Bodungen,  George  A.,  to  Copolymer 
Rubber  &  Chemical  Corporation.  Plastic  composition  and  method  of 
preparing  same.  3.671.608,0.  260-878.00r. 
Mergerian,  Dickron:  See— 

Bozank,  Donald  A.;  Mergerian,  Dkkron;  and  Minarik.  RonaU 
W.,  3.671.855. 
Merk,  Roger:  See — 

Colin,  Pierre;  and  Merie.  Roger,  3,67 1 ,398. 
Mertens,    William   J.,   to   Avco  Corporation.    Ammunition   rtMind. 

3,670.651,0.  102-42.00C. 
Mesu  Machine  Company:  See- 
Lemper,  Herbert,  3,670,587. 
Mesur-Matk  Electronics  Corporation:  See— 
NeweU,  Harold  R.,  3,671.777. 
NeweU,  Harold  R.,  3,671.826. 
Metafiiune  Corporatkn:  See— 

Willinger,  Allan  H..  3.670.758. 
Metal  Products  Corporation:  See- 
Lynch.  Eari  D..  3,670,466. 
Metallschlauchfabrik  Joseph  Ulbrich  &.  Co.:  See— 

Bohm,  Friedrich,  3,670,544. 
Metallurgkheskogo  Mashinostroeniya:  See— 

Tselikov,  Alexandr  Ivanovkh;  Nosal,  Vsevokd  Vladimirovich; 
and  Verderevsky,  Vadin.  Anatolkvkh.  3.670.549. 
Metro.  Stephen  J.;  and  Shaub.  I-Iarold.  to  Esso  Research  and  Engineer- 
ing Company.  Quinone  phosphates  as  lubricant  additives.  3fifl,434. 
0.252-49.800. 
Metz.  Jack  L.,  to  Teletype  Corporation.  Momentary  multipk  contact 

switch  and  operating  key  therefor.  3.67 1 .700. 0.  200- 1 60.000. 
Metzger,   WiUiam   J.,   to   Midland-Ross  Corporation.   Car  couoler. 

3,670,901.0.213-151.000. 
Meyer.  Burton  C;  and  McKay,  Robert  S..  to  Gbas.  Marvin,  &  As- 
sociates. Surface  rebounding  apparatus  including  baD,  racket,  and 
rebound  surface.  3,671.040,0.  273-95.00r. 
Meyer,  Curtis  E.:  See — 

Sebek,  ddrich  K.;  and  Meyer,  Curtis  E.,  3.67 1 .628. 
Meyer.  Engelbert  A.,  to  USM  Corporation.  Fastener.  3.670.368.  CL 

24-73.000. 
Meyer.  Jurgen;  and  Sautter.  Gerhard,  to  Siemens  AktiengeaeOachaft 
Method  and  apparatus  for  automatk  programmed  control  of  a 
machine  tod.  3 ,67 1 .839,  a.  3 1 8-5  7 1 .000. 
Meyer.  Jurgen;  and  Sautter.  Gerhard,  to  Skmens  Aktkngeaelbchaft 
Method  and  apparatus  for  adaptive  control  of  a  tumtns  machine. 
3.67 1. 840. 0.  318-571.000. 
Mkhael,  Jacob  F..  to  Westingjiouse  Electrk  Cmporation.  Method  of 
manufacturing  an  electric  uunp  filament  having  a  coiled-coil  body 
portkn  with  orknted  ofF-set  k^.  3.670.377. 0.  29-25. 1 80. 
Mkhel  Lumber  Company:  See- 
Jones.  Allen  J..  3.670.469. 
Mkhel.  Rupprecht,  to  Kraftwerk  Union  AktiengeaeOachaft  Focced- 

flow  boUer.  3.670.703.0.  122-406.00r. 
Michekt,  Dankl:  See— 

Le  Bris,  Louis;  Mkhelet,  Dankl;  and  Rakoutz,  Mkhd,  3,671.352. 
MidUmd-Roas  Corporation:  See— 

ChedaiUe,  Jacques;  and  Koopmans.  Gerben,  3,67 1 . 1 72. 


PI  28 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


^>n>re  2^.1972 


Hemuth.  Klaut  H..  3.67 1 .027. 

Kov«ct,  Lloyd.  3.671.141. 

Metiger.  William  J..  3.670.901.  ^  ,  ^„  „-, 

Pomper,  Anthony  W.;  »nd  Kovacs.  Lloyd.  3.671.021. 

Schult2.ForTe«tO.E..  3.670.756.       ,  ^,^  ^^ 

Weber,  Hani  B.;  and  Brown.  Joseph.  3,670.660. 

Mihelich.JohnL.:Se*—  .  ^    ^     ^       ^  »*  w  i    u  i  fc«  i 

Korchynsky.  Michael;  Groaer.  John  David;  and  Mihelich.  John  L., 

3.671,336. 
MUe«  Laboratoriea.  Inc.:  S«— 

Van  Dyke.  John  William.  Jr.;  and  Van  Laecke,  Margaret  Jo, 
3,671,530.  .^^^ 

MUena.  Aldo.  nexible  rudder.  3.670.685,  CI.  1 14-162.000. 
MUler    Calvin  Max;  and  Sacki,  Robert  Charles,  to  BeU  Telephone 
Laboratories.    Incorporated.    Coaxial    cable    with    Hat    profile. 
3,67 1,662.  CI.  174-28.000. 

MUler. Carol  K.:S«e-  ^  ,  ^-,,  ,^.. 

Bisaonette.  Vernon  L.;  MUler.  Jerry  B..  deceased.  3.67 1 ,244. 
Miller    Dewitt  H..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Frequency  trans- 
ducer. 3.67 1.859.  CI.  324-78.00r. 
MUler  Engineering  Corporation:  &e—  ,^,«nrtx^ 

MiUer.  Frank  H..  Jr.;  and  Withenpoon.  David  L.,  3,670,906. 
MUler,  Frank  H..  Jr.;  and  Withenpoon.  David  L..  to  MiUer  Engineering 

Corporation.  Article  loading  system.  3,670.906,  CI.  2 14-6.00p. 
MUler.  Frederic  L.:  See— 

Tribken,  Everett  R.;  and  MUler,  Frederic  L.,  3,67 1 ,904. 
MUler.  Harmon  B..  to  Reclosable  Package  Corporation.  Package  for 

sliced  bacon.  3.671.271.  a.  99-174.000. 
MUler  Hugh  L.,  to  Northern  Electric  Company,  Limited.  Uhraaonic  ^ 

welding  of  thermoplasUcs.  3,67 1,366,  CI.  156-580.000. 
MUler,  Jerry  B,  deceased:  S<«—  ,,,,.,.. 

Bissonette,  Vernon  L.;  MUler.  Jerry  B.,  deceased,  3,67 1 .244. 
MUler.  Richard  G.;  and  Cavitt.  Roy  L.,  to  PPG  Industries,  Inc.  Electro- 
less  process  for  forming  thin  metal  fUms.  3.67 1 ,29 1 .  CI.  1 1 7-54.000. 
MUler.  Stephen  H.  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Cutting  and  splicing 

apparatus.  3,670,616,  CI.  83-397.000. 
MUIigan,   Lee  J.,  to   Peripheral  Systems  Corporation.   Control   ap- 
paratus. 3,671.807,01.  317-1 1. 00a. 
MUlman,  Sidney  E.,  to  TRW  Inc.  Zero  recovery  time  two  transistor 

multivibrator.  3,671.774.C1.  307-273.000. 
MUls,   Frank  J.;  Sadowski.  John  T.;   Squires.   Harwood   H.;   and 
UebeUiart.  James  J.,  to  Sinclair-Koppers  Company.  Device  for  ex- 
pansion of  expandable  polymer  beads.  3.671,026.  CI.  263-21.00b. 
MUner.  Edwin  Eari,  Jr..  to  Baker  Equipment  Engineering  Co..  Inc. 
'  Aerial  personnel  platform  with  proximity  sensing  system.  3,670,849, 

CI.  182-19.000. 
MUo,   August.    Bracket  foV  centering  capped   pipe   in   manholes. 

3,670,384.  CI.  29-200.00J. 
MUovac.  Sidney:  S«*— 

Thomas,  Michael  D.;  and  Milovac.  Sidney,  3,671,1  14. 
MUton,  Thomas  J.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  CoUapsible  steer- 
ing shaft  assembly.  3.670.591.  CI.  74-492.000. 
Minarik.RonaklW.:S«- 

Bozanic.  Donald  A.;  Mergerian.  Dickron;  and  Minank.  Ronald 
W,  3,671,855. 
Miner,  James  E.:  See- 
Trent,  Paul  E.;  and  Miner,  James  E.,  3,67 1 ,385. 
Minet.  Albert  Gustave.  Machine  for  harvesting  sugar  cane.  3,670,481, 

CI.  56-17. 
MinnesoU  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 
Sargent,  Jerald  P.,  3,670,699. 
Van  Beusekom.  PhUip  C.  3,67 1 ,236. 
Minnesoto  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 

Consuntine,  Nikiforos.  3.67 1 ,744. 
Minolta  Camera  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Sugano.  Shigeaki;  and  Uesugi.  Kyozo,  3,67 1 ,  109. 
MinolU  Camera  KabushUii  Kaisha:  See— 

Murau,  Tomoji;  and  Tanaka.  Atsuyuki,  3,67 1 , 1 23 . 
Seino.Kuniki.  3,671,104. 
Minsk,  Louis  Morton;  Cohen,  Hyman  L.;  and  Frauenglass.  Elliott,  to 
Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Polymeric  hardeners  containing  aziridi- 
nyl  units  onthe  side  chain.  3.67 1 ,256,  CI.  96- 111  .000. 
Minton,  Carl  H.  Method  and  apparatus  for  joining  strip  ends  employing 

a  stitcher  assembly.  3.670.398.  CI.  29-505.000. 
Miracle  Pet  Products.  Inc.:  See- 
Duke,  Bernard;  and  Levensohn,  David  Z.,  3.671,151. 
Mischutin,  Vladimir,  to  Arkansas  Company,  Inc.  Process  for  flame- 
proofing  and  resulunt  product.  3 ,67 1 ,304,  Q.  1 1 7- 1 36.000. 
MitcheU,  John  E.,  to  Hughes  Aircraft  Company.  Intraconnector  wiring 

change  module.  3.671.918.01.  339-I8.00t. 
Mitchell.  Kenneth  A.  Thermal  container  assembly.  3.670.918.  CI.  220- 

20.000. 
Mitchell,  Richard  Frank,  to  U.S.  PhUips  Corporation.  Piezoelectric 
transducers  having  variable  sensitivity  between  the  boundaries  of  the 
piezoelectric  crystal.  3,67 1 ,784,  CI.  3 10-9.500. 
Mittubishi  Denki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  Sm— 
Kito.Katsumi.  3,670.862. 

KomaU,  Toranosuke;  Ishihara.  Katsumi;  and  Hashimoto.  Yasuo. 
3,671,226. 
Mittubishi  Paper  Mills,  Ltd.:  See— 

Kuriu.  Takaji;  Motoki,  Masaya;  Emoto,  Kazuhiro;  and  Mojo,  Kat- 
suo.  3.671.646. 
Mittubishi  Petrochemical  Co.,  Ltd.:  5m— 
Nagase.Sadao,  3.671.617. 
Sakau,  RUciU;  Masuda.  Kohei;  and  Takashi.  Masanor.  3,671 .383. 


f  >r   skis. 


Mittubishi  Seiko  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Akuta,    TomohUio;    Seya,    Atsumi;    and    Haahirizaki,  ^shinya, 
3.670.833. 
Mitsuhiihi  Denki  Kabushiki  Kaiaha:  See— 

Nakatt.  JoMike;  and  Denda,  Ryuji.  3.67 1 .82 1 . 
Mittelstadt.    Robert    A.    ReleasaUe    binding   mechaniBm 

3.67 1 .054.  a.  280- 1 1 .35m. 
Mixon.  Forest  O.:  See— 

Orcutt.  John  C;  and  Mixon.  Foreat  O..  3.67 1 .426. 
Mixon.  Goorge  A.,  to  Mol-Pak  Corporation.  Frozen  meat  i^kage. 

3.671.272.0.99-194.000. 
Miyakawa,  Tsuneaki:  See — 

Ayukawa.  Yaichi;  Naruse.  Uhei;  Itoh.  Tadayoahi;  and  Miyakawa. 
Tsuneaki.  3.671.261. 
Miyamura,  Tadao:  See— 

Fudemoto.  Isao;  Yoahibayaahi,  Tsutomu;  and  MiyamuraJ  Tadao, 
3.671,886.  I 

Miyata,  Yoshihiko:  See— 

Uchida,  Attuyoahi;  and  Miyau,  YoshUiiko,  3,670,376. 
Miyawaki,  Saburo;  See — 

Sawada,   Hiroyuki;   Miyawaki.  Saburo;  and  Uukawa.  .Hajime. 
3.671.359.  _         I 

Miyazaki,  Masatochi:  See—  I 

Takahashi.  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoahi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhifco;  Sato, 

Tadashi;  and  Kakuta,  Kazuhiko,  3.67 1 ,936. 
Takahashi,  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoahi;  Cteawa.  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 

Tadashi;-and  KakuU.  KazuhUco.  3,67 1 ,937. 
Takahashi,  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoahi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 
Tadashi;  and  KakuU.  KazuhUco.  3.67 1 .94 1 . 
"  Miyazawa,  Shintaro:  See— 

Uchida,  Naoya;  Ohmachi.  Yoahiro;  Niizeki.  Nobukazu;  Miyazawa, 
Shintaro,  and  Iwasaki,  Hiroshi,  3,671,103. 
Mizumori,  Haruhiko:  5** —  I 

Fukuahima.    Takaaki;   Takizawa.    Haruki;    Hori.    KUiup;    Sato, 
Yochito;  and  Mizumori,  Haruhiko,  3.67 1 .623. 
Mizutani.  Kazunori:  See— 

Yoshihara,  Mittuo;  and  Mizutani,  Kazunori,  3,67 1 ,592. 
Mizutani,  Masayoahi:  See —  . 

Komattu,    Noboru;    Arai,    Tohur;    and    Mizutani,    M^yoshi, 
3.671,297. 
Mizutani,  Toahio:  See— 

luya.  Nobushige;  Mizutani,  Tochio;  Kitamura,  Shigeyoahl;  Okuno, 
Yoaitosi;  and  Fujimoto.  Keimei.  3,67 1 ,548. 
Mizzoni,  Renat  Herbert;  and  Blatter.  Herbert  Morton,  to  Ciba-Geigy 
Corporation.  6-Amino-3-pyTidinesulfonamides.  3,671,512.jO.  260- 
294.801.  I 

Mlynar,  Lubomir:  See— 

McNamee,  Raymond  W.;  Mlynar,  Lubomir;  and  Schac  lat.  Nor- 
mal, 3,671,472. 
MobU  OU  Corporation:  See — 

Irelaad.  Henry  R.;  and  Snyder.  Paul  W..  Jr.,  3,671,419. 
Morrow,  Terry  R,  3.671,422. 

RueWe.  William  H.;  Hodge.  John  D..  Jr.;  and  Gray.  W 
3.671.929. 
Mocas,  Verhn  A.,  to  Richardson  Company,  The.  Sealing  assembly  for 

storage  batteries.  3,671,325,0.  136-178.000. 
Mochizuki,  Yoahifiimi:  See— 

Takaniune,  Hirotoki;  and  Mochizuki,  Yoshifumi,  3,670.492. 
Moe.  George,  to  McDonnell   Douglas  Corporation.  Method  for 

producing  a  water  activatable  battery.  3. 67 1.3 18.  CI.  136-^.000. 
Moeller  A  Neumann  G.m.b.H.:  5**— 

Grandmontagne,  Walter,  3,670,864.  ' 

Mohir,  Yoichi;  and  Ichimura,  Hirohisa,  to  Nissan  Motor  Company. 
Limited.  Control  system  for  an  automotive  automatic  power  trans- 
mission. 3,670,598, 0.  74-866. 
Mol-Pak  Corporation:  See—  i 

Mixon,  George  A,  3,671.272.  ] 

Molina.  Orlando  G,  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  Manu- 
facturing a  sensitive  non-flammable  dye  penetrant.  3,671,183,  O.  8- 
85.000.  I 

MoUer,  Siegfried:  S«*—  L.   _^  ^ 

Rausch,    Werner;    Oei,    Hans    Young;   and   MoUer,  Siegfried, 

3.671.332. 
Monier  Research  &.  Development  Pty.  Ltd.:  See— 

Dinunock,  Eric  P.,  3,670,869. 
Monsanto  Chemical  Company:  See — 

Irani,  Riyad  R.;  and  Robertt.  H.  Evan.  3.67 1 .644. 
Monsanto  Company:  See- 
Alt.  Gerhard  H.  3.671.214. 

Baer.  Ma«imo;  and  Campbell.  Joaq>h  0, 3,67 1 ,378. 

Baer,  Massimo;  and  CampbeU,  Joseph  O.,  3,67 1 ,384. 

Dixon.  WUliam  D.  3.67 1 .53 1 . 

Fitzgerald.  Warren  E.;  Knudsen.  John  P.;  and  Brock.  ^< 
3j67 1.619. 

Gidie.  Letter,  3,67 1 .709.  ^ 

GoWberg.  Jack.  3.67 1 ,953. 

Hamm.PhUipC.  3,671,635. 

Hirtfifeld,  Julian  J.;  and  Reuben,  Bertie  J..  3.671.292. 

Jaworski.EmettG.  3.671.212. 

JCing.  Henry  L.;  Ringwald.  Eugene  L.;  and  Randall.  Janes  C,  Jr., 
3,671,494. 

King,  Henry  L.;  Ringwald.  Eugene  L.;  and  Randall.  James  C,  Jr., 
3,671.495. 

Kowalski.  Xavjer.  3.67 1 .447. 

Kowabki.  Xavier,  3.67 1 .448. 


UiamC, 


June  20. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  29 


Lee.  YoonChai.  3,671,607. 

Ottinger,  August  P.;  and  Graham.  Paul  R..  3.67 1 ,479. 
Prill,  Erhard  J,  3,671,218. 
SchoU,  Robert  F..  3,670,615. 
Moore,   Arthur   Ivan   Walter;   Porter,  John  Howard;   Veamcombe, 
Richard    Frank;   and    Reiher.    Edward    Karl.    Face    milling   tool. 
3.670,380,0.29-105.000. 
Moore.  Christopher  J.:  See— 

KeUy,  John  C;  and  Moore,  Christopher  J.,  3,670,843. 
Moore,   Robert  E.,  to  Sun  Oil  Company.   Isomerization  of  cyclic 

hydrocarbons.  3,671,598,0.  260-666.00m 
Moore,  Robert  E.,  to  Sun  Research  and  Development  Co.  Oxidative 
dehydrogenation  of  multicyclic  hydrocarbons.  3,671,599,  CI.  260- 
666. Opy. 
Moore,  Robert  E.,  to  Sun  Research  and  Development  Co.  Ethylation  of 

adamantane  nucleus  with  BF  etherate.  3,67 1 ,600,  CI.  260-666.00m. 
Moore,  Werton  Dewitt,  to  Delta  Manufacturing  and  Engineering  Cor- 
poration. Vehicle  wheel  washing  apparatus.   3,670,743.  O.   134- 
45.000. 
Moorman  Manufacturing  Company:  See- 
Cory,  Victor  W.;  WUliams,  Edgar  E.;  and  Howard,  Robert  J., 
3,670,702. 
Moravsky,  Vladislav  Eduardovich;  Vorona,  David  Solomonovich;  and 
Shinkarenko,  Boris  Pavlovich.  Apparatus  for  electric  contact  spot 
welding,  preferably  of  small-Size  parts.  3,671,708,0.  219-78.000. 
Mori,  Chihani;  and  Nakajima,  Tom,  to  Asahi  Kogaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki 
Kaisha.  Automatic  timing  network  for  camera  shutters.  3,670,637, 
CI  95-1  O.Oct. 
Mori,  Kazuhiro;  Nakamura,  Abio;  Nakai,  Miyoji;  and  Komisako,  Tetu- 
ii,  to  Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.  Apparatus  for  produc- 
ing open-topped  hollow  articles.  3.670,548,  CI.  72- 1 87.000. 
Mori,  Toshiyuki:  See — 

Fukami,  Masaharu;  and  Mori.  Toahiyiiki,  3,670,72 1 . 
Morin.  Louis  George:  See— 

Gackstetter.  Henry  Clinton;  Anderson.  Harold  Francis;  Shove, 
Gordon  William;  and  Morin,  Louis  George,  3.67 1 ,3 14. 
Moring,  Peter  Lothar  Ernst:  See — 

Doyle,  George  Mitchel;  Humphreys.  Robert  Eric;  and  Moring, 
Peter  Lothar  Ernst,  3,67 1 ,478. 
Morisaki,  Nobukazu,  to  Daido  Metal  Company  Ltd.  Top  roUer  for 

spinning  machine.  3.671,089.0.  308-20.000. 
Morishita,  Yasomatsu,  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Ryobi  Seisakusho.  Fishing 

reel.  3,670,985,0.  242-84.430 
Morley,  Frederick  WUliam  Walton;  and  Wattt,  WUfred  Thomas,  to 
Rolb-Royce  Limited.   Improvementt  in  or  relating  to  bearings. 
3,671,145,0.417-247.000. 
Morosawa,  Teruo;  to  Tomy  Kogyo  co.,  Ltd.  Toy  assembly  plant  for 

vehicle.  3,670,450,0.  46-40. 
Morris,  David:  See — 

Barnes,  LeII  E.;  and  Morris,  David,  3.671,810. 
Morris.  PhUip,  Incorporated:  See— 

Suhr,  Henry  M,  3,671,410. 
Morrison,  Walter  C,  to  Harris-Intertype  Corporation.  Low  sound  level 

single  facer  machine.  3,67 1 ,361 ,  CI.  1 56-472.000. 
Morrow,  Terry  R.,  to  MobU  OU  Corporation.  Water  poUution  abate- 
ment in  a  petroleum  refinery.  3,67 1 .422,  CI.  208-79.000. 
Morsdorf,  Manfred:  See— 

Gelderblom,  Horst-Dieter;  and  Morsdorf,  Manfred,  3.670,769. 
Morvue,  Inc.:  See- 
Ken,  James  Richard,  3 ,67 1 ,726. 
Mosier,  Benjamin,  to  Esquire,  Inc.  Coated  reflective  surface  and 

method  of  making  same.  3,671,333,0.  148-6.270. 
Mosley  Electronics  Company:  See — 

French,  Gerald  H,  3.67 1 .973. 
Moss. Harolds.:  5m— 

Vogel,  Ralph  A.;  and  Moss,  Harold  S.,  3,670,799. 
Motoki,  Masaya:  See — 

Kurita,  Takaji;  Motoki,  Masaya;  Emoto,  Kazuhiro;  and  Hojo,  Kat- 
suo,  3,671.646. 
Motorola,  Inc.:  See — 

Becker,JohnE.,  3,671,878. 
Davis,  Walter  Richard,  3,671,767. 
Frederiksen.  Thomas  M.,  3,67 1 ,770. 
Schuette.  Gunter  G.,  3,67 1 ,805. 
Motoyoshi,  Minoru:  See — 

Kumai,  Ko;  Motoyoshi,  Minoru;  Tanaka,  Kiyoshi;  and  Hagiwara, 
Yasuhira,  3,671,337. 
Mott,  George  P.;  and  Ziober.  Johnnie  J.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Marine  drilling 

structure  with  curved  drill  conductor.  3.670.507,  CI.  61-46.500. 
Moulds,  John  W. :5m— 

Eckert,  Clarence  J.;  and  Moulds,  John  W.,  3,670,709. 
Moulin,  Louis:  See — 

Aronica,  Claude  S.;  and  Moulin,  Louis.  3,67 1 ,632. 
Moyant,  Donald  A.,  to  Atlas  Chemical  Industries.  Inc.  Explocively  ac- 
tivated glass  valve.  3,670.925,  CI.  222-3.000. 
Moyer,   Charles   E.,  Jr.,   to   Union   Carbide   Corporation.    Lactam 
polymerization  with  allophanoyl  halide  initiators.   3,671,499,  O. 
260-78.001. 
Mueller,  Arthur  R.,  Jr.  Stripping  machine.  3,670,939,  CI.  225-99. 
MueUer,  Curt:  5M— 

Altermatt,    Rudolf;    Entschel,    Roland;    and    MueUer,    Curt, 
3,671,529. 
Mukai,  Hideo;  and  Wada,  Kimihiro,  to  Nishimura  Seisakusho  Co.,  Ltd. 


Apparatus  for  controlling  the  contact  prevure  between  a  contact 
roUer  and  a  winding  up  roU  in  winders.  3,670,980.  Q.  242-67. 100. 

MuUer.  Erwin;  and  Bettini.  Dino,  to  Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft  Wiper 
and  slip  ring  assembly .  3 .67 1 .79 1 . 0.  3 1 0-2 1 9.000. 

MuUer,  Gerhard:  See— 

Neumann,  Wolfram;  Muller,  Gerhard;  Ranz,  Erwin;  Von  Rintelen, 
Harald;  and  Schutz,  Heinz  Dieter,  3.67 1 ,232. 

MuUer,  John  T.,  to  Leali  Co.  Storage  type  hot  water  heating  syatem. 
3,670,807,0.  165-39.000. 

MuUer,  WiUy;  and  Robra,  Helmut,  to  Schloemann  AktiengeaeUschaft 
Ring-forging  press.  3.670.557. 0.  72-421.000. 

MuUigan.  WilUam  R.  Magnetic  sex-denoting  ornament  which  attractt 
or  repells  respective  similar  omamentt  denoting  unlike  or  like  sex. 
3.670.525. 0.  63-23.000. 

Mundkur.  Balaji,  to  University  of  Connecticut.  Scanning  apparatus  for 
biological  microdensitometry.  3,67 1 ,754,  CI.  250-236.000. 

Murakami,  Yoshio;  Higashinakagawa,  Iwao;  Yasuda,  Nobuaki;  and 
Takeno,  Syozo,  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  method  for 
manufacturing  magnetic  thin  film  element.  3.671,312,  O.  117- 
212.000. 

Murakami.  Yukinobu:  5m— 

Suzuki,  Masaru;  and  Murakami.  Yukinobu.  3.671,691. 

Murata,  Tomoji;  and  Tanaka,  Atsuyuki,  to  Minolta  Camera  Kabushiki 
Kaiaha.  Device  for  insuring  registration  of  the  picture  frame  with  the 
printing  station  in  making  printt  from  a  film.  3,671,123,  O.  355- 
97.000. 

Murdock.  John  £..  Jr.  Golf  tee  setter-positioner.  3.671.037,  O.  273- 
33.000. 

Murphree,  Francis  J.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Navy.  Echo 
synthesizing  apparatus.  3,671,657,0.  35-10.400. 

Murphy,  Donald  P.,  to  Hooker  Chemical  Corporation.  Composition 
and  process  for  stripping  paint.  3,67 1 ,465, 0.  252-548.000. 

Murphy.  John  M.:  See— 

Fogt.,  Thomas  H.;  Steiner.  WUliam  R.;  and  Murphy.  John  M.. 
3.670.523. 

Murray,  Edward  J.;  and  Winstrom,  Leon  O.,  to  Allied  Chemical  Cor- 
poration. Oxidation  of  cydohexane.  3,671,588,0.  260-S86.00b. 

Murray,  George  L.,  Jr.,  to  North  American  RockweU  Corporation. 
ElectrosUtic  spinning  head  funnel.  3,670,486,  Q.  37-58.890. 

Murray,  James  E.:  5m— 

Foley,  Richard  G.;  and  Murray.  James  E.,  3,671,827. 

Muska.  Allen  V.:  See- 
Laird,  WiUiam  Burton;  WUliams,  Roy  L.;  and  Muska,  ADen  V., 
3,671,022. 

Muto,  Iwao;  Matsumura,  Yutaka;  Nishifjui,  Kattuyuki;  and  Mattuura. 
Kenji,  to  Nippon  Kokan  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Holding  and  follow-up 
mechanism  for  ultrasonic  flaw  detector.  3,670,562, 0.  73-7 1 .500. 

N  L  Industries,  Inc.:  See — 

Andrews,  Robert  S..  Jr.;  and  McDaniels.  William  C.  3.671 ,427. 

Nabisco,  Inc.:  See — 

Griner,  Arthur  J. ;  and  Slain.  WUliam  A. ,  3 ,67 1 , 1 63 . 

Nachbur,  Hermann;  and  Maeder,  Arthur,  to  Ciba  Limited.  Phosphorus 
acid  esters.  3,67 1,61 1 , 0.  260-932.000. 

Nadhemy,  Rudolph  E.  Stop  block  assembly  for  raUway  car  roUer  bear- 
ing journal  box.  3,671,091,0.  308-40.000. 

Nagamatsu,  Hiroaki,  to  Toyo  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.  Automatic  transmiasioa 
controls.  3.670.599,0.  74-869.000. 

Nagano,  Hideo  Electric  connector.  3,671,924, 0.  339-95.00d. 

Nagao,  Tettuya.  Nut  and  washer  feeding  device.  3,670,387,  Q.  29- 
21l.00r. 

Nagaoka,  Koichi:  5m — 

Fujimoto,  Yasuo;  Nagaoka,  Koichi;  Tatsukawa,  Keizo;  and  Koiwa. 
Yoichi,  3,671,482. 

Nagaae,  Sadao,  to  Mitsubishi  Petrochemical  Co.,  Ltd.  Method  of  draw- 
ing thermoplastic  synthetic  resin  film  over  a  polyangular  mandrel. 
3,671,617,0.264-89.000. 

Nagase,  Tsuneyuki:  See — 

Oshima,  Teruo;  Wada,  Takeshi;  Nagase,  Tsuneyuki;  Masuko,  Fu- 
jio;  Hirooka,  Masaaki;  and  Taniguchi,  Isoji,  3,67 1 ,506. 

Nagumo,  Sin-Ichi:  See — 

Nakajima,  Yasuo;  Hayashi,  Yoshimasa;  and  Nagumo.  Sin-Ichi, 
3.670.496. 
Naismith,  Thomas  D.:  5m— 

Brooks.  Frank  W.;  and  Naismith,  Thomas  D.,  3.670.853. 
Nakasawa,  Fumio:  See — 

Hosokawa,  Masuo;  Yokoyama.  Tcriiei;  and  Nakagawa,  Fumio. 
3.670.886. 
Nakaguchi,  Kohei;  Kawasumi,  Shohachi;  Hirooka,  Masaaki;  Yabuuchi, 
Hiroshi;  and  Takao.  Hiroyoshi,  to  Sumitomo  Chemical  Company. 
Ltd.   1 : 1  Alternating  copolymers  of  carbonyl  or  thiocarbony  I -con- 
taining non-conjugated  compounds  and  conjugated  compounds  and 
method  of  preparation.  3.671,492,0.  260-85.5. 
Nakai,  Miyoji:  5m— 

Mori,  Kazuhiro;  Nakamura,  Abio;  Nakai,  Miyoji;  and  Komisako, 
Tetuji.  3,670,548. 
Nakajima,  Torn:  5m— 

Mori,  Chiharu;  and  Nalcajima,  Toru,  3,670,637. 
Nakajima,  Yasuo;  Hayashi,  Yoshimasa;  and  Nagumo,  Sin-Ichi,  to  Nis- 
san Motor  Company,  Limited.  Exhaust  gas  fater-buming  system. 
3 ,670,496, 0.  60-29.00a. 
Nakamura,  Abio:  5m— 

Mori,  Kazuhiro;  Nakamura,  Abio;  Nakai,  Miyoji;  and  Komisako, 
Tettiji,  3,670,548. 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  30 

N.k.mur>  Hiioto;  Sato.  Akirm;  and  Doi.  Ken-Ichi.  to  M.ttwhha  Dec- 

Ste^SoniWtube.  3.671.794.  a.  313-85.00.. 

'*'^SSiiirf!ruS["T.temoto.    Mmyodu.    «k.    N.k«n«r., 
MManori,3.671.S10. 

^""^^^JSil^U.  Toduo;  H.«g«w..  YoAihumi;  Honguchi. 

Shojiro;   Nakamur*,   Mkhiei;    KinuiU.   Shizuo;   wid   Suzuki. 

T«d»noi)u.  3,671.476.  ,        _       i      ,i 

Nakano  Satoni.  to  Iwatani  &  Co..  Ltd.  Incinerator  for  waste  oU  and 
the  like.  3.671.167.  a.  431-190.000. 

^'''^^^K^.    NakM).    Suekiti;    and     Knomi.    Kal«.torf»i. 

3.671.466. 
Nakau.  Fuaahide:  Sep-  ^  ,,,,-, , 

Nakau.Toiaburo,<ieceaied.3.671.6l6.      .  ^.  ^    ,  ■  „  u.  w  u 
NakauJoiike;  and  Denda.  Ryuji.  to  Mit«ilmhi  Denki  Kaburiuki 
Kaiiha.  Semicooductor  controlled  rectifier  including  two  emitter  re- 
gion.. 3.671.821. a.  317-235.000.  ..    ,_^     -.-,  ■,*7l«#i5 
Nakata.  Toyoio.  Ftat  armature  moving  coil  electric  meter.  3.67i.»o.i, 

N^au  Toraburo.  deceased  (by  Nakau,  FuMhide;  heir).  Method  of 

mamActuring  ball  pen..  3.67 1 .6 1 6.  Q.  264-68.000.    ^  ^^     ^ 
Nakayama.  Kiyodii;  and  Hagino.  Hiroriii.  to  Kyowa  Hakko  Kopo 

Kabuahiki  Kaidia.  Preparation  of  L-iK)leuane  by  fermenution. 

3.67 1.396.  a.  195-28.00r. 
Nanko.  Yodiiyuki:  S«*—  ..     ..,-_.--„ 

Irie  Todiiaki;  Sato.  Katnio;  and  Nanko.  Yorfuyuki.  3.67 1 .340. 
Nardi  Giancarlo.  to  Compagnie  Italiana  We««inghouae  Frem  e  Segnah. 

FSidflowconioldevicV3!670.755.a.  137-81.500. 

Nanue. Uhei:  $«—  ^.       ^  ...    . 

Ayukawa.  Yaichi;  Naniae.  Uhei;  Itoh.  Tadayoahi;  and  Miyakawa. 

Ttuneaki. 3,671.261.  ^     ,■■       ,*-,n<c,,    n 

Nash.  John  J.,  to  Ahco.  toe.  Rocket  Uuncher  famng.  3.670.621.  CI. 
89-1.800.  .  .    _ 

National  Aeronautic  and  Space  Adminutration  with:  S«-      

Low.  George  M..  Acting  Admm«trator  of  the;  National  Aeronau- 
tic and  Space  Admini«ration  with;  Stump,  Eugene  C.  Jr.;  and 
Rochow.  Stephen  Eugene.  3,67 1 .497. 
National  Carii  Register  Company.  The:  Set— 
Christie.  John  B..  3.67 1 .722. 
Henry.  Jamc  L..  3.670.982. 
National  Gypuun  Company:  See— 
Dawdy.  Jack  A..  3.67 1.061. 

National  Nail  Pty.  Ltd.:  See— 

Sachs.  Roger  Norman.  3,671.017. 

National  RcMarch  Corporation:  See— 

AHen.LfcjydR.  3.671,306. 
National  ReMarch  Development  Corporation:  See— 

Singer.  Alfred  Richard  Eric.  3.670.400. 
National  Starch  and  Chemical  Corporation:  S«— 

Brown.  Gerald  H.;  and  Mazzarella.  Emil  D..  3.67 1.310. 
Nederlandsche  Maatschappij  voor  Werken  BujtepS"*;^- 

Van  Der  Wiiden.  Franciscus Theodorus  Mana,  3.670.83O. 
Neff.  Marten  1.  Method  of  adjusting  a  speaker  of  an  electncal  sound 
producing  instrument.  3,670,841,  CI.  181-31.00r. 

Nejedly,  Peter  T.:&«—  .,-    ,  ^-.i  in 

Denoncourt,GiUe«  J;  and  Nejedly.  Peter  T,  3,67 1.731. 

Nell,  David  J.;  and  Lewis.  Thomas  W,  II,  to  I>«sser  Industnes.  Inc.  Im- 
pregnating porous  ceramic  with  noncoUoidal  sobds.  3,671.302.  t-i. 
117-123.00a.  ^  „    J  , 

Nelson   Vaughn  A.,  to  International  Harvester  Company.  Fluid  line 

coupling.  3.670.770.0.  137-614.040. 

Nemoto.  Kunihani:  S*«—  ,  ^,.  ,,« 

Tateno.  Hideo;  and  Nemoto.Kumharu,  3,671,339. 

Nepovim.  Zdenek.  to  Lindsay  Specialty  Productt  Limited.  Coaxial 

cableconnector.  3.671.926. CI.  339-177.00e. 
Ncbitt     Robert    Dennis,    to    CompbeU    Manufacturing    Company 

Limited.  Compodtion  compriung  unsaturated  elastomer,  epoxy 

resin  polycarboxylic  acid  or  anhydride,  cross-linking  catalyst  and 

fillerwidgolfballmadelherefrom.3.671,477,a.260-23.50a. 
Neumann.  Barbara  Susan,  to  Laporte  todustries  Lunited.  Synthetic 

clay-like  minerals  of  the  smaltite  type  and  method  of  preparadon. 

3,671.190.C1. 23-1 11.000.  ^     .      ^,       _.      . 

Neumann,  Wolfram;  MuUer.  Gerhard;  Ranz.  Erwui;  Von  Rintelen, 

Harald-    and    Schutz,    Heinz    Dieter,    to    AgCs-Gevaert    Aktien- 

geseUschaft.      Photosensitive      cyclic      polyimides      compowtion. 

3.671,252,0.96-90.000. 
New  Century  Producti,  Inc.:  See— 

Blount. George W, 3,670,441.  .       ^^   • 

Newell,  Harold  R..  to  Mesur-Matic  Electronic  Corporation.  Fast  nse 

time  pulse  generator.  3,67 1 ,777,  CI.  307-268.000. 
Newell  HaroM  R..  to  Mesur-Matic  Electronic  Corporation.  Steppmg 

motordriver.  3,671,826,0.  318-138.000. 
Newton,  Ahurin  B.,  to  Borg-Wamer  Corporation.  Capaaty  conttol  for 

multiple-phase  ejector  refrigeration  systems.   3.670,519,  O.   62- 

116.000. 
Ngo  Dinh-Tuan,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratonc,  tocorporated.  Gase- 

ousdisplaydevice.  3.671.938,0.  340-l66.00r. 
Nichicon  Capacitor  Ltd.:  See— 

Chiba.Minoru.  3.671,818.  .       „.  * 

NickeU,  Louis  G.,  to  Hawaiian  Sugar  Planters'  Association.  Riperang  ol 

sugarcane    by    use    of   certain    quaternary    ammonium    halidc 
3.671,219,0.71-121.000. 


June  20, 1972 


1 


leinaof 


B40. 


Nielsen,  Ham,  to  Vakl.  Henrikaen  A/S.  Apparatua  for  dyeing  i 

yam.  3,670,532,0.  68-188.000. 
Nielsen  Hardware  Corporation,  The:  See— 

Swanaon,  Gunnar  E..  3,670.37 1 .  ,  *, ,  o^o  /^  •>7^ 

Niewolak,  Ronald  A.  Bat  and  sphere  game  piecea.  3.67 1,039,  CI.  273- 

95.00r. 
Niizeki,  Nobukazu:  See—  .  ^.  ,_  .         .J 

Uchida,  Naoya;  Ohmachi,  Yoahiro;  Niizeki,  ?*>bukaiu;  Mi^azawa, 
Shintaro;  and  Iwaaaki,  Hiroahi,  3.67 1 , 1 03. 
Ninomiya,  Mono:  Sep—  ew  _ 

Marurao.    Hideo;    Ninomiya,    Mono;    and    Watanabe,   Shinro. 
3.671.504. 
Nippon  Air  Brake  Company,  Ltd.:  See— 
Matsumura,  Yoahihiro,  3 ,67 1 ,08  3 . 
Nippon  Cloth  tadustry  Co..  Ltd.:  Ser—  ^      v      u 

Takenaka.   Sadao;    Kishida,   Soichiro;   and   Yamazaki.   Yoichi, 
3,670,740. 
Nippon  Elactric Co.,  Ltd.:  See-        ^.  ,  ^_,  ,,, 
Shibuya,  Koji;  and  Takano,  Teruhi,  3,67 1 ,76 1 . 
Nippon  El«ctric  Company,  Limited:  See—  ...  ,^,, 

Irie  Toshiaki;  Sato,  Katsuo;  and  Nanko,  Yoahiyuki,  3,67 1  ,E 
Kamoahida,  Mototaka,  3.670.404.  ,,,.,,„ 

Tateno.  Hideo;  and  Nemoto.  Kuniharu.  3.67 1 .339. 
Nippon  GAki  Seizo  Kabuahiki  Kaiaha:  See— 
IzuU.Tadao.  3.670.712. 
Kita,  Hidehiko.  3,67 1 .660. 
Ogua.  Yukihiro.  3.67 1 .01 1 . 
Ohnojunji.  3.671.658. 
Suzuki.  Syoichi.  3.671 .659. 
Nippon  Kog^u  K.K.:  See—  .  ,  ,,.  ,„ 

Ohno,  Masao;  and  Kijima.  Katsuini.  3.67 1 .277. 
Tomomitsu.  Toshio;  and  Fujii.  Tatsuo.  3.67 1 .769. 
Nippon  Kokan  Kaburiiiki  Kaiaha:  Sep-      ^^      „  ..    i  ^  k^  . 

Muto,  Iwao;  Matsumura.  Yutaka;  Nishifjui.  Katwyuki;  4nd  Mat- 
sum.  Kenji.  3.670.562. 
Nippon  PetioleuiB  Refining  Company:  Sep— 

Terashima,Toru.  3,670,759. 
Nippon  PiMon  Ring  Kabuahiki  Kaisha:  Spt— 

Umenwa,  Kouji,  3,67 1 .047. 
Nippon  Sfcel  Corporation:  Spp—  „.      ...       ^  u 

Kumai.  Ko;  Motoyodii.  Minora;  Tanaka.  Kiyodu;  and  Hagiwara. 
Y«uhira,  3,671.337.  I 

NiDDon  Telegraph  and  Telephone  Public  Corporation:  See—   I 

Uchida.  Naoya;  Ohmachi.  Yodiiro;  Niizeki.  Nobukazu;  Miyazawa. 
Shintaro;  and  Iwasaki.  Hiroahi.  3.671.103. 
Nippon  Yushi Kabushiki Kaisha:  Sep—  .   ..     ^      ^  t. 

Masuda.   Hiromasa;   Nishigaki.   Eiiti;   and   Maeda.   Tpmo«ike. 
3.671,496. 
Nippondenso  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Fujisawa.  Hideya,  3,670,706. 
Nischk,  Ounther:  Sep—  _.     .  .  j  -,     . 

Kuniel,  Hans-Egon;  Wolf,  Gerhard  Dieter;  Blankensteui,  Gunter; 
and  Nischk,  Gunther,  3,67 1 ,6 14. 
Nishifjui,  Katsuyuki:  See-  .  .   „  ..       j  »*  . 

Muto.  Iwao;  Matsumura,  Yutaka;  NahiQui,  Katsuyuki;«nd  Mat- 
suura,  Kenji,  3,670,562.  |    " 

Ntihiaaki,  Eiiti:  See—  . ,     ^      J  ,. 

Masuda,   Hiromasa;   Nishigaki,   Eiiti;   and   Maeda.  Tomosuke. 

Nishimaki,  Ko;  and  Yodiikawa,  hamu,  to  Hitachi  Shipbuilding  and  En- 
gineerwg  Co.,  Ltd.  Storage  tanks  for  ultra  low  temperature  liquids. 
3,670,917,0.220-10.000. 
Nishimura  Seisakusho  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Mukai,  Hideo;  and  Wada,  Kimihiro,  3,670,980.  ^   „  j 

Nishimuia,  Tatsumi;  Inoue.  Tadahiko;  Tsuboi,  Takeo;  and  Kado. 
Masani,  to   Kumial   Chemical   tadustry  Co.,   Ltd.    2-Methoxy-4- 
methylphenyl-N-methylcarbanute    and    insecticidal    compowtions 
conti^g  the  same.  3.67 1 .640, 0. 424-300.000. 
NishitanI,  Masaki:  Spp—  ..  „.      ^.  _ 

Funakoshi,  Yoshiro;  Kajiura,  Takehiko;  Fuju,  Kiyodn;  EanamM^, 

Todiihiko;  Nishitani,  Masaki;  and  Komeda,  Hiromu,  3,67 1 ,2V€>. 

NisMn  Chemical  Industries,  Ltd.:  See—  •.      „   •  u„ 

Okazaki    Takayodii;  Tashiro,  Kiroku;  and  Yanagida,  Koicluro. 

3,671,376. 

Nissan  Motor  Company,  Limited:  Spp- 

Mohir,  Yoichi;  and  Ichimura,Hirohisa,  3,670,598.         | 

Nakaiima.  Yasuo;  Hayashi.  Yoshimasa;  and  NagumO, 
3.670.496. 
Niasho-lwai  Company  Limited:  Sep— 

Terada.  Manzo,  3,670,969.  ^  ,        .     . 

Situ,  Yorfiio.  to  Fuji  Denki  Seizo  Kaburiiiki  Kaaha.  Poker  circuit 

breaker.  3,671.688.0.  200-48.00r. 

Nitto  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.:  Spp--  .   ,  ,, ,  .q, 

Yoahihara,  Mittuo;  and  Mizutam,  Kazunon,  3,67 1 ,3vz. 

Nitzache,Sie^ied:See—  ^^  ■>  ^-n  Att^ 

M«witt,  Heinrich;  and  Nitzache.  Siegfried,  3,67 1  485^ 

Nixon.  William  Charles.  Electron  micro«:opy.  3.671.743.  CI.  230- 

N^uiecke.  Ernst  A.,  to  McMuUen.  John  J.,  meme.  Apparatus  for  cool- 
ins  and  fiUing  liquefied  gas  transport  and  storage  tanks  and  unprove- 
mlnts  in  said  tanks.  3.6fo:5 1 7. 0.  62-45.000. 

Norgreo.  C.  A..  Co.:  Spp— 

Dewberry.  Albert  W.  3.670.771. 
Norris.  Max  E.,  to  SCM  Corporation.  Hydrated  emulsifier. 
O.  252-356.000. 


Pole 


Sin-Ichi. 


3.671.459. 


June  20, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  31 


North  American  Philips  Corporation:  See— 

Loughran.  Eugene  F. ,  Jr. ,  3 .67 1 .900. 
North  American  Rockwell  Corporation:  See— 

Bemath.  Louis;  and  Facha.  JoMph  V..  3.67 1 .394. 

Caasen.  Quentin  C;  Luisi.  James  A.;  and  Salman.  Naif  D., 

3.671,948. 
Uwis,  Joseph  C,  3.670,397. 
Marion,  John  P.,  3,67 1 ,030. 
McMenamy,  Frederick;  De  More,  Louis  A.;  and  Del  Mastro,  Lud- 

wigE..  3.671.835. 
MoUna,  Orlando  G,  3.67 1 .1 83. 
Murray.  George  L.,  Jr..  3.670.486. 
Robinson,  John  F.,  3,670,462. 
Roper.  Daniel  W.,  3,670.594. 
North  American  Rockwell  Corporation,  mesne:  See — 

Stamm.  Alex  F.,  3.671,049. 
North.  Donak)  F..  Jr.;  Thomas.  Jerry  D.;  and  Worth.  Gerald  W..  to 
Republic  Steel  Corporation.  Methods  of  producing  leaded  steel. 
3.67 1. 224. 0.  75-129.000. 
Northern  Electric  Company  Limited:  Spp— 
Dopheide.  Otto  Waher.  3.67 1 .759. 
Miller.  Hugh  L..  3.671.366. 
Northeved.  Allan:  See— 

Knudsen.  Erik  Stenberg;  Ivencn.  Svend  Erik;  Lund.  Svend  Aage; 
and  Northeved.  Allan.  3.671.858. 
Northrop  Corporation:  See- 
Alexander.  Newton  C;  Stark.  Herbert;  and  Thornton.  Richard  C. 

3.670.585. 
Jeffries.  Lester  A..  3.67 1 .795. 
Mahn.  Robert  E.  3.67 1 .87 1 . 
Norton,  Charlc  J.;  and  Falk,  David  O.,  to  Marathon  Oil  Company.  Oil 
recovery  method  using  dispersion  of  clays  in  aqueous  polyacryia- 
mide  solutions.  3,670,820,0.  166-305.00r. 
Norton  Company:  See — 

Christian,  Warren  E.,  3,670,463.  ^ 

Guinan,  JoKph  C,  3,67 1 ,364. 
Noul,  Vsevolod  Vbdimirovich:  See— 

Tselikov.  Alexandr  Ivanovich;  Noul.  Vsevolod  Vladimirovich; 
and  Verderevsky.  Vadim  Anatolievich.  3.670.549. 
Nosier.  Heinz  Gunter;  and  Schnegelberger,  Hararld,  to  Henkel  A  Cie 
G.m.b.H.  Synergistic  antibacterial  and  antifungal  compositions  of 
DMSO.  ethanol  or  methanol  and  diester  of  2.2.4-trimethylpen- 
Unediol-1.3.  3.67 1. 654. 0. 424-312.000. 
Nothum.  Andrew;  Thomas.  Billy  W.;  and  White.  Abram  L..  to  Grover 
Machine  Company.  Tube  bending  machine.   3.670.553.  O.   72- 
307.000. 
Nussbaum.  Frank  J.,  to  Bischoff  Chemical  Corporation.  Low  heat 

capacity  moM  for  injection  moMing.  3.67 1 . 1 68. 0.  425-242.000. 
Nyberg.  Philip  E.:  Spp— 

Maxwell.  DonakI  L.;  and  Nyberg.  Philip  E..  3.671.265. 
Nye,  William  M.;  and  Jones,  Stanley  W.,  to  Lanier  Electronic  Labora- 
tory. Inc.,  mesne.  Privacy  of  dictate  stations  using  a  recorder  and 
selection  of  recorders  by  dictate  stations  while  maintaining  privacy. 
3,671.680,0.  179- 100.1  Or. 
Nykopp,  Erik  A.,  to  Oy  Tampella  AB.  Paper  machine  including  a 
horizontal  suction  forming  cylinder  having  multiple  dewatering  areas 
thereon.  3.671,388,0.  162-304.000. 
Oba,  HaniUro;  Sawazu,  Toshihiko;  Takeuchi,  Sugio;  and  Chikata, 
Masaru,  to  Tokyo  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  Adding,  subtracting  and  totaling 
calcuUtor.  3.670.957.  CI.  235-60.0tn. 
Oba.  Shunzo:  Spp— 

Sasaki.  Nobuyuki;  Oba.  Shunzo;  and  Yano.  Tadashi.  3,67 1 ,9 1 5. 
Oberhart,  George  S.:  Spp— 

White,  James  E.;  and  Oberhart,  George  S.,  3,67 1 .720. 
Ochi.  Takashi.  to  Yayo  Plastic  Yoki  Co..  Ltd.  Apparatus  for  forming 

hoIk)wtube.  3.67I.360.C1.  156-466.000. 
OXTonnor,  John  J.:  See- 
Arm  ington,  Alton  F.;  and  OXTonnor,  John  J..  3.671 .200. 
Odone,  Giovanni;  and  LieUr.  Christian,  to  Paillard  S.A.  Light  beam 

range-finder.  3,671.127,0.  356-4.000. 
Oei,  Hans  Young:  See— 

Rausch,    Werner;   Oei,    Hans    Young;   and    MoUer,   Siegfried, 
3,671,332. 
Oftedahl,  Edwin  N.;  Huttemann,  Thomas  J.,  Jr.;  and  Goffe,  Charlc  A., 
to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Organic  thioether  or  selenoether  silver 
complexes  as  emulsion  sensitizers.  3,671.260,0.  96-122.000. 
Ogata,  Kazuo;  and  Shimosato,  Kazuo,  to  Teijin  Limited.  Process  for  the 
preparation  of  naththalene-2,  6-dicarboxylic  add.  3,671,578,  O. 
260-SIS.OOp. 
Ogawa.  Yasuhiko:  Sep— 

Takahashi,  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoshi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 

Tadashi;  and  Kakuu,  Kazuhiko,  3,67 1 ,936. 
Takahashi,  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoshi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 

Tadashi:  and  Kakuu,  Kazuhiko.  3.67 1 .937. 
Takahashi.  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoshi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 
Tadashi;  and  KakuU,  Kazuhiko.  3.671,941. 
Ogawa.  Yoshiuka:  Spp— 

Imai.  Atsuo;  HaraU.  Mituo;  Ogawa.  Yoshitaka;  and  Hasegawa, 
Shoji.  3.671,324. 
Ogua,  Yukihiro,  to  Nippon  Gakki  Seizo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Valve  as- 
sembly for  comets,  trumpets  and  like  instrumentt.  3.671,011,  O. 
251-323.000. 
OKanlon,  John  F.:  Spp- 

Haering,  Rudolph  R.;  and  OUanton,  John  F.,  3,67 1 ,820. 


Oliara,  Joan  Irenee;  and  Bradahaw.  Chrittopher  Patrick  Cadman,  to 
Britiah    Petroleum    Company    Limited.    The.    Disproportionatiofi 

catalyst.  3,671.462.0.  252-429.00a. 
Ohi.  Reiichi:  See— 

Yoneyama,  Masakazu;  Shimamura,  Isao;  Iwano,  Haiuhiko;  and 
Ohi.  Reiichi.  3,671.247. 
Ohmachi.  Yoahiro:  See— 

Uchida.  Naoya;  Ohmachi.  Yoahiro;  Niizeki.  Nobukazu;  Miyazawa, 
Shintaro;  and  Iwauki,  Hiro.hi.  3,67 1 . 1 03. 
Ohno,  Junji,  to  Nippon  Gakki  Seizo  Kabushiki  Kaaha.  Key  switch  m- 

sembly  for  electronic  musical  instrumenta.  3,67 1 ,658, 0. 84- 1 .0 1 0. 
Ohno,  Masao;  and  Kijima,  Katsumi,  to  Nippon  Kogaku  K.K.  Uhravioiet 
ray  cutting  pink  glass  for  color  photography.  3.671.277,  CL  106- 
47.00q. 
Ohya.  Masaki:  See— 

Amagi.  Yasuo;  Ohya.  Masaki;  Shiiki.  Zenya;  and  Yuaa,  HaruUko. 
3.671.610. 
Ojala.  William  K..  to  Ford  Motor  Company,  integrated  anti-atall  and 

idle-speed  adjustment  mechanism.  3.670.708.0.  123-103.00e. 
Okazaki.  Takayoahi;  Tashiro,  Kiroku;  and  Yanagida,  Koichiro.  to  Nis- 
san Chemical  todustric.  Ltd.  Method  for  producing  flame-retardant 
plywoods.  3,671,376,0.  161-165.000. 
Okner,  Luke,  to  Standard  Optical  Mfg.  Company.  Biased  hinge  for 

spectacle  frame.  3,67 1 , 1 1 1 , 0.  35 1  - 1 1 3.000. 
Okuno,  Yodtod:  5er— 

luya,  Nobushige;  Mizutani,  Toshio;  Kitamura,  Shigeyodu;  Okuno. 
Yoaitod;  and  Fujimoto.  Keimei.  3.671.548. 
Old  Hickory  Mfg.  Co.:  See— 

Hoaey.  WiUiam  F..  3,670.931. 
Oktfiekl.  Andrew  H.;  and  Trott.  Arthur  F..  to  Senoptic.  Inc.  Tool  pod- 

tioning  means  for  lens  grinder.  3.670.460. 0.  5 1-165.7 10. 
Olc.  Edward  J..  Jr.:  See— 

Hamilton.  Colin  B.;  and  Olc,  Edward  J.,  Jr.,  3,67 1 ,407. 
Olin  Corporation:  See — 

McLain,  Charlc  D.,  3,67 1 .225. 
Obvotto,  Vanfrido.  Conveyor  device.  3,670,866.0.  198-33.0ac. 
Olivotto,  Vanfrido.  Apparatus  for  collecting  glass  tube  at  the  end  of  a 

production  line.  3,670,904, 0.  214-l.OOp. 
Olofrson,  Sten:  Sep— 

Ekdahl.  Hans;  and  CMofrson.  Sten,  3,670,842. 
Olsen,  Leif  T.,  to  Boen  Bruk.  Process  for  the  continuous  production  of 

laminated  wood  of  the  parquet  type.  3,671,353,0.  156-302.000. 
Olson,  Carl  R:  See— 

Hartlein,  Robert  C;  Kile,  Jame  D.;  Larson,  Willard  D.;  and  Ol- 
son, Cart  R,  3,670,649. 
Olson,  John  E.;  Bostad,  Wayne  W.;  and  Price,  Norman  L.,  to  Hyster 

Company.  Jet  pip*  fluid  control.  3,670,626, 0.  91-3.000. 
Obon.  Peter  B.  Anti-theft  apparatus  for  a  motor  vehicle.  3,670,837, 0. 

180-114.000. 
Olympus  Op|«al  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Fukami,  Masaharu;  and  Mori,  Todiiyuki,  3,670,72 1 . 
Kouka,  Shinya,  3,670.722. 
O'Mara,  Raymond  D.;  and  GrifRn,  Charie  K.,  to  Carrier  Corporation. 

Multicompartment  pump  structure.  3,67 1 , 1 36, 0.  41 5-89.000. 
Omark  todustric,  toe:  Spp— 

Pomeroy,  Raymond  Visher,  3,670,942. 
Ong,  Sienling:  See— 

Feess,  Erich;  and  Ong,  Sienling,  3,67 1 , 1 8 1 . 
Onishi,  Masayoshi:  Sep— 

Adachi,   Todiio;   Onishi,   Masayodii;   and   Hayashi,    Kiyohide, 
3,671,655. 
Ono,  Isao;  Fukabori,  Kentaro;  and  Shimomura,  Seiichi,  to  Toyo  Soda 
Manufacturing  Co.,  Ltd.  Process  for  producing  1 .4-diacYloxy-2-bu- 
tene.  3,671,577,0.  260-497.00a. 
Onsager,  Olav  Torgeir,  to  Hakon  totemational,  toe.  Production  of 

adiponitrile.  3.67 1.567. 0.  260-465.80d. 
Onsager,  Olav  Torgeir,  to  Halcon  totemational.  Inc.  Production  of 

adiponitrile.  3,671,568,0.  260-465. 80d. 
Opalenik,  John  J.  Sin^e  spring  wire  ground  clip.  3,671.916.  O.  339- 

14.00r. 
Opuszenski.  Theodore:  See— 

Rovin.  Herman;  Cobb.  Jame  W.;  Opuszenski.  Theodore;  Willard. 

Richard    H.;   Rigat.    Raymond.   Jr.;   and   Pellicano.   JoMph. 

3,670,675.  *^ 

Orcutt,  John  C;  and  Mixon.  Forest  O..  to  Research  Triangle  Institute. 

Continuous  filtering  process.  3.67 1 .426. 0.  2 10-20.000. 
Ormet  Corporation:  See— 

Foley.  Alan  J.;  and  Gardner,  Madiaon  J..  3.67 1 .204. 
Ort,  Wolfgang,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Automatic  shutter-speed 

control  3,670,635,0.  95-lO.OOc. 
Orth,  Herbert;  Spp- 

Hoever,  Heinz;  and  Orth,  Herbert,  3,670,644. 
Osaka  Seiki  Works,  Ltd.:  See— 
Hori,  Takashi,  3 ,670,46 1 . 
Osaka  Soda  Co.,  Ltd.:  Spp— 

Takikawa,    Todiio;    Satomo,    Kouji;    and    Kodama,    Takaahi, 
3,671,354. 
Osbum,  Myron  E.,  deceased  (by  McDowell,  Lennie;  administratrix). 

Hold  down  clamp.  3,670,983, 0.  242-74.200. 
Oshima,  Teruo;  Wada,  Takeshi;  NagaK,  Tsuneyuki;  Masuko.  Fujio; 
Hirooka.  Muaaki;  and  Taniguchi,  Isisji,  to  Sumitomo  Chemical 
Company,  Ltd.  Sulfur  curable  copolymers  of  olefins.  3.671406,  CL 
260-80.780. 


PI  32 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  20, 1972 


Othiro.  George  S.   Pube-phate  comparaton.   3.671.876,  CI.   328- 

134.000. 
0«ter  Corporation:  See—  ^     .  .  .  ^  ,.,.,.       ,>^     •    d 

Fuchi.  Rkhird  C;  Sukow,  Daniel  L.;  and  Wilke,  Dennis  P.. 

3.671.785. 
On.  Wolfgang:  See- 
Schilling.  Werner;  and  Ott.  Wolfgang.  3.67 1 ,  166. 
Ottinger.  August  F.;  and  Graham.  Paul  R..  to  Monaanto  Company.  Bar- 
rier coatingt.  3.67 1.479.  CI.  260-29.6rw.  ,.,.,. 
Otto.  Rigobert;  Pankow,  Gerrit;  De  Cat.  Artur  Henn;  Puichel.  Walter, 
and  Peb,  Willibaki.  to  Agfa-Gevaert  AktiengeseUschaft.  Color  tilver 
halide  photographic  material  containing  yellow-cotored  magenU- 
forming  color  coupler.  3.67 1 .257.  a.  96-100.000. 
Outboard  Marine  Corporation:  See— 
Arff.  Uwe  P..  3.670.600. 
Evinrude.  Ralph  S..  3.67 1 .07 1 . 
Overton.  Harold  L.  Method  for  determining  pressure  conditions  m  a 

weU  bore  from  shale  samples.  3.670.829. 0.  1 75-50.000. 
Owens-niinois,  Inc.:  See— 

Galeano.  Sergio  F.,  3.670.968. 
Phillips.  Julius,  3.670,922. 
Oy  Tampella  AB:  See— 

Nykopp,  Erik  A..  3.67 1 ,388. 
Ozdian,  Josef:  See— 

Brazda,  Ladislav,  deceased;  Brazdova.  Dagmar;  heirs;  Prochazka. 
Miloslav;  Kuhn.  Vladimir.  Ozdian.  Josef;  and  Benes.  Rudolf, 
3.670.484. 
Ozutsumi,  Minoru;  Kawakami,  Kazuo;  Ishizaki.  Sumio;  and  Kurosawa, 
Masatoshi,  to  Hodogaya  Kagaku  Kabushiki  Kaiaha.  Process  for  the 
dyeing  of  cellulose  diaceute  fibers  from  basic  dye  baths  containing 
sulfuricestersalts.  3.671. 182.a.  8-170.000. 
Padley  &  Venables  Limited:  See- 
Eyre.  Brian;  and  Bland.  John.  3.67 1 .075. 
Paillard  S.A.:  See— 

Odone,  Giovanni;  and  Lietar,  Christian,  3,671.127. 
Pale  Corporation:  See— 

Gandelman.  Morris  D..  3.670.373. 
Palm,  Bert  E.:  See— 

Malkin.  Irving;  Palm.  Bert  E.;  De  Ridder,  Jon  A.;  and  Germano. 
Victor  v.,  3.67 1.33 1. 
Palmer,  John  G.:  See— 

Belttary.  HaroM  E.;  and  Palmer.  John  G.,  3.67 1 ,908. 
Pammer,  Gottfried;  and  Krob,  Erwin,  to  Vockenhuber,  Karl;  and  and 
Hauser.  Raimund.  Strip-handling  appliance  for  processing  informa- 
tion. 3.670,990.  CI.  242-192.000. 
Pan  American  Petroleum  Corporation:  See- 
Duncan,  Floyd  R.  3,670,8 1 3. 
Pan  American  Petroleum  Corporation;  and:  See— 

Lindley,  Ralph  H.;  and  Bickham,  Richard  E.,  3,671 .961. 
Pangalila,  Frans  V.  A.,  to  McMullen,  John  J.,  Associates,  Inc.  Resilient 
roll  controlling  railway  car  side  bearings.   3.670.661,  CI.    105- 
199.00a. 
Panico,  Joseph  J.,  to  Health  Systems.  Inc.  Therapeutic  instrumentation 

electrode.  3.670.736.  CI.  128-404.000. 
Pankow,  Gerrit:  See- 
Otto,  Rigobert;  Pankow,  Gerrit;  De  Cat,  Artur  Henri;  Puschel, 
Walter;  and  Pelz,  WilUbald.  3,67 1 .257. 
Panzer,    Norman.    Power-assisted    inflation    assembly    for    sphyg- 
momanometers. 3,670.720.  Ql.  128-2.05g. 
Paoletti.  Alfred  J.:  See- 
Lynch.  John  F.;  Scott.  William  Bryson;  and  Paoletti.  Alfred  J., 

3,671,206. 
Lynch.  John  F.;  Scott.  William  Bryson;  and  Paoletti.  Alfred  J.. 
3,671.207. 
Papenfuss,  Theodor;  and  Spietschka,  Emst,  to  Farbewerke  Hoechst 
AktiengeseUschaft  vormab  Metster  Lucius  &  Bruning.  Process  for 
the  preparation  of  verv  pure  monosulfonic  acids  of  triphenyl- 
methane  dyestufli.  3,67r,553.CI.  260-392.000. 
Papp.  Josef,  to  Environetics,  Inc.  Method  and  means  of  converting 

atomic  energy  into  utilizable  kinetic  energy.  3.670.494,  CI.  60-23. 
Pappas,  Michael,  to  Falcon  Safety  Products,  Inc.  Tilt-operated  hand 

held  gas  powered  acoustic  device.  3,670.689. 0.  116-1 12.000. 
Paradyaz.  Louis  F.:  See- 
Mason,  Lawrence  J.;  Simpson.  George  R.;  Paradysz.  Louis  P.;  and 
Chen.  Philip  L..  3.670.633. 
Paramount  Textile  Machinery  Company:  See — 

AUison.  Rudolph  L..  3.670.860. 
Paraskewik.  William,  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Navy.  Automatic 

sway  brace  device.  3.670.620.  CI.  89-1 . 50b. 
Parke,  Davis  A  Company:  See- 
Garland,  Cari  C,  3,670.865. 
blip.  Peter  John,  3 ,67 1 ,650. 
Parker  Pen  Company,  The:  See— 

Wittnebert.  Frederick  R..  3,671.132. 
Parker,  WUbur:  See- 

Gooding.  Chester  Martin;  Parker.  WUbur;  and  Metnick,  Daniel, 
3,671,267. 
Parker,  WUbur  Allen:  See- 
Cooper,    Irwin;    Parker,    Wilbur   Allen;   and   Melnick,    Daniel, 
3.671.266. 
Parker-Hannifin  Corporation:  See- 
Brown.  Carl  A.;  and  Walter.  Frederick  L..  3.670,889. 
Parkhill,  Frank  J:  See- 


Brown,  Albert  B.;  and  ParkhiU,  Frank  J.,  3,67 1,305. 
Parlato.  Philip  J.,  to  Alarm  Products  International.  Inc.  Vibrating 

switch.  3 .67 1 .690.  a.  200-6 1 .45r. 
Parry.  Jvnes  W.  Bridle  bit  having  improved  mouthpiece  t«ounting. 

3.670,476,0.54-8.000. 
Partzach.    Peter,    to    Domier    A.G.    Flight    measuring    apparatus 

3,670,569.0.  73-180.000. 
Pasek,  James  E.;  and  Woodward,  Charies  D.,  to  General  Motors  Cor- 
poration. Anti-lock  brake  modulator.  3,67 1 .085,  C\.  303-2 1  OOf. 
Pasen.  Randolph  A.:  See- 
Elliott.  Ernest  A.;  Kane.  John  W.;  and  Pasen,  Randolph  A., 
3,671,002. 
Passamante,  Anthony  P.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Navy.  Plasnw 

arc  flash  source.  3.67 1 .796. 0.31 3-204.000.  ] 

Patel.  Jayantilal  M . :  See—  I 

WoUkon,  Alan  B.;  Patel,  Jayantilal  M.;  and  Lawrence,  Benjamin, 
3,671.262. 
Patel,  Jayantilal  M.;  and  Wolfton,  Anal  B.,  to  Procter  &  Gamble  Com- 
pany, The.  Semi-continuous  countercurrent  decaffeination  process. 
3,671,263,0.99-70.000. 
Patent-Trcuhand-Gesellschaf^  fur  elektrischeGluhlampen  mhH:  See- 
Schilling,  Werner;  and  Ott,  Wolfgang,  3.67 1 ,  166. 
Patsch.  Manfred;  and  Eilingsfeld,  Heinz,  to  Badische  Anilin*  St  Soda- 
Fabrik  AktiengeseUschaft.  Anthraquinone  dye:.  2.67 1.536;  O.  260- 
307.500. 
Patterson.  Robert  W..  to  United  Sutes  Steel  Corporation.  Apparatus 
for  controUing  weight  and  distribution  of  a  coating.  3,670,695.  O. 
118-63.000. 
Paulson,  Allen  E.  Cycle  counter  for  jet  engines.  3,670,56?,  O.  73- 

117.300. 
Pauly,  Donald  E.,  to  Telemadon,  Inc.  High  frequency  multiple  phase 

signal lenerator.  3,671.872,0.  328-55.000. 
Pavlik,  r*)rman  M,  to  Westinghouae  Electric  Corporation.  Non-reac- 
tive refractory  separating  coatings  for  electrical  steels.  3w67 1,335, 
CI.  148-28  000. 
Pavlov,  Gely  Georgievich:  See —  I 

Shalyt,  German  Mikhailovich;  Sidorchuk,  Svetlana  Efimbvna;  and 
Pavlov,  Gely  Georgievich,  3.67 1 .856. 
Paymal,  Jean,  to  Compagnie  de  Saint-Gobain.  Continuous  production 
of  composite  panels,  particularly  for  buildings.  3,671,355^  CI.  156- 
324.000. 


and  Peacock,  Peter  J. 


*earlman. 


E.. 


E..  Jr., 


Peacock,  Peter  J.:  See— 

Tufto.  Guy  O.;  Scamato,  Thomas  J. 
3,670,483. 
Pearlman,  Robert  I.;  executon:  See— 

Graairer,  Louis  W.,  deceased;  Granirer.  Samuel;  and 
Robert  I.;  executors,  3,67 1 .627. 
Pearo.  Joseph  J.,  to  Diapulse  Corporation.  Thermapeutic  {apparatus 

ultra-shortwave.  3.670.737,0.  128-422.000. 
Pechiney-Progil:  See— 

Aronica,  Oaude  S.;  and  Moulin,  Louis,  3,67 1 ,632. 
Peck,  Donald  E.:  See- 
Hayes.   John   R.;   Eckart,   Francis   H.;   and   Peck,   Donald 
3,670,624.  I 

Peck  Rocse  A  *  S€€-^  I 

Witaon,  Raymond  F.;  Peck,  Reese  A.;  and  Guptill,  Frahk 
3.671.420. 
Peck,  Reese  A  ;  and  Wilson,  Raymond  F.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Process  for 
increasing  the  yield  of  lower  boiling  hydrocarbons.  3,671,421,  O. 
208-61.000.  . 

Peddinghaus,  Carl  UUrich.  Bending  machine.  3,670,541,0.  72-8.000. 
Pedersen,  George  H.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Jiet  nozzle. 

3,670,964,0.239-265.019. 
Pekrul,  Ewald,  to  Westinghouse  Bremsen-und  Apparatebau  GmbH. 
Variable  load  relay  valve  with  BeUeville  spring  type  lock  for  exhaust 
valve  seat  positioned  according  to  load.  3,67 1 ,087,  CI.  30i-6O.OO0. 
PeUicano,  Joseph:  See— 

Rovin.  Herman;  Cobb.  James  W.;  Opuszenski.  Theodore;  Willard, 
Richard  H.;  Rigat,  Raymond,  Jr.;  and  Pellican<),  Joseph, 
3,670,675.  . 

Peloschek,  Hans  Peter;  and  Perduijn,  David  Jacob,  to  U.S.  Philips  Cor- 
poration. Method  of  manufacturing  a  sintered  oxidic  fertomagnetic 
body.  3,67 1 .436, 0.  252-62.580. 
Peluso,  Raymond  F.,  and  David.  Richard  F..  to  Martin-Marietu  Cor- 
poration. High  density  packaging  of  elecuonic  components  in  three- 
dimensional  modules.  3.67 1 .8 1 2.  CI.  3 1 7- 1 1 8.000. 
PeU.  Waiibald:  See—  . 

Otto    Rigobert;  Pankow,  Gerrit;  De  Cat.  Artur  Henrf;  Puschel. 

Walter;  and  Pelz.  WUlibald.  3.67 1 .257. 

Penczek.  Edward  S..  to  Stromberg-Carlson  Corporation.  Electrical 

contact  structure  for  a  switch  reed  comprising  gold  and  palladium 

layers.  3.671. 702. 0.  200- 166.00c. 

Penfold,  Addison  E..  Jr..  to  Triple  'A'  Accessories.  Engine  exhaust 

header  construction.  3.670.844.0.  181-40.000. 
Penning.  Hans;  See— 

Wenzel.  Werner;  and  Penning,  Hans,  3,67 1 ,402. 
Pennwalt  Corporation:  See— 

D'Angelo.  Antonio  Joseph,  3,67 1 ,65 1 .  , 

Pennypacker,  Frank  C.  to  Lindsay  Specialty  Products  Liiiuted.  High 
frequency  signal  routing  devices  for  use  in  CATV  systems. 
3.671,885.0.333-8.000. 
Pento,  Frank  Louis,  to  BeU  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated. 
DigitaUy  operated  signal  regenerator  and  timing  circuit.  3,671,875, 
O.  328-129. 


June  20, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  33 


Pepe,  Enrico  J.;  and  Marsden,  James  G.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corpora- 
tion. Urea  silicon  product  and  the  preparation  thereof.  3,671,562, 
O.  260-448.80r. 
Pera,  John  D.:  See— 

Buckman,  John  D.;  Pera,  John  D.;  and  Raths,  Fred  W.,  3,671,641. 
Perduijn,  David  Jacob:  See — 

Peloschek,  Hans  Peter;  and  Perduijn,  David  Jacob,  3,671,436. 
Perilhou,  Jean  Robert;  and  Auphan,  Michel  Joseph,  to  U.S.  niilips 
Corporation.  Device  for  measuring  the  flow  of  blood.  3,670,7 1 5, 0. 
128-2.05V. 
Peripheral  Systems  Corporation:  See— 

MiUigan,Lee  J,  3,671,807. 
Perkins-Elmer  Corporation,  The:  See- 
Bushman,  Bliss  M.;  and  Schultz,  WUliam  D.,  3,671,100. 
Perrat,  Jean-Marie:  See- 
Prayer,  Gerard;  and  Perrat.  Jean-Marie.  3,670,919. 
Peters,  Edwin  F.;  and  Juveland,  Omar  O.,  to  Standard  OU  Company 
(Indiana).    Preparation    of    supported    transition    metal    oxide 
polymerization  catalysu.  3,671.432.0.  252-46. 
Peters,  Rudolph  W.  Pin  cutter.  3,670,41 1,C1.  30-180.000. 
Petersen,  Ross  K.  Cleaner.  3,670,480. 0.  55-430.000. 
Petersen,  Siegfried:  See— 

Liebe,    Werner;    Petersen,    Siegfried;    and    von    Konig,    AniU, 
3.671.242. 
Petro-Tex  Chemical  Corporation:  See- 
Manning.  Harold  E..  3.67 1 .606. 
Petroleum  Information  Corporation:  See— 

Lindley.  Ralph  H.;  and  Bickham.  Richard  E..  3.671,961. 
Pfaff  Industriemashinen  GmbH:  See— 

Ziegler.  Hans.  3,670,678. 
Pfeiffer.  Francis  R.;  and  Weisbach,  Jerry  A.,  to  Smith  Kline  &  French 
Laboratories,    Inc.     1,2-diacylglycerol    3-2.2, 2-trichloroethyl    car- 
bonates. 3,671,557,0.  260-408.000. 
Pfeiffer,  Francis  R.;  and  Weisbach,  Jerry  A.,  to  Smith  Kline  &.  French 
Laboratories,    Inc.    Glycerol    3-(2,2,2-trichloroethyl)    carbonate. 
3,671.563.0.260-463.000. 
Pfizer,  Inc.;  See— 

Abuel-Haj.  Marwan  J.  3.67 1 .52 1 . 
Phillips,  JuUus,  to  Owens-Ulinois,  Inc.  NesUble  cup.  3,670,922,  O. 

220-97.00C. 
Phillips  Petroleum  Company:  See— 
Fahey,  Darryl  R,  3,671,560. 
Smith.  Ernest  L.,  3,670,95 1 . 
PhiUips,  WUliam  A.,  to  Granco  Equipment,  Inc.  Incinerator  with  ex- 
tended heat  exchange  surface.  3,670,668, 0.  1 10-8. 
Photosystems  Corporation:  See— 

Fouquart,  John,  3,671,745. 
Piepho,  Donald  A.;  See— 

Asal.  Jerrold  R.;  and  Piepho.  Donald  A..  3.670.825. 
Pierce.  Andrew  Earl,  to  Borden,  Inc.  Water  and  heat  resisUnt  adhe- 
sive. 3,671,382,0.  161-214.000. 
Pierce,  Edwin  A.;  Knob,  Richard  W.;  Roth,  Samuel  O.;  and  McKinney, 
Emery    L.,    to    Inland    Systems,    Inc.    Wall    covering   applicator. 
3,671,362.0.  156-552.000. 
Pierce.  Norwin  Caley:  See- 
Evans,  Evan  Franklin;  and  Pierce,  Norwin  Caley,  3,671,379. 
Pierno,  Michael  C;  and  Figas,  Vincent  J.  Small  engine  service  center. 

3,670.762,0.  137-342.000. 
Pilato,  Maurice  J.  M.,  to  Collet,  Marc  Norbert.  Electronic  device  for 
plane  graphical  represenution  with  perspective  effect.  3,671,730, 
CI.  235-189.000. 
Piller,  Bemhard:  See— 

Froehlich,    Alfred;    Piller.    Bemhard;    and    SUuner,    Thomas, 
3,671.253. 
Pilot  Research  Corporation:  See— 
FregeoUe.  Oscar.  3.670,528. 
FregeoUe,  Oscar,  3.670,529. 
Pincus,  Alexis  G.:  See— 

Ali,  Mir  Akbar;  and  Pincus,  Alexis  G.,  3,671.380. 
Piolot  Man-Nen-Hitsu  KabushUci  Kaisha:  See— 

Shimizu.  Akira,  3.670.439. 
Pioneer  Electronic  Corporation:  See— 

Suzuki.  Tsutomu,  3,671,682. 
Pistor,  Hans  Joachim:  See- 
Decker,  Martin;  Schmidt,  Joseph;  Hoffmann,  Herwig;  and  Pistor, 
Hans  Joachim,  3,67 1 ,566. 
Pitetti,  Raymond  Charies;  and  Worobey,  Walter,  to  BeU  Telephone 
Laboratories,  Incorporated.  Thin  fUm  capacitor  including  an  alu- 
minum underlay.  3,67 1 ,823, 0.  3 1 7-258.000. 
Plate,  Dr.,  GmbH:  See— 

Uhrig.  WUhelm,  3,67 1 ,284. 
Pless,  Uwe,  to  U.S.  PhUips  Corporation.  Etchant  for  selectively  etching 
pattenu  in  thin  silicon  dioxide  layers  and  method  of  preparing  such 
an  etchant.  3,671,437,0.252-79.300. 
Plowman,  James  S.,  to  United  Aircraft  Corporation.  Compoaite  blade 

construction.  3,67 1 , 1 39, 0.  4 1 6-6 1 .000. 
Pohl,  Harold  J.;  and  Kratky,  Raymond  H.,  to  Kellwood  Company.  Tent 

with  permanently  atuched  fly.  3,670,747, 0.  135-1  .OOr. 
Polaroid  Corporation:  See- 
Bailey,  James  L.;  and  Rodgers,  Franklin  A.,  3,67 1 ,007. 
Land.  Edwin  H,  3,671,241. 
PoUak,  Henry  M.;  and  PoUak,  Robert  S.  Arbor  saw.  3.670.788. 0.  143- 

36.00r. 
PoUak.  Robert  S.:  See— 

Pollak.  Henry  M.;  and  PoUak.  Robert  S..  3,670,788. 


Pomeroy.  Raymond  Viaher.  to  Omark  Industries.  Inc.  Automatic  feed- 
ing of  fasteners.  3,670,942.0. 227-10.000. 
Pomper.  Anthony  W.;  and  Kovacs.  Lloyd,  to  Midland-Ro«  Cotpon- 
tion.  Extruder  and  screw  therefor  with  uixlercut  melt  condticting 
channel.  3,671,021,0.  259-109.000. 
Pope,  Raymond  C. ;  See- 
Conrad,  Ludas  J;  and  Pope,  Raymond  C,  3,670,882. 
Portain  Poclain  Materiel:  See — 

Cheze,  Bernard  J.,  3.670,465. 
Porter,  AUan  William  Henry,  to  Adolph  Saurer  Ltd.  Braking  shuttles  in 

loom  shuttle  box.  3,670,775,0.  139-185.000. 
Porter.  Andrew  W.;  and  Sanders,  John  L..  to  Canadian  Patents  and 
Development  Limited.  Veneer  machine  roUer  prenure  bar  aaembiy. 
3.670.790.0.  144-213.000. 
Porter.  John  Howard:  See — 

Moore,  Arthur  Ivan  Walter,  Porter,  John  Howard;  Veamcombe, 
Richard  Frank;  and  Reiher,  Edward  Kari,  3,670,380. 
Porter,  Warren  K.,  Jr.,  to  Gulf  Research  &.  Development  Company. 
Method  of  making  suble,  low  viscosity  wax-in-water  emuluons. 
3,671,457,0.252-311.500. 
Post.  Harold  N;  See- 
Cole.  James   K.;  Coonce.  CarroU   A.;  and  Post.   Harokl   N., 
3.670.648. 
Potter,  Jack  D.;  and  Reanu,  Bernard  W.,  to  Warren  Petroleum  Cor- 
poration. Rising  stem  valve  remote  position  indicator.  3,67 1 ,692, 0. 
200-61.860 
Poulsen,  Stephen  D.,  Jr.,  to  Airco,  Inc.  Break  seal.  3,670,914, 0.  215- 

32.000. 
Power  Technology  Corporation:  See— 

HUl,  Charles  C,  3,670,926. 
PPG  Industries,  Inc. ;  See— 

Cuevas,  Ephraim  A.,  3,67 1,187. 
UtteU.  Hany  E.,  Jr.,  3,67 1 ,370. 
MUler,  Richard  G.;  and  Cavitt,  Roy  L.,  3,671,291. 
Tamopol,  Milton  S. ;  and  Snydier,  Tbonus  P. ,  3 ,67 1 ,3 1 1 . 
Prangley,  Dale  L.:  See— 

Pronovost,  Charles  F.;  and  Prangley,  Dale  L.,  3,670.936. 
Prayer,  Gerard;  and  Perrat.  Jean-Mvie.  to  Cebal  GP.  Easy  opening  lid 

for  cans.  3.670,919,0.  220-54.000. 
Prenco  Manufacturing  Co.:  See — 

Herman,  James  A.,  3,670,666. 
Prescott,  Roger,  to  Great  Lakes  Carbon  Corporation.  Composites  and 

intermediates  therefor.  3,671,285,0.  117-75.000. 
Price,  Herbert  K.,  to  Reynokls  Metals  Company.  Method  of  making  a 
composite  board  product  from  scrap  materials.  3,671,615,  O.  264- 
39.000. 
Price,  Norman  L.:  See — 

Olson,"  John   E.;  Bostad,  Wayne  W.;  and  Price,  Norman  L., 
3,670,626. 
Prill,  Erhard  J.,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Method  of  inhibiting  growth  of 

unwanted  vegeUtion.  3,671,218,0.  71-115.000. 
Pripeton,  George:  See — 

Contaldo,  Joseph;  and  Pripeton,  George,  3,670.609. 
Prochazka,  Miloslav;  See— 

Brazda,  Ladislav,  deceased;  Brazdova,  Dagmar,  heirs;  Prochazka, 
Miloslav;  Kuhn.  Vladimir.  Ozdian.  Josef;  and  Benes.  Rudolf. 
3.670.484. 
Procter  8c  Gamble  Company.  The:  See— 

Patel.  Jayantilal  M.;  and  Wol£K>n.  Anal  B..  3.671 .263. 
Wolfson.  Alan  B.;  Patel,  Jayantilal  M.;  and  Lawrence,  Benjamin, 
3.671,262. 
Proektnokonstruktorsky  Institute  -:  See— 

Tselikov,  Alexandr  Ivanovich;   Nosal,   Vsevolod  Vladimirovich; 
aind  Verderevsky.  Vadim  Anatolievich.  3,670.549. 
Pronovost,  Charles  P.;  and  Prangley,  Dale  L.  AutomobUe  accessory 

holder.  3,670.936,0.  224-42.420. 
Proudian,  Andrew  Peter;  and  Balaer,  Martin,  to  Xonics  Inc.  Aircraft 

vortex  detection  system.  3,671,927,0.  340-1. OOr. 
Pucher,  Richard  A.:  See— 

Blanshine,  AUison  W.;  and  Pucher,  Richard  A.,  3,670,482. 
PuUman  Incorporated:  See — 

Lefrancois,  Philip  A.;  and  Barclay,  Kenneth  M.,  3,671,185. 
WaUace,  Bruce  Alden.  3,671,198. 
Punnett,  Frazer  D.:  See— 

Fantuzzo,  Joseph;  and  Punnett,  Frazer  D.,  3,671.1 18. 
Puschel,  Walter:  See- 
Otto,  Rigobert;  Pankow,  Gerrit;  De  Cat,  Artur  Henri;  Puschel, 
Walter,  and  Pelz,  WillibaW,  3,67 1 ,257. 
Quain,  Wilbur  C,  to  Lake  Center  Industries.  Control  regulator. 

3,670,757,0.137-103.000. 
Quinn,  John  N.,  1/2  to  Johnson  Welding  &.  Equipntent  Co.,  Inc.  Crush- 
ing plant.  3,670,972,0.  241-76.000. 
Raab,  Harry  F.,  Jr. :  See— 

Beaudotn,  Benoit  R.;  Cohen,  Joaq>h  D.;  Jones,  David  H.;  Marier, 
Lester  J.,  Jr.;  and  Raab,  Harry  F,  Jr.,  3,67 1,392. 
Rabenborst,  David  W.;  and  DameU,  Kenneth  E.,  to  United  Stales  of 
America,  Navy.  Rapid  deployment  corner  reflector.  3,671,965.  Q. 
343- 18.00c. 
Radke.  Lawrence  F.;  and  Hobbs.  Peter  V..  to  BatteUe  Development 
Corporation.    Automatic    cloud    condensation    nuclei    counter. 
3.671,128.0.356-37.000. 
Radosavljevic.  SvetisUv  M.;  and  Maniotes,  John.  Slide  rule.  3,670,958, 

O.  235-70.00a. 
Rafaut  &  Cie:  See— 

BUlot.  Jean.  3.670.654. 


PI  34 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  26. 1972 


Raheakaiiip.  Robtrt  A.;  and  Stewart,  WilliMn  R..  Jr..  to  Inten-ttond 
BiMiaeM  Machtaw  Corporation.  Sentence  onented  <»*«^  "y*^ 
featurint  raadom  «cce«ing  of  dictation  wfments.  3.671.683.  a. 

Rumel   WOliaai  M..  Jr..  to  Cre«w«U,  Swnuel  J..  Iron  Wofki,  The. 

Ptefcbricated  metil  ttairway.  3.670.848.0. 182-1 15.000. 
Raket  Rodney  0..  to  Sperry  Rand  Corporation.  B^level  electromc 

^h  m  a  b^d>k«  m^.  3.67 1 .833. 0.  3 1 8-254.000. 
Rakoutz, Michel:  5«»—  .^,  ^  .  .  ^_.  _,- 

Le  Brit.  Louto;  M  ichelet,  Daniel;  and  Ralioutz.  Michel.  3.67 1 .552. 
Ramaden.  Charles  Dean:  S«r—  ,  ^,.  «^„ 

Martin.  John  Frank;  and  Ramadcn.  Charles  Dean.  3,67 1 .069. 
Ramuaino.  Franceaco  CotU:  See— 

Oalbarini,  Maao;  and  Ramuamo.  Franceaco  Cotta,  3.67 1 . 1 33. 
Rand   Walter  LeaUe;  and  Siranona.  John  Ernest,  to  EMI  Limited. 
M<^ldinf  of  granwphone  records.  3.67 1 . 1 58.  a.  425- i 29.000. 

Randall,  James  C.  Jr.:  S«—  ^„     j„    ,  r-    t 

King.  Henry  L.;  Ringwald.  Eugene  L.;  and  Randall.  James  C,  Jr.. 

3  67 1  494 
King,  Henry  L.;  Ringwald,  Eugene  L.;  and  Randall.  James  C.  Jr.. 

3.671.495. 
Ranz,  Erwin:  S«r—  „     .     ,,     «... 

Neumann.  Wo»am;  MuOer.  Gerhard;  Ranz,  Erwm;  Von  Rmtelen. 
Harald;  and  Schutz.  Heinz  Dieter.  3.67 1 .252. 
Raths  FredW.:SM— 

Buckman.  John  D.;  Pera.  John  D.;  and  Raths.  Fred  W.  3.67 1 .64 1 . 

Rauhut.  Michael  McKay;  and  Semsel,  Andrew  Mik).  to  Aroeiican 

Cyanamid  Company.  Chemilumineacent  compositions.  3.671.450. 

CI.  252-186.000.  ..   ^  .        „     .. 

Rausch.  Werner;  Oei.  Hans  Young;  and  MoUer.  Siegfried,  to  Hooker 

Chemical  Corporation.  Metal  treating  process.  3.671.332.  C\.  148- 

6  >7.  .  ^      ^ 

Rawe.  Abraham;  and  Khamis.  Joseph  T..  to  Contuiental  Can  Com- 
pany. Inc.  Process  for  preparing  carboxyl  acid  containing  olefin 
polymer  surface  coatinp  using  high  energy  ionizing  radiation. 
3.671.295.0.117-93.310.  ,,  .    ^ 

Ray.  James  D.;  Steingiser.  Samuel;  and  Cass.  Robert  A.,  to  Urated 
Sutes  of  America.  Air  Force .  Treatment  of  carbon  or  graphite  fiber* 
and  yams  for  use  in  fiber  reinforced  composites.  3.67 1 ,4 1 1 . 0.  204- 

130.000.  ...  .        , 

Raznitsyn,  Mikhail  Alexeevich.  Method  of  electroerosjon  machmmg  of 

parts  and  device  for  effecting  same.  3.67 1 .705. 0.  2 1 9-69.00c. 
Razzano.  John  S.:  See— 

Karstedt,  Bruce  D.;  and  Razzano.  John  S..  3.671 .546. 
RCA  Corporation;  See— 

Cooperman,  Michael,  3.67 1 ,768. 

Hanchett,  George  D.,  3.671.778. 

Thorpe .  Laurence  Joseph.  3 ,67 1 ,667 . 

Wittlinger.  Harold  Allen;  Wheatley.  Carl  Franklin.  Jr.;  and  Knapp. 

RuiaeU  Daniel.  3.671.782. 
Yorganjian,  John  James.  3.67 1 ,88 1 . 
Reams.  Bernard  W.:  S«e— 
"    ~      Potter,  Jack  D.;  and  Reams.  Bernard  W..  3.671,692. 

Reaves,  Robert  S..  to  Allis-Chahners  Manufacturing  Company.  Bin  un- 

loader  break  back  system.  3.670.913.C1. 214-522.000. 
Reclosable  Package  Corporation:  See— 

Miller.  Harmon  B.,  3 .67 1 ,27 1 . 
Rederiaktiebolaget  Nordstjeman:  See— 

Jonsson,  Kurt  Alfred.  3,67 1 .220. 
Redman,  John  Wilson:  See— 

Boroughs,    Raymond    Milton;    and    Redman,    John    Wilson. 

3,670,888.  .    . 

Reed  Geoffrey  Ronald,  to  British  Iron  and  Steel  Research  Aaaociation. 
The.  Packaging  coils.  3.670.877.  CI.  206-59.00f. 

Reeve.  Paul  H..  to  Auto  Research  Corporation.  Pump  prunuig  and  flow 
control  valve  for  pumping  two  different  Quids.  3.671,148,  CI.  417- 
295.000.  ,     .   . 

Regan,  Bernard  M..  to  Baxter  Laboratories,  Inc.  Method  for  inducing 
anethesia.  3,67 1 .645. 0. 424-35 1 .000. 

Regie  Nationale  des  Usines  Renault:  See— 

Falay.  Bernard;  and  Froumajou,  Armand.  3.670,586. 

Reicheneder,  Franz;  and  Kropp.  Rudolf,  to  Badiache  Anilin-  ^Soda- 
Fabrik  Aktiengeaellachafl.  Pyridazonium  compounds.  3.671.525.0. 
260-250.00a. 

Reid,  Edward  A.,  Jr..  to  Columbia  Gas  System  Service  Corporaoon. 
Deep  fat  fryer.  3 .67 1 , 1 74,  CI.  43 1 -326.000. 

Reiffel,  Leonard.  Teaching  system  employing  a  television  receiver. 
3,671,668,0.  178-6.800. 

Reiher. Edward  Karl:  Sw—  .   ,, 

Moore,  Arthur  Ivan  Walter;  Porter.  John  Howard;  Veamcombe. 
Richard  Frank;  and  Reiher.  Edward  Kari.  3.670.380. 

Reimer,  William  A.,  to  GTE  Automatic  Electric  Laboratories,  Incor- 
porated. Planar  receptacle.  3.670.409.0.  29-625.000. 

Reimer.  William  A.,  to  GTE  Automatic  Electric  Laboratories  Incor- 
porated. Readily  alterable  wover-wire  magnetic  memory  unit. 
3,671,950,0.  340-I74.0sp. 

Reinhardt,  Dieter:  See- 
Haas,  Guenther;  and  Reinhardt.  Dieter,  3.67 1 .873. 

Reinhardt.  Robert  L..  to  Clark  Equipment  Company.  Implement  load 
transfer.  3,670,822,0.  172-7.000. 

Reist,  Walter,  to  Ferag  AG.  Conveyor  apparatus.  3,671.035.  O.  271- 
76. 


Incorporated! 
t.OOO. 


Surface 


T 


ite  meter 


Retterman.  Donald  R..  to  American  Hospital  Supply  Corporatioa. 

Medical  inflHion  set  3,670.727.0.  128-214.00r. 
Renaken.  John  O..  to  CoUcraft.  Inc.  Internally  polyfonal  coU  fenn. 

3.671.905.0.336-136.000. 
Republic  laduatries  Inc.:  See— 

Slaybaugh.  Loren  E..  3.670,455. 
Republic  Steel  Corporation:  See—  ..  ^  J_. ^  «, 

North.  Donald  F.,  Jr.;  Thomaa,  Jerry  D.;  and  Worth.  0<irald  W.. 
3.671.224.  1 

Research  Triangle  Institute:  See— 

Orcu«,  John  C;  and  Mixon.  Forest  O..  3.671.426.  | 

Ress.  Thomas  I.  High-frequency  communication  system.  3.67 1 ,675. 0. 

179-15.0fd.  i 

Reuben,  Bertie  J:  See— 

Hinhfeld.  Julian  J.;  and  Reuben.  Bertie  J..  3.671 .292.       f 
Reuther.  Albert  R:  See—  ..       „        . 

Thies,  AUnd  F.  B.;  Ameling,  Bemhard;  Reuther,  Albert  R.;  and 
nuchter.  Werner.  3.670.53 1 . 
Revenue  Systems  Limited:  See—  ,  ^  , .  -, . 

Hunn.  Bernard  Albert;  and  HoweU,  Elgan  Neville,  3.67 1 .72 1 . 
ReyitoMs,  David  G.  Submerged  mooring  system.  3,670,686.  O.  1 14- 

230.000. 
Reynolds.  Delbert  D.:  See—  , 

Coasar.  Bernard  C;  and  Reynolds,  Delbert  D.  3.67 1 .259, 

Reynolds.  J.  R.  Tobacco  Company:  See- 
Conrad.  Ludas  J.;  and  Pope.  Raymond  C.  3.670.882. 
Reynolds  Metals  Company:  See— 

Kemppinen,  Auvo  I.;  and  Strum.  Bobbie  W..  3.670,542. 
Price.  Herbert  K..  3.671.615. 
Reynolds,  Richard  A.,  to  Texas  Instruim 
contaninantremoval.  3.671.3I3.0.  Ill 
Rheem  International  Inc.:  See— 

Engelbart.  Wilhelm.  3.670.432. 
Rheiniscbe  Braunkohlenwerke  AG.:  See— 

Wenzel.  Werner;  and  Penning.  Hans.  3.67 1 .402. 
Rhoades.  John  M..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Adaptive  control. 

3,671.727.0.235-151.11. 
Rbone-Poulenc  S.A.:  See— 

Bar^n.  Michel.  3.67 1 .490.  . 

Chabardes,  Pierre;  Gandilhon,  Pierre;  Grard.  Charles;  a^  Thiers. 

Michel.  3,67 1,569. 
David,  Reginald;  and  Estienne,  Jean,  3.67 1 .582. 
Gattus.  Jean;  and  Mallet,  Maurice,  3,67 1 ,48 1 . 
Le  Bris.  Louis;  Michelet.  Daniel;  and  Rakoutz.  Michel.  3,67 1 .552. 
Rhyne.  Earl  C.  Jr.,  to  Sola  Basic  Industries.  Inc.  Solid 

relay.  3.671,863.0.  324-157.000. 
Rich.  Harold  T;  See— 

Duron.  Paul  P.;  and  Rich,  Harold  T.,  3,670.5 16. 
Richardson,  diaries  D..  to  Richardson  Service,  Inc.  Method  and  ap- 
parati«  for  fiberizing  molten  mineral  materials.  3,671.210.  O.  65- 
5.000. 
Richardaon  Company.  The:  See— 
Mocas.  Verlin  A..  3.671.325. 
Richardaon  Service,  Inc.:  See- 
Richardson.  Charles  D.,  3.67 1 .2 10. 
Richardaon-Merrell  Limited:  See— 

Levy.  Alan  A.;  Rodger.  MitoheU  N.;  and  Breach.  Geoffrey  D.. 

3.671.629.  ^    .      J. 

Richter,  Hans  H.  to  Leesona  Corporation.  In-line  fnction  tivster  and 

method  of  twisting.  3,670,488,0.  57-77.400. 
Riegler.  Ernst;  See—  I 

Kindl.  Erwin;  and  Riegler,  Ernst.  3.670,697.  I 

Rienzi,  Dominick.  Punch  stripper.  3,670.613.0.  83-139.000. 
Rieth.  Lawrence  E..  to  Stewart- Warner  corporation.  Lamp  socket. 
3.671.923.0.339-93.001. 

Rietz  Manufacturing  Co.:  See—  ,,,.«.„ 

Tapacott,  Jesse  J;  and  Andersen,  Harold  T.  3.67 1 .019. 
Rifkin  Ernest,  to  United  Aircraft  Corporation.  Method  of  making  fuel 

ceU  electrodes.  3 .67 1 .3 1 7. 0.  1 1 7-2 1 6.000. 
Rigal.  Raymond.  Jr.:  See—  I 

Rovin.  Herman;  Cobb.  James  W.;  Opuazenaki.  TheodoA;  Wdlard. 

Richard    H.;    Rigat,    Raymond.   Jr.;   and    Pellicano.   Joseph. 

3.670.675. 

Rigg,  Herbert:  See—  .    .  J  j 

McCaffrey.  Francis  Hamnet  Garland;  Mclndoe.  Jack  Gkmett;  and 

Ri^Herbert,  3.670,650.  1 

Rimmler,  Fred  F.:  See—  ,  ^,,^  ,„,, 

Hebn.KennethJ.;andRi^llnler,FredF..3.670,605.      I 

RingwaU.  Eugene  L.:  See—  ^  ..   .  _     ,,    , 

King.  Henry  L.;  Ringwald.  Eugene  L.;  and  RandaU.  Ja«ies  C,  Jr.. 

3  67 1  494 
King,  Henry  L.;  Ringwald,  Eugene  L.;  and  Randall,  James  C,  Jr.. 

3.671.495. 
Rinnergschwentner.  Hans;  See—  ^ 

Senft,  Hervert;  and  Rinnergschwentner.  Hans,  3,670,592. 
Rittner.SiegbertSee-  j  c  ^j-i 

Diery.  Helmut;  Kiefer.  Bemhard;  Rittner.  Siegbert;  and  Seidd. 
Manfred,  3.671.308.  ^    . 

Ritzenthaler,  Jean,  to  Hewlett-Packard  Company.  Senes  transistor 

power  supply  regulator.  3.671,852.0.  323-9.000. 
Ri^ow.  Gerald  R.,  to  Cutler-Hammer.  Inc.  Time  delay  control  system 
for  directional  relays  with  electrical  interlock.  3.671.81(6.  O.  317- 
136.000. 
Rival  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 


I  I«T  riF  P ATFNTFF.S 


June  20. 1972 


June  20, 1972 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  35 


Mc  Lean.  Robert  E..  3.670.410. 
Robbtas,  Janes  L.,  to  Brooks  Products,  Inc.  Prea  forming  machine. 

3.671.156.0.25-45.000. 
Roberts.  Edward  S..  to  TreadweD  Corporation.  Sulftir  dioxide  conver- 
sion. 3.671. 194. 0.  23-176.000. 
Roberts.  H.  Evan:  See- 
Irani.  Riyad  R.;  and  Roberts.  H.  Evan.  3.671 .644. 
Roberts.  Webster  C:  See— 

Stanton.  Arthur  J.;  Kolb.  Edwin  R.;  and  Roberts.  Webster  C. 
3,670.632. 
Robertshaw  Controb  Company:  See — 

Brooks.  James;  Drummond,  Ralph  E.;  Heinz,  Frank  J.;  and  Cham- 
bers. William  W.  3.67 1 ,762. 
Chambers.  William  W..  3.670.960. 
Mcintosh.  Harold  A..  3.671 .838. 
Robinson.  Alfred  G..  UI:  See— 

Hagemeyer.  Hugh  J..  Jr.;  and  Robinson.  Alfred  G..  m.  3.67 1 .550. 
Robinson.  John  F.,  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  Lapping 

of  ball  bearing  raceway.  3.670.462,0.51-291.000. 
Robinson.  Ralph  R.  Vacuum  curette.  3.670.732. 0.  128-297.000. 
Robinson.  Robert  C:  See— 

McKibben.  Charies  W.;  and  Robinson.  Robert  C,  3,671,018. 
Robra.  Helmut  See— 

MuUer,  Willy;  and  Robra.  Hebnut,  3,670.557. 
Robroy  Industries:  See— 

McDroy.  Peter.  D.  3.670.369. 
Rochow.  Stephen  Eugene:  See- 
Low.  George  M..  Acting  Administrator  of  the;  National  Aeronau- 
tics and  Space  Administration  with;  Stump.  Eugene  C.  Jr.;  and 
Rocbow.  Stephen  Eugene,  3.67 1 ,497. 
Rock.  Edward  M.;  Loughman,  Joseph  F.,  Jr.;  and  Mc  Manus.  Aim.  to 
Harcourt  Brace  Jovanovich,  Inc.  Combination  carrying  carton  and 
display  stand.  3,670,872.0.  206-44.00r. 
Rodaer,  James  A . :  See— 

Kortge.  Jerry  W.;  and  Rodaer.  James  A..  3.67 1 .75 1 . 
Rodger.  Mitohell  N.:  See- 
Levy.  Alan  A.;  Rodger.  Mitchell  N.;  and  Breach.  Geoffrey  D.. 
3.671.629. 
Rodgers,  Franklin  A.:  See- 
Bailey,  James  L.;  and  Rodgers.  Franklin  A..  3.67 1 .007. 
Roebuck.  James  J.  Trotline  Storage  reel.  3,670,987,0.  242-118.400. 
Rogers.  Chester  D..  to  Jacobsen  Manu^Kturing  Company.  Vehicle 

operator  weight  transfer  assembly.  3.670,834. 0.  1 80-41 .000. 
Rogers.  Jesse  M.:  See— 

Findley.  Anthony  W.;  and  Rogers.  Jesse  M.,  3.670.696. 
Rogers.  Kathryn  C.  Shot  spotter.  3,670,4 1 7, 0.  33-46.000. 
Rogeri.  Lynn  C.:  See- 
Scott.  William  P.;  and  Rogers,  Lynn  C.  3.671.012. 
Rohm  A  Haas  Company:  See- 
Brown.  Albert  B.;  and  Parkhill.  Frank  J..  3.671,305. 
McNamee.  Raymond  W.;  MIynar,  Lubomir;  and  Schachat.  Nor- 
man, 3,671.472. 
Rohr.  Wolfgang;  See— 

Zschocke.    Albrecht;    Rohr,    Wolfgang;    and    Fischer,    Adolf, 
3.671.540. 
Rohrlick.  Myles  A.  Sealing  device  for  easy  opening  cans.  3.670.920. 

a.  220-57. 
Rolamite.  Incorporated:  See— 
Wilkes.  Donald  F..  3.670,579. 
Wilkes,  Donald  F..  3.67 1 .052. 
Rolls-Royce  Limited:  See- 
Kelly,  John  C;  and  Moore,  Christopher  J..  3.670.843. 
Moriey.  Frederick  William  Walton;  and  Watts.  Wilfred  Thomas, 
3.671,145. 
Roos,  Ernst:  See— 

Schubart,  Rudiger.  Roos.  Ernst;  and  Abele.  Manfr«d.  3,67 1 .503. 
Roper.  Daniel  W.,  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  Infinitely 

variable  planetary  transmission.  3.670.594, 0.  74-689.000. 
Rorick.  William  G.;  and  Lewis,  Herbert  O..  to  Collins  Radio  Company. 
Quartz  crystal  resonator  tuning  control  apparatus.  3.670,693.  O. 
118-5.000. 
Rose.  Anthony  T.  Surpcal  instrument.  3.670.41 5. 0.  30-349.000. 
Rose.  John  Brewster:  See— 

Dixon.  David  Rodney;  Roae,  John  Brewster,  and  Turton.  Cecil 
Nigel.  3.67 1.486. 
Rose.  Stephen  C:  See— 

Marsden.  Sullivan  S..  Jr.;  and  Rose.  Stephen  C.  3.670.752. 
Rosenberg,  Kari  Moses,  to  Flo-Tech  Corporation,  mesne.  Method  and 
apparatus  for  applying  decorative  coating  to  a  substrate.  3.67 1 .288. 
O.  117-39.000. 
Ross,  Ray  C;  and  Crum.  Robert  L..  to  AUis-Chalmers  Manufscturing 
Company.  Hinged  cloture  for  vehicle  bottom  guard  structure. 
3.670.835. 0.  180-691.000. 
Rossi.  Harry  J.,  to  Continental  Can  Company.  Inc.  Tubular  carton  witfi 

axiallv  doaed  ends.  3.670.950. 0.  229-40.000. 
Roszinski,    Hifanar.    and    Hamisch,    Heinz,    to    Knapsack    Aktien- 
gesellschaft.  Process  for  the  manufacture  of  ammonium  dialkyl- 
dithiopbosphates.  3.671.612,0.  260-987.000. 
Roth,  Samuel  O.:  See— 

Pieree,  Edwin  A.;  Knob,  Richard  W.;  Roth.  Samuel  O.;  and 
McKinney.  Emery  L.,  3,671,362. 
Rothenberger,  Alvin  C:  See- 
Kent,  Ronald  E.;  and  Rothenberger,  Alvin  C,  3,670,545. 
Rotter.  Friedrich;  and  Hanke.  Horat,  to  Siegener  Maachinenbau 
G.m.b.H.  Work  roU  exchange  device.  3.670^50,  CI.  72-239.000. 


Rotter.  Johann.  Optical  device  havinf  two  parts  producing  fixed  inter- 
medial image.  3,671.098.0.  350-8. 
Rovin.  Hennan;  Cobb.  Jamea  W.;  OpuaaeMki.  ThaodoK;  WiUaid. 
Richard  H.;  lUgat.  Raymond.  Jr.;  and  Pellicano.  Joseph,  to  Ivanhoe 
Research  Corporatioa.  Method  and  system  fbr  attaching  a  podwt  to 
a  portion  of  a  garment  3.670,675.0.  112-121.120. 
Rowland,  Colin  M.:  See- 
Cooper.  Keimeth  G.;  Cooper.  Herbert  T.;  and  Rowland.  Colin  M.. 
3.671.484. 
Rowland-Hill.  Edward  William,  to  Sperry  Rand  Corporation.  Axial 
flow  combine   with   a  rotary  discharge  and  a  straw  chopper. 
3.670.739.0.  130-27.00t 
Rowley,  Ernest  W.  Boat  having  pivotally  mounted  steeriiM  mecbaniBm. 

3,670.687.0.  115-18.000. 
Royce.  David  Hugh:  See— 

Zerlin.  William  Max  Erich;  Avery.  Roger  Peter,  and  Royce.  David 
Hugh.  3.671,922. 
Rubino.  Joseph.  Golf  tee  setter.  3,671.036,0.  273-33.000. 
Ruch.  David  E.:  See- 
McLean,  WiUiam  £.;  and  Ruch.  David  E..  3.671.949. 
Rudolph.  Ralph  G,  to  United  States  Steel  Corporation.  Jet  deflection 

vapor  gage.  3.670^71.0.  73-194.00r. 
Ruehle.  William  H.;  Hodge.  John  D..  Jr.;  and  Gray.  William  C.  to 
Mobil  Oil  Corporation.  Conversion  of  seismic  depth  sections  to 
seismic  time  sections.  3.67 1 ,929. 0.  340-1 5.500. 
Ruland.  Ross  R.:  See— 

Guerre,  Robert  P.;  and  Ruland,  Ross  R..  3.67 1.173. 
Rutherford.  Kenneth  R.;  Hooker.  Marvin  L..  Jr.;  and  AUbrandi,  Joseph 
P..  to  Collins  Radio  Company.  Pulse  processing  circuit  having  im- 
proved range  resolution.  3,671,866,0.  325-322.000. 
Rutledge.  Thomas  F..  to  Atlas  Chemical  Industries.  Inc.  Catalytic 
copcNymerization  of  acetylene  and  monoolefins.  3.671.604. 0.  260- 
677.000. 
Ryan.  John  T.;  and  Ingalls.  Jeffrey  D..  to  GTE  Sylvania  Incorporated. 
Ground  fault  detector  including  magnetic  amplifier  bridge  means. 
3.671.809. 0.317-18.00d. 
Ryan.  John  W:  See- 
Groves,  Sydney  L.;  Kuchta,  Frank  J.;  Lewis,  J.  Stephen;  Maurer, 
Donald  J.;  May,  Richard  L.;  Ryan,  John  W.;  and  Vowles,  Colin. 
3.670.451. 
Ryntz.  Edward  F..  Jr.;  Janowak.  John  F.;  and  Watton.  John  F..  to 
General  Motors  Corporation.  Rapid  thermal  analysis  method  for 
predicting  nodular  iron  properties.  3,670.558. 0.  73- 1 7.00r. 
SUPFINA:See— 

Wieck.  Kari.  3.671,093. 
SAC  Electric  Company:  See— 

Hamer  Robert  H.;  and  Meister.  Otto.  3.67 1 ,697. 
S.A.  PRB:  See— 

Brepoels.  Joseph  Rene;  and  Busschots,  Armand  August  Florent 
3.671.217. 
Saari.  Walfred  S..  to  Merck  A  Co..  Inc.  Methods  for  treating  hyperten- 
sion of  inhibiting  gastric  secretion.  3.67 1 .636. 0. 424-330.000. 
Sabatelli,  Philip  M.;  Loder,  Edwin  R.;  Bnings,  Charles  A.;  and  Sarge, 
Carmen  R.,  to  Chemed  Corporation.  Process  of  cleaning.  3.67 1 .440. 
0.252-103.000. 
Sacfaa.  Roger  Norman,  to  National  Nail  Pty.  Ltd.  Fence  dropper.^ 

3.671.017.0.256-47.000. 
Sacks.  Robert  Charies:  See— 

MiUer.  Calvin  Max;  and  Sacks.  Robert  Charies.  3.67 1 .662. 
Sadogierski,  Walter  C,  to  Guardian  Electric  Manu&cmring  Company. 
Push  button  switch  assembly  with  improved  discrete  and  identical 
geometric  shaped  interiockmg  slider  means.  3,671,686,  O.  200- 
S.Oea. 
Sadowski,  John  T.:  See- 
Mills,  Frank  J.;  Sadowski,  John  T.;  Squires,  Harwood  H.;  and 
Uebelhart,  James  J..  3.671.026. 
Safetech,  Inc.:  See — 

Tonkowich,    William;    Meditz.    John    A.;    and    Vignoia.    Paul. 
3,670,836. 
Sagady.  Alexander  J.:  See— 

Kolbe.  William  H.;  Sagady.  Alexander  J.;  and  Suzuki,  Taro. 
3.671.154. 
Saint  Guilhem  Humber.  Pierre:  See — 

Baerg.  William;  and  Saint  Guilhem  Humber.  Pierre.  3.670.892. 
Saito.  Masahiro.  Engoie  with  an  annular  chamber.  3,670,705. 0.  123- 

8.470. 
Saito,  Takao:  See— 

Uchida.  Hiromu;  Umezono.  Akimi;  Saito.  Takao;  and  Enari.  Tsu- 
».       tomu.  3,671.205. 

SUcata.  Rikita;  MMuda,  Kohei;  and  Takashi.  Masanor,  to  Mitsubishi 
Petrochemical   Co.,   Ltd.    Laminated   biaidally  oriented   isotactic 
polypropylene   and   uniaxially  oriented   ethylene-propylefie-film. 
3.671.383.0.  161-252.000. 
Sakurai.  Moritaro:  See — 

Yamada,  Yoahitaka;  Sakurai,  Moritaro;  and  Kiunashiro,  Izumi, 
3,671.649. 
Salihi.  Jalal  T..  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Suppression  of  torque 
modulation  in  electric  motor  drive  systems  by  frequency  control. 
3.671,832.0.318-231.000. 
Salman.  Naif  D.:  See— 

Cassen.  Quentin  C;  Luiai,  James  A.;  and  .^imaw    Naif  D., 
3.671.948. 
Sahdierg.  Burton  R..  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Incorporated. 

Digital  filter  f^uency-ahift  modulator.  3.67 1 ,670.  CL  1 78-67. 
Samcoe  Holding  Corporation:  See— 


PI  36 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  20. 1972 


Cohn.    Eugene;    Cecere,    Andrew    P.;    and    Freir*.    Robert. 

SunoJ.' citot  M.;  ind  FaU..  Mutin  L..  to  KemtaU  Comply.  The. 
^Se  copolymeit  with  hydroxydkytacryUtes  and  hydroxyilkyl- 

methacrylate*.  3.671.502,0.  260.79.3mu. 
Sampaon  Corporation.  The:  See- 
White.  Norman  S..  3.670.730. 

Sanchez,  MoiietO.:  See—  ,.,-..,, 

Triniani.  Leonard  v.;  and  Sanchez,  MoiMt  G,  3.67 1 .433. 

SandertBobby  J.,  to  Bendix  Corporation.  The.  Superregenerative 

miciowave  rieWer.  3.67 1 .868.  CI.  325^445.000 
Sanden  James  W..  to  Bruniwick  Corporation.  Coif  game  computer  m- 

ciuding  meant  for  approximating  the  effecti  of  backapm  on  range. 

3.671.724.0.235-151.000. 

pSrte°  Andrew  W.;  and  Sanden.  John  L..  3.670.790. 

Sandenon.  Charles  L.;  and  Sauer.  Earl  S..  to  Continental  Oil  Company. 
Process  for  the  purification  of  alkylate.  3.671.601.  CI.  260-671.00b. 

Sandler  Yehuda  L..  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Hydropho- 
bic layers  for  gas  diflVision  electrodes.  3,671. 3i3.a.  136-86.00d. 

Bormann,  Gerhard;  Gmunder.  John;  and  Wilkens.  Heinrich, 
3,671,541. 
Sandoz  Ltd.:  See — 

Altermatt.     Rudolf;    Entachel.    Roland;    and     Mueller.    Curt. 

3  67 1  5  29 
Porter,  Willy;  Henrard.  Armand;  Kehrer.  Fritz;  Keller.  Un  Martin; 

and  Waaem.  Hans.  3.67 1 ,5 14. 
Troxler.  Franz;  and  Seemann,  Fritt.  3.67 1 .587. 
Sandoz  Ltd.;  a/k/a:  See—  „  w 

Bormann.  Gerhard;  Gmunder,  John;   and   Wdkens.  Hemnch. 
3.671,541. 
Sandoz-Wander,  Inc.:  See—  ,.,..„, 

Griot,  Rudolf  G.;  and  Buzzolini,  ManoG.,  3,671,583. 
Houlihan,  William  J.;  and  Manning,  Robert  E.,  3,67 1 .533. 
Houlihan.  William  J.;  and  Manning.  Robert  E..  3.67 1 .534. 
Manning.  Robert  £.3,671.526. 
Sanpter.  Frederik  Leonard  Johan,  to  U.S.  Philips  CorporatKWi.  Charge 
amplifier  for  a  bucket  brigade  capacitor  store.  3.671.771.  CI.  307- 
293.000. 
Sarge.  Carmen  R.:  See—  -.     .      .         a 

SabateUi.  Philip  M.;  Loder,  Edwin  R.;  Brunp.  Charles  A.;  and 
Sarge,  Carmen  R.,  3,67 1 .440. 
Sargent,  Jerald  P..  to  MinnesoU  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Company. 
Electrosutically-charged  fluidized  bed  apparatus.   3,670,699,  O. 
118-629.000. 
Sasaki,  Nobuyuki;  Oba,  Shunzo;  and  Yano,  Tadasht,  to  MatsushiU 
Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.  Sliding  type  variable  resistor.  3,67 1 ,9 1 5. 
CI.  338-183.000. 
Saskai,  Toshio:  See—  . 

Yasui,    Koichi;    Yamamoto,    Kazuo;    Itami,    Kazuo;    Fujisawa, 
Kiyoshi;  and  Saskai.  Toshio,  3,67 1 ,279. 
Sassano   John  H,  to  Weather  Control  Shutters,  Inc.  Folding  closure 

construction.  3.670,797,  CI.  160-1 18.000. 
Sasse,  Klaus;  Scheinpflug,  Hans;  and  Grews.  Ferdinand.  1 -Phenyl-4.4- 
di-substituted-thiosemicarbazide  fungicidal  and  acaricidal  agents. 
3,671. 639.  CI.  424-323. 
Sassmanshausen.  Knut  Otto.  Lamp.  3.67 1 .732.  CI.  240-8.3. 
Sato.  Akira:  See — 

Nakamura.  Hiroto;  Sato.  Akira;  and  Doi.  Ken-lchi.  3.67 1 .794. 

Sato,  Ituzo:  See—  ..„».• 

Tajiri,  Hisao;  Sato,  Ituzo;  Takemura,  Yasuo;  and  Tsuji,  Shigeo, 
3,671.664. 

Sato.  Katsuo:  See — 

trie.  Toshiaki;  Sato.  Katsuo;  and  Nanko.  Yoshiyuki.  3.67 1 .340. 

Sato.  Masaki:  See—  _    ,.       ^.     ^.     .. 

Inoue,    Takehisa;    Sato.    Masaki;    and    Hashiguchi,    Takeshi. 
3.671.602. 
Sato.  Tadashi:  See—  »,...,.     e 

Takahashi,  Tadashi;  Miyazaki.  Masatoshi;  Ogawa.  Yasuhiko;  Sato. 

Tadashi;  and  KakuU.  Kazuhiko.  3.67 1 ,936. 
Takahashi.  Tadashi;  Miyazaki.  Masatoshi;  Ogawa.  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 

Tadashi:  and  Kakuta,  Kazuhiko,  3,67 1 .937. 
Takahashi.  Tadashi;  Miyazaki.  Masatoshi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhiko;  Sato, 
Tadashi;  and  KakuU,  Kazuhiko,  3 ,67 1 ,94 1 . 
Sato,  Yoshito:  See— 

Fukushima,    Takaaki;   Takizawa,    Haruki;    Hon,    Kikuo;    Sato, 
Yoshito;  and  Mizumori,  Haruhiko,  3,67 1 ,623. 
Satomo,  Kouji:  See— 

Takikawa,    Toshio;    Satomo,    Kouji;    and    Kodama,    Takasni, 
3.671.354. 
Saucier,  Randolph  J.,  to  SheU  OU  Company.  Method  of  gravel-packmg 

production  weU  borehole.  3.670.817.  CI.  166-252.000. 
Saucy,  Gabriel,  to  Hoffinann-La  Roche  Inc.  Preparation  of  amino-ethyl 
iaoxaxolyl  substituted  tetrahydropyrans  and  intermediates  therefor. 
3,67 1,539,  a.  260-307 .OOh. 
Sauer,  Eari  S.:  See- 
Sanderson,  Charles  L.;  and  Sauer,  Eari  S.,  3.67 1 ,60 1 . 
Sautter,  Gerhard:  See- 
Meyer,  Jurgen;  and  Sautter,  Gerhard,  3,67 1 ,839. 
Meyer,  Jurgen;  and  Sautter,  Gerhard,  3,67 1 ,840. 
Savit.  Cari  H.,  to  Western  Geophysical  Company  of  America.  Ex- 
tended area  acoustic  impulse  goierator.  3,670,839,  CI.  1 8  l-.50h. 
Sawada.  Eii.  to  Denki  Onkyo  Company,  Limited.  Deflection  yokes  for 
cathode  ray  tubes.  3,67 1 .894, 0.  335-210.000. 


Sawada,  Hiroyuki;  Miyawaki,  Saburo;  and  Ishikawa.  Hajime.  Ap- 
paratus for  continuously  making  a  hose.  3,671,359.0.  15^36.000. 

Sawada.  Toshio.  to  Aisin  Seiki  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Control  means  for 
buttonlvle  zigzag  Mwing  machine.  3.670,676.0. 112-138.0Ob. 

Sawazu.Toshihiko:See—  ^     .         _.  ,^.,_ 

Oba  Harutaro;  Sawazu.  Toahihiko;  Takeuchi.  Sugio;  and  Chikata, 
M«aru.  3.670.957. 

Sawyer.  Joseph  A.:  See—  I 

Tibb«tti.GcorgeC.;aiidSawyeT.JoaephA.,3,671.684.   | 

Saxton  Arthur  L..  to  Easo  Research  and  Engineering  Company.  Two 

stage  fluid  coking.  3,67 1 ,424, 0.  208- 1 27.000. 
Scaramuoci,  Doroer.  Valve  assembly  with  drop-type  stem.  3,671.010. 

0.251.151.000.  ^,. 

Scarlett.  Robert  M.  to  International  Telephone  and  Telegmph  Cor- 
poration. High  frequency  transistor  structure  having  an  impedance 
transforming  network  incorporated  on  the  semiconductor  chip. 
3.671.793,0.  31 7-235.00r. 
Scamato,  Thomas  J.:  See— 

TufU,  Guy  C;  Scamato,  Thomas  J.;  and  Peacock,  Peter  J., 
3,670,483. 
Schachat,  Norman:  See—  .  „  ,^     . 

McNamee,  Raymond  W.;  Mlynar,  Lubonur;  and  Schadiat,  Nor 
man,  3,67 1.472. 
Schaefer.  Peter C:  See— 

Lawtence.  Hovrard;  and  Schaefer.  Peter  C.  3.670.403 
Schatz.  Friedrich:  See— 

Zieniek.  Gerhard;  and  Schatz,  Friediich.  3.670.772. 

Scheinpflug.  Hans:  See— 


HaiM-Joachim;    and    Schroder 


Sms«.~  Klaus;    Scheinpflug.    Hans;    and    Grews,    Rerdinand. 
3,671,639. 
Schering  AG:  See— 

AlbRcht,    Rudolf;     Keasler. 

Eberhard,  3,671.520. 
Buachhoff.  Max,3,671,561. 
Schering  Aktiengeaellachafl:  See— 
Wiechert,  Rudolf.  3.67 1 .554. 

Schiefer  Manufacturing  Company:  See—  

Schiefer.  Paul  J.;  and  McFarland.  James  D.,  Jr..  3,670,859. 
Schiefer.  Paul  J.;  and  McFarland.  James  D..  Jr.,  to  Schiefer  Manufac- 
turing Company.  Outch  and  clutch  cover.   3,670,859,  CI.    192- 
112.000. 
Schilling,  Werner;  and  Ott,  Wolfgang,  to  Patent-Treuhand-Gtsellschaft 
for  elektrische  Gluhlampen  mbH.  Flashbulb  with  percussion  ignition 
and  pie-formed  ignition  tube.  3,671,166,0.431-93.000.  r 
Schimpf,  Luther  G. :  See— 

Hei»y,  James  L.;  and  Schimpf,  Luther  G.,  3,671,676. 
Schlecht,  Helmut;  and  Aumhammer,  Robert,  to  Badische  Anihn-  &. 
Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft.  Process  for  the  continuous  produc- 
tion of  [  3 1 -chloropropionic  acid.  3.67 1 .584.  CI.  760-539.Q0t. 
Schloemonn  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 
KaMters.  Josef.  3.670.552. 
Muier.  Willy;  and  Robra.  Helmut.  3.670.557. 
Schmidt,  Joseph:  See—  .      i    ^  «• 

De«dier.  Martin;  Schmidt.  Joseph;  Hoffmann.  Herwig;  «nd  Pistor, 
Hans  Joachim.  3.671.566. 
Schmidt. Michael R: See—  „.    .^    .....    , 

Matthews.  Ralph  W.;  Bemhoft.  Gerald  W.;  and  Schmidt,  Michael 
R..  3,670,823.  i 

Schnall.Gunther  See—  _       ^       .J,.  ..^- 

Engel,  Herbert,  Hartwig,  Karl;  and  Schnall,  Gunther,  3.671.1 19. 
Schnegelberger,  HararW:  See—  .^  ,  ^-.  ,,. 

Noaler,  Heinz  Gunter;  and  Schnegelberger,  Hararid,  3,67 1 ,654. 
Schneider,  Eckart:  See— 

Heitmann,  Knut;  and  Schneider,  Eckart,  3.67 1 ,750. 
Schneider.  Paul  Adrian,  to  A/S  Ardal  og  Sunndal  Verk.  Crushing 
machine  for  coarse  crushing  of  brittle  materials.  3.670.971. 0.  241- 
69.000.  I 

Schoenberg,  Jules  Ernest  See—  I 

Schrage.  Albert;  and  Schoenberg,  Jules  Ernest,  3,67 1,5Q5. 
Schoemer   Roger  J.,  to  Southwire  Company.  Method  of  fabncatmg 
alummum  alloy  rod.  3,670,401,0.  29-527.7.  ,  „    w. 

SchoCfiaann,  Rudolf,  to  Vereinigt  Osterreichesche  Eisen^und  Stahl- 
werke  Aktiengesellschaft.  Rolls  and  roUers  particularly  for  continu- 
ous casting  plants,  bar  deformation  plants  and  for  hot  rolling  mills 
operated  at  low  roUing  speeds.  3,670,38 1 , 0.  29- 1 24.000, 
Schofield,  J.  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corpora- 
tion. Azeotropic  composition.  3,67 1 ,442, 0.  252- 1 7 1 .000. 
Schofleld,  J.  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corpora- 
tion. Azeotropic  composition.  3,671,443,0.  252-171.000. 
Schofleld  J.  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corpora- 
tion. Azeottopic  composition.  3,67 1 .444, 0.  252- 1 7 1 .000. 
Schofield,  J.  fUlan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corpora- 
tion. Azeotropic  composition.  3,67 1 ,445, 0.  252-1 7 1 .000. 
Schofield,  J.  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corpora- 
tion. Azeotropic  composition.  3,671,446,0.  252-171.000. 
ScIk^    Robert  F.,  to  Monsanto  Company.   Web  marking  device. 

3,670,615,0.83-367.000.  ,v-    .  ^  ^     . 

Schrage,  Albeit;  and  Schoenberg.  Jules  Ernest,  to  Dart  Industries  Inc. 
Suspension    polymerization    method    for    preparing    elastomeiK 
hy«irocarboninterpolymeis.  3.671.505,0.  260-80.780. 
Schreiber.  David  D:  See—  ^     .^..^    ,.£-,.-,.« 

Gtamza.  Eugene  P.;  and  Schreiber.  David  D..  3.67 1 ,240. 
Schroder,  Eberhard:  See—  ..        .      ^  ^     c  w—^ 

ABwecht,    Rudof;    KestJer,    HamJoachmi;    and    Schroder, 
Eberhard,  3.67 1.520. 


June  20. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  37 


Schubart.    Rudiger;    Roos.    Ernst;    and    Abele.    Manfred,    to    Far- 
bcnfibriken   Bayer   AktiengeaeUichafl.    Vulvanization   retarden. 
3.671.503.  a.  260-79.50b. 
Schueren.  William  B.:  See— 

Gebhard.  Harold  C;  and  Schueren.  William  B..  3,670,454. 
Schuette,  Gunter  C,  to  Motorola,  Inc.  Ignition  system.  3,671,805,  O. 

315-209.000. 
Schulte,  Louis  T.,  to  TRW  Inc.  Current  pulse  generator.  3,670,578, 0. 

74-5.600. 
Schultz,  Arthur  H.  Thermodynamic  power  system  and  methods. 

3.670,500,  C1.60-57.00r. 
SchulQ,  Forrest  O.  E.,  to  Midland-Rots  Corporation.  Compressor 

governor.  3,670,756,0.  137-102.000. 
Schultz,    James    F.,    to    Aquatronics.    Automatically    energizable 

lonobuoy.  3,671,928,0.  340-2.000. 
Schultz,  Odetta  B.  Side  mounted  rear  view  automotive  mirror  assembly 

and  mounting  bracket  therefor.  3,67 1 ,005, 0.  248-480.000. 
Schula,WiUiamD.:  See- 
Bushman,  Bliss  M.;  and  SchulU,  William  D.,  3.671,100. 
Schulz,  Johann  G.  D.:  See- 
Joyce,  Thomas  P.,  Jr.;  Lagally.  Ralph  W.;  and  Schulz.  Johann  G. 
D.  3.671.579. 
Schumacher.  Stephen  J.:  See— 

lantomo.  James  F.;  Wagner.  John;  and  Schumacher.  Stephen  J., 
3.671.920. 
Schurch.    Eugen.    to    Von    Roll   AG.    Transportation    installation. 

3,670.659,0.  104-101.000. 
Schutz.  Heinz  Dieter:  See- 
Neumann,  Wolfram;  MuUer,  Gerhard;  Ranz,  Erwin;  Von  Rintelen, 
Harald;  and  Schua,  Heinz  Dieter,  3,67 1 .252. 
Schwager.  Irving;  Leak,  Robert  J.;  and  Cole.  Edward  L..  to  Texaco  Inc. 
Dchydrogenation   of   alcohols   to    ketones.    3.671^591.   O.    260- 
596.000. 
Schwartz.  John  L.:  See— 

Spanel.  Abram  N.;  and  Schwartz.  John  L..  3,670,672. 
Schwartz,  John  L.,  aMor.  to  said  Spanel.  Abram  N.:  See — 
Spanel,  Abram  N.;  and  Schwartz.  John  L.,  3,670.672. 
Schwarz.  Hans  G.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Navy,  mesne.  Noise 
suppression  arrangement  for  communication  receivers.  3,671,867, 
O.  325-410.000. 
Schwellenbach,  Donald  D.  Apparatus  for  making  concrete  blocks. 

3,671,165,0.425-445.000. 
Sciacero,  Rinaldo:  See — 

Dominick,  George  G.;  Sciacero,  Rinaldo;  Wimpflen,  George  I.; 
and  Kardos.  Theodore  L.,  3,670,955. 
SCM  Corporation:  See— 

Bledsoe,  James  O,  Jr.,  3,67 1,551. 
Gilchrist,  Allan  E.,  3,67 1 ,464. 
Norris,  Max  E.,  3,67 1 ,459. 
Scott,  Daniel  G,  to  Westinghouse  Air  Brake  Company.  Empty-load 

changeover  apparatus.  3,671,086,0.  303-23. 
Scott,  William  Bryson:  See- 
Lynch,  John  F.;  Scott,  WiUiam  Bryson;  and  Paoletti,  AUred  J., 

3,671,206. 
Lynch,  John  F.;  Scott,  William  Bryson;  and  Paoletti,  Alfred  J., 
3,671,207. 
Scott,  William  P.;  and  Rogers,  Lynn  C,  to  Continental  Oil  Company. 
Grease   compositiois   containing   polymnis.    3,671,012,  O.    252- 
33.400. 
Scragg,  Ernest.  &.  Sons  Limited:  See— 
Knea£Ky.  Adrian  W.,  3.670.490. 
Seaberg,  Lewis  A.  Composite  valve  stem.  3.670.688.  CI.  116-34.000. 
Sealectro  Corporation:  See — 

lantomo.  James  F.;  Wagner.  John;  and  Schumacher.  Stephen  J.. 
3.671.920. 
Searcy,  Ronald:  See— 

Cekoric,  Thomas,  Jr.;   Evans,  George;  and   Searcy,  Ronald, 
3,671,399. 
Searle,  G.  D.,  &  Co.:  See— 

Krimmel,  Carl  Peter,  3,67 1 ,527. 
Seay,  Philip  B.,  to  Inta-Roto,  Inc.  Web  handling  apparatus  and  spindle 

chuck  therefor.  3,670,979,  CI.  242-64. 
Sebek,  Oldrich  K.;  and  Meyer,  Curtis  E.,  to  Upjohn  Company,  The. 
Tirandamycin  and  process  for  making  same.  3,671,628,  CI.  424- 
1 20.000. 
Sedor,  Edward  A.;  and  Slagel,  Robert  C,  to  Ashland  Oil,  Inc.  Polymers 
formed  from  the  reaction  of  a  mixture  of  a  polyepoxide  and  a 
polyester  and  an  unsymmetrical  disubstituted  hydrazine.  3,671,473, 
CI.  260-1 8.0pf. 
SeeboU,  Waher  Charies:  See- 
Carroll,  Francis  Emery;  and  Seebold,  Walter  Charles,  3,67 1 .630. 
Seegrailler.  David  W.:  See— 

King,  LoweU  A.;  and  SeegmiUer,  David  W.,  3,67 1 ,322. 
Seemann,  Fritz:  See — 

Troxler,  Franz;  and  Seemann,  Fritz,  3,671,587. 
Segawa,  Takashi.  Inter  housing  multi-speed  transmission  hub  provided 

with  a  coaster  brake.  3,670,856,  CI.  192-6.00a. 
Seid,  Volker,  to  Cillichemie  Ernst  Vogelmann.  Control  arrangement 

for  a  swimming  pool  filter.  3 ,670,893, 0.  2 1 0- 1 38.000. 
Seidel,  Manfred:  See— 

Diery,  Helmut;  Kiefer,  Bemhard;  Rittner,  Siegbert;  and  Seidel, 
Manfred,  3,671,308. 
Seifert,  Friedrich;  and  Bittscheidt,  Josef,  to  Chemische  Werke  Huels, 
A.G.  Conductive  thermoplastic  composition  useful  for  high  tension 
cables.  3,671.663.0.  174-1 20.08C. 


Seil.  Lewis  W..  to  Cory  Corporation.  Humidifier.  3,671,023,  O.  261- 

26.000. 
Seiler,  Martin  W.  Apparatus  for  ahtpment  and  storage  of  magnetic 

memory  discs  and  the  like.  3,670,878. 0.  206-62.00p. 
Seino,  Kuniki,  to  Minolta  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Method  and  ap- 
paratus   for    masking    images    by    polarization    light    regulator. 
3,671,104.0.350-157.000. 
Seipp.  William  H..  to  Gulf  &.  Western  Industries.  Inc.  High  accuracy 

solid  state  timer.  3.671.817. 0.  317-141.00S. 
Seitz,  Maitin  A.:  See— 

Jaskolski.  Stanley  V.;  and  Seitz.  Martin  A..  3.671.193. 
Sel-Rex  Corporation:  See- 
Martini.  Albert  Michael.  3.671 .408. 
Semsel.  Andrew  Milo:  See— 

Rauhut.  Michael  McKay;  and  Semsel,  Andrew  Milo,  3,671 ,450. 
Senft,  Hervert;  and  Rinnergschwentner,  Hans,  to  Daimler-Benz  Ak- 
tiengesellschaft. Steering  installation,  especially  for  commercial-type 
vehicles.  3.670,592,0.  74-493.000. 
Senoptics,  Inc.:  See — 

Oldfield,  Andrew  H.;  and  Trott,  Arthur  F.,  3,670,460. 
Seragnoli,  Ariosto,  to  G.  D.  Societa  in  Accomandita  Semplice  di  Enzo 
Seragnoli  e  Ariosto  Seragnoli.  Machine  for  forming  and  wrapping  up 
individual  articles  such  as  candies.  3,670,475, 0.  53-234.000. 
Service  Dynamics,  Inc.:  See — 

Grazier,  Robert  L.;  fiuJ  Kudingo,  Kenneth  F.,  3,670,5 1 2. 
Seya,  Atsumi:  See— 

Akuta,    Tomohiko;    Seya,    Atsumi;    and    Hashirizaki,    shinya, 
3,670,833. 
Shaheen.  Eugene  G.:  See- 
Larson,  Leland  B.;  and  Oement,  Oyde  H.,  3.670,959. 
Shalyt,  German  Mikhailovich;  Sidorchuk,  Svetlana  Efimovna;  and 
Pavlov,  Gely  Georgievich.  Pulse  reflection  type  fault  location  device 
utilizing  a  dark-trace  tube  display.  3,67 1 ,856, 0.  324-52.000. 
Shank,  Wayne  C,  to  Avco  Corporation.  Damped  turbomachine  rotor 

aaaembly.  3,671.140,0.  416-183.000. 
Shapiro,  Sidney;  and  Longacre,  Andrew.  Jr..  to  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica,   Navy.    Frequency    conversion    with    Joaephson    junctions. 
3,671,848,0.  321 -69.0nl. 
Shaub,  Harold:  See- 
Metro,  Stephen  J.;  andShaub,  HaroM,  3,67 1 .434. 
Shaw.  Clarence  W.,  to  McDermott.  J.  Ray.  it  Co..  Inc.  Propeller  wash 

diversion  apparatus  for  pipe  barge.  3.670.5 10,0.61  -72. 100. 
Shaw.  Donald  George,  1/2  to  Shaw,  Trew  St  Smith  Limited.  Mobile 

load  handling  or  lifting  machines.  3,670,910,0.214-141.000. 
Shaw,  Trew  &.  Smith  Limited:  See — 

Shaw,  Donald  George,  3,670,910. 
Sheers,  Edward  Helmut;  and  Encke,  Frederick  Ludwig.  to  Arizona 
Chemical  Company,  mesne.  Process  for  controlling  foams  in  aque- 
ous systems  and  composition  therefor.  3,671,461,0.  252-358.000. 
Shekhoidanov,  Mikhail  Petrovich:  See— 

Lutchenkov,  Anatoly  Matveevich;  Shekhodanov,  Mikhail 
Petrovich;  Siyanov,  Sergei  Alexandrovich;  Korovin,  Ivan 
Stepanovich;  Khobtova,  Nonna  Alexandrovna;  Kreptaeva, 
Valentina  Nikolaevna;  and  Leskovskaya.  Nina  Petrovna, 
3.671,125. 
Sheldon,  Donald  E.,  to  United  Aircraft  Corporation.  Combustion 

chamber  support.  3,670,497,0.  60-39.320. 
Sheldrake,  Leonard  J.:  See — 

Huntzinger,  Gerald  O.;  and  Sheklrake,  Leonard  J.,  3.67 1 ,843. 
Shell  Oil  Company:  See— 

Kwantes.  Arien;  and  Stouthamer,  Bemhard.  3.671.559. 
Saucier,  Randolph  J,  3,670,8 1 7. 
Van  Westrenen,  William  J.,  3,67 1 ,474. 
Shelley,  Shelley  W.  Insulated  reinforced  building  panel.  3,67 1 ,368, 0. 

161-38.000. 
Shen,  Tsung-Ying;  and  Dora,  Conrad  P.,  Jr.,  to  Merck  &  Co.,  Inc.  Sub- 
stituted    biphenyl    acetic    acids    and    ester    derivatives    thereof. 
3,67 1 ,580, 0.  260-520.000. 
Shepanski,  Joseph  F.  Tool  for  removing  foel  injectors.  3,670,389,  O. 

29-256.000. 
Shepp,  Allan:  See— 

Corben,   Leo  D.;  Kammerer,  WiOiaro  T.;  and  Shepp,  Allan, 
3,671,246. 
Sherman,  Albert  H.;  and  Zech,  John  D.,  to  Atlas  Chemical  Industries. 
Inc.  Mixtures  of  fatty  ethers  of  polyhydric  alcohols  and  their  an- 
hydrides and  process  for  producing  said  mixtures.  3.671.458.  O. 
252-351.000. 
Sheth.  Prabhakar  Ranchhordas;  and  Wiley.  James  Henry,  to  American 
Cyanamid    Company.     Process    for    tabletting     acetazolamide. 
3.671. 633. 0.  424-273.000. 
Shibano.  Takashi.  to  Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co..  Ltd.  Power 

supply  for  driving  magnetron.  3.67 1 .847. 0.  321-32.000. 
Shibata.  Ryoji;  and  Shibata,  Seiichi.  Adhesive  device.  3.670.434,  O. 

40-104.180. 
Shibata,  Seiichi:  See— 

Shibata,  Ryoji;  and  Shibata,  Seiichi,  3,670,434. 
Shibuya,  Koji;  and  Takano,  Teriihi,  to  Nippon  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  Single 

pulse  generating  circuit.  3,67 1 .76 1 . 0.  307- 1 06.000. 
Shiiki.  Zenya:  See — 

Amagi.  Yasuo;  Ohya.  Masaki;  Shiiki.  Zenya;  and  Yusa,  Haruhiko, 
3.671,610. 
Shikata,  Kazuo;  Nakao,  Suekiti;  and  Knomi,  Kattutothi,  to  Tokuyama 
Soda  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Process  for  polymerizing  three-membered 
heterocyclic  compounds.  3,671.466. 0.  260-2.00a. 


PI  38 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


JimEiO.  1972 


Shina.  Seiym,  to  Wachi,  Ltd.  Speed  pattern  generator  for  efcvator 

control  lyttem.  3.670.85 1 .  CI.  1 87.29.00r. 
Shimainura.  I«ao:  See — 

Yoneyama,  Mvakazu;  Shimainura,  bao;  Iwano.  Haruhiko;  and 
Ohi.Reiiclii.  3.671.247. 
Shimetiu  Chemical  Company:  Ser— 

Koyanagi.  Shunichi;  Kitamura,  Hajime;  and  Tajuna,  Shitenotm. 
3  671  SOS. 
Shimizu.'  Akira.  to  Piolot  ManNen-Hitau  Kabuahiki  Kaiaha.  Device  for 

fixing  articlea  in  frame  ttructuret.  3.670.439, 0. 40- 1 56.000. 
Shimizu.  Sakae:  5cr—  .    „  ..  .        ., 

Yaraaguchi.    Nario;    Shimizu.    Sakae;    and    Tubuko,    Kazuo, 
3.671.235. 
Shimomura.  Seiichi;  See—  -  ..  v  ,  iti  €•»-. 

Ono,  laao;  Fukabori.  Kentaro;  and  Shmiomura,  Seiichi,  3,67 1 ,577. 

Shimoaato.  Kazuo:  See- 
Ogata,  Kazuo;  and  Shimoaato.  Kazuo.  3.67 1 ,578. 
Shinetsu  Chemical  Company:  See— 

Wada,  Tadaahi;  and  Itoh.  Kunio.  3.67 1 ,480. 
Shinkarenko.  Boria  Pavlovich:  See— 

Moravaky.  Vladidav  Eduardovich;  Vorona.  David  SolomonovKh; 
and  Shinkarenko.  Boria  Pavlovich,  3.67 1 .708. 
Shiojima.  Kenji:  See—  ,  ..      ..  ^    ui.  ^ 

Usui.  Yoahito;  Shiojima.  Kenji;  and  Hatakeyama,  Toahikatau, 
3.671.891. 

Shobert.  Erie  I.,  n:  See— 

KreUner.  Walter  O.;  and  Shobert.  Erie  I..  H.  3.67 1 .092. 
Shoemaker.  Arthur  H.;  and  Summan.  Milton  H.,  to  American  Optical 
Corporation.  Zoom  optical  system  for  a  microecope.  3,67 1 ,099.  CI. 
350-43.000. 
Sboit.Glya  David:  See— 

Andrews,  Timothy  Douglas;  Short,  Olyn  David;  and  Thomas, 
leuan,  3.671.250. 
Shove,  Gordon  William:  See— 

Gackstetter,  Henry  Clinton;  Anderson.  Harold  Francis;  Shove, 
Gordon  William;  and  Morin.  Louis  George,  3.67 1,314. 
Shows  Kagaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See- 
Suzuki,  Kazuaki.  3.67 1 ,524. 
Shute,  Donald  W..  to  Spacetac  Incorporated.  Waveform  restorer  cir- 
cuit. 3.67 1.781,  a.  307-252.00W. 
Siddall,  John  B.;  and  Calame.  Jean  Pierre,  to  Zoecon  Corporation. 

Novel  esters  and  derivatives.  3,671.558.0.  260-4 10.90r. 
Sidorchuk.  Svetlana  Efimovna:  See— 

Shiiyt.  German  Mikhailovkh;  Sidorchuk.  Svetlana  Efiinovn*;  and 
Pavlov,  Gely  Georgievich,  3,67 1 .856. 
Siegelin,  Werner:  See — 

Gawlick,    Heinz;    Marondel.    Gunther;    and    Siegelin,    Werner, 
3.671.343. 
SiegenerMaachinenbauG.m.b.H.:  See- 
Rotter.  Friedrich;  and  Hanke.  Mont,  3.670.550. 
Siemens  AktiengeseUschaft:  See— 

Behn.  Reinhaid;  Gottlob,  Heinrich;  Haid.  Hans;  Hoyler,  Gerhard; 

and  Keasler,  Haitmut.  3.670.378. 
Grassmann,  Hans-Christian;  and  Walther.  Emil,  3,67 1 .704. 
Haas.  Guenther;  and  Reinhardt.  Dieter.  3.67 1 .873. 
KeUer.  Wolfgang.  3.671.703. 
Lutt.  Kari-Anton.  3.67 1 .674. 
Meyer.  Jurgen;  and  Sautter.  Gerhard,  3.67 1 .839. 
Meyer,  Jurgen;  and  Sautter.  Gerhard.  3,67 1 ,840. 
MuUer.  Erwin;  and  Bettini.  Dino,  3,67 1 ,791 . 
Sib.  Charles  J.,  to  Wisconsin  Alumni  Research  Foundation.  Method  for 

preparing  L-dopa.  3. 67 1,397,  CI.  195-29.000. 
Simjian.  Luther  G.  Massaging  device  driven  by  exercise  apparatus. 

3.670.723.  CI.  128-64.000. 
Simmons,  John  Ernest:  See — 

Rand.  Walter  Leslie;  and  Simmons,  John  Ernest,  3.67 1 . 1 58. 
Simms,  Harold  J..  Jr..  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Apparatus  for 
generating  an  angularly  displaceable  magnetic  field.  3.671.952.  CI. 
340-177.000. 
Simon.  James  Louis:  See — 

KnoUman.     Dieter    John     Henry;     and     Simon.    James    Louis, 
3.671,942. 
Simplex  Wire  and  Cable  Company:  See- 
Hunt.  George  H.,  3.67 1 ,5 1 3. 
Simpson,  George  R.:  See — 

Mason.  Lawrence  J.;  Simpaon.  George  R.;  Paradysz.  Louis  F.;  and 
Chen,  Philip  L..  3.670.633. 
Simpaon  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 
Troyer.  William  J.,  3.670.593. 

Simpaon.  John  I.:  See— 

Hogan.  Efaner  R.;  and  Simpaon.  John  I.,  3.670.363. 
Sims.  Marion  W..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Method  of  maintain- 
ing a  laminated  article  under  compression  during  a  part  of  its  manu- 
fttctute.  3.670.408.  CI.  29-602. 
Sinclair-Koppers  Company:  See- 
Milk.  Frank  J.;  Sadowski.  John  T.;  Squires,  Harwood  H.;  and 
Uebelhart.  James  J..  3.67 1 .026. 
Singer.  Alfred  Richard  Eric,  to  National  Research  Development  Cor- 
poration. Process  and  apparatus  for  fabricating  a  hot  worked  metal 
layer  from  atomized  metal  particles.  3.670.400.0.  29-527.500. 

Singer  Company.  The,  mene:  See— 

Barnes.  Lell  E.;  and  Morris.  David.  3.671.810. 
Barnes.  Robert  L.;  Block.  William  M.;  and  Gra&tein.  Danel. 
3.671.489. 


Dynaanite 


Singer.  Ernat.  Fluid  sampUng  apparatua.  3.670,377.0. 73^2$. 

Sink.  James  A..  Jr.;  and  Wataon.  Richard  J.,  to  Deering  MilUken 

Reaeaich  Corporation.  Safety  control.  3.671. 170. 0. 431-88.000. 
Siyanov,  Sergei  Alexandrovich:  See— 

Lutchenkov.  Anatoly  Matveevich;  Shekhodanov,  Mikhail 
P«trovich;  Siyanov,  Sergei  Alexandrovich;  Korovin.  Ivan 
Stepanovich;  Kholstova.  Nonna  Alexandrovna;  Kreptseva. 
Valentina  Nikoiaevna;  and  Leakovskaya,  Nina  Petrovna. 
3.671.125. 
Skabey.  Lily  G..  to  Lear  Siegler,  Inc.   Pot  broaching  machine. 

3.670.625, 0.  90-86.000. 
Skonare,  Per:  See— 

Stahl,  Nib  Evert  Johan;  and  Skonare,  Per,  3,671.097.     J 
Skrentncr.  Frank  C.  to  La  Salle  Machine  Tool.  Inc.  Method  for 

machining  spaced  surfaces.  3.670.607. 0.  82- 1 .00c. 
Slagel.  Robert  C. :  See— 

Sedor,  Edward  A.;  and  Slagel.  Robert  C.  3.671,473. 
Slagteriemes  Foiskningsinstitut:  See—  . 

Knudaen.  Erik  Stenberg;  Ivenen.  Svend  Erik;  Lund.  Svfend  Aage; 
and  Northeved.  Allan.  3,67 1,858. 
Slater  Electric  Inc.:  See— 

[>rapkin.  William,  3,67 1.925. 
SlawiiMid,  Frank  E.,  to  Atlas  Chemical  Indtastries,  Inc. 
positian  containing  expanded  thermopiaatic  beads.  3,671,342,  O. 
149-21.000. 
Slaybaugh,  Loren  E.,  to  Republic  Industries  Inc.  Sliding  door  operator. 

3,670.455,0.  49-360.000. 
Slayden.  James  D.,  to  Avco  Corporation.  Connector.  3,671,063,  O. 

287-IS9.36C. 
Slutsky,  Arthur  Samuel.  Method  and  apparatus  at  digitizing  analog 

recor*.  3,671,716.0.  235-6 1.60a. 
Smart,  Erik  Algot.  to  AGA  Aktiebolag.  Proceas  and  appw«tus  tot  ef- 
fecting high  gas  flow  in  discharge  tube  of  gas  laser.  3.611.883.  O. 
331  -94  500 
Smith.  Arthur  E..  to  Union  Carbide  Corporation.  Electrode  contact 

device.  3,671.656.0.  13-14.000. 
Smith.  David  F.  Plaster  of  Paris  bandages  to  make  casts  of  improved 
•trength.  water-reaiitance  and  physiological  propertiea.  3.671.280. 

0.106-116.000.  I 

Smith.  Ernest  L..  to  Phillips  Petroleum  Company.  Containier  and  hd 

3.670.95 1 . 0.  229-43.000. 
Smith,  Frank:  See— 

King,  John  Howliston;  and  Smith,  Frank,  3,67 1 ,4 1 5. 
Smith.  Harry  W.:  See— 

Thompaon.  Harold  W.;  Smith.  Harry  W.;  and  McCi 
Jr..  3,671,943. 
Smith,  Herchel:  See — 

Tokolics,   Joseph;   Hughes,   Gordon   A.;   and   Sr 
3.671.519. 
Smith  International  Inc.:  See— 

Winter.  Henry  A..  Jr.;  Williams,  Arthur  M..  Jr.;  and  Fobs.  Richard 
L,  3.670.831. 
Smith,  Joaeph  E.,  to  Wolverine-Pentronix,  Inc.  Die  and  punch  as- 
sembly for  compacting  powder  material.  3,671,157,0.  425-78.000. 
Smith  Kniie  A  French  Laboratories,  Inc . :  See— 

Pfeiffer,  Francis  R.;  and  Weisbach,  Jerry  A.,  3,67 1 ,557 
Pfaffer.  Francis  R;  and  Weitbach.  Jerry  A,  3,67 1 ,563] 
Smith  Van  Z,  to  All  Productt  Company.  Sectional Jower  structure. 

3,670,471,0.52-638.000.  , 

Smith,  WiUiam  D.:  See— 

Basham,  Edward  R.;  and  Smith,  Williiun  D.,  3,670,566J 
Smith.  William  Novit.  Jr.,  to  Foote  Mineral  Company.  Isomerization  of 
allenes   into   their   corresponding   terminal   acetylenk    isomers. 
3,671,605,0.  260-678.000. 
Smith-Berger  Manufacturing  Corporation:  See — 

Hasan,  Elmer  R.;  and  Smipaon,  John  I.,  3,670,363.        | 
Smolka.  Thotnas  G.,  to  Wiener  Metallwarenfabrik  Smolka  and  Com- 
pany. Ski  binding.  3,671,053.0.  280-1  l.35t 
Smythe.  John  W.;  and  Karp.  PhiUp  I.,  to  Federal-Mogul  Corporation. 

Method  of  making  superalloys.  3.671.230,0.  75-213.000. 
Sniideis,  Wilfred  Andre  Maria;  See— 

Zegers.  Eduard;  and  Snijders,  Wilfred  Andre  Mana.  3.67 1 ,864. 

Snyder,  Paul  W,  Jr.:  See—  

Ireland.  Henry  R;  and  Snyder.  Paul  W.  Jr..  3.67 1 .4 19. 

Snyder,  Thomas  P.:  See— 

T«nopol.  Milton  S.;  and  Snyder.  Thomas  P..  3.67 1.31  . 
Sobrevin  Soc.  de  Brevets  Industriels.  Firma:  See— 

Viachiani.  Giuseppe.  3.670.976. 
Socieu'  Italiana  Resine  S.p.A.:  See— 

Calcagno.  Benedetto;  and  Cairati.  Luciano.  3,67 1 ,576| 
Societe  Alsacienne  de  Constructions  Atomiques,  de  Teleeommunica- 
tions  et  d'Electronique  calcatel:  See- 

Fuistenberger.  Jean;  Lebrun,  Guy;  and  Girauh.  Denis.  3,670,945. 
Societe  Anonyme  dite:  L'Oreal:  See—  i 

KalofMssb,  Gregoier.  3 .67 1 .643 .  I 

Societe  de  Recherches  IndustrieUes  S.O.R.I.:  See—  ! 

Carraz.  Gilbert  L.;  and  Boucherle.  Andre  L.,  3,67 1 ,532. 
Sodet*  d'Etudea  et  d'Expkxtation  de  Procedes  pour  I1i|dustrie  Ali- 
mentaire  Septal:  See— 

BonteU.  Robert  C.  3.670.520. 
Societt  Les  Piles  Wonder  See— 

Anmbaud.  Rene  M..  3.67 1 .734. 
Societe  Rbodiaceu:  See— 

Oaudard.  Yves.  3.670.506. 
Sola  Basic  Industries.  Inc.:  See — 

Rhyne.  Eari  C.  Jr..  3.67 1 ,863. 


cCanh, 
Smithl 


Paul  A. 


Herchel. 


June  20, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  39 


SoUman,  George  H.;  and  Dixon,  Samuel  J.,  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Four 
phase  encoder  system  for  three  frequency  modul^on.  3  67 1  960 
CI.  340-347.0dd.  •       .       . 

Solvay  A  Cie:  See— 

Mathis.  Pierre.  3.67 1 . 1 88. 
Sori.  Naoyuki:  See— 
.^  Abe.  Isamu;  Yashiro.  Hideo;  Sori,  Naoyuki;  Hatano,  Sotaro;  Kat- 

sumoto.  Tomiyasu;  and  Suzuki,  Tadao.  3,670,395. 
Southwire  Company:  See— 

Schoemer.  Roger  J..  3.670.401. 
Spaceuc  Incorporated:  See— 

Shute,  Donald  W,  3,67 1 ,78 1 . 
Spanel,  Abram  N.;  and  Schwartz.  John  L.,  said  Schwartz,  John  L.,  as- 
sor.  to  said  Spanel,  Abram  N.  Tufting  machines  for  manufacture  of 
tufted  fabrics,  tufted  carpett.  rugs,  drapes,  heavy  fabrics,  and  the 
like.  3.670.672. 0.  11 2-79. 
Spangler.  Myrtle  Joanne,  to  Dan  River  Inc.  Crease-proofing  composi- 
tions containing  glyoxal  modified  uron  resins  and  processes  for  mak- 
ing same.  3,671,307.0.  1 17-139.400. 
Sperry  Rand  Corporation:  See- 
Barnes,  Billy  W,  3.67 1 ,933. 
Clift,  Charies  E.,  3,67 1 .899. 
Rakes.  Rodney  G..  3.67 1 ,833. 
RowUnd-Hill,  Edward  WUIiam.  3.670.739. 
Spider  Staging.  Inc.:  See— 

Fbher.  Sidney  L..  3.671,712. 
Spictschka.  Ernst:  See— 

Papenfuss,  Theodor;  and  Spietschka.  Ernst.  3,671,553. 
Spilsbury,  Ashton  James;  and  Thorkebon,  Oswald.  Adjusuble  centre 

loaded  antenna  arrangement.  3,67 1 ,972. 0.  343-750.000. 
Squires.  Harwood  H.:  See— 

Milb.  Frank  J.;  Sadowski.  John  T.;  Squires.  Harwood  H.;  and 
Uebelhart.  James  J,  3,671,026. 
Stackpole  Carbon  Company:  See— 

Krellner,  Walter  G.;  and  Shobert,  Erie  I.,  II,  3,671  092 
Stafsudd,  Oscar  M.:  See- 
Gentile,  Anthonv  L.;  and  Stafrudd,  Oscar  M..  3.671 ,203. 
Stahl,  Nils  Evert  Johan;  and  Skonare,  Per.  Arrangement  in  optical 

character  reading.  3,671.097.0.  350-7.000. 
Stahr.  Henry  M.,  to  Morris,  Philip.  Incorporated.  Method  for  making 

meul  oxide  membranes.  3.671,410,  CI.  204-56.000. 
Stalhngs,  Leon;  Devine,  Martin  J.;  Maerker,  Gerhard;  and  Eisner, 
Abner,  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Navy.  Lubricating  greaae  com- 
posiUons.  3.67 1 ,43 1 .  CI.  252-33.600. 
Stamm,  Alex  F.,  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation,  mesne 

Friction  welding  apparatus.  3.67 1 ,049.  CI.  279-4.000. 
Stampfli.  Harald,  to  Lucifer  S.A.  Fluid-controUina  valve.  3.671  009 
CI.  25!- 129.000.  .        .        . 

Sundard  Oil  Company  (Indiana):  See- 
Peters,  Edwin  F.;  and  Juveland,  Omar  C,  3.671,432. 
Standard  Optical  Mfg.  Company:  See— 

Okner,  Luke,  3,671,111. 
Standifer.  Richard  L.:  See- 
Heady.  Orville  £.;  Towell.  John  F.;  and  Standifer,  Richard  L 
3,671,199. 
Stanton.  Arthur  J.;  Kolb,  Edwin  R.;  and  Roberts,  Webater  C.  to  Harris- 
Intcrtype  Corporation.  Phototypesetting  apparatus.  3,670,632,  O. 
95-4. 50r. 
Stark.  Daniel  J.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Cartridge  mounting 
structure  for  a  catridge  loading  motion  picture  projector  or  the  like 
3.670.991,0.242-197.000. 
Stark.  Herbert:  See- 
Alexander,  Newton  C;  Stark,  Herbert;  and  Thornton,  Richard  C. 
3,670.585. 
Stauffer,  Norman  L.,  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Magnetostrictive  recordins  as- 
sembly. 3.671,681, CI.  I79-100.2ch. 
Stauner,  Thomas:  See— 

Froehlich,   Alfred;    Filler,   Bemhard;   and   Stauner.   Thomas. 
3.671,253. 
Stebbins.  Herve  A.;  and  Stebbins.  John  A.  Multiple  sight  for  archer's 

bow.  3,670.422,  CI.  33-265.000. 
Stebbins,  John  A.:  See— 

Stebbins,  Herve  A.;  and  Stebbins.  John  A.,  3,670,422. 
Stecker.  Merrick  C.  Paint  scraper.  3.670,414.  CI.  30-338.000. 
Steinberg,  Harvey  M.:  See— 

Szumila.  Anthony  D.;  Zimnoch.  Joseph  J.;  Bechtel.  John  D.;  and 
Steinberg.  Harvey  M..  3.671 .865. 
Steinbrunn.  Gustav:  See- 
Fischer.   Adolf;   Koenig,   Karl-Heinz;   Steinbrunn.  GusUv;  and 

Zschocke.  Albrecht.  3.671,586. 
Koenig.  Karl-Heinz;  Steinbrunn.  GusUv;  Windel.  Hermann;  and 
Fbcher.  Adolf.  3.671.571. 
Steiner.  Hans  Robert:  See— 

Genzel.  Hans-Ulrich  Werner;  Hafeli,  Hans-Rudolf;  and  Steiner 
Hans  Robert.  3,671,718. 
Steiner,  William  R.:  See— 

Fogt,  Thomas  H.;  Steiner,  William  R.;  and  Murphy.  John  M.. 
3.670.523. 
Steingiser.  Samuel:  See- 
Ray.    James    D.;    Steingiser.    Samuel;    and    Cass.    Robert    A., 
3,671,411. 
Stelling,  Mogens.  Transportation  system.  3,670,658, 0.  104-22. 
Stephens,  John  A.:  See- 
Coombs,  Ivan  G.,  3,671 .710. 
Stembach,  Henryk:  See— 


Archer,  Giles  Allan;  and  StembMdi.  Henryk,  3.67 1 ,5 1 7. 
Stetaon.  Eari  W.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Sparkgap  chamber 

with  arc  stretching  teeth  embodying  optimum  heat  sink  means. 

3.67 1 .797,  a.  3 1 3-325.000. 
Stetaon,  Eari  W.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Self-«upporting  load 

bearing  voltage  grading  resiston  for  a  lightning  arieater.  3,671,800. 

O.  315-36.000. 
Stettner,  Dennb;  and  HoUison.  Ronald  B.  Ski  eqidpment  lock  m- 

sembly.  3.670.535. 0.  70-58.000. 
Stevens.  Curtb   Edgar,   to   Bertea  Corporation.   Anti-akid  system. 

3,671,082.0.  303-2 l.OOp. 
Stevenson.  James  F..  to  Emhart  Corporation.  Glaas  fbmace  with  triple 

batch  charging  and  method.  3.670.908. 0.  2 1 4-24.000. 
Stevick.    Lawrence    E..    to   Chevron    Research   Compwiy.    DiaDcyl 

dihydrothienyl  phosphates.  3,671,547,0.  260-329.00p. 
Steward,  William  A.,  to  Steward,  Wm.  A.  Magnetic  in  and  out  board 

3.670.435.0.40-106.450. 
Steward.  Wm.  A.:  See- 
Steward.  William  A..  3.670,435. 
Stewart,  William  R,  Jr.:  See— 

Rahenkamp,  Robert  A;  and  StevNfart.  William  R..  Jr.,  3,67 1.683. 
Stewart- Warner  corporation:  See — 
Rieth.  Lawrence  E..  3,671.923. 
Stewert.  Robert  M..  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Boiler  control 

system.  3,670,704.0.  122-448.00s. 
Sto,  Masamichi:  See— 

Matsumoto,  Sdji;  Tamai,  Yasuo;  and  Sto,  Masamichi.  3.67 1 .290. 
Stolpen,  Beulah  Hwris.  Language  teaching  apparatus  and  method 
3,670,427,0. 35-35.0(^!^  -»  -pk-  mbuwo. 

Stone,  Glenn  Duane,  to  Du  Pom  de  Nemours.  E.  I.,  and  Comany. 

Imagewiae  hardening  direct  writing  photodeveloped  silver  haUde 

emulsions.  3 ,67 1 ,245. 0. 96-64.000. 
Storz,  Frederick  G.,  to  GTE  Automatic  Electric  Laboratories  Incor- 

pOTated.  Piezoelectric  signaling  device.  3,67 1 .958, 0  340-392.000 
Stout,  Beauford  F..  to  Worth  WeU  Surveys.  Inc.  Measuring  borehole 

temperatures  employing  diode  junction  means.  3.670.567.  O.  73- 

154.000. 
Stouthamer,  Bemhard:  5^r— 

Kwantes.  Arien;  and  Stouthamer,  Bemhard,  3,67 1 ,559. 
Streckert,  Ernest  H.  Automatic  veneer  measuring  and  clippina  control 

system.  3 ,670.6 1 4, 0.  83-208.000.  —t-r—m 

Streicher,  Heinz:  See — 

Leutwein,  Manfred;  and  Streicher,  Heinz.  3,67 1 , 1 1 6. 
Striegler.  John  H..  to  Atlantic  Richfieki  Company.  Slim  bole  drilling 

method.  3.670.832. 0.  175-57.000.  ^^ 

Strobl.  Frederick  P..  Jr.:  See— 

Ettlinger.  Ralph.  Jr.;  and  Strobl.  Frederick  P.,  Jr..  3.670.91 1 . 
Stroebel.  Maurice  G.;  Stroebel.  Terryl  T. ;  and  Stroebel.  Merle  J  i  iguid 

fertilizer  applying  apparatus.  3,670,963. 0.  239-77.000. 
Stroebel,  Merie  J:  See- 

Stroebel.  Maurice  G.;  Stroebel,  Terryl  T.;  and  Stroebel,  Merle  J.. 
3,670,963. 
Stroebel.  Terryl  T.:  See— 

Stroebel.  Maurice  G.;  Stroebel.  Tenyl  T.;  and  Stroebel,  Merle  J.. 
3.670.963. 
Stromberg.  Henry  M.:  See- 
Kennedy.  Ralph  C;  U  Violette.  Paul  A.;  and  Stromberg.  Henry 
M.,  3,670,442.  *  ' 

Stromberg-Carbon  Corporation:  See — 
Altenburger,  Otto,  3,67 1 ,678. 

Lee,  Emest  O.,  Jr.;  and  Adams,  John  A.,  Jr..  3.671 ,677. 
Penczek,  Edward  S.,  3,67 1 ,702. 
Strum,  Bobbie  W.:  See— 

Kemppinen,  Auvo  I.;  and  Strum,  Bobbie  W..  3.670.542. 
Stuetz,  Dagobert  E.,  to  Celanese  Corporation.  Thermal  stabilizatioa  of 

addition  polymers.  3,67 1 .488. 0.  260-45.70r. 
Stull,  James  T.:  See— 

Hofinann.  Gottfiicd;  and  Stull.  James  T.,  3,670.804. 
Stump,  Eugene  C,  Jr.:  See- 
Low.  George  M.,  Acting  Administrator  of  the;  National  Aeixmau- 
tics  and  Space  Administration  with;  Stump.  Eugene  C.  Jr.-  and 
Rochow,  Stephen  Eugene.  3,67 1.497. 
Stumph,  Stephen  L.:  See- 
Davis,  Louis  £.;  Jensen,  BiDy  M.;  Lanon,  Floyd  L.;  Huck.  Rainer 
F.;  and  Stumph.  Stephen  L,  3,670.386.  a 

Sugano.  Shigeaki;  and  Uesugi,  Kyozo,  to  Minolta  Camera  Co..  Ltd. 
Focusing  mechanism  for  catadioptric  objective.  3.67 1.109.  O.  350- 
299.000. 
Sugiyama.  Hironari:  See— 

Kado,    Masaru;    Kimura,    Ichiro;    and    Sugiyama,    ffirtmari, 

Sukow.  Daniel  L.:  See— 

Fuchs,  Richard  C;  Sukow,  Daniel  L.;  and  Wilke,  Dennb  P 
3,671,785. 
Sullivan,  Gene  F.,  to  Brown,  Howard  W.  Poruble  hoistinc  unit 

3,671,015,0.254-142.000.  •««« ^ 

Sullivan,  HaroM  G.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Air  Force.  Automatic 
channel  equalization  apparatus  with  dau  equalization  mode  adaotor 
3,671,672.0.  178-69.00a.  — k*-. 

Sulzer  Brothers,  Ltd.:  See— 

Brtmner.  Alfred,  3,670,874. 
Demuth,  Hans.  3.670.776. 
Sumino.  Yasuhiro:  See— 

Fukuda.  Hideo;  Suzuki,  Takaahi;  Sumino,  Yasuhiro;  and  Akivama. 
Shunichi.  3.67 1. 395.  ^^^ 


899  O.G. 


PI  40 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


Jiwe20.  1972 


Sumitomo  Chemical  Company,  Ltd.:  See— 

luya.  Nobushige;  Miaitani,  Totfaio;  Kitamura,  Shigeyoahi;  Okuno, 

YoMtod:  and  Fujimoto,  Keimet.  3.67 1 ,348. 
Koga,  Koichi;  Hatori,  Minoru;  and  Akamatsu,  Takaahi,  3,671,S43. 
Nakaguchi,   Kohei;   Kawanimi.   Sbohachi;   Hirooka,   Maaaaki; 

Yabuucfai.  HiitMhi;  and  Takao,  Hiroyoahi,  3,67 1 ,492. 
Oahima,  Teruo;  Wada,  Takeshi;  Nagate,  Ttuneyuki;  Maauko,  Fu- 
jio:  Hirooka.  Maaaaki;  and  Taniguchi,  laoji,  3,67 1 .506. 
Sumitomo  Electric  Industries  Ltd.:  See— 

Kawakita.-  Takao;  Ikeda.  Hirosaka;   Matnimura,  Shigeni;  and 
Taniguchi,  Kunichiko,  3,67 1 ,300. 
Sumitomo  Light  Metal  Industries,  Ltd.,:  See— 

Terai,  Shiro;  Suzuki.  Toahio;  Haaegawa.  Yoatuhumi;  Horiguchi. 
Shojiro;   Nakamura.   Michiei;   KunaU,   Shizuo;   and  Suzuki, 
Tadanobu,  3,671,476. 
Sun  Oil  Company:  See— 

DriacoU.  Gary  L..  3.67 1  ,S72. 
Moore,  Robert  E.,  3,67 1 ,398. 
Sun  Oil  Company  Delaware:  See- 
Bennett,  John  O.,  3,670,828. 
Sun  Research  and  Developinent  Co.:  See — 
Moore,  Robert  E..  3.67 1 .399. 
Moore.  Robert  E..  3.671 ,600. 
Surty,  Rotainton  J.:  See— 

Dushkes,  Sherman  Z.;  and  Surty,  Rohinton  J.,  3.670,944. 
Sussman.  Milton  H.:  See— 

Shoemaker,  Arthur  H.;  and  Sussman.  Milton  H..  3.671 ,099. 
Suzuki,  Henry  K.,  to  Velaicol  Chemical  Corporation.  Process  for  the 
production  of  1.2.4.5,6.7,8,8-  octachloro-3a.4,7,7a-tetranydro-4,7- 
methanoindane.  3.67 1.395.  a.  260-648.00c. 
Suzuki.  Kazuaki,  to  Showa  Kag^dni  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Katsha.  Triazinyl- 

coumarins.  3.67 1.524.  CI.  260-249.800. 
Suzuki.  Masaru;  and  Murakami.  Yukinobu.  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Tokai 
Rika  Denki  Seisakuabo.  Multiple  switch  construction.  3.67 1 .69 1 , 0. 
200-61.540. 
Suzuki.  Masaru.  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Tokai  Rika  Denik  Seisakusho. 
Steering  structure  capable  of  simultaneously  completing  a  horn  cir- 
cuit in  a  motor-car.  3,67 1.758. CI.  307-lO.OOr. 
Suzuki,  ^hohachi:  See— 

Hara.  Ei;  and  Suzuki.  Shohachi.  3.67 1 , 1 64. 
Suzuki.  Syoichi.  to  Nippon  Gakki  Seizo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Plural  tone 
selector  for  an  electronic  musical  instrument.  3,671.659.  CI.  84- 
1.170. 
Suzuki.  Tadanobu:  See— 

Terai.  Shiro;  Suzuki.  Toshio;  Hasegawa,  Yoshihumi;  Horiguchi, 
Shojiro;    Nakamura,    Michiei;   Kunata.   Shizuo;   and   Suzuki, 
Tadanobu,  3.671,476. 
Suzuki.  Tadao:  See- 
Abe.  Isamu;  Yashiro.  Hideo;  Son,  Naoyuki;  Hatano,  Sotaro;  Kat- 
turooto,  Tomiyasu;  and  Suzuki,  Tadao,  3,670.395. 
Suzuki,  Takaahi:  See— 

Fukuda,  Hideo;  Suzuki,  Takashi;  Sumino,  Yasuhiro;  and  Akiyama, 
Shunichi,  3.671,395. 
Suzuki,  Taro:  See— 

Kolbe,   William   H.;  Sagady,  Alexander  J.;  and  Suzuki,  Taro, 
3,671,154. 
Suzuki,  Toshio:  See— 

Terai,  Shiro;  Suzuki,  Toshio;  Hase^awa,  Yoshihumi;  Horiguchi, 
Shojiro;    Nakamura,    Michiei;    Kmiau.    Shizuo;   and    Suzuki, 
Tadanobu,  3,671,476. 
Suzuki.  Tsutomu.  to  Pioneer  Electronic  Corporation.  Automatic  car- 
tridge playing  system.  3.671.682. CI.  179-10O.2OZ. 
Swanson,  Gunnar  E.,  to  Nielsen  Hardware  Corporation.  The.  Catch 

with  anti-release  Utch.  3.670.37 1 ,  CI.  24-68.00t. 
Swanson,  John  G.,  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Metal-insu- 
lator structures   and   method   for  forming.    3,671,819,   CI.    317- 
234.000. 
Swanson,  Robert  E.  Aerosol  operated  horn.   3.670.690.  CI.    116- 

112.000. 
Swearingen  Aviation  Corporation,  mesne:  See — 

Swearingen.  Edward  J.,  3,670,995. 
Swearingen,  Edward  J.,  to  Swearingen  Aviation  Corporation,  mesne. 
Longitudinal    stability    control    device    for    fixed    wing    aircraft. 
3,670,995,  CI.  244-80.000. 
Swearingen,  Judson  S.  Removal  of  dispersed  gas  from  lubricatins 

fluids.  3,670,850.  CI.  1 84-6.230. 
Sweger.  Theodore  J.,  to  Illinois  Railway  Equipment  Company.  Device 
for  automatically  latching  a  container  to  a  railway  car  or  the  like  and 
for  automatically   unlatching  it  therefrom.    3.670.663.  CI.    105- 
366.00c. 
Swisher.  Eugene  Henry:  See— 

Briggs.  Albert  Theodore;  and  Swisher,  Eugene  Henry,  3,670,55 1 . 
Swiss  Aluminum  Ltd.:  See— 

Kronenberg.  Hans;  and  Gmur.  Dionys,  3.670.899. 
Sylvania  Electric  Products,  Inc.:  See— 

Biemson.    George;    Euling.    Raymond;    and    Jones.    Paul    W., 

3.671,107. 
Kam,  George  H,  3,671,775. 
Torsch,  Charles  Edward,  3,67 1 .896. 
Zelenz.  Martin  L.,  3.670.379. 
Synergistics.  Inc.:  See— 

Halpem,  Alfred.  3.67 1 .545. 
Szegvari.  Andrew.  Method  and  apparatus  for  conuninuting  and  react- 
ing solids.  3,670.970.  CI.  241-27.000. 
Szente,  Andre:  See— 


.671.383. 


Hellerbach.    Joaeph;    Szente,    Andre;    and    Waber,    Amdn. 
3.671.518. 
Szente,  Pedro  A.;  and  Joiy,  Robert,  to  Hewlett-Packard  Compsny. 
Wide  bartd  stop  band  filter  including  a  ferrite  region  blaaed  by  a 
graded  magnetic  fieW.  3,67 1 ,888,  Q.  333-73.00r. 
Szumila,  Anthony  D.;  Zimnoch,  Joaeph  J.;  Bechtel.  John  D.;  and  Stein- 
berg, Harvey  M.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Navy.  Automatic  net 
participant  synchronizer.  3,671.865,0.  323-58.000. 
Tabayanagi,  Seiichi:  See — 

Kobayashi,  Tetsuji;  and  Tabayanagi,  Seiichi,  3,670,719. 
Taber,  Robert  C,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Speed  increasingcom- 
bination  of  subilizers  for  radiographic  elements.  3,67 1 .258.  CI.  96- 
107.000. 
Tajima,  Shigenobu:  See— 

Koyanagi.  Shunichi;  Kitamura,  Hajime;  and  Tajima.  Shigenobu. 
3.671.508. 
Tajiri,  Ffaao;  Sato.  Ituzo;  Takemura.  Yasuo;  and  Tsuji.  Shigeo.  to 
Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co..  Ltd.  Cok>r  television  image  pick-up 
device*.  3.671,664,0.  178-5.4. 
Takahashi.  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoahi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhiko;  Sato. 
Tadaahi;  and  Kakuta,  Kazuhiko,  to  Iwatsu  Electric  Company  Ltd. 
Discontinuity   processing  apparatus  for  automatic  curve   tracing 
system.  3,671,936.  CI.  340-146  3ae. 
Takahashi,  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoahi;  Ogawa,  Yasuhjko;  Sato, 
Tadashi;  and  Kakuu,  Kazuhiko,  to  Iwatsu  Electric  Comaany,  Ltd. 
Automatic  pattern  tracing  systems.  3,671.937,0.  340-146.3ae. 
Takahashi.  Tadashi;  Miyazaki,  Masatoahi;  C^wa.  Yasuhlco;  Sato. 
Tadaahi;  and  Kakuta.  Kazuhiko.  to  Iwatsu  Electric  Company.  Ltd. 
Apparatus  for  judging  and  processing  branches  and  or  crossings  for 
use  in  automatK  curve  tracing  system.  3,671,941,0.  340-172.500. 
Takamune,  Hirotoki;  and  Mochizuki,  YoshifUmi.  to  Otizen  Watch  Co., 

Ltd.  Balance  wheel  assembly.  3.670.492. 0.  58-28.00a. 
Takano,  Teruhi:  See—  1 

Shibuya.  Koji;  and  Takano.  Teruhi.  3.67 1 .761 . 
Takao.  Hiroyoahi:  See —  ' 

Nakaguchi,    Kohei;    Kawasumi,    Shohachi;    Hirooka.    MMaaki; 
Yabuuchi,  Hiroehi;  and  Takao.  Hiroyoahi.  3.67 1 .492. 
Takaahi,  Maaanor  See— 

Sakau.  RikiU;  Masuda.  Kohei;  and  Takashi.  Masanor.  3.1 
Takeda Chemical  Industries,  Ltd.:  See— 

Fukuda.  Hideo;  Suzuki.  Takashi;  Sumino,  Yasuhiro;  and  Akiyama, 

Shunichi.  3,671,395. 
Funakoshi,  Yoshiro;  Kajiura,  Takehiko;  Fujii.  Kiyoshi;  Kanamaru. 
Toshihiko;  Nishitani,  Masaki;  and  Komeda.  Hiromu,  3.67 1 .296. 
Takemura,  Yasuo:  See— 

Tajiri,  Hisao;  Sato,  Ituzo;  Takemura,  Yasuo;  and  Tsuji,  Shiteo. 
3,671,664. 
Takenaka,  Sadao;  Kishida,  Soichiro;  and  Yamazaki,  Yoichi,  to  Nippon 
Ooth  industry  Co.,  Ltd.  Ogarette  filter  materials.  3,670,740,  O. 
131-26J.00r. 
Takeno.  Syozo:  See — 

Murakami,  Yoahio;  Higashinakagawa.  Iwao;  Yasuda,  Nobuaki; 
and  Takeno.  Syozo.  3.671,312.  | 

Takeuchi,  Sugio:  See—  I 

Oba.  Harutaro;  Sawazu,  Toshihiko;  Takeuchi,  Sugio;  ana  Chikata, 
Masaru,  3.670,957. 
Takikawa.  Toshio;  Satomo,  Kouji;  and  Kodama,  Takashi,  to  Osaka 
Soda  Co. ,  Ltd.  Method  of  making  resin-impregnated  sheet  laminated 
to  a  substrate.  3,671,354,0.  15^306.000. 
Takizawa,  Haruki:  See— 

Fukuthima,   Takaaki;   Takizawa,   Hartiki;   Mori,   Kikuo; 
Yoshito;  and  Mizumori,  Haruhiko,  3,67 1 ,623. 
Tamagawa  Kikai  Kinzoku  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Hara,  Ei;  and  Suzuki,  Shohachi.  3,67 1 , 1 64. 
Tamai,  Yasuo:  See— 

Mataumoto,  Seiji;  Tamai,  Yasuo;  and  Sto,  Masamichi,  3,^1 ,290. 
Tamplen.  Jack  W.  Locking  device  and  method  and  apparatua  for  em- 
placing  same.  3.670.821,0.  166-315.000.  i 
Tanaka,  Atsuyuki:  See —                                                                  I 
Murata,  Tomoji;  and  Tanaka.Atsuyuki.  3.671.123.           I 
Tanaka,  Kiyoshi:  See—  I 

Kumai,  Ko;  Motoyoshi,  Minoru;  Tanaka,  Kiyoshi;  and  Hagiwara, 

Yaauhira,  3,671.337. 

Tanaka.     Tetsuo;     Masumura,     Masao;     Toguchi.     Akihiro;     and 

Yamaguchi,    Mario,    to    Kabushiki    Kaisha    Ricoh.    Method    for 

polymerization  of  N-vinylcarbazole.  3,671,507,0.  260-88. 30r. 

Tangredi,  Albert  Joseph;  and  Zuckerman,  Marc  Robert,  to  Orace,  W. 

R,  &  Co.  Hanger  bag  with  flap  closure.  3,670,947, 0.  229-$4.00r. 
Taniguchi.  laoji:  See— 

Oshima,  Teruo;  Wada,  Takeshi;  Nagase,  Tsuneyuki;  Maauko.  Fu- 
jio;  Hirooka,  Maaaaki;  and  Taniguchi.  laoji.  3,67 1 ,506. 
Taniguchi.  Kunichiko:  See— 

Kawakita,  Takao;  Ikeda,  Hirosaka;  Matsumura,  Shigeni;  and 
Taniguchi,  Kunichiko,  3,671,300. 
Tapacon,  Jesse  J.;  and  Andersen,  Harold  T.,  to  Rietz  Manirfacturing 

Co.  Apparatus  for  material  fluffins.  3,671,019,0.  259-8. 
Tamopol.  Milton  S.;  and  Snyder,  Thomas  P.,  to  PPG  Industries,  Inc. 
Applying' electroconductive  heating  circuits  to  glass.  3,671.31 1.  O. 
117-211.000. 
Taahiro.  Kiroku:  See — 

Okazaki,  Takayoahi;  Tashiro,  Kiroku;  and  Yanagida.  Koichiro. 
3.671.376.  -,  ^ 

Tatemoto,  Masayoshi:  See — 

Komctani.    Yutaka;    Tatemoto,    Masayoshi;    and    Nakamura, 
Masanori,  3.671.510. 


Sato. 


June  20, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  41 


Tateno.  Hideo;  and  Nemoto.  Kuniharu.  to  Nippon  Electric  Company. 
Limited.  Method  of  fabricating  semiconductor  devices  having  al- 
loyed junctions.  3.671.339. 0.  148-179.000. 
Tates.  Hans  Gerard  Karel:  See- 
Daniels.  Hendricus  Petrus  Cornelia;  Van  Der  Ven.  Theodoras 
Johannes;  and  Tates,  Hans  Gerard  Karel.  3.670.394. 
Tatsukawa.  Keizo:  See— 

Fujimoto.  Yasuo;  Nagaoka.  Koichi;  Tatsukawa.  Keizo;  aitd  Koiwa, 

Yoichi.  3,671,482. 

Tatuki.  Ryoki.  Method  for  separating  fructose  and  glucose  from  sugar 

solution  containing  fructose  and  glucose  therein.  3,67 1 ,3 1 6, 0.  1 27- 

46.00r. 

Taylor,  Fk>yd  R.;  and  Whitaker,  Robert  B.  Electrically  operated  bingo 

game  apparatua.  3,67 1 ,04 1 , 0.  273- 1 35.00a. 
TDK  Electronics  Company,  Limited:  See — 

Ezaki,  Joichiro.  3.67 1 ,8 1 1 . 
Teich.  Rudor  M.  Automobile  theft  alarm  for  detecting  unauthorized 

energization  of  resistive  load.  3,671,934,0.  340-63.000. 
Teichraann,  Charles  F.;  and  Brent.  Albert,  to  Texaco  Development 

Corporation.  Garbage  disposal  process.  3.67 1 ,209,  CI.  48-209.000. 
Teichmann,  Otmar  E.:  See — 

Gyory,  Emeric  J.;  and  Teichmann,  Otmar  E.,  3.67 1 ,048. 
Teichmuliier,  Gerhard;  Bamikol-Oettler,  Kurt;  and  Hartnumn,  Werner, 
to  VEB  Jenapham.  Trialkybyliloxy-steroid  compounds  and  process 
for  making  same.  3,67 1 ,555, 0.  260-397.400. 
Teijin  Limited:  See— 

Fukushima,    Takaaki;    Takizawa,    Haruki;    Hon,    Kikuo;    Sato, 

Yoshito;  and  Mizumori,  Haruhiko,  3,67 1 ,623. 
Ogau.  Kazuo;  and  Shimoaato,  Kazuo,  3,67 1 .578. 
Telemation.  Inc.:  See— 

Pauly.DonaklE,  3,671,872. 
Telesco  Brophey  Limited:  See — 
Buachmann,  Hans,  3,670,749. 
Weber.  Heinz.  3,670.748. 
Teletype  Corporation:  See — 
Dahl.  David  A..  3.670.940. 
Jack.  Ronakl  H..  3.670.388. 
Leno.  Theodore.  3,67 1 ,822. 
Metz.JackL.,  3.671,700. 
Terada.  Manzo.  to  Nissho-Iwai  Company  Limited.  Method  of  separat- 
ing insulation  from  insulated  wires  and  cables.  3.670.969.  O.  241- 
27.000. 
Terai.    Shiro;    Suzuki.    Toshio;    Haaegawa.    Yoshihumi;    Horiguchi. 
Shojiro;  Nakamura.  Michiei;  Kimata,  Shizuo;  and  Suzuki.  Tadanobu, 
to  Sumitomo  Light  Metal  Industries,  Ltd.,,  Dainichiseika  Color  Sc. 
Chemicals  Mfg.,  Co.,  Ltd.  and  Toagosei  Chemical  Industry  Co.,  Ltd. 
Electrodeposition  color  coating  composition  and  method  for  elec- 
Uodeposition  color  coating  of  metal  therewith.  3,67 1.476,  O.  260- 
23.0ar. 
Terashima,  Toru,  to  Nippon  Petroleum  Refining  Company.  Method 
and  multi-branched  network  system  for  uniformly  distributing  the 
flow  of  mued  phase  fluids.  3,670,759, 0.  1 37- 1 7 1 .000. 
Texaco  Development  Corporation:  See— 

Teichmann,  Charles  F.;  and  Brent,  Albert,  3,671,209. 
Texaco  Inc.:  See— 

Hess,  Howard  V.;  and  Cole,  Edward  L.,  3,671 ,403. 

Loofbourrow,  Robert  J.,  3,671,931. 

Mott.  George  F.;  and  Ziober.  Johnnie  J..  3,670.507. 

Peck,  Reese  A.;  and  Wilson,  Raymond  F.,  3,67 1 ,42 1 . 

Schwager,   Irving;   Leak,   Robert   J.;   and   Cole,   Edward   L., 

3,671,591. 
Wilson,  Raymond  F.;  Peck,  Reese  A.;  and  Guptill,  Frank  E.,  Jr.. 
3.671,420. 
Texas  Instruments,  Incorporated:  See — 
Reynolds,  Richard  A,  3,67 1 ,3 1 3. 
Weber.  Roger  L.,  3.670,406. 
Wilcox,  RusseU  E.,  3.671,813. 
Textron.  Inc.:  See — 

George,  Billy,  3,670,399. 
Jellison,  Paul  J. ,  3 ,670,6 18. 
Therond,  Jean-Francois:  See—  "    ~ 

Delignieres,  Robert;  and  Therond,  Jean-Francois,  3,671,723. 
Thiele,  Tom  N.;  Gerlach,  Lester  O.;  and  Gilmore,  Thomas  P.,  to  Allis- 
Chalmers  Manufacturing  Company.  Stable,  low  level  radiation  moni- 
tor. 3,671,746,0.  250-83. 30r. 
Thiers,  Michel:  See— 

Chabardes,  Pierre;  Gandilhon,  Pierre;  Grant.  Charles;  and  Thiers. 
Michel.  3.671.569. 
Thies.  Alfred  F.  B.;  Ameting,  Bemhard;  Reuther,  Albert  R.;  and 
Fhichter,  Werner,  to  Thies,  B.,  Firms.  Apparatus  for  the  wet  treat- 
ment of  textiles.  3 ,670.5  3 1 . 0.  68- 1 77.000. 
Thies.  B..  Firms:  See— 

Thies.  Alfred  F.  B.;  AmeUng.  Bemhard;  Reuther,  Albert  R.;  and 
Ruchter,  Werner,  3,670,53 1 . 
Tbolome,  Roger,  to  Tunzini-Sames.  Electrostatic  spray  gun.  3,670,96 1 , 

O.  239-15.000. 
Thorn,  Wenzel  W..  to  Architectural  Art  Mfg..  Inc.  Roof  joint  cover  as- 
sembly. 3,670,470,0.  52-395.000. 
Thomas,  BiUy  W.:  See— 

Nothum,  Andrew;  Thomas,  Billy  W.;  and  White,  Abram  L., 
3,670,553. 
Thomas,  leuan:  See — 

Andrews,  Timothy  Douglas;  Short,  Glyn  David;  and  Thomas, 
leuan,  3,67 1,250. 
Thomas,  Jerry  D.:  See- 


North.  Donald  P..  Jr.;  Thomas,  Jerry  D.;  and  Worth.  Gerald  W.. 
3.671.224. 
Thomas.  Michael  D.;  and  Miiovac.  Sidney.  E*,«.ciaiic  drive  film  ad- 
vancing system.  3.671,1 14.  CL  352-185.000. 
Thomas,  Thoroaa.  Holder  for  windblown  reeds.  3,670,871,  CL  206- 

13.000. 
Thompaon,  Eari  R.;  artd  Lemkey,  Franklin  D.,  to  United  Aircraft  Cor- 
poration. Anisotropic  polyphaec  structure  of  muhivariant  eutectic 
composition.  3,671,223,0.  75-122.000. 
Thompson,  Harold  W.;  Smith,  Harry  W.;  and  McCann.  Paul  A..  Jr. 

Numbers  symbology.  3.671,943,0.  340-172.500. 
Thomaoo-CSF:  See— 

Aasouline,  George;  Conjeaud,  Pierre;  Girauk,  Pierre;  and  Leiba, 

Eugene,  3.671,963. 
Aucouturier,  Jeanne;  and  Lacaze,  Rene,  3,671,893. 
Thorkelaon.  Oswald:  See— 

Spilsbury,  Aahton  James;  and  ThorkelKm.  Oswald,  3.671.972. 
Thornton,  Duane  V.,  to  ACF  Industries,  Incorporated.  Movable  cover 

for  railway  flat  cars.  3,670,664.0.  105-377.600. 
Thornton.  Richard  C:  See- 
Alexander.  Newton  C;  Stark.  Herbert;  and  Thornton.  Richard  C. 
3.670.585. 
Thorpe ,  Laurence  Joaeph.  to  RCA  Corporation.  Special  eflfecti  genera- 
tors for  providing  iris-type  television  displays.  3,671,667,  O.  178- 
6.800. 
Thurn.  Waher  H..  Jr.:  See- 
Kay,  Byron  L.;  and  Thurn,  Walter  H.,  Jr.,  3,670.993. 
Tibbeti,  David  W.  Viewing  device.  3.671.1 17. 0.  353-28.000. 
Tibbetts,  George  C;  and  Sawyer.  Joaeph  A.,  to  Tibbetts  Industries,  Inc. 

Magnetic  transducer.  3 .67 1 ,684, 0.  1 79- 1 1 7.000. 
Tibbettt  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 

Tibbetts,  George  C;  and  Sawyer,  Joaeph  A.,  3,67 1 ,684. 
Ties,  Sidney,  to  International  Computers  Limited.  Method  of  making  a 

magnetic  recording  member.  3,671.351.0.  156-233.000. 
Timex  Corporation:  See— 

Wuthrich.  Paul,  3.670,493. 
Tindal,  James  A.  Building  utility  and  service  system.  3,670,764,  O. 

137-357.000. 
Toagoaei  Chemical  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.:  See — 

Terai,  Shiro;  Suzuki,  Toshio;  Hasegawa,  Yoshihumi;  Horiguchi, 
Shojiro;    Nakamura,   Michiei;   Kunata,   Shizuo;   and   Suzuki, 
Tadanobu,  3,671,476. 
Toguchi,  Akihiro:  See— 

Tanaka,    Tetsuo;    Masumura,    Masao;    Toguchi,    Akihiro;    and 
Yamaguchi,  Mario,  3,67 1 .507. 
Tokoco  Ltd.:  See— 

Irie,  Yoshihiko;  and  Kimura,  Fumio,  3,670,930. 
Tokolics,  Joseph;  Hughes,  Gordon  A.;  and  Smith,  Herchel,  to  Amer- 
ican Home  Products  Corporation.  N-Substituted  2,3,4,S,-tetrahydro- 
1 H-3-  benzazepines.  3,67 1 ,5 1 9, 0.  260-239.0ab. 
Tokuyama  Soda  kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Shikata,    Kazuo;    Nakao,    Suekiti;    and    Knomi,    Katsutoshi, 
3,671,466. 
Tokyo  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Oba,  Harutaro;  Sawazu,  Toahihiko;  Takeuchi,  Sugio;  artd  Chikata, 
Masaru.  3,670,957. 
Tokyo  Juki  Kogyo  Kabushilu  Kaisha:  See — 

Hirayanta,  Tetsuro,  3,670,677. 
Tokyo  Shibaura  Dectric  Co.,  Ltd.:  See- 
Abe,  Isamu;  Yashiro,  Hideo;  Sori,  Naoyuki;  Hatano,  Sotaro;  Kat- 

sumoto.  Tomiyasu;  and  Suzuki,  Tadao,  3,670,395. 
Fujii.  Akihiro.  3,67 1 ,338. 
Imai,  Atsuo;  Harata,  Mituo;  Ogawa,  Yoshitaka;  and  Haaegawa, 

Shoji,  3,671,324. 
Inoue,  Taiichi;  and  Ueda,  Toshimaaa,  3,671 ,452. 
li>oue,  Taiichi;  and  Ueda,  Toshimasa,  3,67 1 ,454. 
Kobayaahi,  Tetsuji;  and  Tabayanagi,  Seiichi,  3,670,719. 
Kubo,  Moritada.  3.670.568. 
Murakami,  Yoahio;  Higashinakagawa.  Iwao;  Yasuda.  Nobuaki; 

and  Takeno,  Syozo,  3,67 1 ,3 1 2. 
Tajiri,  Hisao;  Sato,  Ituzo;  Takemura,  Yasuo;  and  Tsuji,  Shigeo. 
3.671.664. 
Toldy,  Lajos;  Borsi.  Jozsef;  Elek.  Sandor;  Elekes.  Istvan;  and  Andrasi. 
Ferenc.  to  Gyogytzerkutato  Intezet  Certain  3-2.6-dichloroplienyl-2- 
iminothiazoUdines.  3,671,537.0.  260-306.7. 
Tomashek.  James  R.:  See— 

Crowell.  Jack  R.;  Tomashek.  James  R.;  and  Ward.  Donakl  H., 
3.670.801. 
Tomimatsu.  Yoshio.  to  Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co..  Ltd.  Con- 
stant tension  controller  device  for  winder.   3.670.975.  CL  242- 
45.000. 
TomUnson.  Lee  H.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Momentum  slot  cen- 
trifugal type  separator.  3,670,479,0.  55-416.000. 
Tomomitsu,  Toshio;  and  Fujii,  Tatsuo,  to  Nippon  Kogaku  K.K.  Expo- 
sure meaauring  device.  3,671,769,0.  307-311. 
Tompkins,  Russell  E.:  See — 

Edgar,  Robert  F.;  Martzloff,  Francois  D.;  and  Tompkins,  Russell 
E.,  3,671,893. 
Tomy  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.:  See  — 

Morosawa,  Teruo,  3,670,450. 
Tonkowich.  William;  Meditz.  John  A.;  and  Vignola.  PauL  to  .Safetech. 
Inc.  Anti-theft  device  for  motor  vehicles.   3,670,836,  O.    180- 
1 14.000. 
Toray  Industries,  Inc.:  See — 


PI  42 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


iBOue.    Takehin;    Sato.    Manki;    and    Hadiicuchi.    Takeahi. 
3.671.602. 
Torach.  Charles  Edward,  to  Sylvania  Electric  Products,  Inc.  Deflection 

cystera  for  triad-beam  cathode  ray  tube.  3,67 1 ,896,  CI.  335-2 1 3. 
Tonch,  Charles  Edward,  to  GTE  Sylvania  Incorporated.  Asymmetri- 
cal-wound   toroid    yoke    cathode    ray    tube    deflection    lyttem. 
3,671.897,a.  335-213.000. 
Towell,  John  F.:  5«* — 

Heady,  Orville  E.;  Towell,  John  F.;  and  Standifer,  Richard  L.. 
3,671.199. 
Toyo  Kogyo  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

NaganalBU.  Hiroaki.  3.670.S99. 
Toyo  Soda  Maaubcturing  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Ono.  Isao;  Fukabori.  Kentaro;  and  Shimomura,  Seiichi.  3.671 ,577. 
ToyoU  Jidosha  Kofyo  Kabuahiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Kawaguchi.  Hiroahi.  3.67 1 ,080. 
Traube.  Robert  J.,  to  FMC  Corporation.  Conveyor  system.  3.670.867, 

CI.  198-38.000. 
Treadline  Fastener  Coiporation.  See— 

Beidler.  Wiffiam  F.,  3.670.794. 
Treadwell  Corporation:  See — 

Robertt.  Edward  S. .  3 ,67 1 , 1 94. 
Trent,  Paul  E.;  and  Miner,  James  E.,  to  United  States  of  America, 
Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Fibrous  carbonaceous  composites  and 
method  for  manufacturing  tame.  3,67 1,385.  CI.  162-152.000. 
Tri-lndustries.  Inc.:  See- 
Cox,  Frederick  L.;  and  Krumreich.  Jack  E.,  3,67 1 ,7 1 1 . 
Tri-Tech,  Inc.,  mesne:  See — 

Hoffmann.  CotfredO.,  3,671,841. 
Tribken.  Everett  R.;  and  Miller,  Frederic  L.,  to  United  Sutes  of  Amer- 
ica, Navy.  Pick-off.  3,671.904. CI.  336-132.000. 
Triggiani.  Leonard  V.;  and  Sanchez,  Moiaes  G..  to  Grace.  W.  R,  &  Co. 
Process  for  preparing  multi-component  nuclear  fuels.  3,67 1 ,453,  CI. 
252-301. 10s. 
Trimble,  David  Cartaw,  to  Bell  telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated. 
Per-cycle   basis  frequency   signal   receiver.    3.671.939.  CI.    340- 
171.000. 
Triple  'A'  Accessories:  See— 

Penfold.  Addison  E..  Jr..  3.670.844. 
Trochanowski,  Andrew  J.;  and  Wicks,  Steven  A.,  to  United  States  of 
America,  Navy.  Automatic  radar  detection  device.  3,671,964,  CI. 
343-l8.00e.  _ 

Trombetu,  John  J.:  See— 

Hardwick,  Peter  D.;  and  Trombetta.  John  J..  3.670.433. 
Trott.  Arthur  F.:  See— 

Oldfleld,  Andrew  H.;  and  Trott,  Arthur  F.,  3,670,460. 
Trouilhet,  Maurice  Marie  Achille,  to  Calor.  Apparatus  for  welding 

thin-sheet  plastics  materials.  3,67 1,357,  CI.  156-359.000. 
Troxler,  Franz;  and  Seemann,  Friti,  to  Sandoz  Ltd.  4-(2-Hydroxy-3- 
aminopropoxy)-9-fluorenones  and  the  salts  thereof.  3,671.587,  CI. 
260-570.700. 
Troyer.  William  J.,  to  Simpson  Industries,  Inc.  Series  type  vibration 

damper.  3,670,593,  CI.  74-574.000. 
True,  Howard  D.F.,  Jr.:  See- 
Dodge,  Gerald  Floyd,  III;  and  True,  Howard  D.F.,  Jr.,  3,670.52 1 . 
TRW  Inc.:  See— 

Briones,  Robert  A.,  3,670.570. 
Clark,  Hubert  M,  3.671.143. 
Millman.  Sidney  E.  3.67 1 ,774. 
Schulte,  Louis  T,  3,670,578. 
Tselikov,  Alexandr  Ivanovich;  Nosal,  Vsevolod  Vladimirovich;  and 
Verderevsky,    Vadim    Anatolievich,  to   Vsesojuzny   Nauchno-lss- 
ledovatelsky;  and,  Proektnokonstruktorsky  Institute  -  and  Metallur- 
gicheskogo  Mashinostroeniya.  Method  and  apparatus  for  cold  rolling 
thin  waU  pipe.  3,670,549,  CI.  72-208.000. 
Tsuboi,  Takeo:  See — 

Nishimura,  Tatsumi;  Inoue,  Tadahiko;  Tsuboi,  Takeo;  and  Kado, 
Masaru.  3.671.640. 
Tsuda.  Minoru;  Yosida.  Akio;  and  Yuki.  Takamitsu.  to  Chugai  Seiyaku 
Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Polymers  and  process  for  preparing  the  same. 
3.67 1,468,  CI.  260-2.00r. 
Tsuji,  Shigeo:  See— 

Tajtri,  Hisao;  Sato,  Ituzo;  Takemura,  Yasuo;  and  Tsuji,  Shigeo, 
3,671.664. 
Tsuji.  Toshiyuki:  See— 

Uchida.  Kozo;  and  Tsuji.  Toshiyuki.  3.67 1 ,673. 
Tsuzuki,  Yoshiro.  Method  of  water  sealing  segments.  3.67 1 ,346,  CI. 

156-145.000. 
Tubuko,  Kazuo:  See — 

Yamaguchi,    Nario;    Shimizu,    Sakae;    and    Tubuko,    Kazuo, 
3,671.235. 
Tuchohki.  Leon  A.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Vehicular  trans- 
3n  sump  system.  3.670,499,  CI.  60-54.000. 


Ji)NE20,1972 
Xmox  Corporatioa. 


-178.000.        I 
r,  and  Turton, 


Cecil 


Inc. 


;  mechanism 


Tufts,  Guy  O.;  Scamato,  Thomas  J.;  and  Peacock,  Peter  J.,  to  Interna- 
tional Harvester  Company.  Tall  crop  divider.  3,670,483,  CI.  56- 
314.000. 
Tung,  Yi:  See — 

Hall,  John  B.,  Jr.;  Tung,  Yi;  and  Winn,  Lavem  E..  3.670.890. 
Tunstall.  Wilfred:  See— 

Wegner,  Albert  Calimesa;  and  Tunstall.  Wilfred.  3.67 1 .067. 
Tunzini-Sames:  See— 

Tholome.  Roger.  3.670.961. 


Turner.  Lyman  H.;  and  Adamek.  John  A.,  to 
Cover  appwatuB.  3.671.094,0.  312-319.000. 
Turner.  William  A.  Turkey  call.  3.670.452.  Q.  46-1 
Turton.  Cecil  Nigel:  See— 

Dixon,  David  Rodney;  Roee,  John  Brewster, 
Nigel,  3,671,486. 
Tyson,  Henry  K.;  and  Wikelski,  Kari  W..  to  Dait  Industrie, 

ReaiUent  connecting  means.  3,670,630,  Q.  92- 1 29.000. 
Tyson,  Henry  K.;  and  Butler,  Albert  Q.,  to  Dart  Industries  Inc.  Poppet 

and  valve  assembly.  3,670.766,  a.  137-515.500. 
Uchida,  Atsuyoshi;  and  Miyau,  Yoahihiko,  to  Hitachi,  Ltd.  Method  at 

manufacturing  color  picture  tube.  3,670,376,  Q.  29-25. 1 70. 
Uchida,  Hiromu;  Umezono,  Akimi;  Saito,  Takao;  and  Enari,  Tautomu, 
to  Fuji  Iron  &  Steel  Co..  Ltd.  Metal  materiak  suiuMe  for  organic 
coating.  3.671,205.0.  29-195.000. 
Uchida.   Kozo;  and  Tsuji,  Toshiyuki,  to  Iwaaaki  Tsushinki  Kaisha. 
Signal  switching  circxiit  operable  in  response  to  a  voice  signal. 
3,671,673,0.  179-l.Ocv. 
Uchida,  Naoya;  Ohmachi,  Yoshiro;  Niizeki,  Nobukazu;  Miyazawa, 
Shintaro;  and  Iwaaaki,  Hiroahi,  to  Nippon  Telegraph  and  Telephone 
Public  Corporation.  Di-lead  moiybdate  uitraaonic  light  deflector. 
3,671, 103. a.  350-149.000.  I 

Uebelhart,  James  J . :  See—  I 

Mills,  Frank  J.;  Sadowski,  John  T.;  Squires,  Harwood  H.;  and 
Uebelhart,  James  J..  3,671.026.  -    i 

Ueda,  Toahimasa:  See—  I 

Inoue, TaiicM;  and  Ueda,  Toahimasa,  3,67 1 ,452.  ] 

Inoue.  Taiichi;  and  Ueda,  Toahimasa,  3,67 1 ,454. 
Ueltschi,  Odette,  to  Fritz  Gegauf  AC.  Releasabie  winding  i 

for  sewing  machines.  3,670.974,  C\.  242-22.000. 
Uesugi,  Kyozo:  See— 

Sugano,  Shigeaki;  and  Uesugi,  Kyozo.  3.671 .109. 
Uhrig.  Wilbelm,  to  Plate,  Dr.,  GmbH.  Process  and  apparatus  for  apply- 
ing adhesive  points  to  a  web  or  sheet  in  a  desired  pattern.  3,67 1 ,284. 
a.  117-21.000. 
Umezawa,  Kouji,  to  Nippon  Piston  Ring  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Piston  ring 

and  process  of  making  the  same.  3,671,047.0.  277-235.00r.| 

Umezono,  Akimi:  See—  [   -- 

Uchida,  Hiromu;  Umezono,  Akimi;  Saito.  Takao;  and  Enari,  I  su- 

tomu,  3,671.205.  , 

Union  Carbide  Corporation:  See —  I 

Johnson.  Herbert  E..  3,67 1 ,500.  I 

Johnson,  Herbert  E,  3,671,501.  ' 

McKibben,  Charies  W.;  and  Robinson,  RobertC,  3,671.0^. 

McWhirter,  John  Ruben,  3,670,887. 

Moyer,  Charles  E,  Jr.,  3,671,499. 

Pepe,  Enrico  J.;  and  Marsden,  James  G.,  3,67 1 ,562. 

Schofield,  J.  Allan;  and  Delano.  Roger  A.,  3,671 .442. 

Schofield.  J.  Allan;  and  Delano.  Roger  A..  3.67 1 .443. 

Schofield.  J.  Allan;  and  Delano.  Roger  A..  3.671,444. 

Schcfkld,  J.  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A. ,  3,67 1 ,445. 

Schofield,  J  Allan;  and  Delano,  Roger  A..  3.67 1 .446. 

Smith.  Arthur  E.,  3.67 1 .656. 

Uniroyal.  Inc.:  See — 

Van  Buskirk.  Edward  C.  3,67 1 .375. 
United  Aircraft  Corporation:  See — 
Plowman,  James  S. ,  3.67 1 , 1 39. 
Rifkin,  Ernest.  3.671,317. 
Sheldon.  Donald  E..  3,670,497. 

Thompson,  Earl  R.;  and  Lemkey,  Franklin  D.,  3,671,223. 
Yarm.  Jay  Martin,  3,670,852. 
United  Engineering  and  Foundry  Company:  See— 

Briggs,  Albert  Theodore;  and  Swisher,  Eugene  Henry,  3.6*^,551. 
Contaldo.  Joseph;  and  Pripeton,  George,  3,670,609. 
United  Kingdom  Atomic  Energy  Authority:  See- 
Williams.  Albert  Etheridge,  3,67 1 ,393. 
United  States  Ceramic  Tile  Company:  See— 

Huber.  William  W;  and  Dana.  Richard  L..  3.67 1 .6 1 8. 
United  States  of  America 
Agriculture:  See- 
Conner.  Charles  J..  3.671.178. 
Air  Force:  See— 
Anaington.  Alton  F.;  and  OXTonnor.  John  J..  3.67 1 .200 
Charleville.  Joseph  L.;  De  Tienne.  Mart  E.;  and  Lammert. 

Charles  W.  3.670.998. 
Cofben.  Leo  D.;  Kammerer.  William  T.;  and  Shepq.  Allan. 

3,671.246. 
Ezekiel.  Herbert  M.  3.671.192. 
Kroemer.  Kari  Heinrich  Eberhard.  3.670.573. 
Leger.  James  E.,  3.670.999. 
Lennert.  Andrew  E.;  Crosswy.  Frank  L.;  and  Kalb,  Henry  T., 

3,671,112. 
Lux,  Foas  Britton,  3,67 1 ,729. 
Ray,  James   D.;   Steingiser,   Samuel;   and  Cass,   Rottert  A., 

3,671,411. 
Sullivan,  Harold  G..  3.67 1 .672. 
Air  Force,  mesne:  See — 
CaidweU,  GUbert  I,  Jr.,  3,671 ,773. 
Hampel,  Daniel;  and  Lerch,  Joseph  Bryan,  3,67 1 ,783. 
"Kay,  Byron  L.;  and  Thum,  Walter  H.,  Jr.,  3,670.993. 
Army,  See — 

Beukers.  John  M.;  and  Williams.  Christian  B..  3.67 1 ,96|. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission,  mesne:  See — 


June  20. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  43 


Beaudoin.  Benoit  R.;  Cohen,  Joseph  D.;  Jones,  David  H.;  Mari- 
er,  Lester  J,  Jr.;  and  Raab,  Harry  F,  Jr..  3.671.392. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission:  See— 

Castrillon.  Jose  P.  A..  3.671.455. 

Cole,  James  K.;  Coonce,  Carroll  A.;  and  Poet,  Harokj  N., 
3.670.648. 

Heady,  Orville  E.;  Towell,  John  F.;  and  Standifer,  Richard  L., 
3,671,199. 

Trent,  Paul  E.;  and  Miner,  James  E.,  3,671,385. 
Interior  See — 

Hillman,  JuaniU  J.;  and  Horowiu,  Raymond  H.,  3,67 1 ,5 1 6. 
National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration:  See- 
Huff,  RonaM  G,  3,67 1 ,329. 
National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration:  See — 

Bement,  Laurence  J..  3,670.559. 

Davis.  John  W;  and  Belew.  Herschel  W..  Jr..  3.670.564. 

Lees.  Wayne  L. .  3 .67 1 .798.  -^ 

Light.  David  J.  3.670.563. 
National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration:  See- 
Hall.  John  B..  Jr.;  Tung.  Yi;  and  Winn,  Lavem  E..  3.670.890. 

Williams,  Jerry  O.;  and  Judd.  JoMph  H.,  3.67 1 .105. 
Navy:  See — 

Bryant.  William  W.;  and  GrofT.  Richard  T..  3.670.622. 

Clawson.  Arthur  R.;  Davis,  Neil  M.;  Wieder.  Harry  H.;  and  Col- 
lins. David  A..  3,67 1 .102. 

Cool.  Terrill  A.  3.671.882. 

Cox.  Charles  D.;  and  Liggett.  Thomas.  3.67 1 ,5 1 5. 

Devereux.  Robert  F.;  and  Caaco.  Ernest  L..  3.670.S72. 

Dierolf.  Arthur  Jack.  3.67 1 .34 1 . 

Donahue,  William  J.;  Blanchard,  David  L.;  and  Wack,  John  M., 
3.670,65|6. 

DriskeU,CariR.,  3,67 1,391. 

Edwards,  William  R.,  3,670,574. 

Esposito,  John  J.,  3,670,5 18. 

Espoeito,  John  J. ,  3 ,670,7 1 6. 

Fluhr,  Frederick  R..  3.671.966. 
-^        Ooodbody.  Richard  L,  3,671,971. 

Kaufrnan,  Martin  H.,  3,67 1 ,609. 

Kizilos,  Apostolos  P.,  3.670.994. 

Kuyper.  WiUiam,  3.670.623. 

Mackin.  Arthur  S..  3.67 1 .096. 

Masek.  Roland  C.  3.67 1 .801 . 

Murphree.  Francis  J..  3.67 1 .657. 

Paraskewik.  William.  3.670.620. 

Passamante.  Anthony  P..  3.67 1 .796. 

Rabcnhorst.  David  W  ;  and  Darnell.  Kenneth  E.,  3,671,965. 

Shapiro,  Sidney;  and  Longacre,  Andrew,  Jr.,  3,671,848. 

Stallings,  Leon;  Devine,  Martin  J.;  Maerker,  Gerhard;  and 
Eisner,  Abner,  3,671,431. 

Szumila,  Anthony  D.;  Zimnoch,  Joseph  J.;  Bechtel,  John  D.;  and 
Steinberg,  Harvey  M.,  3,67 1 ,865. 

Tribken,  Everett  R.;  and  MUler,  Frederic  L..  3.67 1 ,904. 

Trochanowski,  Andrew  J.;  and  Wicks.  Steven  A..  3.67 1 .964. 
Navy,  mesne:  See — 

Evans,  Robert  W.,  3,670,657. 

FischeU,  Robert  E.,  3,671,286. 

Lindberg,  Frank  A..  3,670,396. 

Lunt,  WUbur  B.;  and  Haskell,  Robert  A..  3,670,653. 

Schwarz,  Hans  G,  3,67 1 .867. 
United  States  Pipe  and  Foundry  Company:  See — 

De  Vos.  Jacques,  3,670,800. 
United  States  Steel  Corporation:  See— 
Ashworth,  James  E..  3.67 1 .062. 

Hamilton,  Colin  B.;  and  Dies.  Edward  J..  Jr..  3.67 1 .407. 
Hofinann,  Gottfried;  and  Stull.  James  T..  3,670,804. 
Patterson,  Robert  W.,  3,670,695. 
Rudolph,  Ralph  G.,  3.670.57 1 . 
Universal  Instruments  Corporation:  See — 

Ackennan.  Daniel  Whitney,  3,670,784. 
Universal  Oil  Products  Company:  See — 

Gatsis,  John  G,  3,671,418. 
University  of  Connecticut:  See — 
Mundkur,  Balaji,  3.67 1 .754. 
Upchurch.    Thomas    B..   Jr.    Ship    mounted   ice    breaking   system. 

3.670,681,0.  114-40.000. 
Upjohn  Company,  The:  See— 

Argoudelis,  Alexander  D.;  and  Coats.  John  H..  3.67 1 ,647. 
Sebek,  Oldrich  K.,  and  Meyer,  Curtis  E.,  3,67 1 ,628. 
Wright,  John  B,  3,67 1.528. 
U.S.  Philips  Corporation:  See— 

Aagaard.  Einar  Andreas,  3,671 ,946. 

Daniels,  Hendricus  Petrus  Cornells;  Van  Der  Ven.  Theodorus 

Johannes;  and  Tates.  Hans  Gerard  Karel.  3.670.394. 
Gibson.  Rodney  William.  3.67 1 ,887. 
Groh,  Gunther,  3,67 1 , 1 06. 
Hardtl.  Karl  Heinz.  3.671,765. 
Hovius,  Eerenst  Frans,  3,67 1 ,755. 

Kuiper,  Wilhelmus  Gerardus:  and  Klaassen,  Anne,  3,671 ,880. 
MitcheU,  Richard  Frank,  3.671.784. 

Peloschek,  Hans  Peter;  and  Perduijn.  David  Jacob.  3.67 1 .436. 
Perilhou.  Jean  Robert;  and  Auphan,  Michel  Joseph.  3.670.715. 
Pless.Uwe,  3.671,437. 

Sangster,  Frederik  Leonard  Johan,  3 .67 1 .77 1 .  ^ 
Van  Den  Plassche.  Rudy  Johan.  3.671,877. 
Zegers,  Eduard;  and  Snijders,  Wilfred  Andre  Maria,  3.671.864. 


USM  Corporation:  See — 

Meyer.  Engelbert  A..  3.670.368. 
Usui,  Yoshito;  Shiojima,  Kenji;  and  Hatakeyaroa,  Toshikatsu,  to  Mat- 
sushita Electric  Works,  Ltd.  Small  type  electro-magnetic  contactor. 
3,671,891,0.335-126.000. 
Utsunomiya,  Jitsuo.  Method  of  making  artificial  hair  pieces.  3.670,74 1 , 

O.J  32-5.000. 
Valantin.  Alfi^.  to  Charbonnages  de  France.  Device  for  driving  a 

shaft  in  rotation.  3.670.627. 0.  91-167. 
Vald  Henriksen  A/S:  See- 
Nielsen,  Hans,  3,670.532. 
Valspar  Corporation.  The:  See— 

Heiss.  Frederick  H.;  and  Lindblom.  Carl  E.,  3,670,785. 
Van  Beusekom,  Philip  C,  to  Minnesota  Mining  and  Manufacturing 
Company.  Pre-sensitized  color  proofing  sheet.  3,671,236,  O.  96- 
15.000. 
Van  Buskirk,  Edward  C,  to  Uniroyal.  Inc.  Leather-like  three  layer 

laminate.  3.671.375.0.  161-159.000. 
Van  Den  Plassche.  Rudy  Johan,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Push-pull 

amplifier.  3,671,877,0.  330-30.00d. 
Van  Der  Ven,  Theodorus  Johannes:  See — 

Daniels,  Hendricus  Petrus  Comelis;  Van  Der  Ven,  Theodorus 
Johannes;  and  Tates,  Hans  Gerard  Karel,  3,670,394. 
Van  Der  Wijden.  Franciacus  Theodorus  Maria,  to  Werf  Conrad  en 
Stork  Hijsch  N.V.  and  Nederlandache  Maatschappij  voor  Werken 
Buitengaats.  Drilling  apparatus.  3.670.830. 0.  175-52.000. 
Van  Dyke,  John  William,  Jr.;  and  Van  Laecke,  Margaret  Jo,  to  Miles 
Laboratories,      Inc.      Certain      substituted       1 ,3-bisdilower-      al- 
kylaminoethoxy-indans.  3,671.530.0.  260-29S.OOf. 
Van  Hoose.  William  E.  Torque  limiting  wrench.  3,670,602,  Q.  81- 

52.400. 
Van  Horn.  Russell  F.  Segmental  friction  member  for  brake  or  clutch. 

3.670.858.0.  192-107.00r. 
Van  Laecke.  Margaret  Jo:  See — 

Van  Dyke.  John  William,  Jr.;  and  Van  Laecke,  Margaret  Jo, 
3.671.530. 
Van  Sciver.  Herbert  D.,  U:  See— 

Mattia,  Michael;  and  Van  Sciver,  Herbert  D.,  D,  3,67 1 ,406. 
Van  Wassenhove,  Sarfien  V.  Rear  view  mirror  attachment.  3,671.1 10. 

CI.  350-307.000. 
Van  Westrenen.  William  J.,  to  Shell  Oil  Company.  Water-thinnable 
condensation  products  and  their  use  as  paint  binders.  3,67 1 ,474, 0. 
260-20.000. 
Vanderberg,  Lawrence  J.:. See — 

Jania,  Zbigniew  J.;  and  Vanderberg.  Lawrence  J..  3.671 ,08 1. 
Vanderbilt,  R.  T.,  Company.  Inc.:  See — 

Carlson.  Bernard  C.;  and  Hutchins.  Francis  E..  3.67 1 ,634. 
Vanorsdel,  John  R.:  See— 

Mc  Intire,  Hoy  C;  and  Vanorsdel,  John  R.,  3.671 .228. 
Vaughn.  Robert  S.:  See— 

Laucks.  F.  Michael;  and  Vaughn,  Robert  S.,  3,67 1 , 1 47. 
Veamcombe,  Richard  Frank:  See — 

Moore,  Arthur  Ivan  Walter;  Porter,  John  Howard;  Veamcombe, 
Richard  Frank;  and  Reiher,  Edward  Kari,  3,670.380. 
VEB  Jenapharm:  See— 

TeichmuUer,  Gerhard;  Bamikol-Oettler,  Kurt;  and  Hartmann, 
Werner.  3,671.555. 
Velsicol  Chemical  Corporation:  See — 

Bellsmith.  Travis  L.;  and  Fiekls.  Richard  W..  3.671,215. 
Krenzer,  John.  3.67 1 .538. 
Suzuki,  Henry  K.,  3,671,595. 
Venuti,  Richard  Joseph;  Golner,  Jerold  Julius;  and  D'Amato,  Anthony 

Salvatore.  Egg  carton.  3,670,952,0.  229-44.00r. 
Verderevsky,  Vadim  AnatoUevich:  See — 

Tselikov,  Alexandr  Ivanovich;  Nosal,  Vsevolod  Vladimirovich; 
and  Verderevsky,  Vadim  Anatolievich,  3,670,549. 
Vereinigt  Osterreichesche  Eisen-und  Stahlwerke  Aktiengesellschaft: 
See- 
SchofiFmann,  Rudolf.  3.670.381. 
Victor  Company  of  Japan.  Limited:  See — 

Kanno,  Satoshi,  3.671,837. 
Victor  Company  of  Japan,  Ltd.:  See — 

Kosaka,  Yoshiteni,  3,671,665. 
Vieson,  John  W.;  and  Baker,  William  A.,  to  Jones,  R.  A.,  &.  Co.,  Inc 

Bag  packer.  3,670,474,0.  53-55.000. 
Vignola,  Paul:  See — 

Tonkowich,    William;    Meditz,    John    A.;    and    Vignola,    Paid, 
3,670,836. 
Villalba,  Fred  A,  Jr.  Food  mold.  3,67 1,008, 0.  249-155.000. 
Villanueva,  Jesus  T.:  See— 

Villanueva,  Juan  T.;  and  Villanueva,  Jesus T..  3.670.366. 
Villanueva.  Juan  T.;  and  Villanueva,  Jesus  T.  Automatic  stripping 
machine  for  abaca  and  aUied  fiber  bearing  plants.  3.670.366. 0.  19- 
12.000. 
Vischiani.  Giuseppe,  to  Sobrevin  Soc.  de  Brevets  Industriels,  Firma. 
Delivery  device  for  threads  on  weaving  machines,  knitting  machines, 
or  the  like.  3.670.976. 0.  242-47. 1 20. 
Vockenhuber,  Karl;  and:  See — 

Pammer,  Gottfried;  and  Krob,  Erwin,  3,670,990. 
Voelker,  Waher  D.:  See— 

Greenberg,  Walter  H.;  and  Voelker,  Waher  D..  3,671,159. 
Vogel,  Leo  G.,  to  Campbell  Soup  Company.  Apparatus  for  coating 
food  articles.  3,670,694, 0.  1 1 8-24.000.    *' 


899  O.G. 


^6 


PI  44 


USTOFPA' 


.TENTEES 


June  20, 


Vo«l  R«»ph  A.;  Md  Mo«,  HmoW  S..  to  E«ex  Intemrtion^.  Inc. 
Method  and  appmtui  for  nphontng  moher  meul  to  «  continuout 
c«tinim«chiMr3.670.799.Cl.  164^3.000. 

Voith  Getriebe  KO:  See— 

Dick.  Heinrich.  3.671,814. 
Volkmann,  Werner  K.:  See—  ,  ^^i  o'** 

KoUtoiowkz.  Edwin  E.;  and  Volkmann.  Werner  K.,  3,67 1 ,836. 

Volkiwttenwerk  AKO:  See— 

Klebba,  Horn.  3.670,536. 
Von  Bodungen.  George  A.:  See—  *    ,  *-.i  aao 

Meredith.  Curtis  L.;  and  Von  Bodungen.  George  A..  3.67 1 .608. 
von  Konig.  Anita:  See —  „      .        »    i. 

Liebe,    Werner;    Peteraen,   Siegfried:    and    von    Konig.    Anita. 

3,671,242. 
Von  Rintelen,  HtrtW:  S«e—  . 

Neumann.  Wottmm;  MuUer,  Gerhard;  Ranz.  Erwin;  Von  Ruiteten. 
Hanid;  and  Schutz,  Heinz  Dieter.  3.67 1 .2S2. 
Von  RoU  AG:  See— 

Schurch,  Eugen.  3,670,659. 
Vorona. David Solomooovich:  Ser—  ^    .j  -  .  u 

Moravaky.  Vladialav  Eduardovich;  Vorona.  David  SolomonovKn; 
and  Shinkarenko.  Boris  Pavlovich,  3,67 1 ,708. 
Vowles.  Colin:  See—  .       .     .  „      ..       w 

Gfovcs.  Sydney  L.;  Kuchta.  Frank  J.;  Lewis,  J.  Stephen;  Maurer. 
Donald  J.;  May,  Richard  L.;  Ryan,  John  W.;  and  Vowles.  Cohn. 
3,670,451. 
Vie«)Juzny  Nauchno-tatedovatetaky;  and:  See—  .„  ,.    .      .  . 

TseUkov,  Alezandr  Ivanovich;  Noaal,  VsevokxJ  VladumrovKh; 
and  Vetderevsky,  Vadim  Anatolievich,  3.670.549. 
Wack.  John  M:  See—  ^  »»,..,  u     »* 

Donahue,  WiDiain  J.;  Blanchard,  David  L.;  and  Wack.  John  M.. 

3.670.656. 
Wacker-Chemie0.ra.b.H.:See- 

Maniritz.  Heinrich;  and  Nitzache.  Siegfried.  3,67 1 ,485. 
Wada.  Kimihiro:  See— 

Mukai,  Hideo;  and  Wada,  Kimihiro,  3,670,980. 
Wada,  Tadashi;  and  Itoh.  Kunio.  to  Shinetsu  Chemical  Comp^. 
Heat-curable  elastomeric  silicone  compositions.  3.67 1 .480.  CI.  260- 
29.1sb. 
Wada.  Takeshi:  See—  ^  ...»...= 

Oshima.  Teruo;  Wada.  Takeshi;  Nagase.  Tsuneyuki;  Maauko.  Fu- 
jio;  Hirooka,  Maaaaki;  and  Taniguchi,  Isoji,  3,67 1 ,506. 
Wagner,  John:  See—  ..       r.      w       i 

Untomo,  James  F.;  Wagner.  John;  and  Schumacher.  Stephen  J.. 

3.671.920.  .    .  r>      . 

Wahlstrom.  P.  Borje;  and  Adamson.  J.  Eric,  to  Johnson.  A.  &  Co..  Inc. 
Apparatus  for  transferring  a  web  from  the  forming  section  to  the 
press  section  in  a  papermaking  machine.  3.671,389,  CI.  162- 
306.000.  ...  ^    .         ^ 

Wait,  John  D..  Jr.,  to  CaterpUlar  Tractor  Co.  Heatmg  and  •^o^' 
tioning  system   for  construction  equipment.   3.670.808.  CI.    165- 
42.000. 
Walander.  Karl  Ove  Torgny:  See—  ,  ^,„  „«, 

Fonden,  Per  Boije;  and  Walander.  Karl  Ove  Torgny,  3,670,997. 
Walker,  Robert  C:  See-  ^  ^.    ,.     ^  _.       , 

Crosby,  Nobel  W.;  Walker,  Robert  C,  and  CUrke,  Gordon  J.. 
3,670,372. 
Walker  Robert  H.  Method  and  apparatus  for  manufactunng  tumbling 

medii.  3,670,467,  CI.  51-298.000.  .    ^      ,.•       * 

Wallace,  Bruce  Alden.  to  Pullman  Incorporated.  Crackmg  fumi^ 
having  thin,  straight  single  pass  reaction  tubes.  3,671,198,  CI.  23- 

277.000.  ^  .        .r,  TV 

Walle,  Leonard  A.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  1.,  and  Company.  Itier- 

mosettine  acrylic  enamel  containing  minor  amountt  of  cellulose 

aceute  butyrate.  3,67 1,293,  CI.  1 17-74.000. 
Walaer,  Armin:  See—  ^    ..,  ,  a 

HeUerbach,    Joseph;    Szente,    Andre;    and    Waber,     Armin, 

3,671,518. 
Walsh.  James  L:  See—  ,,.,,, 

Maley.  Gerald  A.;  and  Walsh.  James  L..  3,67 1,763. 

Maley.  Gerald  A.;  and  Walsh.  James  L..  3.67 1 .764. 
Walter  &  Kidde  Company.  Inc.:  See— 

Hazlewood.  Lewis  F..  3.670.735. 

Walter.  Frederick  L.:  See- 
Brown.  Carl  A.;  and  Walter.  Fredenck  L.  3.670.889. 

Waltermire.  Clayton  L..  to  International  Telephone  and  Telegraph 
Corporation.  Fast  warm-up  indirectly  heated  cathode  structure. 
3.67 1.792,  CI.  313-337.000.  ,  ^,n  «««   r^ 

Walten,  William  D.  Buoyancy  adjustment  back  pack.  3,670,509,  CI. 
61-69.000. 

Wahher. EmU: See—  ^    ..  ,  ^,.  ,«^ 

Graasmann,  Hans-Christian;  and  Wahher,  Emil,  3,67 1 ,704. 

Ward,  Donald  H.:  See—  ^  „,  _^    ,v_     .^  u 

CroweQ,  Jack  R.;  Tomashek,  James  R.;  and  Ward,  Donald  H., 

3,670,801.  .       ,  ,    . 

Warman.  Chariet  Harold,  to  Warman  Equipment  International  Ltd., 

mesne.  Froth  pump.  3,67 1 , 1 35,  CI.  4 1  S-S3.000. 

Warman  Equipment  International  Ltd.,  mesne:  See — 

Warman,  Charles  Harold,  3,67 1 , 1 33. 
Warner  A  Swasey  Company,  The:  See— 

Dragisich,  Myron,  3,670,487. 

Drafinch.  Myron.  3.670,978. 
Waraer-Laaibeft Company: See—  ,  ^-.  ... 

Mehzer,  Robert  I.;  and  Wittekind.  Raymond  R..  3,67 1 .544. 


1972 


T 


Warren  Petroleum  Corporation:  See-  ,  ^,,  ^- 

Potter,  Jack  D:  and  Reama,  Bernard  W..  3.67 1 ,692. 

Warwick  Electronica  Inc.:  See— 
Bara,  Edward  S..  3,67 1.045. 

Forter  Willy;  Henrard.  Armand;  Kehrer,  Fritz;  Keller.  Ura  Martin; 
and  Waaem.Hana.  3.671.514. 
Waao  Limited:  See— 

Wehon,  Derek  Edwin.  3,670,459. 
Waasem.  Howard  M:  See—  ,^-..,^.4 

Kvalheim,  Andrew  M.;  and  Waaaem,  Howard  M.,  3.67 1,36? . 
Watanabe.  Kazutaka.  to  Yokogawa  Electric  Works,  Ltd.  Pulae  trans- 
mitting and  receiving  systems.  3.671,671,0.  178-68.000. 
Watanabe,  Shinro:  See— 

Marumo.   Hideo;   Ninomiya.   Morio;   and   Watanabe,  Shinro, 

3.671.504.  .       „        n_^    ^ 

Wataon  Edward  J.;  and  LaBar,  Dale  H.,  to  AmerKan  Home  Products 
Corporation.    Piocess    for    the    preparation    oT   2-«ib«tituled- 1 ,3- 
cyclopentanediones.  3.671.589.0.  26O-586.00r. 
Wataon,  Marshall  T:  See—  ,.,«.. 

Jackaon.  Winston  J..  Jr.;  and  Wataon,  ManhaO  T.,  3,670,41 

Wataon.  Richard  J:  See—  ,.,..,« 

Sink,  James  A.,  Jr.;  and  Wataoo.  Richard  J.,  3,67 1 , 1 70. 

Watton.  John  F.:  See—  • 

Rynu,  Edward  F..  Jr.;  Janowak.  John  F.;  and  Watton.  John  F.. 

3.670.558. 
Wattt.  Wilfred  Thomas:  See-  „,..*.  .♦v- 

Morley.  Frederick  WiJUam  Walton;  and  Watta.  Wilfred  thomai. 

Weaner.Edward.  Eyelash  applicator.  3.670.742.0.  132-88.70J). 
Weather  Control  Shutters,  Inc.:  See—  | 

Saasano,  John  H.  3.670.797.  I 

Weaver,  Leonard  Wheekxk.  to  Bird  A  Son,  inc.  PlaatK  gutte*  expan- 
sion joint  coiwtniction.  3,670,505,0.61-14.000. 

Webb.  Charles C:  See—  _    ..,.,.. 

Cover.  Uoyd  W,  Jr.;  and  Webb,  ChartesC,  3,671,365. 

Webb,  Do*  Eufcne:  See— 

Federline\Richard  G.,  3,670,443. 

Webber,  HaroU  H.:  See- 
Brown,  Perry  H;  and  Webber.  Harold  H,  3.670.485. 

Weber  Edwin  J.,  to  Black  and  Decker  Manufacturing  Company,  The. 

Coupling  for  tool  element.  3,670,4 13,0.  30-276.000. 
Weber   Hans  B.;  and  Brown,  Joaeph,  to  Midland-Roas  Corporation. 

Dam'peaedraihway  car  truck.  3,670,660,0.  105-171.000. 
Weber    Heiiu,  to  Telesco  Brophey  Limited.  Handle  for  umbreUa. 

3,670,748,0.  135-20.000.  .   .,    w  ^    #   ^ 

Weber  Roger  L.,  to  Texas  Instruments,  Incorporated.  Method  of  ad- 

iustins  inductive  devices.  3,670,406. 0.  29-593.000. 
Weeks,  Francis  G.  Ski  edge  sharpener.  3,670,601,0.  76-83.000. 
Wegmar.  Per  Augustin:  See—  . 

Andenaon.  Ake  Paul;  and  Wegmar,  Per  Augustm.  3,67 1 .050. 
Wegner   Albert  Calimesa;  and  Tunstall.  Wilfred.  Multi-purpose  key 

ringtoolanddoorlock.  3,671.067,0.  292-292.     ,^,^^^^  ^  ^, 
Wehmeyer,  Thomas  R.  Fish  hook  locator-extractor.  3,670.441, 0.  43- 

Weieis  Merle  E.  Die  casting  plungers.  3.670,805,0.  164-312.000. 
Weiler    Ernest  A.,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Two  step  orbital  pad 

development.  3,670.701,0.  1 18-637.000. 
Weinberger.  George  W.:  See—  ■ 

Bogaerts.  Leo  C;  and  Weinberger.  George  W..  3.670.584 
Weinstein,  Bernard:  See— 

Corey.  Garland  G;  and  Weimtein,  Bernard,  3,671,439. 
WeiRttock  Marcel,  to  Hoftnann-La  Roche  Inc.  Process  for  preparing 

vitamin  A  esters.  3,67 1 ,575. 0.  260-49 1 .000. 
Weir,  Samuel  R.,  to  Engelhard  Minerals  &.  Chemicals  Corporation. 

Method  for  concentrating  slimed  minerals.   3,t70,883,  O.  209- 

5.000. 
Weisbach.  Jerry  A.:  See—  ,.,.,„ 

Pfeiffer,  Francis  R.;  and  Weisbach,  Jerry  A.,  3,67 1 ,557. 
Pfeiffer,  Francis  R.;  and  Weisbach,  Jerry  A.,  3,67 1 ,563. 
Weischedel,  Herbert  Rudolf;  and  Westerman,  George  Raymond,  to 

Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated.  Dual-output  regulated 

switehfcg  power  supply.  3,671,853,0.  323-17.000.  ^  ^      ,. 
Weiasmam;  Joel,  to  Kirtcham  &  McDougall,  Inc.  Cube  calendar. 

3,670,436,0.40-107.000. 
Welch,  VergU  B.,  Jr.,  to  Grace,  W.  R.,  &  Co.  Magnetically  aecuraWe 

printiiMplate.  3,670,646.0.  10l-382.0mv. 
Wellhauaen.  Heinz,  to  BUupunkt-Werke  GmbH.  Tuning  qntem  for 

communication  recdvera  storing  P«<»«e™»n?*,lH?^^eS;j**°*" 

yS  the  receiver  frequency  band.  3,67 1 ,870,  Q.  325-*f0.000. 

^""L^Twuiiii  D^^FeU,  Ferol  S.;  and  Welh,  Bernard  L.,  3,670.590. 
Welsh,  Clarke  T.;  and  Brumett.  BiUy  M.   Self-cleaning  air  filter. 

3,670.478.0.55-242.  ^      ...     ^    w    ^ 

Welton  Derek  Edwin,  to  Waao  Limited.  Combined  abradmg.  scraping 

andiiokingimplenient  3.670,459. a.  51-181.00r. 
Wenzel.  Werner,  and  Penning.  Hmm.  to  RheiniKhe  Braunkohlenwerke 

AG.  Pluidoing  bed  coking  method  at  brown  coal.  3,671,402.  O. 

201-15.000. 
WerfConr^l  en  Stock  HijschN.V^See-  ,  *,«  «vi 

Van  Der  Wiiden,  Franoacua  Theodorus  Mana,  3,670,830. 
Werft,AuguatR.  Vehicle.  3,67 1.051,  a.  280- 11.  let 
Weachler.  Milton  E.  Battery-pintle  aaaembly  far  a  wrirt  watch. 

3,670.491,0.  58-23.0ba. 


June  20, 1972 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  45 


Weatendorp,  WiUem  F.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Shielded  induc- 
tive device.  3,67 1 .902. 0.  336-84.000. 
Westerman,  George  Raymond:  See— 

Weiachedel.  Herbert  Rudolf,  and  Westerman,  George  Raymond. 
3,671.833 
Western  Electric  Company,  Incorporated:  See — 

CampbeU,  Douglas  E.;  and  Harris.  Richard  A.,  3,67 1 ,243. 
Western  Geophyaica]  Company  of  America:  See— 
Holzman,  Mark,  3,67 1 ,932. 
Mateker,  EmU  J.,  Jr.,  3,67 1 ,930. 
SavitCariH.  3.670.839. 
Wesringhouse  Air  Brake  Company:  See — 
Buckeridge,  Roger  M.,  3.671,834. 
Catbo,  Jerry  A.;  and  Grady,  Dennis  P.,  3,670,477. 
Scott.  DuielG,  3.671,086. 
Westinghouae  BrcflMen-und  Apparatebau  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

PekrwI.  Ewald.  3 .67 1 .087 . 
Westingbouse  Electric  Corporatioa:  See- 
Baker.  Donal  E..  3.67 1 ,844. 
Bozaaic,  Donald  A.;  Mergerian,  Dickron;  and  Minarik.  Ronald 

W..  3.671,855. 
Eaton.  Bruce  G..  deceased.  3.67 1 ,892. 
Gcf&en,  John  H.,  3,67 1 .828. 
Kruper.  Andrew  P.,  3.67 1 .830. 
Michael,  Jacob  F..  3,670,377. 
Pavlik.  Norman  M.  3,67 1 .335. 
Sandler,  Yehuda  L.,  3,671 ,323. 
Swanson,  John  G.  3.67 1 .8 19. 
Westlake.  Edward  B.,  Jr.  Apparattu  and  method  of  making  round  bot- 
tom   plastic   liner*   for   shipping  containers.    3.671.349,  O.    156- 
229.000. 
Westlake.  Edward  B..  Jr.  Method  of  producing  a  plastic  shopping  bag. 

3.671,350,0.  156-250.000. 
Westphal,  Kurt;  Meiser,  Werner;  Fue,  Ludwig;  and  Hack,  Helmuth,  to 
Farbenfabriken     Bayer     Aktiengeaellschaft.     Herbicidal     agents. 
3,671.323.0.  260-248.0as. 
Wettvaco  Corporation:  See- 
Hill.  D  Brian  R  ,  3.670,643. 
Maynard.  Maurice  J.,  3.67 1 .298. 
Wheatley.  Carl  Franklin.  Jr.:  See— 

Wittlinger.  Harold  Allen;  Wheatley.  Carl  Franklin.  Jr.;  and  Knapp. 
RusseU  Daniel.  3,671,782. 
Wheeler.  Daniel  B.  Weedless  hook  and  lure.  3.670,446. 0.  43-42. 190. 
Whelan,  James  E.:  See — 

Jackson.  George  W;  and  Whelan,  James  E,  3.67 1 . 1 50. 
Whitaker.  Robert  B.:  See- 
Taylor,  Floyd  R.;  and  Whitaker,  Robert  B.,  3,67 1 ,04 1 . 
White.  Abram  L.:  See— 

Nothum.  Andrew;  Thomas.  Billy  W.;  and  White.  Abram  L., 
3,670.533. 
White,  Brian  Graham,  to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited.  Her- 
bicidal compositions.  3.671,213,0.  71-94.000. 
White.  ChariesH.See- 

Knudson.  Louis  I.;  Frink.  Richard  C;  and  White.  Charles  H.. 
3.671.788. 
White.  James  E.;  and  Oberhart.  George  S.,  to  Day,  Albert  J.,  mesne. 

Encoded  card  readout  system.  3,67 1 ,720, 0.  235-6 1 . 1  Ic. 
White  Lily  Foods  Company,  The,  mesne:  See— 

Drews,  Harvey  J.;  and  Raffensperger,  Stanley  P.,  3,671 ,264. 
White,  Norman  S..  to  Sampson  Corporation,  The.  Liquid  medicine  ap- 
plicator. 3,670,730,0.  128-222.000. 
Whitmore,  Thomas  C;  and  Cuimingham,  Robert  G.,  to  Eastman 
Kodak  Company.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for  applying  an  electrical 
charge  to  a  moving  sheet  of  flexible  material.  3,671,806,  O.  317- 
2.00r. 
Wicker,  Ralph  C,  to  Carlson,  Chesley  F.,  Company.  Lithoovphic 
cok>r  analyzer  using  interference  magnification.  3,671,131, 0.  356- 
175.000. 
Wicks,  Steven  A.:  See— 

Trochanowski,  Andrew  J.;  and  Wicks,  Steven  A.,  3,67 1 ,964. 
Wideband  Jewelry  Corporation:  See — 

Korwin,  Irving,  3,670.524. 
Widstrand,  John  C,  to  Marathon  Electric  Manufacturing  Corporation. 

Low-shaft,  low-profile  electric  motor.  3,671,790,0.  310-216.000. 
Wiecbert.  Rudolf,  to  Schering  Aktiengesellschaft  20,20-Ethylene-21- 

oxosteroids.  3,671,334,0.  260-397.300. 
Wieck.  Karl,  to  S  U  P  F  I  N  A.  Bearing,  particularly  for  the  driving 

means  of  an  osciUating  tool.  3,671,093,0.  308-183.000. 
Wiedeking,  Elmar,  to  Bodenaeewerk  Perkin-Elmer  A  Co.,  GmbH.  Gra- 
phite tube  spectroscopy  sample  cell  including  illumination  and  ob- 
servation structure.  3,671,129,0.  356-85.000. 
Wieder,  Harry  H:  See— 

CUwaon.  Arthur  R.;  Davis.  NeU  M.;  Wieder.  Harry  H.;  and  Col- 
lins, David  A.  3,67 1 ,102. 
Wiener  Metallwaren&brik  Smolka  and  Company:  See— 

Sfflolka,  Thomas  G.,  3,67 1 ,033. 
Wieae,  Herbert  K.;  and  Burton,  Paul  E.,  to  Eaao  Research  and  En- 
gineering Company.   Process  for  Cwming  carbonyl   compounds. 
3,671.590,0.260-593. 
Wikelski.  Kari  W.:  See— 

Tyson.  Henry  K.;  and  Wikehki.  Kari  W..  3.670.630. 
Wilcox,  Ruasell  E.,  to  Texas  Instruments,  Incorporated.  Pane!  board 
system  and  components  thereof  with  connector  and  integrated  cir- 
cuit device.  3,671,813,0.  317-1 18.000. 


Wiley,  James  Henry:  See— 

Sheth,    Prabhakar   Ranchhordaa;    and    Wiley,   James    Henry, 
3.671,633. 
Wilke,DennkP.:See— 

Fuchs,  Richard  C;  Sukow,  Daniel  L.;  and  Wilke,  Dennis  P.. 
3,671,785. 
Wilkens,  Heinrich:  See— 

Bonnann,  Geriiaid;  Gmunder,  John;  and  Wilkem,  Heimicfa, 
3,671,541. 
Wilkes,   Dotiald  F.,  to  Rotamite,  Incorporated.  Cyclic  apparatus. 

3,670,379,0.  74-63.000. 
Wilkes,  Donald  F. ,  to  Rolamite,  Incorporated.  Ski  bindinga-  3,67 1 ,052. 

O.  280-1 1.35t. 
Willard,  Richard  H.:  See— 

Rovin,  Herman;  Cobb,  James  W.;  Opuszenski,  Theodore;  Willard, 
Richard    H.;   Rigat,    Raymond,   Jr.;   and   Pelbcano,   Joaeph, 
3,670,675. 
Williams,    Albert    Etheridge,   to   United    Kingdom   Atomic   Energy 
Authority.   Nuclear  reactor  fuel  elementt.   3,671,393,  O.    176- 
73.000. 
Williams,  Arthur  M.,  Jr.:  See- 
Winter,  Henry  A.,  Jr.;  Willianu,  Arthur  M.,  Jr.;  and  Foas,  Richard 
L,  3.670,831. 
Williams,  Christian  B.:  See— 

Beukers,  John  M.;  and  Wilhams,  Christian  B.,  3,67 1 ,968. 
WiUiams,  Edgar  E.:  See- 
Cory,  Victor  W.;  Williams,  Edgar  E.;  and  Howard,  Robert  J.. 
3,670,702. 
Williams  Gun  Sight  Co.:  See- 
Williams,  Paul  D.,  3,67 1 ,000. 
Williams.  Jerry  G.;  and  Judd,  Joaeph  H.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America, 
National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration.  Li^t  regulator. 
3,671,105,0.350-161.000. 
Williams,  Paul  D.,  to  Williams  Gun  Sight  Co.  Sight-thru  telescopic  sight 

mount.  3.671,000,0.  248-205.00r. 
Williams,  Peter  R.:  See— 

Kegelman,  Thomas  D.;  and  Williams,  Peter  R.,  3,67 1 ,956. 
Kegebnan,  Thomas  D.;  and  Williams,  Peter  R.,  3,67 1 ,957. 
Williams,  Roy  L.:  See- 
Laird,  WiUiam  Burton;  WiUiams,  Roy  L.;  and  Muska,  Allen  V., 
3,671,022. 
Williams,  Warren  C:  See— 

Krick,  David  M.;  Kohz,  Lawrence  D.;  and  Williams,  Warren  C, 
3,670,802. 
Williamson,  William  A.,  to  Clark  Equipment  Company.  Inflauble  fluid 

pad  with  shut-off  valve.  3,670,838, 0.  180-124.000. 
Williard,  Barbara  Aim:  See — 

WiUiard,  Elwood  C;  and  Williard,  Barbara  Ann,  3,670,879. 
Williard,  Dwood  C;  and  Williard,  Barbara  Ann.  Package  sleeve. 

3,670,879.0.  206-65.00d. 
Willinger,  Allan  H.,  to  Metaframe  Corporation.  Priming  device  for  a 

siphon.  3,670,758,0.  137-150.000. 
Wilson,  Raymond  F.:  See- 
Peck,  Reese  A.;  and  Wilson,  Raymond  F.,  3,671,421. 
Wilson,  Raymond  F.;  Peck,  Reese  A. ;  and  Guptill,  Frank  E.,  Jr.,  to  Tex- 
aco Inc.  Conversion  of  heavy  petroleum  oils.  3,671,420,  CI.  208- 
61.000. 
Wimpffen,  George  I.:  See— 

Dominick,  George  G.;  Sciacero,  Rinaldo;  Wimpffen,  George  I.; 
and  Kardoa.  Theodore  L.,  3,670,953. 
Windel,  Hermann:  See — 

Koenig,  Kari-Heinz;  Steinbrunn,  Gusuv;  Windel,  Hermann;  and 
Fischer,  Adolf,  3,671,571. 
Windemuth,  Kenneth  C.  Boat  transport  device.  3,671,056,  O.  280- 

47.320. 
Wing,  Douglas  J.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Brake  fluid  level 

sensor.  3,671,695,0.  200-84.00r. 
Winn,  Lavem  E.:  See — 

Hail,  John  B.,  Jr.;  Tung,  Yi;  and  Winn,  Lavem  E.,  3,670,890. 
Winston,  Eric;  and  Jacobs,  Herbert  V.,  to  Jacobs  Machine  Corpora- 
tion. Button  feed  device.  3,670.673,0.  112-113.000. 
Winstrom,  Leon  O.:  See- 
Murray,  Edward  J.;  and  Winstrom,  Leon  O.,  3,671 ,588. 
Wintenberger,  Michel  Georges:  See — 

Ferber,    Martin    Emile;    and    Wintenberger,    Michel    Georges, 
3,671.229. 
Winter.  Henry  A..  Jr.;  Williams,  Arthur  M.,  Jr.;  and  Foas,  Richard  L., 
to  Smith  International  Inc.  Earth  drilling  apparatus.  3,670,831,  O. 
175-52.000. 
Wirtz,  Edward  A.:  See- 
Borer,  Herbert  W.;  Cryder,  John  R.;  and  Wirtz,  Edward  A., 
3,670,628. 
Wisconsin  Alumni  Research  Foundation:  See — 

Sih,  Charles  J.  3,67 1 ,397. 
Wisconsin  Centrifugal,  Inc.:  See — 

Krick.  David  M.;  Kohz,  Lawrence  D.;  and  WHUams,  Warren  C, 
3,670,802. 
Wise,  Cecil  S.,  to  Fiber  Controls  Corporation.  Material  distributing 

system.  3,671,078,0.  302-28.000. 
Wise,  Warren  M.,  to  Coming  Glass  Works.  Nitrate  ion  sensitive  elec- 
trode. 3,671,413,0.  204-195.001. 
Withenpoon,  David  L.:  See- 
Miller,  Frank  H.,  Jr.;  and  Wither^won,  David  L.,  3,670.906. 
Witach,  Heinz-Gtienter:  See— 


PI  46 


LISTOFPAtE 


NTEES 


June  20, 1972 


Kaufman,   Otto;    Daeuble,    Manfred;    Witach,    Heinz-Guenter; 
Luebcke.  Enno;  and  Bayew,  Dimiter,  3,67 1 , 1 76. 
Wittekind.  Raymond  R.:  S*e— 

Meltzer,  Robeit  I. ;  and  Wittekind.  Raymond  R..  3 ,67 1  ,S44. 
Wittlinger,  Harold  Allen;  Wheatley,  Car!  Franklin.  Jr.;  and  Knapp. 
RusmU  Daniel,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Sample-hold  and  read  circuit. 
3,671,782,0.307-238.000. 
Wittnebert,  Frederick  R.,  to  Parker  Pen  Company,  The.  Applicator 

wick  for  a  writing  instrument.  3,67 1,132,  CI.  401-292.000. 
Wobbe,  Delbert  Edmond:  See— 

Bolt.  Richard  Robert;  and  Wobbe,  Delbert  Edmond.  },670,S43. 
Wohead,  Michael  J.  Non-snagging  fishing  device.  3.670,447,  CI.  43- 

43.140. 
Wohlbach,  Harry  E.:  See— 

Fleetman,  Hobart  H;  and  Wohlbach,  Harry  E.  3.67 1,861 . 
Wolf.  Emanuel,  to  Ironflex  AG.  Device  for  attaching  a  thermoplastic 

foil  to  a  supporting  structure.  3.671.371.  CI.  161-43.000. 
Wolf.  Gerhard  Dieter:  See— 

Kunzel.  Hans-Egon;  Wolf,  Gerhard  Dieter;  Blankenstein.  Gunter; 
and  Nischk.Gunther.  3.671,614. 
Wolfram.  Adolf  Egmont,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Television 
channel  indicator  common  to  VHF  and  UHF  and  easily  programma- 
ble to  locally  available  channels.  3,67 1 ,869.  CI.  32S-4SS.000. 
Wolfton.  Alan  B.;  Patel.  Jayantilal  M.;  and  Lawrence.  Benjamin,  to 
Procter    A    Gamble    Company.    The.    Decaffeination    process. 
3.67 1.262.  CI.  99-70.000. 
Wolfron.  Anal  B.:  See— 

Patel.  Jayantilal  M.;  and  Wotfron.  Anal  B..  3.671.263. 
Wolverine-Pentronix,  Inc.:  See- 
Smith.  Joseph  E.  3.67 1 , 1 57. 
Wood.  William,  to  French.  Thomas,  A  Sons  Limited.  Curtain  heading 

Upes.  3,670.780,  CI.  139-387.000. 
Woodbridge.  David  D.;  and  Mann,  Leiand  A.,  to  Energy  Systems,  Inc. 
Irradiator  apparatus  with  a  fluid  communicating  core  and  casting 
baffles.  3. 67 1.74 1. CI.  250-44.000. 
Woods.  Michael  Faulkner:  See- 
Blake.  Anthony;  Halliday.  Denis  Malcolm;  and  Woods.  Michael 
Faulkner.  3.671.268. 
Woodward.  Charles  D.:  See— 

Pasek.  James  E.;  and  Woodward.  Charles  D.,  3,671 .085. 
Woodward.  Charles  D..  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Anti-lock 
modulator  with  mechanically  resettable  control  valve.  3,67 1 ,084. 0. 
303-2 1. OOf. 
WooUey,  William  P.  Flexible  wheel.  3,67 1 ,088.  CI.  305-7.000. 
Wormser,  Hans  H.,  to  Markite  Corporation.  Rotary  potentiometer. 

3,671,914.  CI.  338-131. 
Worobey.  Walter  Set- 

Pitetti,  Raymond  Charles;  and  Worobey,  Walter,  3.67 1 .823. 
Worst,  Joseph  C,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Liquid  fill  control. 

3.670.533.  CI.  68-207. 
Worth.  Gerald  W.:  See- 
North,  Donald  F.,  Jr.;  Thomas,  Jerry  D.;  and  Worth,  Gerald  W., 
3,671,224. 
Worth  Well  Surveys,  Inc.:  See- 
Stout,  Beauford  F.,  3.670.567. 
Wright.  Barry.  Corporation,  mesne:  See — 

Kupfrian.  WUbur  J.,  3,670.795. 
Wright,    John    B.,    to    Upjohn    Company,    The.     5-Phenyl-I,2.4- 

benzothiadiazepine- 1,1 -dioxides.  3,671,528,01. 260-268.0bc. 
Wright,  John  H..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Grease-like^  silicone 

compound.  3.67 1.429.  CI.  252-25.000. 
Wuthrich,  Paul,  to  Timex  Corporation.  Indexing  mechanism  for  elec- 
tric/electronic timepieces.  3,670,493,  CI.  58- 11 6.000. 
Wynn,  Robert  W.;  and  Chiddix.  Max  E..  to  Genera]  Anilin  &  Film  Cor- 
poration. Preparation  of  2.  3Hdibromo-2-butene- 1 ,4-  diol.  3.67 1 .594, 
CI.  260-633.000. 
Xerox  Corporation:  See — 

Britt,  James  E.;  and  Hewitt,  Robert  E.,  3,670,700. 

Fantuzzo,  Joseph;  and  Punnett,  Frazer  D.,  3,67 1 , 1 1 8. 

GoCTe,  William  L..  3,671 ,282. 

Gunther.  Wolfgang  H.  H.  3.67 1 .467. 

Haas.  Werner  E.  L.;  and  Adams,  James  E..  3.67 1 ,23 1 . 

Haas,     Werner     Erwin     Louis;    Adams,    James    Ewing;     and 

Mechlowiu,  Blea,  3,67 1 ,237. 
Houston,  Robert  D,  3,67 1 ,776. 
Mason,  Lawrence  J.;  Simpson,  George  R.;  Paradysz,  Louis  F.;  and 

Chen,  Philip  L.  3,670,633. 
Mattumoto,  Seiji;  Tamai,  Yasuo;  and  Sto,  Masamichi,  3,671,290. 
Turner,  Lyman  H.;  and  Adamek,  John  A.,  3,671,094. 
WeUer,  Ernest  A,  3,670,701. 
Xonics  Inc.:  See— 

Proudian,  Andrew  Peter;  and  Balser,  Martin,  3,67 1 ,927. 
Yabuuchi.  Hiroshi:  See — 

Nakaguchi.    Kohei;    Kawasumi.    Shohachi;    Hirooka.    Masaaki; 
Yabuuchi,  Hiroshi;  and  Takao,  Hiroyoshi,  3.67 1 ,492. 
Yajima,  Ryoichiro:  See— 

Mamiya,  Shigeo;  and  Yajima,  Ryoichiro,  3,67 1 ,9 1 3. 
Yamada,  Yoshitaka;  Sakurai,  Moritaro;  and  Kumashiro,  Izumi,  to 
Ajinomoto  Co.,  Inc.  Production  of  a  heterocyclic  compound  having 
an  imidazole  ring.  3,67 1,649,  CI.  260-252.000. 
Yamaguchi,  Hisashi:  See— 

Haga.    Teruhide;    Yamaguchi,    Hisashi;    and    Hirao,    Yotaro, 
3,671.255. 
Yamaguchi,  Mario:  See— 


3taro 


Tanaka,   Tetsuo;    Masumura,    Matao;   Toguchi,   Akihito;   and 
Yamaguchi.  Mario,  3,67 1 ,507. 
Yamaguchi,  Nario;  Shimizu,  Sakac;  and  Tubuko,  Kazuo,  to  Kabuahiki 
Kaisha  Ricoh.  C»  to  Cit  aliphatic  alcohols  used  as  defoaming 
agents  in  zinc  oxide-resin  dispersions.  3,67 1 ,235,  CI.  96- 1 .800. 
Yamamoto,  Kazuo:  See— 

Yasui,    Koichi;    Yamamoto,    Kazuo;    Itami,    Kazuo;    Pujisawa. 
Kiyoahi;  and  Saakai,  Toshio,  3,671,279. 
Yamauchi,  Choji:  See— 

Maekawa,  Hiroshi:  and  Yamauchi,  Chcji,  3,671,274. 
Yamazaki,  Yoichi:  See— 

Takenaka.   Sadao;    Kishida,   Soichiro;   and   Yamazaki,    Yoichi, 
3.670.740. 
Yanagida.  Koichiro:  See—  I 

Okazaki,  Takayothi;  Tashiro.  Kiroku;  and  Yanagida,  Koichiro, 
3.671,376. 
Yano,  Tadashi:  See- 
Sasaki.  Nobuyuki;  Oba.  Shunzo;  and  Yano.  Tadashi.  3.67 1 ,9 1 5. 
Yao  assor.  to  said  Chin:  See — 

Chin,  Wesley  S.  C;  and  Yao.  Kou  C,  3,67 1 ,367. 
Yao,  Kou  C:  See- 
Chin.  Wesley  S.  C;  and  Yao.  Kou  C,  3,67 1 ,367. 
Yarm,  Jay  Martin,  to  United  Aircraft  Corporation.  Frangible  tension 

shock  absorber.  3.670,852.0.  188-1  00c. 
Yashiro,  Hideo:  See- 
Abe,  bamu;  Yashiro.  Hideo;  Sori.  Naoyuki;  Hatano.  Sot^ro;  Kat- 
sumoto,  Tomiyasu;  and  Suzuki,  Tadao,  3,670,395. 
Yasuda,  Nobuaki:  See- 
Murakami,  Yoshio;  Higashinakagawa,  Iwao;  Yasuda,  Mobuaki; 
and  Takeno.  Syozo.  3.67 1 ,3 1 2 
Yasui,  Koichi;  Yamamoto,  Kazuo:  Itami,  Kazuo;  Pujisawa,  Kiyoshi;  and 
Saskai,  Toshio.  to  Asahi  Kasei  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Process  for 
the    continuous    xanthation    and    solution    of    alkali    cellulose. 
3.671,279,0.  106-165.000. 
Yawau  Iron  &  Steel  Co. .  Ltd. :  See— 

Akuta.    Tomohiko;    Seya,    Attumi;    and    Hashirizaki,  '  shinya, 
3.670,833. 
Yayo  Plastic  Yoki  Co. ,  Ltd. :  See—  , 

Ochi.  Takashi,  3.67 1 .360 
Yee.  John  W.,  to  General  Moton  Corporation.  Steerable  lamp  system 

for  motor  vehicles.  3.67 1.733. 0.  240-8.250. 
Yokogawa  Electric  Works.  Ltd.:  See—  --.^^^  I 

Watanabe.  Kazutaka,  3 .67 1 .67 1 .  ^ 

Yokoyama,  Tohei:  See —  I 

Hosokawa.  Masuo;  Yokoyama,  Tohei;  and  Nakagawa,  Fumio, 

3.670,886. 

Yoneyama.  Masakazu;  Shimamura.  bao;  Iwano,  Hanihiko;  apid  Ohi, 

Reiichi.  to  Fuji  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.  Development  of  silver  halide 

photographic  materials.  3,671.247.0.  96-663. OOO. 

Yoo,  Jin  Sun,  to  Atlantic  Richfield  Company.  Process  for  hydrogenat- 

ing  acryk}nitrilc  to  propionitrile.  3,671,565,0.  260-465.100. 
Yorganjian,  John  James,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Resettable  logic  gate 

multivibrator.  3.671.881,0.  331-57.000. 
Yoshibayashi,  Tsutomu:  See — 

Fudemotc,  Isao;  Yoshibayashi,  Tsutomu;  and  Miyamura.  Tadao, 
3.671.886. 
Yoshida,  Hi.  Method  of  determining  pitch  names  in  various  l^eys  and 

pitch  name  determining  slide  rtile.  3,671,661,0.  84-473. 
Yoshida  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Yoshieda,  Keiichi.  3,67 1 .347. 
Yoshieda,  Keiichi.  to  Yoshida  Kogyo  Kabtishiki  Kaisha.  Method  and 
apparatus  for  attaching  a  reinforcing  material  to  a  slide  fastener 
chain.  3.671.347,0.  156-160.000. 
Yoshihara,  Mitsuo;  and  Mizutani.  Kazunori.  to  Nitto  Electric  Industrial 
Co..  Ltd.  Modification  of  alicyclic  or  aliphatic  diepoxy  compounds. 
3.671,592.0.  26O-2.0ep. 
Yoshikawa,  Isamu:  See —  1 

Nishimaki,  Ko;  and  Yoshikawa.  Isamu.  3.670.917.  I 

Yosida,  Akio:  See—  ' 

Tsuda.  Minoru;  Yosida.  Akio;  and  Yuki,  Takamitsu,  3,67 1 ,468. 
Yost.  Paul  E.  Inflatable  display.  3,670,440, 0.  40-2 1 5.000. 
Young,  Donald  G.,  to  Dow  Coming  Corporation.  Primer  composition 
for 'adhering  silicone  elastomer  to  substrates.  3,671,483,  CI.  260- 
32.8sb.  I 

Young  Radiator  Company:  See —  ~^^         I 

Christcnsen,  Donald  W..  3.670.8 11. 
Yuki.  Takamitsu:  See —  ' 

Tsuda,  Minoru;  Yosida,  Akio;  and  Yuki,  Takamitsu,  3,67 1 ,468. 
Yusa,  Hanihiko:  See— 

Amagi,  Yasuo;  Ohya.  Masaki;  Shiiki,  Zenya;  and  Yusa,  Haruhiko, 
3,671,610. 
Zech,  John  D:  See- 
Sherman,  Albert  H.;  and  Zech,  John  D.,  3.671,458. 
Zegers.  Eduard;  and  Snijders,  Wilfred  Andre  Maria,  to  U.SJ  Philips 
Corporation.  Transmission  system  for  measuring  time  of  transmis- 
sion. 3,67 1 .864,  CI.  325-3 8.00a. 
Zeienz.  Martin  L.,  to  Syivania  Electric  Products,  Inc.  Method  for 
fabricating  multilayer  electrical  components.   3,670,379,  |0-  29- 
25.920. 
Zeller,  Helen  D.  Check  book  holder  having  master  check.  3,d71,0S9, 

O.  283-7.000. 
ZeUweger  Ltd.:  See— 

Genzd,  Hans-Ulrich  Werner,  Hafeli,  Hana-Rudoif;  and  Steiner, 
Ham  Robert,  3,671,718. 


Itleys; 


June  20. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  47 


Zenner,  Walter  J.;  and  Kranz,  Raymond  E.,  to  Extel  Corporation.  Car- 
riage drive  for  high  speed  printer.  3.670.861.  CI.  197-64.000. 

Zerlin.  William  Max  Erich;  Avery,  Roger  Peter;  and  Royce,  David 
Hugh,  to  Bimker-Ramo  Corporation,  The.  Push-on  connector. 
3,671,922.0.  339-74.00r 

Ziegler.  Hans,  to  PfafT  Industriemashinen  GmbH.  Roller-foot  for  sew- 
ing machines.  3,670,678,0.  1 12-235.000. 

Ziemba,  Richard  T.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Controlled  range 
proximity  fuze.  3,670,652,0.  102-70.20p. 

Ziemek.  Gerhard;  and  Schatz,  Friedrich.  to  Kabel-  und  Metallwerke 
Gutehoffnungshutte  Aktiengesellschaft.  Spacing  in  coaxial  tubes 
system.  3.670.772,0.  138-114.000. 

Zimmermann,  Joseph  James,  to  GTE  Automatic  Electric  Laboratories 
Incorporated.  Device  for  positioning  a  magnetic  head  to  a  selected 
track  ofa  multi-track  recording Upe.  3,671,043,0.  274-4.00a. 

Zimnoch,  Joseph  J.:  See— 

Szumila.  Anthony  D.;  Zimnoch.  Joseph  J.;  Bechtel,  John  D.;  and 
Steinberg,  Harvey  M..  3.671.865. 

Zink,  Paul  R.:  See— 

Kiewicz,  Frank  M.;  and  Zink,  Paul  R.,  3,670,420. 


Kiewicz,  Frank  M.;  and  Zink,  Paul  R.,  3,670.421. 
Zinaco  Electrical  Producto:  See— 

Belttary,  Harold  E.;  and  Pataner.  John  G..  3.67 1 ,908. 
Ziober,  Johnnie  J. :  See— 

Mott,  George  F.;  and  Ziober,  Johnnie  J..  3.670,507. 
Zoecon  Corporation:  See— 

Siddall,  John  B.;  and  Calame,  Jean  Pierre,  3,671 ,558. 
Zschocke,  Albrecht:  See- 
Fischer.   Adolf;   Koenig.   Karl-Heinz;   Steinbrunn.  Gustav;   and 
Zschocke.  Albrecht,  3,671,586. 
Zschocke,  Albrecht;  Rohr,  Wolfgang;  and  Fischer,  Adolf,  to  Badache 
Anilin-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft.  Substituted  hydantoins. 
3,671,540,0.260-309.500. 
Zuckerman,  Marc  Roben:  See— 

Tangredi,    Albert    Joseph;    and    Zuckerman,    Marc    Robert. 
3,670,947. 
Zweig,  Arnold,  to  American  Cyanamid  Company.  Photodecomposi- 
tion  of  oxazolidinediones  and  similar  anhydrides.  3.67 1 ,239.  O.  96- 
27.00r. 


TJST  OF  REISSUE  PATENTEES 

TO  WHOM 

PATENTS  WERE  ISSUED  ON  THE  20th  DAY  OF  JUNE,  1972 

HfytK Arranged  in  accordance  with  the  tlrst  significant  character  •>r  word  of  the  name  (In  accordance  with  oit7  an<  1 

telephone  directory  practlee). 


Allen.  Perry  B.  Electric  lock  release.  Re.  27,390.  6-20-72.  CI. 

292 — 201. 
A.M.I.S.  Apparecchl  e  Macchlne  IdrauUche-Speclali  S.p.A.  : 

See— 

D'Drso.  Nicola.  Re.  27.399. 
Aselman,  Edward  C.  Jr.,  to  T.N.E.  Inc.  Control  apparatus  for 

an    electrically    operable    device.    Re.  27.393.    6-20-72.    CI. 

317—13  R. 
Azonic  Products,  Inc. :  See — 

Brown,  Maurice  H.  Re.  27,398. 
Babigan,  Raymond.  Electrical  conductor  containing  an  ioniz- 

able  gas  and  radioactive  material  to  ioniie  the  gas.  Re. 

27.397.  6-20-72.  01.  174—9  P. 
Bergman.    Robert  J.,  and   L.    R.   Prohofsky.   to   Sperry   Ran<l 

Corp.    feoUd   stack   memory.    Re.  27.395.   6-20-72,   CI.   340— 

174  BC. 
Brown.  Maurice  H.,  to  Azonic  Products,  Inc.  Apparatus  fur 

forming   wire   control    elements.    Re.  27,398.    6-20-72.    CI. 

156 — 510. 
Ceskoslovenska  Akademle  Ved  :   Bee — 

Wlchterle.  Otto,  and  Lim.  Re.  27,401. 
Columbia  Gas  System  Service  Corp. :  See-  - 
Hemmert,  Raymond  A.  Re.  27,396. 

Dennison  Mfg.  Co. :  See — 

Merscr.  Francis  G.  Re.  27,391. 
D'Urso,  Nicola,  to  A.M.I.S.  Apparecchl  e  Macchlne  Idraullcha- 

Speclall  S.p.A.  Nonreturn  valves.   Re.  27,399.  6-20-72.  CI. 

137—512. 


Helmbigner,  Gary  L..  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corp. 
Closed  loop  logic  gate  multiple  phase  clock  signal  genera- 
tor. Re.  27,394,  6-20-72,  CI.  331—57. 

Hemmert,  Raymond  A.,  to  Columbia  Gas  System  Service  Corp. 
Warm  air  furnace  with  radiant  burner.  Re.  27,396,  6-|20-72. 
CI.  263—20. 

Lim.  Drahoslav  :  See — 

Wlchterle,  Otto,  and  Lim.  Re.  27.401. 

Merser.  Francis  G..  to  Dennison  Mfg.  Co.  Connector  fo^  hold- 
ing articles  together.  Re.  27,391.  6-20-72.  CI.  24—16  PB. 

Mobil  Temp,  Inc.  :  See — 

Robinson,  Donald  E.  Re.  27,392. 

Nickola,  Anne  D.  Mounting  pedestal  for  utilities.  Re.  ^7,400, 
6-20-72,  CI.  317—99. 

North  American  Rockwell  Corp.  :   See — 
Helmblener.  Gary  L.  Re.  27.394. 

Plaven,  Ek-ik.  Apparatus  for  eztractine  starch  and  gluten 
from  a  dough  of  wheat  flour.  Re.  27,402,  6-20-12.  CI. 
127—25.  I 

I'rohofsky.  Le  Roy  A. :  See — 

Bergman,  Robert  J.,  and  Prohofsky.  Re.  27.395.      " 

Robinson,  Donald  E.,  to  Mobil  Temp.  Inc.  Heater  construction 
Re.  27.392,  6-20-72,  Cl.  126 — 91  A. 

Sperry  Rand  Corp. :  See — 

Bergman,  Robert  J.,  and  Prohofsky.  Re.  27,896. 

T.N.E.  Ina  :  See— 

Aselman.  Edward  C.  Jr.  Re.  27,393. 

Wlchterle,  Otto,  and  D.  Lim..  to  Ceskoslovenska  Akjidemle 
Ved.  Cross-linked  bydrophllic  polymers  and  article^  made 
therefrom.  Re.  27,401,  6-20-72.  Q.  260—2.5  R. 


LIST  OF  PLANT  PATENTEES 


Cerro  Gordo  Nursery.  Inc. :  See — 

Pennock,  Charles  P.  3.219. 
Duffett.  William  E.  :  See— 

Jessel,  Walter  H..  Jr..  and  DufTett.  3.212. 
Jessel,  Walter  H..  Jr.,  and  Duffett.  3,213. 
Jessel,  Walter  H..  Jr..  and  DufTett.  3,214. 
Jessel,  Walter  H..  Jr..  and  Duffett.  3,215. 
Jessel,  Walter  H.,  Jr.,  and  Duffett.  3,216. 
Hancock,    M.    Leslie,    to    Monrovia    Nursery 

fortunel  shrub.  3,211,  6-20-72,  Cl.  63. 
Jessel.  Walter  H..  Jr..  and  \V.  E.  DufTett.  to 
Inc.  Chrysanthemum  plant.  3,215,  6-20-72, 
Jessel.  Wdter  H.,  Jr.,  and  W.  E.  Duffett.  to 
Inc.  Chrysanthemum  plant.  3^213.  6-20-72, 
Jessel.  Walter  H.,  Jr..  and  W.  E.  Duffett.  to 
Chrysanthemum  plant.  3.214,  6-20-72. 
Walter  H.,  Jr..  and  W.  E.  Duffett,  to 
Chrysanthemom  plant.  3,215,  6-20-72, 
Walter  H.,  Jr..  and  W.  E.  Duffett.  to 
Chrysanthemum  plant.  3,216,  6-20-72, 


Inc. 
Jessel. 

Inc. 
Jessel. 

Inc. 


Co.    Euonymus 

Yoder  Brothers, 
Cl.  77. 

Yoder  Brothers, 
Cl.  78. 

Yoder  Brothers, 
Cl.  79. 

Yoder  Brothers, 
Cl.  77. 

Yoder  Brothers. 
Cl.  79. 


Manatee.  Inc.  :  See — 

Vogel.  Paul  A.  3,218. 

Monrovia  Nursery  Co.  :  See — 
Hancock.  M.  Leslie.  3.211. 

Pennock,  Charles  F.,  to  Cerro  Gordo 

celles.  3.219.  6-20-72.  Cl.  88. 
Pratt,  Letter  P.,  to  Van  Mell  Nursery.  Inc 

6-20-72.  Cl.  43. 

Van  Mell  Nursery.  Inc.  :  See — 

Pratt.  Lester  P.  3.217. 
Vogel.  Panl  A.,  to  Manatee.  Inc.  Chrysanthemum  plant 
6-20-71.  O.  82. 

Yoder  Brothers,  Inc. :  See — 

Jessel,  Walter  H..  Jr.,  and  Duffett.  3,212. 
Jessel.  Walter  H..  Jr..  and  Duffett.  3.213. 
Jessel,  Walter  H.,  Jr.,  and  Duffett.  3,214. 
Jessel,  Walter  H.,  Jr.,  and  Duffett.  3,215. 
Jessel,  Walter  H.,  Jr.,  and  Duffett.  3,216. 


Nursery.  Inc.  Ditacaena 
Peach  tree]  3.217. 

3,218. 


LIST  OF  DESIGN  PATENTEES 


Adelson,  Alexander  M..  to  Wild  Rover  Corp.  Electrical  switch 

housing.  223.924,  6-20-72.  Cl.  D26 — 13. 
Ament,  Myron  J.,  to  Wallace-Murray  Corp.  Bathroom  toilet 

unit.  223,916.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D23— 49. 
Ament.  Myron  J.,   to  Wallace-Murray  Corp.   Bathroom  lava- 
tory unit.  223,917,  6-20-72.  Cl.  D23— 49. 
American  Hospital  Supply  Corp. :  See — 

John,  Raymond.  223,978. 
American  Standard,  Inc. :  See — 
Niemann.  James  E.  223.913. 
Ampex  Corp.  :  See — 

Lauer.  Darrel  A.  223.928. 
Matsuda.  Hari  K.  223.930. 
Matsnda,  Hari  K.  223,931. 
Anaconda  Aluminum  Co. :  See — 

Kuniansky.  Raymond  L.  223,902. 
Ashby.   Frederick  R..   and  L.  A.   Ropella,   to  US.   Plywood- 
Champion    Papers,    Inc.    Door-transom   assembly.    223,909, 
6-20-72.  Cl.  D13 — 1. 
Associated  Mills.  Inc.  :  See — 

Orube,  Clifford  E..  and  Stern.  223.976. 
Aweida.  Jesse  I. :  See — 

Kavanagh,  Thomas  S.,  Ralston.  Campbell.  Aweida.  and 
Thurmer.  223.922. 
Babcock.  William  P.  :  See — 

Brown.  George  Z..  and  Babcock.  223,915. 

Bates,  Dana  B..  to  Simpson  Timber  Co.  Core  for  paper  rolls. 

223.894.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D8— 220. 
Berchert,  Viola  M.  Protective  cover  for  counter  corners.  223,- 

895,  6-20-72,  Cl,  D8— 263, 


PI  48 


Blnks.  Ronald,  to  Global  Systems  Design  Corp.  Telephone  in- 
strument. 223,929.  6-20-72,  Cl.  D26— 14. 

Bissell.  James  D..  to  Cahltec.  Inc.  Game  board.  223.937l  6-20- 
72.  Cl.  D34— 5. 

Bongort,  Edgar  A. :  See-- 

Hawklns.  Harold  V..  Dick,  and  Bongort.  223.925. 

Borg-Wamer  Corp. :  See — 

Satetnus.  Joseph  P.  223.970. 
Bousquet.   Charles   E.   Floor  care  coupler.   223.945.   6f20-72. 

Cl.  D37— 3. 
Boyertown  Burial  Casket  Co. :  See — 

Herrtcht.  Fred.  223.903. 

Braun  A.G. :  See — 

Greubel.  Jurgen.  223.975. 
Brown.  George  Z..  and  W.  F.  Babcock,  to  Dover  Corj).  Com- 
bined dlsnenslng  nozzle  and  guard  therefor.  223.915.  6-20- 
72.  Cl.  D23 — 37T  1 

Cabitec.  Inc. :  See — 

Bissell.  James  D.  223,937.  I 

Cammelot.  Peter  A.,  and  L.  P.  Duvall.  to  The  Quaker  Oats  Co. 
Expanded  cereal  food  product.  223.891.  6-20-72,  Cl.  Dl— 1. 

Campbell.  Ronald  R.  :  Sec—  ,.„..,  a 

Kavanagh.  Thomas   S..   Ralston.  Campbell.  Awelia,  and 
Tlurmer.  223,922. 
Caputo.  Terese.  Toy  animal.  223.935.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D3»— 2. 
Carter.  Ronald  D..  to  The  Stanley  Works.  Flower  shei^r.  223.- 
893.  6-20-72,  Cl.  D8 — 5.  --- 


LIST  OF  DESIGN  PATENTEES 


PI  49 


Citizen  Watch  Co.,  Ltd.  :  See— 
Ohtsu,  Yutaka.  223.96S. 

Colgate-Palmolive  Co. :  See — 

Douglas,  Livingston  C.  Miles,  and  McQhle.  223,900 

Collura,  Francesco,  to  Keuffel  &  Esser  Co.  Stand  for  an  elec- 
trically-powered eraser  or  the  like.  223,968.  6-20-72  Cl. 
D74 — 5. 

Collura.  Francesco,  to  Keuffel  &  Esser  Co.  Electrically-powered 
eraser  or  the  like.  223,969.  6-20-72    Cl.   D74 — 7 

Columbus  McKinnon  Corp.  :  See — 

Hawkins,  Harold  V.,  Dick,  and  Bongort.  223,925. 

Cone,  Richard  E..  to  The  Delpbos  Bending  Co.  Snow  sled. 
223,942^  6-20-72.  Cl.  D34— 15. 

Creative  Creations.  Inc.  :  See— 
Feuer,  Perry.  223,977. 

Crew.  Robert  T..  and  O.  F.  George.  Combined  garment  and 
trash  bag.  223,897.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D9 — 250. 

Current.  Wayne  A.,  to  The  Singer  Co.  Portable  sewing  ma- 
chine housing.  223.966,  6-20-72,  Cl.  D70 — 1. 

Daher,  Theodore  G.,  to  General  Electric  Co.  Oock  or  similar 
article.  223.946.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D42— 7. 

Daher,  Theodore  G..  to  General  Electric  Co.  Clock  or  similar 
article.  223,947.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D42— 7. 

Daher,  Theodore  G.,  to  General  Electric  Co.  Clock  or  similar 
article.  223.948,  6-20-72.  Cl.  D42 — 7. 

Delphos  Bending  Co.,  The  :   See — 
Cone.  Richard  E.  223,942. 

Dick  Ralph  A, :  See— 

Hawkins,  Harold  V..  Dick,  and  Boneort.  223.926. 

Douglas.  Livingston  C.  G.  D.  Miles,  and  R.  P.  McGhle.  to  Col- 
gate-Palmolive  Co.    Dispensing    closure.    223,900.    6-20-72, 

V.I.   XJv ^TOt 

Dover  Corp.  :  See — 

Brown.  George  Z.,  and  Babcock.  223,915. 
Duvall,  Leroy  F. :  See — 

Cammelot,  Peter  A.,  and  Duvall.  223.891. 
Edwards,  Bryant.  Packaging  cup  or  the  like.  223.898.  6-20- 

72.  Cl.  D9 — 216. 
Ehrensaal.  Jay.  to  Swank,  Inc.  Card  ejector  case,  or  similar 

article.  223.979,  6-20-72.  Cl.  D87— 3. 
Kipper,  Gertrude.  Noodle  press.  223,949,  6-20-72  Cl.  D44 — 29 
Electrohome  Ltd. :  See — 

McQuarrle,  Harvey  K.  223,962. 
Eprad  Inc.  :  See — 

Gray,  Geoffrey  T.  223,918. 
Fedtro,  Inc.  :  See — 

Kahn,  Robert  D.  223,926. 
Feuer,  Perrv,  to  Creative  Creations.  Inc.  Combined  doll  and 

mirror.  223.977,  6-20-72.  Cl.  D86— 10. 
Praaer.  John  S.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corp.  Jug.  223.896.  6-20- 

72.  Cl.  D9— 42. 
Fritz,  Albert  J.,  and  A.  J.  Panzica,  to  Schwinn  Bicj-cle  Co. 

Bicycle  seat.  223.980.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D90 — 16 
Funkhouser.  Richard  L.  :  See — 

Kaufman.  James  C.  and  Funkhouser.  223.963. 
General  Aviation  Electronics,  Inc. :  See — 

Hauser.  Jon  W.  223,958. 
General  Electric  Co. :  See — 

Daher.  Theodore  G.  223,946. 

Daher.  Theodore  G.  223.947. 

Daher,  Theodore  G.  223,948. 
General  Mills  Fun  Group.  Inc. :  See — 

Meth,  Harry,  and  Lake.  223,936. 
General  Mills,  Inc. :  See — 

Manderfleld.  Ellen  B.  223.960. 
George.  Odean  F.  :  See — 

Crew.  Robert  T..  and  George.  223,897. 
Global  Systems  Design  Corp.  :  See — 

Binks,  Ronald.  223,929. 
Gran,  William  A.,  to  The  Vendo  Co.  Cigarette  vending  ma- 
chine. 223.957.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D52— 3. 

^'^!iik  P^J^^^^I  *■•  *o  Eprad  Inc.  Electric  heater  housing. 
223.918.  6-20-72,  Cl.  D23 — 123. 

Grube,  Clifford  E.,  and  R.  J.  Stern,  to  Associated  Mills  Inc. 
Steam  hair  curler  housing.  223.976.  6-20-72.  Cl    D86 — 10 

Greubel  Jurgen.  to  Braun  A.G.  Hair  dryer.  223,975,  6-20-72, 
Cl.  D86— 10. 

Hauser.  Jon  W..  to  General  Aviation  Electronics.  Inc  Glide- 
slope  indicator.  223.958.  6-20-72,  Cl.  D52— 6. 

Hawkins,  Harold  V..  R.  A.  Dick,  and  E.  A.  Bongort.  to  Co- 
l""]!??"*  McKinnon  Corp.  Pendant  hoist  control.  223.925. 
6-20-72.  Cl.  D2fl — 13. 

"^i^rl,*^''^'  ^'^^'  t°  Boyertown  Burial  Casket  Co.  Burial  casket. 

223.903.  6-20-72,  Cl.  D19 — 1. 
Irelan.    Edward    A.,    to    Sunbeam    Corp.    lUumlnable   makeup 

mirror.  223.973.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D86— 10 
Ishihara,  Koji :  See — 

Momose,  Kelgo,  Ishihara,  and  Motonaka.  223,923. 
John,  Raymond,  to  American  Hospital  Supply  Corp.  Surgical 

clip.  223.978.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D83— 12. 
Kahn.   Robert  D.,   to   Fedtro,   Inc.   Master  control   nanel   for 

alarm  systems  or  the  like.  223,926,  6-20-72  Cl.  D26— 13 
Kaufman.  James  C,  and  R.  L.  Funkhouser.  to  The  National 

Cash  Register  Co.  Microform  reader.  223.963,  6-20-72,  Cl. 

D61 — 1. 
Kavanagh.  Thomas  S..  R.  H.   Ralston.  R.  R.  Campbell.  J.  I. 

Aweida,  and  R.  A.  Thurmer,   to  Storage  Technology  Corp. 
^  Magnetic  tape  unit.  223.922.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D26 — 5. 
^^'i^i'*''  Kdvirard  D.  Pre-assembled  modular  housing  structure. 

223.904.  8-20-72.  Cl.  Dl3 — 1. 
Kelblsh,  Edward  D.  Pre-assembled  modular  housing  structure 

223.905.  6-20-72,  Cl.  D13— 1. 
^^as'^fonft  ^^9f^^'  ^'■^""''^^'"bled  modular  housing  structure. 

^^l^^^-rJ'^^V^  ^  Pre-assembled  modular  housing  structure. 

223.907,  6-20-72.  Cl.  D13 — 1. 

*^*i^l?*'v?^^*'"<'  O-  Pre-assembled  modular  housing  structure. 

223.908,  6-20-72,  Cl.  D13 — 1. 

Kelleher,  Thomas  :  See — 

Paulson,  Maurice  G..  Kelleher,  Price,  and  Levin.  223.932. 


Kenerson,  Richard  A.  Combined  trash  receptacle  and  adver- 
tising display.  223.956.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D49 — 36. 
Keuffel  &  Esser  Co. :  See — 

Collura,  Francesco.  223,968. 
Collura,  Francesco.  223,969. 
Kohlmaier,  Joy  W.  :  See — 

Kohlmaier,  Ruppert  N..  Jr.  and  J.  W.  223,934. 
Kohlmaier.  Ruppert  N.,  Jr.  and  J.  W.  Plaoue.  223.934,  6-20- 

72,  Cl.  D29 — 23. 
Kuniansky,   Raymond   L.,  to  Anaconda  Aluminum  Co    Door. 

223,902.  6-20-72,  Cl.  D13— 1. 
Lake,  Susan  :  See — 

Meth,  Harry,  and  Lake.  223.936. 
Lambda  Electronics  Corp. :  See — 

Paulson,  Maurice  G.,  Kelleher,  Price,  and  Levin.  223,932. 
Lauer,  Darrel  A.,  to  Ampex  Corp.  Magnetic  tape  duplicator. 

223,928.  6-20-72,  Cl.  D26 — 14. 
Levin.  Monte  L.  :  See — 

Paulson,  Marlce  G..  Kelleher.  Price,  and  Levin.  223,932. 
Liberman.  Milton.  Electrical  connector.  223,921.  6-20-72.  Cl. 

D26 — 1. 
Litton  Business  Systems.  Inc.  :  See — 

Slama.  Klaus-Dieter.  223,964. 
Lorch,  Leonard  G.  Mobile.  223,933.  6-20-72,  Cl.  D29 — 1. 
Manderfleld    Ellen  B.,  to  General  Mills.  Inc.  Spoon  or  similar 

article.  223.960,  6-20-72,  Cl.  D54 — 12. 
Matsuda,   Hari   K.,   to  Ampex   Corp.    Magnetic   tape   cassette 

transport.  223.930,  6-20-72.  Cl.  D26— 14. 
Matsuda,   Hari  K.    to  Ampex  Corp.   Magnetic  tape  cassette 

transport.  223,931,  6-20-72.  Cl.  D26 — 14. 
Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.  :  See — 

Momose.  Keigo,  Ishihara.  and  Motonaka.  223.923. 
McGhle,  Russell  P.  :  Sec- 
Douglas   Livingston  C.  Miles,  and  McGhle.  223,900. 
McQuarrle,  Harvey  K.,   to  Electrohome  Ltd.  Housing  for  a 
combined  radio  receiver  and  record  player  or  similar  article. 
223,962.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D56 — 4. 
Mead  Johnson  and  Co.  :  See — 
Wiethop.  Robert  R.  223,910. 
Wiethop,  Robert  R.  223,911. 
Wiethop.  Robert  R.  223,912. 
Meth,  Harry,  and  S.  Lake,  to  General  Mills  Fun  Group.  Inc. 

Toy  elephant  figure.  223,936,  6-20-72  Cl.  D34— 2. 
Miles.  Gilbert  D.  :  See — 

Douglas.  Livingston  C.  Miles,  and  McGhle.  223,900. 
Momose,  Kelgo,  K.  Ishihara,  and  Y.  Motonaka,  to  Matsushita 
Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.  Battery.  223,923.  6-20-72.  Cl. 
D26 — 6. 
Motonaka,  Yoshiml :  See — 

Momose.  Kelgo,  Ishihara,  and  Motonaka.  223,923. 
Nagel,  Robert  I.  Vehicle  marker  light  lens.  223,953.  6-20-72, 

Nagel,  Robert  I.,  to  Triangle  Mobile  Home  Products    Inc.  Ve- 
hicle marker  light  lens.  223.954,  6-20-72.  Cl    D48 — 32 

Nagel.  Robert  I.,  to  Triangle  Mobile  Home  Products.  Inc.  Ve- 
hicle marker  light  lens.  223,955,  6-20-72,  Cl.  D48 — 32. 

National  Can  Corp. :  Bee — 

Zundel.  Arthur  P.  223,899. 

National  Cash  Register  Co..  The  :  See — 

Kaufman.  James  C.  and  Funkhouser.   223.963. 

Niemann,  James  E..  to  American  Standard.  Inc.  Kitchen  faucet 
handle.  223,913.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D23— 29. 

Oelmann.    Helnrich,    Curtain    fabric.    223,981,    6-20-72.    Cl, 
D92— 1. 

Oelmann.    Helnrich.    Curtain    fabric.    223,982,    6-20-72,    Cl. 
D92 — 1. 

Ohtsu,   Yutaka.   to   Citizen   Watch   Co..   Ltd.   Calculating  ma- 
chine. 223.965,  6-20-72,  Cl.  D64— 11. 

^*'"2V72*C°'  D23— 30^*^^^  ^°'  ^^^'  "^*^^^  handle.  223,914, 

^''&2?XrO-k  c'l' b2V?4^*''*"    ''''■    ^'"*"*   ^"^**^'- 
PalazMlo,    Thomas    P.    Game    board.    223,939,    6-20-72     Cl 

D34 — 5.  ' 

Panzica,  Anton  J.  :  See — 

Fritz.  Albert  J.,  and  Panzica.  223,980. 
Parsons,    John    R.    Illuminating   toy.    223,941,   6-20-72    Cl. 

D34 — 15. 
Paulson,    Maurice   G.,   T.   Kelleher,   M.   L.   Price,   and   M    L. 
n  JftVo°  A',*'??,j'a  Electronics  Corp.  Power  supply.  223,932, 
6—20—72,  Cl.  D26 — 15. 
Petnicelli,  Jillo  J    Signal  light.  223,967.  6-20-72.  Cl.  D72— 1. 
Pfellstlcker,  Lee  J.  :  See — 

Zblkowskl,  Theodore  H.,  and  Pfellstlcker.  223.944. 
Piegza.  Henry  J.,  to  Welding  and  Steel  Fabrication  Co..  Inc. 

Inspection  pressure  vessel.  223.961,  6-20-72    Cl    D55 1 

Price.  Marvin  L.  :  See — 

Paulson.  Maurice  G..  Kelleher,  Price,  and  Levin.  223  932. 
^  »  oJ?',f"^?°^„^-   Game  board  or  similar  article.   223,938. 

6-20-72,  Cl.  D34 — 905. 
Quaker  Oats  Co..  The  :  See— 

Cammelot,  Peter  A.,  and  Duvall.  223.891. 
Ralston.  Richard  H.  :  See — 

Kavanagh,  Thomas  S.,  Ralston.  Campbell.  Aweida.  and 
Thurmer.  22.'?.922. 
Rlmar  Mfe.,  Inc.  :   See — 

Shaeffer.  Donald  E.  223,901. 

^'223.972!'fi^2£7^"ci°D83-8^  '"'"  "^^  "^"^  "  °""'"*f  '*°*"*- 
Rodriguez!  Edith.  Drapes.  223,950,  6-20-72    Cl    D47 — 6 
Ropella.  Leonard  A.  :  See — 

Ashby.  Frederick  R..  and  Ropella.  223.909. 
Saternus    Joseph  P.,  to  Borg-Wamer  Corp.  Intravenous  rod 
holder.  223.970.  6-20-72,  Cl.  D83 — 1. 
Schwinn  Bicvcle  Co.  :  See — 

Fritz.  Albert  J.,  and  Panzica.  223,980. 
Shaeffer,  Donald  E..  to  Rlmar  Mfg..  Inc.  Comer  bead.  223.- 

Rimpson  Timber  Co.  :  See — 
Bates,  Dana  B.  223,894. 


PI  50 


LIST   OF   DESIGN   PATENTEES 


1 


Idc.  Adding 


01. 


-20. 
and 


Singer  Co.,  The :  See — 

Current.  Wayne  A.  223.966. 
Slama,  Klaua-Dleter.  to  Litton  Buslnesa  Systems 

machine.  223,964,  6-20-72.  CI.  D64-11 
Smith,    Charles    J.    P.    Sod    remover.    223.892,    6-20-72. 

So?e^r7Rbbert  B.  Scooter.  223.943.  6-20-72.  CI.  D34— 15. 

'*"°Grub?  Clifford  E^'Tnd  Stern.  223.976. 
Stanley  Works.  The  :  See — 

StepKry  K'DesfK'-223,952.  6-20-72.  CI.  D48- 

^*°"^!fa%Ira'g°h?'WoS°a'sPi..^RVBton.  Campbell.  Aweida 

Thurmer.  223,922. 
Sunbeam  Corp. :  See— 

Irelan,  Edward  A.  223.973. 
Swank.  Inc. :  See — 

Ehrensaal.  Jay.  223,979. 
Sybron  Corp. :  See — 

Valeska.  John  J.  223,919. 

Valeska.  John  J.  223.920. 
Textron  Inc.  :  See — 

Patton,  George  T..  Jr.  223.927. 
Thurmer.  Regomar  A.  :  See—  ^         ,    ,,      .       ,j  , 

Kavanagh,  Thomas   S.,  Ralston,  Campbell.  Awclda.  and 
Thurmer.  223.922. 

°°  Zblk°ow8kl,  Theodore  H..  and  Pfellsticker.  223,944. 
Toyo  Valve  Co.,  Ltd. :  iScc— 

Okano^  Masao.  223J14. 
Triangle  Mobile  Home  Products,  Inc.  :  See- 

Nagel,  Robert  I.  223,954. 

Nagel,  Robert  I.  223,955. 
Tsutsul   Thomas  K.  Combined  shoe  horn  and  key  holder.  223.- 

974,  6-20-72.  CI.  D86— 10. 
Union  Carbide  Corp. :  See— 

Frazer,  John  S.  223,896. 


U.S.  Plywoed-Champion  Papers,  Inc. :  See — 

Asbby,  Frederick  R..  and  Ropella,  223,909. 
Valeska,  John  J.,  to  Sybron  Corp.  Dental  cabinet  or  the  like. 

223.919,  6-20-72.  CI.  D24— 1.  , 
Valeska,  John  J.,  to  Sybron  Corp.  Dental  cabinet  counter  top 

223.920,  6-20-72.  CI.  D24— 1. 
Vendo  Co.,  The  :  See — 

Gran.  William  A.  223,957. 
Vuynovlch,  Mile  :  Sec — 

Vuyno?ich,  Mile,  and  Werle.  223,969  ^ 

Vuynovlch,  Mile,  and  O.  P.  Werle,  to  Mile  V'uynovich.  ©raft 

ing  ruler  or  similar  article.  223,959,  6-20-72.  CI.  D52-+-6 
Wallace-Murray  Corp.  :  See — 
Ament,  Myron  J.  223,916. 
Ament.  Myron  J.  223,917. 
Welding  and  Steel  Fabrication  Co.,  Inc. :  See — 

Plegia,  Henry  J.  223.961. 
Went!,   Andrew    J..    Jr.    Wall    sconce.    223,951.    6-20-7$.   CI. 

D48— 92. 
Werle.  Otto  P.  :  See — 

VuynoTlch,  Mile,  and  Werle.  D223.959. 
Whltworth,   William   B.    Money    box.    223.940.    6-20-7>.   CI. 
D34— 11. 

to  Mead  Johnson  and  Co.  Vitamin 

223.910,  6-20-72.  CI.  D16 — 3. 
to  Mead  Johnson  and  Co.  Vitamin  tablet 

223.911,  6-20-72,  CI.  D16— 3. 
to  Mead  Johnson  and  Co.  Vitamin  (ablet 

223.912,  6-20-72,  CI.  D16— 3 
See — 


^abl 


et 


Wlethop,  Robert  R., 

or  similar  article. 
Wlethop.  Robert  R., 

or  similar  article. 
Wlethop.  Robert  R.. 

or  similar  article. 
Wild  Rover  Corp. 

Adelson.  Alexander  M.  223,924. 
Wortman.  Jean   L.    Sunbathing  device.   223.971.  6-20-7^.  CI. 

D83 — 1. 
Zblkowskl.  Theodore  H..  and  L.  J.  Pfellsticker.  to  Tonka  Corn. 

Toy    truck    cement    mixer    body.    223,944.    6-20-73.    Cl. 

D34— 15. 


Zundel 
223, 


Arthur  P.,  to  National  Can 
6-20-72,  Cl.  D9— 218. 


Corp.  Can  or  th< 


like. 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 

ISSUED  JUNE  20,  1972 


Note.— First  number,  class;  second  number,  subclass;  third  number,  patent  number 


22 
93 


CLASS! 

3.670.339 
3.670.340 


CLASS  3 

1.2  3.670.341 

CLASS  4 

134  3.670.342 

172.13  3.670.343 

236  3.670.441 

CLASS  S 

3.670.344 
3.670.345 
3.670.346 
3.670.348 
3.670,347 

CLASS S 

3.671.176 
3.671.177 
3.671.178 
3.671.183 
3.671.179 
3.671.184 
3.671.180 
3.671.181 
3.671.182 

CLASS  9 

3.670.349 


II 

91 
344 
345 

348 

39 
4IC 
52 
85 

101 
120 
149 
165 
170 

12 

CLASS  12 

142RS  3.670.350 

CLASS  13 

1  3.671.655 

14  3.671.656 

CLASS  14 

3.670.351 


CLASS  29 


1 


CLASS  IS 

4  3.670.352 

250.02  3.670.353 

250.04  3.670.354 

250.32  3.670.355 

25035  3.670.356 

348  3.670.359 

CLASS  16 

16  3.670.360 

18  3.670.361 

105  3.670.357 

150  3.670.358 

CLASS  17 

11.2  3.670.365 

39  3,670.362 

55  3.670.363 

66  3.670.364 

CLASS  19 

,3.670.366 
3.670.367 

CLASS  33 

3.671,185 

3.671.186 

3.671.188 

3.671.189 

3.671.187 

3.671 

3.671 

3.671 

3.671 

3.671 

3.671 

3.671 

3.671,196 

3.671.198 

3.671,199 

3.671.200 

3.671.201 

3.671.202 


12 
255 

2R 
24Z 

59 
88 

89 
111 
113 
148 
176 
200 
209.1 
230PC 
254E 
277 
284 
300 
307 
315 


190 
191 
193 
194 
197 
192 
195 


CLASS  34 


I6PB 

67.7 

68T 

73 

125N 
263DA 
26SSH 


Re.27.391 
3.670.369 
3.670.370 
3.670.371 
3.670.368 
3.670.372 
3.670.374 
3.670.373 

CLASS  36 

57A  3.670.375 1 


25.17 
25.18 

25.42 

105 

124 

156.61 

1S6.8CF 

182.5 

187 

195 

196.6 

200J 
203R 
2IIR 

244 

256 

271 

273 

411 

423 

470.1 

471.1 

471.3 

472.3 

505 

509 

527.5 

563 

571 

574 

593 

596 

602 
625 


4R 

180 
276 

338 
349 

29 
48 


3.670.376 
3.670.377 
3.670.378 
3.670.379 
3.670.380 
3,670.381 
3.670.383 
3.670.382 
3.671.201 
3.671.204 
3.671.205 
3.671.206 
3.671.207 
3.670.384 
3.670.385 
3.670.386 
3.670.387 
3.670.388 
3.670.389 
3.670.390 
3.670.391 
3.670.392 
3.670.393 
3.670,394 
3.670,395 
3.670.396 
3.670.397 
3.670.398 
3.670.399 
3.670.400 
3,670,402 
3.670.403 
3.670.404 
3.670.406 
3.670.405 
3.670.407 
3.670.408 
3.670.409 

CLASS  30 

3.670.410 
3.670.411 
3.670.412 
3.670,413 
3,670.414 
3.670.415 

CLASS  33 

3.671.079 
3,670,416 


CLASS  33 

46  3.670.417 
7SR  3.670.418 
172B  3.670.419 
174L  3.670.420 
3.670.421 
265  3.670.422 
286        3.670.423 

CLASS  34 

9  3.670,424 

46  3,670,425 

CLASS  35 

8A  3.670.472 

10.4  3.671.657 

12N  3.670.426 

35J  3.670.427 

39  3.670.428 

CLASS  3« 

3.670.429 

CLASS  37 

3.670.430 
3.670.431 

CLASS  3a 

3.670.432 
3.670.433 


3B 

127 
193 

22 
77.3 


CLASS  40 


104.18 

106.45 

107 

126B 

129C 

IS6 

215 


3.670.434 
3.670.435 
3.670.436 
3.670.437 
3.670.438 
3.670.439 
3.670.440 


70F 


12 


CLASS  42 

3.670.442 

CLASS  43 

3.670.444 


17 

42.19 

42.4 

43.14 

535 


3.670.443 
3.670.446 
3.670.445 
3.670.447 
3.670.448 


23 

40 
135 
178 
202 

180C 
209 

103 
360 

34D 

92R 
135R 
165.71 
181R 
2I5HM 
291 
298 
394 


CLASS  4« 

3.670.449 
3.670.450 
3.670.45 1 
3.670.452 
3.670.453 

CLASS  48 

3.671.208 
3.671.209 

CLASS  49 

3.670.454 
3.670.455 
CLASS  SI 

3.670.456 
3,670.457 
3,670.458 
3.670.460 
3.670.459 
3.670.461 
3.670.462 
3.670.467 
3.670.463 


72.6 


3.670.512 


30 
115 
204 
285 
298 
395 
638 


CLASS  S3 

3.670,464 
3.670.465 
3.670.466 
3.670.469 
3.670.468 
3.670.470 
3.670.471 


CLASS  S3 

37  3.670.473 

55  3.670.474 

234  3.670.475 

CLASS  S4 

8  3.670,476 

CLASS  SS 

227  3.670.477 

242  3.670.478 

416  3.670.479 

430  3.670.480 

CLASS  S« 

10.4  3.670.481 

98  3.670.482 

314  3.670.483 

CLASS  S7 

3.670.484 
3.670.485 
3.670.486 
3.670.487 
3.670.488 
3.670.489 
3.670.490 


34R 

50 

58.89 

77.3 

77.4 
140 
156 

CLASS  58 

23BA  3.670.491 

28A  3.670.492 

116  3.670.493 

CLASS  M 

23  3.670.494 

25  3.670.495 

39.32  3.670.497 

54  3.670.498 

3.670.499 

57R  3.670.500 

261  3.670.501 

288  3.670.496 

324  3.670.502 

CLASS  01 

3.670.503 
3.670,504 
3.670.505 
3.670.506 
3.670.507 
3.670.515 
3,670.508 
3.670.509 
3.670.510 
3.670.511 
3.670.513 
3.670.5 14  I 


.5 

3 
14 

35 
46.5 

63 
69 

72.1 

72.3 

72.4 


CLASS  62 

35 

3.670.516 

45 

3.670.517 

116 

3.670.519 

167 

3,670.518 

314 

3,670,520 

329 

3,670.521 

333 

3.670.522 

344 

3.670.523 

CLASS  63 

18 

3.670.524 

23 

3.670.525 

5 

234 

20 

50R 
147 
177 


CLASS  6S 

3,671.210 
3.671.211 

CLASS M 

3.670.526 
3.670.527 
3.670.528 
3.670.529 


CLASS  68 

17A  3.670.530 

177  3.670.531 

188  3.670.532 

207  3.670.533 

CLASS  69 

30  3.670,534 

CLASS  70 
58  3.670.535 

99  3.670.536 

120  3.670.537 
271  3.670.538 
299  3.670.539 
421  3.670.540 

CLASS  71 
77  3.671.212 

94  3,671.213 

95  3.671,214 
97  3,671.215 

100  3.671.216 

105  3.671.217 

115  3.671.218 

121  3.671,219 

CLASS  73 

3.670.541 
3.670,542 
3.670.543 
3.670.544 
3.670.545 
3.670.546 
3.670.547 
3.670.548 
3.670.549 
3.670.550 
3.670.587 
3.670.551 
3.670.552 
3.670.588 
3.670.553 
3.670.554 
3.670.555 
3.670.556 
3.670.557 


CLASS  74 


8 

41 

49 

58 

63 

75 
187 
208 
239 

252 
263 
289 

307 
347 
370 
402 
421 

17R 

35 

37 

61.2 

71.5 

71.6 

117.1 

117.3 

151 

154 

159 

180 

190R 

I94R 

342 

379R 

379 

388 

393 

423R 


CLASS  73 

3.670.558 
3.670.559 
3.670.560 
3.670,561 
3.670.562 
3.670.563 
3.670.564 
3.670.565 
3.670.566 
3,670.567 
3.670.568 
3.670.569 
3.670.570 
3.670,571 
3,670.572 
3.670.574 
3.670.573 
3.670.575 
3.670.576 
3.670,377 


5.6 

63 
86 
88 

89.15 
199 

325 

353 

492 

493 

574 

688 

689 

710.5 

752E 

815 

866 

869 


3.670.578 
3.670.585 
3.670.579 
3.670.581 
3.670.582 
3.670.583 
3.670.584 
3.670.586 
3.670.589 
3.670.590 
3,670,591 
3.670.592 
3.670.593 
3.670.595 
3.670.594 
3.670.596 
3.670.597 
3.670.580 
3.670.598 
3.670.599 


CLASS 7S 


.5B 
20F 

83 
122 
129 
157.5 
175.5 
178AC 
207 
211 
Z13 


3.671.220 
3.671.221 
3.671.222 
3.671.223 
3.671.224 
3.671.225 
3.671.226 
3.671.227 
3.671.228 
3.671.229 
3,671.230 


36 
83 


CLASS  76 

3.670.600 
3.670,601 


CLASS  81 

52.4  3.670.602 

53R  3.670.603 

98  3,670.604 

125  3.670.605 

CLASS  82 

IC  3.670.606 

3.670.607 

36A  3.670.608 


CLASS  83 

37 

3.670.609 

55 

3.670.610 

81 

3.670.611 

99 

3.670.612 

139 

3.670.613 

208 

3.670.614 

367 

3.670.615 

397 

3.670.616 

CLASS  84 

1.01  3.671.658 

1.17  3.671.659 

330  3.670.617 

349  3.671.«60 

473  3.671.661 

CLASS  85 

UP  3.670.618 

9  3.670.619 

CLASS  89 

1.5B  3.670.620 

1.8  3.670.621 

I4C  3,670.622 

34  3.670.623 

47  3.670.624 

CLASS  90 

3.670.625 


86 


CLASS  91 

3 

3,670.626 

167 

3.670.627 

358A 

3,670.628 

CLASS  92 

72 

3.670.629 

129 

3.670.630 

CLASS  94 

50V 

3.670.631 

CLASS  9S 

4.5R  3.670.632 

3.670.633 

lOCT  3.670.636 


IOC 

IIL 
31CA 


3.670.637 
3.670.634 
3.670.635 
3.670.639 
3.670.638 


1 

1.6 

1.8 


15 

27R 
27 

29R 
29 

36.2 
54 

64 
66 
76R 
88 

89 

90 

99 
100 
101 
107 
109 

111 
122 
663 


CLASSM 

3.671.231 
3.671.233 
3.671.232 
3.671.234 
3.671.235 
3.671.236 
3.671.239 
3.671.237 
3,671.238 
3.671.240 
3.671,241 
3.671.242 
3.671.243 
3.671.244 
3.671.245 
3.671.246 
3.671.248 
3.671.249 
3.671.250 
3.671.251 
3.671.252 
3.671.253 
3.671.257 
3.671.254 
3.671,258 
3.671.255 
3.671.259 
3.671.256 
3.671.260 
3.671.247 


CLASS  98 

2.18  3.670.640 

CLASS  99 

2R  3.671.261 

70  3.671.262 

3.671.263 

92  3.670.665 

94  3.671.264 

104  3.671.265 

126  3.671.266 

128  3.671.267 

136  3.671.268 

139  3.671.269 

171H  3.671.270 

174  3.671.271 

194  3.671.272 

236CC  3.671.273 

293  3.670.641 

329RT  3.670.642 

CLASS  100 

37  3.670.643 

168  3.670.644 

CLASS  101 

181  3.670.645 

382MV  3.670.646 

426  3.670.647 

CLASS  103 

3.670.648 
3.670.649 
3.670.650 
3.670.651 
3.670.654 
3.670.652 
3.670.653 
3.670.655 
3.670.656 
3.670.657 


4 
38 
42C 

70.2GA 

70.2P 

70.2R 

79 

81 

87 

CLASS  104 

22  3.670.658 

101  3.670.659 

CLASS  lOS 

171  3.670.660 

199  A  3.670.661 

199C  3.670.662 

366C  3.670.663 

377.6  3.670.664 

CLASS  106 

1  3.671.274 

44  3.671.275 

47Q  3.671.276 

3.671,277 


PI  51 


PI  52 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


4t  3.67l.27« 

116  3.671.2B0 

I6S  3.671.279 

2SaO  3.671.2S1 

CLASS  1 16 

7R  3.670.6M 

SA  3.670.667 

3.670.66S 

3.670.669 

CLASS  111 

10  3.670,670 

77  3,670,671 

CLASS  112 

3.670.672 


79R 
113 
121.12 
121.29 
IS8B 
199 
235 
262 

CLASS  114 


3.670.673 
3.670.675 
3.670.674 
3.670.676 
3.670.677 
3.670.678 
3.670.679 


I6R 

40 

4S 

63R 
66.SP 

74A 
162 
230 


3.670.680 
3.670.681 
3,670.682 
3.670.683 
3,670.684 
3.671,315 
3.670.685 
3.670.686 


CLASS  126 

9IA  Re.27,392 

llOR  3.670.713 

16S  3.670.714 

204  3.670.716 

270  3.670.717 

CLASS  137 

2S  Rc.27.402 

46R  3.671,316 

CLASS  13S 


CLASS  IIS 

ISR  3.670.687 

CLASS  lU 


34 
112 

119 
I24B 


10 

16 

21 

33.3 

36.4 

37LE 

39 

47A 

54 

62 

74 

75 

76 

93.31 
lOOB 
113 
115 
116 
118 
I22P 
I23A 
136 
137 

138.8F 
138.8N 
139.4 
I39.5A 
156 
201 
211 
212 

213 
216 
333 

5 

24 

63 
320 
408 
425 
629 
636 
637 


3.670.6S8 
3.670.689 
3.670.690 
3.670.691 
3.670.692 

CLASS  117 

3.671.283 

3.671.282 

3.671.284 

3.671.286 

3.671.287 

3.671.290 

3;67l.288 

3.671,289 

3.671.291 

3,671.292 

3.671,293 

3.671.283 

3,671.294 

3.671,295 

3,671,296 

3,671,297 

3.671.298 

3.671.299 

3.671.300 

3.671.301 

3.671,302 

3,671.304 

3.671,303 

3.671.305 

3.671.306 

3.671.307 

3.671.308 

3.671.310 

3.671,309 

3.671.311 

3.671.312 

3.671.313 

3.671.314 

3.671.317 

3.671.286 

CLASS  1  It 

3.670.693 
3.670,694 
3.670.695 
3.670.696 
3.670.697 
3.670.698 
3,670.699 
3.670.700 
3.670.701 

CLASS  119 

52R  3.670.702 

CLASS  121 

990  3.670.677 

CLASS  122 
406R  3.670.703 

448S  3.670.704 

CLASS  123 


8.47  3.670.705 

32EA  3.670.706 

90.57  3.670.707 

I03E  3.670.708 

124R  3.670.709 

I40MP  3.670.710 

CLASS  134 

25  3.670.711 

30R  3.670.712 


IR  3.670.718 

2A  3.670.719 

2.05C  3.670.720 

2.05V  3.670,715 

6  3.670.721 

3.670.722 

64  3.670,723 

92D  3.670.724 

149  3.670.725 

188  3.670.726 

214C  3.670.728 

2I4R  3.670.727 

214.4  3,670,729 

222  3,670,730 

284  3,670.731 

297  3,670,732 

305  3,670,733 

3,670,734 

327  3,670.735 

404  3,670.736 

422  3,670,737 

549  3.670.738 

CLASS  13* 

.271  3,670.739 

CLASS  131 

26 IR  3.670.740 

CLASS  132 
5  3,670,741 

88.7  3,670,742 

CLASS  134 
45  3,670.743 

57R  3.670.744 

107  3.670,746 

CLASS  I3S 

IR  3.670.747 

5  1  3.670.750 
20  3.670.748 
33C  3.670,749 

CLASS  136 

6  3,671.318 
3,671,319 

75  3,671.320 

3.671,321 

83R  3,671.322 

86D  3.671,323 

153  3,671,324 

178  3,671,325 

205  3,671.326 

225  3.671,327 

230  3.671.328 

233  3.671.329 

CLASS  137 

1  3,670,751 

13  3,670,752 

81.5  3,670,753 

3,670.754 

3.670.755 

84  3.670.745 

102  3.670,756 

103  3.670,757 
150  3,670,758 
171  3.670.759 
218  3.670.760 
315  3.670.761 
342  3.670.762 
355.18  3.670.763 
357  3.670.764 
392  3.670.765 
512.15  Re.27.399 

515.5  3.670.766 
596  3.670.767 
606  3.670.768 
610  3.670.769 
614.04  3.670.770 

625.6  3.670.771 

CLASS  I3« 

114  3.670.772 

155  3.670.773 

178  3.670.774 

CLASS  139 

185  3.670.775 

188  3.670.776 

247  3.670.777 

304  3,670,779 

349  3,670,778 

387  3,670,780 

CLASS  I4« 

7IR  3.670.781 

93R  3.670.783 

93.2  3.670.782 

118  3.670.784 


CLASS  141 

9  3.670.785 

92  3.670.786 

250  3.670.787 

CLASS  143 

36R  3.670.788 

CLASS  144 
193D  3.670.789 

213  3.670.790 

326A  3.670.791 

CLASS  I4« 

81 A  3.670.792 

94R  3.670.793 

CLASS  14« 


1.6 
6.17 
6.2 
6.27 
12.3 
28 
36 
111 
175 
179 
187 

19 

21 
37 

7 
29 


3.671.330 
3.671.332 
3,671.331 
3,671,333 
3,671.334 
3.671.335 
3.671.336 
3.671.337 
3.671.338 
3.671.339 
3.671.340 

CLASS  149 

3.671.341 
3,671,342 
3,671.343 

CLASS  ISI 

3.670.794 
3.670,795 
41.75  3.670.796 

CLASS  1S« 

3.671.344 
3.671.345 
3.671,346 
3.671.347 
3.671,348 
3.671,349 


134  3.670.811 

175  3.670.812 

CLASS  IM 
.5  3.670.813 

3.670.814 
136  3.670,815 

252  3.670.816 

3.670.817 
273  3.670.818 

305R  3.670.819 

3.670.820 
315  3.670.821 

CLASS  172 

7  3.670.822 

128  3.670.823 

449  3.670.824 

805  3.670,825 

CLASS  173 

4  3,670.826 

146  3.670.827 

CLASS  174 

9F  Re.27.397 

28  3.671.662 

120SC  3.671.663 

CLASS  17S 
4.5  3.670.828 

50 

52 


31P  3.671.398 

100  3.671.399 

3.671.400 

CLASS  197 

18HB  3.671.678 

64  3.670.861 

CLASS  I9S 


19 
77 
145 
160 
187 
229 
233 
250 
267 
302 
306 
309 
324 
359 
401 
436 
466 
472 
510 
552 
556 
574 
580 


118 
354 

27 
38 
40 
43 

58 

64 
76 
93 
159 
162 
165 
170 

173 
175 
180 
214 
252 

152 
224 
284 
304 
306 

63 
76 
95 
154 
258 
267 
274 
312 

22 
39 
42 
60 
70 


57 

18 
24 
73 
79 

1 


3.671.351 
3,671.350 
3.671.352 
3.671,353 
3,671,354 
3,671.356 
3.671,355 
3,671,357 
3,671,358 
3,671,359 
3,671,360 
3,671,361 
Re.27,398 
3,671,362 
3,671,363 
3.671,364 
3,671,365 
3,671,366 

CLASS  16* 

3.670,797 
3,670,798 

CLASS  161 

3.671.367 
3.671.368 
3.671.369 
3.671.370 
3.671.371 
3.671.372 
3.671,373 
3.671.025 
3.671.374 
3.671.375 
3.671.377 
3.671.376 
3.671.378 
3.671.384 
3.671.379 
3.671.380 
3.671.381 
3.671,382 
3.671,383 

CLASS  162 

3,671,385 
3,671,386 
3,671.387 
3.671.388 
3.671.389 

CLASS  164 

3.670,799 
3.670,401 
3,670,800 
3.670.801 
3.670.802 
3.670.803 
3.670.804 
3.670.805 

CLASS  165 

3.670.806 
3.670.807 
3.670.808 
3.670.809 
3.670.810 


16 

22R 

29 

33AA 

3  3  AC 

38 

41 
185 
193 


5  4ST 
66P 
6.7R 
68 


7.3S 
67 
68 
69A 


3.670.829 
3,670.830 
3.670,831 
3,670.832 
CLASS  176 

3.671.392 
3.671.390 
3.671.393 
3.671.394 

CLASS  177 

3.670.833 

CLASS  ITS 

3.671.664 
3.671.665 
3.671.666 
3.671.391 
3.671.667 
3.671.668 
3.671.669 
3.671.670 
3.671.671 
3.671.672 


CLASS  179 


IVC 

15  AT 

15FD 

I6F 

I8DA 

818 

100.  IDR 
100.2CH 
100.2MD 
100.2Z 
117 
156 


41 
69.1 
114 


124 


3.671.673 
3.671,674 
3.671.675 
3,671.676 
3,671,677 
3,671.679 
3.671.680 
3.671.681 
3.671.683 
3.671.682 

13.671.684 
3.671.685 

CLASS  IM 

3.670.834 
3.670.835 
3.670.836 
3.670.837 
3.670.838 

CLASS  181 


.5NC 
.5H 

3tB 

31R 

33C 

40 

57 


19 

20 

92 

115 


3.670.862 
3.670.863 
3,670.864 
3.670.865 
3.670.866 
3.670.867 
3.670.868 
3.670.869 
3.670.870 


3,670,840 
3,670,839 
3,670.842 
3.670,841 
3,670.843 
3.670.844 
3.670.845 

CLASS  I S3 

3,670,849 
3.670.846 
3.670,847 
3,670,848 

CLASS  184 

6.23  3.670.850 

CLASS  187 

29R  3,670,851 

CLASS  lU 

IC  3,670.852 

71.6  3,670,854 

72.6  3,670.853 

82.3  3.670.855 

CLASS  193 

6A  3.670,856 

60  3,670,857 

I07R  3.670,858 

112  3.670.859 

CLASS  194 

IJ  3.670.860 

CLASS  19S 

28R  3.671.395 

3.671.396 


CLASS  300 

SEA  3.671.686 

IITC  3.671.687 

48A  3.671,689 

48R  3,671.688 

61.4SR  3.671.690 

61.54  3.671,691 

61.86  3,671,692 

67G  3,671.693 

81 H  3.671.694 

84R  3.671,695 

I44B  3,671.696 

I44R  3.671.697 

148R  3.671.698 

157  3,671,699 

160  3,671.700 

166C  3.671.702 

166J  3.671.701 

CLASS  201 

12  3.671.401 

15  3.671.402 
25  3.671.403 

CLASS  303 
176  3.671.404 

CLASS  304 

4  3.671.405 

16  3.671.406 
32R  3.671.407 
43  3.671.408 
49  3.671.409 
56  3.671.410 

130  3.671.411 

181  3.671.412 

195L  3.671.413 

195R  3.671.414 

284  3,671,415 

297R  3,671.416 

320  3,671,417 

CLASS  306 

13  3,670,871 

44R  3,670,872 

45.34  3.670,881 

46PV  3,670,874 

46H  3,670,873 

52F  3,670,875 

58  3,670,876 

59F  3,670.877 

62P  3.670.878 

65D  3.670,879 

65S  3,670,880 

CLASS  300 

10  3,671,418 

57  3.671,419 

61  3,671,420 

68  3,671.421 

79  3.671.422 

97  3.671.423 

127  3.671.424 

216  3.671.425 

CLASS  309 

3.670,882 
3.670.883 
3.670.884 
3,670.885 


2 
5 

80 
80.5 
139A  3,670,886 

CLASS  310 

3.670,887 


CL4SS3I4 

IP  3.670,902 

3.670.904 

lO  3.670,903 

6P  3,670,906 

I6.4A  3,670,905 

17DB  3,670,907 

24  3,670.908 

43  3.670,909 

141  3,670.910 

312  3,^70.911 

313  3.670.912 
522  3.670.913 

CLASS 3I« 
32  3.670.914 

48  3.670.913 

CLASS  310 

10.53  3.671.709 

10.75  3.471,703 

10.81  3,671.704 

69C  3,671.705 

69M  3.671,706 

74  3.671.707 
78  3.671.708 
99  3,671.710 

I17HD  3.671.711 

I25R  3.671,712 

127  3.671.713 

203  3.471,714 

374  3.671.715 

CLASS  230 

9F  3.670.916 

10  3.670.917 

20  3.670.918 

54  3.670.919 

57  3.670.920 

75  3.670.921 
97C  3.670.922 

CLASS  332 

2  3.670,923 
3.670.924 

3  3.670,925 
47  3.670.926 

107  3.670.927 

288  3.670.928 

400.7  3j670.929 

527  3j670,930 

CLASS  2)3 

71  3j670,931 

75  3j670,932 

CLASS  334 
288  3,670,933 

42.038  3,670.935 

42.  IE  3,670.934 

42.42  3,670.936 

45T  3,670.937 

48R  3,670.938 

CLASS  33S 
99  3,670.939 

CLASS  336 
8  3,670.940 

CLASS  337 

3.670,941 
10  3,670,942 

60  3,670,943 

CLASS  33S 

1  3,670.944 

4  3.670.943 

CLASS  339 
4.5  3.670,946 

33  3,670.948 

39R  3.670,949 

40  3.670.950 

43  3.670.951 

44R  3.670.952 

54R  3,670,947 

57  3.670.953 

3,670,954 

CLASS  ]33 

7  1,670.955 

CLASS 33S 


29 


3,671.397 


5 

20 
71 
90 
104 
128 
134 
138 
164 
167 
242 
321 
356 

182 

14 

151 


3.671.426 
3.670.888 
3.670.889 
3.670.890 
3.670.891 
3.670.892 
3.670.893 
3.670.894 
3.670.895 
3.670.896 
3.670.897 
3.670.898 

CLASS  31 1 

3.670.899 

CLASS  212 

3.670.900 

CLASS  313 

3.670.901 


60TN 

61. lie 

61.1ID 

61. HE 

6I.11H 

6I.12N 

61.6A 

61. 7B 

70A 

94R 

150.1 

150.27 

151 

151.11 

151.3 

164 

186 

189 

192 


3,670.957 

3,671,720 

1.671.719 

).671.7I8 

$.671,721 

1.671.722 

1,671.716 

3,671,717 

3.670.958 

3.670.959 

3.671.725 

J.67 1,723 

3.671.724 

3.671.727 

3.671,726 

3,670.956 

3.671.729 

3.671.728 

3.671.730 

3.671.731 


r>1    ACCfCT/^  ATinXT /^C  DAXCXTTC 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


PI  53 


CLASS  336 

1 1  3.670.960 


CLASS  339 


15 

62 

77 
265.019 
308 
337 
412 


3.670.961 
3.670.962 
3.670,963 
3.670.964 
3.670,965 
3.670,966 
3.670.967 


CLASS  340 

8.2S  3.671.733 

8.3  3.671.732 

10.06  3,671,734 

41.1  3.671,733 

47  3.671.736 

84  3.671.738 

122  3.671.739 

CLASS  341 

21  3,670.968 

27  3,670,969 

3,670,970 
69  3.670.971 

76  3.670.972 

I88R  3.670,973 


CLASS  343 


22 
45 

47.12 

54R 

S4.4 

64 

67.1 

67.4 

71.2 

74.2 

84.03C 

84.43 
107.1 
118.4 
I58R 
192 

197 
204 


3,670,974 
3.670.975 
3.670.976 
3,670.977 
3.670.978 
3.670.979 
3.670,980 
3,670.981 
3.670.982 
3.670.983 
3.670.984 
3.670.985 
3.670.986 
3.670,987 
3.670.988 
3.670.989 
3.670.990 
3,670.991 
3,670,992 


CLASS  344 

32 

3.670,993 

42CC 

3.670.994 

80 

3.670,995 

103 

3.670,996 

HOC 

3,670,997 

121 

3,670,998 

137 

3.670.999 

CLASS  340 

43 

3.671.001 

205  R 

3.671,000 

300 

3.671,002 

36IR 

3,671,003 

467 

3.671,004 

480 

3,671,005 

CLASS  349 

97  3,671,006 

114  3,671,007 

155  3.671.008 

CLASS  3M 

4I.9ME  3.671.737 

43. 5R  3.671,740 

44  3,671,741 

49.5  A  3,671.743 

49.5E  3,671.742 

51.5  3,671,744 

61  3.671.745 

S3.3R  3.671.746 

199  3.671.747 

201  3.671.748 

208  3.671,749 

211 J  3,671,751 

220R  3,671,752 

222R  3,671,753 

236  3.671,754 

237R  3,671,750 

3.671,755 

CLASS  351 

129  3.671.009 

151  3.671,010 

323  3.671.011 


CLASS  343 


8.SM 

25 

32.7E 
33.4 
33.6 
46 
49.6 
49.8 
62.1 
62.56 
62.58 
79.3 
90 
99 
103 


3.671.427 
3.671.428 
3.671.429 
3.671.430 
3.671.012 
3.671.431 
3.671.432 
3.671.433 
3.671,434 
3.671.646 
3.671,435 
3.671,436 
3.671.437 
3.671.438 
3.671,439 
3.671.440 


153  3.671.441 

171  3.671,442 

3.671,443 

3.671,444 

3.671.445 

3.671,446 

180  3.671.447 

3.671,448 

182  3.671.449 

186  3.671.450 

301. IS  3,671.453 

301. 2SC  3.671,435 

301.2  3,671.451 

301. 4F  3,671.432 

3.671,454 

305  3.671.456 

311.5  3.671,457 

351  3.671,458 

396  3,671,459 

358  3,671.460 

3.671.461 

429A  3.671,462 

448  3.671.463 

511  3.671.464 

548  3.671,465 

CLASS  254 

8R  3.671,013 

31  3.671,014 

142  3,671,015 

190  3,671,016 

CLASS  25* 
47  3,671.017 

CLASS  359 

4  3,671.018 

8  3,671,019 

10  3.671.020 

109  3,671.021 


CLASS 
2EP 

2A 
2H 
2M 
2R 

2.5AP 
2.5R 

17.4ST 

18PF 

20 

22R 

23AR 

23. 5A 

23.7M 

29.1  SB 

29.6RW 

30.2R 

30.4N 

308R 

32.8SB 

33.4S8 

336SB 

37SB 

37N 

40R 

45. 7R 

46.5E 

47CP 

47C2 

75NH 
77 

77.5AP 
77.5CR 
78L 


78R 

793MU 

7958 

80.7 

80.78 

85.5ES 

87.1 
87.5A 
87.5 
88.3R 

93.7 

203 

210R 

223 

229 

239BB 

239BD 

2393D 

240A 

240R 

244R 

247.5R 

248AS 

249.8 

290A 

23 1 A 


260 

3.671.592 

3.671,466 

3.671,469 

3.671,467 

3,671.468 

3.671,470 

Rc.27,401 

3.671,471 

3.671.472 

3,671,473 

3,671.474 

3,671,475 

3,671.476 

3,671,477 

3.671,478 

3.671,480 

3.671,479 

3,671.481 

3,671,482 

3,671.542 

3.671,483 

3,671,485 

3,671.484 

3.671.546 

3,671,486 

3,671,487 

3.671.488 

3.671,489 

3.671.490 

3.671.491 

3.671.614 

3.671.493 

3.671.494 

3.671.495 

3.671.497 

3.671.496 

3.671.499 

3.671,500 

3,671.501 

3.671.498 

3,671.502 

3,671.503 

3,671,504 

3,671.505 

3.671.506 

3,671.492 

3,671.508 

3,671,510 

3.671,509 

3.671.507 

3.671.511 

3.671.513 

3.671.514 

3.671.647 

3.671.515 

3.671,516 

3.671.519 

3.671,517 

3,671.318 

3.671.520 

3.671,648 

3,671,521 

3.671,322 

3,671,323 

3.671.524 

3.671.325 

3.671.326 


232 

3.671.649 

268BC 

3.671.528 

268PL 

3.671.527 

294.88 

3.671,529 

294.8D 

3,671,650 

294.8F 

3,671,512 

295F 

3,671,530 

305 

3.671.531 

306.7 

3,671.533 

3,671,334 

3.671.537 

3078 

3.671.538 

307C 

3.671.335 

307H 

3.671.539 

307.5 

3,671.536 

309.5 

3.671,540 

309.6 

3.671.541 

315 

3.671.544 

326D 

3.671.543 

3265FL 

3.671.545 

329P 

3.671.547 

332.2R 

3.671.548 

343.7 

3.671.549 

347.8 

3.671.550 

348R 

3.671.551 

369 

3.671.552 

392 

3.671.553 

397.3 

3.671.554 

397.4 

3,671.355 

404 

3.671,556 

408 

3.671,557 

4I0.9R 

3.671.538 

413 

3.671.359 

429R 

3,671,560 

437R 

3,671,561 

448.8R 

3.671,562 

463 

3.671.563 

3.671. 631 

46SF 

3,671,564 

465.1 

3.671,565 

465.2 

3.671.566 

465.8D 

3.671.567 

3.671,568 

3.671,569 

468R 

3,671,570 

471C 

3.671.571 

4«F 

3.671,574 

485G 

3,671,572 

488CD 

3,671.573 

491 

3.671.575 

497A 

3.671.576 

3.671.577 

515P 

3.671,378 

517 

3.671.379 

520 

3.671.580 

S27R 

3.671.581 

533R 

3.671.582 

535P 

3.671.583 

S39R 

3.671.584 

3,671,652 

S45R 

3,671.585 

3,671.586 

570.7 

3.671.587 

5868 

3.671.588 

586R 

3.671.389 

S93R 

3.671.590 

596 

3.671.391 

609D 

3.671,593 

633 

3,671,594 

648C 

3.671,595 

658R 

3.671,596 

666PY 

3,671,597 

3,671.599 

666M 

3,671.598 

3.671.600 

6718 

3.671.601 

672T 

3.671.602 

677A 

3.671.603 

677 

3.671,604 

678 

3,671,605 

680E 

3,671.606 

876R 

3.671,607 

878R 

3.671.608 

879 

3.671.609 

880R 

3.671,610 

932 

3.671,611 

987 

3,671,612 

CLASS  301 

26 

3,671,023 

29 

3,671,022 

39R 

3,671,024 

76 

3.671.025 

CLASS  3*3 

20  Rc.27,396 

218  3.671,026 

32R  3,671,027 

CLASS  304 

39  3,671,615 

3.671,653 

68  3,671.616 

89  3.671.617 

IIS  3,671.613 

120  3.671.618 

168  3.671,619 

171  3.671.620 


244 
263 
290 
294 


3.671,621 
3.671.622 
3.671.623 
3.671.624 


CLASS 3«« 

6S  3.671.028 

34  A  3.671.029 

CLASS  307 

3.671,030 
3.671.031 


54 

110 

72 


CLASS  309 

3.671,032 

CLASS  370 
83  3.671.033 

CLASS  371 
68  3.671.034 

76  3.671,035 

CLASS  273 

33  3,671.036 

3.671,037 

67R  3,671,038 

95R  3,671.039 

96R  3.67I.040 

135A  3.67 1. 04 1 

176A8  3.671.042 

CLASS  374 

4A  3.671,043 

4J  3.671.044 

I  OR  3.671.04S 

CLASS  277 

170  3.671.046 

227  3,671.048 

235R  3.671.047 

CLASS  379 

4  3.671,049 

47  3.671,050 

CLASS  380 

II.IET  3,671,051 

I1.35M         3,671,054 

11.35T  3.671.032 

3.671.053 

47.32  3.671,056 

87.01  3.671.055 

124R  3.671.057 

166  3.671.058 

CLASS 3S3 

7  3.671,059 

CLASS  305 
54  3,671,060 

CLASS  3t7 

20.92W  3,671,061 

127  3.671,062 

189.36C  3,671,063 


54 


CLASS  290 

3,671,756 


CLASS  393 
45  3.671.064 

175  3.671.065 

201  Re.27.390 

228  3.671,066 

292  3,671,067 

CLASS  393 

1  3.671,068 


CLASS 


81SF 


CLASS 


65R 
69 

32 
239 

I7S 

79 

37R 

8 
28 

29 


CLASS 


CLASS 


CLASS 


CLASS 


CLASS 


394 

3,671.069 

396 

3.671.070 
3.671.071 

297 

3.671.072 

3.671.074 

290 

3.671.073 

399 

3.671.075 

Ml 

3.671.076 

303 

3.671.077 
3.671.078 
3,671.079 


CLASS  303 

6C  3.671.080 

2I8E  3.671.081 

3.671.083 
2  IF  3.671.084 

3.671.083 
21 P  3.671.082 

23R  3.671.086 

60  3.671.087 

CLASS  305 

7  3.671.088 

CLASS  307 

lOLS  3,671.757 

I  OR  3,671,738 

88R  3,671,739 

106  3.671,761 

116  3,671.760 


117  3.671.762 

209  3,671.763 
3.671,764 

251  3.671,769 

252UA  3.671.768 

2528  3.671.770 

252W  3.671.767 

268  3.671.771 

269  3.671,772 
271  3.671.773 
273  3.671.774 
273  3.671,773 
289U  3,671.780 
291  3.671.776 
293  3.671.777 

309  3.671,781 

310  3,671,778 

311  3,671,779 

CLASS  300 

20  3.67 1 ,089 

36.1  3,671,090 

40  3,671.091 

72  3.671.092 

183  3.671.093 

CLASS  310 

9.5  3.671.765 

3.671,783 

3.671.784 

39  3.671,766 

3.671.782 

SO  3.671.785 

87  3.671.786 

154  3,671.787 

156  3,671,788 

163  3,671,789 

216  3,671,790 

219  3,671.791 

CLASS  312 

319  3.671.094 

352  3.671.095 

CLASS  313 

85S  3.671,794 

109  3.671.795 

204  3,671.796 

325  3.671,797 

336  3.671,798 

337  3,671.792 


CLASS  315 


2rrD 

36 
39.35 

83 

99 
127 
209 


3.671.799 
3.671.800 
3.671.801 
3.671,802 
3.671.803 
3.671.804 
3.671.805 


2R 

IIA 
I3R 

t8D 

20 

99 

lOlD 
118 

123 

133.5 

136 

1418 

230 

234 

235R 

235 

249R 

258 

6 
128 

138 

162 

164 

221E 

227 

231 

254 

293 

308 

345 

394 

471 

571 

696 


CLASS  317 

3.671.806 
3.671.807 
Re.27.393 
3.671,808 
3.671.809 
3.671.810 
Rc.27.400 
3.671,811 
3.671.812 
3.671,813 
3,671,814 
3,671,815 
3.671.816 
3.671.817 
3.671,818 
3,671,819 
3,671,793 
3,671,820 
3,671,821 
3,671,822 
3,671,823 

CLASS  318 

3.671.824 
3.671,825 
3.671,829 
3.671,826 
3,671,827 
3,671,828 
3.671,830 
3.671.831 
3.671.832 
3.671.833 
3.671,834 
3.671,835 
3.671.836 
3.671,837 
3.671.838 
3.671.839 
3.671.840 
3.671,841 


CLASS  320 

1  3.671.842 
15  3.671,843 

480  3.670.416 

CLASS  321 

2  3.671.844 
9A                  3.671,846 


20 
32 
69NL 


3.671,843 
3,671,847 
3.671,848 


CLASS  333 

28 

3.671.850 

90 

3.671,851 

CLASS  323 

9 

3.671,892 

17 

3,671,853 

24 

3.671.849 

94H 

3.671.854 

3.671.874 

CLASS  334 


.5 

52 

610S 

65 

78R 
103P 
146 
150 
157 


3,671,853 
3,671.856 
3.671.857 
3.671.858 
3.671.839 
3.671.860 
3.671.861 
3.671,862 
3.671.863 


CLASS  335 

38A  3.671.864 

38  3.671.863 

322  3.671.866 

410  3,671,867 

445  3,671,168 

433  3.671.869 

470  3.671.870 

CLASS  330 

23  3.671.871 

55  3.671,872 

63  3,671,873 

129  3,671,875 

134  3.671.876 

CLASS  330 

30D  3.671.877 

207P  3.671,878 

3.671,879 

CLASS  331 

51  3.671.880 

37  Re.27.394 

3.671,881 
94.5  3.671,882 

3,671,883 

CLASS  333 

16T  3.671.884 

CLASS  333 
8  3.671.885 

18  3.671,886 

30  3,671,887 

73R  3,671.888 

76  3.671.889 

CLASS  335 

3.671.890 
3.671.891 
3.671.892 
3,671,893 
3,671.894 
3.671,895 
3.671.896 
3.671,897 
3,671,898 
3.671.899 
3.671,900 
CLASS  336 

3.671,901 
3,671,902 
3.671,903 
3.671,904 
3,671,905 
3.671.906 

CLASS  337 

3,671.907 
3,671,908 
3.671,910 
3.671.909 
3.671,911 

CLASS  330 

3,671.912 
3.671.913 
3.671.914 
3,671,915 


22 
126 
154 
179 
210 
212 
213 

228 
253 

272 

S 

84 

96 
132 
136 
208 

4 
54 

146 
160 
166 

34 

35 
131 
183 

I4R 

I7L 

18R 

19 

59M 

59R 

74R 

93L 

95D 

177E 


CLASS  339 


3.671.916 
3,671,917 
3.671,918 
3.671,919 
3.671,921 
3,671.920 
3,671,922 
3,671,923 
3,671.924 
3,671.925 
3.671.926 

CLASS  340 

IR  3,671,927 

2  3.671.928 

1S.5CP  3,671.932 

IS.SFC  3.671.929 


PI  54 

I5.5GC 

15.5 

32H 

«3 

I46.IAB 
I46.3AE 

I66R 

171 

172.5 


I73FF 

I73SP 

I73R 

174BC 

174SP 

1 74TB 

177 

227R 

240 

251 

324A 


CLASSinCATION  OF  PATENTS 


3.671.931 
3.671.930 
3.671.933 
3.671.934 
3.671.935 
3.67 1 .936 
3.671.937 
3.671.938 
3.671,939 
3.671.940 
3.671.941 

3.67 1 .942 

3.67 1 .943 
3.671.944 
3.671.945 
3.671.946 
3.671.948 
3.671.947 
Re.27.395 
3.671,950 
3,671.951 
3.671.949 
3.671.952 
3.671.953 
3,671,954 
3,671.955 
3.671.956 
3.671.957 


347AD 
347DD 

373 
392 

CLASS 

6ND 

6.5R 

lie 

ItE 
108R 
113DE 
II7R 
120 
710 
750 
751 

CLASS 

3.5 

7 

8 

19 

43 
109 
125 
147 
149 
157 


3.671.961 
3.671.959 
3,671.960 
3,671.962 
3,671,958 

343 

3.671,963 
3,671,966 
3,671,965 
3.671,964 
3.671.967 
3.671.968 
3.671,969 
3,671,970 
3,671,971 
3,671,972 
3,671.973 

3S« 

3.671.096 
3.671.097 
3,671.098 
3.671.100 
3.671,099 
3.671.101 
3.671.360 
3.671.102 
3,671.103 
3,671.104 


161 
I62SF 

253 
299 
307 


3.671.105 
3.671.106 
3.671,107 
3,671,108 
3,671.109 
3.671.110 


CLASS  3St 

113        3.671,111 

'  CLASS  3S2 

84  3.671,112 

173  3.671.113 

185  3.671.114 

CLASS  3S3 

19       3,671.115 

27  3.671.116 

28  3.671.117 

CLASS  355 

3         3.671.118 
3.671.119 

7  3.671.121 

8  3.671.120 
22  3.671.122 
97        3.671.123 

124        3.671.124 
133        3.671.125 

CLASS  356 


4         3.671.126 
3.671.127 

37  3.671.128 

85  3.671.129 

106  3.671.130 

175  3.671.131 

CLASS  401 

292       3.671.132 

CLASS  40« 

235        3.671.133 

CLASS  415 

13        3.671.134 

53       3.671.135 

89      ,  3.671.136 

IQ4      {  3.671.137 

111         3.671.138 

CLASS  416 

61        3.671.139 

176  3.671.141 
183        3.671.140 

CLASS  417 
36        3.671,142 
79      ,  3.671.143 


231  3.671.144 

243  3.671,146 

247  3.671.145 

286  3,671,147 

295  3,671.148 

360  3.671.149 

395  3.671.150 

411  3.671,151 

422  3,671,152 

CLASS  411 

61  3,671,153 

3.671.154 

73  3.671.155 

CLASS  424 

45  3.671.625 

49  3.671.626 

105  3.671.627 

120  3.671.628 

153  3.671.629 

174  3.671.630 

205  3.671.631 

218  3.671.632 

273  3.671.633 

274  3.671.634 
300  3.671.640 

304  3,671.641 

305  3.671.532 


312  3^671.654 

319  3L67 1.635 

320  31.671,642 

322  31671.637 
31671,638 

323  3,671,639 
330  3,671.636 

3.671.643 

346  3.671,644 

351  31,671.645 

CLASS  425 

78  1671,157 

129  3.671. 158 

130  3.671.156 
155  3.671,159 
161  ^  3.671.160 
195  1.671,161 
242  3,671,168 
245  1671.162 
297  1671.163 
414  3.671.164 
445  1671.165 


169 

170 
166 
171 
,172 
,173 
,167 
,174 


CLASS  431 

67 

J.671 

88 

J.671 

93 

3.671 

116 

1.671 

174 

J.671 

182 

1671 
1671 

190 

326 

1.671 

328 

}.67l 

Classihcation  of  Designs 


D  1- 
n  8 

1  223.891 
5  223.892 

223.908 
223.909 

6 
13 

223,923 
223.924 

223,938 
223.939 

32  223.953 
223.954 

D74- 

5 

7 

223.968 
223.969 

223.893 

D16— 

3 

223.910 

223,925 

1 1  223.940 

223.955 

D83— 

1 

223.970 

220  223,894 

223.911 

223.926 

115  223,941 

D49— 

35  223.956 

223.971 

263  223,895 

223.912 

14 

223.927 

1   223,942 

D52- 

3  223.957 

8 

223.972 

D  9 

42  223,896 

D19— 

1 

223.903 

223.928 

I   223,943 

6  223.958 

12 

223.978 

216  223,898 

D23— 

29 

223.913 

223,929 

'    223.944 

223.959 

D86— 

10 

223.973 

218  223,899 

30 

223.914 

223,930 

D37- 

3  223.945 

D54- 

12  223.960 

223,974 

250  223,897 

37 

223.915 

223,931 

D42- 

7  223.946 

D55- 

1  223.961 

223.975 

278  223,900 

49 

223.916 

15 

223.932 

]    223.947 

D56- 

4  223.962 

223.976 

D13 

1  223,901 

223.917 

D29-   1 

223.933 

1    223.948 

D61  — 

1  223.963 

223.977 

223.902 

123 

223.918 

23 

223,934 

D44— 

l2«  223.949 

D64- 

1 1  223.964 

D87— 

J 

223.979 

223,904 

D24- 

1 

223.919 

D34-   2 

223.935 

D47- 

6  223.950 

223.965 

D90- 

16 

223.980 

223.905 

223.920 

223.936 

D48- 

2  223.951 

D70— 

1  223.966 

D92— 

1 

223.981 

223.906 

D26- 

223,921 

5 

223,937 

20  223.952 

D72- 

223.967 

223.982 

223.907 

5 

223,922 

1 

CLASSmCATI 

ON  OF 

Plants 

P. 
p. 


43 
63 


3.217 
3.211 


74 
77 


3.212 
3.215 


P.  — 
P.  - 


78 
79 


3.213 
3.214 


P.  — 


3.216 


P.  — 


82 


3.218  P.  — 


1 


3.219 


TTvr^%r  J^T?  *»W70¥TX¥TKI/^T?  r\C  IKT\/CKrTr^DC 


GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX 
OF  RESIDENCE  OF  INVENTORS 

(U.S.  States.  Territories  and  Armed  Forces,  the  Commonweallli  of  Puerto  Rico,  and  the  Canal  Zone) 


Alabama I 

Alaska 2 

American  Samoa 3 

Arizona 4 

Arkansas 5 

California 6 

Canal  Zone 7 

(^>lorado 8 

C<mnecticut 9 

Delaware 10 

District  of  (>olumbia 11 

Florida 12 

(ieorpa 13 

(fuam 14 

Hawaii 15 

Idaho 16 

Illinois 17 

Indiana 18 

Iowa ...,. 19 

Kansas 20 


Kentucky 21 

Louisiana 22 

Maine 23 

Maryland 24 

Massachusetts 25 

Michi}i(an 26 

Minnesota 27 

Mississippi 28 

Missouri 29 

Montana 30 

Nebraska 31 

Nevada 32 

New  Hampshire 33 

New  Jersey 34 

New  Mexico 35 

New  York 36 

North  (Carolina 37 

North  Dakota 38 

Ohio 39 

Oklahoma >  40 


Orejion 41 

Pennsylvania 42 

Puerto  Rico 43 

Rhode  Island 44 

South  Carolina 45 

South  Dakota 46 

Tennessee 47 

Texas 48 

Utah 49 

Vermont 50 

Virginia 51 

Virjjin  Islands 52 

Washin^on 53 

West  Vir^iinia 54 

Wisconsin 55 

Wyoming 56 

U.S.  Air  Force 57 

U.S.  Army 58 

U.S.  Navy 59 


(Kir»l  number  in  lislinic  drnulrs  location  arrordinic  lo  abovr  kry. 
namr.  liM-alion.  rlr.) 


Rrfer  lo  patent  number  in  body  of  the  Offirial  Gazette  to  obtain  details  aa  lo  inventor 


Patents 


, 

3.670.483 

3.670.728 

3.671.390 

3,670,826 

3,671,637 

3,670.760 

3.670.563 

3,670.764 

3.671.394 

3,670,831 

3,671,638 

3.670.763 

3.670.564 

3.670.765 

3.671.404 

3,670,940 

3,671,642 

3.670,767 

3.670.581 

3,670.789 

3.671.425 

3,671,199 

3,671,829 

3,670,770 

3.670.619 

3.670.792 

3.671.428 

3,671,322 

1 1      Re.27,397 

3,670,785 

3.670.695 

3.670.794 

3.671.435 

3,671,681 

3,671,551 

3.670.808 

3.670.934 

3.670.814 

3.671.511 

3,671,787 

12      3.670,418 

3,670,825 

3.670.962 

3.670.818 

3,671,547 

3,671,812 

3.670.438 

3,670,835 

3.671.292 

3,670.844 

3,671,558 

3,671,942 

3.670,540 

3,670,860 

2 

3.670.603 

3,670,850 

3,671,609 

9      3,670,371 

3.670.615 

3,670,861 

4 

3.670.691 

3.670,857 

3,671,613 

3,670,427 

3.670.684 

3,670,873 

3.670.938 

3.670.859 

3,671.675 

3.670.433 

3.670.742 

3,670.875 

3.670.959 

3.670.867 

3.671.710 

3.670,442 

3.670.797 

3.670,895 

3.671.767 

3.670.878 

3.671.719 

3.670,493 

3.670.841 

3.670,91 1 

3.671.770 

3.670.880 

3.671.720 

3,670,497 

3.670,845 

3,670,921 

3.671.899 

3.670.885 

3,671.725 

3,670,675 

3,670,891 

3,670,955 

5 

3.670.508 

3.670.892 

3,671,728 

3,670,723 

3,670,929 

3,670.958 

6 

.   Re.27.394 

3.670.894 

3,671,737 

3,670,774 

3,671,001 

__   3,670,966 

3.670.357 

3.670.896 

3,671.739 

3,670,837 

3,671,032 

3.671.003 

3.670.358 

3,670.935 

3.671.740 

3.670.852 

3.671.071 

3.671.020 

3,670.360 

3.670.944 

3,671,760 

3.670.908 

3.671.117 

3.671.023 

3,670.397 

3,670,956 

3,671,762 

3.671.013 

3.671.272 

3.671.040 

3,670.411 

3,670,960 

3,671,766 

3.671. 171 

3.671.372 

3.671,045 

3,670,412 

3,671,005 

3.671.773 

3,671,223 

3.671,391 

3,671,048 

3,670,415 

3,671,019 

3.671.774 

3,671,239 

3,671,657 

3,671,055 

3.670.423 

3.671.041 

3.671.793 

3,671,298 

3,671.741 

3,671.065 

3.670.426 

3.671.046 

3.671.795 

3,671,314 

3.671,881 

3.671,070 

3.670,435 

3.671.059 

3,671.838 

3.671,450 

13       3.670.401 

3.671,091 

3,670,444 

3.671.062 

3,671,849 

3.671.463 

3,671,271 

3,671,110 

3.670,449 

3,671,067 

3,671,868 

3,671,521 

15      3.671,219 

3,671,114 

3,670,451 

3,671,069 

3,671,871 

3,671,634 

16      3,670,923 

3,671,142 

3.670.462 

3,671,082 

3,671,876 

3.671.715 

3.671,559 

3,671,161 

3.670.494 

3,671,100 

3,671.888 

3.671.754 

17      Re.27,398 

3,671,215 

3,670.501 

3,671,101 

3.671,889 

3.671.841 

3.670.362 

3.671,225 

3.670,509 

3.671.102 

3.671,904 

3.671.890 

3,670.388 

3,671,232 

3,670,516 

3,671.122 

3.671.908 

3.671,900 

3.670,409 

3,671,269 

3,670,535 

3,671,126 

3.671,918 

3,671,916 

3,670,447 

3,671,295 

^^ 

3,670,545 

3,671,137 

3.671.927 

3.671.922 

3,670,455 

3,671,356 

3,670,555 

3.671.138 

3.671.940 

3.671.956 

3,670,472 

3,671.380 

3,670,565 

3.671.156 

3.671,943 

3.671,957 

3,670,512 

3,671,416 

3.670.570 

3,671,183 

3.671.948 

10      3,671,201 

3.670,543 

3,671,418 

3.670,572 

3.67 1. 195 

3.671,949 

3.671.365 

3.670,583 

3,671,432 

3,670,585 

3,671,238 

3.671.955 

3.671.381 

3,670,584 

3,671,527 

3,670,602 

3.671,275 

3.671.964 

3,671,458 

3,670,606 

3,671,538 

3,670,623 

3,671,289 

3.671.971 

3,671.475 

3,670,628 

3,671,565 

3,670,642 

3,671,318 

7      3.670.416 

3,671.509 

3,670,662 

3,671.595 

3,670.653 

3,671,319 

3,671,201 

3,671.542 

3,670,663 

3.671,645 

3.670,686 

3,671.326 

8      3,670.428 

3.671,598 

3,670.669 

3,671,668 

3.670.692 

3.671.341 

3,670,464 

3,671,599 

3,670,671 

3.671,686 

3.670,693 

3.671.367 

3,670,771 

3,671,600 

3,670,702 

3,671,693 

3.670.727 

3.671.369 

3.670.820 

3.671.604 

3.670.745 

3.671.697 

PI  55 


PI  56 


gecxjRaphical  index  of  residence  of  inventors 


3,671.700 

3.671.200 

3.671.736 

3.671,241 

3.671. SOS 

3.671.246 

3.671.822 

3.671.253 

3.67l.i34 

3.671.283 

3.67 1.878 

3.671.306 

3.671.905 

3.671.378 

3.671.923 

3.671.384 

3.671.950 

3.671.470 

IS   :   3.670.405 

3.671,502 

3.670.408 

3.671.513 

3.670.478 

3.671.607 

3.670.624 

3.671.695 

3.670.651 

3.671.696 

3.670.793 

3.671.748 

3.670,101 

3.671.781 

3,670.854 

3.671,797 

3.670.937 

3,671,798 

3,670.964 

3.671.800 

3.671.030 

3.671,809 

3.671,210 

3,671.813 

3,671,325 

3,671,860 

3,671.375 

3.671,863 

3.671.449 

3,671,907 

3.671,530 

3.671,960 

3.671.585 

26      Re.27.390 

3.671.711 

R«.27,392 

3,671,751 

Re.27.400 

3,671.843 

3.670.368 

19      3.670,346 

3.670.402 

3.670.871 

3.670.420 

3.670.903 

3.670.421 

3.671.015 

3.670.454 

3.671.286 

3.670.495 

3.671.410 

3.670.499 

3.671.817 

3.670.560 

20      3.670.470 

3,670,591 

3.670.590 

3,670,594 

3,670.593 

3.670,596 

3,670,834 

3.670.607 

21       3.670.521 

3.670.625 

3.670.533 

3.670.631 

,     3.670.713 

3.670.649 

3.670.732 

3,670,665 

3.670.906 

3,670.666 

3.671.084 

3.670.668 

3.671.085 

3.670,708 

3.671.483 

3,670,709 

3.671.683 

3,670,751 

22      3.670.507 

3.670.756 

3.670.510 

3.670,762 

3.670.575 

3,670.799 

3.670.953 

3.670.838 

3.670,954 

3.670.865 

3.671.033 

3.670.876 

3.671.178 

3,670.881 

3.671.221 

3.670.889 

3.671.608 

3.670.905 

3.671.707 

3.670.926 

23      3.671.684 

3.670.967 

24      3.670.396 

3.671.000 

3.670.413 

3.671.002 

3,670.414 

3,671,004 

3.670.443 

3.671.039 

3.670.574 

3.671.049 

3.670.646 

3.671.058 

3.670.656 

3.671.076 

3.670,717 

3.671.081 

3.670.754 

3.671.124 

3.670.884 

3,671,143 

3.671.056 

3.671.154 

3.671.148 

3.671.157 

3.671.191 

3.671.169 

3,671.286 

3.671,230 

3,671,373 

3.671.270 

3,671,453 

3.671,293 

3,671,515 

3.671.309 

3,671,516 

3.671.377 

3.671.601 

3.671,433 

3.671.626 

3.671.465 

3.671.662 

3.671.469 

3.671.801 

3.671.497 

3.671.855 

3.671.528 

3.671.892 

3.671.628 

3.671.965 

3.671.647 

25   :   Re.27,391 

3.671.652 

3,670,342 

3.671.714 

3.670.422 

3.671.724 

3.670.467 

3.671,729 

3.670.485 

3.671.733 

3.670.486 

3.671.802 

3.670.505 

3.671.832 

3.670.538 

3.671.952 

3.670.558 

3.671.962 

3.670.589 

3.671,969 

3.670.647 

27      Re.27,395 

3.670.714 

3.670.457 

3.670.736 

3.670.480 

3.670.952 

3.670.525 

3.67 1 .007 

3.670,688 

3.671.072 

3.670,699 

3.671.107 

3,670.704 

3.67  I.I  20 

3.670.757 

3.671.130 

3.670.918 

3.671.139 

3.670.948 

3.671.189 

3.670.963 

28 

29 


30 
31 
32 
33 


34 


3.670.994 

3,671.054 

3.671.236 

3.671,265 

3.671.473 

3.671.744 

3.670,349 

3.670.682 

3.671.088 

Re.27.393 

3.670.339 

3.670,410 

3.670.553 

3.670.621 

3.670.622 

3.670.664 

3.670,747 

3,670,913 

3.670.951 

3.670,998 

3.671.208 

3.671.212 

3,671,214 

3,671,218 

3,671,328 

3.671.447 

3.671.448 

3.671.479 

3.671.531 

3.671.635 

3.671.644 

3.671.953 

3.671,973 

3,670,928 

3.671.808 

3.670.597 

3.671.249 

3.671.709 

3.671.777 

3,671.826 

3,671.909 

3.671.910 

3.671.911 

3.670,377 

3,670,383 

3,670.384 

3.670.436 

3.670,446 

3,670,518 

3,670.588 

3.670.613 

3.670.617 

3,670,655 

3,670.661 

3.670.672 

3.670.689 

3,670,716 

3.670.726 

3.670.731 

3.670.735 

3.670.796 

3.670.806 

3.670.807 

3.670.809 

3.670.836 

3.670.883 

3.670.914 

3,670,927 

3.670.950 

3.670.981 

3.671.021 

3,671,022 

3,671,090 

3.671.111 

3.671.141 

3.671.146 

3.671.151 

3.671.163 

3.671.173 

3.671.185 

3.671.197 

3.671.202 

3.671.211 

3.671.245 

3.671.267 

3.671.280 

3.671.294 

3.671.304 

3.671.310 

3.671.315 

3.671.320 

3.671.321 

3.671.344 

3.671.361 

3.671.399 

3.671.400 

3.671.408 

3,671,419 

3,671,424 

3.671.431 

3.67 1 .434 

3.671.439 

3.671.451 

3.671.460 

3.671.471 

3.671.488 


35 


36 


3.671,489 
3.671.491 

J.67 1.505 
1.671.512 
3.671.517 
3.671.526 
3.671.533 
9.671,534 
8,671,539 
8.671.544 
3.671.549 
3.671,557 
3.671,563 
3.671.567 
3.671.368 
3.671,580 
3.671,583 
3.671.590 

3.671.593 

3.671,597 

3.671.630 

3.671.631 

3.671.667 

3.671.669 

3.671.670 

3.671.676 

3.671.747 

3.671.768 

3.671.778 

3.671.780 

3.671.782 

3.671,783 

3.671.807 

3.671.810 

3.671.853 

3.671.867 

3.671.875 

3.671.914 

3.671.934 

3.671.938 

3,671,939 

3.671,944 

3,671,958 

3.671.966 

3.670.579 

3.670.648 

3.671.052 

3,670,347 
3,670,375 
3,670,379 
3,670.403 
3.670.425 
3.670.445 
3.670.448 
3.670.460 
3.670.463 
3.670.479 
3.670.491 
3.670.524 
3,670,605 
3.670.610 
3.670.616 
3.670.633 
3.670.638 
3.670.639 
3.670.683 
3.670.700 
3.670.701 
3.670.720 
3.670.733 
3.670.737 
3.670.758 
3.670.768 
3.670.783 
3.670.784 
3.670,795 
3.670.868 
3.670.872 
3.670.887 
3.670.916 
3.670.922 
3.670.947 
3.670,986 
3.670,989 
3.670,991 
3,67 1 .006 
3.671.025 
3.671.031 
3.671.036 
3.671.061 
3.671.094 
3,671,099 
3.671.113 
3.671.115 
-.3.671.118 
3.671.121 
3.671.131 
3.671.134 
3.671.136 
3.671.159 
3.671.168 
3.671.194 
3.671.198 
3.671,231 
3.671,233 
3,671,234 


37 


39 


3.671.237 
3.671.240 

3.671.244 
3,671.248 
3,671,231 
3,671.256 
3.671.258 
3.671.259 
3.671.260 
3.671.266 
3,671.281 
3.671.282 
3.671.287 
3.671.317 
3.671.330 
3.671.364 
3.671.382 
3.671.403 
3.671.413 

3.671.414 
3.671.420 
3.671.421 
3.671.422 
3.671.429 
3.671.438 
3.671.442 
3.671.443 
3.67 1 .444 
3.671.445 
3.671.446 
3.671.461 
3.671.467 
3.671.487 
3.671.545 
3.671.562 
3.671.564 
3.671.574 
3.671.588 
3.671.591 
3.671.596 
3,671,624 
3,671.627 
3,671,633 
3,67 1 ,648 
3,671.651 
3.671.656 
3.671.677 
3.671,678 
3.671,685 
3.67 1 .690 
3.671.702 
3.671.745 
3.671,749 
3.671,763 
3.671.764 
3.671.772 
3,671,775 
3.671,776 
3.671.788 
3.671.804 
3.671.806 
3.671.825 
3.671.828 
3.671.842 
3.671.848 
^    3.671.879 
3.671.882 
3.671.893 
3.671.896 
3.671,897 
3.671.898 
3.671,902 
3,671,903 
3.671.920 
3.671.925 
3.671.968 
3.670.345 
3.670.350 
3.670.389 
3.670.473 
3.670.504 
3.670.528 
3.670.529 
3.670.679 
3.670.681 
3.670.725 
3.670,734 
3.670.882 
3.670.943 
3.670.979 
3.671.078 
3.671.179 
3.671.184 
3.671.243 
3.671.379 
3.671.426 
3.671.494 
3.671.546 
3.671.619 
3.671.738 
3.671.846 
3.671.866 
3.671.933 
Re.27.396 
3.670.352 
3.670.353 


40 


41 


42 


3^70.334 
3.670.364 
3,670.370 
3,670.382 
3.670.398 
3.670.399 
3,670.407 
3,670.430 
3.670,441 
3,670,468 
3,670.474 
3.670.487 
3.670,500 
3.670,523 
3.670.530 
3.670.573 
3,670,611 
3.670.632 
3,670.660 
3.670.711 
3.670.738 
3,670.853 
3.670,858 
3,670,870 
3.670,901 
3,670,902 
3.670.912 
3.670,939 
3,670,946 
3,670,968 
3,670,970 
3,670,978 
3,670,982 
3.670.993 
3.670.999 
3.671.027 
3.671.028 
3.671.057 
3.671.073 
3.671.144 
3.671.150 
3.671.160 
S.671.174 
3.671.192 
3.671.204 
3,671.224 
3.671.228 
3.671.262 
3.671.263 
3,671.278 
3.671.329 
3.671,331 
3,671,345 
3,671,358 
3,671.362 
3.671.374 
3.671.411 
3.671.440 
(3.671.441 
13.671.459 
3.671.464 
3.671.618 
3.671.699 
3.671.706 
3,671.722 
3.671.815 
•3.671.827 
3.671.844 
3,670.576 
3.670.813 
3.670,819 
3,670.909 
3.670.983 
3.671.010 
3.671.012 
3.671.018 
3.671.175 
3.671,495 
3.671.560 
3.671.692 
3.671.786 
3.671.803 
3.671.935 
3.671.945 
3.671.961 
3.670.385 
3.670.469 
3.670.626 
3.670.942 
3.671.025 
3,671,066 
3,671,079 
3.671.726 
3.670.344 
3.670.348 
3.670.369 
3.670.390 
3.670.391 
3,670,392 
3,670,393 
3,670.416 
3.670,417 
3.670,419 
3,670,424 
3,670,477 
3.670.482 


■  -  ...... .-j^jmi^iig^^-.-  . 


GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  RESIDENCE  OF  INVENTORS 


3.670,519 
3.670.537 
3,670,551 
3.670,371 
3,670.387 
3.670.595 
3.670.609 
3.670,618 
3.670.620 
3.670.673 
3.670.694 
3.670.718 
3.670.724 
3.670.730 
3.670.739 
3.670.753 

3.670.773 

3.670.786 

3.670.788 

3.670.804 

3.670.805 

3.670.848 

3.670.879 

3.670.925 

3.671.026 

3.671.042 

3.671.051 

3.671.086 

3.671.092 

3.671.096 

3.671.140 

3.671.147 

3.671.206 

3.671,207 

3.671.227 

3,671,288 

3,671.291 

3.671.302 


PI  57 


3.671.303 

3.671.311 

3.671.323 

3.671.334 

3.671.335 

3.671.336 

3.671,342 

3,671,349 

3,671,350 

3,671,370 

3,671,389 

3,671,392 

3,671,401 

3.671.405 

3.671.406 

3.67I.407 

3.671.412 

3.671.437 

3.671.472 

3.671.519 

3.671.556 

3.671,572 

3,67 1 .379 

3.671.589 

3.671,594 

3,671.622 

3.671.636 

3.671.689 

3.671.713 

3.671.792 

3.671.796 

3.671.819 

3.671.823 

3.671.830 

3.671.835 

3.671.836 

3.671.861 


43 


44 


45 


46 

47 


48 


3.671.865 

3.671.912 

3.671.919 

3.671.921 

3,670.949 

3,671,368 

3.671.455 

3.670.373 

3.670.488 

3.670.612 

3.670.367 

3.670.466 

3.670.777 

3.671.170 

3.671.301 

3.670.440 

3.671.165 

3.670.476 

3.670.489 

3.670.674 

3.671.063 

3.671.079 

3.671.112 

3.671.264 

3.671,285 

3.671.299 

3.671.385 

3.671.641 

3.671,833 

3,670,365 

3,670,374 

3,670,406 
3.670,471 
3.670,511 


3.670.313 

3,670.514 

3.670.315 

3,670,561 

3,670,566 

3.670.567 

3.670,630 

3.670,696 

3.670.743 

3.670.732 

3.670.761 

3.670.766 

3.670.815 

3.670,816 

3,670,817 

3.670.821 

3.670.822 

3.670.824 

3,670.828 
3.670,829 
3.670.832 
3.670.839 
3.670.840 
3.670.847 
3.670.931 
3.670.933 
3,670.987 
3.670.995 
3.671.008 
3,671,095 
3,671,187 
3,671,209 
3.671,313 
3,671,333 
3,671.427 
3,671,550 
3,671,603 


49 

50 

51 


3.671.605 

3,671,606 

3,671,717 

3.671.917 

3.671.928 

3.671,929 

3.671.930 

3.671.931 

3.671.932 

3.670.386 

3.671.872 

3.670.632 

3.670.863 

3.670.351 

3.670.432 

3.670.342 

3.670,559 

3,670,645 

3.670.657 

3.670.680 

3.670.798 

3.670.846 

3.670.849 

3.670.890 

3.670.907 

3.670.920 

3.671.037 

3,671,105 

3,671.222 

3.671.273 

3.671.307 

3.67 1.6  IS 

3.671.653 

3.671.727 

3.671.824 

3.671.831 

3.671.859 


53 


54 


55 


3.671,869 

3.671.884 

3.670.363 

3.670.302 

3.670.791 

3.670.936 

3.670.941 

3,670.988 

3.670.996 

3.671.128 

3.671.672 

3.671.680 

3.671.712 

3.671.756 

3.671.785 

3.671.790 

3.671.95 1 

3.671.967 

3.671.970 

3.671.499 

3.671.300 

3.671.501 

3,670.534 

3.670,614 

3,670,744 

3,670.802 

3,670.810 

3,670,811 

3,670.823 

3.670.897 

3,670,972 

3,670,977 

3,671.043 

3,671.077 

3.671.132 

3.671.155 

3.67 1. 1 93 

3,671,303 

3,671,397 

3,671.746 

3,671,816 

3.671.851 


Design  Patents 


II 

12 

13 
16 
17 


223.928 
223.967 
223.974 
223.922 
223.946 
223.947 
223.948 
223.950 
223.897 
223.972 
223.902 
223.971 
223.891 
223.898 


18 


223,899 
223,930 
223,931 
223,953 
223,954 
223,955 
223,958 
223.970 
223,973 
223,976 
223,978 
223,980 
223,910 
223,911 


21 
22 
24 
26 


27 
29 
34 


223.912 
223.913 
223.934 
223.959 
223.895 
223.918 
223.932 
223.939 
223.945 
223.944 
223.957 
223.896 
223.900 
223.951 


36 


223.966 
223.904 
223.905 
223.906 
223.907 
223.908 
223.909 
223.919 
223.920 
223,921 
223,924 
223.925 
223.926 


37 
39 


223.933 
223.935 
223.938 
223.952 
223.956 
223.960 
223.961 
223.968 
223.969 
223.977 
223.979 
223.937 
223.915 


42 


49 
53 

33 


223.936 

223.942 

223.963 

223.901 

223.903 

223.916 

223.917 

223.929 

223.927 

223.943 

223.894 

223.941 

223.949 


Plant  Patents 


6 
39 


3.218 
3.212 


3.213 
3.214 


3.213 


3.216 


43 


3.219  53 


3.217 


U.S.  COVERNHEHT  MINTIliC  OFFICE:  ( 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  of  the  UNITED  STATES  PATENT  OFFICE 


June  27,  1972 


Volume  899 


Number  4 


CONTENTS 

Page 

Issue  of  June  27,  1972 1229 

Patents  and  Trademark  Notices 

Graphic  Symbols  for  Patent  Drawings ^  1230 

Oianges  in  Qiarges  for  Copies 1230 

Patent  Suits 1230 

Patent  Notices 

Dedications 1232 

Certificates  of  Correction  for  the  Week  of  June  27,  1972 1232 

Patents  Available  for  Licensing  or  Sale 1232 

Disclaimers 1233 

Condition  of  Patent  Applications 1235 

Reissue  Patents  Granted 1236 

Plant  Patents  Granted 1239 

Patents  Granted 

General  and  Mechanical 1240 

Chemical 1455 

Electrical 1547 

I>esign  Patents  Granted 1626 

Index  of  Patentees PI     1 

Indices  of  Reissues,  Plants,  and  Designs PI  47 

Classification  of 

Patents  (Including  Reissues) PI  51 

Designs  and  Plants PI  54 

Geographical  Index  of  Residence  of  Invent<M:s 

Patents  (Including  Reissues) PI  55 

Designs  and  Plants PI  57 


The  (eUewinr  ar«  mailed  under  direction  of  the  Superintendent  of  Docnmenta.  Goremment 
Printins  OflBce.  Waaliinrton,  D.C.,  20402.  to  whom  all  enbacriptione  should  be  made  pajrable  and 
all  communications  addressed: 

THE  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  (PATENTS  SECTION),  iitnod  wsekly,  lubscription  |8I.«0 
per  aaauB,  foreisii  mailiac  t22.2S  additional:  sincle  copies  $2.M  each. 

THE  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  (TRADEMARK  SECTION),  issued  weddy.  subscription  917.00 
per  annum,  foreign  maillnr  $4.25  additional;   sincle  copies  40  cents  each. 

OBCULABS  OP  GENERAL  INFORMATION  CMMnliit  PATENTS  cr  TRADEMARKS. 

price  IS  cents  each. 

PRINTED  COPIES  OF  PATENTS  are  furnished  bj  the  Patent  OBee  at  50  cents  each; 
PLANT  PATENTS  in  color.  $1.00  each;  copies  of  TRADEMARKS  and  DESIGN  PATENTS 
at  20  cents  each.  Address  orders  to  the  Commissioner  of  Patents,  WMhinston,  D.C.,  20211. 


Printins  authorised  by  Section  11  (a)  8  of  Title  85,  U.S.  Cod*  P.O. 


1229 


PATENT  OFFICE  NOTICES 

I 


GflvUc  Symbols  for  Patut  Drawimi 

Rule  84(g)  of  the  Rules  of  Practice  in  Patent  Cases  indi- 
cates that  graphic  drawing  symbols  and  other  labeled  rep- 
resentations may  be  used  for  conrentlonal  elements  where 
appropriate,  subject  to  approval  by  the  Office.  Also,  suitable 
legends  may  be  used,  or  may  be  required,  in  proper  cases. 


Patent  Suits 

Notices  under  35  U.S.C.  280  ;  Patent  Act  of  198!  I 

8,604,8U,  F.  W.  Grantham,  DRYBRS ;  S,M8.4«8,  same, 
LAUNDRY  APPARATUS,  filed  Feb.  12,  1968,  D.C.,  N.D.  111. 
(Chicago),  Doc.  68c2Sl,  Paulette  Orantham  et  al.  v.  McOrav)- 
Editon.  Final  order  of  dismissal  by  stipulation,  complaint  as 


The  Rules  of  Practice  pamphlet  has,  since  the  turn  of  the  amended  and  all  counterclaims  are  dismissed  with^nejudice, 
century,  included  a  section  entitled  "Symbols  for  Draftsman"  Jan.  17,  1972. 
showing  various  symbols  which  may  be  used  on  patent  appli- 
cation drawings.  Although  these  symbols  still  reflect  current 
practice  they  are  somewhat  limited  In  number  and  scope.  A 
more  complete  set  of  symbols  might  be  beneficial  to  both  the 
Office  and  the  public  since  it  would  foster  uniformity  of  pres- 
entation, and  more  Informative  drawings.  However,  for  the 
Office  to  develop  and  maintain  a  substantially  complete  list- 
ing of  all  graphic  drawing  symbols  would  be  both  difficult 
and  time-consuming. 

Therefore,  since  the  American  National  Standards  Institute 
Inc.,  1480  Broadway,  New  York,  N.Y.,  10018,  publishes  a 
series  of  publications  relating  to  graphic  symbols  under  its 
Y32  and  Z82  headings,  the  Office  is  calling  the  attention  of 
patent  applicants  to  these  symbols  for  their  consideration  and 
use  where  appropriate  in  patent  drawings.  The  below  listed 
publlcatloDs  have  been  reviewed  by  the  Office  and  the  symbols 
therein  are  considered  to  be  generally  acceptable  in  patent 
drawing.  Although  the  OflSce  will  not  "approve"  all  of  the 
listed  symbols  as  a  group  because  their  use  and  clarity  must 
be  decided  on  a  case-by-case  basis,  these  publications  may  be 
used  as  guides  when  selecting  graphic  symbols.  Overly  spe- 
cific symbols  should  be  avoided.  Symbols  with  unclear  mean- 
ings should  be  labeled  for  clarification.  As  noted  in  Rule 
84(g),  the  Office  will  retain  final  authority  to  approve  the  use 
of  any  particular  symbol  in  any  particular  case. 

The  reviewed  publications  are  the  following : 

Y32.2-1970.  Graphic  Symbols  for  Electrical  and  Elec- 
tronics Diagram $11.60 

Y32.10-1967.  Graphic  Symbols  for  Fluid  Power  Dia- 
grama 3.00 

Y82.11-1961.  Graphic  Symbols  for  Process  Flow  Dia- 
grams in  the  Petroleum  and  Chemical  Industries  —       2.00 

Y82.14-1962.     Graphic  Symbols  for  Logic  Diagrams  -       4.75 

Z32.2.a-1949  (R1953).  Graphic  Symbols  for  Pipe 
Fittings,  Valves  and  Piping 2.00 

Z32.2.4-1949  (R1958).  Graphic  Symbola  for  Heat- 
ing, Ventilating  a- id  Air  Conditioning 2.00 

2^32.2.6-1950.  Graphic  Symbols  for  Heat-Power  Appa- 
ratus   2.00 


No  change  in  the  Rules  of  Practice  is  considered  necessary 
at  this  time. 

The  above  list  of  publications  will  be  included  in  the 
Manual  of  Patent  Examining  Procedure. 


May  19.  1972. 


RICHARD  A.  WAHL, 
AetUttmt  CommU$ioner. 


CSnngM  in  ChargM  ftnr  C<vIm 

The  Patent  Office  is  announcing  a  change  in  the  charges 
for  copies  of  materials  produced  on  coin-operated  copiers  lo- 
cated at  Crystal  Plaza.  The  charge  will  be  15<  per  page. 

This  change  will  be  effective  within  the  next  30  to  45  days 
due  to  the  engineering  changes  necessary  to  accommodate  the 
difference  in  number  and  value  of  coins. 

The  Patent  Office  will  monitor  this  change  for  a  period  of 
six  months  to:  (1)  Evaluate  effects  on  other  services,  equip- 
ment utilization,  materials,  and  facilities;  and,  (2)  Ensure 
that  the  new  charge  of  15it  per  page  will  enable  the  Patent 
Office  to  fully  recover  the  cost  of  operating  the  copiers. 

At  the  end  of  the  period,  the  data  obtained  will  be  evalu- 
ated with  a  view  to  continuance  or  discontinuance  of  the 
reduced  rate. 

ROBERT  GOTTSCHALK, 
June  6,  1972.  OominitaUmer  of  Patentt. 

1230 


8.648.4SS.     (See  2,604,313.) 

2.7»8,0S7,  G.  F.  Schlote,  SPIRAL-DRIVE,  SLIDABLB  SIDE 
JAW  WRENCH,  filed  Jan.  24,  1972,  D.C.  Colo.  (Denver), 
Doc.  C-3675,  Space  Tool,  Inc.  et  al.  v.  Kenneth  F.  Hallt. 

i,M9,196,  W.  C.  Schwalge,  OIL  RECLAIMER,  filed  Feb.  14, 
1972,  D.C,  W.D.  Okla.  (Oklahoma  City),  Doc.  72-95-C,  Prelin 
Induatritt,  Inc.-  \.  O  d  Q.  Craftt,  Inc.  and  George  E.  Barrotc. 

ZS**,in,  W.  J.  Blazek,  POSITIONING  MEANS  FOR  GUIDE 
ASSEMBLIES  OF  PUNCH  PRESS  DIE  SETS,  filed  July  22, 
1969,  D.C,  B.D.  Wis.  (Milwaukee),  Doc.  69-C-360,  Lempco 
Induttrie;  Inc.  v.  Superior  Die  Bet  Corp.  Stipulated  order, 
plaintiff  owner  of  patent.  PlaintHTs  complaint  and  defend- 
ant's counterclaim  are  hereby  dismissed  with  prejudice,  Feb. 
14,  1972. 

t;»Ufin,  H.  B.  Wagner.  HYDRAULIC  CEMENT  MORTAR 

COMPOSITIONS  AND  METHODS  OF  USE  ;  i,MOMi,  Wag- 
ner and  PJtigerald,  COMPOSITION  COMPRISING  HYDRAU- 
LIC CEMENT,  METHYL  CELLULOSE  AND  REEMULSIFI- 
ABLE  POLYVINYL  ACETATE,  METHOD  OF  PREPARING 
SAME  AND  MORTAR  PREPARED  THEREFROM,  filed  Nov. 
4,  1971,  D.C,  N.D.  Calif.  (San  Francisco),  Doc.  71-2125, 
Title  Council  of  America,  Inc.  v.  (}arland  White  d  Co.,  Inc. 

t,»90Mi.     (See  2,084,932.) 

Ijam^m.  B.  p.  Agbnides,  FLUID  MIXING  DEVICES 
8.1M,»1S,  same,  SLOTLESS  AERATOR,  filed  Aug.  11,  1969, 
D.C.  Md.  (Baltimore),  Doc.  21076,  Elie  P.  Aghnidet  v.  F.  W. 
Woolworth  Company.  Final  Judgment,  Patent  2,998,927  is 
invalid  and  complaint  is  dismissed  with  prejudice ;  complaint 
is  dismissed  without  prejudice  as  to  Patent  3,130,918  sub- 
ject to  terms  and  conditions  of  stipulation  of  counsel,  Jan. 
27,  1972. 

S.04S348.  R.  W.  May,  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR 
CHART  RECORDING,  filed  Mar.  2,  1972,  D.C.N.J.  (Newark), 
Doc.  406-72,  Oulton  Induetriee,  Inc.  v.  Etterline  Corporation. 

8,07X,aBZ.  C.  B.  Frost.  POLYBTHSR-URBTHANE  FOAMS 
AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING  SAME,  filed  Mar.  26,  1970,  D.C. 
Del.  (Wilmington),  Doc.  3867.  The  General  Tire  A  Rubier 
Company  v.  ReicKhold  OhemicaU,  Inc.  Order  of  dismissal 
upon  consent,  parties  entered  into  an  agreement  in  settlement ; 
complaint  dismissed  with  prejudice.  Counterclaim  dismissed 
with  prajudice,  Feb.  22, 1972. 

8.101.888.  M.  G.  Andis,  BLADB  ASSEMBLY  WITH  LAT- 
ERAL EXTENSIONS,  filed  Feb.  22.  1972.  D.C,  ELD.  Wis. 
(Milwaukee),  Doc.  72-C-107,  Andie  Clipper  Co.  v.  Otter 
Corporation. 

8.116.8B7.  J.  R.  Trice,  Jr.,  METHOD  AND  MEANS  FOR 
LAYING  SEWER  PIPE,  filed  Sept.  80,  1968,  D.C,  W.D.  Ind. 
(South  Bend).  Doc.  4261,  Alignment  Byteme,  Inc.  v.  Wood- 
ruff an4  Bone,  Inc.  and  Boy  J.  Woodruff.  Judgment  entered 
in  plaintiff's  favor  and  against  defendant  with  respect  to 
validity  of  subject  patent ;  Judgment  in  defendant's  favor  and 
against  plaintiff  with  respect  to  plaintiff's  claims  of  Infringe- 
ment of  subject  patent,  Dec.  30,  1971. 

8.122,488.  M.  W.  Rosenthal.  STRONTIUM  ION  TOOTH- 
PASTE, filed  Feb.  8.  1972.  D.C.  S.D.N.Y.,  Doc.  72-C-585, 
Block  Drug  Company,  Inc.  v.  Thrifty  Ooemetica  <^nd  Bun- 
driee.  Inc. 

8.180.918.     (See  2,996,927.) 

8,\86,«1»,  E.  O.  Aichele,  MACHINE  FOR  APPLYINb  SEAL- 
ING LINERS  OF  THERMOPLASTIC  MATERIAL  TO  BOT- 
TLE CAPS  OR  THE  LIKE,  filed  Jan.  24,  1972.  D.C,  B.D.  Ind. 
(Indianapolis),  Doc.  IP  72-C-30.  Zapata  Industrie*,  Inc.  v. 
H-O  InduatrieM,  Inc. 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1281 


8.278,816.  0.  V.  Cleary,  INSERT  FOR  NEWSPAPERS, 
filed  Jan.  7,  1971,  D.C,  N.D.  111.  (Chicago),  Doc.  72c58,  Free 
Standing  Btuffer,  Inc.  v.  Time  Inc. 

8.278.049.  B.  T.  Whltaker,  SWIMMING  POOL  CLEANING 
APPARATUS,  filed  Feb.  9,  1972,  D.C,  M.D.  Fla.  (Orlando). 
Doc.  72-31-Orl-C,  Poolmaid,  Inc.  v.  Tropicana  Pools,  Inc. 
and  Ben  W.  Waltert. 

8.287.008.  S.  M.  Bagno,  TRANSDUCER-TRANSFORMER 
UNIT,  filed  Jan.  25,  1972,  D.C.N.J.  (Newark),  Doc.  C-156-72, 
Byatron-Donner  Corporation  v.  Emergency  Products  Corpora- 
tion. 

8.292.018.  Bascomb  and  Mayer,  DEVICE  FOR  AGITATING, 
SWIRLING  AND  AERATING  THE  WATER  IN  A  VESSEL 
SUCH  AS  A  BATH  TUB  OR  THE  LIKE,  filed  July  7,  1967! 
D.C,  N.D.  111.  (Chicago),  Doc.  67cll70,  Boulevard  Electronict 
Inc.  v.  Marshall  Field  <£  Co.,  J.  C.  Penney  Co.,  Co-Op  Electric 
Supply  Co.  Judgment  for  defendants,  plaintiff  failed  to  estab 
lish  an  invention  Justifying  patent  in  suit  and  that  there  can 
be  no  infringement,  Jan.  30,  1971. 

8,208.004,  Nairn,  Harklns,  Ehrenfeld  and  Tarlow  TEX- 
TURED FOAM  PROCESSES;  8.298.108.  same  filed  Dec.  20, 
1966,  D.C,  E.D.  Pa.  (Philadelphia),  Doc.  41762,  Congoleum 
Industries,  Inc.  v.  Armstrong  Cork  Company.  Order,  Judgment 
In  favor  of  the  plaintiff,  and  against  the  defendant,  holding 
that  Patents  3,293,094  and  3,293.108  are  valid  and  infringed. 
Defendant's  commercial  process  infringes  claims  1,  2,  3,  5  6 
7.  8,  9,  16,  21,  22,  26,  27,  28,  29,  30,  32.  55,  62,  of  Patent 

3,293,004,  and  claims  1.  2,  3,  4,  5,  6.  11.  15.  16,  17,  18,  20 
21,  25,  26,  28,  30,  33,  34  and  39  of  Patent  3,293,108.  Defend- 
ant's infringement  has  not  been  willful  and  wanton,  Feb 
23.  1972. 


3,898.106.     (See  3,293,094.) 

3.805,278.  J.  Kllbourne,  MINING  APPARATUS  SUPPORT- 
ING AND  DRIVING  CONSTRUCTION,  filed  Jan.  26,  1972, 
D.C,  W.D.  Pa.  (Pittsburgh),  Doc.  72-77,  National  Mine  Serv- 
ice Company  v.  Jeffrey  Oalion,  Inc. 

8.812.124.  Meier  and  Meier,  STEERING-WHEEL  ASSEM- 
BLY FOR  AUTOMOTIVE  VEHICLES,  filed  Feb.  18.  1972, 
D.C,  N.D.  Ohio  (Cleveland),  Doc.  72-177,  Kamei-Autokom- 
fort  and  Superior  Industries  v.  Giant  Tiger  Stores,  Inc.  Same, 
filed  Feb.  16,  1972,  D.C,  N.D.  Calif.  (San  Francisco).  Doc. 
C-72-289-AJZ.  Kamei-Autokomfort  Corp.  \.  Ous  Mozart,  do- 
ing business  as  Eurasia  Automotive  Products. 

S.S49.426,  R.  S.  Haydock,  HOODED  CASTER  WHEEL  AS- 
SEMBLY, filed  Jan.  31,  1972,  D.C,  CD.  Calif.  (Los  Angeles), 
Doc.  72-218-R,  Mildred  R.  Haydock  et  al.  v.  Shin  Kuno, 
Torii  Co.  et  al. 

8,858.770.  W.  Sondhelm.  UNIVERSAL  PUMP  BOX  APPA- 
RATUS, filed  Dec.  1,  1971,  D.C.  CD.  Calif.  (Los  Angeles), 
Doc.  71-2844-MML,  Permco  Corporation  v.  Co»v>ell's  Inc. 
Specialty  Equipment  Fabricating  Co.  Same,  filed  Feb.  11 
1972,  D.C,  N.D.  Ga.  (Atlanta),  Doc.  16193,  Permco  Corpo- 
ration V.  A.O.N.  Manufacturing,  Inc.  and  National  Steel  Form 
Corp. 

8,808.422.  L.  A.  Turzlllo,  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR 
ANCHORING  A  TIB-DOWN  BAR  IN  AN  EARTH  SITUS 
filed  Sept.  9.  1968,  D.C,  N.D.  Ohio  (Cleveland),  Doc.  C-68-^ 

671,  Lee  Turzillo  Contracting  Co..  Inc.  v.  Intrusion  Prepakt, 
Inc.,  Prepakt  Concrete  Company.  Consent  judgment,  plaintiff 
owner  of  patent,  parties  have  settled  in  full  plaintiff's  claim 
for  damages,  Jan.  28. 1972. 


I 


1282 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


Dedications 


2,978,708. — Sigurd    M.    Moherg,    Pompton    Plains,    N.J.    MA- 
CHINE FOR  APPLYING  TAGS.  Patent  dated  Apr.   11. 
1961.   Dedication   filed   Feb.   9,   1072,   by   the   assignee, 
B.  J.  Brooka  Company. 
Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  term  thereof  remaining 

after  Oct.  1,  1970. 

2,978,706. — Sigurd   M.    Moherg,  Pompton   Plains,    N.J.    TAG 

APPLYING  APPARATUS.  Patent  dated  Apr.   11.   1961. 

Dedication    Hied    Feb.    9,    1972,    by    the   assignee,    E.    J. 

Brookt  Company. 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  term  thereof  remaialng 

after  Oct.  1,  1970. 

2,990,322. — Hovard  A.  Jontt,  and  John  A.  Oarman.  Baltimore. 
Md.,  and  Berton  C.  Dickinton,  Lyndonvllle,  N.Y.  SYNER- 
GISTIC INSECTICIDAL  COMPOSITIONS.  Patent  dated 
June  27,  1961.  Dedication  filed  Nov.  4,  1971.  by  the  as- 
signee. FMC  Corporation. 
Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  remaining  term  of  said 

patent. 

2,992,986. — WiUiam  T.  Ingram,  Whltestone,  N.Y.  TREAT- 
MENT OF  SEWAGE  AND  OTHER  WASTE  MATERIAL. 
Patent  dated  July  18,  1961.  Dedication  filed  Mar.  14, 
1972,  by  the  assignee,  Montanto  Enviro-Chem  Sytemt, 
Inc.  ^    ^ 

Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  entire  remaining  term 

of  8a|d  patent. 

3,325,989. — Edgar    Dare    BoUnger,    Spartanburg.    S.C.    BAL- 
ANCED ELASTICIZED  MULTIFILAMENT  YARN.  Pat- 
ent dated  June  20, 1967.  Dedication  filed  June  22. 1971.  by 
the  assignee.  Deering  Milliken  Re$earch  Corporation. 
Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  entire  remaining  term 

thereof  falling  on  and  after  Feb.  20,  1979. 


3,475,651. — Otorge  D.  Harding  and  Howard  L.  Storm,  Syra- 
cuse, N.Y.  CHARGING  AND  TRIGGERING  CIRCUITS 
FOR  PULSED  ELECTRICAL  DEVICES  SUCH  AS 
FLASH  LAMPS.  Patent  dated  Oct.  28.  1969.  Dedication 
filed  Jan.  12,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  Oeneral  Electric 
Company. 
Hereby  dedicates  to  the  Public  the  abOTe-ldentifled  patent. 


3,619,988 

3,610.99T 

3,620,74$ 

3,620,785 

3,620,786 

3,620.90i 

3.620,915 

3,620,930 

3,620,93$ 

3,620,990 

3,621,066 

3,621,068 

3,621.071 

3,621.14^ 

3,621,176 

3,621,208 

3,621,206 

3.621.340 

3,621,409 

3,621.462 

3,621.658 

3.621.847 

3.622.220 

3,622,398 

3,622.436 

3.622,501 

3.622.750 

3,622,772 

3,622,802 

3,622,806 

3,623,452 

3,623,4S5 

3,623.502 

3,623,945 

3,624.104 

3,624.156 

3,624,178 

3,624.180 

3,624,482 

3,624,673 

3,624,676 

3,624,961 

3,625.238 

3.625.702 

3,625.730 

3,625,829 

3,625.879 

3.625,988 


CcrtUkatca  off  Correction  for  die  Weeii  off  Inne  27,  1972 


D.  220,678 

D.  220,736 

3,163,654 

3,347,940 

3,408,918 

3,442,594 

3,450,555 

3,458,957 

3,462,329 

3,497,584 

3,510,386 

3,622,560 

3,625,872 

3,535.347 

3,538,120 

3,542,087 

3,548,424 

3.549,897 

3,555.043 

3,658,852 

3,559,585 

3,562,197 

3,562,331 

3,664.372 

3,565,804 

3,672,657 

3,572,814 

3,574,223 

3,574,786 


3,575,430 

3.579,545 

3.579,807 

3.580,455 

3,580,962 

3,582,333 

3,584,542 

3,587,146 

3,588,228 

3,588,827 

3,590.692 

4,591.091 

3,591,582 

3,592,401 

3,592.733 

3.592,807 

3.593,808 

3,594,120 

3,594,716 

3,595,327 

3,595,886 

3,596,065 

3,597,229 

3,597,463 

3,597,564 

3.697,589 

3,598.155 

3,598,661 

3,698,858 


3.599,460 
3.600.324 
3,600.694 
3.601,164 
3,601.380 
3.602,183 
3,602.303 
3,604,493 
3,606,271 
3,607,013 
3,607,269 
3,608,638 
.3,608.777 
*3.609.005 
3,609,138 
3,609.219 
3,610.018 
3,610,097 
3,611,005 
3,611,897 
3,611,984 
3,612,829 
3,612,900 
3,613,086 
3,613.513 
3.613,796 
3,613,898 
3,614.659 
3,614,662 


3.614.759 
3.614.875 
3,615.267 
3.615.323 
3.615.382 
3.615.428 
3.615.829 
3,616,030 
3.616.295 
3,616.651 
3.616.848 
3.616,964 
3.617.108 
3.617.211 
3.617.252 
3.617,291 
3,617,306 
3,617,341 
3.617.362 
3,617.553 
3,617,720 
3,617.889 
3,618,000 
3,618,062 
3.618,089 
3,618,565 
3,619,465 
3,619,709 
3,619,811 


3,625.941 

3.625,971 

3,626.665 

3.626,944 

3,627,514 

3,627,606 

3.627.637 

3,627,742 

3.627,820 

3,627,895 

3,628,664 

3,629.058 

3,629,226 

3,629,242 

3,629,676 

3,629,923 

3,630,237 

3,630,438 

3,630,590 

3,630,691 

3,630.759 

3,630.790 

3,630,958 

3,631,032 

3.631,054 

3,631,142 

3,631,180 

3,631,260 

3,631,315 

3,632,018 

3.632,176 

3.632.345 

3.632.395 

3.632.526 

3.632,574 

3,632,587 

3,632,779 

3.632.828 

3.632,850 

3.633.234 

3,633,695 

3,634.130 

3,634.238 

3.634.266 

3.634,329 

3,634,387 

3.634,460 

3.684,515 


3.634,528 

3,634,587 

3.634,673 

3.634.762 

3.634,827 

3,635,108 

3.635,201 

3,635,283 

3,635,337 

3,635,345 

3,635,408 

3,636,616 

3,635,791 

3,636,933 

3,636,072 

3,686,176 

3,636,427 

3,636.664 

3.637,544 

3,637,596 

3,637,671 

3,637,797 

3,638.274 

3,638,309 

3,638,659 

3.638,678 

3.638,902 

3.638,937 

3.639,104 

3,639,160 

3,639,266 

3,639,281 

3,639.375 

3.639,387 

3,639,530 

3.639.536 

3.640.365 

3.640.494 

3.640.557 

3.640.584 

3,640.661 

3.640,680 

3.640,784 

3,641.102 

3,641,138 

3.641,363 

3.641,527 

3,641,552 


3,641.628 

3.641.834 

3.642.062 

3.642,127 

3,642,331 

3,(142.464 

3.642,585 

3.642,787 

3,642,809 

3,643,192 

3,643,666 

3,643,822 

3,643,968 

3,644,107 

3,644,289 

3,644,348 

3,644,497 

3,644,621 

3,|B45,006 

3,645,213 

3,846,246 

3.645,267 

3j645,299 

3j645,636 

3j645,666 

3j646,673 

3j645,716 

3j645.718 

3J646.869 

3^645,897 

3,646,301 

3,646,456 

3,646.608 

3.646.814 

3,647.063 

3i647.369 

3647.443 

31647,762 

3;647.820 

3;647.904 

31649.428 

3(649.699 

31650.885 

3,650.428 

3,651,075 

3  653.838 

3  655.561 


Patents  Available  for  Licensing  or  Sale 

2,995,619.  SYSTEM  OF  TELEVISION  TRANSMISSION 
AND  PHOTOGRAPHIC  REPRODUCTION  OF  THE  TELE 
VISED  IMAGE.  Samuel  Freeman,  13  Birchwood  Court  East, 
Syosset,  NY..  11791. 

3,299.868.  AUTOMATIC  IDLER.  Lowell  Dean  Henke,  Box 
616,  Hobson.  Mont.,  59452. 

3.508,406.  COMPOSITE  ARCH  STRUCTURE^  Armco 
Steel  Corporation,  Mlddletown,  Ohio.  Correspondence  to : 
Melville,  Strasser,  Foster  k  HolTman,  1215  Provident  Tower, 
1  E.  4tb  St..  Cincinnati.  Ohio.  45202. 

3,525,099.  HAND  GUIDED  WALK-BEHIND  SBLF-PRO- 
PELLEtt)  MATERIAL  CONVEYING  CART.  John  Fuhr- 
mann.  Correspondence  to:  Robert  C.  Weber.  1022  Elllcott 
Square,  Buffalo.  N.Y^  14203. 

3,625.664.  PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  RICH 
FUEL  TO  REPLACE  NATURAL  GAS  BY  MEANS  OF  CATA 
LYTIC  HYDROOASIFICATION  UNDER  PRESSURE  OF 
FLUID  HYDROCARBONS.  Carlo  Padovani.  Correspondence 
to:  Murphy  ft  Dobyns,  2001  Jefferson  Davis  Highwiay.  Suite 
307.  Arlington.  Va.,  22202. 

3.634,970.  WRAPPING  FOR  TREE  ROOT  BALLS.  Nicho 
las  WiUiams,  508  Central  Ave.,  Scarsdale,  N.Y..  10583. 

3,652,508.  VISCOSITY  STABLE  ALIPHATIC  POLY- 
URETHANE  COMPOSITIONS  AND  METHOD  OF  PREPARA- 
TION THEREOF.  Donald  L.  Segur  et  al.  Correspondence  to  : 
Henry  B.  Townsend,  General  Latex  and  Chemical  Corpora- 
tion, Research  Center.  High  St.,  North  Billerlca.  MasB..  01862. 

3.652.787.  TELEVISION  SIGNAL  COLOR  CORRECTOR. 
Katariaa  Tkacenko,  620  Iris  Ave.,  Apt.  #319,  Sunnyvale. 
Calif..  94086. 


The  following  2  patents  are  offered  by  :  Clarence  Willard 
Franklin,  Cedar  Tree  Farm,  MUford,  Calif.,  96121. 

3,540.089.     SELF-RELEASING  ANIMAL  TETHER. 
3,640,013.      SUBCALIBER   ADAPTER   FOR  FIREARM. 


June  27,  1972 


The  following 
P.O.   521.   Oshawa. 
N.,   Apt 


Slmcoe  St. 
3,484,011. 

3,610.455. 


S\ 


are  offered  by  :  W.  Greenhalgh, 
ntario.  Canada,  and  D.  K.  Soper,  1221 
623  East,  Oshawa.  Ontario.  Canada. 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 

3,620,886. 


1283 


DISPOSABLE    CONTAINER 
VERTISING  MEANS. 

DISPOSABLE  CONTAINER 
MOVAL  MEANS. 


LINER    AND    AD- 


LINER  WITH  RE 


W.   Greenhalgh.    3,816,745. 


The  following  6  patents  are  offered  by 
P.O.  621,  Oshawa.  Ontario.  Canada. 

3,627,008.  INSTANTERECT   CONSTRUCTION    DEVICE. 

3,600,870.  INSTANTERECT    CONSTRUCTION    DEVICE. 

3,611,669.  PREFABRICATED  ROOF  STRUCTURE. 

3,614,050.  REUSABLE  FORMING  UNIT. 

3.624,889.      MOBILE  PLANT  FOR  THE  FABRICATION  OF 
STRUCTURAL  MODULES. 


3,656,724.     PAKAHOMB. 


Cerebro-Dyoamlcs,  Inc.,  offers  to  sell  or  license  the  follow- 
ing 2  patents  on  reasonable  terms. 

Inquiries  should  be  directed  to :  Richard  L.  Bobanon,  Cere- 
broDynamlcs,  Inc.,  1405  City  National  Bank  Tower,  Okla- 
homa City.  Okla.,  78102. 


3,592,006. 
3,663,216. 


ISOLATION  DEVICE. 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CONFINING 
AND  COLLECTING  OIL  LEAKAGE. 


Fltwrsteel  International  Company  is  prepared  to  grant  semi- 
exclusive licenses  under  the  following  patent  at  reasonable 
royalties  to  marine  construction  firms  and  ferro-cement  boat 
builders. 

Inquiries  respecting  licenses  should  be  addressed  to  Fiber- 
steel  International  Company,  Attn :  M.  E.  lorns.  P.O.  Box 
661,  West  Sacramento,  Calif..  95691. 


3.652,755. 


METHOD    OF    FORMING 
CRETE  STRUCTURE. 


REINFORCED   CON- 


Oeneral  Motors  Corporation  is  prepared  to  grant  non-exclu- 
sive license  under  the  following  patent  upon  reasonable  terms. 

Applications  for  license  may  be  addressed  to  :  The  Director. 
Patent  Section.  General  Motors  Building.  3044  W.  Grand 
Blvd.,  Detroit,  Mich.,  48202. 


3,486,833. 


HIGH  TEMPERATURE  COMPOSITE  GAS  TUR- 
BINE ENGINE  COMPONENTS. 


General  Electric  Company  is  prepared  to  grant  non-exclu- 
sive  licenses  under  the  following  38  patents  upon  reasonable 
terms  to  domestic  manufacturers. 

Applications  for  license  under  the  following  patent  should 
be  addressed  to :  Division  Patent  Counsel,  Swltchgear  Equip- 
ment Business  EHvlsion,  General  Electric  Company.  6901  Elm- 
wood  Ave..  Philadelphia,  Pa..  19142. 

3,579,079.     CURRENT  SOURCE  MAGNETIC  GATING  CIR- 
CUIT FOR   CONTROLLED   RECTIFIERS. 


for  license  under  the  following  5  patents 
should  be  addressed  to  :  Division  Patent  Counsel,  Space  Divi- 
sion, General  Electric  Company,  P.O.  Box  8655,  Philadelphia, 
Pa. 


Applications 

Id 


PARTICLE 


3,698.997.     SCHOTTKY     BARRIER     ATOMIC 
AND  X-RAY  DETECTOR. 

3.639,845.  COMPENSATING  THRESHOLD  LEVEL  DETEC- 
TOR. 

3,641,531.     CHANGEABLE   ADDRESS   DISPLAY    DEVICE. 

3,648,037.     SYMMETRICAL  FUNCTION  GENERATOR. 

3,648,314.     SELF-STABILIZING  FLOTATION  MODULE. 

Applications  for  license  under  the  following  6  patents  may 
be  addressed  to :  General  Electric  Company,  Appliance  Com- 
ponents Business  Division,  1636  Broadway.  Fort  Wayne,  Ind., 
46804.  Attn  :  Patent  Counsel. 

3,582,856.  TEMPERATURE  SENSING  RELAY. 

3,607,653.  APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING  A  PROTEC- 
TIVE COATING  ON  THE  SURFACE  OF  A 
MANUFACTURED  ARTICLE. 

3.616.056.  APPARATUS  FOR  COMPRESSING  A  LAMI- 
NATED ARTICLE  AND  FOR  FORMING  A 
PROTECTIVE  COATING  OF  INSULATING 
MATERIAL  ON  AN  ARTICLE. 

3,620.885.  APPARATUS  FOR  APPLYING  UNHARDENED 
ADHESIVE  MATERIAL  TO  A  LAMINATED 
STRUCTURE. 


**1IS95  *^OR  BONDING  A  LAMINATBD 
STRUCTURE  AND  APPARATUS  FOB  APPLY- 
ING UNHARDENED  ADHESIVE  MATERIAL 
TO  THE  LAMINATED  STRUCTURE. 

3,688,470.  METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  PAN. 

AppUcationa  for  license  under  the  foUowing  9  patents  may 
^™o  ?»^t5*f^  **',k^*^?S«'"*^  Electric  Company.  Electronic  Sys- 
tems Division,  100  Plastic  Ave,  Plttafl^  Mass..  01201. 

3,449.977.  GEAR  MESHING  ABRANQBMBNT. 

METHOD  OF  DIELBSSLY  FORMING  SUR- 
FACE  OF  REVOLUTION. 

ACCELEROMBTER. 

ACCELEROMETER. 

HYDROSTATIC  BEARING. 

BEARING  SUSPENSION  SYSTEM. 


3.354,725. 
3,479,886. 
3,380,788. 
3,387,482. 
3,471,769. 


^^r^^  WIDTH  MODULATION  SERVO  SYSTEM 
INCLUDING  A  UNIQUE  TRANSFORMER- 
LESS DEMODULATOR.  o«v/«,mjMi, 

3,623,188.     LINEAR    DC    VOLTAGE    TO    FIRING    ANGLE 
CONVERTER  CIRCUIT. 

3,303,810.     DRAG   REDUCTION   WITH   RECIRCULATION. 

AppllcaOons  for  license  under  the  foUowlng  18  patents  may 

^  addressed  to :  Patent  Counsel,  Major  AppUance  Business 

Ky^"4b226°"*  ®^***'**^  Company,  Appliance  Park,  Loulaville, 

3,087,319. 
3,367,609. 
3,506,825. 
3,526,738. 
3,593,743. 
3,612,074. 
3,621,856. 


CLOTHES  WASHING  MACHINE  WITH  WATER 
LEVEL  CONTROL  CIRCUIT. 

°1?T^]^J£,<^9I5"*^^SS0R  UNIT  AND  SPRING 
SUPPORT  MEANS  THEREOF. 


REFRIGERATOR  INCLUDING 
CABINET  SHELF. 


PHASE-MATCHING 
TRONIC  OVENS. 


ILLUMINATED 
DEVICE     FOR     ELEC- 


3,630,227. 
3,632,982. 

3,633.622. 
3,635,243. 

3,642,208. 

3,648,464. 
3,643,930. 

3,647,354. 
3,650,673. 

3,654,772. 
3,656,182. 


^^^9PL'99SFM^^  ASSEMBLY  FOR  A  WASH- 
ING MACHINE. 

^^4^?i£S.  ^Q^NT  DISPENSING  DEVICE  IN 
A  DISHWASHER. 

ROTARY  C<WTROL  MEANS  FOR  CHANGING 
THE  FORCE  OF  WASHING  ACTION  IN  AN 
AUTOMATIC  DISHWASHER. 

ASSEMBLY  FOR  COUPLING  A  WASHING  MA- 
CHINE TO  A  FAUCET. 

COMBINATION 
COOKTOP. 


ELECTRIC     GRIDDLE     AND 


VALVE  MECHANISM  FOR  DISHWASHER. 
^^^%^^2SE!^S'''  ASSEMBLY  FOR  A  WASH- 


WASHER     WITH     SELF-REVERSING 
ARM  ASSEMBLY. 

EXTERNAL  ICE  SBRVICB. 

FOR    ADDING 


SPRAY 


APPARATUS 
AIR. 


MOISTURE    TO 


FABRIC-TREATING  METHOD. 

DRY     WASH    FABRIC    CLEANING 
AND  APPARATUS. 

ICE  MAKER. 

HYDRAULIC    THERMOSTAT    WITH 
THROW  SWITCH  MECHANISM. 


METHOD 


DOUBLE 


Patents  ^Htlidrawn  From  Register 

General  Electric  Company  hereby  withdraws  the  foUowlng 
2  patents  from  the  Register  of  Patents  AvaUable  for  Licens- 
ing or  Sale.  The  patents  were  Usted  as  being  available  in  the 
Official  Gamttb  as  indicated  below  : 

3,101,889.  RESILIENT  MOUNTING  FOR  MOTOR  AND 
FAN  UNIT.  Aug.  4,  1964. 

3,259,268.  COVER  AND  LATCH  ARRANGEMENT  FOR 
PORTABLE  VACUUM  CLEANERS.  Nov.  24. 
1970. 


Disclaimers 

2,810,676.— Bartholdt  C.  Hadler,  and  Earl  L.  Pelton,  Midland, 
Mich.  ANTHELMINTIC  SOLUTIONS  COMPRISING 
PIPERAZINE  COMPOUNDS.  Patent  dated  Oct.  22,  1957. 
Disclaimer  filed  Mar.  2,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  The  Dov) 
Chemical  Company. 

Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims  1  and  3  of  said 
patent. 


1284 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


2  967,106.— HoiMUi*    C.    Moodey,    Lancaster,    Pa.    PLURAL 
BEAM  GUN.  Patent  dated  Oct.  18,  1960.  Disclaimer  filed 
Jan.  14,  1972,  by  the  asBlgnee,  ROA  Corporation. 
Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims  6  and  12  of  said 

patent.  

3.387,322.— Jo«e/  Woellhaf  and  Herbert  Wagner.  Ludwlgs- 
hafen  (Rhine),  WUhelm  Uhl.  Prankenthal,  Pfalz,  and 
Otto  HeOderich.  Schlfferstadt,  Pfali,  Germany.  APPARA- 
TUS FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OP  HOMOGENEOUS 
SHEETING.  Patent  dated  June  11,  1968.  Disclaimer  filed 
Dec.  8,  1971,  by  the  assignee,  Badi*che  Anilin-  d  8oda- 
FaJtrik  Aktienoe$elUchaft. 
Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claim  3  of  said  patent. 


3,452,790.— /"roiM!**  E.  Vander$yde.  Ollroy,  Thomat  B.  Roh- 
ert$,  Jr.,  Saratoga,  and  Arthur  L.  MeOee,  San  Jose, 
Calif.  SHEET  PATCHING  BIACHINB.  Patent  dated 
July  1,  1969.  Disclaimer  filed  Feb.  14,  1972,  by  the  as- 
signee, FMO  Corporation. 
Hereby  disclaimed  the  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent 

subsequent  to  May  27, 1986. 


Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims  1,  2  and  3  of  said 
patent.  ^  , 

3,559,836. — Harold  E.  Pink  and  Ronald  O.   Daringer,  Cam- 
bridge, Md.  WIRE  CLOTH  TRAY.  Patent  dated  Feb.  2. 
1971.   Disclaimer  filed  Feb.   10.   1972,   by   the  assignee. 
Caml>ridge  Wire  Cloth  Company. 
Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims  22  and  23  Of  said 

patent.       .  1 

3,066,281. — Donald  Dennie  Baumann,  Los  Qatos,  Calif.  ELEC- 
TRIC PULSE  WAVE  CLIPPING  CIRCUITRY.  Patent 
dated  Feb.  23,  1971.  Disclaimer  filed  Jan.  20,  1072,  by 
the  assignee,  International  Buaineat  Maehinet  Corpora- 
tion. 
Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims  1.  2,  3,  4,  5^  7  and 

11  of  said  patent. 


3,498,689. — Roger  L.  Hanaen,  Mlnnetonka  Village,  Minn. 
LAUNDRY  CART.  Patent  dated  Mar.  3,  1970.  Disclaimer 
filed  Mar.  16,  1972,  by  the  Inventor. 


3,693,782. — John  O.  Dravea,  Dunkirk,  Maurice  R.  CHuriton, 
Hamburg,  and  Edward  J.  Bkiba,  WIlllamsTllle,  N.Y. 
HEAT  EXCHANGER.  Patent  dated  July  20,  1971.  Dis- 
claimer filed  Apr.  12,  1972,  by  the  assignee,  Robert  C. 
Hagner. 
■  Hereby  enters  this  disclaimer  to  claims  1,  8  and  9  pf  said 

patent. 


PATENT  EXAMINING  CORPS 

R.  A.  WAHL,  Assistant  Commissioner 
F.  H.  BRONAUGH,  Deputy  Assistant  Commissioner 

CONDITION  OF  PATENT  APPLICATIONS  AS  OF  MAY  30,  1972 


PATENT  EXAMINING  OKOUPS 


Actual 

Flllag  Date 

of  Oldest 

New  Case 

Awaiting 

Action 


CHEMICAL  EXAMINING  GROUPS 

GENERAL  CHEMISTRY  AND  PETROLEUM  CHEMISTRY,  GROUP  UO-M.  8TERMAN,  Dlr«5ior  3-2B-71 

^S^fUf^**  Compounds;  Inorganic  Compositions;  Grgano-MeUl  and  Organo-MetaUold  Chemistry;  MetaUuTKyfMeUl  Stock'         *^'°^" 
liKdlSffiSe^uS^'''  "y'^«*''>o°"=  ^'°«™'  O"  Technology;  Lubricating  Comportttiiu;  OaseoS  Com^tlSIs: 

GENERAL  ORGANIC  CHEMISTRY,  GROUP  I2fr-I.  MARCUS,  Director.    ..  i^  „ 

n5)^*^^5"n'  ^^^^''  Alkaloids;  Aio;  SuUar;  Misc.  Esters;  Carbohydrates;  Herbicides;  Poisons;  MedictoesVComietics:  Stirolds"" 
OxoandOxy;Quinone8;  Acids;  Carboxyllc  Add  Esters;  Acid  Anhydrides;  Acid  HaUdes.  ««i«iw«i,  om»u,u», 

mOlI  POLYMER  CHEMISTRY.  PLASTICS  AND  MOLDING.  GROUP  140-L   J.  BERCOVITZ    Director  l-«a-7i 

^^uS'iS  ^•"?*i  Rubber;  ProUlns;  Macromolecular  Carbohydrates;  Mixed  Synthetic  Resin  Compositions;  Synthitlc  Rert^' 
With  Natural  Polymera  and  Resins;  Natural  Reams;  Reclaiming;  Pore-Formlng;  Compositions  (p£t)  e  k  :  CoeS^'  M^dSr 
Ink;  Adhesive  and  Abrading  Compositions;  Molding.  ShapingTand  TreatingProceeses  ^-oBong,  Moiamg. 

COATING  AND  LAMINATINQ.  BLEACHING,  DYEING  AND  PHOTOGRAPHY.  GROUP  I80-A.  P.  KENT,  Director  3-01-71 

Coating;  Processes  and  Misc.  ProducU;  Laminating  Methods  and  Apparatus;  Stock  Matertols;  Adhesive  Bondln£-  SMdalChem.' 
leal  Manufactures:  Special  Utility  ComposltionsTBleaching;  Dyeihgand  Photography^     Aunesive  uonomg,  upeeiai  Udem- 

^^^JPi^.f  ^^^2  CHEMICAL  INDUSTRIES  AND  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING,  GROUP  170-W.  B.  KNIGHT   Director  12-l«-70 

F^lllxers;  Foods:  Fennentatlan;  Analytical  Chemistry;  Reactors;  Sugar  and  Starch;  Paper  Maktag;  Q]k^BL^Uban^Q^' 
^^V?*  ""d  IWuinf  atlng;  Cleanlngfrocesses;  Liquid  Purification;  Distillation;  Preservtag;  Liquid  and  Solid  Separatlol- Qm 
and  Liquid  Contact  Apparatus;  Refrigeration;  Concentratlre  Evaporators;  Mineral  Oils  Apparatus;  Misc.  Physical  ProoesseT 

KLECTRICAL  EXAMINING  GROUPS 

INDUSTRIAL  ELECTRONICS  AND  RELATED  ELEMENTS,  GROUP  210-N.  AN8HER.  Director-  10-07-71 

GraeratioD  and  Utilization;  General  Applications;  ConTerslon  and  Distribution;  Heating  and  Related  Art  CmdoetonrSwitehM" 
MiscelianeoQS. 

SECURITY,  GROUP  220-R.  L.  CAMPBELL,  Director 0-22-71 

Ordnance,  Firwrms  and  Ammunition;  Radar,  Underwater  Signalling,  birictlonal"  Radio,  TorpedoMrsitaUcEroiortii.'Riii:' 
Active  Batteries;  Nuclear  Reactors.  Powder  Metallurgy.  Rocket  Fuels;  Radio-Actlve  Material  *»p«wuig.  xmoio- 

INFORMATION  TRANSMISSION.  STORAGE  AND  RETRIEVAL,  GROUP  290-1.  F.  COUCH.  Director  s.12-71 

CMnmmi<»tlon8;  Multiplexing  Techniques;  Facsimile;  Data  Processing,  CompuUtlon  and  Conversion;  StoranDevtoesand'         '^**^" 

xi6iAtMX  Arts. 

ELKCTRONIC  COMPONENT  SYSTEMS  AND  DEVICES.  GROUP  260-W.  L.  CARLSON,  Director  4-10-71 

Semi-conductor  and  Space  Discharge  Systems  and  Devices;  Electronic  Component  Circuits;  Wave  Tranim Won  Lines' uid" 
Networks;  Optics;  Radiant  Energy;  Measuring. 

PHYSICS.  GROUP  280-R.  L.  EVANS.  Director 4-OB-71 

Photography;  Sound  and  Lighting;  Indicators  and  Optics;  Measuring  and  Tssttag;  OeomeMcarbisteimMnts.' «-«»-" 

DESIGNS,  GROUP  280— R.  L.  CAMPBELL,  Director ,  o.  „ 

Industrial  Arts;  Household.  Personal  and  Fine  Arts.                                        "              i-'o-ii 

MECHANICAL  EXAMINING  GROUPS  ^ 

HANDLING  AND  TRANSPORTING  MEDIA.  GROUP  810-A.  BERLIN,  Director  s-oa  71 

^^^•^71  HoUts;  Elevatore;  Article  HMidUng  ImplemenU;  Store  Service;  Sheet  and  Web  Feeding;  blroeD^;'Finid~8DrtnkVln£' 

Fire  Extinguishers;  Coin  Handltag;  Check  ControUed  Apparatus;  Classifying  and  Assorting  Sdlds;  fioatTshlps;  Aeronautloii 

Motor  and  Land  Vehicles  and  Appurtenances;  Railways  and  Railway  Equipment;  Brakes;  Rigid  flexible  andSpedal  Reoeo^ 

tacles  and  Packages.  *^ 

MATERIAL  SHAPING,  ARTICLE  MANUFACTURING,  TOOLS,  GROUP  320-D.  J.  STOCKING.  Director  3-01-71 

ManufacturiM  Processes,  Afflembllng,  Combtoed  MacWnes,  Special  ArUcle  Making;  Metal  Deforming;  Sheet  Metai  md  wire" 
^5'I?^L^***'  Fusloo-Bondtag,  Metal  Founding;  Metallurgical  Apparatus-Plastics  WorkingApperatus;  Plastic  BloSc 
and  Earthenware  Apparatus;  Machine  Tools  for  Shaping  or  Dividing;  Wwk  and  Tool  Holders  wSodworking;  'Tools;  CuU^ 

AMUSEMENT,  HUSBANDRY.  PERSONAL  TREATMENT,  INFORMATION.  GROUP  380-A.  RUEQG   Director  2-l»-71 

Amusement  and  Exercising  Devices;  Projectors;  Animal  and  Plant  Husbandry;  Butchering;  Earth  WoAlng  and  Exaivattni" 
Fishing,  etc.;  Tobacco;  Artlflclal  Body  Members;  Dentistry;  Jewelry;  Surgery;  ToUetry;  Printing;  Typ«!Viters;  StetloD«7: 
Information  Dissemination. 

HEAT,  POWER  AND  FLUID  ENGINEERING.  GROUP  340-M.  M.  NEWMAN.  Director.  r_oi  71 

Power  Plants;  Combustion  Engines;  Fluid  Motors;  Pumps;  Tnrbtaes;  Heat  Generation  and  Exchange;  RetrigmttmVveiimktian' '         *"*  '  * 
SlSion^jSKlSiT*™'*™*^  °°^'"*^  ^**°^****°'  M»***°«  K^"»«»*»:  P<"^  Tra^&iton;  Fluid  Handling;  Lu- 

C0N8TRUCTI0NS,  SUPPORTS,  TEXTILES,  CLEANING,  GROUP  8«0-T.  J.  HICKEY,  Director  a-22-7i 

Jototi:  Fastmers;  Rod,  Pipe  and  Electrical  Connectors;  Miscellaneous  Hardware;  Locks;  BaQdlag  BtroctnmVcksnre  dowatos"        *^*^'* 
Bridges;  Closures;  Earth  Englneertng;  Drilling;  Mtaihig;  Furniture:  Reon>ta(fles;  BafntotuTCt^toi^^^^^SSct^S^ 
Sepsxations:  Cleaning;  Coating;  Pressing;  AgltaUng;  Foods:  Tertlies;  Apparel  and  Shoes   Sewing  M^^Twi^SilSd 


Expiratton  of  patents:  The  patents  wl^  the  range  of  nombsrs  faxdleated  below  exptrs  daring  June  1972,  eicmt  those  whksh  may  have 
•JP"^??,"*'  *°'  ^  shortened  terms  under  the  provlsiaos  of  Public  Law  aoo,  7»th  CongreasTanireT^Aagast  8.  m«  (60  8UtM0)^ai  pffi  liw 
016,  ttrd  Congnn,  approved  August  2S,  1»M  (te  Stot.  7«4),  or  which  may  have  hadlSS  iJK;;  .UTrSiiShy  m^ZZTJ^IJI'  !^trrlXm^1 
35  tj.S.C.  263.  Other  pateiiU,  Issued  after  the  datM  of  the  range  of  numbeii  Indicated  below,^  h^n^^lSS^tL^^me^o^vlSSSttm 
the  same  reasons,  or  have  lapsed  under  the  provisions  of  U  U.B.C.  151;  «»»•  »u»  •uu  i«ui  «■  n  jmim  iwr 


Patents 

Plant  Pataots. 


Noxabafs  2.709,808  to  3.712,130,  Inelostva 
Nomban  1.390  to  1,403,  taidnstTe 


1235 


REISSUES 

JUNE  27,  1972 

Matter  AndoMd  In  beaTT  brackets  C 1  appears  in  the  original  patent  but  forms  no  part  of  this  reiseue  specification  ; 
Matter  enciosea  m  uwltj  Diru**«ui  ^^n^gjin  iUlics  indicates  additions  made  by  reissue. 

27,403 
VARIABLE  PITCH  LINEAR  ACTUATOR 
Wemel  Zaniba,  East  Pateraoa,  N J^  — iinnr  to  1 
Dmnore  Counany 
OrigiBal  No.  3,473,393,  dated  Oct  21,  1969,  Scr.  No. 
669,447,  Sept  21,  1967.  Application  for  niasDC  Ian. 
20, 197«,  Scr.  No.  4,253 

Int.  CL  F16h  27/76 
UA  CL  74—25  25 


matter 


27,405 

CANDY  PACKAGING  MACHINE 

Albert  L.  Eke  and  Charles  T.  MUUgan,  Qncens  County, 

N.Y.,  assignors  to  Mnltknp  AntonuUion  Company, 

bCn  Woodaide,  N.Y. 

Original  No.  3,389,531,  dated  lone  25,  1968.  Scr.  No. 

484,596,  Sept  2,  1965.  Application  for  rdana  June 

10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45,273 

Int  CL  B65b  35/14,  35/54. 1/02 
U.S.CL53— 126  14 


A  variable  pitch  linear  actuator  for  converting  angular 
rotation  to  linear  movement.  The  conversion  is  achieved 
by  providing  a  plurality  of  wheels  spaced  about  the  pe- 
riphery of  a  shaft,  with  the  planes  of  said  wheels  being 
pivotable  about  axes  perpendicular  to  the  shaft. 


27  404 

TRANSPARENT  POLYOLEFIN  flLMS  OF  mOH 

MODULUS  AND  CLARTTY 

Robert  F.  WlUiams,  Jr.,  Webster,  and  Rkhard  H.  Jenks, 
Rome,  N.Y.,  aarignors  to  Eastman  Kodak  Conqpany, 
Rochester,  ^f.Y. 

Original  No.  3,503,843,  dated  Mar.  31,  1970,  Scr.  No. 
683,064,  Oct  16,  1967,  wUch  is  a  division  of  Ser.  No. 
56535,  Jnly  14,  1966,  which  is  a  continnation-in-part 
of  Scr.  No.  197,217,  May  7,  1962,  wUcfa  is  a  condmi- 
ation-bHpart  of  Scr.  No.  9,567,  Feb.  18, 1960,  Scr.  No. 
16,208,  Mar.  21,  1960,  and  Scr.  No.  30,324,  May  19, 
1960.  Appikartion  Scr.  No.  16^08  is  a  contfamation-in- 
part  of  Scr.  No.  833,666,  Ang.  10,  1959,  which  is  a 
continnatk>Di4n-part  of  Scr.  No.  706,626,  Jan.  2,  1958. 
AppUcation  for  rdsme  July  31,  1970,  Scr.  No.  59,959 
Lit  CL  B32b  27/32 

UjS.  CL  161—165  8  Claims 


Two  \onveyor  systems  are  arranged  side  by  side.  A 
compartmented  tray  is  positioned  at  predetermined  posi- 
tions on  one  conveyor.  The  compartments  may  be  shaped 
to  accommodate  candy  pieces.  Individual  pieces  of  candy 
are  deposited  into  individual  compartments.  After  the  trays 
have  been  filled  with  candy  pieces,  they  are  moved  into 
individual  boxes  which  are  located  on  a  conveyor. 


127,406 
ELECTRIC  SWITCH  MECHANISM 
Gordon  H.  Cork,  Mrmingham,  RficlL,  amignor  to  Gcmco 

Electric  Co.,  Clawson,  Mich. 
Original  No.  3,474,204,  dated  Oct  21,  1969,  Scr.  No. 
677,833,  Oct  10,  1967,  wfakh  to  a  conttamaCkm-in- 
part  of  Scr.  No.  625,544,  Mar.  23,  1967. 
for  rcinnc  Apr.  23,  1970,  Scr.  No.  31,359 
Int  CL  HOlh  1/36 
133,  CL  200—164  R  4  Claims 


^0a, 


nnnaDOB-nH 
AppUcatton 


Increased  stiffness  and  better  clarity  of  polymeric  films 
can  be  obtained  by  compression  rolling  relatively  thick 
films  of  the  polymers,  provided  that  the  films  are  coated 
(at  the  juncture  of  the  rolls  with  the  film)  with  enough 
liquid  "lubricant"  to  form  a  "hydrodynamic  wedge"  in 
the  nip  area.  Films  having  hi^er  modulus  and  greater 
darity  (than  could  otherwise  be  produced)  can  be  manu- 
factured by  this  process.  Polyolefin  filins  having  such 
higher  modulus  {dus  excellent  clarity  (less  than  3%  haze) 
are  dainwd. 

1236 


This  disclosure  shows  switch  mechanism  wherein  the 
switch  comprises  cooperating  electric  contact  |K>rtions 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1287 


operable  to  move  into  contact  with  each  other  to  make 
the  circuit  or  to  move  out  of  contact  with  each  other  to 
break  the  circuit.  One  contact  is  a  fixed  contact  and  the 
other  contact  is  a  movable  contact.  When  the  two  con- 
tacts are  brought  into  contact  with  each  other  the  construc- 
tion is  such  that  one  contact  has  its  contact  face  wiped 
across  relative  to  the  other  contact  face  so  as  tb  clean  the 
same  and  keep  the  contact  faces  free  from  undesirable 
deposits. 


27,409 

STACKABLE  INSERT  CONTAINER  FOR  AXIALLY 

SPACED  ENGAGING  SURFACES 

HerlMit  J.  Wanderer,  Elmhnnt  m.,  aarignor  to 

nUnoto  Tool  Works,  Inc.,  Chicago,  DL 

Original  No.  3,232,512,  dated  Feb.  1,  1966,  Scr.  No. 

366,080,  May  8,  1964.  AppUcation  for  relMic  Apr. 

12, 1967,  Ser.  No.  637,021 

Int.  CL  B65d  21/02,  3/00 
U.S.  CL  229^-1.5  B  *  14  Cialina 


27,407 

WINDOW  REGULATOR  WITH  FLEXIBLE  SHAFT 

Joa^h  C.  Littmann,  Temperance,  Midk,  aarignor  to 

Fcrro  Maniifa<±Dring  Corporation,  Detroit  Nfldk 
Original  No.  3,487,704,  dated  Jan.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No. 
630,089,  Apr.  11,  1967.  Application  for  rcisBOc  Mar. 
3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,270 

Int  CL  F16h  29/20 
U.S.  CL  74—89.2  11  Claims 


A  window  regulator  for  automobiles  comprising  a 
motor,  a  drive  shaft  composed  of  a  plurality  of  aligned 
sections,  a  resilient  torsion  member  intercoimecting  the 
sections  at  opposite  ends  of  the  shaft,  and  gearing  at 
the  output  end  of  the  shaft  for  connection  to  a  window 
regulator. 


27,408 

CLAMP-ON  FROTECnVE  HOOD 

Herl»ert  A.  Raschlie,  Grecnbrac,  CaBf .,  assignor  to 

E.  D.  Bnllard  Company,  Sansalito,  Calif. 

Original  No.  3,427,660,  dated  Feb.  18,  1969,  Scr.  No. 

591,791,  Nov.  3,  1966.  Application  for  idssuc  Dec. 

17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  888,181 

Int  CL  A61f  9/00:  A62b  7/00 
VS,  CL  2— >10  11  Claims 


The  structure  herein  described  comprises  a  cup  or  con- 
tainer  of  thin  wall  plastic  material  adapted  to  be  inserted, 
frictionally  retained,  and  removed  from  a  supporting 
holder. 

The  cups  or  containers,  when  stacked,  form  a  resilient 
stack  or  column  from  which  a  cup  or  container  may 
readily  be  removed  by  application  of  the  holder  to  the 
stack,  to  be  securely  but  releasably  retained  in  the 
holder. 

Also  herein  disclosed  is  the  holder  to  be  used  with  the 
cups  or  containers. 

Also  herein  disclosed  are  methods  and  apparatus  for 
thermoforming  the  cups  or  containers  from  sheet  plastic 
material. 


27,410 
DECOMPRESSION  CONTROL  FOR  INTERNAL 
COMBUSTION  ENGINE 
AUbert  E.  Anderson,  Grecnwicli,  Albert  K.  Newman, 
Noroton,  Chris  Scbon,  Greenwich,  and  James  A.  Ran- 
flom,  Bcyam,  Conn.,  and  Walter  GorsU,  Armonk,  N.Y^ 
assignors  to  Textron  Inc. 
OtWmI  No.  3,418,992,  dated  Dec.  31,  1968,  Scr.  No. 
654,446,  Jnly  19,  1967.  Application  iot  rdflsnc  Dec 
23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,963 

Int  CL  FOII  7i/0« 
U.S.  CL  123—182  12  rirfm. 


A  hood  attachable  to  the  periphery  of  the  periphery  of 
the  rim  of  a  hard  safety  hat,  which  hood  extends  down 
over  the  face,  neck  and  shoulders  of  the  wearer  to  form 
a  protective  atmosphere  around  the  wearer's  head.  A 
structure  for  quickly  attaching  and  detaching  the  hood  to 
the  safety  hat  which  structure  assures  an  air  tight  seal 
between  the  hood  and  the  hat  to  exclude  deleterious  air- 
borne substances  from  interior  of  the  hood.  An  improved 
system  for  conveying  and  distributing  air  to  the  interior 
of  the  hood. 


To  facilitate  starting,  an  internal  combustion  engine 
is  provided  with  a  decompression  pcHt  located  at  a  selected 
distance  from  the  top  of  the  cylinder  so  as  to  decrease 
compression  during  cranking  of  the  engine.  The  port  is 
controlled  by  a  valve  which  is  normally  closed  and  which 
preferably  comprises  a  ball  shaped  valve  member  pressed 
against  an  annular  valve  scat.  A  unitary  locking  element 
holds  the  engine  throttle  control  member  in  selected  posi- 
tion for  starting  and  also  holds  the  decontipression  valve 
open.  As  soon  as  the  engine  starts,  actuation  erf  the 
throttle  control  member  releases  the  locking  element  and 
thereby  results  in  the  automatic  closing  of  the  decom- 
pression valve. 


1288 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


27,411 
FORCE  MEASURING  SYSTEM 
Donald  E.  Bcnllcy,  Mindca,  Ner^  and  Robert  L.  Price, 
Thomiid  Oslo,  CaHf.,  anlgMn  to  SyitroB-Doimer 
Coiporatloii,  Concoid,  Calif  . 
OiislHd  No.  3,057,195,  dated  Oct  9,  1962,  Ser.  No. 
7iM33,  Jan.  13,  1958.  Application  for  retane  Apr. 
24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,606 

laLCL  coil  1/08 
VS,  a,  73—141  R  14 


Jinw  27,  1072 

tion,  means  rotatably  supporting  the  fixture  means  about 
a  longitudinal  axis,  and  means  for  effectirig  movement  of 
the  enclosure  means  and  the  fixture  means  about  a  pre- 
selected path  transverse  to  the  axis  and  for  rotating  the 
fixture  means  about  the  axis,  whereby  to  move  work- 
pieces  supported  on  the  fixture  relative  to  the  media. 


I.ANTHRA- 


'^ 


^' 


*j 


k 


.H?ct 


-i^ 


=  :      -^ 


27,413 

1  -  ALKYLAMINO  -  4  -  ARYLAMINO*i 

QUINONE  SULFONIC  ACID  REACITVE  DYES 
Ham  Rndolf  Scfawandcr  and  IMB-Plcnre  Jong,  Rlohen, 
and  Petir  HiBdcrmann,  Bottndnfen  Baad-Loid,  Swlt- 
to  Cflba-Gcigy  AG^  Baeel,  SwitEer. 


Force  measuring  system  having  a  sensing  inductance 
and  a  movable  force  sensitive  element  for  changing  the 
effective  Q  of  said  inductance.  A  servo  restoring  coil  for 
restoring  the  movement  of  said  movable  element  is  pro- 
vided. An  oscillator  having  a  transistor  with  an  output 
terminal  is  also  provided  and  includes  a  loading  circuit 
having  scud  inductance  coupled  to  the  output  terminal 
and  arranged  to  vary  the  effective  load  with  changes  in 
the  position  of  said  movable  element.  Feedback  means 
is  arranged  to  cause  said  variation  in  said  load  to  change 
the  amplitude  of  oscillation  and  means  is  provided  to 
apply  the  changes  in  amplitude  to  said  servo  restoring 
coil  to  oppose  the  motion  of  stud  movable  force  sensi- 
tive element. 


27,412 
VIBRATORY  FINISHING  APPARATUS  AND 
METHOD 
Eofene  E.  OIhmi,  Addiion,  IIL,  and  Hanrid  A.  MkkelMn, 
Albert  Lea,  Minn.,  mti^on  to  KIng-Sceley  lliemioa 
Company,  Aon  Arbor,  Mkb. 
Origfaial  No.  3,371,449,  dated  Mar.  5,  1968,  Ser.  No. 
516,514,  Dec  27,  1965.  An^lcatloB  tot  idssoc  Feb. 
2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  884,765 

Int  CL  B24b  31/06 
VS,  CL  51—163  18  CUdnH 


No  Drawli«.  Original  No.  3,462,463,  dated  Ang.  19, 1969, 
Ser.  No.  598,2^7,  Dec  1, 1966,  wUch  b  a  continnalion- 
In-part  of  Ser.  No.  462,073,  Jane  7, 1965.  and  Ser.  No. 
530,351,  Feb.  28,  1966.  ApplicatioB  for  reiane  Sept 
1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,806 
Claims  priority,  appUcatifHi  Switzerland,  Apr.  23,  1958, 
58,664/58;  Mar.  3,  1965,  2,937/65 
Lit  a  C09b  1/40 
VS.  CL  260-372  5  Claims 

Noxel  fiber-reactive  acid  anthraquinone  dyestuffs  are 
provided.  Such  novel  dyestuffs  are  {H'oduced  by  converting 
amino  anthraquinone  dyestuffs  into  the  valuable  novel  dye- 
stuffs  by  the  introduction  of  halogen,  acylamino  methyl 
groups.  The  novel  dyestuffs  are  especially  useful  for  the 
batch  dyeing  and  printing  of  fiber  material  containing 
polyamide,  especially  wool.  The  invention  also  provides, 
as  industrial  products,  the  materials  dyed  and  printed  with 
the  novel  dyestuff. 


1 


27,414 
DEVICE  FOR  SEPARATING  AIR  ENTRAIN^ 
ARTICLES  OF  VARYING  SIZE  , 

Merrill  N.  Miugrave,  1610  E.  Boston  Terrace, 
Seattle,  Wash.    98102  ' 

Orighial  No.  3,463,406,  dated  Aug.  26,  1969,  Ser.  No. 
662,976,  Aug.  24,  1967.  Applicatioa  for  reiasne  Feb. 
26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1431 

Int  CL  B02c  13/13, 13/288 
U.S.  CL  241—51  15  Claims 


Macadamia  nuts  grown  in  Hawaii  are  harvested  by 
lifting  them  from  the  ground  beneath  the  trees,  where 
[they]  they  have  fallen.  Suction  is  conunonly  employed, 
as  it  is  dsewhere  and  for  other  nuts.  Suction  pidks  up 
husks,  leaves,  twigs,  and  even  bits  of  light  volcanic  rocks, 
as  well  as  the  nuts.  It  is  necessary  to  separate  such  trash 
from  the  nuts  in  the  simplest  and  most  direct  manner,  and 
it  is  to  this  object  that  the  present  invention  is  directed. 
Such  separation  is  effected  in  the  suction  duct,  wherein 
all  the  material  picked  up  passes  through  a  cylindrical 
cage  defined  by  non-rotative  rings  spaced  axially  by  a 
distance  approximating  the  smallest  nut  it  is  intended  to 
collect,  all  such  material  being  acted  upon  as  it  starts 
axially  through  the  cage  by  a  scries  of  generally  radially 
directed  rotating  blades,  the  tips  whereof  extend  between 
A  workpiece  finishing  device  comprising,  enclosure  adjacent  rings,  these  blades  being  spaced  axiaUy  by  a  dis- 
means  containing  an  abrasive  media,  fixture  means  tance  less  than  the  size  of  the  smallest  nut  that  is  to  be 
adapted  to  support  a  workpiece  during  a  finishing  opera-   saved.  The  relative  rotation  of  the  blades  and  of  the  nngs 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1289 


tends  to  effect  some  breaking  up  of  the  trash,  while  the 
blades,  the  leading  edges  whereof  define  a  helix,  advance 
the  nuts  that  enter  at  one  end  towards  an  exit  at  the  other 
end.  Additionally,  yet  optionally,  non-rotative  teeth  that 
lie  in  planes  intermeQiate  the  rotating  blades  will  engage 
bits  of  trash  tending  to  rotate  with  the  blades,  and  so 
will  break  up  the  same.  Thereby  nuts  and  trash  are  sepa- 
rated at  a  single  point  in  the  short  suction  duct,  the  nuts 
passing  to  bins  or  sacks,  and  the  trash  falling  upon  the 
ground  or  being  otherwise  disposed  of.  The  length  of  the 
harvester  is  thereby  kept  short,  and  it  is  easily  maneuver- 
able. 

27,415 
PROCESS  FOR  DEVELOPING  WOUND  CODLS  FOR 

ELECTROMAGNETIC  DEVICES 
Artknr  S.  Cntler,  Scotia,  N.Y.,  and  Dallas  F.  Smith,  Fort 

Wayne,  Ind.,  aas^vors  to  General  Electric  Company 
Orighial  No.  3,522,650,  dated  Aug.  4,  1970,  Ser.  No. 

812,590,  Apr.  2,  1969,  wUch  ta  a  continnatioii-inH>art 

Of  Ser.  No.  594,463,  Nor.  15,  1966.  Application  for 

rdaane  Dec  15. 1970,  Ser.  No.  98,487 

Int  CL  H02k  15/00, 15/14, 15/16 
UjS.  CL  29—596  16  Claims 

Method  for  developing  electrical  coil  groups  formed  of 
a  number  of  coils  in  a  coil  group-accommodating  mem- 
ber for  ultimate  transfer  into  selected  slots  of  a  magnetic 
core.  The  coil  group-accommodating  member  is  supported 
adjacent  a  noncollapsible,  longitudinally  movable  coil 
form  in  position  to  receive  the  coil  group.  The  coils  in 
each  coil  group  are  developed  by  winding  turns  of  a  given 
coil  on  the  noncollapsible  form  and  concurrently  moving 


some  of  the  turns  from  the  form  into  the  accommodating 
member  where  the  individual  coil  groups  are  finally  de- 
veloped. The  noncollapsible  coil  form  is  periodically 
moved  longitudinally  to  produce  coils  of  differing  spans 
during  the  development  of  each  coil  group.  Also  the  coil- 


receiving  or  coil  group-accommodating  means  is  positioned 
with  its  distal  end  generally  in  alignment  with  the  distal 
end  of  the  coil  form  to  receive  generated  turns.  As  the 
turns  are  generated  about  the  coil  form,  the  last  generated 
turn  moves  at  least  the  next  adjacent  previously  generated 
turn  toward  the  distal  end  of  the  coil  form. 


PLANT  PATENTS 


GRANTED  JUNE  27,  1972 

lUustratlona  for  plant  patents  are  asually  in  color  and  therefore  It  Is  not  practicable  to  reproduce  the  drawing. 


3,220 
CHRYSANTHEMUM  PLANT 
Walter  H.  IcaeL  Jr.,  Doylestown,  and  WiDiani  E.  DniTett, 
AiotHi,  Ohio,  aaaignors  to  Yoder  Brothers,  Inc.,  Barber- 
ton,  Ohio 

Filed  Oct  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  80,257 
Int  CL  AOlh  5/00 
U.S.  CL  Pit— 74  1  Claim 

1.  A  new  and  distinct  cultivar  of  chrysanthemum  char- 
acterized particularly  in  its  points  of  uniqueness  compared 
to  the  cultivar  Yellow  Marble  by  a  5"-6"  shorter  habit, 
smaller  foliage  which  is  approximately  \Vi"  shorter  in 
length  and  1"  narrower  in  width,  higher  production  with 
approximately  12  more  flowers  per  spray,  a  deeper  yellow 
flower  color  which  is  more  resistant  to  fade  under  high 
light  and  high  temperature  conditions,  Vi"  smaller  flowers, 
2-3  days  earlier  response  with  a  more  uniform  response 
within  a  flowering  block,  and  a  trait  of  heavy  budding, 
which,  under  high  temperature,  late  summer  conditions, 
can  result  in  a  slower  response  of  3  days  as  compared  to 
Yellow  Marble. 


3,221 
CHRYSANTHEMUM  PLANT 
Walter  H.  Jessel,  Jr.,  Doylestown,  and  William  E.  Dnffett, 
AlKTon,  Ohio,  assignors  to  Yoder  Brofliers,  Inc.,  Bar- 
berton,  OUo 

FUed  Oct.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,830 
Int  CL  AOlh  5/00 
U.S.  CL  Pit— 80  1  Claim 

1.  A  new  and  distinct  cultivar  of  chrysanthemum  char- 
acterized particularly  as  to  uniqueness  when  compared 
"with  the  parent  cultivar  Escapade  by  its  3"-4"  more 
vigor,  1"-1V6"  longer  foliage,  3-4  days  later  response, 
%"-l"  larger  flower,  darker  flower  color,  20  percent 


more  petalage  which  provides  a  more  solid  flower,  and 
slightly  more  yellow  green  foliage. 


3,222 

GRAPEFRUIT  TREE 

RIcliard  A.  Hensc,  Wesiaco,  Tex.,  aarignor  to  Tc 

A  ft  I  University,  UncBviOe,  Tex. 

Filed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Ser.  Na  90,883 

Int  CL  AOlh  5/03 

VS.  a.  Plt^-45  1 

1.  The  new  and  distinct  variety  of  grapefniit  tree  char- 
acterized as  to  novelty  by  horticultiu-ally  seedless  fruit 
with  deep  red  flesh  that  stays  through  maturity,  a  yellow 
red-tinted  peel  with  occasional  red  blushes,  a  reddish  ccrf- 
ored  albedo,  the  fruit  suited  for  fresh  consumption  and 
for  process  juice  and  sectioning,  and  having  a  red  colora- 
tion in  the  cambium  cells. 


3,223 

BLUEGRASS  PLANT 

Kevin  Joseph  McYei^  Sonmrset,  and  Cyril  Reed  Fta^ 

Jr.,  Milltown,  N J.,  assignors  to  Rntgcn  Unircnity, 

New  Branswick,  NJ. 

Filed  Jan.  5, 1971,  Ser.  Now  104,182 
,^„   _  InL  CL  AOlh  5/00 

VS.  a.  Pit.— 88  1  ciafan 

A  Kentucky  bluegrass  plant  which  exhibits  an  attrac- 
tive, fresh,  moderately  light  green  color,  an  upright 
panicle,  and  rather  small  fLonti  and  spikelets.  The  plant 
produces  a  dense,  upright  turf  of  a  unique,  soft,  velvety 
texture  which  has  excellent  horizontal  ^H-eading  ability, 
excellent  resistance  to  stripe  smut  and  moderately  good 
resistance  to  leaf  spot  and  crown  rot. 


PATENTS 

GRANTED  JUNE  27,  1972 

GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


3,671^4 

FOOTBALL  TRAINING  HARNESS 

Don  D.  Slnm  P.O.  B«n  636,  Tlmckmartan,  Tex. 

ncd  Scfit.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  «9,788 

lBt.CLA42b 

UACL2-3R 


I 


3,671,976 
FUX  VIEW  DIVER'S  MASK 

Dlc«»,  CUH.,  Md  Lwiy  E.  McKWcy,  P.  O.  Booi  647C  Oro 
Verde  Road,  EkomMo,  CalL 

RbdOcL  15, 1970,  Scr.Na  81,032  | 


IiM.CLA61f  9/02 


U.S.CL  2-^-14  C 


A  football  training  harness  in  which  detachable  rigid  con- 
nections adjustable  in  length  extend  from  the  shoulder  pads  to 
the  rear  of  the  football  helmet  to  prevent  hyperflexion  and  the 
bending  of  the  head  of  the  player  forwardly  during  blocidng 
and  tackling.  The  connection  includes  rings  secured  to  the 
helmet  and  shoulder  pads  and  swivel  snap  hooks  connected  to 
the  shoulder  pad  rings  by  means  of  a  wire  so  as  to  be  adjusta- 
ble in  length,  with  the  snap  hooks  snaping  into  the  rings 
fastened  to  the  hebnet. 


A  flill  view  diver's  mask  having  a  transparent  faceplate 
member  configured  to  conform  to  the  general  contour  of  a 
diver's  face,  carries  a  peripheral,  resilient  seal  to  maintain  a 
sealed  relationship.  A  frontal  planar  section  and  a  pair  of 
ctirved  portions  permit  distortion-free  frxxital  and  peripheral 


vision. 


W( 


to  Anba 


V. 
nkdji 


VJS.  CL  2—232 


3,671,975 
SKI  PANTS 

N.a, 

KG,WlHi,Aurtria 

24, 1970,  So-.  No.  49^34 

AoHriii,  Jan.  16, 1970, 425/70 
fan.  CLA41d  7/09 

24 


3,671,977 
HEADDRESS  WITH  IMPROVED  HEAD  ENCIRCLING 

BAND 
I S.  DcrxMi,  175-39  IMpy  Rowl,  J 

FBed  Miv  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,304 
Int  a.  A42b  5/00 
UAO.  2—207 


N.Y. 


ICWn 


Each  trouaer  1^  of  a  ski  pants  type  of  fvment  is  provided 
with  a  combined  windbreak  and  cuB  which  provides  for  im- 
proved appearance,  wind  and  snow  protection,  and  flexibility 
in  the  area  where  the  trouser  leg^  overlap  ski  boots.  Each 
windbreak  is  attached  to  a  k>wer  inside  portion  of  a  trouaer  leg 
and  to  an  upper  band  of  the  cuff.  The  cuff  inchides  upper  and 
lower  bands  wMdi  Hmit  up  and  down  movements  of  the  cu£F 
when  it  is  in  an  enclosing  position  over  the  top  portion  of  a  ski 

boot 
1240 


A  headdrcM  characterized  by  two  component  parts,  name- 
ly, a  head  encircling  band  and  strap  and  a  complementBl  head 
covering  scarf  which  has  a  restricted  portion  stitched  or  other- 
wise attached  to  a  median  top  portion  of  the  band.  The  band  is 
made  up  of  inelastic  and  elastic  portions  with  separable  and 
connectible  ends  provided  with  quick-«eparaMe  fasteners. 
The  scarf  is  made  of  attractive  fiibric,  is  retained  in  place  sole- 
ly by  the  band  and  has  loose  free  flowing  ends  which  cap  be  ar- 
ranged  at  wiU  to  achieve  an  eye-pleasing  effect. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1241 


3,671,978 

ANGULAR  ADJUSTMENT  DEVICES  FOR  USE  IN 

ARTIFICIAL  LIMB  MANUFACTURE 

May,  LoodiMii,  Eaa^HHl,  asslnor  to  J.  E. 


CoiitlBttadaB-lB.1Mrt  of  Scr.  No.  848365,  Ai«.  1 1, 1969, 
abandonwi.  TMs  appMcaHoii  Aug.  9, 1971,  Scr.  Na  170,098 
Int.  CL  A61f  1/00.  J/08 
U.S.CL3— 1  4( 


An  adjustment  means  for  pre-setting  relative  angularity 
between  the  axes  of  two  parts  of  an  artificial  limb  or  prosthesis 
comprising  wedge  shaped  discs  mutually  rotatable  about  an 
axis  and  having  inter-engaging  eccentric  means  for  imparting 
a  transverse  translational  movement  between  the  discs  upon 
relative  rotation  to  eliminate  variation  of  axial  spacing 
between  the  outer  surfaces  of  the  discs  upon  adjustment 
thereof. 


3,671,979 

CATHETER  MOUNTED  ARTDIdAL  HEART  VALVE 

FOR  IMPLANTING  IN  CLOSE  PROXIMITY  TO  A 

DEFECnVE  NATURAL  HEART  VALVE 

Spyridoa   Menlopoaloa,   Athens,   Greece,   aalgnor  to  The 

Ualvcrrity  of  Utah,  Salt  Lake  aty,  Utah 

FlMl  Sept.  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  860^41 

Int.  CL  A61f  1/22;  A61b  5/02 

U.S.CL3— 1  2CUnM 


3,671,900 
FLUID  PRESSURE  CLAMP  FOR  PROSTHETIC 

APPLIANCE 
I F.  Baird,  734 18th  Street,  SMMa  Moirfca,  CdM. 

t  of  Scr.  No.  99*480,  J«4y  30, 1970, 

I  Feb.  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  117^27 
CLMU 1/02, 1/12 
U.S.CL3— 20  9( 


The  securing  of  an  artificial  limb  to  an  amputated  limb  by 
means  of  a  yieldable  binding  between  the  artifice  and  the  Hn- 
putated  limb,  affording  freedom  of  articulation  of  a  condylar 
joint  therein  without  chafing  d  the  skin  or  exerting  pamful 
pressures  thereto;  the  yieMable  binding  being  a  self-contained 
built-in  fluid  pressure  wedge  with  a  source  c^  compressible 
fluid  and  control  means  therefor. 


3,671,981 
INVALID  OR  GERIATRIC  TOILET  SEAT 
Sarah  B.  Smith,  2030  SpotlBwood  Road,  CiuaftottcsviBc  Va. 
FBed  Oct.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,305 

IntCLA47k/i/00 
VS,  CL  4—242  7 


An  artificial  heart  valve  for  implantation  in  close  proximity 
to  a  malfunctioning  or  damaged  natural  aortic  or  mitral  heart 
valve  by  remote  means  without  performing  an  open  chest  or 
other  major  surgical  operation.  The  artificial  heart  valve  com- 
prises a  flexible  membrane  in  the  form  of  an  umbrella  in  that 
the  apex  of  the  umbrella  resides  in  the  direction  that  blood 
flow  is  to  be  periodically  prevented  while  the  distal  end  opens 
sufficiently  to  contact  the  inner  walls  <A  the  vessel  to  prevent 
the  reverse  flow  of  blood  and  the  membrane  collapses  about 
the  axis  of  the  umbrella  to  allow  the  forward  flow  of  blood. 


An  auxiliary  invalid  or  geriatric  seat  for  toilets  for  place- 
ment on  top  of  a  conventional  seat  to  substantially  raise  the 
seating  level.  The  auxiliary  seat  consists  oi  a  core  having  a 
rigid  upper  portion  and  a  resilient  lower  section,  with  tiie  core 
being  coated  with  a  smooth  finish  material,  at  least  the  lower 
portion  of  the  coating  being  flexiMe  to  allow  the  lower  surface 
of  the  seat  to  conform  to  the  shape  <^  the  surCsce  upon  whidi 
it  is  placed  to  stabilire  the  auxiliary  seat  in  position  upon  the 
conventional  seat  The  center  of  gravity  may  be  lowered  to  in- 
crease stability  by  enclosing  a  wei^ited  member  within  the 
lower  inner  edge  of  the  seat 


1242 


3,671382 

DRAIN  PLUG 

I  SaylcB,  909  RoUdon  Street,  St.  JoMph,  Mo. 

fled  JM.  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  108,397 

lBLa.A47k//74 

U.S.CL4— 295  7 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  27,  1972 


■jt^t 


The  drain  friug  is  provided  with  a  tubular  lower  section  for 
insertion  into  the  opening  of  a  drain  pipe;  the  tubular  section 
is  provided  with  one  or  more  flow  passages  and  a  cross-sec- 
tional dimension  such  that  the  exterior  wall  of  the  section  will 
frictionally  engage  the  interior  wall  of  the  drain  pipe;  the 
upper  portion  of  the  plug  is  provided  with  flow  deflecting  sur- 
faces arranged  so  that,  when  a  stream  of  water  is  directed 
against  the  surfaces,  the  flow  will  be  directed  in  a  spray  pat- 
tern upwardly  and  outwardly  from  the  drain  plug  towards  the 
top  edge  of  the  basin  to  wash  down  walls  of  the  basin. 


3,671,983 
PROLONGED  BED  CARE  FRAME 
Doris  Y.  Bcrtdet,  R.DI  #1,  Oley,  Pa. 

FUed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,887 

IliLCLA61g  7/70,7/00 
U.S.CL5— 82 


Idafan 


S 


H     H     H    frH 


3,671,984 
UPHCM^STERY  EDGING 
Jcre  B.  Ambroae,  PmmIk,  Mich.,  ■arigaor  to  Nortteii  Hbcr 
Pradudi  Owpony,  BimiaglMiii,  Mch. 

nedjaly  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  161,643         i 

lirt.  CL  B32b  3124;  KAlz  27108  ' 

U.S.CL5— 353.1  9( 


I 


An  upholstery  edging  formed  of  a  thin,  narrow  relatively 
stiff,  linearly  oriented  polypropylene  fiber,  randomly  oriented, 
cloth  strip,  which  is  stretch  resistant  in  aU  of  its  planar 
directions,  stitched  to  and  extending  the  length  of  an  edge  of 
an  upholstery  cover  fobric  which  is  to  be  fastened  to  another 
element,  with  the  strip  being  double  bent  along  the  line  of 
stitches  to  form  a  double  ply,  and  with  the  free  edge  of  the 
outer  ply  being  bent  over  into  a  continuous  tubular  port^n  for 
receiving  an  elongated  stiffening  rod  therein. 


3,671,985 
■  METHOD  FOR  EXTRACTING  HONEY 
waUam  Rofand  Bd,  804  25th  Street,  Snyder,  Tex. 

DIvtalaa  of  Scr.  No.  794,059.  Jan.  27, 1969,  Pit.  No. 

3,535,721,  ConHmmHon-hmrt  of  Scr.  No.  621397,  March  2, 

1967,  rtmndoncd.  11^  iiplicaHon  July  15, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

I  55,108 

'  loLCLAOlk  59/02 

U.S.CL6t-12A  SClaims 


A  bed  frame  for  prolonged  care  of  invalids,  which  frame  is 
constructed  to  relieve  pressures  on  certain  parts  of  the  body  to 
support  the  lumbar  region  and  nwintain  alignment  of  the 
spinal  column  and  legs  and  to  allow  air  circulation  to  reduce 
or  prevent  ulcers. 

A  pair  of  side  frame  members  are  curved  vertically  to  con- 
form to  the  shape  of  the  back  of  the  invalid.  A  pad  of  canvas 
and  sheepskin  is  stretched  between  said  members  by  lateral 
adjusting  rods  for  adjusting  the  distance  between  the  side 
frame  members.  Portions  of  the  pad  are  cut-out  to  provide 
ventilation  and  reduce  the  chance  of  ulcers  and  patient 
discomfort. 


Honey  is  removed  firom  the  honeycomb  by  blowing  a  small 
jet  of  air  into  the  cells  of  the  honeycomb,  thus  blowing  the 
honey  therefrom. 


lOiiA 


mn?Tr«T  A  T .  n  A'/tttt'I? 


June  27.  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1248 


3,671,986 

APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FCNt  LAUNCHING  AND 

RECOVERING  A  SMALL  BOAT 

Alcn  A.  PMcrs,  49  Walenlde  Parkw«y,  Staico  UMid,  N.Y. 

fBed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  262 

Iiit.a.B63b2i/02 

UACL9— 39 


taching  the  sole  to  the  foot  of  the  wearer  and  a  scoop-shaped 
fin  extending  from  the  underside  of  the  sole.  The  joint 
between  the  fin  and  the  sole  extends  in  substantially  the  same 
direction  as  the  k>ngitvidinal  axis  of  the  sole,  and  tfie  sooop 
portion  of  the  fin  opens  towards  the  inward  side  of  the 
wearer's  foot. 


3,671,987 
SWIMMER'S  SHOE 
Jean  Mayor,  Lausanne,  Switaerland,  assignor  to  Matcriaux 
S.A.,  Lausanne,  Canton  of  Vaud,  Switaerland 

FDcd  March  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,053 
Ctalms  priority,  appttcadon  Switjcrland,  MMxh  13,  1969, 
3829/69 

Int.a.A63bJ7/70 
U.S.a.9— 309  5Ciafans 


Apparatus  for  launching  and  retrieving  a  boat  comprises  a 
frame  rotatably  mountable  on  the  deck  of  a  vessel.  The  frame 
has  rails  defining  a  cradle  for  the  boat.  The  rails  are  integrally 
joined  to  davit  posts  and  crossbeams  to  form  a  rigid  frame 
structure.  An  electrically  operable  ram  is  connected  to  the 
frame  for  rotating  it  on  a  horizontal  axis.  A  cable  is  entrained 
on  sheaves  carried  by  the  frame  and  terminates  in  a  hook 
suspeneded  from  an  arm  over  the  boat.  The  other  end  of  the 
cable  is  engaged  by  a  motor  driven  winch  to  retract  and  to 
play  out  the  cable.  The  boat  can  be  provided  with  a  centrally 
located  sling  engageably  by  the  hook  for  hoisting  the  boat 
while  the  frame  is  rotated  to  shift  the  boat  laterally.  Spring 
loaded  spring  lines  for  steadying  the  boat  can  be  provided. 
The  ram  and  motor  are  operable  automatically  by  a  control 
circuit  in  predetermined  launching  and  retrieval  cycles.  The 
boat  can  be  provided  with  shiftaUe  water  ballast  or  mechani- 
cal balance  means.  The  frame  may  have  two  arms  supporting 
two  cables  for  engaging  spaced  points  on  the  boat  to  hoist  it 
horizontally. 


3,671,988 

AQUATIC  AMUSEMENT  DEVICE 

Yetty  Newman,  910  Pivk  Avenue,  New  Yori^  N.Y. 

FDed  Dec.16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,726 

Int.a.A63bJ5/70 

U.S.CL9— 349  11 


An  inflatable  amusement  device  used  for  supporting  and 
propelling  an  individual  across  the  surface  of  a  body  of  water 
having  a  vertical  shaft  with  foot  rests  on  one  end  and  a  water 
engaging  member  at  the  other  end  resiliently  linked  to  a  ring 
shaped  buoyant  tube. 


3,671389 

SUPPORT  FOR  A  LAST  USED  IN  A  DEVICE  FOR 

M(MJMNG  SHCM:  SOLES 

R.  Deryck,  Oordcfeni,  Hilgli assignnr  to  ACEC 

de  Coogtnictfcias  Electriques  de  Charlcrol,  Chv 
leroi,  Belgium 

FDcd  Oct.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,945 
Oaims  priority,  appBrtion  Bdghun,  Sept.  16, 1969, 80373 
InLCLA43d  J/00 
U.S.CL12— 123  5( 


A  swimming  shoe  adapted  especiaOy  to  aid  in  the  per- 
formance of  the  breast  stroke  comprising:  a  sole,  means  fen*  at- 


A  support  for  a  last  used  in  the  mending  of  shoe  soles.  The 
support  includes  means  for  positioning  the  last  with  respect  to 
the  support  and  magnetic  means  associated  with  the  support 
and  the  last  for  securing  the  last  to  the  support.  The  magnetic 
means  indudes  a  magnet  secured  to  the  support  and  a  piece  of 
magnetic  material  fixed  on  the  side  of  the  last  opposite  to  the 
sole.  The  last  is  made  c^  non-magnetic  material. 


1244 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,671,990 
SELF-EXTENDING  DOCKBOARD 
AMan  P.  Hovvilad,  906  Gvdai  aty  Road, 


■e  23, 1970,  So-.  No.  48,994 

Iiit.a.B65|77/00 


UAa.14— 71 


14 


A  dockboard  having  a  hinged  lip  which  nomudly  hangs 
down  and  retains  the  dockboard  in  a  substantially  horizontal 
position.  Linkage  connected  to  the  dockboard  and  the  lip 
locks  the  latter  in  its  pendent  position,  and  when  the 
dockboard  is  swung  upwudly  a  predetermined  distance  and 
then  lowered,  the  linkage  is  moved  across  a  toggle  line  and 

thereafter  swings  the  lip  into  an  extended  position.  When  the 
dockboard  is  released,  it  swings  downwardly  until  it  hits  stop 
means,  at  which  time  the  momentum  causes  the  lip  to  swing 
back  towards  the  pendent  position. 


3,671,991 
CARPET  SWEEPER 
Hiroihi  Fnknba,  2-32042  Mate^aoka,  N^MlyMna,  CMfaa, 
Japan 

Filed  Oct.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,915 
dsins    priorttyy    sppBCflOOB    jflpflii«    Oct*     139     19d9, 
44/96752;  Juw  18, 1970, 45/52416 

Ial.C3.A471 7 //ii 
U.S.CL15— 41  13  < 


A  carpet  sweeper  comprises  a  body  serving  as  a  dust  con- 
tainer and  a  rotary  brush  disposed  at  the  center  cf  lower  por- 
tion of  the  body  and  adapted  to  be  rotated  by  a  driven  wheel  in 
firictional  contact  with  wiieeb  to  be  driven  on  the  floor  so  as  to 
sweep  dust  off  the  floor  into  the  dust  container.  The  dust  con- 
tainer is  defined  by  a  case  open  at  its  opposite  ends  and  two 
side  firames  integrally  fbced  to  the  ends  ai  the  case.  A  pair  of 
the  front  and  rear  wheels  and  the  driven  ^^led  disposed 
therebetween  are  mounted  on  one  of  the  side  frames,  while 
the  other  side  frame  is  provided  with  dust  outlets  and  a  cover 
plate  for  covering  the  outlets.  The  cover  plate  is  opened  and 
the  body  is  inclined  for  dust  disposal. 


I  .  3,671,992 

ARtisrs  TOOL  *  CONDITIONING  sntucnitE 

Hvilnn  K.  Lli«Hr,  7412  Sprti«vaie  Drive,  LooiBvflc  Ky. 

t  of  Sw.  No.  866*471.  Oct.  15, 19i». 
.4, 1970,  Sv.  No.  69,565 

Int.  CLB44d  J/00  ' 

VS.CL   5—104.92  19 


There  is  disclosed  herein  an  artist's  tool  condition^  struc- 
ture comprising  an  open  receptacle  having  a  bottom  wall  and 
an  upstanding  side  wall.  Tool  conditioning  means  is  carried  by 
the  side  walls;  the  tool  conditioning  means  including  a  slot 
therein  for  receiving  the  working  end  of  an  associated  artist's 
tool.  The  tool  conditioning  means  is  formed  of  a  semi-rigid 

material  whereby  opposed  inward  pressure  on  the  tool  condi- 
tioning means  in  the  direction  of  the  slot  causes  constriction  of 
the  slot  and  the  application  of  compressive  force  on  the  end  of 
the  associated  artist's  tool  in  the  slot,  whereby  longitudinal 
movement  of  the  end  of  the  associated  artist's  tool  through  the 
constricted  slot  results  in  the  squeezing  out  and  removal  of 
waste  materiab  on  the  working  end  of  the  associated  artist's 
tool. 


3,671,993 
SWAB  TOOL  FOR  TEST  TUBES 
Scth  Monis  Smedslad,  4612-102  Avcane,  Edmortoii. 


1. 15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  106,790 

las.  CLA471 /J/76 


U.S.CL  1^211 


Alberta, 
2CWiw 


^ 


'\ 


rr 


A  semi-rigid,  moisture-absorbent  swab  tool  is  provided  for 
drying  a  test  tube.  The  swab  has  a  diameter  slightly  larger  than 
that  of  the  test  tube.  When  forced  into  the  tube  it  wipes  it  dry 
using  a  single  push-pull  operation. 


I  3,671,994 

INSTALLATKM^  FOR  CLEANING  THE  COVER  PANES  OF 

MOTOR  VEHICLE  HEADUGHTS 
Wcraar  BwHathimdl,  Stnttgart-Boteanr.  Rudolf  Aadtts,  Sto- 
ad  Gcrtiard  Bnach,  G«diiB|ai,  al  of  Gcnnany, 
to  Daiinkr-BcBB  AktkotMclMfaaft,  Stutt|art-Un- 


FBed  Ai«.  26, 1970,  Sar.  No.  67,140 

priority,  appMcathw  Germany,  Aof.  29, 1969,  G  69 

34013.2 

Int.C].B60B7/J« 

U.S.  CL  15—250.36  14  CWnv 

A  cleaning  installation  for  cleaning  the  cover  panes  of 
motor  vehicle  headlights  by  means  of  wipers  adapted  to  move 
over  the  surfaces  of  the  cover  panes,  in  which  the  wipers,  nor- 
mally wiping  a  circular  sector,  are  of  such  length  that  they  can 


tOAA 


r%vi?im \j .  n A "ZTTTwri? 


JintfK  27.   1672 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1246 


be  visually  observed  from  the  vehicle  interior  space  during  a 
part  of  their  movement  when  they  project  above  the  upper 


edge  of  a  fender  structiuv  or  the  like  into  which  the  headli^ts 
are  inserted. 


3,671,995 
WASTE  BASKET  AND  THE  LIKE 
AHoB  F.  Carr,  scatter  Lane,  Wcat  Yarmouth,  Mais. 
FDed  Dec  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  96,657 

fat.  CL  A471 13/52 
UACL  15—257.1 


8 


A  container  such  as  a  waste  basket  is  disclosed  as  having  a 
transverse  slot  a  short  distance  above  its  bottom.  The  con- 
tainer wall  includes  an  inward  projection  overlying  the  slot 
and  shaped  and  dimensioned  to  minimize  the  chances  of  arti- 
cles entrant  of  the  container  through  its  open  end  escaixng 
through  the  slot  and  a  projection  extending  outwardly  and 
downwardly  from  the  bottom  edge  of  the  slot  with  its  firee  edge 
resting  on  the  floor,  the  outward  projection  being  a  collecting 
and  guiding  channel  along  which  dirt  may  be  swept.  The  pro- 
jections are  shown  as  parts  of  a  slot-defining  frame  that  is 
snapped  into  a  transverse  slot  in  the  wall  of  the  container. 


3,671,996 
ROTARY  BRUSH  ADJUSTMENT  DEVICE  FOR  VACUUM 

CLEANER  ATTACHMENT 
Paul  Emfle  Gaudry,  40  Oulmct  Street,  Laviri  des  Rapides, 
Qocbec,  Canada 

FOcd  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,139 
Int.  CLA471 9/04 
U.S.a.15— 368  8( 


driving  member  mounted  for  rotaticm  in  the  housing  at  one 
end  of  the  Imish  and  a  driven  member  also  mounted  for  rota- 
ti<m  in  the  housing  at  the  other  end  of  the  brush.  A  stationary 
shaft  is  eccentrically  connected  at  eac^  end  thereof  to  the 
driving  and  driven  members  for  transmitting  the  rotary  move- 
ment imparted  by  the  driving  member  to  the  driven  member 
so  as  to  simultaneously  vary  the  level  of  both  ends  ot  the  sta- 
tionary shaft.  The  brush  is  mounted  for  rotation  of  the  sta- 
tionary shaft  and  the  level  thereof  is  adjusted  by  the  move- 
ment of  the  stationary  shaft 


3,671,997 

SLIDE  SH(»:  STRUCTURES  (W  SYNTHETIC  PLASTIC 

MATERIAL  FOR  SLIDING  ROOFS  OF  MOTOR 

VEHICLES 

Gerhard  Sigmund,  Stnttgart-VaiMBgea,  Gcrmaay,  aseiganr  to 

Uaimlcr-Bcnz  AktimgCKlsciiaft,  Stnttgart-Uiilci  turklictai, 

Germany 

DMsloB  of  Scr.  No.  748,990,  July  31, 1968,  Pat  No. 
3,558,183.  Thb  appicatloa  Jane  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,427 
Clalnis  priority,  application  Gcrmaay,  Ai«.  3, 1967,  P  16  30 
3303 

Int.  CL  E05d  13/02;  B60J  7/04 
U.S.ai6-93  61 


A  slide  structure  made  from  synthetic  plastic  material  for 
sliding  roo6  of  motor  vehicles,  which  slides  in  profile  mem- 
bers and  is  ixovided  with  an  aperture  or  recess  within  which  is 
arranged  at  least  one  prestressed  spring. 


3,671,998 
HINGES  THAT  TAKE  TO  PIECES 
Jose  Antonio  Ruiz,  75  me  des  Chantlers,  Lc  Havre  Gravflle, 
France 

FOed  Dec.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,594 
ClalmB  priority,  appHcaUon  FVmmc,  Dec  23, 1969, 6944681 
Int.  CL  E05d  7/06 
UACL 16-176  7( 


A  hinge  that  takes  to  pieces,  comprising  a  male  and  a  fenade 
part  v^iich  move  around  an  axis.  The  male  part  comprises  two 
retractable  pivott  which  can  be  inserted  into  a  oorrespondiiv 
housing  in  the  female  part  The  iMvots  are  separated  by  aoom- 
pression  spring.  Each  pivot  is  joined  to  a  pin  sliding  in  an 
obk>ng  hole  in  the  cylindrical  body  of  dte  male  part  This 
A  device  for  adjusting  the  level  of  a  rotary  brush  mounted  oblong  hole  has  a  slot  to  block  the  pin  on  eadi  pivot  in  the 
inside  the  housing  of  a  vacuum  cleaner  attachment  including  a   locking  position  for  taking  the  hinge  to  pieces. 


1246 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

-I 


JUNB  27,  1^72 


3^71.999  '                    3,672^1 

APPARATUS  FOR  RECOVERING  MEAT  FROM  BONES  PRODtKT  ENCASPjG  MACHINE 

Fra^  R.  Down,  EMkarvBe,  I<wm,  MritPinr  to  Francb  L.    Clwriti   Aurtta  Gwfcfar^  D»   MoIdm,   law«,_ 

iViv^a.  E^^rvflfe.  lawa  TowflMMl  Eii^DHnn(  CompMOTt  Dn  MoiMM«  lows 

^^              ,  nbd  June  29, 1970.  Sar.  No.  50,740 


Mriginj 


RM  Jnly  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,674 


1bLCLA22c  7  7/04 


U^CLAHc  11102,  III  10 


U^CL17— IG 


UACL17--33 


A  horizontally  disposed  chain  wire-link  endless  belt  con- 
veyor receives  the  poultry  pieces  to  be  treated  and  moves  the 
same  beneath  a  flexible  imperforate  hold-down  endless  belt 
conveyor  and  while  the  pieces  being  treated  are  still  on  the 
chain  wire-link  endless  belt  conveyor  directing  thereonto 
water-jets  under  suitable  pressure  from  above;  the  meat 
separating  from  the  bones  and  falling  downwardly  through  the 
chain  wire-link  conveyor  for  collection  and  the  separated 
bones  moving  over  the  end  of  the  chain  wire-link  endless  belt 
conveyor  for  disposal. 


3,672,000 
MACHINE  TO  DE-BONE  CHICKEN  THIGHS 
G.  MHliii,  StevcM,  wmA  Edwin  C  Mohkr,  WHow 
Stract,  both  of  Pa^  wmi^nn  to  Vktar  F.  Weaver,  Iik^  New 
HolandfPn. 

'     FBed  Aug.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,260 
Int.  CLA22C  27/00,  77/04 
UACL 17—11  20 


19  < 


ft..      '       /•'  .M) 


A  product  encasing  machine  comprising  an  adjustable 
hopper  for  product  casings,  the  hop^^jer  being  positioned 
above  a  clainp  means  comprising  fix>nt  and  rear  V-shaped 
seats.  The  front  and  rear  seats  are  adapted  to  receive  one  cas- 
ing at  a  time  from  the  hopper  when  in  their  open  position.  The 
front  and  rear  seats  are  movaMe  from  the  open  position  to  a 
closed  position  so  as  to  grasp  the  casing  therebetween  and 
position  the  same  to  permit  a  stuffer  tube  to*  be  inserted 
therein.  The  stuffer  tube  slidaUy  extends  through  and  is  in 
communication  with  a  meat  pump  to  permit  the  stuffer  tube  to 
inject  the  meat  product  into  the  casing.  The  clamp  seats  return 
to  their  open  position  after  the  stuffer  tube  has  been  inserted 
into  the  casing.  The  machine  includes  a  linking  assembly 
which  links  the  product  into  uniform  links.  A  looping  as- 
sembly automatically  deponts  the  links  in  uniform  loops  on  a 
take-away  conveyor.  A  cam  follower  rod  is  slidably  mounted 
bek>w  the  stuffer  tube  and  has  a  casing  follower  nraunted 
thereon  which  moves  akmg  the  stuffer  tube  and  engages  one 
eiKl  ai  the  easing  to  compress  the  casing  before  it  is  rotated 
and  to  maintain  uniform  pressure  on  the  casing  as  the  meat 
product  is  encased  in  the  casing.  A  counterbalanced  arm 
member  extends  through  the  fixxit  clamp  seat  and  prevents 
the  closing  movement  thereof  to  prevent  recycling  of  the 
machine  unless  a  casing  is  positioned  thereon.  Means  is  pro- 
vided to  prevent  damage  to  the  fragile  casings  as  they  are 
being  handled  by  the  machine.  Means  is  also  provided  for 
precisely  controlling  the  operation  of  the  stuffer  tube,  cam  fol- 
lower rod  and  casing  clainp  so  that  the  machine  properly  cy- 
cles to  automatically  produce  a  uniformly  encased  product. 


■  3,672,002 

FISH  CLEANING  AND  FILLETING  DEVICE 
Mdvfai  Ctaunn,  560  Hdm  Road,  GctivBe,  N.Y. 
FUed  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50348 

Int.  CLA22C  25/76 
U&CL  17-69  7( 


A  machine  for  removing  the  bone  firom  chicken  thighs  by 
engaging  the  ball  at  one  end  of  the  thi^  bone  and  moving 
stripper  members  into  engagement  with  the  thigh  bone  im- 
medUoely  below  the  gripping  means,  and  effecting  longitu- 
dinal moventent  between  the  gripping  means  and  the  strip^i 
members  imtil  the  stiipper  ntembers  move  the  full  length  of 
the  bone  and  engage  and  move  around  the  baU  at  the  opposite 
end  ai  the  thi^  bone,  to  complete  the  removal  of  the  meat 
from  said  bone. 


A  hand  tool  having  a  handle  with  a  concave  blade  at  each 
end  and  a  method  for  obtaining  a  skinless,  boneless  one  piece 
fillet.  The  blade  includes  a  linear  shearing  edge  and  a  cur- 
vilinear shearing  edge  conforming  to  the  rib  cage  (tf  a  fish,  the 


rvTTiTTiT/^T  AT    r"  A  »7i?'r'PT 


June  27,  1W2 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1247 


edges  converging  to  an  apex.  The  apex  of  the  blade  may  be  in- 
serted in  a  slit  akmg  the  backbone  of  the  fish  terminating  in  a 
transverse  slit  at  the  tail.  With  the  concavity  facing  toward  the 
tail,  the  linear  shearing  edge  bearing  against  the  inner  surface 
of  the  skin  and  the  curvilinear  shearing  edge  embracing  the  rib 
cage,  the  tool  is  moved  from  the  head  toward  the  tail  to 
remove  substantially  all  of  the  flesh  portion  of  the  fish  with  a 
plow-like  action.  The  blades  are  mirror  images  erf'  each  other, 
one  being  suiuble  for  use  on  one  side  of  the  fish  and  the  other 
blade  suitable  for  use  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  fish. 


3,672,003 
CABLE STRAP 
Ttiirmai  F  Mnrgan  rinrlsnrt  flriihtn.  oyn.  assignni  In  iKn 
natloiial  Tdephonc  and  Tdcyr^ih  Corporation,  New  York, 

N.Y. 

Fled  July  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,474 

Inca.B65d6i/00 

U.S.a.24— 16PB  eCMnm 


»t 


«    ^, 


^/<f.Z 


The  cable  tie  has  an  elongated,  unitary,  flexible  strap  with 
an  enlarged  head  at  one  end.  An  opening  in  the  head  allows 
the  remote  strap  end  to  be  threaded  through  the  opening  in 
the  head  to  clamp  a  bundle  of  wires  or  the  like  within  the  loop 
so  formed.  The  strap  body  has  an  integral  flexible  pawl  ex- 
tending into  the  opeViing  to  lockingly  engage  inset  ratchet 
teeth  in  the  strap  body  adjacent  the  remote  end  c^the  strap. 


3,672,004 
ADJUSTABLE  STRAP 
R.  Smkh,  Newton,  Iowa,  ■■tgiiiii  to  Pyramid,  Inc., 
Newton,  Iowa 

fVed  Oct.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,167 
Int  CL  A44b27/00. 77/02 
U.S.a.24-73HH  7i 


An  adjustaUe  strap  aasembly  is  cmnectable  between  two 
variaUy  spaced  points  to  provide  a  holding  tension 
therebetween.  The  strap  assembly  includes  two  buckles  and 
an  ekmgated  belt  connected  to  the  buckles  to  provide  three 
strands  between  the  buckles.  The  relative  spacing  between  the 
buckles  is  selectively  adjustaUe  to  alter  the  effective  length  of 
the  strap  assembly. 


3,672,005 

EXPANDABLE  COLLAR  CLASP 

Wayland  F.  BarlMT,  PXX  Box  34,  Black  Qmk,  N.Y. 

FUed  Oct  20, 1970,  Scr.  Na  82,271 

InL  a.  A44b  27/00;  F16g  7i/22 

U.S.CL24— 81D 


/»     f(i 


A  collar  clasp  w^iich  straddles  the  space  between  the  coDar 
tabs  of  a  gentleman's  shirt,  the  clasp  retaining  the  tabs  in  a 
neat  and  attractive  appearance,  the  clasp  comprising  an  ex- 
pandaUe,  spring  loaded,  link  chain  with  a  clip  at  each  op- 
posite end  therecrf  for  grasping  the  collar  tabs. 


3,672,006 
CNiEN  MESH  CABLE  GRIP 
Alfapcd  W.  FkfaTch,  »«*if«-,  Conn., 
HubbcB  Incosiwi  aied,  Bridgepoit,  Com. 

Fled  Oct.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83*475 
InLCLF16g77/02 
U.&CL  24-123  F 


to  Harvey 


14 


An  open  mesh  wire  cable  grip  having  a  grip  body  conapoaed 
of  paired  strands  woven  over  one  and  under  one  at  the  cable 
receiving  end  thereof  and  in  certain  cases  at  also  the  draft  end 
thereof,  and  woven  over  two  and  under  two  between  die  ends 
thereof.  The  strands  at  the  draft  end  of  the  grip  body  ate 
gathered  into  a  plurality  of  branches  which  form  the  shoulder 
of  the  grip,  and  these  branches  are  fuither  divided  into  two 
groups  which  are  bound  together  with  the  ends  of  the  draft 
loop  by  two  steel  bands  to  form  a  stiffened  draft  shank.  The 
outermost  band  forming  such  shank  is  endosed  by  a  tube  of 
heat  shrinkable  plastic  to  cover  any  protruding  strand  OKk. 
The  iriastic  tube  may  be  pcovided  with  a  distinctive  color,  or 
an  additional  distinctively  cokMvd  sleeve  may  be  secured  to 
the  grip's  draft  end  to  designate  the  size  of  the  grip. 


I 


1248 


June  27,  1OT2 


3,672,007 
SUDER  BUCKLE  FOR  STRAPS  AND  THE  LIKE 

__b€rto  Stetabtri,  Vta  Ai«*»  I«f«rf  79.  .^  SWo  I 

Ffcdjm*  29. 1970,  S«.  Nik  50,665 
CWn.  priority,  ■yiiMiartni  Italy,  July  18,  1969,  19827 

Ay69 

liit.CLA44b/7//0 

UACL24-196  * 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTU 

I  3,672,009 

MITIiODOF  AUTOCLAVING  BUlLDiNG  BlXXnCS 

_    .  -  _.       lo  Sferattan  SdHH 


Rkco,    JotaW.nk%NcwRodHBK.N.Y 


DtvUniafScr.  New  690464.  JMK  16, 1968,  PM.  No. 
3,535^407.  •nfcunJkliwi  Oct.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82.360 

CWn  prtority,  mplcrtnii  C««i^  J«^  'Vi?** 
009n61lK  fortkw  flf  the  m  of  tkh  poiCBt  MbwqMC^  !• 
Oct.  20, 1987,  hM  Lull  iliif lolMr il  I 

IM.CLU01J3/00      ^  !^ 

UACL25— 133  1  CWm 


58  S6   so 


lOa^S 


A  slider  buckle  in  which  the  buckle  is  fixed  to  one  end  of  the 
strap  and  has  a  structure  defining  two  windows  into  which  the 
free  end  of  the  strap  is  inserted  and  fixed. 


3,672,006 

SLIDE  FASTENER  STOP  ASSEMBLY 

Amim*  IL  MocrtcL  ComMWtvBe,  aDdjMiMi  R.  WDmo,  Coo- 

■eaat   Lake,   both   of  Pa.,   wm^an   to   Textron   inc., 

ProvUcBCC.  RJ.  ^  ^  _  ^_. 

FBod  May  4. 1970.  Scr.  No.  34340 

tot.CLA44b79/J6,;9//2 

UACL  24-205.1  IF  »®' 


An  indirectly  heated  autoclave  for  building  blocks  has  a 
heating  tank  containing  coils  which  are  used  for  the  indirect 
heating  of  water  in  the  heating  tank  when  the  indirect  heating 
capacity  is  not  needed  for  the  autoclave.  This  provides  a 
source  of  heated  water  to  shorten  time  between  autoclavuig 
cycles. 


APPARA 


lTUS 


3,672,010 
FOR  THE  CONTINUOUS  TREATMENT  OF 

TEXTILE  MATERIALS 


iHHrloVcpoAG  

DIvWoa  of  Scr.  No.  831,686,  June  9, 1968,  FK.  No.  3,521.378, 
wMch  b  a  contiBnrtio»te^«t  of  Scr.  No.  654.728.  July  20, 

1967,  Pat.  No.  3.503.134.  HIb  oyiiBtBrtnu  Nov.  21. 196^  Ser. 

No.  877.565 
dahus  priority.  aimliiilnaGonuaiiy.June  8, 1968.P1760 

604.1;  Juw  22. 1968,  P  17  60  717.9;  Jum  27, 1968,  P  17  60 
751.1;  April  8, 1969,  P 19 17  757  J 

m.  a  D06c  3102;  F26b  3/06, 13130 
U.S.CL26-60  *' 


A  slide  ftotener  having  terminal  fastener  elements  reduced 
in  size  relative  to  the  remaining  tetener  elements  and  two 
stop  members  adjacent  the  terminal  fisstener  elements,  each 
stop  member  being  formed  from  a  man  of  ftaiWe  material 
fined  <Mito  a  slide  fastener  tape,  the  reduced  terminal  fasteiier 
elements  accommodating  the  diamond  of  a  slider  when  the 
slider  engages  the  stop  men*ers  to  prevem  sj^y  of  the  slide 
festener  tapes.  A  method  of  forming  the  above  described  slide 
fostener  including  supporting  asUde  fastener  chain  to  expose 
the  terminal  tetener  elements,  reducing  the  size  of  the  ter- 
minal fiatenerelements,  and  fining  a  mass  of  fusible  material 
onto  each  slide  fastener  tape  to  form  the  stop  members.  Ap- 
paratus for  forming  the  above  described  slide  fastener  inchid- 

ing  a  support  block  having  parallel  channels  for  receiving 
separate  slide  fiHtener  tapes,  a  forming  anvU  having  a  pair  of 
spKod  le^  movable  in  the  channeb  to  capture  the  terminal 
ft^tener  elements  in  cavities  therein,  a  source  for  supplying  ul- 
tTMonic  energy  to  the  forming  anvil  to  reduce  the  size  of  the 

terminal  tetener  elements,  a  forming  block  supporting  the 
separated  dide  fintener  tapes  adjacent  cavities  defined  theiem 

by  anodier  forming  anvfl,  a  forming  member  engaging  the 
forming  block  to  move  the  forming  block  relative  to  the  other 
forming  anvO  and  shear  blanks  of  ftisible  material  in  the  cavi- 
ties and  a  source  for  supplying  uhraaonic  energy  to  the  form- 
ing  member  to  fUse  the  blanks  onto  the  slide  fastener  tapes  to 
form  separate  stop  members. 


The'prosent  disclosure  is  directed  to  an  apparatus  for  the 
treatment  of  materials  which  comprises  a  heat-insulated  treat- 
ment chamber,  a  plurality  of  sieve  drum  means  subjected  to  a 
suction  draft  rotataWy  disposed  within  said  treatment 
chamber,  fan  means  associated  with  the  sieve  drum  means  for 
producing  a  suction  draft  and  for  circulating  the  treatment 
medium  in  said  treatment  chamber,  heating  means  provided  m 
the  circulation  zone  of  the  treatment  medium,  tentering 
means  containing  tensioning  chains  at  least  partially  dispooed 
outside  erf  the  treatment  chamber  serving  as  inlet  means  for 
said  material,  said  tentering  means  cooperating  with  the  sieve 
drum  means  for  the  effective  conveyance  of  the  material  being 
treated  to  avoid  shrinkage  within  said  treatment  chamber  and 
outlet  moans  for  removing  the  material  being  treated  ftom  the 

treatment  chamber. 


ttrkTO    on      1079 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1249 


3,672,011  3,672,013 

APPARATUS  FOR  SEPARATING  A  WEB  OF  LACE  INTO  APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCTION  OF  POLYMER  FIBERS 

INDIVIDUAL  BANDS  Brii  J.  Vernon,  Thnpaiey,  and  Wlodysiaw  H.  Skorii Jii. 

Rkhard  M.  Ncth.  Dalas;  John  M.  Rogers,  Stwvcrtown.  and  Du»yhi*ue.  MMidiealer,  both  of  raglMri.  aaalvMrs  to  She! 

JamesJ.Galagher.Kfaigst6B,alofPa.,aMigpiontobMlan  Ol  Company,  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 

Head  Inc  New  York,  N.Y.  Flad  April  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  814,768 

FBed  Oct  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,366  CWna  priority,  appBcadon  Gf«at  Britafta,  Aprl  10,  1968, 

Int.  CL  D02g  3100  n;23n/6S 

VS.  CI.  28—1  CS                                                           4  CWmi  Ibl  CL  DOld  13/00;  B29d  7/14 

UAa.28— 71J  li 


-» 


>»  ,TM>,( 


t 


A  machine  for  separating  a  web  of  lace  into  individual 
bands  includes  at  one  end  a  pair  of  drive  rcrflen  for  puUing  the 
material  through  the  machine,  and  at  the  other  end  a  set  of 
tensioning  rollers  for  retarding  the  free  movement  of  the 
material  through  the  machine.  A  plurality  of  idler  rollers  guide 
the  material  in  its  travel  between  the  tensioning  and  drive  rol- 
lers. The  lacers  holding  the  individual  bands  of  lace  together 
as  a  web  are  stripped  from  the  web  and  wound  on  one  or  more 
take-up  reels.  As  the  material  is  dravtm  through  the  machine, 
the  reels  are  routed  to  continuously  rip  the  lacers  from  the 
web  of  material  thus  separating  the  web  into  individual  bands. 


3,672,012 

APPARATUS  FOR  TE3rrURIZING  YARNS  AND  THE  LIKE 

Glcna  A.  Borfchad,  3903  Cartiiya  Avenue,  Falrikx,  Va. 

fBed  July  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  59,506 

Iiita.D02t//00 

U.S.a.28— 1.2  11 


Synthetic  fibers,  sudi  as  polypropylene  fibers,  are  manufac- 
tuTMl  in  a  form  in  which  the  fibers  are  of  regular  dimensions 
and  substantially  free  from  wluskery  appendant  fibrils,  by  a 
controlled  fibrillation  method  which  comprises  impressing  in  a 
web  of  the  polymer  composition  at  a  temperature  above  its 
crystaUine  melting  point  a  plurality  of  grooves  '**'j»r*ri^  in 
ck)ee  but  spaced-apart  relationship  to  the  longitudinal 
direction  of  the  web  by  passing  the  web  at  said  temperature 
between  two  rollers  having  non-yielding  surfaces,  e.g.  steel 
rollers,  at  least  one  (rf  which  bears  closely  spaced,  parallel  sur- 
face ridges  eadi  having  inwardly  directed  sides  leading  to 
peaks  which  are  rounded  off  to  a  small  radhis,  the  sides  <rf  ad- 
jacent ridges  forming  troughs,  chilling  the  grooved  web,  and 
subjecting  the  dulled  web  to  a  fibrillation  treatment  including 
stretching  said  web  to  orient  the  polymer. 


3,672,014 

METHOD  OF  MOUNUNG  A  MASS  IN  A  CATHODE-RAY 
TUBE  USING  RETRACTABLE  SPACING  UNITS 
I B.  Unbrovgh,  UtBi,  Pa..  aerifBor  to  RCA  Corporu- 


FBed  Dec.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101^15 
Int.  CL  HOIJ  9/;«,  9/J6 
U.S.CL  29— 25.15 


Improved  technique  for  texturizing  synthetic  filaments, 
fibers  and  yams  by  the  application  of  high  frequency  impact 
thereto  to  import  bulk  and/or  stretdi  characteristics,  each  im- 
pact being  applied  to  the  yam  at  an  acute  angje  with  respect  to 
its  axis  and  in  such  a  way  that  each  fiber  or  filament  is  peened 
asymmetrically  on  one  side  to  cause  curiing  or  bending  while 
at  the  same  time  being  advanced  through  the  texturing  zone 
by  the  impact,  and  between  impacts  the  yam  is  fUDy  released 
by  the  impact  applying  membos  in  the  zone  so  that  die  yam 
can  assume  a  relaxed  position  whereby  any  build  up  of  twist- 
ing of  the  yam  is  avoided. 


The  method  inchides  positioning  a  mask-fiwne  assembly  in 
predetermined  spaced  relation  with  the  inner  surface  of  a 
faceplate  of  a  cathode-ray  tube  by  means  of  at  lewt  four 
retractaMe  spacing  units.  The  spacing  units  are  eadi  extended 
a  predetermined  fixed  distance,  and  die  mask-frame  asoembly 
is  nnounted  in  tbe  panel.  Then  die  spacing  units  are  retracted 
to  aDow  the  mask  to  be  self-supporting  in  the  pond,  and  the 
spacing  between  the  mask  and  die  fiK:e-plate  is  meaaured  at 
discrete  positions  without  removing  die  retracted  spacing 
units. 


1250 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


APPARATUS  FOR  PROCESSING  FLEXIBLE  METALUC 

CONDVn 
WBiMB  J.  FUmt,  LMe,  DL,  ami^nr  to  Ntaqmrd 
CMcars  DL,  a  part  inlavrt 

nM  JM.  9, 1970.  Scr.  No.  1.735 
lirt.  CL  B21b  15/00;  B23p  23/04, 25/00 
UAC1.29— 33K  7( 


A  machine  and  method  for  mechanically  and  simultane- 
ously sizing  and  cutting  multiple  strands  of  flexible  metallic 
conduit  to  desired  lengths,  and  for  facilitating  the  application 
of  a  fitting  to  either  end  of  the  respective  resulting  lengths,  in 
which  the  conduit  is  simultaneously  drawn,  by  a  roller  drive, 
from  a  number  of  rolls  of  same  in  parallel  strands  and  is  fed 
past  a  cutting  station  the  conduit  length  desired,  after  which 
feeding  <rf  the  conduit  strands  ceases  and  the  conduit  lengths 
are  simultaneously  severed  from  the  row  of  strands  by  sawing. 
The  machine  includes  a  device  for  mechanically  routing  the 
individual  end  fittings  for  the  conduit  length  ends,  whereby 
the  machine  operator  can  individually  manipulate  the  in- 
dividual conduit  length  ends  to  apply  same  to  the  device  to 
permit  the  end  fitting  for  same  to  be  mechanically  rotated  into 
its  fully  seated  pontion  in  the  conduit  end,  and  an  attachment 
that  permits  the  conduit  wiring  to  be  mechanically  fed  into 
same  and  cut  off  at  the  right  length  to  complete  the  conduit  as- 
sembly. 


3^72.016 

INDEXABLE  BIT  CirmNG  TOOL  HOLDfH 

Arthar  A.  MdlBdcr,  10006  Hairiu,  HoHtaii.  Tex. 

FHmI  Mmfa  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16.046 

Iat.CLB26d//00 


U.S.a.29— 96 


4CliriiiM 


3.672.017 
HEUCAL  BLADE  MILLING  CUTTER 
Waldoiw  R.  MlilMB,  O^  mA  ChariM  a  MatMai 
both  of  QritfM  Mrig^Min  to  Indortrial  Tools,  bK..  OJai.  CaM. 
FBed  June  15, 1970.  Scr.  No.  46,031 

Int.a.B26d///2  I 

U.S.CL29-il05  idafan 


A  helical  blade  milling  cutter  has  a  plurality  of  spiral  slots 
formed  in  the  tool  body  periphery  for  retaining  helical  cutter 
blades.  Retaining  sockets  open  into  each  slot  and  are  shaped 
to  position  clamps.  Each  clamp  has  a  cylindrically  shaped 
block  with  a  edge  shaped  face  formed  with  a  pair  of  tapered 
locking  ribs  separated  by  a  shallow  recess  and  an  adjustment 
element  which  may  be  moved  to  simultaneously  force  the 
block  into  its  associated  socket  and  urge  the  locking  ribs  into 
tight,  tow-point  or  two  line  locking  engagement  against  the 
blade. 


3.672.018 
GUIDING  ROLLER  FOR  CALENDERS 
Dldcr  Juiri^  Kreititi^BaBclilmttcB;  Jorfca  ScMonkc.  Krtfdd, 
Bsa,  Hnis,  tB  of  GcniMay,  ssslgnnrs  to  Joh. 

Ficd  Jafc  27. 1971.  Scr.  No.  1 10.100^^ 
riorily,  appirlfcwi  GcriMiy.  Ai«.  25. 1970„F  20 

42  001 J    I 

■  IbL  CL  B21b  13/02 

U.S.  CL  29— 116  AD  3Cl^m 


-#»  -# 


An  indexable  bit  cutting  tool  header  includes  a  shank  which 
is  provided  with  a  recess  at  one  end  thereof  for  receiving  an  in- 
dexable bit  cutting  tool.  A  locking  arrangement  is  provided  for 
locking  the  indexable  bit  cutting  insert  at  tool  in  position  on 
the  holder  in  a  manner  so  that  the  Irit  cutting  tool  can  be  used 
to  cut  in  more  than  one  direction.  The  locking  arrangement  is 
such  that  a  maximum  surfiace  contact  inhibits  loosening  of  the 
insert.  An  anvil  is  also  provided  on  ^Nduch  the  indexable  bit 
cutting  tool  is  adapted  to  be  seated,  the  anvil  having  raised 
edges  along  one  surfiace  so  that  only  the  edges  of  the  bit 
cutting  tool  are  engaged  and  supported  thereon  to  inhibit 
chipping  or  otherwise  damaging  the  bit  cutting  tool. 


A  guidiiv  roller  for  calenders,  especially  glazing  calenders, 
which  has  a  multi-sectional  tubular  guiding  mantle  surround- 
ing a  roller  shaft  the  pivot  ends  of  which  are  each  supported  by 
a  bushing  joumalled  in  self-aligning  bearing  means.  The  said 
bearing  means  also  support  the  respective  adjacent  end  of  the 
adjacent  tubular  mantle  section,  while  control  means  are  inro- 
vided  for  selectively  adjusting  said  pivot  ends  relative  to  said 
bushing  and  relative  to  the  respective  pertaining  mantle  sec- 
tion. I 


OFFTflTAT.  OAZETTE 


JtJNE  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1261 


3,672,019  ajl72Jttl 

^!!^^'Zi£!^!^^i^.''^'^T^  ^  ME™)Dc5tiSSiG  WHEELS 

JT.^^^^  Bor^brook,  and  Frederick  James  Wren,  both  FHeiHch  WOhelm  Sdarite:   Maaind  Dkk. 

of  Northampton,  Englaiid,  asrignors  to  Tht  Tfanka  Com-  Roa«kn»i.  .1  ol^  ^^ 

p..y,CamomOMo  OttofSTl 

FDed  Juiie22, 1970, Scr. No. 48^86  HMFeh.  13  197«LS«-  'm«.  ii  OM 


A  bearing  capable  of  carrying  thrust  loads  is  adjusted  by 
positioning  a  spacer  washer  against  one  of  the  bearing  races 
and  applying  an  axial  k>ad  to  that  washer.  The  load  is  resisted 
by  the  bearing  and  is  sufficient  in  magnitude  to  deform  the 
washer  first  elastically  and  then  plastically.  The  plastic  defor- 
mation is  such  that  upon  removal  of  the  axial  load  and 
recovery  of  the  elastic  deformation,  the  spacer  will  provide 
the  desired  end  play  or  preload  adjustment  for  the  bearing. 


3,672,020 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  HEAT  PIPE  HAVING  AN 

EASILY  CONTAMINATED  INTERNAL  WETTING 

SURFACE 

Robert  Alfred  FViggias,  Lancartcr,  Pa.,  artaimi  to  RCA  Coi^ 


10 


FBed  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,323 
Int.  CL  B23p  15/26;  B21d  53/00 
U.S.a.29— 157  J  R 


A  novel  method  of  making  a  heat  pipe  having  an  easily  con- 
taminated internal  wetting  surface,  comprising  cleaning  the 
surface  and  then  coating  the  cleaned  surfiace  with  a  materia] 
that  is  soluble  in  the  woiicing  fluid  at  an  operating  temperature 
of  the  heat  pipe.  For  a  heat  pipe  empk>ying  a  mercury  metal 
working  fluid,  easily-oxidized  ferrous  metal  surfaces  of  the 
capillary  structure  and  envelope  inner  wall  may  be  coated 
with  nickel. 


Wheels,  particularly  for  automotive  vehicles,  are  made  by 
first  forming  a  disk-shaped  blank,  forging  the  same  into  a 
semi-finished  wheel  having  a  hub  and  a  wheel  disk  surround- 
ing the  hub  and  having  a  peripheral  rim  provided  with  a  cylin- 
drical circumferential  edge  fisce,  and  then  mounting  the  semi- 
finished wheel  in  a  machine.  The  edge  face  is  thereupon  en- 
gaged with  at  least  one  pressure  roller  and  sfdit  under  applica- 
tion of  pressure  in  direction  inwardly  of  the  edge  face  and 
towards  the  hub  to  obtain  two  unfinished  flanges.  The  un- 
finished flanges  are  roUingly  deformed  in  opposite  directions 
axially  of  the  hub  and  to  the  desired  configuration  to  thereby 
obtain  two  finished  wheel  flanges. 


3,672,022 
WIRE  CORE  STRUCTURE  FOR  SANDWICH  MATERIAL 

Charles  Herbcrt-Grecr  Yorlc.  Costa  Mcaa.  CdM..  asslg to 

Wire  Core  Devctopment  Corp. 

Hkd  April  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  81 1,945 
iBft.  CL  B21c  J  7/00;  E04c  2/42 
U.S.a.29— 191.6  5 1 


A  wire  core  structure  for  sandwich  material  including  a  phi- 
rality  of  frfanar  wire  core  ribbons  wlw*  are  formed  of  wire 
bent  at  ri^t  angles  to  form  anchor  sections  on  opposite  sides 
of  the  core  to  engage  the  face  sheets  ctf  the  sandwich  material- 
— said  core  anchor  sections  being  joined  by  joinder  sectiom 
which  extend  at  a  right  angle  to  the  plane  of  the  core  struc- 
ture. A  notch  is  provided  on  the  outside  of  some  anchor  sec- 
tions to  receive  a  cross  wire  extending  in  the  (riane  of  said  core 
structure  at  a  right  angle  to  said  ccne  ribbons.  Such  noKdies 
are  related  to  the  diameter  of  said  cross  wires  so  that  the  crocs 
wires  wiU  project  sUghtly  beyond  the  notch  into  which  is 
received  the  cross  wire,  >»Wch  spacing  provides  space  for  an 
adhesive,  and  yet,  the  cross  wires  may  be  deformed  enou^  in 
wekiing  to  make  the  outer  side  of  the  cross  wires  generally 
flush  with  the  outer  sides  of  the  anchor  sections.  In  one  em- 
bodiment there  is  a  am  ribbon  which  is  serpentine  and  in  one 
embodiment  the  ribbons  are  used  in  pairs  wliich  are  oAet  to 
form  a  series  of  closed  sections  and  a  series  of  downwanfly 
open  sections  and  a  series  of  upwardly  open  sections  with  a  so- 


-^ 


1252 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


ries  of  cross  wires  being  received  into  said  last  mentioned    into  the  dip.  Also  a  protective  sleeve  surrounding  the  rod  and 
downwardly  open  and  upwMdly  open  sectiom.  slidable  wHh  respect  to  the  rod,  the  sleeve  protects  the  con- 

nector body  bore  during  ineitkm  and  extraction  of  the  tool. 


3j672Jli23 
ALIGNING  DEVICE  FOR  SPINDLE  ASSEMBLY 
Cart  McConbs.  1  Lisa  Drive,  GreonrBe,  SX:. 

fled  Feb.  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 14,161 

Iirt.  a  B23p  79/00 
UAa.29— 200P 


1 


3,672,025 
TERMINAL  APPUCATOR 
Weal  AUa,  Yrtt^ 
pnecnng  (umipany,  new  ocrsi,  j^m. 

,    FIMDK.4,1970,Scr.No.954M 
!  bxL  a.  HOlr  43/04 

U.S.CL29— 203D 


to 


Artoa 


Ea- 


21  Qatam 


l- 


'^^^ 


A  device  for  aligning  a  spindle  on  spinning  and  twisting 
frames  which  is  carried  on  an  intermediale  body  of  the  spindle 
assembly.  The  device  includes  an  aligning  member  which  ex- 
tends radially  from  the  spindle.  A  plurality  of  adjustable  set- 
screws  are  carried  in  threaded  holes  in  the  aligning  member 
with  the  bottom  of  the  screws  being  in  contact  with  the  rail 
upon  which  the  spindle  assembly  is  carried.  The  holes  are 
equally  spaced  around  the  spindle  to  that  by  routing  the 
screws  the  spindle  can  be  aligned  on  a  desired  axis. 


3,672,024 
CONNECTOR  CUP  REMOVAL  TOOL 
Join  E.  Bvr,  Van  Noyi,  Ciritf.,  ligwnr  to 
Tdephooe  and  Tckpvpk  Corparatfon,  New  York,  N.Y 
FUed  Oct.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,364 
Int.CLB25b27/02 
U.S.CL29— 203H  7 


A  contact  clip  extraction  tool  for  use  in  connection  with  a 
contact  clip  that  is  releasably  lockable  in  a  bore  within  an 
electrical  connector  body.  The  tool  comprises  a  capture  rod 
having  a  dip  retainer  portion  for  insertion  in  said  connector 
body  bore,  the  clip  retainer  portion  being  slidaMe  into  the  in- 
terior (tf  said  dip.  The  dip  retainer  portion  is  expandable 
when  the  dip  retainer  portion  is  inserted  a  predetermined 
distance  into  the  dip.  The  dip  retainer  portion  can  engage  the 
clip  in  a  manner  such  that  withdrawal  of  said  clip  retainer  por- 
tion from  the  body  also  results  in  withdrawal  of  said  dip 
therefrom.  Further,  a  spring  may  be  secured  to  the  tool  for 
retracting  said  dip-retainer  portion  onto  the  clip  when  the  clip 
retainer  portion  has  been  inserted  the  predetermined  distance 


An  automatic  terminal  apfdying  machine  induding  a  pair  of 
terminal  applicators,  a  wire  cutting  and  stripping  asaembly 
located  between  and  in  line  with  the  applicators,  a  wire  mea- 
suring unit,  a  wire  feed  assembly  including  a  wire  guide  as- 
semMy  to  accurately  align  the  wire  in  the  cutting  and  stripping 
assembly,  and  a  wire  drag  and  discharge  assembly  for  holding 
the  wire  during  terminal  application  and  discharging  the  wire 
from  the  assembly  after  terminal  application  to  a  collection 
trough  or  wire  stacking  device.  The  cycle  of  operation  of  each 
of  the  assemblies  is  controlled  by  a  number  of  cams  secured  to 
a  common  drive  shaft  and  controlled  by  a  one  revolution  pin 
clutch.  A  dutch  controlled  loop  assembly  provides  a  loop  in 
the  wire  to  minimize  drag  movemem  of  the  wire  guide  tube. 


^  3,672,026  ' 

APPARATUS  FOR  DEVELOPING  WOUND  CdLS  FOR 

ELECriROMAGNETIC  IWVICES 

Arthur  S.  Cutkr,  Elaora,  N.Ym  and  Drita  F.  Sunk,  Fort 

Wayne,  ImL,  ■ssigann  to  Gcmni  Etoctrk  CoMpany 

ContinuatkHi  of  Scr.  No.  839,742,  April  2, 1969,  abandoned, 

whkh  b  a  coatliiaailkMi-in-part  oC  Scr.  No.  594,463,  Nov.  15, 

1966,  Abandoned.  Thbapplkartnn  May  11, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

36,245 
Int  CL  H02k  15100  ' 

U.S.a.29-205R  ,^9f*^ 

Apparatus  for  developing  electrical  coil  groups  formed  of  a 
number  of  coils  in  a  coil  group-accommodating  member  for 
ultimate  transfer  into  selected  slots  of  a  magnetic  core.  The 
coil  group-accommodating  member  is  supported  adjacent  a 
non-collapsible,  longitudinally  movable  coil  form  in  position 
to  receive  the  coil  group.  The  coils  in  each  coil  group  are 
developed  by  winding  turns  of  a  given  c<m1  on  the  non-collapsi- 
ble form  and  concurrently  moving  stwne  of  the  turns  from  the 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


form  into  the  accommodating  member  where  the  individual 
coil  groups  are  finally  developed.  The  non-collapsible  coil 


form  is  periodically  moved  longitudinally  to  produce  coils  <rf 
differing  spans  during  the  development  of  each  coil  group. 


3,672,027 
C(ML  DEVELOPING  APPARATUS 
RklMrd  B.  Arnold,  Fort  Wayc,  lad.,  Mslgiiui  to  Gcncrri  Elcc- 
tricCoBl^loay 

DMsloa  of  Scr.  No.  884,145,  Dec  11, 1969,  PM.  Now 
3,579,791.  whkh  is  a  oontlniiation-iB.iiort  of  Scr.  No.  748,406, 
Jttly29.1968,  


1258 

plates  have  assodated  mating  curved  surfaces  whereby,  when 
a  snap-out  plate  is  engaged  with  a  curved  Made,  the  entry  of 

the  turns  of  a  coil  being  generated  into  the  corresponding  turn 
r&eiving  slot  is  facilitated  by  the  mating  curved  surfaces. 
Thus  each  coil  is  developed  directly  in  the  coil  group  accom- 
modating means  as  the  turns  for  the  coil  are  generated  about 
the  coil  turn-forming  assembly.  Abo,  the  jump  form  portioii 
and  the  snapout  plates  may  be  supported  for  movement  in  es- 
sentiaUy  a  vertical  direction,  and  the  curved  blades  are  sup- 
ported in  alignment  with  the  snap-out  plates  so  that  force  of 
gravity  Caciliutes  the  removal  of  the  turns  from  the  coil  form 
assembly. 

Additionally  at  least  part  of  the  jump  form  portion  is  mova- 
ble relative  to  the  snap<xit  portion  during  dte  turn-generating 
operation  for  selectively  varying  the  lengths  of  successive 
turns. 

A  coil  group  is  devdoped  in  the  coO  group  accommodating 
means  by  producing  a  plurality  oi  serially  connected  wound 
coils  of  a  coil  group  in  the  coil  group  accommodating  means. 
Thereafter  the  coil  group  may  be  inserted  directly  from  the 
coil  group  acoonunodating  means  into  preselected  slots  of  a 
statorcore. 


U.S.CL29— 205R 


fills  appfcatlon  June  1, 1970,  Scr.      U.S.  CL  29— 208  B 
No.  42,150 
Int  CL  H02k  15/00 

10 


3,672/128 
DIP  TUBE  GUIDE  ARRANGEMENT 
J.  BoBnfc  Fairtlcid,  N J.,  ass^a  ni  to  Andswo 
Worlts,  Ridiclicid  Ptok,  N J. 

of  Sar.  No.  774353,  Nov.  12, 1968.  Ufa 
12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,749 
Int  CL  B23p  19/04;  B21d  39/04 


Apparatus  for  developing  one  or  more  coil  groups  of  electri- 
cally conductive  wire.  The  apparatus  includes  a  coil  turn- 
forming  assembly  having  a  jump  form  portion  and  a  snap-out 
form  portion.  The  jump  form  portion  indudes  a  plurality  a[ 
turn-gauging  steps  with  an  interruption  formed  at  one  side. 
The  snap-out  form  portion  is  supported  adjacent  to  the  inter- 
ruptions on  the  turn-gauging  steps  and  indudes  a  correspond- 
ing number  of  snap-out  winding  form  plates,  each  having  a  fill- 
in  winding  section  for  spanning  one  (tf  the  associated  interrup- 
tions on  the  jump  form  portion. 

The  apparatus  also  indudes  a  flyer  for  pladng  wire  on  the 
coil  turn-forming  assembly  to  generate  turns  and  a  jump 
means  for  locating  a  turn-gauging  step  of  the  jump  form  por- 
tion in  the  path  erf' the  wire  being  wound  by  the  flyer.  Concur- 
rently as  the  jump  means  locates  a  turn-gauging  step  in  the 
path  ai  the  wire  wound  by  the  flyer,  a  snap-out  plate  is  ex- 
tended to  place  a  fill-in  wkiding  section  in  alignment  with  its 
associated  interruption  of  a  turn-gauging  step.  The  tiun-gaug- 
ing  step  of  the  jump  form  portion  and  its  associated  fill-in 
winding  section  cooperate  to  provide  a  form  for  winding  or 
generating  turns  of  a  predetermined  length  for  receipt  in  a  coil 
group  accommodating  means  or  device.  PreferaUy,  the  coil 
group  accommodating  means  is  comprised  of  spaced  curved 
blades  defining  turn  receiving  slots.  The  spaced  curved  blades 
and  corresponding  fill-in  winding  sections  of  the  snap-out 


t^ 


A  guide  for  association  with  a  movable  chudc  in  a  madone 
for  inserting  valved  dip  tubes  in  aeroool  containers,  die  guide 
comprising  a  friurality  cf  fingers  having  ends  which,  in  one 
position,  define  a  restricted  opening  through  which  a  dip  tube 
can  be  f^rdy  advanced  in  a  desired  directioa,  and  wMdi  can 
be  moved  by  the  advancing  chuck  to  a  second  position 
through  which  the  valve  body  can  be  passed  for  engivemem 
with  the  open  neck  of  the  container. 


3,672,029 

FASTENER  nUVING  APPARATUS 

Albert  T.  Bntrisi,  Wvllakc  OUo,      'g to  Ealoa  Y A  A 

Towac  Inc.  Cleveland,  OMo 

Fled  Sept  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,743 

Int  CL  B23p  11/00, 19/04;  B25d  9/16 

UACL  29—243.56  SCUkm 

A  fastener  driving  apparatus  including  an  impro^dcon- 

struction  for  a  fluid  operated  fr»tener  driving  tool  adapted  to 


1254 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


receive  a  detachable  and  replaceable  magazine  for  automati- 
cally and  sequentially  feeding  a  plurafity  of  fasteners  in  an 


';  /h/^^///^/^/7T7-rrr 


'///////////J////////j>^. 


^////////////M 


^U^ 


r-fi::;. 


and  scores  Hke  a  wooden  pin.  These  properties  are  impwted 
by  the  strticture  con^wising  a  hoUow  main  body,  a  hollow  core 

with  a  space  between  the  core  and  the  body,  a  removable  and 

replacable  cap  plug  for  the  upper  end  of  the  core,  and  a 

removable  and  replaceable  base  plug  for  the  lower  end  of  the 
core;  and  method  of  manufacturing  the  pin  of  this  consfrw- 
tion. 


aligned  side-by-side  relation  into  a  predetermined  uniform 
spaced  and  secured  position  on  a  work  piece. 

M72,030 
DOWNCOILER  MANDREL  OF  THE  TOGGLE  LINK  TYPE 

FOR  HOT  STRIP  MILLS,  AND  METHODS  FOR 

REPAIRING  OR  REBUILDING  SAME 
Stasfcy  D«wfci  Nol.  Shrfwr  Hdfbt^  Mid  Watan  F.  Ddfcid, 

LyMlkant,  both  of  OMo,  Mrignors  to  PnMkictloii  Experts, 
lK^ClevclMMl,Ohlo  ^^^ 

FBed  MMch  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,828 
lirt.  CL  B22d  19110;  B21d  S3I10 
UACL29— 401 


The  present  invention  relates  to  Wowling  pins,  and  is  con- 
curred primarily  with  a  bowling  pin  of  plastic  that  has  all  the 
properties  that  are  of  vital  interest  to  a  bowler,  of  a  wooden 
pin  and  which  properties  are  imparted  to  the  pin  by  the  struc- 
tural characteristics  thereof. 


PROCESS! 


thX  ^r^^A'jX.^.C^A 


3,672,032 
I  FOR  MOUNTING  A  WORKPmCE  FOlt 
MACHINING  I 

Hvry  WItlicnpooB,  EaHng.  rm>— il.  asslrnr  to  RoMsiRoycc 

LilniteQ  I 

Fled  Nov.  17, 1969,  Scr.  Na  882,411 
CUm  priority,  appHmiQii  Grci4  Brilaiii,  Nov.  IS,'  1968, 
S4,188/68  I 

tat  CLB23p  77/02  |_  . 

U.S.a.29-^24  7tl«hii« 


A  method  of  repairing  a  downcoilcr  mandrel  is  described,  in 
which  worn  arc«  of  the  mandrel  body  and  segments  are 
machined  to  dimensions  suitable  for  accommodating  bushings 
and  half-biMhin^  OS  pre-selected  materials,  the  tog^e  links 
are  machined  in  their  pin  areas  to  receive  bushings  of  selected 
materials,  and  the  outer  arcuate  surfaces  of  the  links  are 
plated  with  a  hard  wear-resistant  metal,  such  as  chromium. 
The  overall  construction  resulting  from  such  repairs  and 
replacements  is  also  applicable  to  the  construction  of  new 
mandrels  of  this  type. 


3,672,031 
METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  PLASTIC  BOWLING 

PIN 

MMvicc  AollMmy  Nc^tei.  25  Qoiinliy  Aycom,  WolNini,  Maas. 

Wvtaloii  of  Ser.  Nos.  836,518,  JMS  25, 1969,  awl  Ser.  No. 

882,036.  Dec  4. 1969,  Pat.  No.  3,572.71a  TWi  appHciltai 

Sept  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,131 

Int.  CLB23p  7  7/00 
U.Si.  CL  29—417  ^  ClataiB 

This  specification  dtsckxes  a  bowling  pin  of  plastic  that  lias 
the  appearance  of  a  wooden  pin,  sounds  like  a  wooden  pin. 


A  process  for  producing  a  removable  workpicce  mounting 
for  holdktg  the  workpiece  during  machining  operations  com- 
prising the  steps  ai  applying  a  settaMe  coating  to  a  portion  of 
the  workpiece  to  provide  a  key,  and  casting  a  block  «"»*«"- 
al  around  laid  coating  when  set,  said  cast  material  bdng  sobd 

at  room  temperature  and  said  coating  remaining  stable  at  least 
up  to  the  melting  temperature  of  said  cast  material,  said  coat- 
ing comprising  a  grit  in  a  binder  and  said  binder  being  soluble 
in  a  solvent  which  is  non-corrosive  to  the  workpiece  material. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1255 


3,672,033  3,672,035 

METALLAMINATEDMATERIALANDPROCESSFOR  METHOD  OF  FABRICAUNG  A IVBE  SHEET  ASSEMBLY 

...      TS  MANUFACTURE  Irvli«  "*«»-».  Covl«,  Calll.,  .-I,«r  lo  WWttator  Cor^ 

vn  KicMer,  Waasrrschildt,  Gcnmny,  aarignor  to  Dynamit  poratfoo,  Los  Ai^claa,  CaW. 

NobciAG,Troisdorf,Gcniiaiiy  FBed  Maxh  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21^5 

FBcd  Jn.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1,333  tat  CL  B23k  i7/02 

CWiM  priority,  appHcadonGcnnaBy,  May  3, 1969,  P 19  22  UAa.29— 471J 


757.7 


UA  a.  29—470.1 


Iiit.a.B23k27/00 


7Claiin 


///////////////.  ~^ 


'mil  1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  lilt  111  1 1 1 11 11 1'l'i  1' 


KWWWXXXXX-^^^^ ' 


The  present  disclosure  is  directed  to  a  laminated  metallic 
composite  and  to  a  process  for  the  fnxxluction  of  said  com- 
posites which  comprises  placing  metallic  spacers  between  the 
metal  sheeU  to  be  bonded,  said  spacers  being  wound  in  a  heli- 
cal shape  from  a  wire  with  the  axis  of  the  spirals  oriented  sub- 
stantially parallel  with  respect  to  the  metal  sheets,  applying  a 
layer  of  explosive  to  the  upper  sheet  of  metal  and  detonating 
said  explosive  to  produce  impingement  and  welding  of  the 
upper  sheet  with  the  remaining  sheets. 


3,672,034 
METHOD  FOR  BONDING  A  BEAM-LEAD  I»:VICE  TO  A 
SUBSTRATE 
James  E.  Clark,  Coopcrsbiirt,  Pa.,  scrignw  to  Bell  Tdcphone 
Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  Hill,  Berkeley  Hc%hls, 
NJ. 
DMsioa  of  Scr.  No.  646,251,  Jum  15, 1967.  Thh  «|.|  Ji.  .ji.-. 
Jan.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7^30 
IiitCLB23kJ7/02 
U.S.  a  29-471.1  22  ( 


A  tube  sheet  assemUy  has  tube  sheets  with  a  plurality  of  ori- 
fices formed  therein  with  an  enlarged  bore  inner  portion  ex- 
tending partially  through  the  thickness  of  the  sheet  for  slidaUy 
receiving  the  tube  ends  intersecting  with  a  coaxial  smaller 
outer  bore  portion  extending  through  the  rest  of  the  sheet 
thickness  corresponding  to  the  inner  diameter  of  the  tube. 
With  the  eiKls  of  each  tube  positioned  in  the  enlarged  inner 
bore  portion  <rf"  the  respective  orifices,  an  exfriosive  wekling 
charge  b  inserted  through  the  smaller  outer  bore  portion  to  be 
positioned  within  the  end  cf  each  tube.  The  charges  may  then 
be  detonated  simultaneously  to  wekl  the  outer  surfisces  of  the 
tube  ends  to  the  surrounding  inner  tube  sheet  surfaces  within 
the  enlarged  bore  portion  cX  the  orifices,  thus  providing  an  es- 
sentially uniform  fluid  flow  path  free  c^  discontinuities  from 
the  tube  sheet  into  the  tubes. 


3,672,036 
METHCTXy  MAKING  ASSEMBLIES  (»•  STAINLESS 
STEELTUBING 
John  P.  ZhmlaiiBiil,  Avoonorc,  Pa.,  aarignor  to 
LwBum  Stcd  Cos  poratJasi,  Pltlrtwrg^  Pa. 

FBcd  Feb.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  802,671 
IatCLB23kJ7/02 

U.S.CL29— 492  2 

A  method  of  making  assemblies  of  stainless  steel  tubing  or 
piping  and  conventional  plumbing  fittings  which  comprises 
coating  stainless  steel  tubing,  at  least  at  the  ends  therecrf,  with 
copper,  tin  or  alloys  thereof  and  joining  a  fitting  coated  por- 
tion by  soldering. 


3,672,037 

NITRira:  STRENGTHENED  STAINLESS  STEEL 

COMPOSITE  AND  PRODUCIION  THEREOF 

Lynn  E.  KhMthnami,  NatroMi  Hdihts,  and  Alexander  B. 
rL »i —  v.-.t..^.       ..-^  ^ip^    ^^^^ ^^^ 

Ludhun  Stcd  CorporatlaB,  Plttabnrch,  Pa. 

Fled  Feb.  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  803«442 

Int  CLB23k  j;/02 
U.S.a.  29-497.5  9( 

The  application  describes  composite  members  containii^  a 
plurality  of  layers  at  least  one  of  which  is  nitride  strengthened 
stainless  steel  and  a  pressure  bonding  method  for  producing 
them. 


A  process  and  an  apparatus  are  diadoaed  for  the  ther- 
mocompression  bonding  of  beam-lead  integrated  circuits  to  a 
series  of  conductor  patterns  located  on  a  substrate. 

The  flat  tjp  cf  a  hoUow  rectangular  rod  comprises  the  heat- 
ing unit.  The  beam-lead  device  is  positioned  on  a  substrate; 
the  substrate  is  nrKxmted  on  a  carrier,  and,  illustratively,  the 
carrier  is  located  on  a  wobble  table.  When  appropriate  means 
undulate  the  wobble  table,  the  beam  leads  are  rocked  into  suc- 
cessive contact  with  the  heating  unit  and  thereby  are  bonded 
to  the  substrate. 


3,672,038 

METH<M>  AND  APPARATUS  FMt  PIKMWCJNG 
EXTRUIWD  STEEL  aiAPES 
DuiM  L.  LonlMrd,  Yniii^iiwii,  OWo,  Mripwr  to 
Corporation,  Yonnptofwn,  OMo 

Red  May  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34338 
lofL  CL  B23k  79/00 
U.S.CL  29— 527.6  «■ 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  producing  extnided  steel 
shapes,  characterized  in  that  no  roUi^gw  forgingof  a  billet  is 


1256 


I 
OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


required  prior  to  the  time  that  die  billet  is  placed  in  an  extni- 
tion  pren  container.  The  entire  lyttem  oomicli  only  of  a  refin- 
ing ftimace.  a  continuous  casting  maciiine  for  casting  a  bar 
which  is  cut  into  desired  lengths,  a  consunMble  electrode  ftir- 
nace  which  uses  the  bars  from  the  casting  machine  as  elec- 
trodes to  be  melted,  and  the  extrusion  press  itMlf  which  ex- 


'the: 


trudes  sections  of  the  ingot  formed  by  the  consumable  elec- 
trode Aimace  while  requiring  only  a  light  surface  treatment  of 
the  billets  prior  to  extrusion.  In  this  manner,  the  capital  invest- 
ment in  a  mill  for  producing  ban  of  various  shapes  is  reduced 
considerably. 


3,672,039 
METIKM>  FCMt  INSERTING  INSULATORS  AND  CXXL 
TURNS  INTO  THE  SLOTS  OF  A  MAGNETIC  CCMIE 
Rkhvd  B.  AhmU,  Fott  WayM,  iBd^  aaripMir  to  GcM 

tricCowysay 
DKWMof  Ssr.No.87S39S,Nov.  12, 1969,  wMch  is  a 
t  ofScr.  Na.  74S/405,  Jaly  29, 1968, 
I  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,175 
IiM.CLH02k  75/00 
U&CL29— 596  H 


During  the  third  increment  of  travd  of  the  driver,  only  tne  in- 
sulator pushers  and  the  coil  turn  feeder  blades  are  acbiated  in 
an  axial  direction,  and  upon  completion  of  the  third  increment 
of  travd  the  side  turn  portions  of  the  electrical  coil  aie  in- 
serted into  predetermined  pairs  of  slots.  Movement  of  the  coil 
turn  feeder  blades  relative  to  the  divider  blade  section  materi- 
ally reduces  the  frictional  drag  on  the  coils  during  insertion. 
Preferably,  the  coil  turn  fieeder  blades  are  formed  with 
reduced  portiom  terminating  in  a  pair  of  turn-pushing  ledges, 
and  the  turn-receiving  gaps  are  defined  by  the  walls  of  the 
reduced  portiom  and  adjacent  walls  of  the  divider  blade  sec- 
tion. Abo.  the  travel  of  the  driver  through  the  third  increment 
of  its  travd  is  resiliently  cushioned  as  the  insulator  pushers 
and  coil  turn  feeder  blades  are  driven  to  the  fiilly  extended 
position.  I 

Also,  the  ledges  may  terminate  short  atiht  peripheral  edges 
<a  the  feeder  blades,  and  the  feeder  blades  indude  shoulders 
axially  recessed  from  the  ledges.  With  this  arrangement  the 
gaps  form  extensions  of  the  slot  entrances  to  recdve  some  of 
the  side  turn  portions  as  other  side  turn  portions  are  inserted 
into  predetermined  slots.  The  ■hculders  thereafter  effect  in- 
sertion at  the  side  turn  portions  first  received  in  the  slat  en- 
trance extoraioni.  I 

The  method  can  be  beneficially  practiced  to  insert  side  turn 
portions  of  an  electrical  coil  group  even  when  insulators  are 
not  being  inserted. 

With  this  arrangement  it  is  possible  to  accommodate  mag- 
netic cores  of  different  stack  heights  with  relativdy  minor  ad- 
justments and  to  insert  mechanicaUy  loaded  insulators  into 
magnetic  cores  having  relatively  small  diameter  bores.  The 
coil  turn  feeder  blades  and  divider  blade  section  form  a  rigid 
structure  fbr  precisely  controlling  the  insertion  of  the  coil  side 
turn  portions  therel^  minimizing  a  possibility  of  damage  to 
the  conductor  wire  during  the  insertion  process.  . 

I  3,672,040  I 

METHOD  OF  DEVELOPING  COILS  OF  A  CXNL  GROUP 
FOR  A  MAGNETIC  CORE 
I B.  ArMM,  Fort  Wagrn,  bdn  I 


!17|Jt 


trie 

DMrfoB  oir  Scr.  Na.  n4,145,  Dec.  1 1, 1969,  PM.  1 
3,579,791,  wMdk  is  a  maHaaaHiw  tm  |i1  el  Ssr.  Na.  74»^406, 
Joly  29, 1968,abaBdaMd.TMsappMcadaB  JoM  1. 1970,  Ssr. 
I  Ne.  42,189 

I  IiiLCLH02k  75/00 

U.S.CL29— 596 


15aikH 


Method  for  concurrently  inserting  insulators  and  side  turn 
portions  of  an  electricd  coil  into  selected  axially  extended 
slots  of  a  nu^netic  core.  For  inserting  the  insulators  into  the 
slots,  insulator  pushers  are  slidably  disposed  in  guide  apertures 
of  die  apparatus.  The  side  turn  portions  of  the  electricd  ocmI 
are  inserted  into  the  axially  extending  slots  by  a  preselected 
number  of  cofl  turn  feeder  blades  movaUy  supported  relative 
to  a  divider  Made  section.  The  divider  blade  section  and  coil 
turn  feeder  blades  define  a  series  of  turn-receiving  gaps  in 
which  the  dectricd  oofl  is  carried. 

A  driver  actuated  by  a  suitable  power  source  effects  a 
movemem  of  the  insulator  purshers  in  an  axid  direction  con- 
tinuoudy  duou^  a  first,  second  and  a  third  increment  of 
travd  to  effect  plaoemem  of  the  insulators  in  the  slots.  The  di- 
vider blade  section  and  the  cofl  turn  feeder  blades  are  con- 
joindy  actuated  in  an  axid  direction  during  the  second  incre- 
ment of  traveL  Upon  completion  of  the  second  increment  of 
travd  the  cfivider  blade  section  and  coil  turn  feeder  Uades  are 
extracted  and  extend  through  the  bore  of  the  magnetic  core. 


A  method  of  developing  one  or  more  coil  groups  of  electri- 
cally conductive  wire  in  a  cofl  group  accommodating  device 
such  as  coil  insertion  tooling.  A  cofl  turn-forming  assembly  is 
podtioned  with  a  snap-out  winding  form  plate  in  aliyunent 
with  a  corresponding  turn-gauging  step  and  engaging  a  coil 
group  acoommodating  device  adjacent  a  turn  receiving  slot. 
Turns  of  wire  are  generated  about  the  winding  fbrm  plate  and 
turn-gauging  step  and  received  in  the  turn  receiving  slot  dur- 
mg  the  generation  operation.  Thereafter,  other  snap-out  wind- 
ing form  plates  are  sequentidly  podtioned  in  alignment  with  a 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1267 


corresponding  turn-gauging  step  and  engaging  the  coil  group 
accommodating  device  adjacent  corresponding  turn  receiving 
dots.  The  turn  generating  operation  is  repeated  using  each 
winding  form  plate  and  turn-gauging  step,  with  the  generated 
turns  being  received  in  the  corresponding  turn  receiving  slot 
during  that  generation  operation. 

When  all  the  coils  for  one  coil  group  have  been  developed 
in  the  coil  group  accommodating  device,  the  coil  group  ac- 
commodating device  can  be  rotated  to  bring  other  turn  receiv- 
ing siou  in  alignment  with  the  coil  turn-forming  assemUy. 
Then  the  desired  number  of  operations,  as  described  above, 
can  be  repeated  to  develop,  in  the  coil  group  accommodating 
device,  additiond  coil  groups.  When  the  coil  group  accom- 
modating device  is  coil  injection  tooling,  the  developed  coils 
can  thereafter  be  inserted  from  the  coil  injection  tooling  into 
preselected  dots  of  a  magnetic  core. 


3,672,041 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  INSERTING  CCML 

TURNS  INTO  THE  SLOTS  OF  A  MAGNETIC  CORE 

Rkhard  B.  ArwM,  Fort  WajTM,  iBd.,  Mdvurlo  GcMry  Eke- 
trkCooqMMy 

Fled  Dec.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,219 
fart.  CL  H02k  75/00 
U.S.a.29— 596  9( 


Method  and  apparatus  for  inserting  side  turn  portions  of 
electricd  ooib  in  a  coil  group  into  selected  axially  extending 
coil  recdving  slots  of  a  magnetic  axe  and  for  freely  shedding 
end  turn  portions  of  at  least  some  of  the  turns  within  at  least 
two  coils  of  a  coil  group  radially  toward  a  generally  solid  or 
yoke  section  of  the  core  as  the  side  turn  portions  of  other  turns 
in  the  selected  coils  are  moved  axially  toward  an  end  face  of 
the  core.  Preferably,  the  at  least  two  coils  indude  two  of  the 
innermost  coils  in  a  coU  group.  The  side  turn  portions  of  the 
electricd  coils  are  inserted  into  the  axially  extending  slots  by 
coil  turn  feeder  blades  movabiy  supported  relative  to  the  di- 
vider blade  section.  The  divider  blade  section  and  the  turn 
pushing  surfeces  of  the  coil  turn  feeder  blades  define  the  side 
and  bottom,  respectivdy,  of  a  series  of  turn-receiving  gaps 
>«1iich  have  openings  in  the  free  extremity  of  the  divider  blade 
section  and  in  which  the  dectricd  coils  are  carried.  Insulator 
pushen  may  also  be  provided  for  inserting  insulators  into  slots 
after  side  turn  portions  of  coils  have  been  placed  therein. 

An  actuating  assembly  inchides  a  driver  actuated  by  a  suita- 
ble power  source  and  effects  continuous  axid  movement  of  in- 
sulator pushers  through  first,  second  and  third  increments  of 
travd  to  effect  placement  of  insulators  in  the  dots.  The  divider 
Made  section  and  the  coil  turn  feeder  blades  are  conjoindy  ac- 
tuated in  an  axid  direction  durii^  the  second  increment  of 
travel.  Upon  completion  of  the  second  increment  (tf  trevd  the 
divider  blade  section  extends  axially  through  the  bore  of  the 
magnetic  core.  At  this  time,  the  f^ee  extremity  of  the  divider 
blade  section  in  the  vicinity  of  at  least  two  turn-receiving  gaps 
in  which  the  two  innermost  coils  are  carried  is  spaced  doeely 


adjacent  to  the  end  face  of  the  core.  PreferaUy,  the  end  fece 
of  the  core  and  the  divider  section  surfece  are  within  one 
eighth  to  one  quarter  inch  of  each  other.  During  the  third  in- 
crement of  travd.  the  insulator  pushers  and  the  cofl  turn 
feeder  blades  are  moved  in  an  axial  direction  relative  to  the 
core  and  divider  blade  section.  During  this  incremem  of 
travel,  as  the  end  turn  portions  of  the  two  innermost  coils  in 
one  or  more  selected  coU  groups  move  to  the  gap  openings  in 
the  free  extremity  of  the  divider  Made  section,  the  end  turn 
portions  move  away  from  the  gap  openings  and  toward  the 
yoke  section  of  the  core.  The  method  and  apparatus  can  be 
used  even  when  insulators  are  not  being  inserted. 


3,672,042 

METHOD  (V  MAKING  P(X£  MEMBERS 
Ralph  L.  JacMkke,  KcBodH,  Wh^  aidiW  te  EaloB  Corpora- 
tk»,ClevclaBd,OMD 

FBed  April  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  137,378 
bsLCLHOlf  7/06 
U.S.CL29-602  14( 


'n. 


-94 


The  method  cf  manufacturing  pole  members  or  rotors  such 
as  the  type  used  in  electromagnetic  friction  dutches  and 
brakes.  The  pole  member  is  manufectured  from  a  stamped 
blank  which  is  drawn  into  a  suitable  form.  A  phirality  of  sup- 
port fingers  are  then  fcwmed  and  non-magnetically  joined  to 
form  a  hub.  A  portion  of  the  hub  is  then  removed  forming  an 
annular  cavity  in  which  an  annular  ring  of  friction  materid  is 
installed.  The  hub  nnay  dien  be  splined  or  keyed  for  mounting 
in  the  clutch  or  brake. 


3,672,043 

MINIATURE  MAGNETIC  HEAD 

Ccbcm  B.  TrinMe,  HaHthonw,  CaML,  Md  RolMrt  R.  Skott, 

Dayton,  OUe,  Hdvsors  Id  Tte  Natios^  CMh  Rcftalcr  Com- 
paqr,  Dayton,  OMo 

DMdon  of  Scr.  No.  51 1,843,  Dec  6, 1965,  PM.  Now  3,564^L 
TMs  appBcatloa  Aprfl  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,631 
Int.  CL  HOlf  7/06 
U.S.CL29— 603  n. 


This  invention  relates  generafly  to  magnetic  transducer 
devices,  and  more  particularly  to  a  novd  magnetic  transducer 
construction  and  method  of  making. 


1258 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,672,044 
MULTI-CHANNEL  DUAL^JAP  MAGNETIC  HEAD 
TakMU  Taaaka,  Onriia,  and  Ymm  Nomva,  NhMMiniya, 
both  of  JapMi,  apUnnn  to  MataMUta  Electric  Indnitrlid 

ntd  March  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,320 
ClalBis   priority,   appHcatioa  Japan,   March    10,    1969, 

44/19680 

Int.  CL  Gl  lb  S/42:  HOlf  7/06 
VS.  CL  29—603  1  Cta*»» 


evaporation  is  suitable  for  the  primary  gap  material.  The 
bonding  layer  is  formed  of  either  copper,  silver,  gold  or  titani- 
um, or  any  material  which  produces  a  good  diffusion  bond 
under  the  above  conditions. 


3,672,045 
PROCESS  TOR  BONDfNG  MAGNETIC  HEADS 
David  Dl  RobcrtMn,  Palo  Alto,  CaiL,  Mrfginr  to 
TcdMoloiy,  Inc^  Mouiddii  View,  OilL 

Hkd  April  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,013 
loLCL  Glib  5/42 
U.S.CL29— 603  10 


1 


3,672,046 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  AN  ELECTRIC  AL 

COMPONENT 
I T.  Storey,  n,  Weal  Cheater;  Robert  F.  Procter 

H.  A.  Snyder,  PMIad>lphiB;  Goorfe  M.  Jacob, 
flonrtown.  Mid  Raymond  T.  Mooney,  PWIadflpWa,  al  of 

ra  ,  Migiinii  tn  Trrhrimrl  *—  —  "  '-'i  *•*'  '*"         1 
nM  Jm.  14. 1970,  Scr.  No.  2,742^^ 
Int.  CL  HOlb  13/00;  H05k  3/00  [ 

U.S.CL29— 624  12< 


A  multi-channel  dual-gap  magnetic  head.  The  head  has  a 
plurality  of  magnetic  head  tips  which  are  separated  magneti- 
cally from  each  other  by  non-magnetic  materials  and  each 
having  two  magnetic  gaps.  A  i^urality  of  magnetic  back  cores 
are  connected  to  said  magnetic  head  tips,  and  a  plurality  of 
windings  are  wound  on  the  respective  back  cores.  The  cor- 
responding magnetic  gaps  in  the  head  tips  are  aligned  in  two 
straight  lines  which  are  parallel  to  each  other  and  perpendicu- 
lar to  the  direction  of  tape  movement  of  the  tape  for  a  record- 
ing and  reproducing  device.  The  magnetic  gaps  aligned  in  one 
straight  line  have  at  least  two  different  gap  widths. 

The  method  of  making  the  multi-channel  dual-gap  head  is 
to  provide  a  magnetic  plato  and  join  to  it  a  plurality  of  grooved 
magnetic  material  blocks  by  means  of  spacers  of  various 
thicknesses.  Thereafter,  slots  are  cut  at  the  joints  between  the 
blocks,  and  non-magnetic  plates  are  inserted  in  the  slots.  The 
resulting  assemUy  is  trimmed  appropriately  and  back  cores 
are  attached  and  connected  to  the  head  tips. 


^ 


s^ 


r* 


llllllll 


or 1 


■  JinnnnnnJL- 


TnjuuuinJinr^3_z  n 


The  metfxxl  comprises  forming  a  lead  frame  having  a  plu- 
rality of  sets  of  leads  and  connecting  at  least  one  electrical  ele- 
ment to  each  set  of  leads.  The  elements  are  preencapsulated 
with  a  preanire-distributing  material  which  is  substantiBlly  free 
of  gases.  The  preencapsulated  elements  are  then  encapsulated 
and  the  respective  elements  and  their  associated  leads  are 
separated  to  provide  the  dectrical  components. 

The  invention  ftuther  includes  the  electrical  component  per 
se. 


3,672,047 

METHOP  FOR  BONDING  A  CONDUCTIVE  WIRE  TO  A 
I  METAL  ELECTRODE  i 

Sakamoto,  and  Motto  Toyooka,  both  of  Tokyo, 
■ignors  to  Hkadd,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 
Fled  Dec  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102309  I 

priority,    application    J^im,    Dec    29,    'l969, 
44/105284 

int.  CL  HOlr  43/00;  H05k  43/00 
U.S.CL29— 628  9( 


A  process  is  discloerd  for  bonding  magnetic  heads  by  form- 
ing a  low  magnetic  permeability  spacer  between  pole  pieces  of 
a  magnetic  head.  A  primary  gap  nuuerial  is  deposited, 
preferably  by  R.F.  sputtering,  on  the  pole  pieces.  A  bonding 
layer  is  deposited  over  the  primary  gap  material,  also 
preferably  by  R.F.  sputtering.  The  thus  coated  pole  pieces  are 
vacuum  degassed  and  heated  to  a  temperature  in  the  range  of 
1 50"  to  4S(f  C.  The  bonding  layers  are  then  mated  and  a  pres- 
sure of  from  50  to  100  psi  is  applied  and  held  between  V^  and  4 
hours.  Any  material  which  has  a  relatively  low  magnetic 
permeability  and  can  be  applied  by  R.F.  sputtering  or  thermal 


A  connector  wire  is  bonded  to  a  solder  electroide  by 
pressing  the  end  portion  thereof  to  the  solder  electrode  by 
using  a  capillary  while  the  capillary  is  heated  up  to  a  tempera- 
ture not  less  than  the  melting  point  of  the  solder,  by  melting 
the  solder  electrode  and  then  by  cooling  the  whcrfe  bonding 
area  of  the  connector  wire  and  the  solder  electrode,  thereby 
the  end  portion  of  the  connector  wire  is  buried  in  the  solder 
electrode  and  is  firmly  fixed  thereto. 


PhilHp 


J.  Corn 
110—67 


3,672,048 

STEAM  POWERED  VEHICLE 

jwcil,  RR  #1,  P.O.  Bo«  35,  ML  Orab,  O^o 

Filed  May  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,966 

lBtCLB60kJ/aO 

UACLltO— 67  ^^ 

A  passenger  automobile  or  the  like  is  steam  power  driven  by 
providing  a  flat  planar  boUer  beneath  the  passenger  compart- 


JUNE  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1259 


ment  and  intermediate  of  the  main  drive  steam  turtwie  and  the  3^72.051 

comburtion  chamber  which,  depending  upon  whether  the  Am-OPERAlSarmNG  DEVICE 

Gerald  S.  Randcdo,  24  Valey  Road,  Wcat  MMotd,  N  J. 
PBed  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,359 


ZIJ 


vehicle  is  front  wheel  driven  or  rear  wheel  driven,  may  be 
located  alternatively  at  the  front  or  rear  of  the  vehicle. 


3,672,049 

HAW  TRIMMER  ATTACHMENT  FOR  ELECTRIC 

SHAVERS 

MklMd  Dcmd,  Bridfcpott,  and  RkfaMfd  DiHi,  Stratford,  both 
of  Conn.,  acrigniwi  to  Spctry  Rand  CorpoinUun,  New  York, 

N.Y. 

FBed  Oct  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82382 
IntCLB26by9/i« 
U.S.CL30— 90  (( 


U.S.CL30— 123R 


Int.  CL  B26b  1/08 


8 


k-Jr 


A  tool  for  cutting  ofT  a  part  <rf  a  sheet  of  material  from  a 
receiving  roller  and  tucking  the  cut  edge  portion  around  said 

roUer,  so  that  it  continues  to  wind  thereon  comprising  a  hous- 
ing, a  knife  mounted  for  sUding  in  and  out  of  an  end  of  said 

housing,  a  spring  for  biasing  said  knife  so  that  it  tends  to  return 
to  a  protected  position  in  said  housing,  a  piston  with  a  rod  con- 
nected to  said  knife,  and  a  connection  from  a  source  of  com- 
pntaedau  to  said  piston,  said  connection  branching  beneath 
said  knife,  so  that  when  air  is  released  to  move  the  knife  so 
that  it  protrudes  from  said  housing,  air  is  siinultaneoiMly 
released  to  act  on  the  cut  edge  portion  of  said  sheet  (rf  materi- 
al. 


3,672,052 

INFANT  FEEUNG  IM:VICE 

ABen  C.  Mason,  P.O.  Box  927,  GoUen,  British  Cohnnbia, 


Fled  Dec  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,745 

hUL  a.  A47i  43/28 
U.S.CL3O-130 


An  auxiliary  long-hair  trimmer  cutter  head  attachment  for 
an  electric  shaver,  the  attachment  including  a  fixed  cutter,  a 
movaMe  cutter  and  a  cutter  drive  member  for  supporting  the 
movable  cutter  and  maintaining  the  latter  in  cutting  engage- 
ment with  the  fixed  cutter. 


3,672,050 
TUBE  CUTTER 
fVands  J.  Hanback,  Ptkm  Vcrdcs,  Cdtf., 


toMcDon- 


Fled  Aug.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,197 
Int.  CLB23d  27/05 
U.S.CL30— 99 


A  tube  cutting  tool  for  the  repair  of  permanently  installed 
piping  systems  wherein  a  section  of  faulty  tubing  may  be 
renxwed  and  a  splicing  sleeve  fitted  thereover  for  permanent 
repair  in  the  piping  system.  The  tool  may  be  used  in  confined 
quarters  since  it  does  not  rotate  around  the  tubing.  The  cut  is 
free  of  chips,  bum,  or  other  minute  particles  that  require 
purging  of  the  line  before  use. 


A  device  to  simplify  feeding  infants  their  first  sc^  foods 
which  consists  of  a  tube  having  an  open  end  aHap^f^  to  be  in- 
serted into  the  infant's  ntKxith  and  a  plunger  movable  within 
the  tube  to  draw  food  into  the  tube  by  suction  m  the  plunger  is 
moved  away  from  the  open  end  and  to  expel  that  food  into  the 
child's  mouth  during  movement  of  the  plunger  towards  the 
open  end.  The  tube  has  an  external  annular  flange  to  prevent 
it  from  being  inserted  too  far  into  the  child's  mouth  and  a  stop 
to  prevent  the  plunger  from  being  pushed  past  the  open  end  of 
the  tube. 


3,672,053 

PIVOT  ARRANGEMENT 

Richard  R.  WlH,  Short  HOs,  N  J.,  asrignor  to  J.  Who  &  SoM 
Co.,  Newark,  N  J. 

FBcd  Feb.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 19,096 

Int.  CL  B26b  13/00 

U,S.CL  30-267  12CMm 

improved  pivot  arrangement  in  scissors,  shears  snips  and 
the  like  tools,  the  tool  having  an  internally  threaded  pivot 
bushing  or  tubular  shaft  kx:ated  at  the  pivot  point  of  the 
blades,  the  bushing  having  an  enlarged  head  at  one  end  and  a 


1260 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


reduced  forward  portion  provided  with  two  oppotitely 
ditpoaed  flat  sides.  A  metal  spring-type  wMher  coated  with  a 
material  having  a  low  friction  coefficient  is  diipoaed  between 
one  of  the  blades,  through  which  the  bushing  project*,  and  the 
enlarged  head  of  the  bushing.  The  other  blade  is  pftwided  with 


1972 


-^93 


an  opening  with  opposed  flats  accommodating  the  reduced 
portion  of  the  bushing.  A  locking  screw  having  an  enlarged 
head  engages  the  interaal  threads  of  the  budiing  for  adjusting 

the  tightness  between  the  blades;  there  being  provided  an  an- 
tifriction waaher  between  the  locking  screw  head  and  the  said 

other  blade. 


plate  and  a  mating  base  plate  having  a  card 
ther^)etween  with  an  edge  opening  for  the  introduction  of  a 
data  card  therein,  and  both  having  holes  of  the  preselected 
data  hole  size  and  shape  in  each  of  the  numerous  preselected 
positions  at  which  data  holes  may  be  punched  in  the  card.  The 
side  of  the  bMe  plate  facing  the  upper  face  plate  has  a  hard 
surfiKX  with  well  defined  edges  surrounding  each  of  the  possi- 
ble data  holes.  Underlying  the  base  plate  is  a  removable  bot- 
tom cover,  preferably  of  a  yieldable  material,  the  cover  and/or 
the  bottom  of  the  base  plate  defining  a  recess  for  receiving  the 
card  chips  when  data  holes  are  pundied  therein.  A  member 
urged  toward  the  edge  opening  of  the  face  and  base  plates,  to 
lock  the  data  card  therein,  preferably  comprises  a  flexible  ex- 
tension of  the  yieldable  bottom  cover  locked  into  position  by 
locking  members  extending  fhxn  said  base  and  upper  plates  in 
the  area  of  the  edge  opening.  A  haiKl  hekl  punch  with  a  hard 
forward  surface  having  a  cross  sectional  shape  corresponding 
to  the  size  and  shape  of  the  data  holes  is  provided  to  punch 
data  holes  at  any  of  the  preselected  podtions  and  a  data  card 
inserted  in  the  card  recess  by  forcing  the  punch  through  the 
corresponding  holes  in  the  upper  face  plate  and  base  plate  and 
the  card  which  is  inserted  therebetween. 


I 


3,672,054 
CUnm  AND  LIKE  ARIKXE 
Jack  W.  f— fc— ,  357  R-anlrfl  BuMls»ard 

,N.Y. 

Red  Nov.  13. 1969,  Ssr.  No.  976^25 
Int.  CLB26b  29/02 
UACL30-294  « 


3,672,056 
^TION  FOR  PRODUCTION  OF  SOFT  AND 
WASHED-CURD  CHEESES 

i».PIan«  FcivMtf  l»th  of  Rsdcrs, 
I  to  LaMcrks  E.  Bridd,  Rctkrs,  Firancc 
ned  Nov.  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  874,488  I 

IiM.CLA01J25//6  ' 

U.S.CL31t-49  Sqatais 


INSTALLATION  FO 
^     I        WASHE 


A  cutter  for  cutting  threads,  particularly  sutures,  having  a 
main  body  portion  with  jaw  means  and  a  cutter  Made.  The  jaw 
means  retaining  the  cutter.blade  in  place  and  comprising  fixed 
and  hingeaMe  elements  integraDy  formed  together.  The  fixed 
element  of  the  jaw  means  has  a  forwardly  extending  pointed 
portion  which  residei  beneath  of  the  Wade  and  forms  a  gap  or 
slot  with  the  blade  for  wedging  a  thread  therebetween  and 
cutting  same  against  the  Made. 


3,672,055 
HAND  PUNCHING  DEVICE  FOR  DATA  CARDS 
-  C.  Kmctcr,  Dread  m.  Pa.,  asslginr  to 
,  Dread  Ml,  Pa. 

FBed  Oct.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81«421 
lBtCLB26f//i2 
UACL  30—358  * 


A  convenient,  li^t  weight,  inexpensive,  portiMe  device  for 
hand  punching  date  cards  comprising  a  transparent  upper  face 


Installation  for  production  of  soft  and  washed-curd  cheeses, 
including  a  device  for  molding  washed-curd,  consisting  of 
giant  molds,  each  having  the  section  of  the  final  cheese 
product  and  capacity  corresponding  to  a  multiple  of  the  final 
cheese  vdume,  said  mokls  being  grouped  in  units;  a  drainer 
device  including  means  for  turning  over  the  nwW  units  by  im- 
parting to  them  a  tilting  motion,  foUowed  by  a  pendular  one, 
to  drive  out  the  serum;  and  a  device  for  cutting  the  mended 
curd  taken  out  of  the  mold  into  slices  to  the  final  dimensions 
of  the  cheeses,  including  a  cutting  device  equipped  with 
means  to  adjust  knife  spacing  in  function  of  the  length  of  the 
molded  curd  in  order  to  obtain  equal  curd  parts  regardless  of 
the  length  of  molded  curd. 

I  3,672,057 

ATTACHMENT  FOR  REMOVABLY  SUPPORTING  A 
PARTIAL  DENTURE  TO  AN  ADJACENT  NATURAL 
TOOTH 
Ralph  C.  Mays,  1 139  North  Gary  Aveane,  Tuba,  OUa. 
,      FBed  Nov.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89,238 
I  Iirt.CLA61c  7  J/22 

UA  CL  32—5  _,  ^,®J--:z — 

An  att«:hment  for  removably  supporting  a  partial  denture 

to  an  adjacent  natural  tooth  indudhig  a  gudgeon  member  af- 
fixed to  a  natural  tooth  inchiding  a  flat  portion  having  a  pin- 
hole  therein,  a  locking  bar  having  at  the  first  end  a  perpen- 
dicidar  extending  pin  portion  ci  a  diameter  to  be  received  in 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1261 


the  gudgeon  member  pinhole  and  at  the  other  end  a  hinge  pin 
opening,  a  hinge  pin  pivotally  received  in  the  locking  bar 


handpiece.  A  manual  shut  off  depressed  the  spring  to  shut  off 

the  air  supply  as  desired  with  the  handpiece  removed  from  the 
holder. 


hinge  pin  opening,  the  hinge  pin  being  adaptable  to  be  affixed 
within  a  partial  denture. 


3,672,060 
DENTAL  m^TRUMENT 
Engca  EiboAMr,  Wauedach;  WUH  FUl,  «mI  Gerhard  Fvla^ 
both  of  Biberach,  Rlas,  al  oTGcriMiy,  Mdgnon  to  KaMc^ 
bKh  ft  Voigt,  BAanach,  Rfas,  Gtrmmj 

fBsd  Joty  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  842,493 
CWms  priority,  awBclhi  Cmmamj,  M^r  30, 1969,  F  17 
66  823,4;  Ji4y  24, 1968,  P 19  27  743.1 

Ii«.CLA61c7/(W 
U.S.CL32-26  8( 


3,672,058 

DENTAL  IMPLANT 

Albert- Jean  Nftoghoadan,  333b  Chcaifa  de  la  Ma^MM-VBe. 
13MarBdk,15,FWMoe 

HM  Apr«  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,072 

Aprfl    18,    1969, 

Si 


691 1366;  Fd».  6, 1970, 7004374 

Int.  CLA61C /J/22 
U.S.CL32— lOA 


The  invention  relates  to  dental  instruments  of  the  type  hav- 
ing a  tool-receiving  hollow  shank.  A  tooJ  clamping  sleeve  is 
provided  in  the  shank,  the  sleeve  being  radially  expansible  in 
at  least  one  area  therecrfon  insertion  of  a  tool  shank  therein. 
Annular  spaces  are  provided  between  the  sleeve  and  the  shank 
and,  in  some  instances,  between  the  sleeve  and  the  tool  shank, 
to  permit  such  expansion  with  effective  claminng  action. 

Endo-osseous  dental  implant  composed,  in  a  single  piece,  of 
a  stump  intended  to  support  a  dental  prosthesis  and  a  self-  3,672,061 

driUing  conical  screw  extended  by  a  long  sharp  point  and     DEVICE  FOR  MEASURING  THE  AMOUNT  CXr  fluid  IN 
process  of  putting  such  an  implant  in  position  by  screwing  in  BOTTLES 

the  walls  of  the  alveolar  recess  of  a  fi-eshly  extracted  tooth  Fraidi  A.  Akaal,  1558  Boolcvard,  Lorraine  SW,AtlMta,  Go. 
root  after  it  has  been  filled  with  autopolymerizable  resin.  Fled  MMvh  25, 1970,  Scr.  Na  24y466 

Int.  CLGOlb  5/00 

U.S.CL33— 169R 
3,672,059 

HOLDER  FOR  DENTAL  HANDPIECE 
Dwlght  Alan  Booth,  PorHaiid,  Orcg.,  Ma%Mr  to  Onark  Ak- 
Controk,  bK.,  PnHaiid,  Orq. 

FOed  Fd».  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  11,532 
InL  CL  A61c  I9I02 
U,S.CL32-22  3( 


A  stationary  holder  has  a  spring  that  is  depressed  by  a  dental 
handpiece  placed  in  the  holder  to  shut  (^  the  air  supply  to  the 


This  invention  relates  to  a  device  for  measuring  the  aiiKiunt 
of  fluid  remaining  in  a  transparent  container,  sudi  m  a  bottle 
by  podtioning  a  scribed  line  on  a  slidable  pointer  m  alignmeat 
with  the  (hiid  levd  in  the  container.  The  quantity  of  fhud 
remaining  is  read  directly  on  a  scale.  A  feparatf  scale  is 
calibrated  for  each  differently  shaped  <v»i»^mfT  in  terms  of 
the  liquid  units  desired  to  be  measured,  such  as  1  Kounoe  'jig- 


899  O.G.— 48 


1262 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


gen.'  The  scale  is  printed  on  a  standard  size  insert  which  is 
mounted  on  a  recess  on  the  body  of  the  device.  The  measuring 
device  may  be  affixed  directly  to  the  container  by  means  of  a 
double-sided  tape.  Alternately,  the  device  may  be  aCRxed  to 
any  vertical  surface,  and  the  container  to  be  measured  placed 
in  a  measuring  relationship  with  the  device. 


3^72,062 
PORTABLE  DRAFI1NG  DEVICE 
L.  BtJktt,  ItavOe,  N  J^  ssrii^nr  to  KmUbI  St 

Fled  Much  9, 1971,  Scr.  No.  122^406 
Iiitt.a.B43l7J/02 
U.S.a.33— 109     .  7 


A  lightweight  drafting  device  comprises  a  ferrous  board  and 
a  magnetized  roller  which  acts  as  a  paper  holder  and  guide 
means  for  a  drafting  element.  The  strong  magnetic  attraction 
between  the  board  and  roller  ensure  a  fixed  relatiqp  between 
the  paper  and  drafting  element,  and  maintains  parallelism 
between  drawn  lines.  The  device  is  readily  transportable  and  is 
operable  in  any  convenient  attitude. 


3^72,064 
INDEXING  MEANS  FOR  WALL  PANEL  OPENINGS 
C  DktoB,  P.O.  Bob  387,  Robert  Lm,  Tcx^  and  GVMrt 
A.  Thsriot,  P.O.  Bm  4030,  Sasi  Ai«Blo,  IWx. 

Hkd  Dm.  21. 1970,  Sa-.  No.  100,060 
tBfLCLC0lh3/38 
U.S.a.33^180R  ^ 


idGVwn 
9cLlmB 


25'  83  ^-r  „ 

M*       ■■>>.«■    -'iV     f.-'-tJ 


82 


84      ?e 

J 

28 


.2t 


Indexing  apparatus  for  accurately  marking  and  positioning 
indicia  to  enable  cutouts  to  be  formed  in  a  panel  in  order  to 
acconunodate  fixtures  and  other  objects  associated  whh  a 
building  structure  which  must  be  received  within  the  cutouts 
when  the  panel  is  attached  to  the  structure. 


3,672,065 
ANGLE  GAGE  MECHANISM 
RaymoMi  G.  Vom,  2120  WcM  Plfasanl  Strett,  DavcniMrt, 
Iowa 

IHhI  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,017 
Int.  CLB27g  2  J/00 
U.S.  a.  33^185  R  94 


3,672,063 

HEADLAMP  AIMING  DEVICE  WITH  ORIENTATION 

SENSING 

EvMi  Uoyd  HopUM,  1701  Weal  13Ui  Street;  Roas  Eugene 

Hopkte,  1910DBricM  Way,  and  Evan  Leon  Hopkins,  1135 

Osiw'd  ftfive,  aB  of  Fiwporia,  Kaaa. 

FBed  Imu  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,149 
Iirt.  CL  GOlb  WOO;  GOlc  9m 
U.S.CL33— 180L  20< 


An  elongate  headlamp  aiming  tool  including  a  seating  sur- 
face for  matingly  abutting  a  reference  surface  of  a  vehicle 
headlamp  with  the  VcxA  positioned  in  a  predetermined  orienta- 
tion. The  tool  may  be  held  against  the  headlamp  with  a  suction 
force  d  a  magnitude  capable  of  releasaUy  and  securely 
retaining  the  tool  in  that  orientation.  In  instances  of  improper 
tool  orientation,  a  sensing  assembly  cooperates  with  the 
headlamp  and  prevents  the  suction  force  firom  reaching  that 
magnitude.  A  lower  suction  level  thus  produced  signals  the 
operator  of  the  improper  orientation  by  reason  (^  the  weight 
of  tfie  tod.  and  the  operator  may  slide  the  partially  supported 
tool  across  the  headlamp  until  the  correct  orientation  os  ob- 
tained. Tool  removal  may  be  accomplished  by  positive  fluid 
pressure. 


An  angl«  mechanism  for  use  in  setting  up  workpiecek  in  a 
machine  tool  at  any  given  angle  in  relation  to  the  machine  tool 
spindle  or  chuck  centerline  so  that  surfaces  of  the  workpiece 
may  be  machined  in  the  desired  relationship  to  the  given  an- 
gle. The  angle  gage  mechanism  includes  a  shank  assembly 
suitable  for  mounting  in  the  machine  tool  spindle  or  chuck 
and  a  protractor-like  member  pivotally  mounted  on  the  sha^ 
assembly,  the  protractor-like  member  having  gage  edges  that 
lie  in  a  plane  passing  through  the  centerline  erf  the  shank  as- 
sembly. The  shank  assembly  includes  clamping  means  to 
clamp  the  protractor-like  member  at  a  predetermined  a^gle  to 
the  centerline  of  the  shank  assembly.  The  angle  gate 
mechanism  may  include  a  reverse  an^  attachment  to  permit 
use  of  the  aiechanism  through  36(f . 


In- 


3,672/>66 
'microwave  I«YING  APPARATUS 
Erik  W.  StophwfB.  Foalcr  CHy,  CaMfc,  i 

tcraario8d  Cw  pui  wOtm 

i    Fled  Oct  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,568 
I  Iirt.CLB01k5/00 

U.S.CL34— 1  6( 

A  device  is  provkled  for  drying  a  continuous  web  or  sheet  <tf 
material  passing  through  a  drying  zone.  The  device  includes 


US 
toBechIci 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1268 


two  air  cushions  which  face  each  other  and  force  the  sheet  of  3,672,068 

material  passing  through  the  drying  zone  to  sUy  midway       METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  OR  YING  MATERIALS 

between  opponte  microwave  drying  units.  Further,  to  prevent     Albeit  Ckm^m  Wlktaoo,  c/b  '^Tiwm  AsbocMh  A  Co.  ftnnM  5 

1 161  McMDc  Stmt,  VaKMw  5,  BX^,  OMda 
Fled  Dec  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889495 
lot  CLF26b  J/04 
U.S.a.34— 15  2( 


wrinkling  of  the  sheet  material,  the  air  cushions  are  provided 
by  spaced  slots  extending  at  an  angle  to  the  path  of  travel  of 
the  sheet  to  ensure  that  streaking  of  a  coating  on  the  sheet  is 
obviated. 


3,672,067 
METHOD  FCMt  STEAM  MtYING  FILTER  CAKE 
Robert  C.  Emmett,  Jr.,  Route  1,  P.O.  Box  216,  Evt 
01.,  and  Donald  A.  DaliiBtron,  5340  Cottonwood  Lane,  Salt 
Lake  Qty,  Utah,  assigMrs  to  Envirotcch  Corporation 
Fled  Oct  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85y488 
Iiita.F26bJ/04 
U.S.CL34— 15  5 1 


An  improvement  in  the  method  and  apparatus  used  in 
vacuum  drying  materials  such  as  grain,  cotton,  pulps,  papers 
and  peats  in  chambers,  wherein  the  internal  pressures  are 
bek>w  atmospheric  pressure.  The  previous  metiiods  and  ap- 
paratus are  simplified  with  respect  to  heating  by  distributing 
the  heat  generated  by  the  operating  vacuum  pump  throu^xxit 
a  heat  exchanger  manifold  located  inside  the  chamber. 


3,672,069 
FLUmiZED-BED  COOLER  AND  METHOD  OF  COOLING 

PARTICULATE  SOLID  MATERIAL 
Lothar  Rch,  Bcrfen  Enkhdm;  Werner  Hhh  Sdankit  F^w*- 
furt  and  Karlheinz  Roooitfaal,  Ncu-laenbaiig,  ai  of  Gcr^ 

Frankfurt  am  Main,  Gcnnany 

FBed  Feb.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,130 
CUms  priority,  appHcatloa  Gcnnany,  Feb.  22,  1969,  P  19 
09039.2 

Int  CL  F26b  7100, 1 7100 
U.S.CL34— 20  8i 


74- '— ' 


J 


77777-,' 


-7ir777-z7-r7y-r7-7 


\  '^  \    '  \    •  t    • 


A  method  is  disclosed  for  steam  drying  filter  cake  on  a  drum 
or  disc  type  vacuum  filter  having  a  steam  drying  cycle  wherein 
optimum  cake  thidcneas  and  moisture  content  is  obtained  at 
optimum  thermal  efficiency  by  controlling  steam  condensa- 
tion within  the  cake  at  constant  steam  input,  through  control 
of  the  vacuum  on  the  filter  during  cake  formation  and  during 
filter  cake  drying  with  generally  constant  speed  of  rotation^ 
the  filter  eleniient 


A  fluidized-bed  heat  exchanger  in  ntliich  a  plurality  of  com- 
partments are  arranged  side  by  side  and  are  separated  by 
respective  baflFles  forming  weirs  or  overflow  arrangements 
whereby  particle  transfer  is  from  one  compartment  to  another 
and  each  compartment  is  fluidized  by  the  introduction  of  car- 
rier or  fluidizing  gases  from  below.  Whhin  the  individual  com- 
partments, heat  exchangers  are  provided  and  are  connected  to 
conduct  a  cooling  fluid  fixnn  compartment  to  compartment 
countercurrent  to  the  direction  of  movement  of  the  pwrtkipt 
The  cooling  means  or  heat  exchangers  may  be  tube  coils  con- 
nected in  series. 


1264 


3^72,070 
DRYER  CONTROL 

G<  RokMhiL  both  of 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  27,  1972 

diipoocd  individuaDy  rotatably  around  eadi  rod.  The  discs  are 


iD. 

OIlB.BiilfTltO 

Hod  SepL  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  «,642 
lM.CL¥2Sb3/00 
VS.  CL  34— 25 


'£00000000000^ 
'00000000000© 
'000000©0©©0®^' 
'000000000®®®:' 


JZ 


-* 


000000®®®®®®^ 
000000®®®®®®;: 
0000®®®®®®®® 

0000®®®®®®©® 


^ 


vr 


^ 


Particulate  material,  such  at  an  olefin  polymer,  is  paaied 
through  a  heated  dryer  where  it  is  contacted  with  a  stream  of 
gas.  The  flofw  of  material  to  the  dryer  is  cxNitroUed  in  response  blank  on  one  side  and  carry  numbers  on  the  other. 

to  a  meaaurement  of  the  temperature  diffeieiitial  between  the  

material  removed  from  the  dryer  and  the  .aas  removed  from  i 

the  dryer. 


3,672,071 

GAMEDEVICS 

Victor  J.  PiPolm  334  Mavk  AvoMe,  BMmBe,  Pik 

Fled  Feb.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13<486 

IaLCLG09b7/00 

VJS.CL35—9B  14 


FdfaK 


A  device  in  which  a  series  of  instructions,  such  as  instruc- 
tions for  mathematical  operations  are  supplied  in  the  form  of 
visiUe  or  audible  signals,  and  in  sequence.  At  the  end  of  the 
sequence  of  instructions,  an  answer  signal  is  supplied  so  that 
the  operator  of  the  device  can  check  the  accuracy  with  which 
the  Mgnalled  instructions  have  been  foBowed.  For  visible 
signals,  the  instructions  and  answers  are  printed  and  are  made 
sequentially  visiUe  by  the  sequential  energization  of  respec- 
tive lamps. 

For  audible  signals,  the  instructions  and  answer  are  voice 
recordings  and  are  supfriied  sequentially  by  way  of  a  transcrib- 
ing device. 


& 


Lee 


3,672,072 
EDUCATIONAL  DEVICE 

r.  Cole.,  aalpMr  to  The  Roymoad 

,  New  Yovm*  N.Y. 
raed  Dec  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,157 
tal.CLG09b  79/02 

U.&CL35-31B  3CUm 

A  rectangular  TmBow  frame  contains  a  plurality  of  spaced 
parallel  coplanar  rods.  A  plurality  of  flat  coplanar  discs  are 


3,672/r73 
TEACHING  APPARATUS 
4271   Weal  Elcvcntk  A 


I  nhd  Sept.  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,502 
Iirt.CLG09b2J/(M 
U.S.a35T-34  12 


Apparatus  having  a  panel  providing  a  flat  surface  which 
represents  a  plane  and  including  sets  of  component  parts 
which  can  be  secured  to  the  panel  and  to  each  other  as  a 
geometric  or  other  figure.  The  parts  include  elongated  mem- 
bers which  represent  lines  and/or  vectors,  spheres  to  represent 
points,  and  various  structural  components  to  join  the  afore- 
mentioned parts  into  a  comprehensive  three-dimenrional 
figure. 


3,672,074 
RSMEMAL  REAMNG  TEACHING  INSVICE 
M.  HirflBlctlcr,  1753  WUowside  Rood,  Saal 
nied  July  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57^38 

Iirt.CLG09b  77/00 
U.S.CL35T-35H  9< 

To  train  students  having  proUems  in  reading  to  move  the 
eyes  from  left  to  right  of  an  entire  line  of  reading  matter  and 
then  to  move  the  eyes  from  the  ri^  end  of  one  line  to  the  left 
end  of  the  next  lirte,  a  medianical  teaching  device  is  provided. 
The  front  Ckx  of  the  device  has  vertically  spaced  apint  paral- 
lel (horiaontal)  holders  into  wMdi  cards  displayiiig  reading 
material  naay  be  inaerted.  Bdow  each,  holder  is  a  slot  parallel 
to  the  holder,  and  the  right  end  of  the  top  slot  is  connected  by 
a  diagonal  slottotheleftendofaslot  below  the  next  holder, 
eadi  parallel  dot  being  connected  to  the  next  lowermost  by  a 
diagonal  slot.  A  pointer  is  inaerted  in  a  hole  at  die  left  end  or 
b^inning  of  the  top  slot  and  may  be  removed  only  fkom  the 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1265 


right  end  or  finish  of  the  bottom  slot  Springs  may  be  posi-    the  master  card  are  held  in  registration  and  placed  into  die  ap- 
tioned  at  intervals  in  the  slots  to  prevem  the  pointer  from    paratus  where  photocells  detect  the  presence  or  absence  of  or- 

diiutfy  pencil  marks  in  the  answer  card  which  are  dispoaed  in 


moving  backward  and  assuring  that  the  reader's  eyes  follow 
throu^  in  proper  reading  procedure  from  beginning  to  end. 


3,672,075 

TRAINING  APPARATUS 
MatthUs  JdMUi  EikdcBboom, 


50,  The  Hague, 


FVed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,780 
IbL  a.  G09b  9/00 
U.S.a35-29R 


14 


Apparatus  for  training  and  exercise  with  respect  to  the 
mechanical  athletic  side  of  horMmanship  except  for  displace- 
ment and  speed,  the  apparatus  comprising  a  coordinated 
structure  simulating  the  trunk,  neck  and  head  of  a  horse  and 
cooperating  mechanism  providing  the  motions  involved  in 
horsemanship  and  horseback  riding,  wherein  the  trunk  in- 
cludes chest  widening  and  saddle  mechanisms  and  carries  a 
stirrup  mechanism,  the  neck  mechanism  is  pivoted  between 
the  trunk  and  head,  and  the  head  carries  a  bit  mechanism  and 
reins  for  actuating  the  head  and  neck  by  the  rider. 


3,672,076 
SENSING  SOLENOm  GRADING  SCHEME 
D.  MUcr,  Sm— yvalei  Donald  D. 


M.WI 


Plato  Alto,di  of  QriM., 


toMHcr 


t  of  Scr.  No.  831,025,  Jwe  6, 1969, 

1 5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  131,092 
InLCLG09b 
U.S.CL35— 48B  ICWn 

Apparatus  for  scoring  multiple  choice  exaniinations 
recorded  on  answer  cards  having  answers  iiKlicated  thereupon 
by  means  of  conventional  pencU  marks.  As  used  herein,  the 
term  "multiple  choice"  includes  any  situation  where  the  stu- 
dent chooses  between  more  than  one  possible  answer,  such  as 
"true"  or  "false,"  "a,"  "b,"  or  "c,"  etc.  The  answer  caid  and 


locations  relative  to  the  master  card  denoting  correct  answers. 
An  electrical  output  signal  is  given  in  the  event  of  a  wrong 
answer  and  a  marie  is  autmnatically  made  on  the  answer  card 
indicating  the  error. 


3,672,077 

SIH»  CCmSTRUCnON  AND  METIKX) 

Kyle  R.  Coles,  3265  EVa  Drive,  Si*  Lake  Cky,  Uti* 

FBed  Dec.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97^491 

IbL  a.  A43b  23/28;  A43d  9/00 

U.S.CL36— 2.5T  10 


A  shoe  construction  including  a  shoe  naie  having  a  plurality 
of  apertures  therein.  A  cleat  is  removably  attainted  in  each 
apertiu-e  and  is  formed  of  material  having  predetermined  trac- 
tion characteristics.  Thus,  w^ien  the  shoe  constrtiction  is  used, 
for  example,  with  bowling  shoes,  specific  cleat  compositions 
for  right  or  left  shoes  can  be  selected  to  best  accommodate 
right  or  left  hand  bowlers.  The  method  includes  selectively 
replacing  predetermined  ones  of  the  cleats  with  other  cleats 
formed  of  different  material  to  incrementally  change  the 
gripping  or  traction  characteristics  of  the  shoes. 


3,672,078 
FOOTWEAR 
TatsMO  F^dotoka,  3^BaB,  2-clMHa 
Tokushima,  Japan 

Filed  JoM  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,042 
Int.  CLA43b  J/72 
U.S.CL  36-11.5 


A  mediod  for  producing  an  injection  molded  artide  cam- 
prises  positioning  pre-formed  sections  made  of  doth  or  the 
like  in  the  cavity  of  an  injection  mold,  injecting  the  mohen 


1266 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TTl 


June  27,  1972 


resiiKNis  material  into  the  remainder  of  the  cavity  and  cooling 
the  material  to  a  condition  under  which  the  latter  is  cured  and 
integraUy  connected  to  the  pre-poaitioned  aections.  The  artn 
de  produced  by  the  above  method  compriaes  at  least  sections 
and  connecting  -  members  adapted  to  connect  said  sections  to 
each  other. 


3,672,079 
METIKX)  AND  APPARATUS  FCHt  MINING  MANGANESE 

NODULES  FROM  THE  DEEP  SEA-BOTTOM 
Yorirfo  MMuda,  «id  Toririkan  MuryunI,  both  of  Tokyo, 

JaiMB 

I  of  Scr.  No.  701,739,  Jan.  30, 1968,  abMidoiied. 
TUi  ^ipicalteii  Aiarfl  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  28,287 
I  priority,  mpMclloii  Japan,  Feb.  14, 1967, 42/8979 
Iat.a.E02fJ//4 
U.S.CL37— 69  6< 


n  *»    r" 


A  mechanism  for  mining  manganese  nodules  from  the  deep 
sea  bottom  including  a  number  of  dredge  nets  tied  to  a  long 
endless  rope  suspended  firom  both  sides  of  a  ship,  the  rope 
falling  from  one  side  oi  the  ship  to  the  deep  sea-bottom  with 
apparatus  being  provided  to  pull  the  rope  therefrom  to 
another  side  of  the  ship,  v^iereby  manganese  nodules  are  con- 
tinuously collected  by  the  dredge  nets. 


3,672,080 

TRAVEL  IRCm  WITH  FQLMNG  HANDLE 

WHard  Murphy,  and  NonnHi  A.  Bcwn,  both  of  Mmwu,  Mo., 

BMJpinn  to  McGrawr-Edhon  Conpany,  Elgin,  DL 

Fled  Jan.  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  106,153 

lBLCLD06f75/i4 

U.S.CL3»-90  6< 


setup  to  the  elevated  poation  without  manipulation 
lock  itself. 


Of  the 


3,672,061 
SERVICE  VISUAL  INDICATOR  AND  MOVABLE 
I  CURRENCY  DRAWER 

G.  Bcrgaron,  P.O.  Box  1324,  i 

FOad  July  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,861 
Clafans  priority,  appMcation  Canaila.  Mmx*   13,   1970, 
077,402     I  I 

I  lBt.a.G09f/y/2J  I 

U.S.a.40— 70  6CWn» 


.TH 


A  wall-mountable  delivery  service  aid  is  provided.  It  in- 
cludes a  mounting  member.  Means  are  provided  on  the 
mounting  member  visually  to  indicate  on  one  side  thereof 
required  goods  and/or  services,  such  as  dairy  products,  dry- 
cleaning,  laundry  or  the  like.  Means  are  also  provided  in  the 
mounting  member,  operable  from  a  side  opposite  to  that  of 
the  visual  indicator,  to  adjust  the  visual  indicator  to  indicate 
the  goods  and/or  services  required.  Finally,  a  currency  storage 
and  transfer  device  is  provided  which  is  slidaUy  mounted  on 
the  mounting  member.  This  device  includes  a  currency 
storage  compartment  movably  mounted  selectively  to  position 
the  same  for  access  to  the  compartment  from  one  side  or  the 
other  of  the  mounting  member.  By  these  means  currency  may 
be  placed  in  the  compartment  from  one  side  of  the  v^l  on 
which  the  apparatus  is  mounted  and  may  t>e  removed  from  the 
opposite  side  of  the  wall. 


SkbMy 


I  3,672,082 

Walking  MECHANISM  FCHt  A  DOLL 
Tcppcr,  ^flnMl^l;  WflHam  Tlcniey, 

oINJ. 


to  Topper 


f<»clMl«  Lilli«a,  Montdair, 
Corporalkm  I 

Conrtiiwlhwi  In  part  of  Scr.  No.  55,909,  July  17, 1970.  Thfa 
appHcation  Oct.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85347 
IiitCLG09f/9/0« 
U.S.CL40~106J6 


r 

liqatai 


A  travel  iron  having  a  readily  f(4dable  cantilevered  handle 
connected  by  (rivot  means  extended  frtmt  to  rear  of  the  iron 
between  an  upstanding  post  on  the  iron  frame  and  lateral  pro- 
jection of  the  handle,  the  grip  part  dt  the  handle  in  the  col- 
lapsed position  being  docely  adjacent  one  side  of  the  frame 
and  in  the  elevated  position  being  centraUy  spaced  over  the 
ft«ne,  and  a  spring  biased  kx:k  cooperating  as  between  the 

post  Old  handle  to  relpasabiy  hold  thie  handle  in  the  elevated       A  mechanism  including  a  support  and  two  elements  carried 
position  while  having  a  cam  lead  cm  surfoce  to  permit  handle    by  the  support  for  engaging  the  legs  of  a  doU.  The  support  < 


\U\\        1/ V/l 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1267 


ries  a  pivotable  arm,  and  slots  in  the  support  and  arm  cross 
each  other.  A  pin  connected  to  each  element  posses  through 
both  slots,  and  the  arm  oscillates  with  respect  to  the  support 
by  engaging  stationary  abutments  along  the  path  of  travel  of 
the  support.  An  upwwdly  concave  guide  surface  on  the  sup- 
port causes  the  elements  to  move  along  an  arcuate  path. 


3,672,065 
AUTOMATIC  HOOK  SETTING  IKVICE 
G«or«e  W.  Kfaig,  P.O.  Box  144,  Gowcr,  Mo. 

Filed  May  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,786 
lot  CLAOlk  97/00 
U.S.CL  43-15  1 


3,672,083 
INFLATABLE  AND  ILLUMIN ABLE  HGURE 
James  G.  Moran,  122  North  Rom  Street,  BorbMy^  Cdtf, 
Fikd  June  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,968 

Int.  CLG09f  79/00 
U.S.CL40-126B  6 


An  inflatable  and  illuminable  figure  in  which  the  figure  is 
provided  with  a  window  d  transparent  plastic  material  bor- 
dered by  attachment  pockets,  and  a  cell  containing  a  light 
source  and  having  a  convex  window  is  secured  to  the  figure  by 
tabs  which  are  received  in  the  pockets  and  secured  therein  by 
a  gripping  force  created  when  the  figure  is  inflated. 


An  automatic  hook  setting  device  for  an  unattended  fishing 
pole  comprises  a  vertically  extending  standard  having  one  end 
adapted  to  be  firmly  anchored  in  a  fixed  position  and  an  elon- 
gated transversely  extendmg  bar  fixedly  mounted  on  an  upper 
end  of  the  standard.  An  elongated  rod  is  pivotally  mounted  on 
the  bar  intermediate  its  ends  and  has  a  pc^  cradle  adjacent 
one  end  and  a  holding  member  adjacent  the  other  end  thereof 
for  holding  a  fishing  pole  handle.  A  releasaUe  catch  member 

is  pivotally  mounted  on  the  rod  fw  engaging  the  bar  and  has  a 

trigger  portion  positioned  to  have  a  fishing  line  kxjped 
therearound.  Spring  means  is  connected  to  the  rod  to  move 
same  and  the  fishing  pole  thereon  to  set  a  fish  hook  when  a 
fish  pulls  on  the  line  to  release  the  catch  member. 


3,672,084 
REINFORCED  PISTOL  GRIP 
Frank  A.  Padunayr,  Los  Angdet,  CaHf., 
Company,  Los  A  ngrlw,  CaBL 

Filed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44^47 
InLCLF41c2J/00 
UAa.42— 71P 


3,672,086 

MIMOUNTABLE  FiaiING  LURE  WITH 

INTERCHANGEABLE  ELEMENTS 

^      GlansandroTcrreni,  Via  MontcMmlo,Lufaio,  Italy 

Filed  Feb.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,61 1 

InCCLA01k«J/00 

toMcrshon    U.S.  CL  43— 42.09  6 


7Clafans 


A  pistol  grip  is  formed  by  nwlding  similar  rubber  sections  of 
rubber  intenudly  reinforced  by  apertured  metallic  stampings 
having  progressively  increasing  concavities  toward  the  butt 
end  of  the  grip  and  from  flattened  terminals  at  their  opposite 
ends,  the  stampings  being  fully  embedded  in  the  rubber  and 
conformed  to  the  shape  of  the  grip. 


An  artificial  fishing  lure  is  disckxed,  which  can  be  variously 
transformed  by  inserting  or  removing  some  parts  thereof.  This 
fishing  lure  essentially  ccnnprises  a  central  frame  to  which 
various  spoon  baits,  sinkers,  blades,  fish  hooks  and  the  like 
can  be  connected.  Said  central  frame  consists  d  a  main  body 
with  a  central  k>ngitudinal  slot,  two  pairs  of  opposite  projec- 
tions, an  upper  connection  member  for  attachment  to  the  fish- 
ing line  and  a  lower  fastener  means  lot  securing  the  fishing 
hook  and  the  like. 


ERRATUM 

FcH-  Class  42 — 50  see: 
Patent  No.  3,672,089 


3^2,087 
FISHING  BOBBER  MECHANISM 
Rayaaond  E.  Mlbum,  Jr., Route  l,P.O.  Bok  128,1 
DL 

FDed  Dec.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,160 
iM-CLAOlkPi/OO 
U.S.CL  43— 44.88 

A  fishing  bobber  having  a  hcrilow  float  and  a  yieldably 
biased  plunger  slidably  received  in  a  chamber  to  engage  a  por- 


1268 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


r 


tion  of  a  fishing  line  extending  through  the  fioat.  A  latch    btnation  with  curved  sidet  of  the  niagazine  to  that  two  car- 
tripped  by  a  rapid  upwiod  movenient  of  the  line  releaMt  the    tridget  are  fed  comecutively  to  the  mouth  from  one  side  qf  the 


0 


i^ 


plunger  to  engage  the  line  and  restrain  its  movement  through 
the  float 


3>72,068 

FISHING  SINKER 

1 E.  Sdk,  1331  NX.  Marine  Drive,  FortlHMl,  Orcg. 

Fled  Sept.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,720 

IBL  a.  AOlk  95/00 

UACL  43— 44.97  1 


divider  folowed  by  two  consecutive  cartridges  on  the 
side  to  prevent  jamming  at  the  mouth. 


other 


3,672,090 
ANIMAL  TRAP 
WOUam  B.  Soant^,  2939  VaBey  View  Drive,  FalriMrn,  Ohh> 
FVed  Fdk  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116,389 

liil.CLA01m2i/0«.2i//« 
U.S.a.43— 66  6 


A  fishing  sinker  comprises  an  elongated  sealed  cylinder  hav- 
ing secured  in  its  bottom  end  a  weight  of  predetermined  mag- 
nitude. The  upper  end  of  the  capsule  is  buoyant.  When  the 
sinker  is  immersed  in  water  the  net  effect  is  to  maintain  it  in  a 
substantially  upright  position.  Attaching  means  is  provided  at 
the  upper  end  of  the  capsule  for  attaching  both  the  rod  line 
and  the  hook  line.  Accordingly,  when  the  sinker  with  attached 
hook  are  drawn  through  the  water,  or  allowed  to  rest  on  the 
bottom  of  a  stream  of  water  where  there  is  current  flow,  the 
fish  hook  tends  to  be  elevated  sli^tly  above  the  bottom  and 
the  danger  of  snagging  both  sinker  and  fish  hook  are 
miiumized. 


3,672,009 

LARGE  CAPACITY  MAGAZINE 

SfJeyD.Sibby,Graiyiy,  Mass.,  assignnrte  The  United  StKes 

Or  Amcrtcs  SB  pcuncBCflMO  Dy  uic  dccrciflnr  oi  qw  Army 
Fled  Ai«.  13, 1969,  Scr.  Now  849,635 
bt.  CL  F41c  25102, 25/08 
U.S.a.42-50  7Ckini 

A  large  capacity  magazine  oS  practical  proportions  feeds 
cartridges  successively  from  four  columns  to  a  mouth  ready 
for  pickup  by  the  reciprocating  firearm  bait.  During  displace- 
ment towards  the  mouth  the  cartridges  are  separated  by  a  di- 
vider into  the  two  double  columns  which  are  in  turn  converted 
into  single  columns  by  cams  on  the  divider  arranged  in  com- 


A  collapsible  box-like  animal  trap  of  the  type  wMch  in- 
cludes inwardly  sloping  end  walls  or  doors  which  are  pivotable 
about  the  top  and  engage  the  bottom  of  the  trap  at  a  point 
spaced  inwardly  fix>m  the  fix>nt  edge  of  the  bottom  wail.  The 
ends  are  held  cloced  by  gravity  such  that  animals  may  push  the 
bottoms  of  the  doors  inwardly  and  upwardly  to  an  open  posi- 
tion and  thereby  gain  access  to  the  interior  of  the  trap  but  may 
not  push  it  outwardly  to  obtain  their  freedom.  The  walls  of  the 
trap  are  all  hingedly  interconnected  and  side  walls  of  the  trap 
are  collapsible  inwardly  about  medial  hinges  located  midway 
up  the  side  walls  such  that  the  complete  trap  may  be  collapsed 
by  folding  the  doors  inwardly  against  the  top  of  the  trap  and  by 
folding  the  side  walls  inwardly  until  the  medial  hinge  line  of 
each  side  wall  is  located  in  juxtaposition  to  the  medial  hinge  of 
the  opposite  side  wall.  To  hold  the  trap  in  an  erected  position, 
a  U-shaped  stake  extends  upwardly  akmg  one  side  wall  over 
the  top  and  down  the  other  side  wall  and  passes  through  loops 
attached  to  the  side  walls  at  points  spaced  from  the  comers. 
The  bottom  ends  of  the  U-shaped  stake  extend  into  the  ground 
and  serve  the  function  not  only  of  hokling  the  trap  in  an 
erected  condition  but  preventing  it  from  being  rolled  by  an  en- 
trapped animal. 


I  3,672j091 

ENDLESS  FISHING  CABLE  INSTALLATION' 
C3oalkr,  Rw  PriKipale,  Moot  St 
North,  Quebec,  Canada 

Fled  Mmy  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,192 
im.  CL  AOlk  79/00, 91/00 

UACL43-27.4  ^  wi    .       w  u 

A  filling  installation  havmg  an  endless  cable  to  which  are 
attached  a  number  of  fish-lines  in  spaced-apart  relationship 


J- 


'_■»'*»■*  *i^«  l»  ■ 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1269 


along  the  length  of  the  encfless  cable  whkh  is  supported  by  shafts,  with  the  direction  of  rotation  being  clockwise,  counter- 
two  shore  pulleys  and  one  offiihore  submerged  pulley  mounted  ckxkwise.  or  in  opposed  direction  with  respect  to  one 
on  a  baseplate  adapted  to  be  anchored  at  the  bottom  of  a  body 


of  water.  The  two  shore  pulleys  are  pivotable  up  and  down 

relative  to  an  horizontal  axis  and  an  endless  cable  advance 

mechanism  is  provided  between  the  two  shore  pulleys  to  ad-  .u       j         j 

vance  the  endless  cable  another,  dependent  upon  the  manner  m  vduch  the  handle 

manipulated. 


3,672,092 
ANIMATING  MIVICE  ¥OR  A  DOLL 
Sidhacy  Tcppcr,  MHwrB,  wid  ^achaiM  L^iiv^ 
both  of  N J.,  aasignars  to  Topper  CofporaHoa 
Fled  July  29, 1971,  Scr.  No.  167,383 
InLCLA63h  J  J/00 
U.S.CL46— IR 


3,672,094 
iu«-*.4^  EXERCISING  DEVICE 

'***»«**^»    BciiHoVicorilo,2318«2MlStnct,BnwklyB,N.Y. 

FDed  Nov.  24, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  92^16 
IiM.CLA63li7/J2 
.        UACL46— 62 


Each  foot  of  a  doll  is  connected  by  an  element  to  one  of  a 
pair  C3i  movable  racks  which,  respectively,  sit  in  a  pair  of  paral- 
lel grooves  located  in  a  rotatabie  base.  The  rotatable  base  and 
a  stationary  gear  whose  teeth  engage  the  racks  are  both  sup- 
ported by  a  base  plate.  When  the  rotetabie  base  is  oscillated 
by  a  lever  coupled  to  the  base  and  driven  by  a  motor,  the  racks 
move  the  feet  in  opposition  directions.  A  third  rack  is  coupled 
to  the  base  plate  and  the  base  plate  is  slidably  mounted  for 
radial  movement  relative  to  a  rotatable  platform  mounted  in  a 
housing.  The  rotatable  platform  includes  a  radial  slot  through 
which  the  elements  connected  to  the  doll  extend.  A  shaft  hav- 
ing a  pinion  which  engages  the  third  rack  is  supported  on  the 
rotatable  platform.  Accordin^y,  rotation  oi  the  shaft  moves 
the  doll  radially,  and  angular  movement  of  the  shaft  rotates 
the  rotatable  platfirarm  and  the  doO. 


An  exercising  device  consists  of  a  disc  of  |>reselected  diame- 
ter and  width  and  is  provided  with  a  central  bore  and  a  f  ilurali- 
ty  of  smaller  bores  uniformly  spaced  about  the  central  bore.  A 
low  twist  cord  is  threaded  through  the  plurality  of  smaller 
bores  such  that  a  cross  of  cord  passes  over  the  central  bore;  a 
further  double  strand  of  low  twist  cord  b  threaded  through  the 
central  bore  and  in  contact  with  opposed  sections  of  the  crocs 
cord,  and  hand  gripping  loops  are  provided  at  the  ends  of  the 
double  strand  of  low  twist  cord. 


3,672,095 
TOP  GAME  AND  APPARATUS 
Adolpli  E.  Goldfarli,  Tmvm,  s^  Row  SoriMM,  Los 
both  of  CaML.  assignni  i  to  Adoiph  E.  GdUImb 
Division  of  Scr.  No.  807,299,  Mandi  14, 1969, 

lliiB  appHcadon  OcL  14, 1970,  Scr.  Na  80,675 
lot.  CLA63II 7/02 
U.S.a.46— 65  9 


3,672,093 

HAND  HELD  WElGilT  SWINGING  TOY 

I W.  Meek,  ST.,  P.a  Box  342,  Pocola,  OUa. 

Fled  Jime  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  156^68 

IaLCLA63h//i2 

U.S.CL46— 47  7< 

A  hand  held  weight  swinging  apparatus  comprised  of  a 
frame  handle  fit>m  which  there  outwardly  depmds  spaced 
apart  shafts,  with  each  shaft  receiving  the  end  of  an  arm  in 
joumaled  relationship  thereon.  The  free  depending  end  Of  the 
arm  is  attached  to  a  weight  in  the  form  of  a  ball  so  that  when 
the  frame  is  properly  held  in  one's  hand  and  manipulated, 
each  of  the  balls  may  be  pivotally  swung  about  their  respective 


A  top  game  comprising  (a)  a  phirality  of  spinner  units,  each 
ci  wMch  is  the  combination  of  a  spindDe-type  top,  a  hok&ig 
means  detachaNy  connected  to  the  top  so  as  to  support  the 
top  but  be  readOy  releasable  from  it,  and  a  string  attached  to 
the  holding  means  for  winding  around  the  top;  and  (b)  a  stadi- 
um having  a  i;rfurality  of  wall  receivers  or  receiving  meam  fbr 


1270 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


each  receiving  and  supporting  a  spinner  unit  so  that  the  hold- 
ing means  may  be  pulled  simultaneously  or  in  rapid  succession 
to  spin  the  tops  and  introduce  them  into  the  stadium  for  en- 
gagement with  one  another. 


3^72,096 

DCXXS 

Frank  T.  Johmann,  49  Haoapton  Drive,  Berkeley 

nkd  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,066 

Inta.A63h///00 

U^CL46— 120 


NJ. 


SOaim 


This  invention  relates  to  a  doU  driven  by  a  motor,  preferably 
battery  operated,  which  may  move  its  hands  through  a  number 
of  different  positions.  The  doll  may  include  a  sound-reproduc- 
ing unit  and  may  also  move  her  mouth  so  as  to  appear  to  talk. 
The  doll  may  also  move  her  head  or  eyes.  Dolls  of  the  inven- 
tion can  be  made  in  varying  degrees  of  complexity  to  include 
all  or  part  of  any  of  the  preceding  activities.  DoUs  of  the  inven- 
tion can  be  made  which  can  actively  participate  with  a  child  in 
playing  games  such  as  "Peek-A-Boo,"  "Simon  Says,"  or  other 
similar  games  involving  movement  of  arms  and  hands. 


3,672,097 
CRANK  OnMATED  DANCING  DOLL 
Robert  GMTdd,  New  Yori^  N.Y.,  awl  E^ob  Gonky.  WcstfkM, 
NJ.,  mtdgnnn  to  Miilri,  Inc.,  Hawthanie,  Cam. 

CoodnunlkMi-iniMrt  of  Scr.  No.  866,953,  Oct  16, 1969,  PM. 
No.  3,609,909.  TUs  applklton  Oct  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80^90 

InL  a.  A63h  7  7/00 
U.S.CL46— 120  2( 


A  dxM  having  animated  torso,  arms  and  head  movement. 
The  torso  is  comprised  of  an  upper  and  lower  portion,  the 


upper  portion  of  which  gyrates  with  respect  to  the  lower  por- 
tion. The  arms  swing  alternately  in  a  forward  and  backward 
movement  The  head  gyrates  at  the  same  time  the  torso  is 
gyrating.  A  crank  is  provided  for  manually  moving  the  arms, 
torso,  and  head  of  the  doll. 


3,672,096 
SWING-UP  DOOR  MULUON 
CIdtni  E.  Webb,  Jr.,  and  Royce  F.  Johnon,  both  of 


Uttk 


to  Whidnr  Door  Co.,  Inc.,  Mcnpl^ 


Rock,  Ark., ; 
Tcnn. 

FDed  Nov.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,416 
Int.  CLE06b  5/00 
VS.  a.  49—365 


lOCWms 


A  door  mullion  for  hangar  style  doors  pivoted  at  the  top  to 
swing  from  a  vertical  position,  in  which  doors  associated 
therewith  are  permitted  to  open  and  close,  into  a  horizontal 
position  in  which  raised  doors  associated  therewith  are  locked 
in  a  raised  position.  The  door  mullion  includes  a  portion  ex- 
tending beyond  a  pivot  mounting  therefor  to  lock  one  of  two 
doors  adjacent  thereto  on  opposite  sides  thereof  in  an  up  posi- 
tion with  the  door  mullion  in  a  h<Mizontal  position.  Means  are 
also  provided  for  guiding  the  mullion  into  the  plane  of  the 
doors  when  it  is  pivoted  into  a  vertical  position  and  for  locking 
the  swing-up  mullion  in  a  vertical  position. 


>MA1 


3,672,099 
AUTOMATIC  ROCK  THINSECTKmiNG  MA( 
Geecic  R.  Parkhurst,  Diaon,  Calif.,  Mslyiar  to  The 
the  Unlvsnily  of  Orilfaraia,  BcriMky,  CriM. 

I    Fled  Sept  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69381 
'  Inl.CLB24b  7/04 

U.S.CL51— 3  2 


CHINE 


A  machine  for  thinsectioning  rock  specimens  includes  a 
turntable  intermittently  rotatable  on  a  frame  to  carry 
specimens  in  holders  to  a  saw  station  at  which  a  rotary  saw  on 
an  arbor  is  motor  driven  and  is  mounted  for  adjustment  of  its 
rotational  axis  in  various  directions  and  then  to  a  griiKkr  sta- 
tion in  which  a  motor  driven  grinder  is  likewise  mounted  for 
rotation  about  an  axis  movaUe  into  various  different  positions 
and  to  be  approached  more  or  less  doeely  to  the  rock 
specimen  on  the  turntable.    ^ 


io^o 


nTTTTTrTAT.  nA7.TT!T*rF. 


June  27.  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1271 


3,672,100  3,672,102 

SPEED  CONTRCMLMIVICE  HCM^ING  TOOLS 

MmiHo  PcHHte,  Turin,  Italy,  ■■ignnr  to  RIV-SKF  Offldne  dl  DonaM  Edgar  Jobnon,  ChrHmham,  Ei^iand, 

War  PeronS.pA.,Tin1n,  Italy  Ddapcna  Honli«  Equipment  Undled 

FDed  Feb.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,907  FDed  Oct.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80^57 

Oaims  priority,  appMraHon  Italy,  March  4,  1969,  50838-  Claims  priority,  appHtadon  Grait  BrilaiB,  Oct.  17,  1969, 

A/69  51,013/69 

InL  a.  B24b  49/08  Int  CL  B24d  7  7/00;  B24b  5/06 

U&  a.  51-165.77                                                 lOClafans  UA  a.  51-204                                                        7( 


^A  grinding  machine  has  a  grinding  wheel  advancing 
flHUllliuii  having  at  least  two  speeds  Of  operation,  and  a 
hydrcMatic  spindle  for  supporting  a  workpiece.  Detector 
means  are  provided  for  detecting  the  change  in  pressure  of  the 
support  fluid  of  the  hydrostatic  spindle  when  the  grinding 
wheel  contacts  the  workpiece  supported  on  the  spindle.  Speed 
changing  means  are  provided,  responsive  to  the  output  of  the 
detector  means,  for  effecting  a  change  in  the  speed  of  the  ad- 
vancing mechanism  erf' the  grinding  wheel. 


3,672,101 
LAPPING  OR  MICRO-MACHINING  TOOLS 
Albert    Groaseau,    Chnvflc,    Frince,    assignor    to    Sodete 
Anunyme  Automobflcs  Qliucii,  Paris,  France 

FBed  M«y  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,080 
CWms  priority,  appHcttai  F^rancc,  May  30, 1969, 6916427 
InL  a.  B24b  49/00 
U.S.  CL  51—165.93  6  CWuh 


L** X. 1 


Improvement  in  a  machine  for  lapping  or  micro-machining 
whereby  the  direction  of  longitudinal  movement  erf  the  tool  is 
reversed  when  a  rapid  drop  in  torque  resistance  between  the 
tool  and  the  work  piece  occurs.  The  machine  comprises  a  lon- 
gitudinally reciprocated  mounting  which  carries  a  rotary  spin- 
dle attached  to  a  machining  tool  through  a  torque  detector. 


A  honing  tool  has  an  abrasive  stone  fixed  within  a  shell 
which  is  movable  radially  of  the  tool  by  means  (rf  an  axially 
displacable  wedge  member.  The  shell  comprises  a  channel  erf 
constant  width  and  tapering  depth  which  is  formed  from  a 
sheet  metal  blank  by  pressing. 


3,672,103 
MODULAR  UTILITY  VAULT 
Robert  A.  Kost,  Fort  CoHns,  Coto.,  Mrignnr  to  dty  of  Fort 
CoUns,  FL  Collns,Colo. 

Fled  Dec  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,615 
Int.  CL  E02d  29/74,  H02g  9/70 
U.S.CL52— 20  6< 


7  *t    r 


A  modular  constriiction  for  underground  utility  vauh.  Semi- 
cylindrical  end  sections  are  molded  in  the  form  of  a  relatively 
thin  shell  from  fiberglass  or  other  moldable  material  <rf  similar 
physical  characteristics.  The  shells  are  formed  with  a  series  Of 
radially  aSaet  circumferentially  extending  ribs  which  provide 
increased  rigidity  to  the  shell  and  also  form  shelves  for  sup- 
porting elements  such  as  transformers,  connection  points,  etc. 
within  the  vauh.  The  end  section  is  one  form  of  structural 
module  vtMch  may,  in  some  installations,  be  combined  with  a 
second  modular  element  in  the  form  of  a  flat  side  panel  having 
a  cross-sectional  configuration  matching  that  of  the  end  sec- 
tion. Two  end  sections  may  be  secured  to  each  other  to  form  a 
cylindrical  vauh  or,  alternatively,  two  end  sections  may  be  as- 
sembled with  one  or  more  pain  (rfside  panels  attached  to  and 
mounted  between  the  opposed  end  sections.  A  cover  element 
of  lamiiuited  molded  sheet  material  ckjoes  the  opening  at  the 
upper  end  of  the  oonqdeted  vauh  and  is  provided  with  uitemal 
stiffening  ribs.  A  lode  and  retatner-hhige  asaemUy  is  em- 
ployed to  releasably  lock  the  cover  in  position  and  enaUes  the 


I  J«-    W  II    IJJH' 


1272 


OFFICIAL  GAZE 


TTE 


June  27,  1972 


cover,  when  unkxked,  to  either  be  swung  upwardly  as  on  a    point  situated  sonwwhat  above  the  ground  which  point  b 

hinged  mounting  or  removed  entirdy.  anchored  to  the  ground.  All  of  said  connection  points  are  situ- 

ated  in  the  tame  horizontal  plane. 


to  Pko 


3^72,104  1 

NESTING  THREE  DIMENSIONAL  LAZY  TONG  I                       3^72,106 

STRUCTURE  STAIR  STRUCTURE 

Geoty  R.  Lackey.  PkyDdR«y,Crilt^BBripinr  to  TRW  Inc..  ThomM  C.  MalNs.  SBvcr  Sprii«,  MiL, 

BeMh,Cdlf.  StirinC<»..HyattovBe.Md. 

FlMl  Dec  23. 1970.  Sar.  No.  100.912  nkdAi«.  13, 1970.  Scr.  No.  63^491             I 

Iiit.CLE04li/2//0  lBt.CLE04f/y//2                           ' 

U.S.CL52— 109                                                        lOOaioH  U.S.CL 52^188                                                          eOafans 


A  nesting  three-dimensional  lazy  tong  structure  of  hollow 
polygonal  cross-section  having  tapered  sides  provided  by  lazy 
tong  frames  whose  hinged  links  are  pivotaUy  joined  and  cross- 
over one  another  in  a  manner  such  tlwt  die  successive  link  sets 
or  tiers  of  the  structure  nest  one  within  Ae  other  when  the 
structure  is  retracted  to  its  contracted  configuration  to  pro- 
vide the  structure  with  a  contracted  length  approximating  the 
contracted  dimension  of  a  sing^  link  set  or  tier.  A  la^  tong 
frame  and  link  pair  for  the  structure. 


A  stair  structure  fabricated  firom  riser-tread  units  each  hav- 
ing an  inverted  U-shaped  nosing  forming  a  trough  or  pan  at 
the  tread  portion,  in  combination  with  the  sides  of  supporting 
channels  aad  the  kiwer  portion  of  the  next  hi^ier  riser,  into 
which  concrete  or  similar  material  is  poured.  The  rear  of  the 
tread  portion  forms  a  U-shaped  groove  extending  bdow  the 
bottom  of  the  pan  surface  for  receiving  the  lower  edge  portion 
of  the  next  higher  riser  portion  therein. 


3.672.105 

ARRANGEMENT  IN  STAYING  A  TELESCOPIC  TOWER 

BY  MEANS  OF  STAY  WIRES 

Lws  Afltaa  Wssssl.  Uppsala,  Swsdsiu  MJginr  to  AB  Wlk- 

^A^^k^h^    .&   B^^^      VBin^M      \M^^^^       ^^^M^I^^HB 

HfHKI  m  DCV^  TTlDCf  IVIUiBy  aUVVQal 

FBed  JoM  16. 1970.  Ssr.  No.  46.662 

bLCLE041i  72/20 
U.S.CL52— 148  2( 


I  3,672.107 

GRIPPING  AMD  SEALING  SYSTEM  FOR  SLAB  FACING 
MATERIALS 
GcjiM'gi.  J.  Saotry.  New  GanaaB.  ComL,  asMi  ilarairi  R. 

Waocuske.  Casniibcl.  N.Y..  asrig^ion  to 
Woflu.  ConHBg.  N.Y. 

Fled  Mty  1 1. 1970.  Scr.  No.  36.298 
lBLCLE04b2/«« 
U.S.CL  52^235  10  < 


y///////y//y//////////////^^^^ 


A  mounting  system  for  slab  facing  materials  including  a  plu- 
rality of  contiguous  slabs,  each  slab  having  a  kerf  formed  in 
the  peripheral  edges  thereof.  This  system  includes  a  structural 
channel  member  for  each  fiacing  slab  edge,  with  the  structural 
channel  members  having  first  flange  portions  for  cooperative- 
ly gripfNng  each  slab,  and  second  flange  portions  with  the 
second  flange  portions  of  adjacent  channel  members  of  two 
A  telescopic  tower  is  stayed  by  wires  extending  in  three  ot   contiguous  slabs  defining  first  and  second  plunum  chambers, 
four  vertical  planes.  In  each  plane  the  wires  connected  to  the   Spline  means  inserted  into  the  first  plenum  chamber  act  as 
tower  at  different  levels  have  their  lower  ends  connected  to  a    both  a  moisture  stop  and  an  air  pressure  equalizer  while  gasket 


1^vav   97     1079. 


-T^  ■* >    ■  Vwjf'.<-M»< 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


means  are  inserted  into  the  second  plenum  chamber  for  3.672.110 

cushioning  and  sealing  purposes.  Third  flange  portions  of  the  BUILDING  BLOCK 

channel  members  serve  as  a  joiner  member  for  attachment    Pcr  Chrlstcr  Nonktrom, 
lugs.  Structural  channel  members  for  comer  joints  are  also  set        GoSeborg.  Sweden 
forth. 


1273 


20,  5^13  09 


3.672.108 
JOINT  CONSTRUCTION 
Donald  J.  Conway.  Gknview.  DL,  asslgnw  to  United  States 
Gypsum  Company,  Chicago.  PL 

Division  of  Ser.  No.  771321,  Oct.  30, 1968,  Pat  No. 

3,568391.  TMs  appHcatlon  Ai«.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65^51 

InL  CL  E04b  1170;  E04(  13106 

U.S.CL52— 367  7Clalnn 


A  stuccoK»vered.  curtain  wall  construction  empkjys  a  joint 
including  an  elongate  L-shaped  casing  bead  and  an  elongate 
generally  wing-shaped  drainage  cap  member.  The  two  joint 
components  form  a  horizontally-disposed,  structurally  yield- 
ing joint  between  outer  covering  panel  sections.  The  two  joint 
components  provide  ventilation  and  water  drainage  between 
the  windward  and  leeward  sides  of  the  vtrall. 


3,672,109 
PACKING  AND  SECURING  STRIP  FOR  WINDSHIELDS 
Kari  Erck,  WoHrimrg,  Gcnnany,  awlgiiui  to  Volkswi^emmk 
AktinigncaBchafl,  WoUriMirg.  Germany 

Fled  March  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21,063 
ClaiRis  priority,  application  Gcnnany,  March  21, 1969,  P 19 
14350.1 

InL  CLE06b  J/54,  i/56 
U.S.CL  52—400  3Clafam 


A  packing  and  securing  strip  of  flexible  material  for  mount- 
ing glass  windshiekl  plates  in  a  window  opening  of  a  metal 
frame  with  the  aid  of  an  adhesive  with  the  strip  mounted  in  the 
metal  frame  and  a  covering  lip  and  a  holding  lip  in  ccmtact 
with  the  frame. 

During  mounting  of  the  plate  and  securing  strip  in  the  frame 
opening,  the  covering  lip  lies  between  the  adhesive  and  the 
hokiing  lip  to  prevent  contact  between  the  adhesive  and  the 
hokling  lip.  After  the  plate  and  strip  are  pressed  into  the  open- 
ing, the  holding  lip  is  drawn  from  between  the  covering  lip  and 
the  body  of  the  strip  and  over  a  flange  of  the  opening,  in  a 
known  manner. 


Fled  Jan.  28, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 10.527 
CUms  priority,  application  Sweden,  Jm.  22, 1971, 1978^ 

Int.CLE04cy//«,2/J0 

u.s.a.52-6oe  s< 


A  building  block  for  erection  of  interior  and  exterior  walls, 
partitions  and  like  structures.  The  building  block  is  shaped  in 
such  a  way  that  by  combining  it  in  various  ways  it  makes  possi- 
ble to  obtain  waOs  providing  simultaneously  building-techni- 
cal advantages  and  aesdietical  effects.  The  basic  shape  of  the 
building  bkwk  is,  in  the  prefeiied  embodiment,  that  of  a  cube 
from  wtndi  four  comer  pieces  have  been  cut  away  such  that 
four  triangular  fisces  are  farmed  in  the  cubic  body.  These  tri- 
angular fiaoes  extend  essentially  in  parallel  with  two  opposite 
side  faces  of  the  cube,  and  have  two  of  its  sides  contiguous  to 
two  of  the  remaining,  non-opposite  walls  of  the  cube.  The 
sides  of  the  cut-away  triaiq^  opposite  the  apex  define  a 
rectangular  fiace  extending  in  pairs  in  parallel  relationship  with 
one  diagonal  line,  and  also  in  pairs  in  parallel  relationship  with 
the  other  diagonal  line  of  the  side  opposite  fisces  of  the  cube, 
one  diagonal  line  crossing  the  other  diagonal  line  preferably  at 
right  angles. 


3,672.111 

rehculated  bar  grating 

T.  Deck,  Pivk  Forest,  and  Fredrick  E.  Knpaky,  Vih 
Park,  both  of  DL,  asslg^nii  to  Stanoray  Corporatkn, 
C]iicato,DI. 

Fled  Nov.  29, 1968.  Scr.  Na  779^15 
InL  CL  E04c 2142;  E04f  III  16 
U.S.a.52— 666  8( 


A  reticulated  sheet  empk>ys  transversely  extending  strips 
formed  from  said  sheet  and  disposed  substantiaUy  normal  to 
the  general  sheet  plane  so  as  to  afford  reinforcement  against 
bending  forces  acting  normal  to  such  plane.  Additional  rein- 
forcement is  afforded  by  elongate  reinforcements  secured  to 
saddle  portions  of  said  sheet  integrally  formed  with  said  stripe 
wheret^  kjads  applied  to  said  sheet  are  uniformly  distributed 
throughout  the  sheet 


1274 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3^72.112  ■                     3>72.114 

RRKK  HANGERS  DEVICE  FOR  EVACUATING  CONTAINERS 

J D   riuiii,  mnn  llifr "   ~-" -■  "-    --'    AMuRSmIu.  12682  RoMeVcMMNL«AII«iab.Call 

Wcriey  A.  Grauriliw,  6804  Gtaunool  StneU  TaM  Omwth,  .HM  Jaib  11, 1971,Scr.  No.  105,335 

Va.                -—^  I              Iiit.a.B65bJ//02 

nfed  April  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,167  UAa.53— 88 
Int.CLE04byi/74 

U.S.a.52— 712  4ChliM 


4CiUim 


i^J 


Brick  hanger  strips  to  be  applied  to  a  wall  or  other  flat  sur- 
face in  parallel  rows  or  columns,  and  having  outstanding  lugs 
between  which  individual  bricks  are  inserted  to  be  held  in 
uniformly  spaced  mutual  relationship  and  at  a  predetermined 
distance  from  the  wall,  the  spaces  between  the  bricks  then 
generally  being  filled  with  grout  or  other  suitable  filler  to  pro- 
vide the  appearance  of  a  finished  masonry  structure. 


3,672,113 

PROCESS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  SECURING  COVERING 

MATERIAL  IN  PROPOt  AUGNMENT  TO  A  SERIES  OF 

CONTAINERS 

Rolf  Andra,  SdnMn,  Gcnnany.  airipior  to  HofUger  &  Kail, 

Stuttgart,  Gcnnany 

Fled  May  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35^424 
CWnH  priority,  appikatfoa  Germany,  May  8, 1969,  P  19  23 

431.2 

Int  CL  B65b  7/00, 4//7« 
U&CL53— 39  4ClalmB 


A  manudly-actuated  pump  is  Mtached  to  the  lid  of  a  con- 
tainer for  substances  su^  as  ground  coffee,  which  deteriorate 
in  the  presence  of  air.  The  pump  consists  of  a  cylindrical  bel- 
lows which  can  be  compressed  toward  the  lid  and  extended.  A 
first  flap-type  check  valve  is  installed  on  said  lid  and  a  second 
flap-type  check  valve  is  installed  on  a  ckwure  on  the  outer  end 
of  the  beUows.  A  seal  cap  flts  over  the  second  valve  to  main- 
tain the  vaouum  once  the  container  has  been  evacuated. 


vaaxt 


3,672,115  I 

METHOD  <W  ERECTING  SUPER-HIGH-RISED  TOWER 
SmUCTURE 
Kaoni  Abe,  HirosUma;  Takcji  Matsumoto,  Itsukafefaicho,  and 
Noboo  Itdki,  Hiroshima,  aB  of  Japan,  assignors  to  Mitsubishi 
Jokogyo  KabushiU  Kaisha,  Chiyoda-ko,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FBed  Oct.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,126 
daimi  priority,  applktioii  Japan,  Nov.  4, 1969. 44/88219 
Int  CL  E04h  12/00:  E04g  7/20 
UA  a.  52^741  2( 


The  leading  edge  of  a  sheet  of  covering  foil  is  sealed  to  the 
leading  rim  of  a  container  of  a  row  of  several  containers  to  en- 
sure correct  positioning  of  the  foil  on  the  containers,  while  the 
covering  sheet  previously  sealed  to  the  leading  rim  of  a  con- 
tainer is  now  completely  sealed  over  the  tops  of  its  several 
containers. 


A  methdd  of  erecting  a  supcr-high-rised  towery  structure, 
which  comprises  assembling  the  lowermost  segment  of  the 
towery  structure  on  a  foundation  in  fixed  relation  thereto,  as- 
sembling the  uppermost  segment  <rf  a  cylindrical  body  within 
the  thus  assembled  lowermost  segment  of  the  towery  structure 
in  such  a  manner  that  it  is  supported  upright  by  the  horizontal 
members  of  said  towermost  segment,  said  uppermost  segment 
of  the  cylindrical  body  having  a  crane  mounted  at  the  top  end 
thereof,  lifting  said  uppermost  segment  of  the  cylindrical  body 
by  push-up  means  or  hoisting  means,  connecting  the  next 
lower  segment  of  said  cylindrical  body  to  the  lower  end  of  said 
uppermost  segment  <rf  the  same,  assemUing  the  next  higher 
segment  of  the  towery  structure  on  top  c^said  lowermost  seg- 
ment of  the  same  while  hoisting  the  structural  members 


■FUlKi 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1275 


thereof  by  said  crane,  again  lifting  the  assembly  of  the  upper- 
most and  the  next  lower  segments  of  said  cylindrical  body  and 
connecting  the  next  lower  segment  of  the  cylindrical  body  to 
the  kiwer  end  of  said  assembly,  repeating  the  above-described 
steps  to  construct  the  segments  of  the  towery  structure  to  a 
predetermined  height,  constructing  a  platform  of  a  sufficient 
width  on  top  of  the  thus  assembled  portion  of  the  towery 
structure  in  fixed  relation  thereto,  carrying  up  the  construc- 
tion materials  required  for  the  construction  of  the  remaining 
segments  of  the  towery  structure  from  the  ground  onto  said 
l^tform  by  means  of  another  crane  mounted  on  said  plat- 
form, and  amembiing  the  remaining  segments  of  the  towery 
structure  while  hoisting  the  structural  members  thereof  from 
said  platform  by  the  crane  at  the  top  end  of  said  uppermost 
segment  oithc  cylindrical  body. 


34  38    19 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  wrapping  a  film  having  an 
elasticity  sufficient  to  stretch  without  bursting  about  four  sides 
of  an  object,  in  which  the  object  is  moved  into  a  loop  (^  the 
film  between  two  supply  rollers  and  the  film  is  fed  from  the 
supply  rollers  at  a  rate  such  that  the  film  is  stretched  adjacent 
the  fourth  side  of  the  object  are  then  brought  together  and 
clamped  along  a  first  line  while  the  film  is  still  under  tension. 
The  tension  on  the  portions  of  film  brought  together  is  then 
released.  Thereafter,  the  portions  of  the  film  adjacent  the 
fourth  side  of  the  object  are  again  clamped  along  a  line  paral- 
lel to  the  first  line  of  clamping.  The  portions  of  film  are  then 
wekled  along  a  line  parallel  to  and  between  the  two  lines  of 
clamping,  and  the  film  is  then  cut  within  the  weld. 


3,672,117 
HINGE  PAN  PACKER 
James  J.  Shutticworth;  Carhon  S.  Spn«iic,  both  of  Huntii^ 
ton;  Howard  P.  Shuttleworth,  Wamn;  Charles  E.  Zimmer- 
man, Hunttngton,  and  John  A.  Wbeman,  Amlcraon,  al  of 
Ind.,  asrignors  to  Shuttleworth  Machinery  Corporation, 
Huntington,  Ind. 

Filed  Feb.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,336 
Int.  CL  B65b  5/06, 35/38 
U.S.  a.  53—35  10  CWhk 

Case  packing  method  and  apparatus  wherein  aerosol  cans 
or  other  objects  are  moved  ftam  a  conveyor  onto  a  support 
plate  hingedly  mounted  on  a  verticaUy  movable  carriage  in- 
cluding grid  guide  fingers.  A  box  conveyor  positions  a  box 
under  the  carriage.  A  vacuum  head  is  movable  downwardly 
into  engagement  with  the  objects,  whereupon  the  vacuum 
head  attaches  to  the  objects.  The  vacuum  head  continues  to 
move  downwardly  until  the  objects  are  placed  in  the  box  and 
the  vacuum  is  turned  off.  The  vacuum  head  is  then  returned  to 
its  starting  position.  During  the  downward  stroke  of  the  head, 
the  carriage  is  first  stationary  until  the  head  attaches  to  the  ob- 


jects. Then  the  carriage  moves  with  the  head  until  the  guide 
fingers  are  fawerted  into  the  box  and  are  holding  it  in  position. 
Next  the  support  swings  on  the  carriage  out  from  under  the 


3,672,116 
METHOD  AND  MACHINE  FOR  PACKAGING  GOODS 
Martin  IngmarMM,  VaUngby,  Sweden,  asaignot  to  Koopcrativa 
forimndct  ckonomisk  lorening,  Ttadsgw  ih  ii.   Stockholm, 
Sweden 

Filed  May  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,370 
Int  CL  B65b  7  7/70.  7  7/4«,  57/iO 
UACL53— 3  13  ( 


objects.  The  carriage  is  then  stopped  and  the  head 
through  the  carriage  and  the  guide  fingers  to  place  the  objects 
in  the  box. 


3,672,118 
CARD  PACKAGING  APPARATUS 
Egbert  D.  De  Jong,  Amstriyecn;  Hans  Koch, 
of  NethcrlandB,  and  KenncCh  B.  Maynard,  IMk  Mend,  N J., 
Bwignnrs  to  International  Burincas  Macfahics  Corporadoa, 
Aiiuuuk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Feb.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 12,989 
Claims  priority,  appMcaHon  Ncthcrtands,  Mareh  9,  1970, 
7003290 

lBt.CLB65b  .5  7/20 
U.S.CL53— 59R  5< 


This  apparatus  packages  a  preselected  number  of  like  small 
flat  items,  such  as  cards,  directly  in  a  series  ci  cartons.  Each 
carton,  u^ien  kiaded,  is  automatically  removed  from  a  loading 
station  and  replaced  by  an  empty  carton,  while  cards  are  sup- 
plied to  the  station  without  interruption.  Cards  are  delivered 
successively  from  a  conveyor  above  the  loading  station  and 
dropped  flatwise,  while  guided  by  a  cage,  to  form  astack  on  a 
platform  that  is  moved  downwardly  within  the  open  front  of 
the  carton  so  as  to  keep  the  top  (tf  the  stack  at  a  substantiaUy 
constant  height  within  the  cage.  An  electronic  counter  causes 
the  platform  to  move  downward  according  to  the  speed  at 
which  canb  are  supplied  to  the  stack.  When  the  counter 
reaches  the  preselected  number,  a  knife  moves  horizcmtally 
into  the  cage  to  temporarily  support  the  stream  of  cards  ^i^iile 
the  platform  moves  rapidly  downward  to  a  lower  limit  position 
and  is  then  withdrawn  fiom  the  carton,  leaving  the  stack  in  the 


1276 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


carton.  The  loaded  carton  is  then  mitomaticaDy  advanced 
from  the  loading  station,  while  an  empty  one  is  being  moved 
into  said  station.  Meanwhile,  the  platfonn  is  withdrawn, 
raised,  and  then  moved  into  the  open  finont  of  the  empty  car- 
ton; whereupon  the  knife  is  removed  and  the  empty  carton  is 
loaded  at  above  described. 


3^72,119 
APPARATUS  FOR  PACKAGING  ARTICLES 
Larry  C  Gcss,  1255  Hr  Drive  ToMo,  OUo 

Fled  M«y  18. 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,143 

lot  CLB65b  67/02. 9/06 
U&CL  5^-131  13 


3,672,120  ^^-' 

DEVICE  FCm  THE  CONTINUOUS  FRODVCnON  0¥ 
PACKAGES 
Hans  Hdmcr,  Bcrinfca,  SnIIjuImmI,  CHigiMHr  to  Scfawc- 


13414/69 


U.S.  CL  53—180 


FBed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,052 
prionly,  applkwrtoii  SwIteftaMl,  Sept.  4,  1969, 


fart.  CL  B65b  9/06.  7  7/72 


about  rectangular  articles  suppHed  to  said  band  with  tha  same 
speed  and  moving  lengthwise  always  in  dte  same  direction. 
Transvendy  moving  cutting  devices  and  fiolding  members- 
— ^wMch  during  their  operational  movement  also  are  moved 
with  uniform  speed  lengthwise  with  the  tubular  wrapping  and 
the  articles  therein — firstly  cut  into  the  tubular  wrapping,  of 
course  between  the  artides  therein,  then  fold  the  end  portions 
of  the  wrafjpings  projecting  from  tfie  articles  against  the  ends 
and  bottom  of  the  articles,  and  finally  the  completed  packages 
are  separated  from  each  other  by  cutting  a  siiigle  longitudinal 
bottom  flif>  which  was  formed  on  the  wrapping  at  the  time  it 
was  wrapped  tubularly  around  the  uniformly  spaced  articles. 


A  machine  is  provided  for  packaging  articles  in  flexible 
sheet  material.  An  improved,  simpUiied  drive  for  the  machine 
operates  components  thereof  with  a  minimum  of  controls  and 
mechanical  elements.  The  machine  includes  a  feeder  that  sup- 
plies articles  to  an  escapement  which  delivers  a  predetermined 
number  of  the  articles  to  a  package  enclosure  as  it  is  being 
formed  of  the  flexible  sheet  material.  The  sheet  material  is  in 
strip  form  and  is  longitudinally  advanced  by  feed  rolls  at  inter- 
vals, the  contents  being  printed  on  the  mtterial  which  is  sub- 
sequently transverKly  sealed,  when  stopped.  After  the  materi- 
al is  sealed,  it  can  be  separated  into  individual  packages.  The 
drive  for  the  machine  includes  means  for  operating  the  sealing 
devices,  the  escapement,  and  the  printer,  in  timed  relationship 
through  a  single  drive  shaft  The  machine  also  includes  closure 
members  for  temporarily  ckising  a  portion  of  the  sheet  materi- 
al before  articles  are  supplied  thereto,  prior  to  the  material 
being  permanently  sealed. 


A  band  of  wrapping  material  is  continuously  withdrawn 
with  uniform  speed  from  a  supply  roll  and  wrapped  tubularly 


3,672,121 
CONTAINER  SEALING  DEVICE 
iwriMai,  35,  l-dnmc,  NocMgasMn 
Onka,Japu 

I     Fled  Dec  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,307 
I  fart.CLB65b7/2« 

U.&CL5S-^35I 


A  head  unit  to  seal  bottles  and  other  similar  containecs  with 
ductile  metallic  caps,  having  a  central  spindle  with  lower  face 
plate  and  also  a  chuck  with  radially  spaced  fingers  and  jaws  to 
be  opened  normally  and  ckjsed  when  a  bottle  neck  raises  both 
the  spindle  and  the  chuck  in  a  manner  that  the  spindle  is  raised 
more  than  the  chuck  by  the  cushioning  effect  of  springs,  so 
that  the  chuck  jaws  may  press  and  deform  the  metallic  cap  to 
the  bottle  neck  in  a  tightly  fitting  relation  as  they  slide  along 
the  bottle  neck. 


3,672,122 
BAG  HOLDER  AND  EXPANDER  UNIT 
gcr,  Rtdgewood;  WHbaa  E.  Fkxpatrkk,  OaUmid, 
both  of  NJ.;  JaoHS  H.  McGWcy,  SaqyrM,  DcL;  AdoK 

Pfuud,  MMonl,  N  J.,  and  Ira  G.  Schwartsbcrg,  Dover,  DcL, 
assipinw  to  IiiKiiiailiwial  Playla  CorparatioB,  New  York, 
N.Y.      I 

j     Fled  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,364 

I         Int.  CL  B31b  7/00;  B65b  43/26 
U.S.CL53— 384  12) 


A  bag  expander  is  provided  for  mounting  an  open  ended 
flexible  bog  positioned  thereon  on  to  a  hoUow,  reusable  holder 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1277 


II^^'IlStSLiS'lS^Xl'l^  piece  A  slide  member  U  mounted  on  the  guide  limbs  and  has  a 

^^i^'':^^;:^^^  -dge^haped^  that  enters  the  wod^SLpedcavitytj 

housed  m  the  base  member  and  biased  toward  the  head 
member  such  that  the  head  member  provides  a  camming  ac- 
tion on  the  fingers  when  axial  movement  takes  place.  A  bag  is 
placed  over  the  head  member  and  ends  of  the  fingere  of  the 
expander,  which  is  positioned  on  the  holder  and  depressed, 
thereby  camming  the  fingers  outwardly  and  thus  folding  the* 
bag  outwardly  and  over  the  edge  of  the  holder.  Excursion 
linuution  means  are  provkled  to  limit  the  relative  movement 
between  the  head  member  and  base  member  of  the  expander 
to  prevent  the  fingers  from  contacting  the  bag  at  the  edge  of 
the  hokler  during  the  bag  seating  operation  to  prevent  tearing 
of  the  bag,  especially  if  the  expander  is  rotated  during  the  seat- 
ing operation.   In  a  preferred  embodiment  the  excursion 
limitation  means  is  comprised  of  a  skirt  extension  of  the  head 
member  which  is  of  a  predetermined  length  and  prevents 
further  movement  when  the  skirt  reaches  the  base  member. 
The  skirt  is  preferably  of  such  a  configuration  so  as  to  perform 
the  additional  fiinction  of  supporting  the  fingers  on  their  initial 
movement.  An  improved  base  construction  is  provided  having 
compartmenu  which  seat  the  fingers  for  pivotal  movement 
therein,  as  well  as  preventing  lateral  movement  of  the  fingere, 
which  simplifies  the  fabrication  of  the  expander. 


locks  in  place  a  strap  that  is  threaded  throu^  the  slot,  over 
the  slide  member,  and  returns  through  the  slot. 


Albert  W. 


3,672,123 
TROTTING-HORSE  SADIMJS 
Dykman,  Na  2  R.D.,  Ashburton,  New  Zealand 
Fled  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48314 

fart.  CLB68b  07/00 
UAa.54— 2  2 


3,672,125 

NTA  SOLID  SUPPORT  FOR  HYDROGEN  SULFIDE 
REMOVAL 
Rkhard  C  MBcr,  Chic«v»,  DL,  iirignai  to  Naico 
Compaiqr,  Cfakago,  OL 

Fled  Jan.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 10,61 1 
laiLCLEOld  53/34 
UACL55-73  «, 

A  method  of  removing  hydrogen  sulfide  from  gaseous 
streams  by  means  <rf  a  nitrilotriacetic  acid-ferric  complex 
sorbed  on  a  silica-alumina  support 


3,672,126 
AIRiXJNOmONER 
HWam  H.  Gocttle,  Scotladye,  Aria., 
Metal  PkxMhKts,  Inc. 

Fled  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,531 
fart.  CLB03C  J/66 
U.S.CL55— 106 


to  Gocttic  Bros. 


8 


A  saddle  for  a  trotting-horse  comprises  two  superimposed 
straps  secured  together,  the  upper  strap  being  separated  fix>m 
the  lower  strap  at  two  points  so  as  to  form  two  D-shaped 
openings  disposed  one  on  each  side  of  the  horse,  and  adapted 
to  receive  the  shafts  of  a  sulky  pulled  by  the  horse. 


3,672,124 

HARNESS  FOR  ATTACHING  A  HORSE  TO  A  VEHICLE 
Ajigdo  PIrotta,  Scttfano  MlaMaa,  Italy,  M%iiia  to  Rac^ 
Tack  di  Ai^do  PIrotta  &  C.S.ajL,  Miaa,  Italy 
Fled  Nov.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87,136 
Claims  priority,  applcatioB  Italy,  Nov.  29,  1969,  54216 

fart.  CLA68b  05/00 
U.S.CL54— 38  TTIi^iM 

A  lightweight  harness  for  a  sulky  comprises  a  central  ele- 
ment worn  on  the  horse's  back,  and  a  plurality  or  straps  con- 
nected to  the  element  by  buckles.  The  strap  is  laminated  from 
leather  and  plastics  material.  The  buckle  comprises  a  slotted 
body  with  wings  defining  a  wedge-shaped  space  along  the  sk>t, 
and  a  guide  bracket  havii^  two  parallel  limbs  and  a  crass- 


An  air  cleaner  having  a  phuality  of  spaced  apart  flhers  in- 
cluding an  electronic  filter,  as  weU  as  odier  fihen  and  a  spray 
chamber  disposed  between  some  of  said  filters  and  having 
spray  nozzles  adapted  to  emit  cool  liquid  in  a  flow  path  of  air 
through  said  filters;  and  refrigeration  means  for  cooling  said 
liquid  so  as  to  cool  said  air  to  a  degree  at  which  a  dew  point 
condition  exists  such  diat  liquid  sprayed  into  the  air  will  col. 
lect  moisture  fixxn  the  air,  thereby  dt^^  and  also  cooling  it 


^ 


1278 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1J972 


3^72.127 

niASE  SEPARATOR  FOR  IMMISCIBLE  FLUIDS 

Wddon  D.  M«yae,  and  nwdcrfck  D.  WaiMm,  both  of  Hourton, 

Tcx^  Mripian  to  Petrolte  CorponHion,  SL  Louk,  Mo. 

nkd  M«y  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,624 

Int.  CLBOld  79/00  _  ^ 

UA  a.  55— 174  28Ctali» 


nteu  nuia 


connecting  box-like  duct  ttnicture*,  air  fihen.  and  a  q>r«yed 
coil  oonditianing  unit.  The  arrangement  has  two  substantlaUy 
independent  strai^t  line  parallel  and  co-planar  paths  for  the 
pMuge  of  1^,  one  path  for  supply  and  the  other  for  exhaust 
in  a  modification  the  conditioning  unit  and  high  efficiency  air 
filter  are  omitted. 


I  3,672,129        

APPARATUS  FOR  DISPENSING  STERILE  GAS 
Gonlon  N.  Stroplc  Chcnry  HI,  aod  Joida  W.  KOh,  Jr., 
Morinan,  both  ol  NJ.,  Sirfgffnn  to  Uf-OGcii,  Ik., 

FBed  Mvch  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21,242 
Iirt.a.D01d.5i/iO 
U.S.  CL  55—270 


6ClUai 


A  phase  separator  for  resolving  a  mixture  of  immiscible 
fluids  such  as  crude  oil  and  water  phases.  The  separator  com- 
prises a  vessel  with  an  inlet,  oil  and  water  outlets  and  divided 
by  a  baffle  into  inlet  and  outlet  separation  zones.  A  metering 
orifice  in  the  baffle  discharges  all  oil  from  the  inlet  separating 
zone  into  the  outlet  separation  zone  rcsponsively  to  a  substan- 
tial pressure  differential  whose  magnitude  is  automatically 
determined  by  the  rate  of  crude  oil  inflow  into  the  vessel.  A 
large  opening  in  the  baffle  provides  for  unobstructive  flow  of 
the  water  between  the  separation  zones  in  a  lower  horizon  of 
the  vessel.  A  heater  in  the  inlet  separation  zone  promotes  an 
initial  separation  into  oil  and  water  phases.  Water  is  removed 
at  the  lower  horizon  in  the  vessel  to  maintain  the  oil-water  in- 
terfacial  zone  at  a  relative  fixed  level.  An  electric  field 
between  electrodes  in  the  outlet  separation  zone  promotes 
further  separation  of  the  liquids  in  the  outlet  separation  zone. 
A  second  large  opening  in  the  baffle  at  the  upper  horizon  al- 
lows gas  to  pass  freely  between  separations  zones  for  removal 
through  a  back-pressure  valve.  The  total  open  area  of  the  ori- 
fice is  selected  so  that  the  oil-water  interfacial  zone  remains 
below  the  upper  horizon  in  the  outlet  separation  zone  and 
above  the  lower  horizon  in  the  vessel  under  all  normal  rates  of 
flow  of  incoming  liquids  through  the  inlet. 


3,672,128 

UNITIZED  AIR  TREATING  UNIT 

Donald  B.  Hcffroo,  Townsend,  Tenn^  assigiior  to  Acro-Flow 

Dynamics,  Inc.,  The  Wing  Company  DMston,  Linden,  N  J. 

FDed  July  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,506 

Int.  CL  BOld  27/08  ^  ^ 

UACL  55—222  6CIalnis 


A  portable  unit  for  sterilizing  gas  to  cleanse  it  of  foreign 
bodies,  especially  living  microorganisms,  comprising  a  poru- 
ble  frame  supporting  a  sub-micron  filter  through  which  the  gas 
is  passed  when  connected  between  a  gas  source  and  gas 
utilization  apparatus,  for  example  between  an  oxygen  source 
and  an  oxygen  mask  for  a  patient  A  pressure  gauge  monitors 
the  pressuie  devckiped  across  the  sub-micron  filter  and  is 
preferaMy  calibrated  in  terms  of  filtration  efficiency  to  pro- 
vide an  indication  of  when  the  fUter  has  reached  a  condition 
for  which  it  should  be  replaced.  The  sub-micron  fUter  is 
preceded  by  a  pressure  regulator  which  receives  gas  under 
high  pressure  fiom  a  contaminated  source,  reduces  it  to  a 
working  pressure,  and  supplies  it  to  the  sub-micron  filter  at  a 
fixed  predetermined  pressure  value.  Preferably  also  employed 
are  an  inlet  pressure  gauge  for  measuring  the  pressure  of  the 
gas  supplied  from  the  source  to  the  pressure  regulator  and  a 
flow  meter  and  flow  control  th^xigh  which  the  gas  passes  be- 
fore it  is  delivered  to  the  outlet  connection  to  the  gas  utiliza- 
tion apparatus.  In  this  way  gas  fix)m  a  bulk  source  or  «n  un- 
sterilized  container  is  rendered  sterile  by  connection  thereto 
erf  the  portable  gas  sterilizer.  The  visual  monitoring  <rf  the  con- 
dition of  the  filter  insures  proper  maintenance  by  replacement 
of  the  filter  when  needed. 


'  3,672,130 

RETENTION  MEANS  FOR  AIR  CLEANER  ELEMENT 

M.  SirfHvMi,  BnvBe,  and  Cart  M.  Kaus,  Bioaminr 
too,  both  ol  Mfch.,  Miginri  to  DoaaldMMi  Company,  Inc., 


Two  air  moving  devices  are  mounted  one  above  the  other 
on  a  frame  ftetform  integrated  with  an  enthalpy  >»*eel,  inter- 


FBed  April  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,092 
Int.  CLBOld  59/50 

U.S.  CL  55—323  ^ ' 

The  disclosure  is  directed  to  a  centrifugal  air  cleaner  v^ch 
includes  within  an  outer  container  a  primary  fUter  assembly 
and  a  secondary  backup  filter  assembly,  both  of  which  are 
removably  dispoied  for  purposes  of  maintenance  and  replace- 
ment. The  primary  filter  assembly  is  sealaWy  heW  between  the 
ends  of  the  container.  The  secondary  assembly  is  disposed 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1279 


within  the  primary  assembly,  but  is  independently  supported   positions  and  the  other  extends  thivxigh  an  arcuate  sk>t  con- 
at  the  filtered  fluid  outlet  by  a  plurality  of  beaded  spring  clips   centric  with  the  axis  <rf  pivot  and  secures  the  bracket  to  the 


which  cooperate  with  an  annular  recess  located  on  the  inner 
wall  of  the  outlet. 


side  panel  to  hold  the  attachment  in  selected  adjusted  posi- 
tions. 


3,672,131 
STATIONARY  PHASE  FOR  SELECTIVE  SORPTION 
Istvan  Halasz,  Frankfurt  am  Main,  Germany 

FDcd  Jan.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  3,054 

Inta.B01d/5/0« 

U.S.  a.  55—386  16  Ciainw 


COKPOMfT  I 


Oi|,npilliHfll 
-0  [m.MC^'CM2-CMj-0« 


-*f> 


OOltfOIDT  S 


O-CH2-CN2-CM 


Stationary  phases  for  chromatographic  ion  exchange  or 
catalysis  produced  by  esterification  of  solid  substances  having 
acidic  OH  groups  at  the  surface  as  Components  I  with  organic 
compounds  as  Components  11.  The  specific  surface  area  of 
Components  I  is  above  100  cm*/g  anid  Components  II  each 
have  at  least  one  hetero  atom  in  their  molecules,  disregarding 
the  oxygen  connected  to  a  carbon  atom  in  the  molecule  for 
esterification  with  the  acid  OH  group  in  Component  I.  By 
hetero-atoms  is  meant  an  atom  other  than  carbon  and 
hydrogen. 


3,672,132 
PUSH  OVER  BAR 
Thomas  J.  Scamato,  Barrington,  and  N.  Donald  Pacteraon, 
Downers  Grove,  both  of  DL,  mulgiiia  ii  to  Inta-uaHonai  Har- 
vester Company,  Chicago,  DL 

FBed  Feb.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9,020 
IntCLAOld  47/00 
U.S.CL56— 1  9Clafan 

A  push  over  bar  attachment  for  a  crop  harvester.  The  at- 
tachment comprises  a  U-shaped  member  having  a  pair  of 
laterally  spaced  side  legs  and  an  intervening  cross-bar.  A  novel 
bracket  attachment  for  each  leg  to  an  adjacent  side  panel  of 
the  harvester.  Each  bracket  has  a  pair  dl  identical  generally  Z- 
shaped  elements  clamping  the  associate  side  leg 
therebetween,  a  pair  of  bolts  secure  the  brackets  along  one 
edge  to  each  other  and  along  an  opposite  edge  there  extend  a 
pair  <rf  boh  and  nut  assemblies  one  <^  which  is  attached  to  an 
adjacent  side  panel  (tf  the  harvester  and  provides  a  horizontal 
pivot  to  permit  the  attachment  to  swing  vertically  to  adjusted 


3,672,133 
CONVEYOR  ATTACHMENT  FOR  A  COMBINE 
Herbert  K.  Mcstad,  RJL  1,  Clear  Lake,  Iowa 

Filed  Oct  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,606 
IntCLAOld  67/04 
UA  a.  56— 13.5  13 


An  easily  nKNmtable  and  demountable  auxiliary  conveyor 
attachment  for  use  with  a  combine  whereby  the  combine  can 
be  driven  oc  towed  depending  upon  whether  it  is  self- 
propelled  to  any  location  where  grain  is  stored  and  such  stored 
grain  can  be  delivered  by  the  auxiliary  conveyor  to  the  thresh- 
ing mechanism  of  the  combine.  The  use  of  the  auxiliary  con- 
veyor makes  the  normal  operating  mechanism  of  the  combine 
availaUe  particulariy  for  shelling  com  when  such  com  is 
located  in  a  storage  bin  or  other  location  remote  from  the 
growing  crops  where  the  combine  is  normally  used.  The  con- 
veyor is  usable  with  either  the  com  head  or  grain  head  at- 
tached to  the  combine  or  may  be  used  with  the  combine  when 
neither  the  grain  head  or  com  head  is  attached  thereto.  The 
conveyor  is  provided  with  a  quick  coupling  attachment  for 
operation  to  power  sources  availaUe  on  the  combine  and  may 
also  be  provided  with  a  self-contained  source  of  power. 


3,672,134 
CROP  HARVESTER  PLATFORM 
Donald  A.  McCaBum,  nwMiigiiiiw,  OmMto.  Canada, 

•o  iiH^niMHmHi  n^^rVHcr  v^^MipflBQry  ^JMCB^Oiy  IB* 
FBed  Magr  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  147,109 
Int.  CLAOld  47/00 

U.S.a.56— 14.4  5< 

A  crop  harvester  having  a  self-propelled  chassis  and  a  crop 
harvester  platform  suppcxted  forwardly  kA  said  chassis  for 


1280 


OFFICIAL  GAZE 


TTE 


June  27,  1972 


cutting  a  standing  crop  and  depoiiting  the  cut  crop  into  a  praaaion  membeia  beyond  the  extent  of  loct-motioa  and 

swath  on  the  ground.  The  harvester  platform  includes  a  cutter,  operative  lo  swing  the  roller  mounting  levers  upwardly  atten- 

a  crop-gathering  reel  above  the  cutter,  and  a  pair  of  gauge  dant  to  the  harvesting  unit  being  pivoted  upwardly  beyjond  a 

wheels  behind  the  cutter  for  supporting  the  platform  for  predetermined  elevation. 


3^72,136 
MOWER  CONDmONER 
J.  I^acock,  WcHsni  Sprfa«»>  ^^  >*>"*  C.  Gordoo,  Hiii- 
,  bath qg IM^  ■■Ignnn  to iKii ■lliiaal  Haivtaiii  Cem- 
pa«y,CMcatd,II. 

FHed  Sept.  21. 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,933 
IntLCLAOld  49/00 
US.aS6-14,4  10  ( 


ICWm 


78/       Mi/ 


movement  over  the  ground.  A  pair  ai  shield  structiires  is 
mounted  on  the  platform  over  the  resptetive  gauge  wheels. 
The  shield  structures  are  arranged  to  direct  the  flow  of  cut 
crop  rearwardly  and  laterally  inwardly  of  the  i^atform  to  form 
the  swath. 


3,672,135 
ROLL  OPENING  DEVICE 
PMcr  J.  PMCOck,  Wcitciii  SpnB|v»  mm  Tnowm  J.  ScMmto, 
Barrtefton,  both  of  n^  aalpMn  to  latarnadoMl  Harvester 
Company,  Chicago,  PL 

FBcd  Feb.  5. 1970,  Sar.  No.  9,026 
Iiit.CLA0Id4J/00 

U.S.a56~14J  .    ICtaiin 


A  movwer  conditioner  having  rotary  cutters  arranged  in 
pairs,  each  pair  cutting  the  crops  in  front  thereof  and  throwing 
the  cut  crops  rearwardly  to  a  pair  of  short  length,  vertically 
inclined,  crushing  rollers  which  in  turn  discharge  the  crops 
against  the  underside  of  a  deflector  by  which  the  crops  are 
fluffed  and  deposited  upon  the  field. 


3,672.137 
MOWER  SUPPORT  AND  LIFT  LINKAGE 
George  J.  Hmioua,  OaraidOB  HHs;  W.  Robert  Dahnbcrg, 
HlniUe,  Mid  James  W.  Znrck,  Berkeley,  al  of  DL,  I 

toW-^^__-^^^^_^^■  WM^^mmm^^^^^  ^^tfMK^i^^AIW     f^%^^^^^M^     WH 

CondauolloB  of  Scr.  No.  725,725,  May  1, 1968, 1 

lOct.  26, 1970.  Scr.  No.  84.256 
lBLCLA01dJ5/26 
U&a56-15.8  ICtaim 


A  mower  conditioner  having  a  pair  c^hi^  conditioning  rol- 
lers. A  pair  of  levers  mounting  the  upper  roller  intermediate 
their  end,  having  forward  ends  pivoted  coaxially  to  the  sides  of 
a  harvesting  unit  vertically,  swingably  mounted  firom  a  ground 
supported  frame,  and  links  pivoted  ooaxiaUy  at  their  upper  A  miouiting  aasembly  for  adjustably  supporting  an  imple- 
forwaid  ends  to  the  rear  ends  (rf  the  levers  and  having  kxt-mo-  ment  from  a  ri<fing  lawn  mower,  the  asaemWy  comprwng  a 
tion  comtectkiiM  at  their  rear  ends  to  the  stationary  parallel  Sft  linkage  nwunted  on  the  mower,  a  cutting  umt 
framework  supporting  the  unit,  the  links  ftmctioning  as  com-  suspended  from  the  linkage,  and  a  lever  operatively  connected 


"^'■w     Mimii.m.»i< 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1281 


to  the  linkage  for  varymg  the  elevation  ofthe  cutting  unit.  The  the  device.  A  novel  debris  catcher  is  releasably  secured  to  the 

lin  geometry  of  the  lever  relative  the  operator  is  such  to  pro-  housing  forwardly  of  the  btade  and  is  adapted  to  receive  aia*. 

vide  a  three-point  force  distribution  opposing  the  lift  force  ex-  debris,  etc..  propelled  forwaidly  by  theUadTduring  uae  of  die 

erted  on  the  lever.  device  as  an  edger. 


3,672,138  3,672,140 

.  FORAGE  HARVESTER  CRANBERRY  HARVESTDSG  APPARATUS 

A--    JJ^T^l^TiT^  M.;  Guy  g  Tulla.  Phoenfa.  Jolhis  M.  Fteford.  Roote  1.  P.a  Boa  442,  GntylaMi,  Wash. 

!i^i5!Si^^!S?*?^™**^**''**^*^^^*°^'^^^  ra«iJuly9,1970,S€r.Na53y425 

ci.linHHlvltu.  boa  of  DL.  aarignors  to  InSaraadonal  Har^  fet.  O.  AOld  45108 

v«8lcrCoapany,Cfaka|o,DL  UACL5fr-330 
Filed  Oct  16, 1970,  Scr.  Na  81359 
Int.  CL  AOld  4J/02 
U.S.CL56— 158                                                                 13 


11 


<t  M 


A  forage  harvester  having  an  upwardly  and  rearwardly 
inclined  platform  and  a  reel  sweeping  over  the  platform  to 
move  the  crops  from  a  cutter  at  the  front  edge  of  the  platform 
to  associated  mechanism  at  the  rear  of  the  platform.  The  plat- 
form is  provided  with  a  plurality  of  apertures  in  the  form  of 
louvers  or  corrugations  or  apertured  riffles  which  are  arranged 
to  prevent  crops  from  falling  through  or  plugging  the  aper- 
tures while  permitting  sand  and  dirt  to  sift  through  the  plat- 
form. 


3.672.139 

TRIMMER-EDGER  DEBRIS  CATCHER 

Raymond  J.  Duran,  Lutha-vflk,  mod  Gordon  F.  Miach,  Fork, 

both  of  Md.,  laifiion  to  The  Blade  and  Decker  Manufacture 

log  Company,  Towaon,  Md. 

FDed  Joiy  14, 1971.  Scr.  No.  162.581 
Int.  a.  AOld  i5/22 
U.S.a.56— 202  11 


A  self-propelled  vehicle  having  a  pair  of  driven  front  wheels 
and  a  sin^  free  rotating  pivotal  rear  wheel  mounted  on  a 
generally  triangular  chassis.  A  motor  mounted  on  the  chassis 
adapted  to  drive  the  frwit  wheeb  and  a  cranberry  harvesting 
reel  mounted  on  the  front  portion  erf  the  chassis.  Separate 
drive  trains  running  fixwn  the  motor  to  each  wheel,  each  drive 
train  including  a  two-way  dutch  such  that  each  wheel  may  be 
driven  forwardly,  rearwardly  or  completely  disengaged  from 
the  motor  for  free  rotation.  An  operator's  platform  mounted 
on  the  chassb  adjacent  control  means  for  the  two-way 
clutches. 


3,672,141 
APPARATUS  PC»  PCMIMING  ELECTRIC  CABLES 
Aiojzy   Tomica.   GoodinBjii,   and  Join 
WcMng,  both  of  F-mPwiMl.  Mi|gi to  „ 

dard  Electric  Corporatioa,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fied  Dec  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,454 
CWniB  prtorky,  appMcntton  Grcnl  Brltafa.  Jan.  2,  1969. 
218/69 

Int.  CL  D02g  3136;  B65h  81100 
UACL57— 12  12, 


r,     J 


A  trimmer-edger  including  a  frame  supported  for  move- 
ment along  the  ground.  A  motor  and  motor  housing  ate  sup- 
ported upon  the  frame  and  the  motor  has  an  output  rotary 
shaft  to  which  a  blade  is  affixed.  The  motor  housing  is 
pivotally  adjustable  upon  the  frame  so  diat  the  blade  can 
rotate  through  a  generally  horizontal  or  a  generally  vertica] 
plane  for  trimming  and  edging,  respectively.  An  uprtanding  A  pair  of  conductors  are  insulated  and  twisted  toaether  in  a 
handle  IS  secured  to  the  frame  for  control  and  manipulation  of  continuous  operMkn.  Each  conductor  piriMt  tfartugh  in- 


1282 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


dividual  forming  means  which  simultaneously  apply  insulation 
to  each  cmductor  and  means  are  provided  to  twist  the  insu- 
lated conductors  together. 


3,672,142 

WINIHNG  APPARATUS  AND  METH(H) 

wmfam  J.  GUmoR,  Manltou  BcMh,  Mkh.,  Mripiar  to  Anwr- 

lean  Ch^B  *  Cable  Conpany,  Ibc^  New  York,  N.Y. 

nted  Mwvh  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23^432 

Iiit.CLD07bJ/0< 

UACL57— 17  11' 


Method  and  apparatus  are  disclosed  for  producing  a  com- 
posite multiwire  structure  by  helically  wrapping  at  least  one 
wire  structure  about  a  core  element  and,  prior  thereto,  impart- 
ing undulating  longitudinal  movement  to  the  wire  structure  at 
a  point  located  closely  to  the  point  of  wrapping  to  effectively 
control  torsion  naturally  induced  in  the  wire  structure  during 
the  wrapping  operation. 


3,672,143 
DOFFING  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD 
WaUam  R.  WMbwy,  Cramton,  RX>,  Mrignnr  to 
poratkHi,  Warwick,  RJ. 

Filed  Oct  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82«455 
Int.  CL  DOlb  9110 
U.S.CL57— 53 


appropriate  signal.  A  signal  fhxn  a  second  sensing  device  in- 
dicates whether  or  not  the  station  is  operational.  The  signal 
firom  the  first  sensing  device  is  combined  with  the  signal  from 
the  second  sensing  device  to  stop  the  tender  only  at  an  opera- 
tional station  requiring  servicing,  whereupon  the  servicing 
cycle  commences.  At  the  end  of  servicing,  if  the  yam  is  ad- 
vancing normally  the  tender  resumes  its  patrolling.  If  the  yam 
is  not  advancing  properly,  another  servicing  cycle  is  com- 
menced. Thereafter,  if  the  yam  is  still  not  advancing  pwoperiy. 
the  roving  is  automatically  broken  above  the  usual  drafting 
rolls  of  the  station  as  a  signal  flag  is  positioned  to  indk»te  to 
the  second  sensing  device  that  the  particular  station  is  non- 
operational.  The  tender  is  not  stopped  at  a  non-operational 
station.  The  two  sensors  may  both  be  phototransducers.  The 
first  sensor  provides  a  particular  fluctuating  signal  responsive 
to  a  transverse  alternating  motion  of  the  yam  which  results 
from  ballooning  of  the  yam  as  it  is  advanced  longitudinally 
while  being  wound  onto  the  bobbin,  and  this  signal  results  in 
the  tender  passing  the  station  and  continuing  its  patrolling.  All 
other  fluctuating  signals  from  the  first  sensor,  such  as  may  be 
caused  by  ambient  light,  either  day  light  or  artificial  light,  for 
example,  as  well  as  signals  resulting  firom  movement  of  the 
tender  while  patrolling  the  stations,  are  filtered  out. 


Cor- 


17CWins 


A  spinning  frame  has  a  plurality  of  stations  for  spinning  rov- 
ing into  yam  and  winding  the  yam  onto  a  bobbin.  A  tender 
moves  passed  the  stations  and  stops  at  any  c^  the  stations 
requiring  servicing  such  as,  for  example,  doffing  a  filled  bob- 
bin and  donning  an  empty  bobbin.  The  tender  then  continues 
patrolling  the  stations  until  it  comes  upon  another  station 
requiring  servicing.  As  the  tender  patrols  the  stations,  a  first 
sensing  device  on  the  tender  scans  the  stations  to  determine 
whether  or  not  the  yam  is  advancing  normally  and  provides  an 


3,672,144 
BREAK-SPINNING  MACHINE 
IV  DIdek;  Zdowk  Svec,  and  RaiHiwIi  Pospisfl,  all  of 
Usti  Nad  OrVd,  CaediaslovaUa,  assiginri  to  Vyskumny 
Ustav  Bavinarsky,  Usd  Nad  OrHd,  CsMhoslovakte 

FDed  April  30, 1971,  Scr.  No.  138,954 
Claima  priority,  appMcatfawi  Cwchostovakia,  May  6,  1970, 
3141/70 

Int.a.D01h///2 
U.S.  CL  57—58.95  1 1  jCWms 


A  rotary  spinning  chamber  has  a  hoUow  interior  accessible 
through  an  open  side.  A  stationary  body  is  located  adjacent 
the  open  side  and  has  a  portion  projecting  into  the  same,  this 
portion  being  either  cylindrical  or  frustoconical  in  outline  and 
having  a  transverse  surface  extending  transversely  of  the  axis 
of  rotation  of  the  spinning  chamber  and  a  circumferential  sur- 
face which  surrounds  this  axis.  A  fiber  channel  is  formed  in 
the  stationary  body  having  an  upper  and  a  lower  boundary  sur- 
face, an  inlet  receiving  fibers  from  a  fiber  feed  means  and  an 
outlet  provided  in  the  projecting  portion.  The  outlet  is  so 
located  in  the  projecting  portion  that  the  upper  and  the  lower 
boundary  surfaces  oTthe  fiber  feed  channel  respectively  inter- 
sect the  transverse  and  the  circumferential  surface  of  the  pro- 
jecting portion. 


^os^A. 


ni?'i!'Tr«TAT.  n A^ir 


•••I'L' 


.Tttww   5>7     1D75 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1288 


to 


3,672,145 

SUPPLY  SPINDLE  FOR  TWISTING  MACHINE 

Josef  Plmninphiit,  MonchenglMnMcli,  Gcnnny, 

U.S.  Textile  MMdyne  Company.  ScrantoB,  Pa. 

Ffcd  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  N©.  89,959 

Int.  CLDOlh  7/02 

UA  a  57-60  nchtoi. 


tioned  between  the  feed  mechanism  and  the  twisting  and  take- 
up  means  and  hokls  the  two  yams  separated  from  emdti  other 
in  such  manner  that  breakage  of  either  or  both  yams  change 
the  condition  <rf  the  switch.  A  switch  winch  is  particularty 
adaptable  to  this  environment  is  also  disckxed. 


3,672,147 
METHCM)  FOR  MANUFACTURING  YARN  CCM>4aST1NG 
CW  FIBERS  AND  FILAMENTS 
Mkhde  Calleri;  Gioilh)  End,  both  of  GonaM 

PWKdiiBi,  BoiionHMro,  al  of  Italy,  MripMn  to 
S.p.AMMilan,Itiriy 

FDed  Aug.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,006 
Ciafans  priority,  appBcaSkM  Italy,  Aug.  30,  1969,  21470 
A/69 

InLCLD02gi/i4 
UACL57— 157F  7, 


Supply  spindle  for  high  speed  upstroke  twisting.  A  Made, 
which  surrounds  an  upstanding,  stationary  core  of  the  spindle, 
has  a  cap  removably  mounted  on  its  upper  end,  for  rapkl  rota- 
tk)n  with  the  Made.  A  filament-twisting  rotor  is  mounted  on 
the  cap,  for  rotation  therewith  and  for  filament-twisting  mo- 
tk>n  reUtive  thereto.  The  supply  package  of  filament  is 
mounted  on  the  blade,  below  the  cap,  and  filament  is  un- 
wound from  this  package.  A  short  length  of  the  unwound  fila- 
ment always  runs  to  and  over  the  cap,  and  to  an  upper  central 
part  of  the  twisting  rotor,  for  the  application  of  twist  and  for 
guidance  to  an  overlying  coUector  spindle.  The  fUament  is 
kept  under  extremely  low  te-  ;ion,  and  this  tension  is  kept  sub- 
stantially uniform.  For  these  purposes  the  core  and  blade  are 
constructed  so  as  to  avoid  vibratory  criticality  at  normal  high- 
speed rotation  of  the  spindle,  and  rapklly  to  dampen  vibra- 
tk>ns  of  the  core,  blade  and  supply  package  while  the  rota- 
tional speed  rises  to  or  falls  from  the  normal  speed,  which  typi- 
cally amounts  to  multiples  of  10,000  rpm. 


3,672,146 
YARN  BREAK  DETECTOR 
CccU  S.  Adams,  Greenville,  S.C.,  — Igiiui  to  Adanv  Incor- 
porated, GrecnvOle,  S.C. 

Filed  Oct  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84330 
r^  Int.  a.  DOlh  ;j/76 

UA  a.  57—81  5aafan8 


A  method  and  an  apparatus  for  producing  a  yam  composed 
by  a  bundle  of  filaments  with  vtbach  fibers  or  staples  are  inter- 
\accd  which  are  blown  in  the  desired  quantity  by  means  of  a  jet 
of  air  or  gas  by  a  metering  device  and  thereafter  are  conveyed 
by  the  jet  on  the  bundle  of  filaments  in  an  interiacing  device. 
Preferably  a  part  of  the  jet  (rf*  air  or  gas  is  guided  through  the 
metering  device  and  cooperates  with  the  same,  and  this  part  of 
the  jet  is  combined  with  another  part  of  the  jet  passing  outside 
the  metering  device  before  the  interiacing  device  or  within  the 
same.  The  jet  of  air  or  gas  guided  through  the  metering  device 
may  be  intermittent  and  also  the  feeding  <rf  staples  or  fibers  to 
the  jet  of  air  or  gas  by  the  metering  devk*  may  be  intermit- 
tent. 


pgf-^a^ 


3,672,148 

SEWN  TIRE  CORD  SPUCE  AND  METHOD 
Guitav  E.  BctMOii,  Edcewood,  Mid  James  M. 
bud,  both  of  RX,  ■wigi to 

Corporation 

Ffcd  April  27, 1970,  Ser.  Na  31^96 
Int.  CLB65h  69/06 
UA  CL  57—159  4 


O-v 


A  method  of  splicing  g}ass  fiber  tire  cord  ends  togedier 
>»iuch  includes  the  steps  of  positioning  oppositely  extending 
tire  cord  ends  in  side-by-side  overiapping  relationship  and 
sewing  an  extensible  thread  around  the  overiiqjping  ends  using 
a  zigzag  stitch,  the  sewing  being  done  in  such  a  manner  m  to 
preclude  penetration  of  the  overiapping  cord  ends  by  die  nee- 

, ,   ^  .    ^.    .  <lle.«nd  the  sewing  tension  <Mi  the  thread  causina  it  to  ekjnaate 

A  yam  break  det«rtor  IS  disclosed  partKailariy  for  twisting  as  it  is  being  appUed.  Excess  thread  is  then  triiraned  affS^ 
machines  used  for  plymg  two  or  more  yams.  The  arrangement  sequent  retractk>n  of  the  thread  after  it  is  k>cked  in  ooaition 
includes  a  switch  operated  by  a  drop  wire  means  which  is  posi-    around  the  overiapping  cord  ends  causes  it  to  form  a  vSTtight 


■" '.  *in"  '"         "N"  ■  ■  '^  ~  r.f 


'■■rS3S!.^2:.-;ri:i:-„---2E'i;.3Si3! 


JtTNE  27.   1ft72 


/^■CXTTT'Tl  AT        A  VTT^    "H'TZir^XT  A  •vr-r^-i  a  » 


1284                                                   OFFICIAL  GAZETTE                                      June  27,  1^72 

wrap  around  the  tire  cord  ends.  Abo  diKloaed  te  the  ^)ti6t  or  '^                 3,672,131 

joint  made  by  such  method.  The  qiliceindudesoppoiitely  ex-  SYNCHRCmOUS  ALARM  CLOCK  MECHANISM 

tending  glass  fiber  tire  cord  ends  in  side-by-«ide  overlapping  WaMtr  THnplcr,  NurulMrg,  GOTvaniy,  wmtfpaar  to  DicM, 

relationship  bound  together  with  an  extensiUe  thread  having  NunriMfifGcmany 

been  sewn  in  a  zigzag  stitch.  Fled  Jan.  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105^17 

CWns  priority,  anyMtatlkm  GarnMny,  Jan.  14, 1970,  G  70 

01038.7      1 

3,672,149  I               IaLCLG04b/9/24 

CLOCK  MECHANISM  ACTUATED  BY  SUCCESSIVELY  US.CL58->5                                                                 94 
SUPPLIED  BALL  WEIGHTS 
LawiTtc  A.  Howard,  737  Pkrce  Avtiww,  Columbus,  Olio 
Fled  Nov.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92,01 1 
Int.  CL  G04b  45/00 
U.S.  CL  58—2                                                               10 


A  clock  mechanism  actuated  by  a  large  number  ctf  separate 
ball  weights  which  are  fed  individually  from  a  supply  chamber 
into  a  cup  on  a  counterwei^ted  pivoted  motion  arm  or 
balance  lever.  The  weight  of  each  successive  ball  overcomes 
the  counterweight  of  the  lever  and  swings  it  about  its  pivot 
until  the  ball  cup  moves  to  a  position  where  the  ball  drops 
from  the  citp  and  permits  the  lever  to  swing  back  to  its  coun- 
terbalanced position.  The  lever  is  connected  to  suitable 
mechanism  so  that  this  movement  <^  the  lever  produces  a 
predetermined  advance  at  indicators  of  the  clock  to  indicate 
correct  time.  The  balls  discharged  successively  from  the  ball 
cup  are  collected  and  supplied  to  the  balT  supply  chamber  fcM* 
re-use  in  actuating  the  indicator  mechanism. 


3,672,150 
DISPLAY  DIAL  ASSEMBLY  FOR  HMEPIECE 
Tctnya  Ya«Mla;  Hidctoka  Tntfya,  and  TriicsM  Mori,  al  of 
Tokyo,  Japan,  assignnrt  to  CHJaen  Watch  Company  Lhnited, 
Tokyo,  Japan 

Fled  Dm.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,668 
CUbm    priority,    applcatkia    JapMi,    Dec.    25,    1969, 
44/14M545:    June    30,    1970,    45/65151;    Nov.    12.    1970. 
45/111594 

Inta.G04b/9/24 
U.S.CL58-5  7( 


-i  t 


The  present  invention  rdates  to  a  dkpixy  dial,  such  as  a  day 
calendar  display  dial,  fin-  a  timepiece. 

The  improvement  comprises  the  provision  ai  at  least  two 
resilient  aims  made  integ^  therewith  and  adapted  for  easy 
and  positive  engagement  with  a  positioning  peripheral  groove 
formed  on  the  mounting  shaft  for  the  dial. 


The  specification  disctoaes  an  arrangement  for  a  clock,  nich 
as  an  electrical  driven  alarm  clock.  The  ckxrk  is  provided  with 
indexaMe  date  iiKlicating  means  and  with  day-night  indicating 
means  and  with  actuators  in  the  form  at  levers  for  actuating 
the  said  means.  The  clock  includes  a  shaft  rotetable  once 
every  24  hours  and  this  shaft  carries  a  single  cam  disc  with  a 
single  cam  track  thereon  and  both  of  the  aforementioned 
leven  engane  the  cam  track  and  are  actuated  thereby. 


I 


3,672,152 
ELECTROMECHANICAL  OSCILLATOR 


WWmi  E.  RccftiMB,  SMtti  Bwli«a,  OrilC 
Bunker-ffnmn  Corporation,  Oak  Bfook,  PL 
^       Filed  June  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  46,926 
InL  CL  G04c  3/02;  H02k  7/06 
UACL58— 23V 


HX) 


toflM 


lOClrims 


A  ring-shaped  pendulum  is  supported  on  a  base  by  crossed 
flat  spring  flexure  members  v^iich  permit  limited  rotational 
movement  of  the  pendulum.  Each  flexure  member  is  sup- 
ported at  one  end  by  the  base  and  is  connected  to  the  pendu- 
lum at  the  opposite  end.  Piezoelectric  elements,  either 
laminated  to  flexure  members  or  cou{4ed  to  them  by  drive 
rods,  cause  oscillation  of  the  pendulum  upon  application  to 
the  elements  of  an  electrical  signal  at  a  frequency  approxi- 
mately the  same  as  the  natural  frequency  of  the  suspended 
system  or  in  multiple  relation  thereto.  Through  a  spring- 
pressed  pawl  attached  to  the  pendulum,  the  oscillating  move- 
ment of  the  latter  actuates  a  ratchet  wheel,  which  drives  a  gear 
train. 

A  variant  form  is  self-energized.  A  piezoelectric  element  on 
one  flexure  member  provides  an  input  signal  to  an  amfdifier. 
The  output  fixxn  the  amplifier  is  used  to  drive  a  piezoelectric 
element  on  another  flexure  member,  thus  maintaining  the 
suspended  systeiA  in  oscillation. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  J972 


T»*-  •<i~-.y<c»o«.«<.»^m>i>,ii,(,|  mjBl 


JUNE  27,  1972  GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL  1285 

.— «.- .  — ^3^72,153  in  the  form  of  light  emitting  diodes.  The  display  is  enerdzed 

MINUTURIZED  BATTERY-OPERATED  TUNING-FORK     only  on  demand  and  the  levefSAe  light  outemt  is  conti^ 

TIMEPIECE 
Wnam  W.  Mutter,  Paramos,  N  J.,  Msig 
Company,  Inc.,  New  Yorii,  N.Y. 

FDcd  Aug.  3, 1970,  Scr.  Na  60,271 
InL  CLG04C  J/00 
U.S.a.58— 23TF  5( 


to  Bulova  Watch 


s-sr'<=-- 


to 


3,672,154 
ELECTRIC  TIME-PIECE 
Kurt  Hubner,  Ncuchatd,  Swltmriand, 
Ekctroniqucs  SA.,  Ncnchatd,  SwtoeriMKT 

Fled  July  28, 1971.  Scr.  No.  166.761 
Claims  priority,  appHcatton  Switacrland,  Aim.  7,   1970, 
11906/70 

Int.  CL  G04c  3100  i  G04b  37112 
U.S.CL58— 23BA  44 


A  time-piece  the  case  of  vt^iich  contains  a  source  <rf  current 
in  the  form  of  an  ordinary  or  storage-battery  housed  in  a  space 
ckxed  by  means  of  a  plug,  characterized  by  the  fisct  that  one 
of  the  two  elements,  casing  and  plug,  is  provided  with  a  scale 
and  the  other  one  with  a  maiii.  so  that  wlien  the  plug  is  put  in 
place,  it  can  be  adjusted  to  such  an  angular  position  that  the 
mark  indicates,  at  least  approximately,  wi^  respect  to  said 
scale,  the  date  at  wluch  the  source  of  current  has  been  put  in 
place  or  the  date  at  which  this  source  must  be  replaced. 


,P*. 


3,672,155 
SOLID  STATE  WATCH 
John  M.  Bergey.  and  RidMnl  S.  Wiriion,  both  ol 
Pa.,  asB%non  to  Hamfltan  Watch  Companj 

F8ed  M^y  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,196 
InLCLG04b/9/iO 
U.S.CL58— 50R  17( 

Disclosed  is  a  solid  state  watch  which  requires  no  moving 
parts  tix  timekeeping  and  display.  The  watch  comprises  a 
crystal  controlled  oscillator  coruiected  through  an  integrated 
circuit  birutfy  frequency  divider  to  an  electro-optical  diqday 


A  miniaturized  electronic  watch  including  a  tuning-fork 
resonator  which  is  sustained  in  vibration  by  a  battery-ener- 
gized electronic  drive  circuit  and  whose  vibrations  are  con- 
verted into  rotary  motion  for  operating  dial  pointers.  The  tun- 
ing fork,  which  is  mounted  on  a  pillar  plate,  is  constituted  by  a 
pair  of  tines  having  a  bow-legged  formation  to  define  a  circu- 
lar zone.  The  battory  for  the  electronic  drive  circuit  is  seated 
in  the  zone  within  a  circular  well  formed  in  the  pillar  plate, 
thereby  conserving  space. 


in  accordance  with  ambient  light  conditions.  The  watch  is 
energized  from  a  rechargeable  battery. 


3,672,156 
BREAK  PREVENTKm  DEVICE  F(»  CALENDAR 
ADVANCING  Q^  A  CALENDAR  WATCH 
Mamont  Mtyasaka,  SMmosowa,  Japan,  aarig^ior  to 
Kaisha  Sowa  ScikoriM,  Tokyo,  J^mn 

FHed  June  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  150,1 10 

ippHcatkm  Japan,  Jnne  1 1, 1970, 45/57055 
InL  CLG04b  7  9/2<¥ 
U.S.a.58— 58  5< 


A  break  prevention  device  for  a  calendar  watch  wherein  the 
calendar  advancing  whed  includes  an  elongated  adjusting 
tooth  formed  with  a  partial  slope  at  its  end  and  resiliendy  dis- 
placeabie  out  of  the  plane  of  the  calendaritlieel. 


3.672,157 
COMBINED  WATCH  AND  CONTINUOUS  WATCH  BAND 
John  MmKcri,  Long  Uand,  N.Y.,  milgiiiii  to 
Corp.,  New  Yori(,N.Y. 

FBed  Nov.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  198,518 
InL  CLG04b  J  7/00 
U.S.CL58— 88W  51 


A  wrist  watch  which  comprises  a  substamiaOy  continuous 
watch  band  arranged  so  that  a  central  portion  of  the  band  ex- 
teiKk  acroa  the  user's  wrist  and  further  serves  w  die  dial  or 
face  of  the  watch.  Soldered  or  otherwise  secured  to  the  under- 
side of  the  band  is  the  watch  caae  including  the  watch  move- 
ment and  from  which  a  center  spindle  supporting  the  hour  and 
second  hands  extends  through  a  small  opening  in  the  watch 
band  so  as  to  be  positioned  over  said  band  central  portion.  A 
frame  or  bezel  is  soklered  or  otherwise  secured  to  the  op- 
posite, upper  side  of  the  band  above  the  watch  movement  A 
crystal  is  suppwted  by  the  bezel.  As  a  result,  the  watch  band 
become  part  of  the  watch  itself,  specifically  its  fine.  A  stan- 
dard size  watoh  case  movement  can  be  used  regardlem  of  any 
form  the  watch  frame  or  bezd  will  take.  On  the  other  hand, 
the  fiame  or  bezel  may  assume  unlimited  shapes  and  configu- 


1286 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


rations  because  it  is  used  to  delineate  any  desired  portion  of   sections,  valve  means  and  control  means  for  applying  Huid 
the  band  central  portion.  Thus  the  over-aU  construction  of  the    pressure  through  the  valve  means  to  the  hydraulic  cylinders 


«  «'  *.    J     •     '*     f      '    ^      ',♦  *'  f  "  f  I' 


for  telescoping  said  sections  substantially  simultaneously  for 
extension  and  retraction  of  the  jib. 


SYSTEMl 


[  FOR  PRODUCING  SUBSTANTIALLY 
POLLUTION-FREE  HOT  GAS  UNDER  PRESSURE  fOR 

watch  is  simplified  while  unlimited  aesthetic  configurations  USE  IN  A  PRIME  MOVER 

are  made  possible. 


3,672,158  U&CL 

SYNTHETIC  RESIN  WATCHCASE  WTTH  EMBEDDED 
METAL  REINFORCEMENT 
YtMklakl  F^Utanori,  Suwa,  Japumaisnor  to  Kabushiki  KaUia 

Sawa  SsBiMha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Fled  Nov.  30, 1971,  Scr.  No.  203,393 
Int.  a.  G04b  i7/a« 
U.S.CL58— 90R  3 


Dm  Sik  Kkn,  23  HMrthHone  Drive,  Mcdfldd,  Mas. 
Fled  May  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  145,128 
I  lBLCLF02b  37/02 

6d-13  ^  16 


X.  cwMrTM  amv  iraaMi 


In  a  watchcase  wherein  the  caie-body  is  made  of  a  synthetic 
resin,  a  long-koting  water-proof  seal  between  the  synthetic 
resin  case  and  the  ^ass  face  is  ensured  by  means  of  a  metal 
reinforcing  ring  embedded  in  the  synthetic  resin.  The  reinforc- 
ing ring  is  suitably  perforated  so  that  synthetic  resin  flows  into 
the  perforations  during  the  molding  operation  aitd  locks  the 
reinforcing  ring  in  place  permanently. 


3,672,159  

APPARATUS  FC»  CRANE  JIBS  ADAPTED  TO  BE 
EXTENDED  AND  RETRACTED  TELESCOPIC  ALLY 
Andors  ErBi  Sundka,  Fona,  Sweden,  — »gpwr  to  A.  E. 
Produktcr  AB,  DeMms  Swcdn 

Fled  Fdk  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,991 

CUnv  priority,  appBclkw  Sweden,  Fdi.  28, 1969, 2764/69 

InL  CL  F15b  7 1116, 13106;  B66c  23156 

U.S.CL60— 10.5  3Clalnia 

A  crane  jib  for  attachment  to  a  crane  ctdumn  including  in 

combination  a  jib  inner  section  pivotally  attached  to  the  crane 

column,  a  jib  central  section  telescopicaUy  disposed  with 

respect  to  the  inner  section,  a  jib  outer  section  telescopicaUy 

disposed  with  respect  to  the  central  section,  first  and  second 

hydraulic  cylinders  disposed  within  the  central  section  and 

having  their  rods  attached  respectively  to  the  inner  and  outer 


An  extremely  low  polluting  turbine-powered  vehicle  com- 
prises in  combination  a  supercharged  internal  combustion  en- 
gine operating  under  ftiel-rich  conditions,  an  interbumer  for 
completing  the  combustion  of  imbumed  fuel  in  the  exhaust 
gases  from  the  internal  combustion  engine,  a  gas  turbine  for 
utilizing  the  exhaust  gases  from  the  interbumer  for  powering 
the  vehicle,  an  air  compressor  driven  by  the  engine  and  tur- 
bine for  providing  air  under  pressure  to  the  interbumer.  an  air 
compressor  driven  by  the  engine  and  turbine  for  providing  air 
under  pressure  for  use  by  the  internal  combustion  engine  and 
by  the  interbumer  compressor,  a  gas  reservoir  for  storing  ex- 
haust gas  supplied  from  the  interbumer  for  later  use  in  provid- 
ing power  to  the  turbine  for  the  acceleration  of  the  vehicle  or 
initial  operation  thereof,  and  a  heat  exchange/storage  device 
for  abstracting  heat  from  the  exhaust  gas  supplied  to  the  gas 
reservoir  and  for  returning  a  substantial  portion  of  this  ab- 
stracted heat  to  the  exhaust  gas  delivered  from  the  gas  reser- 
voir to  the  gas  turbine. 


I  3,672,161 

CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  A  STEPLESS  HYDR( 

DRIVE 
Alfred    Kruche,    GrocMrthdm,    and    Hcimuth 
Lohr/M.,  both  vi  Gcnmny,  — iinnri  to 


lOSTATIC 


Linde  Aktkn- 


Ffcd  Jan.  13, 1971,  Sar.  No.  106,095        I 

15,  1970, 


P20 


Clainit  priority,  appMcatfcin  Germany,  Jan. 

01  701.0 

Int.  C].F02b  47/00 

UA  CI.  60^19 

A  hydrostatic  drive  has  a  pump  driven  by  a  prime,  mover, 
e.g.,  an  Internal-combustion  engine,  and  connected  in  a  sub- 


.1 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1287 


stantially  closed  hydraulic  power  circuit  with  a  hydraulic 
motor  connected  to  a  load.  The  hydrosutic  drive  may  be  used, 
for  example,  to  power  a  vehicle  or  an  accessory  or  appliance 
of  the  vehicle.  The  hydrostatic  pump-motor  system  has  a  con- 
trol member  shiftable  to  vary  the  speed  of  the  system  in  a 


3,672,163 
INTEGRAL  FUEL  CONTROL 
Albert  H.  White,  WcChcnfldd,  Conn^  MripM 
Evans  Inc.,  West  Hartford,  Coon. 

FHed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  230 
Int  CL  F02c  9108 
U.S.  CL  60— 39.28  R 


to 


3 — ~jE^L£ajfaux: 


/ 


A 
J 

_E 

hr^Kr 

W" 

Ir^ 

"B 

1 

■m 

— ctmnnriam 

^^wa^  tM/>g- 


21f 


/M—- 


=^= 


l-fit 


stepless  manner  and  operated  by  a  servocylinder  from  a  pUot 
valve  which,  in  turn,  is  controlled  by  the  pressure  in  a  pair  of 
pilot  lines.  A  speed  governor  or  sensor  responsive  to  an  over- 
load of  the  engine,  automatically  acts  upon  the  pilot  valve  to 
reduce  the  speed  in  the  vent  of  a  torque  overioad. 


3,672,162 

COMBUSTION  CHAMBER  ASSEMBLY  PCMl  A  GAS 

TURBINE  ENGINE 

Joaeph  Ryfcii,  Monroe;  Ervin  J.  Sweet,  Thnnbirii,  mmI  Bri« 

W.  Doyle,  Shdton,  al  of  Conn.,  aoi%non  to  Avoo  Corpora- 

tfcM,  Stratford,  Conn. 

Fled  Jan.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 10,449 
Int.  CLF02C  J/00 
MS.  CL  60— 39  J2  7 


A  combustion  chamber  liner  is  comprised  of  two  telescop- 
ing sections,  the  leading  edge  of  the  downstream  section  over- 
lapping the  trailing  edge  of  the  upstream  section.  The  end  of 
the  upstream  section  is  provided  with  a  plurality  of 
peripherally  spaced  bosses.  The  outer  peripheral  surface  of 
each  of  the  bosses  is  grooved  to  accept  the  complementary 
depressed  ring  in  the  end  of  the  larger  downstream  section. 
When  cool,  the  dimensions  of  the  upKTeam  and  downstream 
sections  are  such  that  there  is  a  loose  connection  between  the 
sections.  However,  the  upstream  section  is  heated  more  than 
the  downstream  section  and  causes  its  expansion  to  provide  a 
tight  fit. 


A  fuel  control  erf"  the  3D  cam  type  for  a  gas  turbine  engine 
has  a  proportional  govemcH-  and  an  integral  governor  inter- 
connected by  a  linkage  >»«ch  acts  as  a  hi^iest  wins  device 
between  an  acceleration  schedule  and  the  governors.  The 

linkage  also  compares  the  actual  engine  speed  with  the  desired 
set  engine  speed  to  position  a  pitot  vaWe  which  controls  the 
position  of  a  fuel  metering  valve.  An  axially  movable  3D  cam 
has  the  acceleration  schedule  contoured  on  its  surface  and  is 
adapted  to  be  contacted  by  a  f<dk>wer  w^ich  is  functionally 
connected  to  the  pilot  valve.  Another  contour  on  the  cam  is 
en^ged  by  a  follower  which  controls  the  position  of  a  com- 
pressor interstage  bleed  valve.  A  compreHor  air  inlet  tem- 
perature sensor  rotatabiy  positions  the  3D  cam  in  accordance 
with  the  magnitude  of  the  sensed  air  temperature.  The  meter- 
ing valve  moves  towards  its  full  open  position  as  the  accelera- 
tion schedule  on  the  advancing  3D  cam  ckxes  the  pitot  valve. 
The  proportional  governor  becomes  efifectual  as  the  set  speed 
u  attained  and  the  integral  governor  resets  the  proportional 
governor   for   isochronous   governing   at   the   preselected 
isochronous  speed. 


3,672,164 

INDEPENDENT  IGNHION  ENGINE 

Don  B.PIcpcr,  Rolling  Meadows,  PL,  jMrfgnm  to  WMm.  Inc. 
FBed  March  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,368 
Int.  CLF02C  5/04 
U.S.a.60— 3938  11 


Optimum  or  most  economical  air-fuel  mixture  for  a  turbine 
engine  is  maintained  by  having  the  fuel  injection  system,  the 
ignition  system  and  the  pressure  air  system  operate  indepen- 


1288 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


dently  of  the  rotational  velocity  of  the  drive  shaft  of  the  engine 
or  any  of  its  primary  rotating  parts.  The  engine  turbine  and  its 
drive  shaft  nuiy  be  decelerated  by  fdacing  a  high  air  compres- 
sion load  on  the  drive  shaft. 


force  increasing  with  the  speed  of  the  pump  and,  in  reverse 
sense,  a  fiorce  increasing  with  the  renstant  couple  appUed  to 


3,672,165 

METHOD  OF  FEEDING  LIQUID  FROPELLANTS  TO  GAS 

GENERATORS  OR  ROCKET  COMBUSTION  CHAMBERS 

AND  FEEMNG  SYSTEM  FOR  PERFORMING  THE 

METIKN) 

Werner  Banm,  Frankcnbach,  GcmMunr,  tmimaar  to  Me»> 


Haflmig,  Mnaich,  Gcrmaay 

Ffcd  Sept.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  S55,054 
lirt.  CL  F02k  9102, 9106;  F23k  5100 
U&CL  60— 39.48 


SOaim 


A  method  cX  feeding  liquid  monergolic  propellants,  either 
alone  or  with  liquid  non-moneigolic  propellants,  to  gas 
generators  or  rocket  combustion  chamben,  utilizes  jet  pumps, 
connected  to  propellant  supplies,  to  feed  the  propellants.  The 
monergolic  propdlants  are  catalytically  dissociated  to  provide 
decomposition  gases  which  are  supplied  to  the  jet  pumps  as 
the  pump  operating  fluids  to  aspirate  propellants  into  the  jet 
pumps.  The  pressure  drop  adxMS  the  catalysts  is  compensated 
by  utilizing  die  energy  of  a  source  of  gas  under  pressure.  The 
pressure  gas  source  may  be  connected  to  the  container  for  the 
monergolic  propellant,  or  may  be  connected  to  the  container 
for  an  auxiliary  propellant  fed  to  an  auxiliary  combustion 
chamber.  The  auxiliary  combustion  chamber  is  supplied  with 
the  decomposition  gases,  and  may  be  used  to  drive  a  turbine  in 
turn  driving  an  auxiliary  pump  for  the  decomposition  gases. 


the  motor  and  a  force  proportional  to  said  pressure.  The  trans- 
mission is  useful  for  automobiles. 


I  ^  3,672,167 

HYDROSTATIC  VEHICLE  TRANSMISSION 


Eaton  Yak  &  Towae  GmbH,  Vcftcrt/RhiMlaMl,  Gcfmaay 

Fled  Nov.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,270 
CUm  priority,  appMcalloa  GcmH«y,  Nov.  21, 1969,  P  19 
58436.2 

IBL  CLF16d  J//06  ' 

U.S.CL60— 53R  51 


3,672,166 
VARIABLE  RATIO  HYDROSTATIC  TRAN^OSSIONS 
Ollvkr  laaw,  Lyon,  F^raoEe,  ssiigHnr  to  Sodete  IndualrWfe 
GcBcrafe  de  MwBi<|iie  Appl(|Me  SJ.G.M.A.,  PMris,  Fkvnoe 

Fled  Se|it  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75343 

CMoM  priority,  appllrlinii  Vtmaot,  AprI  8, 1970, 7012759 

IiiLCLF16dJ7/06 

U.S.CL60-53R  lOCIainis 

The  hydrostatic  transmission  comprises  a  hydraulic  motor 

as  well  as  a  pump  of  which  the  cubic  capacity  is  regulated  by  a 

mechanism  sensitive  to  the  pressure  of  a  Hquid.  This  liquid  is 

supplied  by  a  pressure  regulator  on  the  movaUe  member  of 

which  act,  in  the  sense  tending  to  increase  the  pressure,  a 


\-j 


\y 


The  invention  relates  to  a  hydrostatic  vehicle  transmission 
having  a  closed  symmetrical  circuit  and  a  variable  displace- 
ment pump  with  a  reversible  direction  of  delivery,  and  having 
an  anti-pressure-buildmp  device,  by  means  of  which  the  pres- 
sure in  the  line  carrying  pressure  fluid  from  the  hydraulic 
motor  to  the  pump  is  released  when,  under  particular  travel 
conditions,  especially  during  deceleration  of  the  vehi^,  the 
motor  acto  as  pump  and  vice  versa. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1280 


3,672,168 

ROTARY  PUMP  AND  POWER  TRANSMISSION  SYSTEM 

Leonard  M.  SaliiMm,  2012  Cnmmiivs,  ^ttslon,  Tex. 

Ftod  Nov.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87^479 

Illta.F16di//06 

U.S.CL60— 53R  5CUim 


a  separate  auxiliary  ring  member  associated  with  die  shroud  or 
by  using  a  closed  ring  having  means  for  discharging  a  fluid  cur- 
rent in  the  vicinity  of  the  vortex  generation.  The  shioud  itself 
may  advantageously  be  either  also  provided  with  or  aftema- 
tively  provided  with  an  annular  groove  for  controlling  any  vor- 
tices in  this  location. 


3,672,170 
PROPELLANT  GRAIN  SUSPENSION  SYSTEM 
Robert  N.  Chappd,  and  Robert  L.  CrnnH,  both  of 
CaHf .,  assk to  I^orlihwd  Aircraft  Corporation, 


PBed  June  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,770 
Int.  CL  F02k  9/04 
U.S.  a.  60-255  5 


A  rotary  pump  and  power  transmission  system  in  which 
multiple  cam  grooves  are  formed  in  a  rotor  and  a  follower  en- 
gages in  the  grooves  to  form  a  rotary  pump  and  a  rotary  mo- 
tor. A  secondary  pump  is  connected  in  the  system  to  increase 
the  fluid  flow  to  the  motor.  A  four-way  reversing  valve  pro- 
vides means  for  reversing  the  direction  of  rotation  of  the 
motor  while  continuing  to  operate  the  pump  in  the  original 
direction.  A  valve  is  provided  in  the  system  actuated  by  the 
hydraulic  brakes  of  the  vehicle  to  retard  the  flow  of  drive  fluid 
to  or  from  the  motor  to  retard  the  speed  of  the  vehicle. 


A  stress-free  |»opellant  grain  suspension  system  ulierein 
the  propellant  grain  is  suspended  in  the  motor  casing  by  means 
of  a  viscous  liquid  and  the  plenum  gas  pressure. 


3,672,169 

DRIVE  ENGINE  HAVING  SHROUDED  PROPELLER  WTTH 

A  VARIABLE  OUTLET  CROSS  SECTION 
Erich  Ufcr,  Mdndort,  Germany,  bss%iiui  to  MHBcradmdtt- 
BoBum-BlolMi  CieiRsihail  ndt  bcackranktcr  Haftm^  Ot- 
tobrmiB  near  Munich,  GcriHuiy 

Ftod  Oct.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77^13 
aalms  priority,  ap|<ratiun  GcroMny,  Oct.  11,  1969,  P  19 
51 425.1 

btLCL¥takl/20 
U.S.CL60— 230  20( 


3,672,171 

APPARATUS  AND  METHCM)  VOR  TREATING  ENGINE 

EXHAUST  PR<M)UCT5  TO  MINIMIZE  HARMFUL 

CONSTITUENTS 

Hrant  Eimayan,  7528  CoionMa  Street,  Roacmcnd,  QdM. 

Fled  Feb.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,931 

Int.  a.  FOln  3/14;  F02b  75/10;  F02ni  25/06 

U.S.CL60— 274  i^ 


A  drive  engine  includes  a  rotataUe  propeller  with  a  shroud 
around  the  propeller  which  carries  flaps  which  extend  in  the 
flow  direction  and  which  may  be  moved  inwardly  and  out- 
wardly for  varying  the  shroud  outlet  cross  section.  A  drive  en- 
gine is  operated  to  produce  a  high  specific  static  thrust  using 
the  shrouded  propeller,  for  example  during  take  off,  when  it  is 
in  an  outward  position  at  wrhich  the  discharge  or  outiet  is  ex- 
panded. For  a  high  speed  flight  the  oudet  of  the  shroud  is  nar- 
rowed by  moving  the  trailing  ends  of  die  flaps  inwardly,  for  ex- 
ample; this  accderates  the  main  air  current  inside  the  shroud 
for  a  great  specific  thrust  with  reduced  shroud  drag.  In  one 
embodiment,  the  mounting  body  for  the  propeller  and  the 
flaps  is  provided  with  an  annular  slot  having  an  auxiliary  air 
current  feed  for  stabilizing  potential  vortices.  Similar  potential 
vOTtices  adjacent  the  shroud  are  contrc^led  either  by  the  use  of 


A  method  and  accessory  for  treating  engine  exhaust 
products  to  minimize  if  not  eliminate  harmful  pollutants 
present  therein  as  the  exhaust  products  pass  through  an  engine 
exhaust  pipe.  The  hot  exhaust  products  are  exposed  to  char- 
coal, copper  and  heat  in  the  presence  of  fiesh  air  to  combust 
inc<»npletely  burned  producu  and  to  decompose  and  absorb 
nitrogen  compounds.  Thereafter,  the  hot  exhaust  products  are 
exposed  to  water  where  remaining  traces  of  nitrogen  com- 
pounds are  absorbed  befcMie  the  treated  exhaust  products  are 
wasted  into  the  atmosphere.  Vaporized  water  containing  ab- 
sorbed nitrogen  compounds  is  returned  to  the  carburetor  in- 
take in  pre-heated  condition. 


3,672,172 

SIMPLIFIED  SUPERCHARGED  INTERNAL 
COMBUSTION  ENGINE  WITH  EMS8SK3NS  COtfTROL 
Gary  L.  Hammond,  RJL  4,  Maoomb,  DL 

FBed  Mvck  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,044 

Int.  CL  FOln  3/10,  7/00 

U.S.CL60— 282  lirriihiii 

Internal  supercharging  of  non-radial,  reciprocating  internal 
combustion  engines  is  achieved  by  means  of  a  unique  fonn  of 
crankcase  ctnnpression.  The  engine  includes  a  sealed  cnmk- 


1290 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27}  1972 


case  and  •  first  one-way  valve  in  fluid  communication  with  the 
crankcaae  and  diapoaed  to  that  extental  air  is  induced  into  the 
crankcase  upon  movement  of  the  piston  in  one  direction.  An 
air  retervoir  is  provided  in  fluid  communication  with  the 
cranlccase  and  a  second  one-way  valve  is  dispoaed  between  the 
crankcase  and  the  air  reservoir  so  that  air  in  the  crankcase  is 
forced  into  the  reservoir  upon  movement  of  the  piston  in  the 
reverse  direction,  the  net  effect  being  a  positive  displacement 


supercharger.  Passageways  are  provided  for  introducing  the 
resulting  pressurized  air  into  the  cylinder  and  separately  into 
the  exhaust  for  afterburning  purposes,  a  pressure  regulator 
proportioning  the  airflows  thereto.  The  pressurized  air  also 
pressurizes  the  fuel  tank  and  thus  the  fuel  supply  to  the  engine. 
In  a  particular  embodiment  a  lubricating  oil  reservoir  is  pro- 
vided adjacent  the  air  reservoir  with  air-oil  separator  means 
therebetween. 


3^72,173 

FORMING  SELF-SUPPORTING  BARRIERS  IN  MINE 

PASSAGES  AND  THE  LIKE 

KJBWUk  Im  rsnuMRy  DcnMra  i  •  v^  MJon^^^Kkf  ana  i  nanHB  i^ 
I  of  Duncan,  OUa^  aM%nars  to  HaHburloa  Com- 

lOkla. 

Fled  May  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  824,157 
Int.  CL  E02b  3/16;  E02d  29/00 
U.S.a.61— 36  52 


1  3,672,174 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  SUPPORTING  THE 
ROOFS  IN  UNDERGROUND  EXCAVATIONS 
Hat^toadrim  Von  Mppcl,  4628  Ltocn  F  2286  Muhfonkamp 
12, 7771  Obcrstoiwalcr,  Gcnaaay 

Hkd  Sept.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,048 
Clafam  priority,  appUcadon  Gcnnany,  Dec  4, 1969,  P  19  60 
807J      1  ^^ 

I  Iiit.a.E21d77//6  f 

U.S.a.61-45D  34Clirinis 


■   21 


A  walking  mine  roof  support  wherein  one  or  more  roof  en- 
gaging caps  are  pivotable  on  the  upper  end  <^  at  least  one  ex- 
tendable pit  prop  which  is  mounted  on  the  floor  engaging 
base.  Balancing  rams  connect  the  rear  ends  of  the  caps  with 
the  base  or  such  rams  carry  bars  \iduch  are  movable  against 
the  roof  behind  the  caps.  The  props  and  the  rams  are  operated 
by  a  hydraulic  control  system  in  response  to  signals  from  pres- 
sure gauges  nKxmted  on  the  front  and  rear  ends  of  the  caps. 
Such  signals  indicate  changes  in  pressure  which  the  mine  roof 
exerts  against  the  respective  ends  of  the  caps. 


I  3,672,17s 

ICE  CUTTER 
Charicy  Mack  Mason,  Dcaloa,  Tcx^ 
pany,  Dallas,  Tex. 

I  F8ed  Oct.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,507 

int.  CI.  E02b  15/02i  B63h  35/ 12 


toSunOUCom- 


U.S.CL^1— 46 


The  {vesent  invention  relates  to  methods  and  apparatus  for 
remotely  forming  self-supporting  water  impermeable  barriers 
in  mine  passages  and  the  like.  A  fast  setting  cementitious  com- 
position is  formed  by  combining  an  aqueous  slurry  of  cement 
with  an  aqueous  silicate  solution.  The  cementitious  composi- 
tion thus  formed  is  continuously  deposited  transversely  on  the 
floor  and  walls  of  a  mine  passage  t^  apparatus  extentting  into 
the  mine  passage  through  the  mine  opening,  or  through  a  bore 
drilled  into  the  passage  from  the  ground  surface.  The  cementi- 
tious composition  sets  into  a  firm  impermeable  mass  as  it  is 
being  deposited  thereby  forming  a  firm  self-supporting  barrier 
in  said  passage. 


.X'  i 


lOCWnK 


A  cutter  rotatably  mounted  on  a  marine  strucxure  for 
cutting  and  diverting  encroaching  ice  floes.  The  cutter  has 
upper  and  lower  cutting  edges  that  are  angled  fieom  one 
another  and  intersect.  Sides  angle  away  from  the  cutting 
edges,  and  the  trailing  edge  of  the  sides  flare  outwardly  to 
divert  the  ice  around  the  marine  structure.  The  cutter  is  at- 
tached to  a  sleeve  which  rotates  around  the  marine  structure 
in  response  to  a  vane  member  which  also  acts  as  a  counter- 
weight and  is  shaped  to  act  as  a  protected  boat  dock. 


' fr  I  -niT-i       -ilr  III  iiiMi 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1291 


3,672,176 
ROOF  SUPPORTING  SYSTEMS 
Karl  Maria  Groetschel,  Bochum,  and  Utz  Groetschd,  Munich, 
both  of  Germany,  assignors  to  Karl  Maria  Gioetschd,  by 
said  Utz  Groetschd 

Filed  Dec.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,496 
CUms  priority,  appttcatkm  Gcnnaay,  Dec  18,  1969,  P  19 
63  558.6 

IiitCLE21d2i//« 
U.S.a.61— 45D  UCWms 


ticulariy  in  areas  where  the  marine  bottom  8k>pes  or  is  uneven. 
The  unit  is  comprised  of  a  base  and  a  drilling  and  completion 
template.  The  unit  is  lowered  in  the  water  until  the  b«e  en- 
gages the  marine  bottom.  The  template  is  adjusted  with  rela- 
tion to  the  base  until  the  template  is  substantiaUy  level.  Next, 
the  template  is  secured  to  the  bottom  and  is  released  from  the 
base.  The  base  is  removed  leaving  only  the  leveled  template 
on  the  bottom. 


The  invention  comprises  a  roof  supporting  system  for  use  in 
a  mine  working  employing  a  row  of  roof  supports  each  having 
an  inner  unit  and  an  outer  unit  incorporating  hydraulic  props 
and  advanced  in  turn  by  hydraulic  ram  means.  A  control  valve 
provided  on  each  of  the  supports  can  be  moved  into  a  position 
to  depreasurize  the  props  of  the  iruier  unit  ai  that  support  to 
pressurize  the  props  c^  an  outer  unit  on  an  adjacent  one  of  the 
supports  in  the  system  and  advance  these  two  units  simiiltane- 
ously  so  that  each  support  need  be  visited  only  once  by  an 
operator  to  bring  about  advancement  of  all  the  units  in  the 
whole  supporting  system.  Each  control  valve  may  have  selec- 
tively usable  outlets  to  enable  the  outer  unit  of  an  adjacent 
support  on  one  side  or  the  other  of  that  incorporating  the  con- 
trol valve  to  be  advanced  simultaneously  with  the  inner  unit  of 
the  latter  support. 


\  3,672,177 

SUBSEA  FOUNDATION  UNIT  AND  METHOD  OF 
INSTALLATICm 
WBtem  F.  Manofag,  DaHas,  Tex.,  assiaiini  to  Mobil  GO  Cor- 
poraSkm 

FHed  June  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,372 
InL  CL  E02b  /  7/00, 1 7/08 
U.S.  a.  61—46.5  14 1 


3,672,178 

ROTARY  DOCK 

Paul  A.  lyautwdn,  1906  HoMay  RoMi,  Newport  Bcnck, 

FBed  Nov.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,921 

InL  CLE02d  29/06 

U.S.  CL  61—46 


The  specification  discloses  a  subsea  foundation  unit  for  use 
in  drilling  and  completing  a  plurality  of  submeq^  wells  par- 


This  disclosure  relates  to  the  berthing  a(  boats,  and  to  the 
problem  caused  by  the  need  for  providing  maneuvering  room 
to  permit  the  boats  to  enter  their  boat  slips.  This  prx>blem  is 
particularly  acute  for  larger  boats  and  for  the  less  experienced 
skippers. 

The  disclosed  invention  teaches  the  use  of  a  rotary  dock, 
somewhat  similar  to  a  merry-go-round,  having  a  plurality  <rf 
boat  slips  associated  therewith.  In  use,  the  rotary  dock  is 
rotated  so  that  any  given  one  of  the  plurality  of  boat  slips  may 
be  positioned  at  any  desired  peripheral  location. 

Thus,  in  the  case  of  a  mooring  arrangement  in  a  marina,  any 
boat  slip  <rf  the  rotary  dock  may  therefore  be  positioned  at  a 
peripheral  kxaition  that  facilitates  the  boat's  entering  or  leav- 
ing the  channel,  whereas,  in  the  case  of  a  marine  service  sta- 
tion that  is  already  crowded  with  boats  being  serviced,  the  ix>- 
tary  dock  may  be  rotated  so  that  an  emoty  boat  slip  in  in  kxa- 
tion  to  receive  the  newly  arrived  boat.  In  the  case  of  a  boat 
rental  or  a  boat  sales  agency  having  a  large  inventory  ctf  boats, 
the  rotary  dock  may  be  rotated  so  that  any  desired  boat  of  the 
inventory  may  be  made  availaUe  for  customer  examination  or 
use. 


to  Struthen 


3,672,179 
GAS  UQUD-ACncm 
Rkhard  W.  FoMcr-Fen,  Warrcn,  Pa., 
Energy  Systems,  Inc 

Ffed  Aug.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60^77 
aafans  priority,  apiiiifBlhin  Grant  Britain,  Ai^  6,  1969, 
39,401/69 

Int.  CLF25b  9/02 
U.S.CL62-5  3CUkm 

A  gas  under  pressure  enters  a  single  counter-flow  heat 
exchanger  haV^g  a  high  pressure  entrance  side  and  a  low 
pressure  exhaust  side,  the  gas  from  the  high  pressure  side 
being  connected  in  parallel  to  a  number  of  Ranque  tubes  in 
whkh  the  gas  expands.  The  hot  and  cold  streanv  from  the 


1292 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


L 


June  VJ,  1972 


tubes  are  connected  along  the  length  of  die  low  preMureade    absortBheatdiiringitschangeofttate  thereby  precooling  the 
of  the  heat  exchanger  to  progreHivdy  cool  gas  in  the  high    high  pressure  Coi.  The  orifice  openings  in  the  nozzles  are 


.^Jlm    g^     f^    f^/^'^       ^^  '^ 


•J/ 


..       ^.  „  _       ,w  ^   m    ,.  ^    varied  with  pressure,  and  blowers  a«ure  a  blizzard  of  snow  is 

pressure  side  until  a  small  percentage  of  the  gas  can  be  flashed    created  within  the  enclosure 
to  liquid  for  storage. 


3^72,180 

FUEL  VAPCMt  RECOVERY  APPARATUS 

Edwin  R.  Davis,  2020  Beverly  PIna  0213,  Lm«  BcMh, 

nkd  Feb.  19, 1968,  Scr.  No.  714,189 

lBt.a.F17c7J/;2 

U.&CL62— 54  9 


'  3,672,182 

Water  cooling  metikn>  and  apparatus 
employing  liquid  nitrogen 

F.  StowasBcr,  and  Kcitn  A.  nflBcr,  iMtii  of  ABsnlowii, 
ftu,  —itnnii  lo  At  Prodadi  id  Chrnkth,  ly., 
town.  Pa. 

1         nbd  June  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49399 
I  Int.  a.  F25d  77/02 

U.S.Ci:62— 98  ftO 


\-^^ a^^ 


A  ftiel  recovery  apparatus  including  a  service  station 
storage  tank  and  a  ftiel  transfer  line  for  connection  with  a 
truck  tank.  Condenser  means  is  provided  for  receiving  vapor 
expelled  from  the  storage  tank  during  fUUng  thereof  and  the 
condensed  fiiel  is  returned  to  the  storage  tank  in  liquid  form. 
A  vapor  return  conduit  may  be  provided  for  cycling  the  ex- 
pelled vapor  back  to  the  ullage  in  the  truck  tank  during  empty- 
ing thereof 


*^.T* 


3,672,181 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  CARBON  DIOXIDE 
COOLING 
Lewis  Tyree,  Jr.,  10401  Sooth  OaUcy  Avenue,  Chicago,  DL 
Fled  Fell.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14,575 
InLa.F25d/J/06 
U.S.CL62— 63  17Cl^ns 

Apparatus  for  cooling  articles  using  carbon  dioxide  n  a 
refiriierant  including  an  enclosure  adapted  few  cooling  articles 
to  be  conveyed  therethrough  and  a  cooling  system  having 
snow  nozdes  in  the  upper  portion  thereof.  A  heat-exchanger  is 
disposed  in  a  lower  portion  of  the  enckMure  and  a  conduit 
connects  a  source  of  high  pressure  COk  to  the  inlet  of  tlie  heat- 
exchanger.  The  oudet  from  the  heat-exchanger  is  connected 
to  the  snow  no^es  whereby  snow  falling  into  the  lower  por- 
tion of  die  enckxure  and  coming  to  rest  on  the  heat-exchanger 


Water  is  cooled  by  the  direct  injection  thereinto  of  liquid 
nitrogen.  Preferably,  heat  is  applied  in  the  vicinity  of  the  injec- 
tion zone  and  preferably  the  injection  of  the  liquid  nitrogen  is 
intermittent  with  inert  gas  being  injected  when  liquid  nitrogen 
is  not  injected.  The  application  of  the  heat  and  the  injection  of 
the  gas  eliminates  the  tendency  oi  the  injector  to  b^  plugged 
by  ice  formation.     ^^^      "  ^ 


3,672,183 
ICE  BANK  HEAT  EXCHANGER 

2636  North  HutcfaiMon  Street,  PWlortf  ipMa, 


Arthur 
Pa. 

Fled  Jan.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,101 
Int.  CLF25d  7  7/02 
U.S.a.62— 139 

An  ice  bank  heat  exchanger  including  a  process  water 
retaining  reservoir  provided  with  a  hot  process  water  inlet  and 
a  water  outlet  returning  cooled  water  to  the  process  equip- 
ment, a  refrigeration  unit  associated  with  the  said  reservoir 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1298 


and  expanding  through  evaporator  coils  contained  within  the 
said  water  reservoir,  the  evaporator  coils  being  affixed  to  ice 
bank  plates  which  are  arranged  within  the  reservoir  to  freeze 


3,672,184 
APPARATUS  FOR  THERMALLY  INSULATING  A  BODY 

Fled  Dec  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  883,744 
InLCLF25b7i/00 
U.S.CL62— 324  15( 


A  thermal  insulation  is  obtained  by  producing  foam,  m- 
troducing  the  foam  into  the  insulating  space,  collecting  the 
liquid  formed  upon  the  collapse  of  the  foam,  again  transform- 
ing said  liquid  into  foam  and  introducing  the  foam  into  the  in- 
sulating space  to  replace  the  collapsed  foam. 


to  AtlM 


3,672,185 
IMPULSE  MOTOR 
Knot  Chrlnan  Schocps,  Narita,  Sweden, 
<>i|KO  Aktiebokw.  Nacka,  Sweden 

Fled  Fci».  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,283 
Oalns  priority,  afiplcBlion  Sweden,  Fell.  28, 1969, 2842/69 
Int  CL  F16d  3180;  B25d  15/00 
U.S.CL64— 26  15 


60 


^  A  impulse  motor  comprises  a  rotataUe  c^inder  with  a  cavi- 
ty containing  a  liquid,  a  rotataUe  anvil  and  a  sealing  member 
being  movaUy  mounted  in  the  cavity  for  cyclically  passing  a 
sealing  position  therein  during  relative  rotations  between  the 
cylinder  and  anvil,  in  which  sealing  position  the  sealing 
member  separates  a  chamber  in  the  cavity  disposed  between 

889  O.O. — «» 


the  cylinder  and  anvil  and  cf  decreasing  liquid  volume  during 
continued  roution  ot  the  cylinder.  The  impulse  motor  has  a 
relief  vaNe  in  the  cylinder  and  means  for  controlling  the  relief 
valve  in  dependence  upon  the  rotation  of  said  cylinder  for 
keeping  during  subsequent  passages  of  said  sealing  member 
past  said  sealing  position  firstly  at  least  once  in  sequence  the 
said  chamber  open  in  said  cavi^  for  permitting  acceleration  of 
the  cylinder  during  more  than  one  revolution  thereto  and 
thereupon  closed  for  producing  a  pressure  impulse  in  said 
chamber  active  to  rotate  the  anvil. 


I       y  r    n.r 

♦/jo       *«      M      26 


the  stored  process  cooling  water  and  to  provide  a  serpentine 
water  path  therethrough  from  the  hot  water  inlet  connection 
to  the  cooled  water  outlet  connection. 


3,672,186 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  FCNIMING  A  RD 

FABRIC  HAVING  A  TWO-PLY  SECTION 

Joseph  Rah,  New  York,  N.Y.,  asilpinr  to  Kidt  Tech  Develop. 


Fled  April  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27^39 
Int.  CL  D04b  9/06, 15/54 
U.S.  0.66^25 


The  method  of  knitting  two-ply  segments  extending  cour- 
sewise  of  a  rib  fabric  on  a  knitting  machine  of  the  type  having 
two  sets  of  needles,  for  example  cylinder  and  dial  needles,  a 
plurality  of  feeds,  and  means  at  a  selected  feed  for  guiding  the 
yam  forming  each  ply  into  the  padi  ottht  hooks  of  the  needles' 
on  which  it  is  being  knit  and  into  the  hook-opposite  side  of  die 
other  set  of  needles.  The  feeding  of  the  yams  to  their  respec- 
tive sets  of  needles  is  carried  on  at  a  single  yam  feed  without 
reliance  on  any  special  cams  or  delayed  timing. 


3,672,117 
FABRIC 
Elsworth  C.  Slnpaon,  Glcw  Fdh,  N.Y. 
Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  Maj  19, 1967,  Scr.  No.  639336 
Int.Cl.D04b2J/70 
U.S.CL66— 192  14 


toPOlyiok 


A  fabric  having  a  layer  of  substantially  spaced  apart  tj^igp 
elements  wliich  are  laid  on  a  ck)th  substrate,  in  the  warp 


1294 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  21,.  1972 


direction,  along  nonlinear  paths  is  disclosed.  The  design  ele-  generally  on  some  form  of  flow-through  principle,  and  com- 
ments are  affixed  to  the  substrate  and  other  optional  com-  monly  included  a  weir  arrangement.  The  present  invention 
ponents  of  the  falwic  by  knit-stitching  with  parallel  rows  of  resides  in  an  arrangement  whereby  increments  of  the  bath  are 
stitches  forming  a  series  of  loop  chains.  intermittenUy  discharged  by  periodically  opening  the  drain 
valve,  a^d  fresh  water  is  admitted  to  replenish  ^hat  is 

3,672,188 
WASHING  MACinNE 
Hofo  Wcnwr  GcKhka,  Aagmniiiid;  WoH^Mig  Obcrhoff,  Kre. 
fdd,  and  Ktaui  Korb,  Untorf,  al  of  Gcrmuiy,  MrigDon  to 
Bcgci  AG,  Chur,  Swtocrtaiid 

nkd  Aivfl  20, 1970.  Scr.  No.  30,128 
Claims  priorky,  amiHiliuii  Gcnnagiy,  April  18,  1969,  P  19 
19  730.9;  Aug.  28, 1969,  P 19  43  690.9 
laLCLBO5c5/00 
U.&CL68— 12R  23< 


discharged  each  tin»e,  controlled  by  a  bath-level  ^tch. 
Further,  it  is  a  feature  that  existing  commercial  machines  of 
both  the  tub  and  shell-less  types  can  be  modified  to  perform 
these  new  functions  simply  by  changing  the  control  circuity 
without  aqy  structural  changes. 

I        


iORIZED 


A  washing  machine  with  a  ftx>nt-loading  washing  and  drying 
chamber,  including  a  slidable  rack  for  the  suspension  of  gar- 
.ipents  to  be  washed  by  a  set  of  spray  nozzles,  is  provided  with 
a  narrow  air  shaft  rising  alongside  the  treatment  chamber  and 
communicating  with  it  at  the  top  and  bottom,  the  air  being  cir- 
culated in  a  drying  phase  along  a  closed  path  by  a  blower 
above  the  chamber.  A  sprinkler  disposed  in  the  upper  part  of 
the  air  shaft  serves  to  condense  the  steam  entrained  with  the 
circulating  air,  its  jets  being  intercepted  by  a  textile  liner  on 
the  shaft  wall  which  guides  the  water  down  to  a  collecting 
trough  at  the  chamber  bottom.  In  a  washing  phase,  with  the 
spray  nozzles  operating,  solution  accumulating  in  the  trough  is 
recirculated  after  reheating  by  a  heater  split  into  two  sections, 
one  of  them  being  eneigizBd  continuously  during  a  warmup 
period  while  the  other  is  energized  only  during  standstill  of  the 
intermittenUy  operated  recirculation  pump. 


3,672,190 
DEVICE  FOR  PREVENTING  UNAUTH 
REMOVAL  OF  PORTABLE  EQUIPMENT 
Mario  Pthtaato,  Jackson  Heights,  N.Y., 
Metal  Flabricators,  Inc.,  Long  UaiMl  Clt 
FBed  June  24, 1970,  Scr.  No. 
InL  CL  E05b  73/00;  F16b  < 
VS.  a.  70—58 


m  Mm- 

S  CWms 


^aTI 


»«5;  «effi^^,^%'SK'KKv;29Kv.:;:%y>s'x-KiiK:  xaa.: 


3,672,189 

CONTINUOUS  RINSE  AND  COOL-DOWN  CONTROL 

Richard  A.  Ugh,  and  Gcai«e  J.  Vopcr,  both  of  Cindnnirti, 

OMo,  aarigwn  to  McGraw-Edfaon  Company,  Elgin,  m. 
FDed  Aug.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,069 

Int.a.D06fiJ/02 

U.S.C1.68-12R  8Clafans 

A  continuous  rinse  and  cool-down  contnd  for  washers  and 
washer-extractors  is  provided  of  a  character  which  requires 
modification  only  of  the  electrical  circuitry  <rf  existing  com- 
mercial machines.  The  initial  step  in  this  control  is  to  open  the 
drain  valve  on  an  intermittent  time  basis,  and  in  response 
water  is  added  by  a  water  level  control  to  replace  that  which  is 
drained.  Preferably,  the  drain  valve  is  opened  every  other  time 
the  direction  of  the  drive  is  changed,  and  is  closed  after  a 
preset  interval  determined  by  a  timer.  Since  the  machine  is 
never  completely  drained  by  this  method  the  rinsing  operation 
is  a  continuous  one. 

A  continuous  rinse  is  advantageous  in  that  it  achieves 
economy  in  time  used  to  complete  a  rinse  operation.  Prior 
methods  <rf  obtaining  continuous  rinsing  have  operated 


A  device  to  prevent  theft  or  other  unauthorized  removal  of 
portable  equipment,  such  as  typewriters,  adding  machines  and 
the  like,  from  their  normal  location  or  places  of  use.  The  pro- 
tective device  comprises  a  bar  readily  attachaUe  by  fasteners 
passing  through  the  bar  and  through  openings  in  the  desk  top. 
shelf  or  oAer  supporting  member,  and  into  the  base  of  the 
piece  of  poruble  equipment.  The  latter  is  thus  held  in  firm  en- 
gagement  with  the  supporting  member.  Access  to  the  at- 
taching bar  and  fasteners  is  prevented  by  a  trou^like 
member  which  encases  the  attaching  bar  and  the  fasteners. 
The  encasing  member  is  provided  with  lock  means  for  secur- 
ing it  in  position,  so  as  thereby  to  prevent  any  but  an 
authorized  person  from  gaming  access  to  the  fasteners  as- 
sociated with  the  attaching  bar. 


to  Eaton  Corpom- 


3,672,191 
SECURITVCARD 
John  F.  Ragan,  Anahdm,  CaHf., 
tloB,ClcTdand,OUo 

FUed  Aug.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63.717 
Int.  CLE05b  7  9/00 

U.S.CL70— 393  

A  security  card  for  use  with  electronic  locks,  accounting 
systems  and  other  electrical  identification  and  data  processing 
systems  comprising  a  plastic  wallet-size  card  with  a  coded  per- 


TCb^tm 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1295 


mutation  circuit  imbedded  in  the  card.  Terminals  connected  crimping  operations  including  a  ratchet  tooth  movable  witii 
to  the  circuit  are  exposed  through  a  window  in  at  least  one  the  ram  and  a  pawl  adapted  to  engage  the  tooth  against  retiim 
side  of  Uie  card  for  mating  witii  matching  contacts  in  a  recep-    movement  of  tiie  ram  in  response  to  a  crimping  stroke  of  less 

than  a  predetermined  length. 


3,672,192 

SPRING  RETRACTABLE  CAR  KEY 

VaariUos  Dontos,  6056  West  A,  West  Linn,  Orcg. 

FBed  Feb.  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116,191 

Int.  a.  A47g 29//0,  E05b  J9/00 

U.S.CL  70-414 


SClaims 


30    34       28      ,11        29    12,        ^       33    uj      ,7 


"V-F- 


jVaVaVaVaVaV 


47 
— -~S.  20 


V^ 


A, 


-/- 


^^ 


J 


J 


\^ 


35 


w  / 


^'   22'       ^2-^    nJ      d  ^i^ 


A  retractable  key  holder  has  a  carriage  disposed  within  to 
which  a  key  is  releasably  clamped  by  a  shoulder  on  a  shaft 
threadedly  engaged  with  such  carriage  and  extending  exteri- 
orly of  the  holder.  A  pair  of  compression  springs  are  disposed 
in  the  body  of  the  holder  in  parallel  relation  to  the  key.  Prongs 
extending  from  one  side  of  the  carriage  are  engageable  with 
the  springs.  Pressure  applied  to  an  actuator  carried  by  the 
shaft  slides  the  carriage  and  the  clamped  key  to  an  extended 
position  causing  the  prongs  to  compress  the  springs  and  bias 
the  key  toward  its  retracted  position. 


3,672,193 
PRESSER  TOOL  WITH  FAULTY  OPERATION  LOCK 
Teddy  M.  SddBcr,  Huntington  Bcwdi,  CaHf.,  anignor  to  Purcx 
Corporation,  Lalwwood,  CaHf . 

FDed  April  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,183 

Int.  a.  B21d  55/00 

VS.  CL  72—4  10  daims 


ech 


3,672,194 

FORMING  AND  TRIMMING  APPARATUS  FX)R 
HYDROFORM  PRESS 
Jolm  J.  Martin,  MBford,  Conn.,  awriipBoi  to  Avco  Corporlion, 
Stratford,  Conn. 

FDed  Nov.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  91,288 

lntCLE2li28/18 

VS.  a.  72—55  5  CWms 


tacle  at  a  remote  station  of  a  security  system.  The  terminals 
are  spaced  from  the  inserting  edge  of  the  card  a  sufficient 
distance  to  avoid  physical  damage. 


A   crimping   toed   employing   a   fluid   pressure   operated 
reciprocable  ram.  Ratchet  means  is  provided  to  prevent  faulty 


A  device  having  separate  shape-forming  and  trim  die  por- 
tions is  incorporated  in  a  hydrcrfbrm  press.  A  blank  sheet  is 
placed  over  the  die  portions  and  a  diaphragm  is  placed  over 
the  blank  sheet.  The  diaphragm  is  pressurized  witii  hydraulic 
fluid  and  then  only  the  shape-forming  die  portions  are  urged 
into  the  flexible  die  element  to  shape  and  trim  the  element  in  a 
single  cycle  of  the  machine,    t 


3,672,195 

AUTOMATIC  LOADING  DEVICE  FOR  PULLEY 

SPUmNG  MACHINE 

Matthew  Pacak,  Solon,  Olrio,  aHignor  to  Eaton  CorponMioii, 
ClevdaBd,OMo 

FHcd  Jan.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,932 
Int.a.B21h7/04 
U.S.CL72— 71  .  1 


An  apparatus  for  making  grooved  Mieels  includes  a  metal 
blank  feeder  and  a  forming  mechanism  for  forming  grooves  in 
the  metal  blanks.  The  feeder  includes  a  retaining  means  for 
retaining  a  supfriy  of  metal  blanks  and  a  mechanism  for  feed- 
ing the  blanks  from  the  supi^y  mto  position  so  that  the  form- 
ing nnechanisni  can  work  therecm.  The  forming  mechanism  in- 
cludes toc^  which  split  the  peripheral  edge  erf"  the  metal  blank 
while  the  blank  is  being  rotated.  The  feeding  mechamsm 

operates  to  eject  a  completed  grooved  wheel  from  the  forming 
mechanism  while  positioning  another  metal  blank  to  be 
formed  in  the  forming  mechanism. 


I 


1296 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


I  3^72,198 

'  FENDER  FLAIRING  APPARATUS  I 

J.CMiulU■i»,LldleRock,AI^u,■liiPBr^oA^yIiH 


3A72.1M 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  MAKING 

CORRUGATIONS  IN  TUBES  CONSICTING  OF  DUCTILE 

MATERIAL 
FHedrich  Lwdwr,  H—iidki,  Bmm  Lw  VkKkM,  RrfrtlM  Fled  April  6, 1970.  Scr.  No.  2S^2 

Witer  Bonn-,  PttHt  FMcr  Aaribons  and  Wcncr  |  IiM.  CL  B21d  7/02 

,  Llk  lit  DuiNiM  ChiBiwIi.  ^  iif  riii—ij.  m     U.S.CL 72^215  5 

to   Frilai   A 


cLimi 


The  revtne  curl  on  the  end  of  an  arcuate  fender  it  roU- 
formed  between  a  tUtionary  curved  die  and  a  movable  roller 
die  which  if  rolled  along  the  ttationary  die. 


I 


A  tube  consisting  of  ductile  metallic  or  plastic  material  is 
provided  with  drcumferentiany  comfrfete  corrugations,  heli- 
cal grooves  and/or  axiaUy  parallel  grooves  while  it  traveb 
between  two  umversally  movable  bearing*  so  that  it  can  flex 
sideways  without  any  appreciable  elongation  or  hardening  of 
its  material.  The  grooves  or  corrugations  are  formed  by  toob 
having  concave  tube-engaging  £aoes  and  rotatably  mounted  in 
a  bolder  whidi  ortto  about  the  tube  between  the  two 
bearings.  The  tools  can  be  fixedly  or  adjustably  mounted  in 
the  holder,  in  the  latter  instance,  a  sin^  set  at  tools  can  be 
used  to  form  ciicumferentiaUy  complete  corrugations,  helical 
grooves  or  axiaUy  parallel  grooves. 


3.^72,199 
COBBLE  RELIEF  MECHANISM  FOR  RCHXING  MILL 
David  H.  West,  airi  KcHMlk  R.  StaM,  batk  «f  CarraBtoil,  Gik, 
— Ijww  to  Soatliwlre  Coip— y,  Carrol 

I   FladMayl8,1970.S«-.No.3M93 
tat.  CL  B21b  J9/20, 41/00 
VS.CL72r-250  6i 


CarroBtoB.^ 
193 


3.672,197 
STRAIGHTENING  MACHINE  FOR  PIPE-LIKE  ARTICLES 
TiJIiilih  Popov,  dkM  ZakMdoMoqfa,  24.  kv.  110; 

II.kv. 


43;  Aaalnia  Leooidovldi  Soirfn,  uBlaa  Koricva.  9, 
kv.  152;  GcHMdy 
idHM,  12,  kv.  24, 
GoBchaniy  pcrcnlok,  3.  kv.  39,  al  of  Moooow,  UAS.R. 
FBed  Ai«.  11, 1969,  Scr.  No.  849,009 
lBt.CLB21di/0d 
UACL72— 79  2 


For  straightening  pipes,  there  is  provided  a  machine  with 
input  and  output  rcdlers  between  which  are  rotatably  and 
coaxially  arranged  three  casings  internally  carrying  tongue 
passes  which  engage  and  straighten  the  pipes.  The  casings  are 
driven  in  opposite  directions. 


A  cobble  relief  mechanm  for  a  rolling  mOl  of  a  contkiuouo 
metal  casting  and  roDtng  system  wherein  the  accumulation  of 
rod  within  the  mOl  housing  is  relieved  by  opening  a  portion  of 
the  housing  and  allowing  the  rod  to  play  out  of  the  opening. 
The  housing  is  opened  in  response  to  the  buildup  of  the  rod 
within  the  housing,  and  when  the  rod  is  allowed  to  eacape 
from  the  confines  of  the  housing  the  hazard  of  damage  to  the 
rolling  mil  components  is  reduced  and  the  entangled  rod  is 
played  out  beyond  the  housing  until  the  operation  cf  the 
rolling  mis  is  termifuaed. 


[miOi 


3,672,200 
MACHINE  IXKH. 


Afltoku  Kogyo  KabwMd 


to 

AkU, 


FBed  Dec  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,947 
rkirity,  i^tmatkm  Japan,  Dec  24, 1969. 44/1386; 
Nov.  14, 1970,45/100621 

IaLa.B21ci//2 

U.S.CL 72-285  ^  .  .  **      , 

A  machine  tool,  e.g.,  an  extruder  or  a  push  bench,  for 

processingalong  work-piece,  which  machine  tool  comprises  a 
pair  of  holder  members,  each  including  a  center  pin  for  hold- 
ing either  longitudinal  end  of  said  long  work-piece  by  engag- 
ing one  of  center  hcries  prebored  on  opposite  edge  surfaces  of 
the  work-piece,  a  die  capable  of  shaping  saki  work-piece,  and 


■Olf.^i**  ,-=^ 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1297 


a  hydraulic  piston-cjdinder  device  for  moving  said  die  while 
causing  the  die  to  operatively  engage  the  work-piece.  The 
hydraulic  piston-cylinder  device  includes  a  driving  portion  for 


actuating  the  die  and  a  compensating  portion  for  selectively 
releasing  the  stress  in  the  work-piece  during  the  working  l^ 
the  die. 


3,672,201 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  SHAPING  TUBES 

John  W.  MnslMw,  Gordn  Grove,  CaML,  torignnr  to  TIk  Bat- 

we  iwvHopinim  c^Mfpcianow,  t^oiuniDMs,  muo 

FBed  May  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  825,482 

int.  CLB21C  J/72 

U.S.CL72— 285  16  ( 


b 


mm 


Elongated  workpieces  are  axially  positioned  in  a  chamber 
formed  with  a  cavity  that  is  designed  to  axially  guide  a  die  that 
is  forced  throu^  the  cavity  over  the  woricpiece.  In  one  em- 
bodiment a  tubular  woricpiece  is  shaped  by  both  the  die  and  a 
mandrel.  In  another  embodiment  the  die  is  a  deformable  die 
and  the  cavity  tapers  so  that  the  die  is  caused  to  ckxe  over  and 
shape  the  workpiece  during  drawing. 


3,672,202 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  WAVEGUIDE  BEND 

Wayne    Barber,    Bedford,    Maas..    aaripwr    to    Microwave 

Devckipmcal  Laboratories,  Inc.  NcedhMn  Hdgfals,  M^ 

FBed  Sept.  15, 1970.  Scr.  No.  72,279 

iBt.a.HOipy7/ao 

U.S.  a.  72-369  2 


A  method  of  forming  an  H-plane  or  E-plane  bend  in  a 
straight,  hollow,  rectangular  waveguide  is  described  which 
permits  a  decrease  in  the  "a"  or  "b"  dimension  in  going 
around  the  bend.  In  the  practice  of  the  method,  part  of  one 
wall  of  the  waveguide  is  deformed  by  a  die  to  cause  the  wall 
portion  to  be  sheared  firom  the  adjacent  walls  and  pressed  into 
the  waveguide.  The  portions  of  the  waveguide  walls  extending 
outside  the  deformed  wall  are  cut  away.  Triangular  segments 
are  removed  from  the  waveguide  to  form  the  guide  into  three 
sections.  The  three  sections  are  then  folded  together  to  make 
the  bend. 


3,672,203 
TOOTH  FORMING  TOOL 
Marvin  R.  Anderson.  17  DecplcBids  Sooth.  Grasae 
Snores,  nflcn. 

FBed  Feb.  8, 1971.  Scr.  No.  1 13^27 
lilt.  a.B21h  5/02 
VS.  a.  72—469  12 


A  tool  for  pressure  forming  teeth  on  the  periphery  of  a 
cylindrical  workpiece  comprising  a  body  having  a  leading  end 
and  a  trailing  end  with  a  front  portion  extending  rearwardly 
from  the  leading  end  and  a  rear  portion  extending  from  the 
front  portion  to  the  trailing  end.  A  plurality  of  identical  teeth 
are  provided  on  the  rear  portion,  each  of  which  has  a  configu- 
ration fully  conjugate  to  the  configuration  of  the  teeth  to  be 
formed  on  the  workpiece.  A  plurality  of  teeth  are  formed  on 
the  front  portion,  the  tips  of  which  are  spaced  from  the  plane 
of  the  tips  of  the  teeth  of  the  rear  portion  at  progressively  in- 
creasing distances  from  the  juncture  of  the  fitmt  and  rear  por- 
tions to  the  leading  end.  Each  tooth  on  the  front  portion  is 
congruent  with  the  teeth  on  the  rear  portion  frtmi  the  tips  of 
the  teeth  of  the  rear  portion  toward  the  root  thereof  for  a 
distance  corresponding  to  the  height  of  the  respective  front 
tooth.  In  one  arrangement,  the  front  teeth  are  eadi  inclined 
with  respect  to  the  rear  teeth  and  are  otherwise  of  klentical 
size  to  the  rear  teeth.  In  another  arrangement,  the  body  has  a 
root  line  common  to  both  the  frtmt  and  rear  portions,  and  the 
frtmt  teeth  are  each  of  progressively  decreasing  height  above 
the  root  line  from  the  juncture  of  the  front  and  rear  portions  to 
the  leading  end  of  the  body. 


3.672,204 

TRANSIENT  THERMAL  METHOD  AND  MEANS  FOR 

NONDESTRUCnVELY  TESTING  A  SAMPLE 

Donakl  R.  Green.  RkMand.  Wash.,  assign  iii  to  The  Uirilcd 

States  of  ABMrica  as  npitatiHul  by  the  United  States  Atomic 

Energy  ComnaBBon 

FBed  April  8. 1970.  Scr.  No.  26.569 
InLCLGOln  25/00 
U.S.a.73— 15R  23( 


"*/ 

/ 

POLSl 

n 

"l 

-sin  mt 

irncMHtwoua 

CCS.  mt 

MVLnPLIUi  . 

■350' 


A  sample  is  nondestructively  tested  by  generating  and  trans- 
mitting a  transient-frmction  heat  flux  into  a  surface  of  the  sam- 
lAc  and  measuring  responsive  to  the  heat  flux  the  surface  ther- 
mal impedance  of  the  sam^de  at  the  area  thereof  in  contact 
with  heat  flux. 


1298 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,,  1972 


3^72,205  '  3,672,207 

DETERMINATION  OF  HEAT  TRANSFER  THROUGH  APPARATUS  FOR  VERIFYING  HERMETICITY  OF 

FLUIDS  SMALL  ELECTRONIC  ASSEMBLIES 

WolfgH«  LddcnfhMt,  Wot  Uftycttt,  ImL,  aalgiior  to  The  AOen  R.  Cramp,  Li«uiia  Beach,  and  Koiiwth  J.  Brion,  Fuler^ 
Uirited  States  of  America  m  nynrntnttd  by  the  Sccretwy  of  ton,  both  of  CaUf .,  ■Mignorm  to  North  Amarfcan  Rqcfcwdl 
the  Ah-  Force  Corporton 

Fikd  Dec.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  97,597  .     Filed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Ser.  No.  103,450 

InLCLG01n2J/7^  |  Int.CLti01nii/02.i/20 

U.S.CL73— 15A  lOClabns  UA  0.73—40.7  10  ( 


:4|cfcwdi 

tClafam 


S?^iL3^« 


A  method  is  provided  for  determining  the  heat  transfer  pro- 
perties of  a  fluid  which  comprises  filling  the  space  between 
two  concentric  geometrically  similar  objects  with  the  fluid  to 
be  tested,  the  objects  being  in  a  state  of  thermal  equilibrium; 
changing  the  temperature  of  the  outer  of  the  two  concentric 
bodies;  measuring  the  capacitance  between  the  bodies  as  the 
temperature  oS  the  outer  body  changes;  and  measuring  the 
time  required  for  the  capacitance  measurement  to  reach  a 
constant  value,  thereby  indicating  that  the  two  bodies  are  in  a 
new  state  of  thermal  equilibrium.  One  of  the  most  important 
uses  of  the  method  is  in  controlling  the  quaUty  of  industrial 
products  produced  by  continuous  processes. 


A  sealed  package  in  a  test  chamber  is  exposed  to  the  flow  of 
a  high  purity  inert  carrier  gas  at  a  lower  than  atmocpheric 
pressure.  If  the  sealed  package  leaks,  the  carrier  gas  purity 
level  changes  and  is  measured  by  a  gas  chromatograph  detec- 
tor. Buffer  chambers  surrounding  the  test  chamber  are  con- 
tinuously purged  of  any  contaminants  for  preventing  con- 
tamination of  the  test  chamber  from  outside  sources. 


3,672,206 
OXYGEN  DENSITOMETER  FOR  UQUID  METALS  I 

Tadaihi  Goto,  Hllacfai-dii,  Japui,  nwlgnor  to  Hitachi,  Ltd.,    U.S.  Q.  73— 49.2 
Tokyo, Japan 

Filed  July  17, 1969,  Ser.  No.  842,642 
Claims  priority,  appttcatlon  Japan,  July  24, 1968, 43/51863 
Int.CLG01n27/0« 
UACL73— 61  7 


I  3,672,208 

TESTING  DEVICE  FOR  TESTING  EDGES  OF  CYLINDERS 

FOR  DEFECTS 
RonaM  A.  Pearcc,  Laiccwood,  Colo.,  awignor  to  Coofs  Con- 
tainer Company,  Golden,  Colo. 

1      Filed  Sept.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,555 
I  Int.a.G01mi/i2 


Coon 


6Claims 


An  oxygen  densitometer  for  liquid  metals  employs  a  pair  of 
separated  passageways,  each  having  different  cross  sectional 
areas,  each  passageway  being  located  immediately  adjacent 
with  the  other  end  and  receiving  a  common  stream  of  liquid 
metal.  A  pair  of  electrodes  are  disposed  on  each  passageway 
so  that  the  liquid  flow  on  the  passageway  may  be  measured  to 
provide  an  indication  of  the  differential  flow  resistance 
between  the  two  passageways  caused  by  an  oxides  which  may 
exist  within  the  liquid  metal.  l*referably,  the  passageways  in- 
clude concentrically  disposed  tubes  and  the  electrodes  at- 
tached thereto  provide  a  signal  representing  flow  resistance 
differential  and  a  thermometer  attached  thereto  provides  a 
signal  representing  the  temperature  of  the  liquid  metal. 


A  testing  device  for  testing  edges  of  cylinders  for  defects 
comprising  a  flexible  diaphragm  member  and  a  holder  for  said 
member  through  which  compressed  air  is  injected  into  a 
cylinder  to  be  tested  while  the  diaphragm  is  in  cylinder  sealing 
position  relatively  to  the  end  of  the  cylinder.  The  cylinder  is 
positioned  in  a  pressure  casing  which  provides  an  air  chamber 
between  the  casing  and  the  cylinder.  Measurement  of  the  air 
pressure  in  the  chamber  indicates  whether  any  compressed  air 
has  leaked  out  of  the  cylinder  due  to  defect  in  the  cylinder. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1299 


The  diaphragm-sealing  member  comprises  a  flexible  bearing 
wall  sealing  the  end  of  the  cylinder  to  be  tested,  said  bearing 
wall  becoming  deformed  under  light  pressure  without  being 
compressed  and  avoiding  defect-concealing  engagement  with 
the  cylinder  side  walls  when  in  sealing  contact  with  the 
cylinder  and  edge. 


3,672,209 
UQUm  METAL  MONITCHIS 
Peter  FVands  Roach,  Warrfagton,  and  Danld  FraMf  Davicten, 
Bowdon,  both  of  Fjigland,  aMimini  i  to  United  Kingdom 
Atomic  Eneigy  Authority,  London,  fjigP— »H 

Filed  Sept.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,157 
Claims  priority,  appHcadon  Great  Britain,  Oct  7,  1969, 
49317/69 

Int  CL  GOln  /  I/OO,  25/02 
U.S.  CL  73— 61  LM  4ClidnK 


A  liquid  ;netal  monitor  comprising  an  orifice  in  a  liquid 
metal  flow  path  which  orifice  can  be  at  least  partially  plugged 
by  impurity  precipitated  from  liquid  metal  in  the  flow  path,  a 
division  of  the  liquid  metal  flow  at  the  orifice  into  two  parts  so 
that  subsequently  one  of  the  parts  passes  through  and  the 
other  part  by-passes  the  oriflce,  characterized  in  that  heat 
transfer  means  are  provided  for  transferring  heat  energy  from 
the  liquid  metal  in  the  flow  path  upstream  of  the  orifice  to 
liquid  metal  in  the  flow  path  down  stream  of  the  orifice. 


3,672,210 
ULTRASONIC  INSPECTION  SYSTEM  WITH  SCANNED 
MULTIPLE  TRANSDUCERS 
Rusaeli  N.  Creasman,  Center  Valley;  Walter  J.  Bantz,  and  Ed- 
ward M.  Nusbkkel,  Jr.,  both  of  AUentown,  aO  of  Pa.,  as- 
signors to  Bethlehem  Sted  Corporation 

FDed  Nov.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878,488 

Int.  CL  GOln  29/04 

U.S.  CI.  73—67.9  6  Clafam 


fit' 


E«S L*,.. 


piece.    Each    transducer    is    connected    to    a    combined 
pulser/prereceiver  operating  under  control  oS  a  single  gate.  A 
binary  counter,  driven  by  a  triggering  pulse  from  a  clock,  is- 
sues binary  coded  channel  selecting  signals.  Each  control  gate 
also  functions  as  a  decoder  of  these  signals  and  enables  itself 
unassisted  by  other  circuitry  and  in  sequence  with  the  otlier 
gates,  thus  causing  electronic  scanning  of  the  transducers.  A 
series  of  pulse  echo  signals  from  each  prereceiver  are  passed 
in  sequence  through  a  main  receiver  amplifier  and  on  to  a 
system  of  gates.  These  gates  are  synchronized  by  the  triggering 
pulse  and  pass  only  preselected  pulse  echo  signals  from  each 
prereceiver.  Defect  signal  discriminators  sample  the  gated 
pulse  echo  signals  and  simultaneously  distinguish  between 
transposition  and  amplitude  ratio  determined  defects,  such  as 
laminations,  and  other  defects.  Alarms  iot  each  channel,  or 
other  utilization  circuits,  are  selectively  activated  by  the  dis- 
criminator outputs  when  combined  with  channel  selecting 
signals. 


3,672,211 
ULTRASONIC  SEARCH  UNIT 
Gordon  H.  Hatch,  BrookfUd,  Conn.,  enniiinnr  to  Automathm 
Industries,  Lkm  Century  City,  CidiL 

FDed  June  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  42,076 
Int  CL  GOln  29/04 
UAa.73— 71.5  6( 


not        Of  I  a 


Herein  described  is  an  ultrasonic  nondestructive  material 
tester  which  is  useful  in  testing  cylindrical  objects,  such  as 
pipes  or  rods.  Included  in  the  device  is  a  search  unit,  com- 
prised of  a  housing  which  includes  a  pair  of  shoes  outwardly 
extending  therefrom,  which  is  adapted  to  ride  on  the  outside 
diameter  of  the  pipe  or  rod.  A  search  unit  is  disposed  in  a 
manner  so  tliat  ultrasonic  energy  radiated  therefixim  is  always 
normal  to  the  outside  diameter  of  the  workpiece.  A  bracket  is 
affixed  to  the  housing  and  a  plate  is  positioned  parallel  to  the 
bracket  and  spaced  therefirom.  One  side  of  the  plate  is  coupled 
to  the  bracket  by  flexiire.  The  other  side  of  the  plate  is  spring- 
coupled  to  the  bracket.  A  second  plate  parallel  to  and  spaced 
firom  the  first  plate  is  coufded  to  the  first  plate  with  a  flexure 
on  the  side  of  the  bracket  ninety  degrees  from  the  first  plate 
flexure.  The  second  plate  b  spring-coupled  to  the  first  plate  in 
a  similar  manner. 


Portable  ultrasonic  search  unit  has  multiple  transducers, 
each  located  over  an  incremental  surface  of  a  metallic  work- 


3,672,212 

DEVICE  FOR  THE  MEASUREMENT  (W  THE  ANGLE  OF 

ROTATION  Gf  A  ROT  AT  ABLE  OBJECT 
Rudolf  Caapary,  Hanau  am  M^n,  and  Peter  KietwJnnn, 
Nlederrodenbach,  both  of  Germany,  ■arinnoia  to  Dunlop 
Holdfa«i  Limited,  London,  Ei^lMid 

FUed  March  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23396 
Oatans  priority,  application  Gcnnany,  Mardi  31, 1969,  P 19 
16525^ 

Int.  CLGOIh  J/26 
U.S.  CL  73-99  12  n,i— 

A  device  for  the  accurate  measurement,  despite  misalign- 
ment of  parts,  of  the  angle  of  rotation  or  twist  of  an  object 
capable  of  being  rotated  or  twisted  e.g.  a  test-piece  in  a  tor- 
sion-testing apparatus.  The  device  incorporates  opposed  con- 


1300 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


1972 


tacts  normally  held  free  of  an  associated  annular  resistor  or  re- 
sistors, the  contacts  being  connected  to  a  summing  circuit 


KssssEssBs:^: 


\vmm.vvwrr 


which  compensate*  for  errors  arising  from  the  angular  mea- 
surement of  voltage  to  arrive  at  the  angle  of  rotation  or  twist. 


3,672^13 
TORQUE  TRANSDUCERS 
KcfUMth  WatMM,  Ycovl,  Ei^ImmI,  Miltiiiii  to  WcidMid  Ak^ 
crafi  Linltodt  Yeovfl,  Somcnct,  Enghuid 

FBed  Aag.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,074 
ClaiBH  priority,  appHcaHon  GroM  Brilalii,  Ang.  22,  1969, 
41,997/69 

I11I.CLGOIIJ//O 
U.S.a.73— 136A  61 


A  torque  transducer  for  insertion  within  a  hollow  shaft  con- 
sisting of  a  tube  with  expansible  ends  and  having  a  waisted 
portion  akmg  a  predetermined  length  forming  a  housing  for 
strain  gauges. 

The  expansible  ends  of  the  tube  compriK  expansion  bolti  to 
give  a  non-slip  pressure  face  contact  with  the  inside  face  of  the 
shaft  on  which  torque  measurements  are  required. 


3,672,214 
ROPE  TENSION  GAUGE  fX>R  ELEVATOR  SYSTEM 
Kcalaro  Yamda,  Boienlkid,  fij^  airigiior  to  Otfa  Ekvitar 
Company,  New  Yoric,  N.Y. 

FBed  Oct  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  865,048 

lot  CLGOll  5/06 

U.S.a.73— 144  in«i». 

A  hoist  rope  tension  gauge  for  an  elevator  system,  including 

an  elevator  car,  a  counterweight,  and  a  plurality  of  hoist  ropes 


suspending  said  elevator  car  and  counterweight,  wherein  said 
rope  tension  gauge  is  connected  to  one  of  said  hoist  ropes  and 
is  operative  to  measure  the  rope  tension  force  in  said  hoist 
rope  for  comparison  with  the  rope  tension  forces  in  the 
remaining  hoist  ropes  for  equalizing  said  forces,  said  rope  ten- 
sion gauge  comprising  an  elongate  bearing  member  having 
bearing  portions  disposed  at  opposite  ends  thereof  for  engag- 
ing opposite  sides  of  spaced  portions  of  said  selected  rope,  a 


torque  wrench  connected  to  said  bearing  member  at  a  portion 
intermediate  said  bearing  member  ends  for  applying  a  torque 
to  said  bearing  member  for  transmission  to  said  selected  rope, 
an  angle  indicator  mounted  on  said  bearing  member  for  mea- 
suring the  angle  of  displacement  of  said  selected  rope  caused 
by  the  torque  transmitted  to  said  selected  rope,  and  means  for 
measuring  the  amount  of  torque  applied  to  said  selected  rope 
by  said  bearing  member. 


ctedi 


3,672^15 

APPARATUS  EMPLOYING  MODE  JUNCTION  MEANS 
FOR  MEASURING  SUBTERRANEAN  TEMPERATURES 
BcMrford  F.  Stout,  GraBdriew,  and  George  W.  Hanm  Fort 
Worth,  both  at  Tex.,  as^anri  to  Worth  Wd  Sarvem,  Ik., 
FortWorth,Tcx.  "       1 

I      FHed  Sept.  8, 1969.  Scr.  No.  855,981 
I  lot  a.  F21b  49/00  I 

U.S.CL73— 154  4Claiiiis 


Apparatus  for  measuring  temperatures  and  temperature 
anomalies  along  the  longitudinal  axis  <^  a  borehc^  penetrat- 
ing subterranean  formations  characterized  by  a  temperature 
sensor  comprising  a  power  supply  and  a  temperature-compen- 
sated constant  current  regulator  connected  with  at  least  one 
diode  junction  for  flowing  a  constant  current  throi^gh  the 
diode  junction,  the  voltage  drop  across  the  diode  junction 
varying  lineariy  with  temperatures  over  the  range  of  60f'-35O' 
F  and  linearly  enough  to  be  usable  to  temperatures  as  hi^  as 
40(f  F.  bi  a  specific  disclosed  embodiment,  a  unijunction 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1801 


transistor  generates,  in  response  to  the  voltage  drops  across 
the  diode  junction,  freqiiency-type  signals  which  are  sent  to 
the  surface;  an  integrator  is  provided  for  integrating  the 
signals  to  effect  an  indication  of  temperatures;  and  a  dif- 
ferentiator is  provided  for  differentiating  the  output  from  the 
integrator  to  effect  a  differentiated  temperature  indication  to 
delineate  anomalies.  The  temperatures  and  differentiated 
temperature  indications  are  ordinarily  recorded  with  respect 
to  depth.  Specific  structures  of  the  diode  junction  and  of  the 
temperature-compensated  constant  current  regulator  are  also 
disclosed. 


3,67241* 
SYSICM  FtNt  MEASURING  TEMPERATURE  CV  A 
CRYOGENIC  ENVIRONMENT 
L.  HartiiMB,  Hunlivae,  Ala^  MripMir  to  The  United 
of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secrrtai'y  of  the 
Array 

FBed  Jan.  26, 1971.  Scr.  No.  109,876 
Int.  CL  GOlk  7/24,  7/34 
UACL73— 362AR  2( 


3,672,216 

MEASUREMENT  OF  TEMPERATURE  OF  A  MOVING 

STRAND  IN  A  VACUUM 

Albin  E.  SchrsHlcr,  PlUslJiirgh,  Pa.,  aasignar  to  Jones  & 
Laughlfai  Sted  Cuipoi'atloii,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

ContfaiuatkNi-hi-part  of  Scr.  No.  585,140,  Oct  7, 1966, 
abaMioncd.  Thb  appUcafdoa  Aprfl  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,242 
Int.  CL  GOlk  7//6 
U.S.a.73— 343  R  6< 


'> 

»*> 

»N 

ftJLSC 

ooeuroN 

(VI'  (" 

mMcii 

TSUt 

MrcitvM. 

m 

- 

M^ 

"^^ 

sak' 

Nr 

r^ 


■^ 


<? 


/f= 


^ 


3»       40 

M 

M 

J7 


^3* 


The  temperature  of  a  moving  strand  in  a  vacuum  is  mea- 
sured by  placing  a  thermocouple  in  sliding  contact  with  the 
strand  while  supplying  a  gas  inert  to  the  strand  to  the  ther- 
mocouple in  the  region  of  its  contact  with  the  strand. 


3,672,217 
C(HX>R  THERMOMETER  MEASURING  DEVICE 
Miklo  Naya;  Harakl  YinMyirW,  and  Izumi  Horfe,  afl  of 
Toyokawa,  Japan,  sssignnrn  to  Mfaioka  Camera  Kabusfattd 
Kaisha 

FOed  June  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,125 
Clafans  priority,  appBcttai  JsiMn,  June  12, 1969, 44/46248 
lnt.a.G01J5/iO 
U.S.  a.  73—355  EM  5  Oahns 


Two  individual  detecting  circuits  each  of  which  detects  a 
different  spectral  range  and  mcluding  a  photovoltaic  element 
and  a  transistor  for  providing  an  output  signal  proportional  to 
the  intensity  of  spectral  energy  inddem  on  the  photovoltaic 
element.  Each  output  signal  is  modified  by  a  diode  and  pro- 
vided to  an  input  of  a  differential  amplifier  composed  of  a  pair 
of  field  effect  transistors  to  provide  an  output  representative 
of  the  ratio  of  the  spectral  energies.  The  differential  amplifier 
output  drives  an  indicating  means  to  indicate  the  color  tem- 
perature. 


A  system  for  measuring  the  temperature  of  a  cryogenic  en- 
virorunent  including  an  RC  circuit  provided  with  a  source  of 
reference  voltage  with  a  resistance  sensor  disposed  within  the 
environment  and  connected  to  a  triggef .  A  pulser  is  connected 
to  supply  the  RC  circuit  and  a  temperature  indicator  is  con- 
nected to  a  pulser  and  trigger  to  count  the  RC  interval  for 
determination  of  the  temperature  c^the  environment. 


3,672,219 

ADJUSTABLE  HYDRAUUC/ELECTRIC  HAND  GRIP 

DYNAMOMETER 

Robert  E.  Van  Patten,  Dayton,  OMo,  sssignnr  to  The  Unlled 

States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Ah- 

Force 

Fled  Nov.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,760 

Ii«.CLG01l5/02 

U.S.a.73— 379  SChfam 


A  hand-grip  dynamometer  having  a  main  support  element 
ntounting  front  and  back  grip  members  in  spaced  rdation  on 
opposite  sides  thereof,  and  incorporating  a  hydraulic  system 
interconnected  with  the  front  grip  member  and  combined  with 
a  potentiometric  pressure  transducer  for  measuring  a  gripping 
force  applied  to  the  front  grip  member. 


I- 


1302 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,672,220 
FORCE-TRANSDUCERS 
Jonun  Atv,  Farnboroagh,  Emtaiid.  Mrignor  to  The  Solwtron 
Electronic  Group  LimitMl,  Farnbonwsh,  Ei^lmd 

DIvWoa  of  Scr.  No.  637,471,  May  10, 1967,  PaL  No. 

3,529,470.  Thb  application  F«b.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  14^77 

Inta.G01i;i/06 

UACL  73-398  R  3Claiim 


55 


siJs4  ; 


^ 


Force-measuring  apparatus  having  a  composite  strut  with 
two  bars  which  are  to  be  maintained  in  transverse  vibration  at 
a  common  resonance  frequency  by  electrical  feedback,  the 
frequency  of  vibration  indicating  the  force  applied  to  the  com- 
posite strut. 


3,672,221 
TEMPERATURE  SENSCMl 
RmuI  B.  WcO,  OUvcttc,  MOm  aarignor  to  Monsanto  Compny, 
St.  Louis,  Mo. 

FBed  Dec.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,637 
Int.a.G01l(7;//2 
UACL73— 339R  Si 


l«IH( 
i     3 


">~~^ 


1 


i^ 


x-v   accoiioci 


ATTCNUATONS 

r ' 


uaPLifitm 


-X- 


tTRiP-CHMIT    •-  - 
MCCOttOCR        K ' 


The  disclosure  herein  relates  to  a  method  for  monitoring  the 
temperature  of  a  material  transparent  to  a  given  part  of  the 
electromagnetic  spectrum  or  of  a  body  in  good  thermal  con- 
tact with  the  material.  The  preferred  method  referenced 
herein  utilizes  laser  radiation  to  measure  variations  in  the 
index  of  refraction  of  a  material  with  temperature  variations. 
Alternative  embodiments  refer  to  variations  in  the  transmis- 
sion coefficient  and  reflection  coefficient  with  variation  in 
temperature. 


against  the  outer  surface  of  the  thermocouple  devices  iii  order 
to  prevent  premature  failure  of  the  thermocouple  elements  as 


a  result  of  the  high  temperature  present  in  the  heated  ihterior 
of  the  basic  oxygen  steelmaking  furnace. 


toKbtlcr 


3,672,223 
PRESSURE  TRANSDUCER 
GdU  A.  Speacha,  Wintcrtiwr,  Swltnrlaml, 
Inatninmtc  AG,  WIntcrthur,  Switzerland 

Filed  June  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47,801 
Oaims  priority,  appHoMion  Switxcriand,  June  20.  1969, 
9553/69 

Int.  CL  GOll  7/08 
UACL  73-406  I2<lalnis 


A  pressure  transducer  employs  a  transducer  element  which 
is  supported  on  the  transducer  casing  and  on  a  plate  which 
serves  as  a  pressure  transmission  medium  and  which  i«  sub- 
jected to  axial  pre-stressing  by  the  provision  of  an  elastic  tube 
spring,  which  is  connected  with  the  transducer  casing  and  the 
pressure  transmitting  plate.  The  tube  spring  is  arranged  on  a 
tubular  diaphragm  which  seals  the  transducer  element  against 
the  measuring  pressure.  A  support  member  is  also  provided 
against  which  the  tubular  diaphragm  rests  in  a  radial  direction, 
the  support  member  being  arranged  between  the  diaphragm 
and  the  transducer  element. 


3,672.222 

INCTRUMENT  LANCE  FOR  BASIC  OXYGEN 

STEELMAKING  FURNACE 

PMHp  D.  Stdta,  Center  Valey.  and  Dnvid  W.  Kern,  SfartMlaie, 

botii  of  Fa.,  aaripMn  to  Betiiieiwni  Stcd  CorponMion 

Flhd  Dec.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98,490 

IntaGOlki/yO 

U.S.a.73— 343R  4Clirina 

An  instrument  lance  for  introducing  expendable  immeiaon 

thermocouple  devices  into  a  molten  steel  bath  contained  in  a 

basic  oxygen  steelmaking  furnace.  The  instrument  lance  has 

means  to  introduce  an  inert  gas  and  a  fire  retardant  liquid 


I    ■ 


3,672424 
ARTICLE  SAMPLING  APPARATUS 
Raipii  W.^tarr,  P.O.  Box  576,  Sdma,  Cdif. 

FUed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  372 
InLCLG01a//02 
U.S.CL  73-421 R  Hi 

An  article  sampling  apparatus  for  obtaining  a  random  sam- 
pling of  articles  such  as  fruits,  vegetables  and  the  like  from 
relatively  large  produce  transporting  bins  providing  ding  an 
elongated  frame  having  a  bin  receiving  end  and  an  opposite 
bin  discharging  end  including  bin  elevating  and  dumping 


m— Mfcr^fmm^iija.i.i    .  • 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1808 


means  disposed  adjacent  to  said  bin  receiving  end  of  the  frame 
having  an  elevaticd  position  for  dumping  the  articles  in  the  bins 
onto  an  elongated  article  sampling  member  providing  an  inter- 
mittently opening  article  discharge  slot  for  removing  a  sample 
of  such  articles  therefrom  prior  to  the  discharge  of  the  bulk  of 
the  articles  from  an  opposite  discharge  end  of  the  member  and 


3,672,226 
CHROMATOGRAPH  INLET  WITH  ROTATING  SEPTUM 
Joiui  D.  Rdd,  Monrovia,  CaHf.,  nwignni  to  Hamilton  Com- 
pttiy.WMttkr.Caltf. 

FBed  Dec.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,142 
Int.a.G01n//00,i7/08 
U.S.  a.  73— 422  GC  3( 


ise       1*9 


tiltable  bin  reloading  means  mounted  on  the  discharge  end  of 
the  frame  for  positioning  empty  bins  in  article  receiving  rela- 
tion to  the  discharge  end  of  the  sampling  member  with  the 
bins  emptied  by  the  elevating  and  dumping  means  being 
movable  along  the  frame  for  engagement  by  said  bin  reloading 
means. 


A  septum  inlet  apparatus  for  chromatographs  having  a 
ported  body  and  a  septum  disc  carried  by  a  rotatably  mounted 
septum  carrier  driven  by  an  electric  motor  through  speed 
reduction  gearing.  The  septum  is  rotatably  moved  a  predeter- 
mined amount  by  operating  the  motor  for  a  predetermined 
period  of  time  to  move  a  used  portion  of  the  septum  out  of 
operative  position  and  bring  into  operative  position  an  unused 
portion. 


3,672,225  

GAS  SAMPLING  3,672,227 

Rodney  Brian  Louis.  Johannesburg,  Republic  of  South  Africa,  SAMPLE  INJECTION  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  AN 

assignor  to  African  Expkwives  and  Chemical  Industries  ANALYTICAL  INSTRUMENT 

United  IVtcr     Frank,     Dlaacndorf/MeersburB/Bodemec;     Dietrich 

Filed  Aug.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,528  Jcntzacfa,  and  Hdmut  Kurger,  both  o(  ITtwrHngin/nortfiMn, 

Claims   priority,   applicatkMi   Republic  of  South   Africa,        all  of  Germany,  awignors  to  Bodcnccwcrk  Pcrkin-Ehncr, 
Aug.  15,  1969,  69/5850  UIbcr1li«en/BodciHec 

bit  a.  GOll  13100,  GOln  1122  FUcd  Mvch  13, 1970,  Scr.  Na  18^78 

U.S.a.73— 42 1.5 R  SGakcM        Clafani  priority,  appHclion  Gcmuny,  April  12,  1967,  B 

92023 

Int.  CL  GOln  7/22. //2« 
U.S.CL73— 422GC 


Sample  injection  in  an  analytical  instrument  comprises 
mechanically  sealing  a  sample  in  a  vessel,  positioning  the  ves- 
sel within  an  injector  of  the  instrument,  mechanically  forming 
an  aperture  in  the  vessel,  and  flowing  a  carrier  gas  through  an 
apertured  vessel. 


Apparatus  for  sampling  fiuid  flow  in  a  conduit  comprising-a 
samj^ing  probe  having  an  aerodynamically  shaped  ncozle  and 
a  double  static  tube  axially  located  within  the  nozzle  and  ex- 
tending beyond  its  mouth  to  terminate  in  a  closed, 
aerodynamically  contoured  end,  the  outer  wall  of  the  ex- 
tended portion  of  the  tube  being  provided  with  first  and 
second  orifices  to  communicate  with  the  bore  of  the  tube  and 
the  annular  passage  (^the  tube  remote  from  the  extended  por- 
tion operatively  communicating  with  a  pressure  sensing  device 
to  sense  the  static  pressure  of  the  fluid  flow  outside  the  nozzle 
and  the  static  pressure  of  the  fluid  flow  entering  the  mouth  of 
the  nozzle. 


3,672,228 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FMt  FCmMING  A  SHALE 
CAKE  AND  MEASURING  THE  RESISTIVITY  AND 
IWNSITY  THERECV 
Harold  L.  Overton,  5418  Whlqicring  Crack,  Iloiwton,  Tex. 
FDcd  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48,095 
Int.  CL  GOln  27/72 
U.S.CL73— 432R  7C^bm 

Method  and  apparatus  for  forming  a  shale  cake  dT  a  stan- 
dardized volume  from  random  samplings  of  shale  cuttings  ob- 
tained from  a  well,  and  wherein  the  electrical  resistivity  and 


1304 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


density  of  such  shale  cake  is  measured  to  thereby  provide  de- 
pendable objective  data  for  analysis  as  to  various  conditions  in 


the  well  which  indicate  the  presence  or  lack  of  petroleum  for- 
mations and  pressurized  layers  in  the  well. 


3«672a29 

APPARATUS  FOR  INDICATING  fItRORS  IN 

INCLINATION  FOR  INERTIAL  NAVIGATION 

Carl-Erik  GraMplii,  Lldli«o,  Sweden,  BMl^iinr  to  AGA  Ak 


t  of  Scr.  No.  467,182,  June  1 1, 1965, 

abMdoMd,  wUch  is  a  cMitiMMtkMi-iii-part  of  Scr.  No. 

169,538,  Jam.  29, 1962,  abondowwl  TMs  appMcarton  July  13, 

1967,  Scr.  No.  653.075 

Claiins  priority,  appWcaHon  Swnkit,  Feb.  6, 1961, 1200/61 

IntCLGOlp  75/74 

U.S.a.73— 504  5Clainis 


An  inertial  navigation  and  guidance  system  includes  a 
gyroscope  and  accelerometer  mounted  on  a  platform  for 
establishing  a  common  normally  horizontal  plane.  The 
gyroacope  is  processed  at  a  constant  rate  and  a  pulse  signal  is 
produced  whose  frequency  varies  in  accordance  with  the 
deviation  of  the  platform  firom  the  horixontal.  An  electronic 
gate  compares  the  pube  signal  with  a  constant  frequency 
reference  signal.  A  further  pulse  signal  is  produced  in 
response  to  the  accelerational  forces  acting  on  the  ac- 
celerometer in  the  common  plane.  This  latter  pulse  signal  is 
applied  together  with  the  output  of  the  gate  and  with  a  con- 
stant frequency  reference  signal  to  an  adder  which  provides  an 
output  signal  related  to  the  acceleration  of  the  system. 


1972 


3,672430 

METHOD  AND  AFP  ARATUS  FOR  tESTING 

PRODUCTION  OF  HIGH  FREQUENCY  CABLES 

WolfrMB  iaeM,  An  Dv  Beckc,  Gcnnny,  iiiliiini  to  Kabd- 


I      FBed  Jan.  12, 1970,  Ser.  Na  2,056        '\ 


U.S.  CL  73—506 


biL  a.  GOlp  3 148 


SCWim 


,  ^*.'t0framt/tr 


)t.f.C*t/t 


The  production  of  HF  cables  is  supervised  by  inditing 
speed  deviations  from  the  desired  cable  speed.  Cable  speed  is 
represented  by  a  pulse  source  providing  pulses  leaving 
frequency  proportionate  to  cable  speed,  the  frequency  is  con- 
verted into  a  voltage  to  be  compared  with  a  reference  for  in- 


>*     dicator  control. 


CLOSED-I 


>METER 


3,672031 
•LOOP  FLUmiC  ANALOG  ACCELEROI 
Jeffrey  N.  Shfam,  and  Cari  G.  Rli«w^  both  of  ScotlsL  N.Y., 
—iginn  to  Central  Electrfc  Company  ~-~     [ 

DivWon  of  Ser.  No.  642,1 15,  May  29, 1967.  Thk  applkatloa 
July  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862,1 10  , 

t  Int.  CLGOlp  75/02 

U.S.CL73— 515  4lctahns 


Apparatus  for  sensing  acceleration  and  generating  an 
analog-type  pressurized  fluid  signal  proportional  to  the  mag- 
nitude of  the  associated  event.  Linear  acceleration  as  sensed 
by  a  flexure-mounted  inertial  mass  including  a  hollow,  elon- 
gated sprmg  member  of  the  cantilever  beam  type  having  a  first 
end  rii^dly  fixed  in  position  and  a  second  unsupported  end 
upon  which  the  acceleration-sensitive  inertial  mass  is 
mounted.  The  hoUow  portion  of  the  spring  member  issues  a 
fluid  jet  from  the  second  unsupported  end  directed  at  fluid 
receivers,  the  flexure  ci  the  spring  member  causing  distribu- 
tion d  the  jet  between  the  receivers  in  proportion  to  the  mag- 
nitude of  the  acceleration.  Fluid  amplifier  circuitry  provides 
high  gain  and  stabilization  in  the  loop  comprising  the  spring- 
mass  device,  receivers,  fluid  amplifier  circuitry  and  a  negative 
feedback  circuit  to  obtain  cloaed-loop  null-type  operation 
producing  insensitiveness  to  changes  in  pressure  cX.  the  fluid 
supplied  to  the  hollow  spring  member.  Angular  motion  ac- 
celeration is  sensed  by  utilizing  a  cylindrical  inertial  man  con- 
nected along  its  longitudinal  axis  to  two  torsional  spring  mem- 
bers rigidly  fixed  in  position  at  their  far  ends  such  that  the 
cylindrical  mass  is  subject  to  rotation  in  the  presence  of  an  an- 
gular motion  acceleration. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1805 


3,672,232 

TWO  AXIS  GAS  BEARING  ACCELEROMETER 

Kurt  A.  Maroraf ,  Tonawanda,  and  Ernest  Mctagcr,  Eggert- 

svHIe,  both  of  N.Y.,  MalgBors  to  The  United  States  of  Amcr- 

lea  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Air  Force 

FUed  June  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,647 

InLCLG01p75/0« 

U.S.CL73— 516R  1  Claim 


3,672,234 

RAPID-RELEASE  ESCAPEMENT  FOR  TIMING 

PROGRAMMERS 

Rcnato  Gaozanl,  Frosinone,  Italy,  ssslgiinr  to  CMP.  Otileine 

FOedScpt  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76^94 
Claiins  priority,  appicatioB  Itriy,  Oct.  4, 1969, 40523  A/69 
Int.  CLG05g  27/00 
U.S.  a.  74— 3.52  6< 


*J3r-* 


A  new  type  of  rugged  two  axis  gas  bearing  accelerometer 
wherein  the  gas  bearing  is  piezo-electrically  actuated,  the 
mass  sensor  is  a  simple  flat  metal  washer  which  is  suspended 
between  two  sets  of  piezo-electric  ceramic  parts,  the  pick  off 
is  a  conventional  capacitance  pick  off  and  the  forcer  principle 
is  electro-dynamic. 


3,672,233 

ACTUATOR  MECHANISM 

Hans  U.  Hjemstad,  CMc^o,  and  Cari  J.  Kopp,  Arlh^itaa 

Hc^hts,  both  of  m.,  assipaon  to  C.  P.  Clare  &  Convony 

FOed  July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,513 

Int.  a.  GC5s  7  7/00 

U.S.C1.74— 2  6i 


Reduction  gearing  driven  by  a  motor  drives  a  toothed  trans- 
mission wheel.  A  toothed  advancement  wheel  is  driven  by  the 
toothed  transmission  wheel  and  is  provided  with  an  axial  pin 
having  a  short  longitudinal  nib,  and  a  long  longitudinal  nib 
located  diametrically  opposite  to  the  short  nib.  An  output 
wheel  has  two  partial  rings  of  teeth  one  of  which  is  in  driven 
alignment  with  the  short  nib  and  both  of  which  are  in  driven 
alignment  with  the  long  nib.  A  dwell  wheel  is  coaxial  with  and 
has  a  lost  motion  connection  with  the  output  wheel,  and  has  a 
partial  ring  of  teeth  in  driven  alignment  with  the  long  nib. 


3,672,235 
FLUmC  AXIS  POSITION  SENSOR  FOR  ROTATING 

MASS 

Cari  G.  Ringwal,  Sooda,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  General  Electrk 

FDcd  Feb.  18, 1970,  Scr.  Na  12441 
Inl.CLG01c79/2« 
U.S.C1.74— 5.6  7( 


^  i:; 


I7a 
ITb 


An  electro-mechanical  actuator  comprises  a  housing  defin- 
ing a  cylindrical  chamber  for  receiving  a  plunger  which  is 
movable  between  an  energy-storing,  cocked  position  and  a 
released  positicm.  Release  is  effected  by  momentary  energiza- 
tion of  a  rotary  armature  of  a  sc^enoid  in  response  to  an  elec- 
trical signal  pulse.  A  latch  arm  of  a  slidaUe  switch  member  is 
normally  captivated  by  the  phmger  but  is  released  upon  its  dis- 
placement thereby  to  permit  movement  of  the  slidable  switch 
member.  A  locking  means  coufrfed  to  the  rotary  armature  of 
the  solenoid  is  movable  on  release  of  the  plunger  to  captivate 
the  latch  arm  until  power  is  rennoved  from  the  solenoid. 


A  fluidic  axis  position  sensor  is  disclosed  wherein  the  axis  of 
rotation  of  a  rotating  mass  may  be  determined  by  sensing  ir- 
regularities on  the  surface  of  the  routing  mass.  The  surface  ir- 
regularities induce  pressure  changes  in  the  ambient  fluid 
which  may  then  be  sensed.  The  specific  embodiment  disclosed 
relates  to  a  gyroscopic  rotor  formed  by  joining  hemispheres  of 
differing  diameters.  Upon  rotation  about  an  axis  not  having  as 
an  equator  the  discontinuity  formed  by  the  joint,  the  discon- 
tinuity induces  pressure  variations  which  are  sensed  by  fluidic 
pickcrffis  spaced  about  the  rotating  mass.  The  output  of  each 
pickoff  is  a  pulse  width  nKxlulated  signal  whose  duty  cycle  is 
used  to  determine  the  position  of  the  axis  of  rotation  of  the 
mass. 


1306 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27    1972 


3^72.236  I                           3,672438                               I 

^^            MECHANICAL  RECIPROCATOR  EXtENDABLE  AND  RETRACTABLE  SUPPORis 

DmrU  G.  Prqwer.  Mcquoii,  Vfk^  Mritiiiir  to  Aulotrol  Corpom-  CImnIci  H.  Youi«.  ElklMrt,  and  DomM  L.  Ray,  Sooth  Bend, 

*^v!r"^'  ^^  »«**•  «*  I**^  Mriftiiuii  to  SM-Tow  Manufacturins  Co.,  Elk- 

DivWonofScr.  No. 818,763,  April 23, 1969, Pat. No.  liait,lML                                           nr— Hu-cnmng  vp.,  e« 

3,574,330.  nib  applicadon  Sept.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  69,0S8  Filed  Feb.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  12J87 

..c^,.     „          I»t.CLF16li  79/04  Int.a.F16h27/62 

UACL  74—32                                                            4  Claims  UA  0.74— 89.2                                                       20  Claims 


A  reciprocating  member  is  alternately  engaged  to  be  driven 
first  in  one  direction  by  an  ai-cuate  rack  and  in  the  opposite 
direction  by  a  pinion  both  of  which  are  power  actuated  ftxjm  a 
common  source. 


3,672,237 
LOAD  SUPPORTING  CHAIN  AND  SPROCKET 

SUPPORTING  STRUCTURE  THEREFOR 

Tony  Nagin,  14016  South  IndlaMi  Avenue,  Chk^o,  DL 

FBcd  Sept.  29, 1969,  Ser.  No.  861,582 

Int.a.F16h27/02 

UACI.74-89J1  6CWIM 


An  ext^dable  and  retractable  support  system  for  raising 
and  lowering  the  top  of  a  vehicle  in  which  telescope  assem- 
blies at  the  four  comers  are  connected  by  cables  to  a  winch  as- 
sembly.  The  cables  are  pinned  to  individual  guides  which  have 
slots  spaced  apart  the  thickness  of  the  caNe  to  provide  even 
movement.  The  telescope  assemblies  each  include  rigid,  inter- 
nal rods  with  pulleys  near  the  end  having  circumferentially 
disposed  cable  hoods  carried  by  the  rods  above  the  pulleys  to 
provide  strong,  but  economic  assemblies  in  which  the  cable 
will  not  come  out  of  operative  position. 


3,072039 
WORM  GEAR  DRIVE 
Gcorg  Titt,  D.8358  Obere  Voratadt  9,  Vnsfaafcn,  Germany 
FBed  Dec.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  100,317  ■ 

I      Int  CL  F16h  1/16, 55/06, 55/22  \ 

UA  a.  74-425  10  Claims 


A  compression  chain  arrangement  comprising  a  plurality  of 
roller  chain  links  having  connecting  pUtes  which  have  a  con- 
figuration such  that  the  connecting  plates  abut  end  to  end 
when  the  chain  is  disposed  along  a  straight  line  to  provide  a 
structure  that  is  rigid  in  such  line,  but  ^rmit  the  chain  to  flex 
in  one  direction  transverse  to  such  line  but  not  in  the  opposite 
direction,  said  chain  being  meshed  with  the  teeth  of  a  sprocket 
disposed  at  the  side  ctf  the  chain  which  will  permit  flexing  of 
the  latter  about  the  sinocket,  the  outermost  edges  of  the  roUer 
connecting  plates  being  arcuate  in  shape  and  disposed,  as  they 
pass  around  the  sprocket,  in  an  arc  concentric  with  the 
sprocket  axis,  means  being  disposed  adjacent  to  and  engagea- 
ble  with  the  concentrically  positioned  edges  for  guiding  said 
plates  as  they  pass  around  the  sprocket. 


A  worm  gear  drive  in  which  a  worm  coil  is  curved  aloi^  the 
periphery  of  a  worm  wheel  and  has  convolutions  formed  with 
peripheral  grooves  which  receive  rolling  bodies  which  tnesh 
with  teeth  at  the  periphery  of  the  worm  wheel. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1807 


3,672,240  using  a  pressure  fluid  thrusting  device  which  thrusts  the  crank 

HAND  BRAKES  IN  MOTOR  VEHICLES  pin  towards  the  axis  (rf  rotation  of  the  crankshaft  This  is  par- 

Albert  A.  G.  Groaaeau,  Chavillc,  France,  assignor  to  Sodetc 
Anonyme  Automobiles  Citroen,  Paris,  France 

Filed  Jan.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  3,018  t 

Clafans  priority,  application  France,  Jan.  22, 1969, 6901 1 1 1 
Int.  a.  G05g  1/10 
MS.  a.  74—503  4  Claims 


A3- 


ll 


A  device  for  controlling  the  brakes  of  a  vehicle  including  a 
handle  mounted  in  a  housing  in  the  dashboard  such  that  its 
outer  surface  is  flush  with  the  dashboard  when  the  handle  is  in 
one  position  of  operation. 


3,672^41 
FILAMENT  ROTCHl  STRUCTURES 
David  W.  Rabcnhorst,  SHvcr  Sprfa^,  Md., 
Johns  Hopkins  Univarslty,  Bakfanore,  Md. 

Fifed  July  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  60,047 
Int.  a.  F16c  15/00 
U.S.  a.  74—572 


to  The 


26  Clafans 


e  w 


ticulariy  useful  in  flying  shears  >A^re  the  force  of  the  shear 
blade  is  opposed  to  centrifugal  force. 


3,672,243 
FLUID  PRESSURE  CONTRCH.  MECHANISM 
Noboni  Murakami,  and  Koichiro  Urozawa,  both  of  Kwiya, 
Japan,  aMignon  to  AUn  Sdki  KaburirikI  KiMm,  KaAy 
AkhiPref.,  Japan 

FUmI  June  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  42,420 
Clafans     priority,     appUcation    Japu,     May     30,     1969, 
44/42839;  June  21, 1969, 44/49249 

Int  CL  F16h  3/74, 5/42;  B60k  2 1/00 
VS.  a.  74—753  4  CUbm 


:8^^ 


A  rotational  energy  storage  device  comprising  in  its  basic 
form  a  rotor  or  "flywheel"  structure  constructed  of  straight 
anisotropic  filamentary  members,  the  members  being 
disposed  in  substantially  parallel  relation  to  the  major  stress 
component  acting  on  the  structure.  Each  filamentary  member 
is  essentially  loaded  along  its  longitudinal  axis,  thereby  per- 
mitting maximum  utilization  of  high  strength-to-density  uniax- 
ial properties  of  the  member. 


3,672042 
CRANK  WITH  ADJUSTABLE  CRANK  RADIUS 
Manfred  Fritz,  Erkrath,  Germany,  asrignor  to  Schloemann 
Aktiengiafllschaft,  Duweldorf,  Germany 

Fifed  June  29, 1970,  Ser.  Na  51,744 
aaims  priority,  application  Germany,  June  28,  1961,  P  19 
33008.6 

InLa.F16ci/2« 
U.S.CL74— 600  8Cfehns 

In  {uljustable  throw  cranks,  it  is  desirable  to  take  up  any  play 
in  the  mechanical  adjusting  mechanism.  The  play  is  taken  up 


In  a  fluid  operated  speed  change  mechanism  the  hydraulic 
pressure  from  a  supply  source  is  subjected  to  a  pressure  ad- 
justment by  a  suitable  control  valve  and  is  selectively  supplied 
to  a  fluid  motor  which  controls  the  engagement  of  a  brake 
band  in  the  planetary  gearing.  The  reaction  force  caused  by 
engagement  of  the  brake  band  is  transmitted  mechanically  or 
fluidically  to  the  pressure  adjusting  control  valve  in  a  numner 
to  increase  the  fluid  pressure  being  supplied  to  the  fluid  motor 
thereby  increasing  the  braking  force  of  the  brake  band  to 
prevent  undue  slippage.  When  the  brake  band  is  not  applied, 
no  reaction  force  can  be  transmitted  to  the  control  valve  and 
the  control  valve  will  function  in  the  normal  nuuuter. 


3,672,244 

FLYWHEEL  AUTOMOTIVE  VEHICLE 

Algirdas  L.  Naivytis,  10823  Mi^noHa  Drive,  Cleveland,  OMo 

Filed  April  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,713 

Int.  CL  B60k  21/00;  F16h  3/74 

U.S.a.74— 859  5CWnH 

An  automotive  system  employing  a  high  vekxnty,  moderate 

mass  flywheel  capable  of  storing  and  rapidly  dissipating  large 


1308 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


supplies  of  kinetic  energy  coupled  with  a  traramission  adapted 
to  permit  the  smooth  release  of  stored  kinetic  energy  from  the 
flywheel  to  the  vehicle  wheels,  and  a  charging  means  for  sup- 


plying kinetic  energy  to  the  flywheel  at  relatively  low  energy 
levels.  The  system  provides  substantial  ftid  economy  and  pol- 
lution relief  throu^  an  efficient  enefgy-ccnverskm  system. 


M72.245 

WRENCH 

t  F.  HaAlM^  1 1850  »tagrfkM 

raed  March  IS,  1971,  Scr.  No.  124.071 

bit  CLB25b  7/72, 7/(M 
UA  a.  81-367  2 


\«    r-' 


Pliers  for  positively  gripping  a  selected  work  piece  between 
substantially  parallel  gripping  jaw  surfaces,  one  of  which  is 
carried  by  a  fixed  handle,  the  other  of  which  is  carried  by  a 
pivoted  toggle  member  mounted  on  an  extension  of  the  fixed 
handle  for  pivotal  movement  and  adjustment  toward  and  away 
from  the  jaw  on  the  fixed  handle,  a  handle  pivotally  connected 
to  the  toggle  member  and  tensioning  means  connecting  said 
handles  and  adjustment  means  on  the  fixed  handle  and  having 
pivotal  connection  with  the  pivoted  handle  whereby  the 
gripping  effort  on  a  selected  work  piece  may  be  adjusted  to 
secure  a  strong  positive  grip  thereon  without  causing  damage 
to  the  work  piece. 


June  27,  1972 

growth  using  a  displacement  sensing  device  with  a  linear  elec- 
trical outpMt  signal.  The  signal  is  them  modified  and  uaed  in 


M 


L 


A 


i^ ^ 


the  numerically  controlled  machine  tool  control  unit  to  offset 
the  programmed  carriage  position,  thereby  continuously  conv 
pensating  for  spindle  growth.  ^^^ 


■  3,672047 

APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  PROCESSING  SPSNT 
NUCLEAR  FUEL  ELEMENTS 
G«y  H.  Ckerd,  Bo«gMri«  rVtBot»  Mriynr  to  Sabt-Gkk^ 

I  JwK  19, 1968,  Scr.  No.  738336 
priority,    appMcailen    iYaacc,    June    19, 
67110SS8 

fart.  CL  B26d  1108, 1152,  7/02 
U.S.CL  83—35  29< 


»,    1967, 


3,672^46 

AUTOMATIC  SPINDLE  GROWTH  COMPENSATION 

SYSTEM 

Hubert  P.  lYewett,  Jr.,  and  Charici  H.  TlMMBiiaoQ,  both  of  Oak 

Ridge,  TciB.,  saripinn  to  The  United  States  of  America  as 

rcprcanted  1^  the  United  States  Atomic 

Ffcd  April  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,925 
Int.  CL  G05d  23/275;  B23b  23/06 
U.S.CL82— 2B  5 

A  numerically  controlled  lathe  is  provided  with  a  spindle 
growth  compensator  which  continuously  monitors  the  spindle 


Apparatus  and  method  for  the  processing  of  spent  nuclear 
elements  preparatory  to  reconditioning  the  nuclear  fuel 
thereof.  Each  element  is,  in  turn,  elevated  on  a  truck  moving 
along  an  inclined  track,  fhim  a  storage  chamber  to  an  enclo- 
sure wherein  it  is  automatically  transferred  to  a  crane  sup- 
ported for  movement  horizontally  in  a  direction  normal  to  the 
length  dimension  of  the  element.  Moving  with  the  crane,  the 
element  is  transported  to  and  between  two  spaced  sawing  or 
abrasive  catting  devices  where  its  inert  ends  are  cut  off  and 
collected.  The  element,  sans  ends,  continues  movement  on 
and  with  the  crane,  to  a  table  on  which  it  is  deposited.  The 
crane  returns  to  initial  position.  Mechanism  incorporated  in 
the  table  translates  the  element  in  the  direction  ol  its  length  to 
a  shear  wherein  it  is  cut  into  fragments  of  relatively  short 
length.  The  fragntents  are  accumulated  into  batches  and  each 
batch  is  released  in  t\im,  for  gravity  drop  into  a  tank  of  solvent 
for  the  nudear  fuel.  A  number  of  such  tanks  are  provided  and 
mechanism  enables  each  batch  to  be  directed,  as  desired,  into 
a  selected  one  of  the  tanks.  All  operating  parts  are  completely 
shiekled  and  controlled  from  remote  stations  exteriorly  of  the 
shielded  enclosure.  The  mvention  eliminates  a  number  of  ap- 
paratuses, inchiding  panniers,  necessary  with  prior  art  dpices 
of  like  purpose.  -^v^ 


June  27.  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


ld09 


3,672,248  handling  means  includes  a  product  feed  table  and  a  stacking 

METHOD  OF  CONTINUOUSLY  PERFORATING  A  WEB      device  having  a  vertically  movable  table  and  control  means 
AND  A^ARATUS  FOR  THE  SAME  operative  in  response  to  engagement  of  the  upper  surface  of 

Klmiald  Ts^Jimora,  and  Toslo  Moriya,  both  of  Kanagawa, 
to  Fi^  Photo  FDm  Co.,  Ltd.,  Kauifiwa, 


FBed  Apifl  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,996 

JiVM,    Api«    19,    1969, 


44/30489 
U.S.CL83— 37 


hBL€XB26tl/06 


iai 


^ 


Bl 


='^  = 


"P      a7 


the  stack  with  sensing  means  adjacent  the  imder  side  <^  the 
feed  table  to  terminate  upward  movement  of  the  table  of  the 
stacking  device. 


Cutter  blades  are  moved  downwardly  in  individual  fashion 
at  different  times  in  repetitive  sequence  to  perforate  the  web, 

while  at  the  same  time  the  blades  are  moving  horizontally  at  a  3,672,251 

speed  equal  to  that  of  the  moving  web  with  the  Wade  project-  SAW 

ing  through  the  web  driving  the  same.  Thva,  the  individual  UopoW  Jagers,  Rudolf. DteseWtr.-l,  535  Eosklrcben/Rhliie- 

blades  both  perforate  the  web  and  feed  the  sanie.  land,  Germany 

CoiitinuatkMi-tii-pwt  of  Scr.  No.  20^52,  March  18, 1970, 

abandoned.  TMs  application  Oct.  5, 1970,  Scr.  Na  77,825 

3,672,249  Clatans  priority,  appHcation  Germany,  Oct.  7, 1969,  P  19  50 

PROCESS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  AUTOMATIC  512.5;  Mtexh  19, 1969,  P  19 13  833.1 

CUTTING  AND  PILING  OF  KNITTED  FABRICS  Int.  CL  B23d  4  7/02, 45/04 

Tad^lho  Smakl,  Oaaka.  JiVan.  HNlgnar  to  Kabuahiki  Kalstaa  U.S.CL83— 169                                                           15( 


SClafans 


Fled  June  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,446 
InLCLB65h29/i2 
U.S.CLa3— 80 


A  proceas  and  apparatus  for  automatically  cutting  and  pil- 
ing knitted  fabric  comprising  the  steps  of  successively  drawing 
a  long  continuous  tubular  knitted  fabric  creased  in  both  side 
edges  and  folded  in  a  longitudinal  direction,  maintaining  the 
creased  edges  or  moving  same  to  the  center,  conveying  the 
fabric  slowdy  upward  and  forward,  hanging  the  fabric, 
stopping  the  hanging  at  a  predetermined  length,  attracting  the 
fabric  at  a  stop  position,  cutting  the  fabric  at  its  top,  shifting 
the  attracted  fabric  to  a  piling  stand,  and  piling  the  fabric  suc- 
cessively after  releasing  it  from  attraction. 


3,672,250 
CUTTING  PRESS  HAVING  IMPROVED  MEANS  FOR 
HANDLING  CUT  PRODUCT 
David  F.  CrcfBeld,  Brisloi,  EnglMid,  amignar  to  USM  Corpora- 
tion, Beaton,  Mmb. 

DIvWon  of  Scr.  No.  682,953,  Nov.  14, 1967,  Pat.  No. 
3,527,132.  TIda  appMcation  Aprfl  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48367 
InLCLB65hJ//70 
U.S.a.83— 92  5aalma 

A  cutting  press  having  a  beam  and  a  bed  arranged  for  rela- 
tive movement  of  approach  and  separation  is  provided  with 
improved  means  for  handling  the  cut  product.  The  product 


A  saw  comprising  a  base  plate  1  (FIG.  1),  a  disc  7  rotataUy 
mounted  on  the  base  plate;  clamping  means  disposed  over  the 
disc  7  and  comprising  forward  elements  3, 3a  and  a  backstop 
element  composed  of  arms  18a.  18b  (FIG.  2),  and  the  arcuate 
member  19  joining  the  said  arms,  said  clamping  means  being 
disposed  over  the  disc  7,  and  a  saw  assembly  13, 14, 15, 16, 17 
pivotally  mounted  on  the  machine  via  pin  1 1  ( FIG.  1 ).  The  ar- 
cuate member  19  of  the  bcu:kstop  is  in  bearing  relation  with 
the  mount  of  the  saw  assemMy  adjacent  the  upper  level  of  the 
arcuate  member  19a,  196.  To  accommodate  different  size 
workpieces,  an  auxiliary  backstop  28  (FIG.  4)  is  provided  to 
permit  positioning  a  small  workpiece  in  a  nnore  forward  posi- 
tion with  respect  to  the  path  of  the  saw  blade,  permitting  more 
effective  operation  of  the  saw. 


3,672,252 
APPARATUS  FOR  SEVERING  A  SHEET 
WBard  G.  Symonds,  Rodwster,  N.Y.,  assign  ni  to 
Kodak  Compasy,  Rochcatar,  N.Y. 

Fled  Nov.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,501 
IiM.CLB26d5/yO 
U.S.CL83~582  11 

Apparatus  for  severing  a  sheet  of  material  such  as  photo- 
graphic film  or  paper,  comprising  a  plane  table  having  a 


1310 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


cutting  edge;  a  knife  movable  into  and  out  of  shearing  rela- 
tionship with  the  cutting  edge;  a  shaft  supporting  the  knife  and 
having  a  longitudinal  axis  spaced  ahead  of  the  cutting  edge 
outboard  thereof,  the  knife  being  pivotally  movable  about  said 
axis;  and  levers  for  supporting  the  shaft  for  movement  in  an 
arc  about  a  pivot.  A  spring  urges  the  knife  inwardly  toward  the 
cutting  edge,  and  also  acts  to  restore  the  knife  to  its  initial 


position  after  each  cutting  operation.  Advantageously  the 
spacing  of  the  shaft  ahead  of  the  cutting  edge  is  such  that  a 
first  plane  through  the  shaft  axis  and  a  line  along  the  cutting 
edge  forms  an  acute  angle  of  10°- IS*  with  a  second  plane 
through  said  line  and  normal  to  the  plane  table.  The  principles 
apply  to  cuts  straight  across  a  sheet,  and  to  oblique  cuts  ( in  the 
latter  case,  said  line  extends  across  a  terminal  point  of  the 
knife  edge). 


3^72453 

ELECTRONIC  MUSICAL  INSTRUMENT  WITH 

EXPRESSION  CONTROL  DEVICE  FOR 

SIMULTANEOUSLY  CONTROLLING  DIFFERENT  TONE 

SIGNALS  BY  MFFERENT  AMOUNTS 
Ryu  ffiyaoM,  Hamunatiu,  Japan,  avigDor  to  Nippon  Gakkj 
Sdzo  KabudrfU  K^iw,  ShizuoluHkcn,  Japui 

racd  March  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,027 
Ctafana   priority,    appHraHnn   Japan,   March    16,    1970, 
45/24807 

Int.CLG10h//02 
U.S.  a.  84—1.27  5  Claims 


oncaaoN  ccnthcl  imianc 


An  electronic  musical  instrument  includes  two  different 
music  part  playing  sections  such  as  an  organ  section  and  a 
rhythm  section.  The  tone  signal  firom  the  organ  section  is  ap- 
plied to  an  amplifier  followed  by  a  loudspeaker  through  a  vari- 
aUe  resistor  for  expression  control,  vv^e  the  tone  signal  from 
the  rhythm  section  b  applied  to  the  amplifier  through  a  re- 
sistor having  a  resistance  higher  than  the  minimum  resistance 
of  the  vaiiaMe  resistor  and  lower  than  the  maximum  re- 
sistance of  the  same.  The  input  sides  of  both  resistors  are 
shunted  by  another  resistor  having  a  resistance  comparable 
with  the  output  impedance  of  the  playing  sections.  When  the 
variable  resistor  is  operated,  the  rhythm  section  signal  is  sub- 
jected to  volume  contrcd  <^  a  narrower  range  than  the  organ 
section  signal. 


I  CAR 
.leaver 


1972 


3,672,254 
CARTRIDGE  ACTUATING  DEVICE 
W.  Travor,  HoManrt,  and  Loinard  L.  Plbwy,  Lcvktown, 
both  of  Pa.,  aMliniin  to  The  United  Stalct  «f 
represcated  by  tlw  Scanctary  of  tiw  Army 

I     FHed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,470 


Int.  CL  F42b 25//6.  B64d  1104 
UAa.89— IB 


r,  Lcvinow 


2ClalnM 


A  cartridge  actuated  bomb  release  mechanism  or  assembly 
in  which  malfunctioning  is  eliminated  with  the  provision  of  a 
positive  disconnect  between  the  delay  element  body  of  the 
cartridge  and  the  released  forward  plug  that  initially  held  ball 
detents  in  a  locking  relationship  between  wall  openings  of  the 
cartridge  chamber  and  the  internally  grooved  piston  sleeve  to 
which  a  hatch  opening  block  and  bracket  are  attached  or 
secured. 

By  providing  a  36(f  crimp  in  the  cartridge  case  at  the  delay 
body  peripheral  groove,  an  O-ring  positioned  in  the  crimped 
area  will  seal  the  cartridge  chamber  and  retain  the  delay  body 
from  interfering  with  release  of  the  ball  detents  after  initiation 
and  forward  movement  of  the  plug  member. 


3,672,255 

EQUAL  IMPULSE  FIREARM 

David  Findlay,  and  Arnold  L.  Fowler,  both  of  GuUford,  Conn., 

assignors  to  The  United  States  of  America  as  represented  by 

the  Secretary  of  the  Army 

FOed  Feh.  23, 1965,  Scr.  No.  435,410 

lot.  a.  F41f  19114 

U.S.a.89-42R  4Clirims 


A  gun  including  a  receiver,  a  barrel  assembly  slidingly 
mounted  in  said  receiver,  a  chamber  in  a  barrel  of  said  barrel 
assembly  for  receiving  a  cartridge  v^ith  a  base  for  discharge,  a 
bolt  slidingly  mounted  in  said  receiver  for  longitudinal  dis- 
placement respective  to  said  receiver  and  said  barrel  assembly 
and  arranged  to  receive  a  rearward  impulse  by  said  cartridge 
when  discliarged,  cooperating  means  in  said  cartridge  and  bar- 
rel assembly  for  imparting  thereto  a  forward  impulse  equal  to 
the  rearward  impulses  received  by  said  bolt  through  said  base, 
and  mechanical  means  for  applying  the  impulses  in  said  bolt 
and  barrel  assembly  each  against  the  other  while  uiKkr  the 
urgings  of  such  impulses  to  produce  a  zero  velocity  respective 
to  each  other  and  to  said  receiver,  said  mechanical  means  in- 
cluding a  forward  face  on  said  barrel  assemUy,  a  stop  plate 
and  means  for  mounting  said  stop  friate  to  said  boh  so  as  to 
contact  said  forward  face  for  stopping  relative  displacement 
between  said  bolt  and  barrel  assembly  responsive  to  discharge 
of  the  cartridge  when  said  hcAx  is  displaced  to  an  open  position 
relative  to  said  barrel  assembly. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1811 


3,672,256 
CENTRIFUGAL  CHUCK  IWVICE 

Wajdecfa  B.  Konnowsid,  CovIim,  Calif.,  Mslg to  Advuwed 

Controb  Corporation,  Pico  Rivera,  Calif  . 

ffHed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Scr.  Na  87,992 

Int  CL  B23c  5126;  E23b31/04 

U.S.CL90— llA  llCl^ms 


pressure  control  system  is  connected  to  the  cylinder  means  for 
permitting  the  boom  sections  to  be  sequentially  automatically 
extended  or  retracted.  The  control  system  includes  a 
switching  valve  which,  during  extension  of  the  boom,  inidaUy 
supplies  pressure  fluid  to  the  first  cylinder  means  to  cause  ex- 
tension of  the  second  boom  section.  The  switching  valve  is  au- 
tomatically shifted  when  the  second  boom  section  is  ftdly  ex- 
tended to  cause  pressure  fluid  to  be  supplied  to  the  second 
cylinder  means  for  causing  the  third  boom  section  to  be  auto- 
matically extended  relative  to  the  second  boom  section.  The 
shifting  valve  functions  in  the  reverse  manner  upon  retraction 
of  the  boom  for  causing  the  sections  thereof  to  automaticaUy 
but  sequentially  retract. 


3,672,258 

CONTROL  MECHANISM  FOR  ALTERNATELY 

APPLYING  A  PRESSURE  MEMUM  UPON  THE  OPPOSTTE 

LATERAL  SIDES  OF  A  ROTARY  PISTON 
Frani  Spindelbcrgcr,  Zurich-Hongg,  Switaerland,  SHlgnor  to 
E.  Hciss-Thurow,  Zurich,  Switxcriand 

Filed  Oct.  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  864,792 
Ciafans  priority,  application  Gemumy,  May  13,  1969,  P  19 
24  402.1 

Inta.F15b77/;5 
U.S.  CI.  9 1  —355  8  Cfarims 


Centrifugal  force  responsive  means  for  holding  a  tool  in  the 
bore  of  a  spindle,  in  which  the  tool  is  carried  by  a  tool  holder 
insertable  into  and  removable  from  the  spindle  bore,  the  tool 
holder  having  an  inner  end  provided  with  a  cavity,  and  a 
chuck  being  disposed  in  the  spindle  bore  and  having  spring 
fingers,  the  ends  of  which  engage  in  the  cavity  of  the  tool 
holder  to  initially  hold  the  tool  holder  in  the  spindle,  and  the 
gripping  action  of  the  chuck  fingers  is  increased  by  centrifugal 
force. 


3,672,257 
EXTENSION  MEANS  OF  A  MULTI-STAGE  BOOM 
Tadao  Yunold,  and  Toshio  FiUiyani,  both  of  Oh-MacU,  Japan, 
assignorB  to  KabusMU  K^sha  Tadano  Tckkoriw,  Shinden- 
clio,  Takamatsu,  Kagawa  Prefecture,  Japan 

Filed  Mwch  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,717 
dafans   priority,   appHcilion   Japan,   March   20,    1969, 
44/21406;  March  17, 1969, 44/20283 

Int.a.F75b/7//« 
U.S.CL91— 168  lOOafans 


31    1%,    37  23   33 


IV     II         lid     IW 


/UJ 


X        19 


A  very  simple  servomechanism  for  alternately  conducting  a 
pressure  medium,  for  example,  compressed  air,  to  the  op- 
posite lateral  sides  of  a  rotary  piston  for  turning  this  piston 
back  aaid  forth  over  specific  angular  distances  especially  for 
indexing  purposes  on  a  machine  tool.  The  servomechanism 
consists  of  a  valve  unit  which  may  be  easily  mounted  in  an  in- 
dexing apparatus  or  machine  tool  itself  and  consists  of  simfrie 
mechanical  means  including  a  rotary  servo  valve. 


3,672459 
PRESSURE  DISTRIBUTOR  VALVE  CONSTRUCTION  FOR 

POWER  STEERING  GEAR  MECHANISMS 
James  J.  Duffy,  LivoiUa,  Kflch.,  assignor  to  Ford  Motor  Com- 
pany, Dearborn,  Mich. 

FHed  Nov.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90304 
Int.  CLF15b  9/70 
U.S.a.91— 382  8< 


A  multi-stage  boom  having  at  least  three  telescopic  sections 
extendible  and  retractable  relative  to  one  another.  A  first 
cylinder  means  coacts  between  first  and  second  boom  sections 
for  permitting  relative  movement  therebetween,  and  a  second 
cylinder  means  coacts  between  second  and  third  boom  sec- 
tions for  permitting  relative  movement  therebetween.  A  fluid 


^^ 


/^         »^>? 


A  valve  mechanism  for  controlling  pressure  distribution  to  a 
fluid  pressure  operated  servo  motor  in  a  power  steering  gear 

mechanism  for  an  automotive  vehicle  comprising  a  simplified 
valve  spool,  a  driver  operated  steering  shaft,  a  relatively  fnc- 


1312 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


tion-firee  screw  mechantsm  adapted  to  connect  the  steering 
shaft  to  driven  portions  of  a  steering  system,  the  steering  shaft 
including  a  torsion  bar  portion  that  yields  upon  application  of 
steering  effort  to  the  steering  shaft,  a  cam  having  a  driving  part 
connected  to  the  steering  shaft  and  a  driven  part  connected  to 
the  valve  spool  for  adjustably  positioning  the  valve  spool  in 
response  to  deflection  of  the  torsion  bar  portion,  and  a  valve 
spring  biasing  the  valve  wpooi  against  the  cam  surface  of  said 
cam  connection  thereby  establishing  a  zero  backlash  condi- 
tion. 


3,672,260 
COMPRESSED-AIR  ACTUATOR 
Gachot,  179  Avenue  de  la  MvWon  Lederc,  95  EngMen, 
cmand  Peraks,  87  Avcooe  A.  G.  Bclin,  95  Argaitculi, 
,    bothofFVanoe 

Fled  Dm.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97^28 

Int.  a.  FOlb  7/02 

VS.  a.  92—69  10  CWms 


A  compressed  air  actuator  is  provided  which  is  capable  of 
producing  a  limited  angular  displacement  of  an  output  shaft. 
The  actuator  comprises  an  air  tight  c^inder  wherein  two 
pistons  are  adapted  to  slide  in  opposite  directions  relative  to 
each  other.  Each  piston  is  inte^vl  with  a  slide-block  which 
carries  a  roller  engaging  a  forte  of  a  pivotal  lever  mechanically 
coupled  to  the  output  shaft.  The  slide-blocks  are  guided  by 
sleeves  rotatably  mounted  on  the  output  shaft  and  by  an  end 
guide  flange  with  antifriction  packings  resting  on  the  inner 
wall  of  the  cylinder.  Each  slide^riock  carries  an  end  guide  lug 
capable  oi  being  received  in  a  cavity  oi  the  opposite  piston 
when  the  two  pistons  come  close  to  each  other. 


3,672061 
APPARATUS  FOR  REMOVING  FOAM  BODIES  FROM 

MOLDS 
Jack  H.  Makk,  Pahw  Vcnfcs  Pntaula,  and  Trevor  Dawson, 
Hcnnosa  BcKh,  both  of  CaHf.,  aailgiiia  i  to  Mattel,  Inc., 
Hawthome,  CaW . 

FUed  Nov.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  880,315 

Into.  FOlb  9/00 
UACL92— 137  9* 


*;5^S 


the  mold  or  molded  body  to  pull  the  body  from  the  mold  into 
the  cylinder.  Means  is  provided  for  communicating  an  inner 
cavity  of  the  molded  body  with  atmospheric  pressure  or 
vacuum,  and  means  is  provided  for  admitting  pressurized  gas 
to  the  mold  to  compress  the  foam  body  therein,  facilitating 
withdraws' 


1 


3,672,262 

VALVE  OPERATOR  APPARATUS 

Michael  A.  Karr,  9353  Roastown  Way,  Houston,  Tex. 

FBed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,153 

Int.  CL  FOlb  9fOO:  F16h  21/54 

U.S.a.92— 140 


3Clabm 


A  pressure  responsive  valve  operator  which  rotates  a  valve 
stem  and  which  includes  a  piston  connected  with  a  piston  rod. 
The  piston  rod  carries  a  pin  at  its  free  end  which  is  connected 
to  a  pair  of  yoke  members  on  opposite  sides  of  the  piston  rod. 
The  connection  is  made  by  the  use  of  sliding  blocks  in  slots  in 
the  yoke  members.  Lateral  forces  on  the  piston  rod  are 
avoided  by  extending  the  ends  oi  the  connective  pin  into  slots 
of  a  surrounding  housing,  there  being  sliding  blocks  in  those 
slots  which  take  up  the  lateral  forces  on  the  piston  rod.  The 
avoidance  of  lateral  loading  on  the  piston  rod  materially 
reduces  the  expense  of  the  equipmem  in  the  eliminatioi^of  oU 
seals,  bearings,  and  the  Uke. 


V  3,672063 

CVLINIKR  BLOCK  FOR  UQUID-COOLED INTERIJUAL 
COMBUSTION  ENGINES  WITH  INSERTED  CYLINDER 

LINER 
^fflorad    Mrjank,   Im   Vogdaang,   Gemiany,    assignor   to 
Daimler-Benz  Akticngcsellschaft,  Germany 

Filed  March  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,837 
OainiB  priority,  appHcadon  Germany,  Mvch  28, 1968,  P 19 
16096.4 

InLa.F01bi;/0J 
U.S.CL9Z-144  7  Claims 


A  device  and  method  for  removing  foam  bodies  fixnn  mcdds 
which  comprises  an  air  cylinder  for  attachment  to  the  mold, 

the  air  cylinder  having  a  slidable  piston  therein,  and  clamp       A  cylinder  block  for  liquid-cooled  internal  combustion  en- 
means  associated  with  the  piston  for  affixing  to  a  portion  of   gines  which  has  an  inserted  cylinder  liner  whereby  a  possibly 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1818 


multiple  grooving  for  the  guidance  of  the  cooling  liquid  is  ar- 
ranged in  spiral  shape  between  the  outer  surface  of  the 
cylinder  liner  and  the  famer  surface  of  the  cylinder  Mock 
receiving  the  same;  the  grooving  extends  preferably  with  a 
relatively  small  pitch  from  an  inlet  to  an  outlet  and  extends 
either  over  the  entire  height  of  the  cylinder  liner  or  over  only  a 
part  thereof. 


3,672064 
POUCH  FORMING  MECHANISM 
George  M.  Woodnrfl,  Nyack;  OMar  W.  StoeckH,  Rye,  both  of 
N.V.,  and  Joaeph  G.  Shando,  Dover,  DcL,  Mslgnors  to 
Gcnovi  Foods  Coniantfon,  Whke  Plains,  N.Y. 

DIvWon  of  Scr.  No.  610,367,  Jan.  19, 1967,  Pat.  No. 
3,513,618.  This  appMcthm  March  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,467 

blLCLKMhl/28 
U.S.CL93— 12R  5 


ing  end  can  be  engaged  by  one  of  the  gripping  ban.  Means  are 
provided  for  closing  successive  gripping  bars  to  engage  the 
bags  severed  from  the  web.  Also,  means  are  provided  for  in- 
termittently advancing  the  conveyor  chains  in  sequence  with 
the  operating  cycle  of  the  bag-making  machine  by  a  distance 
equal  to  the  spacing  of  the  gripinng  bars  along  the  chains. 
Then  successive  gripping  bars  are  opened  to  release  the  bags. 
A  stacking  conveyor  b  disposed  beneath  the  conveying  run  of 
the  chains  and  receives  successive  bags  in  a  superposed 
fashion  when  released  by  the  successive  gripping  bars.  The  su- 
perposed bags  are  carried  away  by  the  stacking  conveyor 
when  a  predetermined  number  of  bags  has  been  superposed  to 
form  a  stack. 


3,672,266 

SYSTEM  FOR  ERECTING  THE  BOTTOM  FLAPS  OF 
FOLDING-BOX  BLANKS 

Hartmut  Klapp,  TupadMide,  GcmMny,  HBignar  to  Ji«enbart- 
Werfcc  AG,  DucascMorf,  GcrnHV 

FUed  March  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  122,709 
Clafans  priority,  appHcatkM  Gcnnaiiy.  April  11, 1970,  P  20 
17471.4 

Int.  CLB31b  7/26 
U.S.a.93-49R  6( 


A  mechanism  for  forming  a  pouch  from  a  blank  al  web 
material  includes  a  rectangular  forming  plunger  provided  with 
tucking  fingers  and  operates  to  shape  the  blank  into  a  pouch 
structure  having  a  flat  bottom  and  flat  sides.  The  plunger  is 
reciprocally  driven  between  side  edge  folders  and  the  tucking 
fingers  form  gusset  flaps  in  the  side  edges  of  the  Mank  during 
the  advance  of  the  blank  to  the  folders. 


3.672,265 
APPARATUS  FOR  STACKING  FLATTENED  BAGS  OF 
THERMOPLASTIC  MATERIAL  WHICH  ARE  MADE  IN 
A  BAG-MAKING  MACHINE 

Augost   Schwankopf,   Hdncatrabc,   Gcmumy,   —lit to 

WindmoOer  &  Holscher,  Westphalia,  MiiinlniliMM,  Gcr- 
many 

FUed  March  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,161 
Clafans  priority,  appUcatkm  Germany,  March  4, 1970,  P  20 
10  153J 

Int.a.B65hiJ/00 
U.S.  CL  93—93  DP  7  CWms 


Stacking  apparatiis  for  flattened  bags  of  thermoplastic 
material  welded  and  severed  from  an  intermittently  fed  two- 
ply  web  in  a  bag-making  machine,  which  is  comprised  of  a  pair 
of  conveyor  chains  carrying  equally  spaced  bag-gripping  bars 
disposed,  when  located  in  the  conveying  run  of  said  chains,  to 
be  moved  from  a  bag-receiving  end  of  the  apparatus  substan- 
tially at  the  same  level  and  in  the  same  direction  as  the  web  is 
fed  in  the  bag-making  machine.  The  gripping  bars  are  ar- 
ranged to  enter  the  conveying  run  successively  spaced  from  a 
wekling  tool  of  the  machine  equal  to  the  length  or  width  of  the 
bags  being  made  so  that,  when  the  web  is  stationary,  its  lead- 


in  an  apparatus  for  erecting  the  bottom  flaps  of  folding-box 
blanks  fed  to  an  erecting  station  by  a  conveyor  aiKl  including  a 
pivotable  erecting  lever  with  a  blank-contacting  surface  which 
causes  said  Uank  flap  to  be  deflected  relative  to  the  balance  of 
said  Uank,  said  erecting  lever  thereafter  being  pivoted  under 
the  force  of  said  blank,  a  bell  crank  lever  is  pivoted  to  said 
erecting  lever,  one  arm  of  said  bell  crank  lever  serving  as  a 
latch  and  locking  said  bell  crank  lever  and  said  erecting  lever 
against  pivoting,  the  other  arm  of  said  bell  crank  lever  inchid- 
ing  an  abutment  engaged  by  the  leading  edge  of  said  box  blank 
and  functioning  as  a  latch  release,  y/henky  pivoting  of  said 
erecting  lever  is  permitted  only  after  said  blank  has  advanced 
to  the  location  u^iere  its  leading  edge  engages  said  abutment. 


3,672^7 

SEQUENTIAL  CONTROL  FOR  CAMERA  DIAPHRAGM 

AND  SHUTTER 

Donald  M.  Harvey,  Webster,  N.Y.,  and  RwmWI  T.   Mc- 

Conaughey,  Boulder,  Colo.,  artg^wn  to  EiMtman  Kodrit 

Company,  Rochcater,  N.Y. 

FBed  Oct  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,079 

InLCLG03b  7/09,9/62 

U.S.CL95— lOCE  OO^iw 

Exposure  control  apparatus  comprises  first  and  second 
blade  members  defining  apertures  and  a  photoelectric  circuit 
that  adjusts  the  blade  meinbers  to  form  an  exposure  aperture 
oi  size  according  to  the  level  of  scene  iUumination.  A 
photoelectric  timing  circuit  integrates  scene  light  with  respect 
to  time,  and  is  actuated  in  response  to  adjustmem  of  the  Made 
members.  The  adjuttment  of  the  blade  member  and  the  initia- 
tion and  termination  of  an  exponire  interval  are  controlled  by 
a  transducer  that  is  actuated  in  response  to  a  control  signal 
from  a  trigger  circuit  The  transducer  is  adapted  to  adjust  the 
Made  members  under  the  control  ciz  volti^e-dividing  circuit 


1314 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


r 


and  to  actuate  the  shutter  to  uncover  the  exposure  aperture  ^  3,672,269 

simultaneously  with  the  setting  of  the  blade  members  to  form    SEQUENTIALLY  OPERABLE  HIDDEN  CAMERA  DEVICE 
the  exposure  aperture.  The  trigger  circuit  is  then  connected  PhyUb  Tabankin,  23  Taconic  Road,  LMn^ton,  N J. 

FUcd  April  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,611 
Inta.G03b29/00 


UAa.95^11 


4CUim 


with  the  li^t-integrating  circuit  that  controls  actxiation  of  the 
transducer  to  actuate  the  Made  members  to  close  the  exposure 


A  sequentially  operable  hidden  camera  device,  enclosing  a 
camera  therein  with  means  to  conceal  the  presence  of  the 
camera  from  the  view  of  intruders,  and  which  will  trigger  the 
camera  by  connection  to  an  intruder  detection  system,  to 
cause  the  camera  to  take  a  series  of  picttires  of  the  intruder  for 


aperture  after  the  exposure  interval  determined  by  that  cir-    identification  purposes,  and  to  deter  the  intruder  by  flashes 

connected  with  the  operation  thereof. 


3,672,268 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS  FYHt  USE  IN  DAYUGHT 

AND  ARTDICIAL  UGHT 

Joaef  Schdbd,  Ovcr-Morlcn,  and  Kari-Hdnz  Sdiwlt,  Schwtf. 

bMh,  both  of  Germany,  assignors  to  NieaoMi  A  Kramer 

GmbH,  Munich,  Germany 

Ficd  May  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  824^80 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  May  16, 1968,  P  17 
72445.7 

Int.  CL  GOIJ  1/22 
U.S.CL95— lOCE  4ClirinK 


I  3,672,270 

PHOrtOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS  WITH  BUILT-I> 

ELECTRICAL  MOVING-COIL  MEASURING 

INSTRUMENT 

Kari  Wagiter,  Ottobrunn,  and  JoMf  Gancr,  Munich,  both  of 

Germany,  asrig^iorit  to  AGFA-Gcvaert  Aictiengcjeiischalt, 

Levcrkuam,  Germany 

Fled  Jan.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109^12 
Claims  ivlorlty,  appHcadoa  Gcrmny,  Jan.  30,  1970, 
04  261.9 

InL  CL  G03b  /  7/18, 1 7/20, 15/03 
U.S.CL95— IIL  --  13( 


P20 


iddms 


A  camera  wherein  one  or  more  corrective  filters  are  moved 
into  or  from  the  path  of  incoming  scene  light  when  the  spec- 
tral composition  of  such  light  matches  or  does  not  match  the 
spectral  sensitivity  of  film  which  is  used  in  the  camera.  The 
filter  or  filters  can  be  displaced  by  an  electric  circuit  having 
one  or  more  photosensitive  resistors  which  can  change  the 
condition  of  a  relay,  electromagnet  or  transistor  whereby  the 
latter  energizes  one  or  more  electromagnets  which  are  directly 
or  indirectly  connected  with  the  filter  or  filters. 


*•  H 


A  photographic  camera  with  a  built-in  exposure  control  as- 
sembly which  utilizes  a  moving-coil  electrical  measuring  in- 
strument vrith  a  permanent  magnet  located  without  the  coil. 
The  measuring  instniment  b  provided  with  two  conductors 
consisting  of  magnetically  conductive  material  and  having 
pole  shoes  flanking  the  c^,  median  portions  abutting  against 
the  poles  of  the  permanent  magnet  and  outer  end  portions 
which  are  accessible  from  without  the  housing  of  the  camera 
and  can  attract  a  magnetically  conductive  yoke  forming  part 
of  a  flash  unit  or  another  camera  accessory  which  is  to  be 
separably  attached  to  the  camera  housing  in  a  selected  posi- 
tion. The  coil  has  a  pointer  which  is  provided  with  a  flag  mova- 
ble into  and  out  of  registry  with  a  window  in  the  view  finder  of 
the  camera  The  permanent  magnet  can  influence  the  coil  in 
such  a  way  that  the  flag  appears  behind  the  window  only  when 
the  yoke  of  the  accessory  is  attracted  by  the  outer  end  por- 
tions of  the  conductors.  Alternatively,  the  coil  can  be  in- 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1315 


fluenced  by  the  permanent  magnet  in  such  a  way  that  the  flag 
moves  behind  the  window  not  only  when  the  yoke  abuts 
against  the  outer  end  portions  of  the  conductors  but  also  when 
the  intensity  of  scene  light  decreases  below  a  certain  minimum 
value  which  is  indicative  that  the  camera  cannot  make 
satisfactory  exposures  at  the  prevailing  scene  brightness. 


fluid  from  the  center  toward  the  comers  of  the  unit  and  for 
collecting  any  excess  processing  fluid  at  the  comers.  The 
mechanism  and  trap  are  best  adapted  for  use  in  composite  or 
integral  film  units  and  are  permanently  locataUe  entirely 
within  the  borders  of  the  unit,  making  unnecessary  their 
separation  from  the  unit  after  processing. 


3,672,271  3,672,273 

AUTOMATIC  EXPOSURE  CONTROL  FOR  PHOTOGRAPHIC  FILM  UNIT 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS  Hubert  Ncrwin,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  miiig to  Eaatmrni  Kodirit 

Kari  Wagner,  Ottobnmn,  and  Klaus  Nicolay,Grucnwaid,  both       Company,  Rodicrtcr,  N.Y. 
of  Germany,  aasignors  to  AGFA-Gcvaert  AktiengcseOschaft,  Filed  June  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43323 

Levcrkuaen,  Germany  InL  CL  G03b  7  7/50 

Filed  Aug.  7, 1970,  Scr.  Na  62,035  UA  CL  95—13 

Clafana  priority,  appHcadon  Germany,  Aug.  20,  1969,  P  19 
42  285.6 

Int.  CL  G03b  7/14 
UACL95— lOCT  13  Claims 


'^N. 


A  moving-coil  instrument  having  a  pointer  is  connected 
diagonally  of  an  electrical  bridge  of  which  two  arms  are 
photoconductors  and  respectively  exposed  to  direct  scene 
light  and  to  scene  light  passing  through  the  camera  objective. 
The  two  photoconductors  generate  signals  in  response  to  the 
different  light  intensities,  the  moving-coil  instrument  opera- 
tiveiy  taking  a  position  which  is  a  function  of  the  difference  of 
the  two  signals  to  adjust  the  diaphragm  opening  during  expo- 
sure while  the  photoconductor  which  receives  direct  scene 
light  is  switched  into  a  time  delay  control  circuit  which  deter- 
mines the  time  of  exposure. 


3,672,272 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  FILM  UNTT 
Harold  E.  Cok,  PIttsford,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Eastman  Kodak 
Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43^22 

Int.  CLG03b  77/50 

U.S.  CI.  95— 13  10  Clahm 


A  self-processing  photographic  film  unit  including  a  fluid 
flow-controlling  mechanism  and  trap  for  diverting  processing 


A  self-processing  photographic  film  unit  which  includes  a 
fluid  flow-controlling  mechanism  and  trap  for  diverting 
processing  fluid  from  the  center  toward  the  comers  of  the  unit 
while  collecting  any  excess  processing  fluid  at  both  the  center 
and  the  comers.  The  mechanism  and  trap  are  best  adapted  for 
use  in  composite  or  integral  film  units  and  are  permanently 
locataUe  entirely  within  the  borders  of  the  unit  making  un- 
necessary their  separation  from  the  unit  after  use.  The  trap 
may  be  formed  by  a  porous  material,  a  plurality  of  ridges,  or 
corrugations. 


3,672,274 

ASSEMBLAGE  AND  PACK  FOR  SELF-PROCESSING 

FILM  UNITS 

William  P.  Ewald;  Hubert  Ncrwin,  and  Donald  M.  Harvey,  aB 

of  901  Efangrove  Rood,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Oct  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77^02 

IntCLG03b  7  7/50 

U.S.  a.  95—13  4  ClafaiH 


An  assemblage  of  self-|Hocessing  film  units  and  a  film  pack 
or  magazine  for  containing  such  units.  The  assemblage  in- 
cludes a  plurality  of  stacked  film  units  each  including  a  central 
portion  of  one  thickness  supporting  photosensitive  material, 
and  end  portion  of  another  thickness  supporting  a  trap  or  ex- 
cess fluid  collector,  and  another  end  portion  of  another 
thickness  for  supporting  a  rupturable  pod.  A  reduction  in  the 
overall  thickness  of  the  stacked  trap-end  portions  is  accom- 
plished by  nesting  each  or  raosx  of  the  traps  with  the  traps  of 


1316 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


the  adjacent  film  units  in  the  stack.  The  magazine  is  con- 
figured and  fKlffpt#»rf  to  house  photosensitive  portions  <^  the 
stacked  film  units  in  a  flat  condition  behind  an  exposure  aper- 
ture, while  the  pod  and  trap  portions  are  located  at  the  ends  of 
the  magazine,  only  one  end  of  whidi  need  be  thicker  than  the 
central  portion  to  receive  the  thicker  pods. 


predetermined  position  to  one  which  wUl  minimize  any  possi- 
ble damage  to  components  of  the  photographic  structure. 


3.672475 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS  FCHI  PROCESSING  FILM 

MATERIAL 
Bruce  K.  JohiMom  Aadovcr,  Maas^  assignor  to  Polaroid  Cor- 
poradon,  CanlirMie,  MasB. 

FHed  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,381 
Iiit.Cl.GO3b77/50 
U.S.CL95— 13  17  < 


A  photographic  camera  k  provided  with  a  narrow  elongated 
slot  in  the  housing  wall  through  which  film  sheets  are 
withdrawn,  and  includes  margin  guides  which  extend  out- 
wardly from  a  recessed  medial  portion  of  the  exterior  edges  of 
the  slot  so  as  to  guide  and  support  the  longitudinal  margins  of 
the  film. 


3,672,276 
FILM  CONTAINER 
Irving  Erttchman,  Waytaad,  Mass.,  assign 

*        *   *  WM 

FHed  FdK  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,623 
IiitaG03b/9/70 
U.S.CL95— 19 


to  Polaroid,  Cam- 


36  Claim 


I 


3,672477 
DEVICE  FOR  IDENTIFYING  PHOTOGRAPHIC  SIZE 

Kitltaj  mti.  OsalrB,  Japan,  wnlgi —  **  ^^«~j*»  > 
KalMshiM  Kaislw,  NflMnl-ku,  Qsyta,  JapMB 

FHed  M«y  26»  1970,  Scr.  No.  40,645 
CWms  priority,  appfclioa  Japan,  Jy»  3, 1969. 44/51627 
Int.  CLGOSb  7  9/04 
U.S.CL95— 31R  5 


A  device  for  identifying  the  picture  size  to  be  taken  by  a 
camera  l>y  using  a  cartridge-mounted  film.  The  device  com- 
prises a  picture  size  identifying  member  operatively  connected 
to  a  film  winding  knob  of  the  camera,  so  as  to  rub  and  imprint 
a  marking  on  the  surface  of  the  film  cartridge  in  response  to 
the  rotation  of  the  film  winding  knob. 


I         ^  3,672478 

CONTINIXHJS  PHOTOGRAPHING  SYSTEM  IN  A  AOLL 
FILM  CAMERA 
Akfav  Yanwnaka,  SiJcai,  Japan,  — Ignnr  to  Minolta 
KabiHMU  K^sha,  Minani-ktt,  Osaka,  Japan 

FIM  June  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,015 
dainn  priority,  appicalion  J^Mn,  July  2, 1969, 44/51745 
Inl.a.G03b/9/04 
U.S.  CL  98— 31  FM  3\ 


I2a    12 


A  continuous  photographing  system  in  a  roll  film  camera  in 
which,  simultaneous  with  shutter  release  a  film  is  automati- 
cally wound  up  by  a  single  picture  frame  length  and  the 
shutter  is  charged  to  stop  automatically,  by  means  of  a  built-in 
driving  source  within  the  camera. 


[MEAN! 


A  film  container  designed  for  one-way  insertion  into  a 
photographic  structure  having  a  support  member  especially 
adapted  to  receive  the  film  container.  The  film  container  and 
support  member  are  each  provided  with  giode  surfaces,  e.g.,  a 
rail  and  a  recess,  which  are  adapted  to  mate  in  only  one  posi- 
tion of  the  film  container  and  support  member  relative  to  each 
other.  Upon  mating,  the  film  container  is  guided  by  these  sur- 
faces to  a  predetermined  position  within  the  frfiotographic 
structure  whereat  one  of  the  film  units  located  within  the  film 
container  is  located  in  position  for  exposure.  The  guide  sur- 
faces restrict  the  path  oif  movement  of  the  container  into  the 


I  3,672479 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS  WITII  EJECTOR  1 

FCNl  FILM^XNMTAINING  MAGAZINES 
Hubert  Hadwnbcrg.  and  Rdnhard  I^Hcko,  both  of  Munich, 
Germany,  ■sslffinri  to  AGFA-Gcvacrt 
LevarkuMflf  Gci  uiauy 

Filed  AprI  27, 1971,  Scr.  No.  137,765 
Oaiam  priority,  apiillflion  Germany,  April  29,  1970,  P  20 
21  125.0 

I  InLCLG03b  77/25 

UACL95— 31R  ^     , 

The  body  of  a  still  camera  has  a  chamber  for  a  tilm-contam- 

ing  magazine  and  a  one-piece  ejector  consisting  of  elastic 


J 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1817 


synthetic  plastic  material.  The  ejector  has  an  actuating  arm 
which  is  connected  to  or  constitutes  a  pivotable  door  serving 
to  expose  or  to  seal  the  chamber  against  entry  of  light,  and  an 
ejecting  arm  which  brings  about  at  least  partial  expulsion  of  a 
properly  inserted  magazine  in  response  to  movement  of  the 
actuating  arm  to  that  position  which  corresponds  to  open  posi- 
tion of  the  door.  A  third  arm  of  the  ejector  is  bonded,  glued  or 


3,672401 
REFLEX  CAMERA 

Edwin  H.  LMd,  CnbrMic  Mtais., 


toPolanrfdCor- 


Flad  Aprl  15, 1970,  Scr.  Nn.  28,567 
Int.  CLG03b  79/72 
U.S.a.95-^2 


37 


screwed  to  the  camera  body,  and  the  three  arms  are  integrally 
connected  to  each  other  by  elastic  hinges  which  constitute 
weakened  portions  of  the  plastic  ejector.  The  actuating  arm 
can  be  connected  to  the  ejecting  arm  by  coupling  elements 
which  cooperate  to  move  the  ejecting  arm  to  operative  posi- 
tion during  a  certain  stage  of  movement  of  the  actuating  arm 
to  that  position  which  corresponds  to  open  position  of  the 
door. 


3,672480 
CAMERA  WITH  RETRACTABLE  LENS  BARREL 
Toslilnori  Inrara,  Osaka,  Japan,  assiganr  to  ^flnolta 
Kabnshlkl  Kalsha,  Mtnami-ku,  Osaka,  Japwi 

FHed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,126 
Claims  priority,  appMcalion  Japan,  May  13, 1969, 44/43742 
Int.CLG03b77/a4 
UACL  95—39  3( 


ir        2S       M 


A  plurality  of  guides  1 1  are  mounted  symmetrically  about 
the  optical  axis  of  a  camera  to  support  a  lens  structure 
between  picture  taking  and  rest  position.  A  spring  is  mounted 
around  each  guide  to  urge  the  leril  barrel  out  from  the  camera 
casing.  First  interlocking  members  (28a),  (28b)  restrain  the 
lens  barrel  at  its  rest  position.  Second  interlocking  members 
(27d),  (lib)  support  the  barrel  at  a  selected  picture  taking 
position.  A  ring  25  is  rotated  to  unlock  the  interlocking  mem- 
bers firom  detents  (13a),  (136)  to  allow  the  lens  barrel  to  be 
moved. 


I 


A  reflex  camera  having  a  specular  reflecting  surface  within 
the  optical  path  to  the  film  plane.  An  operator  mechanism 
positions  a  viewing  surface  cknely  proximate  the  film  plane 
for  focusing  purposes.  In  a  subsequent  exposure  mode  con- 
figuration, the  operator  mechanism  positions  a  reflective  sur- 
face within  the  optical  path  in  a  position  causing  a  coincidence 
of  a  focal  plane  with  the  film  plane. 


3,672482 
IMIVlCEFCm  INUVING  CAMERA  SHUTTER  CURTAINS 
Takeo  Yamada,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assignor  to  Nippon  Kogakn 
KJC,  Tokyo,  Jap«i 

FBed  Jan.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  3436 
CWms  priority,  appHcatloii  Japan,  Jan.  30, 1969, 44/6297 
Int.a.G03b9/42 
UACL95— 57  3( 


The  working  energy  discharged  by  a  driving  spring  for  ac- 
celerating the  shutter  curtains  and  their  associated  moving 
members  is  mosdy  recovered  by  said  springs  during  the 
deceleration  stage  for  using  the  recovered  energy  for  the  next 
acceleration  operation.  The  work  required  for  the  shutter 
charging  is  extremely  reduced,  while  the  shutter  curtain 
travelling  time  is  rather  shortened. 


3,672483 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS 
Edwin  R  Land,  Canribri^e,  Mhb.,  asalvHr  to 


Polaraid  Cor^ 


of  Scr.  No.  28,567,  April  15, 1970.  Tlite 
Nov.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88^47 

int.  CLG03b  79/02, 79/72 
U.S.C1.95— IIR  6CWna 

An  interface  between  a  film  container  and  a  reflecting 
member  mounted  within  a  camera  of  the  single-lens  reflex 


1318 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27i  1972 


type  for  defining  a  lighttight  seal  substantially  at  or  closely  ad- 
jacent to  the  exposure  plane  of  the  camera. 

The  camera  includes  a  chamber  for  receiving  a  film  con- 
tainer, a  reflecting  member  mounted  for  movement  between  a 
first  position  in  which  it  is  located  substantially  parallel  with 
and  closely  adjacent  to  the  camera's  exposure  plane  contain- 


ing a  photosensitive  element  and  in  which  it  cooperates  with 
the  film  container  to  form  a  lighttight  seal  about  the  photosen- 
sitive element  and  a  second  position  in  which  it  directs  an 
image  toward  the  photosensitive  element  located  in  position 
for  exposure  within  the  film  container.  The  lighttight  seal  al- 
lows access  to  the  interior  of  the  camera  to  be  made  without 
prematurely  exposing  one  of  the  photosensitive  elements. 


3,672,284 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  CAMERA 
Gerhard  Schwan,  SchaHhauicntraHC  12, 8  Munkh,  49,  Ger- 
many 

FOed  Aug.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,898 
Claiiitt  priority,  appUaidon  Germany,  Aug.  19,  1969,  P  19 
421193 

Int.  CLG03b  79/72 
U.S.CL95— 42  SCiaiiiB 


A  photographic  camera  having  a  light  sensitive  element 
(e.g.,  a  photoresistance  of  a  photoceU)  for  measuring  the  in- 
tensity of  a  particular  beam  of  incoming  light,  such  as  the  light 
coming  through  the  photographic  lens,  when  the  construction 
is  used  with  a  single  lens  mirror  reflex  camera.  The  light  sensi- 
tive element  is  not  in  the  path  of  but  is  ottaet  from  the  beam  of 
light  to  be  measured.  Light  from  the  beam  to  be  measured  is 
transmitted  to  the  li^t  sensitive  element  throu^  a  cable  of 
optical  fibers,  the  output  end  of  the  fibers  being  at  the  light 
senstttve  element,  and  the  input  end  therooi  lying  in  the  path 
of  the  beam  of  light  to  be  measured,  for  example  lying  behind 
a  partiaOy  reflecting  and  partially  transmitting  portion  of  the 
reflex  nurror.  When  the  mirror  is  in  the  viewing  position,  the 
input  end  of  the  cable  or  buixOe  of  fibers  receives  light  fiom 
the  incoming  beam  and  transmits  such  light  to  the  light  sensi- 


tive elemem.  When  the  mirror  is  swimg  up  to  the  picture  tak- 
ing position,  the  light  transfer  between  the  input  end  of  the 
bundle  cf  fibers  and  the  light  sensitive  dement  is  interrupted. 
The  light  sensitive  element  is  in  an  electric  circuit  performing 
a  metering  or  controlling  function,  and  this  circuit  includes  a 
switch  closed  to  make  the  circviit  operative  when  the  mirror  is 
in  the  viewing  position,  and  opened  to  make  the  circuit  in- 
operative ^Mbcn  the  mirror  is  swung  up  to  the  picture  taking 
position. 


3,672,285 
SHUTTER  MECHANISM 
Jeffrey  R.  Stonehani,  HIton,  N.Y.,  Msigiior  to 
Company,  Rochestar,  N.Y. 

■       Filed  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,942 
1  liit.a.GO3b9/70 

U.S.a.W-59  ^ 


^'twtman 

7] 


Kodak 


SCiafans 


A  shutter  mechanism  including  a  pivotally  mounted  shutter 
blade  which  is  rotatable  between  closed  and  open  positions,  a 
spring  aim  having  a  fixed  first  end  and  a  second  end  which  is 
engageable  with  the  shutter  blade  for  biassing  the  blade  to  the 
closed  position,  and  a  tab  carried  by  the  shutter  blade  for  en- 
gaging the  spring  arm  between  the  first  and  second  ends  to 
stop  the  rotation  <^  the  shutter  at  the  open  position  and  to 
return  the  shutter  blade  to  the  closed  position. 


I  3,672,286 

DEVICE  FCHl  ADJUSTMENT  OF  SHUTTERS  AND 
DIAPHRAGMS  IN  PHOTOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS 
Kari  Wilier,  Ottobrunn,  and  Hefanut  Durr,  Munich,  both  of 
Germany,  Msignors  to  AGFA-Gcvacrt  AlcticngcscOflchaft, 
Lt  >ici  iiuwn.  C*i  iiiaiij 

Filed  Sept.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,352 
Clafam  priority,  appHortlon  Germany,  Sept.  19,  1969,  P  19 
47428J  I 

Int.  CLG03b  7/02  I 

U.S.a.95— 64C  18  Claims 


>,  1969, 


•i 


A  photographic  apparatus,  particularly  a  still  camera, 
wherein  the  upper  right-hand  comer  portion  of  the  front  wall 
of  the  body  supports  a  knob  whose  stem  is  confined  to  move- 
ments in  a  twoHiimensional  field.  Vertical  movements  of  the 
knob  result  in  adjustments  of  the  diaphragm,  horizontal  move- 
ments of  the  knob  result  in  adjustments  of  the  shutter,  and 
movements  of  the  knob  in  any  other  direction  result  in  simul- 
taneous adjustments  of  the  shutter  and  diaphragm.  The  posi- 
tions of  the  knob  are  observable  in  the  view  finder,  and  the 
knob  can  further  rotate  the  moving  coil  instrument  of  an  expo- 


JUNE  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1819 


sure  meter  so  that  the  needle  of  the  instrument  moves  with 
reference  to  stationary  markers  to  indicate  whether  or  not  the 
selected  combination  of  exposure  time  and  aperture  size  is 
satisfactory  for  the  planned  exposure. 


to  Nippon 


3,672,287 

SHIFTABLE  OBJECTIVE  LENS 
Takeshi  Muryol,  Yokohama-shi,  Japan,  ■wimmi 
Kogaku  K.Km  Tokyo,  Japan 

FBcd  Dec.  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,510 
Clainis    priority,    application    Japan,    Dec    25,     1968, 
43/94479;  Dec  25, 1968, 43/94481;  Dec.  25, 1968, 43/94482 

Int  CL  G03b  5/02. 9/02 
U.S.CL95— 64R  2Clalnis 


An  objective  lens  interlocking  with  an  exposure  meter  and  a 
shutter  in  a  camera  wherein  a  parallel  movement  section  in- 
cluding an  objective  lens  system  an  aperture  control  ring,  a 
diaphragm  and  an  aperture  adjusting  cam  member  is  arranged 
so  as  to  move  in  unison  in  one  predetermined  direction  in 
parallel  with  the  film  plane;  and  a  rotation  transmitting  link 
mechanism  is  disposed  between  said  parallel  movement  sec- 
tion and  a  stationary  section  with  an  aperttu'e  setting  member 
of  the  objective  lens  so  that  the  rotation  of  an  aperture  ring  in- 
terlocked with  exposure  meter  through  an  exposure  meter 
coupling  member  on  the  aperture  setting  member  may  be 
transmitted  to  the  exposure  meter  in  all  of  the  sh^ng 
direction.  And  the  aperture  control  ring  is  interlocked  with  an 
automatic  aperture  controlling  device  of  the  camera. 


3,672,288 

AUTOMATED  COLOR  PRINT  PROCESSOR 

Thomas  M.  Ddtoro,  721  Ewt  213Hi  Street,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,318 

Int.a.G03di/00 

U.S.a.95— 89R  9Clidnis 


conduit  to  a  tray  for  apfriication  to  an  exposed  photographic 
medium.  The  conduit  has  inlet  connections  arranged  at 
spaced  positions  therein  for  the  introduction  c^  the  different 
liquids  in  sequence,  with  an  inlet  opening  at  the  extreme  end 
opposite  to  the  conduit  outlet  end  for  the  introduction  of 
water.  The  tray  is  automatically  tilted  and  emptied  before 
each  introduction  and  use  of  a  new  liquid. 


3,672,289 
AUTOMATIC  FILM  PROCESSING  APPARATUS 
James  W.  Kdso,  Padflc  PaHsMks,  CdIL,  Msignor  to  Xatron 
Corporation,  Los  AngdcB,  Calif . 

Filed  Oct.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81,202 
Int.  CLG03d  J/00 
U.S.CL95— 89D  12( 


a«»'*rs;?:  ^. 


CHtr//c0i 


Apparatus  for  processing  exposed  film  so  as  to  develop,  fix, 
wash  and  dry  the  film  in  a  predetermined  sequence  and  on  a 
fiilly  automatic  basis.  The  exposed  films  are  loaded  into  a  car- 
rier which  is  then  set  into  the  housing  of  the  apparatus,  and  the 
films  are  successively  dipped,  or  immersed,  into  a  scries  of 
tanks  within  the  housing  by  means  of  an  elongated  wand 
which  supports  the  film  carrier.  The  wand  is  carried  on  a 
laterally  movable  carriage,  and  a  rotatable  off-center  cam  is 
provided  for  causing  the  wand  to  move  the  film  carrier  verti- 
cally in  and  out  (^  the  aforesaid  tanks.  This  dipping  operation 
occurs  at  each  of  a  plurality  erf  predetermined  lateral  positions 
of  the  carriage.  The  tanks  contain,  for  example,  appropriate 
developing,  rinsing  and  fixing  solutions  so  as  to  carry  out  the 
film  processing  operations.  The  apparatus  may  be  set  to 
process  a  plurality  of  different  types  of  film,  each  according  to 

manufacturers' recommendations,  by  setting  a  dial  on  the  con- 
trol panel  of  the  apparatus.  The  various  dial  settings  provide 
pre-set  timing  for  the  various  operations  by  the  circuitry  em- 
ployed. 


3,672,290 
FILM  PROCESSING  APPARATUS 

Geof«e  W.  Ducalcr,  221  Monliccllo  Drive,  Odesaa,  Tex. 
Filed  Oct  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  865,783 
lnt.CLG03di/72 
U.S.  CL  95—94  R  12 


se- 


ffilEpf 

pjEpn; 

jpjriro 

iiniSn^ 

j™^ 

fflWi 

Film  processing  apparatus  enclosed  within  a  housing  and 
having  two  spaced  apart  rows  of  treatment  tanks,  a  light-proof 
room,  a  light  trap  \«Mch  emits  film  from  the  light-proof  room, 
a  combination  washing  and  re-exposure  tank,  sind  wherein 
each  individual  tank  includes  a  temperatiuv  contn^  and  a 
Develo|Mng  and  conditioning  solutions,  and  wash  water,  are  fluid  circulation  means  associated  therewith, 
automatically  delivered  in  sequence  through  a  single  supply        A  longitudinally  extending  gear  train  having  shafts  fixnn  ad- 


I 


1820 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


jacent  gemx%  extending  in  opposite  directioni  to  adjacent  tanks 
of  each  row  theiec^  drives  the  film  upwardly  and  downwardly 
through  the  tanks  in  a  paitictilar  manner  which  prevents  the 
emulsion  tide  (tf  the  film  from  contacting  a  supporting  sur&ce 
throughout  the  entire  process. 


3^72^1 
VENTILATOR  UNIT 
Anthony  KiOaw%  Jr^  ToMo,  Ohio, 
Rcacoixh,  Ibc^  Toledo,  Ohio 

FHed  Joiy  20, 1970,  Sa>.  No.  56,324 
Int.  CL  B60h  1/24 
U&  CI.  98— 2.16 


15  M.       » 


to  Production 


12 


A  ventilator  mountable  as  a  preaasembied  unit  over  a  wall 
opening  in  a  compartment  such  as,  for  example,  the  passenger 
compartment  in  a  motor  vehicle,  truck  cab,  water  craft,  air 
craft,  mobile  home,  truck  camper,  or  the  Hke,  to  regulate  the 
passage  or  flow  of  air  exchanged  through  the  wall  opening 
between  the  interior  confines  of  the  compartment  and  the  am- 
bient exterior  atmosphere.  The  ventilator  unit  includes  a 
frame  member  mountable  around  the  bordering  surftice  of  the 
wall  opening  and  provided  with  an  open  central  section 
through  which  passage  of  air  is  regulated  in  selectively  varia- 
ble manner  by  a  cover  member  which  is  shiflable  between  a 
closed  and  viirious  selective  open  intake  and/or  exhaust  posi- 
tions by  intercooperative  means  providing  selectively  sMftable 

pivot  axes  for  opposite  tides  or  sections  of  the  cover  member 
and  cooperating  therewith  in  such  manner  as  to  accommodate 
relatively  indepiendent  raising  and/or  lowering  of  each  of  such 
opposite  sides  or  sections  of  the  cover  member  as  well  as  rela- 
tively concurrent  raising  and/or  lowering  thereof  between 
open  and  dosed  positions. 


3,672,292 

BLAST-ROOM  FOR  ABRASIVE  BLASTING  SYSTEM 

Ted  A.  Anwld,  Palo  Alto,  CmL,  mt^ur  to  Vacu-Btal  Cor- 


Filed  Sept.  22. 1970,  Scr.  No.  74341 
tat.  CLB24C  9/00 
U.SwCL98-33  IS 

A  Mast-room  for  an  abrasive  blasting  system  having  a  floor 
with  ckjseable  scavenging  ducts  and  end  or  cross  draft  ventila- 
tion. The  floor  is  comprised  of  a  plurality  of  parallel  floor 
members  that  form  elongated  troughs  or  valleys  with  sloped 
sides  to  trap  falling  abrasive  and  waste  particles.  Between  each 
pair  oi  adjacent  floor  members  and  extending  bebw  their 

lower  edges  is  a  duct  member  having  an  elongated  opening 
which  is  periodically  doseable  by  a  controllable  closure 
means  such  as  an  inflatable  valve  member  that  provides  an  air- 
tight seal.  At  one  end  of  the  floor  the  ducts  have  small  per- 
manent openings  to  permit  air  to  enter  and  their  other  ends 
are  connected  to  a  suction  fan  capable  <rf  creating  a  conveying 
air  velocity  in  the  ducts  when  the  closure  means  has  closed. 


During  operation  of  the  Mast-room  the  closure  means  remains 
open  for  a  period  of  time  while  a  quantity  oi  abrasive  and 


waste  particles  are  collected  in  the  conveying  ducts,  then 
periodically  the  duct  closure  means  are  closed  so  that  the  con- 
veying air  can  renwve  the  particles  from  the  ducts. 


3,672093 

REGISTERED  LOUVER  ASSEMBLY 

J.  GoM,  6501  ClMslfw  Drive,  Soloa, 

I  J.  OMsr,  10907  PvUMrsl  Drive, 

I  to  Earn  Yak  A  Toww  lac,  Qrvciaad, 

mod  March  3. 1971,  Ssr.  No.  120«433 

iiii.a.F24f;j/o« 

U.&CL9B-.40VM 


OMo, 


OMo, 


OMa 


A  registered  louver  assembly  for  directing  air  fix>m  a 
discharge  assembly  includes  a  firont  plate,  a  rear  plate  and  a 
plurality  of  intermediate  plates  disposed  between  the  front 
and  rear  plates.  Each  oi  the  plates  incliide  a  plurality  of 
openings  therein  which  are  adapted  to  be  aligned  with 
openings  in  other  of  the  plats  so  as  to  form  a  i^urality  of 
passageways  through  the  plates.  The  intermediate  and  rear 
plates  are  movable  relative  to  the  front  plate  and  to  each  other 
to  incline  the  aligned  passageways  so  as  to  direct  air  in  dif- 
ferent directions  from  the  discharge  assembly.  A  control  rod  is 
disposed  through  the  plates  and  is  operable  in  effect  relative 
movement  between  the  plates  so  as  to  incline  the  aligned 
passageways.  A  control  wire  is  disposed  on  the  firont  plate  and 
the  ends  thereof  pass  through  a  pair  of  guides  disposed  on  the 
rear  plate.  The  control  wire  prevents  skewing  oi  the  plates 
relative  to  each  other  by  providing  positive  positioning  of  the 
plates  in  response  to  movement  thereof  by  the  control  rod. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1821 


3,672,294  longitudinany  of  the  strap  less  than  the  distance  between  the 

APPARATUS  FOR  TREATING  GRANULAR  MATERIAL      outer  ends  of  the  gripping  jaws  and  gathering  jaws,  but  not  less 
John  O.  Blmd,  SL  Loois  Pari^  Wayne  L  Knioe,  BlooniBt-    than  the  distance  between  the  outer  ends  of  the  gripping  jaws 
ton;    Slaalrj    C.    Riatad,   GoMai    Vafcy,   and   Takuao    and  shearing  jaws;  the  gathering  jaw  and  sealing  jaws  are 
"       *""  -■  -*  ^Mt  I  ._  ^  •     jjj^jj^  together  for  simultaneous  actuation  to  the  loop-ten- 

sioning  configuration. 


al  of  Mbm., 


to 


TsttcMya, 
Mills,Iac 

Fled  Feb.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 17,597 
lot  CLA23b  9/00 
U.S.a.99— 237R  20 


A  vertically  oriented  pressure  cooker  for  treating  granular 
materials  on  a  continuous  basis.  A  cylindrical  cooking 
chamber,  having  a  flat  bottom  surface  with  a  discharge  open- 
ing centrally  located  therein,  b  at  least  partially  filled  with  the 
material  to  be  cooked,  by  introducing  the  material  and  pres- 
surized steam  into  the  top  of  the  chamber.  A  vertical  shaft  is 
rotatabiy  mounted  within  the  chamber,  and  it  has  a  pair  of 
curved  discharge  arms  secured  to  its  bottom  end,  and  a  pair  at 
leveling  arms  secured  to  it,  proximate  the  upper  part  of  the 
chamber.  A  cylindrical  shield  having  a  larger  diameter  than 
the  diameter  (^  the  discharge  opening  surrounds  the  shaft.  By 
rotating  the  shaft,  a  layer  of  material  is  transferred  along  the 
bottom  surface  of  the  chamber  toward  the  discharge  opening. 


3,672,296 

SCREEN  PRINTING  MACHINE  FOR  PRINTING 

CYUNMUCAL  AND  CONICAL  ARTICLES 

WHfrled  KammMin,   1   llisaiiiliisliMsi.  Swdtawcm,  Gcr- 


Fyed  June  5, 1969,  Ser.  No.  830,778 
jriority,  appBralioB  Germany,  Jvat  11,  1968,  K 
61471;  June  11, 196S,  K  61472 

lot.  CL  B41f  ;  7/28. 1 7/20 
U.S.CL101— 38A 


C.  We 


3,672,295 
STRAPPING  MACHINE 

BL,  aari^MMT  to 


IK^ 


Fled  Aug.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63^79 

IaLCLB65byj//6 

u.s.a.100-^ 


12 


A  short-seat  strapping  machine  has  a  strapping  head  inchid- 

ing  pairs  of  gripping  jaws,  sealing  and  shearing  jaws,  and 
gathering  jaws,  all  aligned  longitudinally  of  the  strap,  the 
machine  having  a  loop-tensioning  configuration  wherein  the 
gathering  jaws  are  open  and  the  sealing  jaws  are  partially 
closed  to  take  the  place  of  the  gathering  jaws,  thereby  accom- 
modating tensioning  of  the  strap  in  a  loop  about  an  object 
M^ierein  the  portion  thereof  facing  the  head  has  a  dimension 


A  screen  printing  machine  for  printing  on  cylindrical  and 
conical  articles.  The  machine  hat  a  reciprocating  printing 
stencil  with  a  fixed  ductor  for  applying  printing.  There  are 
provided  heading  devices  for  the  articles  means  for  rotating 
the  holding  devices  while  the  articles  are  in  contact  with  the 
printii^  stencil  and  means  for  adjusting  the  devices  to  bimg 
the  articles  into  a  normal  position  for  printing.  The  holding 
devices  comprise  receiving  members,  and  a  feeding  device 
carrying  the  receiving  members  and  actuated  to  move  the  arti- 
cles to  be  printed  in  timed  sequence.  The  receiving  members 
are  made  c^slidabie  material. 


3,672,297 

PRINTING  CCWTROL IWVICE  IN  HIGH  SPEED  CHAIN 

PRINTER  WITH  HAMMERS  MOVABLE  TO  PLURAL 

PRINT  POSmONS 

Ncfl  C.  Bstviiuid;  Robert  W.  Kii«,  mhI  Kent  W.  liiiwii^ii. 

■n  of  RocBCSMr,  nonSi^  aaslgperB  to  uScnwIiaaal  BHslBsaB 

MacMass  Corporatloa,  Anmm^  N.Y. 

Fled  J«M  30, 1970,  Scr  No.  51,190 
hiLCLBAlj9/14,5/30 
VS.  CL  101—93  C  17  riiliiii 

A  high  speed  printer  of  the  chain  type  in  which  die  type 
characters  on  the  chain  are  spaced  apart  a  distance  greater 
than  the  distance  between  adjacent  print  positions  and  in 
which  the  number  of  firing  haimners  is  lest  than  the  mmiber  of 
print  positions  such  that  each  hammer  services  several  print 
positions.  The  attachment  or  control  for  the  printer  maintains 


1322  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

identity  of  the  type  character  in  front  of  a  print  position  op-  V 

tioned  to  print  by  modifying  a  type  character  counter  in  ac- 


JUNE  27,  1972 


4 


cord  with  scan  being  taken,  print  position  and  position  of  the 
firing  hammers. 


3,672,298 
INK  MIST  SUPPRESSION  FOR  A  ROTARY  PRINTING 

PRESS 
Robert  B.  Rcif,  Grove  City,  OMo,  aaigiior  to  North  Amerfcan 
Rockwca  Corporatkm,  El  Sctundo,  CaMf . 

Filed  Jan.  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,677 
Iiit.CLB41fjy/00 
U.S.a.  101— 350  2< 


10-;^ 


3^672099 

MATCHED  PLATE  METHOD  FOR  PRINTING  < 

MULTIPLE  PAPER  PARTS 

B.  f^ilk,  18309  Lexii«ton  Drive,  Monte  Screno,  CaUf. 

Filed  Nov.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,682 

lot  0.84115/04 


U.S.CL  101-426 


3  palms 


The  disclosure  includes  a  method  and  apparatus  for  making 
graphic  copies  of  appropriate  indicia  on  multiple  paper  parts. 
The  method  and  apparatus  provide  for  passing  two  sets  of  the 
parts,  in  back-to-t»ck  relation  and  in  unison,  between  exactly 
matching  opposed  embossed  surfaces. 


I  3,672,300 

PRESSURE  ACTUATED  ACOUSTIC  SIGNAL  SOURCE 
Carl  A.  AadMin,  Beverly;  John  R.  Hinvcs,  Somerset,  both  of 
Mm.,  Md  Ekon  Y.  McGan,  WIBfaunburg,  Va.,  airiciion 
to  The  United  Stala  of  America  as  reprtaaited  by  the  Sccre- 
taryoftheNavy  ■ 

FVed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89,677 

IntCLF42b  2  7/00, 22/i6  ' 

U.S.  a.  102— 10  5  CWms 


A  bomtvtype  underwater  signal  source  is  disclosed  having  a 
detonating  mechanism  wherein  the  rupture  of  a  shear  disk  as- 
sembly at  a  predetermined  ocean  depth  permits  the  ambient 
hydrostatic  pressure  to  compress  the  gas  within  a  cavity  and 
raise  the  temperature  at  one  end  of  this  cavity  to  a  level  suffi- 
cient to  detcMiate  first  a  confined  secondary  explosive  posi- 
tioned at  this  end  of  the  cavity  and  then  the  main  charge^ 


An  ink  mist  suppressing  arrangement  for  a  printing  press 
having  a  resiliently  covered  roller  and  cooperating  cylinder 
carrying  a  film  of  ink  and  rotated  at  hi^  speed  in  which  the 
roller  is  insulated  firom  the  cylinder  and  charged  with  high 
voltage  for  the  setting  up  (tf  an  electric  field  between  the  roller 
and  c^inder  for  acting  upon  and  returning  ink  mist  particles 
to  the  filiTL  The  resilient  surface  layer  on  the  roller  may  be 
formed  of  conventional  material,  for  example  synthetic  rubber 
and  in  conventional  thickness.  No  auxiliary  wire  or  similar 
electrode,  such  as  commonly  used  for  establishing  a  corona 
discharge,  need  be  employed. 


3,672,301 
CARTRIDGE 
David  D.  Abbott,  Baltimore  County,  Md.,  assignor  to  AAI  Cor- 
porMkm,  Cockcysvlie,  Md. 

FVed  Dec  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,616 
Int.  CLF42b  5/20 
U.S.CL102— 39  8( 

A  blank  or  propellant  gas  cartridge  having  a  casing  of 
generally  tubular  form  with  a  telescopically  reverse  in-folded 
star-crimp  closed  integral  tubular  end  section,  and  within 
which  is  contained  a  blank  propellent  powder  charge,  with  a 


AltJor- 

ICWnv 


'■wiitii[iLnii^«^»imw.,fi  I,,  ,1  imaamn 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1323 


readily  rupturable  low  tensile  strength  discrete  particulate 
mass  adhesively  self-bonded  in  a  total  initial  restraining  mass 


an  enaMing  function  that  allows  ignition  when  the  desired 
input  conditions  are  met,  the  ignition  function,  and  an  inside 


17 

"    ?7b 

15 

/>7o 

,70 

mm 

^iJ 

»i    71k    ZS 

Tr 

> 

130 
16 


^••■TlVI    MPM.T 


form  between  the  propellent  powder  charge  and  the  in-folded 
telescoping  star-crimp  closed  end  of  the  casing. 


3,672,302 

ELECTRONIC  DIGITAL  ACCELEROMETER,  FUZE,  OR 

SAFETY  AND  ARMING  MECHANISM 

Donald  N.  Shaw,  Mountain  Lakes,  N  J.,  asalgnar  to  The  United 

States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Army 

Filed  April  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,960 

Int.  a.  F42c  / 1 106, 15124, 15/40 

US.  a.  102—70.2  R  7  Clafans 


To  ^rcvn^  Of 

poi^r.hf    to 

enabt*  tr>,*,^ 
resft  C9>^*mr 

4^ 


^9' 


(O^iartal) 


^^H/trScf^  hritia 


■IMTtvt    MfWkV 


temperature  sensor  that  stabilizes  the  circuits  against  changing 
ambient  temperature  of  the  explosive  device. 


3,672304 
SPECIAL  PURPOSE  FIREARMS  PROJECTILE 
Patrick  F.  Rogers,  Cupertino,  and  Warm  L.  Hendrkkson, 
San  Jose,  both  of  CaHf .,  assignors  to  Lockheed  Aircraft  Cor- 
poration, Burbank,  Ciriif. 

Filed  March  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,825 

Int.  CLF42b/ 7/02 

U.S.  CL  102—92.3  1  Claim 


Electrical  apparatus  comprises  an  oscillator  or  clock  to  feed 
pulses  through  an  initiate  gate  to  a  digital  X-bit  counter.  The 
counter  is  normally  maintained  at  a  zero  level,  or  empty  state, 
in  condition  to  receive  and  temporarily  store  a  maximum 
number  of  pulses,  by  a  normally  closed  switch  in  an  input  line. 
And,  pulses  normally  are  not  fed  to  the  counter  due  to  an  open 
switch  in  an  input  line  to  the  initiate  gate.  Upon  acceleration 
of  the  apparatus  the  normally  open  svritch  closes  to  actuate 
the  initiate  gate,  and  the  normally  closed  switch  opens  to  per- 
mit the  counter  to  begin  counting  or  storing  pulses  therein. 
When  the  number  of  pulses  reaches  a  predetermined  value 
after  a  predetermined  time  delay,  the  counter  fires  off  a  signal 
to  an  output  line.  This  signal  may  be  used  directly  to  trigger 
actuation  of  another  device  or  apparatus.  Or,  the  signal  may 
be  fed  into  an  output  gate  which  will  pass  the  signal  to  the  ap- 
paratus only  upon  the  application  of  another  signal  or  pulse  to 
the  output  gate. 

The  signal  from  the  output  line,  or  from  the  output  gate, 
may  be  used  to  actuate  explosive  apparatus  or  to  arm  other 
devices. 


3,672,303 

TEMPERATURE  SXTiiSING  SQUIB  FIRING  DEVICE 
John  M.  Brawn,  RMgecrest,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  The  United 
States  of  America  as  rcprcacnted  by  the  Secretary  of  the 

Navy 

Filed  Mi^r  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,437 

Int.  CL  F42c  1 1106, 15/40, 19/06 

U.S.  a.  102—70.2  R  4  CUms 

An  atmospheric  temperature  sensing  squib  firing  con- 
trivance for  igniting  an  explosive  device  at  a  specific  outside 
temperature,  comprising  an  atmospheric  temperature  sensor, 
a  time  delay  safety  function  that  prevents  premature  ignition. 


A  small  arms  bullet  with  controlled  flight  characteristics 
fireable  at  high  velocities  from  conventional  small  arms.  The 
bullet  has  a  projecting  spike  tip  forming  a  supersonic  shock 
wave  cone.  The  bullet  travels  inside  this  shock  wave  cone  aitd 
has  low  aerodynamic  drag  at  supersonic  velocities.  The  bullet 
is  light  weight  and  has  a  Uunt  drag  face  providing  a  high 
aerodynamic  drag  configuration  for  the  bullet  at  subsonic 
flight  velocities  to  rapidly  decelerate  the  bullet  after  a 
preselected  initial  combat  range,  thereby  reducing  its  long 
range  danger  to  bystanders  and  property.  Within  the 
preselected  combat  range  the  shape  and  velocity  charac- 
teristics of  the  bullet  provide  high  "stopping  power"  yet  a 
reduced  lethality. 


3,672,305 
GUnX:  MEANS  FXNl  A  TRAVERSING  VEHICLE 
Kenneth  A.  RkhAos,  Salt  Lakit  CHy,  Utah,  wignni  to  Eaton 
Corporation,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

FUed  May  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36308 
Int.CLB61b7i/0« 
U.S.CL104— 23FS  9CWaK 

An  air  supported  vehicle  is  guided  by  trackways  at  one  or 
both  sides  thereof,  in  which  the  trackways  contact  guide  rol- 
lers mounted  on  the  vehicle.  The  rollers  contact  the  trackway 
to  prevent  lateral  movement  while  permitting  variations  in  the 
vertical  positioning  of  the  vehicle  by  the  air.  Additional  roUeis 
on  the  vehicle  may  limit  its  vertical  moventent  or  lock  it  in  a 
fixed  vertical  position  relatively  to  the  trackways.  The  vehicle 
may  be  moved  away  from  the  side  trackways  for  guidance  by 
other  trackways  and  additional  guides  on  the  vehicle.  The 
upper  end  of  the  vehicle  is  gviided  by  upper  trackways  that  are 


1324 


formed  to  permit  ready  movement  of  the  vehicle  in  an  aiile, 
from  one  aisle  to  another  and  vertical  movement  of  the  vehi- 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27»  1972 


3^72,307 

VEHICLE  WITH  COORDINATED  GUIDING  AND 

SUPPORUNG  MECHANISM 

KoMMCh  A.  BIiMm,  Srit  Ukc  Oty,  VtA,  MripMr  t^  EMtm 


10 


1        FH«IAptll«,  1970.  S«r.N^  25,906 
I  lot  a.  B61b  I5f00 

U&CLI04— 96 


cle  within  predetermined  limits  while  preventing  movement 
laterally  (rf^the  vehicle  during  movement  in  an  aisle. 


3,672306 

CONVEYOR  CARRIER  WITH  PIVOTAL  MOTION 

DAMPING  LOAD  SUSPENSION 

A«   DcHWf  Wwmttufffntk^  mm   nHnwd   A* 
LIvMiitt*  bolli  of  Midi^  MifpMm  to  Jci'vli  B*  Webb  Coot* 
puy 

nkd  Nov.  to,  1970,  Scr.  No.  88314 
Int.  CLB61b  J/00 
U&CL104— 89  10( 


A  load  handling  vehicle  is  equipped  with  a  steering  and  trac- 
tion wheel  and  an  overhead  guide  asMmbiy  coacting  with 
fixed  overhead  linear  tracks.  The  steering  and  traction  wheel 
and  the  guide  assembly  rotate  together  so  as  to  guide  the  vehi- 
cle and  support  it  in  its  movement  in  different  paths.  The  over- 
head tracla  are  connected  by  a  circular  track  to  permit 
transfer  of  the  guide  assembly  firom  one  linear  track  to 
another.! 

*  3,672306 

ROADWAY  SWITCHING  ARRANGEMENT  FOR 
TRANSPORTATION  SYSTEM  HAVING  CENTER 
GUIDERAIL  BELOWTRACK  LEVEL 
WHiHB  R.  Stmr*  Mi—wilh.ftL,  Biil^nr  to  Wi 
Qoctrtc  CorpovBDoiky  l^ttlDlll^|P^  ^k* 

ncd  Nov.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  87«428 
IBL  CL  EOlb  7fl2;  B61b  13/04;  FOlb  23106 
U.S.CL  104-246 


o  pel 
track 

it>R 

FER 

06] 

^OakM 


A  pivotal  motion  damping  suspension  for  the  load  carrying 
portion  of  a  conveyor  carrier  includes  a  tubular  bearing 
member  secured  to  the  load  carrying  portion  and  internally 
sBdeaUy  engaged  by  a  pair  <^  beving  segments  mounted  on 
the  xntdti  supported  portion  of  the  carrier.  The  bearing  seg- 
ments engafe  the  tubiilar  bearing  member  at  drcumferentially 
spaced  locations  thereon,  and  swinging  motion  of  the  load  car- 
rying portion  in  either  direction  produces  an  increased  force 
normal  to  one  of  the  bearing  segments  and  an  increase  in  the 
frictional  resistance  between  such  bearing  segment  and  the  tu- 
bular  bearing  member  ^i^uch  brakes  and  dampens  swinging 
motion. 


A  switching  arrangement  for  a  transportation  system  em- 
ptying flexible-tired  self-propelled  vehicles  riding  on  road- 


JUNE  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1825 


ways  having  laterally  spaced  tracks  and  a  guide  beam  (guide 
rail)  therebetween  which  is  engaged  by  guide  wheels  carried 


by  supports  depending  from  the  undercarriage  of  the  vehicle. 


3.672309 

WELDED  UGHT  ALLOY  CAR  CONSTRUCTION 

Wdliam  Van  Dcr  Shiys,  Civwn  Point,  Ind.;  ThomM  J.  OTMU, 

Evergreen  Park,  OL,  and  Noman  M.  Srah,  Hammond,  Ind., 

assignors  to  Pulman  Incorporaleil,  Chicago,  01. 

Filed  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,181 

lnta.B61d77/0« 

U.S.  CL  105—401  7  ClainM 


gageable  positive  coupling  means  sudi  as  a  synchrcmous 
clutch  in  said  driving  connection  between  said  motor  shaft  and 
said  axle  and  a  slip  coupling  such  as  a  fluid  cou{4ing  one  ele- 
ment of  which  is  connected  to  each  element  of  said  positive 
coupling  means. 


3,672311 
MOVABLE  STAIR  MOUNTING  ARRANGEMENT  VOR 
VEHICLES 
Erwin  Duba,  Soligittcr>B«i,  and  Coorad  Fischer,  Sal«gitter. 
Lcbanstcdt,  both  of  Gcrmony,  — nigiiiii  ■  to  : 
Busch    WaggoD-Fafamug-Maschiiicn    GmbH, 
WatcDStCm,  Germany 

FDed  July  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58355 

InLCLB61d2J/02 

U.S.  a.  105—447  12  Cbrims 


A  railway  passenger  vehicle  construction  including  longitu- 
dinally extending  extruded  wall  portions  having  interlocking 
and  abutting  portions  producing  a  smooth  outer  surface  hav- 
ing a  curvature  eccentric  with  the  curvature  of  the  vehicle 
inner  wall  to  improve  the  aerodynamic  and  structural  proper- 
ties of  the  vehicle  walls.  Adjacent  extruded  members  are  at- 
tached as  by  a  weldment  on  their  inside  portions  in  a  manner 
to  prevent  buckling  and  provide  a  finished  external  surface 
free  of  blemishes  from  weldments  or  other  fastening  means. 


3,672310 
RAILWAY  TRANSMISSION 
John  Henry  Gooch,  Goldsmith  Cottage,  Alboume, 
England 

FHed  Sept  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  861,71 1 
ClafaBS  priority,  applicalion  Great  Britain,  Oct  16,  1968, 
49,033/68 

Int.  CL  B61d  9/34. 9/48;  F16h  47/02 
VS.  CL  105—96.2  5  Claims 


A  mounting  arrangement  for  a  movable  step  of  a  multi-step 
entry  for  a  vehicle,  particularly  for  rail  vehicles,  includes  a 
movable  step  member  having  a  flat  outwardly  extending  plat- 
form portion  and  an  oblique  inner  end  portion  which  rides  in 
an  oblique  groove  to  permit  the  step  to  be  shifted  between  an 
upward  position  at  which  the  platform  is  level  with  the  en- 
trance way  and  a  lower  position  in  which  it  is  slightly  above  a 
lower  entrance  step  of  the  entry.  The  construction  iiK;ludes  a 
mounting  for  a  nmning  rcdler  which  facilitates  the  running  up- 
ward and  downward  movement  of  the  guide  for  the  step  and  a 
mounting  for  a  support  roller.  The  support  roller  is  pivotally 
mounted  on  a  bracket  of  the  guide  and  it  may  be  biased  into 
engagement  with  the  wall  bounding  the  guide  way  for  con- 
trolling the  movement  of  the  step.  An  apron  is  pivoted  to  the 
firont  end  c^the  step  fdatform  and  it  includes  a  bracket  having 
a  roller  which  extends  into  a  guideway  so  as  to  shift  the  apron 
inwardly  and  outwardly  during  the  downward  and  upward 
movement  of  the  i^tform.  In  this  manner  the  apron  closes  the 
space  between  the  platform  and  the  bottom  of  the  cut  out 
entry  of  the  vehicle. 


The  invention  provides  a  two  speed  transmission  system  for 
a  diesel  electric  locomotive  having  a  bogey  or  like  live  axle 
carrying  means,  a  live  axle  joumaled  in  said  axle  carrying 
means  and  connecting  together  a  pair  of  driving  wheels,  an 
electrical  traction  motor  held  in  spaced  relation  relative  to 
said  live  axle  by  at  least  one  steady  arm  pivoted  on  said  live 
axle,  means  for  supporting  at  least  a  part  of  the  weight  of  said 
motor  fn»n  said  bogey  and  a  driving  unit  connecting  the  shait 
of  said  ntotor  to  said  axle  said  driving  unit  including  a  disen- 


3,672312 
WORK  TABLE  HAVING  MULTIPOSmON  EXTENSION 

BOARD 

Robert  F.  Pettit,  and  Janes  F.  WchmmIqc,  both  of  Rcaduig,  Pa., 

aasignars  to  Tckdyne,  Inc.,  Los  Anfldcs,  CaHf . 

FBed  Dec  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885301 

Iiit.a.A47b;/0¥ 

U.S.CL  106-69  S< 


A  work  table  having  an  extension  board  at  an  edge  thereai 
and  mounting  mechanism  by  which  the  board  may  be  posi- 
tioned alternatively  in  any  one  of  three  positions,  in  one  of 
which  the  board  extends  firom  the  edge  of  the  table,  in  another 
of  which  the  board  projects  upwardly  adjacent  said  edge  of  the 


809  o.O. — 50 


1326 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1S72 


table  to  act  as  a  limiting  stop,  and  in  the  third  of  \^iich  the 
board  is  stowed  beneath  the  taMe. 


3,672313 
CLOTH  TRANSFER  DEVICE 
Harry  Flreitein,  MamaroMck,  N.Y.,  and  Karl  Tyas,  Ocean 
Grove,  Mmb^  aMignors  to  Louk  Hand  Incorporated,  Fall 
RlYcr,Maai. 

Flkd  Sept  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,451 
btLCLHOSb  33/02 
U.S.CL  112—121.15  6< 


In  the  manufacture  of  curtains,  draperies,  and  similar  textile 
items,  it  is  often  necessary  to  perform  separate  sewing  opera- 
tions on  opposite  seams  of  a  piece  of  doth.  The  opsrator  turns 
a  small  hem  and  passes  the  edge  of  the  cloth  beneath  the  nee- 
dle of  a  sewing  machine.  It  may  then  be  necessary  to  perform  a 
similar  operation  on  the  opposite  hem  or  even  to  attach  a 
piece  of  buckram  to  the  opposite  hem.  The  apparatus  of  the 
present  invention  is  designed  to  transfer  the  cloth  from  one 
operation  to  the  next  operation  to  minimize  handling  and  to 
permit  a  single  operator  to  perform  the  necessary  sewing 
operations  on  both  hems.  The  device  grasps  the  length  of  cloth 
coming  firom  the  first  sewing  machine,  turns  it  over  to  place 
the  finished  edge  remotely  from  the  line  of  travel  and  then 
feeds  the  opposite  unsewed  edge  to  a  second  machine  which 
again  hems  the  device  or  sews  a  piece  of  buckram  thereto.  Es- 
sentially, the  carrying  device  comprises  a  pair  of  endless  belts 
operating  in  contiguous  relationship  and  driven  from  a  com- 
mon source.  The  endless  belts  are  driven  so  that  the  cloth 
coming  ftom  the  first  sewing  machine  passes  between  them 
and  is  carried  along  the  belts  until  a  tripping  bar  is  reached.  At 
this  point  a  pair  of  movaUe  fingers  grasp  the  side  edges  of  the 
cloth.  These  fingers  are  mounted  on  a  bar  slidaUe  on  a  frame 
at  right  angles  to  the  movement  of  the  cloth.  The  bar  and  fin- 
gers move  at  right  an^es  along  the  frame  and  lay  the  cloth 
horizontally  flat  on  a  nnoving  conveyor.  The  cloth  has  now 
been  laid  with  the  finished  edge  away  firom  the  original  moving 
belts  and  the  unfinished  edge  closest  to  them.  Movement  is 
parallel  to  but  spaced  from  the  original  endless  belts  and  the 
cloth  is  fed  to  an  automatic  device  having  an  edge  guider,  of 
conventional  design,  which  now  proceeds  with  the  second 
operation.  A  sin^  operator  b  thus  able  to  perform  a  sewing 
operation  on  opposite  edges  of  the  same  piece  of  cloth  without 
additional  handling. 


^1  3,672,314 

CLOTH  STACKING  I»VICE 
Harry  FIrMtcin,  Manaranck,  N.Y.,  and  Kvi  Tyv. 
Grove,  Maw.,  — Ignon  to  Louk  Hand  Incorporated, 
River,  Mass. 

FBed  Sept.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  73,545 
Int.a.D05bii/02 
U.S.  a.  111-121.29  7 


.a.iii-1 


Ocean 
d,  FaU 

L 


The  apparatus  is  designed  to  grasp  a  length  of  cloth  coming 
from  a  sewing  machine  and  to  drape  it  over  a  horizontal  bar.  A 
plurality  of  lengths  of  cloth  can  thus  be  stacked  one  above  the 
other  on  a  horizontal  bar.  Means  are  then  provided  for  moving 
the  bar  out  of  position  and  moving  an  empty  bar  into  position 
so  that  successive  lengths  of  cloth  from  the  sewing  machine 
can  be  stacked.  Essentially  the  carrying  device  comprises  a 
pair  of  endless  belts  operating  in  contiguous  relation^ip  and 
driven  from  the  same  source.  The  endless  belts  are  driven  so 
that  the  cloth  coming  from  the  sewing  machine  passes 
between  them  and  is  carried  along  between  the  belts  until  a 
tripping  bar  is  reached.  At  this  point  a  pair  of  movable  fingers 
grasps  (he  side  edges  of  the  cloth  and  the  stacking  takes  place. 
A  frame  is  provided  on  which  an  elongated  bar  is  slidably 
movable  at  right  angles  to  the  endless  belts.  The  fingers  which 
grasp  each  side  edge  of  the  cloth  are  mounted  on  this  bar.  As 
soon  as  the  fingers  grasp  the  cloth  the  bar  moves  at  right  an- 
gles to  the  belts  along  a  frame.  The  bar  on  which  the  cloth  is 
stacked  is  positioned  in  a  separate  frame  mounted  beneath  the 
carrier  frame  for  the  bar.  The  bar  carrying  the  fingers  then 
moves  over  the  rod  mounted  in  the  frame  beneath  it  and  car- 
ries the  cloth  over  it.  At  a  fixed  position  a  switch  is  tripped  and 
the  fingers  release  the  cloth  so  that  it  falls  draped  over  the  rod. 
The  bar  carrying  the  fingers  then  returns  to  its  original  posi- 
tion ready  for  the  next  piece  of  cloth  issuing  from  the  sewing 
machine.  This  is  repeated  until  a  sufficient  amount  of  cloth  is 
piled  up  or  stacked  on  to  the  rod.  The  operator  then  presses  a 
button  and  the  rod  is  moved  away  to  a  remote  position  where 
it  can  be  picked  up.  A  fresh  rod  is  now  moved  into  portion 
ready  to  receive  the  next  piece  of  doth. 


3,672,315 
AUTOMATIC  ACTUATING  MECHANISM 


,  Chumitf  I .  Til—  , 


toUSM 


Addbcrt  W.  RockwcM,  Jr., 

^^QinBomttiNi,  BoatM 

FOed  Aug.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  60,555 
Int.CLD05b69/J6 

u.s.a.iia-2i9R 

Fluidic  mechanism  is  responsive  to  an  event,  for  mstance  a 
contingency  such  as  thread  breakage  in  a  sewing  machine,  to 


.a.iii-3 


2cUim 


IHMMHbllf 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1827 


operate  a  control  member  whereby  a  dutch  is  actuated,  for  in-  3,672^17 

stance  to  disconnect  a  drive  motor  from  the  sewing  machine.  METAL  SPINNING  MACHINE 

Roy  Wdkcr  Lee  Wtak^  CaM,  Ontvio,  and  Paul  KrVn,  Wl- 


lowdale,  Ontario,  both  at  Canada,  Mrignnri  to  Export  Tool 
&  Wddliw  Co.  Limiled,  RciuWe,  Ontario,  Canada 
Fikd  Feb.  19, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 16,930 
IntC].B21dJ//i2 
U.S.a.  113— IE  SOdhm 


A  transducer  preferably  in  the  form  of  a  contractile  bag  is  em- 
ployed in  the  surveillant  fluidic  control  drcuit. 


3,672316 
APPARATUS  FOR  JOINT  CONTROL  OF  A  CLUTCH  AND 

ELECTRICAL  SWITCHES 
Ernst  Becker,  and  Karl  Notz,  both  of  Darmstadt,  Germany,  as- 
signors to  Quick-Elektromotoren-Wcrfc  GmUl,  Darmstadt, 
Germany 

Filed  Jan.  27, 1967,  Ser.  No.  612,129 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Jan.  28,  1966,  P  15 
38049.1 

Int.  CI.  D05b  69/00 
U.S.CI.  112— 219A  11  Claims 


SEh-eito 


An  apparatus  for  operating  a  clutch  mechanism  and  auto- 
matically and  mechanically  therewith  a  plurality  of  switches 
for  control  of  additional  motors. 

Two  mechanical  tie  rods,  one  linked  with  its  outer  end  to 
the  dutch,  the  other  operated  by  external  power  application 
upon  its  opposite  outer  end,  engage  electrical  switches,  v^ch 
are  mechanically  cormected  with  them  for  automatic  selec- 
tively preset  time-spaced  motive  operations  of  the  clutch  and 
the  switches  with  a  precalculated  lost  motion  (rf'  the  switch 
operations. 


A  metal  spinning  mechanism  mountable  on  the  bed  of  a 
spinning  machine  and  operable  for  securing  end  caps  to  muf- 
fler cans  and  the  like.  The  machine  consists  of  a  frame  which 
forms  a  bed  and  a  pair  of  rotataMy  driven  head  assemblies 
mounted  on  the  bed.  One  of  the  head  assemblies  is  slidaMy 
mounted  on  the  bed  so  as  to  be  moved  towards  and  away  fix>m 
the  other  assembly.  Each  of  the  head  assemblies  includes  a 
cam  track  extending  in  a  predetermined  path  about  the  lon- 
gitudinal axis  of  the  head  assembly  and  a  pair  of  cam  follower 
arms  pivotally  mounted  on  the  housing.  A  first  forming  arm  is 
pivotally  mounted  on  one  of  the  follower  arms  and  a  second 
follower  arms  is  pivotally  mounted  on  the  second  follower 
arm.  Hydraulic  drive  means  is  provided  for  driving  each  of  the 
forming  arms  towards  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  spinning 
head  so  as  to  sequentially  form  the  spinning  metal  to  the 
required  contour  in  use. 


3,672,318 
SUPPCMtT  FOR  HAM  CANS  DURING  DOUBLE  SEAMING 


John  B.  NicholMin,  Country  Chib  Hffls,  OL, 
tinental  Can  Company,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
FBed  May  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,564 
Inta.B21d79/00 
U.S.CL  113—30 


to  Con- 


15 


"4 

^r^> 

^ 

A\M 

-37    -- 

3^ 

--IZ 

34 

[ 

-77         / 

A 

r" 

This  disclosure  relates  to  a  support  for  supporting  ham  or 
similar  pear-shaped  plastic  cans  during  a  double-seaming 
operation,  and  indudes  as  a  base  thereof  a  standard  or  con- 
ventional metallic  ham  can  body  having  a  double  seam  at  an 
uppermost  eitd  portion  thereof,  and  a  like  contoured  plastic 
rim  smqv-secured  over  the  douMe  seam,  the  rim  including  an 


1328 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TTl 


June  27,  1972 


uppermost  surface  for  supporting  the  plastic  ham  can  by  un-  means  comprising  a  hyttraulic  motor  with  suitable  gearing  to 

derlyingly  engaging  a  flange  thereof,  and  an  outermost  surface  transmit  power  to  said  flukes;  a  second  said  power  means 

of  an  outermost  one  of  a  pair  of  legs  of  the  rim  defining  a  guid-  comprising  an  electric  motor  with  power  therefrom  also  trans- 

ing  surface  for  properly  positioning  the  support  relative  to  an  mitted  through  suitable  gearing  to  the  flukes;  a  third  said 
associated  end  unit  incident  to  a  seaming  operation. 


3,672319 

UQUID  CARGO  BARGE 

Emllc  W.  Platacr,  P.O.  Box  9788,  Baytown,  Tex. 

FBed  Jme  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,524 

Int.  a.B63b  25/72 

UAa.  114— 74R 


6Cfarim 


-i^ 


Ah. 


i    i  i    fc   I^C 


"' ' '"^ ' n  ftrt  i[tK 


A  double  skin  liquid  cargo  barge  having  a  liquid  cargo  com- 
partment which  is  semi-self-supporting,  with  the  sides  of  the 
compartment  bearing  the  k>ad.  The  top  of  the  compartment  is 
supported  by  "skin  tension"  and  the  bottom  by  a  combination 
of  "skin  tension,"  center  line  longitudinal  supports  and  trans- 
verse saddles  which  provide  predetermined  support  to  the 
compartment. 


3,672320 
SHIP  FOR  CONTAINERIZED  CARGO 
Ray  W.  Mikk,  5-7459  13di  Avcnoc,  Buniaby,  British  Cohan- 
Ma,  Canada 

FDed  July  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58^32 

Iirt.CLB63b 

UJ5.a.  114— 74R  Idatai 


A  system  of  loading  and  unloading  a  tanker  vessel,  the 
system  including  a  plurality  of  containers  each  of  which  con- 
tains oil  or  other  fluid,  the  containers  being  readily  dropped 
into  vertically  extending  chambers  formed  on  the  vessel. 


3,672321 
ANCHORS  WITH  POWERED,  MOVABLE  FLUKES 
DomM  F.  Ttel,  10621  Wert  57th  Terrace,  Shawnee,  Kan. 
Fled  Jane  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,042 
Iat.a.B63b27/24 
U.S.a.114— 206R  8CldnK 

Improved  anchor  constructions;  anchors  having  each  a  plu- 
rality ot  powered  movable  flukes;  power  means  for  anchors 
with  movable  flukes  operable  to  move  said  flukes  from  a 
fluke-stored  position  (where  the  flukes  lie  closely  against  the 
shank  of  the  anchor)  to  an  operating  position  with  the  flukes 
extending  outwardly  at  substantiaUy  9(f  from  said  shank  to  a 
collapsed  or  fluke-freeing  position  substantially  1 80°  arcuate 
position  away  from  the  stowed  position  (whereby  the  flukes 
will  have  essentially  no  drag  upon  the  bottom)  one  said  power 


power  means  comprising  an  hydraulic  or  pnetunatic  piston 
with  the  piston  rod  directly  connected  to  the  pivotal  flukes;  a 
next  said  power  means  comprising  an  electric  solenoid  power 
source  driving  a  rod  directly  connected  to  the  said  pivotally 
movable  flukes. 

I  3,672322 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  TOWING  A 
SUBMERSIBLE  BARGE 
Harold  E.  Van  Dcr  Unde,  New  York,  N.Y.,  aarignnr  to  Coa- 
tinental  Oa  Conpaiiy,  Fmca  City,  OUa. 

FHcd  May  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,952 
Int.  CLB63b  27/00 
U.S.CL114— 235B 


7CWms 


A  method  of  and  apparatus  for  towing  a  submersible  barge 
through  bodies  of  water  having  ice  formation  thereon.  The 
method  consists  of  towing  a  submersible  barge  by  means  of  a 
length  of  cable  which  is  drawn  from  a  point  situated  at  an  ice- 
free  point  on  the  skin  of  a  towing  barge  or  ice  breaker. 
Further,  the  submersible  barge  includes  provision  for  harmless 
striking  of  objects  and/or  rapid  response  ballast  control  in 
order  to  hold  the  barge  at  selected,  trouble-free  depths  when 
the  towing  ice  breaker  is  forced  to  progress  at  uneven  ra^  of 
forward  motion. 


3,672323 
EMERGENCY  SIGN  ASSEMBLY 
Edwaitl  L.  Hawcs,  405  East  GotdMin,  Haael  Par1^  Mkh. 

Contlnnatloii-iD-part  ol  Scr.  No.  747308,  July  24, 1968, 

abandoned.  Thb  appHcadon  Jan.  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107^721 

Iat.CLB60q 

U.S.a.116— 28  ^..  ,      10p«dm8 

A  sign  assembly  for  use  with  automobiles,  trucks  or  the  like 

to  warn  traffic  that  a  vehicle  ahead  is  disabled.  The  assemUy 
includes  a  reflectorized,  triangular  sign  which  is  collapsible  for 


JUNE  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1829 


storage  and  a  clip  and  extension  for  fastening  the  sign  to  the    a  pair  of  openings  which  permit  visual  inspection  of  the  posi- 
upper  edge  of  an  automobile  window  and  for  positioning  the    tion  of  the  rolamite.  Preferably,  the  rollers  are  cokw  coded  to 


^  u 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  116 — 70  see: 
Patent  No.  3,672,325 


3,672324 
RELEASABLE  MELTING  MEANS  FOR  MOVABLE  FLUID 

NOZZLE  EXTENSION 
Paal  E.  Schncdler,  Mlddlctown,  Ohio,  asriyior  to  Armco  Steel 
Corporation,  Mkldlctown,  Ohio 

Filed  Dec.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,846 

Int.  a.  B05c/ 7/06 

VS.  a.  1 18—63  3  CUms 


Fixed  permanent  mounting  magnet  having  a  face  adapted  to 
slidingly  engage  a  plate  of  magnetic  material  which  carries  a 
jet  nozzle  extension.  Releasable  non-magnetic  guide  structure 
is  provided  to  insure  vertical  location  of  the  plate  with  respect 
to  the  magnet. 


3,672325 

TRANSDUCER  WITH  VISIBLE  OUTPUT 

Robert  S.  Harrah,  P.O.  Box  14410,  HoiM«oa,  Tex. 

FBed  June  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45,624 

IntCLGOll  79/72 

U.S.  CL  116—70  20Clafam 

An  indicator  which  discloses  the  state  of  a  rolamite  which 
includes  a  housing,  a  band  wound  in  reverse  .'bights  about  a 
pair  of  rollers  to  form  a  cluster.  The  cluster  moves  between 
two  positions  in  the  housing.  The  present  invention  incor- 
porates a  shield  on  the  side  of  the  housing,  the  shield  including 


sign  above  the  roof  of  the  automobile  so  that  it  can  be  seen  by 
approaching  traffic. 


»•'      25      1^2 


enhance  visual  inspection.  A  transducer  means  operates  the 
rolamite. 


3,672326 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  APPLYING  LIQUID 

DEVELOPER  TO  C<NMf  SHEETS 

John  J.  Schuize,  Prospect  Hei^its,  OL,  assignor  to  Addrcsso- 

grapb-MuHigraph  Corporation,  Mt.  Prospect,  Dl. 

Filed  Oct.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80381 

Int.  CLG03g  7  J/00 

U.S.CL  118—8  9( 


^^sff 


Apparatus  and  method  for  developing  electrostaticaUy 
imaged  copy  sheets  by  the  application  of  a  liquid  developer  to 
the  imaged  surface  therecrf'  includes  a  cylinder  mounted  for 
rotation  in  a  predetermined  direction  and  at  a  predetermined 
speed  while  being  dipped  into  a  supply  of  developer  liquid.  A 
copy  sheet  is  passed  over  the  cylinder  in  the  direction  of  rota- 
tion of  the  latter  with  the  imaged  surfjeux  of  the  copy  sheet  in 
contacting  relation  with  the  liquid  coated  surface  of  the 
cylinder.  A  sensor  downstream  of  the  cylinder  along  the  copy 
sheet  path  detects  the  leading  edge  of  the  copy  sheet  and  in 
response  thereto  reverses  the  direction  of  rotation  of  the 
cylinder  until  such  time  as  the  trailing  edge  <^  the  sheet  passes 
the  sensor.  In  a  preferred  embodiment,  the  cylinder  includes 
an  internal  auger  which  stirs  the  supji^y  ci  developer  liquid 
during  rotation  of  the  cylinder  to  maintain  toner  particles  in 
the  developer  liquid  in  suspension.  The  outer  surface  of  the 
cjiinder  includes  a  i^urality  of  glass  beads,  each  having  a 
diameter  in  the  range  of  0.(X)2  to  0.010  inches  for  carrying  a 
predetermined  quantity  of  developer  liquid  for  application  to 
the  copy  sheets. 


3,672327 
VAPORIZATION  Of  METAL  FOR  VACUUM 
METAUZING 
John  M.  Robttn,  Cleveland:  Firw*  J.  Cole,  Parma,  Ml 
A.  Reed,  Wot  Richfield,  all  of  Oirio,  Msignniii  to  Republic 
Sted  Corporatkm,  Cleveland,  OUo 

FBed  Oct  31, 1966,  Scr.  Na  590,921 
Int.a.C23c7J/72 
U.S.CL  118—48  ISQAiH 

Vaporizing  apparatus  and  method  for  the  vaporization  of 
metal  for  vacuum  deposition.  X  relatively  thin  shell  of  liqukl 
metal  to  be  vaporized  is  provided  such  as  through  inner  and 
outer  concentric  vessels  which  communicate  with  each  other. 


1330 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


The  thin  shell  x>f  liquid  is  heated  and  boils  and  evaporates  to 
provide  metal  for  vaporization.  The  thin  shell  of  liquid  is 
generally  formed  within  the  space  bet>veen  the  inner  and  outer 
concentric  vessels.  The  space  within  the  inner  vessel  contains 
liquid  which  is  typically  molten  but  substantially  non-boiling. 


#r      **     S*    49   ST    ft 


The  boiling  shell  of  liquid  fills  the  space  between  the  inner  and 
outer  containers  so  as  to  provide  substantially  constant 
volume  of  metal  for  vaporization.  Baffle  means  are  provided 
for  removing  droplets  of  liquid  normally  from  within  the 
vapor. 


3,672328 
MEANS  fX)R  APPLYING  ADHESIVE  TO  PAPER  BAGS  OR 

THE  LIKE 
Emaaud  S.  Kardon,  c/o  Amcrkaa  Bag  &  Paper  Coip.,  Grant 
and  Aahtoii.  PhHartf  Iphia,  Pa. 

FUed  Sept.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,665 

iiit.a.B05c;/;6 

U.S.a.  118—221  7Claiins 


v/^^///yyX/'^/X/^/y/yy^^^ 


Means  for  applying  adhesive  to  paper  bagi  or  the  like  in 
which  a  rotating  cylinder  carries  an  arcuate  applicator 
member  which  intermittently  comes  into  contact  with  a  valve 
controlled  adhesive  dispenser  head  to  receive  adhesive 
therefrom  and  subsequently  transfer  it  to  a  paper  bag  or  the 
like  moving  along  a  conveyor  bed. 


3,672329 

I^VELOPING  IKVICE  FOR  ELECTROSTATIC 

DUPUCATORS 

Yorio  Yamaiioi,  Toyokawa,  Japan,  ■■ignnr  to  Minolta  Camera 

KabusMki  Kaiifaa,  Onka,  Japan 

FUed  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,994 
Clainv  priority,  appBction  JapM^  May  16, 1969, 44/45131 
InLCLGOagii/OO 
U.S.CL  118—^7  3aalms 

A  developing  device  comprising  a  continuous  belt  for  carry- 
ing exposed  photosensitive  paper,  an  electrically  conductive 
belt  supported  to  be  driven  at  the  same  speed  in  parallel 
spaced  relationship  therewith  through  a  developing  solution. 
A  number  of  string-like  insulating  members  are  supported  on 


the  surface  of  the  conductive  belt  facing  the  surface  of  the  car- 
rying belt.  The  insulating  members  and  the  conductive  b«lt  are 


22    "    ~.5. 


driven  into  contact  with  a  cleaning  member  mounted  adjacent 
theret(». 


3,672330 
APPARATUS  FOR  DEVELOPING  A  LATENT 
ELECTROSTATIC  IMAGE 
MMamkhi  Sato,  and  laoji  Takahaahl,  both  of  Kanagawa, 
Japan,  nwiftnori  to  FiUi  Photo  FUm  Co.,  Ltd.,  Kanagawa, 
Japan 
Continuatfon  of  Scr.  No.  694,467,  Dec.  29, 1967,  abandMcd. 
TWsappttcatkin  June  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,767    I 
CWn»  priority,  appttcalkM  Japan,  Dec  29, 1966, 42/437 
lnt.CLG03g/i/00 
U.S.  CI.  118— 637  7Cliams 


A  cascade  apparatus  for  developing  a  latent  electrostatic 
image  which  comprises  flowing  a  cascade  developer  between 
the  upper  surface  of  a  photoconductive  insulating  layer  con- 
taining a  latent  electrostatic  image  and  a  flexible  devek>ping 
electrode  positioned  so  as  to  cover  said  layer  by  gravity  and 
developing  the  latent  electrostatic  image  while  maintaining  a 
constant  and  small  space  between  said  developing  electrode 
and  latent  electrostatic  image  surface  of  the  photoconductive 
insulating  layer. 


211th 


3,672331 
DOG  TOILET 
Charles  Brody,  and  Rhoda  Sharon  Brody,  both  0^  18-65 
Street,  Apt.  5C,  Bayakfe,  N.Y. 

FOcd  March  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  14,080 

Int.  CL  AOlk  1 5100 

UAQ.  119— 1  1  Claim 

A  platform  with  legs  and  a  central  opening  may  be  placed 

over  a  conventional  toilet  bowl  so  that  a  dog  or  other  domestic 


J 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1881 


animal  can  use  the  facility  without  coming  in  physical  contact 
with  the  toilet.  The  central  opening  comprises  a  plurality  of 


chamber  therein.  Overiying  the  chambers  there  is  disposed  a 
water  conveying  means  comprised  of  individual  sloped 
troughs,  each  arranged  in  series  relationship  with  respect  to 
one  another,  so  as  to  intercept  and  convey  water  from  a  first 
enclosure  to  a  last  enckisure,  whereupon  the  water  fills  the 
water  chamber  thereof  causing  the  center  of  gravity  to 
change.  This  action-forces  the  last  enclosure  to  rotataMy  in- 
vert, thereby  depositing  the  water  and  food  contained  therein 
into  a  food  receptacle  or  feeding  trough.  Each  of  the  enclo- 
sure means  is  sequentially  inverted  in  a  similar  manner, 
thereby  making  food  and  water  available  to  animals  at 
predetermined  intervals  of  time. 


removable  concentric  ring  shaped  inserts  for  accomodating 
animals  of  different  sizes. 


3,672332 
DISPOSABLE  FLOOR  DISPENSER  FOR  BIRD  CAGE  „  ^  -  --»     -,  „ 

Hugh  W.  MacLeod,  2244  East  Pender  Street,  and  Gardner  J.    UA  a.  1 19—52  B 
MacLeod,  2741  Vcnables  Street,  both  of  Vancouver,  British 
Coiumbia,  Canada 

Filed  Dec.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  97,650 

Int.  a.  AOlk  3 //OO 

U.S.  CI.  119-17  10  Claims 


3,672334 
APPARATUS  FOR  DISTRIBUTING  ANIMAL  FEED 
Lyk  W.  Scfaeppek,  Dubuque,  Iowa,  aarignor  to  Toledo  Stamp- 
ing &  Manufacturii«  Co.,  Toledo,  Ohfe 

FOcd  March  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,782 
Int.  CL  AOlk  05/00 

12Clainis 


A  disposable  floor  dispenser  or  accessary  for  fitting  in  a  bird 
cage  without  structural  modification  to  the  cage.  The 
dispenser  has  a  spindle  jammed  between  cage  sidewalk  to 
rotatably  mount  a  roll  of  floor  material,  and  a  flap  extending 
downwards  and  urged  against  the  cage  floor.  Floor  material 
from  the  roll  passes  between  the  flap  and  the  floor,  reducing 
inadvertent  unrolling  of  the  roll. 


3,672333 

METHCH>  OF  FEEDING  AND  WATERING  ANIMALS 

Marcus  L.  Bates,  6904  N.  Russell  Avenue,  Odean,  Tex. 

Continuatkm  of  Ser.  No.  831,600,  June  9, 1969, 

Pat  No.  3381,711 

Filed  Mvch  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  121,474 

InLCL  AOlk  05/00 

UAQ.  119—513  4Clainis 


Method  of  automatically  feeding  and  watering  animals  by 
the  provision  of  apparatus  having  a  main  housing  within  which 
there  is  disposed  a  plurality  of  pivotally  mounted  upwardly 
opening  spaced  apart  enck»ures,  with  each  enclosure  includ- 
ing a  food  containing  chamber  and  a  water  containing 


A  cattle  feeder  is  provided  with  an  improved  drive  arrange- 
ment. The  feeder  includes  a  conveyor  belt  which  carries  feed 
and  a  carriage  movable  on  the  beh  to  discharge  the  feed  off 
the  sides  of  the  beh.  The  improved  drive  arrangement  for  the 
carriage  includes  a  sprocket  at  one  end  dtUnt  conveyor  engag- 
ing a  link  chain  connected  to  the  carriage.  Guides  adjacent  the 
sprocket  nuuntain  the  chain  properly  oriented  with  respect 
thereto.  One  end  of  the  chain  is  connected  directly  to  the  car- 
riage and  the  other  end  preferably  is  connected  to  the  carriage 
through  a  length  of  cable  vtrhich  extends  around  an  idler  pulley 
at  the  opposite  end  of  the  conveyor  belt. 


3,672335 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FCMt  GATHERING  AND 

CONFINING  LIVE  POULTRY 

Dkkcrson  H.  Suidcrs,  170  Stanton  Way,  Athens,  Qk 

Filed  Oct  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81377 

Into.  AOlk  29/00 

U.S.a.  119—82  25  < 

A  mobile  self-propelled  gathering  device  is  manually  guided 

through  an  area  having  live  birds  therein.  Pushing  means  is 
provided  at  the  forward  end  of  the  gathering  device  and  en- 
gages the  birds  from  above  and  pushes  the  birds  rearwardly 
onto  a  conveyor  means  which  extends  upwardly  and  rear- 
wardly for  conveying  the  birds  away  from  the  pushing  means. 
The  birds  are  discharged  at  the  upper  rear  portion  of  the  con- 
veyor means  downwardly  onto  a  generally  horizontally  ex- 


1332 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


tending  conveyor  portion  which  in  turn  conveys  the  birds  to  a 
further  conveyor  portion  extending  to  a  vehicle  from  whence 


tz»~ 


the  birds  are  removed  from  the  conveyor  portion  and  placed 
in  suitable  shipping  contains  on  the  vehicle. 


3,672^36 
HEAT  GENERATOR  OF  THE  SMOKE-TUBE  TYPE 
Giuseppe  Joannes,  Rivoli,  Italy,  awlgnnr  to  Gruppo  Finan- 
liarlo  Tcrmico  FbHTcrm  S.p.A,  Turin,  Italy 

FUcd  May  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,655 
Claims  priority,  appHortton  Italy,  May  26,  1969.  51998 
A/69 

Iiit.CLF22b7//2 
U.S.CL  122-149  4Claiim 


K^i^iaiia 


( 

^i 

!1 

u  > 

1    '  \ 

1                 1 
,                 1 

'    'l 

1  '^  ' 

L 

Kl 

1. 

A  heat  generator  of  the  smoke-tube  type  which  includes  a 
furnace  and  a  plurality  of  smoke  tubes.  Both  the  ftunace  and 
the  tubes  are  made  of  a  single  metal  sheet  which  is  folded.  The 
tubes  are  arranged  circularly  around  the  furnace  or  a  part  of 
the  furnace.  The  shape  of  the  tubes  is  such  that  there  is  com- 
munication between  the  tubes  and  the  furnace  for  reversing 
the  flow  of  the  smoke.  The  tubes  are  of  a  constant  or  of  a  vari- 
able cross  section. 


3,672337 
HEATING  VESSEL 
Gustav  Otpth,  Vaduz,  St.  Joiuniwr,  nd  WoM^ng  Kunkd, 
Tricsen,  both  of  UedHnMida,  ■wlitiiiaii  to  Guitav  Oipdt 
Hovahrark  AG,  Vaduz,  LfecMcMlciB 

FBed  Jtdy  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52«423 
Int.  CLF22b;  J/02 
UA  CL  122—156  2  Claims 

A  furnace  having  a  fireplace  surrounded  by  a  substantially 
cylindrical  water  boiler  shell  for  burning  of  liquid  or  gaseous 
fuel  by  means  of  a  burner  joining  a  fireplace,  comprising  a 
water  boiler  shell,  a  burner  disposed  at  one  end  of  the  water 
boiler  shell  on  the  end  side  ctf  the  latter. 

At  least  one  annular  channel  is  provided  and  a  hood  is  ar- 
ranged at  one  ed  <tf  the  furnace  and  feeding  off  flue-gases  from 
the  end  of  the  water  boiler  shell  disposed  opposite  the  burner 
in  axial  direction  of  the  furnace  through  the  at  least  one  chan- 
nel to  the  other  end  of  the  furnace.  At  least  one  wall  of  the  an- 


nular channel  has  a  plurality  of  annular-  or  screw-like  indenu- 
tions  and  projections  and  at  least  one  wall  of  the  annular  chan- 


U- 


.  .11 


nel  engages  a  water  tank  connected  for  water  communications 
with  the  water  boiler  shell. 


I  3,672,338 

INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINE  WITH  OVERHEAD 
VALVE  MECHANISM 
Yuichi  Yamanonchi,  Yokohama,  Japan,  assignor  to,  Isuzu 
Mntort  Limited 

Filed  Dec.  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  886,528 
ClaimB     priority,    appiUrtton    Japan,     Dec     27,     1968, 
43/114134 

lnt.CLF01l///«.//20 
U.S.  a.  Ip— 90.27  1  Clafan 


An  internal  combustion  engine  in  which  overhead  valves 
are  operated  by  rocker  arms  pivotally  moiuited  on  lash  ad- 
justers, comprising  a  rocker  cover  secured  by  bolts  to  a 
cylinder  head  mounted  on  an  engine  block,  bearing  members 
integrally  cast  with  the  rocker  cover  on  the  inner  wall  of  said 
rocker  cover,  a  cam-shaft  rotatably  carried  on  said  bearing 
members,  manually  controllable  lash  adjusters  mounted  on 
the  cylinder  head,  wherein  the  valves  are  operated  by  moving 
the  rocker  arms  on  said  lash  adjusters  through  cam  lobes  pro- 
vided on  said  camshaft.  The  rocker  cover  is  provided  with  two 
openings  one  at  one  side  and  one  at  the  forward  end  thereof 
covered  by  removable  covers.  ^^ 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1333 


3,672339 
FUEL  INJECTION  APPARATUS 
Jeffrey  M.  Lazar,  Warminster,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Honeywell  Inc., 
Minneapolis,  Minn. 

Filed  Feb.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  13,633 

Int.  a.  P02m  7/00;  F02d  3 1/00 

U.S.CI.  123— 119R  7Ctaims 


A  fluidically  controlled  fiiel  injection  system  wherein  fiiel  is 
delivered  to  the  engine  in  pulses,  the  repetition  rate  of  the  pul- 
ses corresponding  to  engine  speed,  and  the  duration  of  the 
pulses  being  determined  primarily  by  engine  manifold 
vacuum.  Pneumatic  means  may  be  provided  to  compensate 
the  fuel  injection  system  for  variations  in  air  temperature,  en- 
gine temperature,  and  atmospheric  pressure. 


3,672,340 

EXHAUST  FEEDBACK  AND  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR 

INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES 

Georg  A.  Bombs,  •Concord,  CaHf .,  aarignor  to  Fnd  J.  Wdkcr, 

Berkeley,  Caltf.,'a  pwt  bitcrcst 

Fikd  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,278 

Int.  a.  F02m  25/06 

U.S.a.  123— 119A  ISOafans 


An  exhaust  feedback  and  control  system  for  internal  com- 
bustion engines.  At  least  one  feedback  pipe  b  connected  at 
one  end  to  the  engine  exhaust  pipe  and  at  the  other  end  to  the 
engine  intake  for  diverting  a  fractioiud  portion  of  the  engine 
exhaust  and  delivering  it  to  the  combustion  chamber.  An  air 
pipe  is  connected  to  the  engine  air  pump  for  delivering  air 
under  pressure  through  at  least  one  passage  to  the  exhaust 
pipe  at  a  location  in  juxtaposition  with  the  feedback  pipe  for 
diluting  the  fractional  portions  of  diverted  exhaust  with  air. 
The  arrangement  also  provides  for  cooling  of  the  exhaust  and 
for  damping  pressure  variations  in  the  feedback  line.  A  muf- 
fler-filter is  interposed  between  the  exhaust  pipe  and  tail  pipe. 


3,672341 

AIR  POLLUTION-FREE  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION 

ENGINE  AND  METHOD  FOR  (»>ERATING  SAME 

Rkhard  D.  Smith,  Pak>  Ako,  and  Dak  A.  Furiong,  Sunnyvale, 

both  of  CaHf.,  aswignorw  to  Combustion  Power  Company, 

Inc,Pak>Alto,Calif. 

Contlnuation-fai-pmt  of  Scr.  Nos.  796,089,  Feb.  3, 1969,  and 

Scr.  No.  820,941,  May  1, 1969.  TMs  appttcatkm  July  30, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  59,571 

Int.  CL  P02d  /  9/00:  P02b  33/00;  F02c  3/20 

UACL123— 119E  34Clainis 


An  air  poUution-free  internal  combustion  engine  and 
method  for  operating  such  engine  are  provided  in  which  the 
engine  has  at  least  one  cylinder,  an  exhaust  port  and  exhaust 
valve,  fuel,  oxygen  gas  sund  water  spray  injectors,  a  piston  in 
the  cylinder,  means  for  cyclically  opening  and  closing  the  ex- 
haust valve,  a  fuel  storage  and  supply  system  for  feeding 
hydrogen  gas  or  a  liquid  hydrocarbon  to  the  fuel  injector,  an 
oxygen  storage  and  sup|:dy  system  for  feeding  substantially 
pure  oxygen  to  the  oxygen  gas  injector,  means  for  igniting  the 
injected  mixture  of  fiiel  and  oxygen,  and  a  water  recovery 
system  for  recovering  water  from  the  exhaust  discharged  from 
the  cylinder  and  for  recycling  the  recovered  water  to  the  water 
spray  injector. 

In  a  typical  engine  cycle,  the  exhaust  valve  is  closed  prior  to 
completion  of  the  exhaust  stroke  to  entrain  some  exhaust  gas 
in  the  cylinder  as  a  working  fluid.  Oxygen  is  then  injected  into 
the  cylinder  after  the  exhaust  valve  closes  and  before  the 
piston  reaches  top  dead  center  on  the  exhaust  stroke,  and 
while  relatively  low  pressures  exist  in  the  cylinder.  Fuel  is  next 
progressively  injected  under  pressure  into  the  oxygen  con- 
tained in  the  cylinder  so  that  that  fuel  bums  progressively  as  it 
is  injected  to  preclude  knocking  problems.  After  combustion 
is  substantially  completed,  the  exhaust  valve  opens  just  before 
the  piston  reaches  bottom  dead  center  on  the  power  stroke 
whereupon  water  is  injected  into  the  cylinder  to  cool  the 
cylinder  walls,  piston,  dome,  combustion  chamber  wall  and 
exhaust  gas.  A  portion  of  the  exhaust  gas  is  then  discharged 
from  the  cylimter  through  the  exhaust  port  on  the  exhaust 
stroke. 


3,672342 

SYSTEM  FOR  CONTROLLING  AIR  AND  FUEL 

TEMPERATURE 

William  K.  Ojala,  Dcainm  Hdtbts,  Mkh.,  — igiini  to  Ford 

Motor  CompMiy,  Dcwbom,  NOch. 

FBcd  Sept.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68336 

lntCLF02raiy/0« 

U3.C1.123— 122B  2CI^m 

Liquid  fuel  on  its  way  to  the  carburetor  passes  through  a 

small  heat  exchanger  located  in  the  air  cleaner  downstream  of 

an  air  temperature  control  mechanism  that  mixes  heated  and 


1334 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  27,  1972 


ambient  air  to  produce  air  having  a  temperature  within  a  rela-  I  3,672,344 

tively  narrow  range.  The  heat  exchanger  heats  or  coob  the        SAFETV  DEVICE  FOR  AN  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION 

ENGINE 
Robert  V.  Albcrtson,  2100  Shady  Wood  RomI,  Mimw^polis, 
Nflnn. 


liquid  fuel  as  necessary  to  supply  liquid  fuel  having  approxi- 
mately the  same  temp>erature  ran^. 


3,672,343 

CENTRIFUGAL  REGULATOR  SYSTEM  FOR  FVELr 

INJECTION  COMBUSTION  ENGINES 

Jowf  Bicclil,  Sfaidellliiscii,  and  Kari  Kbnrath,  Ludwissburg- 

Hohemck,  both  of  Gcmiany,  iKignors  to  Robert  Bosch 

GmbH,  Stuttgart,  Germany 

FHed  Oct  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  H0,684 
Clafanf  priority,  application  Germany,  Oct  31,  1969,  P  19 
54  834.6 

inta.F02dy/a4 

U.S.CL123— 140MC  Sdaimi 


1, ,.,/;f 


A  centrifugal  regulator  for  an  internal  combustion  engine 
having  a  fuel  injector  controllabie  by  actuation  of  a  control 
rod.  Movement  of  the  governor  sleeve  upon  a  variation  in  rpm 
is  transferred  to  a  spring-biased  rocker  arm,  which  is  pivoted 
on  an  intermediate  lever  between  a  fixed  pivot  thereof  and  a 
link  connecting  it  with  the  control  rod.  Various  types  of  rela- 
tionship between  fiiel  injection  rate  and  rpm  are  obtained  by 
means  of  differently  placed  adjustable  or  resilient  stops  pro- 
vided on  a  spring-urged  support  arm  and  on  which  the  rocker 
arm  may  swing  when  transferring  sleeve  movement  to  the  in- 
termediate lever  and  the  control  rod. 


Filed  Sept  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,600 
Inta.F02b77/0« 
U.S.a.  123— 198  DB 


inneai 


6  Claims 


A  safety  device  for  an  internal  combustion  engine  6f  the 
type  having  a  gas  control  valve  on  the  carburetor  connected 
by  a  suitable  linkage  to  a  manually  operable  throttle  control 
member.  A  pair  of  electrical  contacts  are  respectively  fixed  to 
the  linkage  and  to  the  throttle  control  member.  One  of  the 
pair  of  contacts  is  connected  to  electrical  ground  and  the 
other  of  the  pair  of  contacts  is  connected  to  the  ignition  of  the 
internal  combustion  engine.  A  suitable  spring  normally 
returns  the  valve  to  a  closed  position  when  the  throttle  control 
member  is  released.  If  the  linkage  should  stick  with  the  flow 
control  valve  in  the  open  position,  when  the  throttle  control 
member  is  released,  the  contacts  close  to  ground  the  ignition 
and  stop  the  engine. 


'  3,672,345 

ELECIKONIC INJECTIONCONTROLLING  SYSTEM 
FOR  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES 
Louis   A.   Monpctit   L'Etang-la-Vllic   Fkvncc,  assigiMir  to 
Sodetc  dn  Prooedes  Modemcs  dli^cction  Sopromi,  Ld  Mu- 
reaux,  Fkimoe 

Filed  April  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,094 

IntCl.F02bi/OO.ii/00 

U.S.  CL  123—32  EA  1  Claim 


3~I '\a 


aeo 


TH 


^P'  TSiB 


CK 


1    X>*       raas 


•v806 


The  injection  controlling  circuit  in  an  internal  combustion 
engine  of  a  known  type  comprising  a  flip-flop  controlled  by 
the  rotation  of  the  engine  so  as  to  generate  at  predetermined 
moments  injection-controlling  signals,  in  association  with  a 
circuit  producing  end-of-injection  signals  in  accordance  with 
the  operative  parameters  of  the  engine,  means  are  provided  to 
terminate  the  injections  whenever  there  is  a  too  sudden 
modification  in  the  admission  of  fuel  to  the  engine.  To  this 
end,  the  acceleration  pedal  controls  the  slider  of  a  poten- 
tiometric  voltage  divider  and  a  sudden  shifting  of  said  slider 
charges  a  condenser  which  prevents  operation  of  the  flip-flop. 
This  is  accomplished  for  by  the  application  of  a  pulse  by  the 
transiently  charged  condenser  to  the  base  of  a  transistor  which 
is  thus  rendered  conductive  and  which  grounds  the  input  of 
the  flip-flop  through  its  collector-emitter  circuit  connected 
between  said  input  and  ground. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1335 


3,672346 
ARCHERY  BOW  STRING  DRAW  AND  RELEASE  DEVICE 
Robert  D.  Plumb,  Le  Roy,  Minn. 

Filed  Sept  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  76,861 

Int  CI.  F41c  19/00, 1 1/02 

U.S.  CI.  124—35  10  Claims 


3,672348 
APPARATUS  FOR  REGULATING  THE  UPPER  SURFACE 

CONTOUR  OF  EXPANI»:D  cellular  PRODUCTS 
Charles  Ferstenberg,  Paramus,  NJ.,  assignor  to  Tcnneco 

Chemicals,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Division  of  Ser.  No.  750,034,  Aug.  5, 1968,  Pat.  No.  3360^99. 

This  appUcation  April  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41,659 

Int  CL  B29f  1/00 

U.S.  a.  425— 364  4CWms 


An  archery  bow  string  release  is  provided  which  includes  a 
string  draw  and  release  mechanism  which  is  pivotally  mounted 
to  a  handle  member  by  a  universal  pivot  such  as  a  ball  joint. 
The  bow  string  draw  and  release  device  has  only  one  pivoted 
arm  that  is  biased  into  engagement  with  an  inunovably  fixed 
jaw  so  as  to  retain  a  bow  string  therebetween.  The  fixed  jaw 
has  a  straight  jaw  that  permits  a  bow  string  to  move  when 
released  in  a  forward  direction  without  any  interruptions.  The 
biased  jaw  has  a  forward  end  portion  that  presents  the  only  in- 
pediment  to  a  drawn  bow  string. 


3,672347 
ARROW  REST 
HoUctt  W.  AUcn,  Billings,  Mo. 

FHed  Dec.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,806 
Int  CLF41b  5/00 
U.S.  CI.  124—41 


5Clidms 


Control  of  upper  contour  of  foamed  materials  formed  in  an 
open  top  mold  by  selective  control  of  lateral  pressure  to  the 
rising  foam  and  a  conveyor  type  molding  apparatus  for  achiev- 
ing this  control  in  continuous  production. 


3,672349 

MOBILE  HOME  AIR  CONDITIONING  UNIT 

Ray  Derringer,  Port  Edwards,  Wis.,  avignor  to  Preway  Inc. 

Filed  Oct  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,809 

Int  CLF24h  J/02 

U.S.CL126— UOAA  8Clain» 


.-^^Q 


A  mobile  home  air  conditioning  unit  having  a  mounting 
structure  whereby  the  unit  can  be  mounted  in  a  mobile  home 
with  a  base  assembly  oriented  relative  to  the  circulating  air 
duct  work  and  an  outside  air  intake  and  with  the  unit  casing 
and  base  assembly  being  constructed  for  mounting  of  the  unit 
onto  the  base  assembly  in  one  of  several  different  rotatively 
oriented  positions  as  required  for  proper  location  and  orienta- 
tion of  the  unit  in  the  mobile  home.  Additionally,  when  the 
unit  is  a  furnace,  a  sealed  burner  box  therefor  carries  a  burner 
assembly  and  coacts  with  the  base  assemUy  and  the  furnace 
structure  whereby  the  burner  box  can  be  interchanged  simply, 
dependent  upon  use  of  gas  or  oil  fuel  by  mounting  of  a  burner 
box  having  the  desired  burner  assembly. 


The  shaft  of  an  arrow  is  supported  in  the  sight  window  of  an 
archery  bow  by  an  arrow  rest  comprising  a  flexible  finger 
which  shifts  laterally  as  it  is  engaged  by  the  feathers  of  the 
arrow  after  release.  The  finger  is  attached  to  a  bendable 
spacer  tab  and  is  movable  therewith  to  a  position  desired  by 
the  archer  where  the  shaft  of  the  arrow  is  aligned  with  the  path 
of  the  bowstring.  The  tab  is  formed  of  sufiiciently  heavy  plate 
stock  to  be  rigid  and  remain  in  the  desired  position  under 
lateral  force  that  may  be  applied  thereto  as  the  arrow  is  shot. 


3,672350 
GAS  WATER  HEATER 
Andre  Denis,  23  Rue  de  Coq.,  MarMBe,  France 
Flkd  May  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,776 
Int.  CLF24h  4/00 
U.S.  CI.  126—350  1 

A  gas-operated  water  heater  comprises  a  housing  and  an 

upright   open-ended   mixing   tube   defining  a  combustion 


1336 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


chamber  in  the  housing.  The  combustion  chamber  has  gas  nected  to  a  signal  means  capable  of  producing  an  audible, 
burners,  and  the  combustion  product  gases  are  drawn  into  the  visual  or  heat  signal  oi  variable  intensity  indication  to  oontrol 
mixing  tube  by  lowering  of  pressure  therein  caused  by  direct-     the  energization  of  the  signal  means  from  a  source  of  energy. 


ing  a  spray  of  finely-divided  water  particles  down  the  tube. 
Heat  exchange  between  the  combustion  gases  and  the  water 
takes  place  in  the  tube,  and  both  water  and  gases  flow  out  at 
the  lower  end  of  the  tube. 


3.672^1 
Dia»OSABLE  BLOOD  TEST  IKVICE 
RidMrd  W.  Ulwnax,   1921  Grevc  Avenue,  Spring  Lake 
Heights,  NJ.,  and  Andrew  Trnhan,  ILD.  #3,  Box  392  T, 
Somerset,  N  J. 

Filed  Aug.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,509 

Int.  a.  A6Ib  lOlOO 

U.S.a.128— 2G  4CUIW 


A  disposable  device  for  testing  the  contents  of  accessible 
body  cavities  is  provided  by  a  glove  of  impermeable  material 
having  a  pad  of  bibulous  material  impregnated  with  a  test 
composition  affixed  to  the  thumb  ci  the  glove  in  a  position 
contactable  by  the  tip  <^  any  of  the  fingers  thereof.  The  test 
pad  may  be  affixed  either  to  the  base  of  the  thumb  of  the  glove 
or  to  the  inner  surfaoe  ctf  the  distal  end  thereof  or  to  both  posi- 
tions. When  the  pad  of  bibulous  material  is  impregnated  with  a 
blood  diagnostic  composition  the  device  is  useful  in  the  detec- 
tion oi  occult  blood  in  accessible  body  cavities  such  as  the 
rectum. 


3,672352 
IMPLANTABLE  BIO-DATA  MONITORING  METHOD  AND 

APPARATUS 

George  D.  Sununers,  8  Park  Ovcriook  Court,  Bctiwsda,  Md. 

Filed  April  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  814,760 

Int.  CLA61f  5/00 

U.S.CL128-2R  18Clafam 

A  system  for  monitoring  a  condition  of  a  body  function  or 

organ  or  device  implanted  within  a  body  includ^  a  sensor  or 

transduce  responsive  to  that  condition  or  a  change  in  it  con- 


J 
I 


^ 


Lt 


SIMU 


=^ 


«rM*« 


nstM. 


IfltM. 


Sir/^ 


The  sensor  and  signal  means  and  the  source  of  energy  may  be 
implanted  within  the  body  with  the  signal  means  sufficiently 
near  the  surface  of  the  skin  so  that  its  energized  state  ipay  be 
detected  fix>m  outside  the  body. 


3,672,353 

ECTOnC  HEARTBEAT  DETECTOR 

Edwvd  A.  Crovda,  Snyder,  N.Y.,  and  C.  Verne  BarfleM, 

.     Mabletan,  Ga.,   lignnri   to  CanBac   EBectroaks,  Inc., 

Cl«neBee,N.Y. 

FHed  Dec.  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  887,661 

IntCI.A61b5/<M 

MS.  CL  128-2.06  A  1  Claim 


'j^2^  ,gi^jb=in~z:Jii=ji~~n'~--ri 


^fefe 


'i^^^'^^T^ 


A  critical  ectopic  beat  detector  for  providing  a  warning  that 
an  ectopic  beat  is  approaching  a  critical  portion  of  a  heartbeat 
including  first  circuit  means  for  monitoring  a  heartbeat  includ- 
ing means  for  providing  a  first  signal  representative  of  a  nor- 
mal portion  of  said  heartbeat  and  a  second  signal  representa- 
tive of  an  ectopic  beat,  second  circuit  means  for  measuring  the 
time  relationship  between  said  fist  and  second  signals,  and 
third  circuit  means  for  providing  a  third  signal  in  the  event 
said  time  reaches  a  predetermined  value  to  thus  provide  a 
warning  that  said  ectopic  beat  is  approaching  said  critical  por- 
tion of  said  heartbeat,  including  instrumentation  for  presetting 
said  predetermined  value  into  the  circuit  so  that  the  equip- 
ment may  be  utilized  with  equal  facility  for  different  patients 
having  different  heartbeat  patterns,  and  also  including  an  ar- 
rangement for  monitoring  the  heartbeat  on  a  scope  and  plac- 
ing on  the  scope  an  indication  that  the  ectopic  beat  has  ap- 
proached within  a  predetermined  time  of  said  predetermined 
critical  portion  of  the  heartbeat  so  as  to  enable  an  accurate 
visual  observation  of  the  change  in  pattern  of  the  heartbfuit. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1387 


3,672354 

REST-INDUCING  DEVICE 

Robert  L.  Weber,  New  Canaan,  Conn.,  Mtlgnor  to  Scovill 

Mannfacturiag  Company,  Watcrbury,  Conn. 

FBcd  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69334 

Int.  a.  A61h  1100 

U.S.  CL  1 28—33  3  Clainis 


cylinder  is  covered  with  protrusions  which  exercise  the  ab- 


Air  pump  gives  a  pulse  cycle  at  human  heartbeat  frequency 
to  air  mattress  to  simulate  the  prenatal  womb  experience  to  an 
infant  supported  thereon. 


3,672355 
ELECTRO-MASSAGER 
Hlnwhl  Ogawa;  SIflcto  YaniMie;  HlsMi  Nakacawa,  and  Aldnari 
UchMa,  an  of  HHachi,  Japan,  assignors  to  Hitachi,  Ltd., 
Tokyo, Japan 

Filed  Dec.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  101,687 
Clainis    priority,    application    Japan,    Dec     26,     1969, 
44/104403 

lnt.a.A61h//00 
U.S.  a.  1 28—36  10  Claims 


An  electro-massager  comprising  a  casing  having  a  handle,  a 
pair  of  motors  disposed  in  the  casing  for  actuating  a  pair  of 
vibrating  heads,  each  including  an  eccentric  balance  weight 
therein,  which  are,  respectively,  rotatably  coupled  with  the 
motors  through  flexible  coupling  means,  whereby  the  eccen- 
tric balance  weights  are  subjected  to  rotation  in  the  vibrating 
heads  thereby  to  both  vibrate  and  massage  the  objective  por- 
tion of  the  body  inserted  therebetween. 


3,672356 

ABDOMINAL  MUSCLE  EXERCISE  DEVICE 

Saul  Poasick,  14  Boylston  Street,  Randolph,  Mass. 

FDed  Dec.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96334 

bit  CLA61h  75/00 

UACL  128—57  3  Clainis 

An  abdominal  muscle  exercise  device  comprising  a  cylinder 

on  a  shaft  adapted  to  be  held  by  the  hands.  The  surface  of  the 


dominal  muscles  when  the  device  is  rolled  over  the  abdomen. 


3,672357 

MASSAGE  APPARATUS 

Wiiliam  G.  Fergunn,  2518  Broad  Avenue,  Akoona,  Pa. 

Filed  Oct.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,427 

Int  a.  A61h  7/00 

UACL 128-49  lOafan 


A  massage  apparatus  having  a  frame  with  supporting  means 
adapted  to  position  the  frame  in  substantially  parallel  relation- 
ship with  respect  to  and  over  a  bed,  a  massage  applicator, 
power  means  to  move  the  applicator  and  guide  means  on  the 
frame  defining  a  prescribed  path  through  \^ich  the  applicator 
may  move  with  respect  to  the  frame  to  provide  massage  treat- 
ment to  a  person  lying  on  the  bed  below  the  frame. 


3,672358 

MASSAGE  DEVICE 

Eugene  J.  Maiewski,  121  North  Ehnore  Avenue,  Park  RMge, 

ni. 

FDed  Dec.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,416 

Inta.A61h/7/00 

.U.S.a.  128— 58  ICWm 

A  massage  device  consisting  of  a  plurality  of  rollers  having 
projections,  the  rollers  being  mounted  for  rotation  on  a  carri- 
er, rotation  occurring  when  the  rollers  are  placed  in  contact 
with  a  portion  of  the  body  to  be  massaged  and  the  carrier  is 
moved  in  a  direction  normal  to  the  axis  of  rotation  of  said  rol- 
lers, the  said  projections  preferably  being  of  resilient  material 


1338 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


although  firm  enough  to  press  into  the  fleshy  and  muscular 
portions  of  the  body  to  produce  massaging  action  when 


.-Q 


% 


& 


.o 

d 


reciprocated  over  a  portion  of  the  body  causing  the  rollers  to 
rotate. 


3,672^59 

WHIRLPOOL  BATH  ATTACHMENT 

Charles  Krohn,  43-23  CoMcn  Street,  Flushing,  N.Y. 

Filed  July  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,946 

Int.  a.  A61h  9/00 

U.S.  a.  128—66  6  CWms 


3,672,360 
SPINAL  AREA  BACK  SUPP(HITER  AND  MASSAGING 

DEVICE 
Arthur  C.  Langhanuner,  901  North  Linn  Street,  Glcnwood, 
Iowa 

Filed  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42^2 
Int.  CLA61h  7/00 

U.S.CL128— 67  10  Claims 

A  central  area  back  supporter  and  massaging  device  having 

an  elongated  and  resilient  central  supporting  portion,  an  inter- 
mediate means  or  rear  portion  attached  to  the  central  support- 
ing portion,  the  rear  portion  being  adapted  to  engage  other 
parts  of  the  back  other  than  the  vertically  elongated  spinal 
depression  area,  the  central  supporting  portion  protruding  so 
far  forwardly  of  the  remainder  of  the  device  that  when  a  user's 


back  presses  thereagainst  substantial  excess  pressure  will  be 
felt  by  the  user  in  the  areas  of  the  sides  of  the  vertical  spinal 


depression    as    compared    with    the    pressure    againsi 
remainder  of  the  user's  back. 


the 


3,672361 

EXERCISING  APPARATUS 

Aime  Founeron,  5,  me  Vcrguin,  RouaiiOon,  France 

Filed  Jan.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,089 

Claims  priority,  appUcadon  France,  Jan.  5, 1970, 700l!307 

Int.  CL  A61f  5/00 

VS.  CL  1»— 71  18  Claims 


An  exercising  device  particularly  for  stretching  the  ver- 
tebral column  which  includes  a  bar  grippable  by  the  user  and  a 
second  bar  or  surface  engageable  in  the  region  between  the 
users  thighs  and  torso,  the  spacing  between  the  two  bars  may 
be  variable.  The  bars  may  be  supported  on  a  table. 


Substantially  coaxial  conduits  provide  a  jet  of  water  from 
the  outer  cotxiuit  along  with  relatively  large  bubbles  from  the 
inner  conduit.  The  emission  end  of  the  inner  conduit  ter- 
minates upstream  the  emission  end  of  the  outer  conduit,  and 
there  is  a  restriction  in  the  outer  conduit  upstream  the  end  of 
the  emission  inner  conduit. 


3,672^2 
FACE  LIFTING  BAND 
Lorraine  A.  Baache,  17071  Courtney  Lane,  Huntington 
CaUf. 

Filed  July  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,931 
I  Int.  a.  A6  If  5/0« 

U.S.a.  128— 76B  4 


vy    ^  -fj 


A  face  Hfting  band  disposable  on  the  head  and  hideable 
under  the  natural  hair  of  the  wearer  or  a  wig  or  other  hair 
covering  and  serving  to  immediately  tighten  the  facial  skin  and 
remove  lines  therefrom  and,  operating  over  a  period  of  time, 
to  strengthen  the  facial  muscles.  The  band  has  side  and  front 
portions  formed  of  highly  elastic  webbing  having  on  its  inner 
face  an  adhering  velour-like  or  velvet-type  material.  The  back 
of  the  band  is  an  insert  inclining  downwardly  to  a  point  and 
formed  of  two  pieces  of  lower  elasticity  than  the  main  portion 
of  the  band.  The  insert  pieces  are  joined  together  at  the  center 
back  and  to  the  ends  of  the  main  webbing  at  an  angle  to  the 


.TiTVE  27.  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1339 


axes  of  the  inserts  and  the  main  webbing.  The  inserts  may  have 
a  lesser  width  than  the  main  webbing  whose  comers  thereat 
are  bent  over  and  sewn  to  provide  a  smooth  contour.  Anchor- 
ing means  for  the  back  of  the  band  may  be  placed  on  the  in- 
side surface  thereof. 


A  device  for  lifting  and  spreading  the  skin  on  a  subject's 
face  comprising  a  plurality  of  skin  attachment  means,  elon- 
gated strap  means  secured  at  one  end  thereof  to  said  skin  at- 
tachment means,  and  coupling  means  secured  to  the  opposite 
end  of  said  strap  means  adapted  to  couple  said  device  with 
another  proximate  cooperating  facial  device. 


3,672,364 

ORTHOPEIHC  TENSION  UNIT 

Plillip  A.  Rankin,  903  E.  Holaway  Drive,  Tucaon,  Ariz. 

FOcd  Jan.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  110,722 

Int  a.  A61f  13/00 


U.S.CI.  128—134 


lOCUna 


-4  \  f^= 


il 


I 


id 


This  can  be  succinctly  defined  as  an  anatomical,  compressi- 
ble weight  immobilizer,  comprising  orthopedic  strap  tension 
weights  which  are  adapted  to  immobilize  a  portion  of  an  in- 
jured patient's  anatomy  against  disposition  or  dislocation, 
while  the  patient  is  reclining.  To  the  portable  orthopedic  strap 
tension  weighted  components  is  secured  a  cervical  chin  strap 
supplement,  in  one  embodiment.  The  unit  with  attachments  is 
applicable  to  a  stretcher  or  hospital  bed  or  operating  table  and 
may  be  used  alternately  in  the  transport  of  the  patient  or  in  the 
retention  of  the  patient  in  position  for  examination,  operation 
or  ambulatory  movement. 


3,672363 
FACIAL  DEVICE  AND  METHOD  OF  USING  THE  SAME 
George  Matters,  4400  lindeU  Boulevard  Apt  6C,  St.  Louk, 
Mo. 

Filed  April  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,886 

Int.a.A61f5/0« 

U.S.  a.  128—76  B  2  Claims 


3,672,365 
BAND  MASK  HELMET 
Bevly  Boone  Morvm*  3319  Braeman  Road,  Santa 
Cam. 

Filed  July  10, 1970,  Scr.  Na.  53,912 
Int.CLB63c7y//2 
U.S.a.  128— 141  R  13 


A  stiff  forwardly  and  downwardly  opening  head  protective 
helmet  to  be  utilized  by  a  diver  provided  with  a  face  mask.  The 
helmet  includes  forward  marginal  edge  pcntions  provided  with 
peripherally  spaced  openings  and  is  thus  adaptf*<  to  be  utilized 
in  conjunction  with  a  head  sling  engaged  with  the  back  of  the 
head  of  the  wearer  of  the  helmet  beneath  the  latter  and  pro- 
vided with  forwardly  extending  tension  members  whose  for- 
ward ends  include  structure  for  removable  attachment  to  cor- 
respcMiding  peripheral  portions  of  the  associated  face  mask, 
the  tension  members  being  threaded  through  the  openings 
formed  in  the  forward  marginal  edge  portions  of  the  helmet. 
When  the  helmet  is  utilized  in  conjunction  with  the  aforemen- 
tioned head  sling  and  the  tension  members  of  the  sling  are 
constructed  of  elastic  material,  the  head  sling  may  be  provided 
with  portions  thereto  to  be  disposed  inwardly  of  the  helmet 
and  c^  dimensions  too  great  to  pass  through  the  openings  in 
the  marginal  edge  portions  of  the  helmet  and  in  this  maimer 
attachment  of  the  forward  ends  of  the  tension  members  to  the 
marginal  portions  of  the  face  mask  with  the  tension  members 
in  tensioned  condition  will  result  in  the  tension  members  not 
only  serving  to  yieldingly  bias  the  associated  face  msek  rear- 
wardly  against  the  face  of  the  wearer  but  also  to  yieldingly  bias 
the  helmet  forwardly  upon  the  head  of  the  wearer  at  the  as- 
sociated face  mask. 


3,672,366 
VALVE  AND  CIRCUIT  FOR  INTERMITTENT  POSITIVE 
PRESSURE  BREATHING  APPARATUS 
Geoffrey  Bamctt  Burchell,  10  Ncfancs  Road  Homdmrch,  Es- 
sex, and  Richard  William  Victor  Mord,  Krndron,  HIttiMa 
Hutch  Lane,  Kent,  both  of  Ei^land 

FOed  Sept.  29, 1967,  Scr.  No.  671^10 
ClaiiiM  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Nov.  28,  1966, 
53,251/66 

Int.  CLA62b  7/00 
U.S.CL  128—145.8  27  ( 


An  apparatus  for  producing  intermittent  positive  fM'esBure 
comprises  a  high-pressure  nutrient  gas  supply,  a  valve  device 


1340 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  lp7S 


connected  to  the  supply  and  operable  by  the  gas,  and  a  con- 
duit connected  downstream  of  the  valve  device  to  lead  gas 
under  low  pressure  towards  a  patient  or  a  space  between  a 
breathing  bag  and  a  surrounding  casing.  The  valve  device  con- 
trols gas  flow  through  the  conduit  and  opens  and  closes  with 
relatively  sudden  pressure  change.  The  valve  device  can  in- 
clude a  housing  having  a  tubular,  high-pressure  gas  inlet  and  a 
low-pressure  gas  outlet,  a  member  in  the  housing  co-axial  with 
the  inlet  and  longitudinally  movable  thereon  with  clearance,  a 
valve  closure  at  one  end  c^  said  member  movable  therewith 
between  a  first  position  closing  the  outlet  end  of  the  inlet  and 
leaving  open  the  inlet  end  of  the  outlet  and  a  second  position 
closing  that  inl^t  end  and  leaving  open  that  outlet  end.  a  com- 
pression spring  urging  the  valve  closure  into  the  first  position, 
and  a  duct  communicating  with  the  housing  interior  and  the 
clearance,  and  with  the  open  outlet,  and  leading  to  outside  the 
housing. 


in  said  space,  a  tube  extending  through  said  preparation  con- 
tainer, a  hoDow  needle  positioned  within  said  tube,  a  seal  on 
the  end  of  said  tube  through  which  said  needle  is  extrudtble, 
an  auxiliary  plunger  slidable  vtnthin  said  body  assembly  and 
adapted  to  be  nx>ved  into  said  tube  to  extrude  said  needle  and 
an  actuating  plunger  slidable  within  said  body  assembly  and 
adapted  to  act  on  said  container  to  expel  said  preparation 
through  said  extruded  needle. 

1   — ~ 

'  HYPCN>ERMIC  SYRINGE 

Alexander  M-  Brown,  Daytona  BcKh,  Fto.,  anignor  to  Sher- 
wood Medkai  Indurtrks,  Inc. 

Filed  Dec.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886,195 
Int  CL  K6lm35IOO,  5122, 5132;  A61J  7100 
UAa.l2$— 218P  3 1 


3,672^7 
RETAINING  CLIP  FOR  CATHETER  SHEATH 
Henry  M.  ScWowkz,  Lake  Bhiff,  ID.,  assignor  to  Abbott 
Laboratories,  North  Chicago,  IB. 

Filed  May  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,010 

Int.  CI.  A61ni  5100 

VS.  CL  128—214.4  7  Claims 


Disclosed  herein  is  a  retaining  clip  for  the  sheath  used  to 
protect  a  catheter  tube  from  contamination  during  insertion  of 
the  guiding  needle.  The  clip  is  designed  to  snap  over  the  hub 
of  the  needle  and  at  the  same  time  clasp  the  mouth  of  the 
sheath  about  the  hub.  The  clip  includes  a  curved  body  portion 
and  a  pair  of  curved  depending  legs.  An  upturned  neck  ex- 
tends from  the  body  portion  to  faciliute  removal  of  the  clip 
after  the  needle  has  been  inserted. 


3,672368 
SYRINGE 
Lothar  Schwarz,  1  BddiaiatraMe,  Karlanihe,  Germany 
FUed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,216 
Clains  priority,  appMorton  Germany,  June  10, 1969,  P  19 
29317.5 

Int.a.A61m5/00 
U.S.CL128— 218N  11  Claims 


A  hypodermic  syringe  comprising,  a  body  assembly,  a  space 
being  defined  in  said  body,  a  preparation  container  receivable 


to  s»ncr* 
(claims 


A  syringe  of  the  hypodermic  type  including  a  unitary  barrel 
member  having  a  large  upper  bore  and  a  small  lumen  at  the 
lower  end  thereof  communicating  with  the  bore,  the  lower  end 
of  the  barrel  member  being  adapted  to  receive  a  needle,  with  a 
piston  assembly  slidable  in  the  barrel  member  and  having  a 
sealing  portion  sealingly  engaged  the  large  bore  and  shaped  to 
discharge  all  of  the  medicant  from  the  large  bore,  there  being 
provided  a  plimger  fixed  to  the  piston  assembly  and  comple- 
mentary to  as  well  as  coextensive  in  length  with  the  barrel 
member  liunen  for  the  purpose  of  discharging  all  of  the  medi- 
cant from  the  lumen  minimizing  medicant  loss  in  the  syringe. 


3,672,370 
COLOSTOMY  IRRIGATOR 
Arthur  E.  Marsan,  6700  Eocondldo  Drive,  El  Paso,  Tex. 
Filed  March  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21,287 
Inta.A61mJ/00 
U.S.CL  128-227  ^^     ^  21  Claims 

This  invention  is  characterized  by  the  provision  of  an  irriga- 
tor for  colostomy  and  similar  conditions,  comprising  a  con- 
tainer for  the  irrigating  liquid  and  a  drain  for  the  discharge 
from  the  patient,  combined  in  an  assembly  including  a  short- 
length  catheter  for  injecting  the  irrigating  liquid,  the  assembly 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1341 


comprising  a  single  article  of  manufacture  which  functions  in    tion  receptacle.  At  least  a  portion  of  the  tubing  has  a  deeree  of 
.mgaung  m  all  posiUons  of  the  patient  including  upright  am-    limpness  such  that  it  nomSlv  assume  a  flat  IZ^^f^f 


normally  assumes  a  flat  collapsed  condi- 


bulatory,  the  irrigator  being  designed  for  low  cost  of  manufac- 
ture so  that  it  is  disposable  after  use. 


3,672371 

SANITARY  NAPKIN  WITH  IMPROVED  ADHESIVE 

FASTENING  MEANS 

Robert  J.  Rocder,  Applcton,  Wis.,  aarignor  to  Kimberly-Clark 

Corporation,  Necnah,  Wis. 

FUed  May  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,753 

Int.  a.  A6ir  131 16 

VS.  a.  1 28-290  5  cWms 


tion.  As  a  result,  a  column  of  urine  cannot  remain  in  the  tub- 
ing. 


3,672373 
METHOD  AND  MEANS  FOR  REGULATING  THE 
OPERATION  OF  APPARATUS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION 
AND  PROCESSING  OF  aCARETTES  OR  THE  LIKE 
Ernst  DosI;  ARirecht  Funck,  both  of  Bayreuth;  Dieter  WeHach, 
and  Han»<;eor«  Winkler,  both  of  HMriwrg.  an  of  GcrmMy. 
as^nors  to  Hauni-Wcrke  Korbcr  &  Co.  KG,  Hamburg. 
Dcrgcdurf,  Gci  uumy 

Filed  Jan.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  535 
.^^^^f*™  »****>♦  ■PP"««»«»  Germany,  J«i.  8, 1969,  P  19  00 


UAa.  131— 21R 


haA.CLMAc05l34 


25aainis 


A  sanitary  napkin  provided  with  improved  pressure  sensi- 
tive adhesive  means  for  attaching  the  napkin  to  a  supporting 
garment.  The  adhesive  is  applied  to  the  bottom  surface  of  the 
napkin  and  comprises  at  least  two  narrow  parallel  lines 
covered  by  a  sin|^e  overiying  protective  release  sheet.  Each 
strip  has  substantially  less  vridth  and  total  surface  area  when 
compared  with  the  width  and  area  of  adhesive  strips  or 
patches  formerly  used  for  attachment  purposes.  A  typical  ad- 
hesive pattern  applied  to  an  8  x  2S  in.  napkin  comprises  a 
pair  of  centrally  disposed  parallel  strips,  each  strip  being  ap- 
proximately 6  in.  long  and  one-eighth  in.  vride,  and  spaced 
about  three-eighth  in.  from  each  other.  The  two  strip  pattern 
uses  less  adhesive,  yet  is  more  effective  in  preventing  displace- 
ment of  the  napkin  and  in  counteracting  the  shear  forces  ex- 
erted on  the  napkin  by  normal  leg  motion.  The  arrangement 
prevents  failure  of  the  wrapper  when  the  protective  sheet  is 
removed  by  the  user.  It  also  reduces  considerably  the  in- 
cidence of  adhesive  transfer  to  the  garment  at  the  time  when 
the  napkin  is  removed  from  the  garment  for  disposal. 


3,672372 
URINARY  MIAINAGE  METHOD 
Henry  J.  Hdmttcfa,  3850  Clifton  Avenue,  Cfaidnnati,  Ohk> 
DIvisfon  of  Scr.  No.  776391,  Nov.  18, 1968,  Pat  No. 
3,605,749.  This  appUcatkm  May  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  142322 
Int.  CL  A61m  25/00 
U^CL  128-349  R  7  Claims 

One  end  of  a  tubmg,  e.g..  a  catheter,  is  inserted  into  a  pa- 
tient's bladder,  and  the  other  end  connected  to  a  urine  collec- 


The  operation  of  a  production  line  including  a  cigarette 
making  machine  and  a  filter  cigarette  machine  is  regulated  by 
a  shift  register  which  transports  signals  serving  to  initiate  the 
starting  and  stoppage  of  various  assemblies  in  the  production 
line  in  a  predetermined  sequence.  The  shift  register  also  serves 
to  transport  further  signals  produced  by  detectors  wWch  track 
filter  cigarettes  and  their  components.  Such  further  signak  are 
transmitted  to  an  ejecting  device  which  segregates  those 
cigarettes  which  exhibit  one  or  more  defects  or  which  are  like- 
ly to  exhibit  defects  because  they  are  produced  during  certain 
stages  of  operation  of  the  production  line.  The  detectors  scan 
the  splices  in  a  web  of  cigarette  paper,  the  seam  on  tiie 
wrapper  of  a  cigarette  rod.  plain  cigarettes,  filter  rods,  filter 
plugs  and  filter  cigarettes. 


1342 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2 


3,672374 
CADDY  FOR  HOLDING  PIPE  CLEANERS 
Henry  Mancuso,  430  Barclay  Road,  RoMmoat,  Pa. 
Filed  June  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,278 

lnt.a.A24t09/08 
U.S.CI.  131— 243  4  Claims 


1972 


I  3,672376 

\  HAIR  SETTING  ASSIST 

Thomai  J.  Parlagreco,  Ho-Ho-Kus,  NJ.,  aMlgnor  to  The 
Raymond  Lee  Oianiiation,  Inc,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 10,702 

Int.  CLA45d  7/00 

UAa.  132— 9  4  Claims 


Two  tubular  members  are  separably  joined  together  to  serve 
respectively  as  the  bottom  and  top  sections  of  a  caddy  for 
holding  several  pipe  cleaners.  The  top  section  is  provided  with 
a  flat  head  for  use  in  tamping  tobacco  into  the  bowl  of  a  pipe, 
and  with  a  resilient  sheet  metal  appendage  for  use  in  scraping 
the  bowl  of,  and  for  use  in  clipping  the  caddy  to,  a  shirt  or  coat 
pocket. 


A  hair  setting  assist  device  comprises  a  removable  rigid  cap 
having  spaced  regions  at  which  pivot  pins  are  dispc>sed  for 
receiving  forms  for  curls  and  other  locations  containing  sup- 
ports to  ]vhich  independent  rollers  can  be  secured. 


>wr 


3,672375 
TREATMENT  OF  DAMAGED  HAIR  WITH  METHYLOL 
COMPOUNDS 
Gresoire  Kalopiiris;  Henri  PMHppe  De  BcauHeu,  both  of  Pwls; 
Jean-Louis  Abegg,  Le  Perretn,  and  GhiHana  GhOardi,  Pais, 
aU  of  FVanoe,  anisnon  to  Sodctc  anonyme  dHe:  L'Orad, 
Paris,  fVance 

FUed  Aug.  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  851,473 
Oafam  priority,  application  Luxembourg,  Aug.  26,  1968, 
56768 

InL  CL  A61l(  7/06;  A45d  7/04 
UACL  132-7  5  Claims 

Cosmetic  composition  for  use  in  treating  damaged  hair.  The 
composition  comprises,  as  the  active  component  a  methyloi 
compound  of  the  formula: 


X 

i! 
c 

Ri-N  N-Rj 


in-i 


RO 


H 

t 

OR' 


in  a  suitable  cosmetic  carrier,  in  which  formula: 
X  represents  either  an  oxygen  atom  or  a  sulfur  atom  or  an 

NH  group; 
R  and  R'  are  identical  or  different  and  represent  either  a 

hydrogen  atom  or  a  lower  alkyl  radical;  and 
Ri  and  R«  represent  either  a  methyl  hydroxy  group  or  a 
methyl  alkoxy  group,  e.g.  methyl  alkoxy  wherein  the  al- 
koxy  contains  up  to  five  carbon  atoms  or  more. 
Typically  the  methyloi  compound  is 
N  J<I'-dihydroxymethyl  glyoxalurea  or 
N,N'-dihydroxymethyl  glyoxalthiourea. 
The  composition  is  applied  at  an  acid  pH  and  is  ad- 
vantageously made  up  in  solid  form  for  mixing  wixh  water  or 
water-and-alcohol  solutions  when  used.  The  compositions  are 
used  by  impregnating  the  hair  with  a  mixture  thereof  and 
water  or  water-and-alcohol  solution  followed  by  drying  with 
heat. 


3,6723T7 

DENTAL  CARE  APPLIANCE 

Paul  G.  Grecnacre,  330  IMvcway,  Apt.  505,  Ottawa,  Ontario, 


ICIalm 


I       Filcdjan.5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,014 
'  Int  CL  A61c  15/00 

U.S.CL132— 92R 


An  elongated  handle  is  provided  at  one  end  with  a  bifur- 
cated head  including  a  pair  of  spaced  arms  having  notched  ex- 
tremities to  receive  a  length  of  dental  floss.  A  floss  anchoring 
button  is  slidable  in  an  opening  in  the  head  and  has  passages  in 
which  floes  may  be  inserted  and  tensioned,  so  that  when  the 
button  is  slid  in  one  direction  in  the  opening,  the  floss  is 
anchored  in  its  tensioned  condition.  Auxiliary  dental  care  at- 
tachments such  as  a  brush,  mirror,  et  cetera,  are  removably 
applicable  to  the  outer  end  of  the  handle. 


3,672378 
TOOTHPICK  DEVICE 
Ralph  H.  Sllvcmian,  7701  Arcadia,  Morton  Grove,  Dl. 
Filed  May  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  140,181 
IntCLA61c/5/00 
U.S.  CI.  132-93  6tUnM 

A  molded  plastic  toothpick  device  includes  a  picking  end 
having  a  triangular  cross-section  with  two  of  the  legs  of  the  tri- 
angle being  equal  in  length.  The  two  walls  of  the  picking  end 
are  concave  and  curved  complementary  to  the  shape  of  the 
teeth  for  easy  insertion  into  the  spaces  therebetween.  The 
picking  end  is  tapered  to  a  blunt  free  end.  A  handle  formed  in- 


1344 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1343 


tegrally  with  the  picking  end  includes  a  first  cylindrical  por- 
tion for  rotating  the  device  in  the  fingers  to  correctly  insert  the 
device  in  spaces  between  both  the  upper  and  lower  teeth.  An 
end  portion  of  the  handle  has  three  flat  walls  and  a  curved  wall 
to  insure  a  stable  grip  on  the  device  once  the  picking  end  has 


3  672380 
CLEANING  DEVICE 
Frank  Schuster,  16682  Juarez  Drive,  Rancho  Bemanlo,  San 
Diego,  Calif. 

Filed  Aug.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  851,698 

Int.a.B06bi/02 

UACL  134-172  2  Claims 


been  inserted  between  the  teeth  and  for  good  maneuverabili- 
ty. The  end  surface  of  the  handle  portion  is  roughened  to  pro- 
vide an  abrasive  for  removal  of  minor  stains  from  the  surface 
of  the  teeth.  The  toothpick  device  may  be  impregnated  with  a 
pleasant  tasting  substance  during  the  molding  process  if 
desired. 


3,672379 
VACUUM-SYSTEM  CLEANING  CIRCULATION  DEVICE 
Hans  J.  Selpel,  381  Matthews  Ro«l,  Booitfanan,  Ohio;  Walter 
F.  Gancarz,  731  W.  Indianola  Avenue,  Youngstown,  Ohio, 

and  Donald  J.  Avcs,  190  Hilltop  Boulevard,  CanUdd,  Ohio 

Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  832,718,  June  12, 1969, 

abMidoned.  This  applicatfon  Feb.  14, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 12,699 

Int.  CL  B08b  5/02, 9/00 

U.S.a.l34-168R  6Clainis 


This  is  a  device  for  cleaning  by  the  use  of  water  or  other 
liquids  in  which  the  cleaning  is  accomplished  by  a  jet  of  liquid 
properly  contained  to  avoid  splashing  and  to  concentrate  the 
cleaning  effect,  in  which  a  rubber  cup  is  used  to  confine  and 
assist  in  cleaning. 


3,672381 
COLLAPSIBLE  inVIBRELLA  CAPABLE  OF  AUTOMATIC 

OPENING 
Nobutoshi  Kida,  1-27  Mlnami  Nonincbo,  Osaka,  and  Kazo 
Salto,  9-374  Ofatori  Naka-machi,  Sakai,  both  of  Japan 

Filed  July  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57379 
Clafans    priority,    appttcaCion    Japan,    Aug.     19,     1969, 
44/65041;  Nov.  14, 1969, 44/90147 

Int  CL  A45h  25/ 14, 25/16 
UACL 135-22  6Clainis 


a.  -,= 


Equipment  is  disclosed  that  conveniently  provides  effective 
cleaning  of  envelope-folding,  paper-converting  or  similar 
machinery  containing  perforated  cylinders  having  a  hollow  in- 
terior and  communicating  with  a  vacuum  system,  for  the 
manipulation  or  conveyance  of  one  or  more  pieces  of  substan- 
tially imperforate  sheet-like  materials  held  against  the  exterior 
of  the  cylinders  by  ordinary  atmospheric  pressure.  Equipment 
is  provided  comprising  a  reservoir  chamber,  pump  means  for 
forcmg  liquid  fi-om  the  chamber  to  a  manifold,  individual 
means  communicating  with  the  manifoW  for  conveying  liquid 
to  the  interior  of  the  cylinders,  and  means  connected  with  the 
vacuum  system  associated  with  the  cylinders  in  the  vicinity  of 
the  main  pump,  for  retiuning  liquid  to  the  reservoir  chamber, 
which  is  preferably  evacuated.  This  yields  effective  cleaning  of 
dirt,  dust  and  lint  not  only  from  the  perforations  but  also  from 
valve  faces,  elbows,  and  other  constrictions  in  the  vacuum 
system. 


This  invention  discloses  a  collapsible  umbrella  capable  of 
automatic  opening  which  comprises  a  center  rod  which  is  con- 
tractile and  provided  with  an  automatic  umbrella  opening 
mechanism;  a  rib  assembly  comprising  a  support  rib,  a  receiv- 
ing rib,  an  end  rib  and  a  connecting  rib  which  are  so  assemUed 
that  they  are  adapted  to  form  a  quadrilateral  in  the  open  posi- 
tion of  umbrella,  said  receiving  rib  being  adapted  to  be  held  at 
substantiaUy  right  angles  with  the  center  rod  of  the  umbrella  in 
said  open  position,  one  or  more  comers  of  said  quadrilateral 
being  made  slidable  and/or  one  or  more  sides  of  said  quadri- 
lateral being  made  contractile  and  extensible.  Such  an  umbrel- 
la is  capable  of  automatical  and  instantaneous  opening  by  cme- 
touch  operation.  In  addition,  such  an  umbrella  is  capable  of 
presenting  a  good  appearance  in  its  open  position  and  being 
collapsed  neatly  in  its  closed  position. 


June  27,  1972 


np^MTTlPAT      A  Mr»   •ii>rm/~«TT  A  XTT^ 


1344 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TTl 


June  27,' 1972 


9,672^2 

AUTOMATICALLY  OPENABLE  AND  CLOSABLE 

UMBRELLA 

Yoshlo   Sato,   Ni«wcyaina,   Japui,   aasignor  to   KabuhOd 

Kaisha  Ideal,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FDcd  March  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,427 
Claims  priority,  applicatioo  Japu,  April  21, 1970, 45/34199 
IiiLa.A45b25//4 
VS,  CI.  135—24  3  Claims 


An  improvement  of  an  automatically  openable  and  closable 
umbrella  of  the  type  comprising  a  shaft  composed  of  relatively 
telescoping  shaft  members,  rings  mounted  on  said  shaft  and 
carrying  inner  ends  <^  ribs,  supporting  spokes  and  tension 
springs  for  automatically  closing  the  umbrella,  a  compression 
spring  mounted  within  said  shaft  and  adapted  to  extend  the 
telescoping  shaft  members  thereby  to  change  the  relative  posi- 
tions of  said  rings  and  automatically  open  the  umbrella,  and 
latches  for  controlling  the  operation  of  the  tension  and  com- 
pression springs,  wherein  the  improvement  resides  in  the 
provision  of  a  steppedly  extensible  rod  assembly  mounted 
within  said  shaft  and  adapted  to  steppedly  allow  the  expansion 
of  said  compression  spring  in  order  to  avoid  abrupt  one-stroke 
expansion  of  the  spring  which  will  cause  an  excessive  shock  to 
the  structural  elements  of  the  umbrella. 


pipeline.  The  tap  line  portion  is  then  permanently  coraiected 
to  a  coupling  of  a  tap  line.  The  clamping  device  is  removed 


3,672383 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  TAPPING  PIPELINE 
John  Omcr  THmble,  Malvan,  and  Henry  HUHam  Demkr,  Sr., 

Lebawm,  both  of  Pa.,  awlgnors  to  AMP  Incorporated,  Har- 

risbiirg,Pa. 

Filed  May  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  40,235 

Int.  a.  F16c  41/04;  B23b41/08 

VS.  CL  137—15  S  Clabns 

A  generally  T-shaped  tap  coupling  is  positioned  in  encir- 
cling relationship  over  a  pipeline,  and  is  heat  shrunk 
thereover.  The  tap  coupling  includes  a  tap  line  portion  receiv- 
ing drilling  apparatus  therethrough  which  removes  a  coupon 
from  the  sidewall  of  the  pipeline.  The  drilling  apparatus  with 
the  coupon  retained  is  paitially  withdrawn  from  the  tap  line 
portion.  A  clamping  device  collapses  the  sidewall  of  the  tap 
line  portion  to  prevent  escape  of  conveyed  material  from  the 


thereby  permitting  material  from  the  pipeline  to  flow  through 
the  tap  coupling  into  the  tap  line. 


»  3,672384 

BREATHING  GAS  REGULATOR  FOR  AVIATORS 
Ivan  A.  HelqiilBt,  Rotefaro,  Sweden,  aaignor  to  AGA  Ak- 
ticbolac.LkUi«o,S«««dai  , 

Filed  Sept.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72340 
Oakm    priority,    application    Sweden,    Sept.    18,'  1969. 
12810/69 

Int.  a.  G05d/ 6/00 
UA  a.  137—39  3^ 


)CWim 


MS  TO 


•C«W>.4V>»« 


I   ^»ia  ,  ' 

<S     MiVT-orr  I 


^: 


«ssu« 


*mmmi 

MLWC 


OxrcCN 


A  breathing  gas  regulator  for  an  aviator  comprises  an  ox- 
ygen supply,  a  first  pressure  reducing  valve,  a  second  pressure 
reducing  valve,  and  a  branch  line  intermediate  the  two  pres- 
sure reducing  valves  for  conveying  gas  to  pressurize  the  avia- 
tor suit  in  the  event  of  cabin  pressure  failure.  The  second  pres- 
sure reducing  valve  acts  as  a  demand  regulator  supplying 
breathing  gas  at  a  normal  breathing  pressure  of  about  20  mm 
water  column.  The  breathing  gas  outlet  includes  an  air  injec- 
tor open  to  the  cabin  at  cabin  altitudes  of  up  to  6  km  for  mix- 
ing air  with  the  oxygen.  The  branch  line  includes  a  pressure 
responsive  valve  which  shuts  off  the  air  supply  at  a  cabin  al- 
titude of  6  km.  Thus,  the  regulator  supplies  100  percent  ox- 
ygen at  higher  cabin  altitudes.  The  branch  line  also  includes  a 
pressure-responsive  control  for  increasing  the  breathing  gas 


OFFTriAT.  OAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


pressure  in  the  event  of  a  loss  of  cabin  pressure.  In  that  event 
the  control  unit  increases  the  gas  pressure  suppUed  by  the  de- 
mand regulator  an  amount  necessitated  by  the  altitude  The 
branch  line  supplies  gas  to  pressurize  the  suit  and  the  amount 
of  this  pressure  is  conveniently  set  by  controls  as  a  function  of 
breathmg  gas  pressure.  For  example,  suit  pressure  may  be  ap- 
proximately 3.5  times  breathing  gas  pressure  The  device 
preferably  includes  a  ^-susceptible  valve  for  pressurizing  the 
suit  to  counter  the  effect  of  ^-forces  to  which  the  aviator  is 
subjected  In  this  event,  suit  pressure  is  controlled  by  suitable 
means,  such  as  a  shuttle  valve,  such  that  it  will  be  a  function  of 
breathing  gas  pressure  or  the  magnitude  of  a  gas  signal 
produced  by  the  ^forces,  whichever  is  greater. 


1346 


3,672386 

FUSE  MELT  TYPE  DAMPER  DEVICE  FOR 

INTERCEPTING  FLOW  THROUGH  A  DUCT 

HlsasM  MocMda,  Sidta,  Japn,  assignor  to  Dnito  Mfg.  Co.  Ltd., 
Osaka,  Japan 

FDed  June  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  42,828 

Claims  priority,  application  Japm,  Jonc  6, 1 969, 44/530(i9 

Int.  a.  F16l(  /  7138;  F23n  3104 

UA  a.  137-77  8  Claims 


3,672385 
CENTRIFUGAL  SPEED  GOVERNOR,  ESPECIALLY  FOR 

PRIME  MOVERS 
Max  Matirn,  Levcrkusen-SdilebuMdi,  Gcmuny,  aMignor  to 
Klockner-HnmboldtDeutz     Akticngesellschaft,     Coiogne- 
Dratz,  Germany 

FOed  April  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  27,788 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  April  1 1,  1969,  F  19 
184113 

Int.  a.  G05d  13110 
U.S.a.  137-53  7  Claims 


loe, 


KD6      i    '■,'        I09     07 
112 


An  improved  fuse  melt  type  damper  device  used  for  a 
damper  and  capable  of  effecting  interception  of  a  flow  medi- 
um through  a  conduit  upon  instruction  from  a  remote  control 
centerin  addition  to  a  function  of  an  automatic  interception 
of  the  flow  through  detection  of  overheating  of  the  medium 


3,672387 
MAGNETICALLY  CONTROLLED  PROPORTIONAL 
FLUID  AMMJFIER 
^Jl  "*^  RockvOIe,  Md.,  and  Edwin  L.  Rcsler,  Jr 
Ithwa,  N.Y.,  assignon  to  The  United  States  of  America  m 
rcpiuuMcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Army 

med  Oct.  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  77,166 
.,  e  ^  . ,-        Ii«.  CL  F15c  1104, 1114, 3100 
U.&a.l37-81J  4ci-«. 


*W^T..rA^- 


A  centrifugal  speed  governor  in  which  the  flyweights 
through  the  intervention  of  a  spring-loaded  adjusting  sleeve 
and  a  linkage  act  upon  a  control  member  such  as  a  fuel  control 
member  while  in  addition  to  the  governor  spring  proper  there 
is  provided  an  additional  spring  associated  with  adjusting 
members  having  linked  thereto  lever  means  which,  through  a 
delaying  member,  is  yieldably  joumalled  in  the  housing  of  the 
governor,  said  lever  means  in  addition  to  being  adjustable  by  a 
spring  operable  fix>m  the  outside  of  the  governor  is  connected 
to  holding  means  of  magnetizable  material,  said  holding 
means  being  axially  movable  in  a  magnetic  field. 


A  proportional  fluid  amplifier  that  utilizes  a  magnetic  fluid 
as  control  means  for  the  proportional  amplification  therein. 
The  magnetic  fluid  is  pla<^  in  one  of  the  two  control  ports  of 
the  amplifier  and  under  the  influence  of  an  externally  applied 
magnetic  field  is  made  to  partially  block  the  control  port 
which,  in  turn,  creates  a  low  pressure  region  that  causes 
switching  of  the  powvr  stream  from  one  output  channel  to 
another.  The  magnitude  of  the  externally  applied  magnetic 
field  is  proportional  to  the  amount  of  blockage  effected  by  the 
magnetic  fluid  in  the  control  port,  and  thus  to  the  magnitude 
of  the  low  pressure  region  created  therearound.  In  this  way, 
the  low  pressure  region  can  be  controUed  directly  by  external 
electrical  apparatus  and  the  power  stream  can  be  deflected  to 
any  one  of  a  plurality  of  output  channeb  as  desired. 


1346 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3  672388 
SENSOR  AND  CONTROL  SYSTEM  FOR  CONTROLLING 

GAS  PARTIAL  PRESSURE 
Cari  G.  RingwaU,  Scoda.  and  Rairik  P.  Slwh,  Sdwmctady,  both 

of  N.Y.,  Mrifiion  to  General  Electric  Company 
FOcd  June  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  834.718 
int.  a.  coin  9124;  G05d  / 1116 
UA  CI.  137-88  18  Claims 


cylinder  unit  connected  between  a  source  of  the  second  of  the 
liquids  and  another  outlet  line  to  the  mixing  tank  through  one- 
way flow  valve  controlled  conduits  and  driven  for  reciprocat- 
ing action  by  the  first  piston-cylinder  unit  to  deliver  metered 
volumes  of  the  second  liquid  to  the  mixing  tank  through  gear 
means  which  include  a  pair  of  paralleling,  slidably  mounted 
'  racks  connected  to  the  piston  elements  of  corresponding  of 
the  piston-cylinder  units  and  a  rockable  or  rotatable  ring  gear 
mounted  between  and  in  meshing  relation  with  the  racks.  The 
rock  axis  of  the  ring  gear  is  defined  by  a  precision  bearing  hav- 
ing a  worm  and  screw  adjustment  and  may  be  infmitely  varied 
through  such  adjustment  to  regulate  the  "throw"  of  the  ring 
gear  towards  the  second  piston-cylinder  unit  for  purposes  of 
obtaining  a  desired  relationship  in  the  operating  strokes  of  the 
two  units  and  a  consequent  desired  ratio  or  proportion  ^n  the 
liquids  being  delivered  thereby  into  the  mixing  tank. 


I ■ 1  *w. 


Lr^ 


A  sensor  consisting  of  two  electro-fluidic  delay  line  oscilla- 
tors generates  a  signal  for  controlling  the  partial  pressure  of  a 
first  gas  in  a  multi-gas  mixture.  A  sealed  delay  line  of  the  first 
oscillator  is  filled  with  a  known  gas  and  functions  as  a 
reference  oscillator.  An  apertured  delay  line  of  the  second 
(sensing)  oscillator  is  immersed  in  the  gas  mixture  and  the  first 
gas  flow  thereto  is  controUed  to  obtain  the  sensing  oscillator 
frequency  equal  to  the  reference  frequency.  Any  difference 
frequency  is  proportional  to  the  deviation  of  the  actual  first 
gas  concentration  from  a  predetermined  value.  A  change  in 
the  partial  pressure  of  the  first  gas,  due  to  an  environmental 
change,  is  compensated  for  by  a  predetermined  change  in  the 
length  of  the  sensing  oscillator  delay  line  and  control  of  the 
first  gas  flow  to  regain  the  equal  frequency  condition. 


3,672389 
LIQUID  PRCH>ORTIONING  DEVICE 
Alexander  McConndl,  Haks  Comers,  and  Fay  D.  Bkkd,  New 
BcrUn,  both  of  Wk.,  anisiion  to  "Automatic"  Sprinkler 
Corporation  of  America,  Cfevdand;  OMo 

Filed  Sept.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  71,071 

Int.  CLG05d  7 //OO 

U.S.  CL  137—99  1 1  Clrinv 


A  device  for  substantially  continuously  mixing  or  blending 
two  liquids  in  predetermined  ratios  to  one  another,  comprising 
a  first  two-way  acting  piston-cylinder  unit  connected  between 
a  source  oS  a  first  of  the  liquids  under  pressure  and  an  outlet 
line  to  a  mixing  tank  through  a  spool-type  rotary  reversing 
valve  and  reciprocable  by  the  first  liquid  under  the  control  of 
the  reversing  valve  to  deliver  metered  volumes  of  the  first 
liquid  to  the  mixing  tank,  a  second  two-way  acting  piston- 


3,672,390 
DRAW^FFTUBE 
Elbert  GraivcsteUn,  Abcoude,  Netherlands,  assignor  to 
Brouwcrii  N.V.,  Amsterdam,  Ncthcriandi 

Hfed  July  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  54^09 
Claims  priority,  appttca«k>n  Ncthcriandi,  July  16, 
6910931   1 

I  Int.  CLB67d  5/54 

U.S.  CI.  13^—212  5 


Amstd 

1969, 

Claims 


A  draw-off  tube  having  an  extension  to  which  there  is 
detachably  connected  a  head  comprising  a  screwthreaded  cas- 
ing surrounding  said  extension  coaxially,  which  screwthreaded 
casing  admits  of  being  screwed  in  the  bung  hole  of  a  cask  of 
beer.  A  movable  ring  valve  is  provided  between  the  inner  wall 
of  the  casing  and  the  outer  wall  of  the  extension,  which  ring 
valve  has  its  outer  circumference  adapted  to  simultaneously 
free  or  close  a  compressed  gas  passage  and  its  inner  circum- 
ference adapted  to  simultaneously  free  or  close  a  beer  passage 
formed  by  openings  adjacent  the  closed  end  of  the  extension. 


I  3,672391  ] 

AUTOMATIC  CHEMICAL  FEEDER  APPARATUS 
Richard  W.  Livingrton,  10100  Raytown  RomI,  Kjuhk  City, 
Mo.,  and  George  L.  Michaels,  8505  Booth  Street, 
Clty,MOb 

i      FiledJan.2,1970,Scr.No.239     ^ 
I        Int.  a.  B08b  9/06;  F16k/9/00 

U  A  CL  137 240  3  Claims 

This  invention  is  a  chemical  feeder  apparatus  operable  to 

automatically  discharge  a  chemical  mixture  into  a  plurality  of 
sewer  trap  assemblies  in  order  to  remove  any  impurity  such  as 
grease  build  up.  More  particularly,  this  invention  is  a  chemical 
feeder  apparatus  operable  to  receive  an  inlet  fluid  and  mix  the 
same  thoroughly  with  a  chemical  solution  through  a  concen- 


i€i/ie 


r»Tn?Tr'TAT.  nA^.TT. 


TTIT! 


June  27.  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1347 


trate  valve  structure  for  discharge  therefrom  through  a  plurali-     vided  with  a  bleed  oassaaewav  so  fh«t  unth  »i«      .        . 
.,ofoua.u„„.,„.valv«f„rc,.a™„„„rp.«,„di„c,udi„,    ^o^o^^^X^^lZ^;;:^,^^:XZ 


a   timing   mechanism   for  pre-selected  periodic   actuation 
thereof. 


3,672392 
YARD  HYDRANT 
Nod  M.  Anderson,  P.O.  Box  392,  Storm  Lake,  Iowa 

Continuation-in-part  of  Ser.  No.  857,886,  Sept.  15, 1969, 

abuKloncd.  This  application  July  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  55,109 

Int.  CL  E03b  9108;  F16k  35100 

UA  a,  137-288  lOCIataiB 


side  of  the  valve  into  the  valve  housing,  indicating,  when  the 
housing  is  open,  that  the  gate  valve  is  closed.     • 


3,672,394 
FUEL  SYSTEM  FOR  DIESEL  ENGINES 
Curtis  L.  Erwin,  Jr.,  5805  S.E.  Gladstone  Street,  Portland, 
Orcg. 

FDed  May  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39,701 

lB/LCLT\tk49IOO 

UA  a.  137-338  19  Claims 


A  yard  hydrant  wherein  no  separate  operating  handle  com- 
ponent is  used  or  required  and  the  operation  of  a  valve  as- 
sembly is  accomplished  by  a  movable  spout  head.  A  vertically 
disposed  flow  pipe  disposed  within  a  standpipe  has  a  valve 
means  at  its  lower  end  and  is  secured  at  its  upper  end  to  the 
hydrant  head.  Water  under  pressure  reaching  the  valve  will 
normally  elevate  the  valve  to  closed  position  with  the  flow 
pipe  and  hydrant  head  being  elevated  accordingly.  The  valve 
means  is  either  full  open  or  full  closed  and  is  opened  by 
depressing  the  hydrant  head  to  correspondingly  depress  the 
flow  pipe  and  open  the  valve.  Means  are  provided  to 
releasably  lock  the  hydrant  head  and  valve  in  depressed  or  fiill 
on  position.  Upon  release  of  the  head  from  depressed  position, 
water  pressure  on  the  valve  automatically  elevates  it  to  closed 
position.  An  adjustment  means  in  the  head  relative  to  the  top 
of  the  flow  pipe  is  provided  for  regulating  the  volume  of  flow 
if  desired. 


~^  3,672,393 

HYDRANT  VALVE  ASSEMBLY 

Hm*  KtaMen,  Zedermtr.  7, 4048  Grevwbrofch,  Gemumy 
FDed  Jan.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  5,434 
Int.  a.  E03b  9108;  Fl&k  3 1/50. 37/00 
VS.  a.  137—307  3  Claims 

A  gate  valve,  particularly  the  gate  valve  of  a  hydrant  includ- 
ing a  shut-off  valve  cooperating  with  the  gate  valve,  is  pro- 


The  system  of  the  invention  is  designed  for  treating  liquid 
which  may  comprise  as  one  instance  means  for  cooling  liquid. 
Such  is  accomplished  by  a  novel  cooling  tank.  The  system  has 
particular  application  in  Diesel  engines  and  also  may  be  used 
as  cooling  systems  for  the  liquid  used  in  cooling  machine  tools. 
The  system  may  include  a  meter  arranged  to  measure  con- 
sumption of  fuel,  particularly  in  the  Diesel  system.  Where  the 
system  is  used  with  Diesel  engines  and  a  meter  is  used,  a  by- 
pass is  provided  around  the  meter  which  includes  a  valve  so 
that  the  by-pass  can  be  used  when  it  is  desired  that  the  flow  be 
not  measured. 


3,672395 

CHAIN-HOSE  ATTACHMENT  CUPS 

William  Fuctsch,  77  Corte  Ramon,  Gr«cnbr«e,  CaHf . 

FUed  Aug.  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  61,667 

Int.  CL  B65h  75/36 

U.S.  CI.  137— 355.16 


4Clalins 


A  flexible  hose  is  attached  at  longitudinally  spaced  points  to 
a  link  chain  by  a  plurality  of  clips,  so  that  the  hose  is  carried  by 


1348 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


the  chain,  as  for  example,  around  a  sprocket.  The  hose  is 
coplanar  with  the  chain  and  located  at  the  outside  of  the  chain 
in  relation  to  passage  of  the  chain  around  the  sprocket.  Each 
clip  is  substantially  U-shaped  and  includes  a  hose  embracing 
bight  portion  with  a  pair  of  leg  portions  which  are  in  support- 
ing engagement  with  transversely  spaced  link  members  of  the 
chain.  The  arrangement  is  particularly  suitable  for  use  on  fork 
lift  trucks  having  a  chain  actuated  carnage  with  a  hydrauli- 
cally  actuated  device  for  moving  the  forks. 


3,672^96 

METERING  VALVE 

Richard  S.  Pauliukonis,  6660  Grcenbriar  Drive,  CIcvcluid, 

Ohio 

Filed  Dec.  2, 1970,  Ser.  ^Jo.  94,276 

Int.a.F16k/5//5 

U.S.  CI.  137-512  7  Claims 


\Z     17       lOZIo.  j^ 


-vr   ^  ( 


A  valve  for  transmitting  minute  amounts  of  lubricant  flow, 
be  it  grease  or  oil  or  other  viscous  fluid,  from  supply  to 
receiver  means,  such  as  a  bearing  in  a  machine,  having  a  short 
piece  of  elastomer  tubing  and  a  ball  conveniently  placed  in- 
side the  valve  body  to  perform  the  dual  function  of  directional 
checking  and  volume  metering  without  the  use  of  springs. 


3,6723^7 

WELL  SAFETVVALVE 

Fred  E.  Watklm,  and  GBbcrt  H.  TauKfa,  both  of  Houaton, 

Tex.,  maatgoan  to  Camoo,  Incorporated,  Houitoa,  Tex. 

Filed  Jan.  II,  1971,  Ser.  Na  105,226 

IntCLF16k;5/(M 

VS.  a.  137—529  2  Claims 


cylinder  which  includes  means  acting  in  a  direction  to  seat  the 
valve  element  when  the  pressure  in  the  tubing  falls  to  a 
predetermined  value.  The  cross-sectional  area  of  the  valve 
element  being  greater  than  the  cross-sectional  area  of  the 
piston  to  keep  the  valve  ckised  after  closure.  Selective  adjust- 
ment means  on  the  piston  and  cylinder  for  selecting  the  pres- 
sure at  which  the  valve  will  close. 


A  well  safety  valve  for  use  in  a  well  tubing  for  closing  the 
flow  of  fluids  through  the  fabing  when  the  fluid  pressure  in  the 
tubing  decreases  to  a  predetermined  amount.  A  valve  housing 
adapted  to  be  positioned  in  the  tubing  and  having  a 
passageway  therethrough  for  the  flow  of  well  fluid  and  a  valve 
element  below  a  valve  seat  with  a  piston  positioned  below  and 
supporting  the  valve  element.  The  piston  being  exposed  to 
pressure  in  the  passageway  and  extending  into  a  closed 


1 

ACCUMUL/ 


)NOF 


3,672398 
.ATOR  FOR  ABSORBING  A  PULSATIOP 
PUMP  PRESSURE 
Ken  Ichlryu,  HitacM,  and  ^fltsuaki  Takenoshlta,  Katsuta,  both 
of  Japan,  aadgnors  to  Hitachi,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Flkd  July  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,147  | 

Oafans  priority,  applkatfon  Japan,  July  23, 1969, 44/57687 
Int.  a.  F161 55/04 
U.S.  a.  1 37— 586  5  Clabns 


An  accumulator  to  be  provided  in  a  conduit  leading  from  a 
pump  for  absorbing  a  pulsation  of  pump  pressure,  which  is  so 
constructed  that  the  ratio  of  the  diameter  of  the  accumulator 
neck  da  to  the  diameter  of  the  conduit  dp  is  not  smaller  than 
0.5.  i.e.  da/dp  ^  0.5  and  the  ratio  of  the  length  of  the  neck  dL 
to  the  diameter  of  the  conduit  dp  is  not  larger  than  0  5,  i.e. 
dUdp  §  0.5. 


3,672,399 

HYDRAUUC  OR  PNEL'MATIC  CONTROLLED  TWO 
STAGE  SLIDE  VALVE 
Eduard  Furrer,  Zurich,  SwHanland,  assignor  to  Contraves 
AG,  Zurich,  Switzerland 

Filed  Jan.  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,555 

Int.a.F16k;//07  I 

U.S.  a.  1^7-625.62  4  Claims 


A  fluidoperated,  in  particular  hydraulically  or  pneumati- 
cally conuollable,  two-stage  slide  valve  arrangement  including 
an  outlet  stage  arrangement  for  alternately  communicating  in 
flow  relationship  an  outflow  conduit  with  a  pressure  tionduit 
and  return  flow  conduit  of  a  fluid-operated  system  is  described 
and  comprises  a  sleeve  valve  member  having  opposed  end 
faces  and  respective  coaxially  extending  displacement  piston 
member  acting  upon  each  end  face  of  said  sleeve  valve 
member,  with  the  effective  cross-sectional  area  of  both  said 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1349 


displacement  piston  members  differing  from  one  another,  the 
outlet  sUge  arrangement  alternately  connecting  said  outflow 
conduit  with  said  pressure  conduit  and  said  return  flow  con- 
duit when  the  displacement  piston  member  with  the  smaller 
effective  cross-sectional  area  is  continuously  impinged  by  a 
predetermined  pressure  of  a  fluid  medium  delivered  by  said 
pressure  conduit.  A  forwardly  arranged  control  stage  arrange- 
ment alternately  couples  the  other  displacement  piston 
member  with  the  larger  effective  cross-sectional  area  to  the 
pressure  conduit  and  the  return  flow  conduit,  said  control 
SUge  arrangement  including  a  first  diaphragm  means  for 
coupling  the  displacement  piston  member  of  larger  effective 
cross-sectional  area  of  the  outlet  stage  arrangement  with  the 
pressure  conduit,  and  a  second  diaphragm  means  for  coupling 
such  displacement  piston  member  of  larger  cross-sectional 
area  with  the  return  flow  conduit.  Both  diaphragm  means  have 
an  opening  and  at  least  one  valve  means  serves  for  alternately 
closing  and  opening  at  least  one  opening  of  one  of  said 
diaphragm  means,  the  valve  means  includes  at  least  one  to- 
and-fro  movable  valve  body  member  cooperating  with  said 
one  diaphragm  means  and  a  valve  membrane  for  moving  said 
valve  body  member.  There  is  also  means  for  selectively 
operating  the  valve  membrane  and  thus  said  valve  body 
member  for  closing  and  opening  at  least  said  one  opening  of 
said  one  diaphragm  means. 


3,672,400 

PNEUMATICALLY  OPERATED  VALVE  MEANS  AND 

FUEL  CONTROL  SYSTEM  UTILIZING  THE  SAME 

DouflfaM  R.  Scott,  Elkhart,  Ind.,  aarignor  to  Robcrtihaw  Con- 

trob  Company,  Richmond,  Va. 

Flkd  July  27, 1970,  Scr.  Na  58^84 

Int.CLF16kjy/;2 

U.S.  a.  137—630.22  ig  CMam 


3,672,401 

FLUID  FLOW  RESTRICTOR  HAVING  A  VARIABLE 

CCMmciENT  OF  RESTRICTION 

Herbert  M.  Eckertin,  RaWgh,  N.C.,  ..IgBorlo Comfag  Gto« 
Works,  Coming,  N.Y. 

FDed  July  15, 1968,  Scr.  No.  744,945 

Int.  a.  F15d  1/02 

U.S.a.  138-43  4ciMinm 


A  valve  for  controlling  fluid  fnvssure  and  volume  of  flow  in 
fluid  systems  utilizing  a  nozzle  which  issues  a  stream  of  fluid 
into  a  housing  against  the  surface  of  an  adjustable  die.  The 
length  of  gap  separating  the  nozzle  and  die  can  be  changed  to 
effect  a  change  in  the  coefficient  of  restriction  of  the  valve 
without  producing  a  significant  change  in  the  functional  rela- 
tionship between  fluid  volume  flow  and  pressure  drop  therein. 
A  substantially  square  root  functional  relationship  is  main- 
tained by  the  valve  over  a  ran^  of  gap  lengths  up  to  about  1 0 
percent  of  the  nozzle  diameter. 


3,672y402 
AUTOMATIC  PRECHARGE  ADJUSTER 


to 


W.  Bktcmer,  Mentor,  OMo, 
Towne,  Inc.,  Cleveland,  OMo 

FBed  Sept.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,947 
InLCl.FI6l55/M 
VS.  CL  138—31 


YalcA 


8 


30 


40         31 


A  pneumatically  operated  vahre  means  having  a  housing 
means  provided  with  an  inlet  separated  from  an  outlet  by  a 
valve  seat,  the  outlet  having  an  orifice  through  which  the  en- 
tire fuel  flow  from  the  inlet  must  pass  when  the  valve  seat  is 
open.  A  pneumatically  operated  valve  member  is  carried  by 
the  housing  for  opening  and  closing  the  valve  seat.  A  metering 
pin  has  one  end  cooperating  with  the  orifice  for  controlling 
fiiel  flow  therethrough  and  is  operatively  interconnected  to 
the  valve  member  to  be  moved  thereby  for  providing  different 
leveb  of  fuel  flow  through  the  housing. 


An  automatic  precharge  gas  pressure  adjuster  for  a  hydrau- 
lic desurger  for  automatically  adjusting  the  precharge  gas 
pressure  in  response  to  operating  changes  in  system  fluid  pres- 
sure thereby  maintaining  a  constant  volume  of  precharge  gas 
in  the  desurger.  The  adjusting  tmit  comixises  a  cjdinder  di- 
vided into  two  chambers  by  a  spring-biased  differential-area 
piston.  The  system  fluid  pressure  communicates  with  the 
chamber  facing  the  first  or  largest  area  piston  face  while 
precharge  gas  communicates  with  the  chamber  facing  the 
second  or  smallest  area  piston  face.  To  assure  the  precharge 
gas  pressure  wUl  be  adjusted  for  changes  in  system  operating 
pressure  only,  and  not  for  mere  surges,  snubbing  restrictions 
are  placed  in  the  means  connecting  the  hydraulic  system  with 
the  precharge  gas  adjusting  unit. 


Jirnv    97      1Q70 


1350 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  271  1972 


3,6724403  I                           3,672,405 

CAP  AND  SEALING  MEANS  THEREFOR  TAPE  WHEEL  FOR  SHUTTLELESS  LOOMS' 

Fred  A.  Wilson,  Florence,  Ky^  and  Norman  T.  AUen,  CIndn-  Maurice  R.  Fbunand,  Cumberland,  R.L,  anisnor  to  North 

nati,  Ohio,  oHignors  to  Dover  CorporatfcMi,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  American  Rodtwdl  Corporation,  PIttabursh,  Pa. 

FDed  July  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  58,603  l      FiledMay  27, 1971,  Ser.  No.  147,364        | 

Int.a.F16155//0  \                   Int.a.D03d<«7//« 

U.S.CL  138-89                                                      SCtofans  U.S.CL  139-122  R                                                4  Claim 


A  cap  and  sealing  means  therefor  for  capping  and  sealing 
the  end  of  a  pipe  is  disclosed.  The  cap  includes  a  pair  of 
pivotally  mounted  locking  arms  for  coengagement  with  an 
adaptor  ring,  the  adaptor  ring  being  mounted  on  the  end  of  the 
cap  to  be  sealed.  The  locking  arms  and  adaptor  ring  have 
cooperative  flat  surfaces  to  insure  a  firm  lock.  A  sealing  ring  is 
mounted  in  the  cap  for  sealing  engagement  with  the  flat  por- 
tion of  the  adaptor  ring  when  the  cap  and  adaptor  ring  are  in 
locking  engagement.  Each  locking  arm  is  pivotally  intercon- 
nected with  a  single  movable  element  wherein  movement  of 
the  single  element  permits  engagement  or  disengagement  of 
the  locking  arms  with  the  adaptor  ring. 


3,672,404 
DEVICE  FOR  PRODUCING  THREAD  WINDINGS  ON  A 

LOOM 
Edgar  H.  StrMiH,  Rud,  Ziaridi,  SwiHrriand.  artgnni-  to  RuU 

Machinery  Woriu  Ltd.  (formeiiy  Caspar  Honegger),  Zurich, 
Switzerland 

FBed  Feb.  2, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 1 1,932 
CWma  priority,  apfiHation  Switaertand,  Mvxh  18,  1970, 
4049/70 

IiitCLD03d  47/26 
U.S.CL139— 12  8Claini> 


A  device  on  a  loom  for  the  production  of  thread  windings  of 
predetermined  length  which  comprises  a  winding  element,  a 
rotor  means  for  winding  a  thread  about  the  winding  element, 
the  winding  element  having  a  winding  zone  on  which  the 
thread  is  wound  and  a  delivery  zone  from  which  the  thread  is 
delivered  to  a  means,  e.g.  a  shuttle,  for  inserting  the  thread 
into  an  open  shed,  and  dis|dacement  means  for  periodically 
displacing  a  given  number  of  turns  of  the  thread  wound  on  the 
winding  zone  as  a  thread  winding  to  the  delivery  zone.  The 
winding  zone  comprises  a  measuring  portion  for  the  thread  to 
be  wound  on  that  has  a  cross-section  of  substantially  constant 
circumference  and  a  narrower  portion  that  is  adjacent  to  said 
measuring  portion  having  a  cross-section  of  smaller  circum- 
ference. 


An  improved  tape  wheel  for  shuttleless  looms  having  an  ex- 
pansion joint  formed  in  the  rim  thereof  for  the  purpose  of 
preventing  expansion  of  said  rim  in  a  radial  direction  when 
subjected  to  the  heat  generated  by  a  flexible  tape  which  during 
the  performance  of  its  intended  fuitction  is  continuously  being 
wrapped  about  and  thence  extended  from  said  rim. 


I  3,672,406 

METHCMD  FCm  TRANSPORTING  A  WEFT  THREAD 
THROUGH  A  SHED  AND  LOOM  FOR  PERFORMING  SAID 

METHOD 

Gcert  Jan  Vcrmeuicn,  Bcdliovcnlann  34,  Deume,  Netherlands 

FDcd  Oct.  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  83,175 

Claim  priority,  appttcadon  Ncthcriands,  OcC  22,   1969, 

6915973 

U.S.  a.  139-127  P  icUnv 


A  method  for  transporting  a  weft  thread  through  a  shed 
using  one  or  more  jet  nozzles  for  a  flowing  transport  fluid 
characterized  in  that  the  jet  nozzle  is  fed  by  a  cyclically  vary- 
ing quantity  of  transport  fluid. 


3,672,407 
TEMPLE  FOR  LOOMS 
Paul    Luber,   Wtaitcrthur,   Switzerland, 
Brothers  Limited,  Wlntcrthur,  Switzerland 

FDed  Aug.  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  60371 
Claims  priority,  appHoation  Switzerland,  Aug. 
12219/69 

Int.  a.D03J  7/22 
U.S.  CI.  139-295 

A  temple  for  looms  includes,  mounted  on  the  bar  at  which 
the  newly  woven  cloth  is  deflected  out  of  the  weaving  plane  to 
pass  over  a  stretching  element,  a  finger-like  guide  member  ad- 


to  Suber 


1969, 


1 


SOaims 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


justoble  lengthwise  of  the  temple  in  the  plane  of  the  cloth  for 
control  of  the  edge  warps.  The  guide  member  is  carried  on  a 


1351 


3,672,409 
WIRE  CCHUNG  APPARATUS 
Waher  Angst,  Kloten,  Switzerland,  assignor  to  Meteor  AG 
Glattbnigg,  Switzerland 

Filed  April  15, 1969,  Ser.  Na  816,256 
Clahns  priority,  application  Switzerland,  April  19,  1968, 
5847/68 

Int.a.B21fi/00 
UA  a.  140— 92.2  5, 


support  displaced  perpendicularly  out  of  the  weaving  plane  to 
separate  the  edge  warps  from  the  weaving  plane. 


3,672,408 
WIRE  BENDING  DEVICE 
Philip  B.  Dubrfuil,  Redondo  Beach;  Stephen  Bartok,  Torrance 
«nd  WilUam  R.  Crawford,  Canoga  Park,  aO  of  Calif    as-' 
signors  to  Mattel,  Inc.,  Hawthorne,  CaHf. 

Filed  Nov.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  88,785 

Int  a.  B21f  1/00 

UA  a.  140-102  5cWms 


A  device  which  can  bend  wire  in  any  one  of  numerous  regu- 
lar patterns  so  that  the  wire  can  be  dipped  into  a  plastic  solu- 
tion to  form  simulated  flowers,  comprising  a  fi-ame  which  can 
hold  a  spool  of  wire  that  is  fed  through  guides  that  bend  it  in  a 
selected  pattern.  The  device  includes  a  pair  of  wheels  with 
contacting  peripheries  for  feeding  the  wire  into  a  pair  of 
guides,  one  being  a  stationary  guide  and  the  other  a  movable 
guide  that  pivots  in  a  regular  pattern  to  determined  the  shape 
m  which  the  wire  will  be  formed.  The  movable  guide  is 
mounted  at  one  end  of  a  pivotally  mounted  arm  whose  other 
end  is  moved  by  a  programmable  cam  arrangement.  The  pro- 
grammable cam  arrangement  includes  several  holes  formed  in 
one  of  the  wheels,  pins  which  can  be  inserted  into  any  of  the 
holes,  and  a  spring  that  urges  the  arm  against  the  pins  so  that 
as  the  wheel  rotates  the  pins  pivot  the  lever  to  turn  the  mova- 
ble guide. 


There  is  disclosed  a  wire  coiling  or  winding  apparatus  com- 
prising a  turret  table  means  and  a  pluraUty  of  winding  man- 
drels rotataWy  and  drivingly  mounted  at  said  turret  table 
means.  A  drive  mechanism  drivingly  engages  with  one  of  said 
wmdmg  mandrels  when  the  turret  table  means  has  assumed  a 
predetermined  position.  A  winding  spindle  is  continuously 
coupled  with  the  drive  mechanism,  said  winding  spindle  hav- 
ing an  axis  piercingly  extending  through  the  pitch  circle  of  said 
turret  table  means  and  parallel  to  the  axis  of  rotation  thereof 
Means  are  provided  for  mounting  said  winding  mandrels  at 
said  turret  table  means  for  axial  displacement,  and  there  are 
means  for  selectively  engaging  and  disengaging  from  said 
winding  spindle  through  axial  displacement  that  winding  man- 
drel momentarily  located  at  said  predetermined  position  of 
said  turret  table  means. 


3,672,410 

APPARATUS  FOR  FORMING  RETAINING  MEMBERS 

Konr^l  Scheckd,  Hagen-Kabd,  Germany,  aaBisnor  to  Hett. 

mMn  &  Ftokenriep  KG,  Hagw-Kabd,  Gen^^^ 

Filed  July  22. 1970,  Ser.  No.  57,106 

37  34oT  '''***^'  ■"*=■«*««  Germ«iy,  July  23,  1969,  P  19 

Int.  CLBllt  35/02 
UA  a.  140-103  „cUdms 


Apparatus  for  forming  retaining  members  on  a  helical 
spring  having  a  helical  coU  section  and  two  tangentially  ex- 
tending ends  has  a  pair  of  motor-driven  bending  assembUes  ar- 
ranged  facing  each  other.  Each  assembly  has  a  pair  of  fluid 
motors,  one  of  which  bends  one  of  the  tangentially  extending 


1352 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


ends  of  the  spring  into  a  direction  which  is  parallel  to  the  axis 
of  the  coil  section  and  the  other  of  which  forms  the  retaining 
member  on  the  bent  spring  end.  Mounting  means  is  arranged 
adjacent  to  and  between  the  two  bending  assemblies  and  is  ar- 
ranged to  releasably  hold  at  least  a  portion  of  the  helical  coil 
section  of  the  spring  and  is  positioned  to  permit  the  spring 
ends  to  be  bent  and  formed  by  the  respective  bending  assem- 
blies. The  fluid  motors,  which  may  be  either  hydraulic  or 
pneumatic,  are  adjustably  mounted  in  respective  clamping 
stands,  and  may  be  locked  in  a  desired  position. 


3,672^11 

STRAIGHTENING  MACHINE  FOR  ELCWGATED 

WORKPIECES 

John  F.  Kopczysld,  1671  Sweeney  Street,  North  Tonawanda 

N  Y 

FBed  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,129 

Int.  a.B21f  7/02 

U.S.  a.  140— 147  18  Claims 


-ti 


A  machine  for  straightening  an  elongated  workpiece  includ- 
ing a  base,  a  first  series  d  axially  spaced  rolls  mounted  on  said 
base,  a  second  series'of  axially  spaced  rolls  mounted  in  con- 
tiguous relationship  to  the  first  series  on  a  pivotable  frame 
which  is  pivotally  mounted  on  said  base  and  which  includes  a 
counterweight  for  biasing  the  second  series  of  rolls  toward  the 
first  series  of  rolls,  and  a  third  series  of  axially  spaced  rolls 
mounted  on  a  pivotable  carrier  for  movement  toward  and 
away  from  the  first  and  second  series  of  rc^  so  as  to  permit  a 
workpiece  to  be  admined  between  the  three  series  of  rolls 
when  the  third  series  is  in  an  away  position  and  to  thereafter 
move  into  engagement  >vith  the  workpiece  so  that  it  is  rolled 
by  the  three  series  of  rolls  and  thereafter  pushed  through  the 
space  between  the  first  and  second  series  as  a  result  of  the 
continued  movement  of  the  third  series  of  rolls  toward  the  first 
and  second  series.  The  three  series  of  rolls  may  include  rolls 
having  a  steel  hub  and  a  plastic  rim.  Alternately  the  rolls  may 
be  fabricated  entirely  from  plastic  material.  Electric  circuit 
means  are  provided  so  as  to  pass  an  electric  current  through  a 
workpiece  while  it  is  being  rolled  for  testing  purposes. 


member  which  surrounds  the  pusher  actuating  mechanism  to 
both  protect  the  mechanism  and  permit  the  pusher  bar  to  be 


folded  flat  against  the  frame  to  minimize  the  overall 
the  attachment. 


leight  of 


3,672^413 
DEVICE  FOR  NUMBING  TREES 
Eino  J.  Jouppi,  Inbdia,  Mkm. 

t  of  Ser.  Na  3,941,  Jml  19, 1970, 
,  This  appMclkwi  Nov.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91^75 
IntCLA01g2J/02 
MS.  a.  144—2  Z 


I 


■<v<  v.  «;^<;^-v  v-V^*^  '^'^'^•^\vv<^'\'-^^  V- V-^^'^'^'^'^  >v '^'^^ 


A  device  for  delimbing  felled  trees  with  which  a  tree  is 
drawn  through  the  device  and  a  blade  cradle  for  supporting 
the  trunk  of  the  tree  and  for  cutting  off  the  branches  on  sub- 
stantially the  lower  or  underhalf  of  the  tree  as  the  tree 
progresses  through  the  device,  together  with  a  similar  blade 
cradle  mounted  on  a  swinging  arm  which  when  lowered  causes 
the  blades  to  engage  the  upper  half  of  the  tree  and  c«t  off  the 
limbs,  the  tree  being  drawn  by  a  tractor  and  the  swinging  arm 
being  lowered  by  mechanism  actuated  by  the  movement  of  the 
tree. 


3,672v414 
LEAD  SHARPENER 
Gerald  W.  Dahk,  Maricnhberg  19,  Coburg,  Germany 
FOcd  Dec.  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  882,554 
Claims  priority,  appUcntion  Germany,  Dec.  10,  1968,  P  18 
13  636.2 

Int.a.B43l2i/00 
U.S.  CI.  1 44—28. 11  |3  CUms 


3,672,412 
APPARATUS  FOR  FELLING  TREES 
Alva  Z.  AltMighl,  Wootbtock,  Ontario,  Canada,  aarignor  to 
Eaton  Yale  &  Townc  Canada  Limited,  London,  Ontario, 


Filed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  103,482 
,  InL  CL  AOlg  23m;  B27b  /  7102;  B27g  1 9100 
U.S.a.143— 32N  6  Claims 

A  chain  saw  adapted  to  be  moimted  on  a  vehicle  such  as  a 
skidder,  and  a  pusher  bar  mounted  on  the  chain  saw  frame  and 
operaMe  to  apfrfy  a  felling  force  against  the  tree  as  the  saw 
cuts  through  it.  The  pusher  bar  includes  a  hollow  support 


A  lead  sharpener  which  may  be  carried  in  the  packet  of  a 
coat  and  comprises  a  head  with  an  inclined  lead-holder  chan- 
nel which  is  partly  inserted  in  and  rotatable  relative  to  a  hous- 


JUNE  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


mg  and  about  a  fixed  milling  cutter  in  the  housing  so  that  the 
tip  of  the  lead  to  be  sharpened  revolves  about  the  cutter  The 
mam  weight  of  this  head  is  located  within  the  housing  so  as  to 
attain  a  flywheel  effect  as  closely  as  possible  to  the  miUins 
cutter  when  the  head  is  turned  to  sharpen  the  tip  of  a  lead 


3,672,415 
WOODWORKING  MACHINE 
Lctf  A.  Holan,  Winona,  Minn.,  asrignor  to  WHHam  Wcmz;  Ru- 
dolph MicriMuer  and  Ldf  A.  Holan,  StocUiolden  of  Winona 
Indurtries,  Inc.  WinoM,  Minn^  pvtlotmM  to  each 
Filed  Sept  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  861,001 
Int.  CL  B27f  5100;  B27b  7102 
US.  a.  144— 136  13  ci^ 


1853 

pendent  longitudinal  reciprocation.  The  inner  spindle  is  con- 
nected to  a  rotary  drive  source  and  is  coupled  to  the  outer 
spmdle  for  rotating  the  latter.  The  inner  spindle  is  connected 
through  a  thrust  bearing  to  an  axially  aligned  hydrauUc  drive 
cylinder  unit  and  the  outer  spindle  is  connected  through  a 
thrust  bearing  and  floating  drive  link  to  a  laterally  positioned 
hydraulic  drive  cylinder  unit. 


3,672y417 

COMBINATION  SHAPER  BLADE  AND  SUPPORT 

THEREFOR 

Roberto  Lugo,  Av.  Nadonal,  45,  Panama  aty,  Panama 
FDed  May  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,529 
InL  CL  B27g  13112 
U.S.  CL  144-218  4CWms 


A  woodworkmg  machine  is  disdosed  that  forms  a  plurality 
of  properiy  oriented  grooves  in  a  wood  panel  to  effect  simple 
cabinet  fabrication.  The  panel  rests  on  a  horizontal  table  hav- 
ing an  alighment  fence  and  a  plurality  of  selective  operable 
stops  that  enaMe  placement  of  the  panel  on  the  table  in  a  plu- 
rality of  predetermined  grooving  positions.  A  clamping  device 
holds  the  panel  in  one  of  the  positions,  and  a  groove  is  then 
formed  by  a  cutting  assembly  including  a  pair  of  rotary  cutters 
both  of  which  are  disposed  at  45"  with  respect  to  the  table  and 
at  90°  with  respect  to  each  other.  The  machine  includes  means 
for  lowering  the  cutting  assembly  to  a  desired  position  above 
the  table  and  advancing  the  assembly  with  respect  to  the  panel 
to  form  the  groove.  The  assembly  is  then  elevated  to  a  non- 
cutting  position  and  retimied  to  its  initial  position.  The 
machine  also  includes  means  for  automatically  actuating  the 
stops  in  a  preselected  sequence  to  effect  the  formation  <rf  a 
plurality  of  properiy  placed  grooves. 


A  combination  blade  and  support  therefor  in  which  the 
blade  IS  eccentrically  positioned  with  respect  to  the  spindle 
and  plane  of  the  shaper  blade  extends  at  an  oblique  angle  to 
the  axis  of  rotation.  The  shaper  Made  is  adjustable  endwise 
with  respect  to  its  support  to  selectively  present  the  cutting 
edges  at  each  end  to  the  work.  The  shaper  blade  cutting  edan 
at  each  end  of  the  blade  may  carry  the  same  pattern  oTdS? 
ferent  patterns  corresponding  to  the  direction  of  iwation  The 
angular  relationship  of  the  plane  of  the  Made  to  the  axis  of 
rotation  reduces  the  shock  load  of  the  cut  by  having  the  blade 
enter  the  work  gradually  in  a  slice  rather  than  abruptly  as  a 
chop.  The  support  applies  a  firm,  secure  wedge-grip  to  the 
blade. 


3,672,416 

DRIVE  ASSEMBLY  FOR  DUAL  CHUCK  VENEER  LATHES 

Gaylard  O.  Rccd,  8636  S.W.  14th  Ave,  Portland,  Orcg. 

FDcd  April  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,387 

Int.  CL  B27I 5102 

UACL144-209R  scwm. 


3,672^18 
ADJUSTABLE  HANDSAW  CONSTRUCTION 

Raymond  C.  Dreicr,  3450  N.  Latohore  Drive,  Chlcaao.  DL 
FOcd  Jan.  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,539 

Int.CLB27b2;/06 
UACL  145-34  R  7  Claims 


A  handsaw  including  a  handle  having  a  first  telescoping 
member  thereon,  a  beam  having  a  second  telescoping  member 
on  one  end  thereof  cooperating  with  the  first  telescoping 
member,  the  handle  and  beam  carrying  means  for  holding  a 
blade  therebetween,  and  first  and  second  longitudinally 
A  ,  ..L    ^  spaced  apart  stop  members  mounted  on  the  handle  in  a«nf<ia- 

A  veneer  lathe  frame  supports  a  pair  of  axiaUy  aligned  log-  tion  with^he  fim  telescoping  member  for^aSn^the^^^ 
supporting  chuck  assemblies  each  including  a  pair  of  rotary  telescoping  member  soX  tlTCj^w^^^J^Sr^ 
chuck-supporting  spmdies  arranged  concentrically  for  inde-  justedTo  accommodate  two  dSeZ^irg^of^w^^ 


1354 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  27 


engaging  one  of  the  first  and  second  stop  members  with  the 
second  telescoping  member.  Means  for  orienting  the  first  and 
second  telescoping  members  are  also  provided. 


,  1972 


3,672«419 
HAND  TOOLS 
AMn  G.  Fbcfacr,  4516  E.  Pleumt  VaHcy  Rmd,  Independence, 
Ohio 

pyed  Oct.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,463 

Int.  a.  B25g  J/06 

U.S.a.  145— 65  6CWms 


A  hand  tool,  and  particularly  a  screw  driver,  comprising  a 
handle  and  a  detachable  shank.  The  handle  has  intersecting 
longitudinal  and  transvene  openings,  and  either  opening 
receives  either  end  of  the  shank.  A  single  holding  means,  in 
the  form  of  a  spring-pressed  ball  detent,  is  contained  within 
the  handle  and  is  cooperable  with  the  shank  end  to  hold  the 
shank  assembled  with  the  handle. 


»/-,» — ^-- 


3,672,421 
SNOW  TIRE  WITH  RETRACTABLE  STUDS 

Jflnm  R.  Anocnon,  ^^^'*"— p**"*t  Nunn.,  Mriinor  to 
Incur  poralcd,  KflnnnpottB,  Minn. 

Filed  May  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,745 
Int.a.B60c7///6 
U.S.  a.  152—208 


<  Claims 


/*^ 


A  tire,  particularly  for  operation  in  icy  conditions  which  has 
studs  that  are  nnounted  so  they  can  be  retracted  or  extended 
pneumatically  without  changing  the  external  configuration  or 
shape  of  the  tire,  and  can  be  extended  without  utilizing  any  ex- 
ternal pressure  sources. 


3,672,422 
VEHICLE  TRACTION  DEVICE 
Frank  J.  Grcipei,  49  E.  Larpcntcur,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
I        FMcd  Oct.  9. 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,599 

U.S.a.  152-222 


Int.  a.  B60c  2  7/00 


3,672,420 
SPEED  INCREASING  APPARATUS 
Riduwd  S.  Hartley,  and  Franklin  Dougtas  Houmt,  both  of 
Troy,  Ohio,  amigwiri  to  The  Hobort  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany, Troy,  Ohio 

FOcd  May  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40^03 

Inta.B02c79/00 

U.S.  a.  146—182  8  OikM 


1 


r 


O.OOQOQOQj.     , 
QO  OO  QO  QCVQ-" 
OQOOOQOGyO-" 
OOQOQOGOO 

• ^^^^^NT 


SClirinK 


I 


Apparatus  for  stepping  up  the  speed  of  the  power  takeoff  on 
food  preparing  machines  to  obtain  better  performance  from 
attachments  for  such  machines,  such  as  food  slicers.  A  large 
diameter  internally  toothed  gear  is  driven  by  the  food  machine 
power  takeoff  and  in  turn  drives  a  sniall  diameter  gear 
mounted  on  a  shaft  which  provides  a  high  speed  power  takeoff 
for  the  attachment.  A  protuberance  is  formed  on  the  body  of 
the  speed  increaser  adjacent  the  point  of  connection  of  an  at- 
tachment thereto  which  prevents  the  connection  of  a  low 
speed  attachment,  such  as  a  grinder,  which  could  cause 
damage  to  the  food  preparing  machine  if  inadvertently  used  in, 
combination  with  the  speed  increaser.  Additionally,  the  small 
diameter  gear  is  friction  mounted  on  the  output  shaft  to 
prevent  damage  to  the  machine  if  excessive  countertorque  is 
applied  to  the  attachment. 


A  traction  device  for  use  with  automotive  vehicles  to  assist 
in  extrication  of  the  vehicle  from  ice.  snow,  sand  or  mud,  or 
the  like.  The  traction  device  comprises  a  rigid  or  semi-rigid 
plate  having  an  upper  traction  surface  for  engagement  by  the 
vehicle  tire  and  having  projecting  members  on  the  opposite 
surface  adapted  to  bite  or  dig  into  the  ice,  snow,  mud  or  sand 
in  which  the  vehicle  is  stuck.  Flexible  means,  such  as  chains, 
secured  to  the  traction  plate  are  provided  for  the  purpose  of 
firmly  securing  the  traction  mat  to  the  vehicle  tire  at  the  inter- 
face with  the  material  in  which  the  vehicle  is  stuck.  This 
causes  the  traction  device  to  engage  the  tire  temporarily  but 
firmly  for  sufficient  time  to  permit  the  traction  plate  to 
become  firmly  set  into  engagement  with  the  ice,  snow,  mud  or 
sand.  Thereupon,  further  engagement  between  the  moving 
tire  tread  and  traction  plate  permits  the  vehicle  to  be  readily 
extricated. 


3,672,423 
RADIAL,  BIAS  PLY  TIRE 
Alexander  Duduk,  2300  S.  24th  Road  Apt.  #731,  Arlington, 
Va. 

Contfaiuation-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  789,242,  Jan.  6, 1969, 
abandoned.  Thfe  application  April  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,41 1 
IntCLB60c9/06  j 

VS.  a.  1 52—356  19  Oafans 

A  tire  construction  is  disclosed  wherein  there  is  a  combina- 
tion of  radial  and  bias  plies,  there  typically  being  twice  as 
many  bias  plies  as  radial  plies.  In  a  preferred  embodifnent  for 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1355 


passenger  car  utilization,  three  plies  are  employed,  a  radial  ply 
being  disposed  outside  two  bias  plies.  Both  the  bias  and  radi^ 
phes  are  preferably  1 2s  x  1 22  twist  for  1 ,260/2  and  840/3  de- 
nier cords  and  IDS  X  lOZ  twist  for  1.100/2  and  840/2  denier 

r.'S/,'^^*  "'^"  °^  '*^  ^"^^  "^y  ^  e'nployed  with 
1.100/3  denier  cords.  The  angle  of  the  bias  ply  in  the  cured 


ing  a  drive  motor  for  drawing  curtains  supported  by  the 
device,  the  drive  motor  being  mounted  on  one  of  the  membera 


jT^ 


_«r,». 


and  the  members  being  so  shaped  that  they  define  a  space  to 
accommodate  a  drive  pulley  arrangement  to  act  upon  draw 
cords  for  the  curtains. 


-^^tf 


crown  IS  preferably  35°  and  the  radial  ply  preferably  90°  The 
preferred  thermal  shrinkage  at  1 90»  C.  of  both  plies  is  approxi- 
mately 17  percent  ( 12  tpi).  With  these  specific  parameters  a 
cooperauve  structure  between  the  radial  and  bias  plies  is  ef- 
fectuated which  facilitates  manufacture  of  these  tires  espe- 
cially with  respect  to  conventional  radial  ply  tires. 


3,672,426 
PROCESS  OF  CASTING  FILAMENT 

^"i^  ^E""^  ^^**^**  "•*«**»5  •»■»»«  T.  Staulcup,  and 
Richard  M.  Chaney,  both  of  CMcaco,  aO  of  DL.  aainion  to 
Belden  Corporation,  Chicago,  OL 

Filed  Oct  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  864,796 

Inta.B22dy//yO,77/72 
UA  CI.  164-5  7  0^ 


3,672,424 

MOVABLE  PARTITION  WALL 

Mortimer  Brown,  Terra  Cotta,  Ontario,  Canada,  assignor  to 

Ram  Partitioas  Limited,  Brampton,  Ontwio,  Canada 

Filed  March  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120398 

Int.  a.  E06b  7/16 

U.S.  a.  160-40  5Ctata, 


A  process  and  apparatus  for  producing  metal  filament 
direcUy  from  the  molten  state  employing  molten  glass  as  a 
movable  mold.  The  molten  glass  and  metal  flow  in  the  same 
direction  through  a  concentric  housing  and  exit  at  the  same 
velocity.  The  glass  surrounds  the  metal  and  both  materials 
solidify.  The  apparatus  includes  a  stripping  mechanism  for 
removing  the  glass  from  the  surface  of  the  solidified  metal 


In  a  movable  partition  wall  consisting  of  a  plurality  of  panels 
suspended  from  a  ceiling  track,  the  ceiling  track  is  concealed 
by  a  box-like  enclosure  consisting  of  two  complementary 
mouldings  of  vinyl  plastic.  The  panels  may  be  individual,  or  ar- 
ticulately connected  in  pairs  or  in  concertina  fashion.  Each 
panel  is  formed  with  a  kick  plate  which  is  combined  with  a 
flexible  strip  keyed  to  the  kick  plate  to  hide  fastenings  and  to 
constitute  a  buffer.  The  edge  mouldings  of  each  panel  are 
secured  in  position  by  being  clipped  into  channel-shaped 
frame  members  and  frictionally  retained  thereby. 


3,672,427 
METHOD  OF  UNING  CONTOURED  MOULDS  AND  HEAD 

BOXES  WITH  DEFORMABLE  LINING  ELEMENT 
Kenton  Parka  Cooley,  and  Edward  John  Jago,  both  of  Clevc- 
land,  Ohio,  assignors  to  Fomco  International  iJmhwi.  Bir- 
mingham, England 

Filed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  103,681 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jan.  6,  1970, 
638/70 

Int.  CL  B22d  7/10 
UA  CI.  164-6  4Chfa. 


3,672,425 

CURTAIN  SUSPENSION  DEVICES  WITH  AN  ELECTRIC 

MOTOR  DRIVE 

Hans    Schuhe-Robbccke.    and    Alfred    TIedtkc,    both    of 

Rcmachcid,   Germany,   assignors   to   RUoga-Werk  Julius 

Schmidt,  Renwchcid,  Germany 

Filed  July  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,353 
Oafans  priority,  application  Germany,  July  18,  1969,  P  19 
36521.0 

Int.CLA47h5/0J2 
UA  0.160-331  16  Claims 

A   curtain   suspension   device  comprising  an   upper  rail 
member  and  a  lower  rail  member  joined  together  and  mount- 


Ingot  mould  heads  and  head  boxes  are  lined  with  slabs  or 
sleeves  of  deformable  lining  material.  The  lower  edge  only  <rf 


1356 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27.  1972 


the  slab  <»-  sleeve  is  deformed  to  fit  tightly  against  the  wall  of 
the  mould  or  head  box  and  may  be  held  in  such  deformed  con- 
dition by  means  <^  a  clip. 


3,672^28 

POWER  PARnncm  €X)ntrol  for  cxwsumable 

ELECTRODE  FURNACES 
JoMph  W.  TomMBcy,  Vaknda,  Pm^  Mrfgimr  to  AHcfheny 
Ludhun  Stod  Corporatiaii,  Brackcnrkiie,  Plk 

FBed  Dw.  29, 1967,  Scr.  No.  694,657 

Int.  CLB22d  2  7/02 

U.S.a.164— 52  Sdafans 


^v/^h — 


3,672,429 

METHOD  FOR  THE  CENTRIFUGAL  CASTING  OF 

METAL  IN  A  ROTATING  HORIZONTAL  SHELL 

Picm  L^Joye,  40  rue  de  la  Vacquinicre,  Mondgny  les  Mctz 

Moadfe,  Fkvnoe 

Fled  Sept.  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,057 
aaimi   priority,   appHotloB   France,   Sept    17,    1968, 
6850397;  Oct.  1 1, 1968, 6850493;  Aug.  25, 1969, 6928972 

Int.  CL  B22d  13/04 
U.S.CL164— 63  7 


A  process  for  centrifugal  casting  of  metal  components  in  a 
mold  revolving  around  a  vertical  axis  by  supplying  liquid  metal 
into  a  cavity  in  the  mold  and  rotating  the  maid  to  cause  the 
liquid  metal  to  be  transferred  radially  outwardly  in  the  cavity 


by  centrifugal  force,  while  simultaneously  applying  a  vacuum 
to  the  cavity  for  degassing  the  molten  metal  during  casting 
thereof  to  prevent  oxidation  of  the  molten  metal  while  it  is 
being  supplied  into  the  cavity  through  radial  channeb  formed 
in  the  bottom  there. 


System  for  controlling  the  power  division  between  the  elec- 
trode and  molten  pool  in  a  consumable  electrode  furnace  by 
the  addition  of  metallic  compounds  to  the  melt  for  the  pur- 
pose of  stabilizing  the  arc  and  shifting  the  power  partition  and 
heat  distribution  between  the  electrode  and  molten  pool, 
whereby  the  heat  in  the  pool  is  reduced  and  that  generated  at 
the  electrode  to  melt  the  same  is  increased. 


3,672,430 
[€H>  OF  P11CM>UCING  A  HOT-FORMED  COPPER- 
BASE  PRODUCT 
Danid  B.  Cofcr,  CarroltOB,  Go.,  Milgnor  to  Soiithwire  Coin- 
poay,  Carroltoa,  Go. 

Coirtlnua«loii-bHpart  of  Scr.  No.  633,670,  Aprfl  18, 1967, 

abondoaed,  which  is  a  continuattoD-faHMMrt  of  Scr.  No. 

498,773,  Oct.  20, 1965,  abondoncd.  and  a  fontfanttan-iii-pTt 

of  Scr.  No.  816,127,  Apri  14, 1969,  wMcfa  b  a  >-«.**f».*i««  of 

Scr.  No.  613,245,  Feb.  1, 1967,  abandoned,  wMch  b  •  divWon 

of  Scr.  No.  390,666,  Aug.  19, 1964,  Pat.  No.  3317.994.  TUs 

appMctioH  FclK  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,778 

IntCLB22d/ 7/06 

U.S.CL164— 76 


A  method  of  producing  a  hot-formed  copper-base  product 
from  a  molten  metal.  In  a  hot-formed  copper-base  product 
produced  by  the  method,  the  copper-base  metal  h«s  copper 
oxide  inclusions  whi<:h  are  substantially  uniformly  dispersed 
and  has  a  substantially  uniform  fine  grain  structure.  In  the 
form  of  a  rod  of  tough  pitch  copper,  the  hot-formed  copper- 
base  product  produced  by  the  method  is  superior  to  prior  art 
hot-formed  copper-base  products  for  drawing  into  wire  and 
for  other  uses.  When  used  to  produce  a  hot-formed  copper- 
base  product  in  the  from  of  a  rod  of  tough  pitch  copper,  the 
method  includes  substantially  completely  solidifying  a  molten 
copper-base  metal  to  obtain  a  cast  metal  and  hot-forming  the 
cast  metal  into  rod,  the  hot-forming  being  initiated  v/idie  the 
cast  metal  is  in  substantially  that  condition  in  which  it 
solidified  and  being  of  sufficient  degree  to  substantially 
completely  destroy  the  columnar  dendritic  structure  of  the 
cast  metal. 


3,672,431 

APPARATUS  AND  PROCEDURES  FOR  CCX4TINUOUS 
CASTING  OF  METAL  INGOTS 
Ncfl  Borton  Brysoo,  KInyton.  Ontario,  Canada,  — ignnr  to 
Akan    Research    and    Development    United,    ^loatrcd, 
Quekec,  Canada 

1         Filed  Sept.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,561 
I  Iat.CLB22d77/yO 

U.S.CL164— 82 

In  continuous  casting  of  aluminum  ingots  by  delivering  mol- 
ten metal  downwardly  to  an  axially  vertical  mold  while 
withdrawing  cast  ingot  continuously  from  the  lower  end  of  the 
mold,  the  supplied  molten  metal  impinges  against  a  baffle 
positioned  immediately  beneath  the  metal  delivering  tube  in 
the  mold.  The  major  flow  of  mcdten  ntetal  impinges  against  a 
baffle  positioned  immediately  beneath  the  metal  delivering 
tube  in  the  mold.  The  major  flow  of  molten  aluminum  b 


SCMam 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1867 


directed  laterally  by  the  baffle,  but  a  minor  flow  of  the  metal 
"1  directly  downward  into  the  mold  through  a  small  ccn- 


3,672v432 

BOTTTOM  POURED  INGOTS 

Roy  WIddowson,  ChwHiflUd,  and  Gene  Donald  Speceley, 

Peoblone,  near  Sheffield,  both  of  Ei^land,  airifnon  to  The 

Britbh  Iron  &  Sled  RcMTch  AMtdatloB,  London,  England 

nied  Dec  3, 1970.  Ser.  No.  94,689 

Inta.B22d27//4 

UACL 164-119  4ciMinm 


In  the  known  bottom  poured  method  of  casting  steel  ingots 
molten  metal  is  poured  down  a  runner  system  communicating 
with  the  bottom  erf  the  ingot  mould.  With  the  invenUon  the 
runner  system  b  made  pressure  tight  and  a  pressurized  gas  b 
applied  to  the  top  of  the  upstanding  runner  of  the  runner 
system  to  displace  some  of  the  metal  in  the  runner  system  into 
the  mould.  The  mould  may  be  of  the  bottle  top  type  with  a 
heat  conducting  plug  for  making  a  non-gas  tight  closure  at  the 
top  of  the  mould,  and  preasurized  gas  may  be  applied  so  that 
metal  in  the  nKMild  contacts  the  plug. 


3,672,433 

PROCESS  OF  CASTING  AN  INGOT  AND  STRIPPING 
MOLD  VERY  SHORTLY  THEREAFTER 

(hi  Fort,  lony^Mi  les  Mctz  MoacDe, 


Fled  May  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  40,187 

.  anmrirtun  Fnmet,  June  2, 1969, 6918293 
Int.  CL  B22d  7/W,  29/00 
U.S.  CL  164— 123  3a^m 

The  disdocure  reUtes  to  a  process  for  the  treatment  of 
metal  ingots  in  which  ingot  molds  are  intended  to  be  stripped 
firom  ingots  very  shortly  after  filling  and  to  a  device  for  carry- 

899  O.G. — 51 


ing  out  said  process.  A  heat-insulating  and/or  exothermic  lin- 
ing b  fixed  prior  to  casting  on  the  internal  tuifaceotthe  ingot 

mold  in  the  vicinity  of  the  upper  portions  thereof,  in  order  that 
said  hning  should  remain  attached  to  the  ingot  at  the  time  of 
stripping  of  the  mold;  the  bottom  portion  of  the  lining  b  ap- 
plied with  zero  clearance  against  the  internal  wall  of  the  ingot 
mold  along  an  impervious  contact  surface,  whereas  a  narrow 
peripheral  gap  b  formed  above  said  mold  impervious  contact 


tral  hole  in  the  baffle,  thb  hole  being  aligned  with  the  mold 
axb. 


surface  between  the  internal  wall  of  the  ingot  mcrfd  and  the 
lateral  surface  of  the  lining;  said  peripheral  gap  b  further 
adapted  to  communicate  on  its  top  portion  with  the  at- 
mosphere and  also  to  communicate  with  the  space  iiwide  the 
lining  through  lateral  openings,  which  permit  filling  of  said 
peripheral  gap  with  molten  metal  at  the  latest  when  the  cast 
metal  bath  has  reached  its  top  level  within  the  ingot  mold. 


3,672^434 
MACHINE  FOR  PRODUCING  CASTING  MOULDS 
Herbert  Grofla,  I  aaipbs,  Germany,  aarignor  to  Hrinridi 
Wagner  Maacfainenfabrik,  LaMphe,  GcmiMiy 
Filed  July  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  53^47 
Claims  priority,  appHcadoa  Germany.  July  II,  1969,  P  19 
35  282.0 


U.S.a.  164— 187 


Int.  a.  B22c  15/02, 25/00 


A  machine  for  producing  casting  moulds  comprises  a  mul- 
tilinkchain.  each  link  being  a  flat  plate  which  carries  a  mould- 
ing box.  The  chain  b  circulated  to  carry  empty  moulding 
boxes  beneath  a  sand  filling  device  followed  by  a  compacting 
device  and  fined  and  patterned  moulding  boxes  are  ever  tually 
removed  fiom  the  chain  and  stacked  on  a  lifting  platfonn. 


1358 


3,672,435 

MCXJ>  PATTERN 

turned   H.   Buck,  Jr^  Farmii«tom  and  Ted   ZbOumiiii, 

SouthlWId,  both  of  R'BcIi.t  — igpow  to  Fjioii  Cuf  pwUoii 

Filed  MMTh  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,758 

lot  CLB22C  7/00. 9/22 

U.S.  CL  164—247  10 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,,  1972 


L 


3,672,436 

VIBRATING  WALL  CXWTINIJOUS  CASTING  MOLD 

James  N.  Wognum;  Endl  Sfankh,  Mid  Alvin  L.  Winkler,  ail  of 

ChicafD,  DL,  aeeipiora  to  Intcrlake  Stcd  Corporation, 

Chkago,!!!. 

DivUoii  of  Ser.  No.  643,562,  June  5, 1967,  Pit.  No.  3,528,487. 

Thfa  iqypikartkNi  Nov.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  877,542 

Int.  CL  B22d  /  J/00, 2 7/08 

VJS.  CL  164—260  12  Clabm 


backup  for  the  mold  sections  for  controlling  mold  cavity  con- 
tour, improved  mold  section  operating  means  and  aiprange- 
ment  therefor  is  also  provided. 


3,672,437 
DIE  CASTING  MOLD 
Charles  H.  Bennett,  Mt.  Giiead,  Ohh>, 
Compaay,  Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Filed  Nov.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  878,464 
Int.a.B22cJ7/00 
U.S.  a.  164—265 


to  Koehring 


lOCWms 


A  permanent  type  non-expendable  pattern  for  making 
refractory  molds  in  which  portions  of  .the  pattern  are  retracta- 
ble from  a  projected  position  in  which  they  are  disposed  in  the 
cavity  to  be  filled  with  the  refractory  molding  material  and  a 
retracted  position  in  clearance  relationship  relative  to  the 
refractory  mold  material,  enabling  an  extraction  of  the  pattern 
from  the  refractory  mold  produced.  The  retractable  pattern 
sections,  when  in  the  projected  position,  are  locked  in  accu- 
rate registration  with  the  frame  of  the  pattern,  but  upon  initia- 
tion of  retraction,  are  unlocked  so  as  to  enable  pivoting  move- 
ment of  the  sections,  whereby  they  can  be  withdrawn  from  the 
mold  cavities  formed  without  damaging  the  mold  surfaces. 


A  mold  for  producing  decorative  name  plates  or  the  like  by 
die  casting  comprises  a  mold  cavity  in  a  fixed  die  part,  gates 
for  the  mold  cavity  in  a  movable  die  part,  internal  rtmners 
within  the  movable  die  part  feeding  the  gates,  an  external 
runner  system  on  the  fixed  die  part  feeding  the  internal  run- 
ners from  a  sprue  cavity  in  the  fixed  die  part,  and  a  mechanism 
for  breaking  casting  material  solidified  in  the  runners  from 
casting  material  solidified  in  the  gates  and  thereafter  removing 
the  casting  solidified  in  the  mold  cavity  in  one  piece  with 
solidified  casting  material  loosely  lodged  in  the  gates. 


I  3,672,438 

GUIDE-ROLL  RACK  AND  SUPPORTING  STRUCTtJRE 
THEREFOR 
Gottfried  Hofmann,  Brentwood  Borough,  Allegheny  County, 
and  James  T.  StuH,  Jadtaon  Towmiiip,  Butler  County,  both 
of  Pa.,  iMigiiors  to  UnMcd  Stales  Sled  CorponrtkNi 
Filed  Sept  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  74,806 
Int.  a.B22d/ 7/00 
U.S.  CL  164— 282  9< 


>Clahm 


*M9q 


Apparatus  for  continuous  casting  of  metal  having  a  cavity  A  guide  roll  rack  and  supporting  structure  for  use  in  a  con- 
formed by  a  plurality  offlexible  mold  sections  which  minimize  tinuous  casting  machine.  The  rack  is  formed  in  vertically 
the  problems  (rf'mold  warpage  by  thermal  expansion.  Resilient    aligned  sections.  The  supporting  structure  includes  pairs  of 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1359 


vertically  spaced  arms  hinged  to  the  support  columns.  The 
rack  sections  are  removaUy  carried  on  the  arms,  whereby  the 
rack  sections  can  swing  with  the  arms  from  an  operative  posi- 
tion in  the  machine  to  a  position  outside  the  machine  for  easy 
removal  and  replacement. 


3,672,439 

MOULD  FOR  CASTING  INGOTS  OF  RECTANGULAR 

CROSS  SECTION  IN  THE  METAL  CONTINUOUS 

CASTING  PROCESS 

Anatoly  Ivanovich  ManokMn,  uHtsa  Kandratjuka,  10,  kv.  40, 

and   Leonid   Alexandrovich  Sokoiov,   Baikalskaya  ulitsa, 

40/17,  kv.  42,  both  of  Mowxm,  U.S.S.R. 

Filed  Feb.  4, 1969,  Ser.  No.  796,329 

Int.  a.  B22d  11/12, 27/04 

U.S.CL  164-283  3Claims 


A  mold  for  casting  ingots  of  rectangular  cross  section  in  a 
continuous  metal  casting  process,  which  is  provided  with  a 
means  for  controlling  heal  withdrawal  from  the  surface  of  an 
ingot  both  in  its  comers  and  on  its  face  thereby  allowing  a  skin 
of  a  uniform  thickness  to  be  obtained  along  the  entire  perime- 
ter of  an  ingot  on  its  emergence  from  the  mold,  with  the  quali- 
ty of  the  cast  ingots  being  materially  improved. 


3,672,440 

APPARATUS  FOR  DIE  CASTING  FERROUS  METALS 

Yamshi  Mhva;  Nobuo  KaditwagI,  and  Zciychi  Mochizuki,  aD 

of  NuiMBu-ahi,  Shizuoka-ken,  Japui,  Mrignotv  to  Toshiba 

Kikai  KabusMU  Kaisha,  Chuo-ku,  Tokyo-to,  Japui 

Filed  June  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  832,989 

Int.  a.  B22d/ 7/04 

UACLI64— 312  1  Claim 


3,672>41 

MOLD  ASSEMBLY  FOR  VALVE  LIFTERS 

MUtoa  K.  WeUs,  and  Arthur  S.  Hedbcrg,  both  of  Park  Rk%e, 

ni.,  aMffnors  to  Wcfls  ManufacturliV  CompMy,  SkoUe,  DL 
FBed  Jan.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  2.071 
Int.  CL  B22c  9/02, 9/20, 9/22 
U.S.CL164— 351  12  < 


A  mold  assembly  for  valve  lifters  defined  by  a  plurality  of 
identical  mold  sections  arranged  in  abutting  relation.  The 
front  and  rear  faces  of  each  mold  section  have  a  plurality  of 
horizontal  mold  cavities  arranged  in  vertical  rows  across  their 
widths.  Each  face  has  a  number  of  runner  passageways  which 
are  in  communication  with  the  mold  cavities  in  the  abutting 
opposing  face  to  provide  a  complete  mold  pattern  formed  at 
each  parting  line  between  abutting  mold  sections. 


3,672,442 

MODULAR  AIR  CONDITIONING  AND  HEATING  SYSTEM 

Kanwal  N.  Singh;  Stephen  P.  CrentcM,  both  of  CohnnbuB,  and 

DonaM  R.  Scott,  Grove  City,  aO  of  Ohfo,  aisignon  to  Cohmi- 

bia  Gas  System  Service  Corporatkm,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FDed  Oct  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  78,1 16 

Int.CLF24f  J/OO 
U.S.CL165— 22  15  ( 


In  a  die  casting  machine  for  injection  moulding  metals  of 
high  melting  points  into  a  metal  mold  by  means  of  an  injection 
cylinder  connected  to  the  metal  mold  at  one  end  and  a  plunger 
inserted  into  the  injection  cylinder  from  the  opposite  end,  the 
injection  cylinder  comprises  an  outer  cylindrical  sleeve  of  high 
heat  conductivity  and  is  provided  with  a  molten  metal  pouring 
opening  near  said  opposite  end  and  an  inner  cylindrical  lining 
removably  fitted  in  the  outer  sleeve,  the  inner  lining  including 
a  plurality  of  sections  of  short  axial  length  which  are  clamped 
together  into  the  cylindrical  lining,  one  of  the  sections  posi- 
tioned at  the  opposite  end  being  provided  with  a  molten  metal 
pouring  opening  aligned  with  that  of  the  outer  sleeve. 


An  air  conditioning  and  heating  system  for  selectively  heat- 
ing or  cooling  a  building  while  simultaneously  heating  the 
water  supply  for  the  building  has  a  module  adapted  to  be  posi- 
tioned outskle  the  building,  which  module  contains  a  boiler 
for  supplying  a  heated  heat  transfer  medium  to  first  and 


1360 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


second  heat  transfer  means  within  the  building,  and  a  water 
chiller  for  selectively  supplying  a  chilled  heat  transfer  medium 
to  the  first  heat  transfer  means.  The  air  conditioaing  system 
includes  valve  control  mecharasms  fbr  selectively  controlling 
the  supply  of  heated  and  dolled  transfer  modnims  to  the  first 
heat  transfer  means  to  selectively  heat  and  cool  air  within  the 
building,  while  the  heated  heat  transfer  medium  supplied  to 
the  second  heat  transfer  means  warms  the  water  supply  for  the 
building. 


M72«443 

THERMAL  CONTROL  AND  POWER  fLATTENING  FOR 

RADIOISOTOPIC  THERMODYNAMIC  POWER  SYSTEM 

Writer  B.  BtoMrt;  WWMn  J.  Ln»ilriJ,  and  Alan  J.  Streb,  aU 

of  BaMmore,  Md.,  aariyMNrs  to  Tdcdyae,  Inc.,  Los  Angeles, 

Calif. 

CondnuatkM  ol  Scr.  No.  50M06,  Nov.  3, 1965.  Thb 

appHcatioB  Jan.  28, 1W9,  Scr.  No.  797,368 

Int.  CL  F28d  15100;  GOSd  23100 

U.S.  CL  165—32  1  Claim 


iiMunoi   vm* 


A  thermal  control  device  utilizing  the  heat  pipe  principle. 
Heat  receiving  and  heat  rejecting  surfaces  are  spaced  fttnn 
each  other  aloi^  the  length  of  the  heat  pipe.  In  a  preferred 
form,  a  radioisotope  fuel  capsule  is  in  thermal  conducting 
relationship  with  the  heat  receiving  surface  and  a  noncon- 
densible  gas  is  mixed  with  die  working  fluid  of  the  heat  pipe.  A 
noncondensible  gat  automatically  expands  as  the  threshold 
temperature  of  the  system  drops  to  block  off  more  of  the  heat 

rejecting  surface.  In  other  ahemate  preferred  embodiments,  a 
nonvaporizable  liquid  is  utilized  in  lieu  of  a  noncondensible 
gas  to  reduce  the  area  of  the  heat  receiving  surface  as  the 
threshold  temperature  of  the  system  drops  or  a  second  materi- 
al is  mixed  with  the  working  fluid  which  changes  to  a  solid 
phase  to  bkxk  the  flow  of  the  working  fluid  between  the  heat 
rejecting  and  heat  receiving  surfaces  as  the  threshold  tempera- 
Xuxe  of  the  system  drops. 


toThePM- 


15 


3,672«444 
WATER  HEATING  SYSTEM 
Leonard  F.  Lowe,  East  Stroodsborg,  Pa.,  i 

terson-KdIey  Co.,  lac.  East  Stroudsbui.  Pa. 
Filed  June  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,160 
Iirt.CLF28f  27/00 
U  A  a.  165—39 

A  water  heating  system  is  provided,  comprising  in  combina- 
tion, a  water  storage  tank  having  a  heated  water  outlet  and  a 
heater  shroud  extending  into  the  tank  and  being  open  at  its 
inner  end  and  ckised  at  its  outer  end.  A  heater  is  disposed 
within  the  shroud  and  operates  under  contrcd  of  a  heat  supply 
regulator.  A  main  conduit  system  includes  a  continuously 
operating  pump  having  its  intake  end  in  fluid  conmiunication 
with  the  interior  of  said  tank  at  an  upper  level  thereof  and  its 
discharge  is  arranged  to  deliver  water  into  the  outer  ckwed 
end  portion  of  the  shroud.  A  feed  water  supply  inlet  is  ar- 
ranged in  closed  communication  with  said  main  conduit 
system;  a  water  temperature  sensor  is  disposed  in  the  region  of 
water  withdrawal  into  said  main  conduit  system,  and,  is  opera- 
ble to  regulate  the  heat  supply.  A  branch  outlet  conduit  leads 


from  the  k>wer  level  of  the  tank  into  the  main  conduit  Kne;  and 
a  feed  water  by-pass  conduit  is  arranged  to  have  its  intake  in 
communication  with  the  feed  water  inlet  and  to  deliver  into 
said  tank  in  ck)se  proximity  to  the  temperature  sensor.  The 


branch  outlet  and  bypass  conduit  devices  are  provided  with 
means  whereby  improved  sensitivity  and  accuracy  of  control 
of  the  heat  supply  is  acquired,  m  response  to  heated  water 
withdrawals  from  the  system. 


3,672«445 
UNDERGROUND  SERVICE  MODULE 
Thco  L.  CaraoB,  1 120  lOth  St.,  Dsavar.  Colo. 

j       FHad  Aug.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,341 
1  Int  CL  IMOh  3100 

U.S.CL  165-42  18 


A  self-contained  module  is  mounted  in  an  electrified  van 
truck  and  powered  thereby  and  has  an  air  conveying  tube, 
compresaed  air  hoaes  and  electrical  wires  that  are  extensible 
thereflrom  through  a  nxxlified  panel  section  of  the  truck  so  as 
to  supply  conditioned  air.  operating  compressed  air  and  elec- 
trical outlets  to  workmen  in  a  manhole  or  other  undei]ground 
working  area.  Air  is  passed  vertically  through  the  module  from 
the  vented  top  of  the  truck  over  a  heat  exchanger  or  refrigera- 
tion coil  and  conveyed  to  the  workmen  through  the  extensible 
tube  which  is  locked  in  a  collapsed  position  within  the  module 
for  storage  and  transportation.  An  air  compressor  supplies  a 
volume  of  compressed  air  induch  air  is  directed  to  a  receiver 
from  which  low  pressure  dry  air  and  hi^  pressure  air,  selec- 
tively acknixed  with  a  lubricator,  are  regulatingly  passed 
throu^  the  air  hoses  that  are  mounted  on  automatic  recoil 
reels  in  the  module  and  have  outer  ends  carrying  air  chucks 
with  a  remote  control  switch  for  the  compressor  beiag  pro- 
vided. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1861 


I  AIM 


3,672^446 
AMBIENT  AIR  VAPORIZER 
R.  TMmUs,  Coila  Msaa,  Md  DomM  R. 

Lakewood,  both  of  CaM„  MripMn  to  AfaTo,  Inc. 
nod  Jan.  21, 1969,  Scr.  No.  792^93 
lot.  CL  F28b  1114 
U.S.CL165— 1S3 


Tttcter, 


11 


3,672,447 
MARINE  WELL  DRILLING  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 
David  C.  KoCaM,  Bokcnfidd,  CaM.,  assigMr  to  RfchflcU  OB 
Corporadon,  Los  Antchi,  Oritf . 

CoollMMdon  of  Scr.  No.  628,727,  Dec.  17, 1956,  abMidoMd. 

TMs  appHcatfoa  Sc|iL  10. 1968,  Scr.  No.  772388 

Ii*.  CL  E21b  7/72, 4i/0y 

U.S.CL166-.6  SClatais 


3,672,448 

INTERFACE  ADVANCE  CONTROL  IN  SECONDARY 

RECOVERY  PROGRAM  BY  RESHAPING  OF  THE 

INTERFACE  BETWEEN  DRIVING  AND  DRIVEN  FLUIDS 

AND  BY  THE  USE  OF  A  DYNAMIC  GRADIENT  BARRIER 
DomM  L.  Hoyt,  Houston,  Tex.,  Msigiiui  to  Texaco  Inc.,  New 
York,  N.Y. 

CoBtfamarioM  in  partolSer.  Noa.  786,565,  Dec  24, 1968,  Pat 

No.  3,592,265,  OMl  Scr.  No.  786,568,  Dec  24, 1968,  Pat.  No. 
3393,787.  TMs  appMcatloa  Dec  30. 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,815 
lalLCLE.2\h43ll6 
U.S.  CL  166— 245  i^, 


This  invention  relates  to  a  finned  assembly  for  a  heat 
exchanger  comprising  an  extended  surface  portion,  an  ek>n- 
gated  tubular  member,  said  extended  surface  portion  compris- 
ing two  identical  parts,  each  having  an  internal  cylindrical  sur- 
face adapted  to  engage  said  tubular  member  and  each  having 
radially  extending  locking  members  adapted  to  engage  locking 
members  on  the  other  of  said  parts.  The  invention  further  re- 
lates to  methods  and  apparatus  for  attaching  said  extended 
surface  portion  to  said  member. 


The  interface  between  driving  and  driven  fluids  in  a  secon- 
dary recovery  operation  is  reshaped  after  a  cusp  has 
developed  by  injection  of  a  fluid  via  wells  controlling  the  flow 
gradients,  and  the  arrival  of  the  injected  driving  fluid  into  the 
vicinity  of  a  production  well  is  delayed  by  the  imposition  of  a 
dynamic  gradient  barrier  of  produced  formation  fluids. 


Method  and  apparatus  for  drilling  an  underwater  well  using 
subaurface  wellhead  equipment.  A  landing  base  is  lowered  at 
the  lower  end  of  a  conductor  pipe  toward  an  underwater  bot- 
tom. A  guide  frame  is  positioned  above  the  landing  base.  A  ro- 
tary driven  tubular  member,  passed  through  the  guide  base  is 
connected  to  the  conductor  pipe  to  drill  the  ccMxhictor  pipe 
into  the  underwater  bottom  after  the  landing  base  rests  on  the 
bottom.  The  tubular  member  is  removed  after  the  ctmductor 
pipe  is  cemented  and  a  bit  is  guided  into  the  conductor  jwpe  to 
drill  hole  for  a  surface  casing  having  a  mandrel  at  its  upper  end 
to  which  bk>wout  preventers  may  be  connected  by  a  hydrauli- 
cally  actuated  connector. 


3,672,449 

SELECTIVELY  REDUCING  THE  PERMEABILITY  OF  A 

THIEF  ZONE  BY  ELECTROLESS  METAL  PLATING 

Edwfa  A.  Rkkardson,  and  RusscO  C.  Uebcr,  both  of  Honataa 

Tex.,  aarigwiri  to  Shd  Oil  Conpony,  New  YocIk,  N.  Y. 

In-port  of  Scr.  No.  817,722,  April  21, 1969, 

Uris  appHcalioa  Da&  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9M72 
IiiLCLE21bJi//i 
U.S.  CL  166— 292  5, 


In  selectively  plugging  a  thief  zone  within  a  reservoir  inter- 
val, solutions  for  activating  and  effecting  an  electioless  metal 

plating  are  injected  so  that  most  of  the  injected  fluid  enters  the 
thief  zone.  The  composition  and  amount  of  the  plating  materi- 
als are  adjusted  to  deposit  sufficient  metal  to  reduce  the 
permeability  of  the  thief  zone. 


3,672,450 

METHOD  FOR  IN  SITU  COMBUSTION  IGNmON 

PratipBandyopodhyay.Tnlsa,OMa.,aaslgiiui  toCMcsScrrice 
OB  Conpany,  Tulsa,  OUa. 

FBed  Jan.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  110,492 

lBt.CLE21b4J/24 

U.S.CL166— 260  SCktev 

A  slug  (rf  materia]  comprising  an  emulsion  of  water  and  car- 
bon black  with  or  without  additives  is  injected  into  the  vicinity 
about  a  proposed  oxidant  injection  well  in  a  flreflood  pattern. 


1362 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2 


,  1972 


A  downhde  heater  or  other  suitable  ignition  means  is  in- 
troduced into  the  vicinity  of  the  weUbore  to  be  ignited.  The  in- 
itiation of  a  combustion  drive  or  fireflood  is  enhanced  by  the 


22 


20 


3.672^2 
APPARATUS  FOR  HARVESTING  SOD 
WBHam  W.  Miner,  P.O.  Box  392,  Cnuibury,  N  J. 

DivWon  of  Ser.  No.  618,765,  Feb.  27, 1967.  Pm.  No. 

3,5 19,082.  Thh  application  Dec.  30, 1969,  Ser.  No.  889,034 

InL  CI.  AOlh  45/04 

UA  a.  172-19  i^cUtois 


n 

21 


presence  of  the  carbon  black  material.  Through  injection  of 
an  oxidant,  the  carbon  Wack  ignites,  forming  an  intense  heat 
source  about  the  weUbore  from  which  the  formation 
hydrocarbons  are  rapidly  ignited. 


3,672^1 

BEAN  HARVESTER 

Addison  C.  SImcUct,  Bonta  Bridge  Rowl  R.D.  #1,  Cato,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  39341 

Int.  CLAOld  25/04 

UA  a.  171-58  3Cidni» 


An  ambulatory  apparatus  cuts  sod  from  a  sod  field  ii  a  con- 
tinuous atrip  and  includes  a  reciprocating  cutting  head  as- 
sembly mounted  substantially  at  the  forward  end  of  the  ap- 
paraftis.  A  conveying  means  conveys  the  strip  cut  by  the 
cutting  head  assembly  interiorly  of  and  to  the  rear  of  the  ap- 

paratiis  and  into  contact  with  a  flail  which  strikes  ofT  excess  at- 
tached soil  from  the  underside  of  the  soil  strip.  A  severing  ap- 
paratus cuts  the  sod  strip  into  sod  pads  of  a  preselected  size 
and  a  folding  device  folds  the  severed  sod  pads  prior  to  same 
being  placed  on  a  pallet  supporting  area  located  at  the  rear  of 
the  appariitus. 


Harvester  for  beans  and  the  like  having  a  mobile  support  for 
parallel  rows  of  bean  plants,  a  pair  of  convex  laterally  disposed 
disks  rotatably  mounted  on  the  support  having  peripheral 
notches,  and  being  spaced  apart  and  spaced  to  correspond 
substantially  to  the  spacing  of  adjacent  plant  rows,  and  having 
their  axes  tilted  transversely  and  rearwardly  and  having  their 
convex  faces  adjacent  their  peripheries  adapted  to  ride  on  the 
ground  mwardly  and  forwardly  of  the  disk  centers,  means  for 
rotating  the  disks  so  their  adjacent  peripheries  move  rear- 
wardly at  the  approximate  forward  speed  of  the  support, 
stripper  means  overlying  the  adjacent  areas  of  each  disk 
adapted  to  move  the  plants  of  two  rows  into  a  common  win- 
drow  between  the  disks,  stripper  plates  disposed  over  the  con- 
cave Sides  of  each  of  the  disks  in  an  area  opposite  to  the 
stripper  bar  areas,  and  a  floating  spring  counterbalance  sup- 
port connected  to  the  mobUe  support  employing  parallelo- 
gram linkages. 


to 
W.V., 


3,672^3 
MACHINE  FOR  DIGGING  SOIL 
Herbert   VIsmts,   Nicuw-Vcnncp,   NcUierluKb, 
Luidbauwerktuigcn-en  MactiincfabrMc  H.  Viaacrs 
RotterdBm,  Nctlwriands 

Filed  Feb.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  9,688 
Claims  priority,  application  NcUwrtands,  Feb.  13,  1969, 
6902245  I 

I  Int.  CL  AOlh  33/02, 33/10  \ 

U.S.  a.  172-39  2tlalms 


r-n-    All 


A  machine  for  digging  soil  is  provided,  comprising  a  rotor, 
spades  mounted  tiltably  on  said  rotor  and  retaining  members 
which  prevent  dug-up  clods  of  being  moved  further  around 
with  said  spades  instead  of  being  moved  to  the  ground. 

Fof  preventing  damage  of  machine  parts  the  spades  and 
retaining  members  are  so  shaped  that  in  every  tilted  position 
of  said  spades  they  can  pass  between  said  retaining  members 
which  are  disposed  adjacent  one  another. 


L^Ai 


OFFTPTAT.  nAy.FTTF 


Ttntfv   97     1070 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


3,672,454 
SONIC  TOOL  APPARATUS 
Kdth  L.  Ukint,  Columbus,  Ohio,  aarignor  to  The  Ohio  State 
University,  Columbus,  Ohio 

Filed  June  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  833,131 

Iiita.B06by/02 
UA  a  175-56  7^1.^ 

( 


1363 

Means  arc  connected  to  the  air  supply  means  (e.g..  a  gauge) 
for  determmmg  the  difference  in  pressure  therein  when  an  ob- 
ject to  be  weighed  is  placed  on  top  of  the  cyUndrical  member 


A  means  for  improving  the  drilling  rate  of  sonic  and  ul- 
trasonic drills.  Specifically,  a  sonic  U^ansducer.  a  tool,  and  a 
mechanicaJ  spnng  are  used  in  combination  to  increase  the  am- 
plitude of  gross  motion  of  the  tool  to  better  remove  the  parti- 
cl«  and  dust  taken  from  the  work  surface.  Reference  is  made 
to  the  claims  for  a  legal  definition  of  the  invention. 


and  depresses  the  same  to  reduce  the  effective  area  of  the  slot 
The  device  is  especially  suitable  for  Weighing  very  Ught  ob- 
jects, such  as  cigarettes. 


3,672^5 
DRAG  BITS 

^'^2:'  !'^'  •'''•'  '-'«»'*«■  Township,  Wcatmorcfauid  Coun- 
ty.  Pa.,  aarignor  to  Tartan  Indwtrics,  Inc. 

Filed  April  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  28,417 

Int.  a.  E2lc  13/00 

UA  a.  175-412  ^  Claim. 


3,672^7 

DEVICES  FOR  WEIGHING  SMALL  OBJECT 

Benny  Lee  Heater.  Wimton-Sycm,  N.C.,  aHlgnor  to  R.  J 

RcynoMs  TobMco  CbmpMiy,  WfaMtoQ-Salem,  N.C 

FBed  June  24, 1971,  Ser.  No.  156,177 

Int.  CLGOlg  5/04 

UA  a  177-201  SChfaw 


An  earth  drilling  bit  of  the  drag  type  is  provided  having  a 
body  with  a  plurality  of  radial  slots  at  one  end,  each  having  a 
portion  extending  across  said  one  end  from  the  axis,  a  plurality 
of  L-shaped  wings  removably  fitted  in  said  slots  and  held  in 
place  by  resilient  means  extending  through  passages  in  the 
body  and  wings. 


3,672,456 
DEVICES  FOR  WEIGHING  SMALL  OBJECT 
Benny  Lee  Hester,  Winston-Salem,  N.C.,  assignor  to  R.  J 
Reynolds  TobMco  Company,  Winston-Salem,  N.C. 
Filed  June  24, 1971,  Ser.  No.  156,176 
Int.  CLGOlg  5/04 
UA  a.  177-201  4  Claims 

Device  for  rapidly  weighing  small,  light  weight  objects  com- 
prising a  vertical  annular  member  having  a  duct  open  at  its 
upper  end  and  having  a  movable  cylindrical  member  located 
therein.  Air  supply  means  are  provided  for  feeding  air  to  the 
bottom  of  the  chamber  to  raise  the  cylindrical  member.  An 
escape  slot  is  positioned  in  the  wall  of  the  chamber  to  allow  for 
the  escape  of  air  therethrough  when  the  bottom  of  the  cylin- 
drical member  rises  above  the  lowermost  portion  of  the  slot. 


Device  for  rapidly  determining  the  weight  of  Ught  weight 
objects  comprising  a  tubular  member  having  a  vertical  duct 
therethrough  for  the  passage  of  air.  The  duct  is  open  at  the  top 
of  the  member  and  connected  to  means  for  supplying  air  for 
passage  through  the  duct  and  out  through  the  top  of  said 
member.  Connected  to  the  top  of  the  member  is  a  platform 
restricted  m  its  lateral  movement  and  adapted  to  be  moved 
verticaUy  to  a  predetermined  point  above  said  member  to 
aUow  au^  from  the  duct  in  said  member  to  exit  beneath  the 
platform,  which  platform  is  thereby  suspended  by  the  pressure 
of  the  exiting  air.  A  calibrated  pressure  gauge  is  associated 
with  the  air  supply  means  which  registere  the  difference  in 
pressure  m  the  air  supply  means  when  an  object  to  be  weiahed 
is  placed  on  the  platform  and  depresses  the  platform  The 
weighing  device  is  particulariy  suited  for  rapid  quality  control 
procedures  in  the  manufacture  of  light  weight  objects,  such  as 
cigarettes.  ^     '  "*•"■» 


JlTMP    97      IQTO 


1364 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3^72,458  3^72«4<0 

DRIVER  WHEEL  OF  VEHICLE  CONTROL  MEANS  FOR  POWER  STEERING  SERVO 

JiiliuiMaciia1c,PrapK,CMciMMloval(ta,airivMirtoUitavpro  Harry  H.  Takirta,  GoMm  Valey,  Mivi^  MripMir  to  RavM, 

vyzkom  motorovydi  vozidcl,  Pracoc,  CMchoslovakla  Inc.,  IVttaaMpoii,  Mfam. 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  I  Mil  FladF^  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  115,642 

CiainiB  priority,  oppiktfcwi  CaedMMlovakia,  Feb.  17,  1969,  lai.  CL  B6ad  5106 

1058/69  U.S.  a.  ISO— 79.2  B 

lHtCLB62d  57/02 
U.S.a.180— 8F  7CUim 


A  self-|>ropeUed  driver  wheel  for  a  vehicle  comprising  a  plu- 
rality of  linearly  expandable  spokes  uniformly  arranged  about 
a  central  hub,  each  spoke  being  separately  joined  to  a  supply 
of  fluid  under  pressure  and  being  provided  with  distributor 
means  for  selectively  distributing  the  fluid  to  the  spokes 
whereby  on  expansion  thereof  the  wheel  is  caused  to  turn. 


3,672,459 

SINGLE  WHEEL,  SELF-PROPELLING  ATTACHMENT 

Everett  V.  Rankins,  329  Fkrcs  Court,  Mantoca,  Cyif. 

Ficd  July  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  51,597 

Iiit.CLB62d6//0« 

U.S.a.180— 13  4Claimi 


For  attachment  to  farm  implements  of  the  type  of  balers, 
rakes,  spraying  equipment  and  the  like,  a  wide  single  wheel  is 
mounted  on  an  axle  rotatable  within  an  inverted  U-frame.  A 
tongue  is  connected  to  the  center  of  the  U-firame  about  a  verti- 
cal pivot,  the  rear  end  of  the  tongue  being  bolted  to  the  imple- 
ment A  prime  mover  for  the  axle  is  mounted  on  the  U-frame, 
as  is  a  cab  for  the  operator  and  controls. 


ERRATUM 

For  Qaas  180—67  see: 
Patent  No.  3,672,048 


A  vehicle  having  a  pair  of  units  relatively  swingable  by  a 
steering  servo  features  a  differential  device  comprising  a  hous- 
ing that  confines  two  bevel  gears  to  coaxial  rotation  indepen- 
dently of  it  and  one  another  and  confines  a  bevel  pinion  mesh- 
ing with  tfiem  to  rotation  on  an  axis  transverse  to  theirs.  The 
servo  energization  control  is  mounted  on  one  unit,  the  other 
unit  is  connected  on  its  swinging  axis  with  one  bevel  gear.  The 
other  bevel  gear  is  connected  with  the  movable  member  of  the 
energization  control.  The  housing  is  connected  with  a  flteering 
wheel  to  rotate  with  its  turning.  T 


I  I 

3,672,461 

FLEXIBLE  SKIRT  ASSEMBLIES  FOR  AIR  CUSHION 
VEHICLES 
LavlB  Albsrt  Hcvy  RMdfe,  awl  Hmmms  Cr«i|.  botk  of  EmI 
Cowci,  Ue  of  Wlfkl,  Ei^Md,  aiilpMn  to 
cran  i^orporanoa  uoMMd,  xoovi,  aoaMiao 

FBed  Oct.  8, 1969,  Ser.  No.  864,693 
aalniB  priorlly,  amUcatloii  Gnat  Brilalii,  Nov.  22L  1968, 
55y«53/6B 

Iat.CLB60v///6 
U.S.CLI80— 127  nil 


An  air  cushion  vehicle  having  flexible  skirts,  the  vehicle 
being  provided  with  a  cabin  having  a  pivotally  mounted'access 
door  arranged  to  act  as  a  loading  ramp,  wherein  a  portion  of 
the  flexible  skirt  is  attached  to  and  passes  over  part  of  the  ac- 
cess doori 


3,672^462 

APPARATUS  FOR  CCXSTROLLING  SONIC  ENERGY 
MSTRIBUnON 
Joi»  R  Aucr,  Jr.,  Falrport,  N.V.,  asripmr  to  General  Slgiial 
Corporadon,  Rocfaertcr,  N.V. 

FOed  Oct.  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  867,621 
InL  CL  GOls  9100;  H04r  1128 
U.S.  CL  181— .5  R  17  ( 

An  electromechanical  transdticer  is  provided  for  producing 
pulses  of  aonic  energy  and  respondingly  generating  electrical 
signals  relative  to  received  sonic  energy  wherein  a  driver 


June  27,  1972 


^^  ^'°™*'  ''"^'  r* ""  '"P^'vement  for  projecting 
the  some  energy  m  a  peculiar  controlled  pattern  ^  iwavf 
gujde  mteiposed  at  the  output  of  the  driver  for  coTt,Sul,X 
^opagauon  of  the  pulse,  by  setting  up  subst.iS?iL 
source  of  some  energy  which  emanates  the  ton^e^L  i„  o 
openiting  pattern  of  at  Ie««  a  minSlJl^Su^  ^"tS 
pomt  of  greatest  breadth  of  the  pattern.  ""^  near  the 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1865 

to  effect  sound  attenuation  with  minimum  bock  pressure  The 

perforated  tube  U  «ciaUy  dispomxl  in  a  cylindricSlL  «S! 
J^ij  forwardly  from  the  muffler  oSiSliS^Sg^ 
temate  flow  passages.  The  nozzle  member  is  diaxMed  *the 
perforated  tube,  its  mouth  positioned  at  the  tube  inlet  and 
spaced  downstream  from  the  muffler  inlet  An  imperforate 


There  has  been  provided  an  electromechanical  transducer 
for  projecting  sonic  energy  in  a  peculiar  pattern  including  a 
head  mounted  at  the  output  of  the  transducer  and  a  wave 
guide  havuig  a  transverte  slot  therethrough  adapted  to 
cooperate  with  the  head  for  directing  the  projagati^  dS 
"S^^  ~b.tanti.Uy  complete  sonic  co^e  wiUiinJ 


3,672,463 

ACOUSTICAL  SYSTEM  EMPLOYING  TUBULAR 

RESONATORS 

Christopher  Jallc,  167  E.  Rocks  Ro«L  Norwalk.  Comi.  ..ri 

^  O.  Gd.y,  ,524  CuJSS' SSTt^^^;^ 


member  lengthens  the  passage  with  respect  to  the  ahw^ 
causmg  the  divided  gas  flows  to  travel^^t  distai^ZS 
to  recombmation  and  exhaust.  "w^pnor 


U.S.a.  181— 30 


FBed  Nov.  9, 1971,  Ser.  No.  196,914 
Int  a.  FOln  1102;  E04b  1199;  H04r  1128 


15Clirim 


W72,465 
GAS  EXHAUST  SILENCER 

,,««^ *■**•  ■"*  ^nmk  R  IW I  III., 

31915  Gro«»b«±  Highway,  Fraser,  MWl 

Flhd  Oct.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81,051 
U.S.CL  ,81-50    '^'^^'-' "0,7,16 


both  of 


Improved  dispersion  of  the  sound  from  an  orchestra  toward 
an  audience  and  reinforcement  of  the  lower  frequencies  in 
said  sound  are  achieved  through  the  use  of  tubular  resonators 
positioned  around  and  above  the  orchestra.  Resonating  cham- 
bers are  formed  in  the  ends  of  the  tubes  by  means  <5  trans- 
verse partitions.  ElectricallyKlriven  speakers  may  be  posi- 
tioned in  said  tubes.  *^ 


3.672,464 
MUFFLER  FOR  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINE 
DougtaijW.  Rowley,  St  Paul,  and  John  A.  Campbdl,  Mki* 
Bcapolis,  both  of  Mfain.,  assigiion  to  DoiMfchoi^^ 
Inc.,  Minneapolis,  I^Onii. 

FUed  Sept.  ,6,  ,970,  Ser.  No.  72,678 

Int.  CL  FOln  1 100 

U.S.CL18,— 44  6(uMm 

A  muffler  for  internal  combustion  engine,  which  employs  a 

converging-diverging  nozzle  and  a  length  of  perforated  tubing 


inw  »^  "',*"**'  comprises  a  housing  having  an  air 

nJet  and  an  air  outlet  defined  by  baffle  members  miTof^ 
porous  material;  a  «>und  absorbing  material  is  disposedtn  ij 

St^^*",^  "^nbei.;  the  air  ^SH;^ 
me  iniet  port  and  is  broken  up  by  the  ooraus  inUt  k-«u* 
d^^tion  through  r^u^^^:!^^^:^,^^^ 

STeSL^^  ^^  «~*"bly  toduce  the  noise  leTS 
the  exhausted  air  passmg  through  the  silencer. 


BRRATUM 

For  Qass  181—58  see- 
Patent  No.  3,672,773 


1366 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


1972 


3.672.466  3,672.468 

..^  ^  »^    „,    SAFETY  APPARATUS  LUBRICATING  IDLER  FOR  ROLLER  CHAINS  OR  THE 

J««*C- Jfack.  Wdcome.  N.C.  Mrignor  to  Safety  Devtew.  Inc.  LIKE 

Wdconie,N.C.               John  D.  Sehurter,  6067  SylvMi  Green  RwmI.  Sylvwito,  OWo 

FlkdJ«n.4.1!>71.S«r.  No.  103.597  ,      FBed  Aug.3,  I970,Ser.No!6b,460 

iTc.^,«,     ,           Int.CLE06c7//«  |                    Int. CI. F16n  7//2 

U.S.CL  182-3  9Ctoli«i    UAa.lg4-15A                                                       6Ctalnis 


A  safety  apparatus  adapted  to  be  mounted  above  the  rear 
support  pJatform  of  a  fire  fighting  vehicle  for  retaining  fire 
fighting  personnel  thereon  includes  a  safety  bar  niounted  upon 
arm  members  which  are  displacable  fix)rn  a  first  position  for- 
wardly  of  the  support  (datform  to  a  second  operative  position 
wherein  the  bar  is  horizontally  disposed  rearwardly  of  fire 
fighting  personnel  standing  upon  the  rear  platform. 


A  lubricating  device  for  a  roller  chain  is  provide<i.  The 
device  includes  a  sprocket  for  the  roller  chain  with  a  pair  of 
lubricating  discs  mounted  on  each  side  of  the  sprocket  «id  ex- 
tending a  distance  sufficient  to  engage  the  side  plates  of  the 
chain  when  the  teeth  of  the  sprocket  engage  the  chain.  The 
lubricating  discs  preferably  are  slightly  compressed  when  en- 
gaging the  chain  side  plates  to  thereby  be  more  effective  in 
depositing  lubricant  on  the  chain.  The  lubricant  can  be  sup- 
plied firom  a  passage  located  centrally  in  an  axle  on  which  the 
sprocket  and  lubricating  discs  route,  with  passages  extending 
radially  through  the  sprocket  and  communicating  with  the 
lubricating  discs  and  with  the  axle  passage. 


3,672y467 
APPARATUS.  SUCH  AS  A  DRAWING  UNIT  OR  A 
CALENDER  DRYER 
Hdnz  FldHDcr.  E|cMmcIi.  mv  Fkwikfurt  am  \Un,  Ger- 
many, aarignor  to  Vcpa  AG,  Basd/Schwdz,  SwHxerland 

Filed  July  28. 1970,  Scr.  No.  58.980 
Claiitts  priority,  appUcadon  Germany,  Aug.  20,  1969,  P  19 
42330.4 

Int.a.F16nJ/00 
U.S.a.l84-lC  7Clalnis 


The  present  disclosure  relates  to  an  oil  circulation  indicat- 
ing instruments  which  comprise  a  housing,  a  plurality  of 
boreholes  angularly  disposed  within  said  housing  in  an  up- 
wardly-downwardly  direction,  said  boreholes  conununicating 
at  their  lower  end  with  a  conunon  channel  disposed  in  said 
housing,  additional  boreholes  communicating  with  each  of 
said  angularly  disposed  boreholes  and  with  the  elements  to  be 
lubricated,  a  movable  float  means  disposed  in  each  of  said  an- 
gularly disposed  boreholes  and  adapted  to  be  raised  to  a  point 
above  said  additional  boreholes  or  lowered  to  a  point  below 
said  additional  boreholes,  and  a  central  lubricant  supply  pipe 
communicating  with  said  common  channel  for  the  introduc- 
tion of  the  lubricant  thereto. 


3.672.469 
MTVICE  FOR  SELF-SERVICE  STORES 

Wcrmr  Pdtrafkc,  HirfdscntnMe  6, 4320  Hattfa^en.  Gcvmany 
I     FBed  OcL  6. 1970.  Scr.  No.  78,474  I 

'  Iiit.CLE04hJ/M  ' 

U.S.CL186— lA  9Glirims 


An  arrangement  for  self-service  stores,  in  which  containeTs 
loaded  with  goods  selected  by  a  customer  are  by  chain  means 
including  stud  means  moved  from  a  check-out  station  to  an 
unloading  station  for  withdrawal  by  the  customer  of  the 
checked-out  goods,  while  each  container  is  provided  with  en- 
training means  cooperating  with  stud  means  of  said  chain 
means,  said  entraining  means  being  so  controlled  as  to  block 
and  free  the  entraining  means  for  respectively  transporting 
and  freeing  the  respective  container.  -^ 


'  3.672.470 

PHOTOELECTRIC  CONTROL  FOR  LOAD  HANDLING 

DEVICE  I 

Frederick  F.  Oimtnip.  Pfymouth  Meeting,  Pa.,  and  Loids  E. 
Peoi,  Depc  Ford,  N  J.,  assignors  to  Eaton  Yale  &  Towne 
Inc.  CIrvcland,  Ohio 

FDed  Nov.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  880,216 

Int.  CL  B66b  9100 

U.S.a.  187— 1  8  Claims 

A  load  handling  device  carrying  light  sensitive  means  aid  a 
light  source  moves  relatively  to  a  load  with  a  focused  beam 
from  the  light  source  scanning  the  load.  The  light  sensitive 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1367 


means  receives  light  of  said  beam  reflected  from  the  load,  and  3  672^72 

''**!!IT  ^^'^"'^^  Leld«*Midam;  Hcndrft  J.  ^Mra.  Wcm. 
•Bd  George  F.  J.  AndriecM,  Amrterdam.  rfl  of  NctherlMk. 

■■■■■■■Ill  ■  *A  »* -*        r^ ..„ *.■     •  -       _  .    _  ' 


•MifBori  to  Reactor  Centrum  Nederland.  (Stichtii«).  an  In- 
stitutc  of  the  Netherlands  v^=~™.«;,  an  w- 

Filed  Sept.  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  72^57 

69J4317  '*'*'^'  •PP«««*OB  NetheHand^  Sept.  22,  1969. 

Int.  a.  F16f  7110 
U.S.CI.  188— IB  3, 


condition  a  control  circuit  for  the  load  handling  device  By 
utilizing  a  light  sensitive  means  such  as  two  photoelectric  cells 
vanations  in  ambient  light  do  not  significantly  affect  the 
operation  of  the  light  sensitive  means  and  control  circuit. 


3,672,471 
SILO  ELEVATOR 

Leonard  J.  Badding,  Vinton,  Iowa,  Msign 
Lal(c,Minn. 

Ffcd  Nov.  13, 1969,  Ser.  No.  876.528 

Inta.B66by//04 
MS,  a.  187—27 


Vibration  damper  for  a  fast  spinning  body  of  revolution 
comprising  a  hermetically  closed  vessel,  a  damping  member 
coupled  with  said  body  through  a  deformable  wall  portion  of 
said  vessel,  an  elasticaUy  compressible  soUd  body  contained  in 
said  vessel  and  liquid  fitting  the  space  left  in  said  vessel 
completely. 


to  Veda,  Inc.  Long 


3,672.473 
PENDULUM  SYSTEM 
Cornells  M.  Vcrhagen,  c/o  DatawcU  N.V.,  Zomcrhiatraat  4. 
23ClirinM       Haarlem,  Netherlands 

FDed  Dec  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102^75 

Int.  CL  F16d  57100;  F16f  9/00 

UA  a.  188-266  ^  Claim. 


A  silo  elevator  including  a  first  stationary  section  for  sup- 
port from  an  upper  portion  of  one  side  of  a  silo  and  a  second 
section  for  movement  up  and  down  that  one  side  of  the  silo. 
One  of  the  sections  includes  guide  means  from  which  the  cen- 
tral portion  of  an  elongated  flexible  tension  member  is  sup- 
ported  for  longitudinal  shifting  relative  thereto  and  the  other 
section  includes  a  pair  of  winding  members  driven  at  the  same 
effective  peripheral  speed  and  upon  which  the  opposite  end 
portions  of  the  tension  member  are  wound.  Further,  the  ten- 
sion member  and  first  section  include  coacting  abutment 
means  spaced  along  the  path  of  movement  of  the  central  por- 
tion of  the  tension  member  relative  to  the  guide  means  for 
limiting  longitudinal  shifting  of  the  tension  member  relative  to 
the  guide  means. 


The  invention  provides  a  pendulum  system  for  stabUization 
purposes,  provided  with  a  liquid-filled  vessel  and  a  body 
suspended  therein,  said  body  being  of  synthetic  material  hav- 
mg  a  density  deviating  Uttle  from  1  g/cm'  the  liquid  being 
water  contaming  substances  such  as  glycerol,  and/or  sorbitol 
and/or  glycol  dissolved  therein  and  the  density  difference  of 
liquid  and  synthetic  material  being  smaller  than  1  percent  of 
the  material  density  in  the  temperature  range  ft^om  -5"  C  to 


3.672.474 

FLUID  FLOW  DEVICE  FOR  A  SHOCK  ABSORBER 

EB*t  A.  Mayer,  and  Bcmard  R.  TdtdlMMm,  both  of  BIr. 

I     I         MiA,..,t,         tirThrnrndli*"nruss-<hw 

Hbd  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1 1,715 

lBLCLF16f9/J4 

U.S.  CL  188— 282  7C1«^ 

A  fluid  flow  device  which  wifl  produce  a  tailored  flow-rate 

to  pressure  difference  relationship  including  a  lananar  and  an 


1368 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 1972 


orifice  restriction  connected  to  a  radial  and  a  tangential  inlet 
respectively  of  a  vortex  valve,  with  both  connected  in  paraUel 
to  the  upstream  pressure  source.  Flow  across  the  assemblage 
will  be  such  that  the  vortex  valve  will  act  like  a  smaller  orifice 


stantially  radially  of  the  cylindrical  portion.  The  brake  section 
(tf  the  device  includes  a  stationary  magnetic  armature  and  one 
of  the  portions  of  the  member,  while  the  clutch  section  in- 
cludes a  rotor  and  a  stator  and  the  other  <rf^  the  portions  of  the 
member.  Means  connect  the  stationary  armature  and  the  sU- 
tor  as  a  unit.  Driving  coils  are  provided  for  establishing  mag- 


at  lower  flows  and  a  larger  orifice  at  higher  flows,  or  vice  ver- 
sa, due  to  the  shifting  of  the  respective  shares  of  the  total  flow 
acconunodated  by  the  laminar  and  orifice  restrictions.  This  ar- 
rangement is  incorporated  into  a  shock  absorber  to  produce 
an  improved  output  damping  characteristic. 


3^72*475 
DASH  POT  INCLUIHNG  TEMPERATURE  SENSmVE 
VALVE  MEANS 
Nash,  39,  Abbot's  Rkfc,  Farnhm,  Sumy. 


netic  flux  paths  through  the  armature  and  one  portion  of  the 
coupling  member  and  through  the  rotor  and  stator  and  the 
other  portkm  of  the  coupHng  member.  The  armature  and  the 
rotor  are  spaced  from  and  suttouikI  the  coupling  member  so 
as  to  define  a  single  continuous  space  which  is  filled  with  mag- 
netic particles.  Sealing  means  are  provided  for  substantially 
preventing  magnetic  particles  from  escaping  from  the  space. 


Fled  July  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  52,933 
Clains  priority,  appMfrion  Great  Britain,  July  7,  1969, 
34,154/69 

InLCLF16f  9/52 
U.S.  CL  188— 277  9 


to  Hycel,  lac. 


3,672^76 
'  ELECTROMAGNETIC  CLUTCH-BRAKE  MIVICES 
James  R.  Hcndcrshot,  Amiicnt,  N JL,  — ignnr  to  Vlbrac  Cor- 
poratHMi,  CndBHf ord,  Mass. 

FHed  Sept.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69339 
bM.  a.  F16di  7/02 
U.S.  CL  192—21^  18  Cli*M 

A  combination  magnetic  particle  clutch  and  bralce  device 
comprising  a  rotatabie  output  shaft  having  a  single  magnetic 
coupling  member  mounted  thereon  for  rotation  therewith,  the 
coupling  member  comprising  a  hollow  c^indrical  portion  hav- 
ing an  axis  of  rotation  substantially  coincidental  with,  the  axis 
of  rotation  of  the  shaft  and  an  annular  portion  extending  sub- 


3,672*477 
CLUTCH 
John  J.  Rihran,  Houatois  Tcx^ 

Houston,  Tex.  . 

DMsioaofSar.  No.  737,065,  Jme  14, 1968,  Pat.  NoJ 

3,622,279.  TMs  appMcatioa  Jaw  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  154,988 

lM.CL¥16d41/02, 41/07,41/08 

UAa.l9?-27  1  Claim 


•/fS 


A  dashpot  or  damper  has  means  for  compensating  for 
changes  of  viscosity  in  the  damping  fluid  due  to  changes  of 
temperature.  Restricted  flow  paths  for  the  damping  fluid  that 
determine  the  damping  force  are  composed  in  part  of  mem- 
bers that  are  displaceable  with  changes  of  temperature  so  that 
the  cross-sectional  areas  of  the  flow  paths  vary  at  different 
temperatures  and  compensate  at  least  partially  for  the  concur- 
rent fluid  viscosity  changes. 


J^ 


In  a  spring  loaded  cam  type  clutch  having  a  driving  and 
driven  member,  the  improvement  for  providing  two-way  drive 
by  providing  a  reversing  pin  connected  to  one  of  the  members 
and  a  spring  loaded  pawl  pivotally  nxMinted  on  the  second 
member  for  bypassing  the  reversing  pin  in  the  forward 
direction,  but  engaging  the  reversing  pin  and  driving  the 
driven  member  in  the  reverse  direction. 


3,672,478 

HYMtAUUCALLY  OPERATED  WET-TYPE  FRICTION 

CLUTCH  I 

HMa-WaMcr   Rise,   Ditlribniiin,  and   Gcrhanl   Friedvkh, 

SUiiiduftBt,both  of  Gcnnany,  Msigi to  FldMcl  St  Sadv 

AG,  ScnwBBnrt,  Gcrmaiiy 

Fled  May  1 1, 1971,  Sor.  No.  142,133 
CWns  priority,  apiJicalhwi  Gcmany,  May  13, 1970,  P  20 
23252.4 

lirt.  CL  F16d  25/00, 13/72 
U.S.a.192— 86  9( 

The  release  mechanism  of  a  wet-type  friction  clutch  is  actu- 
ated by  a  piston  which  divides  the  cavity  of  a  cylinder  into  two 


I 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1869 


compartments.  One  compartment  is  connected  to  an  oil  pump 
through  a  control  valve  which  either  admits  high-pressure  oil 
to  the  compartment  or  vents  the  compartment  to  a  sump.  The 
other  compartment  is  continuously  supplied  with  oil  under 
lower  pressure  by  the  sump  pump  through  a  pressure  reducing 


3,672*480 
TAPE  CARTRIDGE  DISPENSER 
■Sim,  GraftoB,  Wis.,  iiiigiin  to  P^MJt  Mw»- 
lM.,Gralloa,Wk 
Filed  July  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,616 
Ii«.CLG07f  5/00 
U.S.CL194— 92  10  < 


Louis  JolH 


te*^. 


valve,  and  the  oil  flows  from  the  other  compartment  to  a  noz- 
zle which  directs  it  toward  the  engageable  Miction  faces  of  the 
driving  and  driven  clutch  members.  When  the  high-pressure 
compartment  is  vented,  the  oil  in  the  other  compartment  acts 
on  the  piston  to  retract  the  clutch  release  bearing  from  the 
release  levers  or  the  diaphragm  spring  of  the  clutch. 


3,672,479 

APPARATUS  FOR  PROVIWNG  A  PREDETERMINED 

VOLUME  OF  LIQUID 

Owen  J.  SchweitlegM,  Chicago,  and  Frank  D.  Brfli,  Norrii^e, 

both  of  DL,  aMigiMw  i  to  The  Sceborg  Corporatloa  of 

Delaware,  Chicago,  DL 

FDed  Oct  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,546 
Int.  CL  G07f  13/00 

UA  a.  194-13  9CUnis 


The  intake  orifice  of  a  screw  type  valve  is  connected  to  a 
liquid  reservoir.  Mounted  at  the  output  orifice  of  the  screw 
valve  by  detachable  spring  clips  is  a  ball  valve.  The  rate  of 
liquid  flow  through  thie  screw  valve  can  be  preset  by  adjust- 
ment of  the  handle  of  the  screw  valve.  The  ball  valve  may  be 
actuated  from  an  ofiT  to  an  on  position  for  a  preset  period  of 
time  by  an  electrically  actuated  solenoid  and  linkage.  The 
total  volume  of  liquid  flowing  through  the  apparatus  for  each 
actuation  of  the  solenoid  is  a  function  of  the  rate  of  liquid  flow 
through  the  screw  valve  divided  by  the  time  ctf  actuation  of  the 
ball  valve. 


A  tape  dispenser  including  a  dnun  having  a  plurality  (tf  tape 
cartridge  boxes  mounted  on  oppositely  disposed  vertical  pins 
provided  on  the  outer  periphery  of  the  drum,  a  flange  posi- 
Uoned  around  the  upper  portion  erf"  the  drxmi  to  prevent  verti- 
cal movement  of  the  boxes  with  respect  to  the  pins  and  includ- 
ing a  slot  for  removing  one  box  at  a  time  from  the  drum,  a 
locking  spring  plate  mounted  to  block  the  slot  and  having  a 
release  recess  which  is  moved  into  alignment  with  the  slot  to 
allow  for  the  vertical  movement  of  a  box  on  the  pins,  and  a  key 
actuated  release  mechanism  connected  to  said  locking  spring 
plate  and  actuated  by  a  lettered  key  which  allows  for  move- 
ment of  the  kxrking  plate  to  release  a  tape  cartridge  box  from 
the  drum.  The  release  mechanism  includes  a  slide  housing 
having  a  pair  of  guide  stots,  an  index  slide  positioned  for 
movement  in  the  housing  and  including  a  pair  of  triangular 
openings,  a  pair  of  arms  mounted  for  movement  with  the  slide 
and  having  rivets  extending  through  said  triangular  openings 

aiKl  said  guide  sk>ts.  and  a  spring  ccmnected  to  the  arms  to  tnas 
said  arms  to  a  locking  position  with  respect  to  said  housing 
and  slide.  The  special  key  is  used  to  move  the  arms  with 
respect  to  the  slide  to  thereby  release  the  slide  for  movement 
relative  to  the  housing. 


3,672,481 

VARIABLE  MAGNETIC  FLUX  COIN-SENSING  DEVICES 

Wmard  A.  Hastie,  Aylmer  East,  Quebec,  and  Austin  Hastie, 

Ottawa,  Ontario,  botii  of  Canada,  anigiiars  to  Coin  Verifiers 
CompMiy  Limited,  Ottawa,  Ontvfo,  CmMla 

FBed  Dec.  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  883,131 
Claims  priority,  appHadon  CaoMla,  Dec  6, 1968, 037,067 

lBLa.G07ri/02 
U.S.CL194— 101  17, 


-aao 


>  vxvvwx 


An  improvement  is  herein  provkled,  in  a  coin-sorting  ap- 
paratus wlierein  a  coin  is  caused  to  move  down  a  chute 
defined  by  an  indined  runway  and  a  pah-  of  substantially 
parallel  plates.  The  improvement  comprises  a  magnet  having  a 


I 


1370 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27j  1972 


slide  face  physically  and  magnetically  coupled  to  the  magnet 
positioned  in  the  chute  ao  that  a  coin  moving  in  the  chute  is  in 
direct,  sliding,  face-to-face  contact  therewith.  The  magnet  in- 
cludes a  magnetic  flux  adjusting  means  including  a  casing  of  a 
non-magnetic,  non-magnetizable  material,  with  the  magnet 
and  the  magnetic  flux  adjusting  means  mounted  in  the  casing, 
the  magnet  and  the  flux  adjusting  means  being  relatively 
slidably  mounted  with  respect  to  each  other.  By  adjusting  the 
strength  of  the  magnet  by  the  magnetic  flux  adjusting  means, 
two  conditions  are  caused  to  prevail,  namely  firstly  that  the 
magnet  will  attract  and  hold  all  coins  made  of  iron  or  steel  or 
other  ferromagnetic  metals  and  those  coins  made  of  nickel  or 
other  paramagnetic  metal  having  a  smooth  face;  and  secondly 
that  the  magnet  will  attract  but  merely  retard  the  speed  of 
movement  of  coins  made  of  nickel  or  other  paramagnetic 
metal  and  having  an  imprinted  face. 


3,672^2 
WIRE  MATRK  PRINT  HEAD 
Phflip   A.   Bnunbmigh,   Endkott;   Richard   H.   Harrington, 
Vestal;  Stanley  E.  Ncmier,  Endfcott,  and  Thomw  C.  Nletoen, 


EndwcO,  aH  of  NJ. 


to  Intonational  Businen 


Machines  Corporation,  Arroonli«  N.Y. 

Filed  Aug.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,278 
Int.  CLB41J  3/72 
UAa.  197— IR 


iz.^%1 


(FK  2iU 


A  Z-shaped  support  having  upper  and  lower  shelves  carries 
a  plurality  of  electromagnetically  controlled  print  wire  actua- 
tors on  its  lower  shelf  for  actuating  a  plurality  of  print  wires 
which  are  anached  to  the  actuator  armatures  and  are  con- 
verged into  a  vertical  array  by  a  wire  guide  attached  to  the 
upper  shelf. 


3,672,483  / 

CONTINUOUS  STATIONERY  GUIDE  MEANS  / 

Edward  W.  GIU,  and  Derci(  A.  Vincent,  London,  both  of  Ei^ 

gland,  assignors  to  Moore  Business  Forms,  Inc.,  Niagara 

Falls,  N.Y. 

FDcd  Jan.  28, 1 970,  Ser.  No.  6^58 

Int.  a.  B41J  15/00 

UA  a.  197—133  1  Chim 


Guide  means  for  attachment  to  a  typewriter  so  that  continu- 
ous stationery  can  be  guided  to  the  platen  of  the  typewriter 
comfnises  a  backing  plate  which  is  adapted  to  be  secured  to 
the  typewriter  and  a  guide  plate  pivotally  secured  to  the 
backing  plate.  The  guide  plate  has  a  throat  through  which  con- 
tinuous stationery  passes  to  the  typewriter.  The  guide  plate  is 
pivoted  upwardly,  so  that  the  leading  edge  of  the  continuous 


stationery  is  lifted  from  the  platen,  when  it  is  required 
an  additional  letters  and  envelopes. 


to  type 


\ 


3,672,484 
PASSENGER  CONVEYCHl 
AttOio  E.  Angioletti,  and  Sergio  G.  Marocco,  both  of  Milan,  Ita- 
ly, assignors  to  Industrie  PfrdU  S.pJL,  Nfflan,  Italy 
ContinuKion-in-part  of  Ser.  No.  780,921,  Dec  3, 1968,  Pat. 
No.  3,583,543.  TMb  application  Sept.  21. 1970,  Ser.  No. 

73,691 
OainiB  priority,  application  Italy,  Sept.  30,  1969,  .22681 
A/69 

Int  CL  B66b  9/12;  B65g  2///2 
U.S.  a.  198—16 


A  passenger  conveyor  having  a  high  speed  central  zone 
joined  at  the  respective  ends  by  initial  and  terminal  zones  hav- 
ing gradually  building  up  and  slowing  down  speeds  obtained 
by  respectively  elongating  and  shortening  the  support  surface 
formed  by  the  conveyor.  The  elongation  and  shortening  takes 
place  by  virtue  of  the  relative  sliding  movement  of  adjacent 
plates  moved  by  a  main  drive  means  with  which  each  plate  en- 
gages and  is  temporarily  connected  thereto.  The  plates  travel 
along  a  closed  circuit  and  passenger  convenience  handles  are 
also  provided  to  move  along  with  the  plates  to  aid  the  passen- 
gers. The  upper  path  of  the  conveyor  is  rectilinear  whUe  the 
lower  return  path  has  a  rectilinear  central  portion  and 
downwardly  sloped  end  portions.  Auxiliary  drive  means  are 
provided  at  each  end  of  the  conveyor  to  transfer  the  plates 
between  tbe  upper  and  lower  pDrtions.  i 


3,672,485 
COLLECTING  APPARATUS 
Anthony  George  takers.  Ford,  near  Shrewsbury,  Englaid,  as- 
signor to  Salopian  Industries  (Mctab)  Limited,  Shre 
Shropshire,  England 

FDcd  July  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,053 

Int.  a.  AOlkJ//;^.  B65g 47/05. 47//2 

U.S.a.198— 26  19  Claims 


ewsbury. 


Egg  collecting  apparatus  for  collecting  eggs  delivered  to  one 
end  of  a  row  of  tiered  battery  cages  by  delivery  conveyors 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


serving  each  tier,  which  apparatus  includes  an  elevator  which 
collects  eggs  from  at  least  some  of  the  delivery  conveyore  and 
discharges  them  all  at  one  level  7      «« 


3,672,486 
ROLLER  CONVEYOR 
Frank  Kennedy,  Mount  Lebanon  Township,  County  of  Al- 
legheny, and  Thomas  C.  Roberts,  Johnstown,  both  of  Pa.,  as- 
signers  to  United  States  Steel  Corporation 

Filed  Sept.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  72,056 

InL  CI.  B65g  13/02;  F16h  57/02 

U.S.  CI.  198-127  go^ 


A  roller  conveyor  of  the  type  in  which  the  rolls  are  driven 
from  a  Ime  shaft.  The  roll  shafts  and  line  shaft  have  cooperat- 
ing bevel  gears  which  are  placed  within  light  weight  housings 
All  bearings  m  which  the  shafts  are  joumaled  are  scpar^ 
from  the  gear  housings  to  avoid  need  for  precision  in  con- 
structing the  housings.  Each  shaft  is  joumaled  in  only  a  single 
held  bearing,  and  the  other  bearings  are  "free"  to  enable 
the  shafts  to  be  shifted  axially  for  adjustment  or  removal  The 
Ime  shaft  is  formed  in  sections  joined  end-to-end. 


3,672,487 
VERTICAL  CONVEYORS 
Erich  Schneider,  WIeaensteIg,  Germany,  assignor  to  Organisa- 
tion RaMi  KG,  Wicsenstdg.  Germany  "'¥-n«i- 
FDed  March  6, 1970,  Ser.  No.  17,242 
la^ilrr  **'****y'  application  Germany,  July  29,  1969,  P  19 

Int.  a.  B65g  15/4 
U.S.  CI.  198-165  7cialnis 


3,672,488 

CCMWEYORS 

Bernard  CoUns,  StanmoR,  Englaiid,  sMitnor  to 
Hns  Limited,  Borehamwood,  HertfonMik«,  Ei^ 
FDed  Nov.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  91,435 

Int.a.B65g/7/00 
UACL  198-189 


1871 


Col- 


6ClainM 


This  invention  relates  to  endless  or  continuous  link  con- 
veyors  having  a  series  of  platforms  or  supports  linked  to  each 
other.  The  links  in  the  present  invention  are  fundamentally 
metal  embedded  within  plastics  materials,  the  exposed  sur- 
faces of  the  platform  or  support  being  of  plastics  material 


3,672,489 

EXIT  ROLLWAY  FOR  ROLLED  BARS  OR  RODS  IN 

PARTICULAR  FLAT  OR  PROFILED  BARS,  WITH 

TRANSVERSE  CONVEYANCE  DEVICE 

Otto  Karl  Buchheit,  St  Ingberi  (Saar),  Germany,  assignor  to 

Moelier  &  Neumann  G.ni.b.H.,  St  Ingbert  (Saar),  Germany 

FDed  Jan.  2, 1970.  Ser.  No.  46 
Oaims  priority,  appUcadon  Germany,  Jan.  4, 1969,  P  19  00 


U.S.  CL  198—219 


Int  a.  B65g  25/04 


A  vertical  conveyor  having  a  pair  of  endless  belts  forming  a 
run  between  which  articles  are  conveyed.  Infeed  and 
discharge  chutes  are  located  along  the  run  at  a  point  where 
one  of  the  belts  is  removed  to  interrupt  and  expose  the  run. 
Switch  means  are  provided  at  the  exposed  portion  to  divert 
the  containers  to  or  from  the  nm. 


An  exit  roUway  in  particular  for  flat  ban  or  rods,  provides 
Uteral  conveyance  of  the  moving  bars  or  lods  by  means  of  an 
^Ulatmg  grate  system  known  for  cooling  beds,  wherein  grate 
S!r.^?  «tendmg  from  the  stationary  grate  and  from  theSs- 
placeable  grate  are  provided  with  a  pluraUty  of  slide  channel 
sections  of  equal  lengths  having  chanrfered  entry  eS 


1372 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


Juke  27,  1972 


3^72*490 
SLIDE  LIBRARY  ALBUM 
Gcrwd  DcmmtA,  and  ChMdc  DcnHvirii,  both  d  VUe  Moat 
Royal,  QvciMC,  Canada,  — %wnn  to  DcHnarali  &  Fttrt 
Ucc,  Montreal,  QuelMc,  Caaadi 

Filed  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38395 

Int.  CL  B65d  85/4S;  A45c  /  i/00 

U.S.a.206— IR  ica^m 


za     ^14 


^. 


A  match  book  assemUy  having  a  cover  forming  packets  of 
match  sticks,  each  of  vAach  is  provided  with  a  separate  ignit- 
ing means  to  insure  proper  ignition  of  a  match  when  it  is 
struck  by  being  withdrawn  from  the  packet.  The  packets  are 
permanently  ckxed  to  prevent  accidental  ignition  of  the 
unused  matches  as  a  match  is  being  lit.  The  match  sticks  are 
formed  by  cuts  through  a  paper  board  so  that  the  heads  of  the 
match  sticks  are  surrounded  by  the  paper  board  sheet. 
Preferably,  the  match  sticks  are  arranged  in  a  friuraUty  of 
groups,  each  group  being  separated  from  an  adjacent  group  by 
a  space  in  the  paper  board  which  is  relatively  wider  than  the 
space  which  separates  each  of  the  match  sticks  within  a  group. 


in  addition,  a  side  of  each  of  the  match  sticks  is  defined  in  the 
paper  board  by  misaligned,  overlapping  cuts  through  the 
paper  board  sheet.  The  length  of  the  cut  definmg  the  head 
portion  of  the  match  stick  is  preferably  less  than  the  length  of 
the  cut  defining  the  tail  portion  of  the  match  stick,  so  that  the 
strip  between  the  cuts  is  disposed  nearer  to  the  head  of  the 
match  stick  than  to  the  end  opposite  the  head. 


The  invention  relates  to  a  slide  library  album  of  the  type  in- 
tended to  hold  a  plurality  of  slides  in  rows  inside  the  album 
and  also  possibly  in  small  stacks  in  each  row.  The  album  com- 
prises a  container,  slide  holding  tray  which  is  received  in  the 
container  and  a  case  adapted  to  enclose  the  container  with  the 
slide  holding  tray.  The  assembly  has  means,  such  as  split 
rivets,  to  fixedly  amount  the  container  on  the  case,  and  fasten- 
ing means,  such  as  a  snap  fastener,  to  close  the  case  around 
the  container  with  the  slide  holding  tray.  In  this  nuuiner.  when 
the  case  is  closed,  the  slide  library  album  can  be  stored  up- 
standing on  a  bookshelf. 


3,672,491 
PAPER  MATCH  BOOK  ASSEMBLY 
Jui-Chaog  Liu,  Taipd,  and  Tcng  Chan,  Nan  Tu  Sdn,  both  of 
Taiwan,  assignors  to  Lin-Huey  Chang  and  Ya-Ya  Hong, 
Taipd,  Taiwan 

Filed  Oct  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,146 
InL  CL  A2Ag27l  12,27120 
U.S.CL206— 29  6 


icroRi 


3,672,492 
FACltMtY-ASSEMBLED  OVERHEAD  DOOR     ' 
Samuel  Irving  SlMrr,  Maivcmc,  N.Y.,  ■■dgiini  to  North  Amcr- 
I  Door  Corp.,  Lindeniwnt,  N.Y. 

FBed  Feb.  9, 1971,  Scr.  No.  113,930  { 

Int.  CL  B65d  85120;  E06b  9108  I 

U.S.  a.  206—46  H  4  Clnims 


A  factory  -assembled  overhead  door,  preferably  of  the 
"rolled  steel"  type,  having  side  mounting  members  by  which 
the  door  is  mounted  in  place  traversely  along  the  top  of  a  door 
opening.  The  side  mounting  membere  additionally  cooperate 
with  removable  structure  to  form  a  protective  enclosure  about 
the  door.  This  enckMure  enables  both  safe  transportation  and 
greatly  facilitated  installation  of  the  door  since  it  provides  pro- 
tection against  crushing  or  the  like  until  after  the  completion 
of  the  installation  of  the  door. 


I  3,672,493 

FOn.  WRAPPED  COIL  SPRING 
Henry  J.  Modrey,  Eagle  Drive,  Stanford,  Conn. 
FHed  AprI  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,075 
Int.  a.  B65d  55/00 
U.S.a.206— 46  H 


An  open  coil  compression  S{»ring  is  enveloped  by  frangible 
pliable  metal  foil  forming  a  continuous  wall  enveloping  all 
windings  of  the  spring  and  secured  against  axial  sliding  on  the 
spring.  A  thus  shrouded  or  wrapped  spring  can  be  packaged  or 
stored  in  bulk  without  danger  of  nesting  or  tangling  with  other 
springs.  Prior  to  delivering  the  springs  to  a  point  of  utilization 
the  shroud  thereon  is  removed  by  stripping  the  foil  off  the 
spring. 

I       

3,672,494 
COMBINATION  SHIPPING  CONTAINER  AND 
MSPENSER  FOR  PLASTIC  FILM 
Harry  P.  Eichin,  Western  Springs,  OL,  — rignnr  to  Union  Car- 
bide Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  June  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,367 
lntCLB65h  55/00 
U.S.  a.  206— 57  R  17  ( 

A  plurality  of  plastic  films  such  as  plastic  bags  are  packaged 
in  a  disposable,  compact  shipping  container  which  also  serves 
as  a  self-contained  dispenser.  The  container-dispenser  com- 


'oUiw 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


bination  comprises  a  generally  rectongular  carton  having  a 
substantially  horizontal  dispenser  base  panel  when  the  com- 
bination n  disposed  in  a  normal  dispensing  position.  The  front 
end  panel  is  mtegrally  hinged  to  the  dispenser  base  panel  and 
IS  releasably  openable  so  as  to  be  coplanar  therewith.  An  ek>n- 
gated  leash  rod  is  internally  secured  athwart  and  between  the 
mam  panels  near  the  rear  end  panel.  A  restraining  member 


1873 

semiconductor  disk  in  it^  assigned  storage  compartment. 
Means  are  also  provided  to  facUitate  the  insertion  of  forceps 
or  tongs  mto  the  various  compartments,  when  the  nested  trays 

are  unstacked,  to  permit  the  semiconductor  disks  to  be  f«adilv 
removed.  ' 


3,672y496 

SCRAP  MATERIAL  PROCESSING  APPARATUS 
Robert  M.  WiUaniB,  Ladnc,  Mo.,  Mstgnor  to  WiKMns 
Crasher  &  Puivoter  Co.,  Ik.,  St.  Lonis,  Mo. 

Filed  March  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,990 

IaLCLB03cy/iO 
U.S.a.209— 38  9 


cooperates  with  the  leash  rod  to  engage  and  restrain  the 
plastic  films  folded  thereover.  One  end  section  of  the  plastic 
film  is  overfolded  on  the  leash  rod  and  the  other  end  section  is 
oyerfolded  on  itself  near  the  openable  front  end  panel.  For 
dispensing  purposes  the  openable  front  end  panel  is  opened, 
the  adjacent  films  unfolded  thereon  and  the  innermost  films 
successively  pulled  from  the  dispenser  one-by-one. 


3,672,495 

PACKAGING  EPITAXULLY  COATED 

SEMICONDUCTOR  DISKS 

Rudolf  Baocr,  Munich;  Herbert  Jacob,  Burghausen,  Upper 

Bavaria,  both  of  Germany,  and  Werner  Braun,  Palos  Vcrdcs 
Peninsula,  CaW.,  assignors  to  Wackcr-Chcmie  GmbH,  Mu- 
nicli,  Germany 

FDcd  Feb.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9,228 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Aprfl  1,  1969,  G  69 
13118 

Int.  a.  B65d  71100 
U.S.  a.  206— 65  F  2CfarinK 


Apparatus  for  processing  scrap  material  in  a  manner  to 
separate  magnetic  from  non-magnetic  material  and  unusable 
foreign  materials  from  the  magnetic  material,  and  to  control 
the  size  of  the  final  product  of  magnetic  material  such  that 
oversize  magnetic  material  may  be  coUected  and  recycled  for 
further  reduction. 


3,672,497 

RANDOM  ACCESS  ARUCLE  SELECHON  of  SYSTEM 

AND  APPARATUS  THEREFOR 

^VHUam  J.  Lambert,  2270  Bovli«  Rond,  LMKMtcr,  OMo 
FBed  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54^52  ' 
InL  CLB07c  J/75 
U.S.CL  209— 80.5  9, 


A  package  for  storing  and  shipping  epitaxially  coated 
semiconductor  disks  comprising  a  plurality  of  similar  trays 
which  are  adapted  to  be  nested  one  on  top  of  the  other.  An  up- 
standing vertical  rim  extends  about  the  upper  face  of  each  of 
the  trays  and  a  narrow  horizontal  ledge  extends  about  each  of 
said  trays  beneath  said  rint  A  second  rim  projects  vertically 
downward  ftotn  the  outer  edge  of  the  horizontal  ledge  (rf^  each 
tray,  and  this  rim  fits  snugly  over  and  fiictionally  engages  the 
upstanding  rim  of  the  tray  which  is  stacked  therebeneath.  The 
upper  face  of  each  tray  contains  upstanding  partitions  which 
form  a  plurality  of  similar  storage  compartments  in  tiie  tray. 
Each  of  said  compartments  has  a  flat  horizontal  floor  and  a 
circular  dished  portion  for  storing  a  semiconductor  disk  within 
such  compartment.  The  sakl  dished  portion,  which  constitutes 
most  (tf  the  floor  of  each  compartment,  has  an  outer  rim  sunk 
slightly  below  the  outer  flat  part  of  the  floor  to  restrain  the 
semiconductor  disk  from  being  diskxiged  when  said  tray  is 
placed  on  an  incline.  A  cover  is  provided  for  the  topmost  tray, 
and  a  plurality  of  downwardly  curved  resilient  petals  are  pro- 
vided on  the  bottom  <rf  each  tray  for  resiliendy  hokling  each 


Method  and  apparatus  are  disclosed  for  effecting  selection 
of  an  article  or  item  stored  in  a  random  access  system.  Each 
article  or  item  is  provided  with  codifying  indicia  in  acconlance 
With  the  selected  number  system  with  the  indicia  comprising 
two  independent  components  that  are  teimed  "number"  in- 
dicia and  "complemcntal  number"  indicia,  in  an  illustrative 
embodunent  the  articles  comprise  sheet-form  cards  which  are 
formed  with  a  series  of  key-form  slots  arranged  along  one  mar- 
gmal  edge  portion  with  each  of  the  sk>l8  designed  to  fawor- 
porate  and  combine  both  die  number  indicia  and  the  comple- 


1374 


OFFICIAL  GAZETtE 


June  27,  i972 


mental  number  indicia.  Selection  and  removal  of  a  numeri- 
cally identifiable  card  is  mechanically  accomplished  through 
selective  operation  of  a  similar  nimiber  of  selector  bars  with 
each  bar  cooperatively  engageable  with  a  respective  key-form 
slot  in  the  card.  Mechanical  minipulation  of  the  selector  bars 
in  accordance  with  the  selected  number  system  effects  a  com- 
bined operation  of  retaining  within  a  storage  area  all  cards 
having  a  designating  number  greater  than  a  selected  number 
and  retaining  all  cards  having  a  designating  number  less  than 
the  selected  number.  In  effect  in  this  mechanical  example, 
mechanical  displacement  of  the  selector  bars  in  accordance 
with  a  specific  numerical  designation  simultaneously  releases 
all  cards  having  a  numerical  designation  less  than  this  number 
as  well  as  the  card  with  the  selected  numerical  designation  and 
effects  reengagement  of  the  selected  bars  thus  manipulated 
with  all  cards  having  a  numerical  designation  less  than  the 
selected  number. 


3,672^98 
CARD  SORTING  DEVICE  AND  METHOD 
John  H.  LanahM,  WMlcsboro,  and  WnHam  W.  Abram,  Utka, 
both  of  N.Y.,  airigDors  to  Mohawk  Indurtrlal  Laboratories, 
Inc.,  Vernon,  N.Y. 

Fifed  Aug.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,900 

Int.  CLB07C  5/00 

VS.  a.  209—80.5  4  dahm 


The  capacity  of  a  card  sorting  device  in  increase.  The 
device  includes  a  card  storage  area  for  holding  a  plurality  of 
edge-aligned  cards  in  vertical  orientation  for  separation  of 
certain  cards  from  the  remaining  cards.  A  plurality  of  elongate 
code  bars  are  located  below  the  lower  aligned  edges  of  the 
cards  and  extend  transverse  to  the  cards.  The  device  includes 
means  for  displacing  certain  selected  code  bars  laterally  of  the 
device  and  means  to  move  the  laterally  displaced  code  bars 
upwardly  into  adjacency  with  the  lower  edges  of  cards  in  the 
device.  Cards  having  notches  in  their  lower  edges  in  alignment 
with  the  selected  code  bars  are  mpved  downwardly  with 
respect  to  the  remaining  cards  which  are  restrained  from 
downward  nx>tion  by  the  selected  code  bars,  thus  effecting 
card  separation.  The  capacity  of  such  device  is  enlarged  ac- 
cording to  the  present  invention  by  providing  each  elongate 
code  bar  as  a  plurality  of  individual  longitudinally  aligned  sec- 
tions each  of  which  is  mechanically  coupled,  such  as  by  direct 
abutment,  to  an  adjacent  code  bar  section  for  lateral  motion 
therewith.  In  this  way,  a  very  large  number  of  cards  can  be 
provided  for  a  given  code  bar  size  without  the  necessity  of 
providing  elaborate  guide  means  for  aligning  each  code  bar  in 
proper  position  in  the  device.  In  another  sense,  capacity  is  in- 
creased by  obviating  the  necessity  of  utilizing  massive  code 
bars  which  would  reduce  the  number  of  notches  that  could  be 
effectively  provided  in  an  edge  of  a  given  card. 


3,672^499 

MULTIPLE  USE  SORTING  CARD 

!  W.  Netaon,  101 18  Dupont  Ave.  S.,  Mfauwapolta,  Mfain. 

Fifed  Dec  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,082 

Int.  CLB07C  5/06 

U.S.CL  209— 80.5  7Clafans 

A  multiple  use  information  card  for  use  with  a  plurality  of 

other  such  cards  in  needle  probe  sorting.  The  card  consists  of 

a  primary  body  portion  having  a  peripheral  edge  in  which  in- 


formation is  eiKXxled  by  punching,  and  a  plurality  of  detacha- 
ble row  strips  each  of  which  represents  a  separate  information 
field.  The  row  strip  disposed  at  the  card  periphery  is  punched 
with  certain  information,  usually  of  a  non  permanent  nature. 


which  permits  its  use  as  a  dau  storing  device  in  the  sorting 
process.  When  the  non  permanent  information  has  no  further 
use  the  row  strip  is  severed  from  the  card,  thus  presenting  a 
new  peripheral  edge  and  information  field. 


I  "3,672,500  , 

APPARATUS  FOR  GRADING  PARTICLES  ACCORDING 
TO  THEIR  SPHERICITY 
Kflchad  Ricfaard  Hayes,  Kkkham,  Engfauid,  asrignor  to  United 
KfaigdamAtonik  Energy  Authority,  London,  England    \ 
Fifed  Aug.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,963  ' 

Clafam  priority,  application  GreM  Britain,  Aug.  25,  1969, 
42,231/69  I 

Int.  CL  B07b  ;i//0  I 

U.S.a.  209—116  6Cfefans 


Particles,  such  as  nuclear  fuel  particles,  are  graded  accord- 
ing to  their  sphericity  by  feeding  them  at  a  controlled  rate  to 
the  central  region  of  a  rotating  table  and  collecting  them  in  a 
collector  as  they  drop  over  the  edge  of  the  table.  A  double 
hopper  system  is  provided,  the  lower  one  of  which  may  be 
vibrated,  so  that  particles  can  be  fed  by  gravity  one  after  the 
other  to  the  table. 


3,672,501 
EGGSTABOJZER 
Otto  C.  Niedercr,  Bear  Tavern  Road,  ThusvUfe,  N  J. 
I  Fifed  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,955 
I  InLa.A01k4J/00 

U.S.  a.  209—121 

Equipment  for  grading  eggs  by  weight  wherein 
beam  is  provided  with  an  egg  support  on  which  an  egg  to  be 
weighed  is  deposited  by  egg  moving  means.  Means  are  located 


17anfans 

a  balance 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1875 


!y^re«"Sei^t'J^  on  t'h^Z^^  'T^'^"  '°  ^  '^"8«8*d    '"««  ^8^^"^  *"'«  to  a  relatively  smaD  tangential  outlet, 
render  the  weighmg  operation  more  accurate  and  permit  in- 


rangement  of  individually  adjustable  blades  forming  a  portion 
of  the  boundary  between  the  chambers  extending  between  the 
tangential  inlet  and  outlet. 


creased  speed  m  operation  of  the  equipment.  The  egg  stabiliz- 
ing means  also  cooperates  with  egg  discharging  means  located 
below  the  egg  support  to  aid  in  discharging  an  egg  from  the 
egg  support  when  the  balance  beam  is  tilted. 


3,672,502 
APPARATUS  FOR  PURffYING  DUST  LOADED  WASTE 

GASES 
Hans  Jurvm  Janlch,  Beckum.  Germany,  aarignor  to  Polysius 

G  jn.b.H.,  Ncubeckum,  Germany 

ContfaiuatkMi  of  Ser.  No.  783,469,  Dec  13, 1968,  abandoned. 

This  application  March  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  20,873 

Inta.B04c5/2<9 

UA  a.  209-144  sa.tm 


3,672,504 

GRAIN  CLEANER 

Dnfe  F.  Gftoics,  Jr.,  924  Edwanfe,  St.  Marys,  Ohio 

FBed  March  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,892 

Int.  a.  B07b  ;/24 

VS.  CL  209—255 


lOafan 


suetnit 
blowtr 


w 


9      t 


An  apparatus  for  purifying  waste  gases  of  furnaces,  which 
comprises  a  substantially  centrally  located  waste  gas  feeding 
pipe  leading  into  a  pre-separator  and  having  twist  producing 
means  arranged  in  its  lower  end  while  cyclones  distributed 
around  said  pre-separator  have  inlet  means  communicating 
with  said  pre-separator  and  also  have  first  outlet  means  for 
releasing  fine  separated  dust  into  a  collecting  chamber  and 
furthermore  have  second  outlet  means  communicating  with  a 
purified  gas  collecting  chamber. 


An  apparatus  for  cleaning  grain  including  a  partially  open- 
ended  elongated  cylindrical  screen  cage  for  receiving  grain.  A 
grain  inlet  chute  and  a  grain  outlet  chute  are  disposed  at  the 
respective  ends  of  the  cage.  The  screen  cage  has  a  mesh 
slighdy  smaller  than  the  grain  particles.  Encompassed  within 
the  cage  and  secured  thereto  is  a  grain  feed  screw  that  chums 
the  grain  and  feeds  it  through  the  cage  from  the  inlet  chute  to 
the  outlet  chute.  As  the  grain  is  so  moved,  dirt  particles  inter- 
mixed in  the  grain  fall  through  the  sides  and  bottom  of  the 
cage  onto  a  dirt  receiving  receptacle  disposed  below  the  cage 
thereby  cleaning  the  grain.  Disposed  in  the  dirt  receptacle  is  a 
feed  screw  that  feeds  dirt  to  a  dirt  outlet  chute  in  the  recepta- 
cle. The  cage  may  have  an  exhaust  fan  for  removing  dust  and 
fine  dirt  particles  from  the  cage  to  further  clean  the  grain.  In  a 
modification  of  the  invention,  the  grain  feed  screw  rotates 
within  the  cage  and  is  not  attached  thereto. 


3,672303 

CENTRIFUGAL  SEPARATOR  FOR  FIBROUS  MATERIAL 
Andre  Mark,  54,  Cours  Lafayette,  69,  Lyon,  Rhone,  France 
FDed  May  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  824,949 
Clafam  priority,  appHcatkin  France,  May  15, 1968, 6850019 
Int.  a.  B04c  7/00 
UA  a.  209-144  2aafan8 

A  centrifugal  separator  with  a  circular  inner  chamber  and 
an  outer  chamber  of  decreasing  cross  section  from  a  relatively 


3,672,505 
CLEANING  AND  SORTING  MACHINE  FOR 
PARTICULATE  MATERIALS 
Leon  G.  Fctcri,  Srirm,  S.  Dnk. 

Coatinuatioii-in-|Mrt  of  Scr.  No.  801,729,  Feb.  24, 1969, 
abandoned.  TUi  appllci«ioB  Aug.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,311 
Int.  CL  B07b  1124 
U.S.  CL  209— 264  SCWuh 

A  cleaning  and  sorting  machine  for  removing  particle  tnah, 
such  as  dockage,  fi-om  desired  larger  particulate  material  <rf 
substantially  uniform  size,  employs  an  ekmgate  and  generaUy 
cylindrical  driven  separating  drum  having  a  screen  periphery 
of  a  predetermined  mesh,  for  retaining  the  desired  larger  par- 
ticles. The  drum,  mounted  on  a  horizontal  axis,  has  mounted 


1376 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


therein  a  series  or  multiplicity  of  stationaiy  slide  ba£Des  with 
peripheries  of  said  baffles  in  spaced  relation  to  the  inner 
periphery  of  the  drum  and  the  baffles  are  declined  from  their 
upper  portions  to  their  lower  portions  in  the  direction  of 
discharge  of  the  machine,  and  constitute  the  only  means  for 
moving  or  progressing  the  particulate  material  from  the  en- 
trance at  one  end  of  the  drum  to  the  discharge  at  the  other 


end.  The  screen  successively  lifts  particles  over  a  substantial 
segmental  area  of  the  drum  and  thereafter,  with  gravity, 
dropping  all  particulate  material  upon  the  baffles  with  atten- 
dant rolling  and  sliding  action  and  the  said  declined  baffles  are 
preferably  densely  perf(M«ted  with  sieve-like  apertures  of  sub- 
stantially the  mesh  at  the  drum  screen  to  constitute  a  further 
separation  step  in  the  progress  of  all  partictilate  material 
through  the  machine. 


3,672,306 
PRESSURE  STRAINER  DEVICE 
Ahd  Syrjwm,  VirikcriuMU,  Flnhnd.  asslBnor  to  Jyiha 
OMkcyhlio,  ValkMriHMid,  FbriMHl 

Fled  M^y  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,974 
lot  a.  1107b  7/20 
U.S.CL209— 273  2 


A  pressure  strainer  for  cellulose,  paper  or  equivalent  pulp 
suspension,  comprising  two  concentric  strainer  cylinders  for 
passing  acoeptaUe  pulp  under  pressure  from  the  outside  of  the 
outer  cylinder  and  fhxn  the  inside  of  the  inner  cylinder  into 
the  space  between  cylinders,  whereat  in  connection  with  each 
cylinder  there  has  been  provided  at  least  one  blade  rev(riving 
about  the  cylinder'  common  axis  and  having  a  substantially 
drop-shaped  cross  section  and  which  sweeps  close  to  the  sur- 
face of  the  strainer  cylinder  on  the  side  where  the  pump  to  be 
strained  is  located,  whereby  the  blades  in  the  course  of  their 
motion  produce  in  the  strainer  cylinder  with  their  leading  end 
a  pressure  pulse  and  with  their  trailing  end,  a  vacuum  pulse. 
The  blades  in  association  with  different  strainer  cylinders  are 
located  with  such  displacement  with  reference  to  each  other, 
or  have  such  mutual  angular  spacing,  that  the  pressure  pulse 
from  the  Made  of  one  <^  the  two  strainer  cylinders  enhances 
the  vacuum  pulse  fhim  the  blade  of  the  other  strainer  cylinder. 

Owing  to  the  use  of  two  concentric  straining  cylinders,  large 
effective  straining  surface  is  achieved,  in  comparison  with  the 
size  of  the  device.  The  blades  which  sweep  close  to  the  surface 
of  the  strainer  cylinders  cause,  owing  to  their  drop-shaped 
form,  in  the  strainer  cylinder  pressure  pulse,  or  a  pressure 
wave  circling  around  the  strainer  cylinder,  which  boosts  the 
flow  of  acceptable  pulp  through  the  strainer  cylinder.  With 


their  trailing  end,  again,  they  produce  a  vacuum  pulse,  or  a 
vacuum  wave  circling  around  the  strainer  cylinder,  which 
detaches  ftom  the  cylinder  any  larger  particles,  or  particles  to 
be  rejected,  which  adhere  to  iu  surfisce,  so  that  these  cannot 
plug  the  holes  in  the  strainer.  A  strainer  device  illustrative  of 
the  use  of  essentially  drop-shaped  blades  which  sweep  close  to 
the  surfaces  of  the  strainer  cylinders  with  which  they  are  as- 
sociated, is  disclosed,  for  example  in  S.  M.  Solomon  et  al., 
U.S.  Pat.  No.  3,387,708,  issued  June  11.  1968. 


■  3,672,507 

FILTER  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD 

,  Jr.,  Rlc.  4,  BoK  334,  ApplMoB,  Wk. 

FBed  April  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,103 

InL  a  BOId  29/02 

US.  CL  210— 77  ^     11  Claims 


Henry 


An  apparatus  and  method  for  filtering  hot  fluid  material  in- 
cluding a  filter  system  having  a  filter  formed  from  a  continu- 
ous screen  passing  through  a  closed  cavity  throu^  which  the 
material  flows.  The  cavity  is  defined  by  a  cover  and  bottom 
member  having  sealing  members  which  engage  the  screen  to 
define  the  filter  portion  of  the  screen  disposed  vrithin  the  cavi- 
ty. The  filter  may  be  changed  rapidly  without  cooling  of  the 
filter  unit  simply  by  loosening  the  bottom  from  the  cover 
thereby  releasing  the  screen  and  pulling  the  screen  through 
the  cavity  until  a  clean  portion  thereof  is  disposed  in  petition 
to  be  Engaged  by  the  sealing  members  to  form  a  filter 
therefrom. 


3,672,508        ^ 
SWIMMING  POOL  CHLORINATOR  APPARATUl  1 
James  O.  Simon,  2215  W.  12th  St.,  Mwion,  Ind. 
FBed  Jan.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  4,287 
Iiit.a.B01dJ5/00 
U.S.a.210— 128  5 


U9 

ciaims 


The  automatic  apparatus  for  chlorinating  a  swimming  pool 
utilizes  a  timing  device  for  actuating  a  solenoid  valve  to  enable 
chlorine,  which  is  supplied  by  gravity  from  a  chlorine  tank,  to 
enter  the  circulating  line  at  a  point  either  before  or  after  the 
circulating  pump  which  directs  fluid  from  the  pool  to  the  filter 
tank.  In  a  preferred  embodiment,  the  chlorine  enters  the  cir- 
culating line  at  the  output  side  of  the  filter  tank.  A  check  valve 
may  be  substituted  for  the  solenoid  valve  in  which  case  a 
chlorine  pressure  pump  is  installed  between  the  chlorine  tank 
and  the  check  valve. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1877 


3,672,509 
DIALYSIS  APPARATUS 
Paul  Buchmaan,  Baad,  Swltacriaod,  mmI  Moirique 
St.  Loak,  FVhicc  asslgnuii  to  Soke  BmsI  AG, 


SwU- 


3,672,511 
TREATER  FOR  RESOLVING  DISPERSIONS 
iVaderidi  D.  Watson,  and  Jooeph  D.  WMew,  Jr.,  botk  of 
JJwrtoii,  Tex.,  aasitiiuii  to  PMroIke  Corporatkm,  Si.  Leaih, 

FBed  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48,1 13  iWvki«n«#w  lu^  ^i^  .a,  ^*— ,.^    ^ 

Clata.  priority,  appHcatlo.  LuxemboonL  July  8.  1969        ,  ScIS ^1?5l!!^"^' '^''^ ^' ''^ "^  ^ 

59.061  ^  "««niooMfi,  July  »,  1969,       3,528,907. Tiilii«*Mtloii April 20, 1970, Ser. No. 29,811 

lat  a.  BOld  13,00  u^  CI  210-5I9'°**  "^  ""'^  ^"''''  ^"^^ 

UACL  210-321  2Ciitos    ^•^"•^*®-»" 


A  dialysis  apparatus  having  at  least  one  unit  in  which  an 
outer  generally  cylindrical  tube  forms  a  through-flow  vessel 
closed  at  its  ends  with  caps  provided  with  inlet  and  oudet  con- 
duits for  the  fluid.  A  semipermeable  foU  or  membrane  fonns 
an  mner  coaxial  tube  and  is  supported  within  the  outer  tube 
while  having  means  for  passing  another  liquid  through  its  in- 
tenor.  The  dialysis  unit  may  be  ganged  in  banks  connected  in 
cascade,  the  banks  being  shiftabie  to  afford  access  to  the  in- 
dividual units  for  replacement  or  otherwise. 


3,672,510 
FUEL  FILTER 
Nobuo  Salto,  Saitama-kcn,  and  KyoJI  Nandki,  Urawa,  both  of 
Japan,  aaslgnori  to  KabusMM  Kaisha  Tsuchiya  Srisakwho, 
Toyko,  Japan 

FBed  Aug.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66^09 
aafans  priority,  applkartuu  Japan,  May  19, 1970, 45/42090 
Into.  BOld  29/00 
UACL210--I38  4cudms 


r-i^ 


A  fuel  filter  for  engines  ot  automobiles  comprising  a  closed 
casing,  a  filter  element  in  the  casing,  a  fuel  inlet  pipe  extend- 
ing through  the  wall  of  the  casing  and  opening  in  the  casing  for 
introducing  the  fuel  to  be  filtered  into  the  space  around  the 
element,  and  a  fiiel  outlet  pipe  extending  through  the  wall  of 
the  casing  and  opening  within  the  filter  element  at  a  level 
lower  than  that  of  the  opening  of  the  fuel  inlet,  the  said  fuel 
outlet  pipe  being  formed  with  a  small  by-pass  opening  in  the 
upper  portion  of  the  wall  of  the  fuel  outlet  pipe  extending  in 
the  filter  element,  so  that  the  water  content  of  the  fuel  when 
accumulated  and  frozen  in  a  cold  season  will  not  clog  the  fiiel 
inlet  of  the  filter,  and  that  sufficient  fuel  supply  for  a  coW  start 
of  the  engine  will  be  ensured  through  the  said  by-pass  opening. 


A  treater  for  resolving  a  dispersion  containing  immiscible 
external  (hydrocarbon)  and  internal  (water)  liquid  phases  in  a 
closed  container  with  an  upright  flow  axis.  Upper  and  lower 
ouUets,  and  an  intermediate  distributor  inlet,  open  into  the 
container.  A  phirality  of  unobstructed  vertical  cells  having 
open-ended  inlets  provide  the  sole  fluid  communication 
between  the  upper  outlet  and  the  distributor  inlet  Each  cell 
terminates  at  a  transverse  header  having  metering  orifices 
which  provides  for  substantially  uniform  flow  conditions  in  the 
cells  whereby  fluid  flows  upwardly  at  uniform  rates  in  all  fluid 
flowing  through  the  cells  toward  the  upper  outlet  of  the  con- 
tainer. 


3,672,512 

STATIC  THICKENER  AND  HYDRAUUC  RAKE 

THEREPCMt 

Roy  H.  Werner,  PIttsburgfa,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Barrett  Haentjens 

&  Co.,  CoraopoUs,  Pa. 

FUed  Aug.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,688 

Iat.CLB01d2//2-< 

U.S.  a.  2 10—523  4  ck^am 


Hydraulic  rake  for  water  treatment  settling  basins  of  static 
thickeners.  The  rake  includes  a  series  of  statically  mounted 
pipes  arranged  along  the  basin,  below  the  sludge  level  in  the 
basin,  in  a  pattern  to  provide  uniform  coverage  of  the  attire 
floor  area  of  the  basin.  Fluid  pressure  or  electrically  operated 
valves  are  connected  with  certain  of  the  pipes  to  selectively 
connect  the  pipes  to  the  intake  of  an  underflow  pump.  One 
pipe  may  be  connected  to  the  pump  through  its  open  valve  to 


1878 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,,  1972 


remove  the  settled  matter  above  it  through  spaced  nozzles  in 
the  pipe.  A  next  pipe  may  then  be  connected  to  the  underflow 
pump  to  remove  thie  settled  matter  above  it  This  is  repeated  in 
a  preselected  order  to  completely  rake  or  sweep  the  floor  of 
the  basin  and  remove  solids  as  settling  down  toward  the  basin 
floor. 


1 


con- 


3,672^13 
FISHING  POLE  SUPPORTS 
Frankliii  D.  Riddle,  GrecavUe,  S.C.,  mmI  John  T.  WflHs, 
Miami,  Fla.,  asrignon  to  Southern  MacMnery  Company, 
GrMiif  S«C« 

FBcd  Sept  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,999 

int.  CL  A47r  7100 

U.S.a.211— 60R  3Cliriro 


rectangular  cross-sectional  contour  with  a  waisted  ^.  .. 

stricted  formation  centrally  of  the  major  faces  which  con- 
stitutes an  inner  reinforcing  rib  and  consequently  an  external 
groove,  with  spaced  perforations  formed  throughout  the 
height  of  the  upright  in  the  two  portions  of  said  major  faces 
which  are  separated  by  said  groove  and  also  in  the  minor  faces 
thereof,  whereby,  when  the  uprights  are  disposed  with  their 
minor  faces  parallel  to  the  front  and  rear  faces  of  the  frame 


TO    ^«4 


A  pair  of  coacting  reversely  mounted  support  brackets 
receive  the  butt  and  rod  ends  of  a  pair  of  fishing  poles  in 
reverse  direction  to  support  the  same  securely  beneath  the 
roof  of  a  cabin  cruiser  or  the  like.  The  poles  are  stored  out  of 
the  way  in  overhead  positions.  Positive  locking  means  on  the 
brackets  assure  that  the  poles  will  not  drop  due  to  vibrations 
or  movement  of  the  boat.  The  locking  means  are  leleasable 
manually. 


3,672,514 
BLANK  AND  MSPLAY  STAND  FOR  STEMWARE 


WIHam  Hnry  Tucker,  Cohnnbus,  Ohio, 
Hoddng  Corporation,  LMKaaler,  OMo 

FBed  Aug.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,560 
Int.  CL  A47J  47116;  A47g  29100 
UA  a.  211—73 


to  Anchor    tions 


structure,  and  by  pairs  across  said  front  and  rear  faces,  each 
pair  being  interconnected  by  a  cross  member  and  adjacent 
pairs  by  longitudinal  members,  a  frame  structure  comprising 
two  or  more  rows  disposed  in  the  front-to-rear  direction  can 
be  obtained,  each  upright  being  also  adapted  to  receive  two 
longitudinal  members  at  a  same  level  or  at  different  levels  in 
said  two  portions,  said  cross  members  and  longitudinal  mem- 
bers being  formed  with  end  lugs  engageable  in  said  perfora- 


2Clafans     MAC 


HINI 


1 

ASHEET 


3,672,516 
IE  FOR  SEPARATING  A  SHEET  FROM  A ! 
PILE 
Lcif  Rofamd  Nordrtrand,  Mahno,  Sweden,  aarignm  to  Kamas 
KvammasMner  AB,  Mahno,  Sweden  I 

Filed  Sept  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  73,972  I 

Clalnis    priority,    application    Sweden,    Sept.    23,    1969, 
13047/691 

I  Int.  a.  B65g  59/00 

U.S.  a.  2 14—8.5  A  4  Qataa 


A  display  stand  for  stemware  having  a  base  with  a  floor  por- 
tion and  a  upper  portion.  The  upper  portion  has  recesses  to 
receive  the  stem  of  the  stemware.  An  upright  portion  con- 
nected to  the  lower  portion  of  the  base  fits  through  a  slot  in 
the  upper  portion  of  the  base  and  has  fingers  mounted  on  its 
upper  portion  which  act  as  separators  for  the  bowl  of  the  stem- 
ware. 


3,672,515 
PALLET  STCNtAGE  SECTIONAL  FRAME  STRUCTURES 
61,  Boulewd  Camot,  31   Toulouse  Haute 


Fled  Dec.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,671 
I  priority,  application  France,  Dec  15, 1969, 6943321 

Int.  CLA47f  5/70 
U.S.a.  211—176  5Cbfans 

This  frame  structure  intended  more  particularly  for  the 
storage  of  palletized  loads  comprises  uprights  of  substantially 


A  method  and  a  machine  for  separating  a  sheet  from  &  bale 
of  sheets  of  paper  pulp  and  the  like  while  using  a  separation 
body  having  wedge-shaped  configuration  in  side  projection, 
the  said  body  being  adapted  to  penetrate  into  the  bale  Mi^iile 
cutting  off  one  sheet  therefrom.  The  bale  of  sheets  is  sup- 
ported during  the  separation  process  by  two  sets  of  arms 
which  are  movable  on  continuously  driven  chains  into  alterna- 
tive contact  with  the  bale. 


f\m      *  r\nn 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1879 


3,672,517 

ROTARY  VEHICLE  PARKING  SYSTEM  WITH  RAMP 

AND  TURNTABLE  ARRANGEMENT 

Charles  R.  Salloum,  120  EUs  St.,  San  Franctaco,  CaHf. 

Conttouadon-fat-port  of  Ser.  No.  750,952,  April  12, 1968,  Pat 

No.  3,613,909.  This  appttcatioB  April  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,699 

Int.CLE04htf/06 
U.S.  CI.  214—16.1  A  7CWnM 


3,672,519 
CHARGING  CAR  FOR  COKE  OVENS 
Erich  E.  W.  Pries,  Bochum,  Germany,  Msi|^llul  to  Dr.  C.  Otto 
&  Comp.  G  jn.b.H.,  ii«m4ii.»i  Gcmumy 

nied  Aug.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,167 
Oaiim  priority,  application  Gcmany,  Feb.  27, 1970,  P  20 

V3f  w^Mf*  jr 

Int.  a.  F23k  J/00 
U.S.  CL  214— 35  R  5, 


^ 


A  mululevel  parking  system  employing  rotary  parking  plat- 
forms for  maximized  parking  density  and  particular  ramp  and 
tiimtable  arrangements  for  simplified  access  and  egress  with 
improvement  economy  of  construction. 


3,672,518 

ARRANGEMENTS  IN  SILOS  FOR  S1X>RING  VAULT- 

FORMING  MATEIUALS 

Svcn  A.  Andenson,  Mahno,  Sweden,  assignor  to  Ingenlonfir. 

man  Nils  WdbuUAB,  Mahno, Swed«^  "B^uwwr 

Filed  May  19, 1970,  Ser,  No.  38^08 

InLa.B65g65/i« 

UA  a.  214-17  DB  4Cb,m. 


u 


rssssssas 


A  charging  car  for  coke  ovens  of  the  type  in  which  coke  is 
conveyed  through  feed  pipes  into  holes  extending  through  the 
tops  of  the  ovens,  characterized  in  that  the  covers  can  be 
removed  fh)m  the  holes,  coal  charged  into  the  ovens  and  the 
covers  replaced  without  permitting  the  escape  of  dust  and 
smoke  into  the  atmosphere.  This  is  accomplished  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  invention  by  means  of  gripping  devices 
which  are  located  in  housing  connected  to  the  sides  of  sleeves 
which  surround  the  feed  pipes.  These  gripping  devices  are 
pivotal  from  vertical  positions  to  horizontal  positions  to 
remove  or  replace  charge  hole  covers  which  normally  cover 
the  charge  holes  extending  through  the  tops  of  the  ovens. 


3,672,520 
REFUSE  PACKER  BODY 
Roy  Norman  Unville,  Richmond,  Va.,  assignor  to  Trudi 
Equipment  Corporation,  Richmond,  Va. 

Filed  Aug.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,850 
Int.a.B65fi/00 


U.S.  CI.  214—82 


lOCtafam 


11-, 

i^  ^M 

V-  -« 

- 

^fcA--* 

*-  h' 

<m 

..pss 

In  silos  for  storing  freely  running  materials  with  a  tendency 
to  form  vaults  when  taken  out  of  such  a  silo  or  container 
through  a  bottom  opening  by  means  of  a  horizontally  rotating 

scraper  the  arrangement  of  a  central  vertical  rotary  screw  and  Refiise  packer  body  for  the  accumulation  and  compaction 
''J!?™u^a"^'™  u'  '*"~^"8  and  replacing  any  broken  part  of  reftise  has  a  tilting  packer  blade  that  permits  the  ovw-all 
of  the  shaft  of  such  a  screw  without  the  need  of  emptying  said  length  of  the  packer  body  to  be  shortened  and  the  center  of 
contamer  for  repair.  gravity  ofthe  loaded  body  to  be  moved  forward 


1380 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1072 


r 


3^72421 
QUICK  ATTACHMENT  DEVICE 
Jamci  J.  Bmmt,  LUoii,  N.  Ml;  immm  L.  Wcracr,  Dc 
Lamen,  N.  Dak.,  and  Ldud  E.  Eriduoa,  MUmt,  N.  Dak. 

CondnuatfcM-lB-pwt  of  Scr.  No.  772,695,  Nov.  1, 1968, 

alMndoiMd.  Tlili  appMcaliiHi  Nov.  S,  1969,  Scr.  No.  874,235 

IiitCLB66f  9/00 

U.S.  a.  214— 145  9Clalim 


tray  can  be  lifted  and  lowered  by  a  frame  at  the  upper  end  of 
the  confiniqg  member.  The  internal  suifKcs  of  the  bar»  are 
flush  with  the  internal  tur&ces  of  the  respective  panels  of  the 
magazine  and  the  width  of  as  well  as  the  distances  betweea  the 
bars  which  are  adjacent  to  the  ends  of  the  cigarettes  are  less 
than  the  diameter  of  a  cigarette.  The  lateral  waUs  of  the  con- 
fining device  may  comprise  single  or  twin  bars  whereby  the 
length  of  a  cigarette  exceeds  the  width  of  a  single  bar  or  the 
distance  between  the  twin  bars. 


3,672323 
SNOWMOBILE  TRAILER 
Fred  R.  AHMrt,  6060  State  Rowl,  North  Street,  Mich. 
.FVed  April  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,940 
I  Int.  CL  Ii60p  U28 

U.S.  0.214—506  6( 


aum 


An  adapter  assembly  for  quickly  attaching  and  releasing  an 
implement  from  a  pair  of  spaced  actuating  arms,  useful  typi- 
cally to  mount  a  bucket  to  the  loader  arms  and  tilt  cylinders  of 
a  front-end  loader.  The  adapter  assembly  is  permanently 
pinned  to  the  loader  arms  and  tilt  cylinders  of  the  front-end 
loader  and  releasaUy  attached  to  the  bucket.  It  is  charac- 
terized by  an  elongate  member  extending  substantially  the 
distance  between  the  loader  arms  and  means  spaced  fiom  the 
elongate  member  for  releasably  securing  the  adapter  assembly 
to  the  bucket.  The  ek>ngate  member  seats  under  an  acute 
overhang  at  the  upper  rear  wall  of  the  bucket  and  the  lower 
portion  of  the  adapter  is  releasably  secured  to  a  protruding 
shelf  at  the  lower  rear  wall  of  the  bucket. 


3,672,322 
APPARATUS  FOR  FEEMNG  ROD  SHAPED  ARTICLES  TO 

CONSUMING  MACHINES 
Guntcr  Wririe,  Hamburg,  and  Alois  Kasparck,  Rdnbck,  both 
of  GcmHoy,  — ignors  to  Hauni-Wcrke  Korbcr  &  Co.  Kg., 

Hamburg,  Germany 

FUcd  July  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59.493 
Clabm  priority,  appHcaSfam  Gctmuiy,  Aug.  2, 1969,  P  19  39 
395.4 

IntaB65g//0« 
U.S.  CL  214— 302  10  Claims 


In  combination  with  an  apparatus  for  transporting  snowmo- 
bile vehicles  having  one  or  more  ski-like  members,  means  on 
the  apparatus  defining  a  snowmobile  vehicle  support  surface, 
a  retaining  element  for  releasably  securing  a  snowmobile  vehi- 
cle upon  the  surface,  means  for  supporting  the  element  for 
movement  between  a  retracted  position  extending  generally 
coplanar  with  the  surface  and  an  elevated  position  projecting 
upwardly  from  the  surface  and  adapted  for  engagement  with 
the  ski-like  member  of  a  snowmobile  supported  on  the  sur- 
face, and  means  for  resiliently  biasing  the  element  toward  the 
elevated  position,  whereby  a  snowmobile  vehicle  may  be 
traversed  forwardly  ak)ng  the  surface  and  the  element  will  be 
biased  to  the  retracted  position  as  the  ski-like  member  travels 
thereover,  and  the  element  will  be  biased  to  the  elevated  posi- 
tion once  the  member  has  traveled  thereacross  and  will  en- 
gage the  rearward  end  of  the  member  to  prevent  rearward 
movement  of  the  vehicle  ak>ng  the  surface. 


.  I  3,672,524 

SUPPORT  ASSEMBLY  FOR  CAMPER       , 
Martin  B.  Conrad,  1980  Paquka  Drive,  Carplntcria,  Caif 

i     Filed  Nov.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  91,954 
lM.Cl.B60p3/32,i/64 
4-515  llClalm 


U.S.  a.  21 


nSET 


T'T  "■);!'{' 


A  feeding  apparatus  which  delivers  batches  of  arrayed 

Cigarettes  to  the  magazine  for  a  packing  machine.  The  panels  A  support  assembly  for  a  camper  umt  normally  ««>«^ 

ofule  magazine  are  formed  with  vertical  recesses  for  the  rigkl  the  body  of  a  pickup  truck  is  provided  with  lateraUy  j«^ 

banofaw^ningdevicewhichsupportsaninverted cigarette  horizontal  side  rails.  These  side  nub  rest  on  *ej^^  bofly 

tray  during  evacuation  of  its  contents  into  the  magazine.  The  and  support  the  camper  umt  along  its  side  edges.  1  wo  torwaro 


M  rxt^r^ 


r\-cii:*rm  AT    n  A »7T?TT"I? 


JUNE  27,  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


postt  are  secured  to  a  transverse  horizontal  member  at  their 

upper  ends  and  this  member  is  pivotally  connected  to  the  side 
raUs  at  their  forward  ends.  Two  roar  posts  are  each  pivoted  at 
the  upper  end  to  one  of  the  side  raib,  respectively,  and  a 
second  transverse  horizontal  member  extends  between  the 
rear  posts  and  is  secured  to  them  at  a  location  below  their 
pivotal  connections  to  the  side  rails.  A  pair  of  tie  rods  each 
pivotally  connect  a  forvwl  peat  to  a  rear  poit.  TTie  camper 

ill'I^^.I?"  ** '"*^  *****  *™**  »«^  *^ '*«i^ «»« >o^ 
ends  orthe  po«s  in  inclined  position  on  the  ground  and  then 

movmg  tl^  truck  body  rearward  to  bring  the  posts  to  vertical 
position.  Each  post  is  provided  with  an  adjusubly  extensible 
foot  piece  Angular  tension  elements  maintain  the  posts  in  ver- 
tical position. 


1881 

center  of  the  carriage,  and  the  fork  section  is  movable  to  and 
from  lateral  poaitions  on  a  line  perpendicular  to  the  kmgitu- 

dmalcentCT  Une  and  is  adapted  to  be  skewed  to  various  aSes 
between  the  two  lateral  positions.  A  k>ad  distributing  system^ 
preferably  mcorporated  in  the  carriage  consisting  generally  of 

spaced  racks  mounted  on  the  upright  and  one  or  more  shafts 
with  pinions  meshing  with  the  racks. 


AMiC 


3,672,525 

roRK  LDT  APPARATUS 

r,  1005  N.  ITth  St.,  Bdevae,  OL 

FBmI  Oct.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81.058 

InLCL  86619/20 

U.S.CL214— 674 


3,672^27 
.      „  ."-ASnc  CLOSURE  FOR  CONTAINERS 

FBcd  Jan.  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,210 

o ' 


13 


A  fork  lift  apparatus  for  mounting  on  the  front  of  a  highway 
mick  has  Its  mast  structure  arranged  to  pivot  about  a  longitu- 
dinid  axis  on  the  front  of  the  truck  for  movement  from  a  tow- 
level  horizontal  traveling  position  to  vertical  and  longitu- 
dinally mdincd  operating  positions,  mounting  the  fork  sup- 
porting apron  on  the  mast  for  pivoting  about  a  longitudinal 
axM  to  provide  for  transverse  dlting  of  the  forks,  and  pivotallv 
mounting  the  forks  in  variable  positions  on  the  apron  for 
pivoting  about  vertical  axes  to  pennit  their  folding  to  a  posi- 
tion transverse  ofthe  truck  when  they  are  not  in  use 


A  plastic  ck»ure  for  containers  comprising  a  top  provided 
with  dependmg  inner  and  outer  skirts,  sakl  skirts  having  fadna 
surfaces  which  non-sealingly  contact  surfaces  of  a  bottle  neck 
adjacent  its  edge,  said  inner  skirt  merging  into  an  annular  radi- 
ally projecting  sealing  member  surrounding  and  integral  with  a 
concavo^nvex  ck)«ire  web.  said  sealing  memberlnpiging  a 
restricted  area  of  the  inner  surface  of  the  bottle  neck  ThTdo- 
sure  may  be  removed  by  use  of  a  cap  lifter  or  the  top  of  the 
closure  may  be  provided  with  weakening  means  which  dhode 
the  top  into  an  outer  and  an  imier  ring,  the  outer  ring  being 
severed  from  the  inner  nng  in  one  segmem  of  the  top  and  the 
tcy  having  an  unweakened  area  opposite  the  severed  segmem 
whKh  connects  the  outer  ring  to  the  rest  ofthe  ckxuie  for  lift- 
ing the  ciomire  from  the  bottle. 


3,672,526 

FRONT  AND  SIDE  LOADING  ATTACHMENT  FOR 
UFTTNG  TRUCKS 
C.  Hanacii.  BaMie  Creek,  Mich.,  ■nlgimi  to  Oark 


19 


3,672328 
NECK  FOR  WIDE-MOUTH  JAR  AND  CAP  THEREFOR 

^!2L^*  ^T!^^^  ^"^  ^^  ^^P  ^"^  '■'^  «»  Alamed 
Street,  San  CaHoi,Cidif. 

Conttouado^lii^Mrt  of  Ser.  No.  24,708,  Apriil,  1970.  Tlds 
■PpVcalfaa  Dec  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  99,607 
Int.a.B65d¥//J2 
U.S.a.215-46A  ,0, 


FUcd  Aug.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,672 
Iat.CLB66f9//4 
U.S.CL214— 730 


A  front  and  side  loader  attachment  for  lift  trucks  with  an 
jVrightinijdudi  the  fork  section  is  connected  to  the  upright 
by  a  member  movable  angulariy  in  a  horizontal  plane  from 
one  side  of  the  carriage  to  the  other  side.  The  member  is 
pivoted  at  one  end  on  a  line  substantially  in  the  k>ngitudinal 


A  wide-mouth  jar  of  plastic  or  glaas  haa  an  exterior  neck 
fm»h  comprising  two  circumferential,  vertk^aOy  spaced  but- 
tressed beads,  the  lower  being  of  greater  diameter  than  the 
upper.  The  plastk  cap  which  fits  on  the  neck  hM  a  flat-top 
d«k  with  a  peripheral  skirt,  the  interior  of  which  is  fbnned 
with  two  circumferential  beads  dlmenskxied  to  engage  im- 
mediately under  the  radial  flanks  of  the  beads  of  the  neS.  TTie 
waU  of  the  skirt  it  weakened  immediately  above  the  tower  cap 
bead  in  a  orcumfiBrential  internal  groove  which  connectt  with 
two  downward  slanted  internal  grooves  extending  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  skirt.  A  first  finger  grip  tab  depoKh  from  the  bot- 


1382 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


torn  of  the  skirt  to  one  side  of  the  slanted  groove  to  tear  the 
cap  along  the  grooves.  A  second  tab  depends  from  the  bottom 
of  the  skirt  between  the  downward  slanted  grooves  to  pry  the 
cap  off  the  neck. 


1972 


with  meaiis  to  engage  the  walls  of  the  tray  and  meakis  for 
securing  the  collar  to  the  tray.  Combinations  of  said  tray  and 
said  collar  are  also  disclosed. 


3,672^29 
CARGO  CONTAINER 
DomW  W.  Fedderaen.  Northbrook,  and  Ev«rett  L.  Markowskl, 
Morton  Grove,  both  of  m.,  aarignon  to  Air  Cargo  Equlp- 
mort  Corporation,  Tuka,  OUa. 

FDed  Nov.  14, 1969,  Ser.  No.  876,654 

htLCLB656  87100 

U.S.a.220— 1.5  aSClatais 


to  Emerson  Eke 


3,672,531 
RECEPTACLE 
MMlin  H.  Balvcn,  FlortHMit,  Mo., 
trie  Co.,  St.  Look,  Mo. 

FHcd  M«rch  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  15,508 
Int.  a.  B65d  7/24, 25/04, 25/22 
UAa.2jO— 4R  18 


I    FHe 

L     ^ 
.a.  220— 41 


Claims 


A  container  for  transporting  goods  by  airplane  comprises  a 
top  wall,  a  bottom  wall,  and  a  pair  of  opposed  side  walls  all 
bounded  by  rigid  firan»ework  and  cooperating  to  defme  a  pair 
of  openings  which  are  respectively  closed  by  stowable  door 
structures,  each  of  the  door  structures  including  a  pair  of  door 
brackets  pivotally  mounted  on  the  top  wall  framework  and 
two  hingedly  interconnected  door  panels  one  of  which  is 
slidaUy  mounted  on  the  door  brackets,  the  door  structures 
being  movable  between  a  closed  position  completely  closing 
the  openings  and  a  stowed  position  folded  atop  the  container, 
and  two  latch  assemblies  on  each  door  structure  for  holding  it 
in  the  closed  position;  adjustable  shelves  are  mounted  on  the 
framework  within  the  container. 


^A  receptacle  for  holding  objects  such  as  welding  rods  is  dis- 
closed which  includes  side  walls,  a  bottom«wall  and  partitions 
defining  a  box  having  a  plurality  of  compartments,  the  walls 
and  partitions  being  separate  members  which  consist  of  two 
different  kinds  of  parts.  The  members  are  provided  with  inter- 
fitting  slots  and  Ubs  so  that  the  members  can  be  readily  assem- 
bled into  the  form  of  a  box  and  disassembled  as  desired,  and 
without  the  necessity  of  screws  or  bolts  and  nuts. 

3,672,532 

HIGH  TOLERANCE  HOLE-PLUG  FOR  SHEET  METAL 
Phillip  D.  Becker,  Southbury,  Conn.,  aarignor  to  BudI  Indus- 
tries, Incorporated,  Watcrbury,  Conn. 

.     FDed  April  14, 1971,  Ser.  No.  133^51 
I  Int.  a.  B65d  45/00 

.  a.  220—: 


U.S.I 


3,672,530 
TRAY  COLLAR  AND  TRAY-COLLAR  COMBINATIONS 
Orviile  J.  Bridcmtlne,  Waynta,  Mfaui.;  Mehin  S.  Shutt,  and 
Hvry  A.  Brookdrire,  both  of  Bartlcsvllle,  Okia.,  assignors  to 

PMUlpa  Petroleum  Company 

FUed  Dec  31, 1969,  Ser.  No.  889,669 

Int.CLB65d7//70 
U&a220-4R  23Ctalms 


-25 


Z' 


licUms 


/" 


The  invention  pertains  to  a  hole-plug  for  closing  an  access 
aperture  in  a  sheet  or  plate-like  support  member.  An  exter- 
nally flanged  cup  configured  to  be  loosely  received  in  the 
aperture,  with  the  flange  overiying  the  margin  thereof,  is 
clamped  to  the  support  member  by  a  malleaUe  metal  spkler 
positioned  within  and  crosswise  of  the  bottom  of  the  cup.  ini- 
tially the  mid-portion  of  the  spider  is  arched  centrally  out- 
wardly from  the  cup  bottom,  and  the  legs  of  the  spider  are 
A  collar  adapted  to  extend  the  height  of  the  walls  of  a  paUet  reversely  arched  with  the  tips  disposed  in  registering  slots 
tray  when  placed  on  said  pallet  tray.  Said  collar  is  provided    formed  in  the  cup  wall.  Flattening  the  arched  mid-pprtion  of 


rM?i?Tr«TAT   riAT'.ir.TTir. 


June  27,  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1883 


the  spider  toward  the  bottom  wall  of  the  cup  when  the  plug  is 
placed  in  the  hole  to  be  closed  causes  the  legs  of  the  spider  to 
expand  radially  outwardly  and  their  tips  to  curl  back  into 
clamping  engagement  with  the  opposite  surface  of  the  support 
member  engaged  by  the  peripheral  flange  erf' the  cup. 


3,672,533 
FLOATTiiG  VENT  DEVICE 
Jack  R  McKcwi,  NOHkm,  Kam.,  aHignor  to  Chema«rv  Cor- 
poration, Kansas  City,  Mo. 

FUed  Dec.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  94,701 

Inta.B65d5///6 

UAa.220-44R  8Clalnis 


opening.  A  release  boh  provides  for  pushing  inwardly  against 
the  inner  pistcm  member  so  as  to  let  fluid  pressure  into  or  out 
of  the  chamber  from  a  port  located  centrally  in  the  cover 
member  at  a  zone  opposed  by  the  piston  member. 


3,672,535 
RING  TAB  FOR  EASY-OTON  CAN 
J.  B.  McGuIre,  Pakis  Verdes  Peninsula,  CaUL, 
Ermal  C.  Fraze,  Dayton,  Ohk> 

FOed  Dec.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  99,603 
Int.  CLB65d  77/24 
VJS.  CL  220—54 


to 


lOCfarinw 


The  invention  is  a  floating  vent  device  comprising  a  pair  of 
members  together  defining  a  chamber,  a  gas  permeable 
porous  carbon  body  subdividing  said  chamber  into  two  zones 
of  which  a  first  is  provided  with  at  least  one  aperture;  a  float 
connected  with  said  pair  of  members  so  as  to  permit  them  to 
float  above  a  body  of  liquid,  and  a  tube  projecting  axially 
through  said  float,  through  said  first  zone  and  in  air-tight 
fashion  through  said  carbon  body  into  said  second  zone.  The 
other  end  of  the  tube  is  connected  to  a  closure  for  a  container 
and  communicates  with  the  outside  atmosphere  through  an 
orifice  in  the  closure. 


3,672,534 
CLOSURE  FOR  HIGH  PRESSURE  CHAMBER 
John  F.  Brennan,  Des  PWnes,  Dl.,  and  Universal  OU  Products 
Company,  Des  Piaincs,  DL 

FDed  June  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  47352 

hA.O.B65d  53/00 

U.S.a.220-46P  4Claims 


A  dosiu-e  system  for  a  high  pressure  chamber  which  is  par- 
ticularly designed  to  permit  the  use  of  an  interior  glass  coating 
or  other  non-metallic  liner  material.  The  closure  design  in- 
cludes a  demountable  cover  for  a  chamber  opening,  a  gasket 
member  which  will  extend  aroimd  the  interior  periphery  of  the 
opening,  and  an  inner  "piston"  member,  which  will  assist  in 
providing  a  sealing  of  the  gasket  member  around  the  chamber 


A  tob  for  use  with  an  easy-open  can  end  in  which  the  at- 
tachment portion  of  the  tab  is  formed  integral  with  the  inner 
tab  bead  and  is  passed  below  the  outer  tab  bead  and  extends  to 
a  position  beyond  the  outer  periphery  of  the  outer  bead  for  at- 
tachment to  a  tear  strip  by  suiuble  means  such  as  an  integral 
rivet.  The  attachment  portion  is  sufficiendy  long  to  prevent  a 
sharp  bending  of  the  tear  strip  in  the  area  immediately  ad- 
jacent the  rivet. 


3,672,536 

CONTAINER  AND  CLOSURE  THEREFOR 

Alfred  W.  Kinney,  Kansas  City,  Mo.,  and  James  W.  HUianK, 

Buticsvillc,  Okla.,  assignors  to  PlilUips  Petroleum  CompMiy 

Filed  Feb.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  8,981 

Int  a.  B65d  43/10, 21/02, 51/16 
U.S.  a.  220— 60  R  8, 


A  container  with  a  closure  retention  groove  is  provided  with 
a  rigid  stacking  ring  structure  of  reduced  height,  comprising  a 
vertical  wall  section  extending  upwardly  fix>m  the  outer 
periphery  erf  a  horizontal  lower  stacking  shoulder  to  the  inner 
periphery  of  a  horizontal  annular  rim.  A  compressional 
camming  wall  section  extends  inwardly  and  downwardly  from 
the  inner  periphery  of  the  lower  stacking  shoulder  to  the 
upper  extent  of  the  closure  retention  groove.  A  closure  for  the 
container  can  be  formed  so  that  the  portion  of  the  closure 
between  the  closure  rim  and  the  retention  bead  grips  the  por- 
tion of  the  container  between  the  retention  groove  and  the 
container  rim.  to  secure  the  closure  to  the  container. 


3,672,537 

FUEL  TANK  VAPOR  SEPARATOR  SYSTEM  HAVING 

PIVOTING  ARM  VAPOR  PICKUP 

Ernest  W.  Kftmcr,  ABen  Park,  Mkh.,  Mnigiiiii  to  Ford  Motor 

Company,  Dearborn,  IVfich. 

FDed  Aug.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63^73 

InLCLB65d  25/00 

U.S.CL  220-85  VR  <n.h- 

A  hollow  arm  pivots  in  a  plane  substantially  parallel  to  the 

fuel  tank  roof  about  a  pivot  member  located  in  the  center  of 

the  roof.  Buoyant  material  attached  to  the  outer  end  of  the 


1884 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


ami  urges  that  end  to  any  vapor  tpmee  exiting  above  the 
liquid  regaidleM  of  tank  attitude.  Exceat  ftiel  vapon  paa* 


through  the  panage  in  the  arm  and  are  conducted  to  the  en 
gine  combustion  chambers. 

3^2,538 

DISPOSABLE  nSH  MEANS 

Kari  miiliinawi  Qmry  HU,  N J^  aarfpMMT  to  Nfcitta,  be, 

ClMrry  HB,  N J.  „  ,^ 

nM  SapC  25, 1970,  S«-.  No.  75,639 

M.CLW65i2ll02,7l4S 

uAa220-y7C  * 


/oi      ^p 


June  27,  1972 


wan  of  the'carrier  and  access  to  a  locking  tab  disposed  ad- 
jacent the  bottom  edge  of  the  kmgitudinal  partition  structure 
is  afforded  by  means  of  a  hinge  line  adjoining  the  lowennost 
portion  of  the  longitudinal  paitition  stnicture  to  the  upper 
part  thereof  so  that  when  the  carrier  is  set  up  the  bottom  wall 
engages  and  brushes  to  one  side  the  lowennost  portion  of  the 
longitudinid  partition  structure  thereby  to  expose  the  locking 
notch  for  engagement  by  the  end  edge  of  the  bottom  wall.  The 
carrier  is  strengthened  by  means  of  a  medial  partition  panel 
which  is  struck  from  the  pair  of  medial  paneb  which  form  the 
longitudinal  partition  structure  and  folded  downwardly  afcxig 
a  diagonal  fokl  line  and  is  secured  to  an  auxiliary  reinforcing 
panel  struck  from  one  of  the  handle  panels  and  fokled 
downwardly  into  flat  face  contacting  relationship  to  the  jnedi- 
al  partition. 


\ 


E.408S|va|iK 


3,672,540 
CAPPING  APPARATUS 
Rlckard  A.  Newport,  c/o  Bmiwali  Crs— wr 
Av«^SpakaM.WaBh. 

DIvWaB  «f  Scr.  N*.  631,033,  Apr!  14, 1967.  PM.  No. 
3,51 1,025.  llrii  appicaliaa  March  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21058 

iirt-CLBCSh  7/00 
U.S.CL  221-63  10  ( 


A  dwposable  dish,  such  as  a  plate,  saucer  or  bowl,  having  a 
rim  around  the  edge  of  a  central  portion.  The  rim  has  a  plurali- 
ty of  spaced  upitanding  ribs  thereon.  The  dishes  are  adapted 
to  be  stacked  together  in  a  pile  with  the  upper  ttuf  ace  of  the 
ribs  engaging  the  bottom  surfisce  of  the  rim  of  the  next  upper- 
most dish  so  as  to  space  the  dishes  apart  and  allow  for  ease  of 
individuaUy  removing  the  dishes  from  the  stack  even  if  the 
stack  of  dishes  are  compresMd  together. 


H 


3,672,539 
ARTICXE  CARRIER 
W.  Fomr,  JoiMriNro,  Ga^  aaripnr  to  Hm  Mead  Cor- 


10 


fVsd  Dm.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,668 

iirt.  a.  B65d  75/00 

U&CL  220-113 


An  apparatus  for  applying  closures  to  receptacles,  particu- 
larly designed  for  applying  caps  to  cylindrical  cartons.  A 
vacuum  device  receives  the  capt  from  a  magazine  and  places 
each  cap  fxi  a  carton  centered  by  a  conveying  and  positioning 
apparatus 

I         

3,672,541  

FEEDING  DEVICE  FOR  OGARETTES  FOR  aCARETTE 
PACKING  MACHINES 

^^^a4^k  I^I^^^i^aa^^kaaaa    ^atfW^^BflttflV^H    C^^BHlBfllBV    flfllBfl^BflflT  \tt  n^flflCHllldl* 

taliriknr.Nfepmiwi&Co.,GcvcMMr|,GcnBaBy     i 
FBed  July  1, 1969,  Ssr.  No.  838,253  | 

dalna  priority,  appllcaliMi  GcnMaiy.  July  2, 1968,  P  17  57 

970J      1  --  *       i 

I  IiiLaB65g59/00 

U.S.CL  221-68  5ClaiBM 


A  basket  style  article  carrier  having  frill  depth  partition 
structure  is  formed  from  a  single  unitary  blank.  A  partition 
element  comprises  a  partition  strip  fcddably  joined  to  one  side 
wall  and  to  a  handle  panel  through  a  relief  tab  arranged  to 
render  the  partition  strip  extensible,  and  a  transverse  partition 
panel  struck  from  lonfitudinal  partition  structure  is  adjoined 
thereto  by  a  partition  relief  tab  so  that  the  effective  lei^  of 
the  partition  strip  may  be  increased  so  as  to  afford  hand 
gripping  space  adjacent  the  handle  of  the  carrier.  The  longitu- 
dinal partition  structure  is  arranged  to  extend  to  the  bottom 


An  apparatus  in  which  cigarettes  are  ejected  in  batches  in 
an  endwise  direction  from  chutes  in  which  the  cigarettes  are 


1QQA 


mriTTr.TAT.  aA7F,TTP! 


June  27,  1972 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


disposed  in  vertical  stacks.  To  permit  hi^  speed  of  operation,  3,672,543 

the  <^arettes  are  urged  downwardly  in  the  chutes  by  air  jets  80  FLOWABLE  SUBSTANCES  DISPENSER 

that  foltowing  the  ejection  of  a  batch  of  cigarettes  from  the    WUan  H.  Roacr.  Les  Insilii  Rohart  N  n^mm  r, 


chutes,  the  next  batch  to  be  ejected  will  move  quickly  into 
ejection  position.  To  prevent  tilting  of  the  cigarettes  in  the 
chutes,  the  ends  of  the  cigarettes  next  to  drop  into  ejection 
position  are  engaged  by  a  stop  member  until  the  ejecting 
member  is  withdrawn  from  beneath  the  cigarettes,  whereupon 
the  stop  member  is  withdrawn  and  the  cigarettes  dropped  to 
ejection  position  while  remaining  horizontal.  The  supply  of 
compressed  air  to  the  noales  is  preferably  regulated  so  as  to 
take  place  at  about  the  instant  the  cigarettes  are  to  drop  to 
ejection  position. 


3,672,542 
BOBBIN  SEGREGATING  AND  ORIENTING  APPARATUS 
Davtd  G.  Crukkahank,  Kii«rtowB.  and  David  T.  Gocrte,  W«^ 
wick,  both  of  RJ.,  SBilgiiiiii  to  Lccsona  Corporatkm,  Wv 
wkk,RJ. 

Fled  July  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  842,948 
Int.  CL  R23q  7/ J  2 
U.S.CL221— 161  21 


ky,  aad  Gabar  VlsM>rits. 


alafCrilf. 


1886 


to 


Fled  Feb.  1 1, 1971,  S«r.  No.  1 14,427 
lal.CLB67d  5/06 
U.S.a.  222-183 


11 


TrrrrrrT^rTf^rrrr 


In  a  fluid  dispenser  c^  the  expansiMe  member  or  bladder 
type  wherein  the  memory  <rf"  the  material  furnishes  the 
dispensing  force,  a  unitary  mandrel  and  valve  ckicure  member 
acts  to  pretension  the  expansible  member  and  to  act  m  the 
vahre  closure,  the  axial  movement  of  whidi  pomitB  the  fluid 
contained  within  the  expansible  member  to  be  ( 


3^72,544 

MULTI-COMPONIMT  PIODlXn' DISPENSER 

to  aha-Gi%y  Cor- 


26 


U.S.a.  222-94 


22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48,336 

lM.CLB6Sd«i/;4 


Apparatus  for  segregating  a  jumbled  mass  of  bobbins  and 
delivery  of  the  bobbins  one  at  a  time  in  axial  orientation.  A 
chain  conveyor  includes  a  plurality  of  buckets  for  receiving 
bobbins.  These  buckets  open  inwardly  and  together  form  the 
bottom  of  a  hopper  which  receives  the  jumbled  bobbins.  As 
the  conveyor  is  driven,  a  bucket  receives  a  bobbin  fxotu  the 
hopper  and  carries  the  bobbin  upwardly  along  a  substantially 
straight  path  to  a  discharge  chute  at  an  upper  portion  dt  the 
apparatus.  The  buckets  have  a  particular  cross-sectional  con- 
figuration so  that  when  they  are  on  the  straight  upwardly  ex- 
tending path  they  will  retain  only  one  bobbin  having  a 
rounded  cross-section  and  within  a  particular  range  of  diame- 
ters varying  from  an  empty  bobbin  core  to  a  full  bobbin.  If  a 
second  bobbin  is  picked  up  by  a  bucket  it  will  drop  from  the 
bucket  afong  the  straight  path  and  fall  back  into  the  hopper. 
By  varying  the  inclination  of  the  buckets  along  the  straight 
portion  of  the  path,  the  range  may  be  varied.  A  bobbin  in  the 
hopper  may  tend  to  align  itself  with  its  axis  parallel  to  the 
direction  of  movement  of  the  buckets  and  woukl  thus  bkxrk 
the  buckets  from  receiving  bobbins  having  their  axes  trans- 
verse to  the  path  of  movement  of  the  buckets.  Such  a  parallel 
bobbin  is  flipped  over  so  that  it  falls  back  onto  the  hopper  with 
its  axis  transverse  to  the  path  of  movement  of  the  buckeu. 
Bobbins  are  fed  into  the  hopper  responsive  to  a  reduction  in 
weight  of  the  bobbins  in  the  hopper  and  the  hopper  is  driven 
intermittently  to  deliver  bobbins  one  at  a  time  responsive  to  an 
external  demand. 


A  dispenser  for  spraying  a  multi-COTiponent  product  in- 
cludes a  product  container  housing  the  product  components. 
The  components  are  mutually  isolated  and  are  put  in  commu- 
nication with  product  passages  throu^  a  valve  of  the  con- 
tainer. The  stem  <rf  the  valve  is  connected  to  a  coupler-aspiia- 
tor.  An  aerosol  propellant  cartridge  is  also  connected  to  the 
coupler-aspirator.  When  the  propellant  cartridge  is  depressed, 
both  the  valve  thereof  and  the  container  valve  are  opened, 
'"'^product  components  are  then  combined  and  aspirated  by 
the  propellant  through  the  coupler-aspirator. 


I 


1386 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,672,545 
AIR  PRESSURE  (M>ERATED  IMSPENSER 
Mvwid,  Nonvyk,  Conn^  Miignnr  to  CIlM-Gdty  Cor- 
poratioa 

FDed  June  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,694 

Iat.a.B67d5/54 

U.S.a.222— 193  SCWms 


is  provided  for  closing  the  aperture  formed  in  the  lid.  When  it 
is  desired  to  pour  material  from  the  container,  the  jAug  is 


removed  from  the  aperture  in  the  lid  and  a  pouring  ffent  it 
placed  over  the  aperture. 


A  dispensing  device  in  which  the  product  to  be  dispensed  is 
aspirated  and  sprayed  by  the  discharged  pressurized  air.  A 
valve  assembly  has  a  product  flow  path  therethrough  and  a 
compressed  air  flow  path  therethrough.  The  valve  stem  of  the 
assembly  is  actuated  to  open  the  flow  paths,  and  aspirating 
means  is  provided  at  the  upper  end  of  said  stem  for  bringing 
one  end  of  each  of  said  flow  paths  together.  A  piston-cyliixler 
assemUy  is  provided  on  the  device  having  a  cylinder  with  one 
end  around  the  end  of  the  compressed  air  flow  path,  a  piston 
slidaUe  in  the  cylinder,  and  a  piston  rod  on  said  piston  aiid  ex- 
tending out  of  the  other  end  of  said  cylinder.  A  product  con- 
taining sac  has  a  neck  thereon  sealed  around  the  end  of  the 
product  flow  path.  An  actuator  means  is  connected  between 
the  piston  rod  and  the  valve  assembly  for  moving  the  valve 
stem  relative  to  the  valve  body  for  opening  the  flow  paths 
when  the  piston  is  moved  to  the  inner  end  of  the  cylinder  ad- 
jacent the  valve  assembly  to  provide  a  predetermined  amount 
of  compressed  air. 


3,672,548 
TACKLE  BOX 
Gw  R  Mavrdds,  135  Burifa«laa  Ave,  BUlBii,  Mont 
FiM  April  5, 1971.  Scr.  No.  131,038 

Iiit.CLA45c///00 
i;.S.CL224— 5G  6 


3,672,546 

FOAM  DISPENSING  HEAD 

Eafl  T.  Ruble,  7050  S.  92iid  St.,  FrankHa,  Wh. 

Filed  Feb.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12,926 

bA.  CLB65d  83/ 14 

U.S.CL  222— 40X12 


*~y 


A  foam  dispensing  head  for  attachment  to  a  pressurized 
container.  The  spout  is  a  diffiiser  which  decreases  the  velocity 
of  the  foam  and  permits  the  spout  to  be  placed  directly  against 
the  surface  on  which  the  foam  is  to  be  applied. 


An  improved  tackle  box  adapted  to  be  supported  on  the 
1  ^^M«"  front  of  tfie  user  by  means  of  shoulder  stii^x  is  disclosed.  The 
tackle  box  comprises  three  basic  component  parts.  These  in- 
clude ( I )  a  receptacle  having  a  number  of  partitioning  walls 
(2)  a  support  member  in  the  form  of  an  outer  cover  for  said 
receptacle  and  ( 3 )  a  combined  shelf  and  supplemental  cover 
for  said  receptacle.  The  firont  wall  of  the  receptacle  includes  a 
forwardly  extending  of!set  position  that  cooperates  with  the 
side  and  firont  wall  of  the  shelf  to  provide  a  tray  having  con- 
tinuous, upstanding  side  walls.  The  ofiEwt  portion  of  the  ftx>nt 
wall  of  the  receptacle  also  serves  as  stop  means  for  limiting  the 
pivotal  travel  of  the  shelf.  The  tackle  box  is  sturdy  and  durable 
in  construction,  yet  is  relatively  simple  and  easy  to  manufac- 
ture. 


3,672,547 

CONTAINER  WITH  REPLACEABLE  PLUG  AND 

POURING  SPOUT 

Robert  L.  Kodowski,  29989  Woodhavcn  Lane,  Southlldd, 

Mkh. 

Flkd  Dec  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,169 

hiLCLB65d  25/48 

U.S.a.222— 567  3CWnis 

A  lid  for  a  paint  can  and  the  like,  the  lid  having  a  circular 

aperture  formed  therein  adjacent  one  edge.  A  removable  plug 


3,672449 

CAR  TOP  CARRIER  AND  ACCESS  LADDER 
Andro  J.  Chorey,  8315  GIbMm  Road,  Cairfleld,  Ohio     I 
Filed  Dec.  15, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884382 

Int.  CL  B60r  3/00, 9/04  \ 

U.S.CL  224-42.1  E  4Clafans 

A  car  top  rack  and  an  access  ladder  assembly  b  herein  dis- 
closed. The  rack  is  removably  mounted  on  the  roof  of  the  car 
by  bracket  supports  which  provide  for  adjustment  to  conform 
to  the  contour  of  the  car  roctf  and  to  provide  for  leveling  of  the 
carrier.  The  ladder  forms  part  of  the  structure  and  may  be 
stored  between  rails  which  extend  kmgitudinally  of  the  car ,  for 


.      FBe 
d.  124-42 


liniK  9.7.  1ft72 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1887 


transporution  purposes.  The  access  ladder  may  be  easily  which  approaches  that  of  the  outfeed  rcdlers.  When  the  limit 
moved  from  its  stored  position  to  a  position  wherein  it  extends  of  the  lost  motion  idler  relationship  is  established  the  speed  of. 


4^  Jl. 


ZZWI 


the  infeed  rollers  is  rapidly  reduced,  causing  severance  of  the 
strip  of  stationery  along  the  transverse  line  of  weakening. 


downwardly  from  the  rear  portion  of  the  car  top  rack,  with  its 
lowerend  engaging  the  ground,  whereby  ready  access  to  the 
carrier,  and  the  material  supported  thereby,  is  effected. 


3,672,550 

MULTI-TAPE  DISPENSER 

Michael  R.  Greco,  5005  W.  Bddcn,  Chicaso,  DL 

FIM  July  7, 1969,  Scr.  No.  839,184 

Int.  CL  B65h  35/10;  A47k  10/32 

VS.  a.  225—34  14  Clirinv 


J 


^j'"- 7 '":v^ 


■77 


A  tape  dispenser  including  a  supporting  framework  having 
at  least  one  open  space  defined  between  two  plate  portions 
which  support  a  rod  member  mounting  at  least  one  roll  of 
tape.  Each  of  the  plate  portions  has  at  least  one  aperture 
therein  and  the  rod  member  is  C-shaped  having  a  middle  por- 
tion and  two  end  portions  which  extend  transversely  of  the 
middle  portion  and  which  are  releasably  received  aitd  firmly 
held  in  the  apertures. 


3,672,551 
BURSTER  WITH  INTERRUPTED  DRIVE 
Charles  L.  Peterson,  Crystal  Lake,  Dl.,  assignor  to  Uarco  In- 
corporated 

Filed  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,731 
InLa.B65hi5//0 
U.S.  CI.  225- 100  6  Claims 

An  improved  burster  for  separating  continuous  form  sta- 
tionery along  transverse  lines  of  weakening  wherein  the  infeed 
and  outfeed  rollers  are  maintained  a  fixed  distance  apart,  with 
the  outfeed  rollers  being  driven  at  a  faster  rate  of  speed  than 
the  infeed  rollers.  A  limited  lost  motion  connection  is  inter- 
posed in  the  drive  to  the  infeed  rollers  to  allow  the  infeed  rol- 
iers  to  establish  an  idler  relationship  relative  to  the  outfeed 
rollers  when  the  stationery  strip  is  gripped  between  both  sets 
of  rollers  so  that  the  infeed  rollers  rotate  at  a  rate  of  speed 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  226—108  see: 
Patent  No.  3,672,655 


3,672352 
DISPENSER  F(Ht  WEB  OFPERFCWIATED  TOWELING 

SHEETS 
Arcbie  S.  Knicgcr,  and  Norman  J.  Slye,  both  of  Green  Bay, 
Wis.,  assignors  to  Alwin  Manufacturing  Company,  Inc., 
Green  Bay,  Wis. 

Filed  Feb.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,235 

Int.  CL  A47k  10/38;  B65h  1 7/22 

U.S.CL226— 129  8( 


A  hard  rolled  web  of  paper  toweling  or  the  like  has  spaced 
transverse  rows  of  perforations  defining  separate  sheets.  A 
dispenser  for  advancing  the  web  from  its  storage  cabinet  com- 
prises a  lever  which  does  not  directly  actuate  the  web  but 
stores  energy  in  a  spring.  Af^er  predetermined  handle  move- 
ment, a  trip  releases  the  spring  for  actuation  of  a  feed  roll  to 
eject  a  precisely  predetermined  length  of  web.  When  a  new 
roll  is  inserted,  the  remaining  end  of  the  old  roll  is  ejected 
along  with  corresponding  components  of  the  new  roll,  it  being 
found  that  this  disposition  of  the  remainder  of  the  origiiud  web 
satisfies  consumers  by  temporarily  supplying  multiple  pbes, 
thus  using  such  a  remainder  to  good  advantage  by  tending  to 
prevent  consumers  fix>m  re-cycling  the  lever  and  spring  to 
withdraw  a  secoiKl  length  of  toweling. 


1S88 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


I 


June  27  1972 


3,672,555 
NAILING  TOOL 


3,672,553 

APPARATUS  TO  PRODUCE  A  RIVETED  CONNECTION  ^     w    ■        u.-^    /- .__._.....        _  . 

Erich  Doring,  ThalMdiitni  8,  MooilHirg,  Upper  Bavaria,  J"«l«»  Korlli,  BcrenboM,  Gcrmaay,  Mrignnr  to  BUkama 
(iMrmt^y  GnibH,  HaBovcr,  Gcmany 

^^^  tolte.  No.  643,154,  JuM  2, 1967.  FBedAnt.  19, 1970,  Sar.Na  65,136 

.ThtoapvMartiaaJi4y6,  1970,  Scr.  No.  52,414  Ctalmc  priority,  appMcatfoa  Gcmway.  Auc.  23.  1969.  P  19 

nHoMioaGcniMiy.Jine  15.  1966,0  50   43000^  <  i 

I  I«ta.B25c//00  I     -^ 

Iirt.CLB21J/5/i6  U.S.CL  227—120  7aalms 

UAa.227— 62  6( 


326 


An  apparatus  wherein  a  riveted  connection  is  formed 
between  two  strips.  A  rivet  is  held  in  an  upper  die  member  or 
dolly  directly  above  a  lower  die  member  having  an  opening 
therein.  Superposed  strips  are  positioned  adjacent  the  lower 
die  member  covering  the  opening  therein.  Relative  nK>vement 
between  the  die  members  causes  the  body  of  the  rivet  to 
punch  a  hole  through  the  superposed  strips.  The  extending 
end  of  the  rivet  body  is  then  deformed  to  form  a  closure  head 
portion  whereby  the  strips  are  rigidly  connected. 


3,672,554 

MEANS  FOR  SECURING  DOOR  FRAME  COMPONENTS 

Roy   E.   Sarfth,  Atloafla,  Ga.,   awlgiinr   to  Textron,   Inc. 

Flad  Dec  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,035 
Int  CL  B25c  7/00;  B27f  7/02 
UACL  227—93  9< 


In  a  portable  pneumatic  h«tener  driving  device  a  niigazine 
which  receives  fosteners  joined  in  a  strip  is  arranged  helicaUy 
around  the  tool  body.  The  outer  waU  of  the  magazine  is  pro- 
vided with  a  longitudinal  slot  for  guiding  a  spring-loaded  slide 
which  effects  the  feed  of  the  teteners  towards  the  drive  track. 
The  slot  is  covered  by  a  coil  spring  wound  on  a  reel  which  is 
attached  to  the  slide.  ^ 


3,672,556 

WIRE  CLAMP 

John  C.  DIepevecn,  1737  Kinteriy  Drive,  Sunnyvale  <Jallf. 

FUmI  July  13, 1970,  Sar.  No.  54,500 

Int.a.B23kJ7/M 

U.S.CL128-47  ^Claims 


An  improved  wire  clamp  for  use  with  a  wire-bonding 
machine  to  sever  wires  of  the  order  of  1  to  10  mils  wherein  the 
wire  clamp  includes  a  pair  of  relatively  shiftable  jaws,  a  power 
device,  and  spring  means  for  effecting  relative  movement  of 
the  jaws  when  the  power  device  is  actuated.  The  tension  of  the 
spring  means  can  be  adjusted  to  vary  the  pressure  exerted  on  a 
wire  between  the  jaws.  The  clamp  has  means  thereon  for  at- 
taching the  same  to  a  wire-bonding  machine. 


Apparatus  is  provided  for  securing  a  door  frame  casing 
piece  to  a  side  jamb  rapidly  and  effectively.  The  apparatus 
operates  to  hold  the  casing  piece  and  side  jamb  in  door  frame 
relation  while  causing  the  side  jamb  to  be  toenailed  to  the  cas- 
ing piece  and  the  casing  piece  to  be  square  naOed  to  the  side 
jamb.  The  nailing  is  done  by  respective  fastener  forming  and 
inserting  means,  at  least  one  of  which  is  imiquely  arranged  to 
actuate  feeding  of  a  fastener  length  of  wire  stock,  forming  ct  a 
fastener  from  the  fed  length,  and  insertion  ai  the  formed 
fastener,  from  the  working  stroke  of  a  reciprocating  plunger. 


'  3,672,557 

CARTON  WITH  PULL-SPOUT  WALL  CONSTRUCTION 
Robert  A.  Kr^yMmmskl,  MUwMikee,  Wis.,  assignor  to  Mi- 
print,  Inc,  ^flhfrankcc  Wis. 

FVcd  Mwdi  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,610 
InLCLB65d  5/72. 5/54 

UACL229— 17R  ,        .^  ..  ^_, 

A  carton,  and  a  blank  therefor,  with  one  wall  constructed  of 

two  panels  hinged  together  along  a  central  or  axial  fold  line  to 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1889 


form  a  V-shaped  infolded  carUm  wall  having  a  transverM  fold    carton  sleeve  has  a  closure  flap  with  extensions  therefirom, 
line  about  which  a  portion  of  the  wall  can  be  hinged  to  form  a    these  being  fokled  and  secured  into  position  to  define  a  struc- 
ture engageable  with  the  said  surface. 


3,672,558 

ADJUSTABLE  CCMIRUGATED  SHIPPING  CCKSTAINER 

AND/OR  ADJUSTABLE  CARDBOARD  SHIPPING 

CARTON 

Bcmwd  G.  JolHMn,  232  Cedar  St.,  Nccnah,  Wk. 

FBed  Feb.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,368 

^  Int.  CLB65d  5/05 

U.S.  CL  229—37  R  1  Clafan 


Each  of  the  four  panels,  and  the  upper  and  lower  flaps  as- 
sociated therewith,  of  a  shipping  carton  incorporate  a  full 
height  foldable  section  which  enables  a  selective  reduction  in 
the  length  and/or  width  of  the  carton,  in  conjunction  with  an 
increase  in  the  rigidity  of  the  carton  and  without  afTecting  the 
ability  of  the  flaps  to  ckne  and  seal  the  opposed  ends  ai  the 
carton. 


3,672,560 
LOCKS  FOR  EGG  CARTON  COVEKS 
H«ld  W.  VoorWs,  Uppo-  Nyacft,  and  Bndlonl  Pact,  Wast 
Nyack,  both  of  N.Y.,  MslpMifs  to  CombKoti 
Inc,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  Dec  31, 1969,  Sor.  New  889,361 
InLCLB65d  5/66 
U.&a229— 44  4( 


pour  spout  construction.  The  V-shaped  carton  wall  may  also 
have  a  pull  tab  to  facilitate  actuation  of  the  spout  construc- 
tion. 


This  disclosure  relates  to  one-piece  mended  f^astic  egg  car- 
tons in  which  a  cover  is  hingeably  connected  to  a  carton  body, 
and  side  walk  of  the  cover  and  carton  body  remote  from  the 
hinge  means  are  provided  with  interlocking  means  for  main- 
taining the  cover  in  its  closed  position.  The  interlocking  means 
are  defined  by  posts  which  project  above  the  terminal  edge  of 
the  carton  body  and  are  interlockably  received  within  recess 
means  or  openings  of  the  carton  side  wall.  The  posts  and 
covers  are  preferaMy  constructed  from  flexiUe  and  rebounda- 
ble  material  to  permit  temporary  deformation  incident  to  the 
opening  and  closing  of  the  carton. 


ERRATUM 

For  C^ass  229 — 4^^  R  see: 
Patent  No.  3.672,693 


3,672,561 
DISPENSING  CONTAINER 
Jnnao  iSakamoto,  Toyonaka;  TadasU  Noarid,  Kyoto;  Y« 
mi  Tsujl,  Osaka,  and  Masakani  yhhasils,  nsiMiiiiitiii,  rflel 
Japan,  aarignors  to  OJi  Paper  Co.,  Ltd.;  DbMo  Yeshkcn  Ltd. 
and  Taiyo  Kogyo  Conpony  UnMed,  Tolgfo,  Japu 
FBed  March  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  126,644 
Oalnis   priority,   appBcntkn   Japan,   March   23,    1970, 
45/27802 

Int.  CLB65d  5/70 
U.S.CL229— 51D  3< 


3,672,559 
CARTON  WITH  PRMHJCT  HOLDING  FEATURE 
George  P.  Wcbfa^er,  MtansapoHs,  Mfam^  asriywr  to  Con- 
tainer Corporation  of  America,  Chicago,  DL 

FBed  May  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39^30 

Int.CLB65d5//0 

U.S.CL229— 39R  1  Claim 


inzii) 


A  carton  having  a  tuck  flap  so-constructed  and  arranged  as 
to  engage  a  surface  of  a  product  and  hold  same  in  positicm.  A 


This  invention  relates  to  a  reinforced  disposable  container 
which  comprises  a  c^inder  of  paper,  fdastic,  metal,  canvas  or 
plastic-coated  metal  sheet  with  paneb  at  opposite  ends,  the 
panel  at  one  end  having  an  opening  with  closure  means.  A 
fabric  reinforcement  surrounds  at  least  a  part  of  the  cylinder 


899  O.O.— 52 


1890 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE. 


June  27, 


1972 


and  the  panel  at  the  one  end  with  an  opening  therein  coexten- 
sive with  the  opening  in  the  panel  to  permit  removal  of  the  clo- 
sure and  dispensing  of  the  contents  in  the  container. 

3,672,562 
CARRYDiiG  RAG  €»'  PLASTICS  MATERIAL  SHEETING 
Frmik  Boi,  453  Ibboibarai-DareallK,  Am  Waacrwcrk  24. 
GcmiaBy,  waigBor  to  Wiadinollcr  &  Hotacher,  Le^gerkh 
of  Westphalia,  Germany 

Flkd  July  9, 1970,  So*.  No.  53373 
Oafam  priority,  apuiirmliwi  Gcnmuiy,  Jiriy  15,  1969,  P  19 
35987.6 

Iiita.B65diJ/;0 
U.S.CL229— 54C  7CUm 


A  known  carrying  handle  consisting  of  a  flat  strip  of  plastics 
material  folded  to  a  U-shaped  configuration  is  secured  at  its 
leg  end  portions  to  one  wall  of  the  bag  at  such  a  distance 
below  the  open  rim  of  the  bag  that  the  central  portion  of  the 
handle  does  not  protrude  beyond  the  open  rim  of  the  bag 
when  the  latter  is  flattened.  The  other  wall  of  the  bag  is 
formed  with  a  lead-out  slot  in  that  area  which  's  in  register 
with  the  unattached  portions  of  the  leg  of  the  handle.  The 
lead-out  slot  is  parallel  to  the  open  rim  of  the  bag  and  has  a 
length  which  is  approximately  as  large  as  the  width  of  the  car- 
rying handle.  

3,672,563 
VALUABLES  DEPOSITORY 
Jack  A.  McMmh,  Ft  TiwmM,  Ky.,  amigiior  to  Dover  Corpora- 
tfcm,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 

Filed  Oct.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,539 

Int.  a.E05g  7/04 

U.S.CL232— IR  SCIaims 


ry  provides  a  non-accenible  recepubie  into  which  the  valua- 
bles are  placed.  A  lock  means  is  provided  to  prevent  theft  of 
the  valuables  from  the  depository.  Oosure  means  are  also  pro- 
vided so  that  the  depository  may  be  left  unattended  wherein 
there  is  no  outside  opening  from  which  valuables  may  be 
removed  or  stolen. 


ROTARY] 


3,672,564 

FLUID  SEAL  AND  DISTRIBUTION  MEAN^  FOR 

CENTRIFUGES 

Charici  A.  Schhitz,  and  Dmrld  Bellamy,  Jr.,  both  of  Gknvlew, 

Dl.,  asBlpiors  to  Baxter  Labonrtorks,  Inc 

DIvlafcm  of  Ser.  No.  672,125,  OcL  2, 1967,  abandoned,  whkh 

Is  a  contlnuadon'^n-part  of  Scr.  No.  366,994,  May  13, 1964, 

Pat.  No.  3347^454.  This  appHcatlun  Nov.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

871,242.  The  portion  of  the  term  of  this  patent  subsequent  to 

Oct  17, 1984,  hm  been  dbdalmed. 

IntCl.B04b9/;2 

U.S.a.233— 26  4Clirinw 


A  rotary  seal  for  a  centrifuge  particularly  usable  in  the 
process  of  cell  washing  for  transferring  fluid  between  a  rotary 
member  and  a  stationary  member  of  an  apparatus  adapted  to 
contain  fluids.  The  rotary  seal  member  comprises  a  hollow 
first  housing,  and  a  second  housing  disposed  in  the  first  hous- 
ing in  spaced  relation  therewith  to  define  an  annular  chamber. 
One  of  the  housings  is  rotatable  in  concentric  relation  relative 
to  the  other  housing.  A  plurality  of  sealing  means  are  transver- 
sely mounted  between  the  first  and  second  housings  to  divide 
the  annular  chamber  into  several  separate  sealed  portions,  and 
conduits  lead  from  the  exterior  of  both  the  first  and  second 
housings  to  separate  sealed  portions  of  the  annular  chamber. 


'  3,672365 

PUNCHED  TAPE  CONTROLLED  CARD  PUNCHER 
Gerhard  Ritaerfdd,  Schoricmcr  Alice  14,  Bcrlln-Dahlcm,  Gcr- 
many 

Division  of  Scr.  No.  842,958,  June  18, 1969,  Pat  No. 
3,630,433.  This  appttcatian  Jan.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109310 
Clainn  priority,  appiicadun  Germany,  July  19,  1969,  P  17 
74580.1 

lBtCLG06k///«.//22  I 

9CUms 


U3.  a.  234— 36 


LUIIIIIUJ 


=^^mp 


3 


ai 


A  valuables  depository  for  receiving  and  storing  valuables 
such  as  money  or  the  like  is  disclosed.  The  valuables  deposito- 


A  card  punching  arrangement  in  which  information  stored 
on  punched  tape  is  transferred  to  lines  of  a  card  punched  by  a 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1891 


card  puncher.  Signals  from  a  tape  reader  are  applied  to  a  cod- 
ing circuit  for  translating  the  code  from  the  tape  into  a  code 
suitable  for  recording  on  the  card.  A  counter  with  forward  and 
reverse  counting  features  is  connected  to  a  card  puncher  by 
way  of  a  programmable  selector  in  the  form  of  a  plug  board  to 
facilitate  variation  in  the  program.  The  information  stored  on 
the  tape  and  recorded  on  card  stock  may  include  all  of  the 
symbols  found  on  the  conventional  keyboard  of  a  typewriter. 


over  to  allow  the  running  of  a  single  main  from  the  premuie 
source  to  the  units.  Depending  upon  the  magnitude  of  the 
main  pressure  input  to  the  memory  circuit,  and  upon  previous 
alterations  of  the  main  pressure,  either  summer  or  winter  con- 
trol will  be  achieved.  Recycling  means  are  included  in  the 
sj-stem  to  assure  the  return  of  the  system  to  the  desired  mode 
of  operation  after  a  fluid  pressure  failure  or  a  changeover  firom 
one  mode  of  operation  to  another. 


3,672366  3  672368 

DEVICE  FOR  A  BUSINESS  MACHINE  HUMIDIFIER 

Mats  Erik  Mattason,  SoUcntuna,  and  Clacs-Goran  Linddow,    Allen  M.  Foolc,  Box  1610,  Hnderaonvfflc,  N.C. 
Taby,  both  of  Sweden,  assignors  to  SvcnskaDMaregistcrAB,  Filed  Aug.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,483 

Solna,  Sweden  i^.  a.  G05d  22102 

Filed  March  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,409  U.S.  0. 236—44 

Claims  priority,  application  Sweden,   March  20,    1969, 
3868/69 

Int  a.  G06c  25/00 
U.S.  CI.  235—60.49  8  CUms 


9Clatans 


A  memory  device  in  a  cash  register  keyboard  including 
resilient  means  cooperating  with  memory  slides  to  prevent 
setting  of  these  slides  until  a  machine  cycle  initiating  key  is  en- 
tirely depressed.  This  is  accomplished  by  the  resilient  means 
( leaf  springs)  being  connected  to  the  memory  slide  and  being 
forced  to  bear  against  a  stopping  means  until  said  key  is  entire- 
ly depressed.  The  stopping  means  is  withdrawn  from  the  mov- 
ing path  of  the  springs  by  starting  the  machine.  By  this  ar- 
rangement, it  is  impossible  to  enter  incorrect  information  in 
the  cash  register  by  displacing  memory  slides  before  a 
machine  cycle  has  been  started. 


3,672367 
MULTI-UNIT  PNEUMATIC  CONTROL  SYSTEM 
Frederick  D.  Jocsdng,  Park  Rid|c  DL,  asrignor  to  HoneywcH 
Inc.,  MinncapoHB,  Minn. 

FHcd  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,034 
IntCLG05d2i/00 
U3.C1.236— IC  17 


A  humidifier  including  a  water  receptacle,  and  an  electric 
heating  unit  extending  across  the  open  top  of  the  water  recep- 
tacle with  a  flat  wick  hung  over  the  electric  heater  and  having 
the  ends  thereof  disposed  in  the  water  to  cause  water  to 
become  engaged  and  evaporated  by  the  heating  unit  due  to 
capillary  action.  A  portion  of  the  heating  unit  is  left  exposed  to 
produce  thermo-convection  current  which  forces  moisture  to 
rne.  The  humidifier  is  adapted  for  general  utility  but  is  espe- 
cially constructed  for  use  in  musical  instruments  such  as  pi- 
anos or  the  like  having  an  enlarged  cabinet-like  structure 
which  enaUes  the  humidifier  to  be  mounted  directly  in  the  in- 
terior of  the  cabinet-like  structure  for  maintaining  proper  hu- 
midity conditions  therein  M*en  combined  with  a  humidistat 
and  dehumidifier. 


3,672369 

ELECTROSTATIC  SPRAY  GUN  NOZZLE  AND  AIR  CAP 

Robert  G.  SmcMl,  St  Clmrks,  and  Louk  J. 

Hdghts,  both  of  DL,  amlgnorB  to  Graoo  iBc, 
Minn. 

FHcd  July  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55339 
Int  CLBOSb  5/02 
U3.CL239— 15  I2i 


A  pneumatic  unit  ventilator  control  system  utilizing  a        In  an  electrostatic  spray  gun,  the  nozzle  serves  as  the  dec- 
diaphragm  logic  memory  circuit  for  winter-summer  changing    trostatic  charging  electrode  with  a  recessed  forwardly  facing 


1392 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


surfMe  that  joins  •  fint  sharp  annular  edge  adjacent  the  coat- 
ing material  ejected  from  the  noade  and  a  second  annular 
sharp  edfe  adjacent  the  ejected  atomiiing  air.  An  air  cap  sur- 
rounding the  noozle  provides  an  annular  parallel  air  ejection 
passage.  Preferably,  the  sharp  edges  of  the  nozzle  protrude 
slightly  forwardly  of  the  termination  of  the  air  ejection  passage 
formed  by  the  air  cap. 


^i^ 


A  pneumatically  controlled  color  change  system  for  use 
with  automatic  multi-color  paint  spray  apparatus  and  the  like 
wherein  an  entirely  pneumatically  controlled  system  employ- 
ing a  pneumatic  timer  including  pneumatic  sequence  valves 
controls  a  quick-color  change  system  in  wMch  a  plurality  at 

colors  of  paint  are  connected  to  various  inputs  of  a  manifoid, 
each  through  a  check  valve  which  isolates  ^ach  of  the 
manifold  poits  from  each  other  and  in  wMch  a  source  of  sol- 
vent is  connected  to  another  input  of  the  manifold.  An  ex- 
ceedingly high-speed  system  is  provided  in  which  a  metered 
charge  of  solvent  only  partially  filling  the  system  is  injected 
throu^  the  manifbld  and  forced  throu^  the  system  wid)  the 
new  color  to  be  selected,  thereby  purging  the  system  of  the  old 
color.  HigMpeed  vahre  timing  is  provided  in  the  order  of  mag- 
nitude of  1  second  per  valve  of  the  sequence. 


3,672^1 
TRICKUE  mUGAIKm  SYSTEM 


toA.CX< 

Viclaffta,AiiBl 

Fled  Avg.  1 1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62,797 

OataiB  priofffly,  nipMraHuH  AMtraHa,  Aug.  11,  1969, 
59322/69;  Aug.  14, 1969, 63619/69 

lot  a  AOlg 27/00 
U.S.CL239— 145  IOCIiAih 

A  sytHem  for  irrigating  a  crop  by  a  method  commonly 
known  as  the  trickle  irrigation  method  or  "drip"  irrigation. 
The  device  has  a  primary  duct  to  which  irrigating  water  is  sup- 
plied and  at  least  one  secondary  duct  either  extending  along- 
side in  parallel  relationship  with  the  primary  duct,  or  extend- 
ing away  from  the  primary  duct.  When  the  secondary  ducts 
are  situated  to  extend  alongside  the  primary  duct  they  are  inr 
ternally  partitioned  into  a  number  of  chambers.  Each  chamber 
is  in  fluid  communication  with  the  primary  duct  via  at  least 
one  flow  restricting  transfer  passage  and  is  also  provided  with 


a  plurality  of  flow  restricting  outlet  passages.  The  number  of 
outlet  psssagei  exceeds  the  number  of  transfer  passages  for  a 
particular  chamber.  When  the  secondary  ducts  extend  away 
from  the  primary  duct  the  flow  restricting  transfer  passage  is 
provided  in  iu  connection  to  the  primary  duct  and  the  secon- 
dary duct  has  a  plurality  of  outlet  passages.  With  the  above 
systems  the  pressure  of  the  irrigating  water  supplied  is  reduced 


3,672370 
SEQUENCE  CONTROL  OP  COLOR  CHANGE 
Doa  R.  ScvbroMgh,  Elyria,  aad  Bvton  J.  Vili«i,  Anhsnt, 
both  el  Ohio,  ■■Jgwnri  to  NoHw  Cerperallea,  Amhswt, 
Ohto 

Had  Sept.  4, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  69,662 
Int.  a.  AOlg  27/00 
U.S.CL239— 70  241 


by  both  the  transfer  and  outlet  passages  and  by  being  progres- 
sively sub-divided  into  a  plurality  of  streams  and  thus  the  ir- 
rigating water  issues  from  the  system  in  the  form  of  a  plurality 
of  km  pressure  trickles  or  drips.  Lengths  of  smaU  bore  tubing 
may  be  placed  in  the  outlet  passages  to  allow  farther  pressure 
reduction  while  the  heights  of  the  outlets  of  the  small  bote 
tubes  may  be  adjustable  above  the  secondary  duct  to  enable 
more  precise  adjustment  of  the  output  fhxn  the  system. 


»  3,672472 

ROUGH  GROUND  SELF-PROPELLED  SPRINKLING 

IRRIGA110N  APPARATUS  j 

Larry  M.  DBMS,  OMha,  Nihr.,  assigMr  to  VdmoM  iMlMriss, 
Iiic,Valsy,Nchr. 

I      FVmI  July  27, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  5M24 
U.S.CL239— 212 


CLAOlg  25/02 


A  self-propelled  water  sprinkling  appcuatus  for  irrigating  a 
relatively  large  section  of  land  wherein  an  ekmgated  main 
water  distributing  pipe  is  revolved  about  one  end  as  a  pivot  by 
a  plurality  of  self-propelled  support  stations  automatically 
maintained  in  alignment,  with  the  apparatus  capable  of  travel- 
ing over  unduly  irregular  terrain  or  rough  ground  widMut  in- 
ducing excessive  stresses  in  the  distributing  pipe,  the  pivot  or 
at  the  support  towers  by  the  introduction  of  flex  joints  in  the 
distributing  pipe  at  particular  locations,  and  of  a  unique  cable 
suspension  arrangement  for  supporting  the  distributing  pipe. 


lEARING 


I  3,672,573 

DISHWASHER  SPRAY  ARM  WITH  INTEGRAL  BI 
We«dcMD.MergwsMar<o«,  PL,  assignor  to  FeddsrsCorpora- 

tMNl,  EdlMMlfNJ. 

Ffcd  March  3, 1971,  Ser.  No.  120,555 
'  IiM.CLB05b  J/06 

U.S.a.239— 261  10  < 

An  upstanding  water  post  in  a  dishwasher  has  a  cylindrical 
outer  surbce  with  an  outwardly-extending  circumferential 
flange.  First  and  second  hollow  members  molded  from  plastic, 
each  having  a  bottom  wall,  a  portion  of  which  is  horiaontal, 
and  an  opening  at  one  end  defined  partially  by  the  inner  edge 
of  a  vertical  abutting  surface  and  partially  by  the  inner  edge  of 
a  cylindrical  surface  formed  in  the  horizontal  portion  of  the 
bottom  wall.  The  cylindrical  surfaces  of  the  first  and  second 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1898 


members  have  a  horizontal  bearing  slot  formed  therein,  and 
the  members  are  positioned  so  that  the  bearing  slots  receive 
the  outwardly-extending  flange  of  the  water  post  to  provide  a 


restricted  nozzle  for  increasing  the  vek>ctty  of  the  water  exit- 
ing therefrom.  A  crow-channei  connects  the  main  water  con- 
duit and  a  water  dumping  conduit  which  has  a  relatively  kiw 
pressure  outlet.  The  croas-channel  has  a  floating  valve  posi- 
tioned therein  which  is  actuaMe  between  a  seated  and  un- 
seated position  in  a  response  to  the  movement  of  a  pin  valve. 
In  turn,  the  pin  valve  is  moved  by  a  pivotabiy  mounted  lever 
under  the  influence  of  a  force  supfrfied  by  the  cam  surface  of 
the  handle  lever. 


3,672,576 

BirrCHER'S  PNEUMATIC  BONE  DUST  VACUUM 

CLEANER 

Leo  J.  Jcflsrson,  and  I  ward  J.  Crosby,  both  of  HoBywood, 

bearing  for  rotatably  supporting  the  members.  The  first  and      S'i;.rST.  "ll^n^lL  H"^'  "^  "■~"  ^^  ^~*' 
second  members  are  sealed  together  by  a  tongue  and  groove 


molded  in  the  abutting  surfaces  of  the  respective  members. 


3,672,574 
DEVICE  FOR  AERATING  A  JET  OF  WATER 
Alieas  Kaapp,  Blilchiisto-awi  3,  Bibsrach,  Rias,  Germany 
Filed  Sept.  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  76^48 
Clafam  priority,  appMcathM  Italy.  July  20,  1970.  69486 
A/70 

lirt.CLE03cy/09 
U.S.  CL  239— 428.5  15  ( 


^^^^^^ 


A  device  for  aerating  a  jet  of  water,  wherein  a  subdivider 
member  divides  the  water  flow  into  a  number  of  partial  flows 
and  directs  said  partial  flows  one  against  the  other  such  as  they 
impact  violently  and  atomize  one  another  within  a  chamt>er 
wherein  exterior  air  may  enter  through  openings  of  the  body 
of  the  device  for  being  absorbed  in  the  atomized  jet  of  water. 


3,672,575 
HYDRO  BLAST  SAF-T-GUN 
Jack  F.  Hhifkhi,  Mhaoori  Cky,  Tex.,  wajgnnr  to  Hydkt>-Scr- 
vlesB,  Inc  Mhaouri  aty,  Tex. 

Fled  Feb.  1, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 1 1,553 

IntCLBOSbyj/OO 

U.S.CL  239-^445  5Ciyms 


OlM^ 


A  hi^  pressure  water  gun  has  a  main  conduit  through 
which  the  high  pressure  water  is  directed  which  ends  in  a 


Hollywood,  Fla.,  part  interest  to  each 

FBod  Aprfl  14, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  28385 
IiiLCLB05b7/26 
U.S.  a.  239—521 


This  cleaner  is  a  device  for  use  by  a  butcher  for  vacuum 
cleaning  bone  dust  off  the  surface  of  the  meat  and  bone  after 
he  has  used  a  saw  to  cut  through  the  bone  in  the  meat  It  util- 
izes a  vacuum  created  by  pneumatic  pressure  from  a  conven- 
tional pneumatic  pressure  hose  coimected  to  any  suitable 
source  of  pressure,  the  hose  being  provided  with  a  conven- 
tional pressure  control  valve.  The  cleaner  is  connected  to  the 
pressure  hose  by  a  conventional  detachable  coupling.  The 
cleaner  consists  of  a  somewhat  flattened  tube,  more  or  less 
oval  in  cross-section,  and  has  one  end  open  for  attachment  to 
the  pressure  hose,  and  its  other  end  is  closed.  A  rigid  skirt, 
substantially  the  length  of  the  oval  portion  of  the  tube,  is 
secured  longitudinally  along  one  shorter  side  of  the  oval  tube, 
and  a  series  of  spaced  apart,  elongated  slits  are  provided  in  the 
tube  ck)sely  adjacent  and  beneath  the  skirt,  so  that  air  pres- 
sure passing  therethrough  provides  jets  of  air  parallel  to  and 
closely  beneath  the  skirt,  the  slits  being  located  so  as  to  be  an 
extension  of  approximately  the  maximum  diameter  of  the  oval 
tube.  The  cleaner  is  passed  closely  over  the  surface  of  the  cut 
meat  and  bone,  and  the  pressure  jets  create  a  vacuum  on  the 
meat  surface  thus  pulling  up  the  bone  dust  from  the  meat  sur- 
face into  the  jet  stream  and  blowing  it  parallel  to  the  bottom  of 
the  skirt.  A  dust  receptacle,  preferaMy  with  an  overhanging  lip 
extending  over  the  meat  bkick  on  which  the  meat  is  tocated, 
serves  to  receive  the  dust  as  the  cleaner  is  swept  over  the  meat 
surface  and  meat  block  surface  picking  up  and  Mowing  the 
dust  into  the  dust  receptacle. 


3,672477 
FLUID  BED  GRID  PLATE  ASSEMBLY 
Walter  W.  KrasMr,  ABeaSown,  Fa.,  Msli^Mr  to 
p—y,  Catasasiiiiia,  Fa. 

FBad  Oct  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  80,888 
IiM.CLB05b;/06 
U.S.CL239— 557  9t 

This  in  venticm  relates  to  a  grid  plate  assembly  for  a  fluid  bed 
reactor  including  an  apertured  grid  plate  having  nozzle  ele- 
ments in  the  apertures.  The  apertiues  and  nozzle  elements  are 


1394 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,'  1972 


f^S^°nirr'  *^°*'*'fT'  °^  "^  "^^  *'"^'*    «"*'y  8«>^  «^««M"8  »°  conventkMud  practice  and  «.h. 
from  the  gnd  plate  dunng  use  of  the  a«embly  yet  permit  ready    jected  to  wet  magnetic  separation.  About  90  percent  or  Z^ 


MLL 


remova]  of  the  nozzle  elements  from  the  apertures  when 
desired. 


CHUM 
J*WC«U«HC» 


OMVMAOMiriC  M^ARATOA 


COMCtNTRAtt  A 


scat  I 


scaiffN  ■ 


IV  MA«f<TlC  MKKATOM      0«T  MAOWTC  Sf  PMUTOH 


CONCINTflATK  % 


TA«.INtt  C         WfT  •■•«  A  CLASS  CIRCUIT 
TIC  SCAkAATOa 


CONCCNTMATt  C 


COM»MeD  TALIN* 


•0  0       CONCINTNATC  D 
I   W«TMll*f«riC  SCMUUTON 
TAajNft  I       CONCCNrMATI  f 

\T  MAA*«riC  VnbRATOR 

■  ■  -  0  '       oo»«f  NTaAtf  F 

WCI   UA«MCTIC  SeVARAT 
TAiLtftf  •! 

Final  con^ntratk 


of  the  taUing  is  discarded  dry  without  fine  grinding,  permitting 
easy  disposal  without  possible  ecological  damage  due  to  lake 
and  stream  pollution. 


to  Delavan  Manufac- 


3,672,578 
NOZZLE 
Alex  Wayne,  Des  Moims,  Iowa, 

turing  Company  ,                        3,6724«0 

FHed  Aug.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,545  SYSTEM  FOR  FEEDING  GRINDING  MEDIA  It 

„^^,^      ^       Int.CLB05b;//-*  CONTINUOUS  ATTRITION  MILL 
V-S.CL239-590                                                      gClatais  John  David  Nye,  PwMott,  Ontario, 


I 


Iron  Ltd.,  Prcaoott,  Onlalo,  Canada 

J     FBedDw.8,1970.Scr.No.96,128 
f  Int.CLB02cy7//6 

UA  a.  241 -79 


tofcrrox 


In  a  fluid  nozzle  the  clearance  between  the  nozzle  body  and 
an  orifice  retaining  member  is  reduced  in  a  zone  between  the 
spray  orifice  and  passages  in  a  fluid  distributor  and  the  threads 
by  which  the  retaining  means  is  threaded  into  the  nozzle  body 
such  that  the  clearance  is  smaller  than  the  minimum  cross  sec- 
tional dimension  of  either  the  spray  orifice  or  the  passages  in 
the  fluid  distributor  which  distribute  the  fluid  to  be  sprayed  in 
the  spray  orifice  to  prevent  clogging  by  particulate  contami- 
nants present  on  the  threads. 


SCWnM 


3,672,579 
PROCESS  FOR  BENEnOATING  MAGNETITE  IRON  ORE 
James  E.  Lawvcr,  Edina,  Mbm.,  aMignor  to  The  Regents  of  the 
University  of  NflnncaoCa,  Nfinneapolb,  Mfam. 

FDed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  62,423 
Int.  CLBOlc  27/00 
U.S.CL  241-24  5  Claim, 

A  process  for  upgrading  low-grade  magnetite-containing 
iron  ore  with  minimum  fine  grinding.  The  dry  ore  is  fim  com- 
minuted to  between  about  three-fourths  inch  and  10  mesh 
particle  size  and  magneticaUy  separated.  The  dry  tailing  is 
discarded  and  the  concentrate  is  ground  to  between  about  20 
md  1 00  mesh  and  again  subjected  to  dry  magnetic  separation 
The  dry  tailmg  is  again  discarded  and  the  concentrate  is  then 


A  system  is  described  for  feeding  grinding  balls  to  a  continu- 
ous attrition  mill  of  the  type  comprising  a  vertical  cylindrical 
vessel  having  an  inlet  in  the  lower  portion  thereof,  an  annular 
suppression  plate  with  an  axial  opening  mounted  in  an  upper 
region  of  the  vessel,  a  horizontally  routable  disc  mounted  im- 
mediately below  the  suppression  plate  and  a  plurality  of 
rotatable  impellers  within  the  vessel.  The  grinding  ball  feeding 

system    of  the   invention    comprises   a   pipe   extending 

downwardly  through  a  separate  opening  in  the  suppression 
plate  and  terminating  a  small  distance  above  the  routable 
disc.  The  pipe  is  arranged  in  relationship  to  the  rotatable  disc 
such  that  during  operation  the  rotating  disc  draws  the  balls 
from  the  lower  end  of  the  pipe  and  delivers  these  to  the  outer 
walls  of  the  vessel  where  they  tend  to  sink  down  towards  the 
bottom  without  interfering  substantially  with  the  operation  of 
the  mill. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1395 


3,672,581 
DRIVING  APPARATUS  FOR  HOIST  PAN 
James  P.  Denight,  Cincinnati,  and  George  A.  Burgs  i.  Fair- 
neid,  both  of  Oliio,  anignorB  to  Sweco,  Inc.,  Loa  Ai^des, 
Cdtf. 

Filed  May  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  825,861 

Int.  CI.  B02c  /  9/00;  B65g  7/00 

U.S.CL241  — lOlR  6Clainw 


20- 


is  automatically  operated  at  a  manually  pre-set  constant  speed 
during  thread-up  and  immediately  upon  thread-up  is  switched 


to  a  speed  different  fix>m  the  constant  pre-set  speed  and  con- 
ventional control  of  the  winding  speed. 


A  materia]  handling  system  for  vibratory  finishing  or  grind- 
ing mills  into  which  are  placed  materials  and  abrasive  media 
and  wherein  the  materials  are  operated  upon.  In  a  finishing 
mill  the  materials  are  parts  which  are  finished,  polished,  or 
deburred,  and  in  a  grinding  mill  the  materials  usually  are 
chemicals  which  are  reduced  in  size.  The  system  includes  a 
vibratory  mill  into  which  such  materials  and  media  are  placed, 
a  vibratory  screen  separator  for  separating  the  materials  firom 
media  after  completion  of  the  operation  thereon,  a  hoist  pan 
for  handling  the  media  or  material  and  media,  and  a  jib  hoist 
system  for  moving  and  positioning  the  pan.  Media  or  material 
and  media  are  loaded  into  the  pan,  and  same  is  lowered  to  the 
top  of  the  finishing  machine  causing  the  load  to  be  evenly 
dumped  into  the  finishing  machine.  After  the  finishing  opera- 
tion, the  material  may  be  moved  or  transported  in  any  suitable 
manner  to  any  further  operation  stage,  and  the  media  is 
returned  to  the  hoist  pan.  A  pan  driving  mechanism  is  pro- 
vided for  rotating  the  pan  as  the  media  is  supplied  thereto 
from  the  separator  or  mill  such  that  the  pan  is  evenly  loaded. 
Several  bottom-dumping  pan  configurations  are  disclosed 
which  provide  a  relatively  even  discharge  of  the  media  into  the 
mill  when  the  pan  engages  the  mill. 


3,672,583 
WINDING  APPARATUS  AND  METHOD 
Robert  E.  HarriMm,  West  Greenwich,  IT  I   awigniw  lu 
Corporation,  Warwldi,  RJ. 

FDed  Aug.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,673 
Int.  CLB65h  54/52 
U.S.CL  242-18  R  lo 


3,672,582 
YARN  HANDLING 
James  N.  Allain,  Woonsod(ct,  and  Joseph  J.  Morrocco,  m, 
Cranston,  both  of  R.I.,  av^inors  to  Lecaona  Corponrtion, 
Warwici^RJ. 

FDed  Feb.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  12,583 
Int.  CL  B65h  54/02 

U.S.a.242— 18R  20  Claims 

A  take-up  machine  having  a  rotating  spindle  on  which  a 
tube  is  releasably  clamped  for  winding  of  a  strand  of  yam  onto 
the  tube  to  form  a  yam  package.  The  machine  automatically 
threads  the  strand  of  yam  onto  the  spindle  to  start  winding  of 
the  yam  onto  the  tube  and,  if  desired,  first  winds  a  tailing  end 
about  an  end  of  the  tube,  and  then  winds  a  body  of  yam  on  the 
tube  to  form  the  yam  package.  A  variable  speed  spindle  drive 


Apparatus  and  a  method  for  winding  a  package  positioned 
on  a  spindle  assembly  and  held  against  a  roller  bail  with  sub- 
stantially continually  decreasing  winding  pressure  as  winding 
progresses  and  the  spindle  assembly  moves  across  dead  center 
with  gravity  first  urging  the  package  toward  the  roller  bail  and 
then  away  from  the  roller  bail.  Upon  initiating  winding,  a  pri- 
mary spring  functions  to  urge  the  package  away  from  the 
roller  bail  as  the  spindle  assembly  approaches  dead  center  and 
the  weight  of  the  package  increases.  Later,  second  and  third 
springs  come  into  play  to  urge  the  package  against  the  roOer 
bail.  Preferably,  the  second  spring  comes  into  \Aay  and  coun- 
teracts the  primary  spring  well  before  the  spindle  assemUy 
reaches  dead  center  and  the  third  spring  comes  into  play  when 
the  spindle  assembly  is  proximate  dead  center. 


I 


1396 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1B72 


181 


3^72,584 
WINMNG  APPARATUS 
Fraak  A.  Maccdo,  Pawtuckd,  and  ThoniH  W.  Pcrrino,  John- 
•ton,  both  of  RJ.,  MdfMin  to  Lmsom  Cucpuitlom  Wm^ 
wkkfRJ. 

FOcd  Ang.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,406 
Iiit.a.B65li5<«/52 
U.S.a.242— 18R  10  < 


winder.  This  mechanisin  includes  a  continuously  driven  drive 
shaft  connected  by  a  clutch  with  a  spindle  shaft  which  rotates 
the  bobbin  and  rotatably  receives  cams  for  operating  the 
threaded  traverse  rod  to  provide  the  traversing  member  with 
builder  and  reciprocating  motions.  When  the  clutch  is 
drivingly  engaged  it  supports  an  end  of  the  spindle  shaft,  and 
vihen  the  chitch  is  disei^aged  this  end  of  the  spindle  shaft  is 
supported  on  a  unit  which  journals  the  shaft  for  axial  move- 
ment. At  the  end  of  winding  at  a  bobbin,  bobbin  doffing  and 
donning  operations  are  initiated,  the  clutch  between  the  drive 
shaft  and  the  spindle  shaft  is  released,  the  jaws  are  released 
firom  the  traverse  rod  and  the  traversing  member  is  returned  to 
its  starting  point,  the  yam  is  cut  between  the  traversing 
member  and  the  doffed,  filled  bobbin,  and  the  cut  yam  is  en- 
gaged for  winding  onto  an  empty  bobbin  previously  donned 
into  the  winder.  When  the  traversing  member  has  been 
returned  to  its  starting  position,  the  clutch  again  drivingly  en- 
gages the  d^ve  shaft  and  spindle  shaft  whereupon  the  cyfle  is 
repeated. 


LJ^^-V-f^ 


Apparatus  for  winding  a  package  rotatably  mounted  on  a . 
spindle  assembly  and  held  against  a  roller  bail  with  selectively 
adjustable  decreasing  winding  pressure  as  winding  progresses 
and  the  spindle  assembly  moves  across  dead  center,  with 
gravity  first  urging  the  padcage  toward  the  roller  bail  and  then 
away  firom  the  roller  bail.  Upon  initiating  winding,  a  primary 
spring  urges  the  packwgr  in  a  direction  away  from  the  roller 
bail  to  reduce  winding  preasuie  and  then  second  and  third 
springs  urge  the  package  against  die  roller  bail.  The  second 
and  third  springy  are  connected  with  a  lever  or,  ahematively, 
each  is  connected  with  a  respective  lever,  for  adjusting  the 
point  at  which  these  springs  come  into  play  to  regulate  the 
winding  pressure. 


3,672,586 
WINDING  APPARATUS 
Robert  E.  Mortom  WanHck,  RX,  iislgnni  to 
poraHom  Warwick,  RJ. 

,  nkd  Oct  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84316 
laLCL96Sh54/14 
VS.  CL  242^27 


r 


to 


3,672,585 
WDSnNG  APPARATUS 
Jmbm  a.  Kcrrl^i,  Wsrwkk.  RX,  sislgnn 

-^ -  -    HF-— --.a,,!,     o  f 
pOnOOIIf  TrVWICXf  Iwie 

Filed  Oct  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82<456 
hit.CLB65b  54/14 
U.S.a.242— 27 


Cor- 


A  winding  machine,  such  as  a  UNIFIL  loom  winder,  manu- 
factured by  Leesona  Corporation,  Warwick  Rhode  Island 
02887,  has  a  spindle  assembly  for  receiving  and  rotating  a 
bobbin,  and  a  traversing  assemMy  including  a  traversing 
member  having  a  pair  of  jaws  releasably  threadedly  secured  to 
a  traverse  rod,  during  winding,  for  guiding  a  strand  of  yam 
being  wound  onto  the  bobbin.  The  traversing  and  spindle  as- 
semblies are  driven  by  mechanism  within  a  canng  of  the 


A  winding  machine,  such  as  a  UNIFIL  loom  winder,  manu- 
factured by  Leesona  Corporation,  Warwick,  Rhode  Island 
02887,  has  a  spindle  assembly  for  receiving  and  rotating  a 
bobbin,  and  a  traversing  assembly  including  a  travening 
member  releasably  threadedly  secured  to  a  traverse  rod,  dur- 
ing winding,  for  guiding  a  strand  of  yam  being  wound  onto  the 
bobbin.  Upon  completion  of  winding,  the  traversing  member 
is  released  ft-om  the  traverse  rod  and  the  traversing  member  is 
returned  to  its  starting  point,  the  yam  is  cut  between  the 
traversing  member  and  the  doffed,  filled  bobbin,  and  the  cut 
yam  is  engaged  for  winding  onto  an  empty  bobbin  previously 
donned  onto  the  winder.  The  traverang  and  spindle  aaaem- 
blies  are  driven  by  mechanism  within  a  casing  of  the  winder. 
This  mechanism  includes  a  continuously  driven  drive  shaft 
connected  by  a  clutch  with  a  spindle  shaft  during  winding,  and 
disengaged  at  the  termination  of  winding.  A  power  take-off 
from  the  spindle  shaft  drives  cams  rotatably  received  on  the 
spindle  shaft  for  rotating  and  reciprocating  the  threaded 
traverse  rod  to  provide  the  traversing  member  with  builder 
and  reciprocating  motions.  Lubrication  of  the  rotatable  cam 
and  spindle  shaft,  and  other  portions  of  the  mechanism  within 
the  casing,  is  provided  by  a  rotating  slinger  wtuch  projectt 
atomized  lubricant  upwardly  throu^  a  duct  and  onto  aprons 
of  an  upper  duct  from  which  the  lubricant  flows  through  chan- 
neb  and  passages  to  lubricate  the  cam  and  spindle  shaft  When 
the  traversing  member  has  been  returned  to  its  starting  posi- 
tion, a  cydkig  mechanism  causes  the  clutch  to  again  drivingly 
engage  the  drive  shaft  and  spindle  shaft  whereupon  the  cycle 
is  repeated. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1897 


3,672,587  3^72^89 

TRAVERSE  CAM  AND  FOLLOWER  FOR  WINDERS         DETECTION  ARRANGEMENT  OF  WINDING  SPEED  ON  A 
Jolui  H.  Pierce,  CharioMe,  N.C,  aarignor  to  R.  H.  BonHgny  TAKE-UPWINDER 

IacMCharloMe,N.C.  ShoJI  Nakai,  and  Akfe  HkKU,  batli( 

FiMJaB.5,1971,Scr.No.l04,110  to  KaboMU  KAha  Kvidlaa 

laLCLE65h  54/30  kcn,J^iHi 

U.S.CL242-43  4Claiiiis  FHed  May  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  38^18 

Claiim  priority,  appttcatfon  Japan,  May  21, 1969, 44/0749 
Inta.B65h59/i« 
m      **  U.S.C1.242— 45  7( 


^  traverK  cam  and  follower  is  provided  for  winding 
machines  that  is  capable  of  operating  at  high  winding  speeds 
to  much  better  advantage  than  has  heretofore  been  possible. 
The  traverse  cam  is  characterized  by  a  reversing  spiral  of  three 
grooves,  and  the  follower  by  a  shoe  for  riding  in  the  central 
groove  to  serve  as  a  crossing  guide  and  by  stud  elements 
spaced  at  each  side  of  the  shoe  for  riding  in  the  outer  grooves 
to  bear  the  cam  thrust.  This  arrangement  allows  excellent  con- 
trol of  the  folk>wer  during  reversal  at  the  end  of  each  stroke, 
results  in  remarkably  smooth  and  quiet  operation,  and  adapts 
well  to  use  in  traverse  cams  of  considerably  snudler  diameter 
than  is  usual,  which  K^ten  the  travene  mechanism  substan- 
tially and  lower  cam  surface  speed  so  as  to  lessen  follower 
wear  materially. 


3,672,588 
STrAnD  CONTROL  APPARATUS 
M.  Bcve,  Barrii«lan,  ILL,  asslpior  t 
, Warwick,  RJ. 

FBed  StfA.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,004 
InLCLB65hJ7/0(7 
U.S.a242-45  -^ 


Cor- 


18 


Improvement  in  or  relating  to  an  arrangement  for  detecting 
winding  speed  of  running  strandular  materials  on  a  multi|^ 
packages  on  a  conunon  spindle  type  take-up  winder  having 
multiple  compensator  arms  with  dancer  rolls  for  the  strandu- 
lar materials  independently  operable,  upon  speed  deviation  of 
the  strandular  materials,  on  a  convnon  shaft  connected  to  a 
unit  for  controlling  the  spindle  rotational  speed  and  the  detec- 
tion is  carried  out  with  possible  minimum  tension  fluctuation 
within  and/or  between  the  strandular  materials. 


3,672,590 
THREAD  STORAGE  AND  DELIVERY  DEVICE  FOR 
TEXTILE  MACHINES 
Kari  Isac  Joel  Roaea,  WBm  Haaa.  UMcriwmi,  SWiidea 
Fled  Oct.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  865,302 
CWns   priority,    appfcaHon    Sweden,   Oct    14,    1968, 
13807/68;  Germany,  March  7, 1969,  P 19 1 1 735.2 

bA.CLB65h51/20 
U.S.  a.  242--47.12  17  < 


An  apparatus  and  a  method  embodied  in  a  guide  for  an  ad- 
vancing strand  of  yam.  The  guide  retains  the  strand  on  a 
receiver  which  is  suppcMted  on  a  cushion  of  air.  The  receiver  is 
pivotally  retained  between  opposed  members  extending  from 
a  base  of  the  guide.  The  strand  urges  the  receiver  toward  the 
base  and  the  cushion  of  air,  which  is  introduced  between  the 
members  proximate  the  base,  urges  the  receiver  away  from 
the  base.  As  the  air  is  vented  about  the  receiver  thg  advancing 
strand  is  substantially  out  ci  contact  with  the  air  to  prevent 
removal  (rf  coatings  ftom  the  strand  or  entanglement  of  fila- 
ments of  the  strand.  Response  of  the  receiver  to  variations  in 
the  force  exerted  thereon  by  the  strand  may  be  programmed 
by  regulating  venting  of  the  air  about  the  receiver. 


A  thread  storage  and  delivery  device  for  conveying  a  thread 
from  a  spool  to  a  working  point  on  a  textile  machine.  The 
thread  is  delivered  to  a  storage  drum  in  a  substantially  tangen- 
tial direction  in  the  region  of  a  slide  cone.  The  thread  is  drawa- 
ble  from  the  storage  drum  in  an  axial  direction  wliile  the  force 
serving  to  draw  the  thread  from  the  spool  is  imparted  to  the 
thread  by  means  of  a  friction  driving  surfsce  wtnch  is  looped 
at  least  once  by  the  thread.  The  storage  drum  has  a  storage 
section  which  is  smaller  in  diameter  than  the  remainder  por- 
tion thereof  and  the  thread  turns  are  conveyed  from  the  slide 
cone  in  an  axial  direction  into  the  storage  section  to  form  at 
that  point  a  double  layer,  or  multiple  layer  coil  from  whkh  the 
thread  can  be  drawn  out 


1398 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,672^91 
DISPENSING  HOLDER  FOR  PAPER  ROLLS  AND  THE 

LIKE 
James  G.  Davk,  41  Lincoln  Avc^  Ycndon,  Pi*. 
ContiaiMtiMHfai-IMrt  of  Scr.  No.  853,787,  Aut*  28, 1969,  PmL 
No.  3,593,936.  This  appUcadon  Ang.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

63,682 

Int  CL  A47k  10/22, 10124 

U.S.  a.  242—55.2  4  Oafam 


A  holder  and  dispensing  means  for  rolls  of  paper  and  the 
like  which  comprises  a  suppcMt  at  one  end  and  a  sleeve 
rotatably  connected  to  the  support  and  constructed  to  snugly 
receive  the  core  of  the  roll.  The  roll  rotates  together  with  the 
sleeve  without  bouncing  or  wobbling  on  the  ^eeve.  The  sleeve 
also  acts  as  an  anchor  \i4ien  a  piece  of  the  paper  strip  is  pulled 
off  the  roll  at  one  c^the  score  lines. 


3,672,592 

TAPE  WINMNG  MEANS 

WOUam  A.  I^nchois,  5617  Hawtiiarne,  MontcUr,  Ciriif.,  and 

Ralph  E.  SfaniMoa,  604  E.  Arrow  Hwy.,  Upfamd,  Cdlf. 

FDed  March  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,616 

Inl.CLB65h/7/4« 

UA  CL  242—55.21  7  Claims 


Tape  guide  means  receive  longitudinally  moving  tape  in  a 
horizontal  position  and  impart  a  twist  thereto  for  delivering  it 
edgewise  to  a  rotary  tray  driven  at  a  speed  faster  than  the  Upe. 
The  tray  bottom  has  angled  ridges  which  frictionally  engage 
the  delivered  tape  and  impel  it  adaxially  to  cause  the  Upe  to 
coil  and  form  into  a  roll.  The  ridges  also  jostle  the  roll  during 
formaticni  for  tightening  the  coiled  tape  into  a  compact  roll. 


3,672,593 

SELECTIVE  SCANNING  CONTROL  FOR  PROJECTION 

APPARATUS 

FWdnick  G.  Knowin,  Rodiertcr,  and  daroicc  R.  Taylor, 

Penllcid,  both  of  N.Y.,  — Ihihwi  to  EMtnuvn'Kodak  Com- 

paqy,  Rodmlcr,  N.Y. 

FiM  Feb.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,309 
Int.  CL  II65h  1 7102;  G09f  / 1124 
U.S.  CL  242—67.4  6  CWms 

Apparatus  is  disclosed  for  scanning  and  projecting  a  set  of 
images  carried  by  a  fllmstrip  wherein  the  strip  may  be  trans- 
ported in  either  direction  by  a  single  contrcd  knob.  Rotation  of 


the  control  knob  causes  a  main  or  first  drive  shaft  to  be  moved 
to  either  a  first  or  second  position  and  to  there  respectivdy  en- 


W--* 


gage  either  second  and  third  shafts.  In  turn,  the  second  and 
third  shafts  are  respectively  coupled  to  take-up  members 
about  which  the  filmstrip  may  be  wound. 


I  3,672494 

REEL 

Robert  W.  Sdlcck,  San  Joae,  and  PMlip  H.  AOen,  Los  GirtoB, 
both  of  Calif M  aarignois  to  Cydc  Equipment  Compwiy.  Loa 
GalocCdlf.  ' 

Filed  Dec.  IS,  1969,  Scr.  No.  885,142 
I  Int.  CL  B65h  75114 

U.S.  a.  242— 71.8  \^ -^  3ClainM 


A  reel  half  having  an  outer  flange  and  an  inner  hub  includ- 
ing a  plurality  of  sets  of  flange  spacing  portions  of  different 
heights  or  elevations,  the  reel  half  being  reversible  to  form 
either  half  of  a  reel  and  two  reel  halves  being  capable  of  as- 
sembly with  differing  heights  of  said  flange  spacing  portions  in 
contact  so  as  to  provide  reels  of  different  widths. 


both 


I  3,672,595 

DRAG  WIPE 
Richard  Jabttn,  Bhw  BeU,  and  Robert  G.  Leister,  AmMer,  I 
of    Pa.,     assignors    to     AUan     Wood    Steel     ConuMiy, 
Coashohockcn,  Pa.  T 

Diviaian  of  Scr.  No.  801,004,  Feb.  20, 1969,  Pat  Na 
3,559,862.  This  application  March  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21 J370 
UA.CL9Mh23IIO, 35102  T      " 

U.S.  CL  242—75.2  3  CWm 


OOILER  CMAOWIK 


PIT 


SLITTER       UNCOLCN 


-AC 


f 


F*7/ 


r/      If    J3 


tt 


^t; 


^/ 


A  mechaiism  for  slitting  and  coiling  work  sheet  or  strip  in- 
cluding a  slitter  from  which  a  plurality  of  work  mults  of  dif- 


JuNE  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1399 


ferent  thickness  is  obtained,  a  drag  wipe  engaging  the  various 
mults  coming  from  the  slitter  and  providing  generally  uniform 
frictional  drag  on  the  different  mults,  a  common  winder 
receiving  the  various  mults  and  winding  them  into  coils,  and  a 
looping  pit  interposed  between  the  slitter  and  the  drag  wipe 
for  receiving  loops  of  some  cX  the  muhs.  In  a  preferred  form  a 
table  means  selectively  covers  the  looping  pit  in  order  to  aid  in 
threading  in  the  forward  ends  of  the  mults. 


3,672,596 
FEEDING  DEVICE  FOR  STRAPPING  MACHINE 
Anton  R.  Hoffmann,  Lake  Forest,  Dl.,  Mignor  to  A.  J.  Gcrrard 
&  Company,  Des  PlaineB,  Dl. 

Filed  July  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  839,010 

Int  CL  B65h  2310%,  25132 

U.S.  CL  242— 75  A3  7  Chdms 


A  feed  device  for  supplying  a  continuous  length  of  strapping 
band  from  a  supply  reel  having  an  accumulator  assembly  and 
an  intermittent  drive  assembly.  The  accumulator  assembly 
stores  a  variable  segment  of  the  strapping  band  to  provide  a 
constant  supply  of  the  strapping  band  to  a  strapping  machine. 
The  intermittent  drive  assembly  starts  to  feed  strapping  band 
into  the  accumulator  upon  the  stored  segment  reaching  a  cer- 
tain low  value  at  a  rate  greater  than  the  withdrawal  rate  from 
accumulator  and  continues  this  feeding  process  until  the 
stored  segment  reaches  a  certain  high  value. 


3,672,597 
MEMO  TAPE 
Jcrvis  C.  WUIianaon,  R.F.D.  #5,  P.O.  Box  196,  Norwich, 
Conn. 

Filed  Feb.  1, 1971,Scr.No.  III3I6 

Int.  CL  GOlb  3110;  B43I 1112 

U.S.CL242— 107R  6Cfarinis 


therewithin.  The  housing  has  front  and  rear  shells  and  means 
connecting  the  same  and  a  front  housing  opening  extends 
throughout  the  major  portion  of  the  face  area  of  the  housing. 
A  small  opening  is  provided  in  the  rear  housing  shell.  A  waxed 
plate  disposed  within  the  housing  adjacent  the  front  shell 
opening  has  a  transparent  sheet  thereover  for  dimensional 
notations  and  other  memoranda.  A  stem  extending  rearwardly 
from  the  plate  is  hollow  and  opens  through  the  rear  shell  open- 
ing. A  plunger  within  the  stem  opening  has  an  associated 
return  spring  and  a  front  end  portion  engageable  with  the 
transparent  sheet.  Manual  fmger  pressure  urging  the  plunger 
forwardly  displaces  the  transparent  sheet  from  the  waxed 
plate  and  clears  the  memoranda  thereon. 


3,672,598 
COVER  FOR  SPOOL 
Ivan  H.  Savctli,  Bayside,  N.Y.,  — ignoc 
Plastics  Corporation,  Hushing,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  28, 1970,  Scr.  Na  6,361 
Int.  CL  ll65h  75126,  75110 
U.S.CL  242—118.2 


to  Ttwrmoformed 


A  protective  cover  for  a  thread  receiving  spool  designed  to 
protect  it  from  crushing  during  the  thread  receiving  operation 
and  a  method  of  making  the  same  is  disclosed.  The  cover  is 
generally  conical  in  shape  and  has  a  plurality  of  inwardly 
directed  ribs  which  rest  against  the  outer  surface  of  the  spool 
when  the  cover  is  placed  around  it.  The  outer  surface  of  the 
conical  cover  is  the  thread  receiving  surface  of  the  combina- 
tion. The  cover  is  formed  by  molding  a  suitable  material,  such 
as  polystyrene,  into  the  desired  shape  and  is  held  in  conical 
shape  by  lapped  joints  forming  a  vertical  seam  in  the  finished 
cover. 


3,672,599 
TAPE  STORAGE  BUFFER 
Mario  A.  Torres,  Anahrim,  CaHf .,  — ignnr  to 
pater  Prodncts,  Inc^  Aaahdm,  CaHf. 

Filed  Aug.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63^72 
Int  CL  Gl  lb  15106, 15/58, 23/12 
VS.  CL  242—184 


CaHlomla  Coiih 


A  memo  measuring  device  of  the  type  comprising  a  housing 
and  a  coiled  extendible  and  retractable  measuring  tape 


^WtOTOCCLLS  I 


Variable  center  positioning  can  be  used  to  increase  the  ef- 
fective storage  length  of  a  vacuum  bufifer  chamber.  Both  posi- 
tion and  velocity  are  controlled  in  accordance  with  the 
direction  of  capstan  rotation  so  as  to  maintain  the  loop  at  the 
top  or  bottcxn  at  the  vacuum  chamber. 


1400 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27^  1972 


3,672.600 
REEL-TOREEL  TAPE  STORAGE  APPARATUS 
Rotarl  A.  CvlMB,  230  Niwln  Rmd,  l^iliii,  N.Y., 

llMiiMi  P.  FUcy,  12  JaMi  Lmm,  n—tli^ N.Y. 

RM  April  2. 1969,  Scr.  No.  812,767 
int  CL  B65h  25104, 25/22;  Glib  15/48 
U^CL242— 186  3 


a  fi 


The  diackMure  describes  an  information  tape  storage  ap- 
paratus without  tape  loop  storage  means  or  tape  driving  means 
interposed  along  the  path  of  the  tape  as  the  tape  moves  from 
the  information  processing  sution  to  the  take-up  reel.  To  pro- 
vide such  tape  motion,  including  the  usual  start-stop  charac- 
teristics, a  tachometer  generates  a  signal  indicative  of  tape 
speed  which  is  compared  differentially  with  a  ramp  signal  to 
develop  a  control  signal  for  a  low  inertia  printed  circuit  motor 
that  is  connected  to  turn  the  takenip  reel. 


3,672,601 

FILM  FEEMNG  MECHANISM  WITH  MOVABLE 
CARIHIDGE  MOUNTING  MEANS 

ieM,  N.Y^  iMitiini  to  EMtman  Kodak 

r,N.Y. 

F8h1  Scfit.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,080 
Int.  CL  G03b  1/04;  Glib  15/32 
U.S.  a.  242-192  12  < 


Join  J. 


in  a  simplified  film  feeding  mechanism  of  the  type  including 
a  drive  member  and  a  stripper  finger  for  contacting  the 
periphery  of  a  roll  of  film  or  other  strip  material  to  separate 
the  leading  end  thereof  fixrni  the  red  and  to  feed  it  into  a 
threading  channel  <rfa  motion  picture  projector  or  similar  ap- 
paratus, means  for  mounting  the  film  roll  so  that  it  may  be 
moved  into  engagement  with  the  drive  member  and  stripper 
finger. 


3,672,602 

MECHANISM  FOR  THREADING  MOTION  PICTURE 

FILM  IN  CINEMATOGRAPHIC  APPARATl^ 

HcrtMtt  WOach,  UiHwlMMliiiig  near  Miarich,  Gcnmoy,  m- 

rignor  to  AgfahGcvacrt  AktkntCMlacliall,  Levorkwcn,  Gcr- 

Fled  March  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20,558 
riority.appHcatioB  Gcmmy,  Mvch  28, 1969,  P 19 
15969.4 

Int.  CL  G03b  1/02;  B65h  7  7/14;  Gl  lb  15/32 
U.S.  CL  1A1-\91  10  cUbm 

Automatic  film  threading  mechanism  for  use  in  motion  pic- 
ture projectors,  comprising  a  driven  endless  elastic  bch  a  por- 


tion of  which  is  pivouble  into  engagement  with  the  outermost 
convolutkm  of  film  on  the  core  of  the  supply  reel  to  thereby 
route  the  reel  in  a  direction  to  pay  out  the  film.  The  beh  is 
trained  over  a  roller  which  routes  about  a  fixed  axis,  and  such 


roller  is  surrounded  by  a  sutionary  guide  member  or  flanked 
by  two  guide  rolls  which  prevent  the  film  from  engaging  the 
belt  in  the  region  of  the  roller  so  that  the  beh  can  engage  the 
film  only  when  its  aforementioned  portion  is  pivoted  into  en- 
gagement with  the  outermost  convolution. 


3,672,603 
TAPE  CARTRIDGE 
WUUan  W.  Swain,  Mooolain  View,  CaHL, 
tridg*  TdevWoo,  lac.  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Jane  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,125 
lat  CL  G03b  1/04;  Glib  15/32, 23/04 
U.S.CL242— 194  27 


t<»  Car^ 


An  improved  tape  cartridge  for  use  with  a  upe  transport  dt 
the  type  having  a  rotary  head  awembly.  The  cartridge  is  of  the 
reel-over-reel  type  and  a  flexible,  magnetic  tape  coupled  to 
the  reeb  cf  the  cartridge  can  be  drawn  outwardly  thereof  and 
along  a  portion  of  a  rotary  head  assembly  by  tape  gukle  or 
pick-up  means  receivable  within  recesses  near  an  open  ex- 
tremity of  the  cartridge.  The  cartridge  housing  has  a  pivotally 
mounted  closure  near  the  open  extremity  to  cover  the  tape 
and  releasable  latch  means  on  the  closure  holds  the  latter  cou- 
pled to  the  cartridge  housing  until  it  is  moved  into  an  opera- 
tive position.  A  releasaUe  brake  in  the  cartridge  housing  holds 
the  reels  against  movement  until  the  cartridge  is  move^  into 
said  operative  position. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1401 


3,672,604 

-^APE  CARTRIDGE  INCLUUNG  DIRECT  VIEWING  <»" 

CUE  INDICIA 
Atan  BcManoat,  359  WUwDod  Road,  Stanford,  Conn. 
Fled  Oct  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,189 
lal.  CL  G03b  1/04;  Gl  lb  15/32, 23/04 
U.S.CL242— 199  H 


3,672,606 
TR(HX£Y  FCMt  RECOVERABLE  SPACECRAFT 
GcraM  D.  Waicy,  Loi«  Ri^C  I 
to 


UACL 


FBcd  Dec  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,406 
laL  CL  B64g  1/00 
ISS 


Cue  indicia  applied  to  the  non-recording  surface  of  a  mag- 
netic tape  are  directly  viewed  by  passing  the  non-recording 
tape  surface  across  a  tape  guiding  element  which  includes  a 
mirror  for  viewing  the  non-recording  surface. 


3,672^605 
SYSTEM  FOR  DEPLOYMENT  OF  A  SPHERICAL  BODY 
FHQM  HIE  N06E  OF  AN  ACCELERAUNG  BALLISTIC 

VEHICLE 

LSOBMnd    All*    HoflaMH^    ^MnH^lflMy    MM   Jolui    B« 

Mcalo  park,  both  of  CaML,  Mrigaon  to  Hw  UallM 
riHMilraai  maiwMlidbj  thi  Ikinlaij  iif  Ibt  Naij 
Fied  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 15^50 
lBt.CLB64g7/70 
UACL244— ISS  10< 


r 
V 


-^"'-'^ 


A  recoverable  spacecraft  has  rocket  propulsion  engines  for 
vertical  flight  into  space,  and  has  lifting  surfaces  for  horizontal 
flight  after  re-entry  into  the  earth's  atmosphere.  When  trans- 
porting the  craft  over  land,  its  size  makes  road  transpoit  dif- 
Qcult,  and  makes  its  flight  energized  by  rocket  motors 
uneconomical.  The  present  invention  provides  a  trolley  which 
can  be  releasably  attached  to  the  craft  for  such  transportation. 
The  trolley  has  wheels,  a  braking  system  and  may  have  at  least 
one  air  breathing  engine  to  energize  transporution  flight  it 
forms  a  streamlined  blister  beneath  the  spacecraft,  but  has  it- 
self no  lifting  surfoces,  the  flight  of  the  combined  spacecraft 
and  trolley  usmg  the  lifting  surfaces  of  the  craft.  The  trolley  is 
attached  to  and  released  from  the  craft  only  when  the  two  are 
sutionary  on  the  ground. 


3,672,607 

SIGHTING  TELESCOPE  INFRA-RED  DIRECTION 

FINDER  UNTTIN  A  TELEGUnMNG  I«VICE  FOR 

MISSILES 

Vc 


ScfaK,bolhof 


to  Nord-AvlaCkM  Sodcle  Na- 


U.S.CL  244— 3.16 


of  Scr.  No.  413,481,  Nov.  24, 1964, 
TMs  appHcatloa  MoKh  12, 1969,  Scr.  No. 
806,428 
vBcadoa  F^WMC  Nov.  28, 1963, 955387 
CL  F41g  1/40,  7/00, 9/00 


^•M^ 


3=^ 


i\ 


A  system  for  lateral  deployment  of  a  spherical  body  from  an 
acceleratii^  ballistic  vehide.  The  smooth  spherical  body  is 
constrained  during  the  launch  by  a  visor-like  nose  fairing,  a 
ramp  and  a  retractable  chock,  all  located  in  the  apex  of  the 
vehicle.  Prior  to  separation,  the  nose  fairing  opens  and  the 
ramp  is  extended.  At  attairanent  of  the  desired  separation 
velocity,  the  chock  is  retracted  permitting  the  sphere  to  roll 
down  the  ramp  under  the  thrust  c^  the  ballistic  vehicle.  During 
the  roll  down  the  ramp  the  sphere  picks  up  spin  velocity,  nor- 
mal to  its  roll  axis,  as  required  for  re-entry  temperature  con- 
trol. Lateral  reaction  of  the  vehicle  resulting  from  the  separa- 
tion of  the  spherical  body  from  the  vehicle  is  counteracted  by 
rocket  motors  deployed  in  the  vehicle. 


A  firing  control  apparatus  for  teleguided  misstles  compris- 
ing an  assemUy  of  a  perisoopic  sighting  telescope  and  an  infra- 
red goniometer  adapted  to  locate,  with  respect  to  the  sighting 
axis  of  a  tarfet,  a  miHile  emitting  infra-red  radiation,  and  to 
determine  its  errors  of  tnqectory  with  respect  to  the  sighting 
axis,  and  an  avociated  teleguidii^  system  giving  orders  at 
every  instant  so  as  to  correct  the  errors  measured  by  the  infra- 
red goniometer.  The  «1iole  assembly  is  fixed  in  one  casing 
having  a  support  permitting  pivotal  movement  of  the  com- 
bined sighting  telescope  and  goniometer  about  two  perpen- 
dicular axes,  one  of  which  passes  through  the  center  of  gravity 
of  the  apparatus,  the  optical  axes  of  the  telescope  and  the 
goniometer  constituting  two  parallel  optical  paths. 


1402 


3^72,606 
HYDRAUUC  MECHANISM 
!  L.  Gioim  NoRk  R  Switaer,  Mid  John  K.  WUferton,  an 
of  Morritt  UmmI,  Fla^   — itnwi  to  Omnioiiiics,   Inc., 
Brevard  Coonty,  Fla. 

Flkd  AprI  10, 1970,  Scr.  No,  27359 

Int.CLB64ci/54 

VJS.  CL  244     43  43  Claims 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June 

the  lift  webbing  of  an  associated  parachute  so  that  on  i 
tion  of  the  wearer  from  the  seat  or  deployment  of  the 
parachute,  the  pouch  will  be  free  to  open  on  inflation  of  the 
appliance,  and  by  a  water-responsive  mechanism  adapted  to 
initiate  self-inflation  of  the  appliance  on  immersion. 


ITHE 


74, 


I  3,672,610      ^ 

ELECTRIC  SYSTEM  OF  A  DEVICE  FOR  DEICING ' 
SURFACE  OF  THIN- WALLED  STRUCTURES 
Igor  AnatoUcvkh  Levin,  ulitia  Stcpana  Supruna,  12, 
MoMOWiU.S.SJL 

Filed  May  20, 1969,  Ser.  No.  826,204 
Claims  priority,   application   U.S.S.R.,   June    24,  ^1968, 
1250546   f 

'  Int.a.B64d/5//6 

U.S.CI.2^— 134R  4  Claims 


T 


A  hydraulic  mechanism  for  supporting  a  telescopically 
mounted  wing  section  of  an  extendible  aircraft  wing.  Hydrau- 
lic cylinders,  fixedly  attached  to  one  telescopic  wing  section, 
are  in  slidable  or  rolling  contact  with  the  other  wing  aectiop 
via  pistons.  Cylinders  are  mounted  in  inboard  and  outboard 
sections.  In  one  embodiment,  single  groups  of  inboard  and 
outboard  cylinders  are  hydraulically  interconnected  with  a 
hydraulic  accumulator  so  as  to  provide  load  dispersion,  wear 
adjustment  and  flutter  dampening.  In  a  second  embodiment, 
such  results  are  obtained  by  the  interworjcing  of  different 
hydraulic  circuits. 


4ti 


^^Hzin 


-^EHZ]  I 


'^Shii  j_j 


3,672,609 

INFLATABLE  BODY-ATTACHMENTS  FOR  MARINE 

LIFE-SAVING 

James  NfltcheU  Hawldna,  AsMon-Under-Lync,  England,  m- 

signor  to  FVankcnrtdn  Group  Limited 

Ffcd  Oct.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,514 

Int.  CLB64d  25/75 

U.S.CL244— 122AE  lOCUms 


A  system  is  disclosed  for  deicing  the  skin  surface  of  aircraft 
and  comprises  a  power  supply  unit  to  which  are  connected  an 
electrical  power  accumulator  and  a  program  switch.  Low  iner- 
tia converters  such  as  magnetostrictive  vibrators  are  profvided 
in  close  proximity  to  the  skin  surface  and  are  fed  from  the 
power  supply  unit  via  key  switches  each  having  one  input  con- 
nected to  the  electrical  power  accumulator  while  its  second 
input  is  connected  to  the  program  selector  switch  such  that 
the  switch  will  produce  successive  single  or  bundles  of  electri- 
cal pules  separated  by  pauses  at  the  converters. 


to 


■  3,672,611 

VEHICLE  CONTROL  SYSTEM  AND  METHOD 
George    M.    Thome-Booth,    Tanana,    Calif., 
Wcatinghouae  Electric  Corporation,  PIttiiNirih,  Pa. 
FHed  Dec.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94^49 
Int.a.B61l2J/26 
U.S.  a.  246— 28  R  ^^      9Clainis 


BIOCK  S 


BLOCK   OCCMFCD 


L 


•HiNoVj  srcmia.  I   M^woA        cowtwol  ^■~-~: 
-J — .jaiTty^  Device  j-^^aiTEyri  oicut  f—^ 


OELAV 
CKCUT 


This  invention  concerns  a  life-saving  appliance  comprising 
an  inflataMe  portion  which  when  the  appliance  is  unactivated 
is  stowed  compactly  in  a  pouch,  means  for  securing  the  pouch 
closely  to  the  body  of  the  wearer,  and  a  fastening  for  the 
pouch  adapted  for  release  or  disablement  only  through  the 
medium  of  a  flexible  traction  member  to  permit  deployment 
of  the  appliance  on  inflation  thereof,  characterized  in  that  the 
release  or  disabling  means  for  the  pouch  fastening  is  adapted 
for  direct  or  indirect  connection  to  an  aircraft  ejection  seat  or 


A  path  along  which  a  vehicle  traverses  is  divided  into  a  plu- 
rality of  blocks.  In  each  block  two  devices  sense  the  presence 
of  a  vehicle,  and  one  of  the  devices  is  used  to  sense  the 
absence  of  the  vehicle.  The  two  devices  concurrently  sensing 
the  presence  of  a  vehicle  provide  a  presence  signal  to  be 
stored  which  is  indicative  of  a  vehicle  having  been  present  in 
the  block.  In  response  to  the  sensing  of  the  absence  of  the 
vehicle  by  the  one  device  during  the  time  the  presence  signal 
is  stored,  a  control  signal  is  generated.  A  predetermined 
amount  of  time  after  the  control  signal  is  generated  the 
storage  of  the  presence  signal  is  discontinued. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1403 


3,672,612 

LADDER  LATCHING  DEVICE 

Clyde  A.  Laing,  Jr.,  920  S.  W.  lOltt  Ave,  Nfiami,  Fla. 

FUcd  Feb.  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 14,501 

Int.  CLB60r  9/04 

U.S.  a.  248—361  R 


2  Claims 


A  latching  device  for  releasably  securing  a  ladder  to  a  vehi- 
cle having  racks  secured  thereon,  the  latching  device  being 
mounted  on  the  side  rails  of  the  ladder  on  the  lower  side 
thereof  and  consisting  of  a  rotatable  shaft  secured  to  the  side 
rails,  with  a  handle  mounted  on  the  end  of  the  shaft  and  a 
hook  member  secured  to  the  side  rail  for  securing  the  handle 
in  the  locked  position.  At  the  middle  of  the  shaft  there  is 
secured  an  arm  portion  at  whose  free  end  one  end  of  an  ad- 
justable hooking  member  is  pivotally  attached  with  the  other 
end  engaging  the  rack  for  locking  the  ladder  thereto. 


3,672,613 
DISTRIBUTING  CLAMPING  STRESS  DEVICE  FOR 
CABLE  LAYING 
Agoctino  Oriani,  Scsto  San  Giovanni,  Itidy,  MHignor  to  Indus- 
trie PireH  S.P.A.,  MUan,  Italy 

Filed  MMxh  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,297 
aainM  priority,  application  Italy,  July  10,  1969,  19410 
A/69 

Int.CLF16IJ//0 
U.S.  CL  248—62  8  Chdms 


a  plurality  of  upward  extending  projections  bounding  the  strip 
material.  The  device  includes  a  base  which  has  a  plurality  of 
openings  therethrough.  Each  opening  is  aligned  with  an  as- 
sociated one  of  the  projections  on  the  support.  A  correspond- 


ing plurality  of  slits  individually  extend  traversely  from  each 
opening  to  the  periphery  of  the  base.  Each  of  the  openings  has 
a  cross-sectional  dimension  sufficiently  small  to  grip  the  pro- 
jections when  the  base  is  lowered  into  engagement  with  the 
bounded  strip  material. 


3,672,615 
STRAP  SUPPORT 
Arthur  A.  Florentino,  Piacataway,  N  J 
Bctts  Corporation,  EHxabcth,  N  J. 

FDcd  Feb.  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116,164 
Int.  CL  F16iJ/y4 
U.S.CL248— 74PB  16 


toThomasA 


'^hi^~i^;^m 


a  zt  a   tJ 


rf 


A  clamp  or  stopper  for  suspending  a  cable  being  laid  which 
comprises  a  generally  cylindrical  inner  clamp  having  fhisto- 
conical  interior  grooves  receiving  resilient  rings  for  engaging 
the  cable  surface  and  an  outer  housing  for  receiving  and  hold- 
ing the  clamp  and  for  attachment  to  a  suspending  rope  or 
ropes. 


3,672,614 

PLASTIC  HOLIM>OWN  DEVICE  FOR  LOGIC  CHASSIS 

Franklin  D.  Gucrry,  Burlington,  N.C.,  anignor  to  Western 

Electric  Company,  Incorporated,  New  Yorii,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,155 

Int.CLF161J/yO 

U.S.  a.  248—68  7  daima 

A  resilient  holddown  device  is  employed  to  secure  loose 

strip  material  to  an  underlying  support  that  has  affixed  thereto 


A  strap  support  comprising  a  selectively  recessed  strap 
retaining  member  disposed  on  the  upper  surface  of  an  ap- 
propriately contoured  base  member  aCBxabie  to  a  mounting 
member.  The  inwardly  directed  surfaces  of  adjacent,  upstand- 
ing, perpendiculariy  disposed  portions  of  the  retaining 
member  in  comtnnation  with  an  overhanging  ntember  par- 
tially define  an  open-ended  strap  head  receiving  cavity  selec- 
tively aligned  relative  to  an  appropriately  proportioned  ex- 
tending strap  body  receiving  passage  in  one  of  the  upstanding 
portions  to  provide  both  retaining  and  guide  means  for  an  ex- 
tending strap  body  insertable  therein.  A  plurality  of  upstand- 
ing recessed  portions  may  be  arranged  in  juxtaposed  relation- 
ship to  provide  a  multiple  of  spaced,  opposing  strap  receiving 
passages.  The  base  member  may  be  provided  with  suitable 
mounting  means  such  as  an  adhesive  layer,  fastener  receiving 
openings,  or  the  like. 


to  The  Spencer  Tbr- 


3,672,616 
TOOL  HOLDER 
David  H.  Hunt,  Simabury,  Conn.,  aarignn 
bine  Company,  West  Hartford,  Conn. 

FUcd  June  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,776 
Int.  CLA47f  J/00 
U.S.a.24S— 75  9ClainK 

A  holder  for  supporting  and  sealing  a  vacuum  tool  con- 
nected to  a  vacuum  producing  system  and  having  an  inlet 
opening  for  the  passage  of  air  in  response  to  vacuum  produced 
by  the  system  and  comprising  a  generally  L-shaped  wall 
bracket,  a  flexible  sheet  of  substantially  air  impervious  nuueri- 


^^^  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  27,  1972 

al  connected  to  and  kxxdy  extending  between  the  free  end    penetrate  through  carpeting  to  cause  the  weight  of  the  clock 
portions  of  the  bracket,  and  a  tool  support  member  carried  by    to  be  supported  by  the  hard  fkxMing. 

The  penetration  legs  being  adjustable  with  respect  to  a 
/"  /»  /*  frame  for  assisting  in  the  leveling. 

I  3^72,619  ^^ 

QUICK  RELEASE  HOLMX 
EUm  W.  Bowcn,  P.O.  Box  3005.  GrccMvttc,  Tcm. 
FDed  Jam  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,105 

Iirt.a.A46b77/02  ^^ 

U.S.CL248— 113 


the  bracket  and  adapted  to  support  the  tool  in  close  proximity 
to  the  sheet  so  that  vacuum  produced  by  the  system  draws  the 
sheet  into  sealing  engagement  with  the  tool  inlet  opening. 


3,672^17 
HANGER  RMt  HOfiE  NOZZLE 
EMb  E.  Ncyoadoff,  nredcrkkslMrg.  Iowa. 
Royood  Lee  O-gMiwrtna,  lac.  New  York,  N.Y 
nkd  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  W,713 

InLCLB05iy///2 
U.S.a.248— 75 


to  The 


A  hanger  for  a  hose  nozzle  pivotally  secured  to  a  vertical 
support  and  provided  with  a  hollow  enclosure  for  holding  the 
nozzle  detachably  and  covering  the  discharge  end  <^  the  noz- 
zle. 


CHHordC. 


3,672,618 

LEVQ£R 

,  9717  Cwly  Ave,  OnuriM,  Ncfar. 

nkd  Oct  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,090 

Int.  CL  A47f  7/02 

U.S.CL24S— 116 


6CWm 


A  support  pedestal  for  grandfather  clocks  and  other  free- 
standing clocks  having  penetration  legs  thereon  adapted  to 


An  easily  fabricated  quick  release  holder  for  handled  ob- 
jects such  as  brooms,  mopa,  garden  tools,  and  the  like.  The  ob- 
ject is  gripped  between  a  fixed  planar  gripping  element  and  a 
roller  gripping  element  that  moves  angularly  to  the  fixed  ele- 
ment (through  the  force  of  gravity).  The  gripping  surflKxs  of 
both  the  fixed  and  moveable  elements  are  resilient  ehMomeis. 
having  oppontely  directed  serrations,  for  additional  nipping 
action. 


3,672,620 

HEIGIfr  GAUGE 

Anton  Fbik,  149  CrcMMt  Drive,  Aftcrtaosi,  N.Y. 

Fled  Nov.  17. 1970,  Scr.  Na  90324 

InLa.F16m;y/(M 

U.S.  CL  248—125 


12 


A  centrally  located  shaft,  having  a  longitudinal  groove 
therein,  is  provided  with  an  arm  extending  outward  of  the  tu- 
bular casing  for  supporting  either  an  electronic  or  a  mechani- 
cal sensor.  A  coarse  adjustment  for  a  rapid  movement  of  the 
arm  and  die  sensor  is  provided  as  well  as  a  fine  adjustment 
which  indudes  spring  means  for  supporting  the  upper  and 
lower  ends  of  the  shaft  and  a  threaded,  axiaUy  movable  screw 
that  irdriven  through  a  pulley  system  by  means  of  the  fine  ad- 
justment Icnob. 

The  aforementioned  abstract  is  neither  intended  to  define 
the  invention  <^  the  application  which,  of  course,  is  measured 
by  the  claims,  nor  is  it  mtended  to  be  limiting  as  to  the  scope 
of  the  invention  in  any  way. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERALrAND  MECHANICAL 


1405 


3,672,621 

KEEPER  FOR  FEGBOARD  HARDWARE 

Joseph  B.  Bombciwit,  WhMMM^  Mfan.,  assig to 

Chain  Company,  Winona,  Minn. 

Fled  M«y  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  140363 
IntaA47f5/00 
U.S.  CL  248—223  7 


mounting  pad  longitudinally  and  by  looaening  two  of  the 
machine  bolts  on  one  side  of  the  spherical  headed  bolts,  and 


I K    £. 


4- 


«i^ 


207fc==3^ 


o 
B 


^ 


tightening  the  two  machine  bolts  on  the  other  side  thereof,  the 
mounting  pad  is  levelled  transversely. 


3.672,624 
SHELF  BRACKET  STRUCTURE 

A  keeper  having  supporting  peg  elements  to  fit  pcgboaid*  of    ^T**  ?L?y^'  riMthtui,  On§^  ■■iyiw  to  Bnidwin  Tod, 
different  thicknesses  and  having  peg-receiving  openinn  of  dif-        ^^  ^!i^S^*h  -    ^ 

ferent  diameters  w  "P^ung.  o,  an  Fled  April  2, 1971.  Scr.  No.  130.605 

InLCLA47g  29/02 
US.  CL  248—243 


Leon 


3,672,622 
ARTICLE  HANGING  APPARATUS 
r,  185  E.  162nd  St.,  Bronx,  N.Y. 

t  of  Scr.  No.  733603,  May  31. 1968, 
abandoned.  This  appMcaiion  Ang.  31. 1970.  Scr.  No.  68.302 
Int.  CLA47f  5/00 
U.S.a.248-224  7( 


An  article  hanging  apparatus  having  at  least  two  inter- 
locking members.  One  bracket  is  secured  at  the  desired  loca- 
tion while  the  other  bracket  is  fastened  to  the  article  to  be 
suspended.  The  bracket  that  is  secured  to  the  desired  location, 
has  integrally  formed  tongues  which  protrude  obliquely  from 
the  surface.  The  other  bracket  has  corresponding  and  identi- 
cal tongues,  but  oppositely  directed  from  the  first  bracket  so 
as  to  permit  detachable  interlocking  of  one  bracket  onto  the 
other.  The  articles  suspended  may  include  irianters,  wall 
lamps,  hooks,  curtain  rods,  plaques,  clocks,  toc^  ad  the  like, 
and  may  have  their  positions  ea^y  changed. 


3.672.623 

ADJUSTABLE  MOUNT  FOR  AUXILIARY  GUN  SIGHT 

FrMk  D.  Jonci,  MoHae,  DL,  aarfgnor  to  The  United  States  of 

AnMrica  as  rcpreacntcd  by  tlw  Secrctvy  of  the  Army 

Fled  Dec  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,209 

Int.CLF41g7/J« 

U.S.CL248— 226R  3Qihm 

A  sight  mounting  pad  is  pivotally  mounted  on  the  spherical 

heads  (rf  a  pair  of  longitudinally  spaced  bolts  and  is  secured  to 

a  supporting  member  by  four  machine  bolts  two  of  vftuch  are 

mounted  through  the  mounting  pad  and  supporting  member 

on  opposite  sides  of  each  of  the  spherical  headed  bolts.  The 

spherical  headed  bolts  are  adjusted  vertically  to  level  the 


A  shelf  bracket  structure  includes  a  wood  shelf  bracket  hav- 
ing a  channel  in  its  upper  surface  extending  fix>m  the  rear  end 
of  the  bracket  part  way  along  the  bracket  and  a  hole  spaced 
from  such  end  of  the  bracket  and  extending  from  the  bottom 
of  the  channel  downwardly  and  rearwardly  of  the  bracket  A 
metal  attaching  member  has  a  horizontal  body  portimi 
received  in  the  channel  and  a  downwardly  and  rearwaixOy 
bent  end  portion  received  in  the  hole  of  the  bracket.  The  other 
end  of  the  attaching  member  has  an  upwardly  extending  por- 
tion for  attaching  the  bracket  to  a  wall  or  other  support.  This 
upwardly  extending  portion  may  be  positioned  rearwardly  of 
the  bracket  for  hooking  engagement  in  a  hole  in  a  support 
strip  or  in  a  modification  may  have  a  rear  surface  flush  with 
the  rear  end  surface  of  the  bracket  and  a  hole  extending 
through  the  upwardly  extending  portion  to  receive  a  screw  or 
other  fastener  for  securing  the  attaching  member  to  a  wall  or 
other  support  member. 


3,672,625 

POSmON  LOCATOR  FOR  AN  ADJUSTABLE  SEAT 

SUPPCMHING  ASSEMBLY 

C  CaaboQ,  Groasc  Poimc  and  Join  R.  Donha 

horn,  both  of  NOch.,  aarigiiia  i  to  Ford  Motor  Company, 

ucartMMV,  Audi. 

FDed  March  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120,025 

Int.  CL  B60n  J/08 

U.S.CL248— 429  lOCUhm 

A  position  locator  for  an  adjustable  seat  supporting  as- 
sembly includes  a  guide  rail  over  which  a  seat  supporting 
channel  is  movaUe.  Structure  is  provided  on  the  channel  to 


1406 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27.  1972 


ftinction  with  a  locator  plate  formed  with  the  guide  rail  to  that 
the  seat  channel  is  adjustable  between  a  plurality  of  different 
portions.  Structure  is  also  provided  that  positively  locates 
fix>nt  and  rear  positions  for  the  seat  supporting  channel.  This 
structure  is  actuated  by  a  device  which  permits  one  to  ntove 


f^  70  '-/■ 


7a  ^f 


the  seat  directly  to  either  the  front  or  the  rear  position  and 
then  to  lock  the  seat  in  such  a  position.  VTith  the  position  loca- 
tor, one  driver  of  a  vehicle  containing  the  seat  may  move  the 
seat  to  the  rear  position  and  another  driver  may  move  the  seat 
to  the  front  position. 


3^72,626 

REUSABLE  FORMS  FCm  CASTING  CXH.UMNS 

James  ThornUNi,  413  ShorcUBC  Drive,  Hampton,  Va. 

FHcd  Mwch  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  17,053 

liit.CLE04g7i/02 

U.S.CL249— 48  2CWim 


A  reusable  form  assembly  for  casting  columns  from 
concrete  or  other  suitable  material  consisting  of  comer  form- 
ing members  and  side-forming  panel  members  disposed 
therebetween,  all  detachably  bolted  together  to  provide 
selected  cross-section  of  column  formed  therein.  The  form 
members  are  in  modules  of  suitable  length  which  can  be 
detachably  bolted  together  in  longitudinal  relationship.  A 
dovetail  joint  arrangement  is  provided  between  the  comers 
and  the  cooperating  side  panels  to  effectively  align  the 
cooperating  members  and  hold  them  in  true  alignment  until 
the  form  is  disassembled. 


3,672,627 

DIAPHRAGM  ASSEMBLY  FOR  PRESSURE  OPERATED 

PILOT  CONTROLLED  SHUT-OFT  VALVE 

WOUam  R.  McCarty,  Jr.,  SkoUe;  PMri  A.  DoHcr,  RoacBe,  ami 

Wesley  S.  Swanson,  Elk  Grove,  aB  ofilL,  mslgnors  to  Eaton 

Yale  &  TowM  Inc.,  Oevdand,  Ohio 

Contfaraatfcm-iD-part  of  Scr.  No.  850,572,  Aug.  15, 1969,  Pat 

No.  3,593,957.  Ti^  appMcaHon  March  2, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

15,497 

1at.CLF16k3I/06,31/143     ' 

U.S.a.251— 30  7  Claims 

A  poppet  valve  for  use  with  a  fluid  pressure  operated  pilot 

controlled  diaphragm  valve.  The  poppet  valve  has  a  central 

pilot  orifice  leading  therethrough  and  Meed  holes  commu- 


nicating with  mating  bleed  holes  in  a  diaphragm  with  a!  screen 
means  therebetween  for  allowing  fluid  paasage  into  the 
diai^iragm  pressure  chamber  and  throu^  the  central  orifice. 
The  poppet  valve  has  a  depending  stem  element  fitting  within 
the  valve  outlet  bore  arrtinged  to  maintain  guiding  contact 


kiaaiiiy^V^V^^V^^^t;^^^^^^^ 


with  the  periphery  of  the  bore  throughout  the  movement 
thereof  and  to  provide  throttling  during  the  closing  operation 
whereby  water  hammer  effect  are  avoided  and  the  poppet 
valve  is  under  positive  guidance  tfjtHighout  the  operation  of 
the  diaphragm  valve. 


1  3,672,628 

CONTROLLER  FOR  A  BACK  SEATED  VALVE 
Ola  J.  Aantad,  Chsitcr.  Pa.,  amignnr  to  Wcstjnthousc  Electric 
Corpanftfon,  Ptttsbursh.  Pa. 

FVed  Nov.  25, 1970  Scr.  No.  92,733 

laLCLr\fk3HI43,4l/14;V0lb  11102     ' 
U.S.CL251— 47 


A  hydraulic  controller  for  a  back  seated  steam  valve 
wherein  the  controller  comprises  a  pair  of  axially  aligned 
hydraulic  cylinders  disposed  to  operate  in  opposite  directions, 
one  of  the  cylinders  having  a  drive  piston  and  piston  rod  con- 
nected to  the  valve  stem,  and  the  other  cinder  having  a  free 
piston  disposed  therein,  which  opposes  the  force  the  drive 
piston  applies  to  the  valve  stem  as  the  drive  piston  approaches 
the  end  oi  its  stroke  in  valve  opening  direction,  thus  reducing 
the  back  seating  force  applied  to  the  valve  stem  by  the  drive 
piston.  The  free  piston  also  increases  the  initial  acceleration  of 
the  valvoB  moving  parts  in  closing  direction,  thus  reducing  the 
valve's  closing  time. 


3,672,629 
NON-BLEED  PILOT  VALVE 
>  Sortcbcri,  c/o  Sortcbcrg  Conlroh  Corp.  540  Connee- 
ticut,  Norwalk,  Com. 

FHcd  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,1 15 

Iiit.Cl.F16kJ//765 

U.S.CL  251-61 J  4  Claims 

A  swivel  joint  between  two  interconnected  members  in  a 

pilot  valve  which  are  responsive  to  force  differentials  and 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1407 


capable  of  being  extremely  sensitive  to  these  force  dif- 
ferentials so  as  to  initiate  the  proper  motion  to  equalize  the 
forces  throughout.  In  the  preferred  embodiment,  the  swivel 
joint  comprises  a  firmly  seated  ball  bearing  in  the  plunger  of 
the  pilot  valve  and  an  exhaust  tube  which  incorporates  a  con- 
tact post  and  a  biasing  spring  to  urge  and  maintain  the  exhaust 
tube  assembly  in  continual  contact  with  the  ball  bearing.  This 


arrangement  allows  the  plunger  to  pivot  freely  while  the  ex- 
haust tube  can  move  laterally  with  a  minimization  of  frictional 
contact.  The  result  is  a  pilot  valve  which  is  extremely  sensitive 
and  responsive  to  pressure  variations.  Pilot  valve  sensitivity  is 
additionally  increased  by  axially  incorporating  a  pinion  with 
the  exhaust  tube,  while  establishing  a  gap  therebetween.  This 
construction  provides  an  unobstructed,  controUaUe  path  for 
exhausting  gaseous  fluids. 


3,672,630 
FLAP  VALVE  FOR  SUCTION  APPARATUS 
Per  Naumburg,  DJurshofan,  and  Jan  Olof  Norrman,  Solna, 
both  of  Sweden,  aasigiiors  to  AB  Centralsug,  Johannesliov, 
Sweden 

Filed  April  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  28,414 
Claims    priority,    application    Sweden,    April    18,    1969, 
5544/69 

lnLO.ri€klll8;¥m37/28 
U.S.a.251— 149.2  4Clalnis 


A  valve  in  a  wall-  or  floor-mounted  connection  box  for  con- 
necting suction  apparatus  to  a  central  suction  system,  said 
valve  being  biased  to  closing  position  against  the  action  of  the 
negative  pressure  prevailing  in  the  system. 


3,672,631 

VALVE  AND  ACTUATOR  THEREFOR 

Frederick  G.  J.  Grisc,  Box  1 12,  Wcit  BrookfMd,  Mmb. 

FDcd  Nov.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  89,950 

Int.  a.  F16I 29/00, 37/28 

U.S.a.251— 149.6  12  < 

A  full-flow  tank  valve  and  valve  actuator,  the  valve  compris- 
ing a  thimUe  adapted  for  application  to  a  tank  and  having  an 
apertured  bottom  forming  a  seat,  a  movaUe  imperforate 
member  to  open  or  close  the  apertures,  said  member  including 


guides  extending  through  certain  of  the  apertures,  and 
resilient  means  acting  on  the  guides  to  draw  the  member  to 
valve  closed  position  against  the  bottom,  said  actuator  includ- 


ing means  for  engaging  the  guides  and  opening  the  valve  and 
applying  gas  to  the  tank  therethrough,  with  locking  means  for 
the  thimble. 


3,672,632 
SWING  OUT  VALVE  STRUCTURE 
PMer  C.  M.  Chow,  Smi  Joae,  CaHf.,  mrignor  to  Grove  Vrive 
and  Regulator  Co.,  Oiridand,  CaUf. 

FDcd  May  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  139,415 

lilt  CL  F16li  51/00;  F16i  23/00 

U.S.a.  251-151  5CUms 


A  valve  structtire  com|msing  a  swing-out  body  which  is 
clamped  between  line  flange  connector  plates  by  means  of 
elongated  studs  with  clamping  nuts.  Those  studs  which  are 
located  on,  and  on  one  side  of,  a  diameter  of  the  flow  passages 
are  provided  with  jacking  nuts  which  may  be  tightened  to  en- 
gage the  inside  of  the  connector  plates  and  separate  them  out 
of  clamping  engagement  with  the  swing  out  body.  A  pair  of 
hinge  members  welded  to  the  swing  out  body  have  circular 
openings  therein  which  rotatably  receive  bushings 
threadedably  carried  on  one  of  the  studs  located  on  the  {Afore- 
mentioned diameter.  The  studs  without  jacking  nuts  may  be 
completely  removed  and  the  valve  body  may  be  pivoted  out 
for  internal  inspection.  Lateral  sk>ts  in  the  hinge  members  per- 
mit removal  of  the  valve  body  fiom  the  stud  when  the  bushings 
are  threaded  back  out  of  the  circular  openings  in  the  hinges. 


3,672,633 
VINT  VALVE 
H.  Ei^lc,  Cape  Vknocnt,  N.V. 

Slyni  CorponnoB 

FBcd  Sept  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,937 
IiitCLF16k7;/02 
U.S.CL251— 304  3< 

The  disclosure  concerns  a  sensitive  vent  valve  for  con- 
trolling the  escape  of  air  from  a  pressurized  chamber.  The 


1408 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,,  1972 


va]ve  comprises  a  tubular  seat,  and  a  rotary  plate  which  slides 
across  one  end  of  the  seat  and  contains  a  through  port  which  is 
selectively  brought  into  registration  with  the  seat  The  port  has 


a  short  upstream  portion  and  a  longer  and  enlarged 
downstream  portion  so  that  the  air  which  enters  the  port  and 
expands  therein  will  exert  only  minimal  tangentially  directed 
forces  on  the  plate. 


3^72,634 
LDTING  APPARATUS 
Chester  C.  ChalllB,  Nflaaoala,  Mont^ 

Manufacturing  &  Sales  C(K«  MsMNila,  Mont. 

FBmI  July  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  846,306 
IiitCLB60p//02.//2« 
U.S.a.254— 2C 


to  Eiy-Way 


4CUinB 


3^72,635 

STAPLE  REMOVER  HOUSING  MEANS 

WbitBcy  K.  Muowm,  28  Flackney  Rowl,  and  Join  N.  Rkxi, 

22  De  Forest  Avenue,  both  of  Red  Bank,  NJ.,  assignors  to 

said  Whitney  K.  Munson,  by  said  Ricd 

FOed  June  18, 1971,  Sar.  No.  151,001 
Iirt.a.B25c///00 
U.S.a.254— 28  lOCh^H 

A  housing  means  for  staple  renwvers  ai  the  conventional 
spring  actuated,  pivotal  jaw-type  is  provided  for  storing  a  sta- 
ple remover  when  not  in  use  in  a  generally  horizontal  position, 
with  the  jaws  partially  compressed  and  whh  all  but  the  finger- 
piece  portions  of  the  staple  remover  housed  within  a  recessed 
body,  with  engagement  between  said  body  and  the  com- 
prened  staple  remover  preventing  accidental  displacement 
therectf,  while  permitting  free  removal  upon  sli^t  further 
compression  of  the  staple  rentover. 


Suitably  the  device  is  teMoned  as  two  interfhting  parts  with 
top.  side  and  end  walls  of  the  recess  formed  in  the  top  part  and 
the  lower  wall  of  the  recess  being  formed  by  an  intetfitting 
protrudtngportionofthelower  part  of  the  assemblage.  A  sin- 
gle upper  part  of  the  assemblage  can  interfit  with  a  plurality  of 


different  lower  parts,  on  which  the  lower  surface  is  spleciaOy 
contoured  to  interfit  with  a  predetermined  support,  with 
preferred  adaptations  including  provisions  for  mounting  of  the 
device  on  stapling  machines  either  in  place  of  or  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  striking  pads  thereof. 


3,672,636 
CABLE  GRIPPING  TOWING  DEVICE 
Edwvd  M.  Pmm,  Bm  23,  MMer,  S.  IMl 

>p«t  of  Scr.  No.  861,615,  StpL  29, 1961  Tl* 
I  Nov.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91056 
IiiLCLE21c  29/76 
U.S.  CL  254— 134.3  R  14< 


A  load  lifting  and  transporting  apparatus  comprises  a  pair  c^ 
coacting  units  each  having  an  upri^t  main  frame  and  a  lifting 
or  carriage  frame.  Hydraulic  jacks  on  the  two  units  of  the  ap- 
paratus raise  and  k>wer  the  carriage  frame.  The  units  have 
swiveled  casters  which  may  be  locked  in  rigid  positions. 
Ratchet  ccmtroUed  belts  on  the  units  are  capable  <tf  encircling 
the  load  in  two  directions  for  safety  and  stability,  and  in 
another  mode  of  use  the  two  units  may  be  rigidly  coupled  by 
connecting  bars.  The  two  units  may  be  employed  as  a  scaffoM 
or  table  and  a  single  unit  of  the  apparatus  is  capable  of  form- 
ing a  stable  hand  truck  with  load  Itfting  capacity. 


A  ^Me  tow  device,  adapted  to  ride  on  a  messenger  dable,  is 
pulled  along  by  a  groundman's  towrope  or  by  a  rope  drawn  by 
a  vehicle.  The  device  is  provided  with  pivotally  nwunted 
means  for  securing  a  number  of  signal  cables  thereto.  Releasa- 
ble  one-way  locking  means,  in  the  form  of  mating  cams,  are 
nxxmted  to  the  device  and  automatically  clamp  the  device  in 
place  on  the  messenger  cable  whenever  the  towiope  is 
slackened  to  prevent  reverae  movement.  The  pivotaBy 
mounted  securing  means  yieU  when  the  towrope  is  released  so 
as  to  prevent  the  device  from  being  lifted  off  the  messenger 
caUe  at  the  forward  end. 


3,672A37 

RATCHET  LEVER  DRUM  PULLER 

AodMMy  G.  Profst,  Ckariatle,  N.C  asslgnni  to  Dnff-Nortoa 

',  lac,  CtaarioMc,  N.C. 

FiedJaiL  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2,895 

Int.  CLB66d  7/00 

VS.  a.  254-167  12 1 

A  ratchet  lever  drum  puller  having  the  ratchet  toothed 
wheel  intcgraUy  cast  with  the  drum,  and  a  reverse  ring  con- 
struction is  disclosed.  A  retrofit  or  original  equipment  quick- 
lower  mechanism  works  from  the  handle  yoke  and  disengages 
the  operating  pawl  to  provide  an  arc  of  travel  in  the  lowering 
configuration  the,same  as  raising.  A  cable  guard  is  provided 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1409 


from  a  stn^  sheet  of  material  which  also  assists  in  preserving 
the  helical  wind  of  the  cable.  The  cable  guard  cooperates  with 


tending  radially  moveable  vane  is  mounted  in  the  shaft  and  is 
arranged  to  be  pneumatically  pressed  against  the  rotor.  Air 
forces  the  vane  against  the  rotor  and  escapes  into  the  chamber 
formed  between  the  shaft  and  the  rotor.  The  air  forces  the 


rotor  to  move  about  the  shaft  and  then  escapes  to  the  at- 
mosphere with  the  rotor  and  vane  returned  to  their  beginning 
point.  The  motion  is  continuous  and  produces  vibrations  due 
to  the  off  center  rotary  movement  of  the  rotor  during  which  it 
strikes  the  shaft  or  both  the  shaft  and  housing. 


a  cable  guide  to  assist  in  securing  the  former,  and  to  deter  im 
proper  positioning  of  the  dead-end  hook  on  the  cable  guide. 


3,672,638 
SNOW  FENCE 
WHIiam  B.  Krebs,  Hmmvct,  Pa., 
Wire  CloCh  Conpony,  Hanover,  Pa. 

Fikd  Feb.  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 12,265 
Int.  CLEOlf  7/02 
U.S.  a.  256—12.5 


3,672,640 
MIXER 
Harvey  L.  erase,  P.O.  Box  87,  TiriHrc,  CaM. 

HM  Sept.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,048 
IiltCLB01f7/0« 
to  Kcyatone-Scneca  US.CL259— 6 


18 


5Clafam 


A  snow  fence  made  of  a  woven  wire  fabric  in  vv^iich  the 
warp  wires  extend  substantially  parallel  to  the  ground  and  the 
weft  wires  extend  perpendiculariy  to  the  gnxind.  The  warp 
wires  are  arranged  in  groups  which  are  spaced  apart  laterally 
so  as  to  provide  a  series  of  vertically  spaced  horizontally  ex- 
tending slat  structures  providing  a  degree  of  resistance  to  the 
flow  of  wind  without  totally  Mocking  the  flow.  The  mesh  of 
the  slats  is  selected  to  permit  limited  wind  flow  therethrough 
and  to  permit  coating  of  the  woven  frdnic  after  weaving  sub- 
stantially without  bridging  of  the  coating  material  across  the 
mesh  openings. 


A  mixer  particularty  suited  for  use  in  mixing  fluid  materials, 
such  as  feed  for  livestock,  characterized  by  a  portaUe,  elon- 
gated sheU  having  an  open  top,  for  therein  receiving  materials 
to  be  mixed,  a  side  discharge  port,  for  discharging  mixed 
materials,  and  a  plurality  of  parallel  augers  adapted  simultane- 
ously to  advance  the  materiab  in  opposite  directions  for  trans- 
porting and  incidentally  mixing  the  materials.  A  particular  fea- 
ture of  the  mixer  resides  in  an  agitator  conforming  to  a  rotata- 
hle  paddle  wheel  operativdy  affixed  to  one  of  the  augera,  for 
mixing  the  materials  received  within  the  shell,  aHap^rd  to 
avoid  the  effects  of  substantiaUy  immovable  obstructions  en- 
countered by  the  agitator  as  it  is  driven  in  operative  rotation. 


3,672,639 
ROTATING  PNEUMATIC  VIBRATOR 
Theodore  S.  Wadenrten,  26  Snyder  Av.,  Ranaey,  NJ. 
Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  42,791,  June  2, 1970,  PaL  No. 
3,638,914.  This  applicatioa  Oct  9, 1970,  Ser.  Na  79,442 
IntCLBOlf  77/00 
U.&CL259— IR  lOCWiM 

A  rotating  pneumatic  vibratcn-  in  which  a  c^indrical  hous- 
ing is  provided  with  an  axial  shaft  spaced  inwardly  from  the 
walls  of  the  housing  to  provide  a  circular  space  between  the 
shaft  and  the  housing.  A  c^indrical  rotor  having  a  diameter 
greater  than  the  shaft  and  smaller  than  the  housing  is  mounted 
on  the  shaft  for  movement  thereabout  A  kMigitudinally  ex- 


3,672,641 

APPARATUS  FOR  REMOVING  LIQUIDS  FROM 

ELASTOMERIC  POLYMERS 

Robert  Kent  SUby,  PIqua,  Ohio,  — rignni  to  The  French  OO 

NOD  Machinery  Conpoqy,  PIquo,  OMo 
CoBtiBuatloii.4ii-part  ol  Scr.  No.  753,647,  Ai«.  19, 1968,  Pat 
No.  3,574391.  nik  appMcaliMi  Sept  14, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

71A39 
IntCLBOlf  7/09 
U.S.CL259— 9  5Cl^m 

A  continuous  process  and  apparatus  for  removing  liquids 
and/or  vapors  from  elastomeric  polymers  causes  the  liquid 
containing  polymer  to  undergo  mechanical  working  and  then 
a  substantial  reduction  in  pressure  while  contained  within  a 


1410 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


T] 


June  27,  X972 


chamber  having  small  vents  to  atmosphere  or  a  collection  material,  having  connected  to  one  end  thereof  an  orbiting 
housing.  Essentially  all  of  the  last  traces  of  liquids  or  vapors  mass  oscillator,  with  the  opposite  end  covered  by  a  plate  being 
are  removed  in  this  chamber,  the  material  is  cooled  by  the 
vaporization  of  contained  liquids,  any  resulting  fine  particles 


are  contained  and  immediately  mixed  into  the  material,  and 
the  material  is  subsequently  discharged  through  an  extruder 
section  without  further  significant  creating  of  fine  particles  in 
the  end  product  as  discharged. 


3,672,642 
MIXING  APPARATUS  F(Ml  POWDERED  NUCLEAR  FUEL 
Hcinrich  BelMwenger,  Karlsruhe,  Gcmmy,  aadgnor  to  Alkcm 
Alpha-Chcmle  und-Mctalurgie  GmbH,  LeopoMshafen,  Ger- 
many 

Filed  Oct  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  863,573 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Oct.  5, 1968,  P  18  01 
414.7 

Int  CI.  BOlf  9/02 
UA  a.  259-50  .     9Ctolms 


An  apparatus  for  mixing  powdered  nuclear  fuel  is  provided 
in  which  the  mixing  space  is  in  the  form  of  a  hollow  cylinder 
whereby  the  inner  diameter  of  the  hoUow  cylinder  is  larger 
than  half  the  outer  diameter. 


affixed  thereto,  this  end  being  further  exposed  to  and 
tact  with  a  body  of  water  contained  within  a  tank. 


ifl  con- 


3,672,644 
ROTOR  FOR  INTENSIVE  MIXERS 
Arthur  R.  CrixeO,  Texas  Chy,  Tex.,  awlgnor  to  Moasanto 
Compony,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

Filed  Dec  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  882,560 

Int  CL  BOH  7100;  B29b  II 10 

U.S.  CL  259— 104  6  Claims 


An  improved  rotor  for  use  in  intensive  mixers  'which 
reduces  leakage  of  material  out  of  the  mixers  comprising  a 
substantially  cylindrical  body  having  affixed  thereto  a  pair  of 
diagonally  disposed  spiral  lobes,  said  lobes  terminating  at  the 
respective  ends  of  the  rotor  at  oppositely  opposed  end  plate 
sections,  the  distance  between  the  edges  of  the  lobes  ac^jacent 
the  end  face  plate  sections  and  the  internal  wall  of  the  mixing 
chamber  being  greater  than  the  distance  between  the  edges  of 
the  lobes  forthest  from  the  end  face  plate  sections  and  the  in- 
ternal wall  of  the  mixing  chamber. 


3,672,643 

ELASrrOMERIC  PISTON 

Albert  G.  Bodine,  7877  Woodley  Ave,  Van  Nays,  CaHf . 

ConHmiartoo-ln-part  of  Ser.  No.  666^98,  Sept.  8, 1967,  Pat. 

No.  3,544,073.  TMs  application  June  2, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

829,488 

InLa.B06b7/76,;/20 

U.S.  CL  259—72  4  CWms 

A  device  for  radiating  elastic  pressure  pulses  into  a  liquid 

container  which  comprises  a  cylindrical  body  of  elastomeric 


I  3,672,645  ^ 

CONTAINER  AND  STIRRER  FOR  PAINT  SPRAYER 

Joseph  L.  Tcrrds,  6  Grccnbank  Ave.,  and  Robert  Mcmscs, 

1308  W.  Chester  Pike,  both  of  West  Chester,  Pa. 

Continnation-tai-pwt  of  Scr.  No.  772,559,  Nov.  1, 1968, 

abandoned.  Thb  application  Jan.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,003 

Int.  CLBOlf  7/76 

U.S.a.259-122  ^     .        ,        3CUfaniB 

A  combination  paint  container  and  stirrer  for  use  witn  a 
conventiopal  spray  gun.  The  stirrer  is  driven  from  th^  same 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1411 


source  of  air  that  operates  the  spray  gun.  A  vent  system  of  the  3,672,647 

shaft  keeps  the  air  pressure  within  the  cup  at  the  proper  level.     QUICK  RELEASE  MECHANISM  WOtL  SEWAGE  LAGOON 

AERATICmCUNS 
Dedan  S.  ^farphy,  and  Roland  C  H.  Charest,  both  of  Mon- 
treal, (^lebec,  Canada,  assignors  to  Atara  Corporation, 
Montreal,  Quebec,  Canada 

FDed  Sept.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,652 

lm.a.B01f  J/CM 

U.S.a.261— 121R  7Clainis 


without  allowing  leakage  of  paint,  even  when  the  spray  gun  is 
positioned  other  than  horizontally. 


3,672,646 
PNEUMATIC  CEMENT  GUN  MACHINE 
James  D.  Burtin,  Lebanon,  Mo.,  assignor  to  Detroit  Tool  and 
Engineering  Company,  Lebanon,  Mo. 

FDcd  April  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  134,190 

Int.a.B28c5/06 

U.S.C1.259— 151  UCfarims 


An  anchoring  device  is  provided  for  an  aeration  gun  which 
has  two  trunnions  on  it  so  that  two  men  in  a  boat  can  release 
or  replace  a  gun  from  the  surface  of  the  liquid  of  an  aerated 
sewage  lagoon.  The  anchoring  device  comprises  the  provision 
of  two  slots  to  accept  the  trunnions  and  two  vertical  elongated 
guide  bars  to  control  the  direction  of  the  gun  as  it  is  pushed 
downwardly  against  the  force  of  its  own  buoyancy.  The  elon- 
gated guide  bars  are  free  to  move  axially  as  they  are  located  in 
sleeves.  In  the  retracted  position  (raised)  they  allow  the  tnm- 
nions  to  enter  or  leave  the  slots  but  in  the  normal  position  they 
are  down  and  prevent  the  tninnions  leaving  the  slots  when  the 
gun  is  in  position.  Preferably  the  slots  are  concyclic  so  that  the 
trunnions  may  be  held  against  the  guide  bars  by  applying  twist 
to  the  gun. 


3,672,648 

TUYERE  ASSEMBLY 

Franldin  Canr  Prkc,  1125  CampbeB  Ave,  Chia«o  Hdgfats, 


FDed  Nov.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,274 

Int.a.F27b75/00 
UA  a.  263— 21 A 


5Clalnis 


A  cement  gun  machine  has  a  hopper  subtended  by  a  rotary 
transport  bowl  which  is  divided  into  radial  compartments.  The 
bowl  receives  dry  cement  mixture  from  the  hopper,  and  moves 
it  to  a  station  where  the  mixture  is  pneumatically  discharged 
into  a  delivery  hose.  A  hood  structure  within  the  hopper  traps 
cement  dust  and  prevents  it  firom  escaping  into  the  ambient  at- 
mosphere. Means  are  provided  for  introducing  measured 
quantities  of  accelerator  material  into  the  cement  mixture  in 
^  transport  bowl. 


A  tuyere  for  controlling  flow  through  a  hole  in  a  flat  reactcn- 
hearth  which  utilizes  the  Bernoulli  effect  to  retain  its  position. 
The  tuyere  is  essentially  a  flat  disc  with  a  centering  shaft  fitting 
loosely  in  the  hearth  hole  to  prevent  sideways  movement. 
Either  metal,  including  sheet  metal,  or  refractory  material  can 
be  used  to  form  the  tuyere,  and  it  can  be  shaped  to  ccmipletely 
block  backflow  or  with  port  grooves  to  increase  gas  vcdume 
flow. 


1412 


3^72^49 

SHAFT  OR  STACK  FURNACE  AND  METHOD  AND 

APPARATUS  FOR  LINING  SAME 

Jobn  E.  Alemc/o  J.  E.  Aim  A  Awortlw  Inc^  173  W.  MmIIb- 

oa  St,  Clila«o»  DL 

Continuadon-iii-iMrt  of  Scr.  No.  13^29,  Feb.  24, 1970,  Pat 
No.  3,625,494.  Thii  appHcadoii  Sept.  1 1, 1970,  Str.  No. 

71342 

Int.  CL  F27d  1116 

U.S.CL263— 46  22Ctaiim 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  27,  1972 

of  the  chtite,  the  rate  of  passage  of  feed  material  through  the 


chute  being  controUed  by  movement  of  said  member. 


3,672,651 
ADJUSTABLE  MOUNT 
John  C.  Diepcvcen,  1737  Kimbcriy  Drive,  Sunnyvak,  C^if. 
1     Filed  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,179  I 

I  Inl.CLB23k7//0  I 

U.S.CL266-23F  ISCtaims 


A  suck  portion  of  a  furnace  having  an  outer  shell  is  lined 
with  refractory  concrete  by  casting  or  gunniting  the  concrete 
between  the  stack  outer  shell  and  a  heat  consumable  inner 
form  to  build  up  the  lining  in  horizontal  layers  of  stacked  in- 
tegral rings  in  the  absence  of  appreciable  voids  or  vertical 
faults.  The  resulting  lining  is  a  monolithic  refractory  concrete 
wall  capable  of  withstanding  very  high  temperatures  such  as  in 
blast  furnace  use.  A  suspended  and  vertically  movable  {Aai- 
form  is  provided  for  supporting  ring-shaped  form  sections 
spaced  inwardly  from  the  furnace  shell  while  the  concrete  is 
poured  or  gunnited  from  the  platform  at  each  pouring  level. 
Laterally  or  horizontally  extensible  support  members  on  the 
platform  are  used  to  bridge  across  the  stack  interior  to  provide 
interior  support  for  the  form  during  pouring. 


A  mount  for  connecting  a  member  to  a  support  to  permit 
adjustment  of  the  member  in  a  number  of  different  directions. 
The  mount  includes  a  shaft  to  which  the  member  is  coupled, 
the  shaft  being  movable  along  its  axis  and  rotatable  about  its 
axis  to  provide  for  adjustment  of  the  member  in  two  degrees  of 
freedom.  Meaits  is  provided  to  secure  the  member  to  the  shaft 
laterally  of  the  same  for  adjustable  movement  relative  thereto 
transversely  thereof  to  provide  a  third  degree  of  freedor 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  263 — 40  R  see: 
Patent  No.  3.672.654 


3,672,650 
FURNACES 
Ncffl  dUrord  Asfadovm,  and  Ei«ene  Reginald  Groutscii,  both  of 
Tasmania,  AiMtralia,BwlgiiuiHoEi<ctro|ytfc  Zinc  Company 
of  AiHh  alMia  I  Uvkt  il,  Mdbourm.  Vidaria,  AwtnJh 

FBed  June  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,742 
Claims  priority,  appHctlon  Awtraiia,  June   19,   1969, 
56667/69 

Inta.F27b9/J« 
U.S.CL266— 33R  4CWnH 

A  feed  chute  for  charging  a  metal  melting  furnace  includes 
a  member  which  is  movable  to  vary  the  effective  cross  section 


Dni 

;en 


I  3,672,652 

APPARATUS  FOR  MAND>ULATING  AN  OXYGI 
INJECTION  LANCE 

Harry  W.  SdMrr,  O,  Moon  TowmMp,  ABeghny  Couotv,  Pa., 
■■■Igi  nr  to  United  States  Steel  Cwpwattim  1 

,    IVed  July  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,051 

InLCLC21c  7/00  | 

US.CL2^6-34LM  3Clirfim 

Hoisting  mechanism  for  an  oxygen  lance  includes  a  counter- 
weighted  lance  carriage  driven  by  a  hoist  system  made  up  of  a 
motor  driven  traction  drum,  guide  sheaves  and  cables.  The 
weight  of  the  counterweight  o£bets  the  wei^t  of  the  carnage, 
lance,  hose  complex  attached  to  the  lance,  and  skull  build-up 
on  the  lance.  In  normal  operation,  the  counterweight  is 
elevated  as  carriage  is  lowered  by  the  hoist  system  to  insert  the 
lance  into  an  oxygen  converter  and  conversely  the  connter- 
weight  is  lowered  when  the  carriage  is  raised  by  the  hoist 
system  to  withdraw  the  lance  from  the  converter.  In  the  event 
there  is  a  power  failure  which  impairs  operation  of  the  hoist 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1413 


system,  the  counterweight  descends  by  gravity  causing  the 
carriage  and  lance  to  travel  upwardly  upon  freeing  the  trac- 


3,672,654 
SOAKING  PIT  FURNACE 

rtol 


47391.7 


U.S.CL263— 40R 


FHed  Sept  16, 1970,  Scr.  Na  72,772 

,  Sept  19,  1969,  P  19 


13 


lnt.a.F27bJ/02 


z 


/=^i 

L.??. 


^^n  n  n  n 


^J 


A  soaking  pit  furnace  used  for  |M«pering  metal  ingots  or 

blooms  is  |M-ovided  with  two  sets  of  heiuing  means,  a  principal 

tion  drum  from  restraint  normally  applied  during  the  blowing    *'""'*'■  "neans  and  an  auxiliary  burner  means  mounted  in  the 

operation  of  the  converter.  "PPW  portion  of  one  wall  of  the  furnace.  The  fiimace  also  has 

an  evacuating  means  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  s«ne  wall. 

/                   The  auxiliary  heating  means  can  supply  only  a  minor  portion 
3,672,653                                             of  the  heat  requirement,  but  is  capable  of  injecting  hot  gases 
INOCULATION  APPARATUS                           into  the  furnace  enclosure  at  a  vekxnty  <rf  at  least  70  meters 
Everett  W.  Hale.  FaieoMr;  Paul  ILHawUMon,  and  EdwwtlT.    persecond. 
Rcbbslatli,  betk  el  Jamestown,  al  of  N.Y.,  malanum  to  

3,672,655 
WIREFEEraR 

Kenneth  G.  Carter,  175  Viiiinia  St.,  S^  Ldke  City,  Utah 

Omlliiiillun  in  pnrtefScr.  No.  755336,  Ai«.  26, 1968, 
Bhandnntd.  TMs  appMi  alliiii  March  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,991 

lot.  CLB65h  77/20 
U.S.CL226— 108  4( 


Fled  Feb.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,879 
lot  CLC21C  7/00 
U.S.CL266— 34T  2 


An  apparatus  is  provided  for  injecting  additives  such  as 
magnesium  into  nv^ten  metal  so  as  to  prevent  the  danger  of 
flaring  and  flashing.  The  apparatus  is  a  housing  divided  into 
two  parts  by  a  vertical  wall,  one  part  being  totally  eitclosed 
and  provided  with  a  door  through  which  a  ladle  of  metal  is  in- 
troduced and  a  vertically  movable  nozzle  adapted  to  enter  the 
metal  and  the  other  part  is  provided  with  automatic  injection 
apparatus  and  a  contrtd  means  therefcx'  for  delivering  a 
preselected  amount  <rf  additive  at  selected  times. 


A  wire  feeder  including  a  frame  which  supports  three  pairs 
oi  rotataUy  mounted  drive  rolls  in  a  position  to  pass  wire  in  a 
substantiaOy  straight  line  between  the  pain  (rf  rolls  and  means 

connected  to  each  of  the  rolls  of  each  (tf  said  pain  ctf  roOs  for 
driving  each  of  said  roUs  at  the  same  speed.  The  drive  rolls  are 
grooved  with  sidewaUs  contacting  at  an  ai^  of  100"  to  ISO" 
and  at  least  one  drive  roU  in  eadi  pair  ctf  rolls  can  be  provided 
with  biasing  means  for  urging  the  roll  towards  its  coacting 
drive  roD  to  impart  a  driving  pressure  to  the  wire  between  the 
^aSa  of  TcXtL. 


1414 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,672,656 

MULTI-LEAF  SPRING  FOR  AUTOMOTIVE  SUSPENSION 

KohkU  Siritoh;  Nobuo  Ohkubo;  KitMnobu  SobMnw.  md 

TakcfU  nraniK  all  of  YokolMiiia,  Japan,  SHipiors  to  Ntasan 

Motor  Company,  Limited  and  Nippon  Haln^  Company, 

Limited,  Yokohama,  Japan 

Filed  July  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  S8,SI3 

Claims  priority,  appttaiion  Japan,  Aug.  1, 1969, 44/72655 

Int.a.F16f//20 

U.S.CL267— 47  1  Claim 


A  multi-leaf  spring  for  an  automotive  suspension,  consisting 
essentially  of  a  master  leaf  supporting  the  frame  structure  of 
the  vehicle  body,  an  auxiliary  leaf  underlying  the  master  leaf 
and  secured  thereto  by  a  center  bolt,  at  least  two  removable 
inserts  interposed  between  those  overiapping  portions  of  the 
two  leaves  which  are  remote  from  the  central  portions  of  the 
leaves,  and  a  central  fixed  inset  interposed  between  and  fix- 
edly secured  to  the  leaves,  the  spring  thus  constructed  being 
adapted  to  eliminate  practically  all  the  modes  of  vibration  and 
to  be  removed  readily  and  economically  when  worn. 


3,672,657 
UQUm  SHOCK  ABSCNIBING  BUFFER 
Bruce  O.  Young;  Grant  W.  Wdccr,  both  of  Swramcnto; 
Duane  B.  Ford,  Flaccrville,  and  Wan  Seegmfllcr,  El  Dorado, 
aU  of  CaHf.,  assignors  to  Energy  Absorption  Systenn,  Inc., 
Chicago,  111. 

Filed  Sept.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  74,664 

Int.  a.  E02bi/22;  F16f  5/00. 9/08 

U.S.CL267— 116  SCWms 


JS 


An  impact  cushioning  device  for  buffering  the  impact  at  a 
vehicle  colliding  with  a  stationary  vertical  surface.  The  device 
comprises  a  wall  of  liquid  filled  flexible,  collapsible  energy  ab- 
sorbing and  dissipating  cells  disposed  between  the  stationary 
vertical  surface  and  movable  articulated  and  overlapping 
diaphragm  fender  panels  which  are  supported  on  slide  plates. 
At  impact,  the  fluid  in  the  energy  absorbing  and  dissipating 
cells  is  forced  upward  through  a  sharp-edged  orifice  which 
regulates  the  release  of  fluid  commensurate  with  the  force  of 
impact.  The  outermost  diaphragm  panel  is  composed  of  a 
material  having  a  low  coefficient  of  friction  to  aid  in  safely 
redirecting  the  vehicle  safely  subsequent  to  impact. 


3,672,658 

SPRING-ACnON  DEVICE 

Ptarre  Hafaib,  2  rue  Tuiiot,  and  Andre  Puyo,  23,  Boukvwd  du 


Fled  Nov.  28, 1969,  Ser.  No.  880,719 
I  priority,  application  Fyanoe,  Dec.  4, 1968, 68176505 
Int.  CLF16f  7/44 
VS.  CL  267-160  n  CWms 

A  spring-action  device  comprising  a  stack  of  elastically 
deformaUe  elements  applied  against  each  other  and  mounted 
between  spaced  supports  which  are  disposed  in  sets  of  at  least 
two,  arranged  substantially  in  staggered  relation  on  each  side 


t 


of  intermediate  elements.  This  arrangement  results  in  a  com- 
posite spring  having  high  mechanical  properties  and  particu- 


i  i  2 


t 


larly  a  h|gh  elastic  limit,  allowing  a  plurality  of  industrial  appli- 
cations such  as  prestressing  of  reinforced  concre^  com- 
ponents] 


3,672,659 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  FABRICATqSG 

STRUCTURES 

James  E.  Grasswlclc,  331  Dorado,  Rldgecrest,  CaHf. 

FDed  MMxh  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  15^30 

Int.  a.  F16f ///4,  i/00.  G05g  /  7/00 

U.S.a.267— 182  ^  6  Claims 


A  method  and  apparatus  by  which  physical  structures  are 
fabricated  substantially  entirely  of  resilient  members  or 
modules.  The  structures  may  be  compressed  for  shipment  and, 
when  released  from  restraint,  spring  into  the  final  shape  of 
structure  desired. 


to  Paul  Fevd.  Ped- 


19 


f  3,672,660 

PARALLEL  VISE 
Kari  Jaiob,  SHadwde,  Gcnmny, 
dinghaus,  GcYdsbcrg,  Germany 

Filed  June  1 1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  45^81 
Oainis  priority,  application  Germany,  June 
294883 

Int.  Cl.B25b  7/02, 7/24 

U.S.CL169— 203 

A  parallel  vise  vrith  a  turmel-shaped  base  portion  in  which  a 

correspondingly  shaped  guiding  rail  carrying  the  movable  jaw 
is  displaceable.  and  in  which  said  guiding  rail  has  longitu- 
dinally extending  inclined  guiding  surface  means  slidaUy  en- 


iSl        I 
11,  1969,  P 

J 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1415 


gaged  by  correspondingly  inclined  surface  means  of  a  spring- 
loaded  bushing  which  is  adjustable  from  the  outside  of  the 


vise,  clutch  means  being  provided  between  said  bushing  and 
adjusting  means  operable  from  the  outside  of  said  vise. 


3,672,661 
METHOD  FOR  SPREADING  SHEET  MATERIAL 
Heinz  Joseph  Gcrber,  and  David  R.  Pearl,  both  of  West  Hart- 
ford, Conn.,  assignors  to  Gcrber  Garment  Technology,  East 
Hartford,  Conn, 
n vision  of  Ser.  No.  821,780,  May  5, 1969,  Pat.  No.  3,495,492. 
This  application  Feb.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  7,545 
Int.  CLB65h  29/46 
U.S.  a.  270-31  5Clafan8 


Garment  fabric  or  other  similar  flexible  sheet  material  is 
spread  from  a  roll  or  bolt  of  the  same  onto  a  table  for  sub- 
sequent cutting  and/or  other  work  to  be  performed  thereon, 
and  in  such  spreading  may  be  spread  into  a  multi-layer  layup 
by  passing  the  roll  or  bolt  and  the  associated  spreading  tool 
back  and  forth  many  times  along  the  length  of  the  table.  As 
the  roll  or  bolt  and  the  associated  spreading  tool  move  relative 
to  the  table  a  vacuum  is  created  adjacent  at  least  that  portion 
of  the  table  surface  which  receives  the  newly  spread  portion  of 
the  sheet  material  so  as  to  aid  in  eliminating  wrinkles  and  in 
otherwise  achieving  a  more  uniform  and  desireable  arrange- 
ment of  the  material  on  the  table. 


3,672,662 
TURNTABLE  FABRIC  SPREADING  MACHINE 
Harold  Grimm,  Bronx,  and  Ira  Zuckcrman,  Far  Rockaway, 
both  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Panther  Machine  Corp.,  New 

Yorli,  N.Y. 

FUcd  March  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,047 

lntCLB65h  29/46 

U.S.CI.270— 31  9Clahw 

In  a  turntable  fabric  spreading  machine  having  a  positive 
drive  roller  for  drawing  fabric  off  a  supply  roll  and  positively 
feeding  it  through  a  cutting  assembly  to  a  table  surface,  han- 
dle-actuated cam  means  mounts  an  idler  roller  for  movement 
between  an  operative  position  in  which  it  is  in  close  promimity 
to  the  positive  feed  roller  for  causing  the  falnic  to  wrap 
around  the  latter,  and  a  retracted  position  in  which  it  is  spaced 
a  substantial  distance  from  the  feed  roller  to  permit  the  fabric 
to  be  manually  fed  therebetween.  Handle-actuated  cam  means 


are  also  |»x>vided  to  separate  the  frtmt  wall  of  the  cutting  as- 
sembly housing  from  a  g:uard  plate  normally  closely  spaced 


from  said  front  wall,  in  order  to  permit  fabric  to  be  manually 
fed  between  said  front  wall  and  gtiard  plate. 


3,672,663 
CONVEYOR  IHUM>  BOX 
Charles  W.  TomUnson,  Orange,  Va.,  assignor  to  Acme  Visible 
Records,  Inc.,  Crtnct,  Va. 

FDed  Dec  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  100,280 

Inta.B65h29/5« 

U.S.  a.  271—64  1  dafan 


The  combination  with  a  laterally  confined  belt  conveyor  for 
moving  documents  or  the  like  of  a  receptacle  having  bottom 
end  walls  and  side  walls,  one  of  the  side  walls  having  a 
pivotally  mounted  gate  pc»tion  adapted  to  extend  above  the 
conveyor  belt  and  between  the  side  walls  of  the  conveyor  for 
gathering  therefh>m  conveyed  articles  such  as  documents  at 
one  or  more  points  on  the  conveyor,  the  hinged  gate  being 
either  manually,  mechanically  or  electrically  actuated  into 
and  out  of  the  path  of  articles  conveyed  on  the  belt. 


3,672,664 

REVERSIBLE  BYPASSABLE  APERTURE  CARD  REAI»3t 

Loub  J.  Santirocco;  Duane  L.  Rose,  both  of  Rochester,  and 

John  W.  Scofidd,  Pklrfanl,  dl  of  N.Y.,  assignors  to  The 

United  States  of  America  as  repi^ucnmi  by  the  Secratary  of 

Commerce 

FDed  June  2, 1970,  Ser.  Na  42,650 

Inta.B65h  J/06 

UACL271— 3  5Clafans 


A  pair  of  parallel  card  hoppers  are  spaced  fixxn  a  projector 
film  gate.  A  reversible  drive  roller  and  two  idler  pinch  rollers. 


1416 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27;  1972 


defining  two  revenible,  oppositely  transporting  nipt,  are  posi- 
tioned near  the  hoppers  for  transporting  a  card  from  either 
hopper  and  later  delivering  it  to  the  other  hopper.  A  second 
revenible  drive  roller  and  idler  pinch  roller,  ddlning  a  third, 
reversible-go,  or  no-go  nip,  are  positioned  near  the  film  gate 
for  transporting  the  card  from  one  of  the  first  two  nips  into  the 
film  gate,  and  then  retrieving  it  from  the  film  gate  and  deliver- 
ing it  to  the  other  nip,  or  for  preventing  the  card  from  entering 
the  film  gate,  causing  the  trailing  edge  of  the  card  to  follow  the 
first  reversible  drive  roller  from  the  one  nip  to  the  other. 


dary  portion  between  the  paper  bundle  and  the  paper  pile  and 
difl\ised  uniformly  over  the  entire  area  of  the  boundary  por- 


3^72.665 

DEVICE  F(»  THE  FEEDING  OF  SHEETS  IN  COPYING 

MACHINES  OR  THE  LIKE 

GwrthcT'  SclHal«  aMo  ncrwrt  EMfsl«  both  of  Mmiiclieii^  Gcr- 

nbd  Nov.  9. 1970,  Scr.  No.  88,012 
OaioM  priority,  appHwHoa  Ciib—j,  Nov.  13, 1969,  P  19 
57019.5 

int.  CL  B65h  3/06, 1/08 
U.S.CL271— 39  10  < 


A  device  for  the  feeding  of  stacked  sheets  in  a  copying 
machine  or  the  like  has  a  reciprocable  drawer  which  is 
mounted  in  the  frame  of  the  machine  and  is  movaUe  between 
an  inserted  and  an  extended  position.  The  drawer  supports  a 
platform  which  serves  to  support  a  stack  of  sheets  and  is 
pivotably  mounted  in  the  drawer.  The  front  part  of  the  plat- 
form can  be  depressed  by  hand  and  is  then  engaged  by  spring- 
biased  detent  levers  which  are  provided  on  the  drawer  to  hold 
the  front  part  in  a  lower  position  during  the  placing  (tf  a  fivsh 
stack  onto  the  platform  in  extended  position  of  the  carriage.  A 
spring  biases  the  front  part  upwardly  and  is  fi-eo  to  urge  the 
topmost  sheet  of  a  freshly  inserted  stack  against  an  intermit- 
tently driven  feeding  roller,  which  is  mounted  in  the  frame, 
when  the  drawer  is  returned  to  its  inserted  position.  During 
such  inward  movement  of  the  drawer,  stops  which  are  pro- 
vided in  the  frame  disengage  the  levers  from  the  front  part  so 
that  the  latter  can  pivot  under  the  action  of  the  spring. 


3,672,^6 

DEVICE  FOR  SEPARATING  A  MJNDLE  OF  PAPER 

Sdya  SMktU,  AkMmM  YamtmM,  aod  faelwni  SWman,  ai  of 

itoTi 


Fled  Doe.  18, 1969.  Ssr.  No.  886,146 

ly,    appMroHoo    Japam    Dae.    19,    1966, 
43/111281 

bt.CLB65hS/08 
U.S.CL271— 26  ICkte 

A  separating  device  readily  separates  a  desired  number  of 
sheets  of  paper  in  bundle  form  from  a  pile  of  paper  sheets 
placed  on  a  pallet  or  skid  without  disturbing  the  orderly  piled- 
up  bundle.  The  device  comprises  a  nozde  made  in  a  flat,  pohn- 
like  form  by  which  a  compressed  air  is  ejected  into  the  boun- 


tion  to  provide  an  air  separation  layer.  The  nozzle  has  guides 
for  effecting  diffusion  of  the  compressed  air. 

I    -  ^ I 

3,672,667 

APPARATUS  FOR  STAGGERING  BLANKS  OF  SHEET 

MATERIAL 

^ndMoaalrMw  67, 1  Bcrifai  61,  Gcnnaay 
FVed  July  9. 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,553 

■imllfaliMii  Geraiaay.  July  17,  1969.  P  19 
37082.2| 

Int  a  B6Sh  29/24 
VS.  CL  ^1—74  4iCWiiis 


Blanks  of  sheet  material,  to  be  assemUed  in  staggered  rela- 
tionship for  the  application  of  glue  to  overlapping  flaps 
thereof,  are  horizontally  fed  at  a  relatively  high  speed  to  the 
upper  run  of  an  endless  conveyor  moving  at  the  same  speed 
and  carrying  at  least  one  wedge-shaped  cam  in  whose  wake 
the  blanks  are  entrained  by  suction  toward  a  pair  of  exit  rollers 
moving  at  a  relatively  low  speed.  The  rear  part  of  each  blank, 
forming  a  flap,  is  thereby  caused  to  ride  up  the  inclined  lead- 
ing flank  of  the  next  oncoming  cam,  thus  overiapping  the  fiont 
part  of  the  next-following  blank.  The  feeding  of  the  blank  to 
the  exit  rollers  is  facilitated  by  a  transfer  roller  closely  spaced 
from  the  upper  conveyor  surface  so  as  to  hold  the  raised  flap 
down  onto  the  cam. 


1968, 


'  3,672,668 

LARGE^APACTTY  CARD  SUPPLY  MAGAZINES 
COMPRISING  A  DEVICE  FOR  RETAINING  AND 
TRANSFERRING  CARDS 

rtii  ilio  Tiiil,  Ncthcriai 
to  Bril  GcMral  Eleetric  (Miiirisai)  N.V., 
of  Scr.  No.  793348,  Jm.  24, 1969,i 

As«.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65,675 

6801512 

Iiit.CLB65li//06 
U.S.CL271-61  10< 

In  a  card  supply  magazine  with  a  device  for  retaining  and 
transferring  cards,  the  walls  of  a  loading  ramp  are  turned  an- 
gularly about  a  vertical  axis  relatively  to  the  walls  of  a  lower 
reception  magazine.  The  cards  situated  at  the  bottom  of  a 
stack  in  the  ramp  rest  on  two  support  surfaces  and  on  a  rotata- 
ble  roller.  When  the  roller  is  driven  in  rotational  movement  by 
a  motor,  cards  driven  frictionally  by  the  roDer  rotate  about  the 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1417 


said  axis  and  faU  into  the  lower  magazine  from  which  they  are    out  from  the  side.  These  hand  hold  grips  may  be  used  by  the 
extracted.  A  vibrator  arranged  at  the  bottom  of  the  stack    exerciser  in  a  push-pull  manner  on  the  floor  so  as  to  exercise 


his  arms.  The  upper  platform  may  have  an  extended  lever  to 
aid  in  manually  pivoting  the  upper  platform. 


3,672,671 
BILLIARD  BALL  RACK 

facilitates  the  fall  of  the  cards  into  the  lower  magazine.  The     Anthony    Merola,    PIttsbwfli,    Pa., 

motor  is  controlled  by  a  device  monitoring  the  level  of  the        Products  Corporatfon,  Pktaburgh,  Pa. 

cards  in  the  lower  magazine.  FBed  June  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,983 

Int.  CLA63d  75/00 

UACL  273—22 
3,672,669 
ALTERNATIVELY  OCCUPANT  PROPELLED  OR  MOTOR 

DRIVEN  ROUNDABOUT 

John  James  Ottavtano,  1 13  Stark  Ave,  Pnm  YM^  N.Y. 

FDcd  Feb.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  113,550 

Int  CL  A63g  1/10, 1/12 

U.S.CL  272-33  B  ICIafan 


to 


10 


-r-HT 


A  rack  for  shaping  a  group  aS  billiard  balls  on  a  pool  table, 
w^iich  rack  has  interconnected  sides  defining  a  patterned  en- 
closure, such  as  a  triangular  or  diamond  shaped  enclosure.  At 
least  one  of  the  side  members  has  an  inclined  interior  surfiace 
which  will  serve  to  urge  the  balls  into  a  compact  pattern  when 
a  downward  pressure  is  exerted  on  the  rack. 


An  amusement  ride  for  children,  the  device  comprising  a 
stand  that  supports  a  horizontally  rotataUe  frame  consisting  of 
a  (»air  of  crossing  arms,  each  of  the  arms  at  its  outer  end  being 
attached  to  a  riding  unit  which  consists  of  a  horse-shaped  body 
supported  upon  a  firont  and  rear  wheel  that  traveb  on  the 
ground,  the  firont  wheel  having  foot  pedals  and  the  horse 
shaped  body  having  a  seat  for  a  rider.  The  foot  pedals  are 
removable  and  a  pair  of  stirrups  are  releasable  to  hang  down 
upon  opposite  sides  of  the  horse-shaped  body.  An  electric 
motor  mounted  on  the  stand  has  a  gear  engageable  with  a  gear 
mounted  on  the  underside  of  the  hub  supporting  the  crossing 
arms  whereby  the  pedals  may  be  removed  and  the  roundabout 
motor  driven. 


3,672,670 
WHEELED  FOOT-EXERCISING  DEVICE  WITH  HAND 

GRIPS 
Ririph  A.  Bmcoakl,  5429  N.  25Ch  St.,  MlwMikcc  Wb. 
FBcd  Jidy  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,1 17 
Int.  CL  A63b  23/04, 21/00 

U.S.C1.272— 79R  5CWiiw 

A  i^iysical  exercising  device  supported  on  wheels  and  hav- 
ing a  pivoted  upper  platform  for  receiving  the  foot  of  a  user. 
The  upper  platform  is  spring  biased  into  a  normal  horizontal 
position.  The  exercising  device  has  hand  hold  grips  extending 


3,672,672 
BALL  REBOUND  DEVICE 
Herbert  RnUn,  New  York,  N.Y.,  Mrignor  to  New  Yvk.  Toy 
Cuipoi'artiwi,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  Jan.  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,924 
Int.  CLA63b  69/40 
U.S.CL273— 26A  7( 


A  missile  rebound  recreational  device  includes  a  rectangu- 
lar frame  adjustably  supported  in  an  inclined  position  and  sup- 


1418 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  ^972 


porting  a  registering  rebound  net  by  peripherally  spaced 
elastic  bands  interconnecting  the  frame  legy  and  rebound  net. 
A  support  arm  depends  from  the  ft^une  top  leg  behind  the 
rebound  web  and  is  adjustable  in  length,  along  the  frame  leg 
and  angularly  about  the  fttune  leg  axis  and  an  impact  actuated 
bell  is  mounted  on  the  arm  free  end  and  includes  an  actuating 
member  facing  the  rebound  web.  A  thin  Hexible  web  having  a 
target  representation  is  superimposed  on  the  rebound  web 
front  face. 


movement  of  the  lower  sheet.  Controlled  powering  means  is 
provided  whereby  the  players  may  produce  selected  diverse 
movements  of  their  respective  game  pieces  in  accordance  with 


3,672,673 

BOWLING  BALL  CONTROL  DEVICE 

De  Voe  H.  Hfcks,  500  Fortar  St^  North  Cmtoii,  OWo 

FDed  Feb.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,492 

Int.  a.  A63b  71114 

UA  a.  273—54  B  2 


Bowling  ball  control  device  in  the  form  of  a  strap-type  at- 
tachment to  the  bowler's  hand.  A  rotatably  adjustable  plate  on 
the  main  portion  of  the  attachment  carries  a  pair  of  upstand- 
ing posts  which  provide,  together  with  a  forward  portion  of  the 
plate,  a  seat  for  a  bowling  ball.  On  the  palm  side  of  the  strap  is 
a  palm  plate  which  helps  control  the  pressure  of  the  ball  on  the 
hand. 


3,672,674 
REMOTE  CONTROLLED  FOOTBALL  GAME  WITH  PASS 

PLAY  APPARATUS 
DonaM  L.  Reed,  12415  Brolwn  Arrow,  Hourton,  Tex. 
FBed  March  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  18,513 
Int.  CL  A63f  7106 
UA  a.  273—94  R  10  < 


the  game  rules.  Related  game  ball  action  is  simulated  by  the 
means  of  a  bead  on  a  rod  with  variable  directional  settings 
from  a  bridge  piece  placed  over  the  playing  surface. 


\    ^        3,672,675 
HOOKED  STICK  HGURE  AND  HANDLE  FOR  CATCHING 

AND  PROJECTING  SAME 
EUw  J.  Mprris,  Jr.,  5020  Good  Drive,  New  Orlcam,  La. 
I      FOed  May  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  38,397 
Iiit.a.A63bdi/00 

UA  a  273-96  R 


LClalin 


/ 


V-io 


{   ,a::;.'/..V-.,  ^/^ 


\i  '^-^v..'.....---'' 


-IS 
-i9 


It 

-IS 


■ 

An  exercise  and  amusement  toy  consisting  of  a  handle  por- 
tion and  an  animated  figure  portion.  The  handle  portion  is  U- 
shaped  for  the  user  to  grip  with  one  hand  and  has  hooks  at  the 
end  of  its  leg  members.  The  figure  has  hooked,  stickJike  ap- 
pendages formed  around  its  central  stem.  The  handle  portion 
is  used  to  catch  and  toss  the  figure  portion. 


A  game  board  formed  of  a  frame  defining  a  playing  surface 
with  means  such  as  a  pair  of  superimposed,  diversely  moving, 
flexiUe  sheets  for  remotely  producing  controlled  diverse 
movements  of  playing  pieces  resting  on  the  playing  surface. 
The  lower  sheet  has  magnetic  areas  and  the  game  pieces  in- 
corporate magnets  or  a  magnetic  element  movable  between 
positions  in  which  their  magnetic  fields,  respectively,  may  in- 
terlink with  one  or  more  of  the  magnetic  areas,  thereby  caus- 
ing the  pieces  to  stand  or  move  with  the  lower  sheet,  and  other 
positions  in  which  their  fields  clear  the  magnetic  areas 
vkiiereby  the  game  pieces  will  frictionally  adhere  to  the  upper 
sheet  for  standing  or  moving  therewith,  irrespective  of  the 


3,672,676 
TETHERED  BALL  APPARATUS  WITH  CATAPULTS  AND 

STATIONARY  GOALS 
Adolph  E.  GoMterb,  4614  Monarca  Drive,  Tarzuia,  Calif., 
and  Rene  Soriano,  Los  Anteks,  Calif.,  aasigiion  to  said 
GohUarb,  by  said  Soriano  , 

I      Filed  Dec  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  97,959 
'  Iiit.a.A63b77/02  ' 

U.S-a.273— 101  ^^     .         w  „**5*"&5 

A  game  comprising  a  playing  board  having  a  ball  attached 

to  a  string  extending  from  the  center  of  the  board.  A  plurality 

of  individual  flipper  members  are  disposed  about  the  center  of 

the  board,  with  each  flipper  member  being  capable  of 

catapulting  the  baU  attached  to  the  strong  off  the  surface  of 

the  flipper  member  toward  another  flipper  member.  Each 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1419 


flipper  member  has  an  aperture  therein  capable  of  allowing    tioned  between  said  collar  and  the  head  portion.  The  collar 
the  ball  to  pass  therethrough,  and  each  player  attempts  to  flip     has  a  pair  of  diametrically  opposed  openings  therein  for 


the  ball  through  an  aperture  in  an  opposing  player's  flipper 
member. 


3,672,677 

FRANGIBLE  IN  FUGHT  ARROW  HEAD  COVER 

Vera  E.  Moore,  4907  W.  Havasu  Way,  Sak  Lake  CMy.  Utah 

Filed  Aug.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  65,609 

Int.  CI.F41b  5/02 

U.S.  CL  273-106J  R  20  Ctaims 


A  novel,  in-flight  cover  to  protect  arrow  points  and  archers 
during  handling  of  arrows  has  been  invented.  The  novel  cover 
has  an  aerodynamic  external  shape  and  fractures  upon  impact 
with  a  target.  It  is  constructed  preferably  (tf  a  frangible  materi- 
al and  has  a  center  opening  to  accommodate  an  arrow  point 
and  to  frictionally  secure  itself  thereto.  The  extemaLsurface  is 
preferably  conical  in  shape  and  may  have  vanes  cut  in  the  sur- 
face thereof  to  provide  stability  for  arrow  shafts  in  flight. 
Frangible  cellular  materials  such  as  polystyrenes,  polyu- 
rethanes  and  the  like  are  useful  construction  materials.  The 
novel  covers  of  this  invention  may  protect  various  types  of 
points  such  as  hunting  points,  field  tips  and  the  like.  An  inser- 
tion device  for  placing  the  cover  on  an  arrow  comprising  a 
hard,  rigid  material  having  an  internal  opening  having  substan- 
tially the  same  shape  as  the  external  surface  of  the  cover  is 
also  provided. 


3,672,678 
DART  CONSTRUCTION 
Bartolo  Riizo,  Provldcacc  RL,  anlgiior  to  Hasbro  Industries, 
Inc.,  Pawtuckct,  Rl. 

Filed  Nov.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,545 
Int.CLA63b6J/02 

U.S.  a  273-106.5  R  2  Cbims 

A  dart  construction  comprising  a  weighted  head  portion,  a 
metallic  shaft  secured  thereto  and  extending  therefrom  and 
terminating  in  a  point,  and  a  plastic  shaft  threadedly  attached 
to  the  head  portion  and  extending  in  an  opposite  direction 
from  the  metallic  point  in  substantial  alignment  therewith, 
said  plastic  shaft  having  a  tubular  member  slidaUy  received 
thereon,  said  tubular  member  having  a  plurality  of  vanes  ex- 
tending integrally  therefrom,  and  an  integral  collar  on  the 
plastic  shaft  for  maintaining  the  tubular  member  snugly  posi- 


facilitating  turning   movement  of  the   shaft   when   being 
threaded  to  the  head. 


3,672,679 
MOVABLE  BOUNDARY  BOARD  GAME  APPARATUS 

lums,  Los  Angeles,  CaHf .,  — Ig^wr  to  MaMd,  Inc., 
Hawthorne,  CaML 

FBed  Jan.  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,270 
Iat.aA63fi/aO 
U.S.CL273— 131BA  10  ( 


A  game  board  structure  having  a  plurality  of  movable  play- 
ing pieces  disposed  on  each  side  of  a  movable  boundary  across 
the  playing  surface  dividing  it  into  two  playing  areas.  The  play- 
ing pieces  include  means  for  removaMy  securing  the  pieces  to 
the  playing  surface  and  means  for  contacting  the  movable 
boundary  and  moving  at  least  that  portion  thereof  so  con- 
tacted to  alter  its  shape  and  thereby  change  the  dimensions  of 
the  playing  areas. 


3,672,680 
BOARD  GAME  WITH  DEFINITELY  MOVABLE  GAME 

MECES 
Jowph  NOchad  Grey,  3060  Ruth  St.,  Phladelphia,  Pa. 
Fited  Sept.  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  856,383 
InLCLA63fi/00 

U.S.  a  273-131 AB  eOakm 

Briefly,  in  carrying  out  the  objects  of  this  invention,  a  game 
apparatus  is  provided  which  includes  a  gante  board  containing 
six  equally  spaced  concentric  circular  lines  divided  up  into 
spaces  symmetrically  located  within  the  circles.  Some  of  the 
i^oresaid  spaces  are  colored  and  some  are  numbered  The 
aforesaid  game  board  also  contains  six  rectangular  shaped  sec- 
tions outside  the  aforesaid  circles  for  the  purpose  of  tallying 
certain  captures  during  the  course  of  the  game.  There  is  also 
provided  with  my  invention  42  flat  rectangular  shaped  pieces 


1420 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


bearing  numbers  on  only  one  suifKe,  numbered  consecutive- 
ly  from  one  to  42  induave.  There  u  ftuther  provided  a  set  of 
six  pieces  of  a  different  shape  than  the  aforesaid  42  rectangu- 
lar flat  pieces. 


A  thorough  description  of  the'colors  of  the  pieces  and  the 
finer  points  of  the  game  are  given  in  the  specification  which 
follows. 


3^72^1 

GAME  METHOD  INVOLVING  COMPETITIVE 

ARRANGING  OF  GROUPED  PIECES  INTO  POLYHEDRIC 

FORM 
David  WaM,  67  BfcBckctt  Rowi,  Ncwtom  Maa. 

ned  M^y  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,667 
lot  a.  A63(  9/09 
UAa.273-157R  2 


A  method  of  frying  a  game  comprising  two  sets  of  pieces 
each  set  consists  of  twenty-seven  cubes  having  a  hole  in  each 
of  its  six  faces.  The  cubes  are  interengageaUe  to  form  building 
groups  of  two  or  more  cubes.  These  groups  are  selectively 
constructed  by  opposing  players  in  puzzle  form  as  to  permit 
the  groups  of  each  set  to  be  assembled  into  a  large  cube.  The 
groups  of  each  set  are  exchanged  by  opposing  players  for  pur- 
poses of  competitively  forming  the  cube  from  the  opposing 
players  building  groups,  thereby  solving  the  puzzle. 


3,672,682 

GOLF  PUITING  THAINING  APPARATUS 

YamvMrini,  25-10-2,  Mta,  Mcgonilw,  Tokyo,  JapM 

FledM«y  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,670  I 

Claim  prioHly,  appMrlhwi  Ji^Mn,  M«y  9, 1969, 44/41927 

taLd.A63b69/Jd 


U.S.CL273— 189R 


CWms 


A  golf  putting  practice  aid  device  which  helps  to  stabilize 
the  golfor's  arms  during  putting  and  to  help  him  determine  his 
best  stable  posture  for  putting.  The  device,  in  its  simplest 
form,  eanbodies  an  elongated  strip  or  plate  of  lightweight 
wood,  plastic  or  the  like,  and  has  at  opposite  end  curved  por- 
tions adapted  to  be  interposed  between  and  to  engage  snugly 
against  portions  of  the  golfer's  arms.  Another  form  includes  a 
central  casing  having  separate  oppositely  extended,  slidable 
aim  engaging  stabilizing  plates  mounted  adjustably  within  said 
central  casing. 


OF 


3,672,683 
TAPE  PLAYER  FOR  PLAYING  PLURALITV  ( 
MAGNETIC  TAPE  CARTRIDGES 
Itsukl  Bu,  829,  MiMM-OiauniaMH  NiiIimIm,  Tfikyo-to, 
Japan 

.     Fled  March  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21355 
Iat.a.Gllb2i/;0 
UACLi74— 4F 


*~ 


A  tape  player  for  playing  a  plurality  of  magnetic  tipe  car- 
tridges comprises  a  compartment  adapted  to  vertically  and 
horizontally  receive  a  plurality  of  the  magnetic  tape  car- 
tridges, a  deck  provided  with  a  reproduction  means  including 
a  tape  driving  device  for  drivingjiy  feeding  the  tape  in  the  car- 
tridge and  at  least  one  magnetic  head  adapted  to  transduce  the 
tape,  a  horizontaUy  movable  mechanism  for  horizcmtally  mov- 
ing the  deck,  a  laterally  movable  mechanism  for  laterally  mov- 
ing the  deck,  a  kx;k  for  selectively  locking  the  deck  in  the 
position  where  one  cartridge  is  to  be  played,  a  shifting 
mechanism  for  moving  the  cartridge  opposite  to  the  deck 
retained  by  the  lock  means  from  the  compartment  toward  the 
deck  and  for  retumedly  moving  the  cartridge  from  the  playing 
position  to  the  original  position  in  the  compartment,  aiul  an 
index  mechanism  for  designating  the  cartridge  to  be  played. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1421 


3,672,684 

MAGNETIC  RECORDING  AND  REPRODUCING 

APPARATUS 

Hlroshi  Kawakami,  Tokyo,  Japan,  aasiyior  to  Sony  Corpora- 

tloB,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FUad  Oct.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,555 
Clalins  priority,  appMcattoii  Js^mm,  Nov.  4, 1969, 44/88182 
hLClGllhSlOO 
U.S.CL274— 4D  10  < 


eliminate  crosstalk  and  distortion  caused  by  the  failure  of  the 
transducer  to  come  into  perfect  register  widi  the  tracks  of  the 


In  a  tape  recording  and/or  reproducing  device  having  a 
magnetic  head  for  recording  signals  on  and  reproducing 
signals  from  a  magnetic  tape  passing  adjacent  the  head,  in  ten- 
sion, from  a  supply  reel  to  a  takeup  reel  and  switeh  control 
means  movable  to  a  plurality  of  positions  for  selectively  deter- 
mining the  stop  and  operating  modes  of  the  device,  apparatus 
is  provided  for  selectively  maintaining  the  switeh  contrcd 
means  in  each  of  its  positions.  The  apparatus  includes  means 
urging  the  switch  control  means  to  the  position  thereof  which 
determines  the  stop  mode  of  the  device  and  a  spring  biased 
tape  engaging  lever  pivotaDy  mounted  on  the  device  for  move- 
ment between  first  and  second  positions.  The  tape  engaging 
lever  is  hdd  in  its  first  position  by  the  tape  as  h  is  moved,  in 
tension,  past  the  magnetic  head  and  is  moved  towards  the 
second  position  by  its  spring  in  the  absence  ot  tensi<Mied  tape 
engaged  therewith.  A  releasaUe  kicking  mechanism,  operably 
engaged  between  the  switch  control  means  and  the  tape  en- 
gaging lever,  holds  the  switeh  control  means  in  a  predeter- 
mined position  corresponding  to  one  of  the  operative  modes 
of  the  device  when  the  tape  engaging  lever  is  in  its  first  posi- 
tion and  for  releasing  the  switch  control  means  when  the  tape 
engaging  lever  is  moved  towards  its  second  position  wiiereby 
the  device  is  automatically  returned  to  its  inoperative  mode. 


3,672,685 
UNIVERSAL  CARTRIDGE-TYPE  TAPE  RECORIWai  AND 

PLAYBACK  INSTRUMENT 
JMBCB  R  Tolar,  ^tavflcld  nditoto,  OMo,  asstpinr  to  Tcana 

FlMl  Job.  19, 1967,  Scr.  No.  610,346 

lot.  CL  Glib  15/29, 21/08, 21/24 

U.S.CL274-4G  6CWms 

A  carbidge-type  tape  player  containing  three  coordinated 
systems  for  positi<ming  the  transducer  with  respect  to  the 
recording  tracks  on  the  tape.  The  first  system  is  actuated  by  an 
operator  contrc^ed  selector  switeh  to  index  the  transducer  to 
a  position  adjacent  the  track  or  tracks  containing  the  signals  to 
be  played,  llie  second  system  automatically  shifts  the  trans- 
ducer 0.016  inches  with  respect  to  the  tape  when  one  type  of 
cartridge  which  is  normaDy  loaded  with  a  four-track  pre- 
recorded tape  is  inserted  into  the  tape  i^yer.  The  third  system 
has  a  meduutism  for  "fine  tuning"  the  position  of  the  trans- 
ducer widi  respect  to  the  tape  by  small  increments  to 


tape.  Additionally  the  tape  guide  may  be  adjusted  for  perfect- 
ing the  position  of  the  tape  with  respect  to  the  transducer. 

3,672,686 

PROGRAMMED  TRACK  SELECTING  APPARATUS 

ItsuU  Baa,  829,  HtasWOiauniinacM,  Ncrima-kn,  Tokyo-to, 


FBed  Oct  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  863,957 

K,  ainifcsrtuii  Japan,  Oct.  9, 1968, 43/73125; 
Jan.  22, 1969, 44/4060 

bftCL  Glib  27/09 
U.S.a.274-^A  5* 


A  programmed  track  selecting  apparatus  for  a  multiple  tape 
cartridge  i^yer  utilizing  a  plurality  of  multi  track  endless 
magnetic  tape  cartridges  includes  a  rotary  cam  for  positioning 
a  magnetic  head  to  the  desired  track,  a  plurality  of  track  selec- 
tion switehes  for  selecting  a  desired  track,  and  a  rotary  switdi 
rotatable  in  synchronism  with  the  rotary  cam  and  including 
switches  corresponding  to  the  trade  selection  switches,  rota- 
tion of  the  rotary  cam  being  controlled  by  the  track  sdecting 
switches  and  the  rotary  switch. 


3,672,687 

AUDIO  REPRODUCING  APPARATUS  FOR  RANDOM 

ACCESS  PLAYBACK  SYSTEMS 

DavM  J.  Bca  DaaJti.  Schenectady;  John  a  Flcldh«,  Bdhtan 

Lake,  and  Henry  Hnrwitz,  Jr.,  Sfhmwtaiiy,  aM  of  N.Y.,  as- 

sigBors  to  General  Electrk  ONopany 

Fled  May  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  827,792 
InL  CL  Gl  Ig  2 //M;  Gl  lb  2//72 

U.S.CL274— 9RA  2CWnn 

Audio  playback  apparatus  is  disrlosfwl  including  a  tone  arm 

which  is  positioned  electromagnetically  to  finlitate  control 
thereof  in  accordance  with  the  position  of  a  turntable  rdative 
to  the  tone  arm.  The  apparatus  is  particularly  suited  for  ran- 
dom access  retrieval  <rf  audio  ihfuiniation  fixxn  a  record  in- 
chiding  a  plurality  of  nested  spirals  each  corresponding  to 
items  of  information  on  a  display  or  selection  chart  An  array 
of  switehes  corresponding  to  individual  items  on  the  display 


899  O.G. — 53 


1422 


r 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


and  a  position  selector  switch  assembly  operated  by  the  posi- 
tion of  the  turntable  relative  to  the  tone  arm  cooperate  to 


therebetween.  A  removaUe  slipper  sleeve  enables  the  seal  as- 
sembly to  be  used  in  either  a  balanced  or  an  unbalanced  appli- 


14- 


ec- 

85- 

27- 


2*- 


1Z^ȣ^>' 


W 

!■»>' 


26 


-118 

-na 


1^*      19 


cation  by  effecting  a  slight  modification  upon  one  member  of 
the  assembly. 


position  the  stylus  of  the  tone  arm  in  a  spiral  groove  cor- 
responding to  the  selected  portion  of  the  display. 


3,672,690 
MMRECnONAL  HYDRODYNAMIC  SHAFT  SI 
Alfred  S.  Bancm,  Fwniiigtoii,  Mich^  Milgum   to 
Mogul  CorporalloB,  SouthUdd,  Nfich. 

1       fVcd  May  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,144 
I  Iiit.a.F16J/5/J2 

VS.  CL  2T7— 134 


ICUms 


3,672,688 
TOY  PHONOGRAPH 
P.  HH.  Lorafai.  OMo.  aarignor  to  The 
Inc.  Lob  Audea,  C^H. 

FVed  May  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  37,084 

Into.  Glib  7  7/06 
VS.  a.  274—14 


Graup, 


3CWim 


A  shaft  seal  of  the  bidirectional  hydrodynamic  type  with 
flutes  that  meet  the  sealing  band  or  lip  edge  tangentially,  the 
flutes  being  continuous  and  providing  for  hydrodynamic 
return  of  oil  that  has  leaked  past  the  lip  edge.  The  continuous 
flutes  are  readily  and  accurately  provided  during  molding  in  a 
seal  having  an  as-molded  lip  edge. 


>ldir 


A  toy  phonograph  having  a  rotary  turntable,  a  pivoted  tone 
arm  carrying  a  sound  box  and  a  i^-up  needle,  a  manually 
operated  reset  means  engageable  with  the  tone  arm  to  return 
the  arm  to  a  starting  position,  and  an  electrically  conductive 
spring  member  engaging  the  arm  to  urge  the  needle  into  en- 
gagement with  the  record  and  forming  a  part  of  the  motor  cir- 
cuit to  energize  the  motor  during  play  of  the  record  and  to 
shut  off  the  motor  w^ien  play  is  completed. 


■  3,672,691 

MEANS  FOR  OPERATING  RELEASABLE  TOOL  CHUCKS 
Eari  J.  Hammond.  FrankHimnHi,  NOdu,  — ilgiw  to 
IndnsMcs,  IdCm  BufMo,  N.Y. 

FHed  June  2, 1970,  So-.  No.  42,766 
biLCLB23h29/12,31/28,3I/30 
UA  a.  279— ITS  13  ( 


3,672,689 

MECHANICAL  SEAL  ASSEMBLIES 

Robert  C.  Hadky,  P.O.  BoK  4358,  Odon,  Tex. 

FHed  Oct.  5, 1970.  Ser.  No.  77,793 

Int.Cl.F16J75/J4 

UA  a.  277-38  10(.-™. 

A  shaft  seal  for  effecting  a  seal  between  a  wall  member  and 

a  rotatable  shaft  which  prevents  flow  of  (Measurized  fluid  from 

one  to  the  other  side  of  the  wall.  A  seat  is  attached  to  the  wall 

and  preaents  a  £ace  to  a  rotating  face  of  an  im|Hoved  sealing 

loaded  seal  anembiy  so  as  to  present  movable  seal  fiaces  which 
aealin^y  engage  one  another  as  relative  rotation  occurs 


A  tool  holder  or  chuck  <^  the  type  which  is  releasable  from 
a  tool  by  relative  roution  of  a  releasing  member  is  <»daptfd  to 
be  selectively  coupled  with  a  non-rotating  member  while  the 
tool    driving    spindle    continues    rotating    uninterruptedly. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1428 


thereby  releasing  the  clutch  coupling  to  release  the  tool.  Espe- 
cially suitable  for  mtilti-operation  machines,  whereby  various 
tools  can  be  cyclically  picked  up  from  and  returned  to  a  rack 
in  automatic  operation  of  the  machine  to  perform  sequentiaily 
on  a  work  piece. 


provided,  the  lid  is  supported  against  crushing  and  is  held 
against  wracking  and  an  enlarged  flat  surface  is  provided  on 


3,672,692 

QUICK-CHANGE  CHUCKS 

Otto  Fauth.  NdHngen.  Gcnnany,  aarignor  to  Otto  Bflz,  Wcrk- 

aeugfabrik,  Vogelsaiicrtr.,  NcOingen,  Germany 

Filed  May  18, 1970,  Ser.  Na  38,080 

IntCLB23bi//(M 

UJ5.  a.  279—82  4  Claim 


the  lid  to  insure  adequate  marking  space.  Ventilati<Mi  is  pro- 
vided through  matched  slots  formed  in  the  base  and  cover. 


A  quick-change  chuck  with  a  hoUow  shank,  a  guide  sleeve 
surrounding  the  shank,  a  tool-holding  socket  removably  in- 
serted into  the  shank  and  adapted  to  be  adjusted  to  different 
positions  in  the  axial  direction  of  the  shank  by  an  adjusting  nut 
on  the  end  of  the  socket  which  is  releasably  connected  in  the 
adjusted  position  to  the  shank  by  locking  balls  which  are 
guided  in  transverse  bores  in  a  reduced  neck  portion  of  the 
guide  sleeve  and  are  adapted  to  be  moved  into  and  out  of  an 
annular  groove  in  the  adjijsting  unit  by  a  spring-biased  control 
sleeve.  For  locking  the  guide  sleeve  and  thus  also  the  adjusting 
nut  and  the  tool  socket  to  the  shank,  the  guide  sleeve  is  pro- 
vided with  a  peripherally  extending  slot  through  which  a  set- 
screw  passes  which  is  screwed  into  the  shank.  The  axis  of  this 
slot  is  slightly  inclined  relative  to  a  plane  extending  vertically 
to  the  axis  of  the  guide  sleeve  so  that,  when  the  sleeve  is 
turned  relative  to  the  setscrew  in  the  slot,  the  sleeve  is 
retracted  on  the  shank  until  its  neck  portion  abuts  tightly 
against  the  front  end  of  the  shank. 


^  3,672,693 

EGG  CARTON 

Dcmrfi  DoiVlai  Weir,  1637  South  740  EMt,  Orem,  Utah 

FDed  July  1 1, 1969,  Ser.  No.  840,934 

Int.a.B65d«5/J2 

U.S.a.229-44R  ICtaim 

An  egg  carton  fabricated  (rf*  plastic  and  shaped  to  cradle  and 

cushion  eggs  of  varying  size.  A  single  motion  closing  latch  is 


3,672,694 

MEANS  AND  TECHNIQUES  FCm  RELEASABLY 

SECURING  SKI  BOOTS  TO  SKIS 

Wmfaun  R.  Wfalttakcr,  Beverly  Ifflk.  Cytf.,  avignor  to  Whit. 

taker  Corporation 

FBed  Dec  21, 1970,  Ser.  Na  100,037 

Int.a.A63c 
U.S.  CL  280—1135  K  10( 


Ski  bindings  involve  an  attachment  to  the  toe  portion  of  a 
ski  boot  in  the  nature  of  a  cam  socket  which  is  releasably  en- 
gageable with  a  spring-urged  plunger  on  a  ski.  Such  plunger 
presses  such  boot  attachment  into  releasable  engagement  with 
a  forward  end  of  an  elongated  plate  \»1uch  has  a  length  com- 
mensurate to  the  length  of  a  boot  and  wliich  mounts  a  cam 
block  on  its  rearwardmost  portion.  Such  cam  Mock  is  nc»-- 
mally  received  within  an  adjustable  abutment  mounted  on  the 
ski.  The  plate  carries  a  spring-urged  stirrup  having  a  portion 
engageable  with  the  top  portion  of  the  boot  heel  to  normally 
press  the  boot  into  engagement  with  the  plate.  When  abnor- 
mal forces  are  developed,  as  in  mishaps,  the  boot  is  rele^ed 
from  the  ski,  depending  upon  the  direction  of  the  force,  either 
at  the  toe  portion  or  at  the  spring-urged  stirrup.  Thb  auto- 
matic release  at  the  stirrup  is  preadjusted  using  an  adjustaUe 
screw. 


3,672,695 
SAFETY  TURNTABLE  FOR  A  SKI  BINDING 
Ernest  Peter  Baukhage,  180  Edgewood  Ave,  Nffli  Valey,  QrilC. 
F8ed  Nov.  20, 1962,  Ser.  Na  238,918 
Int.  CLA63C  9/052 
U.S.a.280— 11J5K  lOdirinH 

A  safety  turntable  for  a  ski  binding  includes  a  member  fned 
to  a  ski  and  another  member  adapted  to  be  attached  to  a  ski 
with  one  of  the  members  being  cylindrical  and  the  other 
member  having  a  cylindrical  recess  for  receiving  the  cylindri- 
cal member.  The  cylindrical  portion  of  one  of  the  memben  is 
provided  with  a  circulariy  extending  groove  and  the  otiier 


1424 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27.  1972 


member  ii  provkled  with  movable  detent  meam  aUowiiif  the    gear  which,  in  tum,  it  secured  by  firangible  meant  to  the  chai- 
two  membera  to  rotate  relative  to  one  another  but  permitting    sit  frame.  In  the  event  of  an  impact  load  cawing  the  ooUapae 

of  the  front  vehicle  ttructure,  the  gear  separates  from  the 
frame  and  the  column  swing*  about  its  support  on  the  bracket 
thereby  causing  the  steering  whed  to  move  away  from  hi  nor- 
mal operfting  position. 


V 


tWHEELUNlTOF  A  VEHICLE  HAVING 
INDEPENDENT  WHEELS  AND  TIAILING  LINKS 


disconnection  of  the  members  at  any  angle  of  rotation.  A    Aiuiaiid^P.  FkMimaJou, 
safety  strap  for  preventing  loss  of  the  ski  may  be  attached 
between  thie  two  members. 


IlbdAi«.25,1970,Scr.No.66,M0         I 

ftmot,  Oct  30, 1969, 6937292 


3,672,696 
LAWN  MOWER  ADJUSTABLE  SiOD  ASSEMBLY 
C.  AkgiJIan,  a^  Doadd  G.  Haflbsr,  both  of 

RadBcWh. 

FUed  May  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,664 
Int.  a.  B62b  7  J/06 
U.S.a.280— 15  7 


priority. 


U.S.Ca.2B0— 124A 


IiiLCLB60g7//56 


A  lawn  mower  adjuttable  tkid  assembly  including  two 
spacedrapart  skids  which  engage  the  ground  for  elevational 
support  of  the  mower  above  the  ground.  The  skids  are  pivoted 
to  the  mower,  and  adjustaUe  standards  connect  between  the 
mower  and  the  skids  for  setting  the  pivot  position  of  the  skids 
and  thereby  setting  the  devation  of  the  mower.  The  standards 
include  two  bars  bolted  together  for  adjusting  the  overall 
length  aS  the  bars,  and  adjustment  holes  and  a  pin  are  related 
to  the  bars  for  the  length  adjustment  A  connector  extends 
between  the  two  spaced-apart  skids,  and  the  connector  is  at- 
tached between  the  sldds  to  serve  as  an  anti-scalping  bar 
which  extends  across  the  mower  at  a  level  above  that  of  the 
skids  so  the  mower  is  stable  on  the  skids. 


Rear  Mt^ieel  unit  of  an  automobile  vehicle  comprisiiv  inde- 
pendent wheels  mounted  on  trailing  suspension  links  which 
are  pivoted  to  the  suspended  part  of  the  vehicle  to  pivot  about 
a  transveise  axis.  Each  wheel  is  mounted  on  a  stub-axle  which 
is  integral  with  an  axle  support  connected  to  the  suspension 
link  through  a  resiliently  yieldable  pivot  device. 


T) 


3,672,699 

AUTOMATIC  RESTRAINT  SYSTEM  ARMING  CCM^TTROL 

Edwvd  MaMM  De  Wlmdl,  Ljndlwrtt,  OUhk  ■■Iwnr  to 

1iiilMiil,rrWn 
Fled  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,353 
faM.CLB60r2///0 
U.S.CL280— 150AB  7< 


[XM^TTRO 

asttanor 


3,672,697  

MOTCNt  VEHICLE  STEERING  SYSTEM 

KdowIu,  IBowMlitld  HBi,  AAdL,  aarfgDV  to 
iviMw  <.4m|Miqr,  ucaniora,  ivncii. 

Fled  July  6, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  52,306 
lBt.a.B62d///«,//20 
U.S.CL  280-87  A  11 


Ford 


An  occupant  restraint  mechanism  which  is  mounted  in  a 

vehicle  aand  automatically  operable  for  restraining  movement 

of  the  occupant  relative  to  the  vehicle  in  response  to  the  vehi- 

A  steering  system  for  a  motor  vehicle  having  a  steering    cle  being  invohred  in  a  ct^lision,  including  means  for  detecting 

colunm  and  a  steering  gear.  The  column  is  supported,  in  part,    the  presence  of  an  occupant  and  means  for  preventing  opera- 

by  a  bracket  situated  between  the  vehicle's  fire  wall  and  in-    tion  of  the  restraint  mechanism  if  no  occupant  is  presept  to  be 

strument  panel.  The  column  is  also  supported  by  the  steering    restrained  thereby. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1425 


3,672,700 
SNOWMOBILE  DEVICE 

Iowa,  asBigBor  to 


28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 10387 
IiM.CLB60r  27/00 
U.S.CL280-150R  10 


ffl=^ 


i\.^}   lAiT 


w^ 


The  snowmobile  device  is  adapted  to  be  mounted  on  a 
snowmobile  and  includes  a  verti<^lly  disposed  first  member 
and  an  obliquely  disposed  second  member  secured  at  its  upper 
end  to  the  first  member  at  a  point  intermediate  the  opposite 
ends  of  the  first  member.  Hinges  are  nwunted  on  the  kywer 
ends  of  the  first  and  second  members  and  are  rigidly  secured 
to  the  snownwbile.  The  lower  ends  of  the  first  and  second 
memben  extend  through  the  hinges  and  are  iHovided  with 
nuts  on  opposite  ends  of  the  hinges  which  are  tumable  for 
tightening  against  the  hinges  so  as  to  prevent  swinging  move- 
ment of  the  first  and  second  members  with  respect  to  the 
hinges.  Modified  forms  of  the  device  nwy  include  a  light 
nwunted  at  the  upper  end  of  the  first  member,  a  flat  or  pen- 
nant mounted  at  the  upper  end  of  the  first  member,  and  insu- 
lating means  between  the  hinges  and  the  snowmobile. 


3,672,701 
ISAILING  WHEEL  STRUCTURE  FOR  VEHICLE-IMU  WN 

IMPLEMENT 
WHmt  L.  Btank,  524  E.  Jdfcrsoa  St,  Toirioo,  DL 
Fled  Aug.  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65^76 
Int.  a.  B60g  7/00 
U.S.  CL  280-414.5  5< 


vehicle  in  overhanging  relation  with  the  ball  hitch,  a  connec- 
tor welded  to  the  tongue  of  the  towed  vehicle  over  the  ball 


socket,  and  a  safety  chain  extending  between  the  connector 
and  the  bracket  and  detachably  fastened  to  the  latter. 


3,672,703 

GIFT  CHECK  TRANSACTION  FORM 

Edward  WilHam  Jay,  P.O.  Box  791,  Coral  Gahka,  Fla. 

FDed  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,613 

Int.  CL  B41I  y/20.  B42d  15100 

MS.  CL  282—25  9 


-^v^sS 


A  tractor  having  a  hydraulic  pump  is  hitched  to  a  disc  har- 
row to  be  pulled  over  a  field  along  a  center  line  of  travel.  A 
ground  wheel  carriage  is  connected  to  the  disc  harrow  at  the 
center  of  travel.  The  connection  between  the  disc  harrow  and 
the  ground  wheel  carriage  includes  upper  and  lower  links  and 
a  double  acting  hydraulic  cylinder  to  raise  and  lower  the  disc 
harrow  with  respect  to  the  ground. 


A  one-piece  sheet  paper  form  of  elongate  generally  rectan- 
gular configuration,  having  fold-tear  lines  demarcating  the 
form  into  a  gift  check  section,  an  envelope  section,  a  record 
section  and  an  identifying  section.  The  transaction  form  is 
adapted  to  be  accordion  fokled  in  flat  muhi-thickness  com- 
pact configuration  for  retail  vending  ot  the  like.  A  vendor  of 
the  transaction  form  may  fill  out  the  amount  only  of  a  gift 
check  blank  imprinted  on  a  fold  panel  of  the  gift  check  sec- 
tion, forming  simultaneously  a  carbon  copy  on  a  check  blank 
panel  of  the  record  section.  The  vendor  may  then  separate  the 
gift  check  section  with  the  envelope  section  from  record  sec- 
tion, the  latter  erf  which  he  keeps.  The  vendee  will  then  place 
the  check  section  in  the  envelope  section  for  mailing  or 
delivery  to  a  recipient,  after  filling  in  the  remaining  blanks  and 
separating  the  check  section  firom  the  envek>pe  section.  The 
recipient  separates  greeting  area  from  check  before  cashing  or 
depositing. 


to  Howard  L. 


3,672,702 
SAFETY  HITCH  DEVICE 
WIlNir  R  riisi^sy.  Lone  Ptoc,  Oritf.,  Mrign 
MIkr,  Lone  Pine,  CaHL,  a  part  interest 

Fltod  ivm  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,417 
IaLaB60d//72 
U&CL280— 457  15( 

A  safety  chain  arrangement  combined  with  a  conventional 
ball  hitch  and  including  a  bracket  mounted  on  the  towing 


toTkcllex, 


3,672,704 
LIP-SEAL  FITTING 

D.  CJIuisliaBaoB,  Spi  uigHwn,  Mass., ) 
a  DhrWon  o(  Attas  Corporattei^  Sprli^Bc 

Fled  Apriin,  1970,  Scr.  Now  29,557 
IiitCLn6l  79/00,  Ji/20 

U.S.CL285— 110  13  < 

The  invention  provides  a  gas-tight  end-fitting  for  either  a 
flexible  hose  or  a  rigid  tubing  of  the  type  used  in  aircraft  To 


\ 


1426 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


make  a  metal-to-metal  seal  one  end  of  the  fitting  is  a  concave    wall  at  the  edges  defining  the  opening  therein.  Several  of  the 

brackets  which  make  up  the  frame  are  equipped  with  one  or 
more  rotatable  damps  which  may  be  moved  to  a  body  holding 
or  body  releasing  position.  The  clamps,  when  in  body  holding 


annular  flange  plate  which  deflects  to  form  a  seal  at  two 
points. 


3,672,705 
PIPE  JACK 
HaroM  F.  Ruah,  Bcflfkrwcr,  Cytf., 
poratfon,  Hundngton  Beach,  Calif. 

Hkd  June  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,815 
InLCLFiaJJ/OO 
US.CL285— 39 


to  Gai  I  ui  Cor- 


10 


A  pipe  jack  for  installation  in  pipe  lines  adjacent  to  a  piece 
of  equipment,  such  as,  for  example,  a  valve  or  pump,  in  order 
to  remove  said  equipment  when  it  needs  to  be  serviced  or 
replaced.  End  parts  of  the  jack  are  threadably  connected 
together  by  a  center  member  or  sleeve.  The  threads  are  left 
and  right  hand  threads  so  that,  as  the  center  member  or  sleeve 
is  rotated  in  one  direction,  the  end  parts  are  moved  inwardly 
so  that  the  jack  contracts  or  is  shortened  and,  when  the  sleeve 
is  rotated  in  the  opposite  direction,  the  end  parts  are  moved 
outwardly  away  from  each  other  to  lengthen  the  jack.  Thus,  a 
piece  of  equipment  adjacent  the  jack  may  be  removed  when 
the  jack  is  contracted  and,  when  the  serviced  or  replacement 
piece  of  equipment  has  been  replaced,  the  jack  is  expanded  to 
tightly  and  sealingly  secure  the  piece  of  equipment  in  place. 
The  inner  ends  of  the  end  parts  are  provided  with  fingers 
which  interlock  with  each  other,  but  which  are  adapted  to 
slide  longitudinally  relative  to  each  other  to  prevent  the  end 
paris^t>m  rotating  relative  to  each  other  when  the  jack  is 
being  shqrtened  or  lengthened.  A  piece  of  laminated,  corru- 
gated flexible  tubing  or  sleeve  is  placed  over  the  fingers  and 
welded, /ir  otherwise  suitably  secured  to  the  end  parts  out- 
wardly of  the  roots  or  outer  ends  of  the  fingers,  to  provide  a 
sealing  connection  between  the  end  parts. 


position,  engage  the  body  and  press  it  to  the  duct.  When  in 
body  releasing  position,  the  clamps  disengage  the  body  and 
allow  it  to  come  free  of  the  duct.  Thus,  the  body  can  easily  and 
quickly  be  mounted  or  dismounted  without  the  use  of  tools  or 
removal  of  screws. 


I  3,672,707 

EXPANSION  JOINT 
Carmda  Mary  Ruaso,  and  BaladMnre  Ruaso,  Jr., 
16608  Marine  View  Drive  S.W.,  Sorttle,  Wash. 
I  FIIedJan.2,1970,Scr.Nal88 

'  Int.  a.  F161 57/02 

lJ.S.a.285— 229 


both  of 


fiOainis 


An  expansion  joint  is  provided  whereby  any  amount  of  ex- 
pansion required  can  be  absorbed  with  one  fold  only. 
Designed  to  be  safe  for  expansion  joint  failures  by  eliminating 
stresses  concentration  at  the  comers  and  to  be  sjmple  to 
manufacture  and  construction  assembly. 


3,672,706 
MOUNTING  MEANS 
Kermit  E.  ChilcxMt,  North  Glinted,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Eaton 
Corporation,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

FDed  Jan.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5,847 

IntCl.F1615/00 

U.S.  a.  285— 189  lldaims 

Means  for  mounting  a  body,  such  as  a  furnace  humidifier  to 

a  thin  wall,  such  as  the  wall  of  a  warm  air  duct  in  registry  with 

an  opening  therein.  In  particular,  this  invention  relates  to  a 

means  which  requires  no  metal  working  or  hole  making  other 

than  providing  an  opening  in  the  wall.  The  mounting  means  is 

a  multipiece  frante  which  is  adapted  to  pressingly  engage  the 


3,672,708 
COUPLING  DEVICE 
William  L.  Zcmberry,  Swissvaie  Borough,  Pa.,  assignor  to 
United  States  Stcd  Corporation 

I        Filed  June  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  50,622 
I  Int.  0.¥1«  37/ 18 

UA  a.  285-315  13  Claims 

A  coupling  device  is  disclosed  for  connecting  one  end  of  a 
pipe  with  a  coupling  member.  The  pipe  is  provided  with  pipe 
grooves  adjacent  said  one  end.  The  coupling  member  is  pro- 
vided with  a  coupling  groove.  A  lock  sleeve  has  a  pipe  groove 
tab  artd  a  coupling  groove  tab  and  is  insertable  into  the 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1427 


coupling  member  so  that  the  couf^ing  groove  tab  locks  in  the 
coupling  groove  and  is  disposable  on  the  one  end  of  the  pipe 


so  that  the  pipe  groove  tab  locks  in  the  pipe  groove  thereby 
securing  the  coupling  member  to  the  one  end  of  the  pipe. 


3,672,709 
TIME  SAVER  DRAWUP  COLLAR 
William  N.  Mueller,  342  S.  WMhh«ton  Avc^  Fredericksburg, 
Iowa 

Filed  Feb.  1, 197 1,  Ser.  No.  1 1 1,478 

lnt.a.F16127/00 

U.S.  CL  285— 419  2Clirinis 

I 


of  the  building  units  and  vk^ch  has  an  end  adapted  for  place- 
ment within  the  open  end  portion  of  the  other  building  unit 
The  ram  member  is  provided  with  a  surface  in  the  form  of  two 
sloping  planes  arranged  at  right  angjes  to  each  other  and 
oUiquely  positioned  in  the  longitxidinal  direction  of  the  ram 
member.  Also  provided  is  a  screw  member  which  is  adapted  to 
abut  either  of  the  sloping  planes  of  the  ram  member  to  thereby 
effectively  lock  the  ram  member  in  either  of  two  positions. 
The  other  ertd  of  the  screw  member  is  adapted  to  project  into 
a  hole  arranged  in  the  building  unit. 


3,672,711 
STRUCTURAL  COLUMN  AND  CONSTRUCTION 
David  D.  Red,  P.O.  Box  6721,  Houston,  Tex. 

FBcd  Feb.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  796,706 

llltCLFI6b//aO 

U.S.a.287-189J6R  5CUmi 


66- 


/» 


.?< 


A  collar  that  serves  as  a  union  for  being  fitted  over  the  ad- 
jacent ends  of  pipes,  the  device  including  a  flat  sheet  of  metal 
which  is  rolled  over  to  form  a  cylindrically  shaped  sleeve  with 
the  opposite  end  edges  overlapping  each  other,  and  the  end 
edges  each  having  a  hook  in  opposing  directions  so  to  hold 
against  opposite  sides  of  one  end  of  a  bar  that  is  pivotable 
about  its  other  end  thus  forming  a  quick  securement  of  the 
end  edges. 


3,672,710 
COUPLING  PCWR  CONNECTING  TOGETHER  BUILDING 

UNITS 
Karl-Gunnar  Kroopp,  Farsta,  Sweden,  assignor  to  Grafbct 
V       System  AB,Bandliiifen,  Sweden 

Filed  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97^88 
Clainis    priority,    application    Sweden,    Dec    19,    1969, 
17599/69 

IntCLF16b7/00 
U.S.  a.  287-56  2  Claims 


An  X-shaped  column,  having  beads  at  the  end  of  the 
column  webs,  has  a  uniform  strength  in  all  directions  in  a 
cross-sectional  plane.  The  beads  are  dimensioned  such  that 
they  do  not  interfere  with  the  mating  of  the  surface  presented 
by  intersecting  surfaces  of  two  adjacent  column  webs  and  one 
end  of  a  beam  shaped  to  conform  to  such  surfaces. 


3,672,712 

STRUCTURE  FOR  CONNECTING  ATTACHMENTS  TO 

FIBERGLASS  RODS 

Elbert  Davis,  161 1  Glenmont  Drive,  Gkudrie,  CaUf. 

Division  of  Ser.  No.  835,135,  June  20, 1969.  Thb  application 

July  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  524W2 

Int.  CL  F16b  7/02 

U.S.CI.287— 20.2R  6< 


/^Mt 


As  described  herein,  a  coupling  member  for  building  units 
includes  a  ram  member  which  is  movably  mounted  within  one 


A  structure  for  connecting  an  attachment  to  the  end  of  a 
fiberglass  rod,  tube  or  other  profile.  The  rod  is  separated  into 
a  plurality  of  segments  which  are  held  apart  from  each  other 
by  a  spacer-spreader.  A  plug  is  disposed  within  the  interior  of 
the  separated  segments,  preferably  being  cast  in  place.  A  cavi- 
ty is  formed  around  the  exterior  of  the  segments,  also 
preferably  being  cast  in  place.  Means  forming  a  slip  plane  is 
provided  between  the  exterior  of  the  segments  and  the  cavity 
so  that  upon  the  application  of  longitudinal  tension  to  the  rod, 
the  segments  and  plug  will  move  longitudinally  within  the 
cavity  to  convert  such  tension  into  lateral  compression  wliich 
transfers  the  load  across  the  entire  cross-section  of  the  rod. 


1428 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TTl 


JUNB  27l  1972 


3^72,713 
AUTOMOBILE  DOOR  LOCK 
JoMph  PIcklM,  BloonrfMil  Wll^  MJch^ 
MaBMfMctartaig  Coiporalioa«  Dttrolt,  AAck. 

Fied  Aprfl  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  824450 
tat.a.E05ci/26 
U.S.a.292— 216 


T8  M^M.      n 


I  3,672,715 

'      QUICK  OPENING  CLOSIHE  CAP 
to  Fcnro   Foncrt  L.  Canon,  Borgar,  Tex.,  wtat^fHOt  to  J.  M. 
porallon,  Locuil,  N  J. 

1     FBmI  Jan.  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,444 
I  lot  CL  B6Sd  45/30;  EOSc  5/00 

37CUm  U.S.a.  192-257 


Cor^ 


SCWmi 


A  locking  lever  is  pivoted  intermediate  its  length  on  a  door- 
carried  mount,  being  operated  at  opposite  ends  by  internal 
and  external  linkages.  A  transmitter  is  pivoted  on  the  lever  to 
depend  into  or  out  of  the  path  of  inside  and  outside  operators 
in  the  respective  unlocked  and  disabled  or  locked  condition  of 
the  lock.  The  locking  lever  has  an  automatic  locking  kick-off 
and  reset  slide  mounted  thereon;  and  in  one  position  of  its  slid- 
ing adjustment  on  the  lever  the  slide  kicks  the  lever  to  un- 
locked position  when  the  door  doses  and  latches.  In  another 
position,  to  which  the  slide  is  actuated  by  an  operator,  the 
slide  foUs  to  kick  the  lever  and  the  door  latches  shut  in  a 
locked  condition. 


3,672,714 
MORTISE  LOCK  WITH  MULTIPLE  FUNCTIONS 
Jcr^d  SdNrilz,  Woodmcre,  N.Y.,  Mripinr  to  Eaton  Corpora- 
tion, OevdaBd,  OMo 

FBed  Sept.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,862 
Int.  a.  E05b  59/00 
U.S.  a  292-34  19 


A  deadbolt  operating  tumbler  when  rotated  rearwardly 
beyond  deadbolt  retracting  position  will  move  a  lever  so  as  to 
operate  a  latchbott  retracting  lever.  There  is  a  deadlatching 
dog  coacting  with  both  the  latchbc^t  retracting  lever  and  the 
dead-bolt  tumbler.  The  retracting  lever  will  move  the  dog  to 
undog  the  latchbolt  while  also  moving  the  tumbler  to  deadbolt 
retracting  position.  A  stopwork  slide  is  spring  pressed  at  all 
times  toward  position  locking  an  outside  knob  operated  hub 
that  moves  the  latchbolt  retracting  lever.  The  stopwork  sUde 
may  be  moved  to  release  position  by  pressure  of  an  inside  hub, 
a  lever  actuated  by  the  deadbolt  tumbler,  or  by  other  parts 
that  may  be  assembled.  Slight  reforming  or  reassemMy  of 
parts  wOl  permit  the  many  lock  functions  that  must  be  offered 
the  market 


A  quick  opening  closure  cap  for  pipelines,  tanks,  vi 
and  other  liquid  or  gas  containers. 


Is. 


ERRATUM 

For  Claas  292 — 346  see: 
Patent  No.  3,673,605 


3,672,716 
UFTING  DEVICE 

James  A.   Burckhalter,  906  Meadow  St,  Columbia,  S.C. 

I     FOed  March  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  121,460 
Int.  CL  AOld  7/06 
U.S.  CL  294— 50.6  104 


A  device  is  disclosed  that  is  capable  of  engaging  and  holding' 
various  materials  during  lifting  and  moving  thereof.  The  tool 
of  the  present  invention  comprises  two  arms  or  handles  that 
are  secured  to  each  other  at  one  end  wtuie  remaining  separate 
at  said  end  and  have  heads  pivotally  secured  to  the  opposite 
ends  thereof  for  engagement  and  holding  of  materials  to  be 
picked  up.  The  heads  are  pivotally  secured  to  the  arms  in  the 
same  plane  of  the  arms  and  are  provided  with  slots  partially 
along  their  length  through  which  the  arms  extend  so  as  to 
render  the  tool  self-adjusting  to  the  terrain  and  also  height  of 
the  individual  using  same.  The  heads  extend  downwardly 
below  the  arms,  turn  inwardly  towards  each  other  aitd  are  pro- 
vided with  a  smooth  contour  on  the  inwardly  turned  ends 
thereof.  Preferably,  the  heads  are  constructed  from  metal  hav- 
ing a  plurality  of  openings  therein  such  as  expanded  metal. 
The  pivpt  connection  between  the  arms  at  the  end  opposite 
the  heads  is  substantiatty  universal,  in  that,  the  individual  arms 
can  be  moved  about  various  arcs  and  easUy  brought  back 
together  to  a  gripping  and  lifting  relationship  with  the  oppos- 
ing head.  The  connection  is  formed  by  a  pivot  member  yt/idch 
extends  horizontally  through  a  first  arm.  turns  outwa^y  and 
returns  vertically  through  the  second  arm.  ^ 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1429 


3,672,717 
CLAW  ARMS  WITH  SWIVEL  PLATE 
Sajrrc,  dndora,  CaML,  asrigiMr  to  The  Uaitod 
r  tkc  Secretary  of  llie  Navy 
,  25, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,318 
InLa.B66c7/44 
U.S.CL294— 104  10 


A  claw  assembly  for  retrieving  conical  objects  including  a 
pair  of  pivoted  arms  which  have  inner  facing  curved  surfaces; 
a  swivel  plate  pivotally  mounted  to  at  least  one  of  the  arms, 
said  swivel  plate  having  an  inner  feeing  curved  surfisce;  and 
the  pivot  axis  of  the  swivel  plate  being  in  a  plane  which  is  sub- 
stantially perpendicular  to  the  pivot  axis  of  the  arms.  With 
such  an  arrangement  one  arm  is  capable  of  engaging  a  circum- 
ference of  the  conical  object  and  the  swivel  plate  oi  the  other 
arm  is  capable  of  pivoting  to  engage  a  tapered  portion  of  the 
object 


3,672,718 
AUTOMOBILE  BODIES 
Robert  Broycr,  Bfflanoourt,  France,  atoignor  to  Regie  Na- 
tfcmale  Des  Usincs  Rcnaalt,  Bfltoncourt  (Hants  de  Sctoe), 


FDed  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,136 
Oafam    priority,    mplictlon    France,   June    16,    1969, 
6919907 

Int.CLB62dJ5/00 
US.CL296— IS  81 


A  body  of  automotive  vehicle,  and  more  particularly  of 
mass-produced  passenger  vehicle,  characterized  in  that  its 
general  configuration  comprises  two  opposed  irregular 
frustiuns  of  pyramid  with  non-parallel  bases,  assembled  at 
their  major  bases,  one  frustum  having  an  elongated  shape  con- 
verging to  the  front  to  constitute  the  passenger  compartment 
and  the  front  portion  crf^the  vehicle,  its  minor  base  constituting 
the  front  face  and  its  major  base  corresponding  to  the  greater 
cross-section  of  the  vehicle  body,  which  is  located  substan- 
tially at  the  rear  ai  said  passenger  compartment,  the  other 
fhi^um  being  shorter  and  converging  sharf^  to  the  rear,  with 
the  minor  base  constituting  the  rear  end  face  oi  the  vehicle 
and  major  base  coplanar  with  that  of  the  first  or  fix>nt  fiustum 
oi  pyramid,  the  perimeter  oi  this  miyor  base  following  a  con- 


tour slightly  parallel  to  that  the  major  base  of  said  one  fniituin 
but  being  slightly  recessed  in  relation  thereto  in  ofder  to  pro- 
vide a  continuous,  sharp-edged  shoulder  along  the  perinwler 
of  said  major  base,  on  the  faces  corresponding  to  the  roof  and 
to  the  upper  portion  of  the  side  panels  of  the  body. 


3,672,719 

COMBINATION  TABLE  AND  SERVING  BAR 

Blane  L.  HankedaU,  4139  Mar  Moor  Drire, 

Lanains,  Mich.    48917 

FDed  Mar.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  119^27 

Int.  CL  A47k  83/02 

VJS,  CL  297—118  8 


A  picnic  style  of  table  is  disclosed,  having  a  top  which 
may  be  articulated  to  an  alternate  vertical  position,  and 
a  bench  which  is  disconnected  from  the  main  picnic  table 
structure  and  which  is  adapted  for  alternate  disposition 
over  the  vertically  articulated  table  top  so  that  in  their 
alternative  positions  the  table  top  and  bench  form  the 
counter  and  vertical  front,  respectively  of  a  free  standing 
serving  counter-bar. 


3  672  720 

MULTI-PURPOSE  ARUCLES  OF  FURNITURE 

Mkhael  C.  WOaon,  332  Pennsyirania  Arc, 

GlenEllyB,IlL  .60137 

FOad  Not.  3, 1970,  Scr.  Now  86,455 

Int.  CL  A47c  13/00 

VS.  CL  297—118  2 


Multi-purpose  articles  of  furniture  convertible  from 
back-supporting  seating  members  to  beds,  stools,  etc., 
and  vice  versa,  by  selective  positioning  of  a  bolster  pad 
removably  nested  in  a  channel  or  trough  in  the  upper, 
body-supporting  surface  of  the  article. 


3,672,721 

RUBBER  ^RING  ASSEMBLY  FOR 

CHAIR  CONTROL 

Pidlip  J.  WUlianis,  Bridgeport,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Stewart. 

Warner  Corporation,  Chicago,  HL 
^"A*^J?J!?***^*^  ^  application  Scr.  No.  862,145,  Ana. 
22, 1969,  which  li  a  coiitfamtioB.fai.port  of  anpHcaiiai 

ff'iSl;  ^Zi',?'  ^:?l'A^  ^^^  ™"  -PpBcation  May 
15, 1978,  Ser.  No.  37,754 

„„   ^ laL  CL  A47e  3/00 

UA  CL  297—302  i  ciata 

The  following  specification  describes  a  diair  control 

utilizing  an  annular  rubber  spring  bonded  at  its  external 


1480 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27   1972 


surface  to  a  shell  held  by  the  post  hom  and  bonded  at  its 
internal  surface  to  a  tube,  which  is  longitudinally  dis- 
placed in  response  to  rotational  movement  of  the  occupant 
support  member.  A  chair  control  is  also  described  in 
which  forces  created  in  response  to  pivoting  movement 


3,672,723 
MODULAR  UNIT  ELEMENT  FOR  FURP»nTURE 
Giorgio  Decono,  Via  R.  Sanzio  30;  Jolutlian  Dc  Pas, 
Via  M.  Greppi  11;  Donato  D'Urblno,  Via  C.  BallM  25; 
and  Paolo  Lomazzl,  Via  Roaaiiii  3,  all  of  Milan,  Italy 
.         Filed  Apr.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  31,501 
Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Migr  3,  1969, 
16,387/69 
InL  a.  A47c  7/00 
U.S.  CL  297—440  1  Claim 


of  the  chair  occupant  are  applied  in  a  direction  corre- 
sponding to  the  post  axis  and  are  resisted  by  a  spring 
arranged  along  that  axis.  A  chair  control  is  also  dis- 
closed for  enabling  movement  of  the  chair  back  inde- 
pendently of  the  seat  by  use  of  an  annular  rubber  spring 
placed  under  shear  stress. 


'3,672,722 

INVALID  CHAIR  HAVING  ADJUSTABLE 

HEADREST,  SEAT,  AND  FOOTREST 

Charies  E.  Mnrcott,  Huntington,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Lomez  Inc^  Bay  Shorty  N.Y. 

Fncd  May  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,550 

Int  CL  A97c  7/50 

VJS.  CL  297—437  6  Claims 


Composable  chair  comprising  three  identical  modular 
units.  Each  of  such  units  comprises  two  legs  and  a  plate 
member  connecting  the  legs  at  their  upper  end  portions. 
The  legs  are  hollow  and  are  open  at  the  top  and  are 
adapted  to  receive  the  lower  end  portions  of  the  legs  of  a 
superposed  modular  unit.  The  legs  are  tapered  and  allow 
a  partial  copenetration.  A  seat  member  in  the  form  of  a 
plate,  provided  vtrith  projections  insertable  in  the  open  ends 
of  the  legs  near  one  of  its  sides  and  with  openings  in 
register  with  the  bores  of  the  legs  of  another  modular  imit, 
connects  together  two  modular  units  forming  the  leg  struc- 
tures. The  back  member  is  formed  by  inserting  the  lower 
end  portions  of  a  third  modular  unit  into  the  openings  of 
the  set  member,  in  register  with  the  bores  of  the. legs  of 
an  underlying  modular  unit. 


An  invalid  chair  has  a  pair  of  fixed  lateral  frame 
members  which  support  a  pair  of  upright  tubular  mem- 
bers and  a  footrest  assembly  angularly  adjustable  up 
and  down  the  tubular  members.  The  frame  members  also 
support  a  seat  which  is  adjustably  positionable  between 
the  frame  members.  A  backrest  is  secured  between  the 
frame  members  and  adjustably  supports  a  headrest. 


3,672,724 

(CONTAINER  IMPLEMENT  FOR  END 

LOADER  VEHICLE 

Fhmcli  E.  NeozU,  Sr.,  18301  NW.  5th  Cooi^ 

Miami,  Fla.    33169 

FUcd  Mar.  1, 1971,  Ser.  No.  119,531 

Int  CL  B60p  1/02. 1/56 

VS,  CL  298—27  7  Claims 


h' 


A  container  imiriement  for  attachment  to  a  front  end 
loader  which  includes  a  mounting  yoke  with  a  pair  of 
rigid  arms  to  pivotally  connect  to  a  front  end  loader  and 
a  bucket  rigidly  connected  to  the  mounting  yoke  for 
hauling  materials  and  discharge  of  the  same  through  a 
shoot  opening  at  the  lower  end.  The  discharge  opening 
is  adapted  to  be  opened  and  closed  by  a  hydraidically 
operated  slide  panel  type  door.  The  rear  wall  of  the 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1481 


bucket  converges  toward  the  front  wall  at  about  the  dis- 
charge opening  so  that  the  weight  of  materials  carried  in 
the  bucket  has  a  center  of  gravity  closely  adjacent  the 
vehicle  to  resist  the  moment  tending  to  lift  the  opposite 
end  of  the  vehicle  to  which  the  implement  is  attached.   ♦ 


3,672,725 

DEEP  SEA  MINING  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 

Edward  P.  Johnson,  Lafayette,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Eari 

and  Wright,  San  Francisco,  Calif. 

FUcd  June  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  46,316 

Int  CL  E02f  7/00 

U.S.  CL  299—8  21  Claims 


moiinted  on  the  forward  end  of  the  inner  shield  and  with 
the  inner  shield  and  cutting  head  being  movable  by  a  plu- 
rality of  positioning  cylinders  rearwardly  to  be  complete- 
ly enclosed  within  the  outer  shield  but  also  being  mov- 
able  to  an  extended  position  in  which  the  cutting  head  is 
entirely  exterior  of  the  outer  shield;  another  aspect  of  the 
invention  resides  in  the  provision  of  extendable  wing 
teeth  on  the  ends  of  the  cutting  bars  on  the  cutting  head 
movable  to  an  extended  position  in  which  they  traverse 
a  path  having  a  diameter  larger  than  the  diameter  of  the 
outer  shield;  another  aspect  of  the  invention  resides  in 
the  rotational  drive  to  the  cutting  head  being  provided  by 
an  output  drive  motor  engaging  the  periphery  of  a  ring 
pinion  on  the  cutter  head  at  a  position  adjacent  the  wall 
of  the  inner  shield. 


3  672  727 
BOTTLE  ORIENTING  SYSTEM 

I^onard  E.  Griliin,  OTaOoii,  Mo.,  aasi^ior  to 

Monsanto  Company,  St  Loois,  Mo. 

Filed  Dec  29, 1969,  Ser.  No.  888387 

WTO  ^   ,..<.     Int  CL  B65g -#7/24,  57/02 

U.S.  CL  302—2  R  3 


Apparatus  and  method  for  mining  material  from  an 
ocean  floor.  A  mining  vehicle  traverses  a  predetermined 
path  on  the  ocean  floor  while  a  mother  vessel  on  the 
ocean  surface  positions  itself  over  the  mining  vehicle.  The 
material  is  collected  by  the  vehicle  along  the  path  of  travel, 
crushed,  and  classified  to  form  a  mixture  having  a  prede- 
termined solid/fluid  ratio  range.  The  mixture  is  pumped 
to  the  vessel  through  a  fluid  transport  system  including  a 
flexible  conduit  extending  from  the  vehicle  and  discharg- 
ing into  a  releasable  connection  with  the  lower  end  of  a 
riser  conduit  suspended  from  the  vessel.  The  releasable 
connection  is  adapted  to  provide  re-entry  capabilities  to 
re-establish  fluid  communication  in  the  transport  system 
and  permit  the  vehicle  to  be  easily  raised  and  lowered  from 
the  mother  vessel. 


3,672,726 
TUNNEL  BORING  APPARATUS 
Robert  L.  Honse,  RJL  5,  Box  22-4, 

Bloomington,  Ind.    47401 

FDed  Jnhr  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  56,253 

Ik.  CL  E29c  29/00 

UA  CL  299—31  10  Claims 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  orienting  or  aligning  bot- 
tles utilizing  substantially  no  moving  parts  in  that  sub- 
stantially opposing  double  prong  members  permit  the 
bottle  neck  to  pass  through  one  of  the  double  prong 
members  while  the  opposite  end  of  the  bottle  is  held  in 
place  by  the  other  double  prong  member. 


A  tunnel  boring  apparatus  is  disclosed  in  which  an  outer 
tubular  shield  supports  an  inner  shield  for  reciprocation 
adjacent  its  forward  end  with  a  rotary  cutting  head  being 


r.^.^^.  3,672,728 

COMBINATION  BRAKE  WARNING  SWITCH  AND 
PROPORTIONING  VALVE 
't2"t?.P*  *^««*y.  Cleveland  Heights,  Ohio,  and  EDis 
M.  Wellman,  Erie,  Pa.  (both  %  The  Weatlierbead 
Company,  300  E.  131st  St,  Cleveland,  OUo     44108) 
Oi^nid  application  Apr.  22,  1970,  Scr.  No.  30,887. 
No^lifT*^        «PPBcation  Sept  14,  1970,  Scr. 

»To  ^   ,*,     ,     Int  CL  B60t  77/22 

U.S.  CL  303—6  C  4 


A  combmation  brake  warning  switch  and  proportional 
valve  mcludes  a  housing  having  an  axial  bore  within 
which  IS  located  a  switch  piston  and  a  proportioning  pis- 
ton at  opposite  ends  of  the  bore.  Fluid  from  two  circuits 
u  \^^^^  ^^^^  ^n^m  master  cylinder  is  introduced  to 
the  bore  on  opposite  sides  of  the  switch  piston  which  per- 
forms a  switch  actuating  function  in  case  of  a  pressure 


1482 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2t,  1972 


unbalance.  The  proportioning  valve  piston  cooperates 
with  a  valve  seat  member  slidably  carried  on  the  end  of 
the  switch  piston  to  reduce  the  outlet  pressure  in  one 
circuit  when  the  inlet  pressure  exceeds  a  predetermined 
level.  In  the  event  of  failure  of  the  other  circuit,  move- 
ment of  the  switch  piston  moves  the  valve  seat  member 
away  from  the  proportioning  piston  which  is  then  inop- 
eraUe.  When  the  proportioning  valve  is  operative,  the 
movable  valve  seat  member  cooperates  with  the  propor- 
tioning piston  so  that  the  proportional  relation  between 
inlet  and  outlet  pressures  in  the  one  circuit  is  maintained 
when  the  pressures  are  decreasing.  A  st(^  is  provided 
to  prevent  the  valve  seat  member  from  engaging  the  pro- 
portioning piston  in  the  event  of  a  pressure  loss  in  the 
one  circuit. 


3,672^ 

VEHICLE  BRAUNG  SYSTEMS 

Roy  VUktj,  Tjwdmyt  Fatfrnwi,  aarigaor  to  Glrilng 

limited,  Biiml^tfMun,  KiiglMid 

FDed  Oct  15, 1979,  Scr.  No.  81,093 

Claims  priority,  ippHcatloii  Gictt  Britain,  Oct  17, 1969, 

51,103/69;  Ang.  10,  1970,  3S,442/70 

InL  CL  B60t  13/58 

UjS.  Ca.  303—9  9  Claims 


3,<72,73« 
BRAKE    FORCE    CONTROLS    SYSTEM    FOR 
VSmCLES,  ESPECIALLY  MOTOR  VEfflCLES 
Manfred  H.  Bar^hardt,  WalUliigeii,  HansJorg  Floms, 
GopplBceii,  Hont  Grosmcr,  Gcndstetten,  and  Helmut 
Krahn,  Eailingen-Lieberdironn,  Germany,  assignors  to 
Daimler-Benz  Aktiengesellschaft,  Stattvnrt-Untertnrk- 
heim,  Gcnnany 

FDed  Jnnc  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48,001 

Cfarfas  priority,  application  Gcraumy,  Ins  25,  1969, 

P  19  32  128.9 

Int.  CL  B60t  8/08,  8/12 

UJS.  CL  303—21  BE  32  CWnis 

A  brake  for  control  system  for  vehicles,  particularly  for 

motor  vehicles  in  which  a  sensor  is  coordinated  to  each 

wheel  for  detecting  its  rotational  condition;  the  sensor 


produces  pulses  when  exceeding  or  falling  below  a  pre- 
determined threshold  value  which  influences  the  braltes 
in  accordance  with  both  the  wheel  slippage  and  also  the 
wheel  acceleration,  measuring  magnitudes  reiveisenting 


A  vehicle  hydraulic  brake  system  has  separate  pressure 
sources  and  separate  service  and  emergency  brake  control 
means  for  supplying  pressure  from  those  sources  to  the 
individual  wheel  cylinder,  as  well  as  lock  units  and  a 
manual  control  for  operating  the  same.  Pressure  lines 
leading  from  the  service  and  emergency  brake  contrcd  are 
branched  into  each  other  by  means  for  changeover  valves 
acting  as  double  check  valves  so  that  any  individual  wheel 
cylinder  chamber  can  receive  pressure  from  a  source 
under  the  control  of  either  the  service  cfxitrol  or  the 
emergency  ccxitrol,  without  unnecessary  duplication  of 
pipework,  (h:  of  wheel  cylinders. 


t''  T.  Ft>-€ 


r4-i« 


C3J'. 


ca* 


the  slippage  and  the  acceleration  of  a  wheel  being  ob- 
tained from  the  sensors,  jM^ferably  constructed  as  fre- 
quency generators  and  being  combined  into  a  signal  mag- 
nitude representing  the  control  pulse  for  the  brakes. 


7AIL 


1,672,731 
ANTILOCK 


EikU  A.  KoinuMn,  Livonia,  Midin  aarifnor  to  General 

Motan  Corporation,  Detroit,  MidL 

1    FDed  Dm.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,579      i 

1  Int  CL  B60t  8/06 

U.S.  CL  303— 21  F  3  CUmi 


A  brake  pressure  modulator  for  a  vehicle  brake  anti- 
lock  system  includes  a  modulator  valve  which  is  located 
fluidly  intermediate  the  brake  pressure  source  and  the  con- 
trolled wheel  brake  and  which  is  normally  held  unseated 
by  a  piston  which  forms  a  wall  of  the  fluid  passage  com- 
municating with  the  wheel  brake.  The  piston  is  normally 
supported  by  fluid  pressure  and  this  fluid  pressure  is  ex- 
hausted upon  impending  wheel  lock,  allowing  the  piston 
to  withdraw,  seating  the  modulator  valve  to  isolate  the 
brake  from  the  brake  pressure  source  and  withdrawing 
brake  fluid  from  the  wheel  brake  to  permit  wheel  accelera- 
tion. The  invention  provides  a  passage  which  bypasses 
the  modulator  valve,  and  a  normally  closed  bypass  valve 
in  the  bypass  passage  which  is  responsive  to  a  substan- 
tially complete  loss  of  modulatcH-  piston  supporting  pres- 
sure to  open  brake  fluid  ccnnmunicticm  between  the  brake 
pressure  source  and  the  wheel  brakes  through  the  bypass 
passage. 


JtWE  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1488 


3,672,732 
DUAL  HYDRAUUC  BRAKING  SYSTEMS  FOR 

VEHICLES 

Martin  Green,  SoUhnD,  England,  amtgnnr  to  CMing 

liwMtm^^  Binningham,  *yj»g*««»i* 

FDed  May  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38,195 

Claims  priority,  application  Gnat  Britain,  July  1, 1969, 

33,171/69 

Int.  CL  B60t  17/22 

VJS,  CL  303—84  A  10  Claims 


In  means  f<M-  detecting  pressure  differentials  between 
hydraulic  circuits  in  a  dual  braking  system  a  piston  assem- 
bly is  mounted  in  the  bore  of  a  valve  housing  and  has 
opposed  ends  subjected  to  the  pressures  of  the  two  hy- 
draulic circuits.  The  assembly  comprises  a  piston  slidable 
in  two  sleeves  which  in  turn  are  slidable  in  the  bore.  The 
sleeves  are  limited  in  their  movement  towards  each  other 
by  a  stop  fixed  in  the  b<M-e.  The  piston  and  sleeves  are 
keyed  together  against  noovement  of  the  piston  away  from 
the  stop  relative  to  the  sleeves.  Thus  when  pressure  on  one 
end  of  the  assembly  differs  substantially  from  the  other 
eixi,  the  piston  and  one  sleeve  move  towards  the  low  pres- 
sure end  and  in  so  doing  actuate  indicator  means.  When 
the  pressures  become  substantially  equal  again  the  pres- 
sure at  one  end  acts  on  the  end  <rf  the  piston  and  said 
one  sleeve  to  move  the  pistcm  against  equal  pressure  acting 
(Ml  the  smaller  area  of  the  other  end  of  the  piston,  the 
other  sleeve  remaining  uimioved.  This  renders  the  indica- 
tor means  again  inoperative. 


3,672,733 
AXIAL  BEARING 
Tontcn  Henry  Aracnfais,  Anders  Christo:  Gnstatoon,  and 
Karl  Goran  Albin  Halstedt,  Goteborg,  Sweden,  as- 
signors to  SKF  Industrial  Trading  and  Development 
Company  N.V.,  Amst^daai,  Netheriands 

FUed  Mar.  1, 1971,  Ser.  No.  119,510 

Claims  priority,  ^niUcation  Sweden,  Mar.  2,  1970, 

2,661/70 

Int  CL  F16c  17/04, 17/16 

VS.  CL  308—9  8  ciaima 


working  surfaces  between  a  carrying  member  and  its  sup- 
port, and  an  adjusting  mechanism  including  a  piston  work- 
ing in  a  cylinder  is  fitted  between  the  carrying  members 
and  operatively  connected  to  one  of  them.  The  cylinder  is 
connected  to  at  least  one  pocket  at  the  pair  of  working 
surfaces  at  the  opposite  member  to  receive  pressure  fluid 
at  a  pressure  proportional  to  the  pressure  fluid  therein. 
Hereby  the  axial  position  of  the  two  carrying  members 
will  be  automatically  adjusted  in  relation  to  each  other  in 
accordance  with  occasional  changes  in  the  load,  and  each 
member  will  carry  its  allotted  portion  of  the  load. 


3,672,734 

BEARING  ADAPTOR 

Slgein  Bando,  TotauUnia,  Japaai,  aarigBor  to  it^iyJif 

Kiko  Co.,  Ltd.,  Toknskima,  Jtmmm 
Filed  July  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  57,531 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Oct  10,  1969. 
44/80,819;  Feb.  3, 1970,  45/11,195;  Feb.  10, 1970 

f!iP»^2fi/**^  l**  ^^^  45/16,388;  Feb.  20 

l3?i97ti5V5'o!^  ^'  '''''  ''''''''"'  ^ 
.,«  ^  Int  CL  F16c  i5/0tf 

U.S.  CL  308—26  4  cbiuH 


The  bearing  adaptor  comprises  an  elastic  body  adapitd 
to  be  secured  on  the  outer  peripheral  surface  of  the 
bearing  and  a  rigid  elastic  sleeve  adhered  on  the  outer 
peripheral  surface  of  the  elastic  body,  said  sleeve  being 
terminated  at  opposite  ends  thereof  so  as  to  define  any 
clearance  between  said  both  ends. 


3,672,735 

BEARING  HOUSING 

Thomas  C  KeDcr  and  Robert  F.  Hcny.  Canton,  Obio, 

anlainors  to  The  Timkcn  Company,  Canton.  Ohio 

Filed  Ang.  20, 1970,  Scr.  N©.  65,624 

WT  „  ^  Int  CL  F16c  13/04 

VS.  CL  308—180  10 


In  an  axial  hydrostatic  bcanng  the  load  is  earned  by  at  a  bearing  housing  has  a  bore  sized  to  receive  a  double 

le^  ^vo  members,  each  cooperatmg  with  a  support  in  a  row  tapered  roller  bearing.  AVttTup^r^SS)^  TZ 

S^"Zd1    ™n.°:i'^''*''?"^"*^.'°"'^"^°^  »«"  "^^^«  ^^'  are  formed  ^  SS^^TaiS  £ 

pressure  flmd  is  arranged  at  each  pair  of  cooperatmg  curvature  of  these  pads  matches  the  curSe^  £ 


1434 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


bearing  cup  so  that  good  load  distribution  is  achieved. 
A  narrow  retaining  rib  extends  circumferentially  along 
the  remaining  portion  of  the  cavity  and  merges  at  its  upper 
ends  into  the  pads.  The  rib  has  an  inwardly  presented  sur- 
face which  is  concentric  to  the  seating  surfaces  of  the 
pads  and  is  slightly  greater  in  dianieter  than  those  pad 
surfaces.  The  rib  surface  is  positioned  midway  between 
the  ends  of  the  bearing  and  extends  completely  around 
the  cavity,  forming  a  relief  between  the  pads.  A  thrust 
shoulder  extends  into  the  cavity  beyond  the  pUds  and 
forms  an  abutment  against  which  the  end  face  of  the 
cup  bears.  The  close  proximity  of  the  rib  surface  to  the 
bearing  cup  prevents  the  cup  from  disengaging  and  pass- 
ing beyond  the  thrust  shoulder  and  further  keeps  the 
bearing  substantially  centered  in  the  housing.  Since  all 
the  curved  surfaces  are  ccMicentric,  they  can  be  machined 
in  one  machine  set  up.  The  narrowness  of  the  rib  does 
not  allow  firetting  corrosion  to  hamper  disassembly  of 
the  bearing  from  the  housing. 


3,672,736 

ANNULAR  SHIELD  FOR  BEARINGS 

Ivanhoe  J.  Radibone,  Ascot,  England,  assignor  to  Remo 

Precision  Tools  Limited,  Wokingham,  England 

FUed  Jan.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  5,835 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Feb.  12,  1969, 

7,674/69 

Int  CL  F16c  3317% 

U.S.  CI.  308— 187J  5  Claims 


a  m 


The  invention  is  concerned  with  a  bearing  having  at 
least  one  end  an  annular  shield  between  the  inner  and 
outer  races.  The  shield  is  held  in  position  within  the 
outer  race  by  means  of  resilient  radially  outer  portions 
which  are  outwardly  displaced  from  the  otherwise 
circular  outer  edge  of  the  shield,  these  portions  being  re- 
ceived as  a  snap  fit  in  a  groove  formed  in  the  outer 
member. 


3,672,737 
BALLBEARING 
Wemtf  Jacob,  Fhmkffnrt  am  Main,  Germany,  assignor  to 
Indnstrierwerk  Schacflkr  OHG,  Herzogenaarach,  Ger- 
many 

FUed  Sept  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  76,570 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept  30,  1969, 

P  19  49  243.4 

Int  CL  F16c  33/60 

U.S.  CL  308 — 196  3  Claims 


A  process  for  the  manufacture  of  race  rings  for  in- 
clined ball  bearings  and  a  process  for  the  manufactiu-e 
of  ball  bearings  using  such  race  rings. 


3,672,738 

CARTRIDGE  DEVICE  FOR  FASTENERS 

AND  THE  LIKE 

Albert  T.  BottrisB,  Westiake,  OUo,  a«ignor  to  Ea^ 

Corporation,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

FUed  Feb.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  9,834 

Int  CL  A47f  1/00 

U.S.  CI.  312 — 71  12  Claims 


lion 


A  cartridge  device  for  mounting  a  plurality  of  fasteners 
for  use  in  a  fastener  driving  apparatus  including  a  hollow 
body  member  adapted  to  receive  a  column  of  fasteners 
having  a  forward  and  rearward  end.  A  plunger  member 
disposed  interiorly  of  the  body  member  initially  adjacent 
the  rearward  end  and  a  closure  member  disposed  over  the 
rearward  end  of  the  body  member.  The  closure  member 
having  apertare  means  to  receive  fluid  under  pressure 
therethrough  for  moving  the  plunger  member  interiorly 
of  the  body  member  to  discharge  fasteners  from  the  for- 
ward end  of  the  body  member. 


MODI 


3,672J39 

>ULAR,  KNOCK-lk>WN  FURNITURE 

Kari  H.  Tant,ito2  Lincoln  St, 

ArchboU,Ohio    43502 

FUed  Aog.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  61,544 

Int  CL  A47b  ¥7/a¥ 

U.S.  CL  312—107  3  Claims 


Furniture  according  to  the  nivention  involves  both  a 
knock-down  and  a  modular  construction.  When  designed 
for  a  cabinet  or  chest,  for  example,  the  modular  imits 
can  be  purchased  as  separate  items  and  subsequently  as- 
sembled to  provide  as  many  drawers  or  shelves  as  desired. 
Additional  packages  can  be  purchased  at  a  later  ti|ne  as 
the  need  arises  for  more  storage  space  or  drawer  space. 
Also,  the  individual  modular  sections  can  be  used  for 
other  purposes  besides  chests  or  cabinets,  such  as  being 
combined  with  a  large  flat  top  to  produce  a  desk.  The 
iiKlividual  modular  sections  and  drawers  used  therewith 
are  of  a  knook-down  construction,  so  that  they  can  be 
shipped  in  a  state  occupying  (Mily  approximately  one-fifth 
the  volume  of  conventional  furniture.  Storage  space  also 
is  correspondingly  reduced  for  additional  savings.  Further, 
the  knock-down  tmits  can  be  assembled  with  a  minimum 
of  skill  or  tools.    .  -^ 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1435 


3,672,740 

SUPPORT  FOR  ROTARY  FILING  SYSTEM 

Romeo  T.  Prouix,  Copiagne,  N.Y.,  assigiior  to  Bairy 

Wright  Corporation,  Watertown,  Mass. 

Filed  Mar.  4, 1971,  Ser.  No.  121,112 

lot  a  A47b  53100,  87/00 


and  a  longitudinal  side  of  the  frame  has  a  plurality  of 
open  shelves  to  create  a  decorative  room  divider  console. 
The  remaining  longitudinal  side  of  the  frame  is  closed  to 
form  a  drink  bar.  The  pedestal  and  frame  are  provided 
with  cooperating  pin  and  sockets  to  retain  the  frame  in 


U.S.  CL  312—202 


9  Claims    P^'^determined  positions. 


"An  improved  support  for  a  rotary  filing  system  compris- 
ing two  sets  of  vertically  spaced  support  arms  rotatably 
mounted  on  a  vertical  shaft.  The  upper  set  of  arms  sup- 
port containers  for  holding  file  data  in  a  cantilever  fashion 
while  the  lower  set  of  arms  support  the  containers  from 
underneath.  The  different  parts  of  the  support  structure  are 
constructed  as  separate  compact  elements  for  assembly 
at  the  site  of  use  of  the  filing  system.  Tht  containers  for 
holding  the  file  data  have  a  rhcmiboid  shape  and  are 
arranged  around  the  support  shaft  in  side-by-side  relation. 


3,672,741 

COMBINED  DRINK  BAR  AND  ROOM 

DIVIDER  CONSOLE 

Tcny  D.  Ciarit,  1537  E.  32iid  St, 

Minneapolis,  Minn.    55403 

FUed  Nov.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  86,480 

Int  CL  A47b  77/08, 95/18, 49/00 


3,672,742 

PAINT  CASES,  PALETTE,  AND  CONVEYOR 

Dmn  A.  Barg,  4573  N.  30tii  St, 

MUwankee,  Wis.     53209 

FUed  Oct  21,  1970,  Ser.  No.  82,592 

Int  a  A47b  27/00,  63/04,  95/02 

VS.  CL  312—232  3  ciaimi 


An  artist's  paint  box  includes  a  palette  having  a  strip 
of  "Velcro"  brand  hook  and  loop  tape  fastener  material 
on  the  bottom  thereof.  A  drawer  and  housing  combina- 
tion has  a  matching  strip  of  "Velcro"  hook  and  loop  tape 
fastener  material  on  the  top.  When  the  housing  is  attached 
to  the  bottom  of  the  palette,  the  drawer  may  be  pulled 
out  to  form  a  palette  cup. 


U.S.  CL  312—223 


1  Claim 


3,672,743 

ROLLER  AND  RETAINER  FOR  A  WIRE  BASKET 

Walter  Pompey,   Kalamazoo,  Mich.,  assignor  to  W-L 

Molding  Company,  Portage,  MidL 

FUed  Aug.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  64,163 

,^„  ^  haL  a.  A47h  97/00 

VS.  CL  312—352  g  Claims 


Axa 


'JOB 


A  multi-purpose  furniture  structure  with  an  upright 
frame  rotatably  moimted  to  a  stationary  pedestal.  The 
frame  has  a  pluraUty  of  castors  which  partially  support 
the  frame  and  aid  in  its  rotation  relative  to  the  stationary 
pedestal.  A  countertop  is  affixed  to  the  top  of  the  frame, 


I— m 


A  support  roller  assembly  primarily  for  rollingly  sup- 
porting a  wire  basket,  such  as  in  a  dishwasher.  The  roller 
assembly  includes  an  inverted,  substantialy  U-shaped 
plastics  retainer  member  adapted  to  be  disposed  in  em- 
bracing relationship  with  one  of  the  wires  of  the  basket. 
The  retainer  member  supports  thereon  a  roller  support 
shaft  or  stud,  the  stud  being  axially  connected  to  the  re- 
tainer member  by  means  of  a  resilient  snap  fit.  The  stud 
m  turn  rotatably  supports  a  plastics  roller  therecm,  which 
roller  is  resiliently  snapped  onto  the  stud  so  as  to  be 
axially  retained  relative  to  the  basket. 


1436 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


1972 


3^72,744 
HOLOGRAPHIC  SYSTEM  AND  PROCESS  UTILIZ- 
ING A  WET  CELL  PHASE  HOLOGRAM 
D(M«lM  H.  Stnft  and  Abm  D.  Wilson,  Apalachin,  N.Y^ 
aoigBon  to  InteniatioMl  BosiBess  Mackincs  Corpora- 
timi,  Aimonk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Oct  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,535 
lat  CL  G«2b  27/00 
VS.  CL  350— 34(  5 


transparent  wedge  having  an  angle  a/2.  A  source  of  a 
laser  beam  of  monochromatic  coherent  light  is  directed 
to  the  input  resonatcx*  at  an  angle  of  incidence  6  (relative 
to  a  normal  reference  line)  at  which  the  resonator  exhibits 
a  transmission  peak,  so  that  a  beam  of  light  is  transmitted 
into  and  through  the  transparent  wedge  to  the  output 
resonator .i  Means  are  provicted  to  vary  a  physical  param- 


SMI  EMISIM  M  HfC  FN 
«  TIH  MFFICIfIT  TO  SWEU 
HO  KMK  OtTIK  STHtStS 


Mio«t*niicu.iT  nntc 
twnsioi  II «  uuii  tun 


KVElOf  [RUlSlOa 


X 


STOF  CMIISIM 


I Fll  tWHSIOI 


•lEtM  <lt/M  ETU 


MTEI  fUN 


KCMSTIIKT  II « 
LINIO  UTE 


A  system  and  method  for  holography  in  which  the  re- 
cording medium  is  exposed  and  viewed  immersed  in  a 
liquid  which  is  effective  to  relieve  the  residual  stresses  in 
the  medium. 


3,672,745 
BEVELLED  EDGE  MICROSCOPE  SLIDE 
Irring  A.  Spcctanam,  Rodyn  Hciglils,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 
Pr^pw  MannfMluing  Cow,  Inc.,  Long  Idand  City, 

ConiinBation  of  appHcadon  Scr.  No.  746,060,  Inly  19, 
1968,  wUch  b  a  continBation<in-part  of  araUcation 
Scr.  No.  477,801,  Ang.  6,  1965.  TUs  appUcation  Jane 
29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,975 

Int  CL  G02b  21/34 

UJS.  CL  350—92  2  Clafans 


^^^ 


A  microscope  slide  having  peripheral  side  and  end  edges 
or  perifdieral  end  edges  li^ch  are  bevelled  with  a  bevelled 
end  edge  of  the  slide  operative  for  smearing  of  a  specimen 
on  the  face  of  another  companicm  slide.  The  bevelled  side 
edges  are  structured  to  provide  a  wavy  configuration  to 
facilitate  grasping  of  the  slide  for  the  smearing  operation. 


eter  in  the  light  path  through  the  second  resonator  in 
amounts  to  cause  a  beam  of  light  to  emerge  from  the  out- 
put resonator  at  any  one  of  many  angles,  relative  to  said 
reference  line,  approximately  equal  to  $  plus  an  integral 
multiple  including  zero  of  a.  The  parameter  varied  may 
be  the  phase  delay  in  the  output  resonator,  or  a  pl^ysical 
spacing  of  resonator  surfaces. 


I 


3,672,747 

OBJECTIVE  LENS  FOR  SHORT  FOCAL  LENGTH 

CAMERAS  AND  PROJECTORS 

John  R.  Miles,  Elk  Grove  Village,  DL,  assignor  to 

Retention  Communications  Systems,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  Nov.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,287 

lot  CL  G02b  9/60 

VS,  CL  350—216  1  Claim 


3,671,746 

DISTAL  LIGHT  DEFLECTOR  USING 

OPTICAL  RESONATORS 

Arthnr  MBlcr,  Piinccton  Junction,  N  J.,  aarignm-  to 

RCA  CorporatioB 

Filed  Ian.  14, 1970rScr.  No.  2,856 

Int  CL  G02b  27/00 

VJS.  CL  350—163  8  Claims 

A  li^t  deflectcx-  is  disclosed  wbkh.  includes  an  input 

Fabry-Perot  type  resonator,  and  an  output  Fabry-Perot 

type  Tesotatoc.  The  two  resonat(M-s  are  separated  by  a 


An  objective  lens  designed  for  cameras  and  profectors 
for  short  focal  length  applications  of  the  order  of  1  cm. 
but  having  lens  components  which  are  relatively  large 
and  comparatively  easy  to  manufacture.  The  system  has  a 
speed  of  //2  and  a  back  focal  length  equal  to  101.1%  of 
the  focal  length  of  the  lens.  There  is  a  central  space  equal 
to  J.75F  for  positioning  a  shutter. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1487 


3,672,748 

SPLIT  DAGOR-TYPE  OF  SYMMETRICAL 

COPYING  LENS  SYSTEM 

YosUkazn  Doi  and  Yasno  Honda,  Oomlya,  Japan,  a»> 

signors  to  Xerox  Corporation,  Stamford,  Conn. 

FUed  May  14, 1971,  Scr.  No.  143,372 

Int  CL  G02b  9/58 

VJS.  CL  35^-220  2  dainu 


3,672,750 

UNDERWATER  DIVING  MASK 

Kenneth  G.  Hagcn,  Devon,  Pa.,  assignor  to 

General  Electric  OHnpniy 

Filed  July  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,917 

Int  CL  G02c  1/00 

VS.  a.  351—43  12  Clafans 


J*i        24k 


J^ 


'  ' '  ' '  I  'I 


>   I 


I 


.\-L- 


••-H 


An  underwater  diving  mask  including  a  generally  spheri- 
cal lens  portion  for  each  eye  with  a  corrective  lens  being 
incorporated  into  each  lens  portion  to  provide  in-focus 
underwater  vision  for  persons  having  iK>rmal,  far-sighted 
or  near-sighted  vision.  The  mask  allows  an  underwater 
diver  to  have  vision  substantially  comparable  to  that  which 
he  would  have  in  an  air  environment 


A  split  Dagor-type  of  symmetrical  copying  lens  system 
having  front  and  back  compound  lens  components  with 
a  centrally-located  diaphragm  therebetween  adapted  to  an 
optical  system  of  a  copier  which  can  be  used  at  1 : 1  mag- 
nification. The  front  lens  component  has  three  lens  ele- 
ments including,  in  the  following  order,  a  first  lens  element 
of  positive  power,  a  second  lens  element  of  negative  power 
cemented  to  the  first  lens  element  and  a  third  lens  ele- 
ment of  positive  power  disposed  between  the  second  lens 
element  and  diaphragm,  and  the  back  lens  component 
having  three  similar  lens  elements  positioned  so  that  the 
lens  system  is  symmetrical. 


3,672,749 

SIGHT  GLASS  FOR  THE  INSIDE  INSPECTION  OF 

PIPES  AND  CLEANING  OF  SAME 

Kenneth  F.  Roaer,  R.FJ>.  4,  Rome,  N.Y.    13440 

Coirtinnation>iu>part  of  application  Scr.  No.  826,946, 

May  22,  1969.  TUs  appikation  Sept  11,  1970, 

Scr.  No.  71,439 

Int  CL  G02b  5/00 
VS.  CL  350-O19  3  Clafans 


A  sight  glass  plug  having  a  threaded  outer  portion  for 
connection  to  a  standard  building  pipe  fitting  and  a  hollow 
interportion  having  a  circular  seat  and  a  spaced  apart 
recess  in  the  surface  thereof  for  holding  an  O-ring,  a 
glass  viewing  window,  and  a  snap-ring  in  sealing  engage- 
ment with  the  inner  surface  of  the  plug.  A  valve  con- 
trolled inlet  allows  pressiu-ized  fluid  to  impinge  against  the 
glass  and  the  plug  housing  interior  at  a  double  inclina- 
tion to  ensure  vortex  cleaning  of  the  same. 


to 


3,672,751 
FILM  ADVANCING  APPARATUS 

William  Allen  Martin,  Rochester,  N.Y.,       __ 

Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

FUed  Dec  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,260 

Int  CL  G03b  21/4S,  31/02 

VS.  CL  352—30  7  Ckfani 


Film  advancing  apparatus  for  a  motion  picture  pro- 
jector includes  a  continuously  driven  film  pulldown 
mechanism  disposed  along  a  first  portion  of  a  predeter- 
mined film  path  and  having  a  claw  member  adapted  to 
intermittently  engage  and  move  a  filmstrip  past  an 
aperture  of  a  film  projection  station.  The  apparatus  also 
includes  a  continuously  driven  film  transport  mechanism 
disposed  along  a  second  portion  of  the  path  and  having 
a  portion  engageable  with  the  filmstrip  and  adapted  to 
continuously  move  the  filmstrip  so  that  a  sound  track 
provided  on  the  strip  moves  past  a  transducer  at  a  sub- 
stantially uniform  speed.  The  apparatus  further  includes 
an  electrically  actuable  member  movable  between  a  first 
position  wherein  it  is  effective  to  prevent  the  intermit- 
tent mechanism  from  moving  film  and  a  second  position 
wherein  it  permits  the  intermittent  mechanism  to  move 
film,  and  circuitry  for  actuating  the  electrically  actuable 


I. 


1488 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1072 


member  to  move  between  its  positions  in  response  to  the 
rate  of  film  movement  of  the  transport  mechanism  to 
adjust  the  rate  of  film  movement  of  the  intermittent 
mechanism  as  a  function  of  the  rate  of  film  movement 
of  the  transport  mechanism. 


amplifier  input.  A  second  variable  resistor  may  be  con- 
nected through  a  switch  across  the  capacitor  and  the 
capacitor  may  be  connected  to  the  voltage  source  through 
a  third  variable  transistor  and  switch. 


3  672  752 
PHOTOGRAPHIC  FILM  EXPOSURE  AND  VIEWING 

SYSTEMS  USING  CODED  FILM  CASSETTE 
Richard  W.  Yomig,  Wellcdcy  Hllb,  and  Mniray  E.  Malln, 
f^Tingtnn,  Msflk,  assignors  to  Polaroid  Corporation, 
Camlvidge,  Mass. 

Flkd  Dec  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  103,172 

Int  CL  G03b  21/00, 19/18 

VS,  CL  352—72  10  Claims 


L 


I  3  ^j2  754 

FILM  THREADING  MECHANISM  Ft)R  USE 
MOTION  PICTURE  PROJECTORS  OR  THE  LIKE 
Wolfgang  Riedel,  Winncnden,  Germany,  assignor 
SUma  S.p.A.,  Turin,  Italy 
Filed  Jan.  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  108,406 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Jan.  27,  1970, 
1  P  20  03  448.4 

I  Int  CL  G03b  i/5S 

U.S.  CL  352—158  14  CUlms 


T 


A  i^otographic  film  tran^>arency  exposure  and  pro- 
jection system  in  \^ch  the  film  is  contained  in  a  cassette 
mountable  in  both  the  camera  and  the  projector  of  the 
system.  The  cassette  is  provided  with  a  coding  element 
corresponding  to  the  projection  density  of  the  particular 
film  contained  therein,  which  element  cooperates  with  the 
projectcx*  to  regulate  the  projection  light  intensity  auto- 
matically during  projection  of  the  developed  film,  in  addi- 
tion, the  coding  element  has  a  film  sensitivity  value  to 
enable  its  use  in  the  camera  to  regulate  camera  exposure 
parameters  during  film  exposure. 


3,672,753 

PHOTOCELL  CONTROLLED  DIAPHRAGM 

Tsnknmo  Nobnsawa,  Tokyo-to,  Japan,  assignor  to  Asahi 

Kogakn  Kogyo  Kabosldld  Kalalia,  Tokyo>to,  Japan 

FUcd  Not.  7, 1969,  Scr.  No.  874,739 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Nov.  13,  1968 

(ntilMy  model),  43/82,517,  43/98,336 

Int  CL  G03b  7/00,  21/36 

VJ8.  CL  352—91  8  Cbdms 


A  motion  picture  diaphragm  control  mechanism  in- 
cludes^ a  photoconductor  and  resistor  connected  in  series 
across  a  voltage  soiu-ce  the  junction  being  connected 
through  a  switch  to  the  input  of  a  Darlington  amplifier. 
An  adjustable  diaidiragm  is  connected  to  the  armature  of 
a  meter  movement  whose  winding  is  connected  between 
a  voltage  terminal  and  the  collector  of  the  amplifier  out- 
put transistor,  the  emitter  thereof  being  grounded  through 
a  first  variable  resistor.  A  memory  capacitor  shunts  the 


A  threading  mechanism  for  the  leader  of  motion  pic- 
ture film  in  a  motion  picture  projector  has  a  drive  for 
rotating  the  supply  reel  in  a  direction  to  pay  out  the  film 
at  the  will  of  the  operator.  The  drive  has  a  shaft  which  is 
driven  by  an  electric  motor  and  transmits  tor<)ue  to  a 
friction  wheel  mounted  on  a  carrier  which  is  pivoteble 
about  the  axis  of  the  shaft  to  move  the  friction  wheel  into 
and  out  of  engagement  with  the  outermost  consolation 
of  film  on  the  supply  reel.  The  carrier  further  supports 
two  film  directing  members  having  surfaces  which  define 
an  arcuate  path  for  directing  the  leader  of  motion  pic- 
ture film  into  the  channel  of  a  fixed  film  guide  assembly. 
One  of  the  film  directing  members  is  located  between  the 
other  fikn  directing  member  and  the  friction  wheel,  and 
the  other  film  directing  member  has  a  tip  which  is  mov- 
able into  engagement  with  the  outermost  convolution 
to  intercept  the  leader  and  to  direct  the  thus  intercepted 
leader  into  the  path  between  the  surfaces  of  the  two  film 
directing  members  when  the  friction  wheel  drives  the 
supply  reel.  The  other  film  directing  member  is  connected 
to  the  carrier  by  an  elastic  coupling  which  insures  that  the 
carrier  can  move  the  friction  wheel  into  engagement  with 
the  outermost  convolution  even  if  such  outermost  con- 
volution is  engaged  by  the  tip  of  the  other  film  directing 
member  prior  to  engagement  between  such  outeipnost 
convolution  and  the  friction  wheel. 

I  3,672,755 

CINEMATOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS 
HeUcmar  RadU,  Mnnidi,  Germany,  assignor  to  Agfa- 
Gcvaert  Alrticngcscllscliaft,  Lcvcrknscn,  Germany 
Filed  Dec.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,062 
Claims  priority,  i^lkation  Germany,  Dec  13i  1969, 
^1        ^        G  69  48  290.2 
I  Int  CL  G03b //22 

U5.  CL  352—194  10 

The  film  transporting  mechanism  of  a  motion  picture 
projector  has  two  rotary  in-out  cams  the  first  of  which 
moves  the  claw  of  the  pull-down  into  and  out  of  perfora- 
tions of  motion  picture  film  at  a  normal  frequency  and 


Claims 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1489 


the  second  of  which  can  be  shifted  axially  to  an  opera- 
tive position  so  as  to  override  the  first  cam  diuing  cer- 
tain stages  of  each  revolution  to  thus  reduce  the  frequency 
of  film  transport.  The  shifting  device  for  the  second  cam 
consists  of  a  helical  groove  machined  into  a  cylindrical 


extension  of  the  second  cam  and  a  wiper  which  can  be 
moved  by  hand  to  enter  the  groove.  The  second  cam  is 
driven  by  a  gear  train  which  receives  torque  from  the 
shaft  for  the  first  cam.  The  shaft  further  rotates  a  shutter 
and  a  transporting  cam  which  moves  the  pull-down  in 
and  counter  to  the  direction  of  film  transport. 


3,672,756 

FILM  VIEWER 

William  Cbaries  KInsinger,  New  Yorit,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Mctagraphic  Systems,  Inc,  Bronx,  N.Y. 

FDcd  Dec  11,  1969,  Scr.  No.  884,260 

Int  CL  G03b  21/11 

US.  CL  353—^  11  Claims 


Apparatus  for  holding  and  guiding  film  in  either  roll 
or  plate  form  for  viewing  of  either  type  of  film  through 
a  lens,  comprising  means  for  sequentially  guiding  portions 
of  film  in  roll  form  into  a  first  viewing  position  of  the 
lens  disposed  in  a  first  plane,  means  for  disposing  film  in 
plate  form  in  a  second  plane  parallel  to  the  first  plane,  the 
second  plane  containing  a  second  viewing  position  of  the 
lens,  means  for  moving  the  film  in  plate  fwm  within  the 
second  plane  to  position  a  desired  portion  thereof  within 
the  second  viewing  position,  and  means  mounting  the 
lens  for  movement  relative  to  the  viewing  positions  for 
focusing  on  film  in  either  viewing  position.  A  microfilm 
reader  utilizing  the  aforesaid  apparatus  is  provided  which 
is  capable  of  reading  microfilm  in  roll  form  or  in  plate 
form. 


3  672  757 

AUTOMATIC  FOCUSING  SYSTEM  FOR 

PROJECTORS  AND  THE  LKE 

Olcg  Szymbcr,  Elk  Grove,  and  Norman  SUm,  Glcmlew, 

Dl.,  assignors  to  GAP  Corporation,  New  Yoifc,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,076 

Int  CL  G03b  3/00,  21/14 

VS.  CL  353—101  15 


A  first  appraisal  sub-system  includes  a  focusing  lens 
mounted  for  movement  with  the  projector  objective  lens 
to  establish  a  focusing  axis  parallel  with  the  projector 
optical  axis.  This  sub-system  includes  a  light  source  mov- 
ably  mounted  on  the  focusing  axis  and  detection  means 
responsive  to  variations  in  the  distances  of  such  light 
source  and  the  screen  from  the  focusing  lens  and  for 
moving  the  latter  to  maintain  a  predetermined  relation- 
ship between  such  distances.  A  second  appraisal  sub-sys- 
tem includes  other  detection  means  for  sensing  budding 
or  popping  of  the  transparency  and  fw  moving  the  afore- 
mentioned light  source  along  Uie  focusing  axis  in  re^>onse 
to  such  buckling  or  popping. 


3,672,758 

DEVICE  AND  METHOD  FOR  HANDIING  A 

FLEXIBLE  PHOTOCONDUCTOR 

William  A.  MacDonald,  Jr.,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  asrignor  to 

Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Condnoation  of  iqiplication  Scr.  No.  665,915,  S«t  6, 

1967.  TUs  application  Apr.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,742 

Int  CL  G03g  15/00 

US,  CL  355—3  17  rhim. 


A  flexible  photoconductive  sheet  supported  by  op- 
posite ends  over  a  platen  for  supporting  a  receiving  sheet 
wherein  the  photo  conductive  sheet  is  lowered  while 
an  electric  potential  is  applied  between  it  and  the  platen 
to  create  an  electric  field  therebetween.  First,  one  end 
of  the  photoconductive  sheet  is  brought  into  line  con- 
tact with  the  receiving  sheet  and  held  there-against 
by    electrostatic    force.    Then,    as    the    other    end    is 


1440 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


lowered,  the  photoconductive  sheet  progressively  con- 
tacts the  receiving  sheet,  forcing  any  air  out  firom  be- 
tween the  sheets  so  that  they  are  held  in  intimate  contact 
by  the  electrostatic  force.  A  clamping  mechanism  is  used 
to  hold  the  receiving  sheet  during  separation  from  the 
photoconductive  sheet  following  exposure  to  an  electro- 
static image. 

3,672,759 

ILLUMINATION  CONIItOL  SYSTEM 

Gewge  T.  Bancr,  FalrpMt,  N.Y^  Mdlflnni  to  Xerox 

Conontfcm,  Stamford,  Conii. 

FDed  Not.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,309 

loL  CL  G03g  15/00:  G03b  27/78 

UjBLCa.355-^  fl 


An  iUumination  control  system  which  compensates  for 
gradual  dimming  or  deterioration  of  exposure  lamps  in  a 
photocopying  machine.  The  accumulated  number  of  re- 
I»oductioas  made  by  the  refntxlucing  machine  controk 
the  current  output  of  a  variable  current  generator,  which 
in  turn  controb  the  illumination  projected  onto  the  i^oto- 
conductive  surface  in  one  of  two4«rays.  In  the  first  embodi- 
ment, the  current  output  controls  an  aperture  slit  mecha- 
nism positioned  between  the  source  of  illuminaticMi  and 
the  photoconductive  siuiace,  widening  the  slit  as  the  ac- 
cimiulated  number  of  copies  increases.  In  the  second  em- 
bodiment, the  current  output  is  coupled  directly  to  the 
source  of  illumination,  thereby  controlling  the  amount 
of  illimiination  it  generates. 


XEROGRAPHIC  PLATE  TRANSPORTING 
MECHANISM 
Raymond  A.  Lmmiiig,  Duartc,  and  F^raods  T.  Mciccr, 
Manhattan  Beach,  Calif.,  aaaignon  to  Xerox  Corpora- 
tion, Stamford,  Conn. 

Filed  Sept  28, 1970,  Ser.  Now  75,995 

Int  CL  G03g  15/14, 15/00 

VA  CL  355 — 3  19  Clafnii 


An  improved  mechanism  for  transporting  a  flat  xero- 
graphic plate  through  a  powder  image  transfer  station 


having  means  f<M-  equalizing  the  linear  velocities  of  the 
plate  tran^wrting  mechanism  and  the  support  sheet  feed- 
ing mechanism  in  the  transfer  station,  the  velocity  equaliz- 
ing means  being  positioned  adjacent  the  path  of  travel 
of  the  xerographic  plate  along  the  plane  passing  al(»g  the 
image-bearing  surface  of  the  xerographic  plate.  In  the 
particular  embodiments  described,  the  velocity  equalizing 
means  comprises  a  rack  suppcHted  by  the  plate  transport- 
ing mechanism,  a  gear  segment  supported  by  the  support 
sheet  feeding  mechanism  and  means  to  permit  the  motor 
driving  the  plate  transporting  mechanism  or  the  motor 
driving  the  support  sheet  feeding  mechanism  to  overdrive 
the  other  of  said  motors. 


3(67X761       ^ 
COPYING  /3nf ARATVS 
Walter  Lfanberger,  Hmboifl-PoppMdNittel,  Gcimany, . 
iignor  to  Lomopiiat  Zindlcr  KG,  Hamburg,  Gcimanv 

rUad  Sapt  5, 1969,  Str.  No.  855,661 
Clalnn  priority,  ap^kation  Geraumy,  Sept  26,  1968, 


I 


U.8.  CL  35S— 3 


97  416.2 
lit  CL  G03f  15/00 


A  copying  apparatus  having  a  slot  shaped  exposure 
onfice  parallel  to  and  adjacent  to  a  narrow  edge  erf  a  sub- 
stantially rectangular  frame.  Transport  rollers  protrude 
above  the  top  cover  of  the  apparatus  and  cooperate  with 
a  transparent,  plate-shaped  carrier  for  the  original.  Charg- 
mg  and  exposure  components  are  provided  for  producing 
an  unage  on  an  electrophotographic  band.  The  image  is 
then  transferred  to  the  final  support  which  may  be  of  any 
desire4  material. 


LCHINE 


„,„ 3,672,762 

ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC  COPYING  MAC„«^«:, 
SUgeni  SuniU,  Keiji  Sngita,  and  Yanmori  Nagaliara, 
Yokohama,  Japan,  aerisnon  to  Ricoll  Co.,  Ltd.,  Tokyo, 

FDed  Apr.  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,596  |      -- 

Clafau  priority,  application  Japan,  Apr.  25,  19691 
44/32,511  * 

,T-  «.     .  iBt  CL  G03g /i/;o 

UA  CL  395—10  7  Clainu 


type 


An  electrophotographic  c(^>ying  machine  of  the 
in  which  both  of  an  original  to  be  reproduced  and  a  copy 
paper  are  moved  in  synchronism  with  each  other  relative 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1441 


to  a  sUt  exposure  opUcal  system  wherein  the  copy  paper,  a  cleaning  tape  which  is  convoluted  about  the  roUers,  a 
upon  admission  into  a  charging  station,  actuates  a  com-  biasing  arrangement  which  biases  increments  of  the  dean- 
mon  switch  which  energizes  the  charger,  the  light  source  ing  tape  into  contact  with  the  travelling  photoconductive 
in  the  exposure  optical  system  and  an  electromagnetic 
clutch  for  coupling  an  original  carrier  device  to  a  drive 
mechanism  until  the  copy  paper  passes  through  the  ex- 
posure station.  Upon  discharge  of  the  copy  paper  from 
the  exposure  station,  the  charger,  light  source  and  clutch 
are  de-energized  while  a  reverse  clutch  is  energized  so  as 
to  return  the  carrier  to  the  initial  position.  In  order  to 
attain  the  precise  registration  of  the  leading  edges  of  the 
copy  paper  and  original,  a  device  for  driving  the  carrier 
after  predetermined  time  delay  when  said  electromagnetic 
clutch  is  energized  is  provided  along  with  a  member  for 
locking  the  carrier  in  the  initial  position  until  a  start 
button  is  depressed,  and  a  mechanism  for  preventing  any 
slippage  of  the  carrier  drive  cable. 


3,672,763 
ELECTROSTATIC  PRINTING  APPARATUS 
Martin  Lcwb  Levcne,  Chcny  Hill,  and  Mitsnru  Yama- 
moto,  Moorestown,  NJ.,  aarignora  to  RCA  Corpora- 

tiOB 

FUcd  Jnnc  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,692 

Int  a.  G03g  15/10 

U.S.  CL  355—10  4  Claims 


D—l 


Electrostatic  printing  apparatus  in  which  the  record- 
ing medium  remains  at  the  same  location  during  the 
charging  and  exposure  intervals.  The  charging  electrode 
is  preferably  of  needle  shape  and  is  located  in  the  dark 
area  of  the  image  projected  onto  the  recording  medium 
so  that  its  outline  does  not  appear  in  this  image.  In  a 
preferred  form  of  the  system,  after  exposure,  the  record- 
ing medium  is  moved  in  a  first  direction  to  the  toner  and 
drying  stations  and  then  moved  in  the  opposite  direction 
past  the  exposure  station  to  a  delivery  station. 


3,672,764 

ELECTROSTATIC  COPIER  WITH  REMOVABLE 

CLEANING  MODULE 

Kari  Hartwife  Untcrhaddng,  and  Herbert  bigd   and 

Gondier  Sdbiall,  Mnnkh,  Germany,  assignors  to  Agfa- 

Gcvacrt  Aktiengeselbdiaft,  Leverinuen,  Germany 

Filed  Dec  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  94,422 

Cbdms  priority,  im^cation  Gcnnany,  Dec  4,  1969, 

P  19  60  806.5 

UL  CL  G03g  15/00 

U.S.  CL  35S— 15  9  dalBfl 

A  rotatable  drum  carrying  a  photoconductive  layer  is 

mounted  in  a  housing  of  a  copier.  A  cleaning  module 

is  connectable  with  and  disconnectable  from  the  housing  in 

toto  and  comprises  a  pay-off  roller  and  a  take-up  roller. 


layer  for  frictional  removal  (rf  surface  contaminants  there- 
from, and  a  drive  for  incrementally  advancing  the  tape 
from  the  pay-off  roller  to  the  take-up  roller. 


3,672,765 

APPARATUS  FOR  MAKING  TWO-SIDED  COPIES 

FROM  TWO  IMAGES  ON  AN  ORIGINAL 

Conrad  Altmann,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Eastman 

Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Continnatlon-ln-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  716,092, 

Mar.  26,  1968.  TUs  appUcation  Ang.  3,  1970, 

Scr.  riOt  60,500 

.T-  ^     .  Int  CL  G03b  i5/(W 

VS,  d  355—24  22 


Two  images  from  an  original  are  placed  on  an  endless 
belt  10.  The  first  image  is  xerographically  transferred  to 
one  side  oi  the  copy  paper  31.  The  copy  paper  is  next 
turned  over  as  f(rilows.  The  a^y  is  fed  past  a  set  of  roUers 
36,  37  away  from  the  path  of  belt  10.  An  air  Mast  m^es 
the  copy  to  another  belt  39.  The  copy  sheet  moves  along 
belt  39  until  it  again  meets  the  main  belt  10.  After  the 
copy  sheet  has  been  reversed,  the  side  without  the  first 
image  can  receive  the  seccmd  image. 


3,672,766 
COLOR  PRINTING  METHOD 
Marilyn  Levy,  Red  Bank,  N  J.,  assignor  to  tiie  Unitad 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  Ac  Secrctaiy  of 
tile  Navy 

FDed  Apr.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  134,298 
^^^  _  Int  CL  G03b  27/76 

U.S.  CL  355—32  2  CbriM 


LltHT 

a 


^UNCXPOKO 

'1  iC^ 


nJ 


FILTCT 
TMUT 

10 


The  correct  color  balance  required  for  making  color 
prints  in  color  photograi^y  from  a  color  negative  is  de- 
termined by  printing  the  clear,  unexposed,  but  processed 


1442 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


portion  of  the  negative  with  the  correct  filtration  so  as 
to  yield  equal  densities  in  the  print  to  red,  blue,  and  green 
light. 


3,672,767 

PHOTO  PROCESS  TIMER 

Gcorse  Pamleoyl,  St  Paol,  MtauL,  assigiKHr  to  Cheslcy 

F.  Carbon  Company,  ftflnneapoUs,  Minn. 

Filed  July  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  55,049 

IntCL  G03b  27154, 27/76 

UA  a.  355—37  10  Clainu 


being  printed.  The  required  colour  composition  is  de- 
pendent on  the  colour  densities  of  the  negative.  To  meas- 
ure the  colour  densities  the  printing  light  is  sampled  both 
before  and  after  transmission  through  the  negative  and 
the  samples  analysed  in  respect  of  their  jMimary  cfriour 
components.  The  corresponding  components  of  the  light 
san^iles  before  and  after  the  negative  are  compared  to 


Apparatus  for  determining  the  elapse  of  a  timing  cycle 
utilized  in  high  production  photographic  process.  Dials 
connected  to  variable  resistors  and  capacitors  have  indicia 
thereon  calibrated  to  provide  values  of  time  units  and 
density.  Manipulation  of  the  density  dials  preselects  re- 
sistance and  capacitance  values  to  control  the  potential 
to  which  a  capacitor  is  charged.  Momentary  depression 
of  a  start  switch  energizes  the  lighting  to  be  utilized  and 
initiates  discharge  of  the  capacitcx-  through  a  phototube 
yibich.  is  exposed  to  the  lighting  utilized  so  that  the  dis- 
charge of  the  capacitor  through  the  phototube  is  de- 
pendent upon  the  light  intensity.  The  discharge  of  the 
capacitor  is  monitored  and  when  the  capacitor  has  dis- 
charged to  a  predetermined  value,  the  lighting  is  ter- 
minated to  complete  the  cycle.  Means  are  provided  to 
preset  the  timing  cycle  for  all  lighting  normally  utilized 
in  high  production  photographic  processes  as  well  as 
means  for  converting  the  circuit  for  color  work.  In  the 
latter  case  different  exposure  and  density  values  for  each 
of  the  various  colors  can  be  preselected  before  the  circuit 
is  initially  energized. 

The  apparatus  may  also  include  a  mechanical  com- 
puter which  allows  density  readings  to  be  fed  into  the 
dials  and  automatically  calculates  and  enters  additional 
compensating  values  of  density. 


3,672j768 

APPARATUS  FOR  MAKING  PRINTS  FROM 

COLOUR  NEGATIVES 

Hefner  Schanb,  Wettbfen,  Zoridi,  and  Kort  Thaddey 

and  Tino  Cdio,  Bacte,  Zurich,  Swilzeriand,  aas^gnors 

to  CilM-Gcigy  AG,  Basei,  Switzerland 

FUcd  Anc  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66,416 
Claims  prlorify,  implication  Switzerland,  Aug.  28,  1969, 

13,065/69 

Int  CL  G03b  27/78 

U.S.  CL  355— 3S  7  Clainu 

An  apparatus  for  making  prints  from  colour  negatives 

has  adjustable  filters  tot  controlling  the  c(dour  compon- 

tion  oi  the  printing  light  which  illuminates  the  negative 


obtain  difference  signals  representing  the  colour  densities 
of  the  negative.  These  signals  are  used  in  turn  to  auto- 
matically adjust  the  filters  for  the  correct  colour  composi- 
tion of  the  printing  light.  A  shutter  is  located  between  the 
negative  and  the  printing  material  and  is  opened  to  ex- 
pose the  latter  once  the  printing  light  has  been  adjusted. 
The  light  samples  are  also  used  to  derive  brightness  signals 
for  controlling  the  time  for  which  the  shutter  is  opened. 


I 


3,672,769 

nCHE  CAMERA  WITH  SELECTIVE  FRAME 

SKIP  MECHANISM 

Dan  C.  Ross,  Betlicflda,  Md.,  assignor  to  U.S.  Dynamics 

Inc.,  Elmsf  ord,  N.Y.  i 

FUed  Apr.  26, 1971,  Ser.  Now  137,158^ 

Int  a.  G03b  27/52 

U.S.  a  ^5-^40  6  Claims 


TutMSmrrt 


fwot/HMMtir 


iT 


;:^ 


1  f\ 


• . Uvclx 


H.. 


^ 


L. 


A  fiche  camera  arrangement  is  provided  for  exposing 
frames  of  a  film  strip  which  subsequently  is  converted  to 
a  matrix  array  of  photographic  frames  on  a  fiche,  and 
the  camera  includes  a  skip  arrangement  for  selectively 
advancing  the  film  by  (i)  one  or  more  frames  in  the 
column  of  a  fiche,  (2)  one  or  more  columns  in  a  fiche,  or 
(3)  one  or  more  fiches  in  a  reel  of  film.  A  fiche  coordinate 
coimting  arrangement  is  provided  for  visually  displaying 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1443 


the  frame,  column,  and  fiche  numbers  as  the  strip  film 
is  exposed.  Selective  skipping  is  accomplished  by  operating 
the  film  transport  mechanism  and  the  fiche  coordinate 
counting  arrangement  each  time  the  skipping  arrangement 
is  operated.  If  a  preferred  fiche  making  process  is  em- 
ployed, which  process  requires  skipping  one  frame  after 
each  fiche  column,  then  the  skipping  arrangement  is  in- 
hibited from  operating  the  fiche  coordinate  counting  ar- 
rangement whenever  a  frame  following  a  fiche  column  is 
skipped. 

3,672,770 
ROLL  FEEDING  AND  CUITING  APPARATUS  FOR 

USE  IN  A  PHOTOCOPY  MACHINE 

Richard  G.  Lee,  Weston,  Maas.,  assignm:  to  Addreaso- 

graph-Mnltigraph  Corporation,  Mount  Proqpect,  Dl. 

FUed  June  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  44,306 

Int  CI.  G03b  27/04 

VS.  CL  355—97  27  Claims 


09  J? 


ItU  *f 


•  •■P 


TT;^  «  :  ^  ^  :-  ;i     T 


^^%-^ 


^; 


¥•: 

*      '^^ 

-^^ 

^/ 

V 

J7t 

/ 

;^^^ 

C(  o  ^ 

'A 

o 

)S^ 

\ 

^u 

OS 

u~ 

or- 

Apparatus  is  disclosed  for  feeding  and  cutting  relatively 
wide  copy  material  from  a  roll  in  accordance  with  an 
original  document  fed  into  a  variable  speed  contact  type 
copying  machine.  A  first  sensing  element  positioned  along 
an  original  feed  path  initiates  the  feeding  of  copy  ma- 
terial from  a  selected  roll  upon  detecting  the  leading 
edge  of  the  original.  The  copy  material  is  fed  along  a 
copy  path  converging  at  an  infeed  station  with  the  orig- 
inal feed  path,  through  a  cutting  station  and  a  pair  of 
nip  rollers  to  a  second  sensing  means.  Detection  of  the 
leading  edge  of  the  copy  material  by  the  second  sensing 
means  stops  the  nip  rollers  and  therefore  the  movement 
of  the  leading  end  of  the  material  while  material  con- 
tinues to  be  dispensed  from  the  roll.  In  response  to  the 
latter,  loop  forming  apparatus  comprising  a  clutch  driven 
crank  arm  arrangement  moves  a  loop  forming  rod  into 
engagement  with  the  copy  material  between  the  cutting 
station  and  the  nip  rollers.  A  third  sensing  element  along 
the  original  feed  path  downstream  of  the  first  sensing 
element,  detects  the  leading  edge  of  the  original  and 
starts  the  nip  rollers  to  move  the  leading  end  of  the  copy 
material  in  synchronism  with  the  original.  Upon  the 
trailing  edge  of  the  original  clearing  the  first  sensing 
element,  the  dispensing  of  copy  material  from  the  roll 
is  stopped  and  the  crank  arm  arrangement,  which  con- 
trols a  cutting  device  at  the  cutting  station  as  well  as 
the  loop  forming  apparatus,  operates  the  cutting  device 
to  sever  a  length  of  copy  material  corresponding  to  the 
length  of  the  original,  from  the  roll,  and  the  loop  form- 
ing apparatus  to  disengage  the  loop  forming  rod  from 
the  material.  A  fourth  sensing  element,  laterally  spaced 
from  the  first  mentioned  sensing  element  along  the  orig- 
inal feed  path,  initially  selects  an  alternate  copy  material 
roll  in  the  event  the  width  of  the  original  document  is 
greater  than  a  predetermined  width.  The  feeding  and  cut- 
ting apparatus  is  also  equipped  to  sever  a  short  length 


of  copy  material  from  the  roll  when  no  original  is  fed 
along  the  original  feed  path,  for  the  purpose  of  trimming 
the  leading  end  of  a  fresh  roll  of  copy  material.  A 
manual  cut  mechanism  is  also  provided  for  severing  copy 
material  from  a  selected  roll  when  desired  during  the 
operation  of  the  apparatus. 


3,672,771 

APERTURE  CARD  DUPUCATOR  APPARATUS 

Harold  Laidn,  PortoU  Valley,  Califs  assignor  to  KiewVn 

Industries,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  May  5, 1969,  Ser.  No.  821,758 

Int  CL  G03b  27/30 

VS.  CL  355—100  9  Claims 


Aperture  card  duplicating  apparatus  in  which  a  master 
aperture  card  is  received  in  a  receiving  station  adjacent 
to  an  exposure  station.  Copy  cards  are  fed  one  at  a  time 
from  a  stack  adjacent  the  exposure  station,  are  exposed 
within  the  exposure  station  and  moved  thereafter  to  the 
developing  station  and  then  to  an  exit  hopper.  A  circuit 
responsive  to  the  presence  of  a  master  aperture  card  or 
film  to  be  copied  is  provided  to  permit  movement  of  an 
exposed  copy  card  from  the  exposure  station  to  the  de- 
veloping station  without  feeding  an  additional  copy  card 
when  the  film  or  card  is  no  longer  in  position  to  be  copied. 


3,672,772 
AUTOMATIC  PHOTOELASTIMETER 
William  L.  Primal^,  Htaisdalc,  DL,  assignor  to  ttie  United 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  tlie  United  States 
Atomic  Energy  Commission 

FUed  Aug.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,089 
Int  CL  GOlb  11/18 
VS.  a.  356—33  7 


MJfTIC   Lt&Mr 


/fjfn./rieJ^ 


An  automatic  photoelastimeter  includes  a  rotating  bire- 
fringent  disk  positioned  to  develop  modulation  of  the 
ellipticity  of  the  polarized  light  beam  used  in  the  photo- 
elastimeter. The  detected  Hght  beam  develops  an  A.C. 
signal  which  is  used  to  drive  a  servo  system.  The  servo 
system  adjusts  the  compensator  to  cancel  the  ellipticity 
caused  by  birefringence  of  the  sample  being  examined. 
A  second  rotating  birefringmt  disk  may  also  be  used  to 
produce  additional  modulation  to  improve  the  action  of 
the  servo  system  by  sweeping  the  dead  space  of  the  servo 
system. 


1444 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,«72,773 

EXHAUST  MUFFLER  AND  SPARK  ARRESTtMt 

Paol  S.  Moller,  Darlt,  CaUf ^  Mritwr  to 

Difcojet  Coqpontkm 

Filed  IBM  18, 1971,  S«r.  No.  154,385 

LiL  CL  F81B 1/10, 1/12, 3/06 

V3,  CL  181—58  4  Cbinu 


A  mufBer  and  spark  airestor  for  an  internal  combustion 
engine  exhaust  has  an  inlet  to  a  disk-like  housing  into 
which  the  sound  influx  is  reflected  by  an  angled  wall  onto 
a  spiral,  perforated  wall  backed  by  a  sound  absorbing 
mediiun  and  partly  defining  an  incurling  chamber 
branched  to  permit  solids  to  be  centrifugally  cast  into 
a  pocket  and  to  permit  gases  and  residual  sound  to  escape 
first  in  an  axial  direction  and  then  through  radial  dis- 
charge passages. 


3,672,774 

APPARATUS  FOR  SPECTRAL  ANALYSIS  OF 

MOLTEN  SUBSTANCES 

ftfllan  Bojk,  Metz,  and  Duiel  Jone,  BoogiTal,  France, 

assigiion  to  Instttnt  de  Rechcrchcs  de  b  IHdenirgie 

Francalse,  Saint-Gcrmaiii-ciKLaye,  Fhince 

FBed  Dec.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,568 
Claims  priorHy,  ap^katktn  Fhmcc,  Dec  12,  1969, 

6943156 

iRt  CL  G81J  3/02, 3/30 

U.S.  CL  356—86  10  Claims 


•  'iUi""" 

.  s4d 

^^^^^ 

r<:       •*    ' 

:|;w-; 

i   1 

f 

a  •  '' 

c 

Apparatus  for  direct  spectrometric  examination  of 
molten  metals  or  the  like  has  a  crucible  which  is  to  be 
partially  filled  with  molten  material  and  a  jacket  defining 
with  the  crucible  a  compartment  which  surrounds  the 
crucible.  The  jacket  has  a  closure  for  the  upper  ends  of 
the  compartment  and  of  a  chamber  in  the  crucible  above 
the  exposed  surface  of  molten  material.  A  compressed 
neutral  gas  is  circulated  through  the  chamber  and  there- 
upon through  the  compartment,  and  the  closure  is  tra- 
versed by  two  electrodes  one  of  which  dips  into  molten 
material.  The  electrodes  are  coimected  to  the  poles  of 
a  generatCNT  whidi  produces  sparks  between  the  exposed 
surface  of  molten  material  and  the  tip  of  the  other  elec- 
trode. The  thus  produced  light  is  directed  for  the  pur- 
poses of  analysis  into  a  spectixmieter  by  way  of  a  duct 


whidi  extends  from  an  c^iening  in  the  crucible  and  admits 
some  compressed  gas  into  the  chamber  above  the  exposed 
surface  of  molten  material.  The  remaining  gas  is  admitted 
through  the  holder  for  the  other  electrode  which  is  adjust- 
able toward  and  away  from  the  exposed  stirface  of  mqlten 
materiaL 


3,672,775 

METHOD  AND  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  MEASURING 
THE  DENSITY  OF  NATURAL  FOG  IN  THE  FREE 
ATMOSPHERE  USING  UGHT  SOURCE  WmCH 
IS  ALSO  A  FLASHING  WARNING  BEACON  | 
Fnuik  EracBfal,  Herwip«ddcr  105a, 
HamlNUt>RlMii,  GafBUuqr 
CoirtlmiatfoB  of  application  Scr.  No.  194^235,  May  14, 
1962.  Thb  appttoidoa  Oct  4,  1965,  S«r.  No.  498,195 
Claims  priority,  i^plicatioB  Geniuuqr,  Mmj  16,  19161, 

F  33,930  , 

Int  CL  GOU  21/00, 21/26:  HOli  39/12      I 

ICUm 


UiL  CL  356—103 


An  apparatus  for  determining  the  density  of  natural 
fog  in  the  atmosphere  is  disclosed.  It  includes  a  ^wrk 
lamp,  whidi  also  has  utility  as  a  flashing  warning  beacon, 
for  projecting  a  light  beam  of  consecutive  light  pulses  of 
constant  amplitude  through  the  fog-laden  atmosphere. 
The  light  pulses  are  scattered  by  the  fog  to  produce  con- 
secutive light  pulses  proportional  to  the  density  of  the 
fog.  A  lig^  pulse  receiver  having  its  axis  intersecting  the 
axis  of  the  transmitted  beam  receives  the  scattered  light 
A  blind  is  provided  to  prevent  direct  light  from  the  trans- 
mitter from  reaching  the  receiver.  A  layer  of  filters  may 
be  placed  in  front  of  the  photocells  of  the  receiver  as  an 
additional  means  of  eliminating  light  other  than  that 
which  is  scattered.  The  photocells  are  grouped  into  two 
groups  each  of  which  is  A-C  coupled  to  its  own  preampli- 
fier by  means  of  a  coupling  capacitor  tliereby  excluding 
that  part  of  the  jAotocell  output  which  is  due  to  ambient 
light  The  output  of  each  preamplifier  is  connected  to  a 
separate  vapxxi  of  a  coincidence  stage  so  that  photocell 
signals  which  do  not  occur  simultaneously  in  both  groups 
of  photocells  are  inhibited.  A  measuring  means  is  pro- 
vided for  measuring  the  output  of  the  coincidence  stage 
to  yield  an  indication  of  the  density  of  fog  in  the  region 
being  monitored. 


;rap] 


)METR1 


3,672,776 
HOLOGRAPHIC  REAL-TIME  INTERFEROMETRY 

WITH  A  RECONSTRUCTED  REFERENCE  BEAM 

Robert  E.  Rrooks,  Rcdondo  Beach,  CaUf.,  assignor  to 

TRW  Inc  Redimdo  Bcad^  Calif. 

FUcd  Oct  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,395 

lot  CL  GOlb  9/02;  G02b  27/00 

U.S.  CL  356—106  14 

The  holographic  interferometer  makes  use  of  the  stored 
beam  hologram  for  investigating  a  di^laced  or  distorted 
object.  Illupiinati(»i  of  the  stored  beam  hcdogram  by  the 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1445 


distorted  object  beam  will  cause  the  generation  of  a  dis- 
torted reference  beam.  The  subject  beam  is  now  blocked 
off  and  the  distmted  reference  beam  is  allowed  to  inter- 


the  positional  and  angular  orientation  of  an  object  with 
TtsptCl  to  a  given  reference  system.  When  the  relay  lens 
is  inoperative,  the  optical  system  provides  an  image  that 
is  indicative  of  the  position  of  the  object  relative  to 
two  i»«determined  reference  axes  of  the  reference  system 
and  the  angular  orientation  of  the  object  relative  to  a 
third  reference  axis  of  the  system,  the  three  reference 
axes  being  mutuaUy  orthogonal  with  re^wct  to  each 
other.  When  the  relay  lens  is  operative,  the  optical  system 
provides  an  image  which  is  indicative  (A  the  angular  ori- 
entation of  the  object  relative  to  the  first  two  mentioned 
reference  axes. 


fere  with  the  original  reference  beam.  This  will  yield  an 
interferogram  or  fringe  pattern  corresponding  to  the  ob- 
ject deformation. 


3  672  777 
APPARATUS  FOR  SENSING  A  CHANGE  IN  UGHT 

INTENSITY 
HdMio   Uop,    CreteO,   FVanca,   aatgnor   to   Sedate 
lyOpdqac    PrcctaloB,    Electronlque    et    Mecanlqne- 
Sopaiem^PariiL  France 

Filed  S^pt  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  73,998 
Ciatma  priority,  appUcatfoa  Fnmet,  Oct  30,  1969, 

6937413 

iBt  CL  GOln  21/46;  HOIJ  39/12 

VS,  CL  356—135  5  Clalma 


3  672,779 
DEVICE  FOR  INDICATING  THE  POSITION  OF  TWO 
MECHANICAL  ELEMENTS  RELATIVE  TO  ONE 
ANOTHER 

Frommid  Hock,  Wetilar,  Gcraumy,  anicBor  to  Fbnui 

E.  Lafta  GmbH,  Wctzlar,  Gomany 

Filed  May  17, 1971,  Ser.  No.  144^079 

Claims  priority,  appHcatiOB  Germany,  May  22,  1970, 

P  20  24  919.8 

Int  CL  GOlb  11/26 

UA  a  356-138  9  Oaiata 


A  refractometer  in  which  the  position  of  the  change  in 
intensity  of  the  refractometer  beam  at  the  critical  angle 
b  sensed  by  a  photoelectric  sensor  comprising  an  opaque 
screen  defining  two  or  three  slits  behind  each  of  which  a 
photoelectric  cell  is  positicmed,  the  outputs  of  the  cells 
being  supi^ied  to  an  electronic  circuit  which  provides  a 
signal  at  the  mean  position  of  the  change  in  intensity. 


3  672  778 

0P1TCAL  SYSTEM  FOR  POSITIONAL  AND  ANGU- 

LAR  ORIENTATION  DETERMINING  APPARATUS 

Rldun^  W.  Kcni,  VestaL  N.Y.,  aaalgnOT  to  International 

Bnrineas  MacUnes  Corpoiatfoa,  Annonk,  N.Y. 

FDed  Dec  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,417 

Int  CL  GOlb  11/26 

VS.  CL  356—138  5  Clatans 


-OBEl 


m  an 


A  selectively  operative  relay  lens  is  provided _  ^ , ^ ,^.^^  .w».w«  wu«,* 

optical  system  which  is  part  of  apparatus  that  determines  color  attributes,  Le.  hue,  saturation  and  '^arknyw  can  be 


An  indicating  device  comprises  a  record  carrier  plate 
consisting  of  information  containing  elements,  such  as 
sections  of  holograms,  and  of  a  diaphragm  having  at 
least  one  aperture  corresponding  in  shape  to  the  shape 
of  one  of  the  elements.  The  record  carrier  plate  and  the 
diaphragm  are  displaceable  relative  to  one  another,  there- 
by revealing  one  or  more  elements  by  the  diaphragm 
apertures.  The  revealed  elements  provide  an  information 
on  the  position  of  the  record  carrier  plate  relative  to 
the  diaphragm.  In  a  first  embodiment  the  elements  are 
transparent  and  the  record  carrier  irfate  is  illuminated 
by  transmitted  light  so  that  an  image  caused  by  the  in- 
formation containing  element  is  projected  through  the 
aperture  onto  a  screen  or  may  be  observed  as  a  virtiud 
image  behind  the  record  carrier  plate.  In  a  second  em- 
bodiment the  record  carrier  plate  is  illuminated  by  in- 
cident light  which  is  reflected  from  the  revealed  element 
also  to  be  projected  onto  a  screen  or  viewed  as  a  virtual 
image.  The  record  carrier  plate  may  be  displaceable  in 
one  or  in  two  directions  of  a  rectangular  system  of  co- 
ordinates. In  the  first  case  the  elements  are  strips  extend- 
ing perpendicularly  to  the  direction  of  movement  and 
in  the  second  embodiment  the  elements  are  of  square 
shape. 


3(^780 
METHOD  AND  DEVICES  FOR  THE  DETERMINA- 
TION OF  COLORS  AND  COLOR  TOLERANCES 
IN   A   VISUAL   MANNER   IN   ANY   KIND   OP 
ARTIFICIAL  LIGHT  OR  SUNLIGHT 
Friti  Plriiiser,  Graf  StariiembcrsgaiM  13,  Sdega  10, 

Vieiiiia  IV,  Anstria 

Contlnmrflon  of  appHcatloB  Ser.  No.  290,712,  Inne  26, 

1965.  TUs  application  Mar.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,110 

lat  CL  GOIJ  3/48, 3/52 

U.S.  O.  356— 195  27aalBa 

A  visual  comparison  method  and  apparatus  in  which 

an  image  of  a  sample  is  presented  in  an  image  plane  with 

a  plurality  of  differing  color  comparison  regions  whose 


1446 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


1972 


prc^essively  adjusted  so  that  the  color  of  the  sample  can 
be  visually  compared  with  the  comparison  regions  to 
establish  color  correspondence  with  one  region.  In  order 
to  facilitate  such  matching  a  number  of  proposals  are 
provided:  (1)  either  the  sample  image  or  the  comparison 
regions  are  temporarily  eliminated;  (2)  the  sample  image 
and  the  corresponding  comparison  region  are  replaced 
by  a  dull  color;  (3)  the  borderlines  between  the  sample 
image  and  the  comparison  regions  are  periodically  shifted; 


(4)  a  complementary  color  is  superimposed  on  the  field 
of  vision  to  increase  contrast  between  the  sample  color 
and  the  comparison  regions.  In  order  to  permit  different 
sample  objects  to  be  viewed  under  different  illumination 
requirements,  the  sample  objects  are  supported  in  respec- 
tive holders  with  corresponding  optical  devices  providing 
the  particular  illumination  requirement,  the  holders  being 
interchangeable  in  a  housing  containing  a  viewer  and  the 
means  for  producing  the  color  comparison  regions. 


3,672,781 
CONTRAST  PHOTOMETER 
Earl  S.  RosenUnm,  Leziiigtoii,  Ma§s^  aarignor  to  the 
United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  tiie  Secre- 
tary of  the  Army 

FUcd  Mar.  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  16,115 

Int  CL  GOln  21/22.  21/26 

VS,  CL  356—201  9  Claims 


I  3,672,782 

RiniSCOPE    WITH    MULTIPLE   RETICLES 
SELECTIVELY  PROJECTED  ON  A  TARGET 
Alfred  A.  AUn,  Jr.,  West  Covina,  Calif.,  assigaor  to 

Baosdi  &  Lomb  Incorporated,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
Continiurtioii-iii-part  of  abandoned  application  Ser.  No. 
769,136,  Oct  21, 1968.  This  appUcation  Feb.  22, 1971, 
Ser.  No.  117,340  : 

Int.  a.  G02b  27/34  I 

U.S.  CL  356—251  5  Clafana 


A  firearm  optical  sight  having  a  plurality  Of  reticles 
which  are  selectably  indexed  and  projected  witlin  the 
sight  to  appear  as  an  illuminated  reticle  superimposed  on 
a  target  image  viewed  by  a  shooter.  A  choice  of  many 
different  reticles  adapts  the  sight  for  use  under  varying 
lighting  conditions  and  at  varying  range  with  different 
types  of  ammunition.  A  small  battery-operated  lamp 
projects  the  reticle  on  a  beam-splitting  device  such  as  a 
partially  transparent  pellicle  or  mirror  which  reflects  the 
reticle  image  onto  the  focal  plane  of  the  target  image. 
The  pellicle  is  partially  coated  with  a  reflection-reducing 
coating  to  maintain  a  bright  target  image.  The  reticles  are 
mounted  in  a  ring  or  similar  assembly  which  is  movably 
supported  on  the  sight  to  permit  a  desired  reticle  to  be 
indexed  into  a  projected  position. 


■  3,672,783 

TWIST-ACnON  RETRACTING  MECHANISM  FOR 

USE  IN  WRITING  INSTRUMENTS  -. 

Harald  F.  BaJnB,  Woodbildge,  N J.,  aarignor  |o 

AccDtec,  Inc. 

FUcd  Aug.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66,728 

Int  CL  B43k  24/00 

U.S.  CL  401—116  17  Claims 


An  apparatus  and  method  for  instrument  determination 
of  the  effectiveness  of  miUtary  obscuration  systems  by  the 
determination  of  the  ratio  of  cloud  reflectance  to  cloud 
transmittance  as  related  to  the  visual  contrast  determined 
by  a  contrast  i^otometer.  The  method  and  apparatus  can 
also  be  utilized  to  observe  industrial  smoke  clouds  to 
ascertain  whether  or  not  particulate  matter  of  the  cloud 
exceeds  the  maximum  allowable  amount  within  pollution 
control  standards.  Aforementioned  instrument  determina- 
tion and  utility  is  accomplished  by  an  apparatus  and  meth- 
od which  employs  an  optical  system  having  an  oscillating 
mirror  means  therein  and  a  photomultiplier  means  there- 
in; the  mirror  means  being  used  to  receive  Ught  waves 
from  the  source  being  studied  by  the  photometer  and  to 
transmit  the  light  waves  to  a  photomultiplier  means  to  con- 
vert the  light  waves  into  electrical  impulses. 


A  twist-action  retracting  mechanism  for  use  in  writing 
instruments  with  forward  and  rearward  barrels.  The 
operating  mechanism  includes  a  tubular  adapter  having 
a  helical  slot  on  the  inside  surface  and  shaped  to  permit 
mounting  of  the  adapter  within  the  rearward  end  of  the 
forward  barrel.  A  hollow  insert  member  is  shaped  to 
engage  the  inside  of  the  rearward  barrel  and  to  receive 
the  rearward  end  of  the  writing  cartridge.  The  insert 
member  also  includes  a  plurality  of  discrete  projections 
extending  outwardly  for  engaging  the  helical  slot  of  the 
adapter.  Rotation  of  the  insert  member  within  the  adapter 
causes  axial  movement  of  the  insert  member  and  the 
writing  cartridge. 


144fi 


mPFTriAT.  nAT.WTTl? 


Tttuw   txn     lova 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1447 


3,672,784 

ADJUSTABLE  TOOL 

James  F.  McCreery,  Latrobe,  Pa.,  assignor  to 

Kennametal  Inc^  Latrobe,  Pa. 

Filed  Aug.  26, 1970,  Ser.  No.  67,071 

lot  CL  B23b  29/02 

UA,  CL  408—178  15  Clafaiis 


in  unison  in  opposite  directions  about  the  pivot  by  the 
actuator,  between  positions  wherein  the  plates  extend 


The  specification  discloses  an  adjustable  tool,  specifical- 
ly, a  boring  bar  in  which  the  tool  has  a  first  member 

adapted  for  being  fixedly  supported  and  a  second  member 
adjustable  on  the  first  member  and  adapted  for  supporting 
a  cutting  tool  such  as  a  hard  insert.  The  two  members  are 
adapted  for  being  fixedly  clamped  together  and  are  ad- 
justable relatively  in  a  direction  laterally  of  the  axis  there- 
of while  cooperating  elements  of  a  cam  and  follower  are 
carried  by  the  respective  members  to  effect  said  lateral 
adjustment. 


3,672,785 

CIRCULAR  SAWING  TOOL 

Joseph  E.  Byrne,  38623  E.  21st  St., 

Palmdale,  Calif.    93550 

Filed  Jane  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  49,391 

Int  a.  B27b  33/18 

U.S.  CL  408—206  2  Claims 


transversely  across  the  passage  and  a  position  in  which 
the  plates  are  parallel  with  the  passage. 


A  circular  sawing  device  particularly  for  wood  and 
other  fibrous  materials,  as  well  as  plastics,  comprising  a 
rotary  body  carrying  at  least  a  pair  of  concentric  circular 
saw  blades  directed  axially  of  the  body  and  a  pilot  drill 
on  the  axis  of  rotation,  wherein  one  circular  blade  is  of 
lesser  axial  extent  than  the  other,  and  whereby  a  circular 
opening  with  a  rabbeted  edge  can  be  provided  in  one 
arrangement  and  in  another  blade  arrangement,  a  circu- 
lar disc  with  an  inwardly  concentric  groove  can  be  pro- 
duced. Different  adjustments  of  the  blades  can  provide 
for  various  types  of  cuts  other  than  the  two  mentioned. 


3,672,786 
CAPACITY  CONTROL  MECHANISM  FOR 
CENTRIFUGAL  GAS  COMPRESSORS 
Gordon  L.  Mount  West  Monroe,  N. Y.,  assignor  to 
Carrier  Coiporation,  Syracnse,  N.Y. 
Filed  Nov.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,937 
Int  CL  F04d  15/00,  27/00;  HOIJ  39/12 
VA,  CL  415—147  3  Claims 

A  pair  of  capacity  control  damper  plates  of  semi-cir- 
cular form  are  moimted  for  movement  about  a  common 
pivot  in  the  gas  intake  passage  of  a  centrifugal  compres- 
sor. The  adjacent  straight  or  diametrical  edges  of  the 
plates  extend  normal  to  the  axis  of  the  pivot.  A  powered 
actuator  is  mounted  upstream  from  the  valve  plates  and 
is  connected  to  the  same  by  links.  The  plates  are  moved 


3,672,787 

TURBINE  BLADE  HAVING  A  COOLED 

LAMINATED  SKIN 

Rolf  A.  Thorstenson,  Westport,  Conn.,  assignor  to 

Avco  Corporation,  Stratford,  Conn. 

Filed  Oct  31, 1969,  Ser.  No.  872,947 

Int.  CL  FOld  5/08 

UJS,  CL  416—97  11  Claims 


A  turbine  blade  is  comprised  of  a  core  having  open 
troughs  enclosed  by  a  laminated  skin  to  form  coolant 
passages.  Each  layer  of  the  laminated  skin  has  cooper- 
ating cavities  which  provide  coolant  flow  passages  through 
the  skin.  This  results  in  the  combination  of  convection 
cooling  within  the  multi-layered  laminated  skin,  and 
boundary  layer  cooling  on  the  surface  of  the  turbine 
blade. 


3,672,788 
VARIABLE  PITCH  AEROFOIL  BLADES 
John  Henry  Ellinger,  Mickleover,  Derby,  Eo^and,  as- 
signor to  Rolls-Royce  Limited,  Derby,  England 
Continuation  of  application  Ser.  No.  686,435,  Nov.  29, 

1967.  This  application  May  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  34,582 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  IMtaln,  Dec  5,  1966, 

54,417/66;  June  24,  1967,  29,245/67 

lot  CL  B64c  11/34 

U.S.  CL  416—43  13  Claims 


Variable  pitch  aerofoil  blades  are  provided  with  a  gear 
drive  having  a  feedback  so  that  when  the  mechanism 


1448 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JUNS  37,  1972 


reaches  an  equilibrium  (feathered)  condition  any  dis- 
turbance affecting  the  blade  causes  the  gear  drive  to  ad- 
just the  blades  to  cancel  the  effect  of  the  distvubance. 


3,i72,7S9 
HYDROCARBON  RESPONSIVE  GETTER  ION  PUMP 

lames  Rofer  Youi»  Rezf ord,  N.Y.,  aarigoor  to 

G«B«nl  Electric  ComMBy 

FBed  S«t  21, 1970,  Scr.  Nor73,848 

lat  CL  FMb  37/02;  F04f  11/00;  HOIJ  7/16 

UiL  CL  417—51  8  Clidiiis 


A  getter  piunp  which  is  sensitive  to  hydrocarbon  gases 
as  well  as  active  inorganic  gases  is  disclosed.  The  pump  is 
particularly  useful  in  image  converter  tubes  having  organ- 
ic materials  therein.  The  getter  pump  includes  electrode 
means  for  dissociating  the  hydrocarbon  gases  into  their 
atomic  constituents  and  heating  means  to  improve  the 
gettering  characteristics  of  particular  porous  getter  mate- 
rials such  as  titanium,  zirconium,  alloys  of  titanium  and 
zirconium,  or  alloys  of  zirconium  and  aluminum. 


3,<72,7M 
w^^    ^  ™^       AmUFTPUMP 
'•Si?'-  ^'Jfti  *«?*»••«»»  ■«»  B«Mrt  RoMby,  Bv. 
^iguiM,  Califs  airigBon  to  Bwkdffy  Ste«l  Comteiio. 
tfoB  Conpanj,  be. 

FOed  Apr.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  134;218 
„-  ^  .«       l^CLPMfi/i«,5/(» 
UA  CL  417— IM  6  aafau 


_3.«72,791 
PUMPING  SYSTEM  WTTH  CONIROLLKD 

UQUm  ADDmON 
Robert  D.  ZfauMily,  K«M*a,  Wk.,  MritDor  to 

FIM  Inly  17, 197t,  S«r.  No.  55,885 

Int.  CL  P84b  2J/0».  7/a¥.  2i^W 
U.S.  CL  417— 285 


4  rifiliHf 


^^ 


41     *3     5, 


Liquids  which  are  to  be  added  in  precise  amounts  to 
the  suction  side  of  a  main  pump  in  a  liquid  system  are 
pumpe<  from  an  additive  tank  by  a  special  diaphragm 
pump  wbich  is  so  constructed  and  arranged  that  the  diar 
phragm  serves  as  a  normally-dosed,  positive  shut-off  valve 
when  the  diaphragm  pump  is  not  operating  to  prevent  ex- 
cess chemical  from  being  sucked  into  the  system. 


3,672,792 

PNEUMATIC  CONTROL  SYSTEM  AND  PARTS 

THEREFOR  OR  THE  T^igF. 

Dooglas  R  Scott,  Elkhart,  lod.,  assignor  to  Robcrtshaw 

Controls  Company,  Rldunond,  Va. 
OiJMBal  aivUcatlM  Not.  15, 1968,  Scr.  No.  776,224,  now 
PatMit  No.  3,550,484.  DMded  and  tfata  aaplkatton 
Ai«.  16, 1976,  S«.  No.  67^  -Fl-cmion 

-T«  ^  InL  CL  F8^  ¥9/00 

UA  CL  417.,;386  5  ciahna 


An  air  lift  pump  for  use  as  a  sewage  lift  pump  is  pro- 
vided with  an  air  injection  section  in  which  jet  nozzles  art 
diqxMed  peripherally  and  helically  around  the  pump  sec- 
tion and  arranged  at  angles  to  the  planes  radial  and  tangen- 
tial to  the  longitudinal  axis  ci  the  pump  which  vary  when 
progressing  peripherally  around  the  pump  section. 


This  (fisclosure  relates  to  a  laundry  machine  wherein 
the  rotating  laundry  c<Hifining  drum  or  tub  is  opentively 
interconnected  to  a  vacuum  pump  to  cause  continuous 
operation  of  the  vacuum  pump  during  the  entire  move- 
ment of  the  confining  means  so  as  to  provide  a  source  of 
vacuum  for  controlling  vacumn  operated  actuators  of  the 
apparatus.  In  additicm,  a  pneumatically  operated  tinaer 
controlling  the  "on-off"  operation  of  the  laundry  machine 
is  repetitively  actuated  and  deactuated  by  the  movement 
of  the  laundry  confining  means. 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1449 


POWER 


3,673,793 
TRANSMISSION 


to 


GordoB  H.  Yowdl,  North  BraMh,  Mkh., 

Spany  Raad  Corporadoo,  "my,  MDck. 

Filed  Oct.  28,  1978,  Scr.  No.  84,697 

bit  CL  F84b  77/00;  35/00,  39/02.  24/14, 1/00.  27/00 

U.S.  CL  417—368  7  Clafans 


An  electric  motor-pump  unit  for  hydraulic  power  sys- 
tems has  a  pressure  regulated  variable  displacement,  high 
pressure  pump  at  one  end  of  an  electric  motor  and  a  low 
pressure  centrifugal  charging  pump  at  the  opposite  end. 
A  path  is  provided  from  the  low  {Hvssure  pump  through 
the  electric  motor  to  the  inlet  of  the  high  pressure  pump. 
To  maintain  a  flow  of  charging  fluid  to  cool  the  electric 
motor  during  periods  when  no  high  pressiu'e  fluid  is  re- 
quired, the  pressure  responsive  regulator  for  the.  high 
pressure  pump  opens  a  bypass  from  its  delivery  line  into 
the  casing  to  join  the  scavenged  fluid. 


3,672,794 
INJECnONPUMP 
Stanley  E.  Reed,  Jr.,  Haslcit,  and  Donald  C.  Rnby,  Lan- 
sing, Mkh.,  aasigiiorB  to  FMC  Coiporatkw,  San  Jose, 
'   CaHf. 

Filed  Oct  12, 1978,  Scr.  No.  79,849 

Int  CL  F84b  77/00,  35/00 

\5A.  CL  417—382  3  Claims 


A  piston  type  injection  pump,  having  means  for  adjust- 
ment of  the  volume  for  each  stroke,  being  powered  syn- 
chronously l^  a  recq)rocating  pump  to  inject  a  fluid  in  a 
set  ratio  t^  volume  with  the  efi3uent  of  the  reciprocating 
pump. 


3,672,795 
CABLE-SU^ENDED,  LINEAR-SUPPORTED  ELEC- 
TRIC PUMP  INSTALLATION  IN  WELL  CASING 
Amais  Amtnnoff  and  John  C  OKooike,  Bartlcsvlllc, 

OUa.,  aaalgnon  to  TRW,  Inc.,  Gcvebnid,  Ohio 
^  Filed  Feb.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  112,618 

Iht  CL  F84b  77/00,  35/04;  F03b  75/02 
UA  CL  417—424  6  Clafans 

A  cable-suspended,  submergible  electric  pump  installa' 


nected  pump,  motor  and  motor  protecting  units.  A  re- 
trievable cylindrical  liner  encircles  the  cable  and  extends 
into  the  well  casing  from  ground  level  to  enclose  the  dis- 
charge head  of  the  pump  unit,  where  a  shoe  is  provided 
on  the  liner  to  actually  support  the  installation  at  a  pre- 
determined operative  elevation  in  the  well.  The  pump 
intake  communicates  with  the  well  fluid  in  the  casing,  and 
the  pump  discharges  to  the  earth's  surface  through  the 
liner.  The  annulus  between  the  liner  and  casing  acts 


as  a  gas  separator.  All  electrical  connections  and  sj^ces 
are  made  in  a  low  pressure  zone  effected  by  the  pump  in- 
take, removed  from  the  high  pressure  zone  influenced  by 
the  pump  discharge,  to  avoid  the  detrimental  effects  of 
high  pressure  on  the  connection  and  splices.  The  instal- 
latiou  also  includes  means  to  permit  the  flushing  of  sand 
which  may  accumulate  in  the  liner  adjacent  the  pump  dis- 
charge head. 


3  672,796 

FLUID  PR^^jWe  CONTKCH. 

Robert  K.  AfitcheD,  Billiard,  OUo,  assignor  to  The 

Battdk  Dcvclopniait  Coiporation,  Cohunbos,  (Mdo 

FDed  Oct  12, 1978,  Scr.  No.  88,838 

Lrt.  CL  P81c  27/76/  F84c  15/04;  F16k  77/00 

U.S.  CL  418—26  19 


A  pressure  contrc^  for  a  fluid  device  such  as  a  variable- 
tion  for  use  in  a  weU  casing,  including  concentrically  con-  delivery  pump.  A  servo  valve  has  an  elongate  opening 


1450 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TTl 


June  27, 


in  which  a  control  piston  is  longitudinally  slidable  about 
an  equilibrium  position  where  the  forces  of  an  adjust- 
able c<Mnpression  spring  and  of  the  pump  discharge  pres- 
sure on  a  small  surface  at  the  right  end  are  balanced  by 
the  discharge  pressure  on  a  larger  surface  at  the  left  end. 
Increased  discharge  pressure  moves  the  control  piston  to 
the  right,  applying  the  increased  pressure  to  the  flexible 
cam  ring  of  the  pump  so  as  to  reduce  its  eccentricity  and 
the  discharge  rate.  Decreased  discharge  pressure  allows 
the  control  piston  to  move  to  the  left,  relieving  pressure 
on  the  cam  ring  to  increase  its  eccentricity  and  the  dis- 
charge rate. 

Oscillation  of  the  control  piston  during  changes  in  the 
discharge  rate  are  substantially  eliminated  by  a  damp- 
ing piston  having  a  constricted  longitudinal  passage 
through  it  and  positioned  to  the  left  of  the  control  piston 
between  compression  springs.  The  space  to  the  left  of  the 
damping  piston  communicates  with  a  fluid  pressure  that 
is  responsive  to  the  eccentricity  of  the  cam  ring.  As  the 
control  piston  moves  one  way  in  response  to  a  change  in 
discharge  pressure  the  damping  piston  moves  in  the  oppo- 
site direction,  thereby  anticipatorily  decelerating  and  min- 
imizing overshoot  by  the  control  piston,  which  then  re- 
turns to  the  equilibrium  position  as  the  damping  piston 
moves  oppositely  to  its  equilibrium  position  and  thus  an- 
ticipatorily decelerate  and  minimizes  oscillation  by  the 
control  piston. 

3,672,797 

FLUID  POWER  CONVERTER 

Cliaries  R.   Gerlach  and   Robinson  W.  Brown,  San 

Antonio,  Tex^  assignors  to  Gcriacli  Brown,  Inc. 

FUed  Dec.  10, 1969,  Ser.  No.  883,692 

bit  CI.  FOlc  1/00:  F03c  3/00;  F04c  1/00 

UA  CL  418—125  11  Claims 


i. 


1972 


3,672,798 
RADIAL  SEALING  BAR  FOR  PISTONS  OF  ROTARY 

PISTON  INTERNAL  COMBUSTION  ENGINES 
Hans  O.  Schcrcnbcrg,  Stnttgart-Heunuidcn,  Gcnoang^,  as- 
signor to  DaimierwBcnz  Aictieiigesellichaft,  Sfiittgart- 
UntertnrkheiBi,  Gcmuuiy 

Filed  Mar.  6,  1970,  Scr.  No.  17,128 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  6,  11969, 
P  19  11  320.3  I 

Intel.  FOlc  i9/02;F03ci/(W;F04c  27/00  ' 
U.S.  CI.  418—113  7  Claims 


A  radial  sealing  bar  of  composite  constructibn  for 
pistons  of  rotary  piston  internal  combustion  engines,  espe- 
cially of  trochoidal  construction  in  which  the  radial  seal- 
ing bar  consists  of  at  least  three  thin  layers  which  extend 
in  the  longitudinal  direction;  at  least  the  layer  which 
forms  a  part  of  the  bar  crest  is  made  from  a  material 


having  a  high  hardness,  such  as  a  ceramic  material,  < 
a  hard  metal  or  alloy  and  other  sintered  materials 


uartz. 


3,672,799 

APPARATUS  FOR  FORMING  A  STACKABLE 
CONTAINER 
Wolfgang  Uebcrtz  and  Anthony  J.  Starr,  Wilmingtoii, 
Del.,  assignors  to  Container  Corporation  oi  America, 
Chicago,  m. 
Original  appUcation  Sept  18,  1968,  Scr.  No.  760,427. 
Divided  and  this  applicatioa  July  17,  1970,  Scr.  No. 
55,740 

Int  a.  B29c  77/07;  B29d  23/03 
VS,  CL  425—330  2  Claims 


A  fluid  power  converter,  such  as  a  hydraulic  fluid  pimip 
or  motor,  having  a  rotor  and  stator  each  having  sealing 
valves,  which  provides  a  zero  radial  bearing  load  by  pro- 
viding more  valves  in  the  rotor  member  than  in  the  stator, 
with  the  excess  of  rotor  valves  being  at  least  two  when 
the  stator  contains  an  even  number  of  valves,  and  with 
the  number  of  rotor  valves  being  twice  the  number  of 
stator  valves  when  the  stator  contains  an  odd  number  of 
valves.  The  stator  having  a  contoured  periphery  to  i»°o- 
vide  a  plurality  of  annular  spaces  between  the  rotor  and 
stator,  each  space  defined  in  part  by  an  arc  of  a  circle 
having  its  center  coaxial  with  the  axis  of  the  rotor  and 
stator  and  having  an  angular  width  such  that  a  constant 
net  torque  is  exerted  on  both  rotor  valves  and  stator  valves 
to  provide  zero  torque  fluctuation.  Both  the  rotor  and 
stator  having  opposed  contoured  peri^eries  cooperating  to 
provide  an  annular  space  therebetween  in  which  the  stator 
and  rotor  peripheries  include  a  plurality  of  recesses  de- 
fined in  part  by  an  arc  of  a  circle  having  its  center  co- 
axially  with  the  axis  of  the  rotor  and  stator  and  of  an 
angular  width  such  that  u  constant  net  torque  is  exerted  on 
both  rotor  valves  and  stator  valves  to  provide  zero  torque 
fluctuation. 


A  unitary,  stackable  container  is  formed  from  mold- 
able  material  and  has  integral  top  and  bottom  mem- 
bers snterconnected  by  a  hollow,  tubular  body  and  fur- 
ther comprises  a  stacking  indentation  in  the  bottom 
member,  a  pair  of  ridges  upstanding  from  the  top  mem- 
ber and  being  adapted  to  engage  the  stacking  indenta- 
tion in  the  bottom  member  of  a  similar  container  when 
the  containers  are  stacked,  the  top  member  hatving  a 
pair  of  threaded,  flanged  apertures  located  adjacent  the 
opposite  sides  of  the  member,  a  handle  integrally  formed 
with  the  top  member  and  having  its  long  axis  posi- 
tioned in  a  normal  relationship  with  the  axis  extending 
through  said  apertures.  The  method  of  forming  the 
above  container  includes  the  steps  of  suspending  a  tube 
of  plastic  material  having  one  closed  end  and  one  open 


Tirvrn     OT       1 0TO 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1461 


end  between  a  pair  of  separated  mold  halves,  introducing 
air  into  the  tube  through  the  open  end  for  partially 
expanding  the  tube,  enclosing  the  partially  expanded  tube 
in  a  cavity  of  the  mold  by  bringing  the  mold  halves  into 
mating  registry,  completing  the  expansion  of  the  tube 
by  introducing  air  into  the  tube  at  a  location  other  than 
the  open  thereby  causing  the  tube  to  assume  the  con- 
figuration of  the  cavity,  maintaining  said  expanded  tube 
under  internal  air  pressure  for  a  predetermined  time, 
exhausting  air  from  the  expanded  tube,  and  separating 
the  mold  halves  for  removal  of  the  article  formed.  The 
apparatus  for  forming  the  container  comprises  a  pair 
of  mold  halves  movable  relative  to  one  another  into 
mating  registry,  a  pair  of  article  bottom  forming  plates 
positioned  above  the  mold  halves  and  movable  relative 
to  one  another  and  into  contacting  engagement  with 
the  mold  halves,  a  pair  of  article  top  forming  plates 
located  below  the  mold  halves  and  movable  into  mating 
registry  with  one  another  and  having  cavities  for  form- 
ing threaded,  flanged  apertures  and  a  handle  in  the  top 
member  of  the  container. 


3,672,800 

GALVANIC  DETECTION  OF  OXYGEN  IN  A 

SPINNING  CELL  STEAM  CHAMBER 

Carmelo  Rapisarda,  Wilmington,  Del.,  assignor  to  E.  I. 

do  Pont  de  Nemours  and  Company,  Wilmtaigton,  Del. 

Filed  July  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,543 

Int  CL  DOld  13/02 

VS,  CL  425—71  2  Claims 


In  an  apparatus  for  spinning  synthetic  filaments  of  the 
type  that  includes  an  extrusion  device  from  which  fila- 
ments pass  successively  through  a  steam  chamber  and  a 
quenching  chamber  to  a  windup,  a  means  is  provided  for 
continuously  detecting  and  indicating  the  amount  of  oxy- 
gen in  the  steam  chamber  in  the  range  of  concentrations 
of  from  0.01  to  1.0%  at  temperatures  that  range  from 
100  to  350"  C.  The  detecting  means  is  a  galvanic  cell  in 
communication  with  the  steam  cham<ber  and  coimected 
to  an  indicator.  The  cell  includes  a  porous  graphite  cup 
containing  an  electrolyte  mixture  and  a  molybdeniun 
anode  centrally  located  in  the  cup. 


3,672,801 
SPINNING  QUENCH  CHAMBER  HAVING  A 
CONICAL  FLOW  DIRECTOR 
Gary   Lee   CaldweD,  Wilmington,   DeL,   and   Rkhard 
Tliomas  Eger,  Madison,  and  F^erick  Warren  Miller, 
Hcndersonville,  Tenn.,  assignors  to  E.  L  Ai  Pont  de 
Nemous  and  Company,  Wilmington,  DeL 
FUed  Jan.  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  106,022 
Int  CL  DOld  13/02 
VS,  CL  425—71  4  Claims 

A  cylindrical  chimney  used  for  quenching  synthetic 
filaments  after  they  are  extruded  from  a  spinneret  is 


divided  into  concentric  cylindrical  plenum  and  quench- 
ing chambers  by  means  of  a  cylindrical  fwaminous  mem- 
ber comprised  of  at  least  five  layers  of  fine  mesh  screens 
spaced  from  each  other  a  specified  distance  to  improve 
quench  medium  distribution  from  the  plenum  into  the 
quench  chamber.  A  cone  shaped  flow  director  extends 
from  the  spinneret  coaxially  into  the  quenching  cham- 


ber. A  flow  restrictor  at  the  exit  end  of  the  quench  cham- 
ber forms  a  partial  seal  with  the  filament  bundle  direct- 
ing the  air  flow  through  the  bundle  for  more  efiScient 
cooling.  A  guide  positicmed  below  the  chimney  quench 
chamber  encompassing  the  filaments  serves  to  stabilize 
the  threadline  and  is  vertically  movable  to  vary  the  fila- 
ment bundle  size  at  the  point  it  passes  through  the  flow 
restrictor  to  vary  the  sealing  effect  of  the  bundle. 


3,672,802 
APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING  MULTILAYER 
FILAMENT 
Maso   Matsni,   Takafwnki,   Yntaka  Utsahara,   ragaalii- 
Onka,  MasaUio  Yamabe,  Neyagawa,  and  Soflnui 
Toknra,  Osaka,  Jqian,  assi^rs  to  Kanegafnchi  BoacU 
KahushlM  Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Ji^an 
Original  application  Mar.  6,   1968,  Ser.  No.  711,070. 
Divided  and  this  application  May  25,  1970,  Scr.  No. 
48,683 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  Mar.  15, 1967, 

42/1631 
Int  CL  DOld  3/00 
VS,  CL  425—131  7 


A  spinneret  is  disclosed  for  the  production  of  mixed 
filaments  which  are  made  from  at  least  two  spinning  ma- 
terials extending  substantially  continuously  along  the  fila- 
ment axis  having  at  least  ten  thin  layers  in  arbitrary  cross 
secti(«.  The  spinneret  contains  a  plurality  of  layer  mtilti- 
plying  mixers  for  separation  and  joining  of  the  filament 
components  in  different  phase. 


1452 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27^  1972 


SCRAP  GRINIffiRFOR  INJECnON- 
MOLDING  MACHINE 
Herbert  Rees,  WlOowdak,  Ontario,  Canda,  aarigaor  lo 
HnalQr  Manafactiiriag  and  Tool  Works  Limited,  Bol- 
ton, Oalarks  Casada 
Coattaaatioii-inHPart  of  wpHeatioB  Scr.  No.  732,148,  May 
27,  IMt,  mm  Pateirt  No.  3,566,444.  lUs  application 
May  13, 197«,  Ser.  No.  36,938 

laL  CL  B29f  1/00 
VA  a  425-197  7  CfadiM 


therein  which  is  directed  outwardly  toward  the  pipe  ends 
to  remove  debris  therein  while  a  line  is  simultaneously 
scribed  on  the  peripheral  surface  of  the  spigot  portion 
of  the  pipes  at  a  i»redetennined  position  from  the  end 
there(rf,  a  pair  of  generally  vertically  spaced  second  proc- 
ess stations  at  which  the  wall  thickened  end  portions  of 
the  respective  pipes  are  heated,  and  a  pair  of  generally 
verticalty  spaced  third  process  stations  at  which  the  heated 
wall  thickened  end  portions  of  the  req;)ective  pipes  are 
belled  prior  to  discharge  from  the  apparatus. 


\^'y////////////////^///  I 

I b:^ I 


A  grinder  with  rotary  knives  is  positioned  below  the 
mold  level  of  an  injection-molding  machine  and  ofiFset 
from  the  mold  path,  an  auger  driven  by  the  knife  motor 

extending  horizontally  from  a  helper  beneath  the  mold 
path  to  the  grinder  mouth  for  delivering  runners  dropping 
from  the  opening  mold  to  a  lateral  entrance  of  a  knife 
housing.  A  lateral  extension  of  that  housing  receives  the 
comminuted  scrap  with  the  aid  (rf  a  second  auger,  dis- 
posed at  right  angles  to  the  first  one,  and  has  an  outlet 
for  the  return  of  this  scrap  to  the  machine  hopper  via 
a  suction  pipe. 

3,€72,8«4 

PIPE  BEUING  MACHINE 

HerlMrtA.  DaHk,  PcnMM,  N.Y.,  Mrignor  to  I^e 

FHartkola  Ctimpaay,  WUtc  Fialni,  N. Y. 

Filed  Oct.  12, 197t,  Scr.  No.  79,842 

Int.  CL  B29c  17100 

UACL425— 328  17  Claims 


AlVi 


3,672,885 

PARATUS  FOR  FORMING  A  PLASTIC 

AirnCLE 

Bemd  Porepp,  Am  Rei>l»«rg  16,  Wangen  7764,  Germany 

FVed  Dec  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  883,251 

Int  CL  B29d  5/00 

UJL  CL  425-^91  5 


Cbrimi 


An  apparatus  for  simultaneously  belling  the  «ngle  wall 
thickened  end  portion  of  individual  pipes  supplied  to  the 
apparatus  frcMn  an  extruder  with  the  thickened  wall  end 
portions  thereof  located  at  opposite  ends  of  the  succes- 
sive pipes  has  a  pick-up  station  for  receiving  the  pipes 
from  the  extrude  and  a  generally  vertically  extending 
conveyor  which  sequentially  receives  the  pipes  at  the 
pidc-up  station  and  tranqxMts  the  pipes  through  a  plu- 
rality of  iMY)ce8S  stations  including  a  pair  of  generally 
vertically  spaced  first  process  stations  at  which  the  both 
ends  of  the  pipes  are  cleaned  by  a  flow  of  air  produced 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  making  continuous  cou- 
pling elements  for  slide  fasteners.  A  synthetic  thread  of 

a  thermosetting  material  is  advanced  axially  toward 
radially  outwardly  extending  guide  pins  or  teeth  on  the 
periphery  of  a  cylindrical  disc  mounted  for  step-by-step 
rotation.  The  synthetic  thread  is  advanced  a  length  suffi- 
cient to  form  a  loop  of  a  helical  coil,  after  which  the 
cylindrical  disc  is  advanced  one  step,  or  one  guide  pin. 
The  synthetic  thread  is  advanced  by  means  of  a  pair  of 
rollers  which  have  means  on  their  periphery  or  which 
coact  with  stamping  tools  to  deform  the  synthetic  thread 
at  certain  points  and  give  it  a  proper  shape.  The  shaped 
thread  will  provide  a  loop  having  a  deformed  coupling 
surface  at  its  apex  and  deformed  engaging  surfaces  for 
the  coupling  surfaces  of  a  matching  coupling  element  at 
the  loop  base.  After  a  loop  has  been  formed  and  advanced, 
it  is  stamped  flat  by  a  reciprocating  stamping  device  and 
is  then  heated  so  as  to  beccMne  set.  The  cylindrical  disc 
may  also  be  provided  with  an  additional  set  of  guide  pins 
on  its  periphery,  offset  from  the  first  set  of  guide  pins,  so 
that  two  continuous  coupling  elements  may  be  fo^ed  in 
engaginf  relationship  simultaneously. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  425—364  see: 
Patent  No.  3,672,348 


3,i72,8t6  ^ 

DIE  ASSEMBLY 
Peter  T.  TWolo  and  Harlan  HL  Sdmtte,  Dnbnqne,  Iowa, 
asaignon  to  Scovill  Manafactmfag  Company 
i     Filed  July  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57>96      [ 
1  IitCL  B29c  n/00  I 

UiL  CL  42S— 406  7  Claims 

A  die  assembly  for  forming  and  shaping  articles  from 
a  moldable  material  by  heat  compressing  the  material  be- 
tween a  pair  of  dies  in  which  the  dies  comprise  adjacent 
die  imits  in  side-by-side  relationship  to  form  a  plurality 
of  molded  articles  simultaneously  and  having  a  com- 
pressing member  on  one  of  the  dies  at  the  edges  of  the 


June  27,  1972 


GENERAL  AND  MECHANICAL 


1458 


^^^  «P amung  these  edges  to  mcrease  the  density  of  of  combustion  air  to  atomize  the  fuel  during  startup  when 
the  molded  matenal  at  these  edges.  This  compressing  the  steam  pressure  is  insufBciem  to  do  so^  Adamwris 
member  not  only  densifies  the  edge,  of  the  article  but  provided  in  the  air  inlet  to  buUd  up  ^  ^^^ 

upstream  of  the  damper  so  that  the  latter  air  pressure 
may  be  directed  through  the  nrnmiTing  noezk.  When  the 


also  restricts  and  thereby  controls  the  rate  of  escape 
of  volatile  products  from  the  moldable  material  that  would 
ordinarily  tend  to  rupture  and  weaken  the  molded  prod- 
uct at  the  edges  if  the  edges  were  not  thusly  densified. 


furnace  is  up  to  temperature  and  steam  is  generated  by 
the  furnace,  the  damper  is  opened  to  obtain  efficient  com- 
bustion of  the  fuel  which  is  then  atomized  by  the  steam. 
A  supplemental  air  heater  is  provided  to  elevate  the  tem- 
perature of  the  pressurized  air  during  the  startup). 


3,672,807 
MOLD  CONSTRUCTION 

Onille  F.  Gcnz,  Elmwood  Paifc,  DL,  aarignor  to  Hydro 
Component  Reieirch  and  Derelopment  Co.,  Chicago, 

AppUcatioB  Jnly  23,  1969,  S«r.  No.  844,006,  vHilch  is  a 
dtriaioa  of  appUcatioa  Ser.  No.  643,236,  June  2,  1967, 
now  Patent  No.  3,519,280.  Divided  and  this  appUca- 
tion  Fell.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  113,262 

lot  a  B29c  7/00;  B29f  1/14 
UACL425     422  3 


3,672,809 
UQUID  FUEL  BURNING  HEA1ERS 

Hugh  Charics  Hebard,  Bochii«lHmuiiiit,  RngiMiji,  m. 
fl^nor  to  Abddfai  Industries  Limited,  Gnenf  oid.  Mid- 
dlesex,  P-wgi^nil 

J^  ^•*- 1*'  ^'^^  S*'-  No.  114,972 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Sept  21. 1978. 

44,773/78  * 

WTO  ^  «-  InLaF23dJ/2tf 

U.S.  CL  431—34  g 


A  mold  construction  comprises  mating  mold  sections 
defining  in  assembled  relation  a  mold  cavity  for  forming 
an  annular  sealing  ring  of  a  generally  V-shaped  cross- 
section.  The  mold  construction  avoids  the  occurrence  of 
mold  parting  lines  and  other  surface  irregularities  on 
critical  surfaces  of  the  ring.  A  series  of  channels  extend 
through  one  mold  section  and  communicate  with  the 
mold  cavity  at  the  base  of  the  V  while  a  submerged  gate 
communicates  with  at. least  one  of  the  channels  for  pro- 
viding a  path  to  inject  a  thermoplastic  material  in  a  fluid 
state  into  the  mold.  A  series  of  knock-out  pins  are  each 
normally  positioned  at  an  end  of  the  channel  remote 
from  tlM  mold  cavity  but  are  slidable  toward  the  cavity 
to  shear  the  thermoplastic  material  communicating  with 
the  channel  through  the  gate  and  to  eject  the  ring  mem- 
ber on  disassembly  of  the  mold. 


i;z/ 


•j        -  •• 


1  ^-: 

.•fi  .:•/.:■ 

1 

« 

-1- 

—   « 



J      ^\^^-^ 

A  liquid  fuel  burning  heater  having  a  wick  fed  radiant 
burner  of  the  "short  drum"  type,  is  provided  with  an 
extinguishing  device  which  is  operative,  upon  tilting  of 
the  heater,  to  retract  the  wick  and  close  the  space  between 
the  inner  and  outer  wick  tubes  under  the  influence  of  a 
sprmg  acting  upon  a  rod,  the  upper  end  of  which  is 
secured  to  the  extinguishing  device  and  the  lower  end  of 
which  engages  the  ground  when  the  heater  is  standina  ui>- 
right.  *^ 


3,672,808 
METHOD    AND    APPARATUS    OF    CONTINUOUS 
STEAM-ATC^nZING  FUEL  COMBUSTION   FOR 
BOILER  FURNACE  ^ 

Shnzo  MiyazaU,  Toltyo,  Japan,  assignor  to  Japan 
Fomace  Industry  Co.  Ltd.,  Tolcyo,  Japan 
Flkd  Oct  15,  1970,  S«r.  No.  80,906 
Int  CL  F23n  1/04 
VJS,  CL  431—2  18  Claims 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  initiating  combustion  in 
a  steam-atcxnizing  furnace  using  the  pressurized  source 

890  0.0. 


3,672,81§ 

BUimrat  IGNITION  AND  CONTROL  SYSIEIM 
James  A.  Wright  Webster  Groves,  and  AI^  wT^ 
bog.  Klrinrood,  Mo.,  asrimon  to  EnMrna  r 
Co,,StLoais,Mo.  "owwe  j 

Filed  Ann.  Ig,  1978,  Scr.  No.  64,692 

UiLCL431-^^^™"^/^  ,„ 

A  direct  igmtion  and  control  system  for  gaseous  fuel 
burners  employing  an  electrical  resistance-type  igniter,  a 
biased  closed  solenoid  actuated  fuel  valve,  a  double- 
throw  switch  normally  completing  an  Mi«^ry.Ti«j  drcuit 


J 


1454 


for  the  igniter  and  responsive  to  the  radiant  energy  of 
the  igniter  when  at  ignition  temperature  to  break  the 
igniter  circuit  and  complete  an  energizing  circuit  for  the 
winding  of  the  valve  solenoid;  the  valve  circuit  includ- 
ing a  series  resistor  limiting  current  flow  through  the 
solenoid  winding  to  that  which  holds  the  valve  open  but 
will  not  open  it,  and  further  includes  a  normally  charged 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  27,  1972 


capacitor  which  upon  completion  of  the  solenoid  wind- 
ing circuit  by  the  double  throw  switch  is  discharged 
through  the  winding  to  effect  opening  of  the  valve;  the 
double  throw  switch  also  being  responsive  to  burner 
flame  to  retain  completion  of  the  valve  hold  open  cir- 
cuit and  the  igniter  having  suflScient  mass  to  retain  an 
igniting  temperature  for  a  brief  period  after  de-energiza- 
ti(Mi. 


3,672^11 

BURNER  CONTROL  SYSTEM  USING  A  RADIATION 

OPERATED  RELAY  MEANS 

Rfriaad  L.  Hron,  Bloomiiigtoii,  Mimin  asrignor  to 

HoneyweD  Inc^  Mbmei^olis,  Minn. 

Filed  Mar.  15, 1971,  Scr.  No.  124,128 

bt  CL  F23n  5/00 

UJS.  CL  431—69  9  Claims 


3,672,812 
FUEL  BURNER  UNIT  FOR  MOUNTING 
COMMON  AIR  BOX 
Kond  Erik  Bcndizcn,  Hordwim,  Denauuli,  assignor  to 
Aktieaelskabct  Burmclster  ft  Wain's  MasUn.  og  SUbs- 
byggcii,  Copenhasen  K,  Dcnnuut 

Filed  Nov.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  93,625      J 
Claims  priority,  application  Demnark,  Dec.  9,  1969, 

6.507 

Int  CL  F23n 

U.8.  CL  431—89  7  Claims 


e     ,. 


A  fuel  burner  unit  designed  to  be  connected  to  a  com- 
mon air  supply  box  in  parallel  with  one  or  more  like 
burner  anits.  The  burner  comprises  a  duct  system  for 
conveying  combustion  air  from  the  air  box  to  the  burner 
head  and  includes  a  single  annular  outer  duct  connected  at 
its  front  end  to  the  air  box  and  at  its  rear  end  to  individual 
inner  ducts  for  primary  and  secondary  combustion  air, 
respectively.  The  volume  ratio  between  primary  and  sec- 
ondary air  is  determined  by  an  adjustable,  but  normally 
fixed  baflle  device  at  the  rear  outlet  end  of  the  outer  duct. 
The  total  amount  of  combustion  air  supplied  to  each 
burner  it  controlled  by  a  valve  device  located  at  the  inlet 
end  of  the  annular  outer  duct. 


A  substantially  all  solid  state  control  system  which  is 
adapted  to  be  OHmected  to  control  a  fuel  burner  is  dis- 
closed and  provides  a  delayed  fuel  and  post-ignition  timing 
period  using  a  heater  operated  bimetal  switch.  The  sys- 
tem is  adapted  to  be  energized  through  a  line  voltage 
thermostat  to  inrovide  power  to  a  fuel  burner  means 
which  may  include  two  stages  of  fuel  control,  along  with 
an  ignition  means  and  flame  detection  means.  The  system 
includes  a  main  circuit  means  having  triacs  for  control, 
and  for  operation  of  the  valves  that  supply  fuel  to  the 
fuel  burner  means.  The  switching  between  the  triac  stages 
is  accomplished  by  a  radiation  operated  relay  means  which 
includes  two  radiation  sources  and  a  radiation  responsive 
means.  The  radiation  operated  relay  means  provides  a 
solid  state  substitution  for  a  more  conventional  type  of 
relay. 


3,672,813 

ADAPTER  FOR  IGNTIING  ELECTRICALLY 

_  IGNITABLE  FLASHLAMPS  T 

WOUam  H.  Horton,  Rochester,  N.  Y.,  atrigiior  to  lEast- 

man  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

I     Filed  Feb.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9^09       I 

I  bit  CL  F21k  5/02 

UA  CL  431—95  ^^  4  Claiins 


An  adapter  for  enabling  a  percussion  flash  camera  to 
receive  and  actuate  electrically  ignitable  flashlamps.  The 
adapter  includes  a  piezoelectric  device  for  generating 
flashlamp  ignition  voltage  in  response  to  operation  of  the 
camera  flash  actuating  means.  The  actuating  means  can 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1455 


strike  the  {Mezoelectric  device  directly,  or  release  a  per-   improved  by  the  use  of  the  yttrium  combustible  metal. 


cussive  element  for  striking  the  device.  In  one  embodi- 
ment, the  adapter  has  a  rotatable  socket  for  receiving  a 
conventional  multilamp  flash  holder  and  for  sequentially 
presenting  a  fresh  flashlamp  in  a  firing  position  in  response 
to  the  actuation  of  camera  indexing  means.  In  another 
embodiment,  the  adapter  receives  a  multilamp  flash  unit 
having  a  linear  array  of  electrically  ignitable  flashlamps. 


The  addition  of  varying  amounts  of  yttrium  metal  to 


3,672,814 
PHOTOFLASH  LAMP  WTTH  YTTRIUM 
COMBUSTION  FILLING 
Kenneth  F.  Andrew,  East  PlttslNir^  and  Richard  L.  Tall- 
man  and  Earl  A.  Gnlbransen,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  assignors 
to  Westinghoose  Electric  Coipontion,  Pltlribiirgh,  Pa. 
Filed  Oct  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,513 
Int  CL  F21k  5/02 
U.S.  a.  431—95  6  CUdms 

An  improved  combustible  photoflash  lamp  is  described 
wherein  the  combustible  metal  foil  is  yttriimi  metal.  The 
rise  time  characteristic  to  peak  light  output  is  significantly 


standard  combustible  metal  such  as  zirconium  also  im- 
proves the  rise  time  to  peak  light  output  characteristic  for 
these  lamps. 


CHEMICAL 


3,672,815 

PROCESS  FOR  DYEING  MIXTURES  OF  POLY- 
ESTER   AND   POLYACRYLONITRILE  FIBERS 
IN  ONE  BATH 
Hans-Ulrich  von  der  Eltz,  Frankfurt  am  Main,  Johannes 
Jettis,   WeiaUrcbcn,   and  Alfons  Bemhard   Boecker, 
Kelkhcim,  Tannns,  Germany,  assignors  to  Farbwerkc 
Hoeclist  Aktiengeselischaft  vormals  Meister  Lndns  & 
Bnming,  Frankfurt  am  Mahi,  Germany 
No  Diawtos.  Filed  Feb.  24,  1970,  Ser.  No.  14,753 
Claims  priomy,  application  Germany,  Feb.  IS.  1969, 
P  19  09  517.1 
Int  CL  D06p  3/82 
VS,  CL  8—21  A  6  Oafans 

Process  for  the  single-bath  dyeing  of  mixtures  made  of 
polyester  and  polyacrylonitrile  fibers  simultaneously  with 
disperse  dyestuffs  and  cationic  dyestuffs  according  to  the 
thermosol  method  wherein  non-ionic  dispersing  agents  are 
added  to  the  acidic  padding  baths  which  contain  the  cat- 
ionic  dyestuff  in  dissolved  form. 


3,672,816 
PROCESS  FOR  DYEING  SYNTHETIC  POLYAMIDE 

TEXTILES  WITH  DISAZO  DYESTUFFS 
Johannes  Dehnert  Lodwigshafen,  Germany,  assignor  to 
Badische    AniUn-    &    Soda-Fabrik   AktiengcseHsdiaft, 
Ludwigshafen  (RhineX  Germany 
No  Drawfaig.  Filed  July  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  53,682 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  July  10,  1969, 
P  19  35  004.0 
Int  CI.  D06p  1/02 
VJS,  CL  8 — 41  B  3  Claims 

Process  for  the  fast  dyeing  of  synthetic  polyamides  with 
disazo  dyes  derived  from  4,4'  -  diamino-stilbene-2,2'-di- 
sulfonic  acid  as  diazo  component  and  a  phenol  or  phenols 
as  coupling  component. 


3,672,817 

ALKYLENE  CHLOROHYDRIN,  OXIDE  OR  CAR- 
BONATE MODIFIED  SULFONATED  LIGNINS  IN 
A  DISPERSE  OR  VAT  DYE  CAKE 

Sten  L  Falkehag,  Mount  Pleasant,  and  Howard  H. 
Mooter,  Gerald  Prazak,  and  Carl  W.  Bailey  m, 
Charieston,  S.C.,  assignors  to  Westvaco  Coiporatton, 
New  York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Dec  14,  1970,  Ser.  No.  98,164 
Int  CL  C09b  67/00 

UJ.  a.  ft— 79  7  Claims 

Dyestuff  compositions  comprising  an  admixture  of  a  dye 

cake,  i.e.,  disperse  dyes  and  vat  dyes,  and  up  to  75%  by 


weight  of  an  improved  sulfonated  lignin  surfactant.  The 
improved  sulfonated  lignin  surfactant  is  the  hydroxy- 
alkylated  adduct  made  by  reacting  with  lignin  up  to  20 
moles,  preferably  from  1  to  10  moles  (per  1000  grams  of 
lignin),  of  a  reactant  such  as  an  alkylene  oxide,  a  halo- 
gen-containing alkyl  alcohol  or  an  alkylene  carbonate.  The 
preferred  reactants  include  ethylene  oxide  and  2-chloro- 
ethanol.  These  improved  sulfonated  lignin  adducts  are 
lighter  in  color,  and  lessen  or  eliminate  fiber  staining, 
diazo  dye  reduction  and  foaming  problems. 


3,672,818 
POLYKOCYANATE  COMPOSITION  AND  PROCESS 

FOR     TREATING      CELLULOSIC     MATERIALS 

THEREWITH  TO  RENDER  THEM  WATQl  RE- 

PELLANT 
Geoise  M.  Wagner,  Lewiston,  and  William  J.  VnDo, 

Burnt  Hills,  N.Y.,  aasignors  to  Hooker  Chemical  Cor* 

poration.  Niagara  Falls,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Original  application  Inly  30,  1969,  Scr.  No. 

846,283,  now  Patent  No.  3,617,189.  Divided  and  this 

an>lication  Nov.  25«  1970,  Ser.  No.  92,856 
bit  CL  D06m  13/42 
U.S.  CL  8 — 116.2  C  Cfarims 

A  method  for  rendering  cellulosic  materials  water-re- 
pellent by  contacting  the  cellulosic  material  to  be  treated 
with  an  emulsion  formed  by  a  soap,  a  surface  active  agent 
and  a  polyaryl  polyisocyanate  ctHitaining  at  least  three 
aryl  groups  and  an  average  of  at  least  three  isocyanate 
groups,  a  portion  of  which  may  be  modified  by  reaction 
with  an  alcohol,  thioalcohol,  organic  acid,  amine  (x  amide, 
and  thereafter  curing  the  treated  material  with  water. 


3,672,819 
PROCESS  FOR  SHAPING  A  BUNDLE  OF  WET- 
SPUN  CONTINUOUS  FILAMENTS 
Shigeo  Katmyama,  Afanml  Asand,  MasaUdc  Watanabe, 
Tntomn  Sato,  ToshiaU  Norlnutsu,  and  Eiao  Nakn- 
Jfana,  MiyazaU-ken,  Japan,  assignon  to  AsnU  Kasd 
Kogyo  Kabnsfalki  Kaisfaa,  Osalm,  Japan 

FDed  Dec  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,345 

Cfadms  priority,  anriicatlon  Japan,  Dec  3,  1968, 

43/88,229 

-T-  ^  Int  CL  B08b  i/(W 

VS.  d  8—137  4  chdms 

A  process  for  the  shaping  of  wet-spun  continuous 

multifilament  bundles  wherein  said  bundles  are  arranged 


1466 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  21,  1972 


in  a  plurality  of  elonsated  and  parallel  fleece  mat  strips 
on  a  pervious  endless  belt,  each  of  said  strips  having  a 


O        II      '?      If 


3,672JM 

LOADING  STRUCTUREAND  METHOD  FOR 

LAUNDRY  MACHINES 

Atez  Tolh,  Liacofamood,  and  Robert  BL  Fcanire,  Bai^ 

lingldB,  m.,  MrfgMMi  to  ElUa  Corporatioii,  Chici«o, 

IB. 

FDcd  Dec  7, 197«,  8«r  No.  95,849 

iBt  CL  DMf  39/00 

VA  a.  S— IM  9  Caafani 


A  commercial  laundry  machine  receives  a  prewetted 
laundry  load  from  a  hopper  by  way  of  a  transfer  chute. 
The  initially  dry  load  is  placed  into  a  hopper  while  the 
hopper  is  in  an  upright  positicm,  and  the  hopper  is  sup- 
plied with  liquid  in  order  to  wet  the  load.  A  pivotally 
mounted  transfer  chute  is  normally  spaced  from  the 
machine  to  permit  access,  unloading  and  ibc  like.  The 
chute  is  pivoted  into  loading  position  wherein  it  is  dis- 
posed at  an  acute  angle  relative  to  horizontal,  and  the 
hopper  is  pivoted  about  the  same  axis  to  discharge  the 
laundry  load  into  the  chute.  The  cohesive  wet  load  slides 
at  a  controlled  low  velocity  from  the  hopper  along  the 
chute  and  into  the  machine.  Liquid  supplied  during  trans- 
fer reduces  friction,  and  a  paddle  member  assures  com- 
plete emptying  of  the  load  into  the  machine. 


INHDnOR  FOR  ALUl^llJM  IN  ALKALINE 
SOLUTIONS 

HanaJoMUni  ScUoaricr,  DnMeldofff-HoHfamaen,   Gcr- 
7,  —Iginr  to  Hcniwi  *  Cfe  GiriiH,  DuMldoif, 


No  Drawtof.  Coirfinalioa  of  ahandoaed  appHcadoB  Ser. 
No.  76M16,  Oct  17,  19M.  Thlm  applicadon  Feb.  U, 
1971,  Ser.  No.  115,756  -««*—«- 

laL  CL  C23f  11/06 
VS,  CL  21—2.7  2  Cbdnu 

A  method  of  inhibiting  the  corrosion  of  metallic  alumi- 
num during  its  treatment  with  alkaline  solutions.  As 
the  inhibitcx-  in  the  alkaline  solution,  according  to  the 
invention  polyacrylic  acids  having  a  spedfic  viscosity  in 
the  range  of  0.07  to  050,  preferably  0.09  to  020,  are 
used  in  a  {veferred  amount  of  0.05  to  0.5%  by  weight, 
based  on  the  weight  of  the  alkaline  solution.  Instead  of  the 
polyacrylic  acids  their  water-soluble  alkali  salts  can  be 
used. 

By  the  present  invention  the  undesired  side  effects  of 
alkali  silicate  inhibitors,  such  as  incrustation  of  the  alumi- 
num, can  be  avoided. 


3,<72,822 

CORROSION  INBOBrnNG  ENVIRONMENT 

FOR  ALUMINUM 

WilkB  Vedder.   Latham,   and   Dmld   A.   Vcnnflyea, 

"        '  '  r,  N.Y.,  aisiiBon  to  G«Mna  Electiic  Cob. 


ITr 


thickness  of  at  least  5  mm.  and  100-1,000  crossings  of 
multifilament  bundles. 


to  Dnwing.  FDad  Dmu  3,  1M9,  Smt.  No.  881,154 

Ittt  a.  C23f  11/02 

vs.  CL  21—2.5  3  CWm 

Aluminum  can  be  protected  against  corrosion  fay  pro- 
viding a  vapor  phase  inhibiting  environment  for  the  alumi- 
num comprising  a  hydrolyable  volatile  (u-ganic  phoa- 
I^iate. 

h      

METHOD  OF  ^XULIZING  LIQUIDS 

lUymoni  Marcel  CM  BoMhcr,  New  York,  N. Y.,  u. 

to  Wave  Eneify  Systema,  be.  New  Yoifc,  N.Y. 

Flkd  Mar.  25, 1979,  Ser.  No.  22,419 

lot.  CL  Ail]  1/00,  3/00 

VS,  CL  21—54  R  3 


Improved,  eoxiomical  method  for  the  continuous  or 
batch  sterilization  of  bacteriologically  contanpnated 
liquids  at  increased  liquid  flow  rates  by  means  of  the 
synergistic  effects  produced  during  the  stmultaneovs  and 
combined  action  of  ultraviolet  flux  and  high  intensity 

acoustic  waves  in  the  sonic  or  ultrasonic  range.  The  method 

involves  the  use  of  ultraviolet  irradiation  within  the 
1800  A.  to  4500  A.  region  with  intensities  equal  to  at 
least  1  watt  per  square  foot  of  processed  area  in  air  and 
16,000  micro-watt  seconds  per  cm.'  in  liquids  while  simul- 
taneously subjecting  the  liquid  to  an  acoustic  field  having 
a  frequency  of  the  order  of  between  5  and  150  kHz. 
and  an  average  acoustic  energy  density  level  equal  at 
least  to  1  watt  per  liter  in  the  {H-ocessing  chamber. 


'  3,472,824  ! 

METHOD  FOR  OXIDIZING  CARBON  MONOXIDE 

CONTAINED  IN  ROOM  AIR 
TakaaU  Tamuw,  Tokyo,  and  Tntoon  Kato,  Hamanurfm- 
lU,  Japan,  aarignon  to  Kachita  Co.,  Ltd.,  Sbbnokn. 
ken,  Ii 


Filed  Joe  14, 1949,  Ser.  No.  833,285       I 

■  28,1948, 


I  priority,  apfilaitfon  Japan,  Jne  _., 
43/42,374;  O^  14, 1948, 43/74,952 


U.S.CL23— 4 


bt  CL  B81d  53/34 


7  Oafana 


".o  S;  6 


Where  carbon  monoxide  contained  with  moistvre  in 
room  air  is  converted  to  harmless  carbon  dioxide  using 
an  oxidation  catalyst  mixed  with  natural  zeolite,  it  has 
been  discovered  that  if  there  is  provided,  before  and  after 
the  catalyst  chamber,  demoistening  chambers  filled  with 
a  desiccant  such  as  active  alumina  or  natural  zeolite,  and 
said  gas  is  allowed  to  pass  through  these  three  chambers 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1467 


first  to  one  direction  and  thereafter  in  the  opposite  direc- 
tion, continuously  repeating  said  gas  passage  operation 
by  turns,  then  the  aforementioned  catalyst  will  be  possi- 
ble to  display  an  effect  of  efficiently  eliminating  carbon 
monoxide  over  a  long  period  without  reducing  its  catalytic 
action. 


3.472,825 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  BASIC  ZIRCONIUM 
SULFATES  AND  OTHER  ZIRCONIUM  COM- 
POUNDS  SUCH  AS  ZIRCONIUM  FLUOSULFATES, 
AND  COMPOSITIONS  CONTAINING  THE  SAME 
James  Ricliatd  Gambale,  Media,  Pa.,  and  Glenn  Hazel 
Mclntyre,  Jr.,  and  Rvdilk  J.  Ranney,  Pennington,  N  J., 
asrignon  to  Tboo  Chemicai  Coiporation,  Fkmlngtoo, 
NJ. 

FDed  Fell.  14, 1974,  Ser.  No.  11,424 
InL  CL  C22b  59/00 
VA  CI.  23—15  R  12  Claims 

A  process  is  jH-ovided  for  preparing  zirconium  sulfates 
by  fusing  a  zirconium  siliceous  ore,  such  as  zircon  sand, 
with  an  alkali  metal  carbonate  or  hydroxide  to  form  an 
alkali  metal  zirconylosilicate,  and/<M-  alkali  metal  zircon- 
ate,  and  silicate,  which  is  dissolved  in  aqueous  hydro- 
chloric acid  to  form  a  clear  solution  of  zirconyl  chloride 
and  silicic  acid.  An  aqueous  sulfate  solution  is  added,  and 
the  mixture  heated  to  precipitate  a  zirconium  sulfate.  This 
can  be  calcined  to  form  zirconium  oxide.  If  fluoride  is  add- 
ed with  the  sulfate  solution,  a  series  of  basic  and  acidic 
zirconium  fluosulfates  can  be  obtained  useful  as  a  glass 
polishing  additive.  The  zirconium  fluosulfates  can  also  be 
calcined,  to  form  a  very  pure  zirconium  oxide. 

A  process  also  is  provided  for  preparing  a  zirconium 
oxide  having  a  very  low  proportion  of  silica,  by  calcining 

a  zirconium  compound  comprising  silica  in  the  presence  of 
fluorine  or  a  fluoride. 


3,672,824 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  HYDRATION  OF  SODIUM 
TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE 
Hans  Woner  Homig  and  Kurt  Walz,  Mamhcim,  Ger- 
many, assfgnors  to  Lever  BrotlierB  Company,  New 
York,  N.Y. 

FDed  Dec.  22, 1949,  Ser.  No.  887,258 

CbdnM  priMlty,  ivpiicatton  Germany,  Dec  24,  1948, 

P  18  14  839.3 

Int  CL  COlb  25/30 

U.S.  CL  23—104  7  Clainia 


f^^r^ 


i-\ 


the  pipe  for  the  hydrated  sodium  tripolyphosphate  and 
the  carrier  gas.  The  apparatus  may  be  coupled  to  a  deter- 
gent slurry-making  apparatus  for  direct  dosing  of  the 
hydrated  sodium  tripolyphosphate  into  a  slurry-mixer. 


'^\ 


Li- -ft- J 


Sodium  tripolyi^osphate  in  particulate  form  is  at  least 
partially  hydrated  by  ccmtact  with  steam  during  its  pneu- 
matic conveyance.  An  apparatus  for  accomplishing  the 
process  comprises  a  pipe,  at  least  one  inlet  thereto  for  a 
carrier  gas  and  for  the  particulate  sodium  tripolyphos- 
I^ate,  at  least  one  inlet  for  admitting  steam  to  the  pipe 
at  a  point  or  points  past  which  the  sodium  tripcrfyphos- 
phate  is  conveyed  by  the  carrier  gas  and  an  exit  from 


3,472,827 
SODIUM  PHOSPHATE  RECOYERY  PROCESS 
Dnane  L.  SawUH,  Orange,  Com.,  i^gmif  io 
Oiin  Corporation 
No  Drawing.  FOed  Dec  14,  1978,  Ser.  No.  98,134 
,^^  _  Int  CL  C81b  25/50 

UA  CL  23—107  5  cudma 

Soluble  phosphate  values  are  recovered  from  the  by- 
product insoluble  phosphates  precipitated  when  wet  proc- 
ess phosphoric  acid  is  partially  neutralized  in  the  manu- 
facture of  sodium  i^osphate.  A  mixture  of  soda  ash  with 
the  insoluble  i^osphates  is  caldned  and  the  soluble  i^os- 
phatcs  are  leached  out  The  extract  is  purified  to  remove 
aluminum  and  fluorides.  Suitably  the  purified  extract  is 
recycled  to  the  sodium  phosphate  producing  process  or 
used  for  the  recovery  of  solid  sodium  phosphates. 


3,672,828 
^^.9S«^^^**  PROCESS  FOR  MAKING  SUPER. 
PHOSPHATES  OF  LOW  FLUORINE  CONTENT 
Albert  E.  Hcndcnon,  Jr.,  4308  Piasa  Gate  Lamt, 
^    ^      ^Aptl01,JaclMonviIIe,Fl«.    32217 
Continnatlon-ln-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  488,928,  Dec 
7,  1967,  now  Patent  No.  3,519,387,  dated  Jnly  7, 1970. 
This  appUcalfon  Feb.  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  834 
The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  snbieqnent  to 
Jnbr  7, 1987,  has  been  dlsdafaned 

wr«  ^  .Into. COlb 7/22, 25/i2;C05Ii/(W 
U.S.CL23— 189  9ClalnM 


A  method  of  making  a  quick  cure  low  fluorine  super- 
phosphate by  simultaneously  and  separately  heating  phos- 
phate rock  and  mineral  acid  and  then  bringing  the  heated 
rock  and  acid  together  with  rapid  agitation  to  react  the 
two  to  release  fluorine  and  form  a  superphosphate 
I«>duct 


3,672,829 
SODIUM  DITHIONITE  SOLUTION 
^,  ^  STABILIZATION 

Meari  A.  Kise,  Portsnooth,  and  Leonard  C  wm., 

peak,  Va.,  aarignon  to  VkiMa  Chemicatai,  be,  Part8> 
montli,  Va. 

No  Drawing.  FOed  Jan.  16,  1978,  Ser.  No.  3J26 
.T«  ^  .  Int  CL  C81b  77/66 

UA  q.  23—116  2  nrf-. 

Sodium  dithionite  in  aqueous  s(rfution  is  widely  used 
in  bleaching  and  vat  dyeing  <A  textiles.  Unfortunately, 
however,  losses  occur  not  (mly  throu^  decompositiOD  dur- 
ing dissolving  of  the  salt  in  question,  but  also  during 
storage  of  the  solution. 

It  has  been  discovered  that  the  losses  by  decompoaitioo 
in  a  5%  aqueous  sohition  can  be  significantly  reduced  l^ 


1458 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  !1972 


the  additkm  of  iqn>roxiinately  0.2%  zinc  sulfate.  Here  the 
rate  of  anaerobic  decomposition  in  the  protected  sodium 
didiionite  solution  was  decreased  to  6%  of  the  rate  for 
an  unprotected  system.  As  to  the  stronger  grades  of  the 
bleaching  solution,  viz:  15.0%  to  17.7%  by  addition  of 
1.6%  zinc  sulfate,  the  anaerobic  decomposition  rates  were 
reduced  to  25%  to  80%  of  those  for  unprotected  bleach- 
ing sfdutions  in  sttx'age. 


3,672330 

ZINC  SULFIDE  PIGMENT  AND  METHOD  OF 

MAKING  SAME 

JoknH.  Calbeck,  Pntt,  Kaiis.;  by  J.  R.  Calbeck,  tnistcc 

of  die  W.  1.  Tnst,  Pratt,  Kans. 
C4»liBDatIoa*iiHpait  of  qtpUcation  Scr.  No.  338,244,  Jan. 
16,  1964,  BOW  Pflteot  No.  3,443,888.  lUs  application 
May  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  821,937 

Int.  a.  COlg  9/08 
UA  CL  23—135  4  Claims 

The  method  of  the  invention  provides  a  new  zmc  sul- 
fide pigment  having  a  particular  shape  predominately 
lamellar,  and  being  of  a  thickness  less  than  the  planar 
dimensions.  To  produce  such  a  thiosulfate  type  zinc  sul- 
fide, pigment  particles  are  subjected  to  a  triturating  grind 
with  classification  preferably  in  a  pebble  finding  mill 
turning  at  a  relatively  slow  speed,  and  operating  so  as  not 
to  cascade  or  tumble  the  particles,  and  to  subject  the 
pebbles  to  a  rolling  motion. 


of  the  vessel  and  preferably  a  cooling  means  for  another 
portion  or  chamber  of  the  vessel,  maintaining  temperature 
and  pressure  conditions  such  that  a  volatile  intermediate 
is  formed  in  the  heated  portion  or  chamber  and  maintain- 
ing a  temperature  at  least  20  centigrade  degrees  less, 
when  at  about  one  atmosphere  pressure,  in  the  cooler  por- 
tion or  cooler  chamber,  whereby  SiOa  fibers  or  a  micro- 
film is  formed  by  decomposing  said  volatile  intermediate 
in  the  cooler  portion  of  a  single  chamber  or  the  cooler 
chamber  of  multiple  chambers.  ^^ 


3,672,833 

METHOD  OF  PREPARING  INORGANIC  AEROGELS 

Stanislas  Jean  Teichncr  and  Gilbert  Andre  Nicolaon, 

Lyon,  France,  assignors  to  Etat  Fhuicais  reprtscnte 

par  le  Miidstre  des  Aimees  Delegation  Mlnisttiiellc 

poor  r  Annemcnt,  Paris,  Ftrancc 

Coattnwition*bHpart  of  application  Scr.  No.  779,976, 

Not.  29,  1968.  This  appUcation  Feb.  8,  1971, 

Ser.  No.  113,246 

Int.  CL  COlb  33/16,  33/14 
VJS,  Ct  23—182  R  20 


Claims 


3,672,831 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  HIEPARATION  OF 

FINE-SIZED  ALUMINAS 

Heyman  C.  Doecker,  10097  Colonial  Driye,  ElUcott  aty, 

Md.    21043,  and  Rimantas  Glemza,  6105  Burnt  Oait 

Road,  BaUimoic,  Md.    21228 

ConUmiirtioii-fai-pait  of  appUcatloa  Scr.  No.  645,231, 
Jnnc  12,  1967.  This  application  Oct.  8,  1969,  Scr. 
No.  868,275 

IntaC0lB7/i0 
U.S.  CL  23—143  4  Claims 

A  process  for  the  preparation  of  sub-micron  sized  alu- 
mina powders  by  the  thermal  decomposition  and/or  de- 
hydration of  those  aluminum  compounds  which  on  heat- 
ing under  carefully  controlled  conditions  will  yield  the 
oxide. 


3  672  832 
PRODUCTION  OF  POLYMERIC  FIBERS   OR 
COHERENT  THIN  DEPOSIT  OF  A  SILICON 
AND  OXYGEN  COMPOUND 
James  O.  Hand  and  Gilbert  S.  Layne,  Midland,  Mich., 
assignors  to  The  Dow  Chemical  Company,  Midland, 
Mkh. 
ContinnaHon-ln-part  of  abandoned  aniUcafion  Sor.  No. 
691,430,  Dec  18,  1967.  TUs  application  Jnly  16, 1970, 
Scr.  No.  55,590 

bit  CL  COlb  33/18,  35/14 
UA  CL  23—182  V  H  Claims 


Silica  aerogels  are  prepared  by  hydrolyzing  a  lower 
alkyl  orthosilicate  in  an  aliphatic  alcohol  having  1-4 
carbon  atoms  with  one  to  five  times  the  stoichiometric 
quantity  of  water  required  to  effect  hydrolyzation.  In  a 
separate  vessel,  a  supplementary  amount  of  the  same  alco- 
hol is  added  and  the  contents  of  both  vessels  are  gradually 
heated  to  a  temperature  above  the  critical  point.  The 
pressure  is  gradually  released  and  water  and  alcohol 
vapors  are  washed  out  with  dry  inert  gas.  The  autoclave 
is  then  resealed  and  cooled  to  room  temperature  and  the 
resulting  aerogel  is  collected. 


or  to 


Sea/- 


S/   me/o/.       ff,  S-  contain in9 


Stiica 
fiber  J 


Ho/jone(>iezcf  C) 


Co  /d  jone  (<ieoo'c) 


Polymeric  silica  is  condensed  as  fibers  on  a  polycrystal 
substrate  or  as  a  microfilm  on  a  single  crystal  substrate 
by  reacting  a  mixture  cmsisting  of  a  sulfur  source,  an 
oxygen  source,  a  silicon  source,  and  a  hydrogen  source, 
and  optionally  an  inert  carrier  gas,  in  a  suitable  single 
or  multii^e-chambered  closed  reaction  vessel  equipped 
with  a  heating  means  for  one  portion  or  one  chamber 


■  3,672,834 

NUMERICAL  POSITIONAL  CONTROL 

Klans  Corbacu,  Schaffliansen,  Switzerland,  asslgi 

Georg  Fischer  AG,  Schaffhansen,  Switzerland 

Filed  Sept.  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  69,211 

Claims  priority,  ai^Ucation  Switzerland,  Sept  12, 1969, 

13,787/69 
InL  CL  G06f  15/46 
UJS.  CL  235—151.11  8  Claims 

A  numerical  positioning  control  embodying  a  digital 
computer  circuit  means  which  can  be  influenced  in  sets 
by  a  program,  this  digital  computer  circuit  means  serving 
to  generate  a  feed  control  signal  for  a  second  displaceable 
unit  as  a  function  of  a  signal  corresponding  to  the  in- 
dependent feed  of  a  first  displaceable  unit.  The  aforemen- 
tioned computer  circuit  means  determines  during  the  dura- 
tion of  each  program  set,  the  path  slope  in  the  form  of  a 
ratio  between  both  mentioned  signals.  Further,  the  digital 
computer  circuit  means  embodies  switching  means  which 
can  be  influenced  in  sets  by  the  program  and  which,  for 


>s 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1469 


the  purpose  of  describing  curved  path  sections,  brings  aqueous  stream  and  oxygen,  in  an  amount  selected  to 
about  during  the  duration  of  the  set,  automatic  continuous   react  less  than  0.5  mole  of  O3  per  mole  of  sulfide  coai- 

pound,  with  a  first  oxidizing  catalyst  at  oxidizing  condi- 
tions, including  a  relatively  low  pressure  and  tempera- 
ture, selected  to  form  an  effluent  stream  containing  a 
water-soluble  polysulfide;  and  thereafter  by  contacting 
the  polysulfide-containing  efiluent  stream  and  oxygen  in 
an  amount  less  than  the  amount  utilized  in  the  first  step, 
with  a  second  oxidizing  catalyst  at  oxidizing  conditions, 
including  a  temperature  greater  than  or  equal  to  the  melt- 
ing point  of  sulfur  and  a  pressure  sufiicient  to  maintain  at 
least  a  portion  of  the  efiluent  stream  in  the  liquid  phase, 
selected  to  produce  liquid  sulfur  and  a  substantially  sul- 
fide-free  treated  water  stream.  Key  features  of  the  dis- 
closed method  involve  the  use  of  a  first  catalytic  oxida- 
tion step  which  is  run  at  relatively  low  temperatures  and 
pressures  to  produce  polysulfide,  coupled  with  a  second 
catalytic  oxidation  step  which  is  run  at  relatively  hi^ 
temperatures  and  pressures  to  selectively  oxidize  the  poly- 
sulfide to  elemental  sulfur,  thereby  preventing  the  deposi- 
tion of  elemental  sulfur  on  the  catalyst  used  during  these 
oxidation  steps  while  simultaneously  minimizing  the 
amount  of  oxygen  which  must  l>e  suppUed  at  the  rela- 
tively high  pressures. 


changes  of  the  programmed  starting  values  of  the  path 
slope. 


3,672,835 
TREATMENT  OF  AN  AQUEOUS  WASTE  STREAM 
FROM  A  HYDROCARBON  CONVERSION  PROCESS 
Peter  Urban,  Nortfabrook,  and  Robert  H.  Rosenwald, 

Western  Springs,  IlL,  assignors  to  Universal  Oil  Prod- 

nets  Company,  Dcs  Plalnes,  DL 

FUed  Aug.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,275 

The  portion  of  the  term  of  die  patent  mbseqnent  to 

Oct  27, 1987,  has  been  disclaimed 

Int  CL  COlb  17/02 

U.S.  a.  23—224  18  Claims 

An  aqueous  waste  stream  containing  NH4HS,  which  is 
typically  produced  in  a  process  for  converting  a  hydrocar- 
bon charge  stock  containing  sulfurous  and  nitrogenous 
contaminants,  is  treated  to  produce  elemental  sulfur  and 
a  treated  water  stream  suitable  for  recycle  to  the  hydro- 
carbon conversion  process,  by  the  steps  of:  (a)  catalyti- 
cally  treating  the  aqueous  waste  stream  with  oxygen  at 
oxidizing  conditions  effective  to  produce  an  effluent  stream 
containing  NH4OH,  (NH4)2S20s  and  elemental  sulfur  or 
ammonium  polysulfide;  (b)  separating  sulfur  from  the 
effluent  stream  from  step  (a)  to  produce  an  aqueous  ef- 
fluent stream  containing  (NH4)2S303;  and  (c)  treating 
the  aqueous  stream  from  step  (b)  with  carbon  monoxide 
at  reduction  conditions  effective  to  form  a  substantially 
thiosulfate-free  treated  water  stream.  Key  feature  of  the 
treatment  method  is  the  use  of  a  carbon  monoxide  reduc- 
tion step  to  enable  the  continuous  recycle  of  the  treated 
water  stream  back  to  the  hydrocarbon  conversion  process 
with  consequential  abatement  of  water  pollution  problems 
and  substantial  reduction  of  requirements  for  make-up 
water. 


3  672  836 
TREATMENT  OF  AN  AQUEOUS  STREAM  CON- 
TAINING WATER-SOLUBLE  INORGANIC  SUL- 
FIDE  COMPOUNDS 
Kenneth  M.  Brown,  Arlington  Heights,  DL,  assignor  to 
Universal  OU  Products  Company,  Dcs  Plalnes,  HI. 
Continnation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  767,312, 
Oct  14,  1968.  This  appUcation  Dec  21,  1970, 
^       Scr.  No.  99,859 

Int  CL  COlb  17/06 
U.S.  CL  23—224  19  Claims 

An   aqueous   stream   containing   a   water-soluble,   in- 
organic sulfide  compound  is  treated  by  contacting  the 


3,672,837 
PROCESS  FDR  TREATING  TWO  GAS  STREAMS 
Peter  Urban,  Nortfabrook,  U.,  assignor  to  Univosal  GO 
Prodncts  Company,  Des  Plalnes,  DL 
Filed  Oct.  1,  1970,  Scr.  No.  77,082 
Int.  CL  COlb  17/14 
U.S.  a.  23—225  14  Claims 

A  first  gas  stream  containing  HjS  and  a  second  gas 
stream  containing  SOj  are  simultaneously  treated  in  order 
to  remove  SOa  and  H^S  from  the  respective  streams  and 
to  produce  elemental  sulfur  by  the  steps  of:  (a)  scrubbing 
the  first  gas  stream  with  an  aqueous  scrubbing  solution  to 
produce  an  effluent  stream  containing  a  water-soluble  sul- 
fide compound;  (b)  ccmtacting  the  second  gas  stream  with 
an  aqueous  scrubbing  solution  and  with  a  reducing  agent 
at  reaction  conditions  selected  to  result  in  an  effluent 
stream  containing  a  water-soluble  thiosulfate  compound; 
(c)  subjecting  a  mixture  of  the  effluent  streams  from  step 
(a)  and  (b)  to  reduction  conditions  selected  to  result  in 
an  effluent  stream  containing  a  polysulfide  compoimd;  (d) 
decomposing  the  resulting  polysulfide  compoimd  to  form 
elemental  sulfur,  hydrogen  sulfide,  and  a  regenerated 
scrubbing  solution;  (e)  passing  the  resulting  hydrogen  sul- 
fide to  step  (a);  and  (f)  recirculating  the  regenerated 
scrubbing  solution  to  steps  (a)  and  (b). 


3,672,838 
ANALYTICAL  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  USING 
DIFFUSION  ACROSS  A  BOUNDARY  BETWEEN 
LIQUIDS 
Ronald  IVdca,  Bcrwyn,  and  PanI  H.  Sherrick,  Winnctka, 
m.,  assignors  to  Sargent-Weldi  Scientific  Company, 
SkoUcIlL 
Continnation-in-part  of  appUcation  Scr.  No.  787,900,  Dec. 
30,  1968,  which  is  a  continnation-in-part  of  applica- 
tion Scr.  No.  544,165,  Apr.  21,  1966.  TUs  application 
Sept  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  71,202 

InL  CL  GOln  13/00,  21/24,  33/16 
U.S.  CL  23—230  R  19  Clafans 

A  method  of,  and  apparatus  for,  obtaining  a  quantita- 
tive indication  of  a  OMistituent  in  a  Uquid,  for  example, 
a  crystalloidal  constituent  such  as  glucose  in  blood,  in 
its  mixture  with  other  materials,  which  involves  bringing 
a  constituent  carrying  liquid  into  contact  with  another 
liquid  to  form  a  relatively  stable  boundary  between  the 
liquids,  allowing  diffusion  to  occur  across  the  boundary, 


1460 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


and,  without  disrupting  the  boundary,  conveying  the 
the  boundary  to  an  analyzing  zone  where  a  measurement 
is  obtained  which  is  indicative  of  the  concentration  of  the 
constituent  in  the  constituent  carrying  liquid.  Colorimetric 
or  photometric  techniques  advantageously  are  employed 


in  maldng  the  measurMnent,  and  the  transmittance  diange 
at,  or  proximal  to,  the  boundary  desirably  is  registered 
by  an  electrical  signal  which  can  be  used  to  energize  suit- 
able recording  devices  to  provide  visual  data  relative  to 
the  concentration  of  the  constituent  in  the  c(Mi8tituent 
carrying  liquid. 


3,(72,839 

BURNER-COOLKR  8YS1EM  FOR  GENERATING 

EXOTHERMIC  GAS 

Gew|e  B>  Moon*  Scort>,  N«Y.,  Mslgiior  to 

General  Electric  Company 

FIM  Jtm.  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  118,392 

lat  CL  B81J  7/00;  F23d  ii/itf 

UJL  CL  23—281  8  daina 


A  burner-cooler  combination  perf(M-ming  the  functions 
of  burner,  flame  arrester  and  cooler  is  provided  in  a  single 
compact  device.  Both  the  burner  and  the  cooler-condenser 
elements  are  of  sintered  metal  construction  and  are  cylin- 
drical in  configuration.  In  the  construction  described  both 
the  burner  cylinder  and  the  cooler-condenser  are  right  cir- 
cular cylinders  and  the  cooler-condenser  encircles  and  is 
spaced  from  the  burner.  Both  components  are  enclosed 
in  a  single  housing  providing  both  for  containment  and 
dispensing  ot  the  cold  product  gas  and  for  collection  and 
removal  of  condensate.  Ignition  means  are  disposed  in 
communication  with  the  space  between  the  burner  and  the 
cooler-condenser. 


3,872^48 
DETERMINATION  AND  CONTROL  OF  A  COM- 
POSmON  CHARACTERISTIC  WHILE  BLENDING 
A  MULTI-COMPONENT  COMBUSTIBLE  FLUID 
Ellsworth  R.  Feuke,  Palatfaie,  ami  Robert  W.  Sanpaon, 
ArllngloB  Hdghti,  DL,  aaifnoiB  to  Untrcrsal  OU  Prod- 
ads  Cwnpaay,  D«  FUdnei,  DL 

J  FOed  Mi^  15, 1978,  Scr.  No.  37,814 
in.  CL  n3a  5/00;  G81a  25/46,  33/32 
VA  CL  23—338  PC  19  Oaiiaa 


T'^^ 


atn^fltt  Hwm  0t$t^im4^ 


-i^ 


^ 


iv- 


-  ¥ 


>-. 


r 


A  blending  process  wherein  a  plurality  of  comj^nent 
fluids  is  continuously  introduced  into  a  blending  zone 
producing  a  combustible  fluid  mixture,  a  method  and 
apparatus  for  continuously  determining  and  controlling 
a  composition  characteristic  of  the  combustible  fluid  mix- 
ture, such  as  the  octane  rating  of  a  gasoline  blend.  A 
sample  of  the  fluid  mixture  and  a  sample  of  a  reference 
fuel  are  simultaneously  oxidized  in  an  analyzer  compris- 
ing a  stabilized  cool  flame  generator  with  a  servo-posi- 
tioned flame  front,  each  fuel  being  burned  in  an  individ- 
ual combustion  chamber.  The  position  of  each  flame  front 
is  automatically  detected  and  utilized  to  manipulate  a 
combustion  parameter  in  the  associated  combustion  cham- 
ber in  a  manner  sufficient  to  inunobilize  the  flame  front 
generated  therein.  Means  is  provided  for  sensing  the 
manipulated  combustion  parameter  of  each  combustion 
chamber,  and  developing  therefrom  a  condition  output 
signal  which  is  functionally  representative  of  and  correkt- 
able  with  composition  characteristic  for  the  fluid  mlixture 
sample.  Means  is  also  provided  for  adjusting  the  condi- 
tion output  signal  responsive  to  analyzer  temperature 
fluctuations  and  component  changes  in  the  blending  zone. 
Thus,  the  condition  output  signal  is  compensated  for 
combustion  effects  not  indicative  of  compositic»  char- 
acteristic, and  is  thereby  rendered  functionally  representa- 
tive of  and  correlatable  with  the  true  composition  char- 
acteristic of  the  fluid  sample  of  blended  product. 


3,872,841 

ANALYSIS  OF  ORGANIC  AND  INORGANIC 
WATER  POLLUTANTS 
Donald  C.  F^ecmaa,  Jr.,  Katonah,  N.Y.,  and  Loiris  J. 
Rogen,  Stamford,  Com.,  aarigmiri  to  loaica  Incofpo- 
rated 

FUcd  Dm^  14, 1978,  Ser.  No.  97,787 
Inc.  CL  G81n  33/1%,  31/12;  B81J  11/02 
U.S.  CL  23—238  PC  3  Clafms 

A  method  is  provided  for  replenishing  the  catalyst  com- 
ponent of  an  analyzer  adapted  to  measxire  the  total  inor- 
ganic carbon  content  of  a  fluid  sample. 

The  need  for  water  analysts  has  become  increasingly 
important  with  expanding  interest  in  the  abatement  of 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1461 


water  pollution,  and  for  determining  leaks  in  vessels  such 
as  heat  exchangers  used  in  industry.  One  set  of  parameters 


*LA 


— Qjw 


of  great  utility  has  been  the  concentrations  of  carbon;  or- 
ganic, inorganic  and  total. 


3,672,842 

WRITING  INSTRUMENT  AND  INDICATOR 

METHOD 

Walter  Florin,  36  Wood  Lane,  Woodmere,  N.Y.     11598 

No  Drawing.  FOed  June  2,  1969,  Scr.  No.  829,818 

Int  CL  G81n  2110%,  21/20;  C89d  11/12 

U.S.  CL  23—238  R  12  Claims 

A  marking  tool  for  detecting  the  presence  of  suspected 
chemical  substances  on  or  adjacent  to  or  even  constituting 
a  surface  by  dispensing  therefrom  upon  the  said  surface 
a  reagent,  in  solid  or  liquid  form,  which  is  capable  of 
undergoing  colorimetric  change  upon  reaction  with  the 
chemical  substances,  the  reaction  being  permitted  to  occur 
in  a  film  environment  at  the  situs  of  the  mark.  Crayons, 
pencils,  nibbed  pens,  ball  point  pens  and  other  stylus-like 
containers  or  writing  instruments  are  ccmsidered  within  the 
scope  of  this  invention.  The  reagents  may  be  any  detecting 
dye  or  other  chemical  substance  which  is  susceptible  of  a 
color  change  during  the  described  reaction,  thereby  in- 
dicating the  presence  c^  the  chemical  substance. 


3,672,843 
FLUID  ANALYZING  APPARATUS 
Thomas  A  Roase,  Lexington,  and  David  E.  Blacfaner, 
Harvard,  Mass.,  assignors  to  ImtmmentaticMi  Labora- 
tory, Inc.,  Lczii^Kton,  Mass. 

FUed  Apr.  7,  1970,  Scr.  No.  27,195 

Int  CL  GOln  27/00.  31/00,  33/16 

\5S.  CL  23—253  R  10  Claims 


Fluid  sample  analyzing  apparatus  includes  a  sample 
chamber,  a  constituent  sensor  in  conmiunication  with  the 
sample  chamber,  a  first  control  for  controlling  the  flow 


of  fluid  to  the  sample  chamber  and  a  second  control  for 
controlling  the  removal  of  fluid  from  the  sample  chamber. 
A  sequencer  operates  the  first  and  second  controls  to  se- 
lectively channel  cleaning  fluid,  calibrating  fluid  and  sam- 
ple fluid  for  sensing  by  the  sensor  to  the  sample  chamber. 
A  gaseous  constituent  of  the  sample  is  sensed  by  an  elec- 
trode having  a  selectively  permeable  membrane. 


3,872344 

CARBON  CONTENT  ANALYSIS 

Geoffrey  Long,  AUngdon,  England,  awilgnnr  to  United 

Kingdom  Atomic  Energy  Andiority,  London,  Hiagi^iwi 

FUed  June  9,  1970,  Scr.  No.  44,726 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  lane  13, 1969, 

38,212/69 
Int  CL  GOln  7/10.  7/12.  7/00 
US.  CL  23—253  R  9 


^s 


&4S 

CMPotm 


^ 


r./aity 


An  enclosure  of  a  metal  in  which  carbon  is  soluble 
and  mobile  at  the  relevant  operating  temperature  is  in- 
serted into  the  fluid  to  be  analysed  for  carbon  content.  On 
the  interior  surface  of  the  enclosure  is  a  layer  of  solid 
decarburant.  Carbon  permeating  through  the  walls  of  the 
enclosure  reacts  with  the  decarburant  to  produce  a  gas. 
Measurement  of  this  gas  production  provides  an  indica- 
tion of  carb<Mi  content  of  the  fluid. 


3,672,045 

TEST  DEVICE  FDR  ALBUMIN 

Brano  J.  Verbeck,  Lombard,  III.,  aarimor  to  Mfles 

Laboratories,  Inc.,  EDUhart,  ud. 

Continnation  of  application  Scr.  No.  703,002,  Feb.  5, 

1968.  This  appUcation  July  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64,090 

Int  CL  GOln  31/22,  33/16 

U.S.  CL  23—253  TP  10  Oainis 


^ 


'f^f^fff^rf^/^^^/M^f^/fif^///^f^^*ffffw^^*M^ft 


A  testing  device  for  the  detection  <rf  albumin  in  urine 
in  the  form  of  a  carrier,  such  as  a  plastic  sheet  material, 
which  has  had  applied  thereover  a  layer  of  particulate 
hydrophilic  absorptive  material,  a  portion  of  which  has 
been  first  impregnated  with  a  solution  of  an  indicator 
which  exhibits  protein  error  and  then  dried,  and  a  sec- 
ond portion  of  particulate  material  which  has  been  im- 
pregnated with  a  solution  of  a  buffer  compound  for 
maintaining  the  urine  with  which  the  device  is  to  come 
in  contact  at  a  pH  which  is  within  or  below  the  range 
through  which  the  indicator  changes  color  due  to  a 
change  in  pH.  The  device  may  also  comprise  a  carrier 
which  has  had  applied  thereon  a  layer  composed  of  ag- 
glomerates of  particulate  hydrophilic  absorptive  mate- 
rial, such  as  aluminum  oxide,  silica  gel,  cellulose,  ex- 
foliated vermiculite  or  the  like,  which  agglomerates  have 
been  formed  by  first  compressing  into  a  compacted  form 
a  mixture  of  the  said  particulate  material  which  has  been 
prepared  by  first  impregnating  one  portion  of  it  with  a 
solution  of  indicator  which  exhibits  protein  error  and 
then  dried,  and  a  second  portion  with  a  solution  of  a 


1 

I 


1462 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,11972 


buffer  and  thereafter  particulating  the  compacted  form  their  imier  surfaces  with  a  catalyst.  This  permits  the  use 
so  as  to  form  agglomerates  composed  of  the  two  kinds  of  tubes  that  are  smaller  in  diameter  and  longer  than 
of  discrete  particles  of  the  hydrophilic  absorptive  ma- 
terial and  the  indicator  and  buffer  with  which  said  par- 
ticles have  been  impregnated. 


3,672,846 
MEIHOD  FOR  REPROCESSING  SPENT  MOLTEN 

SALT  REACTOR  FUELS 
Leonard  E.  McN«cse,  Oak  Ridge,  and  Don  E.  Ferguson, 
KnoKTiDe,  Teak,  assignon  to  the  United  States  of 
AmMka  as  nprmntod  by  tint  United  States  Atomic 


Flkd  Apr.  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  30,423 

bit  CL  C22b  61/04 

VA  CL  23—325  7  Claims 


»«IT 


"JL^ 


W)mFii» 


•^  IcoirrtcToij" 


«*LT        MCTCU 


l»T*L  OTHMTOMT 


IM-T 

MM  \       MTAL 

CeilT*CTO>| 


iitTti  urate  »irr 
•iraMtMi 
CMTtiaiM  »M 

Mlltltt  ■ 


A  method  for  reprocessing  spent  molten  metallic  fluo- 
ride salt  mixtures  suitable  as  molten  salt  breeder  reactor 
fuels  is  provided  wherein  uranium,  protactinium  and 
certain  rare  earths  are  removed  from  the  spent  salt  mix- 
ture i»ior  to  recycle  of  the  purified  salt  mixture  back  to 
the  reactor.  A  major  fraction  of  the  uranium  contained 
in  the  spent  salt  mixture  is  removed  by  fluorination  with 
the  uranium  hexafluoride  being  reconstituted  into  the 
purified  salt  for  return  to  the  reactor.  The  remaining 
uraniiun  and  protactinium  are  removed  in  a  protactinium 
isolation  unit  by  reductive  extraction  into  a  molten  bis- 
muth solution  containing  lithium,  thorium,  and  ^^Pa  as 
metal  reductants.  The  extracted  uranium  is  carried  out 
of  the  unit  by  the  metal  solution  while  the  protactinium 
is  held-up  within  the  unit  in  the  bismuth  phase.  The  rare 
earths  are  then  reductively  extracted  from  the  uranium 
and  protactiniimi-free  spent  salt  mixture  in  a  rare  earth 
removal  unit  into  a  molten  bismuth  solution  containing 
lithium  and  thorium  as  metal  reductants.  The  rare  earths 
are  then  back  extracted  from  the  bismuth  phase  into  an 
acceptor  salt  selected  from  lithium  chloride,  lithium 
bromide  and  mixtures  thereof.  Hydrogen  fluoride  oxidiz- 
ers are  provided  for  removal  of  extracted  materials,  in- 
cluding fission  products  which  form  non-volatile  fluorides 
during  fluorination,  metal  corrosion  products,  and  ^^PaF4, 
from  the  bismuth  in  order  to  regenerate  the  bismuth  solu- 
tion. Provision  is  also  made  for  the  separate  recovery  from 
the  acceptor  salt  of  divalent  and  trivalent  rare  earths. 


usual,  and  permits  the  tubes  in  this  type  of  furnace 
bent  into  coils. 


:essin( 


to  be 


^  3,672,848 

PROCESSING  OF  IRRADIATED  NUCLEAR  fIjELS 
Alfred  Leonard  MIUs  and  Rol»crt  William  laduon  Vlvers, 

Thnrso,  Scotland,  assignors  to  United  Kingdom  Atomic 

Energy  Authority,  London,  Engtand 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Dec  31,  1969,  Scr.  No.  889,728 

Int.  CL  COlg  43/00,  57/00 

VS.  CL  23—342  i  Claim 

A  method  in  which  irradiated  monocarbide  nuclear  fuel 
is  dissolved  in  nitric  acid  and  the  solution  is  subjected  to 
the  oxidising  effect  of  ozone  or  electrolytic  oxidation  to 
effect  oxidation  of  organic  compounds  in  the  solution. 
Oxidation  is  terminated  at  the  onset  of  the  conversion  of 
Plutonium  in  the  solution  to  the  hexavalent  state. 


1  3,672,849 

CERMET.TYPE  alloy  COATING  ON 
METAL  BASE 
Nikolajs  Bredzs,  Detroit,  and  Forbes  M.  MiUcr,  Dear- 
born, Mich.,  assignors  to  Wall  Colmonoy  Corporation 
AppUcation  Feb.  19,  1969,  Scr.  No.  800,540,  now  Patent 
No.  3,547,673,  dated  Dec  15, 1970,  which  is  a  continn- 
ation'ia-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  646,654,  Inac  16, 
1967.  Divided  and  this  application  July  7,  1969,  Scr. 
No.  871,121 

The  portion  of  flie  term  of  the  patent  subsequent  to 

Dec  15, 1987,  has  been  disclaimed 

InL  CL  B32b  15/00 

VS.  CL  29—195  3  Claims 


3,672,847 
REFORMER  FURNACE 
Ahraham  J.  EaseUnk,  Esscniaan,  Ncdicilands,  assignor  to 
Sdas  Corporation  of  America 
FDcd  Mar.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,649 
bit  CL  BOIJ  9/00 
VS.  CL  23—288  M  2  Clafans 

This  invention  relates  to  a  hydrocarbon  steam  reform- 
ing furnace  in  which  the  reforming  tubes  are  coated  on 


An  improved  cermet-type  alloy  and  method  of  making 
same  which  is  particularly  adaptable  for  forming  protec- 
tive surface  coatings  on  heat-resistant  alloys.  A  particu- 
lated  mixture  is  formed  containing  titanium  and/or  zir- 
conium reactive  metal  constitumts  that  undergo  an  exo- 
thermic reaction  upon  fmion  lat  an  elevated  temperature 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1468 


in  a  substantially  inert  atmosphere  with  silicon  and/or 
boron  present  in  the  mixture  forming  the  corresponding 
silicides  or  borides  of  the  reacted  metals  in  situ  which  are 
subsequently  precipitated  as  a  uniformly  dispersed  dis- 
continuous phase  in  a  continuous  phase  of  a  nickel  and /or 
cobalt  base  matrix.  The  invention  also  encompasses  novel 
powder  compositions  for  exothermically  forming  the 
cermet-type  alloys  and  coatings. 


3  672  850 
LOW  CURRENT  ELECTRICAL  CONTACT  COM- 
PRISING A  LAYER  OF  IRON-NICKEL  ALLOY 
AND  A  LAYER  OF  RUTHENIUM 
Walter  Reicbelt  and  Konrad  Rnthardt,  Hanan,  Germany, 
and  Hermann  Spcidd,  deceased,  brtc  of  Hanau,  Ger- 
many, by  Rosemaric  Elisabcdi  Speidd,  nee  Rnpiwecfat, 
Hclmuth  Spcidcl,  and  Dieter  Speidd,  heirs,  Hanan, 
Germany,  assignors  to  W.  C.  Heracns  Gjiub A,  Hanau 
(Main),  Germany 

FUed  Apr.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27,779 

Clafans  priority,  application  Germany,  May  6,  1969, 

P  19  23  010.5 

Int  CL  B32b  15/00 

VS.  CL  29—196  2  aafans 


3,672,853 

PREPARATION  OF  A  UQUID  FUEL  FOR  A 

PRESSURE-TYPE  ATOMIZER 

Gcrrit   H.   Reman    and   Henri   VcrisMen,   Amsterdam, 

Netherlands,  assignors  to  SlicU  OO  Con^any,  New 

York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Apr.  21,  1969,  Ser.  No.  818,074 
Claims  priority,  implication  Netiierijuids,  Apr.  22,  1968, 

6818913 
Int  CL  ClOl  1/00 
VS.  CL  44—52  5  CWteis 

Decreasing  the  viscosity  of  and  improving  the  atomizing 
and  burning  characteristics  of  a  heavy  hydrocarbon  by 
dissolving  a  non-hydrocarbon  gas  in  the  heavy  hydrocar- 
bon in  an  amount  not  exceeding  95%  of  saturation  at 
conditions  of  temperature  and  pressure  inmiediately  pre- 
ceding atomization. 


3,672,854 
MIDDLE  DISTILLATE 
Robert  H.  Rosenwald,  Western  Springs,  and  Alexander 
Gaydasch,  Chicago,  IlL,  asslgnmv  to  Unirosal  OO 
Products  Cmnpany,  Dcs  Pfadnes,  DL 
No  Drawfaig.  FDcd  Dec  3,  1969,  Scr.  No.  881,895 
Int  CL  ClOl  1/18 
VS.  CL  44—66  3  Oafans 

Middle  distillate  of  improved  pour  point  containing  a 
pour  point  deiM'essant  amoimt  of  a  Cu-Cae  satiutited  car- 
boxylic  acid  ester  of  a  polyhydric  alcohol  having  from  4 
to  8  hydroxy  groups. 


Ruthenium  (Ru)  is  vapor  deposited  directly  on  a 
springy  magnetic  contact  carrier  of  iron-nickel  alloy,  at 
pressures  of  less  than  lO-i,  and  preferably  less  than 
10-^,  mm.  Hg  to  form  adjacent  crystal  columns  extending 
in  a  direction  essentially  perpendicular  to  the  surface  of 
the  contact  carrier  facing  the  ruthenium  contact  layer. 


3,672,855 

GLASS  LENS  EDGING  APPARATUS 

Charles  R.  Bright  8423  E.  Hnbbcll, 

Scottsdalc,  Ariz.    85257 

FUed  Not.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,521 

Int  CL  B24b  9/08 


VS.  CL  51—101  LG 


11  Oafans 


3,672,851 
GELLED  ALCOHOL  FUEL  CONTAINING  NITRO- 
CELLULOSE AND  BORIC  ACID 
Joseph  M.  Dun,  1481  W.  64di  Ave,  Vancouver  14, 
British  Columbia,  Canada 
No  Drawing.  Continnation-bi-part  of  appUcation  Scr.  No. 
741,219,  June  28, 1968.  This  appUcation  Apr.  26, 1971, 
\  Scr.  No.  137,658 

Int  a.  ClOl  7/04 
VS.  CI.  44—7  B  4  Claims 

A  solid  alcohol  fuel  gel  having  improved  storage  and 
burning  properties  comprising  an  alcoholic  fuel  gel  which 
is  a  gelled  solution  <rf  high  viscosity  nitrocellulose  in 
methyl  alcohol,  said  gel  containing  boric  acid  in  an 
amount  sufficient  to  stabilize  said  gel. 


3  672  852 

LIQUEFIED  PETROLEUM  GAS  FUEL 

COMPOSITION 

Robert  E.  VcrmUHon,  Wapi^ngers  FaUs,  and  James  J. 

OXonghlin,  Tnckahoc,  N.Y.,  asdgnors  to  Texaco  Inc, 

New  Yoik,  N.Y.  ^ 

No  Drawfaig.  FUed  Mar.  27,  1970,  Scr.  No.  23,500 
Int  CL  ClOl  1/06 
VS  a.  44—52  21  Oafans 

Motor  fuel  composition  comprising  a  liquefied  petro- 
leum gas  containing  from  about  0.0001  to  0.1  volume  per- 
cent of  (1)  a  polymer  of  a  Ca  to  Ce  unsaturated  hydro- 
carbon, (2)  a  copolymer  of  a  Cj  to  C«  unsaturated  hydro- 
carbon, or  (3)  the  corresponding  hydrogenated  polymer 
or  copolymer,  said  polymer  or  c(H)olymer  having  a  molec- 
ular weight  in  the  range  from  about  500  to  3500  and  a 
method  for  operating  an  internal  combustion  gasoline 
engine. 


A  glass  lens  edging  apparatus  which  senses  the  inside 
periphery  of  the  lens  holding  frame  at  a  plurality  of 
points  and  uses  these  sensor  points  for  controlling  lens 
forming  equipment. 


3,672,856 

CENTERING  FIXTURE 

Nathan  Rnbcnstefai,  1506  Bfardhwood  Ave^ 

Chicago,  m.    60626 

FUed  Sept  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,053 

Int  CL  B24b  41/06 

VS.  CL  51—237  9  Oafans 

A  fixture  having  reversible  posts  and  repositionable 

centers  for  holding  workpieces  for  processing  by  a  surface 

grinder,  such  as  outside  diameter  grinding.  The  fixttire  is 

also  used  for  treating  a  workfHece  such  as  dressing  radii 

on  a  grinding  wheel  forming  a  true  reduced  thickness 


1464 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1172 


width  on  a  grinding  wheel,  or  using  a  form  to  crush  a 
wheel.  The  fixture  permits  versatile  use,  and  it  is  dimen- 


sioned so  that  it  may  be  readily  adaptable  to  be  held  by 
a  magnetic  chuck  placed  on  a  surface  grinder. 


3,672,857 

APPARATUS  FOR  PRODUCING  GLASS  FILAMENTS 

WnH  AUXILIARY  HEATING  MEANS 

Charles  J.  Steleso,  Newark,  OUo,  anigBor  to  Owom- 

Cornte  FOmtfUuB  CorporalioD 

FDcd  Apr^27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,904 

Int  CL  C03b  37/00 

VS.  CL  65—12  14  Claims 


Apparatus  for  producing  glass  filaments  wherein  streams 
of  molten  glass  material  flow  through  an  array  of  orificed 
tips  projecting  from  a  heated  bushing.  The  streams  of 
molten  glass  material  are  then  attenuated  into  filaments. 
A  uniform  filament  forming  environment  is  attained  by 
employing  a  fence  adjacent  boundary  tips  in  the  array 
of  tips  to  heat  such  boundary  tips  by  radiation,  reflection 
or  conductioiL  The  fence  is  heated  independently  of  the 
bushing  so  that  a  controlled  quantity  of  heat  is  supplied 
to  the  boundary  tips  to  compensate  for  losses  which  may 
vary  with  varying  ambient  conditions.  The  fence  may  be 
shaped  to  direct  heat  toward  the  boundary  tips. 


3  672  858 
METHOD  OF  MOUNTD^G  DISKS  IN  GLASS  WALLS, 

HEAT  WORKING  ONLY  ONCE 

RobtxtEL  Bcic  196  Clinton  Ave,  Efanlmnt,  lU.     60126 

Filed  Apr.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,390 

btf.  CL  C03c  27/00 

VS,  CL  65—43  5  Chdms 


^ 


In  mounting  a  disk  in  a  glass  wall,  the  glass  wall  is  heat 
worked  in  a  small  area  and  a  hole  made  through  said  heat 
worked  area  of  the  wall  with,  for  example,  a  hot  wire. 
The  heat  worked  glass  around  the  hole  is  removed,  and 
the  hole  is  enlarged  without  heat  working  to  make  the 
hole  aperture  size  and  tapered.  The  aperture  is  made  large 


enough  at  one  end  to  receive  the  disk  and  small  enough 
at  the  other  end  so  that  the  disc  will  not  pass  through 
the  hole.  The  disk  is  mounted  in  the  apertiu-e  and  locked 
into  place  by  heat  working  beads  of  glass  around  the  pe- 
rimeter of  the  disk. 


3  672  859 

METHOD  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  A  FLOAT 
GLASS  STRIP  HAVING  A  ROUGHENED  UPPER 
SURFACE 
Fnmi  ClaflaeB,  Fon-GreMcl,  Germany,  aatgnor  to  Ente 
DcalMhc  Floatgiai  GmbH  ft  Co.  OHG,  Porx,  Cologne, 
Germany 

FBcd  Dec.  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,500 
Claims  priority,  appUcatkm  Germany,  Jan.  25,  19i9, 
F  19  03  756.0  ^--T 

Int  CL  C03b  13/04  ' 

U.S.  CL  65«-93  6  Claimi 

I 


dlass  fk)ating  on  tin  in  a  float  glass  plant  is  super- 
ficially roughened  by  a  tool.  This  method  is  accomplished 
by  producing  a  temperatiu-e  gradient  through  the  glass 
so  that  the  upper  surface  has  a  higher  temperature  than 
the  glass  further  down.  The  upper  surface  of  the  glass  is 
roughened  by  a  non-adhesive  frictional  tool  and  the  glass 
is  heat  treated  to  preserve  the  upper  surface  of  the  glass. 


3  67T  8611 

GLASS  GOB  shaping'  ANDDELIVERING  MEANS 

Robert  H.  Keller,  Toledo,  (Mio,  aarfgnor  to 

Owcn»>IlBnois,  Inc. 

Continuation  of  application  Scr.  No.  743,373,  Jnly  9, 

1968.  This  appUcatioB  Au.  19. 1970.  Scr.  No.  65,239 


appUcatioB  Ang.  19, 1970,  Scr. 
bt  CL  C03b  5/30,  39/00 
VS.  CI.  65—208 


4  Claims 


In  the  foKming  of  narrow  neck  parisons  by  the  process 
termed  "blow  and  blow,"  the  mold  charges  in  the  form 
of  substantially  cylindrical  gobs  are  delivered  to  a  gob 
centering  guide  positioned  in  alignment  with  the  cavity 
of  the  parison  mold.  When  the  parison  mold  is  of  non- 
cylindrical  cross-section,  such  as  used  in  the  formation 
of  parisons  which  are  to  be  expanded  into  flask-shaped 
containers  having  relatively  flat  sides,  it  is  advantageous 
that  the  glass  distribution  in  the  parison  be  closely  con- 
trolled, -tn  order  to  form  a  better  and  more  uniform 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1466 


parison,  the  present  invention  provides  a  shaping  funnel 
portion  positioned  between  the  gob  centering  guide  and 
the  parison  mold  for  pre-shaping  the  gob  as  it  falls  through 
the  funnel  into  a  generally  oval  cross-section,  correspond- 
ing to  the  oval  cross-section  of  the  body  portion  of  the 
parison  mold  cavity. 


3,672,861 
APPARATUS  FOR  TEMPERING  FLAT  SHEETS  OR 

PLATES  OF  GLASS 
George  F.  Rittcr,  Jr.,  Toledo,  and  F^ank  J.  Hymorc, 
Oregon,  OUo,  wi^igaon  to  Ubbcy-Owens-Ford  Com* 
pany,  Toledo,  Ohio 

FDcd  Not.  16, 1967,  Scr.  No.  683,581 

lot  a.  C03b  27/00 

VA.  CL  65—350  5  Claima 


Tempering  thin  sheets  of  flat  glass,  for  example  M  inch, 
by  conveying  heated  sheets  to  be  tempered  horizontally 
between  a  plurality  of  upper  and  lower  tubular  members 
which  direct  individual  streams  of  cooling  fluid,  under 
relatively  high  pressure,  against  opposite  surfaces  of  the 
sheet  to  temper  the  same,  the  pressure  of  the  cooling  fluid 
directed  against  the  bottom  surface  of  the  sheet  being 
relatively  greater  than  that  applied  to  the  upper  surface, 
a  volume  of  back-up  air  being  maintained  above  the  sheet 
to  compensate  for  the  higher  pressure  applied  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  sheet  and  the  tubular  membfcrs  above  and 
beneath  the  sheet  being  separated  into  a  plurality  of  groups 
to  minimize  turbulence  of  the  cooling  fluid. 


3,672,862 
RHIZOBITOXINE  AS  A  POST-EMERGENT 
HERBICIDE 
LoweU  D.  Owens,  Grccnbelt,  Md.,  assignor  to  flic  United 
States  of  America  as  represented  by  ttie  Secretary  of 
Agriadtorc 
No  Drawing.  Continnation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 
757,117,  Sept  3,  1968.  Ti^  appUcation  Dec  12,  1969, 
Scr.  No.  884,727 

Int.  CL  AOln  9/00 
VJS.  CL  71—79  2  Claims 

Rhizobitoxine,  a  phytotoxic  compound  synthesized  by 
the  bacterium  Rhizobium  japonicum,  is  combined  with  a 
specifically  formulated  solution  of  surfactant  and  wetting 
agent  to  provide  post-emergent  herbicidal  activity. 


3,672,863 

DRY  AMINOTRIAZOLE  HERBICIDAL 

FORMULATION 

James  Edward  Eqiosito,  AiLblcr,  Pa.,  assignor  to  Amchem 

Products,   Ibc,   Lower  Gwynedd  Towndi^,   Mont- 

gomery  Coonty,  Pa. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Mar.  28,  1969,  Scr.  No.  811,583 
lot  CL  AOln  13/00 
VS.  CL  71—82  2  Claims 

A  non-caking,  water  soluble,  powdered  herbicidal  con- 
centrate containing  3-amino-l,2,4-triazole  and  ammoni- 
um thiocyanate  in  admixture  with  a  pregelatinized  cold 
water  starch  and  an  ultrafine  filler. 


3  672,864 
CONTROL  OF  PESTS  *WITH  CYCLOALKANE  DE- 
RIVATIVES OF  NITRATED  ARYL  COMPOUNDS 
Lester  L.  Maravctz,  Wcstficid,  N J.,  Bwlgani  to  Esm> 
Research  and  Engineering  Conmany 
^^l^lf!?*^  Continnation-in-part  of  appBoitikm  Scr.  No. 
749,326,  Ang.  1, 1968.  lUs  appUcadoa  Jane  IL  1970, 
Scr.  No.  45,560 

,^^  _  Int  CL  AOln  9/i¥ 

U.S.  CL  71—103  18  nut^^ 

Compounds  characterized  by  the  following  formula: 


Ri-Ni-R, 


NO, 


-wherein  (1)  R^  is  a  cycloalkyl-containing  grouping  such 
as 


((^Hi).  };-, 


(CHt). 


in  which  the  cycloalkyl  ring  may  be  substituted  with 
Cj-C,  alkyl,  Cj-Cs  alkenyl,  halogen;  m  is  a  positive 
integer  of  2  to  4  and  «  is  0  or  1  to  3;  (2)  R,  is  hydro- 
gen; C1-C13  straight  or  branched  chain  aUcyl,  Cj-Cf 
alkenyl  or  Cj-Ce  alkynyl;  Cr-C,  cycloalkyl;  C4-Ca,  cy- 
cloalkylalkyl;  Cj-Cia  alkoxyalkyl;  Ci-Cia  haloalkyl;  Cj- 
Cij  cyanoalkyl;  Cj-Ce  acyl;  Cj-Ce  alkylmcrcaploalkyl, 
alkylsulfinylalkyl,  alkylsulfonylalkyl;  (3)  R,  is  hydro- 
gen, NGj,  halogen,  Ci-C,  alkyl,  C=N;  and  (4)  R4  is 
hydrogen,  Ci-Cjj  alkyl,  haloalkyl,  cycloalkyl,  halogen, 
CF3,  NOa,  C=N,  phenyl,  substituted  phenyl, 

N=N— CJI, 

SOaNRsR,  wherein  R,  and  R,  can  be  the  same  as  R^ 
above;  in  addition,  Rj  and  R«  when  taken  together  with 
the  nitrogen  atom  to  which  they  are  attached  form  an 
aziridyl,  pyrolidyl  or  piperidyl  ring;  CH,S(0)x, 

CaH8S(0), 

CsHtSCO)^,  wherein  j:  is  0,  1  or  2;  are  biologically 
active  compounds  especially  useful  as  herbicides.  Exem- 
plary of  an  especially  preferred  nitrated  aryl  cyclopro- 
pane derivative  is  the  compound  of  the  formula:: 


[S-CHr-N- 


0|N 


CHiCHiCHi 
NOi 


3  672,865 

INCREASING  THE  SUGAR  CONTENT  OF  CROPS 
WITH  a-UREIDOOXYCARBOXYUC  ACIDS  AND 
THEIR  DERIVATIVES 

Linos  M.  Ellis,  Wilmington,  DcL,  aasigBor  to  E.  L  do 
Pont  de  Ncmonn  and  Company,  WllmiMton,  Dd. 

'^".  J^!r!^  CoBdnnation-faH«t  of  appHcafion  Scr.  No. 
801,169,  Feb.  20, 1969,  wtakfa  is  a  conftanalioB-ln-p«t 
of  application  Scr.  No.  657,049,  My  31,  1967,  wM 
is  a  conlimmtipn-ln-part  of  appllcatkm  Scr.  No.  572,888, 
Aug.  17,  1966,  which  In  tnm  is  a  dittaion  and  contina- 
atton-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  206,154,  Inne  29, 
i*!L]??r  **"*^  ^^'  3,282,987.  lids  application  Jan. 
5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  846 

„„  _  Int  CL  AOln  9/2¥ 

U.S.  CL  71—106  f  rfcj— 

The  sugar  content  of  sugar  cane  and  sorgfaum  can  be 

increased  by  applying  to  those  crops  an  effective  amonnt 


1466 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


of  an  a-ureidooxycarboxyUc  acid  compound,  such  as  meth- 
yl a-ureidooxypn^ionate  or  ethyl  ureidooxyacetate,  dur- 
ing the  period  <^  10  to  60  days  prior  to  normally  scheduled 
harvest. 


3,672,866 
USE  OF  N-(SEC-BlJTYLH^t-BUTYL>2,6-DOSITRO- 

ANIUNE  AS  A  SELECTIVE  HERBICIDE 
lolm  Joseph  Damiaoo,   Springfield,  Pa.,  aaignor  to 

Amchoi  Products,  Inc^  TowmUp  of  Lower  Gwynedd, 

Montsomoy  Comity,  Pa. 
No  Diawiag.  ContimuitioB-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 

878,S83,  Not.  20, 1969.  This  application  Not.  12, 1970, 

Scr.  No.  89,010 

iBt  d  AOlB  9/20 
UJS.  CL  71—121  1  Claim 

Novel  herbicidally  active  4-butyl-2,6-dinitroaniline  de- 
rivatives are  prepared  by  nitration  of  4-butyliAenol,  fol- 
lowed by  conversion  of  the  resulting  2,6-dinitrophenol 
into  the  chloro-derivative  and  finally  reacting  the  chloro- 
derivative  with  a  primary  amine. 


3,672,867 
SUBMICRON  FERROMAGNETIC  ALLOY  PARTI- 
CLES  CONTAINING  COBALT,  BORON,  AND 
ZINC 

Emcst  Lewis  Little,  Jr.,  Wilmington,  DeL,  assignor  to 
E.  L  do  PoDt  dc  Nemoon  and  Company,  Wilmington, 
DeL 

Filed  Dec  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,836 
Int.  CL  HOlf  1/08, 1/20:  C22c  19/00 
VS.  CL  75—^  AA  17  Claims 

Submicron  particles,  useful  in  magnetic  applications, 

consisting  essentially  of  cobalt,  zinc,  and  boron  in  70-92 
to  1-8  to  1-5.6  weight  ratio  and  up  to  22  percent  by 
weight  water  and  oxygen,  are  prepared  by  reducing  Co''*' 
in  solutions  containing  Za*+  by  means  of  selected  boro- 
hydrides  and  preferably  heat-treating  the  products  in  hy- 
drogen. After  heat  treatment  substantial  quantities  of 
hexagonal  dose-packed  cobalt  may  be  detected  by  X-ray 
diffraction.  The  particles  are  useful  in  a  variety  of  mag- 
netic ai^lications,  e.g.,  in  magnetic  recording  tapes,  in 
bar  magnets  and  the  like. 


3,672,868 
ZINC  DUST  FOR  REMOVAL  OF  COBALT  FROM 

ELECTROLYTE 
TotauUge  Hasegawa,  Narashino,  Knninobn  Makimoto, 
Aizn-Walomatsn,  and  Sciji  NOiel  and  Jiro  Takahira, 
Bandai-madd,  Yama-gnn,  Japan,  assignors  to  Nisso 
Kinzolm  Kabodiild  g^iAa,  Toiqro-to,  Japan 
Origimd  application  Apr.  9,  1968,  Scr.  No.  719,951,  now 
Patent  No.  3,579,327,  dated  May  18,  1971.  Divided 
and  Alls  implication  Ang.  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  61,859 
Int.  CL  C22c  17/00;  C22f  19/26.  23/04 
VS,  CL  75— .5  A  1  Claim 

Zinc  dust  containing  a  small  amount  of  antimony  or 
antimony  and  lead  as  alloy  elements  is  added  into  an 
electrolyte  used  in  hydrometallurgy  of  zinc,  in  order  to 
remove  cobalt  impurities  from  the  electrolyte  of  zinc 
sulfate  8oluti(Hi. 


bath  currents,  resulting  from  rotation  of  the  tilted  vessel, 
enhance  and  speed  up  the  refining  or  treating  action. 
Relatively  refined  or  treated  molten  metal  is  continuously 


3,672,869 

CONTINUOUS  METALLURGICAL  PROCESS 

Cowad  F.  Nlehans,  2  Mnirfleld  Road,  Emmarentia, 

Johannedmrg,  Thmsvaal,  Repnbllc  of  Sooth  Africa 

FUcd  Apr.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27,695 

fat  CL  C21c  1/00,  7/00 

U.8.CL75— 45  18  Claims 

Relatively  unrefined  or  untreated  molten  metal  and  one 

or  more  treating  or  refining  ingredients  (e.g.,  oxygen,  flux, 

alloying  additicm)  are  continuously  introduced  onto  the 

top  c/l  a  bath  of  relatively  refined  or  treated  molten  metal 

contained  in  a  predominantly  vertically  tilted  vessel, 

rotated  about  its  longitudinal  axk.  Surface  and  sub-surface 


withdrawn  from  the  top  portion  of  the  bath,  at  the  front 
of  the  vessel,  at  a  location  spaced  from  the  location  at 
which  the  unrefined  or  untreated  molten  metal  is  intro- 
duced. 


4  Claims 


3,672,870 
SPRAY  REFINING 
Malvern  John  Rhyddcrch,  FIrbcck,  near  Worksop,  Eng- 
land, assignor  to  The  British  Iron  and  Steel  Research 
Association 
Original  application  May  22, 1967,  Scr.  No.  640,122,  now 
Patent  No.   3,554,521.   Divided  and  dris  application 
Mar.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  29,724 
Clafans  priority,  appUcation  Great  Britatai,  May  23, 1966, 

22,790/66 
Int  CL  C21c  5/00 
VS.  CL  75—52 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  refining  iron  in  which  a 
stream  of  molten  iron  is  shattered  by  oxidising  gas  in  a 
vessel  from  which  gas  is  withdrawn  to  induce  air  into  the 
vessel.  .       I 

3,672,871 
METALLURGICAL  MATERIAL  AND  PROCESSES 

FOR  TREATING  STEEL  THEREWITH 
William  A.  Brown,  Rector,  and  John  F.  Drcmdng,  Mon- 
roeviOe,  Pa.,  assigmMrs  to  MBOtt  and  Company,  Chi- 
cago, ni. 
Continuation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  645,557,  May 
11,  1967,  which  is  a  sobstitnte  for  application  Scr.  No. 
172,614,  Feb.  12,  1962.  This  application  Jan.  12,  1970, 
Scr.  No.  2,202 

Int  a.  C21c  7/04 
VS.  a.  75—58  2  Chdms 


Coarse  {--Mi  inch)  metallurgical-grade  silicon  carbide 
has  6-15  weight  percent  of  sodium  carbonate  added  to 
it,  and  this  is  used  as  a  treatment  agent  for  recarburizing, 
resiliconizing,  or  deoxidizing  steel  and  insuring  its  clean- 
liness. This  makes  it  possible  to  use  a  coarser  material, 
while  improving  the  quality  of  the  steel  and  the  efficiency 
of  the  utilization  of  the,  silicon  contained  in  the  silicon 
carbide.  Compared  with  deoxidizing  with  ferrosilicon  of 
50%  silicon  content  or  with  aluminum,  cost  savings  are 
also  effected. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1467 


3,672,872 
METHOD  OF  SEPARATION  OF  A  SUBSTANCE  IN 
A  SOLID  OR  LIQUID  PHASE  FROM  A  MATRIX 
IN  THE  LIQUID  PHASE 
Etienne  Bonnier,  Colette  Allibert,  Jean  Driole,  and  Ahdn 
Widcer,  Grenoble,  France,  assignors  to  Agence  Na- 
tionalc  de  Valorisation  de  la  Recherche,  Pntcanx, 
France 

FUed  Jnnc  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  42,307 

Int  CL  B23d  1/00;  C22h  7/00;  C22c  1/00 

VS.  CL  75—63  11  Claims 


^yy'A 


1  <■  tB 


/^ 


A  method  of  separation  of  a  substance  in  a  solid  or 
liquid  phase  from  a  matrix  in  the  liquid  phase,  at  high 
temperature,  by  the  creation  of  an  alternating  magnetic 
field  of  medium  frequency  in  the  composite  mixture 
formed  by  said  substance  and  said  matrix,  followed  by  a 
solidification  tempering  action.  A  device  for  carrying  the 
method  into  effect  comprises  a  crucible,  heating  means  for 
the  crucible,  an  inductor  winding  around  the  said  crucible, 
and  further  comprises  a  medium-frequency  alternating- 
current  generator,  of  10  kilocycles  for  example,  associated 
with  the  winding.  The  inductor  winding  on  the  crucible 
may  serve  simultaneously  as  the  heating  means  for  the 
crucible  and  the  electro-magnetic  separating  means,  or 
the  heating  may  be  independent  of  the  electro-magnetic 
means  and  may  be  constituted  by  an  electrical  resistance. 


3  672  873 
SEPARATION  OF  NICKEL  FROM  COBALT 
David  Anthony  Hnggina,  Missisaanga,  Ontario,  Canada, 
and  Walter  Cnriook,  NcolIIy,  France,  assignors  to  The 
International  Nickel  Company,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Mar.  11,  1970,  Ser.  No.  18,721 
Chdms  priority,  application  Canada,  Mar.  28,  1969, 

047,217 
Int  CL  C22h  23/04 
VS.  CL  75—101  R  29  Chdms 

Directed  to  a  process  for  separately  recovering  nickel 
and  cobalt  from  an  aqueous  solution  containing  the  same 
wherein  the  nickel  and  cobalt  contents  are  precipitated 
as  reducible  compounds,  e.g.,  basic  carbonates,  separat- 
ing and  drying  the  resulting  precipitates,  reducing  the 
compounds  at  a  temperature  below  about  400°  C.  and 
then  treating  the  reduced  metal  products  with  carbon 
monoxide  at  superatmospheric  pressures  and  a  temper- 
ature below  100°  C.  to  evolve  nickel  carbonyl  thereby 
separating  the  nickel  from  the  cobalt  in  the  reduced 
product. 


3,672,874 
RECOVERY  OF  RHENIUM  VALUES  FROM 
A  SPENT  CATALYST 
Charics  L.  Wiley,  Blanchard,  La.,  assignor  to  Universal 
Oil  Products  Company,  Dcs  Plaines,  DL 
No  Drawhig.  Filed  Nov.  12,  1970,  Ser.  No.  88,993 
Int  CI.  COlg  49/00 
VS.  CI.  75—101  R  8  CUims 

Rhenium  values  are  recovered  from  a  spent  rhenium- 
platinum-alumina  catalyst.  The  catalyst  is  treated  with 
sulfuric  acid  to  form  a  rhenium-containing  aluminum 
sulfate  solution  and  a  platinum-containing  residue.  The 


rhenium-containing  solution  is  passed  in  contact  with  the 
sulfate  ionic  form  of  an  anionic  ex<^ange  resin  whereby 
rhenium  is  absorbed  thereon.  The  rhenium  is  sul))sequently 
eluted  from  the  resin. 


3  672  875 
EXTRACTION  OF  FISSION  PRODUCT  NOBLE 

METALS  FROM  SPENT  NUCLEAR  FUELS 
Adolfo  MacCragh,  ElUcott  City,  Md.,  assigMr  to  W.  R. 

Grace  &  Co.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawhig.  FUcd  Sept  5,  1969,  Ser.  No.  855,775 
Int  CL  C22b  11/06 
VS.  CL  75—112  13  CfaduH 

A  process  for  separating  the  fission  product  metals 
from  spent  nuclear  fuels,  in  which  the  insolubles  from 
the  fuel  element  dissolution  are  heated  in  a  stream  of 
halide  gas  to  convert  the  residues  to  the  halides.  The 
ruthenium  and  rhodium  fractions  are  converted  to  the 
complex  haloruthenite  and  halorhodite,  followed  by  dis- 
solution and  distillation  to  remove  ruthenium.  The 
rhodium  is  recovered  by  neutralizing  the  imdistilled  por- 
tion and  reducing  to  the  metal.  P^ladium  and  tedine- 
tium  are  recovered  from  the  halides  volatilized  in  the 
first  step  of  the  process. 


3,672,876 

DUCTILE  CORROSION.RESISTANT  FERROUS 

ALLOYS  CONTAINING  CHROMIUM 

DouU  J.  Sipos,  Newark,  DeL,  Robert  F.  Stdgerwald, 
McKeesport  Pa.,  and  NeweU  E.  WUtcomh,  Newark, 
DeL,  assignors  to  E.  L  da  Pont  dc  Nanom  and  Cobh 
pany,  WUndngton,  Dd. 

Coiitfaniation.faHpart  of  application  Ser.  No.  787,358,  lis. 
26,  1968,  which  is  a  continnation-in-part  of  apirfication 
Ser.  No.  623,402,  Mar.  15, 1967.  This  an^katioD  May 
4,  1970,  Scr.  No.  34,166  -fi^-^-  «v 

WT«  ^  —      ^*A.iXClU 37/10,  39/14 

VS.  CL  75—124  3  chdm 


JD| 

~ 

V 

~~ 

~~' 

^ 

•~- 

— 

^ 

^ 

P 

— 

rao 

\ 

^ 

- 

I 

\ 

X> 

^KS^ 

u— 1 

k 

^-4*ic(,i 

f^fiHii 

•N. 

1    .   i    1 

1  '  > 

• 

Vl' 

g\ 

J 

\'i>> 

1 

s 

h^ 

\       • 

<^ 

m 

315=-;. 

\ 

— 1 

n 

■^ 

1, 

— 

— 1 

■^ 

=!5 

^V^ 

— , 

"..1 

t: 

k 

A 

— 

— 1 

— 

— ' 

— 

-ht 

— - 

— ' 

C3 

^r 

20 

as 

30 

S5 

^y 

CJiromumCaUaml,m.X 


An  iron,  28%-37%  chromium  content  alloy  in  which 
postwelding  ductility  is  improved  by  the  incorporation  of 
small  amounts  in  the  approximate  range  of  about  0.1% 
to  1.0%  of  Al,  Cu,  Pt,  Pd  or  Ag,  or  combinations  of 
Al+Cu,  Al-I-Ag,  Al-HV  or  Al-f Cu-f-V. 


3,672,877 
CORROSION-RESISTANT  RAZOR  BLADES 
Jan-Christer  Henric  Ovesson  Carlen  and  Claes  Bcrtfl 
Bergqiist,  Sandviken,  Sweden,  assignors  to  Sandvikcn 
Gcmverks  Aktiebofa«,  Sandviken,  Sweden 
Continuadon  of  application  Ser.  No.  665,320,  Sept  5, 
1967.  This  appUcation  Jnly  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  64,087 
Clatans  priority,  application  Sweden,  Sept  22.  1966. 
12,737/66 
WTO  -o.  «    ^]^ClC22e 39/ 14,  39/48 
VS.  CL  75—126  C  3  chriiM 

Steels    suitable    for   making    corrosion-resistant    razM- 
blades  contain  chromium  and  carbon,  and  may  contain 


1468 


I 
OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


silicon,  manganese,  molybdeniun,  tungsten,  copper,  cobalt, 
nickel,  niobium,  tantalum,  titanium,  vanadium,  zirconium, 
boron  or  beryllium.  The  ratio  of  chromium  to  carbon  is 
less  than  30:1;  the  carbon  content  is  0.3-0.5  wt.  percent; 
the  silicon  content  is  within  the  range  0.8-2.0  wt.  percent, 
and  the  chromium  content  is  9.0-10.8  wt.  percent.  A  tool 
formed  from  a  steel  of  this  class  has  a  hardness  exceeding 
VPN  800  in  the  hardened  condition,  and  a  hardness  after 
tempering  up  to  45-0*  C.  within  the  range  VPN  720- 
850. 

3,672^8 

ALUMINUM  OFFSET  FRINTING  PLATE 

AdoV  TcBbler,  Uedoif,  near  Bom,  and  Paiil  ETeivlieini, 
Boob,  GcnnaBy,  anlgiion  to  Vcreinigte  Leiditiiictall- 
Wcriw  G.in.b.H.,  Boob,  Gcnnany 

No  Diawiag.  FDed  Sept  24,  1969,  Scr.  No.  8M,MS 

Cfarinu  pvioilly,  appHcatfon  Gcrmanj,  Sept  27,  19M, 
F  17  83  0M.9;  Jum  9, 19<9,  F  19  29  14((.4 

bt  CL  C22c  21/04 
UjSL  CL  75—141  4  Clafans 

An  aluminum  printing  plate  for  use  in  offset  roller  {dat- 
ing is  nuule  of  an  aluminum  base  alloy  including  the 
following  alloying  components: 

Percent 

Magnesium    0.8-2.5 

Silicon 0.2-0.4 

Manganese 0.8-1.4 

Copper  0.05-0.3 

Iron 0.2-0.6 

Zinc 0.01-0.2 

Aluminum Balance 


June  27.  1972 

glass  in  the  container  is  subjected  to  a  glass  melting  tem- 
perature   Further  molten  glass  can  be  dispensed  by  ex- 


pelling the  same  through  the  orifice  of  a  membei;  made 
of  the  alloy  defined  above. 


3,672,879 

TINi  CAST  PRODUCT 

WOHam  J.  BnchlMr,  10613  MontnMe  Ave,  Apt  3, 
Bcthcada,  Md.    2M14 

Origfanl  appUcatioB  Not.  4,  1966,  Scr.  No.  592,069,  now 
Fatent  No.  3,529,958,  dated  Sept  22,  1970.  Divided 
aad  lUs  appHcatioa  June  1,  1970,  Ser.  No.  42,133 

lot  CL  C22c  79/00, 15/00 
VS.  CL  75—170  1  Claim 

A  method  for  forming  TiNi  base  alloys  in  which  a  pre- 
alloyed  material  of  the  type  to  be  obtained  is  placed  into 
a  grairfiite  crucible  and  is  heated  above  the  melting  point 
by  external  application  of  power,  whereupon  the  compo- 
nent metals  are  melted  in  the  molten  alloy  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  prevent  direct  contact  between  the  compo- 
nent metals  and  the  walls  of  the  crucible. 


3,672,881 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  POWDER  COMPOSTTES 
JohB  I.  Sowko,  St.,  Bctiiei  Parfc,  Pil,  aarigBor  to 
I     Cannct  Compavy,  Pltlaborgfa,  Pa.         | 

No  Dvawtaf.  Filed  Not.  3,  1969,  Scr.  No.  873,698 

.TO  ^  ..  iBt  CL  B22f  7/06 

UA  CL  75-208  R  if  cWm. 

Described  herein  is  a  method  of  making  a  composite 
article  of  powdered  metal  and  a  refractory  hard  metal 
component  which  involves  forming  a  green  compact  of 
powder  metal  and  sintering  the  compact  in  contact  with 
the  refractory  hard  metal  component  to  metallurgically 
bond  the  two.  ~ 


3,672380 

PLAIINUM-RHOmUM-GOLD  ALLOYS 

AlaB  SydBcy  DariiBg  aBd  GordoB  Leslie  Sdnuui,  LoBdoB, 
EBgiaBd,  aaaigBora  to  JohBCoo,  Mattliew  A  Co.,  Ubh 
ited,  LoodoB,  Fjigfan^ 

ContlBoatioB-iD-pait  of  implication  Scr.  No.  750,641,  Aug. 
6,  1968,  which  is  a  contiBoatioB  of  awUcation  Ser.  No. 
558,398,  Ibbc  17, 1966.  TUs  appHcatioB  Feb.  20, 1970, 
Scr.  Now  12,919  -w-— 

CbdflM  priority,  appHcatioB  Great  BritaiB,  Jbbc  19, 1965, 

26,028/65 

bt  CL  C22c  5/00 
UA  CL  75—172  2  Claims 

A  inethod  for  melting  glass  which  includes  introducing 
glass  into  a  container  formed  of  an  alloy  consisting  of 
72-90%  by  weight  of  platinum,  9^25%  by  weight  of 
rhodium  and  1-3%  by  weight  of  gold.  Thereafter,  the 


3,672,882 
SUP  CASTING 

Joseph  R  Sagmnllcr  aBd  Richard  L  Hnnter,  Cohanbos, 
CNiio,  asBignorB  to  The  Battcilc  DcTclopmcBt  Conon- 
tioB,  ColBmbBS,  OUo  [ 

FDed  May  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  827,846 

iBt  CL  B22f  i/00  ' 

VS,  CL  75—211  10  Claims 

Fine  metal  compound  powders  capable  of  being  reduced 
to  the  metallic  state  are  made  into  a  casting  slip,  cast 
into  a  slip  casting  mold  to  form  a  slip  cast  object  which 
is  removed  from  the  mold,  reduced  and  sintered  fnto  a 
pore-free  high  density  object. 


3,672,883 

CRYSTALLINE  POLYMERS  FOR  FROST 

Rogtf  N^CiccarelU^aBd  BintoB  B.  Jacfaiow,  Rochester, 


to  Xerox  CorporattoB,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
No  DtawiBg.  Filed  July  2,  1969,  Scr.  No.  838,672 

.T«  ^  ^    Int  a  B4lB 5/20;  G03gii/22 

UA  CL  96-1.1  18  caalBii 

A  new  class  of  materials  useful  in  surfooe  deformation 
imaging  is  provided  comprising  the  utilization  of  sharp 
melting  crystalline  polymers. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1469 


3,672,884 
ELECTROSTATIC  PRDSTING  AND  IWVELOPING 
Edward  F.  Mayer,  ClcTdaad,  OUo,  aarigBor  to  Xerox 
CorporatioB,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
CoatiBBatioB  of  appUcatioB  Scr.  No.  571,644,  Aog.  10, 
1966,  which  is  a  continnatioa  of  appUoitioB  Scr.  No. 
380,285,  Sept  15,  1953.  This  appUcatton  Oct  14,  1968, 
Scr.  No.  770,887 

iBt  CL  C03g  13/10. 13/22 
UA  CL  96-1  LY  13  ciateia 


form  excellent  surface  deformation  images  of  «>nhnn'^ 
quality  on  the  surface  of  the  latter  materials.  Thus,  upon 
the  addition  of  the  specified  additive  to  a  jriienol-alde- 
hyde  type  resin  the  frost  characteristics  thereof  are  sub- 
stantially enhanced. 


/s 


In  the  particular  embodiments  of  the  invention  de- 
scribed herein,  electrostatic  charge  images  are  formed  on 
the  adjacent  engaging  surfaces  of  a  photoconductlve  in- 
sulating layer  and  another  insulating  layer  by  optical  ex- 
posure through  the  photoconductlve  insulating  layer.  In 
one  embodiment  the  layers  are  disposed  on  the  outside 
surfaces  of  first  and  second  rotating  drums,  respectively, 
and  a  light  source  within  one  dnmi  projects  the  image  of 
an  original  disposed  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  drum  to 
the  photoconductive  insulating  layer  disposed  on  the  outer 
surface  thereof.  Electrostatic  charge  images  are  produced 
on  the  drum  surfaces  as  a  result  of  a  potential  (Ufference 
applied  across  them  and  the  charge  images  are  moved  by 
dnmi  rotation  to  a  development  zone  wherein  the  images 
are  rendered  visible  by  liquid  or  powdered  developer.  In 
another  embodiment  the  electrostatic  charge  image  is 
transferred  from  the  insulating  drum  to  a  further  insulat- 
ing drum  upon  which  it  is  moved  through  a  development 
zone. 


3JS72,887 

ELECntOPHOTOGRAPHIC  PROCESS  FOR 

MULTICOLOR  REPRODUCTION 

Scijl  Matsmnoto,  Yaano  Tnnal,  MaaaaU  T^iUmoto,  —d 

MaaunidU  Sato,  Aaaka,  Japaa,  aaigBOBi  to  Xcioz  Cofw 

poitioB,  Rochcftcr,  NT. 

FDed  Aos.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  63,818 
w,«  ^  iBt  CL  G03f  ii/22 

U.S.  CL  96—1.2  9  CfadBM 

Reproduction  of  a  multicolor  original  in  an  electro- 
photographic development  employing  superimposed  de- 
velopment of  multiple  electrostatic  latent  images  present 
on  ail  electrophotographic  photosensitive  layer  which  is 
provided  with  low  photoconductivity  for  a  certain  wave- 
length region,  and  has  increased  photoconductivity  in  at 
least  a  part  of  the  remaining  wavelength  region.  At  least 
one  development  is  obtained  with  a  toner  having  photo- 
conductivity for  light  of  the  wavelength  region  in  which 
the  electrophotographic  level  has  low  photoconductivity. 


3,672,885 
FERROCYANIDE-CHELATE  CONVERSION  SOLU- 
TION FOR  ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC  OFFSET 
MASTERS 
Gconc  M.  Ort,  Chicago,  MIL,  aolgBor  to  A.  B.  DIdi 

Compaay,  Nilcs,  Dl. 
No  DrawiBg.  CoBtfamatioB  (rf  applicatioB  Scr.  No. 
652,689,  July  12,  1967.  TUs  appUcatiOB  Oct  23, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  83,629 

iBt  CL  G03g  13/00 
U.S.  CL  9^—1  9  ClafaBS 

A  conversion  solution  for  zinc  oxide  coated  electro- 
photographic planographic  masters  in  which  the  conver- 
sion solution  depends  upon  the  presence  of  ferrocyanide 
in  solution  therein,  in  which  the  improvement  comiHises 
the  formulation  of  the  conversion  solution  with  a  chelat- 
ing agent  that  sequesters  the  Fe++  and  Fe+++  ions 
present  in  the  solution  by  reason  of  the  equilibrium  reac- 
tion of  the  ferrocyanide  whereby  the  solution  is  stabilized 
to  minimize  deterioration  and  increase  the  stability  and 
shelf  life  thereof. 


3,672,888 

PROCESS   FOR    THE   MANUFACTURE   OF 

AN  ELECTROPHOTOGRAPHIC  SENSITIVE 
MATERIAL 

Hanio  Hasegawa,  KiBroko  SogiyaBia,  KikBji  SomU,  and 
Knnio  Hlrano,  Shizuoka,  Japan,  aarignors  to  Tomoe- 
gawa  Paper  MaBofectailBg  Co.,  Ltd. 

Filed  Mar.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,657 
.TO  «  «.        lBtCLGO3g5/0«,5/i0 
UA  CL  96—1.8  5  cUdBic 

An  electrophotographic  sensitive  material  wherein  a  re- 
action product  of  synthetic  resin  having  OH-groups  and 
a  chromium  compound  is  interposed  as  an  intermediate 
layer  between  a  photoconductive  image-forming  layer  and 
a  support,  such  as  paper,  plastic  sheet,  thin  metallic  film 
and  the  like  and  a  process  for  the  manufacture  thereof. 


, „  3,672,889 

ACRYLATE1ERPOLYMER  RESIN  BINDERS  FOR 

PHOTOELECTROSTATIC  MEMBEI^ 
Etui  S.  Baltozzi,  BrookflcM,  Robert  G.  Blaochcttc,  Elk 
GroTc  Vfflage,  aBd  Ralph  L.  MIbbIs,  Dcs  PlaiB^  m.. 

No  Dnwiif.  FIM  Jalj  14,  li»,  Stt.  No.  M1,54S 

A  polymeric  resin  binder  for  zinc  oxide  which  is  a  ter- 
polymer  tonntd  of  ethyl  acrylate  or  ethyl  methacrylate 
a  vmyl-aryl  compound  such  as  styrene  and  an  acrylate 
having  ammo,  hydroxy,  or  acid  functional  groups.  A  typi- 
cal terpolymer  is  ethyl  acrylate-styrene-hydroxyethyl 
methacrylate  combined  in  the  weight  ratio  of  69:23:8. 


3,672  886 

NOVOLAK  RESINS  IN  DEFORMATION  IMAGING 

Jooeph  MammJBO,  PcBflcld,  N.Y.,  aarinKW  to 

Xerox  Corporatioa,  RotAecter,  N.Y. 

No  DrawiBg.  CotinBatJoo-lB-part  of  application  Scr.  No. 

421,613,  Dec  28, 1964.  TUs  appUcatfofl  Dec  26, 1968, 

Scr.  No.  787,260 

iBt  CL  G03f  7i/22 

VS.  CL  96— LI  5  CfadBis 

It  has   been   determined   that  upon   the    addition  an 

aromatic  compound,  preferably  an  aryl  anune  compound 

to  a  phenol-aldehyde  type  resin  that  it  is  now  possible  to 


3,672,890 

NOVEL  PHOTOGRAPHIC  PRODUCTS  AND 

PROCESSES 

^!??  ^.i^  ^^^'*"«^  Maa.,  aalgBor  to 
r^^  P^^foid  CoiporatioB,  Cambridge  Mas^ 
/S?"^***?:»*S:*^'*'  appbortloB  Scr.  No.  782,075, 

The  portioB  of  Ac  tem  erf  tiic  pateat  sBbaeoBCBt  to 
Dec  10, 1985,  has  becB  Mmt*,>t«»^ 

The  present  mvention  relates  to  photography  and,  more 
particularly,  to  reflection  type  diffusion  transfer  process 


1470 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


photographic  film  units  which  comprise  a  composite  photo- 
sensitive element  adapted  to  provide,  by  diffusion  transfer 
photographic  processing,  selective  integral  negative  and 
positive  image  reccx'dation  of  incident  actinic  radiation 
as  a  function  of  the  point-to-point  degree  of  photosensi- 
tive element  exposure,  which  element  includes  a  plurality 
of  sequential  layers  including  a  dimensionally  stable  layer 
preferably  opaque  to  incident  actinic  radiation;  a  photo- 
sensitive silver  halide  layer  having  associated  therewith 
dye  image-fcMining  material  which  is  diffusible  during 
processing  as  a  function  of  the  point-to-point  degree  of 
silver  halide  layer  exposure  to  incident  actinic  radiation; 
a  layer  adapted  to  receive  image-forming  material  dif- 
fusing thereto;  and  a  dimensionally  stable  layer  trans- 
parent to  incident  radiation. 


optical  reflection  density  <'<^1.0  density  units  with  respect 
to  reflected  visible  radiation,  and  a  processing  composition 
possessing  a  first  pH  at  which  the  dye  image-forming  ma- 
terial is  diffusible  during  processing,  and  means  for  reduc- 


\ 


SSK* 


r  HM.IOC  CHUlMM  LATCH 

on  ocvcu^cn  catch 

tCMKTlVC  ttUt*  MAUK  CHMMM  CATCH 
m  DCVCLflKR   LATCH 

— rnvc  mucn  halim  cmulsiom  uvoi 

LATCH 

myn 

URCT 


•cnirHi  tun  mujk  camkoi  L*na 
•cvcuKta  Lino 

.     Iff    fHyCft    HMJM   CMUUMM   LAvca 

nJKAnan  com^oaitioii  comt*inin« 


The  film  units  additionally  include,  in  combination, 
means  for  interposing,  subsequent  to  photoexposure  of 
the  silver  halide  layer,  intermediate  the  silver  halide  layer 
and  the  reception  layer,  an  opacifying  agent  in  a  concen- 
tration effective  to  noask  dye  image-providing  material 
associated  with  the  photosensitive  layer  and  preferably 
comprising  an  inorganic  reflecting  pigment  dispersion  con- 
taining at  least  one  optical  filter  agent  in  a  concentration 
effective  to  provide  a  layer  exhibiting  optical  transmission 
density  >'«6.0  density  units  with  respect  to  incident  ra- 
diation actinic  to  the  photosensitive  silver  halide  layer  and 


ing  the  p^  of  the  processing  composition  to  a  second  pH 
at  which  the  dye  image-forming  material  is  substantially 
nondiffusible  subsequent  to  substantial  dye  transfer  ^mage 
formation  in  the  reception  layer. 

I       

3,672,891 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  ELEMENT  AND  PROCESS  COM- 
PRISING A  PYRIMIDINE  SILVER  HALIDB  DE. 
VELOPING  AGENT 

EdwiB  B.  Wyand  and  WilUam  C.  Farley,  RochMter,  N.Y^ 
■Mignort  to  Faihnan  Kodak  Company,  Rocheatcr,  N.Y. 

NoDlawiiV.  FDcd  Oct  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  863,360 

lot  CL  G«3c  ;/¥«,  5/iO,  SIS4  ! 

U^  CL  96—29  R  16  ClalnM 

Photographic  developing  agents  which  are  pyrimidine 
compounds  such  as  S-hydroxy  and/or  S-amino-pyrimidine 
developing  agents  provide  reduced  stain  without  loss  of 
desired  sensitometric  properties  in  a  diffusion  transfer 
system.  These  can  be  used  in  combination  with  other 
photographic  developing  agents,  such  as  reductone  de- 
veloping agents,  aminomethyl  hydroquinone  devdoping 
agents,  cinnamic  acid  developing  agents,  lactone  develop- 
ing agents,  or  developing  agent  precursors  e.g.  coumarin 
developing  agents  or  developing  agent  precursors.  They 
are  especially  useful  in  a  black-and-white  silver  salt  dif- 
fusion transfer  process. 


3,672,892 

METHOD  FDR  THE  FREPARATIDN  DF  >  l 

PLANOGRAPmC  PRINTING  MASTER 

Marcd  Ncolaa,  Vrandwii,  Gerald  LHiiwiiia  Vanreiuel, 

HoTc,  Pan!  Dcsira  Van  Pec,  Edegcm,  and  laics  Maria 

Dc  Lact,  Morfsd,  Bclgiiuii,  assignon  to  Agfa-Gevacrt, 

MortSti,  Wflginm 

No  Dnwing.  FOed  Jane  21,  1968,  Scr.  No.  738,808 
Clalma  priority,  appttcatioa  Great  Britain,  Jane  21, 1967, 

28,693/67 

Int  CL  G03f  7l02, 1100;  G03c  1172 

VS,  CL  96-^3  12  Claims 

An  improvement  on  U.S.P.  3,476,937  wherein  silver 
halide  grains  of  the  internal  image-forming  type  are  di- 
rectly incorporated  in  the  heat-sensitive  layer  of  the  basic 
patent  formed  by  normally  solid  thermoplastic  polymer 
particles  dispersed  in  a  hydrophilic  binder  so  that  by  ex- 
posing the  resultant  layer  to  a  light  image,  {Aotographi- 
cally  developing  the  exposed  layer  with  a  photographic 
developing  layer  to  obtain  a  direct-positive  silver  image 
having  a  density  of  at  least  0.1  above  background,  and 
uniformly  exposing  the  developed  layer  to  radiation  ab- 
sorbed by  the  silver  image  and  converted  into  heat,  suffi- 
cient hydroi^obic/hydrophilic  differentiation  is  obtained 
as  to  adapt  the  resultant  material  for  use  as  a  planograi^c 
printing  master. 


/^Tn?Tr«TAT.  nAy.TT.TTF. 


June  27.  1972 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1471 


3  672  893 

PROCESS  OF  MANUFACTURING  SCREENS  FOR 

SHADOW-MASK  TUBES 

Ronald  C.  Roblnder,  Hanover  Park,  William  A.  Rowc, 

Palatine,  and  James  W.  Schwartz,  Western  Springs, 

ni.,  assignon  to  Zenith  Radio  Corporation,  Chicago, 

FUed  Aag.  3,  1970,  Scr.  No.  60,433 

Int  CI.  G03c  1/00,  5/00 

U.S.  CL  96—36.1  15  Claims 


\SiiS\{t\r^r^r^r^r^(i^(^t 


The  screen .  is  covered  with  a  water-soluble  coating 
material  comprising  a  negative  photosensitive  resist  and 
an  inhibitor  to  render  the  resist  unresponsive  to  ultra- 
violet light.  An  additive,  such  as  a  dye  that  may  be 
bleached  or  activated  by  exposure  to  a  visible  light  wave- 
length, is  also  included  in  the  coating  to  counteract  the 
effect  of  the  inhibitor  when  activated  by  exposure.  The 
screen,  coated  with  this  material,  is  first  exposed  to  the 
visible  radiation  from  one  color  position  and  through  a 
shadow  mask  having  apertures  larger  than  the  phosphor 

dots  of  the  screen.  The  screen  is  then  exposed  to  ultra- 
violet, again  through  the  shadow  mask  but  from  a  second 
color  position  and  results  in  elemental  areas  of  the  coat- 
ing material,  where  the  two  exposure  patterns  overlap, 
being  rendered  insoluble.  The  coating  pattern  is  developed 
by  washing  the  screen  with  water. 


3,672,894 
METHOD  FOR  MAKING  A  COMPOSITE  BACK 
-^  PROJECTION  SCREEN 

William  E.  Glenn,  Jr.,  Scotia,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 
General  Electric  Company 
Original  application  Feb.  1,  1967,  Scr.  No.  613,323. 
Divided  and  this  appUcation  Apr.  27,  1970,  Scr. 
No.  43,275 

Int  CL  G03c  5/00, 11/00,  9/00 
U.S.  CL  96—38.3  3  Qaims 

Composite  back  projection  screens  are  described  char- 
acterized by  a  cylindrically  lenticulated  back  face  and  a 
selectively  darkened  front  face  having  refracting  lens  com- 
ponents positioned  at  the  undarkened  foci  of  the  back 
lenticules.  The  refracting  lens  components  are  formed  ei- 
ther by  selectively  notching  a  Fresnel  lens  into  the  flat 
front  face  of  the  projection  screen  or  by  lenticulating  the 
front  face  of  the  screen  and  utilizing  an  appropriate  por- 
tion of  the  lenticules'  arcual  surface  as  the  refracting  lens 
components.  Control  of  both  the  horizontal  and  the  ver- 
tical viewing  angles  is  accomplished  by  the  formation 
of  refracting  lens  components  in  both  faces  of  a  unitary 
screen  in  optical  registration  with  spherical  lens  compo- 
nents situated  along  the  back  face  of  the  unitary  screen. 


3,672,895         ^ 

VACUUM  TREATMENT  OF  COATED,  DIRECT. 

POSITIVE,  SILVER  HALIDE  ELEMENTS 

Richard  Kari  Knrz,  Rochester,  N. ¥.,  assignor  to  Eastman 

Kodalc  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Mar.  25,  1970,  Scr.  No.  22,697 

Int  CL  G03c  5/24 

U.S.  CL  96—64  6  Claims 

This  invention  relates  to  processes  for  improving  the 

photographic  properties  of  fogged,  direct-positive,  silver 


halide  emulsions.  In  one  aspect,  coated,  direct-positive 
emulsions  are  subjected  to  a  vacuum  treatment  whereby 
the  maximum  density  stability  is  improved  upon  aging. 
The  Dnua  stability  is  highly  improved  in  preferred  em- 
bodiments when  electron-acceptor  compounds  or  desensi- 
tizers  are  present  in  the  emulsion. 


3,672,896 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  CQMPOSIIION,  ELEMENT 

AND  PROCESS 

Rolf  S.  Gabridsen  and  lamncl  A.  OHrarcs,  Rodiester, 

N.Y.,  asBignofs  to  Eastman  Kodak  Compaqy,  Rodie»> 

ter,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  Fflcd  Oct  2,  1969,  Scr.  No.  863,339 
_^^  _  Int.  CL  G03C  i/^2,  5/iO 

U.S.  CL  96—66  HD  i«  Clafms 

Photographic  developing  agents  which  are  anhydro  di- 
hydro  hexose  reductone  silver  halide  developing  agents 
provide  low  stain  and  improved  stability  without  unde- 
sired  sensitometric  properties  in  developing  a  latent  image 
in  a  photographic  element.  An  aqueous  alkaline  developer 
containing,  for  instance,  anhydro  dihydro  piperidino 
hexose  reductone  provides  improved  iM-operties.  The  de- 
scribed developing  agents  can  be  used  in  combination  with 
other  silver  halide  developing  agents. 


_  3,672,897 

SILVER  HALIDE  COLOR  PHOTOGRAPHIC  UGHT- 

SENSITIVE  MATERIAL 
Aldra  Sato,  Hirozo  Ueda,  and  YosUaU  One,  Kawwrna. 
Japan,  assignors  to  FdJI  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.  g— ? 
gawa,  Japan 

FUed  Sept  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  858,262 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  Sept  16, 196S, 
43/66,821 
Int  CL  G«3c  7/¥0 
UA  CL  96—74  13  cbdoH 

A  color  photographic  light-sensitive  material  compris- 
ing a  support  having  coated  thereon  a  red-sensitive  silver 
halide  emulsion  layer  containing  a  cyan-color  forming 
coupler,  a  green-sensitive  silver  halide  emulsion  layer  am- 
taining  a  magenta-color  forming  coupler,  and  a  blue-sensi- 
tive silver  halide  emulsion  layer  containing  a  yellow  form- 
ing coupler  and  a  compound  represented  by  the  formula 

R— N C=C C=0 

wherein  R  is  a  member  selected  from  the  group  consist- 
ing of  a  sulfoalkyl  group  and  a  sulfoaralkyl  group,  and 
Z  and  Q  are  each  an  atomic  group  necessary  to  complete 
a  heterocyclic  nucleus. 


.-wTw.—  3,672,898 

MULTICOLOR  SILVER  HAUIffi  PHOTOGRAPHIC 

,  ^.^  .   «  MATERIALS  AND  PROCESSES 

Jaditfa  A.  Schwan  and  James  L.  Graham,  Rochester,  N.Y^ 

assi^iors  to  Eastman  Kodali  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Continnation.in-par(  of  application  Ser.  No.  715,6«5, 

SS'm  *'«i?Sv^***  appUcation  Sept  29,  19691 

IT  «L  n  oi;_5f-  ^  ^^  ^^^^'  ^/*^'  ^^^^ 

xjJS,  CL  96 — 74  42  Claims 

Multicolor  photographic  elements  are  provided  which 
contain  yellow,  magenta  and  cyan  dye  forming  units,  each 
of  the  umts  having  a  relative  log  spectral  sensitivity  distri- 
bution such  that  acceptable  neutrals  and  good  color  rendi- 
tion are  obtained  upon  exposure  of  the  fihn  to  any  one  of 
a  vanety  of  iUuminants,  such  as  daylight,  tungsten  or 
fluorescent  iUuminants.  The  spectral  distribution  of  each 


1472 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TTl 


June  27,  1972 


dye  fonning  unit  in  accordance  with  the  invention  is  shown    in  a  colloidal  solution  by  reaction  between  a  halide  and 
in  FIGS.  1-3  and  Tables  I-III  hereof.  Photographic  proc-   a  silver  salt,  characterized  in  that  said  precipitation  is 


ite ir 1^  1 » It  II 


esses  utilizing  the  elements  of  the  inventi(»  are  also  de- 
scribed. 

3,672,899 

mCH  CONTRAST  PHOTOGRAPHIC  MEDIA 

Jeaa-Panl  C  Aichambanlt,  Nasfana,  N^  and  WilUam 

S.  Holmes,  GnuritcTOIe,  Maat^  aaalgnon  to  Itek  Cor- 

poratioB,  Lcziiigtoii,  Mass. 

No  Diawins.  FDcd  Nov.  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  86,376 

IiitCLG03ci/00,;/2S 

VS,  CL  96—88  25  Claims 

The  use  of  arylmercuric  compounds  provides  im- 
proved photographic  properties  to  photosensitive  ma- 
terials, particularly  in  improving  the  sensitometric  prop- 
erties of  photograi^c  images.  Such  images  show  marked- 
ly higher  gamma  values.  The  arylmercuric  compounds 
are  e^)ecially  eflfective  in  so-called  low-content  silver 
halide  film,  especially  those  containing  very  thin  photo- 
sensitive  layers. 


done  in  the  presence  of  a  water-soluble  iron  compound 
in  an  amount  of  lO"*'  to  10-'  mol  per  mol  of  the  silver 
salt  contained  in  said  solution. 


'  3,672,982 

PHOTOGRAPHIC  SILVER  HALIDE  EMULSION 
WITH  IMPROVED  SAFE-UGHT  SENSFTIVITY 
Albert   Loois   van   Stapp— ,   Rnnuoa,   NJ.,   and   Kari 
Sc^ivan,  SprcndllBscB,  Gcnaany,  aasifors  to  E.  L  da 
Pont  de  Ncmonrs  and  Company,  Wilmington,  DtL 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Ang.  12,  1978,  Scr.  No.  63,286 
Cfadmi  priority,  implication  Germany,  Nor.  12,  1969, 
P  19  56  774.9  , 

bt  CL  G83c  1/2S.  1/36  \ 

VS,  CL  96—187  8  Claims 

Light-sensitive  silver  halide  emulsions  containing  mix- 
tiu-es  oi  a  diphenyldisulfide  carboxylic  acid,  a  polyhy- 
droxyspiro-bis-indane,  a  developing  agent  and  a  poly- 
(alkylene  oxide)  compound.  The  emulsions  have  improved 
Ught-sensitivity  with  reduced  sensitivity  to  safe-light 
illumination. 


3,672,988 
FOGGED,  DIRECT-POSrnVE  EMULSION  PRODUC- 
TION BY  INCREASED  FLOW  OF  SILVER  HALIDE- 
FORMING  PRECIPITANTS  IN  GRAIN-RIPENER- 
FREE  ACIDIC  MEDIUM 
RidiMd  Karl  Knrz,  Rodicster,  N.Y.,  assignor  to  Eastman 
Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Ang.  3,  1970,  Ser.  No.  60,659 
Int  CL  G83c  1/02 
U.S.  CL  96—94  8  Claims 

A  process  is  disclosed  for  making  improved,  fogged, 
direct-positive,  silver  halide  emulsions.  The  silver  halide 
grains  of  said  emulsions  are  made  by  forming  grains  of 
at  least  0.4  micron  in  size  in  a  precipitation  medium  which 
is  substantially  free  of  ripening  agents  and  wherein  the 
flow  rates  of  the  respective  reactants  to  form  said  silver 
halide  grains  are  gradually  increased  during  the  growth  of 
said  grains.  Preferably,  the  pH  is  maintained  at  less  than 
4  and  an  oxidizing  agent  is  present  during  the  formation 
of  the  grains. 

3,672,981 
PROCESS  OF  PRECIPITATING  SILVER  HALIDE  IN 
THE  PRESENCE  OF  A  COLLOID  AND  A  WATER- 
SOLUBLE  IRON  SALT 
Kinll  Ohlmbo,  Iniqpci  Nogodd,  and  KanioU  Olunnni, 
Kanagawa,  Japan,  ass^nors  to  F^  PiMto  Film  Co., 
Ltdn  Kanagawa,  Japan 

Filed  May  15, 1978,  Scr.  No.  37,618 

Claims  prlnity,  appUcation  Ji^an,  May  17, 1969, 

44/38,249 

bit  CL  G83c  1/02 

UA  CL  96—94  16  Claims 

A  process  for  producing  a  silver  halide  photographic 

emulsion  including  a  step  of  precipitating  a  silver  halide 


■  3,672,903 

DIRECT-POSITIVE  SILVER   HALIDE  EMULSIONS 
CONTAINING  GOLD  SALT  COMPLEX  ADDENDA 
EUzabctk  Pniin  Ckang,  Webster,  N.Y.,  asrignor  to  East- 
aun  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y.      [ 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Feb.  16,  1978,  Scr.  No.  11,|37 
Int.  CL  G03c  1/28, 1/30 
VS.  CL  96—108  12  Claims 

Gold  salt  comi^exes  can  be  added  to  fogged,  direct- 
positive  silver  halide  emulsions  to  improve  their  photo- 
graphic properties,  especially  the  maximum  density  upon 
aging.  Preferably,  the  emulsions  of  this  invention  cpntain 
reduction  and  gold  fogged  silver  halide  grains. 


1 


3,672,904 


1  J,D  #A,7V4 

PHOTOTHERMOGRAPmc  ELEMENTS  CONTAIN- 
ING BIS-BETA-NAPHTHOLS 

Riehard  A.  de  Manriac,  Rodicster,  N.Y.,  assigns  to 
Fashnan  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

No  Dnwing.  Filed  May  1,  1970,  Scr.  No.  33,964 

Int  CL  G03c  1/02 

UA  a.  96—114.1  14  Claims 

A  reducing  agent,  such  as  a  bis-raphthol,  in  combina- 
tion with  an  cctivator-toning  agent,  such  as  a  cyclic  imide, 
h  a  photosensitive  and  thermosensitive  element  suitable 
for  dry  processing  with  heat,  provides  improved  pre-proc- 
essing incubation  stability,  increased  sensitivity  including 
reduced  exposure  and  processing  time,  more  neutral  maxi- 
mum density  areas  and  greater  image  stability.  A  com- 
bination of  a  bis-naphthol  reducing  agent  and  a  cyclic- 
imide  actfvator-toniug  agent  in  conjunction  with  a  stable 
source  of  silver  for  physical  develoi»nent  are  useful  in 
photosensitive  elements  for  dry  processing.  The  element 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1473 


can  contam  a  sensiUzing  dye  and  a  stable,  developed  image  flexible  plastic  container,  separating  the  water  into  a  oor- 

can  be  provided  by  heatmg  the  element  after  exposure,  tion  of  the  container,  and  iLting  only  ^^Sr  iefcr- 

T»»ephotosens.t.ve  component  can  be  photographic  silver  ably  by  microwave  o^  radiofreqSen^^^ti^  t^'^^ 

hahde,  or  other  suitable  photosensitive  metal  salts.  the  produa  by  steaming  '^'*°*^  neaimg.  to  process 


3,672,905 

NOVEL  DYES  AND  PHOTOGRAPHIC  EMULSIONS 

Roy  A.  Jclfireys  and  Susan  M.  MeUows,  Harrow,  England, 

assignors  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Nov.  2,  1970,  Ser.  No.  86,316 

Int  CL  G03c  7/0« 

UA  a.  96^140  4  Claims 

Novel  methine  dyes  arc  provided  in  which  one  terminal 
carbcHi  atom  of  the  methine  chain  of  the  dye  has  two 
groups  attached  thereto,  said  groups  being  selected  from 
a  dialkylamino  group,  a  diarylamino  group,  an  alkylaryl- 
amino  group,  a  morpholino  group,  a  thiomorpholino 
group  and  a  piperidino  group;  and,  the  other  terminal 
atom  of  the  methine  chain  of  said  dye  is  attached  to  a 
heterocycUc  nucleus  of  the  type  used  in  methine  dyes.  The 
preparation  of  such  dyes,  and  photographic  emulsions  con- 
taining them,  are  also  provided  herein. 


3,672,906 
SILVER  HALIDE  EMULSIONS  SENSITIZED  WITH 

METHINE     DYES     CONTAINING     A     CYCLO- 

PENTANONE  NUCLEUS 
Leslie  G.  S.  Brooker,  Rochester,  and  Arthur  Fnmia,  Jr., 

Hilton,  N.Y.,  asrignors  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company. 

Rochester,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Continnatlon^ii-part  of  application  Ser.  No. 

656,647,  July  28, 1967.  Hits  appUcation  Mar.  25, 1970, 

Ser.  No.  22,707 

Int  CL  G03c  1/08 
UA  CL  96—142  %  Claims 

Novel  methine  dyes  containing  a  cyclopentanone  nu- 
cleus in  the  methine  chain  are  prepared  by  the  acid 
hydrolysis  of  cyanine  enamine  derivatives.  These  methine 
dyes  are  spectral  sensitizers  for  photographic  silver  halide 
emulsions.  A  number  of  the  new  dyes  extend  the  sensi- 
tivity of  photographic  silver  halide  emulsions  into  the 
red  and  near  infra-red  regions  of  the  spectrum. 


3,672,907 
METHOD  OF  THERMALLY  PROCESSING  A 
<X>MEST1BLE  PRODUCT 
Ronald  Augustus  Hudson,  Wdwyn  Garden  City,  Eng- 
land, assignor  to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Lim- 
ited, London,  En^and 

Filed  Jan.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  4,013 
Clainia  priority,  appUcation  Great  Britain,  Jan.  30,  1969. 

5,226/69 

Int  CL  A231 3/10;  A23b  1/00 

UA  CL  99—1  5  Claims 


3,672,908 

-    ,.J!*fJHOD  OF  HEAT  PROCESSING  FOOD 

Jack  O.  Hice,  Sr.,  Fort  Lauderdale,  Fla.  (231  Commcrdal 

Blvd.,  Lauderdaie-by-the-Sca,  Fla.    33388) 

ConjtouatloiijHpart  of  application  Scr.  No.  585,238, 

get- IJ*  iJ««-  1W»  applicatfon  Apr.  8,  1970,^ 
No.  26,728 

v)Ji,  CL  99—1  17  Ctahns 


^ 


rOP 


K 


las' 


A  method  of  heat  treating  food  including  the  steps  of 
subjecting  the  food  to  be  heat  treated  to  superatmospheric 
pressure  m  a  gaseous  atmosphere  prior  to  the  application 
of  heat  to  the  food,  applying  heat  to  the  food  while 
maintaining  the  superatmospheric  pressure  on  the  food 
rapidly  cooling  the  food  after  the  food  has  been  heat 
treated  to  a  desired  extent,  and  removing  the  gaseous 
atmosphere  under  superatmospheric  pressure  from  the 
food;  and  apparatus  for  practicing  the  method. 


3  672  909 
»«iE?2?  OF  DENSIFYn^G  POOD  PRODUCE 
J^  wJJf "li  ^*"  ^-  ^"^  ^  Charies  J.  Wagner, 
flli^*^ Jtf"'  «»»»lH**i«e  F.  Patterson,  SK 
S;iS-,'Cff2to*«  Uritjd  StatJrf^Sriai  as 

fT«  m  no     .         IiitCLA23li/i(? 

UA  CL  99—1  J  CtOtt^ 

This  mvention  relates  to  a  method  whereby  powders  of 
a  porous  nature  which  have  a  very  low  density  and  a 
very  high  bulk  can  be  converted  to  powders  of  a  higher 
density  and  lower  bulk.  More  particularly,  this  inven- 
tion relates  to  a  method  whereby  a  dry  porous  powder  of 
a  low  bulk  density  is  ground  to  a  given  particle  size 
range  and  then  fed  into  the  nip  of  hard  steel  rolls 
where  it  is  subjected  to  high  pressures  and  where  after 
aich  compression  it  is  formed  into  flakes  having  from 
3  to  4  tunes  the  bulk  density  of  the  original  material 


Packaging  and  thermally  processing  foods  etc.  by  en- 
ckMing  them  with  a  small  amount  of  water  in  a  sealed 


3,672,910 
D  1^  ^^^^JRODUCT  FOR  FISH  BAIT 

No  Drawfaig.  FUed  June  8,  1978,  Scr.  No.  AAMS 
UACL99-3      '-^^'•A81.i7/i.  ^ 

ki^^u""^*?*!"^  ^  bait  made  from  fresh  warm  aS 

J^y  T"°?  ^  ^"^"8  ^8*°^  ^th  the  warm  blood, 
permitting  the  mixture  to  soUdify,  draining  and  air  drying 
Ae  rcsultmg  product,  and  suitably  packaging  the  blood 
product  for  subsequent  use  as  a  fish  bait.  Where  deemed 


/ 


1474 


desirable,  the  product  can  be  imiM-oved  by  the  addition 
of  anise,  diarcoal,  sodium  chloride,  and  sodium  bicar- 
bonate. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,672,911 

METHOD  FOR  PRODUCING  SOLUBLE  COFFEE 

CONCENTRATES 

Hwacc  L.  Smith,  Jr.,  Riclimoiid,  Va.,  assignor  to 

Smitiicmi  Indmtrics,  Inc.,  Ricliniond,  Va. 

Filed  Dec  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  97,942 

iBt  CL  A23f  1/08 

VS,  CL  99—71  11  Claims 


^^^A  ^ti^ 


3 


The  production  of  a  soluble  coffee  concentrate  by 
roasting  green  beans,  softening  and  flaking  the  roasted 
beans  and  thereafter  extracting  the  coffee  solubles  from 
them,  concentrating  the  extract,  and  freeze  drying  the 
extracted  solubles  in  the  concentrate. 


3  672  914 
CONDIMENT  CONTAINING  SODIUM 
DIACETATE 
Wliiam  E.  Delancy,  Ciilcago,  ni.,  assignor  to 
Kadison  Lalwratorics,  Inc.,  Clilcago,  Dl. 
No  Drawing.  Hied  Aug.  11,  1970,  Scr.  No.  63,040 
Int  CI.  A23I 1/22;  C12J  1/00 
U.S.  CI.  99—140  R  8  Claims 

A  dry,  pulverulent,  free  flowing  condiment  which  com- 
prises a  mixture  of  sodium  chloride  and  sodium  diacetate 
having  a  solid  coating  of  an  edible,  non-hygroscopic,  water- 
soluble  material,  in  conjunction  with  other  ingredients. 


I  3,672,915 

PRESSURE  RELEASE  VALVE  FOR 
FLEXIBLE  POUCHES 
Gienn  C.  Wiggins,  Midland,  Mich.,  ass^pior  to  The  Dow 
Chemical  Company,  Midland,  Mich. 
Continaation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No.  780,767, 
Dc&  3,  1968.  TUa  application  Apr.  10,  1970,  Scr. 
No.  27,412  I 

Int  CI.  B65d  ii/i<  55/00 
U.S.  CL  99—171  LP  15  Claims 


3,672,912 

TORTILLA    AND    PROCESS    USING    WATER 

SOLUBLE  EMBLE  BORATE  OR  ALUMINATE 

Mannd  Jcsns  Rnbio,   Bridgeport,   Conn.,  ass^or  to 

Roberto  Gonzalez  Barrera,  Monterrey,  Nnevo  Leon, 

Mexico 

No  Drawfaig.  FUed  Jnly  24,  1970,  Scr.  No.  58,137 

IntCI.A2317/iO 

UjS.  a  99—80  9  Claims 

To  retard  the  staling  of  tortillas,  which  are  an  im- 
leavened  unshortened  food  product  made  from  nixtamal- 
ized  com  or  com  flour  and  to  increase  the  yield  of  dough 
and  tortillas  by  incorporating  an  additive  in  making  the 
tortilla  dough.  The  additive  is  water  soluble  edible  borate 
or  aluminate. 


3,672,913 
METHOD  FOR  THE  CONTINUOUS  MANUFAC- 
TURE OF  LINKED  SAUSAGE  PRODUCTS 
ETcrctt  V.  Podcbraddcy,  Madison,  Wis.,  asdg^Kir  to 

Oscar  Mayer  &  Conqpany,  Inc.,  Madison,  Wis. 
No  Drawfaig.  Filed  May  25,  1970,  Ser.  No.  40,372 
Int  CL  A22c  11/00;  A23b  1/04 
VA,  CL  99—109  6  Claims 

When  enough  liquid  smoke  is  used  in  the  manufacture 
of  weiners  and  smoky  links  to  facilitate  machine  peel- 
ing of  skins,  an  undesirable  flavor  and  brown  color  tends 
to  be  imparted  to  the  sausage.  Addition  of  mono  and/or 
di-saocharides  in  an  amount  between  15%  and  40% 
to  the  liquid  smoke  eliminates  this  problem. 


43€^    ^     ^ 


iS?>>/;>>>>^iv;i^i;^>^*v*>y5f>:^ 


mm^^mm^ 


04. 


30ci 


24L<t 


In  a  package  including  a  flexible  pouch,  the  pouch  nor- 
mally comprising  a  tubular  body  and  strip  seals  closing 
the  opposite  ends  of  the  tubular  body,  the  improvement 
of  which  comprises,  a  one  way  pressure  release  valve  com- 
prising an  interiorly  disposed  element  such  as  a  mono- 
frlament  or  strand  anchored  its  opposite  ends,  respective- 
ly, by  securement  with  the  layers  of  the  pouch  at  the 
strip  seal  areas.  A  valving  or  venting  action  occurs  when 
a  face  region  of  one  of  the  element  ends  releases  from 
the  adjacent  layer  in  the  seal. 


■  3,672,916 

FOOD  TRAY  HAVING  A  LAMINATED  CLOSURE 

THAT  IS  HEAT-RETRACTABLE 

Herbert  J.  Vlmlg,  Hanover  Parte,  HI.,  assignor  ta  Mass 

Feeding  Corporation,  Elk  Grove  Village,  Dl. 

FUcd  Aug.  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,432^ 

Int.  CL  B65b  25/22 

VS,  CL  99—171  H  10  Claims 


^^^§^"'- 

^ 

(f^F^ 

7 

r 

^r"'^     - 

— 

=^=' 

=.:_ 

Nt=" — 

- 

*"^%Br — ■.. 

lai 

^ 

^B? 

xe 


A  food  container  comprising  a  tray  portion  and  a  com- 
plementary closure  member,  said  closure  member  com- 
prising in  sheetlike  laminated  form,  a  sheetlike  support 
member  of  relatively  heat  insensitive  material  having  one 
or  more  apertiu'es  of  predetermined  size  formed  therein 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1476 


and  a  film  member  of  heat  senntive  thermoplastic  poly- 
meric material  secured  and  laminated  to  one  surface  of 
said  support  member  and  extending  over  said  aperture  or 
apertures  providing  a  moisture  vapor  barrier  in  said  closure 
member  which  is  heat  reactive  at  normal  cooking  oven 
temperatures. 


3,672,917 

METHOD  OF  IMPROVING  QUALITY  AND  STOR- 

AGE  STABILITY  OF  DEHYDRATED  PRODUCTS 

Charles  M.  Bochzik,  San  Jose,  Calif.,  assignor  to 

FMC  Corporation,  San  Jose,  Calif. 

Filed  Aog.  15, 1969,  Ser.  No.  850,583 

Int  CL  A23f  1/06;  F26  3/10 

UA  CL  99—199  10  Claims 


there  is  a  substantial  number  of  randomly  spaced,  dis- 
continuous and  internal  voids  or  a  substantial  amount 
of  space  at  the  interface  between  the  two  layers.  Pref- 
erably, the  voids  are  formed  in  situ  under  use  conditions 
by  the  decomposition  of  certain  additives  in  the  insulat- 
ing layer. 


90LUTKM 

or  mooucT 


FWEZE  SOU/TIOM 


nvizi  cwY 

mOZEN  KAM 


3,672,919 
SEALING  GLASS  HAVING  HIGH  ABS0RP110N 
OF  INFRARED  RADIATION 
Wenier  Sack,  Mainz-Gonsenhcim,  Gennany,  nfrfg»or  to 
Jenacr  Glaswerk  Schott  &  Gen.,  Mainz,  Germany 
Filed  Sept  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  859,594 
Claims  priority,  appUcation  Gcrmaiiy,  Sept  25,  1968, 
P  17  96  232.2 
laL  ClC»3e  3/04,  3/10, 3/08 
VS.  CL  106—52  14  CfadnH 

Glass  wliich  is  heat  absorbing  and  electrically  highly 
insulating  and  suitable  for  sealing  of  elements  of  nickel- 
chromium-iron  and  nickel-manganese-iron  alloys  contain- 
ing iron  (II)  oxide  in  an  amount  providing  high  infrared 
absorption  at  1-2  tan.  and  less  than  20%  by  weight  of 
PbO. 


FILL  VOtO*  m  WUBt 
»ITM   NITMMn) 


*Pm.T    HOLTtN   9nt»   TO  PMCBC 
OMICO  (CMM   TO  CCMT  MAM 
AWO  MM.  m  NITMMCII 


An  aqueous  solution  of  soluble  food  concentrate  is 
sprayed  into  chilled  hexane  or  water  immiscible  liquids 
to  freeze  the  concentrate  into  beads.  The  beads  are  freeze 
dried  to  remove  ice  therefrom  by  sublimation  in  a  subat- 
mospheric  pressure  chamber.  The  freeze  dried  beads  are 
sealed  in  a  chamber  from  which  the  air  is  removed.  Nitro- 
gen is  introduced  to  the  chamber  and  is  heated  to  pass 
through  a  screen  which  supports  the  freeze  dried  beads. 
The  nitrogen  enters  voids  in  the  beads  and  is  sealed  there- 
in by  a  coating  of  coconut-oil  fat,  with  or  without  addi- 
tion of  antioxidants,  the  coconut-oil  fat  being  sprayed 
into  the  chamber  and  carried  to  the  beads  by  the  stream 
of  warm  nitrogen. 


3,672,920 
OPTICAL  GLASS  HAVING  A  HIGH  REFRACTIVE 

INDEX  AND  A  LOW  DISPERSION 
Hachiro  Ishignri,  Tfritorozawa,  Japan,  assignor  to  Hoya 
Glass  Works,  limited,  Tokyo,  Japan 
FDed  May  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,553 
Chdms  priority,  appUcation  Japan,  May  27,  1969, 
44/41,260 
Int  CL  C03c  3/12,  3/14, 3/30 
UA_a.  106—47  Q  1  Chdm 

An  optical  glass  having  a  high  refractive  index,  a  low 
dispersion  and  a  high  stability  during  melting  can  be  pro- 
duced by  adding  5-10  weight  percent  of  MgO  to  a  com- 
position of  the  BaOs-LaaOs-ThOj  system  optionally  con- 
taining SiOj,  ZrOi  and/or  TagOs. 


3,672,918 
HOT  TOPS 
George  Rocher  and  Nidhohu  Ori>an,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  as- 
signors   to    Metallurgical    Ezoproducts    Corporation, 
McKees  Rocks,  Pa. 

FUed  Sept  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  71,824 

Int  a.  B28b  7/34;  B22d  7/10 

VS,  CL  106—38.22  5  Clafans 


3,672,921 
GLASS  FOR  ULTRASONIC  DELAY  LINE 
Yo^yuki  Asahara,  KawasaU,  and  Tetsnro  Iznmitani, 
Tokyo,  Japan,  assignors  to  Hoya  Ghns  Works,  limited, 
Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  May  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  38,797 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  May  24,  1969, 
44/40  454 
.T«  ^.     Jn*-CI.C03cJ/W,  J/iO;H03h7/50 
UA  CL  106-53  2  Claims 

An  ultrasonic  delay  line  glass  having  improved  tem- 
perature-coefficient and  time  dependencies  of  delay  time 
and  stabiUty  during  melting  can  be  obtained  by  incor- 
porating BjOj  into  a  glass  composition  of  the 
SiOj-K20-PbO  system  and  reducing  a  content  of  KjO. 


3,672,922 

BENZYL  STARCH  EMULSION  COAUNG 

COMPOSITIONS 

/**1i^~'S!r^i'**?!!J^,'-  CoughHn,  and  VerMn 
L»  Winfrey,  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  asaisnora  to  Penick 

*  Ford  Limited,  Cedar  Rj^dClSfT^^ 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Jan.  26,  1970,  Ser.  No.  5,972 

WTO   ^   -  Int  CL  C08b 25/02  '^ 

UACL  104^-211  g  Claims 

An  oil-m-water  emulsion  coating  composition  for  im- 
parting brightness  and/or  opacity  to  pubUcation  paper 

.     ^  ,  •^^'^oar**  and  the  like  utUizes  a  combination  binder  and 

A  composite  hot  top  board  compnsmg  an  exothermic  emulsifier  in  the  water  phase,  consisting  essentiallv  of 

layer  and  an  insulating  Uyer  bonded  together  wherein   dispersed  particles  of  benzyl  starch  containing  from  2  to 


1476 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


20%  of  ether-linked  benzyl  groups.  Preferably,  the  starch 
contains  from  5  to  12%  benzyl  groups.  The  composition 
can  be  utilized  as  a  "bubble"  coating. 


ojtv 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


with  a  sensitizing  solution  and  heated  to  cause  the  okidiz- 
ing  agent  to  oxidize,  and  desensitize,  the  sensitizing  solu- 
tion that  is  adsorbed  on  the  masking  film,  rendering  the 
masking  film  incapable  of  accepting  a  catalyst.  The  sub- 


SOLID  PREaOUS  METAL  SENSITIZING 
COMPOSITIONS 
Rndoi^  J.  ZeMiflky,  HaoppaDse,  N.Y^  aarignor  to  Photo- 
drarita  DbWoa  of  KoUmoitoi  CovporatloB,  Hartford, 
Conn. 
No  Dnwinc.  ConfliwHoaJn-part  of  appUcatkm  So*.  No. 
9,tM,  Feb.  5,  1970,  which  is  a  cootimiatioiHia-pwt 
of  applicatioa  Scr.  No.  Ml,l<7,  Fell.  M,  1969,  which 
ii  a  coiitiBDatio»4a-port  of  apHicalioB  Scr.  No.  712,575, 
Mar.  12,  1968,  i^idi  is  a  contfnnatioB  of  application 
Scr.  No.  551449,  May  19,  1966,  wUch  is  a  continna. 
tioa  of  appUcadoD  Scr.  No.  285,889,  lone  6,  1963, 
wUA  in  torn  is  a  conflnnation  of  application  Sier.  No. 
53,352,  Sept  1,  1969.  TUs  applicatioB  June  29,  1970, 
Scr.  No.  50,918 

Int  CL  C23c  3/02 
VJS,  CL  106—286  18  Claims 

Solid  compositions  dilutable  to  optically  clear  sensitiz- 
ing solutions  for  rendering  surfaces  receptive  to  the 
deposition  of  an  adherent  electroless  metal  comprise  a 
metal  complex  consisting  of  (a)  a  precious  metal  selected 
from  a  group  consisting  of  the  precious  metals  of  the  fifth 
and  sixth  periods  of  Groups  Vm  and  I-B  of  the  Periodic 
Table  of  Elements,  (b)  a  Group  IV  metal  of  the  Periodic 
Table  of  Elements  which  is  capable  of  two  valence  states 
and  (c)  an  anion  capable  of  forming  a  stable  moiety  with 
both  valence  states  of  the  Group  IV  metal,  in  which  the 
molar  ratio  of  (a)  to  (b)  to  (c)  is  from  about  1:1:3  to 
1:6:24.  The  solutions  can  be  prepared  by  diluting  the 
solid  compositions.  Controlled  excesses  of  (b)  and  (c) 
and  hydrogen  ion  and  wetting  agents  enhance  the  solubil- 
ity of  the  powdered  product  and  stability  of  the  diluted 
solutions.  Processes  for  rendering  surfaces  receptive  to  the 
deposition  of  an  electroless  metal,  e.g.,  copper,  nickel, 
cobalt,  palladium,  gold  and  silver,  are  also  provided. 


3,672,924 
THERMALLY  STABLE  AIR  FILTER  GELS 
James  P.  Haaiitoii,  Pasadcnm  Md.,  sMlfMirto  FMC 
Corpontioii,  New  York,  N.Y. 
No  Drawinc.  ContimMtioB-ia-part  of  appHcatioa  Scr.  No. 
16,560,  Mar.  4,  1970,  whidi  b  a  conflnoatioB-in.part 
of  aiwmdonrd  appHcation  Scr.  No.  654,714,  Jnly  20, 
1967.  Tlito  appBcatloB  Oct  23,  1970,  Scr.  No.  83,632 
lM,ClC99kl/04 
UJS.  CL  106—287  7  Otims 

Thermally  stable  triorganic  i^osj^te  coating  composi- 
tions for  viscous-impingement  air  filters  are  prepared  by 
thickening  100  parts  of  a  triorganic  phosi^te  with  a 
combination  of  0.5  to  5  parts  of  a  pure  pyrogenic  silica 
with  0.5  to  7  parts  by  weight  <^  a  hydrated  salt,  aluminum 
distearate  or  synthetic  calcium  silicate. 


1.  tm.1  mcwKW 
mciuoMw  oiio4nt 

MtIT  TD  WMTMn 

•CTMC 

MBUriM 

1  iipoxMvianat 

vim  MSMD 

MTTiM  m  tcnut 

I 

Ic  UaSiTUt  •ITM 

STIMmSCMMIK 

!•« 

UMtTToomn       1 

1 

Sc  tCTIwrC  WITH 
MI.LWMI  OHMIM 

1^ 

•    CLtCTMlCtl  ItTI 

1 

y  Knott  ervtioHD 

strate  and  masking  film  are  next  treated  with  a  ca  alytic 
activating  solution,  and  a  thin  layer  of  the  catalyst  is  de- 
posited only  on  the  sensitized  selected  portions  ^f  the 
substrate  surface. 


3  672  925 
METHOD   OF  PREP^UONG   A   SUBSTRATE   FOR 
IMEPOSrnNG   A   METAL   ON   SELECTED   POR- 
TIONS THEREOF 
Nifhaa  FddMdii,  KendaD  Park,  N  J.,  aarignor  to 
RCA  Corporation 
Filed  Oct  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77,440 
Int  CL  B44d  1/52, 1/18 
UA  CL  117—53  12  Claims 

A  method  of  preparing  a  substrate  for  the  deposition  of 
a  metal  on  selected  pOTticMos  of  the  substrate  surface  by 
electroless  plating,  in  the  presence  of  a  catalyst,  comprises 
first  covering  the  unselected  portions  of  the  substrate  sur- 
face with  a  masking  film  that  includes  an  oxidizing  agent. 
The  substrate,  including  the  masking  film,  is  then  treated 


3,672,926 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  DECORATIVE 

SIMULATED  INLAY 

DaTld  S.  Ramcy,  Winston-Sakm,  N.C,  assignor  to 

Mnltkraft,  Incorpontcd,  Wlnston-Salcm,  N.C. 
Contianation-in-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  677^11, 
Oct  23,  1967.  TUs  application  Mar.  30,  1970, 
Scr.  No.  23,561  ] 

Int  CL  B44c  1/24,  5/04;  B44d  1/52        ' 
U.S.  CL  117—8  10  Claims 

A  simulated  inlay  is  produced  on  an  exposed  surface 
of  a  finished  receiving  material  such  as  wood,  by  a  method 
in  which  an  exposed  surface  of  the  material  is  scored 
to  form  grooves  therein  outlining  the  configuration  of  the 
simulated  inlay,  a  first  characteristic  appearance  is  im- 
parted to  certain  areas  by  printing  on  only  certain  pre- 
determined areas  of  the  exposed  surface,  and  the  entire 
surface  is  thereafter  subjected  to  a  finishing  operation 
which  imparts  to  other  areas  thereof  a  characteristic  ap- 
pearance contrasting  with  the  appearance  of  the  printed 
areas.  An  article  to  be  decorated  by  such  simulated  inlay 
is  produced  by  preparing  a  panel  with  certain  areas  printed 
in  such  a  manner  with  respect  to  grooves  outlining  a  simu- 
lated inlay,  incorporating  the  panel  into  an  article  of  furni- 


ture, and  thereafter  finishing  the  entire  surface 
panel  with  the  article. 


of  the 


3,672,927  

ELECTROSTATIC  COATING  METHOD 
Lester  L.  SpOkr  and  Stephen  I.  Smith,  IndbnapoUs,  Ind., 
assignon  to  Raubnrg  Electro-Coating  Corp.,  Indian- 
apolis, bd. 
Contimiafion  of  appHcatfcm  Scr.  No.  530,473,  Feb.  28, 
1966.  TUs  appBcation  Oct  29, 1H9,  Scr.  No.  873,761 

lot  CL  B05b  5/00:  B44d  1/095 
VJS,  CL  117—17  10  Claims 

A  conductive  sensitized  binder  comprising  a  polymer- 
izable  binder  material  such  as  polyvinyl  alcohol  and  a 
metallic  salt  such  as  ammonium  dichromate  dissolved  in 
a  water  soluble  alcohol  and  water  is  applied  to  a  non- 
conductive  surface  of  a  television  picture  tube.  Electro- 
statically charged  pfaosi^or  particles  are  placed  adjacent 
the  tube  surface.  The  conductive  coating  of  sensitized 


binder  is  maintained  at  particle-attracting  potential.  Par- 
ticles are  electrostatically  deposited  on  the  conductive 
sensitized  binder,  which  is  activated,  affixing  the  particles. 
One  method  of  depositing  phosphor  particles  includes 
projecting  the  particles  from  a  fluidized  bed  toward  the 


1477 


conductively  coated  tube  surface  and  establishing  an  elec- 
trostatic field  to  the  ccHiductive  coating  from  an  electrode 
to  electrostatically  charge  and  deposit  the  [^ospbor  par- 
ticles. The  television  picture  tube  and  the  electrode  may 
be  nooved  relative  to  each  other  during  deposition. 


3,672,928 
ELBCTROSTATOGRAPmc  DEVELOPERS  HAVING 
CARRIERS  COMPRISING  POLYESTER  COATED 

CORES 

Robert  WiDiam  Madrid,  Maccdon,  and  Robert  Joseph 
Hagcnbach,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignocB  to  Xerox  Cor- 
pontioii, Rochester,  N.Y. 

FDcd  Feb.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,412 

The  portion  of  the  term  of  the  patent  snbscqnent  to 

Oct  13, 1987,  has  been  disdafancd 

int  CL  G03g  9/02 

VS,  CL  117—17.5  10  Cbdms 

A  carrier  for  electrostatographic  developer  mixtures 

is  provided  comprising  a  core  coated  with  a  polyester 

prepared  from  diallyl  phthalate,  diallyl  isophthalate  or 

diallyl  chlorendate  or  prepolymers  thereof. 


3,672,929 
FLOCKED  OPEN  LOOPED  PILE  FABRIC  AND 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  SAME 

VfaiceBt  P.  RkrdaB,  Westwood,  Mao^  asrignor  to 

MicrofflMrs,  Inc,  Pawtnckct  ILL 

FOcd  Dec  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,714 

Int  CL  B44c  i/a«;  D06c  ii/OO 

UA  CL  117—25  8  Cfadms 


A  flocked  fabric  comprising  an  open  looped  pile  fabric 
bajse  having  some  loops  permanently  and  substantially 
raised  from  the  major  surface  of  the  base  fabric,  and  flock 
fibers  adhered  to  this  fabric. 


3,672,930 
PROCESS   OF  TRANSFERRING   AN  ELECTKO. 
CTATIC  CHARGE  PATTERN  WITHOUT  USING 
EXTERNAL  PRESSURE  OR  ELECTRICAL  BIAS 
WlUlam  Tkucbtenbcrg,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

Eastman  Kodak  Company,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  FDcd  Apr.  2,  1970,  Scr.  No.  25,246 
WTO  ^  —  Int  a.  G03g  7i/i5 

VS.  CL  117—37  LE  13  cJrinM 

A  high  resolution  process  of  transferring  and  develop- 
ing electrostatic  charge  patterns  is  described.  An  electro- 
static charge  pattern  is  formed  on  an  image-bearing  mem- 
ber having  a  very  low  SheflSeld  Smoothness  value.  A  re- 
ceiving element  is  provided  which  also  has  a  low  Sheffield 
Smoothness  value.  The  smooth  surfaced  member  is  then 
placed  in  faoe-to-face  contact  with  the  receiving  element 
in  the  presence  of  a  thin  layer  of  an  electrically  insulating 
isoparaffinic  hydrocarbon  transfer  liquid  having  a  boiling 
point  in  the  range  of  105  to  260"  C.  During  contact,  the 
charge  pattern  is  transferred  to  the  receiving  element  in 
the  absence  of  external  pressure  or  electrical  bias  poten- 
tial. The  transferred  image  is  then  developed  to  form  a 
high  resolution  visible  image. 


.^ 3,672,931 

METHOD  OF  FORMING  PHOSPHOR  SCREEN 
PaMck  ¥.  Gromo,  Stamford,  and  Raymond  F.  Heck, 

Norwalk,  Coma.,  assignors  to  CotaimUa  Broadcastinc 

System,  Inc 

FDed  Joly  27,  1970,  Scr.  No.  58,290 
,Tfl  ^  «-  Int  CL  HOIJ  29/26 

UA  a  117-33.5  CP  9  ru»^ 


A  high  quality,  uniform  textured  luminescent  screen  suit- 
able for  use  in  a  high  resolution  cathode  ray  mbe  or  the 
like  is  produced  by  successively  depositing  by  settling  two 
or  more  separate  layers  of  phosphor. 


3,672,932 
™.2?.f??^5,*^^™^^^*"NG  CATHODE  RAY  TUBES 
WCLUDBVG    SALVAGING    OF   EXCESS    PHOS- 
PHOR SLURRY 

Frank  Thomas  D'AngnstfaM,  Lancaster,  Pa.  mrignor  to 

RCA  ConMratton 

FDcd  Jnnc  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  836,017 

.TB  x^    _IbL  CL  B05c  77/iO;  C03c  77/70 
VS.  CL  117—33.5  C  j 


A  process  for  making  a  fdiosphor  screen  for  a  cathode 
ray  tube  having  a  faceplate  panel  which  is  in  one  of  a 


147R 


mrTTTPTAT.  nA^WTTTT 


TinkTc    97 


1Q79 


1478 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27   1972 


plurality  of  size  ranges.  Rrst,  a  quantity  <rf  j^osphor  slurry  nents  being  maintained  in  isolation  from  the  other  mark- 
in  excess  to  that  required  for  the  screen  is  dispensed  into  forming  component(s)  prior  to  release  of  the  solvent,  and 
the  panel.  The  size  range  of  the  panel  is  sensed  and  a  said  mark-forming  components  comprising  at  least  one 
slurry  collector  means  of  the  proper  size  is  selected  from  ~ 

a  iriurality  of  such  cdlector  means  and  moved  into  a 
salvage  position  with  respect  to  the  panel.  The  phosphor 
slurry  is  spread  over  the  inner  surfaces  of  the  panel  and 
the  panel  is  spun  to  fling  the  excess  slurry  therefrom  into 
said  slurry  collection  means.  Then,  the  excess  slurry  is 
recovered  from  the  slurry  collection  means. 


prbparahon  of  photosensitive  coated 
papers  by  single  pass  per  side 

Marrte  Vtaak  UebcrmaB,  Newark,  DcL,  aaBigBor  to  E.  I. 
do  Pont  de  Nemoon  tad  Company.  Ifllbnington,  Del 
No  Dnwins.  Filed  Not.  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  93,890 
lat  CL  B44d  1/02 
VJB,  CL  117—34  9  Claims 

Photosensitive  papers  such  as  proofing  paper,  image- 
able  on  both  sides,  are  produced  by  (a)  first  coating  one 
side  with  a  composition  comprising  a  volatile  organic 
solvent  and  a  film-forming  polymeric  binder,  and  photo- 
sensitive ingredients,  followed  by  drying  to  evaporate 
the  solvent  at  a  controlled  rate,  thereby  forming  a  film, 
then  (b)  coating  the  second  side  with  the  same  composi- 
tion in  a  single  coating  application,  and  drying  under  the 
comparable  conditions  to  the  first  side.  Careful  control 
of  the  coating  conditions,  drying  steps,  volatile  organic 
solvents,  poly^meric  binders,  photosensitive  compositions 
and  paper  substrates  yield  blister-free,  two-side  coated, 
photosensitive  papers. 


_-__v«rr  » i«Goi«  wTtwAt 

CMTCO  ON  mM  MTn  MNUTt 

mcauMi  «jPTUMau  otnuxs 

ocHTMiiNC  uoiM)  loumoN  or 
o«OMO«MC  iMTtKi*!.   nr  Ti  rw  i 

ON   CONTKT    WITH   KXTMC*    TO 

cOLoaco   rtum 


chromogenic  material  and  at  least  one  phenol-aldehyde 
polymeric  material  soluble  in  the  liquid  solvent  and  re- 
active with  the  chromogenic  material  to  produce  a  mark. 


3,672334 
METHOD  OF  IMPROVING  LINE  RESOLUTION  IN 

SCREEN  PRINTING 
Jdm  R  Lairy,  f^Hmington,  DeL,  assignor  to  E.  L  da 

Pont  de  Nemoon  and  Company,  WUmfaigton,  Dei. 
No  Dnwing.  Continnation-Iii-pait  of  alNuidoDed  apirfica> 

tion  Scr.  No.  886,035,  Dec.  17,  1969.  lUs  appUcation 

May  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,875 

Int  CL  B44d  1/16;  B41m  1/12 
UA  CL  117-.38  13  Claims 

The  invention  relates  to  decreasing  the  wettability 
of  the  screen  and/or  substrate  surfaces  used  in  screen 
printing  by  treating  at  least  one  of  said  surfaces  with  a 
fluorinated  organic  compound  which  reduces  the  sur- 
face energy  of  the  treated  surface.  The  object  is  to  coat 
the  surfaces  which  contact  the  screen  printing  paste 
whereby  any  ^reading  of  the  paste  on  the  substrate  is 
significantly  reduced.  This  process  provides  a  means  for 
screen  printing  fine  line  patterns  onto  conventional  sub- 
strates as  currently  demanded  in  the  electronic  industry. 


3  672  936 

REINFORCED  CARBON  AND  GRAPHITE 
ARTICLES  I 

Leo  C.  Ehrenrclch,  BolEalo,  N.Y^  amignor  to  Tlic 
Cariwrwidiim  Company,  Niagara  Falls,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Apr.  18,  1968,  Ser.  No.  722,158 
Int  CL  C23c  9/06, 13/00;  B44d  1  /46 
UA  a.  117-46  CC  23  Claims 

A  reinforced  carbon  article  which  comprises  a  carbon 
fiber  shape  bonded  by  a  carbon  binder  and  having  incor- 
porated within  said  article  the  in  situ  reaction  product  of 
car4x)n  and  a  boron  containing  additive  which  comprises  a 
material  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  boron, 
boron  nifride,  boron  silicide  and  refractory  metal  borides; 
and  the  process  of  making  said  article  which  comprises 
forming  a  carbon  fiber  shape,  dispersing  the  boron  con- 
taining additive  within  at  least  a  portion  of  said  carbon 
fiber  shape,  impregnating  said  carbon  fiber  shape  )with  a 
earbonizable  binder,  and  heating  said  shape  to  carbonize 
the  binder  and  to  form  in  situ  the  reaction  prodjuct  of 
carbon  and  said  boron  containing  additive. 


3,672,935 
PRESSURE-SENSmVE  RECORD  MATERIAL 
Roiicrt  E.  MOler  and  Pan!  S.  PUDips,  Jr.,  Dayton,  Ohio, 
aarignon  to  Nadonal  Cadi  Register  Company,  Dayton, 
Oiito 

Contfanution  of  application  Ser.  No.  744,601,  June  17, 

1968,  wUch  Is  a  contfamatlon  of  application  Ser.  No. 

392,404,  Ang.  27,  1964.  This  applicatimi  Jnne  9,  1970. 

Scr.  No.  44,805 

Int  CL  B41m  5/22 
UA  a.  117— 36J  9  Claims 

A  pressure-sensitive  record  unit  comprising  support 
sheet  material  having  mark-forming  ccxnponents  and  a 
pressure-releasable  liquid  solvent  for  said  mark-forming 
components  arranged  in  contiguous  juxtaposition  on  said 
sheet  material,  at  least  one  of  the  mark-forming  compo- 


3,672,937 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  NON-ELECTROLYnt 

METALLIZING  OF  NONCONDUCTORS 

Gottfried  Kallnth,  Sdftstraase  5,  Brnlil-Vociicni,  Gci^ 

nw^;  Heimnt  Knorre,  Martinstrasse,  Hainsfadt  am 

Main,  Germany;  Eogen  Meyer-Simon,  Bcrtlnhyon- 

Smfne^Rlng  3a,  Fnmkfnrt  am  Main,  Germany:  and 

Hanna  Bicker,  Josef  Zinunemunmstr.  F,  Wcsaelins. 

near  ColMae,  Gcmumy 

No  Drawing.  Continnali<Mi  of  application  Ser.  No. 
593,736,  Nor.  14,  1966.  fills  appUcation  Feb.  4, 
1970,  Ser.  No.  12,888 
Claims  priority,  appUaition  Germany,  Nov.  12,  1965, 
I  D  48.636  I 

w. «    ^  '      Int  a.  B44d  1/092:  C23c  3/02  ' 

UA  CL  117-47  5  Claims 

Improved  process  for  applying  adherent  metal  coatings 
to  non-conductors  by  the  non-electrolytic  deposition  of 
an  electric  conductive  metal  layer  from  an  aqueous  metal 
salt  solution  containing  a  reducing  agent  and  a  metal 
for  catalyzing  the  deposition  of  the  metal  from  the  salt 
solution  wherein  the  non-conductor  to  be  metallized  has 
incorporated  therein  a  finely  divided  filler  having  func- 
tional groups  capable  of  chemically  binding  the  catalytic 
metal  and  of  imparting  the  degree  of  roughness  to  the 
non-conductor  surface  required  for  the  metallizatio^. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1479 


3,672,938 
NOVEL  PRECIOUS  METAL  SENSITIZING 
SOLUTIONS 
Rndolph  John  ZebUsky,  Happange,  N.Y.,  asrignor  to 
Kollmorgcn  Corporation 
No  Drawing.  Continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No. 
712,575,  Mar.  12,  1968,  which  is  a  continuation  of 
application  Ser.  No.  551,249,  May  19,  1966,  which  is 
a  continuation  of  application  Ser.  No.  285,889,  June  6, 
1963,  widch  in  turn  is  a  continuation  of  application  Ser. 
No.  53,352,  Sept  1,  1960.  This  appUcation  Feb.  20, 
1969,  Scr.  No.  801,167 

Int  CL  C23c  i/02 
UA  a.  117—47  A  11  Claims 

A  new  and  useful  precious  metal  sensitizing  solution 
for  rendering  surfaces  receptive  to  the  deposition  of  an 
adherent  electroless  metal  is  provided  which  comprises  a 
metal  complex  consisting  essentially  of  a  precious  metal 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  the  precious  metals 
of  the  fifth  and  sixth  periods  of  Group  VIII  and  I-B  of 
the  Periodic  Table  of  Elements,  a  Group  IV  metal  of  the 
Periodic  Table  of  Elements  which  is  capable  of  two 
valence  states  and  an  anion  capable  of  forming  a  stable 
moiety  with  both  valence  states  of  the  Group  IV  metal, 
in  which  the  molar  ratio  of  precious  metal  to  Group  IV 
metal  to  anion  is  from  about  1:1:3  to  1:3:19. 

Furthermore,  a  process  for  rendering  a  surface  recep- 
tive to  the  deposition  of  an  electroless  metal  is  also  pro- 
vided in  which  the  sensitizing  solution  hereinabove  de- 
fined is  employed. 


3  672  939 

ELECTROLESS  PROCESS  FOR  FORMING  THIN 
METAL  FILMS 

Richard  G.  Miller,  Pittsburgli,  Pa.,  assignor  to  PPG 
Industries,  Inc.,  Pittsbui^  Pa. 

No  Drawing.  Filed  June  2,  1969,  Ser.  No.  829,755 

Int  CL  B44d  1/08;  C03c  17/10 

UA  CL  117—54  20  Oaims 

The  invention  described  herein  relates  to  an  electroless 
process  for  forming  thin  metal  films,  particulariy  transpar- 
ent films,  on  a  reactive  substrate.  It  particularly  relates  to 
a  method  of  spraying  two  alkaline  solutions — one  contain- 
ing a  chelated  metal  salt  and  the  other  containing  a  re- 
ducing agent — onto  a  reactive  substrate  to  form  a  metal 
film  by  reduction  of  the  metal  salt.  More  particularly,  the 
invention  relates  to  an  electroless  process  for  forming 
metal  films  of  metals  contained  in  Groups  16  and  VIII  of 
the  Periodic  Table,  especially  iron,  cobalt,  and  nickel,  by 
forming  an  alkaline  solution  of  soluble  chelated  salts  of 
said  metals  in  an  aqueous  media,  preferably  including 
boric  acid,  and  spraying  said  solution  on  a  reactive  sub- 
strate at  substantially  the  same  time  that  an  alkaline  solu- 
tion of  a  boron-containing  reducing  agent,  especially 
alkali  metal  borohydrides,  is  sprayed  on  the  substrate.  The 
invention  has  been  found  to  be  particularly  useful  for 
forming  transparent  films  of  cobalt,  nickel,  iron,  and  the 
like  on  sensitized  transparent  substrates  such  as  glass  and 
plastic. 


nating  the  conventional  sensitizing  and  activating  treat- 
ments, and  chemically  depositing  nickel  on  the  etched  resin 
base  material  from  a  new  chemical  nickel  plating  bath 
containing  as  the  additives  a  water-soluble  lead  compound 
and  a  second  reducing  compound  such  as  ascorbic  acid, 
thereby  obtaining  the  new  plating  bath  having  a  better 
plating  capability  and  longer  lifetime. 


3,672,941 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  A  PIGMENT 
COATED  PAPER 
K<np  Konishi,  Micfaio  Otalce,  Tatuo  Maeda,  and  Knniaki 
Marayama,    MisU   Knbild-gnn,   Japan,    aaaignon   to 
Denid  Kagalm  Kogyo  Kabnsfaild  Kaisha,  Tokyo,  Juan 
No  Drawing.  FUed  July  28,  1969,  Ser.  No.  845,573 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  July  31,  1968. 
43/53,591;  Nov.  15, 1968,  43/83,262 
.r-    ^.    _.*"«•  CLB44d7/4V;D21h  7/20 
UA  CL  117—62  3  ciafcm 

A  paper  coating  pigment  binder  composition  having  an 
improved  flowability  and  water-resistant  property  and  a 
process  thereof  can  be  completed  by  using  as  a  pigment 
binder  composition  a  saponified  product  of  vinyl  acetate- 
acryl  amide  copolymer  or  a  copolymer  of  vinyl  acetate, 
acryl  amide  and  one  or  more  other  copolymerizable  mono- 
mer, with  the  co-use  of  aqueous  zinc  salt  or  aluminum 
solution. 


3  672  942 
PROCESS  FOR  nvO^REGNATING  POROUS 
METAL  ARTICLES 
^S'i^'  Neumann,  Raleigh,  N.C.,  and  Richard  Borow. 
?^'  ^«'V**'*'"*»»»  Conn.,  assignors  to  Loctite  Corpora- 
tion, Newington,  Conn. 

^*l^£l^ri^*  Continuation-in-part  of  application  Ser.  No. 
790,873,  Jan.  13, 1969.  This  application  Dec  24, 1969. 
Ser.  No.  888,060 

WTO  ^  .  htLCLB44dl/34 

UA  a.  117-62.2  15  cirfnis 

Porous  articles  can  be  sealed  and  impregnated  without 
heat  cure  by  ( 1 )  impregnating  the  article  with  the  anaero- 
bic combination  of  an  acrylate  monomer  and  a  redox 
ratalyst  system;  and  (2)  following  the  impregnation  step 
by  treatmg  the  impregnated  article  with  an  accelerator  of 
free  radical  polymerization. 


3  672  943 

^^S^^  ^^  ™^  WWDUCTION  OF  AN  ARTI- 
PRODUCT^^™^"    AND    THE    RESULTANT 
G«*ard  Sdbcrt,  Erienbach,  and  Klaus  Geriacfa,  01»enuni, 
g«nMny,    assignon   to    Gianzstoff   AG,    WnppertaL 

nw  Jnly  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  54,787 
Clatans  priority,  application  Gennany,  July  16.  1969. 
P  19  36  073T^  * 

UA  a.  117—63  17  Claims 


3,672,940 

PROCESS  FOR  CHEMICALLY  DEFOSTIING  NICKEL 

ON  A  SYNTHETIC  RESIN  BASE  MATERIAL 
Kiyotaka  Fnnada,  ChlgasaU,  TakaaU  SUnohaia,  Yoko- 
hama, and  Hiroko  Imal,  Tokyo,  Japan,  aarignors  to 
Nihon  Kagakn  Kiai  ir^imcfciiH  Kiddu^  Tokyo,  Japan 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Aug.  3,  1970,  Scr.  No.  60,628 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Aug.  8, 1969, 
44/62,687 
Int  CL  B44d  1/092;  C23c  3/02 
VS.  a.  117—47  A  7  Clafana 

A  process  for  the  chemical  deposition  of  nickel  on  a 
synthetic  resin  base  material,  characterized  by  etching 
the  resin  base  material  in  a  new  etching  solution  contain- 
ing a  palladium  compound  as  the  additive  thereby  elimi- 


Production  of  an  imitation  w  artificial  leather  by  im- 
pregnation of  a  non-woven  fibrous  web  in  successive  or 


1480 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


separate  steps  with  a  solvent  solution  of  an  elastmner  such 
that  increasing  concentrations  of  the  elastomer  are  sup- 
plied over  the  thickness  of  the  web,  immediately  co- 
agulating the  web  in  a  conventional  bath  after  the  last 
solution  of  the  elastomer  has  been  applied  and  then  wash- 
ing and  drying  the  web  to  provide  a  fiber-reinforced  mi- 
croporous  elastomeric  structure  closely  resembling  natu- 
ral leather. 


3,672,944 

COMPOSriE  SHEET 

Dowdd  F.  ThompaoB,  At^ea,  Georfa  D.  Qaartennas, 

Bfookhavcii,  aad  ThooiM  M.  Qidni,  Wcit  Chester, 

Pib,  wmjfnrn  to  Avtani  Corporatkm,  PhtladdpUa,  Pa. 

No  DrawiBf.  FUed  Mar.  25,  1979,  Scr.  No.  22,694 

I^  CL  B32b  27li0 

U.S.  a.  117—76  F  9  ClaiiiM 

A  composite  sheet  comprising  an  oriented  thermoplastic 
base  sheet  and  a  primer  on  at  least  one  side  thereof  effec- 
tive in  securing  water  based  Saran  Overlay  Materials  to 
the  base  sheet,  said  primer  comprising  a  composition  of: 

a  first  component  comprising  an  acrylic  interpolymer  of 
from  50  to  60  weight  percent  of  a  C1-C4  alkyl  meth- 
acrylate,  from  50  to  40  weight  percent  of  a  C1-C4 
alkyl  acrylate  and  fnxn  1  to  5  weight  percent  di  an 
acid  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  metha- 
crylic,  acrylic  and  itaconic  acid,  the  total  weight  per- 
cent of  first  component  not  exceeding  100; 

a  second  component  comprising  a  compound  selected 
from  the  group  consisting  of  an  adduct  of  rosin  and 
an  alpha-beta  unsaturated  dicarboxylic  acid  said  ad- 
duct having  an  acid  number  between  about  115  and 
about  140  and  a  melting  point  between  about  1 10*  C. 
and  about  180°  C,  partial  esters  of  said  adduct  and 
a  polybydric  alcohol,  and  combinations  of  the  adduct 
and  partial  esters;  the  first  component  being  present 
in  the  range  of  from  50%  to  80%  based  on  the 
weight  of  the  first  and  second  components,  the  sec- 
<Mid  component  being  present  in  the  range  of  from 
50%  to  20%  based  on  the  weight  of  first  and  second 
components  and  the  total  weight  percent  of  the  first 
and  seccHid  components  of  the  composition  not  ex- 
ceeding 100; 

a  wax  containing  component  selected  from  the  group 
consisting  of  paraflBn  wax,  microcrystalline  hydro- 
carbon wax,  and  a  mixtture  of  camauba  wax  and 
stearic  acid  wherein  the  weight  ratio  of  wax  to  acid 
is  from  82:18  to  89:11,  the  wax  containing  compo- 
nent being  present  in  an  amount  in  the  range  of  be- 
tween about  Vi%  and  about  15%  based  upon  the 
combined  weight  of  the  interpolymer  combined  with 
either  the  adduct,  the  partial  esters  or  the  combina- 
tions of  the  adduct  and  the  partial  esters. 


3,672,946 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FDR  WRINGING 
EXCESS  LIQUm  FROM  STEEL  STRIP 
Ham  Herman,  Ancaatcr,  Ontuio,  CaBsda,  aalgaor  to 
Hie  Steel  Company  of  Canada,  Limited,  Handlton, 
Oataiio,Canada 

Filed  Mar.  18, 1971,  S«r.  No.  12S,5S5 
Int.  CL  MSc  1H02 
U.S.  0.117— 192  L 


■..L 


Wringing  apparatus  including  two  pairs  of  wringer 
rolls,  one  of  each  pair  being  secured  to  a  framework,  the 
other  of  each  pair  being  secured  to  rocker  assembly  which 
is  pivoted  to  the  framework  and  swingable  between  a  first 
position  in  which  one  pair  of  wringer  rolls  is  closed  and 
the  other  is  open,  and  a  second  position  in  which  the 
other  pair  of  wringer  rolls  is  closed  and  the  first  pair  is 
open.  Each  wringer  roll  is  mounted  on  a  roll  frame 
which  is  easily  de-mounted  from  the  framework  for  roll 
replacement  when  the  pair  to  which  it  belongs  is  open. 
The  pairs  of  wringer  rolls  are  closed  alternately  on  mov- 
ing steep  strip  emerging  from  a  l.quid  bath,  each  pair 
remaining  closed  until  its  rolls  begin  to  wear. 


-      3,672,947 

METHOD  FOR  TEXTURIZING  YARNS 
Pan!  Luclicr  and  Ben  A.  HndMm,  Shelby,  and  BiUic  W. 
CUIden,  Forest  Oty,  N.C.,  aariipMn  to  PPG  In- 
dustrias,  Inc.,  PHlsiiurgh,  Pa.  l 

Filed  Oct  29, 1969,  Ser.  No.  872,056 
Int  CL  B44d  110% 
UA  CL  117—104.  S 


3^72,945 
GRANULES  COMPRISING  INERT  CORES  COATED 

WITH  AN  ABSORBENT  POWDER 

Gcoflrey  Gordon  Taylor,  Ndson,  New  Zealand,  aaaignor 

to  Fiultgruwew  Chemical   Company  limited.   Port 

Mivna,  Ndson,  New  Zealand 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Oct  17,  1969,  Ser.  No.  867,401 

CfadoM  i^iorily,  ap^kation  New  Zealand,  Oct  18, 1968, 

154,193 
Int  CL  B44d  11094 
U&  CL  117—100  B  7  aaims 

Granules  are  made  by  coating  solid  inert  cores  with  an 
adhesive  acting  as  the  agent  to  bond  the  powder  to  the 
axes.  The  granules  can  thus  now  abscn-b  agricultural  chem- 
icals, such  as  fungicides,  micro-organisms,  fertilizers,  in- 
secticides and  herbicides,  and  constitute  a  readily  control- 
lable means  for  the  application  of  such  substances  to  the 
land  or  other  desired  locus. 


A  teiturized,  binder-containing  yam  produced  by 
applying  binder  material  to  a  texturized  yam  thrpugh  a 
jet  spray  nozzle.  ^ 


ERRATUM 

For  Qass  1 17—106  R  see: 
Patent  No.  3,673,006 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1481 


_.  3^672,948 

METHOD  FOR  DIFFUSION  UMOED 
MASS  TRANSPORT 
*"i*^^*  1<»«W««I.  Wmirton,  Richard  R.  Gamache, 
SonthBulington,  and  Donald  M.  Kenney,  Shclbnrae, 
vt,  aaagnors  to  International  Bwincss  Machines  Cor- 
poration, Armonk,  N.Y. 

FDed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  345 
.TO  ^   «-     Int  CL  C23c  ii/OO. /J/00 
UA  CL  117—106  R  4  n.fa- 


r\ 


.,..™„  3,672,950 

ADHESIVELY  LAMINATED  CELLULOfilC 
I  A    .,      ^         PRODUCT 

■^•f.*^-  ^"n»hy  and  Stirttng  Robert  Brown,  Oznaid. 
Caltf.,  a^ors  to  Interaational  Paper  Company,  New 
xoik,  N.Y. 

FUed  Jan.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  2,135 
no  ^  ,«     -^    Irt.  CL  B32h i/2« 
UA  CL  161—129  a  chdma 


M- 


±. 


oocpoaoinn- 


^ 


•»♦••"« 


D 


^ 


m 


[- Wl-Wt [— MNSIIHi j —  CNUK 1 

Method  and  apparatus  for  continuously  carrying  out 
mass  transfer  reactions  in  a  reaction  chamber  utilizing 
laminar  flow  to  provide  diffusion  limited  transport  and 
to  provide  isolation  between  process  steps.  There  is  pro- 
vided a  gaseous  phase  material  inlet  filter  tube  to  intro- 
duce gaseous  phase  material  in  laminar  flow  within  a 
reaction  zone  and  an  exhaust  pressure  baffle  to  maintain 
laminar  flow  throughout  the  reaction  zone.  Substrates  may 
be  continuously  passed  through  a  reaction  zone  to  provide 
an  inline  system. 

ERRATA 

For  Classes  117—115  to  117—219  see- 
Patent  Nos.  3,672,974  thru  3,672,992 


A  lammated  tissue  product  is  formed  from  webs  bonded 
in  superposed  relation  employing  patterned  lines  of  bond- 
mg  dehneating  substantial  unbonded  regions.  The  webs 
are  maintained  out  of  intimate  contact  over  substantial 
portions  of  these  unbonded  regions  to  provide  a  qoflted 
or  cushioned  effect.  This  may  be  achieved  by  embossing  a 
number  of  protuberances  on  at  least  one  web  to  face  the 
other  and  keep  the  webs  apart  AltemaUvely,  or  in  addi- 
tion, the  webs  may  be  joined  under  different  respective 
tensions  so  that,  upon  relaxing,  one  web  is  of  greater  area 
than  the  other.  •»-»«*  -tsa 


3,672,949 

ADHESIVELY  LAMINATED  CREPED  TISSUE 

FRODUCT 

StiiUng  Robert  Brown,  Onard,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Inter- 

natioiul  Paper  Company,  New  Yorls,  N.Y. 

FUed  Jan.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  2,134 

-TO  ^   -^  Int  CL  B32b  J/2« 

UA  CL  161-129  t  ciainif 


A  laminated  tissue  product  as  for  paper  toweling  is 
formed  from  at  least  two  creped  tissue  webs  bonded  in 
superposed  relation  by  adhesive  disposed  in  patterned  lines 
deUneating  substantial  unbonded  regions.  Each  of  the 
webs  is  embossed  to  produce  raised  portions  extending 
from  one  surface  thereof,  and  the  raised  portions  of  one 
web  oppose  respective  raised  portions  of  the  other  web. 
Tne  raised  portions  are  embossed  in  patterns  assuring 
opposed  reUtion  of  the  respective  raised  portions  and 
precludmg  any  substantial  nesting  of  the  webs  irrespective 
of  the  relative  lateral  disposition  of  the  webs.  The  webs 
are  jomed  under  different  respective  tensions  so  that, 
upon  relaxing,  the  webs  are  in  different  conditions  of 
stress,  and  one  web  is  of  greater  area  than  the  other. 


3  672,951 

ROOFING  STRUCTURE  AND  METHOD 

^S.i^JST'  *2*"  ®-  "^y'  "-d  Hal  G.  Parish, 

pany.  Midland,  Midi.  ^^mpm- 

i??!S.^:,?l'  *'^®'  Ser.  No.  20,317 

UA  CL  ^^:^^^^^^'nm;^5m  ^ 

Improved  plastic  foam  insulated  roof  stiTictures  are  pre- 
pared employing  a  generally  constant  composition  co- 
polymer of  styrene  and  maleic  anhydride  containing  frx>m 
15  to  35  weight  percent  maleic  anhydride,  Uie  polymer 
haymg  a  solution  viscosity  of  from  about  3  to  12  centi- 

k^tone  a?  S'-'c  )  '^^'^''  ""^  **"*  ^^^^^  ^  °»^y»«thyl- 


3  ^72^52 
ADHESIVELY  LAMINATED  KRAFT  PAPBl 
«w-i.—  »  w  PRODUCT 

stviing  Robert  Brown,  Oznard,  CaUt.  aitf  Cfaaric*  A 
Lee,  KnoxTflle.  Tem^^S52^^J^iStSdX^ 
Compn«y,  New  York,  N.Y*  ""«™uonai  rapcr 

FUed  Jan.  12, 1970.  Scr.  No.  2,000 

UACL  161-146 '"'^■'^^^^  , 


An  adhesively  laminated  kraft  paper  product  of  im- 
proved resistance  to  rupture  is  formed  from  at  least  two 
superposed  fa-aft  paper  webs  bonded  one  to  tiie  otiier  witii 
an  adhesive  disposed  between  said  webs  in  accordance  with 
a  selected  pattern  of  lines.  The  webs  are  bonded  togetiier 


1482 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


in  limited  regions  separated  by  substantial  unbonded  re- 
gions. Each  web  is  in  a  different  condition  of  stress  in  a 
common  direction  in  the  plane  of  the  product. 


3,672,953 
PROCESS  FOR  GROWING  CELLS  OF  A  MICRO- 
ORGANISM    ON     A     CARBON-CONTAINING 
UQUm  SUBSTRATE 
YcnoD  F.  Coty,  Tkenton,  IshmI  J.  HeOweil,  Princeton, 
and  RJkhafd  L  LcsTltt,  Penniagton,  N J^  asBignora  to 
Moba  Oa  Coipontion 

Flkd  Feb.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,172 
lot  CL  C12b  1/00 
UJS.  CL  195—28  10  aafans 

A  process  for  growing  cells  of  a  microorganism  on  a 
carbon-containing  liquid  substrate  which  is  partially 
water-insoluble  Mierein  it  is  desirable  that  the  amount 
of  the  residual  substrate  in  relaticMi  to  the  amount  of 
the  cells  be  as  low  as  possible.  The  amount  of  the 
residual  substrate  is  kept  low  by  maintaining  a  low 
concentration  of  the  substrate  in  the  culture  medium 
during  growth  of  the  cells.  The  latter  is  accomplished  by 
introducing  liquid  substrate  into  the  culture  medium  in 
responat  to  the  presence  on  the  surface  of  the  culture 
medium  of  a  layer  of  foam  of  a  predetermined  height. 
An  antifoaming  agent  is  also  emj^oyed. 


3,672,954 
PROCESS    FOR    PREPARING    DEPROTENIZED 
BLOOD  EXTRACTS  HAVING  A  HEALING  AC- 
TION AND  PRODUCT  OBTAINED  THEREBY 
Lconlda  Grinpa,  Ncttnno,  Italy,  assignor  to  Istitnto 
NazioDale  Cbimico  BMogico  SjJ.,  Rmnc,  Italy 

Filed  Ang.  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  851,593 

Claims  priority,  application  Italy,  Not.  2, 1968, 

40,904/68 

Int.  CL  C07g  7/00 

VA  CL  19S— 29  6  Claims 

A  process  for  preparing  dq)roteinized  blood  extracts 

having  a  healing  action  which  comprises  the  sequential 

steps  of  subjecting,  after  filtration,  hemolyzed  and  de- 

fibrinated  blood  of  animals  just  slaughtered,  to  enzymatic 

hydrolysis,  deproteinizing  the  hydrcdysate  obtained  by 

heating  followed  by  an  immediate  cooling  and  then 

filtering,  and  after  concentration  or  lyophilization  of  the 

filtrate,  deproteinizing  further  the  product  with  alcohol, 

removing  the  lipids  therefrom  in   an  organic   solvent, 

purifying,    removing    histamine    therefrom    and    drying 

under  vacuum  the  extract  obtained. 


3,672,955 

PREPARATION  OF  AN  INSOLUBLE  ACTIVE 

ENZYME 

William  L.  Stanley,  Richmond,  CaBf.,  assignor  to  the 

United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secre- 

taiy  of  Agriculture 

No  Dtawing.  FUcd  May  20,  1970,  Ser.  No.  39,860 
Int  CL  C07g  7/02 
VS.  CL  195—68  5  Claims 

Process  for  preparing  an  insoluble  but  active  enzyme 
wluch  comprises  emulsifying  an  aqueous  dispersion  of 
the  enzyme  with  a  solution  of  an  organic  polyisocyanate 
in  an  essentially  water-immiscible  solvent. 


3,672,956 

GERMINATION  OF  SPORES 

Lewis  G.  Scharpf ,  Jr.,  Kirinrood,  Mo.,  assignor  to 

Monsanto  Company,  St  Louis,  Mo. 

No  Drawfaig.  FUed  Jan.  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  7,264 

Int  CL  C12b  1/00 

VS.  CL  195—96  17  Claims 

This  invention  relates  to  methods  and  compositions 

for  germinating  spores  of  the  Bacillus  or  Clostridium 

genera  utilizing  lipases. 


efiisi 


June  2%  1972 


3(672^57 
GERMINATION  OF  SPORES 
G.  Schtfpf ,  Jr.,  Kkfcwood,  Mo.,  assignor  to 
Monauto  Company,  St  Loois,  Mo. 
No  Dnwteg.  Ffled  Jan.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,265 
Int  CL  C12b  I/OO 
VS.  CL  195—96  ^-  g  Claims 

This  invention  relates  to  methods  and  compositions  for 
germinating  spores  of  the  Bacillus  or  Clostridium  genera 
utilizing  amylases. 


I 


3,672,958 

INDUSTRIAL  DRY  CLEANING  COOKER.STILL 

Albanis  P.  McCandUsfa,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  aadgnor  to 

I  McGraw-Edison.  Elgin,  111.  | 

I      FUed  Feb.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9,698        | 

Int  CL  BOld  3/02,  3/00, 1/00, 1/30;  BOlf  11/60: 

D06f  29/00 

VS.  CL  202—170  2  Claims 


'ISSJ 


An  industrial  dry  cleaning  cooker-still  for  salvaging  sol- 
vent sudb  as  perchlorethylene  from  oil  residues  comprises 
a  cylindrical  tub  mounted  horizontally  and  provided  with 
heating  ducts  on  the  outside  wall  of  the  lower  half  por- 
tion thereof  and  with  a  surrounding  jacket  to  form  an  air 
chamber  open  at  the  bottom  and  top  for  causing  the  upper 
half  portion  of  the  tub  to  be  heated  by  convection.  A 
rotor  in  the  tub  has  a  scries  of  blades  successively  spaced 
along  and  around  the  rotor  shaft  which  are  set  oblique 
to  provide  a  screw  propeller  effect  on  the  contents.  The 
blades  have  outer  arcuate  edges  adjacent  to  the  wall  of 
the  tub  and  have  leading  and  trailing  cutter  fins.  The 
rotor  is  driven  back  and  forth  in  opposite  directions  so 
that  it  will  chum  and  cut  up  the  contents  while  shifting 
the  same  back  and  forth  along  the  tub.  A  scouring  pow- 
der is  added  to  the  oil  residue  to  keep  the  walls  of  the 
tub  clean  of  encrustation.  Upon  driving  the  rotor  in  one 
direction  only  the  contents  are  propelled  out  an  imloading 
door. 


3,672,959 

PORTABLE  DISTILLERY 

Harold  C.  Sweet,  Fcnton,  Mich.,  assignor  <tf  a  fractional 

part  imerest  to  Merton  E.  WilUams,  Grand  Rapids, 

Ohio 

FUed  Dec.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884,516 
Int  CL  BOld  3/42 
U.S.  CI.  202— 181  2 

A  distillery  for  production  of  fresh  water,  including  a 
sealed  reservou-  and  a  heated  boiler  chamber  with  a  wm- 
duit  communicating  between  the  bottom  ot  the  reservoir 


Claims 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1488 


and  a  low  point  on  the  boiler  chamber  to  deliver  water 
thereto.  A  second  conduit  delivers  vapor  from  the  top 


i. 


~u 


1 


^  '\ 

— 

^    " 

^ 

J^ 

\      ' 

ijK 

^*» 

1 
\ 

^M 

A  *« 

1    , ;, 

k^g 

^•• 

*¥ 


u  *»• 


'V  ;, 


densed  vapor  in  the  presence  of  heat  exchange  tubes  carry- 
ing feed  liquor  to  heat  the  feed  liquor.  Also,  as  concen- 
trate is  forwarded  to  each  effect,  it  is  spontaneously  va- 
porized to  cool  some  of  the  concentrate  thereby  establish- 
ing a  temperature  differential  between  the  vapors  from 
the  previous  effect  and  the  cooled  concentrate  to  effec- 
tuate heat  transfer  between  the  hot  vapors  and  the  cooled 
concentrate. 


3,672,961 

FRACTIONATION  OF  INORGANIC  ACID-FREE, 

CLEAVAGE  REACTION  MIXTURE    ^^ 

Joa^  R.  Nixon,  Jr.,  WOmlivton,  DeL,  Mteor  to 

Hercules  Incorporated,  wnmfan«nii  n^, 

FUed  Oct  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  867,011 

„«  ^  -^  Int  CL  BOld  i/i^ 

VS.  CL  203—37  6  claims 


of  the  boiler  chamber  to  a  large  surface  area  detachable 
plastic  bag  for  condensing  the  vapor. 


3,672,960 
MULTIPLE  EFFECT  DISTILLATION  SYSTEMS 
David  D.  Kays,  Claremont,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Aerojet- 
General  Corporation,  El  Monte,  Calif. 
FUed  Feb.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,232 
Int  CL  BOld  3/00. 3/02 
VS.  CL  203—11  4  Claims 


According  to  the  multiple  effect  evaporation  process 
disclosed  herein,  a  feed  liquor  is  sequentially  operated  on 
in  a  plurality  of  serially  arranged  evaporator  effects.  Hot 
vapor  directed  into  one  effect  transfers  heat  to  liquor  in 
the  effect  to  vaporize  part  of  the  liquor  and  to  enrich  the 
remainder  of  the  liquor  to  form  a  cmicentrate.  The  hot 
vapor  condenses  on  a  heat  transfer  surface  so  that  some 
of  the  hot  vapor  forms  a  condensate.  The  enriched  liquor 
(concentrate)  and  the  vapor  from  the  liquor  are  for- 
warded to  the  next  effect  in  such  a  maimer  that  the  vapor 
from  the  liquor  transfers  heat  to  the  enriched  liquor  to 
vaporize  part  of  the  enriched  liquor,  thereby  enriching 
the  remainder  of  the  enriched  liquor.  More  vapor  is  con- 
densed in  each  effect.  The  feed  liquor  is  preheated  by 
spontaneously  vaporizing  some  of  the  emiched  liquor 
from  each  effect  to  cool  the  remainder  of  the  enriched 
liquor,  and  by  transferring  heat  from  the  vapor  from  the 
enriched  liquor  to  the  feed  liquor,  thereby  heating  the 
feed  liquor.  The  feed  liquor  is  also  preheated  by  condens- 
ing hot  vapor  from  each  effect  on  heat  exchange  tubes 
containing  the  effect  of  feed  liquor.  The  feed  liquor  is  also 
heated  by  spontaneously  vaporizing  a  portion  of  the  con- 


.fv 


-.srV 


Fl. 


Disclosed  is  a  continuous  process  for  fractionating  in  a 
single,  multiple  plate  distillation  column  an  inorganic  acid- 
mixture  resulting  from  the  cleavage  reaction  of  hydro- 
peroxide material  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of 
cumene  hydroperoxide,  cymene  hydroperoxides,  ^-isopro- 
pylnaphthalene  hydroperoxide,  m-  and  p-diisoiropylben- 
zene  mono-  and  dihydroperoxides.  The  column  has  a  lower 
fractional  distillation  zone  and  an  upper  fractional  con- 
densation zone.  In  the  process  the  mixture  is  mtroduced 
into  the  lower  zone  and  separated  therein  by  factional 
distillation  into  a  liquid  phenolic  product  and  a  vaporous 
acetaldehyde-acetone  fraction.  The  vaporous  fraction  is 
introduced  into  the  upper  zone  and  separated  by  conden- 
sation into  a  Uquid  acetone  fraction  and  a  vaporous  aoet- 
aldehyde  fraction.  The  liquid  acetone  fraction  is  withdrawn 
from  the  bottom  of  the  upper  zone  as  acetone  product, 
while  the  vaporous  acetaldehyde  fraction  is  withdrawn 
from  the  top  of  the  upper  zone  and  condensed.  A  portion 
of  the  condensed  acetaldehyde  fraction  is  returned  to  the 
upper  zone  as  reflux.  A  portion  of  the  liquid  at  any  stage 
of  the  upper  zone  is  withdrawn  and  returned  to  the  lower 
zone  as  reflux.  However,  in  a  preferred  embodiment  of 
the  process,  an  aqueous  solution  of  alkali  metal  hydroxide 
material,  at  a  rate  sufficient  to  establish  and  maintain  alka- 
line the  liquid  contents  of  the  feed  stage  and  any  lower 
stages  of  the  upper  zone,  as  weU  as  the  acetone  product,  is 
mtroduced  into  the  upper  zone  at  the  feed  stage  or  pref- 
erably at  a  stage  above  the  feed  stage  at  which  the  Uquid 
water  content  is  high  enough  to  maintain  the  alkali  metal 
hydroxide  material  in  solution.  In  such  embodiment  the 
lower  zone  reflux  liquid  is  withdrawn  from  the  upper  zone 
at  a  stage  above  the  stage  at  which  the  aqueous  alkali 
metal  hydroxide  solution  is  introduced. 


1484 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2' 


M723tt  

lON-ttKNSniVE  ELECnMH>B  AND  METHOD  OF 

MAKING  AND  USING  SAME 

Mvte  S.  naat  aad  JamM  W.  Rom,  Newton,  Man^ 

aMigBon  to  Orion  Rcwardi  Incoipontod,  Cambridse, 

Mom. 

CoadHatkm  of  appBcalkNi  Sor.  No.  511,751,  Dec  i, 

1965.  lib  appHcattOB  Mar.  17, 1971,  Sor.  No.  125,39t 

lit  CL  G4lB  27/46 

UA  Ca.  2M— 1  T  9  CUbm 

A  potentiometric  type  electrode  for  detecting  sulfide 

ion  activity  in  solution,  and  methods  of  making  and  using 

same.  The  electrode  has,  as  its  ion-fiensitive  element,  a 

membrane  of  substantially  imporous,  high  purity  silver 

sulfide  substantially  free  of  metallic  silver.  The  membrane 

is  preferably  made  by  compressing  silver  sulfide  powder 

to  form  an  imporous  sheet  or  pellet.  The  membrane  is 


1972 


■  M72JC5 

ELECTROPLATING  OF  ALUMINUM 
^HUam  H.  Harwood,  Lawto%  (Wik,  awiipii 
Cbntiiicntal  Oil  Company,  Ponca  CHy,  (Nda. 
No  Drawias.  Filed  Idm  29,  1971,  Scr.  No.  5«,883 
Int  CL  C23b  5100 
US.  CL  294—14  N  19  CbdiM 

Aluminum  is  electroplated  up(Mi  metallic  substrates  by 
inunersing  the  substrate  as  a  cathode  in  an  electrolyte 
which  is  an  electrically  conductive  organoaluminum  com- 
I^ex.  An  alkyl  halide  is  included  in  the  electrolyte  in  an 
amount  of  from  1  to  10  wei^  percent  and  functions  as 
a  deposit  modifier. 


I 


used  by  contacting  one  surface  to  a  reference  electrode 
at  a  fixed  potential  while  contacting  the  other  surface  with 
the  test  solution,  thus  creating  a  half-cell  across  which 
voltage  will  vary  as  a  function  of  ion-activity  in  the  test 
solution  in  a  Nemstian  manner. 


32672,9M 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  TREATMENT  OF  ANODIC 
OXIDIZED  ALUMINUM  SURFACES 
Roland  Odder,  DuMldorf-HoHkanmi,  and  Haas  Gon- 
ffaer  Geimacheid,  HoacL  Germany,  aaignon  to  Hcnkd 
A  aa  GmbH,  Dnaddorf,  Gcnaany 
No  Drawing.  FDed  Infy  8,  1979,  Scr.  No.  52,318 
Claima  priority,  appUcadon  Germany,  Inly  26,  1969, 
I  P1638  939  J 

*  Int  CL  C23f  17/00 

U.&  CL  294— 35  N  5  CbdaM 

An  improvement  in  the  treatment  of  anodic  oxidized 
aluminum  surfaces  with  subsequent  sealing  with  hot  water 
or  steam.  The  improvement  comprises  either  an  interme- 
diate treatment  or  a  combined  treatment  with  the  sealing 
of  the  aluminum  surfaces  at  from  15*  C.  to  95"  C.  with  a 
solution  of  acrylic  acid  and/or  a  polymer  of  acrylic  acid, 
methacrylic  acid  or  maleic  acid  having  a  specific  viscosity 
of  up  to  »j=0.75  cp.  in  a  0.7%  solution  in  2  N  NaOH  at 
20'  C.  The  treatment  prevents  the  formation  of  sealing 
films  without  impairing  the  anodic  oxide  coating  or  the 
quality  of  the  after-sealing. 


3,(72,9€3 


PROCESS  OF  COATING  METALS  WITH  MERCURY 

OR  MERCURY  AMALGAMS 

Uto  A.  Da  Palma,  Tonawanda,  N.Y.,  aarfgnor  to  Cornell 

Aeron— til  ri  Laboratory,  Inc.,  Bnffaio,  N. Y. 

No  Dnwinf.  FDed  May  15,  1979,  Scr.  No.  37,892 

bt  a.  C22d  1/26;  C23b  1/00, 5/00 

UA  CL  294—14  N  6  Cbdma 

A  process  for  wetting  metals  wherein,  the  metal  to  be 

coated  is  electrop(dished  in  a  substantially  alchol  bath  and 

is  brou^t  in  proximity  with  a  wetting  agent;  the  potential 

is  reversed,  causing  the  wetting  agent  to  adhere  to  the 

metal  to  be  coated. 


}  3,«72,9«7      ^ 

FINE  CLOISONNE 
Sadddii  Knwano,  72,  l<home,  Sdkndaniclio, 
TcnnoJIim,  Onka,  lapan 
FDed  May  28, 1979,  Scr.  No.  41,245 
,_       '  Int  CL  C23f  i7/00 

VS.  CL  204—38  C 


3,672,964 
PLATING  GS  ALUMINUM,  MAGNESIUM  OR  ZINC 
Harold  Edward  Bdlia,  HockMsin,  DeL,  assignor  to  E.  L 

dn  Pont  de  Nonoars  and  Compamr,  i/Hfaidngton,  Dd. 

No  Drawing.  FDed  Mar.  17, 1971.  Ser.  No.  125,334 

int  CL  C23b  1/00;  C23f  17/00 

U.8.  CL  294-^3  10  Claima 

A  iMt)cess  for  i^ting  aluminum,  magnesium  or  zinc 
with  an  adherent  nickel  coating  is  provided.  The  process 
comprises  ouitacting  the  surface  of  the  metal  to  be  treated 
with  an  aqueous  solution  of  hydrofluoric  acid  or  a  ma- 
terial which  releases  hydrofluoric  acid,  such  as  ammonium 
bifluoride,  and  a  soluble,  catalytic  metal  salt  of  a  metal 
such  as  nickel,  iron  or  silver,  and  subsequently  applying 
a  nickel  coating  which  is  stress-free  to  said  treated  metal 
surface,  preferaUy  0.2  to  1  mil  in  thickness,  from  an 
amine  bcKane  reductive  plating  solution  maintained  at  a 
pH  of  about  6  to  7  and  containing  an  organic  monovalent 
or  divalent  sulfur  compound.  A  thicker  nickel  overcoating 
can  be  subsequently  applied  to  the  nickel  coating  using 
either  hjrpoi^osphite  or  borohydride  reductive  plating 
baths,  or  electroplated  nickel.  Further,  adhesion  and  wear 
resistance  can  be  upgraded  by  post  heat-treating. 


Claima 


Producing  fine  cloisonn6  jewelries  for  instance  high- 
class  lapel  pins  from  a  base  of  copper  or  brass  by  plating 
special  silver  alloy  on  the  base  before  coating  with 
cloisonne. 


3,672368 
BATH  FOR  ELECTROLYTIC  DEPOSITION  OF 
MAGNETIC  FILMS 
Philip  C.  Baldwin,  El  Scfnndo,  CaUf.,  aarignor  to  Bmton 
Electrochemicd  Co^  Inc.,  Loa  A^dcs,  CaUT. 
Filed  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,791 
,^^   _  Int  CL  C23b  5/i2 

U.S.  CL  204—43  6  Claims 

A  bath  for  electrolytic  deposition  of  magnetic  films 
of  relatively  high,  controlled  coercivity.  The  bath  com- 
prises an  anunoniacal  solution  of  cobalt  or  cobalt  and 
nickel  salts,  tungsten  as  tungstic  acid  or  sodium  timgstate 
and  sodium  hypophosphite.  The  concentration  of  sodium 
hypophosphite  in  the  bath  determines  the  coerdvity  of 
the  resultant  magnetic  films,  and  permits  control  thereof 
over  a  wide  range  of  values.  Rochelle  salt  or  other  dtrate 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1486 


or  tartrate  may  be  used  in  the  bath  to  aid  complexing 
of  the  cobalt,  and  formaldehyde  may  be  added  to  inhibit 
electrcdess  deposition  from  the  bath. 


anodic  oxide  layer  dissolves  at  about  the  same  rate  at 
which  it  is  being  formed  and  pseudoboehmite  is  formed 
in  the  oxide  coating  that  remains  on  the  aluminum 
surface. 


3,672,969 
ELECTRODEPOSmON  OF  GOLD  AND 
GOLD  ALLOYS 
F^cd  L  Nobel  and  Bamd  D.  Ostrow,  Rodyn,  N.Y., 
asrifDors  to  Lca-RonaL  Inc.,  Fkceport,  N.  Y. 
CoBtiniiation  of  anpiication  Scr.  No.  830,547,  June  4, 
1969,  widcb  la  a  conCtaraation-to-part  of  application 
Scr.  No.  634,134,  Apr.  27,  1967,  wbicb  in  turn  is  a 
coBtfamatfoii-iii-part  of  application  Scr.  No.  579,821, 
Sept  16,  1966.  TUa  appUcation  Oct  26,  1970,  Scr. 
No.  84,228 

Int  a.  C23b  5/42, 5/28. 5/46 
UA  CL  204—43  21  Claima 

Organo-iAosi^orus  compounds  and  their  water  solu- 
ble salts  are  incorporated  into  aqueous  soluble  cyanide 
gold  or  gold  alloy  plating  baths. 


3,672^3 

CELL  COVER  WITH  WEAKENED  AREAS  TO 

REUEVE  EXPLOSIONS 

Vittorio  De  Nora,  Naasao,  Bahama  bUnda,  and  Ricfaaid 

E.   Ixtftfidd,   Chardon,   OUo,   aadgnors  to   Orondo 

De  Nora  Impianti  ElcCtrocUmid  S.P.A.,  Milan,  Italy 

Filed  Nov.  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  880,840 

Int  CL  COld  1/08;  C22d  1/04 

VS.  CL  204—99  8  ddma 


^^ 


3,672,970 
ELECTROLYTIC  CODEPOSITION  OF  COPPER 
WITH  FINE  PARTICLES 
Ttaaddcoi  W.  TomaazcwaU,  Dearborn,  Midi.,  aaaignor  to 
The  Udylite  Coiporation,  Warren,  Mich. 
No  Drawing.  FDed  lone  19,  1969,  Scr.  No.  834,868 
Int  CL  C23b  5/48, 13/00 
VS.  CL  204—52  R  8  Claims 

Fine  particles  of  non-conducting  materials  do  not 
codeposit  readily  from  aqueous  acidic  copper  plating 
baths,  unless  there  is  present  in  the  bath  monovalent 
cations  such  as  thallium,  ammonium  and  the  alkali  metal 
cations.  These  monovalent  cations  are  especially  effective 
in  acidic  copper  sulfate  plating  baths  for  the  codeposi- 
tion  of  di^wrsed  fine,  bath-insoluble,  non-conducting  par- 
tides  such  as  barium  sulfate,  zirconium  oxide,  etc.  Possi- 
ble engineering  applications  for  such  2-phase  composite 
plates  are  in  anti-seizing  and  improved  wear  resistance. 


Describes  a  cell  cover  for  alkali  chlorine  cells,  pri- 
marily for  use  with  dimensionally  stable  anodes,  but  also 
useful  with  graphite  anodes,  which  cell  cover  is  provided 
with  weakened  areas,  in  accessible  place  in  the  cell  cover, 
through  which  the  force  of  exidosions  can  be  vented  and 
which  weakened  areas  when  ruptiu-ed  by  an  explosion  can 
be  easily  repaired. 


3,672,971 
BRIGHT-ZINC  PLATING  BATH 
Gcrd  S«ige,  Brackwcdc,  and  Rolf  Scborg,  Eidmm,  Ger- 
many, aarignors  to  Fhrma  Ricdcl  &  Co.,  Bielefeld, 
Geimany 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Jnly  7,  1970,  Scr.  No.  53,038 
Cbdma  priortty,  application  Germany,  July  15,  1969, 
P  19  35  821.5 
Int  CL  C23b  5/10 
VS,  CL  204—55  R  6  Clatans 

A  bright-zinc  plating  bath  in  which  the  primary  bright- 
ening agent  consists  of  a  reaction  mixture  of  polyamines, 
salts  of  the  metals  of  Groups  V  and  VI  of  the  Periodic 
Table  and  sulfur-releasing  organic  compounds.  The  sulfur- 
splitting  compounds  are  preferably  alii^atic  aromatic  and 
heterocyclic  compoimds  containing  sulfur  and  indude  mer- 
captane,  thiocompounds  and  the  like. 


3,672,974 

METHOD  OF  IMPREGNATING  AND  COATING 

STRANDED  BODIES 

Roy  TomUnaon,  MMdlcton,  Engbmd,  assignor  to 

Connollys  (Bladdey)  limited,  Mandicstcr,  England 

Filed  Feb.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,298 

Clahns  priority,  appUcation  Great  Britain,  Feb.  6,  1969, 

6,450/69 
Int  CL  B05c  3/12;  B44d  1/02 


VS.  CL  117—115 


9  Oafans 


3  672  972 
METHOD   FOR   FORMING   ANODIC    OXIDE 
COATINGS  HAVING  IMPROVED  ADHESIVE 
PROPERTIES 
GeoArcy  A.  Dorsey,  Jr.,  Danville,  Calif.,  asdgnor  to 
Kaiser  Alnmlnnm  &  Chemicd  Corporation,  Oakland, 
Calif. 
No  Drawing.  Continnation-in-part  of  appUcation  Scr.  No. 
707,962,  Feb.  26, 1968.  This  appUcation  Mar.  23, 1970, 
Sar.  No.  22,022 

Int  CL  C23b  9/02 
VS,  CL  204—58  l  Oafan 

A  method  for  improving  the  adhesive  bond  between  an 
aluminum  surface  and  other  materials  comprising  pre- 
treating  the  aluminimi  surface  by  anodizing  in  an  acidic 
electrolyte  in  such  as  manner  that  an  initially  formed 


In  order  to  coat  and  fill  the  interstices  between  the  ele- 
ments of  an  elongated  fiexible  body,  for  instance  a  multi- 
conductor  cable  core,  formed  by  stranding  or  bimching  a 
plurality  of  the  elements  together,  the  body  is  impreg- 
nated and  coated  with  a  filling  material  by  passing  it 
into  a  bath  of  filling  material,  in  a  liquid  state,  through 
an  inlet  die,  through  the  liquid  in  the  bath,  and  then  out 
of  the  bath  through  an  outlet  die.  TTie  dies  are  wholly 
situated  below  the  level  of  the  liquid  and  are  maintained 
at  a  temperature  such  that  there  is  no  substantial  leakage 
of  the  liquid  from  the  bath  therethrough  while  the  body 
is  passing  continuously  through  the  bath.  Preferably  the 
dies  are  each  mounted  at  the  free  end  of  a  metal  tube 
projecting  from  the  wall  of  the  bath  and  are  maintained 
at  the  said  temperature  by  means  of  external  cooling  fins 
on  the  tubes. 


899  O.O.— 55 


I 


1486 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2%  1972 


3,672,975 
COPOLYMERIZATION  OF  POLYACRYUC  ACID 

wrnnN  nylon  structures 
Gilbert  N.  Arons,  Newton  IfigUaiids,  Mass.,  assignor  to 
the  United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  the 
Secretary  of  the  Army 

No  Drawing.  Filed  June  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  44,873 
bit  CL  B44d  5/12 
U.S.  CL  117—118  8  aalms 

Copolymerization  of  polyacrylic  acid  within  a  nylon 

structure  is  accomplished  by  diffusing  an  aqueous  solution 
of  acrylic  acid  polymer,  having  a  molecular  weight  range 
of  from  2000  to  20,000  and  at  a  pH  of  from  1.5  to  3.5, 
under  elevated  temperatures  into  the  nylon  structure,  dry- 
ing, and  thereafter  beat  curing  said  diffused  acrylic  acid 
polymer  to  effect  copolymerization  with  the  nylon. 


3,672,976 
COPPER  IMMERSION  COATING  ON  ALUMINUM 
Rudolf  Paul  KaUenbach  CH8600  Duebcndorf , 
2  Postfach  15,  Switzerland 
No  Drawfaig.  Filed  Sept  4,  1970,  Ser.  No.  69,964 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept  17,  1969, 
P  19  47  003.2 
Int  a.  C23c  3/00 
V3,  d  117—130  R  8  Claims 

The  invention  relates  to  a  process  for  the  deposition  of 
a  metal  on  aluminum  and  aluminum  alloys  by  electro- 
chemical displacement  without  the  use  of  an  external 
current,  a  method  commonly  termed  inmiersion  coating. 
It  particularly  relates  to  the  deposition  of  copper  and  to 
novel  compositions  and  baths  for  this  purpose. 


3  672  977 

PRODUCTION  0*F  POLYESTERS 

Kimon  Constantine  Dardoafas,  Richmond,  Va.,  assignor 

to  Allied  Chemical  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

No  Drawhig.  Filed  Oct  26,  1970,  Ser.  No.  84,168 

Int  CL  C08J  1/44;  D06m  13/00 

VA  CL  117—138.8  F  1  ChUm 

An  improved  multifilament  polyethylene  terephthalate 
yam  having  a  lubricating  protective  film  applied  thereon 
of  from  about  0.3  to  about  0.6  weight  percent  based  on 
the  weight  of  the  yam  of  a  liquid  composition  consisting 
essentially  of  about  10  to  about  20  weight  percent  of 
said  composition  of  each  hexadecyl  stearate  and  refined 
coconut  oil,  about  3.0  to  about  6.0  weight  percent  of  said 
composition  of  ethoxylated  tallow  amine,  about  10  to 
about  20  weight  percent  of  said  composition  of  ethoxy- 
lated lauryl  alcohol,  about  8.0  to  about  12.0  weight  per- 
cent of  said  composition  of  sodium  salt  of  alkylarylsul- 
fonate,  about  1.0  to  about  3.0  weight  percent  of  dinonyl- 
sodium-sulfosuccinate,  about  1.0  to  about  3.0  weight  per- 
cent of  said  composition  of  4,4'-thio-bis-(3-methyl-6-tert- 
butyli^enol),  about  35  to  50  weight  percent  of  said  com- 
position of  white  mineral  oil  having  a  boiling  point  of 
between  510*  F.  and  620°  F.  wherein  at  least  about  0.15 
to  about  0.30  weight  percent  is  retained  on  said  yarn, 
and  then  treating  said  yam  with  from  about  0.7  to  about 
1.2  weight  percent  on  said  yam  of  a  liquid  composition 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  (a)  about  95  to 
about  98  weight  percent  of  said  composition  of  triethyl- 
ene  glycol-dipelargonate  and  about  2  to  about  5  weight 
percent  of  said  composition  of  2,2'-methylene-bis-(4- 
methyl-6-tert  nonylphenol),  and  (b)  about  13  to  about 
25  weight  percent  of  said  composition  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  glycerol  monoleate  and  decaglycerol 
tctraoleate  with  ethoxylated  tall  oil  fatty  acids,  about  12 
to  about  20  weight  percent  of  said  composition  selected 
from  the  group  consisting  of  sulfated  ^ycerol  trioleate 
and  ethoxylated  alkylamine,  and  about  55  to  about  75 
weight  percent  of  said  composition  of  hexadecyl  (isocetyl) 
stearate. 


3,672,978 
METHOD  OF  RENDERING  TEXTILE  MATERIALS 

ABSORPTIYE 
Rudi  Widder,  Eppelheim,  and  Hairy  DIstler  and  FVIedrich 
Fuchs,  Ludwigshafen,  Germany,  assignors  to  Badische 
Anilln*    &  Soda-Fabrik  Akticngesellschaft,  Ludwigs- 
hafen (Rhine),  Germany 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Feb.  17,  1970,  Ser.  No.  12,127 
Cbdnu  priority,  application  Germany,  Feb.  22,  1969, 
P  19  08  966.8  , 

Int  CL  D06m  13/26 
VJS,  CL  117—139.5  CQ  5  Chdms 

Textile  materials  are  rendered  absorptive  by  impreg- 
nation with  a  sulfitobetaine  containing  an  aliphatic  hydro- 
carbon radical  of  medium  chain  length. 


3  672  979 
METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  A  PHTHALOCYANINE 

PHOTOCONDUCnVE  LAYER        1 
Paul  L.  Gerace  and  Nikobius  E.  Wolff,  Rochester,  N.Y., 
assignors  to  Xerox  Corporation,  Rochester,  N.Y. 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Jan.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  462 
Int  CI.  HOlc  7/08;  C09k  3/00  ~ 

VS.  CL  117—201  10  Claims 

A  novel  process  for  the  preparation  of  a  photoconduc- 
tive  layer  of  an  electrophotographic  plate  which  comprises 
combining  phthalocyanine  pigment  particles  and  a  binder 
material  in  a  liquid  medium  and  sandmilling  and  the  com- 
bination is  disclosed. 


3,672,980 

METHOD  OF  RAPIDLY  DETECTING  CONTAMI- 
NATED  SEMICONDUCTOR  SURFACES 
William    B.   Glendinnlng,    Bclford,   and    Wellington   B. 
Pharo,  Neptune,  NJ.,  assignors  to  the  United  States 
of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Army 
No  Drawing.  Filed  Dec.  I,  1970,  Ser.  No.  94,150 
Int  CL  B44d  1/18;  C23c  11/00 
VS.  CI.  117—201  3  Claims 

A  silicon  substrate  is  rapidly  screened  for  surface  con- 
tamination by  exposing  the  substrate  surface  to  a  ch^emical 
vapor  environment  of  nitric  oxide,  hydrogen  fluoride  and 
water  at  about  27  degrees  C.  to  obtain  a  transparent  sur- 
face film  of  about  50  to  100  angstroms  in  thickness,  and 
then  examining  the  film  for  surface  uniformity  and  for 
the  presence  of  geometric  shapes. 


soic 


3  672  981 

ELECTROTHERMOGRAPHIC  DUPUCATING 

SHEET 

Donald  D.  Sloan,  Weston,  and  Suresh  D.  Amberiiar, 
Fhuniagham,  Mass.,  assignors  to  Dcnnison  Manofac- 
taring  Company,  FVamingham,  Mass. 
No  Drawing.  Hied  Oct.  2,  1969,  Ser.  No.  863365 
Int  CL  B44d  1/18 
VS.  CL  117—201  10  Oaims 

An  electrothermographic  duplicating  sheet  is  disclosed. 
A  layer  comprising  a  mixture  of  an  electrostatically 
chargeable  resin  and  an  organic  heat-activatable  tackify- 
ing  agent  is  adhered  to  a  conductive  base  sheet.  When 
subjected  to  radiant  thermographic  heat,  both  a  latent 
tacky  imfige  and  latent  electrostatic  image  is  formed. 


Unas 


3,672,982 

CONDUCTIVE  BASE  SHEET  FOR  ELECTRO- 
PHOTOGRAPHIC REPRODUCTION  SHEET 
Frederick   W.    IVavers,    Welledey,    Mass.,    assignor  to 
Dcnnison  Mannfactarlng  Company,  Friuningham,  Mass. 
No  Drawing.  Filed  July  29,  1970,  Ser.  No.  59^35 
Int  CL  G03g  5/00 
VS.  CL  117—201  15  Chrims 

A  conductive  base  paper  sheet  for  receiving  an  electro- 
photographic coating,  which  sheet  has  a  conductive  and/or 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1487 


holdout  layer  containing  a  water  soluble,  conductive,  ion- 
izable  resin,  such  as  a  quaternary  ammonium  salt  poly- 
mer, and/or  other  synthetic  resin  which  is  normally  tacky, 
and  a  water  soluble  inorganic  salt  of  a  strong  inorganic 
mineral  acid  or  a  water  soluble  salt  of  acetic  acid,  pref- 
erably sodium,  potassium  and  ammonium  salts  of  phos- 
phoric and  hydrochloric  acid,  to  detackify  the  otherwise 
tacky  conductive  or  other  synthetic  resin. 


3,672,983 
PROCESS  FOR  MAKING  METAL  CONTACTS  TO 
HIGH  SPEED  TRANSISTORS  AND  PRODUCT 
FORMED  THEREBY 
David  De  Witt,  Poughkeepsie,  Vir  A.  Dhaka,  Hopewell 
Junction,  and  Avtar  S.  Oberai,  Wappingers  Falls,  N.Y., 
assignors  to  International  Bnriness  Machines  Corpora- 
tion, Armonk,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1,673 

Int  a.  HOll  7/34 

VS.  CL  117—212  2  Claims 


uam  LEvtL 

ITML 


PMS 


In  a  semiconductor  device,  the  emitter  and  base  metal 
contact  stripes  are  at  different  levels  and  are  separated  by 
silicon  dioxide  and  silicon  nitride.  By  using  such  a  silicon 
dioxide  separatory  layer  in  combination  with  an  initial 
silicon  nitride  coating  over  the  emitter  and  base  regions 
in  the  semiconductor  substrate,  the  silicon  nitride  coating 
being  etched  during  processing,  a  high  speed  transistor 
having  a  very  small  emitter-base  contact  spacing,  and  a 
small  emitter  stripe  width  is  obtained. 


3,672,984 
METHOD  OF  FORMING  THE  ELECTRODE  OF  A 

SEMICONDUCTOR  DEVICE 
Kogo  Sato,  Kokubnnji,  lUrodd  Kato,  Tokyo,  and  Shinji 
Ohnlshl,  Kokubnn^  Japan,  assignors  to  HItachL  Ltd., 
Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Feb.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  14,116 

Claims  priority,  an>Iication  Japan,  Mar.  12,  1969, 

44/18,331 

Int  CL  HOll  7/74 

U.S.  CL  117—212  7  Chdms 


Mf  tl 


^ 


In  forming  an  electrode  in  a  semiconductor  device,  an 
aluminium  layer  is  thinly  deposited  on  the  whole  surface 
of  a  film  of  semiconductor  oxide  such  as  silicon  oxide 
covering  a  major  surface  of  a  semiconductor  substrate  and 
on  a  portion  of  the  major  surface  exposed  in  a  hole 
formed  in  the  film,  the  combination  thus  obtained  is 
heated  so  that  the  portion  of  the  aluminium  layer  de- 
posited in  the  hole  is  alloyed  with  the  semiconductor  and 
^o  that  the  portion  of  the  aluminium  layer  on  the  film  is 
oxidized  by  the  reaction  with  the  semiconductor  oxide, 
then  an  electrode  metal  is  deposited  on  the  alloy  region 
thus  obtained.  The  layer  of  the  oxidized  aluminium,  that 
is,  alimiina  is  used  as  a  passivation  film. 


3,672,985 

CONDUCTOR  ELEMENTS  SPACED  FROM  MICRO- 
ELECTRONIC COMPONENT  SURFACE  AND 
METHODS  OF  MAKING  1HE  SAME 

Harvey  C.  Nathanson  and  Robert  A.  Wlckstrom,  Pftta- 
burgh.  Pa.,  assignors  to  Westfaighouse  Electric  Corpo- 
ration, Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

AppUcation  May  31,  1968,  Ser.  No.  733,581,  whkh  k  a 
division  of  appUcation  Ser.  No.  465,090,  June  18, 1965, 
now  Patent  No.  3,413,573.  Divided  and  this  applica- 
tion May  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  34,807 

Int  CL  B44d  1/14 

VS.  CL  117—212  9  Clainie 


A  microelectronic  component  is  provided  with  a  con- 
ductive member  having  one  or  more  extremities  afBxed 
to  and  supported  by  a  substrate,  such  as  an  integrated 
circuit,  and  an  extended  portion  from  an  extremity  that 
is,  or  between  two  extremities  that  are,  in  permanently 
fixed  spaced  relation,  substantially  parallel  to  the  sub- 
strate without  intervening  support  material.  The  conduc- 
tive member  may  be  used  for  various  purposes  such  as 
for  the  vibratory  member  of  a  resonant  gate  transistor  or 
a  conductive  bridge  crossing  over  elements  of  an  inte- 
grated circuit.  The  conductive  member  may  be  formed 
by  a  method  including  use  of  a  spacer  layer  in  the  posi- 
tion of  the  extended  pwtion  for  deposition  thereof  fol- 
lowed by  removal  of  the  spacer  layer. 


3,672,986 
METALLIZATION  OF  INSULATING  SUBSTRATES 
Frederick  W.  Schneble,  Jr.,  Oystor  Bay,  John  F.  Mc- 
Cormack,  Rodyn  Heights,  Rudolph  J.  ZebllAy,  Hanp- 
pagne,  John  Duff  WUHamson,  Miller  Mace,  and  Joee^ 
PoUchette,  Farmingdale,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Day  Com- 
pany, N.V.,  Neflieriands  Antilles 
Contlnnation  of  appUcation  Ser.  No.  561,123,  lime  28, 
1966.  Ihis  appUcation  Dec  19,  1969,  Ser.  No.  882,782 
Int  CL  H05k  3/06 
VS.  CL  117—212  8  Chdms 


A  blank  for  the  production  of  metallized  articles  is  {m-o- 
vided,  which  comprises  an  insulating  base  which  is  cata- 
lytic throughout  its  interior  to  the  reception  of  electroless 
metal,  and  a  surface  (Hi  said  base  having  super-imposed 
thereon  and  adhered  thereto  a  unitary  thin  film  of  metal. 
In  addition,  methods  for  metallizing  plastics  and  forming 
plated  through  hole  printed  circuit  boards  are  also  pro- 
vided. 


1488 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


\. 


3,672^7 
MASKED  PHOTOCA1HODE  AND  METHOD 
OF  MAKING  SAME 
Terence  W.  OVeeSe,  Pittsbwgh,  and  Jerome  R.  Morris, 
Trdlord,  Pa^  aaaignors  to  WcsdnghoiMe  Electric  Cor- 
poration, PittalHirgii,  Pa. 
Original  appUcation  Dec  18,  1968,  Scr.  No.  784,801. 
DiTided  and  tUs  application  Dec.  23,  1969,  Scr.  No. 
887,707 

iBt  a.  HOIJ  31/06 
UA  CL  117—212  2  Clainis 


a  metal  oxide  has  considerably  hi^  evaporation  temper- 
ature so  that  vacuum  evaporation  under  low  vaQuum  of 
such  oxide  is  difficult.  In  the  method  of  the  inveotion  by 
utilizing  an  eutectic  phenomenon  of  such  metal  oxide 
with  secondary  electron  emissive  substances  having  com- 
paratively low  evaporation  temperature  and  being  a  na- 
ture of  easiness  of  deposition  under  low  vacuum,  it  is 
easily  achieved  to  evaporate  such  a  metal  oxide  under 
low  vacuum.  Thus  a  superior  porous  layer  for  use  for 
instance  in  a  secondary  electron  multiplier  can  be  formed, 
which  does  not  lose  the  porous  prq;>erty  in  a  succeeding 
heat  treatment  during  the  iM'ocess  of  manufacturing  a 
multiplier  tube. 


in- 


A  masked  photocathode  is  provided  having  on  a  radia- 
tion transmissive  support  a  mask  pattern  of  a  material  that 
absorbs  or  reflects  sensitizing  radiation  particularly  in  the 
ultraviolet.  In  one  form,  the  mask  is  formed  in  a  process  u^  CU  117^230 
that  includes  at  least  partial  oxidation  of  a  metal  layer  pat- 
tern. Alternatively,  a  mask  pattern  that  blocks  all  radia- 
tion with  high  reflectivity  may  be  formed  by  employing  a 
metal  with  a  subsequent  insulating  layer,  such  as  of  an 
oxide  of  the  metal  ot  a  separately  deposited  insulator,  for 
protection  from  the  photocathode.  In  another  form  the 
photoemissive  layer  may  be  deposited  directly  on  the  trans- 
missive  support  and  have  on  its  surface  a  pattern  of  or- 
ganic material  to  provide  the  mask  for  electrons  on  the 
target  side  of  the  cathode  as  well  as  to  prevent  any  radia- 
tion reflected  from  the  target  from  impinging  on  areas 
from  which  photoemission  is  not  desired. 


3,672^90 
PRODUCTION  OF  ELECIHODES 
Fritz  Beck,   LndwigAafoi,   and  GotOard   CritL  Bad 
DaerUicini,  Gcnnany,  aoifBori  to  PaiHtpht  A^in-  A 
Soda^^abrik  AktiengMcOidiafl,  Lndwigihafcn  (RUnc), 
Germany 

FOed  Mar.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,428 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Mar.  28.  1969, 
1  P  19  15  951.4  1 

Int  a.  BOlk  3/02,  3/06;  BOlh  1/08    I 


7  Claims 


3,672,988 
METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  BASES  FOR 
ELECTROSTATIC  RECORDING  MATERIAL 
OR  ELECTROmOTOGRAPHIC  MATERIAL 
Yaano  Tamai  and  Satom  Honjo,  Asaka,  Japan,  assignors 
to  F^JI  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.,  Nakanoma,  Minami- 
AflUgan  MacU  Aaldgara-KamHpm,  Kanagawa,  Japan 
No  Drawing.  FDcd  Feb.  24,  1970,  Scr.  No.  13,807 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Feb.  25,  1969, 
44/64,082 
bit  ClGOyg  5/08, 7/00 
VS,  CL  117—215  13  Claims 

A  method  for  manufacturing  a  base  for  an  electro- 
static recording  material  or  electrophotographic  sensitive 
material,  which  comprises  forming  an  eiectroconductive 
layer  on  at  least  one  surface  of  a  base  consisting  of  a  non- 
metallic  substance  by  treating  said  surface  with  a  treat- 
ing mixture  containing  colloidal  alumina  of  more  than 
70%  by  weight  of  the  non- volatile  components  of  the 
mixture. 


*  ^v] 


Layers  of  an  oxide  mixture  of  at  least  one  pfatinum 
metal  and  oxides  of  the  elements  silicon,  tin  or  germanium 
are  applied  to  a  core  of  an  anodically  stable  material  for 
the  production  of  activated  electrodes.  For  this  purpose, 
silicon,  tin  or  germanium  or  a  compound  thereof  with  the 
platinum  metal  or  a  compound  thereof  is  converted  into 
oxidic  compounds  and  these  are  fixed  onto  the  surface 
of  the  anodically  stable  material  by  thermal  treatment. 


I 


3,672,991 

Magnetized  recorder  thread 

I  James  V.  Phillips,  30  Kfaig  George  Road, 

WaiTcn,  N  J.    07060 

FUed  June  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,742 

Int.  CI.  HOlf  10/04 

UA  CL  117—235  2  Claims 


3,672,989 
POROUS  LAYER  OF  A  SECONDARY  ELECTRON 
MULTIPLIER  AND  A  METHOD  OF  MANUFAC- 
TURING THE  SAME 
Rynya  Toyonaga,  Kohza-^mi,  and  Kazno  Sato,  Tokyo, 
Japan,  assignon  to  Nippon  Hoso  Kyokal,  Toi^ro,  Japan 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Jnly  29,  1969,  Scr.  No.  845,882 
Clainis  priority,  application  Jqpan,  Aug.  3,  1968, 
43/54,634 
LiL  CL  C23c  13/00 
VJS,  a  117—224  2  Claims 

As  a  material  for  a  porous  layer  oi  a  secondary  elec- 
tron multiplier  used  for  instance  in  a  secondary  electron 
conductive  type  camera  tube  or  a  secondary  electron 
multiplier  tube,  it  is  desirable  to  use  a  metal  oxide  such 
as  magnesium  oxide,  aluminum  oxide  or  the  like,  which 
is  chemically  and  physically  stable.  However,  in  general. 


A  magnetized  recorder  thread  and  method  of  Waking 
same,  ^^erein  a  textile  thread  is  easily  and  economically 
impregnated  with  a  mixture  of  wax  and  iron  oxide  and 
which  can  be  used  only  once  and  then  is  thrown  away 
if  desired. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1489 


3  672  992 
METHOD  OF  FORMING  GROUP  IH-V  COMPOUND 
PHOTOEMITTERS  HAVING  A  HIGH  QUANTUM 
EFnCIENCY   AND   LONG   WAVELENGTH   RE- 
SPONSE 
Donald  L.  Schacfcr,  Skaneateles,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 
General  Electric  Company 
FUed  July  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  846,155 
Int.  a.  B44d  1/18 
UA  CL  117—219  „       8  Claims 


has  a  metal  mesh  adjacent  the  solid  electrolyte.  A  thin 
porous  insulator  is  positioned  on  opposite  surface  of  the 
metal  mesh  adjacent  the  cathodic  reaction  material.  A 
method  of  charging  a  sodium-sulfur  cell  employing  such 
a  third  electrode  is  described  also. 


sT^ 


A  photoemitter  having  a  high  quantum  efficiency  and 
a  low  work,  fimction  for  photoemission,  i.e.  photoelectric 
threshold,  is  formed  by  depositing  a  10-100  A.  film  of  a 
wide  bandgap  Group  III-V  compound,  e.g.  gallium  phos- 
phide, atop  a  0.5-10  micron  thick  layer  of  a  second 
Group  III-V  compound,  e.g.  gallium  antimonide,  having 
a  bandgap  matching  the  desired  photoelectric  threshold. 
The  film  surface  then  is  treated  with  cesium  (or  cesium 
and  oxygen)  to  reduce  the  surface  work  function  of  the 
composite  structure  to  the  desired  photoelectric  threshold. 
When  the  Group  III-V  layer  forming  the  photoemitter 
is  epitaxially  grown  atop  an  oriented  substrate  of  a  semi- 
conductive  material  such  as  gallium  arsenide  having  a 
bandgap  wider  than  the  bandgap  of  the  overlying  layer, 
the  resulting  photoemitter  is  transparent  only  in  a  range 
between  the  bandgap  of  the  substrate  and  the  bandgap  of 
the  overlying  layer. 


3,672,995 

SSiP  ELECTROLYTE  FOR  ELECTRICAL  CELLS 

William  E.  Brown,  Walnut  Creek,  and  Robert  G.  Heltz 

and  Charles  A.  Levine,  Concord,  Calif.,  aoignon  to 

The  Dow  Chemical  Company,  Midland,  ftflch. 

Continnation>fai-part  of  appUcation  Ser.  No.  567,587. 

iS^I^i  }ff^'  ™*  "PPMcation  May  8,  1969,  Ser. 
Mo.  823,161 

The  portion  of  the  term  oi  the  patent  snbseqncnt  to 
Nov.  4, 1986,  has  been  dischdmed 
.r«  ^  InLCLH01mJ/02,i5/(W 

UA  CL  136—6  5  ctaia,. 

An  improved  electrolyte-separator  is  provided  for 
liquid  anode/liquid  cathode  cells  wherein  its  function  is 
to  conduct  cations  of  the  anode  material  without  trans- 
mitting electrons.  The  electrolyte-separator  is  an  impreg- 
nated glass  or  ceramic,  open  matrix  wherein  the  discon- 
tinuous or  disperse  phase  is  an  essentially  non-migrat- 
mg,  cation-conducting  salt.  Such  impregnated  matrixes 
are  particularly  useful  in  batteries  having  molten  alkali 
metal  anodes  and  alkali  metal  sulfiu-  mixtures  for  cath- 
odes. 


3  672  993 

METHOD  AND  COMPOSTTIONS  FOR  CLEANING 

OVENS  AND  THE  LIKE 

Hairy  Ian  MItcheU,  Rochdale,  and  Kenneth  Tomlinson, 

Bramhall,    England,    assignors    to    Colgate-Palmolive 

Company,  New  Yoik,  N.Y. 

No  Drawing.  FUed  July  30,  1970,  Scr.  No.  59,753 

Int.  CL  C23g  1/02 

VS.  CI.  134 — 3  9  Claims 

A  method  is  provided  whereby  baked  on  organic  de- 
posits from  a  surface  are  readily  removable  wherein  an 
alkali  metal  bicarbonate  is  applied  to  the  clean  surface 
and  subsequent  cleaning  after  soiling  is  effected  by  wash- 
ing of  the  surface  to  remove  the  soiled  coating.  Com- 
positions are  provided  for  use  in  the  process  which  in- 
clude in  addition  to  the  alkali  metal  bicarbonate,  an 
aqueous  vehicle  and  a  surface  active  agent.  Other  addi- 
tives may  also  be  included  in  the  compositions  such  as 
suspensing  agents,  corrosion  inhibitors,  gelling  agents 
and  coloring  materials.  TTi;  process  may  be  carried  out 
by  applying  the  compositions  by  means  of  a  sponge, 
brush  or  cloth,  from  a  spray  bottle  or  by  means  of  an 
aerosol  type  pressurized  dispenser.       ~-- 


3,672,996 

RECHARGEABLE  ALKALINE  GALVANIC  CELL 

AND  ELECTROLYTE  THEREFOR 

Demetrios  V.  Loozos,  Rocky  River,  Ohio,  assignor  to 

Union  Carbide  Corporation 
AMilcirtlon  June  20,  1968,  Ser.  No.  747,060,  which  Is  a 
Continiiation-in.part  of  appUcation  Ser.  No.  393,994. 

?S&  Jl  ^?J^*  I^:1^JS?  ■"**  **»*■  appUcation  Sept  24 
1969,  Ser.  No.  863,747 

WTO  ^  .-  Int  CL  HOlm  55/00 

UA  a.  136-6  14  cudms 

A  rechargeable  alkaline  galvanic  cell  having  a  zincate- 
containing  electrolyte  which  comprises  an  aqueous  alka- 
hne  medium  containing  dissolved  zincate  ions  in  an 
amount  such  that  the  electrolyte  contains  at  least  about 
2  weight  percent  zinc  and  an  ion  of  an  amphoteric  metal, 
i.e.,  a  molybdate,  arsenate  or  tungstate. 


3,672,997 
SEALED  METALLIC  OXIDE-INDIUM 

SECONDARY  BATTERY 

Elihn  C.  Jerabek,  Delmar,  N.  Y.,  assignor  to 

General  Electric  Conmany 

FUed  June  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,172 

*To  ^  .,,         lot  CL  HOlm  J5/02 

U.S.  a.  136—20  4  cuj^ 

A  sealed  metallic  oxide-indium  secondary  battery  is 
disclosed  which  comprises  a  casing,  a  pressed  indium 
powder  anode  positioned  in  the  casing,  a  separator  adja- 
cent the  anode,  a  metallic  oxide  cathode  spaced  from  the 
anode  and  adjacent  the  separator,  and  an  aqueous  alkaline 
electrolyte  contained  within  the  casing. 


3,672,994 
SODIUM-SULFUR  CELL  WITH  THIRD 

ELECTRODE 

Stephan  P.  Mit<^,  Efaiora,  N.Y.,  assignor  to 

General  Electric  Company 

FUed  Jan.  4,  1971,  Ser.  No.  103,521 

Int  CL  HOlm  29/00, 35/00 

VS.  a.  136—6  3  Chdms 

A  sodium-sulfur  cell  is  described  which  includes  an 

anodic  reaction  zone,  a  cathodic  reaction  zone,  a  solid 

crystalline  ion  conductive  electrolyte  therebetween,  and 

a  third  electrode  positioned  in  the  cathodic  reaction  zone 

and  insulated  electrically  from  a  portion  of  the  cathodic 

reaction  zone.  One  type  of  third  electrode  for  this  cell 


3,672,998 
EXTENDED  AREA  ZINC  ANODE  HAVING  LOW 
DENSITY  FOR  USE  IN  A  HIGH  RATE  AL^iiSS 
GALVANIC  CELL  ka i»  AI.&A1.1INE 

WUUam  G.  ^riand,  Jr.,  Parma,  OUo,  assignor  to  Union 
r«-«-     C"blde  Corporation,  New  Yorij,  N.Y. 

10  i"o'S?"'ftrW  "^  ■PP?«'tfon  Ser.  No.  738,474,  Jan. 

S«;  V?'«?2«**w  "•^'^'^2"-*!!:»»^  "^  appUcation 

ir  ii^i;-4j?i?i''88?7i?'  *'""•  ^  '^"-***«  ^ 

UA  CI.  136 — 30  i^  Clahna 

For  use  in  a  high  rate  alkaline  galvanic  ceU,  an  ex- 
tended area  anode  compact  is  provided   composed  of 


1490 


] 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


elongated  forms  of  zinc  such  as  zinc  fibers  or  wool,  in 
pressure-formed,  multipoint  physical  contact  throughout 
the  body  of  the  anode  compact.  The  anode  compact  may 
also  be  formed  from  fabricated  metal  such  as  expanded 
zinc  metal  or  screen.  In  forming  the  anode  compact,  the 
zinc  fibers,  wool  or  expanded  zinc  metal  is  compression 
molded  to  a  controlled  low  bulk  density  of  below  2.5 
grams  per  cubic  centimeter.  To  attain  reasonably  high 
electrode  efficiencies  on  the  order  of  70%  of  theoi«tical 
and  above  at  electrical  current  drains  of  about  250 
amperes  per  square  foot,  the  anode  compact  is  formed  to 
a  low  bulk  density  of  from  about  1  to  1.75  and  preferably 
from  about  1  to  1.50  grams  per  cubic  centimeter.  Opti- 
mum electrode  efficiencies  are  attained  if  the  bulk  density 
of  the  anode  compact  is  maintained  within  the  range  of 
from  about  1.0  to  1.25  grams  per  cuWc  centimeter.  Suit- 
able means  are  provided  in  the  cell  employing  the  anode 
compact  for  maintaining  its  internal  temperature  at  least 
at  a  minimum  operating  temperature  required  to  dis- 
charge the  cell  at  high  current  densities. 


_  3,672,999 

USE  OF  UNILLUMINATED  SOLAR  CELLS  AS 
SHUNT  DIODES  FOR  A  SOLAR  ARRAY 
Antliony  J.  Barbers,  Grcenbcit,  Md.,  assignor  to  the 
United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Admin, 
utrator  of  the  National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Admin- 
istration 

FOed  Dec.  19, 1968,  Ser.  No.  785,078 

Int  CI.  HOII  i5/()2 

VS.  CL  136-89  9  Claims 


In  a  plurality  of  solar  cells  connected  in  a  number  of 
series  paths  to  form  both  shaded  and  illuminated  solar 
batteries,  each  individual  cell  of  a  shaded  battery  being 
electrically  connected  in  parallel  but  in  opposite  polarity 
with  a  corresponding  cell  of  an  illuminated  solar  battery, 
the  p-n  junction  solar  cell  of  the  shaded  battery  behaving 
as  a  forward  biased  diode  forming  a  by-pass  conducting 
path  around  the  corresponding  illuminated  cell  should  it 
become  non-conductive  to  thereby  achieve  an  uninter- 
rupted generation  of  electrical  current  by  the  remaining 
illuminated  cells  of  the  solar  battery  containing  the  non- 
conducting cell. 


,  3,673,000 

ANTIMAGNETIC  ALKALINE  MINIATURE 

GALVANIC  C£LL 

Paul  RnetBcU,  Yrerdon,  Switzerland,  assignor  to 

Lcclanche  S.A.,  Yvcrdon,  Vaud,  Switzerland 

_,  ,       __PM  Apr.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32,172 

Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  May  1,  1969. 

6,702  '        -^     »  » 

,ro   ^  Int  a.  HOln  2i/00 

UA  CL  136—107  7  claims 

A  non-magnetic  alkaline  minature  galvanic  cell  hav- 
ing a  positive  electrode  containing  a  metallic  oxide  has  a 
nickel  alloy  housing  containing  at  least  65%  nickel  and  a 
resilient  laminated  closure  having  a  spring  bronze  laminae 
in  electrical  contact  with  the  negative  electrode. 


3,673,001 

CONTROL  MEANS  FOR  A  RECHARGEABLE 
BATTERY 
RolMtt  J.  Tolmie,  Fairfield,  Conn.,  assignor  to  Spcny 
Rand  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y.     , 
I     Filed  June  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  50,573 


U.S.  Cl^  136—110 


Int.  CI.  HOlm  1/04 


Claims 


Means  to  control  the  charging  of  a  rechargeable  battery 
and  which  means  include  a  spring  restrained  pressure  re- 
sponsive diaphragm  within  the  battery  and  a  pair  of 
electrical  contacts  in  circuit  with  the  battery  gnd  the 
changing  means  for  the  battery.  A  switch  actuator  is 
moved  by  the  diaphragm  to  actuate  the  contacts  and  open 
the  battery  charging  circuit  when  a  predetermined  charge 
conditio|i  of  the  battery  is  reached. 


IRRIEl 


BNTK 


^  3,673,002 

CARRIER  FOR  VARIABLE  BATTERY  RETENTION 
Walter  R.  Vigninl,  PeeksUll,  N.Y.,  aflrigiior  to  Sonotone 
Corporation,  Elmsford,  N.Y. 
1    Filed  June  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  42,089       I 
-TO  «.  L  Int.  CL  HOlm  i/W  I 

UJ.  CL  136-173  2  Claims 


An  interference  fit  is  provided  for  a  battery  inserted 
in  a  carrier  for  hearing  aid  use.  The  degree  of  interference 
is  such  as  to  retain  the  battery  in  place  prior  to  insertion 
of  the  carrier  into  the  hearing 'aid  housing  to  facilitate 
its  handling.  The  interference  is  reduced,  however,  when 
the  carrier  is  inserted  into  the  housing  by  a  camming 
surface  included  therein.  Such  arrangement  establishes 
almost  a  "floating"  condition  for  the  battery  when  the 
carrier  is  in  normal  operating  position,  to  simplify  battery 
contact  spring  design. 


a)r 


^, -  3,673,003 

THERMOCOUPLE  FOR  NUCLEAR  ENVIRONMENT 

Carrol  Dean  Starr,  WUppany,  and  Teh  Po  Wang,  Cedar 

Grove,  N  J.,  assignors  to  Wilbur  B.  Driver  Company 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Sept  18,  1969,  Ser.  No.  859,203 

Int  CI.  HOlv  1/22 

VS.  CI.  136—236  5  Claims 

A  thermocouple  which  exhibits  substantially  no  change 

in  composition  when  exposed  to  neutron  irradiation.  The 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1491 


positive  thermoelement  of  this  thermocouple  comprises, 
as  expressed  in  percent  by  weight: 

8% -10%  chromium; 
0%-1.5%  silicon;  and 
Balance — nickel 

The  negative  thermoelement  of  this  thermocouple  com- 
prises, as  expressed  in  percent  by  weight: 

25% -3  5%  chromium; 
0%-1.5%  silicon;  and 
Balance — nickel 


3,673,004 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  PISTON  RINGS 

Traian   Dnmitrescn,    BnchaKst,   Rumania,   asdgnor   to 

Institntnl  de  Ccretari  Tchncrfogice  Fentm  Constructii 

deMasini 

No  Drawing.  FUed  Jnly  23,  1970,  Ser.  No.  57,800 

Int  CI.  B22d  15/02,  25/06 

VS.  CI.  148—3  6  Claims 

A  method  of  making  piston  rings  for  internal-combus- 
tion engines,  external-combustion  engines  such  as  steam 
engines,  air  compressors  and  the  Uke  in  which  the  rings 
are  individually  cluster  cast  from  an  alloy-cast  iron  con- 
taining 4.0  to  5.0%  silicon,  0.6  to  1.2%  by  weight  man- 
ganese and  0.2  to  0.7%  by  weight  phosphorus.  The  cast 
iron  is  treated  in  the  liquid  state  with  bismuth  to  yield 
a  raw  metallurgical  structure,  upon  casting,  of  cementite, 
pearlite,  ledeburite  and  a  phosphoric  eutectic. 


3,673,005 

PROCESS  FOR  BORATING  METALS, 

ESPECIALLY  STEEL 

Helmut   Kunst,   Nledersachsen,   Germany,   assignor   to 

Elektroschmelzwerk     Kempten     G.m.b.H.,     Munich, 

Bavaria,  Germany 

No  Drawing.  Filed  Sept  18,  1969,  Ser.  No.  859,172 
Int  CI.  C23c  9/04 
VS.  a.  148—6  5  Claims 

Process  for  borating  metals  in  which  the  metal  is 
treated  with  a  pulverized  borating  agent  containing  a 
iluoborate  and/or  boron  fluoride  as  an  accelerating 
agent. 


3,673,006 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  SURFACE 

COATING  ARTICLES 

Emile  Plnmat,  Gilly,  and  Josi  Lelong,  Fleurus,  Belgium, 

assignors  to  Glaveibcl  S.A.,  WatermaeUBoitsfort,  Bel- 

ginm 

Filed  Sept  9, 1968,  Ser.  No.  758,334 

Claims  priority,  application  Great  Brltahn,  June  26,  1968, 

30,531/68;  Luxembourg,  Sept.  18, 1967,  54,489 

Int  a.  C23c  11/00. 13/00 

VS.  CL  117—106  R  10  Claims 


3,673,007 

METHOD   FOR   MANUFACTURING   A   HIGH 

TOUGHNESS  STEEL  WITHOUT  SUBJECTING 

IT  TO  HEAT  TREATMENT 

Katao  Miyano  and  Masahide  ShimazaU,  Mnroran,  Japan, 

assignors  to  Japan  Steel  Works  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japm 

Filed  Nov.  14, 1969,  Ser.  No.  876,919 

Claims  priority,  application  Japan,  Nov.  29,  1968, 

43/87,011  / 

Int  CL  C21d  1/02.  7/14  ' 

VS.  CL  148—12  1  Cfadm 


t 


0  -MO  Hxo  -100  -ao  -«o  -40  -00    o~^ 

TEST     TOfCRITUC     V 


■io  -^  •ib  .J6 


A  high  toughness  steel  especially  adapted  to  be  used  as 
a  material  for  constructions  to  be  used  at  low  tempera- 
tures is  manufactured  by  the  steps  of  making  an  ingot  by 
adding  to  a  fundamental  steel  having  a  composition  of 
from  0.03%  to  0.13%  carbon,  0.10%  to  0.60%  silicon, 
from  0.20%  to  2.00%  manganese,  up  to  0.035%  alumi- 
nium and  the  balance  being  iron  and  impurities,  at  least 
one  element  selected  from  the  group  consisting  by  weight 
of  up  to  0.2%  niobium,  up  to  0.2%  vanaditmi,  up  to 
0.15%  titanium,  up  to  0.20%  zirconium  and  up  to  0.30% 
tantalum;  rough  hot  rolling  or  forging  the  ingot  to  form 
a  billet  or  slab;  the  billet  or  slab  being  cooled  during  said 
rolling  or  forging  to  below  the  Ai  transformation  point; 
uniformly  reheating  the  billet  or  slab  from  below  the 
Ati  transformation  point  at  its  final  rolling  or  forging 
stage  to  a  temperature  within  150°  C.  above  the  Acs 
transformation  point;  working  the  billet  or  slab  to  cause 
a  more  than  10%  thickness  reduction,  said  working  being 
completed  at  a  temperature  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Ar, 
transformation  point;  and  air  cooling  or  furnace  cooling 
the  slab  or  billet  to  room  temperature. 


3,673,008 
CARBONTTRIDING  AND  OTHER  THERMAL 

TREATMENT  OF  COLUMBIUM  STEELS 
Mahlon  £.  Wood,  Fannington,  Mich.,  assignor  to 
National  Steel  Corporation 
No  Drawing.  FUed  Apr.  25,  1969,  Ser.  No.  819,424 
Int  CLC21di/74,  7/00 
U.S.  CL  148—12  12  Claims 

Ferritic  grain  coarsening,  and  concomitant  loss  of 
strength  and  fatigue  properties,  are  avoided  in  carboni- 
triding  and  other  processes  in  which  cold-formed  steel  ar- 
ticles are  heated  above  the  strain  recrystallization  tem- 
perature but  below  the  A3  critical  temperature.  Use  of 
Steel  containing  about  0.006-0.018%  columbium  for  cold- 
formed  parts  heated  to  carbonitriding  temperatures  pro- 
duces an  ASTM  grain  size  of  5  or  finer. 


Method  and  apparatus  for  applying  a  substance  vapw- 
izable  by  electron  bombardment  to  a  siuiace  to  form  a 
coating  thereon.  The  substance  is  vaporized  in  a  vacuum 
by  being  bombarded  with  electrons.  The  vapor,  thus 
formed,  travels  from  where  it  is  formed  and  is  deflected 
onto  such  surface  to  coat  the  same. 


3,673,009 
METHOD  FOR  PRODUCING  A  PART  FROM 

STEEL  SHEET 

Bernard  S.  Levy,  Chicago,  DL,  assignor  to  Tni^^ 

Steel  Company,  Chicago,  DL 

No  Drawing.  Continuation-in-pait  of  apiriication  Ser.  No. 

743,295,  July  9,  1968.  ITiis  appUcatlon  Dec  17,  1969, 

Ser.  No.  885,979 

Int  CL  C21c  9/¥5 
VS.  CL  148—12.3  11  Claims 

Steel  havmg  0.04  wt.  percent  carbon  and  0.25-1.00  wt 
percent  manganese  is  provided  with  a  strengthening  addi- 


1492 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


tion  of  either  (1)  0.008  wt.  percent  nitrogen  or  (2)  said 
nitrogen  content  plus  0.05-0.25  wt.  percent  silicon.  The 
steel  b  rolled  into  a  coil  of  rolled  steel  sheet  having  a 
yield  strength  of  about  40,000-50,000  p.s.i.  A  steel  part 
is  formed  from  the  sheet  in  a  forming  operatimi  which 
increases  the  yield  strength  to  about  60.000-65,000  p.s.i.; 
and  the  steel  part  is  then  age  hardened  at  an  elevated 
temperature  to  increase  the  yield  strength  to  about  65,000- 
75,000  p.s.i.  An  optional  heavy  temper  roll  is  performed 
when  the  forming  operation  is  relatively  mild. 


regions  are  formed  by  diffusion  through  strip-like  aper- 
tures in  an  insulating  layer  on  a  semiconductor  body.  The 


3,673,010 
COLD-WORKABLE  PERMANENT 
MAGNET  ALLOY 
Jiro  Matanmoto,  BfantoaU  Takcuchi,  Axfaniclii  Abe,  and 
Koji  ScngfAn,  Scndal,  Jnan,  aarigpon  to  Tohokn 
Spcdal  Steel  Woria  Unrited,  Naganiuiclii,  Sendai, 
lapan 
CoBOmiatioii  of  awUcatioii  Scr.  No.  638,199,  May  15, 
1967.  Tlifa  appUcatioo  May  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,513 
Int.  CL  C22c  39/12;  HOlf  1/04 
V3,  CL  148—31.57  1  Claim 


strips  ane  positioned  side  by  side  and  decrease  in  width 
in  the  direction  of  succession  of  the  strips. 


A  permanent  magnet  alloy  mainly  containing  Co,  Ni, 
Cr  and  Fe  and  having  a  replacement  relation  between  Co 
and  Ni  of  Co  wt.  percent=50-2.5(Ni  wt.  percent) ^^SS- 
1.5(Ni  wt.  percent),  which  can  very  easily  be  subjected 
to  mechanical  working  and  cold  worldng  and  yet  is  very 
cheap  owing  to  the  presence  of  less  than  1%  by  weight 
of  V  contrary  to  Vicalloy  containing  10-14%  by  weight 
ofV. 


3,673,011 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  A  CESIUM  COATED 

GALLIUM  ARSENIDE  PHOTOCATHODE 

Gene  Stmll,  BaHiinOTe,  Md.,  aasivMir  to  Westingliouse 

Electric  Corporation,  Ptttsbnrgh,  Pa. 
Original  appUcation  Mar.  7,  1969,  Scr.  No.  805,130. 
Divided  and  this  application  Nov.  2,  1970,  Scr. 
No.  86,202 

Int  CL  HOI!  7/34, 15/06 
VJS.  CL  148—175  4  Claims 

A  photocathode  is  comprised  of  a  monocrystalline  layer 
of  gallium  arsenide  grown  on  either  a  germanium  or  a 
gallium  arsenide  substrate.  A  monatomic  layer  of  cesium 
is  disposed  on  the  monocrystalline  layer.  An  electric  con- 
tact aflSxed  to  the  photocathode  provides  a  means  for  c(m- 
necting  it  electrically  into  electrical  circuits.  The  gallium 
arsenide  and  the  cesitmi  are  deposited  on  the  substrate  in 
essentially  one  continuous  growth  process. 


3,673,013 

ILLUMINATING  FLARE  COMPOSITION 
George  A.  Lane,  Midland,  and  WHUani  Aillnir  Smltli, 
Wcstiand,  Mich.,  and  Stcplicn  C.  Dolbnan,  Morria 
PlafaM^  Seymour  M.  Kayc,  Dover,  and  nrandi  R.  tiy. 
lor,  Mount  Arlington,  N  J.;  lald  Lane  and  said  &fiM«  a»> 
signpn  to  The  Dow  Chemical  Company,  Midland, 
Midi.,  and  said  Dolimaa,  said  Kayc  and  anid  Taylor 
assignors  to  die  United  States  of  America  as  rcpi«. 
•ented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Army 
No  I>iiwing.  Filed  Oct  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  78,643 
„«  ^  Int  CL  C06d //;0 

U^.  CL  149—19  10  Claims 

Disclosed  is  an  illuminating  flare  composition  compris- 
ing particulate  magnesium  as  fuel,  an  alkali  metal  nitrate 
or  perchlorate  as  oxidizer  together  with  a  binder  system 
containing  a  high  percentage  of  oxygen.  The  binder  sys- 
tem is  made  up  of  the  reaction  product  of  an  amine  or 
acid  anhydride  curable  epoxy  resin  and  an  amine  termi- 
nated composition  or  acid  anhydride  as  curing  agent 
together  with  a  plasticizer  containing  at  least  40  percent 
oxygen. 

3,673,014 
1PLARE  COMPOSmON 
Gcoiie  A.  Lane,  Midland,  and  William  Arthur  SmHli, 
Wcstiand,  Mich.,  asaignon  to  The  Dow  Cbcmiad  Com- 
pany, Midland,  Mich. 

No  lowing.  Filed  Oct  6,  1970,  Ser.  No.  78,642 
Int  a.  C06d  1/10 
UACL149— 19  7  Claims 

Disclosed  is  an  illuminating  flare  composition  which 
comprises  a  particulate  alkali  metal  nitrate  or  perchlo- 
rate, as  oxidizer,  particulate  magnesium  as  fuel,  together 
with  a  binder.  The  binder  comprises  the  reaction  product 
of  an  amine  or  acid  anhydride  curable  epoxy  resin  and 
an  amine  terminated  composition  or  acid  anhydride 
wherein  the  epoxy  resin  comprises  from  30  to  70  percent 
of  the  binder.  The  binder  is  further  characterized  by  con- 
taining at  least  30  percent  oxygen  and  making  up  from 
18  to  24  percent  of  the  flare  composition. 


1' 


3,673,012 
METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  A  TRANSISTOR 
Rclnhold  Kaiser,  Hcilbronn,  Germany,  assignor  to  Tele- 
fnnken    PatentvcrwcrtnngsgcscDscIiaft    ni.b.H.,    Ulm 
(Dannbc),  Germany 

FUcd  loly  29, 1969,  Ser.  No.  845,773 
Cbdma  priority,  application  Germany,  Aug.  1,  1968, 
P  17  64  766.4 
Inc.  CL  HOll  7/44 
VS,  CL  148—187  2  Claims 

The  invention  relates  to  a  method  of  producing  a  tran- 
sistor, such  as  a  control  transistor  in  which  the  emitter 


3,673,015 

EXPU)SrVE  PYROTECHNIC  COMPLEXES  OF 

FERROCENE  AND  INORGANIC  NHRATES 

Gflbcrt  P.  Sollott,  Plymonth  Meeting,  and  WllUam  R. 

Peterson,  Jr.,  Lcvittown,  Pa.,  assignors  to  the  United 

States  of  America  as  represented  by  flic  Secretary  of 

the  Army 

No  Drawing.  Filed  May  23,  1969,  Scr.  No.  827,161 

Inta.C06fi/(M 

UA  a  149—29  25  dalms 

New  explosive  and/or  pyrotechnic  complexes  are 
formed  from  ferrocene  and  its  derivatives  with  specified 
inorganic  nitrates,  i.e.,  mercuric,  eerie,  and  cupric,  each 
of  these  nitrates  known  generally  as  being  insensitive  to 
sparks  or  impact. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1498 


3,673,016 

METHOD  OF  DIVIDING  A  SEMICONDUCTOR 
WAFER 
Dieter  Geratner,  Willsbach,  Germany,  assignor  to  Tele- 
fnnlten    PatentverwertDngsgeseUschaft    m.bJI.,    Ulm 
(DannlM),  Germany 

Filed  Dec.  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,151 

Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  Dec  2,  1968, 

P  18  12  129.4 

Int  CL  HOll  7/50 

VJS,  CL  156 — 6  7  Claims 


etched  by  a  substance  which  will  not  etch  the  bottom  and 
top  layers.  The  several  layers  compensate  for  defects  in 
each  layer. 

An  improved  photomask  fabrication  method  includes 
forming  the  abovementioned  patterns  by  successively  de- 
positing the  bottom  and  intermediate  layers,  photoetching 
the  intermediate  layer  into  a  desired  pattern,  depositing 
the  top  layer,  and  then  i^otoetching  the  top  and  bottom 
layers  into  a  desired  pattern. 


3,673,019 

APPARATUS  FOR  MAKING  ABSORBENT  PADS 

Artinr  B.  Erckson,  Scandale,  N.Y.,  assignor  te 

Borden,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUcd  Nov.  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  878,390 

lBtCLA41k  57/00 

U.S.  CL  156—66  9 


A  method  of  dividing  a  semiconductor  wafer  having 
a  plurality  of  components  or  circuits  at  one  face  of  the 
wafer  comprising  partially  sawing  the  wafer  from  the 
opposite  face  of  the  wafer  along  lines  for  the  division  of 
the  wafer  into  individual  components  or  circuits  so  that 
along  these  lines  the  thickness  of  the  wafer  is  reduced 
in  comparison  to  the  remainder  of  the  wafer,  and  etching 
the  sawn  face  of  the  wafer  without  the  use  of  a  mask  to 
complete  the  division.  The  method  is  particularly  suitable 
for  use  with  wafers,  having  thick  self  supporting  conduct- 
ing paths  which  extend  over  the  surface  of  the  wafer  and 
are  connected  to  the  electrodes  of  the  components  or 
circuits. 


3,673,017 
PARTICLE  TRACK  ETCHING  METHOD 
David  D.  Peterson,  Bristol,  England,  assignor  to 
General  Electric  Company 
FOcd  July  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  53,495 
Int  CL  B44c  1/22;  C23f  1/00 
UA  CL  156—7  5  Claims 

A  new  particle  track  etching  method  is  disclosed  where- 
in a  smoother  and  more  uniform  track  profile  is  obtained 
by  controlling  the  chemical  concentrations  of  the  reagents 
and  products  so  that  the  etching  occurs  at  a  uniform  rate. 
Specifically,  the  etchant  is  maintained  saturated  with  etch 
products  throughout  the  entire  etching  procedure. 


Andr 


3,673,018 

METHOD  OF  FABRICATION  OF  PHOTOMASKS 

cw  G.  F.  Dhugwaii,  Somerville,  NJ.,  assignor  to 

RCA  Corporation 

FUcd  May  8, 1969,  Ser.  No.  823,051 

Int  CL  C23f  1/02 

VS,  CL  156—11  3  Claims 


KK^ 


A  photomask  has  multilayer  opaque  patterns  on  a 
transparent  substrate.  Each  pattern  includes  a  bottom  layer 
and  a  top  layer,  each  of  a  material  capable  of  being 
etched  by  a  substance  which  will  not  etch  the  substrate, 
and  an  intermediate  layer  of  a  material  capable  of  being 


Improvement  in  apparatus  and  method  for  producing 
disposable  absorbent  i>ads,  such  as  diapers,  comprising 
applying  pressure-sensitive  strips  of  adhesive  tape  to  the 
diapers  by  means  of  aj^Miratus  which  includes  conveyor 
belt  for  advancing  diapers,  the  conveyor  belt  being  nar- 
rower than  the  diapers  thus  allowing  the  side  edges  of  the 
diapers  to  extend  beyond  the  conveyor  belt;  reel  of  ad- 
hesive tape  ribbon  disposed  at  each  side  and  below  die 
conveyor  belt;  rotatable  drum,  provided  with  sucticm 
valves,  positioned  below  the  overlawnng  side  edges  of  the 
diapers,  means  for  advancing  the  ribbon  against  the  drum 
whereby  the  ribbon  is  held  against  the  drum  by  the  suction 
valves,  rotatable  cutting  means  for  severing  the  ribbon 
into  strips  of  adhesive  tape  while  the  ribbon  is  held  against 
the  dnmi,  situated  at  each  side  and  below  the  conveyor 
belt;  and  rotatable  pressure  roll,  disposed  directly  above 
the  rotatable  drum,  for  aflSxing  the  strip  of  adhesive  tape 
to  the  overlapping  edges  of  the  diapers  in  cooperaticm 
with  the  rotatable  drum. 


3,673,020 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  PARTICLE 

BOARDS  UTILIZING  A  DRY  ORGANIC  BINDER 

Nortwrt  Maoricc  Dc  Jaeger,  264  Avennc  Gcavaert  a, 
Gcnvai,  Bdginm 
^^"  Drawing.  FUcd  Mar.  4,  1969,  Ser.  No.  804,302 
Claims  pricMlty,  application  Lnzanbonig,  Mar.  11,  1968, 

55,657 
.Tfl  ^  -.  Int  CL  B29J  5/00 

VS.  CL  156-62.2  13  ctatais 

A  process  for  the  manufacture  of  boards  consisting  of 
at  least  one  layer,  wherein  sawdust  having  a  particle  size 
below  1  mm.  is  mixed  with  a  quantity  of  binding  agent 
raring  between  5%  and  15%  of  the  weight  of  the 
dry  sawdust,  and  a  layer  is  formed  by  spreading  the  mix- 
ture in  a  layer  of  such  a  thickness  that  a  final  layer  of  a 
thickness  ranging  between  0.5  nun.  and  5  mm.  is  obtained, 
and  by  simultaneously  applying  a  pressure  ranging  be- 
tween 80  kg./cm.a  and  150  kg./cm.a  at  a  temperature 
ranging  between  130*  C.  and  180"  C. 

A  process  in  which  an  agent  increasing  the  internal  heat 
resistance  is  added  to  said  mixture. 


1494 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


Jui«:  27    1972 


3,673,021 

METHOD  OF  MAiONG  A  LAMINATED  MAT  FROM 

PUES  OF  FIBROUS  PULP  MATERIAL 

Cnrt  G.  Joa,  Town  off  Ocean  Ridge,  Fla. 

(Box  1121,  Boynton  Beach,  Fla.    33435) 

Filed  Feb.  3, 1969,  Ser.  No.  795,840 

Int  CL  B29J  5/00 

U.S.  CL  156—62.4  3  Claims 

A  composite  mat  of  laminated  separately  formed  plies 

of  pulp  fibers  picked  from  a  pulp  board  and  sprayed  with 

adhesive  while  airborne  to  thoroughly  expose  the  fibers 

to  the  adhesive  before  the  ply  is  formed.  Such  multiple 

plies  are  laminated  and  bound  together  by  said  adhesive 

into  said  composite  mat.  The  apparatus  comprises  a 

tandem  series  of  pulp  fiberizers  which  concurrently  form 

such  {dies  and  laminate  the  plies  into  said  composite  mat. 


3,673,022 
PROCESS  FOR  ADHERING  A  POLYESTER  FIBROUS 

MATERIAL  WITH  A  RUBBER 
Ichiro  Iwaml,  TosUo  Honda,  and  YnUo  Fnknnra,  Tokyo, 
Japan,  aaignon  to  Mdgealone  Thre  Company  Limited, 
TiAyo,  Japan 

Filed  May  27, 1969,  Ser.  No.  828,162 
Cfadma  priority,  application  Japan,  June  4,  1968, 
43/37,752 
bit  CL  B32b  25/02 
U.S.  CL  156—166  12  Clainu 

A  strong  adhesion  of  a  polyester  fibrous  material  and 
a  rubber  is  obtained  by  using  two  baths  for  immersing  the 
polyester  fibrous  material.  The  first  bath  is  an  aqueous 
solution  of  triglycidyl  isocyanurate,  which  is  a  reaction 
product  of  isocyanuric  acid  and  epichlorohydrin  and 
this  bath  may  be  added  with  a  second  component  of  an 
amine,  amine  derivative,  polybasic  carboxylic  acid  <M- 
polybasic  acid  anhydride.  The  second  bath  is  an  aqueous 
solution  of  a  resorcin-formaldehyde  resin  and  a  rubber 
latex  solution.  Namely  the  polyester  fibrous  material 
is  inmiersed  in  the  first  bath  and  the  immersed  fibrous 
material  is  applied  to  a  heat-treatment  and  then  immersed 
in  the  second  bath,  thereafter  applied  to  again  a  heat- 
treatment  and  the  thus  treated  fibrous  material  is  con- 
tacted with  a  vulcanizable  rubber  composition  and  the 
assembly  is  subjected  to  a  viilcanization. 


3,673,023 
PROCESS  OF  PRODUCING  REINFORCED 

LAMINATE 

William  C.  Rosi,  Wfaichcster,  Mass.,  assignor  to 

W.  R.  Grace  &  Co.,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

FUed  June  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  49,396 

InL  CL  B29h  7/22;  B32b  3/12,  31/26;  F16g  1/10 

UA  CL  156—137  3  Claims 


Flexible  laminated  products  such  as  printing  blankets, 
belts,  and  the  like  of  exceptionally  high  tensile  strength 
are  made  by  laying  helically  wound,  continuous  reinforc- 
ing cords  in  what  is  essentially  a  screw  thread  or  thready 
extending  between  the  lateral  margins.  A  guide  which 
automatically  lays  the  cord  in  the  helical  groove  bears 
teeth  engaging  the  grooves  on  the  base  ply.  Grooves  are 


deep  enough  to  house  the  cord.  Walls  between  successive 
turns  are  thick  enough  to  insulate  the  cords  and  prevent 
abrasive  contact.  The  product  is  finished  by  a  top  i^ly  laid 
over  the  wound  carcass. 


3,673,024 
METHOD  FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  ENPLESS 

DRIVE  BELTS  AND  CONVEYOR  BANDS 

Erik  Biiger  Eriksson,  Halmstad,  Sweden,  assignor  to 

NocdiAa  MaskinfiH  Akticbolaget,  Halmstad,  Sweden 

FUed  Mar.  6, 1969,  Ser.  No.  804,773       I 

Int  Ct  B29h  7/22  ' 

\53.  CL  156—137  10  Claims 


The  invention  relates  to  a  method  for  the  manufacture 
of  endless  belts  and  bands.  The  method  is  carried  out  in 
such  a  way  that  a  rather  narrow  bat  having  fibres  orien- 
tated essentially  in  the  longitudinal  direction  is  wound 
over  and  between  two  parallel  rollers  and  the  web  thus 
obtained  is  needled  in  a  needling  machine.  The  invention 
also  embraces  a  machine  for  carrying  such  a  method  into 
effect 


3,673,025 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  POLYURETHANE 
RUBBER  COVERED  ROLL  | 

Yasno  Fnknyama  and  Yosnkc  Okada,  Hlrakata-dii, 
Japan,  aas^ors  to  Yamancfai  Rubber  Indnstiy  Co., 
Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan 
Original  application  Oct  23, 1968,  Ser.  No.  769,844,  now 
Patent  No.  3,490,119.  Divided  and  this  application 
Ang.  11, 1969,  Ser.  No.  862,127  , 

Int  CL  B65h  81/00 
U.S.  CL  156—154  ^  5  Oalms 


This  polyurethane  rubber  covered  roll  consists  of  a 
metal  core  fixed  by  winding  with  a  fiber  previously  im- 
pregnated with  thermosetting  resin  solution  to  form  a 
sid}stratum  and  then  a  polyurethane  rubber  layer  is  cast 
molded  on  the  periidiery  of  said  substratiun. 


I  3,673,026 

MtlHOD  FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  01 
LAMINATED  FABRICS 
Stirling  Robert  Brown,  Oznard,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Inter- 
national Paper  Company,  New  York,  N.Y.  I 
Filed  Jan.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  2,002 
Int  CL  B32b  31/08 
VS,  CL  156—164  24  Chdms 

A  method  for  the  manufacture  of  laminated  fabrics 
wherein  separate  webs  are  differentially  stretched  and 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1495 


bonded  in  superposed  relation  by  means  of  limited  bond- 
ings separated  by  substantial  unbonded  regions.  Thereafter 
the  bonded  webs  are  relaxed,  whereupon  one  web  con- 
tracts more  than  the  other  web,  and  the  webs  separate  in 
the  unbonded  regions.  The  webs  also  may  be  individually 
deformed  before  being  superposed  so  as  to  project  a  por- 
tion of  the  fibers  of  each  web  out  of  the  plane  of  each  web 
in  a  pattern  over  substantially  the  entire  surface  area  of 
each  web  and  provide  relatively  premanently  set  interrup- 
tions in  the  planar  structure  of  said  web  on  at  least  one 
surface  of  the  web  for  purposes  of  increasing  the  stretch- 
able  quality  of  the  webs.  The  deformed  webs  may  be 
superposed  with  surface  interruptions  of  one  web  facing 
inwardly  of  the  su[)erposed  webs  so  as  to  abut  the  other 
web  or  its  surface  interruptions  and  thus  maintain  the 
superposed  webs  out  of  intimate  contact  at  least  in  the 
unbonded  regions. 


the  steps  of  simultaneously  winding  a  plurality  of  spaced 
apart  axially  aligned  groups  of  resin  saturated  glass  fiber 
strands  on  a  core,  each  group  being  wound  in  partially 
overlapping  relation  to  the  group  or  groups  immediately 
adjacent  to  it  and  forming  a  predetermined  section  of  the 
wall  of  the  container.  Thereafter  the  resin  is  cured. 


3,673,027 

METHOD  OF  FORMING  COATED  FIBERS 
Samuel  Binf ord  Spencer,  PenTsbmrg,  Ohio,  assignor  to 
Johns-ManvlUe  Corporation,  New  York,  N."V. 
Filed  May  4,  1970.  Ser.  No.  34,152 
Int  CL  D02g  3/40 
U.S.  CL  156—167  9  Claims 

A  strand  is  made  up  of  a  large  number  of  continuous 
filaments  bonded  together  by  a  plastic  coating,  and  is  par- 
ticularly suited  for  chopped  strand  employed  in  a  matrix 
of  plastic  compatible  with  the  coating  where  the  coating 
binds  the  filaments  when  divided  into  short  strand  lengths. 
Strand  is  drawn  under  tension  over  a  surface  to  separate 
the  filaments  and  is  passed  through  a  mass  of  finely  di- 
vided particles  of  the  coating  plastic.  Particles  adhere  to 
and  are  carried  with  the  strand  into  a  heated  region  where 
the  softening  temperature  of  the  plastic  is  reached.  The 
plastic  flows  and  coalesces  to  form  a  binding  coating  on 
the  cooled  strand  which  retains  its  integrity  when  chopped 
or  otherwise  severed  into  short  lengths. 


3,673,029 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  THREADED 

FILAMENT  WOUND  PIPE 

Jack  Lowrie  McLarty,  Milwankee,  Wis.,  asaigBor  to 

Universal  Oil  Products  Company,  Des  Pbdnes,  DL 

Oi^nal  appUcatton  July  9,  1969,  Ser.  No.  840,403. 

Divided  and  tUs  application  Jnly  31,  1970,  Ser. 

No.  64,930 

..-  ^  Int  CL  B65h  W/00 

UA  CL  156—175  5  Cbdms 


X' 


T 


to 


An  improved  threaded  filament  wound  pipe  and  the 
method  of  manufacture  thereof.  The  improvement  com- 
prises helically  winding  resin  impregnated  fiberglass  fila- 
ments upon  a  mandrel  knurled  at  the  ends  in  the  form  of 
helical  threads.  The  helpical  winding  pitch  is  greater  than 
the  thread  pitch.  As  a  result,  the  fiberglass  filaments  al- 
ternately deviate  in  radial  disposition  with  respect  to 
the  pipe  axis,  thereby  formmg  both  interior  and  exterior 
pipe  threads  at  the  ends  of  the  finished  pipe. 


3,673,028 

GLASS  FIBER  CONTAINER  AND  METHOD 

OF  CONSTRUCTION 

Lee  E.  Pearson,  Granville,  Ohio,  assignor  to  Owens- 

Cmnfaig  Fn>ergtes  Corporation,  Toledo,  Ohio 

FUed  Oct  1, 1969,  Ser.  No.  862,727 

Int  CL  B31c  9/00, 13/00 

U.S.  CL  156—172  3  Claims 


3,673,030 

METHOD  FOR  MANUFACTURING  ARTICLES 
MADE  OF  FLEXIBLE  PLASTIC 
Philippe  Blanc  de  La  Nanlte,  Paris,  and  Robmd  Ginhonx, 
Le  Pcrrenz,  Val-de>Mame,  FVaniee,  asalgnon  to  Comp- 
tofr  Enropeen  de  Distributton  ct  dc  Rrarcsc^atioB. 
Paris,  France 

Filed  Feb.  13, 1970,  Ser.  No.  11,172 
Claims  priority,  application  Fhmce,  Feb.  13,  1969. 

693,483 
,,„  _  Int  CL  B65h  W/(W 

U.S.  CL  156—193  3 


A  filament-wound  glass  fiber  container  of  a  hollow 
tubular  configuration  having  a  wall  composed  of  a  plu- 
rality of  discontinuous  axially  overlapping  sections  inte- 
grated with  one  another  at  the  areas  of  overlap  to  form 
a  homogeneous  monolithic  body.  Also  disclosed  is  a 
method  of  producing  the  container.  The  method  includes 


A  method  of  manufacturing  articles  made  of  a  flexible 
plastic,  notably  polyethylene,  supplied  m  the  form  of  a  rcrfl 
of  a  continuous  sheet,  which  ccMnprises:  constituting,  as 
the  unrolling  of  a  predetermined  length  of  said  continuous 
sheet  proceeds,  a  stack  of  parallel  layers  formed  by  mov- 
ing the  continuous  sheet  at  ctMistant  rate  and  always  in  the 
same  direction;  locally  interlocking  together  the  stacked 
layers;  slicing  through  said  layers  in  a  region  spaced  rela- 
tive to  said  region  where  said  Jayers  are  joined  together; 
flattening  out  the  stack  of  sliced  layers  in  order  to  obtain 
a  pile  of  layers;  and  cutting  through  the  pile  of  layers  to 
the  pattern  <A  the  article  to  be  nuide  iq). 


1496 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  A  LAMEVATE  FOR  USE 

AS  A  LAYER  IN  A  CORRUGATED  BOARD 
Veikko  Mauri  Moilaaen,  Imain,  Finland,  atnisnor  to 

Enao-Gotzdt  Onkcyhtio,  Imatra,  Finland 
No  Drawing.  Cootbmatioii^part  of  application  Ser.  No. 

579,453,  Sept  6,  1966.  Tiiis  appUcation  July  2,  1970, 

Ser.  No.  52,069 

Inta.  B31f  i/22 
U.S.  CL  156—206  5  Claims 

A  method  of  producing  a  laminate  for  use  in  making 
corrugated  board  which  is  strong  and  resistant  to  severe 
weather  conditions  and  which  withstands  rough  handling. 
A  substantially  uniform  layer  of  synthetic  resinous  ma- 
terial is  applied  between  two  webs  of  fibrous  material, 
which  material  can  be  glued  with  conventional  water 
miscible  glues,  the  resinous  material  layer  is  bonded  to 
the  webs  without  finally  hardening  the  layer,  so  that  the 
laminate  may  then  be  shaped  and  the  layer  finally 
hardened. 

3,673,032 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  THERMO- 
PLASTIC   SHEETS    HAVING    LONGITUDINAL 
AND  TRANSVERSE  CORRUGATIONS 
Thomas  Joim  Komoly,  Loodmi,  England,  assignor  to 
Imperial  Chemical  Indnstrics  Limited,  Lond<m,  En^and 
Continnation  of  application  Ser.  No.  570,586,  Ang.  5, 

1966.  Tliii  appUcation  Mar.  17,  1971,  Ser.  No.  125,433 
Cfarima  vdoiUsr,  mpUcation  Great  Bittain,  Ang.  6,  1965, 

33,736/65 

bt  a  BSlf  1/20 

VS.  CL  156—410  14  Claima 


has  applied  to  it  a  side  wall  and  a  separately  pivshaped 
bottom,  and  as  the  turret  rotates  through  successive  sta- 
tions, the  side  seam  of  the  side  wall  is  heat  sealed  closed, 
and  the  preformed  bottom  is  heat  sealed  to  the  bottom 
of  the  side  wall.  Thereafter  on  a  secondary  turret  the 
container  rim  is  rolled  and  the  fully  formed  container 
is  ejected  from  the  machine. 


3,673,034 

METHOD  FOR  COATING,  LAMINATING,  AND 

MOLDING  AUTOMOBILE  FLOOR  COVERINGS 

William  H.  S<|nicr,  104  Eartboume  Road, 

GrcenTille,  S.C.    29611 
I     Filed  May  5, 1969,  Ser.  No.  821,924 
I  bit  CL  B29c  3/00  I 

U.S.  CL  156—222  6  Chdms 


A  process  is  disclosed  for  the  molding  of  auromotive 
floor  coverings.  A  molten  thermoi^astic  composition  is 
applied  to  the  back  of  a  length  of  carpet.  The  carpet  is 
immediately  laminated  to  a  backing  pad  and  the  laminate 
is  immediately  formed  in  a  mold. 


Thermoplastic  polymeric  sheet  of  improved  rigidity 
is  formed  by  passing  a  longitudinally  corrugated  extruded 
thermoplastic  polymeric  sheet  in  the  longitudinal  direction 
between  two  means  for  introducing  further  corrugations 
or  undulations  in  said  sheet,  whereby  the  sheet  is  per- 
mitted to  move  in  the  longitudinal  direction  but  restrained 
from  movement  in  any  other  direction  relative  to  the 
points,  said  sheet  being  in  a  mouldable  state  during  at 
least  part  of  its  travel  between  said  means  and  further  cor- 
rugations or  imdulations  being  introduced  into  said  sheet 
by  reciprocating  said  means  relative  to  one  another. 

3,673,033 

METHOD  FOR  MAKING  DISPOSABLE 

PLASTIC  BUCKET 

Gene   MacDanieL   LiAonla,   and   Howell  T.   McEIvy, 

Decatnr,  Ga.,  assignors  to  Swcctiiart  Plastics,  Inc., 

Wilmington,  Mass. 

FUed  Feb.  2, 1970,  Ser.  No.  7,995 

InL  CL  B29d  27/00;  B31b  17/74 

VJS.  CL  156—217  9  Oalms 


A  method  for  producing  two-piece  containers  herein 
a  turret  carrying  a  plurality  of  ocHitainer  forms  each 


icjdia 


3,673,035 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  CARBON 
FIBRES 
Ian  Whitney,  Wfatswortfa,  Eocland,  assignor  to  Rolls- 
Royce  Limited,  Derby,  Engfamd 
FOed  Apr.  15, 1969,  Ser.  No.  816,202 
Cbdms  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Apr.  19,  1968, 

18,617/68  I 

Int  a.  COlb  31/07.  47/32;  B32b  31/12 
U.S.  CL  156—235  6  Claims 


A  method  of  manufacturing  carbon  fibres,  particularly 
in  the  form  of  a  sheet  or  tape,  in  which  a  plurality  of 
sheets  or  tapes  of  polyacrylonitrile  fibres  are  fed  through 
a  furnace  or  furnaces  in  which  at  least  the  majority  of  the 
constituents  other  than  carbon  are  driven  off,  the  plurality 
comprising  at  least  lO^  fibres. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1497 


3,673,036 

METHOD     AND     APPARATUS     FOR     FORMING 

ARTICLE  FILLED  WITH  FILAMENT  FIBERFILL 

Jerome  G.  Upc,  Jacksonville,  Ala.,  assignor  to 

Cclanese  Corporation,  New  Yorl^  N.Y. 

FUed  Ang.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  61,123 

Int  CL  B65b  1/16,  5/00,  63/00 

U.S.  CL  156—250  14  Claims 


the  refractory  materials  which  can  be  joined  by  the  here- 
inafter-defined brazing  alloy  are  selected  from  such  ma- 
terials as  tungsten,  molybdenum,  tantalum,  rhenium, 
niobium,  alloys  thereof,  and  graphite. 


A  process  for  filling  a  plurality  of  articles  with  con- 
tinuous filament  fiberfill  comprising  the  steps  of  opening 
a  crimped  multifilament  tow,  spreading  the  opened  tow, 
subdividing  the  opened  tow,  delivering  each  subdivision 
of  the  opened  tow  to  a  pneumatic  propelling  device, 
whereby  the  subdivided  tow  is  bulked  and  propelled,  dis- 
charging each  subdivision  of  the  tow  into  an  enclosed  zone 
of  an  article  to  be  filled,  and,  when  said  article  is  filled, 
discontinuing  delivery  of  new  tow  to  the  {meumatic  pro- 
pelling device,  severing  the  tow  downstream  of  the  pneu- 
matic propelling  device,  removing  the  filled  article  and 
replacing  it  with  a  new  article  to  be  filled,  and  resuming 
delivery  of  the  new  tow  to  the  pneumatic  propelling  de- 
vice. A  corresponding  apparatus  and  the  filled  article  are 
also  claimed. 


3,673,037 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  A  LAMINATED  ARTICLE 

COMPRISING  BLOOD  OR  SKIN  TISSUE  SAMPLES 

Clifford  L.  Reavis,  Jr.,  Garland,  Tex.,  assipior  to 

Intelecfron  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  Mar.  26, 1969,  Ser.  No.  810,593 

Int  CL  B32b  31/00 

U.S.  CL  156—280  8  Oaims 

A  process  for  the  preparation  of  a  plastic  base  material 

such  as  a  film  tape  to  gain  the  desired  surface  tension  and 

adherence  qualities  necessary  for  the  direct  application 

and  processing  of  blood  and  tissue  samples  in  such  a 

manner  that  the  optical  properties  of  the  plastic  base 

material  are  retained  and  the  processed  blood  and  tissue 

samples  can  be  viewed  both  under  a  microscope  and 

utilizing  conventional  projection  techniques  for  cellular 

morphology  and  population  identification. 


3,673,038 
METHOD  FOR  BRAZING  GRAPHITE  AND  OTHER 

REFRACTORY  MATERIALS 
Domenic  A.  Canonico,  OA  Ridge,  Nancy  C.  Cole,  Knox- 
TiUe,  and  Clarence  W.  Hoodt,  Lake  City,  Temt,  as- 
signMS  to  tiw  United  States  of  America  as  represented 
by  the  United  States  Atomic  Energy  Coomiission 
No  Drawing.  FOed  Apr.  14,  1970,  Ser.  No.  28,539 
Int  CL  B32b  15/00 
UA  CL  29—195  1  Clahn 

The  present  invention  is  directed  to  a  novel  class  of 
titanium-vanadium-chromium  alloys  which  are  particularly 
useful  in  brazing  grai^te  and  other  refractory  materials 
to  themselves  and  to  each  other,  and  to  the  resultant 
brazed  composites.  Within  the  context  of  this  invention, 


3,673,039 

METHOD  OF  PREPARING  POURING  SPOUT 

Chester  F.  Todd,  Corrollton,  Ga.,  assignor  to 

SoDtfawbe  Company,  CoiroUton,  Ga. 

Original  application  Oct  15,  1968,  Ser.  No.  767,729. 

Divided  and  this  application  Jan.  20,  1971,  Ser. 

No.  107,916 

Int  CL  B65d  25/48 
VS.  CL  156—293  i  Clafan 


A  long  life  pouring  spout  for  pouring  molten  metal 
in  a  continuous  casting  system,  wherein  the  body  of  the 
spout  is  fabricated  of  graphite  and  an  insulating  shield 
surrounds  the  pouring  spout  and  prevents  air  from  con- 
tacting the  outside  surface  of  the  pouring  spout. 


3,673,040 
MOUNUNG  PREFORMED  ROLLER  ON  ^lAFT 
Edward  D.  HiD,  11212  Edgewater  Drire, 
aeTefamd,Ohio    44102 
FUed  Apr.  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32,843 
Int  CL  B29c  27/16 
VS.  CL  156—294  13  Oahns 

A  roller,  such  as  a  printing  roller,  is  fabricated  by  slid- 
ing a  cylindrical  body  having  a  longitudinally  extending, 
substantially  central  opening  over  a  rigid  shaft  designed 
to  support  the  roller  during  rotation  or  the  like.  The  roller 
is  preferably  cut  to  a  desired  length  from  a  preformed, 
relatively  long  section  of  the  material.  A  lubricating  ad- 
hesive is  used  for  the  joint  purpose  of  first  lubricating  the 
relative  sliding  movement  between  the  cylindrical  body 
and  shaft  during  assembly  and  then  adhering  these  parts 
together  after  assembly. 

In  the  preferred  practice,  a  wet,  polymerizable  adhesive 
coatings  the  opening  of  the  cylindrical  body,  and  a  second 
different  adhesive  is  used  on  the  shaft.  The  lubricity  of 
both  adhesives  contributes  to  the  sliding  of  the  roller  rela- 
tively to  the  shaft,  and  subsequently  the  two  adhesives 
form  an  adhesive  bond  between  themselves  and  the  parts 
to  which  they  are  applied. 


3,673,041 
HEAT SEALER 
Gerald  L.  Schnlz,  HoIBston,  and  Raymond  T.  Mansnr, 
F>amingham,  Mass.,  ass^iMrs  to  the  United  States  of 
America  as  represented  by  the  Secr^ary  of  fkt  Aims 
FOed  Sept  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  70,167 
Int  CL  B32b  31/00, 3/00;  C09J  5/00 
VS.  CL  156-306  3  Oahns 

Heat  scaling  opposed  thermoplastic  surfaces  of  open 
ended  pouches,  whose  sealing  surfaces  are  likely  to  be 
contaminated  with  liquids  or  fatty  substances  is  accom- 
plished by  forcmg  a  transversely  radiused,  heated  sealing 
bar  against  the  opposed  unsealed  sheets  of  the  pouch 


1498 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27i,  1972 


which  are  supported  by  a  resilient  anvil,  thereby  squeez- 
ing the  contaminants  out  of  the  sealing  area  before  the 
sheets  fuse  together  and  in  those  cases  where  solid  par- 


n 
-I— 


*^^- 
r"^^- 


ticulate  contaminants  are  found  in  the  sealing  area  utiliz- 
ing steam  flushing  to  clean  the  sealing  surfaces  prior  to 
sealing.  > 


3,673,042 

GLASS  POLISHING  MACHINERY 

CoUn  Clayton  Mayers,  Radlett,  England,  assignor  to 

Ian  Low  Smart,  London,  England 

FVcd  Aug.  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  847,686 

Claims  priority,  vpUcatioii  Great  Britain,  Aug.  5,  1968, 

37,287/68 

IbL  a.  C03c  15/02 

VS.  CL  156—345  4  Claims 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  poUshing  glassware  in 
which  articles  of  glassware  are  placed  in  a  vessel,  and 
while  remaining  in  the  same  vessel,  are  treated  with 
streams  of  acid  and  rinse  liquid.  The  glassware  may  be 
treated  with  detergent  and  neutralising  liquid  before  and 
after  the  treatment  with  acid. 


3,673,043 
APPARATUS  FOR  ADHESIVELY  APPLYING  SEAI^ 
ING   STRIPS    TO    CONTAINER    CLOSURES    TO 
PREVENT  UNAUTHORIZED  REMOVAL  OF  THE 
CLOSURES  WriHOUT  DETECTION 
Sdney  T.  Carter,  Shrewsbury,  Mass.,  assignor  to 
A-T-O  Inc.,  Cleveland,  Ohio 
Filed  Oct  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,652 
Int  CL  B65c  3/20 
U.S.  CL  156—363  38  Claims 

Apparatus  for  adliesively  applying  sealing  strips,  for 
example,  tax  stamps,  to  the  closures  at  the  tops  of  con- 
tainers comprising  a  wheel  rotatable  about  a  horizontal 
axis  which  has  on  it  at  spaced  intervals  grippers  for  clamp- 
ing the  sealing  strips  at  one  end  theret )  and  afSxing  as- 
semblies for  applying  sealing  strips  to  the  closures  follow- 
ing application  of  adhesive  thereto.  Peripherally  of  the 
wheel  there  are  at  the  top,  a  magazine  for  holding  sealing 
strips  and  a  picker  for  taking  sealing  strips  from  the  maga- 
zines and  presenting  them  to  the  grippers  on  the  wheel;  at 


r 

idhe 


one  side  adhesive-applying  means  for  applying  adhesive 
to  the  sealing  strips;  and  at  the  bottom  a  conveyor  for 
moving  containers  in  succession  to  the  wheel  for  Applica- 
tion of  the  sealing  strips  thereto.  The  picker  is  controlled 
by  a  sensing  device  so  as  to  remove  sealing  strips  from 
the  magazine  only  when  there  is  a  container  on  the  con- 
veyor ready  to  have  a  sealing  strip  applied  thereto.  The 
grippers  are  adjustable  on  the  wheel  relative  to  the  affixing 
assemblies  to  center  them  with  respect  to  the  affixing  as- 
semblies for  apjdying  the  sealing  strips  with  equal  por- 
tions at  each  side  of  the  closures  or  to  offset  them  for 
applying  sealing  strips  to  closures  which  are  long  from 
top  to  bottom  with  one  end  longer  than  the  other  so  that 
at  least  one  end  overlaps  the  lower  end  of  the  closure. 
The  adhesive  applicator  is  provided  with  a  grooved  ap- 
plicator roll  for  applying  adhesive  only  to  the  marginal 
edges  of  the  sealing  strip  so  as  to  leave  the  center  portion 
uncoated.  A  heated  guide  situated  between  the  applicator 
roll  and  the  place  of  application  of  the  sealing  strips  keeps 
the  adhesive  liquid  as  the  sealing  strips  are  moved  from 
the  applicator  roll  to  the  place  of  application.  The  affixing 
assemblies  comprise  holding  members  which  take  hold 
of  the  ends  of  the  sealing  strips  while  still  held  at  one  end 
by  the  gripper  and  a  spotter.  The  holding  members  and 


spotter  are  movable  radially  on  the  wheel  toward  the  t(^ 
of  the  containers  and  relative  to  each  other  after  a  sealing 
strip  is  pressed  against  the  top  of  a  container  to  wipe  the 
portions  of  the  sealing  strip  at  each  side  of  the  closure 
downwardly  against  the  sides  while  holding  the  ends  away 
from  the  container  so  that  the  ends  will  not  become  at- 
tached to  the  shoulders  of  the  container.  Alternately  when 
the  sealing  strip  is  being  applied  to  a  long-necked  bottle 
and  there  is  no  problem  of  bridging,  the  end  portions  of 
the  sealing  strip  may  be  released  at  the  time  of  application 
of  the  sealing  strip  to  the  closure.  The  sealing  strip  holding 
members  are  vacuum  devices  which  hold  the  sealing  strip 
ends  until  the  sealing  strip  is  applied,  whereupon  they  are 
disabled  and  superatmospheric  pressure  is  supplied  to  ef- 
fect release  and/or  to  blow  the  ends  of  the  sealing  strip 
free.  The  drive  for  the  wheel  embodies  means  for  rotating 
the  wheel  at  a  speed  compatible  with  picking  the  sealing 
strips  from  the  magazine  and  applying  adhesive  most 
expeditiously  and  a  pair  of  eccentric  drive  gears  designed 
to  speed  up  the  rotation  or  slow  it  down  as  the  case  may 
be  each  time  an  assembly  nears  the  place  of  application  to 
synchronize  the  speed  of  the  assembly  with  the  linear 
speed  of  the  containers.  There  is  also  means  associated 
with  the  means  for  effecting  radial  movement  of  the  as- 
semblies at  the  place  of  application  adapted  to  yield  in 
the  event  of  an  oversize  container  to  prevent  shattering. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1499 


3.673,044 

PRODUCING  INTERLAYERS  FC»  ANTENNA  TYPE 

WINDSHIELDS 

Alfrtd  H.  Milkr,  and  Lee  F.  .lohnson,  both  of  Toledo,  OMo, ) 

signers  to  Ubbcy-Owcns-Ford  Compuiy,  Toledo,  Ohio 

Filed  Sept.  10, 1969.  Scr.  No.  856,720 

Int.  a.  HOlq  1/32 


US.a.  156— 433 


3,673,047 

FLECHETTE  ASSEMBLY  MACHINE 
Roy  C.  Buth,  and  Arthur  F.  Schracdcr,  both  of  Evawlle, 
Ind.,   aarignoTB   to   Hw   Unked   Stales   of   Ancrka   m 
represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Navy 

Filed  Sept.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69,223 
Int.  CL  B32b  31/00;  F42b  J  3/00, 39/00 


6Clafai»    U.S.  a.  156— 563 


9CWni8 


A  method  of  and  apparatus  for  preparing  plastic  sheets,  to 
be  used  as  interlayers  in  laminated  antenna-windshield  struc- 
tures, by  feeding  a  length  of  wire  onto  each  sheet  in  a 
predetermined  pattern,  progressively  heating  the  plastic  in  ad- 
vance of  the  feeding  wire  and  roUing  the  fed  wire  into  the 
heated  plastic,  and  then  feeding  a  second  length  of  wire  onto 
and  rolling  it  into  the  sheet  in  an  identical  but  reversed  pattern 
and  in  close  proximity  to  the  first  length. 


3,673,045 

METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  MAKING  LEAD  STRIP 

Franz  Baler,  Tckhstrasse  3,  SacriMck,  and  Rudolf  Schnrftz, 

Austum  43„  Emsdcttcn,  both  of  Germany 
Division  of  Scr.  No.  580,326,  ScpC  16, 1966.  This  application 
Dec.  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  94,765 
Claims   priority,   application   Germany,   OcL    15,    1965, 
4494634 

Int.a.B65h45/0« 
U.S.  CI.  1 56—438  13  Oafam 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  making  a  lead  strip  to  be 
secured  to  the  lower  edge  of  a  curtain  or  drape  as  weight 
means  in  which  the  individual  lead  members  are  disposed  in 
and  surrounded  by  a  relatively  thin,  hose-like  sleeve  made 
from  a  polyterephthalate  foil  strip  which  is  formed  into  a  tube 
upon  insertion  of  the  lead  member,  by  means  of  a  glued  seam. 


3,673,046 
APPARATUS  FOR  SPUCING  SHEET  MATERIALS 
Cari  R.  Pepmeicr,  Fredericksburg,  Va.;  Joseph  T.  Sfaicavi«e, 
Media,  and  Louis  E.  Slafbnegen,  Sprlivflcid,  both  of  Pa.,  a*, 
signors  to  FMC  Corparadon,  PhOadcipMa,  Pa. 
Filed  June  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  835,510 
Inta.B32bJ7/aO 
U.S.  a.  156—517  4  Qdnm 

Apparatus  for  cutting  severed  end  portions  of  sheet  materi- 
als along  substantially  straight  lines  extending  transversely 
thereof  while  such  sheet  materials  are  held  fixed  against  flat 
surfaces  by  suction  and  thereafter  connecting  the  newly 
formed  ends  in  abutting  and  overlapped  relationship. 


Flechettes  loaded  into  a  pair  of  storage  hoppers  are  supplied 
to  vibrating  feeders  where  they  are  oriented  and  fed  to  a  row 
of  inclined  dispensing  devices  that  drop  them  onto  a  grooved 
assembly  plate  where  the  flechette  fins  are  radially  oriented.  A 
cam  driven  notched  shuttle  arrangement  pushes  rows,  al- 
ternately axially  displaced  by  one  fin  length,  under  a  stationa- 
ry holding  device  which  holds  the  flechettes  in  proper  align- 
ment as  subsequent  rows  are  pushed  across  the  assembly  plate 
and  under  the  holding  device.  Rows  of  flechettes  will  emerge 
from  the  holding  device  as  additional  rows  of  flechettes  are 
added  by  the  shuttle  and  they  are  sprayed  with  an  adhesive 
and  then  heated  to  dry  the  adhesive,  leaving  the  flechettes 
bonded  together  in  sheets  which  may  be  easily  handled  for 
subsequent  packaging. 


3,673,048 

APPARATUS  FOR  MAKING  NON-WOVEN  PILE 

MATERIAL 

Lester  Gidge,  61  Unwood  St,  and  Vahnor  R.  PouUn,  Jr.,  70 

Forest  Park  Drive,  imth  of  Nvhua,  N.H. 

Filed  Aug.  13, 1969,  Scr.  No.  849^28 
Int.  CL  B32h31/20. 5/02 
UACL  156—510  20  ( 


A  plurality  of  tows  of  parallelized  strands  are  supplied  to  a 
head  to  present  a  compacted,  but  unconnected,  mass  of  fiber 
ends  in  a  selected  pattern.  The  exposed  ends  of  the  mass  are 
then  joined  into  a  unified  backing  by  heat  fusing  or  the  like. 


1500 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


The  mass  is  then  moved  out  of  the  head,  in  a  pile  length  incre- 
ment by  engagement  with  the  pull  the  strand  mass  and  tension 
the  fiber  ends,  whereupon  the  mass  is  then  severed  transverse- 
ly, to  form  a  pile-bearing  piece,  tile  or  block  of  the  desired 
color  pattern,  density,  and  pile  hei^t. 


3,673,049 

GLASS  LAMINATED  BODIES  COMPRISING  A 

TENSILEL Y  STRESSED  CORE  AND  A  COMPRESSIVELY 

STRESSED  SURFACE  LAYER  FUSED  THERETO 
James  W.  GIffcn;  David  A.  Duke,  both  of  Coraii«;  WiUMn  H. 
Dunriwngh,  Jr.,  Painled  Poat;  Jmocs  E.  FluMry,  Conrfng; 
Jokn  F.  MacDowdi,  Primed  Port,  and  John  E.  Mcflcs,  Cora- 
log,  aH  of  N.Y.,  MsigBon  to  Conyng  Ghas  Worits,  Coraii«, 
N.Y. 

ContiBiMtkHi-lii-part  d  Scr.  No.  735,074,  June  6, 1968, 
abMNkmcd.  This  apHfctioa  Oct  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,763 
im.  CL  B32b  7/02,  77/06 
U.S.  CL  161—164  15  dafaiH 

This  invention  relates  to  sound,  high  strength,  laminated  ar- 
ticles of  glass,  glass-ceramic,  glass  and  glass-cerainic  materi- 
als. Such  articles  are  made  by  means  of  a  continuous  hot- 
forming  process  wherein  glasses  are  melted  for  the  individual 
layers  and  these  layers  are  then  simultaneously  fused  together 
and  shaped  into  a  laminated  structure  of  a  desired  configura- 
tion. Where  a  glass-ceramic  article  is  desired,  the  laminated 
glass  structure  is  subsequently  heat  treated  in  a  particular 
manner  to  cause  the  glass  to  crystallize  in  situ. 

ERRATA 

For  Classes  161—129  and  161—146  see: 
Patent  Nos.  3.672,949  thru  3.672,952 

3^73.050 

LAMINATE  OF  A  BARRIER  LAYER  ENCLOSED  IN 

RIGID  HIGH  DENSITY  PGLYOiLEFIN  LAYERS 

Rilchcy  O.  NcwnMi,  Jr.,  Midland,  and  Writer  J.  Scfaroik,  Bay 

City,  both  of  Mich.,  aMignors  to  Dow  Chcankri  Compwiy, 

MkUand,  Mich. 

Uted  Feb.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9,068 
IM.  CL  B32b  2  7108, 2  7130, 2  7132 
U.S.a.  161-165  16ClrinK 

This  invention  provides  economical  multi-layer  sheets  that 
combine  high  barrier  layers  with  thick  layers  of  rigid  high  den- 
sity polyolefins. 


3,673,051 
PYROLYTIC  GRAPHITE 
J.  Clark,  MmiinghaBi,  and  Howard  W.  Brown,  St. 
Oar!  Shores,  both  of  Mich.,  aarignon  to  Gcncrri  Electric 
Conpany 

Cantimiatioo  of  Scr.  No.  520,213,  Jan.  12, 1966,  riwidoMd. 

This  appttortkia  Mwch  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  833,218 

Int.  a.  B32b  15104;  COlb  31104 

U.S.  a.  161— 166  3CfadnH 


Curved  pyrolytic  graphite  bodies  of  increased  thickness-to- 
radius  ratios  are  produced  by  codepostting  with  the  pyrolytic 


graphite  a  refractory  metal  in  progressively  decreasing  quanti- 
ties from  the  outer  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  body.  The  addi- 
tion of  the  refractory  alloy  metal  lowen  the  stress  levels  and 
hence  permits  greater  thicknesses  of  the  pyrolytic  graphite 

body.        { 


3,673,052 

METHOD  OF  MANUFACTURING  A  DiSPOSABtE 

PRODUCT 

Rudolpb  E.  Small;  John  J.  Bradky,  both  of  Green  Bay;  Charles 
J.  Sanders,  Dc  Pore,  and  Howard  J.  Stewny,  Green  Bay,  all 
of  Wis.,  — Ijiori  to  Papa*  Converting  Machine  Company, 
inc.,  Green  bay,  Wis. 

.    Fled  Sept.  18, 1968,  Scr.  No.  760,600 
I  Int.  CL  B31f  1118;  B32b  7114 

U.S.CL1S6— 164  4C1rims 


A  disposable  product  such  as  paper  toweling  made  up  of 
united  sheets,  at  least  one  of  which  is  of  ceUuloce  material,  ihe 
adhesive  joining  the  sheets  being  provkled  on  areas  which  out- 
stand  from  one  of  the  sheets  by  virtue  of  being  provkled 
therein  by  a  plate  cylinder  in  a  press  arrangement. 


ACR 


to 


3,673,053 
FIBERS  WITH  IMPROVED  HUGHTNES^  AND 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  THE  SAME 
iCcitairo  SMmoda;  NobuMro  Tntaul;  Hhkto  Sckiguchi,  and 
Maaao  Sonc,  al  of  OkayauM,  J^ian 

Fled  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7^58 

OriniB  priority,  appHcathm  Japan,  Feb.  3, 1969, 44/^366 

Int.  CL  B29f  3100;  D02g  3122 

U.S.  CL  161—177  3  Prims 


An  acrylic  fiber  with  a  triangular  cross-section  wherein  the 
curved  peripheral  edge  thereof  is  defined  in  accordance  with 
formulas  discussed  herein.  Also  provided  is  a  process  for 
preparing  these  fibers,  which  exhibit  improved  brightness,  by 
extruding  a  spinning  solution  through  Y-shaped  orifices  into  a 
coagulating  bath,  the  inorganic  salt  concentration  in  the 
spinning  solution  and  coagulating  bath  being  within  defined 
ranges,  maintaining  the  delivery  ratio  within  the  range  0.5-3.0 
and  subjecting  the  filament  to  a  series  of  stretching  steps 
which  include  cold-stretching,  primary  hot-stretching  and 
secondary    stretching    such    that    1  bXx  -\-  2.5Xt  —  3)^3  =  3 1 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1501 


where  .Y,  is  the  cold-stretching  ratio,  JT,  is  the  primary  hot- 
stretching  ratio  and  Jf,  is  the  secondary  stretching  ratio. 


3,673,054 
LAMINATED  STRUCTURES  AND  METHOD 
Archibald  N.  Wright,  Schenectady;  Vktor  J.  Mimeault,  EI- 
nora,  both  of  N.Y.,  and  Edwvd  V.  Wilkw,  Monroe,  Conn., 
assignors  to  Gcncrri  Electric  Company 

FUcd  Jan.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,121 
Int.  CL  B32b  J//2«,  27116, 15108 
U.S.CI.  161— 189  13Clrinis 

Laminated  structures  are  formed  which  are  bonded  by  a 
novel  fused  tetrafluoroethylene  polymer.  The 
tetrafluoroethylene  polymer  is  initially  produced  as  a  white 
powdery  floc  by  irradiating  tetrafluoroethylene  monomer 
vapor  at  a  temperature  ranging  from  about  0°  C  to  about  200° 
C  and  at  a  pressure  of  about  10  torr  to  760  torr  with  light  of 
wave  length  ranging  from  1 ,800  to  2,400  Angstroms.  The  floc 
polymer  is  deposited  on  at  least  one  surface  of  a  lamina  and  a 
second  lamina  is  placed  over  the  deposited  polymer  to  form  a 
composite  which  is  then  heated  to  fuse  the  polymer  and  form 
the  laminate. 


form  numerous  blades  (grass-blade-like  elements)  whkrh  are 
fastened  together  at  their  base;  (d)  forming  a  composite  struc- 
ture in  which  the  ribbons  are  closely-spaced  and  in  embedded 
relation  with  the  liquid  matrix  layer  whereby  each  ribbon  has 
its  length  parallel  with  the  matrix  layer,  its  width  perpendkru- 
lar  thereto,  its  blades  upstanding  therefrom,  and  a  lower  por- 
tion embedded  therein;  and  (e)  causing  the  matrix  layer  to 
solidify  in  situ. 


3,673,057 
CELLULAR  STRUCTURES 
Theodore  H.  Frirbanks,  Liverpool,  Pa.,  asBignor  to  FMC  Cor- 
poratkMi,  Phfladdphia,  Pa. 

Divlafain  of  Scr.  No.  714,231,  Marxdi  19, 1968,  Pat-  No. 

3,616,025.  This  appUcatkm  July  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  57,093 

IntCLB32bJ//2 

UA  a.  161-68  5Ctai^ 


3,673,055 

LAMINATED  TRANSPARENT  BODIES  HAVING  MAR 

RESISTANT  PROTECTIVE  COATINGS 

Clarence  A-  SheM,  273  Thomas  Ave.,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  as- 

dgnor  to  Bauach  &  Lomb,  Incorporated 

Filed  March  30, 1 970,  Scr.  No.  23,909 

Int.  a.  B32b 27/30, 27/34 

U.S.a.  161— 183  lOCfadms 


A  cellular  structure  having  a  plurality  of  walls  extending 
along  intersecting  planes  and  together  providing  abutting 
cells,  such  walls  being  connected  at  their  locations  of  intersec- 
tion by  cruciform  sections  and  formed  by  flexing  portions  of  a 
slit  web  material  into  planes  disposed  at  angles  to  the  plane  of 
the  original  web  material. 


Transparent  bodies,  particularly  ophthalmic  lenses,  having 
cores  of  super  strong  plastic,  outer  surface  layers  of  abrasion 
resistant  thermosetting  resins  such  as  the  all)i  and  methacrylic 
esters  and  an  intermediate  later  of  a  polyamide.  The  cores  are 
of  bisphenol-A  polycarbonate,  or  of  a  clear,  hetereogeneous 
blend  known  as  ABS,  which  is  a  polyMend  of  three  resins.  The 
surface  layer  is  polymerized  in  situ.  The  polyamide  is  selected 
fhjm  among  those  soluble  in  alcohol  or  a  mixture  of  alcohol 
and  hydrocarbons.  It  serves  both  as  an  adhesive  to  bond  the 
surface  layers  securely  to  the  cores  and  as  a  barrier  agent  to 
protect  the  cores  from  chemical  attack  by  the  monomer  of  the 
surface  layer  material.  The  surface  layer  is  preferably  cured  in 
a  mold  which  defines  the  shape  and  surface  finish  of  the 
completed  body. 


3,673,058 

HONEYCOMB  HAVING  LAMINATES  <»" 

UNIDIRECTIONAL  STRANDS 

Wendell  T.  Jackson,  Wrinut  Creek;  Beverley  R.  Garrctt, 

Moraga,  and  Eari  C  Vicars,  Orinda,  aU  of  Criif .,  Miimmn 

to  Hcxcri  Corporatkn,  DuUfai,  CaHf . 

FBed  April  7, 1969,  Scr.  No.  814,021 

InLCLB32bJ/y2 

U.S.  CL  161—68  5  Oabm 


3,673,056 

TURF-UKE  PRODUCT  AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING  IT 
Martin  L.  Nadkr,  WOndngton,  DcL,  msignor  to  E.  I.  du  Pont 

de  Nemours  and  Company,  HUmington,  Dd. 

FUed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,612 

Int  CL  D04h  1 1/00;  A46d  J /GO 

U.S.a.161— 62  11  Claims 

A  product  having  a  turf-like  appearance  and  useful  as  a 
playing  field  surface  for  football,  baseball,  or  other  games  can 
be  made  in  a  wide  variety  of  blade  patterns  and  textures  by  ( a) 
providing  a  liquid  layer  of  polymeric  matrix  material  (e.g.,  a 
foamable  polyurethjuie  composition)  which  can  be  solidified 
in  situ  to  a  desired  degree  of  resilience  and  toughness;  (b) 
provkling  a  number  of  flexible  polymeric  ribbons;  (c)  making 
numerous  width-wise  cuts  in  one  edge  of  each  ribbon  so  as  to 


A  honeycomb  core  constructed  of  a  plurality  of  generally 
sinusoidally  shaped  ribbons  which  are  bonded  together  to 
define  honeycomb  cells.  Each  ribbon  includes  at  least  one 
layer  of  adjacent,  unidirectionally  oriented  strands  vk^iich  are 
bonded  together. 


3,673,059 
DRY  CLEANABLE  VINYL  TYPE  ARTDICIAL  LEATHER 

Jack  P.  Brandt,  South  Bend,  Ind.,  asiig to  Unbvyid,  Inc., 

New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  May  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,017 

Int.  CL  B32b  7/10, 27/06 

U.S.a.161— 88  14Clahin 

Blends  of  thermoplastic   polyurethane  elastomer,  vinyl, 

chloride-vinyl  aceUte-vinyl  ak»hol  terpolymer,  and  hex- 

akis(methoxyinethyl)melamine  resin  cast  from  solution  and 


1502 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


cured  by  heating  are  resistant  to  dry  cleaning.  Material  in  the 
form  of  a  sheet  including  a  layer  having  the  stated  composition 
may  have  a  patent  leather  finish,  and  the  flexibility  may  be 
varied,  for  use  in  clothing  or  footwear,  usually  in  combination 
with  a  textile  fabric  layer  as  a  backing. 


a  precipitated  cobalt  hydroxide  resulting  fh)m  precipitation  by 
lime.  The  advance  electrolyte  is  passed  through  a  bed  of  ac- 
tivated carbon  so  that  sulphide,  which  has  been  traced  to  im- 
purities in  the  lime,  and  other  contaminants  are  removed. 


3,673,060 
ADHESIVELY  LAMINATED  CREPED  DINNER  NAPKIN 
James  A.  Murphy,  and  Stirttng  Robert  Brown,  both  of  Oxnvtl, 
CaUf^  wrignors  to  latemadonal  Paper  Company,  New 
York,N.Y. 

FDed  Jan.  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  1.999 

Iiit.Cl.ik32bJ/02 

U.S.CL  161—126  SClafam 


lia^ma 


An  adhesively  laminated  creped  tissue  product,  having  par- 
ticular usefulness  as  a  dinner  napkin,  is  formed  from  two 
creped  tissue  webs  superposed  with  the  lines  of  creping  of 
each  web  substantially  parallel  to  the  lines  of  creping  <rf  the 
other,  and  patterned  adhesive  disposed  between  the  webs. 
Each  web  is  in  a  different  condition  of  stress  in  the  plane  of  the 
laminated  product.  The  bonded  webs  may  be  formed  into  in- 
dividual  napkins  embossed  about  their  periphery,  leaving  a 
substantial  unembossed  area  in  the  center. 


3,673,061 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  RECOVERY  OF  METALS  FROM 
SULnDE  ORES  THROUGH  ELECTROLYTIC 
NSSOCIATION  OF  THE  SULFIDES 
PMd  R.  Knieai,  Golden,  Colo^  airisnor  to  Cyprw  MctaDurgl- 
cal  PmocMs  Corponrtioii,  Los  Ai^elo,  Cyif . 
FBed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 13,751 
Int.  CL  C22d  1 100, 1/12, 1/16 
U.S.a.204— 105R  20Clafans 

A  pollution-free  process  for  the  electrolytic  dissolution  of 
sulfide  ores  of  the  metals  (^Groups  IB,  II B,  V  A,  VI  A.  of  the 
Periodic  Table  and  lead  in  aqueous  acidic  media  with  the  for- 
mation of  metal  ions  and  elemental  sulfur  followed  by 
recovery  of  the  metal  ions  from  solution  in  the  electrolyte 
media,  the  process  characterized  by  certain  critical  process 
conditions,  these  being  the  use  of: 

1 .  an  alkali  metal  and/or  alkaline  earth  metal  chloride  elec- 
trolyte. 

2.  a  sulfide  feed  of  average  particle  size  smaller  than  60 
mesh  U.S.  Standard, 

3.  a  pH  range  of  about  0.01  -  3.9, 

4.  an  electrolyte  temperature  range  of  about  eCf-lOS"  C, 
and 

5.  an  anode  current  density  above  about  1 2  amperes/ft*. 

3,673,062 
ELECTROWINNING  OF  METAL 
George  Armtrong  Smith,  Kitwe,  ZamWa,  and  Donald  Simon 
Mmdjtod,   Cobalt,   Ontario,   Canada,   aarignors   to   New 
NchancB  CMHoHdalcd  Copper  Mines  Linrftcd 

Filed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  1 13,736 

Claims  priority,  appMclion  Zambia,  Feb.  6, 1970, 15/70 

Int.  CL  C22d  7/74,  C37d //22.  C22d  7/24 

UACL704— 112  SOalms 

The  invention  deals  with  a  process  in  which  an  electrolyte 

for  the  cathodic  deposition  of  cobalt  is  made  up  by  dissolving 


I  3,673,063 

PROIKJCnON  OF  LEAD-TIN-TELLURIDE  MATERIAL 
FOR  INFRARED  DETECTORS 
Shirley  L.  Wakefield,  Cimteoad,  Ohio,  MrigDor  to  An»  Cor- 
poratfon,  andmiad,  OMo 

I     FUed  March  31, 1971,  Ser.  No.  129,995 
I        Int.  CL  C23b  3/06, 1/00;  B23p  1/00 

U.S.a.204— 140.5  ^ 

The  invention  is  a  method  of  producing  lead-tin-telluride 
material  for  use  in  making  diffused  junction  photodiodes.  De- 
tector diodes  which  are  made  from  such  material  can  be 
produced  directly  from  a  wafer  without  the  necessity  of  using 
conventional  time-consuming  back-etching.  The  steps  of  my 
method  comprise  slicing  thin  wafers  from  a  pre-alloyed  boule, 
mechanicaUy  polishing  the  sliced  wafers  to  remove  major  im- 
perfections in  the  flat  surfaces,  electropolishing  said  wafers  to 
produce  undamaged  clean  surfaces  and  finally  annealing  the 
sliced  and  polished  wafers  to  reduce  HaU  carrier  concentra- 
tion. 

3,673,064 
METHOD  OF  ELIMINATING  COPPER  CONTAMINATION 

A.  Eugene  Blakeslee,  Mount  Kisco;  Luther  M.  Foster,  Chap- 
paqua,  and  Thomas  S.  Plaskett,  Ossining.  all  ©f  N.Y., 
assignors  to  The  United  States  of  America  as  represented 
by  the  Secretary  of  the  Army 

I       FUed  Oct  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  85,227 
Int.  CL  C23f  13/00;  HOll  7/00 
VS.  a.  204— 147  1  cfarfm 

Copper  contamination  of  gallium  arsenide  wafers  is 
prevented  when  the  wafers  are  rinsed  with  high-purity 
deionized  water  by  applying  a  positive  potential  to  the  gallium 
arsenide  wafer  with  respect  to  the  rinse  water. 

I  3,673,065  I 

ELECTROLYTIC  REMOVAL  OF  GREASY  MATTER 
FROM  AQUEOUS  WASTES 
Harry  T.  Anderson,  208  Eastern  Ave.,  Clarendon  H|lb,  IIL, 
assignor  to  Swift  &  Company,  Chicago,  III.  I 

I       Filed  April  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,769 
I  Int.  CL  C02b  1/82;  BOlk  3/04  \ 

U.S.  a.  204-149  Sdainis 

Fat-water  emulsion  systems  are  de-emulsified  by  impressing 
direct  current  electrical  energy  therethrough  and  positioned 
such  that  a  carefully  defined  anolyte  stream  is  formed.  Tlie 
anolyte  stream,  having  low  pH  values,  breaks  the  emulsion, 
enabling  the  fat  to  rise  to  the  surface  and  to  be  skimmed  off 

I         

3,673,066 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  ACCELERATED  OBTAINING  OF 

TERPENIC  OXIDES  USING  ULTRAVIOLET  UGHT 

Pierre  Matter,  Nantcrre,  France,  assignor  to  Laboratories  De 

L'Oaothine,  Nanterre,  France 

FBed  Feb.  14, 1969,  Ser.  No.  799,520 
Int.  a.  BOIJ  1/10 

VS.  a.  204— 162  R  21 

A  process  for  the  preparation  of  verlwnone.  myrtenol,  myr- 
tenal,  trans-verbenol.  cis-verbenol,  pinocarveol,  3.01-2 
pinene,  ospinene  epoxide  and  campholene  aldehyde  compris- 
ing 

I.  subjecting  oil  of  turpentine  to  an  intense  oxidation  step 
comprising  continuously  insufflating  air  through  said  oil 
at  a  temperature  of  about  70°  C  while  agitating  said  oil 
and  irradiating  said  oil  with  ultraviolet  light  in  the 
presence  of 

a.  from  O.OS  to  0.5  percent  by  weight  of  a  promoter 
selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  organic  salts  and 
complexes  of  nickel,  vanadium,  tungsten,  tantalimi. 


s  ine  emi 
skimmed  I 


ones  ue 
ECUms 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1508 


niobium,  rhenium,  tellurium  and  selenium;  and 
b.  in  the  presence  of  from  1  to  10  percent  by  weight  of  at 
least  one  catalyst  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of 

1 .  the  abietates.  the  levopimarates,  the  dextropimarates 
and  the  pinonates  of  cobalt,  manganese  and  nickel; 
and 

2.  a  member  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  the 
acetylacetonates,  the  phthalocyanines  and  the  ter- 
penic  acid  salts  of  nickel,  cobalt,  vanadium,  tung- 
sten, tantalum,  niobium  and  rhenium;  the  oxides  of 
selenium  and  tellurium;  the  naphthenates,  the 
oleates.  and  the  stearates  of  cobalt,  manganese  and 
nickel;  in  the  presence  of  from  0.05  to  0.5  percent  by 
weight  of  at  least  one  member  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  copper  ( n )  salts,  cesium  salts  and 
mixtures  thereof; 

II.  distilling  off  the  reaction  products  having  a  boiling  point 
of  about  75°  C  at  1 0  mmHg;  and 

III.  rectifying  the  distilled  reaction  products  collected,  is  dis- 
closed. 


3,673,067 

REMOVAL  OF  MOLECULAR  HALOGEN  FROM 

SOLUTION  BY  PASSAGE  THROUGH  A  MEMBRANE 

William  R  Harwood,  Lawton,  and  WlDiMn  P.  Banlu,  Ponca 

City,  both  of  Okla.,  aasignors  to  Continental  OO  Company, 

Ponca  Cky,  Okla. 

Filed  Nov.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  92,301 
InL  a.  BOld  13/02 
U.S.CL204— 180P  9Clainis 

A  method  for  removing  molecules  of  a  halogen  from  a  solu- 
tion thereof  by  passing  the  molecules  into  or  through  a  mem- 
brane of  polyolefinic  material.  The  halogen  molecules  enter 
and  become  dissolved  in  the  material  of  the  polyolefinic  mem- 
brane, and  may  b>e  transferred  through  the  membrane  by  im- 
posing a  concentration  gradient  across  the  membrane 
between  solutions  on  opposite  sides  thereof,  or,  in  some  in- 
stances, by  applying  an  electromotive  force. 


3,673,068 
PROCESS  FOR  RECOVERING  WASTE  ACIDS  AND 
METALS  BY  ELECTRODLALYSIS 
Maomi  Seko,  Tokyo;  Akira  Yomiyama,  Nobeoka-shi;  Tetsuya 
NOyake,  Nobeoka^M,  and  Hideniaro  Iwashita,  Nobeoka-shi, 
all  of  Ji^Mui,  assignors  to  AsaM  KMd  Kogyo  Kabushiki 
K^sha,  Kita-ku,  Osaka,  Japm 

FDed  Dec  12, 1969,  Ser.  No.  884,555 
Clainis  priority,  appllcadon  Japan,  Dec.  16, 1968, 43/91560 
bit  a.  BOld  13/02 
U.S.a.204— 180  P  5  Clainis 


3,673,069 

CARBON  DIOXIDE  SENSOR 

Leonard  W.  NIednKh,  and  William  H.  Stoddvd,  Jr.,  botli  of 

Schenectady,  N.Y.,  amlgnorn  to  Gencnd  Electric  Company 

Filed  May  3, 1971,  Ser.  No.  139,674 

Int  CL  GOln  27/i6, 27/46 

U.S.a.204— 195  G  6( 


A  carbon  dioxide  sensor  has  a  first  electronically  conduc- 
tive metallic  base  member,  an  electrochemically  active  region 
of  a  continuous  glaze  of  pH  sensing  glass  in  electrical  contact 
with  a  portion  of  the  base  member,  a  second  electronically 
conductive  metallic  base  member,  a  second  electrochemically 
active  region  of  silver  and  silver  halide  in  electrical  contact 
with  the  second  base  member,  a  first  layer  of  electrical  insula- 
tion disposed  between  the  first  and  second  base  members,  a 
second  layer  of  electrical  insulation  disposed  over  the  secortd 
base  member,  an  immobilized  electrolyte  contacting  both 
electrochemically  active  regions,  and  an  outer  sheath  of  car- 
bon dioxide  permeable,  ion-impermeable  diffusion  barrier 
material  encapsulating  at  least  the  electrochemically  active  re- 
gions and  the  electrolyte. 


3,673,070 

PROCESS  FOR  REMOVING  AND  CONCENTRATING 

ACIDIC  ORGANIC  MATERIAL  FROM  WATER 

Robert  A.  Wiley,  Houston,  Tex.,  assignor  to  Petrolite  Corpora- 

tkm,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

FDed  June  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  48,367 

Int  a.  B03c 5/00;  ClOg  / 7/00,31/14 

VS.  a.  204—186  16  Clainis 


.^■f/*  CAyjtft 


JfVMT  emmjrtt 


A  process  for  recovering  a  substantial  portion  of  nitric  acid 
and  metal  ions  from  an  acidic  waste  liquid  produced  in  the 
process  for  the  production  of  adipic  acid  by  oxidizing 
cyclohexanone  or  cyclohexanol  in  a  liquid  phase,  which  com- 
prises supplying  said  waste  liquid  to  an  electrodialysis  ap- 
paratus including  one  or  more  electrodializers  to  recover  said 
nitric  acid  and  metal  ions  in  a  recovering  liquid  of  a  member 
selected  from  water  and  a  diluted  aqueous  nitric  acid. 


A  process  for  removing  and  concentrating  acicfic  organic 
material  from  a  water  stream.  The  water  stream  is  dispersed 
writhin  an  organic  liquid  solvent  for  removing  substantial 
amounts  of  acidic  organic  material,  such  as  phenol,  mercap- 
tans  and  thiophenols  etc.,  from  the  water.  The  enriched  or- 
ganic solvent  phase  is  separated  firom  the  purified  water 
stream  phase.  Next,  the  enriched  solvent  is  intimately  con- 


1504 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  2 


1972 


tacted  with  substantially  stoichionietric  amounts  ctf  an  immis- 
cible concentrated  caustic  soluticMi  forming  a  three  phase  mix- 
ture in  a  second  dispersion.  This  three  phase  liquid  mixtiire  is 
separatied  into  a  regenerated  solvent  phase,  a  second  liquid 
phase  of  the  alkali-metal  salts  of  extracted  acidic  organic 
material,  and  a  third  phase  of  excess  caustic  solution. 
Preferably,  both  phase  separations  are  undertaken  in  the 
presence  of  an  electric  field. 

The  regenerated  solvent  is  recycled  into  contact  with  the 
water  stream;  the  high-purity  alkali-metal  salts  of  extracted 
acidic  organic  material  are  passed  to  some  suitable  utilization, 
and  the  excess  caustic  solution  is  recycled  for  regenerating 
further  amounts  of  the  enriched  solvent.  Only  small  amounts 
of  caustic  need  to  be  added  to  maintain  a  circulating  inventory 
of  the  caustic  solution. 


M73.07t 

PROCESS  FOR  PRfPAItATK»4  OF  TUNNELING 

BARRIERS 

John  P.  PritdMni,  Jr^  RitterdHm,  and  Wdtw  H.  Schrocn, 

Mtas,  both  of  Tcx^  Mripiori  to  Texas  iMtninwnts  laoor. 

poratod,  Dalas,  Tex. 

FUed  AuB.  8, 1968,  Scr.  I^  751,229 

Int.  a.  C23c  ISJOO 

VJS.  a.  204—192  10  CWnH 


VOCUIM 
SVSTtM 


««- 


a.ooo  VOLTS 

<C  V  DC 


IL 


Tunneling  barriers,  in  particular  superconductive  tunneling 
barriers  (Josephson  barriers),  are  prepared  in  a  vacuum 
chamber  maintained  at  a  low  atmospheric  pressure  using  an 
oxygen  glow  discharge  which  produces  stable  and  reproduci- 
ble superconductive  tunneling  devices.  To  prepare  a  Pb— Pb, 
O, — Pb  barrier  the  first  lead  film  is  placed  in  a  vacuum 
chamber  and  charged  to  a  negative  potential  with  regard  to 
the  positive  ions  by  fast  electrons  from  the  plasma  charge.  Ox- 
ygen gas  molecules  bombard  the  first  lead  film  where  they 
probably  disassociate  into  two  oxygen  atoms.  A  surface  reac- 
tion takes  place  which  produces  a  lead-oxide  insulating  layer 
in  the  first  lead  film.  After  this  lead-oxide  layer  has  reached  a 
predetermined  thickness,  the  plasma  is  extinguished  and  the 
oxygen-lead  reaction  stops.  Inunediately  afler  the  oxide  for- 
mation, a  second  lead  layer  is  evaporated  onto  the  oxide  layer 
to  form  a  tunneling  barrier  of  the  Josephson  type.  Instead  of 
forming  a  lead-oxide  insulating  layer  into  the  first  lead  film, 
polymerized  organic  molecules  may  be  formed  on  the  lead 
surface  by  the  high  energy  bombardment. 


3,673,072 

AUTOMATIC  REGULATION  OF  ELECTROCHEMICAL 

MACHINING  SYSTEMS 

Jean  Fleury,  and  Jean  PInot,  both  of  BiOancourt,  France,  as- 

signon  to  Regie  Nadonale  Dcs  Usincs  RenauHs,  Bfllancourt 

and  AutomoMks  Peugeot,  Paris,  Fnnee 

Filed  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 15,426 
Oabim  priority,  application  France,  Feb.  18, 1970, 7005750 
InL  CL  B23p  1/02;  BOlk  3/04 
U.S.a.204-224  7Cbfans 

This  device  for  the  automatic  regulation  of  electrochemical 
machining  processes  is  adapted  to  modify  machining  condi- 
tions according  to  the  nature  <rf  the  surface  being  machined 
and  the  rate  of  tool  feed.  It  comprises  temperature  measuring 
means  inserted  in  each  electrolyte  discharge  conduit  and 


adapted  to  control  through  servo  means  the  output  ac^ustment 
memben.  This  device  is  applicable  to  the  regulation  of 


machiniag  conditions  by  varying  the  return  electrolyte  output 
in  machines  of  the  type  comprising  an  electrolyte-filled 
chamber  under  pressure. 


I 


APPii 


3,673.073 
PARATUS  FOR  ELECTROPLATING  THE  INTERIOR 
I  OF  AN  ELONGATED  PIPE 

Ray  Tobey,  and  David  L.  Lankford,  both  at  Tk^a,  OUa.,  as- 
sigDon  to  Automation  Industries,  Inc.,  Century  aty.  Cam. 
I        FBcd  Oct  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,900 
Int.  CL  C23b  5/56;  B23p  1/02;  UOlk  3/00 
U.S.CL204-226  IChbn 


Herein  described  is  an  apparatus  and  a  method  for  plating  a 
uniform  thickness  of  material  upon  a  substrate.  The  disclosed 
apparatitt  and  method  is  particularly  adapted  for  electroplat- 
ing the  inside  diameter  of  a  hollow  member.  A  travelling  com- 
partment is  included  with  is  adapted  to  traverse  the  inside  of 
the  member  to  be  plated.  The  compartment  has  an  inlet  and 
an  outiet  port.  A  source  of  electroplating  solution  includes  a 
first  conduit  coupled  between  the  source  to  the  inlet  port  and 
a  second  conduit  coupled  between  the  soiux:e  and  the  ouUet 
port.  Means  are  included  for  circulating  the  electroplating 
solution  into  the  travelling  compartment  through  the  first  and 
second  conduit.  An  anode  disposed  within  the  compartment  is 
coupled  to  a  source  of  electrical  energy. 


'  3,673,074 

APPARATUS  FOR  IMPROVING  THE  HEAT  ECONOMY 
OF  AN  ELECTROLYTIC  CELL  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION 

OF  ALUMINUM 
WUhefan  Hfal,  Nor! ;  Hasen  Uhnerdt,  Ncms;  Ernst  Wcckcvcr, 
Grevcabroich/Nhr.;  Gottfried  Wdnhold,  Norf,  and 
Friedrlcfa  Elihefan  Wrigge,  BmI  Godcsbcrg,  tM  of  Germany, 
assignors  to  Vercingte  Ahunlnuni-Werke,  AkHengearlschafl, 
Bonn,  Germany 

Fled  April  9, 1969,  Ser.  No.  814,592 
Cbdms  priority,  application  Germany,  April  10, 19tiB,  P  17 
58  149.6 

Int.  CL  C22d  3/02, 3/12  I 

U.S.CL204— 243R  BOafam 

Method  and  apparatus  for  improving  the  heat  economy  of 
electrloytic  cells  for  the  production  <^  aluminum,  in  which  a 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1505 


sealed  housing  is  provided  above  the  bath  of  tiie  cell  and  about 
the  anode  extending  thereinto  to  maintain  about  an  anode 


.y  • • 


portion  above  the  bath  in  said  housing  a  volume  of  confined 
air,  thereby  reducing  heat  loss  to  the  outer  atmosphere. 


3,673,075 
ALUMINA  REDUCTION  SYSTEM 
Robert  M.  Klbby,  norence,  Ala.,  mdwaor  to  Reynolds  Metals 
Cani|Mmy,  Rklunond,  Va. 

FDed  Apr!  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,591 

Int.a.C22di/02.J//2 

U.S.CL204— 245  9Clalnis 


Improved  techniques  in  the  operation  of  alumina  reduction 
cells,  particularly  as  regards  procedures  and  equipment  for 
feeding  alumina  into  the  bath  of  such  a  cell  and  for  collecting 
and  removing  anode  reaction  gases;  and  reduction  cells  of  im- 
proved design  and  construction. 


3,673,076 

FILTER  PRESS  FLUORINE  CELL  WITH  CARBON 

CCMWECTORS 

Paul  R.  Jucknicas,  ^Odtand,  Mich.,  assignor  to  The  Dow 

Chemical  Company,  Nfldhmd,  Kfflch. 

Filed  March  5, 1969,  Ser.  No.  804^96 
Int.  CL  BOlk  i/;0,  7/00 
U.S.a.204— 256  4( 


This  invention  relates  to  a  filter  press  type  of  cell  wherein 
the  connection  of  an  anode  to  the  cathode  of  an  adjacent  cell 


is  through  a  carbon  connector.  Individual  cells  have  their  ends 
protected  by  a  Teflon  end  cover  plate.  The  carbon  connector 
between  cells  passes,  by  means  of  a  press  fit,  through  a  Teflon 
bushing.  A  metal  diaphragm  fits  across  each  cell  intermediate 
its  ends,  the  diaphragms  being  insulated  from  the  adjacent 
metal  body  of  the  cell  by  Teflon  gaskets. 

The  cell  bath  fUls  the  cells  and  extends  into  hydrogen  and 
fluorine  risers  at  the  top  of  each  cell. 


3,673,077 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  ELECTRODE  BINDER 
PITCH  AND  CARBON  BLACK  FEEDSTOCK 
Abraiiam  Gcrrlt  Alexander  Roza,  Amsterdam,  Ncthcrlwids, 
assignor  to  ShcB  Oi  Compiuiy,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Fled  Sept  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862,025 
Clahns  priority,  application  Grort  Britafai,  Oct  3,  1968, 
46,915/68 

Int.  CI.  ClOc  3/04;  ClOg  J  7/04. 37/08 
U.S.  CL  206—76  13  CWms 

There  is  disclosed  a  process  for  converting  the  residue  por- 
tion of  a  cracked  petroleum  product  into  electrode  binder 
pitch  and  carbon  black  feedstock,  both  more  valuable 
products,  by  heat  soaking  the  residue  to  produce  electrode 
binder  pitch  and  a  middle  distillate,  and  blending  the  middle 
distillate  with  some  of  the  electrode  Under  pitch  to  produce  a 
carbon  black  feedstock. 


3,673,078 
PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  HIGH  UR  OIL  BY 
HYDROGENATION  OF  DEW  AXED  RAFFINATE 
Mcrritt  C.  Kirk,  Jr.,  Thornton,  Pa.,  amlnnnr  to  Sun  OO  Com- 
pany, Phaadc^>hia,  Pa. 

FDed  March  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  16,495 
Int.CLC10g2J/04 
U.S.CL208— 89  7( 


NNLC  iraM  sniaT  otL-VMrt  (rl 

MVOnOMMTKM    MOCtat 


.a>- 


r& 


^T-. 


^l!L 


6a: 


on  uww 
•ao>r 

(,•00  imM 


c^^ 


r  "=>— 0" 


Refined  mineral  oils  (useful  as  textile  oils,  white  oils  and 
agricultural  spray  oils)  which  have  a  viscosity  in  the  lubricat- 
ing oil  range  and  a  volume  percent  unsuUbnated  residue  (UR) 
of  at  least  94.5  are  produced  from  a  dewaxed  niffinate  of  a 
distillate  oil  obtained  firom  a  crude  oil  classified  as  paraffinic 
or  mixed-base  by  ASTM  viscosity-gravity  constant  (VGC), 
the  dewaxed  raffinate  having  a  UR  less  than  93.  The  preferred 
process  involves  contacting  the  dewaxed  raffbiate  with  a 
hydrogen  rich  gas  aitd  a  catalytic  amount  of  sulfiu--resistant 
hydrogenation  catalyst  at  a  temperature  c^  about  Siff  to  7S(f 
F.,  a  pressure  of  at  least  1,500  p.s.i.g.,  and  a  hydrogen  feed 
rate  of  about  0  to  10,000  s.c.f./bbl.  of  feed,  at  a  gas  recycle  in 
the  range  of  O-20.000  s.c.f./bbl.  crf^feed.  said  contactiiv  being 
at  a  liquid  houriy  space  velocity  sufficient  to  convert  said 
dewaxed  raffinate  to  a  hydrogenated  oil  having  a  UR  of  at 
least  94.S.  At  0  or  low  gas  recyde  the  preferred  catalysts  com- 
prise sulfided  oxides  of  nickel  and  nK^iytxlenum.  When  the  gas 


1506 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


recycle  is  at  least  500  s.c.f.  the  preferred  catalysts  also  include 
nickel  and  the  noble  metal  hydrogenation  catalysts  (e.g.  Pt, 
Pd,  Ru,  Rh,  Re)  and  alloys  cMf  2  or  more  noble  metals  (e.g. 
PdRu,  PtRe.  PtRh,  etc.).  In  one  preferred  embodiment  the 
contacting  is  in  two  or  more  stages  or  zones.  In  the  first  stage 
or  zone  the  catalyst  is  substantially  sulfur  resistant  (e.g.  sul- 
fided  CoMo,  NiMo,  NiCoMo,  PtS)  under  the  reaction  condi- 
tions and  the  product  has  less  than  10  p.p.m.  sulfur.  In  the 
second  stage  or  zone,  the  low  sulfur  product  of  the  first  stage 
or  zone  is  contacted  with  a  more  active  catalyst  for  saturation 
of  aromatic  rings  (e.g.  Pt,  Pd,  Ni,  Rh,  Re,  Rh). 


olefin  dissolved  therein  is  subjected  to  a  further  distillation  for 


3,673,079 

CATALYST  MANUFACTURE 

Bernard  F.  Mulariccy,  Pfaiole,  and  Elinare  F.  ChBton,  El  Ccr- 

rito,  both  of  CaMf^  aHisiion  to  Chevron  Research  Company, 

SuifVaiidMO,Calif. 

ConHimartnn-to-part  of  Scr.  No.  632,559,  April  21, 1967, 

abandoned.  TMs  appHcadon  Jan.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,735 

Iiit.a.C10g7J/02 

U.S.a.206— 111  ISClaiins 

Multicomponent  catalysts  are  produced,  for  example,  in  the 
form  of  rod-like  particles,  by  forming  a  slurry  of  gelatinous 
precipitates  of  compounds  of  elements  for  forming  the  desired 
catalyst  components,  in  a  strongly  ionic  aqueous  medium, 
separating  the  gelatinous  precipitates  from  the  slurry  without 
washing,  partially  drying  the  unwashed  gelatinous  precipitates 
in  the  form  of  subdivided  cohesive  particles  to  a  controlled 
moisture  content,  recombining  the  partially  dried  cohesive 
particles  and  extruding  to  form  extrudate  rods,  washing  the 
extrudate  rods  until  essentially  free  of  contaminating  ions 
present  in  the  occluded  ionic  aqueous  medium,  and  thereafter 
drying  and  calcining  the  washed  extrudate  rods.  Catalysts  with 
a  variety  of  different  compositions  can  be  prepared  by  this 
same  general  procedure  and  can  be  used  in  appropriate  dif- 
ferent hydrocarbon  conversion  processes. 


separating  the  olefin  from  the  solvent  and  the  latter 


3,673,080 
MANUFACTURE  OF  PETROLEUM  COKE 
Wamn  G.  ScMii«cr,  Pwaitena,  CaHf.,  and  Harold  C.  Kauf- 
man, Houston,  Tex.,  ■■ignnrn  to  Texaco  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.Y. 

Filed  June  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  831,548 

InLCLC10g9/;4 

U.S.a.20ft— 131  3  Claims 

Clusters  of  petroleum  coke  pellets  are  made  by  the  steps  of 
dispersing  particulate  carbon  seed  particles  in  a  high  boiling 
petroleum  oil,  heating  the  seeded  oil  in  a  coking  heater  under 
conditions  of  controlled  cracking,  and  introducing  the  effluent 
from  the  heater  into  a  coke  drum  where  the  seed  particles 
serve  as  nucleating  agents  in  the  formation  of  clusters  of 
petroleum  coke  pellets. 


recycled 


i     i 


k 


y« 


back  into  the  extractive  distillation,  wherein  as  selective  sol- 
vent morpholine  and/or  a  substituted  morpholine  is  used. 


*  3,673,082  ] 

APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  AERATING  WASTE 

MATERLU. 

James  S.  Rcid,  Hudson,  OMo,  aarignor  to  The  Standard 

Products  Company,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

I      FOed  April  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  137,129 
I  Int.  CL  C02c  1102 

U.S.  CI.  210—12 


SCIainis 


Liquid  and  organic  waste  material  in  a  waste  tank  is  aerated 
by  periodically  operating  an  air  pump  at  spaced  intervals  of 


time. 


3,673,083 

SEWAGE  TREATMENT 

Roy  D.  Sawyer,  Toledo,  and  John  D.  Tinriey,  Lima,  both  of 

Ohio,  assignors  to  Nalco  Chemical  Company,  Chlcafo,  m. 

Continuation-in-p«rt  of  Ser.  No.  823,518,  May  9, 1969, 

abandoned.  This  application  Dec.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  101,762 

Int.CLC02cy/40 
U.S.a.210— 18  13  Claims 


3,673,061 

PROCESS  FOR  SEPARATING  SATURATED 

HYDROCARBONS  AND  OLEFINS 

Gcrhwd  PrcuHcr,  EiKn;  Martin  Schufae,  Ncviges,  and  Klaus 

Rkfaflcr,  EaMn,  all  of  Germany,  umi^fMan  to  Heinrich  Kop- 

pera  GcaehclMit  mit  bwctgankter  Haftung,  F—ni,  Germany 

FBed  Feb.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12,190 
Cfarims  priority,  appBralioii  Germany,  Feb.  19,  1967,  P  19 
06126.6 

InL  a.  ClOg  27/20 
U.S.  CL  208—313  10  CUms 

Process  for  separating  saturated  hydrocarbons  and  olefins 
from  mixtures  thereof,  by  subjecting  such  a  mixture  to  an  ex- 
tractive distillation  in  the  presence  of  a  solvent  selective  for 
the  olefins,  whereby  the  solvent  containing  the  separated 


•>-«>% 


PIMAC  CP^LUSMT 


Soluble  phosphates  are  removed  from  a  sewage  effluent  by 
controlled  additions  of  sodium  aluminate.  NaAlDt,  and  a  floc- 


JUNE  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1507 


culant  introduced  into  the  sewage  effluent  at  some  point  after 
secondary  (aeration)  treatment  and  prior  to  discharging  the 
effluent  to  a  receiving  body  of  water,  thereby  reducing  con- 
siderably the  amount  of  phosphates  responsible  for  prolifera- 
tion of  primitive  aquatic  plant  life  deemed  ecologically  inimi- 
cal. 


3,673,084 

REVERSE  OSMOSIS  AND  PROCESS  AND  COMPOSITION 

FOR  MANUFACTURING  CELLULOSE  ACETATE 

MEMBRANES  WHEREIN  THE  SWELLING  AGENT  IS  A 

DI-OR  TRI-BASIC  ALIPHATIC  ACID 

William  M.  King,  Walnut,  and  Paul  A.  Cantor,  Covlna,  both  of 

CaHf.,  aarignors  to  Aerojet-General  Corporation,  El  Monte, 

CaUf. 

ContinuatkM  of  Scr.  No.  521,034,  Jan.  17. 1966,  abudoncd. 

This  application  July  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  847,496 

Int  CL  BOld  13104;  B29d  2  7104;  C08b  2  7/44 

U.S.CL  210-23  12  Claims 


separated  therefrom  by  an  interface.  The  inlet  and  outlet  flow 
rates  of  each  liquid  are  controlled  to  keep  the  movements  of 


an  interface  between  certain  limits  during  the  operation  of  the 
installation. 


A  casting  solution  fo.-  the  preparation  of  a  cellulose  mem- 
brance  containing  cellulose  acetate,  an  organic  solvent  and  a 
water-soluble  organic  swelling  agent,  which  is  capable  of 
hydrogen  bonding  with  ketone  and  hydroxyl  groups  of  the  cel- 
lulose acetate,  said  organic  swelling  agent  being  present  in  an 
amount  between  about  1 .0  to  about  10  parts  by  weight  of  each 
10  parts  of  the  cellulose  acetate,  said  organic  swelling  agent 
being  of  a  different  composition  than  the  organic  solvent  and 
being,  for  example,  a  di-  or  a  tri-basic  aliphatic  acid  having 
from  two  to  1 3  carbon  atoms. 


3,673,085 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  TREATING 
SOLUTIONS  BY  SOLID-ION  EXCHANGERS 
Paul  Nflnart,  Grenoble,  France,  aarignor  to  Sodcte  Grenoblolse 
d'Etudcs  M  d'Applications  HydrauUqucs,  (Sogreah),  Greno- 
ble, France 

FOcd  Nov.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  878,013 
Claims  priority,  application  France,  Nov.  21, 1968, 685293 
Int  CL  BOld  15/02 
U.S.CL210— 33  10  CUms 

An  installation  for  the  treatment  of  solutions  by  solid  ion 
exchangers  in  a  mobile  bed,  comprising  an  initiid  chamber 
formed  by  a  central  cylindrical  column,  followed  by  an  even 
number  of  successive  concentric  annular  chambers  surround- 
ing at  least  part  of  the  central  column,  the  exchange  media  ris- 
ing up  through  the  said  column,  spilling  over  the  whole 
periphery  of  its  top  edge  down  into  the  first  aimular  chamber, 
and  passing  from  the  bottom  of  the  latter  to  the  bottom  of  the 
second  annular  chamber.  The  flow  of  liquid  in  the  column  and 
the  two  chambers  occurs  in  directions  opposite  to  the 
directions  of  movement  of  the  bed  therethrough  and  when- 
ever two  liquids  of  different  densities  are  present  in  the  same 
chamber,  the  denser  liquid  is  below  the  lighter  liquid  and  is 


3,673,086 
METHOD  OF  REMOVING  NITRIC  ACID,  NITRATE  IONS 
AND  NITiUTE  IONS  OUT  OF  AQUEOUS  WASTE 
SOLUTIONS 
Stephan     Drobnik,     Eggenstein,     Germany,     assignor     to 
Gesdlschaft  Fur  Kemforschung  mbH,  Weberstraaae,  Karl- 
sruhe, Germany 

Filed  July  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  53,283 
Claims  priority,  application  Germany,  July  11,  1969,  P  19 
35  273.9 

Int.  a.  C02c  5/02 
U.S.  CL  210—59  ^  lOCfariuK 

Nitric  acid,  nitrate  ions  and  nitrite  ions  are  removed  fh>m 
aqueous  radioactive  waste  solutions  by  treating  such  solutions 
with  reducing  agent. 


3,673,087 
PLANT  TREATMENT  COMPOSITION  COMPRISING  A 
PLANT  TREATMENT  CHEMICAL,  A  WETTING  AGENT 
AND  AN  ALIPHATIC  ALCOHOL 
Robert   Coles   Brian,   and   Peter   Douglas   Bland,   both  of 
Bracknell,  England,  assignors  to  Imperial  Chemical  Indus- 
tries Limited,  London,  England 
Continuation  of  Ser.  No.  691,143,  Dec  18, 1967,  abandoned. 
This  application  Jan.  25, 1971,  Ser.  No.  109,636 
Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  Jan.  5,  1967, 
672/67 

Int.  CL  AOln  1 7/08;  C09k  3/00 
U.S.CL252— 1  17ClalnK 

Plant  treatment  compositions  having  improved  wetting  and 
spreading  properties,  containing  a  plant  treatment  chemical,  a 
wetting  agent  selected  from  alkyl  or  alkyl  aryl  sulphonates  or 
sulphates,  or  from  condensates  of  ethylene  oxide  or  propylene 
oxide  with  alcohols,  amines  or  alkyl  phenols;  and  an  aliphatic 
compound  having  the  molecular  formula: 


Ri_CH-R« 


wherein  X  is  —OH,  — COkH.  — NH,,  — CONH,,  or  -OCOH. 
and  ^^^rein  R'  is  a  straight  chain  alkyl  or  alkoxyalkyi  group 
having  from  four  to  1 1  carbon  atoms;  R*  is  hydrogen  or  a 
straight  chain  alkyl  or  alkoxyalkyl  group  having  from  thriee  to 
five  carbon  atoms  and  the  total  number  of  carbon  atoms  in  the 
molecule  is  from  8  to  1 2  inclusive. 


\ 


1508 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


3,673,088 

FIRE  EXTINGUISHING  POWDERS  COMPRISING  A 

CEIXULOSE  ETHER  AMMITVE 

Henry  Gcofic  OfHifHte,  UvHrpool,  Enihuid,  Mrignor  to 
Untoed  Klngdoiii  Atonic  Enoriy  Authority,  London,  En- 


FBed  May  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,674 
priority,  ainiMrnrtnn  Great  Britaia,  May  14,  1969, 
24,479/69;   May    14,    1969,   24,480/69;   Sept.    16,    1969, 
45,555/69;  ScpL  16, 1969, 45,556/69 

InLa.A62d7/O0 
VS.  CL  252—2  6  Oaiins 

A  dry  powder  fire  extinguishant  includes  a  non  toxic  non 
hygroscopic  fusible  additive  such  that  the  material  acts  as  an 
adhesive  to  retain  the  poMvder  on  a  burning  surface  for  a  suffi- 
cient time  for  the  powder  to  extinguish  the  fire. 

Examples  of  additives  are  low  melting  point  resins,  low. 
melting  point  waxes,  phosphates  of  ammonia,  potassium  or 
sodium,  mercury  thiocyanate,  microcosmic  salt  and  cellulose 
ethers  of  low  melting  point 


3,673,089 

METHYL  ALKYL  SOJCONE  GREASE  COMPOSITION 

AND  METHOD  OF  MAKING  SAME 

John  G.  Wright,  Efaiora,  N.Y.,  aarignor  to  General  Efectrk 

Company 

Comfamltnn-to^iartolSer.  No.  762322,  Sept.  16, 1968,  Pat. 
No.  3,537,997.  TUi  application  April  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,153 

Int.  CL  ClOm  7/50,  7/20 
U.S.CL  252-42.1  5CMm 

A  grease  composition  contains  a  polysiloxane,  the  organic 
substituents  of  which  are  primarily  methyl  radicals  and  C«  to 
Cm  alkyl  radicals,  a  thickener,  optionally  an  amount  of  a 
polyether  which  is  sufficient  to  cause  the  thickener  to  disperse 
into  the  polysiloxane,  but  insufficient  to  deleteriously  affect 
the  high  temperature  properties  of  the  grease,  and  optionally  a 
sufficient  amount  of  a  base  to  render  the  grease  alkaline.  The 
grease  is  made  by  heating  together  the  polysiloxane,  the 
polyether,  the  thickener  and  the  base  to  a  temperature  of 
about  40(f-50(f  F.  after 'which  the  grease  composition  is 
cooled  to  room  temperature,  then  milled.  The  grease  com- 
position is  used  in  windshield  wiper  bearings  and  drive 
mechanisms,  which  are  subject  to  oscillatory  motion,  often 
while  being  flooded  with  water. 


3,673,090 

SULFURIZATION  OF  TRIISOBUTYLENE  AND 

PR(MHJCTS  RESULTING  THEREFROM 

James  O.  WaidUHg.  BeMon;  Morris  A.  Wley,  FlihkU;  Mar- 

rin  L.  Rambo,  FWiidll,  and  Alfred  J.  MUendorf,  FUikiU,  aU 
o#  N.Y.,  — ligiiiwii  to  Texaco  Inc.,  New  Yorii.  N. Y. 
FHed  June  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,542 
InLCLClOmZ/itf 
U.S.a2S2— 45  3Clafa» 

A  process  for  the  sulfurization  of  triisobutylene  and  result- 
ing products  comprising  contacting  triisobutylene  with  sulfiir 
under  essentially  atmospheric  conditions  at  a  temperature 
between  about  36(f  and  SOOT.,  utilizing  a  mole  ratio  of 
triisobutylene  to  sulfur  of  between  about  1 :4  and  1 :2.5  w^e 
blowing  the  reaction  mixture  during  at  least  a  part  of  said  con- 
tacting with  an  inert  gas  and  recovering  a  sulfurized  triisobu- 
tylene product  containing  as  a  major  component  a  compound 
of  the  empirical  formula  CuHmS)  having  substantially  reduced 
corrosive  activity  to  copper  coupled  with  superior  EP  (ex- 
treme pressure)  improving  properties  when  incorporated  in 
hydrocarbon  lubricating  oils  such  as  gear  oils  and  cutting  oils. 


I 


June  27,  1972 


3,673,091 

LUBRICANTS  CONTAINING  OXIDATION  INHIBITORS 
William  F.  Wenner,  Wood  River,  DL,  Hid  Jmca  R.  MBer, 
FloriMant,  Mo.,  aarig to  Shel  OB  Compmiy,  New  York, 

N.Y. 

I         Filed  July  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  55,607 
I  Int.a.C10m//J2 

U.S.  CL  252—51.5  R 

Novel  compounds  resulting  from  the  reaction  of  hindered 
phenols,  such  as  3.S-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxybenxyl  alcohol,  with 
various  aryl  amines  or  carbazole  are  effective  oxidatipn  inhibi- 
torsfor  lubricants. 


BOabm 


,  3,673,092 

MULTILAYER  DIELECTRIC  COMPOSITIONS 

COMPRISING  LEAD-BARIUM  BOROSIUCATE  GLASS 

AND  CERAMIC  POWDER 

Raymond  Louis  Dietz,  Toledo,  Ohio,  amigiiiii   to  Owcm-D- 

Unois,Inc. 

Filed  June  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,910 
Int.  CL  C04b 33/00;  HOlg  I/OO 

UA  a.  252—520  

A  dielectric  composition  which  may  be  used  in  multilayer 
dielectrics  is  provided  which  consistt  of  a  glass  binder  and  par- 
ticles of  a  ceramic  powder  wherein  the  amounts  of  these  two 
ingredients  are  correlated  such  that  the  ceramic  powder  sub- 
stantially saturates  the  glass  binder  so  as  to  insure  the  soldera- 
bility  of  the  conductors  in  the  multilayered  structure  but  does 
not  substantially  exceed  the  saturation  point  so  as  to  cause  a 
porous  or  non-sealed  structure  to  be  formed. 


M8650 


3,673,093 

LIQUID  DIELECTRIC  COMPOSITION  OF  ALKYL 

BENZENE  AND  AN  ANTIOXIDATION  STABILIZER 

Aldo  Rocchl,  Mantova,  Itdy,  assignor  to  Montecatini  Edfaon 

S.p.A^  MIfam,  Italy 

{       FHed  May  29, 1967,  Ser.  No.  642,233 
Clafana  priority.  appHcadon  Italy,  June  3, 1967, 
Int.  CL  HOI  b  J/22 
U.S.  CL  252-63.7  U  Clidms 

A  liquid  composition  having  high  dielectric  strength  and  ox- 
idation resistance  for  use  as  a  transformer  oil  and  for  other 
purposes  in  which  an  electrically  insulating  liquid  b  required, 
the  composition  consisting  essentially  of  an  alkylaryl 
hydrocarbon  (i.e.,  dodecylbenzene)  and  10  to  1,0(X)  parts  per 
million  (ppm)  of  an  antioxidizer  from  the  group  of  phenolic 
and  naphtholic  compounds  and  their  nuclear-substitution 
products,  especially  alkyl-substituted  cresols,  phenols  and 
aminophenols,  preferably  di-tertiarybutyl-paracresol  and  2,4- 
dimethy|-6-tertiarybutylphen(4.  The  basic  hydrocarbon  is 
preferably  the  alkylbenzene  obtained  by  alkylation  of  benzene 
with  alkyl  groups  derived  from  polymerization  of  propylene 
(i.e.,  propylene  tetramer). 


3,673,094 

CHEMICAL  MILLING  METHOD  AND  BATH  FOR  5TEEL 
John  F.  Kreml,  Phoenix,  Md.,  aMignor  to  Annco  Sled  Cor- 
poratipn,  Mlddlctown,  Ohio 

i        Filed  July  7, 1969,  Scr.  No.  839,675 
Int.  CL  C23g  1/04. 1/08 
U.S.a.  252-79.4  UCUhm 

Chemical  milling  of  stainless  steel  and  high  nickel  alloys  by 
immersing  the  same  in  a  bath  of  3  to  15  percent  by  volume 
sulphuric  acid,  3  to  1 5  percent  hydrochloric  acid,  2  to  6  per- 
cent nitric  acid,  0.1  to  5  percent  lignin,  more  particulariy  a 
vegetable  tannin,  as  an  inhibitor,  and  remainder  water;  and 

maintaining  the  steel  or  alloy  in  the  bath  at  such  temperature 
and  for  such  time  as  to  remove  a  desired  quantity  of  metal.  A 
best  combination  of  results  is  had  with  the  extract  of  the  bark 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1609 


<rf  Acacia  Mcrilissima  serving  as  the  inhibitor.  In  milling  mar- 
tensitic  and  ferritic  stainless  steel,  the  bath  additionally  may 


3,673,097 
CLEANING  COMPOSmONS 
De  Vroome,  London, 


contain  phosphoric  acid.  And  in  milling  austenitic  stainless 
steel,  the  bath  additionally  may  contain  hydrofluoric  acid. 


3,673,095 

OIL  AND  GREASE  ABSORBING  COMPOSITION 

COMPRISING  SPHAGNUM  MOSS,  CALCINED  GYPSUM 

ANDPERUTE 

Ralph  H.  Archer,  6429  S.  W.  36th  St.,  Potthuid,  Orcg. 
FOed  July  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  56,736 
Int.  CL  C09k  3/22;  BOIJ  1/22 
U.S.CL252— 88  5C]afans 

An  oil  and  grease  abscH-bent  composition  contains  com- 
minuted sphagnum  moss  as  a  major  ingredient  and,  as  a  minor 
ingredient,  a  sufficient  amount  of  powdered  calcined  gypsum 
to  render  the  mixture  fire  resistant.  A  minor  amount  of  a 
lightweight  friction  material  is  also  desirably  added.  A 
preferred  composition  is  approximately  1 2  parts  by  volume  of 
comminuted  sphagnum  moss  and  approximately  1  part  each 
by  volume  of  powdered  calcined  gypsum  and  heat  expanded 
perlite. 


3,673,096 

PROTEIN  SOLUBILIZING  WASHING  RINSING  AND 

SOAKING  COMPOSITIONS 

Dieter  Walter,  HBden;  Waiter  Frici,  Erinth-UnteriMch,  and 

Emit  Gottc,  Ratfaigen-'nefcnhniich,  ai  of  Germany,  m- 

signors  to  Hcnkd  &  Oe  GmbH,  Henkchtrasse,  Dameldacf , 

Germany 

FBed  Aug.  27, 1969,  Ser.  No.  853,498 

Oafam  priority,  application  Germany,  Sept.  26, 1968,  P  17 
92617.9 

Int.Cl.ClldJ/J4 
U.S.CL252— 89  3CWnis 

A  composition  for  washing,  rinsing  and  soaking  comprising 
(a)  a  content  of  at  least  one  compound  selected  fix>m  the 
group  consisting  of  diaik)idisulfimide8  and  their  alkali  metal 
salts,  ammonium  salts  and  organic  amine  salts,  wherein  the 
alkyl  groups  have  firom  6  to  10  carbon  atonn  and  (b)  a  content 
of  at  least  one  compound  selected  from  the  group  consisting 
of  alkali  metal  and  anunonium  polyphosphates,  alkali  metal 
silicates  and  alkali  metal  and  ammonium  salts  of 
aminopolycarboxylic  acids  and  polyphosphonic  acids, 
w^ierein  said  components  (a)  and  (b)  are  present  in  amounts 
of  from  0.3:99.5  to  1 :3  by  weight.  These  compositions  are  use- 
ful in  solubilizing  proteinaceous  soil  when  used  alone  or  in 
combination  with  other  washing  agent  additives. 


to 


Harry 
Ayrodev 

FHed  Fch.  24, 1969,'Ser.  No.  801,778 
Cbfans  priority,  applcadon  Great  Britain,  Aug.  14,  1968, 

38,797/68 

InLCLClld7/i«,i/26 
U.S.  CL  252— 153  SO^m 

Electrical  machinery  whose  insulation  is  contaminated  by 
moisture,  salts,  carbonaceous  matter,  and  the  Ulce  is  cleaned 
by  spraying  with  a  s(riution  of  a  water-insoluble,  cationic  sur- 
factant with  a  hydroxy-aromatic  acid  or  ester  <rf  such  acid  in  a 
hydrocarbon  solvent.  The  fiill  resistance  of  the  insulation  is 
restored,  and  the  residual  protective  film  formed  after 
volatilization  of  the  solvent  may  serve  as  a  primer  for  sub- 
sequently applied  varnish. 


3,673,098 

DETERGENT  COMPOSITION  AND  PROCESS 

PhUp  M.  SabatdH,  Cfaictanati,  OMo,  and  Chvia  A.  Bna^ 

Fort    Wright,    Ky.,    assignors    to    Chemed    Corporation, 

Cincinnati,  Ohio 
ContfaNMtlon-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  680,966,  Nov.  6, 1967, 

abandoned.  This  appHcatioB  July  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  57^45 

InLCL  CI  Id  7/06 

U.S.a.252— 156  3Cl^m 

The  invention  disclosed  is  directed  to  a  highly  allcalifie  de- 
tergent composition  having  unexpectedly  high  tolerance  with 
respect  to  hard  water.  The  composition  includes  from  about 
ID  to  about  SO  parts  of  an  alkaline  inorganic  detergent  com- 
ponent, from  about  5  to  about  30  parts  of  a  tetra-alkali  metal 
pyrophosphate  component,  from  about  5  to  about  30  parts  of 
an  alkali  metal  nitrilo  triaceute  component,  from  0  to  about  5 
parts  of  a  water-soluble  nitrite  component,  and  from  0  to 
about  5  parts  of  a  low-foaming  surfactant.  The  composition  is 
low-foaming  in  use  dilutions  and  highly  effective  for  machine 
dishwashing  with  less  spotting  and  greater  clarity  of  articles 
cleaned  therewith.  Also  disclosed  is  a  process  fcM-  washing  arti- 
cles for  cooking  and  eating  using  dilute  aqueous  scdutions  of 
the  composition. 


3,673,099 
PROCESS  AND  COMPOSITION  FCMl  STRIPPING  CURED 

RESINS  FROM  SUBSTRATES 
WiWam  Joacph  Corby,  ABenlown;  Victar  Ch«ia  Garbariid, 
and  Makohn  Lunt  WhUe,  both  of  BetMehcm,  dl  of  Pa.,  M- 
signon  to  Bell  Telephone  Lahoratories,  Incorporated,  Mur- 
ray HOI,  Bcriicley  HdghlB,  N  J. 

FHed  Oct.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,754 
Int.  CL  CI  Id  7/06 
U.S.CL  252-156  7C1^m 

Cured  resins,  such  as  silicones  or  pcdyvinyl  cinnamate  are 
stripped  from  substrates  by  exposure  to  a  mixture  of  N- 
methyl-2-pyrrolidone  and  a  strong  base,  such  as  an  alkyl  or 
substituted  alkyl  ammonium  hydroxide,  to  which  may  be 
added  other  compatible  organic  solvents  such  as  ethylene 
glycol  monoethyl  ether. 


3,673,100 
UQUm  SCINTILLATOR  COMPOSITIONS  FOR  GAMMA- 
RAY  COUNTING 
Royal  H.  Bcnaon,  Texas  City,  Tex.,  asrignni  to  Mouanto  Com- 

paBy,St.LoaiB,Mo. 
Continuation-fai-part  of  Ser.  No.  720,451,  Apri  1 1, 1968,  Pat 
No.  3,573,218.  This  appMcatioa  April  23, 1969,  Ser.  Now 

818,784 
Int.  CL  GOlt  1/20;  C09k  1/00 
VS.  CL  252— 301 J  R  lo  CUn 

A  scintillator  composition  and  method  for  liquid  scintilla- 
tion detection  and  counting  of  gamma-rays,  said  composition 
comprising.  (Da  scintillator  solutioo  comprised  of  an  an>- 


1510 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


El 


June  2f7,  1972 


matic  hydrocarbon  solvent,  a  scintillation  solute  and  an  ethox- 
yiated  alkyi  phemri  and,  (2)  a  loading  agent  comprised  of  an 
aqueous  solution  of  a  compound  of  an  element  having  an 
atomic  number  greater  than  twenty. 


3,673,102 
CATHODOLUMINESCENT  CALCIUM  SULFIDE 

coMPosrncM><is  with  improved  fast  decay 

CHARACTERISTIC 
WW  Lehmmn,  Munysvfle,  wid  FVedcrick  M.  Ryan,  New 

AknndHa,  both  of  Pik,  aarignon  to  Wcsdi^iMNiM  Electric 

Corporatfon,  Phlibutgli,  Pa. 

FUcd  SepC  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,400 

IiiLCLC09k;/72 

U.S.a.252— 301.4S  SCliriim 

The  selected  calcium  sulfide  cathodoluminescent  materials 
which  exhibit  an  inherent  rapid  decay  characteristic  after 
cathodoluminescent  excitation  exhibit  an  even  faster  decay 
characteristic  when  a  predetermined  amount  of  cobalt  is  in- 
corporated into  the  composition.  The  amount  of  cobalt  is 
preferably  from  about  0.001  gram-atom  percent  to  one  gram- 
atom  percent  taken  with  respect  to  the  moles  of  calcium  sul- 
fide, with  the  energy  efficiency  of  luminescence  and  the  length 
of  the  time  of  phosphorescence  decreasing  with  increasing 
cobalt  content. 


3,673,103 
YTTRIUM  ORTHOPHOSPHATE  PHOSPHOR 
Kcano  Awaai;  Kaai  MalWMiaga;  KatniUMhi  Muto;  Juqjlro 
Kai,  and  Kyoko  01,  ■■  of  Aiiii«MaU-dii,  Hyogo,  Japui,  w- 

rignon  to  MkaufaiiU  Dciyd  KabiMhiki  KAha,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FOed  Aug.  29, 1969,  Scr.  No.  854,187 
Claim  priority,  appBorton  Japan,  Aug.  31, 1968, 43/62441 
InLCLC09ki/00 
U.S.  0.252— 301.1  L  7  Claims 


W'«0«'»0.«'«4 


light  output  decrease  during  light  production  being  tparkedly 
small. 


A  phosphor  consisting  of  yttrium  phosphate  as  a  matrix  and 
cerium  and  thorium  as  an  activator,  represented  by  the 
general  formula  Yl^^fc^e,Th^4  wherein  x  is  0.01-0.1 
mol  and  y  is  0.0002-0.05  mol.  This  phosphor  gives  a  particu- 
larly strong  luminescence  in  the  near  UV  wavelength  zone  of 
330-370  millimicrons,  and  has  a  light  output  about  1 .5  times 
as  high  as  a  lead-activated  barium  disilicate  (BaSi,Os:Pb),  the 


3,673,101 

PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  IMPROVED  CARBIDE 

MICROSPHERES  FROM  ION  EXCHANGE  RESINS 

Robert  Lw  McKcnncy,  Jr.,  SUvcr  Sftk^  and  Jacob  Block, 

Rockvfle,  both  of  Md.,  aarignors  to  W.  R.  Grace  &  Co.,  New 

York,N.Y. 

FUed  Dec.  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  883,298 
Int.  a.C09k  J/00 
U.S.  a.  252—301.1  R  4CUbM 

A  process  for  controlling  the  amount  of  sulfur  in  metal  car- 
bide plus  carbon  microspheres  ntade  from  ion  exchange  resins 
in  which  the  microspheres  are  desulfiirized  by  heating  under 
hydrogen,  hydrogen  plus  water  or  carbon  monoxide  plus 
water,  at  temperatures  <rf  500-900°  C.  for  times  of  3  to  25 
hours. 


3,673,104 

METHOD  OF  MIEPARING  SIUCA  SOLS  CONTAINING 
LARGE  PARTICLE  SIZE  SnJCA 
William  L.  Albrccbt,  Napcrvflle,  01.,  Mrignor  to  Nako  Chemi- 
cal Company,  Chicago,  Dl. 

ContinuatkNi-iB-part  of  Scr.  No.  719,677,  Aprfl  8, 1968, 

abandoned,  which  is  a  contlnuatkNi-in-part  of  Scr.  No. 

453,873,  April  26, 1965,  Pat  No.  3,440,174,  wMch  b  a 

contlnuatkm-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  165,617,  Jan.  1 1, 1962, 

abandoned.  This  appMcatkin  April  28, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

8193<lThc  portkm  of  the  term  of  this  patent  subaeqpcnt  to 

I       April  22, 1986,  has  been  disclaimed. 

'  Int.  CI.  BOIJ  13/00;  COlh  33/ 14^ 

U.S.CL252— 313S  ^Cfarims 


«a  ' 

■•  ■ 

t0 

m^ 

Hill  U HI  III 

,-=^ 

•  ""' 

.  1 



"1 

M      L 

J 

•TMK,  if  lillca  rmr  MllliMcr  af  *■< 


Method  for  preparing  aqueous  stable  silica  sols  containing 
at  least  40  percent  by  weight  of  silica  in  the  form  of  large,  dis- 
crete, spherical  particles  having  a  weight-average  particle 
diameter  of  from  45  to  100  millimicrons.  An  aqueous  acid  sil- 
ica sol  feed  is  added  at  a  critical  maximum  feed  rate  to  an 
aqueous  alkaline  silica  sol  containing  particles  having  a 
weight-average  diameter  of  from  about  10  to  30  millimicrons 
while  the  aqueous  liquid  phase  thereof  is  continuously 
evaporated.  The  pH  of  the  alkaline  sol  during  the  whole  of  the 
addition  |s  maintained  at  a  value  of  at  least  7.0. 


\  3,673,105 

DEFOAMER  COMPOSITIONS  FOR  AQUEOUS  SYSTEMS 
James  H.  Curtis,  Cohunbia,  S.C.,  and  Fr«d  E.  Woodwwd, 
Watchung,  NJ.,  assignors  to  Diamond  Siuunrock  C]orpara- 
tion,  Cievriand,  Ohio 

.     Filed  April  11, 1969,  Scr.  No.  815,498 
I  Int.a.B01dy7/00 

U.S,  a.  252—321 

Defoamer  compositions  and  method  of  defoaming  aqueous 
systems  such  as  latex  or  paper  and  pulp  systems,  for  example, 
compositions  being  composed  of  certain  fatty  amides,  inor- 
ganic particles  (talc,  for  example),  hydrocarbon  liquid,  an  oil 
soluble  polymer  and  a  silicone  oil. 


^Gakam 


John  J. 
both 
N.Y. 


1 


3,673,106 
EMULSIFIER  SYSTEM 
Wbinctka,  and  Ernest  H.  Frcund,  EVanton, 
m.,  assignors  to  Kraftco  Corporatkm,  New  York, 


15^Cla 
xiuictsi 


FUcd  June  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  834,500 
Int.a.B01f/7/i4 
U.S.  a.  252—356  15|CWmi 

An  emulsifier  system  is  described  for  various  products  and 
particularly  for  food  products  which  desirably  inc(nporate  air 
such  as  foams.  The  emulsifier  system  comprises,  in  combina- 
tion, fatty  monoesters  of  polyhydric  alcohols  stabilized  in  the 
alpha  crystalline  form  by  a  crystal  transition  inhibitor.  The 
monoesters  include  glyo»rol  monoesters  and  1.2  propylene 
glycol  monoesters.  The  transition  inhibitor  is  a  non-surfJEice  ac- 
tive salt  compound  comprising  atoms  having  str(Mig  elec- 
tronegative charge. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1511 


3,673,107 

MIXED  FIELD  RADUTION  DOSIMETER  MATERIALS  OF 

AMINE  SALTS  OF  ORGANIC  ACIDS 
Ipiatius  G.  Peters,  Dcrinc,  Tex.,  artgiiw  to  The  United  States 

of  America  as  rcprcacntcd  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Afar  Force 

FOed  Dec  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  886^73 

Int.  CL  GOln  27/7«,  i//22 

U.S.  CL  252—408  2  Claims 

Amine  salts  of  organic  acids  are  used  as  dosimeter  materi- 
als. The  salts  react  with  mixed  field  ionizing  radiation  to  form 
stable  free  radicals  which  may  be  detected  by  the  technique  of 
electron  spin  resonance  spectroscopy.  The  salts  have 
hydrogen  contents  of  from  about  9  to  about  1 1  weight  percent 
and  thus  react  with  ionizing  radiation  in  a  manner  similar  to 
human  tissue  which  has  about  10  weight  percent  hydrogen. 
The  materials  are  useful  in  studying  the  effect  of  radiation  on 
tissue. 


3,673,108 
HYmOCRACKING  CATALYST  ACTIVATION 
TREATMENT 
Hans  U.  Schutt,  Lafayette,  Calif.,  assignor  to  ShcU  Ott  Com- 
pany, New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Dec.  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,681 
Int  CL  BOIJ  /  7/02,  / 1/30, 1 1/76 
U.S.a.252— 411R  SCIafans 

A  hydrocracking  catalyst  containing  an  Iron  Group  metal 
on  a  sUica-aluming  refractory  oxide  support  is  deactivated  by 
contact  with  water  vapor  at  elevated  temperatures.  The  cata- 
lytic activity  and  stability  are  improved  by  treating  the  catalyst 
in  the  presence  of  sulfide  with  a  gas  comprising  hydrogen  and 
a  fluorine  compound  at  a  temperature  of  about  250°  to  550° 
C. 


3,673,110 
SURFACE-MODIFIED  CELLULOSE 
James  B.  Edwards,  Chtdnnati,  Ohk>,  assignor  to  The  Proctor 
A  Gamble  Company,  Ctorinnati,  Ohio 

FUed  Dec  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,199 
Int.  CL  CI  Id  77/00 
U.S.CL252— 427  12Cliriim 

An  adsorbent  mass  useful  in  adsorbing  dirt  and  anionic  dye 
molecules  in  laundering  operations  and  the  like  is  prepared  by 
modifying  a  cellulosic  substrate  to  render  same  anionic  and 
thereafter  coating  the  modified  surface  with  certain  nitrogen 
compounds. 


3,673,111 

METHOD  FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  SOLID 

PHOSPHORIC  ACID  CATALYST 

Edward  Hovarth,  Woodland  Hllb,  CaUf.,  and  Gary  \aia^ 

man,  Dcs  PlafaMS,  DL,  assignors  to  Uidvcrsiri  Ofl  Prvducts 

Company,  Des  Plaincs,  U. 

FUed  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,612 
InL  a.  BOIJ  77/^2 
U.S.  CI.  252—435  6  CbdnM 

A  process  for  the  manufacture  of  a  solid  phosphoric  acid 
catalyst.  A  siliceous  adsorbent  is  admixed  with  a 
polyphosphoric  acid.  The  mixture  is  heated  at  an  elevated 
temperature  and  thereafter  extruded.  Hi^  activity  -  high 
strength  extrudate  particles  are  produced  b^  drying  the  extru- 
date  first  in  a  steam  atmosphere  and  then  in  a  dry  air  at- 
mosphere. 


3,673,109 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  REACTIVATION  OF  PLATINUM-CMS- 
ALUMINA  CATALYSTS 
Eugenia  Gcorgeacu;  Ion  Ion  Ghejan;  Victor  Bugur;  Ion  Zlma; 
Theodora  Mazare;  Elcna-Lygbi  Popcacu;  Bujor  Olteanu; 
Nkolae  Marculcscu;  Trafaw-Mircca  FBotti;  Marius-Aurci 
BarbuL  and  Ion  Calin,  aM  of  Plotead,  Romania,  assignors  to 
InstitutuI  De  Ccrcctari  Pentru  Prehicrarea  TltduhU,  Pkiiesti- 
Boulv.,  Republicii,  Romania,  Ploiesti,  Romania 
Filed  April  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24^45 
Clafans  priority,  appttcadon  Ronuuda,  April  8, 1969, 59667 
Int.CLB01J77/7«.  77/02 
U.S.  a.  252—415  3  Chdms 

A  process  for  reactivating  or  regenerating  a  catalyst  of  the 
platinum-on-alumina  type,  comprising  the  steps  of: 

a.  maintaining  the  catalyst  in  a  reducing  molium,  preferably 
containing  hydrogen  gas,  at  a  temperatiue  between  400°  C 
and  600°  C,  for  a  period  of  substantially  2  to  8  hours  in  a 
velocity  ofgas  flow  of  1x10^  to  Ix  10-*  m' of  gas  per  hour  and 
per  kg  of  catalyst; 

b.  halogenating  the  catalyst  thereafter  in  a  reducing  gas 
medium  at  a  temperature  between  400°  C  and  550°  C  with  a 
gas-flow  rate  of  lxl0~*  to4xl0~'  m' of  gas  per  hour  per  kg  of 
catalyst  using  a  halogenated  organic  compound  with  one  to  six 
carbon  atoms  per  molecule  and  an  atomic  ratio  of 
halogen:hydrogen  no  greater  than  unity  and  a  partial  pressure 
of  this  compound  between  1  and  100  mm  Hg  for  a  period  of 
one-half  to  1 0  hours  and  in  the  presence  of  a  moisture  content 
of  10  to  SO  ppm  to  bring  the  halogen  content  of  the  catalyst  to 
0. 1  to  1  percent  by  weight;  and 

c.  oxidizing  the  catalyst  treated  in  step  (b)  with  oxygen-con- 
taining gas  of  an  oxygen  concentration  increased  from  0.2  to 
atmosphere  concentrations  over  a  period  of  5  to  15  hours  at  a 
temperature  of  400^  to  600^  C  and  with  a  gas-flow  velocity  of 
0.5  to  5  m'  per  hour  per  kg  of  catalyst. 


3,673,112 
HYDROCONVERSION  CATALYST  PREPARATION 
Gcrakl  S.  Levhison,  San  Frandaco,  CaUf.,  Msignor  to  Shefl  Oil 
Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

ContinuatkMi-in-part  of  Scr.  No.  689,342,  Dec.  1 1, 1967, 
abandoned.  This  appUcatk>n  May  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,721 
Int.a.B01J77/7« 
U.S.  CL  252—441  1 1  CWnv 

Incorporation  of  30-65  percent  of  a  hydrogenation  metal 
component  into  a  hydrogel  which  would  yield  on  drying  and 
calcining  without  the  hydrogenation  metals  a  xerogel  of  a  high 
compacted  bulk  density  (0.8-1.6  g/cc)  low  pore  volume 
(O.lS-0.45  cc/g. )  alumina  results  in  a  catalyst  having  a  very 
high  hydrogenation  and  dentrification  activity.  Up  to  about  10 
percent  fluoride  is  added  to  provide  a  cracking  component. 
The  hydrogenation  metal  component  is  selected  from  the  ox- 
ides of  nickel,  molybdenum,  tungsten,  cobalt  and  mixtures 
thereof. 


3,673,113 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  FLUORINATION  CATALYST 
DaUl  Naito,  Osaka,  and  Shlgeyoshi  Ogawa,  TakatsuU,  both  of 

Japan,  assignors  to  DaiUn  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka-sM, 

Osaka-fu,  Japan 

FUed  Dec  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,926 

Claims  prfcirity,  appttcation  Japan,  Dec  30, 1969, 45/1581 

IntCLB01J7y/7« 

U.S.  a.  252—441  3  ClahiH 

A  process  for  preparing  a  fluorination  catalyst  chromium 
oxyfluoride  which  comprises  subjecting  chromium  fluoride  to 
heat  treatment  at  a  temperature  from  300°  to  420°  C.  in  the 
presence  of  oxygen  aiKi  then  subjecting  the  resulting  product 
to  heat  treatment  at  a  temperature  from  SOO^  to  700°  C.  in  the 
absence  <^  an  active  gas. 


1512 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,673,114 
MSPROPORTiONATiON  CATALYSTS 
Kdth  Gmrie  Alia 
IbIi  wBrth,  botii  oi 


to  llw  BritWi  Pcbult 


FHed  Jan.  2S,  1970,  Scr.  No.  6,S60 
priority,  t^flkatkm  Great  Britain,  Feb.  7,  1969, 

6,681/69 

lMtLCLUOHll/40 
U.S.CL252— 454  3C3iiiiM 

A  catalyst  for  the  disproportionation  of  olefins  is  prepared 
by  (i)  adsorbing  aluminum  ions  into  silica  (ii)  adsorbing  sodi- 
um ions  and  (iii)  adsorbing  ions  of  one  or  more  of  the  metals 
rhenium,  tungsten  and  molybdenum.  The  catalyst  is  activated 
by  heating  to  350"  to  6S(fC.  for  up  to  16hours. 


nitride  articles  have  a  unique  acicular  crystal  structure,  an  ox- 
ygen content  of  less  than  0.5  per  cent  by  weight,  a  density  (rfat 
least  1 .9  grams/cc,  excellent  hot  strength,  low  coefficients  of 
thermal  expansion  with  no  irreversible  thermal  expansion,  ex- 
cellent thermal  shock  resistance,  moisture  insensitivity  and 
improved  dielectric  properties.  These  articles  are  produced  by 
treating  conventional  hot  pressed  boron  nitride  articles  with  a 
suitable  solvent  to  lower  their  boron  oxide  (B/)s)  content. 


3,673,11s 
CATALYSTS 


Theo  Jan 

to   Lever 


both   of 
BrotiMrs  Copyany,  New  York,  N. Y. 

FBed  Dec  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,290 
OaimB  priority,  apiilicarieii  Luxembourg,  Dec.  30,  1968, 

57.716 

lBLa.BOlJ/7/22 
US.  CL  252-459  10  Clabns 

In  a  process  for  the  preparation  of  a  nickel-on-silica 
catalyst,  the  use  of  an  intimate  mixture  of  an  organic  base, 
which  base  is  substantially  insoluble  in  the  suspension  of  silica 
in  aqueous  nickel  salt  solution,  as  a  means  of  withdrawing 
hydrogen  ions  from  the  solution  and  causing  precipitation  of 
nickel  fh^m  the  solution  on  to  the  silica  carrier. 


3,673,116 
RANEY  MIXED  CATALYST 
,  Erianfen,  Germany,  i 


to  Siemens  Ak- 


FUed  May  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,402 
I  priorily,  lypiclion  GcmHiy,  June  7, 1969,  F 19  28 
929J 

InLCLBOlJ  77/22 
U&CL252— 466T  21  CWms 

A  Raney  mixed  catalyst  for  use  as  a  fuel  cell  electrode.  The 
catalyst  contains  nickel,  iron  and  one  of  the  metals  titanium  or 
zirconium.  The  catalyst  is  prepared  from  a  Raney  alloy,  which 
contains  aluminum  as  the  inactive  component.  The  alloy  is  in 
at  least  one  or  two  homogeneous  quaternary  phases. 


3,673,117 
ELECTRICAL  RESISTANT  MATERIAL 
Arthur  Schroeder,  East  Dundee;  AMn  Dennis  Yfttm, 
■d  Benedict  Clare  GOtner,  BemenvlBc  al  of  DL, 
t  to  Mrtiiode  Devdopowiit  ComiMUiy,  CMcaio,  DL 
FBed  Dec  19, 1969,  Ser.  No.  886,645 
Int.  CL  B44d  J/18;  HOlb  1/06 
U.S.a.252— 512  SCIirinH 

Electrical  resistance  elements  are  formed  using  minute 
amounts  of  noble  metal  oxide  hydrate  in  a  vitreous  binder  with 
or  without  the  inclusion  ot  high  electrical  resistance  metals  or 
their  oxides  to  adjust  the  ohmic  value  of  the  elements. 


3,673,118 

COMPOSITE  ARTICLE  CONTAINING  HIGH  PURITY 

HOT  PRESSED  BORON  NITRIDE 

Victor  Mandort  Jr.,  Otanatcd  Fals,  mm!  Lionel  d^rton  Mont- 

fomery.  North  Olmsted,  both  of  Oirfo,  assignors  to  Union 

Carbide  Corporation,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Continaalion-ln-port  of  Scr.  No.  822^14,  May  6, 1969, 

abandoned.  This  application  July  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51,525 

Int.  a.  HOlb  7/06 

U.S.  CL  252— 520  12Clafani 

High  purity  boron  nitride  articles  of  manufacture  having  a 

high  density  and  improved  properties.  The  improved  boron 


and  then  sintering  the  treated  material  in  an  inert  atmosphere 
at  a  temperature  of  from  1 ,600"  to  2, 100"  C.  in  the  absence  of 
pressure  or  mechanical  restraint.  If  it  is  desired  to  render  these 
articles  electrically  conductive,  an  electrically  conductive 
refractory  compound  may  be  incorporated  therein.  Com- 
(>osite  articles  produced  in  this  manner  can  be  used  to  produce 
resistance  heated  evaporating  crucibles  for  the  vaporization  of 
metals. 


SEMI< 


IW 


3,673,119 

SEMICONDUCTING  CERAMIC  COMPOSITIONS 

HteyosU  Ueoka,  Ichikawa-ahi;  Kaaio  Hortt,  HunabMM-sM, 

and  Kanman  Umcya^  Ichikmra-shl,  al  of  Japan,  flgnorr 

to  TDK  Electronics  Co.  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Filed  Oct.  9, 1969.  Scr.  No.  865,031 
Cbdnv    priority,    appHcntion    Japan,    Oct.    11,    1968, 
43/73664;  Oct  12, 1968, 43/74098 

Int  CL  HOlb  7/06.  C04b 35/00 
U.S.CL^2— 520  lOalm 


Ceramic  se-^ctmducting  compositions  are  provided  herein 
in  which  compositions  consist  primarily  of  BaTiOs  and  minor 
amounts  of  BifO^  and  TiO^  in  the  proportions  defined  in  FIG. 
1  of  the  drawings  under  the  Region  described  by  line  A-B-C- 
D-E-F-C  and  which  compositions  further  contain  0.01  to  4 
mol  %  of  MnO^.  The  disclosure  also  provides  for  a  method  of 
producing  compositions  having  the  aforementioned  propor- 
tions by  mixing  the  oxides  defined  by  FIG.  1  with  MnOi, 
pressing  the  ceramic  composition  into  the  desired  shape  and 
then  sintering  the  compositions  in  air.  followed  by  reducing 
the  compositions  in  a  reducing  atmosphere  at  elevated  tem- 
peratures. Ceramics  produced  from  the  compositions 
described  above  exhibit  a  large  capacitance  among  other 
desirably  electrical  properties  and  may  be  conveniently 
produced  in  a  small  compact  form. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1513 


3,673,120 
PERFUMERY  COMPOSITIONS  CONTAINING 
PATCHOUU  OIL  AND  8-CAMPHENE  CARBINOL 
John  Frands  Jaoea,  Epping,  Esaex;  Brian  George  J 
Ronford,  EiMX,  and  Anthony  John  CurtiB,  Southaea, 
to 


FBed  July  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  840,029 
priority,  applifliwi  Great  Britain,  July  23,  1968, 
35,198/68 

InLCLCl  lb  9/00 
VS.  CL  252—522  7  Cfadms 

The  known  compound  8-camphene  carbinol  has  been  found 
to  act  as  a  perfumery  extender  for  Patchouli  Oil  in  perfumery 
compositions  when  present  in  a  concentration  of  from  1  to 
200  parts  by  weight  per  100  parts  by  weight  (tf  the  Patchouli 
Oil.  This  extended  Patchouli  oil  may  be  substituted  for  natural 
Patchouli  Oil  without  significant  impairment  of  aroma  in 
many  applications. 


3,673,121 
PROCESS  FOR  MAKING  CONDUCTIVE  POLYMERS  AND 

RESULTING  COMPOSITIONS 
John  V.  Meyer,  Brighton,  Mass.,  a^lgnnr  to  Texas  Instnimcnts 

Int'oi  poi  ated,  Dslas,  Tex. 

Hfed  Jan.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  6,086 

Int.  CL  HOlb  7/06,  COSk  7/02 

U.S.CL252— 511  9Clainia 


Conductive  polymer  having  a  steeply-sloped  positive  tem- 
oerature  coefficient  (PTC)  of  resistance  is  composed  of 
crystalline  polymer  having  a  narrow  molecular  weight  dis- 
tribution and  filled  with  conductive  particles  such  as  carbon 
black,  tin  powder,  gold  powder,  silver  powder  and  other  con- 
ductive particles  which  do  not  oxidize  at  die  temperatures  to 
which  the  composition  is  subjected  during  processing.  Addi- 
tional additives  are  iiKX)rporated  to  impart  desired  charac- 
teristics. Stabilizing  agents  which  prevent  deterioration  of  the 
resistance  characteristics  of  the  material  include  alkylated 
polyhydroxy   phenol    and    phenylbetanapthylamine.    (Dial- 
kylphenol-sulfide  ntay  be  added  to  reduce  degradation  at  a 
metal  polymer  interface  thus  reducing  contact  resistance). 
Flame  retardants  which  do  not  deleteriously  effect  the  re- 
sistance characteristics  include  phenylbetanapthylamine  hi^ 
chlorinated  perchloropentacyckxlecane  and  antimony  oxide. 
The  several  ingredients  are  for  a  preliminary  mixed  together, 
then  subjected  to  a  nwre  thorough  mixing  step  to  effect  an 
adequate  dispersion  of  the  filler  material  throughout  the 
polymer,  and  then  subjected  to  shearing  forces  for  a  limited 
period  of  time  while  maintaining  the  mix  within  a  desired  tem- 
perature range.  The  mix  is  then  formed  in  the  desired  configu- 
ration as  by  inserting  into  a  preheated  mold  while  still  at  an 
elevated  temperature.  The  formed  element  is  removed  firom 
the  nK>ld  and  machined  preferably  to  a  rough  finish  to 
facilitate  bonding  of  electrically  conductive  coatings  to  spaced 
locations  Xhereoi.  The  element  is  then  coated  with  electrically 
conductive  coating  and  annealed  to  minimize  contact  re- 
sistance. 


3,673,122 
HYDROGEN  ATED  OLEFIN  SULFONATE  DETERGENT 

BARS 
Gar  Lok  Woo,  Tlburon,  CaBf ^  aasignnr  to  Chevron  Research 
Company,  San  Frandsco,  CaHf. 

FUed  March  27, 1969,  Ser.  No.  81 1,153 

InLCL  did  7/72.  i/065 

U.S.CL252— 555  4Cl^nK 


s.  •» 


"1- 


TL    (T    WttSMT  or  HCTAL    MLrODATI 


Non-soap  hydrogenated  olefin  sulfonate  detergent  toilet 
bars  having  improved  slough  loss  and  wear  rate  characteristics 
comprise  a  mixture  o{  the  sodium  and  magnesium  salts  of 
hydrogenated  olefin  sulfonates  containing  fix>m  10  to  25  car- 
bon atoms  in  a  ratio  of  the  sodium  to  the  magnesium  sah  of  2: 1 
to  1 :  20  and  a  plasticizing  amount  of  \rater. 


3,673,123 
2,2',4,4'-TETRACHLORO-5,5'-IHAMINO-IMPHENYL 

ETHER 
Peter  Tacke;  Rudolf  Bfaisack,  both  of  Krefeld,  and  Oskar  Wch- 
sel,  KrefeM-Bockum,  al  of  Germany,  awltnnn  to  Far* 
bcnfabrftcn   Bayer   Aktiingts«ischail,  Lcvcrkusen,  Ger- 
many 

FBed  Feb.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  15,251 
Claims  priority,  appikathm  Gcnn«iy,  March  21, 1969,  P 19 
14367.0 

Int.CLC07c9J/74 
VJS.  CL  260—571  1  Claim 

The  2,2',4.4'-tetrachloro-S.S'-diamino-diphen^  edier 
which  is  useful  as  starting  material  for  the  production  of  pdya- 
mides  and  polyurethanes  and  which  may  be  obtained  by  the 
reduction  of  the  corresponding  dinitro  compound. 


3,673,124 
SCMAJBLE  CML  COMPOSnKM>4 
U  Roy  W.  Hokn,  FUhrkm.  CalL,  asripnr  to  UnhM  OB 


t  of  Ser.  No.  713,303,  March  15, 1968, 
PM.  No.  3*482,632.  nds  appBcadon  Aug.  27, 1969,  Sv.  No. 

853,522 
lBLCLC09ki/00 
U.S.  CL  252— 8.55  D  IOCWm 

A  soluble  oil  composition  comprising  a  mixture  of  liquid 
hydrocarbon,  a  surface  active  agent  and  butyl  Celloeolve  that 
is  particularly  adapted  for  use  as  a  displacement  fluid  in  a  mis- 
dble  flooding  procem.  The  sohiMe  oil  composition  can  be  em- 
ployed as  a  substantiaOy  anhydrous  liquid  or  as  a  water-in-oil 
microemulsion. 


1614 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3^73,125 
METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  POLYVINYL  ACETAL 
POROUS  ARTICLES 
Kogi  TakahMhl;  T<mMo  YMnHnani;  Mitsuao  Ono, 
KorcUyo  Eda,  al  of  Sows^hkM,  Japan,  aarignon  to 
Kanegafbchi  BoaeU  Kaburiilld  KdUia,  Tokyo.  Japan 

Flkd  May  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  35,104 
dafam  priority,  application  Japan,  May  10. 1969, 44/35516 
JULfXCOij  1/14, 1/30 
U.S.CL260— 2^F  5Clainis 

A  mixed  solution  of  polyvinyl  alcohol  and  gelatinized  starch 
for  manufacturing  polyvinyl  acetal  porous  articles  is  prepared 
by  introducing  forcedly  at  a  constant  rate  a  dispersion  formed 
by  adding  starch  particles  or  a  suspension  of  starch  particles  to 
an  aqueous  solution  of  polyvinyl  alcohol  having  a  relatively 
low  temperature  to  one  end  of  a  cylindrical  heater  provided 
with  an  inner  stirrer  and  a  heating  means  in  the  outer 
periphery,  heating  the  cylindrical  heater  at  a  sufTicient  tem- 
perature to  gelatinize  the  starch  in  the  dispersion  by  the  time 
the  continuously  flowing  dispersion  reaches  the  other  end  of 
the  cylindrical  heater  and  withdrawing  the  gelatinized  disper- 
sion continuously  from  the  cylindrical  heater. 


3,673,126 
CONTINUOUS  PROCESS  FOR  MAKING  EXPANDABLE 
THERMOPLASTIC  RESIN  COMPOSITIONS 
WDUam  D.  Cannody;  Charics  J.  Thompaon,  and  George  J. 
Bulzlar,  di  of  Midland,  ^Bclu,  anignon  to  The  Dow  Chemi- 
cal Company,  AOdhuid,  Mfch. 

Fled  Nov.  13, 1967,  Scr.  No.  682,436 

IiitCLC08J7/26 

U.S.CL260— 2^E  3Clainis 


I-" 


■55 

1^ 


•»/*/?/»  rrto^^^mf 


VahHl»  O' 


'7?;:^ 


^imh-uSiOn  o^iAc*  Or  ^/^ 


r 


product  in  po  ft  • 


A  continuous  process  for  the  production  of  expandable 
thennoplastic  polymer  compoaitions  obviating  the  use  of  a 
pressure  vessel  for  pcdymerization  is  described.  Freshly 
polymerized,  devolatilized  polymeric  melt  and  a  blowing 
agent  are  mixed  prior  to  complete  cooling  of  the  melt  and  ex- 
truding the  mixture  at  a  continuous  rate  equal  to  the  rate  at 
which  the  mixture  is  supplied,  to  obtain  greatly  improved 
product  properties. 


3,673,127 

ULTRAFINE  POROUS  POLYMER  ARTICLE  AND 

METHOD  OF  MAKING 

Joacph  L.  Wdninger,  and  FVed  F.  Hohib,  both  of  Sdwaectady, 

N.Y.,  —ipinn  to  Geaerai  Ekctric  Company 

FUed  Oct  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  867,925 
Int.  CL  €09147/08, 29/12 
U.S.CL260— 2.51IA  2ClainM 

Uhrafine  porous  polymer  articles  vrith  a  predetermined 
maximum  pore  radius  and  processes  of  producing  such 
pdymer  articles  are  described  wherein  a  thennoplastic 
polymer  body  is  contacted  with  an  aqueous  solution  of  a 
■elected  monomer,  a  specified  differential  pressure  is  applied 


between  opposite  body  sides,  only  the  pores  with  a  radius 
larger  than  the  predetermined  radius  are  wetted  by  the  solu- 
tion of  the  monomer,  the  solvent  is  evaporated,  and  the 
monomer  is  polymerized  in  situ.  The  resulting  article  is  a  com- 
posite structure  consisting  substantially  of  a  first  theranoplastic 
polymer,  and  a  small  addition  of  a  second  polymer  in  the 
former  pores  which  were  larger  than  the  predetermified  max- 
imum pore  radius. 


>MERS 


3,673,128 

CELLULAR  POLYOXAZOLIDINONE  ELASTOl 
FROM  POLYISOCYANATES  AND  POLYEPOXIDES 
Edward  F.  Hayaah,  Jr.,  KOingworth;  Harold  E.  Rcymorc,  Jr., 

WaUngfonl,  and  Adnan  A.  R.  Soyigh,  North  Haven,  al  of 

Conn.,  awignon  to  Upiohn  Company,  Kalamasoo,  Mich. 
^  I        Fled  AprI  8, 1968,  Scr.  No.  719,678 
'  Int  CL  C08g  22/46, 22/16      ^ 

U.S.  CI.  260— 2.5  "  8  dafam 

High  temperature  resistant,  low  flame  spread  cellular 
polymers  are  disclosed.  These  polymers  are  obtained  by  react- 
ing an  organic  polyisocyanate  and  a  polyepoxide  in  approxi- 
mately stoichiometric  proportions  in  the  preseiKe  of  a  tertiary 
amine  catalyst  (triethylene  diamine  preferred)  and  a  blowing 
agent.  Non  active-hydrogen  containing  flame  retardants,  sur- 
factants, pigments,  and  like  additives  can  be  incorporated  into 
the  cellular  polymers  of  the  invention.  The  novel  cellular 
polymers  are  useful  in  thermal  insulation  and  like  applications 
where  resistance  to  extreme  temperatures  and  low  flame 
spread  requirements  must  be  met. 


3,673,129 
SYNTHETIC  RESIN  MULTICELLULAR  PRODUCT 
WHOSE  MAIN  COMPONENT  IS  ACRYLONTTRILE  AND 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARATION  THEREOF 
Norto  Sngane,  Kyoto;  Imd  Kuwacum,  and  Isao  Kartni,  both  of 
Osakn-hi,  al  of  Japan,  amignors  to  ScUmi  K^aku  Kogyo 
KaburidUKdUia 
Contfawatfon  of  Scr.  No.  603,777,  Dec  22, 1966,  abandoned. 
This  applcation  Dec  19, 1969.  Scr.  No.  882,783 
Cbdas  priority,  applcation  Japan,  Dec  24. 1965, 40/79981 
Int.  CL  cost  47/ 10;  C08j  1/20, 1/22 
U.S.a.260— 2.5R  8CWnM 

Process  for  preparing  multicellular  products  which  com- 
prises mixing  urea  and/or  a  urea  derivative,  and  an  acid  with  a 
monomeric  mixture  comprising  60-95  percent  by  weight  of 
acrylonitrile  and  40-5  percent  by  weight  of  a  vinyl  monomer 
copolymerizabie  with  acrylonitrile,  polymerizing  the  mixture 
with  the  use  of  catalyst  and/or  by  irradiation,  and  thereafter 
heating  the  resulting  polymer  at  100''-250*'C.;  and  multicellu- 
lar products  produced  by  the  above  process,  in  which  fine 
cells  halving  an  average  diameter  of  less  than  1 .0  mm  are  sub- 
stantially uniformly  dispersed  in  the  polymer  and  which 
product  has  a  specific  gravity  of  less  than  0.3  g/cm*. 


5aafam 


3,673,130 
NCM^PUNKING  PHEN(HJC  FOAM 
Anthony  JoMph  Papa,  SL  AlbMH,  Md  wmam  Robot  Piroops, 
Charioton,  both  of  W.  Va.,  aatipMrs  to  Union  CarMde  Cor- 
poration, New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  AprI  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  813,768 
Int.  CL  C06g  53/10, 51/62 
U.S.CL  260-2,5  F 

Non-punking  phenolic  foams  are  obtained  by  indusion  of 
certain  phosphorus-containing  compounds  in  the  reaction 
mixture.  The  phosphorus  compounds  include  tris(2- 
chloroethyD-phosphate,  bis(hydroxymethyl)phosphinic  acid, 
tetrakia(hydroxymethyl)phosphonium  chloride,  the  hydrox- 
yalkyl  poiyphoq^tes  obtained  from  the  reaction  of  an  al- 
kylene  oxide  with  a  polyphosphoric  add,  and  the  adduct  of 
ammonia  with  phosphorus  pentoxide. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1515 


3,673,131 

PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  NON-POROUS  POLYMERS 

FROM  VINYL  MONOMERS 

Loids  C.  Ruhcrn,  Nfldfamd,  ^flch.,  avlgnor  to  The  Dow  Chemi- 
cal Company,  Midland,  Mich. 

ContinuatioD-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  610,464,  Jan.  20, 1967, 

abandoned.  TMs  applcation  Dec  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,283 

Int.  CL  C08f  47/10, 1/04, 3/30 

U.S.a.260— 2.5  R  2Clafans 

This  invention  relates  to  a  process  for  preparing  glassy,  non- 
porous  polymers  from  vinyl  monomers  by  polymerizing  the 
monomer  in  the  essential  absence  of  water,  solvents  or  gases 
at  a  temperature  less  than  about  60°  C  and  under  a  continu- 
ously applied  compressive  force  of  at  least  about  300  psi,  and 
wherein  the  polymerization  reaction  is  conducted  in  a  reactor 
which  is  initially  essentially  completely  filled  with  the 
monomer  to  be  polymerized. 


3,673.132 
FOAMS  FORMED  BY  HARDENING  EMULSIONS  OF 
GLYCOL  IN  POLYESTER  RESIN 
Eari  E.  Paritcr,  AUmh  Park,  and  Charics  B.  Frkdfamder,  Pitt- 
sburgh, both  of  Pa.,  amlg ii  to  PPG  Industries,  Inc.  PHt- 

sbiii:gli,Pa. 

Fled  Dec  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,592 
Int.CLC0ej;/7<« 
U.S.CL260— 2.5N  8Clafam 

Polyester  foams  are  formed  by  emulsifying  a  mixture  of 
glycol  in  polyester  and  vinyl  monomer  and  hardening  the 
polyester  resin.  The  resulting  polyester  resin  foam  is  dimen- 
sionally  stable,  inexpensive  to  produce,  and  may  be  used  as 
furniture,  building  material  and  ornamental  objects. 


3,673,133 

SYNTHETIC  LATEX  FOAM  RUBBER  AND  METHOD  OF 

MAKING  SAME 

Emrt  Schnddt,  Akron,  OMo,  assignor  to  The  Fhestone  The  & 

Rubber  Company,  Akron,  Ohfo 

Continuation-in-part  of  Scr.  Na  744,677,  June  26, 1958, 

abandoned.  This  applcation  Dec  18, 1961.  Scr.  No.  160343 

Int.  CL  COej  1/16 
U.&CL260— 2.5L  36Chims 

This  invention  relates  to  an  internally  reinforced  synthetic 
butadiene  rubber  latex  containing  a  rubber  reinforcing  sub- 
stance. 


3,673,134 
AGRICULTURAL  MULCH 
Bernard  F.  Anderson,  West  Cheater.  Pa.,  aasipMr  to  E.  L  du 
Pont  de  Nemours  and  Company,  HUmfagton,  DeL 
Fled  Aug.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,724 
Int  CL  C08c  9/06;  AOlg  13/02 
U.S.CL260— 5  6ClirinM 

A  film  plastic  in  nature  for  use  as  an  agricultural  mulch.  The 
film  is  a  blend  of  an  ethylene  polymer,  a  substantially 
amorphous  ethylene/propylene  copolymer,  a  natural  rubber 
and  a  paraffin  wax.  The  films  are  sufficiently  tough  and  flexi- 
ble to  allow  handling  and  laying  out  on  a  planted  soil  surface, 
yet  they  readily  ruptiuv  under  the  pressure  of  a  giowing 
seedling  to  allow  plant  penetration.  The  films  degrade  during  a 
growing  season  to  the  point  that  they  can  be  readily  disposed 
of  by  plowing  and/or  disking  into  the  ground. 


3,673,135 

PRINTINGINK 

Carl  B.  Btake,  Bronx,  and  George  K.  L.  Tui«,  Rfchmond,  both 

of  N.Y.,  assignors  to  F^  Industries  Inc,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Division  of  Ser.  No.  583,688,  Oct.  3, 1966,  Pat.  No.  3^10340. 

This  applcation  Oct.  6, 1969,  Ser.  No.  871,1 18 

Int.  CL  C08b  21/08;  COSf  39/48;  C09d  11/14 

U.S.CL  260-17  A  3CWnH 

A  printing  ink  instantaneously  hardenable  upon  contact 

with  a  catalyst  comprising  65  to  80  weight  percent  of  a  varnish 


having  a  major  amount  of  a  liquid  monomer  of  acrylic  or 
methacrylic  di-  or  triester  and  a  minor  proportion  of  a  resin 
compatible  with  the  liquid  monomer,  10  to  30  weight  percent 
pigment,  a  tertiary  aromatic  amine  acceleratcH-  and  I  to  10 
weight  percent  wax. 


3,673,136 

POWDERED  POLYSACCHARIDE-REINFCNtCED 

ELASTOMER  MASTERBATCHES,  COMPOUNDS,  AND 

RESULTING  VULCANIZED  RUBBERS 

RusmO  a.  Buchanan,  and  Charles  R.  Rnaad,  both  of  Pfeoria, 

Dl.,  aiBlgnon  to  The  United  States  of  Amcrka  M I 

by  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture 

Hkd  July  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,187 
Int.  CL  C08c  9/12;  C08d  9/06;  C08f  45/14 
U.S.  CL  260—17.4  BB  9i 

Powdered  elastomer  masterbatches  are  prepared  by  grind- 
ing dried  rubber  curds  which  contain  highly  effective  reinforc- 
ing agents.  Such  finely  comminuted  elastomer  masterbatdies 
provide  stable  powdered  rubber  compounds  when  blended 
with  usual  powdered  curatives  and  fine  particle  fillers.  These 
powdered  rubber  compounds  are  formed  into  finished  vul- 
canized rubber  articles  by  direct  heat-compression  molding, 
by  extrusion  from  a  simple  machine,  or  by  injection  molding 
without  prior  high  shear  mixing. 


3,673,137 

COATING  coMPosmcms 
Auguste  Louis  Ludene  PalucI,  Wbidsor,  Ei^hmd,  aialpnr  to 

Imperial  Chemkailndustrles  Limited,  Loodon,  Ei^laiid 
Continuation  of  Scr.  No.  624,128,  MMxh  20, 1967, 

abandoned.  This  applcation  Dec  9, 1969,  Ser.  No.  875,066 

Ctaifans  priority,  applcation  Great  Britain,  March  25, 1966, 
13323/66 

Int  CLCOSg  5/20 
U.S.CL260— 19  13Ch*M 

A  coating  composition  capable  of  being  croaslinked  on  a 
substrate  to  which  it  is  applied  which  contains  an  acidic  film- 
forming  material  containing  at  least  two  carboxyl  groups  and  a 
phenolic  material  containing  at  least  two  47  groups  — CH|.NR 
iRt  substituted  in  positions  ortho  and/or  para  to  one  or  more 
phenolic  hydroxy  groups,  R,  and  Rt  being  alkyi  or  substituted 
alkyl  groups. 


3,673,138 

MECHANICAL  OXIDAlKm  €X  UNSATURATED 

POLYESTCRS 

Thomas  G.  Harris,  1 10  Jackson  Drive,  LHKMtcr,  Pa. 

Fled  SepL  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,152 

Int.  CL  ami 27/ 10, 27/22;  COflfe  / 7/14 

U.&CL260-22TN  K 

Liquid  unsaturated  pcdyester  resins  may  be  converted  to 
millable  compositions  by  Mending  the  liquid  polyester  with  a 
metallic  drier  and  oxidizing  the  liquid  mixture  at  elevated  tem- 
peratures by  mechanically  mixing  in  the  presence  of  an  oxidiz- 
ing atmosphere.  A  viscous  gel  forms  on  oxidation  which,  on 
cooling  to  room  temperature,  is  suitable  for  compounding, 
milling  and  curing  to  form  useful  materials  such  as  rubbery 
compositions,  caulking  compounds  and  resilient  flooring. 


3,673,139 

PROCESS  FCHl  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  INJECTION 

MOUUXD  AND  EXTRUSI(M4  MOULDED  PCNLYESTBt 

PRODUCTS 

Joseph  Hracfa,  Kufrtdn/Thol,  Austria,  sMilima  to 


Fled  April  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,1 14 
InL  CL  C08g  1 7/003, 1 7/14 
U.S.CL260— 22R  17( 

Process  for  the  production  (^injection  moulded  and  extru- 
sion moulded  polyesters  from  diols  and  dicarbox^ic  acids  of 
which  at  least  85  mol.  percent  consists  of  terephthalic  acid. 


1616 


OFFICIAL 


June  27,  1972 


which  procen  consists  of  condensing  in  the  polyester  0.00 1  to 
1  mol.  percent  of  at  least  one  compound  bearing  not  less  than 
three  polyester-forming  functional  groups,  such  as  OH  and/or 
CCXyH  groups,  and  incorporating  in  the  polyester,  either  be- 
fore or  during  processing,  0.001  to  2  percent  by  weight,  in 
relation  to  the  total  amount  of  monomer  units,  of  at  least  one 
substance  which  proniotes  crystallization. 


3^73,140 

ACmSIC  RADUTION  CURING  COMPOSTTIONS  AND 

MEIHOD  OF  COATING  AND  PUNTING  USING  SAME 

JoMph  FVwcfe  AdwnnM,  Cedv  Grove;  Joseph  Wdifcld,  Fair 

Lawn}  Roiicrt  GeiMrie  Savafcau,  Pon|ilon  I  jfcfs,  and 
Georie  BccrM,  North  ArMDglaa,  aB  of  NJ.«  asrignnn  to 
Inmot  CwpuiMlioiit  New  Yorit*  N.Y. 

Fled  Jml  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104343 

Int.  CLC09d  J/66, ///70 
U.S.CLKO— 22TN  ISCWms 

Printing  ink  compositions  preferably  comprising  epoxidized 
soybean  oil  acrylateor  certain  derivatives  thereof  and  a  radia- 
tion sensitizer  luving  a  triplet  energy  between  about  42  and  85 
kcalAnole.  Also,  the  method  of  printing  with  such  inks  com- 
prising exposing  the  inks  to  an  amount  of  actinic  radiation  ef- 
fective to  polymerize  the  inks  to  a  non-ofiaetting  state  and  the 
printed  substrate  produced  by  this  method. 

Novel  alkyd-derived  compositions  used  as  vehicles  for  the 
above  |Minting  ink  compositions  and  preferably  comprising 
the  reaction  product  of 

1.  an  alkyd  formed  from  trimethylol  propane,  tall  oil  fatty 
acid,  and  adipic  add  with 

2.  the  reaction  product  of  toluene  diisocyanate  and  the 
monoacryhc  acid  ester  at  ethylene  glycol. 

The  method  of  coating  with  such  compositions  comprising  ex- 
posing them,  in  combination  with  a  radiation  sensitizer,  to  an 
amount  of  radiation  effective  to  polymerize  them  to  a  non-off- 
setting state. 


3,673,141 
MOLDING  MATE3UAL  BASED  ON  BITUMEN 

Leo  Ui 
r,  Wdhcr,  di  of 
to   BMtate   Aidfai-    &    Soda-Fabrik    Aktlen- 
gcsellschaft,  Ludwigshafen  (Rhine).  Germany 

»«ed  Od.  29. 1969,  Scr.  No.  872467 
Claiim  priority,  appioilM  Gcnawiy,  Nov.  5, 1968,  P 18  07 
071.8;  Jmm  27, 1969,  P 19  32  588.3 

Ii«.CLC08f  45/52 
U.S.CL260— 28.5AS  SCMras 

Molding  material  comprising  (a)  a  specially  selected  bitu- 
men left  as  a  residue  in  the  distillation  of  petroleum  which  has 
been  deacidified  v^:lh  calcium  hydroxide  and  (b)  an  olefin 
polymer.  The  molding  material  may  be  pigment-cok>red  and  is 
used  in  the  form  of  sheeting  for  insulation  in  construction. 


DOPES  OF 


GAZETTE 

P  3,673,143 

OPTICALLY  ANISOTROPIC  SPINNING  1 
POLYCARBONAMIDES 
ThomM  I.  Bdb-.  and  PmI  W.  Marian,  both  of  Wc 

Pa.,  aaigyiors  to  E.  L  dn  Pont  de  Nemours  and  Company, 
WHmlactoo,  DcL 
CoiidBiiatkw-iii-p«rt  of  Scr.  No.  39^66,  May  21, 1970, 
abandoned,  wMch  Is  a  conthNiation-in-part  of  Scr.  No. 
693.739,  Dec.  27, 1967,  abandnowi.  TMs  apiiHctinii  June  24, 
1970,  Scr.  No.  49,539 
iBt  CL  C08g  51/50, 51/44  I 

U.S.  a.  260— 30  J  S  Claims 

Fibers  of  high  molecular  weight  p-oriented  poly<^arbona- 
mides  of  recurring  units  of  the  formula: 


(I) 


rn  HO  o' 

-}-  N— An-N-C— Ar,-^- 


wherein  jAti  is  p-phenylene  and/or  chloro-substituted  p-phen- 
ylene,  aod  Art  is  p-phenylene.  These  fibers  have  an  initial 
modulus  in  excess  of  1 70  gpd.  and  an  orientation  an^e  of  up 
to  40"  and/or  a  sonic  vekxaty  of  at  least  about  4  km./sec. 
either  aa-cxtruded  or  after  maintaining  the  fibers  at  0.99  to 
1  .SO  times  their  as-spun  lengths  and  heating  in  a  zone  main- 
tained between  200*  and  1 ,000*  C. 

Optically  anisotropic  spinning  dopes  of  these  polycarborw- 
mides  of  Formula  I  units,  lithium  or  calcium  chloride  and  cer- 
tain amide  or  urea  solvents,  are  also  disclosed. 


3,673,144 

THERMOPLASTIC  MOLDING  COMPOSITIONS 

CONTAINING  POLYESTERS 

Klans   Wctaacrmd,    Kdkhcini/Tanniis;    Rudolf   Ucbe,   Hof- 

hdm/Tainiiis,  and  Horsl  Pflalar,  nvokfUrt/Main,  al  of  Gar- 

■any,  aarfg^MHv  to  Fariiwcrkc  Hoecnsi  AkocnfsnHMciinfl 

vormals  Mdslcr  Lucius  &  Braniaa.  FrankfUrt/Midn,  Gcr- 


FrMkfUrt/M4m 


FDcd  July  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  838,686 

ippilcndon  Germany,  July  4, 1968.  P  17  69 

729.9     I 

InL  CLCOOg  5//J6  I 

U.S.  CL  260— 30.4  R  itCUns 

The  present  invention  relates  to  polyester  molding  oomposi- 
tions  from  linear  saturated  polyesters,  inert  inorganic  solid 
materials  and  2,3-epoxy  propanol  esters  of  polyfunctional  car- 
boxylic  acids  of  the  formula 


i 


Cflj — CH— CHf— O— 


o       o 

— B— C— O— CHr-CH CHj 


the 


which  mokling  compositions  may  be  worked  up  in  die  ther- 
moplastic range  and  from  which  nnolded  articles  can  be  made 
which  are  free  from  flash-fcrmation. 


3,673,142 

PREPARATION  OF  STABLE  LATEXES  FROM  ETHYL- 

ENICALLY  UNSATURATED  POLYMERIZABLE 

SURFACTANT  AND  SOLUTKm  OF  PREFORMED  WATER 

INSOLUBLE  POLYMER  OF  AN  ETHYLENICALLY 

UNSATURATED  COMPOUND 

Frank  L.  Saunders,  and  David  P.  SlwctT,  bodi  of  Nfldbuid, 

MidL.,  ssrignnri  to  Tiie  Dow  Cliwnlcai  Compaiqr,  Midfamd, 

Mich. 

IBcd  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1 1,867 
Iiita.C08f45/24 
U.S.  CL  260— 29.6  RW  14ClidnH 

Stable  latexes  are  prepared  by  mixing  a  polymerizaUe  sur- 
factant, water  and  a  substantially  water-insoluble  polymer  dis- 
solved in  a  non-aqueous  solvent  to  form  an  initial  dispersion  oi 
the  solution  in  water,  subjecting  the  dispersion  to  emulsion 
polymerization  conditions,  evaporating  the  solvent  and  op- 
tionally concentrating  the  remaining  aqueous  dispersion. 


3,673,145 

pcm^yimiim:  soLvnos  and  method  of  preparing 

SAME 

Muncyosid  ^Onand;  Bfasahani  Taaliucfai,  bodi  of 


and  Tosidya  YoslrfL  Oliu-kcn,  ai  of 
Toray  Indartrics,  Inc.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FHcdSepC  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862,601 
ClainK  priority,  application  Japan,  Sept  2,  1968, 
Jan.  22, 1969, 44/4147 

IaLa.C06B5//2«.5//44 

U.S.CL  260-32.4  N 

Novel  polyimide  solutions  are  provided  which  are  obtained 
by  reacting  1 ,2,3,4-butane  tetracartmxylic  acid  or  a  functional 
derivative  thereof  with  an  organic  diamine  for  example  an  aro- 
matic diamine  such  as  diaminodiphenyl  ether  in  certain  reac- 
tion solvents  for  example  phenols,  nitrobenzenes,  pyridines, 
quinolines,  N-alkyl  lactams  and  cyanobenzenes  at  a  tempera- 


aasifliors 

I 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1517 


titfe  of  from  100^  C.  to  the  boiling  point  of  the  reaction  mix- 
ture imtil  a  pdyimkk  solution  is  obtained  having  an  imidiza- 
tion  ratio  of  50-98  percent  is  obtained.  The  products  thus  ob- 
tained can  be  employed  as  varnishes,  to  make  film  coating  for 
electric  cable,  as  adhesives  or  blended  with  pigments  and  the 
like  to  make  paint. 


3,673,146 

METHOD  FOR  STABILIZING  PIGMENTED 

POLYCARBONATE  RESINS 

AnmO  rmCUMf  300QB«  n«Y*«  mKtt^mlF  WO  < 


FBed  Feb.  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 18,577 

InLCLC08g5//04 

U.S.CL  260-37  PC  4ClaiiM 

A  method  is  provided  for  stabilizing  polycarbonate  resin 
tinted  with  ultramarine  pigment,  involving  the  incorporation 
oi  the  ultramarine  pigment  into  the  polycarbonate  resin  as  an 
arylsiloxane-pigment  blend.  There  also  is  employed  with  the 
arylsiloxane-pigment  blend,  polycarbonate  resin  stabilizers 
such  as  triorganophosphite,  and  a  cycio  aliphatic  epoxy  com- 
pound. The  stabilized  resin  can  be  remolded  without  a  signifi- 
cant increase  in  the  Ydlow  Index  of  the  resin. 


3,673,147 
METHOD  OF  PREPARING  DELUSTERED  FILAMENTS 
AND  FIBERS 
P.  Bor,  RidHMMid,  Va^  sssipitir  to  Allied  Ciicndcal 

,NcwYof1i,N.Y. 
FBed  Apr8  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,917 
InLCLCOOg  57/04 
U.S.CL260— 37N  9 


QPThnnr?r£^ 


bathtubs  contains  as  the  binder 

I.  an  acrylic  graft  copolymer  having  attadied  to  its 
backbone  side  chain  ester  units  containing  reactive  hydroxyl 
groups; 

II.  a  polyester  of  two  or  more  dicarboxylic  adds  or  an- 
hydrides, a  glycidyl  ester,  a  glycol  and  a  trid; 

m.  an  alkylc^ted  medium  fomuddehyde  resin;  and  contains 
pigments  in  a  pigment  to  binder  ratio  <^  50: 100  to  250: 100  of 
a  blend  of  a  primer  pigment  such  as  titanium  dioxide  and  an 
ibrasive  pigment  of  zirconium  silicate. 


The  process  for  preparing  delustered  filaments  and  fibers  is 
carried  out  by  adding  an  amount  of  delustrant  in  a  ratio  of  5  to 
20  parts  by  weight  of  delustrant  per  1 00  parts  of  polymer  chips 
under  an  inert  blanket,  grinding  said  delustrant  with  said 
polymer  chips  with  grinding  balls  of  about  one-half  to  1% 
inches  in  diameter  by  vibrating  at  about  2  to  10  mm  amplitude 
and  at  a  frequency  of  about  600  to  3,600  cycles  per  minute 
while  incrementally  increasing  the  temperature  fix>m  about 
ambient  to  about  20°  C.  below  the  softening  point  of  said 
polymer  and  obtaining  a  pigment  dispersion  of  substantially 
less  than  1  micron  particle  size  and  separating  the  balls  from 
the  pigmented  polymer. 


^^  3,673,148 

ABRASION  RESISTANT  COATING  COMPOSITION  OF  AN 

ACRYUC  POLYMER,  A  POLYESTER  AND  A 

THERMOSETTING  CONSTITUENT 

Joseph  A.  Vmla,  Woodbury,  N  J.,  aasignnr  to  E.  L  du  Pont  de 

Nemours  and  Company,  Wihnington,  DcL 

FBed  May  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  145,535 
IntCLCOSg  57/04 
UACL260— 39R  II  CWms 

A  coating  composition  that  forms  a  high  quality  abrasion  re- 
sistant finish  for  fiberglass   reinforced  plastic  sinks  and 


3,673,149  

FLAME  RETARDANT  COMPOSITIONS  OF  MATTER 

AkxMdcr  GaydMch,  Chicago,  DL,  Mripinr  to  UirfmHl  Oil 

Products  Company,  Des  Plalncs,  DL 

Conltaualion-ln<iiart  of  Scr.  No.  767,546,  Sept.  5, 1968,  PML 
No.  3,574,231.  Tids  appBcaliou  Dec.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,946 

InL  CL  C08f  45/60;  C08g  57/60 
U.S.  CL  260— 45.8  N  SCWbh 

Novel  compositions  of  matter  comprising  a  potymeric  com- 
pound and  an  N-substituted  polyhalopolyhydropolycydic- 
dicartwximide  as  exemplified  by  pcdypropylene  and  quanji- 
5,6,7,8,9,9-hexachtoro- 1 .2,3,4,4a,5,8,8a-octahydro-5,8- 
methano-2,3-naphthalenedicarboximide  possess  certain 
physical  properties  such  as  being  flameproof  or  fire  resistant 


3,673,150 
GLASS  FIBER  REINFORCED  ELASTOMERS 

Alfred  Maraoodn,  Cumbcriand,  R.I.,  assigMr  to 


FBed  Nov.  20, 1969,  Scr.  Now  878,501 
InLCLC0ec7i/20 
U.S.CL  260—41.5  A  6( 

The  improvemem  in  the  bonding  relationship  between  glaas 
fibers  and  elastomeric  materials  in  the  manufiscture  of  ^ass 
fiber-reinforced  elastomeric  products  wherein  the  individual 
glass  fibers  are  sized,  or  a  bundle  of  glass  fibers  are  im- 
pregnated, with  a  composition  containing  a  polysulfide. 


3,673,151 

ALKYLHYCLROXYPHENYL  IHIOALKANCmATE 

STABILIZERS  FOR  CMtGANIC  MATERIALS 

David  HcriMrt  SUsinNrg,  Bnta,  N.Yn  ■Mpm  to  Ob^Gciiy 


DivWon  of  Scr.  No.  772,368,  Oct.  31, 1968,  Pat.  No. 

3398354.  Ti*  appBcmian  Sept.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,202 

Int.  CL  COOf  45/58;  C08g  51/58 

U.S.CL  260-4535  3Clsins 

Alkylhydroxyphen^thioloacyl  alkanoic  acid  esters  of 
nnono-  and  pc^ymercaptoalkanoic  acid  esters  prepared  by 
known  thiolo  esterification  procedures,  are  stabilizers  of  or- 
ganic material  subject  to  oxidative  deterioration. 


3,673,152 

ENHANCEMENT  OF  RESISTANCE  OF  OLEFIN 

PCH.  YMERS  TO  COPPER-CATALYZED  OXIDATIVE 

DEGRADATION 

Motonobu     Minagawa,     Koshigaya;     Kenkhi     Nakagawa, 
Mid  Mkmnt  Goto,  botli  of  Toltya,  ai  of  Japan,  ssriganw  to 

Argjus  ClMndcal  Cutpuration,  BvooUjrn,  N.Y. 

Fled  May  23, 1969,  Scr.  Now  827,166 

Q^m  priority,  appBcatianJivMi,  May  27, 1968, 43/35426 
Iota  COM  45/60 
U3.CL260— 453N  ISdaiM 

Heterocyclic  amines  or  amides  are  provided  which  are  use- 
ful in  theenhancement  of  the  resistance  of  olefin  polymers  to 
copper-catalyzed  oxidative  deterioration. 

Stabilizer  compositions  are  also  provided  consisting  essen- 
tially of  at  least  one  <4efin  polymer  stabilizer  and  heterocydic 
amines  or  amides;  and  ol«Bn  polymer  compositions,  such  as 
propylene  polymer  compositions,  containing  heterocyclic 


S99  O.Q. — 5B 


1618 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TT] 


June  27,  1972 


amines  or  amides;  and  a  process  for  enhancing  the  resistance 
of  olefin  polymers  to  copper-catalyzed  degradation  by  incor- 
poration of  such  compounds  or  of  such  subilizer  composi- 


tions. 


3,673,153 

THERMOSTABLE  POLYESTERS  AND  PROCESS  OF 

PRCNXJCING  SAME 

Erich  Beta-,  TroiMlorf,  Gcnnany,  SMigiior  to  Dynamtt  Nobd 

AG,  lydMlorf  PoitfKh,  GcmMBy 

Fifed  Mvcfa  25. 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,689 
n«h—  priority,  applkT**""  Gcnnuy.  March  26, 1969,  P  19 

15374J 

IiiLCLC08f/7/0« 

UACL260— 47C  4Chliiis 

Thermostable  polyesters  of  formula  (1)  wherein  n  is 
40-200.  and  the  carbonyl  and  carboxy  groups  on  the  pheylene 
radical  are  in  para  or  meta  positions  with  respect  to  each 
other.  The  polyesters  are  useful  as  electrically  insulating 
materials.  They  are  produced  by  reaction  of  diacylchlorides  of 
terephdudic  or  isophthaUc  acid  with  4,4'-dihydroxytetraphen- 
ylmethane. 


7lciitois 


"       I  3,673,155 

BIS(ORGANOSILYL)HYDROCARBON  MODIFIED 

POLYAMIDES  AND  METHODS  FOR  MAKING  THEM 
Fred  F.  Holub;  Abe  Berger.  and  Terry  G.  Sellii.  •■  o#  Schenec 

tady,  N.Y^  Hrignon  to  General  Efedric  ConpMiy 

,    FOedDw,  3, 1969,  Ser.  No.  881,887 

I  Iiit.CLC08|20/i2 

VS.  a.  260—65 

Bi8(amlnoorganosilyl)hydrocarbons  are  employed  m  com- 
bination with  organic  diacids  or  organic  dianhydrides  to  pro- 
vide for  the  production  of  bis(organo«lyl)hydrocarbon 
modified  polyamides  including  polyantide  acids.  The  "bis(or- 
ganosilyl)hydrocarbon  modified  polyamides  also  can  contain 
chemically  combined  polydiorganosiloxane.  The  bis(or- 
ganosilyl  hydrocarbon  modified  polyamides  can  be  employed 
to  make  molding  compounds,  and  polyamide  and  p(^yimide 
insulating  films. 


I 


:wiTH 


3,673,154 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  RECOVERY  OF  COBALT  CATALYST 
AMn  E.  TrevUyan,  NapoMDe,  DL,  asrignor  to  Atfantk 
RicMkM  Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fifed  June  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,196 

Int.  CL  COlg  57/00;  C07c  63/02 

UACL260— 524R  12Clahns 


3,673,156 

COrOLYMERS  OF  CARBON  MONOXIDE 

CARBONYL  COMPOUNDS  AND  PROCESS  FOR  IHEIR 

PREPARATION 

Guidobaldo  CevkWli;  Mvio  Ragmini,  both  of  MBmio,  and 

Mario  Modena,  Bollate,  Milan,  all  of  lUly.  assl^wrs  to 

F^Mft,  Milan,  Italy 

Continuation  of  Scr.  No.  272,073,  April  10, 1963,  abnndonrd. 

Tl^  appilcalion  June  5, 1967,  Scr.  No.  645,543 

Clainia  priority,  appBcatfoa  Italy,  April  1 1. 1962, 7149/62 

Int.  CLCOSt  7/02, //04  I 

U.S.  CI.  J60  -  67  FP  ^  1<»  Clitaw 


MZTK    tec  ItO  OTCT 


KtaotmroM 

Of  coa«.T 


Wmt  wo  CCMLT  MZnTt 

OFOUGMIC 


tczvc 

tec 


Copolymers  of  carbon  nKjnoxide  with  carbonyhc  com- 
pounds having  all  of  the  groups 

\  I  O  o  o 

_ci,_0-,  -i-CHr-O-CHi-C-O-,  -C-CH,-  0- 

and  a  process  for  making  these  copolymers  which  involves 
reacting  under  anhydrous  conditions,  carbon  nwnoxide  and 
formakkhyde  monomer,  linear  polymers  thereof  or  trioxane 
in  the  jw^esence  of  a  catalyst  selected  from  the  group  of  ca- 
tionic  chlorinated  and  fluorimied  derivatives  of  an  element 
selected  from  the  groups  ID.  IV,  V  and  Vin  of  the  Periodic  Ta- 
ble, at  a  temperature  between  about  -1 10»  C  and  -♦-25(r  C 
under  •  pressure  of  about  30  to  5,000  atm.  to  produce  a 
polymer  consisting  essentially  of  all  of  the  structural  units: 


H    O 


/^i-oV-i-,    -i-O    and    -C-4-0-- 


There  is  disclosed  a  cobalt  catalyst  recovery  process  which 
can  provide  substantially  100  percent  recovery  of  cobalt  from 
meta-  or  para-xylene  oxidation  reaction  products,  in  a  cata- 
lytically  active  form  relatively  free  from  side  reaction,  tramp 
metal  and  corrosion  products.  The  reaction  medium,  after 
recovery  of  isophthalic  or  terephthalic  acid  products,  is 
distilled  or  flashed,  diluted  with  water  to  achieve  a  cobalt  con- 
centration and  acetic  acid  concentration  sufficient  to  yield  a 
pH  of  the  solution  above  3.0  and  to  precipitate  iron  and 

chromium  values.  The  reaction  medium  is  separated  from  j^  ^  raqdom  distribution  and  as  represented  by  the  fopiula: 
these  precipitates  and  treated  with  aqueous  sodium  carbonate 
which  serves  to  convert  the  side  reaction  organic  acids  to  scrfu- 
ble  sodium  salts  and  the  cobalt  to  insoluble  cobalt  carbonate. 
Nickel  impurities  may  be  converted  to  a  soluble  form.  The 
cobalt  carbonate  is  separated  out  by  filtration  or  the  like,  and 
is  reconverted  to  cobalt  acetate  by  treating  the  carbonate  with 
acetic  acid  and,  if  desired,  a  minor  amount  of  water.  The 
catalyst  solution,  preferably  after  water  removal,  is  recycled  to 
the  oxidation  (vocess. 


H 


H 

•i-o 


H    O 

-i4-o- 


H 


wherein  n,  m  and  p  are  whole  numbers  >0 . 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1519 


3,673,157 

ZINC  AND  MANGANESE  GENTISATE  AS  POLYESTER 

CATALYSTS  AND  MOLECULAR  WEIGHT  ENHANCER 

John  A.  Price,  Swattfamore,  and  Mary  J.  Stewart,  Media,  both 

of  Pa.,  aiBipion  to  FMC  Corporation,  PUtodciphia,  Pa. 
^     Continuatioo.ln-p«1  of  Scr.  No.  1 7,925,  March  9, 1970, 
abmdoned.  TMs  appHcaftton  July  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  60,1 1 1 
Int.CLC08g77/07J 
U.S.a.260-75R  Idaim 

Zinc  and  manganese  geRtisate  and  fiber  and  fUm-fonning 
polyester  resins  comprising  the  condensation  polymerization 
product  of  (a)  a  saturated  diester,  (b)  a  saturated  diol,  and  (c) 
a  catalytic  amount  of  zinc  or  manganese  gentisate . 


polymer  having  a  structure  characterized  by  the  following 
linkages: 

A.  amide-imide  linkages  of  the  formula: 

CO 
— NH-Ari-N  Ari-CO- 

B.  amide  linkages  of  the  formula: 


3,673,158 
SULFOBETAINE  GLYCCH.  MOMFIED  POLY(ETHYLENE 

TEREPHTHALATE) 
Arthur  M  Reader,  Corpus  Christ!,  Tex.,  and  Robert  W. 
Stackman,  Morris  TowmMp,  Morris  County,  N  J.,  assignors 
to  CdancM  Corporartioa,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Continuation  of  Scr.  No.  838,033,  June  23, 1969,  abudoned, 
wMch  is  a  continuation  of  Scr.  No.  604,138,  Dec  23, 1966, 
abandoned.  This  appBcathwi  Aug.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,615 
Int.  CL  C08g  /  7/08, 20/20 
U.S.  CL  260— 75  N  4Clalnis 

Sulfobetaine  glycols  prepared  by  reaction  of  bis  (hydroxyal- 
kyl)  amines  with  sultones  are  incorporated  into  polyesters  and 
polyamides  to  improve  dyeability. 


3,673,159 
MANUFACTURE  OF  POLYURETHANES  USING 
ORGANIC  ZIRCONIUM  COMPOUNDS  AS  CATALYSTS 
WUIcm  DUkhuiacn,  Zuidlaren,  Nctheriandi;  Erich  Terrain, 
NhdtrkMwl,  Germany;  Otto  Bleh,  Bcrghrim/Slcg,  Ger- 
many, and  Dieter  Morgcnatcm,  Rosrath,  Germany,  as- 
signors to  Dynandt  Nobd  AkticngcscUwAaft,  Troisdori,  Ger- 
many 

Filed  May  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48,775 
ClalnH  priority,  application  Germany,  May  10,  1969,  P  19 
23934.0 

Int.  CLCOSg  22/40 
U.S.  a.  260— 77.5  AB  7ClainiB 

In  the  manufacture  of  a  polyurethane  by  the  reaction  of  a 
polyol  with  a  polyisocyanate  in  the  presence  of  a  catalyst  and 
in  the  absence  of  vrater,  the  catalyst  used  is  an  organic  zirconi- 
um compound,  preferably  a  zirconium  alcoholate  or  pheno- 
late,  having  the  formula 


(Y)mZr(YR)4-im 


wherein: 

Zr  is  a  zirconium  atom 

Y  is  an  oxygen  or  sulfur  atom 

R  is  an  organic  radical  of  up  to  12  carbon  atoms,  which  can 

be  alike  or  different 
m  is  0  or  1 . 


3,673,160 

PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  BRILLIANT  SULFONATED 

POLY  AMIDE-IMIDE  FIBERS  AND  SUCH  FIBERS  SO 

PRODUCED 

Francob  Bubson,  and  Jean  Paul  Grestcau,  both  of  Lyon, 

France,  assignors  to  Societe  Rhodiaccta,  Paris,  France 

Filed  Feb.  2, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 12,083 
Clafans    priority,    appifcathm    France,    Feb.    12,    1970, 
7005024;  Nov. 17, 1970, 7041462 

Int.a.C08g20/J2 
UA  CL  260—78  TF  2Clainis 

A  process  for  producing  brilliant  thermostable  polyamide- 
imide  fibers  and  such  fibers  so  produced,  such  process  com- 
prising  extruding   an    N-methylpyrrolidone    solution   of   a 


-NH— An— NH— C  O- 


-CO— ;  and,  optionally 


Y 

SOi 


OtM 
C.  amide  linkage  of  the  formula: 

— N  H— Ar,— N  H— CO— R-CO— 

wherein  Ar,  represents  a  bivalent  aromatic  radical.  Art 
represents  a  trivsilent  aromatic  radical,  R  represents  a  bivalent 
aromatic,  aliphatic,  cydoaliphatic  or  arylaliphatic  radical,  and 
M  represents  an  alkali  or  alkaline  esirth  metal,  linkages  B 
representing  at  least  3  percent  of  the  total  erf*  linkages  A,  B  and 
C  in  an  aqueous  N-methylpryyolidone  coagulating  bath;  draw- 
ing the  extrxided  filaments  in  air  at  a  rate  of  at  least  1 .5  X;  dry- 
ing the  filaments  to  eliminate  N-methylpyrrolidone;  and  dry- 
ing the  filaments.  The  filaments  obtained  are  characterized  in 
being  brilliant,  homogenous,  thermostable  filaments. 


3,673,161 

PREPARATION  OF  POLYMERS  OF  LACTAMS  WITH 

REDUCED  CRYSTALUNTTY 

Jan  Scbcnda,  Stresnkc  Plonyru   1709,  and  Rudolf  Puffr, 

Scnetdsita,  both  of  Prague  6,  Caechosiovakia 

Fifed  Maxh  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  20^430 
Int.  CLC08g  20/;« 
U.S.CL260— 78L  4CWnis 

Lactam  polymers  of  reduced  crystallinity  are  prepared  by 
incorporating  the  salts  of  certain  polyvalent  cations. 


3,673,162 
COPOLYAMIDES  FROM  BIS(AMINOPHENYL)SULFONE 
Alan  Buckky,  and  Icuan  Thomas,  both  of  Runcorn,  Fjni^«yi^ 

msignors  to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries  limited,  London, 

England 

Fifed  April  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,698 

Clafans  prtority,  appiicadon  Great  Brttafai,  May  2,  1969, 
22,509/69 

IntCLC08g  20/20 
U.S.CL260— 78R  llClainH 

The  hydrolytic  stability  (and  especially  the  resistance  to  im- 
mersion in  boiling  water)  of  polyamides  of  bis( amino-phen- 
yl )sulphones  (or  mixtures  thereof  vrith  up  to  20  mole  percent 
of  at  least  one  other  diamine)  and  aE,a>-poiymethylene  dicar- 
boxylic  acids  having  from  six  to  16  carbon  atoms  in  all  is  im- 
proved by  replacing  from  3  to  36  mole  percent  of  the  dUcar- 
boxylic  acid  with  a  carbocyclic  dicarboxyUc  acid.  The 
products  are  useful  as  thermoplastic  moulding  materials  and 
for  conversion  of  films  and  fibers. 


3,673,163 

PHARMACOLOGICAL  PREPARATION  CONTAINING  AN 

ACRONYONE-POLYVINYLPRROLIDONE 

CCM*RECIPn'ATE 

W.  Douglas  Walklfaig,  Indianapoife,  Ind.,  — igiini  to  EH  Lilly 

and  Company,  IndianapoBs,  Ind. 

Fifed  June  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  46^10 
Int.CLC07dJ7/72 
U.S.CL260— 279R  5ClainH 

A  novel  pharmaceutical  preparation  of  acronycine  compris- 
ing an  acronycine-polyvinylpyrrolidone  coprecipitate  of  in- 
creased solubility. 


I 


1620 


3^73,164 

2.METHYLENE-3-Bl]TENYL  QUATERNARY 
AMMONIUM  MONOMERS  AND  POLYMERS 
GUfhi  D.  JoMt;  G«raM  R.  Gcycr,  both  of  AOdhnd,  Mfch^  and 
McMh  J.  Hiteh,  Socorro,  N.  Mcx^  MripMn  to  Hw  Dow 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  27, 


1972 


t  of  Sot.  No.  79M12,  Oct.  23, 1968,  POfL 
No.  3,544,532,  wMch  h  a  dhrtalM  of  Scr.  No.  381,546,  Jiriy  9, 
1964,  aboBdoMd.  Thh  ^fflciltaa  Sept.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

69^443 
bd.  CL  C08f  3/84, 15/02. 15/24 
U.S.CL260— 803N  llOafciiB 

Novel     2-ineth^ene-3-butenyl     quaternary     ammonium 
monomers  (I)  and  polymen  (II): 


3^73,167 
POL YVINYL  CHLOUDE  FIBERS 

Claude  Lcdoux,  Antony,  Hants  de  Seine,  and  Albert  D*  Vries, 
Chevilly-larve,  Val  dc  Mame,  both  of  France,  aadgnors  to 
Produits  Chimiques  Pechiney  Saint  Gobain,  Ncuilly  sur 
Seine,  France 
ConltaMdh»-4»f«t  of  Scr.  No.  638,177,  April  24, 1967,  PM. 
No.  3,548,049.  TMi  appacaliaa  Oct.  30, 1969,  Scr.  No. 
872440 
OnkM  priority,   ivpMcatfoa   nmet,   April   27,    1966, 
6659303;  March  3, 1967, 6797350;  Oct.  9, 1968, 68169192 

Ii«.CLD01d5/M 
U.S.CL260— 923R  8( 


CHf  NRjRiRiY® 
CHi-C— CH=CHt 
I 


/  CHi  NRiR.RiY®\ 

-VCHr-C-CH-CHi         -j- 

n 


where  R„  R,  and  R,  are  organic  groups,  are  prepared  by  reac- 
tion of  2-halomethyl-l  ,3-butadiene  with  a  tertiary  amine.  The 
quaternary  ammonium  group  increases  the  water  solubility 
and  hydrophilic  properties  of  polymen  containing  II.  Particu- 
larly usefiil  are  water-soluble  quaternary  ammonium  polymers 
active  as  electroconductive  additives  for  paper  and  other  cel- 
lulosic  products. 


3,673,165 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  AN  ALTERNATING 

COPOLYMER  or  BUTADIENE  AND  ACRYLONTTRILE 
AUhko   KawMkl,   IcMhon;    HktMkl    Ueda,   Chibo,   a«l 

MMMMbv  TMdfncM,  kMhara,  ai  of  imgm,  aaripion  to 

Maram  FMradMakri  Cow,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  JapM 
Fled  April  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,300 

Claims  priority,  appMcadoa  Japam  April  28,  1969. 
44/33036;  May  31,  1969,  44/42082;  May  31,  1%9,  44/42083; 
May  31,  1%9,  44/42086 

Iirt.  CL  C08d  1/14, 3/04, 3/06 
U.S.CL  260— 82.5  9Clalnio 

A  process  for  preparing  an  alternating  copolymer  of  bu- 
tadiene and  acrylonitrile  which  comprises  contacting  bu- 
tadiene and  acrylonitrile  in  liquid  phase  with  a  catalyst,  said 
catalyst  comprises  the  first  component  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  an  aluminum  haUde  and  a  zinc  halide,  a 
vanadium  compound  as  the  second  component  and  the  third 
component  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  an  organo- 
aluminum  compound,  an  (M^anozinc  compound  and  an  or- 
ganoiithium  compound.  The  ahemating  copolymers  obtained 

by  this  invention  are  rubber-lilce  in  character  and  are  uaeftil  in 
the  field  of  rubber,  plastics  industries,  etc. 


3,673,166  

l>DIALKOXYBENZENES  AS  RAMDOMIZER  FOR 
COPOLYMERIZATIO^B 
J.  IVcpka,  BartkovBe,  OUn.. 


(<V-/,Vj 


Vinyl  chloride  homo-  and  co-p<dymers  are  made  which 
have  uniform  cross  section,  homogeneous  structure,  great 
brilliance,  and  good  transparency.  They  are  far  superior  in 
these  properties  to  any  polyvinyl  chloride  homo-  or  co- 
polymers which  were  previously  known.  They  may  have  any 
desired  shape  in  cross  section,  for  instance  those  of  a  square  or 
a  star. 


3,673,168 

POLYMERIZATION  PROCESS 

OHvtr  W.  Borkc,  Jr.,  506  Intracoastal  Drive,  Fort  Lauderdale, 

Fla.;  Joseph  AnatiB  A.  Klasr,  21 1  S.E.  Sixth  Cowt,  PoapMW 

BcMd^  Fin.,  Mid  PlBi*  Davta,  30027  WMte  St.,  Cttirtter, 

t  of  Scr.  Ntt.  447441,  Apr*  12, 1965, 
lhwtliiii-lB-p«rtofSsr.  No.  805,080. 
29, 1969.  BJiBniinaiii,  whidiisa  I  iirthnintliin  of  Str.  No. 
686350,  Nov.  28, 1967,  abidoiwd,  widch  is  a  i  iillnMUliin  of 
Scr.  No.  447,196,  April  12, 1965,  abandoMd. ' 
I  Jm.  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,812 

I  lot.  CL  C08f  1/60, 3/00, 15/00 

U.S.  CL  260— 94.2  R  ^       204 


to 


Fled  Doc.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,109 
biL  CL  C06d  1/32, 3/02;  COflf  19/08 
U.S.a.260— 83.7  8 

A  method  for  copdymerizing  monomeric  materials  using 
organolithtum  compounds  as  initiators  in  which  1,2-dialkox- 
ybenzene  is  introduced  into  the  reaction  in  a  quantity  suffi- 
cient to  produce  random  copcrfymers. 


A  process  for  forming  polymer  material  having  terminal 
hydroxyl  groups  and  a  number  average  molecular  weight  in 
the  range  of  500  to  10,000.  by  (A)  forming  a  single  phase 
polymerization  system  consisting  essentially  of  hydrogen 
peroxide,  specified  vinylidene  monomer  and/or  conjugated 
diene  monomer,  and  liquid  organic  mutual  solvent  diluent 
comprising  at  least  a  major  proportion  of  lower  aliphatic  satu- 


JUNE  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1021 


rated  oxygenated  solvent  selected  fix>m  the  alcohols,  ether  al- 
cohols, keto  alcohob  and  ketones,  which  system  is  essentially 
free  of  materials  that  decompose  hydrogen  peroxide  to  form 


^^^&i^5^5i 


I- 


^s^ 

Ji= 

rni:! 

htT" 

Y 

/ 

y 

> 

t: 

.^ 

^ 

^ 

■^ 

4 

■           m 

m 

*          m 

9              « 

9               « 

»              * 

•                          i 

»                4 

»          smm 

oxygen  at  below  100°  C,  and  (B)  heating  said  system  to  tem- 
peratures sufRciently  above  100"  C.  to  initiate  and  effect 
polymerization  in  said  system. 


3,673,169 

l,3ATIiIADlAZOLYLAZO-3- 

(CYCL0HEXYLAMIN0)ACYLANILIM:  DYES 

Max  A.  Woavvr;  Janes  M.  Straky,  and  WBIub  H.  Moore,  aU 

of  Kh^spott,  Tcuk,  aaslgBors  to  Eaataan  Kodali  Conpany. 

Ruihsstsr.N.Y. 

Fled  Jnw  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  833,744 
Iirt.  CL  C09b  29/08;  D06p  3/24, 3/46 
U.S.CL260— 158  4Clatais 

Monoazo  compounds  having  a  1,3,4-thiadiazolyl  diazo 
component  and  a  3-(cyckrfiexylamino)acylanilide  coupling 
component  are  useful  for  dyeing  nylon  and  polyester  textile 
materials  on  which  the  compounds  exhibit  improved  proper- 
ties such  as  excellent  dyeability.  lightfastness  and  migration  on 
polyamide  fibers  and  excellent  resistance  to  sublimation  on 
polyester  fibers. 


3,673,170 
PHENYL-AZO-NAPHTIKH.  DYES 
GcrlMrdGnad, 


to 


FM  July  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  845,05S 

riority.  appHclloB  Germany.  July  26.  1968.  P  17 
93039.1 

IBL  CL  C07c  107/06;  C09b  29/10 
U.S.CL  260-202  2CMm 

Monoazo  dyes  having  a  2-amino-S-nitrobenzoic  ester  as 
diazo  component  and  /}-naphthcd  as  coupling  component 
which  are  useful  for  dy^ng  linear  polyesters  and  polyamides, 
said  dyes  being  generally  represented  by  the  formula: 


COOR 


HO 


O^-/        ^^=^ 


a) 


where  R  denotes  the  linear  or  branched  aliphatic.  araUphatic 
or  cycloaliphatic  radical  dL  an  alcohol. 


3,673,171 

STARCHES  CCWTAINING  NCMM-ICmiC.  BASIC  AND 

ACIDiC  GROUPS  AND  PREPARATION  AND  USES 

THEREOF 

Lee  H.  Elaer,  Keokuli,  Iowa,  tlpinr  to  Hk  HwMiyT 

y,  Keokuk,  Iowa 

k  of  So-.  No.  733,233,  May  31. 1968. 
.  Thb  applicatioB  July  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  58,988 
lBLCLC08b/9/07 
U.S.CL260— 233JR  13ClaiM 

Starches,  especially  high  amylose  starches  containing 
nonionic,  basic  (cationic)  and  acidic  (anionic)  groups, 
preferably  hydroxyalkylether  (non-ionic),  tertiary  amino, 
cyanamide  or  quaternary  amino  (cationic)  and  sulfonic  acid 
or  sulfonate  groups  or  cwboxylic  or  carboxylate.  or  phosphate 
or  phosphonate  (anionic),  in  the  starch  nK^ecule,  are 
prepared  which  are  especially  useful  for  sizing  threads  or 
yams  of  mixed  fibers  such  as,  for  exam;^.  cotton  fibers  and 
polyester  fibers,  viz.,  polyethylene  teref^thalate  fibers,  and 
hych-ophobic  fibers  that  are  difficuh  to  size. 


3,673,172 
1.4-MPHENYL-3,6-[IXMERCAPTO  <«  EPI  (MTHIA  <Mt 
TETRATinA)]2,5-PIPERAZINEDIONES 
Sieve  Georr  Svokoa,  Wcstwood,  N  J., 
cr,  PlHri  River,  N.Y.,  aarivMn  to 


:  of  Scr.  No.  833,147,  Jmc  13, 1969,  PM. 
No.  34(60,483.  TUs  applcaiion  AprI  14, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

28,525 
biLCLC07d9J/J6 
U.S.CL260— 239JB  IOCWm 

This  disclosure  describes  substituted  1 ,4-diphenyl-3,6- 
dimercapto-2,5-ptperazinediones  and  substituted  l,4-<fiphen- 
yl-3,6-epi(dithia  or  tetrathia)-2,5-piperazinediones  useful  as 
antifungal  agents. 


3,673,173 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARATION  OF  2a,3o(- 
EPITHI06TER(ND 
TakhIro  Koncno,  Owka,  «ad  iSkoao  Iwaknra, 
both  of  Japan,  asslgwnri  to  SUonogi  *  Co.,  Ltd.. 


Fled  Apcfl  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,522 

CUn  priority,  appldttea  JiVM,  M«y  8, 1969, 44/35340 

IaLCLC07c  767/^6 

U.S.CL  260— 239.5  4ClolaH 

A  process  for  the  pivparation  of  the  hormonal  2a.3a- 
epithiO"5a-steroid  of  estrane,  androstane  or  the  pregnane  se- 
ries which  comprises  reaction  of  the  ooiresponding  A'-ScMte- 
roid  with  thiocyanogen  halide,  fdlowed  l^  treatment  of  die 

products  under  basic  conditionK,  some  of  the  products  thereof 
and  pharmaceutical  compositions  containing  the  products 

thereof. 


3,673,174 

DECONTAMINATION  OF  REACTION  SOLUTIONS 

CONTAINING  DISSOLVED  ORGANIC  EXPLOSIVES 

Charles  L.  Snrfth,  a^  WIBaa  S.  RcyMldi,  Jr.,  both  of  Kted- 
port.  Ten.,  aasigMrs  to  the  United  States  of  ABBcrica  as  rep- 
resented by  tlw  Secretary  of  tlie  Army 

Fled  Joly  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,764 

IM.  a  C07d  55/76.33/60 
U.S.CL  260-239  HM  7ClifaiB 

Process  for  the  decontamination  of  reaction  solutions  wfaidi 
are  contaminated  witii  disscdved  organic  crystalline  explo- 
sives, particulaiiy  those  explosives  commonly  known  as  RDX 
and  HMX.  The  process  involves  the  selective  adsorption  of 
the  dissolved  exi^osives  on  activated  carbon. 


1522 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


Goa 


3,673,175 
PREPARATION  OF  PIPERIDYL-STERCMDS 

■d  Hont  Riedi,  both  of  Uu,  Donau,  AiHtria, 
to    Ortcrrckhiiche    Stkkstoffwcrke     Aktim- 
tcMflKhuft,  Linz,  Donau,  Auitria 

FUcd  April  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  137,699 
Cl^ns  priority,  ■ppHratton  Aurtria,  April  24,  1970,  A 
3750/70 

IiitCLC07c /7J//0 
U.S.a.  260— 239.5  7Ctalm« 

The  preparation  of  pipehdyl-steroids  having  an  oxygen-con- 
taining group  in  the  16-po6ition  which  comprises  reacting  C|«- 
bromo-cyanamides,  in  a  predominantly  aprotic  and  polar 
medium  with  an  alkali  metal  salt  of  a  lower  aliphatic  carboxyl- 
ic  acid  or  of  benzoic  acid,  isolating  the  resulting  16-acyloxy- 
cyanamide  and  then  reducing  this  compound  to  remove  the 
nithle  group. 


972 


3,673,176 
SUBSTITUTED  -7,12,  DIHYDROPLEIALINE 
DERIVATIVES 
Cari  Katacr,  Haddon  Hcigiits,  NJ.,  and  Charici  L.  Ziride, 
Berwyn,  Pa.,  Mdgnors  to  Smith  KHnc  and  French  Labora- 
tories, Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Divtaloa  ol  Scr.  No.  709,863,  March  4, 1968,  PM.  No. 
3,557,098.  TMi  appMcatlon  Aug.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,268 
InLCLC07d  29/70 
U.S.CL  260-240  TC  SCIafans 

7,12-Dihydropleiadenes  in  which  the  nucleus  may  have 
chloro,  methyl,  methoxy.  methylthio  or  trifluoromethyl  sub- 
stituents  and  the  7-position  is  substituted  by  an  aminopropy- 
lidene,  aminopropyl,  piperidylidene,  piperidyl,  pyrrolidy- 
lidene,  pyrrolidyl,  2-piperidinylethylidene,  2-piperidinylethyl, 
2-pyrroUdinylethylidene  or  2-pyrTolidinylethyl  moiety  are  use- 
ful as  tranquilizers  and  antidepressants.  The  compounds  are 
generally  prepared  by  reaction  of  the  appropriate  amino 
Grignard  reagent  with  a  7(  12H)-pleiadenone  followed  by  acid 
dehydration  of  the  7-hydroxy  intermediate  and  subsequent 
reduction  of  the  unsaturated  derivative  with  phosphorus  and 
hydroiodic  acid.  The  1,4-addition  products  also  obtained  via 
the  Grignard  reaction,  namely  6-substituted-7(12H)- 
pleiadenones,  are  also  usefiil  as  tranquilizers  and  antidepre»- 
sants. 


Ldv 


3,673,179    

C-21  LOWER  ALKYLSULFINYL  ESTERS  OF  CERTAIN 
21-HYINtOXYCORTICOSTEROIDS 
RichMTd  M.  Scrlbncr,  Wtafagtoa,  DcL,  — Ignnr  to  E. 
Pont  de  Nemours  and  Camfiany,  Wlfanfaigton,  DcL 
I   FBcdAprfl  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,003 
Int.CLC07c/69/J2 
U.S.CL  260— 239.55  9( 

C-21  Lower  alkylsulfinyl  esters  of  certain  21-hydroxycor- 
ticosteroich  are  good  antiinflammatory  agents  which  have 
both  topical  and  systemic  activities.  These  compounds  are 
best  prepared  by  a  2-step  process  which  involves  the  esterifi- 
cation  of  a  2 1  -hydroxycorticosteroid  with  a  lower  alkylsulfide- 
acid  and  oxidation  of  the  resulting  sulfide  ester  with  a  mild  ox- 
idizing agent  to  the  corresponding  sulfmyl  ester. 


3,673,177 

SUBSTITUTED  4KANILINOMETHYLENE)-3- 

GALANTHAMANINONES 

Elizabeth  Bcnz  Moriodt,  Bronx,  and  Leon  Goldman,  Nanuet, 

both  of  N.Y.,  artgnnn  to  Amcrfcan  Cyanandd  Company, 

FBcd  M«y  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,591 

IiiLCLC07d  99/04 

U.S.CL26IK-240.3  SOafaM 

This  disclosure  described  compounds  of  the  class  of  sub- 
stituted 4-(anilinomethylene)-3-galanthamaninones  useful  as 
antibacterial  agents  and  central  nervous  system  depressants. 


3,673,178 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING  2-[2-(ARYLAMINO)-VINYL]- 

IKLOWER  ALKYLV3-H-INDOLIUM  SALT  DYES 
Vloyd  L.  Tcwkdmiy,  Jr.,  E^fcrtsvUc,  and  Waller  R.  Dcmicr, 
HHubiiri.  both  of  N.Y.,  awlgnnri  to  Ailed  Chemical  Cor^ 
poradon.  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  Nov.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  877,033 
Inl.CLC07d27/i« 
U.S.CL  260— 240.8  16Clahm 

Production  of  water-aoluUe  cationic  dyes  by  reaction  of  1- 
loweralk^A*'  -indolineacetaldehydes,  primary  and  seconda- 
ry aromatic  amines  and  orthophosphoric  acid  in  an  inert 
water-miscible  organic  solvent.  This  improved  process  pro- 
vides a  substantially  quantitative  fwoduct  yield  while  avoiding 
addition  of  dye-precipitating  agent  to  the  reaction  mass. 


'  3,673,180 

l9^NOR-6,6-ETHYLENE-20^PIROXENES 
Gkn  E.  Arth,  Craoford,  and  Gary  H.  Ranmaon,  Watchong, 
both  of  N  J.,  acdgnors  to  Merck  St  Co.,  Inc.,  Rahway,  N  J. 
Filed  June  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,606 
^    I  lBfLCLCQrjcl73IOO  \ 

VS.  a.  2«>— 239.55  R  10  Oafans 

Novel  19-nor-6,6-ethylene-3-oxo-20-spirox-4-enes  (or 
4,14-dienes)  are  provided,  prepared  from  the  corresponding 
19-nor-3-oxo-spirox-4-ene8  (or  4,14-dienes).  The  compounds 
are  useful  as  orally-effective  antiestrogens,  and  ar«  also 
anabolic  agents  having  low  androgenicity. 

-  I        

3,673,181 

OXIME  CARBAMATE  PHOSPHATE,  PHOSPHON  ATE, 
PHOSPHINATE  AND  PHOSPHOROAMIDATES  AND 
COMPOSmCMSS  AND  THEIR  UnUTY 
AmoM  D.  Gntman,  Berkeley,  CaMC,  aHignor  to  StaufTcr  Chem- 
ical Company,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Division  ol  Scr.  No.  730,588,  May  20, 1968,  Abandoned,  which 
b  a  contknwlfon-te-part  of  Scr.  No.  646,467,  June  16, 1967, 
abandonrd  Tl*  appBcathm  June  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,938 
Int.  CLC07C  93/00 
U.S.CL240-240G  6i 


Oxime  carbamate  phosphates,  phosphonates,  phosphinates 
and  phosphoroamidates  having  the  general  formula: 


R    X 

\ 


l 


r/ 


^-^^_/.! 


C=NO-Ri 


group 


in  which  X  and  Y  are  independently  selected  from  th* 
consisting  of  oxygen  and  sulfur;  R  is  selected  from  the  group 
lower  alkyl  or  lower  alkoxy,  having  from  one  to  six  carbon 
atoms  indusive;  R|  is  selected  firom  the  group  consisting  of 
lower  alkyl  or  lower  alkoxy  having  from  one  to  six  carbon 
atoms,  inclusive,  amino,  lower  alkyl-substituted  amino  and 
phenyl;  Q  is  selected  from  the  groj^ip  consisting  of  divalent 
tetramethylenediene-1,3,  lower  alkoxy  or  lower  alkyl  having 
from  one  to  four  carbon  atoms  inclusive,  each,  nitro,  halogen 
and  con^binations  thereo!,  and  lower  dialkyl-sub«tituted 
thionophosphoryloxy;  Ra  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting 
of  hydrogen,  lower  alkyl  having  from  one  to  four  carbon 
atoms,  and  phenyl;  and  R*  is  selected  from  the  group  consist- 
mg  of  hydrogen;  substituted  carbonate  and  thiocarboi^tes  of 
the  type 


o 


in  which  Z  is  oxygen  or  sulfur,  R4  >>  lower  alkyl  having  fix>m 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1623 


one  to  four  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  and  /3-chloro-loweralkyl 
having  from  two  to  four  carbon  atoms;  carbamates  of  the  type 


Of/ 


Ri 


Ri 


in  which  R«  and  R,  are  independently  selected  from  the  group 
consisting  of  hydrogen,  alkyl  having  from  one  to  10  carbons, 
inclusive,  substituted  alkyl  having  one  to  six  carbon  atoms  in- 
clusive, said  substituents  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of 
hydroxy,  halogen,  amino,  di-lower-alkyi  amino,  lower  alkoxy, 
and  tetrahydrofiiryl;  lower  alkenyl  having  from  two  to  four 
carbons,  inclusive,  carboalkoxy  alkyl  having  a  total  of  from 
three  to  eight  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  cycloalkyl  having  from 
three  to  six  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  piperazino,  2-thiazolyl, 
phenyl,  naphthyl,  substituted  phenyl  wherein  said  substituents 
are  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  halogen,  lower  alkyl, 
lower  alkoxy,  lower  thioalkyl,  lower  dialkylamino  in  which 
said  lower  alkyl  and  lower  alkoxy  ntoieties  have  from  one  to 
four  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  nitro,  cyano,  trifluoromethyl, 
and  combinations  thereof;  and  in  which 


-N 


Rt 


B« 


is  an  N-containing  heterocyclic  member  selected  from  the 
group  consisting  of  morpholino,  piperazino,  pyrrolidino, 
piperidino,  hexamethylenamino,  pyrryl,  indolyl,  imidazolyl, 
benzimidazolyl,  pyrazolyl,  1 ,3-oxazolidino,  and  1,3- 
thiazolidino;  esters  of  the  type 


O 

— ^— Rt 


wherein  Rr  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  alkyl  hav- 
ing from  one  to  eight  carbons  inclusive,  trichloromethyl,  and 
lower  alkenyl  having  from  2  to  4  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  and 
the  radical  — (CHt)..— SR  in  which  m  is  1  or  2,  R  is  alkyl  hav- 
ing one  to  six  carbon  atoms,  alkenyl  having  two  to  four  carbon 
atoms,  phenyl,  substituted  phenyl  in  which  said  substituents 
are  selected  from  the  group  halogen,  lower  alkyl  having  one  to 
four  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  and  tower  alkoxy  having  one  to 
four  carbon  atoms,  inclusive;  lower  alkyl  sulfonato  having 
from  one  to  six  carbon  atoms,  inclusive;  lower  alkyl  sub- 
stituted thiophosphoryl  wherein  the  lower  alkyl  groups  inde- 
pendently contain  from  one  to  four  carbon  atoms,  inclusive, 
and  2,2,2-trichloro-l-hydroxyethyl,  4-cyanophenyl,  2,4,5- 
trichlorophenyl  and  4-methylthiophenyl. 

The  compounds  are  useftil  as  insecticides,  animal  contact 
and  systemic  parasiticides,  herbicides  and  fcAiar  fimgi  protec- 
tants. Representative  compounds  are:  3-[0,0- 
diethylphosphorothioyl]  benzaldoxime;  3-[0-(0,0- 

diethylphc8phcnx>thioyl)]benzaldoximino-N'-methyl     carba- 
mate; 4[00,0-diethylphosphorothioyl)]-acetophefK>ne  ox- 
ime; 4-[0,0-<Uethylpho6phorothio)i)]-acetophenoneoximino- 
N' -methyl  carbamate;  and  4-(0,0-diethylpho8phorothioyl)- 
acetopheiKmeoximino  acetate;  4-[0-(0,0- 

Diethylphosphorothioyl )  ]-benzaldoximino-N'-morpholinyl 
carbamate;      4-[0-(0,0-Diethylpho8phorothioyl)]-benzaldox- 
imino-N'-piperidyl  carbamate;  4-[0,0- 

Diethylphosphorothioyl )  ]-benzaldoximino-N'-azepinocarba- 
mate;  0-Ethyl-O-[  4-(  N'-methylcarbamyl-oximino  )phenyl  ]-N- 
methylamido  phosphorothioate;  4-[0,0- 

Diethylphosphorothioyl )  ]-benzaldoximino-N'-(/9-N",  N'  '• 
diethylaminoethyl  )-carbamate. 


3,673,182 
NAPHTHOLACTAM-(l,8)  BASIC  DYESTUFFS 
Alfred    Brack,    Lrvrrkuwn,    Germany,    andgnor    to    Far- 
benfabrflun   Bayer  Akticngcadltchaft,   Levcrkucen,  Ger- 
many 

FDed  Aug.  26, 1968,  Scr.  No.  755,448 
Oafans  priority,  appHcation  Germany,  Sept.  4,  1967,  P  15 
69  606.7 

Int.CLC07d«7/50 
U.S.  CL  260— 242  12  ( 

Basic  dyestufb  of  the  formula 


X(-) 


are  suitable  for  the  dyeing,  printing  and  bulk  dyeing  of 
synthetic  and  semisynthetic  materials  especiaUy  polyamides, 
acetate  rayon  and  acid  modified  polyesters,  leather,  cocoa 
fibers,  paper  and  jute,  for  the  production  of  inks  and  paste  for 
ball  point  pens,  for  use  in  ofbet  printing,  for  use  in  dyeing, 
printing  and  bulk  dyeing  materials  which  completely  or 
predominately  consist  of  polymerized  acrylonitrile  and  or 
vinylidene  cyanide,  the  dyeings  and  prints  on  the  last  men- 
tioned materials  are  characterized  by  outstanding  fastness 
properties,  especiaUy  fastness  to  light,  wet  processing,  cross 
dyeing,  decatizing,  sublimation,  exhaust  fumes  and  rubbing. 
The  dyestuffis  are  readily  soluble,  they  yield  deep  dyeings,  due 
to  their  high  yield  and  very  good  drawing  power  and  they  do 
not  soil  wool.  In  the  formula  given  above  A  denotes  the 
residual  members  of  a  heterocyclic  five  or  six  membered  ring 
to  which  further  rings  may  be  annelated,  R  is  hydrogen,  alkyl 
aralkyi,  cycloalkji  or  aryl,  and  R  may  also  be  linked  to  A  or  to 
another  ring  which  is  annelated  to  the  ring  containing  A,  R,  is 
hydrogen,  alkyl,  aralkyi,  cycloalkyl  or  aryl  and  R,  may  also  be 
linked  to  B  or  B„  and  X  is  an  anion. 


3,673,183 
o-UREIDOCEPHALOSPORANIC  ACID  COMPOUNDS 
Raymond  Curry  Erickaon,  Mctuchcn,  N  J.,  awigior  to  E.  R. 
Squibb  &  Sons,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  Nov.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  877«488 
Int.  CLC07d  99/24 
U.S.CL260— 243C  7CWnis 

New   cr-ureidocephalosporanic   acid   compounds   of  the 
general  formula 


C  S 

R-CH-C-NH-CH-CH 


NH 

i=0 

NHj 


oU- 


CHi 


-N  C-CHiX 

Y 

COORi 


are  effective  as  antibacterial  agents  and  show  improved  results 
against  certain  hard  to  control  organisms. 


3,673,184 

CERTAIN  2-SUBSnTUTED-S3-IMHYntO-5- 

OXOPYRIDO[  2,3-D]PYRIMIIMNE-6-CARBOXYLIC  ACID 

DERIVATIVES 
SMnaakn  Kfinand,  Konriyama;  ToridMro  Show,  ThkataU; 
Masanao     Shmmiwi,     Kobe,     and     Yoririyidd     TakaM, 
Amagasakl,  al  of  Japan,  ailgimrs  to  Dahdppon  Fharmaocu- 
tkad  Co.,  Ltd.,  Omka,  Japan 

Conttouatton  of  Scr.  No.  577,803,  Sept.  8, 1966,  ahnndoncd. 

This  appttcation  Sept  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,558 

Int.  CLC07d  5  7/20 

U.S.  CL  260—747.2  R  10  O^na 

A  S,8-dihydro-S-oxopyrido  [2,3-d]  pyrimidine  derivative 

represented  by  the  ficdlowing  fcMmula 


1524 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


Rt      o 


compound  potsenet  utility  at  an  additive  to  retard  deteriora- 
tion or  organic  tubatances  due  to  weathering,  oxidat 
and  as  a  curing  catalyst  for  urethanes. 


wherein  R,  stands  for  hydrogen  or  a  lower  alkyl  radical;  R« 
stands  for  hydrogen,  a  lower  alkyl  radical,  hydroxyl  group,  a 
halogen  atom,  a  lower  alkoxy  radical,  an  amino  radical  or  a 
lower  alkylthio  radical;  R»  stands  for  hydrogen,  a  lower  alkyl 
radical,  hydroxyl  group,  a  lower  alkoxy  radical,  a  lower  al- 
kylthio radical  or  a  radical  represented  b^  the  formula 


-N 


3^73,185 
KETONES  (WTHE  THIAMINE  SERIES  AND  THEIR 
PRODCX:TiON 
OoM,  BcffllH,  GenHMj,  aalgpor  lo  fbcho-  A  Flacha- 
GiibH,  Budcis  Gcnnavy 

Fled  May  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  821,077 
CWm  priority,  aivlaliMi  GcnMny,  May  6, 1968,  P  17  70 

338.7 

lBta.C07d5//42 
U.S.a.260-2S6JB  ISCktai 

S-mono-substituted  ketones  of  the  thiamine  series  having 
the  formula: 

o 
N=C-NHi    CH  CHj-CHiOH 


HjC-C     C-CH»-N-C=C 

N-CH  CH,       8— CHr-CH-CO-Ri 

K 

vtlierein  R  is  hydrogen  or  an  alkyl  radical  and  R|  is  an  aiyl  or 
heterocydic  radical  are  produced  by  reacting  thiamine  or  a 
mineral  acid  sah  thereof  with  a  compound  of  the  formula: 


R,-CO-CH-CHr-N 


k 


/ 


ition,  etc., 


3,673,187  

BISKDIHYI>ROXYPHENYL-ETHYLOL)-SUBSTmrrED 

ALKYLENEMAMINES  AND  THE  SALTS  THEREOF 

Kurt  Sdmam:  AntoB  Mcntrup;  Kari  ZcBe;  Erml-Otto  Rcnth, 

tf  of  Ii^iwim/RhiBe;  AlbrMM  Fi^Miaiill,  Maiu,  and 

WcnMT  TrMmedMr,  MaiaUr  ganwhrlw.  ai  of  Caiaay, 

to  Bodirii^tf  Iinrihrim  GjB.bJL,  tafdlMlai/R* 


FlMl  Dae.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,606 
priority.   awdliBtloo   Aoatrio.   Dae   3.    1968,   A 
1 1776/68;  Nov.  10, 1969,  A  10533/69 

I        M.CLCffrc9l/22;and57l36 

U.S.CL  360-253 

Compounds  of  the  formula  pipelines. 


(wherein  R'  stands  for  hydrogen,  an  alkyl  radical,  a  cycloalkyl 
radical,  an  amino  radical,  a  hydroxyalkyl  group  or  an  alkyl 
substituted  amino  alkyl  radical,  and  R"  stands  for  hydrogen  or 
an  alkyl  radical,  R'  and  R"  may  be  the  same  or  a  different 
radical  and  R'  and  R"  may  bond  together  to  form  a  5-  or  6- 
merabered  heterocyclic  ring  containing  a  nitrogen  hetero 
atom);  and  R,  stands  for  hydrogen  or  an  alkyl  group.  Such 
derivatives  are  useftil  as  antibacterial  agents. 


HO 


-CH, 


Bi 

-NH— C- 


k 


OH 
NH— CHr-CH 


OH 


wherein 

R,  is  hydrogen  or  methyl, 

R«  is  methyl,  methoxy.  ethoxy  or  chlorine  and,  if  R|  is 
methyl,  additionally  hydrogen,  and 

m  is  a  whole  number  from  0  to  10,  inclusive,  and  their  non- 
toxic, pharmacologically  acceptable  acid  addition  salu, 
useful  as  bronchial  and  uterine  spasmolytics,  antipru- 
ritics, vasodilators  and  antiallergics  in  warm-blooded 
animals. 


3,673,188 
HETEROCYCUC  AMIDOXIMES 
1;  KafanoB  Takacs;  Zausa  Rde 
Eva  MiWi  BM  Kiompachsr;  Laario  Tvdos;  Dcao  Kor- 
boidlat  Piri  KliB,  and  GsalM  Gonoy,  al  of  Biidapcat,  Himga- 
ry,  assignors  to  CHINOIN  Gyogyszer-es  Vegyeszeti 
Termckek  Gyara  RT,  Budapest,  Hungary 

Fled  Msty  29, 1968,  Ssr.  No.  732,845 

liplcatfoa  HoBiBry,  Jvm  6, 1967, 
Iiit.a.C07dJ5//4 
U.S.CL260— 288R 
Novel  compounds  of  the  general  formula 

N-OH 


jCI-714 
1< 


R— Z-(CHi),-C 


\ 


wherein  R  and  R,  are  as  defined  above  and  X  and  Y  are  inde- 
pendently selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  lower  alkyl 
radicals. 


3,673,186  

N  HYDROXY  ALKYL-N'CYCLOALKYL  PIPERAZINES 
Hcwyk  A.  CylM,  Evaoito^  DL,  iwlpinr  to  Unhrcml  Ol 

Pradncta  Conp«iy,  Dm  FWaci,  DL 

ContkMalion-to-pvt  oCSer.  No.  370,079,  May  25, 1964,  PM. 

No.  3,446,808.  Ttals  applcatiaB  Moy  21, 1969,  Scr.  No. 

826,721 

lACLC07d5i/70 

U.S.CL260— 268R  ddalms 

N-hydroxyalkyl-N'-hydrocarbyl  saturated  cyclic  diazine  or 

N-alkoxyalk^N'-hydrocarbyl    saturated   cydic    diazine    in 

which  said  hydrocarbyl  is  sec-alkyl  or  cydoalkyl.  The  novel 


Ht 


and  salts  thereof  ~~^^ 

wherein 
R  is  a  member  of  the   group  selected  from^iodolyl, 
benximidaxolyl,  benzoxazolyl,  benztriazoljd, 

bencthiazolyl,  indaxolyl,  benziaothiazolyl, 

pyrimidoimidazolyl,  iaoquinolinyl,  isocarboatyrylyl,  quin- 
azolinyl,  quinoxalinyl  and  benztriazinyl  and  substituted 
derivatives  thereof,  whereby  the  ring  containing  the 
hetaroatom  may  be  hydrogenated  and  whereby  one  or 
two  carbon  atoms  oi  said  ring  may  be  bound  exocyclically 
with  two  valence-bonds  to  an  oxygen  or  sulphur  atom  <^  a 
carbonyl  or  thiocarbonyl  group; 
Z  is  a  member  of  the  group  consisting  trf  methylene  and 

phenyl  substituted  methyleite; 
n  is  a  number  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  0, 1  and 
2 

which  possess  valuable  therapeutical  properties  as  anti 
phlogistics.  ^^^ 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1525 


3,673,189 
TETRACYCUC ISOQUINCHJNE  MIUVATIVES 
Wimaai  VlDccat  Cwrais,  Pewl  River,  and  Leon 
NaoHct,  both  of  N.Y.,  assignnri  to  AmcrkMi  Cyaiundd 
Company,  Stamford,  Com. 

Fled  Jan.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  104,141 
lBt.CLC07dJ9/00 
U.S.  CI.  260— 289 R  4( 

Compounds  with  the  struct\u« 


NCHt 


CHiO 


HO 


NCHi 


are  prepared  from  homologous  intermediates  and  are  usefiil  as 
analgesic  and  antiinflammatory  agents. 


3,673,190 

CHLORINATED  PYRIDYLACETYL£NE  COMPOUNDS 
James  N.  Scibcr,  Davk,  and  Vcmon  D.  Pmkcr,  Oridmid,  both 

of   Calf.,    aarignnn   to   The   Dow   Chemical   Coapany, 

MidlaDd,Mkh. 

Fled  Jan.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4,757 

Iiit.CLC07dJ//26 

i;.S.CL260— 290HL  5CWnM 

Trichlorovinylaromatic  compounds  having  the  general  for- 
mula 

At— (Ca      CCl,)hdp 

wherein  Ar  is  perchlorinated  phenyl  or 

perchlorinated  pyridyl  and  ^  ^ 

p  is  an  integer  of  1  to  3 
are  dehalogenated  and  reduced  by  electrolysis  to  give  an  aro- 
matic acetylene  compound  having  the  general  formula 

Ar'— (C      CH), 

wherein  Ar'  is  the  original  aromatic 

nucleus  or  the  original  aromatic  nucleus 

containing  fewer  chlorine  atoms.  Such  compounds  are  use- 
ful to  control  rice  blast. 


3,673,191 

BIS-BASIC  ETHERS  AND  THICWTHERS  Of 

IMBENZOTHKN*HENE 

WBiam  L.  Albredd;  Robert  W.  Fli  iidng.  mill  Stephen  W.  Hor- 

gas,  d  of  Ondmrnd,  OMo,  Msignars  to 

InCi,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  Feb.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12«428 
IiiLa.C07d29/i6 
VS.  CL  260—293.57  1 1 

The  novel  bis-basic  ethers  and  thioethers  of 
dibenzothiophene  of  the  present  invention  have  useful  an- 
tiviral properties.  These  new  compounds  are  represented  by 
the  formula 


/^ 


X-Y- 


/V 


-Y-X 


s^NsAy 


Formula  I 


wherein  each  Y  is  oxygen  or  divalent  sulfur;  and  each  X  is 


(A)  the  group 


-A-N 


/ 


wherein  each  A  is  a  straight  or  branched  alkylene  chain  having 
from  two  to  eight  carbon  atoms  and  which  separates  the 
amino  nitrogen  and  Y  by  at  least  two  carbon  atoms;  R  and  R' 
are  individually  hydrogen,  (lower )alkyl  having  from  one  to  six 
carbon  atoms,  cycloalkyl  having  from  three  to  six  carbon 
atoms,  alkenyl  having  from  diree  to  six  carbon  atoms  and  hav- 
ing the  vin^  unsaturation  in  other  that  the  1-position  erf' the  al- 
kenyl group;  or  each  set  of  R  and  R'  taken  together  with  the 
nitrogen  atom  to  which  they  are  attached  is  a  saturated  nnono- 
cyclic  heterocyclic  group  such  as  pyrrolidino,  ptperidtno, 
morpholino,  or  N-(  lower  )alkylpiperazino;  or 


(B)  the  group 


-(CHt). — 

(CHf). N-R» 


wherein  n  is  a  whole  integer  of  from  0  to  2,  m  is  1  or  2,  and  R' 
is  hydrogen,  (lower)alkyl  having  from  one  to  six  carbon 
atoms,  or  alkenyl  of  from  three  to  six  carbon  atoms  and  having 
the  vinyl  unsaturation  in  other  than  the  1-position  otthe  alke- 
n^  group. 

This  invention  also  includes  pharmaceuticany  acceptable 
acid  addition  salts  of  the  bases  represented  by  Formula  I. 
These  new  compounds  may  be  prepared  by  several  different 
methods  which  are  described. 


3,673,192 

PROCESS  FOR  ALKYLATING  PERYLENE  PIGMENTS 

Jolm  Henmm  Vmidcr  Ploct,  and  Eari  WecMr,  both  of  Bel- 

land,  AAch.,  asrigimrs  to  Chemetroa  Cwpoiariosi,  Chicago, 

DL 

Fled  Jan.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  788,921 

IbL  a.  C07d  i9/00 

U.S.  CL  260— 281  lOCkrioH 

A  process  for  simultaneously  alkylating  and  converting  a 
non-pigmentary  perylene  containing  an  imido  nitrogen  group 
linked  to  two  carbonyl  groups  to  a  iMgment  by  reacting  the 
compound  with  an  alkylating  agent  in  the  presence  of  an  alkali 
metal  hydroxide  and  a  binding  agent.  The  binding  agent  is  em- 
ployed in  an  amount  to  effect  a  stiff,  plastic  ntass  and  the  reac- 
tion media  is  heated  at  an  elevated  temperature  imtil  the  reac- 
tion is  complete  whereupon  the  desired  alkylated  compound  is 
isolated  in  a  pigmentary  form. 


\. 


R> 


3,673,193 

4^XO-13-NAPHTHYRIDINE.3^ARIIOXYLATES  AND 

DERIVATIVES  THEREOF 

Gcotic  Y.  Lcahcr,  Schodacfc,  «id  MoiMe  D.  Gnictt,  Emt 

GruoNwh,  both  of  N.Y.,  aesignnii  to  Stcrih^  Dn«  lac. 

New  York,  N.Y. 

Diviak»  of  Scr.  No.  399^33,  Sept  25, 1964,  abandoned, 
CoDtinuation-iB-port  of  Ser.  Na  244,886,  Dec  17, 1962, 
abandoned,  Cootiniiathm4a-part  of  Scr.  No.  79,951, 
Jan.  3, 1961,  Pat  Na  3449404.  This  applcation 
May  11, 1978,  Scr.  Na  36,454 
Inta.C07dJ7/i6 
U.S.  CL  260—295.5  B  10  CMma 

4-Oxo- 1  -substituted- 1 ,8-na;^thyridine-3-carboxylic  add 
derivatives,  having  antibacterial  properties,  prepared  by  ! -al- 
kylating corresponding  4-hydroxy-l,8-naphthyridine-3-car- 
boxylic  acid  derivatives. 


1526 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,673,194 
DERIYATIVES  OF  My4A,»-TETRAHYDRO-8,9B- 

DIMETHYL-2-PHENYL-l^ETHANOBENZOFURO  [3^- 
C]PYRIDINE-3(2H),  10-DIONE 
Moriock,  Bronx;  Jay  Donald  Albritlitf  and 
both  of  Namict,  al  of  N.Y.,  wilnmiiii  to 
I  Cyanaadd  Coapaay,  Stamford,  Coon, 
nkd  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,614 
Int.  CLC07d  99/04 
VS.  CL  260—293.55  9  ClaiiiH 

This  disclosure  describes  derivatives  of  l,4,4a,9b- 
tetrahydro-8.9)Hliinethyl-2-phenyI- 1 .4^thanobenzofuro[  3,2- 
c]-pyridine-3(2H),10-dk>ne  useful  as  antidepressant,  anti-in- 
flammatory, or  analgetic  agents. 


-,      o    o- 


-N 


.^ 


\ 


(ortho  substituted) 


0- 


3,673,195 

DERIVATIVES  OF  6,6,9-TRI-LOWER  ALKYL-9- 

AZAUCYCLO(3J.l)  NONAN.3«iOR  3/3«L 

Naoto  Yoneda;  Tcnio  Udhara;  TctsiUi  KolMqrMlii:  Yi 

Koodo,  al  of  Onka;  Kntaro  Okvminra,  Kobe;  MicMo 
Kojima,  Nan,  and  Takaihl  Now,  Onka,  di  of  Ja|Mn,  m- 
stgnors  to  Tanabc  Swiyaku  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka.  JapMi 
FHed  May  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40,394 
Int.  CL  C07d  39/00, 99/06 
VS,  CL  260-293.54  14  CMn 

Compounds  useful  in  treating  Parkinson's  disease  have  the 
general  formula: 


O    o- 

»    ^ 

1^^    c 

I  I       (pva  substituted) 


wherein  the  dotted  line  represents  a  cyclic  structure  which 
cyclic  structiu-e  may  be  the  sole  cyclic  structure,  or  may  be  at- 
tached to  other  cyclic  groups. 

These  nitrogen  heterocyclic  phosphonates  are  prepared  by 
reacting  an  aromatic  nitrogen-hcterocyclic  compound, 
wherein  the  nitrogen  atom  is  in  the  form  of  a  quaternary  al- 
koxy  derivative  (N-OR  hereinafter  defined)  with  a  phosphite 
salt,  preferably  in  the  form  of  an  ester  of  the  phosphite,  as  ex- 
emplified by  the  following  equation: 


h 


c        o 

C  +  MP 


^ 


(OR), 


C     O 


R« 
R«-' 


N-R>    >~w 


OH 

OCOC 


R< 


R» 


and/or 


V 


R',  R*  and  R*  are  lower  alkyl  radicals.  R<  and  R»  are  phenji. 
cyclohexyl  and  thienyl  radicals.  Pharmaceutically  acceptable 
acid  addition  salts  <^  these  compounds  are  also  within  the 
scope  of  the  invention. 

A  6.6.9-tri-k>wer  alkyl-9-azabicyck>[3.3.1  ]nonan-3a  and/or 
3fi-ol  having  the  formula: 


(OR) 


ORi® 

ve 


^-N' 


O 

P(OR), 


55s 


C 


+  RiOH  +  MX 


-N 


if" 


Rl 


These  compounds  which  may  be  characterised  as 
phosphonates  of  nitrogen-heterocyclics  have  many  uses  in- 
cluding their  use  as  bkxades,  such  as  bacterioddes,  herbi- 
cides, corrosion  inhibitors,  chelating  agents,  etc. 


''<S> 


'OH 


wherein  R>.  R*  and  R*  are  as  defined  above  is  reacted  with  an 
acyiating  agent  which  may  form  an  acyl  radical  having  the  for- 
mula: 


'  3,673,197 

EXO-DIBICYCLOALKANE  CARBOXAMIDES 
RomJd  H.  Rynbrandt,  PWtage,  Mich.,  Mripiai  to  The  U|it)oiB 
Company,  Kalainuoo,  ^Och. 

FBed  Jan.  14, 1971,  Scr.  No.  106,602 

Int.  CL  C07d  31/44;  C07c  103/19 

U.S.CL  260— 295  AM  , 

An  exo-dibicydoalkanecarboxamide  oi  the  structural  for- 
mula II:    I 


4Clahiv 


R« 

\ 


/ 


C(OH)-CO 


B 


wherein  R*  and  R*  are  as  defined  above. 


(CHj) 


O    R|  O 
Cni).-fi-N-C-{CHj)s 


JI 


ClI,]. 


3,673,196 

PHOSPHONATES  OF  FULL  AROMATIC  NFTROGEN 

HETEROCYCLICS 

Derek  Rcdmore,  Balwta,  Mo.,  assignor  to  PMroHtc  Corpora- 
tkMi,Wlhnii«lomDd. 

Fled  Feb.  24, 1969,  Scr.  No.  801^56 

Int  CL  C07d  31146 

U.S.CL  260— 294.9  7CWnH 

Nitrogen-heterocyclic  phosphonates  wherein  the 
phoephonate  group  is  ortho-  or  para-  to  the  nitrogen  hetero- 
cyclic group,  where  the  compounds  are  characterized  as  fol- 
lows: 


wherein  n  has  the  value  of  1  to  3,  inclusive;  wherein  x  is  zero 
or  1 ;  and  wherein  R|  is  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of 
hydrogen,  alkyl  of  one  to  six  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  2- 
pyridyl,  phenyl,  and  substituted  phenyl  in  which  the  sub- 
stituent  is  alkyl  of  one  to  three  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  alkoxy 
of  one  to  three  carbon  atoms,  inclusive,  halogen,  nitro  or 
trifluoromethyl,  is  produced  by  reacting  2  molar  equivalents 
of  a  formyl  or  acetyl  exo-bicycloalkanecarbohalide  <^  the  for- 
mula! 


(cno 


.-I 


-nsi 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1627 


wherein  n  and  x  are  defined  as  above,  and  Hal  is  chlorine  or 
bromine,  with  about  1  molar  equivalent  of  an  amine  HsN-Ri, 
in  which  R,  is  defined  as  above.  Compounds  11  have  an- 
tidiabetic activity  and  can  be  used  in  mammals  to  treat  hyper- 
glycemia. 


of  eight  carbon  atoms,  and  alkoxy  having  a  minimum  of  five 
carbon  atoms,  m,  n,  p,  q,  8,  t,  u,  v  and  w  are  integers  of  0  or  1 . 

Compounds  of  the  foregoing  definition  wherein  the  sum  of 
m,  n,  p,  q,  and  s  is  2  or  more  and  Z  is 


3,673,198 
CERTAIN  PYRIDYL  MALONATES 
Peter  Doyk,  and  Joseph  Gilbert  Staccy,  both  of  Macdcafleld, 
Enghmd,  amlgnors  to  Imperial  Chcmkal  Industries  Limited, 
London,  England 

INvWon  of  Scr.  No.  682,593,  Nov.  13, 1967,  Pat.  No. 
3,546^37.  This  appttcatkMi  Aug.  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,404 
Clahns  priority,  appttcation  Grert  Britain,  Dec  2,  1966, 
54,135/66 

lnt.CLC07di7/42 
VS.  a.  260—295  R  3  Claims 

This  disclosure  relates  to  phenyl-pyridyl-alkanoic  acids  and 
derivatives  which  possess  anti-inflammatory,  analgesic  and  an- 
tipyretic activity,  and  which  reduce  the  concentration  of 
fibrinogen,  cholesterol  and  triglycerides  in  blood.  It  also  re- 
lates to  processes  for  making  said  compounds,  to  pharmaceu- 
tical compositions,  and  to  methods  of  treatment  involving  said 
compounds.  A  representative  of  said  compounds  is  6-(4- 
chlorophenyl  )-2-methylpyrid-3-ylacetic  acid. 


3,673,199 
MANUFACTURE  OF  BIPYRIDYLS 
Roy  Dennis  Bowdcn,  Runcorn,  Engfamd,  ■nrignor  to  Imperial 
Chcmkal  Industries  Limited,  London,  Engfamd 
Filed  Aprfl  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,016 
Clahns  priority,  appttcation  Great  Britafai,  May  9,  1969, 
23,780/69 

Int.CLC07dJ//<2 
UAa.260— 296D  9ClalmB 

A  process  for  the  manufacture  of  bipyridyls  which  com- 
prises heating  a  bipiperidyl  or  a  substituted  pyridine  derivative 
wherein  the  substituent  is  a  piperidyl  group  or  an  open-chain 
group  containing  one  or  more  nitrogen  atoms,  in  the  vapour 
phase  at  a  temperature  of  at  least  200°  C.  in  the  presence  of  a 
dehydrogenation  catalyst. 


3,673,200 
3(2-SEC-BUTYL-4,6-DIMITROPHENOXY)-l,2- 

BENZisonaozoLE  1,1-moxim: 

Joseph  W.  Baker,  and  Gcnrid  L.  Bwdmrnn,  both  of  KIrkwood, 
Mc,  aMignors  to  Monsanto  Company,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 
FHcd  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  377 
InLa.C07d9///2 
U.S.CL260-301  IChim 

Herbicidal  compositions  and  methods  with  a  substituted 
benzisothiazole  -1.1-  dioxide  of  the  fomtula: 


Y-Z 


where  Y  is  oxygen  or  sulfur  and 


M 


R'. 


R.I 


are  new  compounds. 


3,673401 
THIAZOLYLCARBIMIDOYLUREAS 
Guy  D.  Diana,  Stcpiwntown,  N.Y^  assignor  to  Stcrttng  Drug 
Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

DIvlrion  of  Scr.  No.  71 1,192,  Mwch  7, 1968,  Pat  No. 
3,547,937.  Thk  appUcatkm  March  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,905 
Int.CLC07d97/J2 
U.S.  CL  260— 302  R  3Clainis 

This  invention  relates  to  carbimidoyl  ureas  which  are 
prepared  by  reacting  the  appropriate  isocyanates  with  the  ap- 
propriate amidines.  The  compound  possess  anthelmintic  ac- 
tivity. 


3,673,202 
2,5-BIS(2-BENZAZOLYL)IIYDROQUINONES  AND  THEIR 

DERIVATIVES 
Charics  M.  Orlando;  Joaeph  G.  Wirth,  and  DurreO  R.  Heath, 
aU  of  Schenectady,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  General  Elcctiric  Com- 
pany 

Filed  Jan.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  1,316 
Int  CL  C07d  91/44, 85/48, 49/38 
U.S.CL260— 304  lOCIiinis 

The  subject  compounds  fluoresce  in  the  visible  and  near-in- 
frared regions  of  the  spectrum  when  exposed  to  ultraviolet 
light.  The  particular  color  emitted  (from  blue  to  near-in- 
frared) is  dependent  upon  whether  the  hydrogen  of  the 
hydroxyl  groups  is  present  or  has  been  replaced  with  various 
substituents,  and  upon  the  other  hetero-atom  in  the  benzazole 
ring.  The  compounds  are  f^iotochemically  and  thermally  sta- 
ble and  can  be  dissolved  in  organic  scrivents.  They  can  be  in- 
corporated in  various  polymers  to  impart  their  fluorescent 
properties  to  the  polymers  which  can  be  used  to  ix^xJuce 
films,  vncMftA  objects,  or  api^ied  as  coatings  on  the  envdopes 
of  ultraviolet  lamps  to  produce  various  cok>red  li^ts  when 
energized. 


3,673,203 
I,2y4-THIAIHAZ(M.YL  UREAS 
Alfred  H.  ^ffllcr,  Somerset  N  J.,  aasignor  to  Ease  1 
EngfaMerlng  Company 

FBed  Oct  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  870«475 
Int  CLC07d  97/60 
U.S.  CL  260—306.8  D  5  < 

Ureas  containing  the  1 ,2,4-thiadiazolyl  group  and 
represented  by  the  following  structural  formula  have  been 
found  to  possess  utility  as  novel  selective  herbicides. 


Z  ia 


R.« 


/x 


Rt« 


or 


\n^ 


-R.« 

-Rt' 

Rw« 


A 

Ra         R4 
in  which  R,  R'.  R",  R'",  R*.  R»,  R*.  R'.  and  R«  are  indepen- 
dently selected  from  the  group  hydrogen,  halo,  nitro,  cyano, 

alkyl  having  a  maximum  ofeight  carbon  atoms,  aralkyl  having    wherein  R,  is  C4— C.  alkyl  ro  Ct— C,  cycloalkyi;  R,  is  H, 
a  maicimum  of  1 4  carbon  atoms,  haloalkyi  having  a  maximum    methyl  or  ethyl;  R,  and  R,  are  H  or  methyl  or  methoxy. 


1528 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


1972 


3^73,204 

MANUFACnitE  OF  N-l-ARYLTHIAZOLE 

SVLFENAMSDE 

Jama  P.  SbofhMr,  Ek  Grofvc  VHage,  OL,  aalgMir  to  Unhrcml 

Ofl  Products  Caapany,  Do  FWMi,  DL 

Fled  Adi.  22, 1M9,  Scr.  No.  852^474 
Iiit.a.C07d97/<M 
U.S.  CL  260— 306.6  A  lOOafaiM 

N-aryl-thiazolesuHenamide  is  prepared  by  oxidative  con- 
densation by  reacting  a  mercaptothiazole  and  an  aryl  amine  in 
alcohol  solvent  and  alkali  metal  hypochlorite  at  a  temperature 
below  0"  C.  The  preferred  N-aryl-2-benzothiazole  suUenamide 
is  used  to  offset  the  decrease  in  scorch  encountered  upon  in- 
corporating a  phenylenediamine  antiozonant  in  the  rubber 
formulation. 


3^73,205 

6-(M-AMINO  AND  SUBSTITUTED-AMINO  PHENYL)- 

2A5,6-TETRAliYDRO(2,l-B]THIAZOLES  AND  METHOD 

OF  USE 
LMTy  Dean  Spker,  Prioodoa,  and  John  James  Hand,  IVcatan, 
botk  o(  N J.,  saslganii  to 


Fled  Mmth  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,701 
Iiit.CLC07d9///« 
U.S.CL  260— 306.7 

dl  and  I  compounds  of  the  formula: 


N^8. 


I 

-N- 


4Clafam 


NH> 


and  the  pharmaceutically  acceptable  salts  thereof.  The  inven- 
tion also  relates  to  a  novel  method  for  the  preparation  of  these 
compounds  and  to  the  use  of  said  compounds  for  treating  hel- 
minthiasis in  warm-blooded  animals. 


3,673,206 

RACEMIZATION  OF  d(+)  6-PIIENYL-2^^^ 

TETRAHYMIOIMIDAZO  [244»]THIAZOLE 

of  N J.,  artpinw  to 


nifa 


t  of  Scr.  No.  565,101,  July  14, 1966, 
I  April  2, 1969.  Scr.  No.  812,917 
Int.  CLC07d  99/70 
VS.  a.  260-306.7  10  CWn 

This  invention  describes  a  method  of  converting  d(+)  6- 
phenyl-2,3,S,6-tetrahydroimidazo{2,l-b]thia2ole  into  the  cor- 
respcmding  dl  compound.  The  latter  compound  is  an  active 
anthelmintic  which  can  be  resolved  into  the  1  (— )  highly  active 
component  and  d(+)  inactive  component. 


3,673,207 
0XAZ0LIDINE'3OXYL  DERIVATIVES 
Harden  M.  McComidl,  Staniord,  Md  Edwki  F.  Ulmaii,  Ather- 
too,  both  of  CaW.,  aasigmrs  to  Synvar  AsBodalcs,  pyo  Alto, 
Qdlf. 

Fled  April  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,662 
IbLCL  and  85/26 
U.S.CL260— 307F  5CWnis 

Novel  oxaz<4idine-3-oxyI  compounds,  wherein  the  two-car- 
bon of  the  oxazolidine  is  a  carbon  in  the  chain  of  oleic  acid, 
which  are  uscliil  as  spin  labels  for  bkrfogical  membranes,  are 
prepared  by  reaction  of  a  2-amino-2-lower  alkyl-alkanol  with 
an  oxocdeic  add,  the  resulting  product  oxidized  to  the  cor- 
responding oxazolidine- 3-oxyl. 


I 


3,673,201 

MIXED  ANHYDRIDES  OF  N-AROYL-l-(LOWER  ALKYL)- 

5-NrniO-2-IMIDAZOLECARBOXIMIMC  ACID  AND 

BENZCMC  ACIDS 

Christos  Gcoffe  Papaioannon,  Somcnel,  NJ.,  bm^iiii   to 

American  CyananM  CoapMy,  Stanford,  CouL 

Fled  April  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  29,653 

Int.CLC07d49/J6 

U.S.  CL  260— 309  ^( 

This  diKlosure  describes  compounds  of  the  class  of  mixed 
anhydrides  of  N-aroyI- 1  •(  lower  alkyl  )-5-nitro-2-imidaxMecar- 
boximidic  acid  and  a  benzoic  acid  useful  as  intermediates  for 
the  preparation  of  certain  antibacterial  and  antipnotozoal 
agents. 


3,673,209 

UOCIDlALLY  ACTIVE  BENZIMIDAZOLE  COMPOUNDS 
F«ck,  Basrllaad;  Anion  G.  Wctas,.  BnMl; 
Weaker,  and  Waller  Trabcr,  both  of  Rkkcm  al  of 

eripwri  10  CdtyrWmkal  Corporation,  Art- 
slcy.N.Y. 

DIvisiaa  of  Scr.  No.  570,159.  Ac«.  4, 1966,  Pat.  No.  3,506,767. 
IWs  applcndon  June  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  851,524 
Oaims  priority,  appMcalton  SiiIiiiIbbJ,  Ai«.  6,  1965, 
1111 1/65;  Nov.  1 1, 1965, 1 1586/65;  Jm.  5, 1966, 103/«6 

Int.a.C07d49/i« 
U.S.  a.  260— 309.2  9Clakiis 

New  benzimidazoie  compounds  are  disclosed  which  have 
biocidal  activity.  The  oomfXHUids  have  the  following  struc- 
tures: 


and 


(ZK.      N 


(Ri). 


C-CFi 


(IV) 


(VI) 


wherein  "R  is  hydrogen,  halogen  or  trifluoromethyl;  Ri  is 
fluorine,  chlorine,  bromine  or  halogeno  lower  alkyl;  Rt  >s 
fluorine,  chlorine,  bromine,  lower  alkyl,  lower  alkoxy,  lower 
alkyhhio,  lower  alkylsuUinyl  or  lower  alkyl  sulfonyl;  R,  is 
hydrogen  or  an  alkali  metal  cation;  X  is  oxygen,  sulfur,  suUinyl 
or  sulfonyl;  Z  in  formula  IV  is  halogen,  nitro,  C|.«  alkyl,  Ci.«  al- 
koxy, C|.«  alkylthio,  trifluoromethyl,  lower  alkylamino, 
benzoylamino,  halogenobenzoylamino,  trifluoromethyl- 
benzoylamino,  benzenesutfonyUunino,  alk^ulfonylamino,  al- 
kylsulfinyl,  alkybulfonyl,  trifluoromethylbenzenesul- 
fonylamino,  trifluoromethylhalogenobenzenesulfonjiamino, 
or  sulfo;  Z  in  formula  VI  is  fluorine,  chlorine  or  bromine;  m  in 
formula  IV  is  1  through  S;  m  in  formula  VI  is  0  through  3;  n  is 
0  through  2;  p  in  formula  IV  is  0  through  3;  and  p  in  formula 
VI  is  1  through  3.  The  compoimds  of  formula  IV  are  particu- 
lariy  useftil  as  insecticides  and  acariddes.  The  compounds  of 
formula  VI  are  particulariy  useful  as  insecticides,  acaricides, 
bacterioatats  and  fungistats. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1529 


3,673,210 
N-(«».CYANO-ALKYL)-CARBAMYIyBENZIMIDAZOLES 
Wcmcr  Danm;  KrcTdd-Bockum;   Hans  SdMlapfhig:  Paul- 
Ernst  Frohberger,  both  of  Leverkusen,  and  Ferdinand 
Grewc,  Bunchcid,  all  of  Gcmiany,  aasigDors  to  Farbenfa- 
brlkcn  Bayer  AktlcngescUscliafl,  Leverkusen,  Gcnnany 

Fled  Nov.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  880,399 
aafans  priority,  appHcarton  Gcnnany,  Nov.  30,  1968,  P  18 
12005.3 

IntCLC07d49/i« 
VS.  a.  260—309.2  1 1  Clafam 

N-(ci>-cyano-alkyl)-carbamyl-benzinudazoles,  i.e.,  2-(  op- 
tionally alkoxy-carbonyl  and  alkyl-carbonyl)-3-[N-(o>-cyano- 
alkyl)-carbamyl]-4,S,6  and/or  7-(optionally  alkyl)- 
benzimidazolM,  which  possess  fungicidal,  anti-bacterial,  in- 
secticidal,  acaricidal  and  ovicidal  properties  and  which  may 
be  produced  by  conventional  methods. 


3.673^11 

MANUFACTURE  OF  a,^.DIHALO-y- 

HYDROXYCROTONIC  LACTAMS 

riKKciiaiu  TTDHcrscHii,  Bcmn,  iscmany,  assignor  lo 
AnUn- &  Soda-Fabrfli 


FUmI  MMnch  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  806,304 
Clafans  priority,  appBfatfcwi  Gcnnany,  March  23, 1968,  P 17 
70042.4 

IntCLC07d  27/76 
U.S.  CL  260— 326.5  FL  6CWnM 

Manufacture  of  a,^<lihalo-y-hydroxycrotonic  lactams  by 
reacting  mucohalogenic  add  halides  vnth  primary  amines,  as 
well  as  the  new  a,/3-dihalo-7-hydroxycrotonic  lactams  them- 
selves. The  new  products  are  valuable  intermediates  for  the 
production  of  insecticides  and  fungicides. 


3,673,212 

SUBSTITUTED  PHENYLACETIC  ACIDS  AND  ESTERS 

THEREOF 

Rolf  DcMB,  BMd,  Switacfland;  NIcIb  Oanoon-KaM,  Farum, 


t  to  Gdgy  Chcmicri  Corporation,  Ar<Mcy,  N.Y. 
DIvWon  of  Scr.  No.  679,224,  Oct.  30, 1967,  PaL  No. 
3,579,535.  Tl^  appBcation  Apr!  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  43,637 
OafaM  priority,  applcatton  SwitMrliDd,  Oct  31,  1966, 
15768/66;  Jan.  18, 1967, 713/67;  Au«.  1, 1967, 1 1 178/67 

Int.  CLC07d  27/26 
U.S.  CL  260— 326J  4Claiiw 

Substituted  phenyl  acetic  adds,  addition  salts  thereof  with 
bases  as  well  as  esters  thereof,  which  compounds  exhibit  use- 
tul  antiinflammatory  (antiphlogistic),  analgesic  and  an- 
tipyretic activity,  and  processes  for  the  production  of  these 
compounds,  as  well  as  starting  materials  used  in  said 
processes;  therapeutic  compositions  containing  these  com- 
pounds, and  methods  of  treatment,  particulariy  methods  of  in- 
ducing antiinflammatory,  analgesic  and  antipyretic  effects  in 
mammals.  Illustrative  embodiments  are  2-[p-(  l-pyrryl)-phen- 
ylj-butyric  acid,  I3-chloro-4-(l-pyrryl)-phenylJ-acetic  add 
and  2-[p-i  l-pyrr^>-phenyl]-propionic  add  meth^  ester. 


3,673,213 
INDCHXNL  PROSTAGLANMN  CC^fPOUNDS 
Akjandro  ZaflanMi,  AthttUmk,  Calif.,  sssiyinr  to  Alia  Cor- 
pomtion 

Fled  Sept  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7032 
InLCLC07d  27/56 
U.S.  CL  260— 326.14  R  18  < 

Novel  compounds  oi  the  formulas: 


'  CHf-Zi-(CHi),-COO- 


Z«-C  H-(C  H»).-Zi-C  H-CHi 


NHi*HiCHiC- 


OH 


and 


Ri 


'^CHf— Zt— (CHj).— COO- 


Rt 


,^-  Z«-C  H-  {CHt).-Z,-C  It-CH, 

I  R.      I.  it 

Rt 


NHi*HiCHjO- 


Of 


wherein  R,  and  R«  are  hydrogen  \tiien  Z,  is  a  sin^e  bond  and 
Zt  is  a  double  bond  Rt  and  R«  are  absent;  R,  is  keto. 


\ 


H 


or 


OH 


\ 


R<  Is  H  or       H;  Rj  Iji  H.       H, 


OR, 


\ 


\ 


OH 


n    or       H 


R?  Is 


\ 


\. 


ORi 


OH  or  0»^  Ra  is  H  or  OH,  R,  is  acyl  or  alkoxyalkyl;  Z,  is 
— CHfCh,—  or  cis— CH  •  CH— ;  2^  is  a  single  or  double 
bond;  Z*  is  a  single  bond  or  a  double  bond  and  it  is  a  double 
bond  when  R,  and  R«  are  hydrogen;  Z«  is  — CHfCHt —  or  trans 
— CH  -  CH— ;  Zt  is  — Cf^CH,—  or  cis— CH  -  CH— ;  n  is  2 
to  5  and  m  is  1  to  3.  The  compounds  have  improved  bicrfogical 
stability  and  they  can  serve  as  a  reservoir  for  prosta^andins 
that  have  biolo^cal  activity,  in  that  different  prostaglandin 
ccMnpounds  stimulate  or  inhibit  smooth  muscles,  inhibit  gas- 
tric secretion,  lower  or  raise  bkxxl  pressure,  inhibit  lipoiysis 
and  inhibit  platelet  aggregation. 


3,673,214 

RING-E  SUBS1TTUTED  A-CYANO-SSECOVOHSMBANES 

AND  -CYANO-S-SECOALLOYCMIIMBANES 
Jay  Donald  AUvlglM,  and  Leon  Goldnn,  both  of  Nanuet, 
N.Y.,  aorignors  to  American  Cyanamkl  Coomnaty,  Stanrford, 
Conn. 

•DIvWon  of  Scr.  No.  758393,  ScpL  9, 1968,1>aL  No. 

3,576,004.  This  appBcBlion  Jan.  1 1, 1971.  Scr.  No.  105,641 

InLCLC07d  2  7/54 

U.S.CL  260-3263  9CUtai 

This  disdosure  describes  compounds  of  the  class  of  ring-E 

substituted  4-cyano-3-secoyohimbanes  and  4-cyano-3-aecoal- 

loyohimbanes  usefU  as  analgesics,  anti-inflammatory  agents, 

an(l  central  nervous  system  depressants. 


1580 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,673^15 

SUBSTITUTED  CHRYSANTHEMUMATES 
Robert  Volratli,  BmI  Dacrkhciiii;  Axd  Nucrrenlwch,  Gr 
•tadt,  and  Hdarich  Adolphi,  Umburgcrhof,  al  of  GcnnMy, 
^MifMn  to  BMlfadie  AbIIii  •&  SodihFabrik  Aktien- 
ywlbrluift,  Ludwigriiarcii/Rliiiic,  Land  RUneland  m»A- 
Pfali,  Germany 

FBed  Aug.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  850^42 
Claian  priority,  appUcadon  Germany,  Aug.  29,  1968,  P  17 
93312.9 

Int.  CL  C07d  63/12;  C07c  69/7^;  A6lk  27/00 
VS.  CL  260—332.2  R  10  Cfarinv 

New  and  valuable  chrysanthemumates,  partioilarly  esters 
having  triunsaturated  alcohols,  and  a  process  for  controlling 
pests  with  these  esters. 


3,673,216 

ALKOXYOXETANES 

Siegfried  H.  Scfaroetcr,  Schenectady,  N.Y.,  aaiignor  to  General 

Electric  Company 

Continuatioii-iii-part  of  Scr.  No.  671,576,  Sept.  29, 1967, 

abandoned.  This  application  May  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  33,904 

Int.  a.  C07d  J/00  ^ 

U.S.  a.  260—333  4  Claims 

2-Alkoxyoxetanes  are  produced  by  the  reaction  of  an  al- 
dehyde or  ketone  with  a  vinyl  ether  in  the  presence  of  ul- 
traviolet light.  The  2-alkoxyoxetanes  produced  in  accordance 
with  this  invention  are  useAil  as  plasticizers  for  organic  resins, 
as  intermediates  for  making  3-hydroxy-alkyl  ethers  utilizing  an 
appropriate  Grignard  reagent,  and  3-hydroxy  substituted 
acetals  by  reaction  with  alcohols,  and  as  monomers  for 
polymerization  to  polyoxyalkylene  compounds  employing,  for 
example,  trialkyl  aluminum  compounds  with  vrater  in  ac- 
cordance with  known  processes. 


3,673,217 

SUBSTTTUTED-DESA-PREGNANES  AND  DESA- 

PREGNENES 

Milan  Radoje  Uskokovk,  Upper  MonlcU-,  N  J.,  airigiior  to 

Hoffmann-La  Roche,  Inc.,  Nutlcy,  N  J. 

Division  of  Ser.  No.  499,094,  Oct.  20, 1965,  PaL  No. 
3,574,761,  whkh  b  a  continuatioa-ia-pwt  of  Scr.  No.  400,206, 
Sept.  29, 1964,  Pit.  No.  3^412,107.  Thb  application  June  13, 
1968,  Scr.  No.  736,587 
Int.  CLC07C  49/00 
U.S.  CL  260—340.9  14  OidnH 

This  invention  is  directed  to  substituted-desA-pregnanes 
and  desA-pregnenes  and  derivatives  thereof  which  are  con- 
verted to  known  9/9,10a-steroids  of  the  pregnane  series.  The 
latter  compounds  are  useful  as  both  progestational  agents  and 
as  salt-retaining  agents. 


Iiv«h 


3,673,218 
BICHRC»MONYL  C(»MPOUNDS 


to 


both     of 


34ClaiiiM 


Fled  Oct.  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  871,972 
priority,  applifalinii  Great  Britain,  Oct.  30,  1968, 
Sl«421/68 

Inl.a.C07d7/i4 
U.S.CL  260-345  J 

Compounds  of  the  formula 

o  o 

T  Ti 

in  which  P  to  T,  are  hydrogen,  alkyl,  alkoxy,  alkenyl,  al- 
kenyloxy,  substituted  alkyi,  substituted  alkoxy.  substituted  al- 


HOOC 


i/ 


R> 

— COOH 


kenyl.  substituted  alken^oxy,  amino,  substituted  amino 
aminoalkoxy.  substituted  aminoalkoxy.  nitro.  halo,  hydroxy, 
or  benzyloxy;  the  R*  groups  are  hydrogen,  substituted  or  un- 
substituted  alkyi,  alkoxy  or  aryl;  and  X  is  a  carbon  •  carbon 
bond  or  a  single  atom,  which  may  be  substituted,  through 
which  the  chronxme  nuclei  are  linked,  and  pharmaceutically 
acceptable  derivatives  thereof,  are  indicated  for  use ,  in  the 
treatment  of 'extrinsic*  allergic  asthma. 


'-YL). 
ESectric 


3,673,219 
4-PHENYL  2^2'-HYDROXY-META.TERPHENYL-5' 

DIBENZOFURAN  AND  4y4'.DIPHENYL-2»2'- 
^  BIDIBENZOFURAN 

Allan  S.  Hay,  Schenectady,  N.Y.,  mslgnnr  to  General 
Company  i 

Filed  June  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,196 

lBta.C07dJ/44  ^ 

U.S.a.260— 346.2M  SClidms 

Heating  3,3'.5,S'-tetraphenyldiphenoquinone  above  its 
melting  point  but  below  its  carbonization  temperature  causes 
an  intramolecular  disproportionation  reaction  the  progress  of 
which  is  monitored  by  the  color  change.  Three  sexiphenyl 
compounds  are  produced  which  are  separable  by  chromatog- 
raphy. Two  of  the  pixxlucts  are  new  compounds,  having  one 
and  two  dibenzofuran  groups,  respectively  in  their  structures. 
The  bidibenzofuran  compound  can  be  converted  to  S'.5" 
diphenyl-m-quaterphenyl-2.2"'-diol,  useful  in  the  preparation 
of  polycaitwnates  and  polyester.  The  other  two  products  can 
be  reworked  to  serve  as  a  recycle  feedstock. 


MANUF> 


3,673,220 
FACTURE  OF  PYRANTHRONES 
Gurtav  Bock,  Ncustadt,  Germany,  Msignar  to  Badische  AnMn- 
&    Soda-Fabrik    AlrfifnystHstiiaft,    Ludwi^riwfen/Rldnc, 
Germany 

I     fVed  Oct.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  79,681 
Oaims  priority,  appHcatioa  Germany,  Oct.  14. 
51  708.9 

Int.  CLC09b  J/42 
U.S.  a.  260-360  6  Claims 

A  new  process  for  the  manufacture  of  pyranthrones  (I) 
frcwn  2.2'-dialkyl-l.r-dianthraquinonyls  (D)  by  heating(n)  at 
from  150"  to  2 10"  C.  in  polar  organic  solvents  in  the  presence 
of  alkali  metal  aceutes. 


«,  1969i  P  19 


imett 
Ia( 


3,673,221 

lCID  anthraquinone  dyestuffs 

Peter     Hiadermann,    Bottmingen/Basel-Land,    and 
Mcindl,  Rkhm/Bawi,  both  of  Switserland, 
COM-Gtlgy  AG,  BmcI,  Switierland 

FBed  Sept.  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  860,042 
Oaims  priority,  application  Switaeriand,  Oct.   3, 

14804/68 

Int.  CLC09b  7 /JO 

U.S.CL  260-374  

Acid  anthraquinone  dyestuffs  are  disclosed  which  are  the 
formula 


Hubert 

to 


'1968, 


7CUm 


O        NHi 


/nAA  , 


SOtH 


x/ 


wherein  X  is  hydrogen  or  SO|©M®  and  B  is  — OH  or 


-NH-SO 


\ 


NHR 


wherein  R  denotes  hydrogen  or  lower  alkyl  and  wherein  any 
substituent  of  A  other  than  NHR  is  selected  from  hydrogen. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1581 


halogen,  lower  alkyl  or  SO^M®,  and  M®is  one  equivalent  of  a 
colorless  cation. 

These  dyestuffs  are  useful  for  the  dyeing  and  printing  of  or- 
ganic materials  especially  materials  made  from  natural  and 
synthetic  polyamide. 

The  resulting  dyeings  are  distinguished  by  purity,  good  fast- 
ness to  light,  washing  and  perspiration. 

The  dyestuffis  in  which  B  represents 


— NH-SOr-^    A 


NHR 


are  moreover  valuable  as  intermediate  products  for  the 
production  of  fiber  reactive  dyestufEs  for  cellulose  and  polya- 
mide material. 


3,673024 

STEROID  CC^IPOUNDS  OF  THE  ESTRANE, 

ANDR06TANE,  PREGNANE  AND  19^NORFREGNANE 

SERIES  AND  THE  PREPARATKW  THEREOF 

Poul  Borrevang,  Rodovre,  and  Peter  FaMiip,  Soborg,  both  of 

Denmarit,  assignors  to  Novo  Tcrapcutisic  Laboratorium  A/S, 

Copenhagen,  N,  Dcnmarii 

FDed  Dec.  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885,654 
dafam  priority,  appMcrton  GreiM  Britain,  Dec  24,  1968, 
61,413/68 

Int.  CL  C07c  169/34 
VS.  CL  260—397.4  7  CWms 

Novel  and  therapeutically  useful  steroid  compounds  of  the 
estrane,  androstane,  pregnane  or  19-norTvegiuuie  series  and 
having  the  partial  ring  A  configuration: 


cinJ,^ 


^ 


or 


C1N= 


3,673,222 

2-(8^YCL0HEXYL0CTYL  OR  7- 

CYCLOHEXYLHEPTYL)-l,4.NAPHTHOQUINONE  AND 

PROCESS  FOR  PREPARATION  AND  USE  THEREOF 

Sydney  Archer,  52  Wisconsin  Ave,  Ddmar,  N.Y.,  and  Roman 

--.  R.Lorcnz,  3  Highland  Drive,  East  Grecnbush,N.Y. 

Contfaiuation-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  589,202,  Oct.  25, 1966, 
abandoned.  This  application  Nov.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  880^71 

Int.  CLC07C  49/66 
U.S.a.260— 396  R  4Clidim 

Intermediates  for  the  preparation  of  2-hydroxy-3-(8- 
cyclohexyloctyl)-l,4-naphthoquinone  and  2-hydroxy-3-(7- 
cyclohexylheptyl)-l,4-naphthoquinone,  potent  antimalarial 
agents,  are  prepared  as  follows:  reacting  8-cyclohexyloctanoic 
acid  or  7-cyclohexylheptanoic  acid  with  1-naphthol  to  form  2- 
(8-cyclohexyloctanoyl  or  7-cyclohexylheptanoyl)-l-naf^th<^; 
reducing  the  2-acy]- 1 -naphthol  to  form  2-(  8-cyclohexyloctyl 
or  7-cyclohexylheptyl)- 1-naphthol;  oxidizing  2-(  8-cyclohex- 
yloctyl or  7-cyclohexylheptyl  )-l -naphthol  to  form  2-{8- 
cyclohexykxnyl  or  7-cyclohexylheptyl )-l,4-naphthoquinone; 
reacting  the  latter  with  a  peroxide  under  alkaline  conditions  to 
form  2-(  8-cyclohexyloctyl  or  7-cyclohexylheptyl )- 1 ,4- 
naphthoquinone-2,3-oxide;  and,  hydrolyzing  the  2,3-oxide 
under  acidic  conditions  to  yield  2-hydroxy-3-(  8-cyclohexyloc- 
tyl or  7-cycIohexyIheptyl)- 1 ,4-naphthoquinone. 


as  well  as  processes  for  the  preparation  of  these  steroid  com- 
pounds. 


3,673,223 

6-THIOCYANATO-16-METHYLENE-4,6- 

PREGNAMENES,  METHCNK  Fm  THEIR 

MANUFACTURE,  AND  INTERMEDIATES  THEREOF 

ElHot  L.  Shqiiro,  Cedv  Grove,  N  J.,  atrignor  to  Scherii«  Cor- 

poraDon,  DioouHicia,  isj. 

Filed  Mvcfa  31, 1971,  Scr.  No.  129,949 

Int.CLC07c/69/J2 

U.S.CL  260-397.4  llCUnH 

6-Thiocyanato-I6-meth)iene-17a-lower  alkanoyloxy-4,6- 
pregnadiene-3,20-diones  having  progestational  and  anti-an- 
drogenic  activities  are  prepared  from  6^thiocyanato-7a- 
hydroxy-16-methylene-17a-lower  alkanoyloxy-4-pregnene- 
3,20-diones  by  treatment  in  a  tertiary  amine  witii  a  hydrocar- 
bonsulfonyl  halide  having  up  to  seven  carbon  atoms.  The  6- 
thiocyanato-16-methylene-4,6-pregnadienes  of  this  invention 
are  ialso  (vepared  by  treating  a  6/3-thiocyanato-7a-hydroxy- 
16-methylene-17a-lower  aIkanoyloxy-4-pregnene-3,20-dione 
or  a  7-lower  alkanoate  ester  thereof  with  an  acid  selected  firom 
the  group  consisting  of  p-toiuenesulfonic  acid  or  hydrochloric 
acid  in  a  non-reactive,  organic  solvent. 


toOrganon 


3,673,225 
NEW  7-ALKYL-STEROIDS 
Hcndrik  Paul  De  Joi^h,  Om,  Netherlands,  I 
Inc.,  West  Orange,  N  J. 

FHcd  Jan.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  3,516 
lot  CL  €070  769/20 
U  A  CL  260— 397.5  3< 

The  present  invention  relates  to  a  group  of  novel  7a,  1 8-di- 
alkyl-steroids  of  the  oestrane  series  having  a  doutde  bond 
originating  from  carbon  atom  S,  which  compounds  have 
strong  oestrogenic.  ovulation-inhibiting  and  antifertilization 
properties. 


3,673,226 
SYNTHETIC  LUBRICANTS 
Robert  E.  Malec,  Bh  iiiiimham,  Nfich.,  wiianni  to  Ethyl  Cor- 
poratioii.  New  Yorl^  N.Y. 

Filed  April  10, 1968,  Scr.  No.  720;358 
Int  CL  C07c  69/20, 69/32;  CI  Ic  3/08 
U.S.CL  260— 410.6  9Cli*m 

Elimination  of  water  from  trimethylolpropane  forms  a  mix- 
ture containing  a  substantial  amount  of  di-trimethyk^propone. 
Esterification  of  the  mixture  with  monobasic  aliphatic  carbox- 
ylic  adds  containing  firom  about  1- 1 2  carbon  atoms  such  that 
the  average  acid  chain  is  from  4-9  carbon  atoms  results  in  a 
synthetic  ester  lubricant  especially  useful  for  lubricating  gas 
turbines. 


3,673,227 
SIMPLIFIED  CONTINUOUS  RENDERING  SYSTEM 
Jack  G.  Kdth,  Santa  Fc  Springs,  CallL,  assign  ni  to  Duke,  1 
GcmantowB,  OMo 

DMiioB  of  Scr.  No.  586,292,  Oct  12, 1966,  PM.  No. 

3,506,407.  This  applkatton  Jan.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2,142 

Int.  CL  CI  lb  7/72 

U.S.  CL  260— 412.6  ICkiMm 

A  continuous  process  for  the  dry  rendering  of  raw  materials 

in  the  form  of  animal,  poultry  and  fish  byproducts  to  produce 

fat  and  tankage  in  which  the  raw  materials  are  cooked  to  fi«e 

the  fats  therefrx>m  in  a  single  cooking  operaticm.  the  raw 

materials  being  reduced  to  a  mean  particle  size  and  then 

cooked  under  contn^ed  moisture  and  temperature  conditkxis 

and  maintained  in  the  cooking  vessel  for  a  resideixx  time  at 

least  equal  to  one  hour  flow  rate  of  the  materials  throu^  the 

cooker. 


1532 


I 

OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  ,1972 


3,673428 

PROCESS  FOR  ADSORBENT  BLEACHING  OF  EDIBLE 

OILS 
Ronyd  D.  iterk,  WyonlBg,  awl  Leon  Lnrioe,  Clnriiintl. 

both  o(  Ohio,  aalgMon  to  The  Prodcr  *  Gambk  Compaoy, 

CfaidBaad,OMo 

Fled  SciH.  4, 1969,  Scr.  No.  8S5352 

Iirt.a.CllbJ//0 

U.S.a.260— 428  22CbiiiM 

In  a  process  for  adsorbent  bleaching  of  edible  oih,  adsor- 
bent agent  usage  is  reduced  by  deaerating  and  moisture  ad- 
justing an  oil/adsorbent  mixture,  then  adjusting  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  mixture  to  range  firom  200"  to  400*  F  and  then 
directly  passing  the  temperature-adjusted  mixture  throu^  a 
bleaching  zone  at  a  pressure  of  atmospheric  pressure  or 
greater  in  the  substantial  absence  of  oxygen  and  under  turbu- 
lent flow,  and  finally  filtering  the  adsorbent  from  the  oil.  Ad- 
sorbent usage  is  also  reduced  by  utilizing  the  above  deaerat- 
ing, moisture  adjusting,  and  temperature  conditions  with  or 
without  the  use  of  turbulent  flow  and  utilizing  2  to  7  bleaching 
stages  with  more  or  less  equal  amounts  of  firesh  adsorbent 
being  used  in  each  stage.  Preferably,  this  multistage  process  is 
utilized  in  combination  with  the  turbulent  flow  process. 


3,673,229 
METAL  OXnw:  ACYLATES  AND  THEIR  PREPARATKMV 
,  77  ABdersoB  RoMl,  BcraardBvOk,  N  J. 

r.  No.  651,120,  July  5. 1967,, 
CoBthiaadoa-fa-pwt  of  Scr.  No.  840,604,  July  7, 1967,.  Thfa 
I  Mvch  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  16,990 
.  CL  C07f  13/00, 1  HOC,  15102 
U.S.CL260— 429R  4Claiim 

Organic  metal  compounds  containing  a  high  percentage  of 
metal  and  having  a  central  molecular  structure  comprising 
two  or  three  metal  atoms  connected  by  oxygen  bonds  to  each 
other,  at  least  one  of  the  metals  being  trivalent,  and,  in  turn, 
connected  to  two  or  three  acyloxy  groups  or  to  three  divalent- 
metal  acyloxy  groups  are  prepared  by  reacting  metal  acetates 
or  formates  with  metal  oxides  or  hydroxides  and  with  an 
aliphatic  acid  having  fixnn  7-22  carbon  atoms  or  with  a 
divalent  metal  acyl  oxide  of  such  acid  to  form  products  useful 
as  resin  additives,  fungicides,  anti-corrosives  and  colorants. 


3,673,230 

METH<M>  OF  PREPARING 
HEXAORGANODISTANNANES 

uciiMi  n.  nwwmij,  lugiBHnni,  anD  ttuubiii  j. 

SoMract,  both  of  N  J.,  Mslgiian  to  Mat  Chenii^B  Inc.,  New 

Yorfc,N.Y. 

Dhriiioa  of  Scr.  No.  773329,  Nov.  4, 1968.  TIfa ) 
Jmu  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107,57S 
IuLCLC07f  7/22 
U.S.  a.  260-429.7  4< 

This  invention  is  a  method  for  preparing  compounds  of  the 
formula  R«SnSnRa  comprising  pyrolyzing  a  triorganotin  for- 
mate of  the  formula 

O 

RiSnOCH 

wherein  R  is  a  hydrocarbon  selected  from  the  group  consisting 
ct  alkyl,  alkenjd,  aralkyl,  and  cycloalkyi  radicals,  and  separat- 
ing R^nSnR«. 


3,673431 
SEC-PHOSFHINE  DITHIOPHOSPHiNIC  ACID  SALTS 
Rupert  C.  Morris,  Bcrlcdey,  and  RoMdd  F.  Mmob,  I^m  Vdky, 
both  of  CaHL,  aaripiori  to  ShcB  Ol  ConpMiy,  New  York, 
N.Y. 

FBed  Ah«.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,659 

Iitf.  a.  C07f  5/06 

U.S.  CL  260—429.9  4  CMm 

Zinc  sahs  of  hydrocarbyl-substituted  or  unsubstituted  9- 

phos|rfiabicyclononane-9,9-dithiophosphinic  acid,  useful  as 


9-H-S 


lubricating  oil  additives,  are  prepared  by  contacting 
phosphabfcyclononane,  optionally  having  one  or  more 
hydrocarbyi  substituents  on  a  ring  cartmn  atoms,  with  sulftur  in 
the  presence  of  ammonium  hydroxide,  followed  by  treatment 
with  a  zinc  salt. 


izinei 


[COMPOUNDS 


3,673432 
MCYCLOPENTAIMENYL  JROS  ( 
Mddoa  L.  Talbot,  and  Theodore  T.  Foster,  both  of  Boulder, 
Colo.,  Mslgiioi  I  to  SytexCorponHhia,PMiaina,  Panama 
FVed  April  1,1970,  Scr.  No.  24,863         >- 
Int.  CLC07J  73/02  ' 

U.S.a.  260-439  CY  15CWnis 

Production  of  dimers  of  dicyclopentadienyl  iron  com- 
pounds by  the  reaction  of  a  dicyclopentadienyl  iron  com- 
pound and  a  ketonic  coupling  agent  in  the  presence  of  an  acid 
catalyst  in  an  organic  solvent.  The  process  involves  a  two- 
phase  system  wherein  one  phase  comprises  said  ketonic 
coupling  agent,  a  strong  add.  and  a  polar  organic  solvent;  and 
the  second  phase  comprises  said  iron  compound  which  is 
slightly  soluble  in  the  fint  phase.  The  product  dimers  of 
dicyclopentadienyl  iron  compounds  are  useful  as  hematinic 
agents  and  in  the  cure  of  polymers.  Those  compounds  sub- 
stituted in  at  least  one  cyclopentadien^  ring  are  novel. 


I    3,673433 

SILYL-StJBSTmJTED  CARBAMIC  ACID  DERIVATIVES 
Hani  Dietrich  GoMz,  Kochi-Stannheini,  and  Walter  Sfaander, 
Odenthai-Scidfavhafen,  both  of  GcruMuy,  asrigi to  Far- 
Bayer   AkdcntcacBschaft,   LevcriuMca,   Gcr- 


FHcd  Dec.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,622 

priority,  appHcatfon  Gcmuny,  Dec  4, 1968,  P  18  12 
564.9        I 

I  Int.CLC07f7//« 

U.S.  0.260— 448.2  N  6( 

New  organosilyi-modified  carbamic  acid  esters  have  the  for- 
mula 


L(R0-)t.,81(R').-CH-N— C-0-^JHfc.-oVl 


in  which  R,  R'  and  R'"  are  monovalent  hydrocarbon  radicals, 
R"  is  a  hydrogen  atom  a  meth^  radical  or  a  phenyl  radical,  O 
is  a  monovalent  to  hexavalent  hydrocarbon  radical  having  up 
to  6  carbon  atoms,  a  is  0, 1, 2  or  3,  n  is  2,  3  or  4, 6  is  zer^  or  an 
integer  f.'om  1  to  200,  and  c  is  the  valency  number  of  Q.  | 

These  carbamic  acid  derivates  are  prepared  by  reacting  at  a 
temperature  <^  from  2(f  to  ISO"  C,  an  aminomethylpsilane 
derivitive  <rf'  the  formula 


-^    (B0-)»^1(R').-CH-NH 

B"     R'" 


with  a  chloroformic  acid  ester  oi  the  formula 


[Cl-C 
I 


-o-Aj 


•Hto-oX-  |q 


in  the  presence  of  a  tertiary  amine. 

The  products  are  to  be  used  as  priming  agents  imparting  ad- 
hesion to  synthetic  resins  on  siliceous  surfaces,  as  surfactants 
and  as  intermediates  for  organo-polysiloxane  resins. 


1584 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

i 


June  27,  1972 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1638 


3,673437 
2,4-DINITRO^ALKYL  FHENYL-CYCLOPROnONATES 

to  Oho  I  hidli  il. 


3,673434 
PROCESS  FOR  PREPARING 
DIALKYLAMINOALKOXYCARBONIUM 
TETRAFLUOROBORATE 
Kc^Ji  Ikawa,  Osaka,  and  nunhaka  Takand,  HIgaBldaaaka,  FBed  MMvh  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  805,849 

both  of  Japan,  aastgnon  to  SMonogi  &  Co.,  Ltd.,  Osaka,        Clatas  priority,  appHcnlion  Swhacrland,  M««h  14.  1968, 
J«P«  3767/68 

FBed  April  22, 1970, Scr.  No.  30,932  Int  a.C07c  69174 

Oakm  priority,  appBcaHon  Japan,  May  15, 1969, 44/37871     U.S.  CL  260-^468  P  7CUnH 

Int.  CL  C07c  119116  It  has  been  found  that  cycloalkyi  carbox)dic  acid  esters  of 

U.S.CL  260-^453  R  3Clafam    the  general  formula 

Dialkylaminoalkoxycarbonium  tetrafluoroborate  of  the  for- 
mula: 


Ri 

N*=CH 
/ 


\ 


ORi 


H     BF4*= 


wherein,  R|,  R|  and  Rj  each  represents  a  lower  alkyl  group,  is 
prepared  by  reacting  dialkylformamide  and  alkyl  chlorofor- 
mate  with  sodium  fluoroborate.  Furthermore,  dialkylforma- 
mide dialkylacetal  of  the  formula: 


CHi 


CH-CO— Y 
(CHi). 


Ri  ORi 

)n-ch( 

Ri  ORi 


wherein,  R|,  R«  and  R*  are  meanings  the  same  meanings  as 
above,  is  prepared  by  treating  said  dialkylaminoalkoxycar- 
bonium tetrafluoroborate  with  sodium  alcoholate. 


3,673435 
ESTERS  OF  N-HALOCYANOACETYL  CARBAMIC  ACIDS 
George  A.  Burk,  Bay  Cky,  Mkh.,  assign  iw  to  The  Dow  Chend- 
cal  Company,  Midland,  Mich. 

FBed  Jan.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2,978 
InLCLC07c/2y/;6 
U.S.  CL  260—465.4  6  Clidm 

Esters  of  N-halocyanoacetyl  carbamic  acids  having  the 
general  formula 

(CN)XiC-C-NH-COR 

i     I 

where  each 

X  is  independently  H,  CI  or  Br  where  not  more  than  one  X  is 
H,and 

R  is  an  alkyl  of  1  — 10  carbon  atoms 
are  useful  as  bactericides  and  fimgicides. 


3,673436 

BASICALLY  SUBSTITUIED  l-CYANO-O^ARBAMOYL- 

FORMOXIMES 
Hans  Ulricfa  Brecfabuhicr,  Baale,  and  Kurt  GuMcr,  Rlehen, 
both  of  SwkMriand,  aeelpinrii  to  Obo-Gcliy  Corporatkm, 
AnlBley,N.Y. 

FBed  July  23, 1969,  Ser.  No.  844,163 
Claims  priority,  application  Switzerland,  July  24, 1968, 
11105/68 
Int.  CL  C07c  121130, 121142 
U.S.CL  260-465.4  lOOahns 

New  basically  substituted  1 -cyano<^<»rbamoyl-fOTmox- 
imes  are  described  as  insecticide,  acaricides  and  nemato- 
cides,  which  are  distinguished  firom  known  carbamoyl-oximes 
by  pronounced  systemic  insecticidal,  acaricidal  and  ne- 
matocidal  action.  A  typical  compound  is  1 -diethylamino-O- 
(N'-methylcarbamoyl)-formoxime.  Processes  for  the  produc- 
tion of  these  compounds  are  described  as  well  as  pesticidal 
compositions  containing  these  compounds  as  active  sub- 
stances. 


wherein  n  denotes  one  of  the  numbers  1 ,  2  or  3,  Y  represents 
oxygen  or  sulphur  and  R„  R,,  R,.  R,  and  R,  each  represents 
hydrogen  or  various  sutsstituents  possess  biocidal  activity, 
preferably  for  combatting  weeds,  members  <rf  the  class 
Arachnoidea  and  bacteria  and  fungi. 


3,673438 
2-NAPHTHOIC  ACID  DERIVATIVES 
Bffl  Elpeni,  White  Phdv;  Hwrk  J.  Shapiro;  James  R. 
both  of  Bronx,  and  HaraU  Sohmay,  New  RocheSe, 
N.Y.,  ■MlgiiiirstoUSV  PtevuKcutiad  Corporatkm 
FDmI  Feb.  10, 1970.  Scr.  No.  10494 
Int-  CL  C07c  101142 
U.S.CL  260-471 A  n 

Napthoic  acid  derivatives  of  the  formula 


tM  of 


Ay-o 


>(CHi).-R' 


-COOR 


x/v^ 


where  R  is  lower  alkyl,  R'  is  a  secondary  amino  group  and  R" 
is  hydrogen,  phenyi-lower  alkyl,  or  substituted  phenyl-lower 
alkyl  have  hypotensive  activity. 


3,673439 

PROCESS  FCMl  MANUFACTURD^  34,5- 

TRIMETHYLCYCUHIEXYL  MANDELATE 

HbtMM  TakahaeM,  Aral,  Japan,  easlgnnr  to  Dnlod  Ltd., 


FOed  Dec  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,048 
Clahns    prfcirity,    appMcathm    Japan,    Dec    16,    1969, 
44/101145 

Int  CLC07C  69/76 
U.S.CL  260-473  A  7Clidnis 

A  process  for  manufacturing  3,3.S-trimeth)1cyckrfiexyl 
mandelate  in  which  mandelic  acid  is  esterified  with  3,3,5- 
trimethylcydohexanol  in  an  inert  solvent  in  the  presence  of  an 
acid  catalyst,  in  which  a  metal  (Zn,  Sn,  Mg,  Ni  or  Pb)  is  added 
to  the  reaction  system  at  the  beginning  of  or  during  the  reac- 
tion, or  afterwards,  to  generate  ketone-reductive  hydrogen  in 
situ  in  order  to  minimize  formaticHi  <rf  3,3,5-triinethyl- 
cyclohexylphenylglyoxybue. 


1584 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


Tl 


June  27,1 1972 


3,673040 

HYDROXYL-TERMINATED 

HYDROXYMETHYLABIETANYL  ADIPATE 

John  B.  Lcwfe,  and  Gkn  W.  Hcdiick,  both  of  Ldcc  CHy,  Fla., 

■Mltnnn  to  The  United  States  of  Amcika  m  repraented  by 

the  Secretary  of  A^icultare 

FUcd  May  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,673 

Int.a.C07c69/*4 

U.S.  a.  260-485  G  lOaim 

Ethylene  glycol  adipic  acid  polyester  was  modified  by  incor- 
porating the  naval  stores  derived  12-hydrox- 
ymethyitetrahydroabietanol  in  the  polyester  chain.  The 
modified  polyester  was  blended  with  a  poly  (ethylene  adipate) 
glycol  (mol.  wt.  2000)  and  1 ,4-butanediol.  Bu(OH),,  giving 
glycol  mixtures  which  were  reacted  with  tcrfuene  diisocyanate 
TDl.  Oear  strong  polyiirethane  films  (26.6%  TDI)  from 
glycol  mixtures  (average  hydroxy!  equivalents,  OHE,  of  252) 
containing  5,  10,  IS,  and  20  percent  resinyl  moiety  were 
prepared  and  their  polymer  properties  examined,  incorpora- 
tion of  the  moiety  gave  strength,  toughness,  and  stiffness  to 
films  which  otherwise  would  have  been  soft  and  tacky.  Glycol 
mixtures  having  higher  hydroxyl  equivalent  values  required 
less  isocyanate  and  addition  of  the  resinyl  glycol  gave  strong 
elastic  films  from  a  composition  containing  1 6.6%  TDl. 

Experimental  data  suggests  that  use  of  the  bulky  1 2-hydrox- 
ymethyltetrahydroabietanol  may  be  an  important  contribution 
to  polyurethane  technology. 


3,673,241 

SUBSTITUTED  BENZALDEHYM: 
GUANYLHYDRAZONES 
Adrian  Marxcr,  Binningen,  Svriixerland,  aaignor  to  Clba  Cor- 
porMlon,  Sammit,  N  J[. 

FBed  March  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  810^86 
Claims  priority,  appHcaHon  Switacrland,  April  4,   1968, 
4998/68;  Feb.  21, 1969, 2682/69 

Int.  CL  C07c  127/16, 129/08, 133/10 
U.S.  a.  260— 501.12  14Clainis 

Compounds  of  the  formula 


NH 


R-NH-C-NH-P  h-CH=N-NH-C-NHi 


in  which  R  represents  an  optionally  substituted  hydrocarbon 
radical,  X  represents  oxygen  or  sulphur  and  Ph  a  phenylene 
radical,  are  useful  for  the  treatment  of  cardiac  insuffiency  and 
as  antihypertensive  agents. 


I  ^  3,673,243 

NOVEL  PROCESS  FOR  PRODUCING  O- 
ANIUNOPHENYLALIPHATIC  ACID  DERIVATIVES 
Hhao  YMUHnoto,  NlridnouMya-rti;  AHiAo  lOrohaihi,  Aahiya- 
sM;  TifcaMro  Izoml,  Tric«wuln-rid,  mmI  Mmbo  Kodrfba, 
MbMMMM,  tM  of  Japan,  aatignors  to  Sumitomo  Chemiciri 
Company*  Ltd.,  Osaka,  Japan 

FBed  May  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  82M94 
Claim  priority,  ^ppHcilhn  JapM,  May  8, 1968, 43/31 141; 
May  13, 1968, 43/32406;  May  15, 1968, 43/331 13 

Int.  a.  C07c  101/44 
U.S.Cl.aM— 518R  4CWms 

o-Anilinophenylaliphatic  acid  derivatives  being  excellent  in 
anti-inflammatory  activity  and  extremely  low  in  toxicity  and 
having  the  formula,  -.^ 


y\/ 


A-COR* 


x/\ 


NH-^ 


t 


R* 


R> 


wherein  A  is  vinylene.  ethylene,  etc.;  R,  R*.  R',  and  R'  is 
hydrogen,  halogen  or  lower  alkyl,  halogen-substituted  lower 
alkyl  or  lower  alkoxy;  and  R^  is  hydroxyl  or  lower  alkoxy,  are 
produced  advantageously  by  contacting  carbostyryl  depvative 
of  the  formula,  .    -^ 


Xn/ 


V^ 


c=o 


where  A,  R,  R',  R*  and  R'  are  as  defined  above,  with  com- 
pound of  the  formula,  R'*H,  wherein  R*  is  as  defined  above,  or 
contacting  benzenecarbonyl  derivative  of  the  formula. 


3,673,242 
SULFONIC  ACID  BETAINES 

Hdnrich  Rlnkier,  Dormaten;  Rudolf  Braden,  Levcrkuwii- 
Schlebusch,  and  Gunther  Nfachlt,  Dormagen,  aB  of  Ger- 
many, »»ig~«r«  to  Farbenfabrikcn  Bayer  AktlcngcacUschafl, 
Lcvcrkuacn,  Germany 

ConrimmHon  of  Scr.  No.  588,729,  Oct.  24, 1966.  Thh 
■ppiicilioii  Jan.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  512 
CMam  priority,  appHctfcw  GcmiMiy,  Nov.  2,^  1965,  F 
47575 

Int.  CL  C07c  143/52 
U.S.CL260— 507R  3aidnis 

Unsaturated  sulfonic  acid  betaines  suitable  for  use  as  anti- 
static agents  with  high  polymers  are  prepared  by  reacting  an 
unsaturated  N,N-disubstituted  acid  hydrazide  with  a  sultone. 


X\/ 


Ri 


V^ 


NH 


t 


R» 

^R» 


wherein  R,  R',  R*  aiid  R'  are  as  defined  above,  aiid  R*  is 
hydrogen  or  lower  alkyl  in  the  presence  of  an  alkali,  with 
triphenyl-alkoxycarbonylmethylphosphonium  halide  _  of  the 
formula. 


(CiH.)!-P-CH-COR« 
X    R« 


wherein  R*  is  as  defined  above;  R"  is  hydrogen  or  lower  alkyl; 
and  X  is  halogen,  and  if  necessary,  further  contacting  the  ob- 
tained o>cinnamic  acid  derivative  with  hydrogen. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1635 


3,673044 

METHOD  OF  PRODUCING  AROMATIC  CARBOXYUC 

ACIDS  FROM  ALKYLBENZENES 

Ccaarc  Rcnl,  Buito  Aniilo;  Luigl  Lugo,  ^fflian,  and  GhMigfo 

Gualdi,  Verona,  aU  of  Italy,  Mrignnn  to  Sodcta'  ItaUana 

RoiBC  S.pJL,  MOan,  Italy 

FUed  June  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  51364 
Clafaiw  priority.  appHaakm  Italy,  July  7, 1969, 19283  A/69 
Int.a.C07c6i/02 
U.S.a.260— 524R  12CUm8 

A  process  for  the  preparation  of  aromatic  carboxylic  acids 
by  the  oxidation  of  alkyl  benzenes  with  oxygen  or  gases  con- 
taining molecular  oxygen  in  an  aliphatic  carboxylic  acid  en- 
vironment and  in  the  presence  of  catalysts  consisting  of  the 
salts  of  heavy  metals  in  which  the  oxidation  is  carried  out  in 
the  presence  as  an  activator  of  an  organic  compound  in  which 
the  molecule  contains  both  keto  and  hydroxy  groups. 


3,673048 
PRODUCTION  OF  13«4>DIAZAPIiOSPIiOLANES 
Harro  Petersen,  fVanlccathal,  Gcrmaoy,  aasipMr  to 

AniUn-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Aktlcngeselbchafl,  Ludwigshafen/ 
Rhine,  Germany 

FUed  Dec.  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  882,711 
dafans  priority,  appHcalioa  Germany,  Dec  18,  1968,  P  18 
13648.6 

Int.  CLCOTf  9/44 
U.S.CL260— 543PN  SChdoH 

Production  of  1 ,3,4-diazapho6pholanes  by  reaction  c^  a  N- 
methylolurea  or  a  N-mercaptomethylurea  compound  with  a 
phosphorus  trihalide,  and  the  new  1 ,3,4-diazapho8pholanes 
themselves  which  are  flame  retardants  and  starting  materials 
for  the  production  of  flame  retardants,  especially  for  textiles, 
surface  coatings  and  plastics. 


3,673045 
TREATMENT  OF  OFF-GASES  FROM  NITRIC  ACID 
OXIDATION  OF  ANOLONE 
Samud  S.  Mfani,  Odcam,  Tex.,  awignor  to  El  Pn> 
Company,  Odcma,  Tex. 

FDcd  Sept.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  855,013 
Int.a.C07c57//« 
U.S.  a.  260—53 1  R  11  CWmB 

OfT-gases,  obtained  from  the  nitric  acid  oxidation  of  an  or- 
ganic feed  comprising  cyclohexanol  and  cyclohexanone  and 
mixtures  thereof  by  contact  in  a  reactor  with  nitric  acid  at  an 
elevated  temperature  whereby  adipic  acid  is  produced,  the 
mixture  of  off-gases  comprising  nitric  oxide,  nitrogen  dioxide, 
other  oxides  of  nitrogen,  carbon  dioxide,  nitrogen  and  carbon 
monoxide,  are  mixed  with  an  oxygen-containing  gas  and  the 
resultant  mixture  is  passed  through  the  organic  feed  being 
passed  to  the  nitric  acid  reactor.  This  results  in  utilizing  all 
reactive  oxidizing  agents  in  the  off-gases  and  transferring  a 
portion  of  the  highly  exothermic  reaction  from  the  main  reac- 
tor to  the  ofT-gas  scrubber. 


3,673046 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF 

TRICHLOROMETHANE-SULFENYL  CHLORIDE 

Gerhard  Meyer,  ObcmlMirig;  Ifelmut  Magwkin,  and  Hans- 

Dletcr  Rupp,  both  of  Erienbadi,  ail  of  Germany,  aiwignnrs  to 

Gfamstoff  AG,  Wuppcrtal,  Germany 

FUcd  Jan.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  5 
Int.  CL  C07c  145/00 
U.S.  CI.  260—543  H  10  Claims 

Process  for  producing  trichloromethane-sulfenyl  chloride 
(CCI3SCI)  wherein  carbon  disulfide  is  reacted  with  chlorine 
on  activated  carbon  at  temperatures  of  about  —5'  C.  to  +100° 
C. 


3,673047 
HYDROXYBENZENSULFONYL  HALIDE  PRODUCTION 
HaroM  Wayne  HiU,  Jr.,  and  Robert  W.  Campbell,  both  of  Bmt- 
tlcsviBc,  Okla.,  aarignors  to  Phillips  Petrokuffi  Company 
Filed  March  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  806O81 
Int.  CL  C07c  143/70 
U.S.C1.260— 543R  7aafans 

The  conversion  of  hydroxybenzenesulfonates  to  the  cor- 
responding hydroxybenzenesulfonyl  halides  by  contacting 
with  a  thionyl  halide,  a  phosphorus  oxyhalide  or  a  carbonyl 
halide  in  the  presence  of  catalytic  amounts  of  selected  organic 
phosphorus  compound. 


3,673049 
PROCESS  FCm  PREPARING  TERTIARY  AMYL  UREA 
Frank  Mcritt  Furman,  SomcrviBe,  N  J.,  awignnr  to 
Cyanandd  Company,  Stamford,  Conn. 

FBed  June  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,898 
InLCLC07c  727/74 
U.S.  a.  260— 553  R  3( 

This  disclosure  describes  a  process  for  the  preparation  <^ 
tertiary  amyl  urea  which  is  useful  as  an  intermediate  in  the 
preparation  of  l-cyano-3-tert.-amylguanidine,  a  hypotensive 
agent. 


3,673050 
CATALYTIC  HYDRATION  OF  NITRILES  TO  PRODUCE 

AMIDES 
Francis  Clyde  Ranch,  and  Gucntcr  WBH  NacfatisaU,  both  of 
Stamford,  Conn.,  amignors  to  American  Cyanamid  Com- 
pany, Stamford,  Conn. 

FBed  Dec.  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  94,196 
Int.a.C07c70J/00 
UJS.  CL  260— 561  N  16aafans 

Catalytic  hydration  of  a  nitrile  with  water  in  presence  of  a 
homogeneous  catalyst  in  solution  with  the  reactants,  is 
described  for  the  synthesis  of  an  amide.  The  catalyst  com- 
prises two  components,  one  a  transition  metal  compound  such 
as  a  rhodium  compound,  the  other  an  organic  phosphite, 
phosphine,  arsenite,  arsine.  stibine  or  antimonite.  One 
preferred  examjde  is  rhodium  trichloride  with  triphenyl  phoa- 
phine  as  a  catalyst  for  hydration  of  acrylonitrile  to  acrylamide. 
Some  complexing  of  the  scdution  components  is  suggested.  In 
some  embodiments,  presence  of  a  further  component  such  as 
triphenyl  phosphine  oxide  wiU  improve  the  process. 


3,673051 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  CATALYTIC  REDUCTIVE 

AMINATION  OF  NITRILES 

Orvflic   D.   Frampton,   Wyondng,   OMo;   Jod   B.   Pedigo, 

WhcKon,  nL.  and  Hmm  Z.  Lecher.  Plainlleld,  N  J.,  — igiiw  11 

to  National  Distillers  and  Chemical  Corporation,  New  York, 

FUed  April  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  820«432 

InLCLC07c«5/72 

U.S.  CL  260—563  D  17  CWms 

A  cyclic  process  is  provided  for  preparing  secondary  and/or 
tertiary  mono-,  di-  or  polyamines  by  the  continiKxis  catalytic 
reductive  amination  of  mono-,  di-  or  polynitriles,  which  com- 
prises continuously  hydrogenating  the  nitrile  in  the  presence 
of  a  hydrogenation  catalyst  and  a  primai^  or  a  secondary 
mono-,  di-  or  polyamine  reactant,  removing  the  gaseous 
byproduct  mixture,  which  consists  of  ammonia,  mireacted 


1586 


1^ 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


NTO*o«ca 


—u 


!*• 


It 
I 


u 


it 


hydr^n  and  volatilized  primary  or  secondary  amine  rcac-   bicarbonate  or  carbon  dioxide  and  alkali  metal  or  ammonium 
tant,  from  the  reaction  mixture,  separating  the  ammonia  from    hydroxide,  to  precipitate  the  aimnoguamdine  bicarbonate 

therefkom; 
optionally  avoiding  iron  contamination  of  the  dewed 
product  by  either  adjusting  to  acid  pH.  e.g.  pH  3-4.  the 
reaction  mixture  prior  to  bicarbonate  agent  treatment  to 
maintain  such  iron  in  soluble  form,  e.g.  when  Fe  content 
low.  or  adjusting  to  about  pH  7.5-«.5  (he  reaction  mix- 
ture prior  to  bicarbonate  agent  treatment  followed  by  air 
introduction,  e.g.  at  6(f-45*  C.  to  remove  the  iron  con- 
tent, e.g.  when  Fe  content  high-up  to  about  5  percent,  as 
ferric  hydroxide  precipitate,  the  latter  alternative  bdng 
ofXionaUy  carried  out  prior  to  cakaiun  sulfate  sludge 
precipitation  (i.e.  removal )  to  effect  joint  precipitation  of 
such  ferric  hydroxide  and  shidge  pricw  to  bicarbonate 
treatment 


(4— ; 
(4— 


MMTM 


M 


•tMMI    >M 

MirMtf  -utmt 
mtitcrtmrt 


1TI«II 


CATALVtT 


±. 


M 


CbN-C-R-C-NClt 

(in  which  R  is  an  unsubstituted  divalent  hydrocarbyl  radical 
defined  more  fiilly  hereinbelow)  produced,  for  example,  by 
treating  the  corresponding  bis(amidines)  with  sodiimi 
hypochlorite  under  add  conditions,  or  an  aqueous  solution  of 
a  bis(amidine)  hypochloride  and  excess  chloride  with 
fluorine,  preferably  diluted  with  nitrogen. 

Still  another  method  involves  the  treatment  of  an  acidic 
solution  of  the  bis(amidines)  of  thqclass  set  forth  herein  with 
gaseous  chlorine,  this  treatment  bMng  effected  preferably  at 
ambient  temperatures  and  pressures. 


3,673,253 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF 
AMINOGUANIDINE  BICARBONATE 
PMcr  Simons,  Bcrgiscfa  Gladbach,  Germany,  Miignor  to  Far- 
benfabrikcn  Bayer  AldkngCMlKliafl,  Levcrianen,  Ger- 
many 

Flkd  Feb.  21, 1968,  Scr.  No.  707,320 
ClaiBM  priority,  appttcadon  Germany,  Feb.  24,  1967,  F 
51627 

IiiLCLC07c7ii/;0 
U^CL260— 564F  SOdhns 

Production  of  aminoguanidine  bicarbonate  by  reacting  fine- 
ly divided  solid  calcium  cyanamide  with  hydrazine,  in  the  form 
of  mono  or  dihydrazine  sulfate  or  hydrazine  hydrate  and  sul- 
furic acid  in  acfanixture.  in  neutral  to  alkaline  aqueous  medi- 
um, e.g.  at  pH  7  to  about  9.S  and  about  IS'-QO"  C.  using  sul- 
furic acid  for  pH  adjustment  to  form  aminoguanidine.  cooling 
the  reaction  mixture,  e.g.  to  about  6(f-4(r  C,  to  |vecipitate 
the  resultant  calcium  sulfate  sludge,  and  treating  the  sludge- 
free  resultant  reaction  mixture,  e.g.  at  25°-50"  C.  with  a  bicar- 
bonate precipitating  agent,  e.g.  alkali  metal  or  ammonium 


the  gaseous  by-product  mixture  by  selective  absorption,  and 
recycling  the  hydrogen  and  amine  reactant. 


3,673,252 

POLYCHLORO  AMIDINES  AND  PROCESS  FOR 

PREPARING  THEM 

Clifford   L.   Coon,   Franmt,   CaMt.,  Hsrignni    to   StaiAird 

Research  Institute,  Mario  Park,  Orilf. 

ContinaatkMi-iii-parl  of  Scr.  No.  671,615,  Sept.  29, 1967, 

abandoned.  This  appHcatkw  De&  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,979 

Int.  CL  C07c  123/00 

U.S.CL260— 564R  3ClainH 

The    invention    comprises    a    certain    novel    class    of 

polychlorinated  amidines.  more  specifically,  polychlorinated 

bis(amidines)  useful  as  chlorinating  agents,  bleaches,  disinfec- 

tante.  insecticides,  and  fungicides.  The  specific  class  of  the 

subject      novel      compounds      comprises      the      bis(poly- 

chloroamidines)  having  the  strxictural  fcmnula 

NCI      NCI 


3,673,254 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  OF  2- 

CHLOROALKYMOR  CYCLOALKYlO-ISOCYANIDE 

DICHLORIMS 

DIctcr  Aril,  CotapK,  tadriMim,  and  HaM  HoUacfaiBl*,  Levcr- 
kiii»a«i<hiilwiis  both  ol  GcmaBy.   m^ to  Far- 

Gcr> 


53/59 


LAvcrkuBn, 

Fled  Jane  17, 1968,  Scr.  No.  737^70      ' 
priority,  ainrilrallun  GcmMiiy,  Aug.  7,,  1967,  F 

iBtLCLCWJc  119100 
U.S.  a.  260-566  D  6Clites 

(XXX) 

'Production  of  2-chk>ro-alkyl-(or  cycloalkyi  or  aJomatic)- 
isocyanide  dichlorides  by  reacting  an  olefin  of  the  formula 


in  which  R,  to  R,  each  individually  is  hydrogen,  alkyl,  cyckMl- 
kyl,  aromatic  having  up  to  10  carbon  atoms,  or  such  radicals 
optionally  substituted  with  NO,,  halo,  or  alkoxy,  or  R,  and  R, 
together  with  the 

/       \ 

group  form  an  alicyclic  ring  system  optionally  contwiing  an 
—SO,— group  with  hydrocyanic  ackl  and  with  a  chk>r«ie-con- 
tributing  compound,  e.g.  cMorine  or  sulfuryl  chloride,  in  an 
amount  at  least  equivalent  to  the  sum  total  of  the  quantities  of 
olefin  and  hydrocyanic  add  used.  e.g.  at  a  temperature  of 
about  -l(f  to  44(]P  C;  the  produced  isocyankle  dichlorides 
having  t)ie  corresponding  formula 

01 

Ri-C-Ri 

I 
Ri— 0— R4 

I 

N 

II 
Cl-C-Cl 

in  which  Ri  to  R4  are  the  same  as  defined  above.  induding-N  - 
ecu  as  optional  fiirther  substituent  for  said  substituted  radi- 
cals, and  being  usable  as  intermediates  for  producing  plastics 
auxiliaries,  or  directly  for  the  production  oi  isocyanates  which 
optionally  may  be  converted  in  turn  with  amines  into  ureas  in 
the  known  numner,  or  directly  as  plant  protection  agents. 


Erratum 

For  Class  260 — 571  see: 
Patent  No.  3,673,123 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1687 


3,673055 

CATALYTIC  OXIDATIVE  DEHYDROGENATION  OF 

KETONES  WITH  IMPROVED  SUPPORTED  G<XJ> 

CATALYST 

Robert  W.  EUwilmtem,  Jr.,  FwMJi^Nm.  mmI  Kod-Liang 

Uanw,  Murray  HO,  both  of  N  J.,  asripnn  to  MoU  01  Cor- 


Continoatkin-lB-pMrt  ofScr.  No.  711,864,  March  11, 1968, 
Pat  No.  3,476,808,  which  ii  a  condnuatloii-lD-pari  of  Scr.  No. 
639,029,  May  17, 1967,  ahMMJonwi  This  appHcarton  Nov.  3, 
1969,  Scr.  No.  873,705 
Int.  CLC07C  45/00 
U&CL260— 586R  3Claiini 

An  improvement  is  provided  in  a  process  in  which  ketones 
and  mixtures  of  ketones  and  alcohols  having  at  lest  one  pair  of 
hydrogen  atoms  on  the  alpha  and  beu  cartwn  atoms  are  ox- 
idatively  dehydrogenated  to  the  corresponding  ethylenically 
unsaturated  ketone  by  contacting  the  ketone  and  molecular 
oxygen-containing  gas  with  a  catalyst  containing  a  metal  of 
Group  IB  (Cu.  Ag.  Au)  in  the  vapor  phase  (4(Xf-7S(rC.).  The 
catalyst  can  be  a  Group  IB  metal  or  oxysalt  and  can  be  on  a 
support.  Gold  and  supported  gold  catalysts  are  particularly 
preferred.  The  improvement  is  in  obtaining  high  selectivity  by 
the  use  of  a  supported  gold  catalyst  ( 1-SO  percent  gold)  in 
which  the  support  is  a  clear,  transparent,  single  crystal  alpha- 
alumina  having  at  least  SO  percent  and  preferably  15  percent 
of  its  surface  area  covered  with  gcM. 


3,673,256 
3-ENDO-METIfYL-3-EXO(4  '•METHYLPENTANALYL)-2- 
METIfYLENEBICYCLO[2.2.1HEPTANE  AND  PROCESS 

FOR  PREPARING  SAME 
KcwMth  M.  PIcpcr,  West  Cheater,  and  Thoauv  W.  Gibson, 
Colcraia  TowMhlp,  HamBtoa  County,  both  of  Ohte,  aa- 
signors  to  The  Procter  &  Gamble  Company,  CindnnaH, 
Ohio 

FDed  Sept.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  855,043 
lBt.CLC07c47/i« 
U.S.  a.  260—598  6  CWms 

The  compound.  3-endo-n»ethyl-3-exo(4'-methylpen- 
tanalyl)-2-methylenebicyck}(2.2. 1  Jheptane,  and  a  process  for 
preparing  this  compound  are  disclosed.  3-endo-Methyl-3-ex- 
o(4'.methylpentanalyl)-2-methylenebicyck)[2.2.1  ]heptane  is 
valuable  as  a  perfume  component. 


3,673,257 
PROCESS  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  <W  AROMATIC 
HYDROXYALDEHYDES 
Eogcae  P.  Dl  Bda,  Rocfadk  Park,  N  J.,  aarigpor  to  T« 
Chcnicais,  lac. 

FBed  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,029 
Iiit.CLC07c43//6 
U.S.CL260-600  15 

Salicylaldehyde  and  other  hydroxybenzaldehydes  are 
prepared  by  the  oxidation  of  a  hydroxybenzyl  alcolxri  in  the 
presence  of  a  platinum  catalyst  and  a  caticmic  oxidation 
promoter.  Among  the  most  effective  oxidation  promoters  are 
cadmium,  cerium,  indium,  and  lanthanum  ions. 


3,673,259 

PRODUCTION  OF  ARCMATIC  SULFCWES 

Jacob  Rosin,  Maplewood,  and  Rwrii  S.  Ai«,  Kearney,  both  of 

NJ.,  aariVHirs  to  ChrlsOaft  iBdaMrfaa,  IK. 
fled  OcL  7, 1968,  Scr.  No.  765,594 
lOL  a  one  147/06 
U.S.CL260— 607A  SCIains 

In  the  production  of  aromatic  suUbnes  l>y  the  condensation 
reaction  of  an  arylsulfonyl  chloride  with  an  arene,  practically 
quantitative  yiekb  of  the  aromatic  sulfone  are  obtained 
without  the  usual  purification  and  work-up  problems  by  con- 
ducting the  condensation  reaction  in  the  presence  of  relatively 
large  amounts  (based  on  the  molar  concentration  of  the  aryl- 
sulfonyl chloride)  of  the  particular  arybulfonic  acid  which 
corresponds  to  such  arylsulfonyl  chloride,  but  substantially  in 
the  absence  of  any  metal  sahs.  Using  in  conjunction  with  this 
improved  method  for  producing  the  aromatic  sulfone  a  new 
and  unique  technique  for  producing  the  arylsulfonyl  chloride, 
which  technique  is  based  on  chkninating  the  aromatic  sulfonic 
acid  with  chlorosulfonic  add  in  the  presence  of  certain  or- 
ganic solvents  so  that  equilibriimi  of  such  chlorination  is  dis- 
placed toward  formation  of  the  resultant  aryisulfbnyl  chloride, 
an  extremely  efiicient  process  has  been  developed  for  the 
production  of  aromatic  sulfones. 

This  process  is  described  in  detail  in  connection  with  the 
production  of  bis-(p-chlorophenyl)  sulfone.  which  is  a  com- 
mercially important  nKmomer  in  the  manufacture  ai  many 
thermoplastic  polysulfone  polymers. 


3,673,260 
HALOGENATED  THK^THERS  AND  METHOD  OF 
PREPARATIONS 
ChrirtiaB  Eariamadon,  Les  Cawaci,  ftancc,  awignor  to  I 
Anonyme  dite:  Sockte  Natfamalc  dcs  Pctrolcs  D'Aquitaine 
Courbcvoie 

FBed  May  20, 1969,  Scr.  No.  826,291 
CUm   priority,    appHclioa    France,    May    21,    1968, 
68152543;  May  21. 1968, 68152544 

lot.  CL  C07c  149/00, 149/18 
U.S.CL  260-609  A  21  CWw 

New  halogenated  thioether  compounds  c^  the  general  for- 
mula R  (S— CH,— CHY-CH,X). 
in  which  X  represents  a  halogen  atom,  Y  represents  a 
hydrogen  atom  or  a  hydroxy]  group,  R  is  a  mono  or  divalent 
cyclic  or  acyclic  unsaturated  hydrocarbon  residue  having  up 
to  20  carbon  atoms  and  n  is  1  or  2  according  to  whedier  R  is 
mono  or  divalent,  are  prepared  by  reacting  thietane  (thia- 
cydobutane  or  trimethylene  sulfrfiide)  or  3-hydroxy  thietane 
with  a  double-bonded  halogen-substituted  hydrocarbon 
derivative.  By  means  of  treatment  with  an  aqueous  solution  of 
a  base,  the  new  thioether  compounds  in  which  Y  is  hydroxy 
may  be  used  to  prepare  corresponding  new  2.3-epoxy- 
thiopropyl  aitd  bis(2,3-epoxy-thiopropyl)  compounds. 


3,673,258 
PRIMWCTION  or  2A4-TRIMETHYL-3- 
HYMtOXYPENTANAL 
nwu  Merger,  8  HooriMrgcr  StraM,  6700  LadwIi^Mien;  Rolf 
Plan,  5  HaHMlraM,  6800  MMdMfan,  and  Erich  Ncbe,  145 
RohriMchcr  StrMK,  6900  Hdddbcfi,  al  of  Gcnnaiqr 
Fled  Dec  27, 1968,  S«r.  No.  787,610 
IBI.CLC07C  47/02 
U&CL260— 602  6CWniB 

Production  of  2,2,4-trimethyl-3-hydroxypentanal  by 
dimerization  of  isobutyraldehyde  in  the  presence  of  a  basic  ion 
exdianger.  The  product  is  a  valuable  intermediate  for  the 
production  of  polyesters  and  plastioTrrs. 


3,673,261 

PERFUME  COMPOUNDS  AND  PROCESS  FOR 

PREPARING  SAME 

Herbert  C.  Krctadunar,  GrccnoBs,  and  iWIHaBi  F.  Ennan, 
Spiliigllcld  Towndrip,  HamBton  County,  botli  of  OMo,  aa- 
signors  to  Tlw  Prodcr  &  Ganble  Coai|Mniy 
Ohio 

Fled  Dec.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  884^686 
lntCLC07c  27/00,35/22 
U.S.CL260— 617F  6< 

The  compounds  2-nicthylene-3-exo(tran»-4'-methj^5'- 
hydroxypent-3  '-enyl  )bicydo[  2.2.1  ]heptane,  2-ntedqiene-3- 
exo-(cis-4'-methyl-5'-hydroxypcnt-3'-cnyI)bicyclo{2.2. 1  ] 
heptane  and  2-methylene-3-exo(4'-meth^-5'-hydroxypen- 
t^)bicyck>[2.2.1]-heptane.  all  of  which  are  uaeAil  as  per- 
fumes, and  processes  for  their  preparation  are  dtsdoaed. 


1538 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,673^2 
CRYSTALLIZATION  OF  DIPHENYLOL  ALKANES 
Walter  H.  PraM,  Kwinnihc,  Germany,  and  Sol  J.  Lederman, 
Kcnmore,  N.Y.,  — rignors  to  Hooker  Chemical  Corporadon, 
Nia|aniFali,N.Y. 

Coaliniialioa-fai.part  of  Scr.  No.  177,078,  March  2, 1962, 

abandoned,  and  a  contlnuadon-ln-part  of  Scr.  No.  569,541, 

May  31, 1966,  abandoned.  TUB  appHcatkNi  Dec.  20, 1968,  Ser. 

No.  785,619 

Int.  CLC07ci  7/22 

U.S.CL260— 619A  28Clafa» 


\10   140 


I.   l,t,4.t   IITUUlMOMIlItal    <•    MHIII 

1.  iiirkinti  »  la  liailll 

1  tiiraiMl  >  II  liimai  iicaiotioi 

4.  titpaiaei.  t  la  •iiaviiNC   caiMiM 


».  kisriiaai  •  la  Maiiai 
».  aisMiali  k  la  TOiulal 
7  kiWaliSi.  c  la  »laliai 
a.  tiiraiaoil  la  lawaiOM 


ticaioaoKTNViial 


r 


An  unexpected  marked  increase  in  the  solubility  of  a  gem- 
diphenylol  alkane  at  a  temperature  above  near  the  atmospher- 
ic boiling  point  of  a  solvent  selected  from  the  group  consisting 
of  benzene,  toluene,  methylene  chloride,  ethylene  dichloride, 
and  trichloroethylene,  enables  a  process  for  purifying  the 
gem-diphenylol  alkane  by  dissolving  it  in  the  solvent  at  a  tem- 
(wrature  above  the  atmospheric  boiling  point  and  at  a  pressure 
above  the  vapor  pressure  of  the  resultant  material,  cooling  the 
resultant  material,  and  recovering  the  resulting  crystals  of 
gem-diphenylol  alkane  therefrom. 


3,673,264 
METHOD  OF  PREPARING  OPTICALLY  ACTIVE 
PROPYLENE  CHLOROHYDRINS  AND  PROPYLENE 
OXIDES 
Stephen  Joseph  Kuhn,  Swnia,  Omario,  CMladi^ 
The  Dow  Chemioi  Company,  ^Odland,  KOch. 
1       FDed  May  21, 1968,  Scr.  No.  730,929 
I  Int.CLC07cJ//J4 

U.S.  CL  260— 633 

Optically  active  chlorohydrins  are  prepared  by  the  k^rtion  of 
dichloromethyl  methyl  ether  on  an  optically  active  propylene 
glycol  in  the  presence  of  a  metal  halide  catalyst.  Further  treat- 
ment of  said  chlorohydrins  with  a  strong  base  yields  a  substan- 
tially pure  optically  active  propylene  oxide.  Said  optically  ac- 
tive propylene  oxides  have  the  same  utilities  as  racemic 
propylene  oxide  which  may  be  used  as  a  monomer  and  chemi- 
cal intermediate,  and  additionally,  the  polypropylene  oxide 
produced  fix>m  an  optically  active  propylene  oxide  monomer 
is  a  solid,  crystalline,  optiodly  active  polymer.  Other  utilities 
for  an  optically  pure  sample  of  a  chlorohydrin  or  propylene 
oxide  are  obvious  to  one  skilled  in  the  art. 


3,673,263 

DIHYDRO-/S-SANTALOL  AND  PROCESS  FCNl 

PREPARING  DIHYDRO-/3-SANTALOL  FROM  3-ENDO- 

METHYL-3.EXO(4'.METHYL.5  '-HYDROXYPENTYL) 

NORCAMPHOR 

Wayae  L  Faata,  and  William  F.  Erman,  both  of  SprtegOeid 

Township,  Hamltaa  County,  OMo,  wmdgaan  to  The  Procter 

A  GamMc  Company,  CinrinnaH,  Ohio 

FBed  Ntevh  29, 1968,  Scr.  No.  717,458 
IttL  CL  C07c  35/22;  CI  Id  3/50 
U.S.CL  260— 631.5  7Clafans 

The  novel  compound,  dihydro-/3-santak4,  and  a  process  for 
preparing  dihydio-/3-santalol  from  3-endo-methyl-3-exo(4'- 
methyl-S'-hydroxypentyl)iiorcamphor  comprising  the  steps  of 
(1)  reacting  3-endo-methyl-3-exo(4'-meth^-5'-hydroxypen- 
t^)norcani|rfior  with  an  organometallic  compound,  (2) 
hydrolyzing  the  reaction  product  of  Step  1,  and  (3)  selectively 
dehydrating  the  hydndyzed  reaction  product  of  Step  2  with  a 
compound  selected  fit>m  the  group  consisting  of  Lewis  acids, 
oxalic  acid,  p-tc4uenesulfonic  add,  sulfuric  acid,  hydrochloric 
acid,  and  hydrobromic  acid  to  obtain  dihydro-/3-santalol. 


3,673,265 

ISOPRENE  RECOVERY 

Wdfgang  Swodoak,  Odenthal-GlobiMch;  Wulf  Schwerdtd. 

Cologne;  Paul  Losacker,  Ldchllngen,  and  Bruno  EageUiard, 

Cologne,  all  of  Germany,  assignors  to  Farbcnfabriken  Bayer 

AktJancaciischaft,  LeveriaMen,  Germany 

FOcd  July  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,596      J 
Oafam  priority,  appiifrton  Germany,  Aug.  6, 1969,  P  19  39 
896.0 

Int.CLC07r7/0« 

U.S.CL260-681  6Cialms 


A  crude  hydrocarbon  mixture  containing  isoprene  and 
isobutene  in  addition  to  formaldehyde  monomer  and 
polymers,  such  as  is  obtaiited  by  cracking  4,4-dimethyl-l,3- 
dioxane,  is  subjected  to  distillation  in  a  column  which  is  sup- 
plied near  its  head  with  liquid  water,  fouling  of  the  column 
thereby  being  reduced  and  the  distillate  being  obtained  in 
higher  purity. 


I  3,673066 

PROCESS  FCHl  PREPARING  IHIIYDRO-/3-SANTALOL 
FROM  3-ENDO.METHYI^3.EXO(4'-METHYL-5  '- 
HYDROXYPENTYL)NORCAMPHOR 
Wayne  I.  Fmita,  Colcndn  Township,  Handitoa  County,  and 
wmiam  F.  Erman,  SpringUdd  Township,  Hamilan  Comty, 
both  of  Ohio,  awignors  to  The  Procter  and  Gamble  Com- 
pany, Cfaidnnati,  Ohio 

I         FHcd  Aug.  20, 1968,  Scr.  No.  753397 
I  Int.  CL  C07c  35/22;  CI  Id  3/50 

U.S.CI.  260— 631.5 

A  process  for  preparing  dihydro-/3-santalol  from  3-endo- 
methyl-3-exo(4'-methyl-5'-hydroxpcntyl)norcamphDr  com- 
prising the  steps  of  (1)  reacting  3-endo-methyU3-€xo(4'- 
methyl-5'-hydroxypentyl)norcamphor  with  an  organometallic 


12Clidnn 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1539 


compound  and,  subsequently,  hydrolyzing  the  reaction 
product  with  water  to  obtain  a  diol:  ( 2 )  esterifying  the  primary 
alcohol  of  the  diol  reaction  product  of  Step  ( 1 )  to  obtain  a 
hydroxy  ester;  (3)  dehydrating  the  hydroxy  ester  of  Step  (2) 
to  obtain  the  ester  of  dihydro-/3-santalol;  and  (4)  saponifying 
the  ester  of  di-hydro-/3-santa]ol  of  Step  ( 3 )  to  obtain  dihydro- 
/3-santalol  is  disclosed.  Dihydro-/3-santalol  is  useful  as  a  per- 
fume component. 


3,673,267 

ISOMERIZATION  OF  CYCLOHEXANE  IN  THE 

PRESENCE  OF  A  MORDENTTE  CATALYST 

Nai  Yuen  Chen,  HopewcO  Township,  Mercer  Comity,  and  Fritz 

A.  Smith,  HaddonUdd,  both  of  NJ.,  Msignors  to  MobO  OU 

Corporation 

Continuation-in-part  of  Ser.  No.  765,031,  Oct.  4, 1968,  Pat. 
No.  3,551,353.  This  application  Oct.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81,964 

^  Int.  a.  C07c  13/08 

VJS.  a.  260—666  P  3  Clafam 


430        SOO 


SfiO 


600         650         AX) 
Timp«rotui»  "f 


no 


800      aso 


Paraffinic  hydrocarbons  are  isomerized  under  isomerizing 
conditions  and  in  the  presence  of  hydrogen  with  a  catalyst  of 
hydrogen  mordenite  having  a  silica  to  alumina  mol  ratio 
between  about  20:1  and  about  60:1,  having  associated 
therewith  a  metal  selected  from  the  group  consisting  of  Group 
IB.  Group  VIB  and  Group  VHI. 


3,673,268 
HEXACYCLOTETRACDECANES 
Paul  Von  R.  Schleyer,  Princeton,  N  J.,  anignor  to  Union  Car- 
bide Corporation 
Contfaiuation  of  Scr.  No.  882,787,  Dec  22, 1969,  abandoned, 
which  is  a  contfaiuation  of  Ser.  No.  809,454,  Feb.  27, 1969, 
abandoned,  which  is  a  contfaiuation  of  Scr.  No.  409,545,  Nov. 
6, 1964,  abandoned.  This  appHcadon  Dec  15, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

98,438 
Int.CI.C07c7J/2« 
U.S.CI.260— 666PY  ICMam 

A  class  of  hexacydotetradecanes  which  are  useful  in  the 
preparation  of  epoxy  resins,  paints,  and  varnishes,  is  prepared 
by  the  catalytic  isomerization  at  temperatures  of  from  about 
2S°  to  about  2S(f  C.  of  pcdycyclic  saturated  hydrocarbons 
containing  at  least  14  carbon  atoms  and  five  fused  ring 
systems  of  from  three  to  ei^t  carbon  atoms  per  ring. 


3,673,269 
CHLCHUNAUVE  MIIYMIOGENATION  OF 
HYMtOCARBONS 
Defanar  Frederidi  Lohr,  Jr.,  Bedford  HditaCs;  Grant 

and  Edward  L.  Kay,  both  of  Akron,  aB  of  OUo,  I 
The  Ffarestone  Tb«  &  Ridibcr  Company,  AlovB,  Ohio 

Contfaniation-fai-part  of  Ser.  No.  883,259,  Dec  8, 1969, 
abandoned.  TMs  application  Sept.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,258 

IntCLC07c;//02 
U.S.  a.  260-677  XA  6CWiih 

Aliphatic  hydrocarbons  of  from  four  to  six  carbon  atoms  are 
dehydrogenated  by  passing  the  hydrocarbons  and  chlorine 
through  a  reaction  zone  containing  a  catalyst  erf'  calcium- 
nickel  phosphate,  promoted  with  a  nunor  amount  of  chromia, 
at  a  temperature  of  from  45(f  to  675*  C. 


3,673470 
HYDROGENATION  OF  1 A7-OCTATRIENE  TO  1,6- 
OCTAIHENE  AND  l,S-OCTADIENE  WITH  CERTAIN 
CHROMIUM  CARBONYL  CATALYSTS 
Lawrence  Wayne  Gooaer,  Wilmington,  DeL,  awig^or  to  E.  L  du 
Pont  de  NcnMNirs  and  Company,  WHmington,  DcL 
FDed  Dec  1 1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  97^15 
IntCLO07c  5/76,  77/72 
U.S.CL260— 680R  lOCWnH 

1 ,3,7-Octatriene,  which  can  be  made  by  the  dimerization  of 
butadiene,  can  be  selectively  hydrogenated  to  1  ,S-octadiene 
and  1 ,6-octadiene  in  the  presence  of  a  chromium  carbonyl 
catalyst  such  as  chromium  hexacarbonyl,  pentacarbonyU 
phosphine)  chromium  and  tricarbonyl(arene)chromium  com- 
plexes. Isomer  distribution  in  the  product  can  be  modified  by 
the  presence  of  carbon  monoxide.  The  diene  products  are  use- 
ful comonomers  for  addition  copolymers  such  as  ethylene 
propylene/diene  elastomeric  copolymers,  the  diene-derived 
units  forming  crosslinking  sites  for  any  of  the  elastomers  with 
conventional  sulfur  curing  systems. 


3,673,271 

ALKYLATION  ACID  RECOVERY  PROCESS  WITH 

ELIMINATION  OF  INERT  HYDROCARBONS 

Arthur  R.  Goidaby,  Chappaqua,  N.Y.,  ■wlgniM  to  Texaco 

Development  Corporation,  New  Yorli,  N.Y. 

Condnuadon-fa>-part  of  Scr.  No.  740,916,  Jime  28, 1968, 

abandoned,  which  is  a  contfaiuation  of  Scr.  Nos.  642,739,  Jane 

1, 1967,  Pat  No.  3,564,073,  and  Scr.  No.  692,623,  Dec  1, 

1967,  abandoned,  and  Scr.  No.  704,934,  April  4, 1968, 
abandoned.  TMs  application  Dec  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,689 

IntCLC07ci/J4 
UJS.  CL  260—683.62  6  < 


Process  for  recovering  used  sulfuric  acid  alkylation  catalyst 
and  eliniinating  normal  paraffin  hydrocarbons  fixMn  c^efin 
feed  stocks  for  alk^ation.  Used  sulfuric  add  catalyst  from  an 


1540 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


alkylation  unit  is  reacted  in  a  first  absorber  with  a  first  portion 
of  olefin  feed  employing  a  stoichiometric  excess  of  add  for 
substantially  complete  conversion  oi  olefin  to  alkyl  sulfate. 
Unreacted  parafBn  hydrocarbons  are  8q>arated  from  the 
resulting  reaction  mixture  and  removed.  The  add  phase  from 
the  first  absorber  is  extracted  with  isoparaffin  hydrocarbon 
being  alkylated  and  the  rafiinate  acid  therefrom  is  sent  to  a 
second  absorber  wherein  the  rafRnate  acid  is  reacted  with  a 
second  portion  of  olefin  feed  employing  a  stoichiometric  ex- 
cess of  olefin  for  substantially  complete  conversion  of  the  free 
acid  and  alkyl  acid  sulfates  to  dialkyi  sulfates.  The  dialkyl 
sulfates  are  then  separated  and  passed  to  the  alkylation  unit. 
Unreacted  olefinic  hydrocarbons  are  separated  from  the  reac- 
tion mixture  and  passed  to  either  the  first  or  second  absorber. 


3^73^72 

BLOCK  COPOLYMERS  OF  SIUCONES  WITH  VINYL 

PYRIDINE 

John  W.  Dean,  AvcriB  Park.  N.Y^  assipmr  to  GcMral  Electric 

Company 

FBed  April  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,081 
Int  CLCmg47/W;COU33/08 
U.S.  CL  260— «27  SCUms 

Block  copolymers  of  silicones  with  vinyl  pyridine  having  the 
formula: 


/x 


-CH-CHr 


R 

I 
Si— O 

I 

LR      Jb 


IL^N^ 


wherein  a  is  at  least  25,  fr  is  at  least  10,  c  is  1  or  more,  and  R  is 
selected  from  the  class  consisting  of  methyl  and  phenyl.  The 
materials  are  useful  for  the  formation  of  permselective  mem- 
branes and  alk}w  the  solubilization  of  silicones  in  a  polar  sol- 
vent. 


3,673,273 
PLASTIC  OF  POLYAMnW  AND  EFOXY  RESN 

Kari  Sdurftt,  Hcne;  FHts  Gude,  WaMW-Eickd,  and  SkgMed 
■I  of  GcnBHor*  — Iginn  to 


3^73,274 

POLYMERIC  ADHESIVE  CONTAINING  A 

POLYEPOXmS,  A  CARBOXY  TERMINATED 

PCX^YBUTAHENE  AND  A  BIS-2-OXAZOLINE 

niiiiriil  r>  Twi^a.  Mill  ITMam  V  rirmrr.  hnth  nf  miiitl 
RAch.,  aHi^MHTS  to  Tlw  Dow  Chfiidcal  Corapony,  MUukm, 

FBed  Starch  29, 1971,  Scr.  No.  129,253 

InLCLCOSg  45/04 

U.S.CL260-836  3CWiiii 

Polymeric  adhesive  compositions  comprising  essentiaUy 
stoichicmietric  amounts  of  (1)  a  poly  1,2-epoxyalkyl  com- 
pound having  an  average  of  more  than  one  1 ,2-epoxyidiphatic 
group  per  mc^ecule,  (2)  a  bia-2-oxazc4ine  or  bis-2-oxazine  and 
(3)  a  carboxyl  terminated  polybutadiene  of  the  formula 


HO  »c 


CH« 


^C.HtH r-C -CHi  ;    f  C<hA 


V         An,  V 


X 


r-j — r-*^<n»-j 


COOIL 


V 

where  n  tes  an  average  value  of  from  2  to  about  150,  m  has  a 
value  from  3  to  6  and  is  principally  4. 


1972 


I  3,673,275 

ACRYLIC  POLYMERS  CONTAINING  EPOXY  RADICALS 
Jolai  A.  ShnoH,  WBnJwgtoi,  DcL,  ■■Ignnr  to  E.  L  du  Poat  de 

Filed  March  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,948 

Int.  CLC08C  45/04 

U.S.CL260— 837R  lOCfarims 

A  polymer  containing  epoxy  radicals,  useful  for  toughening 
epoxy  resins,  produced  by  admixing: 
A.  at  least  one  acrylic  polymer  selected  from  the  group  con- 
sisting of  I 
homopolymers  and  copolymers  of  monomers  having  the 
formula 


CHi-CHC-OR 


wherein  R  "  alkyl  of  two  through  eight  carbon  atoriis  and 
copolymers  formed  fix>m  up  to  about  30  percent  by 
wet^t,  based  on  the  total  weight  of  the  copolymer,  of 
methyl  methacrylate  and  monomers  having  the  formula 


C-OR 


CHi-CH 


wherein  R  —  alkyl  of  four  through  eight  carbon  atoms; 
said  acrylic  polymer  characterized  by 

1.  having  an  average  of  more  than  one  radical  per 
molecule,  said  radical  selected  from  the  group  consist- 
ing of 


raed  July  3, 1968,  Scr.  No.  742,175 
priority,  applcalioa  GcrmaBy,  Joly  6,  1967,  SCH 
40972 

Int.CLC06g45//2 
U.S.CL260— 830P  9Clatais 

Process  of  producing  plastics  by  reacting  polyamides  with 
epoxy  resins,  characterized  by  the  fact  that  the  diamine  used 
to  form  the  polyamide  employed  consists  of  20  -  100  percent 
of  l-amino-3-aminometh3^-3,5,5-trimethyl  cycl<^xane  and 
said  polyamide  constitutes  10  -  99.8  percent  of  the  mixture. 
The  products  can  be  shaped  articles. 


1 


OH    -8H    -COOH 


.4 


NHNHt.  or  -NHR 


w^ierein  R  >-  H  or  lower  alkyl  and  wherein  at  least  one  of 
the  above  radicals  is  located  on  a  terminal  position  on 
the  acrylic  polymer  molecule; 

2.  having  a  number  average  molecular  weight  of  above 
about  2,000;  i 

3 .  a  glass  transition  point  below  about  — 25°  C. ;      | 

4.  a  solubility  parameter  between  8  and  10.5;  and 
at  least  one  epoxy  resin  characterized  by  having  an 

average  of  at  least  1 .8  epoxy  radicals  per  molecule, 
at  a  temperature  and  for  a  time  sufficient  to  produce  said 
polymer  containing  epoxy  radicals 


B. 


3,673,276 
FRICTION  ELEMENTS 
Enril  C.  KcBer.  Grocae  Pointe,  and  Raymond  E.  Spoks,  Ann 
AriMw,  both  of  Nfidk,  — Igiinn  to  Abcx  Corporation,  New 
York,N.Y. 

pvt  of  Scr.  No.  672,326,  Oct.  2, 1967, 
TMs  appBclton  Feb.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  10,801 
Int.  CL  C08t  5///0,  J7//«,  J7/20 
U.S.CL260— 38  3C]aims 

A  friction  element  comprising  fillers  in  an  organic  binder  is 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1541 


prepared  fix>m  a  binder  comprising  a  thermosetting  phenol- 
formaldehyde  resin,  a  polymer  of  cashew  nut  shell  liquid,  and 
a  Buna-N  rubber.  The  rubber  is  to  have  an  acrykmitrile  con- 
tent exceeding  a  specified  limit  measured  in  terms  of  nitrogen 
content,  namely,  upward  of  9.8  percent  nitrogen. 


ous  mixture  comprising,  (a)  chlorinated  polyethylene;  (b) 
acrikmitrile;  and  (c)  styrene.  Also,  a  thermoplastic  resin  com- 
position having  a  high  impact  strength  comprising  the  ther- 
moplastic resin  set  fOTth  above  in  admixture  with  a  polyvinyl 
chloride  resin  and  optionally  a  minor  amount  of  polymethyl- 
methacrylate. 


3,673,277 

THERMOSETTING  RESIN  OF  POLYAMIDE  AND 
COPOLYMER  OF  POLYCARBOXYUC  ACID  AND  AN 

OLEFIN 
Kart  Sckmltt,  Hcrae;  FHti  Guda,  Wanne-Ekkd,  and  SkgMcd 

Brandt,  Heme,  al  of  Gcnuny,  Milgi to  SdnlvcD- 

Chcmie  AktknfCMllKiiafl,  GctaenklrelMo-BiMr.  GcmMBy 
FBed  June  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  830,1 15 

Clairas  priority,  appBcntlon  Germany,  June  5, 1968,  P  17  69 

515.7 

Int.CLC06g4//04 
VS.  a.  260—857  UN  21  rMm. 

Thermosetting  resin  composition  comprising: 

a.  as  a  first  component,  polyamide  which  is  substantially 
non-crystalline  and  has  an  average  molecular  weight  of 
less  than  5.000, 

b.  as  a  second  component,  a  copolymer  of  ethylenically  un- 
saturated dicarboxylic  acid,  anhydride,  partial  ester,  or 

^^  partial  amide  thereof,  mixture  of  two  or  more  of  the  free 
acid,  anhydride,  partial  ester  and  partial  amide,  and  an 
olefin  or  ethylenically  unsaturated  ether  or  ester,  or  a 
mixture  of  two  or  more  of  said  olefin,  ether,  or  ester,  the 
carboxyl  group  content  of  copolymer  being  25-70  mole 
percent,  the  average  molecular  weight  of  the  copolymer 
being  less  than  about  5.000. 

c.  the  weight  percent  of  polyamide  being  10-99  percent 
based  on  the  polyamide  plus  copolymer. 

Thermooet  articles  produced  firom  the  resin  can  be  trans- 
parent. The  thermosetting  resin,  thermoset  articles,  the  ther- 
moset  resin  and  the  process  of  producing  the  thermoset  resin 
are  claimed. 


3,673,278 

FLUORINATED  POLYOLEFIN  MODIFIED  FLAME 

RETARDANT  POLYCARBONATE  COMPOSITION 

Charica  Blatous,  Mt.  Vernon,  Ind.,  — ignni  to  General  Electric 

Company 

FUcd  Jan.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  103323 

Int.  CLCOSg  J9/;0 

U.S.  CL  260— 873  9Clafam 

A  polycarbonate  composition  consisting  of  a  polycarbonate 
and  a  fluorinated  polyolefin.  The  polycarbonate  may  be  either 
a  homopolymer  of  a  halogen-substituted  dihydric  phencri  or  a 
copolymer  of  an  unsubstituted  dihydric  phenol  and  a  halogen- 
substituted  dihydric  phenol  or  a  mixture  of  the  above 
homopolymer  and  copolymer,  or  a  mixtiire  of  the 
homoj)olymer  and  copolymer  with  a  homopolymer  (tf  an  ur>- 
substituted  dihydric  phenol.  The  fluorinated  polyolefin  is 
present  in  an  amount  of  0. 1-3.0  weight  percent  and  is  of  the 
type  which  does  not  form  fibrils  when  subjected  to  a  mechani- 
cal shearing  action. 


3,673,279 
THERMOPLASTIC  RESIN  HAVING  HIGH  IMPACT 
STRENGTH 
Aldra  TakaiwsM;  nroo  Kojbna;  Mhm>  Opnra,  al  of  Tokyo; 
HinMiii  Onka,  Kanafwakca,  and  ShoicM  KoteyasM, 
Tokyo,  al  of  Japnn,  asilgiinii  to  Sliowa  Dcnka  KatMridki 
KaUm,  Tokyo,  Japmi 
Continuatlon-ln.pari  off  Scr.  No.  339399,  Jan.  24, 1964.  n* 
appMcathn  Nov.  22, 1968,  Scr.  No.  784,517 
InLCLOWf  29/24. 79/04 
U.S.CL260— 876R  2Ctafam 

A  thermoplastic  resin  having  high  impact  strength  and  a 
process  for  producing  such  thermoplastic  resin,  the  ther- 
moplastic resin  being  obtained  by  polymerizing  a  iKxnogene- 


3,673,280 
ELASTOMERIC  MATERIALS  AND  PROCESS  THEREFOR 
Robert  G.  ftfinton,  Levlttown,  and  Shtaicy 
Park,  both  of  Pik,  m^iiuii  to  Roton  anc 

It, Hi  it   *    *  *       »>- 

rwaocipiiia,  ra. 
CondnualfcNi^B-pMl  of  Scr.  No.  372,476,  June  4, 1964, 
■»*'**"wl'  This  appBfnthw  June  14, 1967,  Scr.  No.  655,707 

Int  a.  COST  75/00 
U.S.CL260— 878R  23Chhm 

Elastomeric  materials  and  methods  of  producing  them  com- 
prising: 

A.  About  50-90  percent  by  weight  of  a  base  elastomeric 
composition  as  a  "backbone"  or  main  component  formed  by 
copolymerizing  a  mixture  comprising 

1  about  75-99.9  percent  by  weight  of  the  base  composition 
of  at  least  one  momnner  polymerizaUe  to  give  a  rubbery 
polymer  and  selected  firom  the  group  consisting  of  alkyl 
(Ci-C»)acrylates,  and  mixtures  thereof  with  each  other 
and  with  up  to  an  equal  weight  amount  (rf^  ethylene,  pro- 
pylene, or  isobutylene;  and 

2.  at  least  about  0. 1  percent  by  wei^t  of  the  base  composi- 
tion of  at  least  one  ethylenically  unsaturated  monomer 
copolymerizable  with  (A)(  1)  and  containing  at  le»t  one 
radical  effective  to  crosslink  said  base  composition  by  a 
reaction  which  is  activated  separately  from  the 
polymerization  reaction;  and 

B.  About  50-10  percent  by  weight  <rfa  reinforcing  material 
for  the  base  composition  and  dispersed  throughout  the  base 
composition  consisting  of  a  polymer  of 

1.  at  least  one  halogen  monomer  selected  fix>m  the  group 
consisting  trf  vinylidene  chloride,  vinylidene  fluoride, 
vinylidene  fluorochloride,  vinyl  chloride  and  vin^ 
fluoride;  and 

2.  up  to  about  6  percent  by  weight  of  the  mixture  of  at  least 
one  aj3-monoethylenically  unsaturated  monomer 
copolymerizable  with  (B)(  1 ). 

The  backbone  is  crosslinked  by  virtue  of  the  reaction  of  the 
radicals  in  monomer  (A)(2)  to  make  the  backbone  solvent  in- 
soluble. The  backbone  may  optionally  contain  a  diluem 
and/or  a  hardener,  the  latter  being  a  monomer  effective  to 
raise  the  glass  transition  temperature  of  the  copolymer. 
Preferably,  the  elastomers  are  spun  into  fibers  or  extruded 
into  films. 


3,673,281 
CATALYTIC  HYDROGENAIION  OF  POLYMERS 
CONTAINING  DOUBLE  BONDS 
Klaus  Bronatert,  QnMwrg;  Voftcr  i^^^tmtrTigti,  am 
Fakrlmch,  both  of  Schiwlilng«n,  al  of  Germany, 
to  Badbchc  AnBIn-  Sc  Sodn-Fabrik  mniingisifcilMfl.lnil 
wtgshafcn/Rliine,  Germany 

FBcd  Ju.  29, 1971,  Scr.  No.  111,137 

Clafam  priority,  applcadon  Germany,  March  20, 1970,  P 19 
13  263.2 

Int  CL  coed  5/00, 5/02;  C08f  27/24 

U.S.CL260— 880B  2Ck*H 

A  process  for  the  catalytic  hydrogenation  of  polymers  con- 
taining double  bonds  by  the  acuon  ai  hydrogen  on  a  solution 
of  the  polymer  in  an  inert  organic  scdvent  in  the  presence  of  a 
catalyst  complex  comprising: 

A.  a  compound  of  iron,  cobalt  or  nickel. 

B.  an  organo-aluminimi  compound,  and 

C.  a  hexa-alkylphosphoric  acid  triamide  of  the  general  for- 
mula OP(NR,), 

in  which  R  stands  for  dlkyl  <rf  firom  one  to  four  carbon  atoms, 
the  catalyst  components  A  and  B  being  used  in  a  nx^ar  ratio  at 


1542 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


from  1  :  40  to  1  :  1  and  the  components  A  and  C  in  a  molar  I 

ratio  of  from  1  : 0.5  to  1  :  100. 


June  27,  1972 


3,673^2 

CORE-SHELL  VINYL  HALIDE  POLYMERS  HAVING  A 

LONG-CHAIN  VINYL  ETHER  CONTAINING  SHELL 

MaHimo  Bacr,  l^wgiwdow,  Mml,  Mri^nnl  to  MoiMMito 

Compuiy,  St.  Louh,  Mo. 

Coottauatioii-iii-pHrt  of  Scr.  No.  669^86,  Sept.  21, 1967, 

abondoiwd.  Thb  appHcatloii  May  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  373M 

Int.  CL  COM  15106, 15/26 

U.S.CL  260-884  6Claiim 

There  is  disclosed  a  process  for  the  preparation  of 
copoljnners  of  a  vinyl  halide  and  a  long-chain  aliphatic  vinyl 
monomer.  In  accordance  with  the  process,  an  aqueous  disper- 
sion is  formed  of  a  preformed  vinyl  halide  polymer,  a  vinyl  ha- 
lide monomer  and  a  long-chain  aliphatic  ether  monomer  capa- 
ble of  copolymerizing  with  the  vinyl  halide  monomer. 
Copolymerization  of  said  monomers  in  the  presence  of  the 
aqueous  dispmion  of  the  preformed  polymer  leads  to  a 
polymeric  particle  whose  shell  contains  a  major  proportion  of 
the  polymeric  long-chain  aliphatic  ether  monomer  and  whose 
core  is  essentially  devoid  of  this  monomer.  This  preferential 
concentration  of  a  lubricating  monomer  on  the  outer  shell  of 
the  particle  leads  to  greatly  improved  flow  with  only  a  minor 
loss  in  glass  temperature. 


3,673,283 
VINYL  CHLORIDE  POLYMER  BLENDED  WITH  A 
NTTRILE-METHACRYLATE-ACRYLATE  TERPOLYMER 
Akira  Tanaka,  Yokohama;  Tsuyodri  Hattori,  Tokyo;  Hirotonio 
Anno,  and  Tcstuyo  Kawahara,  both  of  Kamakora,  di  of 
Japan,  Mslgiioii  to  The  Japanese  Gcon  Company,  Ltd., 
Tokyo,  Japu 

FOed  MnTh  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,927 

Int.CLC06fJ7//« 

U.S.CL  260-898  4Clatm 


-  3,673;284  ^ 

2-HYI>ROCARBYL  AMINOVINYL  PHOSPHONATES  OR 
PHOSPHINATES 
Watani  Nagata,  NisMnonly»«lii,  and  YosMo  Hayase,  Sakai- 

shi,  Onka,  both  of  Japan,  airignon  to  SMonogi  &  Co.,  Ltd., 
HigasM-ku,  Osaka,  JapM  I 

HM  Feb.  27, 1969,  Scr.  No.  803,106     ' 
Clains    priority,    application    Japan,    March    7,    1968, 
43/14901;  March   19,   1968,  43/18134;  Marvh   19,   1968. 
43/18135;  March  30, 1968, 43/20005 

Int.  a.  COT!  9/38;  C07c  45/00 
UAa.260-944  l5CWms 

Reagents  particulariy  useful  for  the  preparation  of  c^un- 
saturated  aldehydes  are  provided  herein,  which  reagents  con- 
sist of  compounds  of  the  general  formula: 


RIO    o    R4 

P— C=CH— NH— R» 


whereiri  R'  Is  a  lower  alkyl  group,  R*  is  a  member  selected 
from  the  group  consisting  (rf  RKD,  a  lower  alkyl  group,  an  aral- 
kyl  group  of  seven  to  eight  carbon  atoms  and  an  aryl  group  of 
six  to  seven  carbon  atoms.  R»  is  a  member  selected  from  the 
^up  consisting  of  an  acyclic  or  cyclic  alkyl  group  of  one  to 
six  carbon  atoms  and  an  aryl  group  of  six  to  seven  carbon 
atoms,  and  R*  is  a  member  selected  from  the  group  consisting 
of  a  hydrogen  atom,  a  lower  alkyl  group,  an  aralkyi  group  of 
seven  to  eight  cart»n  atoms,  and  a  halogen  atom.  These  com- 
pounds react  with  carbonyl  compounds  to  form  unsaturated 
aldehydes  and  are  especiaUy  useful  in  the  synthesis  of  various 
pharmaceutical  compounds  such  as  various  steroids,  vitamin 
A,  vitamin  D,  etc.  ^ 


fcCTHYL  HCTHflCRYLATE 
.lOOV. 


'  3,673085 

PREPARATION  OF  VINYL  ORGANO-PHOSPHOROUS 
COMPOUNDS 

KingM  CfafagtBung  Lin,  Newari^  OMo,  — Ig to  Hooker 

Chemical  Coeportfcw,  Niagara  Fafc.  N.Y. 

1      Fled  Nov.  12, 1969,  Ser.  No.  876,139 
I  Iat.CLC07f9/2«  ! 

U.S.CL260-970  tdafans 

Compounds  containing  a  P— H  bond  add  to  hydrocarbon 
acetylene  unsaturation  in  the  presence  of  metal  cootdinating 
catalysts  selected  from  Groups  VIA  and  Vm  of  the  Periodic 
Table,  to  produce  unsaturated  organophosphorus  compounds 
in  good  yields.  The  unsaturated  organophosphorus  com- 
pounds find  utility  as  intermediates  for  polymerization  reac- 
tions in  the  production  of  flame  resistant  polymers. 


00% 

UNSATURATED  NTTRLE 


100% 

ALKYL   ACRYLATE 


A  vinyl  chloride  polymer  composition  excelling  in  processa- 
bUity,  transparency  and  other  properties,  such  composition 
comprising  (I)  at  least  one  vinyl  chloride  polymer  selected 
from  the  group  consisting  erf' vinyl  chloride  homopolymers  and 
vinyl  chloride  copolymers,  vinyl  chloride  content  of  which  is 
at  least  70  percent  by  wei^t  and  (U)  a  copolymer  consisting 
of  2  -  30  percent  by  weight  of  an  unsaturated  nitrilc,  10-98 
percent  by  weight  of  methyl  methacrylate  and  0  -  60  percent 
by  weight  of  an  alkyl  aciylate. 


3.673,286 

METHOD  OF  MAKING  PR<M>ELLANT  BCM>Y  HAVING 
VOIDS  THROUGHOUT  BODY  1 

Robert  F.  Remaly,  Olympla  Fields,  and  WiUam  A.  Abd.  JoHet, 

both  of  DL.  awlgnors  to  Victor  Comptometer  Coq^oratkm, 

Chkaflo.IlL 

1        Filed  Jan.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  4,052  I 

1  IntCL  €06627/02  | 

U.S.CL264— 3R  22Cl^nK 

A  propellant  for  caseless  ammunition  for  firearms  and 
processes  of  manufacture  thereof  comprising  at  least  partial 
dissolving  of  commercial  nitrocellulose,  wetted  with  a 
predetermined  amount  of  a  volatile  wetting  agent  such  as 
ethyl  alcohol,  by  a  solvent,  such  as  acetone,  to  form  a  wet 
doughy  mass  of  propellant,  uniformly  mixing  a  predetermined 
amount  and  size  of  removable  filler  particles,  such  as  30  per- 
cent coarse  and  70  percent  fine  potassium  nitrate  particles  in 
the  wet  doughy  mass  of  propellant,  forming  a  propellant  body, 
and  removing  the  wetting  agent,  solvent,  and  potassium 
nitrate  particles  to  form  voids  throughout  the  propellant  body. 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1548 


3,673,287 
METHOD  OF  MAKING  CAST-IN  -PLACE  ENIKBURNING 

i>ROPELLANT  GRAINS 
Charles  E.  TMct.  Huntsville;  Bcmwrd  L.  Thompwrn,  Toney, 
and  Stanley  E.  Anderson,  HuntsviUe,  aU  of  Ala.,  aeri^nars  to 
The  United  States  of  America  as  represented  by  the  Secrata- 
ryoftlieArmy 

Fikd  Dec  23, 1968,  Ser.  No.  786.488 
Int.a.C06b2//02 
U.S.a.264— 3  9Clakm 

An  improved  method  of  making  cast-in-place  end-burning 
propellant  grains  for  rocket  motors  comprising  the  steps  of  ap- 
plying a  release  agent  to  the  rocket  motor  case  insulation  or 
rocket  motor  case,  applying  a  liner/restrictor  material  over  the 
release  agent,  casting  the  propellant  directly  inside  the  restric- 
tor,  curing  the  propellant  and  restrictor  material  to  thereby 
bond  the  propellant  directly  to  the  restrictor  whereby  an  end- 
burning  propellant  grain  is  formed  in  the  restrictor  adjacent 
the  release  agent  which  is  adjacent  the  rocket  motor  case  insu- 
lation or  the  rocket  motor  case  of  he  rocket  motor  containing 
the  cast-in-place  end-burning  propellant  grain. 


desired  cellular  structure,  the  process  does  not  fully  bloat  the 
particles  during  dropping,  thereby  delaying  part  of  the  bloat- 


g&a 


3,673,288 
MICROWAVE  METHOD  FCNt  TEMNJUNG  TAR- 
BONDED  REFRACTORY  BRICKS 
Edwfai  E.  ChiMs,  Jr.,  York,  Pa.,  assignor  to  IMomltc  Brick 
CorporatkM  of  America,  York,  Pa. 

Conthmathm-fai-part  of  Ser.  No.  790,166,  Jan.  9, 1969, 

abandoned.  This  appMcirton  Sept.  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  73,636 

Int.  CL  H05b  9/00;  C04b  33/32, 35/02 

U.S.a.264— 25  12ClainH 

Tar-bonded  basic  refractory  articles  such  as  tar-bonded 

bricks  and  the  like,  are  heated  to  tempering  temperatures  by 

the  application  of  microwave  energy.  Tempering  may  be 

completely  or  partially  carried  out  by  the  microwave  heating 

operation. 


3,673,289 
QUENCHING  INJECTION  MOLDED  POLYCARBONATE 
PARTS  FOR  FATIGUE  RESISTANCE 
John  Gagiani,  Rochester,  Mfam..  aesignor  to  Intematioaal 
Bushieas  Machines  Corporathm,  Annonk,  N.Y. 
FBed  Jan.  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  6,977 
Int.  CLB29C  25/00 
U.S.CL264— 28  3ClirinM 

A  process  for  the  production  of  void  free  enhanced  impact 
fatigue  strength  polycarbonate  parts  wherein  parte  are  molded 
in  a  heated  die  and  immediately  after  the  molding  cycle 
quenched  in  a  liquid  bath  such  as  ice  water. 


3,673,290 
FOAMED  CLAY  PROCESS 
Burton  D.  Bnibaker,  and  Nathan  Waktmn,  both  of  MkOand, 
Mich.,  assignors  to  Tiw  Dow  Chemical  Company,  Midland, 
^fich. 

FDed  Nov.  26, 1969,  Ser.  No.  880,013 
Int  CL  €04627/00.  B286  7/50 
U.S.CL264-43  9Clafans 

[>isclosed  is  a  foamed  ceramic  material  having  a  relatively 
small  and  uniform  cell  structure.  The  material  is  suitable  for 
structural  or  insulating  purposes.  A  continuous  process  for 
producing  the  foamed  ceramic  material  comprises  dropping  a 
bloatable  ceramic  composition,  in  particulate  form,  through  a 
heated  zone  thereby  fusing  and  bloating  the  particles,  and  sub- 
sequendy  collecting  the  fused   particles.   To  produce   the 


ing  of  the  particles  until  after  they  have  been  collected  as  an 
agglomerated  slab. 


3,673,291 

METHCM)  FOR  THE  PRODUCTION  CW  SYNTHETIC 

SHEET  MATERIALS 

Ole-Bendl  RasmusKn,  Topatykket  7,  Birkerod,  Denmark 

FBed  Dec  27, 1968,  Ser.  No.  787,388 

Clafans  priority.  a|»piicathiii  South  Afrka,  Dec.  28.  1967. 

67/7792;  Great  Britain,  Dec  29, 1967,  59.204/67; 
Denmark,  Feb.  27, 1968,  766/68;  June  25. 1968,  3028/68; 
Sept  11, 1968, 4357/68 

Int. CL  B29d  7/76, 27/00.  B29f  J/70 
U.S.CL264— 46  16( 


Method  for  the  producticHi  of  sheet  materials  comprising 
the  steps  of  preparing  a  fluid  lamellar  sheet  product  in  winch 
the  lamellae  are  laying  in  flat  sandwich-like  arrangement  at 
the  surfaces  and  are  perpendicular  to  the  sheet  plane  in  the 
core  zone,  setting  said  sheet  product,  disrupting  the  connec- 
tions between  the  lamellae  in  the  core  zone  and  separating  the 
sheet  product  thus  formed  into  two  parts  in  a  plane  substan- 
tiaUy  paraUel  to  the  sheet  plane.  In  a  specific  embodiment  the 
fluid  sheet  product  comprises  two  sets  of  lamellae,  each  set 
forming  one  surface  layer,  the  lamellae  of  said  two  sete  being 
in  intermeshing  arrangement  within  the  core  zone. 


1544 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,673,292 

PROCESS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OF  GAS 

PERMEABLE  HYDROPHOBIC  FOILS  FOR 

ELECTROCHEMICAL  CELLS 

KlMH  Kock,  TubiivcB-LiMtiuni,  Germany,  Mripior  to  Robart 

BoMh  GmbH,  Stuttgart,  GcnuMiy 

Fled  June  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  832,501 
aafam  priority,  appHcKion  Germany,  June  12, 1968,  P  17 
695953 

Int.  CL  B29d  27108;  €0X3/22;  HOlmi/02 
U.S.a.264— 49  SCUme 

Gas  permeable  hydrophobic  foUs  uaeftil  for  electrochemical 
cells  prefMtfed  by  covering  a  temperature  resistant  hot  plate  or 
mold  with  a  temperature  resistant  release  layer,  spraying  a 
suspension  or  solution  of  a  fluorine  containing  polymer  onto 
said  release  layer  and  sintering  the  polymer. 


diameter  and  from  three-oxteenths  to  seven  inches  long.  Ap- 
proprirate  proportions  of  pellets  are  subMquently  charged 


3,673,293 
MANUFACTURE  OF  PLASTER  OF  PARIS  MOLD  HAVING 
SPRAYED  METAL  OXIDE  LININGS  AND  PRODUCT 
Dooglaa  Tcaguc,  Wdwyn  Garden  Clly,  Fjiglnnd,  aa- 
to  Norton  Abrarivcs  Unilcd,  Wchryn  Garden  City, 


t  of  Scr.  No.  633,129,  April  24,  1967, 
.  This  appMctton  Feb.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12,120 
priority,  application  Great  Britain,  April  29,  1966, 
18,986/66 

Int.  CL  C04b  39/OS;  B32b  13/04;  B28b  7/36 
U.S.CL264— 60  9Clabm 


3,673,294 
METHOD  FOR  THE  MANUFACTURE  OF  MARBLEIZ£D 

SOAP  BARS 
Raymond  GeorieMattimd,  Fair  Lnwn,NJ.,—iyinr  to  Lever 

Brotncn  Company,  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 

Fied  Oct.  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  863453 

Int.  a.B29f  J/72 

U.S.CL264— 75  T  HbIhh 

The  manufacture  of  marUeized  toilet  bars  is  accomplished 
by  preparing  two  or  more  differently  colored  batches  of  soap 
or  detergent  particles,  the  soap  or  detergent  compositions 
used  all  having  approximately  the  same  viscosity  and  plastici- 
ty. The  particles  range  firom  three-sixteenths  to  three  inches  in 


into  ai  vacuum  chamber  and  extruded  in  the  form  of  a  continu- 
ous Iqg  which  is  cut  and  stamped  into  individual  soap  bars. 


A  metal  or  ceramic  form  of  desired  shape  and  conditioned 
to  permit  its  later  removal  ^m  a  flame  sprayed  layer  is  flame 
sprayed  to  form  a  metal  oxide  layer  of  desired  thickness  hav- 
ing a  porodty  of  10  percent  or  more.  A  plaster  of  paris  slurry  is 
then  poured  around  this  layer  and  allowed  to  set  up  at  which 
time  the  form  is  removed  leaving  a  plaster  of  parismold  with  a 
flame  sprayed  metal  oxide  wear  resistant  working  lining  suita- 
ble for  use  in  slip  casting,  etc. 


i 


3,673,295 

PROCESS  FOR  SHAPING  TEXTILE  ARTICLES  USING 
FLUID  THERMOFORMING  TECHNIQUES 

Robert  CnariCB  wmdndnofcrj  Gene  Clyde  IVcedtn,  both  of 
■uonnomi,  va.,  ano  ueor^ge  nownra  vonmgwuuu,  iiut 
vrVwicx,  K.I.,  amig^Mn  lo  Amen  (..nnmcai  L^wpwanon, 
r.N.Y. 

I  of  Scr.  No.  761,447,  Sept.  23, 1968, 
I  Oct.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  85,692 
Int.  CL  B29c  7  7/04, 23/00;  D02g  3/04 
U.S.CL264— 89  6< 


Articles  are  manufactured  from  textile  material  composed 
of  fUaments  prepared  from  blended  flber-forming  polymers 
having  different  chemical  properties,  at  least  one  of  the  fiber- 
forming  polymers  being  dkpersed  as  fibrils  in  a  lower  melting 
point  polymeric  matrix.  The  article  is  produced  by  heating  the 
material  to  a  temperature  above  thie  melting  point  of  the 
matrix-forming  polymer  but  below  the  melting  point  of  the 
dispersed  fibrils  to  shrink  said  article  thereby  decreasing  the 
poroaity  thereof  and  afterwards  forming  the  heated  material 
into  a  three-dimensicMial  shape  using  vacuum  or  other  fluid 
pressure. 


3,673,296 
METHOD  FOR  ELECTROSTATICALLY  HOLDING 
PARTICLES  ALONG  A  MOLD  SURFACE 
A.  Tfaidco,  Wcstmont,  DL,  mdvaor  to  Continental  Can 
Company,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBad  M«y  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  826,781 
InLCLB29f  5/02 
U.S.CL264— 24 

Particles  of  plastic  material  are  attracted  to  a  mc^d  surface 
by  impressing  an  electrostatic  charge  on  the  particles  sub- 
sequent to  their  deposit,  minimizing  disturbance  of  the  deposi- 


June  27,  1972 


CHEMICAL 


1546 


tion  stream  and  sticking  of  powder  in  the  deposition  ap- 
paratus. A  roll  deposition  unit  and  corona  bar  are  employed  in 
association  with  a  rotating  moM  to  form  a  cylindrical  member 
from  powdered  plastic  material.  The  unit  deposits  powder  in  a 
strip  zone  lengthwise  of  the  mold.  The  corona  bar  is  posi- 


tioned externally  of  the  roQ  case,  parallel  to  and  coextensive 
with  the  roll  and  closest  to  the  cylindrical  mold  wall  in  a  plane 
outside  the  stream  of  powder  flowing  from  the  roll  to  the  mold 
wall.  When  the  bar  is  charged  and  the  mold  is  grounded,  the 
resultant  discharge  is  largely  concentrated  outside  the  stream, 
minimizing  electrostatic  effect  on  particles  in  the  stream. 


3,673,297 

METHODS  OF  MANUFACTURING  ELECTRICAL 

INSULATING  STRUCTURES 

Hwold  R.  Moore,  R.  R.  6  ForcM  HBb,  MwKie,  bkL,  and  Hdn 

G.  Fischer,  12505  W.  CcntalMie,  Elm  Grove,  Wk. 
ConHnnalkM  of  Scr.  No.  744,210,  July  1 1, 1968, 1 

This  applcatkNi  Oct  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,284 
Int  CL  B29b  3/00;  B29J  5/06 
U.S.CL264— 138  2( 


T 

f 

r 

CUTTINO  BLANK 
TO   SIZE 

- 

HEATINO  BLANK 
WITH  STEAM 

COtmuOATINB 
BLANK 

.  HEATING  BLANK 
^     WITH    STEAM 


FOKMINO 
BLANK 


Methods  of  manufacturing  insulating  structures  for  electri- 
cal inductive  apparatus,  such  as  angular,  channel-shaped 
structures  for  coil  edge  insulation.  The  methods  include  the 
step  of  subjecting  the  insulator  Mank  to  steam  for  a  predeter- 
mined period  of  time,  wtuch  step  is  promptly  followed  by 
forming  the  blank  into  the  desired  configuration  in  a  heated 
press. 


a  rotating  housing  to  which  cooling  liquid  is  supplied  in  a 
manner  to  form  a  centrifiigally  maintained  pellet  cdlecting, 


3,673,298 

^STHOD  FOR  COOLING  PELLETS  SEVERED  FROM 

EXTRUDED  PLASTIC  STRANDS 

Richard  W.  Nfllcr,  Sagfaww,  ^fich.,  mslg to  Baker  Peridm 

IncSa^naw,Mdi. 

DMrion  of  Scr.  No.  743,783,  July  10, 1968,  PM.  No. 

3,606,142.  This  appikatfon  Jimc  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57^74 

Int.  CLBOIJ  2/20 

U.S.  CL  264—142  6  CUtav 

A  method  of  cooling  pellets  severed  frtMn  extruded  plastic 

strands,  the  cooling  being  effected  by  collecting  the  pellets  in 


coolant  annulus  moving  as  a  stream  in  a  spiral  path  axially 
away  from  a  die  through  which  the  strands  are  extruded. 


3,673,299 
METHOD  OF  APPLYING  SLEEVES  TO  ELECTRICAL 
CONNECTORS 
Ray  Mcrvyn  Robins,  Aubura,  New  Sooth  Wdm,  AiHtrdia,  as- 
signor to  AMP  Incorporatod,  Hanrlsbmi,  Pa. 
DI>1iion  of  Scr.  No.  680,687,  Nov.  6, 1967,  Pat.  No.  3,506,4U. 
This  appBcathm  Feb.  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,017 
InLCLB29d7//6 
U.S.  a.  264-159  ichdm 


XWWWWM 


Qectrical  connectors  are  post  insulated  by  c(dd-forming 
thereon  dielectric  sleeves  ^H^ch  are  coiuiected  together  in 
end-to-end  strip  form  as  a  series  of  sleeves  and  this  strip  of 
sleeves  is  fed  to  a  crimping  station  so  that  the  leading  sleeve  of 
the  strip  is  cold-formed  over  an  electrical  connector  at  the 
crimping  station.  The  strip  of  sleeves  may  be  made  by  cutting 
transverse  slots  in  a  plastic  tube  such  as,  for  example,  a  tube  of 
polyvin^  chloride. 


3,673,300 
METHOD  FOR  ROUNMNG  WELI»3>  EDGE  SEAMS 
Aatoa  Muhlboch,  Fnmkfurt/Mrin-Sooscnhcfan,  «m1  Gerhard 
Lauckhardt,  FVankfwl  MahnRodcBicim,  both  of  Gcmmy, 
I  to  USM  Corporation,  Boaloa,  Mm. 
!  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,1 1 1 
.      . .     atfon  Germany,  June  23,  1969,  P  19 
31827.5 

Int  CLB29C  77/74, 27/02 
U.S.  CL  264— 160  2CWtaa 

A  method  and  apparatus  for  producing  rounded  edges  on 
cuts  made  through  welded  seams  in  layers  of  material  by  a  die 
placed  on  the  material  in  which  the  die  is  first  pressed  into  but 


1546 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


not  through  the  seams  while  the  weld  is  soft  to  roundingly 
deform  the  material  adjacent  the  die.  After  solidification  of 


having  elements  adapted  to  cooperate  with  said  hooks  so  as  to 
constitute  a  separabte  fastening  device,  in  which  the  hooks  are 
obtained  by  cutting  one  of  the  two  loop  arms  of  thermoplastic 
threads,  the  cutting  operation  being  carried  out  at  a  predeter- 
mined distance  fixMn  the  crest  of  each  loop.  A  terminal  en- 
largement is  essentially  formed  on  at  least  one  of  the  two 
thread  extremities  which  result  from  the  cutting  operation. 


the  weld,  further  die  pressure  cuts  the  material  to  form  a 
welded  edge  seam  having  rounded  edges. 


I  3,673^2 

METHOD  FOR  FABRICATING  BATTERY  CASES 
Vinccnl  MichMi  HalnH,  Bayifclc  Wb.,  and  Pctcr  Anthony 
CoMW,  Lockpoft,  DL,  Mrignow  to  Globe-Unkin  Inc^  Mil- 
waukcc,  Wh. 
DIvWoB  of  Scr.  No.  608,104,  Jan.  9, 1967,  PM.  No.  3^509.603. 
Tl^ap|illcalionAi«.19,1968,Scr.No.798^    S,^ 
i  UA.CiV3Mlll4 

VS.  CL  264—328 


3,673,301 

FLEXIBLE  BANDS  FITTED  WITH  HOOKS  FOR  THE 

FABRICATION  OF  SEPARABLE  FASTENING  DEVICES 

Patrick  Bfllarant,  20,  Avenue  dcs  Folks  ChaOou,  Nantes, 

Loire-Atlantique,  France 

Fifed  Dec  2, 1969,  Scr.  No.  881,533 
Cialnis  priority,  appttcatfam  France,  Dec  3, 1968, 68176343 
bA.C\.B29cI7H4,23/00 
U.S.CL264— 163  3CiynM 


2CWniB 


A  flexible  band  having  hooks  formed  of  threads  of  ther- 


A  molding  method  for  injection  molding  long  thin  walk  of 
uniform  thickness  such  as  the  walls  of  a  battery  case.  The 
uniform  thickness  walls  are  molded  between  cores.  The  pres- 
sure at  the  walls  is  relieved,  preferably  by  withdrawing  some  of 
the  cores,  before  the  molded  part  is  entirely  separated  from 
the  mold.  Dimensional  stability  is  improved  by  rigidly  support- 


moplastic  material  for  engagement  with  a  similar  flexiUe  band   ing  the  moid  cores  during  the  initial  stage  of  plastic  injection. 


ELECTRICAL 


3,673,303 
VOLTAGE  GENERATING  DEVICE  FOR  CONTROLLING 
^        MUSICAL  TONE  OUTPUT  FROM  ELECTRONIC 

MUSICAL  INSTRUMENTS 

Hiroahi  Amano,  Hamamatsu,  Japan,  awignor  to  Nippon  Gakki 

Seizo  Kabushikl  Kaisha,  Hamamatsu-shi,  Japu 

Fifed  Sept.  1, 1970,  Ser.  No.  68,748 

Claims  priority,  applkatkm  Japu^  Sept.  3, 1969, 44/83514 

IntCLGlOhy/OO 

UACL  84-1.01  lldalms 


stereo  amplifier  to  a  corresponding  speaker  in  conventional 
manner  while  separate  means  responsive  to  string  movements 


or  tsurzte 


7" 


M)  ff,— 


r!..J 


tt^-^fOM 


••'-F 


arvrrt 


ainff 


-■■4t 


'-{ 


::7" 


T. 


4\ 


■^^^^^ 


and  pedal  controls  produce  an  organ  like  sound  amplified  in 
the  other  channel  and  reproduced  in  another  speaker. 


3,673,305 
CAPACmVELY  GRADED  MODULAR  POTHEAD  FOR  H- 

V CABLE 
Matthew  S.  MariiJkian,  Huntiiqiton  Woodk;  Janm  K.  Kdcy, 
Carlctoa,  wmA  WnHani  C.  McMurray,  St.  Ci^-  Shore,  d  of 
Mich.,  assignors  to  The  Detroit  Ediaon  Company,  Detroit, 
Mich. 

FDed  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,709 
Int  CL  H02c  15102, 15122 
U.S.  CL  174—12  BH  24  < 


There  is  disdosed  a  voltage  generating  device  of  compact 

structure  for  controlling  musical  tone  output  signals  from  an 
electronic  keyboard  musical  instrument  to  a  level  correspond- 
ing to  the  magnitude  of  a  key  depressing  force  or  the  velocity 
with  which  the  key  is  depressed.  Bek>w  the  keyboard  is  posi- 
tioned a  non-magnetic  case  which  supports  two  parallel  mag- 
netic cam  and  a  magnet  disposed  therebetween  which  are 
common  to  a  plurality  oS  keys,  and  on  at  least  one  of  the  two 
magnetic  cores  there  are  fitted  a  plurality  (tf  coils  in  a  manner 
that  the  coils  correspond  to  the  respective  keys.  There  is 
mounted  on  the  underside  of  each  key  a  magnetic  material 
constituting  a  magnetic  circuit  along  with  the  two  magnetic 
cores  and  the  magnet  received  in  the  case.  On  depressing  a 
key,  the  magnetic  material  mounted  on  the  key  is  drawn  near 
the  two  magnetic  cores  to  generate  in  the  coil  a  voltage  having 
a  level  corresponding  to  the  vekxnty  with  which  the  key  is 
depressed,  the  voltage  being  used  in  controlling  the  cor- 
responding musical  tone  output  signal. 


3,673304 

ELECTRONIC  GUITAR  HAVING  PLURAL  OUTPUT 

CHANNELS,  ONE  OF  WHICH  SIMULATES  AN  ORGAN 

Attya  Dudas,  New  York,  N.Y.,  assignar  to  The  Raymond  Lee 

Organizatioa,  Inc,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fifed  Nov.  13, 1970,  Scr.  Nq.  89,236 
Int.  CL  GlOh  3100, 5/00 
U.S.  CL  84— 1.01  4ClirfnH 

An  electric  guitar  is  coupled  through  one  channel  (rf  a 


Improved  electrical  insulating  devices,  preferably  modular, 
including  series  connected  capacitances  provided  by  flat  con-' 
tacting  ahemated  insulating  and  conducting  elements.  The  in- 
sulating material  between  conducting  elements  is  a  resn  in- 
cluding ceramic  filler  providing  desirabfe  variations  in  dielec- 
tric constant  The  end  capacitance  forming  elements  <rf  eadi 

module  are  of  metal  and  are  provkled  with  fwtraing  meara  fbr 
interconnecting  the  modules. 


1547 


1548 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,673306  perforated  metal  center  strip  with  plastic  extruded  along  both 

FLUID  HEAT  TRANSFER  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS       sides  of  the  strip  and  locked  together  in  a  one  piece  extrusion 

FOR  SEMI-CONDUCTING  DEVICES 

MBloB  E.  Kh'kiwSikk,  Prioa  V« 

to  TR W  IdCm  Rcdoado  BMch,  CdM. 

ContftMHtioa  of  Scr.  No.  76M68,  Oct  2, 1968.  Thh 

appMction  Nov.  2, 1970.  S«r.  Na  89,091 

IaLCLH01k7/;2 

U.S.CL174— 15R  7CWiM 


■\ 


There  is  disclosed  the  use  of  a  heat  pipe  type  themuU  con- 
ductive path  within  a  metallic  hounng  such  as  a  transistor  can 
for  a  hi^ily  efficient  cooling  of  hi^  power  semi-conductor 
devices  which  normaUy  require  large  heat  dissipation.  An 
electrically  non-conductive  wick  structure  is  provided  which 
is  formed,  for  example,  from  high  purity  silica  glass  cloth  in  a 
shape  resembling  a  hoUow  "marshmallow"  and  which  forms  a 
liner  for  the  entire  transistor  can.  The  wick  contacts  both  the 
active  surface  oi  the  semi-conductor  device  in  the  bottom  of 
the  can  and  the  upper  walls  of  the  can.  Prior  to  placing  the  can 
upo  n  its  mounting  base,  an  appropriate  amount  of  electrically 
non-conductive,  non-polar  working  fluid  such  as  high  purity 
organic  liquid  is  loaded  so  that  it  entirely  fills  or  saturates  only 
the  wick  like  structure.  The  working  fluid  held  within  the  wick 
is  thus  in  immediate  contact  with  the  active  surface  of  the 
semi-conducting  device.  In  operation,  the  surface  of  the  semi- 
conductor device  serves  as  the  evaporator  section  of  the 
closed  loop  heat  pipe.  As  fluid  is  caused  to  evaporate  from  this 
region,  heat  transfer  and  thus  cooling  of  the  device  is  effected. 
The  vapor  thus  produced  is  recondensed  over  regions  of  the 
can  which  are  at  slighdy  cooler  temperatures  than  the 
semiconductor  device.  The  working  fluid  vapor  thus  provides 
an  efficient  heat  transfer  path  to  the  entire  radiating  surface  of 
the  can  in  order  to  dissipate  the  thermal  energy  of  concern. 


3,673^07 

nPE  TYPE  CABLES  WITH  IMPROVED  SKID  WIRE 

PROTECTION 

George  S.  E^n-,  Jr.,  Uppo-  Mooldair,  N  J.;  David  A.  Silver, 

Rosiyn,  N.Y.,  asid  Carlo*  Kala,  Bayomie,  N  J.,  assignon  to 

Gcnenri  Cable  Corporatfon,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  Aprfl  21, 1971,  Scr.  No.  135,928 
lot  CLHOlb  9/06 
U.S.CL174— 25R  ISCWim 

This  specification  discloses  an  electric  cable  with  a  skid  wire 
that  has  a  lower  co-efficient  of  friction  than  ntetal  skid  wires 
and  is  made  of  synthetic  nuiterial  having  electric  resistance 
that  is  too  high  for  the  skid  wire  to  maintain  electric  continuity 
between  an  electrostatic  shiekl  of  the  cable  and  a  metal  sur- 
face in  a  pipe  or  other  conduit  in  which  the  cable  is  installed. 
Metal  or  other  good  electrical  conducting  means  extends 
through  the  skid  wire  with  exposed  surfaces  oi  the  metal  in 
position  to  maintain  the  desired  electrical  continuity  between 
the  electrostatic  shield  and  the  conduit.  The  skid  wire  has  a 


by  portions  of  the  plastic  extending  through  the  perforations 
in  the  stfip. 


3,673,308 
SIUCON  WAFER  CELL 
Hdox  Jachmann,  Bdeckc,  aad  Fetcr  LautcriMch,  Kalenkardt, 
itoth  of  Germany,  aasigBors  to  LicwiHa  PaSea 
G  jn.k.H.,  Fnakbut  am  Main,  Germany 

Fled  Aprfl  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  138,030 
Claiins  priority,  appttcatioB  GcrmHiy,  April  30, 1970,  P  20 
21 158.9 

Int.  CLHOlg  5/00 
VS,  a.  1 74—52  S  2  CMam 


In  a  ceramic  housing,  a  silicon  wafer  is  held  centered  with 
respect  to  the  housing  by  a  flat  tensioning  ring  having  three 
protrusions  on  its  inner  periphery  and  three  protrusiDns  on  its 
outer  periphery,  the  three  protrusions  on  the  outer  periphery 
being  in  contact  with  the  inner  wall  of  the  housing,  the  three 
protrusions  on  the  inner  periphery  being  in  contact  with  the 
outer  edge  surface  of  a  carrier  disc  on  which  the  wafer  is 
securely  mounted. 


T 


I  3,673,309 

INTEGRATED  SEMICONDUCTOR  CIRCUIT  PACKAGE 
AND  METHOD 

Claudk)  Dahnasso,  Turin,  Italy,  assignor  to  Ing.  C*  Olivetti 

ft  C,  S.P.A.,  Turin,  Italy 

FUed  Nov.  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  873,499 

CWw  priority.  appMrlhrn  Italy.  Nov.  6. 1968, 53^59  A/68 
lot.  CLH05k  5/02  | 

U.S.  CL  174—52  PE  20  CWms 

An  integrated  circuit  package  features  a  hermetically  sealed 
cap  bonded  to  a  substrate  by  a  printed  ^ass  frame.  Printed  cir- 
cuit metallization  extendi  under  the  cap  and  fnune  from  the 
central  area  of  the  substrate  surface  to  the  edge  of  the  surfrne. 
Connecting  lugs  are  bonded  to  this  metallization  at  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  substrate  surface.  At  the  central  area  of  the 
substrate  surface,  the  means  for  connecting  the  inner  portion 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1549 


of  the  metallization  to  the  integrated  circuit  terminals  traver- 
ses and  insulated  support  member.  The  printed  metallization 


paths  can  cross  each  other  and  are  insulated  by  printed  insula- 
tion at  the  crossing  points. 


3.673.310 
ELECTRICAL  UTILITY  BOX 
Robert  Louis  Wdsh.  Cherry  Hill.  N  J.,  aaigm 
dustrles.  Inc.  Portiand.  Orcg. 

Filed  Dec  4. 1969,  Scr.  No.  882.046 
bA.CLH02t3/08 
VS.  CL  174—58 


toOmark  In- 


IClaim 


nector  sleeve  is  insertable  into  the  bore  of  the  filler  body 
within  the  inner  shield  means  for  connecting  the  conductors  of 
said  cables  in  end-to-end  relation;  integrally  formed  contact 
means  projecting  inwardly  of  the  bore  of  said  inner  shield 
means  is  provided  for  malcing  electrical  contact  between  the 
inner  shield  means  and  said  coimector  sleeve  when  the  latter  is 
inserted  within  the  former,  conductive  outer  shield  means  is 
provided  on  the  outer  surface  of  an  insulating  housing  receiv- 
ing the  elastomeric  filler  body  for  connecting  the  outer  shield- 
ing systems  of  the  cables  together  in  coaxial  relation  with  said 
inner  shield  means. 


3,673312 

INTERNALLY  FIRED  FEED  THRU  DEAD  END 

CONNECTOR 

William  Joseph  Vockroth,  HarrWiurg,  Pa.,  amignnr  to  AMP 

Incorporated,  Harrisbarg.  Pa. 

Filed  June  12, 1970.  Ser.  No.  45.732 
Iiit.CLH02g/5/0« 
U.S.a.  174— 79  3( 


i 


/      / 


/ 


"  I 


A  metallic  utility  box  adapted  to  be  secured  to  metallic 
walls.  A  first  end  weldable  stud  is  wekled  to  the  back  of  the 
box  and  a  second  end  weldable  stud  is  welded  by  the  stud 
welding  technique  to  the  metallic  wall  at  the  desired  location 
of  the  box.  Mating  thread  means  on  the  projecting  ends  of  the 
first  and  second  studs  pennit  the  utility  box  to  be  secured  in 
place  by  threading  the  studs  together.  Electrical  conduit  is 
secured  to  the  box  to  prevent  the  box  from  rotating  and  con- 
sequently becoming  unsecured  from  the  wall. 


3,673.311 
CORONA  FREE  COUPLING  ASSEMBLY  FOR  COAXIAL 

CABLES 
Donirid  O.  ^fisare,  Rlvcrskie,  DL,  asrignor  to  Joslyn  Mfg.  and 
Supply  Co.,  Chicago,  DL 

FUed  Oct.  22, 1969,  Scr.  No.  868,547 

IntCLH02g75/0« 

UA  a.  174—73  R  5  Claims 


A  corona  free  coupling  assembly  for  connecting  high  volt- 
age coaxial  catdes  comprising  a  body  of  elastomeric  insulating 
material  having  an  elongated  bore  open  at  opposite  ends  for 
receiving  end  portions  of  said  caUe.  A  tubular  inner  shield 
means  is  embedded  in  said  body  in  coaxial  alignment  in  said 
bore  and  spaced  from  opposit^yends  thereof;  a  tubular  con- 


This  invention  relates  to  a  dead  end  connector  and  xvott 
particulariy  to  a  connector  having  a  housing  thru  which  ex- 
tends a  continuous  bore  adapted  to  receive  a  transmissicMi  ca- 
ble, a  chamber  containing  an  explosive  charge  and  a  plurality 
of  gripping  jaws  in  circular  relation  to  the  bore  and  operable 
to  be  forcibly  driven  by  the  explosive  charge  into  a  gripping 
engagement  with  the  transmission  cable. 


3.673313 

ELECTRICAL  JUNCTION  FOR  HIGH-CURRENT 

CONDUCTORS  AND  CONNECTWl  AND  METHOD 

SUITABLE  FOR  MAKING  SAME 

Wiley  J.  Pkkctt.  Moorcstown.  NJ..  and  Bynum  E.  Sorfth. 

Richmond,  Va.,  assignors  to  Utility  Industries  Inc.,  West- 

mont,  NJ.,  by  said  Bynum  E.  Smith 

Filed  Aprfl  23. 1970.  Ser.  No.  31.226 
Int.  CL  H02c  15108 
UACI.  174— 90  2 1 


In  a  junction  of  the  type  in  which  two  high-current  conduc- 
tors are  bridged  by  an  external  sleeve  crimped  to  the  exterior 
of  both  conductors,  additional  axially-overlapping  connecting 
elements  are  employed  to  provide  connection  between  interi- 
or portions  of  said  conductors,  the  axially-overiap|»ng  por- 
tions c^  said  connecting  elements  being  hekl  in  staUe  intimate 
contact  with  each  other  by  crimping  applied  to  the  exterior  of 
said  sleeve  member.  A  preferred  connector  for  use  in  making 
such  a  jimction  comprises  a  conductive  sleeve  for  receiving 
the  high-current  ccmductors  at  its  opposite  ends  and  a  pair  of 
conductive  prongs  supported  axially  therein  by  a  conductive 
support  secured  conductively  to  the  interior  of  said  sleeve. 


809  O.G.— 57 


1560 


r 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  27,  1972 


said  prongv  being  oppositely  directed  to  fit  within  correspond-  I  M73316 

ing  receiMS  in  said  higiv«urrent  conductocs.  whereby  the         SWITCHING  DEVICE  FOR  A  DOUBLE  <N*ERATION 

prongs  provide  stable  dectrical  connection  to  said  high-cur-  TELEGRAPHY  SUBSCRIBER 

rent  coixluctors  after  the  exterior  Sleeve  hM  been  crimped.        ClMideiUNMMMi«Jotavae-Lc-IVMt«f>aiicc,MrignarteCJ.T.- 

^-^—^^^-^—^——  Conpa^dc   iBduatrMk   dcs   T»faM«wyinmj  |-  g^^  ^^     Pvh. 

France  i 


^^^ ^     P"vMCai«pbd^a.dGeorieDeBortoll.   68175811 

all  of  Ottmra,  (Mario,  CMMdb,  airipMn  to  Northcni  Eke- 
trie  Compaiiy  UnilMl,  Montreal,  Quebec.  CoMMla 
FHed  Feb.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 17,524 
h*.CLH02^  15/08 
U.S.CL174-88C  SCIafam 


VS.  a.  178—2  R 


IntCLH04177/76 


10 


A  connection  for  coaxial  cables,  >i^ch  provides  reduced 
return  loaaes  and  is  particularly  suitable  for  cables  having  cor- 
rugated outer  conductors.  The  connection  maintains  the  inner 
diameter  of  the  outer  conductor  substantially  constant  across 
the  joint.  A  ferrule  having  an  inner  sleeve  which  is  expanded 
to  grip  the  outer  conductor  between  the  inner  sleeve  and  an 
outer  sleeve  provides  good  mechanical  and  electrical  connec- 
tion to  the  outer  conductor.  A  central  tubular  member,  split 
into  opposed  halves,  surrounds  the  joint  between  the  inner 
conductors  and  nuts  screw  on  the  ends  of  the  tubular  member 
to  connect  the  ferrules  to  the  central  tubular  member. 


3,673315 
SHIELIWD  CABLE 

Jamca  A.  Laricy,  Rkhmoad,  ImL,  OMignor  to  Bddeo  Corpora- 
tioii,CUc^o,II. 

Cootinmioa  of  Scr.  No.  753^2,  A^  26, 1968, 1 

Ttaii  appMcfltfoa  Sept.  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,51 1 

iirt.CLHoiby;/;o 

U.S.  CL  174—107  5 , 


Two-speed  routing  device  for  a  telegraphic  subscriber, 
enabling  the  use  of  the  two  modulation  speeds,  one  called  "- 
normal"  and  the  other  called  "fast,"  the  fee  being  different  in 
each  case;  this  device,  placed  in  a  link-up  exchange,  comprises 
a  single  line  equipment  set  whose  inputs  are  linked  with  the 
input  distributor,  and  a  call  discriminator  element  which  con- 
trols the  tripping  of  a  discriminator  relay  ensuring  the  chang- 
ing from  one  speed  of  use  to  another. 


\ 


!  3,673317 

COMPARmVE  DISPLAY  OF  IMAGES  IN  COLOR 

ocorgc'  F.  ncwca,  mnowgo,  aso  inBiii  i>.  KCBBeoiy,  Kwt^ 
rocvile,  both  of  Pa.,  — igaors  to  Wcatfaghouae  ElectHc  Cai> 
poradoo,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.  [ 

Fled  Dec  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,621 

lM.CL»04m  9/02, 7/ 1 8  I 

U.S.CL178— 5.2R  8i 


A  shielded  cable  is  described  iix:luding  a  group  ctf  sheathed 
elongated  conductors,  a  surrounding  unitary  conductive  foil 
shield  formed  to  follow  the  outer  contour  of  the  group  of  con- 
ductors, a  plurality  of  drain  wires  extending  along  the  outer 
surface  of  the  shield  in  the  recesses  thereof,  and  an  outer 
sheath  of  insulating  material  surrounding  the  drain  wires  and 
the  foil  shield. 


A  system  for  the  comparative  display  of  video  information 
wherein  first  video  signals,  e.g.  corresponding  to  a  first  X-ray 
image,  are  compared  with  second  video  signals,  e.g.  cor- 
responding to  a  seomd  X-ray  image,  are  applied  to  a  display, 
such  as  a  color  television  monitor,  in  such  fashion  that  the  dif- 
ference between  the  first  and  second  images  is  displayed  in 
color  while  the  common  portion  thereof  are  displayed  in  gray 
tones. 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1661 


3,673318 

VnXX)  BLANKING  AND  SOUND  MUTING  CIRCUIT 

Ferry  CiMka  OiMn,  and  ?tk  Chong  Tang,  both  of  Indl- 

,  Ind.,  MsipMrs  to  RCA  Corporation 

FOed  Feb.  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 12,178 

Int.  CLH04a  5/44 


U.S.a.178— 5.8R 


MJOOOUTMSnEE 
,100 


10 


vaxoL 


TST/iet\ 


vioeo  ajumm/ucsouMomcmmmciiKuiT 


A  switching  circuit,  dependent  solely  on  the  value  of  fixed 
impedances  and  supplied  direct  current  voltages,  blanks  the 
picture  and  mutes  the  sound  of  a  television  receiver  during  its 
channel  selection  tuning,  either  manually  or  automatically  by 
remote  control. 


3,673319 
VIDEO  COMPENSATION  CIRCUIT  FCHl  EMPHASIZED- 
CARRIER  IffiTECItHl 
John  G.  Humphrey,  Chesapeake,  Va^  aeBlgnor  to  General 
Electric  Company 

nied  March  3, 1971,  Scr.  No.  120^464 
Int.  CLH04n  9/72 
U&CL  178-5.4  R  11 


tW 


r 


j^ 


to^ 


X 


receiver.  The  apparatus  responds  to  the  transmitted  burst 
signal  to  lock  the  frequency  of  the  sub-carrier  oscillator  of  the 


^  An  emphasized-carrier  system  for  a  television  receiver 
which  allows  luminance,  chrominance  and  sound  signah  to  be 
detected  in  acommon  stage.  The  amplitude  (^ the  picture  car- 
rier frequency  of  an  IF  signal  is  increased  with  respect  to  the 
other  frequencies  thereof,  and  the  resulting  distorted  signal  is 
applied  to  a  first  detector  device.  The  incremental  change  in 
the  IF  signal  is  abstracted  and  applied  to  a  second  detector 
device.  The  signals  outputted  by  the  two  detectors  are  then 
subtracted  in  a  differential  amplifier  to  produce  an 
undistorted  detected  sigiud. 


3,673320 

TELEVISION  APPARATUS  RESPONSIVE  TO  A 

TRANSMITTED  COLOR  REFERENCE  SIGNAL 

Peter  Swift  Camt,  liciiMbcig/Zurich.  and  George  Schjess. 

'JtaMtnn.  hnth  nf  TTnnnanj-.  ■■ignnri  tit  Pf  ^  rirnriTrattim 
Fled  Mwh  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  121^42 

Clainis  priority,  application  Great  Britain,  March  11, 1970, 
11,689/70 

InLCLH04n9/^ 
U.S.CL178— 5.4HE  9Clalnis 

A  color  reference  signal  is  inserted  during  the  vertical 
blanking  interval  of  a  transmitted  television  waveform,  for 
utilization  by  the  described  apparatus  in  automatically  setting 
the  hue  and  saturation  of  the  diaplay  of  an  NTSC  or  PAL 


VIE) 


■v^ 


CrfOH 

T 


T" 


com 


R-T 
OOOO 


wjmM  n 1 


B-T 


\. 


84-, 


BURST 
AMP 


OCT 


L^ 


^ 


1. 


Goia 

CUM* 
-T" 


h 


RMlTnx 
StMP 


JL. 


*g3P 


BMORn 
8  MP 


REFER  I         /^ 


osc" 
»pc^3I 


«9r* 


■^  GATE 


DPECr 


GITE8    . 
CLA* 


teuc 


r 


80. 


PHASE 
SMTTER 


J^l 


SAT 

a 


receiver  and  to  the  transmitted  reference  signal  to  adjust  the 
phase  of  its  oscillations. 


3,673321 

TELEVISION  RECIEVER  WITH  A  PHASE  DETECTOR 

HAVING  DUAL  PHASE  DETERMINING  AND 

CORRECTING  NETWORKS 

Peter  Johannes  Hubertns  Janaen,  Fmniaaingfi  Eindlioven, 

Ncthcffauids,  aHlgDor  to  U.S.  Fhlips  CorponrtkNi,  New 

York,N.Y. 

FDed  March  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23335 
Clafans  priority,  application  NcthcrlHMk,  April  1,  1969, 
6905094 

InL  CL  H04n  5/50 
U.S.CL178— 5.8A  7( 


An  automatic  frequency  contrcri  circuit  in  a  television 
receiver  ^i^ierein  an  intercarrier  signal  is  applied  to  each  of 
two  inputs  of  a  phase  detector,  which  intercarrier  signab 
originates  from  two  intermediate  frequency  signal  paths  v^uch 
differ  in  that  one  of  them  includes  a  phase-determining  net- 
work, while  a  phase  correction  circuit  is  inc<»porated  in  the 
signal  path  to  one  of  the  ii^wts  of  the  {rfiase  detector  so  as  to 
avoid  variations  at  audio  fieqtiency  in  the  output  signal  <tf  the 
phase  detector,  which  output  signal  serves  as  a  control  sigrud. 


3,673322 
FACSIMILE  TRANSMISSION  SYSTEM 

Mhb.,) 


LvryK. 

pony* 

Fled  Moy  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4M96 
IaLCLIiO4n7/O0 

U.S.a.178— 6  5( 

A  facsimile  transmission  system  employs  a  rotating  drum  at 
the  transmitter  upon  wliich  the  original  document  is  mounted 


1552 


I 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


and  a  synchronomly  rotating  drum  at  the  receiver  having 
marking  meant  for  producing  the  fmaumSie.  "Video"  agnab 

obtained  by  tcanning  the  original  doctiment  with  a  photocenti- 
tive  device  are  made  to  modulate  a  carrier  to  convey  black 
and  white  information  by  the  relative  proportions  of  0"  and 


parallel  video  signal  proceaaing  circuits  which  supply  their 
output  ngnali  to  a  common  video  mixer.  A  keying  dgnal 
procettor  it  inchided  for  devdoping  control  voltaget  for 
separately  varying  video  gain  in  the  video  proceasang  ctrcuito 


^ 


l^  X.._x..>i3 


UNM 

tOLtS. 


una 


N 

mm 


fTICS 


*1 


lUtKU 


mI 1    42    ^-vl 


J*2/|ifAS" 


mM 


•OTOI 

srsTii 


1 80°  phases  in  the  modulated  carrier  while  the  shade  of  black 
or  white  it  conveyed  by  the  amplitude  of  the  modulated  carri- 
er. At  the  receiver,  the  modulated  carrier  is  synchronously 
demodulated  to  recreate  the  video  signals  which  are  then  used 
to  control  the  marking  means  so  at  to  produce  a  facsimile  of 
the  original  document. 


R 


3,673323 
STORAGE  DISPLAY  SYSTEM 

Colo., 


U^CLI7fr-6.8 


ScpL  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,764 
lirt.a.H01Ji//60 


on  a  time  shared  basis.  The  composite  arrangement  thereby 
allows  independent  level  control  for  the  multi-channel  video 
information  vis-a-vis  control  signals  such  at  tynchronizing 
signals  and/or  a  color  burst. 


3,673325 

CATHODE  RAY  TUBE  DISPLAY  SYSTEM  FOR 
ULTRASONIC  AND  RADAR  ECHO  SIGNALS 
»«—«« L.  Uplwif,  «llawiiii  il.  Ce— .,  itdga  iii  to  Hoifrd 

Had  Apr*  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27383        I 
Iirt.  CL  GOlt  9/66. 9/09.  HOIJ  29/52,  GOlr /J/Ji4 
U.S.CL178— 73D  6 


i.>ii|i. 


A  cathode  ray  tube  disfday  is  combined  with  a  scan  cort- 
verter  tube,  a  ratter  generator,  a  comparator  and  control  cir- 
cuit to  provide  a  ttorage  display  lyttem  in  \k4iich  a  selected 
portion  of  the  display  can  be  eraaed  while  timultaneoutly  dis- 
playing information  written  on  the  untelected  portion  of  the 
display.  An  adder  circuit  adds  a  selected  amount  of  the 
horizontal  sweep  to  the  vertical  sweep  of  the  read  ratter  and 
addt  a  lelected  amount  of  the  vertical  tweep  to  the  horizontal 
sweep  of  the  read  raster  to  skew  the  read  raster  with  respect  to 
the  display  raster  and  thereby  correct  aUgnment  defects  in  the 
scan  converter  tube. 


•WMrcarrMi  Mm 


t^m£M  I  ^nnMM  I    MmM  ^  *^  ^* 


3,673324 

VIDEO  MIXING/SPECIAL  EFFECTS  AMPLIFIERS 

Yotaka  Ito,  SiritaoM-kci^  and  Job  Hirale,  Tokyo-to,  both  of 

Jap— ,BBrigiiui  I  to  Tokyo  Bwdcaadi^SyatemlBC,  Tokyo- 
to,  Japan  and  Nippon  Electric  Company  UnRed,  Tokyo^ 


Fled  Dec  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100357 
priority,    appirathwi    Japan,    Dec    23,    1969, 
44/104100 

Int.  a.  H04a  5/22 
U.S.CL178— 6.8  nni^iM 

Amplifier  apparatus  for  operating  on  plural  video  signals  to 
provide  signal  mixing,  jppecial  effects  and  the  like  eRipk>ys 


A  system  for  displaying  signals,  particulariy  uhraaOnic  or 
radar  echo  signals,  on  a  cathode  ray  tube,  wherein  a  raster  is 
constructed  utilizing  vertical  and  hcrtzontal  sweeps  <^  suitable 
duration,  intensity  modulation  oi  the  electron  beam  is  by  ap- 
l^ication  of  the  echo  tignalt  to  the  grid  or  cathode  and  modu- 
lation of  the  amfdifier  gain  by  one  of  the  sweep  wavefoims  or  a 
waveform  synchronous  therewith  to  display  the  echo  am- 
plitudes on  the  raster. 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1558 


3,673326 
CCMfMUNICATI(M4  SYSTEM 
>  F.  Lee,  35  IRghlaBd  Anc,  1 1  linglia 

Fled  Aog.  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  64374 
IbL  a.  H04I 25/40 
U.S.a.178— 71R 


21 


3,673328 

RATE  OF  AMPLITUIW  CHANGE  CCX4T1UX.  FOR 

AUMCMIETERS  <V  THE  V<N^  BEKESY  TYPE 

of  Mass.,  isslgBBrs  to  GraMN^-Stedhr  Gomqwty,  bw^  Wast 
Coacord,  Maos. 

FBed  Feb.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  119390 
Iat.CLH04r  29/00 
UACL179— IN  10< 


A  bilateral  repeater  for  connection  in  a  transmission  line  ar- 
ranged to  transmit  data  between  two  spaced  points  includes  a 
network  having  two  inputs  and  two  outputs.  Each  output  is 
connected  to  a  corresponding  input  at  a  terminal  arranged  for 
connection  to  the  transmisBion  Une.  The  repeater  also  includes 
bilateral  circuitry  responsive  to  an  initiating  data  signd  ap- 
plied via  either  of  the  terminals  to  an  input  for  transmitting  a 
corresponcfing  dau  signal  via  an  output  to  the  other  of  the  ter- 
minals only  as  long  as  the  initiating  data  signal  continues  to  be 
applied  at  the  first  terminal,  and  the  bilateral  circuitry  in- 
cludes an  inMbiting  circuit  for  preventing  transmission  of  cor- 
responding dau  si^ials  if  initiating  data  signals  are  applied  at 
both  of  the  terminals  at  the  same  time. 


3,673327 
TOUCH  ACTUABLE  DATA  INPUT  PANEL  ASSEMBLY 
Ralpk  G.  Joiasoit,  Loo  ARoB,  and  Darid  F^ybcrgcr,  Palo  AMo, 
botli  ol  CaML,  aoslgpon  to  1lK  UnRed  SMeo  of 
ruiiioMdiiibythcUBiHiiqiBlisASoBidcEMm 
FBed  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,01 1 
lBLCLHO4a7/0O 
U.S.CL178— 18  10 1 


kVV\.VM 


t3' 


/«' 


!2 


The  rate  of  amplitude  change  control  disclosed  herein  is 
adapted  for  use  in  an  audiometer  of  the  von  Bekesy  type  in 
which  the  subject  being  tested  controb  the  sense  or  direction 
of  variation  in  test-tone  amplitude,  the  amplitude  level  around 
which  the  subject  hunts  at  each  test-tmie  frequency  being  an 
accurate  indication  of  the  threshold  (^the  subject's  hearing  at 
that  frequency.  The  control  cS  the  |Hesent  invention  causes 
the  rate  of  change  of  amfrfitude  to  itself  vary  fit>m  a  relatively 
high  rate  to  a  relatively  low  rate  as  a  test  sequence  progrcMci. 
In  this  way.  a  substantial  amplitude  range  can  be  scanned  in  a 
short  period  until  the  subject's  threshold  is  first  reached  and 
then  a  slower  rate  enables  the  final  hunting  procedure  to 
proceed  gradtudly  and  therefore  relatively  accivately. 


A  panel  positioned  over  the  Gmx  of  a  cathode-ray  tube  with 
transmitters  mounted  along  two  adjacent  edges  of  the  pand  to 
generate  beams,  either  Raylei^  wave  beams  or  li^t  beams, 
that  propagate  throu^  the  panel  to  detectors  mounted  along 
opposite  panel  edges.  The  beams  are  directed  to  intersect  in 
an  X-Y  matrix  pattern.  Interruption  of  intersecting  beams  by 
touching  the  pand  at  the  intersection  with  a  beam  interrupting 
object,  such  as  with  a  finger,  develops  discrete  output  signals 
at  the  two  detectors  that  define  the  intersection.  The  output 
signals  may  be  applied  to  a  computer  which  may  also  be  used 
to  control  the  CRT  to  dis{riay  various  successive  contnd  panel 
patterns  which  have  correspondence  with  the  beam  matrix  in- 
tersections and  are  congruent  with  the  intersections. 


3,673329 
COMBINED  TELEPHONE-TELEGRAPHY  SYSTEM 

rooicr  IL.  Tvcio,  ntcwioa  ntgaMBfls}  scoBcn  vv.  LaosoH,  wool* 
Bad  Robcft  B.  McLood,  daloa,  al  of  Moos^  a^ 
to  Golf  A  Wootcni  Sy^bmm  Cosapapy,  Now  Yorli, 
N.Y. 

DIviBkMi  of  Scr.  No.  403316,  Oct  12, 1964,  Pat  No. 
3384,714.  This  s|>pRcaHna  Esii.  9, 1968,  Scr.  No.  714,151 
liiLCLH04ai  7 //06 
US.  CL  179— 3  6< 


A   combined   tdephone-telegraphy   system   is   disclooed 
herein  and  which  includes  a  i^urality  of  local  calling  boxes  and 


1554 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


central  station  communication  equipment  connected  together 
in  a  aeries  circuit  Each  local  calling  box  includes  telephone 
equipment  for  transmitting  and  receiving  voice  frequency 
signals  to  and  from  the  central  station  equipment,  as  well  as 
telegraphy  means  for  transmitting  coded  box,  identifying  tone 
frequency  signals  to  the  central  station  equipment.  Each  local 
calling  box  also  includes  means  for  providing  electrical  power 
for  the  local  calling  box  from  current  flow  in  the  series  circuit. 


1 


3^73331 

roENTITY  VERIFICATION  BY  VOICE  SIGNALS.IN  THE 
FREQCJENCY  DOMAIN  | 

Gmtic  D.  Hair.  Irvli^  and  JaiMS  U. 
both  of  TcXm  aasignoii  to  Tcsa 
DaUaa^Tcx. 

I  nkd  Jan.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  3,991 

I  Iiit.CLG10iy/0¥.7/0« 

U,9^a.  179—15  B  36CWins 


3,673,330 
TWO-PARTY  AUTOMATIC  NUMBER  IDENTDICATION 

IN  SUBSCRIBER  CARRIER  TELEPHONE  SYSTEM 
Morris  A.  Soolap,  and  Um>  Randmcre,  both  of  Rochester, 
N.Y.,     amigaon     to     Stronberg-Cartaon     Corporation, 
Rodicrtcr,  N.Y. 

FDed  Sept.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,559 

bt.  a.  IMMJ  1/14 

UAa.179-2.5R  3Clirims 


"f 


c 


h4 


3 


.  ft 

\^  3  "lOMMBI 

«JU     ' 


SvSTtM 


"^■? 


i-T.-.i 


^. 


Voice  verification  is  accomplished  at  a  plurality  of  spaced 
apart  facilities  each  having  a  plurality  of  terminals.  Multiplex- 
ing structure  interconnects  the  terminals  through  a  communi- 
cations link  to  a  central  processing  sution.  Analog  r«produc- 
tions  of  voices  transmitted  from  the  terminals  are  converted 
into  digital  signals.  The  digital  signals  are  transformed  into  the 
frequency  domain  at  the  central  processing  station.  Predeter- 
mined features  of  the  transformed  signals  are  compared  with 
stored  predetermined  features  of  each  voice  to  be  verified.  A 
verify  or  non-verify  signal  is  then  transmitted  to  the  particular 
terminal  in  response  to  the  comparison  of  the  predetermined 
feattuvs. 


cB^      SiJ]    *E 


3,673432 
TELEPHONE  ANSWERING  DEVICES 
Miller, 


Woran, 


MuBcR 


T 


both  of  GcmHiy, 


toWBy 


Automatic  number  identification  for  two  subscribers  who 
share  a  single  channel  in  a  subscriber  carrier  system.  A  d.c 
ground  connection  is  made  to  the  subset  of  one  of  the  two  sub- 
scribers but  not  to  the  other's.  When  the  subscriber  having  the 
ground  connection  goes  offhook,  initiating  transmission  of  the 
inbound  carrier  signal,  the  subscriber  equipment  modulates 
the  inbound  carrier  for  a  brief  interval  with  a  signal  at  a 
frequency  higher  than  the  highest  voice  signal  permitted  on 
the  line.  The  subscriber  carrier  terminal  equipment  at  the  cen- 
tral otRce  responds  to  the  nnoduJating  signal  by  actuating  a 
relay  which  remains  held  up  for  the  duration  of  the  call  and  ef- 
fects a  ground  connection  detectable  by  the  conventional  au- 
tomatic number  identification  equipment  at  the  central  (rffice. 
If  the  non-grounded  subscriber  goes  c^fhook.  the  inbound  car- 
rier signal  is  not  modulated  and  the  relay  at  the  central  office 
remains  non-energized.  The  system  is  not  susceptible  to  "talk- 
dovm,"  because  the  ntodulating  signal  is  outside  the  pass  band 
provided  for  transmitting  voice  signals. 

The  circuit  for  sensing  which  at  the  two  subscribers  is  off- 
hook  includes  a  transistor,  means  for  grounding  the  base  of 
the  transistor  during  the  identification  interval,  and  means 
connecting  an  unreferenced  source  of  direct  current  between 
the  collector  and  emitter  of  the  transistor  in  series  with  a  relay 
winding.  If  the  ofBxmk  subscriber  has  a  d.c.  ground  connec- 
tion, the  current  source  becomes  referenced  by  it,  and  the 
transistor  becomes  biased  to  saturation  and  conducts  current 
to  energize  the  relay.  If  the  subscriber  does  not  have  a  ground 
connection,  the  current  source  is  referenced  only  through  the 
base  connection  and  the  transistor  does  not  conduct 


U.S.a.    79— 6  E 


■w  3, 1969,  Scr.  No.  830,049 
laiLCLH04ml/64 


a 


A  device  for  automatic  telephone  answering  which  is 
adapted  to  play  over  a  text  which  has  been  pre-recocded  by 
the  user  of  the  device  and  which  can  also  replay  upon  com- 
mand via  telephone,  messages  recorded  by  callers  when  actu- 
ated by  code  impulses  transmitted  throu^  the  telephone  line. 
In  particular,  the  present  system  permits  stored  messages  to  be 
played  back  and  erased  by  remote  control.  To  effect  these 

functicHis  cyclically  the  system  combines  a  magnetic  recording 
unit  with  mechanical  drive  means  in  an  integrated  construc- 
ti<Mial  aasemMy.  In  this  system,  the  answering  unit  and  as- 
sociated means  effecting  recording  and  drive  thereof  are  com- 
bined into  an  integrated  assembly  with  control  means. 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1556 


3,673333 

ACCOUNTING  SYSTEM  FOR  TELEPHONIC 

EXCHANGES 

Guy  JCM  Lc  Strat,  LaonlaB,  and  Rogar  Despianqucs,  Vdliy, 

both  of  f>am«,  awigBow  to  lalcnitioiial  Standard  Etoctrk 

CorpomlioB,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  Dec  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  885^22 


passes   in   the   opposite   direction   being  closely   grouped 
together  at  one  end  of  the  zone. 


3,673335 

SWITCHING  OF  TIME  DIVISION  MULTIPLEX  LINES 

AND  ANALOG  TRUNKS  THROUGH  TELEPHONE 

.^^.,«^..,.^^., , CENTRAL  OFFICES 

Driotlty.    mmfM*h^    Frmet,    Dec    18,    1968,    Amos  Edward  Jod,  Jr.,  South  Orange,  NJ.,  assiginr  to  BcO 
68178920  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Murray  mi,  N  J. 

lot  CLH04ai  75/06  FDed  Aug.  24, 1970,  Ser.  No.  66,192 

US.CL179-7R  4Clahns  Int  CL  H04J  i/OO 

UAa.  179— 15AQ  8 1 


4WIH  KTWOt 


A|^}-^-A.-A_   A  ,.• 


JLL 


■3 


An  automatic  toll  ticketing  system  provides  means  for  trans- 
fering  charge  information  from  registers,  incoming  links  and  a 
rate  of  charge  indicator,  to  a  programmed  dau-processing 
machine.  In  case  where  the  transfer  is  not  possible,  a  second 
attempt  is  made,  and  if  insuccessful,  a  fault  signal  is  provided 
and  busy  tone  is  sent  to  the  subscriber. 


3,673,334 

ANTENNA  FOR  USE  WITH  AN  AUDIO  INDUCTION 

COMMUNICATION  SYSTEM 

JiMtin  L.  Turner,  Braoford,  Conn.,  SMlpinr  to  Educational 

Service  Programs,  Inc.,  New  Haven,  Cooii. 

FBed  Mvch  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  126,028 
Int.  CLH04b  5/00 
U.S.CL179— 82  16 


Tl  IBB  ^ —       THUW       


.  J    TMM 


WMUMMMIM 

CUICUIT 


KtKTBLJ 


V 


pJ  WC—JlTIIICS 


A  telephone  switching  office  is  disckised  wherein  connec- 
tions may  be  established  between  conventional  analog  trunks 
and  time  division  multiplex  lines.  A  plurality  ai  digital  trunks 
are  employed  equal  in  number  to  the  number  at  incoming  and 
outgoing  time  slot  channeb  to  be  switched  through  the  office. 
Digital  trunks  associated  with  incoming  channeb  are  provided 
with  shift  registers  for  storing  the  bit  patterns  carrying  the  in- 
formation for  a  respective  time  skH.  This  information  is  out- 
pubed  from  the  shift  registers  und«r  control  <^  readout  pubes 
derived  frxrni  a  trunk  time  slot  switch  which  b  set  by  common 
control  to  deliver  readout  pulses  in  a  time  sequence  that  b  ap- 
propriate to  the  selected  time  sk>t  in  the  outgoing  TI»4  line  to 
which  a  cross-office  connection  b  desired.  In  addition,  con- 
version junctor  circuits  are  provided  having  encoders  and 
decoders  which  are  selectively  gated  to  deliver  the  digital  in- 
formation to  the  appropriate  time  sk>t  at  the  TI»fl  line  in- 
volved in  the  connection  by  signab  derived  from  a  junctor 
time  slot  switch  whose  operation  b  dictated  by  common  con- 
trol Advantageously,  both  the  trunk  time  slot  link  switch  and 
the  junctor  tinte  sk>t  link  switches  are  of  the  crossbar  type. 

3,673^36 
TIME  IHVISICM*4  MULTIPLEX  SWrrCHES 

rk»««L«l  Tkifiri^^J  *niiMaa^    IImwbImwW-  OttSWA.  CflBSdft*  SMl^BQf  to 

Intcmaliontf  Standard  Electric  Corporatton,  Ne^  York, 
N  Y 

Ftod  Oct  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  79,728 
Oafam  priority,  appBciilon  Grcnt  Britain,  Oct  21,  1969, 
51,628/69 

Int.CLIRKJi/05 
U.S.CL179— 15BD  3( 


«r/ 


iM 


4-- 


LH 


An  antenna  for  use  with  an  audio  induction  communication 
system  provides  a  conununication  field  of  substantially 
uniform  strength  at  all  points  within  a  given  pick-up  zone 
along  which  receiver-equipped  persons  are  expected  to  travel 
or  within  which  such  persons  are  expected  to  stand  while 
receiving  a  message  through  their  receivers.  The  antenna 
comprises  a  continuous  wire  located  in  the  vicinity  of  the  pick- 
up zone  and  preferably  buried  beneath  the  surface  of  the  earth 
defining  the  pkk-up  zone.  The  wire  b  disposed  in  a  plurality  of 
loops  each  of  which  loops  includes  two  portions  crossing  the 
zone  at  two  different  points,  such  zone-crossing  loop  portions 
being  arranged  so  as  to  include  a  spaced  series  of  such  por- 
tions located  along  the  length  d  the  zone  and  through  which 
the  exciting  cturent  passes  in  the  same  direction,  those  zone-  A  tin»e  division  multiplex  (TDM)  switch  b  provkled  which 
crossing  loop  portions  through  which  the  exciting  current   serves  a  number  of  highways.  Individual  subscriber  kx>ps  are 


I 
I 


1556 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27^  1972 


corawctd  to  the  TDM  switch  in  place  of  some  of  the  TDM 
channeb  on  the  highways.  This  enables  the  ratio  of  TDM 
channels  to  individual  loops  to  be  altered  conveniently. 


3^73,337 
REVERTING  CALL  ARRANGEMENT 

,  LIvcfpoalf  EagfaBdi  aasigBor  to 
MhMlcr,N.Y. 
Fled  Oct.  12, 196«.  Scr.  Na  586410 
Int.  CLH04m  J/02 
U^CL179— 17D  10 


A  reverting  call  arrangement  for  a  common  control 
telephone  system  which  is  automatically  connected  to  the 
calling  line  circuit  shared  by  calling  and  called  parties  along 
with  the  sdected  dial  pulse  acceptor  or  register  and  includes  a 
control  bridge  relay  forming  a  d.c.  loop  with  the  calling  line 
circuit,  reverting  call  relay  means  responsive  to  control  from 
the  common  control  and  actuation  of  the  control  budge  relay 
for  connecting  a  ringing  control  providing  both  calling  and 
call  party  ringing  to  the  calling  line  circuit,  and  holding  means 
for  holding  connection  to  the  calling  line  circuit  during 
processing  of  the  reverting  call. 


3,673,338 
Bl-DIRECnONAL  TRANSLATOR  CIRCIHT 
Evert  Oskar  Ekbergh,  Dr.  WMustouwa  gala  70, 


36,736/68 


nbd  Ai«.  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  31,027 

,  agplklioa  Great  Britain,  Ai«.  1,  1968, 


U.S.CL179— 18ET 


lat.CLii04qi/-«7 


syijotma  utrwotiK 


mmsTUS 


UtMTIflCAVCM 
DtVICl 


A  bi-directional  relay  translator  is  provided  v/iach  responds' 
to  a  local  call  for  translating  the  equipment  number  of  a 
calling  line  to  the  directory  number  oi  that  line  and  which 
responds  to  a  terminating  call  for  translating  the  directory 
number  of  the  called  line  to  the  equipment  number  of  that 
line.  The  translation  of  an  outgoing  c^  is  initiated  by  opera- 
tion of  the  calling  line  relay  which  provides  an  equipment 
number  identification,  following  which  a  translation  to 
decimal  directory  number  is  effected.  In  the  reverse  direction. 


when  a  directory  number  is  registered,  completion  of  the  re- 
gistration initiates  a  translation  oi  the  decimal  directory 
number  to  an  equipment  number. 


rtoi 


3,673,339    ^- 
ARTDICIAL  LINE  BUSY  CIRCUIT 
FraaUlii  Adam  Kora,  Cotaaabw,  OMo, 
laepsoae  LiWiwiofHB,  inGarponma,  nvufray  rai,  ni.j. 
I       FHmI  July  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  57,036        I 
*  Int.  CL  H04m  l/OO  > 

U.S.CL179— 18F  10 


to  Bdl 


Nut, 


vC 


■H5 


tticrHONt 

orriu 


LMC    lUK    CmCUIT 


n 


T' 


Fv 


t^ 


^^-^ 


•}« 


▼     **^^^^^^^ 


Auxiliary  line  circuitry  is  disclosed  for  making  a  customer 
telephone  line  appear  busy  for  timed  periods  and  only  in 
response  to  incoming  calls.  The  circuitry  is  activated  by  in- 
coming call  ringing  for  oonnectiiig  a  bridge  network  to  the 
customer  line  for  applying  a  busy  tone  thereto,  immediately 
tripping  ringing  and  retaining  a  timed  off-hook  signal  on  the 
line  following  a  calling  party  disconnect.  Thereafter,  the 
bridge  network  causes  a  permanent  signal  to  be  automaticaUy 
originatad  for  making  the  customer  phone  appear  busy  for  a 
period  controlled  by  timers  in  the  aujdliary  line  drcuit^. 


I  3,673340 

DATA-EVALUATION  SYSTEM  FOR  TELEPHONE 
EXCiiAl<iGE 
TrntWa;  AUo  Pemm  and  Gloacppe  vyboassl,  di  of 
Milan,   Italy,  assignors  to  Sodcta  Italiana  Telecommu- 
nicazioni  Siemens  SpA,  Milan,  Italy 

Fled  Api«  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,132 
Clains  priority,  appBcaHon  It^y,  Apri  18,  1969,  15735 
A/69 

Int.  CL  H04q  11/00;  IHMa  15/18 
U.S.CL179— 18J  llCldim 


I — I  hixxmiub}— p-^coi— miwl-. 


joariu.    I  fwmil'W)    fBWS**  fTPWOT     I 

llT  I        I      'loe 


A  monitoring  memory  (300)  of  the  circulating  type  has  a 
first  section  (Mc)  with  100  phases  for  the  activities  of  «s  many 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1657 


local  lines  identified  by  two-digit  decimal  numbers,  a  second 
section  (Hi)  subdivided  into  several  multiphase  storage  units 
(RET)  for  receiving,  evaluating  and  transmitting  information 
relating  to  a  call  involving  an  associated  local  line,  and  a  third 
section  (Ms)  carrying  supplemental  information  such  as  the 
time  of  day.  With  800  phases  circulating  at  a  rate  ct  one 
memory  cycle  per  800  /<s,  two  consecutive  counting  phases  in 
the  third  memory  section  are  stepped  once  per  cycle  to 
produce,  consecutively,  the  1(X)  line-identification  numbers  or 
addrecses  00-99.  A  digital  counter  (100),  operating  in 
synchronism  with  the  first  section  of  the  monitoring  memory, 
periodically  delivers  the  addresses  of  the  100  local  lines  to  a 
comparator  (820)  matching  them  with  the  progressively 
changing  address  information  stored  in  the  third  memory  sec- 
tion for  a  successive  sampling  of  all  the  lines  at  intervals  of  1(X) 
cycles,  or  80  ms;  this  comparison  is  facilitated  by  the  concur- 
rent tapping  of  the  two  consecutive  counting  phases  of  the 
third  memory  sectk>n  (Ms)  whereby  the  two  address  digits  are 
simultaneously  made  available.  If  a  line  is  found  engaged,  this 
information  is  fed  to  a  logic  network  ( Ec)  which  thereupon  se- 
izes an  available  storage  unit  (RET)  to  register  the  pertinent 
data  in  the  phases  thereof  and  to  feed  them  to  a  tape  perfora- 
-  tor  (PF).  Upon  the  response  of  the  called  station,  or  upon  i>re- 
mature  termination  by  the  calling  party,  the  storage  unit 
(RET)  is  released;  when  the  call  is  completed,  the  same  or 
another  such  unit  and  perforator  are  seized  to  record  the 
length  of  the  conversation. 


3,673,342 

CIRCUIT  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  mPROVING  THE 

SIGN  AL-TO-NOiSE  RATIO  OF  A  STEREO  DECODER 

KariM«Bsr,Fiirttot/MaiiHNicdcrTad,rHwanj,iidgairto 

Br—B  AkHtngfasBsrhail,  Fraakhat/Mnln,  Ciiinas^ 

Fled  Joly  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59,631 
ClalM  priarity,  appHcalloB  GcfWMy,  AMg.  2, 1969,  P 19  39 
422.0 

bt.CLIiO4h5/00 
UACL179— 15BT  13  < 


3,673341 
CALL  RE-ROUTING  SYSTEM  FOR  TELEPHONE 
INSTALLATIONS 
^UdHuacr,  lYiilfi  alsliii  n.  and  Andre  Frfasc,  Gaut- 
b^   both   of   Gcmany,    awlginrs   to   Shmrns    AkHea- 


FBcd  Mny  6, 1968,  Scr.  No.  726,918 
CWbm  priority,  appMclfci  Gcrmny,  M«y  12,  1967,  S 

109850 

Iat.Cl.Ii04mJ/54 
U.S.CL179— 18BE  4< 


^ »  Lcrr  tuoto 


^—m.  nmn  ujeio 


A  variable  resistor,  a  photoconductor  shone  upon  by  an  in- 
candescent lamp  the  brightness  of  which  is  inversdy  propcv- 
tional  to  the  carrier  strength,  or  a  variable  time  ccmstant  RC- 
network  is  connected  to  the  stereo  decoder  to  vary  the  stereo 
separation  in  direct  proportion  to  the  carrier  strength. 


3,673343 

ANTI^IAMMING  CIRCUIT  FOR  MULTI-fREQUENCY 

SIGNAL  DETECTtNt 

Robert  E.  Vortecn,  315  W.  Center  St.,  Btufca,  N.Y. 

Fled  Nov.  21, 1968,  Scr.  No.  777,770 

iBLCLH04Hy/ao 

U.S.a.179— 84VF  11 


A  call  re-routing  system  for  communication  installations 
having  central  storage  means  with  storage  locations  per- 
manently assigned  to  subscriber  stations.  InfcMination  st<n^ 
in  these  locations  determines  re-routing  of  calls  to  the  cor- 
responding stations  from  the  latter  station  to  the  station  loca- 
tion identified  in  said  storage  means,  and  may  be  changed  at 
will  for  cancellation  or  further  re-routing  of  calls  from  any 
subscriber  station. 


A  jam-proof  circuit  for  use  with  a  multi-frequency  signal  de- 
tector system  to  prevent  noise  fit>m  erroneously  actuating  the 
detector  system.  The  circuit  employs  substantially  similar  high 
and  low-band  exclusive  OR  circuits  interposed  between  the 
output  of  the  multi-frequency  signal  detector  means  and  as- 
sociated k)gic  circuitry.  The  exclusive  OR  circuitry  prevents 
noise  from  causing  erroneous  indications  to  be  produced  by 
the  logic  circuitry  which  comprises  an  individual  AND  gate 
corresponding  to  each  digit  that  may  be  signalled.  The  digits 
are  identified  by  the  simultaneous  transmission  of  a  plurality 
of  different  frequencies. 


1558 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


TT] 


June  27,  1972 


3^73^44 

HEAD  POSmcmiNG  MECHAhOSM  FMt  RECORDED 

ANNOUNCEMENT  APPARATUS 

Levy  W.  SkBlth,  awl  Elk  H.  BryMt,  Jr^  both  of  721  MiMni 

OrtteNJ^AtiMti.Gfc 

DIvWoB  of  Scr.  No.  10386,  Feb.  1 1, 1970.  Thh  appUcatkHi 

Dw.  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  205,597 

Int.  CL  Glib  27/04 

U.S.  CL  179— 100.1  C  9ClafaM 


prises  a  tape  speed  changing  device  operatively  changing  over 
the  tape  speed  from  normal  to  fast  and  vice  versa,  and  a  circuit 
incorporated  in  a  tape  reproducing  circuit  including  a  switch 
operable  in  association  with  operation  of  the  tape  speed 
changing  device,  and  a  condenser  and  iu  power  supply,  the 
tape  speed  changing  device  being  operable  when  changed  into 
a  condition  that  the  tape  is  fast  driven  to  change  the  switch 
into  a  condition  that  the  current  supply  to  the  tape  reproduc- 
ing circuit  is  broken  off  and  to  discharge  thie  condenser 
thereby  breaking  <^  the  output  of  the  tape  reproducing  cir- 
cuit, the  tape  reproducing  circuit  slowly  becoming  operative 
in  connection  with  the  charge  of  the  condenser  when  the  tape 
speed  changing  device  is  changed  into  a  condition  tl^t  the 
tape  is  normally  driven. 


An  announcing  system  for  providing  a  family  of  recorded 
announcements  through  telephone  central  office  equipment 
to  one  or  more  telephone  subscriber  lines.  Each  announce- 
ment selectively  includes  weather,  temperature,  or  other 
periodic  and  aperiodic  information  segments.  Each  announce- 
ment is  changeaUe  in  length  from  a  long  cycle  which  includes 
a  full  advertising  segment  to  a  short  cycle  in  which  a  major 
portion  or  all  of  the  advertising  segment  is  deleted  so  that  the 
time  required  for  an  announcement  is  shortened.  The  length 
of  the  announcement  cycle  is  shortened  in  response  to  the 
number  of  subscriber  lines  waiting  to  be  connected  to  the  an- 
nouncing system  being  in  excess  of  the  number  of  subscriber 
lines  which  can  be  connected  to  the  announcing  system  by  the 
telephone  central  office  equipment  However,  the  announcing 
system  also  provides  for  deleting  segments  at  an  announce- 
ment which  are  in  error  without  changing  the  length  of  the  an- 
nouncement cycle  or  it  being  apparent  that  the  announcement 
segment  has  been  deleted.  The  weather  segment  of  the  an- 
nouncement is  determined  by  different  three  digit  weather 
codes  and  by  changing  the  positions  of  a  plurality  of  weather 
announcing  heads  along  a  weather  announcing  drum  in 
response  to  a  plurality  of  resistances  corresponding  to  the 
three  digit  weather  codes. 


3,673345 

SOUND  CONTROL  APPARATUS  FOR  A  MAGNETIC 

TAPE  PLAYER  FOR  CUTTING  OFF  SOUND  FROM  THE 

SPEAKER  DURING  FAST  FEED 

Itsuki  Bu,  829  UgMiii-Oliuiirfiiiadil,  Ncrima-ku,  Tokyo-to, 

Japan 

Filed  May  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40323 

Int.  CL  Gl lb  5/44,  75/70 

U.S.  a.  179— lOOJ  S  3  Clafam 


A  reproducing  output  sound  control  apparatus  for  a  mag- 
netic tape  player  which  is  capable  of  enabling  the  magnetic 
tape  to  change  from  a  normaJ  driving  to  a  fast  driving  com- 


'  3,673346 

SOUND  REPRODUCING  AND  CMTICAL  PROJECTOR 
FUNCnON  CONTROL  APPARATUS 
HcrslMl   Gonlom  ChiHinham   Towoahip,  and 
McAdoo,  Jr.,  Holland,  both  of  Pa.,  aMtg^nri  lo 
Coi'iHwation,  MowtgowiffyvBe,  Pa. 

Fled  April  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  27383 
IBL  CL  G03bi7/06.  Glib  J7/00 
U3.  CL  179— 100.2  S  10 


A  sound  reproducing  apparatus  includes  a  two  channel 
magnetic  tape  and  transducing  head  with  associated  circuitry. 
A  first  channel  records  and  reproduces  sound.  A  second  chan- 
nel reproduces  and  records  function  control  information  for 
controllii^  the  function  d  an  optical  projector.  The  second 
channel  may  be  used  to  reproduce  and  record  function  con- 
trol information  for  controlling  the  magnetic  tape  drive  motor, 
or  other  selected  functions.  Function  control  information  is  in 
the  form  of  pulses  at  distinctive  frequencies. 


I  3,673347 

HIGH-FREQUENCY  RECORDINGS  DEVICE 
Johannes  Joaeph  Martinus  Schoenmakcrs,  Enunastngd,  Eind- 
hoven, Netherlands,  assignor  to  U.S.  Philips  CorporatioB, 
New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  June  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  49,129 
Clatam  priority,  appttcalion  Netherlands,  June  27,  1969, 
6909886 

Int.  CL  Glib  5/52, 5/54, 2i/72 
U.S.  CL  179— 100.2  T  8  Claims 

An  apparatus  for  recording  and/or  reproducing  video 
signals  on  or  from  a  magnetic  tape  which  is  helically  wound 
around  a  cylindrical  drum.  The  drum  comprises  two  axially 
aligned  dnun  parts  which  are  separated  by  a  gap  in  which  at 
least  CMie  magnetic  head  rotates  during  operation.  The  mag- 
netic head  is  arranged  on  an  arm  which  is  pivotaUy  mounted 
on  a  rotatable  disc  and  which  is  in  a  retracted  position  when 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1559 


the  disc  is  stationary  and  pivots  outwards  under  the  influence 
of  the  centrifugal  forces  when  the  disc  is  rotating.  The  mag- 
netic head  is  positioned  with  respect  to  the  tape  by  means  of 
abutment  faces  which  are  provided  on  the  inner  surfaces  of 


3,673349 

ROTARY  HEAD  ASSEMBLY  FOR  TAPE  TRANSPORT 

WITH  AMPLIFIER  CARRIED  BY  THE  ROTOR 

Peter  Berg,  Sm  Joae,  and  Bertii  C  Under,  Mlpilat,  both  of 

Calif.,  MBigBors  to  Owtridge  TtkevUom,  Inc.,  New  York, 

N.Y. 

Filed  June  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,060 
IntCL  Glib  5/44, 75/72 
UACL179— lOOJT  10  ( 


the  drum  parts  adjacent  the  gap  and  cooperate  with  the  pivot- 
ing arm.  Drum  parts  and  magnetic  tape  are  preferably  accom- 
modated in  a  cassette  which  is  placed  on  an  apparatus  which 
includes  the  head  disc. 


3,673348 

VIDEO  TAPE  PICK-UP  AND  GUIDE  SYSTEM  FOR 

CARTRIDGE  TYPE  REPRODUCING  AND/OR 

RECCNIDING  SYSTEM 

Thomas  J.  Lwkin,  San  Joae,  CaHf.,  assignor  to  Cartridge 

TdcvWon,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FUed  June  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50,058 

IntCL  Glib  5/52, 2i/06 

U.S.  CL  179— 100.2  Z  lOOalnis 


An  assembly  for  mounting  a  number  of  magnetic  heads  on  a 
rotor  for  rotation  about  a  central  axis  and  for  electrically  con- 
necting the  heads  to  a  commutator  on  the  rotor  w^ierein  the 
heads  are  secured  to  the  rotor  adjacent  to  its  outer  periphery 
for  scanning  a  flexible,  magnetic  tape  disposed  adjacent  to  and 
along  a  portion  of  the  arcuate  path  of  travel  of  the  heads.  Am- 
plifier means  carried  by  the  rotor  electrically  couples  the  com- 
mutator with  each  head,  respectively.  A  switch  network  can 
be  carried  by  the  rotor  uid  actuated  by  a  transducer  to  effect 
sequential  switching  between  the  heads  as  a  function  of  the 
rotation  c^the  rotor. 


3,673350 
MAGNETIC  TRANSDUCER  ARMATURE 
Stephen  Bartok,  Clillon;  MeMn  Kamenir,  West 
Andrew  J.  B^pias,  Moont  Fern,  aM  of  N  J.,  assign  nrs  to  Lit- 
ton Business  Systcna,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  Sept  16, 1969,  Scr.  No.  5382 
Into.  Glib  5/22 
UA  CL  179— 100.2  C  7( 


A  tape  guide  and  pick-up  system  for  a  tape  transport  of  the 
type  having  a  rotary  head  assembly.  The  guide  and  pick-up 
system  is  adapted  to  be  used  with  a  tape  cartridge  from  which 
a  stretch  of  tape  is  removed  and  advanced  into  a  position  ad- 
jacent to  the  paths  of  travel  of  a  rotary  head  ai  the  head  as- 
sembly to  permit  the  head  to  scan  the  tape  stretch  as  the  latter 
moves  relative  to  the  assembly.  The  guide  system  includes  a 
number  of  spaced  guides  which  orient  the  tape  in  a  manner  to 
cause  it  to  be  presented  to  the  head  assemMy  at  a  helical  an- 
gle, whereby  the  tape  tracks  scanned  by  the  heads  will  be 
oblique  relative  to  the  longitudinal  axis  (tf  the  tape  stretch. 
The  cartridge  has  an  improved  brake  operated  by  control 
means  forming  a  part  of  the  tape  transport  to  cause  the  tape 
reels  in  the  cartridge  to  stop  quickly  after  a  tape  rewind  or 
fast-forward  operation. 


A  handheld  magnetic  transducer  ccmiprises  a  gun-shaped 
housing  having  a  directional  utow  on  one  surface.  The  arrow 
is  illuminated  by  a  light  within  the  housing  indicating  the 


1560 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


operating  sute  of  the  transducer  as  determined  by  a  signal 
device.  The  housing  has  dimples  in  opposed  ade  waUs  for  ease 
of  grasping.  The  armature  is  in  two  parte.  Each  part  has  a  T- 
shaped  portion  the  crossbars  ct  which  overlap.  The  armature 
is  inserted  within  the  bobbin  and  is  resihently  held  at  the  cross- 
bars to  lock  into  position  with  a  shim.  The  bobbin  front  wall  in 
combination  with  the  armature  and  shim  fonn  the  muzzle  or 
reading  end  of  the  transducer  and  has  a  substantially  firustro 
pyramidal  shape.  The  armature-bobbin  structure  is  held  in 
place  by  fingers  which  form  a  part  of  the  transducer  housing. 
The  wires  from  the  coil  are  secured  to  clips.  The  dips  or  ter- 
minal are  U-shaped  members  spring  retained  on  arms  of  the 
bobbin.  The  clips  each  have  a  flange  portion  for  engaging  an 
aperture  in  the  arm.  The  reading  portion  of  the  transducer  b 
hemispherical  in  shape  with  the  gap  defining  an  arc  thereon 
such  that  the  transducer  is  capable  of  rotation  or  positioning 
about  one  of  three  axes  while  moving  relative  to  a  record. 


A  magnetic  head  holder  and  at  KsK  one  head  core  are  pco- 
vided  on  an  upper  resilient  member.  The  head  core  caa  follow 


M3tS3U  jy 


TAPE  FEED  INDICATOR  DEVICE  FOR  A  TAPE 
RECORDER 

Tiritchm  Nioka,  YokohMiiB,  and  Ryoji  Hoaokawa,  KawM^d,   ^^e  variation  of  contact  caused  by  an  uneveness  of  the  mag- 
both  of  Jiyp«i  Mignnri  to  Tokyo  ShttiMra  Electrk  Co^   "'^^  surface  of  a  magnetic  medium. 


JcrooM  J. 


FUed  March  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  12M3S  |  3,673^3 

priority,   iwlicirioii   Japan,   March   27,    1970,        MAGNETIC  TRANSDUCER  HAVING  A  COMPOSITE 

MAGNETIC  CORE  STRUCTURE 

Schenectady,  N.V.,  and  LomIb  G. 
aty,  OkhL,  ssslgnnrs  to 
Company 

Fled  Jnly  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  S5,362 
Into.  Glib  5/76. 5/24 
U.S.CL  179— 100.2  C 


45/28929 

InL  CL  GOOb  5/38;  Gl  lb  5/28 
U.S.CL  179— 100.2  R 


A  tape  feed  indicator  device  for  a  tape  recorder  comprising 
a  switch  for  changing  over  a  power  source  to  a  first  or  a 
second  circuit  in  interlocking  relationship  with  a  device  for 
changing  a  tape  feed  from  a  low  to  a  high  speed  or  vice  versa; 
low  tape  feed  indicator  means  included  in  the  first  circuit  to  be 
controlled  by  the  power  source;  and  means  included  in  the 
second  circuit  for  intermittently  generating  voltage  when  the 
second  circuit  is  connected  to  the  power  source,  thereby  con- 
trolling the  indication  means  by  the  intermittent  voltage. 


3,673352 
MAGNETIC  HEAD  ASSEMBLY 
Y<Mhlyo  Wada;  Iflsao  Ki^fo,  both  of  Yokohama;  Toshi  Suzuki, 
Kanakora,  and  Funrio  Akawa,  Yokohama,  al  of  Japan,  as- 
signors to  Victor  Company  of  Japan,  Ltd.,  Yokohama,  Japan 

FUed  July  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  53,552 

Ckdms  priority,  appikntkni  Japan,  July  1 1, 1969. 44/54578 

Int.  CL  Glib  5/70. 5/5« 

VS.  CL  179— lOOJ  C  13  dainiB 

A  magnetic  head  assembly  comprises  at  least  one  resilient 

film-like  member  held  in  tension  over  a  drum-shaped  support. 


A  magnetic  transducer  for  read-write  applications  is  dis- 
closed in  which  the  magnetic  circuit  comprises  a  stack  of 
laminations  of  generally  "C"  shape  having  a  read-write  wind- 
ing inductively  associated  therewith.  The  read-write  gap  is 
pA>vided  by  the  opposed  ends  of  the  stacked  laminations,  and 
the  laminatioas  are  of  two  different  types;  that  is.  they  have 
different  magnetic  characteristics  and  are  prefierably  of  dif- 
ferent materials.  The  outer  laminations  have  relatively  low  ini- 
tial permeability  relative  to  the  remaining  laminations  so  that 
they  ar^  ineflfective  during  the  read  operation  but  have  suffi- 
ciently law  coercive  force  so  that  they  are  magnetizod  during 
the  write  operation.  The  inner  laminations  of  the  stack  have 
relatively  high  initial  permeability  so  that  they  are  magnetized 
during  the  read  operation.  In  this  way,  the  effective  height  of 
the  stadc  and.  according,  the  width  of  the  read-write  gap  is 
narrower  during  the  reading  operation  than  it  is  daring  the 
writing  operation,  being  essentially  equal  to  the  total  suck  for 
writing  and  essentially  equal  to  the  inner  laminations  for  read- 
ing. 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1561 


3,673354 
SEMICONDUCTOR  STRESS  TRANSDUCER 
Figio  Oda,  AsMya,  and  ShufeM  Obata,  Kyoto,  both  of  Japan, 
I  to  Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd^  Osaka, 


FBed  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34305 
Clidnn  priority,  appiknHon  Japan,  May  8, 1969, 44/36846; 
May  8,  1969,  44/36847;  May  8,  1969,  44/36848;  May  8, 
1969,  44/36849;  May  8,  1969,  44/36850;  May  8,  1969, 
44/36851;  May  8,  1969,  44/36852;  Mmy  8,  1969,  44/36853; 
May  8, 1969, 44/36854;  Nfay  8, 1969, 44/36855 

Int.  CL  IHMr  J/ 16. 9/12, 1 1/08 
VS.  CL  179—100.41  V  9  Cfadns 


and  timing  signals  stored  in  the  time-divided  memory  to  deter- 
mine if  the  respective  present  activity  statuses  of  the  line  pair 
are  such  that  echo  suppression  b  required. 


3,673356 
IXXM*  M<MVITOR  CIRCUIT 
Eiwrhard  Hcrtcr,  Stuttgart,  Germany,  sssignnr  to  Intcma- 
tkmal  Standard  Electric  CorpomtkM^  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  Sept.  5, 1969,  Scr.  No.  855,721 
Claims  priority,  appMcatkm  Gcmany,  Sept.  19, 1968,  P  17 
62  897.6 

Int.  a.  H04m  1/24 
U.S.  CL  179— 175  5( 


TH" 


A  semiconductor  stress  transducer  having  a  pair  of  spaced 
electrodes  disposed  on  an  electrically  insulating  thin-film  base 
of  a  flexible  nature,  a  semiconductor  (oezo-resistive  film  being 
evaporated  across  the  electrodes,  means  for  applying  an  exter- 
nal stress  to  the  evaporated  semiconductor  film  so  that  a 
change  in  the  external  stress  causes  a  change  in  the  tension  of 
the  semiconductor  film,  and  means  for  deriving  an  electrical 
signal  from  the  electrodes  due  to  a  change  in  the  internal  re- 
sistance of  the  semiconductor  film  response  to  the  change  in 
the  externally  applied  stress. 


A  circuit  for  determining  the  resistance  erf'  a  loop  by  con- 
necting the  loop  terminals  through  like  resistances  to  respec- 
tive poles  of  a  voltage  source.  Each  termiiud  is  also  connected 
to  the  opposite  pole  of  the  source  through  a  ventage  divider, 
the  dividers  being  symmetrical.  An  evaluating  device  is 
bridged  across  taps  in  the  voltage  dividers,  the  taps  being  posi- 
tioned to  produce  like  resistive  ratios  in  the  dividers. 


3,673355 
COMMON  CONTROL  DIGITAL  ECHO  SUPPRESSION 
Robert  Ernest  U  M«rcitt,  AtlMlk  IflgWandi,  and  Cari 
Jerome  May,  Jr.,  Hotandd,  both  of  N  J.,  asrignnn  lo 
Tiltphons  Labomtoriss,  Incorporated,  Murray  MM,  N J. 
Fled  Sept.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  68,921 
Int.CLH04bi/20 
UACL  179— 170.6  17 


3,673357 

TACTILE  RESPCmSE  SWITCH  HTTH  UNITARY 

CWnHOL  STRIP  CV INIWPENIX3STLY  (M1ERABLY 

PLURAL  DISC  CONTACTS 

Amkncw  John  MolciMai,  IndtanapoilB,  bd.,  Mrignor  to 
CKpnone  LnDoranncB,  incorparnnn,  ivnniay  nm,  ni.j. 
fUed  Mwch  29, 1971.  Scr.  No.  128,997 
InLCLli01h5/J0 
U.S.CL200— 5A  4 


foijuuruui.- 


Circuitry  for  accomplishing  digital  echo  suppression  for  a 
plurality  of  two-way  transmission  circuite  is  disclosed. 
Analogue  signal  levels  on  each  line  of  each  associated  trans- 
mit-receive  pair  are  periodically  converted  into  pern  codes 
and  applied  to  common  time-shared  circuitry,  which  includes 
a  time-divided  memory,  in  the  time  slot  allocated  for  that  pair. 
The  common  circuitry  translates  the  pulse  codes  into  echo 
suppressor  control  signals  by  combining  them  widi  code 
signals  representing  the  past  signal  bearing  statuses  of  the  lines 


A  tactile  response  switch  comprises  a  unitary  cantilever- 
snap  disc  mechanism  in  whi^  the  cantilever  provides  reliable 
electrical  contact  properties  and  the  snap  disc  provides  a  tac- 
tile response  to  contact  dosure.  A  plurality  of  independent 
contact  closures  can  be  made  by  operation  of  a  single  contact 
button  and  the  properties  of  the  cantilever  and  the  snap  disc 


1562 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27j  1972 


can  be  easily  tailored  to  achieve  a  desired  sequence  of  contact 
closures  and  desired  switch  operating  characteristics. 


one  position  to  such  other  position;  said  shunt— which  in- 
cludes a  resistor— also  serving  to  preload  the  booster  trans- 


3^73,358 

ELECTRIC  ROCKER  SWITCH  FOR  CONTROLLING 

MULTIPLE  CIRCUITS  WITH  MAGNEHC  COUPLING 

MEMBERS 

Jamn  R.  Hvnom  10040  &  W.  40th  St..  Miaflri,  Fla. 

FBcd  March  31,  1971,  Scr.  No.  129,883 

h^CLH0lh9f54 

U.S.CL200-6R  2 


An  electric  rocker  switch  for  ccMitroUing  a  plurality  of  dif- 
ferent circuit  combinations.  The  rocker  is  pivotally  mounted 
in  a  frame  and  held  in  normal  "off"  position  by  a  spring-urged 
member  and  adapted  for  movement  in  each  of  two  "on" 
directicxis  including  a  permanent  magnet  mounted  in  each  end 
ci  the  rocker,  positioned  to  engnge  mating  magnets  for  hold- 
ing the  rocker  in  each  of  its  two  "on"  positions.  The  rocker 
contains  a  phirality  of  contacts  to  engage  mating  contacts  in 
the  body  of  the  switch,  which  contacts  may  be  connected  to 
control  a  plurality  of  different  circuits. 


3,673,359 
ENGINE  IGNITION  TIMER  WITH  IMPROVED 

ADJUSTABLE  PLATES 
I C.  WkkaMM,  Mlwankcc,  Wis.,  aaripnr  to  AMF  Inoor- 


fUed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1Q3<499 
IiltCl.H01h79/00 
U.S.a.200— 19R  3 


/2^^^        57 


The  position  of  the  breaker  contacts  with  respect  to  the  tim- 
ing cam  is  adjusted  by  providing  a  worm  gear  set  for  adjustably 
rotating  the  breaker  contact  carrying  plate. 


3,673,360 
BOOSTER  TRANSFORMER  SWrrCH 
John  G.  Pahl,  1624  E.  Alphic  Ave,  Stocfctmi,  Oritf. 
Fled  March  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  127,667 
.  Int  CLHOlh  i;/00 

U.S^200-48R  7 

A  switch,  of  pole-mounted  type,  adapted  for  connecticm,  in 
an  electrical  power  supply  system,  between  a  feed  cable  and  a 
load...£able;  the  switch,  in  one  position,  normally  providing 
direct  connection  between  the  feed  caUe  and  the  load  cable, 
and,  in  another  position,  breaking  such  direct  connection  and 
estaUishing  a  by-pass  connection  — including  a  booster  trans- 
former—between the  feed  cable  and  load  cable  whereby  to  "- 
boost"  the  current  value  in  said  load  cable  under  a  condition 
of  undue  voltage  drop  therein.  The  switch  also  provides  a 
shunt  operative  to  prevent  the  load  cable  from  being  taken 
completely  out-of-circuit  as  the  switch  is  actuated  from  said 


former,  with  less  than  the  full  feed  voltage,  before  the;  switch 
closes  in  such  other  position. 


■  3,673,361 

PLUG  SOCKET  FOR  USE  IN  A  DISTRIBUTOR  SYSTEM 
FOR  ELECTRICAL  POWER 

RcgfaMid  W.  Balgfa^  16  Cook  SL,  Cvh^bah,  New  Sooth 
Waks,  Austr^ia 

Fled  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,004 
CWm   priority,  appHcMoii   AuilrMn,   May   7,    1969, 
54560/69 

Int.  CL  HOlr  19/50 
U.S.CL  200— 51.03 


A  plug  socket  for  use  in  a  distributor  system  for  electrical 
power  having  at  least  five  internal  terminal  members  for  join- 
ing two  multi-conductor  cables,  the  terminal  members  being 
selectivdy  engageable  by  plug  pins  inserted  into  the  socket 
and  at  least  one  of  the  terminal  members  including  switch 
means  to  disconnect  a  conductor  of  one  caUe  from  its  cor- 
responding conductcH'  in  the  other  cable. 


3,673,362 

ELECTRIC  IMPACT  SWITCH 

Robert  JL  CariaoB,  Somarvac,  and  Royal  A.  Rcynuuui,  Jr., 

WhwHn,  both  of  N J.,  assignnw  to  The  United  States  of 

America  as  represented  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Amy 

FUcd  May  14, 1971,  Scr.  No.  143,374 

Int  CLHOlh  55/74 

U.S.  CL  200— 61.45  R 

This  invention  relates  to  an  omni-directional  intermittent. 


JxrsE  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1508 


normally  open  electric  impact  switch  having  two  hollow  hemi- 
spherical terminal  means  which  are  circumambient  to  and  in- 
sulated fixMn  a  weighted  helical  spherically  shaped  spring 
which  acts  as  the  pole  piece  of  the  switch.  A  non-conducting 


plurality  of  complementary  electrical  contacts  spaced  acrcMS 
the  longitudinal  dimensions  of  the  shaft  members.  One  <rfthe 
pair  of  insulating  shaft  members  is  movable  rectilineariy,  rda- 


fluid  retained  within  a  volume  formed  by  the  two  hemispheri- 
cal terminals  dampens  the  movement  of  the  weighted  spring 
pole  piece.  The  switch  becomes  operational  when  an  impact 
causes  one  or  more  turns  of  the  helical  weighted  spring  pole  to 
deflect  and  contact  the  inner  walk  of  the  spherical  terminal. 


3,673,363 

RETURN  MECHANISM  FOR  AN  AUTOMATICALLY 

RETURNING  SWITCH 

Tadahka  NaluHnura;  lUrozi  Figfanoto;  Makoto  Yamamoto, 

and  Yukito  Shfaitomi,  tM  of  Kawasaki,  Japan,  MsigmwB  to 

F^UiMku  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.,  KawMaU-dri,  Japan 

FVed  June  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  42,022 
Oafans    priority,    appHcatioa    JapMf^    May    31,     1969, 
44/50820;  Dec  4, 1969, 44/1 15383 

Int.CLH01hJ/aO 
U.S.CL  200-153  K  SCWnv 


>      3S       37 


live  to  the  other,  in  response  to  rotary  movement  of  an  operat- 
ing shaft,  which  changes  the  relatiorahip  of  the  electrical  con- 
tacts and  the  operating  position  c^the  switch. 


3,673,365 

SLIDE  KEY  SWITCH  WITH  IMPROVED  PLUNGER 

ACTUATING  MECHANISM  WITH  LOST  MOTION 

COUPLING 

Rudolf  ScfaMlow,  Konigsbwter  Zcle  23, 1000  Bcrifai  28,  Gcr- 


FDed  Dec.  18, 1970,  Scr.  Na  99,377 

Clafans  priority,  appHcntlon  Germany,  May  6, 1970,  P  20  23 
109.8 

Int.  CL  HOlh  15/24 

U.S.a.200— 16  R  10  ( 


S5      SS 


Return  mechanism  for  an  automatically  returning  switch 
comprises  a  return  spring  of  particular  shape  and  means  for 
mounting  this  return  spring  on  the  switch  box.  The  return 
spring  is  made  of  a  spring  wire  and  includes  a  mounting  por- 
tion in  one  plane  and  an  arm,  or  bridging,  portion  in  another 
plane,  preferably  normal  thereto,  for  exerting  a  spring  action 
on  the  switch  actuator  rod.  The  mounting  means  for  the 
mounting  portion  of  the  spring  includes  at  least  one  groovain 
the  wall  of  the  switch  box  which  permits  one  lum  portion  to 
move  independently  of  the  other  arm  portion. 


3,673364 
TRANSFORMER  SLIM:  SWITCH  WITH  CONTACT 
CLAMPING  MEANS 
Kenneth  R.  KMn,  NDcs,  Ohio,  assignar  to  Wcstinghouae  Elec- 
tric Corporation,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

FDcd  Nov.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8937 
InL  CL  HOlh  15/OS,  1/56 
U.S.CL200— 16C  5ClainM 

An  electrical  series-multiple  switch  adapted  for  mounting 
within  the  casing  of  an  electrical  transformer,  and  actuaUe 
from  without  the  casing.  The  switch,  which  may  be  used  for 
single  or  polyphase  applications,  includes  at  least  cMie 
cooperative  pair  of  insulating  shaft  members,  which  carry  a 


A  slide  key  switch  unit  contained  within  a  housing  having  a 
front  opening  with  an  extending  portion,  extending  beyond 
the  frxmt  opening  of  the  housing.  A  plurality  of  electrical  con- 
tacts are  formed  in  the  housing  and  a  helical  adjusting  spring  is 
disposed  in  the  extending  portion  and  urged  against  a  key  ac- 
tuating phmger  which  is  also  slklably  disposed  in  the  front 
opening  of  the  housing  and  engaging  the  extending  portion. 


I 


1564 

3,673,366 
CROSSBAR  SWITCH 
CHfford  Edward  Synci,  Gdten,  Ohio, 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


to  GTE  Aalo- 
.Northlakcn. 
ned  May  10, 1971,  S«r.  No.  141376 
liLCLiiOlh  9/00 
US.CL2M-175  7 


which  it  movable  firom  an  initial  position  to  an  actuated  posi- 
tion in  response  to  the  occurrence  of  an  accident.  When  the 
mass  is  in  ite  actuated  position,  the  safety  apparatijs  is  ac- 
tivated to  protect  the  occupant  of  the  vehicle.  A  plurality  of 
spring  contact  fingers  bias  the  mass  toward  its  initial  position. 
Cam  means  is  associated  with  the  contact  fingers  and  act  to 
apply  a  preload  to  the  mass.  As  the  mass  moves  toward  its  ac- 
tuated position,  the  number  of  spring  fingers  which  cooperate 
to  bias  the  mass  decreases  and  the  biasing  force  exerted  by  the 
remaining  spring  fingers  increases.  Thus,  the  mass  moves  from 
itt  initial  position  to  its  actuated  position  against  a  biasing 
force  which  may  be  contioUed  by  the  configuration  of  the 
spring  fingers  and  the  cam  member. 


3,673,368 
ELECTRICAL  SWITCH 
JolM  Artkur  Howe,  Tofcrtow.  and  Lolie  diver  Bryan, 
StaiiMord,  both  of  Ei^land,  mmlytnn  to  TRW  Inc^  Ocvc- 


I 


U&CL20a-67G 


a.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107^75 
Iirt.CLli01hyi/2« 


A  crossbar  switch  is  shown  which  utilizes  a  phuality  of 
sekct  units  and  a  plurality  of  hold  unit  asaemUies  mounted  on 
a  frame.  All  of  the  armatures  for  the  select  units  are  located  on 
one  end  of  the  crossbar  switch  frame,  and  a  plurality  of  select- 
off-normal  switches  are  positioned  on  the  opposite  end.  Each 
hold  unit  is  compoaed  of  a  hold  armature  assembly,  a  plurality 
of  fixed  contacts,  a  plurality  c^  movable  contacts  under  the 
contrd  of  movable  cards  and  a  plurality  of  select  fingers, 
which  in  conjunction  with  the  hold  armature,  translate  the 
selected  cards  to  dose  the  movable  contacts  which  are  under 
the  control  of  the  selected  card.  There  is  also  provided  a  select 
finger  holder  having  a  plurality  of  mounting  posts  which  fric- 
tionally  engage  the  support  member  of  the  hold  unit,  said 
holder  further  including  a  phirality  of  mounting  buttons  for 
receiving  and  supporting  the  select  fingers. 


to  EatoB  Corpora- 


An  improved  sensor  assemMy  for  actuating  a  vehide  safety 
apparatus  upon  the  occurrence  of  ui  accident  includes  a  mass 


The  invention  comprises  a  snap-over  switch  comprising  a 
casuig  housing  in  which  is  mounted  a  rocker  arm  carrying 
spaced  movable  contacts  respectively  engagoable  with  a 
respective  fixed  contact  on  rocking  movement  of  the  arm  by  a 
pivoted  switch  actuator  member  through  the  intermediary  of  a 
leaf  spring  located  on  the  rocker  arm,  the  spring  being  shaped 
to  provide  a  central  portion  in  superposed  spaced  rdation  to 
the  rocker  arm  and  engageaUe  by  the  switch  actuator  member 
and  a  looped  portion  at  each  end  re^)ectivdy  engaging  por- 
tions of  the  rocker  arm  extending  from  opposite  sides  of  the 
support  about  which  the  arm  pivots. 


3,673367 
CRASH  SENSOR 
I,  Dctroll,  RffidL,  aHigM 
tioii,  Cfevdaad,  OUo 
CotfautloM  iaiiart  of  Str.  No.  814,132,  Aprfl  7, 1969,  Pat. 

No.  3,618,1 17,  wUch  k  a  c«itiMMllo«-iiKpart  of  Scr.  No. 

753,948,  Aoc.  20, 1968,  PaL  No.  3,552,768.  TWs  amiik1ia« 

Nov.  4, 1970,  Sot.  No.  86,683 

Int.  CLHOlh  35/74 

i;.S.CL  200-61.45  R  SCWma 


tac 


3,673,369 
DUFHRAGM  PRESSURE  SWITCH  WITHINTEGRAL 
STOP  MEANS  FOR  DIAPHRAGM  SEALING 
Fnnk  C.  Weaver,  CUofo,  DL,  asdpinr  to  SlewartrWi 


.        FDed  Nov.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  92,558 
I  Iiita.H01iii5/i4 

U.S.CL  200-83  B 


A  diaphragm  pressure  actuated  switch  compriiing  two 
housingi  sandwiching  the  diafrfiragm  therebetween.  Integral 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1666 


drcumferentiaUy  spaced  stops  with  a  length  less  than  the 
diaphragm  thickness  project  frx>m  one  housing,  and  extend 
through  the  diaphragm  into  contact  with  the  other  housing, 
thereby  preventing  fracture  of  the  diaphragm  upon  the  appli- 
cation of  excessive  clamping  forces. 


3,673370 

MICROWAVE  APPUCATOR  SYSTEM  WITH 

CYLINDRICAL  RESCWANT  CAVITY 

Bay  M.  JoIhmmi,  DMnrHe,  CaW.,  Mdpnr  to  Cryodry  Cor> 


17 


FDed  AprO  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,402 
lofLCLHOSb  9/06 
U.S.CL  219— 10.55 


ii&lL 


• 

^  -r 

\ 

1  rn«in«io« 

1^^^ 

^     d 

■V^HW/U/i/K, 

=i-^ 

^iJ 

A  cylindrical  microwave  resonant  cavity  is  exdted  in  the 
TM«i«  mode  to  generate  an  electric  field  extending  parallel  to 
the  axis  of  the  cavity  and  having  a  maximum  intensity  along 
the  axis.  A  filament  or  thread  is  conveyed  axially  through  the 
cavity  and  heated.  The  cavity  housing  is  formed  into  two  sec- 
tions along  radial  planes.  The  sections  are  hinged  about  a  line 
parallel  to  the  axis  to  fadlitate  opening  the  housing  and  clean- 
ing its  interior.  Liners  may  be  provided  to  cover  the  interior  oi 
each  section.  A  slot  is  formed  between  the  sections  opposite 
the  hinge  line  for  threading  the  filament  into  its  operative  axial 
position.  Clamps  are  provided  to  resiliently  urge  the  sections 
together,  yet  the  damps  permit  adjustment  of  the  angle  of 
inclination  between  the  sections  by  means  of  a  screw 
mechanism  to  tune  the  resonant  frequency  of  the  cavity  to  the 
operating  frequency  of  the  microwave  source.  Air,  preheated 
by  cooling  the  source,  is  routed  through  the  feed  guide  into 
the  cavity  to  purge  vapors  from  the  cavity  and  prevent  accu- 
mulation of  residue.  An  electrical  interlock  is  provided  to  in- 
hibit operation  of  the  microwave  source  when  the  sections  are 
separated  beyond  a  predetermined  limit. 


3,673371 
GAP  MONITORING  ELECTRIC-MSCHARGE- 
MACHINING  APPARATUS 
Gordon  Victor  Smith,  and  Eric  John  Ward,  both  of  Gloucaiter, 
England,  assignors  to  Sparcatron  Limited,  Gloucester,  En- 
gland 

Flkd  March  26, 1971,  Ser.  No.  128,405 
Claims  priority,  application  Grcnt  Briton,  April  14,  1970, 
17,764/70 

Int.  CL  B23p  1114 
U.S.CL219— 69G  6ClainH 

The  invention  provides  electrical  discharge  machmmg  ap- 
paratiu  including  in  combination,  a  gap  monitc»ing  circuit  re- 
gistering machining  energy  flow  across  a  working  gap  between 
a  tool  electrode  and  a  workpiece  in  terms  of  voltage  and/or 
current;  a  servo  system  which  effects  advance  and  retraction 
of  the  tool  electrode  to  maintain  the  working  gap  within 
predetermined  dimensions;  a  retraction  detection  means  re- 
gistering the  extent  of  retraction  c^the  tool  electrode.  In  addi- 
tion there  is  provided  a  subsidiary  control  circuit  wiiich  is  ef- 
fective to  operate  at  least  one  of  (i)  a  warning  device  which 
may  be  visible  or  audible,  (ii)  means  for  disconnecting  the 


supply  d  machining  power  to  the  inter-electrode  gap,  (iii) 
means  for  ftilly  retracting  the  tool  electrode;  this  subsidiary 
circuit  being  effective  only  when  the  following  conditions  ezitt 
simultaneously:  the  gap  monitoring  circuit  registers  madiining 


energy  flow  at  iK>rmal  working  levels  and  the  retracticm  detec- 
tion means  registers  retraction  of  the  tool  electrode  to  such  an 
extent  that  the  tool  electrode  and  the  workpiece  are  separated 
by  more  than  a  predetermined  distance. 


3,673372 

COPYING  SYSTEM  FCMt  CUTTING  OUT  ARTICLES  (V 
COMPLEX  SHAPE  BY  THE  ELECTRCKROSION 
METHOD 
Viktor  Jurievkh  Vcroaan,  oBtn  SoMnta  komnn,  3,  kr.  159; 
Vladhnir  Akiwvldi  Rmmui,  TlklMrct«y  pnapskt,  9,  ker^ 
pas  8,  kv.  74,  aiad  MBdisA  Ydcovleridi  ■ 
Rnstave8,18,kv.40,aiofLcMtag»ad,UASJL 
Hkd  June  7, 1971,  Scr.  No.  150397 
lBt.a.B23p7//2 
U.S.CL219— 69  V  li 


A  copying  system  fen-  cutting  out  articles  of  complex  shape 
by  the  electroerosion  method,  which  for  the  purpose  of  using 
enlarged  drawings  as  master-forms  has  a  traverse  that  swings 
about  an  axis  passing  throu^  one  end  therectf,  and  carries  an 
electrode-tool,  itt  other  end  carrying  a  pickup,  the  traverse 
being  swung  by  one  of  the  drives  of  the  tracing  system.  The 
copying  system  also  has  a  supplementary  carriage  moved  by 
the  second  drive  oS.  the  tracing  system,  and  connected  to  the 
board  of  the  nuMer-form  by  means  of  a  flexible  tie,  while  itt 
connection  with  the  carriage  whereon  secured  is  the  working 
table,  is  realized  throi^  a  sine  converter  disposed  on  said 
supplementary  carriage  and  capaUe  *A  regulating  itt  angle  of 
inclination. 


I 


1566 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,673^73 
YfELD  SUPPORT  FOR  WELDING  APPARATUS 
Do—Id  S.  Lovctt,  CiMricroi,  Pa^  ■■Jgnnr  to  McGraw< 
Elfin,  OL 

Fled  Feb.  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 14,301 
InLa.B23k9//6 
U.S.  CL  219—74  5 


A  weld  support  for  a  gas  shielded  metal  arc  welding  ap- 
paratus is  disclosed  as  having  a  welding  block  provided  with  a 
relatively  flat  surf)EK«.  a  resilient  rubber  strip  around  the 
periphery  of  the  flat  surface,  a  welding  chamber  within  the 
block  and  a  plurality  of  gas  exhaust  passages  connecting  the 
welding  chamber  and  the  exterior  of  the  block  and  having 
bends  intermediate  their  extremities.  A  shielding  chamber  is 
affixed  to  the  welding  block  around  an  opening  into  the  weld- 
ing chamber  for  receiving  and  holding  a  nozzle  of  the  welding 
apparatus  perpendicular  to  the  flat  surface  of  the  welding 
block  and  enclosing  shielding  gas  fed  through  the  nozzle  into 
the  welding  chamber.  When  a  weld  is  being  niade.  the  welding 
block  is  held  against  the  material  being  welded  to  maintain  the 
welding  apparatus  perpendicular  to  the  material.  The  rubber 
strip  assists  in  maintaining  this  perpendicularity  by  accom- 
modating any  irregularities  in  the  surface  of  the  material.  The 
rubber  strip  also  prevents  flow  of  molten  weld  material  away 
from  the  vicinity  of  the  weld  spot.  The  bend  in  the  gas  exhaust 
passages  prevent  weld  spatter  from  escaping  from  the  welding 
chamber. 


3,673374 

SURFACE  METAL  WELDING  PROCESS  AND 

APPARATUS 

Cttfford  A.  Haock,  Somen,  N.Y.,  mrig to  Union  Carbide 

CorporadoB,  New  York,  N.Y. 

ContiBaatioii-iiifwrt  of  Scr.  No.  701,932,  Jmi.  31, 1968, 

abmdooed,  wUcb  is  a  condiMiadoii-fai-pwt  of  Ser.  No. 

359,952,  April  15, 1964,  ahandomd.  Tl*  appMcalioa  April 

22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,947 

III.  0.8231(9/04 

U.S.CL  219-76  SCUms 


^ 


Material  is  melted  in  the  surface  of  a  metal  body  by  main- 
taining a  plurality  of  300  to  10,000  ampere  electric  arcs,  each 
energizing  between  an  electrode  surrounded  by  a  gas  cup  or 


nozzle  and  such  surface.  The  nozzles  are  positioned  about  K 
to  about  1  gas  cup  diameter  from  the  surface.  The  arcs  are 
swept  across  the  work  by  self-induced  electro-magnetic  in- 
teraction while  providing  relative  motion  between  the  surface 
and  the  arcs.  The  speed  of  such  motion  is  correlated  with  the 
current  of  such  arcs. 


J 


3,673375 

LONG  ARC  COLUMN  PLASMA  GENERATOR  AND 

METHOD 

SahTMlor  L.  Camacho,  RaWgb,  N.C.,  ssi%iinr  to  Tedtooiogy 

AppUcalioa  Services  CorportioB,  RaMgh,  N.C. 

Fled  July  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  165,941 

Int.  CL  B23li  9/00 

U.S.CL2i9— 121P  4Clirfim 


! 

ti9— 1 


A  long  arc  column  plasma  generator  and  method  provide  a 
means  and  method  for  initiating  and  sustaining  an  excep- 
tionally long  transferred  arc.  The  improved  vortex  strength, 
mass  flow  rate  and  radial  pressure  gradient  are  obtained  by  a 
new  relationship  between  the  nozzle  length,  the  nozzle  diame- 
ter, and  the  vortex  chamber  width. 


3,67.3376 

METHCM>  FCMt  ATT  ACHING  THE  INNER  END  of  A 

BALANCE  SPRING  TO  ITS  COLLET 

Jtm-Oanit  KuIumbb,  Rue  de  h  Ruche  39,  U  Chaux-de. 

Foods,  Canton,  Ncuchafld,  SwilacrlMid 

Hkd  Aug.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  851315 
Claims  priorily,  aupMrsiluM  SwiUaiaud,  Aug.  26,  1968, 
12748/68;  Feb.  10, 1969, 2005/69 

Int.  a.  B23k  9/00  " 

U.S.a.219— 121LM  lOdabm 


The  balance  spring  and  the  coUet  are  held  in  precise  posi- 
tions on  a  work  table  so  that  the  upper  edge  of  the  inner  end  of 
the  spring  b  flush  with  an  upper  face  of  the  collet  and  at  least 
sufficiendy  near  to  the  latter  to  enaUe  a  laser  beam  aimed  at 
this  zone  to  weld  together  the  ccdlet  and  the  spring. 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1567 


3,673377 

APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  CONTROLLING  OR 

MONITORING  ELECTRIC  WELDING  PROCESSES 

Friedrich  Enbmum-Jcsaltocr.  HanMfvcr.Lilldci^  ami  Dtetricfa 

Rdifddl,  HamwiFcr  Vlmilini  si,  both  of  Gcnrnmy,  msigmwi 

to  Rsdsmat  SA^  I  ni—bnHit-\Tlle,  Luacmbourg 

Flkd  Sept  18^  1969,  Scr.  No.  859,021 
Odms  priority,  applcatlloB  Germany,  Nov.  2, 1968,  P  18  06 
6483 

Int.  CL  B23k  9/70 
U.S.CL219— 131R  ICMam 


eomt>a»trm>. 


1U 


Kl 


^ 


Z.  "1 


J^ 


m 


z 


wj 


r  turn 


L    M, 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  controlling  or  monitoring  elec- 
tric arc  welding  processes  by  analyzing  an  input  signal  derived 
from  a  welding  parameter  by  means  of  a  transducer.  This 
input  signal  is  analyzed  with  respect  to  its  amplitude,  duration 
and  occurrence  frequency  during  a  preselected  period  and  an 
error  signal  is  generated  to  indicate  the  error  or  defect  at  the 
seam  which  is  welded  and  to  drive  the  welding  apparatus 
toward  the  correct  adjustment. 


3,673378 
ARCH  WIRE  ANNEALER 
Pclcr  C.  KoHng,  Grcea  Acres,  La  Pwtc,  IwL 

Filed  Feb.  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  111,194 
Int.  a.  C2  Id  9/62 
U.S.Ci.219— 156 


ICWm 


3,673379 
MOTOR  VEHICLE  WARM-UP  AND  BATTERY  CHARGER 

SYSTEIM 
Richard  F.  Evcrsul,  5009  OffdUa  Plaoe,  ChCTcnnc  Wyo. 
FBcd  March  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21382 
Int.  CL  B60I 1102 
U.S.  a.  219-202  21 


A  utility  system  for  motor  vehicles  can  be  energized  by 
remote  control  and  is  especially  useful  in  cold  weather  for 
charging  a  battery  and  heating  the  engine  and  interior  of  the 
vehicle  without  starting  the  engine.  A  battery  charger 
furnishes  the  necessary  DC  power  and  is  connected  to  simul- 
taneously charge  the  vehicle  battery  and  run  the  blower  wtiik 
the  engine  heater  is  on;  or,  in  the  alternative,  will  only  charge 
the  battery  in  response  to  the  setting  of  a  selector  switch  in  the 
vehicle.  Preferably,  a  cable  carries  AC  power  from  a  building 
to  the  vehicle  and  a  switch  at  the  building  turns  the  system  on 
and  off.  A  alarm  is  activated  if  entry  is  made  into  the  vehicle 
without  disconnecting  the  power  cable  which  is  plugged  into 
the  vehicle. 


3,673380 

GLOW  SWITCH  RELAY  F(Nt  BLANKET  OVERHEAT 

CONTROL  SWITCH 

Gcorfe  C  Crowley,  WbuKtka,  DL,  asrignnr  to  Northern  Elee- 

tric  Company,  Chicago,  DL 

FHed  Oct  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  192,090 
Int.  CLHOlbi  7/00 
U.S.  CL  219— 212  4( 


^-\a 


A  device  for  annealing  end  portions  oi  wire,  including  first 
and  second  contact  members  between  which  the  wire  is 
placed  and  to  which  electrical  power  is  provided,  wherein  the 
wire  completes  the  circuit,  and  wherein  the  contact  members 
are  such  that  varying  lengths  of  wire  can  be  annealed,  and 
wherein  one  contact  member  is  movaUe  to  present  another 
portion  thereof  in  association  with  the  other  contact  member. 


An  overioad  protection  circuit  for  an  electric  heating  blan- 
ket is  provided.  A  sensing  element  in  the  blanket  is  coupled  to 
a  gas  filled  tube  which  has  a  pair  of  contacts  that  are  opened 
when  an  overioad  condition  is  sensed,  causing  a  bimetalUc  ele- 
ment to  open  a  second  pair  of  contacts  connected  in  series 
with  the  heating  element. 


1568 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,673^1 

TOERMOSTAIUSS  BLANKET  COrmK>L  CIRCUIT 
GwMie  C  Orofwlty.  IIT—iUb.  aad  Gordea  S. 
.belli  of  OL,! 


nhd  Oct.  M,  1971,  Scr.  No.  192,181 
Int.  CLHOlh  i7/a0 
U.&CL219— 212 


I  3,67333 

EUtCTRlCALLY  HEATVD  SOUPING  TOOL  I 
Gcorac  V.  SoOa,  2202  E.  Mk  St..  BMMl4y%  1 
FlidgiH.  lS,1970.Sw. 
M.  a.  A47I  I3f02;  HOSb  1/00: 
VS.  CL  219^227 


SOUPING  TOOL| 

r.Na.72aS3 
U00:B2fb3/00     I 

2Cliin 


An  overload  protection  circuit  for  an  electric  heating  blan- 
ket is  provided.  A  lensing  element  in  the  blanket  is  coupled  to 
a  neon-fiDed  diode.  When  an  overload  condition  is  sensed  the 
diode  ceases  to  emit  light  and  a  bimetallic  element  in  series 
with  a  light-responsive  resistor  causes  a  pair  of  contacts  in  se- 
ries with  the  heating  element  to  open. 


A  ^azier's  tool  for  use  in  scraping  the  windshield  retiining 
channel  of  an  automobile  includes  a  case  having  electric  heat- 
ing means  therein  in  heat  exchange  relationship  with  a 
protruding  tubular  sleeve  extending  forwanUy  from  the  case. 
A  steel  chisel  is  removably  received  in  the  sleeve.  A  V-shaped 
support  bracket  is  secured  to  the  bottom  of  the  casii^  and 
sleeve  for  supporting  the  dosel  at  a  correct  angle  with  respect 
to  the  surflKX  being  scraped.  The  rear  1^  <^  the  bradcet  is 
provided  with  a  heat  insulating  hand  grip.  An  upwardly  ex- 
tending heat  insulating  hand  grip  may  also  be  provided  on  the 
sleeve  if  donred. 


3,673382 
ELECTRICALLY  HEATED  HAIR  CURLER 
J.  GaOMy.  EMt  Norwak,  Coml;  Joseph  F. 
RockvMe,  and  GcraM  F.  Clark,  TInnmMM,  both  of  Md.,  m- 
dgMTB  to  North  AmcricM  PMlpi  Corporatfoii,  New  York, 
N.Y. 

FUed  Dec  9, 1969,  Scr.  No.  883,418 
IiM.  CL  A45d  2/36;  HOSb  1/00 
U.S.CL219— 222  4, 


/ 


3,673,384 
INTEGRATED  dRCUTT  EXTRACTOR  TOOL 
Per  Aran  Bnman,  Tcnpie  Oly,  and  Handd  E.  Drew,  Arcadia, 
both  of  CaUf .,  Mlpnn  to  Bommghi  Corporadon,  Dttralt, 

PfOCtkm 

Fled  Nov.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,061 
lUL  a.  HOSb  1/00;  B2Sb  7/02;  B23k  3/00 
VS.  CL  219—230 


iB,ll9Crolt, 
16CUras 


A  cylindrically  shaped  plastic  hair  curier4iaving  an  electri- 
cal resistor  positioned  therein  for  heat  generation.  Heat 
transfer  elements  positioned  within  the  hair  curler  for  con- 
ducting the  heat  flt>m  the  resistors  to  the  cylindrical  walls  in- 
clude a  heat-sink  surrounding  the  resistor  and  in  contact  with 
and  conforming  to  the  inner  surface  of  the  plastic  hair  curier. 
The  heat-sink  is  formed  of  two  shell  members  having  aligned, 
inwardly  projecting  cavities  for  housing  the  electrical  resistor. 

The  resistors  may  also  be  supported  on  a  spool  member  which 
will  support  the  heat  transfer  members  which  surround  and 
are  in  contact  with  the  resistors.  A  sheU  heat-sink  member 
may  then  surround  the  heat  transfer  membera  to  carry  the 
heat  (tf  the  resistors  to  the  outer  wall  erf  the  curler. 


A  hand  tool  is  described  for  removing  integrated  circuit 
components  or  the  like  from  printed  circuit  boards.  The  tool 
has  a  plieriike  action  for  bringing  a  pair  oi  heated  jaws  each 
provided  with  a  flat  electric  resistance  heater  against  the  com- 
ponent leads  for  melting  the  solder  attaching  the  component 
to  the  board.  An  adjustable  stop  prevents  the  heated  jaws  from 
contact  and  damaging  the  board.  A  pair  oi  pincer  jawi  are 
mounted  on  one  of  the  heated  jaws  so  as  to  be  movable  in  a 
direction  tnmsverae  to  the  direction  of  movemem  of  the 
heated  jaws.  Cams  on  the  pincer  jaws  are  actuated  by  the 
other  heated  jaw  to  cloae  the  pincer  jaw  in  respcmse  to  closure 


1K7n 


ri-citSr/^T  AT     r*  A  ryEimmTTi 


J .... 


JtWE  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1669 


of  the  heated  jaws.  The  pincer  jaws  have  a  turned  end  for  tional  sheathed  electric  heater  cf  hairpin  formation  may  be 
gripping  beneath  a  component  for  lifting  the  component  after  used  for  the  heating  elements,  the  terminal  pins  <Mining  cold 
the  solder  is  ntehed.  heater  lengths  and  the  plate  is  fixed  to  the  one  tubular  element 


3,673,38s 
ELECTRIC  HEATING  ASSEMBLY 
D.  Dnipnaod.  and  SMiMy  J.  Tcnple,  both  of  Pitt- 
Fa.,  asrignnn  to  EmersoB  Ehdrie  Co.,  St. 


Mo. 

nkd  Dec  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  95,250 
IbL  CL  HOSb  3/02;  F24h  1/10 
U.S.CL219— 33S 


A  heating  assembly  of  the  type  wherein  a  plurality  of  metal 
sheathed  electric  heating  elements  are  arranged  in  a  cluster, 
each  having  one  end  connected  to  a  flange  member,  the  ele- 
ments being  elongated  and  cantileverly  extending  from  the 
flange  member,  and  means  for  holding  end  portions  of  said 
heating  elements  in  predetermined  laterally  spaced  relation, 
comprising  a  sheet  metal  band  for  each  heating  element  hav- 
ing sockets  for  receiving  and  holding  the  end  portions,  the 
sheet  metal  bands  being  connnected  together. 

In  a  preferred  form,  the  sheet  metal  band  is  of  rectilinear 
formation  with  socket  portions  formed  at  the  four  comers  to 
receive  respective  ends  oi  the  legs  of  a  heating  element.  The 
sheet  metal  bands  are  connected  to  each  other  so  that  their 
socket  portions  hold  the  pairs  of  legs  of  all  elements  in  spaced 
relation. 


3,673,986 

ELECTRIC  IMMERSION  HEATERS 

Lcitcr  D.  Drugmand,  and  Sidney  J.  Temple,  both  of  Pttt- 

sburgh.  Pa.,  — ignors  to  Emenoo  Electrk  Co.,  SL  Louis, 

Mo. 

FHed  Oct.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,003 

IM.  CL  HOSb  3/06;  F24h  1/02 

U.S.CL  219-523  4CWmi 

An  electric  heater  construction  particulariy  adapted  to  have 
its  heating  portion  submerged  in  a  substance  contained  in  a 
tank.  The  heater  comprises  a  terminal  Iwx  vftach  is  disposed 
above  and  out  of  contact  with  the  tank  substance  and  a  plu- 
rality of  tubular  members  extending  downwardly  from  the  ter- 
minal lx>x  in  sade-by-side  numner  and  immerMd  in  the  tank 
substance,  one  trf  said  tutxilar  members  being  adapted  to  con- 
tain a  thermal  element  influenced  by  the  thermal  conditions  of 
the  tank  substance,  and  the  other  tubular  members  coataining 
electric  heating  elements  fbr  heating  the  tank  substance.  The 
tubular  elements  are  held  in  predetermined  sade-by-side  rela- 
tionship by  a  plate  which  has  openings  to  po«  the  respective 
tubular  elements,  said  one  tubular  element  being  fixed  in  its 
plate  opening  and  the  other  tubular  elements  freely  passing 
through  their  plate  openings,  whereby  to  hold  the  tubular 
members  in  predetermined  side-by-side  relationahip  ^uliile 
permitting  relative  longitudinal  movement  thereof.  A  ccmven- 


e_  jfz 


substantially  at  to  the  k>wer  end  of  the  heater  cold  lengdis  and 
carries  means  to  indicate  a  warning  concerning  a  low  liquid 
level  in  the  tank. 


3,673387 

ELECTRIC  HEATERS 

Lester  D.  Drupnand,  asid  Jolu  F.  Vokcr,  botli  of  Pl^sb^■il^ 

Pa.,  aasipion  to  EBMiaosi  Electric  Co.,  St  LooIb,  Mo. 

FVcd  Feb.  22, 1971,  Scr.  Na  1 17,361 

laCCL  HOSb  J/06 

U.S.CL  219^532  6( 


An  electric  heater,  particulMiy  for  use  in  a  xerographic 
system,  having  a  frame  defining  a  rectangular  opening,  and  a 
plurality  <rf^  reaches  of  ribbon  resistor  spanning  oite  pair  of  op- 
posed Mvalls  defining  the  opening.  A  |durality  c^  support  mem- 
bers span  the  other  pair  of  opposed  walls.  The  resistor  ribbon 
a  extremdy  thin  to  generate  heat  quickly  when  an  electric 
currem  is  passed  therethrou^,  and  is  transversely  corrugated. 
The  support  members  extend  transversely  of  the  ril)bon 
reaches  at  jriaces  spaced  longitudinally  thereof  and  each  sup- 
port member  comprises  a  pair  of  supports  which  engage  op- 
posite sides  of  the  ribbon. 


3^^3,388 

sethngikvice 


•OSVBIH 


AB 


Fled  Sept  24, 1970,  Scr.  No.  75,010 

^ifNMalkMi  Swedes^  Oct.  1, 1969, 13486/69 

Iitf.CLG06k  J/00 

U.S.CL23S— 92R  f  Hiliii  1 

A  setting  device,  the  preferred  embodintent  having,  type 

printing  wheels  settable  to  different  positions  by  electric  pul- 


1670 


I 
OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


•es  including  a  pulse  producing  device  onitting  pulses  to  a 
counting  machine  which  emits  a  pulse  to  at  least  one  of  a  plu- 
rality of  solenoids,  each  one  representing  one  order,  and  ener- 
gizes the  solenoids  when  the  machine  has  received  a  pre- 
determined number  of  pubes  from  the  pulse  prxxlucing 
device,  the  number  of  pulses  representing  the  symbols  to  be 
set.  Each  type  printing  wheel  cooperates  with  one  differential 


arrangement  for  each  order  which  also  includes  one  rotatable 
gear  provided  with  teeth,  one  of  which,  via  an  intermediate 
coupling  device,  is  engaged  by  the  solenoid  when  energized,  to 
be  stopped  in  a  position  corresponding  to  the  symbol  to  be  set. 
Two  driving  routable  gears  of  the  differential  arrangement 
route  the  type  printing  wheel  and  the  roUUble  gear  provided 
with  the  teeth,  respectively. 


3^73389 

IDENnnCATION  AND  REGISTRATION  SYSTEM 

Christos  Basa  KapsamhHIs,  Cmitam,  and  David  Jamtt  CoMm, 

Dwdwry,  both  of  MaH^  aaripion  lo  Coavulcr  Identks  Cor- 
poration Wotwood,  Mms. 

Fled  March  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  15,596 
Iirt.  CL  G06k  7/08, 7/10;  G07f  7/02;  G06k  19/06 
U,S.  CL  235—61.11  R  loi 


I  3,673390 

■  PULSECOUNTERS 

PMer  Eric  Krebs,  Fanibaro«i«h,  Fi^aail.  —Ignm  to  The 

Solartroa  Electroaic  Group  Linriied,  Fvnboroi^  Bi^lnd 

Ffcd  Nov.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,581 
ClainM  priottty,  appMctloB  Great  Britain,  Dk.  1,  1969, 
58,624/69  1 

lot  CL  H03k 2//;6. 27/00  I 

U.S.CL  235-92  SH  ji 


—^-^  vurs  $Ttei  -Xr^ 


/5 


HC0D(4 
11 'IJ 


$1 


A  pulse  counter  has  stages  (such  as  decade  stages)  formed 
from  binary  circuits  and  preferably  each  based  on  a  shift  re- 
gister. In  the  invention  thie  binary  circuitt  are  reconnected  in 
one  large  shift  register  whereby  the  digits  can  be  shifted 
through  the  register  to  pass  through  one  stage  in  turn,  whereat 
they  are  read  out  in  turn. 


I  SYSTEM 


1  3,673391 

DIGITAL  FREQUENCY  MULTIPLYING ! 
JaoMi  H.  Looghnd,  Ottawa,  OMario,  CaMda,  aMlgiim  to 
Northern  Electric  ConpMiy  Uniled,  MoiMreoi,  Quebec, 


Filed  Dm.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  98305 
bit  a.  HOJk  5/00;  GOlr  23/02 
U.S.CL  235-1503 


FIRST    ROW 

SECOND  ROW 

THIRD  ROW 

FOURTH  ROW 

FIFTH  ROW 

SIXTH  ROW 

SO- 

SEVENTH   ROW 

24 


SECOfO         FIRST         5* 
COLUMN       COLUMW 


4a 


A  medium  and  a  system  for  reading  information  arrayed  in  a 
plurality  of  sets  on  the  medium,  each  of  the  sets  including  a 
phirality  at  items  arranged  to  form  a  plurality  of  subsets  of 
items,  each  subset  including  an  item  from  at  least  one  of  the 
sett,  the  items  being  binary  representations  having  either  a 
first  or  a  second  state  including  means  for  simultaneously 
scanning  each  of  the  subsets,  means  for  generating  an  input 
signal  each  time  a  subset  is  scanned  and  storage  means  for 
receiving  an  item  of  information  from  each  set  each  succesrive 
scan  of  a  subset. 


^_ ^  1  M»eT 

i T«K»toT    t     t     1 


3N<»T*©Up *-    COURkOATOO/      ^  12 


SI 

i- 


,  ^TTTT 

op    DOVN 


-I 


►BCCHjeMCV 

■■■\-tlpllf- 

UTPOT 


Mu.iiPiieD 

OuTPOT 


iNPOI_ 


dMSMM. 


.      '<* 


A  frequency  multiplier  in  which  an  output  pulse  train  is  ob- 
tained, at  a  frequency  related  to  the  fluency  of  a  sequence 
of  input  pulses.  A  counter  is  connected  to  a  fixed  oscillator 

and  an  output  pulse  generated  each  time  the  count  reaches  the 
same  number  as  that  stored  in  a  separate  up-down  counter. 
The  output  frequency  is  controDed  by  varying  the  nwnber 
stored  in  tiie  up^lown  counter.  This  control  is  obtained  by  ap- 
plying the  output  pulse  train  to  a  dividing  circuit,  which  sets 
the  overaU'multii^ying  factor  of  the  system,  and  comparing 
the  time  cf  occurrence  of  the  output  pulses  fh>m  the  dividing 
circuit  and  the  input  pulses  to  the  system  to  provide  an  ap- 
propriate change  in  the  number  stored  in  the  up^lown 
counter. 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1571 


3,673392 
REMOTE  TERMINAL  COMPUTING  UNIT  TO  COMPUTE 
B/A  X  C  VALUES,  FOR  USE  BY  CENTRAL  COMPUTER 
W^yne  E.  Hofan,  Costa  Mesa,  CaHL,  artpior  to  Hydrfl 
pony,  Los  Aofeles,  CaHL 

Fled  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7318 
^  liiLa.G06J//00 

U.S.  CL  235—1503  17 1 


A  computing  unit  adapted  for  use  in  a  computing  system, 
but  located  proximate  the  parameter  measurement  location, 
comprises  converter  means  that  includes  a  digital  to  analog 
converter  (and  may  also  include  an  analog  to  digital  con- 
verter); an  input  terminal  for  a  variable  A  to  be  connected  to 
the  converter  means  to  provide  reference  input,  and  an  input 
terminal  for  a  variable  B  to  be  connected  to  the  converter 
means  operating  as  a  divider  during  a  first  time  interval  to 
produce  an  output  representative  of  the  quantity  B/A;  and  an 
input  terminal  for  a  variable  C  to  be  connected  to  the  digital  to 
analog  converter  operating  as  a  multiplier  during  a  second 
time  interval  to  produce  an  output  representative  of  the  quan- 
tity B/A  X  C. 


3,673393 
TURRET  INDEXING  CCMSTROL  CIRCUIT 
Thomas  G.  Schober,  West  Seneca,  N.Y.,  aasigiiar  to 
Industries,  Inc.,  Buffalo,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862383 
IntCLG06f  75/46 


U.S.CL  235— 151.1 


4Claims 


^F* 


?^5r 


A  turret  indexing  system  for  machine  tools  having  a  position 
counter  for  representing  turret  position,  with  a  predetermined 
coded  signal  being  operable  to  automatically  index  the  turret 
to  an  initial  position  and  to  insert  a  corresponding  initial  count 
in  the  position  counter  at  start  up. 


to 


3,673394 
MEASURING  METHOD  AND  APPARATUS 
Frederick  Hartmanii,  Roilii«  HOIs  Estates,  CaHf . 
North  American  Rockwdl  Corporation 

FBcd  Feb.  18, 1969,  Scr.  No.  800,179 
Inta.G01n2i/(M 
UACL235— 151J  17 

Measurement  (rfthe  shape,  location,  and  density  of  a  hidden 
object  is  provided  by  passing  energy  such  as  X-rays  through 


the  object  in  two  mutually  angulated  directiotis  and  measuring 
the  changes  in  energy.  The  measured  changes  in  the  two 
directions  are  then  combined  to  reccmstruct  the  shape  of  the 
hidden    object.    Details    (tf   a    number    of   reconstruction 


techniques  are  set  forth.  There  is  disclosed  a  reconstruction  by 
hand;  the  basis  for  reconstriiction  by  a  general  purpose  com- 
puter; a  special  purpose  computer  for  shape  rectmstruction; 
and  an  alternative  solution  which  may  be  l^  hand  or  by  com- 
puter. 


3,673395 

HIGH  SPEED  DIGITAL  TRACKING  SYSTEM 

Robert  W.  Tripp,  Tuckahoe,  N.Y.,  assignar  to  IndueUmyn  Cor- 


23 


FUed  Feb.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 12,993 
Int.  CL  H03k  25/04;  GOlb  7/02 
U.S.  CL235-lSl.il 


■ICMTO* 
iM  iiiTXSMTOII 

/d'(yi/dl 


^lyi 


•  rix) 
-* •* 


coMnuiim 


m.yi 


«Fly)dt 


TMCXIM    CSNTIKX  HUM    (TCW 

I*  mramimii '  kncLCwrai     cohtwil 

nUWI  $MML 


z*^  i  ^ 


(C(*l 


-W 


Disclosed  is  a  digital  readout  system,  in  which  a  to-be-mea- 
sured function  F{x)  (e.g.,  space  position  of  an  Inductosyn 
transducer)  is  tracked  and  measured  by  a  measuring  function 
F(>)  (e.g.,  electrical  signal).  The  to-be-measured  function 
P(x)  typically  exhibits  velocities  dF{x)/dt  and/or  accelerations 
eFF(x)/dfi.  In  order  to  match  the  variations  of  F(y)  to  those  of 
F{x),  F{y)  exhibits  an  acceleration  <f  "  F(y)/dfi  which  by 
system  design  at  least  exceeds  any  acceleration  eFF{x)/dfi  of 
F(j:)  which  is  to  be  encountered.  The  measuring  function  F(y) 
is  then  derived  by  two  controlled  integrations  of  tPF(y)/di*. 
The  first  integration,  controlled  by  the  error  signal  from  an  In- 
ductosyn transducer,  produces  the  velocity  dF{y)/dt  of  F(y). 
The  second  integration.  ccxitroUed  by  the  sign  of  the  velocity 
<tf'(y)/produces  F{y)  itself.  F(y)  tracks  and  is  an  accurate 
measure  ai Fix).  Additicmally,  the  vekxnty  dFix)/dt  of  F(x)  is 
tracked  by  the  velocity  dF{,y)/dt  of  F(y).  A  second  order  servo 
system  is  produced  in  wliich  both  the  velocity  and  position  of 
the  measuring  function  F(y)  track  the  velocity  and  position  d[ 
the  to-be-measured  function  F(x). 


3,673396 
NUMERICALLY  CONTROLLED  CONTOURING  SYSTEM 
Susumu  ScU,  KokubmOi-sbi,  Japan,  assigiiiii  to  ratacfai,  Ltd^ 
Tokyo,  Japan 

Continualion-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  440,187,  Mvcfa  16, 1965, 
abandoned.  TMs  appBcatian  Dec  30, 1968,  Scr.  No.  787351 
Oafans   priority,   appBcntion   Japan,   Manh    16,    1964, 
39/14378 

InLCLGOSb  79/24 
U.S.  CL235-151.il  ICWm 

NumericaUy  controDed  contouring  system  wherein  original 
command  pulses  (AX.  AY)  and  offi^t  pulses  (Ax.  Ay) 


1672 


:tt] 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  27,  1972 


synthesized  to  as  to  obtain  ofbet  conunand  pulses  (AX  -t-  Ax, 
AY  ■+■  Ay)  for  foUowfatg  the  ofiset  curve  at  a  desired  ofiset 
distance  away  firom  an  original  curve  X(r),  Y(r)  and  an 
operation  for  producing  said  ofbet  command  pulses  is  oon- 


^^Zj^^  I 


_f  7i\   7^  c, 


imjTxvKt 


3ZC! 


nJL 


U 


TT? 


cmcur 


5mi  \-\ 

OtVKX 


3^73,397 
CIRCUIT  TESTER 


M. 

Conpuiy.  New  York,  N.Y. 

Ffad  Oct.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  77^478 

lot  a.G06f  9/04. 75/20 
U.S.CL  235-153 


to  The  Sinter 


—I — 


^'«        -•• 


-  r 


ni  iCLCCioa 

CHCUrs 


c*K  •c>ioa 


■ 

— n 

.V 

coMmoL  cncjrr 

^ 

Hi  « 

_ 

The  disclosed  embodiment  of  the  present  invention  is  an  au- 
tomatic circuit  tester  for  providing  stimuli  to,  sensing  respon- 
ses fiY>m,  and  sensing  the  condition  of  individual  input  and 
output  terminals  of  the  circuit  under  test.  Identical  circuit 
means  are  provided  for  each  input  and  output  terminal  of  the 
circuit  under  test,  and  each  includes  a  storage  device  for  stor- 
ing a  prediction  of  the  expected  response  <^the  stimulus  to  be 
applied  to  a  corresponding  input  terminal  dt  the  circuit  under 
test.  Each  of  the  circuit  means  aho  inchides  a  logic  circuit  for 
comparing  the  prediction  of  the  expected  response  and 
producing  a  "fail"  signal  upon  the  occurrence  of  non-coin- 
cidence therebetween.  Each  of  the  circuit  means  are  auto- 
matically provided  with  dau  corresponding  to  the  prediction 
of  the  expected  response  or  the  stimulus  to  be  applied  to  the 
circuit  under  test  from  a  programmable  record  such  as  a  data 
processing  card.  In  addition,  each  circuit  means  is  capable  of 
responding  to  or  providing  stimulus  in  the  proper  form  to  the 
corresponding  terminal  in  accordance  with  the  type  of  logic 
employed  in  the  circuit  under  test.  This  is  accomfriished  by 
employing  tranalatmi  for  converting  input  and  output  signals 
to  appropriate  signals  which  are  compatible  with  the  type  of 
logic  employed  in  the  circuit  means  and  in  the  ciicuit  under 
test.  Each  circuit  means  is  programmed  by  programaUe  dau 
processing  cards  and  the  information  programmed  on  such 
cards  is  strobed  by  appropriate  timing  and  encoding  circuits 
into  a  corresponding  one  of  the  circuit  means. 


^^    -       3,6733* 
SEISMIC  PLAYBACK  SYCTEM 
Robt  J.  Luflbwi  wi,  lieMUBB,  Tcu,  mimn  le 

NewY«*,N.Y. 

No.  842,477,  J«ty  17, 1969, 

30, 1971,  Ser.  No.  158,582 
InLCLHOSk /i/00  ' 

U.S.  a.  335-154  8 


►  Ik., 


trolled  so  that  the  inner  product  <^  the  tangential  diiection 
(dX/dr,  dV/dr)  of  the  original  curve  and  a  variable  (jr,  >)  vary- 
ing along  the  circumference  of  a  circle  having  a  radius  equal 
to  the  ofiset  distance  and  a  center  lying  on  the  original  curve, 
is  made  zero. 


•  w 


Hereinifter  disclosed  is  methodology  and  apparatus  for 
converting  wide  dynamic  amplitude  range  digital  daU 
recorded  in  floating  point  digital  word  form,  comprising  a  bi- 
nary coded  mantissa  and  a  binary  coded  exponent,  to  an 
analog  signal  or  visible  display,  such  as  an  oscillogram  of 
selectively  compressed  dynamic  amplitude  range.  The  digital 
word  occupying  a  number  <rf  binary  bit  positions  is,  in  algebra- 
ic form,  :tAO^;  wherein  A  represents  the  mantissa  or  argu- 
ment, G  lepresents  the  base  or  radix  of  the  number  system 
used  and  E  represents  the  exponent.  Since  the  base  G  is  con- 
stant (at  tor  example  8)  the  only  binary  bits  that  need  to  be 
recorded  are  those  representing  the  mantissa  A  and  the  ex- 
ponent E.  In  reconverting  the  digital  dau  to  analog  form  for 
making  an  oscillogram,  wiggle  trace  or  other  visible  display, 
the  invention  contemplates  selectively  compiessii^  the 
dynamic  amplitude  range  of  the  analog  signals  and  at  the  same 
time  avoiding  the  introduction  of  serious  distortions. 

'  3,67339  ' 

FFT  PROCESSOR  WITH  UNIQUE  ADDRESSING 
PMer  J.  HmkIcc,  ApalarMn,  Mooroc  Judkovka,  Eadkott,  and 
Robert  J.  Urquhart,  Ewhucl,  aB  of  N.Y.,  BMlgnia  i  to  Intcr- 
nadooal  Busincas  MmMbcs  Ovporalioa,  AmMak,  N.Y. 
I    FDed  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  48,624  | 

lBt.a.G06(7/J« 
U.&a.2j5— 156  21CWBS 


A  real  time  digital  Fourier  analyzer  using  the  Cooley-Tukey 
algorithm  for  calculating  the  Fast  Fourier  Transform.  An 


JiWE  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1678 


arithmetic  unit  simultaneously  performs  the  two  complex  cal- 
cuUtions  ii.  -  flr +»;  C;  and  ?<„ -^  i„  „- B; -»;  C;.  The  calcu- 
lated results  are  simultaneously  stored  and  retrieved  in  an  in- 
place  operation  in  dual  buffers  in  successive  iteratiom.  Ad- 
dressing of  the  buffets  uses  a  single  binary  address  counter  and 
sequential  bit  oom|riementing  for  simultaneously  addressing 
both  buffers.  Parity  checking  of  the  binary  counter  output  ad- 
dress controls  multiplexing  logic  to  selectively  address  the  buf- 
fers to  store  the  calciilated  resulu  into  the  desired  buffer 
storage  locations. 


3,673,400 
SUP  RATIO  CALCULATING  DEVICE 
llo,    Tokyota,    JapMi,    assign  or    to 
KabusMU  KaisiM,  KariyMM,  AkM-kcn,  Japn 
fUed  May  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  4133 
Claims  priority,  applkation  Japan,  June  9. 1969, 44/45200 
Int.  CL  G06g  7116 
U.S.a.235— 196  3 


M 


i^ 


HJLse 

amemrwe 

cmgjiT 


-5 


A  slip  ratio  cakulating  device  for  calculating  a  slip  ratk>. 
i.e..  the  ratio  of  two  revolutions  are  prepared,  one  of  the  volt- 
age signals  is  multiplied  by  one  n-th  in  a  coefficient  multiply- 
ing circuit.  This  coefficient-multiplied  output  is  integrated  in  a 
first  integrating  circuit  and  then  compared  with  the  other  of 
said  voltage  signals  in  a  comparator.  This  comparator 
generates  an  output  when  the  two  input  signals  become  equal. 
The  resultant  output  works  to  reset  the  integrating  circuit 
through  a  reset  pulse  generating  circuit.  The  first  integrating 
circuit  renews  integration  upon  disappearance  of  a  reset  pulse. 
There  is  provided  a  second  integrating  circuit  which  integrates 
the  output  of  a  constant  voltage  generating  circuit  and  is  reset 
by  said  reset  pulse.  The  peak  value  of  the  integrated  voltage  is 
proportional  to  the  revolution  ratio.  Thus,  the  ratio  of  two 
revolutions  which  is  subjected  to  resdess  change  can  be  ob- 
tained in  the  form  of  the  peak  value  ctf  the  output  voltage  from 
the  second  integrating  circuit. 


3,673,401 
FLUORESCENT  LAMP  PROTECTION  APPARATUS 
R.  Du  Pool,  GBcttc,  N  J.,  assign  nr  to 
Processes  Inc.,  Stfi'iliig,  N  J. 

FBed  Oct.  29, 1969.  Scr.  No.  872,321 

liit.CLH05bJi/04 

U.S.a.  240—11.4  4CUim 


fluorescent  lamp  and  is  heU  to  the  lamp  by  means  of  a  pair  of 
plastic  end  caps  so  that  rupturing  of  the  glass  lamp  envekipe 
will  not  be  accompanied  by  bursting  or  separation  dl  the 
jacket  or  its  end  caps,  thereby  containing  aU  the  debris  ensu- 
ing firom  the  implosion  reaction  accompanying  breaking  of  the 
fluorescent  lamp. 


3,673*402 
EXTENMBLE  LKmnNG  FIXTURE 
Harvey  L  WdaB,  8837  KHtacr,  SkoMe,  BL 

FDed  Oct  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  81,746 

IiitCl.H05bii/00 
U.S.CL240— 5L11R  14 


A  flourescent  lifting  fixture  housing  is  manufactured  in  a 
compact  size  and  shape.  While  in  this  compact  size,  the  fixture 
is  shipped,  warehoused,  and  otherwise  manipulated  prior  to 
installation.  To  facilitate  further  manipulation  during  the  ac- 
tual installation  itself,  it  is  possible  to  mount  the  fixture  while 
in  its  compact  condition,  and  to  thereafter  extend  it  to  its  full 
length.  There  are  many  savings  which  resuh  firom  such  a  fix- 
ture. 


3,673,403 

UGHT  ASSEMBLY  RAISING  AND  LOWERING 

MECHANI^I  WITH  PIN  AND  DOG  DEYICE 

Rofcr  P.  Wood^  5607  Uriwvfew  Drive,  Oriiwy  10,  Alberta, 


Fled  March  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  127,687 
IiM.  CL  F21v  2  U  14,2 1136 
U.S.CL240— 64  4 


A  raising  and  lowering  mechanism  for  a  light  aaaembly  in  a 
high  mast  lighting  structure  includes  a  light  assembly  support- 
ing ring  encircling  a  hoUow  pole  on  vN^iich  the  li^t  assembly  is 
mounted.  The  ring  has  a  fixed  operating  positkm  at  the  top  of 
the  pole.  A  winch  with  flexible  line  means  is  empkiyed  to  im- 
part travelling  movement  to  the  ring  and  light  assembly  up  and 
down  the  pole.  Rexible  line  branches  are  connected  to  the 
A  fluorescent  lamp  jacket  assemUy  is  disckMed  emptying    ring  at  diametrically  opposite  points.  A  pair  of  upright  pins  are 
an  expansible  or  dilatable  plastic  jacket  winch  substantially    fixedly  mounted  on  the  ring  and  each  pin  cooperates  with  a 
endoaes  the  entire   length  of  the  glass  envekipe  of  a    pair  of  pivoting  dogs  mounted  in  the  housing  to  define  the 


1674 


OFFICIAL  GAZE 


Tlfe 


June  27,  1972 


fixed  operating  position  and  to  relcMe  the  ring  and  light  a^  nuYinmt.SSp1£^n^  AFPARATVS 

.embly  from  Mich  portion  by  MiiUbleoperatKn,  of  the  wuKh.  ^  ^^J^^iSilirKii^^  bo*  1 

-  ■     A 


Ft— w.  avii^Mn  to 

3^73y404  Pw1i,FWBoe 

ION  WNETIC  ENERGY  ANALYSIS  fled  July  !«,  1969,  S«.  N©.  843,058 

HtfoM  W.  MiOor,  Jr^  Tnunbui,  Comi^  miV»or  to  Tlie  Per-  Int  CL  G01« 2//26.  GOIJ  3142 

kia-EliMrCoriMiralioii,NonM*,Coiiii.  US.CL250-43 
fUcd  May  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  37,565 
1M.CL  moid  59/44 

UACL  250-41.9  ME  1' 


r' 


A  method  of  ion  kinetic  energy  analysis  is  provided  by  form- 
ing ions  including  metastable  ions  fi-om  a  vaporized  sample 
material,  accelerating  the  ions  toward  a  target  collector  elec- 
trode through  an  electric  field,  and  for  an  interval  of  time  for 
enhancing  the  probability  of  decomposition  of  the  metastable 
ions  in  an  area  along  a  trajectory  of  the  ions  intermediate  the 
ion  source  and  the  electric  field,  varying  the  electric  field  in- 
tensity for  causing  daughter  ions  of  <tiffering  kinetic  energy  to 
be  successively  focused  at  a  point  along  the  trajectory  and 
providing  a  spectrum  display  of  the  intensity  of  the  ions 
formed  at  the  point  in  synchronism  with  the  field  variation. 


■ 
Apparatus  for  the  photochemical  separation  of  an  isotope 
from  a  mixture  of  isotopes  of  an  element,  such  as  mercury, 
comprising  at  least  one  monoisotopic  discharge  lamp  mounted 
in  a  fluid-tight  chamber,  an  electrically  conductive  winding 
exciting  the  discharge  lamp,  means  for  circuUting  a  liquid 
non-oxidiaible  and  unreactive  with  the  element  through  the 
chamber  to  continuously  flush  the  walls  of  the  chamber  and 
the  lamp,  and  an  inlet  and  outlet  in  the  chamber  for  introduc- 
ing and  exhausting  a  giBMous  mixture  containing  the  element 
and  at  least  one  substance  which  reacts  with  the  isotope  to  be 
separated. 


KTESL 


3,673«405  

GAS  INLET  SYSTEM  FOR  A  MASS  SPECTROMETER 

Charles  J.  MoomuM,  aMi  Fi«d  A.  Rcolcr,  both  of  dndiinad, 

Ohhi,  — igniin  tn  Thr  ftTitif*-  ^"-  y"  -^"^ 

CoiitiaaalkMi-to-p«t  of  Scr.  No.  812482,  March  28, 1969, 

,tfi,«.i— ^  Thi.  i.|Jk^iiMi  J—.  14. 1971.  St.  No.  106,576 

Iiit.CLH01Ji9/i4 
UA  CL  250— 41.9  S  H 


!  3,673*407 

RAMXiRAPHIC  APPARATUS  FOR  UNDERWA 
INSPECTION  OF  WOODEN  PILINGS 
Georie  C.  WhwdL  Jr.,  1014  POquot  Ro«l,  Soirthport,  CoML 
FVed  Feb.  19, 1969,  Scr.  No.  800,432 
IiiLCLH01JJ7/20 
U.S.CL250— 52  3 


24 

/ 


/25 


zr 


34         50 


A  mass  spectrometer  having  an  improved  inlet  system 
which  assures  that  there  is  a  minimum  time  lag,  generally  cS 
the  order  cfmilliaeconds,  between  changes  in  the  composition 
of  a  material  being  analyzed  and  the  analysis  of  corresponding 
changes  in  the  Msociated  spectra.  The  inlet  system  includes  a 
primary  leak  directly  opposite  and  dosely  spaced  to  a  secon- 
dary leak  leading  into  an  ionization  chamber  so  that  changes 
in  the  composition  of  a  gas  leaving  the  primary  leak  are  more 
rapidly  communicated  to  the  ionization  chamfer  for  faster 
analysis  by  the  mass  spectrometer. 


An  underwater  apparatus  employing  radioactive  material 
comprising  a  cylindrical  chamber  having  a  flexible  «nd  wall 
with  the  chamber  being  mounted  against  an  underwater  object 
through  which  the  radiant  energy  rays  are  to  be  passed  for 
radiographic  purposes  so  that  the  flexible  wall  conforms  to  the 
swface  of  the  object.  A  film  pack  is  retained  on  the  other  side 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1676 


ofthe  objwt  opposite  the  flexible  wall,  and  water  is  evacuated  cienUy  utilize  the  source,  the  product  is  passed  into  the  center 
from  the  chamber  A  aniiro^rkf  r<>/4io»;».  ;.  ....^^ ■  .■ u    _r i.    *  .  .   '^  .  .  r—-v«  mw  «,»  v^uici 


from  the  chamber.  A  source  of  radiation  is  positioned  through 
a  flexible  conduit  into  the  closed  chamber  opposite  the  flexi- 
ble wall.  The  chamber  has  an  inlet  valve  connected  to  a  source 
of  air  under  pressure  and  an  exhaust  valve. 


of  a  rack  of  source  material  and  thereafter  passed  around  the 
outside  of  the  rack.  The  product  is  cotried  by  water  during  ir- 
radiation and  the  same  water  is  used  to  effect  rotation  of  the 
product 


3,673,408 

COMBINATION  RADIOGRAPHIC  APPARATUS 

Mcrtoo  Moss,  6701  N.  KmIct,  Lhwohiwood,  DL 

FBcd  Aprfl  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32,217 

Int.  CLG03b  47/76 

U.S.a.  250— 61.5  26 


3,673^410 
METHOD  CM?  EXAMINATION  OF  CELL  SAMPLES  USING 

A  RAMOACnVELY  TAGGED  DYE 
John  R  Watte,  46  Grove  SL,  Haddwrflrid,  N  J.,  and  John  H. 
NodfaM,  523  Rkterds  Road,  Wayne  Pa. 
CoottauatioiiJnitart  of  Scr.  Nos.  836^)9,  Jane  25, 1969, 
abandoned,  and  Scr.  No.  24,441,  April  30, 1970,  j 

This  application  June  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,818 
Int  CL  G21h  5102;  GOlt  1120 
U.S.a.250— 106T  26( 


A  combination  radiographic  apparatus  for  taking  panoram- 
ic, intra  oral,  occlusal  and  cephalometric  and  other  types  of 
radiographs  of  the  head,  jawbone  and  teeth,  said  apparatus 
comprising  a  routing  anode  tube  X-ray  source,  a  film  hokler 
assembly  and  means  for  interchanging  the  pivot  point  <rf'  rota- 
tion relative  to  the  subject  being  X-rayed.  Pivot  shifting  means 
are  also  provided  for  shifting  the  pivot  point  by  shifting  the  ap- 
paratus relative  to  the  subject;  the  subject  remaining  stationa- 
ry or  shifting  a  free  standing  or  sitting  subject  to  predeter- 
mined positions  with  the  apparatus  remaining  stationary.  The 
X-ray  source  and  film  holder  assemUy  are  disposed  opposite 
each  other,  the  subject  manor  to  be  X-rayed  being  placed 
directly  in  line  between  the  source  and  the  film. 

3,673*409 

nUUDUnON  apparatus  for  providing  a  HIGH 

INITIAL  IRRADiATlCM^  (HT  THE  PRODUCT 

WHiain  R.  Green,  Ottatwa,  Ontario,  CMiada,  MsJiiiiii   to 

Atonic   Encivy   of  Canada   UndtMl,   Ottawa,   Ontvio, 


A  samf^  of  cells  from  a  body  under  investigation  is  treated 
with  a  radioactively  tagged  substance  wMch  is  determined  to 
be  selectively  absorbed  by  one  or  njore  predetermined  cell 
types  sought  to  be  identified  either  as  disease  producing  cells 
or  abnormal  cells  of  the  body  and  distinguished  from  other 
cell  types.  The  radioactively  tagged  substance  is  aborbed  in 
different  amounts  by  some  cells  and  rejected  by  other  cellr 
After  treatment  and  washing,  the  level  of  radioactivity  of  the 
cell  sample  is  sensed  in  order  to  determine  from  the  degree  of 
absorption  of  the  radioactively  tagged  substance  information 
about  the  presence  of  absence  of  disease.  The  technique  may 
be  applied  to  mass  screening  for  disease  of  a  particular  type  or 
types  by  collecting  and  identifying  similar  samples  from  many 
subjects  and  using  a  predetermined  common  standard  erf' 
radiation  level  to  eliminate  those  samples  which  are  cleariy 
free  from  disease. 


FBcd  March  27, 1970,  Scr.  Na  23,273 
ClaimB  priority,  appMratlon  Canwla,  Feb.  6, 1970, 074167 
Int.  CLG21h  5/00 
U.S.a.250— 106  R  6 


3,673^11 
HOLDER  FOR  RADIOACTIVE  MATERIAL 
Herman  Giaascr,  New  Hyde  Pivfc,  N.Y.,  Msigma  to  NudcM- 
AssoflaHs,  lac,  Wcatbuiy,  N.Y. 

CootinaatkHi-l»iMurt  of  Scr.  No.  78231 1,  Dec.  9, 1968.  Tl* 
applcation  March  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  16,017 
InLCLG21f  7/02 
U.S.  0.250— 108  R  71 


^3^ 


There  is  disclosed  apparatus  for  the  radioactive  irradiation 
of  products  whose  composition  requires  a  relatively  high  in- 
tensity of  irradiation  for  a  short  period  followed  by  a  relatively 
low  intensity  of  irradiation  for  a  longer  period.  In  order  to  effi- 


Holder  for  radioactive  material  firixicated  of  high  density 
material  to  reduce  transmission  of  energy,  either  by  radiation 


1576 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


or  particle  bomtMrdment,  either  inwardly  or  outwardly 
thereof  while  yet  enabling  obiervation  of  nwterial  within  an 
inner  container  or  vial. 


RADIANT  ENERGY  BEAM  SCANNING  METHOD  AND 

APPARATUS 

Gaylor  G.  Olw,  Ii^weod,  Call^  wripinr  to  TRW  btc^  Re- 


Fled  March  2, 1970,  Sn-.  No.  1S,372 
lirt.  CL  GOIJ  7/20;  Gl  lb  7/09 
U^  CL  250—201  8 


A  radiant  energy  beam  scanning  method  and  apparatus  hav- 
ing means  for  projecting  a  beam  of  radiant  energy  toward  and 
bringing  the  beam  to  focui  within  a  scanning  plane,  scanning 
means  for  deflecting  the  beam  laterally  to  cause  scanning  mo- 
tion ci  the  beam  along  a  prescribed  scan  track  within  the 
scanning  plane,  and  servo  means  for  sensing  lateral  departure 
of  the  beam  from  the  scan  track,  generating  tracking  error 
signals  related  to  the  direction  of  such  departiire.  and  con- 
trolling the  scanning  means  in  response  to  the  tracking  signals 
to  maintain  the  beam  on  the  scan  track.  A  recording  and 
playback  method  and  apparatus  embodying  the  scanning  ap- 
paratus for  recording  a  dau  track  on  a  record  and  sub- 
sequently playing  back  the  data  track. 


3,673«413 

TIME  AND  UGHT  CONIRCHXED  SWrrCHING  CIRCUIT 

Art  Lee,  B  Fmm»,  DL,  aMipHT  to  GciMral  Electric  Compaay 

Feed  Ai«.  28, 1970.  Scr.  No.  67399 

Int.  CL  G09f  / 1/10:  HOlh  47/24;  BOSb  37/02 

U.S.CL2S0— 206  7< 


A  control  system  comprising  a  device  for  turning  ON  and 
OFF  a  motor  at  set  times  each  day.  for  turning  ON  lights  dur- 


ing the  ON  period  of  the  motor  upon  the  onset  of  darkness, 
and  for  turning  the  lights  OFF  at  the  same  time  as  the  motor, 
the  device  inchiding  a  timer  and  its  contactt,  a  relay,  •  filter 
capacitor,  a  resistor,  diode,  and  a  photocell,  the  latter  being 
mounted  remotely,  the  motor  of  the  timer  and  a  series  com- 
bination of  the  photocell  and  relay  coil  being  connected 
across  line  voltage  in  parallel,  the  contacts  of  the  timer  for  a 
predetermined  period  of  time  each  day  coimecting  line  voh- 
age  to  the  rotator  motor  load  and  to  the  normally  doaad  con- 
tacts of  the  photocell  controlled  relay  which  are  held  open 
during  the  day,  the  contactt  of  the  timer  also  supplying  electri- 
cal power  to  the  lighting  circuitt  when  the  relay  is  de-ener- 
gized, and  the  mrmally  cloaed  relay  contactt  being  open  dur- 
ing the  dag%ht  hours  when  the  resistance  of  the  photocell  is 
minimum  thereby  allowing  maximum  current  flow  to  energize 
the  relay  qoil  thus  keeping  the  relay  contactt  open. 


'ooili 


3,67M14 

AUTOMATIC  TAPE  FEED  CONTROLLING  MEANS 
Hiroshi  TMlfrN.  Mrakata;  TJraMrn  Ndkasm>a.  Neyi^awa, 
awl  HMsU  SakMMto,  MorlfBcM,  al  ef  J^M,  MripnrB  to 
MalmiUtaDectricIiidwlrWCa,Ltd.  j 

Fled  Sept.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  70,035  | 

Claims    priority,    apple  tioii    Japas^    Sept.     18,    1969, 
44/75589 I 

I  lot.CLH01JJ9//2 

U.S.CL250— 206  4ClirinH 


\ 


s^ 


L    Y^ 


mrem 

n      1 

'', 

M 

«> 

" 

muir 

- 

nwiBt 

- 

cenmoL 

momtai 

The  prescribed  position  along  the  running  direction  of  the 
tape  is  detected  and  taken  out  as  an  electric  signal.  The 
unidirectional  component  of  the  differentiated  output  of  the 
detected  electric  signal  is  taken  out  for  controlling  the  tape 
driving  system  to  feed  or  stop  the  tape  in  a  steady  condit^>n. 


3,673«415 

SHUTTIR  OPERATING  CntCUTT  HAVING  MEANS  TO 
CLOSE  SHUTTER  WHEN  LIGHT  IS  INSUFFICIENT 
Hirohimi     Yoshimura,    Okaya    and     Hbatoshi    TakahaU, 
Shinonma-Madii,  both  of  Japan,  MstgBors  to  YvUca  Com- 
pany limited,  Tokyo,  Japan 

FBed  Nov.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,653 
Claims  priority,  appHcation  Japan,  Nov.  8, 1969, 44/105631 
Int.  CL  GOIJ  7/00.  HOIJ  J9/72 
U.S.CL250— 214P  4CUnH 


In  a  slHitter  operating  circuit  comprising  a  shutter  time 
determining  circuit  including  a  photo-electromotive  element, 
and  a  high  input  impedance  transistor;  means  to  initiete  the 
operation  of  the  shutter  time  determining  circuit;  a  shutter 
control  circuit  controlled  by  the  shutter  time  determining  cir- 
cuit; and  a  source  of  supply  connected  to  said  two  circuitt. 
there  are  provided  a  series  circuit  connected  acroas  the  source 


M 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1677 


and  including  serially  connected  resistor  and  capacitor,  and  a 
switching  transistor  with  itt  base  electrode  connected  to  the 
juncture  between  the  resistor  and  the  capacitor,  the  series  cir- 
cuit acting  to  trigger  the  switching  transistor  to  operate  the 
shutter  control  circuit  when  the  shutter  time  determining  cir- 
cuit fails  to  operate  after  elapse  of  a  predetermined  interval 
after  the  operation  of  the  initiating  means. 


3,673^16 
HAND  HELD  PHOIXMNTICAL  REAIXS  FCNt  PRINTED 

DOCUMENTS 
RolMrt  M.  Bcrisr,  Wostpori,  Coon.,  Mslgiiui  to  Pkney 
Alpcx,  Inc.,  DMibary,  Conn. 

Fled  Mvch  19, 1970,  Scr.  Na  21,139 
Int.  CL  GOln  21/30;  G06k  7/00;  HOIJ  J9/72 
U.S.CL250— 219DC  5< 


A  reader  which  is  designed  to  be  heM  in  the  hand  and  to  be 
scaimed  over  a  document  for  reading  intelligence  contained 
on  the  document  in  the  form  c^  printed  code.  The  reader  con- 
tains no  moving  partt  and  comprises  essentially  a  housing  with 
a  reading  aperture  throu^  which  the  printed  matter  is  ex- 
posed, a  i^ioto  electric  ceQ  array  to  sense  the  coded  print,  and 
a  lens  positioned  so  as  to  focus  the  printed  information  ob- 
tained through  the  aperture  onto  the  photocell  array;  a  light 
source  whose  direct  light  is  shiekled  from  the  photocells  is 
positioned  contiguous  to  the  aperture  to  shed  light  on  the 
printed  matter  to  be  read. 


3,673^17 

PHOTOELECTRIC  SCANNING  APPARATUS  FOR 

IXTECTING  CCM>E  MARKINGS 

Robert  WahU,  Unlmj^<iingcn,  Swkacriand,   Mslg to 

Clbn-GcigyAG 

FBed  Ai«.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62,088 
CWntt  pciorHy,  appMr  alien  Swkacriand,  Ai*.  12,  1969, 
12217/69 

InLCLGOSc  9/06 
U.S.CL250— 219D  4( 


A  photoelectric  scanning  head  is  provided  for  identifying 
ampoules  by  detecting  different  combinatiora  of  color-coded 
rings  on  the  necks  of  the  ampoules  wliich  are  moved  past  the 
head  in  a  direction  aligning  the  axes  of  die  ampoules  at  right 
angM  to  their  direction  of  travel.  The  head  includes  a  plurali- 
ty of  first  optical  systems  having  lenses  arranged  in  a  staggered 
relationship  in  relation  to  the  direction  of  travel  of  the  am- 
poules, the  lensea  imaging  li^  fixMn  the  code  rings  via  a» 
sodated  optical  fibers  to  a  photosenritive  device  which  pro- 
vides signcils  corresponding  to  the  coding  |HOvided  by  said 


rings  to  identify  the  ampoule  being  scanned.  The  rings  are  illu- 
mtawted  by  a  pluraUty  of  second  optical  systems  «4iich  com- 
prise a  bundle  of  optical  fibers  which  guide  separate  beann  of 
light  from  a  source  onto  the  rings  as  they  are  being  y^nmft 
The  ends  of  the  optical  fibers  of  the  second  optical  systenM  are 
positioned  in  the  head  in  the  same  staggered  relationship  as 
the  lenses  of  the  first  optical  systems. 


3,673,418 
AUTOMATIC  REGISTERING  APPARATUS 
M.  Wig.  Uncolnwood,  DL,  asripior  to  F.  J. 
Madrine  Company,  Clrici«o,  OL 

fVsd  Sept  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  71,994 
Int.CLG01a27/JO 
U.S.CL250— 219DR  S 


The  strip  material  which  is  fed  mtermittently  in  desired  feed 
lengths  is  provided  with  register  marks  at  feed  length  intervab 
and  photoelectric  means  continuously  scan  the  strip  to  detect 
the  nuu-ks  and  effect  adjustment  of  the  feed  rolls  either  for- 
wardly  or  rearwardly  through  the  brake  mechanism  to  as  ob- 
tain the  desired  accurate  registration  of  the  marics.  The 
photoelectric  means  produce  electric  signals  as  the  marks  are 
scanned  and  said  electric  signals  are  passed  by  shutter  means 
only  in  the  event  the  mark  is  detected  in  either  the  lead  or  in 
the  lag  zones.  The  electric  signals  thus  passed  are  caused  to 
produce  electric  pulses  which  are  delivered  to  an  electric 
motor  having  driving  relation  with  the  brake  mechanism. 


3,673«419 
AUTOMATIC  SHUT-OFF  MECHANISM  FOR  COPYING 

MACHINE 
TomV  Aasen,  Holywood,  Fla.,  sssipinr  to  Copystottcs 
factwii^  Corporallon,  Mhuni  LalGBB,  Fla. 

Fled  Mardi  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  19,994 
InLCLG06ni  7/00 
U.S.CL250— 222R  6( 


An  automatic  shut-off  mechanism  for  a  copying  machine.  A 
timing  motor  determines  when  iw  new  original  documem  to 
be  copied  has  been  fed  into  the  machine  for  60  seconds.  At 
the  completion  of  the  timing  cycle,  an  auxiliary  contact  in  the 


1678 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


main  power  line  is  opened.  In  order  to  cloae  this  contact,  the 
main  on-off  switch  on  the  front  panel  of  the  machine  must  first 
be  turned  off,  the  auxiliary  contact  being  dosed  at  this  time  by 
a  mechanical  linkage  to  the  main  switch.  Whenever  a  new 
document  to  be  copied  is  fed  into  the  machine  during  the 
running  of  the  timing  motor,  the  motor  resets  to  the  "zero" 
time  position  and  the  timing  cycle  begins  once  again. 


3,673^20 

THICKNESS  CONIVOL  SYSTEM  FOR  MULTI-LAYER 

OPTICAL  THIN  FILM  WORK 

Join  Ward,  Elabctli  Park,  mat  Rms  PMcnms  V*  Pvk, 

both  ol  i^ilials.  sirfgwiiii  to  The  rmmmwiinallh  ol  Am>. 

of  The  Secretary  of  Supply,  Parkcs,  Canberra, 


mask  having  therein  an  aperture,  focusing  means  associated 
with  the  light  source  and  arranged  so  that  an  image  of  the  light 

source  appears  in  the  aperture,  and  a  well  defined  image  of  the 
aperture  is  projected  forwardly  to  constitute  said  beam,  a^ 
shutter  movable  from  a  rest  position  across  the  aperture,  and 
means  sensitive  to  light  received  from  an  oncoming  vehicle  for 
progresMvely  moving  the  shutter  across  the  aperture  so  as  to 
cut  off  sufficient  of  the  beam  to  avoid  dazzling  the  driver  of 
the  oncoming  vehicle.  ^  ^ 


Fled  May  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  823,013 
Oafans  priority,  appMcatloB  Australia,  May  10, 1968, 37631 
lBtCLG01a27/iO 
U.S.CL250— 219TH  8CWms 


3,673,422 
LOSS  OF  SYNCHRONISM  DETECTOR 
Harry  G.  Parke,  BrooUyn,  N.Y.,  — IgHiii  to 
MariM  Corporation,  BrooUyn,  N.Y. 

Fled  Jan.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  107^83 
Int.  a.  HO^  1/00 
VS.  a.>307— 87 


13CUmi 


jMWM  ^t  AC-  jjitmm 


A  method  and  apparatus  fM-  controlling  the  thickness  of 
multi-layer  optical  thin  film  work  by  balancing  light  from  each 
side  of  a  particular  wavelength  throu^  a  chopper  which  al- 
ternately passes  the  light  to  filtering  and  detecting  means  so 
arranged  that  when  a  quarter  wavelength  or  a  multiple  thereof 
has  been  deposited  a  balanced  reading  will  be  restored,  a 
strobe  pube  variable  in  time  in  relation  to  the  processed 
waveform  being  used  to  select  a  reference  point  which  will 
give  enhanced  accuracy  of  deposition  control. 


AA 


{ 


4^ 


-fri 


t 


a  -1-  ^,  U    'K 


1 


A  driving  machine  and  a  driven  machine  are  to  b«  kept  in 
synchronism.  Tachometer  generators  attached  to  both 
machines  generate  signals  which  charge  a  capacitor  either 
positively  or  negatively  with  respect  to  a  given  reference,  and 
should  the  charge;  on  this  capacitor  increase  |above  a  certain 
level,  a  circuit  breaker  means  opens  the  line  conne^ng  the 
armatures  of  the  two  machines. 


3,673^421 
UGHTING  SYSTEMS  FOR  ROAD  VEHICLES 
Hanis  Vcraoa  Hicks,  LickHeld  Stirfb,  ■«!  Kenneth  Ji 
Jonea,  Sntton  Cokmeld,  both  of  b^tand,  msipMn  to 

) 


iaa 


of  Scr.  No.  734,300,  J«w  4, 1968,  wirich 
of  Scr.  No.  485,788,  Sept.  8, 1965, 
Feb.  12, 1969,  Scr.  No.  798,744 


'  3,673,423 

ELECTRONIC  HIGH  FREQUENCY  PULSE  GENERATOR 

Val^PlMas,  Barcelona,  Spah^  aMigpor  to  Neutra  Cnatro 

S.A.,  Barcelona,  Spain  j 

Fled  Oct.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,054       > 
priority,  applcndon  Spafai,  Oct  17, 1969, 373222 
Inta.H03kJ/aO 


priority,  appNcadoB  Great  Bril^  Oct  1,  1968,   UA<1.  J07-107 
46«450/6811ie  paetfain  of  the  tcm  of  thb  patent  subocquent  to 
Dec  23, 1986,  hH  been  dbd^med. 

InLCLG01d5/J4 
U.S.a.250-229  6CWBH 


An  electronic  high  frequency  pulse  generator,  connected  to 

the  A.C  feed  nudna,  constituted  essentially  by  a  voltage 

.  limtter.  a  diode  and  a  capadtcv  arranged  in  such  a  way  that  al- 

1.  A  bghting  system  for  a  road  vehicle,  comprising  in  com-    tomate  half-cycles  erf  th^  jsltemating  feed  current  produce  a 

bmation  a  U^  source  and  associated  lens  for  producing  a    higji  frequency  puke  us^e  in  a  phitatity  of  industrial 

beam  of  li^t  ilhuninating  the  road  in  front  <rf  the  vehicle,  a    processes.  "-- 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1579 


3^73^34  3,673^26 

PRESSURIZED  UGHTING  SYSTEM  PHASE  REVERSAL  SWITCH  AND/OR  CIRCUIT 

Grydon  A.  PMietcr,  Jr.,  Cocoa,  Fla.,  artgnoi  to  The  United  BREAKER 

States  of  America  as  r>pr>wa<sid  by  the  Alhainistrator  of  the  DowM  E.  Weston,  East  Scb^o,  Mahw,  Mid  RaymoMi  F.  Kn> 

%>rwia«nli  i  ami  Spntt  Adudiii^i  alluii  peHs.  Chkago,  PL.  aaHy toH.K.INim 

Fled  Feb.  12, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 14^49  Chlc^o,  DL 

biLCLmih35/18  nWMardi  31, 1970,  Ser.Na  24,079 

3Chdnis  Int.  O.  HOlh  J5/00 

UAa.307— 127  n, 


U.S.CL307— 118 


M 


■«       C-^: 


^l 


SI. 


A  safety  lighting  system  for  a  chain  of  lamps,  each  of  which 
is  housed  within  a  hermetically  sealed  translucent  tubular 
housing  member.  A  control  box  is  provided  for  supplying  elec- 
trical power  to  the  lamps  in  the  lighting  assemblies.  A  pres- 
surized source  of  inert  gas  is  fed  through  the  control  box  at  a 
predetermined  pressure  and  through  each  of  the  sealed  trans- 
lucent tubular  housing  members.  A  pressure  sensitive  switch  is 
provided  in  the  control  box  for  disconnecting  the  electrical 
power  to  the  lamps  when  the  pressure  of  the  inert  gas  within 
any  of  the  translucent  tubular  housing  members  drop  below  a 
predetermined  level. 


3,673,425 
DIRECTIONAL  CURRENT  RELAY 
Michael  J.  Fiichta,  Mlwaukee,  Wis.,  Msignnr  to  McGraw. 
Edison  Company,  Elgin,  DL 

FHcd  Sept  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  176,912 
InLa.H02hJ/;« 
UACL307— 127  14( 


6^^  a/ 


-f  ^    ^{ff  ^^- 


-f/ 


Apparatus  for  selectively  connecting  a  rotary  electric 
machine  to  an  electric  power  distribution  system  for  use  ae  a 
generator  supplying  power  to  the  system  or  as  a  motor  draw- 
ing power  from  the  system,  comprising  in  a  three  phase 
system,  a  switch  for  the  common  phase,  a  pair  of  switches  for 
each  of  the  other  two  phases,  and  interphase  means  coupling 
one  switch  of  each  of  said  pairs  to  the  opposite  of  said  two 
phases,  whereby  machine  phases  A,  B  and  C  may  be  con- 
nected to  system  phases  A,  B  and  C  respectively,  or  system 
phases  A,  B  and  C  may  be  connected  to  machine  phases  B.  A 
and  C  respectively;  and  for  other  phase  reversing  service. 

Also,  improved  switch  construction  for  performing  the 
above  and  other  functions. 


A  current  direction  indicator  including  control  means  for 
performing  a  predetermined  operation  in  a  poly-phase  electri- 
cal power  system  independently  of  the  magnitude  of  current 
flow  in  the  polyphase  system.  A  separate  current  direction  in- 
dicating circuit  is  provided  for  each  phase  and  includes  a  first 
circuit  for  producing  a  signal  in  response  to  a  change  in  polari- 
ty of  cturent  in  one  of  the  phases  <^  the  system,  a  second  cir- 
cuit for  producing  a  signal  functionally  related  to  the  polarity 
of  the  voltage  between  two  of  the  phases  dt  the  system  and  a 
third  circuit  which  |»xxluces  an  output  sigiud  when  both 
signals  of  the  first  and  second  circuits  occur  simultaneously. 
The  contrd  means  operates  in  response  to  the  output  signal  to 
initiate  the  predetermined  operation  in  the  system. 


3,673,427 
INPUT  CIRCUIT  STRUCTURE  FOR  MOS  INTEGRATED 

CIRCUITS 

Mkhad  R.  McC«>y,  and  Glen  E.  Nism,  both  of  San  Jose,  CaHL, 

assignors  to  Electronic  Arrays,  Inc.,  Mountafai  View,  CiriH. 

Fled  Feb.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,768 

Into.  HOI  179/00 

U.S.CL307— 202  6< 


An  MOS  int^rated  circuit  has  input  circuit  bonding  pads 
individually  used  as  gate  in  a  protective  transistor,  having 
channel  width  larger  than  the  linear  dimensions  of  a  pad.  and 
having  turn-on  voltage  above  normal  input  signal  levels.  The 
transistor  switches  into  the  circuit  attenuating  resistance,  and 
a  zener  diode  is  shunted  parallel  to  the  input  signal  path  in  the 
intericM-  d  the  IC-chip. 


1580  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  27,,  1972 

3,67M28  I  3^73^430  I 

INPUT  HUNSIENTPROTECnON  FOR  CX)S/MOS  PHASE  COMPARATOR  FOR  MONOUHOC 

COMPLEMENTARY  INSULATED  G  A1E  FIELD  EFFECT  INTEGRATION 

TRANSISTOR INmHIATia> CIRCUIT  DEVICE  W1—  J.  DnaniNw.  Soi— ■■■<.  NJ^  iiiljinr  to  Tin  %MH* 

Tory  Gcorie  AllMMi,  LalMM%  N Jn  Mri^MM- to  RCA  Cor^       Stotes  ol  Amarfca  —  iiprwilBil  by  tW  S»cwfry  ot  <ht  Ah- 

Force 
FBsdSepL  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73^*3  ,  Flad  Aug.  23, 1971,  Scr.  No.  173396 

.  CL  HOll  19/00  I  bM.  CL  H03d  13/00 

,3«7— 3 


U^CL307— 202 


U.S.CL: 


-232 


3CWim 


In  a  CMOS  integrated  circuit  of  the  type  which  includes  a 
diffused  P  type  region  in  which  the  N  type  transistors  are 
formed,  a  resistor-region  is  provided  by  dtfhision  at  the  same 
time  as  that  P  type  region.  A  diode  having  low  breakdown  is 
established  by  forming  P+  type  regions  or  N+  type  regions  in 
electrical  communication  with  the  resistor  so  that  the  diode 
breakdown  is  effectively  dominated  by  the  impurity  concen- 
tration characteristics  of  die  P-H  type  or  N+  type  regions. 


3,673,429 
PSEUDO-AND  GATE  HAVING  FAILSAFE  QUALITIES 

Robert  IL  TCRy,  MosracvHc,  obo  Hmmboo  C<  Molty,  Bdc 
VcrwMi,  both  of  Pik,  MlpMin  to  Wcrtii«h0DM  Ekctrk  Cor- 

ponlioii.Plllriiwrih.'ii- 

CoadmMdoB  of  Scr.  No.  789,536,  Jaib  7, 1969,  abMdoMd. 

TUs  apiilirarinw  Oct.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  82,101 

iBLCLHOSk  79/22 

U.S.a.307— 218  9CWIIIS 


T«t>-ST*Tt    SWITCHIW    LOOC    OKeAtHZATION 

carmoLLiNS  nuM  movement 


SKEO  CONTm. 
SIMM.  SYSTEM 


ATTENOAMTS 
MANUAL 

ST*«rr  SWITCH 


DOOM 
wrENLOCKS 


sieHAL  90UHCE 
nil  aocxiN* 
A  FLm-ruop 


'^- 


u 


•ATE 


THACTION 
STAIIT 


T 


1 


1 


DETECT 
FREQUENCY 

ri«o„-« 


A  phase  comparator  integrated  circuit  apparatus  for  com- 
paring a  pair  of  AC  signals  and  providing  a  substantially  pure 
DC  output.  The  phase  converter  utilizes  the  time  difference 
between  pulses  from  two  different  input  signals  to  provide  a 
DC  voltage  which  is  free  from  AC  ripple. 


I  3,673*431 

LOW  VOLTAGE  PULSER  CIRCUIT  FOR  DRIVING  HOW- 
COLUMN  CONDUCTOR  ARRAYS  0¥  A  GAS  MSCHARGE 
DISPLAY  CAPABLE  OF  BEING  MADE  IN  INTEGRATED 

L  CIRCUIT  FORM 

m^  O'Brka,   PMadripWa,   Pik,   torigAnr  to 
>BUnofa,Iac. 
iFBed  May  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  147,764 


U.S.a.  307-241 


Int.  CLHOSb  47/00 


There  is  disclosed  a  circuit  for  performing  an  AND  gate 
function  using  two-state  D.C.  switching  logic  as  the  gate  in- 
puts, including  a  sequeitce  of  flip-flop  stages  coimected  as  a 
pulse  frequency  dividing  itetwork.  Eskch  flip-flop  stage  of  the 
network  is  individually  actuated  into  its  operative  role  in  the 
divider  netwc^  by  apfriication  of  one  of  the  logic  signal  inputs 
thereto  as  the  stage  operating  potential.  Simultaneous 
presence  at  TRUE  logic  conditions  are  sensed  by  applicatian 
of  a  pulsing  signal  of  predetermined  frequency  to  the  input  of 
the  itividing  network  and  detection  of  the  divided  frequency  at 
its  output.  Failure  of  any  component  or  combination  of  com- 
ponents of  this  circuitry  produces  a  no-output  ccmdition  which 
is  deemed  failure  in  a  frulsafe  maimer. 


-\i 


There  k  diK:looed  an  interfacing  system  for  driving  row- 
column  conductor  arrays  to  the  gas  discharge  display  panel  in 
a  low  cost  integrated  circuit  assembly.  Due  to  the  requirement 
oi  opposite  polarity  or  bidirectional  signals  being  applied  to 
the  conductors  in  the  arrays,  ahhou^  the  integrated  circuits 
are  functionally  identical  in  translating  low  level  logic  signals 
to  high  voltage  pulse  signals  which  are  algebraically  added  to 
sustainer  vohagies,  the  circuits  are  modified  so  as  to  permit 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1681 


NPN  PNP  transistors  to  be  formed  on  the  same  chip  and  thus 
simulate  a  power  PNP  trannstor. 


3,673^32 

DIITERENTIAL  VOLTAGE  LEVEL  DETECTOR  WITH 
MICROVCX^T  SENSITIVITY 
EauOc  G.  Smith,  Bctbd,  and  WWain  L.  Pttskas,  TnunbuB, 
both  of  Com.,  aasigparB  to  Avoo  Corpontloii,  StratianI, 


Fled  July  28, 1971,  Scr.  No.  166^74 

Int.  CL  GOlr  7  7/02;  H03k  7  7/22, 1 7/60 

U.S.a.307— 246  8  Claims 


a   GATE  d  6  o'b'tATE 

OUTMT  TO 

Aivuna 


An  accurate  overtemperature  detector  includes  a  system 
which  enables  the  measurement  of  very  low  thermocouple 
voltages  by  detecting  the  difference  between  the  thermocou- 
ple input  signal  voltage  and  an  internally  generated  reference 
voltage.  The  detection  is  accomplished  in  a  chopper-compara- 
tor which  bolartces  a  millivolt  thermocouple  signal  against  an 
intenudly  generated  refereiwre  millivolt  signal  developed  by  a 
zener  reference  diode.  In  balancing  the  two  voltage  levels,  one 
against  the  other,  a  chopped  differeiKre  voltage  is  generated 
having  a  polarity  and  magnitude  proportional  to  the  dif- 
ference. The  difference  voltage  is  then  conditioned  and  ap- 
plied to  a  decoder  from  which  a  control  voltage  is  devek>ped. 


3,673,433 

CIRCUIT  ARRANGEMENT  FOR  SELECTIVELY 

CONNECTING  AT  LEAST  TWO  INPUTS  TO  A  COUNTING 

STAGE  POSSESSING  AT  LEAST  ONE  PREPARATORY 
INPUT  AND  ONE  TRIGGERING  INPUT  AND  INCLUDING 

CONTACT  BOUNCE  SUPPRESSION  CnCUlTRY 
Hanpctcr  Kupfcr,  GcroMswl,  SwkacriaMl,  ssslg to  Al- 

FHed  July  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  166,070 
CWms  priority,  appHcatioa  Swfcufriand.  Aug.  21,  1970, 
12523/70 

InL  CL  li03k  1 7/28,  7  7/76 
U.S.CL307— 247A  2CtariinB 


.(I      o 


^K 


-u  t>c±y^ — H     I     


A  circuit  arrangement  for  selectively  connecting  at  least 
two  inputs  to  a  counting  stage  equipped  with  at  least  one 
preparatory  input  and  oite  triggering  input,  wherein  these  in- 


puts are  connected  in  circuit  with  the  triggering  input  of  the 
counting  stage  through  the  agency  of  associated  gates  and  a 
successively  arranged  common  gate.  A  respective  input  of 
each  associated  gate  is  connected  to  a  voltage  via  a  respective 
switch  controlling  such  gate.  For  the  purpose  of  slowing  down 
or  retarding  the  switching-in  signal  flank  there  is  connected  in 
series  with  each  switch  an  inductance  coil  and  a  damping  re- 
sistor which  collectively  form  in  conjunction  with  a  respective 
grounded  capacitor  an  at  least  approxinuitely  critically 
damped  series  oscillating  circuit.  The  junction  point  between 
each  damping  resistor  and  associated  capacitor  is  connected 
via  a  diode  and  a  common  resistor  to  an  oppositely  p<ded  volt- 
age, and  the  junction  point  between  each  such  diode  and  the 
common  resistor  is  connected  with  the  preparatory  input  of 
the  counting  stage. 


3,673/434 
NOISE  IMMUNE  FLIP-FLOP  dRCUTT  ARRANGEMENT 
Michael  D.  Mcintosh,  Grcencaatlc.  Pa.,  aarignnr  to  Londls  Tool 
Conpony 

FBed  Nov.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  880,080 
lot.  CLH03k  J/72 
UACL307— 247  14  ( 


a  «• 

41 


MATCH     FIO.  W  - 


A  noise  immune  data  processing  flip-flop  circuit  arrange- 
ment is  described  in  which  the  dock  input  for  one  or  more 
transition  triggered  flip-flops  is  fed  to  the  ck>ck  input  terminal 
of  respective  flip-flops  via  a  NAND  circuit  means  wMch 
prevents  the  start  of  charging  of  a  capacitor,  acroas  which  trig- 
gering voltage  is  to  appear,  via  a  resistor  until  an  input  pulse 
fed  to  the  NAIvfD  circuit  appears  \t1uch  has  at  least  a  given  du- 
ration thereby  making  the  flip-flop  immune  to  noise  pulses  of 
shorter  duration.  Additionally,  the  pube  for  triggering  must 
have  a  still  greater  duration  sufficientiy  long  enough  to  aDow 
the  capacitor  to  reach  the  transition  voltage  level  for  the  flip- 
flop  providing  further  protection  from  false  triggering  by  noise 
pubes  of  still  greater  duration  than  the  given  duration.  The 
dear  input  for  the  flip-flop  is  also  provided  with  NAND  circuit 
means,  and  the  Q  arid  Q  outputs  from  the  flip-flop  are  fed  to 
NAND  circuits  which  are  connected  to  a  stngje  voltage  supply 
source  via  resistors. 


3,673^435 
ELECTOONIC  RELAY 
Inllalty,  Koowle  Gordcaa,  Combe  Martta, 
Devon,  EnglMMi 

FHed  March  17, 1970,  Scr.  Na  20,240 
Claims  priority,  ^niMflfcw  Great  Bvitah,  MMcb  18, 1969, 
14,189/69 

IaLCLH03k77/7<# 
U.S.  CL  307-257  10  CUm 

An  electronic  relay  having  two  push-pull  oscillators  con- 
nected in  series.  Each  oscillator  has  two  transistors  and  a 
transformer  having,  in  addition  to  its  input  and  feedback 


899  O.Q.— 58 


^ 


1582 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


windings,  a  control  winding.  Each  oscillator  is  controlled  by  a 
latch  drctiit  which  can  prevent  oscillation  by  connecting  a  low 


^ 


I07 


June  27,  1972 

I  3^73^*37  I 

DAMPED  SINUSOIDAL  CURRENT  PULSE  GENERATOR 

AND  METHOD 
DouM  A.  Wright,  Woodbury.  Mian^  aarignnr  to 
Minliig  and  MamifacturiBg  ComiMiiy,  Sdnt  Paul,  MtauL 
med  June  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  50^40 
fart.  CLH03ky  7/00 
UAa.307— 252J  ^ 


■129 


KM    ]_ 


'^ 


resistor  across  the  contn^  winding.  The  latch  circuits  are  in- 
terconnected so  that  only  one  oscillator  can  oscillate  at  any 
time. 


3,673,436 
LATE  PHASE  FIRING  SWITCHING  CIRCUIT 
JMBM  R.  Adum,  Jr.,  RicMMd,  Mfau^  aoigftor  to  Honeywdl 
Iiii  ,ri1iiinra|inli.^1lnn 

Fled  Juk  11, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105395 
UtL  a.  Ii03k  /  7f28;  F23q  3/00 
U.S.a.307— 246  7( 


o      itfO- 


A  damped  sinusoidal  electromagnetic  field  is  produced  by 
oscillatory  current  flow  in  a  conductor  of  an  inductive  com- 
ponent of  an  underdamped  LC  resonant  circuit.  Energy  is 
stored  in  the  resonant  circuit  when  the  resonant  circuit  is  cou- 
pled to  a  steady  sute  D.C.  electrical  energy  source  by  the  trig- 
gering imo  conduction  of  an  SCR  connected  in  series  with  the 
resonant  circuit  and  the  D.C.  source.  Energy  ts  transferred  to 
the  resonant  circuit  by  an  indiictor  connected  in  series 
therewith.  The  inductance  of  the  inductor  is  sufHciently  less 
than  that  of  the  inductive  component  of  the  resonant  cinctiit 
such  that  sufficient  energy  is  stored  in  the  resonant  circuit  at  a 
sufficient  rate  to  cause  current  flow  in  the  SCR  to  ultimately 
cease.  Thereupon  the  SCR  shuts  off  the  transfer  of  energy 
from  the  D.C.  source  to  the  resonant  circuit,  and  damped 
sinusoidal  oscillation  occurs  in  the  resonant  circuit  to  produce 
a  damped  sinusoidal  electromagnetic  field.  The  SCR  is  inter- 
mittently triggered  into  conduction  to  produce  an  intermittent 
series  of  damped  sinusoidal  electromagnetic  fields. 


nCL  KWMII  MM*  **-■ 


^  3,673,438  

MOS  INTEGRATED  CIRCUIT  DRIVER  SYSTEM 
GMtrge  E.  Lmd,  Bcrwyii,  Pa.,  aaslffMir  to 
.     tkNi.Dc(r8k,Kacli. 

pM  Doc  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  100,065 

UACL  307-270 


Iirt.CLli03ki/26 


oLm 


A  control  system  is  provided  for  energizing  an  electrical 
load,  in  the  form  ci  a  spark  ignition  transformer,  so  that  the 
load  is  energized  for  a  portion  <rf  a  half  wave  of  the  applied  al- 
ternating current  voltage.  The  control  circuit  utilizes  a  capaci- 
tor in  series  with  the  primary  winding  of  a  pulse  transformer 
with  this  combination  paralleled  by  a  Zener  diode  for  trigger- 
ing a  solid  state  switch  such  as  a  Triac  or  sUicon  controlled 
rectifier.  The  capacitor  is  charged  through  the  pulse  trans- 
former primary  by  the  applied  alternating  current  voltage  dur- 
ing the  early  or  rising  portion  of  the  applied  wave  form  causing 
a  pulse  of  the  wrong  pcdarity  to  be  applied  to  the  gate  of  the 
silicon  contrdled  rectifier  until  the  Zener  breakdown  voltage 
is  reached,  at  which  voltage  the  capacitor  is  held  charged. 
When  the  applied  voltage  declines  to  the  Zener  breakdown 
potential  and  the  Zener  causes  to  conduct,  the  capacitor  is  al- 
lowed to  discharge  through  the  pulse  transformer  primary 
causing  a  pulse  of  the  proper  polarity  to  trigger  the  8(^d  state 
switch  that  in  turn  generates  a  spark  through  a  step-up  trans- 
former. 


An  integrated  circuit  driver  system  utilizing  Metal-Oxide- 
SUicon  Field-Effect  Transistore  (MOS  FET's)  is  disclosed  for 
operation  in  a  two-frfiase  nKxk  for  driving  a  substantially 
capacitive  load.  A  preferred  embodiment  of  the  invention 
makes  use  of  an  alternating  current  (ac)  volUge  having  a 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1588 


peak-to-peak  magnitude  somewhat  greater  than  the  direct 
current  (dc)  supply  potential.  An  auxilliary  dc  power  supply  is 
implemented  for  converting  the  ac  voltage  to  an  operating 
potential  for  inverters  which  in  turn  provide  the  phase  in- 
verted signals  required  by  a  pair  of  drivers.  The  latter  generate 
the  alternate  phases  of  the  output  voltage  presented  to  the 
load.  Additionally,  the  system  exploits  the  MOS  threshold 
voltage  dropping  properties  to  realize  a  threshold  shift  of 
suitable  magnitude  to  insure  the  required  duty  cycle  of  the 
driver  output  pulse  waveforms. 


bus  connects  the  cathodes  of  the  first  group  of  diodes  to 
complete  a  parallel  arrangement  A  second  group  of  diodes  in 
a  similar  paraUel  arrangentent  is  connected  in  series  with  the 
first  by  a  direct  electrical  connection  from  the  bus  of  one 
group  to  the  coolant  system  of  the  other.  Each  coolant  syitem 
is  independent  of  the  others  and  is  driven  by  a  separate  pump- 
ing device  that  preserves  the  electrical  integrity  of  the  diodes 
connected  thereto. 


3,673,439 
RESETTABLE  TIMING  dRCUTT 
Samud  Reader  Pearson,  Farmers  Branch,  Tex., 
Texas  Instrument  Incorporated,  DaUas,  Tex. 

Filed  Jan.  5. 1971,  Scr.  No.  103,964 
Int.  CLH03k  7  7/26 
UACL  307-293 


to 


ICIafan 


3.673,441 
CONTROL  APPARATUS 
Larry  H.  Roystcr,  Cary,  N.C.,  assignar  to  Honcywd  Inc.,  Nfin- 
neapoUs,  Minn. 

Filed  May  1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  820,927 
InLa.H04r;  7/00 
U.S.  CL  310— 8.6  4( 


43^1:^ 


1^ 


PRIOR  ART 

12  ^»t 


A  timing  circwt  is  disclosed  wherein  a  sin^e  output  pulse  is 
generated  after  a  preselectaMe  dday.  In  response  to  a  first 
programmed  input,  the  output  pulse  occurs  after  a  first  delay, 
while  control  circtiitry  modifies  the  duration  of  the  delay  in 
response  to  a  second  programmed  input.  Generation  of  the 
output  pulse  automatically  resets  the  timing  circuit  so  that  a 
new  timing  cycle  may  be  initiated. 


^  3,673,440 

UNINSULATED  IN-CORE  THERMIONIC  DIODE 
T.O.  Paine,  Deputy  Admiiystrator  of  the  National 

and  Space  Administration  with  rcqpect  to  an  Invention  of, 
^^^and  Jerry  P.  Davis,  La  Canada,  CaW. 

FDed  Oct  15, 1968,  Scr.  No.  767,741 

InLCLHOlJ  45/00 

U.S.  CL  310—4  5  Ctainn 


1  ^'  \, 


i: 


IT-/ 


\\\\\\\\\\s 


to3^ 


A  spring  mounted  transducer  where  the  plane  cX.  the  spring 
is  perpendicular  to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  transducer  and 
is  parallel  to  the  direction  of  flexure  c^  the  transducer.  The 
mounting  of  the  spring  is  at  the  transducer  centeriine  for 
greater  efficiency  and  longer  life  and  the  spring  in  an  optional 
embodiment  has  a  reduced  thickness  flexing  section  at  the 
centeriine  of  the  transducer  along  with  an  inq>roved  clamp  for 
greater  spring  reliability. 


3,673>«2 

TEMPERATURE  COMPENSATED  PIEZOELECTRIC 

ACCELEROMETER 

,  SnIi-RkkanlMdi  Im  Donricr,  Swl|. 


2099/64 


of  Scr.  No.  430,629,  Feb.  5, 1965.  Ilrfs 
Dec  4, 1967,  Scr.  No.  701,799 
priority,  appMcllon  SwUjctlid,  Feb.  14,  1964, 


IntCLIMMr  77/00 


U.S.CL310— 8.4 


13 


A  thermionic  energy  converter  is  provided  by  a  plurality  of 
diodes  externally  heated  by  a  reactor  and  externally  con- 
nected in  series-parallel  arrangement.  Each  diode  assembly 
comprising  a  tubular  anode  within  a  tubular  cathode  is  located 
in  the  core  of  a  nuclear  reactor.  Ceramic  spacers  and  seals  are 
located  at  the  ends  of  the  diode  tubes  outside  the  reactor  core. 
A  conductive  coolant  system  is  connected  directly  to  the  ends 
of  the  tubular  anodes  of  a  first  group  of  diodes.  A  conductive 


An  acceleration  measuring  device  iK^iich  includes  within  a 
casing  a  piezo-electric  system,  a  seismic  mass  and  a  rdatively 
fixed  abutment;  temperature-compensating  dements  are  pro- 
vided at  the  outer  end  or  ends  of  the  piezo-electric  system 
MtMch  have  a  coefficient  of  expansion  greater  than  that  of  the 
materials  of  the  adjacent  elements. 


1584 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  27,  1972 


3^73«443  >                     3^73.445 

PRESSURE  TRANSDUCER  WITH  REIHJCED  DUST  SEAL  FOR  ELECTRIC  MOTORS 

TEMPERATURE  SENSITIVITY  H— nidoMRiHa,  WcMfauMmadT—aoSchmnllini  ,■. 

I H.  Stead, Ctmetmet,  N.Y^  iirfgw nr  lo gwidHi iiii  Date  Horf,  IwUfc  of  SiiMwiteail.  iMlMnri  >o 

nd,  Warik  Br«wn,  B«T«ri  St  Cte,  I 

I  of  Scr.  No.  22,132,  April,  1970,  abMidoMd,  FVedDK.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,836 

r.  No.  703,621,  Feb.  7, 1968,  CWmi  priority,  oppllcorioo  Swtacriaiid,  Jaik  7,  1970, 

I  Dm.  31. 1970.  Scr.  No.  103^30  95/70 

.  a.  HOlv  7/00  Iirt.a.H02k5//2 

U.S.a.310— 8.7                                                         2CWBH  U.S.CL310— 88                                                          4( 


.^UJi. 


Di8cIo6ed  is  a  piezoelectric  pressure  transducer  particularly 
suited  for  use  with  an  engine  gauge  for  measuring  pressures  in 
internal  combustion  engines  or  for  sensing  pressure  in  other 
severe  temperature  environments.  A  thin,  flat  diaphragm  is 
protected  by  a  ceramic  shield  and  other  elements  of  the  gauge 
are  made  of  material  having  a  low  thermal  expansion  such  as 
invar.  Accea  to  the  diaphragm  is  by  way  of  a  small  annular, 
stepped  groove  to  cool  the  gases  acting  on  the  diaphragm.  A 
piezoelectric  element  such  as  quartz  having  two  sensitive  axes 
is  employed  and  long  term  temperature  effects  are  nullified  by 
applying  compensating  stresses  to  the  second  axis  of  the 
piezoelectric  element. 


3,673^444 
ROTARY  ELECTRIC  MACHINE 
UsUo  KwsfObc,  NkUtana;  HiRaM  Klmara,  KMo;  HhraaM 
Toonoku,  HocUoJI,  «m1  TosMo  Dot,  Minaiiytama,  tM  of 
I  lo  IlllMhl,  Ltd.,  CWjodo  li  ii,  Tokyo,  Japan 
Fled  Oct  9, 1970,  Scr.  Na  79,346 
>  priority,  ^ypfcltoB  Japan,  Oct  9, 1969, 44/80794 
lot  CLH02k  9/00 
U.S.a.310— 10  11 


A  rotary  electric  machine  having  a  superconducting  rotor 
and  beairings,  which  utilize  the  magnetic  solid  property  of  an 
inhomogeneous  hard  superconducting  material,  for  forming 
an  a.c.  generator  or  motor. 


m 


i^i 


<y 


A  dust  seal  structure  applied  to  electric  motors  to  prevent 
ingress  of  dust  and  other  foreign  matter  into  the  air  gap 
between  the  stator  and  rotor  includes  a  stator  supported  ring- 
shaped  lip  seal  member  and  a  ring-shaped  spacer  member 
which  bear  in  an  axial  direction  against  a  corresponding  sur- 
face on  the  rotor.  The  lip  seal  and  spacer  members  are 
mounted  on  an  axially  movable  support  ring  which  is  carried 
by  the  radially  inner  ends  of  a  circtunferential  array  of  flexible 
strips  whose  outer  ends  are  secured  to  the  stator,  and  com- 
pression springs  associated  with  the  flexible  strips  exert  an  axi- 
ally directed  force  which  is  transmitted  to  the  lip  seal  and 
spacer  members  thus  to  enable  the  latter  to  follow  any  axial 
movements  of  the  rotor.  The  spacer  ntember  which  is  non- 
yieldable  absorbs  axial  thrust  exerted  by  the  springs  and  thus 
prevents  the  lip  seal  from  being  deformed  as  well  as  acting  as  a 
guide  for  the  seal. 


3,673^446 
INDUCTION  DISC  TYPE  RELAY 
Mksuo  Wald,  Milo,  and  Koya  Ito.  Katnta.  both  of  Japa»i,  aa- 
signors  to  HMacM,  Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Fled  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,013 

CMns  priority,  applcaUoa  Ji«mi,  Nov.  21, 1969, 44/92969 
liiLCLIi02k/7//0 
U.S.  CL  310— 172  4( 


If^VT 


An  induction  disc  type  relay  adapted  to  apply  to  an  induc- 
tion disc  a  rotational  torque  proportional  to  an  input  so  that  an 
operating  output  is  produced  at  the  expiration  oi  a  |x«deter- 
mined  time  dependent  on  the  magnitude  of  the  input  after  the 
application  of  the  input  Included  in  the  relay  are  two  sets  of 
shading  coils  and  reluctance  paths  responsive  to  the  same 
input  signal  for  applying  the  rotation  torque  to  the  induction 
disc,  vt^iereby  and  desired  time  lag  characteristic  can  be  readi- 
ly obtained 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1685 


3,673,447  3,673>«9 

CCNVfMUTATOR  COOLING  MEANS  CHANNEL  AMPLIFYING  I»VICE  C(»fPRISING  A 

• llsiiaBSi  8,  CH-2552,  Orpund-Btel,  PLURALITY  OF  COUPLED  CHANNEL  PLATES 

and  Hdm  ZunlMch,  Bwtokmiauswci  16,  CH-2500,  Bid,  GUbcrt  Eachard,  Poris,  FVancc,  acriginr  to  VS.  PhBpc  Cor 

bothofSwtacriMid  poratkm.  New  York,  N.Y. 

FBed  Aug.  20, 1968.  So-.  No.  760382  FBed  April  1, 1970.  Scr.  No.  24.675 

Ot^m  priority.  appMialiim  Swilaaiand,  Aug.  24,  1967,  Claimspriority.appttcalkNiFraDcc,  April  4, 1969,6910558 

1 1907/67  Int.  CL  HOIJ  43/00 

lM.CLH02k9l28  UAQ.  313-105                                                  3( 
U.S.a.310— 227                                                        SCUms 


An  electric  machine  having  a  rotor  winding  connected  to  a 
collector  or  to  slip  rings  and  brushes  contacting  said  collector 
or  slip  rings,  said  collector  or  slip  rings  and  brushes  being  cap- 
suled in  a  supporting  structure  for  the  one  bearing  of  the 
machine  and  the  brushes,  axial  cooling-air  ducts  being  formed 
in  said  structure  for  admitting  cooling  air  to  the  windings  of 
the  machine. 


A  channel  amplifying  device  comprising  a  fdurality  of  cou- 
pled channel  plates,  the  diameters  of  the  channels  on  either 
side  of  the  coupling  area  being  different  from  each  other,  one 
channel  of  one  of  the  channel  plates  opening  out  in  a  plurality 
of  channels  of  the  channel  plate  cou|rfed  therewith. 


3,673,450 
ELECTROLUMINESCENT  TECHNIQUES  AND  DEVICES 
San  L.  Leach,  Pates  VcrdCB  PealMnla,  CalL,  aasipiar  to  Spee- 
tro-Tech  Corporatten,  El  Scgoado,  CaHL 

Fled  Jan.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  7,157 
Int.  CL  HOIJ  7/<$2 
U.S.CL313— lOSA  11' 


3,673>I8 

CATHOIW:  RAY  TUBES  HAVING  ROW  AND  COLUMN 

ELECTRCMKS  ATTACHED  TO  OPPOSITE  SIDES  OF 

INSULAUNG  SUBSTRATE 

Tadashl  Nakamura,  be,  Japan,  assignor  to  Ise  Electronics 

CorporatkHi,  Ise,  Japan 

raadOct.  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  864,798 
n^in  laliwkj.  awJiralteM  liyan  fVt  12, 1968,43/73904 
Int.  CL  HOIJ  29/46, 29/06, 29/74 
U.S.a313-86  ICWn 


""^mi^i^— 


In  a  cathode  ray  tube  wherein  an  electron  beam  emitted 
from  a  cathode  electrode  is  fociised  by  an  electron  lens  and 
deflected  by  a  deflecting  device  upon  a  flourescent  screen,  a 
character  forming  means  is  provided  across  the  path  of  the 
electron  beam  comprising  an  insulating  substrate  and  elec- 
trode elements  formed  on  the  opposite  sides  of  the  substrate 
which  are  arranged  in  a  matrix.  The  substrate  and  electrode 
elements  are  formed  with  aligned  perforations  at  respective 
cross  points  of  the  matrix  and  the  perforations  of  the  electrode 
elements  at  selected  cross  points  are  caused  to  create  positive 
fleld  to  permit  passage  of  the  electron  beam  to  dbplay  a 
selected  character,  numeral  or  pattern. 


New  electroluminescent  techniques  and  devices  are  dis- 
closed which  render  a  product  that  is  more  commercially  sale- 
able, reliable,  and  eccwiomically  feasiUe  than  heretofore  was 
the  case  in  the  art  A  stacked,  multi-layered  electrolu- 
minescent device  is  generaUy  provided,  comprising  a  first  sup- 
porting layer  or  sheet  of  Mylar,  for  exampte,  a  front  electrode 
that  is  transparent  or  at  least  translucent  to  visibte  light,  a 
phosphor-filled  layer  of  dielectric  material,  an  additional 
dielectric  layer  if  desired,  and  a  rear  electrode  plate.  Disposed 
in  intimate  contact  with  the  front  electrode  and  preferably 
between  the  electrode  and  the  phosphor-filled  layer  is  a  wrt 
of  electrically  conductive  filaments  to  obviate  deleterious  ef- 
fects of  electrode  separations.  The  provision  of  a  photo-sensi- 
tive electrically  conductive  material  as  the  rear  electrode  is 
contemplated,  which  material  can  be  photographically  ex- 
posed and  then  developed  so  as  to  produce  any  desired  pat- 
tern or  configuration  of  electrohmnnescenoe.  The  irfiosphor- 
filled  layer  itself  is  contemfdated  to  comprise  a  chemically 
inert  layer  of  pcdypropolyene,  for  example,  this  layer  being 
nude  electrically  conductive  by  the  insertion  of  a  plurattty  of 
electrically  conductive  particulates  dispersed  throuj^iout  so  as 
to  thereby  effectively  control  the  dielectric  constant  thereof. 
Desirably,  the  electrically  conductive  particulates  comprise 
phos{rfK}r  particles  novelly  processed  to  include  an  adsorbed 
layer  in  the  form  of  a  glass  coating  thereon,  the  glass  coating 
Itself  being  provided  with  a  discontinuous  layer  of  stannous 
oxide. 


1586 


LUMINOUS  GAS  ALPHANUMERIC  DISPLAY  DEVICE 
Raymowi  W.  Tackctt,  Exton,  Plk,  Mrignor  to  Bunpooghs  Cor- 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  27,  19^2 

in  which  current  conductors  projecting  from  the  envelope  of 


nkd  ScpL  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862,365 
lirt.  CL  HOIJ  6//66. 67/J2 
UeS-CL  313— 1093 


/ 


cz 


JBH 


J-14 


i^ 


^ 


5-e^ 


-rzrf-i-K 


tF^ 


An  array  of  luminous  gas  portions  of  a  common  envelope  is 
used  to  present  an  alphanumeric  display.  The  common  en- 
velope has  a  plurality  of  openings  arranged  in  a  matrix-like 
configuration.  Each  opening  has  a  central  conductor,  while  a 
common  conductor  encircles  all  of  the  central  conductors. 
The  selective  application  of  a  predetermined  potential 
between  one  of  the  central  conductors  and  the  conunon  con- 
ductors causes  the  luminous  gas  in  the  envelope  surrounding 
the  selected  conductor  to  glow.  By  simultaneously  applying 
the  potential  to  a  selected  plurality  of  central  conductors  and 
the  common  conductor  a  luminous  display  is  provided. 


the  lamp  extend  over  a  portion  of  their  length  outside  of  the 
lamp  base  to  ftinction  as  contacts  to  an  external  power  supply. 


Fla. 


3,673,452 
SPARKPLUG 
3921  CryHal  Lake  Drive,  Pompano  Beach, 


I  3,673,454 

ELECTRIC  INCANDESCENT  LAMP  WITH  AN 
IMPROVED  PINCH  SEAL 
Victor  RooaMe  Notdtdrs,  EimiiMiiyl,  EhMflMnvn,  Nctlicr- 
■ItMr  to  U.S.  PMHpa  Corporatioa,  New  Vori^  N.V. 

FHmI  Oct.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84,775  I 

priority,  appMcattoii  NcthcriaBOs,  Nov.   1,   1969, 
6916499        1 

I  Iiit.CLHOlJi/52 

U.S.CL313— 332  3( 


FBed  Sept.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  73,735 
Int.  CLHOlt /J/20 
U.S.CL313— 141 


5CWIM 


— /♦ 


An  electric  incandescent  lamp,  having  a  quartz  bulb  pro- 
vided with  at  least  one  pinch  seal,  has  substantially  reduced 
cracking  of  the  pinch  seal  during  operation  of  the  lamp  by  the 
interposition  of  a  foil  of  vanadium  or  vanadium  alloy  between 
the  usual  thin  foil  ntolybdenum  connectioo  to  the  wire-type 
current  conductors  (^  the  lamp. 


A  spark  plug  for  a  combustion  engine  or  a  combustion 
chamber,  in  which  the  electrodes  cX.  ferrous  metals  or  ferroal- 
loys have  a  coating  ftised  directly  thereon  by  a  process  known 
in  the  art  as  "electronic  sputtering."  The  coating  forms  a  very  U.S.  Q.  317->29  R 
thin  laminar  deposit  of  a  high  temperature  resistant  metal,  for 
example,  one  of  the  carbides  of  timgsten,  titanium  and 
chromium. 


I  3,673,455 

HIGH  SPEED  SENSOR  F(Nt  INITIATING  CIRCUIT 
BREAKER  TRIPPING 
Clyde  G.  Dewey,  Drexd  HH,  Pa.,  assigjinr  to  Gcnend  Ekctoic 
Company 

fUed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  90,567 


InL  CL  ii02h  7/26.  i/(W 


J; 


6Cb*ns 


3,673,453 
ELECTRIC  LAMP  CC»iPRISING  A  LAMP  BASE  OF  A 
SYNTHETIC  MATERIAL 
ConwMs  Pr^i^  Fmmasingil,  Efndhovai,  Ncthcriand 
FtraMo  Bcnedettl,  Cowiovc,  Itdy,  Mripnrs  to  U.S. 
Corpoi'alioii,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Red  April  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  32^86 
ClakM  priorfty,  appHcatfcm  Nctheriands,  May  2,   1969, 
6906704 

Iirt.CLH01J5/'M 
U.S.CL3I3— 318  ICUkn 

An  electric  lamp  comprising  a  lamp  base  of  a  synthetic  resin 


it 


/rrt">'T~^ — 1  w  '""     W 


Discloses  a  hig)i  speed  sensor  for  initiating  tripping  of  a 
transmission-line  circuit  breaker  in  response  to  the  occur- 
rence of  a  fault  on  the  transmissicm  line.  ComiHrises  curront- 


nFFTPTAT.  OAZET': 


June  27,  lp72 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1687 


magnitude  sensing  means  and  rate-of-change  of  current 
sensing  means  that  coact  to  produce  sensor  operation  when 
the  instantaneous  magnitude  of  the  line  ciurent  and  its  rate  of 
change  for  a  predetermined  duration  exceed  predetermined 
levels. 


3,673y456 

HEAIXJGHTS  WITH  SAFETY  RELAY  CONTROL 

Wesley  Alan  Soiriw,  315  E.  Ccdv,  Pocatdo,  Idaho 

FUed  Jan.  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  6^11 

Int  CL  B60q  1/04, 9/00 

U.S.a.315— S3  6C1irfms 


^^'^  )}^r^ 


To  tilom^nl  5€ 


T»  tmm—t  St 


r»  tablet  f0r  SO 


A  dual  winding  relay  is  connected  between  the  voltage 
source  and  headlights  of  a  vehicle.  When  circuit  continuity 
through  the  headlight  low  beam  filaments  is  present,  both 
windings  on  the  relay  conduct  and  cause  fiill  energization  and 
switch-over  of  the  relay  contacts  to  a  first  state  completing  a 
current  path  through  the  k>w  beam  filaments.  In  the  event  a 
low  beam  filament  is  burned  out,  only  one  of  the  windings  'Jvill 
become  energized.  Under  these  circumstances,  the  relay 
maintains  a  second  state  whereby  the  relay  contacts  connect 
the  voltage  source  with  a  standby  low  beam  filament. 


Wnam 


3,673^458 

CIRCUIT  ARRANGEMENT  COMPRISING  SWITCHING 

MEANS  FOR  PERIODICALLY  INTERRUPTING  A 

CURRENT  SUPPLIED  TO  AN  INDUCTING  COIL 

Anthonte  JannlB  Moggre,  Fmmaahigfl,  Ehtdhoven,  Ncthsr- 

kuMls,  asBlgDor  to  U.S.  PMHps  Corporalki%  New  York,  N.Y. 

Fled  Nov.  17, 1969,  Scr.  No.  877,199 
Claims  priority,  appHcatkm  Nctheriands,  Nov.  20,  1968, 
6816601 

Int.  a.  HOIJ  29/70 
U.S.  CL  315— 27  R  6( 


A  circuit  for  obtaining  a  focus  voltage  that  varies  with  the 
final  anode  voltage  has  a  rectifier,  a  resistcH-,  and  a  capacitor 
connected  to  a  horizontal  output  transformer,  «4iich  is  spe- 
cially designed  to  be  resonant  at  the  fifth  harmonic.  The  series 
arrangement  of  the  diode  and  the  capacitor  is  connected 
between  primary  and  secondary  windinp  oi  the  transformer, 
namely  the  anode  of  the  diode  is  connected  to  a  tap  on  the  pri- 
mary, and  the  remaining  end  of  the  capacitor  is  connected  to 
that  end  of  the  secondary  winding  to  which  a  capacitor  for  the 
fifth  harmonic  tuning  is  connected.  The  odier  capacitor  end  is 
connected  to  a  tap  on  the  primary.  The  latter  tap  comprises  a 
much  smaller  number  at  turns  than  the  first-mentioned  tap  to 
which  the  anode  of  he  diode  is  connected.  The  required  focus- 
ing voltage  is  derived  from  the  resistor  which  is  arranged 
between  the  cathode  of  the  diode  and  ground. 


3,673v«57 
HIGH  GAIN  STORAGE  TARGET 
M.  SacUnflcr,  Bath,  and  Robert  A.  Sfanms,  Hor- 
both  of  N.Y.,  — Ignnri  to  Camli«  GIms  Works, 
,N.Y. 

FBed  Nov.  25, 1969,  Scr.  No.  879,787 

Iiit.a.H01J29/<«/ 

U.S.CL315— 12  7CWnn 


3,673,459 

TWO-WIRE  PREIONIZERFOR  SURGE  VOLTAGE 

ARRESTERS 

J.  Carpenter,  PMslicId,  Mass.,  assignor  to 
Bectric  Conpony 

FBed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Scr.  No.  90,654 
IntCLH01t//00 
U.S.CL315— 36  11 


An  image  conversion  device  of  the  type  wherein  an  input 
photon  image  is  converted  to  a  photoelectnm  image  whdch 
creates  on  a  storage  target  a  charge  pattern  corresponding  to 
the  input  optical  image.  According  to  this  invention  a  mul- 
tichannel plate  is  disposed  in  intercepting  relationship  with  the 
photoelectrons  to  provide  electron  multiplication  of  the 
photoelectron  image. 


A  preionizer  for  a  surge  voltage  arrester,  such  as  a  lighten- 
ing arrester,  is  formed  by  twisting  the  ends  of  a  pair  of  wires,  at 
least  one  of  which  is  insulated  except  at  its  end,  together  so 


1588 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1P72 


that  the  exposed  ends  of  the  wires  form  an  ionizing  gap  that  is 
eaentially  ai  long  as  the  thickne»  of  insulation  between  the 
two  wires.  After  the  ionizing  gap  i>  formed,  an  epoxy  bead  is 
used  to  encapsulate  the  twisted  portion  of  the  preionizer  in 
order  to  maintain  the  desired  gap  spacing.  The  epoxy  bead 
may  also  be  utilized  to  position  the  ionizing  gap  adjacent  a 
main  gap  or  a  trigger  gap  that  is  to  have  its  sparkover  level  sta- 
bilized by  the  preionizing  action  of  the  twistied-wire  preionizer 
of  the  invention. 


is  a  concurrent  signal  on  the  proper  anode.  The  output  of  each 
driver  is  coupled  to  a  switching  transistor  which,  when  caused 
to  conduct,  feeds  a  standoff  voltage  to  a  preceding  phase  and 
the  collector  of  the  driver  associated  with  that  phase,  rapidly 
restoring  the  phase  to  a  voltage  level  below  the  ionization 
point  of  the  gas  cells.  A  resistor  across  the  emitter  and  base  of 
the  switching  transistor  maintains  a  proper  bias  and  a  diode 
across  its  collector  and  emitter  protects  the  switt^ng 
transistor  from  surges  at  shutdown. 


3,673«4<0 
LOW  VOLTAGE  PULSE  SYSTEM  FOR  ADDRESSING  GAS 

DISCHARGE  DISPLAY/MEMORY  PANELS 

WBUmd  E.  Johnan,  Tcnparaaoe,  KOch^  and  Larry  J.  Schmer- 

sal,  Toledo,  OMo,  aaslpMn  to  OwcM-ntnois,  Inc. 

Fikd  Sept  IS,  1970,  Scr.  No.  72,417 

InL  CLHOSb  i7/02 


I  3,673^462 

I    FLASHING  ELECTRIC  LAMP 
Jean  Rene  Marie  Girard,  Bouloft  sur  Sdae,  France,  i 
to  Orthotron,  LoofJumcaa,  France 

Hkd  July  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  52,968 

Claims  priorlly,  appliciMkM  France,  July  9, 1969, 6923304 

Int.CLH05bi//04 


U.S.a.315— 169R 


4CMim    U.S.  CI.  315^200  A 


f  ^.  f  ^, 


^-%-^ 


(D 


There  is  disclosed  a  low  voltage  pulse  addressing  system  for 
addressing  gas  discharge  display/memory  panels  wherein  a 
portion  of  the  pulse  voltage  is  combined  with  the  sustainer 
voltage  so  as  to  reduce  the  voltage  required  fh>m  each  line 
drive  pulsing  circuit  so  as  to  permit  utilization  of  low  voltage 
integrated  circuits. 


3,673^1 
CIRCUIT  FOR  DRIVING  THE  CATHOfMES  <»*  A  MSPLAY 

DEVICE 
Mark  F.  Eiscnbcrg.  North  PWnfldd,  N  J.,  assignor  to 
roughs  Corporation,  Detroit,  Nflch. 

FDed  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,434 
InC  CL  H05b  J  7/00 
UA  0.315—169  TV  7( 


r.-*^ 


A  multiphase  circuit  for  driving  the  cathodes  of  a  gas  cell 
display  device  utilizing  transistor  drivers  for  sequentially  driv- 
ing each  phase  and  switching  circuitry  cooperatutg  with  the 
driven  for  de-energizing  the  previously  "on"  cathodes  and 
rapidly  shutting  off  the  previously  operating  driver.  The  cells 
energbeed  by  an  "on"  cathode  are  caused  to  glow  vi^ien  there 


10 


The  invention  relates  to  a  flaahing  electric  lamp  comprising 
a  casing  ckxed  at  the  front  by  a  removable  glass  and  at  the 
rear  by  a  standard  electric  lamp  base.  A  flashing  electionic 
tube  is  located  inside  the  casing  and  fonns  with  electric  com- 
ponents a  relaxation  oadllator.  The  invention  has  particular 
utility  for  signalling  by  li^ts,  for  illuminated  decorations  and 
for  illuminated  panels.  ^.^^ 


}  3,673,463 

METHODS  AND  APPARATUS  FOR 
ELECTROGASDYNAMIC  COATING 
C  Goordlnc  West  Oranfc,  N J., 

iMni  "jstein.I niiiiliiil.  I  lili^aliia.  H  I 

DMsloa  of  Scr.  No.  601,270,  Nov.  15, 1966. ) 

is  a  contlnaation-iB-part  of  Scr.  No.  512,063,  Dec  7, 19^, 
^  abandoned 

TMs  aypllcartoii  June  30, 1969,  Scr.  ^kk  837,562 

Int.a.B03cJ/06 

UAa.317— 3  4C|Binis 


Methods  and  apparatus  for  applying  coating  materials  to  ar- 
ticles, using  electrogasdynamic  apparatus  providing  a  flow 
channel  having  a  dielectric  boundary  which  has  a  length- 
/width  ratio  of  greater  than  2.S.  Gas  containing  particulate 
coating  material  is  ionized  to  create  an  electrical  discharge 
field  for  hnpartbig  an  electrical  charge  to  the  particles  prior  to 
passage  through  the  didectrically  bounded  flow  path  and 
thereby  creating  a  high  space  charge  potential.  In  special  ap- 
plications, a  free-radical  forming  noonomer  gas  or  a  fusible 
particle  substance  is  carried  in  an  inert  gas  into  the  electrical 
(fischarge  flekl  and  throug)i  the  flow  channel  toward  the  arti- 
cle to  be  coated.  In  any  case,  the  charged  particles  are  sub- 


JUNE  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1689 


jected  to  an  axial  charge  repelling  field  (due  to  space  charge 
effects)  in  the  flow  channd  to  raise  the  electrical  potential  of 
the  particles,  and  thereby  the  potential  gradient  between  the 
particles  and  the  workpieoe. 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  317 — ^29  R  see: 
Patent  No.  3,673,455 


3,673,464 

ENERGQLATHM^  SYSTEM  WITH  SAFFTY  PROVISI(N4 

FOR  FAULTY  RECTIFIER 

JolH  T.  Lamb,  MaMlMd,  and  Oai  L.  Anderson,  ShiloB,  botfi 

of  OI*>,  SMlgii  prito  The  Tappan  Company,  MaMfldd,  Ohio 

CiinHniiliiin  fcs  pai  I  ai  Scr.  Nea.  754,304,  Ang.  21, 1968,  wrf 

Scr.  No.  841,200,  jM|y  14, 1969,  wUch  b  a  dIvUon  of  Scr.  No. 

651,865,  July  7, 1967.  nds  applifHen  Oct  7, 1970,  Scr.  No. 

78,825 
InL  CL  1102b  1/18;  H02li  7/70 
U.&CL317— 43  3< 


-OC 


A  fail-safe  spark  ignition  system  for  gas  burners  includes  a 
spark  energy  monitoring  circuit  for  controlling  the  gas  valve 
and  bimetal  spark  gap  disabling  means  for  eliminating  radio 
interference.  Two  circuit  arrangements  are  shown  for  protec- 
tion against  short  circuit  failure  of  rectifiers  energizing  the 
gas-valve  solenoid  or  other  load  ftxnn  an  AC  power  source, 
using  a  second  rectifier  and  a  fuse  or  fusible  resistor  for  circuit 
disconnection. 


15111/70 
U.S.a.  317-123 


3,673,465 
STABILIZING  MAGNETIC  fTELDS 

nw9 a.     ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 
9  VQFCMkf  aWHJUUUMI 

I  June  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  156,241 
priority,  apylbBtion  SwHaalMid,  Oct.  13,  1970, 


Int.  CL  G05f  7/00 


10 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  automatically  stabilizing  the 
magnetic  field  produced  by  a  coil,  the  stabilization  being  ef- 
fected by  connecting  between  the  ends  of  the  coil  an  elec- 
tronic device  which  provides  a  negative  resistance  which  is 
equal  in  magnitude  to  the  resistance  of  the  path  over  which 
current  flows  through  the  c<nI,  so  that  the  resistance  between 
the  coil  ends  is  essentially  zero  and  flux  disturbances  are  auto- 
matically compensated  by  the  counterfhix  induced  in  the  coil 
by  such  disturbances.  ^^ 


3,673,466 

SEQUENCE  ELECTRONIC  COMBINATKMW  LOCK 

C.  Kmc|cr,  20  Wabasii  Ave,  WhHto%  N  J. 

Flad  May  14, 1971,  Scr.  No.  143,379 

bLCLEOSb  49/00 

U.S.CL  317-134  9 


An  electronic  combination  lock  circuit  uiiich  indudes  a 
source  erf' direct  current  connected  to  the  rotary  pole  of  plural 
position  switch.  Thq  pole  connects  the  source  to  selected 
switch  contacts  in  a  predetermined  sequence  and  order.  The 
contacts  are  applied  to  combination  of  "AND"  and  bistable 
elements  whereby  the  switch  must  first  be  set  to  a  "ready" 
contact  before  the  combination  nimfiber  which  by  selective  ac- 
tion controls  the  direction  at  rotation.  In  the  event  the  switch 
is  rotated  past  the  combination  number,  the  bistable  elements 
are  reset  and  the  lock  memory  is  wiped  clean.  Thus  after  the 
first  combination  number  is  dialed,  the  direction  of  rotation 
revened,  and  the  next  combinaticxi  number  dialed  subsequent 
to  the  second  "ready"  number  and  again,  if  passed,  the 
mennory  is  reset  This  is  repeated  for  aO  the  combination  num- 
bers after  which  the  source  is  applied  so  as  to  a  utilization  net- 
work or  to  operate  a  release,  alarm,  or  other  output  com- 
ponent. It  is  clear  that  other  variations  can  be  included  as  for 
exami^,  having  to  pass  a  combinatimi  number  more  than 
once  before  proceeding  to  the  next  term. 


3,673,467 
RESIS11VELY4XXWD  SECURITY  SYSTEM 
WBtani  Ebcnrcidi,  WMie  PWm,  N.Y.,  Msignor  to  Eaton  Cor- 
poratioo,  Cleveland,  Ohio 

FBed  Oct  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84,679 
Int  CL  EOSb  49/00.  HOlc  1/02 
U.S.CL317— 134  10  ( 


An  electronic  key-actuated  security  system  inchiding  keys 
each  ctmsdtuted  by  a  plurality  of  electrically  resistive  ele- 
ments. Key-receiving  means  includes  conductors  which  pro- 
vide connections  vrith  resistive  dements  of  a  key  received. 
The  system  indudes  a  plurality  of  bridges  each  associated  with 


1590 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  lft72 


one  of  the  resistive  elements  of  a  key  received.  Each  of  said 
bridges  has  first,  second  and  third  impedance  arms,  a  respec- 
tive one  of  the  key  resistive  elements  being  connected  as  a 
fourth  impedance  arm  of  each  said  bridge.  The  first  and 
second  arms  defiite  a  first  preset  impedance  ration,  and  the 
third  and  fourth  arms  define  a  second  impedance  ration,  the 
bridge  being  electrically  balanced  when  these  ratios  are  equal. 
Logic  gate  means  is  interconnected  with  each  of  the  bridges 
and  supplies  an  output  signal  when  all  of  the  bridges  are 
balanced.  ElectricaOy  actuatable  means,  e.g.,  a  latch,  is 
responsive  to  this  output  signal  for  indicating  thereby  the 
receiving  of  a  key  having  resistive  elements  causing  balancing 
of  all  the  bridges.  A  key  for  use  with  the  system  includes  a 
nonconductive  portion  adapted  to  be  inserted  in  the  key- 
receiving  meant.  Pain  of  contacts  are  bilaterally  symmetrical 
with  respect  to  an  axis  of  synunetry  extending  in  the  direction 
of  insertion  oi  the  key  with  the  rnult  that  the  key  is  adapted 
for  bilateral  insertion. 


gion  (tf  semiconductor  or  a  Schottky  barrier  diode.  The  sttuc- 


M73,468 
SEMICONDUCTOR  RECTIFYING  ARRANGEMENT 

uad  EMctronik  m.bJI., 


16555.0 


Fled  Mwch  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,690 
priority,  appHcalioa  GcnuHiy,  April  1,  1969,  P  19 


U.S.CL317— 234 


IiM.CL  mil  5/00 


A  single  plate  of  semiconducting  material  is  provided  with 
n-conducting  and  p-conducting  zones  at  predetermined  loca- 
tions. The  grooves  are  placed  in  the  {date  as  a  function  of  the 
location  <^  the  n-  and  p-conducting  zones.  Metal  conductive 
paths  are  then  placed  on  the  semiconducting  plate  as  a  func- 
tion of  the  location  of  the  n-  and  p-conducting  zones  and  the 
grooves.  There  results,  for  example,  a  rectifying  bridge  circuit 
formed  in  a  single  piece  of  semiconducting  material. 


3,673«469 
TRANSFERRED  ELECTRON  DEVICES 
David  John  CoUvcr,  and  Cyril  lOlMim,  both  of  Malvern,  En- 
gland,  aMignori  to  Minister  of  Technology  in  Her  Britank 
Mi^csty's  Govcnunent  of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Norther  Ireland,  London,  Ei«laiid 
Fled  June  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44,850 
Claiau  priority,  appHrlien  Great  Britain,  June  10,  1969, 
29,476/69 

Into.  110119/00 
U.S.CL317— 234R  3CfadmB 

A  transferred  electron  device,  such  as  an  oscillator,  com- 
prises a  body  of  semiconductor  material  exhibiting  the  trans- 
ferred electron  effect,  a  cathode  on  the  body  comprising  a  re- 
gion of  metal  giving  good  ohmic  contact  with  the  body  and  an 
anode  on  the  body  giving  efficient  extraction  of  current  car- 
riers and  ccmsisting  ot  material  other  than  a  metal  winch 
would  give  good  ohmic  contact.  The  aiKxte  may  be  an  n***  re- 


ture  is  suited  to  higher  frequency  operation  with  larger  payst- 
cal  device  dimensions. 


I  3,673*470 

HOUSING  FOR  TRANSICTORS  HA  VING  UNSOLDERED 

CONNECTIONS  FOR  OPERATING  AT  VERY  HIGH 

FREQUENCIES 

Guy  Louvd,  Antony,  Firanoa,  anlpBor  to  Cosapagnie  Indua- 

tiWk  Des  TdecnnnnnnkatiQM  dt^Akalsl,  Paris,  liTMce 

Fled  May  27, 1971,  Scr.  No.  147,561 
CUms  priority,  appMratlnn  fiance.  May  27, 1970, 7019386 
InLCLHOUi/OO.  5/00 
US.  CL  317^234  R  3( 


The  device  enables  a  transistor  to  be  removed  from  a  ciiicuit 
without  its  connections  having  to  be  unsoldered  or  soldered 
again,  and  comprises  a  middle  part  bearing  the  transistor,  one 
of  whose  electrodes  is  conitected  to  the  ground  of  the  middle 
part  and  two  lateral  flanges  fitted  with  plug  sockets  for  receiv- 
ing the  other  two  electrodes  of  the  transistor.  The  middle  part 
and  the  two  flanges  can  be  installed  together  by  means  of 
screws.  The  two  flanges  can  also  be  installed  without  the  aiid- 
dle.  allowing  the  inventi<»i  to  be  used  for  making  measure- 
ments on  power  amplifiers  at  frequencies  greater  than  I  Gc/s. 


1  3,673*471 

DOPED  SEMICONDUCTOR  ELECTRODES  FOR  MOS 
TYPE  DEVICES 
Thomm  Klrin,  Paio  Alto,  and  Fcdcfko  Faoin,  Cupertino,  both 
of  CaM..  assignors  to  FatPdrfM  Camera  and  Instrument  Cor- 
poraHoo,  Moinn^n  View,  CaM. 

Filed  Oct.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  70,978 
IntCLH01l77/74 
U.S.  a.  317^235  R 


cntcor- 
IcUm 


The  threshold  voltage  required  to  invert  an  MOS  device  is 


1592 


riT?j?jr*r  at    r*  a ryc^fTifn-ci 


JXJNE  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1591 


both  shifted  and  selectively  controlled  by  using  appropriately 
doped  semiconductor  material  as  the  gate  electrode. 


3,673,472 
ELECTROSTATIC  PHOTOCOPYING  MACHINE 
Raymond  B.  J.  Ucbcna,  Bmssck,  Bflgjiim.  aarignnr  to  ICP, 
Inc.,  SkoUe,  DL 

Fled  March  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21,978 
Int.CLHOlt/9/00 
U.S.a317-262A  6 


A  digital  capstan  tachometer  is  driven  by  the  capstan,  and 
two  digital  tape  tachonaeteis.  one  located  on  each  red-aide  of 
a  vacuum  column,  are  driven  by  the  tape  adjacent  the  red. 
The  outputs  of  the  tape  tadiometen  are  compared  to  the  out- 
put of  the  capstan  tachometer  to  originate  a  red-tet  or  a  reel* 
sk>w  signal  for  each  reel.  These  signals  are  utilized  to  modify 
control  of  the  associated  red  motor  in  a  manner  to  inhibit  the 
drive  mode  and  institute  a  coast  mode  upon  the  presence  of  a 
reel-fast  signd,  and  to  inhibit  the  bralce  mode  and  institute  a 
coast  mode  if  a  reel-sk>w  signal  occurs  ^ifhen  the  capstan  is 
rotating  in  a  direction  to  move  tape  out  oi  the 
vacuum  column. 


3,673^474 
MEANS  FOR  GENERATING  (A  SOURCE  OF)  SURFACE 
AND  BULK  ELASTIC  WARES 
Richard  M.  WMte;  Robert  E.  Lee,  and  CiMriM  W. 
of  Berkeley.  Cd«.,MslpinrHo  The  UaHed  States  of  i 
as  represented  by  tlM  Secretary  of  tlK  Navy 

Filed  Sept  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  75,523 
Int.  a.  HOlv  7/00 
U.S.  a.  318—116  8( 


A  high  voltage  means  for  an  electroeutic  photocopy 
machine  for  charging  photosensitive  copy  paper  so  that  an 
image  of  an  original  document  may  be  superimposed  thereon. 
A  wire  connected  to  the  high  voltage  side  of  a  high  voltage 
source  is  spaced  from  the  sensitive  side  of  the  copy  paper.  A 
roller  positioned  in  an  opposed  relationship  with  the  wire 
moves  the  copy  paper  through  the  high  voltage  means.  The 
peripheral  edge  of  the  roller  is  electrically  conductive  and 
connected  to  the  reference  voltage  side  of  the  hi^  voltage. 


3,673*473 
MAGNETIC  TAPE  UNFT  REEL  MOTOR  TENSION 
CONTROL 
ABen  J.  Werner.  Boulder,  Colo.,  assignor  to  Intcmatfcmd 

■CSS  Machines  Coiporatlwn,  Annonk,  N.Y. 

FBed  Oct.  19. 1970,  Ser.  No.  81,993 
Int  CL  B65h  23/20;  HOlp  5/00 
U.S.CL318— 7  6 


■fit 


A  magnetic  tape  unit  having  a  machine  reel,  a  file  red,  a 
machine  vacuum  column,  a  file  vacuum  column  and  a  reversi- 
ble capstan  disposed  between  the  vacuum  columns.  An  upper 
and  a  tower  tape  loop  position  sensor  is  located  in  each 
column.  These  sensors  control  the  associated  red  motor  to  in- 
stitute a  brake  mode  of  operation  therefore  when  the  loop  is 
between  the  sensors,  and  to  institute  a  drive  mode  oi  opera- 
tion, to  move  tape  in  the  same  direction  as  the  capstan  is  mov- 
ing tape,  whenever  the  loop  is  in  danger  of  being  pulled  out  of 
a  column  or  of  being  buttoned  in  a  column. 


A  source  of  high  fivquency  elastic  waves  are  generated  by 
placing  a  Gunn  effect  oscillator  in  close  proximity  to  a 
piezoelectric  or  an  electrostrictive  s(4id.  The  device  creates  a 
moving  source  of  sound  near  the  surfisce  of  the  solid.  The 
sound  will  be  radiated  fixun  the  surfoce  of  the  solid  as  bulk  or 
surface  elastic  waves.  Elastic  waves  can  be  generated  fix>m 
both  surfaces  in  certain  situations. 


3,673^75 

PULSE  DRIVE  CIRCUIT  Fm  COILS  CH^  DENTAL 

IMPACT  TOOLS  AND  THE  UKE 

Ralph  H.  Britlon,  Jr.,  Pab  Alto,  Otff.,  ■rignnr  to  n«d  M. 

HubHwd,  Nevada  aty,  CdH. 

FBed  Sept.  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  72,277 
Int.CLH02kiJ/72 
U.S.CL318— 122  10 1 


A  drive  circuit  for  dentd  percussion  toob  or  hammers  and 
the  like  induding  a  power  supply  coupled  with  a  timing  circuit 


*«.^-<.    »!*1*^* 


•y^mmtmBmm 


I 


1592 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27j  1972 


which  provides  suitable  output  pubes  of  sdectable  frequency. 
The  output  of  the  timing  circuit  is  connected  to  a  recoil-drive 
pulse  forming  circuit  which  includes  one  shot  nwhivibratocs 
one  of  which  generates  recoil  pulses  and  the  other  of  wMch 
generates  drive  pulses  immediately  following  the  recoil  pulses. 
These  pulses  are  amplified  and  applied  to  the  solenoid  of  the 
dental  hammer  unit  to  ahemately  energize  coils  of  the  sole- 
noid to  cause  the  armature  to  reciprocate  rapidly  and  impart 
repetitive  impacts  to  a  tool  element  The  circuit  includes 
means  for  enabling  adjustment  of  pulse  frequency,  pulse  width 
and  pulse  amplitude. 


centric  coils  being  used  as  preferred.  The  stator  coil  layout  is 
derived  from  the  sutor  coil  layout  of  a  corresponding  double- 
layer  winding  for  the  same  alternative  pole-numben. 

>m-ci»l<:M>«c-«cci-i«an[iKPiiK"n  '^'^^-*"l:^g{iiR!!; 


3^734476 
SIGNAL  PRODUCING  APPARATUS  ADAPTABLE  FOR 
USE  WITH  VARIABLE  RELUCTANCE  MOTORS 
"^  W— fc*^  IMi"il"lliiw.  MfclL.  sssigaiii  to  Ford 
eaipapy,  Dsarbera,  Kfldk 
Had  March  8, 1971,  Ssr.  No.  121,655 
bL  a.  H02k  29/00 
U.S.a.318— 138  7( 


A  circuit  is  described  for  producing  periodic  electrical 
signals  upon  the  repeated  sequential  activation  of  a  plurality 
of  sensor  units.  The  sensor  units  preferably  include  solid  state 
switching  devices  in  the  form  of  light-activated  silicon-con- 
trolled rectifiers.  The  circuit  may  be  used  to  indicate  the  rela- 
tive angular  velocity  of  one  body  routing  with  respect  to 
another  body.  In  such  case,  the  electrical  signals  have  frequen- 
cies proportional  to  the  angular  velocity  of  the  routing  body. 
When  applied  to  disc-type  variable  rehictance  motors,  the  cir- 
cuit may  be  used  with  additional  apparatus  to  indicate  the 
position  of  the  motor's  rotor  relative  u>  its  stator.  The  signal 
indicative  of  rotor  position  may  be  used  for  purposes  of  varia- 
ble reluctance  motor  speed  and  torque  control. 


3,673^77 

POLE-CHANGING,  THREE-PHASE  ALTERNATING 

CURRENT  INDUCTION  MOTOR,  WITH  SINGLE-LAYER 

STATOR  WINDING 
Akxander  Richard  WBIam  BroMlway;  WUtan  Foi«,  and 
Gordon  HfaMie  RawcWIe,  al  ef  BrMol,  England,  Mripnn 
to  NadoMi  Rtasaicli  Devdopownt  Corporatioa,  London, 


nfed  Feb.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  9,546 
priority,  appMcatioB  Ortttt  Britain,  Feb.  18,  1969, 
8,791/69 

InLCLH02p7/4« 
U.S.CL3I8— 224R  <n-fa— 

A  three-phase,  two-speed  pole-changing  induction  motor, 
using  the  pole-changing  method  of  pole^unpUtude  modula- 
tion, which  has  a  single-layer  stator  winding,  diamond  or  con- 


ITIlL 

G 


The  present  invention  provides  a  two-speed,  three-phase  al- 
ternating current  electric  motor  having  a  single  layer  sutor 
winding  with  alternative  connections  providing  alternative 
pole-numbers  by  a  nxxlified  method  of  pole-amplitude  modu- 
lation. 


rAL 


3,673^478 
SEMICONDUCTOR  PELLET  FTTTED  ON  A  MET> 

BODY 
Udcni  Osocgawa,  KodainMhl,  and  Katusi  Koboyasl^  Tolcyo, 

both  of  Japan,  artgnnntoHHadii,  Ltd.,  Toiiyo.  Japan 
Division  of  Scr.  No.  763,201,  Sept.  27. 1968.  TIte  I 
Oct  31, 1969,  Scr.  No.  871^02 
lirt.CLHOliJ/00 
U.S.CL317— 234R  7, 


/*.\»X'^ 


/€ 


A  semioonductor  device  which  includes  a  metal  lead,  a 
metal  foil  of  gold  or  the  like  connected  with  the  metal  lead  by 
way  of  a  firrt  intermediate  alloy  layer  which  is  formed  between 
the  metal  lead  and  the  metal  foil,  and  a  semiconductor  pellet 
fixed  to  the  metal  foil  with  a  second  intermediate  alloy  layer 
formed  between  the  semiconductor  material  and  the  metal 
foil. 


3,673,479 

SD4GLE  TRIAC  REVERSIBLE  MOTOR  CONTROL 
Alfred  A.  Horton,  Roddord,  DL,  assign  111  to 
Conpangr,  Roddord,  DL 

FDed  Apr!  30, 1971,  Scr.  No.  139,089 
lBLCLH02p  7/62 
U.S.CL  31^208  10 


i 


r* 


A  single  phase  AC  motor,  biased  to  rotate  in  ont  direction, 
is  made  to  stop  when  a  controlled  circuit  tending  to  cause 
roution  in  the  opposite  direction  is  energized  by  a  half  wave 
rectified  alternating  current  and  is  made  to  rotate  in  the  op- 
posite direction  when  the  controlled  circuit  is  energized  by  al- 
ternating current.  A  triac  rectifies  the  control  current  when 
fired  in  only  one  quadrant  and  passes  alternating  current  when 
fired  in  two  quadrants,  a  nnodulated  DC  gating  current  deter- 


JUNE  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1698 


mining  whether  the  triac  is  fired  in  one  quadrant,  in  two  3,673^482 

quadrants  or  in  none.  Speed  control  may  be  exercised  by  con-  AUTOMATICALLY  OPERAIING  ANDCONTRCMXING 

troUing  the  phase  angle  of  the  firing.  RECIPROCATING  MOTION 

^^^  Aatiioiiy  Walter  DiBvcy,IialiMra.BiitfaBri,aaBi0Mr  to  Herbert 


3,673*480 

CIRCUIT  FOR  OPERATING  POLYPHASE  INDUCTKN»< 

MOTORS  FROM  SINGLE  PHASE  SUPPLY 

Coin  G.  JoiuBBtoM,  38732  Pttcrta  St.,  Primd^  CaW. 

Fled  Oct  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  83347 

IntCLH02p//44 

U.S.CL318— 221G  16  ( 


~i 


1  n-  ^= 


7 — ^^^ 


A  circuit  for  providing  the  phased  currents  necessary  for 
starting  and  operating  polyphase  motors  from  a  single  phase 
voltage  supply.  Out  of  phase  currents  are  obtained  by  con- 
necting a  capacitor  to  one  or  more  of  the  motor  windings. 
Upon  the  motors*  reaching  nearly  ftill  speed,  a  potential  vent- 
age relay  operates  to  remove  the  capacitor  from  the  motor  cir- 
cuit. Chatter  of  the  potential  voltage  relay  is  avoided  by  inclu- 
sion in  the  circuit  of  a  series  resistor  which  is  selectively 
shorted  by  a  further  relay  connected  in  parallel  with  the  start- 
ing capacitor. 


3,673v481 

DYNAMIC  BRAKING  FOR  UNIVERSAL  MOTORS 

JanMs  T.  Hardin,  LaoriMrtvUc,  ^Odi.,  assign  nr  to  Elira  Cor^ 

poration,  Toledo,  Olilo 

F8cd  May  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,098 
Iata.H02pi/24 
U.S.CL318— 246  5< 


A  dynamic  braking  system  for  universal  electric  motors 
operating  on  alternating  current  is  disclosed  which  utilizes  the 
discharge  of  a  condenser  to  momentarily  energize  the  series 
fiekl  of  the  motor  after  the  power  circuit  to  the  motor  is 
broken  and  the  field  connected  accroas  the  terminals  of  the 
routing  armature  to  initiate  dynamically  braking  of  the  arma- 
ture to  bring  it  to  a  stop  within  a  few  revolutions. 


FBed  Ntevh  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  121337 

I  Great  Britain.  March  12, 1970, 


11316/70 
U.S.CL318— 266 


IatCLII02p7/J6 


A  linear  induction  motor  for  automaticaUy  operating  a 
reciprocating  member  or  door  incorporating  a  control  system 
for  the  motor  by  which  the  door  is  accelerated  at  full  thrust  to 
travelling  speed,  means  for  reducing  the  motor  thrust  to  ena- 
ble the  door  to  coast  at  approximately  constant  speed  until 
reaching  a  .imit  svritch  which  initiates  reverse  thrust  braking, 
with  means  to  automatically  cut  out  the  braking  as  soon  as  the 
door  has  stopped  and  means  for  driving  the  door  at  low  thrust 
to  a  final  limit  switch,  an  overspeed  relay  for  initiating  the 
reversal  of  the  motor  thrust  when  the  door  speed  exceeds  a 
predetermined  value. 


3373,483 
TWO-WAY  DRIVE  FOR  OPTICAL  SYSTEMS  AND  THE 

LIKE 
Kwl  Gamer  Hees,  Wydtanbcrshdm.  Gemaay,  saiga  ni  to 
Jos.  Schneider  &  Co.  Optiscbe  Werke,  Bad  Kreuznach/ 
Rhineland,  Germany 

FDed  Oct  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,018 
Claims  priority,  appHctinw  GcraMny,  Oct  14,  1969,  P  19 
516723 

im.CLG05b5/07 
U.S.CL  318-618  41 


^^o<i^ 


A  load,  such  as  a  servomotor  for  the  positioning  (e.g.  tilt- 
ing) of  a  television  camera,  is  operaMe  by  a  control  circuit 


»%—  m^iwwwm^»Ti 


1594 


OFFrCIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1072 


provided  with  an  input  (E,)  for  a  podtion  signal  and  another 
input  (Ea)  for  a  speed  signal.  The  positioning  signal  is  applied, 
together  with  a  feedback  signal  (E^)  from  a  position  sensor,  to 
a  comparator  w^ioae  positive  or  negative  output  generates  an 
error  signal  of  corresponding  polarity  and  of  a  magnitude 
determined  by  the  speed  signal.  A  reversible  load  motor,  cou- 
pled with  the  position  sensor,  also  drives  a  generator  to 
produce  a  reference  signal  of  either  polarity,  the  difference 
between  the  error  signal  and  the  reference  signal  producing  a 
drive  voltage  of  one  or  the  other  polarity  for  the  load  motor 
until  the  system  is  in  balance. 


3^73^484 

REMOTE  SERVO  CONTROL  CIRCUIT  FOR  REMOTE 

CONTROLLED  SWITCHES  AND  SWITCHBOARDS 

Michad  A.  Tabct,  Norfolk,  Va^  aaslgnor  to  Tabct  Manuftetur. 

Ii«  Co^  IiM^  Norfolk  Va. 

IVmI  May  19. 1970,  Scr.  No.  3M23 

laLCL(M5bn/14 

U.S.CL318— 674  4Ckrfim 


A  unique  remote  control  circuit  is  used  to  permit  the  auto- 
matic control  of  switches  and  switchboards  from  a  remote  lo- 
cation. The  remote  control  circuit  of  this  invention  permits 
such  control  with  only  one  low-power  control  wire  per  switch. 
The  control  circuit  is  a  simple  transistorized  comparator  cir- 
cuit which  drives  a  rotary  solenoid  which  causes  the  con- 
trolled or  slave  switch  to  move  to  a  position  corresponding  to 
the  position  of  the  control  or  master  switch. 


3,673^485 
DUAL  OSCILLATOR  CHARGER-INVERTER  CIRCUIT 
Zellaa  Vital,  BriMMli,  and  JcMi  OriMm  Oabecq,  both  of  Bdgl- 
uas,  aaslgMTS  to  Ptaotronic  lalcmalkinal  EataUlBlnMat, 
Vadus,  LiecklCMtdB 

Filed  April  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  135,591 
Ctaint  priority,  appicilkNi  Bdikiiii,  April  23,   1970, 
88149;  Aof.  24, 1970, 93115;  Nov.  3, 1970, 95875 

bit.  CL  HO^  7/00;  1102m  S/22 
U.S.CL320— 2  5< 


*r^ 


In  a  system  fqr  supplying  power  to  a  load  selectively  from  a 
rechargeable  battery  or  fixMn  an  external  power  source  and  fcM- 


recharging  the  battery  from  such  power  source,  a  dual  con- 
verter connectable  between  the  battery,  the  load  and  the 
power  source  and  including  components  forming  a  first  con- 
verter  for  delivering  power  from  the  battery  to  the  load  and  a 
second  converter  for  converting  the  energy  from  the  power 
source  into  oscillations  and  applying  such  oscillations  for 
recharging  the  battery,  the  arrangement  being  composed  of 
switch  means  for  operatively  connecting  only  one  converter  at 
a  time,  a  siagle  transformer  core,  and  a  plurality  of  winding 
wound  on  the  core,  with  at  least  one  of  the  winding  being  com- 
mon to  both  converters. 


I  3,673v486 

BATTERY  CHARGING  SYSTEM 
Marion  L.  SMdckcr,  drvdmd,  OMo,  Msignni  to  VLN  Cor- 
ponrtioB,  Clevdaiid,  OMo 

FBed  Sept.  3, 1970,  Ssr.  No.  69034 
Int.  CL  H02J  7/00 
U.S.  CL  320>-25  10  ( 


6 


3 

^ 


-*• 


^^j  ■*'' 
j<?~. 


^ 


/.?.. 


h 


■e 


A  circuit  for  preventing  the  buildup  of  a  generating  system 
when  it  is  inadvertendy  connected  in  a  reverse  polarity  em- 
ploys a  resistor-diode  series  combination  which  is  connected 
between  the  field  winding  of  a  generator  that  charges  the  bat- 
tery and  one  terminal  of  the  battery.  When  the  battery  is  con- 
nected with  a  correct  polarity,  current  flows  through  the  field 
winding  of  the  generator  in  one  direction  and  no  current  flows 
through  the  diode  since  the  diode  is  reverse  biased.  However, 
when  the  battery  is  connected  with  a  reverse  polarity,  the 
diode  is  forward  biased  and  current  flows  through  the  diode 
and  its  series  resistor,  and  through  a  parallel  combination  of 
field  discharge  diodes  and  the  field  winding.  The  reverse  cur- 
rent in  the  field  will  prevent  the  excitation  necessary  to  tpild 
up  a  voltage  output 


REG1 


Mdvin  C 


3,673^487 
ULATED  aC.  POWER  SUPPLY 
DL. 


to  Zaalth 


HM  Sept  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,193 
In«.CLH02m7//2 
U.S.a.  321^18  7( 


A  switchittg-type  regulating  power  supply  which  dissipates 
little  power,  minimizes  radio  frequency  interference,  and  pro- 


JUNE  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1595 


vides  a  constant  DC  output  voltage  has  a  full-wave  rectifier 
with  a  regulating  means  in  its  conunon  return  circuit  to  switch 
the  full-wave  rectified  cturent  supplied  to  an  output  filter  on 
and  off.  The  current  is  switched  on  when  there  is  zero  voltage 
across  the  fUll-wave  rectifier  thus  minimizing  radio-frequency- 
interference-causing  surge  currents,  and  this  is  accomfdished 
by  a  phase  synchronizer  which  is  coupled  to  the  input  ter- 
minab  of  the  full-wave  rectifier  and  also  coupled  to  the  con- 
trol means  which  applies  a  variable  duty  cycle  control  voltage 
to  the  regulating  means.  The  control  means  is  coupled  to  the 
output  voltage  filter  and  generates  a  variable  duty  cycle  con- 
trol voltage  in  response  to  changes  in  the  EXT  output  voltage  of 
the  supply.  This  Varying  duty  cycle  control  voltage  is  applied 
to  the  regulating  means  to  control  the  time  in  w^iich  the  regu- 
lating means  allows  current  to  flow  to  the  output  Alter  which 
results  in  output  voltage  stabilization. 


3,673,488 
ROTATING  ALTERNATOR  CURRENT  GENERATOR 

SYSTEM 
WBIalm  H.  SpOlcr,  Waynesboro,  Va.,  Mslgnor  to  Gcncry  Elec- 
tric Company 

FBcd  May  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  143,935 

lot  a.  H02p  7/06. 9/26 

U.S.CL322— 28  2CUms 


3,673,489 
ALTERNATCNl  AND  REGULATCNt  COSTUOL  SYSTEM 
James  A.  RW,  Chfeago,  DL,  SBslganr  to  Motoroli 
FnmkanPmKn. 

FDsd  Ai«.  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  169^1 
lBLCLH02p9/J0 
U.S.CL322— 28  9 


An  alternator  and  regulator  control  system  includes  diodes 
connected  to  the  output  windings  of  the  alternator  to  pass 
unidirectional  current  puhes  and  to  cause  Mocking  of  current 
when  voltage  in  the  output  winding  reverse  biases  the  diodes. 
This  blockage  of  current  produces  a  high  reverse  voltage  pulse 
in  the  output  winding  which  is  then  delivered  to  the  field  wind- 
ing of  the  alternator  through  electronic  switch  means  to  cause 
excitation  of  the  alternator  to  develop  high  power  output  in 
the  stator  windings  of  the  alternator.  The  electronic  switch  is  a 
thyristor  aiKl  forms  part  of  a  feedback  circuit  which  is  con- 
tr^ed  by  a  voltage  regulator  that  controls  the  output  voltage 
of  the  alternator. 


3,«73y490 

COMBINED  ALTEFMATOR  AND  IGNITION  TRIGGER 

SIGNAL  GENERATOR  WITH  ARRANGEMENT  FOR 

SUPPRESSING  SPURIOUS  TRIGGER  SIGNALS 

Robcfl  T.  Mag^ranc,  Agawasn,  Mass.,  assl^Hr  to  R.  E. 
Company,  Inc.,  East  I  usigiwduw,  Maas. 

FBed  Sept  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  76,451 
lot  CLH02p  9/40 
U.S.  CL  322—50  12 


The  invention  relates  to  rotating  alternating  ciirrent  genera- 
tor systems.  Generator  excitation  is  normally  controlled  by 
varying  the  field  current  to  the  exciter.  An  SCR  rectifier  cir- 
cuit responsive  to  exciter  output  voltage  normaUy  provides 
controlled  direct  current  for  the  exciter  field  while  a  diode 
rectifier  circuit  responsive  to  exciter  output  current  provide* 
direct  current  only  during  transient  conditions  when  the 
exciter  voltage  may  be  low.  The  current  boost  diode  rectifier 
circuit  is  coupled  to  current  transformers  located  in  the 
exciter  output  lines.  The  current  boost  circuit  including  the 
cuirent  traraformen  is  designed  to  take  advantage  of  the 
characteristic  <^  most  alternators  that  its  short-circuit  excita- 
tion requirement  is  considerably  less  than  its  rated-load  ex- 
citation requirement,  for  the  same  alternator  line  current. 
Some  exciters,  notably  salient-pole  ahematCMS,  do  not  have 
the  large  separation  between  the  short-circuit  excitation  con- 
dition and  the  rated-load  excitation  condition.  Thus,  it  is  dif- 
ficult to  design  current  uansfoiinei's  with  a  ratio  low  enough 
to  insure  that  the  current  boost  circuit  will  be  regenerative 
under  short-circuit  conditions,  and  yet  with  a  ratio  high 
enough  so  that  the  current  fed  back  will  not  interfere  with  the 
exciter  field  cturent  supplied  by  the  SCR  circuit  under  normal 
operating  conditions.  A  static  switch,  of  unique  design,  is  pro- 
vided to  insure  compatibility  between  the  SCR  circuit  and  the 
diode  rectifier  drctiit  under  normal  operation,  and  yet  permit 
the  current  feedback  to  be  sufBcient  to  support  an  exciter 
short  circuit,  r^ardless  of  the  separation  between  the  short 
circuit  and  rated4oad  circuit  excitation  conditions. 


An  alternator  driven  by  an  internal  combustion  engine  is 
combined  with  a  trigger  signal  generator  for  generator  voltage 
signals  used  to  trigger  the  breakerieas  ignition  system  of  the 
engine.  The  alternator  inchides  a  flywheel  having  a  rim  carry- 
ing a  plurality  of  main  permanent  magnets  for  inducing  volt- 
age waveforms  in  nuun  generating  coils  located  cm  a  stator 
core  positioned  adjacent  the  rotor.  The  trigger  signal  genera- 
tor comprises  a  triggering  magnet  and  coil  assemUy  located 
adjacent  the  path  of  a  flux  varying  member  residing  radtaOy 
inwardly  ai  the  path  of  movement  of  the  main  nuyneta.  The 
production  of  spurious  trigger  signals  in  the  trigger  coil  by  the 
leakage  flux  of  the  main  magnets  is  suppressed  by  both  a  mag- 


1596 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


netic  shunt,  physically  positioned  between  the  triggering  mag- 
net and  coil  asMmMy  and  the  path  of  the  main  magnets, 
providing  a  lower  reluctance  path  for  the  leakage  flux  which 
path  bypasses  the  triggering  magnet  and  coil  assembly  and  by 
constructing  the  flux  varying  member  and  the  triggering  mag- 
net and  coil  assembly  in  such  a  form  as  to  cause  the  induction 

in  the  trigger  coil  of  voltage  pulses  which  occur  simultane- 
ously with  and  counteract  such  spurious  signals. 


A  magnetic  square  wave  voltage  generator  comprising  at 
least  one  core  having  both  a  high  impedance  fhix  iMth  and  a 
low  impedance  flux  p>ath.  An  input  winding  couples  each  of 
the  high  and  low  impedance  flux  paths  and  one  output  winding 
couples  the  high  impedance  flux  path  and  another  output 
winding  couples  the  low  impedance  flux  path.  The  two  output 
windings  are  series  connected  and  when  a  sinusoidal  signal  is 
applied  to  the  input  winging  it  results  in  a  square  wave  output 
tijpial  acroM  both  series  connected  output  windings. 


VOLTAGE  CONTROLLED  HYBRID  ATTENUATOR 
A.  GlMM^  Otkhm^  N J^  iirijinr  to  Tht  Uoltod 
of  America  as  i  iimaiiHiid  by  the  Seuetaijf  of  the 
Anny 

Fled  July  27, 1971,  Scr.  No.  166^77 
iirt.  CL  HOlp  7/22;  HOSh  7/24 
U.S.CL323— 74  3 


HYMIDNCTWONK 


This  disdocure  relates  to  attenuators  and,  particulariy,  to 
controllable,  constant-impedance  attenuators.  More  particu- 
lariy ,*this  disclosure  describes  a  voltage  or  current-controlled 
absorptive  attenuator,  using  a  four  terminal  hybrid  circuit, 
wherein  die  amount  of  power  paiaed  tiom  the  input  terminal 
to  the  output  terminal  can  be  varied  from  zero  to  maximum  by 
controlling  the  amount  of  power  diverted  to  the  other  two, 
quadrature  terminals  of  the  hybrid  network. 


3,673,493 

one-probe  meihod  and  apparatus  for 
detecung,  oorrelatoig,  and  classifying 

DEFECTS  IN  TEST  MEMBERS 

Join     P>     HodllMMp     COOpCfVMH^^     MM     KODCrt     C« 

both  of  PlLf  wttlfpKm  to  BctkMwn  SiccI  Cor* 


3^73^91 
MAGNETIC  SQUARE  WAVE  VOLTAGE  GENERATOR 
Or«slcs  M.  Baycora,  2238  Caslral  Parii  Drive.  C«aipbsl. 
CaHf. 

Fled  Dec  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  99,872 
Iirt.CLIi01f  35/00,29/00 
U.S.CL323— 48  3< 


U.S.CL  324-37 


of  Scr.  No.  816,7«2,  Aprl  16, 1969, 
Apr!  21, 1970,  So-.  No.  30,SS3 
bBl.CLG01rJJ/y2 

23< 


nmrmt 


-A 


::=» .*  fTTTr 

_.  p»»»^'ii«~^      LI  r'  i» 


Nonde*tr\ictive  test  apparatus  detects  both  strai^i  and 
skewed  delects  in  test  members  such  as  steel  ban  and  billets 
having  either  curved  or  flat  surfaces.  Detecting  means,  includ- 
ing a  probe  adapted  to  scan  a  surface  of  said  member  cycli- 
cally during  relative  lengthwise  movement  therewith, 
produces  electrical  signals  representative  of  defecto  deeected 
in  said  member.  Electrical  signab  cause  defect  pulses  to  be 
produced  and  these  pulses  are  coordinated  with  probe  posi- 
tion pulses  in  electronic  circuits  which  classify  the  defects  ac- 
cording to  location,  or  location  in  combination  with  level  of 
defect  severity  and/or  length,  in  a  longitudinally  extending 
section  of  the  test  member.  A  signal  corrdator  may  be  added 
to  reject  noise  and  fidse  defect  pulses  as  well  as  to  accom- 
modate skewed  defects  when  either  or  both  such  situations  are 
encountered.  The  finally  processed  defect  pulses  are  utilized, 
for  example,  to  activate  leworkable  or  rejectable  defect  mar- 
kers downstream  of  the  probe  over  a  section  of  the 
suxface  where  the  defects  occurred  in  said  member. 


scanned 


3,673^494 
ELECTRON  BEAM  MAGNETOMETER  SENSOR 

J.  Vkek,  Gka  Bwvk,  and  Robot  A.  Ycatcs, 
both  of  Md^  Msiginn  to  Wcrtii^^oi 
ltt8lMHgh,Pa. 
Fled  ScpL  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862376 
bt  CL  GOlr  33100, 33102 
U.S.CL324— 41  IK 


Described  is  a  device  for  detecting  disturbances  in  magnetic 
fields,  particiilarly  the  magnetic  field  of  the  earth,  by  means  of 
a  vacuum  tube  containing  an  electron  gun  y/bich.  emits  an 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1697 


electron  beam  and  directs  it  between  spaced  pole  pieces 
located  within  the  envelope  of  the  vacuum  tube  itself.  The 
earth's  magnetic  field  surrounding  the  tube  is  concentrated  at 
the  gap  between  the  pole  pieces  such  that  the  presence  of  a 
magnetically  permeable  body  near  the  tube  will  alter  the  mag- 
netic field  intensity  across  the  gap  and  cause  the  electron 
beam  to  deflect.  This  deflection  is  sensed  by  electrical  cir- 
cuitry to  indicate  the  existence  of  a  disturbance  and  its  mag- 
nitude. The  invention  ffatds  utility,  for  example,  in  geofrfiysical 
exploration  and  in  detecting  concealed  items  of  magnetically 
permeable  material,  such  as  concealed  guns. 

3,673^95 

APPARATUS  AND  METHOD  FOR  MEASURING 

ELECTRICAL  ENERGY  CONSUMPTION 

Rkhard  E.  Rtebs,  Hales  Conwrs,  Wis.,  lignnr  to  McGraw- 

EdisoB  CoMpoay,  Soath  MUwaukee,  Wb. 

Filed  Feb.  24, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 18,355 
Iirt.  a  GOlr  27/00 
U.S.a.324— 142  201 


the  shaft.  The  tachometer  output  is  amplified  and  converted 
by  a  transistor  circuit  so  that  the  resulting  signal  can  be  used  to 
operate  a  relay  even  sttten  the  shaft  rotational  speed  is  low. 
The  relay  operates  suitable  indicating  or  controlling  means. 


3,673^497 

UNDERGROUND  RADIO  COMMUNICATION  SYSTEM 

FOR  ROADWAYS 

JolH  Peter  Thraslicr,  KcosiBgtoB,  Md^  aesifDr  to  PMer  V. 

Guredds,  PotooMK,  Md. 

FBed  Oct.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  86,921 
Int.  CL  H04b  1104 
U.S.a.325— 180  5 1 


SOUNCC 

tSTuO»OJ 


sm: 


=H    < — 


A  current  transformer  n  connected  to  an  electrical  power 
circuit  to  provide  a  measure  of  the  current  in  the  power  cir- 
cuit. The  current  measure  is  applied  through  a  reversing 
switch  and  a  diode  rectifying  bridge  to  a  coulombmeter  and  is 
controlled  by  commuuting  the  bridge  with  a  voltage  from  a 
voltage  transformer  connected  to  the  electrical  power  circuit. 
The  connections  ars  made  to  apply  current  to  the  coulomb- 
meter  during  the  portion  of  the  current  cycle  that  occun  dur- 
ing a  selected  voltage  half  cycle.  The  current  measure  is 
frirther  controlled  by  a  modulating  circuit  connected  to 
respond  to  the  voltage  of  the  power  circuit  and  to  pulse  modu- 
late the  current  as  a  function  of  voltage  level.  A  control  means 
responds  to  a  selected  condition  of  the  coulombmeter  to 
reverK  the  control  currem  connections  to  the  coulombmeter. 
A  reading  means  senses  the  number  of  reversal  operations  to 
thereby  provide  an  indication  of  the  total  amount  of  energy 
consumed  in  the  power  circuit  over  a  selected  period. 


A  roadway  radio  communication  system  for  transmitting 
radio  communication  signals  to  vehicles  traveling  aloi^  a 
roadway,  including  airport  runways,  in  which  four  or  more 
conducts-  array  of  communication  antennas,  parallel  wiented 
longitudinally  beneath  the  road  surface  and/<M-  ground  sur- 
face, constitute  radiation  antenna  means,  and  in  which  the 
communication  signals  are  fed  to  the  center  and  adjacent  pairs 
of  wires  in  out-of-phase  relation,  and  the  communication 
radio  signals  are  applied  to  the  outermost  pair  of  wires  in  can- 
celling-phase  relation  for  developing  an  antenna  pattern  im- 
mediately over  the  roadway  and  in  which  the  antenna  pattern 
does  not  substantially  extend  over  lateral  areas  beyond  the 
edge  of  the  roadway,  and  in  which  the  wires  constituting  the 
radiation  antenna  means  are  of  substantia]  sized  conductors 
measured  along  their  diameter  and  the  conductor  is  encased 
in  a  generally  low  dielectric  constant  insulation  material  df 
substantial  thickness  in  relation  to  the  diameter  ti[  the  conduc- 
tor wire. 


3,673^96 
MOnON  DL'llfC'lING  CIRCUIT 
Raymond  L.  Nctson,  Rochester,  N.Y.,  — ^ir  to 
Kodak  Company,  Rochcetcr,  N.Y. 

FBed  March  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21,1 13 
lBt.CLGOlpi/56 
U.S.a.324— 161 


3,673,498 

GAIN  CCNSTROLLED  CASC(M>E-CONNECTED 

TRANSISTOR  AMPLIFIER 

Jack  Rudolph  Harford,  Flemington,  N J.,  awslgnnr  to  RCA 

Corporation 

FDed  May  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  38342 
Int.  0.11046  7/76 
U.S.CL  325-319  20  < 


2CIainw 


^pM^^^ 


"IICX 


A  circuit  for  detecting  rotary  motion  of  a  shaft  (or  detecting 
that  the  shaft  has  stopped)  includes  a  tachometer  driven  by 


A  gain  contn^led  amplifier  system  suitable  for  use  as  an  in- 
ermediate  frequency  television  amplifier  and  adapted  for 


1598 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


construction  in  integrated  circuit  form.  A  gain  controUabie 
cascode  amplifier  arrangement  includes  a  relatively  high  max- 
imum gain,  common  emitter  transistor  coupled  to  one  emitter 
of  a  double  emitter,  common  base  output  transistor.  The  ar- 
rangement also  includes  a  degenerated  comnwn  emitter 
transistor  having  a  smaller  collector  to  substrate  capacitance 
than  that  of  the  first  common  emitter  transistor.  The 
degenerated  transistor  is  coupled  to  the  second  emitter  ot  the 
output  transistor.  AGC  and  signals  are  supplied  to  the  two 
common  emitter  transistors  via  an  emitter  follower.  A  feed- 
back loop  includes  the  resistor  of  the  follower  and  is  coupled 
to  the  inputs  of  the  common  emitter  transistors  to  maintain 
fixed  bias  thereat  upon  reception  of  intermediate  level  signals 
and  consequent  cut  off  of  thie  first  common  emitter  transistor. 
The  emitter  follower  acts  as  a  gain  control  stage  and  ultimate- 
ly as  a  varactor  attenuator  for  high  level  signals. 


3,673^99 

COMBINED  TUNING  AND  SIGNAL  STRENGTH 

INDICATOR  CIRCUIT  WITH  SIGNAL  STRENGTH 

INDICATION  DERIVED  FROM  EACH  IF  AMPLIFYING 

STAGE 
Jack  AvInB,  Prinoetaa.  and  Jack  Craft,  Somarvae,  both  of 
NJ^  Mrigiiiii  I  to  RCA  Corporlioa 

FBed  Ai«.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  67,010 
Int.  CLII03J  J/72 
U.S.  0.325—390  11 


4 


"f   Uj»i)ipiUaTERU»^  la  -4  2*  U^  •ITT 


HIKWHID — ; 
OOP 

as 


A  tuning  and  signal  strength  indicator  circuit  for  FM 
receivers  which  enaUes  accurate  tuning  and  signal  strength  in- 
dication on  a  single  indicator  for  input  signal  waves  ranging 
fix>m  threshold  value  to  receiver  overload.  Indicator  current  if 
obtained  by  summing  contributions  from  signal  waves  ob- 
tained after  the  quadrature  phase  shift  network  of  the  detectoi 
and  several  points  in  the  multi-stage  amplifier-limiter  driving 
the  detector. 


3,673,500 

CYCLOTRON  RESONANCE  FREQUENCY-SELECTIVE 

LIMTTER  USING  INIK^IOGENEOUS  RF  MAGNETIC 

FIELD 
DIckron  Mergoian,  BaMnure,  Md.,  assignor  to  Wcsdnghouse 
Electrk  Corpomtioa,  Plltsbiirgh,  Pa. 

Filed  June  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  45,102 

Int.CLH04by/70 

U.S.  a.  325—473  10  Claims 


A  tunable  limiter  is  disclosed  which  utilizes  a  semiconduc- 
tor containing  an  excess  of  firee  electrons  and  having  a 
cyclotron     resonance     line     which     is     inhomogeneously 


broadened.  The  semiconductor  is  exposed  to  a  static  magnetic 
field  and  spatially  inhomogeous  RF  electric  flekl  at  the 
cyclotron  resonance  frequency,  within  a  waveguide  cavity, 
llie  RF  electric  fieU  is  derived  from  the  incoming  signal, 
which  contains  information  as  well  as  possible  jamming 
signals.  By  virtue  of  the  thermo-electric-cyclotrcm-reaonance 
effect,  power  from  signals  exceeding  a  saturation  level  set  by 
the  intemity  of  the  RF  fiekl  causes  saturation  oi  the  limiter, 
but  only  at  the  frequency  of  those  signals.  This  provides  limit- 
ing of  intense  jamming  signals  without  disturbing  info 
signals  at  nearby  frequencies. 


formation 


■  3,673,501 

CONTROL  LOGIC  FOR  LINEAR  SEQUENCE 
GENERATORS  AND  RING  COUNTERS 
DavM  L.  Zcph,  IntM—ynlli.  ImL,  iidgm  to  The  Uirfled 

of  the 


CUna 


States  of  Amcfica  m  miiiamlail  by  the 
Navy 

4     Fled  Aug.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  172,809 

I  btCLGllc  79/00.  H03k  27/00, 27/J4 
UACL  328-37 


.-•  MOUCKO    »EI  mi^M 


.-*•'  Mwrn  itnnT, 


^^» — ^ —f  '-  —    -  -.— 

A  control  logic  for  linear  sequence  generators  and  ring 
counters  to  prevent  "latch-up"  in  the  "0"  state  having  a  linear 
sequence  generator  including  a  shift  register  with  modulo-2 
exdusive-OR  feedback  from  the  shift  register  to  the  shift  re- 
gister input  and  feedback  through  binary  counters  to  detect 
and  count  n— 1  consecutive  "0"8  in  the  shift  register  to  feed  a 
"  1 "  into  the  shift  register  to  prevent  "0"  state  latch,  wl^ere  n  b 
the  number  of  shift  register  stages  used. 


3,673,502 
VOLTAGE  SENSING  SWITCH 
Charles  Gardner  Swain,  ArUngton,  Mav., 
sachiisctts  bMtitntc  of  Technology, 

I     FBed  May  10, 1971,  Scr.  No.  141310 
I  Int.  CL  H03k  5/20 

U.S.a.328— 146 


SCUhm 


wi 


An  improved  electronic  switch  for  sensing  a  v<ritage  applied 
to  either  an  inverting  or  a  noninverting  input  of  one  of  two 
voltage  amplifiers  uses  an  alternating  sweep  voltage  applied  to 
one  input  of  each  amplifier  and  means  for  connecting  the  out- 
put of  each  amplifier  to  an  input  of  the  other  amplifier  so  that 
switching  of  the  output  state  of  either  amplifier  suppresses 
switching  of  the  other  amplifier  during  any  sweep  voltage  cy- 
cle; which  one  of  the  two  amplifiers  changes  its  output  state 
during  any  cycle  is  determined  by  the  polarity  and  magnitude 
of  the  voltage  being  sensed  after  a  nearly  constam  tim^  within 
each  cycle. 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1699 


3,673,503 
HARMONIC  SUPPRESSION  CIRCUIT 
Harold  F.  Parker,  Lee,  Maas.,  assignor  to  General  Electrk 
Company 

FDed  July  6, 1971,  Scr.  No.  160,034 
lot  CLH03b  7/04 
U.S.  a.  328— 167  3( 


3,673,505 

SYNCHRONOUS  DEMODULATOR  EMPLOYDW  A 

COMMON-BASE  TRANSISTOR  AMPLIFIER 

AMwiLeRoy  Lfanbcrg.  Somerviie,  N  J.,  ■■Ignm  to  RCA  Corw 

poration 

Fled  Nov.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  89,273 

Int.a.H03dJ/7« 

UACL  329-50  6aaims 


*7        /-**!  *; 

— »T^ g,/[  f  "  r'H ,' " 


U i LU 


A  harmonic  suppression  circuit  in  which  the  fundamental 
component  of  the  test  voltage  is  blocked  out  by  means  of  a 
phase  inverting,  frequency  selective  amplifier  while  the  har- 
monic component  of  the  test  voltage  is  fed  back  out  of  phase 
with  the  normally  generated  harmonic  component  of  the  test 
voltage. 


3,673,504 
LASER  WITH  COMBINED  Q-SWITCH  AND 
^^^  SYNCHRONIZED  CAVITY  DUMP  CIRCUIT 
Ronald  P.  HIbcrg,  Rcdondo  Bcwdi,  CdlL,  asrignor  to  TRW 
Inc.,  Rcdoado  Beach,  Cdlf. 

DIvlskM  of  Scr.  No.  686,076,  Nov.  28, 1967,  Pat.  No. 
3,577,097.  lliiB  appHcation  Dec  23, 1969,  Scr.  No.  889,823 
Int.  CLHOIJ  7  7/02 
U.S.a.328— 210  6( 


Input  signals  are  cou|ded  in  common  to  the  emitter  elec- 
trodes of  a  pair  of  transistors  arranged  in  a  differential  amplifi- 
er configuration,  and  are  synchronously  detected  by  switching 
signals  coupled  to  the  respective  transistor  base  electrodes. 
The  coupling  to  the  emitter  electrodes  is  through  a  transistor 
arranged  in  a  common-base  amplifier  construction,  with  the 
signals  to  be  demodulated  being  applied  to  the  amplifier 
transistor  emitter  electrode  via  an  included  stabilizing  resistor. 


3,673,506 
ELECTRONIC  PHASE  SENSITIVE  DETECTOR  CIRCUITS 
Eric  Andrew  Faulkner,  Rcndiiv,  Kngfanrf,  aimimini  to  Brtmk- 
deal  Elcctronks  United,  BrackncU,  Ei^fauid 

FBed  Feb.  16, 1971,  Scr.  No.  115,524 
Ciafans  priority,  appHcathM  Great  Britahi,  March  11, 1970, 
;  1,589/70 

Int.  CL  H03d  1118 
U.S.C1.329— 103  4< 


rQr-^^rf-r 


A  high  voltage  electrical  waveform  generator  circuit  is  pro- 
vided which  generates  a  voltage  waveform  having  a  positive 
d.c.  voltage  leading  edge  and  a  negative  d.c.  voltage  trailing 
edge  to  the  modulator.  A  gas  trigger  tube  is  provided  in  the 
circuit  which  generates  a  positive  d.c.  voltage  leading  edge  in 
its  plate  circuit  when  it  is  independently  triggered  by  a  trigger 
signal.  Another  gas  trigger  tube  generates  a  positive  voltage 
when  it  is  triggered  by  another  trigger  signal.  A  coupling  cir- 
cuit which  couples  the  plate  circuits  of  the  trigger  tubes  in- 
cludes capacitor  which  converts  the  positive  voltage 
generated  by  the  other  trigger  tube  into  the  negative  d.c.  volt- 
age trailing  therefor  edge  of  the  voltage  waveform.  The 
coupling  circuit  may  also  include  differentiator  which  allows 
the  voltage  levels  on  the  trigger  tube  plates  to  be  indepen- 
dently varied  without  affecting  each  other. 


A  phase-sensitive  detector  circuit  com|wises  two  long-tailed 
pairs  of  transistors  of  complementary  type  connected  together 
and  switched  by  a  reference  signal  so  that  the  transistors  of 
each  pair  joined  to  each  other  conduct  simultaneously.  The 
signal  input  is  applied  to  a  tail  of  one  of  the  pairs  and  a  feed- 
back circuit  operates  to  control  the  tail  of  the  other  pair  to 
tend  to  maintain  the  mean  voltage  at  a  junction  point  betwoeu 
the  two  pairs  at  a  constant  value.  A  resistance  is  connected 
across  the  junctions  between  the  pairs  and  the  output  is  talcen 
differentially  firom  the  junctions. 


1600 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3,673307 
TWO  CHANNEL  READ  AMPLIFIER 

Robert  &  Ih'CHOIt,  ljBdB0ntkf  Mmi^  MriipiMr  to 
Inc.,  MfaBMpoli,  IVftHL 

nkd  April  29. 1970,  Scr.  No.  33,029 
lofLCLiiOafJ/M 
U.S.a.330— 30R  18 


ten  operating  at  frequencies  near  the  desired  band.  The  cir- 
cuit includes  a  first  tumable  comNine  bandpass  filter,  employ- 
ing strip  line  inductive  elements,  which  provides  a  narrow 


■ 
band  input  to  a  field  effect  transistor  amplifier.  A  tecond 
similar  filter  receives  the  amplified  signal  and  fiimishes  a  very 
narrow  band  output  signal  characterized  by  very  strong  at- 
tenuation of  out-of-band  interference. 


Two  amplification  channels  for  use  with  a  read-head  of  a 
tape  transport  device  of  a  computer  system  comprised  of 
transistors,  and  associated  diodes,  resistors  and  capacitors,  are 
each  independently  set  for  optimum  response  to  one  of  two 
modes  of  information  stored  on  a  magnetic  medium.  Elec-  U-S.  CL  330 — 34 
tronic  switching  means  are  provided  for  activating  one  chan-  i 

nel  or  the  other  in  accordance  with  the  type  of  signal  being  I. 

read.  The  operating  points  of  the  two  amplification  channels 
are  stabilized  by  a  conunon  biasing  means. 


*  3,673310 

BROAD  BAND  HIGH  EITICIENCY  AMPLIFIER 

Martin  L  Grace,  Framfa^hMa,  and  Harold  J.  Pratt,  >.,  Ad- 

dovcr,  >otli  oi  MaM.,  Miignnii  to  Spcrry  Rand  CorpofttuM 

RM  Oct  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,720 

lM.CLH03fJ/70 

CUOH 


lot 


:^^ 


FT 


fl      ! 

'r^^ 


3373306 
SOLID  STATE  OPERATIONAL  AMPLIFIER 

Mlcfaad  J.  ralahaw.  Jr.,  DaBaa,  Tex.,  mwlgnni  to  Texas 

nwnts  Incorporated,  DaBas,  Tea. 

FBed  Ang.  10, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62361 

InLa.H03fJ/6« 

U3.CL330— 30D  llCWins 


^^ 


:2?: 


7^ 


.c^ 


jL. 


^ 


^A 


I  p^ — 


m 


ff 


>■'.■.■■, 


An  active  high-efficiency-mode  semiconductor  device  is 
coupled  to  oscillating  high  frequency  fields  in  a  transaussion 
line  network  for  amplifying  those  electromagnetic  fields,  the 
apparatus  taking  the  form  of  a  single  port  high  frequency 
device.  The  transmission  line  network  provides  means  for 
elimination  of  time  delayed  triggering  of  undesired  oscillations 
within  the  amplifier. 


L 


3,673311 
POWER  RECOVERY  CIRCUIT 
Bickcrt,  Caaoga  Park,  CidiL, 


A  low  input  current,  high  response  rate  solid  sUte  opera- 
tional amplifier  is  provided  by  coupling  low  input  current 
emitter  follower  circuits  to  the  inputs  of  a  differential  amplifi- 
er circuit  which  has  been  gain  stabilized  by  the  use  of  multiple 
collector  transistors  and  current  feedback. 


Herbert 

United  Stoics  of  ABMrIca 
,    the  Navy 

FBed  Jan.  25, 1965,  Scr.  No.  428,289 
Iirt.a.H03fi/5<« 
U.S.  a.  330—44 


to  The 
by  the  Secretory  of 


lOOafam 


to 


3373309 

INTERDIGITAL  PREAMPLIFIER 

Robert  B.  Cooper,  Jr.,  OkMMNM  Cily,  OUa., 

Edwfa  J.  SosBcn,  OUahana  aty,  Okia.,  a  pa 

FBed  Aug.  7, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62356 

IiiLCLH03(J/(M 

u,&a33a-3i  Bchi— 

A  bandpass  preamplifier  for  istdating  a  narrow  frequency 
band,  especiaUy  in  the  VHP  or  UHF  range,  fixwn  interference 
or  out-of-band  radiation  generated  by  high  energy  transmit- 


A  power  recovery  circuit  for  use  with  an  electron  beam  tube 
having  a  resonant  circuit  containing  a  capacitor  in  oaraUel 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1601 


with  an  inductive  element  connected  to  the  collector  of  the 
tube.  A  unidirectional  conducting  circuit  ooiuiected  between 
the  inductive  element  and  the  power  supply,  which  supplied 
energy  to  the  cathode  of  the  tube,  feeds  energy  back  to  the 
power  supply. 


3373312 
SERVO  AMPLIFIER 
Ronaic  G.  Walters,  Mayfldd  Hdthts,  OMo. 
Bradky  Conpany,  MBwaukec,  Wh. 

FBcdS^t  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74327 
bta.H03f7/i6 
UA  a.  330-97 


to 


A  servo  amplifier  is  provided  with  associated  circuitry 
which  affords  substantially  independent  compensation  of  both 
its  frequency  response  and  gain  over  the  usable  bandwidth 
whereby  in  a  servo  loop  lead-lag  compensation  can  be  pro- 
vided to  estoblish  desired  output  characteristics  for  the  servo 
loop. 


3,673313 
ELECTRON  BEAM-INniATED  CHEMICAL  LASER 
SYSTEMS 
David  W.  Grcn.  Laii9«tt*;  R«y  E-  Kidder,  Pleanuitos 
Barton  Krawctz,  Uvcnnorc,  aB  of  OriH.,  MSJgnoii  to  The 
Unltod  Staici  of  America  «  reprcMiited  by  the  United  Stoics 
Atomic  Energy  CnmiiJMiiiii 

FBed  May  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  40352 

InL  CL  HOls  3122, 3109 

U3.CL  331— 94.5  12CWnn 


An  electron  beam-initiated  volumetricaOy  ignited  chemical 
laser  system  wherein  a  short,  high  energy  charged  particle 
pulse  directed  through  an  explosive  gaseous  mixture  within  an 
optical  cavity  uniformly  ignites  the  explosive  mixture  in  the 
optical  cavity.  The  energy  released  in  the  conflagration 
creates  a  large  population  inversion  in  lasing  energy  states  of 
transient  and  resulting  chemical  species.  Volumetric  ignition 
is  distinguished  from  pc»nt  ignition  in  that  with  point  ignition  a 
large  volume  (^material  is  consumed  via  the  propagation  of  a 
macroscopic  bum  or  slow  front  whereas  no  such  nuKsxiscopic 
front  occius  for  v<dimietric  ignition.  The  electron  beam  pro- 
vides a  means  to  obtain  "multipoint"  ignition  throughout  the 
volume  <^  material. 


3373314 
SCHOTTKY  BARRIER  TRANSIT  TIME  NEGAUVE 
RESISTANCE  DIODE  CIRaJlTS 
James  Coleman,  Jr.,  Wamn,  and  Sfanon  Min  Ste, 
Bcrluley  Hdsirts,  both  of  N  J.,  assii to  BcB  Tdcpiiane 

LabonMorics,  Incorporated,  Morray  HB,  Bcrlicky  Hdglits, 

NJ. 

FBed  Dec  31, 1970,  Scr.  No.  103^53 
Int.  CL  Hon  3100;  H03b  7114;  HUM  3/ 10 
U.S.CL331— 107R  7, 


In  a  preferred  form,  a  negative  resistance  diode  comprises  a 
semiconductor  wafer  contained  between  two  Schottky  barrier 
contocts.  The  diode  is  biased  below  avalanche  breakdown,  but 
above  a  critical  "reach-through"  voltage,  which,  with  ap- 
propriate diode  parameters  and  an  appropriate  external  cir- 
cuit, causes  minority  carriers  to  be  injected  by.  the  forward- 
biased  contact  to  give  a  transit  time  negative  resistance.  When 
used  as  an  oscillator,  the  device  gives  a  significantly  lower 
noise  figure  than  analogous  bnpatt  diodes.  Amfdifier  and  volt- 
age limiter  embodiments  are  also  described. 


3,673315 

EMITTER  ELECTRODE  CURRENT  CONTROLLED 

AMPLITUDE  M(HXJLAT(m 

Karl-Hclns  Kcnten,  and  Wollgai«  PatKdiaa,  both  of  HeB- 

*-*— I  ^- rmy  afsipinri  tnTrirfmiirfnrrtnaMi  wnlin^ 

sgcsellschaft  m.b.H.,  Uhn/Danube,  Germany 

Fled  Nov.  25, 1969,  Scr.  Na  879359 
Clainis  priority,  appBcation  Germany,  Nov.  30,  1968,  P  18 
11943.2 

Int.CLH03cy/06 
UACL  332-31 T  m 


HHl 


]f  i      17 

It     ts     p 


A  circuit  arrangement  for  amplitude  modulation  comprises 
a  controllable  component  such  m  a  transistor  driven  by  the 
signal  to  be  modulated  and  whose  emitting  electrode  is  con- 
nected to  a  current  source,  such  as  a  further  transistcv.  the 
current  delivered  from  the  current  source  to  the  controllable 
component  being  varied  in  magnitude  by  the  modulation 
signal. 


33733I6 

CCX4TINUOUS  PHASE  SHIFTER/RESOLVER 

EMPLOYING  A  ROTARY  HALFWAVE  PLATE 

HWam  M.  Spanoa,  Wayne,  NJ.,  ■sslgHiii  to 

Telephone  and  Tdcyaph  Corpontfon,  Nutlcy,  N  J. 

FBed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 13332 

iBt.aiioip;/7«,i/a4 

U.S.a.333— 5  I9( 

A  rotary  coaxial  (rfiase  shifter/resolver  providing  continuous 
low-loss  phase  shift  or  signal  resolving  capability  over  a  biv)ad 
band  or  frequencies.  A  rotatable  balanced  coaxial  halfwave 


1602 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27.  1972 


plate  is  capacitively  coupled  between  balanced  input  and  out- 
put dual  orthogonally  polarized  coaxial  launchers,  which 
launchers  are  in  turn  cou|ried  to  respectively  input  and  output 
feed  arrangements  appropriate  to  the  particular  mode  of 
operation.  The  input  aiid  output  launchers  each  consist  of  a 
stationary  balanced  stator  having  a  plurality  of  concentrically 
arranged  capacitive  plates  to  permit  excitation  of  duel 
orthogonal  coaxial  balanced  line  modes  and  a  balanced  rotor 
having  a  plurality  of  capacitive  plates  in  one-to-one  cor- 


respondence with  and  concentrically  arranged  inside  the  sta- 
tcM-  plates  about  the  same  axis  for  coupling  and  transferring  the 
signals  in  the  two  orthogonally  polarized  modes.  The  halfwavc 
plate  includes  a  pair  of  orthogonal  balanced  transmission 
lines,  the  conductors  of  one  of  which  are  reversed  to  provide  a 
1 8(f  phase  reversal  between  the  input  and  output  launchers 
for  one  of  the  orthogonally  excited  electric  field  components. 
The  relative  phase/polarization  shift  derived  from  input 
launcher  to  output  launcher  is  in  a  two-to-one  correspondence 
with  the  physical  an^e  erf' rotation  of  the  hatfwave  plate. 


3,673^17 
RESISTMtLESS  RAMO  FREQUENCY  HYBRID  SIGNAL 

SPUTTER 
Songd  L.  Tkknor,  EarivOe,  N.Y^  Mrignor  to  Jcrrold  Efec- 
troato  Cm  yontkm,  rMa»l>l|iMa,  Pa. 

Fled  Sept  19, 1968,  Scr.  No.  760,751 

IatLCLWi3h7/4S 

VS.  CL  335—8  8  Cliriim 


A  radio  frequency  signal  splitter  is  described  vdierein  a 
hybrid  coil  utilizes  a  ferrite  core  whose  RF  resistance  is 
selected  bearing  predetermined  ratios  to  the  characteristic  im- 
pedances <rf  the  RF  input  and  RF  output  lines.  Several  em- 
bodiments are  described. 


I 


3,673,518 
STUB  TUNED  CntCULATCNl 

Kcmictli  L.  CaiT,  Bcdfora,  Mass.,  aasigpor  to  Fcrrotoc,  Inc. 

ContiiiiMtioii  of  Scr.  No.  468^44,  July  1, 1965,  abandonwl 

TkbapplkadoiiMMvh  10, 1971,  Scr.  Na  122,977 

Int.  CLH01p7/J2. 5/72 

U.S.CL333— 1.1  19Clairo 


A  strip  line  Y-junction  ferrite  circulator  is  timed  by  locating 
a  stub  at  the  junction  between  a  pair  of  arms.  Each  stub  acts  to 
adjust  the  impedance  presented  at  the  input  arm. 


3,673,519 

IMPEDANCE  MATCHING  TRANSFORMER  FOR 
COUPLING  TRANSMISSION  LINES 
Gilbert  August  Van  Dfaw,  Wtnfkld  Twp.,  Du  Page  Comity,  DL, 
■■ilgnitr  to  BcB  Tcfcphone  Laboratories,  Incorporated,  Mur- 
ray MH,  Berkeley  HdglMi,  N  J. 

I      FBed  Jin.  22, 1971,  Scr.  No.  108,803       I 

>  Int.  CL  H03I1  7/38,  7148  > 

U.S.a.333— 6  13  Claims 


A  transformer  circuit  for  tapping  a  branching  line  to  a  main 
two-wire  transmission  line  comprising  a  primary  winding  hav- 
ing two  end  sections  serially  connected  respectively  in  the  two 
wires  of  the  main  line  and  a  midsection  connected  across  it. 
The  secondary  winding  originates  the  branching  line  and  is 
coupled  to  the  entire  primary  winding. 


t 
i 


I  3,673,520 

DELAY^EQUALIZER  NETWORK  INCLUDING  NEGATIVE 

DELAY  ORCurrs 
RoluMl  C  Taylor,  60  HudMHi  SU  New  York,  N.Y. 

t  of  Scr.  No.  803,661,  Mnrck  3, 1969, 
1Mb  appMcalioB  Dm.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  97,613 
IntCLIi03li7/M 

U.S.CL333— 28R  6CtaiBH 

An  equalizer  circuit  for  equalizing  delay  in  the  passband  ci 
signals  in  a  transmission  line  employs  both  positive  and  nega- 
tive delay  equalizer  sections.  By  use  of  negative  delay  which 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1603 


subtracts  from  the  delay  in  the  line,  uniform  delay  of  lower  of  the  same  in  a  plane  orthogonal  to  its  axis,  constitutes  a 

time  magnitude  is  obtainable  than  by  use  of  positive  delay  dr-  novel  mode-filter  rejecting  undesired  polarizations  in  certain 

cuits  alone.  Also,  by  using  one  or  more  negative  delay  sections  waveguide  propagation-modes  determined  by  the  angular 
a  given  equalization  envelope  is  obtainable  employing  fewer 


uurrvt  oCLW-j 
■.noNi 


equalizer  sections.  Lattice  or  bridge-T  circuits  are  employed 
in  tt^e  delay  equalizer.  The  negative  delay  lattice  sections  in- 
clude>esistance  elements  selected  in  accordance  with  criteria 
herein  set  forth  to  provide  the  negative  delay. 


3,673,521 

EQUAUZING  TRANSMISSION  LOSS  UTILIZING 

GRAPHICAL  METHOD  FOR  SELECTING  EQUALIZER 

NETWCNIKS 

Hfaposlil  YogucM,  Yokohama,  Japan,  assignor  to  Kokmai 

DemMn  Dcnwa  Kabuririki  KairiM,  Tokyo-to,  Japan 

FBed  Jan.  1 1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  105,479 

Claims  priorlly,  appMctton  Japan,  Jan.  14, 1970, 45/3729 

Int.  CL  Ii03h  7114;  H04b3/I4 

U.S.CL333— 28R  2CUnis 


3 

1 

o < o 2 o- 

In  an  attenuation  equalizer  used  to  make  the  total  transmis- 
sion loss  of  a  transmission  path  essentially  the  same  for  all 
frequencies  in  the  range  being  transmitted,  a  desired  charac- 
teristic determined  for  compensating  a  distorted  frequency 
characteristic  of  the  transmission  path  to  be  equalized  is  di- 
vided into  a  i^urality  of  equilateral  triangles  so  that  each 
characteristic  of  the  equilateral  triangles  is  realized  by  a  unit 
circuit,  such  as  a  constant  resistance  circuit  of  second  degree 
function  type. 


3,673,522 

MICROWAVE  BALANCED  EXTERNAL  CAVITY 

REJECTION  FILTER 

Arvki  Ramkfishnamo  Bacdkar,  Kanala,  Ontario,  Crnwda,  m- 

signor  to  Northern  Electric  Company  Limited,  Montre^, 

Quebec,  Canada 

F8cd  AprH  5, 1971,  Scr.  No.  131,280 

Int.  CLH03h  7/70. 9/00 

U.S.CL33.^— 73W  2CWnM 

In  an  axially  symmetrical  waveguide,  a  balanced  external 

cavity  filter  comprising  a  plurality  of  resonant  cavity  pairs 

coupled  to  the  waveguide  wid  disposed  on  the  circumference 


positions  of  the  cavity  pairs  and  their  coupling  to  the 
waveguide  at  fi^uencies  at  which  the  cavity  pairs  are  reso- 
nant. 


3,673,523 

SIGNAL  TRANSLATING  NETWORKS  AND  CONTROL 

CIRCUITS  FOR  THE  TUNERS  0¥  SIGNAL  RECEIVERS 

waUam  G.  RnmeV,  Kitdicaer,  Ontvto,  Canada,  BMigiiiw  to 

Electrohomc  Limited,  KMchmcr,  Onfto,  C^U. 

FBed  Oct  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  78,027 

Int.CLH03Ji/06 

UACL334— 15  7( 


0«12V 


A  signal  receiver  of  a  type  emfrfoying  a  varactor  tuner  is 
provided  with  a  network  that  compensates  for  the  different 
sensitivities  of  different  ones  at  the  channels  to  which  the 
receiver  can  be  tuned  and  that  also  provides  manual  fine  tun- 
ing. 


1604 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27^  1972 


3,673^24 
PISTON  MERCURY  SWITCH 

TerrdI  Nkbobon  Lowry,  Genoa  Township,  Delaware  County, 
Ohio,  assignor  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorpo- 
rated, Murray  Hill,  Berkeley  Heights,  N  J. 

FDed  March  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  125,184 

Iiil.a.IiOIh29/02 

U.S.CL335— 52  6Clafam 


A  bistable  magnetically  operated  mercury  switch  is  dis- 
closed which  comprises  a  magnetic  piston  contained  in  a  her- 
metically sealed  chamber  along  with  a  globule  of  mercury.  As 
the  piston  is  moved  from  one  end  of  the  chamber  to  the  other 
end  under  the  influence  (tf  an  external  magnetic  Held,  the  mer- 
cury is  displaced  throu^  an  aperture  in  the  spindle  to  the  op- 
posite end  of  the  chamber  where  it  electrically  connects  ter- 
minals. 


3,673^25 
CONTACTOR 

both  of  N.Y., 
tfam,  Pmsfaurgh,  Pa. 

FBcd  Mvch  30, 1971,  Scr.  No.  129^  173 

IntCLHOlh  57/06 

U.S.CL335— 132  9Cliriiiis 


A.  Wlbdoa,  AldcB, 

Hwliit  Corpora 


A  contactor  comprises  an  insulating  carrier  comprising  a 
pair  of  spaced  leg  portions  at  one  end  thereto  that  are 
pivotally  supported  to  support  the  insulating  carrier  for  pivotal 
movement  about  a  fixed  pivot.  An  overload  relay  is  removably 
supported  on  the  contactor  between  the  spaced  leg  portions  of 
the  insulating  carrier.  The  insulating  carrier  supports  a  mova- 
ble contact  structure  and  a  magnetic  armature  to  provide  a 
movable  structure  movable  between  open  and  closed  posi- 
tions. Opening  movement  of  the  movable  structure  is  limited 
by  engagement  of  the  movable  structure  with  stop  means  on  a 
removable  arc  hood  structure.  When  the  are  hood  structure  is 
removed  the  movable  structure  can  be  moved  past  the  open 
position  to  a  maintenance  position. 


3,673,526 
MAGNETIC  SWITCHES  AND  METHOD  AND  AFP, 

^    J  FORMAIUNGSAME 

AhmM  Aafc  Brcvkk,  Roadc,  DL,  aaigMir  to  The 
Ramo  Corparatioa,  Oak  Brook,  OL 

Filed  Nov.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  91,712 
lnLCLH01h3/I2, 51/28 
U.S.  a.  335-205  17 


ARATUS 
i  Bunker- 


Pushbutton  switch  in  which  a  coiled  return  spring  nolds  a 
magnet  in  a  socket  of  a  pushbutton  and  against  a  roll  pin 
which  is  accessible  after  assembly  for  slidaMe  adjustment  to 
fix  the  position  of  the  pushbutton  at  which  the  magnet  actu- 
ates a  reed  switch  positioned  alongside  the  path  of  movement 
of  the  magnet.  The  adjustment  is  performed  by  hand  or  auto- 
matically by  mechanism  controlled  from  the  reed  switch.  In- 
tegral fingers  on  the  pushbutton  spring  inwardly  during  as- 
sembly and  then  outwardly  to  act  as  a  return  stop.  A  one  piece 
stamping  supports  the  reed  switch  and  is  cut  during  construc- 
tion to  provide  both  terminals  of  the  switch. 


REED! 


3,673,527 
I  SWITCH  ANG  MAGNETIC  OVER 
DEVICE  THEREFOR 
Edgar  Wolf,  New  Hyde  Park,  N.Y.,  Mdgnor  to 
Corp.^  Hauppauge,  N.Y. 

Fled  Feb.  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116^50 
Iiit.a.H01h5/02 
VS,  a.  335—207 


-CENTER 


Rcdactron 


12CWm 


A  reed  switch  v^iich  is  magnetically  actuated  is  provided 
with  a  magnetic  arrangement  which  affords  an  over<enter 
feel  or  force  gradient  cm*  curve.  The  arrangement  includes  op- 
positely polarized  and  spaced  magnets  between  which  is 
located  a  ftirther  magnet  which  directly  operates  the  reed 
switch  or  which  is  connected  to  another  magnet  which 
operates  the  switch. 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1605 


3,673,528 
WIDE  FREQUENCY  RESPONSE  LINE  SCAN  MAGNETIC 

y/mkm  C  HuclMB,  Seotta,  N.Y.,  aMlgniii  to  General  Efectric 
Conpaiiy 

FUed  March  1, 1971,  Scr.  No.  1 19,584 
lot  CLHOIf  7/00 
U.S.CL335— 210  10  ( 


3,673,530 
ELECTRICAL  WINDINGS 

Robert  L  Van  ^Hoc,  Sharon,  Pa.,  Milg to 

Electrk  Corporadon,  PIttriNvih,  Pa. 

FBcd  Dec  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  96,010 
IbL  CL  HOlf  15/14 
UACL  336-70 


10 


5l 


iTi.»i«i*i'iri«i'i'i'i»i°ui 


"^   •    ■-'    v** 
T|»l«NI»|T|«|inii|«lok> 

f»lilio|«lM|3|»|.«|.i«l«l«te 


riiioi»i«[Ti.i.Miiti,rok 


r.|«i»|.«|.|»|.T|,wnitiiBjM 
'  I  I  I  I  II  I  iT-r-^ 


A  magnetic  deflector  for  an  electron  beam  is  disclosed.  The 
deflector  is  characterized  by  a  frequency  response  of  several 
megahertz  and  a  linear  deflection.  The  wide  frequency 
response  and  linearity  are  achieved  by  utilizing  particularly 
shaped  pole  pieces  within  the  electron  beam  gim.  In  additional 
embodiments,  combinations  of  deflecting  elements  are  dis- 
closed. 


3,673,529 
MAGNETIC  ACTUATOR 
Joacph  A.  Gtfralt,  Oranie,  and  Leonard  P.  Ash, 

both  *d  CaH.,  aaslgnnri  to  Babcock  Elcctrontes  Corporattou, 
CoalaMcHi,Calif. 

Fled  May  13, 1971,  Scr.  No.  142383 

IntCL  HOlf  7/0« 

U.S.CL335— 234  12CWnM 


A  winding  for  electrical  inductive  apparatus,  having  a  plu- 
rality of  axially  spaced,  serially  connected  pancake  coils.  A 
flrst  group  of  pancake  coils  at  one  end  of  the  winding  are  of 
the  interleaved  turn  type,  and  a  second  group  c/[  pancake 
coils,  connected  to  the  first  group,  are  of  the  continuous  type. 
The  degree  of  interleaving  of  the  first  group,  and  the  radial 
spacing  between  the  conductor  turns  of  each  pancake  coil  ci 
the  flrst  group,  are  selected  to  provide  a  series  capacitance  for 
the  flrst  group  which  is  a  maximum  of  four  times  the  series 
capacitance  of  the  second  group. 


:^^. 


3,673,531 
ELECTRICALLY  RELEASED  LATCHING  SWITCH  FOR 
TIMER-CONTROLLED  APPUANCES  AND  THE  LUCE 
Victor  H.  Zane,  Conncrsvlle,  Ind.,  awlgnnr  to 
Manufacturing  Coi'poi'atioa 

FUed  Aug.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  63,488 
lBt.CLH01h6//02 
UACL  337-77  6 


,^0»       ,20b 


^i2c. 


■ZOd     ,ZO^    ,20f 


icu<k       ,ojD     ^^vc    /■^LXi      /£ij^     /^vf      /TtOa    i20>> 

'    ■  _  ■  _J     !  _  '  _  '    T~^ 

■r^^^  I'll 


A  magnetic  actuator,  such  as  is  frequently  used  to  control 
the  operation  of  electrical  contacts  (^electromagnetic  relays. 
The  actuator  has  a  pair  of  permanent  nugnets  which  retain  a 
symmetrically-shaped  armature  in  either  of  two  alternative 
operating  positions.  An  electromagnet  is  employed  to  aid  the 
magnetic  flux  of  one  of  the  permanent  magnets  and  to  coun- 
teract the  magnetic  flux  of  the  other  in  determining  the  posi- 
tion of  the  bi-staUe  armature.  A  common  piece  or  pole  is  pro- 
vided for  the  several  permanent  magnet  circuits,  which  pole 
piece  can  be  adjusted  with  respect  to  the  armature  with  equal 
effect  upon  the  flux  flow  therein. 


Switch  means,  movable  between  an  "OFF'  and  an  "ON" 
position.  Latch  means  are  provided  in  association  with  the 
switch  means  for  holding  the  switch  means  in  its  "ON"  posi- 
tion. The  lat^  means  is  responsive  to  an  electrical  signal  from 
an  external  source  to  release  the  switch  means  for  return  to  its 
"CMT"  position. 


1606 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


i 


June  p,  1972 


3^73^2 
THERMAL  SHTTCH  MECHANISM 
I H.  AHMNif  Jtf  MoniMMit  OL*  Mri^Mv  to 
trie  Company 

Fl0d  Dk.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  102,650 
lBLa.H01h67/02 
VS.  CLSyj— 102  7 


each  phase  unit  of  the  polyphase  fuse  are  superimposed  and 
form  a  stack,  the  spacing  between  the  contiguous  C-shaped 
center  portions  thereof  being  determined  by  the  length  of 


their 


ngtabs. 
LIFE] 


»THE1 


3,673,S34 

DOtJBLE  LIFE  UGHT  BULBS,  FUSES,  AND  THE  LIKE 

Robert  C.  Mariaacc,  2440  VyuHlw  Ave,  New  York,  N.Y. 

FDmI  May  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  140,194 

Int.  CL  HOlh  85/20;  HOlk  1/64, 9/04 

UA  a.  337-258  13 


A  thermal  switch  mechanism  includes  a  pair  of  spaced  apart 
arms.  A  thermal  actuator  is  mounted  on  one  arm  and  extends 
toward  the  other,  with  a  toggle  spring  interconnecting  the  ac- 
tuator and  the  other  arm.  A  heater  is  positioned  for  selectively 
heating  the  actuator  so  that  the  actuator  selectively  will  move 
in  opposite  directions.  A  stationary  contact  is  provided  on 
each  side  of  the  actuator,  which  carries  a  movable  contact  for 
engagement  with  each  of  the  stationary  contacts,  depending 
on  the  direction  of  movement  of  the  actuator.  A  screw  extends 
between  the  arms  for  setting  the  distance  therebetween  to  ad- 
just the  switch  differential.  An  insulator  is  normally  positioned 
between  the  movable  contact  and  one  of  the  stationary  con- 
tacts and  is  movable  therefrom.  A  second,  normally  open 
switch  is  interconnected  with  the  insulator.  When  the  insula- 
tor is  moved  from  between  the  movable  contact  and  one  of  the 
stationary  contacts,  the  normally  open  switch  is  closed. 


3,673,533 
ELECTRIC  LOW-VOLTAGE  FUSE  HAVING  TERMINAL 

BARS 
Erwki  Sober,  Wabon,  Mav.,  awlpior  to  Hie  ChaM-Shawmnt 
Conpony,  Ncwboryport,  Mav. 

Fled  Aug.  17, 1971,  Scr.  No.  172,470 

Int.  CL  HOlh  85/08, 85/12, 85/20 

U.S.CL337— 161  SO^iw 


Doi^le  life  light  bulbs,  fuses,  and  the  like  comprising  a  plu- 
rality of  conducting  filaments  arranged  in  parallel  having  a 
common  lead  and  a  base  comprising  a  hollow  threaded 
member  electrically  connected  to  the  common  lead;  an  insu- 
lating member  with  open  channels  extending  therethrough 
disposed  in  the  lower  end  of  said  threaded  member;  a  plurality 
of  conducting  members,  each  having  an  end  connected, 
respectively,  to  one  of  the  conducting  filaments  and  the  other 
end  extending  through  the  insulating  member;  and  two  con- 
tact members  of  ductile,  conductive  material,  said  contacts 
being  bent  through  a  90°  angle  and  being  mounted  on  the  ex- 
terior of  the  insulated  section  of  said  threaded  member  with 
the  lines  of  fold  of  the  respective  contact  members  lying  ad- 
jacent to  one  another,  the  vertically  projecting  sections  of  the 
contacts  laminated  together  in  an  insulated  relationship,  the 
mounted  section  of  the  contacts  having  openings  therein  for 
receiving  the  respective  conducting  members;  the  insulated 
laminate  structure  being  capable  of  being  folded  through  1 80" 
to  expose,  alternately,  each  of  the  available  contacts. 


I  3,673,535 

ELECTRICAL  SWITCH  HAVING  A  SNAP  BLADE  MEANS 
AND  METHOD  OF  CALIBRATING  THE  SAME  OR  THE 

LIKE 
David  M.  Roaenbcrg,  and  Skghkd  E.  MMMckc,  both  of  Indi- 
ana County,  Fa.,  aariyinn  to  Robcrtshaw  Controls  Com- 
pany, Richmond,  Va. 
CootinuatfaNi  of  Scr.  No.  714,992,  Mwdi  21, 1961,  wMch  is  a 
dfvWon  of  Scr.  No.  300^468,  Aug.  7, 1963,  wirfdi  to  a 
oontinuntionof  Scr.  No.  263,033,  March  5, 1963,  Pat.  No. 
3439337.  Ttk  appHcalion  April  19, 1971,  Scr.  No^  135«419 

Int.  CL  HOlh  11/00, 37/12, 37/26 
U.S.Q.337— 347  12  ( 


A  polyphase  fuse  has  a  housing  shaped  substantially 
prismaticadly  and  subdivided  into  a  plurality  of  chambers  each 
provided  for  a  phase  fuse  unit,  or  pole  fuse  unit,  of  the 
polyphase  fuse.  Each  of  the  chambers  contains  a  pair  of  ter- 
minal bars  spaced  by  the  housing  itself  so  as  to  dispense  with 
additional  insulating  spacers  arranged  between  each  pair  of 
terminal  bars.  The  juxtaposed  surfaces  of  each  pair  of  terminal 
tMus  are  provided  with  fuse-link-receiving  grooves.  Each  fuse 
link  means  includes  a  groove-engaging  spacing  tab  and  a  sub- 
stantially C-shaped  center  portion  positioned  generally  trans- 
versely to  the  pair  of  terminal  bars.  The  fiise  link  means  of 


c 

»•         ^ 

.  f 

'"^, 

An  electrical  switch  having  a  snap  blade  means  of  the  over- 
center  variety  that  is  confined  in  its  nwvement  to  only  the 
negative  rate  area  ihtnai  on  one  side  of  its  over-conter  posi- 
tion and  to  a  method  for  calibrating  such  an  electrical  switch 
by  simple  adjustments  of  an  adjusting  member  engaging  the 
snap  blade  means  and  an  adjustable  stop  means  that  limits 


JUNE^^T,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1607 


movement  of  the  snap  blade  means  relative  to  a  fixed  contact  3,673,538 
that  cooperates  with  the  blade  means  and  is  spaced  from  the  COMPOSITE  THERMISTOR  TEMPERATURE  SENSOR 
stop  means.  HAVING  STEP-FimCTION  RESPCN^SE 
"  Robert  C.  Faxon,  Atticboro,  Mam.,  Hsignor  to  1 

.r»««^2£!?r!?f ..r-^r^  ™«*  >>«•  5.  l*^'.  Scr.  No.  882,799 

.r--^  ..««^  JI?'S2f^'\^^!!ir^2L^     .     ^  Int.  CLIWlc  7/02 

Kcnriii  Kondo,  No  3-5,  Ohicura  l-chome,  Sct^aya-ku,  Tokyo,    u^,  q,  338—25  7 1 

Japan 

Filed  Nov.  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  93,588 
IntCL  HOlh  i7/20,J7/4« 
UACL  337—392  . 


Thermosut  switch  with  metallic,  flexible,  contact-point 
plates  positioned  longitudinally  within  a  thermosensitive 
sleeve.  The  two  flexible  plates  are  coupled  at  one  end  thereof, 
through  a  support,  to  one  end  of  the  sleeve  and  at  the  opposite 
end  thereof,  through  another  support  and  a  screw  rod,  to  the 
other  end  of  the  sleeve.  With  a  temperature  change,  the  sleeve 
expands  or  contracts  more  than  the  flexible  plates,  thereby 
causing  these  plates  to  flex  closer  to,  or  away  from,  each  other 
and  thus  make  or  break  the  thermo-contact.  The  first  men- 
tioned support  support  has  a  reduced  diameter  section  which 
minimizes  the  deUiy  in  thermostatic  response  to  temperature 
changes.  Means  for  preventing  the  flexible  plates  from  distort- 
ing and  for  keeping  the  sleeve  mcMSture-tight  are  included. 


A  temperature  sensor  including  first  and  second  PTC 
thermistor  elements  each  having  a  well-defined  transition  tem- 
perature above  which  the  resistance  of  the  element  rises  rela- 
tively abruptly  and  below  which  it  changes  relatively  little,  the 
transition  temperature  of  the  second  element  being  subiAan- 
tially  greater  than  that  of  the  first  element.  The  thermistor  ele- 
ments are  substantially  identically  thermally  responsive  to  a 
body  whose  temperature  is  sensed  by  the  sensor.  The  elements 
are  electrically  interconnected  to  cause  the  sensor  resistance 
to  be  an  equivalent  resistance  which  varies  as  a  function  of  the 
resistance  of  the  elements  and  changes  relatively  abrupdy  at 
temperatures  determined  by  the  transition  temperatures  of  the 
elements  thereby  providing  the  sensor  with  a  step-function  R 
vs.  T  characteristic. 


3,673,537 
CONTACTLESS  SWITCHING  DEVICE 
Kari  Grcfcr,  Ambcrg,  Germany,  assignor  to  Sfemcos  Aldicn- 
gesdscfaaft,  Bcrhn,  Germany 

FBcd  Sept  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  74,335 
Claims  priority,  appHmtion  Germany,  Sept.  23, 1969,  P  19 
48027.4 

InLCLIi01c//72 
U.S.CL338— 12  3 


3,673,539 

ELECTRICAL  RESISTANCE  ELEMENT  WITH  A 

SEMICONDUCTOR  OVERLAY 

Robert  M.  Hcaly.  WarrcnviBe,  m.,  mid  Robert  Marshy 

Mcguoo,  Wis.,  amignof  to  Tlw  Buniwr-Ranio  Corporadon, 

Oak  Brook,  DL 

Filed  May  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,047 
Int.  CLHOlc  9/02 
U.S.CL338— 154  6i 


m  23b  ]>    2 


so 

&LRMAKIIUM 
OVERLAY 

So 

FILM  RISISTOR 
20 


Va 


A  galvanomagnetic  resistor  is  fixedly  mounted  on  a  mag- 
netizable yoke  structure.  A  displaceable  actuator  cominises  a 
permanent  magnet  having  a  longitudinal  axis  and  being 
rotatably  mounted  in  the  yoke  structure  at  a  part  of  the  yoke 
structure  opposite  that  at  which  the  galvanomagnetic  resistor 
is  mounted.  The  actuator  has  a  direction  of  travel  substantially 
transverse  to  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  magnet. 


A  thin  film  overlay  of  a  semi-conductive  material,  such  as 
germanium,  silicon,  indium  antinnonide,  titanium  oxide  or  fer- 
ric oxide,  covers  the  resistor  track  of  a  film  resistance  element 
A  resistance  element  incorporating  this  improvement,  as  com- 
pared with  one  having  a  noUe  metal  overlay,  has  a  much 
lower  temperature  coefficient  of  resistance.  A  germanium 
overlay  may  be  provided  by  evacuating  the  space  about  the  re- 
sistive element  to  a  pressure  of  about  2X10^  torr,  supplying 
the  germanium  material  in  granular  partides  ranging  in  fine- 
ness between  180-320  mesh  by  vibration  and  gravity  in  a 
steady  and  even  flow  thereof  to  the  evacuated  space  at  a  point 
with  respect  to  which  the  resistor  track  is  exposed,  and  then 
evaporating  the  germanium  at  the  point  by  electrical  re- 
sistance heating  to  vaporization  temperature  at  about  1.850" 
C. 


1608 

When  used  in  a  potentiometer  with  a  nwvable  contact,  a  re- 
sistance element  to  made  exhibitt  wperior  wear  fUbility,  and 
good  contact  resistance  variation  characteristics. 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


3^3340 
INDICATING  DEVICE  FOR  TUNING  APPARATUS 
Robert  M.  McDowngli,  PbladdpUa,  Pa^  aasipnr  to 

Ford  Con»or1loii,  liilartiliiliia,  Pa. 

Fled  jMi.  26, 1971,  Scr.  No.  109,826 

Int.  a.  HOlc  9/02 

U.S.a.33»-196  4  Claims 


two  connector  forks  that  form  part  of  the  connector  assembly. 
The  assembly  includes  a  plastic  housing  in  which  the  tines  of 
the  two  connector  forks  are  skewed  so  that  one  of  the  two 
tines  of  each  fork  makes  substantially  full  contact  with  one  of 
two  opposite  sides  of  the  pin  and  the  other  tine  make*  a 
cooperating  partial  contact  on  the  other  side.  In  the  preferred 
connector  assembly,  the  housing  has  two  projections  that  each 


» — ^ 


L. 


*■<*  JT    /f    0        Jt  J$  M  '■JT 


A  lead  screw  operated  potentiometer  used  in  a  WC  tuning 
system  for  a  television  receiver  is  provided  with  a  sution  in- 
dicator driven  by  the  tracking  arm  of  the  potentiometer,  and 
visible  through  a  transparent  dust  cover  that  is  snapped-over 
the  potentiometer  body. 


3,673,541 
CXMMPOSITE  ELBCnUCAL  AND  FLUID  OR  AIR 
CONNECTOR 
Robot  VolHkte,  Hcnhcy,  PIL,  aaripwr  to  AMP 

.Pa. 

I  of  Scr.  No.  732,424,  Moy  5, 1968, 

n*  applcalioa  Aug.  6, 1970,  Scr.  No.  61,788 
lot  amir /J/52 
U.S.CL339— 16R  3 


extend  ijong  one  of  two  diagonally  opposite  edges  of  the  pin 
and  akxv  the  adjacent  non-contact  making  sides  of  the  pin  so 
that  the  tines  nearest  the  projections  are  held  in  substantially 
fiill  contact  with  the  pin.  The  other  two  tines  are  aUowed  to 
extend  somewhat  beyond  the  other  edges  of  the  pin.  The  hous- 
ing is  also  aUe  to  hold  a  single  contact  fork.  A  single  un- 
skewed  contact  fork  is  approximately  centered  on  the  pin 
between  the  diagonally  opposing  projections  of  the  housing. 


3,673,343      

MICRO-CIRCUIT  PACK  RECEPTACLE 

,  Faawood,  N  J.,  ■liipi  nr  to  TlMmas  *  Bstts  Cor- 

Fled  Aprfl  27, 1970,  Scr.  No.  31,958 

loLCLHOlr /J/50  I 


U.S.a.339— 61M 


This  disclosure  relates  to  a  detachable  connector  which  is 
defined  by  a  plug  member  having  nude  electrical  contacts  and 
a  male  tube  cou|^g,  and  a  receptacle  member  having  female 
electrical  contacts  and  a  female  tube  coupling.  The  male  con- 
tacts and  coupling  are  keyed  relative  to  the  female  contacts 
and  coupling.  The  tube  coupling  is  sealed  against  leakage 
when  a  connection  is  effected. 


3,673^42 
CONNECTOR  ASSEMBLY  WITH  TINE  SKEWING 
HOUSING 
J.  IN  Siclaiio,  tmd  Artiiur  E.  Eadcrky,  both  of 
N.Y.,  MrigMMn  to  iBlarMtfcwid 

**--*-■ rf^llMlm   If  M^illM  i         III     II      |l  Ikl    V 

IVUKaiBCB  V^VporaDOIIy  ATllMIIIKy  HI.  X  • 

Fled  June  17, 1970,  Scr.  No.  47,073 
lot.  CLHOlr  J/06 
U.S.CL339— 14R  7< 

A  new  connector  assembly  provides  improved  electrical 
and  mechanical  contact  between  a  pin  of  a  circuit  board  and 


\ 


The  receptacle  of  the  invention  comprises  a  body  having  a 
plurality  of  apertures  adapted  to  accommodate  the  leads  of  a 
micro-circuit  pack  and  the  corresponding  pins  secured  to  a 
wire  wrap  panel,  and  disposed  in  each  aperture  is  a  spring 
means  for  maintaining  a  frictional  and  electrical  contact 
between  each  leg  of  the  micro-circuit  pack  and  the  respective 
upstanding  pin  secured  to  the  wire  wrap  panel. 


June  27,  1972 

3,673,544 
CONNECTOR  FOR  LAMP  SOCKET 
James  N.  Itaprac,  Sooth  B  Monte,  CtML,  Mslgiiiii 
IncBMomcCdK. 

Fled  Sept.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  69/)49 
Int.a.H01rJJ/J4 
U.S.CL  339-61 L 


ELECTRICAL 


1609 


3,673,546 
ELECTRICAL  CONNECTORS 
toDuprec,  Joha  L.  Green,  Magnolia  Hooac,  High  St^  and  Robert  Ncten, 
135,  ArkwrlgMs,  both  of  Harlow,  Eaaex,  rnilMii 
ConHmisrton  hi  part  of  Scr.  No.  706,488,  Feb.  19, 1968, 
abandoned.  TMs  applcnHon  Apr!  20, 1970,  Scr.  No.  30,126 
Int  CL  HOlr  13154 
U.S.CL339— 89C  6( 


An  electrical  connector  for  connecting  wire  conductors  to 
lamp  sockets,  such  as  those  used  for  edge  lighted  panels.  A 
connector  comprising  an  insulating  body  and  a  conductor 
contact  carried  within  the  body,  with  the  contact  having  a 
crimp  wire  receiver  on  one  end  and  a  split  barrel  terminal 
receiver  on  the  other.  The  insulating  body  is  a  unitary  resilient 
plastic  member  which  is  a  push  fit  onto  the  socket  and  which 
carries  the  contact  into  sliding  engagement  with  the  conductor 
pin  of  the  socket 


3,673,545 
MINIATURE  CCNVNECTCMt 
CON^ntUCnON— ADJUSTABLE  OR  FLOATING 
DmM  F.  Rnndk,  Canp  Mi,  Pik,  artgnnr  to  The 
Rasno  Corporation,  Oak  Anook,  m. 

Fled  Nov.  10, 1969,  Scr.  No.  875,060 
Int  CL  HOlr  2//2« 
U.S.a.339— 64M  12 


Miniature  connector  plug  of  the  kind  utiHzed  in  a  package 
or  assembly  incorporating  a  large  number  of  connectors,  for 
use  with  a  socket  assembly  incorporating  the  like  number  of 
sockets,  all  of  the  plugs  and  all  of  the  sockets  being  arranged 
in  planes,  each  plug  having  portions  shiftable  transversely  for 
acconunodating  misaligmnent  between  the  respective  plugs 
and  sockets  in  a  progression  of  such  large  numbers  of  the  con- 
nectors. 


■■■■■'""'"  "    "^ 


j"\s«lswH 


Means  for  esublishing  electrical  connection  selectively 
between  coaxial  electrical  connectors  having  similar  or  dif- 
ferent coupling  end  configurations  comprises  a  plurality  of 
adapters  each  having  first  and  second  coupling  ends,  the  first 
cou|ding  end  of  each  adapter  being  such  that  it  can  mating 
engage  the  coupling  end  ctf  a  respective  one  of  the  said  electri- 
cal connectors,  and  the  second  coupling  ends  of  all  the  adap- 
ters being  of  the  same  internally  threaded  configuration,  and  a 
conductive  coupler  having  an  external  threaded  configuration 
fitting  with  both  adaptors  and  conductor  ends  that  can 
matingly  engage  the  conductors  of  each  of  the  adapters. 


3,673,547 
CONNECTOR  FOR  COAXIAL  CABLE 
G«or«c  W.  Zicgkr,  Jr.,  Carlisle,  Pa.,  iiilgim  to  AMP 
poralcd,  HarrWiurg,  Pa. 

Fied  May  22, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39,840 
Int  CL  HOlr /J/5<  /  7/0¥ 
U.S.CL339— 89C  5 


A  connector  for  a  coaxial  caUe  including  an  outer  sleeve 
adapted  to  threadaUy  mate  with  a  coupling  member  and 
rotatable  on  an  inner  sleeve  for  termination  on  a  coaxial  caMe, 
the  inner  and  outer  sleeves  being  separated  by  washers  and  a 
seal  which  absorbs  compression  forces  and  prevent  torque 
transmitted  tram  the  cou^ing  member  and  mated  outer  sleeve 
to  the  coaxial  cable. 


3,673448 
PRINTED  CIRCUIT  BOARD  CONNECTOR 
WWasn  R.  Mattingly,  Jr.,  Santa  Ana,  Mid  David  S. 
Orni^e,  both  of  CalL,  Ms%iiun  to 
and  Tfhgiapli  Corporation,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Fled  Oct  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81326 
Int  CL  li05k  1107;  HOlr  13t64 

U.S.CL339— 186M  

A  printed  circuit  board  connector  having  a  plivality  of  con- 
tacts mounted  in  the  connector  housing.  The  contacts  are 
framed  of  a  spring  contact  portion  having  a  contacting  surface 
and  a  termirud  portion  interconnected  by  a  central  mounting 


1610 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


JiTNE  27,  1972 


portion.  The  contact  is  inserted  in  the  housing  in  an  unstressed 
condition  and  abuts  a  housing  inner  wall  member  upon  partial 
insertion,  the  contact  being  positioned  adjacent  the  inner  wall 
member  upon  ftill  insertion  into  the  housing  with  a  portion  of 
the  contact  abutting  the  inner  wall  member.  The  contact  sur- 
face  of  the  contact  is  normaUy  adjacent  the  top  end  of  the 


housing,  remote  firom  the  contact  pmtion  adjacent  the  inner 
wall  member.  Moreover,  the  inner  wall  member  may  define  an 
edge  against  which  the  printed  circuit  board  engages  to  limit 
its  movement  upon  insertion  ci  the  board  into  the  housing. 
The  contact  nnounting  portion  may  be  provided  with  means 

for  engaging  the  housing  so  as  to  correctly  position  the  contact 
in  the  housing. 


3^73,549 
FinXY  INSULATED  CH^ICK  MSCONNECT 
Ward  L.  BMfey.  riiisliiliiil,  OWo,  Mslgiiiii  to 
Tflfcphone  and  Tflnmih  CorporattiM,  New  York,  N. Y. 

RMJuw  1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  41398 
iBfL  a.  HOlr  9/08 
U,&CL339— 220R  lO 


i'O 


2S 


1 


22 


23 

■2t 


Quick  disconnect  coimecton  are  provided  which  are  fiilly 
insulated.  A  thin  waU  tubing  having  a  waQ  thickness  of  fiom 
about  0.0005  to  about  O.OOS  inch  is  employed  to  provide  full 
insulation  of  the  electrical  connector  terminal,  ^4o  secondary 
operations  are  required  to  achieve  full  insulation  and  standard 
crimping  dies  can  be  used. 


3,673,550 

CABLE  TERMINAL 

JoMph  ShcmaB,  Rte.  2,  Box  907C3,  Fort  Worth,  Tex. 

FHed  Dec  1 1, 1970,  So-.  No.  97,256 

Iiit.C].Ii01r///26 

U.S.CL339— 225  3 


A  replacement  terminal  for  connecting  a  battery  cable  to  a 
battery  terminal  post  includes  an  integral  split  ring  having 
parallel  outward  projecting  lugs  with  a  gap  between.  The 
clamp  defines  a  tapered  bore  for  enclosing  the  battery  post  A 


hook  bolt  extending  through  aligned  bores  in  the  lugs  provides 
an  eye  at  one  end  for  clamping  an  exposed  cable  end  to  one 
lug.  A  nut  threaded  on  the  opposite  end  of  the  hook  bolt  pro- 
vides the  clamping  force  for  clamping  the  cable  to  tlfe  ring  and 
for  clamping  the  ring  to  the  battery  post. 


tthei 


■  3,673,551 

INTEGRATED  dRCUTT  TERMINAL  AND  METHOD 
Cktus  G.   McDoaough,  Etanhurst,  III.,  asslgiior  to  Main 
Products  Company,  Downers  Grove,  DL 

nkd  Nov.  28, 1969,  Scr.  No.  880,574 
Int.  CL  HOlr  5104, 11122;  H05k  1112 
tJ.S.  a.  339-258  R 


6Cliriim 


A  sheet  metal  terminal  is  formed  of  spring  metal  such  as 
brass  with  a  plurality  of  termiitab  attached  to  one  another  in 
chain  fashion  by  a  carrier  strip  of  scrap  of  the  metal  blank 
from  which  the  terminals  are  formed.  Each  terminal  has  a 
mounting  hig  or  tongue.  The  higs  or  tongues  of  a  plurality  of 
interconnected  terminals  are  inserted  through  aligned  aper- 
tures in  a  pair  of  parallel  rows  in  a  printed  circuit  board,  fol- 
lowing which  the  terminals  are  flow  soldered  to  the  printed 
circuit  board,  and  the  scrap  interconnection  is  cut  off.  A  pair 
(^  rows  of  terminals  thus  is  provided  into  which  the  terminals 
ctf  a  "crab  pack"  integrated  circuit  may  be  plugged. 


I 


3,673,552 

ilETIiOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  COMPILING 

MEASURED  VALUES  OF  A  VARIABLE  PARAMETER 

Skghlul  MnMs;  Hbm  GrossiMin,  both  of  Brvmca,  GcnoMiy, 

and  NOciMl  Aubcrt,  WhneniMttx,  fVMioe,  saslgMn  to  FHed 

Knipp  Gcadsdiaft  nil  bcMhranktcr  Haftnag,  EiMn,  Gcr- 


15  956.9 


U,S.a340-3R 


FHed  March  30, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,691    I 
priority,  appHraHoii  Germany,  MMxh  28, 1969, 


P19 


Iiit.a.G01s9/6« 


l9Clirfim 


A  method  and  apparatus  primarily  intended  for  commercial 
fishing  craft  for  coinpiling  at  an  observation  station  measured 
values  of  a  variable  parameter  existing  at  one  or  more  measur- 


TvrkTo   on     1079 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1611 


ing  locations  spaced  firom  the  observation  sution  by  produc- 
ing a  signal  which  u  a  function  of  the  instantaneous  value  of 
the  variable  parameter,  feeding  it  to  a  pulse  duration  modula- 
tor, to  produce  a  modulated  pulse  whose  duration  is  a  function 
of  the  instantaneous  value  of  the  variable  parameter,  and  con- 
troUing  the  initiation  of  the  modulated  pulses  by  a  system 
which  emits  a  train  of  spaced  wave  pulses  through  one  or  more 
acoustical  transducers,  so  that  the  initiation  of  the  modulated 
pulses  is  in  a  fixed  time  relation  with  the  vtrave  pulses.  A  suiu- 
ble  short-interval  range  recording  device  is  disposed  at  the  ob- 
servation station,  and  is  connected  for  receiving  the  modu- 
lated pulses  and  recording  their  duration  along  with  the 
echose  of  the  wave  pulses.  When  a  plurality  of  measured  value 
generators  is  used,  a  programmed  switch  mechanism  may  be 
employed  to  connect  the  individual  generators  with  their 
respective  wave  pulse  generators. 


^  3,673,553 

MEASURING  INSTRUMENT  FOR  PILOTING  SHIP  FOR 
DOCKING  (HI  LEAVING 
TakaMro  Mhva,  Kawasdd,  and  Mfadd  YMnmoto,  Tokyo, 
hothof  Japan,  awlgnwi  to  KaNishiklk^ha  Tokyo  Kdki 
Sdaoaho,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Fled  June  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  44397 
datans  priofHy.  appMrarton  Japan,  June  17, 1969, 44/4780« 
lBt.CLG01s9/6« 
U.S.CL340— 3R  AOtinm 


,  innu/M 


Itar 


//^     I , 


^■llll— 


\± 


-y  {  H^ L_ 


'mr 


r 


started  in  response  to  the  occurrence  of  selected  acoustic 
ranging  pulses.  Pulses  which  are  proportional  in  time  to  the 
vekxaty  (tf  sound  in  water  are  counted  until  the  returned  echo 


~^^ 


X. 


w"  •m\ 


KMkln 


•n     tan 


frcnn  the  sea  bottom  stops  the  count.  Ten  counts  are  accumu- 
lated in  the  digital  counter  vt^iich  is  arranged  to  coimt  in 
decades.  The  least  significant  decade  is  dropped  to  produce  a 
readout  directly  representing  water  depth. 


3,673355 
MCXXJLATED  CARRIER  ACOUSTIC  BEACCMV 
Omar  G.  Raodsep,  SoMle,  Wadu,  assignor  to  Honcywdi  Inc., 
NflnneapoMs,  Nfflnn. 

DIvWon  of  Scr.  No.  741,191,  June  28, 1968,  PM.  No. 
3,559,161,  which  is  a  continuation-in-part  of  Ser.  No.  655,662, 
July  24, 1967,  abandoned.  This  application  Oct.  23, 1970, 
Ser.  No.  83,350 
IntaH04b/7/aO 
U.S.a.340— 5R  4( 


A  measuring  instrument  for  piloting  a  ship  for  docking  or 
leaving  a  pier  having  at  least  two  spaced  ultrasonic  transducer 
means  provided  under  water  on  the  side  dL  the  pier  for  trans- 
mitting ultrasonic  beams  substantially  perpendicular  to  the 
mooring  line  joining  the  front  surfaces  of  dolphins,  measuring 
means  respectively  corresponding  to  the  ultrasonic  transducer 
means,  means  for  measuring  the  distance  between  the  ship 
and  the  pier  and  the  speed  of  the  ship,  and  means  for  reputing 
the  measured  results  to  a  pilot  on  the  ship. 


3,673354 
DEPTH  SOUNDER  DIGITIZER 
Silvan  E.  McAlpin,  Dalas,  Tex.,  assignor  to  MoU  Ofl  Cor- 
poration 

Filed  Sept.  30, 1969,  Scr.  No.  862,204 
Int.CLG01s9/6« 
U.S.a.340~3R  4CUim 

a  water  depth  digitizer  produces  an  averaged  digital  readout 
synchronized  with  an  external  clock.  The  digital  readout  is 
produced  firom  a  depth  sounder  having  a  timing  cycle  ^i^iich  is 
asynchnmous  with  respect  to  the  clock.  A  digital  counter  is 


-C* 


osaiuao* 


ourgrr 


OWVO 


OSOLLAIQII 
('■I 


TUNCO 

MOOUUtTO* 

f     f    « 


PULX 

MTCRykL 
TIMCR 


IlLMKIIW 


-^ 


LCNSTH 
TIHOI 


p:i3ir 


An  underwater  beacon  for  transmitting  an  acoustic  signal 
characterized  so  as  to  facilitate  accurate  determiimtion  of  the 
position  of  an  acoustic  receiver  array  relative  to  the  beacon. 
The  beacon  comprises  a  pair  of  oscillators  whose  output 
signals  are  supplied  to  a  modulator  which  is  further  controlled 
by  a  timer  so  as  to  produce  a  periodic  modulated  carrier 
frequency  signal,  each  period  (rf  which  is  made  up  of  predeter- 
mined intervals  cS.  unmodulaced  carrier,  modulated  carrier, 
and  silence.  The  output  erf  the  nradulator  is  supplied  to  a 
driver  which  energizes  an  acoustic  projector. 


1612 


3^73^56 

TWO-LEVEL  DEPTH  CONTROLLERS  FOR  SEISMIC 

STREAMER  CABLES 

Ftal  G.  Hoi,  HomlOB,  Tcx^  airipMir  to  Wciteni  Gcophyikal 

Conpaniy  of  AoMrlca,  HoMtMi,  Tex. 

FBed  Jiriy  15, 1970,  Ser.  No.  55,038 
InL  CL  B63b 27/56.  GOlv  ;//6.  HOlb  7/72 
UAa.340— 7PG  11 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE  June  27.  1972 

•eoond  tttge  1 :2  to  S.  The  preparationt  are  useftil  in  the  textile 
industry  e.g.  for  rendering  wool  non-felting.  Especially  suita- 
ble are  the  preparations  when  applied  in  combination  with  a 
dyeing  process. 


This  invention  relates  to  controUers  for  seismic  streamer  ca- 
bles for  controlling  the  depth  of  the  streamer  cable  while  it  is 
towed  through  a  body  o€  water.  The  controller  is  adapted  to 
maintain  the  streamer  cable  at  one  predetermined  level,  and 
upon  receipt  of  a  remote-control  signal  the  controller  moves 
the  cable  to  another  predetennined  level. 


r 

"Z> 

f» 

mm 

NttUlTM 

— 1 

V 

f" 

J 

■MTKIUMl 
■KITH  M 
lUlMII 
IE«NNI 

f* 

f" 

Mil 
CNTHl 

raui 
tiirni 

/HHMMTtl  I 

1 

1 

taniriii 

Ir 

•lai  1 
HUtm 

9 

1 

1 

V,i 

^. 

1 


3,673359 
PULSE  RESOLUTION  SYSTEM 
Tax.,  aa%Bor  to 

NHlOB,Ta. 

t  of  S«r.  No^  S933SS,  Nov.  10, 1966, 
IS,  196S.  Scr.  No.  767,904 
Ii«:  d.  HOSk  4/10;  H04b  3/00 
U.S.a.^40— 18 


n~r 


3,673,557 
DISCONTINUOUS  COHERENT  WAVE  ACOUSTIC 
HOLOGRAPHY 
Noycs  D.  Smitfa,  Jr^  Bdairc  Tex.,  assipinr  to  Shefl  OU  Com- 
pany, New  York,  N.Y. 

CoHliiMiadon-fai-part  of  Scr.  No.  659,984,  Aug.  8, 1967,  Pat. 

No.  3,503,037.  Tlifa  appMctfciii  Feb.  3, 1970,  Scr.  No.  8,206 

1M.CLO0U  1/34 

U.S.  CL  340— 15.5  H  ICUms 


The  response  to  deep  reflecting  layers  in  an  acoustic  holo- 
gram is  improved  by  varying  the  time  at  which  acoustic  wave 
relating  to  to  various  images  are  radiated  either  by  pulsing  the 
source  of  coherent  waves  or  turning  the  source  off  after  a 
steady  sute  has  been  estaUished  and  gating  the  receivers  so 
that  acoustic  waves  relating  to  very  strong  and  very  weak 
images  are  not  being  received  at  the  same  time. 


3,673,558 
POLY  ADDITION  PRODUCTS  AND  PROCESS  FOR  THEIR 

MANUFACTURE 
RoMmarie    Tocpd,    Baael;    Heliia    Abd,    Rdnach;    Arthur 
Macdcr,  Thcrwil,  and  Ktanw-Dletcr  LdMs,  Bfamingcn,  aU  of 
SwItacrlaMi,  aasigBors  to  Clbo  Linriled,  Base 
Fled  May  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,596 
Iirt.CLC06i57/2-¥ 
U.S.  CL  260—29.2  EP  13 

A  stable  preparation  of  reaction  products  is  provided  wdiich 
is  prepared  by  first  reacting  a  liquid  polyglycidyl  ether  of  a 
pcdyphenol  with  an  aliphatic  di-primary  diamine  and 
thereafter  further  reacting  the  resulting  adduct  with  an  epoxy 
compound.  The  ratio  of  epoxide  group  equivalents  to  amino 
group  equivalents  in  the  first  stage  is  1:3  to  5.5  and  in  the 


l^jaiii^H^ 


p  !(■'"?*'  I'"'°r" 


MOtWO    WM.CC 


-  tITta*«.t 
WW'*"* 


—n 


SSnSST' 


Apparatus  in  an  earth  bore  logging  system  for  restoring  two 
or  more  cloaely  occuring  pulses  which  have  become  distorted 
through  transmission  from  subsurface  equipment  to  the  sur- 
face to  die  extent  that  such  pulses  tend  to  merge  into  a  sin^ 
pulse  of  longer  duration.  Each  pube  from  the  subsurface 
signal  source  is  extended  in  duration  to  a  predetermined  pulse 
width  when  widely  separated  from  adjacent  pulses,  and  is  ex- 
tended to  a  greater  extern  when  a  successive  pube  occurs  dur- 
ing the  predetermined  pube  width  period.  The  pubes  are  then 
transmitted  to  the  surface  where  such  extended  pulses  are  am- 
plitude normalized.  Each  normalized  received  pube  at  the  sur- 
face b  used  to  generate  a  pube  having  a  duration  proportional 
to  the  duration  at  which  the  amplitude  of  the  normalized  pulse 
exceeds  a  given  level.  Each  of  the  trigger  pubes  in  turn  results 
in  the  production  of  a  reference  pulse  terminating  after  ter- 
mination of  a  trigger  pube  of  itormal  duration,  representative 
of  a  single  pube  before  transmission.  A  first  output  pube  is 
generated  in  response  to  one  of  the  trigger  and  reference  pul- 
ses and  a  second  output  pulse  b  generated  only  upon  time 
coincidence  of  the  trigger  pube  and  termination  of  the 
reference  pulse.  The  widths  <rf  the  reference  pulses  may  be  au- 
tomatically adjusted  according  to  variations  in  the  average 
widths  of  the  trigger  pubes. 


I  3,673,560 

I  VEHICLE  ALERTING  SYSTEM 

Max  K.  Banh,  and  Jasnes  N.  Edwards,  both  of 
QdiL,  Bwlgnnri  to  Acntfet-GcMral  Corporatioa,  K  Moole, 

CaUf. 

1         FBed  May  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  39^493 
1  Int.  0.008(7/09 

U.S.  CL  340—33  t®  Claims 

Disclosed  b  a  system  for  alerting  persons  in  vehicles  of  the 
presence  in  their  vicinity  of  vehicles  devoted  to  responding  to 
emergency  situations;  the  former  may  be  passenger  automo- 
biles, buses  or  other  means  of  public  transportation,  etc.  and 
the  latter  may  be  police  cars,  fire  trucks,  ambulances  or  the 
like.  The  system  comprises  a  complete  radio  station  installa- 
tion in  eadi  emergency  vehicle  and  a  receiver  installation  in 
each  pMsenger  vdiicle,  and  both  installations  may  utilize 
much  of  the  radio  equipment  already  found  in  such  vehicles 
for  other  purposes.  Thus,  in  the  passenger  vehicle,  the  equip- 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,'  1972 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1618 


ment  may  oompriae  an  adapter  operative  to  override  any  nor- 
mal recaption  of  the  car  radio  to  provide  an  audible  and/or 
visible  indication,  or  a  separata  indicating  receiver  of 
minimum  complexity,  whereas,  in  the  emergency  vehicle,  the 
equipment  may  comprise  a  separate  ntodem  or  one  mul- 


•M»c*v«a  •■«>>«M 


tiplexed  to  equipment  ordinarily  serving  another  fimction.  In 
the  preferred  form,  the  emergency  vehicle  modem  includes  a 
coder-transmitter  and  a  receiver-deooder-iiKiicator  both  mul- 
tiplexed to  the  same  antenna,  and  the  passenger  vehicle 
receiver  b  similar  to  the  receiving  equipment  of  the  emergen- 
cy vehicle. 


3,673,561 
STEERING  INDICATOR 
,  9872  BrWb  Road.  PMhdripMa,  Pa. 
FBsd  Aa«.  6, 1969,  Scr.  No.  847,863 

lnLCLB60|//00 
U.S.CL340— 52R  10 


Harry 


switch  b  doaed,  the  signal  means  b  actuated  and  the  solenoid 
switch  dosed  to  maintain  the  actuation.  The  tih  iwitdi  b  ( 


ried  from  a  normally-inoperative  to  a  iKxmaOy  operative  pon- 
tion  as  the  interrupt  switch  b  moved  from  its  open  to  its  clooed 
position. 


3,673463 

VEHICLE  BRAKE  CONIX11<N<i  TESTING  AND 

SIGNALLING  ARRANGEMENT 


t  of  Scr.  No.  759336,  Sqpt.  9, 1968. 
I M^  4, 1971,  Scr.  No.  140,060 
Sept.    7,    1967, 


16734251 


U.S.a.  340-71 


biLCLB60q7/44 


15 


-® 


•t       w^ 


®— I 


®-^  r~. 


a 


A  steering  iixlicator  including  gearing  to  transmit  rotation 
of  the  steering  shaft  of  an  automobile  to  a  worm  drive  gear. 
Movement  of  the  worm  drive  gear  changes  the  position  of  the 
pair  of  insulated  brushes  which  makes  contact  along  re- 
sbtance  areas  and  thb  has  the  effect  of  changing  the  resistance 
in  two  circuits.  One  circuit  involves  an  indicating  meter,  such 
that  a  given  amount  o(  rotation  of  the  steering  shaft  causes  a 
change  in  circuit  resbtance  to  cause  correspoiKling  deflection 
of  the  indicating  meter,  thereby  giving  the  reading  of  the  front 
wlieeb  position.  The  second  circuit  includes  a  pair  of  indicator 
lights,  such  that  change  of  resistance  in  the  second  circuit 
causes  one  of  the  lights  to  glow  more  bristly  as  the  steering 
wheel  b  turned  further  away  from  its  straight  ahead  position  to 
give  additional  warning  to  the  driver. 


3,673,562 
ANTI-THEFT  DEVICES  FCHl  MOnVNlCYCLES,  BICYCLES 

AND  THE  LIKE 
Eugene  F.  Buell,  Box  418,  Gnibbs  Road  R.D.  #2,  Gibsonia, 
Pa. 

FBed  April  29, 1970,  Scr.  No.  32^27 
Int.  CLB62II 5/20 
U.S.CL340— 63  3Clalnis 

In  an  anti-theft  device  for  a  motorcycle  or  the  like,  a  key- 
operated  interrupt  switch  and  a  normally  open  solen<»d  switch 
are  in  series  between  a  power  source  and  a  signal  means.  A  tilt 
switch  b  provided  parallel  to  the  interrupt  switch  and  solenoid 
switch  such  that,  if  the  motocyde  b  tilted- while  the  interrupt 


An  arrangement  for  monitoring  and  testing  of  the  wear  state 
of  mechanical  brakes.  The  movable  member  which  b  to  be 
braked  operates  in  conjunction  with  a  sigrud  emitter  that  emits 
pulses  as  a  fimction  of  the  displacement  of  the  movable 
member.  A  measuring  arrangement  b  actuated  by  the  pubes 
from  the  signal  emitter  and  provides  an  indication  of  the  biak- 
ing  interval  between  two  predetermined  limits  of  which  die 
first  determines  the  beginning  of  the  monitoring  interval  and  b 
dependent  upon  a  threshokl  vahie.  The  second  b  determined 
by  the  eiKl  <rf  the  braking  operation.  A  stepping  relay  b  used  as 
the  indicating  device  by  being  actuated  from  a  trigger  circuit 
A  monostable  multivibrator  b  included  to  increase  the  relia- 
bility ci  operation. 


3,673364 
ASTABLE  SWITCHING  CIRCUIT 


FledOcL  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  864,674 
priosHy,  appBcalloB  Garaanv.  Oct.  18, 1968,  P  18 
03843.2 

InLCLB60q7/J« 
U,S.a.340— 81R  9ClikH 

An  actable  circuit  arrangement  for  providing  periodically 
spaced  pubes  to  a  flashing  directional  Ii|^t  system  in  motor 
vehicles.  Two  transistors  of  identical  conductivity  type  ate  in- 
tercoupled  throu^  capadtive  and  resistance  networks  so  as 


899  O.G. — 59 


1614 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27j  1972 


1 


to  generate  the  required  pubes  for  actuating  the  flashing  light,  scan  an  btersection  of  a  character  line  element,  while  by 

The  coil  of  a  relay  is  also  actuated  by  these  pulses,  and  a  sin-  further  detecting  circuitry  the  centers  of  said  intersections  can 

gle-pole.  double-throw  switching  contact  arrangement  of  the  be  determined,  the  set  of  the  centers  thus  obtained  fomiing 
relay  connects  a  resistor  in  parallel  with  the  emitter-collector 


path  ol  one  of  the  transistors,  which  conducts  when  the  relay 
coil  is  de-energized.  In  the  other  sute  of  the  switching  contact 
arrangement,  one  terminal  of  the  motor  vehicle  battery  is 
directly  appUed  to  the  flashing  lamps. 


f^^-^^^fSfe 


M  -; 


■l-M    > 


U,     U, 


3,673,565  **»«  character  center  line  (FIG.  5).  The  device  may  fWther- 

DIRECTKW INMCATOR  FOR  AUTOMCMILE  "*°'^  comprise  a  checicing  device  for  suppressing  dark  signals 

ScHcU  Okahats,  5,  Y«yag|  3<lHme,  SUbuym-ku,  Tokyo,  of<oolon|*<luration  and/or  light  and  dark  signals  of  top  short 

Japan  a  duratioi* 

Fled  ^tov.  14, 1969,  Scr.  No.  876,853 

Ctains  priority,  appNcalkNi  JapM,  Feb.  5,  1969,  44/8128;  ,                        ,  ^„  ^, 

?^  ^  l'^..^!"^  Ma-i*  !«.  1^69.  44/20071;  July  ]  reMO^  oo^lSS'sUPPRiSSOR 


26,1969,44/58769 
U.S.CL340— 82 


ingi 

1 


Iiita.B60q7/i« 


11 


3,673,566 

USE  OF  A  PLURALITY  OF  SCANNING  DIRECTIONS  FOR 

CHARACTER  CENTER  LINE  IMETERMINATION 


toU^S. 


Thomas  Pktcr  RcMk,  RUiwyk,  NcdMriands, 

Philips  Corporlioa,  New  Yorit,  N.Y. 

Fled  May  5, 1970,  Scr.  No.  34,651 

Ciaiiiis  priority,  appbcatkHi  Nctheriands,  May  10,  1969, 
6907226 

lot.  CL  G06k  9/04 
U.S.  CL  340— 1463  AE  7CMmi 

Device  for  determining  the  character  center  line  i.e.  the  line 
interconnecting  the  centers  of  the  line  elements  oi  a 
character,  comprising  a  part  for  displaying  a  character  charac- 
terized in  that  a  scanner  is  provided  for  scanning  the  character 
throughout  the  character  surface  in  at  least  two  orthogonal 
directions,  a  detecting  device  is  provided  for  determining  per 


John  F.  McCWhui,  Sr.,  StMMbwy  MH  Ro«l,  Monkton,  Md. 
Filed  Oct.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  84,552 
Iirt.CL  Glib  5/00 
U.S.a.340— 148  14  ( 


Ji    41     n     4} 


An  automotive  direction  and  stoplight  signalling  system 
using  semi-conductor  cinniits  to  control  the  operation  of  the 
lights,  the  circuit  operating  a  first  set  of  two  or  more  li^ts 
sequentially  to  indicate  a  turn  to  the  right  and  a  second  set  of 
lighto  to  indicate  a  turn  to  the  left  The  circuit  also  includes 
means  to  operate  all  lights  simultaneously  to  indicate  that  the 
vehicle  is  slowing  down  or  stopping. 


mPtintB, 


An  acoustic  system  for  remotely  suppressing  dog  barks  by 
replaying  the  barics  of  a  dog  to  the  dog,  creating  a  mimicking 
effect  by  volume  change,  time  delay,  modulation  change,  or 
pitch  change,  in  one  or  more  combinatifms  appropriate  to  the 

dog;  pitch  change  includes  rebroadcasting  the  baiics  to  the  dog 
at  pitch  frequencies  above  the  characteristic  range  of  human 
hearing;  an  arbitrary-sound  embodiment  is  disclosed. 


fSTEM 


Marconi 


3,673,568 
TIME  DIVISION  DATA  TRANSMISSION  SYS 
HAVING  INTERROGATKM4  SIGNAL  PASSED  THROUGH 
MATRIX  SWITCHES  TO  JUNCTORS  VIA  ALL  FREE 

PATHS 
John  BriM  Terry,  MaMon,  Eagtand,  —ignni'  to  The : 
Company  Linlied,  LoBdoa,  Finland 

Filed  April  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,732 
daims  priority,  appMcatfcin  Great  Briton,  April  14,  1969, 
19,090/69 

InL  CL  H04q  9100;  IHMJ  3100;  H04m  3100       ' 
U.S.CL340— 147R  17  Claims 

A  time  division  multifriex  data  transmission  arrangement 
has  means  for  applying  path  interrogation  signals  to  the  free 
row  inputs  of  the  device  interconnection  switches,  a  switch 
units  wherein  each  switch  has  an  interrogation  signal  row  and 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1616 


means  for  detecting  the  occurrence  of  an  interrogation  signal  3,673,570 

on  any  row  input  this  signal  being  passed  to  all  column  outputs      COMBINATION  EMITTER  FOLLOWER  MGITAL  LINE 

of  the  switch  which  are  free  whereby  the  interrogation  signals  MUVER/SENSCM 

Harland  J.  rsahman,  Jr.,  Ncptaae,  NJ.,  assiginr  to  The 


United  States  of  America  m 
-    the  Array 

FUcd  Sept.  1 1, 1969,  Scr.  No.  857,103 
Iat.CLHO4q;;/O0 
U.S.CL340— 147 


by  the  Secretary  of 


-Ol 


"III 


p3f 


V 


^ 


n 


H 


^ 


to  the  next  switches  connected  to  the  switch  unit  output 
columns  such  that  the  signals  pass  progressively  through  the 
switches  of  the  switch  unit  until  they  appear  via  all  free  paths 
at  the  junctors. 


3,673,569 
MULTIPLEXER  FOR  C(»4TROLLING  AND 
MONITORING  CODED  KEY  OPERATED  ACCESSES 
Robert  A.  HMto,  and  Evcntt  E.  Dukes,  Jr.,  both  of  YorlM  Lin- 
da, CaMf.,  asrignors  to  Eaton  Corporatkn^  drvdaad.  Otto 
FDed  April  19, 1971,  Scr.  No.  135,265 
Int.  CL  G06k  /  7100;  H04q  3102;  B05b  47/00 
U.S.CL340— 147R  12  ( 


A  combined  digital  line  driver  and  sensor  for  both  trans- 
mitting and  receiving  digital  control  signals  between  a  plurali- 
ty of  stations  over  a  single  conductor.  Each  station  includes  an 
emitter  follower  which  acts  as  a  fraction  of  an  OSL  gate  for 
driving  the  digital  control  signal  over  the  transmission  Hne. 
The  transmission  line  is  connected  to  one  input  of  a  two-diode 
AND  gate.  The  other  input  to  the  AND  gate  is  connected  to 
the  input  of  the  emitter  follower  via  an  inverter  amplifier.  The 
output  of  the  AND  gate  wiU  contain  the  received  control 
signal  transmitted  from  some  other  station  unless  the  as- 
sociated station  is  also  transmitting  a  control  signal. 


3,673,571 
CREDIT-AND  ACCESS-CONTROL  EQUIPMENT 
GeoOrcy  Emcat  Patrick 
■to  Smith  Industi 

Fled  Nov.  19, 1970,  Scr.  Now  91,018 
riority,  appHcation  Great  Britain,  Nov.  21,  1969, 
57,005/69' 

Int.  CLG06k  5/00 

U.S.CL340— 149A  13( 


A  multiplexer  for  scannings  a  plurality  of  controlled  ac- 
cesses, or  doors,  for  determining  if  access  or  entry  has  been  at- 
tempted. The  scanner  is  coupled  to  a  multiplicity  cX.  such  ac- 
cesses for  determining  if  a  key  has  been  placed  in  its  recepta- 
cle for  operating  a  controlled  latch.  The  key  is  preferably  an 
electrical  key  having  unlocking  and  identification  information 
recorded  thereon.  If  a  key-in  condition  is  determined,  the 
scanner  is  momentarily  stopped  to  allow  the  information 
derived  from  the  key  to  be  processed  for  determining  the 
validity  of  the  unlocking  information  and  the  key  user  identifi- 
cation information.  This  I.D.  control  information  is  also 
recorded  for  providing  a  record  of  the  key  usage  relative  to 
the  time  of  day,  the  door  and  the  recorded  control  infcnma- 
tion.  If  the  control  information  is  com^detely  valid  as  to  the 
unlocking  information  and  the  identification  information  only, 
then  is  the  controlled  latch  operated. 


■CAT^  jnec^fTx^  tnrr 


A  money-dispensing  system  is  operative  to  dispense  money 
in  response  to  a  bank-customer's  magneticaUy-enooded  credit 
card  and  keyed-entry  of  his  personal-identification  number 
only  if  this  number  aooords  with  die  cuttomer's  account 
number  as  read  from  an  accounting  record  provided  firom  the 
card.  The  record  is  printed  out  by  a  printing  drum  that  is 
rotated  in  accordance  with  signals  representing  the  account 
number  read  out  fixxn  the  card  by  a  magnetic  reading-head. 


\ 


June  27,  1972 


1616                                                  OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

3,673,572  I                        3,673,574 

ELECTROLUMINESCENT  DEVICE  NET  FLUID  COMPUTING  UNIT  FOR  USE  Wmi 

O.  SRva,  FUrport,  and  G«7  A.  DIr,  FmOcM.  bothof  CENTRAL  CCMfPUTER 

N.Y^iBiMnntoX«rB«C«ipw1lu«,Rnrlnilii,N.Y.  Wayne  E.  Hokn,  Coala  Men,  Cytf.,  H^VMr  to  Hydrfl 

ritd  Nov.  24, 1969,  So-.  No.  879,0(0  puiy,  Lot  ABfldn,  CaHf. 

Iirt.CLGO6b5/22.HO5bi7/O0.IiDII29//«  |        IIM  Feb.  2, 1970,  Str.  No.  7,940           { 


U.S.CL340— 166EL 


15 


U.S.a.  340— 172.5 


-^^ 


Iirt.CLG01f  5/00 


15 


^fiue  "^     *^^ 


An  electxx)luinineecent  device  wherein  a  memory  switch, 
which  requim  no  holding  current  or  vohage  for  its  main- 
tenance, controb  the  operation  of  the  electroiuminetccnt 
layer.  When  the  device  is  arrayed  in  a  coordinate  pattern,  in- 
dividiial  area  of  the  device  can  be  selectively  addressed  to 
form  a  pattern  <tf  visual  data. 


3,673,573 
COMPUTER  WITH  PROGRAM  TRACING  FACILITY 

Mass.,  wmlytM  to  RCA 


Flad  Sept  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  Nob  71^455 
IiiLaG06f9/;« 
U.&CL  340— 172.5 


A  computing  unit  usable  in  a  system  for  computing  the 
quantity  of  fluid  A  in  a  mixture  of  fluids  A  plus  B  flowing  dur- 
ing selected  intervals  of  time  includes:  an  accumulator  for  pul- 
ses produced  by  suitable  metering  means,  each  pulse 
representing  the  flow  of  a  predetermined  quantity  of  a  mixture 
of  fluids  A  plus  B  (as  for  example  oil  and  water);  the  accimiu- 
lator  having  an  output  which  represents  the  total  quantity  of 
fluid  A  plus  B  flowing  during  at  least  one  of  the  intervals;  a 
converter  responsive  to  such  pubes  repeatedly  to  digitize  an 
input  signal  which  represents  the  proportion  of  fluid  A  in  the 
mixture,  and  as  a  ftinction  of  pulse  reception,  iheije  being  an 
output  register  connected  to  receive  the  digitized  signal;  and 
an  accumulator  for  the  contenti  of  the  regirter  to  accumulate 
a  digital  quantity  w^nch  represents  the  net  amount  of  fluid  A  in 
the  mixture  that  has  flowed  from  the  Ixrginning  of  that  one  in- 
terval.     I 


\ 


^^^ 


irp 


-jsir 


tean 


,  wrw'\ 


I_5!i__JU c«_J 

SSS* 
■eBSToi 


3,673375 

MICROPROGRAMMED  COMMON  CONTROL  UNIT 

WITH  DOUBLE  FORMAT  CONTROL  WORDS 

T.  Barton,  Sowyvafe;  WaMo*  E.  Cote,  Sm  Jooc,  both  of 

CaHL;  ifcmy  E.  FV—iWu,  Jr.,  Endkoll,  N.Y.;  Robert  G. 

GflMoo,  IMi^Mrtiia,  N.Y.;  AMn  Criisehwrg,  rii^iiiii|isli. 

N.Y.,  and  Look  E.  Ilidioir,  Saa  Jooc.  CriK.,  m^kmon  to 


iMmMm( 
I     FRmI 


N.Y.aB 

N.Y. 

29, 1970,  S«r.  No.  50,400 
tatCLGOOr  9/00 


U.S.CL3M0— 172.5 


A  computer  system  is  disclosed  which  includes  means 
operative  during  the  execution  of  a  program  to  record  the  ad- 
dresses of  all  <rf  the  branch  instructions  which  resuh  in  the  tak- 
ing of  the  branch  path  specified  by  the  instruction.  The  record 
of  addresses  is  usefUl  in  program  debugging  procedures  for 
determining  the  place  in  a  program  at  which  an  error  oc- 
cimred. 


~ifT0(i*«  oomrr 


^.  M 


A  midDprogrammed  common  control  unit  for  effecting  the 
transfer  of  data  between  I/O  (input/output)  devices  and  the 
main  storage  unit  ai  a  data  processing  system,  uses  both  long 


JUNB  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1617 


format  contrd  words  and  short  format  control  words,  the 
short  words  having  half  as  many  bit  positions  as  the  long  words 
in  the  preferred  embodiment,  thereby  minimizing  the  size  of 
control  storage  required. 

Addressing  of  the  control  storage  unit  eflPiects  readout  of  one 
long  word  or  a  pair  of  short  words.  Predetermined  bits  in  each 
control  word  cause  transfer  of  a  first  part  (half)  of  the  next  ac- 
cesed  long  word  or  either  one  of  a  next  accessed  pair  of  short 
words  to  a  control  register  for  execution.  If  a  long  word  has 
been  accessed,  one  of  said  bits  is  effective  during  execution  of 
the  first  part  of  the  long  word  to  initiate  the  transfer  of  the 
second  word  to  the  control  register  for  execution  after  the  ter- 
mination of  the  execution  of  the  first  part  of  the  word. 

Consecutive  decode  of  the  first  and  second  portions  of  a 
long  word  permits  a  smaller  control  register  and  substantial 
sharing  of  decode  circuits  by  different  long  format  control 
word  fields  entered  into  at  least  partially  corresponding  posi- 
tions of  the  control  register,  thereby  effecting  substantial 
economies. 


3,673,576 
PROGRAMMABLE  COMPUTER-PERIPHERAL 
INTERFACE 
I C  Dowaldsoa,  Jr.,  Feabody,  Msos.,  SMlginr  to  E.G.  A  G., 
iiiri|  DmBoraf  !▼■■■• 

tof  So-.  No.  886,689,  Doc  16, 1969, 
I  July  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  54,556 
IaLCLG06f  J/00 
U.S.CL  340-172.5  39  < 


An  interfacing  network  for  providing  asynchronous  data 
transfers  direcdy  with  a  computer  memory  and  external 
devices.  Computer  instructions  from  the  computer  arithmetic 
unit  are  decoded  in  an  executive  control  unit  Certain  instruc- 
tions ready  an  input  or  output  channel  control  unit  which 
thereafter  controb  data  transfers  with  a  selected  external 
device.  Each  transfer  is  made  directly  with  the  computer 
memory  and  does  not  require  interruption  of  the  program 
being  processed  in  the  arithmetic  unit.  Once  the  input  or  out- 
put channel  control  unit  assumes  control  of  the  transfer,  the 
executive  control  unit  is  immediately  available  to  perform 
other  functions  independently  and  concurrently,  it  may  ready 
the  other  channel  control  unit  and  monitor  external  device 
and  interfisce  conditions  including  the  readiness  of  an  external 
device  to  transmit  data.  Certain  monitored  conditions  cause 
the  interfacing  network  to  interrupt  normal  computer  opera- 
tion. Various  control  signals  in  the  executive  contrc^  unit  are 
translated  to  and  from  control  signals  in  the  computer  and  ex- 
ternal devices  to  permit  the  utilization  of  common  instruc- 
tions. 


3,673477 
PROCESS  CONTROL  SCANNER  APPARATUS 
NIs  Herbert  Edstnm,  "sMaglij .  Md  Goran  And 
Hcmdal,  TrjroM,  both  of  Sweden,  mOgtnn  to  T< 

neiNMBgn  l>ivi  Enceeon,  awiCKBonB,  afwoaen 
Contfaraattoa-faHport  of  Scr.  No.  859^15,  Sept  19, 1969.  nb 
appMraHon  Jan.  25, 1971,  Ser.  No.  109,478 
Int.  CL  G05b  23/02;  G06f  /  7/06 
U.S.CL  340— 172.5  2< 


-re  «c»<T»r   st^ 


n  emmrt  . 


A  process  control  computer  scans  test  points  arranged  in 
groups  to  perform  operations  in  accordance  with  changes  in 
the  sutes  of  the  test  points.  The  data  store  of  the -computer 
stores  the  states  of  the  test  points  as  word*  wherein  each  work 
represents  a  group  of  test  pcMnts  and  the  bits  of  the  words 
represent  the  test  points  of  the  group.  A  flag  resister  of  the 
data  store  comprises  a  group  of  bit  ceDs  with  each  bit  cell 
being  aaeodated  with  one  (tf  the  wordt.  During  the  scan  if  tho 
change  of  state  of  a  test  point  changes,  the  associated  bit  in  the 
data  store  is  changed  and  the  flange  b«t  of  the  associated  word 
is  marked.  Thereafter,  the  computer  need  only  scan  those 
words  whose  flag  bits  have  been  mariced. 


3,673,578 

METHOD  OF  INFORMATION  STORAGE  USING 

ELECTROOPTIC  PROPOniES  OF  COLOR  CENTERS  IN 

ALKAU  HALIDE  CRYSTALS 
IrwlB  Sctaeider,  2402  Debtee  Lmm,  AlcaBdhte,  Va. 
FBed  Nov.  18, 1970,  Ser.  No.  90,800 
Int.  CL  Gl  Ic  /  Jf42, 13/04 
U.S.CL  340-173  CC  3CUw 

A  method  ai  storing,  reading  and  erasing  information  in  an 
alkali  halide  crystal  containing  F  centers  and  having  semi- 
transparent  electrical  layers  on  opposite  sutfisoes.  Binary  in- 
formation is  stored  or  erased  by  altematdy  applying  a  high 
D.C.  electric  fidd  acroes  the  crystal  w^iile  simultaneously  illu- 
minating a  small  area  of  the  distal  with  F  li^  Light  expo- 
sure of  the  crystal  area  with  a  field  and  without  a  field  may  be 
equated  to  writing  (or  erasing  and  rewriting)  the  binary  digits 
zero  and  one,  respectively.  Reading  the  stored  information  is 
similar  except  that  the  D.C.  fidd  is  switched  on  electronically 
after  sensing  the  digit  zero  so  as  to  erase  any  absorption 
produced  by  the  reading  light.  This  system  is  entirely  Cstigue- 
fiee  and  is  operable  at  a  attf^  temperature  while  using  one 
laser  beam,  instead  of  two,  for  writing,  erasing  and  reading  in 
an  effectivdy  nondestructive  manner. 


3,673,579 

DRAWINGBOARD  D,  A  GRAPHICAL  INPUT-OUTPUT 

DEVICE  FOR  A  COMPUIER 

Robert  Mkbad  Graven,  203  HoBy  LaM,  Oriirii 

IBed  Ai«.  26, 1970,  Scr.  No.  70,626 

InLa.Gllc7J/04 

U.S.  a  340-173  LS  33  ( 

A  two-<fimensional  matrix  of  semi-conductors  is  aiianged  in 
ordered  array  as  a  flat,  light  emitting  and  light  sensing  device 


I 


1618 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27.  1972 


activated  both  electrically  and  by  radiant  energy  from  a  pen- 
light  to  adoeve  a  graphical  input  and  output  display  by  the  ac- 


»«-T^, 


tive  or  inactive  condition  oi  the  light  emitter  with  circuitry  for 
control  of  flow  of  graphical  data  into  and  out  of  the  device  for 
use  in  conjunction  with  a  digital  computer. 


M73,5M 
INFORMATION  STORAGE  SYSTEM 

awl  NoriUlco  KnaWrima,  both  o(  Tokyo, 
to  ^Bppon  Efactrk  Company   I  hnHnil. 
TokyOt  J>|MMi 

IBed  Oct  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  81,493 
daimi  priority,  appllclfcMi  JapM.  Oct  25, 1969, 44/85361 
IbC  Ca.  Gl  Ic  S/02, 1 1106 
U.S.  0.340^174  PC  6< 


T!    If 


A  two-line  information  storage  system  including  read-out 
and  write-in  driver  circuits,  a  word  selection  circuit  for 
producing  address  output  signals,  a  digit  sense  decoder  for 
producing  output  signals  to  select  one  of  the  read-out  or  write- 
in  circuits  at  a  given  time,  an  output  am{^er,  a  plurality  of 
pairs  of  signaling  transmission  lines  interconnecting  the  read- 
out and  write-in  driver  circuits  and  containing  a  plurality  of 
memory  elements  for  producing  sensed  output  signals  in 
response  to  the  word  selection  circuit  output  signals  and  direct 
current  flowing  in  a  selected  one  line  pair,  and  a  plurality  of 
unidirectional  diodes  connecting  the  output  ends  of  the 
respective  line  pairs  to  the  am|difier  input  for  transmitting  the 
sensed  signals  thereto  from  one  line  pair  while  blocking  the 
transmission  of  the  direct  current  and  the  sensed  signals  from 
the  one  line  pair  to  the  other  line  pair. 


1  3,673,581 

I         PLATED  MAGNETIC  WIRE 
Hkteki  NtaUda;  Kuniiiiko  Yaiiii«ucM:  NoriyiiU  KimMMka,  aU 
of  HacMoJ|.«lii:  Yulaka  Sugka,  Kod^rMM,  and  Hkko  Fvt- 
Jiwara,  TacMkawa-oht,  aB  of  Japan,  aarignnn  to 
Ltd^  Tokyo,  Japan 

FBcd  Feb.  18, 1971,  Scr.  No.  116,452 
Claiiiis  priority.  appMratfcwi  Japan,  Feb.  27, 1970, 45/^6274 
lBt.CLGllcy//;4 
U.S.  CL  340—174  PW 


uoev  rii- 
HitMM, 


A  four-layered  plated  wire  comprising  a  non-m4gnetic 
metal  substrate,  and  non-magnetostrictive  81  %  Ni-19  %  Fe 
permalloy  films  and  Co-Ni  films  alternately  superpoaed  on 
said  non-magnetic  metal  substrate,  wherein  the  permalloy  film 
placed  between  the  two  Co-Ni  films  has  a  thickness  of  0.3  - 
0.6  ft  and  the  other  permalloy  film  has  a  thickness  of  0.2  -  0.4 


3,673,582 

BUBBLE  DOMAIN  SONIC  PROPAGATION  DEVICE 
Rkhmond  Bcnactt  Oovcr,  Jr.,  Cranbury,  N J.,  — Igiiw  to 

RCA  Cos  |ioi  alkwi 

FBed  May  17. 1971.  Scr.  No.  143,864 
IM. CL G lie  79/00, ////4 
U.S.  a  340-174  MS  9( 


A  single  wall  magnetic  domain  or  bubble  is  advanced  in  a 
sheet  <^  magnetic  material  such  as  an  orthoferrite  by  means  of 
a  sonic  stress  wave  propagated  through  a  contiguous  channel- 
defining  member  of  anisotropic,  magnetoatrictive  material 
such  as  permalloy.  A  sonic  stress  wave  propagated  throHgh  the 
permalloy  member  causes  a  propagated  region  in  which  the 
direction  of  magnetization  in  the  permalloy  is  partially 
rotated.  The  propagated  region  of  rotated  magnetization  urges 
the  magnetic  bubble  in  the  same  direction  along  a  path  in  the 
orthoferrite. 


ispineLe 


3,673,583 
RECCMUXJl  WITH  MEANS  TO  MO  VE  THE  i 

PESPENMCULAR  TO  ITS  AXIS  OF  ROTATION 

Wayne  M.  WMi,  North  SMnt  PMl,  MkiiL,  aai^ior  to  Mb- 

ncaota  Mfariiv  awl  MMiifBCtur1i«  Conpoay,  St  Paul,  Minn. 

FBed  Ai«.  1 1, 1970,  Scr.  No.  62391 

lot  CL  Gl  lb  7  7102, 21/00 

U.S.  CL  340— 174.1  C  SOaims 

A  disk  recorder  wherem  the  disk  is  supported  on  a  driven 

spindle  and  a  transducer  spaced  from  the  disk  surface  is 

moved  stepwise  generally  radially  of  the  disk  to  record  and 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1619 


reproduce  information  in  spaced  concentric  circular  tracks  on 
the  disk.  The  spindle  is  moved  perpendicularly  to  its  axis  to 
either  side  of  a  central  position  whereat  the  transducer  would 


be  stepwise  aligned  with  predetermined  concentric  circular 
tracks  on  the  supported  disk  to  adjust  the  position  of  the 
tracks  with  respect  to  the  transducer. 


3,673,584 
POSmON-MEASURING  TRANSFORMER  HAVING  END- 
DETECTING  WINDINGS  USEFUL  FOR  POSITIONING  A 
MAGNETIC  HEAD  OF  A  DISC  DRIVE  SYSTEM 
Oalr  L.  FarrawL  Bronxvgie,  N.Y.,  aarigwa- to  Laductocyn  Cor- 
poratkNi,  VallMBa,  N.Y. 

Filed  March  8, 1971,  Scr.  No.  121.951 

Int  CL  GOlr  33/02;  H0U21/04;  Gl  lb  27/14 

U.S.  0.340—174.10  naaims 


Disclosed  is  a  position-measuring  transformer  formed  from 
two  relatively  movaUe  members.  The  transformer  is  particu- 
larly useful  for  selecting  and  defining  track  positions  in  a  mag- 
netic disc  drive  system  which  may  be  used  as  a  memory  in  a 
digital  computer.  One  stationary  member  of  the  transformer 
includes  cofiinction  windings  and  end-detecting  windings. 
Those  windings  magnetically  coupled  to  a  reference  winding 
on  another  relatively  movable  member  of  the  transformer. 
The  reference  winding,  which  is  the  continuous  winding  of  the 
transformer,  is  formed  from  a  plvutdity  of  equally  spaced  ac- 
tive conductors.  The  active  conductors  are  interconnected 
such  that  alternate  ones  conduct  in  opposite  directions  so  that 
each  pair  of  adjacent  active  conductors  define  a  reference  cy- 
cle. The  end-detecting  windings  consist  of  one  or  more  pairs 
of  active  conductors  where  the  active  conductors  in  each  pair 
have  full-cycle  spacing,  that  is,  the  separation  between  each 
active  conductor  in  a  pair  equals  one  reference  cycle.  The  full- 
cycle  spacing  of  the  end-detecting  winding  superposed  over 
the  half-cycle  spacing  of  the  end-detecting  winding  induces  a 
substantially  zero  resultant  signal  in  the  end-detecting  winding 
except  when  the  end-detecting  winding  is  positioned  over  the 
end  conductor  of  the  reference  winding  as  may  occur  when 
the  reference  winding  is  moved.  When  over  the  end.  a  limit 
signal  is  generated  as  a  result  of  the  unequal  coupling  between 
the  end-detecting  winding  active  conductors  and  the  eiKl  con- 
ductor of  the  reference  winding.  The  limit  signal  thus 
generated  typically  defines  the  inner  or  outer  limit  of  a 
read/write  head.  Cofiinction  windings  are  formed  fixnn  four 
winding  sections  with  equal  numbers  of  active  conductors  per 
section.  The  cofimction  windings  are  formed  using  an  efifident 
winding  pattern  which  minimizes  the  number  of  welded  or  sol- 
dered connections  required. 


3,673,585 

POSITION  MEASURING  TRANSFCMMER  HAVING 

MULTIPLE  INDEPENDENT  SECTIONS  FOR  REDUCTION 

OF  MEASUREMENT  ERRCMtS 
Robert  W.  Tripp,  Tuckahoc,  and  Robert  Z.  GcBcr,  Waala«h, 
both  of  N.Y.,  awlgnnri  to  Iwhictoiyn  Corporatioa,  New 
York,  N.Y. 

FHed  Oct.  5. 1970.  Scr.  No.  77,765 
Int.  CLG4MC  7  9/00 
U.S.a.340— 198  17  ( 


A  method  and  apparatus  for  measuring  linear  and  rotary 
positions  with  position  measuring  data  elements,  such  as  posi- 
tion measuring  transformers,  v/htn  the  data  elements  are  af- 
fected by  error-causing  conditions  such  as  eccentricity  and 
skew.  Measurements  are  made  to  as  to  avoid  the  compound 
effects  of  eccentricity  and  skew  by  dividing  the  conventional, 
continuous  space-quadrature  windings  appearing  on  one 
member  of  the  transformer,  into  a  friurality  of  windings  groups 
where  the  continuous  winding  ai  the  other  member  remains 
unchanged.  Each  group  typically  includes  a  plurality  of  inter- 
connected sine  and  a  plurality  of  inter-connected  cosine  wind- 
ing sections  where  those  winding  sections  are  in  space-quadra- 
ture  of  the  pole  cycle  of  the  continuous  winding.  The  measure- 
ments made  frxnn  ea^  group,  in  one  embodiment,  are 
averaged  to  form  a  highly  err(»--fi«e  resultant  measurement. 
In  another  embodiment,  the  difference  between  group  mea- 
surements are  emptoyed  to  form  a  measurement  of  the  eccen- 
tricity of  one  member  with  respect  to  the  other. 


3,673,586 
RESBTANCE  CONTROLLED  TIMED  PULSE 
GENERATOR 
Lyman  L.  Black  wi8.  Denver  Coimty,  Colo., 
Statdtrol  Corporathm,  Liriicwood,  Colo. 

Filed  Feb.  19, 1970,  Scr.  No.  12,720 
IiitCLG08b77/70 
U.S.CL340— 237S  10 


■f^ 


An  electronic  switching  circuit  responsive  to  a  change  <rf^  re- 
sistance in  a  sensing  element,  which  circxut  includes  an  insu- 


\ 


1620 


OFFICIAL  CAZETTE 


JUNB  27,  1972 


Jttnis  27-  1972 


F.T.lT.PTftTnAT. 


1A01 


1620 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


lated  gate  field  effect  tramistor,  a  lource  of  power,  switching 
meant  interconnecting  the  source  of  power  and  the  said 
transistor  and  a  resistive  sensing  element  interconnecting  the 
gate  of  the  said  transistor  and  the  power  source,  whereby  the 
resiMmce  of  the  senring  element  oontrote  the  time  required  to 
charge  the  gate  capadtanoe  of  the  transistor  and  whereby  the 
switching  means  opens  the  circuit  delivering  power  to  the 
transistor  at  such  time  as  the  gate  capacitance  is  substantially 
charged. 


dicating  lamp  which  indicates  the  normal  voltage  output  of  the 
dynamoelectric  machine,  and  energization  of  either  of  the  two 


3,673,587 
UQUm  LEVEL  INDiCATCW  HAVING  AN  ADJUSTABLE 

nx>AT 

Join  J.  Bamch,  36  Mnlbmy  CoMTt,  Gkmrltw,  DL 
Fled  May  1 1. 1970,  Scr.  No.  36,138 
IBL  a.  G<Mb  23100;  GOlf  23108 
U.S.CL340— 244A  2< 


A  device  for  indicating  a  low  level  in  the  reservoir  of  an  au- 
tomobile windshield  washer  system  comprises  a  warning  light 
on  the  vehicle's  dashboard  and  a  float-controlled  switch  that 
operates  the  warning  light  when  the  float  drops  to  a  predeter- 
mined level.  At  its  lower  end,  the  float  has  a  series  of  end-to- 
end  elements  that  are  joined  together  by  flangible  connections 
so  that  one  or  more  of  the  sections  can  be  removed  to  shorten 
the  float  and  allow  it  to  be  used  in  reservoirs  d  different 
depths. 


3,673388 

VOLTAGE  REGULATOR  INDiCATlNG  CIRCUIT  FOR 

UNDERVOLTAGE,  NORMAL  VOLTAGE  AND 

OVERVOLTAGE  CONDITIONS 

James  A.  RM,  Chicago,  Dl.,  assignor  to  Motarola,  Inc^ 

FnmidinPark,DL 

FIsd  Jaik  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2390 
bL  CL  GOlr  79/76,  i7/02.  G06b  27/00 
U.S.CL340— 248A  7CWnM 

An  indicating  circuit  for  use  in  a  vehicular  electrical  system 
having  a  DC  power  source  and  a  dynamoelectric  machine  to 
supply  a  charging  current  to  the  DC  power  source.  One  or 
more  indicating  lamps  are  provided  to  give  visual  indication  d[ 
the  various  operating  conditions  of  the  dynamoelectric 
machine  to  indicate  fisilure  of  an  alternator  or  regulator  com- 
ponents or  to  indicate  below  normal,  normal,  and  above  nor- 
mal voltage  outputs  therefirom.  Where  two  or  more  indicating 
lamps  are  used,  they  are  controUed  by  voltage  differential  am- 
pUflien  having  gated  outputs  therefirom  connected  to  a  third 
amplifier.  The  third  amplifier  control  energization  of  the  in- 


vohage  differential  amplifier  circuits  will  render  the  third  am- 
plifier inoperative  by  a  signal  through  the  associated  gate  cir- 
cuit. 


W 
ef  Mla^ 


3,673,589 
INTRUDER  DETECTOR 
■dPatS. 
to  CoiroBt 


FHdtey,  both 


1      FIM  May  5, 1969,  Ser.  No.  821^68 
I  IntCLGOlr  29/72 


U.S.  CL  3)40— 258  D 


A  probe  is  located  to  carry  electric  currents  brought  about 
by  change  in  the  surrounding  electrostatic  field  to  produce  a 
sijpial  feeding  a  high  input  impedance  circuit  connected  to  an 
operational  amplifier  connected  in  the  feedback  mode  to 
produce  an  output  signal  indicative  of  the  presence  of  an  ob- 
ject in  the  vicinity  of  the  probe  which  disturbs  the  electrostatic 
field.  The  latter  signal  is  used  to  feed  a  monitoring  circuit 
which  indicates  that  the  device  is  operational  and  an  alarm  cir- 
cuit v^iich  may  be  selectively  activated. 


tw^iichi 


3,673390 
DEVICE  TO  DETECT  MOTION 

A.  Coii'i,  Newport  Beadi,  aBd  iVhmub  G. 
Cosia  Mssa,  both  of  CiriM.,  aaslpars  to  Corvooia 
tioii,  Coila  Mesa,  CaW. 

,       FBed  Oct.  8, 1969,  Scr.  No.  864386 

I  taLCLGOab/i/OO 

U.S.CL340— 258A  10< 

A  motion  detector  in  winch  an  oscillator-detector  transmits 
a  series  of  narrow  bursts  of  radio  fiequency,  electromagnetic 
energy,  die  period  ctf  w^uch  varies  as  a  function  of  the  radial 
motion  of  the  object  relative  to  the  detector,  and  the  varying 
pulse  firequency  provides  information  that  an  object  is  moving 
radially. 


Corpora- 


1 


1622 


r^FTTTPTAT.  rLA»7.T?»rT»l? 


T«T%.T«     O^       1  AIT  A 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


lesi 


Such  a  detector  in  which  the  varying  pulse  firequency  of  the 
oscillator-detector  is  converted  to  a  varying  D.C.  voltage  the 


pliance  being  provided  with  a  switch  which  is  operable  by 
movement  of  the  wheels  into  a  cabinet  raisii^  position,  «he 


'M 


*^  r«r 


J6 


-^ 


tf    \^ 


switch  functioning  to  prevent  energization  of  the  apfrfiance 
when  the  cabinet  is  elevated,  as  weO  as  to  afford  a  sigmd. 


magnitude  of  which  varies  at  a  rate  determined  by  the  rate  of 
movement  of  the  object,  the  varying  voltage  effecting  ener- 
gization of  an  alarm. 


3,673391 

YARN  I»FECr  DETECTOR  APPARATUS  FOR  TEXTILE 

MACHINERY 

ncnnonn  acnw^nz,  aibbwb,  swaasnano,  assigiior  lo  Bseg- 
frisd  T^wr  BodL  SwItaHtand 

FBed  Oct  27, 1970,  So-.  No.  84,401 
Oalum  prfarlly,  appBcarton  Swkaeriaiid,  Nov.  6,  1969, 
16507/69 

lot.  CLGOSb  27/00 
U.S.CL340— 259  9 


ERRATUM 

For  Class  343—766  see: 
Patent  No.  3,673,606 


3,673393 
STYLUS  ASSEMBLY  FOR  ELECTRICALLY  RECORDING 

OF  INFORMATION 
George  W.  Kayc,  Mahrcme,  and  John  R.  Shoanard,  East 
Setankct,  both  of  N.Y.,  assign  nn  to  Utton  Systcns,  Inc., 
Beverly  Has,Callf. 

Fled  Jan.  13, 1970,  Scr.  No.  2341 
Iirt.  CL  GOld  15106, 15116 
U.S.CL346— 74ES  3( 


•m 


1      so_ 


asffl 


35^    ♦/ 


4<> 


-»^V 


-am 


c 


31 


w 


_  tr-iO 


To  detect  small  variations  from  a  standard  thread  size  and 
to  prevent  spurious  operation  dl  the  yam  gauge,  particularly 
upon  re-starting  of  yam  winding  machines  after  shut  down,  an 
electrical  reference  source  is  provided  supplying  a  reference 
potential,  which  is  compared  with  a  normal  signal  level  cor- 
responding to  yam  passing  through  a  measuring  head.  An 
error  signal,  obtained  upon  slow  deviation  at  the  normal  signal 
with  respect  to  the  reference,  controls  the  amplification  of  an 
amplifier  connected  to  the  measuring  head  to  null  the  error 
signal.  Short-time  signal  swings  indicative  <rf'  defects  are  not 
compared  with  the  reference  so  that  defect  signals  are  sensed 
normally. 


Apparatus  for  electrically  recording  information  on  a 
recording  sheet  or  web  having  a  dielectric  charge-retaining 
surface  comprising  a  ball-tipped  stylus  in  contact  with  the 
sheet  or  web.  Signal  potentials  apfdied  to  the  st^us  produce  a 
charge  pattern  on  thie  sheet  or  web  ii^uch  may  be  developed 
by  a  suitable  toner.  The  ball  in  the  tip  of  the  stylus  maintains 
unifcmn  contact  with  the  sur£sce  crf'the  reowding  sheet  or  web 
and  insures  satisfactory  recording  over  an  extended  period  <^ 
use. 


3,673394 
FiiOTOCCN>YING  IWVICE 

,N.Y^ 


to 
N.Y. 


Filed  March  16. 1970,  Scr.  No.  19388 
InL  CL  GOld  75/72.  G03g  75/00 
U.S.CL346— 74MT 


3,673392 
LOCKOUT  FOR  PORTABLE  APPLIANCE  WTTH  CASTER 

JACK  MECHANISM 
WOian  R.  Berry;  RcfadMld  A.  Drews,  both  of  SlevcBiville,  Md 
Jalhis  J.  Gran,  Bctrka  Spriap,  al  of  Mkh.,  artgnnn  to 
Whirlpool  Cotpwarton,  BcbUm  Harbor,  Rflch. 
FDed  Aag.  21, 1970,  Scr.  No.  65385 
IbLCLGOSc  27/00 
U.S.CL340— 283  5CWim 

Portable  appliance  of  the  type  in  which  a  cabinet  is  sup- 
ported on  a  frame  having  retractable  caster  w^ieels,  the  ap- 


'-<J 


12 


38  x^ 


^ 


R.F.  VOLTAGE 


^36 


Photocopying  and  magnetic  ncor^aag  re  enhanced  by  em- 
ploying a  recording  medium,  such  as  a  heat-sensitive  paper  or 
a  magnetic  film  adjacent  to  a  semiconductor  layer.  When  the 


1622 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27>  1972 


semiconductor  is  exposed  to  a  low  level  light  image,  a  charge 
pattern  is  created  in  its  surfisice  v^iich  is  retained  and  which 
produces  a  conductivity  pattern  in  the  semiconductor  layer. 
The  application  oi  radio-firequency  power  to  the  semiconduc- 
tor converts  the  conductivity  pattern  to  a  heat  pattern  which  is 
recorded  as  a  visible  image  on  the  heat-sensitive  paper  <x  as 
data  on  the  magnetic  film. 


3,673,595 
APPARATUS  FOR  ELECTROSTATIC  IMAGE-FORMING 

AND  PROCESSES  FOR  USE  THEREWITH 
Ettdii  Inoue;  Kctao  YaaMUM  WnM  TMMka,  awl  TakariU 
Sailo,  al  of  Tokyo.  Japai^  Msijinn  to  Canoa  CMncra 
KabuririU  Kjrfslw.  Tokyo,  Ji^m 

Fled  Feb.  20, 1969,  So*.  No.  800,961 
Claims  priority,  appiolioB  Jap«i,  Fcl».  27, 1968, 43/12741 
lot  CL  G03|  13/22, 15/22 
t;.S.CL346— 74ES  27< 


An  electron  beam  tube  for  use  in  formation  and  recordation 
of  electrostatic  charge  patterns  has  a  face  plate  including  a 
photoconductive  layer  and  a  conductive  base  which  is  trans- 
missive  to  electron  beams  and  is  disposed  intermediate  the 
photoconductive  layer  and  the  tube  electron  beam  emitter. 
Processes  for  forming  electrosUtic  charge  patterns  in  such 
face  plate  include  the  steps  of  placing  an  insulative  charge- 
retaining  layer  in  contact  with  the  photoconductive  layer,  the 
insulative  layer  either  being  previously  charged  or  being 
charged  while  in  position  on  the  photoconductive  layer,  and 
applying  a  voltage  to  the  face  plate  and  simultaneously  ir- 
radiating the  photoconductive  layer  with  pattern-indicating 
electron  beams.  Electrostatic  charge  patterns  thus-formed  in 
the  insulative  layer  may  be  developed  in  place  or  transferred 
and  subsequently  developed. 


3,673,596 

ELECTRO-OPTICAL  PROCESSOR  HAVING 

ELECTRICAL  SIGNAL  WRITING  MEANS 

DooaU  HowlaMi  McMaiiom  CariUe,  Mid  Aln  Rayraood 

FrankMii,  Coocord,  bodi  of  Mass^  Mslgi to  Spory  RmmI 

CmpMafUon 

FBed  Jan.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  5,438 
lot  CL  GOld  15/06;  H04n  5/80 
U.S.a.346— 74ES  2CWm 

An  electrostatic  non-contacting  writing  apparatus  adapta- 
ble for  use  in  a  coherent  optical  processor  comprising  writing, 
developing,  readout  and  erasing  sutions  disposed  proximate 
to  and  consecutively  spaced  along  the  direction  of  motion  <s[a 
continuous  transparent  tape.  In  operation  of  the  processor  a 
time-varying  electrical  signal  is  written  on  the  tape  in  the  form 
of  a  spatiaUy  distributed  electrosUtic  charge  pattern  by  means 
of  a  two-step  uniform  precharging  and  subsequent  partial  era- 
sure technique.  The  tape  is  then  exposed  to  an  oppositely 
charged  cloud  of  toner  particles  at  the  developing  station 
whereupon  the  electrostatic  charge  pattern  is  converted  to  a 
visible  image  of  varying  transparency  by  virtue  of  the  toner  ad- 
hering to  selective  regions  of  the  tape.  Optical  processing  is 


performod  as  the  visible  image  passes  the  readout  station 
whereat  it  interMcts  a  later  beam  and  thereafter  the  toner 


X 


\ 


image  is  erased  from  the  tape  in  readiness  for  the  next  fyde  of 
operation  commencing  at  the  writing  station. 


3,673397 
METHOD  AND  APPARATUS  FOR  RECORDING  AND/OR 

DISPLAYING  IMAGES  UTILIZING 
THERMmiAGNETICALLY  SENSITIVE  MICROSCCVIC 

CAPSULES 
WHiMn  R.  Hont,  Dayton,  awl  Lowd  Sdilckiicr,  Xorfa,  botii 
of  Ohio,  assleiMirs  to  Tile  NatioMri  CmIi  Rs^ls 
,Oirio 

FBed  Aptfl  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,224 
InL  CL  GOld  15/12;  ii04a  5/82 
U.S.CL  3^16-74  IP  15 


Day«ai^< 


A  method  of  producing  a  record  of  original  images  wherein 
the  images  are  converted  to  equivalent  heat  images,  the  heat 
images  arc  then  transferred  to  a  heat  and  magnetic  field  sensi- 
tive medium,  and  the  final  image  is  made  readable  by  the  ac- 
tion of  magnetic  means.  A  method  of  providing  an  informa- 
tion display  which  is  viewable  by  means  of  reflected  li^t  and 
adaptaMe  to  be  sustained  in  menxny  or  reusable  by  erasure  of 
the  displayed  information.  The  heat  and  magnetic  field  sensi- 
tive medium  incorporates  a  capsular  coating  wherein  the  cap- 
sules contain  magnetic  particles  suspended  in  a  heat-meltable 
material,  so  that,  as  the  material  is  changed  from  a  solid  to  a 
flowable  state  by  heating  thereof,  the  particles  with  the  scope 
of  the  heat  image  have  freedom  of  motion  and  are  rearranged 
by  the  magnetic  field  to  a  pattern  corresponding  to  that  of  the 
original  image,  whereby  the  image  is  repiroduced  on  the  medi- 
um upon  cooling  of  the  heat-meltaUe  material. 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1628 


3,673,598 
APPARATUS  FOR  THE  ELECTROGRAFHIC  RECORDING 

OF  CHARGE  IMAGES 
WaHcr  Sfam,  LevMrkuwn,  aad  Rudolf  Mulcr,  DdMnhofcn, 
boCii   of   Gcmany,   assipinw   to   Agia-Gcvaert   Aktien- 
g»si8scliafl,  Levsriwasn,  Gennany 

Filed  June  22, 1970,  Ser.  No.  48,151 
dafam  priority,  appHrarton  Gcmany,  July  10,  1969,  P  19 
34890.4 

Int.  CL  GOld  75/06 
U.S.a346-74ES  4Claims 


medium  are  rendered  visible  substantially  coextensive  with 
the  deposition  of  the  charge  patterns  on  the  recording  medi- 
um. The  recording  medium  is  transported  in  a  generally  verti- 
cal direction  at  the  charging  zone.  The  array  of  charging  elec- 
trodes are  disposed  from  the  record  medium  at  the  charging 
zone  at  a  negative  inclination  relative  to  hmizontal  to  form  a 
ramp  comprising  a  portion  of  the  developer  system.  A  second 
ramp  is  disposed  fiom  the  recording  medium  at  the  charging 
zone  at  a  positive  inclination  relative  to  horizontal,  comprising 
another  pcrtion  of  the  developer  system.  The  positively 
inclined  ramp  is  further  situated  in  a  manner  such  that 


Imagewise  differentiated  electric  charges  are  produced  on  a 
dielectric  carrier  material  an  apparatus  for  performing  that 
production  of  imagewise  differentiated  electric  charges  com- 
prising means  for  generating  a  constant  corona  discharge  and 
means  for  controlling  the  amount  of  the  corona  discharge  in 
order  to  obtain  an  imagewise  differentiation. 


3,673,599 

ELECTROSTATIC  PRINTING  APPARATUS 

Takao  Tagawa,  Osaka,  Japan,  assignor  to  Sliarp  Kahwsiiikl 


filed  July  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  59,196 
I  priority,  appikatfcMi  Japw,  Ai«.  1, 1969, 44/61809 
Int  CL  G03c  15/00;  H04a  1/30 
U.S.CL346— 74CR  6( 


The  printing  apparatus  has  a  new  type  of  cathode  ray  tube 
which  utilizes  electrostatic  charge  dejpiosition.  The  tube  con- 
tains a  single  continuous  dielectric  plate  which  forms  its  face 
plate.  Charges  are  deposited  only  on  a  portion  of  the  dielectric 
plate  where  the  electron  beam  strikes  and  then  transferred 
through  the  air  gap  from  the  dielectric  plate  to  pi^wr  by  a 
means  of  discharge  caused  by  potential  difference  across  the 
air  gap. 


3,673,600 

ELECTROGRAPHIC  RECORDING  METHOD  AND 

APPARATUS 

David  E.  Damouth,  PcaHsld.  N.Y.,  — ignnr  to  Xerox  Corpora- 

tion,  Rochester,  N.Y. 

Filed  Sept  30, 1969,  Ser.  No.  862,369 
Int.  a.  G03g  15/08;  H04b  1/30 
VS.  a.  346—74  ES  15  OainH 

Electrographic  recording  apparatus  in  which  the  latent  elec- 
trostatic charge  patterns  recorded  on  a  dielectric  recording 


/" 


developer  material  will  be  transported  down  the  ramp  in  sub- 
stantially uniform  quantities  to  contact  the  recording  medium. 
As  the  developer  material  contacts  the  recording  medium, 
toner  from  the  developer  material  will  be  attracted  to  the 
latent  electrostatic  charge  patterns  to  render  the  charge  pat- 
terns visible.  Unused  portions  ci  the  developer  material  after 
contacting  the  record  medium  are  then  transported  down  the 
ramp  formed  by  the  electrode  array  to  a  developer  reservoir. 
By  thus  utilizing  the  electrode  array  as  a  portion  of  the  overall 
developer  path  the  development  zone  may  be  substantially 
coextensive  with  the  charging  zone  thereby  permitting  rafrid 
viewing  of  the  reccnxled  information. 


3,673,601 
UQUm  JET  REC(NU»]l 
C«1  Hdhnnth  Hcrlz,  Skoibaaksvi«eB  8„  223  67,  Land, 
Sweden 

FOcd  Mvch  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,140 
Claimi  priority,  appMcaSkn  Sweden,  AprB  2, 1969, 4689/69 
Int.  CL  GOld /5/7« 
U.S.CL346— 75  5* 


The  present  device  is  a  liquid  jet  recorder  having  a  capillary 
no^e  out  of  which  an  electrically  conductive  ink  jet  is  ex- 
pelled by  pressure,  and  a  control  electrode  or  tube  coaxially 
surrounding  the  path  of  the  jet.  the  waD  of  the  tube  being 
porous  to  the  ink  and  formed  of  an  electricaUy  conductive 
material.  Charging  means  are  included  for  char^g  the  jet  at 
one  potential  and  the  electrode  at  another  potential.  The 
recording  surface  upon  which  the  ink  jet  is  intended  to  selec- 
tively write  is  provided  with  means  for  selectively  charging  the 
surface  at  a  potential  which  repels  any  drops  <k  the  jet  fixMn 
striking  the  surface. 


1624 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


1972 


3,673,602 
OSOLLOGRAFH  RECORD  IDENTIFICATION 

APPARATUS 

TlifMina.  Tmi  "f-* '  Robert  A. 

bath  of  QJtt  — Iginn  to  Bdi  a 


Ar^ 


nkd  jHly  30, 1970,  Scr.  No.  59«436 
taLCLGOld/J/OO 
UA  a.  346— 107  A 


mode  whie  the  other  one  moves  in  the  opposite  direetion  in 
an  inoperative  mode.  The  print  heads  are  wppocted  fbr  move- 
ment on  separate,  spaced  apart  guide  raih  such  that  the  pens 
thereof  print  along  the  sante  line  rdative  to  a  moving  record- 
ing web.  To  this  end,  structure  is  provided  for  causing  move- 
ment of  the  non-printing  pen  out  of  the  path  of  travd  of  the 
other  pen  as  weD  as  disengagement  firom  the  recoidint  nnedi- 
um. 


to  Zsta  Rjssaich, 


3,673,604 
GRAPUC  RECORDER  WITH  PEN  DRIVING  AND 
j  ACIVATTNG  MECHANISM  \    I 

mcB  F.  Gordon, 
InCnLfteycncCalt. 

^        I      FBed  Oct.  22, 1969,  Sar.  No.  868340 
loL  a.  GOld /J/26 
U.S.a.346— 139B 


In  a  recording  osdllograph,  apparatus  for  automatically 
recording  on  the  oacillograph  paper,  and  simultaneously  with 
the  recording  thereon  of  one  or  more  galvanometer  traces,  an 
indication  of  aselected  control  setting  of  an  adjustable  opera- 
tive condition  of  the  oacillograph.  In  an  oscillograph  which  is 
provided  with  apparatus  for  applying  timing  lines  on  the  mov- 
ing paper,  a  preferred  embodiment  includes  transparent  in- 
dicia corresponding  to  various  timing  line  intervals  serially  ar- 
ranged in  an  opaque  member,  and  a  shutter  member  is  driven 
in  a  light  path  synchronoudy  with  the  driven  opaque  member 
such  that  only  one  of  the  timing  indicia  is  projected  onto  the 
moving  paper  during  a  revolution  at  the  opaque  member, 
while  preventing  the  projection  oi  the  others  of  the  timing  in- 
dicia during  that  cycle.  Means  responsively  connected  to  the 
timing  line  control  means  automatically  adjusts  the  phase  rela- 
tionship <rf  the  routing  shutter  with  respect  to  the  rotating 
opaque  member,  so  that  the  projected  one  of  the  timing  in- 
dicia corresponds  to  the  selected  setting  oi  the  timing  line  con- 
trol means.  

3,673,603 
RECIPROCATING  CARRIAGE  FOR  ELECTROGRAPHIC 

PRINTING 
Joha  L.  Brock,  Thraway  Homes,  N.Y.,  assigiior  to  Xerox  Cor- 
ponwioiii  gwininro^  %.>ooBo 

FUed  June  15, 1970,  Scr.  No.  46,674 
Iiita.G01d75/24 
U.S.CL346— 139R  13' 


Graphic  recorder  for  use  with  a  strip  chart  in  which  a 
framework  is  provided  having  a  table  over  which  the  strip 
chart  is  adapted  to  travel.  Means  is  mounted  on  the 
framework  for  causing  movement  of  die  strip  chart  on  the 
table  along  an  X-axis.  A  mounting  block  is  nmunted  on  the 
framework  for  movement  akmg  a  Y-axis.  A  pen  is  carried  by 
the  mounting  block  and  is  movable  into  and  out  of  engage- 
ment with  the  strip  chart.  Solenoid  means  is  provided  for  mov- 
ing the  pen  into  engagement  with  the  strip  diart.  Means  is  pro- 
vided for  moving  the  block  and  the  pen  carried  thereby  along 
the  Y-axb  and  for  supplying  energy  to  the  solenoid  for  actuat- 
ing the  pen  which  includes  flexible  elongate  elements  formed 
of  a  conducting  material  which  serves  two  purposes,  one  of 
which  is  to  provide  the  movement  of  the  mounting  block.and 
the  other  of  which  is  to  provide  a  conductor  for  the  ejectrical 
energy  for  energizing  the  solenoid. 


3,673,605 
DOOR-LOCK  COVER  GUARD 
Howvd  M.  AlmbMvh,  Los  Aofsies,  CaM .,  assignor  to 
MwtlB  N^fara,  Normrik  and  CharkB  RiMeM  Gocbd,  Gkn- 
daktC^tf.,  port  Imatst  to  each  i 

Fled  Oct.  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  80,593 

III.  a.  E05b  9/09  I 

U.S.CL  292-346 


Printing  apparatus  employing  a  pair  of  reciprocating  print       A  guard  to  cover  boA  sides  and  the  edge  of  a  door  in  the 
heads,  one  of  which  traverses  the  entire  print  field  in  a  record   area  thereof  in  which  the  lock  is  mounted,  the  same  bemg 


June  27,  1972 


ELECTRICAL 


1625 


adapted  to  original  installation  and  having  particular  value  in 
connection  with  rei^acement  lock  sets  for  modernizing  doors 
the  present  guard,  wliether  used  with  original  or  replacement 
locks,  so  covering  adjacent  door  areas  as  to  protect  the  same 
and  the  locks  firom  unauthorized  tempering.  Abo,  said  guard 
is  formed  to  cover  over  mortises  and  bores  of  locks  being 
replaced,  whether  or  not  such  openings  are  filled  in,  thereby 
obviating  the  need  for  replacing  the  door  in  its  entirety. 


to  switch  bounce.  BectricaUy  actuated  mechanical  counters 


3,673,606 
FLUSH  MOUNTED  STEERABLE  ARRAY  ANTENNA 
JaaMS  J.  Maune,  PUnvtew,  N.Y.,  aaslgnni  to  Haaeitlne  Cor- 
poratloa 

FBed  Aug.  26, 1969,  Scr.  No.  853,015 

IntCLHOlq  J/26 

U.S.  a.  343— 766  6C]aimB 


% 


|lfi|!9|>fi|!fi|S|lfi|lS|lfi| 

IS'^ 

1 J 

TT 

'•mtm.  mocc«»MS  en 

^ 


A  rotatable  directional  antenna  which  remains  flush  with 
the  surface  on  which  it  is  mounted  including  an  array  of 
radiating  elements  which  are  arranged  in  parallel  columns. 
Energy  of  equal  phase  is  coupled  to  the  elements  that  com- 
prise each  column.  The  array  produces  a  beam  of  electromag- 
netic energy  which  is  steerable  within  a  plane  which  includes 
the  broadside  direction  of  the  array  by  varying  the  phase  of 
the  energy  coupled  to  each  of  the  columns  of  elements.  The 
array  is  rotatable  about  its  broadside  axis  thereby  permitting 
the  plane  within  which  the  beam  can  be  steered  to  rotate 
about  the  broadside  axis.  A  region  in  space  can  thereby  by 
scanned  while  the  array  remains  flush  with  the  surrounding 
surface.  Alternate  arrangements  are  also  covered. 


3,673,607 

BILLING  DEMAND  RECCNtDER 

Jaascs  D.  Hoeffcl,  and  RdnhoM  W.  Knbwh,  both  of  Dayton, 

Ohio,  aaslgiiois  to  Dayton  Electronk  Products  CompMiy, 

Dayton,  Ohfo 

FBed  Jan.  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  108,088 

Int  CL  GOld  1 3/00;  Gllh  27/36 

U.S.a.346— 17  7ClidnM 

A  recording  instrument,  such  as  an  electrical  power  meter, 
controls  the  actuation  of  an  electrical  switch  from  one  posi- 
tion to  another  at  a  rate  which  is  a  function  of  a  meamired 
quantity,  such  as  kilowatt  hours.  The  electrical  switch  controls 
the  direction  ot  current  flow  througji  a  magnetic  recording 
head  so  that  information  representing  the  measured  quantity 
can  be  placed  on  a  recording  medium.  A  constant  current 
power  supply  is  provided  to  insure  consistency  of  information 
placed  on  the  recording  medium  independently  of  line  ventage 
changes,  and  light  emitting  diodes  are  included  in  series  with 
the  magnetic  head  to  show  the  existence  and  the  direction  of 
current  flow  through  the  recording  head.  Latching  flip-flops 
may  also  be  included  between  the  electrical  switch  and  the 
recording  head  to  prevent  the  recording  of  multiple  marks  due 


may  also  be  used  to  record  changes  in  switch  position. 


3,673,606 
INFMIMATION  RECCMUWX 
Henry  Voonnan,  Jr.,  MkiMid  Plvk,  N J.,  Msipior  to  Wi 
Electric  Corporation,  Newark,  N  J. 

FBed  Ai«.  25, 1970,  Scr.  No.  66308 
Int.a.G01p7/70 
U.S.a.346— 18  8 


SI 


An  information  recorder  is  provided  with  a  rotatable  drive 
shaft  for  moving  linkage  means  including  a  marking  member 
to  record  the  different  speeds  erf  drive  shaft  rotation  on  a 
movable  chart  in  said  recorder,  and  an  adjustable  member  is 
adjustably  driven  by  a  manual  adjusting  member  toward  a 
preselected  position  to  predeterminately  space  a  contact 
thereon  connected  in  an  electrical  warning  circuit  from  a 
cooperating  contact  on  said  linkage  means  to  thereby  define 
the  speed  of  drive  shaft  rotation  at  which  said  electrical  warn- 
ing circuit  is  energized. 

This  invention  relates  generally  to  information  recorders 
and  in  particular  to  excessive  speed  indicating  mechanisms 
therefor. 


DESIGNS 

JUNE  27,  1972  - 

223,983  I  223,986 

„  l^  OF  FLEXIBLE  GOGGLES  ELECTRICAL  PLASMAJET  TORCH 

Gcoige  H.  Sdumweker,  Southbridge,  Mass.,  assignor  to    Erich  Muehlbcrger  and  Robert  P.  Dc  La  Vesa    Costa 

^•^.j'jP^Si  H?**"  FIW  Oct  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,429 

iBLCLDl—OS  ^         j  Term  of  patent  14  yean 

U^.  Cl.  D8— 30 


U.S.  Cl.  D2— 234 


Int  Cl.  D8--05 


223,984 

NECKHE 

Alfred  Krivda,  P.O.  Box  1055,  OrovUie,  CaMf. 

Filed  July  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,943 

Tcim  of  patent  14  years 

,T«  i.  IntCLD2— <>J 

U.S.  Cl.  D2— 357 


95965 


223  987 

ELECTRIC  SCISSORS 

William  L.  Gamble,  Unionville,  Conn.,  assignor  to  The 

Fuller  Brush  Company,  East  Hartford,  Cona. 

Filed  Oct  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,519 

I  Term  ^patent  14  years 

VS.  CL  p»— 61 


IntCLD8-^i 


223,985 

BUCKLE 

Melvfai  V.  Zakarin,  23  Ogden  Lane, 

Englishtown,  N  J.    07726 

FUed  July  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,945 

Term  of  patent  3V6  years 

,Tfi  ^  .^  IntCLD2— <;7 

US.  a.  D2— 427 


223,988 

PLUG  SPANNER 

rles  C.  Robinson,  20  Martfaidale  Ave., 

Wimbome,  England 

Filed  Aug.  20, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,593 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

-i«  ^.  ^  Intel.  Dft— 05 

U.S.  CL  D8— 27 


:harl( 

FU 


1626 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1627 


223,989 

DOOR  HANDLE  AND  LOCK  PLATE  UNIT 

John  R.  Gerlach,  1461  Sobr  Driyc, 

Monterey  Park,  CaUf.    91754 

FUed  July  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,201 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

IntCLDS— 06 

VS.  CL  D8— 170 


223,991 

DOOR  HANDLE  AND  LOCK  PLATE  UNIT 

John  R.  Geriach,  1461  Sohv  Drive, 

Monterey  Parit,  CaUf.    91754 

FDed  July  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,204 

Term  Ol  patent  14  yens 

Int  CL  D^—06 

VS.  CL  D8— 170 


223,990 

DOOR  HANDLE  AND  LOCK  PLATE  UNIT 

John  R.  Geriach,  1461  Sohv  Drive, 

Monterey  Park,  Calif.    91754 

Filed  July  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,202 

Term  of  mitent  14  years 

Int  CL  D8— 06 

U.S.  CL  D8— 170 


223,992 

DOOR  HANDLE  AND  LOCK  PLATE  UNIT 

John  R.  Geriach,  1461  Solar  Drive, 

Monterey  Park,  CaUf.    91754 

FUed  July  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24^05 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CLD8— (76 

U.S.  Cl.  D8— 170 


L. 


1628 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,,  1972 


223^3 

DOORKNOCKER 

Ade  BedMmc  Newport,  Rl.  aoitBor  to 

CMkMM,  bic^  PUbMMpUa,  Pa. 

OrisiiMl  design  ap^catfon  Apr.  8, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22^20, 

■ow  Patent  No.  22M54,  dated  Jhriy  (,  1971.  Dliided 

and  tUs  appUoMioa  Oct  30,  1970,  Ser.  No.  25,733 

Tenn  of  patent  14  years 

IntaDS-^ 

U.S.  CL  D»— 177 


[ 


223J9H 

COMBINED  JAR  AND  UD 

Andre  Cbnrregei,  Nenilly,  France,  aaaigaor  to  Covreges 

Parfoins,  Parb,FhuKe 
Continuation-faHHdrt  of  darfgn  qipDcation  Sv.  No.  21,051, 
Jan.  23,  1970.  Thii  appUcatfon  Feb.  10,  1971,  Ser. 

No.  114,411 

I  ^         Term  of  potort  14  yc 


VS.  CL  DO— 141 


Illta.D9-0/ 


223,994 
COMBINED  DOOR  HOLDER  AND  STRIKER 
Heary  D.  Johnson,  New  Britain,  and  Richard  H.  Rnaeell, 
FamtngtOB,  Cow  I  assignors  to  The  H.  B.  Ives  Com- 
pany,  New  HaTen,  Conn. 

Filed  Jniy  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,096 
Term  of  Mtent  14  years 
fntCLDO— 09 
U.S.  CL  D»— 203 


223,997 
BOTTLE 

Kenfl  Hanamura,  Tokyo,  Ji^an,  awignor  to 
Tancho  Co^  Ltd.,  Ootka,  Japan 
,  Filed  Dec.  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,716 
I  Term  of  patMt  14  years 

U.S.  CL  D9— 157 


Int.CLD9— 07 


Ifl 

v_ 

1 

/ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

^ 

¥ 

Tin 

1 

^ 

i 

223,995 

JUG  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Ted  L.  BeaTcr,  RoseUe,  DL,  aalgnor  to  Continental  Can 

Company,  be,  New  York,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  4, 1971,  Ser.  No.  103,933 

Term  of  patoit  14  yean 

Int.  CL  D9u.4)i 

VJS,  CL  09^-41 


i: 
i 

223,990 

MOLDED  PACKAGING  TRAY  Ft>R  MEAl* 

OR  THE  LIKE 

Richard  F.  Reifen,  New  Canaan,  Conn.,  and  Kenneth  D. 

Bixler,  Huntington,  N.Y.,  ass^nors  to  Diamond  Inter- 

natioMl  Coiporation,  New  Yorii,  N.Y. 

Filed  Jan.  27, 1971,  Ser.  No.  110,371 
Term  of  Mtent  14  years 
Int  CI.  W—OS 
VS,  CL  D9— 219 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1629 


223,999 

PACKAGING  CUP  FOR  FOOD  OR  THE  LIKE 

Odo  Does,  Wi^pertal-En»crfdd,  Gcnna^y,  asdfnor  to 

FMi  Mecknitock,  Wnppeital-Elbcifdd.  Germany 

Filed  Not.  2. 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,706 

Clafani  priority,  application  Germany  May  2, 1970 

Tom  of  patent  14  years 

IltCLDO— Oi 

VA  CL  D9^220 


224,002 

ELECTRIC  BUS  BODY 

Panl  R.  Hafer,  Boycrtown,  Pa.,  aalgnor  to  B«ycrtown 

Anto  Body  WorkL  Boycrtown,  Pa. 

Filed  Dec  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,590 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IntCLDU— 09 

U.S.  a  D14— 3 


224,000 

STOREFRONT 

ftfltdiell  C  Aaar,  Sndbnry,  Man.,  assignor  to  Cambridge 

Ci^ee,  Tea  and  Spice  House,  Charlestown,  Mass. 

FOed  Sept  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,122 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IntCLD25— 02 

U.S.  CL  D13— 1 


224,003 

PICKUP  ntUCK  BED  SUPPORTED  TRAIL  BOX 

TRANSPORTER 

bring  Duaun  m,  8297  Oak  Knoll  Drire, 

RoseTille,  CaUf.     95678 

Filed  Sept  29, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,246 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D12— itf 

U.S.  CL  D14— 6 


224,M1 

SUBMERGIBLE  SEA  ROOM 

lif^niam  Baridey,  3847  Underwood  Drire  3, 

San  Jose,  CaUf.    95117 

FOed  Not.  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,074 

Tenn  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  d.  D25— Oi 

US,  CL  D13— 1 


224,004 

COMBINED  GEARSHIFT  LEVER  AND  HOUSING 

FOR  AUTOMOBILES 

Robert  G.  T.  ReOly,  13652  Yorba  St, 

Tuatin,  CaUf.    92680 

Filed  Dec  28, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,663 

Teim  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D12—16 

VS,  CL  D14— 6 


1630 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


ITT] 


June  2 


,  1972 


224,005  I                         224.068 

SNOWMOBILE  *              CEILUVflCWvUX  TILE               ^ 

Andioiiy  D.  MacKeen,  DranuMiMhllle,  Quebec,  Canada,  Patrick  Boris  HopUns,  SmitliflekL  New  Sooth  Wales. 

^I^r  to  Bombardier  Limited,  Valcourt.   Quebec,  Australia,  aarigJ!?to  I^^JS  ItS uSSel  SwS 

*-■"■«»■  ton,  KnglaiH                                                                             1 

Piled  Not.  2, 1970,  S«.  No.  25,771  nw  Nor.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,887      I 

TIL  ^'i"S?iyf  1^*^  Claims  priority,  application  Great  Britain  Sept  23, 1970 

VA  n  niA-^                  D12— 7i  Term  of  patent  7  years 

UA  CL  D14-24  ,^  CL  025-4; 

VS.  CL  D18— 2 


224,0M 
VEHICLE  WHEEL 
Mmnke  P.  Chandler,  UUci^  and  WnUam  L.  Porter, 
Btamingham,  IVflck,  asripiors  to  General  Motors  Cor^ 
poration,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Filed  Dec  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,311 
Term  of  patent  7  years 
Int  a.  D12— 76 
VJS.  CI.  D14— 30 


224,009 
„,  .       JL  FISHING  WORM 

Walter  H.  HarvUle,  R.R.  1,  Henderson,  Tenn.    38340. 

^  '"^^^iJ*  "•'^«»  R-R-  4,  Box  268A,  Jackson, 
Tenn.     38301 

FUed  OcL  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,455 
Term  of  patent  14  years 

-TO  ^.  ^  lntCLD22— 05 

VS.  CL  p22— 27 


224,007 

CHAIR 

John  W.  Caldwell,  2202  Pfaiecrest  Driye, 

AHadena,  CaUf.    91001 

FUed  July  31, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,255 

Tom  of  patent  14  years 

.T-  ^  I«tCLD«— 02 

VS.  CL  D15— 1 


1-.  ..J 


224.010 

GUNHOLS1ZR 

Harold  A.  Bairow,  1612  CyntUa  Drlre, 

Rockfoid,  m.    61107 

Filed  Mar.  29, 1971,  Ser.  No.  129,305 

Tenn  of  pateat  14  years 

-TO  ^  «^  IntCLD22— 0^ 

U.S.  a.  D22— 13 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1681 


224,011 

LOUYERED  ENCLOSURE  FOR  AIR-CONDmON- 

ING  EQUIPMENT  AND  THE  LIKE 

Adam  D.  GoettL  4960  E.  Palomino  Road, 

Phoenix,  Ariz.    85018 

FUed  Jan.  25,  1971,  Ser.  No.  109,756 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  023—04 

VS.  CL  D23— 139 


224,013 

LOUYERED  ENCLOSURE  FOR  AIR-CONDrnON- 

ING  EQUIPMENT  AND  THE  LIKE 

Adam  D.  GoettL  4960  E.  Palomino  Road, 

Phoenix,  Ariz.    85018 

Filed  Feb.  8, 1971.  Ser.  No.  113,802 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

IntCLD23— M 

U.S.  CL  D23— 139 


224,012 
LOUYERED  ENCLOSURE  FOR  AIR-CONDITION- 
ING EQUIPMENT  AND  THE  LIKE 
Adam  D.  Goetd,  4960  E.  Palomino  Road, 
Phoenbc,  Ariz.    85018 
FUed  Feb.  8, 1971,  Ser.  No.  113,796 
Term  ct  patent  14  years 
Int.CLD23— ^ 
U.S.  a.  D23— 139 


224,014 

COMBINED  ELECTRONIC  KEYBOARD  AND 

STAND  THEREFOR 

Ge<Mf  e  F.  MInka,  Torrance,  CaUf .,  assignor  to  The  Data 

Systems,  Inc.,  Torrance,  Calif. 

FUed  Oct  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,557 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D14— 02 

U.S.CLD26-5 


1682 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27, 


1972 


SWnCH  I  COMPUTER 

Norio  Nakala,  %  Nl^om  rrihtlli.  Kogyo  KalwAiM  lohn  E.  Stadcr,  Jr^  FItiiiiBitoB,  NJ^  ntdyttir  to  Elcc- 
KaliilML  g  H  fA^        iffOMfi  1  rhnmit,  Tnfc-nti  Tipin  ttook  AisodatM  Imu,  Long  Braa^  N J. 

^^  FIltd  Not.  2.  IfTf ,  Sw.  No.  25,775  Filed  Dwu  !•.  197t,  Scr.  No.  2M>3 

Twm  of  MlMt  14  y$n  1 

laL  aTDia— Oi  I 

UA  a.  D2<— 13  UA  CL  D2€— 3 


Tenn  ol  poteiit  14 
int.  d.  D14— 472 


224,fl< 

snuniTCH 

Norio  Nakatm  %  Nlhoo  KaOielU,  Kosyo  Kabnslilld 

Kiddia,  5-14  Mlnamlmatome  l-chome,  Tokyo,  Japan 

Ffled  Not.  2, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,776 

Tenn  of  patent  14  yean 

InL  CL  D13— Oi 

UA  a  D24— 13 


224,019 

SEND/RECEIVE  DATA  PRINTER  TERMINAL 

OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Robert  E.  KaMtis,  Fainwrt,  and  Robert  H.  Van  ValUn- 

bargh,  Pfttrford,  N.Y.,  urigBon  to  Xerox  Corporatioii, 

~  Stamford,  Conn. 

Filed  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,428 


UACLD26— S 


Term  t^patnt  14  yean 
Int  a.  D14--(& 


224,017 

MAGNETIC  TAPE  UNIT 

MelTin  Rndfai,  Palo  AUo,  CaUf .,  ani«ii 

Corporation,  McLean,  Va. 

FDed  Not.  4, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,827 

Tcim  of  patuit  14  years 

Int  CL  D14— 02 

UACLD26-5 


to  Date! 


224,020 

EI£CTRONIC  COMPUTER  OR  THE  UKt 
George  F.  MInka,  Torrance,  CaUf.,  anlgnor  to  TRW 
Data  SyMMM,  Inc  Torrance,  Calif. 
I  FDed  Jan.  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  108,235 
Tom  of  pnt>nt  14  yean 
^  let  CL  D14— 02 

U  A  CL  Wt—S 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1688 


224^1 

KEYBOARD  TERMINAL  OR  THE  LIKE 
George  F.  MInka,  Torrance,  and  Frank  E.  Bostamantc, 
Culver  City,  Califs  assignors  to  TRW  Data  Systems, 
Inc.,  Torrance,  Calif. 

FUcd  Ian.  20, 1971,  Scr.  No.  108,236 
Term  of  patent  14  years 
Int  CL  D14— 02 
UA  CL  D26— 5 


224,024 

OUTGOING  TRUNK  EXTENDER  APPARATUS  FOR 

TELEPHONE  OFFICE  EQUIPMENT 

Paul  V.  De  Luca,  Port  Wasiiington,  N.Y.,  aMignor  to 

Porta  Systems  Corp.,  Port  Wasidngton,  N.Y. 

Filed  Not.  12, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,945 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D14— Oi 

UA  CL  D26— 14 


224,022 
RADIO  DIRECnON  FINDER 
Maurice  A.  Warren,  Los  Angeles,  CaUf.,  assignor  to 
Vec/Tnk  Research  ft  DcTclopmcnt  Corporation,  New 
Yorii,  N.Y. 

FUcd  May  7,  1970,  Ser.  No.  22,868 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

The  portion  of  die  ton  of  the  patent  subsequent  to 

Jan.  19, 1985,  has  been  disdaimed 

Int  CL  D14— OJ 

UA  CL  D26— 14 


224,023 

PHONE  I»CORATION 

Joyce  G.  Clibom,  20201  Shennan  Way, 

Canoga  Park,  CaUf  .    91306 

FDed  Sept  4, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,835 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  07014—05 

UACLD26— 14 


/l:-.~r^^ 


224,02S 
ACOUSTIC  COUPLER  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 
Lury  D.  Hanfsoii,  Clifton  Springs,  and  Robert  E.  Kal- 
Titis,  Fairport,  N.Y.,  assignors  to  Xerox  Coiporatioa, 
Stamford,  Conn. 

Filed  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,431 
-.      Tenn  of  patent  14  yean 
Int  CL  D14— 05 
UA  a  D26— 14 


224,026 

AUTOMAHC  TICKET  EXAMINING  DEVICE 

Tatsuya  Mlkanri,  NarasUno,  Japan,  aisignor  to  Tokyo 

SUbaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.,  KawasaU-sU,  Japan 

FUcd  Dec  17, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,550 

Oaims  priority,  appUcation  Japan  June  18, 1970 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IntCLD25— 99 

UACLD28— 1 


\ 


1634 


224^27 
SUPPORT  STAND  FOR  AN  AIR  SPRAYING 

CONTAINER 

OUrcr  W.  mdcbiaad,  Florisauit,  Mo.,  aasigiior  to 

Wlncrafl  Mfg.  Compaay,  St  Look,  Mo. 

FUcil  Apr.  9, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,354 

Tenn  of  Mteat  7  yean 

Int  CL  D6— 99 

VA  CL  D33— 3 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  27,  1972 


V 


A 


224,028 

SOAP  RECEPTACLE 

loMph  J.  Settle,  1319  N.  FuhioD  Lne  1, 

Anahciiii,  Calif .    92806 

FDcd  Not.  27, 1970,  Ser.  No.  20,182 

Tenn  <rf  patent  14  yean 

VA  CL  D33— 24 


224,029 

JUVENILE  PLAY  STRUCTURE  OR  SIMILAR 

ARTICLE 

SalbM  A.  Gale,  Wayaata,  Mlm..  and  James  V.  Young, 

St  Louis,  and  WOIiam  Kennett  Menke,  Glendale,  Mo., 

aarignon  to  Learning  ProAicta,  Inc.,  Maryland  Heights, 

FUed  Ang.  28, 1970,  Scr.  No.  24,759 
Tam  ofpotcBt  14  yean 
Ui,  CL  D21— Oi 
UA  CL  D34— 5 


224-030 
BEAR  FIGURE  DEVICE  FOR  HOLDING 
CLOTHING  OR  THE  LKE 
James  F.  Eden,  312  Three  Oaks  Road, 

Caiy,  m.    60013 

Filed  Not.  16, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,022 

Term  (rf  patent  14  yean 

Int  a.  D21-47/ 

U.S.  Q.  D34— 15 


L 

TOYS, 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1686 


224,033 
CLOCK  FACE 
Richard  A.  Strong  and  Rosa  M.  Strong,  Temple  Hills, 
Md.  (both  %  Air  Force  Institnte  of  Technology,  Wright- 
Patterson  Air  Force  Base,  Ohio    45433) 
Filed  Not.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,841 
Term  of  patent  14  yean 
Int  CL  DIO— 07 
U.S.  CL  D42— 1 


224,036 

FINDING  FOR  A  BROOCH  OR  T^  LKE 

Maurice  C,  Faldbotg,  29869  Marine  View  Drhre, 

Federal  Way,  Wash.    98002 

Filed  Aug.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,588 

Term  of  patort  14  yean 

IntCLDll— Oi 

U.S.  CL  D45— 19 


HOLDER  FOR  AN  iUmPICIAL  AQUAlduM 
PLANT 

AOaii  H.  wmiaiw.  New  Rodieiie,  N.Y.,  airigMr  to 
M^iAwne  Corpontflon,  Mmood,  nXT 
"  T.  No.  24^83 


I      Filed  Aug.  19",  1970,  Ser. 
U.S.  CL  D35-^ 


Term  of  patent  14  y 
Int  CLD30— 99 


224,034 
CARAFE  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 
David  Douglas,  1119  Lincoln  Blvd., 

Manitowoc,  Wis.     54220 

FUed  Oct  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  25,629 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D7— Oi 

U.S.  CL  D44— 21 


224,037 

HOT  TRAY  UFTER 

James  Demetreon,  5704  HUUde  Drire, 

Kansas  City ,  Mo.    64151 

^  FUed  Oct  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,452 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D7— 99 

U.S.CLD44— 4 


HAY  LOADING  ANDOTACKING  IMPLEMENT 

Raymond  A.  Adcc,  Newton,  Dean  P.  Brooks,  Hesston, 

and  John  D.  Anderson,  Canton,  Kans.,  asrignon  to 

HesBlon  Corporation,  Hesston,  Kans. 

.      FUed  Oct  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,339 
I  T*™.<>'jP>!»t_14yean 

U.S.  CL  D40-.1 


latdrSlS—OS 


224,035 
GOBLET  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 
David  Doo^bis,  1119  Lincoln  Blvd., 

Manitowoc  Wis.    54220 

FUed  Oct  12, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,443 

Term  oi  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  iyi—01 

VA  CL  D36— 8 


224  038 

HEAVY  DUTY'fLOODUGHT 

Tarek  B.  Adra,  La  Canada,  CaUf  .,  assignor  to  Harvey 

Hnbbel  Incorporated,  Bridgeport  Com. 

FUed  Nov.  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,844 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IntCLD26— 0¥ 

U.S.CLD48— 20 


1686 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


224,«39 

UGHT  STANDARD  OR  SIMILAR  ARUCLE 

Robcft  W.  SddM,  SMttle,  Waih^  Mdganr  to  Wcy«r- 

iMwwr  Coiapaigr,  Tacona,  Wadi. 

nM  Sept  21, 1970, 8«r.  No.  25,fM 


VJS,  CL  048— 31 


of 
bit 


rpateatl4 


224,M2 

COMBINED  APPAREL  RACK  AND  LAUNDRY 

BAG  SUPPORT  STAND 

Richanl  A.  Van  VooiUi,  21S9  HUMdc  Ordc, 

Blrmii^haiii,  Ala.    3S2M 

IFDcd  Jan.  20,  irTO,  Scr.  No.  21,001 
Ttrmofpatekt  14  7Mn 
11^.0707—06 
U.S.  O.  D49— 8.1 


224,040 
FLUTED  PLANOASPHERIC  LENS 
Howard  Albert  Sdiaefer,  Laacaiter,  (Mo, 

Andior  HocUof  Coiporatkm,  Laacaeter,  Ohio 

Filed  Feb.  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  21,604 

Tcnn  of  pateat  14  yean 

Intel  DM— 06 

U.S.  CL  D4S— 32 


Lhio 


to 


224,043 

OIL  CHANGER 

>  Bffloa,  Woodbny,  N J.,  aMinor  ^  Shei 

.     WaAEqidMCBtCo.Pdi^fn,NJ. 

Filed  Imic  25, 1970,  Ser.  No.  23,664 

'  Tern  of  patent  14  yr — 

lot  CL  D15— 99 

U.S.  CL  D52— 2 


Car 


r  224,041 

-  IGNITER  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Stanley  J.  Matys,  Lancaster,  N.Y.,  aarigno 
Igniten,  Inc.,  Lancaster,  N.Y. 
FDed  Oct  19, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,556 
Term  of  patent  14  years 
Int  CL  D23— 99 
UJS.  a.  D23— 129 


to 


224  044 

COMBINED  TRY  AND  MITER  SQUARE 
Ronald  David  Carter,  Leandn|ton  Spa,  En^and,  assignor 
to  Stanley  Works  (Great  Britain)  Limited,  WoodsMe, 
Shelield,  Ei^land 

_  Filed  Oct  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,346 

Claims  priority,  appBcation  Great  Britain  Apr.  17, 1970 

I  Term  ofMtant  14  yean 

.  „  J  "^  CLDIO-O* 

U.S.aD52— 6 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1687 


224,048 

DISTANCE  MEASURING  INSTRUMENT 

Wallace  D.  Evans,  Jr.,  MaUbo,  CaUf  ^  assignor  to 

iUrts^Vc  Coiporation,  Santa  Monica,  CaHf . 

Filed  Jan.  21, 1971,  Ssr.  No.  108,672 

Term  (tf  patoit  14  yean 

IntCLDlO— 04 

U.S.CLD82— 6 


224,048 
ELECTRONIC  CLINICAL  THERMOMETER 
Dooglas  M.  Baner,  Daavers,  and  Mark  &  MaoettL 
Marblehead,  Mass.,  asslgnnn  to  Meditech  Energy  and 
Environmental  Coipornnon,  Danvers^  Masis. 
FUed  Nov.  9, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,885 
*     Term  of  patent  14  yean 
IntCLDlO— 05 
U.S.  CL  D52— 7 


224,046 

DISTANCE  MEASURING  INSTRUMENT 

Wallace  D.  Evans,  Jr^  MaUbo,  CaUf .,  assignor  to 

Rolat^pe  Coipmation,  Santa  Monica,  Calif. 

FUed  Jan.  21 ,1971,  Ser.  No.  108,679 

Term  of  pateirt  14  yean 

Int  d.  UlO—04 

VA  CL  D52— 6 


224,049 

PRINTED  CIRCUIT  HOLDING  JIG 

Arthur  R.  Rose,  3  Rodgen  CIrde, 

North  Readfaig,  Mass.    01864 

Filed  Oct  5, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,324 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D15— 99 

U.S.  CL  D54— 13 


224,047 
INDICATING  CONDITION  CONTROLLER 
Lyman  L.  HIU,  Jr^  1995  Summit  Ave,  St  Paul,  Mfam. 
55105;  James  A.  Odom,  Jr.,  874  66th  Ave.  N.,  Brook- 
lyn  Center,  Mtam.    55430;  and  Norbcrt  T.  Wolfe,  5348 
10th  Ave.  S.,  MtameapollB,  Mfam.    55417 
FDed  Feb.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  21,448 
Term  oi  patent  14  y< 
IntCLDlO— 0¥ 
U.S.  CL  D52— 7 


224,050 

GUITAR  BODY 

John  P.  Gandio,  73  Amhroae  St, 

Rochester,  N.Y.    14608 

FDed  Oct  7, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,367 

Term  oi  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D17— Oi 

U.S.  CL  D56— 1 


1688 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


June  27,  1972 


224,051 

ELECTRIC  PIANO 

HanM  B.  Rliodcs,  Anaheim,  Calif  ^  anigmNr  to  Colombia 

Broadcaatiiig  System,  Ibcm  New  Yoifc,  N.Y. 

FHed  May  11, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,920 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

lot  CL  D17— 07 

US.  CI.  D56— 2 


1  224,054 

XEROGRAPHIC  REPRODUCTION  MACHINE 

OR  THE  LIKE 
Dan  R.  Derby,  Cupertino,  CaUf.,  and  Ruediger  W.  Knodt, 
Rochester,  and  Homer  Kom,  Webster,  N.Y.,  assignors 
to  Xerox  Corporatton,  Stamford,  Com. 

FUed  Sept  21, 1970,  Ser.  No.  25,070 
1  Term  of  patent  14  years 

U.S.  CI.  D61— 1 


Int.  CI.  D16— Oi 


224,052 

MULTIPLE  KEYBOARD  UNIT 

Percy  Dean  Olson,  Owatonna,  Minn.,  assignor  to 

Mnsitronlc  Inc.,  Owatonna,  Minn. 

FOed  Dec.  14, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,453 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  a.  D17— 0/ 

U,S.  CI.  D56— 9 


224,055 
■     CAMERA  FLASH  ATTACHMENT 
i  Peter  T.  Quinn,  Uttletoo,  Colo.,  assignor  tp 
Honeywell  Inc.,  Miniicapolis,  Minn. 
FUed  Dec.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,623 
Term  of  patent  14  years       --^^ 
Int.  CI.  D16— 04 
V3.  CL  D61— 1 


"  JIIILII..."^ 



-liiLIlli^ 

9 

224,053 

CAMERA  SUPPORT 

Leo  Stein,  P.O.  Box  1063,  F.D.R.  Station, 

New  York,  N.Y.     10022 

Filed  Aug.  10, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,403 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int.  CI.  D16— 99 

U.S.  CI.  D61— 1 


224,056 
REAR  PROIECnON  SLIDE  VIEWER 
Noboru  Onozaki  and  MasaaU  Fnrukawa,  Tolcyo,  and 
Teruo  Yotsukura,  Hitachi,  Japan,  asdgnors  to  Httachi, 
Ltd.,  Tokyo,  Japan  i 

FUed  Feb.  11, 1971,  Ser.  No.  114,746    |      -  ^ 
Claims  priority,  application  Japan  Sept.  11,  1970 
Term  of  iMtent  7  years 
Int  CI.  D16— 02 
U.S.  CL  D61— 1 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1689 


224,057 

MOTION  PICTURE  PROJECTOR 

Yoh  Tanaka,  Tokyo,  Japan,  assignor  to  Fuji  Shadiin 

Film  Kabusliild  Kaisha,  Kanagawa-ken,  Japan 

FUed  Feb.  16, 1971,  Ser.  No.  115,921 

Claims  priority,  applkatlon  Japan  Aug.  19,  1970 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D16— 02 

U.S.  CL  D61— 1 


224,060 

DISPLAY  STAND 

Charles  O.  Larson,  Sterling,  lU.     61081 

FUed  Not.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  26,107 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

IntCLI>6— 06 

U.S.  CL  D80— 9 


224,058 

HAND  COUNTER 

Earl  Rudduck,  5616  E.  Argyle  Drive, 

Phoenix,  Ariz.     85018 

FUed  Feb.  18, 1971,  Ser.  No.  116,732 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D18— 07 

U.S.  CL  D64— 11 


224,061 

DISPLAY  STAND 

Charies  O.  Larson,  Steriing,  ID.     61081 

FUed  Not.  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,110 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  CL  D6— 05 

U.S.  CL  D80— 9 


224,059 
MOBILE  DISPLAY  CART 
MelTfai  O.  Maisak,  Florissant  and  WiUiam  H.  FnUington, 
Ballwin,  Mo.,  assignors  to  Pet  Incorporated,  St  Louis, 
Mo. 

FUed  June  11, 1969,  Ser.  No.  17,654 
Term  of  patent  14  years 
Int  CL  D6— 06;  D12— 02 
U.S.  CL  D80— 9 


1640 


DISPLAY  STAND 

CharlM  O.  Laraon,  SicrHag,  IlL    CieSl 

FDcd  Not.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  M4II 

Ton  of  pateat  14  yMi* 

Into.  06—06 

U^.  CL  D80— 9 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 

I 


June  27,  1972 


224,eM 
WARMING  OVEN 
Cbrcacc  F.  Marquart,  Waddngton,  Mo., 

Laadririre  Prodocts,  lac,  St.  Loais,  Mo. 
,    Filed  Mar.  23, 1970,  Ser.  No.  22,«14 
Term  of  palMt  14  yean 
latCLDT— 02 
U.S.  a.  DSl— 10 


to 


224JHS 
DIAGNOSTIC  CLINICAL  INSTRUMENT  HAVING 

SUPPORTING  MEANS 

Bernard  McDonald,  MaUbn,  CaUf ..  aarignor  to  Medkal 

Teitiiig  Syitems,  Inc.,  BeTerly  Hllli,  CaUff. 

Filed  Mar.  11, 1971,  Ser.  No.  123,499 

Term  of  potent  14  yean 

Int.CLD24— Oi 

UA  a.  D83— 12 


224,0^3 

COOKING  DEVICE 

WUliam  H.  Wiggins,  137  WlUowdale  Ave., 

Toronto,  Ontario,  Canada 

Filed  May  26, 1969,  Ser.  No.  17,333 

Term  of  patent  14  yean 

The  portion  of  the  term  of  Am  patent  nbseiinent  to 

Aug.  27, 1982,  has  been  dfadalmcd 

Int  CI.  D7— 02 

U.S.  a.  D81— 10 


^^^ 


224,066 
DIAGNOSTIC  CLINICAL  INSTRUMENT 
Bernard  McDonald,  Mattba,  Calif.,  assignor  to  Medical 
Testing  Systems,  Inc.,  BeTerly  Hills,  CaHf. 
I   FUed  Mar.  11, 1971,  Ser.  No.  123,490 
I  T«m  of  patent  14  yean 

Int  CL  D24— ^i 
U.S.  CL  DS3— 12 


June  27,  1972 


U.  S.  PATENT  OFFICE 


1611 


224,067 

DIAGNOSTIC  CLINICAL  INSTRUMENT 

Bernard  McDonald,  MaUba,  CaUf.,  aarignor  to  Medical 

Testing  Systems,  Inc.,  BeTeriy  Hills,  Calif. 

FUed  Mar.  11, 1971,  Ser.  No.  123,491 

Term  of  patoit  14  yean 

Iat.clD24— OJ 

U.S.  CL  D83— 12 


224,070 
ELECTROSURGICAL  UNIT 
UUscs  M.  Lopez,  West  Hempstead,  Martin  L  Septfanns 
and  Henry  A.  Holzwarth,  New  York,  and  John  D. 
Wark,  Fteeport,  N.Y.,  aarignon  to  Carftron  Corpon- 
tioa,  Long  Uaad  City,  N.Y. 

FOed  D^e.  7,  1970,  Ser.  No.  26,318 
Term  of  pmtmt  14  ye 
IatCLD24— 02 
UA  a  D83— 1 


a 
^ 


@k 


} 


224,068 

DIAGNOSTIC  MULTIPLE  CLINICAL  INSIHUMENT 

Bernard  McDonald,  MaUba,  CaUf.,  aarigaor  to  Medical 

Testing  Systems,  Inc.,  BeTerly  Hms,  Calif. 

Flkd  Mar.  22, 1971,  Ser.  No.  127,068 

Term  oi  patent  14  yean 

InLa.D24-^J 

VA  CL  IM3^12 


224,069 
UQUm  SCINTILLATION  SPECTROMETER  FOR 
DETERMINING  RADIOACTTVITY  LEVELS  IN 
TEST  SAMPLES 
F^rederick  W.  Tbonspson,  Northfield,  ID.,  assignor  to 
Padtard  Instniment  Company,  Inc.,  Downcn  GroTC, 
DL 

Filed  Apr.  9,  1970,  Ser.  No.  22,344 
Tern  of  patent  14  yean 
Int  d.  DM— 02 
U.S.  CL  D83— 1 


224,071 
COMBINED  COMPACT  AND  COIN  CONTAINER 
SBTad  HatfboTich,  Marat  Hot  and  Rifat  Hot  aU  of  26 
Charles  Veale  Dttre,  West  Beach,  Soatt  AastraUa, 
Australia 

Term  of  patent  14  ytan 
FOed  May  6, 1971,  Ser.  No.  22,844 
1aLCLD2^--C2 
VS.  CL  D06— 10 


1642 


OFFICIAL  GAZETTE 


L 


June  27,  1972 


224,072 

COMBINED  COSMEITC  AND  TOTE  BAG 

JaUa  Raymond  Roaenblam,  6  W.  77tli  Sl^ 

New  York,  N.Y.     10024 

FIM  Apr.  16, 1970,  Scr.  No.  22,462 

Tcnn  of  patoit  14  yean 

Lit  a.  D3— 02 

U.S.  CL  D87— 3 


224,075  I 

PNEUMATIC  TIRE 
F.  Newman,  St  Clair  Shores,  Mkh.,  assignor  to 
Uniroyal,  Inc.,  New  York,  N.Y. 
Filed  Sept  3, 1970,  Ser.  No.  24,819 
Term  of  patent  14  yean 
Int  CL  D12~i5 
VS,  CL  D90— 20 


James] 


224,073 

TENT  OR  SIMILAR  ARTICLE 

Ryotaro  Nohmnra,  Soita,  Japan,  aarfgnor  to  Talyo 

Kogyo  Company  United,  Osaka,  Japan 

FIM  Jane  23, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,623 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

Int  a.  mi— 04 

UJ.CLD88— 3 


224,076 
•  SIGN 
Jack  A.  McMillan,  Oklahoma  City,  OUa., 

Circnstiiie,  Inc.,  Oklahoma  City,  OUa. 

nied  Dec  14, 1970,  Scr.  No.  26,469 

Term  of  patent  14  years 

IntCLD20— Oi 

U.S.  a.  D96— 12 


or  to 


224,074 

MOTORCYCLE  SADDLE  BAG 

llieodore  S.  Harmoa,  Jr.,  lOOA  DaUgen  Atc, 

Portsmouth,  Ya.    23702 

Flkd  JoM  8, 1970,  Scr.  No.  23,365 

Term  of  paint  14  yean 

IwL  CL  D12— itf 

U.S.CLD90— 3 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 

TO  WHOM 
PATENTS  WERE  ISSUED  ON  THE  27th  DAY  OF  JUNE,  1 972 

Note.— Arranged  in  accordance  with  the  first  significant  character  or  word  of  the  name  (in  accordance  with  city  and 

telephone  directory  practice). 


A-T-OInc.;S**— 

Carter.  Sidney  T..  3,673,043. 
AAI  Corporation:  See— 

Abbott.  David  D..  3.672.301. 
Aanttad.  Ola  J.,  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Controller  for 

a  back  seated  valve.  3.672.628.  CI.  25 1  -47.000. 
Aasen,  Torulf,  to  Copystatics  Manufacturing  Corporation.  Automatic 
shut-off  mechanism   for   copying   machine.    3,673,419,  CI.    250- 
222.00r. 
AB  Centralsug:  See— 

Naumburg.  Per;  and  Norrman,  Jan  Olof,  3,672,630. 
AB  Wikstrand  &  Berg:  See— 

Wessel.  Lars  Anton.  3.672.105. 
Abbott.  David  D..  to  AAI  Corporation.  Cartridge.  3,672.301.  CI.  102- 

39.000. 
Abbott  Laboratories:  See— 

Scislowicz.  Henry  M..  3.672,367. 
Abe,  Arimichi:  See— 

Mattumoto,  Jiro;  Takeuchi,  Masatoshi;  Abe,  Arimichi;  and  Sen- 
goku.Koji,  3.673,010. 
Abe.  Kaoru;  Matsumoto,  Takeji;  and  Itoki,  Nobuo,  to  Mitsubishi  Juko- 
gyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Method  of  erecting  super-high-riaed  tower 
structure.  3.672.1 15,  CI.  52-741.000. 
Abegg,  Jean-Louis:  Set— 

Kalopissis,  Gregoire;  De  Raymond.  Henri  Philippe;  Abegg,  Jean- 
Louis;  and  Ghilardi,  Giuliana,  3,672,375. 
Abel,  Heinz:  See— 

Toepel,  Rosemarie;  Abel,  Heinz;  Maeder,  Arthur;  and  Leifels, 
Klaus-Dieter.  3.673,558. 
Abel.  William  A.:  See— 

Remaly,  Robert  F.;  and  Abel.  William  A.,  3,673,286. 
Ab«x  Corporation:  See— 

Keller,  Emit  C;  and  Spokes.  Raymond  E.,  3,673,276. 
Abraham.  William  W.:  See— 

Lanahan.  John  H.;  and  Abraham.  William  W..  3.672,498. 
Accutec.  Inc.:  See— 

Bajusz.  Harold  F.  3,672.783 
ACEC  Ateliers  de  Constructions  Electriques  de  Charleroi:  See— 

Dcryck.  Petrus  R.,  3,67 1 ,989, 
A.C.I.  Operations  Proprietary  Limited:  See — 

Goodricke.  John  Charles,  3,672,57 1 . 
Ackerman,   Joseph    Francis;    Weisfeld.   Joseph;   Savageau,    Robert 
George;  and  Beerii,  George,  to  Inmot  Corporation.  Actinic  radiation 
curing  compositions  and  method  of  coating  and  printing  using  same. 
3.673. 140. CI.  260-22  Otn. 
Acme  Visible  Records,  Inc.:  See— 

Tomhnson.  Charles  W.,  3.672.663. 
Adams,  Cecil  S.,  to  Adams,  Incorporated.   Yam  break  detector. 

3.672. 146. CI.  57-81. 
Adams,  Incorporated:  See — 

Adams,  Cecil  S.,  3.672,146. 
Adams,  James  R.,  Jr.,  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Late  phase  firing  switching  cir- 
cuit. 3,673,436, CI.  307-246.000. 
Addressograph-Multigraph  Corporation:  See— 

Baltazzi,  Evan  S.;  Blanchette,  Robert  C;  and  Minnis,  Ralph  L., 

3,672,889. 
Lee,  Richard  G.,  3.672.770. 
Schulze.  John  J,  3.672,326. 
Adolphi,  Heinrich:  See— 

Vollrath.  Robert;  Nuerrenbach.  Axel;  and  Adolphi.  Heinrich. 
3.673.215. 
Advanced  Controls  Corporation:  See — 

Kosmowski.  Wojciech  B.,  3.672. 2S6. 
Aero-Flow  Dynamics,  Inc.,  mesne:  5^^ — 

Heffron.  Donald  B.,  3,672. 1 28. 
Aerojet-General  Corporation:  See— 

Barsh,  Max  K.;  and  Edwards,  James  N..  3.673.560. 
Kays.  David  D..  3.672.960. 

King.  William  M.;  and  Cantor.  Paul  A.,  3,673,084. 
African  Explosives  and  Chemical  Industries  Limited:  See — 

Louis,  Rodney  Brian,  3.672.225. 
Aga  Aktiebolag:  See— 

Granqvist.  Carl-Erik.  3.672.229. 
Hellquist.  Ivan  A.,  3,672.384. 
Agar,  Joram,  to  Solartron  Electronic  Group  Limited,  The.  Force-trans- 
ducers. 3,672,220,  CI.  73-398.00r. 
Agence  Nationale  de  Valorisation  de  la  Recherche:  See- 
Bonnier,  Etienne;  Allibert.  Colette;  Oriole,  Jean;  and  Wicker, 
Alain,  3,672.872. 
Agfa-Gevaert  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Hackenberg,  Hubert;  and  Nicko.  Reinhard,  3.672,279. 
Hartwig,  Karl;  Engel,  Herbert;  and  Schnall,  Gunther,  3,672,764. 


Radl.  Heldemar,  3,672,755. 
Schnall,  Gunther;  and  Engel,  Herbert.  3.672,665. 
Simm,  Walter;  and  MuUer,  Rudolf,  3,673,598. 
Wagner.  Karl;  and  Ganser,  Josef,  3,672,270. 
Wagner.  Karl,  and  Nicolay,  Klaus,  3,672,27 1 . 
Wagner.  Karl;  and  Durr,  Helmut,  3,672,286. 
Wilsch,  Herbert,  3,672.602. 
Agfa-Gevaert  N.V.:  See — 

Vrancken,  Marcel  Nicolas.  Vanreusel.  Gerard  Laurens;  Van  Pee. 
Paul  Desire;  and  De  Laet.  Jules  Maria,  3,672,892. 
Aikoku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Ogasawara.  Sadanori.  3,672.200. 
Air  Cargo  Equipment  Corporation,  mesne:  See — 

Feddersen.  Donald  W.;  and  Markowski,  Everett  L.,  3,672,529. 
Air  Products  and  Chemicals,  Inc.:  See — 

Stowasser,  William  F.;  and  MUler,  Keith  A.,  3.672.182. 
Airco,  Inc.:  See — 

Tibbetts.  Alan  R.;  and  Tucker,  Donald  R.,  3,672,446. 
Aisin  Seiki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See — 

Murakami.  Noboru.  and  Hirozawa,  Koichiro,  3,672,243. 
Akgulian.  Sahag  C;  and  Haffner.  Donald  G..  to  Jacobsen  Manufactur- 
ing Company.  Lawn  mower  adjustable  skid  assembly.  3,672,696,  Q. 
280-15.000. 
Akin,   Alfred   A.,   Jr.,   to   Bauach   &.   Lomb   Incorporated,   mesne. 
Riflescope  with  multiple  reticles  selectively  projected  on  a  target. 
3,672.782,  a.  356-251.000. 
Akiyama,  Joseph  S.,  to  Lee,  Raymond,  Organization.  Inc.  Educational 

device.  3.672.072. CI.  35-3 I.Ob. 
Aktiengesellschaft  Brown,  Boveri  &.  Cie:  5^^ — 

RuU.  Hansrudolf;  and  Schmollinger,  Tassilo,  3,673,445. 
Aktieselskabet  Burmeister  tt  Wain's  Maskin-  OG  Skibsbyggeri:  See— 

Bendixen.  Knud  Erik.  3,672,8 1 2. 
Akuwa,  Fumio:  See — 

Wada,  Yoshiyo;  Kinjo,  Hisao;  Suzuki,  Toahi;  and  Akuwa,  Fumio, 
3,673,352. 
Aladdin  Industries  Limited:  See— 

Hebard,  Hugh  Charies,  3,672,809. 
Albert,  Fred  R.  Snowmobile  trailer.  3,672,523,  Q.  214-506.000. 
Albertson,  Robert  V.  Safety  device  for  an  internal  combustion  engine. 

3,672.344,  a.  123-I98.0db. 
Albiswerk  Zurich  AG:  See— 

Kupfer,  Hanspeter,  3,673,433. 
Albrecht,  William  L.,  to  Nalco  Chemical  Company.  Method  of  prepar- 
ing silica  sols  containing  large  particle  size  silica.  3,673,104,  CI.  252- 
313.00s. 
Albrecht,  William  L.;  Fleming,  Robert  W.;  and  Horgan.  Stephen  W..  to 
Richards-Merrell.     Inc.     Bis-basic     ethers     and     thioethers     of 
dibenzothiophene.  3.673,191,01.  260-293.570. 
Albright,  Alva  Z.,  to  Eaton  Yale  St  Towne  Canada  Limited.  Apparatus 

for  felling  trees.  3.672,41 2,  CI.  143-32.00n. 
Albright.  Jay  Donald:  See — 

Morlock,  Elizabeth  Benz;  Albright,  Jay  Donald;  and  Goldman, 
Leon,  3,673.194. 
Albright,  Jay  Donald;  and  Goldman,  Leon,  to  American  Cyanamid 
Company.    Ring-E   substituted   4-cyano-3-secoyohimbanes   and   - 
cyano-3-secoalloyohimbanes.  3,673.214,  CI.  260-326.300. 
Alcan  Research  and  Development  Limited:  See — 

Bryson,  Neil  Burton.  3.672.43 1 . 
Alessi,  Frank  A.  Device  for  measuring  the  amount  of  fluid  in  bottles. 

3.672,061.0.  33-1 69.00r. 
Alkem  Alpha-Chemie  und-Metallurgie  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Beisswenger.  Heinrich,  3,672,642. 
Allam,  James  N.;  and  Morrocco,  Joseph  J.,  ill,  to  Leesona  Corpora- 
tion. Yarn  handling.  3.672.582, CI.  242-l8.00r. 
Allan  Wood  Steel  Company:  See— 

JaMin,  Richard;  and  Leister,  Robert  G.,  3,672,S9S. 
Allegheny  Ludlum  Steel  Corporation:  See — 

Kindlimann,  Lynn  E.;  and  Greene,  Alexander  B.,  3,672,037. 
Tommaney,  Joseph  W.,  3,672,428. 
Ziemianski.  John  P.,  3,672,036. 
Allen,  Holless  W.  Arrow  rest.  3,672,347.  Q.  124-41.000. 
Allen,  John  E.  Shaft  or  stack  furnace  and  method  and  apparatus  for  lin- 
ing same.  3,672,649,  a.  263-46.000. 
Allen,  Norman  T.:  See — 

Wilson,  Fred  A.;  and  Allen,  Norman  T.,  3,672,403. 
Allen.  PhUip  H.:  See— 

Selleck,  Robert  W.;  and  Allen.  Philip  H..  3,672,594. 
Allen-Bradley  Company:  See- 
Walters,  Ronnie  G.,  3,673,5 1 2. 
Allenbaugh,  Howard  M.,   1/3  to  Najera,  Louis  Martin  and   1/3  to 
Goebel,  Charles  Russell.  Door-lock  cover  guard.  3,673,605,  O.  292- 
346.000. 


PIl 


PI  2 


USTOFPATCNTEES 


June  27. 1972 


AlUbert.  Colette: 

Booaier.  Etieaae;  Allibert,  Cotcne;  Driele.  Jean;  and  Wicker, 

Ahoa.  3.672.S72. 
Allied  Ckcakal  Corporation:  See— 
Bor,  TboBM  P..  3.673.U7. 
Dardoufat,  Kimoa  Conauatiae,  3.672,977. 
Tewksbary.  Floyd  L.,  Jr.;  aad  Denier,  Walter  R.,  3.673, 1 78. 
WiBchklhorcr,  Robert  Chartea;  Wecdon,  Gene  Qyde;  aad  CotUng- 
wood,  George  Howard,  3,673.293. 
AUiton,  Ralph  H.,  Jr.,  to  Ocoeral  Elcctiic  Company.  Thermal  twitch 

meckaainn.  3.673.332.  a.  337-102.000. 
AUuai.  Keitb  George;  aad  RoMaaoa.  Peter  John,  to  Brttiah  Petroleum 
CoBpaay  Lianhc^,  The.  DiaproportkNiatioB  catalysts.  3,673,1 14, 0. 
2S2-4S4.000. 
Ahmaaa.  Coarad,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Apparatus  for  making 
two-sided  copies  from  two  images  on  an  original.  3,672,763,  G.  333- 
24JM. 
Alwia  Maaufactufiag  Company.  Inc.:  S*e— 

Knicger,  Archie  S.;  and  Slye.  Nonnaa  J..  3,672.332. 
Alza  Corporatioa:  See— 

Zafhroai,  Alejandro,  3,673,213. 
Amaao,  Hiroshi,  to  Nippon  Gakki  Scizo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  VolUgc 
gencratiag  device  for  controlling  musical  tone  output  from  elec- 
tronic musical  instruments.  3,673.303,01.  84-1.010. 
Ambcrkar,  Surcsh  D.:  See— 

Sloan,  Donald  D.;  and  Amberkar,  Suresh  D.,  3.672,98 1 . 
Ambrose,  Jere  B.,  to  Northern  Fibre  Productt  Company.  Upholstery 

edging.  3,671.984.  CL  3-353.100. 
Amcnem  Products,  Inc.:  See— 

Damiaao,  John  Joeeph.  3,672.866. 
Esposito,  James  Edward,  3.672.863. 
Americaa  Chaia  A  Cable  Company,  Inc.:  See — 

GUmore,  William  J.,  3,672. 1 42. 
American  Cyaaamid  Company:  See— 

Albright.  Jay  Donald;  aad  GaUmaa.  Leon.  3.673.2 1 4. 
Bullock.  Milon  Walker;  aad  Hand.  John  James.  3.673.206. 
Curraa.  William  Vincent;  and  Goldman.  Leon.  3.673.1 89. 
Furman.  Fraak  Meritt.  3.673.249. 
Moriock.  Elizabeth  Beoz;  and  Goldman.  Leon.  3.673.1 77. 
Morlock.  Elizabeth  Benz;  Albright,  Jay  Donald;  and  Goldman. 

Leon.  3.673.194. 
Papaiosnnou.Christos George,  3,673,208. 
Rauch,  Fraacis  Oyde;  and  Nachtigall.  Guentcr  Willi.  3.673.250. 
Spiccr,  Larry  Dean;  and  Hand.  John  James.  3,673.203. 
Svokos.  Steve  George;  and  Aagier,  Robert  Bruce.  3.673.1 72. 
Amerola  Products  Corporation:  Sei— 

Merola.  Anthony.  3,672.67 1 . 
AMF  Incorporated:  See— 

Gasiorowski,  Roman  J..  3.672.198. 
Wickman,  Vernon  C.  3.673.359. 
AMP  Incorporated:  51m— 

Robins,  Ray  Mervyn,  3,673,299. 

Trimble,  John  Omer;  and  Demler,  Henry  William,  Sr..  3.672.383. 
Vockroth.  WiUiam  Joseph,  3,673.31 2. 
Volinskie.  Robert.  3.673.341 . 
Ziegler.  George  W.,  Jr..  3.673.S47. 
Amttel  BrouwerijN.V.:  See — 

Gravesteijn.  Elbert,  3.672.390. 
Anba  Sportmode  Vorsteher  KG:  See— 

Vorsteher,  Werner.  3,671,975. 
Anchor  Hocking  Corporation:  See — 

Tucker.  WUIiam  Henry,  3.672.5 14. 
Anderson,  Bernard  F.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company. 

Avicukural  mulch  CL  26Q/005.00a  3,673.134. 
Andeison.  Carl  L.:  See— 

Lamb,  John  T.;  aad  Anderson.  Cari  L..  3.673.464. 
Anderson.  Harry  T..  to  Swift  A  Company.  Electrolytic  removal  of 

greasy  matter  from  aqueous  wastes.  3,673,065,  CI.  204- 149.000. 
Aaderson.  James   R.,  to   Research.   Incorporated.    Snow   tire   with 

retracubic  studs.  3,672,421,0.  152-208.000. 
Anderson  Machine  Works:  See— 

Soling,  Monte  J.,  3,672,028.    ' 
Anderson,  Marvin  R.  Tooth  forming  tool.  3,672,203,  CI.  72-469.000. 
Anderson,  Noel  M.  Yard  hydrant.  3,672,392,  CI.  137-288.000. 
Andeison,  Stanley  E.:  See — 

Thics,  Charles  E.;  Thompson,  Bernard  L.;  and  Anderson,  Stanley 
E.,  3,673,287. 
Andersson.  Sven  A.,  to  Ingeniorsfirman  Nib  Weibull  AS.  Arrange- 
ments in  silos  for  storing  vault-forming  materials.  3.672.5 1 8.  Q.  2 1 4> 
17.0db. 
Aadra.  Rolf,  to  Hofliger  A.  Karg.  Process  and  apparatus  for  securing 
covering  material  in  proper  alignment  to  a  series  of  containers. 
3.672.1 1 3.  CI.  53-39.000. 
Andres,  Rudolf:  See— 

Breitschwerdt.  Werner;  Andres,  Rudolf;  aad  Busch,  Gerhard, 
3,671,994. 
Andrew,  Kenneth  F.;  Tallman,  Richard  L.;  and  Gulbransen,  Eari  A.,  to 
Westiaghouac  Electric  Corporation.  Photoflath  lamp  with  yttrium 
combustible  fiUing.  3,672,81 4,  CL  431-95.000. 
Andriesse,  George  F.  J.:  See— 

Lagerwey,  Johannes;  Ijbtra,  Hendrik  J.;  and  Andriesse,  George  F. 
J.,  3.672.472. 
Ang.  Frank  S.:  See- 
Rom,  Jacob;  and  Ang,  Frank  S.,  3,673,259. 
Aagier,  Robert  Bruce:  See— 


Svokoa,  Steve  George;  and  Angier,  Robert  Bruce,  3.673,172. 
Angiolctti,  AttiUo  E.;  and  Marocco,  Sergio  O.,  to  Industrie  PireiH 

S.p.A..|Maiie.  Paaenferconvevor.  3,672,414,0. 198-16.000. 
Anfit,  Wgttcr,  to  Meteor  AG.  wire  coiling  apparatut.  3.672.409. 0. 

140-92.200. 
Anno,  Hirotomo:  See— 

Tanaka,    Akira;    Hattori,    Tsuyoshi;    Anno,    Hirotomo;    aad 
Kawahara,  Taatuyo,  3,673,283. 
Archambault,  Jean-Paul  C;  and  Holmes,  WUIiam  S.,  to  Itek  Corpora- 
tion. Huh  contrast  photographic  media.  3,672,899,  G.  96-81.000. 
Archer,  Ralph  H.  Oil  and  grease  ataaorbing  composition  compriiing 
sphagnum  moas,  calcined  gypsum  and  perUte.  3,673,095,  Ci.  252- 
88.000. 
Archer,  Sydney;  and  Lorenz,  Roman  R.  2-(S-CyclohexyIoetyl)-l,4- 
naphthoquinone   and   proccm  for  preparation  and  process  for 
preparation  and  use  thereof.  3.673,222,  G.  260-396.00r. 
Argus  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 

Minagawa,  Motonobu;  Nakagawa,  Kenichi;  aad  Goto.  Minoru. 
3.^3.152. 
Arit.  Dieter,  and  Hoitschmidt.  Hans,  to  Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktien- 
gcsellachafl.  Procem  for  the  production  of  2-chloroalkyl-o«  cycloal- 
kyl-isocyanide  dichlorides.  3,673.254. 0.  260-566. 
Armco  Steel  Corporatioa:  See— 
Kreml.  John  F..  3.673.094. 
Schnedler,  Paul  E..  3.672.324. 
Arnold.  Richard  B..  to  General  Bectric  Company.  Coil  developing  ap- 
paratus. 3.672,027.0.  29-205.000. 
Arnold,  Richard  B.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Method  for  imert- 
ing  insalaton  aad  coil  turns  into  the  skits  of  a  magnetic  core. 
3.672.039. 0.  29-596.000. 
Arnold.  Richard  B..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Method  of  develop- 
ing coik  of  a  coil  group  for  a  magnetic  core.  3.672.040,  O.  29- 
596.000. 
Arnold.  Richard  B..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Method  and  ap- 
paratus for  inserting  coil  turns  into  the  alott  of  a  magnetic  core. 
3.672.04 1. 0.  29-596.000. 
Arnold.  Ted  A.,  to  Vacu-Blast  Corporatioa  Blast-room  for  abrasive 

Mastini system.  3.672.292. 0. 98-33.000. 
Arons.  Gilbert  N..  to  United  States  of  America.  Army.  Copotymeriza- 
tion  of  polyacrylic  acid  within  nylon  structures.  3.672.975.  CI.  117- 
118.000. 
Arsenius,  Torsten  Henry;  Gustafkson,  Anders  Christer:  and  Hallstedt, 
Karl  Goran  Aibin,  to  SKF  Industrial  Trading  and  Development  Com- 
pany N.V.  Axial  bearing.  3,672.733.  O.  308-9.000. 
Arth,  Glen  E.;  and  Rasmusson,  Gary  H..  to  Merck  &  Co..  Inc.  19-Nor- 

6,6-ethylene-20-spiroxenes.  3,673,180,0.  260-239.35r.      i 
Artos  Engineering  Company:  See—  I 

G  udmestad,  Ragnar .  3 ,67  2 .02  5 .  ! 

Arutunoff.  Armais.  and  'O'Rourke.  John  C.  to  TRW,  Inc.  Cable- 
suspended,  liner -supported  electric  pump  installation  in  well  casing. 
3.672.795.  CI.  4 1 7-424.000. 
Asahara.  Yoshiyuki;  and  Izumitani.  Tetturo.  to  Hoys  Glaat  Works, 

Limited.  Glam  for  uhrasonic  delay  Unc.  3.672.92 1 .  CI.  106-53.000. 
Asahi  Kaaei  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Seko,  Maomi;  Yomiyama.  Akira;  Miyake.  Tetsuya;  and  Iwashita. 
Hidemaro.  3,673.068. 
Asahi  Kogaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Nobusawa.  Tsukumo.  3.672.753. 
Asami.  AlMmi:  See— 

Katsayama,  Shigeo;  Asami,  Auumi;  Watanabe,  Masahiae;  Sato, 
Tsatomu;  Norimatsu,  Toshiaki;  and  Nakajima.  Eizo,  3,472,819. 
Ash.  Leoaard  P.:  See—  | 

Garran,  Joseph  A.;  and  Ash.  Leonard  P..  3.673.529.         I 
Ashdown,  Neil  ChfTord;  and  Groutsch.  Eugene  Reginald,  to  Elec- 
trolytic Zinc  Company  of  Australasia  Limited.  Furnaces.  3j672,650, 
0. 266-33.00r.  j  \^ 

Asselbom.  Peter:  See—  | 

Lcvachcr,  Friedrich;  Ditscheid.  Hans  Leo;  Burger.  Walter;  Assel- 
bom. Peter;  and  Cramer.  Werner.  3.672.196. 
Atara  Corporation:  See—  i 

Murphy,  Dedan  S.;  and  Charest.  RoUand  C.  H..  3.672.647. 
Athanas.  Terry  George,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Input  transient  protec- 
tion for  complementary  insulated  gate  field  effect  tranaistor  m- 
tegrated  circuit  device.  3.673.428. 0.  307-202.000. 
Atlantic  Richfield  Company:  See— 

Trevillyan.  Alvin  E,  3.673.154. 
Atlas  Copco  Aktiebolag:  See— 

Schoeps.  Knut  Christian.  3.672.1 85. 
Atomic  Energy  of  Canada  Limited:  5«r— 

Green.  WUIiam  R..  3.673.409. 
Aubert.  Michel:  See— 

Mrom.    Siegfried;    Groasheim.    Hans;    and    Aubert.    Michel. 
3.673.552. 
Auer.  John  H.,  Jr..  to  General  Signal  Corporation.  Apparatut  for  con- 
trolling sonic  energy  distribution.  3.672.462. G.  I8U50r. 
Automation  Industries.  Inc.:  See— 
Hatch.  Gordon  H..  3.672.21 1. 
Tobey,  Ray;  and  Lankford.  David  L..  3.673.073. 
AutomobUes  Peugeot  See— 

Fleurv.  Jean;  and  Pinot.  Jean,  3.673.072.  ^^ 

Automobiles  Peugeot;  and:  See—  -  -.._  ^ 

Froumajou.  Armand  P..  3.672.698. 
Autotrol  Corporation:  See — 

ProsMr.  David  G..  3.672.236. 
Avco  Corporation:  See— 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    3 


Martin.  John  J.  3.672.194. 

Rygelii,  Joseph;  Sweet.  Ervin  J.;  and  Doyle.  Brian  W..  3,672,162. 
Smith.  Emiie  G.;  and  Putkai,  WiUiam  L..  3,673,432. 
Thorstenton.  Rolf  A..  3.672.787. 
Wskefield.  Shirley  L..  3.673.063. 
Aves.  Donald  J.:  See— 

Seipel.   Hans  J.;  Gancarz,   Walter   F.;   and   Aves.   Donald  J.. 
3.672.379. 
Aviat.  Jack;  aad  Craft.  Jack,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Combined  tuning 
and  signal  suength  indicator  circuit  with  signal  strength  indication 
derived  from  each  IF  amplifying  stage.  3.673,499,  CI.  325-398.000. 
AviauB  Corporation:  See — 

Thompson,   Donald   F.;   Quartermus,  George   D.;  and   Quinn, 
Thomas  M,  3.672,944. 
Awazu,  Kenzo,  Mauunaga.  Kazu;  Muto,  Kattutoshi;  Kai,  Junjiro;  and 
Oi.    Kyoko,    to    Mittubishi    Denki    Kabushiki    Kaisha.    Yttrium 
orthophosphate  phosphor.  3.673.103.  CI.  252-301.101. 
Axelson,  Carl  A..  Hinvcs.  John  R.;  and  McGann.  Elton  Y.,  to  United 
Sutes  of  America,  Navy.  Pressure  actuated  acoustic  signal  source. 
3.672.300,  CI.  102-10  000. 
Ayrodcv  Proceuet  Limited:  See— 

De  Vroome.  Harry  Clarence,  3.673,097. 
Babcock  Electronics  Corporation:  See— 

Garratt.  Joseph  A.;  and  Ash.  Leonard  P.,  3,673,529. 
Bachman,  Gerald  L.:  See— 

Baker,  Joseph  W.;  and  Bachman.  Gerald  L.,  3,673.200. 
Badding,  Leonard  J.,  to  Veda,  Inc.  Silo  elevator.  3,672,471,  O.  187- 

27.000. 
Badische  AniUn-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Akticngeselischaft:  See—      v 
Beck.  FriU;  and  Csizi,  Gotthard,  3.672.990. 
Bock.  Custav,  3.673,220. 
Bronstert.  Klaus;  Ladenbcrger,  Volker;  and  Fahrbach,  Gerhard. 

3,673.281. 
Dehnert,  Johannes,  3,672.816. 
Gnad.  Gerhard.  3.673.1 70. 
Petersen,  Harro,  3,673,248. 
Trieschmann,  Hans-Georg;  Unterstenhoefer,  Leo;  and  Berbner, 

Heinz,  3.673.141 
Vollrsth,  Robert;  Nuerrenbach,  Axel;  and  Adolphi,  Heinrich, 

3,673.215. 
Widder.  Rudi;  Distler.  Harry;  and  Fuchs.  Friedrich.  3.672.978. 
Winterfeldt.  Ekkehard.  3.673.21 1. 
Baer.    Massimo,    to    Monsanto    Company.    Core-shell    vinyl    halide 
polymers  having  a  long-chain  vinyl  ether  containing  shell.  3.673,282. 
CI  260-884.000 
Baier,  Franz;  and  Schmitz,  Rudolf.  Method  and  apparatus  for  making 

lead  strip.  3.673.045.  CI.  156-436.000.  / 

Bailey.  Cari  W.  Ill:  Srr- 

Falkehag.  Sten  I.;  Moorer.  Howard  H.;  Prazak.  Gerald;  and  Bailey. 

Cari  W.  III.  3.672.8 1 7. 

Bair.  Thomas  I.;  and  Morgan,  Paul  W..  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.. 

and  Company.  Optically  anisotropic  spinning  dopes  of  polycarbona- 

mides.  3.673,143,  CI.  260-30.200. 

Baird,    Lincoln    F.    Fluid    pressure    clamp   for   prosthetic    appliance. 

3.671.980.  CI.  3-20  000. 
Bajusz,  Harold  F..  to  Accutec.  Inc.  Twist-action  retracting  mechanism 

for  use  in  writing  instrumentt.  3,672,783,0.401-1 16.000. 
Baker,  Allister  L.,  to  Keuffel  &  Esser  Company.  Portable  drafting 

device.  3.672,062.  CI.  33-100.000. 
Baker.  Joseph  W.;  and  Bachman.  Gerald  L..  to  Monsanto  Company. 
3(  2-sec-Butyl-4.6-dinitrophenoxy )- 1 ,2-benzisothiazole- 1 , 1  -dioxide. 
3.673.200.  CI.  260-301.000. 
Baker  Perkins  Inc.:  See— 

Miler,  Richard  W..  3.673.298 
Baldwin.  Philip  C,  to  Burton  Electrochemical  Co.,  Inc.  Bath  for  elec- 
trolytic deposition  of  magnetic  films.  3.672.968.  CI.  204-43.000. 
Baldwin  Tool,  Inc.:  See— 

Keller.  James  R  .  3.672.624. 
Baltazzi,  Evan  S.;  Blanchette.  Robert  G.;  and  Minnis,  Ralph  L..  to  Ad- 
dressograph-Multigraph  Corporation.  Acrylatc  lerpolyroer  resin  bin- 
ders for  photoelectrostatic  members.  3.672,889,0.  96-1.800. 
Balven.  Martin  H.,  to  Emerson  Electric  Co.  Receptacle.  3,672,53 1 , 0. 

220-4.00r. 
Ba^tbenek.  Joseph  B.,  to  Peerless  Chain  Company.  Keeper  for  peg- 
board  hardware.  3,672,621,0.  248-223.000. 
Ban,  Ittuki.  Tape  player  for  playing  plurality  of  magnetic  tape  car- 
tridges. 3,672,683,0.  274-4.00f. 
Ban,  Ittuki.  Programmed  track  selecting  apparatus.  3,672,686,  CI.  274- 

4.00a. 
Ban,  Ittuki.  Sound  control  apparatus  for  a  magnetic  Upe  player  for 
cutting  off  aound  from  the  speaker  during  fast  feed.  3,673,345,  CI. 
179-100.20S. 
Bando  Kiko  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Bando.  Sigeru.  3.672.734. 
Bando.  Sigeru,  to  Bando  Kiko  Co.,  Ltd.  Bearing  adaptor.  3,672,734, 

O.  308-26.000. 
Bandyopadhyay.  Pratip,  to  Cities  Service  Oil  Company.  Method  for  in 

situ  combustion  ignition.  3,672,450,0.  166-260.000. 
Banks,  WUIiam  P.:  See— 

Harwood.  William  H.;  and  Banks.  WUIiam  P..  3.673.067. 
BanU.  Walter  J.:  See— 

Cressman.  RusseU  N.;  BanU.  Walter  J.;  and  Nusbickel.  Edward 

M..  Jr..  3.672.210. 
Barber.  Wayland  F.  Expandable  collar  clasp.  3.672.005. 0.  24-8 1. OOd. 


Barber,  Wayne,  to  Microwave  Development  Laboratories.  Inc.  Method 

of  making  waveguide  bend.  3.672.202. 0.  72-369. 
Barber-Colman  Company:  5m— 

Horton.  Alfred  A..  3,673.479. 
Barbers.  Anthony  J.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  National  Aeronau- 
tics and  Space  Adminisuation.  Use  of  uniUuminated  solar  cells  as 
shunt  diodes  for  a  solar  array.  3,672,999. 0.  1 36-89.000. 
Barbier,  Jean-Pierre;  and  Feugnet,  Jean-Pierre,  to  Bridel,  Laiteries  E. 
Installation  for  production  of  toft  and  wathed-curd  cheetet. 
3,672,056.0.31-49.000. 
Barbul,  Marius-Aurel:  See — 

Georgescu.    Eugenia;   Cheja,   Ion;    Bugur,    Victor,   Zima,   Ion; 
Mazare,  Theodora;  Popescu.  Elena-Lygia;  Oiteanu.  Bujor;  Mar- 
culescu,  Nicolae;  Filotti,  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul,  Mariut-Aurel; 
and  Calin,  Ion,  3.673,109. 
Barfield,  C.  Verne:  See— 

Crovella.  Edward  A.;  and  Barfield.  C.  Verne.  3.672.353. 
Barg.  Dora  A.  Paint  cases,  palette,  and  conveyor.  3.672.742.  O.  312- 

232.000. 
Bambrook.  Thomas  George;  and  Wren,  Frederick  James,  to  Timken 
Company,  The.  Method  of  adjusting  rolling  bearings.  3,672,019, 0. 
29- 148.40a. 
Barr,  John  E.,  to  International  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Corporation. 

Connector  clip  removal  tool.  3,672,024.  CI.  29-203.OOh. 
Barrera,  Roberto  Gonzalez:  See— 

Rubio,  Manuel  Jesus,  3,672,912. 
Barrett  Haentjens  &.  Co.:  See— 

Werner,  Roy  H.  3,672,5 12. 
Barrett,  Robert  W.;  and  Preese,  Pat  S.,  to  Current  Industries,  Incor- 
porated. Intruder  detector.  3,673,589,0.  340-258.00d. 
Barsh.  Max  K.;  and  Edwards.  James  N..  to  Aerojet-General  Corpora- 
tion. Vehicle  alerting  systom.  3.673.560. 0.  340-33. 
Bartok.  Stephen:  See— 

Dubreuil.  Philip  B.;  Bartok.  Stephen;  and  Crawford.  WiUiam  R.. 

3.672.408. 

Bartok,  Stephen;  Kamenir,  Melvin;  and  Begoss,  Andrew  J.,  to  Litton 

Business  Systems,  Inc.  Magnetic  transducer  armature.  3.673.350. 0. 

179-100.20C. 

Baruch.  John  J.  Liquid  level  indicator  having  an  adjusuble  floaL 

3.673.587. 0.  340-244.00a. 
Basche.  Lorraine  A.  Face  lifting  band.  3.672.362. 0.  1 28-76.00b. 
Bastikar,    Arvid    Ramkrishnarao.    to    Northern    Electric    Company 
Limited.    Microwave    balanced    external    cavity    rejection    filter. 
3.673.522. 0.333-73.00W. 
Bates.  Marcus  L.  Method  of  feeding  and  watering  animals.  3.672.333, 

CI.  119-51.500. 
Battellc  Development  Corporation.  The:  See— 
Hinshaw.  John  W.,  3.672,201 . 
Mitchell,  Robert  K.,  3,672.796. 

Sagmuller,  Joseph  R.;  and  Hunter,  Richard  I..  3.672,882. 
Bauer.  George  T.,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Illumination  control  system. 

3.672,759,0.355-3.000. 
Bauer,  James  J.;  Werner.  James  L.;  and  Erickson,  Leiand  E.  Quick  at- 
tachment device.  3,672,521,0.  214-145.000. 
Bauer,  Rudolf;  Jacob,  Herbert;  and  Braun,  Werner,  to  Wacker-Chemie 
G.m.b.H.     Packaging    epitaxially    coated    semiconductor    disks. 
3,672,495,0.  206-65.00f. 
Baukhage,  Ernest  Peter.  Safety  tumuble  for  a  ski  binding.  3,672,695. 

CI.  280-1 1.35k. 
Baum,    Werner,    to    Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm    Gesellschafl    mit 
beschrankter  Haftung.  Method  of  feeding  liquid  prspellantt  to  gas 
generators  or  rocket  combustion  chambers  and  feeding  system  for 
performing  the  method.  3.672,165, 0.  60-39.480. 

Bausch  A  Lomb  Incorporated:  See— 

Sheld.  Clarence  A.,  3.673,055. 
Bausch  A  Lomb  Incorporated,  mesne:  See- 
Akin.  Alfred  A.,  Jr.,  3.672.782. 
Baxter  Laboratories,  Inc.:  See— 

Schlutz,  Charies  A.;  and  Bellamy,  David,  Jr.,  3.672,564. 
Baxter,  Larry  K.,  to  Shintron  Company,  Inc.  FacsimUe  transmission 

system.  3.673,322,0.  178-6.000. 
Baycura,    Orestes    M.    Magnetic    square    wave    vohage    generator. 

3,673,491.0.323-48.000. 
Beam,  Norman  A.:  See — 

Murphy,  Willard;  and  Beam,  Norman  A.,  3,672.080. 
Beanston,  Robert  A.:  See— 

Stefansson.  Rafn;  and  Beanston,  Robert  A.,  3,673,602. 
Beaumont.  Alan.  Tape  cartridge  including  direct  viewing  of  cue  in- 
dicia. 3.672.604,0.  242-199.000. 
Bechtel  International  Corporation:  See— 

Stephansen.  Erik  W.,  3.672.066. 
Beck.  Fritz;  and  Csizi,  Gotthard.  to  Badische  AnUin-  A  Soda-Fabrik 
Akticngeselischaft.  Production  of  elecuodes.  3.672.990.  O.  117- 
230.000. 
Beck.  Jacob  C.  to  Safety  Devices.  Inc.  Safety  apparatus.  3.672.466. 0. 

182-3.000. 
Becker.  Ernst;  and  Nou.  Karl.  Apparatus  for  joint  contrd  of  a  clutch 

and  electrical  switches.  3,672.316. 0.  I  l2-219.00a. 
Becker,  PhUlip  D..  to  Buell  Industries.  Incorporated.  High  tolerance 

hole-plug  for  sheet  metal.  3.672.532. 0.  220-25.000. 
Beerii.  George:  See — 

Ackerman.  Joseph  Francis;  Weisfeld.  Joseph;  Savageau.  Robert 
George;  and  Beerii,  George.  3.673,140. 
Beges  AG:  See— 


800  GO. — 60 


PI  4 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


L 


June  27. 1972 


Cetchka,  Hugo  Werner;  Oberhoff,  Wolfgang;  and  Korb,  Klaus, 
3.672.188. 
Bcgon,  Andrew  J.:  See— 

Bartok,   Stephen:   Kamenir.    Melvin;   and    Begott.   Andrew   J., 
3.673.350. 
Behr,  Erich,  to  Dynamit  Nobel  AG.  Thennoatable  polyestere  and 

proceu  of  producing  same.  3.673. 1  S3,  CI.  260-47.00c. 
Beisswengcr,    Heinrich.    to    Alkem    AJpha-Chemie    und-Metallurgie 
G.m.b.H.  Mixing  apparatus  for  powdered  nuclear  fuel.  3.672.642. 
CI.  259-50.000. 
Belden  Corporation:  5«e— 

Cornish.  Rodney  H.;  SUulcup.  James  T.;  and  Chaney,  Richard  M., 

3.672.426. 
Lasley,  James  A.,  3,673,3 IS. 
Bell  &.  Howell  Company:  See— 

Stefansson,  Rafn;  and  Beanston,  Robert  A..  3,673,602. 
Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated:  See— 
Clark,  James  E.,  3,672,034. 

Coleman,  Donald  James,  Jr.;  and  Sze,  Simon  Min,  3,673,SI4. 
Corby,  William  Joseph;  Garbarini,  Victor  Charles;  and  White 

Malcolm  Lunt.  3.673.099. 
Joel.  Amos  Edward.  Jr..  3.673.33S. 
Kom.  Franklin  Adam,  3.673,339. 

La  Marche.  Robert  Ernest;  and  May.  Carl  Jerome.  Jr..  3.673,355. 
Lowry,  Terrell  Nicholson,  3,673.524. 
Molchan.  Andrew  John.  3.673,357. 
Van  Dine.  Gilbert  August.  3,673.5 1 9. 
Bell,  WUIiam  Roland.  Method  for  extracting  honey.  3,671.985,  CI  6- 

12.00a. 
Bellamy,  David,  Jr.:  See— 

Schlutz,  Charles  A.;  and  Bellamy,  David.  Jr.,  3,672,564. 
Bellis,  Harold  Edward,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours.  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Plating  on  aluminum,  magnesium  or  zinc.   3,672,964    CI    204- 
33.000. 
BembergS.p.A.:  5m—  « 

Callieri.    Michele;    Faraci,    Giorgio;    and    Paracchini,    Mario 
3,672.147. 
Ben  Daniel,  David  J.;  Fielding.  John  O.;  and  Hurwitz,  Henry,  Jr.,  to 
General  Electric  Company.  Audio  reproducing  apparatus  for  ran- 
dom access  playback  systems.  3,672.687,  CI.  274-9.0ra. 
Bendix  Corporation.  The:  See— 

Mayer,  Endre  A.;  and  Teitelbaum.  Bernard  R.,  3,672,474. 
Moorman.  Charles  J.;  and  Reuter,  Fred  A.,  3,673.405. 
Bcndixen,  Knud  Erik,  to  Aktieselskabet  Burmeister  &  Wain's  Maskin- 
CXJ  Skibsbyggeri.  Fuel  burner  unit  for  mounting  in  a  common  air 
box.  3,672,8 12,  CI.  431-89.000. 
Benedetti,  Franco:  See— 

Prijn,  Cornelis;and  Benedetti,  Franco,  3,673,453. 
Bennett,    Charles    H.,   to    Koehring   Company.    Die    castins    mold 

3,672.437,  CI.  164-265.000. 
Bense,  William  M.,  to  Leesona  Corporation.  Strand  control  aoDaratus 

3,672.588,  CI.  242-45.000. 
Benson,  Gustav  E.;  and  Pisani,  James  M.,  to  Owens-Corning  Fiberglas 
Corporation.  Sewn  tire  cord  splice  and  method.  3,672,148  CI   57- 
159.000. 

Benson.  Royal  H.,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Liquid  scintillator  composi- 
tions for  gamma-ray  counting.  3.673.100.  CL  252-301. 30r 
Bentsen.  Louis  J.:  See— 

Smead.  Robert  G.;  and  Bentsen.  Louis  J..  3.672.569. 
Berbner,  Heinz:  See— 

Trieschmann,  Hans-Georg;  Unterstenhoefer,  Leo;  and  Berbner 
Heinz.  3.673,141. 

Betens,  Alfred  S.,  to  Federal-Mogul  Corporation.  Bidirectional 
Hydrodynamic  shaft  seal.  3,672,690,  CI.  277- 1 34.000. 

Berg,  Peter;  and  Linder,  Bertil  C,  to  Cartridge  Television,  Inc.,  mesne. 
Rotary  head  assembly  for  tape  transport  with  amplifier  carried  bv  the 
rotor.  3.673.349.  CI.  179-1 00.20t. 

Berg.  Robert  H.  Method  of  mounting  disks  in  glass  walls  heat  working 
only  once.  3.672.858.  CI.  65-43.000. 

Berger.  Abe:  See— 

Holub.  Fred  F.;  Berger.  Abe;  and  Selin.  Terry  G..  3.673.1 55. 

Berger.  Leonard;  Fitzpatrick.  WUIiam  E.;  McOinley.  James  H.;  Pfund, 
Adolf;  and  Schwartzberg.  Ira  G..  to  International  Playtex  Corpora- 
tion. Bag  holder  and  expander  unit.  3.672.122.  CI.  53-384.000. 

Bergeron.  Gaetan  G.  Service  visual  indicator  and  movable  currency 
drawer.  3.672.08 1 .  CI.  40-70.000. 

Bergey.  John  M.;  and  Walton.  Richard  S..  to  Hamilton  Watch  Com- 
pany. Solid  sute  watch.  3.672. 1 55.  CI.  58-50.00r. 

Berglund.  Neil  C;  King,  Robert  W.;  and  Swearingen.  Kent  W.,  to  Inter- 
national Business  Machines  Corporation.  Printing  control  device  in 
high  speed  chain  printer  with  hammers  movable  to  plural  orint  ooai- 
tions.  3.672,297. CI.  101-93.00C.  h       i~~ 

Bergqvist,  Claes  Bertil:  See— 

Carlen.  Jan-Christer  Henric  Ovesson;  and  Bergqvist.  Claes  Bertil 
3.672.877. 
Bcringer,  Monique:  See— 

Buchmann,  Paul;  and  Beringer.  Monique,  3,672,509. 
Berkeley  Steel  Construction  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

White.  Jessie  N.;  and  Roscby.  Bernard.  3.672.790. 
Berler.  Robert  M..  to  Pitney  Bowes-Alpex.  Inc.  Hand  held  photo-opti- 
cal reader  for  printed  documents.  3.673.4 1 6.  CI.  250-2 1 9.0dc. 
Bernstein.    Arthur.    Ice    bank    heat   exchanger.    3.672.183.   CI.    62- 
1 39.000. 


Berry.  Robert  E.;  Biasett.  Owen  W.;  Wagner.  Charles  J.  Jr.;  and  Patter- 
son. Eldridge  P..  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Agriculture.  Method 
ofdensifyingfoodproducu.  3,672,909,  CI.  99-1.000. 

Berry,  William  R.;  Drews,  Reinhold  A.;  and  Grau,  Julius  J.,  to  Whirl- 
pool Corporation.  Lockout  for  poruble  appliance  with  caster  jack 
mechanism.  3,673,592,  CI.  340-283.000. 

Bertolet,  Doris  Y.  Prolonged  bed  care  frame.  3,67 1 ,983,  CI.  S-82.000. 

Bethlehem  Steel  Corporation:  See— 


Edward 


and 


dwi 


Cressman.  Russell  N.;  Bantz,  Walter  J.;  and  Nusbickel. 

M,  Jr.,  3,672,210. 
Hoffman,  John  P.;  and  Booth,  Robert  C.  3,673,493. 
Stelts,  Philip  D.;  and  Kern.  David  W.,  3,672,222. 
Bialous,  Charles,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Fluorinated  p^yolcfin 
modified  flame  retardant  polycarbonate  composition.  3,673.278  C\ 
260-873.000.  I 

Bickel.  Fay  D.:5ev—  I 

McConnell,  Alexander;  and  Bickel,  Fay  D.,  3,672,389.       f 
Bickert.  Herbert  W..  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Navy,  mesn«.  Power 

recovery  circuit.  3,673.5 1 1 ,  G.  330-44.000. 
Biechl,  Jo«f;  and  Konrath,  Karl,  to  Bosch,  Robert,  G.m.b.H.  Centrifu- 
gal   regulator    system    for    fuel-injection    combustion    engines. 
3,672,343,0.  123-I40.0mc. 
Biegler,  Hanns:  See— 

Kallrath,  Gottfried;  Knorre,  Helmut;  Meyer-Simon,  Euflen    and 
Biegler,  Hanns,  3,672,937. 
Bienert.  Walter  B.;  Levedahl,  William  J.;  and  Streb.  Alan  J.,  to 
Teledyne.  Inc.,  mesne    Thermal  control  and  power  flattening  for 
radioisotopic  thermodynamic  power  system.   3,672,443    CI    165- 
32.000. 
Biggs,  Paul  G..  to  Western  Geophysical  Company  of  America.  Two- 
level  depth  conuollers  for  seismic  streamer  cables.  3,673,156,  C\ 
340-7.000.  T 

Billarant.  Patrick   Flexible  bands  fitted  with  hooks  for  the  fabrication 

ofseparable  fastening  devices.  3,673,301,  CI.  264-163.000 
Binsack,  Rudolf:  See— 

Tacke.  Peter;  Binsack,  Rudolf;  and  Weissel,  Oskar.  3,673  1123 
Bissett,  Owen  W.:  See— 

Berry.  Robert  E.;  Biasen,  Owen  W.;  Wagner,  Charles  J.,  IPr. 
Patterson.  Eldridge  P.,  3.672.909. 
Black  and  Decker  Manufacturing  Company,  The:  See— 

Duran,  Raymond  J.;  and  Musch,  Gordon  F.,  3,672,1 39. 
Blackmer,  David  E.:  See— 

Rosse.  Thomas  A.;  and  Blackmer,  David  E.,  3.672.843. 
Blackstone  Corporation:  See— 

Hale,  Everett  W.;  Hawkinson,  Paul  H.;  and  Robbeloth.  Edward  T 
3,672.653. 
Blackwell,  John  Francis:  See— 

Tomica,  Alojzy;  and  Blackwell,  John  Francis.  3,672. 1 4 1 . 
Blackwell,  Lyman  L..  to  Sutitrol  Corporation.  Resistance  cottrolled 

timed  pulse  generator.  3,673,586,  CI.  340-237.00s. 
Blake,  Carl  B  ;  and  Tung,  George  K.  L..  to  Frye  Industries.  Inc..  mesne. 

Printing  ink.  3,673,1  35.  CI.  260- 1 7.00a. 
Blakeslee.  A.  Eugene;  Foster.  Luther  M.;  and  Plaskett.  Thomas  S..  to 
United  Sutes  of  America.  Army.  Method  of  eliminating  copper  con- 
tamination. 3.673.064.  CI.  204-147.000. 
Blakey.  Roy.  to  Giriing  Limited.  Vehicle  braking  systems.  3.fti2  729 
CI.  303-9.000  r*-        • 

Blanc  de  la  Naulte.  Philippe;  and  Ginhoux,  Roland,  to  Comptoir  Eu- 
ropeen  de  Distribution  et  de  Representation.  Method  for  manufac- 
tunng  articles  made  of  flexible  plastic.  3,673,030,  CI.  156-193  000 
Blanchette,  Robert  G.:  S<'e— 

Baltaza,  Evan  S.;  Blanchette,  Robert  G.;  and  Minnis.  Rttvh  L 
3,672,889.  r 

Bland,  Peter  Douglas:  See—  i 

Brian,  Robert  Coles;  and  Bland,  Peter  Douglas,  3,673,087.  I 
Blank,  Wilbur  L.  Trailing  wheel  structure  for  vehicle-drawn  imple- 
ment. 3.672,701,0.  280-414.500. 
Blatt.  Leiand  Francis;  and  Wiesenhofer.  Frank  H.  Gas  exhaust  silencer 

3.672.463.  O.  181-50.000.  T 

Bleh.  Otto:  See—  I 

Dijkhueen.  Willem;  Termin,  Erich;  Bleh,  Otto;  and  Morgeltitem 
Dieter,  3,673,159. 
Bliley,  Ward  L..  to  International  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Corpora- 
tion. Fully  insulated  quick  disconnect.  3,673,549,0.  339-220.00r. 
Blixrud,  John  O.;  Knigge,  Wayne  I.;  Rustad.  Stanley  C;  and  Tsuchiya. 
Takuzo.  to  General   Mills.  Inc.   Apparatus  for  treating  gfanular 
material.  3.672.294. 0.  99-237.00r. 
Block.  Jacob:  See—  ^ 

McKenney.  Robert  Lee.  Jr.;  and  Block.  Jacob.  3.673.101. 
Bloemer.  John  W.,  to  Eaton  Yale&  Towne.  Inc.  Automatic  precharae 

adjuster.  3.672.402. 0.  1 38-3 1 .000. 
BIy.  Ray  E..  to  Coors.  Adolph.  Company.  Plastic  closure  for  con- 
tainers. 3.672,527,  CI.  215-41 .000. 
Bock.  Gustav,  to  Badische  Anilin-  &  Soda-Fabrik  AktiengesellKhaft. 

Manufacture  of  pyranthrones.  3,673.220,  CI.  260-360.000. 
Bodenseewerk  Perkin-Elmer  &  Co.  GmbH:  See— 

Frank,  Peter;  Jentzsch.  Dietrich;  and  Kurger,  Helmut,  3,672,227. 
Bodine,  Albert  G.  Elastomeric  piston.  3,672,643,0.  259-72.000|. 
Boecker,  Alfons  Bernhard:  See—  l 

Von  Der  Eltz,  Hans-Ulrich;  Jeths,  Johannes;  and  Boecker,  Alfons 
Bernhard,  3,672,815.  | 

Boehringer  Ingelheim  G.m.b.H.:  See — 

Schronun,  Kurt;  Mentrup,  Anton;  Zeile,  Karl;  Renth,  Ernst-Otto; 
Engelhardt,  Albrecht;  and  Traunecker,  Werner,  3,673.1 8f. 


June  27, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    5 


Boixen.  Heinz:  See- 
Junk,  Dieter;  Schlunke.  Jurgen;  and  Boixen.  Heinz.  3.672,01 8. 
Bojic.  Milan;  and  Jorre.  Daniel,  to  Institut  de  Recherches  de  la  Siderur- 
gie  Francaisc.  Apparatus  for  spectral  analysis  of  molten  subeunces. 
3,672,774.0.356-86.000. 
Boling,  Monte  J.,  to  Anderson  Machine  Works.  Dip  tube  guide  ar- 
rangement. 3,672,028.0.  29-208.00b. 
Bomba.  Georg  A..  1/2  to  Walker.  Fred  J.  Exhaust  feedback  and  control 
system  for  internal  combustion  engines.  3.672.340. 0.  123-1 19.00a. 
Bonnier.  Etienne;  AUibert.  Colette;  Driole.  Jean;  and  Wicker.  Alain,  to 
Agence  Nationale  de  Valorisation  de  la  Recherche.  Method  of 
separation  of  a  substance  in  a  solid  or  liquid  phase  from  a  matrix  in 
the  liquid  phase.  3.672,872.  CI.  75-63.000. 
Booth,  Dwight  Allan,  to  Omark  Air  Controls,  Inc.,  mesne.  Holder  for 

dental  handpiece.  3,672.059.  CI.  32-22.000. 
Booth.  Robert  C:  See- 
Hoffman.  John  P.;  and  Booth.  Robert  C,  3,673,493. 
Bor,  Thomas  P.,  to  Allied  Chemical  Corporation.  Method  of  preparing 

delustered  filamentt  and  fibers.  3,673,147,0.  260-37.00n. 
Borden,  Inc.:  See— 

Erekson,  Arthur  B,  3,673,019. 
Borowski,  Richard:  See- 
Neumann,  Edward  W.;  and  Borowski,  Richard,  3,672.942. 
Borrevang,  Poul;  and  Faarup,  Peter,  to  Novo  Terapeutisk  Laboratori- 
um  A/S.  Steroid  compounds  of  the  estrane,  androstane,  pregnane 
and  1 9-norpregnane  series  and  the  preparation  thereof.  3,673,224, 
O.  260-397.400. 
Bosch,  Robert,  G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Biechl,  Josef;  and  Konrath,  Karl,  3,672,343. 
Kammerer,  Heinz,  3,673,564. 
Kock,  Klaus,  3,673,292. 
Bosse,  Frank,  to  Windmoller  &  Holscher.  Carrying  bag  of  plastics 

material  sheeting.  3,672,562,0.  229-54.00c. 
Boucher.  Raymond  Marcel  Gut,  to  Wave  Energy  Systems,  Inc.  Method 

of  sterilizing  liquids.  3,672,823,0.  21-54.00r. 
Bouligny,  R.  H.,  Inc.:  See- 
Pierce,  John  H,  3,672,587. 
Bowden,  Roy  Dennis,  to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries,  Limited.  Manu- 
facture of  bipyridyU.  3.673,199.0.  260-296.00d. 
Bowen.  Elba  W..  to  Metals  Engineering  Corporation.  Quick  release 

holder.  3.672.6 1 9.  CI.  248-1 13.000. 
Brack.      Alfred,      to      Farbenfabriken      Bayer      Aktiengescllschaft. 

Naphtholactam-(  1 .8 )  basic  dyestuffs.  3.673. 1 82.  CI.  260-242.000. 
Braden.  Rudolf:  See— 

Rinkler.    Heinrich;    Braden,    Rudolf;    and    Nischk,    Gunther, 
3,673,242. 
Bradley,  John  J.:  See- 
Small,  Rudolph  E.;  Bradley,  John  J.;  Sanders,  Charles  J.;  and 
Slawny,  Howard  J.,  3.673,052. 
Brandt,  Jack  P.,  to  Uniroyal,  Inc.  Dry  cleanable  vinyl  type  artificial 

leather  3,673,059,0.  161-88.000. 
Brandt,  Siegfried:  See— 

Schmitt,  Karl;  Gude,  Fritz;  and  Brandt,  Siegfried.  3.673.273. 
Schmitt.  Karl;  Guda.  Fritz;  and  Brandt.  Siegfried.  3.673.277. 
Braun  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Muller.  Kari.  3.673.342. 
Braun.  Werner:  See- 
Bauer.  Rudolf;  Jacob.  Herbert;  and  Braun.  Werner.  3.672.495. 
Braverman.  Maynard.  mesne:  See- 
Fisher.  William  J..  3.672.01 5. 
Brawn.  John  M..  to  United  States  of  America.  Navy.  Temperature 

sensing  squib  firing  device.  3.672.303.  CI.  l02-70.20r. 
Brechbuhler.  Hans  IJIrich;  and  Gubler.  Kurt,  to  Ciba-Ceigy  Corpora- 
tion.    Basically     substituted      I -cyano-O-carbamoyl-formoximes. 
3,673,236,0.260-465.400. 
Bredzs,  Nikolajs;  and  Miller,  Forbes  M.,  to  Wall  Colmonoy  Corpora- 
tion. Coating  on  meul  base.  3.672.849,0.  29-195.000. 
Breitschwerdt,    Werner;    Andres,    Rudolf;    and    Busch,   Gerhard,   to 
Daimler-Benz  Aktiengesellschaft.  Installation  for  cleaning  the  cover 
panes  of  motor  vehicle  headlighu.  3,671,994,0.  15-250.360. 
Brennan,  John  F.,  to  Universal  Oil  Products  Company.  Closure  for  high 

pressure  chamber.  3.672,534,0.  220-46.00p. 
Brennen.  Ronald  F.  Sparkplug.  3.673,452,0.  313-141.000. 
Breslow,  Leon.  Article  hanging  apparatus.  3,672,622, 0.  248-224.000. 
Brevick,  Arnold  Aage,  to  Bunker-Ramo  Corporation,  The.  Magnetic 
switches  and  method  and  apparatus  for  making  same.  3,673,526,  O. 
335-205.000. 
Brian,  Robert  Coles;  and  Bland.  Peter  Douglas,  to  Imperial  Chemical 
Industries  Limited.  Plant  treatment  composition  comprising  a  plant 
treatment   chemical,   a   wetting    agent   and   an   aliphatic   alcohol. 
3.673.087.  CI.  252-1.000. 
Bridel.  Laiteries  E.:  See— 

Barbier,  Jean-Pierre;  and  Feugnet.  Jean-Pierre.  3,672.056. 
Bridenstine,  Orville  J.;  Shutt,  Melvin  S.;  and  Brookshire.  Harry  A.,  to 
Phillips  Petroleum  Company.  Tray  collar  and  tray-coUar  combina- 
tions. 3.672,530.  CI.  220-4.00r. 
Bridgestone  Tire  Company  Limited:  See — 

Iwami.  Ichiro;  Honda,  Toshio;  and  Fukuura,  Yukio,  3,673,022. 
Bright,  Charles  R.  Glass  lens  edging  apparatus.  3,672,855,  CI.  31- 

lOI.OIg. 
Brill.  Frank  D.:  See- 

Schwertfeger,  Owen  J.;  and  Brill,  Frank  D.,  3.672.479. 
Brion.  Kenneth  J.:  See — 

Cramp.  Allen  R.;  and  Brion.  Kenneth  J.,  3.672,207. 
British  Aircraft  Corporation  Limited:  See— 


Walley,  Gerald  D.,  3,672,606. 
British  Hovercraft  Corporation  Limited:  See- 
Riddle,  Lavis  Albert  Henry;  and  Craig.  Thomas.  3.672.461. 
British  Iron  and  Steel  Research  Association:  See— 

Widdowson,  Roy;  and  Speceley,  Gene  Donald,  3,672,432. 
British  Iron  and  Steel  Research  Association,  The:  See— 

Rhydderch.  Malvern  John.  3.672.870. 
British  Petroleum  Company  Limited.  The:  See— 

Allum.  Keith  George;  and  Robinson.  Peter  John.  3.673.1 14. 
Britton.  Ralph  H..  Jr.,  to  Hufhagel.  Fred  M.  Pube  drive  circuit  for  coils 

ofdental  impact  tools  and  the  like.  3.673.475.0.  318-122.000. 
Broadway.  Alexander  Richard  William;  Fong.  William;  and  Rawcltffe, 
Gordon  Hindle.  to  National  Research  Development  Corporation. 
Pole-changing,   three-phase  ahemating  current  induction  motor. 
with  single-layer  stator  winding.  3.673.477, 0.  31 8-224.00r. 
Brock,  John  L.,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Reciprocating  carriage  for  elec- 

trographic  printing  3,673,603,0.  346-139.000. 
Brody,  Charles;  and  Brody,  Rhoda  Sharon.  Dog  toilet.  3.672.331,  O. 

119-1.000. 
Brody,  Rhoda  Sharon:  See— 

Brody,  Charles;  and  Brody,  Rhoda  Sharon,  3,672,33 1 . 
Bronstein,  Harry.  Steering  indicator.  3,673,561,0.  340-52.00r. 
Bronstert,  Klaus;  Ladenberger,  Volker;  and  Fahrbach,  Gerhard,  to 
Badische    Anilin-    &,    Soda-Fabrik    Aktiengesellschaft.    Catalytic 
hydrogenation  of  polymers  containing  double  bonds.  3,673.281,  CL 
260-880.00b. 
Brookdeal  Electronics  Limited:  See — 

Faulkner,  Eric  Andrew.  3.673.506. 
Brooker.  Leslie  G.  S.;  and  Fumia.  Arthur.  Jr..  to  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. Silver  halide  emulsions  sensitized  with  methine  dyes  contain- 
ing a  cyclopenUnone  nucleus.  3.672.906,0.  96-142.000. 
Brooks.  Robert  E.,  to  TRW  Inc.  Holographic  real-time  interferometry 

with  a  reconstructed  reference  beam.  3.672.776. 0.  356-106.000. 
Brookshire,  Harry  A.:  See— 

Bridenstine.  Orville  J.;  Shutt.  Melvin  S.;  and  Brookshire.  Harry  A.. 

3.672.530. 

Brouilliard.  Robert  E.;  Coughlin.  Leonard  J.;  and  Winfrey,  Vernon  L.. 

to  Penick  &  Fred  Limited.  Benzyl  starch  emubion  coating  composi- 

Uons.  3.672.922. 0.  106-21 1.000. 

Brown.     Alexander    M..    to    Sherwood    Medical    Industries.    Inc. 

Hypodermic  syringe.  3,672,369,0.  128-218.00p. 
Brown,  Howard  W.:  See- 
Clark,  Thomas  J.;  and  Brown,  Howard  W.,  3.673.05 1 . 
Brown.  Kenneth  M..  to  Universal  Oil  Products  Company.  Treatment  of 
an  aqueous  stream  containing  water-soluble  inorganic  sulfide  com- 
pounds. 3.672.836,0.  23-224.000. 
Brown.  Mortimer,  to  Ram  Partitions  Limited.  Movable  partition  wall. 

3.672.424. 0.  160-40.000. 
Brown.  Robinson  W.:  See — 

Geriach.  Charles  R.;  and  Brown.  Robinson  W..  3,672,797. 
Brown.  Stirling  Robert:  See — 

Murhpy.  James  A.;  and  Brown.  Stirling  Robert.  3.672,950. 
Murphy,  James  A.;  and  Brown,  Stirling  Robert,  3,673,060. 
Brown,  Stirling  Robert,  to  International  Paper  Company,  mesne.  Adhe- 
sively laminated  creped  tissue  product.  3,672,949,0.  161-129.000. 
Brown,  Stirling  Robert;  and  Lee,  Charles  A.,  to  International  Paper 
Company,    mesne.    Adhesively    laminated    kraft    paper    product. 
3,672,952,0.161-146.000. 
Brown,   Stiriing  Robert,  to  International   Paper  Company,   mesne. 
Method  for  the  manufaaure  of  laminated  fabrics.  3,673,026,  O. 
156-164.000. 
Brown,  Thomas  L.:  See — 

Paramore.  Edwin  L.;  O'Loughlin,  Bernard  T.;  and  Brown.  Thomas 
L..  3.672,173. 
Brown,  William  A.;  and  Drenning,  John  F.,  to  Miller  and  Company. 
Meullurgical  material  and  processes  for  treating  steel  therewith. 
3,672,871,0.75-58.000. 
Brown,  William  E.;  Heia,  Robert  G.;  and  Levine,  Charies  A.,  to  Dow 
Chemical   Company,   The.    Solid   electrolyte   for   electrical   cells. 
3,672,^95,0.  136-6.000. 
Broyer,  Robert,  to  Regie  Nationale  des  Usines  Renault.  Automobile 

bodies.  3,672,718,0.  296- 1.00s. 
Brubaker,  Burton  D.;  and  Waldman,  Nathan,  to  Dow  Chemical  Com- 
pany, The.  Foamed  clay  process.  3,673.290, 0.  264-43.000. 
Brumbaugh,  Philip  A.;  Harrington.  Richard  H.;  Nemier,  Stanley  E.;  and 
Nielsen.  Thomas  C.  to  International  Business  Machines  Corpora- 
tion. Wire  matrix  print  head.  3,672.482,0.  197-l.OOr. 
Brunp,  Charles  A.:  See— 

Sabatelli,  Philip  M.;  and  Brungs,  Charles  A.,  3.673.098. 
Bryan,  Leslie  Oliver:  See — 

Howe,  John  Arthur;  and  Bryan,  Leslie  Oliver.  3.673,368. 
Bryant.  Ellis  H..  Jr.:  See- 
Smith.  Leary  W.;  and  Bryant.  EUis  H..  Jr.,  3,673,344. 
Bryson,  Neil  Burton,  to  Alcan  Research  and  Development  Limited. 
Apparatus  and  procedures  for  continuous  casting  of  metal  ingots. 
3,672,431,0.164-82.000. 
Buchanan,  Russell  A.;  and  Russell,  Charles  R.,  to  United  States  of 
America,       Agriculture.       Powdered       polysaccharide-reinforccd 
elastomer  masterbatcbes.  compounds,  and  rnulting  vulcanized  rub- 
bers. 3,673,136,0.  260-17.4bb. 
Buchheit,  Otto  Kari,  to  Moeller  &.  Neumann  GmbH.  Exit  rolhtray  for 
rolled  bars  or  rods  in  particular  flat  or  profiled  bars,  with  transverse 
conveyance  device.  3,672,489,0.  198-219.000. 
Buchmann.  Paul;  and  Beringer.  Monique.  to  Soico  Basel  AC.  Dialyas 
apparatus.  3,672.309.0.  210-321.000. 


PI  6 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  h.  1972 


Buchzik,  Charles  M.,  to  FMC  Corporation.  Method  of  improving  quali- 
ty and  storage  tubility  of  dehydrated  producta.  3,672,917,  CI.  99- 
199.000. 
Buck,  Ronald  H.,  Jr.;  and  Zbikowtki,  Ted,  to  Eaton  Corporation.  Mold 

pattern.  3,672.435,  CI.  164-247.000. 
Buckley,  Alan;  and  Thomai,  leuan,  to  Imperial  Chemical  Induttriet 
Limited.  Copolyamides  from  bis(aminophenyl)tulfone.  3,673.162. 
CI.  260-78.00r. 
Buehler.  William  J.  TiNi  cast  product.  3,672,879. 0.  75- 1 70.000. 
BucU.  Eugene  F.  Anti-theft  devices  for  motorcycles,  bicycles  and  the 

Uke.  3,673,562.  CI.  340-63. 
Buell  industries.  Incorporated:  See— 

Becker,  Phillip  D..  3,672.532. 
Bugur,  Victor:  See — 

Gcorgescu.    Eugenia;   Gheja,   Ion;    Bugur,    Victor;   Zirna,    Ion; 
Mazare,  Theodora;  Popescu.  Elena-Lygia;  Olteanu.  Bujor;  Mar- 
culescu.  Nicolae;  Filotti,  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul,  Marius-Aurel; 
and  Calin.  Ion.  3.673,109. 
Buisson,  Francois;  and  Gresteau,  Jean  Paul,  to  Socicte  Rhodiaceta. 
Process  for  producing  brilliant  sulfonated  polyamide-imide  fibers 
and  such  fibers  so  produced.  3.673,160,  CI.  260-78.0tf. 
Bukama  GmbH:  See— 

Korth.Jurgen.  3.672.555. 
Bulgin,  Reginald  W.  Plug  socket  for  use  in  a  distributor  system  for  elec- 
trical power.  3.673.361,01.  200-S  1.030. 
Bull  General  Electric  Nederland  N.  V.:  See- 

Keulcn.  Gerben  Jan.  3.672.668. 
Bullock.  Milon  Walker;  and  Hand,  John  James,  to  American  Cyanamid 
Company  Racenization  of  d(+)  6-pheayl-23,5.6-tetrahydroiiiiida- 
zo{2.1-b]  thiazoie.  3,673,206,  CL  260-306.700. 
Bulova  Watch  Company,  inc.:  See— 
Mutter.  William  W.,  3,672,153. 
Bundschuh,  John   J.,  to   Eastman   Kodak   Company.   Film   feeding 
mechanism  with  movable  cartridge  mounting  means.  3.672.601.  CI. 
242-192.000. 
Bunker-Ramo  Corporation.  The:  See— 
Brevick.  Arnold  Aage,  3,673,526. 
Healy,  Robert  M.;  and  Marshall.  Robert.  3,673,539. 
Reefman,  William  E.  3.672.152. 
Rundlc.  David  F..  3.673.545. 
Burchell.  Geoffrey  Bamctt;  and  Morel.  Richard  William  Victor.  Valve 
and  circuit  for  intermittent  poaitive  pressure  breathing  apparatus. 
3,672.366.  CI.  128-145.8. 
Burckhalter,  James  A.  Lifting  device.  3.672.7 16.  CI.  294-50.600. 
Burckhardt.   Manfred   H.;  Florus.   Hans-Jorg;  Grossncr.   Horst;   and 
Krohn.  Helmut,  to  Daimler-Benz  Aktiengesclbchaft.  Brake  force 
conuols  system  for  vehicles,  especially  motor  vehicles.  3,672,730, 
CI.  303-2 l.Obe. 
Burger,  Walter:  See— 

Levacher.  Friedrich;  Ditscheid.  Hans  Leo;  Burger.  Walter;  Asscl- 
born,  Peter;  and  Cramer.  Werner.  3.672.196. 
Burgess,  George  A.:  See— 

Denight.  James  P.;  and  Burgess.  George  A.,  3,672,581. 
Burk,  George  A.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  T^.  Esters  of  N-halo- 

cyanoacetyl  carbamic  acids.  3.673.235.  CI.  260-465.400. 
Burke,  Oliver  W..  Jr.;  Kizer,  Joseph  Austin  A.;  and  David.  Pauls. 

Polymerization  process.  3,673. 168.  CI.  260-94. 20r. 
Burklund.  Glenn  A.  Apparatus  for  texturizing  yams  and  the  like. 

3.672.012,0.28-1.200. 
Burman.  Per  Aron;  and  Drew.  Harold  E.,  to  Burroughs  Corporation. 

Integrated  circuit  extractor  tool.  3.673.384,  CI.  219-230.000. 
Burns.  Edgar,  to  Mattel.  Inc.  Movable  boundary  board  game  ap- 
paratus. 3.672.679. CI.  273-1 3 1. Oba. 
Burroughs  Corporation:  See — 

Burman.  Per  Aron;  and  Drew.  Harold  E..  3.673.384. 
Eisenberg.  Mark  F.  3.673.461. 
Lund,  George  E.,  3,673,438. 
Tackett.  Raymond  W..  3.673.451. 
Burtin.  James  D..  to  Detroit  Tool  and  Engineering  Company.  Pneu- 
matic cement  gun  machine.  3.672.646.  CI.  259-151.000. 
Burton  Electrochemical  Co..  Inc.:  See— 

Baldwin.  Philip  C.  3.672.968. 
Burton.  Paul  T.;  Cole.  Walter  E.;  Frassctto.  Henry  E..  Jr.;  Gibson. 
Robert  G.;  Greenberg.  Allan;  Handloff,  Louis  E.;  and  Radlinsky. 
Raymond,  to  International  Busineu  Machines  Corporation. 
Microprogrammed  common  control  unit  with  double  format  control 
words.  3.673.575.  CI.  340-172.500. 
Burzenski.  Ralph  A.  Wheeled  foot-exercising  device  with  hand  grips. 

3.672.670.  CI.  272-79.00r. 
Busch.  Gerhard:  See— 

Breitachwerdt.  Werner.  Andres.  Rudolf;  and  Busch.  Gerhard. 
3.671.994. 
Bush  Boake  Allen  Limited:  See- 
Janes.  John  Francis;  Jaggers.  Brian  George;  and  Curtis.  Anthony 
John.  3.673.120. 
Bussey.  Mariin  G.:  See- 
Moon,  Eugene   R.;   Bussey.   Mariin   G.;   and   Parish.   Hal   G.. 
3,672,951. 
Buth.  Roy  C;  and  Schroeder.  Arthur  F..  to  United  Sutes  of  America. 

Navy.  Flechette  assembly  machine.  3.673.047.  CL  1 56-563.000. 
Butriss,  Albert  T..  to  Eaton  Yale  St  Towne,  Inc.  Fastener  driving  ap- 
paratus. 3.672.029.  CI.  29-243.560. 
Buttriss,   Albert   T.,   to   Eaton  Corporation.   Cartridge   device   for 
fasteners  and  the  like.  3.672,738,  CI.  312-71 .000. 


Butzler,  George  J.:  See— 

Carmody,  William  D.;  Thompaon.  Charies  J.;  and  Butzler.  George 
J.  3.673.126. 
Byrne.  Joaeph  E.  Circular  sawing  tool.  3.672.785.  C\.  408-204.000. 
Cairns.  Hugh;  and  Johnson.  Peter  Bennett,  to  Fisons  Pharmaceuticals 

Limited.  Bichromonyl  compounds.  3.673,218,0.  260-345.^00. 
Calbeck.J.  R.Ser- 
Calbeck,  JohnH..  3.672.830. 
Calbeck,  John  H.,  to  Calbeck.  J.  R.  Zinc  sulfide  pigment  and  method  of 

making  same.  3.672.830.0.  23-135.000. 
Caldwell.  Gary  Lee;  Eger,  Thomas  Richard;  and  Miller.  Frederick 
Warren,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours.  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Spinning 
quench  chamber  having  a  conical  flow  director.  3.672.801.  O.  425- 
71.000. 

California  Computer  Products,  Inc.:  See—  1 

Torres.  Mario  A..  3.672,599.  I 

Calin,  Ion:  See—  \  I 

Georgescu,   Eugenia;  Gheja,  Ion;   Bugur.   Victor.  Zirna.  Ion; 

Mazare,  Theodora;  ?opescu,  Elena-Lygia.  Olteanu.  Bi^r;  Mar- 

culescu.  Nicolae;  Filotti,  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul.  Marius-Aurel; 

and  Calin.  Ion.  3.673.109. 

Callahan.  Michael  J..  Jr..  to  Texas  Instruments.  Incorporated.  Solid 

sute  operational  amplifier.  3.673.508. 0.  33O-30.0Od. 
Callieri.  Michele;  Faraci.  Giorgio;  and  Paracchini.  Mario,  to  Bcmberg 
S.p.A.  Method  for  manufacturing  yarn  consisting  of  fibre*  and  fila- 
menu.  3.672. 1 47.  CI.  57- 1 57  OOf. 
Camacho.  Salvador  L..  to  Technology  Application  Services  Corpora- 
tion. Long  arc  column  plasma  generator  and  method.  3,673.373,  CI. 
219-I2l.00p. 
Cameo.  Incorporated:  See— 

Watkins.  Fred  E.;  and  Tausch.  GUbert  H..  3.672.397. 
Campbell.  David:  See— 

Zimmermann.  Detlef;  Campbell.  David;  and  De  Bortoli,  George. 
3.673.314. 
Campbell,  John  A.:  See- 
Rowley.  Douglas  W.  and  Campbell.  John  A..  3.672.464. 
Campbell.  Robert  W.:  See- 
Hill.  Harold  Wayne.  Jr.;  and  Campbell.  Robert  W..  3.673J247. 
Canon  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Inouc.  Eiichi;  Yamaji.  Keizo;  Tanaka.  Hiroahi;  and  Saito.  Takashi. 
3.673.595. 
Canonico.  Domenic  A.;  Cole.  Nancy  C;  and  Houck,  Clarence  W..  to 
United  Slates  of  America.  Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Method  for 
brazing  graphite  and  other.  3.673.038.  CI.  29-195.000. 
Cantor.  Paul  A.:  See— 

King,  William  M.;  and  Cantor.  Paul  A..  3.673.084. 
Carborundum  Company.  The:  See— 
Ehrenreich.  Leo  C.  3.672.936. 
Cardiac  Electronics.  Inc.:  See— 

Crovella.  Edward  A.;  and  Barfield.  C.  Verne.  3.672.353. 

Carlen,  Jan-Christer  Henric  Ovesson;  and  Bergqvist.  Claes  pertil.  to 

Sandviken  Jemverks  Aktiebolag.  Corrosion-resistant  razor  blades. 

3.672.877. 0.  75- 1 26.00c. 

Carlson.  Chesley  F.  Company:  See— 

Pamlenyi.  George.  3.672.767. 
Carlson.  Cordon  S.:  See — 

Crowley.  George  C;  and  Carlson.  Gordon  S..  3.673.381 . 
Carlson.  Robert  A.;  and  Foley.  Thomas  P.  Reel-to-reel  Upe  storage  ap- 
paratus. 3.672.600. 0.  242-186.000. 
Carlson.  Robert  J.;  and  Reymann.  Royal  A..  Jr..  to  United  States  of 

America.  Army.  Electric  impact  switch.  3.673.362.  CI.  200-6l.45r. 
Carmet  Company:  See—  \ 

Sowko.  John  J.  Sr.  3.672.881.  > 

Carmody,  William  D.;  Thompson.  Charies  J.;  and  Buuler.  George  J.,  to 
Dow  Oiemical  Company.  The.  Continuous  process  for  making  ex- 
pandable thermoplastic  resin  compositions.  3.673.126.  CI.  260- 
2.50e. 
Camt.  Peter  Swift;  and  Schiess.  George,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Televi- 
sion apparatus  responsive  to  a  transmitted  color  reference  signal. 
3.673.320,0.  l78-5.4he. 
Carpenter.   Thomas   J.,   to   General    Electric   Company.    Two-wire 

preioniaer  for  surge  voluge  arresters.  3.673.459.  CI.  3 1 5-36.000. 
Carr.  Alton  F.  Waste  basket  and  the  like.  3.671. 995. 0.  1 5-257. 100. 
Carr.  Kenneth  L.,  to  Ferrotec.  Inc.  Stub  tuned  circulator.  3j673.SI8. 

CI.  333.1.100. 
Carrier  Corporation:  See— 

Mount.  Gordon  L..  3.672.786. 
Carroll.  Robert  L.:  See—  ~^.„^ 

Chappell.  Robert  N.;  and  Carroll.  Robert  L..  3.672. Im 
Carson.  Forrest  L..  to  Huber.  J.  M..  Corporation.  Quick  opening  clo- 
sure ca£  3.672.7 1 5. 0.  292-257.000. 
Carson.  Theo  L.  Underground  service  module.  3,672,445,  ICL  165- 

42.000. 
Carter.  KcnnethG.  Wirefeeder.  3.672.655. 0.  226-108.000. 
Carter.  Sidney  T..  to  A-T-O  Inc.  Apparatus  for  adhesively  applying 
sealing  strips  to  container  closures  to  prevent  uiuuthorized  remov^ 
of  the  cloaures  without  detection.  3,673,043.0. 1S6-363.0Q0. 
Cartridge  Television,  Inc.,  mesne:  See- 
Berg.  Peter;  and  Linder,  Bertil  C,  3,673,349. 
Larkin,  Thomas  J.,  3,673,348. 
Casella,  Luigi;  Pema,  Aldo;  and  Valbonesi,  Giuseppe,  to  Societa 
Italiana  Telecommunicazioni  Siemens  S.p.A.  Dau-evaluatiqn  system 
for  telephone  exchange.  3.673,340. 0. 1 79- 1 8.00|. 


June  27, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    7 


Cashman,  Harland  J.,  Jr..  to  United  States  of  America.  Army.  Com- 
bination emitter  follower  digital  line  driver/sensor.  3,673.570.  O. 
340-147.000. 
Cupar  Honeggcr:  See— 

Strauss.  Edgar  H..  3.672.404 
Caspary.  Rudolf  and  Kretschmer.  Peter,  to  Dunlop  Holdinp  Limited. 
Dievice  for  the  measurement  of  the  angle  of  rotation  of  a  rotatable 
object.  3.672.2 1 2.  CI.  73-99.000. 
Cazabon.  Dennis  C;  and  Dunbar.  John  R..  to  Ford  Motor  Company. 
Position   locator   for   an   adjustable   seat   supporting   assembly. 
3.672.625.  CI  248-429.000. 
Celanesc  Corporation:  See— 
Lipc.  Jerome  G.  3.673.036. 

Reader.  Arthur  M.;  and  Stackman.  Robert  W..  3.673.1 58. 
Celio.  Tino:  See— 

Schaub.  Heiner;  Thaddey.  Kurt;  and  Celio.  Tino.  3.672,768. 
Cevidalli,  Guidobaldo;  Ragazzini,  Mario;  and  Modena,  Mario,  to  Mon- 
tecatini  Edison  S.p.A.  Copolymers  of  carbon  monoxide  with  carbon- 
yl  compounds  and  process  for  their  preparation.  3,673,156,  O.  260- 
67.0rp. 
Chaffin,  Chester  C,  to  Ezy-Way  Manufacturing  &  Sales  Co.  Lifting  ap- 
paratus. 3,672,634,0.  254-2.00c. 
Chan,  Teng:  See- 
Liu.  Jui-Chang;  and  Chan.  Teng.  3.672.491. 
Chandler  Evans  Inc.:  Srr — 

White.  Albert  H.  3.672.163. 
Chaney.  Richard  M.:  See- 
Cornish.  Rodney  H.;  Staulcup.  James  T.;  and  Chaney.  Richard  M.. 
3.672.426. 
Chang.  Elizabeth  Puiiu.  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Direct-positive 
silver    halide   emulsions   containing  gold   salt  complex   addenda. 
3.672.903.  CI.  96-108.000. 
Chang,  Lin-Huey;  and:  See- 
Liu.  Jui-Chang;  and  Chan.  Teng.  3.672.49 1 . 
Chappell.  Robert  N.;  and  Carroll.  Robert  L..  to  Lockheed  Aircraft 
Corporation.  Propcllant  grain  suspension  system.  3.672.170.  O.  60- 
255.000 
Charest.  Rolland  C.  H.:  See- 
Murphy.  Declan  S.;  and  Charest.  RpUand  C.  H..  3.672.647. 
Chasc-Shawmut  Company.  The:  See— 

-S^er.Erwin.  3.673.533. 
Chemagro  Corporation:  See — 

McKean.  Jack  H  .  3.672.533 
Chemed  Corporation:  See — 

Sabatelli.  Philip  M.;  and  Brungs.  Charles  A..  3.673.098. 
Chemetron  Corporation:  See— 

Vander  Ploeg.  John  Herman;  and  Weener,  Eari.  3.673.192. 
Chen,  Nai  Yuen;  and  Smith,  Fritz  A.,  to  Mobil  Oil  Corporation.  Isome- 
rization  of  cyclohexane  in  the  presence  of  a  mordenite  catalyst. 
3.673.267,0  260-666  OOp. 
Cherel.  Guy  H.,  to  Saint-Gobain  Techniques  Nouvelles.  Apparatus  and 
method  for  processing  spent  nuclear  fuel  elements.  3,672.247.  O. 
83-35. 
Chevron  Research  Company:  See— 

Mulaskey.  Bernard  F.;  and  Chilton.  Elmore  F..  3.673.079. 
Woo.  Gar  Lok.  3.673.122. 
Chilcoat.    Kermit    E..    to    Eaton    Corporation.    Mounting    means. 

3.672.706. CI.  285-189.000. 
Childers.  Billie  W  :  See- 

Luscher.    Paul.;    Hudson.    Ben    A.;    and    Childers.    Billie    W.. 
3.672.947. 
Childs.  Edwin  E..  Jr..  to  Dolomite   Brick  Corporation  of  America. 
Microwave   method  for  tempering  tar-bonded  refractory   bricks. 
3.673.288.  CI.  264-25.000. 
Chilton.  Elmore  F.:  See— 

Mulaskey.  Bernard  F.;  and  Chilton.  Elmore  F..  3.673.079. 
CHINOIN  Gyogyszer-es  Vegyeszeti  Termckek  Gyara  R.T.:  See— 

Harsanyi.  Kalman;  Takacs.  Kalman.  Relle.  Zsuzsa.  nee  Somfai; 
Milak.  Eva.  nee  Krompecher;  Tardos.  Laszlo;  Korbonits.  Dezso; 
Kin.  Psl;  and  Gonczy.  Csaba.  3.673.1 88. 
Chorey.  Andro  J.  Car  top  carrier  and  access  ladder.  3.672.549.  CI. 

224-42.  lOe. 
Chow.  Peter  C.  M.,  to  Grove  Valve  and  Regulator  Co.  Swing  out  valve 

structure.  3,672,632,  CL  251-151.000. 
Chris-Craft  Industries.  Inc.:  See- 
Rosin.  Jacob;  and  Ang.  Frank  S..  3.673.259. 
Christianson.  Roger  D..  to  Titeflex.  a  Division  of  Atlas  Corporation. 

Lip-seal  fitting.  3.672.704.  CI.  285-1 10. 
Ciba  Corporation:  See — 

Marxer.  Adrian.  3.673,241. 
Ciba  Limited:  See— 

Janiak,  Stefan,  3.673,237. 

Toepel.  Rosemarie;  Abel.  Heinz;  Maeder.  Arthur;  and  Leifels. 
Klaus-Dieter.  3.673.558. 
Ciba-Geigy  AG:  See— 

Hindermann.  Peter;  and  Meindl.  Hubert.  3.673.22 1 . 
Schaub,  Heiner;  Thaddey.  Kurt;  and  Celio.  Tino.  3.672.768. 
Wahli.  Robert.  3.673.417. 
Ciba-Geigy  Corporation:  See — 

Brechbuhler.  Hans  Ulrich;  and  Gubler.  Kurt.  3.673.236. 
Marand.  Jean.  3.672.544. 
Marand.  Jean.  3.672.545. 
Steinberg.  David  Herbert.  3.673.151. 
Ciccarelli.  Roger  N.;  and  Jacknow.  Burton  B..  to  Xerox  Corporation. 
Crystalline  polymers  for  frost.  3.672.883.  CI.  96- 1 . 1 00. 


Cicci.  George  B.:  See— 

Scamato.  Thomas  J.;  Tufts.  Guy  O.;  Peacock.  Peter  J.;  and  Cicci, 
George  B.  3.672.1 38. 
C.I.T.-Compagnie  Industrielle  desTelecommunicatioiiB:  See- 
Rousseau.  Oaude.  3.673,316. 
Cities  Service  Oil  Company:  See— 

Bandyopadhyay,  Pratip.  3.672,450. 
Citizen  Watch  Company  Limited:  See — 

Yasuda,  Tetuya;  Tutiya.  Hidetaka;  and  Mori,  Takeshi,  3,672.130. 
City  of  Fort  Collins:  See— 

Kost,  Robert  A,  3.672,103. 
Clare,  C.  P..  &  Company,  mesne:  See — 

Hjermstad.  Hans  U.;  and  Kopp.  Cari  J..  3.672.233. 
Clark  Equipment  Company:  See— 

Hansen.  Howard  C.  3.672.526. 
Clark.  Gerald  F.:See- 

Gaffney.  Francis  J.;  Degen.  Joaeph  F.;  and  Oark.  Gerald  F.. 

3.673.382. 

Clark.   James   E..    to   Bell   Telephone    Laboratories.    Incorporated. 

Method  for  bonding  a  beam-lead  device  to  a  substrate.  3.672.034. 

O.  29-471.100. 

Clark,  Terry  D.  Combined  drink  bar  and  room  divider  console. 

3,672,741,0.312-223.000. 
Clark,  Thomas  J.;  and  Brown,  Howard  W.,  to  General  Electric  Com> 

pany.  Pyrolytic  graphite.  3,673,051.0.  161-166.000. 
Classen.   Franz,   to   Erste   Deutsche   Floatglas  GmbH   A   Co.   OHG. 
Method  for  the  production  of  a  float  glass  strip  having  a  roughened 
upper  surface.  3.672.839.  CI.  65-93. 
Oauson-Kaas.  Niels:  See— 

Denss.    Rolf;    Oauson-Kaas.    Niels;    and    Ostermayer.    Franz. 
3.673.212. 
Clements.  Henry  George,  to  United  Kingdom  Atomic  Energy  Authori- 
ty. Fire  extinguishing  powders  comprising  a  cellulose  ether  additive. 
3.673.088.  CT  252-2.000. 
Ooutier.  Emeric.  Endless  fnhing  cable  installation.  3.67i2,09l.  O.  43- 

27.400. 
Clover.  Richmond  Bennett.  Jr..  to  RCA  Corporation.  Bubble  domain 

ionic  propagation  device.  3.673.582.  CI.  340- 174.0ms. 
Cofer.  Daniel  B..  to  Southwire  Company.  Method  of  producing  a  hot- 
formed  copper-base  product.  3,672,430,0.  164-76.000. 
Coin  Verifiers  Company  Limited:  See— 

Hastie.  WUIard  A.;  and  Hastie.  Austin.  3.672.481. 
Cole.  Frank  J.:  See— 

RoMin.  John  M.;  Cole.  Frank  J.;  and  Reed.  William  A..  3.672.327. 
Cole.  Harold  £..  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Photographic  film  unit 

3.672.272,0.93-13.000. 
Cole,  Nancy  C:  See— 

Canonico,  Domenic  A.;  Cole,  Nancy  C;  and  Houck,  Oarence  W.. 
3,673,038. 
Cole,  Walter  E:  See- 
Burton,  Paul  T.;  Cole.  Walter  E.;  Frassetto.  Henry  E..  Jr.;  Gibson. 
Robert  G.;  Greenberg.  Allan;  Handloff,  Louis  E.;  and  Radlinsky. 
Raymond.  3.673.575. 
Coleman.  Donald  James.  Jr.;  and  Sze.  Simon  Min.  to  Bell  Telephone 
Laboratories.  Incorporated.  Schottky  barrier  transit  time  negative 
resistance  diode  circuitt.  3.673.514,0.  331-107.00r. 
Coles.  Kyle  R.  Shoe  construction  and  method.  3.672.077. 0.  36-2.50t 
Colgate-Palmolive  Company:  See- 
Mitchell.  Harry  Ian;  and  TomKnson.  Kenneth,  3,672,993. 
Collingwood,  George  Howard:  See— 

Winchklhofer,  Robert  Charles;  Weedon.  Gene  Oyde;  and  Colling- 
wood. George  Howard.  3.673.295. 
Collins.  Bernard,  to  Collins.  Bernard.  Limited.  Conveyors.  3.672,488, 

CI.  198-189.000. 
Collins.  Bernard.  Limited:  See- 
Collins.  Bernard.  3.672.488. 
Collins,  David  Janett.:  See— 

Kapsambelis.  Christos  Basil;  and  Collins.  David  Janett..  3,673,389. 
Collins.  James  D.;  and  Wilsdon.  Thomas  A.,  to  Westinghouse  Electric 

Corporation.  Conuctor.  3.673.525. 0.  335-1 32.000. 
Colliver.  David  John;  and  Hilsum.  Cyril,  to  United  Kingdom  of  Great 
Britain  and  Northern  Ireland.  Minister  of  Technology  in  Her 
Britannic    Majesty's.   Government   of  the.   Transferred   electron 
devices.  3.673.469,0.  317-234.00r. 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System.  Inc.:  See — 

Grosso.  Patrick  F.;  and  Heck.  Raymond  F.,  3.672.93 1 . 
Columbia  Gas  System  Service  Corporation:  See- 
Singh.  Kanwal  N.;  Cremean.  Stephen  P.;  and  Scott.  Donald  R., 
3.672,442. 
Combustion  Power  Company,  Inc.:  See- 
Smith,  Richard  D.;  and  Furlong,  Dale  A.,  3,672,341 . 
Commonwealth  of  Australia,  The;  care  of  Secretary  of  Supply,  The: 
See- 
Ward.  John;  and  Paterson.  Ross.  3.673.420. 
Compagnie  Industrielle  des  Telecommunications:  See — 

Louvel.  Guy,  3,673,470. 
Comptoir  Europeen  de  Distribution  et  de  Representation:  See- 
Blanc  de  la  Naulte,  Philippe;  and  Ginhoux,  Roland,  3,673,030. 
Computer  Identics  Corporation:  See— 

Kapsambelis.  Christos  Basil;  and  Collins.  David  Janett..  3,673.389. 
Connollys  (Blackley)  Limited:  See— 

Tomlinson,  Roy,  3,672,974. 
Conrad,  Martin  B.  Support  assembly  for  camper.  3.672.524.  O.  214- 

515.000. 
Considine.  William  J.:  See — 


PIS 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  27, 1972 


Reifenbcrg,  Gerald  H.;  and  Coniidinc,  William  J.,  3,673,230. 
Constable,  Geoffirey  Ernest  Patrick,  to  Smiths  Industries  Limited. 

Credit-and  access-control  equipment.  3,673,571,  CI.  340-U9.00a. 
Container  Corporation  of  America:  See— 

Liebertt.  Wolfgang;  and  Starr,  Anthony  J.,  3,672,799. 
Webinger,  George  P.,  3,672,SS9. 
Continental  Can  Company,  Inc.:  5m— 
Nicholson,  John  B.,  3,672,3 1 8. 
Timko,  Charles  A.,  3.673,296. 
Voorhis.  Harold  W.;  and  Post,  Bradford.  3,672.560. 
ContinenUl  Oil  Company:  See— 
Hnrwood,  WiUiam  H.,  3.672,965. 
Harwood,  WUIiam  H.;  and  Banks,  William  P.,  3.673.067. 
Van  Der  Linde,  Harold  E.,  3,672,322. 
Contra ves  AG:  See— 

Furrer,  Eduard,  3,672,399. 
Conway,  Donald  J.,  to  United  States  Gypsum  Company.  Joint  con- 
struction. 3.672.108,  CI.  52-367.000. 
Conwell.  Phillip  J.  Steam  powered  vehicle.  3.672.048,  CI.  1 80-67.000. 
Cook.  Harold  E.:  See— 

Jefferson,  Leo  J.;  and  Crosby.  Lenard  J.,  3,672,576. 
Cooley,  Kenton  Parkes;  and  Jago,  Edward  John,  to  Foseco  Interna- 
tional Limited.  Method  of  lining  contoured  moulds  and  head  boxes 
with  defomable  lining  element.  3.672,427,  CI.  164-6.000. 
Coon,  Clifford  L.,  to  SUnford  Research  Institute.  Polychloro  amidines 

and  proccu  for  preparing  them.  3,673,252,  CI.  26C-S64.00r. 
Cooper.  Robert  B..  Jr.,  1/2  to  Sossen,  Edwin  J.  Interdigiul  preamplifi- 
er. 3,673.509.  CI.  330-3 1 .000. 
Coors,  Adolph.  Company:  See — 

BIy.  Ray  E..  3.672.527. 
Coors  Container  Company,  mesne:  See— 

Pcarce,  Ronald  A.,  3,672.208. 
Copysutics  Manufacturing  Corporation:  5m— 

Aasen.Torulf.  3.673.419. 
Corbach,  Klaus,  to  Fischer,  Georg.  AG.  Numerical  positional  control. 

3,672,834,01.235-151.110. 
Corby,  William  Joseph;  Garbarini,  Victor  Charles;  and  White,  Mal- 
colm Lunt,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated.  Process 
and    composition    for    stripping    cured    resins    from    substrates. 
3.673.099.  CI.  252-156.000. 
Cornell  Aeronautical  Laboratory.  Inc.:  See — 

De  Palma.  Vito  A.,  3,672,963. 
Corning  Glass  Works:  See— 

Eckerlin,  Herbert  M.,  3.672,401 . 

GifTen,  James  W.;  Duke.  David  A.;  Dumbaugh.  William  H.,  Jr.; 
Flannery,  James  E.;  MacDowell,  John  F.;  and  Megles.  John  E., 
3.673.049. 
Sackinger,  William  M.;  and  Simms,  Robert  A.,  3.673.457. 
Santry.  George  J.;  and  Wecenske,  Harold  R..  3.672.107. 
Cornish.  Rodney  H.;  Staulcup,  James  T.;  and  Chaney,  Richard  M.,  to 
Belden  Corporation.  Process  of  casting  filament.  3,672,426,  CI.  164- 
5.000. 
Corvi.  Joseph  A.;  and  Lawrence,  William  G.,  to  Corvonics  Corpora- 
tion. Device  to  detect  motion.  3.673.590,  CI.  340-258.00a. 
Corvonics  Corporation:  See— 

Corvi.  Joseph  A.;  and  Lawrence.  William  G..  3.673.590. 
Cosme.  Peter  Anthony:  See— 

Halsall.  Vincent  Michael;  and  Cosme,  Peter  Anthony.  3.673.302. 
Coty.  Vernon  F.;  Heilweil.  Israel  J.;  and  Leavitt.  Richard  I.,  to  Mobil 
Oil  Corporation.  Process  for  growing  cells  of  a  microorganism  on  a 
carbon-containing  liquid  substrate.  3.672,953.  CI.  195-28.000. 
Coughlin.  Leonard  J.:  See— 

Brouiliiard,  Robert  E.;  Coughlin,  Leonard  J.;  and  V/infrey,  Vernon 
L,  3,672,922. 
Craft,Jack:5«r— 

Avins.  Jack;  and  Craft.  Jack.  3.673.499. 
Craig,  Thomas:  5^^- 

Riddle,  Lavis  Albert  Henry;  and  Craig,  Thomas,  3,672.461 . 
Cramer,  Werner:  See— 

Levacher,  Friedrich;  Ditscheid,  Hans  Leo;  Burger,  Walter;  Assel- 
born,  Peter;  and  Cramer,  Werner.  3,672,196. 
Cramp.  Allen  R.;  and  Brion,  Kenneth  J.,  to  North  American  Rockwell 
Corporation.  Apparatus  for  verifying  hermeticity  of  small  electronic 
assemblies.  3,672,207,  CI.  73-40.700. 
Crane,  Grant:  See— 

Lohr,  Delmar  Frederick,  Jr.;  Crane,  Grant;  and  Kay,  Edward  L.. 
3.673.269. 
Crawford.  William  R.:  See— 

Dubreuil.  Philip  B.;  Bartok.  Stephen;  and  Crawford.  William  R.. 
3,672.408. 
Creffield.  David  F..  to  USM  Corporation.  Cutting  press  having  im- 
proved means  for  handling  cut  product.  3.672.250.  CI.  83-92.000. 
Cremean.  Stephen  P.:  See- 
Singh,  Kanwal  N.;  Cremean,  Stephen  P.;  and  Scott,  Donald  R., 
3,672,442. 
Cressman,  Russell  N.;  Bantz,  Walter  J.;  and  Nusbickel,  Edward  M.,  Jr., 
to  Bethlehem  Steel' Corporation.  Ultrasonic  inspection  system  with 
scanned  multiple  transducers.  3,672,2 10.  CI.  73-67.900. 
Crixell.  Arthur  R..  to  Monsanto  Company.  Rotor  for  intensive  mixers. 

3.672.644.  CI.  259-104.000. 
Crosby:  See— 

Jefferson.  Leo  J.;  and  Crosby,  Lenard  J.,  3,672,576. 
Crosby,  Lenard  J.:  5w— 

Jefferson,  Leo  J.;  and  Crosby,  Lenard  J.,  3,672,576. 
Crose,  Harvey  L.  Mixer.  3,672,640,  CI.  259-6.000. 


Croaslen,  Louis  John,  to  Mayer,  Frank,  Sc  Aasociates,  Inc.  Tape  car- 
tridge dispenser.  3,672,480,  a.  194-92.000. 
Crovella,  Edward  A.;  and  Barfield,  C.  Verne,  to  Cardiac  Electronics, 

Inc.  Ectopic  heartbeat  detector.  3,672,353,  CI.  128-2.06a. 
Crowley,  George  C,  to  Northern  Dectric  Company.  Glow  switdh  relay 

for  blanket  overheat  control  system.  3,673,380,  a.  2 1 9-2 1 2.000. 
Crowley,  George  C;  and  Carlson,  Cordon  S.,  to  Northern  Electric 
Company.  Thermosutles  blanket  control  circuit.  3,673,381,0.  219- 
212.000. 
Cruickshank,  David  G.;  and  Guerin,  David  T.,  to  Leesona  Corporation. 
Bobbin  segregating  and  orienting  apparatus.  3,672,542,  CI.  221- 
161.000. 
Cryodry  Corporation:  See— 

Johnson.  Ray  M.,  3,673,370. 
Csizi,Gotth«rd:  See— 

Beck.  Friu;  and  Csizi.  Gotthard.  3.672.990. 
Curlook,  Walter:  See— 

Huggins.  David  Anthony;  and  Curlook.  Walter.  3.672,873 

Curran.  William  Vincent;  and  Goldman,  Leon,  to  American  Cyanamid 

Company.  Tetracyclic  isoquinoline  derivatives.  3,673.189,  CI.  260- 

289.00r. 

Current  Industries,  Incorporated:  See— 

Barrett.  Robert  W.;  and  Preese,  Pat  S.,  3.673,589. 
Curtis,  Anthony  John:  See— 

Janes,  John  Francis;  Jaggen.  Brian  George;  and  Curtis,  Anthony 
John.  3,673.120. 
Curtis,  James  H.;  and  Woodward,  Fred  E.,  to  Diamond  Shamrock  Cor- 
poration. Defoamer  compositions  for  aqueous  systems.  3,673,105, 
CI.  252-321.000. 
Cutler,  Arthur  S.;  and  Smith,  Dallas  F.,  to  General  Electric  Company. 
Apparatus  for  developing  wound  coils  for  electromagnetic  devices. 
3,672,026,0.  29-205.00r. 
Cyba,  Henryk  A.,  to  Universal  Oil  Products  Company.  N-Hydroxy 

alkyl-N'cycloalkylpiperazines.  3.673.186.0.  260-268.00r. 
Cycle  Equipment  Company:  See — 

Selleck,  Robert  W..  and  Allen,  Philip  H..  3,672.594. 
Cyprus  Metallurgical  Processes  Corporation:  See— 

Kruesi.  Paul  R,  3,673,061. 
Dahle,  Gerald  W.  Lead  sharpener.  3.672.414,0.  144-28.110. 
Dahlstrom.  Donald  A.:  See— 

Emmett.  Robert  C.  Jr.;  and  Dahlstrom,  Donald  A.,  3,672,0^7. 
DaicclLtd.:S«— 

Takahashi,  Hiroshi,  3,673,239. 
Daido  Yoshken  Ltd.:  See— 

Sakamoto.    Junzo;    Nozaki,    Tadashi;    Tsuji.    Yoshifumil    and 
Shimada.  Masaharu.  3,672,561 . 
Daikin  Kogyo  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Naito,  Oaiji;  and  Ogawa,  Shigeyoshi,  3,673,1 1 3. 
Daimler-Benz  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Breitschwerdt.  Werner;  Andres,  Rudolf;  and  Busch.  Gerhard, 

3,671,994. 
Burckhardt.  Manfred  H.;  Florus,  Hans-Jorg;  Grossner.  HorSt;  and 

Krohn.  Helmut.  3.672.730. 
Mirjanic,  Milorad.  3.672.263. 
Schcrenberg,  HansO..  3.672.798. 
Sigmund,  Gerhard,  3,67 1 ,997. 
Dainippon  Pharmaceutical  Co.,  Ltd.:  5e^— 

Minami,  Shinsaku;  Shono,  Toshihiro;  Shmmizu,   Masana4;  and 
Takase.  Yoshiyuki,  3.673.184. 
Daito  Mfg.  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Mochida,  Hisashi,  3,672,386. 
Dalenberg.  W.  Robert:  See— 

Hamoux.  George  J.;  Dalenberg.  W.  Rob«rt:  and  Zurek,  James  W 
3,672.137. 
Dalik,  Herbert  A.,  to  Husky  Manufacturing  and  Tool  Works  Limited. 

Pipe  belling  machine.  3,672,803,  CI.  425- 1 97.000. 
Dalik,  Herb«rt  A.,  to  Flintkote  Company,  The.  Pipe  belling  machine. 

3,672,804,0.425-328.000. 
Dalmasso.   Claudio.   to   Olivetti.   Ing.   C,   &    C.   S.p.A.    Integrated 
semiconductor  circuit  package  and  method.   3.673.309.  Cli   174- 
52.0pe.  j 

Damiano,  John  Joseph,  to  Amchem  Products,  Inc.  Use  of  n-sec<butyl- 
4-t-butyl-2,6-  dinitroaniline  as  a  selective  herbicide.  3,672,866,  CI. 
71-121.000. 
Damouth,  David  E.,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Electrographic  recording 

method  and  apparatus.  3.673,600.  CI.  346-74.0es. 
Dardoufas.    Kimon   Constantine,   to   Allied   Chemical   Corporation. 

Production  of  polyesters.  3,672,977,0.  1 17-138  80f. 
Darland,  William  G.,  Jr..  to  Union  Carbide  Corporation.  Extended  area 
zinc  anode  having  low  density  for  use  in  a  high  rate  alkaline  galvanic 
cell.  3,672,998,  CI.  1 36-30.000.  ^ 

Darling,   Alan   Sydney;   and   Selman.   Gordon   Leslie,   to  Johnson. 
Manhew  4c  Co..  Limited.  Platinum-thodium-gold  alloys.  3.672,880, 
CI.  75-172.000. 
D'Augustine,  Frank  Thomas,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Process  for  screen- 
ing cathode  ray  tubes  including  salvaging  of  excess  phosphor  ilurry. 
3,672,932,0.  Il7-33.50c. 
Daum,    Werner;    Scheinpflug,    Hans;    Frohberger,    Paul-Ernst;    and 
Grewe,  Ferdinand,  to  Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengesellschaft.  N- 
(ctf-Cyano-alkyO-carbamyl-benzimidazoles.     3,673,210,    CI.     260- 
309.000. 
Daussan,  Henri  Jean.  Process  of  casting  an  ingot  and  stripping  mold 
very  shortly  thereafter.  3,672,433,0.  164-123.000.  ^ 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI    9 


vS      - 


Davey,  Anthony  Walter,  to  Morris,  Herbert,  Limited.  Automatically 
operating  and  controlling  reciprocating  motion.  3,673,482, 0.  318- 
266. 
David.  Pauls:  5ee— 

Burke.  Oliver  W..  Jr.;  Kizer.  Joseph  Austin  A.;  and  David.  Pauls, 
3,673,168. 
Davidson,  Daniel  Eraser:  5m— 

Roach,  Peter  Francis;  and  Davidson,  Daniel  Eraser,  3,672,209. 
Davis,  Edwin  R.  Fuel  vapor  recovery  apparatus.  3,672,180,  O.  62- 

54.000. 
Davis,  Elbert.  Structure  for  connecting  attachments  to  fiberglass  rods. 

3,672,712.0.  287-20.20r. 
Davis,  James  C.    Dispensing   holder  for   paper   rolls   and   the   like. 

3,672,591.CI.  242-55  200. 
Davis,  Jerry  P.:  5m— 

National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration,  3,673.440. 
Dawson.  Trevor:  5m— 

Malek.  Jack  H.;  and  Dawson.  Trevor.  3.672.261 . 
Day  Company.  N.  V.:  5m— 

Schneble.  Frederick  W..  Jr.;  McCormack.  John  F.;  Zeblisky,  Ru- 
dolph  J.;    Williamson.   John    Duff;    and    Polichette.   Joseph. 
3.672.986. 
Dayton  Electronic  Products  Company:  See— 

Hoeffel.  James  D.;  and  Kubach.  Reinhold  W.,  3,673,607. 
De  Bortoli,  George:  See— 

Zimmermann.  Detlef;  Campbell,  David;  and  De  Bortoli.  George, 
3.673.314. 
De  Jaeger,  Norbert  Maurice.  Process  for  the  manufacture  of  particle 

boards  utilizing  a  dry  organic  binder.  3.673.020.  CI.  1 56-62.200. 
De  Jongh.  Hendrik  Paul,  to  Organon  Inc.  7-Alkyl-steroids.  3.673.225. 

CI.  260-397.00. 
De  Laet,  Jules  Maria:  5m— 

Vrancken,  Marcel  Nicolas;  Vanreusel.  Gerard  Laurens;  Van  Pee, 
Paul  Desire;  and  De  Laet.  Jules  Maria.  3,672.892. 
De  Mauriac,  Richard  A.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Photothermo- 
graphic  elements  containing  bis-beta-naphthols.  3,672.904,  CI.  96- 
114.100 
De  Nora,  Vittorio;  and  Loftfield,  Richard  E.,  to  Oronzio  de  Nora  Impi- 
anti  Elettrochimici  S.p.A.  Cell  cover  with  weakened  areas  to  relieve 
explosions.  3,672.973. CI.  204-99.000. 
De  Palma.  Vito  A.,  to  Cornell  Aeronautical  Laboratory.  Inc.  Process  of 
coating  metals  with  mercury  or  mercury  amalgams.  3.672.963.  CI. 
204-14.00n. 
De  Pas.  Jonathan:  See— 

Decursu.  Giorgio;   De   Pas.  Jonathan;   D'Urbino.  Donato;  and 
Lomazzi.  Paolo.  3.672.723. 
De  Raymond.  Henri  Philippe:  See— 

Kalopissis.  Gregoire;  De  Raymond.  Henri  Philippe;  Abegg,  Jean- 
Louis;  and  Ghilardi.  Giuliana,  3.672,375. 
de  Vries.  Albert:  5m—  ~ 

Ledoux.  Claude;  and  de  Vries.  Albert.  3.673.167. 
De  Vroome.  Harry  Clarence,  to  Ayrodev  Processes  Limited.  Cleaning 

compositions  3.673,097,  CI.  252-153.000. 
De  Windt,  Edward  Mandell,  to  Eaton  Corporation.  Automatic  restraint 

system  arming  control.  3.672.699,0.  280-1  SO.Oab. 
De  Witt.  David;  Dhaka,  Vir  A.,  and  Oberai.  Avtar  S.,  to  International 
Business  Machines  Corporation.  Process  for  making  metal  contacts 
to  high  speed  transistors  and  product  formed  thereby.  3.672,983.  CI. 
117-212  000 
Dean.  John  W.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Block  copolymers  of  sil- 
icones with  vinyl  pyridine.  3,673,272,  CI.  260-827.000. 
Deck,  Lester  T.;  and  Kupsky.  Fredrick  E..  1/2  tq  United  States  Gypsum 
Company  and   1/2  to  Stanray  Corporation,  mesne.  Reticulated  bar 
grating.  3.672.1 1  l.CI.  52-666  000. 
Decursu,  Giorgio;  De  Pas,  Jonathan;  D'Urbino,  Donato;  and  Lomazzi. 
Paolo.  Modular  unit  element  for  furniture.   3,672,723,  CI.  297- 
440.000. 
Degen.  Joseph  F.:  5e*— 

GafTney.   Francis  J.;   Degen.  Joseph   F.;   and  Clark.  Gerald   F., 
3.673.382. 
Degnon,  Julia  S.   Headdress  with  improved  head  encircling  band. 

3,671,977,0.2-207.000. 
Dehne,  Clarence  A.;  and  Folsom,  Harold  A.,  to  Webb,  Jervis  B.,  Com- 
pany. Conveyor  carrier  with  pivotal  motion  damping  load  suspen- 
sion. 3,672,306,  CI.  104-89.000. 
Dehnert,    Johannes,    to    Badische    Anilin-    &    Soda-Fabrik    Aktien- 
gesellschaft. Process  for  dyeing  synthetic  polyamide  textiles  with  dis- 
azo  dyestuffs.  3,672,8 1 6,  CI.  8-4 1  OOb. 
DeJong,  Egbert  D.;  Koch,  Hans;  and  Maynard,  Kenneth  B.,  to  Interna- 
tional Business  Machines  Corporation.  Card  packaging  apparatus. 
3,672,118,0.  53-59.00r. 
Delaney,  William  E..  to  Kadison  Laboratories,  Inc.  Condiment  contain- 
ing sodium  diacetate.  3.672.914.  CI.  99-140.00r. 
Delapena  Honing  Equipment  Limited:  See — 

Johnson,  Donald  Edgar,  3,672,102. 
Delavan  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 

Wayne,  Alex,  3,672,578. 
Delfeld,  William  F.:  See- 
Noll,  Stanley  Darwin;  and  Delfeld.  William  F..  3,672,030. 
Delfs,  Larry   M.,  to  Valmont  Industries,  Inc.   Rough  ground  self- 
propelled    sprinkhng    irrigation    apparatus.    3,672,572.   CI.    239- 
212.000. 
Deltoro.  Thomas  M.  Automated  color  print  processor.  3,672,288,  O. 
95-89.00r. 


Demci,  Michael;  and  Ihasz,  Richard,  to  Sperry  Rand  Corporation.  Hair 

trimmer  attachment  for  electric  shavers.  3,672.049. 0.  30-90.000. 
Demler.  Henry  William.  Sr.:  5m— 

Trimble.  John  Omer;  and  Demler.  Henry  William.  Sr..  3.672,383. 
Demler,  Walter  R.:  5m— 

Tewksbury.  Royd  L.,  Jr.;  and  Demler,  Walter  R.,  3,673,1 78. 
Denight,  James  P.;  and  Burgeaa,  George  A.,  to  Sweco,  Inc.  Driving  ap- 
paratus for  hoist  pan.  3,672,581,0.  24|.|0l.00r. 
Denis,  Andre.  Gas  water  heater.  3,672,350,  CI.  126-350.000. 
Denki  Kagaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  5m— 

Konishi,  Kozo;  Otake,  Michio;  Maeda,  Tatuo;  and  Maruyama,  Ku- 
niaki,  3,672,941. 
Dennison  Manufacturing  Company:  See — 

Sloan,  Donald  D.;  and  Amberkar,  Suresh  D.,  3,672,981. 
Travers,  Frederick  W.,  3,672,982. 
Denss,  Rolf;  Oauson-Kaas,  Niels;  and  Oatennayer,  Franz,  to  Gcigy 
Chemical  Corporation.  Substituted  phenylacetic  acids  and  esters 
thereof.  3,673,212,0.  260-326.300. 
Derringer,  Ray,  to  Preway  Inc.  Mobile  home  air  conditioning  unit. 

3,672,349,0.  126-1  lO.Oaa. 
Deryck,  Petrus  R.,  to  ACEC  Ateliers  de  Constructions  Electriques  de 
Charleroi.  Support  for  a  last  used  in  a  device  for  molding  shoe  soles. 
3.671,989.  a.  12-123.000. 
Design  and  Manufacturing  Corporation:  5m— 

Zane,  Victor  H..  3,673,53 1. 
Desmarais  &  Frere  Ltee:  5m— 

Desmarais.  Gerard;  and  Desmarais,  Oaude,  3,672,490. 
Desmarais.  Claude:  See — 

Desmarais.  Gerard;  and  Desmarais,  Claude,  3,672,490. 
Desmarais,  Gerard;  and  Desmarais.  Claude,  to  Desmarais  &  Frere 

Ltee.  Slide  library  album.  3,672,490,  CI.  206- 1  OOr. 
Desplanques,  Roger:  See— 

Le  Strat,  Guy  Jean;  and  Desplanques,  Roger,  3,673,333. 
Detroit  Edison  Company,  The:  See — 

Mashikian,  Matthew  S.;  Kelley,  James  K.;  and  McMurray,  WiUiam 
C,  3,673,305. 
Detroit  Tool  and  Engineering  Company:  5m— 

Burtin,  James  D.,  3,672.646. 
Dewey,  Clyde  G.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  High  speed  sensor  for 

initiating  circuit  breaker  tripping.  3,673.455,  O.  31 7-29.00r. 
Dhaka,  Vir  A.  :5m— 

De  Witt,  David;  Dhaka,  Vir  A.;  and  Oberai,  Avtar  S.,  3,672,983. 
Di  Bella,  Eugene  P.,  to  Tenneco  Chemicals,  Inc.  Process  for  the 
production  of  aromatic   hydroxyaldehydes.    3,673,257,  O.    260- 
600.000 
Di  Stefano.  Edmund  J.;  and  Enderley,  Arthur  E.,  to  International  Busi- 
ness Machines  Corporation.  Connector  assembly  with  tine  skewing 
housing.  3,673,542,0.  339-l4.00r. 
Diamond  Shamrock  Corporation:  5m— 

Curtis,  James  H.;  and  Woodward,  Fred  E.,  3,673,105. 
Diana,   Guy    D.,    to    Sterling    Drug    Inc.    Thiazolylcarbimidoylureas. 

3,673,201,  a.  26O-302.00r. 
Dick,  A.  B.,  Company:  See- 
On,  George  M..  3.672.885. 
Didek,  Stanislav*  Svec,  Zdenek;  and  Pospisil,  Frantisek,  to  Vyzkumny 
Ustav    Bavlnarsky.    Break-spinning   machine.    3,672,144,   CI.    57- 
58.950. 
Diehl:  5**— 

Trimpler.  Walter.  3,672,1 5 1 . 
Diels,  Manfred:  See — 

Schulte,  Friedrich  Wilhelm;  Diets,  Manfred;  and  Rosenkranz,  Wil- 
helm,  3,672,021. 

Diepcveen,  JohnC.  Wire  clamp.  3.672,556,  CI.  228-47.000. 
Diepeveen,  John  C.  Adjustable  mount.  3.672,65 1 , 0.  266-23.00f. 
Dietz,  Raymond  Louis,  to  Owens-Illinois.  Inc.  Multilayer  dielectric 
compositions  comprising  lead-barium  borosilicate  glass  and  ceramic 
powder.  3,673,092,0.  252-520. 
Dijkhuizen,  Willem;  Termin,  Erich;  Bleh,  Otto;  and  Morgenstem, 
Dieter,  to  Dynamit  Nobel  Aktiengesellschaft.  Manufacture  of  polyu- 
rethanes     using     organic     zirconium     compounds     as     catalysts. 
3,673, 159.  CI.  260-77. Sab. 
DiMar  Metal  Fabricators,  Inc.:  5m— 

Palazzolo,  Mario,  3,672,190. 
Dingwall,  Andrew  G.  F.,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Method  of  fabrication 

of  photomasks.  3,673,018,0.  156-1 1.000. 
Dir.  Gary  A.:  5m — 

Sliva.  Philip  O.;  and  Dir,  Gary  A.,  3,673,572. 
Discojet  Corporation:  See — 

Moller,  Paul  S.,  3,672.773. 
Distler,  Harry:  5m— 

Widder,  Rudi;  Distler,  Harry;  and  Fuchs,  Friedrich,  3.672,978. 
Ditscheid,  Hans  Leo:  5m— 

Levacher,  Friedrich;  Ditscheid,  Hans  Leo;  Burger,  Walter;  Assel- 
bom,  Peter;  and  Cramer.  Werner,  3,672,196. 
DogI,  Ernst;  Funck,  Albrecht;  Wellach,  Dieter;  and  Winkler,  Hans- 
Georg,  to  Hauni-Werke  Korber  &  Co.  KG.  Method  and  means  for 
regulating  the   operation  of  apparatus  for  the   production   and 
processing  ofcigarettes  or  the  Uke.  3,672,373,0. 13l-2l.00r. 
Doi,  Toshio:  5m — 

Kawabe,  Ushio;  Kimura,  Hiroshi;  Tomeoku,  Hiroahi;  and  Doi, 
Toshio.  3,673,444. 
Doi,  Yoshikazu;  and  Honda,  Yasuo,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Split  dagor- 
type   of  symmetrical   copying  lens  system.   3,672.748,  O.    350- 
220.000. 
Dollman,  Stephen  C:  5m— 


PI  10 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  21. 1972 


Lane,  George  A.;  Smith.  WiUiam  Arthur;  DoUman.  Stephen  C; 
Kaye.  Seymour  M.;  and  Taylor.  Franca  R.,  3.673,01 3. 
Dolomite  Brick  Corporation  of  America:  Set — 

Childs,  Edwin  E..  Jr..  3.673.288. 
Dolter,  Paul  A.:  See— 

McCarty,  Willian  R.,  Jr.;  Doiter.  Paul  A.;  and  Swanaon.  Wesley 
S..  3.672.627. 
Donaldson  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

Rowley.  Douglas  W.;  and  Campbell,  John  A..  3,672,464. 
Sullivan,  Bruce  M.;  and  Kaus,  Carl  M.,  3.672.1 30. 
Donaldson.  John  C.  Jr.,  to  EC&G,  Inc.  Programmable  computer- 
peripheral  interface.  3.673,576,  CI.  340-1 72.SOO. 
Donoghue,  William  J.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  Air  Force,  mesne. 
COS/MOS  phase  compartor  for  monolithic  integration.  3.673,430, 
CI.  307-232.000. 
Dontas.  Vaaailios  K.  Spring  retracuUe  car  key.  3.672,192,  Q.  70- 

414.000. 
Doring.  Erich.  Apparatus  to  produce  a  riveted  connection.  3.672.SS3. 

CI.  227-62.000. 
Doraey,  Geoffrey  A.,  Jr.,  to  Kaiser  Aluminum  &  Chemical  Corpora- 
tion. Method  for  forming  anodic  oxide  coatinp  having  improved  ad- 
hesive properties.  3,672,972,0.  204-S8.000. 
Dover  Corporation:  5«r— 

McMath,  Jack  A..  3,672,563. 
Wilson,  Fred  A.;  and  Allen,  Norman  T.,  3,672,403. 
Dow  Chemical  Company,  The:  See- 
brown,  William  E.;  Heitz.  Robert  G.;  and  Lcvine,  Charles  A.. 

3,672.995. 
Brubaker,  Burton  D.;  and  Waldman.  Nathan.  3,673,290. 
Burk.  George  A..  3.673.235. 
Carmody,  WiUiam  D.;  Thompson,  Charies  J.;  and  Butzler,  George 

J,  3,673,126. 
Huml.  James  O.;  and  Layne,  Gilbert  S..  3.672,832. 
Jones,   Giffin   D.;   Geyer,   Gerald   R.;   and   Hatch,   Melvin  J.. 

3,673,164. 
Juckniess.  Paul  R..  3.673,076. 
Kuhn,  Stephen  Joseph.  3,673.264. 
Lane,  George  A.;  and  Smith,  William  Arthur,  3,673,014. 
Moore,  Eugene   R.;   Buasey,   Marlin  G.;   and   Parish,   Hal  G., 

3,672,951. 
Newman,  Ritchey  O.,  Jr.;  and  Schrenk.  Walter  J.,  3,673,050. 
Rubens,  LouisC.  3.673.131. 

Saunders,  Frank  L.;and  Sheetz.  David  P..  3.673,142. 
Scibcr.  James  N.;  and  Parker,  Vernon  D..  3.673,190. 
Tomalia.  Donald  A.;  and  Glesner,  William  K.,  3,673,274. 
Wiggins,  Glenn  C,  3,672.9 1 5. 
Downs,  Francis  L.:  See— 

Downs.  Frank  R.,  3,67 1 .999. 
Downs,  Frank  R.,  to  Downs,  Francis  L.  Apparatus  for  recovering  meat 

from  bones.  3,67 1,999. CI.  17-l.OOg. 
Doyle,  Brian  W.:  See— 

Rygelis,  Joseph;  Sweet,  Ervin  J.;  and  Doyle,  Brian  W.,  3,672,162. 
Doyle,  Peter;  and  Stacey,  Joseph  Gilbert,  to  Imperial  Chemical  Indus- 
tries,  Limited.   Certain   pyridyl   malonates.    3,673.198,   CI.    260- 
295.00r. 
Dreier,  Raymond  C.  Adjustable  handsaw  construction.  3,672.418,  O. 

l4S-34.00r. 
Drenning,  John  F.:  See— 

Brown,  William  A.;  and  Drenning,  John  F.,  3,672,871. 
Drew,  Harold  E.:  See— 

Bunnan,  Per  Aron;  and  Drew,  Harold  E.,  3,673,384. 
Drews,  Reinhold  A.:  See — 

Berry.   William   R.;   Drews.   Reinhold   A.;   and  Crau.  Julius  J.. 
3.673.592. 
Driole,  Jean:  See— 

Bonnier,  Etienne;  Allibert,  Colette;  Driole,  Jean;  and  Wicker, 
Alain.  3.672,872. 
Driver,  Wilbur  B.,  Company:  See— 

Surr,CarrolDean:and  Wang,  Teh  Po,  3,673,003. 
Drobnik,  Stephan.  to  Geselbchaft  fur  Kemforschung  mbH.  Method  of 
removing  nitric  acid,  nitrate  ions  and  nitrite  ions  out  of  aqueous 
wute  solutions.  3,673.086,01.  210-59.000. 
Drugmand,  Lester  D.;  and  Temple,  Sidney  J.,  to  Emerson  Electric  Co. 

Electric  heating  ancmbly.  3,673.385.  CI.  219-335.000. 
Drugmand,  Lester  D.;  and  Temple,  Sidney  J.,  to  Emerson  Electric  Co. 

Electric  immersion  heaters.  3.673,386,  CI.  219-523.000. 
Drugmand,  Lester  D.;  and  Volker.  John  F.,  to  Emerson  Electric  Co. 

Electric  heaters.  3,673,387,  CI.  2 1 9-532.000. 
Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  1.,  and  Company:  See— 
Anderson,  Bernard  F.,  3,673.1  34. 
Bair,  Thomas  I.;  and  Morgan,  Paul  W..  3,673,143. 
BellU,  Harold  Edward,  3,672,964. 
Caldwell,  Gary  Lee;  Eger,  Thomas  Richard;  and  Miller,  Frederick 

Warren,  3,672,801. 
Ellis,  Linus  M,  3,672,865. 
Goaser.  Lawrence  Wayne,  3,673,270. 
Larry,  John  R.,  3,672,934. 
Licberman,  Marvin  Frank,  3,672,933. 
Little,  Ernest  Lewis.  Jr.,  3,672,867. 
Nadler.  Martin  L.,  3,673,056. 
Rapisarda,  Carmelo,  3.672,800. 
Scribner,  Richard  M..  3,673,179. 
Simms,  John  A.,  3,673,275. 

Sipoa,  Donald  J.;  Steigerwald,  Robert  F.;  and  Whitcomb,  Newell 
E..  3,672,876. 


Van  Stappcn.  Albert  Louis;  and  Schwarz,  Kari.  3,672,902. 
Vasta,Jaaeph  A,  3,673,148.  | 

Du  Pont,  Paul  R.,  to  Thermoplastic  Processes  Inc.  Fluorescent  lamp 

protection  apparatus.  3,673,401,  CI.  240-1 1.400. 
Duba,  Erwin;  and  Fiacher,  Conrad,  to  Linke-Hofmann-Busch  Waggon- 
FthRcuc-Maachincn  GmbH.  Movable  ttair  mounting  arrajvcment 
for  vehicles.  3,672,31  l.O.  105-447.000. 
Dubreuil.  Philip  B.;  Bartok,  Stephen;  and  Crawford.  William  R..  to 

Mattel,  lac.  Wire  bending  device.  3,672,408.0.  140-102.000. 
Dudas.  Attila.  to  Lee,  Raymond,  Organization,  Inc.,  The.  Electronic 
guitar  having  plural  output  channeb,  one  of  which  aimulatct  an  or- 
gan. 3,673,304.0.  84-1.010. 
Duduk,  Alexander.  Radial,  biM  ply  tire.  3,672,423,  CI.  1 52-356.000. 
Duecker,  Heyman  C;  and  Glemza,  Rimantas.  Process  for  the  prepara- 
tion of  fine-sized  aluminas.  3,672,831,0.  23-143.000. 
Duesler,  George  W.  Film  processing  apparatus.  3,672,290,  P.  95- 

94.00r. 
Duff-Norton  Company,  Inc.:  See— 
Profet,  Anthony  G.,  3,672.637. 
Duffy,  James  J.,  to  Ford  Motor  Company.  Pressure  diatribut«^  valve 
construction  for  power  steering  gear  mechanisms.  3,672,259, 0.  91- 
382.000.  I 

Duke,  David  A.:  See— 

GifTen.  James  W.;  Duke,  David  A.;  Dumbaugh,  William 'h..  Jr.; 

Flannery,  James  E.;  MacDowell,  John  F.;  and  Megles.  Jk>hn  E., 

3,673,049.  \ 

Duke.  Inc.:  See—  """"\ 

Keith.  Jack  G.,  3,673,227. 
Dukes,  Everett  E.,  Jr.:  See— 

Hedin,  Robert  A.;  and  Dukes.  Everett  E..  Jr..  3.673.569. 
Dumbaugh,  William  H.,  Jr.:  See— 

GifTen.  James  W.;  Duke.  David  A.;  Dumbaugh.  William  H..  Jr.; 

Flannery.  James  E.;  MacDowell,  John  F.;  and  Megles,  John  E., 

3,673,049. 

Dumitrescu,  Traian,  to  Institutul  de  Ceretari  Tehnologice  Pent^u  Con- 

structii  de  Masini.  Method  of  making  piston  rings.  3,673,004,  O. 

148-3.000. 

Dunbar,  John  R.:  See — 

Cazabon.  Dennis  C;  and  Dunbar,  John  R.,  3,672,625. 
Dunlop  Holdings  Limited:  See— 

Caspary.  Rudolf,  and  Kretschmer.  Peter,  3,672,212. 
Dupree,  Inc.:  See— 

Dupree.  James  N.,  3.673,544. 
Dupree,  James   N.,   to   Dupree.  Inc.   Connector  for  lamp  socket. 

3,673,544.0.339-61.001. 
Duran,  Raymond  J.;  and  Musch,  Cordon  F.,  to  Black  and  Decker 
Manufacturing   Company,   The.    Trimmer-edger   debris   catcher. 
3.672,139,0.56-202.000.  | 

D'Urbino,  Donato:  See— 

Decursu.  Giorgio;  De   Pas,  Jonathan;   D'Urbino.   Donato;  and 
Lomazzi.  Paolo.  3.672.723. 
DurTrHelmut:  See—  '•^-v^ 

Wagner,  Kari;  and  Durr.  Helmut.  3.672.286. 
Dykman,  Albert  W.  Trotting-horse  saddles.  3,672,123.0.  54-2iOOO. 
Dynamit  Nobel  AG:  See— 

Behr,  Erich,  3,673,153. 
Dynamit  Nobel  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Dijkhuizen,  Willem;  Termin,  Erich;  Bleh,  Otto;  and  Morgcnstern, 

Dieter.  3,673,159.  I 

Richter.Ulf.  3,672,033.  I 

Eager,  George  S.,  Jr.;  Silver,  David  A.;  and  Katz,  Carlos.  Pipe  type  ca- 
bles with  improved  skid  <vire  protection.  3.673,307.0.  174-^.OOr. 
Eari  and  Wright:  See— 

Johnson.  Edward  P.,  3.672,725.       ^\ 
Eastman  Kodak  Company:  See— 
Altmann,  Conrad,  3,672,765. 

Brookcr,  Leslie  G.  S.;  and  Fumia,  Arthur,  Jr.,  3,672,906. 
Bundschuh,  John  J.,  3,672,601 . 
Chang.  Elizabeth  Puiiu,  3,672,903. 
Cole,  Harold  E..  3,672,272. 
De  Mauriac.  Richard  A.,  3,672.904. 
Gabrielsen,  Rolf  S.;  and  Oiivares,  Ismael  A.,  3,672,896. 
Harvey,  Donald  M;  and  McConaughey.  Randall  T.,  3,672,^67. 
HortoB,  William  H.,  3,672,8 1 3. 
Jeffreys,  Roy  A.;  and  Mellows,  Susan  M.,  3,672,905. 
Knowles,  Frederick  G.;  and  Taylor,  Clarence  R.,  3,672,593 . 
Kurz,  Richard  Kari.  3,672,895. 
Kurz,  Richard  Kari,  3,672,900. 
Martin,  William  Allen,  3,672,751. 
Nelson,  Raymond  L.  3,673.496. 
Nerwin,  Hubert.  3,672.273. 

Schwan,  Judith  A.;  and  Graham,  James  L.,  3,672,898. 
Stoneham.  Jefftey  R..  3,672,285. 
Symonds,  Willard  G.,  3,672,252. 
Trachtenberg,  William.  3,672,930. 
Weaver,  Max  A.;  Straley,  James  M.;  and  Moore,  William  H., 

3,673.169. 
Wyand,  Edwin  B.;  and  Fariey,  William  C,  3.672,891. 
Eaton  Corporation:  See- 
Buck,  Ronald  H.,  Jr.;  and  Zbikowiki,  Ted.  3.672.43S: 
Buttriss,  Albert  T.,  3,672,738. 
ChUcoat,  Kermit  E..  3,672,706. 
De  Windt,  Edward  Mandell,  3,672,699. 
Eisenicich,  WUUam,  3,673,467. 
Hedin,  Robert  A.;  and  Dukes,  Everen  E.,  Jr.,  3,673,569. 


June  27, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  11 


Jaeschke,  Ralph  L.,  3,672,042. 
Kaiser,  Hermann,  3,673,367. 
Pacak,  Matthew.  3,672,195. 
Regan.JohnF.,  3.672.191. 
SchulU,Jerald,  3,672.714. 
Eaton  Corporation,  mesne:  See— 
Richins,  Kenneth  A.,  3,672,305, 
lUchins,  Kenneth  A.,  3,672,307. 
Eaton  Yale  &  Townc  Canada  Limited:  See— 

Albright,  Alva  Z..  3.672,412. 
Eaton  Yale  &  Townc  GmbH:  5m— 

Criescnbrock,  Karl-Heinz.  3,672,167. 
Eaton  Yale  ATovvne.  Inc:  See- 
Bloemer,  John  W..  3,672,402. 
Butriss,  Albert  T,  3,672.029 
Gona.  Donald  J.;  and  Oster.  Richard  J.,  3,672,293. 
McCarty.  WiUiam  R.,  Jr.;  Dolter,  Paul  A.;  and  Swanson,  Wesley 

S.,  3,672,627. 
Ohntrup,  Frederick  F.;  and  Pecsi,  Louis  E.,  3,672,470. 
Ebauches  Elecuoniques  S.A.:  See— 

Hubner,  Kurt,  3.672,154. 
EckerUn.  Herbert  M.,  to  Coming  Glass  Works.  Huid  flow  restrictor 
having  a  variable  coefficient  of  restriction.   3,672,401,  CI.    138- 
43.000. 
Eda,  Korckiyo:  See— 

Takahashi.  Kenji;  Yamamura.  Toshio;  Ono,  Miuuzo;  and  Eda. 
Korekiyo.  3,673.125. 
Edstrom.    Nils    Herbert;    and    Hemdal,   Goran    Anders   Henrik.   to 
Telefonaktiebolagel   L  M   Ericsson.   Process  control  scanner  ap- 
paratus. 3,673.577,0.  340-172.500. 
Educational  Service  Programs,  Inc.:  See— 

Turner,  Justin  L..  3.673.334. 
Edwards.  James  B..  to  Procter  &  Gamble  Company.  The.  Surface- 
modified  cellulose.  3.673.1 10. CI.  252-427.000. 
Edwards.  James  N.:  See— 

Barsh.  Max  K.;  and  Edwards.  James  N.,  3,673,560. 
EG&G.lnc.:5er— 

Donaldson.  John  C,  Jr.,  3,673.576. 
Eger,  Thomas  Richard:  See— 

Caldwell.  Gary  Lee;  Eger.  Thomas  Richard;  and  MUler.  Frederick 
Warren.  3,672,801. 
Ehrenreich,  Leo  C,  to  Carborundum  Company,  The.  Reinforced  car- 
bon and  graphite  articles.  3,672,936.  CI.  1 1 7-46. 
Eibofner,  Eugen,  Fink.  Willi;  and  Farian,  Gerhard,  to  Kaltenbach  & 

Voigt.  Dental  instrument.  3.672.060.  CI.  32-26.000. 
Eichin.  Harry  P.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corporation.  Combination  shipping 

container  and  dispenser  for  plastic  film.  3,672,494,  CI.  206-57. OOr. 
Eikelenboom,  Matthijs  Johan.  Training  apparatus.  3,672,075,  CI.  35- 

29.00r. 
Eisenberg,  Mark  F..  to  Burroughs  Corporation.  Circuit  for  driving  the 

cathodes  of  a  display  device.  3,673,461,0.  315-169.0tv. 
Eisenreich,  William,  to  Eaton  Corporation.  Resistively-coded  security 

system   3.673,467.0   317-134.000 
Ekbergh,  Evert  Oskar;  and  Jonsson.  Per  Gustaf.  Bi-directional  transla- 
tor circuit.  3,673,338,0.  179-18.0et 
Eknayan,  Hrant.  Apparatus  and  method  for  treating  engine  exhaust 
producu   to   minimize   harmful   constituenu.    3.672,171,  CI.   60- 
274000. 
El  Paso  Products  Company:  See— 
Mims,  Samuel  S.,  3.673.245. 
Electrohome  Limited:  See— 

Russell,  William  G..  3.673.523. 
Electrolytic  Zinc  Company  of  Australasia  Limited:  See— 

Ashdown.    Neil    Clifford;    and    Groutsch.    Eugene    Reginald, 
3,672,650. 
Electronic  Arrays,  Inc.:  5^*— 

Mc  Coy,  Michael  R.;  and  Nixon,  Glen  E.,  3,673,427. 
Elektroschmelzwerk  KemptenG.m.b.H.:  See— 

Kunst.  Helmut.  3,673,005. 
Elizer.  Lee  H.,  to  Hubinger  Company,  The.  Starches  containing  non- 
ionic,  basic  and  acidic  groups  and  preparation  and  uses  thereof. 
3,673.171.0.  260-233. 30r. 
Elkins.  Johnny  C;  and  Theriot.  Gilbert  A.  Indexing  means  for  wall 

panel  openings  3,672,064,0.  33-180.00r. 
Ellinger,  John  Henry,  to  Rolls-Royce  Limited.  Variable  pitch  aerofoil 

blades.  3.672.788,0.  416-43.000. 
Ellis  Corporation:  See— 

Toth,  Alex;  and  Fesmire,  Robert  H..  3,672.820. 
Ellis.  Leonard  C.:  See— 

Kise.  Mear!  A.;  and  Eilis.  Leonard C.  3.672.829. 
Ellis,  Linus  M..  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours.  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Increasing 
the  sugar  content  of  crops  with  a-ureidooxycarboxylic  acids  and 
their  derivatives.  3.672.865,0.  71-106.000. 
Elpern.  Bill;  Shapiro.  Harris  J.;  Shroff,  James  R.;  and  Soloway.  Harold, 
to  USV  Pharmaceutical  Corporation.  2-Naphthoic  acid  derivatives. 
3.673,238,0.  260-47 1. 00a. 
Eltra  Corporation:  See— 

Hardin,  James  T,  3,673,481.  ' 

Emerson  Electric  Co.:  See— 

Balven,  Martin  H.  3.672.531. 

Drugmand.  Lester  D.;  and  Temple.  Sidney  J..  3.673.385. 
Drugmand.  Lester  D.;  and  Temple,  Sidney  J.,  3,673,386. 
Drugmand,  Lester  D.;  and  Volker.  John  F.,  3,673,387. 
Wright,  James  A.;  and  Lindberg,  Allan  W.,  3,672,8 10. 


Emmett,  Robert  C,  Jr.;  and  Dahlstrom,  Donald  A.,  to  Envirotech  Cor- 
poration. Method  for  steam  drying  fUter  cake.  3,672,067,  O.  34- 
13.000. 

Enderley.  Arthur  E.:  See — 

Di  Stefano,  Edmund  J.;  and  Enderley,  Arthur  E.,  3,673,542. 

Energy  Absorption  Systems,  Inc.:  See— 

Young,  Bruce  O.;  Walker,  Grant  W.;  Ford,  Duane  B.;  and  Secg- 
miller.  Wan.  3.672.657. 
Engel.  Herbert:  See— 

Hartwig.  Kari;  Engel,  Herbert;  and  SchnaU,  Gunther.  3,672,764. 
Schnall.  Gunther,  and  Engel,  Herbert,  3.672.665. 
Engelhard,  Bruno:  See— 

Swodenk,  Wolfgang;  Schwerdtel.  Wulf;  Loeacker,  Paul;  and  En- 
gelhard, Bruno,  3,673,265. 
Cngelhardt,  Albrecht:  See— 

Schromm,  Kurt;  Mentrup,  Anton;  ZeUe,  Kari;  Renth,  Emst-Otto; 
Engelhardl,  Albrecht;  and  Traunecker,  Werner,  3,673,187. 
Engle,  Thomas   H.,   to  General   Signal  Corporation.   Vent  valve. 

3,672,633,0.251-304.000. 
Enso-Gutzeit  Osakeyhtio:  See— 

MoUanen,  Veikko  Mauri,  3,673,03 1 . 
Envirotech  Corporation:  See— 

Emmett,  Robert  C,  Jr.;  and  Dahlstrom,  Donald  A.,  3,672,067. 
Erck,  Karl,  to  Volkswagenwerk  Aktiengesellschaft.  Packing  and  secur- 
ing strip  for  windshields.  3,672,109,0.  52-400.000. 
Erdmann-Jesniuer,  Friedrich,  and  Rehfeldt,  Dietrich,  to  Redemat  S.A. 
Apparatus  and  method  for  controlling  or  monitoring  electric  welding 
processes.  3.673,377.0.  2 19- 131. OOr. 
Erekson.  Arthur  B.,  to  Borden,  Inc.  Apparatus  for  making  absorbent 

pads.  3.673,019,0.  156-66.000. 
Erickson,  Leland  E.:  See- 
Bauer,  James  J.;  Werner,  James  L.;  and  Erickson,  Leland  E., 
3,672.521. 
Erickson.    Raymond    Curry,    to    Squibb,    E.    R.,    &    Sons,    Inc.    a- 
Ureidocephalosporanic    acid    compounds.     3.673.183.    O.    260- 
243.00c. 
Eriksson.  Erik  Birger.  to  Nordiska  Maskinfilt  Aktiebolaget.  Method  for 
the    manufacture   of  endless   drive    belts   and   conveyor   bands. 
3,673.024.0.  156-137.000. 
Eriichman.  Irving,  to  Polaroid  Corporation.  Film  container.  3,672.276, 

CI.  95-19.000. 
Erman,  William  F.:  See— 

Fanta.  Wayne  1.;  and  Erman.  William  F.,  3,673,263. 
Fanu,  Wavne  1.;  and  Erman,  William  F.,  3.673,266. 
Kretschmar.  Herbert  C;  and  Erman,  William  F.,  3,673,261. 
Erste  Deutsche  Roatglas  GmbH  &  Co.  OHG:  See— 

Classen,  Franz,  3,672,859. 
Erwin,  Curtis  L.,  Jr.  Fuel  system  for  diesel  engines.  3,672,394, 0.  1 37- 

338.000. 
Eschard,  Gilbert,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Channel  amplifying 
device  comprising  a  plurality  of  coupled  channel  plates.  3,673,449, 
O.  313-105.000. 
Esclamadon,  Christian,  to  Societe  Anonyme  dite:  Societe  Nationale 
des  Petroles  d'Aquitaine.  Halogenated  thioethers  and  method  of 
preparations.  3,673,260,0.  260-609. 
Esposito.  James  Edward,  to  Amchem  ProducU,  Inc.  Dry  aminotriazole 

herbicidal  formulation.  3.672.863.  CI.  71-82.000. 
Esselink,    Abraham    J.,    to    Selas   Corporation.    Reformer   furnace. 

3.672,847,0.  23-288.00m. 
Esso  Research  and  Engineering  Company:  See — 
Maravetz.  Lester  L.,  3,672,864. 
Miller,  Alfred  H.,  3,673,203. 
Etat   Francais  represente  par  le   Ministre  des  Armees  Delegation 
Mtnisterielle  pour  I'Armement:  See— 

Teichner.  Stanislas  Jean;  and  Gilbert.  Andre  Nicolaon.  3.672,833. 
Etherington,  Robert  W..  Jr.;  and  Liauw,  Koei-Liang,  to  Mobil  Oil  Cor- 
poration. Catalytic  oxidative  dehydrogenation  oif  ketones  with  im- 
proved supported  gold  catalyst  3,673,255, 0.  260-586.00r. 
Ethyl  Corporation:  See— 

Malec.  Robert  E..  3,673,226. 
Eversheim,  Paul:  See — 

Teubler,  Adolf;  and  Eversheim,  Paul,  3,672.878. 
Eversull,  Richard   F.   Motor  vehicle  warm-up  and  battery  charger 

system.  3.673,379.0.  219-202.000. 
Ewald,  William  P.;  Nerwin,  Hubert;  and  Harvey,  Donald  M.  Assem- 
blage and  pack  for  self-processing  film  units.  3.672.274.  O.  95- 
13.000. 
Export  Tool  &  Welding  Co.,  Limited:  See— 

Halhng,  Roy  Walker  Lee;  and  Kriisa.  Paul.  3.672.317. 
Ezy-Way  Manufacturing  &  Sales  Co.:  See— 

Chaffin.  Chester  C.  3.672.634. 
Faarup.  Peter:  See — 

Borrevang.  Poul;  and  Faarup,  Peter.  3.673.224. 
Factor,  Arnold,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Method  for  stabilizing 

pigmented  polycarbonatt  resins.  3.673.146,0.  260-37.0pc. 
Faggin,  Federico:  See- 
Klein.  Thomas;  and  Faggin.  Federico,  3,673,471. 
Fahrbach,  Gerhard:  See— 

Bronstert.  Klaus;  Ladenberger.  Volker;  and  Fahrbach,  Gerhard. 
3.673,281. 
Fairbanks.  Theodore  H..  to  FMC  Corporation.  CeUular  structures. 

3,673,057.0.  161-68.000. 
Fairchild  Camera  and  Instrument  Corporation:  See— 


PI  12 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  27. 1972 


Klein,  Thomas;  and  Faggin,  Federico,  3,673,47 1 . 
Falkehag,  Sten  I.;  Moorer,  Howard  H.;  Pruak,  Gerald;  and  Bailey,  Cart 
W..  Ill,  to  Westvaco  Corporation.  Alkylene  chlorohydrin,  oxide  or 
carbonate  modified  sulfonated  lignins  in  a  disperse  or  vat  dye  cake. 
3.672.8 1 7,  CI.  8-79.000. 
Fanu.  Wayne  I.;  and  Erman.  William  F.,  to  Procter  &  Gamble  Com- 
pany, The.  Dihydro-ir-santalol  and  process  for  preparing  dihydro-ir- 
untaiol  from  3-endo-methyl-3-exo  (4'-methyl-S'-hydroxpentyl)nor- 
camphor.  3,673,263,  CI.  260-63 1  .SOO. 
Fanta,  Wayne  I.;  and  Erman,  William  F.,  to  Procter  A  Gamble  Com- 
pany, The.  Process  for  preparing  dihydro-/9-santalol  from  3-endo- 
methyl-3-exo(4'-methyl-S'-hydroxypcntyl)  norcamphor.  3.673,266, 
CI.  260-631.500. 
Faraci,  Giorgio:  See— 

Callieri,    Michele;    Faraci,    Giorgio;    and    Paracchini,    Mario. 
3,672,147. 
Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 
Arlt.  Dieter;  and  Holtschmidt,  Hans,  3,673,254. 
Brack,  Alfred,  3,673,1 82. 
Daum,  Werner;  Scheinpflug.  Hans;  Frohberger.  Paul-Ernst;  and 

Grewe,  Ferdinand,  3,673,210. 
Goliu.  Hans  Dietrich;  and  Simmler.  Walter.  3,673,233. 
Rinkler,    Heinrich;    Braden,    Rudolf;    and    Nischk,    Gunther, 

3,673,242. 
Simons,  Peter.  3,673,253. 

Swodenk,  Wolfgang;  Schwerdtel,  Wulf;  Losacker,  Paul;  and  En- 
gelhard, Bruno,  3,673,265. 
Tacke,  Peter;  Binsack,  Rudolf;  and  Weissel,  Oskar,  3,673,1 23. 
Farbwerke   Hoechst   Aktiengesellschaft   vormals   Meister   Lucius  & 

Bruning:  See— 
'     Von  Der  Elu,  Hans-Ulrich;  Jeths,  Johannes;  and  Boecker.  Alfons 
Bemhard.  3.672.815. 
Weissermel,  Klaus;  Uebe.  Rudolf;  and  Pfister.  Horst.  3.673,144. 
Farian,  Gerhard:  See— 

Eibofner.  Eugen;  Fink,  Willi;  and  Farian,  Gerhard,  3,672.060. 
Farley.  William  C:  See— 

Wyand.  Edwin  B.;  and  Farley.  WUIiam  C.  3.672.891 . 
Farrand,  Clair  L.,  to  Inductosyn  Corporation.   Position-measuring 
transformer  having  end-detecting  windings  useful  for  positioning  a 
magnetic  head  of  a  disc  drive  system.  3,673,584,  CI.  340-1 74.  lOc. 
Faulkner,  Eric  Andrew,  to  Brookdeal  Electronics  Limited.  Electronic 

phase  sensitive  detector  circuiu.  3.673,506.  CI.  329-103. 
Faulstich.  George  W.  Neck  for  wide-mouth  jar  and  cap  therefor. 

3.672.528,  CI.  21 5-46.00a. 
Fauth.  Otto,  to  Otto  Bilz.  Werkzeugfabrik.  Quick-change  chucks. 

3,672.692.  CI.  279-82.000. 
Faxon.   Robert  C,  to  Texas  Instruments.  Incorporated.   Composite 
thermistor    temperature    sensor    having    step-function    response. 
3.673.538. CI.  338-25. 
Fedders  Corporation:  See- 
Morgan.  Wendell  D..  3.672,573. 
Feddersen.  Donald  W.;  and  Markowski,  Everett  L..  to  Air  Cargo 
Equipment  Corporation,  mesne.  Cargo  container.   3.672,529.  CI. 
220-1.500. 
Federal-Mogul  Corporation:  See— 
Kerens.  Alfred  S..  3.672.690. 
Feldstein.  Nathan,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Method  of  preparing  a  sub- 
strate for  depositing  a  metal  on  selected  portions  thereof.  3.672,925, 
CI.  117-5.500. 
Felten  &  Guilleaume  Kabelwerke  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Levacher,  Friedrich;  Ditscheid.  Hans  Leo;  Burger.  Walter;  Assel- 
born,  Peter;  and  Cramer,  Werner,  3,672,196. 
Fenske,  Ellsworth  R.;  and  Sampson.  Robert  W.,  to  Universal  Oil 
Products  Company.  Determination  and  control  of  a  composition 
characteristic  while  blending  a  multi-component  combustible  fluid. 
3,672,840,  CI.  23-230.0pc. 
Ferguson,  Don  E.:  See— 

McNeese.  Leonard  E.;  and  Ferguson.  Don  E..  3,672,846. 
Ferguson,  William  G.  Massage  apparatus.  3,672,357,  CI.  128-49.000. 
Ferro  Manufacturing  Corporation:  See- 
Pickles,  Joseph,  3,672.7 1 3. 
Ferrotec,  Inc.:  See— 

Carr,  Kenneth  L..  3,673,5 1 8. 
Ferrox  Iron  Ltd.:  See— 

Nye,  John  David,  3,672,580. 
Ferstenberg,  Charles,  to  Tenneco  Chemicals.  Inc.  Apparatus  for  regu- 
lating the  upper  surface  contour  of  expanded  cellular  products. 
3,672,348.  CI.  425-364.000. 
Fesmire,  Robert  H.:  See— 

Tolh.  Alex;  and  Fesmire,  Robert  H.,  3.672,820. 
Feterl,  Leon  G.  Cleaning  and  sorting  machine  for  particulate  materials. 

3,672,505,  CI.  209-264.000. 
Feugnet,  Jean-Pierre:  See— 

Barbier,  Jean-Pierre;  and  Feugnet,  Jean-Pierre,  3,672,056. 
Fichtel  &  Sachs  AC:  See- 

Rieie.  Hans-Walter;  and  Friedrich.  Gerhard.  3,672,478. 
Fidrych.  Alfred  W.,  to  Hubbell,  Harvey.  Incorporated.  Open  mesh 

cable  grip.  3.672.006.  CI.  24-123.00f. 
Fielding,  John  C:  See- 
Ben  Daniel.  David  J.;  Fielding.  John  O.;  and  Hurwiu.  Henry,  Jr., 
3.673.687. 
Filotti.  Traian-Mircea:  See— 

Georgescu,    Eugenia;   Gheja.   Ion;    Bugur,    Victor;   Zirna,    Ion; 
Mazare,  Theodora;  Popescu,  Elena-Lygia;  Olteanu.  Bujor;  Mar- 


culeacu,  Nicolae;  Filotti,  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul.  Mariua-Aurel; 
andCalin,  Ion.  3.673,109.  1 

Findlay,  David;  and  Fowler,  Arnold  L.,  to  United  States  of  Aknerica. 

Army,  mesne.  Equal  impulse  firearm.  3.672.255. 0.  89-42.00r. 
Fink.  Anton.  Height  gauge.  3.672.620. 0.  248-125.000. 
Fink.  Willi:  See— 

Eibofner.  Eugen;  Fink.  Willi;  and  Farian.  Gerhard.  3.672,060. 
Finkhauser.  Dieter;  and  Friesc,  Andre,  to  Siemeni  AktiengeteOichaft. 
Call  re-routing  system  for  telephone  installations.  3.673.341.  CI. 
179-18.0l)e.  T 

Fiorentino.  Arthur  A.,  to  Thomas  &  Bettt  Corporation.  Strap  sluppon. 

3,672,61 5,  a.  248-74.0pb. 
Firestein.  Harry;  and  Tyas,  Karl,  to  Hand,  Louis,  Incorporated.  Cloth 

transfer  device.  3,672,3 1 3,  a.  1 1 2- 1 2 1 . 1 50. 
Firestein.  Harry;  and  Tyas,  Kari,  to  Louis  Hand  Incorporated,  aoth 

stacking  device.  3.672,3 1 4.  CI.  112-121.290. 
Firestone  Tire  &.  Rubber  Company.  The:  See— 

Lohr.  Delmar  Frederick.  Jr.;  Crane.  Grant;  and  Kay,  Edward  L 

3,673,269.  ^ 

Schmidt,  Ernst,  3,673,133. 
Fi?<her  Sc.  Fischer  G.m.b.H..  mesne:  See— 

Klosa.  Josef,  3,673.185. 
Fischer.  Alvin  G.  Handtoote.  3.672.419.  CI.  145-65.000. 
Fischer,  Conrad:  See— 

Duba.  Erwin;  and  Fischer,  Conrad.  3.672.3 1 1 . 
Fischer,  Georg,  AG:  See— 

Corbach,  Klaus.  3.672.834. 
Fischer.  Heinz  G.:  See—  ^ 

Moore.  Harold  R.;  and  Fischer.  Heinz  G..  3.673.297. 
Fisher.  William  J..  50%  to  Braverman,  Maynard.  mesne.  Apparatus  for 

processing  flexible  metallic  conduit.  3.672,01 5,  CI.  29-33.00k, 

Fisons  Pharmaceuticals  Limited:  See—  i 

Cairns.  Hugh;  and  Johnson,  Peter  Bennett,  3,673,2 1 8.         I 

Fitzpatrick.  William  E.:  See—  ' 

Berger.  Leonard;  Fitzpatrick.  William  E.;  McGinlcy.  James  H.; 
Pfund,  Adolf;  and  Schwartzberg.  IraG..  3.672.122. 
Flamand.  Maurice  R,  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  Tape 

wheel forshuttieless looms.  3,672.405. CI.  1 39-1 22.00r. 
nannery.  James  E.:  See— 

Giffen,  James  W.;  Duke,  David  A.;  Dumbaugh.  William  ^..  Jr.; 
Flanaery.  James  E.;  MacDowell.  John  F.;  and  Megles.  Jehn  E.. 
3.673.049.  ' 

Fleissner,  Heinz,  to  Vepa  AG.  Apparatus  for  the  continuous  treatment 

of  textile  materials.  3.672.010,  CI.  26-60.000. 
Fleissner.  Heinz,  to  Vepa  AG.  Apparatus,  such  as  a  drawing  unit  or  a 

calender  dryer.  3.672.467.  CI.  184- 1.00c. 
Fleming,  Robert  W:  See— 

Albrecht.  William  L.;  Fleming.  Roberi  W.;  and  Horgan.  Stephen 
W.,  3.673.191.  J 

Fleury,  Jean;  and  Pinot.  Jean,  to  Regie  Nationale  des  Usines  Renault 
and  Automobiles  Peugeot.  Automatic  regulation  of  electrochemical 
machining  systems.  3,673.072,  CI.  204-224.000. 
Reury,  Roger:  See— 

Stauff,  Emile;  and  Reury.  Roger.  3.672,607. 
Flintkote  Company,  The:  See— 

Dalik.  Herbert  A..  3.672,804. 
Florin,  Walter.  Writing  instrument  and  indicator  method.  3,672,842. 

CI.  23-230.00r.  1 

Florui,  Hans-Jorg:  See—  I 

Burckhardt,  Manfred  H.;  Rorus,  Hans-Jorg;  Grossner,  Hoist;  and 
Krohr.  Helmut,  3,672,730. 
FMC  Corporation:  See— 

Buchzik.  Charles  M.,  3,672.91 7. 

Fairbanks.  Theodore  H.,  3.673,057. 

Hamilton.  James  P..  3.672.924. 

Pepmeier.  Carl  R.;  Sincavage.  Joseph  T.;  and  Stoffregen,  Lduis'  E. 

3,673,046.  , 

Price.John  A;  and  Stewart.  Mary  J..  3.673,157.  I 

Reed,  Stanley  E..  Jr.;  and  Ruby,  Donald  C,  3,672,794.         I 
Foehring,  Robert  A.;Carnache,  Richard  R.;  and  Kenney.  Donald  M. 
to  International  Business  Machines  Corporation.  Method  for  diffu- 
sion limited  mass  transport.  3.672,948. CI.  I17-I06.00r. 
Foley,  Thomas  P.:  See- 
Carlson,  Robert  A.;  and  Foley,  Thomas  P..  3,672,600. 
Folsom,  Harold  A.:  See — 

Dehne,  Clarence  A.;  and  Folsom,  Harold  A.,  3,672,306. 
Fong,  William:  See — 

Broadway,  Alexander  Richard  William;  Fong,  William;  and  Raw- 
cliffe.  Gordon  Hindle.  3.673.477.  I 

Foote,  Allen  M.  Humidifier.  3,672.568, 0.  236-44.  ^ 

Ford,  Duane  B.:  See—  } 

Young.  Bruce  C;  Walker,  Grant  W.;  Ford,  Duane  B.;  and  Seeg- 
miller.  Wan,  3,672,657. 
Ford  Motor  Company:  See— 

Cazabon,  Dennis  C;  and  Dunbar,  John  R..  3.672.62S. 
Duffy,  James  J..  3.672.259. 
Hamburg,  Douglas  R..  3.673.476. 
Kitzner.  Ernest  W.,  3.672.537. 
Knowles.  James,  3,672,697. 
Ojala.  WiUiam  K..  3.672.342. 
Forrer.   Homer  W.,  to  Mead  Corporation,  The.   Article  darner. 

3,672,539.  a.  220-113.000. 
Foseco  International  Limited:  See — 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  13 


Cooley,  Kenton  Parkes;  and  Jago.  Edward  John,  3,672,427. 
Foster,  James  L.,  Jr.,  to  TarUn  Industries,  inc.  Drag  bitt.  3.672.455.  Q. 

175-412.000. 
Foster,  Luther  M.:  See — 

Blakeslee,  A.  Eugene;  Foster.  Luther  M.;  and  Plaskett,  Thomas  S.. 
3.673.064. 
Foster,  Theodore  T.:  See— 

Talbot,  Meldon  L.;  and  Foster,  Theodore  T..  3.673.232. 
Foster-Pegg.   Richard   W..  to  Struthers   Energy   Systems,   inc.  Gas 

liquifaction.  3.672. 179.  CI.  62-5.000. 
Fourneron.  Aime.  Exercising  apparatus.  3.672.361,  CI.  128-71.000. 
Fowler,  Arnold  L.:  See— 

Findlay,  David;  and  Fowler,  Arnold  L..  3,672,255. 
Frampton,  Orville  D.;  Pedigo,  Joel  B.;  and  Lecher,  Hans  Z.,  to  National 
Distillers  and  Chemical  Corporation.  Process  for  the  catalytic  reduc- 
tive amination  of  nitriles.  3,673,251, CI.  260-563.00d. 
Frank,   Peter;  Jentzsch,   Dietrich;   and   Kurger.   Helmut,   to   Boden- 
seewerk  Perkin-Elmer  &.  Co.  GmbH.  Sample  injection  arrangement 
for  an  analytical  instrument.  3.672.227.  CI.  73-422.0gc. 
Frankenstein  Group  Limited:  See- 
Hawkins.  James  Mitchell.  3.672.609. 
Franklin.  Allen  Raymond:  See— 

McMahon.  Donald   Howland;  and  Franklin,  Allen  Raymond, 
3.673.596. 
Frant.  Martin  S.;  and  Ross.  James  W.,  to  New  England  MerchanU  Na- 
tional Bank,  mesne.  Ion-sensitive  electrode  and  method  of  making 
and  using  same.  3.672.962.  CI.  204- 1  OOt. 
Frassetto.  Henry  E..  Jr.:  See- 
Burton,  Paul  T.;  Cole,  Walter  E.;  Frassetto,  Henry  E.,  Jr.;  Gibson, 
Robert  G.;  Greenberg,  Allan,  HandlofT,  Louis  E.;  and  Radlinsky, 
Raymond,  3.673,575. 
Fraze,  Ermal  C:  See— 

McGuire,J.B.,  3,672,535. 
Freeman,  Donald  C,  Jr.;  and  Rogers,  Louis  J.,  to  Ionics  Incorporated, 
mesne.     Analysis    of    organic    and    inorganic    water    pollutants. 
3.672.84 1. CI.  23-230.0pc. 
Freggens.  Robert  Alfred,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Method  of  making  a 
heat  pipe  having  an  easily  contaminated  internal  wetting  surface. 
3.672.020. CI.  29-1 57. 30r. 
French  Oil  Mill  Machinery  Company.  The:  See— 

Slaby.  Robert  Kent.  3.672.641. 
Freund.  Ernest  H.:  See- 
Jonas.  John  J.;  and  Freund.  Ernest  H..  3.673,106. 
Frick,  Wilhelm  Ernst;  Weiss.  Anton  G.;  Wenger.  Thomas;  and^raber. 
Walter,     to     Geigy     Chemical     Corporation.     Biocidally     active 
benzimidazole  compounds.  3,673,209. CI.  260-309.200. 
Fried.  Krupp  Gesellschaft  mit  beschrankter  Haftung:  See — 

Mross.     Siegfried;    Grossheim.    Hans;    and    Aubert.    Michel, 
3,673,552. 
Friedlander,  Charles  B.:  See- 
Parker,  Eari  E.;  and  Friedlander.  Charies  B  .  3.673.1 32. 
Friedrich.  Gerhard:  See— 

Riese.  Hans-Walter;  and  Friedrich,  Gerhard,  3,672,478. 
Fries,  Walter:  See- 
Walter,  Dieter;  Fries,  Walter;  and  Gotte,  Ernst,  3,673.096. 
Friese,  Andre:  See— 

Finkhauser,  Dieter;  and  Friese.  Andre,  3.673.341. 
Fritz,  Manfred,  to  Schloemann  Aktiengesellschaft.  Crank  with  adjusta- 
ble crank  radius.  3.672,242,  CI.  74-600.000. 
Frohberger.  Paul-Ernst:  See— 

Daum.  Werner;  Scheinpflug.  Hans;  Frohberger,  Paul-Ernst;  and 
Crewe,  Ferdinand.  3,673.210. 

Frouimiiou.  Amuuid  P..  to  Autontobiies  Peugeot  and  Regie  Na- 
tionale des  Usines  Renault.  Rearwheel  unit  of  a  vehicle  having  inde- 
pendent wheels  and  trailing  links.  3.672.698.  CI.  280- 1  24.00a. 
Fruengel.  Frank.  Method  and  arrangement  for  measuring  the  density  of 
natural  fog  in  the  free  atmosphere  using  light  source  which  is  also  a 
flashing  warning  beacon.  3,672.775,  CI.  356-103.000. 
Fruitgrowers  Chemical  Company  Limited:  See- 
Taylor.  Geoffrey  Gordon.  3.672.945. 
Fryberger.  David:  See- 
Johnson.  Ralph  G.;  and  Fryberger.  David.  3.673.327. 
Frye  Industries.  Inc..  mesne:  See- 
Blake,  Carl  B.;  and  Tung,  George  K.  L..  3,673.1 3S. 
Fuchs,  Friedrich:  See— 

Widder.  Rudi;  Distler.  Harry;  and  Fuchs.  Friedrich,  3,672,978. 
Fuchs,  Otto:  See— 

Schulte,  Friedrich  Wilhelm;  Dicls.  Manfred;  and  Rosenkranz,  Wil- 
helm, 3.672.021. 
Fuetsch.  William.  Chain-hose  attachment  clips.  3,672,395.  CI.  137- 

355.160. 
Fuji  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Ohkubo,     Kinji;     Noguchi,     Junpci;     and     Obmura,     Kunioki, 

3,672.901. 
Sato.  Akira;  Ueda.  Hirozo;  and  Ono.  Yoshiaki.  3,672,897. 
Sato.  Masamichi;  and  Takahashi,  Isoji,  3.672.330. 
Tamai.  Yasuo;  and  Honjo,  Satoru,  3,672,988. 
Tsujimura,  Kimiaki;  and  Moriya,  Tosio,  3,672,248. 
Fujimori,  Yoshiaki,  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Suwa  Seikosha.  Synthetic 
resin  watchcasc  with  embedded  metal  reinforcement.  3,672,158.  Q. 
S8-90.00r. 
Fujimoto.  Hirozi:  See— 

Nakamura,  Tadahisa;  Fujimoto.  Hirozi;  Yamamdto,  akoto;  and 
Shintomi.  Yukito.  3.6Z3  363. 
Fujisoku  Electric  Co..  Ltd.:  ^< — 


Nakamura,  Tadahisa;  Fujimoto,  Hirozi;  Yamamoto,  akoto;  and 
Shintomi,  Yukito.  3,673.363. 
Fujiwara,  Hideo:  See — 

Nishida.  Hideko;  Yamaguchi.  Kunihiko;  Kumasaka,  Noriyuki;  Su- 
gita.  Yutaka;  and  Fujiwara,  Hideo,  3,673,581. 
Fujiyasu,  Toshio:  See — 

Yunoki.  Tadao;  and  Fujiyasu.  Toshio.  3,672,237. 
Fukuba.Hiroshi.  Carpet  sweeper.  3.671.991.0.  15-41.000. 
Fukuoka,  Tatsuo.  Footwear.  3,672,078,0.  36-1 1.500. 
Fukuura,  Yukio:  See — 

Iwami,  Ichiro;  Honda,  Toshio;  and  Fukuura,  Yukio.  3.673.022. 
Fukuyama,  Yasuo;  and  Okada,  Yosuke,  to  Yamauchi  Rubber  Industry 
Co.,  Ltd.  Method  of  making  a  polyurethane  rubber  covered  roll. 
3,673,025,0.  156-154.000. 
Fulk,  James  B.  Matched  plate  method  for  printing  on  multiple  paper 

parte.  3,672,299,0.  101-426.000. 
Fuller  Company:  See — 

Kramer,  Walter  W.,  3.672.577. 
Fumia.  Arthur.  Jr.:  See— 

Brooker.  Leslie  G.  S.;  and  Fumia,  Arthur.  Jr..  3.672.906. 
Funada.  Kiyotaka;  Shinohara.  Takashi;  and  Imai,  Hiroko,  to  Nihon 
Kagaku  Kizai  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Process  for  chemically  depositing 
nickel  on  a  synthetic  resin  base  material.  3.672,940.  CI.  1 1 7-47.000. 
Funck.  Albrecht:  See— 

Dogl.  Ernst;  Funck.  Albrecht;  Wellach.  Dieter;  and  Winkler. 
Hans-Georg.  3.672.373. 
Furford,  Juhus  M.  Cranberry  harvesting  apparatus.  3,672,140,  CI.  56- 

330.000. 
Furlong.  Dale  A.:  See- 
Smith,  Richard  D.;  and  Furlong,  Dale  A..  3.672,341. 
Furman,  Frank  Meritt.  to  American  Cyanamid  Company.  Process  for 

preparing  tertiary  amyl  urea.  3.673,249,  CI.  260-553.00r. 
Furrer.  Eduard.  to  Contraves  AG.  Hydraulic  or  pneumatic  controlled 

two  stage  slide  valve.  3.672.399.  CI.  1 37-625.620. 
Gabrielsen.  Rolf  S.;  and  Olivares,  Ismael  A.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. Photographic  composition,  element  and  process.  3.672.896, 
CI.  96-66.0hd. 
Gachot,Jean;     and     Perales,     Femand.     Compressed-air     actuator. 

3,672,260, 0.  92-69.000. 
GAF  Corporation:  See— 

Szymber,  Oleg;  and  Shim,  Norman,  3,672,757. 
Gaffney.  Francis  J.;  Degen,  Joseph  F.;  and  Oark.  Gerald  F..  to  North 
American   Philips  Corporation.   Electrically  heated   hair  curler. 
3.673,382,0.219-222.000. 
Gagliani.   John,   to   International    Business    Machines   Corporation. 
Quenching   injection   molded   polycarbonate   parts   or  fatigue   re- 
sistance. 3.673.289.  CI.  264-28.000. 
Galbraith-Pilot  Marine  Corporation:  See— 

Parke.  Harry  G,  3.673.422. 
Gallagher.  James  J.:  See— 

Neth.  Richard  M.;  Rogers.  John  M.;  and  Gallagher.  James  J.. 
3.672.011. 
Gambale,  James  Richard;  Mclntyre.  Glenn  Hazel.  Jr.;  and  Ranney. 
Fredrik  J.,  to  Tizon  Chemical  Corporation.  Process  for  preparing 
basic  zirconium  sulfates  and  other  zirconium  compounds  such  as  zir- 
conium   fluosulfates.    and    compositions    containing    the    same. 
3.672.825,0.23-15. 
Gancarz,  Walter  F.:  See— 

Seipel,   Hans  J.;  Gancarz,  Walter  F.;  and   Aves,   Donald  J., 
3,672,379. 
Ganser.  Josef  See — 

Wagner,  Karl;  and  Ganser,  Josef,  3,672.270. 
Garbarini,  Victor  Charles:  See— 

Corby.  William  Joseph;  Garbarini.  Victor  Charles;  and  White. 
Malcolm  Lunt.  3,673,099. 
Gardel.  Robert;  and  Gorsky,  Egon,  to  Mattel,  Inc.  Crank  operated 

dancing  doll.  3,672,097,0.46-120.000. 
Garnache,  Richard  R.:  See— 

Foehring,  Robert  A.;  Garnache,  Richard  R.;  and  Kenney,  Donald 
M.,  3,672,948. 
Gamer.  Peter,  to  Thomas  &  Betts  Corporation.  Micro-circuit  pack 

receptacle.  3,673,543,0.  339-61. 
Garratt,  Joseph  A.;  and  Ash,  Leonard  P.,  to  Babcock  Electronics  Cor- 
poration. Magnetic  actuator.  3.673.529,  CI.  335-234.000. 
Garren  Corporation,  mesne:  See — 

Rush.  Harold  F..  3.672.705. 
Garrett.  Beverley  R.:  See- 
Jackson,  Wendell  T.;  Garrett.  Beverley  R.;  and  Vicars,  Earl  C. 
3.673.058.  , 

Gasiorowski.  Roman  J.,  to  AMF  Incorporated.  Fender  flairing  ap- 
paratus. 3,672,198,0.  72-215. 
Gaudry,   Paul   Emile.   Rotary  brush   adjustment  device  for  vacuum 

cleaner  attachment.  3,671,996.0.  15-368.000. 
Gaydasch.  Alexander:  See — 

Rotenwald,  Robeit  H.;  and  Gaydasch,  Alexander,  3,672,834. 
Gaydasch.  Alexander,  to  Universal  Oil  Products  Company.  Flame  re- 

tardant  compositions  of  maner.  3,673.149.0.  260-45.80n. 
Gazzani.  Renato,  to  CM. P.  OfRcine  Meccanoplasuche  Di  Precisionc 
S.R.L.     Rapid-release     escapement     for     timing     {KOgrammers. 
3,672,234.0.74-3.520. 
GehTY.  Frank  O.:  See— 

Jaffe.  Christopher,  and  Gehry.  Frank  O..  3.672.463. 
Geigy  Chemical  Corporation:  See — 

Dcnaa,    Rolf;    Oauson-Kaaa,    Niels;    and    Ostermayer,    Franz, 
3.673.212. 


PI  14 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  27, 1972 


Frick.  WUhclm  Envt;  Weia.  Anton  C;  Wenger,  Thomas;  and 
Traber.  Walter,  3.673.209. 
Geislcr,  Roland;  and  Gcnnacheid,  Hana,  to  Henkel  A  Cie  GmbH. 
Proceat  for  the  treatment  of  anodic  oxidized  aluminum  surfaces. 
3.672.966.  CI.  204-35.00n. 
Geller.  Robert  Z.:  See— 

Tripp.  Robert  W.;  and  GcUcr.  Robert  Z.,  3,673.585. 
General  Electric  Company:  See— 
AUisoa.  Ralph  H..  Jr..  3.673.532. 
Arnold.  Richard  B..  3.672.027. 
Arnold.  Richard  B..  3.672.039. 
Arnold.  Richard  B^  3.672.040. 
Arnold.  Richard  B..  3.672.04 1 . 
Ben  Daniel.  David  J.;  Fielding,  John  O.;  and  Hurwitz.  Henry.  Jr.. 

3.672.687. 
Bialous,  Charles,  3,673.278. 
Carpenter,  Thomas  J.,  3,673.459. 
Clark.  Thomas  J.;  and  Brown.  Howard  W..  3.673.051 . 
Cutler.  Arthur  S.;  and  Smith.  Dallas  F.,  3.672.026. 
Dean,  John  W.  3,673.272. 
Dewey.  Clyde  G..  3.673.4S3. 
Factor.  Arnold.  3 .67  3 . 1 46. 
Glenn.  William  £..  Jr..  3.672,894. 
Hagen,  Kenneth  C.,  3.672.750. 
Hay.  AUanS.  3.673.219. 

Holub.  Fred  F.;  Bergcr.  Abe;  and  Selin.  Terry  C.,  3.673.1  SS. 
Hughes.  WUliam  C,  3.673.S28. 
Humphrey.  John  G..  3,673.319. 
Jerabek.  Elihu  C.  3.672.997. 
Lee,  Alt.  3.673.413. 
Mitoff.  Stephan  P.,  3.672.994. 
Moore.  George  E..  3.672,839. 

Niedrach.  Leonard  W.;  and  Stoddard.  WiUiam  H..  Jr..  3.673,069 
Orlando,  Charles  M.;  Wirth,  Joseph  G.;  and  Heath.  Darrcll  R., 

3.673.202. 
Parker.  Harold  F..  3.673.503. 
Peterson,  David  D.,  3,673,01 7. 
Ringwall,  Carl  G.,  3,672,235. 
Ringwall,  Carl  G.;  and  Shah.  Rasik  P.,  3.672.388. 
Schaefer.  Donald  L..  3.672,992. 
Schroeter,  Siegfned  H.,  3,673,2 16. 
Shinn.  Jeffrey  N.;  and  Ringwall.  Carl  G.,  3,672,23 1 . 
Spiller,  WUliam  H..  3.673,488. 

Tiemann,  Jerome  J.;  and  Gitzendanner,  Louis  G.,  3,673,353. 
Vedder,  Willcm;  and  Vermilyea,  David  A.,  3,672,822. 
Weininger,  Joseph  L.;  and  Holub,  Fred  F.,  3,673.1 27. 
Wright,  Archibald  N.;  Mimeault,  Victor  J.;  and  Wilkus.  Edward 

v..  3.673,054. 
Wright,  John  H.,  3.673,089. 
Young,  James  Roger,  3,672,789. 
General  Foods  Corporation:  See— 

Woodruff,  George  M.;  Stoeckli,  Oscar  W.;  and  Shando,  Joseph  G., 
'    3,672.264. 
General  Mills,  Inc.:  See— 

Blixrud.  John  O.;  Knigge.  Wayne  1.;  Rustad.  Stanley  C;  and 
Ttuchiya,  Takuzo,  3,672.294. 
General  Motors  Corporation:  See — 
Koivunen,  Erkki  A..  3.672,73 1 . 
General  Signal  Corporation:  See — 
Auer,  John  H,  Jr.,  3,672,462. 
Engle.  Thomas  H.,  3,672,633. 
GcDz.  Orville  F.,  to  Hydro  Com^ionent  Research  and  Development  Co. 

Mold  construction.  3,672,807,  CI.  425-422.000. 
Georgescu,  Eugenia;  Ghcja,  Ion;  Bugur,  Victor;  Zima,  Ion;  Mazare, 
Theodora;    Popescu,    Elena-Lygia;    Olteanu,    Bujor,    Marculescu, 
Nicolae;  Filotti,  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul,  Marius-Aurel;  and  Calin, 
Ion,  to  institutui  de  Cercetari  Pentru  Prelucrarea  titeiului.  Process 
for  the  reactivation  of  platinum-on-alumina  catalysts.  3,673,109,  CI. 
252-415.000. 
Gerace.  Paul  L.;  and  WoMf.  Nikolaus  E..  to  Xerox  Corporation. 
Method  of  producing  a  phthalocyanine  photoconductive  layer. 
3.672.979.  CI.  117-201.000. 
Gerber  Garment  Technology:  See— 

Gerber,  Heinz  Joseph;  and  Pearl,  David  R.,  3,672,661 . 
Gerber,  Heinz  Joseph;  and  Pearl,  David  R.,  to  Gerber  Garment 
Technology.  Method  for  spreading  sheet  material.  3,672,661,  CI. 
270-31.000. 
Geriach  Brown.  Inc..  mesne:  See— 

Geriach.  Charles  R.;  and  Brown.  Robinson  W.,  3,672,797. 
Geriach,  Charles  R.;  and  Brown,  Robinson  W.,  to  Geriach  Brown,  Inc., 

mesne.  Fluid  power  converter.  3,672,797,  CI.  04/14/72. 
Geriach.  Klaus:  5m— 

Seibert,  Gerhard;  and  Geriach.  Klaus.  3.672.943. 
Germscheid.  Hans:  See— 

Geisler.  Roland;  and  Germscheid.  Hans.  3.672.966. 
Gerrard.  A.  J..  A  Company:  See— 

Hoffmann.  Anton  R..  3.672,596. 
Gcrstaer.    Dieter.    Method    of   dividing    a    semiconductor    wafer. 

3.673.0 1 6.  a.  156-6.000. 
Geschka.  Hugo  Werner;  Oberhoff.  Wolfgang;  and  Korb.  Klaus,  to 

Beges  AG.  Washing  machine.  3,672,188,  CI.  68-12.00r. 
GeseUschafl  fur  Kenuorschung  mbH:  5«v— 

Drobnik,  Stephan.  3,673,086. 
Geas.  Larry  C.  Apparatus  for  packaging  articles.  3.672.119.  CL  53- 


I.    MJlvt 


vtn  J., 


i 


I  Gil 


Ceyer.  Gerald  R.:  See— 

Jones,  GiCrin  D.;  Geyer.  Gerald  R.;  .and  Hatch. 
3.673.164. 
Gheja.  ion:  See— 

Georgescu,   Eugenia;   Gheja.   Ion;   Bugur,   Victor.   Zir«a.   Ion; 

Maxare.  Theodora;  Popeacu,  Elena-Lygia;  Oltaanu.  Bujor.  Mar- 

culeacu,  Nicolae;  Filotti.  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul,  Mariup-Aurel; 

andCalin.  Ion.  3,673.109. 

GhUardi,  Giuliana:  See— 

Kalopkais,  Gregoire;  De  Raymond.  Henri  Philippe;  Abe^  Jean- 
Louis;  and  Ghilardi.  Giuliana.  3.672.375. 
Gibaon,  Robert  G.:  See- 
Button,  Paul  T.;  Cole.  Walter  £.;  FraHetto.  Henry  E..  Jr.;  Gibaon. 
Robert  G.;  Greenberg.  Allan;  Handtoff.  Louia  E. ;  and  RadUnaky, 
Raymond,  3,673.575. 
Gibaon.  Tlkomas  W.:  See— 

Pieper.  Kenneth  M.;  and  Gibaon,  Thomaa  W.,  3.673.256. 
Cidgc.  Lester;  and  Poulin,  Valmor  R..  Jr.  Apparatus  for  making  non- 
woven  pile  material.  3.673,048,a.  156-510.000. 
GifTen,  James  W.;  Duke.  David  A.;  Dumbaugh,  William  H.,  Jr.;  Flan- 
nery,  James  E.;  MacDowell,  John  F.;  and  Megles.  John  E.,  lo  Com- 
ing Glam  Works.  Class  laminated  bodies  comprising  a  tensilely 
stressed  core  and  a  comprcaively  sueascd  surface  iay«r  fused 
thereto.  3,673,049,0.  161-164.000. 
Gilbert,  Andre  Nicolaon:  See— 

Teichner.  Stanislas  Jean;  and  Gilbert,  Andre  Nicolaon,  3,672.833. 
Gill.  Edward  W.,  and  Vincent.  Derek  A.,  to  Moore  Buaineas  Forms  Inc. 

Continuous  sutionery  guide  means.  3.672.483.  Q.  197-1 33.000. 
Gilmore.  Wilham  J.,  to  American  Chain  A.  Cable  Company.  In<.  Wind- 
ing apparatus  and  method.  3.672.142.  Cl.  57-17.000. 
Gibon,  Russell  A.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Army.  Voltage  con- 
trolled hybrid  attenuator.  3.673,492.  Cl.  323-74.000. 
Giltner,  Benedict  Oare:  See— 

Schrotder,  Duane  Arthur;  Weiaa.  Alvin  Dennis;  and  Giltner, 
BencdictClare.  3.673.1 17. 
Ginhoux.  Roland:  See—  ~^  ^ 

Blanc  de  la  Nauhe.  Philippe;  and  Ginhoux.  Roland.  3,673.()30. 
Gioia.  Gaspare  L.;  Switzer.  Norris  H.;  and  Willerton,  John  K.,to  Om- 

nionics.  Inc.  Hydraulic  mechanism.  3,672,608.  Cl.  244-43.000. 
Girard,  Jean   Rene   Marie,  to  Orthotron.   Flashing  electric   lamp. 

3,673,462.  a.  31 5-200.00a. 
Giriing  Limited:  See— 

Blakey.  Roy,  3,672,729. 
Green,  Martin.  3.672.732. 
Gitzendanner.  Louis  G.:  See— 

Tiemann.  Jerome  J.;  and  Giuendanner.  Louis  C..  3.673.35!}. 
Glanzstoff  AG:  Ser— 

Meyer.  Gerhard;  Mageriein,  Helmut;  and  Rupp.  Hanaf-Dieter. 

3.673,246. 
Seibert,  Gerhard;  and  Geriach.  Klaua,  3,672,943. 
Glasser.  Herman,  to  Nuclear  Associates.  Inc.  Holder  for  radioactive 

material.  3.673.41 1, a.  250-l08.00r. 
Glaverbel  S.A.:  See— 

Plumat,  Emile;  and  Leiong.  Jose.  3.673.006. 
Glemza,  Rimantas:  See— 

Duecker.  Heyman  C;  and  Glemza,  Rimantas.  3.672.831 . 
Glendinning.  William  B.;  and  Pharo,  Wellington  B..  to  United  Sutes  of 
America,  Army.  Method  of  rapidly  detecting  contaminated  semicon- 
ductor surfaces.  3.672.980.0.  1 17-201.000. 
Glenn.  William  E..  Jr.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Method  for  mak- 
ing a  composite  back  projection  tcreen.  3,672,894,  Cl.  96-38.300. 
Gleaner,  William  K.See- 

TomaMa,  Donald  A.;  and  Gleaner,  WUliam  K..  3.673.274. 
Globe-Union  Inc.:  See— 

Halsall.  Vincent  Michael;  and  Coeme.  Peter  Anthony.  3,673,302. 
Gnad.  Gerhard,  to  Badische  Anilin-  A  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft. 

Phenyl-«o-naphthol  dyes.  3.673.1 70. 0.  260-202.000. 
Goebel.  Charies  RusseU:  See- 

Allenbaugh.  Howard  M..  3.673.605. 
Goettl  Broa.  Metal  Products.  Inc.:  See— 

GoetU.  WUliam  H..  3.672.126. 
Goettl.  waiiam  H..  to  Goettl  Bros.  Metal  Producu.  Inc.  Air  condi- 
tioner. 3.672.126.0.  55-106.000.  1 
Goldfarb.  Adolph  E.:  See— 

Goldfarb.  Adolph  E.;  and  Soriano.  Rene,  3,672,095.  | 

Goldfarb,  Adolph  E.;  and  Soriano,  Rene,  to  Goldfarb.  Adolph  E.  Top 

game  and  apparatus.  3,672,095, 0.  46-65.000. 
G^ctfarb,  Adolph  E.;  and  Soriano,  Rene,  said  Soriano  aasor.  to  said 
Goldfarb.  Tethered  ball  apparatus  with  catapults  and  stationary 
goab.  3.672.676. 0.  273-101.000. 
Goldman.  Leon:  See—  1 

Albright,  Jay  Donald;  and  Goldman,  Leon.  3.673,2 1 4. 
Curraa.  William  Vincent;  and  Goldman.  Leon.  3.673.189.  | 
Moriock.  Elizabeth  Bcnz;  and  Goldman.  Leon.  3.673.1 77. 
Morlock.  Elizabeth  Benz;  Albright.  Jay  Donald;  and  Goldman. 
Leon.3,67>.l94. 
Goldsby.  Arthur  R..  to  Texaco  Development  Corporation.  Alkylation 
acid  recovery  process  with  elimination  of  inert  hydrocarbons. 
3.673.271. 0.  260-683.620. 
Golitz.  Hans  Dietrich;  and  Simmler.  Walter,  to  Farbenfabrik«i  Bayer 
Aktiengesellschaft.    Siiyl-substituted    carbamic    acid    derivatives. 
3.673.233. 0.  260-448. 20n. 
Gona.  Donald  J.;  and  Oster.  Richard  J.,  to  Eaton  Yale  Sl  Towne.  Inc. 

Registered  louver  assembly.  3.672,293, 0.  98-40.0vm. 
Gonczy,  Caaba:  See— 


1ana|-[ 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  15 


Harsanyi,  Kalman;  Takacs,  Kalman;  ReUe,  2Uuzsa,  nee  Somfai; 
MUak,  Eva.  nee  Krompecher;  Tardos,  Laszio;  Korbonits,  Dezso; 
Kiss.  Pal;  and  Gonczy,  Csaba,  3,673.1 88. 
Gooch,  John  Henry.  Railway  transmission.  3,672,310,0.  105-96.200. 
Goodmsn,  David  S.:  See— 

Maningly,  WiUiam  R.,  Jr.;  and  Goodman.  David  S  .  3.673.548. 
Goodricke.  John  Charles,  to  A.C.I.  Operations  Proprietary  Limited. 

Trickle  irrigation  system.  3,672.571.0.  239-145.000. 
Gordon.  Hershel.  and  Mc  Adoo.  Charles  R.,  Jr..  to  Optisonics  Corpora- 
tion, mesne.  Sound  reproducing  snd  optical  projector  function  con- 
trol apparatus.  3.673.346.  Cl.  179100  20s. 
Gordon.  James  F.,  to  Zeta  Research.  Inc.  Graphic  recorder  with  pen 

driving  and  actuating  mechanism.  3,673.604, 0.  346-1 39.00b. 
Gordon,  Paul  C;  See— 

Peacock.  Peter  J.,  and  Gordon.  Paul  C.  3,672.1 36. 
Gorsky.  Egon:  See— 

Gardel.  Robert;  and  Gorsky.  Egon.  3.672.097. 
Gosaer.  Lawrence  Wayne,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours.  E.  I.,  and  Com- 
pany. Hydrogenation  of  1.3.7-octatriene  to  1 ,6-octadiene  and  I.S- 
octadienc  with  certain  chromium  carbonyl  catalysts.  3.673,270,  O. 
26O-680.0Or. 
Goto,  Minoru:  See— 

Minagawa,  Motonobu;  Nakagawa,  Kenichi;  and  Goto,  Minoru, 
3,673,152. 
Goto,  Tadashi,  to  Hitachi,  Ltd.  Oxygen  densitometer  for  liquid  metals. 

3,672,206,0.73-61.000. 
Gotte,  Ernst:  See- 
Walter,  Dieter;  Fries,  Walter;  and  Gotte,  Ernst.  3.673,096. 
Gourdinc,  Meredith  C,  to  Gourdine  Systems,  Incorporated.  Methods 
and  apparatus  for  electrogaadynamic  coating.  3,673,463,  Cl.  317- 
3.000. 
Gourdine  Systems,  Incorporated:  See— 
Gourdinc,  Meredith  C.  3,673,463. 
Grace.  Martin  I.;  and  Pratt.  Harold  J.,  Jr.,  to  Sperry  Rand  Corporation. 

Broad  band  high  efficiency  amplifier.  3,673,510,0.  330-34.000. 
Grace,  W   R..  Sc  Co.:  See— 

MacCragh,  Adolfo,  3.672,875. 

McKenney.  Robert  Lee,  Jr.;  and  Block,  Jacob,  3,673,101. 
Graco  Inc.,  mesne:  See— 

Smead,  Robert  G.;  and  Bentsen,  Louis  J.,  3,672.569. 
Crafiset  System  AB:  See— 

Kroopp.  Karl-Gunnar.  3.672.710. 
Graham,  James  L.:  See— 

Schwan,  Judith  A;  and  Graham.  James  L..  3.672.898. 
Gramling.  Wesley  A.:  Ses- 
sions, James  B;  and  Gramling.  Wesley  A.,  3,672,1 12. 
Granqvist.  Carl-Erik,  to  Aga  Aktiebolag  Apparatus  for  indicating  er- 
rors in  inclination  for  inertial  navigation.  3,672,229,  Cl.  73-504. 
Grason,  Rufus  L.;  and  Mihaly.  Joseph,  to  Grason-Stadler  Company, 
Inc.  Rate  of  amplitude  change  control  for  audiometers  of  the  Von 
Bekeiytype.  3.673,328.0.  179-l.OOn. 
Grason-Stadler  Company,  Inc.:  See—  • 

Grason,  Rufus  L.;  and  Mihaly,  Joseph,  3,673,328. 
Grasswick,  James  E.  Method  and  apparatus  for  fabricating  structures. 

3,672,659,0.  267-182.000. 
Grau.  Julius  J.:  See— 

Berry.  WUliam   R..  Drews,  Reinhold  A.;  and  Grau,  Julius  J., 
3,673,592. 
Graven,  Robert  Michael.  Drawingboard  II,  a  graphical  input-output 

device  for  a  computer.  3,673,579,0.  340-1 73.0U. 
Gravesteijn,    Elbert,    to    Amstel    Brouwerij    N.V.    Draw-off    tube. 

3,672.390,0.  137-212.000. 
Greco.  Michael  R.  Multi-tape  dispenser.  3.672.550. 0.  225-34. 
Green.  Donald  R..  to  United  States  of  America,  Atomic  Energy  Com- 
mission. Transient  thermal  method  and  means  for  nondestructively 
testing  a  sample.  3.672,204,0.  73- 15.00a. 
Green,  John  L.;  and  Nelson,  Robert.  Electrical  connectors.  3.673,546, 

Cl.  339-89.00C. 
Green,  Martin,  to  Girling  Limited.  Dual  hydraulic  braking  systems  for 

vehicles.  3.672,732,0.  303-84.00a. 
Green,  William  R.,  to  Atomic  Energy  of  Canada  Limited.  Irradiation 
apparatus  for  providing  a  high  initial  irradiation  of  the  product. 
3,673,409,0.  250-106.00r. 
Greenacre,  Paul  G.DenUl  care  appliance.  3.672.377. Cl.  l32-92.00r. 
Greenberg,  Allan:  See- 
Burton,  Paul  T.;  Cole,  Walter  E.;  Frassetto,  Henry  E.,  Jr.;  Gibson, 
Robert  G.;  Greenberg,  AUan;  Handloff.  Louis  E.;  and  Radlinsky. 
Raymond.  3.673.575. 
Greene.  Alexander  B.:  See— 

Kindlimann.  Lynn  E.;  and  Greene.  Alexander  B..  3.672.037. 
Greger.  Kari.  to  Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft.  ConUctless  switching 

device.  3.673.537. Cl.  338-12.000. 
Gregg.  David  W.;  Kidder.  Ray  E.;  and  Krawea.  Barton,  to  United 
States  of  America.  Atomic  Energy  Commission.  ElecUon  beam-in- 
itiated chemical  laser  systems.  3,673,513,0.  331-94.500. 
Greider,  Charles  Austin,  to  Townsend  Engineering  Company.  Product 

encasing  machine.  3.672.001. 0.  17-33.000. 
Greipel.  Frank  J.  Vehicle  traction  device.  3.672.422.  Cl.  152-222.000. 
Gresteau.  Jean  Paul:  See— 

Buisson.  Francois;  and  Gresteau.  Jean  Paul.  3.673. 1 60. 
Grewe.  Ferdinand:  See— 

Daum.  Werner;  Scheinpflug.  Hans;  Frohberger,  Paul-Ernst;  and 
Grewe,  Ferdinand,  3,673,210. 
Grey.  Joseph  Michael.  Board  game  with  definitely  movable  game 


pieces.  3.672.680. Cl.  273-1 3 1. Oab. 
Griesenbrock.  Karl-Heinz,  to  Eaton  Yale  &  Towne  GmbH.  Hydrostatic 

vehicle  transmission.  3,672,167,0.  60-53.000. 
Griffin,  Leonard  E.,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Bottle  orienting  system. 

3,672,727,0.  302-2.00r. 
Grimes,  Dale  F,  Jr.  Grain  cleaner.  3.672.504. 0.  209-255.000. 
Grimm.  Harold;  and  Zuckerman.  Ira.  to  Panther  Machine  Corporation. 

Turntable  fabric  spreading  machine.  3.672,662,0.  270-31.000. 
Grippa,  Leonida,  to  btituto  Nazionale  Chimico  Biologico  S.r.l.  Proccaa 
for  preparing  deproteinized  Mood  cxtractt  having  a  healing  action 
and  product  obuined  thereby.  3,672,954,0.  195-29.000. 
Grise.  Frederick  G.  J.  Valve  and  actuator  therefor.  3,672,63 1 , 0.  251- 

149.600. 
Groetschel.  Karl  Maria:  See— 

Groetschel.  Kari  Maria;  and  Groetschel,  Utz,  3,672,176. 
Groetschel,  Karl  Maria;  and  Groeuchel,  Uu,  said  Groetschel.  Utz. 
assor.   to  Groetschel,  Karl   Maha.   Roof  supporting  systems. 
3,672,176,  CL6M5.00d. 
Groetschel,  Utz:  See— 

Groetschel,  Karl  Maria;  and  Groetschel,  Utz,  3.672,1 76. 
Groetschel,  Utz,  aasor.  to  said:  See— 

Groetschel,  Kari  Maria;  and  Groetschel,  Utz,  3,672,1 76. 
Grolla,  Herbert,  to  Wagner,  Heinrich,  Maschinenfabrik.  Machine  for 

producing  casting  moulds.  3,672,434,0.  164- 1 87.000. 
Groaseau,  Albert,  to  Societe  Anonyme  Automobiles  Citroen.  Lapping 

or  micro-machining  tools.  3,672,101,0.51-165.930. 
Crosseau,  Albert  A.  G.,  to  Societe  Anonyme  AutomobUes  Citroen. 

Hand  brakes  in  motor  vehicles.  3,672,240,  Cl.  74-503.000. 
Crossheim.  Hans:  See — 

Mross,    Siegfried;    Groaaheim,    Hans;    and    Aubert.    Michel. 
3.673.552. 
Crossner.  Horst:  See— 

Burckhardt.  Manfred  H.;  Florus,  Hans-Jorg;  Groasner.  Horst;  and 
Krohn,  Helmut.  3,672,730. 
Grosso,  Patrick  F.;  and  Heck,  Raymond  F.,  to  Columbia  Broadcasting 
System,  Inc.  Method  of  forming  phosphor  screen.  3,672,931,  O. 
117-33.5cp. 
Groutsch,  Eugene  Reginald:  See— 

Ashdown,    NeU    Oifford;    and    Groutsch.    Eugene    Reginald, 
3,672,650. 
Grove  Valve  and  Regulator  Co.:  See- 
Chow,  Peter  C.  M.,  3,672,632. 
Gruett,  Monte  D.:  See— 

Lesher.  George  Y.;  and  Gruett,  Monte  D.,  3,673,193. 
Grundmann,  Harald:  See— 

Thielen,  Heinz;  Grundmann,  Harald;  and  Putz,  Franz,  3,673,563. 
Gruppo  Finanziario  Termico  Fin-Term  S.p.A.;  See — 

Joannes,  Giuseppe,  3,672,336. 
GTE  Automatic  Electric  Laboratories  Incorporated:  See— 

Symes,  Oifford  Edward,  3,673,366. 
Gualdi,  Giorgio:  See— 

Reni,  Cesare;  Lugo,  Luigi;  and  Gualdi,  Giorgio.  3.673.244. 
Gubler,  Kurt:  See— 

Brechbuhler.  Hans  Ulrich;  and  Gubler.  Kurt.  3.673.236. 
Guda,  Fritz:  See— 

Schmitt,  Karl;  Guda,  FriU;  and  Brandt,  Siegfried,  3,673.277. 
Gude.  FriU:  See— 

Schmitt.  Kari;  Gude.  Fritz;  and  Brandt.  Siegfried.  3.673.273. 
Gudmestad.  Ragnar.  to  Artos  Engineering  Company.  Terminal  ap- 
plicator. 3.672,025.  Cl.  29-203.000. 
Guerin.  David  T.:  See — 

Cruickshank,  David  G.;  and  Guerin.  David  T..  3.672.542. 
Guerry.   Franklin    D..   to   Westinghouse   Electric   Company.   Incor- 
porated. Plastic  holddown  device  for  logic  chassis.  3.672.614.  O. 
248-68. 
Gulbransen.  Eari  A.:  See- 
Andrew.  Kenneth  F.;  TaUman,  Richard  L.;  and  Gulbransen.  Eari 
A.  3.672.814. 
Gulf  &  Western  Systenu  Company,  mesne:  See- 
Weld.  Foster  E.;  LaaseU.  Robert  W.;  and  McLeod.  Robert  B.. 
3.673.329. 
Cureckis.  Peter  V.:  See— 

Thruher,  John  Peter,  3,673,497. 
Gustafnn,  Charles  H.,  to  Hewlett-Packard  Company.  Storage  display 

system.  3,673,323,0.  178-6.800. 
Gustafitton,  Anders  Christer:  See— 

Arsenius,  Torsten  Henry;  Gustaftaon,  Anders  Christer;  aitd  Hall- 
stedt.  Karl  Goran  Albin.  3.672.733. 
Gusuv  Ospeh  Hovalwerk  AC:  See— 

Ospcit,  Gusuv;  and  Kunkel,  Wolfgang,  3,672,337. 
Cutman,  Arnold  D.,  to  SUuffer  Chemical  Corporation.  Oxime  carba- 
mate phosphate,  phosphonate.  phosphinate  and  phosphoroamidates 
and  compositions  and  their  utUity.  3.673,181,0.  260-240.00g. 
Haag.  Hermann:  See— 

MuUer.  WUly;  WUrm.  Bruno;  and  Haag.  Hermann.  3,673,332. 
Habib,  Pierre;  and  Puyo.  Andre.  Spring-action  device.  3.672.658.  O. 

267-160.000. 
Hackenberg.  Hubert;  and  Nicko.  Reinhard.  to  Agfa-Gevaert  Aktien- 
gesellschaft. Photographic  apparatus  with  ejector  means  for  film- 
containing  magazines.  3.672.279,  Cl.  95-3 1  OOr. 
Hadley.  Robert  C.  Mechanical  seal  aaemUies.  3.672.689.  O.  277- 

38.000. 
Haffner.  Donald  C.:  See— 

Akgulian.  Sahag  C;  and  Haffner.  Donald  G..  3.672.696. 


\ 


PI  16 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  27. 1972 


Hagen.  Kenneth  C.  to  General  Electric  Company.  Underwater  diving 

maak.  3.672.750,  CI.  351-43.000. 
Hagenbach,  Robert  Joseph:  See— 

Madrid,    Robert    William;    and    Hagenbach,    Robert    Joseph, 
3.672.928. 
Hair,  George  D.;  and  Kincaid,  James  U.,  to  Texas  Instrumenu,  Incor- 
porated. Identity  verification  by  voice  signals  in  the  frequency 
domain.  3,673,331,0.  179-I.OBb. 
Halasz,  Istvan.  Sutionary  phase  for  selective  sorption.  3,672,131.  CI. 

55-386.000. 
Hale.  Everett  W.;  Hawkinson.  Paul  H.;  and  Robbeloth.  Edward  T..  to 
Blackstone  Corporation.  Inoculation  apparatus.  3,672.653.  CI.  266- 
34.00t. 
Halliburton  Company:  See— 

Paramorc.  Edwin  L.;  O'Loughlin.  Bernard  T.;  and  Brown.  Thomas 
L..  3.672.173. 
Hailing.  Roy  Walker  Lee;  and  Kriisa.  Paul,  to  Export  Tool  &  Welding 

Co..  Limited.  Metal  spinning  machine.  3.672.3 1 7.  CI.  113-1 .00c. 
Hallstedt.  Kari  Goran  Albin:  See— 

Arsenius.  Torsten  Henry;  Gustafsson.  Anders  Christer;  and  Hall- 
stedt, Karl  Goran  Albin.  3.672,733. 
Halsall.  Vincent  Michael;  and  Cosme.  Peter  Anthony,  to  Globe-Union 
Inc.   Method  for  fabricating  battery  cases.   3.673.302.  CI.   264- 
328.000. 
Hamburg.  Douglas  R..  to  Ford  Motor  Company.  Signal  producing  ap- 
paratus   adaptable    for    use    with    variable    reluctance    motors. 
3.673.476.  CI.  318-138.000. 
Hamilton  Company:  See— 

Ried.JohnD.  3.672.226. 
Hamilton.  James  P..  to  FMC  Corporation.  Thermally  suble  air  filter 

gels.  3.672.924.  CI.  106-287.000. 
Hamilton  Watch  Company:  See— 

Bergey.  John  M.;  and  Walton.  Richard  S..  3.672.155. 
Hammond,  Earl  J.,  to  Houdaille  Industries,  Inc.  Means  for  operating 

releasable  tool  chucks.  3,672,691 ,  CI.  279-1  Ou. 
Hammond,  Gary  L.  Simplified  supercharged  internal  combustion  en- 
gine with  emissions  conuol.  3,672, 1 72,  CI.  60-282.000. 
Hamouz,  George  J.;  Dalenberg,  W.  Robert;  and  Zurek,  James  W..  to 
International  Harvester  Company.  Mower  support  and  lift  linkage. 

3.672.137,  CI.  56-15.800. 

Hanback.  Francis  J.,  to  McDonnell  Douglas  Corporation.  Tube  cutter. 

3,672,050,  CI.  30-99.000. 
Hancke,  Peter  J.;  Judkovics.  Monroe;  and  Urquhart.  Robert  J.,  to  In- 
ternational Business  Machines  Corporation.   FFT  Processor  with 
unique  addressing.  3.673,399,  CI.  235-156.000. 
Hand,  John  James:  See— 

Bullock,  Milon  Walker;  and  Hand.  John  James.  3.673.206. 
Spicer,  Larry  Dean;  and  Hand,  John  James.  3.673,205. 
Hand,  Louis.  Incorporated:  See — 

Firestein,  Harry;  and  Tyas,  Kari,  3,672,3 1 3. 
Handloff,  Louis  E.:  See— 

Burton,  Paul  T.;  Cole,  Walter  E.;  Frassetto,  Henry  E..  Jr.;  Gibson. 
Robert  G.;  Greenberg.  Allan;  Handloff,  Louis  E.;  and  Radlinsky, 
Raymond,  3,673,575. 
Hanger,  J.  E.,  and  Company  Limited:  See— 
May,  Denis  Ronald  William,  3,671,978. 
Hann. George  W.:  5^^— 

Stout.  Beauford  F.;and  Hann.  George  W..  3.672.215. 
Hansen,  Howard  C.  to  Clark  Equipment  Company.  Front  and  side 

loading  attachment  for  lifting  trucks.  3.672.526,  CI.  214-730.000. 
Hardin.  James  T..  to  Eltra  Corporation.  Dynamic  braking  for  universal 

motors.  3.673.48 1 .  CI.  3 1 8-246.000. 
Harford,  Jack  Rudolph,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Gain  controlled  cascade- 
connected  transistor  amplifier.  3,673.498.  CI.  325-3 1 9.000. 
Harmon,  James  R.  Electric  rocker  switch  for  controlling  multiple  cir- 
cuits with  magnetic  coupling  members.  3.673.358.  CI.  200-6. OOr. 
Harrah.  Robert  S.  Transducer  with  visible  output.  3.672.325,  CI.  116- 

70.000. 
Harrington.  Richard  H.:  See— 

Brumbaugh;  Philip  A.;  Harrington,  Richard  H.;  Nemier.  Stanley 
E.;  and  Nielsen,  Thomas  C,  3,672,482. 
Harris.  Fred  T.;  and  Resler,  Edwin  L.,  Jr.,  to  United  States  of  America, 
Army.     Magnetically    controlled     proportional    fluid    amplifier. 
3,672,387,  CI.  137-81.500. 
Harris.  Ronald  D.;  and  Levine.  Leon,  to  Procter  &  Gamble  Company. 
The.  Process  for  adsorbent  bleaching  of  edible  oils.  3,673.228.  O. 
260-428.000. 
Harris.  Thomas  G.  Mechanical  oxidation  of  unsaturated  polyesters. 

3.673.1 38.  CI.  260-22.0tn. 

Harriaon.  Robert  E..  to  Leesona  Corporation.  Winding  apparatus  and 
method.  3.672,583.  CI.  242-18.00r. 

Harsanyi.  Kalman;  Takacs.  Kalman;  Relle,  Zsuzsa.  nee  Somfai;  Milak. 
Eva.  nee  Krompecher;  Tardos,  Laszio;  Korbonits,  Dezso;  Kiss,  Pal; 
and  Gonczy.  Csaba.  to  CHINOIN  Gyogyszer-es  Vegyeszeti  Ter- 
mekek  Gyara  R.T.  Heterocyclic  amidoximes.  3,673,188.  CI. 
260/288/OOr. 

Hartley,  Richard  S.;  and  Houser,  Franklin  Douglass.,  to  Hobart  Manu- 
facturing Company.  The.  Speed  increasing  apparatus.  3.672.420.  Q. 
146-182.000. 

Hartman.  Richard  L..  to  United  States  of  America,  Army.  System  for 
measuring  temperature  of  a  cryogenic  environment.  3,672,218,  CI. 
73-362.0ar. 

Hartmann.  Frederick,  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  Mea- 
suring method  and  apparatus.  3.673.394.  CI.  235-151.300. 


Hartwig.  Karl;  Engel.  Herbert;  and  Schnall.  Gunther.  to  Agfa-Gevaert 
Aktiengeaellschaft.  Electrostatic  copier  with  removable  cleaning 
module.  3.672.764.  CI.  355-15.000. 
Harvey.  Donald  M.:  See— 

Ewald.  William  P.;  Nerwin.  Hubert;  and  Harvey.  Donald  M.. 

3.672.274. 

Harvey.  Donald  M.;  and  McConaughey,  Randall  T.,  to  Eastman  Kodak 

Company.  Sequential  control  for  camera  diaphragm  and  shutter. 

3.672.267.  CI.  95-1 0.Oce. 

Harwood.  William  H..  to  Continental  Oil  Company.  Electroplating  of 

aluminum.  3,672,965,  CI.  204l4.00n. 
Harwood,  William  H.;  and  Banks,  William  P.,  to  Continental  Oil  Com- 
pany.  Removal  of  molecular  halogen  from  solution  by  passage 
through  a  membrane.  3,673,067,  CI.  204- 1  SO.OOp.  . 

Hasbro-Industries,  Inc.:  See—  1 

Rizzo.  Bartolo,  3,672,678.  I 

Hasegawa,  Haruo;  Sugiyama,  Kimroku;  Suzuki,  Kikuji,  and  nirano. 
Kunio.  to  Tomoegawa  Papaer  Manufacturing  Co..  Ltd.  Process  for 
the  manufacture  of  an  elecuophotographic  sensitive  material. 
3.672.888,0.96-1.800. 
Hasegawa.  Kohichi.  and  Kunishima.  Norihiko.  to  Nippon  Elecuic 
Company  Limited.  Information  storage  system.  3.673.580.  C\.  340- 
I74.0pc.  I 

Hasegawa,    Tokushige;    Makimoto,    Kuninobu;    Nihei,    Sei|;    and 
Takahira.  Jiro,  to  Nisso  Kinzoku  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Zinc  dust  for 
removal  of  cobalt  from  electrolyte.  3,672,868,0.  75-.50a.      1 
Hastie.  Austin:  See— 

Hastie.  Willard  A.;  and  Hastie,  Austin.  3.672.48 1 .  | 

Hastie.  WiOard  A.;  and  Hastie.  Austin,  to  Coin  Verifiers  Company 
Limited.  Variable  magnetic  flux  coin-sensing  devices.  3.672.481. 0. 
194-101.000.  I 

Hatch.  Gordon  H..  to  Automation  Industries.  Inc.  Ultrasonic  search 

unit.  3,672.21 1,  CI.  73-71.500. 
Hatch,  MelvinJ.:Ser— 

Jones,   Giffin    D.;   Geyer,  Gerald   R.;   and   Hatch,    Mel^in  J., 
3,673,164. 
Hattori,  Tsuyoshi:  See— 

Tanaka.     Akira;     Hattori.    Tsuyoshi;     Anno.     Hirotomcj;    and 
Kawahara.  Testuyo.  3.673,283. 
Hauck.  Clifford  A.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corporation.  Surface  metal 

welding  process  and  apparatus.  3.673.374, 0.  219-76.000. 
Haukedahl.  Blane  L.  Combination  table  and  serving  bar.  3,672,71 9, 0. 

297-118.000.       \ 
Hauni-Werke  Korber  &  Co.  KG:  See— 

Dogl,  Ernst;   Funck,  Albrecht;  Wellach,  Dieter;  and  Winkler. 

Hans-Georg,  3,672,373. 
Wahle.Gunter;  and  Kasparek.  Alois.  3.672.522. 
Hawes.  Edward  L.  Emergency  sign  assembly.  3.672,323,  CI.  1 16-28. 
Hawkins,  James  Mitchell,  to  Frankenstein  Group  Limited.  Inflatable 
body-attachmenu  for  marine  lifesaving.  3,672,609.  CI.  244-1 22. Oae. 
Hawkinson.  Paul  H.:  See— 

Hale,  Everett  W.;  Hawkinson.  Paul  H.;  and  Robbeloth,  Edwiard  T., 
3,672.653. 
Hay,  Allan  S.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  4-Phenyl  2-(2'-hydroxy- 
meta-terphenyl-5'-yl)-dibenzofuran         and         4,4'-diphenyl-2,2'- 
bidibenzafuran.  3,673,2 1 9,  CI.  26O-346.20m. 
Hayase,  Yoshio:  See—  j 

Nagata.  Wataru;  and  Hayase.  Yoshio,  3,673.284.  | 

Hayash,  Edward  F.,  Jr.;  Reymore,  Harold  E.,  Jr.;  and  Sayigh.  Adnan  A. 
R.,  to  Upjohn  Company.  The.  Cellular  polyoxazolidinone  elastomers 
from  polyisocyanates  and  polyepoxides.  3,673, 1 28,  CI.  260-2. 500. 
Hayes,  Michael  Richard,  to  United  Kingdom  Atomic  Energy  Authori- 
ty. Apparatus  for  grading  particles  according  to  their  sphericity. 
3,672,500,0.209-116.000.  , 

Hazeltine  Corporation:  See—  I 

Maune.James  J,  3,673,606.  I 

Healy,  Robert  M.;  and  Marshall,  Robert,  to  Bunker-Ramo  Corpora- 
tion, The.  Electrical  resistance  element  with  a  semiconductor  over- 
lay. 3,673,539,  CI.  338-154.000.  I 
Heath.  Darrell  R:  Sm-  f 

Orlando,  Charles  M.;  Wirth.  Joseph  G.;  and  Heath.  Daniell  R.. 
3.673,202.  I 

Hebard.  Hugh  Charles,  to  Aladdin  Industries  Limited.  Liquid  fuel 

burning  heaters.  3,672.809, 0. 43 1  -34.000. 
Heck,  Rayniond  F.:  See— 

Grosso,  Patrick  F.;  and  Heck,  Raymond  F..  3.672.93 1 . 
Hedberg,  Anhur  S.:  See— 

Wells,  Milton  K.;  and  Hedberg,  Arthur  S.,  3,672,441. 
Hedin,  Robert  A.;  and  Dukes,  Everett  E.,  Jr.,  to  Eaton  Corporation. 
Multiplexer  for  controlling  and  monitoring  coded  key  operated  ac- 
cesses. 3,673,569,0.  340-147.00r. 
Hedrick,GlenW.:S«-  1 

Lewis,  John  B.;  and  Hedrick,  Glen  W.,  3,673,240.  I 

Heetmann  A  Finkensiep  KG:  See—  | 

Scheckel,  Konrad,  3,672,410. 
Heffron,  Donald  B.,  to  Aero-Flow  Dynamics,  Inc.,  mesne.  Unitized  air 

treating  unit.  3.672.128.0.  55-222.  "~- 

Heggy.  Robert  F.:  See— 

Keller,  Thomas  C;  and  Heggy.  Robert  F..  3.672.735. 
Heilweil.  Israel  J.:  See — 

Coty.  Vernon  F.;  Heilweil.  Israel  J.;  and  Leavitt.  Rich^d  I.. 
3.672.953. 
Heimlich.  Henry  J.  Urinary  drainage  method.  3,672,372.  Ci^  128- 
349.00r. 


Wii 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  17 


Heinzer,  Hans,  to  Schweizerische  Industrie-Gesellschaft.  Device  for 

the  continuous  production  of  packages.  3.672.120.  CI.  53-180.000. 
Heiu-Thurow.  E.:  See— 

Spindelberger,  Franz,  3,672,258. 
Heiu,  Robert  G.:  See— 

Brown,  William  E.;  Heiu,  Robert  G.;  and  Levine.  Charles  A.. 
3.672.995. 
Hellquist.  Ivan  A.,  to  AGA  Aktiebolag.  Breathing  gas  regulator  for 

aviators.  3.672.384. 0.  137-39.000. 
Hemdal,  Goran  Anders  Henrik:  See— 

Edstrom.   Nils   Herbert;   and   Hemdal.  Goran   Anders   Henrik. 
3.673.577. 
Hendershot,  James  R.,  to  Vibrac  Corporation.  Electromagnetic  clutch- 
brake  devices  3,672,476,0.  192-21.500. 
Henderson,    Albert    E.,    Jr.    Quick    cure    process    for    making    su- 
perphosphates of  low  fluorine  content  3,672.828,0.  23-109  000. 
Hendrickson,  Melvin  C,  to  Zenith  Radio  Corporation.  Regulated  D.C. 

power  supply.  3.673.487.  CI.  321-18.000. 
Hendrickson.  Warren  L.:  See— 

Rogers.  Patrick  F.;  and  Hendrickson,  Warren  L.,  3,672,304. 
Henkel  A  Cie  G.m.b.H.:  See- 

Geisler,  Roland;  and  Germscheid,  Hans,  3,672,966. 
Schlussler,  Hans-Joachim,  3,672,82 1 . 
Walter,  Dieter;  Fries,  Walter;  and  Gone.  Ernst.  3,673,096. 
Heraeus,  W.  C,  GmbH:  See— 

Reichelt,    Walter;    Ruthardt,    Konrad;    and    Speidel,    Hermann, 
3,672,850. 
Hercules  Incorporated:  See— 

Nixon,  Joseph  R.,  Jr.,  3,672,961 . 
Herman,  Hans,  to  Steel  Company  of  Canada,  Limited,  The.  Method 
and  apparatus  for  wringing  excess  liquid  from  steel  strip.  3,672,946, 
CI.  117-102.001. 
Herter,  Eberhard,  to  International  Standard  Electric  Corporation. 

Loop  monitor  circuit.  3,673,356, 0.  1 79- 1 75.000. 
Heru.Cari  Hellmuth  Liquid  jet  recorder  3,673,601,0.  346-75. 
Hess,  Karl  Gunter,  to  Schneider.  Jos.,  &  Co.  Optische  Werke.  Two-way 

drive  for  optical  systems  and  the  like.  3,673,483,  CI.  3 1 8-61 8.000. 
Hester,  Benny  Lee,  to  Reynolds,  R.  J.,  Tobacco  Company.  Devices  for 

weighing  small  objects  3.672.456,0  177-201.000. 
Hester.  Benny  Lee,  to  Reynolds,  R.  J.,  Tobacco  Company.  Devices  for 

weighing  small  objects  3,672,457,0.  177-201  000. 
Hewlett-Packard  Company:  5**— 

Gustafson.  Charles  H..  3.673,323. 
Hexcel  Corporation:  5^^ — 

Jackson.  Wendell  T.;  Garrett.  Beverley  R.;  and  Vicars.  Earl  C. 
3.673.058. 
Nice,  Jack  C.  Sr.  Method  of  heat  processing  food.  3,672,908,  O.  99- 

1  000  ^ 

Hicks.  De  Voe  H.  Bowling  ball  control  device.  3,672,673,  CI.  273- 

5400b 
Hicks,  Harris  Vernon;  and  Jones,  Kenneth  James,  to  Lucas,  Joseph,  In- 
dustries Limited.  Lighting  systems  for  road  vehicles.  3,673,421,  O. 
250-229000 
Hideaki  Pukada,  mesne;  See- 

Masuda.  Yoshio;  and  Murakami, Toshikazu,  3,672.079. 
High,  Richard  A.;  and  Vesper,  George  J.,  to  McGraw-Edison  Com- 
pany. Continuous  rinse  and  cool-down  control.  3.672.189.  CI.  68- 
I2.00r. 
Higuchi,  Akio:  See— 

Nakai.  Shoji;  and  Higuchi.  Akio,  3.672,589. 
Hilberg,  Ronald  P.,  to  TRW  Inc.  Laser  with  combined  Q-switch  and 

synchronized  cavity  dump  circuit.  3,673,504,  CI.  328-2 10.000 
^Hill,  Charles   P.,   to   Leisure   Group,   Inc.,  The.   Toy   phonograph. 
3,672,688.01.274-14.000. 
Hill,  Edward  D.  Mounting  preformed  roller  on  shaft.  3.673,040,  CI. 

156-294  000 
Hill,  Harold  Wayne,  Jr.;  and  Campbell,  Robert  W.,  to  Phillips  Petrole- 
um Company.  Hydroxybenzensulfonyl  halide  production.  3,673,247, 
CI.  260-543  OOr. 
Hilsum,  Cyril:  See— 

Colliver,  David  John;  and  Hilsum,  Cyril,  3,673,469. 
Hindermann,  Peter;  and  Meindl,  Hubert,  to  Ciba-Geigy  AG.  Acid 

anthraquinone  dyestuffs.  3,673,221,0.  260-374.000. 
Hinrichs,  Jack   F.,  to   Hydro- Services,   Inc.   Hydro   blast  saf-t-gun. 

3,672,575.0.  239-445.000. 
Hinshaw.  John  W.,  to  Battelle  Development  Corporation,  The.  Method 
^  and  apparatus  for  shaping  tubes.  3,672,201,0.  72-285.000. 
Hinves,  John  R.:  See— 

Axelson,  Carl   A.;   Hinves,  John   R.;  and   McGann,   Elton   Y., 
3,672,300. 
Hirano,  Kunio:  See— 

Hasegawa,    Haruo;    Sugiyama,    Kimroku;    Suzuki,    Kikuji;    and 
Hirano,  Kunio,  3,672,888. 
Hirano,  Takeshi:  See — 

Saitoh,  Kohichi;  Ohkubo,  Nobuo;  Sobajima,   Katsunobu;  and 
Hirano,  Takeshi,  3,672.656. 
Hirate.  Jun:  See— 

Ito.  Yutaka;  and  Hirate.  Jun,  3,673,324. 
Hirohashi,  Atsuko:  See — 

Yamamoto,    Hisao;   Hirohashi,    Atsuko;   Izumi,   Takahiro;   and 
Koshiba,  Masao,  3,673,243. 
Hirozawa,  Koichiro:  See— 

Murakami,  Noboru;  and  Hirozawa,  Koichiro,  3,672,243. 
Hirt,  Wilhelm;  Lehnerdt,  Hagen;  Weckesser,  Ernst;  Weinhold,  Gott- 
fried; and/Wrigge,  Friedrich  Wilhelm,  to  Vereingte  Aluminium- 


Werke  Aktiengesellschaft.  Apparatus  for  improving  the  heat  econo- 
my of  an  electrolytic  cell  for  the  production  of  aluminum.  3,673,074, 
O.  204-243.00r. 
Hiuchi,  Ltd.:  See— 

Goto.  Tadashi.  3.672.206. 

Ichiryu.  Ken;  and  TakenoahiU.  Mitsuaki,  3,672,398. 

Kawabe,  Ushio;  Kimura,  Hiroahi;  Tomeoku,  Hiroahi;  and  Doi, 

Toshio,  3,673,444. 
Nishida,  Hideko;  Yamaguchi.  Kunihiko;  Kumasaka.  Noriyuki;  Su- 

gita,  YuUka;  and  Fujiwara.  Hideo.  3,673.581. 
Ogawa.  Hiroshi;  Yamane.  Sigeto;  Nakagawa,  Hisasi;  and  Uchida, 

Akinari,  3,672,355. 
Osoegawa,  Hideru;  and  Kobayashi,  Katuei,  3,673,478. 
Sakamoto.  Yuzaburo;  and  Toyooka,  Mono,  3.672.047. 
Sato.  Kogo;  Kato.  Hiroshi.  and  Ohnishi,  Shinji,  3,672.984. 
Seki,  Susumu,  3.673,396. 
Watai.  Mitsuo;  and  Koya,  Ito,  3,673,446. 
Hiyama,  Ryu,  to  Nippon  Gakki  Seizo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Dectronic 
musical    instrument    with    expression    control    device    for   simul- 
taneoulsy  controlling  different  tone  signals  by  different  amounts. 
3,672,253,0.84-1.270. 
Hjermstad,  Hans  U.;  and  Kopp.  Carl  J.,  to  Oare.  C.  P..  &.  Company. 

mesne.  Actuator  mechanism.  3.672.233. 0.  74-2.000. 
Hobart  Manufacturing  Company,  The:  See — 

Hartley,  Richard  S.;  and  Houser,  Franklin  Douglass,,  3,672,420. 
Hock,  Fromund,  to  Leitz,  E.,  G.m.b.H.  Firma.  Device  for  indicating  the 
position   of  two   mechanical   elements  relative  to  one   another. 
3,672,779,0.  356-138.000. 
Hoeffel,  James  D.;  and  Kubach,  Reinhold  W.,  to  Dayton  Dectronic 
Products  Company.  Billing  demand  recorder.  3.673.607,  O.  346- 
17.000. 
Hoffman,  Charies  F.  Wrench.  3.672.245,0.  81-367.000. 
Hoffman,  John  P.;  and  Booth,  Robert  C,  to  Bethlehem  Steel  Corpora- 
tion. One-probe  method  and  apparatus  for  detecting  correlating,  and 
classifying  defecU  in  test  members.  3,673,493, 0.  324-37.000. 
Hoffman,  Leonard  M.;  and  Kimball,  John  B.,  to  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, Navy,  mesne.  System  for  deployment  of  a  spherical  body  from 
the  nose  of  an  accelerating  ballistic  vehicle.  3.672.605,  O.  244- 
I.Oss. 
Hoffmann,  Anton  R.,  to  Gerrard.  A.  J..  &.  Company.  Feeding  device 

for  strapping  machine.  3.672.596. 0.  242-75.430. 
Hoffmann-La  Roche  Inc.:  See — 

Uskokovic,  Milan  Radoje.  3.673.217. 
Hoffrel  Instruments  Incorporated:  See — 

Uphoff.  RusscI  L.,  3,673,325. 
Hofliger  &  Karg:  See— 

Andra.  Rolf.  3.672.113. 
Hofmann,  Gonfried;  and  Stull,  James  T.,  to  United  States  Steel  Cor- 
poration.   Guide-roll    rack    and    supporting    structure    therefor. 
3,672,438,0.  164-282.000. 
Holan,  Leif  A.,  1/3  to  Wernz,  William,,  1/3  to  Miesbauer,  Rudolph,  1/3 
to  Holan,  Leif  A.;  stockholders  of  and  Winona  Industries,  Inc. 
Woodworking  machine.  3,672,415,0.  144-136.000. 
Holan.  Leif  A.;  stockholders  of:  See— 

Holan,  Leif  A.,  3,672,415. 
Holm,  Le  Roy  W.,  to  Union  Oil  Company  of  California.  Soluble  oil 

composition.  3,673,124,0.  252-8. 55d. 
Holm,  Wayne  E.,  to  Hydril  Company,  mesne.  Remote  terminal  com- 
puting unit  to  compute  B/A  x  C  values,  for  use  by  central  computer. 
3.673.392.  CI.  235-150.500. 
Holm.  Wayne  E..  to  Hydril  Company,  mesne.  Net  fluid  computing  unit 

for  use  with  central  computer.  3.673,574,  CI.  340-1 72.5. 
Holmes,  William  S.:  See— 

Archambault,  Jean-Paul  C;  and  Holmes,  William  S..  3,672.899. 
Holtschmidt.  Hans:  See — 

Arit.  Dieter;  and  Holtschmidt.  Hans,  3,673,254. 
Holub,  Fred  F.:  See- 

Weininger,  Joseph  L.;  and  Holub,  Fred  F.,  3,673,1 27. 
Holub,  Fred  F.;  Berger,  Abe;  and  Selin,  Terry  G.,  to  General  Electric 
Company.   Bis  organosilyl  hydrocarbon  modified  polyamides  and 
methods  for  making  them.  3,673,155,0.  260-65.000. 
Honda,  Toshio:  See — 

Iwami,  Ichiro;  Honda,  Toshio;  and  Fukuura,  Yukio,  3,673,022. 
Honda,  Yasuo:  See— 

Doi.  Yoshikazu;  and  Honda,  Yasuo,  3,672,748. 
Honeywell  Inc.:  See — 

Adams,  James  R.,  Jr.,  3,673,436. 
Hron,  Roland  L.,  3.672,81 1. 
Joesting,  Frederick  D.,  3,672,567. 
La2ar,  Jeffrey  M.,  3.672.339. 
Prescott,  Roberts.,  3,673,507. 
Raudsep,  DmarG.,  3,673.555. 
Royster,  Larry  H..  3.673.441. 
Honjo.  Satoru:  See — 

Tamai.  Yasuo;  and  Honjo.  Satoru.  3,672,988. 
Hooker  Chemical  Corporation:  See- 
Lin,  Kingso  Chingtsung,  3,673,285. 
Prahl.  Walter  H  ;  and  Lederman,  Sol  J.,  3,673,262. 
Wagner,  George  M.;  and  VuUo,  William  J.,  3,672,8 1 8. 
Hopkins,  Evan  Leon:  See— 

Hopkins,  Evan  Lloyd;  Hopkins,  Rose  Eugene;  and  Hopkins,  Evan 
Leon,  3,672,063. 
Hopkins,  Evan  Lloyd;  Hopkins,  Roas  Eugene;  and  Hopkins,  Evan 
Leon.  Headlamp  aiming  device  with  orienUtion  sensing.  3,672/)63, 
O.  33-180.001. 


PI  18 


LIST  OF  PATE 


1 

NTEES 


June  27, 1972 


Hopkiu.  Rom  Eu(cne:  Set— 

Hopkini,  Evan  Lloyd;  Hopkins.  Ro«  Eugene;  and  Hopkins.  Evan 
Leon.  3,672.063. 
Horgan,  Stephen  W.:  Set— 

Albrecht.  William  L.;  Fleming,  Robert  W.;  and  Horgan,  Stephen 
W,  3.673.191. 
Horie.  bumi:  See- 

Naya.  Mikio;  Yamaguchi.  Haruki;  and  Horie,  Izumi.  3.672.2 1 7. 
Horii.  Kazuo:  See— 

Ueoka.    Hisayothi;    Horii.    Kazuo;    and    Umeya,    Kazumasa, 
3.673.119. 
Homig.  Hans  Werner;  and  Walz.  Kurt,  to  Lever  Brothers  Company. 
Process  for  the  hydration  of  sodium  tripolyphosphate.  3,672,826,  O. 
23-106.000. 
Horst,  William  R.;  and  Schleicher.  Lowell,  to  National  Cash  Register 
Company.  The.  Method  and  apparatus  for  recording  and/or  display- 
ing images  utilizing  thermomagnetically-sensitive  microscopic  cap- 
sules. 3,673,597.  CI.  346-74. 
Horton,  Alfred  A.,  to  Barber-Colman  Company.  Single  triac  reversible 

motor  control.  3,673.479.  CI.  318-208.000. 
Horton,  William  H.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Adapter  for  igniting 

electricaUy  igniuble  flashlamps.  3,672,8 1 3,  CI.  43 1 -9S.000. 
Horvath,  Edward;  and  Youngman,  Gary,  to  Universal  Oil  Produca 
Company.  Method  for  the  manufacture  of  soUd  phosphoric  acid 
catalyst.  3.673,1 1 1, CI.  2S2-43S.000. 
Hosokawa,  Ryoji:  See— 

Niioka,  Takeharu;  and  Hosokawa,  Ryoji,  3,673.3S  I . 
Houck.  Clarence  W.:  See- 

Canonico,  Domenic  A.;  Cole,  Nancy  C;  and  Houck,  Clarence  W., 
3,673,038. 
Houdaille  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 
Hammond,  Earl  J.  3,672,691. 
Schober,  Thomas  C,  3,673.393. 
House,  Robert  L.  Tunnel  boring  apparatus.  3,672,726, 0.  299-3 1 .000. 
Houser.  Franklin  Douglass.:  See— 

Hartley.  Richard  §.;  and  Houser.  Franklin  Douglass..  3.672.420. 
Hovesud.  Adrian  P.  Self-extending  dockboard.  3.671,990,  CI.   14- 

71.000. 
Howard,  Lawrence  A.  Clock  mechanism  actuated  by  successively  sup- 
plied ball  weighu.  3.672,149,  CI.  58-2.000. 
Howe,  John  Arthur;  and  Bryan,  Leslie  Oliver,  to  TRW  Inc.  Electrical 

switch.  3,673,368,  CI.  200-67.00g. 
Hoya  Glass  Works,  Limited:  See— 

Asahara,  Yoshiyuki;  and  Izumitani,  Tetsuro,  3,672,92 1 . 
Ishiguri,  Hachiro,  3,672,920. 
Hoyt,  Donald  L.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Interface  advance  control  in  seconda- 
ry recovery  program  by  reshaping  of  the  interface  between  driving 
and  driven  fluids  and  by  the  use  of  a  dynamic  gradient  barrier. 
3,672,448,  CI.  166-245.000. 
Hrach.  Joseph,  to  Sandoz  Ltd.  Process  for  the  production  of  injection 
moulded  and  extrusion  moulded  polyester  products.  3,673.139,  CI. 
260-22. OOr. 
Hron,  Roland  L.,  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Burner  control  system  using  a 

radiation  operated  relay  means.  3,672,81 1,0.  431-69.000. 
Hubbell,  Harvey,  Incorporated:  See— 

Fidrych.  Alfred  W.,  3,672,006. 
Hubcr,  J.  M.. Corporation:  See — 

Carson,  Forrest  L.,  3.672,7 1 5. 
Hubinger  Company,  The:  See — 
Elizer,  Lee  H,  3,673,171. 
Hubner,  Kurt,  to  Ebauches  Electroniques  S.A.  Electric  time-piece. 

3,672,1 54,  CI.  58-23.0ba. 
Hudson,  Ben  A.:  See— 

Luscher,    Paul.;    Hudson,    Ben    A.;    and    Childcrs.    Billie    W., 

3.672,947. 

Hudson,  Ronald  Augustus,  to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries  Limited. 

Method  of  thermally  proceuing  a  comestible  product.  3,672,907,  CI. 

99-1.000. 

Hufhtetter,  Jean  M.  Remedial  reading  teaching  device.  3,672.074.  CI. 

35-35.00h. 
Hufnagel,  Fred  M.:  See— 

Britton.  Ralph  H..  Jr.,  3,673,475. 
Huggins,  David  Anthony;  and  Curlook,  Walter,  to  International  Nickel 
Company.  The.  Separation  of  nickel  from  cobalt.  3,672,873,  CI.  75- 
lOl.OOr. 
Hughes,  William  C.  to  General  Electric  Company.  Wide  frequency 

response  line  scan  magnetic  deHector.  3,673,528,  CI.  335-2 10.000. 
Huml.  James  O.;  and  Layne.  Gilbert  S..  to  Dow  Chemical  Company, 
The.  Production  of  polymeric  fibers  or  coherent  thin  deposit  of  a  sil- 
icon and  oxygen  compound.  3.672.832.  CI.  23-182.000. 
Humphrey.  John  G.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Video  compensa- 
tion circuit  for  emphasized-carrier  detector.  3.673.319,  CI.   178- 
5.40r. 
Hung.  Ya-Ya:  See— 

Liu,  Jui-Chang;  and  Chan,  Teng.  3.672.491. 
Hunt.  David  H..  to  Spencer  Turbine  Company,  The.  Tool  holder. 

3.672.6 1 6.  CI.  248-75.000. 
Hunter.  Richard  I.:  See — 

SagmuUer.  Joseph  R.;  and  Hunter,  Richard  I.,  3,672,882. 
Hurwitz,  Henry,  Jr.:  See- 
Ben  Daniel.  David  J.;  Fielding.  John  O.;  and  Hurwitz.  Henry.  Jr.. 
3,672,687 
Husky  Manufacturing  and  Tool  Works  Limited:  See — 

Dalik.  Herbert  A..  3.672.803. 
HyccI,  Inc.:  See— 


and  I 


Moran.  John  J. .3.672.477. 
Hydril  Company,  mesne:  5er-  ^^ 

Holm.  Wayne  E..  3,673,392. 
Hydril  Company,  mesne:  See- 
Holm,  Wayne  E.,  3,673.574. 
Hydro  Component  Research  and  Development  Co.:  See— 

Genz.  Orville  F.,  3,672,807. 
Hydro-Services,  Inc.:  See— 

Hinrichs,  Jack  F.,  3.672.575.    ^. 
Hymore.  Frank  J.:  See— 

Ritter,  George  F..  Jr.;  and  Hytnore,  Frank  J..  3.672.861 . 
Ichiryu.  Ken;  and  Takenoahita,  Mitsuaki,  to  Hitachi,  Ltd.  Accumulator 
for  absorbing  a  pulsation  of  pump  pressure.  3,672.398.  Q.   137- 
586.000. 
ICP.IncSer- 

Liebens,  Raymond  B.  J..  3.673.472. 
Ihaaz.^  Richard:  See— 

Demci.  Michael:  and  Ihasz,  Richard,  3,672,049. 
Ihm,  Joseph  M.  Gelled  alcohol  fuel  containing  nitrocellulose  and  boric 

acid.  3,672.85 1 . 0.  44-7.00b. 
Ijlstra.HendrikJ.:See- 

Lagerwey,  Johannes;  Ijlstra,  Hendrik  J.;  and  Andricaae,  George  F. 
J.,  3.672,472. 
Ikawa.  Kenji;  and  Takami.  Fumiuka.  to  Shinonogi  &  Co..  Ltd.  process 
for     preparing     dialkylaminoalkoxycarbonium     tetriiluoroiborate. 
3.673.234,0.  260-453  OOr. 
Imai,  Hiroko:  See — 

Funada,    Kiyotaka;    Shinohara,    Takashi;    and    Imai,    H>''o''°< 
3.672,940. 
Imperial  Chemical  Industries,  Limited:  See— 
Bowden.  Roy  Dennis.  3,673,199. 

Brian.  Robert  Coles;  and  Bland,  Peter  Douglas,  3,673,087. 
Buckley,  Alan;  and  Thomas,  leuan,  3.673,162. 
Doyle,  Peter;  and  Sucey,  Joseph  Gilbert,  3,673.198. 
Hudson.  Ronald  Augustus.  3.672.907. 
Komoiy,  Thomas  John,  3,673,032. 
PallueL  Auguste  Louis  Luciene,  3.673,1 37. 
Imura,  Toahinori,  to  Minolta  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Camp's  with 

retractable  lens  barrel.  3,672,280,  O.  95-39.000. 
Indian  Head  Inc.:  See— 

Neth,  Richard  M.;  Rogers,  John  M.;  and  Gallagher,  James  J. 
3,672,011. 
Inductorsya  Corporation:  See — 

Tripp.  Robert  W..  3,673.395. 
Inductosyn  Corporation:  See — 
Farrand.  Oair  L.,  3,673,584. 
Tripp.  Robert  W.;  and  Geller,  Robert  Z.,  3,673,585. 
Industrial  Tools,  Inc.:  See— 

Nielsea.  Waldemar  R.;  and  Mathias,  Charles  D.,  3.672,01 7 
Industrie  Perelli  S.p.A.,  mesne:  See— 

Oriani,  Agostino,  3,672,61  3. 
Industrie  Pfa-elti  S.p.A..  mesne:  See — 

Angioletti,  Attilio  E.;  and  Marocco,  Sergio  G.,  3,672.484. 
Industrierwerk  Schaeffler  OHC:  See- 
Jacob.  Werner,  3,672,737. 
Ingeniorsfirman  Nils  Weibull  AB:  See— 

Andersson.  Sven  A..  3,672.5 1 8. 
Ingmarson,   Martin,  to   Kooperativa  forbundet  ekonomisk  fdrening. 

Method  and  machine  for  packaging  goyds.  3.672.1 16.  CI.  53^ 
Inland  Steel  Company:  See— 

Uvy,  Bernard  S..  3.673,009. 
Inmot  Corporation:  See — 

Ackerman.  Joseph  Francis;  Weisfeld.  Joseph;  Savageau,  Robert 
George;  and  Beerli,  George,  3,673,140. 
Inoue,  Eiichi;  Yamaji,  Keizo;  Tanaka,  Hiroshi;  and  Saito,  Talsashi,  to 
Canon  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Apparatus  for  electrostatic  image- 
forming  and  processes  for  use  therewith.  3,673,595,  CI.  346- '^4. 
Institut  de  Recherches  de  la  Siderurgie  Francaise:  See— 

Bojic,  Milan;  and  Jorrc.  Daniel,  3,672,774. 
Institutul  de  Cercetari  Pen^ru  Prelucrarea  titeiului:  See— 

Georgescu,    Eugenia; iGheja.    Ion;    Bugur.   Victor;   Ziri^.   Ion; 
Mazare.  Theodora;  Popescu.  Elena-Lygia;  Oiteanu.  BujOr;  Mar- 
culeacu.  Nicolae;  Fil^tti.  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul.  Mariu»-Aurel; 
andCalin.Ion.  3.673\l09. 
Institutul  de  Ceretari  Tehnologice  Pentru  Constructii  de  Masini:  See— 

Dumitrescu.  Traian,  3,673,004. 
Instrumentation  Laboratory,  Inc.:  See— 

Rosse,  Thomas  A.,  and  Blackmer,  David  E..  3.672.843. 
Interiake,  Inc.:  See— 

Weller,  Frank  C.  3.672.295. 
Interiake  Steel  Corporation:  See— 

Wognum,    James    N.;    Simich,    Emil;    and    Winkler.    A|vin    L., 
3.672.436. 
Interlectron  Corporation,  mesne:  See— 
Reavii.  Clifford  L.,  Jr..  3.673.037. 
International  Business  Machines  Corporation:  See— 

Berglund.  Neil  C;  King.  Robert  W.;  and  Swearingen.  Kient  W., 

3,672,297. 
Brumbaugh,  Philip  A.;  Harrington,  Richard  H.;  Nemier,  Stanley 

E.;  and  Nielsen,  Thomas  C,  3,672,482. 
Burton,  Paul  T.;  Cole,  Walter  E.;  Frasseno.  Henry  E..  Jr.;  Gibson. 
Robert  G.;  Greenberg.  Allan;  Handloff.  Louis  E.;  and  Rndlintky. 
Raymond.  3,673.575. 
De  Wkt,  David;  Dhaka,  Vir  A.;  and  Oberai,  Avtar  S..  3.67^.983. 


tor 

1 


000. 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  19 


DcJong,  Egbert  D.;  Koch.  Hans;  and  Maynard.  Kenneth  B.. 
3.672.118. 
^      Di  Stefano.  Edmund  J.;  and  Enderley,  Arthur  E..  3.673.542. 

Foehriag,  Robert  A.;  Gamache.  Richard  R.;  and  Kenney.  Donald 

M.  3.672.948. 
Gagliani.  John.  3.673.289. 
Hancke.  Peter  J.;  Judkovics.  Monroe;  and  Urquhart.  Robert  J.. 

3.673.399. 
Kazan.  Benjamin.  3.673.594. 
Kern.  Richard  W.  3.672.778. 

Suope.  Douglas  H.;  and  Wilson.  Alan  D..  3,672,744. 
Werner,  Allen  J.,  3,673,473. 
International  Harvester  Company:  See— 

Hamouz,  George  J.;  Dalenberg,  W.  Robert;  and  Zurek,  James  W., 

3,672,137. 
McCallum,  Donald  A..  3,672,1 34. 
Peacock.  Peter  J.;  and  Scarnato,  Thomas  J.,  3,672,1 35. 
Peacock,  Peter  J.;  and  Gordon,  Paul  C,  3,672,1 36. 
Scarnato,  Thomas  J.;  and  Patterson.  N.  Donald.  3.672.1 32. 
Scarnato.  Thomas  J.;  Tufts,  Guy  O.;  Peacock,  Peter  J.;  and  Cicci. 
George  B,  3,672,1  38. 
International  Nickel  Company,  The:  See— 

Huggins,  David  Anthony;  and  Curlook,  Walter,  3,672,873. 
International  Paper  Company,  mesne:  See- 
Brown,  Stirling  Robert,  3,672,949. 
Brown,  Stirling  Robert;  and  Lee,  Charies  A.,  3.672.952. 
Brown.  Stirling  Robert,  3,673,026. 
Murhpy,  James  A.;  and  Brown,  Stirting  Robert,  3.672,950. 
Murphy,  James  A.;  and  Brown.  Stiriing  Robert.  3.673.060. 
International  Playtex  Corporation:  See— 

Bcrger,  Leonard;  Fitzpatrick,  William  E.;  McCinley,  James  H.; 
Pfund,  Adolf;  and  Schwartzberg.  IraG.,  3,672,122. 
International  Standard  Electric  Corporation:  See— 
Herter,Eberhard,  3,673.356. 

Le  Strat,  Guy  Jean;  and  Desplanques,  Roger,  3,673,333. 
Thomas,  David  Michael,  3.673,336. 

Tomica.  Alojzy;  and  Blackwell,  John  Francis,  3,672,141. 
International  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Corporation:  See — 
Barr,  John  E,  3,672,024 
Bliley,  Ward  L,  3,673,549. 

Mattingly,  William  R,  Jr.;  and  Goodman,  David  S.,  3,673,548. 
Morgan.  Thomas  E.,  3.672,003. 
Spanos,  William  M.,  3,673,5  16. 
Ionics  Incorporated,  mesne:  See — 

Freeman,  Donald  C,  Jr.,  and  Rogers,  Louis  J.,  3,672,841. 
Isaac,  Olivier,  to  Societe  Industrielle  Generate  de  Mecanique  Ap- 
pliquee     S.I.G.M.A.     Variable     ratio    hydrostatic    transmissions. 
3,672,166,0.  60-53.00r. 
Ise  Electronics  Corporation:  See— 

Nakamura.  Tadashi.  3.673.448. 
Ishiguri,  Hachiro,  to  Hoya  Glass  Works,  Limited.  Optical  glass  having  a 
high  refractive  index  and  a  low  dispersion.   3,672,920,  CI.    106- 
47.00q. 
Ishihara,  Teruo:  See— 

Yoneda,   Naoto;   Ishihara.   Teruo,    Kobayashi,   Tetsuji;    Kondo, 
Yasuzo;    Okumura,    Kentaro;    Kojima,    Michio;    and    Nose, 
Takashi,  3,673,195. 
Istituto  Nazionale  Chimico  Biologico  S.r.l.:  See — 

Grippa,  Leonida,  3,672,954. 
Isuzu  Motors  Limited:  See— 

Yamanouchi,  Yuichi,  3,672,338. 
Itek  Corporation:  See — 

Archambault,  Jean-Paul  C;  and  Holmes.  William  S.,  3.672,899. 
ito,  Osamu,  to  Nippondenso  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Slip  ratio  calculating 

device.  3,673,400,0.  235-196.000. 
Ito,  Yutaka;  and  Hirate,  Jun,  to  Tokyo  Broadcasting  System,  Inc.;  and 
and  Nippon  Electric  Company,  Limited.  Video  mixing/special  ef- 
fecu  amplifiers.  3,673.324,0.  178-6.800. 
Itoki,  Nobuo:  See — 

Abe,  Kaoru;  Matsumoto,  Takeji;  and  Itoki,  Nobuo,  3,672,1  IS. 
Iwakura,  Hikozo:  See— 

Komeno,  Taichiro;  and  Iwakura,  Hikozo,  3.673.173. 
Iwami.  Ichiro;  Honda.  Toshio;  and  Fukuura.  Yukio.  to  Bridgestone 
Tire  Company  Limited.  Process  for  adhering  a  polyester  fibrous 
materUI  with  a  rubber.  3.673.022.  CI.  156-166.000. 
Iwashita.  Hidemaro:  See— 

Seko.  Maomi;  Yomiyama.  Akira;  Miyake,  Tetsuya;  and  IwashiU. 
Hidemaro.  3.673.068. 
Izumi,  Takahiro:  See— 

Yamamoto.    Hisao;    Hirohashi.    Atsuko;    Izumi.   Takahiro;   and 
Koshiba.  Masao.  3.673.243. 
Izumitani.  Tetsuro:  See — 

Asahara.  Yoshiyuki;  and  Izumitani.  Tetsuro.  3.672,921. 
Jablin,  Richard;  and  Leister,  Robert  C.  to  Allan  Wood  Steel  Company. 

Drag  wipe.  3.672.595.  CI.  242-75.200. 
Jacknow.  Burton  B.:  See— 

Ciccarelli.  Roger  N.;  and  Jacknow,  Burton  B.,  3,672,883. 
Jackson,  Wendell  T.;  Garrett,  Beveriey  R.;  and  Vicars,  Earl  C,  to  Hex- 
cel  Corporation.  Honeycomb  having  laminates  of  unidirectional 
strands.  3,673,058,0.  161-68.000. 
Jacob,  George  M.:  Ser— 

Storey,  William  T.,  11;  Procter,  Robert  F.;  Snyder,  Charies  H.  A.; 
Jacob,  George  M.;  and  Mooney,  Raymond  T.,  3,672.046. 


Jacob.  Herbert:  See- 
Bauer.  Rudolf;  Jacob.  Herbert;  and  Braun,  Werner,  3.672,49S. 
Jacob.   Werner,   to  Industrierwerk   Schaeffler  OHG.   Ball   bearing. 

3.672.737. 0.  308-196.000. 
Jacobsen  Manufacturing  Company:  See — 

Akgulian.  Sahag  C;  and  Haffher.  Donald  G..  3.672.696. 
Jaeschke.  Ralph  L.,  to  Eaton  Corporation.  Method  of  making  pole 
members.  3.672.042. 0.  29-602.000. 

Jaffe.  Christopher;  and  Cehry,  Frank  O.  Acoustical  system  employing 
-     tubular  resonators.  3.672.463. 0.  181-30.000. 
Jagenberg-Werke  AG:  See— 
KJapp,  Hartmut.  3.672.266. 

Jagers,  Leopold.  Saw.  3.672.25 l.O.  83-169.000. 
Jaggers.  Brian  George:  See- 
Janes.  John  Francis;  Jaggers.  Brian  George;  and  Curtis.  Anthony 
John.  3.673.120 
Jago.  Edward  John:  See— 

Cooley.  Kenton  Parkes;  and  Jago.  Edward  John.  3.672.427. 
Jagob.  Kari.  to  Paul  Ferd.  Peddinghaus.  Parallel  viae.  3.672.660.  CI. 

269-203000. 
Janda.  Clifford  C.  Leveler.  3.672.61 8. 0.  248-1 16.000. 
Janes.  John  Francis;  Jaggers.  Brian  George;  and  Curtis.  Anthony  John, 
to  Bush  Boake  Allen  Limited.  Perfumery  compositions  containing 
patchouli  oil  and  8-camphene  carbinol.  3.673.120,0.  252-522.000. 
Janiak.     Stefan,     to     Ciba     Limited.     2.4-Dinitro-6-alkyl     phenyl- 

cyclopropionates.  3.673.237. 0.  260-468.00p. 
Janich.  Hans  Jurgen.  to  Polysius  G.m.b.H.  Apparatus  for  purifying  dust 

loaded  waste  gases.  3.672.502.  CI.  209-144.000. 
Janasen,  Peter  Johannes  Hubertus,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Televi- 
sion receiver  with  a  phase  detector  having  dual  phase  determining 
and  correcting  networks.  3,673,321,0.  1 78-5. 80a. 
Japan  Exian  Company  Limited:  See— 

Shimoda,  Keitaro;  Tsutsui,  Nobuhiro;  Sekiguchi,  Hideto;  and 
Sone,  Masao,  3,673,053. 
Japan  Furnace  Industry  Co.  Ltd.:  See — 

Miyazaki,  Shuzo,  3.672.808. 
Japan  Steel  Works  Ltd.:  See— 

Miyano,  Katao;  and  Shimazaki,  Masahide.  3.673.007. 
Japanese  Geon  Company.  Ltd..  The:  See— 

Tanaka.    Akira;     Hanori.    Tsuyoshi;    Anno.     Hirotomo;    and 
Kawahara.  Testuyo.  3.673.283. 
Jefferson.  Leo  J.;  and  Crosby.  Lenard  J.,  1/2  to  said  Crosby  and  1/2  to 
Cook,  Harold  E.  Butcher's  pneumatic  bone  dust  vacuum  cleaner. 
3,672,576,0.  239-521. 
Jeffreys,  Roy  A.;  and  Mellov^'s,  Susan  M.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company. 
Novel  dyes  and  photographic  emulsions.  3,672,905,  CI.  96-140.000. 
Jenaer  Glaswerk  Schott  &.  Gen.:  See- 
Sack,  Werner,  3,672,919. 
Jentzsch.  Dietrich:  See — 

Frank,  Peter;  Jentzsch,  Dietrich;  and  Kurger.  Helmut,  3,672.227. 
Jerabek,  Elihu  C.  to  General  Electric  Company.  Sealed  metallic  oxide- 
indium  secondary  battery.  3.672.997.  CI.  1 36-20.000. 
Jerrold  Electronics  Corporation,  mesne:  See— 

Ticknor.  Sergei  L..  3,673.5 1 7. 
Jeths.  Johannes:  See — 

Von  Der  Elu,  Hans-Ulrich;  Jeths.  Johannes;  and  Boecker.  AHbns 
Bemhard.  3.672.815. 
Joa.  Curt  G.  Method  of  making  a  laminated  mat  from  plies  of  fibrous 

pulp  material.  3.673.021.  CI.  156-62.400. 
Joannes.  Giuseppe,  to  Gruppo  Finanziario  Termico  Fin-Term  S.p.A. 

Heat  generator  of  the  smoke-tube  type.  3.672,336.0.  122-149. 
Joel.  Amos  Edward.  Jr..  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratones,  Incorporated. 
Switching  of  time  division  multiplex  lines  and  analog  trunks  through 
telephone  central  offices.  3.673.335. 0.  179-I5.0aq. 
Joesting.  Frederick  D..  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Multi-unit  pneumatic  control 

system.  3.672.567.  CI.  236-1. 00c. 
Johmann.  Frank  T.  Dolls.  3.672.096. 0.  46-120.000. 
Johns  Hopkins  University.  The:  See — 

Rabenhorst.  David  W.  3.672.241. 
Johns-Manville  Corporation:  See- 
Spencer.  Samuel  Binford.  3.673.027. 
Johnson.  Bernard  C.  Adjusuble  corrugated  shipping  container  and  or 

adjusuble  cardboard  shipping  carton.  3.672.558.  CI.  229-37.00r. 
Johnson.  Bruce  K..  to  Polaroid  Corporation.  Photographic  apparatus 

for  processing  film  material.  3.672.275. 0.  95-13.000. 
Johnson.  Oarence  S.;  and  McKinley.  Larry  E.  Full  view  diver's  mask. 

3.671.976.0.  2- 14.00c. 
Johnson.  Donald  Edgar,  to  Delapena  Honing  Equipment  Limited.  Hon- 
ing tools.  3.672.102.0.  51-204.000. 
Johnson.  Edward  P.,  to  Eari  and  Wright.  Deep  sea  mining  method  and 

apparatus.  3,672,725.01.  299-8.000. 
Johnson,  Lee  F.:  See — 

Miller,  Alfred  H.;  and  Johnson,  Lee  F.,  3,673,044. 
Johnson,  Matthew  &  Co.,  Limited  See— 

Dariing,  Alan  Sydney;  and  Selman,  Gordon  Leslie,  3.672.880. 
Johnson.  Peter  Bennett:  See — 

Cairns.  Hugh;  and  Johnson.  Peter  Bennett.  3.673.2 1 8. 
Johnson.  Ralph  G.;  and  Fryberger.  David,  to  United  Sutes  of  America. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Touch  actuable  data  input  panel  as- 
sembly. 3.673,327.0.  178-18.000. 
Johnson.  Ray  M..  to  Cryodry  Corporation.  Microwave  appUcator 

system  with  cyUndrical  resonant  cavity.  3.673.370. 0.  219-10.55. 
Johnson.  Roycc  F.:  See — 


PI  2b 


LIST  OF  PATE 


NTEES 


June  V.  1972 


Webb.  Clcitus  E..  Jr.;  and  Johnson,  Royce  F..  3.672,098. 
Johnson,  William  E.;  and  Schmersal,  Larry  J.,  to  Owens-niinois,  Inc. 
Low    voltage    pulse    system    for    addressing    gas    discharge    dis- 
play/memory panels.  3,673,460,0.  3IS-I69.00r. 
Johnitone,  Colin  G.  Circuit  for  operating  polyphase  induction  motors 

from  single  phase  supply.  3,673.480,  CI.  3 1 8-22 1  OOg. 
Jonas,  John  J.;  and  Freund,  Ernest  H.,  to  Kraftco  Corporation.  Emulsi- 

fiersystem.  3.673.106, CI.  252-356.000. 
Jones  ft  Laughlin  Steel  Corporation:  Set— 

Schraeder,  Albin  E. .  3 ,67  2 .2 1 6. 
Jones,  Frank  D.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Army.  Adjustable  mount 

for  auxiliary  gun  sight.  3.672.623,  CI.  248-226.00r. 
Jones,  Giffin  D.;  Geyer,  Gerald  R.;  and  Hatch,  Melvin  J.,  to  Dow 
Chemical  Company,  The.  2-Methylene-3-butenyl  quaternary  am- 
monium monomers  and  polymers.  3,673,164,  CI.  260-80.30n. 
Jones,  Kenneth  James:  See — 

Hicks,  Harris  Vernon;  and  Jones,  Kenneth  James,  3.673.421. 
Jonsson,  Per  Gustaf:  See— 

Ekbcrgh.  Evert  Oskar;  and  Jonsson.  Per  Gustaf.  3.673,338. 
Jorre,  Daniel:  See— 

Bojic,  Milan;  and  Jorre,  Daniel,  3.672,774. 
Joslyn  Mfg.  and  Supply  Co.:  See— 
Misare.  Donald  O.,  3.673.3 1 1 . 
Jouppi.  Eino  J.  Device  for  delimbing  trees.  3.672.413.  CI.  144-2.00f. 
Juchmann.  Heinz;  and  Lauterbach.  Peter,  to  Licentia  Patent-Verwal- 

tungs-G.m.b.H  Silicon  wafer  cell.  3,673.308.  CI.  I74-S2.00s. 
Juckniess.  Paul  R.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Filter  press 

fluorine  cell  with  carbon  connectors.  3,673,076,  CI.  204-256. 
Judkovics,  Monroe:  See— 

Hancke,  Peter  J.;  Judkovics,  Monroe;  and  Urquhart,  Robert  J., 
3,673,399. 
Judson  Jewelry  Corporation:  See— 

Manceri.  John.  3.672,157. 
Junk,  Dieter;  Schlunke,  Jurken;  and  Boixen,  Heinz,  to  Kleinewefers, 
Joh.,    Sohne     Maschinemabrik.     Guiding    roller    for    calenders. 
3,672,0I8.CI.  29-ll6.0pd. 
Jylhavaara  Osakeyhtio:  See— 

Syrjanen,  Ahti,  3.672.506. 
Kabel-und  Metallwerke  GutehofTnunphutte  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Klebl.  Wolfram.  3.672.230. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Ideal:  See— 
Sato.  Yoshio.  3.672.382. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Kamitsu  Seisakusho:  See— 

Nakai,  Shoji;  and  Higuchi.  Akio.  3,672,589. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Sasakiseisakusho:  See— 

Sasaki.  Tadajiro.  3.672.249. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Suwa  Seikosha:  See — 
Fujimori.  Yoshiaki.  3,672. 158. 
Miyasaka.  Mamoru.  3.672.156. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Tadano:  See — 

Yunoki.  Tadao;  and  Fujiyasu,  Toshio,  3,672,257. 
Kabushiki  Kaisha  Tsuchiya  Seisakusho:  See— 

Saito,  Nobuo;and  Namiki,  Kyoji.  3,672,510. 
Kabushikikaisha  Tokyo  Keiki  Seizosho:  See— 

Miura.  Takahiro;  and  Yamamoto,  Miaki.  3.673,553. 
Kachita  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Tamura,  Takaaki;  and  Kato.  Tsutomu.  3,672.824. 
Kadison  Laboratories,  Inc.:  See— 

Delaney.  William  E..  3,672,914. 
Kai.  Junjiro:  See — 

Awazu,  Kenzo;  Matsunaga.  Kazu;  Muto.  Katsutoshi;  Kai.  Junjiro; 
and  Oi.Kyoko.  3,673,103. 
Kaiser  Aluminum  &  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 

Dorsey,  Geoffrey  A.,  Jr..  3.672.972. 
Kaiser.  Carl;  and  Zirkle,  Charles  L..  to  Smith  Kline  and  French  Labora- 
tories. Substituted  7,12,  dihydropleialine  derivatives.  3.673.176,  CI. 
260-240.0tc. 
Kaiser.  Hermann,  to  Eaton  Corporation.  Crash  sensor.  3,673,367.  CI. 

200-6 1. 4Sr. 
Kaiser,  Reinhold,  to  Telefunken  Patentverwertungsgesellschaft  m.b.H. 

Method  of  producing  a  transistor.  3.673.01 2.  CI.  148-187.000. 
Kallenbach.  Rudolf  Paul.  Copper  immersion  coating  on  aluminum. 

3,672,976,  CI.  Il7-I30.00r. 
Kallrath,  Gottfried;  Knorre,  Helmut;  Meyer-Simon,  Eugen;  and  Bie- 
gler,  Hanns.  Process  for  the  non-electrolytic  metallizing  of  non-con- 
ductors. 3,672.937,  CI.  1 17-47. 
Kalopissis.  Gregoire;  De  Raymond,  Henri  Philippe;  Abegg,  Jean-Louis; 
and  Ghilardi,  Giuliana,  to  Societe  Anonyme  ditc:  L'Oreal.  Treat- 
ment of  damaged  hair  with  methylol  compounds.  3,672,375,  CI.  1 32- 
7.000. 
Kaltenbach  &  Voigt:  See— 

Eibofner,  Eugen;  Fink,  Willi;  and  Farian,  Gerhard,  3,672,060. 
Kamas  Kvarnmaskiner  AS:  See— 

Nordstrand,  Leif  Roland,  3,672,516. 
Kamenir.  Melvin:  See — 

Bartok,   Stephen;    Kamenir.   Melvin;   and    Begoss.   Andrew   J., 
3.673.350. 
Kammann.  Wilfried.  Screen  printing  machine  for  printing  cylindrical 

and  canical  articles.  3.672.296. CI.  10l-38.00a. 
Kammerer,  Heinz,  to  Bosch.  Robert,  G. m.b.H.  Astable  switching  cir- 
cuit. 3,673,564,  CI.  340-8 1  .OOr. 
Kanegafuchi  Boseki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Matsui,  Maso;  Utsuhara,  Yutaka;  Yamabe,  Masahiro;  and  Tokura, 
Susuma,  3.672.802. 


S9. 


and 


and 


a.  53- 


Takakashi.  Kenji;  Yamamura.  Toshio;  Ono.  Mitsuzo;  and  Eda, 

Korekiyo.  3.673.125. 

Kaptamb«lis,  Christos  Basil;  and  Collins.  David  Janett.,  to  Computer 

Identics    Corporation.     Identification    and    registration    system. 

3.673,389, CI.  235-61.1  Ir. 

Kardon,  Emanuel  S.  Means  for  applying  adhesive  to  paper  bi^  or  the 

like.  3.672,328,  CI.  118-221.000. 
Karr,   Michael   A.   Valve  operator  apparatus.    3,672,262,  CI.   92- 

140.000. 
Kasei  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See — 

Kauuyama,  Shigeo;  Asami,  Attumi;  Watanabe.  Masahide;  Sato. 
Tsutomu;  Norimatsu,  Toahiaki;  and  Nakajima.  Eizo.  3.^72,8 1 9. 
Kashiwagi.  Nobup:  5^— 

Miura,   Yasushi;   Kashiwagi,   Nobuo;   and   Mochizuki,  Zenichi, 
3,672,440. 
Kasparek.  Alois:  See— 

Wahle.  Gunter;  and  Kasparek,  Alois,  3,672.522. 
Katesu,  Isao:  See— 

Sagane,  Norio;  Kuwazuru.  Issei;  and  Katesu.  Isao.  3.673, 
Kato,  Hiroshi:  See — 

Sato.  Kogo;  Kato.  Hiroshi;  and  Ohnishi,  Shinji,  3,672,984. 
Kato.  Tsutomu:  See— 

Tamura.  Takaaki;  and  Kato,  Tsutomu.  3.672.824. 
Kauuyama,  Shigeo;  Asami,  Atsumi;  Watanabe,  Masahide;  Sato,  Tsu- 
tomu, Norimatsu,  Toshiaki;  and  Nakajima,  Eizo,  to  Kas«i  Kogyo 
Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Process  for  shaping  a  bundle  wet-spun  continuous 
niaments.  3,672,8 19,  CI.  8-137.000.  T 

KaU.  Carlos:  See—  I 

Eager.    George    S..   Jr.;    Silver,    David    A.;   and    KaU,   Carlos. 
3.673.307. 
Kaufman.  Harold  C:  See— 

Schliager.  Warren  G.;  and  Kaufman,  Harold  C,  3,673,08(  K 
Kaufman,  Jack  W.  Cutter  and  like  article.  3,672,054.  CI.  30-2S  4.000. 
Kaus.  Carl  M:  See-  1 

Sullivan.  Bruce  M.;  and  Kaus.  Carl  M.,  3,672,1 30. 
Kawabe.  Ushio;  Kimura,  Hiroshi;  Tomeoku.  Hiroshi;  and  Doi|  Toshio, 
to  Hitachi,  Ltd.  Rotary  electric  machine.  3,673,444,  CI.  310.10.000 
Kawahara.  Testuyo:  See— 

Tanaka.     Akira;     Hattori.    Tsuyoahi;    Anno.    Hirotomo, 
Kawahara.  Testuyo.  3.673,283. 
Kawakami.   Hiroshi.  to  Sony  Corporation.   Magnetic  recording 

reproducing  apparatus.  3.672.684,  CI.  274-4. OOd. 
Kawaminani,  Kohachi.  Container  sealing  device.  3.672.121 

351.000. 
Kawasaki,  Akihiro;  Ueda,  Hiroaki;  and  Taniguchi.  Masanobu.  to  Maru- 
zen  Petrochemical  Co..  Ltd.  Process  for  preparing  an  alternating 
copolymer  of  butadiene  and  acrylonitrile.  3.673.165,  CI.  260-82.5. 
Kay.  Edward  L.:  See—  J 

Lohr,  Delmar  Frederick.  Jr.;  Crane,  Grant;  and  Kay,  Edward  L.. 
3,673,269.  | 

Kaye,  George  W.;  and  Shonnard.  John  R.,  to  Litton  Systems, 'inc.  Sty- 
lus assembly  for  electrically  recording  of  information.  3,673L593,  CI. 
346-74.0es. 
Kaye,  Seymour  M.:  See — 

Lane,  George  A.;  Smith.  William  Arthur;  Dollman.  Stephen  C: 
Kaye.  Seymour  M;  and  Taylor.  Francis  R..  3.673.013. 
Kays,  David  D..  to  Aerojet-General  Corporation.  Multiple  effect  distil- 
lation systems.  3.672.960. 01  203  1 1 .000. 
Kazan.   Benjamin,  to  International   Business  Machines  Corporation. 

Photocopying  device.  3.673,594.  CI.  346-74.0mt. 
Keady.  Frederick  D.;  and  Wellman.  Ellis  M.  Combination  brake  warn- 
ing switch  and  proportioning  valve.  3,672,728,  CI.  303-6.0O<. 
Keith.  Jack  G..  to  Duke.  Inc.  Simplified  continuous  rendering  system. 

3.673.227,  a.  260-412.600. 
Keller.  Emil  C;  and  Spokes.  Raymond  E..  to  Abex  Corporati|Dn.  Fric- 
tion elements.  3.673,276,  CI.  260-38.000. 
Keller,  James   R.,   to   Baldwin  Tool,   Inc.   Shelf  bracket  structure. 

3,672,624,  CI.  248-243.000. 
Keller,  Robert  H.,  to  Owens-Ilhnois,  Inc.  Glass  gob  shaping  and  deliver- 
ing means.  3,672,860,  CI.  65-208.000. 
Keller.  Thomas  C;  and  Heggy.  Robert  F..  to  Timken  Company,  The. 

Bearing  housing.  3,672.735.  CI.  308-180.000. 
Kelley,  James  K.:5«e— 

Mashikian,  Matthew  S.;  Kelley,  James  K.;  and  McMurrayJ  William 
C,  3,673.305. 
Kelso,  James  W.,  to  Xatron  Corporation.  Automatic  film  processing 

apparatus.  3.672.289.  CI.  95-89.00d.  i 

Kennametal  Inc.:  See —  I 

McCrcery,  James  F.,  3.672,784. 
Kennedy.  Frank;  and  Roberts,  Thomas  C,  to  United  States  Sieel  Cor- 
poration. Roller  conveyor.  3,672,486,  CI.  198-127.000. 
Kennedy,  Paul  G.:  See — 

Newell.  George  F.;  and  Kennedy.  Paul  C.,  3,673,317^ 
Kenney,  Donald  M.:  See— 

Foehring,  Robert  A.;  Garnache,  Richard  R.;  and  Kenney^  Donald 
M.,  3,672,948. 
Kern,  David  W.:  See— 

Stelts,  Philip  D.;  and  Kern,  David  W.,  3,672,222. 

Kern,  Richard  W.,  to  International  Business  Machines  Cor^ration. 

Optical  system  for  positional  and  angular  orientation  determining 

apparatus.  3,672,778,  CI.  356-138.000. 

Kerrigan,  James  A.,  to  Leesona  Corporation.  Winding  apparatus. 

3.672.585.  CI.  242-27.000. 


I>«jny. 
y'wil 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  21 


Kersten,  Kari-Heinz;  and  Patschan,  Wolfgang,  to  Telefunken  Patent- 
verwertunpgesellschafl  m.b.H.  Emitter  electrode  current  controlled 
amplitude  modulator.  3,673,5 15, CI.  332-3 l.OOt. 
KesUng,  Peter  C.  Arch  wire  annealer.  3,673,378,  CI.  219-156.000. 
Keuffel  &  Esser  Company:  See- 
Baker,  Allister  L.,  3,672,062. 
Keulen,  Gerben  Jan,  to  Bull  General  Electric  Nederiand  N.V.  Large- 
capacity  card  supply  magazines  comprising  a  device  for  retaining 
and  transferring  cards.  3,672,668.  CI.  271-61.000. 
^   Keystone-Seneca  Wire  Cloth  Company:  See— 
*  Krebs.  William  B..  3.672.638. 

Kibby.  Robert  M.  to  Reynolds  Metals  Company.  Alumina  reduction 

system.  3.673,075,  CI.  204-245.000. 
Kida,  Nobutoshi;  and  Saito,  Kazo.  Collapsible  umbrella  capable  of  au- 
tomatic opening.  3,672, 38 1,  CI.  135-22.000. 
Kidder,  Ray  E:  See- 
Gregg,  David  W.;  Kidder,  Ray  E.;  and  Kraweu,  Barton,  3,673,51 3. 
Kim.  Dae  Sik.  System  for  producing  substantially  pollution-free  hot  gas 

under  pressure  for  use  in  a  prime  mover.  3,672,160,  CI.  60-1 3.000. 
Kimball,  John  B.:  See- 
Hoffman,  Leonard  M.;  and  Kimball,  John  B.,  3,672,605. 
Kimberly-Clark  Corporation:  See— 
Roeder,  Robert  J.,  3,672,37 1 . 
Kimbrough,  Laurence  B.,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Method  of  mounting  a 
mass    in    a    cathode-ray    tube    using    retractable    spacing    units. 
3,672.014,  CI.  29-25.150. 
Kimura,  Hiroshi:  See— 

Kawabe,  Ushio;  Kimura,  Hiroshi;  Tomeoku,  Hiroshi;  and  Doi. 
Toshio.  3,673,444. 
Kincaid,  James  U.:  See- 
Hair,  George  D.;and  Kincaid,  James  U.,  3,673,331. 
Kindlimann,  Lynn  E.;  and  Greene,  Alexander  B.,  to  Allegheny  Ludlum 
Steel  Corporation.  Nitride  strengthened  stainless  steel  composite 
and  production  thereof.  3,672,037.  CI.  29-497.500. 
King,  George  W.  Automatic  hook  setting  device.  3,672,085,  CI.  43- 

15.000. 
King,  Robert  W.:  See— 

Berglund,  Neil  C;  King.  Robert  W.;  and  Swearingen.  Kent  W.. 
3.672.297. 
King.  William  M.;  and  Cantor,  Paul  A.,  to  Aerojet-General  Corpora- 
tion. Reverse  osmosis  and  process  and  composition  for  manufactur- 
ing cellulose  acetate  membrane  wherein  the  swelling  agent  is  a  di-  or 
tri-basic  aliphatic  acid.  3.673,084,  CI.  210-23.000. 
Kinjo,  Hisao:  See — 

Wada.  Yoshiyo;  Kinjo.  Hisao;  Suzuki.  Toshi;  and  Akuwa,  Fumio, 
"-       3.673.352. 

Kinney.  Alfred  W.;  and  Williams.  James  W..  to  Philhps  Petroleum 
Company.   Container  and   closure  therefor.   3,672,536,  CI.   220- 
60.00r. 
Kinsinger,  William  Charles,  to  Metagraphic  Systems,  Inc.  Film  viewer. 

3,672.756.  CI   353-68.000 
Kirk.  Merrit  C.  Jr..  to  Sun  Oil  Company.  Process  for  producing  high 
UR  oil  by  hydrogenation  of  dewaxed  rafTmate.  3,673,078,  CI.  208- 
89000. 
Kirkpatrick.  Milton  E..  to  TRW  Inc.  Fluid  heat  transfer  method  and  ap- 
paratus for  semi-conducting  devices.  3,673,306,  CI.  174-I5.00r. 
Kise,  Mearl  A.;  and  Ellis.  Leonard  C.  to  Virginia  Chemicals,  Inc.  Sodi- 
um dithionite  solution  stabilization.  3.672.829.  CI.  23-1 16.000. 
Kiss,  Pal:  See— 

Harsanyi.  Kalman;  Takacs.  Kalman;  Relle.  Zsuzsa.  nee  Somfai; 
Milak,  Eva.  nee  Krompecher;  Tardos.  Laszio;  Korbonits.  Dezso; 
Kiss.  Pal;  and  Gonczy.Csaba.  3,673,188. 
Kistler  Instrumente  AG:  See— 

Spescha.  Gelli  A..  3,672,223. 
Kitzner,  Ernest  W.,  to  Ford  Motor  Company.  Fuel  tank  vapor  separa- 
tor system  having  pivoting  arm  vapor  pickup.  3,672.537.  CI.  220- 
85.0vr. 
Kizer,  Joseph  Austin  A.:  See- 
Burke,  Oliver  W.,  Jr.;  Kizer,  Joseph  Austin  A.;  and  David,  Pauls. 
3.673,168. 
Klapp,  Hartmut,  to  Jagenberg-Werke  AG.  System  for  erecting  the  bot- 
tom flaps  of  folding-box  blanks.  3,672,266,  CI.  93-49.00r. 
Klassen,  Hans.  Hydrant  valve  assembly.  3.672.393,  CI.  1 37-307.000. 
Klebl,  Wolfram,  to  Kabel-und  Metallwerke  Gutehoffnungshutte  Ak- 
tiengesellschaft. Method  and  apparatus  for  testing  production  of 
high  frequency  cables.  3,672,230,  CI.  73-506.000. 
Kleer-Vu  Industries,  Inc.,  mesne:  See— 

Lakin,  Harold,  3,672,77 1. 
Klein,  Kenneth  R.,  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Transformer 
slide  switch  with  contact  clamping  means.   3,673,364.  CI.   200- 
16.00c. 
Klein,  Thomas;  and  Faggin,  Federico,  to  Fairchild  Camera  and  Instru- 
ment Corporation.  Doped  semiconductor  electrodes  for  MOS  type 
devices.  3,673,471, CI.  3l7-235.00r. 
Kleinewefers,  Joh.,  Sohne  Maschinenfabrik:  See- 
Junk,  Dieter;  Schlunke,  Jurgen;  and  Boixen,  Heinz,  3,672,018. 
Klockner-Humboldt-Deutz  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Matzen.  Max,  3,672,385. 
Klosa,  Josef,  to  Fischer  Sc  Fischer  G.m.b.H.,  mesne.  Ketones  of  the 

thiamine  series  and  their  production.  3,673, 1 85,  CI.  260-256. 50b. 
Knaak,     Rudiger,     to     Koppers-Wisua-Ofenbau     Gesellschaft     mit 
Beschrenkter  Haftung.  Soaking  pit  furnace.  3.672.654,  CI.  263- 
40.00r. 


Knapp,  Alfons.  Device  for  aerating  a  jet  of  water.  3,672.574.  CI.  239- 

428.500. 
Knigge,  Wayne  I.:  See— 

Blixrud,  John  C;  Knigge,  Wayne  I.;  Rustad,  Stanley  C;  and 
Tsuchiya,  Takuzo,  3,672,294. 
Knit  Tech  Development  Corporation:  See— 

Rab.Joaeph,  3.672. 186. 
Knorre,  Helmut:  See— 

Kallrath,  Gottfried;  Knorre,  Helmut;  Meyer-Simon,  Eugen;  and 

Biegler,  Hanns,  3,672,937. 

Knowles,  Frederick  G.;  and  Taylor,  Clarence  R.,  to  Eastman  Kodak 

Company.   Selective  scanning  control   for  projection   apparatus. 

3,672.593.0.242-67.400. 

Knowles,  James,  to  Ford  Motor  Company.  Motor  vehicle  steering 

system.  3,672,697,0.  280-87.00a. 
Kobayashi,  Katuei:  See— 

Osoegawa,  Hideru;  and  Kobayashi,  Katuei,  3,673,478. 
Kobayashi,  Shoichi:  See — 

Takahashi,  Akira;  Kojima,  Hiroo;  Ogawa,  Masao;  Osuka,  Hiroshi; 
and  Kobayashi,  Shoichi,  3,673,279. 
Kobayashi.  Tatsuo,  to  Minolta  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Device  for 

identifying  photographic  size.  3,672,277,  CI.  95-31  .OOr. 
Kobayashi,  Tetsuji:  See — 

Yoneda,   Naoto;   Ishihara,   Teruo;    Kobayashi,   Tetsuji;   Kondo, 
Yasuzo;    Okumura,    Kentaro;    Kojima,    Michio;    and    Nose, 
Takashi,  3,673,195. 
Koch,  Hans:  See— 

DeJong,    Egbert   D.;   Koch,    Hans;   and   Maynard,    Kenneth   B., 
3,672,118. 
Kock,  Klaus,  to  Bosch,  Robert,  G.m.b.H.  Process  for  the  preparation  of 
gas    permeable     hydrophobic    foils    for    electrochemical    cells. 
3,673,292,0.264-49.000. 
Koehring  Company:  See — 

Bennett,  Charles  H.,  3,672,437. 
Kofahl.  David  C,  to  Richfield  Oil  Corporation.  Marine  well  drilling 

method  and  apparatus.  3,672,447.0.  166-500. 
Koivunen,  Erkki  A.,  to  General  Motors  Corporation.  Fail  safe  brake 

anti-lock  modulator.  3.672.731,0.  303-21. 
Kojima,  Hiroo:  See — 

Takahashi.  Akira;  Kojima.  Hiroo;  Ogawa.  Masao;  Osuka.  Hiroshi; 
and  Kobayashi.  Shoichi,  3,673,279. 
Kojima,  Michio:  See— 

Yoneda,  Naoto;  Ishihara.  Teruo;   Kobayashi.  Tetsuji;  Kondo. 
Yasuzo;    Okumura,    Kentaro;    Kojima,    Michio;    and    Nose, 
Takashi,  3,673,195. 
Kokusai  Denshin  Denwa  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Yuguchi,  Hiroshi,  3,673,521. 
Kollmorgen  Corporation:  See— 

Zeblisky,  Rudolph  J.,  3.672,923. 
Zeblisky,  Rudolph  John,  3,672,938. 
Komeno,  Taichiro;  and  Iwakura,  Hikozo,  to  Shionogi  St.  Co.,  Ltd. 
Process  for  preparation  of  2a,3o-epithio6teroid.  3,673,173,  CI.  260- 
239.500. 
Komoly,  Thomas  John,  to   Imperial   Chemical  Industries   Limited. 
Process  for  the  production  of  thermcplastic  sheets  having  longitu- 
dinal and  transverse  corrugations.  3,673,032,0.  156-210.000. 
Kondo,  Kenshi.  Thermostat  switch.  3,673,536,0.  337-392.000. 
Kondo,  Yasuzo:  See — 

Yoneda,   Naoto;   khihara.   Teruo;    Kobayashi,  Tetsuji;   Kondo, 
Yasuzo;    Okumura,    Kenuro;    Kojima,    Michio;    and    Nose, 
Takashi,  3,673,195. 
Konishi,  Kozo;  Otake,  Michio;  Maeda,  Tatuo;  and  Maruyama,  Kuniaki. 
to  Denki  Kagaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Process  for  preparing  a 
pigment  coated  paper.  3.672.941 .  CI.  1 1 7-62.000. 
Konrath,  Karl:  See— 

BiechI,  Josef;  and  Konrath,  Kari,  3,672,343. 
Kooperativa  forbundet  ekonomisk  forening:  See— 

Ingmarson,  Martin,  3,672,1 16. 
Kopczynski,  John  F.  Straightening  machine  for  elongated  workpieces. 

3,672,411, a.  140-147. 
Kopp,CariJ.:See— 

Hjermsud,  Hans  U.;  and  Kopp,  Carl  J..  3,672.233. 
Koppers,  Heinrich,  Gesellschaft  mit  beschrankter  Haftung:  See— 

Preusser,    Gerhard;     Schulze,     Martin;    and    Richter.     Klaus. 
3.673.081. 
Koppers-Wistra-Ofenbau  Geselkchaft  mit  Beschrankter  Haftung: 

See—  Knaak,  Rudiger,  3,672.654. 
Korb,  Klaus:  See— 

Geschka,  Hugo  Werner;  OberhofT,  Wolfgang;  and  Korb.  Klaus. 
3.672.188. 
Korbonits,  Dezso:  See— 

Harsanyi,  Kalman;  Takacs,  Kalman;  Relle,  Zsuzsa,  nee  Somfai; 
Milak,  Eva,  nee  Krompecher;  Tardos,  Laszio;  Korbonits,  Dezso; 
Kiss,  Pal;  and  Gonczy ,  Csaba,  3 ,67  3 , 1 8  8. 
Kom,  Franklin  Adam,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated. 

Artificial  line tousy  circuit.  3,673,339,0.  179-I8.00f. 
Korth,  Jurgen,  to  Bukama  GmbH.  Nailing  tool.  3.672,555.  O.  227- 

120.000. 
Koshiba,  Masao:  See — 

Yamamoto,    Hisao;    Hirohashi,    Atsuko;   izumi.   Takahiro;   and 
Koshiba.  Masao.  3.673,243. 
Kosmowski,  Wojciech  B.,  to  Advanced  Controte  Corporation.  Cen- 
trifugal chuck  device.  3,672,256, 0.  90-1 1  OOa. 
Ko6t,Robert  A.,  to  City  of  Fort  Collins. .  3,672,103,0.  52-20.000. 


PI  22 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  27,  1972 


Koyt,  Ito:  See— 

Waui,  Mitsuo;  and  Koya.  Ito.  3.673,446. 
Kozlowtki.  Robert  L.  Container  with  replaceable  plug  and  pouring 

spout.  3.672.547.  CI.  222-567.000. 
Kraftco  Corporation:  See— 

Jonas,  John  J.;  and  Freund,  Ernest  H.,  3.673.106. 
Kramer,  Walter  W.,  to  Fuller  Company.  Fluid  bed  grid  plate  aoembly. 

3.672.577.  CI.  239-557.000. 
Krawetz.  Barton:  See— 

Gregg.  David  W.;  Kidder.  Ray  E.;  and  Krawetz.  Barton.  3.673.5 1 3. 
Kreba,  Peter  Eric,  to  Solartron  Electronic  Group  Limited.  The.  Pulse 

counten.  3.673.390.  CI.  235-92.0sh. 
Krebs.  William  B..  to  Keyttone-Seneca  Wire  Goth  Company.  Snow 

fence.  3.672.638.  CI.  256-12.500. 
Kreml,  John  P..  to  Armco  Steel  Corporation.  Chemical  milling  method 

and  bath  for  steel.  3.673.094.  CI  252-79  400. 
Kretschmar.  Herbert  C;  and  Erman,  William  P.,  to  Procter  A  Gamble 
Company,  The.  Perfume  compounds  and  process  for  preparing 
same.  3,673,261, CI.  260-6l7.00f. 
Kretschmer,  Peter:  See— 

Caspary.  Rudolf;  and  Kretschmer.  Peter,  3,672.2 1 2. 
Kriisa,  Paul:  See— 

Hailing.  Roy  Walker  Lee:  and  Kriisa.  Paul.  3.672.3 1 7. 
Krohn.  Charles.   Whirlpool   bath   atuchment.    3.672.359.  CI.    128- 

66.000. 
Krohn,  Helmut:  See— 

Burckhardt.  Manfred  H.;  Florus,  Hans-Jorg;  Grossner,  Horst;  and 
Krohn.  Helmut.  3.672.730. 
Kroopp,  Karl-Gunnar,  to  Grafiset  System  AS.  Coupling  for  connecting 

together  building  uniu.  3,672,7 10,  CI.  287-56.000. 
Krueger.  Archie  S.;  and  Slye.  Norman  J.,  to  Alwin  Manufacturing 
Company,  Inc.  Dispenser  for  web  of  perforated  toweling  sheets. 
3,672.552,  CI.  226-129.000. 
Krueger  Associates:  See — 

Krueger,  Eugene  C.  3.672.0SS. 
Krueger.  Eugene  C,  to  Krueger  Associates.  Hand  punching  device  for 

datacards.  3,672,055, CI.  30-358.000. 
Krueger,  Paul  C.  Sequence  elecuonic  combination  lock.  3,673,466,  G. 

317-134.000. 
Kruesi,   Paul   R.,   to  Cyprus   MeuUurgical    Processes  Corporation. 
Process  for  the  recovery  of  metals  from  sulfide  ores  through  elec- 
trolytic dissociation  of  the  sulfides.  3,673,06 1, CI.  204-I05.00r. 
Krusche,  Alfred;  and  Rosslein,  Helmuth.  to  Linde  Aktiengesellschaft. 
Control  system  for  a  stepless  hydrosutic  drive.  3.672.161.  CI.  60- 
19.000. 
Krzyzanowski,  Robert  A.,  to  Milprint,  Inc.  Carton  with  pull-spout  wall 

construction.  3,672,557,  CI.  229-1 7.00r. 
Kubach.  Reinhold  W.:  See- 

Hoeffel.  James  D.;  and  Kubach,  Reinhold  W.,  3,673.607. 
Kuhn.  Stephen  Joseph,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.  Method  of 
preparing  optically  active  propylene  chlorohydrins  and  propylene 
oxides.  3,673,264,  CI.  260-633.000. 
Kujawa,  Anthony,  Jr.,  to  Production  Research,  Inc..  jnesne.  Ventilator 

unit.  3,672,29 1, CI.  98-2.16. 
Kullmann,  Jean-Claude.   Method  for  attaching  the  inner  end  of  a 

balance  spring  to  its  collet.  3,673,376.  CI.  2 1 9- 121.01m. 
Kumasaka.  Noriyuki:  See— 

Nishida.  Hideko;  Yamaguchi.  Kunihiko;  Kumasaka,  Noriyuki;  Su- 
gita,  YuUka;  and  Pujiwara,  Hideo,  3.673,58 1 . 
Kunishima,  Norihiko:  See— 

Hasegawa.  Kohichi;  and  Kunishima,  Norihiko,  3,673,580. 
Kunkel,  Wolfgang:  See— 

Ospelt,  Gustav;  and  Kunkel,  Wolfgang,  3,672,337. 
Kunst,  Helmut,  to  Elektroschmelzwerk  Kempten  G.m.b.H.  Process  for 

borating  metals,  especially  steel.  3,673.005.  CI.  148-6.000. 
Kupetis,  Raymond  P.:  See— 

Weston,  Donald  E.;  and  Kupetis,  Raymond  P.,  3,673,426. 
Kupfer,  Hanspeter,  to  Albiswerk  Zurich  AG.  Circuit  arrangement  for 
•selectively  connecting  at  least  two  inputs  to  a  counting  stage  pos- 
sessing at  least  one  preparatory  input  and  one  triggering  input  and  in- 
cluding conuct  bounce  suppression  circuitry.  3,673,433,  CI.  307- 
247.00a. 
Kupsky,  Fredrick  E.:  See— 

Deck.  Lester  T.;  and  Kupsky.  Fredrick  £..  3.672.1 1 1 . 
Kurger.  Helmut:  See- 
Prank.  Peter;  Jentzsch.  Dietrich;  and  Kurger,  Helmut,  3,672,227. 
Kurz,  Richard  Karl,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Vacuum  treatment 
of  coated,  direct-positive  silver  halide  elements.  3,672.895,  CI.  96- 
64.000. 

Kurz.  Richard  Karl,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Fogged,  direct-posi- 
tive emulsion  production  by  increased  flow  of  silver  halide-forming 
precipiunts  in  grain-ripener-free  acidic  medium.  3.672.900.  CI.  96- 
94.000. 

Kuwano,  Sadaichi.  Pine  cloisonne.  3.672.967,  CI.  204-3 8.00c. 

Kuwazuru.  lasei:  See— 

Sagane.  Norio;  Kuwazuru.  Issei;  and  Katesu,  Isao.  3.673.1 29. 

La  Marche.  Robert  Ernest;  and  May,  Carl  Jerome,  Jr.,  to  Bell 
Telephone  Laboratories,  Incorporated.  Common  control  digital 
echo  suppression.  3,673,355,  CI.  179-170.600. 

Laboratories  de  L'Ozothine:  See— 
MuUer.  Pierre.  3.673.066. 

Ladenberger.  Volker  See— 


massag 


Bronnert.  Klaus;  Ladenberger.  Volker;  and  Fahrbach.  Gerhard. 
3.673,281.  I 

LadishCo.:  5m— 

Zimmerly,  Robert  D.,  3,672,79 1 .  | 

Lagerwey,  Johannes;  Ijistra.  Hendrik  J.;  and  Andrieaac.  George  P.  J.,  to 
Reactor  Centrum  Nederland  (Stichting).   Vibration  dampers  for 
rapidly  routing  bodies  of  revolution.  3,672,472,  G.  188-1. 
Laing.  Clyde  A..  Jr.  Ladder  latching  device.  3.672.612.  O.  248- 

36l.00r. 
Lajoye.  Pierre.  Method  for  the  centrifugal  casting  of  metal  in  a  rotating 

horizontal  shell.  3.672.429,0.  164-63.000. 
Lakin,  Harold,  to  Klecr-Vu  Industries,  Inc..  mesne.  Aperture  card 

duplicator  apparatus.  3.672,771,  CI.  353-100.000. 
Lalinga,  Nicholas:  See— 

Teppcr,  Sidney;  and  Lalinga,  Nicholas.  3.672.092. 
Lamb,  John  T.;  and  Anderson,  Carl  L.,  to  Tappan  Compwiy,  The. 
Energization    system    with    safety    provision    for   faulty   rectifier. 
3,673.464.0.317-43.000. 
Lambert.  William  J.  Random  access  article  selection  of  system  and  ap- 
paratus therefor.  3.672,497,0.  209-80.500. 
Lanahan.  John  H.;  and  Abraham,  William  W.,  to  Mohawk  Industrial 
Laboratories,  Inc.  Card  sorting  device  and  method.  3,672,498.  O. 
209-80.500. 
Land.  Edwin  H..  to  Polaroid  Corporation.  Reflex  camera.  3,672.281. 

CI.  95-42.000.  I 

Land.  Edwin  H..  to  Polaroid  Corporabon.  Photographic  apparatus. 

3.672,283.0.  95-11. OOr. 
Land,    Edwin    H..    to    Polaroid    Corporation.    Novel    photographic 

products  and  processes.  3,672.890.  CI.  96-3.000. 
Landbouwerktuigen-en  Machine-Fabriek  H.  ViasersN.V.:  See^ 

Vissers,  Herbert.  3.672.453. 
Landis  Tool  Company,  mesne:  See—  ^\l 

Mcintosh.  Michael  D.  3.673.434.  1 

Lane,  George  A.;  Smith.  William  Arthur;  Dollman.  Stephen  C.;  Kaye. 
Seymour  M.;  and  Taylor,  Francis  R,  said  Lane  and  said  Smith  assors. 
K)  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The  said  Dollman,  said  Kaye  and  said 
Taylor  assors.  to  United  States  of  America,  Army.  Illuminating  flare 
composition.  3,673,013.0.  149-19.000 
Lane.  George  A.;  and  Smith.  William  Arthur,  to  Dow  Chemical  Com- 
pany, The.  Flare  composition.  3,673,014.0.  149-19.000. 
Langhammer.  Arthur  C.  Spinal  area  back  supporter  and  massaging 

device  3,672,360,0.  128-67.000.  ^ 

Lankford,  David  L.:  See— 

Tobey.  Ray;  and  Lankford,  David  L..  3,673,073. 

Larkin,  Thomas  J.,  to  Canridge  Television,  Inc.,  mesne.  Video  tape 

pick-up  and  guide  system  for  cartridge  type  reproducing  and/or 

recording  system.  3,673,348,0.  I79-I00.20f. 

Larry,  John  R..  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Method 

of  improving  line  resolution  in  screen  printing.  3,672,934,  CI.  1 17- 

38.000 

Lasley,  James  A.,  to  Belden  Corporation.  Shielded  cable.  3.ii73,3IS, 

CI.  174-107.000. 
LasseU,  Robert  W.:5«r- 

Weld,  Poster  E.;  Lassell.  Robert  W.;  and  McLeod.  Robert  B., 
3.673,329. 
Lauckhardt.  Gerhard:  See— 

Muhlbach,  Anton;  and  Lauckhardt.  Gerhard.  3.673.300. 
Lauterbach.  Peter:  See— 

Juchnann.  Heinz;  and  Lauterbach.  Peter.  3.673.308. 
Lawrence.  William  G.:  See— 

Corvi,  Joseph  A.;  and  Lawrence.  William  G..  3.673.590. 
Lawver,  James  E.,  to  University  of  Minnesota,  The  Regents  of  the. 
Process  for  beneficiating  magnetite  iron  ore.  3,672,579,  CI-  241- 
24.000. 
Layne,  Gilbert  S.:  See — 

Huml.  James  O.,  and  Layne,  Gilbert  S..  3,672.832. 
Lazar.   Jeffrey    M..    to    Honeywell    Inc.    Fuel   injection    apparatus. 

3.672.339. 0,  123-ll9.00r. 
Le  Strat.  Guy  Jean;  and  Desplanques.  Roger,  to  International  Standard 
Electric  Corporation.  Acounting  system  for  telephonic  exchanges. 
3.673,333,0.  l79-7.00r. 
Lea-Ronal,  Inc.:  See- 
Nobel,  Fred  I.;  and  Ostrow,  Bamet  D.,  3,672.969. 
Leach,  Sam  L.,  to  Spectra-Tech  Corporation.  Electroluminescent 

techniques  and  devices.  3,673.450.0.  3I3-I08.00a. 
Leavin.  Richard  I.:  See— 

Coty.  Vernon  P.;  Heilweil.  Israel  J.;  and  Leavitt,  Ri<ihard  I.. 
3.672.953. 
Lecher.  Hans  Z.:  See— 

Frampton. '  Orville  D.;  Pedigo.  Joel  B.;  and  Lecher.  Hans  2*., 
3.673.251. 
Leclanche  S.A.:  See — 

Ruetachi.  Paul.  3.673,000. 
Lederman,  Sol  J.:  sife— 

Prahl.  Walter  H.;  and  Lederman,  Sol  J.,  3,673,262. 
Ledoux,  Claude;  and  de  Vries,  Albert,  to  Produits  Chimiques  Pechiney 

Saint  Gobain.  Polyvinyl  chloride  fibers.  3.673.167.  CI.  260-92. 8. 
Lee.  Art,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Time  and  Kght  controlled 

switching  circuit.  3.673.413,0.  250-206.  00. 
Lee,  Charles  A.:  See — 

Brown,  Stiriing  Robert;  and  Lee,  Charles  A.,  3.672.952. 
Lee.  Franics  P.  Communication  system.  3,673,326.0.  178-71.p0r. 
Lee.  Raymond.  Organization,  Inc.:  See- 


cant 


June  27, 1972 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  23 


Akiyama.  Joseph  S..  3.672.072. 
Lee.  Raymond.  Organization.  Inc..  The:  See— 
Dudas.  Atula.  3.673.304. 
Neyendorf.  Elvin  E..  3.672.617. 
Parlagreco.  Thomas  J..  3.672,376. 
Lee,  Richard  G..  to  Addressograph-Multigraph  Corporation.  Roll  feed- 
ing and   cutting  apparatus  for   use   in   a  photocopy   machine. 
3.672.770.  CI.  355-97.000. 
Lee.  Robert  E.:  See- 
White.  Richard  M.;  Lee.  Robert  E.;  and  Turner.  Charles  W.. 
3.673.474. 
Leesona  Corporation:  See— 

Allam,  James  N.;  and  Morrocco.  Joseph  J.,  Ill,  3,672,582. 
Bense.  William  M..  3.672.588. 

Cruickshank.  David  G.;  and  Guerin.  David  T..  3.672.542. 
Harrison.  Robert  E..  3.672.583. 
Kerrigan.James  A..  3.672.585. 

Macedo.  Frank  A.;  and  Perrino.  Thomas  W.,  3.672.584. 
Morton.  Robert  £..  3.672.586. 
Whitney.  William  R..  3.672.143. 
Lehmann.  Willi;  and  Ryan.  Frederick  M..  to  Westinghouse  Electric 
Corporation.  Cathodoluminescent  calcium  sulfide  compositions  with 
improved  fast  decay  characteristic.  3.673,102.0.  252-301. 40s. 
Lehnerdt,  Hagen:  See— 

Hirt,  Wilhelm;  LehnerJt,  Hagen;  Weckesser,  Ernst;  Weinhold, 
Gottfried;  and  Wrigge.  Priedrich  Wilhelm,  3,673,074. 
Leidenfrost,  Wolfgang,  to  United  States  of  America,  Air  Force.  Deter- 
mination of  heat  transfer  through  fluids.  3,672,205.  CI.  73- IS. 00a. 
Leifels.  Klaus-Dieter:  See— 

Toepel.  Rosemarie;  Abel.  Heinz;  Maeder.  Arthur;  and  Leifels. 
Klaus-Dieter.  3.673. SS8. 
Leister.  Robert  G.;  See— 

Jablin.  Richard;  and  Leister.  Robert  G..  3.672,595. 
Leisure  Group.  Inc..  The:  See — 
Hill.  Charles  P  .  3.672.688. 
Leiu.  E..  G.m.b.H.  Firms:  See- 
Hock.  Promund.  3,672,779. 
Leiong,  Jose:  See— 

Plumal,  Emile;  and  Leiong.  Jose,  3,673,006. 
Lesher.  George  Y.;  and  Gruett,  Monte  D.,  to  Sterling  Drug  Inc.  4-Oxo- 
l,8-naphthyridine-3-carboxylates        and        derivatives        thereof. 
3,673,193,0.260-295.5. 
Levacher,  Friedrich;  Ditscheid,  Hans  Leo;  Burger,  Walter;  Asselbom, 
Peter;  and  Cramer,  Werner,  to  Pelten  St  Guilleaume  Kabelwerke 
Aktiengesellschaft.  Method  and  apparatus  for  making  corrugations 
in  tubes  consisting  of  ductile  material.  3,672,196,0.  72-77.000. 
Levedahl,  William  J:  See- 

Bienert.  Walter  B.;  Levedahl,  William  J.;  and  Streb,  Alan  J.. 
3.672.443. 
Levene,  Martin  Lewis;  and  Yamamoto,  MiUuru,  to  RCA  Corporation. 

Electrostatic  printing  apparatus.  3,672,763,0.  355-10.000. 
Lever  Brothers  Company:  See— 

Hornig.  Hans  Werner;  and  Walz.  Kurt,  3,672,826. 
Linsen.  Bastiaan  Gerardus;  and  Osinga,  Theo  Jan,  3,673,1 15. 
Matthaei,  Raymond  George,  3,673,294.  * 

Levin,  Igor  Anatolievich.  Electric  system  of  a  device  for  deicing  the 

surface  of  thinwalled  structures.  3,672,610.0.  244-l34.00r. 
Levine.  Charles  A.:  See- 
Brown.  William  E.;  Heiu.  Robert  G.;  and  Levine.  Charles  A.. 
3.672.995. 
Levine.  Leon:  See- 
Harris.  Ronald  D.;  and  Levine.  Leon.  3.673.228. 
Levinson,  Gerald  S..  to  Shell  Oil  Company.  Hydrocon version  catalyst 

preparation.  3.673. 1 1 2.  CI.  252-44 1 .000. 
Levy.  Bernard  S..  to  Inland  Steel  Company.  Method  for  producing  a 

part  from  steel  sheet.  3.673.009.  CI.  148-12.300. 
Levy,  Marilyn,  to  United  States  of  America,  Army.  Color  printing 

method.  3,672,766,0.  355-32  000 
Lewis,  John  B.;  and  Hedrick,  Glen  W.,  to  United  States  of  America, 
Agriculture.  Hydroxyl-terminated  hydroxymethylabietanyl  adipate. 
3,673,240,  CI.  260-485.00g. 
Liauw,  Koei-Liang:  See— 

Etherington,  Robert  W.,  Jr.;  and  Liauw.  Koei-Liang.  3.673.255. 
Libbey-Owens-Ford  Company:  See- 
Miller.  Alfred  H.;  and  Johnson,  Lee  P.,  3,673.044. 
Ritter.  George  F.  Jr.;  and  Hymore.  Prank  J..  3.672.861. 
Licentia  Patent- Verwaltungs-G.m.b.H.:  See— 

Juchmann.  Heinz;  and  Lauterbach.  Peter.  3.673.308. 
Liebens.  Raymond  B.  J.,  to  ICP.  Inc.  Electrostatic  photocopying 

machine.  3.673.472,0.  31 7-262.00a. 
Lieberman.  Irving,  to  Whittaker  Corporation.  Method  of  fabricating  a 

tube  sheet  assembly.  3,672,035,  CI.  29-47 1 .300. 
Lieberman,  Marvin  Frank,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Com- 
pany. Preparation  of  photosensitive  coated  papers  by  single  pass  per 
side.  3,672,933,0.  1 17-34.000. 
Liebcru,  Wolfgang;  and  Starr.  Anthony  J.,  to  Container  Corporation 
of  America.  Apparatus  for  forming  a  stackable  container.  3.672.799. 
CI.  425-330.000. 
Lif-O-Gen.  Inc.:  See— 

Strople.  Gordon  N.;  and  Milte.  Justin  W..  Jr..  3.672.1 29. 
Likins,  Keith  L..  to  Ohio  Sute  University.  The.  Sonic  tool  apparatus. 

3.672.454.  CI.  175-56.000. 
Lilinga.  Nicholas:  See— 

Tepper,    Sidney:    Tiemey,    WilHam;    and    Lilinga.    Nicholas. 
3.672.082. 


Lilly.  Eli.  and  Company:  See- 
Walking.  W.  Douglas.  3.673.163. 
Limberg.  Allen  Le  Roy.  to  RCA  Corporation.  Synchronous  demodula- 
tor employing  a  common-base  transistor  amplifier.  3.673.505.  O. 
329-50.000. 
Limberger,  Walter,  to  Lumoprint  Zindler  KG.  Copying  apparatus. 

3.672.761. G.  355-3.000. 
Lin.  Kingso  Chingtsung.  to  Hooker  Chemical  Corporation.  Preparation 
of   vinyl    organo-phosphorous   compounds.    3.673.285.    CI.    260- 
970.000. 
Lindberg.  Allan  W.:  See- 
Wright.  James  A.;  and  Undberg.  Allan  W.,  3,672.8 10. 
Linde  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Krusche.  Alfred;  and  Rosslein.  Helmuth,  3.672.161. 
Lindelow.  Oaes-Goran:  See— 

Mattsson,  Mats  Erik,  and  Lindelow,  Claes-Goran,  3,672,566. 
Lindelow,  Claes-Goran.  to  Svenska  Dataregister  AB.  Setting  device. 

3,673.388.0.  235-92.00r. 
Linder.  Bertil  C:  See- 
Berg.  Peter;  and  Linder.  Bertil  C,  3.673,349. 
Linger.  Hamson  K.  Artist's  tool  conditioning  structure.  3.671.992. 0. 

15-104.920. 
Linke-Hofmann-Busch  Waggon-Fahrzeug-Maschinen  GmbH:  See— 

Duba,  Erwin;  and  Fischer,  Conrad,  3.672,3 1 1 . 
Linsen,  Bastiaan  Gerardus,  and  Osinga,  Theo  Jan,  to  Lever  Brothers 

Company.  Catalysts.  3,673,1 15,  CI.  252-459.000 
Linville,    Roy    Norman,   to   Truck    Equipment   Corporation.    Refuse 

packer  body.  3,672,520,0.214-82.000. 
Lipe,  Jerome  G.,  to  Celanese  Corporation.  Method  and  apparatus  for 
forming  article  filled  with  filament  fiberfill.  3,673,036,  G.   156- 
250.000. 
Littell,  F.  J.,  Machine  Company:  See— 

Wiig,  Chester  M.,  3,673,4 1 8. 
Little,  Ernest  Lewis,  Jr.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company. 
Submicron  ferromagnetic  alloy  particles  containing  cobalt,  boron, 
and  zinc.  3,672.867,0.  75-.5aa. 
Litton  Business  Systems.  Inc.:  See— 

Bartok.   Stephen;   Kamenir.   Melvin;  and   Begoss.   Andrew  J., 
3.673.350. 
Litton  Systems.  Inc.:  See — 

Kaye.  George  W.;  and  Shonnard.  John  R..  3.673.593. 
Liu.  Jui-Chang;  and  Chan.  Teng.  to  Chang.  Lin-Huey;  and  and  Hung. 

Ya-Ya.  match  book  assembly.  3.672.49 1 . 0.  206-29.000. 
Livingston.  Richard  W.;  and  Michaels.  George  L.  Automatic  chemical 

feeder  apparatus.  3.672.391. 0.  137-240.000. 
Llop.    Helenio.   to    Societe   d'Optique.    Precision.   Electronique   et 
Mecanique-Sopelem.  Apparatus  for  sensing  a  change  in  light  intensi- 
ty. 3.672.777. 0.  356-1  35.000. 
Lockheed  Aircraft  Corporation:  See— 

Chappell.  Robert  N.;  and  Carroll.  Robert  L..  3,672,170. 
Rogers,  Patrick  P.;  and  Hendrickson,  Warren  L.,  3,672.304. 
Loctite  Corporation:  See- 
Neumann.  Edward  W.;  and  Borowski.  Richard.  3.672.942. 
Loflbourrow.  Robert  J.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Seismic  playback  system. 

3.673.398. 0.  235-154.000. 
Loftfield.  Richard  E.:  See— 

De  Nora.  Vittorio;  and  Loftfield,  Richard  E..  3.672.973. 
Lohr.  Delmar  Frederick.  Jr.;  Crane,  Grant;  and  Kay.  Edward  L..  to 
Firestone  Tire  &  Rubber  Company.  The.  Chlorinative  dehydrogena- 
tion  of  hydrocarbons.  3.673.269.  CI.  260-677. 
Lomazzi.  Paolo:  See — 

Decursu.  Giorgio;  De   Pas.  Jonathan;  D'Urbino,  Donato;  and 
Lomazzi.  Paolo.  3.672,723. 
Lombard  Corporation:  See — 

Lombard.  Daniel  L..  3.672.038. 
Lombard.  Daniel  L..  to  Lombard  Corporation.  Method  and  apparatus 

for  producing  extruded  steel  shapes.  3.672.038. 0.  29-527.600. 
Long.  Geoffrey,  to  United  Kingdom  Atomic  Energy  Authority.  Carbon 

content  analysis.  3.672.844. 0.  23-253.00r. 
Lorenz.  Roman  R.:  See — 

Archer.  Sydney;  and  Lorenz.  Roman  R..  3.673,222. 
Losacker.  Paul:  See— 

Swodenk.  Wolfgang;  Schwerdtel,  Wulf;  Losacker,  Paul;  and  En- 
gelhard. Bruno.  3.673.265. 
Lougheed.  James  H..  to  Northern  Electric  Company  Limited.  Digital 

frequency  multiplying  system.  3.673.39  l.O.  235-150.300. 
Louis  Hand  Incorporated:  See— 

Firestein.  Harry;  and  Tyas.  Karl.  3.672.3 1 4. 
Louis.  Rodney  Brian,  to  African  Explosives  and  Chemical  Industries 

Limited.  Gas  sampling.  3.672.225.  O.  73-421. 50r. 
Louvel.  Guy.  to  Compagnie  Industrielle  des  Telecommunications. 
Housing  for  transistors  having  unsoldered  connections  for  operating 
at  very  high  frequencies.  3.673.470. 0.  3 1 7-234.00r. 
Louzos.  Dcmetrios  V.,  to  Union  Carbide  Corporation.  Rechargeable 
alkaline  galvanic  cell  and  electrolyte  therefor.  3,672,996,  G.  136- 
6.000. 
Lovett,  EXonald  S.,  to  McGraw-Edison  Company.  Weld  support  for 

welding  apparatus.  3,673,373,0.  219-74. 
Lowe.  Leonard  P..  to  Patteraon-Kelley  Co..  Inc.,  The.  Water  heating 

system.  3.672.444. 0.  165-39.000. 
Lowry.  Terrell  Nicholson,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories,  Incor- 
porated. Piston  mercury  switch.  3,673,524. 0.  335-52.000. 
Luber.  Paul,  to  Sulzer  Brothers  Limited.  Temple  for  looms.  3.672,407, 

CI.  139-295.000. 
Lucas,  Joseph.  Industries  Limited:  See— 


V 


PI  24 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June27,  1972 


Hickt,  Harris  Vernon;  and  Jones,  Kenneth  James,  3,673,421 . 
Luckey,  George  R.,  to  TRW  Inc.  Nesting  three  dimensional  lazy  tong 

structure.  3.672,104,  CI.  52-109.000. 
Lugo,  Luigi:  See— 

Reni,  Cesare;  Lugo,  Luigi;  and  Gualdi,  Giorgio,  3,673,244. 
Lugo,  Roberto.  Combination  shaper  blade   and  support  therefor. 

3,672,4 1 7,  CI.  144-218. 
Lumex  Inc.:  See— 

Murcott,  Charies  E.,  3,672,722. 
Lumoprint  Zindler  KG:  See— 

Limberger,  Walter,  3,672.761 . 
Lund,  George  E.,  to  Burroughs  Corporation.  MOS  integrated  circuit 

driver  system.  3.673.438.  CI.  307-270.000. 
Lunning.  Raymond  A.;  and  Mercer.  Francis  T..  to  Xerox  Corporation. 
Xerographic  plate  transporting  mechanism.   3.672.760.  CI.   3SS- 
3.000. 
Luscher.  Paul.;  Hudson,  Ben  A.;  and  Childera.  Billie  W.,  to  PPG  Indus- 
tries, Inc.  Method  for  texturizing  yarns.  3,672,947,  CI.  117-104.000. 
MAT  Chemicals  Inc.:  See— 

Reifenberg,  Gerald  H.;  and  Considine,  William  J.,  3,673,230. 
Mac  Daniel,  Gene;  and  Mc  EIvy,  Howell  T.,  to  Sweetheart  Plastics,  Inc. 
Method  for  making  disposable  plastic  bucket.  3,673,033,  CI.  IS6- 
217.000. 
MacCragh,  Adolfo,  to  Grace,  W.  R..  &  Co.  Extraction  of  fission 
product  noble  metab  from  spent  nuclear  fuels.  3.672.87S,  CI.  75- 
1 1 2.000. 
MacDonald,  William  A.,  Jr.  Device  and  method  for  handling  a  flexible 

photoconductor.  3,672,758,  CI.  355-3.000. 
MacDowell,  John  F.:  See— 

Giffen,  James  W.;  Duke,  David  A.;  Dumbaugh,  William  H.,  Jr.; 
Flannery,  James  E.;  MacDowell,  John  F.;  and  Megles,  John  E.. 
3,673,049. 
Macedo,  Frank  A.;  and  Perrino,  Thomas  W..  to  Leesona  Corporation. 

Winding  apparatus.  3,672,584.  CI.  242-l8.00r. 
Mackerle,  Julius,  to  Ustav  pro  vyzkum  motorovych  vozidel.  Driver 

wheel  of  vehicle.  3,672,458,  CI.  l80-8.00f. 
MacLeod,  Donald  Simon:  See- 
Smith.    George    Armstrong;    and    MacLeod,    Donald    Simon. 
3,673,062. 
MacLeod,  Gardner  J.:  See— 

MacLeod,  Hugh  W.;  and  MacLeod,  Gardner  J.,  3,672.332. 
MacLeod.  Hugh  W.;  and  MacLeod.  Gardner  J.   Disposable  floor 

dispenser  for  bird  cage.  3,672,332.  CI.  119-17,000. 
Madrid.  Robert  William;  and  Hagenbach.  Robert  Joseph,  to  Xerox 
Corporation.  Electrostatographic  developers  having  carriers  com- 
prising polyester  coated  cores.  3.672.928.  CI.  1 1 7-1 7.500. 
Maeda,  Tatuo:  See— 

Konishi.  Kozo;  Otake,  Michio;  Maeda,  Tatuo;  and  Maruyama,  Ku- 
niaki,  3,672,941. 
Maeder,  Arthur:  See — 

Toepel,  Rosemarie;  Abel.  Heinz;  Maeder.  Arthur;  and  Leifels. 
Klaus-Dieter,  3.673.558. 
Magerlein,  Helmut:  See— 

Meyer,  Gerhard;  Magerlein,  Helmut;  and  Rupp,  Hans-Dieter, 
3,673,246. 
Magrane,  Robert  T.,  to  Phelon,  R.  E.,  Company.  Inc.  Combined  alter- 
nator and  ignition  trigger  signal  generator  with  arrangement  for  sup- 
pressing spurious  trigger  signals.  3,673,490,  CI.  322-50.000. 
Majewski,  Eugene  J.  Massage  device.  3,672,358.  CI.  1 28-58.000. 
Major.  Harold  W.,  Jr.,  to  Perkin-Elmer  Corporation,  The.  Ion  kinetic 

energy  analysis.  3,673,404, CI.  250-4 1. 9me. 
Makimoto,  Kuninobu:  See— 

Hasegawa,  Tokushige;  Makimoto,  Kuninobu;  Nihei,  Seiji;  and 
Takahira,Jiro,  3,672,868. 
Malec,    Robert    E.,    to    Ethyl    Corporation.    Synthetic    lubricants. 

3,673,226, CI.  260-410.600. 
Maiek,  Jack  H.;  and  Dawson,  Trevor,  to  Mattel,  Inc.  Apparatus  for 

removing  foam  bodies  from  molds.  3,672,26 1,  CI.  92-137.000. 
Malin,  Murray  E.:  See- 
Young,  Richard  W.;  and  Malin.  Murray  E..  3.672.752. 
Mammino.  Joseph,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Novolak  resins  in  deforma- 
tion imaging.  3.672.886,  CI.  96-1 . 1 00. 
Manceri,  John,  to  Judson  Jewelry  Corporation.  Combined  watch  and 

continuous  watch  band.  3,672,IS7,^CI.  58-88. OOw. 
Mancuso,  Henry.  Caddy  for  holding  pipe  cleaners.  3,672.374.  CI.  131- 

243.000. 
Mandorf.  Victor,  Jr.;  and  Montgomery,  Lionel  Clayton,  to  Union  Car- 
bide Corporation.  Composite  article  containing  high  purity  hot 
pressed  boron  nitride.  3,673,1 1 8,  CI.  252-520.000. 
Manecke,  Siegfried  E.:  See— 

Rosenberg,  David  M.;  and  Manecke.  Siegfried  E..  3.673,535. 
Manning.  William  F..  to  Mobil  Oil  Corporation.  Subsea  foundation  unit 

and  method  of  insuUation.  3.672.1 77.  CI.  61-46.500. 
Manokhin,  Anatoly  Ivanovich;  and  Sokolov,  Leonid  Alexandrovich. 
Mould  for  casting  ingots  of  rectangular  cross  section  in  the  metal 
continuous  casting  process.  3,672,439,  CI.  164-283.000. 
Mansur,  Raymond  T.:  See— 

Schulz,  Gerald  L.;  and  Mansur,  Raymond  T.,  3,673,041 . 
Marand,  Jean,  to  Ciba-Ceigy  Corporation.  Multi-component  product 

dispenser.  3.672.544,  CI.  222-94.000. 
Marand,  Jean,  to  Ciba-Geigy  Corporation.   Air  pressure  operated 

dispenser.  3,672,545,  CI.  222-193.000. 
Maravetz,  Lester  L.,  to  Esso  Research  and  Engineering  Company. 
Control  of  pesU  with  cycloalkane  derivatives  of  nitrated  aryl  com- 
pounds. 3,672,864,  CI.  71-103.000. 


tipn 


Marconi  Company  Limited,  The:  See— 

Terry,  John  Brian,  3,673,568. 
Marcule«cu,  Nicolae:  See— 

Georgescu,    Eugenia;   Gheja,   Ion;   Bugur,   Victor;   Zima.   Ion; 

Mazare.  Theodora;  Popescu.  Elena-Lygia;  Olteanu,  Bujor;  Mar- 

culescu,  Nicolae;  Filotti,  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul,  Marius-Aurel; 

and  Calin,  Ion,  3,673, 1 09. 

Marggraf,  Kurt  A.;  and  Metzger,  Ernest,  to  United  States  of  America, 

Air  Force.  Two  axis  gas  bearing  accelerometer.  3,672.2312,  CI.  73- 

516.00r.  ! 

Marinacc,  Robert  C.   Double  life  light  bulbt,  fuses,  and  the  like. 

3,673,534, a.  337-258.000. 
Mark,  Aadre.  Centrifugal  separator  for  fibrous  material.  3,672,503,  C\. 

209-144  000. 
Markowaki.  Everett  L.:  See— 

Feddersen,  Donald  W.;  and  Markowski,  Everett  L.,  3,672,529. 
Marocco.  Sergio  G.:  See—  T 

Angioletti,  Attilio  E.;  and  Marocco,  Sergio  G.,  3,672,484 
Marose,  Glen   Edward,  to  Snowmobile,   Ltd.   Snowmobile  device. 

3,672.700,  a.  280-1 50.00r. 
Marsan,  Arthur  E.  Colostomy  irrigator.  3,672.370,  CI.  1 28-2^7.000. 
Marshall,  Robert:  See— 

Healy.  Robert  M.;  and  Marshall.  Robert,  3,673,539. 
Martin,  Eugene  G.,  and  Mohler,  Edwin  C,  to  Weaver,  Victor  F.,  Inc. 

Machine  to  de-bone  chicken  thighs.  3,672,000,  CI.  1 7- 1 1  .C 
Martin,  John  J.,  to  Avco  Corporation.  Forming  and  trin^ming  ap- 
paratus for  hydroform  press.  3,672, 194,  CI.  72-55. 
Martin,  William  Allen,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Film  advancing 

apparatus.  3,672.75 1 ,  CI.  352-30.000. 
Maruyama,  Kuniaki:  See— 

Konishi,  Kozo;  Otake,  Michio;  Maeda,  Tatuo;  and  Maruiama,  Ku- 
niaki, 3,672,941.  I 
Maruzen  Petrochemical  Co.,  Ltd.:  5ef —  I 

Kawasaki,  Akihiro;  Ueda,  Hiroaki;  and  Taniguchi,  Masanobu, 
3.673,165. 
Marxer,   Adrian,   to  Ciba  Corporation.   Substituted   benialdehyde 

guanylhydrazones.  3,673,241,  CI.  260-501.120. 
Marzocchi.  Alfred,  to  Owens-Corning  Fiberglas  Corporation.  Class 

fiber  reinforced  elastomers.  3,673,150,  CI.  260-41.5. 
Maschinenfabrik  Fr.  Niepmann  &  Co.:  See— 

Niepmann.  Otto,  3,672,54 1 . 
Mashikian.  Matthew  S.;  Kelley,  James  K.;  and  McMurray,  V^^illiam  C. 
to  Detroit   Edison  Company,  The.  Capacitively  graded   modular 
pothead  for  H-V  cable.  3,673,305,  CI.  I74-I2  0bh. 
Mason,  Allen  C.  Infant  feeding  device.  3,672,052,  C\.  30- 1 30.000. 
Mason,  Charley  Mack,  to  Sun  Oil  Company.  Ice  cutter.  3,672,175,  CI. 

61-46.000. 
Mason,  Ronald  F.:  5<v— 

Morris.  Rupert  C;  and  Mason,  Ronald  F..  3.673,23  I 
Mass  Feeding  Corporation:  See — 
Virnig.  Herbert  J,  3,672,916. 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology:  See—     ^ 

Swain,  Charles  Gardner,  3,673,502. 
Masters,  George.    Facial   device   and   method   of  using  tfie  same. 

3,672,363,  a.  128-76.00b. 
Masuda,  Yoshio;  and  Murakami,  Toshikazu.  said  Murakami  assor.  to 
Hideaki  Fukada,  mesne.  Method  and  apparatus  for  mining  man- 
ganese nodules  from  the  deep  sea-bottom.  3,672.079,  Q.  37-69.000. 
Materiaux  S.A.:  See— 

Mayor,  Jean,  3,671,987. 
Mathias,  Charles  D.:  See— 

Nielsen,  Waldemar  R.;  and  Mathias,  Charies  D.,  3,672,0 1'7. 
Matsui,  Maso;  Uuuhara,  Yutaka,  Yamabe,  Masahiro;  and  Tokura, 
Susuma,  to  Kanegafuchi  Boseki  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Apparatus  for 
producing  multilayer  filament.  3,672,802,  CI.  425- 1 3 1 .000. 
Matsumoto,  Jiro;  Takeuchi,  Masatoshi;  Abe,  Arimichi;  and  Sengoku. 
Koji,  to  Tohoku  Special  Steel  Works  Limited.  Cold-workable  per- 
manent magnet  alloy.  3,673,010,  CI.  148-31.570. 
Matsumoto,    Seiji;    Tamai    Yasuo;    Takimoto,    Masaaki;    atid    Sato, 
Masamichi,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Electrophotographic  process  for"^ 
multicolor  reproduction.  3,672,887,  CI.  96-1.200. 
Mauumoto,  Takeji:  See— 

Abe,  Kaoru;  Matsumoto,  Takeji;  and  Itoki,  Nobuo,  3,672|l  IS. 
Matsunaga,  Kazu:  See — 

Awazu,  Kenzo;  Matsunaga.  Kazu;  Muto,  Katsutoshi;  Kal  Junjiro; 
and  Oi,Kyoko,  3,673,103. 
Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 
Oda,  Fujio;  and  Obata,  Shuichi.  3.673,354. 
Tanaka,  Takashi;  and  Nomura,  Yasuo,  3,672,044. 
Taniguchi,  Hiroshi;  Nakamura,  Takahiro;  and  Sakumotd,  Hideki, 
3,673,414.  1 

Mattel,  Inc.:  5er—  I    ^^ 

Burns,  Edgar,  3,672,679.  " 

Dubreuil,  Philip  B.;  Bartok,  Stephen;  and  Crawford,  William  R., 

3,672,408. 
Gardel.  Robert;  and  Gorsky,  Egon,  3,672,097.  I 

MaIek,  Jack  H.;  and  Dawson,  Trevor,  3,672,261. 
Matthaei,  Raymond  George,  to  Lever  Brothers  Company.  Method  for 
the  manufacture  of  marbleized  soap  bars.  3,673,294,  CI.  264- 
75.000. 
Mattingly.  William  R.,  Jr.;  and  Goodman,  David  S.,  to  International 
Telephone  and  Telegraph  Corporation.  Printed  circuit  bcfard  con- 
nector. 3,673,548,  CI.  339- 186.00m. 


June  27, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  25 


Mattsson,  Mau  Erik;  and  Lindelow,  Claes-Goran,  to  Svenska  Datare- 
gister  AB.  Device  for  a  business  machine.   3,672,566,  CI.   235- 
60.490. 
Matty,  Thomu  C:  See— 

Perry,  Robert  H.;  and  Matty,  Thomas  C,  3,673,429. 
Mauen,  Max,  to  Klockner-Humboldt-Deutz  Aktiengesellschaft.  Cen- 
uifugal  speed  governor,  especially  for  prime  movers.  3,672,385,  CI. 
137-53.000. 
Maune,  James  J.,  to  Hazeltine  Corporation.  Rush  mounted  steerable 

array  antenna.  3.673,606,  CI.  343-766.000. 
Mavrakis,  Gus  H.  Tackle  box.  3,672,548.  CI.  224-5.00g. 
May,  Carl  Jerome,  Jr.:  5m— 

La  Marche,  Robert  Ernest;  and  May,  Cari  Jerome.  Jr..  3,673.355. 
May.  Denis  Ronald  William,  to  Hanger,  J.  E.,  and  Company  Limited. 
Angular  adjustment  devices  for  use  in  artificial  limb  manufacture. 
3,67 1, 978, CI.  3-1.000. 
Mayer,  Edward  F.,  to  Xerox  Corporation,  mesne.  Electrostatic  printing 

and  developing.  3,672,884,  CL  96-1. Oly. 
Mayer,  Endre  A.;  and  Teitelbaum,  Bernard  R.,  to  Bendix  Corporation, 
The.  Fluid  flow  device  for  a  shock  absorber.  3,672,474,  CI.  188- 
-282.000. 
Mayer,  Frank,  ft  Associates,  Inc.:  See— 

Crosslen.  Louis  John,  3.672,480. 
Mayer,  Oscar,  ft  Company,  Inc.:  5<r— 

Podebradsky,  Everett  V.,  3,672,91 3. 
Mayers,  Colin  Clayton,  to  Smart,  Ian  Low.  Glass  polishing  machinery. 

3,673,042,  CI.  156-345.000. 
Maynard,  Kenneth  B.:  See—  ^ 

DeJong,   Egbert   D.;   Koch,   Hans;  and   Maynard.   Kenneth   B., 
3.672.118. 
Mayor,  Jean,  to  Materiaux  S.A.  Swimmer's  shoe.  3,671,987,  CI.  9- 

309  000 
Mays,  Ralph  C.  Attachment  for  removably  supporting  a  partial  denture 

to  an  adjacent  natural  tooth.  3,672,057,  CI.  32-5.000. 
Mayse,  Weldon  D.;  and  Watson,  Frederick  D.,  to  Petrolite  Corpora- 
tion.  Phase  separator  for   immiscible  fluids.    3,672,127,  CI.    55- 
174  000 
Mazare,  Theodora:  See— 

Georgescu,    Eugenia;   Gheja.    Ion;    Bugur,    Victor;    Zirna,   Ion; 

Mazare,  Theodora,  Popescu,  Elena-Lygia;  Olteanu,  Bujor;  Mar- 

culescu,  Nicolae;  Filotti,  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul,  Marius-Aurel; 

and  Calin,  Ion.  3.673, 109 

Mc  Combs.  Carl.  Aligning  device  for  spindle  assembly.  3,672,023,  CI. 

29-200.00p. 
Mc  Coy,  Michael  R.;  and  Nixon,  Glen  E.,  to  Electronic  Arrays,  Inc. 
Input  circuit  structure  for  MOS  integrated  circuits.  3,673,427,  CI. 
307-202.000. 
Mc  EIvy.  Howell  T:  5«f- 

Mac  Daniel.  Gene;  and  Mc  EIvy,  Howell  T..  3.673,033. 
Mc  Intosh,  Michael  D..  to  Landis  Tool  Company,  mesne.  Noise  im- 
mune flip-flop  circuit  arrangement.  3.673,434,  CI.  307-247.000. 
McAdoo.  Charles  R,  Jr.:  5«r— 

Gordon.  Hershel;  and  McAdoo.  Charles  R.,  Jr.,  3,673,346. 
McAlpin,  Silvan  E.,  to  Mobil  Oil  Corporation.  Depth  sounder  digitizer. 

3,673,554,  CI.  340-3.00r 
McCallum.  Donald  A.,  to  International  Harvester  Company.  Crop  har- 
vester platform   3,672, 1  34,  CI.  56- 1 4.400. 
McCandlish,  Albanis  P..  to  McGraw-Edison  Company.  Industrial  dry 

cleaning  cooker-still.  3.672,958,  CI.  202-170.000. 
McCarty,  William  R.,  Jr.;  Dolter,  Paul  A.;  and  Swanson,  Wesley  S..  to 
Eaton    Yale    &    Towne,    Inc.    Diaphragm    assembly   for   pressure 
operated  pilot  controlled  shut-off  valve   3,672,627.  CI.  251-30.000. 
McClellan,  John  F.,  Sr.  Remote  dog-bark  suppressor  3,673,567,  CI. 

340-148.000. 
McConaughey,  Randall  T.:  See— 

Harvey,  Donald  M  ;  and  McConaughey,  R^dall  T.,  3,672,267. 
McConnell,  Alexander;  and  Bickel,  Fay  D..  "Automatic"  Sprinkler 
Corporation  of  America.  Liquid  proportioning  device.  3,672,389. 
CI.  137-99.000. 
McConnell,  Harden  M.;  and  Ullman,  Edwin  F.,  to  Synvar  Associates. 

Oxazolidine-3-oxyl  derivatives.  3,673,207,  CI.  26O-307.0Of. 
McCormack,  John  F.:  See— 

Schneble,  Frederick  W.,  Jr.;  McCormack,  John  F.;  Zeblisky,  Ru- 
dolph   J.;    Williamson.    John    Duff;    and    Polichette.    Joseph. 
3,672,986. 
McCreery,  James  F.,  to  Kennametal  Inc.  Adjustable  tool.  3,672,784, 

CI.  408-178.000. 
McDonnell  Douglas  Corporation:  See— 

Hanback,  Francis  J.,  3,672,050. 
McDonough.  Cletus  G.,  to  Molex  Products  Company.  Integrated  cir- 
cuit terminal  and  method.  3,673,55 1 ,  CI.  339-258. 
McDonough,    Robert    M.,   to    Philco-Ford   Corporation.    Indicating 

device  for  tuning  apparatus.  3,673,540,  CI.  338-196.000. 
McGann,  Elton  Y.:  See— 

Axelson,  Carl  A.;  Hinves,  John  R.;  and   McGann,  Elton   Y., 
3.672,300. 
McGinley,  James  H.:  See— 

Berger,  Leonard;  Fitzpatrick,  William  E.;  McGinley,  James  H.; 
Pfund,  Adolf;  and  Schwartzberg,  Ira  G.,  3.672. 1 22. 
McGraw-Edison  Company:  See- 
High,  Richard  A.;  and  Vesper,  George  J.,  3,672,1 89. 
Lovett,  Donald  S.,  3,673,373. 
McCandlish,  Albanis  P.,  3,672,958. 
Murphy,  Willard;  and  Beam,  Norman  A.,  3,672,080. 


Plichu,  Michael  J.,  3,673,425. 
Rieba,  Richard  E.,  3.673.495. 
McGuire,  J.  B.,  to  Fraze,  Ermal  C.  Ring  tab  for  easy-open  can. 

3,672,535,0.220-54.000. 
Mclntyre,  Glenn  Hazel,  Jr.:  See— 

Cambale,  James  Richard;  Mclntyre,  Glenn  Hazel,  Jr.;  and  Ranney, 
Fredrik  J. ,3,672,825. 
McKean,  Jack  H.,  to  Chemagro  Corporation.  Floating  vent  device. 

3,672,533,  a.  220-44.00r 
McKenney,  Robert  Lee,  Jr.;  and  Block,  Jacob,  to  Grace,  W.  R.,  ft  Co. 
Process  for  preparing  improved  carbide  microspheres  from  ion 
exchange  resins.  3,673, 101,  CI.  252-301. lOr. 
McKinley,  Larry  E.:  See- 
Johnson,  Qarence  S.;  and  McKinley,  Larry  E.,  3.671.976. 
McLarty.  Jack  Lowrie,  to  Universal  Oil  Products  Company.  Method  of 
making   a  threaded   filament   wound   pipe.    3.673,029.  CI.    156- 
175.000. 
McLeod,  Robert  B.:  See- 
Weld,  Foster  E.;  Lassell,  Robert  W.;  and  McLeod,  Robert  B., 
3,673,329. 
McMahon,  Donald  Howland;  and  Franklin,  Allen  Raymond,  to  Sperry 
Rand  Corporation.  Electro-optical  processor  having  electrical  signal 
writing  means.  3,673,596,  CI.  346-74. Oes. 
McMath,   Jack    A.,   to   Dover  Corporation.    Valuables   depository. 

3,672,563,0.  232-1. OOr. 
McMurray,  WUIiam  C:  See— 

Mashikian,  Matthew  S.;  Kelley,  James  K.;  and  McMurray.  William 
C.  3.673.305. 
McNeese.  Leonard  E.;  and  Ferguson,  Don  E.,  to  United  States  of 
America,  Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Method  for  reprocessing 
spent  molten  salt  reactor  fuels.  3,672,846,  CI.  23-325.000. 
Mead  Corporation,  The:  See — 

Forrer,  Homer  W.,  3,672,539. 
Meek,  Samuel  W.,  Sr.  Hand  held  weight  swinging  toy.  3,672,093,  O. 

46-47.000. 
Megles,  John  E.:  See— 

Giffen,  James  W.;  Duke,  David  A.;  Dumbaugh.  William  H.,  Jr.; 
Flannery,  James  E.;  MacDowell,  John  F.;  and  Megles,  John  E., 
3,673,049. 
Meindl,  Hubert:  See— 

Hindermann,  Peter;  and  Meindl,  Hubert,  3,673,221. 
Melamed,  Sidney:  See— 

Minton,  Robert  G.;  and  Melamed,  Sidney,  3,673,280. 
Melinder,  Arthur  A.  Indexable  bit  cutting  tool  holder.  3,672,016,  O. 

29-96 
Melitta,  Inc.:  See— 

Wiedemann,  Kari,  3,672,538. 
Mellows.  Susan  M.:  See- 
Jeffreys.  Roy  A.;  and  Mellovre,  Susan  M.,  3,672,905. 
Meneses,  Robert:  See — 

Terrels,  Joseph  L.;  and  Meneses,  Robert,  3,672,645. 
Mentrup,  Anton:  See— 

Schromm,  Kurt;  Mentrup,  Anton;  Zeile,  Kari;  Renth,  Ernst-Otto; 
Engelhardt,  Albrecht;  and  Traunecker,  Werner,  3,673,1 87. 
Mercer,  Francis  T.:  See— 

Lunning,  Raymond  A.;  and  Mercer,  Francis  T.,  3,672,760. 
Merck  ft  Co.,  Inc.:  See— 

Arth,  Glen  E.;  and  Rasmusson,  Gary  H.,  3,673,1 80. 
Merger,  Franz;  Plau,  Rolf;  and  Nebe,  Erich.  Production  of  2,2,4- 

trimethyl-3-hydroxypentanal.  3,673,258,0.  260-602.000. 
Mergerian,  Dickron,  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Cyclotron 
resonance  frequency-selective  limiter  using  inhomogeneous  RF  mag- 
netic field.  3,673,500, 0.  325-473.000. 
Merola,  Anthony,  to  Amerola  Products  Corporation.  Billiard  ball  rack. 

3,672,671,0.273-22.000. 
Mershon  Company:  See— 

Pachmayr,  Frank  A.,  3,672,084. 
Messerschmitt-Bolkow-Blohm  Gesellschaft  mit  beschrankter  Haftunr 
See- 

Baum,  Werner,  3,672,165. 
Ufer,  Erich,  3,672,169. 
Mestad,  Herbert  K.  Conveyor  attachment  for  a  combine.  3,672,133 

CI.  56-13.500. 
Metagraphic  Systems,  Inc.:  See— 

Kinsinger,  William  Charies,  3,672,756. 
Metallgesellschaft  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Reh,  Lothar;  Schmidt.  Werner  Hans;  and  Rosenthal.  Karlheinz. 
3,672,069. 
Metallurgical  Exoproducts  Corporation:  See—  ' 

Rocher,  George;  and  Orban,  Nicholas,  3,672.918. 
Metals  Engineering  Corporation:  See— 

Bowen,  Elba  W,  3,672,619. 
Meteor  AG:  See- 
Angst,  Waiter,  3,672,409. 
Methode  Development  Company:  See— 

Schroeder,  Duane  Arthur;  Weiss,  Alvin  Dennis;  and  Giltner 
Benedict  Clare,  3,673,1 17. 
Metzger,  Ernest:  See — 

Marggraf,  Kurt  A.;  and  Metzger,  Ernest,  3,672,232. 
Meyer,  Gerhard;  Mageriein,  Helmut;  and  Rupp,  Hans-Dieter,  toGlanz- 
stoff  AG.  Process  for  the  production  of  tricMoromettaaoe-tulfenyl 
chloride.  3,673,246, 0.  260-543.00h. 
Meyer,  John  V.,  to  Texas  Instruments,  Incorporated.  Process  for  mak- 
ing conductive  polymers  and  resulting  compositions.  3,673.121  O 
252-511.000.  •         r  .       . 


PI  26 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


Meyer-Simon,  Eugen:  S«*—  ........  r,  a 

KaUrath.  Gottfried;  Knorre.  Helmut;  Meyer-Simon.  Eugen;  and 
Bieglcr,  Hanni.  3,672.937. 
Michaeta. George  L.:S*«—  ,  .c  ,o. 

Livingston.  Richard  W.;  and  Michaete.  George  L.,  3.672.39 1 . 
Microfiber*.  Inc.:  See— 

Riordan,  Vincent  P.,  3,672,929. 
Microwave  Development  Laboratories,  Inc.:  See— 

Barber,  Wayne,  3,672.202. 
Mietbauer,  Rudolph:  See— 

Holan.Leif  A.  3.672.415. 
Mihaly.  Joseph:  S«—  ,.,,,,„ 

Grason.  Rufus  L.;  and  Mihaly.  Joseph,  3.673.328. 
Mikk.  Ray  W.  Ship  for  conUinerized  cargo.  3,672.320, 0.  I  l4-74.00r. 
Milak.  Eva.  nee  ICrompecher:  See—  . 

Haisanyi.  Kalman;  Takacs,  Kalman;  Relle,  Zsuzsa.  nee  Somfai; 
Milak,  Eva.  nee  Krompecher;  Tardos,  Laszio;  KorboniU.  Dezso; 
Kiss.  Pal;  and  Gonczy.Csaba.  3.673.188. 
Milbum.  Raymond  E.,  Jr.  Fishing  bobber  mechanism.  3.672.087.  CI. 

43-44.880. 
Milcr  Richard  W..  to  Baker  Perkins  Inc.  Method  for  cooline  pellett 

levired  from  exuuded  plastic  strands.  3.673.298,  CI.  264-142.000. 
Miles.  John  R..  to  Retention  Communications  Systems.  Objective  lens 
for  short  local  length  cameras  and  projectors.  3.672.747.  CI.  350- 
216.000. 
Miles  Laboratories.  Inc.:  See— 

Verbeck.  Bruno  J.,  3,672.845. 
MUlendorf.  Alfred  J.:  See— 

Waldbillig.  James  O.;  Wiley.  Morris  A.;  Rambo.  Marvin  L.;  and 
Millendorf.  Alfred  J..  3.673.090. 
Miller.  Alfred  H.;  and  Johnson.  Lee  F..  to  Libbey-Owens-Ford  Com- 
pany. Producing  interlayers  for  antenna  type  windshields.  3.673.044, 
CI.  156-433.000. 
Miller.  Alfred  H..  to  Easo  Research  and  Engineering  Company.  1,2,4- 

Thiadiazolyl  ureas.  3.673.203,  CI.  260-306.80d. 
Miller  and  Company:  See— 

Brown,  William  A.;  and  Drenning.  John  F.,  3,672.871. 
Miller,  Arthur,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Digital  light  deflector  using  opti- 
cal resonators.  3,672,746.  CI.  350-163  000. 
Miller,  Daniel  D.;  Miller.  Donald  D.;  and  Wrenn.  James  M..  to  Miller 
Scientiflc  Corporation.  Sensing  solenoid  grading  scheme.  3.672.076. 
CI.  35-48.00b. 
Miller.  Donald  D.:  See— 

Miller.  Daniel   D.;  Miller.  Donald   D.;  and  Wrenn.  James  M., 
3,672,076. 
Miller,  Forbes  M.:  See— 

Bredzs,  Nikolajs;  and  Miller,  Forbes  M..  3,672,849. 
Miller,  Frederick  Warren:  See— 

Caldwell,  Gary  Lee;  Eger,  Thomas  Richard;  and  Miller,  Frederick 
Warren,  3,672,801. 
Miller,  Howard  L.:  See— 

Phegley,  Wilbur  H.,  3,672,702. 
Miller,  James  R.:  See— 

Werzner.  William  F  ;  and  Miller.  James  R.,  3,673,09 1 
Miller,  Keith  A.:  See— 

Stowasser,  William  F.;  and  Miller.  Keith  A..  3,672,182. 
Miller,  Richard  C,  to  Naico  Chemical  Company.  NTA  solid  support 

forBtSremovaL  3.672,125, CL  55-73.000. 
Miller    Richard  G.,  to  PPG  Industries.  Inc.  Electroless  process  for 

forming  thin  metal  films.  3,672,939,  CI.  1 1 7-54.000. 
Miller.  Robert  E.;  and  Phillips,  Paul  S.,  Jr.,  to  National  Cash  Register 
Company.  Pressure-sensitive  record  material.  3,672,935,  CI.   117- 
36.800. 
Miller  Scientific  Corporation:  See— 

Miller,  Daniel  D.,  Miller,  Donald  D.;  and  Wrenn,  James  M., 
>       3,672,076. 
Mills,  Alfred  Leonard;  and  Vivers,  Robert  William  Jackson,  to  United 
Kingdom  Atomic  Energy  Authority.  Processing  of  irradiated  nuclear 
fuels.  3,672,848.  CI.  23-342.000. 
MilU.  Justin  W..  Jr.:  See— 

Strople.  Gordon  N.;  and  Mills,  Justin  W.,  Jr.,  3,672,129. 
Milprint,  Inc.;  See— 

Krzyzanowski,  Robert  A.,  3,672,557. 

Mimeault,  Victor  J.:  See— 

Wright,  Archibald  N.;  Mimeault,  Victor  J.;  and  Wilkus,  Edward 
v.,  3,673,054. 

Mims,  Samuel  S.,  to  El  Paso  Products  Company.  Treatment  of  ofT- 
gases  from  nitric  acid  oxidation  of  anolone.  3,673,245,  CI.  260- 
53I.OOr. 

Minagawa,  Motonobu;  Nakagawa,  Kenichi;  and  Goto,  Minoru,  to 
Argus  Chemical  Corporation.  Enhancement  of  resistance  of  olefin 
polymers  to  copper-catalyzed  oxidative  degradation.  3,673,152,  O. 
260-45. 80n. 

Minami,  Muneyoshi;  Taniguchi,  Masaharu;  Tsutsomi,  Tadao;  Mu- 
rakami, Masakazo:  and  Yoshii,  Toshiya,  to  Toray  Industries,  Inc. 
Polyimide  solution  and  method  of  preparing  same.  3,673,145,  CI. 
260-32.40n. 

Minami,  Shinsaku;  Shono,  Toshihiro;  Shmmizu,  Masanao;  and  Takase, 
Yoshiyuki,  to  Dainippon  Pharmaceutical  Co.,  Ltd.  Certain  2-sub- 
stituted-5,8-dihydro-5-oxopyrido  [2J-dl  pyrin»idine-6-carboxylic 
add  derivatives.  3,673,1 84,  CL  260-247.20r. 

Minart,  Paul,  to  Societe  Grenobloise  d'Etudes  et  d'Applications 
Hydrauliques  (Sogreah).  Method  and  apparatus  for  treating  solu- 
tions by  solid-ion  exchangers.  3,673,085,  CI.  2 10-33.000. 


June  27. 1972 


Miner,  William  W.  Apparatus  for  harvesting  iod.  3,672,452,  b.  172- 

19.000, 
Minnesota  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Company:  See— 

Wirth,  Wayne  M.,  3,673,583.  .j 

Wright,  Donald  A.  3,673.437.  ^ 

Minnia.  Ralph  L.:  See—  , 

Baltazzi,  Evan  S.;  Blanchettc,  Robert  G.;  and  Minnia.  Ralph  L 
3.672.889.  1 

Minoltli  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaiaha:  See—  I 

lmura,Tochinori,  3.672.280.  I 

Kobayaahi.  Tatsuo,  3,672,277. 

Naya,  Mikio;  Yamaguchi,  Haruki;  and  Hone,  Izumi,  3,672.217. 

Yamanaka,  Akira,  3,672,278. 

Yamanoi,  Yorio,  3,672,329.  ' 

Minton.  Robert  G.;  and  Melamed.  Sidney,  to  Rohm  &  Haas  Companv. 
ElastonKric  materials  and  process  therefor.   3,673,280,  p.  260- 


878.00r. 
Mirjanic,  Milorad,  to  Daimler-Benz  Aktiengesellachalt.  Cylinder  block 
for  liquid-cooled  internal  combustion  engines  whh  inserted  cylinder 
liner.  3,672,263,  CI.  92-144.000. 
Misare,   Donald  O.,  to  Joslyn  Mfg.   and  Supply  Co.  Corona  free 

coupling  assembly  for  coaxial  cables.  3,673,3 1 1 , 0.  1 74-73X)0r. 
Mitchell,  Harry  Ian;  and  Tomlinson,  Kenneth,  to  Colgate-Palmolive 
Compaay.  Method  and  compositions  for  cleaning  ovens  and  the  like. 
3,672,993,  CI.  134-3.000. 
Mitchell,  Robert  K..  to  Battelle  Development  Corporation,  The.  Ruid 

pressure  control   3.672,796.  CI.  418-26.000 
Mitofr  Stephan  P.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Sodium-sulfur  cell 

with  third  electrode  3.672,994.0.  136-6.000 
MiUubishi  Denki  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Awaiu.  Kenzo;  Mattunaga.  Kazu;  Muto,  Kauutoshi;  Kail  Junjiro;    ^ 
andC)i,Kyoko,  3.673.103. 
Mitsubishi  Jukogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See—  I 

Abe,  Kaoru;  Mattumoto.  Takeji;  and  Itoki,  Nobuo,  3,672,1 1 5. 
Miura.  Takahiro;  and  Yamamoto.  Miaki,  to  Kabushikikaisha  Tokyo 
Keiki  Scizosho.  Measuring  instrument  for  piloting  ship  for  docking 
or  leaving  3,673,553.  CI.  340-3. OOr 
Miura,    Yasushi;    Kashiwagi,    Nobuo;    and    Mochizuki,   Zenichi,    to 
Toshiba  Kikai  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Apparatus  for  die  castii«  ferrous 
metals.  3.672,440, CI.  164-312.000. 
Miyake,  Tettuya;  S«— 

Seko,  Maomi;  Yomiyama,  Akira;  Miyake,  Tetsuya;  and  Iwashita, 
Hidemaro,  3.673.068. 
Miyano.  Katao;  and  Shimazaki.  Masahide.  to  Japan  Steel  Works  Ltd. 
Method  for  manufacturing  a  high  toughness  steel  without  objecting 
it  to  heat  treatment.  3,673.007.0   148-12.000. 
Miyasaka,    Mamoru.    to    Kabushiki    Kaisha   Suwa   Seikosha.    Break 
prevention  device  for  calendar  advancing  of  a  calendar  watch. 
3,672,156,0.58-58.000. 
Miyazaki.  Shuzo,  to  Japan  Furnace  Industry  Co.  Ltd.  Method  and  ap- 
paratus of  continuous  steam-atomizing  fuel  combustion  for  boiler 
furnace  3,672,808.0.  431-2.000.  , 

Mobil  Oil  Corporation:  5**— 

Chen,  Nai  Yuen,  and  Smith,  Friu  A.,  3,673,267. 

Cqty,  Vernon  F.;  Heilweil,  Israel  J.;  and  Leavitt,  Rfchard  I.. 

3,672,953.  I 

Etherington.  Robert  W.,  Jr.;  and  Liauw,  Koei-Liang.  3.673.255. 
Manning,  William  F.  3.672.177. 
McAlpin,  Silvan  E.,  3,673,554. 
Mochida,  Hisaahi,  to  Daito  Mfg.  Co.,  Ltd.  Fuse  melt  type  damper 
device  for  intercepting  flow  through  a  duct.  3,672,386,  CI.  137- 
77.000. 
Mochizuki,  Zenichi:  See— 

Miura,   Yasushi;   Kashiwagi,   Nobuo;   and   Mochizuki,  Zenichi, 
3,672,440. 
Modena,  Mario:  See— 

Cevidalli,  Guidobaldo;  Ragazzini,  Mario;  and  Modena,  Mano, 
3,673,156.  ^^ 

Modrey,  Henry  J.  Foil  wrapped  coil  spring.  3.672,493,  CI.  206-46.00h. 
Moeller  &  Neumann  GmbH;  See— 

Buchheit,  Otto  Kari,  3,672,489. 
Moertel,  George  B.;  and  Wilson,  James  R.,  to  Textron,  Inc.  Slide^ 

fastener  stop  assembly.  3,672,008, 0.  24-205. 1 1 . 
Moggre,  Anthonie  Jannis,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Circuit  arrange- 
ment comprising  switching  means  for  periodically  interrupting  a  cur- 
rent supplied  to  an  inducting  coil.  3,673,458,0.  31 5-27. Ow. 
Mohawk  Industrial  Laboratories,  Inc.:  See—  1 

Lanahan,  John  H.;  and  Abraham,  William  W.^^,672,491. 
Mohler,  Edwin  C;  See—  ^         \ 

Manin,  Eugene  G.;  and  Mohler,  Edwin  C.  3,672,000. 

Moilanen,  Veikko  Mauri,  to  Enso-GuUeit  Osakeyhtio.   Method  of 

producing  a  laminate  for  use  as  a  layer  in  a  corrugated  board. 

3,673.031,0.156-206.  .      . 

Molchaa,  Andrew  John,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratones,  Incorporated. 

Tactile  response  switch  with  unitary  conuct  strip  of  independently 

operable  plural  disc  contacts.  3,673,357, 0.  200-5.^a. 

Molex  Products  Company;  See— 

McDonough,CletusG.,  3,673,551.  ^         ^         t. 

Moller  Paul  S.,  to  Discojet  Corporation.  Exhaust  muffler  and  spark  ar- 

restoV.  3,672,773,0.  181-58.000.  . 

Monpetit,  Louis  A.,  to  Societe  des  Precedes  Modernes  dlniection 
Sopromi.  Electronic  injection-controlling  system  for  internal  com- 
bustion engines.  3,672.345,0.  123-32.0ea. 
Monsanto  Company:  S«*— "^ 
Bacr,  Massimo,  3,673,282. 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  27 


Baker.  Joseph  W.;  and  Bachman.  Gerald  L..  3,673,200. 
Benson,  Royal  H..  3,673.100. 
Crixell,  Arthur  R.,  3.672,644. 
Grifrin,  Leonard  E.,  3,672,727. 
Scharpf,  Lewis  G.,  Jr.,  3,672.956. 
Scharpf.  Lewis  G.  Jr..  3.672.957. 
WeU.RaoulB.  3,672.221. 
Montecatini  Edison  S.p.A.:  5er— 

Cevidalli.  Guidobaldo;  Ragazzini.  Mario;  and  Modena.  Mario, 

3.673.156. 
Rocchi.Aldo.  3.673,093. 
Montgomery.  Lionel  Clayton:  See— 

Mandorf,     Victor,     Jr.;     and     Montgomery,     Lionel     Oayton. 
3,673,118. 
Mooney,  Raymond  T.:  Set— 

Storey,  William  T.,  II;  Procter.  Robert  F.;  Snyder.  Charies  H.  A.; 
Jacob.  George  M.,  and  Mooney.  Raymond  T..  3.672.046. 
Moore  Business  Forms  Inc.;  See— 

Gill.  Edward  W.;  and  Vincent.  Derek  A..  3.672.483. 
Moore,  Eugene  R.;  Buasey,  Mariin  G.;  and  Parish,  Hal  G.,  to  Dow 
Chemical  Company,  The.  Roofing  structure  and  method.  3,672.95 1 , 
CI.  161-160.000. 
Moore.  George    E..  to  General   Electric  Company.   Burner-cooler 

system  for  generating  exothermic  gas.  3.672.839.  CI.  23-281.000. 
Moore.  Harold  R.;  and  Fischer.  Heinz  G.  Methods  of  manufacturing 

electrical  insulating  structures.  3.673.297,0.  264-138.000. 
Moore.  R.  D.,  to  R-J-R,  Corporation.  Blood  product  for  fish  bait. 

3.672,910,0.99-3  000 
Moore,  Vern  E.  Frangible  in-flight  arrow  head  cover.  3,672,677,  O. 

273-106.50r. 
Moore,  William  H.:  See— 

Weaver,  Max  A.;  Straley,  James  M.;  and  Moore,  William  H.. 
3,673,169. 
Moorer,  Howard  H.:  5**— 

Falkehag,  Sten  I.;  Moorer,  Howard  H.;  Prazak,  Gerald;  and  Bailey, 

CariW,  III,  3,672,81 7. 

Moorman.  Charles  J.;  and  Reuter,  Fred  A.,  to  Bendix  Corporation, 

The.  Gas  inlet  system  for  a  maas  spectrometer.  3,673,405,  CI.  250- 

41.90s. 

Moran.  James  G.  Inflatable  and  illuminaMe  figure.  3,672,083,  O.  40- 

126.00b 
Moran,  John  J,  to  Hycel,  Inc.  Clutch.  3,672,477.0.  192-27.000. 
Morand,  Jean-Pierre;  See— 

Nicf.  Guy,  and  Morand,  Jean-Pierre,  3,673,406. 
Morel,  Richard  William  Victor;  See— 

Burchell,  Geoffrey  Barnett;  and  Morel,  Richard  William  Victor, 
3,672,366. 
Morgan,  Bevly  Boone.  Bank  mask  helmet.  3,672,365,0.  1 28- 141. OOr 
Morgan,  Paul  W.;S««- 

Bair,  Thomas  I  ;  and  Morgan,  Paul  W.,  3,673,143. 
Morgan,  Thomas  E.,  to  International  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Cor- 
poration. Cable  strap.  3,672,003,0  24-16.0pb. 
Morgan,  Wendell  D..  to  Fedders  Corporation.  Dishwasher  spray  arm 

with  integral  beating.  3.672.573. 0.  239-261.000. 
Morgenstern,  Dieter;  See— 

Dijkhuizen,  Willem;  Termin,  Erich;  Bleh,  Otto;  and  Morgenstern, 
Dieter,  3,673,159. 
Mori,  Takeshi;  5*'*— 

Yasuda,  Tetuya;  Tutiya,  Hidetaka;  and  Mori,  Takeshi,  3,672, 1 50. 
Moriya,  Tosio:  See— 

Tsujimura,  Kimiaki;  and  Moriya,  Tosio,  3,672,248. 
Morlock,  Elizabeth  Bcnz;  and  Goldman,  Leon,  to  American  Cyanamid 
Company.  Substituted  4-<anilinomethylene)-3-galanthamaninones. 
3,673,177,0.  260-240.300. 
Morlock,  Elizabeth  Benz;  Albright,  Jay  Donald;  and  Goldman,  Leon, 
to    American    Cyanamid    Company.     Derivatives    of    l,4,4a,9b- 
(Kinethyl-2 -phenyl- 1 -1,4-ethanobefizofuro  (3,2 -c]  pyridiite- 
3(2h).  Kmione.  3.673.194.01  260-293.550. 
Morris.  Elias  J..  Jr.  Hooked  stick  figure  and  handle  for  catching  and 

projecting  same.  3,672.675.0.  273-96. 
Morris,  Herbert,  Limited;  See— 

Davey,  Anthony  Walter,  3,673,482.  ^ 

Morris,  Jerome  R.:  See— 

O'Keeffe,  Terence  W.;  and  Morris.  Jerome  R.,  3,672,987. 
Morris,  Rupert  C;  and  Mason,  Ronald  F.,  to  Shell  Oil  Company.  Sec- 

phosphine  dithiophosphinic  acid  saltt.  3,673,23 1 ,  CI.  260-420.900. 
Morrocco,  Joseph  J.,  Ill:  See— 

Allam,  James  N.;  and  Morrocco,  Joseph  J.,  Ill,  3,672,582. 
Morton,  Robert   E.,  to  Leesona  Corporation.   Winding  apparatus. 

3,672,586,0.242-27.000. 
Moss,  Merton.  Combination  radiographic  apparatus.  3,673,408,  O. 

250-61.500. 
Motorola,  Inc.:  See— 

Riff.  James  A.  3.673.489. 
Riff.  James  A..  3,673.588. 
Moulopoulos.  Spyridon.  to  University  of  Utah,  The.  Catheter  mounted 
artificial  heart  valve  for  implanting  in  close  proximity  to  a  defective 
natural  heart  valve.  3,67 1 .979,  CI.  3- 1 .000. 
Mount,    Gordon    L.,    to    Carrier    Corporation.    Capacity    control 
mechanism  for  centrifugal  gas  compresaora.  3,672.786.  CI.  415- 
147.000. 
Mross.  Siegfried;  Grossheim,  Hans;  and  Aubert.  Michel,  to  Fried. 
Krupp  Gescllschaft  mit   beschrankter  Haftung.   Method  and  ap- 
paratus for  compiling  measured  values  of  a  variable  parameter. 


3.673.552,0.  340-3.00r. 
MueUer,  William  N.  Time  saver  drawup  collar.  3,672,709.  O.  285- 

419.000. 
Muhlbach,  Anton;  and  Lauckhardt,  Gerhard,  to  USM  Corporation. 
Method  for  rounding  welded  edge  seama.   3,673.300.  O.   264- 
160.000. 
Mulaskey.  Bernard  F.;  and  Chilton.  Dmore  F..  to  Chevron  Reaearch 

Company.  Catalyst  manufacture.  3,673.079. 0.  208- 1 1 1 .000. 
Mulitz.  Thomas  C.  to  Pico  Safe  Stairs  Co.  Stair  structure.  1,672.106, 

CI.  52-188.000. 
MuUer,  Karl,  to  Braun  Aktiengesellschaft.  Circuit  arrangement  for  im- 
proving the  signal-to-noiae  ratio  of  a  stereo  decoder.  3.673,342,  O. 
I79-15.0bt. 
Muller,  Pierre,  to  Laboratories  de  L'Ozothine.  Process  for  the  ac- 
celerated  obtaining  of  terpenic   oxides   using   ultraviolet  light. 
3,673,066, 0.  204-1 62.00r. 
Muller,  Rudolf:  See— 

Simm,  Walter;  and  Muller,  Rudolf,  3,673,598. 
Muller,  WUly:  See- 

MuUer,  WiUy;  Wurm,  Bruno;  and  Haag,  Hermann,  3,673,332. 
Muller,  Willy;  Wurm,  Bruno;  and  Haag,  Hermann,  to  Muller,  Willy. 

Telephone  answering  devices.  3,673,332,0.  179-6.00e. 
Multicraft.  Incorporated:  See— 

Ramey,  David  S.,  3,672,926. 
Munson,  Whitney  K.;  and  Ricci,  John  N.,  said  Ricci  aaaor.  to  said  Whit- 
ney. Staple  remover  housing  means.  3,672,635, 0.  254-28. 
Murakami,  Masakazo:  See — 

Minami,  Muneyoshi;  Taniguchi,  Masaharu;  Tsutaomi,  Tadao;  Mu- 
rakami, Masakazo;  and  Yoshii,  Toshiya.  3,673.145. 
Murakami,  Noboru;  and  Hirozawa,  Koichiro,  to  Aiain  Seiki  Kabushiki 
Kaisha.    Fluid   pressure   control   mechanism.    3,672.243,  CI.    74- 
753.000. 
Murakami,  Toshikazu:  See— 

Masuda.  Yoshio;  and  Murakami.  Toahikazu.  3,672.079. 
Murcott.  Charles  E..  to  Lumex  Inc.  Invalid  chair  having  adjiutable 

headrest,  seat,  and  footrest.  3.672.722.  CI.  297-437.000. 
Murhpy.  James  A.;  and  Brown,  Stirling  Robert,  to  International  Paper 
Company,     mesne.     Adhesively     laminated     cellulosic     produce 
3,672,950,0.161-129.000. 
Murphy,  Declan  S.;  and  Charest,  Rolland  C.  H.,  to  Atara  Corporation. 
Quick    release    mechanism    for   sewage    lagoon    aeration    guns. 
3,672,647,0.  261-121.00r. 
Murphy,  James  A.;  and  Brown,  Stiriing  Robert,  to  International  Paper 
Company,    mesne.    Adhesively    laminated   creped   dinner   napkin. 
3,673,060,0.  161-126.000. 
Murphy,  Willard;  and  Beam,  Norman  A.,  to  McGraw-Ediaon  Com- 
pany. Travel  iron  with  folding  handle.  3,672,080, 0.  38-90.000. 
Muryoi,  Takeshi,  to  Nippon  Kogaku  K.K.  Shiftable  objective  lens. 

3,672,287. 0.95-64.00r. 
Musch,  Gordon  F.;  S«« — 

Duran,  Raymond  J.;  and  Musch,  Gordon  F.,  3,672.1 39. 
Muto.  Katsutoshi:  See — 

Awazu.  Kenzo;  Matsunaga.  Kazu;  Muto.  Katsutoshi;  Kai.  Junjiro; 
andOi.Kyoko,  3.673.103. 
Mutter,  William  W.,  to  Bulova  Watch  Company,  Inc.  Miniaturized  bat- 
tery-operated tuning-fork  timepiece.  3,672,153,0.  58-23.0tf. 
Nachtigall,  Guenter  Willi:  See— 

Rauch,  Francis  Clyde;  and  Nachtigall,  Guenter  Willi,  3,673.250. 
Nadler,  Martin  L.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Turf- 
like product  and  method  of  maiung  it.  3,673,056,0.  161-62.000. 
Nagahara,  Yasumori:  See- 
Suzuki,    Shigeru;    Sugita,    Keiji;    and    Nagahara.    Yasumori, 
3,672,762. 
Nagata,  Wataru;  and  Hayase,  Yoshio,  to  Shionogi  &  Co.,  Ltd.  2- 
Hydrocarbyl  aminovinyl  phosphonates  or  phosphinates.  3,673,284, 
O.  260-944.000. 
Nagin,  Tony.  Load,  supporting  chain  and  sprocket  supporting  structure 

therefor.  3,672,237,0.  74-89.210. 
Naito,  Daiji;  and  Ogawa,  Shigeyoshi,  to  Daikin  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.  Process 

for  preparing  fluorination  catalyst.  3.673,1 1 3.  CL  252-441.000. 
Najera.  Louis  Martin:  See — 

Allenbaugh.  Howard  M..  3,673,605. 
Nakagawa.  Hisasi:  See— 

Ogawa.  Hiroshi;  Yamane.  Sigeto;  Nakagawa.  Hisasi;  and  Uchida, 
Akinari.  3.672.355. 
Nakagawa.  Kenichi:  See — 

Minagawa,  Motonobu;  Nakagawa.  Kenichi;  and  Goto.  Miaoru. 
3.673.152. 
Nakai.   Sboji;  and   Higuchi.   Akio.  to   Kabuahiki   Kaisha   Kamitau 
Seisakusho.  Detection  arrangement  of  winding  speed  on  a  take-up 
winder.  3.672.589. 0.  242-45.000. 
Nakajima,  Eizo:  See — 

Katsuyama,  Shigeo;  Asami,  Atsumi;  Watanabe,  Masahide;  Sato, 
Tsutomu;  Norimatsu,  Toshiaki;  and  Nakajima,  Eizo,  3,672.8 19. 
Nakamura.  Tadahisa;  Fujimoto.  Hirozi;  Yamamoto,  akoto;  and  Shin- 
tomi,  Yukito,  to  Fujiaoku  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  Return  ntechaniam  for 
an  automatically  returning  switch.  3,673.363,  CI.  200-lS3.00k. 
Nakamura,  Tadaahi.  to  be  Electronics  Corporation.  Cathode  ray  tubes 
having  row  and  column  electrodes  attached  to  opposite  sides  of  insu- 
lating substrate.  3,673,448,0.  313-86.000. 
Nakamura,  Takahiro:  See— 

Taniguchi,  Hiroahi;  Nakamura,  Takahiro;  and  Sakumoto.  Hideki, 
3,673,414. 
NaIco  Chemical  Company:  See— 


PI  28 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


Albrecht.  WUliam  L..  3.673.104. 
Miller.  Richard  C.  3.672.1 2S. 
Sawyer,  Roy  D.;  and  Tinsley.  John  D..  3.673.083. 
Namiki.  Kyoji:  See— 

Saito,  Nobuo;  and  Namiki,  Kyoji.  3,672,S  10. 
Nath.  Alan  Richard  Brine.  Dathpot  including  temperature-tcnsitive 

valve  meant.  3.672.475.0.  188-277.000. 
Nasvytis.  Algirdat  L.  Flywheel  automotive  vehicle.  3.672.244.  CI.  74- 

8S9.000. 
Nathanton.  Harvey  C;  and  Wickstrom,  Robert  A.,  to  Westinghoiuc 
Electric  Corporation.  Conductor  elementt  spaced  from  microelec- 
tronic  component  surface   and   methods  of  making  the  same. 
3.672,985. CI.  117-212.000. 
National  Cash  Register  Company:  See— 

MiUer.  Robert  E.;  and  PhUlipa.  Paul  S.,  Jr.,  3.672,935. 
National  Cash  Register  Company,  The:  See— 

Horst.  WiUiam  R.;  and  Schleicher.  Lowell.  3.673.597. 
Trimble.  Cebem  B.;  and  Skutt.  Robert  R..  3.672,043. 
National  Distillers  and  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 

Frampton.  Orville  D.;  Pedigo.  Joel  B.;  and  Lecher.  Hans  Z.. 
3.673.251. 
National  Research  Development  Corporation:  See— 

Broadway.  Alexander  Richard  WiUiam;  Pong,  William;  and  Raw- 
clifTe.  Gordon  Hindle.  3.673.477. 
National  Steel  Corporation:  See— 
Wood.  Mahlon  E.  3.673,008. 
Naumburg,  Per;  and  Norrman,  Jan  Olof,  to  AS  Centralsug.  Silent 

valve.  3.672.630.  CI.  251-149.200. 
Naya,  Mikio;  Yamaguchi.  Haruki;  and   Horie.  Izumi,  to  Minolu 
Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Color  thermometer.  3,672.217.  CI.  73- 
35S.0em. 
Nebe,  Erich:  See— 

Merger.  Franz;  Platz.  Rolf;  and  Nebe.  Erich.  3.673.258. 
Negrini.  Maurice  Anthony.  Method  of  manufacturing  plastic  bowling 

pin.  3.672.031.  CI.  29-417.000. 
Nelson.  Lome  W.  Multiple  use  sorting  card.   3.672.499.  CI.  209- 

80.500. 
Nelson,  Raymond  L..  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Motion  detecting 

circuit.  3.673.496,  CI.  324-161.000. 
Nelson.  Robert:  See— 

Green,  John  L.;  and  Nelson,  Robert,  3,673,546. 
Nemier,  Stanley  E.:  See— 

Brumbaugh,  Philip  A.;  Harrington,  Richard  H.;  Nemier,  Stanley 
E;  and  Nielsen,  Thomas  C,  3,672,482. 
Nerwin,  Hubert:  See— 

Ewald,  William  P.;  Nerwin.  Hubert;  and  Harvey,  Donald  M., 
3^672,274. 
Nerwin,  Hubert,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Photographic  film  unit. 

3.672,273,  CI.  95-13.000. 
Neth,  Richard  M.;  Rogers.  John  M.;  and  Gallagher,  James  J.,  to  Indian 
Head  Inc.  Apparatus  for  separating  a  web  of  lace  into  individual 
bands.  3.672,0  II ,  CI.  28- 1  Ocs. 
Neumann,  Edward  W.;  and  Borowski,  Richard,  to  Loctite  Corporation. 
Process  for  impregnating  porous  metal  articles.  3.672.942.  CI.  1 17- 
62.200. 
Neutra  Cuatro  S.A.:  See— 

Planas.  Luis  ValU,  3,673,423. 
Neuzil,  Francis  E.,  Sr.  Container  implement  for  end  loader  vehicle. 

3,672.724.  CI.  298-27.000. 
New  England  Merchants  National  Bank,  mesne:  See— 
Frant,  Martin  S.;  and  Ross,  James  W.,  3,672.962. 
New  Nchanga  Consolidated  Copper  Mines  Limited:  S«f — 

Smith.    George    Armstrong;    and    MacLeod,    Donald    Simon, 
3.673,062. 
New  York  Toy  Corporation:  5**— 

Rubin,  Herbert,  3,672,672. 
Newell,  George  F.;  and  Kennedy,  Paul  G.,  to  Westinghouse  Electric 
Corporation.  Comparative  display  of  images  in  color.  3,673,317.  CI. 
l78-5.20r. 
Newman.  Ritchey  O..  Jr.;  and  Schrenk,  Walter  J.,  to  Dow  Chemical 
Company,  The.  Laminate  of  a  barrier  layer  enclosed  in  rigid  high 
density  polyolefin  layers.  3.673,050,  CI.  161-165.000. 
Newman,  Yetty.  Aquatic  amusement  device.  3,671,988,  CI- 9-349.000. 
Newport.  Richard  A.  Capping  apparatus.  3,672,540,  CI.  221-63.000. 
Neyendorf,  Elvin  E..  to  Lee,  Raymond,  Organization.  Inc..  The. 

Hanger  for  hose  nozzle.  3.672.6 1 7,  CI.  248-75.000. 
Nichob.  William  A.;  and  Simpson.  Ralph  E.  Tape  winding  means. 

3,672,592,  CI.  242-55.210. 
Nicholson,  John  B.,  to  Continental  Can  Company,  Inc.  Support  for 

ham  cans  during  double  seaming.  3,672.3 1 8.  CI.  1 1 3-30.000. 
Nicko.  Reinhard:  See— 

Hackenberg.  Hubert;  and  Nicko,  Reinhard,  3,672,279. 
Nicolay.  Klaus:  See- 
Wagner.  Kari;  and  Nicolay,  Klaus,  3,672,27 1 . 
Niederer.OttoC.  Egg  stabilizer.  3,672,501.  CI.  209-121.000. 
Niedrach.  Leonard  W.;  and  Stoddard,  William  H..  Jr..  to  General  Elec- 
tric Company.  Carbon  dioxide  sensor.  3.673,069,  CI.  204-195.00g 
Nief.  Guy;  and  Morand.  Jean-Pierre.  Isotope  separation  apparatus. 

3.673,406.  CI.  250-43.000. 
Niehaus,  Conrad  F.  Continuous  metallurgical  process.  3,672,869,  CI. 

75-45.000. 
Nielsen,  Thomas  C:  See- 
Brumbaugh,  Philip  A.;  Harrington,  Richard  H.;  Nemier,  Stanley 


June  27, 1972 

E.;  and  Nielsen,  Thomas  C,  3,672.482.  ^         f 

Nielsen.  Waldemar  R.;  and  Mathias,  Charles  D..  to  Industtfial  Tools. 

Inc.  Helical  Made  milling  cutter.  3.672.0 17.  CI.  29-105.000. 
Niepmann.  Otto,  to  Maschinenfabrik  Fr.  Niepmann  A  Co.  Feeding 
device  for  cigarettes  for  cigarette  packing  machines.  3,672,341,  CI. 
221-61.000. 
Niezoldi  St  Kramer  GmbH:  See— 

Schcibel.  Joaef;  and  Schadt.  Karl-Heinz.  3.672.268. 
Nihei,  Seiji:  See — 

Hasegawa,  Tokushige;  Makimoto,  Kuninobu;  Nihei,  Seiji;  and 
Takahira,Jiro,  3.672,868. 
Nihon  Kagaku  Kizai  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Funada,    Kiyotaka;    Shinohara,    Takashi;    and    Imai«    Hiroko, 
3.672,940. 
Niioka.  Takeharu;  and  Hosokawa.  Ryoji.  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric 
Co..  Ltd.  Tape  feed  indicator  device  for  a  tape  recorder.  3.673.35 1 . 
CI.  179-I00.20r. 
NikoghoMian,  Albert-Jean.  Dental  implant.  3,672.058.  C.  32- 10.00a. 
Nippon  Electric  Company  Limited:  See— 

Haacgawa.  Kohichi;  and  Kunishima,  Norihiko.  3.673.580. 
Ito,  Yutaka;  and  Hirate,  Jun,  3,673,324. 
Nippon  Cakki  Seizo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Amano,  Hiroahi.  3.673,303.  ^ 

Hiyama,  Ryu.  3,672,253. 
Nippon  Hatsujo  Company,  Limited:  See—  ' 

Saitoh.   Kohichi;  Ohkubo,   Nobuo;  Sobajima,   Katsuilobu;  and 
Hirano,  Takeshi.  3.672.656. 
Nippon  Hoso  Kyokai:  See—  -^ 

Toyonaga.  Ryuya;  and  Sato.  Kazuo,  3,672.989. 
Nippon  Kogaku  K..K.:  See— 

Muryoi.  Takeshi.  3.672.287. 

Yamada.  Takeo.  3.672,282. 

Nippondenso  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Ito.  Osamu.  3,673.400. 
Nischk,  Gunther:  See— 

Rinkler.    Heinrich;    Braden.    Rudolf;    and    Nischk.    Gunther. 
3.673,242. 

Nishida,  Hideko;  Yamaguchi,  Kunihiko;  Kumasaka,  Noriyuki;  Sugita, 
Yutaka,  and  Fujiwara,  Hideo,  to  Hitachi.  Ltd.  Plated  magnetic  wire. 
3.673^8 I.e.  340-1 74.0pw. 
Niaaan  Motor  Company.  Limited:  See—  I 

Saitoh,    Kohichi,   Ohkubo,    Nobuo;   Sobajima,    Katsu^obu;    and 
Hirano.  Takeshi.  3.672.656. 
Nisso  Kinzoku  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Hasegawa,  Tokushige;  Makimoto,  Kuninobu;  Nihei,  Seiji;  and 
Takahira,  Jiro,  3,672.868. 
Nixon.  Olen  E.:  See— 

Mc  Coy,  Michael  R.;  and  Nixon.  Glen  E..  3.673.427. 
Nixon.  Joseph  R..  Jr..  to  Hercules  Incorporated.  Fractionation  of  inor- 
ganic  acid-free   cleavage   reaction   mixture.    3.672.961.1  CI.    203- 
37.000. 
Nobel,   Fred   I.;   and  Ostrow,   Barnet   D..  to   Lea-Ronal.  Inc.   Elec- 

trodeposition  of  gold  and  gold  alloys.  3,672.969.  C\.  204-43.000. 
Nobusawa,  Tsukumo.  to   Asahi   Kogaku   Kogyo   Kabushiki   Kaisha. 

Photocell  controlled  diaphragm.  3.672.753.  CI.  352-9 1. OOP. 
Nodine.  John  H:  See—  I 

Waite.  John  H.;and  Nodine.  John  H..  3.673.410. 
Noguchi,  Junpei:  See— 

Ohkubo.     Kinji;     Noguchi,     Junpei^    and     Ohmura,     Kuniokl, 
3,672.901. 
Noll,  Stanley  Darwin;  and  Delfeld,  William  F.,  to  Production  Experu. 
Inc.  Oowncoiler  mandrel  of  the  toggle  link  type  for  hot  strip  mills, 
and  methods  for  repairing  or  rebuilding  same.  3,672,030,  CI.  29- 
401.000.  I 

Nomura,  Yasuo:  See—  f 

Tanaka.  Takashi;  and  Nomura,  Yasuo,  3,672,044. 
Nord-Aviation  Societe   Nationale  de  Constructions  Aerqnautiques: 
See— 
StaufT.  Emile;  and  Reury,  Roger.  3.672.607. 
Nordiska  Maskinfilt  Aktiebolaget:  See- 
Eriksson,  Erik  Birger,  3,673,024. 
Nordson  Corporation:  See — 

Scarbrough,  Don  R.,  and  Vilagi.  Burton  J.,  3.672,570. 
Nordstrand,  Leif  Roland,  to  Kamas  Kvarnmaskiner  AB.  Machine  for 

separating  a  sheet  from  a  sheet  pile.  3,672,5 1 6,  CI.  214-8.S0a. 
Nordstrom,  PerChrister.  Building  block.  3.672.1 10,  CI.  52-^8.000. 
Norimatsu,  Toshiaki:  See— 

Katsuyama,  Shigeo;  Asami.  Atsumi;  WaUnabe.  Masahide;  Sato, 
Tsutomu;  Norimatsu,  Toshiaki;  and  Nakajima.  Eizo,  ^,672.8 19. 
Norrman,  Jan  Olof:  See— 

Naumburg,  Per;  and  Norrman,  Jan  Olof,  3,672,630. 
North  American  Door  Corporation:  See- 
Sheer,  Samuel  Irving,  3,672,492. 
North  American  Philips  Corporation:  See— 

Caifney,  Francis  J.;  Dcgen,  Joseph  F.;  and  Clark,  Gerald  F., 
3,673.382. 
North  American  Rockwell  Corporation:  See- 
Cramp.  Allen  R.;  and  Brion,  Kenneth  J..  3.672,207. 
Flamand.  Maurice  R..  3,672.405. 
Hartmann.  Frederick.  3,673,394. 
Reif,  Robert  B.,  3,672,298. 
Northern  Electric  Company:  See— 
Crowley.  George  C,  3,673.380. 


\ 


"s 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  29 


Crowley.  George  C;  and  Cartson.  Gordon  S..  3,673.38 1 . 
Northern  Electric  Company  Limited:  See — 

Bastikar,  Arvid  Ramkrishnarao.  3.673.522. 
Lougheed.  James  H.  3.673.391. 

Zimmermann.  Detlef;  Campbell.  David;  and  De  Sertoli,  George. 
3.673.314. 
Northern  Fibre  Products  Company:  See — 

Ambrose.  Jere  B.  3.67 1 .984. 
Norton  Abrasives  Limited:  See— 

Teague.  Ernest  Douglas.  3,673,293. 
Nose,  Takashi:  See— 

Yoneda.   Naoto;   Ishihara.  Teruo;   Kobayashi.  Tetsuji;   Kondo. 
Yasuzo;    Okumura.    Kentaro;    Kojima.    Michio;    and    Nose. 
Takashi.  3.673.195. 
Notelteirs.  Victor  Roaallie.  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Electric  incan- 
descent lamp  with  an  improved  pinch  seal.  3.673.454,  CI.  313- 
332.000. 
NoU.  Kari:  See- 
Becker.  Ernst;  and  Notz.  Kari.  3.672.316. 
Novo  Terapeutisk  Laboratorium  A/S:  See — 

Borrevang.  Poul.  and  Faarup.  Peter.  3,673.224.-^ 
Nozaki.  Tadashi:  See- 
Sakamoto.    Junzo;    Nozaki,    Tadashi;    Tsuji.    Yoahifumi;    and 
Shimada.  Masaharu.  3.672.561. 
Nuclear  Associates,  Inc.:  See— 

Glasser.  Herman.  3.673.41 1. 
Nuerrenbach.  Axel:  See— 

Vollrath.  Robert;  Nuerrenbach.  Axel;  and  Adolphi.  Heinrich. 
3.673,215. 
Nusbickel.  Edward  M  .  Jr.:  See- 

Cressman.  Russell  N.;  Bantz.  Walter  J.;  and  Nusbickel.  Edward 
M.  Jr..  3.672.210. 
Nye.  John  David,  to  Ferrox  Iron  Ltd.  System  for  feeding  grinding 

media  to  continuous  attrition  mill.  3.672,580,  CI.  24 1  -79.000. 
Obata,  Shuichi:  See— 

Oda.  Fujio;  and  Obata,  Shuichi,  3,673.354. 
Oberai.  Avtar  S.:  See — 

De  Witt.  David;  Dhaka.  Vir  A.;  and  Oberai.  Avtar  S..  3.672.983. 
Oberhoff.  Wolfgang:  See— 

Geschka.  Hugo  Werner;  Oberhoff.  Wolfgang;  and  Korb.  Klaus. 

3.672.188. 

O'Brien.  Thomas  Edward,  to  Owens-Illinois.  Inc.  Low  voltage  pulser 

circuit  for  driving  row-column  conductor  arrays  of  a  gas  discharge 

display  capable  of  being  made  in  integrated  circuit  form.  3.673,431. 

CI.  307-241.000. 

Oda,  Fujio.  and  Obata.  Shuichi.  to  Matsushita  Electric  Industrial  Co., 

Ltd.  Semiconductor  stress  transducer.  3,673.354, CI.  I79-I00.4lv. 
Ogasawara,  Sadanori,  to  Aikoku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Machine 

tool.  3,672.200.  CI.  72-285.000. 
Ogawa.   Hiroshi;   Yamane.   Sigeto;   Nakagawa.   Hisasi;  and  Uchida, 
Akinari.   to   Hitachi.   Ltd.   Electro-massager.    3.672.355.  CI.    128- 
36.000. 
Ogawa.  Masao:  See— 

Takahashi.  Akira;  Kojima.  Hiroo;  Ogawa,  Masao;  Osuka,  Hiroshi; 
and  Kobayashi.  Shoichi.  3.673.279. 
Ogawa.  Shigeyoshi:  See— 

Naito.  Daiji;  and  Ogawa.  Shigeyoshi.  3.673. 1 1  3. 
Ohio  State  University.  The;  See— 
Likins.  Keith  L.  3.672.454. 
Ohkubo.  Kinji;  Noguchi.  Junpei;  and  Ohmura,  Kunioki,  to  Fuji  Photo 
Film  Co.,  Ltd.  Process  of  precipitating  silver  halide  in  the  presence 
of  a  colloid  and  a  water-soluble  iron  salt.  3,672,901,  CI.  96-94.000. 
Ohkubo,  Nobuo:  See- 
Saitoh,    Kohichi;   Ohkubo,   Nobuo;   Sobajima.   Katsunobu;   and 
Hirano.  Takeshi.  3.672.656. 
Ohmura.  Kunioki:  See— 

Ohkubo,     Kinji;     Noguchi,     Junpei:     and     Ohmura,     Kunioki, 
3,672.901. 
Ohnishi,  Shinji:  See- 
Sato,  Kogo;  Kato.  Hiroshi;  and  Ohnishi.  Shinji.  3.672.984. 
Ohntrup.  Frederick  F.;  and  Pecsi.  Louis  E..  to  Eaton  Yale  &  Towne, 
Inc.  Photoelectric  control  for  load  handling  device.  3.672.470.  CI. 
187-1.000. 
Oi.  Kyoko:  See— 

Awazu.  Kenzo;  Matsunaga.  Kazu;  Mute.  Katsutoshi;  Kai,  Junjiro; 
and  Oi.  Kyoko.  3.673.103. 
Ojala.  William  K..  to  Ford  Motor  Company.  System  for  controlling  air 

and  fuel  temperature.  3.672.342.  CI.  123-1 22.00b. 
Oji  Paper  Co.,  Ltd.:  See- 
Sakamoto.    Junzo;    Nozaki.    Tadashi;    Tsuji.    Yoshifumi;    and 
Shimada.  Masaharu.  3,672.561. 
Okada.  Yosuke:  See— 

Fukuyama.  Yasuo;  and  Okada.  Yosuke.  3.673.025. 
O'Keeffe.  Terence  W.;  and  Morris.  Jerome  R..  to  Westinghouse  Elec- 
tric Corporation.  Masked  photocathode  and  method  of  making 
same.  3.672.987.  CI.  117-212.000. 
Okuhara.  Seiichi.  Direction  indicator  for  automobile.  3.673.565,  Q. 

340-82.000. 
Okumura.  Kentaro:  See— 

Yoneda.   Naoto;   Ishihara.   Teruo;   Kobayashi.   Tetsuji;    Kondo. 
Yasuzo;    Okumura.    Kentaro;    Kojima.    Michio;    and    Nose. 
Takashi.  3.673.195. 
Olin  Corporation:  See— 

Sawhill,  Duane  L.,  3,672,827. 


Olivares.  Ismael  A.:  See — 

Gabrielsen.  Rolf  S.;  and  Olivares.  Ismael  A..  3.672,896. 
Olivetti.  Ing.  C.  &  C.  S.p.A.:  See— 
Dalmasso.  Qaudio.  3,673,309. 
O'Loughlin,  Bernard  T.:  See— 

Paramore.  Edwin  L.;  O'Loughlin,  Bernard  T.;  and  Brown.  Thomas 
L.  3.672.173. 
O'Loughlin.  James  J.:  See— 

Vermillion,  Herbert  E.;  and  O'Loughlin.  James  J..  3.672.852. 
Olsen.  Perry  Charles;  and  Tang.  Pak  Chong,  to  RCA  Corporation. 

Video  blanking  and  sound  muting  circuit.  3,673,3 18,  CI.  178-5.80r. 
Olson.  Gaylor  G..  to  TRW  Inc.  Radiant  energy  beam  scanning  method 

and  apparatus.  3.673.412.0.  250-201.000. 
Olteanu.  Bujor:  See — 

Georgescu.    Eugenia;   Gheja.   Ion;   Bugur.   Victor;   Zirna,   Ion; 
Mazare.  Theodora;  Popescu,  Elena-Lygia;  Otteanu.  Bujor;  Mar- 
culescu.  Nicolae;  Filotti,  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul.  Marius-Aurel; 
and  Calin.  Ion.  3.673.109. 
Omark  Air  Controls.  Inc..  mesne:  See — 

Booth,  Dwight  Allan.  3.672.059. 
Omark  Industries.  Inc.:  See — 

Welsh.  Robert  Louis.  3.673.310. 
Omnionics,  Inc.:  See — 

Gioia,  Gaspare  L.;  Switzer,  Norris  H.;  and  Willerton,  John  K., 
3.672.608. 
O.M.P.  Officine  Meccanoplastiche  Di  Precisione  S.R.L.:  See— 

Gazzani.  Renato.  3.672.234. 
O'Neill.  Thomas  J.;  See- 
Van  Der  Sluys.  William;  O'Neill,  Thomas  J.;  and  Szala,  Norman 
M.,  3,672,309. 
Ono,  Mitsuzo:  See — 

Takahashi,  Kenji;  Yamamura,  Toahio;  Ono.  Mitsuzo;  and  Eda. 
Korekiyo.  3.673.125. 
Ono.  Yoshiaki:  See- 
Sato.  Akira;  Ueda.  Hirozo;  and  Ono.  Yoshiaki,  3,672,897. 
Optisonics  Corporation,  mesne:  See — 

Cordon.  Hershel;  and  McAdoo.  Charles  R..  Jr..  3.673.346. 
Orban.  Jean:  See- 
Vital.  Zoltan;  and  Orban,  Jean,  3.673.485. 
Orban.  Nicholas:  See — 

Rocher.  George;  and  Orban.  Nicholas,  3,672,918. 
Organisation  Ralfs  KG:  See- 
Schneider,  Erich.  3.672.487. 
Organon  Inc.:  See— 

De  Jongh.  Hendrik  Paul.  3.673.225. 
Oriani,   Agostino.   to  Industrie   Perelli   S.p.A..  mesne.    Distributing 

clamping  stress  device  for  cable  laying.  3.672.61 3,  CI.  248-62.000. 
Orlando.  Charles  M.;  Wirth.  Joseph  G.;  and  Heath.  Darrell  R..  to 
General    Electric    Company.    2.5-Bis(2-benzazolyl)hydroquinones 
and  their  derivatives.  3.673.202.  CI.  260-304.000. 
Oronzio  de  Nora  Impianti  Elettrochimici  S.p.A.:  See — 

De  Nora.  Vinorio;  and  Loftfield,  Richard  E.,  3.672.973. 
O'Rourke.  John  C;  See— 

Arutunoff.  Armais;  and  O'Rourke.  John  C.  3.672.795. 
Ort,  George  M..  to  Dick.  A.  B..  Company.  Ferrocyanide-chelate  con- 
version solution  for  electrophotographic  offset  masters.  3.672,885, 
CI.  96-1.000. 
Orthotron:  See— 

Girard.  Jean  Rene  Marie.  3.673.462. 
Osinga.  Theo  Jan:  See — 

Linsen.  Bastiaan  Gerardus;  and  Osinga,  Theo  Jan.  3.673.1 15. 
Osoegawa.  Hideru;  and  Kobayashi.  Katuei,  to  Hitachi.  Ltd.  Semicon- 
ductor pellet  fitted  on  a  metal  body.  3.673.478. 0.  3 1 7-234.00r. 
Ospelt,  Gustav;  and  Kunkel.  Wolfgang,  to  Gustav  Ospelt  Hovalwerk 

AG.  HeaUng  vessel.  3.672.337.0.  122-156.000. 
Oster.  Richard  J.:  See— 

Gona.  Donald  J.;  and  Oster.  Richard  J..  3.672.293. 
Ostermayer.  Franz:  sire- 

Denss,    Rolf;    Clauson-Kaas.    Niels;    and    Ostermayer,    Franz, 
3.673.212. 
Osterreichische  Stickstoffwerke  Aktiengesellschaft:  See — 

Schramm.  Geza;  and  Riedl,  Horst.  3.673.175. 
Ostrow.  Barnet  D.:  See- 
Nobel.  Fred  I.;  and  Ostrow,  Barnet  D..  3,672,969. 
Osuka.  Hiroshi:  See— 

Takahashi.  Akira;  Kojima.  Hiroo;  Ogawa,  Masao;  Osuka,  Hiroshi; 
and  Kobayashi.  Shoichi.  3.673.279. 
Otake.  Michio:  See— 

Konishi,  Kozo;  Otake.  Michio;  Maeda.  Tatuo;  and  Maruyama.  Ku- 
niaki,  3,672,941. 
Otis  Elevator  Company:  See— 

Yasuda,  Kentaro.  3.672.214. 
Ottaviano.  John  James.   Alternatively  occupant  propelled  or  motor 

driven  roundabout.  3.672.669. 0.  272-33.00b. 
Otto  Bilz.  Werkzeugfabrik:  See— 

Fauth.  Otto.  3.672.692. 
Otto.  C.  Dr..  &  Comp.  G.m.b.H:  See- 
Pries.  Erich  E.  W..  3.672.5 19. 
Overton.  Harold  L.  Method  and  apparatus  for  forming  a  shale  cake  and 
measuring  the  resistivity  and  density  thereof.  3,672,228,  O.  73- 
432.00r. 
Owens.    Lowell    D..    to    United    Sutes    of   America.    Agriculture. 
Rhizobitoxine  as  a  post-emergent  herbicide.   3.672,862,  O.  71- 
79.000. 


PI  30 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


\ 


Owens-Corning  Fibcrglu  Corporation:  See— 

Benton,  Gusuv  E.;  and  Piaani,  James  M.,  3.672, 148. 
Marzocchi,  Alfred,  3,673,1  SO. 
Pearson,  Lee  E.,  3.673.028. 
Sulepo.Charlet  J..  3.672.857. 
Owent-niuioi«.Inc.:  See— 

Dietz,  Raymond  Louis,  3,673.092. 
Johnson,  William  E.;  and  Schmeisal.  Larry  J..  3.673.460. 
KeUer.  Robert  H..  3,672.860. 
O'Bnen.  Thomas  Edward.  3.673.43 1 . 
Pacak.  Matthew,  to  Eaton  Corporation.  Automatic  loading  device  for 

pulley  splitting  machine.  3.672. 19S.  CI.  72-7 1 .000. 
Pachmayr,  Frank  A.,  to  Mershon  Company.  Reinforced  pistol  grip. 

3.672.084. CI.  42-7 l.OOp. 
Pahl.  JohnG.  Booster  transformer  switch.  3.673.360.  CI.  200-48. OOr. 
Pahlitzsch.  Bruno.  Method  of  and  apparatus  for  manufacturing  articles 

from  blanks  of  sheet  material.  3.672.667.  CI.  271-74.000. 
Palazzolo.  Mario,  to  DiMar  Metal  Fabricators.  Inc.  Device  for  prevent- 
ing unauthorized  removal  of  porUble  equipment.  3.672.190.  CI.  70- 
S8.000. 
Palluel,  Auguste  Louis  Luciene.  to  Imperial  Chemical  Industries. 

Limited.  Coating  compoMtions.  3.673. 137.  CI.  260-19.000. 
Pamlenyi,  George,  to  Carlson,  Chesley  F.,  Company.  Photo  process 

Umer.  3,672.767.0.  355-37.000. 
Panther  Machine  Corporation:  See— 

Grimm.  Harold;  and  Zuckerman.  Ira.  3.672.662. 
Papa,  Anthony  Joseph;  and  Proops.  William  Robert,  to  Union  Carbide 
Corporation.  Non-punking  phenolic  foam.  3.673,1 30, 0.  260-2. 50f. 
Papaioannou,  Christos  George,  to  American  Cyanamid  Company. 
Mixed  anhydrides  of  N-aroyl-l-lower  alkyl-5-nitro-2-imidazolecar- 
boximidic  acid  and  benzoic  acids.  3.673,208.  CI.  260-309.000. 
Paper  Converting  Machine  Company.  Inc.:  See— 

Small.  Rudolph  E.;  Bradley,  John  J.;  Sanders.  Charies  J.;  and 
Slawny.  Howard  J..  3.673.052. 
Paracchini.  Mario:  See— 

Callieri,    Micheic;    Faraci,    Giorgio;    and    Paracchini,    Mario, 
3.672.147. 
Paramore,  Edwin  L.;  O'Loughlin.  Bernard  T.;  and  Brown.  Thomas  L., 
to  Halliburton  Company.  Forming  self-supporting  barriers  in  mine 
passagesandthclike.  3,672.1 73,  CI.  61-36.000. 
Parish,  Hal  G.:S««— 

Moore,   Eugene   R.;   Bussey,   Marlin  C;   and   Parish,   Hal  G., 
3.672.951. 
Parke,  Harry  G.,  to  Galbraith-Pilot  Marine  Corporation.   Loss  of 

synchronism  detector.  3.673.422,  CI.  307-87.000 
Parker,  Eari  E.;  and  Friedlander.  Charles  B.,  to  PPG  Industries.  Inc. 
Foams  formed  by  hardening  emulsions  of  glycol  in  polyester  resin. 
3,673.1 32.  CI.  260-2. 50n. 
Parker.  Harold  F..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Harmonic  suppres- 
sion circuit.  3.673.503.  CI.  328-167.000. 
Parker,  Vernon  D.:  See— 

Sciber.  James  N.;  and  Parker,  Vernon  D..  3.673.190. 
Parkhurst,  George  R.,  to  University  of  California,  The  Regents  of  the. 

Automatic  rock  thinsectioning  machine.  3,672,099.  CI.  5 1-3.000. 
Parlagreco.  Thomas  J.,  to  Lee,  Raymond  Organization,  Inc.,  The.  Hair- 
setting  assist.  3,672,376.  CI.  132-9.000. 
Parscn.  Edward  M.  Cable  gripping  towing  device.  3,672,636,  CI.  254- 

I34.30r. 
Paterson,  Ross:  See— 

Ward,  John;  and  Paterson,  Ross,  3,673,420. 
Patschan,  Wolfgang:  See— 

Kersten,  Kari-Heinz;  and  Patschan,  Wolfgang,  3.673.5 1 5. 
Patterson.  Eldridge  P.:  See- 
Berry,  Robert  E.;  Bissett.  Owen  W.;  Wagner.  Charles  J..  Jr.;  and 
Patterson.  Eldridge  P..  3.672.909. 
Patterson.  N.  Donald:  See— 

Scamato.  Thomas  J.;  and  Patterson,  N.  Donald,  3,672,132. 
Patterson-Kelley  Co.,  Inc.,  The:  See— 

Lowe,  Leonard  F.,  3,672,444. 
Paul  Ferd.  Peddinghaus:  See— 

Jagob.Kari.  3.672.660. 
PauliukonU.  Richard  S.  Metering  valve.  3.672.396,  CI.  137-51 2.000. 
Paull,  Henry,  Jr.  Filter  apparatus  and  method.  3,672,507,  CI.  210- 

77.000. 
Peacock,  Peter  J.:  See— 

Scamato,  Thomas  J.;  Tufts,  Guy  O.;  Peacock,  Peter  J.;  and  Cicci, 
George  B,  3,672,138. 
Peacock.  Peter  J.;  and  Scarnato.  Thomas  J.,  to  International  Harvester 

Company.  Roll  opening  device.  3.672.1 35.CI.  56-14.200. 
Peacock.  Peter  J.;  and  Gordon.  Paul  C.  to  International  Harvester 

Company.  Mower  conditioner.  3.672.1 36.  CI.  56-14.4. 
Pearce.  James  Gordon,  to  Stromberg-Carlson  Corporation.  Reverting 

call  arrangement.  3.673.337.  CI.  179-I7.00d. 
Pearce.  Ronald  A.,  to  Coors  Container  Company,  mesne.  Testing 
device  for  testing  edges  of  cylinders  for  defecu.  3.672.208.  CI.  73- 
49.200. 
Pearl.  David  R.:  See— 

Gerber.  Heinz  Joseph;  and  Peart,  David  R.,  3.672,661 . 
Pearson.  Lee  E.,  to  Owens-Corning  Fiberglas  Corporation.  Glass  fiber 

conuiner  and  method  of  construction.  3.673,028,  CI.  156-172.000. 
Pearson.  Samuel  Reader,  to  Texas  Instrumentt.  Incorporated.  Resetta- 

Me  timing  circuit.  3.673.439,0.  307-293.000. 
Pecsi.  Louis  E.:  See— 

Ohntrup,  Frederick  F.;  and  Pecsi.  Louis  E..  3.672.470. 
Pedigo.  Joel  B.:  See— 


JuNi;27. 1972 


Fr«npton.  Orville  D.;  Pedigo.  Joel  B.;  and  LcchciL  Hans  Z.. 

1.673.251. 
Peerless  Chain  Company:  See — 

Bambenek.  Joseph  B..  3.672.621. 
Penick  ft  Fred  Limited:  See— 

Brouilliard.  Robert  E.;  Coughlin,  Leonard  J.;  and  Winfi)ey,  Vernon 
L.,  3,672,922. 
Penman,  Melvin  C.  Fish  cleaning  and  filleting  device.  3,672,002,  C 

1 7-69. 
Pepmeicr.  Cari  R.;  Sincavage,  Joseph  T.;  and  Stoffregen,  Louis  E.,  to 
FMC    Corporation.     Apparatus    for    splicing    sheet    materials. 
3,673,046,0.  156-517.000. 
Perales,  Fernand:  See— 

Gachotjean;  and  Perales,  Fernand.  3.672.260. 
Perkin-Elmer  Corporation.  The:  See— 
Ma)OT.  Harold  W.,  Jr.,  3,673,404. 
Perna,  Aldo:  See— 

Caiella,  Luigi;  Perna.  Aldo;  and  Valboneai.  Giuseppe.  3f.673.340. 
Perrino.  Thomas  W.:  See— 

Macedo.  Frank  A.;  and  Perrino.  Thomas  W..  3.672.584. 
Perry.  Robert  H.;  and  Matty.  Thomas  C.  to  Westinghouse  Electric 
Corporation.  Psuedo-and  gate  having  failsafe  qualities.  3.673.429. 
CI.  307-218.000. 
Pesante.  Manlio,  to  RIV-SKF  Officine  di  Villar  Peroaa  S.p.A.  Speed 

control  device.  3,672.100.0.  51-165.770. 
Peters.  Allen  A.  Apparatus  and  method  for  launching  and  recovering  a 

smaU  boat.  3,67 1 .986,  CI.  9-39.000. 
Peters.  Ignatius  G..  to  United  States  of  America.  Air  Force.  Mixed  field 
radiation   dosimeter   materials   of  amine   salts  of  org^c   acids. 
3.673,107.0.252-408.000. 
Petersen,    Harro.    to    Badische    Anilin-    &    Soda-Fabrik    Aktien- 
gesellschaft.  Production  of  1,3,4-diazaphospholanes.  3,6b3.248.  O. 
260-S43.0pn. 
Peterson.  Charles  L..  to  Uarco  Incorporated.  Burster  with  interrupted 

drive.  3.672.55 1. 0.  225-100.000. 
Peterson,   David  D..  to  General  Electric  Company.   Pafticle  track 

etching  method.  3.673,017,0.  156-7.000.  , 

Peterson.  William  R..  Jr.:  See—  I 

SoUott.  Gilbert  P.;  and  Peterson,  William  R..  Jr..  3.673.pi  5. 
Petit.  Robert  F.;  and  Wesnoskie,  James  F..  to  Teledyne.  Inc.,  mesne. 
Work  table  having  multiposition  extension  board.  3,672,312.  O. 
108-49  000. 
Petrolite  Corporation:  See— 

Mayse.  Weldon  D.;  and  Watson.  Frederick  D.,  3.672.1^7. 
Redmore.  Derek.  3.673.196. 

Watson.  Frederick  D.;  and  Winslow,  Joseph  D.,  Jr.,  3.6|;2,5 1 1 . 
WHey,  Robert  A..  3.673,070. 
Peyer,  Siegfried:  See- 
Schwartz.  Hermann.  3.673,59 1 . 
Pfenniogsberg,  Josef,  to  U.S.  Textile  Machine  Company.  Supply  spin- 
dle for  twisting  machine.  3.672,145,0.  57-60.000. 
Pfister,  Horst:  See— 

Wcissermel.  KUus;  Uebe.  Rudolf;  and  Pfister.  Horst.  3.673.144. 
Pfund,  Adolf:  See— 

Berger,  Leonard;  Fitzpatrick,  William  E.;  McGinley,  James  H.; 
Pfund.  Adolf;  and  Schwaruberg,  Ira  G.,  3,672,1 22. 
Pharo,  Wellington  B.:  See— 

Glendinning,  William  B.;  and  Pharo,  Wellington  B.,  3,672,980. 
Phegley,  Wilbur  H.,  1/2  to  Miller,  Howard  L.  Safety  hitch  device. 

3,672.702,0.  280-457.000. 
Phelon,  R.  E..  Company.  Inc.:  See — 
Magrane.  Robert  T..  3.673.490. 
Philco-Ford  Corporation:  See— 

McDonough.  Robert  M..  3.673.540. 
Phillips.  James  V.  Magnetized  recorder  thread.  3.672.99|l.  CI.  117- 

235.000. 
PhUlips.  Pauls.  Jr.:  See- 
Miller.  Robert  E.;  and  Phillips.  Paul  S.  Jr..  3.672.935. 
Phillips  Petroleum  Company:  See— 

Bridenstine.  Orville  J.;  Shutt.  Melvin  S.;  and  Brookshir^.  Harry  A., 

3.672.530. 
Hill,  Harold  Wayne,  Jr.;  and  Campbell.  Robert  W.,  3,673,247. 
Kinney.  Alfred  W.;  and  WilKams,  James  W..  3.672.536, 
Sucy.  Galen  D.;  and  Rohlfmg.  Raymond  G..  3.672.0701. 
Trcpka.WUIiam  J.  3.673.166.  | 

Phlieger.  Graydon  A..  Jr..  to  United  Sutes  of  America.  National 
Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration.  Pressurized  Ughting  system. 
3.673.424. 0.  307-1 18.000. 
Photodrcuits;  division  of:  See— 

Zeblisky.  Rudolph  J..  3.672.923. 
Photronic  International  Esublishment:  See— 

Vital,  Zolun;  and  Orban.  Jean.  3,673,485. 

Pickett,  Wiley  J.;  and  Smith.  Byniun  E.  to  UtiKty' Industries. 

Inc.  Electrical  junction  for  high-current  conductors  an4  connector 

and  nethod  suitable  for  making  same.  3.673.313.  CL  174-90.000. 

Pickles.  Joseph,  to  Ferro  Manufacturing  Corporation.  Automobile 

door  lock.  3.672.7 1 3. 0.  292-216.000. 
Pico  Safe  Stairs  Co.:  See—  | 

Muliu.  Thomas  C.  3.672.106. 
Pieper,  Don  B.,  to  Whim,  Inc.  Independent  ignition  enginej  3.672.164, 

CI.  60-39.380. 
Pieper,  Kenneth  M.;  and  Gibson,  Thomas  W.,  to  Procter  &  Gamble 
Company,       The.       3-Endo-methyl-3-exo(4'-methylpenunalyl)-2- 


June27,  1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  31 


methylenebicyclo  [2  2. 1  ]  heptane  and  process  for  preparing  same. 
3,673,256, 0.  260.598.000. 
Pierce,  John  H.,  to  Bouligny,  R.  H.,  Inc.  Traverse  cam  and  follower  for 

winders.  3,672,587,0.  242-43.000. 
Pike,  John  W.,  to  Struthers  Scientific  and  International  Corporation. 

Method  of  autoclaving  building  blocks.  3,672.009,  CI.  25- 1 33.000. 
Pilorusso,  Felix.  Teaching  apparatus.  3,672.073. 0.  35-34.000. 
Pinot.Jean:  See— 

Fleury.  Jean;  and  Pinot,  Jean.  3.673.072. 
Piringer,  Fritt.  Method  and  devices  for  the  determination  of  colors  and 
color  tolerances  in  a  visual  manner  in  any  kind  of  artificial  light  or 
sunlight.  3,672,780.0.  356-195.000. 
Pirotta,  Angelo,  to  Racing  Tack  di  Angelo  Pirotta  A.  C.S.a.a.  Harness 

for  attaching  a  horse  to  a  vehicle.  3,672.1 24. 0.  54-38.000. 
Pisani.  James  M.:  See- 
Benson.  Gustav  E.;  and  Pisani.  James  M..  3.672.148. 
Pitney  Bowes-Alpex.  Inc.:  See— 

Berier.  Robert  M..  3.673.416. 
Pitney.  Lennord  L.:  See— 

Travor.  Bruce  W.;  and  Pitney,  Lennord  L.,  3,672,254. 
Planas,  Luis  Vails,  to  Neutra  Cuatro  S.A.  Electronic  high  frequency 

pulse  generator.  3,673,423,0.  307-107.000. 
Plant  Industries,  Inc.:  See-r- 

Roper,   William   H.;   Ron,   Robert   N.;   and   Visnovits,  Gabor. 
3,672,543. 
Plaskett,  Thomas  S.:  See— 

Blakeslee,  A.  Eugene;  Foster,  Luther  M.;  and  Plaskett,  Thomas  S., 
3,673,064. 
PteU.  Rolf:  See- 

Mergcr,  Franz;  Platz.  Rolf;  and  Nebe.  Erich.  3.673.258. 
Platzer.EmileW.  Liquid  cargo  barge.  3.672.319. 0.  Il4-74.00r. 
Plichta.  Michael  J.,  to  McGrawrEdison  Company.  Directional  current 

relay.  3.673.425,0.  307-127.000. 
Plumat,  Emilc;  and  Leiong,  Jose,  to  Glaverbel  S.A.  Method  and  ap- 
paratus for  surface  coating  articles.  3,673,006,  CI.  117-1 06.00r. 
Plumb,   Robert   D.    Archery   bow  string  draw   and   release   device. 

3.672,346,0.  124-35. 
Podebradsky,  Everett  V.,  to  Mayer,  Oscar,  &  Company,  Inc.  Method 
for    the    continuous    manufacture    of    linked    sausage    products. 
3,672,913,0.99-109.000. 
Polaroid  Corporation:  See— 

Eriichman,  Irving,  3,672,276. 

Johnson,  Bruce  K,  3,672,275.  -v. 

Land,  Edwin  H.,  3,672,281. 
Land.  Edwin  H,  3,672,283. 
Land.  Edwin  H,  3,672,890. 

Young,  Richard  W.;  and  Malin,  Murray  E.,  3,672,752. 
Polichette,  Joseph:  See— 

Schneble,  Frederick  W.,  Jr.;  McCormack,  John  F.;  ZeMisky,  Ru- 
dolph   J.;    Williamson,   John    Duff;    and    Polichette,   Joseph, 
3,672,986. 
Polylok  Corporation:  See- 
Simpson,  Elsworth  C,  3.672^  87. 
PolysiusG.m.b.H.:  See— 

Janich.  Hans  Jurgen.  3.672.502. 
Pompey,  Walter,  to  W-L  Molding  Company.  Roller  and  retainer  for  a 

wire  basket.  3,672,743,  CI.  3 1 2-352.000. 
Popescu,  Elena-Lygia:  See— 

Georgescu,    Eugenia;   Gheja,    Ion;    Bugur,    Victor;   Zirna,   Ion; 
Mazare,  Theodora;  Popescu,  Elena-Lygia;  Olteanu.  Bujor;  Mar- 
culescu,  Nicolae;  Filotti,  Traian-Mircea,  Barbul.  Marius-Aurel; 
andCalin.  Ion.  3,673.109. 
Popov,    Boris    Vasilievich;    Slonim,    Alexandr    Zosimovich;    Sonin, 
Anatoly    Leonidovich;    Zhukov,    Gennady    Konsuntinovich;    and 
Zhokhova,  Olga  Samuilovna.  Straightening  machine  for  pipe-like  ar- 
ticles. 3,672,197,0.  72-79.000. 
Porepp,  Bernd.  Apparatus  for  forming  a  plastic  article.  3.672,805.  O. 

425-391.000. 
Porter.  H.  K..  Company,  Inc.:  See— 

Weston.  Donald  E.;  and  Kupetis.  Raymond  F..  3.673.426. 
Pospisil.  Frantisek:  See— 

Didek.     Stanislav;     Svec.     Zdenek;     and     Pospisil.     Frantisek, 
3.672.144. 
Fossick.  Saul.  Abdominal  muscle  exercise  device.  3.672.356.  CI.  128- 

57.000. 
Poet.  Bradford:  See— 

Voorhis.  Harold  W.;  and  Poet.  Bradford.  3.672.560. 
Potrafke.  Werner.  Device  for  self-service  stores.  3.672.469.  CI.  186- 

1.00a. 
Poulin.  Valmor  R..  Jr.:  See— 

Gidge.  Lester;  and  Poulin.  Valmor  R..  Jr..  3.673,048. 
PPG  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 

Lttscher,    Paul.;    Hudson,    Ben    A.;    and    Childers,    Billie    W., 

3,672,947. 
Miller,  Richard  G.,  3,672,939. 

Parker,  Earl  E.;and  Friedlander,  Charies  B.,  3,673,132. 
Prahl,  Walter  H.;  and  Lederman,  Sol  J.,  to  Hooker  Chemical  Corpora- 
tion.  Crystallization  of  diphenyloi  alkanes.   3,673,262.  CI.   260- 
619.00a. 
Pratt,  Harold  J..  Jr.:  See- 
Grace.  Martin  I.;  and  Pratt.  Harold  J..  Jr..  3.673.5 1 0. 
Prazak,  Gerald:  See— 

Falkehag,  Sun  I.;  Moorer.  Howard  H.;  Prazak.  Gerald;  and  Bailey. 
Carl  W.,  III.  3.672.8 1 7. 


Preese.  Pat  S.:  See- 
Barren.  Robert  W.;  and  Preese.  Pat  S..  3.673.589. 
Preacott.  Robert  S..  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Two  channel  read  arapUficr. 

3.673.507.0.  330-30.00r. 
Preutser.  Gerhard;  Schulze.  Martin;  and  Richter.  Klaus,  to  Koppen. 
Heinrich.   Gesellachaft    mit    beschrankter   Haftung.    Process   for 
separating  saturated  hydrocarbons  and  olefins.  3,673,081.  O.  208- 
313.000. 
Preway  Inc.:  See — 

Derringer.  Ray.  3.672.349. 
Prewett,  Hubert  P.,  Jr.;  and  Thompson,  Charies  H.,  to  United  Sutes  of 
America,  Atomic  Energy  Commission.  Automatic  spindle  growth 
compensation  system.  3,672,246,0.  82-2.00b. 
Price,  Franklin  Carr.  Tuyere  assembly.  3,672,648, 0.  263-2 1  OOa. 
Price,  John  A.;  and  Stewart,  Mary  J.,  to  FMC  Corporation.  Zinc  and 
manganese  gentisate  as  polyester  catalysts  and  molecular  weight 
enhancer.  3,673,157,0.  260-75.00r. 
Pries,  Erich  E.  W.,  to  Otto,  C,  Dr.,  &.  Comp.  G.m.b.H.  Charging  car 

for  coke  ovens.  3,672.519,0.  214-35.00r. 
Prijn.  Comelis:  and  Benedetti,  Franco,  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation. 
Electric  lamp  comprising  a  lamp  base  of  a  synthetic  material 
3.673.453,01313-318.000. 
Primak,  William  L.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Atomic  Energy  Com- 
mission. Automatic  photoelastimeter.  3,672,772,0.  356-33.000. 
Pritchard,  John  P..  Jr.;  and  Schroen,  Walur  H.,  to  Texas  Instruments, 
Incorporated.     Process    for    preparation    of    tunneUng    barrien. 
3,673,071,0.204-192.000. 
Procter  St  Gamble  Company.  The:  See- 
Edwards.  James  B.  3.673.1 10. 
Fanu.  Wayne  I.;  and  Erman.  William  F..  3.673.263. 
Fanta.  Wayne  I.;  and  Erman,  William  F.,  3,673,266. 
Harris.  Ronald  D.;  and  Lcvine.  Leon.  3.673.228. 
Kretschmar.  Herbert  C;  and  Erman,  William  F.,  3,673,261. 
Pieper.  Kenneth  M.;  and  Gibson,  Thomas  W.,  3.673.256. 
Procter.  Robert  F.:  See- 
Storey.  William  T..  II;  Procter.  Robert  F.;  Snyder,  Charies  H.  A.; 
Jacob,  George  M.;  and  Mooney,  Raymond  T..  3.672,046. 
Production  Experts,  Inc.:  See- 
Noll,  Sunley  Darwin;  and  Delfeld,  William  F.,  3.672.030. 
Production  Research,  Inc.,  mesne:  See — 

Kujawa.  Anthony,  Jr..  3.672.29 1 . 
Produits  Chimiques  Pechiney  Saint  Gobain:  See— 

Ledoux,  Oaude;  and  de  Vries,  Albert,  3,673,167. 
Profet,  Anthony  G.,  to  Duff-Norton  Company,  Inc.  Ratchet  lever  drum 

puller  3,672,637,0.  254-167.000. 
Prola,  Victor  J.  Game  device.  3,672,071,0.  35-9.00b. 
Proops,  William  Robert:  See- 
Papa,  Anthony  Joseph;  and  Proops,  William  Robert,  3,673,1 30. 
Propper  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.:  See — 

Speelman,  Irving  A.,  3,672,745. 
Prosser.  David  G.,  to  Autotrol  Corporation.  Mechanical  reciprocator. 

3,672,236,0.74-32.000. 
Proulx,  Romeo  T.,  to  Wright,  Barry,  Corporation.  Support  for  rotary 

filing  system.  3,672,740,0.  312-202.000. 
Puffr.  Rudolf:  See— 

Sebenda,  Jan;  and  Puffr,  Rudolf,  3,673,161. 
Pullman  Incorporated:  See- 
Van  Der  Sluys,  William;  O'Neill,  Thomas  J.;  and  Szala,  Norman 
M.,  3,672,309. 
Purex  Corporation:  See— 

SchiUer.  Teddy  M..  3.672.193. 
Puskas,  William  L.:  See- 
Smith.  Emile  G.;  and  Puskas.  William  L..  3.673.432. 
Putt.  Fraiu:  See— 

Thielen,  Heinz;  Grundmann.  Harald;  and  Putz,  Franz,  3,673,563. 
Puyo.  Andre:  See — 

Habib.  Pierre;  and  Puyo.  Andre.  3,672,658. 
Pyramid,  Inc.:  See- 
Smith,  Thomas  R.,  3,672,004. 
Quartermus,  George  D.:  See- 
Thompson,   Donald   F.;   Quartermus.  George   D.;  and  Quinn. 
Thomas  M..  3.672.944. 
Quinn.  Thomas  M.:  See — 

Thompson.   Donald   F.;  Quartermus.  George   D.;   and  Quinn. 
Thomas  M..  3.672.944. 
R-J-R.  Corporation:  See- 
Moore.  R.  D.  3.672.910. 
Rab.  Joseph,  to  Knit  Tech  Development  Corporation.  Method  and  ap- 
paratus for  forming  a  rib  fabric  having  a  two-ply  section.  3,672.1 86. 
O.  66-25.000. 
Rabcnhorst.  David  W..  to  Johns  Hopkins  University.  The.  Filament 

rotor  structures.  3.672.241,0.  74-572.000. 
Rabinovich,  Mikhail  Yakovlevich:  See— 

Veroman,  Viktor  Jurievich;  Rozanov,  Vladimir  Alexeevich;  and 
Rabinovich,  Mikhail  Yakovlevich,  3,673.372. 
Racing  Tack  di  Angelo  Pirotu  &.  C.S.a.a.:  See— 

Pirotu.  Angelo,  3,672,124. 
RadI,  Heldemar,  to  Agfa-Gevaert  Aktiengesellschaft.  Cinematographic 

apparatus.  3.672.755,0.  352-194.000. 
Radlinsky.  Raymond:  See- 
Burton.  Paul  T.;  Cole.  Walter  E.;  Fraasetto.  Henry  E..  Jr.;  Gibson. 
Robert  G.;  Greenbcrg.  Allan;  Handloff.  Louis  E.;  and  Radlinsky, 
Raymond.  3.673.575. 
Ragazzini,  Mario:  See— 


PI  32 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


Cevidalli,  Guidobaldo;  Raguzini,  Mario;  and  Modena.  Mario, 
3.673.156. 
Ram  Partitions  Limited:  See- 
Brown,  Mortimer,  3,672.424. 
Rambo,  Marvin  L.:  See— 

Waldbillig.  James  O.;  Wiley,  Morris  A.;  Rambo,  Marvin  L.;  and 
Millendorf.  Alfred  J.,  3,673,090. 
Ramey,  0avid  S.,  to  Multicraft,  Incorporated.  Process  for  producing 

decorative  simulated  inlay.  3,672,926.  CI.  1 17-8.000. 
Ramiccio,  Gerald  S.  Air-operated  cutting  device.  3.672,031,  CI.  30- 

123.00r. 
Randmere.  Uno:  See— 

Suntop,  Morris  A.;  and  Randmere,  Uno,  3,673,330. 
Rankin.   Philip   A.   Orthopedic   tension   unit.    3,672,364,   CI.    128- 

134.000. 
Rankins,    Everett    V.    Single    wheel,    self-propelling    attachment. 

3,672.459,  CI.  180-13.000. 
Ranney,  Fredrik  J.:  See— 

Gambale.  James  Richard;  Mclntyre,  Glenn  Hazel,  Jr.;  and  Ranney, 
Fredrik  J,  3.672.825. 
Ransburg  Electro-Coating  Corporation:  5m— 

Spiller,  Lester  L.;  and  Smith.  Stephen  J.,  3,672,927. 
Rapisarda,  Carmelo.  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Gal- 
vanic  detection  of  oxygen   in   a  spinning  cell  steam   chamber. 
3.672.800,  CI.  425-71.000. 
Rasmusscn.  Ole-Bendt.  Method  for  the  production  of  synthetic  sheet 

materiaU.  3,673,291, CI.  264-46.000. 
Rasmusson,  Gary  H.:  See— 

Arth.  Glen  E.;  and  Rasmusson,  Gary  H.,  3.673,180. 
Rathbonc,  Ivanhoe  J.,  to  Remo  Precision  Tools  Limited.  Annular 

shield  for  bearings.  3,672,736,  CI.  308-187.200. 
Rauch,  Francis  Clyde;  and  Nachtigall.  Guenter  Willi,  to  American 
Cyanamid  Company.  Catalytic  hydration  of  nitriles  to  produce 
amides.  3.673.250.  CI.  260-561. OOn. 
Raudsep.  llmar  G.,  to  Honeywell   Inc.   Modulated  carrier  acoustic 

beacon.  3.673.555.  CI.  340-5.00r. 
Rawcliffe,  Gordon  Hindle:  See— 

Broadway,  Alexander  Richard  William;  Fong,  William;  and  Raw- 
cliffe, Gordon  Hindle.  3.673,477. 
Ray,  Donald  L.:  See— 

Young,  Charles  H.;  and  Ray,  Donald  L.,  3.672,238. 
Raygo,  inc.:  S««—  t 

Takata,  Harry  H..  3.672.460. 
RCA  Corporation:  See— 

Athanas,TerTy  George,  3.673.428. 
Avins.  Jack;  and  Craft,  Jack,  3,673,499. 
Carnt.  Peter  Swift;  and  Schiess.  George.  3.673.320. 
s         Clover.  Richmond  Bennett.  Jr..  3.673.582. 
D'Augustine.  Frank  Thomas.  3,672^2. 
Dingwall,  Andrew  G.  F.,  3,673,01 8. 
Feldstein,  Nathan.  3,672.925. 
Freggens,  Robert  Alfred,  3.672,020. 
Harford.  Jack  Rudolph.  3,673,498. 
Kimbrough.  Laurence  B..  3.672,014. 

Levene,  Martin  Lewis;  and  Yamamoto.  Mitsuru.  3.672.763. 
Limberg.  Allen  Le  Roy,  3,673.505. 
Miller,  Arthur,  3,672,746. 

Olsen,  Perry  ChaHes;  and  Tang,  Pak  Chong,  3.673,3 1 8. 
Smith.  Richard  Deming,  3,673,573. 
Reactor  Centrum  Nederland  (Stichting):  See— 

Lagerwey,  Johannes;  Ijlstra,  Hendrik  J.;  and  Andriesse.  George  F. 
J.,  3,672.472. 
Reader.  Arthur  M.;  and  Stackman,  Robert  W.,  to  Celanese  Corpora- 
tion.  Sulfobetaine  glycol   modified  poly( ethylene  terephthalate). 
3.673,1 58.  CI.  260-75. 
Reavis,  Clifford  L..  Jr.,  to  InteHectron  Corporation,  mesne.  Method  of 
making  a  laminated  article  comprising  blood  or  skin  tissue  samples. 
3.673.037,  CI.  156-280.000. 
Red,  David  D.  Structural  column  and  construction.  3.672.71  l.CI.  287- 

I89.36r. 
Redactron  Corporation:  See— 

Wolf,  Edgar,  3.673.527. 
RedematS.A.:5«e— 

Erdmann-Jesnitzer.  Friedrich;  and  Rehfeldt.  Dietrich.  3,673.377. 
Redmore.  Derek,  to  Petrolite  Corporation.  Phosphonates  of  full  aro- 
matic nitrogen  heterocyclics.  3,673.196,  CI.  260-294.900. 
Reed,  Donald  L.  Remote  controlled  football  game  with  pass  play  ap- 
paratus. 3,672.674.  CI.  273-94.00r. 
Reed.  Gaylard  O.  Drive  assembly  for  dual  chuck  veneer  lathes. 

3.672.4 1 6,  CI.  144-209.000. 
Reed.  Sunley  £..  Jr.;  and  Ruby,  Donald  C.  to  FMC  Corporation.  In- 
jection pump.  3.672.794,  CI.  417-382.000. 
Reed.  WiUiam  A.:  See— 

Roblin.  John  M.;  Cole.  Frank  J.;  and  Reed.  William  A..  3,672.327. 
Reede.  Thomas  Pieter.  to  U.S.  Philips  Corporation.  Use  of  a  plurality 
of  scanning  directions  for  character  center  line  determination. 
3,673.566.  CI.  340- 1 46.3ae. 
Reefiman.    William    E.,   to   Bunker-Ramo   Corporation.  The.    Elec- 
tromechanical oscillator.  3.672. 1 52.  CI.  58-23.00V. 
Regan.  John  F..  to  Eaton  Corporation.  Security  card.  3.672.191.  CI. 

70-393.000. 
Regie  National  des  Usines  Renault:  See— 

Broyer.  Robert.  3.672.7 1 8.  -^ 

Fleury,  Jean;  and  Pinot.  Jean.  3.673.072. 


June  27. 1972 


Froumajou,  Armand  P..  3.672,698. 
Reh,  Lothar;  Schmidt,  Werner  Hans;  and  Rosenthal.  Karlheinz,  to 
Metallgescllschaft    Aktiengesellschaft.    Fluidized-bcd   cooler    and 
method  of  cooling  particulate  solid  material.  3,672.069.  CI.  34- 
20.000.  I 

Rehfeldt,  Dietrich:  See—  | 

Erdmann-Jesnitzer.  Friedrich;  and  Rehfeldt.  Dietrich.  3.673,377. 
Reichdt,  Walter;  Ruthardt.  Konrad;  and  Speidel,  Hermann;  deceased 
(by  Speidel,  Rosemarie  Elisabeth,  nee  Rupprecht;  Spcidfl.  Helmuth; 
and  Speidel.  Dieter;  hein),  to  Heraeus,  W.  C,  GmbH.  Low  current 
electrical  contact  comprising  a  layer  of  iron-nickel  alloy  and  a  layer 
of  ruthenium.  3,672,850.  CI.  29-196.000. 
Reid,  lames  S.,  to  Standard  Producu  Company,  The.  Apparatus  and 

method  for  aerating  waste  material.  3,673,082,0.  210-12.000. 
Reidel  &  Co.,  Firma:  Srr—  f 

Senge,  Gerd;  and  Sieburg,  Rolf,  3.672.97 1 .  ' 

Reif,  Robert  B.,  to  North  American  Rockwell  Corporation.  Ink  mist 

suppression  for  a  rotory  printing  press.  3,672.298,  CI.  101-350.000 
Reifenberg,  Gerald  H.;  and  Considine,  William  J.,  to  M  &  T  Chemicals 
Inc.  Method  of  preparing  hexaorganodistannanes.  3,673,230,  O. 
260-429.700.  <} 

Relle,  Zsuzsa,  nee  Somfai:  See— 

Harsanyi.  Kalman.  Takacs.  Kalman;  Relle,  Zsuzsa.  aee  Somfai; 
Milak.  Eva.  nee  Krompecher;  Tardos,  Laszlo;  Korboniu,  Dezso; 
Kiss.  Pal;  and  Gonczy.  Csaba.  3.673.1 88. 
Remaly.  Robert  F.;  and  Abel.  William  A.,  to  Victor  Comptometer  Cor- 
poration.   Method    of    making    propellant    body    having    voids 
throughout  body.  3.673.286.  a.  264-3.00r. 
Reman,   Gerrit    H.;   and   Verkoren.    Henri,   to   Shell   Oil   Company. 
Preparation  of  a  liquid  fuel  for  a  pretsure-type  atomizer.  3.672.853. 
CI.  44-52.000.  1 

Remo  Precision  Toob  Limited:  See— 

Rathbone.  Ivanhoe  J,  3,672.736.  | 

Reni,  Cesare;  Lugo,  Luigi;  and  Gualdi.  Giorgio,  to  Societa*  Italiana 
Resiae  S.p.  A.  Method  of  producing  aromatic  carboxylic  acids  from 
alkylbenzenes.  3.673.244.  CI.  260-524.00r. 
Renth.  Ernst-Otto:  See— 

Schromm.  Kurt;  Mentrup.  Anton;  Zeile.  Kari;  Renth,  Ernst-Otto; 
Engelhardt.  Albrecht;  and  Traunecker.  Werner,  3.673.1 87. 
Republic  Steel  Corporation:  See— 

Roblin.  John  M.;Cole.  Frank  J.;  and  Reed.  William  A.  3,672,327. 
Research,  Incorporated:  See— 

Anderson,  James  R.,  3,672.421. 
Resler,  Edwin  L,  Jr.:  See- 
Harris,  Fred  T.;  and  Resler.  Edwin  L,  Jr.,  3.672,387. 
Retention  Communications  Systems:  See— 

Miles.  John  R..  3.672,747. 
Reuter,  Fred  A.:  See— 

Moorman,  Charies  J.;  and  Reuter.  Fred  A.,  3.673.405. 
Reymaan,  Royal  A..  Jr.:  See— 

Carlson,  Robert  J.;  and  Reymann,  Royal  A.,  Jr.,  3.673,^62. 
Reymore.  Harold  E,  Jr.:  See— 

Hayash.  Edward  F..  Jr.;  Reymore.  Harold  E..  Jr.;  4nd  Sayish 
Adnan  A.  R,  3.673.128.  ^ 

Reynolds  Metals  Company:  See— 
Kibby.  Robert  M..  3.673.075. 
Reynolds.  R.  J..  Tobacco  Company:  See— 
Hester,  Benny  Lee,  3,672,456. 
Heater,  Benny  Lee,  3,672,457. 
Reynolds,  William  S.,  Jr.:  See— 

Smith.  Charles  L.;  and  Reynolds.  William  S.,  Jr.,  3.673, 
Rheinische  Braunkohlenwerke  AG:  See— 

Thielen,  Heinz;  Grundmann.  Harald;  and  Putz.  Franz.  3, 
Rhydderch.  Malvern  John,  to  British  Iron  and  Steel  Research  Associa- 
tion, The.  Spray  refining.  3,672,870,  CI.  75-52.000. 
Ricci  aasor.  to  said  Whitney:  See— 

Munson,  Whitney  K.;  and  Ricci,  John  N..  3.672.635. 
Ricci,  John  N.:S«v— 

Munson,  Whitney  K.;  and  Ricci,  John  N.,  3,672,635. 
Ricco,  Silvio:  Sre— 

Steinberg,  Adalberto;  and  Ricco.  Silvio,  3,672,007. 
Richards-Merrell.  Inc.:  See— 

Albrecht,  William  L.;  Fleming,  Robert  W.;  and  Horgw.  Stephen 
W,  3,673,191. 
Richarcfeon,  Edwin  A.;  and  Ueber,  Russell  C,  to  Shell  Oil  Company. 
Selectively  reducing  the  permeability  of  a  thief  zone  by  electroless 
metal  plating.  3,672,449.  C  1 66-292.000.  1 

Richfield  Oil  Corporation:  See—  I 

Kofahl,  David  C,  3,672,447.  | 

Richins.  Kenneth  A.,  to  Eaton  Corporation,  mesne.  Guide  iQeans  for  a 

traversing  vehicle.  3.672.305.  CI.  l04-23.0f8. 
Richins,  Kenneth  A.,  to  Eaton  Corporation,  mesne.  Vehicle  with  coor- 
dinated guiding  and  supporting  mechanism.  3,672,3071  CI.   104- 
96.000.  I 

Richter.   Gerhard,    to    Siemens    Aktiengesellschaft.    Raiiey    mixed 

catalyst.  3,673.1 16.0.  252-466.00J. 
Richter.  Klaus:  See— 

Preuaser.    Gerhard:     Schulze,     Martin;     and     Richtfr,     Klaus, 
3.673,081. 
Richter.  Ulf,  to  Dynamit  Nobel  Aktiengesellschaft.  Metal  laminated 
material  and  process  for  its  manufacture.  3.672.033.  C\.  29-470. 1 00. 
Ricoh  Co..  Ltd.:  5re— 

Suzuki.    Shigeru;    Sugiu.    Keiji;    and    Nagahara.    Yi 
3,672.762. 


74. 


,673,563. 


sumon. 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  33 


Riddle,  Franklin  D.;  and  Willis,  John  T.,  to  Southern  Machinery  Com- 
pany. Fishing  pole  supportt.  3.672,513,0.  21  l-60.00r. 
Riddle,  Lavis  Albert  Henry;  and  Craig,  Thomas,  to  British  Hovercraft 
Corporation  Limited.  Flexible  skirt  assemblies  for  air  cushion  vehi- 
cles. 3.672,461,0.  180-127.000. 
Riebs,   Richard   E.,  to   McGraw-Edison  Company.    Apparatus  and 
method  for  measuring  electrical  energy  consumption.  3,673,495. 0. 
324-142.000. 
Ried.  John  D..  to  Hamilton  Company.  Chromatograph  inlet  with  rotat- 
ing septum.  3.672,226.0.  73-422.0gc. 
Riedel,  Wolfgang,  to  Silma  S.p.A.  FilmjtM«ading  mechanism  for  use  in 

motion  picture  projectors  or  the  like.  3,672,754. 0.  352- 1 58.000. 
Ricdl,  Hont:  See— 

Schramm.  Geza;  and  Riedl,  Horst,  3,673,175. 
Riese,  Hans-Walter;  and  Friedrich,  Gerhard,  to  Fichtel  &  Sachs  AG. 
Hydraulically  operated  wet-type  friction  clutch.  3.672.478.  O.  192- 
86.000. 
Riff.  James  A.,  to  Motorola.  Inc.  Alternator  and  regulator  control 

system.  3.673.489.  CI.  322-28.000. 
Riff,  James  A.,  to  Motorola.  Inc.  Voltage  regulator  indicating  circuit 
for    undervoltage.    normal    voltage    and    overvoltage    conditions. 
3.673.588.  CI.  340-248.00a. 
Riloga-Werk  Julius  Schmidt:  See— 

Schulze-Robbecke.  Hans;  and  Tiedtke,  Alfred.  3,672.425. 
Ringwall,  Carl  G.:  See— 

Shinn,  Jeffrey  N;  and  Ringwall,  Carl  G..  3.672.23 1 . 
Ringwall,  Cari  G.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Fluidic  axis  position 

sensor  for  rotating  mass.  3,672.235.  CI.  74-5.600. 
Ringwall,  Carl  G.;  and  Shah.  Rasik  P.,  to  General  Electric  Company. 
Sensor  and  control  system  for  controlling  gas  partial  pressure. 
3.672.388,0.  137-88.000. 
Rinkler,   Heinrich;  Braden,  Rudolf;  and   Nischk,  Gunther,  to  Far- 
benfabriken    Bayer    Aktiengesellschaft.    Sulfonic    acid    betaines. 
3,673.242.0.  260-507.00r. 
Rinse.  Jacobus.  Metal  oxide  acylates  and  their  preparation.  3,673.229. 

CI.  260-429  OOr 
Riordan,  Vincent  P..  to  MicroHbers,  Inc.  Rocked  open  looped  pile 

fabric  and  method  of  making  same.  3,672,929, 0.  1 1 7-25.000. 
Ritter,  George  F.,  Jr.;  and  Hymore.  Frank  J.,  to  Libbey-Owens-Ford 
Company.  Apparatus  for  tempering  flat  sheets  or  plates  of  glass. 
3.672,861,0.65-350.000 
Ritzerfeld,     Gerhard.     Punched     tape     controlled     card     puncher. 

3,672,565,0.234-36.000. 
RIV-SKF  Officine  di  Villar  Perosa  S.p.A.:  See— 

Pesante,  Manlio,  3,672,100. 
Rizzo,     Bartolo,     to     Hasbro-Industries,     Inc.     Dart    construction. 

3,672,678,0.  273-l06.50r. 
Roach,  Peter  Francis;  and  Davidson,  Daniel  Frascr.  to  United  Kingdom 
Atomic  Energy  Authority.  Liquid  metal  monitors.  3,672,209,  CI.  73- 
61.01m. 
Robbeloth,  Edward  T.:  See- 
Hale,  Everett  W.;  Hawkinson,  Paul  H.;  and  Robbeloth,  Edward  T.. 
3.672,653. 
Roberts,  Thomas  C:  See- 
Kennedy.  Frank;  and  Roberts.  Thomas  C.  3,672.486. 
Robertshaw  Controls  Company:  See- 
Rosenberg.  David  M.;  and  Manccke.  Siegfried  E..  3.673.535. 
Scott,  Douglas  R.,  3,672,400. 
Scott,  Douglas  R.  3.672.792. 
Robertson,  David  D..  to  Surface  Technology.  Inc.  Process  for  bonding 

magnetic  heads.  3,672.045.0.  29-603.000. 
Robinder.  Ronald  C;  Rowe.  William  A.;  and  Schwartz.  James  W.,  to 
Zenith  Radio  Corporation.  Process  of  manufacturing  screens  for 
shadow-mask  tubes.  3,672,893.0.96-36.100. 
Robins.   Ray   Mervyn,  to  AMP  Incorporated.   Method  of  applying 

sleeves  to  electrical  connectors.  3,673.299,  CI.  264-1 59.000. 
Robinson,  Peter  John:  See — 

Allum,  Keith  George;  and  Robinson.  Peter  John,  3,673.1 14. 
Roblin,  John  M.;  Cole,  Frank  J.;  and  Reed.  William  A.,  to  Republic 
Steel  Corporation.  Vaporization  of  metal  for  vacuum  metalizing. 
3.672.327.  CI.  118-48.000. 
Rocchi,  Aldo.  to  Montecatini  Edison  S.p.A.  Liquid  dielectric  composi- 
tion of  alkyl  benzene  and  an  antioxidation  stabilizer.  3.673,093,  O. 
252-63.700. 
Rocher,  George;  and  Orban.  Nicholas,  to  Metallurgical  Exoproducts 

Corporation.  Hot  tops.  3,672.918,0.  106-38.220. 
Rockwell,  Adelbert  W.,  Jr..  to  USM  Corporation.  Automatic  actuating 

mechanism.  3.672.3 15.  CI.  1 12-219.000. 
Roeder.  Robert  J.,  to  Kimberly-Clark  Corporation.  Sanitary  napkin 
with    improved    adhesive    fastening    means.    3,672,371.   CI.    128- 
290.00r. 
Rogers,  John  M.:  See— 

Neth,  Richard  M.;  Rogers,  John  M.;  and  Gallagher.  James  J., 
3,672,011. 
Rogers,  Louis  J.:  See- 
Freeman,  Donald  C,  Jr.;  and  Rogers,  Louis  J.,  3,672,841 . 
Rogers.  Patrick  F.;  and  Hendrickson.  Warren  L..  to  Lockheed  Aircraft 
Corporation.   Special   purpose   firearms  projectile.    3.672.304.  O. 
102-92.300. 
Rohlfing,  Raymond  G.:  See- 
Stacy,  Galen  D.;  and  Rohlfing,  Raymond  G.,  3.672.070. 
Rohm  &  Haas  Company:  See— 

Minton.  Robert  G.;  and  Melamed,  Sidney,  3,673,280. 
Rolte-Royce  Limited:  See— 


Ellinger,  John  Henry,  3.672.788. 
Whitney,  Ian,  3,673.035. 
Witherspoon,  Harry,  3.672.032. 
Roper.  William  H.;  Ross.  Robert  N.;  and  Visnovits.  Gabor.  to  Plant  In- 
dustries, Inc.  Flowable  substances  dispenser.  3,672,543,  O.  222- 
183.000. 
Rote,  Duane  L.:  See— 

Santirocco.  Louis  J.;  Rose,  Duane  L.;  and  Scofield.  John  W., 
3,672,664. 
Roseby.  Bernard:  See- 
White,  Jessie  N.;  and  Roseby.  Bernard,  3.672,790. 
Rosen,  Karl  Isac  Joe.  Thread  storage  and  delivery  device  for  textile 

machines.  3,672,590,0.  242-47.120. 
Rosenberg,  David  M.;  and  Manecke,  Siegfried  E.,  to  Robertahaw  Con- 
trols Company.  Electrical  switch  having  a  snap  blade  means  and 
method  of  calibrating  the  same  or  the  like.  3.673.535.  G.  337- 
347.000. 
Rosenblum,  Eari  S.,  to  United  Sutes  of  America,  Army,  mesne.  Con- 
trast photometer.  3,672.781.0.  356-201.000. 
Rosenkranz,  Wilhelm:  See— 

Schulte,  Friedrich  Wilhelm;  Diels,  Manfred;  and  Rosenkranz,  Wil- 
helm,  3,672,021. 
Rosenthal,  Kariheinz:  See— 

Reh.  Lothar;  Schmidt,  Werner  Hans;  and  Rosenthal,  Karlheinz. 
3,672,069. 
Rosenwald,  Robert  H.:  See- 
Urban,  Peter;  and  Rosenwald,  Robert  H..  3.672,835. 
Rosenwald,  Robert  H.;  and  Gaydasch,  Alexander,  to  Universal  Oil 

Products  Company.  Middle  distillate.  3,672.854, 0.  44-66.000. 
Roser,  Kenneth  F.  Sight  glass  for  the  inside  inspection  of  pipes  and 

cleaning  of  same.  3,672,749.0.  350-319.000. 
Rosin.  Jacob;  and  Ang.  Frank  S..  to  Chrw-Craft  Industries,  Inc.  Produc- 
tion of  aromatic  sulfones.  3.673,259,  CI.  260-607. 
Ross,  Dan  C,  to  U.S.  Dynamics  Inc.  Fiche  camera  with  selective  frame 

skip  mechanism.  3,672.769.0.  355-40.000. 
Ross.  James  W.:  See— 

Frant.  Martin  S.;  and  Ross,  James  W.,  3,672.962. 
Ross,  Robert  N.:  See- 
Roper,   William   H.;   Ross.  Robert   N.;  and  Visnovits,  Gabor. 
3.672,543. 
Ross,  William  C.  Process  of  producing  reinforced  laminate.  3.673,023. 

CI.  156-137.000. 
Rosse.   Thomas   A.;   and   Blackmer.   David   E..   to   Instrumentation 
Laboratory,  Inc.   Fluid   analyzing  apparatus.   3.672.843.  CI.   23- 
2  5  3. OOr. 
Rosslein,  Helmuth:  See— 

Krusche.  Alfred;  and  Rosslein.  Helmuth.  3,672,161. 
Rous.  Pierre.  Pallet  storage  sectional  frame  structures.  3.672.515,  O. 

211-176.000. 
Rousseau,  Claude,  to  C.I.T.-Compagnie  Industrielle  des  Telecommuni- 
cations. Switching  device  for  a  double  operation  telegraphy  sub- 
scriber. 3.673,316,0.  178-2.00r. 
Rowe,  William  A.:  See— 

Robinder,  Ronald  C;  Rowe,  William  A.;  and  Schwaru,  James  W., 
3,672,893. 
Rowley.  Douglas  W.;  and  Campbell,  John  A.,  to  Donaldson  Company. 

Inc.  Muffler  for  internal  combustion  engine.  3,672,464, 0.  1 81-44. 
Royster,  Larry  H.,  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Control  apparatus.  3,673,441, 0. 

310-8.600. 
Roza,  Abraham  Gerrit  Alexander,  to  Shell  Oil  Company.  Process  for 
producing  electrode   binder   pitch   and   carbon   black   feedstock. 
3,673,077,0.208-76.000. 
Rozanov,  Vladimir  Alexeevich:  See— 

Veroman,  Viktor  Jurievich;  Rozanov,  Vladimir  Alexeevich;  and 
Rabinovich,  Mikhail  Yakovlevich,  3,673,372. 
Rubens,  Louis  C,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company,  The.   Process  for 
preparing  non-porous  polymers  from  vinyl  monomers.  3,673,131, 
O.  260-2.50r. 
Rubenstein,  Nathan.  Centering  fixture.  3,672,856,0.  51-237.000. 
Rubin,  Herbert,  to  New  York  Toy  Corporation.  Ball  rebound  device. 

3,672,672,0.  273-26.00a. 
Rubio,  Manuel  Jesus,  to  Barrera,  Roberto  Gonzalez.  Tortilla  and 
process  using  water  soluble  edible  borate  or  aluminate.  3,672,912, 
CI.  99-80.000. 
Ruby,  Donald  C:  See- 
Reed,  Stanley  E,  Jr.;  and  Ruby,  Donald  C.  3.672.794. 
Ruetschi.  Paul,  to  Leclanche  S.A.  Antimagnetic  alkaline  miniature  gal- 
vanic cell.  3.673,000.0.  136-107.000. 
Ruble,  Emil  T.  Foam  dispensing  head.  3,672,546, 0.  222-402. 1 20. 
Ruiz,  Jose  Antonio.  Hinges  that  uke  to  pieces.  3,671,998,  Q.  16- 

176.000. 
Rundle.  David  F..  to  Bunker-Ramo  Corporation,  The.  Miniature  con- 
nector construction-adjustable,  or  floating.  3,673,545,0.  339-64. 
Rupp,  Hans-Dieter;  See- 
Meyer,  Gerhard;  Magertein,  Helmut;  and  Rupp,  Hans-Dieter. 
3,673.246. 
Rush.  Harold  F.,  to  Garren  Corporation,  mesne.  Pipe  jack.  3.672.705. 

CI.  285-39.000. 
Russell,  Charles  R.:  See- 
Buchanan,  Russell  A.;  and  Russell,  Charles  R.,  3,673,1 36. 
Russell,  William  G.,  to  Electrohome  Limited.  Signal  Translating  net- 
works and  control  circuits  for  the  tuners  of  signal  receivers. 
3.673.523. 0.  334-15.000. 
Russo.  Baldassare.  Jr.:  See — 

Russo.  Carmela  Mary;  and  Russo.  Baldassare.  Jr..  3.672.707. 


PI  34 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  27, 1972 


Ruuo    Cinnela  M«ry;  and  Rumo,  BaldJMwe.  Jr.  Expwttion  joint. 

3.672.707.  CI.  285-229.000. 
RuiumI,  Sunicy  C . :  See— 

Blixrud.  John  O.;  Kniuc  Wayne  I.;  Rutud,  Stanley  C;  and 
Tiuchiya.Takuzo.  3.672.294. 
Ruthardt.  Konrad:  5«r—  .    ^     u  •     u 

Rckhclt.   Walter;   Ruthardt,   Konrad;   and   Spcidel.   Hennann. 
3.672.850. 
Ruti  Machinery  Works.  Ltd.;  formerly.  See— 

StrauM.  Edgar  H,  3.672.404. 
Rutz.  Hansrudolf;  and  SchmoUinger.  Tatailo.  to  AkticngeaelUchaft 
Brown.  Boveri  &  Cie.  Du«t  teal  for  electric  moton.  3.673.445,  CI. 
310-88.000. 
Ryan,  Frederick  M.:  5«e— 

Lchmann.  WiUi;  and  Ryan,  Frederick  M..  3,673,102. 
Rygelis.  Joseph;  Sweet.  Ervin  J.;  and  Doyle,  Brian  W..  to  Avco  Cor- 
poration. Combustion  chamber  awembly  for  a  gas  turbine  engine. 
3.672. 162.C1.  60-39.320. 
Rynbrandt,  Ronald  H..  to  Upjohn  Company.  The.  Exo-dibicydoalkane 

carboiamidcs.  3.673.197.  CI.  260-29S.0am. 
Sabatelli,  PhiUp  M.;  and  Brunp.  Charles  A.,  to  Chemed  Corporauon. 

Detergent  composition  and  process.  3.673,098.0.  252-156.000. 
Sack.  Werner,  to  Jenaer  Glaswerk  Schott  &  Gen.  Sealing  glaM  having 

high  abMrption  of  infrared  radiation.  3.672.919.  CI.  106-52.000. 
Sackinger.  WUIiam  M.;  and  Simms.  Robert  A.,  to  Coming  Class 

Works.  High  gain  storage  target.  3,673,457,  CI.  315-12.000. 
Sacks.  Alvin  H.  Device  for  evacuating  containers.  3,672,1 14,  CI.  53- 

88.000. 
Safety  Devices,  Inc.:  See- 
Beck,  Jacob  C,  3,672,466. 
Sagane.  Norio;  Kuwazuru,  bsci;  and  Katcsu,  Isao,  to  Sckisui  Kagaku 
Kogyo   Kabushiki   Kaisha.   Synthetic   resin   mulucellular   product 
whose  main  component  is  acrylonitrile  and  procen  for  preparation 
thereof.  3.673.1 29. CI.  260-2.50t. 
Sagmuller.  Joseph  R.;  and  Hunter,  Richard  I.,  to  Battelle  Development 

Corporation.  The.  Slip  casting.  3,672.882.  CI.  75-2 1 1  OOO. 
Saint-Gobain  Techniques  Nouvelles:  See— 

Cherel.GuyH,  3,672.247. 
Saito,  Kazo:  See— 

Kida.  Nobutoshi;  and  Saito.  Kazo.  3.672.38 1 . 
Saito.   Nobuo;   and   Namiki.   Kyoji,   to   Kabushiki   Kaisha  Tsuchiya 

Seisakusho.  Fuel  filter.  3.672.510.  CI.  2I0-438.000. 
Saito.  Takashi:  See— 

Inouc.  Eiichi;  Yamaji,  Keizo;  Tanaka.  Hiroshi;  and  Saito.  Takashi, 
3.673,595. 
Saitoh.  Kohichi;  Ohkubo.  Nobuo;  Sobajima,  Kattunobu;  and  Hirano, 
Takeshi,  to  Nissan  Motor  Company.  Limited  and  Nippon  Hatsup 
Company.  Limited.   Multi-leaf  spring  for  automotive  suspension. 
3.672.656.  CI.  267-47. 
Sakamoto.  Junzo;  Nozaki.  Tadashi;  Tsuji.  Yoshifumi;  and  Shimada. 
Masaharu.  to  Oji  Paper  Co.,  Ltd..  Daido  Yoshiten  Ltd.  and  Taiyo 
Kogyo  Company  Limited.  Dispensing  container.  3,672,561.  CI.  229- 
5l.00d. 
Sakamoto.  Yuzaburo;  and  Toyooka.  Morio.  to  Hitachi.  Ltd.  Method 
for  bonding  a  conductive  wire  to  a  metal  electrode.  3.672.047,  CI. 
29-628.000. 
Sakumolo.  Hideki:  See— 

Taniguchi.  Hiroshi;  Nakamura.  Takahiro;  and  Sakumoto.  Hideki, 
3.673.414. 
Salloum.  Charles  R.  Rotary  vehicle  parking  system  with  ramp  and 

turntable  arrangement.  3.672,517,  CI.  214-16.10a. 
Salmon.  Leonard  M.  Rotary  pump  and  power  transmission  system. 

3.672.1 68.  CI.  60-53.00r 
Salopian  Industries  Metals  Limited:  See- 
Walters.  Anthony  George,  3.672.485. 
Salzer,  Erwin.  to  Chase-Shawmut  Company.  The.  Electric  low-volUge 

fuse  having  terminal  bars.  3.673.533.  CI.  337-161.000. 
Sampson.  Robert  W.:  See— 

Fenske.  Ellsworth  R.;  and  Sampson.  Robert  W..  3.672.840. 
Sanders,  Charles  J.:  See- 
Small.  Rudolph  E.;  Bradley.  John  J.;  Sanders.  Charles  J.;  and 
Slawny.  Howard  J.  3.673.052. 
Sanders.  Dickerson  H.  Method  and  apparatus  for  gathering  and  confin- 
ing live  poultry.  3.672.335. CI.  1 19-82.000. 
Sandoz  Ltd.:  See— 

Hrach.  Joseph,  3.673,139. 
Sandviken  Jernverks  Aktiebolag:  See— 

Carlen,  Jan-Christer  Henric  Ovcsson;  and  Bergqvist,  Claes  Bertil, 
3.672.877. 
Santirocco.  Louis  J.;  Rose,  Duane  L.;  and  Scofield,  John  W.,  to  United 
States  of  America.  Commerce,  mesne.  Reversible,  bypassable  aper- 
ture card  reader.  3.672.664.  CL  271-3.000. 
Santry.  George  J.;  and  Wecenske.  Harold  R..  to  Corning  Glass  Works. 
Gripping  and  sealing  system  for  slab  facing  materials.  3.672,107.  O. 
52-235.000. 
Sargent-Welch  Scientific  Company:  See— 

Trcka.  Ronald;  and  Sherrick,  Paul  H.,  3.672.838. 
Sasaki.  Tadajiro.  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Sasakiseisakusho.  Process  and 
apparatus  for  automatic  cutting  and  piling  of  knitted  fabrics. 
3.672.249.  CI.  83-80.000. 
Sato.  Akira;  Ueda,  Hirozo;  and  Ono,  Yoshiaki,  to  Fuji  Photo  Film  Co., 
Ltd.    Silver    halide    color   photographic    light   sensitive    material. 
3,672,897,  CL  96-74.000. 
Sato,  Kazuo:  See— 

Toyonaga,  Ryuya;  and  Sato,  Kazuo,  3,672,989. 


Sato.  Koflo;  Kato.  Hiroahi;  and  Ohniahi.  Shinji.  to  Hitachi,  Lt4.  Method 
of  forming  the  electrode  of  a  semiconductor  device.  3,672,984.  Q. 
117-212.000. 
Sato.  MaMmichi:  See—  ' 

Matsumoto.  Seiji;  Tamai  Yaauo;  Takimoto.  Maaaaki;  uid  Sato. 
Masamichi.  3.672.887. 
Sato.  MMamichi;  and  Takahashi.  laoii.  to  Fuji  Photo  Film  Co..  Ltd.  Ap- 
paratus for  developing  a  latent  electroautic  image.  3,672.330.  Cl. 
118-637.000. 
Sato.  Tsuiomu:  See— 

Katauyama,  Shigeo;  Asami,  Atsumi;  Watanabc,  MaaaMde;  Sato, 
Tautomu;  Nonmattu,  Toshiaki;  and  Nakajima,  Eizo,  3,672.8 1 9. 
Sato.  Yoahio.  to  Kabushiki  Kaisha  Ideal.  Automatically  openable  and 

closable  umbrella.  3.672.382.0.  135-24.000. 
Saunders.  Frank  L.;  and  Sheett.  David  P..  to  Dow  Chemical  Company. 
The.  Preparation  of  stable  latexes  from  ethylenically  unsaturated 
polymcrizaMe  water  isoluble  polymer  of  an  ethylenically  insoluble 
compound  3.673,142.0.  260-29.6rw.  \ 

Savageau.  Robert  George:  See— 

Ackrrman.  Joseph  Francis;  Weisfeld.  Joseph;  Savageau,  Robert 
George;  and  Beerti,  George.  3.673.140. 
Saveth.  Ivan  H..  to  Thermoformed  Plastics  Corporation.  Cover  for 

spool.  3.672,598,  C\.  242- 1 1 8.200. 
Sawhill.  Duane  L..  to  Olin  Corporation.  Sodium  phosphate  recovery 

process.  3.672.827. 0.  23-107.000. 
Sawyer.  Roy  D.;  and  Tinsley.  John  D..  to  Nalco  Chemical  Company. 

Sewage  treatment.  3.673.083. 0.210-1 8.000. 
Sayigh.  Adnan  A.  R.:  See— 

Hayuh.  Edward  F..  Jr.;  Reymore.  Harold  E..  Jr.;  a*d  Sayigh. 
Adnan  A.  R.  3.673.1 28. 
Sayles.  James  Norman  Drain  plug.  3.67 1 .982. 0.  4-295.0001 
Sayre.  Jack  L..  to  United  States  of  America,  Navy.  Claw  arms  with 

swivel  plate.  3,672,717.0.  294-104.000. 
Scarbrowgh.  Don  R.;  and  Vilagi.  Burton  J.,  to  Nordaon  Corporation. 

Sequence  control  of  color  change.  3.672.570. 0.  239-70.<)00. 
Scamato.  Thomas  J.:  See- 
Peacock.  Peter  J.;  and  Scamato.  Thomas  J..  3.672.1 35. 
Scarnato.  Thomas  J,;  and  Patterson.  N.  Donald,  to  Intemational  Har- 
vester Company.  Push  over  bar.  3.672. 1 32.  CI.  56- 1 .000. 
Scamato.  Thomas  J.;  Tufts.  Guy  O.;  Peacock.  Peter  J.;  »nd  Cicci. 
George  B.,  to  International  Harvester  Company.  Forage  harvester. 
3.672,138.0.56-158.000 
Schadow.  Rudolf.  Slide  key  switch  with  improved  plunger  actuating 

mechanism  with  lost  motion  coupling.  3,673,365.0.  200-16. OOr. 
Schadt,  Karl-Heinz:  See— 

Scbeibel.  Josef;  and  Schadt.  Karl-Heinz.  3.672.268. 
Schaedler,  Alvin  C.  Fork  lift  apparatus  3.672.525.0.  214-674.000 
Schaefer.  Bruce  M..  to  Singer  Company,  The.  mesne.  Circuit  tester. 

3.673.397. 0.  235-153.000. 
Schaefer.  Donald  L..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Method  of  forming 
eroup  IIl-V  compound  photomitters  having  a  high  quantum  efficien- 
cy and  long  wavelength  response  3.672.992.  CI.  117-219.000. 
Schafer.  Horst.  to  Semikron  Geselbchaft  fur  Gleichrichterbau  und 
Elektronik      m.b.H.      Semiconductor      rectifying      arrangement. 
3,673,468.0.  317-234.000. 
Scharpf.  Levris  G..  Jr..  to  Monsanto  Company.  Germinatioa  of  spores. 

3.672,956.0.  195-96.000. 
Scharpf,  Lewis  G..  Jr.,  to  Monsanto  Company.  Germinatioa  of  spores. 

3.672.957. 0.  195-96.000. 
Schaub.  Heiner;  Thaddey.  Kurt;  and  Celio.  Tino.  to  CibaOeigy  AG. 
Apparatus  for  making  prinu  from  colour  negatives.  3.672.768.  Cl. 
355-38.000. 
Scheckel.  Konrad.  to  Heetmann  &  Finkensiep  KG.  Apparatus  for 

forming  retaining  members.  3.672.410.  Cl.  140-103.000. 
Scheibel.  Josef,  and  Schadt.  Kari-Heinz,  to  Niezoldi  &  Kramer  GmbH. 
Photographic  apparatus  for  use   in  daylight  and  artificial  light. 
3,672.268.0.  95-IO.Oce. 
Scheinpflug,  Hans:  See— 

Daum,  Werner,  Scheinpflug,  Hans;  Frohberger,  Paul-Emst;  and 
Crewe,  Ferdinand,  3,673,210. 
Scheppele.  Lyie  W.,  to  Toledo  Sumping  St  Manufacturing  Co.  Ap- 
paratus for  distributing  animal  feed.  3.672.334. 0.  Il9-52.00b. 
Schereaberg.  Hans  O..  to  Daimler-Benz  AktiengescUschaft.  Radial 
sealing  bar  for  pistons  of  rotary  piston  internal  combustion  engines. 
3.672.798.  Cl.  418-113.000. 
Scheriag  Corporation:  See— 

Shnpiro.  Elliot  L..  3.673.223. 
Schiesa,  George:  See— 

Cvnt.  Peter  Swift;  and  Schiess.  George.  3,673.320. 
Schiller.  Teddy  M..  to  Purex  Corporation.  Presser  tool  with  faulty 

operauon  lock.  3.672.193.  Cl.  72-4.000. 
Schleicher,  Lowell:  See—  I 

Horst.  William  R.;  and  Schleicher,  Lowell.  3,673,597.  I 
Schleycr,    Paul    von    R.,    to    Union    Carbide    Corpora»on.    Hexa- 

cyclotetracdecanes.  3,673,268,0.  260-666.0py. 
Schlinger,  Warren  G.;  and  Kaufman,  Harold  C,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Manu- 
facture of  petroleum  coke.  3,673,080,0.  208-131.000. 
Schloemann  AktiengescUschaft:  See- 
Fritz,  Manfred,  3,672,242. 
Schlunberger  Technology  Corporation:  See- 
Schwartz,  Robert  J.,  3,673,559. 
Schlunke,Jurgen:  See—  ,-,,«.« 

Junk.  Dieter;  Schlunke.  Jurgen;  and  Boixen.  Heinz.  3.672.01 8. 
Schluaaler.  Hans-Joachim,  to  Henkel  &  Cie  GmbH.  Inhibitor  for  alu- 
minium in  alkaline  solutions.  3,672,821,  CL  21-2.700. 


June  27, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  35 


Schlutz,  Charles  A.;  and  Bellamy,  David,  Jr.,  to  Baxter  Laboratories, 
Inc.    Rotary   fluid   seal   and   distribution   meana  for  centrifuges. 
3.672.564.  Cl.  233-26.000. 
Schmersal.  Larry  J.:  See- 
Johnson.  William  E.;  and  Schmersal.  Larry  J..  3.673.460. 
Schmidt.  Ernst,  to  Firestone  Tire  &  Rubber  Company.  The.  Synthetic 
laux  foam  rubber  and  method  of  making  same.  3.673.1 33.  O.  260- 
2.501. 
Schmidt,  Werner  Hans:  See— 

Rch,  Lothar;  Schmidt,  Werner  Hans;  and  Rosenthal,  Karlheinz, 
3,672,069. 
Schmitt,  Kari;  Gude,  Fritt;  and  Brandt,  Siegfried,  to  Scholven-Chemie 
Aktiengesellschaft.  Plastic  of  polyamide  and  epoxy  resin.  3.673.273. 
Cl.  26O-830.0Op. 
Schmitt.  Karl;  Guda.  Fritz;  and  Brandt.  Siegfried,  to  Scholven-Chemie 
Aktiengesellschaft.     Thermosetting     resin     of     polyamide     and 
copolymer  of  polycarboxylic  acid  and  an  olefin.  3.673.277.  O.  260- 
8S7.0un. 
Schmiu.  Rudolf:  See—  ^ 

Baier.  Franz;  and  Schmitz.  Rudolf.  3.673.04S. 
Schmollinger.  Tassilo:  See— 

Rutz.  Hansrudolf;  and  Schmollinger.  Tassilo.  3.673.44S. 
Schnall.Gunther:  See— 

Hartwig.  Kari;  Engel.  Herbert;  and  Schnall.  Gunther.  3.672.764. 
Schnall.   Gunther;    and    Engel.    Herbert,   to    Agfa-Cevaert    Aktien- 
gesellschaft. Device  for  the  feeding  of  sheea  in  copying  machines  or 
the  like.  3.672.665.  Cl.  271-39.000. 
Schneble.  Frederick  W..  Jr.;  McCormack.  John  F.;  Zeblisky.  Rudolph 
J.;  Williamson.  John  Duff;  and  Polichette.  Joseph,  to  Day  Company. 
N.V.   Metallization  of  insulating  substrates.   3.672.986.  Cl.    117- 
212.000. 
Schnedler.  Paul  E..  to  Armco  Steel  Corporation.  Releasable  melting 
means  for  movable  fluid  nozzle  extension.  3,672,324,  Cl.   118- 
63.000. 
Schneider.   Erich,  to  Organisation   RaMii   KG.    Vertical  conveyors. 

3.672.487.  Cl.  198-165.000. 
Schneider,  Irwin.  Method  of  information  storage  using  electro-optic 
properties  of  color  centers  in  alkali  halide  crystals.  3.673.578.  O. 
340-1 7  3. Occ. 
Schneider.  Jos..  &  Co.  Optische  Werke:  See— 

Hess.  KariCunter,  3.673.483. 
Schober,  Thomas  G..  to  Houdaille  Industries.  Inc.  Turret  indexing  con- 
trol circuit.  3.673.393.  Cl.  235-151.100. 
Schoenmakers.  Johannes  Joseph  Martinus.  to  U.S.  Philips  Corpora- 
tion. High-frequency  recordings  device.  3,673,347,0.  179-100.20t. 
Schoeps.  Knut  Christian,  to  Atlas  Copco  Aktiebolag.  Impulse  motor. 

3.672  1 85.  Cl.  64-26.000. 
Scholveu-Chemie  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Schmitt.  Kari;  Gude.  Friu;  and  Brandt.  Siegfried.  3.673.273. 
Schmitt.  Kari;  Guda,  Fritz;  and  Brandt.  Siegfried.  3.673.277. 
Schraeder,  Albin  E.,  to  Jones  &  Laughlin  Steel  Corporation.  Measure- 
ment of  temperature  of  a  moving  strand  in  a  vacuum.  3,672,2 1 6.  Cl. 
73-343.00r. 
Schramm.  Geza;  and  Riedl,  Horst.  to  Osterreichische  Stickstoffwerke 
Aktiengesellschaft.  Preparation  of  piperidyl-steroids.  3.673.175.  O. 
260-239.500. 
Schrenk.  Walter  J:  See- 
Newman.  Ritchey  O..  Jr.;  and  Schrenk,  Walter  J.,  3.673.050. 
Schroeder,  Arthur  P.:  See— 

Buth.  Roy  C;  and  Schroeder.  Arthur  F..  3.673.047. 
Schroeder,  Duane  Arthur;  Weiss,  Alvin  Dennis;  and  Giltner.  Benedict 
^  Clare,   to    Methode    Development   Company.    Electrical   resistant 

l^terial.  3.673.1 17,  Cl.  252-512.000. 
Schroen.  Walter  H.:  See- 

Pritchard.  John  P..  Jr.;  and  Schroen.  Walter  H..  3.673.071. 
Schroeter.  Siegfried  H..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Alkoxyox- 

etanes.  3.673.2 1 6. Cl.  260-333.000 
Schromm.  Kurt;  Mentrup.  Anton;  Zeile.  Karl;  Renth,  Ernst-Otto;  En- 
gelhardt.  Albrecht;  and  Traunecker.  Werner,  to  Boehringer  Ingel- 
heim  GmbH.  Bis-(dihydroxyphenyl-ethylol)  alkylenediamines  and 
the  lalu  thereof  3.673. 1 87.  Cl.  260-253.000. 
Schulte,  Friedrich  Wilhelm;  Diels.  Manfred;  and  Rosenkranz.  Wilhelm. 
to  Fuchs,  Otto.   Method  of  making  wheels.    3.672.021.  Cl.    29- 
159.010. 
Schulu.  Jerald.  to  Eaton  Corporation.  Mortise  lock  with  multiple  func- 
tions. 3.672.714,0.  292-34.000. 
Schuiz,  Gerald  L.;  and  Mansur,  Raymond  T.,  to  United  States  of  Amer- 
ica, Army.  Heat  sealer.  3,673,041.0.  156-306.000. 
Schulze,  John  J.,  to  Addressograph-Multigraph  Corporation.  Method 
and    apparatus    for    applying    liquid    developer   to    copy    sheets. 
3,672,326,  CL  118-8. 
Schulze,  Martin:  See— 

Preusser,    Gerhard;    Schulze,    Martin;    and    Richter,    Klaus, 
3,673,081. 
Schulze-Robbecke,  Hans;  and  Tiedtke,  Alfred,  to  Riloga-Werk  Julius 
Schmidt.  Curtain  suspension  devices  with  an  electric  motor  drive. 
3,672,425,0.  160-331.000. 
Schuster.  Frank.  Cleaning  device.  3.672,380,  Cl.  1 34-1 72.000. 
Schuster.  John  D.  Lubncating  idler  for  roller  chains  or  the  like. 

3.672.468.  Cl.  1 84- 1 5.00a. 
Schutt.  Hans  U..  to  SheD  Oil  Company.  Hydrocracking  catalyst  activa- 
tion treatment.  3.673. 1 08.  Cl.  252-4 1 1  OOr. 
Schutte.  Harlan  H.:  See— 

Triolo.  Peter  T.;  and  Schutte.  Harian  H..  3.672.806. 


Schwan.  Judith  A.;  and  Graham.  James  L..  to  Eaatman  Kodak  Coot- 
pany.  Multicolor  silver  halide  photographic  materials  and  proceaacs. 
3,672,898.0.96-74.000. 
Schwartz.  Hermann,  to  Peyer.  Siegfried.  Yarn  defect  detector  ap- 
paratus for  textile  machinery.  3.673.591. 0.  340-259.000. 
Schwartz.  James  W.:  See— 

Robinder.  Ronald  C;  Rowe,  WiUiam  A.;  and  Schwartz,  James  W., 
3.672.893. 
Schwartz.  Robert  J.,  to  Schlumberger  Technology  Corporation.  Pulae 

resolution  system.  3.673.559,0.  340-18.000. 
Schwaruberg,  Ira  G.:  See— 

Berger.  Leonard;  Fitzpatrick.  William  E.;  McGinley,  James  H.; 
Pfund.  Adolf;  and  Schwartzberg.  Ira  G..  3.672. 1 22. 
Schwarz.  Gerhard.  Photographic  camera.  3.672.284. 0. 95-42.000. 
Schwarz.  Karl:  See- 
Van  Stappen.  Albert  Louis;  and  Schwarz,  Kari,  3,672,902. 
Schwarz,  Lothar.  Syringe.  3,672,368, 0.  1 28-21 8.00n. 
Schwarzkopf,  August,  to  Windmoller  A.  Holscher  Westphalia.  Ap- 
paratus for  stacking  flattened  bap  of  thermoplastic  material  which 
are  made  in  a  bag-making  machine.  3,672,265, 0.  93-93.0dp. 
Schweizerische  Industrie-Cesellschaft:  See— 

Heinzer,  Hans,  3,672,120. 
Schwerdtel.  Wulf:  See- 

Swodenk.  Wolfgang;  Schwerdtel,  Wulf;  Losacker,  Paul;  and  En- 
gelhard. Bruno.  3.673.265. 
Schwertfeger,  Owen  J.;  and  Brill,  Frank  D.,  to  Seeburg  Corporation  of 
Delaware,  The.  Apparatus  for  providing  a  predetermined  volume  of 
liquid.  3,672,479,  CL  194-13.000. 
Scislowicz,  Henry  M.,  to  Abbott  Laboratories.  Retaining  cHp  for 

catheter  sheath.  3.672,367,0.  128-214.4. 
Scofield,  John  W.:  See— 

Santirocco,  Louis  J.;  Rose,  Dtiane  L.;  and  Scofield,  John  W., 
3,672,664. 
Scott,  Donald  R.:  See- 
Singh,  Kanwal  N.;  Cremean,  Stephen  P.;  and  Scott,  Donald  R., 
3,672.442. 
Scott.  Douglas  R.,  to  Robertshaw  Controls  Company.  Pneumatically 
operated  valve  means  and  fuel  control  system  utilizing  the  same. 
3.672.400. 0.  137-630.220. 
Scott.  Douglas  R.,  to  Roberuhaw  Controls  Company.  Pneumatic  con- 
trol system  and  parts  therefor  or  the  like.  3.672.792.  O.  417- 
306.000. 
Scovill  Manufacturing  Company:  See — 

Triolo.  Peter  T.;  and  Schutte.  Harlan  H..  3.672.806. 
Weber.  Robert  L..  3.672.354. 
Scribner.  Richard  M.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemo  an.  E.  I.,  and  Company.  C- 
21  lower  alkylsulfinyl  esters  of  certain  2 1 -hydroxycorticoateroids. 
3.673.1 79. 0.  260-239.550. 
Sebenda.  Jan;  and  Puffr.  Rudolf.  Preparation  of  polymers  of  lactams 

with  reduced  crystallinity.  3.673.161. 0.  260-78. 
Seeburg  Corporation  of  Delaware.  The:  See — 

Schwertfeger.  Owen  J.;  and  Brill,  Frank  D.,  3,672,479. 
Seegmiller,  Wan:  See- 
Young.  Bruce  O.;  Walker.  Grant  W.;  Ford.  Duane  B.;  and  Seeg- 
miller. Wan.  3.672.657. 
Segar.  William  R..  to  Westinghousc  Electric  Corporation.  Roadway 
switching    arrangement   for   transportation   system    having   center 
^uiderail  below  track  level.  3.672.308.  Cl.  104-246.000. 
Seiber,  James  N.;  and  Parker.  Vemon  D.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company. 
The.  Chlorinated  pyridylacetylene  compounds.  3.673.190.  O.  260- 
290.0hl. 
Seibert,  Gerhard;  and  Gerlach.  Klaus,  to  Glanzstoff  AG.  Process  for 
the  production  of  an  artificial  leather  and  the  resulunt  product. 
3.672.943. 0.  117-63.000. 
Seipel.  Hans  J.;  Gancarz,  Walter  F.;  and  Aves.  Donald  J.  Vacuum- 
system  cleaning  circulation  device.  3.672.379. Cl.  l34-t68.00r. 
Seki.  Susumu,  to  Hitachi.  Ltd.  Numerically  controlled  contouring 

system.  3.673.396.CI.  235-151.1 1. 
Sekiguchi.  Hideto:  See— 

Shimoda.  Keitaro;  Tsutsui.  Nobuhiro;  Sekiguchi.  Hideto;  and 
Sone.  Masao.  3.673.053. 
Sekisui  Kagaku  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Sagane.  Norio;  Kuwazuru.  hsei;  and  Katesu,  Isao.  3.673.1 29. 
Seko.   Maomi;   Yomiyama.   Akira;   Miyake.  Tetsuya;   and  Iwashita. 
Hidemaro.  to  Asahi  Kasei  Kogyo  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Process  for 
recovering  waste  acids  and  metals  by  electrodialysii.  3,673,068,  O. 
204-l80.00p. 
Selas  Corporation:  See — 

Esselink,  Abraham  J.,  3,672.847. 
SeHn.  Terry  G.:  See—. 

Holub.  Fred  F.;  Berger.  Abe;  and  Selin.  Terry  G..  3.673.155. 
Selleck.  Robert  W.;  and  Allen.  Philip  H.,  to  Cyde  Equipment  Com- 
pany. Reel.  3.672.594.0.  242-71.800. 
Selb.  Russell  E.  Fishing  sinker.  3.672,088. 0.  43-44.970. 
Selman,  Gordon  Leslie:  See — 

Dariing.  Alan  Sydney;  and  Selman.  Gordon  Leslie.  3.672,880. 

Semikron  Gesellschaft  ftir  Gleichrichterbau  und  Elektronik  m.b.H.: 
^gf 

Schafer.  Horst.  3.673.468. 
Senge.  Gerd;  and  Sieburg.  Rolf,  to  Reidel  A  Co..  Firma.  Bright-zinc 

plating  bath.  3.672.97 1 , 0.  204-55.00r. 
Sengoku.  Koji:  See — 

Matsumoto.  Jiro;  Takeuchi.  Masatoshi;  Abe.  Arimichi;  and  Sen- 
goku. Koji.  3,673,010. 


899  O.O.— 61 


PI  36 


LISTOFPATE^4TEES 


June  27. 1972 


Shah.  Raaik  P.:  See— 

Ringwall,  Carl  C;  and  Shah.  Rasik  P..  3,672.3S8. 
Shando.  Jowph  C:  See- 
Woodruff.  George  M.;  StoecMi,  Oecar  W.;  and  Shando,  Joaeph  C, 
3,672.264. 
Shapiro.    Elliot    L..   to    Schcring   Corporation.    6-Thiocyanato-l6- 
mcthylenC'4,  6-pregnadicnes.  methods  for  their  manufacture,  and 
intermediates  thereof .  3,673.223.0.  260-397.400. 
Shapiro.  Harris  J.:  See— 

Elpem.  Bill;  Shapiro.  Harris  J.;  Shroff.  James  R.;  and  Soloway, 
Harold.  3.673.238. 
Sharp  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Tagawa.  Takao.  3.673.599. 
Shaw.  Donald  N..  to  United  States  of  America.  Army.  Electronic 
digiul    accelerometer.   fuze,   or   safety    and   arming   mechanism. 
3.672.302.  CI.  102-70.20r. 
Shcurr.  Harry  W..  11.  to  United  States  Steel  Corporation.  Apparatus  for 

manipulating  an  oxygen  injection  lance.  3.672,6S2,  CI.  266-34. Olm. 
Shecklcr,  Addison C.Bcaaharvettcr.  3,672,4SI,C1.  171-38.000. 
Sheer,  Samuel  Irving,  to  North  American  Door  Corporation.  Package 

for  factory-assembled  overhead  door.  3.672.492.  CI.  206-46.00h. 
Sheeu,  David  P.:  See— 

Saunders.  Frank  L.;  and  Sheetz,  David  P.,  3,673,142. 
Sheld.  Clarence  A.,  to  Bausch  &  Lomb,  Incorporated.  Laminated 
transparent    bodies    having    mar    resistant    protective    coatings. 
3.673,0SS,  CI.  161-183.000. 
Shell  Oil  Company:  See— 

Levinson.  Gerald  S.,  3,673.1 12. 
Morris.  Rupert  C;  and  Mason,  Ronald  F..  3.673,231. 
Reman,  Gerrit  H.;  and  Verkoren,  Henri,  3,672,833. 
Richardson,  Edwin  A.;  and  Ueber,  Russell  C.  3,672.449. 
Roza.  Abraham  Gerrit  Alexander.  3.673.077. 
Schutt,  Hans  U,  3,673,108. 
Smith,  Noyes  D.,  Jr.,  3,673,557. 

Vernon,  Brian  J.;  and  SkoroMtewski,  Wladyslaw  H.,  3,672,013. 
Werzner,  William  F.;  and  Miller.  James  R.,  3,673,091. 
Sherman,  Joseph.  Cable  terminal.  3,673,350.  CI.  339-223.000. 
Sherrick,  Paul  H.:  See— 

Trcka.  Ronald;  and  Sherrick.  Paul  H.,  3.672.838. 
Sherwood  Medical  Industries.  Inc.:  See — 

Brown.  Alexander  M.,  3.672.369. 
Shibata,  Seiya,;  Yamasaki,  Akitoshi;  and  Shimono,  Isokazu,  to  Tsub- 
akimoto    Chain    Manufacturing    Company    Limited.    Device    for 
separating  a  bundle  of  paper.  3,672.666,  CI.  271-26.000. 
Shim,  Norman:  See— 

Szymbcr,  Oleg;  and  Shim,  Norman,  3,672,757. 
Shimada.  Masaharu:  See — 

Sakamoto,    Junzo;    Nozaki,    Tadashi;    Tsuji,    Yoshifumi;    and 
Shimada.  Masaharu.  3.672,561. 
Shimazaki,  Masahide:  See— 

Miyano.  Katao;  and  Shimazaki.  Masahide.  3,673,007. 
Shimoda,  Keitaro;  Tsutsui,  Nobuhiro;  Sekigucbi,  Hideto;  and  Sone, 
Masao,  to  Japan  Exian  Company  Limited.  Acrylic  fibers  with  im- 
proved brightness  and  process  for  producing  the  same.  3,673,053, 
CI.  161-177.000. 
Shimono,  Isokazu:  See— 

Shibata.    Seiya.;    Yamasaki.    Akitoshi;    and   Shimono,    Isokazu, 
3,672.666. 
Shinn,  Jeffrey  N.;  and  Ringwall.  Carl  G.,  to  General  Electric  Company. 
Closed-loop    fluidic    analog    accelerometer.    3,672,231,    CI.    73- 
515.000. 
Shinohara,  Takashi:  See— 

Funada,    Kiyotaka;    Shinohara,    Takashi;    and    Imai,    Hiroko, 
3.672,940. 
Shinonogi  &  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Ikawa,  Kenji;  and  Takami,  Fumitaka,  3,673,234. 
Shintomi,  Yukito:  See— 

Nakamura,  Tadahisa;  Fujimoto,  Hirozi;  Yamamoto,  akoto;  and 
Shintomi.  Yukito,  3,673,363. 
Shintron  Company,  Inc.:  See- 
Baxter.  Larry  K.,  3,673,322. 
Shionogi  &  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Komeno,  Taichiro;  and  Iwakura,  Hikozo,  3,673,173. 
Nagata,  Wataru;  and  Hayase,  Yoshio,  3,673.284. 
Shmmizu,  Masanao:  See — 

Minami,  Shinsaku;  Shono,  Toshihiro;  Shmmizu,  Masanao;  and 
Takase,  Yoshiyuki,  3,673,184. 
Shoffner.  James  P.,  to  Universal  Oil  Products  Company.  Manufacture 

on  N-2-arylthiazole  sulfenamide.  3,673,204,  CI.  260-306.60a. 
Shonnard,  John  R.:  See— 

Kaye,  George  W.;  and  Shonnard,  John  R.,  3.673.593. 
Shono.  Toshihiro:  See— 

Minami.  Shinsaku;  Shono.  Toshihiro;  Shmmizu,  Masanao;  and 
Takase.  Yoshiyuki,  3,673,184. 
Shows  Denka  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Takahashi.  Akira;  Kojima,  Hiroo;  Ogawa,  Masao;  Osuka,  Hiroshi; 
and  Kobayashi,  Shoichi,  3,673,279. 
Shroff.  James  R.:  See— 

Elpem.  Bill;  Shapiro.  Harris  J.;  Shroff,  James  R.;  and  Soloway, 
Harold.  3.673.238. 
Shutt.  Melvin  S.:  See— 

Bridenstine.  Orville  J.;  Shutt.  Melvin  S.;  and  Brookshire.  Harry  A., 
3,672.530. 
Shuttleworth.  Howard  P.:  See— 


L 


Shuttleworth.    James    J.;    Sprague.    Carlton    S.;    Shuttleworth, 

Hofi'ard  P.;  Zimmerman.  Charles  E.;  and  Wiseman,  John  A., 

3,672.117. 

Shuttleworth.  James  J.;  Sprague.  Carlton  S.;  Shuttleworth,  Hgward  P.; 

Zimmerman,  Charles  E.;  and  Wiaeman,  John  A.,  to  Shuttleworth 

Machinery  Corporation.  Hinge  pan  packer.   3,672.1 17,  CI.  S3- 

35.000. 

Shuttlewonh  Machinery  Corporation:  See— 

Shuttleworth,    James    J.;    Sprague,    Carlton    S.;    Shuttieworth, 
Howard  P.;  Zimmerman,  Charles  E.;  and  Wiseman,  John  A., 
3,672,117. 
Sieburg,  Rolf:  See- 

Senge.  Gerd;  and  Sieburg,  Rolf,  3,672.97 1 . 
Siegel.  Vernon  H..  to  Sundstrand  Data  Control  Incorporated,  mesne. 
Pressure     transducer     with     reduced     temperature     sensitivity. 
3.673,443,  CI.  310-8.700. 
Siemens  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Finkhauser,  Dieter;  and  Friese.  Andre,  3.673,341. 

Greger,  Karl,  3,673,337. 

Richter,  Gerhard,  3,673,1 16. 

Sigmund,  Gerhard,  to  Daimler-Benz  Aktiengesellschaft.   Slide  shoe 

structures  of  synthetic  plastic  material  for  sliding  tooH  of  motor 

vehicles.  3,671,997,0.  16-93.000. 

SilmaS.p.A.:  See— 

Riedd,  Wolfgang,  3.672.734. 
Silsby,  Stanley  D.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Army.  Large  (capacity 

magazine  3.672.089,0.42-50.000. 
Silver.  David  A.:  See — 

Eager,    George    S.,   Jr.;   Silver,    David    A.;   and    Katz,   Carlos, 
3,673,307. 
Silverman.  Ralph  H.  Toothpick  device.  3,672,378, 0.  1 32-93.000. 
Simich,  Eatil:  See— 

Wognum,    James    N.;    Simich,    Emil;    and    Winkler,    ^Ivin    L.. 
3.672,436. 
Simm,    Walter;    and    Muller,    Rudolf,    to    Agfa-Gevaert    Aktien- 
gesellschaft. Apparatus  for  the  electrographic  recording  cf  charge 
images.  3.673,398, 0.  346-74.0e8.  . 

Simmler,  Walter:  See — 

Goliu.  Hans  Dietrich;  and  Simmler.  Walter.  3,673.233.      | 
Simms,  John  A.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company,  Acrylic 

polymers  containing  epoxy  radicals.  3,673,275, 0.  26O-837J0Or. 
Simnu,  Robert  A.:  See— 

Sackinger.  William  M.;  and  Simms,  Robert  A.,  3,673,457. 
Simon,  James  O.  Swimming  pool  chlorinator  apparatus.  3,672;508,  CI. 

210-128.000. 
Simons.  Peter,  to  Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengesellschaft.  Prpcess  for 
the  production  of  aminoguanidine  bicarbonate.  3,673.253,  CI.  260- 
564.00f. 
Simpson,  Elsworth  C,  to  Polylok  Corporation.  Fabric.  3,672k|7,  O. 

66-192.000. 
Simpson,  Ralph  E.:  See — 

Nichols.  William  A.;  and  Simpson,  Ralph  E..  3.672,592. 
Sims.  Don  D  Football  training  harness.  3,67 1 ,974, 0.  2-3.00r 
Sincavage.  Joseph  T.:  See— 

Pepmeier,  Carl  R.;  Sincavage,  Joseph  T.;  and  Stoffregen,  Louis  E 
3,673,046. 
Singer  Company.  The,  mesne:  See— 
Schaefer,  Bruce  M.,  3,673,397 
Singh,  Kanwal  N.;  Cremean,  Stephen  P.;  aiKl  Scott,  Donald  R.,  to 
Columbia  Gas  System  Service  Corporation.  Modular  air  condition- 
ing and  heating  system.  3,672,442,0.  165-22.000. 
Sions.  James  B.;  and  Gramling,  Wesley  A.  Brick  hangers.  3,672,1 12, 

CI.  52-712  000. 
Sipos.  Donald  J.;  Steigerwald.  Robert  F.;  and  Whitcomb,  New«ll  E.,  to 
Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  1.,  and  Company.  Ductile  corrosion-re- 
sistant ferrous  alloys  containing  chromium.   3,672.876.  CI.  73- 
124.000. 
SKF  Industrial  Trading  and  Development  Company  N.V.:  See— 

Arsenius,  Torsten  Henry,  Gustafsson,  Anders  Christer;  ^d  Hall- 
stedt,  Karl  Goran  Albin,  3,672,733. 
Ski-Tow  Manufacturing  Co.:  See — 

Young.  Charles  H.;  and  Ray,  Donald  L.,  3,672,238. 
Skoroszewski,  Wladyslaw  H.:  See— 

Vernon,  Brian  J.;  and  Skoroszewski,  Wladyslaw  H.,  3,672j013 
Skutt,  Robert  R.:  See— 

Trim^e,  Cebern  B.;  and  Skutt,  Robert  R.,  3,672,043. 
Slaby,  Robert  Kent,  to  French  Oil  Mill  Machinery  Company,  1'he.  Ap- 
paratus for  removing  liquids  from  elastomeric  polymers.  3,672,641. 
O.  259-9.000. 
Slawny.  Howard  J.:  See- 
Small.  Rudolph  E.;  Bradley.  John  J.;  Sanders.  Chariea  J.;  and 
Slawny,  Howard  J.,  3,673,052.  I 

Sliva,  Philip  O.;  and  Dir,  Gary  A.,  to  Xerox  Corporation.  Electrolu- 
minescent device.  3,673,572,0.  340-166.0el. 
Sloan,  Donald  D.;  and  Amberkar,  Suresh  D.,  to  Dennison  Manufactur- 
ing Company.  Electrothermographic  duplicating  sheet.  3,672,981, 
0.117-201.000.  I     . 

Slonim,  Alexandr  Zosimovich:  See—  I       *^ 

Popov,  Boris  Vasilievich;  Slonim,  Alexandr  Zosimovicl;  Sonin, 
Anatoly  Leonidovich;  Zhukov,  Cennady  Konstantinoyich;  and 
Zhokhova,  Olga  Samuilovna,  3,672,197. 
Slye,  Norman  J.;  See— 
^      Krueger,  Archie  S.;  and  Slye,  Norman  J.,  3,672.332. 


June  27, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  37 


.  LO 

1 


Small,  Rudolph  E.;  Bradley,  John  J.;  Sanders,  Charles  J.;  and  Slawny, 
Howard  J.,  to  Paper  Converting  Machine  Company,  Inc.  Method  of 
manufacturing  a  disposable  product.  3,673,032,0.  136-164.000. 
Smart,  Ian  Low:  See- 
Mayers,  Colin  Oayton,  3,673,042. 
Smead,  Robert  G.;  and  Bentsen,  Louis  J.,  to  Graco  Inc.,  mesne.  Elec- 

troeutic  spray  gun  nozzle  and  air  cap.  3,672,569, 0.  239-1 5.000. 
Smedstad,  Seth  Morris.  Swab  tool  for  test  tubes.  3,671,993,  O.  15- 

211.000. 
Smith,  Bynum  E.:  See— 

Pickett,  Wiley  J.;  and  Smith,  Bynum  E.,  3,673,3 1 3. 
Smith,  Charles  L.;  and  Reynolds.  William  S.,  Jr.,  to  United  States  of 
America,  Army,  mesne.  Decontamination  of  reaction  solutions  con- 
Uining  dissolved  organic  explosives.  3,673,174,0.  260-239. 
Smith,  Dallas  F.:  See- 
Cutler,  Arthur  S.;  and  Smith,  Dallas  F.,  3,672,026. 
Smith,  Emile  G.;  and  Puskas,  William  L.,  to  Avco  Corporation.  Dif- 
ferential voltage  level  detector  with  microvolt  sensitivity.  3,673,432, 
CI.  307-246.000. 
Smith,  Friu  A.:  See- 
Chen,  Nai  Yuen;  and  Smith,  Friu  A.,  3,673,267. 
Smith,  George  Armstrong;  and  MacLeod,  [>onald  Simon,  to  New 
Nchanga  Consolidated  Copper  Mines  Limited.  Electrowinning  of 
metal.  3,673,062,0.  204-1 12.000. 
Smith,  Gordon  Victor;  and  Ward,  Eric  John,  to  Sparcatron  Limited. 
Gap-monitoring  electric -discharge-machining  apparatus.  3,673,371, 
CI.  2l9-69.00g. 
Smith,  Horace  L.,  Jr.,  to  Smitherm  Industries,  Inc.  Method  for  produc- 
ing soluble  coffee  concentrates.  3.672.9 1 1 , 0.  99-7 1 .000. 
Smith  Kline  and  French  Laboratories:  See- 
Kaiser.  Carl,  and  Zirkle,  Charles  L.,  3,673,1 76. 
Smith,  Leary  W.;  and  Bryant,  Ellis  H.,  Jr.  Head  positioning  mechanism 
for  recorded  announcement  apparatus.  3,673,344,  CI.  179-lOO.IOc. 
Smith,  Noyes  D.,  Jr.,  to  Shell  Oil  Company.  Discontinuous  coherent 

wave  acoustic  holography.  3,673.537,0.  340-1 5.0Sh. 
Smith.  Richard  D.,  and  Furlong.  Dale  A.,  to  Combustion  Power  Com- 
pany. Inc.  Air  pollution-free  internal  combustion  engine  and  method 
for  operating  same.  3.672,341.0.  123-1 19.00e. 
Smith,  Richard  Deming,  to  RCA  Corporation.  Computer  with  program 

tracing  facility.  3,673,573,0.  340-172.5. 
Smith,  Roy  E.,  to  Textron,  Inc.,  mesne.  Means  for  securing  door  frame 

componenu.  3,672,554.0.  227-93.000. 
Smith,  Sarah   B.   Invalid  or  geriatric  toilet  seat.   3,671,981,  O.  4- 

242000. 
Smith.  Stephen  J.:  See— 

Spiller.  Lester  L.;  and  Smith,  Stephen  J.,  3,672,927. 
Smith,  Thomas  R.,  to  Pyramid.  Inc.  Adjustable  strap.  3,672,004,  CI. 

24-73.0hh. 
Smith,  William  Arthur:  See- 
Lane.  George  A.;  Smith,  William  Arthur;  Dollman,  Stephen  C; 

Kaye,  Seymour  M.;  and  Taylor,  Francis  R.,  3,673,01 3. 
Lane.  George  A.;  and  Smith,  William  Anhur,  3,673.014. 
Smitherm  Industries,  Inc.:  See- 
Smith,  Horace  L,  Jr.,  3,672,91 1. 
Smiths  Industries  Limited:  See — 

Constable,  Geoffrey  Ernest  Patrick.  3,673,57 1 . 
Snedeker,  Marion  L.,  to  VLN  Corporation.  Battery  charging  system. 

3.673,486,0.  320-25.000. 
Snowmobile,  Ltd.:  See— 

Marose,  Glen  Edward,  3,672,700. 
Snyder,  Charles  H.  A.:  See- 
Storey,  William  T.,  II;  Procter,  Robert  F.;  Snyder,  Charles  H.  A.; 
Jacob,  George  M.;  and  Mooney.  Raymond  T.,  3,672,046. 
Sobajima,  Katsunobu:  See — 

Saitoh,   Kohichi;  Ohkubo,   Nobuo;  Sobajima,   Katsunobu;  and 
Hirano,  Takeshi,  3.672,636. 
Societa'  Italiana  Resine  S.p.A.:  See— 

Reni,  Cesare.  Lugo.  Luigi;  and  Gualdi,  Giorgio.  3,673.244. 
Societa  Italiana  Telecommunicazioni  Siemens  S.p.A.:  See— 

Casella.  Luigi;  Pema,  Aldo;  and  Valbonesi,  Giuseppe,  3,673,340. 
Societe  Anonyme  Automobiles  Citroen:  See— 
Grosseau,  Albert,  3,672,101. 
Grosseau,  Albert  A.  G.,  3,672,240. 
Societe  Anonyme  dite:  L'Oreal:  See — 

Kalopissis,  Gregoire;  De  Raymond,  Henri  Philippe;  Abegg,  Jean- 
Louis;  and  Ghilardi,  Giuliana,  3,672,375. 
Societe  Anonyme  dite:  Societe  Nationale  des  Petroles  d'Aquitaine: 
See- 

Esclamadon.  Christian,  3.673.260. 
Societe  des  Procedes  Modernes  d'injection  Sopromi:  See— 

Monpetit,  Louis  A.,  3,672,345. 
Societe  d'Optique,  Precision,  Electronique  et  Mecanique-Sopelem: 
See- 
Llop,  Helenio,  3,672,777. 
Societe     Grenobloise     d'Etudes     et     d'Applications     Hydrauliques 
(Sogreah):See— 

Minart,  Paul,  3,673,085. 
Societe  Industrielle  Generale  de  Mecanique  Appliquee  S.I.G.M.A.: 
See- 
Isaac,  Olivier,  3,672,166. 
Societe  Rhodiaceta:  See — 

Buisson,  Francob;  and  Gresteau,  Jean  Paul,  3,673, 1 60. 
Sofia,  George  V.  Electrically  heated  scraping  tool.  3,673,383, 0.  219- 
227.000. 


Sokolov,  Leonid  Alexandrovich:  See— 

Manokhin,   Anatoly   Ivanovich;   and   Sokolov,  Leonid   Alexan- 
drovich, 3,672,439. 
Solartron  Electronic  Group  Limited,  The:  See— 
Agar,  Joram,  3,672,220. 
Krebs,  Peter  Eric,  3.673.390. 
Soico  Basel  AG:  See— 

Buchmann.  Paul;  and  Beringer,  Monique,  3.672.309. 
Sollott.  Gilbert  P.;  and  Peterson.  William  R..  Jr..  to  United  Sutes  of 
America,  Army.  Explosive  pyrotechnic  complexes  of  ferrocene  and 
inorganic  nitrates.  3.673.01 5. 0.  149-29.000. 
Soloway,  Harold:  See — 

Elpem,  Bill;  Shapiro,  Harris  J.;  Shroff,  James  R.;  and  Soloway, 
Harold,  3,673,238. 
Sonderegger,  Hans  Conrad.  Temperature  compensated  piezoelectric 

accelerometer.  3,673,442,0.  310-8.400. 
Sone,  Masao:  See— 

Shimoda,  Keitaro;  Tsutsui,  Nobuhiro;  Sekiguchi,  Hideto;  and 
Sone,  Masao,  3,673,053. 
Sonin,  Anatoly  Leonidovich:  See — 

Popov,  Boris  Vasilievich;  Slonim,  Alexandr  Zosimovich;  Sonin, 
Anatoly  Leonidovich;  Zhukov,  Gennady  Konstantinovich;  and 
Zhokhova,  Olga  Samuilovna,  3,672.197. 
Sonius,  Wesley  Allan.  Headlighu  with  safety  relay  control.  3,673,436, 

O.  315-83.000. 
Sonntag.  William  B.  Animal  trap.  3.672.090. 0.  43-66.000. 
Sonotone  Corporation:  See — 

Vignini,  Walter  R..  3.673,002. 
Sony  Corporation:  See— 

Kawakami,  Hiroshi,  3,672,684. 
Soriano  assor.  to  said  Goldfarb:  See— 

Goldfarb,  Adolph  E.;  and  Soriano,  Rene,  3,672.676. 
Soriano.  Rene:  See — 

Goldfarb,  Adolph  E.;  and  Soriano,  Rene,  3,672,093. 
Goldfarb,  Adolph  E.;  and  Soriano,  Rene.  3,672,676. 
Sorteberg,  Johannes.   Non-bleed  pilot  valve.   3,672,629.  Q.   251- 

61.200. 
Sossen,  Edwin  J.:  See — 

Cooper.  Robert  B.,  Jr.,  3,673,509. 
Southem  Machinery  Company:  See — 

Riddle,  Frankhn  D.;  and  WUlis,  John  T.,  3,672,5 1 3. 
Southwire  Company:  See— 

Cofer,  Daniel  B.,  3,672,430. 
Todd.  Chester  F.,  3,673,039. 

West.  David  H.;  and  Stone,  Kenneth  R.,  3,672,199. 
Sowko,  John  J..  Sr.,  to  Carmet  Company.  Method  of  making  powder 

composites.  3,672,881,0.  75-208.00r. 
Spanos,  William  M.,  to  Intemational  Telephone  and  Telegraph  Cor- 
poration. Continuous  phase  shifter/resolver  employing  a  rotary  half- 
wave  plate.  3,673,516,0.  333-5.000. 
Sparcatron  Limited:  See — 

Smith,  Gordon  Victor;  and  Ward,  Eric  John,  3,673,37 1 . 
Speceley,  Gene  Donald:  See— 

Widdowson,  Roy;  and  Speceley,  Gene  Donald,  3,672,432. 
Spectra-Tech  Corporation:  See- 
Leach,  Sam  L,  3,673,450. 
Speelman,  Irving  A.,  to  Propper  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  Bevelled  edge 

microscope  slide.  3,672,745,0.  350-92.000. 
Speidel,  Dieter.  See — 

Reichelt,   Walter;    Ruthardt,    Konrad;   and   Speidel,   Hermann, 
3,672,850. 
Speidel,  Helmuth:  See — 

Reichelt,    Walter;    Ruthardt,    Konrad;    and    Speidel,    Hermaim, 
3,672,850. 
Speidel,  Hermann:  See — 

Reichelt,  Walter;   Ruthardt,   Konrad;   and  Speidel,   Hermann, 
3,672,830. 
SpeideJ,  Rosemarie  Elisabeth,  nee  Rupprecht:  See — 

Reichelt,    Walter;    Ruthardt,    Koiu'ad;    and    Speidel,    Hermann, 
3,672,850. 
Spencer,  Samuel  Binford,  to  Johns-Manville  Corporation.  Method  of 

forming  coated  fibers.  3,673,027,0.  156-167.000. 
Spencer  Turbine  Company,  The:  See- 
Hunt,  David  H,  3,672,616. 
Sperry  Rand  Corporation:  See — 

Demci,  Michael;  and  Ihasz,  Richard.  3.672,049. 

Grace,  Martin  I.;  and  Pratt,  Harold  J.,  Jr.,  3,673.510. 

McMahon.   Donald   Howland;   and   Franklin.   Allen   Raymond. 

3.673,596. 
Tolmie,  Robert  J.,  3,673,001 . 
Yowell,  Gordon  H.,  3,672,793. 
Spescha,  GelU  A.,  to  Kistler  Instrumente  AG.  Pressure  transducer. 

3,672,223,0.73-406.000. 
Spicer,  Larry  Dean;  and  Hand,  John  James,  to  American  Cyanamid 
Company.     6-m-Amino     and     substituted-amino     phenyl-2, 3,3,6- 
tetrahydro   2,3,5,6-tetrahydro   [R   2   SP   SQUARE   RGT]2,l-b[R 
thiazoles  and  method  of  use.  3,673,203,0.  260-306.700. 
Spiller,  Lester  L.;  and  Smith,  Stephen  J.,  to  Ransburg  Electro-Coating 
Corporation.   Electrosutic  coating  method.   3,672,927,  CI.    117- 
17.000. 
Spiller.  William  H.,  to  General  Electric  Company.  Rotating  ahemator 

current  generator  system.  3,673,488,0.  322-28.000. 
Spindelberger,  Fraiu,  to  Heiss-Thurow,  E.  Control  mechanism  for  al- 
ternately applying  a  pressure  medium  upon  the  opposite  lateral  sides 
ofa  rotary  piston.  3,672,258,0.91-355.000. 


^ 


PI  38 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


Spokes,  Raymond  E.:  See— 

Keller,  Emil  C;  and  Spokes.  Raymood  E..  3.673,276. 
Sprsfue.  Carlton  S:  Se*—  ,      ^..      , 

ShutUeworth.    James   J.;    Sprague,    Cartton    S.;    Shunleworth. 
Howard  P.;  Zimmerman.  Charles  E.;  and  Wiseman.  John  A., 
3.672.117. 
Sprinkler  Corporation  of  America:  See— 

McConneU,  Alexander;  and  Bickcl.  Fay  D.,  3.672,389. 
Squibb.  E.  R.,  St  Sons,  Inc.:  5<»— 

Erickson,  Raymond  Curry,  3,673,1 83. 
Squier.  William  H.  Method  for  coating,  laminating,  and  molding  au- 

tomobUe  floor  converings.  3,673.034.  CI.  156-222.000. 
Staccy.  Joseph  Gilbert:  See— 

Doyle,  Peter;  and  Sucey,  Joseph  Gilbert.  3.673,198. 
Stackman,  Robert  W.:  S«if— 

Reader,  Arthur  M.;  and  Suckman,  Robert  W..  3.673.1  S8. 
Stacy   Galen  D.;  and  RohUing,  Raymond  G..  to  Phillips  Petroleum 

Company.  Dryer  control.  3,672.070.  CI.  34-25.000. 
Stalcgo.  Charles  J.,  to  Owens-Coming  Fiberglas  Corporation.  Ap- 
paratus for  producing  glass  filaments  with  auxiliary  heating  means. 
3.672,857,  CI.  65-12.000. 
Standard  Productt  Company,  The:  See— 

Reid,  James  S.,  3,673,082. 
Stanford  Research  Institute:  See- 
Coon,  Clifford  L.,  3.673.252. 
Stanley.  Brian.  Electronic  relay.  3,673.435.  CI.  307-257.000. 
Stanley,  William  L.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Agriculture.  Prepara- 
tion of  an  insoluble  active  enzyme.  3.672,955.  CI.  195-68.000. 
Stanray  Corporation,  mesne:  See— 

Deck,  Lester  T.; and  Kupsky.  Fredrick  E.,  3,672,1  II. 
Starr.  Anthony  J.:  See— 

Liebertt.  Wolfgang;  and  Starr,  Anthony  J..  3.672.799. 
Starr.  Carrol  Dean;  and  Wang.  Teh  Po.  to  Driver,  Wilbur  B.,  Company. 
Thermocouple    for    nuclear    environment.    3,673,003,    CI.    136- 
236.000. 
Starr.  Ralph  W.  Article  sampling  apparatus.  3,672.224.  CI.  73-42 1  OOr. 
Statitrol  Corporation:  See— 

Blackwell.  Lyman  L.,  3.673.586. 
StaufT,  Emile;  and  Reury.  Roger,  to  Nord-Aviation  Societe  Nationale 
ie    Constructions    Aeronautiques.    Sighting    telescope    infra-red 
direction-finder  unit  in  a  teleguiding  device  for  missiles.  3,672,607, 
CI.  244-3.160. 
StaufTer  Chemical  Corporation:  See — 

Gutman,  Arnold  D..  3.673,1 81. 
Staulcup,  James  T.:  See— 

Cornish,  Rodney  H.;  Staulcup,  James  T.;  and  Chaney,  Richard  M., 
3,672,426. 
Steel  Company  of  Canada,  Limited.  The:  See— 

Herman,  Hans,  3.672,946. 
Stcfansson.  Rafn;  and  Bcanston,  Robert  A.,  to  Bell  tt  Howell  Com- 
pany. Oscillograph  record  identification  apparatus.  3,673.602,  CI. 
346- 1 07.00a. 
Steigerwald,  Robert  F.:  See— 

Sipos,  Donald  J.;  Steigerwald,  Rotkcrt  F.;  and  Whitcomb,  Newell 
E,  3.672,876. 
Steinberg,  Adalberto;  and  Ricco,  Silvio.  Slider  buckle  for  straps  and 

the  like.  3.672,007,  CI.  24-196.000. 
Steinberg,  David  Herbert,  to  Ciba-Geigy  Corporation.  Alkylhydrox- 
yphenyl  thioalkanonate  subilizers  for  organic  materials.  3,673,151, 
CI.  260-45.85. 
Stelts,  Philip  D.;  and  Kern,  David  W.,  to  Bethlehem  Steel  Corporation. 
Instrument  lance  for  basic  oxygen  steelmaking  furnace.  3.672.222, 
CI.  73-343.00r. 
Stephansen,  Erik  W.,  to  Bechtel  International  Corporation.  Microwave 

drying  apparatus.  3.672,066,  CI.  34-1.000. 
Sterling  Drug  Inc.:  See— 

Diana.  Guy  D.  3.673,201. 

Lesher.  George  Y.;  and  Gruett.  Monte  D..  3.673,193. 
Stewart,  Mary  J.:  See— 

Price.  John  A.;  and  Stewart.  Mary  J..  3.673.1 57. 
Stewart-Warner  Corporation:  See- 
Weaver.  Frank  C.  3.673.369. 
Williams,  Philip  J..  3.672.72 1 . 
Stoddard.  William  H.  Jr.:  See— 

Niedrach,  Leonard  W.;  and  Stoddard,  WilUam  H..  Jr.,  3,673.069. 
Stoeckli.  Oscar  W.:  See- 
Woodruff,  George  M.;  Stoeckli.  Oscar  W.;  and  Shando,  Joseph  0.. 
3,672,264. 
Stoffregen,  Louis  E.:  See— 

Pepmeier.  Carl  R.;  Sincavage,  Joseph  T.;  and  Stoffregen,  Louis  E., 
3.673.046. 
Stone,  Kenneth  R.:  See- 
West.  David  H.;  and  Stone,  Kenneth  R.,  3,672,199. 
Stoncham,    Jeffrey    R.,    to    Eastman    Kodak    Company.    Shutter 

mechanism.  3,672,285.  CL  95-59.000. 
Storey.  William  T.,  11;  Procter,  Robert  F.;  Snyder,  Charies  H.  A.;  Jacob. 
George  M.;  and  Mooney,  Raymond  T.,  to  Technitrol,  Inc.  Method  of 
making  an  electrical  component.  3.672,046.  CI.  29-624.000. 
Stout.  Bcauford  F.;  and  Hann,  George  W.,  to  Worth  Well  Surveys,  Inc. 
Apparatus  employing  diode  junction  means  for  measuring  subter- 
ranean temperatures.  3,672.2 15,  CI.  73-154.000. 
Stowaaser,  William  F.;  and  Miller,  Keith  A.,  to  Air  Productt  and 
Chemicala,  Inc.  Water  cooling  method  and  apparatus  employing 
liquid  nitrogen.  3.672.1 82.  CI.  62-98.000. 
Stralcy.  James  M.:  See— 


June  27, 1972 


Sugita.     Keiji;     and     Nagahara,     Yasumori, 


•T 


Weaver.  Max  A.;  Stralcy.  James  M.;  and  Moore,  Wiliam  H.. 
3,673,169. 
Strauss,  E4gar  H.,  to  Ruti  Machinery  Works.  Ltd.;  formeriy  and  Caspar 
Honegger.    Device   for   producing  thread   windings  oa  ^a  loom. 
3,672.404,0.  I  ?9- 1 2.000. 
Streb,  Alan  J:  Sor-^ 

Bienert,  Walter  B.;  Levedahl,  WiUiam  J.;  and  Streb,  Alan  J., 
3,672,443. 
Stromberg-Carlson  Corporation:  See— 
Pearce,  James  Gordon,  3,673.337. 
Suntop.  Morris  A.;  and  Randmere,  Uno,  3,673.330. 
Strope,  Douglas  H.;  and  Wikon,  Alan  D.,  to  International 'Buatiwas 
Machines  Corporation.  Holocrvphic  system  and  process  utilizing  a 
wet  cell  phase  hologram.  3,672.744.0.  350-3.500. 
Strople.  Gordon  N.;  and  Mills,  Justin  W.,  Jr.,  to  Lif-O-Gen,  Inc.  Ap- 
paratus for  dispensing  sterile  gas.  3,672,129,0.  55-270.000. 
StruU.  Gene,   to   Westinghousc   Electric   Corporation.    Process  for 
producing    a    cesium    coated    gallium    arsenide    photocathode. 
3,673,011,0.  148-175.000. 
Struthers  Energy  Systenu.  Inc.:  See— 

Fost«r-Peg|.  Richard  W.,  3,672.179. 
Struthers  Scientific  and  International  Corporation:  See- 
Pike,  John  W,  3,672,009. 
Stull,  James  T:  See— 

Hofraann,  Gottfried;  and  Stull,  James  T.,  3,672.438. 
Sugita,  Kci^:  See— 
Suzuki,     Shigeni; 
3.672,762. 
Sugiu,  Yntaka:  See— 

Nishida.  Hideko;  Yamaguchi.  Kunihiko;  Kumasaka,  Norjyuki;  Su- 
gita, Yutaka;  and  Fujtwara.  Hideo.  3.673,581. 
Sugiyama,  Kimroku:  See — 

Hasegawa,    Haruo;    Sugiyaou.    Kimroku;    Suzuki,    Kikuji;    and 
Hirano,  Kunio,  3,672,888. 
Sullivan,  Bruce  M.;  and  Kaus,  Cari  M.,  to  Donaldson  Company,  Inc. 
Retention  means  for  air  cleaner  element.  3,672,1 30,  CI.  55-323.000. 
Sulzer  Brothers  Limited:  See— 

Luber,  Paul,  3,672,407. 
Sumitomp  Chemical  Company,  Ltd.:  See— 

Yamamoto,   Hisao;   Hirohashi,   Atsuko;  Izumi,  Takahiro;  and 
Koahiba,  Masao,  3,673,243.      . 
Summeis,  George  D.  Implantable  bio-dau  monitoring  method  and  ap- 
paratus. 3,672.352,  CI.  128-2  OOr. 
Sun  Oil  Company:  See — 

Kirk,  Merrit  C.  Jr.,  3,673,078. 
Mason,  Charley  Mack,  3,672.175. 
Sundin.  A.  E.,  Produkter  AS:  See— 

Sundin.  Anders  Erik.  3.672.159. 
Sundin,  Anders  Erik,  to  Sundin.  A.  E.,  Produkter  AB. 
crane  jibs  adapted  to  t>e  extended  and  retracted 
3.672.159,0.60-10.500.  I 

SundsUand  Dau  Control  Incorporated,  mesne:  See— 

Siegel.  Vernon  H..  3.673.443.  ' 

Suntop,  Morris  A.;  and  Randmere,  Uno,  to  Suomberg-Carfson  Cor- 
poration. Two-party  automatic  number  identification  in  subscriber 
carrier  telephone  system.  3,673,330,0.  179-2. 50r.  i 

Surface  Technology.  Inc.:  See—  I 

Robertson,  David  D..  3.672,045.  | 

Suzuki,  Kikuji:  See— 

Hasegawa,    Haruo;    Sugiyama,    Kimroku;    Suzuki.    Kijcuji;    and 
Hirano.  Kunio.  3.672.888. 
Suzuki,  Shigeru;  Sugita.  Keiji;  and  Nagahara.  Yasumori,  to  Ificoh  Co.. 
Ltd.   Electrophotographic  copying  machine.   3,672,762,  CI.   355- 
10.000. 

Suzuki,  Toshi:  See— 

Wada,  Yoshiyo;  Kinjo.  Hisao;  Suzuki,  Toshi;  and  AkuWa,  Fumio. 
3.673.352. 
Svec.  Zdenek:  See— 

Didck.     Stanislav;     Svec.    Zdenek;     and    Pospisil,    Frantisek, 
3.672.144.  ^^^ 

Svenska  Dataregister  AB:  See—  I 

Lindelow.  Oaes-Goran.  3.673,388. 

Mattsson.  Matt  Erik;  and  Lindelow,  Oaes-Goran.  3,672.566. 
Svokoe.   Steve   George;   and   Angier.   Robert   Bruce,   to  American 
CyanMHd  Company.  l,4-Diphenyl-3,6-{dimercapto  or  epi(dithia 
ortetr«thial2.5-piper«ziiiediooe$.  3,673.172,  CL  260-239.3. 
Swain,  Charies  Gardner,  to  Masaachuscttt  Institute  of  Technology. 

Voluge  sensing  switch.  3,673,502.0.  328-146.000. 
Swanson,  Wesley  S.;  See— 

McCarty,  WUIiam  R.,  Jr.;  Dolter,  Paul  A.;  and  Swanson,  Wesley 
S.,  3.672.627. 
Swearingen.  Kent  W.:  See— 

Bcrglund,  Neil  C;  King,  Robert  W.;  and  Swearingen. 
3.672,297. 
Sweco,  inc.:  See— 

Deoight.  James  P.;  and  Burgess,  George  A.,  3.672,581 . 
Sweet,  ErvinJ.:See—  ,1--,.,, 

Ryaelis,  Joseph;  Sweet,  Ervin  J.;  and  Doyle,  Bnan  W.,  3.672.162. 
Sweet    Harold  C.  50*  to  WUUams.  Merton  E.  PorUble  distillery. 

3.672.959. 0.  202-181.000. 
Sweetheart  Plastics,  Inc.:  See- 
Mac  Daniel,  Gene;  and  Mc  Elvy.  Howell  T..  3,673,033. 
Swift  A  Company:  See—  ^ 

Anderson,  Harry  T..  3.673.065. 


Apparatus  for 
tel^opically. 


iwia. 


Kent  W., 


June  27. 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  39 


Swttzer,  Norris  H.:  See— 

Gioia,  Gaspare  L.;  Switzer,  Norris  H.;  and  Willerton.  John  K., 
3,672,608. 
Swodenk.  Wolfgang;  Schwerdul,  Wulf;  Losacker,  Paul;  and  Engel- 
hard, Bruno,  to  Farbenfabriken  Bayer  Aktiengesellachaft.  laoprene 
recovery.  3,673.265,0.  260-681.000. 
Symes,  Clifford  Edward,  to  GTE  Automatic  Electric  Laboratories  In- 
corporated. Crossbar  switch.  3,673,366,0.  200-175.000. 
Symonds,  Willard  G.,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Apparatus  for 

severing  a  sheet.  3,672,252,0.  83-582.000. 
Syntex  Corporation:  See— 

Talbot,  Meldon  L.;  and  Foster.  Theodore  T..  3,673.232. 
Synvar  Associates:  See— 

McConneU.  Harden  M.;  and  Ullman.  Edwin  F..  3,673.207. 
Syrjanen,  Ahti.  to  Jylhavaara  Osakeyhtio.  Pressure  strainer  device. 

3,672,506.0.  209-273.000. 
Szala.  Norman  M.:  See- 
Van  Der  Sluys.  William;  O'Neill,  Thomas  J.;  and  Szala,  Norman 
M,  3.672,309. 
Sze.  Simon  Min:  See— 

Coleman.  Donald  James.  Jr.;  and  Sze.  Simon  Min.  3,673,514. 
Szymber,  Oleg;  and  Shim,  Norman,  to  GAF  Corporation.  Automatic 
focusing  system  for  projectors  and  the  like.  3.672.757,  CI.  353- 
101.000. 
Tabankin,    Phyllis.    Sequentially-operable    hidden    camera    device. 

3.672.269,0  95-M. 
Tab«t  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.:  See — 

Tabet,  Michael  A.,  3.673.484. 
Tabet,  Michael  A.,  to  Tabet  Manufacturing  Co.,  Inc.  Remote  servo 
control  circuit  for  remote  controlled  switches  and  switchboards. 
3.673.484.  CI.  318-674.000. 
Tacke.  Peter;  Binsack,  Rudolf;  and  Weisscl,  Oskar.  to  Farbenfabriken 
Bayer        Aktiengesellschaft.        2.2'.4.4'-Tetrachloro-5,5'-diamino- 
diphenyl  ether.  3.673. 123.  CI.  260-571.000. 
Tacken.  Raymond  W..  to  Burroughs  Corporation.   Luminous  gas 

alphanumeric  displsy  device.  3.673.4S1.C1  313-109.500. 
Tagawa,  Takao,  to  Sharp  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Electrostatic  printing  ap- 
paratus. 3,673.599,0.  346-74.0cr 
Taiyo  Kogyo  Company  Limited:  See- 
Sakamoto,    Junzo;    Nozaki,    Tadashi;    Tsuji.    Yoshifumi;    and 
Shimada.  Masaharu.  3.672.561. 
Takacs,  Kalman;  See— 

Harsanyi.  Kalman;  Takacs,  Kalman;  Relle,  Zsuzsa,  nee  Somfai; 
Milak,  Eva,  nee  Krompccber;  Tardos.  Laszio;  Korbonits,  Dezso; 
Kiss.  Pal;  and  Gonczy.  Csaba,  3,673. 1 88. 
Takahashi,  Akira.  Kojima.  Hiroo;  Ogawa.  Masao;  Osuka,  Hiroshi;  and 
Kobayashi.   Shoichi,   to   Shows   Denka   Kabushiki   Kaisha.   Ther- 
moplastic resin  having  high  impact  strength.  3.673.279.  CI.  260- 
876.00r. 
Takahashi.  Hiroshi,  to  Daicel  Ltd.  Process  for  manutacturing  3,3,5- 

trimethylcyclobexyl  mandelate.  3,673,239,0.  260-473.00a. 
Takahashi,  Isoji:  See- 
Sato,  Masamichi;  and  Takahashi.  Isoji,  3.672,330. 
Takahashi,    Kenji;    Yamamura,    Toshio;    Ono,    Mittuzo;    and    Eda. 
Korekiyo,   to   Kanegafuchi   Boseki   Kabushiki   Kaisha.    Method  of 
producing  polyvinyl  acetal'porous  articles.  9^73,1 25,  CI.  260-2. 50f. 
Takahira,  Jiro:  See— 

Hasegawa.  Tokushige;  Makimoto.  Kuninobu;  Nihei,  Seiji;  and 
Takahira,  Jiro,  3.672.868. 
Takami,  Fumitaka:  See— 

fkawa.  Kenji;  and  Takami.  Fumiuka.  3,673,234. 
Takase,  Yoshiyuki:  See — 

Minami,  Shinsaku;  Shono,  Toshihiro;  Shmmizu,  Masanao;  and 
Takase.  Yoshiyuki,  3.673.184. 
Takata.  Harry  H..  to  Raygo.  Inc.  Control  means  for  power  steering jer- 

vo.  3.672,460,0.  180-79.206. 
Tskcnoshita,  Mittuaki:  See— 

Ichiryu,  Ken;  and  Takenoshiu,  Mittuaki,  3,672,398. 
Takeuchi,  Masatoshi:  See— 

Mattumoto,  Jiro;  Takeuchi.  Masatoshi;  Abe,  Arimichi;  and  Sen- 
goku.Koji.  3.673.010. 
Takimoto,  Masaaki:  See— 

Mattumoto.  Seiji;  Tamai  Yasuo;  Takimoto.  Masaaki;  and  Sato, 
Masamichi,  3.672,887. 
Talbot,  Meldon  L.;  and  Foster,  Theodore  T..  to  Syntex  Corporation. 

Dicyclopentadienyl  iron  compounds.  3.673,232,0.  260-439.0cy. 
Tallman,  Richard  L.:  See- 
Andrew.  Kenneth  F.;  Tallman.  Richard  L.;  and  Gulbransen.  Earl 
A.  3,672,814. 
Tamai  Yasuo:  See— 

Mattumoto,  Seiji;  Tamai  Yasuo;  Takimoto,  Masaaki;  and  Sato, 
Masamichi.  3,672.887. 
Tamai,  Yasuo;  and  Honjo.  Satoru.  to  Fuji  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd.  Method 
of  manufacturing  bases  for  electrosutic  recording  material  or  elec- 
trophotographic material.  3,672.988,0.  1 17-215.000. 
Tamura,  Takaaki;  and  Kato,  Tsutomu,  to  Kachiu  Co.,  Ltd.  Method  for 
oxidizing  carbon  monoxide  contained  in  room  air.  3,672,824, 0.  23- 
4.000. 
Tanabe  Swiyaku  Co.,  Ltd.:  See— 

Yoneda.   Naoto;   Ishihara,  Teruo;   Kobayashi,   Tettuji;   Kondo, 

Yasuzo;    Okumura,    Kentaro;    Kojima,    Michio;    and    Nose. 

Takeshi.  3,673,195. 

Tanaka,  Akira;  Hattori.  Tsuyoshi;  Anno.  Hirotomo;  and  Kawahara. 

Testuyo,  to  Japanese  Geon  Company,  Ltd.,  The.  Vinyl  chloride 


polymer  blended  with  a  nitrile-ntethacrylate-acrylatc  tcrpolyr. 
3.673.283,0.  260-898.000. 
Tanaka.  Hiroshi:  See— 

Inoue,  Eiichi;  Yamaji,  Keizo;  Tanaka.  Hiroshi;  and  Saito,  Takaahi, 
3,673,595. 
Tanaka.  Takashi;  and  Nomura.  Yasuo,  to  Mattushita  Electric  Industri- 
al Co..  Ltd.  Multi-channel  dual-gap  magnetic  head.  3,672.044,  O. 
29-603.000. 
Tang.  Pak  Chong:  See— 

Olsen.  Perry  Charles;  and  Tang.  Pak  Chong,  3.673.3 1 8. 
Taniguchi.  Hiroshi;  Nakamura,  Takahiro;  and  Sakumoto.  Hideki,  to 
Mattushita  Electric  Industrial  Co.,  Ltd.  Automatic  tape  feed  con- 
trolling meam.  3.673,414,0.  250-206.000. 
Taniguchi.  Masaharu:  See— 

Minami.  Muneyoahi;  Taniguchi,  Masaharu;  Tsutsomi.  Tadao;  Mu- 
rakami. Masakazo;  and  Yoshii,  Toshiya,  3,673,145. 
Taniguchi,  Maaanobu:  See- 
Kawasaki,  Akihiro;  Ueda,  Hiroaki;  and  Taniguchi,  Masanobu, 
3.673,165. 
Tappan  Company.  The:  See- 
Lamb.  John  T.,  and  Anderson,  Cari  L.,  3,673,464. 
Tardos,  Lsazlo:  See— 

Harsanyi,  Kalman;  Takacs,  Kalman;  Relle,  Zsuzsa,  nee  Somfai; 
Milak,  Eva,  nee  Krompecher;  Tardos.  Laszio;  Korbonitt.  Dezao; 
Kiss,  Pal:  and  Gonczy,  Csaba,  3,673, 1 88. 
Tartan  Industries,  Inc.:  See — 

Foster.  James  L..  Jr..  3.672,455. 
Tausch,  Gilbert  H.:  See— 

Watkins.  Fred  E.;  and  Tausch,  Gilbert  H..  3,672,397. 
Taut.  Kart  H.  Modular,  knock-down  furniture.  3,672.739,  O.  3l2- 

107.000. 
Taylor.  Clarence  R.:  See— 

Knowles.  Frederick  G.;  and  Taylor.  Oarence  R..  3,672,393. 
Taylor,  Francis  R.:  See- 
Lane,  George  A.;  Smith,  William  Arthur;  DoUman,  Stephen  C; 
Kaye,  Seymour  M.;  and  Taylor,  Francis  R..  3.673.01 3. 
Taylor.  GeofFrey  Gordon,  to  Fruitgrowers  Chemical  Campany  Limited. 
Granules  comprising  inert  cores  coated  with  an  absorbent  powder. 
3.672.945. 0.  1 17- 100.00b. 
Taylor.  Roland  C.  Delay  equalizer  network  including  negative  delay 

circuite.  3,673.520.0.  333-28.00r. 
TDK  Electronics  Co..  Ltd.:  See — 

Ueoka,     Hisayoshi;     Horii,     Kazuo;     and     Umeya,     Kazumasa, 
3,673,119. 
Teague,  Ernest  Douglas,  to  Norton  Abrasives  Limited.  Manufacture  of 
plaster  of  Paris  mold  having  sprayed  metal  oxide  linings  and  product. 
3,673,293,0.  264-60.000. 
Technitrol,  Inc.:  See — 

Storey,  WiUiam  T..  II;  Procter.  Robert  F.;  Snyder.  Charies  H.  A.; 
Jacob,  George  M.;  and  Mooney,  Raymond  T.,  3,672.046. 
Technology  Application  Services  Corporation:  See — 

Camacho,  Salvador  L,  3,673,375. 
Teichner.  Stanislas  Jean;  and  GUbert.  Andre  Nicolaon,  to  Etat  Francais 
represente  par  le  Ministre  des  Armees  Delegation  Ministerielle  pour 
I'Armement.  Method  of  preparing  inorganic  aerogels.  3.672,833.  O. 
23-l82.00r. 
Teitelbaum.  Bernard  R.:  See- 
Mayer.  Endre  A.;  and  Teitelbaum.  Bernard  R..  3,672,474. 
Teledyne.  Inc..  mesne:  See — 

Bienert.  Walter  B.;  Levedahl.  WUUam  J.;  and  Streb.  Alan  J.. 

3.672.443. 
Petit,  Robert  F.;  and  Wesnoskie.  James  F..  3,672.3 12. 
Telefonaktieboiaget  L  M  Ericsson:  See— 

Edstrom.   NUs   Herbert;   and   Hcmdal.   Goran   Anders   Henrik. 
3.673.577. 
Telefunken  Patentverwertungsgesellschaft  m.b.H.:  See — 
Kaiser.  Reinhold.  3.673.012. 

Kersten.  Kari-Heinz;  and  Patschan.  Wolfgang.  3.673.5 1 5. 
Temple,  Sidney  J.:  See— 

Drugmand,  Lester  D.;  and  Temple,  Sidney  J.,  3,673,385. 
Drugmand.  Lester  D.;  and  Temple.  Sidney  J..  3.673,386. 
Tenna  Corporation:  See — 

Tolar.  James  H.,  3,672.685. 
Tenneco  Chemicals,  Inc.:  See— 
Di  BeUa,  Eugene  P.,  3,673,257. 
Ferstenberg,  Charles.  3,672,348. 
Tepper,  Sidney;  Tiemey,  WUIiam;  and  LUinga,  Nicholas,  to  Topper 
Corporation.  Walking  mechanism  for  a  doU.  3.672.082,  O.  40- 
106.360. 
Tepper,  Sidney;  and  Lalinga,  Nicholas,  to  Topper  Corporation.  Ani- 
mating device  for  a  doU.  3,672,092,  CI.  46- 1  .OOr. 
Termin,  Erich:  See— 

Dijkhuizen,  WiUem;  Termin,  Erich;  Bleh,  Otto;  and  Morgenstem, 
Dieter,  3.673,159. 
Terrels,  Joseph  L.;  and  Meneses,  Robert  Container  and  stirrer  for 

paint  sprayer.  3,672,645, 0.  259- 1 22.000. 
Terteni.  Giansandro'.  Demountable  fiahing  lure  with  interchangeable 

elementt.  3.672.086. 0.  43-42.090. 
Terry.  John  Brian,  to  Marconi  Company  Limited.  The.  Time  diviaion 
data  tranamission  system  having  interrogation  signal  passed  through 
matrix  switches  to  junctors  via  all  free  paths.  3,673,568,  O.  340- 
147.00r. 


PI  40 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


Tcublcr,  Adolf;  and  Everaheim,  Paul,  to  Vereinigte  LeichtmetaJI- 
Werke  GmbH.  Aluminum  oflset  printing  plate.  3,672.878,  CI.  75- 
'         141.000. 

Tewkabury,  Floyd  L..  Jr.;  and  Dernier,  Walter  R.,  to  Allied  Chemical 
Corporation.  Process  for  preparing  2-(2-arylaniino-vinyll-l-lower 
alkyl-3-H-iiidolium  sah  dyes.  3 ,673 ,1 78,  CI.  260-240.800. 

Texaco  Development  Corporation:  See— 

GoMsby.  Arthur  R..  3.673.27 1 . 
Texaco  Inc.:  See— 

Hoyt.  Donald  L.,  3.672.448. 

Loffbourrow,  Robert  J..  3.673.398. 

Schlinger.  Warren  G.;  and  Kaufman.  Harold  C,  3.673.080. 

Vermillion.  Herbert  E.;  and  O'Loughlin.  James  J..  3.672.8S2. 

Waldbillig.  James  O.;  Wiley,  Morris  A.;  Rambo,  Marvin  L.;  and 
Millendorf.  Alfred  J..  3.673.090. 
Texas  Instruments.  Incorporated:  See— 

Callahan.  Michael  J..  Jr.,  3,673.S08. 

Faxon,  Robert  C,  3,673,538. 

Hair,  George  D.;  and  Kincaid,  James  U.,  3,673,33 1 . 

Meyer,John  v.,  3,673.121. 

Pearson,  Samuel  Reader,  3,673.439. 

Pritchard.  John  P..  Jr.;  and  Schroen,  Walter «..  3.673.07 1 . 
Textron.  Inc.:  See— 

Mocrtel.  George  B.;  and  Wilson.  James  R.,  3.672.008. 
Textron.  Inc..  mesne:  See— 

Smith.  Roy  £.3,672,554. 
Thaddey,  Kurt:  See— 

Schaub,  Heiner;  Thaddey,  Kurt;  and  Celio.  Tino,  3,672.768. 
Theriot.  Gilbert  A.:  See— 

Elkins.  Johnny  C;  and  Theriot,  Gilbert  A.,  3,672,064. 
Thermoformed  Plastics  Corporation:  See— 

Saveth.  Ivan  H.,  3.672.598. 
Thermoplastic  Processes  Inc.:  See— 

Du  Pont.  Paul  R..  3,673.401. 
Thielen.  Heinz;  Grundmann.  Harald;  and  Putz.  Franz,  to  Rheinische 
Braunkohlenwerke    AG.    Vehicle    brake    condition    testing    and 
signalling  arrangement.  3,673.563.  CI.  340-71.000. 
Thies,  Charles  E.;  Thompson,  Bernard  L.;  and  Anderson,  Stanley  E.,  to 
United  States  of  America,  Army,  mesne.  Method  of  making  cast-in- 
placc  end-burning  propellant  grains.  3.673,287,  CI.  264-3.000. 
Thomas  &.  Betu  Corporation:  See— 

Fiorentino,  Arthur  A.,  3,672,6 1 5. 

Garner,  Peter,  3,673,543. 
Thomas,  David  Michael,  to  International  Standard  Electric  Corpora- 
tion. Time  division  multiplex  switches.  3,673,336, CI.  I79-I5.0bd. 
Thomas,  leuan:  See— 

.    Buckley,  Alan;  and  Thomas,  leuan,  3,673,162. 
Thompson.  Bernard  L.:  See— 

Thies.  Charles  E.;  Thompson.  Bernard  L.;  and  Anderson,  Stanley 
E,  3,673,287. 
Thompson,  Charles  H.:  See— 

Prewett,  Hubert  P.,  Jr.;  and  Thompson,  Charles  H.,  3,672,246. 
Thompson,  Charles  J.:  See— 

Carmody,  William  D.;  Thompson,  Charles  J.;  and  BuUler,  George 

J,  3,673.126. 

Thompson.  Donald  F.;  Quartermus,  George  D.;  and  Quinn,  Thomas 

M.,  to  Avisun  Corporation.  Composite  sheet.  3,672,944,  CI.  117- 

76.00f. 

Thome-Booth,  George  M..  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation. 

Vehicle  control  system  and  method.  3,672,6 1 1 ,  CI.  246-28.00r. 
Thornton,  James.  Reusable  forms  for  casting  columns.  3,672,626,  CI. 

249-48.000. 
Thorstenson,  Rolf  A.,  to  Avco  Corporation.  Turbine  blade  having  a 

cooled  laminated  skin.  3.672,787.  CI.  41 6-97.000. 
Thrasher,  John  Peter,  to  Gureckis,  Peter  V.  Underground  radio  com- 
munication system  for  roadways.  3,673,497,  CI.  325-180.000. 
Tibbetu,  Alan  R.;  and  Tucker,  Donald  R.,  to  Airco,  Inc.  Ambient  air 

vaporizer.  3,672,446,  CI.  165-183. 
Ticknor,  Sergei  L.,  to  Jerrold  Electronics  Corporation,  mesne.  Re- 
sistorless  radio  frequency  hybrid  signal  splitter.  3,673,517,  CI.  333- 
8  000 
Tiedtke,  Alfred:  See— 

Schulze-Robbecke,  Hans;  and  Tiedtke,  Alfred,  3,672,425. 
Tiemann,  Jerome  J.;  and  Gitzendanner,  Louis  G.,  to  General  Electric 
Company.  Magnetic  transducer  having  a  composite  magnetic  core 
structure.  3,673,353,CI.  179-I00.20c. 
Tiemey,  William:  See—  - 

Teppcr,    Sidney:    Tiemey,    William;    and    Lilinga.    Nicholas, 
3.672.082. 
Timken  Company.  The:  See— 

Barnbrook,    Thomas    George;    and    Wren,    Frederick    James, 

3,672,019. 
Keller,  Thomas  C;  and  Heggy,  Robert  F.,  3,672,735. 
Timko,  Charles  A.,  to  Continental  Can  Company,  Inc.  Method  for 
elecuostatically  holding  particles  along  a  mold  surface.  3,673.296. 
CI.  264-24.000. 
Tinsley.  John  D.:  See- 
Sawyer.  Roy  D.;  and  Tinsley.  John  D..  3.673,083. 
Titeflex.  a  Division  of  Atlas  Corporation:  See— 

Christianaon,  Roger  D.,  3,672,704. 
Titt,Georg.  Worm  gear  drive.  3,672.239,  CI.  74-425.000. 
Tizon  Chemical  Corporation:  See— 


June  27. 1972 


Gambale.  James  Richard;  Mclntyre.  Glenn  Hazel,  Jr.;  anid  Ranney, 
Fredrik  J.  3,672,823. 
Tobey,  Ray;  and  Lankford,  David  L,  to  A  '^omation  Industries,  Inc. 
Apparatus  for  electroplating  the  interior  of  an  elongated  pipe. 
3,673.073.0.204-226.000. 
Todd.  Chester  F..  to  Southwire  Company.  Method  of  preparing  pour- 
ing spout.  3,673,039,  a.  156-293.000. 
Toepel,  Roaemarie;  Abel.  Heinz;  Maeder,  Arthur;  and  Lciffls.  Klaus- 
Dieter,  to  Ciba  Limited.  Polyaddition  products  and  proccai  for  their 
manufacture.  3,673,558,  CI.  260-29.2ep. 
Tohoku  Special  Steel  Works  Limited:  See— 

Mattumoto,  Jiro;  Takeuchi,  Masatoahi;  Abe,  Arimichi;  and  Sen- 
goku.  Koji,  3.673,010.  1 

Tokura,  Susuma:  See—  ' 

Mauui,  Maso;  Utsuhara.  Yutaka;  Yamabe,  Masahiro;  and  Tokura, 
Susuma,  3.672,802. 
Tokyo  Broadcasting  System,  Inc.;  and:  See— 
Ito,  Yutaka;  and  HiraU,  Jun,  3,673.324. 
Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Niioka.  Takeharu;  and  Hosokawa,  Ryoji.  3,673.351 . 
Tolar.  James  H..  to  Tenna  Corporation.  Universal  cartridge<type  tape 
recorder  and  playback  instrument.  3.672,685.  C\.  274-4.C " 


See- 


.OOg. 


and 


hJicholas. 


Toledo  Stamping  &  Manufacturing  Co.: 

Schcppele.  Lyie  W.,  3,672,334. 
Tolmie,  Robert  J.,  to  Sperry  Rand  Corporation.  Control  m«aiu  for  a 

rechargeable  battery.  3,673,001,  CI.  136-1 10.000. 
Tomalia.  Donald  A.;  and  Glesner,  William  K.,  to  Dow  Chemical  Com- 
pany, The.  Polymeric  adhesive  containing  a  polyepoxide,  a  carboxy 
terminated  polybutadiene  and  a  bis-2-oxazoline.  3,673,274,  CI.  260- 
836.000. 
Tomaszewski,  Thaddeus  W,  to  Udylite  Corporation,  The.  Electrolytic 
codeposition  of  copper  with  flne  particles.   3,672,970,  CI.   204- 
52.00r. 
Tomeoku.  Hiroshi:  See— 

Kawabe,  Ushio;  Kimura,  Hiroshi;  Tomeoku.  Hiroshi;  and  Doi. 

Toshio.  3.673.444. 

Tomica,  Alojzy;  and  Blackwell,  John  Francis,  to  International  Standard 

Electric    Corporation.    Apparatus    for    forming    electric    cables. 

3,672. 141, a  57-12. 

Tomlinson,  Charles  W.,  to  Acme  Visible  Records,  Inc.  Conveyor  drop 

box.  3,672,663,  CI.  271-64.000. 
Tomlinson,  Kenneth:  See— 

Mitchell.  Harry  Ian;  and  Tomlinson.  Kenneth,  3,672.993. 
Tomlinson.  Roy.  to  Connollys  (Blackley)  Limited.  Method  of  im- 
pregnating and  coating  stranded  bodies.  3.672.974,  CI.  117-1 1 5.000. 
Tommaney.  Joseph   W..  to  Allegheny   Ludlum   Steel  Corporation. 
Power    partition    control    for    consumable    electrode    furnaces. 
3.672.428.  a.  164-52.000. 
Tomoegawa  Papaer  Manufacturing  Co..  Ltd.:  See— 

Hasegawa,    Haruo;    Sugiyama,    Kimroku;    Suzuki,    Kiluji; 
Hirano,  Kunio,  3,672,888.  ^ 

Topper  Corporation:  See — 

Tepper.    Sidney;    Tiemey,    William;    and    Lilinga. 

3,672,082. 
Tepper,  Sidney;  and  Lalinga,  Nicholas,  3,672,092. 
Toray  Industries,  Inc.:  See— 

Minami,  Muneyoshi;  Taniguchi.  Masaharu.  Tsutsomi,  Tadao;  Mu- 
rakami, Masakazo;  and  Yoshii,  Toshiya,  3,673,145. 
Torres,  Mario  A.,  to  California  Computer  Products,  Inc.  Tape  storage 

bufTer.  3,672,599,  CI.  242- 1 84.000. 
Toshiba  Kikai  Kabushiki  Kaisha:  See— 

Miura,    Yasushi;    Kashiwagi,   Nobuo.   and   Mochizuki, 
3,672,440. 
Toth,  Alex;  and  Fesmire,  Robert  H.,  to  Ellis  Corporation, 
structure  and  method  for  laundry  machines.   3,672,82< 
150.000.  1 

Townsend  Engineering  Company:  See —  I 

Greider.  Charles  Austin,  3,672,001.  ! 

Toyonaga,  Ryuya;  and  Sato,  Kazuo,  to  Nippon  Hoao  Kyokaj.  Porous 
layer  of  a  secondary  electron  multiplier  and  a  method  of  manufactur- 
ing the  same.  3,672,989,  Q.  1 1 7-224.000. 
Toyooka,  Mono:  See—  i 

Sakamoto,  Yuzaburo;  and  Toyooka,  Morio,  3.672,047. 
Traber,  Walter:  See—  ' 

Frick,  Wilhelm  Ernst;  Weiss,  Anton  G.;  Wenger,  Thomas;  and 
Traber,  Walter.  3,673.209. 
Trachtenberg.  William,  to  Eastman  Kodak  Company.  Process  of  trans- 
ferring an  electrostatic  charge  pattern  without  using  external  pres- 
sure or  electrode  bias.  3.672.930,  CI.  1 1 7-37.01e. 
Traunecker,  Werner:  See— 

Schromm,  Kurt;  Mentrup,  Anton;  Zeile,  Karl;  Renth.  Eijnst-Otto; 
Engelhardt,  Albrecht;  and  Traunecker,  Werner,  3,673, 1 87. 
Trautweia,  Paul  A.  Rotary  dock.  3,672,178,0.  61-46.000. 
Travers,  Frederick  W.,  to  Dennison  Manufacturing  Company.  Conduc- 
tive   base    sheet    for    electrophotographic    reproduction    sheet. 
3.672,982,0.  117-201.000. 
Travor,  Bruce  W.;  and  Pitney,  Lennord  L.,  to  United  Sutes  of  Amer- 
ica, Aroiy.  Caitridge  actuating  device.  3,672,254,  G.  89- 1  .QOb. 
Trcka,  Ronald;  and  Sherrick,  Paul  H.,  to  Sargent-Welch  Scientific 
Company.  Analytical  method  and  apparatus  using  diffusion  across  a 
boundvy  between  liquids.  3,672,838,  CI.  23-230.00r. 
Trepka.   William   J.,   to   Phillips   Petroleum   Company.    1,2-Dialkox- 
y benzenes  as  randomizer  for  copolymerization.  3,673,166,  CI.  260- 
83.700. 


Zenichi, 

Loading 
CI.   8- 


JUNE27.  1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  41 


Trevillyan,  Alvin  E.,  to  Atlantic  Richfield  Company.  Process  for  the 

recovery  of  cobalt  catalyst.  3,673,154,0.  260-524. 
Trieschmann,  Hans-Georg;  Untentenhoefer,  Leo;  and  Berbner,  Heinz, 
to  Badische  Anilin-  &   Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft.   Molding 
material  based  on  bitumen.  3,673,141,0.  260-28. Saa. 
Trimble,  Cebem  B.;  and  Skutt,  Robert  R.,  to  National  Cash  Register 
Company,  The.   Miniature   magnetic   head.   3,672.043,  CI.   29- 
603.000. 
Trimble,  John  Omer;  and  Demler,  Henry  William,  Sr.,  to  AMP  Incor- 
porated. Method  and  apparatus  for  tapping  pipeline.  3,672,383,  O. 
137-15.000. 
Trimpler,  Walter,  to  Diehl.  Synchronous  alarm  clock  mechanism. 

3,672,151,0.58-5.000. 
Triolo,  Peter  T.;  and  Schutte,  Harlan  H.,  to  Scovill  Manufacturing 

Company.  Die  assembly.  3.672,806,0.  425-406.000. 
Tripp,  Robert  W.,  to  Inductorsyn  Corporation.  High  speed  digital 

tracking  system.  3,673,395, 0.  235-1 5 1 . 1 10. 
Tripp,  Robert  W.;  and  Geller,  Robert  Z.,  to  Inductosyn  Corporation. 
Position  measuring  transformer  having  multiple  independent  sec- 
tions for  reduction  of  measurement  errors.   3,673,585,  CI.  340- 
198.000. 
Truck  Equipment  Corporation:  See — 
Linville.  Roy  Norman,  3,672,520. 
Truhan,  Andrew:  See— 

Ubersax,  Richard  W;  and  Truhan,  Andrew,  3,672,35 1 . 
TRW,Inc.:See- 

ArutunofT,  Armais;  and  O'Rourke,  John  C,  3,672,795. 
Brooks,  Robert  E.,  3,672,776. 
Hilberg,  Ronald  P.,  3,673,504. 

Howe,  John  Arthur;  and  Bryan,  Leslie  Oliver,  3,673,368. 
Kirkpatrick,  Milton  E.,  3,673,306. 
Luckey,  George  R.,  3,672,104. 
Olson,  Gaylor  G.,  3,673,41 2. 
Tschopp,  Werner.   Stabilizing  magnetic  fields.    3,673.465.  O.   317- 

123.000. 
Tsubakimoto  Chain  Manufacturing  Company  Limited:  See— 

Shibata.    Seiya.;    Yamasaki,    Akitoshi;   and    Shimono,    Isokazu. 
3.672.666. 
Tsuchiya.  Takuzo:  See— 

Blixrud.  John  O.;  Knigge.  Wayne  1.;  Rustad.  Stanley  C;  and 
Tsuchiya.  Takuzo.  3,672,294. 
Tsuji,  Yoshifumi:  See- 
Sakamoto,    Junzo;    Nozaki,    Tadashi;    Tsuji,    Yoshifumi;    and 
Shimada,  Masaharu,  3,672,561. 
Tsujimura,  Kimiaki;  and  Moriya,  Tosio,  to  Fuji  Photo  Film  Co.,  Ltd. 
Method  of  continuously  perforating  a  web  and  apparatus  for  the 
same.  3,672,248.0.  83-37.000. 
Tsutsomi,  Tadao:  See— 

Minami,  Muneyoshi;  Taniguchi,  Masaharu;  Tsutsomi,  Tadao;  Mu- 
rakami, Masakazo;  and  Yoshii,  Toshiya,  3,673,145. 
Tsutsui,  Nobuhiro:  See — 

Shimoda,   Keitaro;  Tsutsui,   Nobuhiro;  Sekiguchi,   Hideto;  and 
Sone.Masao,  3,673,053. 
Tucker,  Donald  R.:  See— 

Tibbetts.  Alan  R.;  and  Tucker,  Donald  R.,  3,672,446. 
Tucker,  William  Henry,  to  Anchor  Hocking  Corporation.  Blank  and 

display  stand  for  stemware.  3,672.5 1 4,  CI.  2 1 1  -73.000. 
Tuel,  Donald  F.  Anchors  with  powered,  movable  flukes.  3,672,32 1 ,  CI. 

114-208. 
Tufts,  Guy  O:  See— 

Scarnato,  Thomas  J.;  Tufts,  Guy  O.;  Peacock.  Peter  J.;  and  Cicci. 
George  B,  3,672.1 38. 
Tung.  George  K.  L.:  See- 
Blake.  Carl  B.;  and  Tung.  George  K.  L..  3.673,1 35. 
Turner, Charles  W.:  See- 
White,  Richard  M.;  Lee,  Robert  E.;  and  Turner,  Charies  W., 
3,673,474. 
Turner,  Justin  L..  to  Educational  Service  Programs.  Inc.  Antenna  for 
use  with  an  audio  induction  communication  system.  3,673.334.  CI. 
179-82.000. 
Tutiya.  Hidetaka:  See— 

Yasuda.  Tetuya;  Tutiya.  Hidetaka;  and  Mori.  Takeshi.  3.672. 1 50. 
Tyas,  Karl:  See— 

Firestein.  Harry;  and  Tyas.  Karl.  3.672.3 1 3. 
Firestein.  Harry;  and  Tyas.  Karl.  3.672.314. 
Tyree.  Lewis.  Jr.  Method  and  apparatus  for  CO( 02  cooling.  3.672.181. 

CI.  62-63.000. 
Uarco  Incorporated:  See- 
Peterson,  Charles  L.,  3,672,55 1 . 
Ubersax,  Richard  W.;  and  Truhan,  Andrew.  Disposable  blood  test 

device.  3,672,351,0.  128-2.00g. 
Uchida,  Akinari:  See— 

Ogawa,  Hiroshi;  Yamane,  Sigeto;  Nakagawa,  Hisasi;  and  Uchida, 
Akinari,  3,672,355. 
Udylite  Corporation,  The:  See— 

Tomaszewski,  Thaddeus  W.,  3,672.970. 
Ucbc.  Rudolf:  See— 

Weissermel,  Klaus;  Uebe.  Rudolf;  and  Pfister.  Horst.  3.673.144. 
Ueber.  Russell  C:  See- 
Richardson.  Edwin  A.;  and  Ueber,  Russell  C,  3.672,449. 
Ueda.  Hiroaki:  See- 
Kawasaki,  Akihiro;  Ueda.  Hiroaki;  and  Taniguchi.  Masanobu, 
3,673,165. 
Ueda,  Hirozo:  See — 

Sato,  Akira;  Ueda,  Hirozo;  and  Ono.  Yoshiaki,  3,672,897. 
Ueoka,  Hisayoshi;  Horii,  Kazuo;  and  Umeya,  Kazumasa,  to  TDK  Elec- 
tronics Co.,  Ltd.  Semiconducting  ceramic  compositions.  3,673,1 19, 
CI.  252-520.000. 


Ufer,     Erich,    to    Messerschmin-Bolkow-Blohm    Gcaellachaft    nh 
beschrankter  Haftung.  Drive  engine  having  shrouded  aropcDcr  with 
a  variable  outlet  croas  section.  3,672,1 69,  G.  60-230.000. 
Ullman,  Edwin  F.:  See— 

McConnell.  Harden  M.;  and  UUman,  Edwin  F.,  3.673.207. 
Umeya,  Kazumasa:  See— 

Ueoka,    Htsayoahi;    Horii,    Kazuo;    and    Umeya,    Kazuaiau, 
3,673,119. 
Union  Carbide  Corporation:  See — 

Dariand,  William  G.,  Jr.,  3,672,998. 

Eichin,  Harry  P.,  3,672,494. 

Hauck,  Oifford  A.,  3,673,374. 

Louzos,  Demetrios  V.,  3,672,996. 

Mandorf,    Victor,    Jr.;    and    Montgomery,    Lionel    Gaytoo, 

3.673,118. 
Papa.  Anthony  Joseph;  and  Proopa.  William  Robert.  3,673.1 30. 
Schleyer,  Paul  von  R.,  3.673.268. 
Union  Oil  Company  of  California:  See- 
Holm,  Le  Roy  W.,  3,673,124. 
Uniroyal,  Inc.:  See- 
Brandt,  Jack  P..  3,673,059. 
United  Kingdom  Atomic  Energy  Authority:  See — 
Clemenu,  Henry  George,  3,673,088. 
Hayes,  Michael  Richard,  3,672,500.  * 

Long,  Geoffrey,  3,672,844. 
Mills,  Alfred  Leonard;  and  Vivers,  Robert  William  Jackaoa, 

3,672,848. 
Roach,  Peter  Francis;  and  Davidson,  Daniel  Eraser,  3,672,209. 
United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Northern  Ireland,  Minister 
of  Technology  in  Her  Britannic  M^esty's,  Govemmeol  of  the: 
See  -  CoUiver.  David  John;  and  Hilsum,  Cyril.  3.673,469. 
United  States  Gypsum  Company:  See — 
Conway.  Donald  J.,  3,672,108. 
Deck,  Lester  T  ;  and  Kupsky,  Fredrick  E.,  3,672,1 1 1. 
United  States  of  America 
Agriculture:  See- 
Berry,  Robert  E.;  Bissett,  Owen  W.;  Wagner,  Charies  J..  Jr.;  and 

Patterson,  Eldridge  P.,  3.672,909. 
Buchanan.  Russell  A.;  and  Russell.  Charies  R..  3,673,1 36. 
Lewis,  John  B.;  and  Hedrick,  Glen  W.,  3,673,240. 
Owens,  Lowell  D.,  3,672,862. 
Stanley,  WiUiam  L.,  3,672,9SS. 
Air  Force:  See— 

Leidenfrost,  Wolfgang,  3,672,205. 
Marggraf,  Kurt  A.;  and  Metzger,  Ernest,  3,672,232. 
Peters,  Ignatius  G.,  3,673,107. 
Van  Panen.  Robert  E.,  3,672,219. 
Air  Force,  mesne:  See— 

Donoghue,  WilUam  J.,  3,673,430. 
Army:  See — 

Arons,  Gilbert  N.,  3,672,975. 

Blakeslee,  A.  Eugene;  Foster,  Luther  M.;  and  Plaskett,  Thomas 

S.,  3,673,064. 
Carlson.  Robert  J.;  and  Reymann.  Royal  A..  Jr..  3.673.362. 
Cashman,  Hariand  J.  Jr..  3.673.570. 
Gilson.  Russell  A.,  3,673,492. 

Glendinning,  William  B.;  and  Pharo,  Wellington  B.,  3,672,980. 
Harris,  Fred  T.;  and  Resler.  Edwin  L.,  Jr.,  3,672,387. 
Hartman,  Richard  L.,  3,672,2 1 8. 
Jones,  Frank  D.,  3,672,623. 
Levy,  Marilyn,  3,672,766. 

Schulz,  Gerald  L.;  and  Mansur,  Raymond  T.,  3,673,041 . 
Shaw,  Donald  N.,  3,672,302. 
Silsby,  Stanley  D.,  3,672,089. 

Sollott,  Gilbert  P.;  and  Peterson,  William  R.,  Jr.,  3,673,01  S. 
Travor,  Bruce  W.;  and  Pitney,  Lennord  L.,  3,672,254. 
Army,  mesne:  See — 

Findlay,  David;  and  Fowler,  Arnold  L.,  3,672,235. 
Rosenblum.  Eari  S.,  3,672,781 . 

Smith,  Charies  L.;  and  Reynolds,  William  S.,  Jr.,  3,673,1 74. 
Thies,  Charles  E.;  Thompson.  Bernard  L.;  and  Anderson,  Stan- 
ley E.,  3,673,287. 
Atomic  Energy  Commission:  See— 
Canonico.  Domenic  A.;  Cole,  Nancy  C;  and  Houck.  Clarence 

W.,  3,673.038. 
Green,  Donald  R..  3,672,204. 
Gregg,   David   W.;    Kidder,   Ray   E.;   and   Krawetz,   Barton. 

3,673,513. 
Johnson,  Ralph  G.;  and  Fryberger,  David,  3,673,327. 
McNeese,  Leonard  E.;  and  Ferguson,  Don  E.,  3,672.846. 
Prewett,  Hubert  P.,  Jr.;  and  Thompson,  Charies  H.,  3,672.246. 
Primak,  William  L.,  3,672,772. 
Commerce,  mesne:  See— 
Santirocco,  Louis  J.;  Rose,  Duaiw  L.;  and  Scofield.  John  W., 
3,672,664. 
National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration:  See— 

Phlieger,  Graydon  A,  Jr.,  3,673,424. 
National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration:  See— 

Barbera,  Anthony  J.,  3,672,999. 
National    Aeronautics    and    Space    Administration.    Deputy 
Administrator,  with  respect  to  an  invention  of:  Davis.  Jerry  P. 
Uninsulated     in-core     thermionic     diode.     3.673.440,  CL 

310-4.000. 
Navy.  See— 
Axelson,  Carl  A.;  Hinves.  John  R.;  and  McCana.  Dton  Y.. 

3,672,300. 
Brawn,  John  M.,  3.672.303. 


PI  42 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  27. 1972 


Buth.  Roy  C;  aad  Schroeder.  Arthur  F..  3.673,047. 

Sayre.  Jack  L..  3.672.7 1 7. 

White.  Richard  M.;  Lee.  Robert  E.;  uid  Turner.  Charic*  W.. 

3.673.474. 
Zeph.  David  L..3.673.SOI. 
Navy,  mesae:  5m— 
Bickert.  Herbert  W..  3.673,5  II. 

HoffmaB.  Leonard  M.;  and  KimbaU.  John  B..  3.672.60S. 
United  Sutes  Steel  Corporation:  5*t— 

HoAnaan,  Gottfried;  and  Stall.  James T..  3.672.438. 
Kennedy,  Frank;  and  Roberts.  Thomas  C.  3,672,486. 
Shcurr.  Harry  W..  11.  3,672.632. 
Zenberry.  William  L..  3.672.708. 
Universal  Oil  Products  Company:  See— 
Breanaa.  John  F..  3,672.334. 
Brown,  Kenneth  M..  3.672.836. 
Cyba.Henryk  A..  3.673.186. 

Fenske.  EUsworth  R.;  and  Sampson.  Robert  W..  3.672.840. 
Gaydasch.  Alexander.  3.673.149. 
Horvath,  Edward;  and  Youngman.  Gary.  3,673.1 1 1 . 
McLarty.  Jack  Lowrie,  3.673.029. 

Roscawald,  Robert  H;  and  Gaydasch.  Alexander.  3,672,834. 
ShofTner,  James  P.,  3.673,204. 
Urban,  Peter;  and  Rosenwald,  Robert  H.,  3,672.835. 
Urban.  Peter.  3.672.837. 
Wiley,  Charles  L..  3,672,874. 
University  ofCalifomia. The  Regenuof  the:  Scv— 

Parkhurst.  George  R..  3.672.099. 
University  of  MianesoU.  The  Regentt  of  the:  See— 

Lawver,  James  E..  3.672.379. 
University  of  Uuh,  The:  See— 

MoulopoukM,  Spyridon,  3,67 1 .979. 
Unterstenhoefer,  Leo:  See— 

Trieschmann,  Hans-Georg;  Unterstenhoefer,  Leo;  and  Berbner, 
Heinz,  3,673,141. 
UphofT,  Russel  L..  to  Hoffirel  Instruments  Incorporated.  Cathode  ray 
tube  display  sySUm  for  uluasonic  and  radar  echo  signals.  3,673.325, 
CI.  178-7.50d. 
Upjohn  Company,  The:  See— 

Hayash,  Edward  F.,  Jr.;  Reymore.  Harold  £.,  Jr.;  and  Sayigh, 

Adnan  A.  R.  3.673,1 28. 
Rynbrandt.  Ronald  H..  3.673.197. 
Urban,  Peter;  and  Rosenwald,  Robert  H.,  to  Universal  Oil  Producu 
Company.  Treatment  of  an  aqueous  waste  stream  from  a  hydrocar- 
bon conversion  process.  3,672,835.  Q.  23-224.000. 
Urban.  Peter,  to  Universal  Oil  ProducU  Company.  Process  for  ueating 

two  gas  streams.  3.672,837.  CI.  23-225.000. 
Urquhart.  Robert  J.:  See— 

Hancke.  Peter  J.;  Judkovict.  Monroe;  and  Urquhart,  Robert  J.. 
3;673.399. 
U.S.  Dynamics  Inc.:  See- 
Ross.  Dan  C.  3,672,769. 
U.S.  Philips  Corporation:  See— 
Eschard.  Gilbert.  3,673,449. 
Janisen,  Peter  Johannes  Hubertus,  3,673,32 1 . 
Moggre.  Anthonie  Jannis.  3,673,458. 
Notelteirs.  Victor  Rosallie,  3,673,454. 
Prijn,  Cornelia;  Emmasingel.  Eindhoven;  and  Benedetti,  Franco. 

3.673.453. 
Reede.  Thomas  Picter.  3.673.566. 
Schoenmakers,  Johannes  Joseph  Martinus.  3.673.347. 
U.S.  Textile  Machine  Company:  See— 
Pfenningsberg,  Josef.  3.672,145. 
Uskokovic,  Milan  Radoje,  to  Hoffmann-La  Roche  Inc.  Substituted- 

desA -pregnanes  and  desA-pregnenes.  3,673.217. CI.  260-340.9. 
USM  Corporation:  See— 

Creffield,  David  F..  3,672.250. 

Muhlbach,  Anton;  and  Lauckhardt.  Gerhard,  3,673.300. 
Rockwell,  Adelbert  W,  Jr.,  3.672.3 1 5. 
Ustav  pro  vyzkum  motorovych  vozidel:  See — 

Mackerle.  Julius.  3,672.458. 
USV  Pharmaceutical  Corporation:  See— 

Elpem.  Bill;  Shapiro.  Harris  J.;  Shroff.  J 
Harold.  3,673,238. 
Utility  Industries,  Inc.:  5«« - 

Pickett,  Wiley  J;  and  Snath  Bynum  E. ,  3 .673  3 1 3. 
Uuuhara,  Yuuka:  See— 

Matsui,  Maso;  Uuuhara.  Yutaka;  Yamabe,  Masahiro;  and  Tokura, 
Susuma.  3.672.802. 
Vacu-Blast  corporation:  See- 
Arnold,  Ted  A.,  3.672.292. 
Valbonesi,  Giuseppe:  See— 

CascUa,  Luigi;  Pema.  Aldo;  and  Valbonesi,  Giuseppe,  3,673,340. 
Valmont  industries.  Inc.:  See— 
Delfc,  Larry  M..  3,672,572. 
Van  Der  Linde,  Harold  E.,  to  Continental  Oil  Company.  Method  and 
apparatus  for  towing  a  submersible  barge.   3,672,322.  O.    114- 
235.00b. 
Van  Der  Sluys,  William;  O'Neill.  Thomas  J.;  and  Szala,  Norman  M..  to 
Pullman    Incorporated.    Welded    light    alloy    car    construction. 
3,672,309,  CI.  105-401.000. 
Van  Dine,  Gilbert  August,  to  Bell  Telephone  Laboratories.  Incor- 
porated. Impedance  matching  transformer  for  coupling  transmission 
Hnes.  3.673.5 19.  CI.  333-6.000. 
Van  Nice,  Robert  I.,  to  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation.  Electrical 


1 


R.;  and  Soloway, 


windings.  3,673.530.0.  336-70.000. 
Van  Patun,  Robert  E..  to  United  Sutea  ct  America,  Air  Force.  Ad- 
justable hydrauUc/ekctiic  hand  grip  dynaoKmicter.  3.672,219.  Q. 
73-379.000. 
Van  Pec,  Paul  Desire:  See— 

Vrancken,  Marcel  Nicolaa;  Vanreuael.  Gerard  Laurens;  Van  Pee, 
Paul  Desire;  and  De  Laet.  Jules  Maria.  3.672,892. 
Van  Stappen.   Albert   Louia;   and   Schwarz.   Karl,  to  Du   Ront  de 
Nemoura,  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Photographic  silver  halide  emulaion 
with  improved  safe-light  sensitivity.  3.672,902.  G.  96-107. 
Vender  Ptoeg.  John  Herman;  and  Weener,  Eari,  to  CbemeU^n  Cor- 
poration. Process  for  alkylating  perylene  pigments.  3,673,192,  Q. 
260-281.000. 
Vanrcusel.  Gerard  Laurens:  See — 

Vrancken,  Marcel  Nicolas;  Vanreuael,  Gerard  Laurena;  Van  Pee. 
Paul  Desire;  and  De  Uet.  Jules  Maria.  3.672.892. 
Vatu.  Joseph  A.,  to  Du  Pont  de  Nemours,  E.  I.,  and  Company.  Abra- 
sion resistant  coating  composition  of  an  acrylic  polymer,  a  pplyester 
and  a  thermoaetting  constituent  3,673,148,  CI.  260-39.00r. 
Veda.  Inc.:  See —  i 

Bedding.  Leonard  J.,  3.672.47 1 . 
Vedder.  Willem;  and  Vermilyea,  David  A.,  to  General  Electric  Com- 
pany. Corrosion  inhibiting  environment  for  aluminum.  3,672,822, 
CI.  21-2.500. 
Vepa  AG:  See—  -^ 

Fleissner,  Heinz,  3,672.010. 
Reissner,  Heinz.  3.672,467. 
Verbeck,  Bruno  J.,  to  Miles  Laboratories,  Inc.  Test  device  for  albumin. 

3,672.846,  a.  23-253.0tp. 
Vereingte  Aluminium-Werke  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Hirt.  Wilhelm;  Lehnerdt.  Hagen;  Weckesser,  Ernst;  Weinhold, 
Gottfried;  and  Wrigge.  Friedrich  WUhelm,  3,673,074. 
Vereinigte  Lcichtmetall-Werke  GmbH:  See— 

Teubier,  Adolf;  and  Eversheim,  Paul,  3,672,878. 
Verhagen.  Comelu  M.  Pendulum  system.  3.672,473,0.  188-2f6.000. 
Verkoren.  Henri:  See — 

Reman.  Gerrit  H.;  and  Verkoren.  Henri.  3.672.853. 

Vermeulen,  Geen  Jan.  Method  for  transporting  a  weft  thread  through 

a  shed  and  a  loom  for  perforating  said  method.  3,672,406,  CI.  1 39- 

127.000. 

Vermillion.  Herbert  E.;  and  O'Loughlin.  James  J.,  to  TexKO  Inc. 

Liquefied  petroleum  gas  fuel  composition.  3.672.852, 0.  44^2.000. 

Vermilyea,  David  A.:  See— 

Vedder.  Willem:  and  Vermilyea.  David  A..  3.672.822.      J 
Vernon,  Brian  J.;  and  Skoroazewski,  Wladyslaw  H.,  to  Shell  Oil  Com- 
pany. Apparatus  for  production  of  polymer  fibers.  3,672,01 3.  CI.  1 8- 
S.OOr. 
Veroman,    Viktor   Jurievich;    Rozanov,    Vladimir   Alexeevich;    and 
Rabinovich.  Mikhail  Yakovlevich.  Copying  system  for  cutting  out  ar- 
ticles of  complex  shape  by  the  elecuoerosion  method.  3.673^72, 0. 
219-69.00V. 
Vesper,  George  J:  See—  --^ 

High.  Richard  A.;  and  Vesper.  George  J..  3,672.189. 
Vibrac  Corporation:  See— 

Hendershot,  James  R.,  3.672.476. 
Vicars,  Earl  C:  See- 
Jackson.  Wendell  T.;  Garrett,  Beverley  R.;  and  Vicars, 
3,673.058.  I 

Victor  Company  of  Japan,  Limited:  See— 

Wada,  Yoahiyo;  Kinjo.  Hisao;  Suzuki,  Toshi;  and  Akuwa,  Fumio, 
3,673.352. 
Victor  Comptometer  Corporation:  See— 

Remaly.  Robert  F.;  and  Abel.  William  A.,  3,673,286. 
Vignini,  Walter  R..  to  Sonotone  Corporation.  Carrier  for  variable  bat- 
tery retention.  3,673,002,0.  136-173.000. 
Vigorito.  Benito.  Exercising  device.  3,672,094.0.  46-62.000. 
Vilagi,  Burton  J.:  See — 

Scarbrough,  Don  R.;  and  Vilagi,  Burton  J.,  3,672,570. 
Vincent,  Derek  A.:  See- 
Gill,  Edward  W.;  and  Vincent,  Derek  A..  3.672,483. 
Virginia  Chemicals,  Inc.:  See—  ^^^ 

Kise.  Mead  A.;  and  Ellis.  Leonard  C.  3.672.829. 
Vimig.  Herbert  J.,  to  Mass  Feeding  Corporation.  Food  tray  having  a 
laminated    closure   that   is   heat-retractable.    3,672,916,   CI.    99- 
ni.OOh. 
Visnovitt,  Gabon  See- 
Roper.   William   H.;   Ross,   Robert   N.;   and  Visnovits.  Gabor. 
3,672,543. 
Vissers,  Herbert,  to  Landbouwerktuigen-en  Machine-Fabriek  H.  Via- 

sersN.V  Machine  for  digging  soil.  3,672.453.0.  172-39.000. 
Vital,  Zoltan,  and  Orban,  Jean,  to  Phouonic  International  Establish- 
ment. Double  electric  converter.  3,673,485, 0.  320-2.000. 
Vitek,  Edmund  J.;  and  Yeates,  Robert  A.,  to  Westinghouse  Electric 
Corporstion.  Electron  beam  magnetometer  sensor.  3,673,494,  O. 
324-41.000. 
Vivers,  Robert  William  Jackson:  See- 
Mills,  Alfred   Leonard;   and  Vivers,  Robert  William  Jackson. 
3,672,848. 
VLN  Corporation:  See— 

Snedeker,  Marion  L.,  3,673,4S6. 
Vockroth,  Wilham  Joseph,  to  AMP  Incorporated.  Internally  Hred  feed 

thru  dead  end  connector.  3,673,3 1 2, 0.  1 74-79.000. 
Volinskie,  Robert,  to  AMP  Incorporated.  Compoaite  electrical  and 

fluid  or  air  connector.  3.673.541,0.  339-16.00r. 
Volker,  John  F.:  See- 


Earl  C. 


June  27, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PI  43 


Drugmand,  Lester  D.;  and  Volker,  John  F.,  3.673.387. 
Volkswagenwerk  Aktiengesellschaft:  See— 

Erck.Kari,  3,672,109. 
Volb-ath,  Robert;  Nuerrenbach,  Axel;  and  Addphi,  Heinrich,  to 
Badische  Anilin-  A  Soda-Fabrik  Aktieaaeeellschaft  Substituted 
chrysanthemumates.  3,673,215, 0.  26O-332.20r. 
Von  D«r  Elu.  Hans-tJtrich;  Jetha.  Johannes;  and  Boecker.  Atfona 
Bemhard.  to  Farbwerke  Hocchat  Aktiengesellschaft  vormala  Meister 
Lucius  A  Bruning.  Process  for  dyeing  mixtures  of  polyester  and 
polyacryloaitrile  fibers  in  one  bath.  3.672,8 1 S,  CL  8-2 1  OOa. 
Von  Hippel,  Hans  Joachim.  Method  and  apparatus  for  supporting  the 

rooCi  in  underground  exes vationa.  3,672,174,0.  61-45.000. 
Voorhis,  Harold  W.;  and  Post,  Bradford,  to  Continenul  Can  Company, 

Inc.  Locks  for  eu  carton  covers.  3,672.560, 0.  229-44.000. 
Voormsn,  Henry,  Jr.,  to  Wagner  Electric  Corporation.  Information 

recorder.  3,673,608,0.  346-18.000. 
Vorsteher,  Werner,  to  Anbs  Sportmode  Vorsteher  KG.  Ski  pants. 

3,671,975,0.2-232.000. 
Voss,  Raymond  G.  Angle  gage  mechanism.  3.672.065,  CI.  33-1 85.00r. 
Vosteen,  Robert  E.  Anti-jamming  circuit  for  multi-frequency  signal  de- 
tector. 3,673,343,0.  l79-84.0vf. 
Vrancken,  Marcel  Nicolas;  Vanreuael,  Gerard  Laurens;  Van  Pee,  Paul 
Desire;  and  De  Laet,  Jules  Maria,  to  Agfa-Gevaert  N.V.  Method  for 
the  preparation  of  a  planographic  printing  master.  3.672,892, 0.  96- 
33.000. 
Vullo,  William  J:  See- 
Wagner,  George  M  ;  and  VuNo,  William  J.,  3.672.8 18. 
Vyzkumny  Ustav  Bavlnarsky:  See— 

Didek.    Sunislav;    Svec.    Zdenek;     and     Poapisil,     Frantiaek, 
3.672,144. 
W-L  Molding  Company:  See— 

Pompey.  Walter,  3,672,743. 
Wacker-Chemic  G.m.b.H.:  See- 
Bauer,  Rudolf;  Jacob,  Herbert;  and  Braun,  Werner,  3,672,495. 
Wada.  Yoshiyo;  Kinjo.  Hisao;  Suzuki.  Toshi;  and  Akuwa,  Fumio,  to 
Victor   Company   of  Japan,   Limited.    Magnetic    head   assembly. 
3,673,352,0.  I79-I00.20c. 
Wadensten.  Theodore  S.  Rotating  pneumatic  vibrator.  3.672,639,  O. 

259-I.OOr. 
Wagner,  Charles  J.,  Jr.:  See- 
Berry.  Robert  E.;  Bissett,  Owen  W.;  Wagner.  Charies  J..  Jr.;  and 
Panerson.  Eldridge  P  .  3,672.909. 
Wagner  Electric  Corporation:  See— 

Voorman,  Henry,  Jr..  3,673.608. 
Wagner.  George  M.;  and  Vullo.  William  J.,  to  Hooker  Chemical  Cor- 
poration. Polyisocysnate  composition  and  process  for  treating  cellu- 
losic  materiab  therewith  to  render  them  water  repellant.  3,672,818, 
CI.  8-116.200 
Wagner.  Heinrich.  Maschinenfabrik:  See— 

Grolla.  Herbert,  3,672.434. 
Wagner,  Karl;  and  Ganser.  Josef,  to  Agfa-Gevaert  Aktiengesellschaft. 
Photogrsphic  sppsrstus  with  built-in  electricsl  moving-coil  measur- 
ing instrument.  3,672.270.0.95-11.001. 
Wagner.  Kari;  and  Nicolay,  Klaus,  to  Agfa-Gevaert  Aktiengesellschaft. 
Automatic  exposure  control  for  photographic  apparatus.  3.672,271, 
CI.  95-1  O.Oct. 
Wsgner,  Karl;  and  Durr,  Helmut,  to  Agfa-Gevaert  Aktiengesellschaft. 
Device  for  sdjustment  of  shutters  and  diaphragms  in  photographic 
apparatus.  3.672,286.0.  9S-64.00c. 
Wahle.  Cunter;  and  Kasparck.  Alois,  to  Hauni-Werke  Korber  &  Co. 
KG.    Apparatus   for   feeding   rod   shaped    articles   to   consuming 
mschines.  3,672,522,0.  214-302.000. 
Wahli,  Robert,  to  Oba-Geigy  AG.  Photoelectric  scanning  apparatus 

for  detecting  code  markings.  3,673,417.0.  250-2t9.00d. 
Waite,  John  H.;  and  Nodine,  John  H.  Method  of  examination  of  cell 
samples   using   s   radioactively   tagged   dye.    3,673,410,  CI.    250- 
I06.00t. 
Wakefield,  Shirley  L.,  to  Avco  Corporation.  Production  of  lead-tin-tel- 

luride  material  for  infrared  detectors.  3,673.063,0.  204-140.500. 
Waldbillig,  James  O.;  Wiley.  Morris  A.;  Rambo.  Marvin  L.;  and  Millen- 
dorf,  Alfred  J.,  to  Texaco  Inc.  Sulfurization  of  triisobutylene  and 
products  resulting  therefrom.  3,673.090,  CI.  252-45.000. 
Waldman.  Nathan:  See— 

Brubaker,  Burton  D.;  and  Waldman.  Nathan,  3,673.290. 
Walker,  Fred  J:  See- 

Bomba,  Georg  A.,  3,672,340. 
Walker,  Grant  W .:  See- 
Young,  Bruce  C;  Walker,  Grant  W.;  Ford.  Duane  B.;  and  Seeg- 
mUler.  Wan.  3.672.657. 
Walking.  W.  Douglas,  to  Lilly,  Eli.  and  Company.  Pharmacological 
preparation     conuining     an     acronycine     -polyvinylpyrrolidone 
coprecipitate.  3.673.163. 0.  260-279.00r. 
Wall  Colmonoy  Corporation:  See— 

Bredzs.  Nikolsjs;  and  Miller.  Forbes  M..  3.672.849. 
Walley,  Gerald  D.,  to  British  Aircraft  Corporation  Limited.  Trolley  for 

recoverable  spacecraft.  3,672,606,0.  244-1. Oss. 
Walter,  Dieter;  Fries.  Walter;  and  Gone,  Ernst,  to  Henkel  &  Cie 
G.m.b.H.  Protein  solubilizing  washing  rinsing  and  soaking  composi- 
tions. 3,673,096,0.  252-89.000. 
Walters,  Anthony  George,  to  Salopian  Industries  Meuls  Limited.  Egg 

collecting  apparatus.  3,672,485,0.  198-26.000. 
Walters,  Ronnie   G.,  to  Allen-Bradley  Company.   Servo  amplifier. 

3,673.512,0.  330-97.000. 
Walton,  Richard  S.:  See— 

Bergey,  John  M.;  and  Walton,  Richard  S.,  3,672,155. 


Walz.  Kurt:  See— 

Homig,  Hana  Werner;  and  Walz.  Kurt,  3,672,826. 
Wan|,TehPo:Sw- 

Starr,  Carrol  Dean;  and  Wang,  Teh  Po.  3.673,003. 
Ward,  Eric  John:  See- 
Smith,  Gordon  Victor;  and  Ward,  Eric  John.  3.673,371 . 
Ward,  John;  and  Paterson,  Roes,  to  Commonwealth  of  Australia,  The; 
care  of  Secretary  of  Supply,  The.  Thickness  control  system  for  multi- 
layer optical  thin  film  work.  3,673,420, 0.  250-219.0th. 
Watai,  Mitsuo;  and  Koya,  Ito,  to  Hitachi,  Ltd.  Induction  disc  type  relay. 

3.673,446,0.310-172.000. 
Watanabe,  Masahide:  See— 

Katsuyama,  Shigeo;  Asami,  Atsumi;  Watanabe,  Maaahide;  Sato. 
Tsutomu;  IMorimatsu.  Toahiaki;  aitd  Nakajima.  Eizo.  3,672.819. 
Watkins,  Fred  E.;  and  Tauach,  Gilbert  H.,  to  Cameo,  Incorporated. 

Well  safely  valve.  3,672,397,0.  137-529.000. 
Watson.  Frederick  D.:  See— 

Mayse.  Weldon  D.;  and  Wataon,  Frederick  D.,  3.672.1 27. 
Watson,  Frederick  D.;  and  Winslow,  Joseph  D.,  Jr..  to  Petroliu  Cor- 
poration. Treater  for  resolving  dispersions.   3,672.511,  O.  210- 
519.000. 
Wataon,  Kenneth,  to  Weatland  Aircraft  Limited.  Torque  tranaducers. 

3,672,213.0.  73-1 36.00a. 
Wave  Energy  Systems.  Inc.:  See — 

Boucher.  Raymond  Marcel  Gut,  3,672,823. 
Wayne.  Alex,  to  Delavan  Manufacturing  Company.  Nozzle.  3,672,578, 

O.  239-590.000. 
Weaver,  Frank  C,  to  Stewart- Warner  Corporation.  Diaphragm  pres- 
sure   switch    with    integral   stop    means   for   diaphragm   sealing. 
3,673.369,0.  2OO-83.O0b. 
Weaver.  Max  A.;  Straley.  James  M.;  and  Moore.  William  H.,  to  East- 
man Kodak  Company.  1.3,4-Thiadiazolyl  1 ,3.4-Thiadiadiazolyl  azo- 
3-cyclohexyl-aminoacylanilidesdyes.  3.673,169.0.  260-158.000. 
Weaver,  Victor  F.,  Inc.:  See- 
Martin.  Eugene  G.;  and  Mohler,  Edwin  C,  3,672,000. 
Webb,  Cleitus  E.,  Jr.;  and  Johnson,  Royce  F.,  to  Windsor  Door  Co., 

Inc.  Swing-up  door  mullion.  3,672,098, 0.  49-365.000. 
Webb.  Jervis  B..  Company:  See — 

Dehne.  Clarence  A.;  and  Folsom,  Harold  A.,  3,672,306. 
Weber,  Robert  L.,  to  Scovill  Manufacturing  Company.  Rest-inducing 

device.  3,672.354.0.  128-33.000. 
Webinger.  George  P..  to  Container  Corporation  of  America.  Carton 

with  product  holding  feature.  3,672,559.0.  229-39.00r. 
Wecenske.  Harold  R.:  See— 

Santry.  George  J.;  and  Wecenske,  Harold  R.,  3.672,107. 
Weckesser,  Ernst:  See— 

Hirt.  Wilhelm;  Lehnerdt,  Hagen,  Weckesser,  Ernst;  Weinhold, 
Gottfried;  and  Wrigge.  Friedrich  WUhelm,  3,673,074. 
Weedon.  Gene  Clyde:  See — 

Winchklhofer.  Robert  Charles;  Weedon,  Gene  Oyde;  and  CoUing- 
wood,  George  Howard,  3.673.295. 
Weener.  Earl:  See— 

Vander  Ploeg,  John  Herman;  and  Weener,  Earl,  3,673,192. 
Weil,    Raoul    B..    to    Monsanto    Company.    Temperature    sensor. 

3,672,221,0.  73-339.00r. 
Weinhold,  Gottfried:  See— 

Hirt,  Wilhelm;  Lehnerdt,  Hagen;  Weckesser.  Ernst;  Weinhold, 
Gottfried;  and  Wrigge,  Friedrich  Wilhelm,  3,673,074. 
Weininger,  Joseph  L.;  and  Holub,  Fred  F..  td  General  Electric  Com- 
pany.  Ultrafine   porous  polymer   article   and   method  of  making. 
3.673,127,0.260-2.500. 
Weir,  Dennis  Douglas.  Egg  carton.  3,672,693,0.  229-44.00r. 
Weisfeld.  Joseph:  See— 

Ackerman,  Joseph  Francis;  Weisfeld,  Joseph;  Savageau,  Robert 
George;  and  Beerli,  George,  3.673,1 40. 
Weiss.  Alvin  Dennis:  See — 

Schroeder.   Duane  Arthur;  Weiss,  Alvin  Dennis;  and  Giltner. 
Benedict  Clare,  3,673.1 17. 
Weiss.  Anton  G.:  See— 

Frick,  Wilhelm  Ernst;  Weiss,  Anton  G.;  Wenger,  Thomas;  and 
Traber,  Walter,  3,673.209. 
Weiss.  Harvey  I.  Extendible  lighting  future.  3.673,402,0.  240-51.1  Ir. 
Weissel.  Oskar:  See— 

Tacke.  Peter;  Binsack,  Rudolf;  and  Weissel,  Oskar,  3,673.123. 
Weissermel,  Klaus;  Uebe,  Rudolf;  and  Pfister,  Horst,  to  Farbwerke 
Hoechst  Aktiengesellschaft  vormals  Meister  Lucius  &  Bruning. 
Thermoplastic      molding     compositions     contaiiung     polyesters. 
3,673,144,0.  260-30.40r. 
Weld,  Foster  E.;  Lassell,  Robert  W.;  and  McLeod.  Robert  B.,  to  Gulf  & 
Western  Systems  Company,  mesne.  Combined  telephone-telegraphy 
system.  3.673,329.0.  179-3.000. 
Wellach,  Dieter:  See— 

DogI,  Ernst;  Funck,  Albrecht;  Wellach,  Dieter;  and  Winkler, 
Hans-Georg,  3,672,373. 
Weller.  Frank  C,  to  Interlake,  Inc.  Strapping  machine.  3.672.295,  O. 

100-4.000. 
Wellman,  Ellis  M.:  See— 

Keady.  Frederick  D.;  and  WeUman.  Ellis  M.,  3.672.728. 
Wells  Manufacturing  Company:  See- 
Wells,  MUton  K.;  and  Hedberg.  Arthur  S.,  3,672.44 1 . 
Welb.  Milton  K.;  and  Hedberg,  Arthur  S.,  to  Wells  Manufacturing 
Company.  Mold  aaaembly  for  valve  lifters.   3,672,441.  O.   164- 
351.000. 
Welsh,  Robert  Louis,  to  Omark  Iitdustries,  Inc.  Electrical  utility  box. 
3,673,310,0.  174-58.000. 


.■■»;.j  '»i'  u^jai  J--  !  ^^»WHi  ■■Ul'.'l  'H'l  *"■*' 


PI  44 


UST  OF  PATENTEES 


June  r,  1972 


Wcnicr,  TboBiM:  S«e—  _^ 

Frick,  WUheln  Erwt;  Wei*,  Anton  C;  Wcngcr,  Thomat;  and 
Trtb«r.  Wtker.  3.673.209. 
Werner.  Allen  J.,  to  International  Buaineai  Machines  Corporation. 
Magnetic  upe  unit  reel  motor  tenaion  control.  3.673,473.  Q.  318- 
7.000. 
Wemer.JaneaL.: St»—  ^^.^         ,    .     ^c 

Bauer.  Janes  J.;  Werner.  James  L.;  and  ErKkaon.  Leiand  E.. 
3.672.521. 
Werner.  Roy  H..  to  Barrett  Haentjem  A  Co.  Sutic  thickener  and 

hydtauUc  rake  therefor.  3.672.SI2.a.  210-S23.000. 
Wemz.  WiUiam.:  S»t— 

Hotan.Leif  A.  3.672.415.  ew  „  r^.  ^ 

Werner.  William  F.;  and  Miller.  James  R..  to  Shell  Oil  Company. 
Lubricants  containing  oxidation  inhibitors.   3.673.091.  CI.  252- 
51.50r. 
Wesnoskie.  James  F.:  5m— 

Petit.  Robert  F.;  and  Wesnoskie.  James  F..  3,672.3 1 2. 
Weasel.  Lais  Anton,  to  AB  Wikstrand  *  Ber|.  Arrangement  in  suying 
a  tslaatoplf  tower  by  means  of  suy  wires.   3.672,105,  O.   52- 
141.000. 
West,  David  H.;  and  Stone.  Kenneth  R.,  to  Southwire  Company.  Cob- 
ble relief  mechanism  for  rolling  mill.  3.672.199,  a.  72-250. 
Western  Geophysical  Company  of  America:  S*t— 

BigH,  Paul  C,  3,673,556. 
Wesdnghousc  Electric  Company,  Incorporated:  S*t— 

Guerry.  FrankUn  D.,  3,672,614. 
Westinghousc  Electric  Corporation:  Set— 
Aanstad,OU  J..  3,672.628. 
Andrew.  Kenneth  F.;  Tallman,  Richard  L.;  and  Gulbransen.  Earl 

A.  3,672,814. 
Collins.  James  D.;  and  Wiladon,  Thomas  A..  3,673.525. 
Klein.  Kenneth  R..  3.673.364. 
Lehmann.  WiUi;  and  Ryan,  Frederick  M.,  3,673,102. 
Mergcrian,  Dickron,  3,673,500. 

Nathaason,  Harvey  C;  and  Wickstrom,  Robert  A.,  3,672,985. 
Newell.  George  F.;  and  Kennedy,  Paul  G..  3.673.31 7. 
O'Keeffe. Terence  W.;  and  Morris.  Jerome  R..  3.672.987. 
Perry.  Robert  H.;  and  Many,  Thomas  C,  3,673.429. 
Segar.  WiUiam  R..  3,672,308. 
StniU,  Gene,  3,673.011. 
Thome-Booth,  George  M.,  3.672,61 1 . 
Van  Nice.  Robert  I..  3.673.530. 
Viuk.  Edmund  J.;  and  Yeates.  Robert  A..  3.673.494. 
Westland  Aircraft  Limited:  Set— 
Wataon.  Kenneth.  3,672.2 1 3. 
Weston.  Donald  E.;  and  Kupetit,  Raymond  F..  to  Porter,  H.  K.,  Com- 
pany, Inc.  Phase  reversal  twitch  and/or  circuit  breaker.  3.673,426. 
CI.  307-127.000. 
Westvaco  Corporation:  Set— 

Falkehag,  Sten  I.;  Moorer,  Howard  H.;  Prazak,  Gerald;  and  Bailey, 
Carl  W.,  Ill,  3,672,81 7. 
Whim,  Inc.:  5m—  ' 

Picper,  Don  B..  3,672.164. 
Whirlpool  Corporation:  5<«— 

Berry.  Wuliam  R.;  Drews.  Reinhotd  A.;  and  Grau.  Julius  J., 
3.673.592. 
Whitoomb.  Newell  E.:  Set- 

Sipos.  Donald  J.;  Steigerwald.  Robert  F.;  and  Whitcomb.  Newell 
E..  3.672.876. 
White.  Albert   H..  to  Chandler   Evans  Inc.   Integral  fuel  control. 

3.672.1 63.  CI.  60-39.28r. 
White.  Jessie  N.;  and  Roseby.  Bernard,  to  Berkeley  Steel  Construction 

Company.  Inc.  Air  lift  pump.  3.672.790.  CI.  417-108.000. 
White.  Malcolm  Lunt:  Set— 

Corby.  WiUiam  Joseph;  Garbarini.  Victor  Charles;  and  White, 
Malcolm  Lunt.  3.673.099. 
White.  Richard  M.;  Lee.  Robert  E.;  and  Turner,  Charies  W.,  to  United 
Sutes  of  America,  Navy.  Means  for  generating  (a  source  of)  surface 
and  bulk  elastic  wares.  3,673,474.0.  318-1 16.000. 
Whitney.  Ian.  to  Rolls-Royce  Limited.  Method  of  manufacturing  car- 
boa  fibres.  3.673.035.  CI.  156-235.000. 
Whitney.  William  R..  to  Leesona  Corporation.  Doffing  apparatus  and 

method.  3.672.143.  a.  57-53.000. 
Whittaker  Corporation:  5«f — 
Liebermaa,  Irving.  3.672.035. 
Whittaker.  WiDiam  R..  3.672.694. 
Whittaker.    WiUiam    R..    to    Whittaker   Corporation.    Means    and 
techniques  for  releasably  securing  ski  boots  to  skis.  3.672,694.  Q. 
280-1 1.35k. 
Wicker.  Alain:  5w— 

Bonnier.  Etienne;  AUibcrt,  Colette;  Driole.  Jean;  and  Wicker. 
Alain.  3.672.872. 
Wickman.  Vernon  C.  to  AMF  Incorporated.  Engine  ignition  timer 

with  improved  adjusuble  pUtes.  3.673.359.  CI.  200-19.00r. 
Wickstrom.  Robert  A.:  Set— 

Nathanaon.  Harvey  C;  and  Wickstrom,  Robert  A.,  3,672,985. 
Widder,  Rudi;  Distler.  Harry;  and  Fuchs.  Friedrich,  to  Badische  AnUin- 
*  Soda-Fabrik  Aktiengesellschaft.  Method  of  rendering  textile 
materials  absorptive.  3.672,978,  CI.  I17-I39.5cq. 
Widdowson.  Roy;  and  Speceley,  Gene  Donald,  to  British  Iron  and  Steel 
Research  Association.  Bottom  poured  ingott.  3,672,432,  CI.  164- 
1 19.000. 
Wiedemann.  Karl,  to  MeUtu.  Inc.  Disposable  dish  means.  3.672.538. 
a.  220-97.00C. 


W» 


June  27, 1972 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


PUS 


lenhofer,  Frank  H.:  See— 

BUtt.  Leiand  Francis;  and  Wicsenhofer.  Frank  H..  3.672,4iS. 
Wiggins,  Glenn  C,  to  Dow  Chemical  Company.  The.  Preaaur*  relcaae 

valve  for  flexible  pouchea.  3.672,9 1 5,  a.  99- 1 7 1  Olp. 
Wiig,  Cheater  M.,  to  UtteU.  F.  J.,  Machine  Company.  Automatic  re- 
gistering apparatua.  3,673,4 1 8,  a.  2SO-2l9.0dr. 
WUey.  Charles  L..  to  Universal  Oil  Products  Company.  Recovery  of 

rhenium  valueafkom  a  spent  catalyst.  3.672.874,  CI.  75*l01.00r. 
WUey,MofrisA.:5ee— 

WaldbUlig,  James  O.;  WUey,  Morris  A.;  Rambo,  Marvin  I L.;  and 

MUkndorf.  Alfred  J.,  3,673,090. 

WUey,  Robert  A.,  to  Petrolite  Corporation.  Process  for  removing  and 

concentrating  acidic  organic  material  from  water.  3,673,070,  O. 

204-186.000. 

Wilkiaon,  Albert  ChaUen.  Method  and  apparatua  for  drying  natariah. 

3,672,068,0.34-15.  I 

Wilkus,  Edward  V.:  See—  I 

Wright,  Archibald  N.;  Mimeault,  Victor  J.;  and  WUkus, 'Edward 
v..  3.673.054. 
WUIerton.  John  K. :  Set— 

Gioia.  Gaapare  L.;  Switzer,  Norris  H.;  and  WUIerton,  Jjohn  K., 
3,672.608.  \  \ 

WUliama,  James  W:  5«r— 

Kinney.  Alfred  W.;  and  WUliams.  James  W..  3,672.536. 
Williams,  Merton  £.:  Set— 

Sweet.  Harold  C,  3,672,959. 
Williams  Patent  Crusher  &  Pulverizer  Co.,  Inc.:  5ef — 

Williams.  Robert  M..  3,672.496. 
WUliams.  PhUip  J.,  to  Stewart- Warner  Corporation.  Rubber  s^ng  as- 
sembly for  chair  control.  3.672.72 1 . 0.  297-302.000. 
WUliams,  Robert  M.,  to  WUIianu  Patent  Crusher  &  Pulverizer  Co.,  Inc. 

Scrap  material  processing  apparatus.  3,672.496. 0.  209-38.000. 
WUliamaon.  JervisC.  Memo  tape.  3.672.597,0.  242-107.00r.  i 
WUliamson,  John  Duff:  See—  I 

Schneble,  Frederick  W.,  Jr.;  McCormack,  John  F.;  ZeWiaky,  Ru- 
doiph   J.;    WUIiamson,  John    Duff;   and   Polichette,   Joseph, 
3,672.986. 
Willis,  John  T.:5w— 

Riddle,  Franklin  D.;  and  WUHs.  John  T.,  3,672,513. 

WUach,  Herbert,  to  Agfa-Gevaert  Aktiengesellschaft.  Mechanism  for 

threading    motion    picture    fUm    in    cinematographic    apparatus. 

3.672.602.0.  242-192.000. 

WUsdon,  Thomas  A.:  Set— 

CoUins.  James  D.;  and  Wilsdon,  Thomas  A.,  3,673,525. 
WUson,  Alan  D.  :5m- 

Suopc.  Douglas  H.;  and  WUson,  Alan  D.,  3,672,744. 
WUson.  Fred  A.;  and  AUen,  Norman  T.,  to  Dover  Corporation.  Cap 

and  seafing  meant  therefor.  3,672,403, 0.  1 38-89.000. 
Wilson,  James  R.  :5m— 

Moeitel,  George  B.;  and  WUson,  James  R..  3,672,008. 
WUson,  Michael  C.  Mulu-purpose  articles  of  furniture.  3.672,720,  O. 

297-118.000. 
Winchklhofer,  Robert  Charles;  Weedon.  Gene  Oyde;  and  CoUing- 
wood,  Oeorge  Howard,  to  AUied  Chemical  Corporation.  Process  for 
shaping    textile    articles    using   fluid    thermoforming   techniques. 
3,673,295,0.264-89.000. 
WindmoUer  &  Holscher:  5m— 

Boise.  Frank.  3,672.562. 
WindmoUer  &  Hobcher  Westphalia:  5m— 

Schwarzkopf,  August,  3,672,265. 
Windsor  Door  Co.,  Inc.:  5m— 

Webb,  Oeitus  E.,  Jr.;  and  Johnson,  Royce  F.,  3,672,098. 
Winfrey,  Vernon  L.:  5m— 

BrouUliard,  Robert  E.;  Coughlin,  Leonard  J.;  and  Winfrey,  Vernon 
L.  3,672,922. 
Winkler,  Alvin  L.:  5m— 

Wognum.   James   N.;   Simich,    Emil;   and   Winkler,   Alvin    L., 
3,672,436. 
Winkler,  Hans-Georg:  5m—  ' 

Dogl,  Ernst;  Funck,  Albrecht;  WeUach,  Dieter;  and  Winkler, 
Hans-Georg,  3,672,373. 
Winona  Industries,  Inc.:  5m— 
Holan,Leif  A,  3,672,415. 
Winslow.  Joseph  D.,  Jr.:  5m— 

Wataon,  Frederick  D.;  and  Winslow,  Joseph  D.,  Jr.,  3,6721.5 1 1 
Winterfeldt.  Ekkehard.  to  Badische  AniUn-  &  Soda-Fabrik  Aktien- 

fesellaehaft.  Manufacture  of  a.ir-dihalo-a-hydroxycrotonic  lacums. 
.673.21 1. 0.260-326.5fl. 
Wire  Core  Development  Corporation:  5m— 

York.  Charies  Herbert-Greer.  3.672.022. 
Wirth.JoaephG.:5M— 

Oriando.  Charies  M.;  Wirth.  Joseph  G.;  and  Heath.  DnrreU  R.. 
3.673.202. 
Wirth.  Wayne  M..  to  Minnesou  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Company. 
Disk  recorder  with  means  to  move  the  spindle  perpendicalar  to  its 
axisofroution.  3.673,583.0.  340-174.10c. 
Wiseman.  John  A.:  5m— 

Shuttle  worth.    James    J.;    Sprague.    Cariton    S.;    Shuttieworth. 

Howard  P.;  Zimmerman.  Charles  E.;  and  Wiseman.  John  A.. 

3.672.117. 

Wiss.  J.,  4t  Sons  Co.:  5m— 

Wisa,  Richard  R.,  3,672,053. 
Wiss,  Richard  R.,  to  Wiss,  J.,  &   Sons  Co.  Pivot  arrangement 
3.672.053.0.30-267.000. 


<i^^ 


WisweU.  George  C.  Jr.  Radiographic  apparatus  for  underwater  inspec- 
tion of  wooden  pUinp.  3,673.407,0.  250-52.000. 
Witherspoon,  Harry,  to  RoUs-Royce  LimiUd.  Process  for  mounting  a 

workpiecc  for  machining.  3,672,032.  CI.  29-424.000. 
Wognum.  James  N.;  Simich,  EmU;  and  Winkler,  Alvin  L.,  to  Interiake 
Steel    Corporation.    Vibrating    wall    continuous    casting    mold. 
3,672.436.0.  164-260.000. 
Wolf,    David.    Game    method    involving    competitive    arranging   of 

grouped  pieces  into  poiyhedric  form.  3,672,68 1 , 0.  273- 1 57.00r. 
Wolf,  Edgar,  to  Redactron  Corporation.  Reed  switch  and  magnetic 

over-center  device  therefor.  3,673,527,0.  335-207.000. 
Wolff,  Nikolaus  E.:  5m- 

Geracc,  Paul  L.;  and  Wolff,  Nikolaus  E.,  3,672,979. 
Woo,  Gar  Lok,  to  Chevron  Research  Company.  Hydrogenaud  olefin 

sulfonate  detergent  bars.  3,673,122,0.  252-555.000. 
Wood,  Mahlon  E.,  to  National  Steel  Corporation.  Carbonitriding  and 
other  thermal  treatment  of  columbium  steels.  3,673,008,  O.  148- 
12.000. 
Woodruff,  George  M.;  Stoeckli.  Oscar  W.;  and  Shando,  Joseph  G.,  to 
General  Foods  Corporation.  Pouch  forming  mechanism.  3,672.264, 
CI.  93-l2.00r. 
Woods,  Roger  P.  Light  assembly  raising  and  lowering  mechanism  with 

pin  and  dog  device.  3,673,403, 0.  240-64.000. 
Woodward,  Fred  E.:  5m— 

Curtis,  James  H.;  and  Woodward.  Fred  E.,  3,673.1  OS. 
Worth  WeU  Surveys,  Inc.:  5m— 

Stout,  Beauford  F.;  and  Hann,  George  W.,  3,672,2 1 5. 
Wren,  Frederick  James:  5m— 

Barnbrook,    Thomas    George;    and    Wren,    Frederick    James, 
3.672.019. 
Wrenn.  Jamet  M.:  Set— 

Miller,  Daniel  D.;  MUler,  Donald  D.;  and  Wrenn.  Jamet  M., 
3.672.076. 
Wrigge.  Friedrich  WUhelm:  5m— 

Hirt.  WUhelm;  Lehnerdt.  Hagen;  Weckesser.  Ernst;  Weinhold, 
Gottfried;  snd  Wrigge.  Friedrich  Wilhelm.  3.673,074. 
Wright,  Archibald  N.;  Mimeault,  Victor  J.;  and  Wilkus.  Edward  V..  to 
General    Electric   Company.    Laminated   structures   and   method. 
3.673.054,0.  161-189.000. 
Wright,  Barry,  Corporation:  Stt— 
Proulx,  Romeo  T.,  3,672,740. 
Wright,  Donald  A.,  to  Minnetota  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Com- 
pany.  Damped  tinutoidal  current  pulse   generator  and   method. 
3.673,437.0.  307-252.00J. 
Wright,  Jamet  A.;  and  Lindberg.  Allan  W.,  to  Emenon  Electric  Co. 

Burner  ignition  and  control  system.  3,672,8 10,  CI.  43 1-66.000. 
Wright.  John  H..  to  General  Electric  Company.  Methyl  alkyl  sUicone 
greate  compotition  and  method  of  making  tame.  3,673,089,  CI.  252- 
42.100. 
Wurm,  Bruno:  5m— 

Muller.  Willy;  Wurm.  Bruno;  and  Haag,  Hermann,  3,673,332. 
Wyand.  Edwin  B.;  and  Fariey.  WUIiam  C.  to  Eastman  Kodak  Com- 
pany. Photographic  element  and  process  comprising  a  pyrimidine 
silver  halide  developing  agent.  3.672,89 1 .  CI.  96-29.00r. 
Xatron  Corporation:  5**— 

Kelso.  James  W.  3.672,289. 
Xerox  Corporation:  See— 

Bauer.  George  T.,  3.672,759. 

Brock.  John  L.  3,673,603. 

Ciccarelli,  Roger  N.;  and  Jacknow,  Burton  B.,  3,672.883. 

Damouth.  David  £..  3.673.600. 

Doi.  Yoshikazu;  and  Honda.  Yasuo,  3,672,748. 

Gerace,  Paul  L.;  and  Wolff,  Nikolaus  E.,  3,672,979. 

Lunning,  Raymond  A.;  and  Mercer.  Francis  T.,  3,672,760. 

Madrid,    Robert    WiUiam;    and    Hagenbach.    Robert    Joseph, 

3.672,928. 
Mammino,  Joseph.  3,672,886. 
^        Matsumoto,  Seiji;  Tamai  Yasuo;  Takimoto,  Masaaki;  and  Sato, 
Masamichi,  3,672,887. 
Sliva.  PhUip  C;  and  Dir,  Gary  A.,  3,673,572. 
Xerox  Corporation,  mesne:  5**— 

Mayer,  Edward  F.,  3.67*2,884. 
Yakahata.  Hisatothi:  Stt— 

Yothimura,  Hirofumi;  and  Yakahata,  Hisatothi,  3,673,415. 
Yamabe,  Masahiro:  Set— 

Mattui,  Maso;  Utsuhara,  Yutaka;  Yamabe,  Masahiro;  and  Tokura, 
Susuma.  3.672.802. 
Yamada.  Takeo.  to  Nippon  Kogaku  K.K.  Device  for  driving  camera 

shutter  curuins.  3.672,282.  CI.  95-57.000. 
Yamaguchi.  Haruki:  Stt— 

Naya.  Mikio;  Yamaguchi.  Haruki;  and  Horie.  Izumi.  3.672.2 1 7. 
Yamaguchi.  Kunihiko:  5m— 

Nishida.  Hideko;  Yamaguchi.  Kunihiko;  Kumasaka.  Noriyuki;  Su- 
gita.  Yutaka;  and  Fujiwara.  Hideo.  3,673.58 1 . 
Yamaji.  Keizo:  Stt— 

Inoue.  Eiichi;  Yamaji.  Keizo;  Tanaka,  Hiroshi;  and  Saito.  Takashi. 
3.673.595. 
Yamamoto.  akoto:  5m— 

Nakamurs.  Tadahisa;  Fujimoto.  Hirozi;  Yamamoto.  akoto;  and 

Shintomi.  Yukito.  3.673.363. 

Yamamoto.  Hisao;  Hirohashi.  Atsuko;  Izumi.  Takahiro;  and  Koshiba, 

Masao.  to  Sumitomo  Chemical  Company.  Ltd.  Novel  process  for 

producing  o-aniUnophenylaliphatic  acid  derivatives.  3.673.243.  CI. 

260-5 18.00r. 


Yamamoto.  Miaki:  5m — 

Miura.  Takahiro;  and  Yamamoto.  Miaki.  3.673.553. 
Yamamoto.  Mitsuni:  5m— 

Levene.  Martin  Lewis;  and  Yamamoto.  Mitauru,  3.672.763. 
Yamamura,  Toshio:  5m— 

Takahashi.  Kenji;  Yamamura.  Toahio;  Ono.  Mitauzo;  and  Eda. 
Korekiyo.  3.673.125. 
Yamanaka.  Akira.  to  Minolu  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaiaha.  Continuous 
photographing  system  in  a  roU  film  camera.  3,672.278.  O.  95- 
3l.0fm. 
Yamane.  Sigeto:  5m— 

Ogawa.  Hiroahi;  Yamane.  Sigeto;  Nakagawa.  Hisaai;  and  Uchida, 
Akinari.  3.672.355. 
Yamanoi.  Yorio.  to  Minolta  Camera  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Developing 

device  for  elecuoeutic  duplicaton.  3.672,329. 0.  1 1 8-637.000. 
Yamanouchi.  Yuichi.  to  Isuzu  Motors  Limited.  Internal  combustioD 

engine  with  overhead  valve  mechanism.  3.672.338. 0.  1 23-90.270. 
Yamasaki.  Akitoshi:  5m— 

Shibata.    Seiya.;    Yamasaki.   Akitoshi;    and   Shimono.   bokazu, 
3.672.666. 
Yamauchi  Rubber  Industry  Co.,  Ltd.:  5m— 

Fukuyama.  Yasuo;  and  Okada,  Yosuke,  3,673,025. 
Yanagidaira,  Sakan.  Golf  putting  training  apparatus.  3,672.682.  Q. 

273-1 89.00r. 
Yashica  Company  Limited:  See — 

Yoshimura,  Hirofumi;  and  Yakahata.  Hisatoshi,  3,673,41 5. 
Yasuda.  Kentaro.  to  Otis  Elevator  Company.  Rope  tension  gauge  for 

elevator  system.  3.672.2 1 4.  CI.  73-144.000. 
Yasuda,  Tetuya;  Tutiya.  Hidetaka;  and  Mori.  Takeshi,  to  Citizen 
Watch  Company   Limited.   Display  dial  assembly  for  timepiece. 
3.672,150,0.58-5.000. 
Yeates,  Robert  A.:  5m— 

Vitek.  Edmund  J.;  and  Yeates,  Robert  A..  3,673,494. 
Yomiyama,  Akira;  5m— 

Seko.  Maomi;  Yomiyama,  Akira;  Miyake,  Tetsuya;  and  Iwashita. 
Hidemaro,  3.673.068. 
Yoneda,  Naoto;  Ishihara,  Teruo;  Kobayashi,  Tetsuii;  Kondo,  Yasuzo; 
Okumura,  Kentaro;  Kojima,  Michio;  and  Nose,  Takashi,  to  Tanabe 
Swiyaku  Co.,  Ltd.  Derivatives  of  6,6,9-tri-lower  alkyl-9-azabicyclo 
(3.3. l)nonan-3tror 3^-01  3,673,195, CL  260-293.540. 
York,  Charles  Herbert-Greer,  to  Wire  Core  Development  Corporation. 
Wire  core  structure  for  sandwich  material.    3,672,022,  O.   29- 
191.600. 
Yoshii,  Toshiya:  5m— 

Minami,  Muneyoshi;  Taniguchi,  Masaharu;  Tsutsomi,  Tadao;  Mu- 
rakami, Masakazo;  and  Yoshu,  Toshiya,  3,673,145. 
Yoshimura,  Hirofumi;  and  Yakahata,  Hisatoshi,  to  Yashica  Company 
Limited.  Shutter  operating  circuit  having  means  to  close  shutter 
when  light  is  insufficient.  3,673,41  S,  CI.  250-2l4.00p. 
Young,  Bruce  O.;  Walker,  Grant  W.;  Ford,  Duane  B.;  and  Seegmiller. 
Wan,  to  Energy  Absorption  Systems,  Inc.  Liquid  shock  abaorbing 
buffer.  3,672,657,0.  267-116.000. 
Young,  Charles  H;  and  Ray.  Donald  L.,  to  Ski-Tow  Manufacturing  Co. 

Extendable  and  retractable  tupports.  3,672,238,0.  74-89.200. 
Young,  James  Roger,  to  General  Electric  Company.   Hydrocarbon 

responsive  getter  ion  pump.  3,672,789,  CI.  4 1 7-5 1 .000. 
Young,  Richard  W.;  and  Malin,  Murray  £.,  to  Polaroid  Corporation. 
Photographic  film  exposure  and  viewing  systems  using  coded  fUm 
cassette.  3,672,752.0.  352-72.000. 
Youngman,  Gary:  Stt — 

Horvath,  Edward;  and  Youngman,  Gary,  3,673,1 1 1. 
Yowell,  Gordon  H.,  to  Sperry  Rand  Corporation.  Power  transmission. 

3,672,793, 0.  4 1 7-368.000. 
Yuguchi,   Hiroshi,  to   Kokusai  Denshin  Denwa  Kabushiki  Kaisha. 
Equalizing  transmission  loss  utilizing  graphical  method  for  selecting 
equalizernetworks.  3,673.521 , CI.  333-28.00r. 
Yunoki,  Tadao;  and  Fujivasu,  Toshio,  to  Kabushiki  KUsha  Tadano.  Ex- 
tension means  of  a  multi-stage  boom.  3,672,257,0.91-168.000. 
Zaffaroni,  Alejandro,  to  Alza  Corporation.  Indolol  prostaglandin  com- 
pounds. 3,673,2 1 3, 0.  260-326. 1 4r. 
Zane,  Victor  H.,  to  Design  and  Manufacturing  Corporation.  Electri- 
cally released  latching  switch  for  timer-controUed  appliances  and  the 
like.  3.673,531,0.  337-77.000. 
Zbikowski,  Ted:  5*e— 

Buck.  Ronald  H.,  Jr.;  and  Zbikovraki,  Ted,  3,672,435. 
Zeblisky,  Rudolph  J.:  5m— 

Schneble,  Frederick  W.,  Jr.;  McCormack,  John  F.;  Zeblisky,  Ru- 
dolph  J.;    WUIiamson,  John   Duff;   and   Polichette,   Joseph, 
3,672,986. 
Zeblisky,  Rudolph  J.,  to  PhotocircuiU;  division  of  and  KoUmorgen  Cor- 
poration. Solid  precious  metal  sensitizing  compositions.  3,672,923, 
O.  106-286.000. 
Zeblisky,  Rudolph  John,  to  KoUmorgen  Corporation.  Novel  precious 

metal  sensitizing  solutions.  3,672,938,0.  1  l7-47.00a. 
ZeUe,  Kari:  5m— 

Schromm,  Kurt;  Mentrup,  Anton;  ZeUe.  Kari;  Renth,  Ernst-Otto; 
Engelhardt,  Albrecht;  and  Traunecker,  Werner,  3,673,187. 
ZeUon,    Sten    Olof    Apparatus   for   thermaUy    insulating    a   body. 

3,672,184,0.62-324.000. 
Zemberry,  WiUiam  L..  to  United  Sutes  Steel  Corporation.  Coupling 

device.  3.672.708. 0.  285-315.000. 
Zenith  Radio  Corporation:  Set — 

Hendrickson,  Melvin  C,  3,673,487. 

Robinder,  Ronald  C;  Rowe,  WiUiam  A.;  and  Schwartz,  James  W.. 
3.672.893. 


PI  46 


LIST  OF  PATENTEES 


June 


Zeph,  David  L.,  to  United  States  of  America,  Navy.  Control  logic  for 
linear  sequence  generators  and  ring  counters.  3,673,301,  CI.  328- 
37.000. 
Zeu  Research.  Inc.:  See— 

Gordon,  James  F. ,  3 ,67  3 ,604. 
Zhokhova.  Olga  Samuilovna:  See- 
Popov,  Boris  Vasilicvich;  Slonim,  Alexandr  Zoaimovich;  Sonin, 
Anatoly  Lconidovich;  Zhukov,  Gennady  Konstantinovich;  and 
'  Zhokhova,  Olga  Samuilovna.  3.672.197. 

Zhukov,  Gennady  Konstantinovich:  See — 

Popov,  Boris  Vaailievich;  Slonim.  Alexandr  Zoaimovich;  Sonin. 
Anatoly  Lconidovich;  Zhukov,  Gennady  Konstantinovich;  and 
Zhokhova,  Olga  Samuilovna,  3,672, 1 97. 
Ziegler.  George  W..  Jr..  to  AMP  Incorporated.  Connector  for  coaxial 

cable.  3.673.347,  a.  339-89.00c. 
Ziemianski.  John  P.,  to  Allegheny  Ludlum  Steel  Corporation.  Method 
of  making  anembUes  of  suinleas  steel  tubing.  3.672.036.  O.  29-492. 
Zimmerly.  Robert  D..  to  Ladish  Co.  Pumping  system  with  controlled 

liquid  addition.  3.672.791 .  CI.  41 7-203.000. 
Zimmerman,  Charies  E.:  See— 

Shuttleworth.   James   J.;    Sprague,    Carlton    S.;    Shuttlcwonh, 


27. 1972 


Howard  P.;  Zimmerman.  Charles  E.;  and  Wiseman,  John  A.. 
3.672,1 1 7. 
Zimmennann,  Detlef;  Campbell,  David;  and  De  Bortoli,  George,  to 
Northern  Electric  Company,  Limited.  Cable  connectors.  1,673.314 
a.  I74-88.00C. 
Zirkle.  Charles  L.:  See—  ^ 

Kaiser,  Cari;  and  Zirkle,  Charies  L.,  3.673, 1 76. 
Ztma,  Ion:  See— 

Gcorgescu,   Eugenia;   Gheja,   Ion;    Bugur,    Victor;   zlma.   Ion; 
Maure.  Theodora;  Popescu,  Elena-Lygia;  Ofteanu.  Bujor;  Mar- 
cuiescu,  Nicolae;  Filotti,  Traian-Mircea;  Barbul,  Marius-Aurel 
and  Calin,  Ion,  3,673, 1 09. 
Zuckerman,  Ira:  See—  i 

Grimm,  Harold;  and  Zuckerman,  Ira.  3.672,662.  | 

Zumbach,  Bruno,  and  Zumbach.  Heinz.  Commutator  cooling  means 

3,673,447.  CI.  3  10-227.000. 
Zumbach.  Heinz:  See— 

Zumbach.  Bruno;  and  Zumbach,  Heinz,  3.673,447 
Zurek,  James  W.:Sr»— 

Hamouz.  George  J.;  Dalenberg.  W.  Robert;  and  Zurek.  fames  W.. 


\ 


\ 


NOT*. 


LIST  OF  REISSUE  PATENTEES 

TO  WHOM 

PATENTS  WERE  ISSUED  ON  THE  27TH  DAY  OF  JUNE,  1972 

Arranged  iu  accordance  with  the  tlrst  signlflcant  character  or  word  of  the  name  (in  accordance  with  city  and 

telephone  directory  practice) . 


Anderson,  Albert  E.,  A.  K.  Newman,  C.  Scbou,  J.  A.  Ransom, 
and  W.  Qoraki,  to  Textron  Inc.  Decompression  control  for 
internal  combustion  engine.  Re.  27,410,  ft-27-72.  CI. 
123—182. 
Bentley,  Donald  E.,  and  R.  L.  Price,  to  Systron-Donner  Corp. 
Force  measuring  system.  Re.  27,411,  6-27-72.  CI.  73 — 141. 
BuUard.  E.  D.,  Co.  :  See — 

Raacbke.  Herbert  A.  Re.  27.408. 
Clba-Geigy  AG  :  Be»— 

Scbwander,  Hans  R.,  Jung,  and  Ulndermann.  Re.  27,413. 
Cork.  Gordon  H..  to  Gemco  Electric  Co.  Electric  switch  mech- 
anism. Re.  27.406,  6-27-72.  CI.  200— lft4. 
Cutler.  Arthur  8..  and  D.  F.  Smith,  to  General  Electric  Co. 
Process  for  developing  wound  colls  for  electromaKnetic  de- 
vices. Re.  27.418.  rf-27-72.  CI.  29—586. 
Dunmore  Co..  The  :  Set — 

Zaruba.  Wensel.  Re.  27,403. 
Eastman  Kodak  Co.  :  See — 

WlUiamB,  Robert  F.,  Jr..  and  Jenks  Re.  27,404. 
Ebe.  Albert  L.,  and  C.  T.  MilllKan.  to  Multicup  Automation 
Co.  Inc.  Candy  packaging  machine.  Re.  27,405.  6-27-72,  CI. 
53—126. 
Ferro  Mfg.  Corp. :  See — 

Uttmann,  Joseph  C.  Re.  27,407. 
Geraco  Electric  Co.  :  See — 

Cork,  Gordon  H.  Re.  27,406. 
General  Electric  Co. :  See — 

Cutler,  Arthur  S..  and  Smith.  Re.  27.413. 
Gorski.  Waiter  :  See — 

Anderson,  Albert  E.,  Newman,  Schou,  Ransom,  and  Gorski. 
Re.  27,410. 
Hlndermann,  Peter  :  See — 

Scbwander,  Hans  R.,  Jung,  and  Hlndermann.  Re.  27,413. 
Illinois  Tool  Works,  Inc.  :  See — 

Wanderer,  Herbert  J.  Re.  27.409. 
Jenks.  Richard  H.  :  See — 

Williams.  Robert  F..  Jr..  and  Jenks.  Re.  27,404. 
JuuK.  Jean-Pierre  :  See — 

Scbwander,  Hans  R.,  Jung,  and  Hlndermann.  Re.  27,413. 
Klng-Seeley  Thermos  Co. :  See — 

Olson,  Eugene  E.,  and  Mickelson.  Re.  27,412. 
Llttmann,  Joseph  C,  to  Ferro  Mfg.  Corp.  Window  regulator 
with  flexible  shaft.  Re.  27,407.  6-27-72.  CI.  74—89.2. 


Mickelson,  Harold  A. :  See — 

Olson.  Eugene  E.,  and  Mickelson.  Re.  27,412. 
Mlllikan,  Cbarfes  T. :  Bee— 

Ehe,  Albert  L..  and  MllUgan.  Re.  27,405. 
Multicup  Automation  Co.  Inc.  :  See — 

Ehe.  Alt>ert  L.,  and  MllUgan.  Re.  27,405. 
Musgrave,    Merrill    N.    Device    for   separating   air   entrained 
articles  of  varying  siie.  Re.  27,414,  6-27-72.  CI.  241—51. 
Newman,  Albert  K.  :  See — 

Anderson,  Albert  £.,  Newman,  Scbou,  Ransom,  and  Gorski. 
Re.  27.410. 
Olson,  Eugene  E.,  and  H.  A.  Mickelson,  to  Klng-Seeley  Thermos 
Co.  Vibratory  finishing  apparatus  and  method.  Ke.  27,412, 
6-27-72,  a.  51—163. 
Price,  Robert  L. :  See — 

Bentley,  Donald  E.,  and  Price.  Re.  27,411. 
Ransom  James  A.  :  See — 

Anderson,  Albert  E.,  Newman,  Scbou,  Ransom,  and  Gorski. 
Re.  27.410. 
Raschke,  Herbert  A.,  to  E.  D.  Ballard  Co.  Clamp-on  protective 

hood.  Re.   27,408,  6-27-72,  Cl.  2—10. 
Schou,  Chris  :  See — 

Anderson,  Albert  E.,  Newman,  Schou,  Ransom,  and  Gorski. 
Re.  27.410. 
Scbwander,  Hans  R.,  J.  Jung,  and  P.  Hlndermann,  to  Clba- 
Geigy  AG.  l-Alkylamlno-4-arylamino-anthraqainone  sulfonic 
acid   reactive  dyes.  Re.  27,418,  6-27-72,  Cl.  260 — 372. 
Smith.  Dallas  F.  :   See — 

Cutler.  Arthur  S..  and  Smith.  Re.  27,415. 
Systron-Donner  Corp. :  See — 

Bentley,  Donald  E.,  and  Price.  Re.  27,411. 
Textron  Inc. :  See — 

Anderson,  Albert  E.,  Newman,  Scbou,  Ransom,  and  Gorski. 
Re.  27,410. 

Wanderer,  Herbert  J.,  to  Illinois  Tool  Works,  Inc.  Stackable 
insert  container  for  axlally  spaced  engaging  surfaces.  Re. 
27.409.  6-27-72,  Cl.  229 — 1.5. 

Williams,  Robert  F..  Jr..  and  R.  H.  Jenks,  to  Eastman  Kodak 
X2o.  Transparent  polyolefln  films  of  high  modulus  and  clarity. 
Re.  27.404,  6-27-72.  Cl.  161—165. 

Zaruba.  Wenzel.  to  The  Dunmore  Co.  Variable  pitch  linear 
actuator.  Re.  27.403,  6-27-72.  Cl.  74—25. 


LIST  OF  PLANT  PATENTEES 


Duffett.  William  E.  :  See— 

Jessel,  Walter  H..  Jr.,  and  Duffett.  3,220. 
Jessel.  Walter  H.,  Jr.,  and  Duffett.  3,221. 
Funk,  Cyril  R..  Jr.  :  See- 
McVeigh,  Kevin  J.,  and  Funk.  3,223. 
Hensx,  Richard  A.,  to  Texas  A&I  University.  Grapefruit  tree. 

3,222.  8-27-72.  Cl.  45. 
Jessel.  Walter  H..  Jr..  and  W.  E.  Duffett,  to  Yoder  Brothers. 

Inc.  Chrysanthemum  plant.  3^20.  6-27-72.  Cl.  74. 
Jessel,  Walter  H.,  Jr.,  and  W.  E.  Duffett,  to  Yoder  Brothers, 
Inc.  Chrysantbemum  plant.  3,221,  0-27-72,  Cl.  80. 


McVeigh,  Kevin  J.,  and  C.  R.  Funk,  Jr..  to  Rutgers  University. 
Bluegraas  plant.  3,223,  6-27-72.  CL  88. 

Rutgers  University  :  See — 

McVeigh,  Kevin  J.,  and  Funk.  8.228. 
Texas  A&I  University  :  See — 

Hensz.  Richard  A.  3.222. 
Yoder  Brothers,  Inc.  :  See — 

Jessel.  Walter  H..  Jr.,  and  Duffett  3,220. 

Jessel.  Walter  H.,  Jr..  and  Duffett.  3,221. 


LIST  OF  DESIGN  PATENTEES 


Adee,  Raymond  A.,  D.  P.  Brooks,  and  J.  D.  Anderson,  to  Hess- 

ton  Corp.  Hay  loading  and  stacking  Implement.  224,032, 

6-27-72,  Cl.  D40— 1. 
Adra,  Tarek  B.,  to  Harvev  Hubbel  Inc.  Heavy  duty  floodlight. 

224,038,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D48— 20. 
American  Optical  Corp. :  See — 

Scbauweker.  George  H.  223,983. 
Anchor  Hocking  Corp. :  See — 

Schaefer,  Howard  A.  224,040. 
Anderson,  John  D. :  See — 

Adee,  Raymond  A..  Brooks,  and  Anderson.  224.032. 
Aiar,  Mitchell  C,  to  Cambridge  Coffee,  Tea  and  Spice  House, 

Inc.  Store  front.  224,000.  6-27-72,  Cl.  D13— 1. 
Barkley.  William.   Submergible  sea  room.   224,001,  6-27-72, 

CL  D13— 1. 
Barrow,     Harold    A.     Gun     bolster.     224,010,    6-27-72.    Cl. 

D22 — 13. 
Bauer,  Douglas  M.,  and  M.  S.  Mauettl,  to  Meditecb  Energy 

and  Environmental  Corp.  Electronic  clinical  thermometer. 

224.048,  6-27-72,  CL  D52— 7. 
Beaver,  Ted  L.,  to  Continental  Can  Co.,  Inc.  Jug' or  similar 

article.  223,995,  6-27-72.  Cl.  D9 — 41. 
Bethune.  Ade.  to  Terra-Sancta  Creations.  Inc.  Door  knocker. 

223,993,  ft-27-72.  CL  D8 — 177. 
Blllos.  Llvio.  Sherman  Car  Wash  Equipment  Co.  Oil  changer. 

224,048,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D52— 2. 


Bixler,  Kenneth  D. :  See — 

Reifers,  Richard  F..  and  BUler.  223,998. 
Bombardier  Ltd. :  See — 

MacKeen,  Anthony  D.  224,005. 
Boyertown  Auto  Body  Works  :  See — 

Hafer,  Paul  R.  224,002. 
Brooks,  Dean  P. :  See — 

Adee,  Raymond  A.,  Brooks,  and  Anderson.  224.082. 
Bustamante.  Frank  E.  :  See — 

Minka,  George  F..  and  Bustamante.  224,021. 
Caldwell,  John  W.  Chair.  224,007,  6-27-72.  Cl.  D15— 1. 
Cambridge  Coffee,  Tea  and  Spice  House,  Inc. :  See — 

Axar,  Mitchell  C.  224,000. 
Carter,  Ronald  D.,  to  Stanley  Works   (Great  Britain)    Ltd. 
Combined    try    and    miter    square.    224,044,    6-27-72,    Cl. 
D52— 6. 
Cavltron  Corp. :  See — 

Lopez,    tJlises    M..    Septimus,    Holzwartb,    and    Wark. 
524.070. 
Chandler.  Maurice  P.,  and  W.  L.  Porter,  to  General  Motors 

Corp.  Vehicle  wheel.  224.006,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D14 — SO. 
Circustime.  Inc. :  See — 

McMillan,  Jack  A.  224.076. 
Cllhurn.   Joyce   G.   Phone  decoration.   224,023.   6-27-72.   Cl. 

D26— 14. 
Columbia  Broadcasting  System.  Inc. :  See — 

Rhodes.  Harold  B.  224,051. 


PI  47 


PI  48 


LIST  OF   DESIGN   PATENTEES 


\   \ 


Continental  Can  Co.,  Inc. :  See — 

Beaver.  Ted  L.  228,998.  ,  ^      ^  . 

Courreges,  Andre,  to  Courreges  PariumB.  Combined  Jar  and 

lid.  223,996.  6-27-72.  CI.  DO— 141. 
Courreges  Parfums  :  See — 

Coarreges.  Andre.  223,996. 
Datel  Corp. :  See — 

Rudln.  Melvln.  224.017. 
De  La  Vega.  Robert  P. :  See — 

MueUberger,  Erlcb.  and  De  La  Vesa.  223,986. 
DeLuca,  Paul  v.,  to  Porta  Systems  Corp.  Outgoing  trunk  ex- 
tender apparatus  for  telephone  office  equipment.  224.024, 
6-27-72,  CI.  D26— 14. 
Demetreon.    James.    Hot    tray    lifter.    224.037.    6-27-72.    Cl. 
j)44 4. 

Derby,  Dan  B.,  R.  W.  Knodt,  and  H.  Korn.  to  Xerox  Corp. 
Xerographic   reproduction   machine  or   the   like.   224.054. 
6-27-72.  Cl.  D61— 1. 
Diamond  International  Corp..:  Bee — 

Relfers,  Rlcbard  F..  and  Bixler.  223.998. 
Douglas.  David.  Carafe  or  similar  article.  224.034.  6-27-72, 

CL  D44 — 21. 
Douglas,  David.  Goblet  or  similar  article.  224.03S.  6-27-72, 

Cl.  D86— 8. 
Dumm,  Irving.  III.  Pickup  truck  bed  supported  bike  trans- 
porter. 224.003,  6-27-72.  Cl.  D14— 6. 
Eden.  James  F.  Bear  figure  device  for  holding  toys,  clothing 

or  the  like.  224.030.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D34— 15. 
Electronic  Associates.  Inc. :  See — . 

Studer.  John  E.,  Jr.  224.018. 
Evans.  Wallace  D.,  Jr..  to  Rolatape  Corp.  Distance  measuring 

Instrument.  224.045.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D52— 6. 
Evans.  Wallace  D..  Jr.,  to  Rolatape  Corp.  Distance  measuring 

Instrument.  224,046.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D52 — 6. 
Faldborg,  Maurice  C.  Finding  for  a  brooch  or  the  like.  224.036, 

6-27-72.  Cl.  D45— 19. 
Fuji  Shashln  Film  Kahushikl  Kaisha :  See— 

Tanaka,  Yoh.  224,057. 
Fuller  Brush  Co..  The  :  See — 

Gamble,  William  L.  223.987. 
FuUlngton,  William  H. :  See— 

Malsak.  Melvln  O..  and  FuUlngton.  224.059. 
Gale,  John  A.,  J.  V.  Young,  and  W.  K.  Menke.   to  LearnlnK 
Products,   Inc.  Juvenile  play  structure  or  similar  article. 
224,029.  6-27-72,  Cl.  D34— 5. 
Gamble,  William  L.,  to  The  Fuller  Brush  Co.  Electric  scissors. 

223,987.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D8— 61. 
Oaudlo,  John  P.  Guitar  body.  224,060.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D56— 1. 
General  Motors  Corp. :  See — 

Chandler.  Maurice  P.,  and  Porter.  224,006. 
Geotel,  Inc. :  See— 

Muehlberger,  Erich,  and  De  La  Vega.  223.986. 
Gerlach,  John  R.  Door  handle  and  lock  plate  unit.  223.989, 

6-27-72.  Cl.  D8 — 170.  ^  • 

Gerlach.  John  R.  Door  handle  and  lock  plate  unit.  223,990. 

6-27-72,  Cl.  D8— 170. 
Gerlach,  John  R.  Door  handle  and  lock  plate  unit.  223,991, 

6-27-72,  Cl.  D8— 170. 
Gerlach,  John  R.  Door  handle  and  lock  plate  unit.  223,992, 

6-27-72.  Cl.  D8— 170. 
Goettl,    Adam   D.    Louvered   enclosure  for   air    conditioning 

equipment  and  the  like.  224,011,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D23— 139. 
Goettl,    Adam   D.    Louvered   enclosure   for    air   conditioning 

equipment  and  the  like.  224,012.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D23— 139. 
Goettl.    Adam    D.    Louvered    enclosure    for   air    conditloninK 

equipment  and  the  like.  224,013,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D2S— 139. 
Hafer,  Paul  R..  to  Boyertown  Auto  Body  Works.  Electric  bus 

body.  224,002.  6-27-72,  Cl.  D14— 3. 
Hanamura.  Kenjl.  to  Tancho  Co.,  Ltd.  Bottle.  223,997,  6-27- 

72,  Cl.  D9— 157. 
Harmon.   Theodore  S..   Jr.   Motorcycle  saddle  bag.   224.074. 

6-27-72.  Cl.  D90— 3. 
Harrison,    Larry   D..    and    R.    E.    Kalvltls,    to    Xerox    Corp. 

Acoustic  coupler.  224.025.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D26 — 14. 
HarvlUe.  Walter  H.  and  J.  M.  Fishing  worm.  224,009,  6-27- 

72.  Cl.  D22— 27. 
HarvUle,  James  M. :  See — 

Harvllle.  Walter  H.  and  J.  M.  224.009. 
Hatlbovlch.  Suvad,  M.  Hot  and  R.  Combined  compact  and  coin 

container.  224,071.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D86 — 10. 
Hesston  Corp.  :  Bee — 

Adee,  Ra.vmond  A..  Brooks,  and  Anderson.  224,032. 
Hlldebrand.  Oliver  W..  to  Wlrecraft  Mfg.  Co.  Support  stand 
for  an  air  spraying  container.  224.027.  8-27-72.  Cl.  D33— 8. 
Hill.  Lyman  L..  Jr..  J.  A.  Odom.  Jr..  and  N.  T.  Wolfe.  Indi- 
cating condition  controller.  224.047.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D52 — 7. 
Hitachi.  Ltd.  :  See — 

Onoaakl,  Noboru.  Hurukawa.  and  Totsukura.  224.056. 
Holzwarth.  Henry  A. :  See — 

Lopez,    niises    M..    Septimus,    Holiwartb,    and    Wark. 
224.070. 
Hopkins,   Patrick   B.,   to  Pilkington's  Tiles   Ltd.   Wall    tile. 

224,008.  6-27-72,  Cl.  D18 — 2. 
Honeywell  Inc.  :  See — 

Quinn,  Peter  T.  224.065. 
Hot.  Murat :  See — 

HatlboTlcb,  Suvad.  Hot  and  B.  224,071. 
Hot.  Rlfat :  See — 

Hatlbovlch,  Suvad.  Hot  and  R.  224,071. 
Hubbel,  Harvey,  Inc. :  See — 
Adra,  Tarek  B.  224,038. 
Hurukawa,  Masaaki :  See — 

Onoaakl,  Noboru.  Hurukawa.  and  Yotsukura.  224.056. 

Igniters.  Inc. :  See — 

Matys,  Stanley  J.  224,041. 
Ives,  H.  B.,  Co..  The  :  See — 

Johnson,  Henry  D.,  and  Russell.  223.994. 

Johnson.  Henry  D.,  and  R.  H.  Russell,  to  The  H.  B.  Ives  Co. 
Combined  door  holder  and  striker.  228,994.  6-27-72,  Cl. 
D8— 208. 


6-27-72.    Cl. 


Display    sund.    224.061,   6-37-72. 
Display    stand.    224,062.    6-27-72. 


Cl. 

Cl. 


D. 


Kalvitla.  Robert  E. :  See — 

Harrison,  Larry  D.,  and  KaJvltis.  224,025. 
Kalvltls,  Robert  £.,  and  R.  H.   Van  VaUinburgb.  to  Xerox 
Corp.  Send/receive  data  printer  terminal.  224.019.  6-27-72, 
Cl.  D26 — 5. 
Klose.  Odo.  to  Frits  Meckenstock,.  Packaging  cup  for  food  or 

the  like.  223,999,  6-27-72.  Cl.  D9— 229. 
Knodt.  Ruediger  W. :  See — 

Derby,  Dan  R.,  Knodt.  and  Korn.  224,054. 
Korn,  Homer:  See — 

Dtrby.  Dan  R.,  Knodt,  and  Korn.  224,054. 
Krivda,  Alfred.  Necktie.  223,984,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D2— 357. 
Landshlre  Products.  Inc.  :  See — 

Marquart,  Clarence  F.  224.064. 
Larson,    Charles    O.    Display    stand.    224.060 

D80— 9. 
Larson,    Charles    0. 

D80— 9. 
Larson.    Charles    O. 

D80— 9. 
Learing  Products.  Inc. :  See — 

Gale.  John  A..  Young,  and  Menke.  224.029. 
Lfl^es.  Ulises  M.,  M.  I.  Septimus,  H.  A.  HoUwarth,  and  J.  _. 
wark,  to  Cavltron  Corp.  Electrosurglcal  unit.  224,070.  6-27- 
72,  Cl.  D83— 901. 
MacKecn.  Anthony  D.,  to  Bombardier  Ltd.  Snowmobile.  224.- 

005,  8-27-72.  Cl.  D14— 24. 
Malsak,  Melvln  O.,  and  W.  H.  FuUlngton,  to  Pet  Inc.  Mobile 

display  cart.  224,059.  6-27-72,  Cl.  D80 — 9. 
Marquart,  Clarence  F.,  to  Landshlre  Products,  Inc.  Warming 

oven.  224.064.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D81— 10. 
Matys.  Stanley  J.,  to  Igniters,  Inc.  Igniter  or  similar  article. 

224,041,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D28— 129.  1 

Mauettl.  Mark  S. :  See — 

Bauer,  Douglas  M..  and  Mauettl.  224.048.  I 

McDonald,  Bernard,   to  Medical  Testing  Systems.  Inc.  Diag- 
nostic clinical  Instrument  having  supporting  means.  224,- 
065.  6-27-72.  C\.  D83— 12. 
McDonald,  Bernard,   to  Medical  Testing  Systems,  Inc.  Diag- 
nostic clinical  Instrument.  224,066,  6-27-72,  Cl.  1)63 — 12. 
McDonald,  Bernard,  to  Medical  Testing  Systems,  Inc.  Diag- 

nostlc  clinical  Instrument.  224,067.  6-27-72,  Cl.  De3 — 12. 
McDonald,  Bernard,  to  Medical  Testing  Systems.   Inc.  Diag- 
nostic  multiple  clinical  instrument.   224,068.  6-27-72.   Cl. 
i-Joo"*— 12. 
McMlllen,  Jack  A.,  to  Clrcustlme,  Inc.  Sign.  224.076  6-27-72, 

Cl.  D96 — 12. 
Meckenstock,  Frlta  :  See — 

Klose,  Odo.  223.999. 
Medical  Testing  Systems.  Inc. :  See — 
McDonald.  Bernard.  224.065. 
McDonald.  Bernard.  224.066. 
McDonald.  Bernard.  224.067. 
McDonald.  Bernard.  224,068. 
Medltech  Energy  and  Environmental  Corp. :  See 

Bauer.  Douglas  M.,  and  Maszetti.  224,048. 
Menke.  William  K. :  Sec- 
Gale.  John  A..  Young,  and  Menke.  224.029. 
Metaframe  Corp.  :  See — 

Willinger,  Allan  H.  224,031. 
Mlkaml,  Yatsuya,  to  Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  ttd.  Auto- 
matic    ticket     examining    device.     224,026.     6-27-72,     Cl. 
D28— 91. 
Mlnka.  George  F.,  to  TRW  Data  Systems.  Inc.  Combined  elec- 
tronic keyboard  and  stand  therefor.  224,014.  6-27-72.  Cl. 
D26— 5. 
Mlnka.   George  F..    to   TRW   Data   Systems.   Inc.   Electronic 

computer  unit.  224.020.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D26 — 5. 
Mlnka.  George  F..  and  F.  E.  Bustamante,  to  TRW  Data  Sys- 
tems, Inc.  Keyboard  terminal.  224,021.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D26 — 5. 
Muehlberger,   Erich,  and  R.   P.  De  La  Vega,  to  Geotel,   Inc. 

Electrical  plasma-jet  torch.  228,986,  6-27-72,  Cl.  DS — SO. 
Musitronic  Inc.  :  See — 

Olson,  Percy  D.  224,052. 
Nakata,  Norio.   Switch.  224,015,  6-27-72.  Cl.  020—13. 
Nakata,  Norio.  Switch.  224,016,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D26— 13. 
Newman,  James  F.,  to  Unlroyal,  Inc.  Pneumatic  tire.  224,075, 

6-27-72,  Cl.  D90— 20. 
Nohmura,  Ryotaro,  to  Talyo  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd.  Tent    224.078. 

6-27-72.  Cl.  D88 — 3. 
Odom.  James  A..  Jr. :  See — 

Hill.  Lyman  L.,  Jr..  Odom.  and  Wolfe.  224.047. 
Olson.  Percy  D.,  to  Musitronic.  Inc.  Multiple  keyboard  unit. 

224.052.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D86— 9, 
Onozakl.     Noboru.    M.     Hurukawa.    and    T.    Yotsukura,    to 
Hitachi.  Ltd.  Rear  projection  slide  viewer.  224,056.  6-27- 
72.  Cl.  D61 — 1.  ^ 

Packard  Instrument  Co. :  See — 

Thompson.  Frederic  W.  224,069. 
Pet  Inc. :  See — 

Malsak,  Melvln  0„  and  FuUlngton.  224,059. 
Pilkington's  Tiles  Ltd.  :  See— 

Hopkins,  Patrick  B.  224.008. 
Porta  Systems  Corp. :  See — 
DeLuca.  Paul  V.  224,024. 

Porter.  William  L.  :  See— 

Chandler.  Maurice  P..  and  Porter.  224.006. 

Quinn.  Peter  T..  to  Honeywell  Inc.  Camera  flash  attachment. 
224,055,  6-27-72,  CT.  D61— 1. 

Relfers.  Richard  F..  and  K.  D.  Bixler,  to  Diamond  Interna- 
tional Corp.  Molded  packairlng  tray  for  meat  or  the  like. 
223,998,  6-27-72.  Cl.  D9— 219. 

Rellly,  Robert  G.  T.  Combined  gearshift  lever  and  bousing  for 
automobiles.  224.004.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D14 — 6. 

Rhodes,  Harold  B..  to  Columbia  Broadcasting  System.  Inc. 
Electric  piano.  224.061,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D56 — 2. 

Robinson,  Charles  C.  Plug  spanner.  228,988,  6-27-72,  Cl. 
D8 — ^27. 


LIST  OF   DESIGN   PATENTEES 


PI  49 


Rolatape  Corp. :  See — 

Evans,  Wallace  D..  Jr.  224,045. 
Evans,  Wallace  D.,  Jr.  224,046. 
Rose,  Arthur  R.  Printed  circuit  holding  Jig.  224,049,  G-27-72, 

Cl.  D54— 13. 
Kosenblum,  Julia  K.  Combined  cosmetic  and  tote  bag.  224,072, 

6-27-72,  Cl.  D87— 3. 
Rudduck,  Earl.  Hand  counter.  224,058.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D64— 11. 
Rudln.  Melvln,  to  Datel  Corp.  Magnetic  tape  unit.  224,017, 

6-27-72.  Cl.  D26— 5. 
Russell,  Richard  H. :  See — 

Johnson,  Henry  D..  and  Russell.  223,994. 
Schaefer,  Howard  A.,  to  Anchor  Hocking  Corp.  Fluted  plano- 

aspherlc  lens.  224,040,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D48— 32. 
Schauweker,  George  H..  to  American  Optical  Corp.  Flexible 

goggles.  223,983,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D2— 234. 
Selden,  Robert   W.,   to  Weyerhaeuser  Co.   Light  standard  or 

similar  article.  224,039,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D48— 31. 
Septimus,  Martin  I. :  See — 

Lopes,    Ulises    M..     Septimus,     Holzwarth.    and     \\ark. 
224,070. 
Settle.    Joseph    J.    Soap    receptacle.    224,028,    6-27-72.    Cl- 

D33— 24. 
Sherman  Car  Wash  Equipment  Co.  :  See — 

Billos,  Livlo.  224,043. 
Stanley  Works  (Great  Britain)  Ltd. :  See- 
Carter,  Ronald  D.  224.044. 
Stein.  Leo.  Camera  support.  224.053.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D61 — 1. 
Strong.  Rosa  M.  :  See — 

Strong,  Richard  A.  and  R.  M.  224,033. 
Strong,  Richard  A.,  and  R.  M.  Clock  face.  224,033,  6-27-72. 

Cl.  D42— 1. 
Studer,  John  E.,  Jr.,  to  Electronic  Associates,  Inc.  Computer. 

224.618.  6-27-72,  Cl.  D26— 5. 
Talyo  Kogyo  Co.,  Ltd. :  See — 

Nohmura,  Ryotaro.  224.073. 
Tanaka,   Yoh,   to  Fuji   Shashln  Film  Kabushiki  Kaisha.  Mo- 
tion picture  projector.  224,057.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D61— 1. 
Tancho  Co..  Ltd.  :  See — 

Hanamura.  KenJl.  223,997. 
Terra-Sancta  Creations.  Inc.  :  See — 
Bethune,  Ade.  228,993. 


Thompson,  Frederick  W.,  to  Packard  Instrument  Co.  Liquid 
scintillation    spectrometer    for    determining    radioactivity 
levels  In  test  samples.  224,069,  6-27-72,  Cl.  D83 — 1. 
Tokyo  Shibaura  Electric  Co.,  Ltd.  :  See — 

Mlkaml,  Yatsuya.  224,026. 
TRW  Data  Systems,  Inc.  :  See — 

Mlnka,  George  F.  224,014. 

Mlnka,  George  F.  224,020. 

Mlnka,  George  F.,  and  Bustamante.  224,021. 
Unlroyal,  Inc.  :  See — 

Newman.  James  F.  224.075. 
Van  Valklnburgh,  Robert  H. :  See — 

Kalvltls,  Robert  E.,  and  Van  Valklnburgh.  224,019. 
Van  Voorhls,  Richard  A.  Combined  apparel  rack  and  laundry 

bag  support  stand.  224,042,  6-27-72.  Cl.  D49 — 8.1. 
Vec/Trak  Research  &  Development  Corp. :  See — 

Warren,  Maurice  A.  224,022. 
Wark.  John  D.  :  Bee — 

Lopez,    Ulises    M..     Septimus,    Holzwarth,    and     Wark. 
224070. 
Warren,  Maurice  A.,  to  Vec/Trak  Research  &  Development 
Corp.  Radio  direction  finder.  224,022.  6-27-72,  Cl.  D26— 14. 
Weyerhaeuser  Co.  :  See — 

Selden,  Robert  W.  224.039. 
WiKgins.    William   H.    Cooking   device.   224.063.    6-27-72.  Cl. 

Willinger,  Allan  H.,  to  Metaframe  Corp.  Holder  for  an  arti- 
ficial aquarium  plant,  224,031.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D35 — 3. 
Wlrecraft  Mfg.  Co.  :  See — 

Hlldebrand,  Oliver  W.  224,027. 
Wolfe.  Norbert  T. :  See — 

Hill,  Lyman  L.,  Jr.,  Odom,  and  Wolfe.  224,047. 
Xerox  Corp.  :  See — 

Derb.v,  Dan  R.,  Knodt.  and  Korn.  224,054. 

Harrison,  Larry  D.,  and  Kalvltls.  224,025. 

Kalvltls.  Robert  E.,  and  Van  Valklnburgh.  224,019. 
Yotsukura,  Teruo  :  See — 

Onozakl,  Noboru,  Hurukawa,  and  Yotsukura.  224,056. 
Young,  James  V. :  See — 

Gale,  John  A.,  Young,  and  Menke.  224,029. 
Zakarln,  Melvln  V.  Buckle.  223,985.  6-27-72.  Cl.  D2 — 427. 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


ISSUED  JUNE  27,  1972 

Note. — First  number,  class;  second  number,  subclass;  third  number,  patent  number 


CLASS  2 

3R  3.671,974 

10  Rc.27.40S 

I4C  3.67l.97« 

207  3.671.977 

232  3.671.975 

CLASS  3 

I  3.671.978 

3.671.979 
3.67l.9«0 


20 

242 
295 

■2 

353.1 

I2A 

2IA 
4IB 
79 

116.2 

137 

ISO 

39 
309 
349 

123 
71 


CLASS  4 

3.67I.9SI 
3.67I.9S2 

CLASS S 

3.671.983 
3. 67 1. 914 

CLASS  6 

3.67 1. 9SS 

CLASS t 

3.672,815 
3.672.816 
3.672,817 
3,672.818 
3.672.819 
3.672.820 

CLASS  9 

3.671.986 
3.671,987 
3,671.988 

CLASS  12 

3.671.989 

CLASS  14 

3.671.990 


CLASS  IS 

41  3.671.991 

104.92  3.671.992 

211  3.671.993 

250.36  3.671.994 

257.1  3.671,995 

368  3.671,996 

CLASS  16 

93  3.671.997 

176  3.671.998 

CLASS  17 

IG  3,671.999 

II  3.672.000 

33  3.672.001 

69  3.672.002 

CLASS  21 

2.5  3.672.822 

2.7  3.672.821 

54R  3.672.823 


CLASS 


4 

15R 
106 
107 
109 
116 
135 
143 
I82R 
182V 
224 

225 
230PC 

230R 

253TP 
253R 

281 
288M 
325 
342 


23 

3.672.824 
3.672.825 
3.672.826 
3.672.827 
3.672.828 
3.672.829 
3,672.830 
3.672.831 
3.672.833 
3.672.832 
3.672.835 
3.672.836 
3,672.837 
3,672,840 
3.672,841 
3,672,838 
3,672,842 
3,672,845 
3,672,843 
3,672.844 
3.672.839 
3.672.847 
3.672.846 
3.672.848 


CLASS  24 


16PB 
73HH 
SID 

I23F 

196 

205.1  IP 


3.672.003 
3.672.004 
3.672.005 
3.672.006 
3.672.007 
3.672.008 


CLASS  25 

133  3.672.009 

CLASS  26 
60  3.672.010 


CLASS  2S 

ICS 

3.672,011 

1.2 

3.672.012 

71.3 

3.672.013 

CLASS  2* 

25.15 

3.672.014 

33K 

3.672.015 

96 

3.672.016 

105 

3.672,017 

1I6AD 

3,672,018 

I4S.4A 

3.672.019 

1573R 

3.672.020 

159.01 

3.672.021 

191.6 

3.672.022 

195 

3.672,849 

3,673,038 

196 

3.672.850 

200P 

3.672.023 

203D 

3,672,025 

203H 

3.672.024 

205R 

3.672.026 

3.672.027 

208  B 

3.672.028 

243.56 

3.672.029 

401 

3.672.030 

417 

3.672.031 

424 

3.672.032 

470.1 

3.672.033 

471.1 

3.672.034 

471.3 

3.672.035 

492 

3.672.036 

497.5 

3.672,037 

527.6 

3,672,038 

596 

Re.27,415 

3,672,039 

3,672.040 

3.672.041 

602 

3.672.042 

603 

3.672.043 

3.672.044 

3.672.045 

624 

3.672.046 

628 

3.672.047 

90 
99 

123R 

130 

267 

294 

358 

49 


CLASS  30 

3.672.049 
3.672.050 
3.672.051 
3.672.052 
3.672.053 
3.672.054 
3,672.055 

CLASS  31 

3.672.056 


CLASS  32 

5  3.672.057 

lOA  3.672.058 

22  3.672.059 

26  3.672.060 

CLASS  33 

109  3.672.062 

169R  3.672.061 

180L  3.672.063 

180R  3.672.064 

185R  3.672.065 

CLASS  34 

I  3.672.066 

15  3.672.067 

3.672.068 

20  3.672.069 

25  3,672.070 

CLASS  35 

9B  3.672.071 

29R  3.672.075 

3  IB  3.672.072 

34  3.672.073 

35H  3.672.074 

4SB  3.672.076 

CLASS  3« 

2.5T  3.672.077 

11.5  3.672.078 


69 


90 


CLASS  37 

3.672.079 

CLASS  3S 

3.672.080 


CLASS  4« 

70  3.672.081 

106.36  3.672.082 

I26B  3.672.083 

CLASS  42 

50  3.672.089 

7IP  3.672.084 

CLASS  43 

IS  3.672.08S 

27.4  3.672.091 

42.09  3.672.086 

44.SS  3.672.087 

44.97  3.672.088 

66  3.672.090 

CLASS  44 

78  3.672.8S1 

52  3.672.852 

3.672.853 

66  3.672.854 

CLASS  46 

IR  3.672.092 

47  3.672.093 

62  3.672.094 

65  3.672.095 

120  3.672.096 

3.672.097 

CLASS  49 

3.672.098 

CLASS  51 

3.672.099 
3.672.855 
Rc.27.412 
3.672.100 
3.672.101 
3.672.102 
3.672.856 


365 

3 
lOILG 
163 
165.77 
165.93 
204 
237R 


20 
109 
148 
188 
235 
367 
400 
608 
666 
712 
741 

3 

35 

39 

59R 

88 
126 
131 
180 
351 
384 

2 
38 

73 
106 
174 
222 
270 
323 
3S6 

1 
13.5 
14.2 
14.4 

15.8 
158 
202 
330 


CLASS  52 

3.672.103 
3.672.104 
3.672.105 
3.672.106 
3.672.107 
3.672.108 
3.672.109 
3.672.110 
3.672.1 1 1 
3.672.112 
3.672.115 

CLASS  53 

3.672.116 
3.672.117 
3.672,113 
3.672,118 
3,672,114 
Re.  2  7, 405 
3.672.119 
3.672.120 
3.672.121 
3.672.122 

CLASS  54 

3.672,123 
3,672,124 

CLASS  55 

3.672.125 
3.672.126 
3.672.127 
3.672.128 
3.672.129 
3.672.130 
3.672.131 

CLASS  56 

3.672.132 
3.672.133 
3.672.135 
3.672.134 
3.672.136 
3.672,137 
3.672.138 
3.672.139 
3,672.140 


12 

17 

53 

58.95 

60 

81 

157F 
159 

2 
S 


23BA 

23TF 

23V 

50R 

58 

88W 

90R 


CLASS  57 

3.672,141 
3,672.142 
3.672.143 
3.672.144 
3.672.145 
3.672.146 
3,672.147 
3.672.148 
CLASS  5S 

3.672.149 
3.672.150 
3.672.151 
3.672.1 54 
3.672.153 
3.672.152 
3.672.155 
3.672.156 
3.672.157 
3.672.158 


CLASS  60 

10.5  3.672.159 

13  3.672.160 

19  3.672.161 

39.28R  3.672.163 

39.32  3.672.162 

39.38  3.672.164 

39.48  3.672,165 

53R  3,672,166 

3,672,167 

3,672,168 

230  3,672,169 

255  3.672.170 

274  3.672.171 

282  3.672.172 

CLASS  61 

36  3.672.173 

45D  3.672.174 

3.672.176 
46  3.672.175 

3.672.178 
46.5  3.672.177 

CLASS  62 

3.672.179 
3.672,180 
3,672,181 
3,672.182 
3.672.183 
3.672.184 


5 
54 

63 

98 

139 

324 


CLASS  64 

26 

3.672.185 

CLASS  65 

12 

3.672.857 

43 

3.672.858 

93 

3.672.859 

208 

3.672.860 

350 

3.672,861 

CLASS  66 

25 

3.672.186 

192 

3,672.187 

12R 


58 
393 
414 

79 

82 

103 

106 

121 

4 
55 

71 

77 

79 

21S 

250 

285 

369 
469 


CLASS  60 

3,672,188 
3.672.189 

CLASS  70 

3.672,190 
3,672,191 
3,672,192 
CLASS  71 

3.672.862 
3.672.863 
3.672.864 
3,672.865 
3.672.866 

CLASS  72         " 

3.672.193 
3,672,194 
3,672,195 
3,672,196 
3.672,197 
3,672,198 
3,672.199 
3.672.200 
3.672.201 
3.672.202 
3.672.203 


ISA 

ISR 

40.7 

49.2 

61LM 

61 

67.9 

71.5 

99 

136A 

MIR 

144 

154 

339R 

343R 

3S5EM 

362AR 

379 

398R 

406 

42IR 

421. SR 

422GC 

432R 

504 
506 
515 
516R 

2 

3.S2 

5.6 
25 
32 
89.2 

89.21 
425 
503 
572 
600 
753 
859 


CLASS  73 

3.672.205 
3.672.204 
3.672.207 
3.672.208 
3.672.209 
3,672.206 
3.672.210 
3.672.211 
3.672.212 
3.672.213 
Rc.27.411 
3.672.214 
3,672.215 
3.672.221 
3.672.216 
3.672.222 
3.672.217 
3.672.218 
3,672.219 
3.672.220 
3.672.223 
3.672.224 
3.672.225 
3,672,226 
3,672,227 
3,672,228 
3.672.229 
3.672.230 
3.672.231 
3.672.232 

CLASS  74 

3.672.233 
3.672.234 
3.672.235 
Re.27,403 
3.672.236 
Re.27,407 
3.672.238 
3.672.237 
3.672.239 
3.672.240 
3.672.241 
3.672.242 
3.672.243 
3.672.244 


CLASS  75 


.5AA 
SA 
45 
52 
58 
63 
lOIR 

112 

124 

126C 

141 

170 

172 

208R 

211 


367 
2B 

35 

37 

80 

92 
169 
S82 


3.672.867 
3.672.868 
3.672.869 
3.672.870 
3.672.871 
3.672.872 
3.672.873 
3.672.874 
3.672.875 
3.672.876 
3.672.877 
3.672.878 
3.672.879 
3.672.880 
3.672.881 
3.672.882 

CLASS  81 

3.672.245 

CLASS  S2 

3,672,246 

CLASS  83 

3,672.247 
3.672.248 
3.672.249 
3.672.250 
3.672.251 
3.672.2S2 


CLASS  84 

1. 01  3.673.303 

3.673.304 

1.27  3.672.253 

CLASS  89 

IB  3.672.254 

42R  3.672.255 

CLASS  90 

IIA  3.672.2S6 

CLASS  91 

168  3,672.257 

355  3,672.258 


382  3.672.259 

CLASS  92 

69  3.672.260 

137  3.672.261 

140  3.672.262 

144  3.672.263 

CLASS  93 

I2R  3.672.264 

49R  3.672.266 

93DP  3.672.265 


CLASS  OS 


lOCE 

lOCT 

ML 

IIR 

II 

13 


19 

3IFM 

3IR 

39 

42 

57 

59 

64C 

64R 

89D 

89R 

94R 


3.672.267 
3.672.268 
3.672.271 
3.672.270 
3.672.283 
3.672.269 
3.672.272 
3.672.273 
3.672.274 
3.672.275 
3.672.276 
3.672.278 
3,672.277 
3.672.279 
3.672.280 
3.672.281 
3.672.284 
3.672.282 
3.672.285 
3.672.286 
3.672.287 
3.672.289 
3.672.288 
3,672.290 

CLASS  96 

ILY  3.672.884 

1  3.672.885 

1.1  3.672,883 
3,672,886 

1.2  3,672,887 
1.8  3,672,888 

3,672,889 
3  3,672.890 

29R  3.672.891 

33  3.672.892 

36.1  3.672.893 

38.3  3.672.894 

64  3.672.895 

66HD  3.672.896 

74  3.672.897 

3.672.898 
88  3.672.899 

94  3.672.900 

3.672,901 

107  3,672,902 

108  3,672,903 
114.1  3,672,904 
140  3,672,905 
142  3,672,906 

CLASS  98 
2.16  3.672.291 

33  3.672.292 

40VM  3.672.293 


CLASS  99 


1 


3 

71 

80 
109 
140R 
I71LP 
171H 
199 
237R 


3.672.907 
3.672.908 
3.672.909 
3.672.910 
3.672.911 
3.672.912 
3.672.913 
3.672.914 
3.672,915 
3,672.916 
3.672.917 
3.672.294 


CLASS  100 

4  3.672.295 

CLASS  101 

38A  3.672.296 

93C  3.672,297 

350  3.672.298 

426  3.672.299 

CLASS  103 

10  3.672.300 

39  3.672.301 


PI  51 


PI  52 


70.2R 


92.3 


3,672.302 
3.672.303 
3.672.304 


CLASS  IM 

23FS  3.672.305 

g9  3.672.306 

96  3.672.307 

246  3.672.308 

CLASS  lOS 

96.2  3.672.310 

401  3.672.309 

447  3.672.311 


CLASS  IM 


38.22 

47Q 

32 

S3 
211 
286 
287 


3.672.918 
3.672.920 
3.672.919 
3.672.921 
3.672.922 
3.672.923 
3.672.924 


69 


CLASS  IM 

3.672.312 


CLASS  112 

121. IS  3.672.313 

121.29  3.672.314 

2I9A  3.672.316 

2I9R  3.672.3iS 

CLASS  1 13 

IE  3.672.317 

30  3.672.318 

CLASS  114 

74R  3.672.319 

3.672.320 

20SR  3.672.321 

23SB  3.672.322 

CLASS  116 

28  3.672.323 

70  3.672.325 


CLASS  117 

5.5 

3.672.925 

8 

3.672.926 

17 

3.672.927 

17.5 

3.672.928 

25 

3.672.929 

33.5CP 

3.672.931 

33.5C 

3.672.932 

34 

3.672.933 

36.8 

3.672.935 

37LE 

3.672.930 

38 

3.672.934 

46CC 

3.672.936 

47A 

3.672.937 

3.672,938 

3.672.940 

54 

3.672.939 

62 

3.672.941 

62.2 

3.672.942 

63 

3.672.943 

76F 

3.672.944 

lOOB 

3.672.945 

102L 

3,672,946 

104 

3,672.947 

106R 

3,672,948 

3,673.006 

115 

3.672.974 

118 

3,672,975 

130R 

3,672.976 

138.8F 

3.672.977 

I39.5CO 

3,672,978 

201 

3,672.979 

3,672,980 

3.672,981 

3,672,982 

212 

3,672.983 

3,672.984 

3.672,985 

3.672,986 

3,672,987 

215 

3,672.988 

219 

3.672.992 

224 

3.672.989 

230 

3.672.990 

235 

3,672.991 

CLASS  IIS 

8  3.672.326 

48  3.672,327 

63  3.672.324 

221  3.672.328 

637  3.672.329 

3.672.330 

CLASS  1 19 

I  3.672.331 

17  3.672.332 

5I.J  3.672.333 

52B  3.672.334 

82  3,672.335 

CLASS  123 
149  3.672.336 

156  3.672.337 

CLASS  123 

32EA  3.672.345 

90.27  3.672.338. 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


I19A 

II9E 

n9R 

1228 

140MC 

182 

198DB 


3.672.340 
3.672.341 
3.672.339 
3.672J42 
3.672.343 
Rc.27.410 
3.672,344 


35 

41 


CLASS  124 

3,672.346 
3,672.347 


CLASS  IM 

llOAA  3,672.349 

350  3,672.350 


CLASS 
2G 
2R 

2.06A 
33 
36 
49 
57 
58 
66 
67 
71 
76B 

134 

I4IR 

145.8 

214.4 

218N 

218P 

227 

290R 

349R 


13* 

3.672.351 
3.672.352 
3.672.353 
3.672.354 
3,672,355 
3,672.357 
3.672.356 
3.672.358 
3.672.359 
3.672.360 
3,672.361 
3.672.362 
3,672,363 
3,672.364 
3.672.365 
3.672.366 
3.672.367 
3.672.368 
3.672.369 
3.672.370 
3.672.371 
3.672.372 

CLASS  131 

21R  3.672.373 

243  3.672.374 

CLASS  132 

7         "  3.672.375 

9  3.672.376 

92R  3.672.377 

93  3.672,378 

CLASS  134 

3  3.672.993 

168R  3.672.379 

172  3.672.380 

CLASS  I3S 

22  3,672.381 

24  3,672.382 

CLASS  136 

6  3.672,994 

3,672,995 

3,672,996 

20  3,672,997 

30  3,672,998 

89  3,672.999 

107  3,673,000 

110  3,673.001 

173  3.673.002 
236  3,673,003 


218 


3,672.417 


CLASS  137 

15 

3.672,383 

39 

3,672.384 

53 

3,672,385 

77 

3,672,386 

81.5 

3.672,387 

88 

3,672.388 

99     , 

3,672,389 

212 

3,672,390 

240 

3.672,391 

288 

3,672,392 

307 

3.672.393 

338 

3.672.394 

355.16 

3.672.395 

SI2 

3,672,396 

529 

3,672,397 

568 

3,672,398 

625.62 

3,672,399 

630.22 

3,672,400 

CLASS  13S 

31 

3.672,402 

43 

3,672,401 

89 

3,672,403 

CLASS  139 

12  3,672,404 
122R  3,672,405 
127P  3.672,406 
295         3.672.407 

CLASS  140 

92.2       3,672,409 

102  3,672,408 

103  3,672,410 
147        3,672,411 

CLASS  143 

32N        3,672,412 

CLASS  144 

2Z       3.672,413 

28.11      3,672,414 

136        3,672,415 

209R       3.672,416 


CLASS  145 

34R       3,672.418 

65  3.672.419 

CLASS  146 

182        3.672.420 

CLASS  14S 

3        3.673.004 

6        3.673.005 

12       3.673.007 

3.673.008 

12.3  3.673.009 
31.57      3.673.010 

175  3.673.011 
187        3.673.012 

CLASS  149 

19       3.673.013 

3.673.014 

29        3.673,015 

CLASS  153 

208  3.672,421 
222  3.672.422 
356        3.672.423 

CLASS  IS« 

6  3.673J0I6 

7  3,673.017 
11  3.673.018 
62.2  3.673.020 

62.4  3.673.021 

66  3.673.019 
137  3.673.023 

3.673.024 

154  3.673.025 

164  3.673.026 

3.673.052 

166  3.673.022 

167  3.673.027 
172  3.673.028 
175  3.673.029 
193  3.673.030 
206  3.673.031 
210  3,673,032 
217  3.673,033 
222  3,673,034 
235  3,673.035 
250  3.673.036 
280  3.673.037 

293  3.673.039 

294  3.673,040 
306  3.673,041 
345  3.673,042 
363  3,673,043 
433  3,673,044 
438  3,673,045 
510  3,673,048 
517  3,673.046 
563  3.673.047 

CLASS  160 

40  3.672.424 
331        3.672.425 

CLASS  161 

62  3.673.056 
68        3.673.057 

3.673.058 

88        3.673,059 

126        3,673,060 

129        3,672,949 

3.672,950 
146  3,672,952 
160        3,672.951 

164  3,673,049 

165  Re.27.404 
3,673,050 

166  3,673,051 
177  3.673.053 
183  3.673.055 
189         3.673.054 

CLASS  164 

5  3.672.426 

6  3.672.427 
52  3.672.428 

63  3.672.429 
76  3.672.430 
82  3.672.431 

1 19  3.672.432 

123  3.672.433 

187  3.672,434 

247  3,672,435 

260  3.672.436 

265  3.672.437 

282  3.672.438 

283  3.672.439 
312  3.672.440 
351  3.672.441 

CLASS  165 

22  3.672.442 

32  3.672.443 

39  3.672.444 

42  3.672.445 

183  3.672.446 

CLASS  IM 

.6  3.672.447 

245  3.672.448 


260  3.672.450 

292  3.672.449 

CLASS  171 
58  3.672.451 

CLASS  172 

19  3.672.452 

39  3.672.453 


CLASS  174 


12BH 
I5R 
25R 
S2PE 
52S 
58 
73R 
79 
88C 
90 
107 


3.673.305 
3.673.306 
3,673,307 
3,673,309 
3,673,308 
3.673,310 
3,673,311 
3,673,312 
3.673.314 
3.673.313 
3.673.315 


'    CLASS  175 

56  3.672.454 

412  3.672.455 

Class  i77 

201  3.672.456 

3.672.457 


CLASS 

2R 

5.2R 

5.4HE 

5.4R 

5.8A 

S.8R 

6 

6.8 

750 


18      I 
7IR 

CI 


rLASS 
ISB 

IN 

25R 

3 

6E 

7R 

I5A0 
ISBO 
I5BT 
17D 
I8BE 
I  SET 
I8F 
I8J 
82 
84VF 

100  ic 

100.2ZS 
I00.2C 


100.2| 
100.2T 

100.2 
100.41V 
170.6 
175 


178 

3.673.316 

3.673.317 

3.673.320 

3,673,319 

3,673.321 

3.673.318 

3.673.322 

3.673.323 

3.673.324 

3.673.325 

3.673.327 

3.673.326 

179 

3.673.331 

3.673.328 

3.673.330 

3.673.329 

3.673,332 

3,673,333 

3,673,335 

3.673,336 

3.673,342 

3,673.337 

3.673.341 

3.673,338 

3,673,339 

3.673,340 

3.673.334 

3.673.343 

3.673.344 

3.673.345 

3.673.346 

3,673.350 

3.673.352 

3.673.353 

3.673.351 

3,673,347 

3,673,349 

3,673,348 

3.673,354 

3,673.355 

3,673,356 


92 
101 


3,672,480 
3,672,481 


CLASS  ISO 

8F  3.672.458 

13  3.672.459 

67  3.672.048 

79. 2B  3.672,460 

127  3,672.461 

CLASS  181 

.5R  3.672.462 

30  3.672.463 

44  3.672.464 

50  3.672.465 

58  3,672,773 

CLASS  1S2 

3  3.672,466 

CLASS  184 

IC  3,672,467 

15A  3,672,468 

CLASS  1S6 

lA  3,672,469 

CLASS  187 

1  3,672.470 

27  3,672,471 

CLASS  188 

IB  3,672.472 

266  3,672.473 

277  3,672,475 

282  3.672,474 

CLASS  192 

21.5  3,672,476 

27     1  3,672,477 

86    I  3,672,478 

CLASS  194 

3.672.479 


13 


CLASS  195 

28  3.672.953 

29  3.672.954 
68  3.672.955 
96  3.672.956 

3.672.957 

CLASS  197 

IR  3.672.482 

133  3.672.483 

CLASS  IM 

16  3.672.484 

26  3.672,485 

127  3,672,486 

165  3.672,487 

189  3,672.488 

219  3.672.489 

CLASS  3M 
5A 
6R 

I6C 

I6R 

I9R 

48R 

51.03 

61.45R 

67G 

83B 
153K 
164R 

175 


3.673.357 
3,673,358 
3,673,364 
3,673,365 
3,673,359 
3.673,360 
3.673,361 
3.673.362 
3.673.367 
3.673.368 
3.673.369 
3.673,363 
Re27,406 
3,673,366 

CLASS  202 

170  3,672,958 

181  3,672,959 

CLASS  303 

1 1  3,672,960 

37  3,672,961 


CLASS 


IT 
UN 

33 
35N 
38C 
43 

52R 
55R 

58 

99 

I05R 
112 
140.5 
147 
149 
I62R 
I  SOP 

186 

192 

I95G 

224 

226 

243R 

245 

256 


204 

3,672.962 
3,672,963 
3.672,965 
3.672.964 
3,672,966 
3.672.967 
3.672,968 
3.672,969 
3,672,970 
3.672,971 
3.672.972 
3,672,973 
3,673.061 
3,673.062 
3,673.063 
3.673.064 
3.673.065 
3.673.066 
3.673.067 
3,673.068 
3.673,070 
3,673.071 
3.673.069 
3.673.072 
3.673.073 
3.673.074 
3.673,075 
3,673.076 


■<^ 


CLASS  2M 

IR  3.672.490 

29  3.672.491 

46H  3.672,492 

3.672.493 
57R  3.672.494 

65F  3.672.495 

CLASS  2M 

3.673.077 
3.673.078 
3.673.079 
3.673.080 
3.673.081 


76 

89 
111 
131 
313 

38 
80.5 


CLASS  209 

3.672.496 
3.672,497 
3,672,498 
3,672,499 
116  3,672,500 
121  3,672,501 
144  3,672,502 
3.672.503 
255  3.672,504 
264  3,672,505 
273       3,672,506 

CLASS  210 

12  3,673.08^ 

18  3,673,083 

23  3.673.0S4 

33  3.673.085 

59  3.673.086 

77  3.672.507 

128  3.672.508 

321  3.672.509 

438  3.672.510 


519  3.672.511 

523  3.672.512 

CLASS  311 

60R  3.672.513 

73  3.672.514 

176  3.672.515 


CLASS  314 


8.5A 
I6.IA 
17DB 
35R 
82 

145 

302 

506 

515 

674 

730 


3.672.516 
3.672.517 
3,672.518 
3.672.519 
3.672.520 
3.672.521 
3.672.522 
3.672.523 
3.672.524 
3.672.525 
3.672.326 


CLASS  315 

41  3.672.527 

46A  3.672.528 

CLASS  319 

10.55  3.673.370 

69G  3.673.371 

69V  3.673.372 

74  3.673.373 

76  3.673.374 

I21LM  3.673.376 

121P  3.673.375 

131R  3.673.377 

156  3.673.378 

202  3.673.379 

212  3.673.380 

3.673.381 

222  3.673.382 

227  3.673.383 

230  3.673.384 

335  3.673.385 

523  3.673.386 

532  3.673.387 


CLASS  220 

1.5    ^ 

3.672.529 

4R 

3,672.530 

3,672,531 

25 

3.672.532 

44R 

3.672.533 

46P 

3.672.534 

54 

3.672.535 

60R 

3.672.536 

85VR 

3.672.537 

97C 

3.672,538 

CLASS  221 

63 

3,672,540 

68 

3,672,541 

161 

3,672.542 

5 

94 
183 
193 

402.12 
567 


CLASS  233 

3.672,539 
3.672.544 
3,672.543 
3,672,545 
3,672,546 
3,672.547 


CLASS  234 

5G  3,672.548 

42.  IE  3.672,549 

CLASS  225 

34  3.672.550 

108.  3.672.551 

CLASS  226 

108  3,672,655 

129  3,672,552 

CLiASS  227 

62  3,672,553 

93  3,672,554 

120  3.672,555 

CLASS  228 

47  3.672.556 

CLASS  239 

1.5B  Re. 27,409 

17R  3,672,557 

37R  3,672,558 

39R  3.672,559 

44R  3,672,693 

44  3,672,560 

51D  3,672,561 

54C  3,672.562 

CLASS  232 

IR  3.672.563 

CLASS  233 

26  3.672.564 

CiiASS234 

36        I         3.672.565 

Ci|aSS33S 

60.49  3.672.566 

61.1  IR  3.673.389 

92SH  3.673.390 

92R  3.673.388 

150.3  3.673.391 

150.5  3.673.392 

151.1  3.673.393 

151.11  3.672.834 


\ 


CLASSinCATION  OF  PATENTS 


PI  53 


151.3 

153 

154 

156 

196 


3.673.395 
3.673.396 
3.673.394 
3.673.397 
3.673.398 
3.673.399 
3.673.400 


CLASS  236 

IC  3.672.567 

44  3.672.568 


CLASS  339 

15 

3.672.569 

70 

3.672.570 

145 

3.672.571 

212 

3.672.572 

261 

3.672.573 

428.5 

3.672.574 

445 

3.672.575 

521 

3.672.376 

557 

3.672.377 

590 

3.672.578 

V 


CLASS  340 

11.4  3.673.401 

51.1  IR  3.673.402 

64  3.673.403 

CLASS  241 

24  3.672.579 

51  Re.27.414 

79  3.672.580 

lOlR  3.672.581 


CLASS  343 


ISR 


27 

43 
45 

47.12 
55.2 

55.21 

67.4 

71.8 

75.2 

75.43 

107R 

118.2 

184 

186 

192 

194 
199 


3.672.582 
3.672.583 
3.672.584 
3.672.585 
3.672.586 
3.672.587 
3.672.588 
3.672.589 
3.672.590 
3.672.591 
3.672.592 
3.672.593 
3.672.594 
3,672.595 
3.672.596 
3.672.597 
3.672.598 
3.672.599 
3.672.600 
3.672.601 
3.672.602 
3.672.603 
3.672.604 


CLASS  244 


ISS 


16 


3 
43 

I22AE 
I34R 


3.672.605 
3.672.606 
3.672.607 
3.672,608 
3.672.609 
3.672.610 


CLASS  246 

28R  3.672.611 

CLASS  248 

62  3,672.613 

68  3,672.614 

74PB  3.672.615 

75  3.672.616 

3.672.617 

113  3.672.619 

116  3.672.618 

125  3.672.620 

223  3.672.621 

224  3.672.622 
226R  3.672.623 
243  3.672.624 
36IR  3.672.612 
429  3,672,625 

CLASS  349 

3,672,626 


48 


CLASS 

4I.9ME 

4I.9S 

43 

52 

61.5 
106R 
106T 
108R 
201 
206 

2I4P 

2I9DC 

2I90R 

2I9TH 

2I9D 

222R 

229 


250 

3,673,404 
3.673,405 
3.673.406 
3.673.407 
3.673.408 
3.673.409 
3.673.410 
3.673.411 
3.673.412 
3.673.413 
3.673.414 
3.673.415 
3.673.416 
3.673.418 
3.673.420 
3.673.417 
3.673.419 
3.673.421 

CLASS  351 

30  3.672.627 

47  3.672.628 

61.2  3.672.629 


149.2 
149.6 
151 
304 

CLASS 

I 

2 

8.55D 
42.1 
45 

51.SR 

63.7 

79.4 

88 

89 
153 
156 

301  IL 

301. IR 

301. 3R 

30I.4S 

3I3S 

321 

356 

408 

4IIR 

415 

427 

435 

441 

454 

459 

466J 

511 

512 

520 


522 
555 


3,672.630 
3,672,631 
3,672,632 
3,672.633 

353 

3,673,087 
3,673,088 
3,673,124 
3,673,089 
3,673,090 
3.673.091 
3.673.093 
3.673.094 
3.673.095 
3.673.096 
3.673.097 
3.673.098 
3.673.099 
3.673.103 
3.673.101 
3.673.100 
3.673.102 
3.673.104 
3.673.105 
3.673.106 
3.673.107 
3.673.108 
3.673.109 
3.673.110 
3.673.1 1 1 
3.673.112 
3.673.113 
3.673.114 
3.673.115 
3.673.116 
3.673.121 
3.673.117 
3.673.092 
3.673.118 
3.673.119 
3.673.120 
3.673.122 


CLASS  254 

2C  3.672.634 

28  3.672.635 

I34.3R  3.672.636 

167  3.672.637 

CLASS  256 

12.5  3.672.638 

CLASS  259 

IR  3,672.639 

6  3,672.640 

9  3,672,641 

50  3,672,642 

72  3,672,643 

104  3,672,644 

122  3,672,645 

151  3,672,646 


CLASS 

2.SHA 

25E 

25F 

2.5L 

2.5N 
2.SR 

2.5 
5 

I7A 

I7.4BB 

19 

22TN 

22R 

28.5AS 

292EP 

29.6RW 

30.2 

30.4R 

32. 4N 

37PC 

37N 

38 

39R 

41. 5A 

45. 8N 

45.85 

47C 

65 

67FP 

75N 

75R 

77.5AB 

78TF 

78L 

78R 

80. 3N 

82.5 

83.7 

92. 8R 

94.2R 
158 
202 


260 

3,673,127 
3,673,126 
3,673,125 
3,673,130 
3,673,133 
3,673,132 
3,673,129 
3,673.131 
3.673.128 
3,673,134 
3,673.135 
3,673,136 
3,673,137 
3,673.138 
3.673.140 
3.673.139 
3.673.141 
3.673.558 
3.673,142 
3,673,143 
3,673,144 
3,673,145 
3,673,146 
3,673,147 
3,673,276 
3,673,148 
3,673,150 
3,673,149 
3,673,152 
3.673.151 
3.673,153 
3,673,155 
3,673,156 
3,673.158 
3,673,157 
3,673,159 
3,673,160 
3,673,161 
3,673,162 
3.673,164 
3,673,165 
3,673,166 
3,673,167 
3,673.168 
3.673.169 
3.673.170 


33.3R 
39HM 
39.3B 
39.5 

39.55R 

39.55 

40TC 

40G 

40.3 

40.8 

42 

43C 

47.2R 

53 

56.5B 

68R 

79R 

81 

88R 

89R 

90HL 

93.54 

93.55 

93.57 

94.9 

95AM 

9SR 

95. 5B 

96D 

01 

02R 

04 

06.6A 

06.7 

06.8D 
07F 
09 
09.2 

26.14R 
26.3 

26.5FL 

32.2R 

33 

40.9 

45.2 

46.2M 

60 

72 

74 

96R 

97.4 

97.5 

10.6 

12.6 

28 

29R 

29.7 

29.9 

39CY 

48. 2N 

53R 

65.4 

68P 

71A 
73A 
85G 
01.12 
507R 
ISR 
24R 

3IR 

43PN 

43H 

43R 

S3R 

6IN 

63D 

64  F 

64R 

66D 

71 

86R 

98 
600 
602 
607A 
609A 
6I7F 
619A 
631.5 

633 

666PY 

666P 

677XA 

680R 

681 

683.62 

827 


3.673.171 
3.673.174 
3.673.172 
3.673.173 
3.673.175 
3.673.180 
3.673.179 
3.673.176 
3.673.181 
3.673.177 
3.673.178 
3.673.182 
3.673.183 
3.673.184 
3.673,187 
3.673.185 
3.673.186 
3.673.163 
3.673.192 
3.673.188 
3.673.189 
3.673.190 
3.673.195 
3.673.194 
3.673.191 
3.673.196 
3.673.197 
3.673,198 
3,673,193 
3.673,199 
3,673,200 
3,673,201 
3.673.202 
3.673.204 
3.673.205 
3.673.206 
3.673.203 
3.673.207 
3.673.208 
3.673.209 
3.673.210 
3.673JI3 
3.673.212 
3.673.214 
3.673.211 
3.673.215 
3.673.216 
3.673.217 
3.673.218 
3,673.219 
3.673.220 
Re.27.413 
3.673.221 
3.673,222 
3,673.223 
3.673.224 
3.673.225 
3.673.226 
3.673.227 
3.673.228 
3.673.229 
3.673.230 
3.673.231 
3.673.232 
3.673.233 
3.673.234 
3.673.235 
3.673.236 
3.673.237 
3.673.238 
3.673.239 
3.673.240 
3.673.241 
3.673.242 
3,673,243 
3,673,154 
3,673,244 
3,673,245 
3,673,248 
3,673,246 
3,673,247 
3,673.249 
3,673,250 
3,67^,251 
3,673,253 
3,673,252 
3,673,254 
3,673,123 
3,673,255 
3,673,256 
3,673,257 
3,673,258 
3.673,259 
3,673,260 
3,673,261 
3.673.262 
3.673.263 
3.673.266 
3.673.264 
3.673.268 
3.673.267 
3.673.269 
3.673.270 
3.673.265 
3,673.271 
3,673,272 


830P 

836 

837R 

857UN 

873 

876R 

878R 

8  SOB 

884 

898 

944 

970 


3,673.273 
3,673.274 
3.673.275 
3.673.277 
3.673.278 
3.673.279 
3.673.280 
3.673.281 
3.673.282 
3.673.283 
3.673.284 
3.673.285 


CLASS  261 

121R  3.672.647 

CLASS  363 

21 A  3.672.648 

40R  3.672.654 

46  3.672.649 

CLASS  364 

3,673,286 
3,673,287 
3,673,296 
3,673.288 
3.673.289 
3.673.290 
3.673.291 
3.673.292 
3.673.293 
3.673.294 
3.673.295 
3.673.297 
3.673.298 
3.673.299 
3.673,300 
3,673,301 
3,673.302 


3R 

3 

24 

25 

28 

43 

46 

49 

60 

75 

89 
138 
142 
159 
160 
163 
328 

CLASS  3M 

23F  3,672,651 

33R  3,672,650 

34LM  3,672,652 

34T  3,672,653 

CLASS  367 

47  3,672,656 

116  3,672,657 

160  3,672,658 

182  3,672,659 

CLASS  269 

3,672,660 

CLASS  370 

3,672,661 
3,672,662 


203 


31 


CLASS  371 

3 

3,672,664 

26 

3,672,666 

39 

3,672,665 

61 

3,672,668 

64 

3,672.663 

74 

3,672,667 

CLASS  373 

33B  3,672,669 

79R  3,672,670 

CLASS  373 

22  3,672,671 

26A  3,672,672 

S4B  3,672.673 

94R  3.672.674 

96R  3.672.675 

101  3.672.676 

I06.5R  3.672.677 

3.672.678 

I31AB  3.672.680 

131 BA  3.672.679 

157R  3.672.681 

I89R  3.672.682 

CLASS  274 

4A  3.672,686 

4D  3,672.684 

4F  3.672.683 

4G  3.672.685 

9RA  3.672.687 

14  3.672.688 

CLASS  277 

38  3.672.689 

134  3.672.690 

CLASS  379 

ITS  3.672.691 

82  3.672.692 

CLASS  280 

II.35K  3,672.694 

3,672.695 
3,672,696 
3,672.697 
3.672.698 
3.672.699 
3.672,700 
3,672,701 
3,672,702 


15 

87A 
124  A 
150AB 
I50R 
414. S 
457 


25 


39 


CLASS  283 

3,672,703 

CLASS  385 

3,672,705 


110 
189 
229 
315 
419 


3,672.704 
3,672,706 
3,672,707 
3.672.708 
3.672.709 


CLASS  387 

20.2R  3.672.712 

56  3.672.710 

189.36R  3.672.711 

CLASS  293 

34  3.672.714 

216  3.672.713 

257  3.672.715 

346  3.673.605 

CLASS  394 

50.6  3.672.716 

104  3.672.717 

CLASS  3M 

IS  3.672.718 

CLASS  397 

lis  3,672,719 

3,672,720 
302  3.672,721 

437  3,672,722 

440  3,672,723 

CLASS  2M 

27  3,672,724 

CLASS  399 

8  3,672.725 
31  3,672,726 

CLASS  303 

2R  3.672.727 

CLASS  303 

6C  3.672.728 

9  3.672.729 
21  BE  3.672.730 
21F  3.672.731 
84A                3.672.732 

CLASS  307 

87  3.673.422 

107  3.673.423 

118  3.673.424 

127  3.673.425 

3.673.426 
202  3.673.427 

3.673.428 
218  3.673.429 

232  3.673,430 

241  3,673,431 

246  3,673,432 
3,673,436 

247A  3,673,433 

247  3,673,434 
252J  3,673,437 
257  3,673,435 
270  3,673,438 
293  3.673,439 

CLASS  3M 

9  3.672.733 

26  3.672.734 

180  3.672.735 

187.2  3.672.736 

196  3.672.737 


CLASS  310 

4 

3.673.440 

8.4 

3.673.442 

8.6 

3.673.441 

8.7 

3.673.443 

10 

3.673.444 

88 

3.673.445 

172 

3.673.446 

227 

3.673.447 

CLASS  312 

71  3.672.738 

107  3.672.739 

202  3,672,740 

223  3.672.741 

232  3.672.742 

352  3.672.743 

CLASS  313 

86  3.673.448 

105  3.673.449 

I08A  3.673.450 

109.5  3.673.451 

141  3.673.452 

318  3.673.453 

332  3.673.454 

CLASS  315 

3,673,457 
3.673,458 
3,673,459 
3,673,456 
3,673,461 
3.673.460 
3,673.462 


12 

27R 

36 

83 

169TV 
I69R 
200A 

CLASS  317 
3  3.673.463 

29R  3.673.455 

43  3.673.464 

123  3.673.465 

134  3.673.466 


234R 


234 

235R 

262A 

7 
116 
122 
138 
208 
221G 
224R 
246 
266 
618 
674 

2 
25 


3.673.467 
3.673.469 
3.673.470 
3.673.478 
3.673.4«S 
3.673.471 
3.673.472 


CLASS  318 


3.673.473 
3.673,474 
3.673.475 
3.673,476 
3.673.479 
3.673.480 
3.673.477 
3.673.481 
3.673.482 
3.673,483 
3,673,484 

CLASS  320 

3,673.485 
3.673.486 

CLASS  321 

18  3.673.487 

CLASS  323 

3.673.488 
3.673.489 
3.673.490 


28 
50 

48 

74 


CLASS  333 

3.673.491 
3.673.492 

CLASS  334 

3.673.493 
3.673.494 
3.673.495 
3.673.496 

CLASS  335 

180  3.673.497 

319  3.673.498 

398  3.673.499 

473  3.673.500 


37 

41 

142 

161 


CLASS  338 

37 

3.673.501 

146 

3,673,502 

167 

3,673,503 

210 

3,673,504 

CLASS  329 

50 

3,673,505 

103 

3,673,506 

CLASS  330 

30D  3,673,508 

30R  3,673,507 

31  3,673,509 

34  3,673,510 

44  3,673,511 

97  3,673,512 

CLASS  331 
94.5  3,673,513 

107R  3,673,514 

CLASS  333 

3  IT  3,673,515 

CLASS  333 

1.1  3,673,518 

5  3.673,516 

6  3.673.519 
8  3.673.517 

28R  3.673.520 

3.673.521 

73W  3.673.522 

CLASS  334 

15  3.673.523 

CLASS  335 

52  3.673.524 

132  3.673.525 

205  3.673.526 

207  3.673.527 

210  3.673.528 

234  3.673.529 

CLASS  336 

70  3.673.530 

CLASS  337 

77  3.673.531 
102  3.673.532 
161  3.673.533 
258  3.673.534 
347  3.673,535 
392        3.673.536 

CLASS  338 

12  3.673.537 

25  3.673.538 

154  3.673.539 

196  3.673.540 

CLASS  339 

14R  3.673.542 

I6R  3.673,541 

61 L  3.673.544 

61 M  3.673.543 

64M  3.673.545 

89C  3.673.546 

3.673.547 


PI  54 


CLASSIFICATION  OF  PATENTS 


|g6M 
220R 
223 
2S>R  < 
( 
3R 


CLASS 


SR 

7PC 

IS.SH 

IS 

33 

S2R 

•3 

71 

SIR 

•2 

146. 3  AE 
I47R 

147 
MS 
1 49  A 
I66EL 


3.673.548 
3.673,549 
3,673.550 
3,673.551 

34* 

3,673.552 
3.673.553 
3.673.354 
3.673,555 
3.673.556 
3.673.557 
3.673.559 
3.673,560 
3.673.561 
3.673.S62 
3,673,563 
3,673,564 
3,673,565 
3,673.566 
3.673.561 
3.673.569 
3.673,570 
3,673,567 
3,673.571 
3.673.572 


172.5  3.673.573 

3.673.374 

3.673.575 

3.673.576 

3.673.577 

I73CC  3.673.57» 

I73LS  3.673.379 

I74MS  3.673.312 

|'74PC  3.673,380 

I74PW  3.673.381 

174.1C  3.673.583 

3.673.584 

198  3.673.385 

237S  3.673.386 

244A  3.673.587 

248A  3.673.588 

238A  3.673.390 

2S8D  3.673.589 

259  3.673.591 

283  3,673.592 

CLASS  343 

3.673.606 

CLASS 34« 

3,673.607 
3.673.608 


766 

17 
18 


74CR 

74ES 


74MT 
74TP 
73 

1 07  A 

I39B 

I39R 


CLASS 


3.3 

92 
163 
216 
220 
319 

43 


CLASS 


3.673,399 
3.673.393 
3.673.395 
3,673.396 
3.673,598 
3,673.600 
3,673.594 
3.673.397 
3.673.601 
3.673.602 
3.673,604 
3,673.603 

3M 

3,672.744 
3,672.743 
3.672.746 
3,672.747 
3,672,748 
3.672,749 

351 

3.672,750 


CLASS  352 

30  3,672,751 

72  3.672,752 


91  3,672,733 

158  3,672.754 

194  3.672,735 

CLASS  353 
68  3,672.756 

101  3.672,737 

CLASS  355 

3  3,672.738 

t         3.672.759 
3.672.760 
3.672,761 
10  3,672,762 

3,672.763 
15  3.672.764 

24  3.672.765 

32  3.672.766 

37  3.672.767 

38  3,672,768 
40  3.672,769 
97  3,672.770 

100  3.672.771 

CLASS  35« 

33  3.672.772 
86  3.672.774 

4- 


103 
106 
135 
138 

195 
201 
251 

116 

178 
206 

147 

43 

97 

51 


CLASS 


CLASS' 


CLASS 


CLASS 


CLASS 


3.672.773 
3.6^2.776 
3.672.777 
3,672.778 
3,672.779 
3.672.780 
3.672,781 
3,672.782 

401 

3.672.783 

4M 

3,672.784 
3.672.785 

415 

3.672.786 

41* 

3,672.788 
3,672.787 

417 

3,672,789 


108 

3.672.790 

205 

3.672.791 

306 

3.672,792 

368 

3.672.793 

382 

3.672.794 

424 

3.672.795 

CLASS  411 

26 

3.672.796 

113 

3.672,798 

125 

3.672,797 

CLASS  425 

71  3.672.800 
3.672.801 
131  3.672.802 
197  3.672.803 
328  3.672.804 
330  3.672.799 
364  3.672.348 
391  3.672.805 
406  3.672.806 
422        3,672,807 

CLASS  431 

2  3,672,808 

34  3.672,809 

66  3.672,810 

69  3,672.811 

89  3.672.812 

93  3.672.813 

3.672.814 


Classihcation  of  Designs 

\ 

D  2 

234 

223.983 

220 

223.999 

D26—   5     224.014 

15  224.030 

7 

224.047 

224.062 

357 

223.984 

DI3- 

1 

224.000 

224,017 

D35- 

3  224.031 

224.048 

D81  — 

10  224.063 

427 

223.985 

224,001 

224.018 

D36- 

8  224.035 

D54- 

13 

224.049 

224.064 

D  8— 

27 

223.988 

DI4- 

3 

224,002 

224,019 

D40- 

1  224.032 

D56- 

1 

224,050 

D83- 

1  224,069 

30 

223.986 

6 

224,003 

224,020 

D42- 

224,033 

2 

224,051 

224,070 

61 

223.987 

224,004 

224.021 

D44- 

4  224.037 

9 

224.032 

12  224,063 

170 

223.989 

24 

224,005 

13     224.015 

21  224.034 

D61- 

1 

224.033 

224,066 

223.990 

30 

224,006 

224.016 

D45- 

19  224.036 

224.034 

224,067 

223.991 

DI5- 

1 

224,007 

14     224.022 

D48- 

20  224.038 

224.035 

224,068 

223.992 

D18- 

2 

224.008 

224.023 

31  224.039 

224.056 

D86- 

10  224,071 

177 

223.993 

D22- 

13 

224.010 

224,024 

32  224.040 

224.057 

D87- 

3  224,072 

203 

223.994 

27 

224.009 

224,025 

D49— 

8.1  224.042 

D64- 

11 

224.058 

D88— 

224,073 

D  9— 

41 

223.995 

D23- 

129 

224.041 

D28-   1     224,026 

D52- 

2  224.043 

D80- 

9 

224.059 

D90- 

224.074 

141 

223.996 

139 

224.011 

D33-   3    224.027 

i       6  224.044 

224.060 

20  224.073 

157 

223.997 

224.012 

24    224.028 

1     224.045 

224.061 

D96- 

12  224.076 

219 

223.998 

224.013 

D34—   5     224.029 

1      224,046 

CLASSinCATION  OF 

Plants 

X 

P.  - 

45 

3.222 

P.  — 

74 

3,220 

P.  -  80      3.221 

P.  - 

88    3.223 

\ 


GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX 
OF  RESIDENCE  OF  INVENTORS 

(l',S.  States,  Territories  and  Armed  Fortes,  tlie  CimimnnHealtli  of  Puerto  Riro.  and  tlie  (lanal  Zone) 


Alal>ama 1 

Alaska 2 

American  Samoa 3 

^rixona 4 

.Arkansas 5 

California 6 

(]anal  Zone 7 

Colorad«> 8 

(-«mnect  ieut 9 

Delaware 10 

District  of  Columbia II 

Florida 12 

( >eorpa 13 

(iuam 14 

Hawaii 1-t 

Idaho 16 

Illinois 17 

Indiana 18 

Iowa ly 

Kansas 2() 


Kenlufky 21 

Louisiana 22 

Maine 23 

Maryland 24 

Massachusetts 25 

Michi}ian 26 

Minnesota 27 

Mississippi 28 

Missouri 29 

Montana 30 

Nebraska 31 

Nevada 32 

New  Hampshire 33 

Nev»'  Jersey 34 

New  Mexico ^S 

New  York 36 

North  Carolina 37 

North  Dakota 38 

Ohi.. 39 

Oklahoma 40 


Orepm 41 

Pennsylvania 42 

Puerto  Rico 43 

Rh«Kle  Island 44 

South  Carolina 45 

South  Dakota 46 

Tennessee 47 

Texas 48 

Utah 49 

Vermont 50 

Virginia 51 

Virj:in  Islands 52 

Washin}:ton 5.3 

West  Vir}:iiiia 54 

W is<'onsin 55 

Wyominji 56 

L.S.  Air  Force  57 

IJ.S.  Army 58 

U.S.  Navy 59 


(First  numk>rr  in  li*lin|(  drnoirs  liK-ation  aonrdinit  l<>  abovr  kr>. 
namr.  liHalion.  rU.I 


Rrfrr  ii>  palpnt  nunil>rr  in  body  of  ihr  Offi<-ial  (^azpltr  to  ubiain  detail*  as  to  inventor 


1 

3.672.126 

3,672.380 

3.672.218 

3.672.395 

3.673,036 

3.672.408 

3.673.075 

3.672.446 

3.673,287 

3.672.447 

4 

3,672,364 

3.672.459 

3,672.855 

3,672,517 

5 

3,672.098 

3,672,524 

3,672,198 

3,672.528 

6 

Re. 27,408 

3.672.535 

Re.27.411 

3.672.543 

3.671.976 

3.672.556 

3.671.980 

3.672.592 

3.672.017 

3.672.594 

3,672,022 

3.672.599 

3,672,024 

3.672.603 

3.672,035 

3.672.605 

3.672.043 

3.672,611 

3.672.045 

3.672.632 

3.672.050 

3.672.640 

3.672.066 

3.672.643 

3.672,074 

3.672,651 

3,672.076 

3.672.657 

3.672.083 

3.672.659 

3,672.084 

3.672.676 

"^^ 

3.672.095 

3.672.679 

3,672.099 

3.672.694 

3.672.104 

3.672,695 

3.672.114 

3,672,702 

3.672.152 

3.672.705 

3.672.170 

3.672.712 

3.672.171 

3.672.717 

3.672.178 

3,672.725 

3.672,180 

3.672.760 

3.672.I9I 

3.672.771 

3.672.193 

3.672.773 

3,672.201 

3.672.776 

3,672.207 

3.672.782 

3.672.224 

3.672.785 

3.672.226 

3.672.790 

3,672.256 

3.672.917 

3.672.261 

3.672.949 

3.672.289 

3.672.950 

3.672.292 

3.672.952 

3.672.299 

3.672.955 

3.672.303 

3.672.960 

3.672.304 

3.672.968 

3.672.340 

3.672.972 

3.672.341 

3.672.995 

3.672.362 

3.673.026 

3,672.365 

3.673.058 

Patents 

3.673.060 

3.672.267 

3.672.961 

3.672.295 

3.673.079 

3.672.370 

3.672.964 

3.672.318 

3.673.080 

3.672.445 

3.673.056 

3.672.326 

3.673.084 

3.672.527 

3.673.179 

3.672.358 

3.673.108 

3.673.061 

3.673.270 

3.672.367 

3.673.112 

3.673.232 

3.673.275 

3.672.378 

3.673,122 

3.673.323 

1 1      3.673.440 

3.672.418 

3,673,124 

3,673.473 

12      3.672.369 

3.672.426 

3.673,181 

3.673.586 

3.672.576 

3.672.436 

3.673.190 

9      Re.27.410 

3.672.608 

3.672.441 

3.673.207 

3.672.006 

3.672.612 

•  3.672.479 

3.673.213 

3.672.049 

3.672.703 

3.672.494 

3.673.227 

3.672.162 

3.672.724 

3.672.525 

3.673.231 

3.672.163 

3.672.828 

3.672.529 

3,673.252 

3.672.194 

3.672.908 

3.672.534 

3.673.306 

3,672.211 

3.672.909 

3.672.550 

3.673.327 

3.672.255 

3.673.021 

3.672.551 

3.673.348 

3.672.354 

3.673.168 

3.672.564 

3.673.349 

3.672.463 

3.673.240 

3.672.567 

3.673.360 

3.672.493 

3.673.358 

3.672.569 

3.673.370 

3.672.532 

3.673.419 

3.672.573 

3.673.384 

3.672.544 

3.673.424 

3.672.596 

3.673.392 

3,672.545 

3,673.452 

3.672.623 

3.673.394 

3.672.597 

13      3,672,061 

3.672.627 

3.673.397 

3.672.604 

3.672.199 

3.672.648 

3.673.412 

t       3.672.616 

3.672.335 

3.672.649 

3.673.427 

3.672.629 

3.672.430 

3.672.701 

3.673,450 

3.672.661 

3.672.539 

3.672.720 

3.673.471 

3.672.721 

3,672.554 

3.672.747 

3.673.474 

3.672.787 

3.673.033 

3.672.757 

3.673.475 

3.672.827 

3.673.039 

3.672.772 

3.673.480 

3,672,912 

3.673.344 

3.672.807 

3.673.491 

3,672,931 

16      3.673.456 

3,672.820 

3.673.504 

3.673.001 

17      Re.27,409 

3,672,835 

3.673.511 

3.673.054 

Re. 27.4 12 

3,672.836 

3.673.513 

3.673.128 

3,672.015 

3.672.837 

3.673.529 

3.673.250 

3.672.067 

3.672.838 

3.673.544 

3.673.325 

3.672.087 

3.672.840 

3.673.548 

3.673.334 

3.672.108 

3.672.845 

3.673.560 

3.673.382 

3.672.111 

3.672.854 

3.673.569 

3.673.404 

3.672.125 

3.672.856 

3.673.574 

3,673.407 

3.672.132 

3.672.858 

3.673.575 

3.673.416 

3.672.135 

3.672.885 

3.673.579 

3.673.432 

3.672,136 

3.672.889 

3.673.590 

10      3.672.799 

3,672,137 

3.672.893 

3.673.602 

3.672.800 

3,672,138 

3.672.914 

3.673.604 

3.672.865 

3,672,164 

3.672.916 

3.673.605 

3.672.867 

3,672.172 

3.673.009 

3.672.072 

3.672.876 

3.672.181 

3.673.065 

3.672.103 

3.672.933 

3.672.233 

3.673.091 

3.672.208 

3.672.934 

3.672.237 

3.673.104 

PI  55 


PI  56 


IS 


19 


20 

21 

22 
23 
24 


25 


GECXjRAPHICAL  index  of  RESIDEfJCE  OF  INVENTORS 


3.673.106 

3.673.111 

3.673.117 

3.673.136 

3.673.149 

3.673.154 

3.673.186 

3.673.204 

3.673.286  , 

3.673.296 

3.673.311 

3.673.369 

3.673.380 

3.673.381 

3.673.402 

3,673.408 

3.673.413 

3,673.418 

3.673.479 

3.673.487 

3.673.489 

3.673,519 

3.673.526 

3.673.532 

3.673.539 

3.673.551 

3,673.587 

3,673,588 

3,672,026 

3,672,027 

3,672.039 

3,672,040 

3.672,041 

3.672.117 

3.672.205 

3.672.238 

3.672.309 

3.672,400 

3.672,508 

3.672.726 

3.672.792 

3,672.927 

3.673,047 

3.673.059 

3.673.278 

3.673.297 

3.673.315 

3.673.318 

3.673.357 

3,673.378 

3,673,501 

3,673.531 

3,671,999 

3,672,001 

3,672,004 

3.672,065 

3.672,133 

3.672.334 

3.672,360 

3,672,392 

3,672,471 

3,672.578 

3.672.617 

3.672.700 

3.672.709 

3.672.806 

3.672,922 

3.673,163 

3,673.171 

3.672,063 

3.672.321 

3.672,533 

3,672,830 

3,671,992 

3.672,403 

3.672,563 

3,672.675 

3.672.874 

3.672.523 

3.673.426 

3,672.106 

3.672.139 

3.672.241 

3.672.301 

3,672,387 

3,672,443 

3.672.769 

3.672.831 

3.672.862 

3.672.875 

3.672.879 

3.672.924 

3.672.999 

3.673.011 

3.673.094 

3.673.101 

3.673.494 

3.673.497 

3.673.500 

3.673.567 

3.671.995 

3.672.031 

3.672.089 

3.672.202 

3.672.275 

3.672.276 


26 


27 


3.672.281 

3.672.283 

3.672,314 

3.672,315 

3.672.356 

3.672.631 

3.672.681 

3.672.704 

3.672.752 

3,672.770 

3.672.781 

3.672.843 

3.672.890 

3.672.929 

3.672.962 

3.672.975 

3.672.981 

3.672.982 

3.673.023 

3.673.041 

3.673.043 

3.673.121 

3.673.282 

3.673.322 

3.673.326 

3.673.328 

3.673.329 

3.673.389 

3.673.459 

3.673.490 

3.673.502 

3.673,503 

3.673.507 

3.673.510 

3.673.518 

3.673.533 

3.673.538 

3.673.573 

3.673.576 

3.673.596 

Re.27.406 

Re. 27.407 

3.671.984 

3.672.119 

3.672.142 

3.672.203 

3.672.259 

3.672.294 

3.672.306 

3.672.323 

3.672.342 

3.672.435 

3.672.465 

3.672.474 

3.672.526 

3.672.537 

3.672.547 

3.672.625 

3.672.690 

3.672.691 

3.672.697 

3.672.713 

3.672.719 

3.672,731 

3.672.743 

3.672.793 

3.672.794 

3.672.832 

3.672.849 

3.672.915 

3.672.951 

3,672.959 

3.672.970 

3.672.994 

3.673.008 

3.673,013 

3,673,014 

3.673,050 

3,673.051 

3.673.076 

3.673.126 

3.673.131 

3.673.142 

3.673,164 

3.673,192 

3,673,197 

3,673.226 

3.673.235 

3.673.274 

3.673.276 

3.673.290 

3.673.298 

3.673.305 

3,673.367 

3.673.460 

3,673.476 

3.673.481 

3.673.592 

3.672.130 

3.672.297 

3.672.344 

3.672.346 

3.672.413 

3.672.415 

3.672.421 

3,672.422 


29 


30 

31 

32 
33 

34 


3.672.460 

3.672.464 

3.672.499 

3.672.559 

3.672.579 

3.672.621 

3.672.741 

3.672.767 

3.672.811 

3.673.289 

3.673.436 

3.673.437 

3.673.583 

3.673.389 

3.671.982 

3.672.080 

3.672.085 

3.672.221 

3.672.347 

3.672.363 

3.672.391 

3.672.496 

3.672.531 

3.672.536 

3.672.646 

3.672.727 

3.672.810 

3.672.956 

3.672.957 

3.673.196 

3.673.200 

3.672,548 

3,672.634 

3.672.572 

3.672.618 

3.672.926 

3.672.476 

3.672.899 

3.673.048 

Re.27,403 

3.672.028 

3,672.051 

3.672.053 

3.672.062 

3.672.082 

3,6*2.092 

3.672.096 

3.672.118 

3.672.122 

3.672.129 

3.672.153 

3.672.160 

3.672.214 

3.672.269 

3.672.302 

3.672.348 

3.672.351 

3.672.376 

3.672.452 

3.672.470 

3.672.482 

3.672.501 

3.672.538 

3.672.614 

3.672.615 

3.672.635 

3.672.639 

3,672.746 

3,672,763 

3,672.766 

3.672.783 

3.672.825 

3.672.864 

3.672.902 

3.672,925 

3.672,953 

3,672.980 

3.672,991 

3,673.003 

3.673,018 

3,673,140 

3.673.148 

3.673.158 

3.673.172 

3.673.176 

3.673.180 

3.673.183 

3.673.203 

3.673.205 

3.673.206 

3.673.208 

3.673.217 

3.673.223 

3.673.229 

3.673.230 

3.673.249 

3.673.255 

3.673.257 

3.673.259 

3.673,267 

3.673,268 

3.673.294 

3.673.307 

3.673.310 

3.673.313 

3.673.335 


36 


3.673.350 
3.673.355 
3.673.362 
3.673.401 
3.673,410 
3,673.428 
3.673.430 
3.673.461 
3.673.463 
3.673.466 
3.673.492 
3.673.498 
3.673.499 
3.673.505 
3.673.514 
3.673.516 
3.673.520 
3.673.543 
3.673.570 
3.673.582 
3.673.608 
Re.27.404 
Re.27.405 
Re.27.415 
3.671.977 
3.671.986 
3.671.988 
3.672.002 
3.672.005 
3.672.009 
3.672.054 
3.672.094 
3.672.097 
3.672.107 
'  3.672.157 
3.672.186 
3.672,187 
3,672,190 
3,672,231 
3.672,232 
3,672,235 
3,672.252 
3.672.264 
3.672.272 
3.672.273 
3.672.274 
3.672.285 
3.672.288 
3.672.313 
3.672.322 
3.672.331 
3.672.352 
3.672.353 
3.672.359 
3.672.388 
3.672.411 
3.672.451 
3.672.462 
3.672.492 
3.672.498 
3.672.560 
3.672.593 
3.672.598 
3.672.600 
3.672.601 
3.672.620 
3.672.622 
3.672.633 
3.672.653 
3.672.662 
3.672.664 
3.672.669 
3.672.672 
3.672.687 
3.672.714 
3.672.722 
3.672.740 
3.672.744 
3.672.745 
3.672.749 
3,672,751 
3,672,756 
3,672,758 
3,672.759 
3.672.765 
3.672.778 
3.672.786 
3.672.789 
3.672.804 
3.672.813 
3.672.818 
3.672.822 
3.672.823 
3.672.839 
3.672.841 
3.672.842 
3.672.852 
3.672.883 
3.672.886 
3.672.891 
3.672.894 
3.672.895 
3.672.896 
3.672.898 
3.672,900 
3.672,903 


37 


38 
39 


3.672.904 

3.672.906 

3.672.923 

3.672.928 

3.672.930 

3.672.936 

3.672,938 

3,672.963 

3.672.969 

3.672.979 

3.672.983 

3.672.986 

3.672,992 

3.672,997 

3.673.002 

3.673.019 

3.673.049 

3.673.055 

3.673.064 

3.673.069 

3.673.089 

3.673.090 

3.673.127 

3.673.135 

3.673.146 

3.673.151 

3.673.155 

3.673.177 

3.673.178 

3.673.189 

3.673.193 

3.673.194 

3.673.201 

3.673.202 

3.673.214 

3.673,216 

3,673,219 

3.673,222 

3,673,238 

3,673,271 

3,673,272 

3.673.304 

3.673,330 

3,673,343 

3,673,374 

3,673,383 

3,673,393 

3,673,395 

3,673.399 

3.673.411 

3.673.422 

3.673.443 

3.673.457 

3.673.467 

3.673.496 

3.673.517 

3.673.525 

3.673.527 

3.673.528 

3.673.534 

3.673.542 

3.673.572 

3.673.584 

3.673.585 

3.673.593 

3.673.594 

3.673.600 

3.673.603 

3.673.606 

3.672.146 

3.672.401 

3.672.456 

3.672.457 

3.672.466 

3.672.568 

3.672.587 

3.672.637 

3.672.942 

3.672.947 

3.673.375 

3.673.441 

3.672.521 

3.672.003 

3.672.029 

3.672.030 

3.672.038 

3.672.048 

3.672.090 

3.672.149 

3.672.189 

3.672,195 

3,672,219 

3.672.244 

3.672.245 

3.672.291 

3.672.293 

3,672.298 

3.672.324 

3.672.327 

3.672.372 

3.672.379 

3.672.396 

3.672.402 

3.672.419 

3.672.420 

3.672,427 


40 


41 


42 


3.672.437 

3.672.442 

3.672.454 

3.672.468 

3.672.497 

3.672.504 

3.672.514 

3.672.549 

3.672.570 

3.672.581 

3.672.641 

3.672.673 

3.672,685 

3.672.688 

3.672.699 

3.672.706 

3.672.735 

3.672.738 

3.672.739 

3.672.796 

3.672.857 

3.672.860 

3.672.861 

3.672.882 

3.672.884 

3.672.935 

3.672.958 

3.672.996 

3.672.998 

3.673.027 

3.673.028 

3.673.040 

3.673.044 

3.673.063 

3.673.082 

3.673.083 

3.673.092 

3.673.098 

3.673.110 

3.673.118 

3.673.133 

3.673.191 

3.673.228 

3.673,251 

3,673.256 

3.673.261 

3.673.263 

3.673.266 

3.673.269 

3.673.285 

3.673.339 

3.673.364 

3.673.366 

3.673.405 

3.673.464 

3.673.486 

3.673.512 

3.673.524 

3.673.549 

3.673.597 

3.673.607 

3.672.057 

3.672.070 

3.672.093 

3.672.173 

3.672.450 

3.672.530 

3.672.795 

3.672.965 

3.673.067 

3.673.073 

3.673.166 

3.673.247 

3.673.353 

3.673.509 

3.672.059 

3.672.088 

3.672,192 

3.672.394 

3.672.416 

3.672.624 

3.673.095 

3.671.983 

3.672.000 

3,672.008 

3.672.011 

3.672.014 

3.672.020 

3.672.034 

3.672.036 

3.672.037 

3.672.046 

3.672.055 

3.672.071 

3.672.155 

3.672.179 

3.672.182 

3.672.183 

3.672.210 

3.672.216 

3.672.222 

3.672.254 

3.672.308 

3.672.312 

3.672.328 

3.672.339 


34 


GEOGRAPHICAL  INDEX  OF  RESIDENCE  OF  INVENTORS 


3.672.357 

3.672.374 

3.672.383 

3.672.428 

3.672.438 

3.672.444 

3.672.455 

3.672.477 

3.672.486 

3.672.512 

3.672.577 

3.672,591 

3.672,595 

3,672.628 

3.672.638 

3.672.645 

3.672.652 

3.672.671 

3.672.680 

3.672.708 

3.672.728 

3.672.750 

3.672.814 

3.672,863 

3.672.866 

3.672.871 

3.672.881 

3.672.918 

3.672.932 

3.672.939 

3.672.944 

3.672.985 

3.672.987 


PI  57 


224.042 
224.011 
224.012 
224.013 
224.058 
223.984 
223,986 
223.989 
223.990 
223.991 
223.992 
224.001 
224.003 
224.004 


3.223 


39 


3.673.015 

3.673.550 

3.673.057 

3.673.561 

3.673.078 

3.673.562 

3.673.099 

44 

3,672.143 

3.673.102 

3.672.148 

3.673.132 

3.672.405 

3.673.134 

3.672.542 

3.673.138 

3.672.582 

3.673,143 

1 

3.672.583 

3.673.157 

3.672.584 

3.673.280 

3.672.585 

3.673.288 

3.672.586 

3.673.312 

3.672.588 

3.673.317 

3.672.678 

3.673,346 

3.673.150 

3,673,373 

45 

3.672.023 

3,673.385 

3.672.513 

3.673,386 

3.672.716 

3,673,387 

3.672,817 

3.673.429 

3.673.034 

3.673.431 

3.673.105 

3.673.434 

46 

3.672.505 

3.673.438 

3.672.636 

3.673.451 

47 

3.672.128 

3.673.455 

3.672.246 

3.673.493 

3.672.619 

3.673.530 

3.672.801 

3.673.535 

3.672.846 

3.673.540 

3.673.038 

3.673.541 

3.673.169 

3.673.545 

3.673.174 

3.673.547 

48 

3.671.974 

224.007 
224.014 
224.017 
224.020 
224,021 
224.022 
224,023 
224,028 
224,038 
224,045 
224,046 
224.051 
224.054 


3.220 


17 


3.671,985 

3,673.071 

3.672.016 

3.673.100 

3.672,064 

3,673.107 

3.672,127 

3.673.243 

3,672.168 

3.673.331 

3.672.175 

3.673.398 

3.672.177 
3.672,215 

3.673.439 
3.673.508 

3.673.354 

3.672.228 

3.673.556 

3.672.262 

3.673.557 

3.672.290 

3.673.559 

3.672.319 

49 

3.672.077 

3.672.325 

3.672.305 

3.672.333 

3.672.307 

3.672.397 
3.672.448 

3,672.655 
3.672.677 
3.672.693 

3.672.449 

50 

3.672.948 

3.672.511 

51 

3.671.981 

3.672.575 

3,672.012 

3.672.644 

3.672.112 

3.672.674 

3.672.300 

3.672.689 

3.672.423 

3.672.711 

3.672.520 

3.672.715 

3.672.626 

3.672.784 
3.672.797 

3.672.663 
3.672.829 
3.672.91 1 

3.672,910 

3.672.977 

3.673.037 

3.673.046 

3,673.070 

3.673.147 

Design  Patents 


224.065 
224.066 
224,067 
224,068 
224,055 
223,987 
223.994 
223.998 
223.995 
224.010 
224.030 
224.060 
224.061 


20 
24 
25 


26 
27 
29 


224,062 
224.069 
224,032 
224,033 
223,983 
224.000 
224.048 
224.049 
224.006 
224.075 
224.047 
224.052 
224.027 


Plant  Patents 


3.221 


48 


3.222 


52 
53 


54 
55 


56 


3.673.293 

3.673^19 

3,673.484 

3.673.488 

3,673.578 

3.673,353 

Rc.27,414 

3,672.140 

3.672.204 

3.672440 

3.672.707 

3.673.130 

3.672.025 

3.672.042 

3.672.236 

3.672.349 

3.672.371 

3.672.389 

3.672.480 

3.672.307 

3.672446 

3.672.552 

3.672.557 

3.672.558 

3.672.670 

3,672.696 

3,672,742 

3,672,791 

3,672.913 

3.673.029 

3.673.052 

3.673.302 

3,673.359 

3,673,495 

3,673.379 

3,673.425 


34 
36 


224,029 

224,037 

224,059 

224,064 

223,985 

224,018 

224,043 

224,019 

224,024 

224,025 

224,031 

224,041 

224,050 


39 
40 
42 
44 
47 
51 
53 

55 


224.053 
224.070 
224.072 
224.040 
224.076 
224.002 
223.993 
224.009 
224.074 
224.036 
224.039 
224,034 
224.035 


U.S.   60VERNMENT  PRINTIN6  OFFICE: 


-l»7»